{"adi1#p0001": "ADI-LILA \\blume 1\n\nHIS DmNE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabbupada\n\n", "adi1#p0002": "FOUR HUNDRED YEARS AGO, at the earnest request of the holy devotees of Vrndavana,\nthe most sacred city in all of India, Kr�Qadasa\nKaviraja Gosvami wrote his famous spiritual\ntreatise Caitanya-caritiimrta, describing the wonderful pastimes and precepts of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. \"By the mercy of Lord\nCaitanya,\" he wrote, \"a dumb man can reci.e\nperfect poetry, a lame man can cross over mountains, and a blind man can see the stars in the\nsky.\"\nWho was Lord Caitanya? A teacher, certainly,\nfor His philosophical brilliance astounded the\ngreatest scholars and logicians of His day. But\nbesides being a teacher, He was a true saint, for\nHe was always chanting the names of God and\ndancing, absorbed in ecstatic love for the Supreme Lord . Yet Kr�Qa dasa regards Him as\nmore than a teacher and more than a saint . Lord\nCaitanya, he asserts, is the Supreme Lord Himself playing the role of the Supreme Lord's devotee; no one, therefore, can be greater than Him.\nBut Caitanya-caritiimrta, unlike today's many\nsentimental exaltations of bogus paperback Gods,\nis a book of reason and evidence; indeed, it is a\nunique book of spiritual science. Now, the author of Bhagavad-gitii As It is, The Nectar of\n·\nDevotion, Sri lsopani$ad and a host of other\nimportant spiritual texts has presented Caitanya­\n\ncaritiimrta in its fullness, verse by verse, with\nexplanatory purports of extraordinary clarity\nand profundity. This book, therefore, offers sublime knowledge to one sincerely seeking the\nhighest truth.\n\nOn the cover\n\nLord Caitanya in five features.\n\n", "adi1#p0003": "His Divine Grace\nA.C. BHAKTIVEDANTA SWAMI PRABHUPADA\nfounder-acarya of the\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "adi1#p0004": "SRILA BHAKTISIDDHANTA SARASVATI GOSVAMI MAHARAJA\nthe spiritual master of\n\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nand foremost scholar and devotee in the recent age.\n\n", "adi1#p0005": "SRILA GAURA-KISORA DASA BABAJIMAHARAJA\nthe spiritual master of\nSri/a Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami\nand intimate student of Sri/a Tfuikura Bhaktivinoda.\n\n", "adi1#p0006": "SRILA THAKURA BHAKTIVINODA\nthe pioneer of the program\nto benedict the entire world with Krp:za consciousness.\n\n", "adi1#p0007": "Sri Pai'tca-tattva\n\nLord Krsna Caitanya surrounded (from left to right) by His avatiira (Advaita Aciirya), His expansion (L-;;d Nityiinanda), His manifest internal energy (Sri Gadiidhara), and His perfect devotee\n(Sri Sriviisa).\n\n", "adi1#p0008": "Plate 1 Sr[ Kr�!Ja Caitanya and Lord Nityananda have arisen like the sun and the moon to\n\ndissipate the darkness of ignorance. (p. 19)\n\n", "adi1#p0009": "Plate 2 SriKGtza Himself teaches us as the instructing spiritual master from within and without.\n\n{p. 46)\n\n", "adi1#p0010": "Plate 3 Advaita\n\nAciirya offered tulasi buds in Ganges water and appealed to Sri K�rza to\n\ndescend. (p. 226)\n\n", "adi1#p0011": "Plate 4 \"Mother s ometimes binds Me as her son. She nourishes and protects Me, thinking Me\nutterly help less.\" (p. 243)\n\n", "adi1#p0012": "Plate 5 Radha and Kntza are one, but They have assumed two bodies. Now They have appeared in one body as Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. (pp. 264-265)\n\n", "adi1#p0013": "Plate 6 Srlmatl Radhika fulfills all the desires of Lord Krp;za. (p. 286)\n\n", "adi1#p0014": "Plate 7\n\nThe gop[s saw their beloved Knrza at Kuruk�etra after a long separation. (p. 313)\n\n", "adi1#p0015": "Plate 8 Lord Caitanya appeared with the sentiment of Radha and preached the chanting of the\n\nholy name. (p. 345)\n\n", "adi1#p0016": "Plate 9 In Goku/a, Knra performs His pastimes with the cowherd boys and cowherd girls.\n\n(p. 385)\n\n", "adi1#p0017": "Plate 10 In Svetadv[pa, Lord Vi��u can be seen sitting on a throne of Sefa with His consort,\n\nLaksmi. (p. 456)\n\n", "adi1#p0018": "Plate ll \"0 my dear Kr�radtisa, go to Vrndtivana, for there you will attain all things.\" (p. 494)\n\n", "adi1#p0019": "SRI CAITJ\\NYACARITAIRTA\n•\n\n", "adi1#p0020": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-10 (30 vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (17 vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nThe Nectar of Instruction\nSri Tsopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKrHla Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr�r;ta, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 vols.)\nPerfect Questions, Perfect Answers\nDialectical Spiritualism-A Vedic View of Western Philosophy\nTeachings of Lord Kapila, the Son of Devahuti\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nTeachings of Queen Kunti\nKr�r;ta, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Science of Self-Realization\nThe Path of Perfection\nLife Comes From Life\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�r:ta\nGeetar-gan (Bengali)\nVairagya-vidya (Bengali)\nBuddhi-yoga (bengali)\nBhakti-ratna-boli (Bengali)\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Kr�r:ta Consciousness\nKr�r:ta Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nBack to Godhead magazine (founder)\nA complete catalog is available uponJequest.\n\nBhaktivedanta Book Trust\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "adi1#p0021": "All Glory to Sri Guru and Gauranga\n\n--\n\nSRI CAITANYACAWTAIRTA\n•\n\nof KnJ;�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami\n\nAdi-lita\nVolume One\n\"KnQadasa Kaviraja Glorifies the Lord\nand His Associates\"\n\nwith the original Bengali text,\nRoman transliterations, synonyms,\ntranslation and elaborate purports\n\nby\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bha�tivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANT A BOOK TRUST\n\nLos Angeles\n\n•\n\nLondon • Par is • Bombay\n\n•\n\nSydney\n\n•\n\nHong Kong\n\n", "adi1#p0022": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nlnternational·Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenu�\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n© 197 4 the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\n\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-93206\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0·912776-50·1\n\nFirst printing, 1974\nSecond printing, 1983\n\nPrinted in Hong Kong\n\n", "adi1#p0023": "Contents\n\nPreface\n\nix\n\nIntroduction\n\nChapter 1\n\nThe Spiritual Masters\n\nChapter 2\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead\n\nChapter 3\n\n89\n\nThe Causes for the Descent of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nChapter 4\n\n17\n\n165\n\nThe Confidential Reasons for the\nAppearance of Lord Caitanya\n\n231\n\nChapter 5\n\nThe Glories of Lord Nityananda Balarama\n\n371\n\nChapter 6\n\nThe Glories of SrT Advaita Acarya\n\n517\n\nReferences\n\n583\n\nGlossary\n\n585\n\nBengali Pronunciation Guide\n\n591\n\nIndex\n\n593\n\n", "adi1#p0024": "Preface\nThere is no difference between the teachings of Lord Caitanya presented here and\nthe teachings of Lord Krg1a in Bhagavad-gltii. The teachings of Lord Caitanya are\npractical demonstrations of Lord Kr��a·s teachings. Lord Kr��a 's ultimate instruction in Bhagavad-gitii is that everyone should surrendertunto Him, Lord Kr��a. Kr��a\npromises to take immediate charge of such a surrendered soul. The Lord, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, is already in charge of the maintenance of this\ncreation by virtue of His plenary expansion, K�irodakasayi Vi��u. but this maintenance is not direct. However, when the Lord says that He takes charge of His\npure devotee, He actually takes direct charge. A pure devotee is a soul who is\nforever surrendered to the Lord, just as a child is surrendered to his parents or an\nanimal to its master. In the surrendering process, one should:\n\n(1) accept things\n\nfavorable for discharging devotional service, (2) reject things unfavorable, (3) believe\n\nfirmly in the Lord's protection, (4) feel exclusively dependent on the mercy of the\nLord, (5) have no interest separate from the interest of the Lord, and (6) always\n\nfeel oneself meek and humble.\nThe Lord demands that one surrender unto Him by following these six guidelines, but the unintelligent so-called scholars of the world misunderstand these\ndemands and urge the general mass of people to reject them. At the conclusion of\nthe Ninth Chapter of Bhagavad-gitii, Lord Kr��a directly says: \"Engage your mind\nalways in thinking of Me, offer obeisances and worship Me. Being completely\nabsorbed in Me, surely you will come to Me.\" (Bg. 9.34) However, the scholarly\ndemons misguide the masses of people by directing them to the impersonal,\nunmanifest, eternal, unborn truth rather than the Personality of Godhead. The\nimpersonalist Mayavadi philosophers do not accept that the ultimate aspect of the\nAbsolute Truth is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. If one desires to understand\nthe sun as it is, one must first face the sunshine, then the sun globe and, after\nentering into that globe, come face to face with the predominating deity of the sun.\nDue to a poor fund of knowledge, the Mayavadi philosophers cannot go beyond the\nBrahman effulgence, which may be compared to the sunshine. The\n\nUpani�ads\n\nconfirm that one has to penetrate the dazzling effulgence of Brahman before one\ncan see the real face of the Personality of Godhead.\nLord Caitanya therefore teaches direct worship of Lord Kr��a, who appeared as\nthe foster child of the King of Vraja. He also suggests that the place known as\nVrndavana is as good as Lord Kr��a because there is no difference between the\nname, quality, form, pastimes, entourage and paraphernalia of Lord Kr��a and\nLord Kr��a Himself. That is the absolute nature of the-Absolute Truth.\nLord Caitanya also recommended that the highest mode of worship in the\n'\nhighest perfectional stage is the method practiced by the damsels of Vraja. These\ndamsel� (gopis, or cowherd girls) simply loved Kr��a without a motive for material\nor spiritual gain. Caitanya also recommended Srimad-Bhiigavatam as the spotless\nnarration of transcendental knowledge, and He pointed out that the highest goal in\n\nix\n\n", "adi1#p0025": "X\n\nhuman life is to develop unalloyed love for Kr�Qa, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\nLord Caitanya's teachings are identical to those given by Lord Kapila, the original\npropounder of sankhya-yoga, the sankhya system of philosophy. This authorized\nsystem of yoga recommends meditation on the transcendental form of the Lord.\nThere is no question of meditating on something void or impersonal. One can\nmeditate on the transcendental form of Lord Vi�QU even without practicing involved\nsitting postures. Such meditation is called perfect samadhi. This perfect samadhi is\nverified at the end of the Sixth Chapter of Bhagavad-gita where Lord Km1a says:\n\"And of all yogis, he who always abides in Me with great faith, worshiping Me in\ntranscendental loving service, is most intimately united with Me in yoga and is the\nhighest of all.\" ( Bg. 6.4 7)\nLord Caitanya instructed the mass of people in thesankhya philosophy of acintyabhedabheda-tattva, which maintains that the Supreme Lord is simultaneously one\nwith and different from His creation. Lord Caitanya taught this philosophy through\nthe chanting of the holy name of the Lord. He taught that the holy name of the\nLord is the sound incarnation of the Lord and that since the Lord is the absolute\nwhole, there is no difference between His holy name and His transcendental form.\nThus by chanting the holy name of the Lord one can directly associate with the\nSupreme Lord by sound vibration. As one practices this sound vibration, he passes\nthrough three stages of development: the offensive stage, the clearing stage and the\ntranscendental stage. In the offensive stage one may desire all kinds of material\nhappiness, but in the second stage one becomes clear of all material contamination.\nWhen one is situated on the transcendental stage, he attains the most coveted\nposition-the stage of loving God. Lord Caitanya taught that this is the highest\nstage of perfection for human beings.\nYoga practice is essentially meant for controlling the senses. The central controlling factor of all the senses is the mind; therefore one first has to practice controlling\nthe mind by engaging it in Kr�Qa consciousness. The gross activities of the mind are\nexpressed through the external senses either for the acquiring of knowledge or the\nfunctioning of the senses in accordance to the will. The subtle activities of the mind\nare thinking, feeling and willing. In accordance to one's consciousness, the individual is either polluted or clear. If one's mind is fixed on Kr�Qa (His name, ·quality,\nform, pastimes, entourage and paraphernalia), all one's activities-both subtle and\ngross-become favorable. The Bhagavad-g7ta's process of purifying consciousness is\nthe process of fixing one's mind on Kr�Qa by talking of His transcendental activities,\ncleansing His temple, going to His temple, seeing the beautiful transcendental form\nof the\n\nLord nicely decorated, hearing His transcendental glories, tasting food\n\noffered to Him, associating with His devotees, smelling the flowers and tulasi\nleaves offered Him, engaging in activities for the Lord's interest, etc. No one can\nbring the activities of the mind and senses to a stop, but one can purify these\nactivities through a change in consciousness. This change is indicated in Bhagavadgita when Kr�Qa tells Arjuna of the knowledge of yoga whereby one can work\nwithout fruitive results. \"0 son of Prtha, when you act by such intelligence, you\n\n", "adi1#p0026": "Preface\n\nxi\n\ncan free yourself from the bondage of works,\" (Bg. 2.39) A human being is sometimes restricted in sense gratification due to certain circumstances such as disease,\netc., but this is not the prescription. Without knowing the actual process by which\nthe mind and senses can be controlled, less intelligent men either try to stop the\nmind and senses by force, or they give in to them and are carried away by the waves\nof sense gratification.\nThe regulative principles and the rules of yoga, the various sitting postures and\nbreathing exercises performed in an attempt to withdraw one's senses from the\nsense objects are methods meant for those who are too much engrossed in the\nbodily conception of life. The intelligent man who is situated in Kr��a consciousness\ndoes not try to forcibly stop his senses from acting. Rather, he engages his senses in\nthe service of Kr��a. No one can stop a child from playing by leaving him inactive.\nA child can be stopped from engaging in nonsense by being engaged in superior\nactivities. Tpe forceful restraint of sense activities by the eight principles of yoga is\nrecommended for inferior men. Being engaged in the superior activities of Kr��a\nconsciousness, superior men naturally retire from the inferior activities of material\nexistence.\nIn this way Lord Caitanya teaches the science of Kr��a consciousness. That\nscience is absolute. Dry mental speculators try to restrain themselves from material\nattachment, but it is generally found that the mind is too strong to be controlled\nand that it drags them down to sensual activities. A person in Kr��a consciousness\ndoes not run this risk. One has to engage his mind and senses in Kr��a conscious\nactivities, and Lord Caitanya teaches one how to do this in practice. Before accepting\nsannyasa (the renounced order), Lord Caitanya was known as Vi�vambhara. The\nword vlsvambhara refers to one who maintains the entire universe and 1who leads\nall living entities. This maintainer and leader appeared as Lord Sri Kr��a Caitanya\nto give humanity these sublime teachings. Lord Caitanya is the ideal teacher of life's\nprime necessities. He is the most munificent bestower of love of Krgta. H� is the\ncomplete reservoir of all mercies and good fortune. As confirmed iri SrTmadBhOgavatam, Bhagavad-gTta, Mahabharata and the Upanl�ads, He is the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Kr��a Himself, and He is worshipable by everyone in this\nage of disagreement. Everyone can join in His sarikirtana movement. No previous\nqualification is necessary. Just by following His teachings, anyone can become a\nperfect human being. If one is fortunate enough to be attracted by His features, one\nis sure to be successful in one's life mission. In other words, those who are interested\nin attaining spiritual existence can be easily relieved from the clutches of maya by\nthe grace of Lord Caitanya. These teachings presented in this book are nondifferent\nfrom the Lord.\nBeing engrossed in the material body, the conditioned sou! increases the pages of\nhistory by all kinds of material activities. The teachings of Lord Caitanya can help\nhuman society stop such unnecessary and temporary activities. By these teachings,\nhumanity can be elevated to the topmost platform of spiritual activity. These\nspiritual activities actually begin after liberation from material bondage. Such\nliberated activities in Kr��a consciousness constitute the goal of human perfection.\n\n", "adi1#p0027": "xii\nThe false prestige one acquires by attempting to dominate material nature is illusory.\nIlluminating knowledge can be acquired from the teachings of Lord Caitanya, and\nby such knowledge one can advance in spiritual existence.\nEveryone has to sufferJor enjoy the fruits of his activity; no one can check the\nlaws of material nature which govern such things. As long as one is engaged in\nfruitive activity, he is sure to be baffled in an attempt to attain the ultimate goal of\nlife. I sincerely hope that by understanding the teachings of Lord Caitanya, human\nsociety will experience a new light of spiritual life which will open the field of\nactivity for the pure soul .\nom tat sat\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami\nMarch 14, 1968\n\nBirthday of Lord Caitanya\n\nSri-Sri-Radha-Kr�t;�a Temple\nNew York, N.Y.\n\n", "adi1#p0028": "Introduction\n(Originally\n\ndelivered\n\nas\n\nfive\n\nmorning\n\nlectures\n\non\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta-the\n\nauthoritative biography of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu by KwJaaasa Kaviraja\nGosvamT-before the International Society for Krishna Consciousness, New York\nCity, April 70-14, 1967)\nThe word caitanya means living force. As living entities, we can move, but a table\ncannot because it does not possess living force. Movement and activity may be considered to be signs or symptoms of the living force. Indeed, it may be said that there\ncan be no activity without the living force. Although the living force is present in\nthe material condition, it is not amrta, immortal. The words caitanya-caritiim�;ta,\nthen, may be translated as \"the character of the living force in immortality.\"\nBut how is this living force displayed immortally? It is not displayed by man or\nany other creature in this material universe, for none of us are immortal in these\nbodies. We possess the living force, we perform activities, and we are immortal by\nour nature and constitution, but the material condition into which we have been\nput does not allow our immortality to be displayed. It is stated in the Ka(ha\nUpani�ad that eternality and the living force belong both to ourselves and God.\nAlthough this is true in that both God and ourselves are immortal, there is a\ndifference. As living entities, we perform many activities, but we have a tendency to\nfall down into material nature. God has no such tendency. Being all-powerful, He\nnever comes under the control of material nature. Indeed, material nature is but one\ndisplay of His inconceivable energies.\nOn the ground we may see only clouds in the sky, but if we fly above the clouds\nwe can see the sun shining. From the sky, skyscrapers and cities seem very tiny;\nsimilarly, from God's position this entire material creation is insignificant. The\ntendency of the conditioned living entity is to come down from the heights where\neverything can be seen in perspective. God, however, does not have this tendency.\nThe Supreme Lord is not subject to fall down into illusion (maya) any more than\nthe sun is subject to fall beneath the clouds. Because the Supreme Lord is not subject\nto illusion, He is unconditioned; because we, as finite living entities, are prone to\nfall into illusion, we are called conditioned. l mpersonalist philosophers (Mayavadis)\nmaintain that both the living entity and God Himself are under the control of maya\nwhen they come into this material world. This may be true of the living entity, but\nit is not true of God, for in all instances the material energy is working under His\ndirection. Those who consider the Supreme Lord to be subject to material conditioning are called fools by Kr�IJa Himself in Bhagavad-g7ta:\navajananti marh muqha\nmanu�Tm tanum asritam\npararh bhavam ajananto\nmama bhiJta-mahesvaram\n\n1\n\n", "adi1#p0029": "2\n\n\"Fools deride Me when I descend in the human form. They do not know My\ntranscendental nature and My supreme dominion over all that be.\" (Bg. 9.11)\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu should not be considered to be one of us. He is Kr�l')a\nHimself, the supreme living entity, and as such He never comes under the cloud of\nmiiya.\n\nKr�IJa, His expansions, and even His higher devotees never fall into the\n\nclutches of illusion. Lord Caitanya came to earth simply to preach k[�IJa-bhakti,\nlove of Kr�l')a. In other words, He is Lord Kr�IJa Himself teaching the living entities\nthe proper way to approach Kr�l')a. He is like a teacher who, seeing a student doing\npoorly, takes up a pencil and writes, saying, \"Do it like this: A, B, C.\" By this, one\nmust not foolishly think that the teacher is learning his ABC's. Although He appears\nin the guise of a devotee, we should always remember that Lord Caitanya is Kr�Qa\n(God) Himself teaching us how to become Kr�l')a conscious, and we must study Him\nin that light.\nIn Bhagavad-gita Lord Kr�l')a sets forth the highest religious principle in this way:\nsarva-dharman parityajya\nmom ekam 5arafJam vraja\naham tvam sarva-papebhyo\nmok:jayi�yami ma sucafJ\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver you\nfrom all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" (Bg. 18.66)\nThis may seem to be a simple instruction to follow, but invariably our reaction\nis, \"Oh, surrender? Give up? But I have so many responsibilities.\" And maya,\nillusion, says to us, \"Don't do it, or you'll be out of my clutches. just stay in my\nclutches, and I'll kick you.\" It is a fact that we are constantly being kicked by\nmiiya, just as the male-ass is kicked in the face by the she-ass when he comes for sex.\nSimilarly, cats and dogs are always fighting and whining when they have sex. These\nare the tricks of nature. Even an elephant in the jungle is caught by the use of a\ntrained she-elephant who leads him into a pit. Maya has many activities, and in the\nmaterial world her strongest shackle is the female. Of course in actuality we are\nneither male nor female-for these designations refer only to the outer dress, the\nbody. W e are all actually Kr�l'la's servants. In conditioned life, however, we are\nshackled by the iron chains which take the form of beautiful women. Thus every\nmale is bound by sex life, and therefore when one attempts to gain liberation from\nthe material clutches, he must first learn to control the sex urge. Unrestricted sex puts\none fully in the clutches of illusion. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu officially renounced\nthis illusion at the age of twenty-four, although His wife was sixteen and His mother\nseventy, and He was the only male member of the family. Although He was a\nbrahmafJa and was not rich, He took sannyiisa, the renounced order of life, and thus\nextricated Himself from family entanglement.\nIf we wish to become fully Kr�l')a conscious, we have to give up the shackles of\nmaya,· or, if we remain with maya, we should live in such a way that we will not be\nsubject to illusion. It is not necessary for one to abandon his family, for there were\nmany householders amongst Lord Caitanya's closest devotees. What must be re-\n\n", "adi1#p0030": "Introduction\n\n3\n\nnounced is the propensity for material enjoyment. Although Lord Caitanya\napproved of a householder having regulated sex in marriage, He was very strict with\nthose in the renounced order, and He even banished junior Haridasa for glancing\nlustfully at a young woman. The point is that one must take up a particular path\nand stick to it, obeying all the rules and regulations necessary for success in spiritual\nlife. It was Lord Caitanya's mission that He teach the path of Kr�rJa consciousness\nto all men and thereby enable them to partake of the immortality of spiritual life.\n\nFrom Caitanya-caritomrta we learn how Caitanya taught people to become im­\n\nmortal, and thus the title may be properly translated as \"the immortal character of\nthe living force.\" The supreme living force is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nHe is also the supreme entity. There are innumerable living entities, and all of them\nare individual. This is very easy to understand: We are all individual in thought and\ndesires, and the Supreme Lord is also an individual person. He is different, though,\nin that He is the leader, the one whom no one can excel. Amongst the created living\nentities, one being can excel another in one capacity or another. The Lord is an\nindividual, just as the living entities are individual, but He is different in that He is\n\nthe supreme individual. God is also infallible, and in Bhagavad-gito He is addressed\n\nas Acyuta, which means, \"He who never falls down.\" This is indicated because in\n\nBhagavad-glto Arjuna had fallen into delusion but Kw�a had not. We often hear it\n\nsaid that God is infallible, and in Bhagavad-gito Kr�rJa states:\nnonyarh gufJebhyaiJ kartorarh\nyac/0 dra�(iinupasyati\ngufJebhyas co pararh vetti\nmad-bhovarh so 'dhigacchati\n\n\"When you see that there is nothing beyond these modes of nature in all activities\nand that the Supreme Lord is transcendental to all these modes, then you can\nknow My spiritual nature.\" (Bg. 14.19)\nThus we should not think that Kr�rJa is overpowered by the material potency\nwhen He is in the material world. Kr�rJa and His incarnations are not under the\n\ncontrol of material nature. They are totally free. Indeed, in Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\none who has a godly nature is actually defined as one who is not affected by the\nmodes of material nature, although in material nature. If even a devotee can attain\nthis freedom, then what to speak of the Supreme?\nThe real question is how can we remain unpolluted by material contamination\nwhile in the material world. It was ROpa Gosvami who explained that we can remain\nuncontaminated while in the world if we simply make it our ambition to serve\nKr�rJa. One may then justifiably ask, \"How can I serve?\" Obviously this is not simply\na matter of meditation, which is just an activity of the mind, but of practical work.\nLove of Kr�IJa's service can only be attained by working for KnrJa. In such work,\nwe should leave no resource unused. Whatever is there, whatever we have, should\nbe used for Kr�rJa. We can use everything: typewriters, automobiles,\n\nairplanes,\n\nmissiles-anything. If we simply speak to people about Kr�rJa consciousness, we are\nalso rendering service. If our minds, senses, speech, money and energies are thus\n\n", "adi1#p0031": "4\n\nengaged in the service of Kr�Qa, we cannot be considered to be existing in material\nnature. By virtue of spiritual consciousness, or KwJa consciousness, we transcend\nthe platform of material nature. It is a fact that Kr�IJa, His expansions and His\ndevotees-that is, those who work for Him-are not in material nature, although\npeople with a poor fund of knowledge think that they are.\n\nCoitanya-caritamrta teaches that the spirit soul is immortal and that our activities in\nthe spiritual world are also immortal. The Mayavadis, who hold to the view that the\nAbsolute is impersonal and formless, contend that a realized soul has no need to\ntalk. However, the Vaig1avas, who are devotees of Kr�Qa, contend that when one\nreaches the stage of realization, he really begins to talk. \"Previously we only talked\nof nonsense,\" the Vai�r;tava says. \"Now let us begin our real talks, talks of Kr�Qa.\"\nThe Mayavadis are also fond of using the example of the water pot, maintaining\nthat when a pot is not filled with water it makes a sound, but that when it is filled\nit makes no sound. But are we waterpots? How can we be compared to them? A\ngood analogy utilizes as many similarities between two objects as possible. A water\npot is not an active living force, but we are. Ever silent meditation may be adequate\nfor a water pot, but not for us. Indeed, when one has realized he has so much to\nsay about· Kr�Qa, twenty-four hours in a day is not sufficient. It is the fool who is·\ncelebrated as long as he does not speak, for when he breaks his silence his lack of\nknowledge is exposed. Coitanya-caritamrta shows that there are many wonderful\nthings to discover by glorifying the Supreme.\nIn the beginning of Caitanya-caritamrta, Kr�IJadasa Kaviraja Gosvami writes: \"I\noffer my respects to my spiritual masters.\" He uses the plural here to indicate the\ndisciplic succession. It is not that he offers obeisances to his spiritual master alone\nbut to the whole parampara, the chain of disciplic succession beginning with Lord\n\nKr�Qa Himself. Thus the guru is addressed in the plural to show the author's\n\nhighest respect for all the Vai�r;tavas. After offering obeisances to the disciplic\nsuccession, the author pays obeisances to all other devotees, Godbrothers, the\nexpansions of Godhead and the first manifestation of Kr�IJa 's energy. Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu (sometimes called Kr�IJa Caitanya) is the embodiment of all of these;\nHe is God, guru, devotee and the expansion of God. As His associate, Nityananda,\nHe is the first manifestation of energy; as Advaita, He is an incarnation; as\nGadadhara, He is the internal potency; and as Srivasa, He is the marginal living\nentity. Thus Kr�Qa should not be thought of as being alone but should be considered\nas eternally existing with all His manifestation, as described by Ramanujacarya. In\n\nvisi!j{lidvoita philosophy, God's energies, expansions and incarnations are considered\nto be oneness in diversity. In other words, God is not separate from all of these;\neverything together is God.\n\n.\nActually Caitanya-caritlimt;ta is not intended for the novice, for it is the post­\n\ngraduate study of spiritual knowledge. Ideally, one begins with Bhagavad-gita and\nadvances through Srimad-Bhagavatam to the Caitanya-caritamcta.\n\nAlthough all\n\nthese great scriptures are on the same absolute level, for the sake of comparative\nstudy Caitanya-caritlimrta is considered to be on the highest platform. Every verse\nin it is perfectly composed. Indeed, Lord Caitanya and Nityananda are compared\n\n", "adi1#p0032": "Introduction\n\n5\n\nto the sun and moon in that They dissipate the darkness of the material world. In\nthis instance both the sun and moon have risen together, and it is proper to offer\nobeisances directly to Lord Caitanya and Nityananda.\nIn the Western world where the g[Qries of Lord Caitanya are relatively unknown ,\none may inquire, \"Who is Kr�l)a Caitanya?\" The scriptural conclusion in answer to\nthat question is that He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Generally in the\n\nUpani�ads the Supreme Absolute Truth is described in an impersonal way, but the\npersonal aspect of the Absolute Truth is mentioned in the Tsopani�ad, where, after\na description of the all-pervading, we find the following verse:\n\nhira!Jmayena patrefJa\nsatyasyapihitam mukham\ntat tvam pu�ann apaV!;fJu\nsotyo-dhormliyo drHoye\n\"\n\n0 my Lord, sustainer of all that lives, Your real face is covered by Your\n\ndazzling effulgence. Kindly remove that covering and exhibit Yourself to Your pure\ndevotee.\" (Sri Tsoponi�od, Mantra 15}\nThe impersonalists do not have the power to go beyond the effulgence of God\nand arrive at the personality from whom this effulgence is emanating. At the end\nof Tsoponi�od, however, there is a hymn to the Personality of Godhead. It is not that\nthe impersonal Brahman is denied; it is also described, but that Brahman is considered to be the glaring effulgence of the body of Caitanya. In other words, Kr�11a\nCaitanya is the basis of the impersonal Brahman. It is also stated by Kr�l}a in\n\nBhogovod-gita that the impersonal Brahman rests on Him (brohmofJO hi ,prati�fhiihom,\nBg.\n\n14.27). The Paramatma, or Supersoul, which is present within the heart of\n\nevery living entity and within every atom of the universe, is but the partial representation of Caitanya. Kr�l}a Caitanya is therefore the basis of Brahman and the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead as well. As the Supreme He is full in six opulences:\nwealth, fame, strength, beauty, knowledge and renunciation. In short, we should\nknow that He is Kr�l}a, God, and nothing is equal to or greater than Him. There is\nno superior to be conceived. He is the Supreme Person.\nIt was ROpa GosvamT, a confidential devotee taught for more than ten days\ncontinuously by Lord Caitanya, who wrote:\n\nnoma moha-voaanyliyo kt;s.rzo-premo-prodiiyo te\nkr!f.fJiiyo kt;�ra-caitonyo-nomne goura-tvi�e nomo{l\n\"I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Lord\n\n.\n\nS ri Kr�Qa Caitanya\n\nwho is more magnanimous than any other avotliro, even Kr�IJa Himself, because He\nis bestowing freely what no one else has ever given-pure love of Kr�IJa.\"\n\nIt is not that Caitanya teaches a long and elaborate path to God realization. He\nis completely spiritual, and He begins from the point of surrender to Kr�IJa. He does\nnot pursue the paths of karma-yoga or ji'Jlino-yogo or hotho-yogo but begins at the\n\n", "adi1#p0033": "6\nend of material existence, at the point where one gives up all material attachment.\n\nIn Bhagovad-gita Kr�11a began His teachings by distinguishing the soul from matter\nand in the Eighteenth Chapter concluded at the point where the soul surrenders to\n\nHim in devotion. The Mayavadis would have all talk cease there, but at that point\nthe real discussion only begins. It is the Veaanta-sfitra which begins: athiito brahmo­\n\nj/jnasa: \"Now let us begin to inquire about the Supreme Absolute Truth.\" Rupa\n\nGosvamithus praises Caitanya as the most munificent incarnation of all, for He gives\nthe greatest gift by indicating the highest form of devotional service. In other words ,\n\nHe answers the most important inquiries that anyone can make.\n\nThere are different stages of devotional service and God realization. Strictly\n\nspeaking, anyone who accepts the existence of God is situated in devotional\n\nservice. To acknowledge that God is great is something, but not much. Caitanya,\npreaching as an acarya, a great teacher, taught that we can enter into a relationship\n\nwith God and actually become God's friend. In Bhagavad-gita Kr�r;�a showed Arjuna\n\nHis universal form because Arjuna was His \"very dear friend.\" Upon seeing Kr�r;�a as\nthe Lord of the universes, however, Arjuna actually asked Kr�r;�a to forgive the\n\nfamiliarity of his friendship. Caitanya goes beyond this point. Through Lord\n\nCaitanya we can become friends with Kr�r;�a, and there is no limit to this friendship.\nWe can become friends of Kr�r;�a not in awe or adoration but in complete freedom.\n\nWe can even relate to God as His father. This is not only the philosophy of Caitanya­\n\neoritiimrta but of Sr7mad-Bhiigavatam as well. There are no other literatures in\n\nthe world in which God is treated as the son of a devotee. Usually God is seen as\n\nthe almighty Father who supplies the demands of His sons. The great devotees,\nhowever , sometimes treat God as a son in their execution of devotional service.\n\nThe son demands, and the father supplies, and in supplying Kr��a the devotee\n\nbecomes like a father. Instead of taking from God, we give to God. It was in this\nrelationship that Kr��a's mother, Ya5oda, told the Lord, \"Here, eat this or You'll\n\ndie. Eat nicely.\" In this way Kr��a, although the proprietor of everything, depends\n\non the mercy of His devotee. This is a uniquely high level of friendship in which the\n\ndevotee actually believes himself to be the father of Kr��a.\n\nHowever, Lord Caitanya's greatest gift was His teaching that Kr��a can be actually\n\ntreated as one's lover. In this relationship the Lord is so much attached that He\n\nexpresses His inability to reciprocate. Kr��a was so obliged to the gop7s, the cowherd\ngirls of Vrndavana, that He felt unable to return their love. \"I cannot repay your\n\nlove,\" He told them. \"I have no more assets to return.\" Thus devotional service is\nperformed on this excellent platform, and knowledge of the devotee's relationship\nto Kr��a as lover and beloved was given by Caitanya Mahaprabhu. It was never\n\ngiven by any previous incarnation or acaryo. Thus Rupa Gosvami wrote of Caitanya:\n\n\"Devotional service itself is the highest platform, the glorious platform which You\n\nhave contributed. You are Kr��a in a yellow complexion, and You are SacTnandana,\n\nthe son of mother �aci. Those who hear Caitanya-corltamrto will keep You in their\n\nhearts. It will be easy to understand Kr��a through 'bu.\" Thus Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\ncame to deliver Kr�pa. His method of deliverance was not meditation, fruitive\nactivities or scriptural study, but love.\n\n", "adi1#p0034": "Introduction\n\n7\n\nWe have often heard the phrase \"love of Godhead.\" How far this love of Godhead\ncan actually be developed can be learned from the Vai�[Java philosophy. Theoretical\nknowledge of love of God can be found in many places and in many scriptures, but\nwhat that love of Godhead actually is and how it is developed can be found in\nVai�[lava literatures. It is the unique and highest development of love of God that\nis given by Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nEven in this material world we can have a little sense of love. How is this possible?\nIt is due to the love which is found in the Godhead. W hatever we find within our\nexperience within this conditional life is situated in the Supreme Lord, whQ is the\nultimate source of everything. In our original relationship with the Supreme Lord\nthere is real love, and that love is reflected pervertedly through material conditions.\nOur real love is continuous and unending, but because that love is reflected pervertedly in this material world, it lacks continuity and is inebriating. If we want\nreal transcendental love, we have to transfer our love to the supreme lovable objectthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is the basic principle of Kf�[la consciousness.\nIn material consciousness we are trying to love that which is not at all lovable. We\ngive our love to dogs and cats, running the risk that at the time of death we may\nthink of them and consequently take birth in a family of cats or dogs. Thus love\nthat does not have Kf�[la as its object leads downward. It is not that Kr�[la or God\nis something obscure or something that only a few chosen people can attain.\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu informs us that in every country and in every scripture there\nis some hint of Jove of Godhead. Unfortunately no one knows what Jove of Godhead actually is. The Vedic scriptures, however, are different in that they can\ndirect the individual in the proper way to love God. Other scriptures do not give\ninformation on how one can love God, nor do they actually define or describe\nwhat or who the Godhead actually is. Although they officially promote Jove of\n\nGodhead, they have no idea how to execute it. But Caitanya Mahaprabhu gives a\npractical demonstration of how to love God in a conjugal relationship. Taking the\npart of Radhara[Ji, Caitanya tries to love Kr�tla as Radhar:l[li loved Him. Kf�[la was\nalways amazed by Radhara[Ji's love. \"How does Radhara[Ji give Me such pleasure?\"\nHe would ask. In order to study Radhara[Ji, Kr�[la lived in Her role and tried to\nunderstand Himself. This is the secret of Lord Caitanya's incarnation. Caitanya is\nKr�l)a, but He has taken th'e mode or role of Radharar)i to show us how to love\nKr�tla. Thus He is addressed: \"I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme\nLord who is absorbed in Radharat1T's thoughts.\"\nThis brings up the question of who Radhar:ltli is and what Radha-Kr�tla is.\nActually Radha-Kr�tla is the exchange of love. This is not ordinary love; Kr�tla has\nimmense potencies, of which three are principal: internal, external and marginal.\nIn the internal potency there are three divisions: samvit, hladinTand sandhinT. The\nhladini potency is the pleasure potency. All living entities have this pleasure-seeking\n\npotency, for all beings are trying to have pleasure. This is the very nature of the\nliving entity. At present we are trying to enjoy our pleasure potency by means of\nthe body in this material condition. By bodily contact we are attempting to derive\n\n", "adi1#p0035": "8\n\npleasure from material sense objects. We should not think, however, that Kr�t�a, who\nis always spiritual., tries to seek pleasure on this material plane like us. Kr�t�a\ndescribes the material universe as a nonpermanent place full of miseries. Why, then,\nwould He seek pleasure in the material form? He is the Supersoul, the supreme\nspirit, and His pleasure is beyond the material conception.\nIn order to learn how Kr�t�a's pleasure can be obtained, we must read the Tenth\n\nCanto of Sr7mod-Bhagovatom in which Krg1a's pleasure potency is displayed in His\n\npastimes with Radh:irat�T and the damsels of Vraja. Unfortunately, unintelligent\npeople turn at once to the sports of Kr�t�a in the Dosama-skandha, the Tenth\nCanto. Kr�t�a's embracing Radharat�i or His dancing with the cowherd girls in the\nrilso dance are generally not understood by ordinary men because they consider\n\nthese pastimes in the light of mundane lust. They incorrectly think that Kr�t�a is\n\nlike themselves and that He embraces the gopTs just as an ordinary man embraces\n\na young girl. Some people thus become interested in Kr�t�a because they think that\nHis religion allows indulgence in sex. This is not k�!Ja-bhakti, love of Kr�IJa, but\n\nprakrta-sahojiya materialistic lust.\n-\n\nIn order to avoid such errors, we should understand what Radha-Kr�t�a actually\nis. Radha and Kr�t�a display their pastimes through Kr�t�a's internal energy. The\npleasure potency of Kr�pa's internal energy is a most difficult subject matter, and\nunless one understands what Kr�Qa is, he cannot understand it. Kc�l)a does not take\nany pleasure in this material world, but He has a pleasure potency. Because we are\npart and parcel of Kr�tJa, the pleasure potency is within us also, but we are trying\nto exhibit that pleasure potency in matter. Kr�t�a, however, does not make such a\nvain attempt. The object of Kr�t�a's pleasure potency is Radh:ir:it�i, and He exhibits\nHis potency or His energy as Radharapi and then engages in loving affairs with Her.\nIn other words, Kr�tJa does not take pleasure in this external energy but exhibits\nHis internal energy, His pleasure potency, as Radharapi. Thus Kr�t�a manifests\nHimself as Radharapi in order to exhibit His internal pleasure potency. Of the many\nextensions, expansions and incarnations of the Lord, this pleasure potency is the\nforemost and chief.\nIt is not that Radharapi is separate from Kr�t�a. Radhara�i is also Kr��a, for\nthere is no difference between the energy and the energetic. Without energy, there\nis no meaning to the energetic, and without the energetic, there is no energy.\nSimilarly, without Radha there is no meaning to Kr�tJa, and without Kr��a, there\nis no meaning to Radha. Because of this, the Vai�l)ava philosophy first of all pays\nobeisances to and worships the internal pleasure potency of the Supreme Lord.\nThus the Lord and His potency are always referred to as Radh:l-Kf�tJa. Similarly,\nthose who worship the name of Naraya�a first of all utter the name of Lak�mi, as\n·\n\nLak�mi-Narayal)a. Similarly, those who worship Lord Rama first of all utter the\nname of Sit:i. In any case-Sita-Rama, Radha-Kr}tJa, Lak�mi-Nar:iya�a-the potency\nalways comes first.\nRadha and Kr�IJa are one, and when Kr�IJa desires to enjoy pleasure, He manifests\nHimself as Radharal)i. The spiritual exchange of love between Radha and Kr�l}a is\nthe actual display of the internal pleasure potency of Kr�l)a. Although we speak of\n\n", "adi1#p0036": "Introduction\n\n9\n\n\"when\" Kr�IJa desires, just when He did desire we cannot say. We only speak in this\nway because in conditional life we take it that everything has a beginning; however,\n\nin the absolute or spiritual Me there is neither beginning nor end. Yet in order to\nunderstand that Radha and Kr�IJa are one and that They also become divided, the\n\nquestion \"When?\" automatically comes to mind. When Kr�IJa desired to enjoy His\npleasure potency, He manifested Himself in the separate form of Radhara�i, and\nwhen He wanted to understand Himself through the agency of Radha, He united\nwith Radhara�?, and that unification is called Lord Caitanya.\n\nWhy did Kr�IJa assume the form of Caitanya Mahaprabhu? It is explained that\n\nKr�IJa desired to know the glory of Radha's love. \"Why is She so much in love with\nMe?\" Kr�IJa asked. \"What is My special qualification that attracts Her so? And what\nis the actual way in which She loves Me?\" It seems strange that Kr�IJa, as the\nSupreme, should be attracted by anyone's love. We search after the love of a woman\nor a man because we are imperfect and lack something. The love of a woman, that\npotency and pleasure, is absent in man, and therefore a man wants a woman, but\nthis is not the case with Kr�IJa, who is full in Himself. Thus Kr�IJa expressed surprise:\n\n\"Why am I attracted by Radhara�i? And when Radharapi feels My love, what is She\nactually feeling?\" In order to taste the essence of that loving affair, Kr��a appeared\n\njust as the moon appears on the horizon of the sea. Just as the moon was produced\nby the churning of the sea, by the churning of spiritual love affairs the moon of\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu appeared. Indeed, Caitanya's complexion was golden, just\nlike the moon. Although this is figurative language, it conveys the meaning behind\n\nthe appearance of Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The full significance of His appearance will\nbe explained in later chapters.\nThe manifestations of the Supreme are also explained in Caitanya-caritiimrta.\n\nAfter offering respects to Lord Caitanya, Kr�IJadasa Kaviraja next offers them to\nNityananda. He explains that Nityananda is a manifestation of Sarikar�a�a, who is\nthe origin of the Maha-Vi��u. Kr�IJa's first manifestation is as Balarama and then\nSarikar�al)a, and after Sarikar�al)a He is manifest as Pradyumna. In this way so many\n\nexpansions take place. Although there are many expansions, Lord Sri Kr�pa is the origin, as confirmed in Brahma-sarhhito. He is like the original candle from which many\nthousands and millions of candles are lit. Although any number of candles can be\nlighted, the original candle still retains its identity as the origin. In this way Kr�Qa\nexpands, Himself into so many lights, and all these expansions are called vigw-tattva.\nVi�Qu is a large light, and we are small lights, but all are expansions of Kr��a.\n\nWhen it is necessary to create the material universe, Vi��u expands Himself as the\n\nMaha-Vi��u. This Maha-Vi��u lies down on the Causal Ocean and breathes all the\nuniverses from His nostrils. Thus from the Maha-Vi��u and the Causal Ocean all the\nuniverses spring, and all these universes float in the Causal Ocean. In this regard there\nis the story of \\'amana, who, when He took three steps, stuck His foot through the\n\ncovering of the universe. Water from the Causal Ocean flowed through the hole\n\nwhich His foot made, and it is said that that flow of water became the River Ganges.\nTherefore the Ganges is accepted as the most sacred water of Vi��u and is worshiped\nby all Hindus from the Himalayas down to the Bay of Bengal.\n\n", "adi1#p0037": "10\n\nThat Maha-Vi�r;�u who lies on the Causal Ocean is actually an expansion of\nBalarama, who is Kr�IJa's first expansion, and, in the Vrndavana pastimes, is the\nbrother of K�l}a. In the moho-mantra Hare Kr�IJa, Hare Kr�IJa, Kr�l)a Kr�IJa, Hare\nHare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare, the word Rama refers to\nBalarama. Since Nityananda is an expansion: of B alarama, Rama also refers to Lord\nNityananda. Thus Hare Kr�rya, Hare Rama addresses not only Kr�r:ta and Balarama\nbut Lord Caitanya and Nityananda as well.\nThe subject matter of Caitanya-caritomrta primarily deals with what is beyond\nthis material creation. The cosmic material expansion is called maya because it has\nno eternal existence. Because it is sometimes manifested and sometimes not\nmanifested, it is regarded as illusory. But beyond this temporary manifestation\nthere is a higher nature, as indicated in Bhagavad-gito:\n\nparas tasmat tu bhovo 'nyo\n'vyakto 'vyaktiit sanotanaf:!\nyaf:! sa sarve�u bhute�u\nnasyatsu na vinasyati\n\"Yet there is another nature, which is eternal and is transcendental to this manifested\nand unmanifested matter. It is supreme and is never annihilated. When all in this\nworld is annihilated, that part remains as it is.\" {Bg. 8.20)\nThat supreme nature is beyond the manifested (vyakta/;1) and unmanifested\n\n(avyakta/;1). This superior nature which is beyond both creation and annihilation is\nthe living force which is manifest in the bodies of all living entities. The body itself\nis composed of inferior nature, matter, but it is the superior nature that is moving\nthe body. The symptom of that superior nature is consciousness. Thus jn the\nspiritual world, where everything is composed of the superior nature, everything is\nconscious. In the material world inanimate objects are not conscious, but in the\nspiritual world this is not so. There a t able is conscious, the land is conscious, the\ntrees are conscious-everything is conscious.\nIt is not possible to imagine how far this material manifestation extends. In the\nmaterial world everything is calculated by imagination or by some imperfect\nmethod, but Vedic literatures give information of what lies beyond the material\nuniverse. Those who believe in experimental knowledge may doubt the Vedic conclusions, for they cannot even calculate how far this universe is extended, nor can\nthey reach far into the universe itself. It is not possible to obtain information of\nanything beyond this material nature by experimental means. That which is beyond\nour power of conception is called acintya, inconceivable. It is useless to argue or\nspeculate about what is inconceivable. If it is truly inconceivable, it is not subject to\nspeculation or experimentation. Our energy is limited, and our sense perception is\nlimited; therefore we must rely on the Vedic conclusions regarding that subject\nmatter which is inconceivable. Knowledge of the superior nature must simply be\naccepted without argument. How is it possible to argue about something to which\nwe have no access? The method for understanding transcendental subject matter is\n\n", "adi1#p0038": "Introduction\n\n11\n\ngiven by Lord Kr�Qa Himself in Bhagavad-g7ta, where Kr�Qa tells Arjuna at the beginning of the Fourth Chapter:\nimam vivasvate yogam\nproktavan aham avyayam\nvivasvan manave praha\nmanur ik�vakave 'bravit\n\n\"I instructed this imperishable science of yoga to the sun-god, Vivasvan, and Vivasvan\ninstructed it to Manu, the father of mankind, and Manu in turn instructed it to\nlk�vaku.\" (Bg. 4.1)\nThis is the method of parampara, or disciplic succession. Similarly, in Srimad·\n\nBhagavatam Kr�Qa imparted knowledge into the heart of Brahma, the first created\n\ncreature within the universe. Brahma imparted those lessons to his disciple, Narada,\nand Narada imparted that knowledge to his disciple, Vyasadeva. Vyasadeva imparted\nit to Madhvacarya, and from Madhvacarya the knowledge comes down to\nMadhavendra Puri, to Ts'vara Puri and from him to Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nOne may ask that if Caitanya Mahaprabhu is Kr�Qa Himself, then why did He\nneed a spiritual master? Of course He did not need a spiritual master, but because\nHe was playing the role of acarya (one who teaches by example), He accepted a\nspiritual master. Even Kf�Qa Himself accepted a spiritual master, for that is the\nsystem. In this way the Lord sets the example for men. We should not think, however, that the Lord takes a spiritual master because He is in want of knowledge. He\nis simply stressing the importance of accepting the disciplic succession. The knowledge of that disciplic succession actually comes from the Lord Himself, and if the\nknowledge descends unbroken, it is perfect. Although we may not be in touch with\nthe original personality who first imparted the knowledge, we may receive the same\nknowledge through this process of transmission. In Srimad-Bhagavatam, it is stated\nthat �r.spa, the Absolute Truth, the Personality of Godhead, transmitted transcendental knowledge into the heart of Brahma. This, then, is one way knowledge is\nreceived-through the heart. Thus there are two processes by which one may receive\nknowledge: One depends upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is situated\nas the Supersoul within the heart of all living entities, and the other depends upon\nthe guru or spiritual master, who is an expansion of Kr�Qa. Thus Kr�Qa transmits\ninformation both from within and from without. We simply have to receive it. If\nknowledge is received in this way, it doesn't matter whether it is inconceivable or not.\nIn SrTmad-Bhiigavatam there is a great deal of information given about the\nVaiku��ha planetary systems which are beyond the material universe. Similarly, a\ngreat deal of inconceivable information is given in Caitanya-caritomt;ta. Any attempt\nto arrive at this information through ·experimental knowledge is not possible. The\nknowledge simply has to be accepted. According to the Vedic method, !;abda, or\ntranscendental sound, is 'regarded as evidence. Sound is very important in Vedic\nunderstanding, for, if it is pure, it is accepted as authoritative. Even in the material\nworld we accept a great deal of information which is sent thousands of miles by\n\n", "adi1#p0039": "12\n\ntelephone or radio. In this way we also accept sound as evidence in our daily lives.\nAlthough we cannot see the informant, we accept his information as valid on the\nbasis of sound. Sound vibration then is very important in the transmission of\nVedic knowledge.\nThe Vedas inform us that beyond this cosmic manifestation there are extensive\nplanets and the spiritual sky. This material manifestation is regarded as only a small\nportion of the total creation. The material manifestation includes not only this\nuniverse but innumerable others as well, but all the material universes combined\ncomprise only one fraction of the total creation. The majority of the creation is\nsituated in the spiritual sky. In that sky innumerable planets float, and these are\ncalled Vaikut15halokas. In every Vaikut15haloka Narayatla presides in the form of\nHis four-armed expansions: Sankar�t'la, Pradyumna, Aniruddha and Vasudeva.\nAs stated before, the material universes are manifested by the Lord in the form\nof Maha-Vi�tlu. Just as a husband and wife combine to beget offspring, the MahaVi�tlu combines with His wife Maya, or material nature. This is also confirmed in\nthe Bhagavad-g7t'ii where Kr�tla states:\nsarva-yoni�u kaunteya\nmurtaya{l sambhavanti yiiiJ\ntiisiim brahma mahad yonir\naham bTja-pradaiJ pita\n\"It should be understood that all species of life, 0 son of Kunti, are made possible\nby birth in this material nature, and that I am the seed-giving father.\" (Bg. 14.4}\nVi:;tlu impregnated Maya or material nature simply by glancing at her. This is the\nspiritual method. Materially we are limited to impregnate by only one particular\npart of our body, but the Supreme Lord, Kr��a or Maha-Vi�tlu, can impregnate any\npart by any part. Simply by glancing the Lord can conceive countless living entities\nin the womb of material nature. The Brahma-samhitii also confirms that the spiritual\n\nbody of the Supreme Lord is so powerful that any part of that body can perform\nthe functions of any other part. We can only touch with our hands or skin, but\nKr�t'la can touch just by glancing. We can only see with our eyes, we cannot touch\nor smell with them. Kr�tla, however, can smell and also eat with His eyes. When\nfoodstuffs are offered to Kr�t'la we don't see Him eating, but He eats simply by\nglancing at the food. We cannot imagine how things work in the spiritual world\nwhere everything is spiritual. It is not that Kr�tla does not eat or that we imagine\nthat He eats; He actually eats, but His eating is different from ours. Our eating\nprocess will be similar to His when we are completely on the spiritual platform.\nOn that platform every part of the body can act on behalf of any other part.\nVi�t'IU does not require anything in order to create. He does not require the\ngoddess Lak�mi in order to give birth to Brahma, for Brahma is born from a lotus\nflower which grows from the navel of Vi�I)U. The goddess Lak�misits at the feet of\nVi�tlu and serves Him. In this material world sex is required to produce children,\nbut in the spiritual world one can produce as many children as he likes without\n\n", "adi1#p0040": "Introduction\n\n13\n\nhaving to take help from his wife. Because we have no experience with spiritual\nenergy, we think that Brahma's birth from the navel of VigJU is simply a fictional\nstory. We are not aware that spiritual energy is so powerful that it can do anything\n\nand everything. Material energy is dependent on certain laws, but spiritual energy is\nfully independent.\n\nBrahma is born from the navel of Garbhodakasayi VigJU, who is but a partial\n\nmanifestation of the Maha-VigJU. Countless universes reside like seeds within the\nskin pores of the Maha-Vi�t\"u, and when He exhales, they all are manifest. In the\nmaterial world we have no experience of such a thing, but we do experience a\n\nperverted reflection in the phenomenon of perspiration.\n\nWe cannot imagine,\n\nhowever, the duration of one breath of the Maha-Vi�t\"u, for within one breath all of\nthe universes are created and annihilated. Lord Brahma only lives for the duration\nof one breath, and according to our time scale 4,320,000,000 years constitute only\ntwelve hours of Brahma, and Brahma lives one hundred of his years. Y et the whole\nlife of Brahma is contained within one breath of the Maha-Vi�I)U. Thus it is not\npossible for us to imagine the breathing power of the Supreme Lord. That MahaVi�t\"u is but a partial manifestation of Kr�t\"a.\n\nThus Kf�t\"adasa Kaviraja Gosvami discusses Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu as �ri\nKr�t\"a Himself, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and Lord Nityananda as\nBalarama, the first expansion of Kf�l)a. Advaitacarya, another principal disciple of\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu's, is accepted as an expansion of the Maha-Vi�I)U. Thus\n\nAdvaitacarya is also the Lord, or, more precisely, an expansion of the Lord. The\nword advaita means nondual, and his name is such because he is nondifferent from\nthe Supreme Lord. He is also called acaryo, teacher, because he disseminated Kf�l)a\n\nconsciousness. In this way he is just like Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Although Caitanya\nis Sri Kf�l)a Himself, He appears as a devotee to teach people in general how to love\n\nKr�l)a. Similarly, Advaitacarya appeared just to distribute the knowledge of Kf�l)a\n\nconsciousness. Thus he is also the Lord incarnated as a devotee. Kf�l)a is manifested\nin five different expansions, and He and all of His associates appear as devote�s of\n\nthe Supreme Lord in the form of �ri Kr�l)a Caitanya, Nityananda, Advaitacarya,\nGadadhara, �rivasa and others. In all cases, Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the source of\nenergy for all His devotees. Since this is the case, if we take shelter of Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu for the successful execution of Kf�l)a consciousness, we are sure to\nmake progress. One devotional song by Narottama dasa Thakura states: \"My dear\nLord Caitanya, please have mercy upon me. There is no one who is as merciful as\nYou. My plea is most urgent because Your mission is to deliver fallen souls, and no\none is more fallen than I. I beg priority.\"\nThe author of Caitanya-caritamcta, KwJadasa Kaviraja Gosvami, was an inhabitant\nof Vrndavana and a great devotee. He had been living with his family in Katwa, a\nsmall town in the district of Burdwan in Bengal. His family also worshiped RadhaKr�l)a, and once when there was some misunderstanding amongst his family about\ndevotional service, Kr�t\"adasa Kaviraja was advised by Nityananda Prabhu in a dream\n\nto leave home and go to Vrndavana. Although he was very old, he started out that\nvery night and went to live in Vrndavana. While he was there, he met some of the\n\n", "adi1#p0041": "14\n\nGosvamis, principal disciples of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. He was requested to\nwrite Coitanya-caritDm[ta by the devotees of Vrndavana. Although he began this\nwork at a very old age, by the grace of Lord Caitanya he finished it. Today it\nremains the most authoritative book on Caitanya's philosophy and life.\nWhen Kr��adasa Kaviraja Gosvami was living in Vrndavana, there were not very\nmany temples. At that time Madana-mohana, Govindaji and Gopinatha were the\nthree principal temples. As a resident of Vrndavana, he offered his respects to the\nDeities in these temples and requested God's favor: \"My progress in spiritual life is\nvery slow, so I'm asking Your help.\" In Caitanya-caritlim[ta, Knt�adasa first offers\nhis obeisances to Madana-mohana vigraha, the Deity who can help us progress in\nKr�t�a consciousness. In the execution of Kr�t�a consciousness, our first business is to\nknow Kr�r;ta and our relationship with Him. To know Kr�rJa is to know one's self,\nand to know one's self is to know one's relationship with Kr�r;ta. Since this relationship can be learned by worshiping Madana-mohana vigraha, Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja\nGosvaml first establishes his relationship with Him.\nWhen this is established, Kr�t�adasa begins to worship the functional Deity,\nGovinda. Govinda resides eternally in Vrnd:lvana. In the spiritual world of Vrndavana\nthe buildings are made of touchstone, the cows are known as surabhi cows, givers\nof abundant milk, and the trees are known as wish-fulfilling trees, for they yield\nwhatever one desires. In Vrnd:lvana Kr��a herds the surabhi cows, and He is\nworshiped by hundreds and thousands of gopTs, cowherd girls, who are all goddesses\nof fortune. When Kr�l)a descends to the material world, this same Vrndavana\ndescends just as an entourage accompanies an important personage. Because when\nKr��a comes, His land also comes, Vrndavana is not considered to exist in the\nmaterial world. Therefore devotees take shelter of the Vrndavana in India, for it is\nconsidered to be a replica of the original Vrndavana. Although one may complain\nthat no ka/pa-vrk�a, wish-fulfilling trees, exist there, when the Gosvamis were there,\nthe ka/pa-vrk_sa were present. It is not that one can simply go to such a tree and\nmake demands; one must first become a devotee. The Gosvamis would live under a\ntree for one night only, and the trees would satisfy all their desires. For the common\nman this may all seem very wonderful, but as one makes progress in devotional\nservice, all this can be realized.\nVrndavana is actually experienced as it is by persons who have stopped trying to\nderive pleasure from material enjoyment. \"When will my mind become cleansed of\nall hankering for material enjoyment so I will be able to see Vrndavana?\" one great\ndevotee asks. The more Kr�t�a conscious we become and the more we advance, the\nmore everything is revealed as spiritual. Thus Kr�t�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami considered\nVrndavana in India to be as good as the Vrndavana in the spiritual sky, and in\nCoitanya-caritomrta he describes Radhar:l�i and Kr��a as seated beneath a wish­\n\nfulfilling tree in Vrndavana on a throne decorated with valuable jewels. There Kr��a's\ndear friends, the cowherd boys and the gop7s, serve Radha and Kr��a by singing,\ndancing, offering betel nuts and refreshments and decorating Their Lordships with\nflowers. Even today in India people decorate thrones and recreate this scene\nduring the month of July. Generally at that time people go to Vrndavana to offer\ntheir respects to the Deities there.\n\n", "adi1#p0042": "Introduction\n\n15\n\nKr�t'ladasa Kaviraja Gosvami maintains that the Radha and Kr�t'la Deities show us\nhow to serve Radha and Kr�t'la. The Madana-mohana Deities simply establish that\n\"I am Your eternal servant.\" With Govinda, however, there is actual acceptance of\nservice, and therefore He is called the functional Deity. The Gopinatha Deity is\nKr�t'la as master and proprietor of the gopTs. He attracted all the gopTs, or cowherd\ngirls, by the sound of His flute, and when they came, He danced with them. These\nactivities are all described in the Tenth Canto of SrTmad-Bhiigavatam. These gopTs\nwere childhood friends of K,r.spa, and they were all married, for in India the girls\nare married by the age of twelve. The boys, however, are not married before\neighteen, so Kr�t'la, who was fifteen or sixteen at the time, was not married.\nNonetheless He called these girls from their homes and invited them to dance with\nHim. That dance is called the rasa-nra dance, and it is the most elevated of all the\nVrndavana pastimes. Kr�t'la is therefore called Gopinatha because He is the beloved\nmaster of the gopis.\nKr�t'ladasa Kaviraja Gosvami petitions the blessings of Lord Gopinatha. \"May\nthat Gopinatha, the master of the gopis, Kr�f)a, bless you. May you become blessed\nby Gopinatha.\" Just as Kr�t'la attracted the gopTs by the sweet sound of His flute,\n\nthe author of Caltanya-caritamrta prays that He will also attract the reader's mind\nby His transcendental vibration.\n\n", "adi1#p0043": "�di-1/jp\nCHAPTER1\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is none other than the combined form of Sri Radha\n�nd Kr�f1a. He is the ljfe of those devotees wh9 strictly follow in the footsteps of\nSrna RDpa Gosvami. SrTia ROpa Gosvami and Srna Sanatana Gosvami are the two\nprincipal followers of Srna Svarupa Damodara Gosvami, who acted as the most\nconfidential servitor of Lord Sri Km1aCaitanya Mahaprabhu, known as Visvambhara\nin His early life. A direct disciple of Srna Rupa Gosvamiwas Srlla Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami. The author of Sri Caitanya-caritiimrto, Srna Kr�!Jadasa Kaviraja Gosvami,\nstands as the direct disciple of Srna Rupa Gosvami and Srna Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami.\nThe direct disciple of Srila Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja Gosvami was Srila Narottama dasa\nThakura, who accepted Srna Visvanatha Cakravarti as his servitor. Srila Visvanatha\nCakravarti Thakura accepted Srna jagannatha dasa Babaji, who initiated Srna\nBhaktivinoda Thakura, who in turn initiated Srila Gaurakisora dasa Babaji, the\nspiritual master of Om Vi�oupada Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami Maharaja,\nthe divine master of our humble self.\nSince we belong to this chain of disciplic succession from SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu,\nthis edition of SrT Caitanya-caritiimrto will contain nothing newly manufactured by\nour tiny brains, but only remnants of foodstuff originally eaten by the Lord Himself.\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu does not belong to the mundane plane of the three\nqualitative modes. He belongs to the transcendental plane beyond the reach of the\nimperfect sense perception of a living being. Even the most erudite mundane\nscholar cannot approach the transcendental plane unless he submits himself to\ntranscendental sound with a receptive mood, for in that mood only can one realize\nthe message of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. What will be described herein, therefore,\nhas nothing to do with the experimental thoughts created by the speculative habits\nof inert minds. The subject matter of this book is not a mental concoction but a\nfactual spiritual experience that one can realize only by accepting the line of\ndisciplic succession described above. Any deviation from that line will bewilder the\nreader's understanding of the mystery of Sri Caitanya-caritiimrto, which is a transcendental literature meant for the post-graduate study of one who has realized\nall the Vedic literatures such as the Upanifiods and Vediinta and their natural commentaries such as Srimad-Bhiigavatam and Bhagavad-gitii.\nThis edition of SrT Ca/tanya-caritiimrto is presented for the study of sincere\nscholars who are really seeking the Absolute Truth. It is not the arrogant scholarship\nof a mental speculator but a sincere effort to serve the order of a superior authority\nwhose service is the life and soul of this humble effort. It does not deviate even\n\n17\n\n", "adi1#p0044": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n18\n\nslightly from the revealed scriptures, and therefore anyone who follows in the\ndisciplic line will be able to realize the essence of this book simply by the method\n\nof aural reception.\n\nThe First Chapter of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta begins with fourteen Sanskrit verses\n\nthat describe the Absolute Truth. Then the next three Sanskrit verses describe the\n\nprincipal Deities of Vrndavana, namely, Sri Radha-Madana-mohana, Sri Radha­\n\nGovindadeva and Sri Radha-Gopinathaji. The first of the fourteen verses is a\n\nsymbolic representation of the Supreme Truth, and the entire First Chapter is in\n\nactuality devoted to this single verse, which describes Lord Caitanya in His six\n\ndifferent transcendental expansions.\n\nThe first manifestation described is the spiritual master, who appears in two\n\nplenary parts called the initiating spiritual master and instructing spiritual master.\n\nThey are identical because both of them are phenomenal manifestations of the\nSupreme Truth. Next described are the devotees, who are divided into two classes,\n\nnamely, the apprentices and the graduates. Next are the incarnations (avatiiras) of\n\nthe Lord, who are explained to be nondifferent from the Lord. These incarnations\n\nare considered in three divisions-incarnations of the potency of the Lord, incarnations of His qualities, and incarnations of His authority. In this connection, Lord\n\nSri Kr�IJa 's direct manifestations and His manifestations for transcendental pastimes\nare discussed. Next considered are the potencies of the Lord, of which three prin­\n\n.cipal manifestations are described: the consorts in the kingdom of God (VaikUQ\\ha),\nthe queens of Dvarakadhama and, highest of all, the damsels of Yrajadhama.\n\nFinally, there is the Supreme Lord Himself, who is the fountainhead of all these\n\nmanifestations.\n\nLord Sri Kr$1Ja and His plenary expansions are all in the category of the Lord\n\nHimself, the energetic Absolute Truth, whereas His devotees, His eternal associates,\n\nare His energies. The energy and energetic are fundamentally one, but since their\nfunctions are differently exhibited, they are simultaneously different also. Thus the\nAbsolute Truth is manifested in diversity in one unit. This philosophical truth, which\n\nis pursuant to the Vediinta-slitras, is called acintya-bhediibheda-tattva, or the conception of simultaneous oneness and difference. In the latter portion of this chapter,\n\nthe transcendental position of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and that of Srila Nityananda\nPrabhu are described with reference to the above theistic facts.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n� �-�..�llf�llf1<q'6t11�f1t I\nc:et.��tllft�· \"!�: �5WJ1�Ffil(.ll � II\nvande gurun rsa-bhaktiin\nisam isiivatiirakiin\ntat-prakiisiirhs ca tac-chakti/;1\nkr�ra-caitanya-sarhjnakam\n\n", "adi1#p0045": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1\n\n19\n\nSYNONYMS\nvande-1\n\noffer respectful obeisances; gurun-unto the spiritual\n\nmasters; isa­\n\nbhaktan-unto the devotees of the Supreme Lord; isam-unto the Supreme Lord;\nisa-avatarakiin-unto the incarnations of the Supreme Lord; tat-of the Supreme\nLord; prakasan\n\n-unto the manifestations; ca-and; tat-of the Supreme Lord; saktif:l.\n\nunto the potencies; k(�fJa-caitanya-Sri Kr�IJa Caitanya; sarhjnakam-nam ed\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto the spiritual masters, the devotees of the\nLord, the Lord's incarnations, His plenary portions, His energies, and the primeval\nLord Himself, Sri Kr�IJa Caitanya.\nTEXT2\n\n����'\"' ���tfi\"\"' I\n',ft\"''\"' 1.-1�\"\" � � <a'*ttt� Rn\n�\n\nVande sr7-k(�fJO-caitanyanityanandau sahoditau\ngau(lodaye pu�pavantau\ncitrau sandau tamo-nudau\n\nSYNONYMS\nvande-1\n\noffer\n\nrespectful\n\nobeisances; sri-knfJa-caitanya-to\n\nLord\n\nSri\n\nKr�l)a\n\nCaitanya; nityanandau-and to Lord Nityananda;saha-uditau- simul taneous ly arisen;\ngau(la-udaye-on the eastern horizon of Gauc;la; pu!jpavantau-the sun and moon\ntogether; citrau\n\n- wonderful; 5am-dau-bestowing benediction; tamaf:l-nudau-dissi­\n\npating darkness.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto Sri Kr�l)a Caitanya and Lord Nityananda,\nwho are like the sun and moon. They have arisen simultaneously on the horizon of\nGauc;la to dissipate the darkness of ignorance and thus wonderfully bestow benediction upon all.\nTEXT3\n\n'4'f�'4\\5( �� �9fl� �\n.. Wll.� �.. m �'llt�-r� ,\n..�..�1{: �ifi .. � .S'SAti\\_\" IQ'IA(�\n� �«. �� 'IR't� 'f�� II� II\n\n", "adi1#p0046": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n20\n\nyad advaitarh brahmopani�adi tad apy asya tanu-bha\nyo iitmiintaryiimT puru�a iti so 'syiirh�a-vibhavaf:!\n�afl-ai�varyai/:1 pfmJo yo iha bhagaviin sa svayam ayarh\nno caitanyiit kr�rJiij jagati para-tattvarh param iha\nSYNONYMS\nyat-that which;advaitam-nondual;brahma-the impersonal Brahman;upani�adi\n\n-in the Upani�ads; tat-that; api-certainly; asya-His; tanu-bhii-the effulgence of\nHis transcendental body; yaf:!-who; iitmii-the Supersoul; antaryiimT-indwelling\nLord; puru�f:/-supreme enjoyer; iti-thus; saf:!-He; asya-His; arh�-vibhavaf:!­\n\nplenary expansion; �at-ai�varyaif:!-with all six opulences; purra/:1-full; yaf:!-who;\n\niha-here; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; saf:/-He;svayam-Himself; ayam\n\njagati\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthis; no-not; caitanyiit-than Lord Caitanya; kr�Qiit-than Lord Kr�Qa;\n\nin the world;para-higher;tattvam-truth;param-another;iha-here.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhat the Upani�ds describe as the impersonal Brahman is but the effulgence of\n\nHis body, and the Lord known as the Supersoul is but His localized plenary portion.\n\nHe is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself, full with six opulences. He is the\n\nAbsolute Truth, and no other truth is greater than or equal to Him.\nTEXT4\n\n��\\!ioil� fD11lct. ��l<t��cf: <fCif�\n'fl{9f'111�\\11C��aonpfl� �f�ft!l�l( 1\n�fif: �]1��111ii}R!fl'Pf��f9r\\!i:\n'flr1 �<f�C11 \"1(11� �: \"t�O{ilfO{: II 8 II\nanarpita-carirh ciriit karurayiivatirra/:1 kalau\nsamarpayitum unnatojjvala-rasiirh sva-bhakti-sriyam\nhari/:1 purata-sundara-dyuti-kadamba-sandipitaf:!\nsadii hrdaya-kandare sphuratu vaf:! sac7-nandana.\nSYNONYMS\nanarpita-not bestowed; carim-having been formerly; ciriit-for a long time;\n\nkarUt;ayii-by causeless mercy; avatirraf:!-descended; ka/aq-in the age of Kali;\n\nsamarpayitum-to bestow; unnata-elevated; ujjvala-rasiim-the conjugal mellow;\n\nsva-bhakti-of His own service; sriyam-the treasure; harifl-the Supreme Lord;\n\npurata-than gold; sundara- more beautiful; dyuti-of splendor; kadamba-with a\n\nmultitude; sandipitaf:!-lighted up; sadii-always; hrf/aya-kandare-in the cavity of\n\nthe hearJ; sphuratu-let Him be manifest; VOQ-yotir; 5aci-nandanaf:!-the son of\n\nmother Sacl.\n\n", "adi1#p0047": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1\n\n21\n\nTRANSLATION\nMay that Lord, who is known as the son of\n\nSrimati Sacidevi, be transcendentally\n\nsituated in the innermost chambers of your heart. Resplendent with the radiance of\nmolten gold, He has appeared in the age of Kali by His causeless mercy to bestow\nwhat no incarnation ever offered before: the most sublime and radiant spiritual\nknowledge of the mellow taste of His service.\nTEXT 5\n\n�t'fl �!fct'\\l�\"f��.{tfir���\"lflCif�l-rRf9r 'frt ��1 Clf�iSlf� 'il� �)I\n\n���11fT� \\!f�ll� ��� �o�J1ft��\n�tiftet�1Q;Jf!��fa;�� c;{f� flt3�t9fl{ U t II\nriidhii k[j!Ja-praraya-vikrtir hliidinT 5aktir asmiid\n\nekiitmiiniiv api bhuvi purii deha-bhedarh gatau tau\n\ncaitanyiikhyarh prakafam adhunii tad-dvayarh caikyam iiptarh\nriidhii-bhiiva-dyuti-suvalitam naumi kr�ra-svarupam\nSYNONYMS\nradhii�Srimati RadharaQi; kr�ra-of Lord Kr��a; praraya-of love; vikrti{l-the\ntransformation; hliidinT �kti{l-pleasure potency; asmiit-from this; eka-iitmiinauboth the same in identity; api-although; bhuvi-on earth;purii-from beginningless\ntime; deha bhedam-separate forms; gatau-obtained; tau-those two; caitanya-\n\niikhyam-known as Sri Caitanya; prakatam-manifest; adhunii-now; tat-dvayam­\n\n�\n\nthe two of Them; ca-and; aikyam- nity; iiptam-obtained; riidhii- of Srimati\nRadharaQi; bhiiva-mood;dyuti-the luster; suvalitam.-who is adorned with; naumi-\n\n1 offer my obeisances; kr�ra-svarupam-to Him who is identical with Sri Kr�Qa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe loving affairs of\n\nSri Radha and Kr�Qa are transcendental manifestations of\n\nthe Lord's internal pleasure-giving potency. Although Radha and Kr��;�a are one in\nTheir identity, They separated Themselves eternally. Now these two transcendental\nidentities have again united in the form of\n\nSri Kr�Qa Caitanya. I bow down to Him,\nSrimati\n\nwho has manifested Himself with the sentiment and complexion of\nRadharliQi although He is Kn�;�a Himself,\nTEXT6\n\n�;,t'fm: �ct1ill� ..,lC\"M �t���·nm.n Clfo:{�ll'1f1lll1 -.�-n �-� 11m: 1\n\n", "adi1#p0048": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n22\n\nc'!l�J•t�·l 'lllr��'!: �\")�·r<- c�f'! ,�,_\n�Tt�WJ: 'fl{�f\"l\" \"4f��f'fC� ���� II� II\nsri-riidhiiya/;l;praraya-mahimii kidrso vr'inayaiviisviidyoyeniidbhuta-madhurimii kidrso vii madiya/;1\nsoukhyarh ciisyii mad-<Jnubhavata/;1 kidr5arh veti /obhiit\ntad-bhiiviiflhya/;1 samajani saci-garbha-sindhau harindu/;1\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri-riidhiiyd/;1-of S rimati Radharal)i; praf}aya-mahimii-the greatness of the love;\nkidrsa/;1-of what kind; vii-or; anayii-by this one ( Rad ha } ; eva-alone; iisviidya/;1-to\nbe relished; yena - by that love; adbhuta-madhurimii-the wonderful sweetness;\n\nkid[Sa/;1-of what kind; vii-or; madiya/;1-of Me; saukhyam-the happiness; ca-and;\niisyii/;1-Her; mat -<Jnubhava ta/;1 -from realization of My sweetness; kidrsa m-of what\nkind; vii-or; iti-thus; lobhiit-from the desire; tat-Her; bhiiva-iiflhya/;1-richly endowed with emotions; samajani- took birth; saci-garbha-of the womb of Srimati\n\nS acidevi; sindhau- in the ocean; hari- Lord Kr�t:�a; induQ-1 ike the moon.\nTRANSLATION\nDesiring to understand the glory of Radharal)i's love, the wonderful qualities in\nHim that She alone relishes through Her love, and the happiness She feels when\nShe realizes the sweetness of His love, the Supreme Lord Hari, richly endowed\nwith Her emotions, appears from the womb of\n\nSrimati SacidevT, as the moon\n\nappears from the ocean.\nTEXT 7\n\n�ct: �t�'tNt�·rt� �t'lf'\"lt� 1> 9fr�tf�·rt� 1\nC'\"'lr� ��t�·t�-an: 'f �J�t�Htll: \"4f�'t� lllffiW ll''il\nsankar�ara/;1 kiirara-toya-siiyi\ngarbhoda-siiyi ca payobdhi-siiyi\nse�as ca yasyiiri15a-kalii/;1 sa nityii·\n'nandiikhya-riima/;1 sararam mamiistu\nSYNONYMS\n\nsankarsonah-Maha-Sarikar�al)a\nKaral)odakasayi\n\nVi�t;�u,\n\nwho\n\nin\nlies\n\nthe\nin\n\nthe\n\nspiritual\n\nsky;\n\nkiirara-toya-Siiyi­\n\nCausal\n\nOcean;\n\ngarbha-uda-sayT­\n\nGarbhodakasayi Vi�l)u, who lies in the Garbhodaka Ocean of the universe; ca-and;\npaya/;1-<Jbdhi-siiyi- K�irodakasayi Vi�IJU, who lies in the ocean of milk; se�alj­\n\nS e�a Naga, the couch of Vi�pu; ca-and; yasya-whose; arh5a-plenary portions; ka/ii/;1\n-and parts of the plenary portions; sa/;1 -He; nityiinanda-iikhya-known as Lord\nNityananda;romaQ-Lord Balarama; sararam-shelter; mama-my; astu-let there be.\n\n", "adi1#p0049": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1\n\n23\n\nTRANSLATION\nMay Sri Nityananda Rama be the object of my constant remembrance. Sarikar�r;�a,\nSe� Naga and the Vi�IJUS who lie on the Karal)a Ocean, Garbha Ocean and ocean of\nmilk are his plenary portions and the portions of His plenary portions.\nTEXT 8\n\n11t�t�\"lc� •utr9fh���<r>\n\n�cf1rt ��F��(�tfJ I\n11i9f� �tilt� 'f�\"�'tl�J�\n\\!� .!\\�Jt�11t11� <!f9f� II 17' II\nmJyiitite vyiipi-VaikU!J{ha-foke\npiinyaisvarye sri-catur-vyiiha-madhye\nriiparh yasyodbhiiti sankar�O(Iiikhyarh\ntarh sri-nityiinanda-riimarh prapadye\nSYNONYMS\nmiiyii-atite-beyond the material creation; vyiipi-all-expanding; vaikurtha-lokein Vaikul)�haloka, the spiritual world;piirra-aisvarye-endowed with full opulen ce;\nsri-catufl-vyiiha-madhye-in\nPradyumna\n\nand\n\nthe\n\nquadruple\n\nexpansions\n\nAniruddha) ; riipam-form;\n\n(Vasudeva,\n\nyasya-whose;\n\nSarikar�aiJa,\n\nudbhiiti- appears;\n\nsankar�O(IO-iikhyam-known as Sarikar�a�a; tam-to Him; sri-nityiinanda-riimam­\n\nto Lord Balarama in the form of Lord Nityananda;prapadye-1 surrender.\nTRANSLATION\n\nI surrender unto the lotus feet of Sri Nityananda Rama, who is known as\nSarikar�l)a in the midst of the catur-vyuha [consisting of Vasudeva, Sarikar�r;�a,\nPradyumna and Aniruddha]. He possesses full opulences and resides in VaikuQthaloka,\nfar beyond the material creation.\nTEXT9\n\nmti5��t-s'l��t1f:\nC\"fr� 'lt'Sft� �t11\"1i�t�11CtfJ\n��t�,.t: �1_lii�INC1f<��� �f.i�J�ilf11l1!� �9fC'iJ II \"' II\nmiiyii-bhartiijarrfa-sanghiisrayiingafl\nsete siik�iit kiirariimbhodhi-madhye\nyasyaikiirh5afl sri-pumiin iidi-devas\ntarh sri-nityiinanda-riimarh prapadye\n\n", "adi1#p0050": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n24\n\nSYNONYMS\nmoyo-bhortii-the master of the illusory energy; ojii(lpo-songho-of the multitude\nof universes; o5royo-the shelter; ongofl-whose body; sete-He lies; siik�t-directly;\nkiiroro�mbhodhi-modhye-in the midst of the Causal Ocean; yosyo-whose; ekoom5af7-one portion; sri-pumiin-the Supreme Person; iidi-devofl\n\n-\n\nthe original puru�\n\nincarnation; tom-to Him; sri-nityiinondo-riimom-to Lord Balarama in the form of\nLord Nityananda; propodye- 1 surrender.\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my full obeisances unto the feet of Sri Nityimanda Rama, whose partial\nrepresentation called Kara{lodakasayi Vi�1.1u, lying on the Karal)a Ocean, is the original puru�, the master of the illusory energy, and the shelter of all the universes.\nTEXT10\n\n�it,--rr�--r: �0'£-'it�ilr--rni)\n�li�J�\\ 'i'fi� 'f�'<fi\\!l;rfi!' I\nCili��i,.: �f!�ilfi1tlf��\\ .!i) f�\\!lJi�'i'f11i11'� c!f9fC'tJ H � o\nyosyiithSiithso{l srifo-gorbhodo-siiyi\nyon-niibhy�bjoth loko-songhiito-niilom\n/oko-sro�tufJ sutikii-dhiimo dhiitus\ntom sri-nityiinondo-riimoth propodye\nSYNONYMS\nyosyo\n\n-\n\nwho se; othso�thso{l-portion of a plenary portion; srilo-gorbho-udo-Siiyi­\n\nGarbhodakasayi Vi�Qu; yot-of whom; niibhi�bjom-the navel lotus; /oko-songhiito\n-of the multitude of planets; nii/om-having a stem that is the resting piace; lokosro�(u{l-of Lord Brahm:!., creator of the planets; sutikii-dhiimo-the birthplace;\ndhiitu{l-of the creator� tom-to Him; sri-nityiinondo-riimom-to Lord Balarama in\nthe form of Lord Nityananda; propodye- 1 surrender.\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my full obeisances unto the feet of Sri Nityananda Rama, a partial part of\nwhom is Garbhodaka�yi Vi�l)u. From the navel of Garbhodakasayi Yi�1.1u sprouts\nthe lotus that is the birthplace of Brahma, the engineer of the universe. The stem of\nthat lotus is the resting place of the multitude of planets.\nTEXT11\n\n�r�--rr�\"'fit.'\"(: 9f�i'tii f�r-n�\n'9fiWl f��tf'!l ��f�'\"tt� I\n\n", "adi1#p0051": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1\n\n25\n\n''Zfr�-i1 ll'�<f·:n ''ft�'1J���� .!\\f-r'!Jl\"lilf�l1l� ·�'1C'IT II � ') II\nyasyiimsiimsiimsa/;7 paratmakhilanam\npo�.tii vi�rur bhiJti dugdhilbdhi-siiyi\nk�aurT-bhartil yat-kafil so 'py anantas\ntam sri-nityiinanda-riimam prapadye\nSYNONYMS\n\nyasya-whose; amsa-amsa-ari75af;i-a portion of a portion of a plenary portion;\n\npara�tmii-the Supersoul; akhiliiniim-of al l living entities; po�{lJ-the maintainer;\n\nvi�ruf:i- VigJU; bhiiti-appears; dugdha-abdhi-silyT- K�irodakasayi Vi�QU; k�aurTbhartii-upholder of the earth;yat-whose; kala- portion of a portion; saf;i- He; ap icertainly; anantaf7;_Se$a Naga; tam -to Him ;sr7-nityiinanda-riimam-to Lord Balarama\nin the form of Lord Nityananda; prapadye- l surrender.\nTRANSLATION\noffer my respectful obeisances unto the feet of Sri Nityananda Rama, whose\n\nsecondary part is the Vi�IJU lying in the ocean of milk. That K�irodakasa�i Vi�I'}U is\n\nthe Supersoul of a l l living entities and the maintainer of all the universes. Se�1 Naga\nis His further sub-part.\n\nTEXT12\n\n11����51��-t-t l!t�nnlt: �\"i\"!Jif: 1\n�7t�\"!t1f \\!lm��'!l51� w-·��: II �� II\n\nmahii-vi�rur jagat-kartii\nmiiyayii ya/J srjaty ada/7\ntasyiivatiira eviiyam\nadvaitiictirya isvara/:1\nSYNON YMS\n\nmahii-vi�(IU/;1-of the name M aha- Yi$QU , the resting place of the efficient cause;\n\njagat-kartii-the creator of the cosmic world; miiyayii-by the illusory energy; yaf7who; srjati-creates; ada/;1-that universe; tasya- His; avatiira/;1-incarnation; eva­\n\ncertainly; ayam -this; advaita�ciiryaiJ-of the name Advaita A carya; iSvara/7- the\n\nSupreme Lord, the resting place of t h e material cause.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Advaita Acarya is the incarnation of Maha-Yi$1JU, whose main function is\n\nto create the cosmic world through the actions of maya.\n\n", "adi1#p0052": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n26\n\nTEXT 13\n\n\\!{��t_ ��'tft�llf�t. 'S�-.t�'l\"ll� I\n�e-l�\\!ll11'll'1llft. \\!l�WI�\"'I�� I )�II\nadvaitain hari(liidvaitiid\niiciiryain bhakti-sainsaniit\nbhaktiivatiiram isain tam\nadvaitiiciiryam iisraye\n\nSYNONYMS\nadvaitam-known as Advaita; hari(lii-with Lord Hari; advaitiit-from being non­\n\ndifferent; iiciiryam-known as A carya; bhakti-sainsaniit-from the propagation of\ndevotional service to S ri Kr�l)a; bhakta-avatiiram-the incarnation as a devotee; isam\n-to the Supreme Lord; tam-to Him;advaita-iiciiryam-to Advaita A. carya; asraye1 surrender.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause He is nondifferent from Hari, the Supreme Lord, He is called Advaita,\nand because He propagates the cult of devotion, He is called Acarya. He is the Lord\nand the incarnation of the Lord's devotee. Therefore I take shelter of Him.\n\nTEXT14\n\n9f·����� \"fl3t. i5'ei���9f�l( I\n\n'Si&l�\\!l11t. ��l�J� Ol'll' f'll' ��--tf�'l{, II ) 8 II\npanca-tattviitmakain kr�!Jarh\nbhakta-rupa-svarupakam\nbhaktiivatiirain bhaktiikhyain\nnamiimi bhakta-saktikam\n\nSYNONYMS\npanca-tattva-atmakam- comp rehending the five transcendental sub j ect matters;\nk�!Jam-unto Lord Kf!il'}a; bhakta-rupa-in the form of a devotee; sva-rupakam- in\n\nthe expansion of a devotee; bhakta-avatiiram-in the incarnation of a devotee;\nbhakta-akhyam-known as a devotee; namami-1 offer my obeisances; bhakta­\n\nsaktikam-the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who supplies energy\nto the devotee.\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my obeisances unto the Supreme Lord, Kr�Qa, who is nondifferent frpm\nHis features as a devotee, devotional incarnation, devotional manifestation, pure\ndevotee, and devotional energy.\n\n", "adi1#p0053": "Adi-lila, Chapter1\n\n27\n\nTEXT15\n\n� �' 'fttr11f1f II''P\"\\6� I\n1ft.'1�1�t'-' m!Jt'fi\\t�i\\' II �<t II\njoyotiim surotou pohgor\nmama man do-mater goti\nmot-sorvosvo-podiimbhojou\nriidhii-modono-mohonou\nSYNONYMS\njoyotiim- all glory to; su-rotou-most merciful, or attached in conjugal love;\n\npohgo{l-of one who is lame; mama-of me; mondo-mote{l-foolish;goti-refuge; mot\n-my;\n\nsorvo-svo-everything; podo-ambhojou-whose\n\nlotus\n\nfeet; riidhii-modono­\n\nmohonou-Radhara[!T and Madana-mohana.\nTRANSLATION\nGlory to the all-merciful Radha and Madana-mohana! I am lame and ill advised,\nyet They are my directors, and Their lotus feet are everything to me.\nTEXT16\n\n�llllttlfJ:qiWiltit:·\n·�'lt1tt �-1'111'\" I\n\n�1t1Mttt�\n\no•1\"'f': '\"�1•rtt�' 'R1fif 11 �� n\n\ndivyod-vrndiiroryo-kolpo-drumiidho{l�rimod-rotniigiiro-simhiisono-sthou\n�rimod-riidhii-�rilo-govindo-devou\npre�(hiiffbhi{l sevyomiinou smoriimi\nSYNONYMS\ndivyot-shining; vrndii-aroryo-in the forest of Vrndavana; ko/po-drumo-desire\ntree; odhob-beneath; srimot-most beautiful; rotno-iigara-in a temple of jewels;\nsimho.Osono-sthou-sitting\n\non\n\na\n\nthrone; �rimot-very beautiful; riidhii-SrTmatT\n\nRadhara[�T; �rilo-govindo-devou-and\n\nSri Govrndadeva; pre�tho-0/ibhi{l-by most\n\nconfidential associates; sevyomanou-being served; smoriimi-1 remember.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn a temple of jewels in Vrndavana, underneath a desire tree, Sri Sri RadhaGovinda, served by Their most confidential associates, sit upon an effulgent throne.\nI offer my humble obeisances unto Them.\n\n", "adi1#p0054": "28\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT17\n\n81ft�{. tt'lt'lft.� ����fin: I\n��'J...�i4,fi'ft\"ft'ke41\"t: fill,•• ere II )ct II\n�rimiin riisa-rosiirombhi\nvarnsivoto-toto-sthitol;\nkor�n vepu-svanoir gopir\ngop7-nOthoiJ �riye 'stu no!)\nSYNONYMS\n�rimiin-most beautiful; riisa-of the riiso dance; rosa-of the mellow; iirombhi­\n\nthe initiator; vorh�i-vo.to-of the name VarilSTva�; toto-on the shore; sthito{l­\n\nstanding; kor:san-attracting; vepu-of the flute; svanoift-by the sounds; gopi{1-the\n\ncowherd girls; gopi-niithoi;-SrT Gopinatha; �riye- benediction; ostu-let there be;\n\nnoft-our.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Srna Gopinatha, who originated the transcendental mellow of the rasa dance,\n\nstands on the shore in VamSivara and attracts the attention of the cowherd damsels\n\nwith the sound of His celebrated flute. May they all confer upon us their benediction.\nTEXT18\n\n\"' \"' abw Wl1 fii<&Jti\\'tf 1\n\"''� \"' '1t�t....\"f II )tr II\njoyo joyo sri-coitonyo joyo nityiinondo\njoyiidvoito-condro joyo gouro-bhokto-vrndo\nSYNONYMS\n\njoyo joyo-all glory; sri-coitonyo- to Sri Caitanya; joyo-all glory; nityiinondo-to\n\nLord Nityananda; joyo odvoito-condro-all glory to Advaita Acarya;joyo-all glory;\n\ngouro-bhokto-vrndo-to the devotees of Lord Caitanya.\nTRANSLATION\n\nGlory to Sri Caitanya and Nityananda! Glory to Advaitacandra! And glory to all\n\nthe devotees of Sri Gaura [Lord Caitanya] !\n\nTEXT19\n\n� � � ,1ft�t1,. �ftp �tt. I\n� �ntt �·1, �� ilt._ n )an\n\n", "adi1#p0055": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1\n\n29\n\nei tina thakura gaufliyake kariyachena atmasat\ne tinera carara vandoh, tine mora natha\nSYNONYMS\nei-these;\n\ntina-three;\n\nfhakura-Deities;\n\ngauqiyake-the\n\nGaw;liya\n\nVai�Qavas;\n\nkariyachena-have done; atmasat-absorbed; e-these; tinera-of the three; cararalotus feet; vandoh-1 worship; tine-these three; mora-my; natha Lords.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThese three Deities of Vrndavana [Madana-mohana, Govinda and Gopinatha]\nhave absorbed the heart and soul of the Gau�liya Vai�1,1avas [followers of Lord\nCaitanya]. I worship Their lotus feet, for They are the Lords of my heart.\nPURPORT\nThe author of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta offers his respectful obeisances unto the\nthree\n\nDeities of Vrndavana named Sri Radha-Madana-mohana, Sri Radha,\nGovindadeva and Sri Radha-Gopinathaji. These three Deities are the life and soul of\nthe Bengali Vai�Qavas, or Gauc,liya Vai�Qavas, who have a natural aptitude for residing in Vrndavana. The Gauc,liya Vai�Qavas who follow strictly in the line of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu worship the Divinity by chanting transcendental sounds\nmeant to develop a sense of one's transcendental relationship with the Supreme\nLord, a reciprocation of mellows (rasas) of mutual affection, and, ultimately, the\nachievement of the desired success in loving service. These three Deities are worshiped in three different stages of one's development. The followers of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu scrupulously follow these principles of approach.\nGauc,liya Vai�Qavas perceive the ultimate objective in Vedic hymns composed of\neighteen transcendental letters that adore Kr�Qa as Madana-mohana, Govinda and\nGopijana-vallabha. Madana-mohana is He who charms Cupid, the god of love,\nGovinda is He who pleases the senses and the cows, and Gopljana-vallabha is the\n\ntranscendental lover of the gopis. Kr�Qa Himself is called Madana-mohana, Govinda,\nGopijana-vallabha and countless other names as He plays in His different pastimes\nwith His devotees.\n\nThe three Deities-Madana-mohana, Govinda and Gopijana-vallabha-have very\n\nspecific qualities. Worship of Madana-mohana is on the platform of reestablishing\nour forgotten relationship with the Personality of Godhead. In the material world\nwe are presently in utter ignorance of our eternal relationship with the Supreme\nLord. Pahgo/;1 refers to one who cannot move independently by his own strength,\nand manda-mateiJ is one who is less intelligent because he is too absorbed in materialistic activities. It is best for SU£h!persons not to aspire for success in fruitive activities\nor mental speculation, but instead simply to surrender to the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. The perfection of life is simply to surrender to the Supreme. In the\nbeginning of our spiritual life we must therefore worship Madana-mohana so that\nHe may attract us and nullify our attachment for material. sense gratification. This\nrelationship with Madana-mohana is necessary for neophyte devotees. When one\nwishes to render service to the Lord with strong attachment, one then worships\nGovinda on the platform of transcendental service. Govinda is the reservoir of all\n\n", "adi1#p0056": "30\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\npleasures. When by the grace of Kr!il1a and the devotees one reaches perfection in\ndevotional service, he can appreciate Kr!irJa as Gopijana-vallabha , the pleasure Deity\nof the damsels of Vraja.\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu explained this mode of devotional service in three\nstages, and therefore these worshipable Deities were installed in Vrndavana by different Gosvamis. They are very dear to the Gauc;liya Vai!ir;.avas there, who visit the\ntemples at least once a day. Besides the temples of these three Deities, many other\ntemples have been established in Vrndavana, such as the temple of Radha-Damodara\nof Jiva Gosvami, the temple of Syamasundara of Syamananda Gosvami, the temple\nof Gokulananda of Lokanatha Gosvami, and the temple of Radharamar;.a of Gopala\nBhatta Gosvami. There are seven principal temples over four hundred years old that\nare the most important of the 5,000 temples now existing in Vrndavana.\n\"GauifTyiJ\" indicates the part of India between the southern side of the Himalayan\nMountains and the northern part of the Vindhya Hills, which is called Aryavarta, or\nthe Land of the Aryans. This portion of India is divided into five parts or provinces\n(Parica-gau9adesa): Sarasvata (Kashmir and Punjab), Kanyakubja (Uttar Pradesh,\nincluding the modern city of Lucknow), Madhya-gauc;la (Madhya Pradesh), Maithila\n(Bihar and part of Bengal) and Utkala (part of Bengal and the whole of Orissa).\nBengal is sometimes called Gauc;fadesa, partly because it forms a portion of Maithila\nand partly because the capital of the Hindu king Raja Lak�mar;.a Sena was known as\nGauc;la. This old capital later came to be known as Gauc;fapura and gradually Mayapur.\nThe devotees of Orissa are called U�iyas, the devotees of Bengal are called Gau�iyas,\nand the devotees of southern India are known as Dravic;li devotees. As there are five\nprovinces in Aryavarta, so Dak�ir;.atya, southern India, is also divided into five\nprovinces, which are called Pafica-dravic;la. The four Vai�r;.ava iiciiryas who are the\ngreat authorities of the four Vai�r;.ava disciplic successions, as well as Sripada\nSarikaracarya of the Mayavada school, appeared in the Par'ica-dravic;la provinces.\nAmong the four Vai�r;.ava iicaryas, who are all accepted by the Gauc;liya Vai�r;.avas,\n�ri Ramanuja Acarya appeared in the southern part of Andhra Pradesh at Mahabhiitapuri, Sri Madhva Acarya appeared at Pajakam (near Vimanagiri) in the district of·\nMyarigalora, Sri Vi�r;.usvami appeared at Par;.c;lya, and Sri Nimbarka appeared at\nMurigera-patana in the extreme south.\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted the chain of disciplic succession from Madhva\nAcarya, but the Vai�r;.avas in His line do not accept the tattva-viidJs, who also claim\nto belong to the Madhva-sampradaya. To distinguish themselves clearly from the\ntattva-viidT branch of Madhva's descendants, the Vai!il)avas of Bengal prefer to call\nthemselves Gauc;liya Vai�r;.avas. Sri Madhva .Acarya is also known as Sri Gauc;lapurpananda, and therefore the name Madhva-Gau�iya-sampradaya is quite suitable\nfor the disciplic succession of the Gauc;fiya Vai�r;.avas. Our spiritual master, Om\nVi�r;.upada Srimad Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami Maharaja, accepted initiation\nin the Madhva-Gau�iya-sampradaya.\nTEXT 20\n\n� �11'1 � '*tWiltittf' I\n\n\"' �'·�,-�'Rtf II �o.\n\n", "adi1#p0057": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1\n\n31\n\ngranthera iirambhe kari 'manga/iJcarara'\nguru, vai�rava, bhagaviin,\n\n--\n\ntinera smarara\n\nSYNONYMS\ngranthera-of this book;iirambhe-in the beginning;kari-1 make;mangala-iicarara\n-auspicious invocation; guru-the spiritual master; vai�rava-the devotees of the\nLord; bhagaviJn-the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead; tinera-of these three;\n\nsmarara-remem bering.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the beginning of this narration, simply by remembering the spiritual master,\nthe devotees of the Lord, and the Personality of Godhead, I have invoked their\nbenedictions.\nTEXT 21\n\nr� 'Ht'1 .:11 �m� 1\n�iftm� � � 4ftf·\\!�'1 II �) II\ntinera smarare haya vighna-viniJsana\naniJyiJse haya nija viJiichita-purara\nSYNONYMS\ntinera-of these three;smaraQe- by rem embrance;haya-there is; vighna-vinosanathe destruction of all difficulties; aniJyiJse-very easily; haya-there is; nija -o ur own;\nviJiichita-of the desired object; pilrara-fulfillment.\nTRANSLATION\nSuch remembrance destroys all difficulties and very easily enables one to fulfill\nhis own desires.\nTEXT 22\n\n'\" lllf\"t;J'1 � f�\" 121m 1\n\n��act,���' iflf..-tJ I �� II\nse manga/iJcarara haya tri-vidha prakiJra\nvastu-nirdesa, iJsirviJda, namaskiJra\nSYNONYMS\nse-that; mangala-iicarara-auspicious invocation; haya-is; tri-vidha-three kinds;\nprakiJra-processes; vastu nir de5a\n-\n\n-\n\ndefining\n\nthe\n\nobject;\n\nd.5Tf7-viJda-benedictions;\n\nnamaskiJra-obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\ninvocation\n\ninvolves\n\nthree\n\nbenedictions and offering obeisances.\n\nprocesses:\n\ndefining the\n\nobjective,\n\noffering\n\n", "adi1#p0058": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n32\n\nTEXT 23\n\nIZI� .-���� I\n��-wt'l\" \\1' IZI� II �� II\nprathama dui sloke iHa-deva-namaskara\nsiimiinya-vise�a-rupe dui ta 'prakiira\nSYNONYMS\nprathama-in the first; dui-two; 5/oke-verses; i�ta-deva- worshi p able Deity;\nnamaskiira-obeisances; siimiinya-generally; vise�a-rflpe-and specifically;dui-two;\nta'-certainly;prakiira-ways.\nTRANSLATION\nThe first two verses offer respectful obeisances, generally and specifically, to the\nLord, who is the object of worship.\nTEXT 24\n\n� ��{;� .fi � f.fc(-r I\n� � � 9111��'fl tt'Pt II �8 II\ntrtiya slokete kari vastura nirdesa\nyiihii ha-ite jiini para-tattvera uddesa\nSYNONYMS\ntrtiya s/okete-in the third verse; kari-1 make; vastura-<>f the object; nirdesaindication; yiihii ha-ite -from which;jani-1 understand; para-tattvera-of the Absolute Truth; uddesa-identification.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the third verse I indicate the Absolute Truth, who is the ultimate substance.\nWith such a description, one can visualize the Supreme Truth.\nTEXT 25\n\n�( �� � � �4{t1f I\n� 1ftf'Stt1 � li �t II\ncaturtha 5/okete kari jagate .iisirviida\nsarvatra miigiye knt;�a-caitanya-prasiida\n\n", "adi1#p0059": "Adi-lna, Chapter 1\n\n33\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaturtha-fourth; Slokete-in the verse;kari-1 make;jagate-for the w orld;iWQvada-benediction; sarvatra-everywhere; miigiye-1 am begging; kn!Ja-caitanya-of\nLord Sri Kr�l')a Caitanya M ahaprabhu; prasada-the mercy\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the fourth verse I have invoked the benediction of the Lord upon all the world,\npraying to Lord Caitanya for His mercy upon all.\nTEXT 26\n\n� � � 4tf1t1oq\\!5�-<ffi�et I\n'�• � � � 'l'f�� II�� II\nsei Stoke kahi biihyiivatiira-kiiral)a\nponca �a�tha stoke kahi mDia-prayojana\nSYNONYMS\nsei Stoke-in that same verse; kahi-1 tell; biihya-the external; avatiira-for the\nincarnation of Lord Caitanya;kiiral)a-reason ;ponca-the fifth;��fha-and the sixth;\nStoke-in the verses; kahi-1 tell;mil/a-the prime;prayojana-' purpose.\nTRANSLATION\nIn that verse I have also explained the external reason for Lord Caitanya's incarnation. But in the fifth an9 sixth verses I have explained the prime reason for His\nadvent.\nTEXT 27\n\n�- 0 � � �\\!StR '\" I\n<t5�� '�• � f.mt�t\"ff �\" n �\" 11\nei chaya Stoke kahi caitanyera tattva\niira ponca stoke nityiinandera mahattva\nSYNONYMS\nei-these; chaya-six; stoke-in verses; kahi-1\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabh u ;\n\ndescribe; caitanyera-of Lord\n\ntattva-truth; iira.:-further; ponca 5/oke-in\n\nfive\n\nverses;\n\nnityiinandera-of Lord N ityananda; mahattva-the glory.\nTRANSLATION\nIn these six verses I have described the truth about Lord Caitanya, whereas in\nthe next five I have described the glory of Lord Nityananda.\n\n", "adi1#p0060": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n34\n\nTEXT 28\n\n�\"��-���\n� �-. '� '(�� ��\" �lr\"\ntiro dui �Joke advaita-tattvtikhytina\ntiro eka �Joke panca-tattvera vytikhytina\n\nSYNONYMS\ntiro-further; dui �Joke-in two verses; advaita-of Sri Advaita Prabhu; tattva-of\nthe\n\ntruth; tikhytina\n\n-\n\ndescription; tiro-further; eka �Joke-in one verse; panca­\n\ntattvera-of the Parica-tattva; vytikhytina- explanation\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe next two verses describe the truth of Advaita Prabhu, and the following\nverse describes the Parica-tattva [the Lord, His plenary portion, His incarnation, His\nenergies and His devotees] .\nTEXT 29\n\n�-. � � attrttn'et I\n�·r. 1fro �� � 1ill4!1fil¥t'l II �� II\nei caudda sJoke kari mangaJticaroro\ntanhi madhye kahi saba vastu-niruporo\n\nSYNONYMS\nei caudda sJoke- in\n\nthese\n\nfourteen\n\nverses; kari-1\n\nmake; mangaJa-iicaroro­\n\nauspicious invocation; tanhi-therefore in that; madh ye- within; kahi-1 speak;\n\nsaba- all; vastu-obj ect; niruporo-description\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThese fourteen verses, therefore, offer auspicious invocations and describe the\nSupreme Truth.\nTEXT 30\n'Pf\n\n(;�·�t1illt1f �' it� I\n�· � ��C� ���II �o II\nsaba �rotti-voifiiJOVere kari' namasktira\nei saba �Jokera kari artha-victira\n\n", "adi1#p0061": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1\n\n35\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaba-all; Srota-hearers or audience; vai�!JOVere-unto the Vai�Qavas; kari'­\n\n{\n\noffering; namaskara- obeisances; ei saba S!okera-of all these fourteen ) verses; kari-\n\n1 make; artha-of the meaning; vicara-analysis.\nTRANSLATION\n\noffer my obeisances unto all my Vai�Qava readers as I begin to explain the\nintricacies of all these verses.\nTEXT 31\n\n�����,��,���\n� �·'1(\\!·f.artet II �) II\nsaka!a vai�!JOVa, Suna kari' eka-mana\ncaitanya-k[�!JerO SOStra-mata-nirilpO!JO\nSYNONYMS\n\nsakala-all; vai�!Java-0 devotees of the Lord; Suna-please hear; kari - making;\n'\n\neka-mana\n\n-\n\nrapt attention; caitanya-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; knfJer o- of Lord\n\nSri Kr�Qa; siistra-scriptu ral reference; mota- according to; nirupa!Ja-decision\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI request all my Vai�Qava readers to read and hear with rapt attention this narration of\n\nSri Kr�!Ja Caitanya as inculcated in the revealed scriptures.\nPURPORT\n\nLord Caitanya is the Absolute Truth, Kr�Qa Himself. This is substantiated by\nevidence from the authentic spiritual scriptures. Sometimes people accept a man as\nGod on the basis of their whimsical sentiments and without reference to the revealed\nscriptures, but the author of Caitanya-caritamrta proves all his statements by citing\nthe Sastras. Thus he establishes that Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the Supreme Personality\n\nOf Godhead.\nTEXT 32\n\n\"'\"'·•�w,�,��\n�· �· 61fit� �if � II �� II\nk[�fJO, guru, bhakta, Sakti, avatara, prakaSa\nknfJo ei chaya-rupe karena vi/asa\n\n", "adi1#p0062": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n36\n\nSYNONYMS\nkf!if}a-the Supreme Lord, Sri Km1a; guru-the spiritual masters; bhakta-the\ndevotees; 5akti-the potencies; avatora-the incarnations; prako5a-plenary portions;\n\nk[�f}a-Lord Kr�Qa; ei chaya-riJpe-in these six features; karena vi/osa-enjoys.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord KnQa enjoys by manifesting Himself as the spiritual masters, the devotees,\nthe diverse energies, the incarnations, and the plenary portions. They are all six in\none.\nTEXT 33\n\n�.!!l 0 '!t'ft �� R'i � I\n<2t'ft1f lft11'0 -.Rf lt1P'rtR'1 II �� II\nei chaya tattvera kari cara(la vandana\n\nprathame somonye kari manga/ocara(la\nSYNONYMS\nei-these; chaya-six; tattvera-of these expansions; kari-1 make; cara(la-the lotus\n\nfeet; vandana-prayers; prathame-at\n\nfirst; siimonye-in general; kari-1 make;\n\nmangala-Ocara(la-auspicious invocation.\nTRANSLATION\nI therefore worshiped the lotus feet of these six diversities of the one truth by invoking their benedictions.\nTEXT 34\n\n����·t�-t�llf��11t I\n���111 \\!�: �·�HF1�..-at n �s n\n\n�\n\nvande gurDn iSa-bhakton\nisam isovatorakon\n\ntat-prakosorhs ca tac-chaktil}\n\nk(�(la-caitanya-sar'njnakam\nSYNONYMS.\n\nvande-1\n\noffer respectful obeisances; gurDn-unto the spiritual masters; isa­\n\nbhakton-unto the devotees of the Supreme Lord; Ts'am-unto the Supreme Lord;\n\nisa-avatorakon-unto the incarnations of the Supreme Lord; tat-of the Supreme\nLord; prakoson-unto the manifestations; tat-of the Supreme Lord; saktih-unto\n\nthe potencies; kf!if}a-caitanya-SrT Kr�Qa Caitanya; sar'njnakam\n\n-\n\nnamed\n\n•\n\n.\n\n", "adi1#p0063": "Adi-lna, Chapter 1\n\n37\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto the spiritual masters, the devotees of the\n\nLord, the Lord's incarnations, His plenary portions, His energies, and the primeval\nLord Himself, Sri Km1a Caitanya.\n\nPURPORT\nKr�l)adasa Kaviraja Gosvami has composed this Sanskrit verse for the beginning\n\nof his book, and now he will explain it in detail. He offers his respectful obeisances\n\nto the six principles of the Absolute Truth. Gurun is plural in number because any­\n\none who gives spiritual instructions based on the revealed scriptures is accepted as a\n\nspiritual master. Although others give help in showing the way to beginners, the guru\n\nwho first initiates one with the moho-mantra is. to be known as the initiator, and the\n\nsaints who give instructions for progressive advancement in Kr�11a consciousness are\n\ncalled instructing spiritual masters. The initiating and instructing spiritual masters\n\nare equal and identical manifestations of Kr�Qa, although they have different dealings.\n\nTheir function is to guide the conditioned souls back home, back to Godhead. There­\n\nfore Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja Gosvami accepted Nityananda Prabhu and the six Gosvamis\nin the category of guru.\n\nlsa-bhaktiin refers to the devotees of the Lord like Sri Srivasa and all other such\n\nfollowers, who are the energy of the Lord and are qualitatively nondifferent from\n\nHim. lsavatiirof!iin refers to iiciiryos like Advaita Prabhu, who is an avatiira of the\n\nLord. Tat-prakiisiin indicates the direct manifestation of the Supreme Personality of\n\nG.odhead, Nityananda Prabhu, and the initiating spiritual master. Tac-chakti/:1 refers\n\nto the spiritual energies (saktis) of SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Gadadhara, Damodara\n\nand Jagadananda belong to this category of internal energy.\n\nThe six principles are differently manifested but all equally worshipable. Kr�IJadasa\n\nKaviraja begins by offering his obeisances unto them to teach us the method of\n\nworshiping LordCaitanya. The external potency of Godhead called miiyii can never\n\nassociate with the Lord, just as darkness cannot remain in the presence of light; yet\n\ndarkness, being but an illusory and temporary covering of light, has no existence in­\n\ndependent of light.\n\nTEXT 35\n\nqe:p lfSftf q fir�et 1\n\n�R'i-'St�� lll!)tll\nmantra-guru iira yata sik!jii-guru-ga(la\ntiinhiira carofJo iige kariye vandana\nSYNONYMS\nmantra-guru-the initiating spiritual master; iiro-and also; yo to-as many (as there\n\nare); sik!jii-guru-ga(la-all the instructing spiritual masters; tiinhiira-of all of them;\ncara(la-unto the lotus feet; iige-at first; kariye-1 offer; vandana-respectful obeisances.\n\n", "adi1#p0064": "38\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nTRANSLATION\nI first offer my respectful obeisances at the lotus feet of my initiating spiritual\n\nmaster and all my instructing spiritual masters.\n\nPURPORT\nSrna jiva Gosvami, in his thesis Bhakti-sandarbha (202), has stated that uncontaminated devotional service is the objective of pure Vai�r;tavas and that one has to\nexecute such service in the association of other devotees. By associating with devotees\nof Lord Kr�r:ta, one develops a sense of Kr:;[la consciousness and thus becomes inclined toward the loving service of the Lord. This is the process of approaching the\nSupreme Lord by gradual appreciation in devotional service. If one desires unalloyed\ndevotional service, one must associate with devotees of Sri Kr�r:ta, for by such association only can a conditioned soul achieve a taste for transcendental love and thus\nrevive his eternal relation with Godhead in a specific manifestation and in terms of\nthe specific transcendental mellow (rasa) that one has eternally inherent in him.\nIf one develops love for Kr�r:ta by Kr:;[la conscious activities, one can know the\nSupreme Absolute Truth, but he who tries to understand God simply by logical\narguments will not succeed, nor will he get a taste for unalloyed devotion. The\nsecret is that one must submissively listen to those who know perfectly the science\nof God, and one must begin the mode of service regulated by the preceptor. A\ndevotee already attracted by the name, form, qualities, etc., of the Supreme Lord\nmay be directed to his specific manner of devotional service; he need not waste time\nin approaching the Lord through logic. The expert spiritual master knows well how\nto engage his disciple's energy in the transcendental loving service of the Lord, and\nthus he engages a devotee in a specific devotional service according to his special\ntendency. A devotee must have only one initiating spiritual master because in the\nscriptures acceptance of more than one is always forbidden. There is no limit, however, to the number of instructing spiritual masters one may accept. Generally a\nspiritual master who constantly instructs a disciple in spiritual science becomes his\ninitiating spiritual master later on.\nOne should always remember that a person who is reluctant to accept a spiritual\nmaster and be initiated is sure to be baffled in his endeavor to go back to Godhead.\nOne who is not properly initiated may present himself as a great devotee, but in fact\nhe is sure to encounter many stumbling blocks on his path of progress toward spiritual realization, with the result that he must continue his term of material existence\nwithout relief. Such a helpless person is compared to a ship without a rudder, for\nsuch a ship can never reach its destination. It is imperative, therefore, that one accept\na spiritual master if he at all desires to gain the favor of the Lord. The service of the\nspiritual master is essential. If there is no chance to serve the spiritual master directly,\na devotee should serve him by remembering his instructions. There is no difference\nbetween the spiritual. master's instructions and the spiritual master himself. In his\nabsence, therefore, his words of direction should be the pride of the disciple. If one\nthinks that he is above consulting anyone else, including a spiritual master, he is at\nonce an offender at the lotus feet of the Lord. Such an offender can never go back\nto Godhead. It is imperative that a serious person accept a bona fide spiritual master\n\n", "adi1#p0065": "Adi-ma, Chapter 1\n\n39\n\nin terms of the sastric injunctions. Sri Jiva Gosvami advises that one not accept a\nspiritual master in terms of hereditary or customary social and ecclesiastical conventions. One should simply try to find a genuinely qualified spiritual master for\nactual advancement in spiritual understanding.\nTEXT 36\n\n1}�9f, �' �t'f I\n1\\�, ''$ft�J, ��'{ II �� II\nsri-rupa, saniitana, bhatta-raghuniitha\nsri-j7va, gopiila-bhat(a, diisa-raghuniitha\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-Srna ROpa Gosvami; saniitana-Sanatana Gosvami; bhatta-raghuniitha­\n\nRaghunatha\n\nBhatta\n\nGosvami;\n\nsrijiva-Srila\n\nJiva\n\nGosvami;\n\ngopiila-bhatta­\n\nGopala Bhatta Gosvami; diisa-raghuniitha-Srna Raghunatha dasa Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nThe instructing spiritual masters are Sri ROpa Gosvami, Sri Sanatana Gosvami,\nSri Bha�ta Raghunatha, Sri jiva Gosvami, Sri Gopala Bha�� Gosvami and Srna\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami.\nTEXT 37\n\n�- �� �:p- fit..-t'fll c;� � I\nit'� 'it'f'lt'n c;�1$ � II � II\nei chaya guru--sik�ii-guru ye iimiira\ntiin' sabiira piida-padme kofi namaskiira\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-these; chaya-six; guru-spiritual masters; sik�ii-guru-instructing spiritual\n\nmasters;ye-who are; iimiira-my; tiih 'sabiira-of all of them; piida-padme-unto the\nlotus feet; ko_ti-ten million; namaskiira-respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nThese six are my instructing spiritual masters, and therefore I offer millions of\nrespectful obeisances unto their lotus feet.\nPURPORT\nBy accepting the six Gosvamis as his instructing spiritual masters, the author\nspecifically makes it clear that one should not be recognized as a Gau�iya Vai�r;tava\nif he is not obedient to them.\n\n", "adi1#p0066": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n40\n\nTEXT 38\n\n·�� .. ��-���\n\ntt\"'� 'ttlf'tt1 �a c!Jtft1( n �\"' 11\nbhagaviinera bhakta yata sriviisa pradhiina\ntiih' sabhiira piida-padme sahasra prarama\nSYNONYMS\nbhagaviinera-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhakta-the devotees;\nyata-is many (as there are); sriviisa pradhana-headed by Sri Srivasa; tOn' sabhiira­\n\nof all of them; piida-padme...:.u nto the lotus feet; sahasra-thousands; prariimarespectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nThere are innumerable devotees of 'the Lord, of whom Srivasa Thakura is the\n\nforemost. I offer my respectful obeisances thousands of times unto their lotus feet.\nTEXT 39\n\n� �-� .-.�-r-.-.�tll\nttl\"\"\"\"�\"�$ c�J't� .-.'llftlu �� u\nadvaita iiciirya-prabhura arhsa-avatiira\ntiihra piida-padme ko.ti prarati iimiira\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita iiciirya-Advaita Acarya; prabhura-of the Supreme Lord; arh.5a-partial;\navatiira-incarnation; tiihra-of Him; piida-padme-unto the lotus feet; kofi-ten\nmillion;prarati-respectful obeisances; timiira-my.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya is the Lord's partial incarnation, and therefore I offer my obeisances millions of times at His lotus feet.\nTEXT 40\n\nfit:S.Jti\\itHIAt c!Jt.J 'Q9t�'M I\n�tl � � lftl 'jf<fP 'ft� II 8• II\nnityiinanda-riiya-prabhura svarilpa-prakiisa\ntiihra/piida-padma vando yiihra mufli diisa\n\n", "adi1#p0067": "Adi-tna, Chapter 1\n\n41\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityiinanda-riiya-Lord Nityananda; prabhura-of the Supreme Lord; sva-rupaprakiisa-personal manifestation; tiinra-of Him; pdda padma\n-\n\n-\n\nunto the lotus feet;\n\nvando-l offer respectful obeisances; yiih ra-of whom;muni-l am; diisa-the servant.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSrila Nityananda Rama is the plenary manifestation of the Lord, and I have been\ninitiated by Him. I therefore offer my respectful obeisances unto His lotus feet.\nTEXT 41\n\n'lf'ft'ft'lf�t6tfif-� r�. ,\ncit'� Rt'i 001 �i!l �tf� II 8� II\ngadadhara-parflitadi--prabhura nija-sakti\ntiin' sabiira carare mora sahasra prarati\n\nSYNONYMS\ngadiidhara pa(l(/ita-iidi-headed\n-\n\nby\n\nSri Gadadhara\n\nPal)�ita; prabhura-of the\n\nSupreme Lord; nija sakti-internal potencies; tiin' sabiira-of all of them; carare-\n\nunto the lotus feet; mora\n\n-\n\nmy; sahasra\n\n-\n\nthousands; prarati\n\n-\n\nrespectful obeisances.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto the internal potencies of the Lord, of whom\n\nSri Gadadhara Prabhu is the foremost.\nTEXT 42\n\n•\"tc.-��·�1\nci� �� �� <!tlftlf II 8� II\nsri-knra-caitanya prabhu svayam-bhagaviin\ntiinhiira padiiravinde ananta prariima\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-kf1f}a-caitanya-Lord Sri Kr!ii'Ja Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prabhu-the Supreme\n\nLord; svayam-bhagaviin-is the original Personality of Godhead; tiinhiira- His; padaaravinde-unto the lotus feet; ananta-innumerable; prarama-respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Kr!itJa Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the Personality of Godhead Himself, and\ntherefore I offer innumerable prostrations at His lotus feet.\n\n", "adi1#p0068": "42\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 43\n\n:llftqt'f �t1f �1 �� I\n\n�lo���-��mns�n\nsiivarOIJe prabhure kariyii namaskiira\nei chaya tenho yaiche--kariye viciira\n\nSYNONYMS\nsa-Ovarare-along with His associates; prabhure-unto Lord S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kariyii-having made; namas kiira-respectful obeisances; ei-these ; chayasix; tenho-He;yaiche-what they are like; kariye-l make; viciira-discussion.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving offered obeisances unto the Lord and all His associates , I shall now try to\nexplain these six diversities in one.\nPURPORT\nThere are many unalloyed devotees of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, all\nof whom are considered associates surrounding the Lord. Kr�IJa should be worshiped\nwith His devotees. The diverse principles are therefore the eternal paraphernalia\nthrough which the Absolute Truth can be approached.\nTEXT 44\n\nw� 'eflattt •��- �bl'!tiJJt �tJW 1\n�-t1\"f9t i!Ft�tll 'WftfiJ �t� �tllf II 88 II\nyadyapi iimiira guru--caitanyera diisa\ntathiipi jiiniye iimi tiinhiira prakii�a\n\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-even though; iimiira-my; guru-spiritual master; caitanyera-of Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; diisa-the servitor; tathiipi-still; jiiniye-k now; iimi-l; tiinhiira-of the Lord;prakii�a-direct manifestation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough I know that my spiritual master is a servitor of Sri Caitanya, I know\nHim also as a plenary manifestation of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nEvery living entity is essentially a servant of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nand the spiritual master is also His servant. Still, the spiritual master is a direct\n\n", "adi1#p0069": "Adi-lna, Chapter 1\n\n43\n\nmanifestation of the Lord. With this conviction, a disciple can advance in Kr�11a consciousness. The spiritual master is nondifferent from Kr�f}a because he is a manifestation of Kr�f}a.\nLord Nityananda, who is Balarama Himself, the first direct manifestation or\nexpansion of Kr�I'Ja, is the original spiritual master. He helps Lord K��11a in His\npastimes, and He is a servant of the Lord.\nEvery living entity is eternally a servant of Sri Kr�f}a Caitanya; therefore the\nspiritual master cannot be other than a servant of Lord Caitanya. The spiritual\nmaster's eternal occupation is to expand the service of the Lord by training disciples\nin a service attitude. A spiritual master never poses as the Supreme Lord Himself;\nhe is considered a representative of the Lord. The revealed scriptures prohibit one's\npretending to be God, but a bona fide spiritual master is a most faithful and confidential servant of the Lord and therefore deserves as much respect as Kr�f}a.\n\nTEXT 45\n\nu \"fi9f � -ttto �1ftt$j 1\n\n1iHt9f � �9f1 �� �'5tt$j \" sa- \"\nguru k[!j(la-rDpa hana siistrera pramiire\nguru-rDpe kf!ifJa krpo karena bhakta-gare\n\nSYNONYMS\nguru-the spiritual master; kntJa-riJpa-as good as Kr�11a; hana-is; siistrera-of\nrevealed scriptures;pramiire-by the evidence;guru-rDpe-in the form of the spiritual\nmaster; kr!itJa- Lord Sri Kr�11a; krpa-mercy; karena-distributes; bhakta-gatJe-unto\nHis devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAccording to the deliberate opinion of all revealed scriptures, the spiritual master\nis nondifferent from Kr�f}a. Lord Kr�11a in the form of the spiritual master delivers·\nHis devotees.\n\nPURPORT\nThe relationship of a disciple with his spiritual master is as good as his relationship\nwith the Supreme Lord. A spiritual master always represents himself as the humblest\nservitor of the Personality of Godhead, but the disciple must look upon him as the\nmanifested representation of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 46\n\n\\51:11>1�� ·�* f��t.l''l�tllt<rif�\"ll\"� �f�f1><:.. 1\n\"1 'lf�r�.\"Jt�C�� JJ�Clf<l'lfC�1 �If>: II 8� II\niiciiryarh mam vijiinJyiin\nniivamanyeta karhicit\n\n", "adi1#p0070": "44\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nna martya-buddhyiisDyeta\nsarva-devamayo guru/;1\nSYNONYMS\n\niicoryam-the spiritual master; mom-Myself; v/joniyot-one should know; na\navamanyeta-one should never disrespect; karhicit-at any time; na-n ever; martyabuddhyo-with the idea of his being an ordinary man;asDyeta-one should be envious;\n\nsarva-dt�va-of al·l demigods; maya/;1-representative; guru/;1-the spiritual master.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"One should know the acarya as Myself and never disrespect him in any way. One\nshould not envy him, thinking him an ordinary man, for he is the representative of\nall the demigods.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.17.27) spoken by Lord Kr,�r;ta when\nHe was questioned by Uddhava regarding the four social and spiritual orders of\n\nsociety. He was specifically instructing how a brahmacori should behave under the\n\ncare of a spiritual master. A spiritual master is not an enjoyer of facilities offered\nby his disciples. He is like a parent. Without the attentive service of his parents,\na child cannot grow to manhood; similarly, without the care of the spiritual master\none cannot rise to the plane of transcendental service.\n\nThe spiritual master is also called ociirya, or a transcendental professor of spiritual\n\nscience. The Manu-samhita (2.140) explains the duties of an acarya, describing that\na bona fide spiritual master accepts charge of disciples, teaches them the Vedic\nknowledge with all its intricacies, and gives them their second birth. The ceremony\nperformed to initiate a disciple into the study of spiritual science is called upaniti,\n\nor the function that brings one nearer to the spiritual master. One who cannot be\nbrought nearer to a spiritual master cannot have a sacred thread, and thus he is\nindicated to be a sDdra. The sacred thread on the body of a brohmara, kjOtriya or\nvaisya is a symbol of initiation by the spiritual master; it is worth nothing if worn\nmerely to boast of high parentage. The duty of the spiritual master is to initiate a\ndisciple with the sacred thread ceremony, and after this samskora, or purificatory\nprocess, the spiritual master actually begins to teach the disciple about the Vedas.\nA person born a sDdra is not barred from such spiritual initiation, provided he is\napproved by the spiritual master, who is duly authorized to award a disciple the\nright to be a brohmara if he finds him perfectly qualified. In the Voyu Puraf)a an\n\nocorya is defined as one who knows the import of all Vedic literature, explains the\npurpose of the Vedas, abides by their rules and regulations, and teaches his disciples\nto act in the same way.\nOnly out of His immense compassion does the Personality of Godhead reveal\nHimself as the spiritual master. Therefore in the dealings of an acarya there are no\nactivities but those of transcendental loving service to the Lord. He is the Supreme\nPersonality of Servitor Godhead. It is worthwhile to take shelter of such a steady\n\n", "adi1#p0071": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1\n\n45\n\ndevotee, who is called iisraya-vigraha, or the manifestation or form of the Lord of\nwhom one must take sheiter.\nIf one poses himself as aniicarya but does not have an attitude of servitorship1to\nthe Lord, he must be considered an offender, and this offensive attitude disqualifies\nhim from being an iiciirya. The bona fide spiritual master always engages in unalloyed\ndevotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. By this test he is known\nto be a direct manifestation ofthe Lord and a genuine representative ofSri·Nityananda\nPrabhu. Such a spiritual master is known as iiciiryadeva. Influenced by an envious\ntemperament and dissatisfied because of an attitude of sense gratification, mundaners\ncriticize a real iiciirya. In fact, however, a bona fide iiciirya is nondifferent from the\nPersonality of Godhead, and therefore to envy such an iiciirya is to envy the Personality of Godhead Himself. This will produce an effect subversive to transcendental\nrealization.\nAs mentioned previously, a disciple should always respect the spiritual master as\na manifestation of Sri Kr�l)a, but at the same time one should always remember that\na spiritual master is never authorized to imitate the transcendental pastimes of the\nLord. F alse spiritual masters pose themselves as identical with Sri KrHia in every\nrespect to exploit the sentiments of their disciples, but such impersonalists can only\nmislead their disciples, for their ultimate aim is to become one with the Lord. This\nis against the principles of the devotional cult.\nThe real Vedic philosophy is acintya-bhediibheda-tattva, which establishes everything to be simultaneously one with and different from the Personality of Godhead.\nSrila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami confirms that this is the real position of a bona fide\nspiritual master and says that one should always think of the spiritual master in\nterms of his intimate relationship with Mukunda (Sri Kr�t�a}. Srila Jiva Gosvami, in\nhis Bhakti-sandarbha {213}, has clearly defined that a pure devotee's observation of\nthe spiritual master and Lord Siva as one with the Personality of Godhead exists in\nterms of their being very dear to the Lord, not identical with Him in all respects.\nFollowing in the footsteps of Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvamf and Srila jiva Gosvaml,\nlater iiciiryas like Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura have confirmed the same\ntruths. In his prayers to the spiritual master, Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura\nconfirms that all the revealed scripture$ accept the spiritual master to be identical\nwith the Personality of Godhead because he is a very dear and confidential servant\nof the Lord. Gau<;liya Vai�(lavas therefore worship Srila Gurudeva (the spiritual\nmaster} in the light of his being the servitor of the Personality of Godhead. In all\nthe ancient literatures of devotional service and in the more recent songs of Srila\nNarottama dasa Thakura, Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura and other unalloyed Vai!lQavas,\nthe spiritual master is always considered either one of the confidential associates of\nSrimati RadharaQi or a manifested representation of Srila Nityananda Prabhu.\nTEXT 47\n\n� '!' � �J�I\n-��' �--dl-llJi11 n 8\" II\n\n·\n\n", "adi1#p0072": "46\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nsik¥Fguruke ta' jiini kn!Jera svarilpa\nontaryiimi, bhakta-sre�tha,--ei dui rDpa\nSYNONYMS\nsik�ii-guruke-the spiritual master who instructs; ta'-indeed;jiini-1 know; k(�IJera\n-of Kf}tla; sva-rupa-the direct representative; antaryiimi-the indwelling Supersoul;\nbhakta-sre�tha-the best devotee; ei-these; dui-two; rDpa\n\n-\n\nforms.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne should know the instructing spiritual master to be the Personality of J<r�pa.\nLord Kr�tla manifests Himself as the Supersoul and as the greatest devotee of the\nLord.\nPURPORT\nSrila Kr?tladasa Kaviraja Gosvami states that the instructing spiritual master is a\nbona fide representative of Sri K�Qa. Sri K�Qa Himself teaches us as the instructing\nspiritual master from within and without. From within He teaches as Paramatma,\nour constant companion, and from without He teaches from Bhagavad-gita as the\ninstructing spiritual master. There are two kinds of instructing spiritual masters.\nOne is the liberated person fully absorbed in meditation in devotional service, and\nthe other is he who invokes the disciple's spiritual consciousness by means of relevant\ninstructions. Thus the instructions in the science of devotion are differentiated in\nterms of the objective and subjective ways of understanding. The iiciirya in the true\nsense of the term, who is authorized to deliver Kr�tla, enriches the disciple with full\nspiritual knowledge and thus awakens him to the activities of devotional service.\nWhen by learning from the self-realized· spiritual master one actually engages\nhimself in the service of Lord Vi�f!U, functional devotional service begins. The\nprocedures of this devotional service are known as abhidheya, or action one is dutybound to perform. Our only shelter is the Supreme Lord, and one who teaches\nhow to approach Kr�pa is the functioning form of the Personality of Godhead. There\nis no difference between the shelter-giving Supreme Lord and the initiating and\ninstructing spiritual masters. If one foolishly discriminates between them, he commits\nan offense in the discharge of devotional service.\nSrila Sanatana Gosvaml is the ideal spiritual master, for he delivers one the shelter\nof the lotus feet of Madana-mohana. Even though one may be unable to travel on\nthe field of Vrndavana due to forgetfulness of his relationship with the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, he can get an adequate opportunity to stay in Vrndavana\nand derive all spiritual benefits by the mercy of Sanatana Gosvami. Sri Govindaji\nacts exactly like the sik�-guru (instructing spiritual master) by teaching Arjuna\nBhagavad-gitii. He is the original preceptor, for He gives us instructions and an\nopportunity to serve Him. The initiating spiritual master is a personal manifestation\nof Srila Madana-mohana vigraha, whereas the instructing spiritual master is a personal\nrepresentative of Srila Govindadeva vigraha. Both of these Deities are worshiped at\nVrndavana. Srila Gopinatha is the ultimate attraction in spiritual realization.\n\n", "adi1#p0073": "Adi-lna, Chapter 1\n\n47\n\nTEXT 48\n\n�•rc<�t9fl!�J9frof�� <f<t:��\"C<��r\n�'1fii�.:�tf9f \"f��'$1J:_'if: ��: I\nCl!l\"������������ f.l�il1Srt-C�J<t:1'J.lf1 �'>If�� <!JO{fuo II BIT II\nnaivopayanty apacitim kavayas tavesa\nbrahmiiyu?(ipi krtam rddha-muda/;1 smaranta/;1\nyo 'ntar bah is tanu-bh[tiim asubham vidhunvann\niiciirya-caittya-vapu�ii sva-gatirh vyanakti\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nno eva-not at all;upayanti-are able to express;apacitim-their gratitude; kavaya{l\n-learned devotees; tava-Your; isa-0 Lord; brahma�yu�a-with a lifetime equal to\nLord Brahma's; api-in spite of; krtam-magnanimous work; rddha-increased;\n\nmuda/;1 - j oy; smaranta/;1 - remem b ering; ya/;1-who; antaQ-within; bahi/;1 -outside;\ntanu-bhrtiim-of those who are embodied; aSubham-misfortune; vidhunvandissipating; iiciirya-of the spiritual master; caittya-of the Supersoul; vapu¥i-by\nthe forms; sva-own; gatim-path; vyanakti-shows.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 my Lord! Transcendental poets and experts in spiritual science could not\nfully express their indebtedness to You, even if they were endowed with the prolonged\nlifetime of Brahma, for You appear in two features-externally as the acarya and\ninternally as the Supersoul-to deliver the embodied living being by directing him\nhow to come to You.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhiigavatam (11 29 6 ) was spoken by Sri Uddhava after\n.\n\n.\n\nhe heard from S ri Kr�tJa all necessary instructions about yoga.\n\nTEXT 49\n\nC\\!lli� '1'5\\!�jO{j� ��\\!j� .ffl�\"!_��� I\n\n'iflfiflt ,�\"Cl!f'if� �� CliO{ '1ti1J:_9fltif� � II 8 i:l II\nte�iirh satata-yuktiiniim\nbhajatiim priti-pDrvakam\ndadiimi buddhi-yogam tam\nyena miim upayiinti te\n\n", "adi1#p0074": "48\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nSYNONYMS\n\nte�m-unto them; sotata-yukttiniim-always engaged; bhajatiim-in devotional\n\nservice;priti-plirvakam-in loving ecstasy; dadiimi-1 give; buddhi-yogam-real intelli­\n\ngence; tam-that; yena\n\n-\n\nby which; mom-unto Me; upayiinti-come; te-they.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give the\n\nunderstanding by which they can come to Me.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse of Bhagavad-gltii (1 0.1 0) clearly states how Govindadeva instructs His\nbona fide devotee. The Lord declares that by enlightenment in theistic knowledge\nHe awards attachment for Him to those who constantly engage in His transcendental\n\nloving service. This awakening of divine consciousness enthralls a devotee, who\nthus relishes his eternal transcendental mellow. Such an awakening is awarded only\nto those convinced by devotional service about the transcendental nature of the\nPersonality of Godhead. They know that the Supreme Truth, the all-spiritual and\n\nall-powerful person, is one without a second and has fully transcendental senses.\n\nHe is the fountainhead of all emanations. Such pure devotees, always merged in\n\nknowledge of K�Qa and absorbed in Kr�Qa consciousness, exchange thoughts and\n\nrealizations as great scientists exchange their views and discuss the results of their\nresearch in scientific academies. Such exchanges of thoughts in regard to Kf�l)a give\n\npleasure to the Lord, who therefore favors such devotees with all enlightenment.\nTEXT 50\n\nl!llfl ;31'5fi\"C'1 iS�\"<tl\"\\ �'\\l,9f�t��lR'!� II t\n\n•\n\nyathii brahmare bhagaviin\nsvayam upadisyiinubhiivitaviin\nSYNONYMS\nyatho-just as; brahmare-unto Lord Brahma; bhagaviin-the Supreme Lord;\nsvayam-Himself; upadisya-having instructed; anubhiivitaviin-caused to perceive.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\n[ svayam bhagavan ] taught Brahma and\n\nmade him self-realized.\nPURPORT\nThe English maxim that God helps those who help themselves is also applicable\nin the transcendental realm. There are many instances in revealed scriptures of the\n\n", "adi1#p0075": "Adi-lna, Chapter 1\n\n49\n\nPersonality of Godhead's acting as the spiritual master from within. He was\n\nthe spiritual master who instructed Brahma, the original living being in the\n\ncosmic creation. When Brahma was first created,he could not apply his creative\nenergy\n\nto\n\nvibrating\n\narrange\n\nthe\n\nthe\n\ncosmic\n\nsituation.\n\nAt\n\nfirst\n\nthere\n\nwas\n\nword tapa, which indicates the acceptance of\n\nonly sound,\n\nhardships for\n\nspiritual realization. Refraining from sensual enjoyment, one should voluntarily\n\naccept all sorts of difficulty for spiritual realization. This is called tapasya. An enjoyer\nof the senses can never realize God, godliness or the science of theistic knowledge.\n\nThus when Brahma, initiated by �rl Kr��a by the sound vibration tapa, engaged\n\nhimself in acts of austerity,by the pleasure of Vi�r;tu he was able to visualize the\n\ntranscendental world, Sri Vaikur;ttha, through transcendental realization. Modern\n\nscience can communicate using material discoveries such as radio, television and\n\ncomputers, but the science invoked by the austerities of Sri Brahma, the original\n\nfather of mankind,was still more subtle. In time, material scientists may also know\n\nhow we can communicate with the Vaikur;ttha world. Lord Brahma inquired about\nthe potency of the Supreme Lord,and the Personality of Godhead answered his\ninquiry in the following six consecutive statements. These instructions,which are\n\nreproduced in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam (2.9.31-36), were imparted by the Personality\n\nof Godhead,acting as the supreme spiritual master.\nTEXT Sl\n\ntrt�� 9fl1f��� C1f ��-'f1{�\\!J\n'Ill� '!WI' ��� •�fit'!'\n\ni') '\n\njnonam parama-guhyam me\nyad vijniina-sar!!_qn.;!tam\n\nsarahasyarh tad-altgarh ·ca\ngrhiira gaditarh mayii\nSYNONYMS\n\njnonam-knowledge;parama-extremely;guhyam-confidential;me-of Me;yat­\n\nwhich; v/jnona-realization; somanvltam-fully endowed with; so-rahasyam-along\n\nwith mystery;tat-of that;altgam-supplementary parts;ca-and;grhara-just try to\n\ntake up;gad/tam-explained;maya-by Me.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please hear attentively what I shall speak to you, for transcendental knowledge\n\nabout Me is not only scientific but also full of mysteries.\nPURPORT\n\nTranscendental knowledge of Sri Kr�r;ta is deeper than the impersonal knowledge\n\nof Brahman,for it includes knowledge of not only His form and personality but also\n\n", "adi1#p0076": "so\n\nSrr Caitanya-caritamrta\n\neverything else related to Him. There is nothing in existence not related witla SrT\nKr�Qa. In a sense, there is nothing but SrT KnQa, and yet nothing is Srr Kr�Qa save\n\nand except His primeval personality. This knowledge constitutes a complete transcendental science, and Vi�I)U wanted to give BrahmlijT full knowledge about that\n\nscience. The mystery of this knowledge culminates in personal atta--chment to the\nLord, with a resulting effect of detachment from anything \"non-Kr�Qa.\" There are\n\nnine alternative transcendental means to attain this stage: hearing, chanting, remembering, serving the lotus feet of the Lord, worshiping, praying, assisting, fraternizing\n\nwith the Lord, and sacrificing everything for Him. These are different parts of the\nsame devotional service, which is full of transcendental mystery. The Lord said to\nBrahma that since He was pleased with him, by His grace the mystery was being\n\nrevealed.\n\nTEXT 52\nr\n\nlft���� �llfli5tt� l!Jii9f'U't��,.-: I\n\"'!��<\\\" ��lllj�� � m.!f�j� II 4 � II\nyoviin aham yathii-bhiivo\nyad-riipa-gura-karmaka/;1\ntathaiva tattva-vijnonam\nastu te mad-anugrahot\n\nSYNONYMS\nyiivon-as I am in My eternal form; aham-l;yatho-in whichever manner; bhiiva/;1\n\n-transcendental existence; yat-whatever; riipa-various forms and colors; gura­\n\nqualities; karmaka/;1 -adivities; tathil eva-exactly so; tattva-vijnonam-factual realiza­\n\ntion; astu-let there be; te-your; mat-My; anugrahiit-by causeless mercy.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"By My causeless mercy, be enlightened in truth about My personality, manifestations, qualities and pastimes.\n\nPURPORT\nThe transcendental personal forms of the Lord are a mystery, and the symptoms\n\nof these forms, which are absolutely different from anything made of mundane\nelements, are also mysterious. The innumerable forms of the Lord, such as\nSyamasundara, NarayaQa, Rama and Gaurasundara; the colors of these forms (white,\nred, yellow, cloudlike syiima and others); His qualities, as the responsive Personality\nof Godhead to pure devotees and as impersonal Brahman to dry speculators; His\n\nuncommon activities like lifting Govardhana Hill, marrying more than 16,000\n\nqueens at Dvaraka, and entering the riisa dance with the damsels of Vraja, expanding\nHimself in as many forms as there were damsels in the dance-these and innumerable\n\nother uncommon acts and attributes are all mysteries, one aspect of which is pre-\n\n", "adi1#p0077": "A di-lna, Chapter 1\n\n51\n\nsented in the scientific knowledge of Bhagavad-gitii, which is read and adored all\nover the world by all classes of scholars, with as many interpretations as there are\nempiric philosophers. The truth of these mysteries was revealed to Brahma by a\ndescending process, without the help of the ascending one. His mercy descends\nto a devotee like Brahma and, through Brahma, to Narada, from Narada to V yasa,\nfrom Vyasadeva to �ukadeva and so on in the bona fide chain of disciplic succession.\n'we cannot discover the mysteries of the Lord by our mundane endeavors; they are\nonly revealed, by His grace, to the proper devotees. These mysteries are gradually\ndisclosed to the various grades of devotees in proportion to the gradual development\nof their service attitude. In other words, impersonalists who depend upon the\nstrength of their poor fund of knowledge and morbid speculative habits, without\nsubmission and service in the forms of hearing, chanting and the others mentioned\nabove, cannot penetrate to the mysterious region of transcendence where the\nsupreme truth is a transcendental person, free from all tinges of the material elements.\nDiscovering the mystery of the Lord eliminates the impersonal feature realized by\ncommon spiritualists who are merely trying to enter the spiritual region from the\nmundane platform.\nTEXT 53\n\n��'ftl{�C� � li� 'flf'f�9f1P(I\n�1if�� liClf\\!'66 Cli1�<t� C'fl�\"f� I C-' I\naham eviisam eviigre\nniinyad yat sod�sot-param\npasciid aharh yad etac co\nyo 'vasi�yeta so 'smy aham\n\nSYNONYMS\naham-1, the Personality of Godhead; eva -certainly; iisam -existed; eva-only;\n\nogre-before the creation; no-never; anyat-anything else; ya t-which; sot-the\neffect; asot-the cause; param- the supreme; pasciit-at the end; aham-1, the\nPersonality of Godhead; yat\n\n-\n\nwhich; etat-this creation; ca-also;yafl-who;avasi$­\n\nyeta -remains; so� -that; asmi-am;aham-1, the Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Prior to the cosmic creation, only\n\nI exist, and no phenomena exist, either\n\ngross, subtle or primordial. After creation, only I exist in everything, and after\nannihilation, only I remain eternally.\n\nPURPORT\nA ham means \"I\"; therefore the speaker who is saying aham, \"I,\" must have His\nown personality. The MaylvldT philosophers interpret this word aham as referring\nto the impersonal Brahman. These Mayavadis are very proud of their grammatical\nknowledge, but any person who has actual knowledge of grammar can understand\n\n", "adi1#p0078": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n52\n\nthat aham means \"I\" and that \"I\" refers to a personality. Therefore, the Personality\nof Godhead, speaking to Brahml, uses aham while describing His own transcendental\nform. Aham has a specific meaning; it is not a vague term that can be whimsically\ninterpreted. Aham, when spoken by K($Qa, refers to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead and nothing else.\nBefore the creation and after its dissolution, only the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead and His associates exist; there is no existence of the material elements.\nThis is confirmed in the Vedic literature. Vfisudevo vti ida_m agra tisln na brahmii na\nca �ankara/;1. The meaning of this mantra is that before creation there was no existence of Brahma or Siva, for only Vi$QU existed. Vi$QU exists in His abode, the\nVaikuothas. There are innumerable Vaikuotha planets in the spiritual sky, and on\neach of them Vi$QU resides with His associates and His paraphernalia. It is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii that although the creation is periodically dissolved, there\nis another abode, which is never dissolved. The word \"creation\" refers to the material\ncreation because in the spiritual world everything exists eternally and there is no\ncreation or dissolution.\nThe Lord indicates herein that before the material creation He existed in fullness\nwith all transcendental opulences, including all strength, all wealth, all beauty, all\nknowledge, all fame and all renunciation. If one thinks of a king, he automatically\nthinks of his secretaries, ministers, military commanders, palaces and so on. Since a\nking has such opulences, one can simply try to imagine the opulence of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. When the Lord says aham, therefore, it is to be understood\n\nthat He exists with full potency, including all opulences.\n\nThe word yat refers to Brahman, the impersonal effulgence of the Lord. In the\nBrahma-sarhhitti (5.40) it is said, tad-brahma n/ikalam anantam a�ejO-bhiitam: the\n\nBrahman effulgence expands unlimitedly. just as the sun is a localized planet\n\nalthough the sunshine expands unlimitedly from that source, so the Absolute Truth\nis the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but His effulgence of energy, Brahman,\nexpands unlimitedly. From that Brahman energy the creation appears, just as a\ncloud appears in sunshine. From the cloud comes rain, from the rain comes vegetation,\nand from the vegetation come fruits and flowers, which are the basis of subsistence for\nmany other fqrms of life. Similarly, the effulgent bodily luster of the Supreme Lord\nis the cause of the. creation of infinite universes. The Brahman effulgence is impersonal, but the cause of that energy is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nFrom Him, in His abode, the Vaikuothas, this brahmajyoti emanates. He is.never\nimpersonal. Since they cannot understand the source of the Brahman energy,\nimpersonalists mistakenly choose to think this impersonal Brahman the ultimate\nor absolute goal. But as stated in the Upaniiads, one has to penetrate the impersonal\neffulgence to see the face of the Supreme Lord. If one desires to reach the source\nof the sunshine, he has to travel through the sunshine to reach the sun and then\nmeet the predominating deity there. The Absolute Truth is the Supreme Person,\nBhagavan, as the Srlmad-Bhogavatam explains.\nSat means \"effect,\" asat means \"cause,\" and param refers to the ultimate\ntruth,\n\nwhich\n\nis\n\ntranscendental\n\nto\n\ncreation is called the mahat-tattya,\n\ncause\n\nand\n\neffect.\n\nThe\n\ncause\n\nof the\n\nor total material energy, and its effect\n\n", "adi1#p0079": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1\n\n53\n\nis the creation itself. But neither cause nor effect existed in the beginning;\n\nthey emanated from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as did the energy of\ntime. This is stated in the Vediinta-sutra (janmiidy asya yata{l). The source of birth\n\nof the cosmic manifestation or mahat-tattva is the Personality of Godhead. This is\n\nconfirmed throughout the Srimad-Bhiigavatam and Bhagavad-gitii. In Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(1 0.8) the' Lord says, aharh sarvasya prabhava{l: \"l am the fountainhead of all\n\nemanations.\" The material cosmos, being temporary, is sometimes manifest and\nsometimes unmanifest, but its energy emanates from the Supreme Absolute Lord.\n\nBefore the creation there was neither cause nor effect, but the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead existed with His full opulence and energy.\n\nThe words pasciid aham indicate that the Lord exists after the dissolution of\n\nthe cosmic manifestation. When the material world is dissolved, the Lord still exists\n\npersonally in the Vaikul')thas. During the creation the Lord also exists as He is in\n\nthe Vaikul')thas, and He also exists as the Supersoul within the material universes.\nThis is confirmed in the Brahma-sarhhitii (5.37). Goloka eva nivasati: although He is\n\nperfectly and eternally present in Goloka Vrndavana in Vaikul')tha, He is neverthe­\n\nless all-pervading (akhiliitma-bhataiJ). The all-pervading feature of the Lord is called\n\nthe Supersoul. In Bhagavad-gTtii it is said, aham krtsnasya jagata/;1 prabhava/;1: the cos\"\nmic manifestation is a display of the energy of the Supreme Lord. The material\n\nelements (earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence and false ego) display the\ninferior energy of the Lord, and the living entities are His superior energy. Since the\nenergy of the Lord is not different from Him, in fact everything that exists is Knr;Ja\n\nin His impersonal feature. Sunshine, sunlight and heat are not different from the\nsun, and yet simultaneously they are distinct energies of the sun. Similarly, the cosmic manifestation and the living entities are energies o f the Lord, and they are con­\n\nsidered to be simultaneously one with and different from Him. The Lord therefore\n\nsays, \"I am everything,\" because everything is His energy and is therefore non­\n\ndifferent from Him.\n\nYo 'vasi�yeta so 'smy aham indicates that the Lord is the balance that exists after\n\nthe dissolution of the creation. The spiritual manifestation never vanishes. It belongs\nto the internal energy of the Supreme Lord and exists eternally. When the external\n\nmanifestation is withdrawn, the spiritual activities in Goloka and the rest of the\nVaikuiJthas continue, unrestricted by material time, which has no existence in the\n\nspiritual world. Therefore in Bhagavad-gitii it is said, yad gatvii na nivartante tad\n\ndhoma paramam mama: \"The abode from which no one returns to this material\nworld is the supreme abode of the Lord.\" (Bg. 15.6)\nTEXT 54\n\n�C\\!�qf,. lf� ·�1tl.l� 0{ ·1t\"!m ��f.{ 1\n\\!�llfi\"UCOII 1ftlt� lf�'f1lf� '\\!1t! n ts I\nrte 'rtharh yat pratiyeta\nna pratiyeta ciitmani\n\n", "adi1#p0080": "Sri Caitanya-carltimrta\n\n54\n\ntad vidyiid iitmano miiyiirh\n\nyathiibhiiso yathii tama(l\nSYNONYMS\n\nrte-without; artham-value; yat-that which;'pratiyeta-appears to be; na-not;\npratiyeta-appears to be;co-certainly; iitmani-in relation to Me; tat-that; vidyiityou must know; iitmana{l-My; miiyiim-illusory energy; yathii-just as; iibhiisa{lthe reflection;yathii-just as; tama{l-the darkness.\nTRANSLATION\n\"What appears to be truth without Me is certainly My illusory energy, for nothing\ncan exist without Me. It is like a reflection of a real light in the shadows, for in the\nlight there are neither shadows nor reflections.\nPURPORT\nIn the previous verse the Absolute Truth and its nature have been explained. One\nmust also understand the relative truth to actually know the Absolute. The relative\ntruth, which is called miiyii, or material nature, is explained here. Miiyii has no\nindependent existence. One who is less intelligent is captivated by the wonderful\nactivities of miiyii, but he does not understand that behind these activities is the\ndirection of the Supreme Lord. In Bhagavad-gitii it is said, mayiidhyak�e{la prakrti{l\nsuyate sa-cariicaram: the material nature is working and producing moving and\nnonmoving beings only by the supervision of Kr��;�a (Bg. 9.1 0).\n\nThe real nature of miiyii, the illusory existence of the material manifestation, is\n\nclearly explained in Srimad-Bhiigavatam. The Absolute Truth is substance, and the\nrelative truth depends upon its relationship with the Absolute for its existence.\nMiiyii means energy; therefore the relative truth is explained to be the energy of the\nAbsolute Truth. Since it is difficult to understand the distinction between the\nabsolute and relative truths, an example can be given for clarification. The Absolute\nTruth can be compared to the sun, which is appreciated in terms of two relative\ntruths: reflection and darkness. Darkness is the absence of sunshine, and a reflection\n\nis a projection of sunlight into darkness. Neither darkness nor reflection has an\nindependent existence. Darkness comes when the sunshine is blocked. For example,\nif one stands facing the sun, his back will be in darkness. Since darkness stands in\nthe absence of the sun, it is therefore relative to the sun. The spiritual world is compared to the real sunshine, and the material world is compared to the dark regions\n\nwhere the sun is not visible.\n\nWhen the material manifestation appears very wonderful, this is due to a perverted\nreflection of the supreme sunshine, the Absolute Truth, as confirmed in the Vediintasfltra. Whatever one can see here has its substance in the Absolute. As darkness is\nsituated far away from the sun, so the material world is also far away from the\nspiritual world. The Vedic literature directs us not to be captivated by the dark\nregions (tama{1) but to try to reach the shining regions of the Absolute (yogi-dhiima).\n\n", "adi1#p0081": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1\n\n55\n\nThe spiritual world is brightly illuminated, but the material world is wrapped in\ndarkness. In the material world, sunshine, moonshine or different kinds of artificial\nlight are required to dispel darkness, especially at night, for by nature the material\nworld is dark. Therefore the Supreme Lord has arranged for sunshine and moonshine.\n\nBut in His abode; as described in Bhogovad-gitii (15.6), there is no necessity for\n\nlighting by sunshine, moonshine or electricity because everything is self-effulgent.\nThat which is relative, temporary and far away from the Absolute Truth is called\nmiiya, or ignorance. This illusion is exhibited in two ways, as explained in Bhogovodgita. The inferior illusion is inert matter, and the superior illusion is the living entity.\nThe living entities are called illusory in this context only because they are implicated\nin the illusory structures and activities of the material world. Actually the living\nentities are not illusory, for they are parts of the superior energy of the Supreme\nLord and do .not have to be covered by maya if they do not want to be so. The\nactions of the living entities in the spiritual k.ingdom are not illusory; they are the\nactual, eternal activities of liberated souls.\nTEXT 55\n\n�'4'1 ��if� ��tf;{ �7;\\!lJ_Ii6i<tr�\"'f� 1\n\nl!tf�'Bt�-ttf.1ztf� ��1 c\\!i� � ,���' \" <t <t\nyotha mohanti bhiitani\nbhiite�iiccavoce�v onu\nproviHany aprovi�tani\ntotha te�u no te�v aham\nSYNONYMS\nyotha-as;\n\nmahanti-the\n\nuniversal; bhiitani\n\n-\n\nelements; bhiite�u-in the living\n\nentities; ucca-avace�u-both gigantic and minute; anu-after; pravi�(iini\n\n-\n\nsituated\n\ninternally; aproviHani-situated externally; tatha-so; te�u-in them; no-not; te�u·\n\nin them; ohom-1.\nTRANSLATION\n\"As the material elements enter the bodies of all living beings and yet remain\n\noutside them all, I exist within all material creatio ns and yet am not within them.\nPURPORT\n\nThe gross material elements ( earth, water, fire, air and ether ) combine with the\n\nsubtle material elements ( mind, intelligence and false ego ) to construct the bodies\nof this material world, and yet they are beyond these bodies as well. Any material\nconstruction is nothing but an amalgamation or combination of material elements in\nvaried proportions. These elements exist both within and beyond the _!>ody. For\nexample, although the sky exists in space, it also enters within the body. Similarly,\n\n", "adi1#p0082": "Sri Caitanya-carltamrta\n\n56\n\nthe Supreme Lord, who is the cause of the material energy, lives within the material\n\nworld as well as beyond it. Without His presence within the material world, the\n\ncosmic body could not develop, just as without the presence of the spirit within the\n\nphysical body, the body could not develop. The entire material manifestation\n\ndevelops and exists because the Supreme Personality of Godhead enters it as\nParamatma, or the Supersoul. The Personality of Godhead in His all-pervading\nfeature of Paramatma enters every entity, from the biggest to the most minute.\n\nHis existence can be realized by one who has the single qualffication of submissive­\n\nness and who thereby becomes a surrendered soul. The development of submissive­\n\nness is the cause of proportionate spiritual realization, by which one can ultimately\n\nmeet the Supreme Lord in person, as a man meets another man face to face.\n\nBecause of his development of transcendental attachment for the Supreme Lord,\n\na surrendered soul feels the presence of his beloved everywhere, and all his senses\nare engaged in the loving service of the Lord. His eyes are engaged in seeing the\nbeautiful couple Sri Radha and Kpil)a sitting on a decorated throne beneath a desire\n\ntree in the transcendental land of Vrndavana. His nose is engaged in smelling the\n\nspiritual aroma of the lotus feet of the Lord. Similarly, his ears are engaged in\n\nhearing messages from Vaikul)tha, and his hands embrace the lotus feet of the\nLord and His associates. Thus the Lord is manifested to a pure devotee from within\n\nand without. This is one of the mysteries of the devotional relationship in which\n\na devotee and the Lord are bound by a tie of spontaneous Jove. To achieve this Jove\nshould be the goal of life for every living being.\n\nTEXT 56\n\n<.!l'-'�1:lf� f�•r,;e.. ��f�·r��i�\"�= '\n\n�-�Jf\\5t\"Hi�J1� �� �j� 'l� '1�111 ¢�II\netiivad eva jijniisyarh\ntattva-jijfliisuniitmana/;1\nanvaya-vyatirekiibhyiirh\nyat syiit sarvatra sarvadii\n\nSYNONYMS\netiivat-up to this; eva-certainly; j/jfliisyam-to be inquired about; tattva-of the\n\nAbsolute Truth; jijfliisunii-by the student; iitmana/;1-of the Self; anvaya-directly;\nvyatirekiibhyiim-and indirectly; yat-whatever; syat-it may be; sarvatra-every­\n\nwhere; sarvadii-al ways.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"A person interested in transcendental knowledge must therefore always directly\n\nand indirectly inquire about it to know the all-pervading truth.\"\n\n", "adi1#p0083": "Adi-ma, Chapter 1\n\n51\n\nPURPORT\nThose who are serious about the knowledge of the transcendental world, which\nis far beyond the material cosmic creation, must approach a bona fide spiritual\nmaster to learn the science both directly and indirectly. One must learn both the\nmeans to approach the desired destination and the hindrances to such progress. The\nspiritual master knows how to regulate the habits of a neophyte disciple, and therefore a serious student must learn the science in all its aspects from him.\nThere are different grades and standards of prosperity. The standard of comfort\nand happiness conceived by a common man engaged in material labor is the lowest\ngrade of happiness, for it is in relationship with the body. The highest standard of\nsuch bodily comfort is achieved by a fruitive worker who by pious activities reaches\nthe plane of heaven, or the kingdom of the creative gods with their delegated powers.\nBut the conception of comfortable life in heaven is insignificant in comparison to\nthe happiness enjoyed in the impersonal Brahman, and this brahmananda, the\nspiritual bliss derived from impersonal Brahman, is like the water in the hoofprint\nof a calf compared to the ocean of love of Godhead. When one develops pure love\nfor the Lord, he derives an ocean of transcendental happiness from the association\nof the Personality of Godhead. To qualify oneself to reach this stage of life is the\nhighest perfection.\nOne should try to purchase a ticket to go back home, back to Godhead. The\nprice of such a ticket is one's intense desire for it, which is not easily awakened,\neven if one continuously performs pious activities for thousands of lives. All mundane relationships are sure to be broken in the course of time, but once one\nestablishes a relationship with the Personality of Godhead in a particular rasa, it is\nnever to be broken, even after the annihilation of the material world.\nOne should understand, through the transparent medium of the spiritual master,\nthat the Supreme Lord exists everywhere in His transcendental spiritual nature\nand that the living entities' relationships with the Lord are directly and indirectly\nexisting everywhere, even in this material world. In the spiritual world there are\nfive kinds of relationships with the Supreme Lord santa, diisya, sakhya, viitsalya\n-\n\nand miidhurya. The perverted reflections of these rasas are found in the material\nworld. Land, home, furniture and other inert material objects are related in santa,\nor the neutral and sil_ent sense, whereas servants work in the diisya relationship.\nThe reciprocation between friends is called sakhya, the affection of a parent for a\nchild is known as viitsalya, and the affairs of conjugal love constitute miidhurya.\nThese five relationships in the material world are distorted reflections of the original\npure sentiments, which should. be understood and perfected in relationship with the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead under the guidance of a bona fide spiritual master.\nIn the material world the perverted rasas bring frustration. If these rasas are reestablished with Lord Kr�l')a, the result is eternal blissful life.\n\n·\nFrom this and the preceding three verses of Caitanya-caritiimrta, which have\n\nbeen selected from the Srimad-Bhiigavatam,\n\nthe missionary activities of Lord\n\nCaitanya can be understood. Srimad-Bhiigavatam has 18,000 verses, which are\nsummarized in the four verses beginning with aham eviisam eviigre {53) and con-\n\n", "adi1#p0084": "Sri Caitanya�aritamrta\n\n58\n\neluding with yot syot sorvotro sorvodo {56). In the first of these verses {53) the\ntranscendental nature of Lord Km1a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is\nexplained. The second verse {54) further explains that the Lord is detached from\nthe workings of the material energy, moyii. The living entities, as parts and parcels\nof Lord Kr�Qa, are prone to be controlled by the external energy because although\nthey are spiritual, in the material world they are encased in bodies of material\nenergy. The eternal relationship of the living entities with the Supreme Lord is explained in that verse. The next verse {55) instructs that the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, by His inconceivable energies, is simultaneously one with and different\nfrom the living entities and the material energy. This knowledge is called ocintyobhedobhedo-tottvo. When an individual living entity surrenders to Lord Kr�f.la, he\ncan then develop natural transcendental love for the Supreme Lord. This surrendering process should be the primary concern of a human being. In the next verse {56)\nit is said that a conditioned soul must ultimately approach a bona fide spiritual\nmaster and try to understand perfectly the material and spiritual worlds and his\nown existential position. Here the words onvoyo-vyotirekiibhyom, \"directly and\nindirectly,\" suggest that one must learn the process of devotional service in its two\naspects: one must directly execute the process of devotional service and indirectly\navoid the impediments to progress.\nTEXT 57\n\nfR111f�� cmf<5tftf�--�t�\nf--f'lfl��� ��fo\\. �,t11)�: I\nlfVIIIf.CI\\!111��\n\n\"Bf\"\"if't\"{ll'lf\"U'I� ifiSt'i! ��: II t 'I II\ncintomOIJir joyoti somogirir gurur me\nsik�o-gurus co bhogoviin sikhi-pincho-mou/i/;1\nyot-podo-ko/potoru-pol!ovo-sekhore�u\nma-svoyomvoro-rosorh /obhote joyosri/;1\nSYNONYMS\ncintomori/;1 joyoti-all glory to Cintamioi; somo-giri/;1-Somagiri {the initiating\n\nguru); guruf7-spiritual master; me-my; sik�ii-guru/;1-instructing spiritual master;\nco-and; bhogovon-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sikhl-piflcho-with peacock feathers; mou/i/;1-whose head; yot-whose; podo-of the lotus feet; ko/potoru-like desire trees; pol/avo-like new leaves; sekhore�u-at the toenails; masvoyom-voro-of conjugal pastimes; rosom-the mellow; /obhote-obtains;joyo-sri{I Srimati RadharaQi.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All glories to Cintamar:�i and my initiating spiritual master, Somagiri. All glories\nto my instructing spiritual master, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who wears\n\n", "adi1#p0085": "Adi-lna, Chapter 1\n\n59\n\npeacock feathers in His crown. Under the shade of His lotus feet, which are like\ndesire trees, J aya5ri [ Radharaoi] enjoys the transcendental mellow of an eternal\nconsort.\"\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is from the K!$f)O-korf)omrto, which was written by a great Vai�oava\nsannyasl named Bilvamarigala Thakura, who is also known as Lilasuka. He intensely\n\ndesired to enter into the eternal pastimes of the Lord, and he li.ved at Vrndavana for\nseven hundred years in the vicinity of. Brahma-kuo�a, a still existing bathing tank in\nrVrndavana. The history of Bilvamarigala Thakura is given in a book called Sri\nVol/obho.<Jigv/joyo. He appeared in the Eighth Century Saka Era in the province of\n\nDravi�a and was the chief disciple of Vi�ousvami. In a list of temples and monasteries kept in Sarikaracarya's monastery in Dvaraka, Bilvamarigala is mentioned as the\nfounder of the Dvarakadhisa Temple there. He entrusted the service of his Deity to\nHari Brahmacari, a disciple of Vallabha Bha\\t.a.\n\n·\n\nBilvamarigala Thakura actually entered into the transcendental pastimes of Lord\nKr�IJa. He has recorded his transcendental experiences and appreciation in the book\n\nknown as K�vo-konJiimrto. In the beginning of that book he has offered his obeisances to his different gurus, and it is to be noted that he has adored them all\nequally. The first spiritual master mentioned is Cintamal)i, who was his instructing\nspiritual master because she first showed him the spiritual path. Cintamaoi was a\nprostitute with whom Bilvamarigala was intimate earlier in his life. She gave him the\n\ninspiration to begin on the path of devotional service, and because she convinced\nhim to give up material existence to try for perfection by loving Kr�l}a, he has first\noffered his respects to her. Next he offers his respects to his initiating spiritual\nmaster, Somagiri, and then to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who was also\nhis instructing spiritual master. He explicitly mentions Bhagavan, who has peacock\nfeathers on His crown, because the Lord of Vrndavana, Kr�oa the cowherd boy,\nused to come to Bilvamarigala to talk with him and supply him with milk. In his\nadoration of Sri Kr�l}a, the Personality of Godhead, he describes that J aya5ri, the\ngoddess of fortune, Srimatr Radharal)i, takes shelter in the shade of His lotus feet\nto enjoy the transcendental rasa of nuptial love. The complete treatise Kr�vo kar iimrto is dedicated to the transcendental pastimes of Sri KnQa and �rimati\n\n{i\n\nRadharapi. It is a..book to be read and understood by the most elevated devotees of\n�ri KnQa.\nTEXT 58\n\n��.. ��-�«'fl\n�1ft U �\nR ct1r' I\nJ7ve siik�t niih/ tiite guru coittya-rupe\n\n.:t•\n\nsik�-guru hayo k�va-mahiinta-svorupe\nSYNONYMS\n\njive-by the living entity; siik�t-direct experience; niihl-there is not; tiitetherefore;·guru-the spiritual master; calttyo-rupe-in the form of the Supersoul;\n\n", "adi1#p0086": "60\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n�/�-guru-the spiritual master who instructs; hoyo-appears; kr�ro-Knr;ta, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; mohanto-the topmost devotee; svo-rOpe-in the\nform of.\nTRANSLATION\nSince one cannot visually experience the presence of the Supersoul, He appears\nbefore us as a liberated devotee. Such a spiritual master is no one other than KnQa\nHimself.\nPURPORT\nIt is not possible for a conditioned soul to directly meet KrHia, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, but if one becomes a sincere devotee and seriously engages\nin devotional service, Lord KnQa sends an instructing spiritual master to show him\nfavor and invoke his dormant propensity for serving the Supreme. The preceptor\nappears before the external senses of the fortunate conditioned soul, and at the\nsame time the devotee is guided from within by the colttyo-guru, Kr�Qa, who is\nseated as the spiritual master within the heart of the living entity.\nTEXT 59\n\n\\!� �'llf''-�J 'f\\� � 1f'illli{. I\n'f� 1.!1�1\"2 f�ftg ll'r.{'ffil�f��: II n II\ntoto dupsongom utsrjyo\nsotsu sojjeto buddhimiin\nsanto eviisyo chindontl\nmono-vyiisongom uktibhl/1\nSYNONYMS\ntotop-therefore; dupsongom-bad association;utsrjyo-giving up;sotsu-with the\ndevotees; sojjeto-one should associate; buddhlmiin-an intelligent person;sontopdevotees; evo-certainly; osyo-one's; chindontl-cut off;monop-vyiisongom-oppos­\n\ning attachments; uktibhi/1-by their instructions..\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"One should therefore avoid bad company and associate only with devotees.\nWith their realized instructions, such saints can cut the knot connecting one with\nactivities unfavorable to devotional service.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse, which appears in the Srimod-Bhiigovotom (11.26.26), was spoken by\nLord Kr�pa to Uddhava in the text known as the Uddhovo-gTtii. The discussion relates to the story of Pururava and the heavenly courtesan Urvasi. When Urvasi left\n\n", "adi1#p0087": "Adi-ma, Chapter 1\n\n61\n\nPururava, he was deeply affected by the separation and had to learn to overcome his\ngrief.\n\nIt is indicated that to learn the transcendental science, it is imperative that one\n\navoid the company of undesirable persons and always seek the company of saints\n\nand sages who are able to impart lessons of transcendental knowledge. The potent\n\nwords of such realized souls penetrate the heart, thereby eradicating all misgivings\naccumulated by years of undesirable association. For a neophyte devotee there are\n\ntwo kinds of persons whose association is undesirable: (1) gross materialists who\n\nconstantly engage in sense gratification and (2) unbelievers who do not serve the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead but serve their senses and their mental whims in\n\nterms of thelr speculative habits. Intelligent persons seeking transcendental realiza­\n\ntion should very scrupulously avoid their company.\nTEXT 60\n\n'1\\!t� l!!'!lrm \"�\"��tlti\n\n\\S<If� ��-.cf�pmrotr: ..-�m 1\n\\!�cttlf'f19j\"<l,f<�\"��T\"'\n� 1T�trit�-dl'fiPJJf\\J II �· II\nsotiirh prasoflgiin mama virya-sarhvido\nbhavonti hrt-kar!Ja-rasiiyanii/;1 kathii/;1\ntaj-jo�!Jiid iisv apavorga-vartmani\n5raddhii ratlr bhaktir anukrami�yati\nSYNONYMS\nsatiim-of the devotees; prasaflgiit-by intimate association; mama-of Me; virya­\n\nsorhvida/;1-talks full of spiritual potency; bhavonti-appear; hrt-to the heart; kat:Qa­\n\nand to the ears; 'raso-iiyanii/;1-a source of sweetness; kathii/;1-tal ks; tat- of them;\n,\n\njo�aQiit-from proper cultivation; iisu-quickly; apavorga-of liberation; voltrAanion the path; sraddhii-faith; rati/7-attraction; bhakti/;1-love; anukrami$yati-will\n\nfollow one after another.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The spiritually powerful message of Godhead can be properly discussed only in\n\na society of devotees, and it is greatly pleasing to hear in that association. If one\n\nhears from devotees, the way of transcendental experience quickly opens to him,\n\nand gradually he attains a taste in knowledge that in due course develo s into\n\np\n\nattraction and devotion.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse appears in the Srimad-Bhiigovotam (3.25.25), where Kapiladeva replies\n\nto the questions of His mother, Devahuti, about the process of devotional service. As\n\n", "adi1#p0088": "62\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\none advances in devotional activities, the process becomes progressively ·dearer and\nmore encouraging. Unless one gets this spiritual encouragement by following the\ninstructions of the spiritual master, it is not possible to make advancement. Therefore, one's development of a taste for executing these instructions is the test of\none's devotional service. rlnitlally, one must develop confidence by hearing the\nscience of devotion from a qualified spiritual master. Then, as he associates with\ndevotees and tries to adopt the means instructed by the spiritual master in his own\nlife, his misgivings and other obstacles are vanquished by his execution of devotional\nservice. Strong attachment for the transcendental service of the Lord develops as he\ncontinues listening to the messages of Godhead, and if he steadfastly proceeds in\nthis way, he is certainly elevated to spontaneous love for the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead.\n\nTEXT61\n\nt'ttG'Pf W. tt. ..fitit� I\n'et� �tl �·� �!8 R� II �� II\nisvara-svarupa bhakta tiiilra adhi�(hiina\nbhaktera hrdaye k[fi!Jera sotata visriima\n\nSYNONYMS\nisvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sva-rupa-identical with; bhaktathe pure devotee; ttinra- His; adhi:j(htina-abode; bhaktera-of the devotee; hrdayein the heart; k[fi!Jera-of Lord Kr!il'}a; sotata-always; visrama-the resting place.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA pure devotee constantly engaged in the loving service of the Lord is identical\n\nwith the Lord, who is always seated in his heart.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is one without a second, and therefore He is\nall-powerful. He has inconceivable energies, of which three are principal. The devotee is considered to be one of these energies, never the energetic. The energetic is\nalways the Supreme Lord. The energies are related to Him for the purpose of eternal\nservice. A living entity in the conditional stage can uncover his aptitude for serving\nthe Absolute Truth by the grace of Kr!il'la and the spiritual master. Then the Lord\nreveals Himself within his heart, and he can know that Kr!il'la is seated in the heart\nof every pure devotee. Kr!il'la is actually situated in the heart of every living entity,\nbut only a devotee can realize this fact.\n\nTEXT62\n'!lift�, �If�� 11�� �ntt�t � �'1,� '\n� ';{ m\"l'� 0{�� C'i!\"C'SJ11{0{t�f9f II -\"� II\n\n", "adi1#p0089": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1\n\n63\n\nsiidhavo hrdayarh mahyarh\nsiidhuniirh hrdayarh tv aham\nmad-anyat te na jiinanti\nniiharh tebhyo maniig api\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsiidhava{l-the saints; hrdayam-heart; mahyam-My; siidhuniim-of the saints;\nhrdayam-the heart; tu-indeed; aham-1; mat -than Me; anyat-other; te\n\n-\n\nthey;\n\nna-not; jiinantl-know; na-nor; aham-1; tebhya{l-than them; maniik slightly;\n-\n\napi-even\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Saints are My heart, and only I am their hearts. They do not know anyone but\nMe, and therefore I do not recognize anyone besides them as Mine.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse appears in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam (9.4.68) in connection with a mis­\n\nunderstanding between Durvasa Muni and Maharaja Ambari�a. As a result of this\nmisunderstanding, Durvasa Muni tried to kill the King, when the Sudar5ana cakra,\n\nthe celebrated weapon of Godhead, appeared on the scene for the devoted King's\nprotection. When the Sudarsana cakra attacked Durvasa Muni, he fled in fear of\nthe weapon and sought shelter from all the great demigods in heaven. Every one of·\nthem was unable to protect him, and therefore Durvasa Muni prayed to Lord Vi�r;�u\nfor forgiveness. Lord Vi�r;�u advised him, however, that if he wanted forgiveness he\nhad to get it from Maharaja Ambari�, not from Him. In this context Lord Vi�r;�u\nspoke this verse.\nThe Lord, being full and free from problems, can wholeheartedly care for His\ndevotees. His concern is how to elevate and protect all those who have taken shelter\nat His feet. The same responsibility is also entrusted to the spiritual master. The\nbona fide spiritual master's concern is how the devotees who have surrendered to\nhim as a representative of the Lord may make progress in devotional service. The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is always mindful of the de.vot-ees wb._o fully engage in cultivating knowledge of Him, having taken shelter at His lotus feet.\n\nTEXT 63\n\n��f\"4!f1 �1'5\\Wl���\\!t: \"{'\\!� ��1 I\n\n��;jf�f1g �\"')�lfO{ �t�:C'{O{ '>l't'�1 H,>!� H\nbhavad-vidhii bhiigavatiis\n\ntirtha-bhutill} svayam vibho\n\ntirthi-kurvanti tirthiini\n\nsviinta/;1-sthena gadiibhrtii\n\n", "adi1#p0090": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n64\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhavat-your good self; vidha/;1-like; bhagavata/;1-devotees; tirtha-holy places of\npilgrimage; bhDtii/;1-existing; svayam-themselves; vibho-0 almighty one; tirthikurvant/-make into holy places of pilgrimage; tirthani-the holy places; sva-anta/;1sthena-being situated in their hearts; gada-bhrta-by the Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATI ON\n\"Saints of your caliber are themselves places of pilgrimage. Because of their\npurity, they are constant companions of the Lord, and therefore they can purify\neven the places of pilgrimage.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse was spoken by Maharaja Yudhi$thira to Vidura in the SrimadBhagavatam (1.13.1 0). Maharaja Yudhi$lhira was receiving his saintly uncle Vidura,\nwho had been visiting sacred places of pilgrimage. Maharaja Yudhi$lhira told Vidura\nthat pure devotees like him are personified holy places because the Supreme Personality of Godhead is always with them in their hearts. By their association, sinful\npersons are freed from sinful reactions, and therefore wherever a pure devotee goes\nis a sacred place of pilgrimage. The importance of holy places is due to the presence\nthere of such pure devotees.\nTEXT 64\n\n'�l 'e•'5t'1 � ��'f �tl I\n'ttft�'5t'1 �<IS, 'fi'Ai'lttf � II �8 II\nsei bhakta-gara haya dvi-vidha prakara\npari�ad-gaf}a eka, sadhaka-gara ara\nSYNONYMS\nsei-these; bhakta-gara-devotees; haya-ar e; dvi-vidha-twofold; prakara- varieties;\npiiri�at-gara-factual devotees; eka-one; sadhaka-gara-prospective devotees; arathe other.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuch pure devotees are of two types: personal associates [ pari�ts] and neophyte\ndevotees [sadhakas].\nPURPORT\nPerfect servitors of the Lord are considered His personal associates, whereas devotees endeavoring to attain perfection are called neophytes. Among the associates,\nsome are attracted by the opulences of the Personality of Godhead, and others are\nattracted by nuptial love of Godhead. The former devotees are placed in the realm\n\n", "adi1#p0091": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1\n\n65\n\nof Vaikuotha to render reverential devotional service, whereas the latter devotees\nare placed in Yrndavana for the direct service of S ri Kr�oa.\nTEXTS 65-66\n\n..m �t1f tfl-� ��� 1\n��llt-'OI<q<&t1f, � �-�'611f II �it II\n\"1¥Jl,.r•'Oiq'6ft\n\n� �� I\n\n��-t-�:q�tJ ��-'lf�'m � n � n\ni�varera avatiira e-tina prakiira\narh�a-<Jvatiira, iira gwya-<Ivatiira\n�aktyiive�a-<Ivatiira-trtiya e-mata\narh�a-<Jvatiira-puru!ja-matsyiidika yata\n\nSYNONYMS\ni�varera-of the Supreme Lord;avatiira-incarnations;e-tina-these three; prakiira­\n\nkinds; arhs a-<J vat iira- partial incarnations; iira-and; gura-<�vatiira -qualitative incarnations;sakti-<ive5a-<Jvatiira-empowered incarnations;trtiya-the third; e-mota-thus;\narhs a-<Ivatiira-partial incarnations; puru !ia-the three puru!ia incarnations; matsya­\n\nthe fish incarnation;iid/ka-and so on;yata-all.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere are three categories of incarnations of Godhead: partial incarnations,\nqualitative incarnations and empowered incarnations. Thepuru�s and Matsya are\nexamples of partial incarnations.\nTEXT 67\n\niJ'Jl �'f �-f�� �� 1tflt• I\n\n�<qllt-Jt�tfir, � �JIIi.� II �1:\\ II\nbrahmii Vi!i(JU SiVa-tina gU(JOVatiire ga(li\nsaktyiive�a-sanakiidi, prthu, vyiisa-muni\n\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmti-Lord Brahma; vi�{I U -Lord Vi�ou; siva-Lord\n\nS iva; tina three; gura-\n\navattire-among the incarnations controlling the three modes of material nature;\ngari-1 count; 5akti-Ovesa-empowered incarnations; sanaka-Odi-the four Kumaras;\n\nprthu-King Prthu; vyiisa muni-Vyasadeva.\n-\n\n", "adi1#p0092": "66\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\nBrahma, Vi�pu and Siva are qualitative incarnations. Empowered incarnations\n\nare those like the Kumaras, King Prthu and Mahlmuni Vyasa [ the compiler of the\nVedas ] .\n\nTEXT68\n\ntlti'� U .S'tf�l�l � I\n�� �' � Q, �ttl•' �t\" \" �,.. \"\ndui-rDpe haya bhagaviinera pr.akiiSa\neke ta' prakiiSa, haya, iire ta' viliisa\nSYNONYMS\ndui-rDpe-in two forms; haya-are; bhagaviinera-of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; prakiiSa.-manifestations; eke-in one; ta'-certainly; prakii�a-manifestation; haya-is; ore-in the other; ta'-certa inly; vi/osa-engaged in pastimes.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead exhibits Himself in two kinds of forms: prakasa\nand vilasa.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord expands His personal forms in two primary categories. The\nprakasa forms are manifested by Lord Kr�Qa for His pastimes, and their features\nare exactly like His. When Lord Kr�oa married sixteen thousand queens in Dvaraka,\nHe did so in sixteen thousand praka5a expansions. Similarly, during the rosa dance\nHe expanded Himself in identical prakasa forms to dance beside each and every\n\ngopisimultaneously. When the Lord manifests His vilasa ex p ansions, however, they\nare all somewhat different in their bodily features. Lord Balarama is the first\nvilosa expansion of Lord Kr�oa, and the four-handed NarayaQa forms in VaikuQtha\n\nexpand from Balarama. There is no difference between the bodily forms of Sri\nKr�oa and Balarama except that Their bodily colors are different. Similarly, Sri\n\nNarayal)a in VaikuQtha has four hands, whereas Kr�Qa has only two. The expansions\nof the Lord who manifest such 'bodily differences are known as vikisa-vigrahas.\nTEXTS69-70\n\n����-����\n�� �' � ��, �·· 'Q9t II�� II\n�-�,������\n� � �� �J '�\"M' ll '\\O II\neka-i vigraha yadi haya bahu-rupa\niikiire ta' bheda nohi, eka-i svarupa\n\n", "adi1#p0093": "A di-lila, Chapter 1\n\n67\n\nmahi�i-viviihe, yaiche yaiche kaila riisa\nihake kahiye kr�rera mukhya 'prakasa'\nSYNONYMS\neka-i-the same one; vigraha-person; yadi-if; haya\n\n- becomes; bahu-rDpa- many\n\nforms; iikiire-in appearance; ta'-certainly ; bheda-difference; niihi-there is not;\n\n-\n\n.\n\neka-i-one; sva-rDpa identity; mahi�i- wi th the queens of Dvaraka; viviihe-in the\nmarriage; yaiche yaiche-in a similar way; kaila-He did; riisa-riisa dance; ihiikethis ; kahiye-1\n\nsay; kr�rero-of Kr�tla; mukhya-p rincipal; praka5a-manifested;\n\nforms.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Personality of Godhead expands Himself in many forms, all nondifferent in Their features, as Lord Kr�Qa did when He married sixteen thousand queens\nand when He performed His rasa dance, such forms of the Lord are called manifested forms.\nTEXT 71\n\nroil� �t��c<fO{ ��1ft ,5f9f� 9J'4� 1\n'JC� �J��� �� l!l'<f �'Iff��� II 'I') II\ncitram bataitad ekena\nvapu�ii yugapat p[thak\ngrhe�u dvy-<JHa-siihasrarh\nstriya eka udiivahat\nSYNONYMS·\n\ncitram-wonderfu l ; bata-oh; etat- this; ekena-with one; vapu�ii-form; yugapat­\n\n- in the houses; dvi-<J�Ja-siihasram-sixteen\n- all the queens; ekaf7-the one S ri Kr�Qa; udiivahat-married.\n\nsimultaneously; prthak- separately; grh e �u\nthousand; striyaf7\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is astounding that Lord\n\nSri Kr�Qa, who is one without a second, expanded\n\nHimself in sixteen thousand similar forms to marry sixteen thousand queens in\ntheir respective homes.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n( 1 0.69.2).\n\nTEXT 72\n\n�f\"C'li�'l�: '1���1 C�li��illlf�\\!: I\nC'lff\"C�t1�'1 \"fl:lPO{ \"Sf'* 'l!\"CifJ '4M\"r;�j: II 'I� II\n\n", "adi1#p0094": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n68\n\nriisotsava/;1 samprovrtto\ngopi-mor(lo/a-mor(lita/;1\nyogesvarero kr�rena\ntiisiirh madhye dvayor dvayo/;1\nSYNONYMS\n\nriisa-utsava/;1-the festival of the riisa dance; samprovrtto/;1-was begun; gopimor{lo/a-by groups of gopis; ma(l(/ita/;1-decorated;yoga-isvaref)a-by the master of\nall mystic powers;kr�rena-by Lord Kr�pa;tiisiim-of them;madhye-in the middle;\ndvayo/;1 dvayo/;1-of each two.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Lord KnQa, surrounded by groups of cowherd girls, began the festivities\nof the rasa dance, the Lord of all mystic powers placed Himself between each two\ngirls.\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is also quoted from the Srimad-Bhiigavatam (1 0.33.3).\nTEXTS 73-74\n\nl!tf<lCiO{ �i)\\!tO{ft_ -.cl·\"{f-{-.�� ftt. I\n\n�� 1{?;-,�l'e�<lml;r-t\\!'l�� II ,,_, II\n�<t� Jfl� 'l\"lfntctt1TC\\!JT��·ll\\!�m, '\n\\!C\\51 �;mJ1 �fe{Ci>fl: ���h: II 'IS II\npraviHena grhitiiniirh\nkarthe sva-nikofarh striya/;1\nyam manyeran nabhas tiivad\nvimiina-�ta-sankulam\ndivaukasiirh sadiiriiriim\natyautsukya-bhrtiitmaniim\ntoto dundubhayo nedur\nnipetu/;1-pu�po-vrHoya/;1\nSYNONYMS\n\npravi�fena-having entered;grhitiiniim-of those embracing;korthe-on the neck;\nsva-nika.tam-situated at their own side;striyaiJ-the gopTs;yam-whom; manyeranwould think; nabha/;1-the sky;tiivat-at once;vimiina-of airplanes;sata-with hundreds; sankulam-crowded; diva-okasiim-of the demigods; sa-diiriiriim-with their\nwives; atyautsukya-with eagerness; bhrta,;itmamim-whose minds were filled;\n\n", "adi1#p0095": "Adi-lna, Chapter 1\n\n69\n\ntataf1-then; dundubhayaf7-kettledrums; neduf1-sounded; nipetuf7-fell; pu�pavfiJayaf7-showers of flowers.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the cowherd girls and Kr�Qa thus joined together, each girl thought that\nKf$Qa was dearly embracing her alone. To behold this wonderful pastime of the\nLord, the denizens of heaven and their wives, all very eager to see the dance, flew\n\nin the sky in their hundreds of airplanes. They showered flowers and beat sweetly\n\non drums.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is another quote f(om the Srimad-Bhiigavatam (10.33.4-5)\nTEXT 75\n\nc!f�i;<e111i�\" ���trl I\n'1��1 ��-,\"t�� 'I c!f�t\"t ��\")�\"C\"! U '\\¢ II\n\n�tl\n\nanekatra prakaJatii\nrDpasyaikasya yaikadii\nsarvathii tat-svarDpaiva\nsa prakiisa itiryate\nSYNONYMS\n\nanekatra-in many places; prakafatii-the manifestatjon; rDpasya-of form;\nekasya-one; yii-which; ekadii-at one time; sarvathii-in every respect; tat-His;\nsva-rOpa-own form; ew-certai nly; saf7-that; prakiisaf1-manifestive form; iti- thus;\niryate-it is called.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If numerous forms, all equal in their features, are displayed simultaneously,\nsuch forms are called praka5a-vigrahas of the Lord.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Laghu-bhiigavatiimrta (1.21 ) , compiled by SrTia\nRupa Gosvami.\nTEXT 76\n\n<JI� fif• � �� Q � I\n��Q� ,�, � i{11f n \"� \"·\neka-i vigraha kintu llkiire haya iina\naneka prakiisa haya, 'viliisa' tiira niima\n\n", "adi1#p0096": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n70\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-i-one; vigraha-form; kintu-but; iikiire-in appearance; haya-is; iinadifferent;aneka-many;prakii5a-manifestations;haya-appear;vi/iisa-pastime form;\ntiira-of that; niima-the name.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBut when the numerous forms are slightly different from one another, they are\ncalled vilasa-vigrahas.\n\nTEXT 77\n�1ffimt. � �1r� r<tirr�: 1\n�lC�Cf�'f1lt. -�J1 � fqa;tc'f1 f.{�� II 'I 'I II\nsvarilpam onyiikiiram yat\ntasya bhati vi/asata/;1\npriiye(liitma-samarll saktyii\nsa viliiso nigadyate\n\nSYNONYMS\nsva-rilpam-the Lord's own form; anya-other; iikiiram-features of the body;\nyat -which; tasya- His; bhiiti-appears; viliisataiJ-from particular pastimes; prliyeraalmost; iitma-samam-self-similar; saktyii-by His potency; sa/;-that; viliisaiJ-the\nvi/iisa (pastime) form; nigadyate-is called.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the Lord displays numerous forms with. different features by His inconceivable potency, such forms are called vilasa-vigrahas.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis is another quotation from the Laghu-bhligavatamrta.\n\nTEXT 78\n\n� �' 9ftt�t1f -.1m-1 1\n�� �� � �� II\"\"' II\nyaiche ba/adeva, paravyome naraya!Ja\nyaiche viisudeva pradyumniidi sankar!ja!Ja\n\nSYNONYMS\nyaiche-just as; ba/adeva-Baladeva; para-vyome-in the spiritual sky; niiriiyaraLord Narayar;ta; yaiche-just as; viisudeva-Vasudeva; pradyumna.Jdi-Pradyumna,\netc.; sankar,5G[Ia-Sari kar�ar;�a.\n\n", "adi1#p0097": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1\n\n71\n\nTRANSLATION\nExamples of such vilasa-vigrahas are Baladeva, Narayal)a in VaikuQthadhama,and\n\nthe catur-vyuha-Vasude�a, Sankar��;�a, Pradyumna and Aniruddha.\nTEXTS 79-80\n\n.,.,tt � Q \\fl·� � I\n\\fl<li tti�Ml,t'l, � �'St'l � n ct� 11\n�., '�'St'l ����I\nCi!l''iteM\"M �'ttl IIQ(.�i{.ll 1r0 II\nisvarera sakti haya e-tina prakiira\neka lak�mi-gara, pure mahi�i-gara iira\nvraje gopi-gara iira sabhiite pradhiina\nvrajendra-nandana yii'te svayam bhagaviin\nSYNONYMS\nisvarera-of the\n\nSupreme\n\nLord; sakti-energy; haya-is; e-tina-these three;\n\nprakiira-kinds; eka-one; /ak�mi-gard-the goddesses of fortune in Vaiku!Jlha;\n\npure-in Dvaraka; mahi�i-gaoa-the queens; ora-and; vraje-in Vrndavana; gopi­\n\ngara-the gopis; ora-and; sabhiite-amongst all of them; pradhiina-the chief;\nvrajendra-nandana-Kr-;r:1a, the son of the King of Vraja; yii te-because; svayam'\n\nHimself; bhagaviin-the primeval Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe energies [consorts] of the Supreme Lord are of three kinds: the Lak�mis in\nVaikuQtha, the queens in Dvaraka, and the gopis in Vrndavana. The gopis are the\nbest of all, for they have the privilege of serving Sri Kr�IJa, the primeval Lord, the\n\nson of the King of Vraja.\n\nTEXT 81\n\n...-.�PI �t·� .tJCJ._�-� 111f I\nft5 �fWI 0 ��tJ 'fJI�'I II r� II\nsvayam-rilpa kr�rera kiiya-vyilha-tiinra sama\nbhakta sahite haya tiinhara avarara\nSYNONYMS\ns1-11yam-rDpa-His own original form {two-handed Kr�J;Ja);kr�rera-of Lord Kr�Qa;\n\nkiiya-vyDha-personal expansions; tiinra-with Him;sama-equal; bhakta-the d�votees;sahite-associated with; haya-are; tiinhiira\n\n-\n\nHis; iivarara-c overing\n\n.\n\n", "adi1#p0098": "Sri Caitanya-caritimrta\n\n72.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe personal associates of the primeval Lord, Sr'i Kr�pa, are His devotees, who are\nidentical with Him. He is complete with His entourage of devotees.\nPURPORT\n\nSri K�Qa and His various personal expansions are nondifferent in potential\npower.! These expansions are associated with further secondary expansions, or\nservitor expansions, who are called devotees.\nTEXT 82\n\n'ftl ..fit iJiit1f � � .... I\n\nc.il·'l•tt �.. '!(�� -.tJtt II \\r� II\nbhakta adi krame kalla sabhiira vondana\ne-sabhiira vondana sarva-subhera kara(IQ\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhakta-the devotees; iidi-an d so on; krame-in order; kaila-d id; sabhlira-of the\nassembly; vondana-worship; e-sabhiira-of this assembly; vandana- worship; sarvo-\n\n5ubhera-of all good fortune; karaf}a-the source.\nTRANSLATION\nNow I have worshiped all the various levels of devotees. Worshiping them is the\nsource of all good fortune.\nPURPORT\nTo offer prayers to the. Lord, on_e should first offer prayers to His. devotees and\nassociates.\nTEXT 83\n\n�'fll �� � '1111tiii'P'ftiftt I\n\n� au'�\"' ..rt R'-t� � 11 � 11\nprathama 5/oke kahi samiinya m011ga/iJcarafJO\ndvitiya 5/okete karl vi5e¥J vandana\nSYNONYMS\n\nprathama-first; 5/oke-in the verse; kahi-1 express; samiinya-general; mangalaiicarara --\\invocation of benediction; dvit iya -second; s/okete-in the verse; kari-l\ndo; vise,5a-particular; vondan a- offering of prayers.\n\n", "adi1#p0099": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1\n\n73\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the first verse I have invoked a general benediction, but in the second I have\nprayed to the Lord in a particular form.\nTEXT 84\n\n�fiMJt..,.., :ll,tN'\\6' I\n'\"'\"'11ft' '1_\"'1�� � � '«*'1..'\"' \"\" 81\n\n�\n\nvande 5rT-k[�(la-co/tanyonltyonandau sohodltau\ngaupodaye pu�pavantau\ncltrau 5ondau tamo-nudau\nSYNONYMS\nvande-1\n\noffer\n\nrespectful\n\nobeisances; 5rf-k[wa-coitanya-to\n\nLord\n\nSri Kr�oa\n\nCaitanya; n/tyonandau-and to Lord Nityananda; soha-ud/tau-simul taneously arisen;\n\ngaupa-udaye-on the eastern horizon of Gau<Ja; pu�pavantau-the sun and moon\ntogether; cltrau-wonderful; 5om-&7u-bestowing benediction; tamo-nudau-dissipating darkness.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I offer my respectful obeisances unto Sri K{lQa Caitanya and Lord Nityananda,\n\nwho are like the sun and moon. They have arisen simultaneously on the horizon of\n\nGau<Ja to dissipate the darkness of ignorance and thus wonderfully bestow benediction upon all.\"\nTEXTS 85-86\n\nSltwr � �\n\n'Jp(� I\n\n�� fiffi( � -� n 1rt II\n�--\"��.b1�J\n'\"h'W'Qif '1_(.� �1 \"nl 11 � n\nvraje ye vihare piirve kr�va-ba/aroma\nkotf-sDrya-condra jinl donhara nija-dhama\nsei dul jagatere ha-lyo sodaya\ngaupadese pDrva-sai/e karllii udaya\nSYNONYMS\nvraje-in Vraja (Vrndavana); ye-who; vlhore-played; piirve-former ly; k�(la­\n\nLord Kr�pa; balariima-Lord Balaramaj kotl-millions; siirya-suns; candra-moons;\nj/n/-overcoming; donhilra-of the two; n/ja-dhiima-the effulgence; sei- these; dui-\n\n", "adi1#p0100": "Srf Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n74\n\ntwo; jagatere-for the universe; ha-iyo-becoming; sadaya compassionate; gau(la-\n\ndese-in the country of Gau<;Ja; pilrva-saile-on the eastern horizon; karilo-did;\nudaya\n\n-\n\na rise\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Kr�IJa and Balarama, the Personalities of Godhead, who formerly appeared in\n\nVrndavana and were millions of times more effulgent than the sun and moon, have\n\narisen over the eastern horizon of Gauc;lade§a [West Bengal], being compassionate\nfor the fallen state of the world.\n\nTEXT 87\n\nat.� ._tf <2ft_ ��Jt� I\n·� 12f�wef �'f'St� � II lr'\\ II\nsri-k[�!)O-caitanya ora prabhu nityonanda\nyanhora prakase san10 jagat onanda\nSYNONYMS\nsri-k{�(IO-caitanya-Lord Sri Kr��a Caitanya; ora\n\n-\n\nand; prabhu nityonanda-Lord\n\nNityananda; yonhara-of whom; prakose-on the appearance; sarva-all; jagat-the\nworld;onanda-full of happiness.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe appearance of Sri K�Qa Caitanya and Prabhu Nityananda has surcharged the\n\nworld with happiness.\n\nTEXTS 88-89\n\n,. �� �� � ••t� I\n� �·t�i �tl l{t1(1f 121m II 1r1r II\n�� 11� � � � �afi{· I\n�tJ!ti{tllf �fil' �'I'��-�� II lr� II\nsilrya-candra hare yaiche saba andhakora\nvastu prakosiyo kare dharmera pracora\nei mota dui bhai jivera ajnonatamo-nasa kari' kaila tattw-vastu-dona\nSYNONYMS\nsurya-candra-the sun and the moon;hare-drive away;yaiche-just as; saba-all;\n\nandhakora-dar k ness; vastu-truth; prakasiyo manifesting; kare-do; dharmera-of\n-\n\n", "adi1#p0101": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1\n\n75\n\ninborn nature; pracora-preaching; ei mota-like this; dui-two; bhoi-brothers;\njivera - of the living being; ajnona-of ignorance; tama{l- of the darkness; naSa­\n\n'\n\ndestruction; kari -doing; kaila-made; tattva-vastu-of the Absolute Truth; donagift.\nTRANSLATION\nAs the sun and moon drive away darkness by their appearance and reveal the\nnature of everything, these two brothers dissipate the darkness of the living beings'\nignorance and enlighten them with knowledge of the Absolute Truth.\nTEXT90\n\n�·'!t11\"1t ift1f ��tll ''���' I\n�-..(..�tJt·<;llt'lll·�t�1 ..tflf �� u � 0 u\najnona-tamera noma kahiye 'kaitava'\ndharma�rtha-koma-mok�-viincho odi saba\nSYNONYMS\najnona-tamera-of the darkness of ignorance; noma-name ;kahiye-1 call; kaitavacheating process; dharma - religiosity; artha-economic development; koma-sense\ngratification; mok,5a-liberation; voncho-desire for; odi-and so on; saba-all.\nTRANSLATION\nThe darkness of ignorance is called kaitava, the way of cheating, which begins\nwith religiosity, economic development, sense gratification and liberation.\nTEXT91\n\n�1t: Clfft���<f�C<tt�� �r�1 f�*'l�t'tt� 'l'!it�\n\nC<t�� <tt�<t�\\!! <1'8 M<l'lf� '!1'1\\l!C{II'l!_\"l� I\n\n�\"«f� ��t,f.!fC\\!i pg<ft'i����:\n'lC�1 ��<t��JC\\!�\\Jf fAA: ����'If� I (;)')\ndharma{l projjhita-kaitavo 'tra paramo nirmatsarorom satom\nvedyam viistavam atra vastu sivadam topa-trayonmulanam\nsrimad-bhogavate mahamuni-krte kim vii parair isvara{l\nsadyo hrdy avarudhyate 'tra k[tibhi{l susrD,5ubhis tat-k�rot\n\nSYNONYMS\ndharma{l-religiosity; projjhita-completely rejected; kaitava{l-in which fruitive\nintention; atra-herein; parama{l-the highest; nirmatsarorom-of the one hundred\n\n", "adi1#p0102": "76\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\npercent pure in heart; satom- devotees; vedyam-to be understood; vastavom­\n\nfactual; atra-herein; 1/UStU-substance; s/vo�am-giving well-being; tiipa-traya-of\nthreefold miseries; unma/anam-causi ng uprooting; srimat- beautiful; bhaga11r1te-i n\n\n·\n\nthe BhOgaiiUta Purc11Ja; mahii-munl-by the great sage (Vyasadeva); krte-compiled;\n\nkim-what; vii-indeed; parai{1-with others; isvora{1-the Supreme Lord; sadya{1-at\nonce;hrdi-within the heart; a11r1rudhyate-becomes confined; atra-herei n; krtibhibby pious men;Susrli�ubh/{7-desiring to hear; tat-k�a(1c1t-without delay.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"The great scripture Srimad-Bhagavatam, compiled by Mahamuni Vyasadeva from\n\nfour original verses, describes the most elevated and kindhearted devotees and completely rejects the cheating ways of materially motivated religiosity. It propounds\n\nthe highest principle of eternal religion, which can factually mitigate the threefold\n\nmiseries of a living being and award the highest benediction of full prosperity and\n\nknowledge. Those willing to hear the message of this scripture in a submissive atti­\n\ntude of service can at once capture the Supreme Lord in their hearts. Therefore\nthere is no need for any scripture other than.Srimad-Bhagavatam.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse appears in the Srimad-Bhagai/Utam ( 1.1.2). The words mahiimuni-krte\n\nindicate that SrTmad-Bhagai/Utam was compiled by the great sage Vyasadeva, who is\n\nsometimes known as Narayapa Mahamuni because he is an incarnation of Narayapa.\n\nVyasadeva, therefore, is not an ordinary man, but is empowered by the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. He compiled the beautiful Bhagavatam to narrate some of\n\nthe pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His devotees.\n\nIn SrTmad-Bhagai/Utam, a distinction between real religion and pretentious religion\n\nhas been clearly made. According to this original and genuine commentation on the\n\nVedanta-slitra, �here are numerous pretentious faiths that pass as religion but neglect\n\nthe real essence of religion. The real religion of a living being is his natural inborn\n\nquality, whereas pretentious religion is a form of nescience that artificially covers a\n\nliving entity's pure consciousness under certain unfavorable conditions. Real religion\n\nlies dormant when artificial religion dominates from the mental plane. A living\nbeing can awaken this dormant religion �y hearing with a pure heart.\n\nThe path of religion prescribed by Srimad-Bhagavatam is different from all forms\n\nof imperfect religiosity. Religion can be considered in the following three divisions:\n\n(1) the path of fruitive work, (2) the path of knowledge and mystic powers, and\n\n(3) the path of worship and devotional service.\n\nThe path of fruitive work (karma-kiil}cja), even when decorated by religious\n\nceremonies meant to elevate one' s material condition, is a cheating process because\nit can never enable one to gain relief from material existence and achieve the highest\n\ngoal. A living entity perpetually struggles hard to rid himself of the pangs of material existence, but the path of fruitive work leads him to either temporary happiness\n\nor temporary distress in material existence. By pious fruitive work one is placed in a\nposition where he can temporarily feel material happiness, whereas vicious activities\n\n", "adi1#p0103": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1\n\n77\n\nlead one to a distressful position of material want and scarcity. However, even if one\nis put into the most perfect situation of material happiness, he cannot in that way\nbecome free from the pangs of birth, death, old age and disease. A materially happy\nperson is therefore in need of the eternal relief that mundane religiosity in terms of\nfruitive work can never award.\nThe paths of the culture of knowledge (jriiina-miirga) and of mystic powers (yogamargo) are equally hazardous, for one does not know where he will go by following\nthese uncertain methods. An empiric philosopher in search of spiritual knowledge\nmay endeavor most laboriously for many, many births in mental speculation, but\nunless and until he reaches the stage of the purest quality of goodness-in other\nwords, until he transcends the plane of material speculation-it is not possible for\nhim to know that everything emanates from the Personality of Godhead Vasudeva.\nHis attachment to the impersonal feature of the Supreme Lord makes him unfit to\nrise to that transcendental stage of vasudeva understanding, and therefore because\nof his unclean state of mind he glides down again into material existence, even after\nhaving ascended to the highest stage of liberation. This falldown takes place due to\nhis want of a locus standi in the service of the Supreme Lord.\nAs far as the mystic powers of the yogis are concerned, they are also material\nentanglements on the path of spiritual realization. One German scholar who became a\ndevotee of Godhead in India said that material science had already made laudable\nprogress in duplicating the mystic powers of the yogis. He therefore came to India\nnot to learn the methods of the yogis' mystic powers but to learn the path of transcendental loving service to the Supreme Lord, as mentioned in the great scripture\n\nSrlmad-Bhiigavotam. Mystic powers can make a yogi materially powerful and thus\ngive temporary relief from the miseries of birth, death, old age and disease, as other\nmaterial sciences can also do, but such mystic powers can never be a permanent\nsource of relief from these miseries. Therefore, according to the Bhiigavata school,\nthis path of religiosity is also a method of cheating its followers. In Bhagavad-gitii it\nis clearly defined that the most elevated and powerful mystic yogi is one who can\nconstantly think of the Supreme Lord within his heart and engage in the loving\nservice of the Lord.\nThe path of worship of the innumerable devos, or administrative demigods, is still\nmore hazardous and uncertain than the above-mentioned processes of karmo-korflo\nand jnana-kii[lpa. This system of worshiping many gods, such as Durga,\n\nSiva,\n\nGaQesa, Surya and the impersonal Vi�QU form, is accepted by persons who have\nbeen blinded by an intense desire for sense gratification. When properly executed\nin terms of the rites mentioned in the Siistras, which are now very difficult to\nperform in this age of want and scarcity, such worship can certainly fulfill one's\ndesires for sense gratification, but the success obtained by such methods is certainly\ntransient, and it is suitable only for a less intelligent person. That is the verdict of\n\nBhagavod-gitii. No sane man should be satisfied by such temporary benefits.\nNone of the above-mentioned three religious paths can deliver a person from the\nthreefold miseries of material existence, namely, miseries caused by the body and\nmind, miseries caused by other living entities, and miseries caused by the demigods.\nThe process of religion described in Srlmad-Bhagavatam, however, is able to give\n\n", "adi1#p0104": "78\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nits followers permanent relief from the threefold miseries. The Bhagovatom describes\nthe highest religious form-reinstatement of the living entity in his original position\nof transcendental loving service to the Supreme Lord, which is free from the infections of desires for sense gratification, fruitive work, and the culture of knowledge\nwith the aim of merging in the Absolute to become one with the Supreme Lord.\nAny process of religiosity based on sense gratification, gross or subtle, must be\nconsidered a pretentious religion because it is unable to give perpetual protection to\nits followers. The word projjhito is significant. Pro means complete, and ujjhito indicates rejection. Religiosity in the shape of fruitive work is directly a method of gross\nsense gratification, whereas the process of culturing spiritual knowledge with a view\nto becoming one with the Absolute is a method of subtle sense gratification. All such\npretentious religiosity based on gross or subtle sense gratification is completely\nrejected in the process of bhagovato-dhormo, or the transcendental religion that is an\neternal function for the living being.\nBhflgovoto-dhormo, or the religious principle described in Srimod-Bhagovotom, of\nwhich Bhogovod-gita is a preliminary study, is meant for liberated persons of the\nhighest order who attribute very little value to the sense gratification of pretentious\nreligiosity. The first and foremost concern of fruitive workers, elevationists,empiric\nphilosophers and salvationists is to raise their material position. But devotees of\nGodhead have no such selfish desires. They serve the Supreme Lord only for His\nsatisfaction. �ri Arjuna, wanting to satisfy his senses by becoming a so-called nonviolent and pious man, at first decided not to fight. But when he was fully situated in\nthe principles of bhagavata-dharma, culminating in complete surrender unto the will\nof the Supreme Lord, he changed his decision and agreed to fight for the satisfaction\nof the Lord. He then said:\n\nnoHo mohafl smrtir lobdhii\ntvot-prosadan moyacyuto\nsthito 'smi goto-sondehofl\nkori�ye vaconorh tavo\n\n\"My dear Kr�Qa, 0 infallible one, my illusion is now gone. I have regained my\nmemory by Your mercy, and I am now firm and free from doubt and am prepared\nto act according to Your instructions.\" (Bg. 18. 73} It is the constitutional position\nof a living entity to be situated in this pure consciousne�s. Any so-called religious\nprocess that interferes with this unadulterated spiritual position of the living being\nmust therefore be considered a pretentious process of religiosity.\nThe real form of religion is spontaneous loving service to Godhead. This relationship of the living being with the Absolute Personality of Godhead in service is\neternal. The Personality of Godhead is described as vastu, or the Substance, and the\nliving entities are described as viistovos, or the innumerable samples of the Substance\nin relative existence. The relationship of these substantive portions with the Supreme\nSubstance can oever be annihilated, for it is an eternal quality inherent in the living\nbeing.\n\n", "adi1#p0105": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1\n\n79\n\nBy contact with material nature the living entities exhibit varied symptoms of the\ndisease of material consciousness. To cure this material disease is the supreme object\nof human life. The process that treats this disease is called bhiigavata-dharma or\nsaniitana-dharma-real religion. This is described in the pages of SrTmad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nTherefore anyone who, because of his background of pious activities in previous\nlives, is anxious to hear, immediately realizes the presence of the Supreme Lord\nwithin his heart and fulfills the mission of his life.\nTEXT 92\n\n�� 'lft'O c;111..:qt•i ��'ft� I\n�� ��t� �·� !f:' �(t� II � II\ntiira madhye mok�a-viinchii kaitava-pradhiina\nyiihii haite kntJa-bhakti haya antardhiina\n\nSYNONYMS\ntiira-of them; madhye-in the midst; mok�a-viinchii-the desire to merge into the\n\nSupreme; kaitava-of cheating processes; pradhiina-the chief; yiihii haite-from\nwhich; k(�IJ a-bhakti-devotion to\n\nLord\n\nKr�oa; haya\n\n-\n\nbecomes; antardhiina-dis­\n\nappearance.\nTRANSLATION\nThe foremost process of cheating is to desire to achieve liberation by merging in\nthe Supreme, for this causes the permanent disappearance of loving service to Kr�1.1a.\nPURPORT\nThe desire to merge in the impersonal Brahman is the subtlest type of atheism. As\nsoon as such atheism, disguised in the dress of liberation, is encouraged, one becomes completely unable to traverse the path of devotional service to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nTEXT 93\n\n\"l!t-\"tC<IfOI\" Cl!t�tN;'f��M f01\"11�:'' �f� II �\" II\n\"pra-Sabdena mok�iibhisandhir api nirastal;\" iti\n\nSYNONYMS\npra-Sabdena-by the prefix \"pro\"; mokw·abhisandhil;-the intention of liberation;\n\napi-certainly; nirastal}\n\n-\n\nnullified; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"The prefix 'pra' [in the verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam ] indicates that the desire\nfor liberation is completely rejected.\"\n\n", "adi1#p0106": "Sri Caitanya-caritimrta\n\n80\n\nPURPORT\nThis is an annotation by S ridhara Svami, the great commentator on Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam.\nTEXT 94\n\n���if�-� �'e�'e �f{ I\n� �<fi � ��i!tlfl-4{1{ II �8 II\nknrJa-bhaktira biidhaka-yata SubhiiSubha karma\nseha eka jtvera ajfiana-tamo-dharma\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�ra-bhaktira-of devotional service to Kr�pa; badhaka-hindrance; yata- all;\nsubha-asubha-auspicious or inauspicious; karma-activity; seha-that; eka-one;\n\n]7vera-of the living entity; ajfiiina-tama/;1-of the darkness of ignorance; dharma-the\ncharacter.\nTRANSLATION\nAll kinds of activities, both auspicious and inauspicious, that are detrimental to\n\nthe discharge of transcendental loving service to Lord Sri Kr�J'.la are actions of the\ndarkness of ignorance.\nPURPORT\nThe poetical comparison of Lord Caitanya and Lord Nityananda to the sun and\nmoon is very significant. The living entities are spiritual sparks, and their constitutional position is in devotional service to the Supreme Lord in full Kr�l)a consciousness. So-called pious activities and other ritualistic performances, pious or impious,\nas well as the desire to escape from material existence, are all considered to be\ncoverings of these spiritual sparks. The living entities must get free from these superfluous coverings and fully engage in Kr�l)a consciousness. The purpose of the appearance of Lord Caitanya and Lord Nityananda is to dispel the darkness of the soul.\nBefore Their appearance, all these superfluous activities of the living entities were\ncovering Kr�Qa consciousness, but after the appearance of these two brothers,\npeople's hearts are becoming cleansed, and they are again becoming situated in the\nreal position of Kr�Qa consciousness.\nTEXT 95\n\nll� 12t� �- �t111 � ifM I\nl:!t'lli �t-r •R.' ·� l:!t'fl' 12f•'M II �� II\nyiinhiira prasiide ei tamo haya niiSa\ntamo niiSa kari' kare tattvera prakiiSa\n\n", "adi1#p0107": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1\n\n81\n\nSYNONYMS\nyanhara-whose;prasade-by the grace;ei-this; tamar-darkness; haya-is; nasadestroyed; tamar-da rkn ess; nasa\n\n-\n\nde s truct i on ; kari - do ing; kare-does; tattvera'\n\nof the truth;prakasa-discovery.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy the grace of Lord Caitanya and Lord Nityananda, this darkness of ignorance\n\nis removed, and the truth is brought to light.\nTEXT 96\n\n��-�·, \"��, <;�9f I\n\niftll·lf���-� �i4\"f'lf:rl II�� II\ntattva-vastu-kr�!Ja, k[�f}a-bhakti, prema-rilpa\nnama-sankirtana-saba ananda-svarilpa\n\nSYNONYMS\ntattva-vastu-Absolute Truth;kr�!Ja-Lo rd Kr�oa; kr�ra-bhakti-devotional service\nto\n\nLord\n\nKr�oa; prema-rlipa-taking the form of love for\n\nLord Kr:;p a; nfima­\n\nsankirtana-congregational chanting of the holy name; saba-all; iinanda-of bliss;\nsva-rupa-the ident i ty.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Absolute Truth is Sri Km1a, and loving devotion to Sri Kr�r;�a exhibited in\npure love is achieved through congregational chanting of the holy name, which is\nthe essence of all bliss.\nTEXT 97\n\n,1{ �!! �1f \\!ll: <;'� �c;-t I\n�<.11�-91�-.rrfif <;'� 12t�tt-t II�\"' II\nsurya candra biihirera tamar se viniise\nbahir-vastu gha(a-pata-iidi se prakase\n\nSYNONYMS\nsurya-the sun; candra-the moon; biihirera-of the external world; tamar- da rk\n\n­\n\nness;se-they;vinase-destroy; bahir-vastu-external th ings;ghata-waterpots;pataadi-space, etc.; se-they;prakase-reveal.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sun and moon dissipate the darkness of the external world and thus reveal\nexternal material objects like pots and plates.\n\n", "adi1#p0108": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n82\n\nTEXT 98\n\nl• 'ett �m� .rf\"' -..� 1\nl. �t�·lttt ��e.� II �11- II\ndui bhiii hrdayera k�iili' andhakiira\ndui bhiigavata-sange karana siik�iitkiira\nSYNONYMS\ndui-two; bhiii-brothers; hrdayera-of the heart; k�ii/i -purifying; andhakiira'\n\ndarkness; dui bhiigavata-of the two bhiigavatas; sange-by the association; kariinacause; sak�lJtkiJra-·a meeting.\nTRANSLATION\nBut these two brothers [ Lord Caitanya and Lord Nityananda ] dissipate the darkness of the inner core of the heart, and thus They help one meet the two kinds of\n\nbhagavatas [ persons or things in relationship with the Personality of Godhead ] .\n\nTEXT 99\n\n�� ret<St�� �-�1t�·-t111 1\n\n�tf 'et'St��- �� ��PI-� II �� II\neka bhiigavata bar;Ja-bhiigavata-siistra\niira bhiigavata-bhakta bhakti-rasa-piitra\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-one; bhiigavata-in relation to the Supreme Lord; ba(ia-great; bhiigavata­\n\nsiistra-Srimad-Bhiigavatam; lira-the other; bhiigavata-in relation to the Supreme\nLord; bhakta-pure devotee; bhakti-rasa-of the mellow of devotion; piitra-the\nrecipient.\nTRANSLATION\nOne of the bhagavatas is the great scripture Srimad-Bhagavatam, and the other is\nthe pure devotee absorbed in the mellows of loving devotion.\nTEXT 100\n\n� �t�i! �tfi f�i �·PI I\nfit�tJ f35ftll �ti '�'If � � II :>\n\no o\n\ndui bhiigavata dviirii diyii bhakti-rasa\ntiiflhiira h[daye tiiflra preme haya vasa\n\nII\n\n", "adi1#p0109": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1\n\n83\n\nSYNONYMS\ndui-two; bhiigavata-the bhiigavatas; dviirii-by; diyii-giving; bhakti-rasa-devotional inspiration; tiinhiira-of His devotee; hrdaye-in the heart; tiinra-his;premeby the love; haya-becomes; vasa-under control.\nTRANSLATION\nThrough the actions of these two bhagavatas the Lord instills the mellows of\ntranscendental loving service into the heart of a living being, and thus the Lord, in\nthe heart of His devotee, comes under the control of the devotee's love.\nTEXT 101\n\n� � � �-,1l<!ittff �t� ��t-t I\n...\n\n�Hf �' \\!-����Rf �: � iTt-t II !)o!) II\n\"\n\neka adbhuta-sama-kiile donhiira prakiisa\niira adbhuta-citta-guhiira tamaf:l kare niisa\nSYNONYMS\neka-one; adbhuta-wonderful thing; sama-kiile-at the same time; donhiira-of_\nboth; prakiisa-the manifestation; iira-the other; adbhuta-wonderful thing; citta­\n\nguhiira-of the core of the heart; tamaf:l-dar k ness; kare-do; nasa-destruction.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe first wonder is that both brothers appear simultaneously, and the other is\nthat They illuminate the innermost depths of the heart.\nTEXT 102\n\n�li!! ,1j��1l �I\n'lr�t�J <ett'SfJ <;� <tiRf� �II !)o� II\nei candra surya dui parama sadaya\njagatera bhiigye gaupe karilii udaya\nSYNONYMS\nei-these; candra-moon;surya-sun; dui-two;parama-very much; sadaya- kind;\n\njagatera-of the people of the world; bhagye-for the fortune; gaufle -in the land of\nGau�a; karilii-did; udaya-appearance.\nTRANSLATION\nThese two, the sun and moon, are very kind to the people of the world. Thus for\nthe good fortune of all, They have appeared on the horizon of Bengal.\n\n", "adi1#p0110": "84\n\nSri Caitanya-caritimrta\nPURPORT\n\nThe celebrated ancient capital of the Sena dynasty, which was known as\nGau�ade�a or Gau�a, was situated in what is now the modern district of Maldah.\nLater this capital was transferred to the ninth or central island on the western side\nof the Ganges at Navadvipa, which is now known as Mayapur and was then called\nGau�apura. Lord Caitanya appeared there, and Lord Nityananda came there and\njoined Him from the district of Birbhum. They appeared on the horizon of\nGau�adesa to spread the science of Kr�oa consciousne!iS, and it is predicted that as\nthe sun and moon gradually move west, the movement They began five hundred\nyears ago will come to the western civilizations by Their mercy.\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and Nityananda Prabhu drive away the five kinds of ignorance of the conditioned souls. In the Mahiibhiirata,\n\nUdyoga-parva, Forty-third\n\nChapter, these five kinds of ignorance are described. T.hey are {1) accepting the body\nto be the self, {2) making material sense gratification one's standard of enjoyment,\n\n{3) being anxious due to material identification, {4) lamenting and {5) thinking that\n\nthere is anything beyond the Absolute Truth. The teachings of Lord Caitanya\neradicate these five kinds of ignorance. Whatever one sees or otherwise experienc\none should know to be simply an exhibition of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead's energy. Everything is a manifestation of Krsoa.\nTEXT 103\n\n<:;� � 13!J't_1f �Bt ��tj. �i{ I\n��1 � miftllf ���'1 n �o'!) n\nsei dui prabhura kari carara vandana\nyiinhii ha-ite vighna-niisa abhiHa-pDrat;�a\nSYNONYMS\nsei-these; dui-two; prabhura-of the Lords; kari-1 do; carat;�a-feet; vandanaobeisance;yiinhii ha-ite-from which; vighna-niisa-destruction of obstacles; abhi�tapurara\n\n-\n\nfulfillment of desires.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLet us therefore worship the holy feet of these two Lords. Thus one can be rid of\nall difficulties on the path of self-realization.\nTEXT 104\n\n�• � aw:� � 1flfWI��\"'i{ 1\n� C«ft�t ._.( �i{ -i{ II �o8 II\nei dui stoke kaila mangala-vandana\nt{tiya slokera artha suna sarva-jana\n\n", "adi1#p0111": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1\n\n85\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-these;dul-two;�loke-in the verses;kai/a-1 did; mahga/a-auspicious; vandana\n-obeisance ; trtiya-third; �/okera-of the verse; artha-meaning; �una-please hear;\nsarva-jana-everyone.\nTRANSLATION\nI have invoked the benediction of the Lords with these two verses. Now please\nhear attentively the purport of the third.\nTEXT 105\n\n�i:tJ'�·�t(i'tJ, �•·fultm �I\nf�� i{1 ��, �nu( �� �wt.til n �0� 11\nvaktavya-biihulya, grantha-vistiirera flare\nvistiire nii varri, siiriirtha kahi a/piik�are\nSYNONYMS\nvaktavya-of words to be spoken; bohulya-elaboration; grantha-of the book;\nvist(Jrera-of the big volume; qare-in fear; vistiire-in expanded form; n(J-not;\nvarri-1 describe;sara-artha-ess ential meaning;kahi-1 say;alpa-ak¥Jre-in few words.\nTRANSLATION\npurposely avoid extensive description for fear of increasing the bulk of this\nbook. I shall describe the essence as concisely as possible.\nTEXT 106\n\n•·f1!�� lli�� <rcDi � �if'llt�1;' �� 11 �. � 11\n\"mitarh ca s(Jrarh ca vaco hi v(Jgmit(J\" iti\nSYNONYMS\nmitam-concise; ca-and; saram-essential; ca-and; vacab-speech; hi-certainly;\nvak mitii-eloq u ence; it/-thus.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Essential truth spoken concisely is true eloquence.\"\nTEXT 107\n\n�� ��� �tfl �iftfir '�1� I\n�· 'Sf'tJ <;<2llf m, �t� � II ) o'\\ II\n\n", "adi1#p0112": "Sri Caitanya-carit:amrta\n\n86\n\nsuni/e khaf}{iibe cittera ajiiiiniidi do�a\nkHIJe giiflha prema habe, piiibe santo�a\n\nSYNONYMS\n�unite-on one's hearing; kharflibe\niid(-of\n\nignorance,\n\netc.; do�a-the\n\n-\n\nwill remove; cittera-of the heart; ajnana­\n\nfaults; k(j[le-in\n\nLord\n\nprema-love ; habe-there will be; poibe-will obtain; santoja\n\n-\n\nKr�pa; goqha-deep;\n\nsatisfaction\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSimply hearing submissively will free one's heart from all the faults of ignorance,\nand thus one will achieve deep love for KnQa. This is the path of peace.\nTEXTS 1 08-1 09\n\n!)����J1illft-'el��-� I\n� re�-1:8�-c;�'al-Pfi!, n· � o�r- 11\nfQ �- f�f�� �if� I\n�� ilftfil� � �i!1lftf II �o� II\nsri-caitanya-nityiinanda-advaita-mahattva\ntiihra bhakta-bhakti-niima-prema-rasa-tattva\nbhinna bhinna likhiyiichi kariyo viciira\nsunile jiinibe saba vastu-tattva-siira\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-caitanya-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nityiinanda-of Lord Nityananda;\nadvaita-of\nbhakti\n\n-\n\nSri\n\nAdvaita;\n\nmahat tva-greatness;\n\ndevot ion; noma-names; prema\n\nbhinna bhinna\n\n-\n\n-\n\ntiihra-Their; bhakta-devotees;\n\nlove ; rasa-mellows; tattva-real nature;\n\ndifferent; likhiyiichi-1 wrote; kariyii-doing; viciira-consideration;\n\nsunile-on hearing; jonibe-will know; saba-all; vastu-tattva-sora-the essence of\nthe Absolute Truth.\nTRANSLATION\nIf one patiently hears about the glories of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Sri\n\nNityananda Prabhu and Sri Advaita Prabhu-and Their devotees, devotional activities, names, fame, and the mellows of Their transcendental loving exchanges-one\n\nwill learn the essence of the Absolute Truth. Therefore I have described these [ in\nCaitanya-caritamrta ] with logic and discrimination.\n\n", "adi1#p0113": "Ad i-lila, Chapter 1\n\n87\n\nTEXT 110\n\n!!i)ifi9f·�tQf·� � �1'-t I\n�1)\\!iJI)Bt\\!� �� �·� \" � �\n\n0\n\n\"\n\nSrT-rupa-raghuniitha-pade yiira iisa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�radiisa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-Srila Rupa Gosvami; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami; padeat the lotus feet; yiira-whose; iisa-e xpectat ion ; caitanya-caritamrta-the book\nnamed Caitanya-caritiimrta; kahe-describes; kr�ra-diisa-Srila Kr�oadasa Kaviraja\nGosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Riipa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring their\nmercy, I, Kr�r;�adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their footsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Adi-lila,\nFirst Chapter, describing the spiritual masters.\n\n", "adi1#p0114": "Jdi-l/!{1\nCHAPTER 2\nThis -chapter explains that Lord Caitanya is the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nKr�IJa Himself. Therefore, the Brahman effulgence is the bodily luster of Lord\nCaitanya, and the localized Supersoul situated in the heart of every living entity is\nHis partial representation. The puru$a-avataras are also explained in this connection.\nMaha-Vi�QU is the reservoir of all conditioned souls, but as confirmed in the authoritative scriptures, Lord Kr�IJa is the ultimate fountainhead, the source of numerous\nplenary expansions, including Narayal)a, who is generally accepted by Mayavadi\nphilosophers to be the Absolute Truth. The Lord's manifestation of prabhava and\nvaibhava expansions, as well as partial incarnations and incarnations with delegated\npowers, are also explained. Lord Kr�Qa's ages of boyhood and youth. are discussed,\nand it is explained that His age at the beginning of youth is His eternal form.\nThe spiritual sky contains innumerable spiritual planets, the VaikuQthas, which\nare manifestations of the Supreme Lord's internal energy. Innumerable material\nuniverses are similarly exhibited by His external energy, and the living entities are\nmanifested by His marginal energy. Because Lord Kr:;pa Caitanya is not different\nfrom Lord Kr�Qa, He is the cause of all causes; there is no cause beyond Him. He is\neternal, and His form is spiritual. Lord Caitanya is directly the Supreme Lord Kr?Qa,\nas the evidence of authoritative scriptures proves. lihis chapter stresses that a\ndevotee must have knowledge of Kr�Qa's personal form, His three principal ener.gies,\nHis pastimes and the relationship of the living entities with Him in order to advance\nin Kr?Qa consciousness.\n\nTEXTl\n\n�1!1Jc2f'-� � ��'P( �it���e, I\nl!mtiftll���t·� fil��t'5ft1{ II � II\nsri-caitanya-prabhum Vande\nbolo 'pi yad-anugrahat\ntaren nana-mata-grahavyaptarh siddhanta-sagaram\nSYNONYMS\nsri-caitanya-prabhum- to Lord\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vande-l offer obei­\n\nsances; ba/a/;1-an ignorant child; api- even; yat- of whom; anugrahat-by the mercy;\n\n89\n\n", "adi1#p0115": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n90\n\ntaret-may cross over; nona-various; mota-of theories; graha-the crocodiles;\nvyaptam-filled with; siddhanta-of conclusions; sagaram-the ocean.\nTRANSLATION\noffer my obeisances to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, by whose mercy even an\n\nignorant child can swim across the ocean of conclusive truth, which is full of the\ncrocodiles of various theories.\n\nPURPORT\nBy the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\neven an inexperienced boy with no educational culture cari be saved from the ocean\n\nof nescience, which is full of various types of philosophical dpctrines that are like\n\ndangerous aquatic animals. The philosophy of the Buddha, the argumentative presentations of the jflanTs, the yoga systems of Patarijali and Gautama, and the systems\n\nof philosophers like Kaoada, Kapila and Dattatreya are dangerous creatures in the\n\nocean of nescience. By the grace of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu one can have real\n\nunderstanding of the essence of knowledge by avoiding these sectarian· views and\naccepting the lotus feet of Kr�r;�a as the ultimate goal of life. Let us all worship\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu for His gracious mercy to the conditioned souls.\nTEXT 2\n\n�t«.��'Sf���..,t9ftt-rttrf.f-<!ftf�\n\nllftlt�f��t_9fti!l\"M:tr.�'ll\n��fitt�'I'Pt�4'1. ���'I\n-�9Mtt� 1!5� 'Pfi\\��(� II � II\nknfJotk7rtana-gana-nartana-kala-pathojani-bhrajita\nsad-bhaktavali-harhsa-cakra-madhupa-frer7-vihiiraspadam\nkarf}iinandi-kala-dhvanir vahatu me jihva-maru-prahgar;e\nsrT-caitanya daya-nidhe tava lasal-nta-sudha-svardhuni\nSYNONYMS\nkr�r;a-of the holy name of Lord Kr�Qa; utkTrtana-loud chanting; g'iina-singing;\n\nnartana-dancing; kala-of the other fine arts; pathojani-with lotuses; bhrajitabeautified; sat-bhakta-of pure devotees; avali-rows; hamsa-of swans; cakra­\n\ncakravaka birds; madhu-pa-and bumblebees; srer;7-like swarms; vihara-of pleasure;\n\naspadam-the abode; karr;a-Qnandi-gladdening the ears; kala-melodious; dhvani/:1-\n\nsound; vahatu-let it flow; me-my;jihva-of the tongue; maru-desert-like; prahgar;e\n\n-in the courtyard; sri-caitanya daya-nidhe-0 Lord Caitanya, ocean of mercy; tava­\n\nof You; lasat-shining; li7a-sudha-of the nectar of the pastimes; svardhuni-the\nGanges.\n\n", "adi1#p0116": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 2\n\n91\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 my merciful Lord Caitanya, may the nectarean Ganges waters of Your transcendental activities flow on the surface of my desert-like tongue. Beautifying these\nwaters are the lotus flowers of singing, dancing and loud chanting of Kr�IJa's holy\nname, which are the pleasure abodes of unalloyed devotees. These devotees are\ncompared to swans, ducks and bees. The river's flowing produces a melodious\nsound that gladdens their ears.\nPURPORT\nOur tongues always engage in vibrating useless sounds that do not help us realize\ntranscendental peace. The tongue is compared to a desert because a desert needs a\nconstant supply of refreshing water to make it fertile and fruitful. Water is the\nsubstance most needed in the desert. The transient pleasure derived from mundane\ntopics of art, culture, politics, sociology, dry philosophy, poetry and so on is compared to a mere drop of water because although such topics have a qualitative\nfeature of transcendental pleasure, they are saturated with the modes of material\nnature. Therefore neither collectively nor individually can they satisfy the vast\nrequirements of the desert-like tongue. Despite crying in various conferences, therefore, the desert-like tongue continues to be parched. For this reason, people from\nall parts of the world must call for the devotees of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nwho are compared to swans swimming around the beautiful lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu or bees humming around His -lotus feet in transcendental pleasure,\nsearching for honey. The dryness of material happiness cannot be moistened by\nso-called philosophers who cry for Brahman, liberation and similar dry speculative\nobjects. The urge of the soul proper is different. The soul can be solaced only by\nthe mercy of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His many bona fide devotees, who\nnever leave the lotus feet of the Lord to become imitation Mahaprabhus, but all\ncling to His lotus feet like bees that never leave a honey-soaked lotus flower.\nLord Caitanya's movement of Kr�IJa consciousness is full of dancing and singing\nabout the pastimes of Lord Kr�Qa. It is compared herein to the pure waters of the\nGanges, which are full of lotus flowers. The enjoyers of -these lotus flowers are the\npure devotees, who are like bees and swans. They chant like the flowing of the\nGanges, the river of the celestial kingdom. The author desires such sweetly flowing\nwaves to cover his tongue. He humbly compares himself to materialistic persons\nwho always engage in dry talk from which they derive no satisfaction. If they were\nto use their dry tongues to chant the holy name of the Lord-Hare Kr�Qa, Hare\nKr�Qa, K�Qa Kr�Qa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hareas exemplified by Lord Caitanya, they would taste sweet nectar and enjoy life.\n\nTEXT3\n\n� 'A �\\fJ1il\"f I\n�1�58 0 ,,ht...i\"f II -a II\n\n'Wi 0\n\n", "adi1#p0117": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n92\n\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\n\njaya jaya-all glory; 5rT-caitanya-to Lord Caitan ya; jaya-all glory; nityiinandato Lord Nityananda; jaya-all glory; advaita-candra-to Advaita Acarya; jaya-all\nglory;gaura-bhakta-vt;nda-to the devotees of Lord Gaurariga.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Lord\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Lord Sri Nityananda. All glories\n\nto Advaitacandra, and all glories to the devotees of Lord Gaurariga.\nTEXT4\n\n�� �1,..11 ...� �111\n�-�llfpt lftr'lfRiill 8 II\ntrtTya 5/okera artha kari vivara!Ja\nvastu-nirde5a-rfipa manga/acara!Ja\nSYNONYMS\n\ntrtiya-third; 5/okera-of the verse; artha-the mean ing; kari-l do; vivara!Jadescription ; vastu-of the Absolute Truth; nirdesa-rupa-in the form of delineation;\nmango/a-auspicious; acara!Ja-con duct.\nTRANSLATION\nLet me describe the meaning of the third verse\n\n[ of the first fourteen ) . It is an\n\nauspicious vibration that describes the Absolute Truth.\nTEXT 5\n\n..\"� li\"\"Mr.�fit �� �\n.. �·1··� � � ��1��: I\n��..�: �(1 .. � •1Rt1t\" '0111�\n.. �--\"-�'1ft� 't� II t II\nyad advaitarh brahmopani!jadi tad apy asya tanu-bha\nya atmantaryami puru!ja lti so 'syarh5a-vibhava}J\n!jaq-aisvaryai/;1 purf}o ya lha bhagaviin sa svayam ayam\nna caitanyat k,r�[laj jagati para-tattvarh param iha\n\n", "adi1#p0118": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 2\n\n93\n\nSYNONYMS\nyat-that which; advaitam-without a second;brahma-the impersonal Brahman;\nupani�adi-in the\n\nUpani¥Jds; tat-that; api-certainly; asya-His; tanu-bho-the\n\neffulgence of His transcendental body;ya�-who;atma-the Supersoul;antaryomTindwelling Lord; puru�a�-the supreme enjoyer;iti-thus;sai]-He;asya-His; arnsavibhaval]-expansion of a plenary portion; �a(-aisvaryai&-with the six opulences;\nplirl]a/]-full; yal]-who; iha-here; bhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nsal]-He; svayam-Himself; ayam-this one; na-not; caitanyat-than Lord Caitanya;\nkr.vzot-than Lord KwJa;jagati-in the world;para-higher;tattvam-truth;paramanother;iha-here.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n\\\\hat the Upani�ds describe as the impersonal Brahman is but the effulgence of\nHis body, and the Lord known as the Supersoul is but His localized plenary portion.\nHe is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�Qa Himself, full with six opulences. He\nis the Absolute Truth, and no other truth is greater than or equal to H im.\nPURPORT\nThe compilers of the Upani�ads speak very highly of the impersonal Brahman.\nThe Upani�ads, which are considered the most elevated portion of the Vedic literatures, are meant for persons who desire to get free from material association and\nwho therefore approach a bona fide spiritual master for enlightenment. The prefix\n\nupa indicates that one must receive knowledge about the Absolute Truth from a\nspiritual master. One who has faith in his spiritual master actually receives transcendental instruction, and as his attachment for material life slackens, he is able to\nadvance on the spiritual path. Knowledge of the transcendental science of the\nUpani�ads can free one from the entanglement of existence in the material world,\nand when thus liberated, ore can be elevated to the spiritual kingdom of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead by advancement in spiritual life.\nThe beginning of spiritual enlightenment is realization of impersonal Brahman.\nSuch realization is effected by gradual negation of material variegatedness. I mpersonal Brahman realization is the partial, distant experience of the Absolute Truth\nthat one achieves through the rational approach. It is compared to one's ·seeing a\nhill from a distance and taking it to be a smoky cloud. A hill is not a smoky cloud,\nbut it appears to be one from a distance because of our imperfect vision. In imperfect or smoky realization of the Absolute Truth, spiritual variegatedness is conspicuous by its absence. This experience is therefore called advaita-vada, or realization of the oneness of the Absolute.\nThe impersonal glowing effulgence of Brahman consists only of the personal\nbodily rays of the Supreme Godhead, Sri Kr�Qa. Since Sri Gaurasundara, or Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, is identical with Sri K�Qa Himself, the Brahman effulgence consists of the rays of His transcendental body.\nSimilarly, the Supersoul, which is called the Paramatma, is a plenary representation of Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The antaryomT, the Supersoul in everyone's heart, is\n\n", "adi1#p0119": "94\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nthe controller of all living entities. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gTtii, wherein Lord\nKrg1a says, sarvasya ciiharh hrdi sannivi�(a/;1: \"l am situated in everyone's heart.\"\n(Bg. 15.15) Bhagavad-g7tii also states (Bg. 5.29), bhoktiirarh yajfla-tapasarh sarva/oka-mahesvaram, indicating that the Supreme Lord, acting in His expansion as the\nSupersoul, is the proprietor of everything. Similarly, the Brahma-sarhhitii states,\narfliintara-stha-paramaru-cayiintara-stham: the Lord is present everywhere, within\nthe heart of every living entity and within each and every atom as well. Thus by\nthis Supersoul feature the Lord is all-pervading.\nFurthermore, Lord Caitanya is also the master of all wealth, strength, fame,\nbeauty, knowledge and renunciation because He is Sri Kr�Qa Himself. He is described\nas purra, or complete. In the feature of Lord Caitanya, the Lord is an ideal\nrenouncer, just as Sri Rama was an ideal king. He accepted the order of sannyiisa and\nexemplified exceedingly wonderful principles in His own life. No one can compare\nto Him in the order of sannyasa. Although in Kali-yuga acceptance of the sannyiisa\norder is generally forbidden, Lord Caitanya accepted it because He is complete in\nrenunciation. Others cannot imitate Him but can only follow in His footsteps as\nfar as possible. Those who are unfit for this order of life are strictly forbidden by\nthe injunctions of the sostras to accept it. Lord Caitanya, however, is complete in\nrenunciation as well as all other opulences. He is therefore the highest principle of\nthe Absolute Truth.\nBy an analytical study of the truth of Lord Caitanya, one will find that He is ·not\ndifferent from the Supreme Personality of Godhead Kr�rJa; no one is greater than\nor even equal to Him. In Bhagavad-g7ta Lord Kr�Qa says to Arjuna, motto/] paratararh\nnanyat kiflcid asti dhanafljaya: \"0 conquerer of wealth [Arjuna], there is no truth\nsuperior to Me.\" (Bg. 7.7) Thus it is here confirmed that there is no truth higher\nthan Lord Sri Kr�IJa Caitanya.\nThe impersonal Brahman is the goal of those who cultivate the study of books of\ntranscendental knowledge, and the Supersoul is the goal of those who perform the\nyoga practices. One who knows the Supreme Personality of Godhead surpasses\nrealization of both Brahman and Paramatma because Bhagavan is the ultimate\nplatform of absolute knowledge.\nThe Personality of Godhead is the complete form of sac-cid-Onanda (full life,\nknowledge and bliss). By realization of the sat portion of the Complete Whole\n(unlimited existence), one realizes the impersonal Brahman of the Lord. By realization of the cit portion of the Complete Whole (unlimited knowledge), one can\nrealize the localized aspect of the Lord, Paramatma. But neither of these partial\nrealizations of the Complete Whole can help one realize onanda, or complete bliss.\nWithout such realization of iinanda, knowledge of the Absolute Truth is incomplete.\nThis verse of Caitanya-caritomrta by Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja GosvamT is confirmed by\na parallel statement in the Tattva-sandarbha by Srila jiva Gosvami. In the Eighth\nPart of Tattva-sandarbha it is said that the Absolute Truth is sometimes approached\nas impersonal Brahman, which, although spiritual, is only a partial representation\nof the Absolute Truth. NarayaQa, the predominating Deity in VaikuQtha, is to be\nknown as an expansion of Sri Kr�Qa, but Sri Kf�Qa is the Supreme Absolute Truth,\nthe object of the transcendental love of all living entities.\n\n", "adi1#p0120": "Adi-lira, Chapter 2\n\n95\n\nTEXT6\n�' ��, ��- ��l1·'f � I\n\n...,12t�, �t:,llf, q'P(- � �i-� II � II\nbrahma, atma, bhagavan-anuvada tina\nahga-prabhii, arnsa, svarupa--tina vidheya-cihna\n\nSYNONYMS\nbrahma-the impersonal Brahman; atma-the localized Paramatma; bhagavan-the\nPersonality of Godhead; anuvada-subjects; tina-three; ailga-prabha-bodily effulgence; amsa-partial manifestation; sva-rupa-original form; tina-three; vidheyacihna-predicates.\n\nTRANSLAliON\nImpersonal Brahman, localized Paramatma and the Personality of Godhead are\nthree subjects, and the glowing effulgence, the partial manifestation and the\noriginal form are their three respective predicates.\n\nTEXT 7\n\n�� �tt'St, �i �'Al 'lt9ii{ I\n\n'�· �..- �' � »fta���lj II \" II\nanuvada age, pache vidheya sthapana\nsei artha kahi, SUna Sastra-vivarafJa\n\nSYNONYMS\nanuvada-the\n\nsubject;\n\nage-first;\n\npache-after w ards;\n\nvidheya-the\n\npredicate;\n\nsthapana-placing; sei-this; artha-the meaning; kahi-1 speak; suna-please listen;\nsastra-vivara!Ja-to the description of the Scriptures.\n\nTRANSLAliON\nA predicate always follows its subject. Now I shall explain the meaning of this\nverse according to the revealed scriptures.\n\nTEXTS\n\n'Q���\"'��I\n'!_(81� �(� �· �'t II 1r II\nsvayam bhagavan knf!a, vigiU-paratattva\npurfJa-jnana pur!Jananda parama mahattva\n\n", "adi1#p0121": "96\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nSYNONYMS\nsvayam-Himself; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; J?r�!Ja-Lord\n\nKrg1a; vi�f]u-of all-pervading Vi;;[lu; para-tattva-the ultimate truth;pi:ir!Ja-jnana­\n\nfull knowledge;pDr!Ja-ananda-fu II bliss;parama-su pre me; mahattva-greatness.\nTRANSLATION\n\nKnQa, the original form of the Personality of Godhead, is the summum bonum of\n\nthe all�pervading ViglU. He is all-perfect knowledge and all-perfect bliss. He is the\n\nSupreme Transcendence.\n\n·\n\nTEXT9\n\n'�' �' � •t�ti! � I\n\n� �· �(�'Sttlftfl$ II �II\n'nanda-suta' bali' yanre bhti gava te gai\n\nsei kr�ra avatir!Ja ca/tanya-gosafli\n\nSYNONYMS\nnanda-suta-the son of Nanda Maharaja;ba/1'-as;ylu'lre-who;bhagavate-in the\n\nSrimad-Bhtigavatam; giii-is sung; sei-that; k�ra- Lord Kr�Qa; avatir!Ja-descended;\ncaitanya-gosofli- Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe whom SrTmad-Bhagavatam describes as the son of Nanda Maharaja has\n\ndescended to earth as Lord Caitanya.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the rules of rhetorical arrangement for efficient composition in\n\nliterature, a subject should be mentioned before its predicate. The Vedic literature\n\nfrequently mentions Brahman, Paramatma and Bhagavan, and therefore these three\n\nterms are widely known as the subjects of transcendental understanding. But it is\n\nnot widely known that what is approached as the impersonal Brahman is the\n\neffulgence of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's transcendental body. Nor is it widely\n\nknown that the Supersoul, or Paramatma, is only a partial representation of Lord\n\nCaitanya, who is identical with Bhagavan Himself. Therefore the descriptions of\n\nBrahman as the effulgence of Lord Caitanya, Paramatma as His partial representa­\n\ntion, and the Supreme Personality of Godhead Kr�[la as identical with Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu must be verified by evidence from authoritative Vedic literatures.\n\nThe author wants to establish first that the essence of the Vedas is vi�IJu-tattva,\n\nthe Absolute Truth, Vi�r;�u, the all-pervading Godhead. The vi�ru-tattva has different\n\ncategories, of which the highest is Lord Kf�[la, the ultimate vi�IJU-tattva, as confirmed\n\n", "adi1#p0122": "Adi-lila, Chapter 2\n\n97\n\nin Bhagavad-gTtO and throughout the Vedic literature. In the Srimad-Bhiigavatam\nthe same Supreme Personality of Godhead Kr��a is described as Nandasuta, the son\nof King Nanda. Kr��adasa Kaviraja Gosv:lmi says that Nandasuta has again appeared\nas Lord Sri Kr��a Caitanya Mahaprabhu because the conclusion of the Vedic\nliterature is that there is no difference between Lord Kr��a and Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. This the author will prove. If it is thus proved that Sri Kr��a is the\norigin of all tattvas (truths), namely, Brahman, Paramatm:l and Bhagavan, and that\nthere is no difference between Sri Kr��a and Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, it will\nnot be difficult to understand that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is also the same origin\nof all tattvas. The same Absolute Truth, as He is revealed to students of different\nrealizations, is called Brahman, Paramatma and Bhagavan.\n\nTEXT10\n\n�-.tllf�� Q:!'� 'ttl � ..-t1f I\nift, 9ft�� 'lltt1� n �· 11\npraklisa-vise�e tenha dhare tina nl!ma\nbrahma, paramiitmil iira svayam-bhagaviin\n\nSYNONYMS\npraki15a-of manifestation; vise�e-in variety; teriha-He; dhare-holds; tina-three;\nnama-names; brahma-Brahman; paramat ma-Paramatma (Supersoul); ora-and;\nsv ayam-Himself; bhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn terms of His various manifestations, He is known in three features, called the\ni;,.,personal Brahman, the localized Paramatm:i and the original Personality of\nGodhead.\n\nPURPORT\nSrila jtva Gosvami has explained the word bhagavlln in his Bhagavat-sandarbha.\nThe Personality of Godhead, being full of all conceivable and inconceivable potencies, is the absolute Supreme Whole. Impersonal Brahman is a partial manifestation\nof the Absolute Truth realized in the absence of such complete potencies. The first\nsyllable of the word bhagavl!n is bha, which means \"sustainer\" and \"protector.\"\nThe next letter, go, means \"leader,\" \"pusher\" and \"creator.\" Va means \"dwelling\"\n(all living beings dwell in the Supreme Lord, and the Supreme Lord dwells within\nthe heart of every living being). Combining all these concepts, the word bhagaviin\n\ncarries the import of inconceivable potency in knowledge, energy, strength, opu'\nlence, power a nd influence, devoid of all varieties of inferiority. Without such\ninconceivable potencies, one cannot fully sustain or protect. Our modern civilization\nis sustained by scientific arrangements devised by many great scientific brains. We\n\n", "adi1#p0123": "98\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ncan just imagine, therefore, the gigantic brain whose arrangements sustain the gravity\nof the unlimited number of planets and satellites and who creates thelunlimited\nspace in which they float. If one considers the intelligence needed to orbit man-made\nsatellites, one cannot be fooled into thinking that there is not a gigantic intelligence\nresponsible for the arrangements of the various planetary systems. There is no\nreason to believe that all the· gigantic planets float in space without the superior\narrangement of a superior intelligence. This subject is clearly dealt with in Bhagavadgitii, where the Personality of Godhead says, \"I enter into each planet, and by My\nenergy they stay in orbit.\" ( Bg. 15.13) Were the planets not held in the grip of the\nPersonality of Godhead, they would all scatter like dust in the air. Modern scientists\ncan only impractically explain this inconceivable strength of the Personality of\nGodhead.\nThe potencies of the syllables bha, ga and va apply in terms of many different\nmeanings. Through His different potential agents, the Lord protects and sustains\neverything, but He Himself personally protects and sustains only His devotees, just\nas a king personally sustains and protects his own children, while entrusting the\nprotection and sustenance of the state to various administrative agents. The Lord is\nthe leader of His devotees, as we learn from Bhagavad-gltii, which mentions that the\nPersonality of Godhead personally instructs His loving devotees how to make certain\nprogress on the path of devotion and thus surely approach the kingdom of God.\nThe Lord is also the recipient of all the adoration offered by His devotees, for whom\nHe is the objective and the goal. For His devotees the Lord creates a favorable c·ondition for developing a sense of transcendental love of Godhead. Sometimes He\ndoes this by taking away a devotee's material attachments by force and baffling all\nhis material protective agents, for thu.s the deyotee must completely depend on the\nLord's protection. In this way the Lord proves Himself the leader of His devotees.\nThe Lord is not directly attached to the creation, maintenance and destruction\nof the material world, for He is eternally busy in the enjoyment of transcendental\nbliss with His internal potential paraphernalia. Yet as the initiator of the material\nenergy as well as the marginal potency (the living beings), He expands Himself as\nthe puru�a-avatiiras, who are invested with potencies similar to His. The puru�avatiiras are also in the category of bhagavat-tattva because each and every one of\nthem is identical with the original form of the Personality of Godhead. The living\nentities are His infinitesimal particles and are qualitatively one with Him. They are\nsent into this material world for material_ enjoyment to fulfill their desires to be\nindependent individuals, but still they are subject to the supreme will of the Lord.\nThe Lord deputes Himself in the state of Supersoul to supervise the arrangements\nfor such material enjoyment. The example of a temporary fair is quite appropriate\nin this connection. If the citizens of a state assemble in a fair to enjoy for a short\nperiod, the government deputes a special officer to supervise it. Such an officer is\ninvested with all governmental power, and therefore he is identical with the government. When the fair is over, there is no need of such an officer, and he returns home.\nSuch an officer is compared to the Paramatma.\nThe living beings are not all in all. They are undoubtedly parts of the Supreme\nLord and are qualitatively one with Him; yet they are subject to His control. Thus\n\n", "adi1#p0124": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 2\n\n99\n\nthey are never equal to the Lord or one with Him. The Lord who associates with\nthe living being is the Paramatma or supreme living being. No one, therefore, should\nview the tiny living beings and supreme living being to be on an equal level.\nThe all-pervading truth which exists eternally during the creation, maintenance\nand annihilation of the material world and in which the living beings rest in trance\nis called the impersonal Brahman.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n<�'Iff� \\!iiS�r<�lf'��� �� •t'1'1ll4��,\n....\n\n�f� 9fl'1ftc�f� �'Sf�tf01f� -�Jt\\! II � � II\nvadanti tat tattva-vidas\ntattvam yaj jfliinam advayam\nbrahmeti pararriiitmeti\nbhagaviin iti sabdyate\n\nSYNONYMS\nvadanti-they say; tat-that; tattva-vida&-learned souls; tattvam-the Absolute\nTruth; yat-which;jfliinam-knowledge; advayam-nondual ; brahma-Brahman; iti­\n\nthus; paramatmii-Paramatma; iti-thus; bhagavan-Bhagavan; iti-thus; �abdyate-is\nknown.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Learned transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth say that it is nondual\nknowledge and is called impersonal Brahman, localized Paramatma and the Personality of Godhead.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis Sanskrit verse appears as the eleventh verse of the First Canto, Second\nChapter, of Sr7mad-Bhiigavatam, where SCita Gosvami answers the questions of the\nsages headed by Saunaka ��i concerning the essence of all scriptural instructions.\nTattva-vida/;1 refers to persons who have knowledge of the Absolute Truth. They can\ncertainly understand knowledge without duality because they are on the spiritual\nplatform. The Absolute Truth is known sometimes as Brahman, sometimes as\nParamatma and sometimes as Bhagavan. Persons who are in knowledge of the truth\nknow that one who tries to approach the Absolute simply by mental speculation\nwill ultimately realize the impersonal Brahman, and one who tries to approach the\nAbsolute through yoga practice will be able to realize Paramatma, but one who has\ncomplete knowledge and spiritual understanding realizes the spiritual form of\nBhagavan, the Persomtlity of Godhead.\nDevotees of the Personality of Godhead know that Sri Krg1a, the son of the King\nof Vraja, is the Absolute Truth. They do not discriminate between Sri Kr�Qa's name,\nform, quality and pastimes. One who wants to separate the Lord's absolute name,\nform and qualities must be understood to be lacking in absolute knowledge. A pure\n\n", "adi1#p0125": "100\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ndevotee knows that when he chants the transcendental name Krg1a, Sri Kr�1,1a is\n\npresent as transcendental sound. He therefore chants with full respect and veneration.\n\nWhen he sees the forms of Sri Kr�1,1a, he does not see any.thing different from the\nLord. If one sees otherwise, he must be considered untrained in absolute knowledge.\n\nThis lack of absolute knowledge is called miiyii. One who is not Kr�oa conscious is\n\nruled by the spell of miiyii under the control of a duality in knowledge. In the\nAbsolute, all manifestations of the Supreme Lord are nondual, just as the multi­\n\nfarious forms of Vi�I)IJ, the controller of miiyii, are nondual. Empiric philosophers\nwho pursue the impersonal Brahman accept only the knowledge that the personality\n\nof the living entity is not different from the personality of the Supreme Lord, and\n\nmystic yogis who try to locate the Paramatma accept only the knowledge that the\npure soul is not different from the Supersoul. The absolute conception of a pure\n\ndevotee, however, includes all others. A devotee does not see anything except in its\nrelationship with Kr�1,1a, and therefore his realization is the most perfect of all.\nTEXT12\n\n� �ttr� �� mt�-� 1\n��4te. -.t� m iJ'Ift �\" \" �� \"\ntaf'lhara aflgera suddha kirOfJO·mOfJQO/O\nupani�at kahe taflre brahma sunirmala\nSYNONYMS\ntaflhara- His; arigera-of t he body ; suddha-pure; kiraf}a-of rays; maf}qala-realm ;\nupani�at-the Upani�ads; kahe-say; tatke\n-transcendental.\n\n-\n\nunto that; brahma- Brahman; su-nirma/a\n\nTRANSLATION\n�at the Upani�ds call the transcendental, impersonal Brahman is the realm of\n\nthe glowing effulgence of the same Supreme Person.\nPURPORT\nA mantra of the Muf}qaka Upani�ad (2.2.1 0-12)\n\ngives information regarding the\n\nbodily effulgence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It states:\nhirofJmoye pare kose\nvirajarh brahma ni�kalam\ntoe chubhrarh jyoti�am jyotis\ntad yad atma-vido vidulj\nno tatro suryo bhati no candra-tarakarh\nnema vidyuto bhanti kuto 'yam agnilj\ntam eva bhantam anubhati sarvarh\ntasya bhasa sarvam idarh vibhati\n\n", "adi1#p0126": "Adi-lila, Chapter 2\n\n101\n\nbrahmaivedam amr:tarh purastad brahma\npascad brahma dak�if}atas cottarerJa\nadhas cordhvam ca prasr:tarh brahmai·\nvedarh visvam idarh vari�tham\n\"In the spiritual realm, beyond the material covering, is the unlimited Brahman effulgence, which is free from material contamination. That effulgent white light is\nunderstood by transcendentalists to be the light of all lights. In that realm there is\nno need of sunshine, moonshine, fire or electricity for illumination. Indeed, whatever illumination appears in the material world is only a reflection of that supreme\nillumination. That Brahman is in front and in back, in the north, south, east and\nwest, and also overhead and below. In other words, that supreme Brahman effulgence\nspreads throughout both the material and spiritual skies.\"\n\nTEXT13\n\n�.. <;'ft_, �tt \\1i ��� I\n�tt(� iC1tl �� �-�� II �� II\ncarma-cak�e dekhe yaiche surya nirvise�a\njflana-marge laite niire kGrJera vise�\n\nSYNONYMS\ncarma-cok�e-by the naked eye; dekhe-one sees;yaiche-just as;surya-the sun;\nnirvise�a-without variegatedness; jflana-marge-by the path of philosophical speculation;laite-to accept;nare-not able; kn!Jera-of Lord Kr�!Ja; vise�a-the variety.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs with the naked eye one cannot know the sun except as a glowing substance,\nmerely by philosophical speculation one cannot understand Lord KntJa's transcendental varieties.\n\nTEXT14\n<!� �'S1 ���C'\\;1 �'i1if�C\"Cf1$­\n\nc�ltt�c ..t���qtfiff<r1f�f;sl1'{_ 1\n�� f��'i'f'l{�'l{r...t'�l'�'\\;t..\nC'>ltf��'l{tfif�'1\"�� '\\;'l{�t.. 'S�lf'lll )8 II\nyasya prabha prabhavato jagad·af}qa-ko(ikoti�v ase�a-vasudhiidi-vibhuti-bhinnam\ntad brahma ni�ka/am anantam ase�a-bhutarh\ngovindam adi-puru�arh tam aharh bhajami\n\n", "adi1#p0127": "102\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nSYNONYMS\n\nyasya-of whom; prabhii-the effulgence; prabhavataiJ-of one who excels in\npower; jagat-a!Jcfa-of universes; koti- kofT�u - in millions and millions; ase�a-unlimited; vasudhii-adi-with planets, etc; vibhtJti-with opulences; bhinnam - becoming\nvariegated; tat-that; brahma - Brahman; ni�ka/am -without parts; anantam-un­\n\nlimited; ase�a-bhiitam-be i ng complete; govindam-Lord Govinda; iidi-puru�am-the\noriginal person; tam-Him;aham-1; bhajiimi-worship.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is endowed with great power. The\nglowing effulgence of His transcendental form is the impersonal Brahman, which is\nabsolute, complete and unlimited and which displays the varieties of countless\nplanets, with their different opulences, in millions and millions of universes.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse appears in the Brahma-sarhhita (5.40). Each and every one of the\ncountless universes is full of innumerable planets with different constitutions and\natmospheres. All these come from the unlimited nondual Brahman, or Complete\nWhole, which exists in absolute knowledge. The origin of that unlimited Brahman\neffulgence is the transcendental body of Govinda, who is offered respectful\nobeisances as the original and supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT15\n\n� � � � i!t'R fil\"� I\n<;�� 8111ft <;'Sft�t\"ff Q ._..,.tN II �<t II\nkot7 ko(Tbrahmii!Jcfe ye brahmera vibhilti\nsei brahma govindera haya anga-kiinti\n\nSYNONYMS\nkotT-tens of millions; kotT-tens of millions; brahma-aiJqe-in universes; yewhich; brahmera-of Brahman; vibhiiti-opulences; sei- that; brahma- Brahman;\ngovindera-of Lord Govinda; haya-is; anga- kiinti - bod i ly effulgence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe opulences of the impersonal Brahman spread throughout the millions and\nmillions of universes. That Brahman is but the bodily effulgence of Govinda.\n\nTEXT16\n\n�,11m .r. •fif, �t1 � � 1\n�� $ftt1J (;�� ��II ��II\n\n", "adi1#p0128": "Adi-lila, Chapter 2\n\n103\n\nsei govinda bhaji ami, tehon mora pati\ntanhara prasade mora haya sr�ti-sakti\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; govinda-Lord Govinda; bhaji-worship; iimi-l; tehon-He; m ora-my;\npati-Lord; tanhiira-His; prasiide-by\n\nthe\n\nmercy; mora-my; haya-becomes;\n\nsnti-of creation; sakti-power.\nTRANSLATION\nI [ Brahma ] worship Go vinda. He is my Lord. Only by His grace am I empowered\nto create 'the universe.\nPURPORT\nAlthough the sun is situated far away from the other planets, its rays sustain and\nmaintain them all. Indeed, the sun diffuses its heat and light all over the universe.\nSimilarly, the supreme sun, Govinda, diffuses His heat and light everywhere in the\nform of His different potencies. The sun's heat and light are nondifferent from the\nsun. In the same way, the unlimited potencies of Govinda are nondifferent from\nGovinda Himself. Therefore the all-pervasive Brahman is the all-pervasive Govinda.\nBhagavad-gita clearly mentions that the impersonal Brahman is dependent upon\nGovinda. That is the real conception of absolute knowledge.\n\nTEXT17\n\n'\"K�1 \"'i�\"'l''IO!i: �ct1 �·Jif\"(OI: t\n�'lfit�J� l:fi'll c� lftm ,.tt�r: '111Jif\"'t\"l'i�1l\"1: n ) , n\nmunayo viita-vasanal]\nsramaf}a Drddhva-manthinal]\nbrahmiikhyam dhama te yanti\nsanta!] sannyasino 'molal]\nSYNONYMS\nmunayaQ-saints; viit a-viisaniiQ-naked; sramaf}iiQ-who perform severe physical\npenances; Drddhva-raised up;manthina{l-whose semina; brahma-iikhyam-known as\nBrahmaloka; dhiima-to\n\nthe\n\nabode; te-they; yanti-go; siintal]-equipoised in\n\nBrahman; sannyiisinal]-who are in the renounced order of life; ama/al]-pure.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Naked saints and sannyasis who undergo severe physical penances, who can\nraise the semina to the brain, and who are completely equipoised in Brahman can\nJive in the realm known as Brahmaloka.\"\n\n", "adi1#p0129": "104\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse from Sr7mad-Bhagavatam (11.6.47), vata-vasana/;1 refers to mendi­\n\ncants who do not care about anything material, including clothing, but who depend\nwholly on nature. Such sages do not cover their bodies even in severe winter or\nscorching sunshine. They take great pains not to avoid any kind of bodily suffering,\nand they live by begging from door to door. They never discharge their semina,\neither knowingly\n\nor unknowingly. By such celibacy they are able to raise the\n\nsemina to the brain. Thus they become most intelligent and develop very sharp\nmemories. Their minds are never disturbed or diverted from contemplation on the\nAbsolute Truth, nor are they ever contaminated by desire for material enjoyment.\nBy practicing austerities under strict discipline, such mendicants attain a neutral\nstate transcendental to the modes of nature and merge into the impersonal Brahman.\nTEXT18\n\n�r.t'414� 4ttt �t1M'ttS \"fl I\n� '1t1fil'\"ft\nR� � u 11 �-.-n\natmantaryiim7 yanre yoga-siistre kayo\nseha govindera arnsa vibhuti ye haya\nSYNONYMS\niitma antaryam7-indwelling Supersoul;yiinre-who;yoga -Siistre-in the scriptures\n\nof yoga; kayo-is spoken;seha-that; govindera-of Govinda;amsa-plenary portion;\nvibhuti-expansion;ye- which; haya-is.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHe who is described in the yoga-sastras as the indwelling Supersoul [atma\nantaryami] is also a plenary portion of Govinda's personal expansion.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is by nature joyful. His enjoyments or\npastimes are completely transcendental. He is on the fourth dimension of existence,\nfor although the material world is measured by the limitations of length, breadth\nand height, the Supreme Lord is completely unlimited in His body, form and existence. He is not personally attached to any of the affairs within the material\n\ncosmos. The material world is created by the expansion of His puru�a-avatiira, who\n\ndirects the aggregate material energy and all the conditioned souls. By understanding the three expansions of the puru!ia, a living entity can transcend the position\nof knowing only the twenty-four elements of the material world.\n\nOne of the expansions of Maha-Vi�QU is K�frodakasayi Vi�QU, the Supersoul\n\nwithin every living entity. As the Supersoul of the total living entities, or the\nsecond puru!ia, He is known as Garbhodakasayi Vi�QU. As the creator or original\n\n", "adi1#p0130": "Adi-ma; Chapter 2\n\n105\n\ncause of innumerable universes, or the first puru�a, who is lying on the Causal\nOcean, He is called Maha-VigJU. The three puru�as direct the affairs of the material\nworld.\nThe authorized scriptures direct the individual souls to revive their relationship\nwith the Supersoul. Indeed, the system of yoga is the process of transcending the\ninfluence of the material elements by establishing a connection with the puru�a\nknown as Paramatma. One who has thoroughly studied the intricacies of creation\ncan know very easily that this Paramatma is the plenary portion of the Supreme\nBeing, Sri Krg1a.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n�-.,fit.�� �· � �JI I\n�� itr;� I';'SttM(}tf'SI ..�-r �·w-r II )� II\nananta spha_tike yaiche eka surya bhase\ntaiche ;7ve govindera arnsa prakase\n\nSYNONYMS\nananta- unlimited; sphatike-in crystals; yaiche-just as; eka-one; siirya-sun;\nbhase-appears; taiche-just so; ;7ve-in the living entity; govindera-of Govinda;\narhsa-portion; prakas'e- manifests.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs the one sun appears reflected in countless jewels, so Govinda manifests\nHimself [as Paramatma] in the hearts of all living beings.\n\nPURPORT\nThe sun is situated in a specific location but is reflected in countless jewels and\nappears in innumerable localized aspects. Similarly, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, although eternally present in His transcendental abode Goloka Vrndavana,\nis reflected in everyone's heart as the Supersoul. In the Upani!jads it is said that the\n;7va (living entity) and Paramatma (Supersoul) are like two birds sitting in the same\ntree. The Supersoul engages the living being in executing fruitive work as a result of\nhis deeds in the past, but the Paramatma has nothing to do with such engagements.\nAs soon as the living being ceases to act in terms of fruitive work and takes to the\nservice of the Lord (Paramatma), coming to know of His supremacy, he is immediately freed from all designations, and in that pure state he enters the kingdom\nof God known as Vaikur;�tha.\nThe Supersoul (Paramatma), the guide of the individual living beings, does not\ntake part in fulfilling the desires of the living beings, but He arranges for their\nfulfillment by material nature. As soon as an individual soul becomes conscious of\nhis eternal relationship with the Supersoul and looks only toward Him, he at once\nbecomes free from the entanglements of material enjoyment. Christian philosophers\n\n", "adi1#p0131": "106\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nwho do not believe in the law of karma put forward the argument that it is absurd\n\nfor one to accept the results of past deeds of which he has no consciousness. A\n\ncriminal is first reminded of his misdeeds by witnesses in a law court, and then he\nis punished. If death is complete forgetfulness, why should a person be punished\n\nfor his past misdeeds? The conception of Paramatma is an invincible answer to\n\nthese fallacious arguments. The Paramatma is the witness of the past activities of\n\nthe individual living being. A man may not remember what he has done in his child·\n\nhood, but his father, who has seen him grow through different stages of development, certainly remembers. Similarly, the living being undergoes many changes of\n\nbody through many lives, but the Supersoul is also with him and remembers all his\n\nactivities, despite his evolution through different bodies.\n\nTEXT 20\n\"ll{�<f1 \"\"���� �� .-rc� �1(\"� 1\n�ti5Jt�f11lf� \"f��l�C\"lol\" �1 ��� N �\n\n•\n\nII\n\nathavo bahunaitena\n\nkim jflotena tavorjuna\n\nvi�tabhyaham idam krtsnam\nekomsena sthito jagat\n\nSYNONYMS\nathavo-or;bahuno-much;etena-with this;kim-what use;jnatena-being known;\n\ntava-by you; arjuna-0 Arjuna; vi�tabhya-pervading; aham-1; idam-this; krtsnam\n\n-entire; eko-amsena-with one portion; sthita}J-situated;jagat-universe.\n\nTRANSLATION\n[The Personality of Godhead, Sri Kr�l)a, said:] \"What more shall I say to you?\nI live throughout this cosmic manifestation merely by My single plenary portion.\"\nPURPORT\nDescribing His own potencies to Arjuna, the Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�l)a\n\nspoke this verse of Bhagavad-g7to (Bg. 1 0.42).\n\nTEXT 21\n'!f1{1{1{�'1{�� \"\"tl,li5ll!il�\n\n�fir �fir ��tfl\"fil'!tomll\n��lfllff1{<f �..-�rt�C\"St\";!f�\n'f\"StN�C\\!l�fil{ f<f�Ci5lt'C\"Stl�: H � � \"\n\n", "adi1#p0132": "Adi ma; Chapter 2\n-\n\n107\n\ntam imam aham ajarh sarira-bhajarh\nhrdi hrdi dhNhitam atma-katpitanam\npratidrsam iva naikadhorkam ekarh\nsamadhigato 'smi vidhuta-bheda-mohaiJ\nSYNONYMS\n\ntam�Him; imam�this; aham�l; ajam � the unborn; sarira-bhojam�of the conditioned souls endowed with bodies; h[di h [di� in each of the hearts; dhi�thitam�\nsituated; otma�by themselves; ka/pitanam�which are imagined; pratid[Sam�for\nevery eye; iva� like; no eka-dho� not in one way; arkam �the sun; ekam�one;\n\nsamadhigatafJ�one who has obtained;asmi�l am; vidhuta� removed ; bheda-mohaiJ�\n\nwhose misconception of duality.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n[ Grandfather Bhi�ma said: ]\n\n\"As the one sun appears differently situated to\n\ndifferent seers, so also do You, the unborn, appear differently represented as\nParamatma in every living being. But when a seer knows himself to be one of Your\nown servitors, no longer does he maintain such duality. Thus I am now able to\ncomprehend Your eternal forms, knowing well the Paramatma to be only Your\nplenary portion.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.9.42) was spoken by Bhi�madeva, the\ngrandfather of the Kurus, when he was lying on a bed of arrows at the last stage of\nhis life. Arjuna, Kr�IJa and numberless friends, admirers, relatives and sages had\ngathered on the scene as Maharaja Yudhi:;!hira took moral and religious instructions\nfrom the dying Bhi�ma. just as the final moment arrived for him, Bhi�ma spoke this\nverse while looking at Lord Kr�IJa.\nJust as the one sun is the object of vision of many different persons, so the one\npartial representation of Lord Knr;�a who lives in the heart of every living entity as\nParamatma is a variously perceived object. One who comes intimately in touch with\nLord Kr�IJa by engaging in His eternal service sees the Supersoul as the localized\n\npartial representation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Bhi�ma knew the\n\nSupersoul to be a partial expansion of Lord K�l}a, whom he understood to be the\nsupreme unborn transcendental form.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n�b '� �'ft� '��I\n� �.-tfirr;� �i \"ll�..-tl iff. II �� II\nseita govinda sak!iac caitanya gosofli\nj7va nistorite aiche daya!u ara noi\n\n", "adi1#p0133": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n108\n\nSYNONYMS\nseito-that;govindo-Govinda; sok�ot-personally; coitonyo-Lord Caitanya; gosiifli\n\n-Gosani;j7vo-the fallen living entities; nistorite-to deliver; oiche-such; doya/u-a\nmerciful Lord; oro-another; nai-there is not.\nTRANSLATION\nThat Govinda personally appears as Caitanya Gosani. No other Lord is as merciful\nin delivering the fallen souls.\nPURPORT\nHaving described Govinda in terms of His Brahman and Paramatma features, now\nthe author of Sri Coitonyo-coritamrto advances his argument to prove that Lord Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is the identical personality. The same Lord Sri Kr�IJa, in the\ngarb of a devotee of Sri Kr�IJa, descended to this mortal world to reclaim the fallen\nhuman beings who had misunderstood the Personality of Godhead even after the\nexplanation of Bhogovod-gito.\n\nIn Bhogovod-g7to the Personality of Godhead Sri\n\nKr�IJa directly instructed that the Supreme is a person. Impersonal Brahman is His\nglowing effulgence, Paramatma is His partial representation, and all men are therefore advised to follow the path of Sri Kr�IJa, leaving aside all mundane \"isms.\"\nOffenders misunderstood this instruction, however, because of their poor fund of\nknowledge. Thus by His causeless, unlimited mercy Sri KwJa came again as Sri\nCaitanya Gosarii.\nThe author of Sri Coitonyo-coritiimrto most emphatically stresses that Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is Sri Kr�Qa Himself. He is not an expansion of the prokiiso or\n\nviliiso forms of Sri Kr�r;�a; He is the svoyom-rupo, Govinda. Apart from the relevant\nscriptural evidence forwarded by Srila Kr�r;�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami, there are innumerable statements regarding Lord Caitanya's being the Supreme Lord Himself.\nThe following examples may be cited:\n\n(1) From the Coitonyo Uponi�od: gouroiJ sorviitmii mohii-puru�o mohiitmii mohii­\n\nyogT tri-gutJotTtofJ sottvo-rilpo bhoktim Joke kiisyoti. \"Lord Gaura, who is the all­\n\npervading Supersoul, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, appears as a great saint\nand powerful mystic who is above the three modes of nature and is the emblem of\ntranscendental activity. He disseminates the cult of devotion throughout the world.\"\n\n(2) From the Svetiisvotoro Uponi�od:\n\ntom Tsvorii!Jiim poromom mohesvorom\ntori? devotiiniiri? poromori? co doivotom\npotim potrnam poromori? porostiid\nvidiimo devom bhuvone5om 7(/yom\n\"0 Supreme Lord, You are the Supreme Mahesvara, the worshipable Deity of all the\ndemigods and the Supreme Lord of all lords. You are the controller of all controllers,\nthe Personality of Godhead, the Lord of everything worshipable.\" (Svet. Up. 6. 7)\n\n", "adi1#p0134": "Adi-ma, Chapter 2\n\n109\n\nmahan prabhur vai puru�a/:1\nsattvasyai�a pravartakaiJ\nsunirmaliim imiim praptim\nisiino jyotir avyayaiJ\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead is Mahaprabhu, who disseminates transcendental enlightenment. Just to be in touch with Him is to be in contact with the\nindestructible brahmajyoti.\" (Svet. Up. 3.12)\n\n{3) From the Murflaka Upani�ad {3.1.3):\nyada pasyaiJ pasyate rukma-vanJafn\nkartiiram iiarh puru�arh brahma-yonim\n\"One who sees that golden-colored Personality of Godhead, the Supreme Lord, the\nsupreme actor, who is the source of the Supreme Brahman, is liberated.\"\n\n{4) From SrTmad-Bhagavatam:\n\ndhyeyarh sadii paribhava-ghnam abhi�ta-doham\ntTrthiispadam siva-virinci-nutarh sara!Jyam\nbhrtyarti-ham pra!Jata-pala·bhaviibdhi-potarh\nvande mahii-puru�a te cararoravindam\n\"We offer our respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of Him, the Lord, upon\nwhom one should always meditate. He destroys insults to His devotees. He removes\nthe distresses of His devotees and satisfies their desires. He, the abode of all holy places\nand the shelter of all sages, is worshipable by Lord Siva and Lord B rahma. He is the\nboat of the demigods for crossing the ocean of birth and death.\" (Bhiig.\n\n1 1.5.33)\n\ntyaktva sudustyaja-surepsita-rajya-/ak!jmim\ndharmi�tha iirya-vacasa yad agiid ara!Jyam\nmiiyii-mrgarh dayitayepsitam anvadhiivad\nvande mahii-puru!ja te cararoravindam\n\"We offer our respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of the Lord, upon whom one\nshould always meditate. He left His householder life, leaving aside His eternal\nconsort, whom even the denizens of heaven adore. He went into the forest to\ndeliver the fallen souls, who are put into illusion by material energy.\" (Bhiig. 11.5.34)\nPrahlada said:\n\nittharh nr-tiryag-�i-deva-jha�iivatiirair\n/okiin vibhavayasi harhsi jagat-pratipon\ndharmarh maho-puru!ja pasi yugiinuvt;ttarh\nchannaiJ ka/au yad abhavas tri-yugo 'tha sa tvam\n\"My Lord, You kill all the enemies of the world in Your multifarious incarnations\nin the families of men, animals, demigods, {}is, aquatics and so on. Thus You illumi-\n\n", "adi1#p0135": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n110\n\nnate the worlds with transcendental knowledge. In the Age of Kali, 0 Mahapuru�a,\nYou sometimes appear in a covered incarnation. Therefore Y ou are known as Triyuga\n[one who appears in only three yugas].\" (Bhiig. 7 .9.38)\n\n(5) From the Kr.sra-)liimala. Purya-k�etre nava-dvTpe bhavi$yiimi 5acT-suta/;l. \"l\n\nshall appear in the holy land of Navadvipa as the son of Sacidevi.\"\n\n{6) From the Vayu Purii(la. Ka/au sailkirtanarambhe bhavi�yiimi sacT-suta/;1. \"In\n\nthe Age of Kali when the sailkirtana movement is inaugurated, I shall descend as the\n\nson of SacidevT.\"\n\n{7) From the Brahma-yiima/a:\nathaviiharh dhariidhiime\nbhiltvii mad-bhakta-rilpa-dhrk\nmiiyiiyiim ca bhavi�yiimi\nka/au sailkirtaniigame\n\"Sometimes I personally appear on the surface of the world in the garb of a devotee.\n\nSpecifically, I appear as the son of Saci in Kali-yuga to start the saltkirtana move­\n\nment.\"\n\n(8) From the Ananta-sarhhitii:\nya eva bh(Jgaviin k[$fJO\nriidhikii-priif}a-va//abha/;1\nsr.sfyiidau sa jagan-niitho\ngaura iisTn mahesvari\n\n\"The Supreme Person, Sri Kr�ra Himself, who is the life of Sri Radharar;�i, and is the\nLord of the universe in creation, maintenance and annihilation, appears as Gaura,\n\n0 Mahesvari.\"\n\nTEXT 23\n\n9111QqJt1f� �'I iftml'1 ift1f I\n\n�'tit'!_( \"liM\\·� 'e� II �� II\npara-vyomete vaise narayaf}a nama\n�a(l-aisvarya-purfJa /akJmT-kiinta bhagaviin\nSYNONYMS\n\npara-vyomete-in the transcendental world; vaise-sits; narayaf}a-Lord Narayar;�a;\n\nnama-of the name; �at-aisvarya-of �ix kinds of opulences; p iir f}a -ful l; lak�mT­\n\nkiinta the husband of the goddess of opulence; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality\n-\n\nof Godhead.\n\nTRANS LATJON\nLord Narayal)a, who dominates the transcendental world, is full in six opulences.\n\nHe is the Personality of Godhead, the Lord of the goddess of fortune.\n\n", "adi1#p0136": "Adi-lila, Chapter 2\n\n111\n\nTEXT 24\n\n,.,, ret�, 119f�e., 't$1t'St1J I\n\n'�('!..' �tt1f �' � �11{ 'l1f II �8 II\nveda, bhagavata, upani�at, ogama\n'purra-tattva' yiif'Jre kahe, niihi yanra soma\nSYNONYMS\n\nveda-the Vedas; bhiigavata-Srimad-Bhiigavatam; upanifiat-the Upani�ads; iigama\n-other transcendental literatures;pilrQa-tattva-full truth;yohre-unto whom; kahe\n-they say; niihi-there is not; yiinra-whose; so ma-equal\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead is He who is described as the Absolute Whole in the\nVedas, Bhagavatam, Upani�ds and other transcendental literatures. No one is equal\nto Him.\nPURPORT\nThere are innumerable authoritative statements in the Vedas regarding the personal\nfeature of the Absolute Truth. Some of them are as follows:\n\n(1) From the !Jk-sarhhitii (1.22.20):\ntad vi�Qo{l paramarh padarh\nsadii pasyanti silrayaf]\ndivTva cakfiuratatam\n\"The Personality of Godhead Vi�Qu is the Absolute Truth, whose lotus feet all the\ndemigods are always eager to see. Like the sun-god, He pervades everything by the\nrays of His energy. He appears impersonal to imperfect eyes.\"\n(2) From the Niirfiyat]lltharva-!ira Upani�ad: niiriiya!Jiid eva samutpadyante\nnorayaQiit pravartante niiriiyaQe pra/Tyante. atha nityo nariiyaf}a{l. niiriiyaQO evedarh\nSarvarh yad bhiJtarh yac ca bhavyam. SUddho deva eko noriiyaQO no dvitTyo 'sti\nkascit. \"It is from NarayaQa only that everything is generated, by Him only that\neverything is maintained, and in Him only that everything is annihilated. Therefore\nNarayaQa is eternally existing. Everything that exists now or will be created in the\nfuture is nothing but NarayaQa, who is the unadulterated Deity. There is only\nNarayaQa and nothing else.\"\n(3) From the Noriiyaf}a Upani�ad: yataiJ prasDtii jagataiJ prasDto. \"NarayaQa is the\nsource from whom all the universes emanate.\"\n(4) From the HayasTr�a-pancariitra: paramiitmii harir devaiJ. \"Hari is the Supreme\nLord.\"\n(5) From the Bhiigavatam (11.3.34-35):\n\nniiriiyaQiJbhidhiinasya\nbrahmaQa/J paramiitmanaiJ\n\n", "adi1#p0137": "112\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nni�fham arhatha no vaktum\nyiiyam hi brahma-vit tamii/;1\n\"0 best of the briihmaf}as, please tell us of the position of Narayar;ta, who is also\nknown as Brahman and Paramatma.\"\n\nsthity-udbhava-pralaya-hetur ahetur asya\nyat svapna-jilgara-sw;upti�u sad bahis co\ndehendriyiisu-hrdayiini caranti yena\nsafljivitiini tad avehi pararh narendra\n\"0 King, know Him who is causeless and yet is the cause of creation, maintenance\nand annihilation. He exists in the three states of consciousness-namely waking,\n\ndreaming and deep sleep-as well as beyond them. He enlivens the body, the senses,\nthe breath of life, and the heart, and thus they move. Know Him to be supreme.\"\nTEXT 25\n\n��t'Sf 'ft' 'tAl� 'f� I\n���-��'111-\\tll\nbhakti-yoge bhakta piiya yiinhiira darsana\nsiirya yena savigraha dekhe deva-gaf}a\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhakti-yoge- by devotional service; bhakta- the devotee; piiya- obtains ;yanhiira­\n\nwhose;dars'ana-sight; surya-the sun-god;yena-like; sa-vigraha-with form; dekhe­\n\nthey see; deva-gara-the denizens of heaven.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThrough their service, devotees see that Personality of Godhead, just as the\n\ndenizens of heaven see the personality of the sun.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead has His ;ternal form, which cannot be seen\n\nby material eyes or mental speculation. Only by transcendental devotional service\n\ncan one understand the transcendental form of the Lord. The comparison is made\n\nhere to the qualifications for viewing the personal features of the sun-god. The sun­\n\ngod is a person who, although not visible to our eyes, is seen from the higher planets\n\nby the demigods, whose eyes are suitable for seeing through the glaring sunshine\n\nthat surrounds him. Every planet has its own atmosphere according to the influence\n\nof the arrangement of material nature. It is therefore necessary to have a particular\n\ntype of bodily construction to reach a particular planet. The inhabitants of\n\n", "adi1#p0138": "Adi-ma, Chapter 2\n\n113\n\nearth may be able to reach the moon, but the inhabitants of heaven can reach even\nthe fiery sphere called the sun. What is impossible for man on earth is easy for the\ndemigods in heaven because of their different bodies. Similarly, to see the Supreme\nLord one must have the spiritual eyes of devotional service. The Personality of\nGodhead is unapproachable by those who are habituated to speculation about the\nAbsolute Truth in terms of experimental scientific thought, without reference to\nthe transcendental vibration. The ascending approach to the Absolute Truth ends in\nthe realization of impersonal Brahman and the localized Paramatma but not the\nSupreme Transcendental Personality.\nTEXT 26\n\n811e{�t1f1ftt'(ci ttf 'ettr <;�l � � I\ni3'11i·llfmt9f cittt � '4111f'e� II �� II\njflana-yoga-morge tanre bhaje yei saba\nbrahma·atma-rupe tonre kare anubhava\nSYNONYMS\njflana -of philosophical speculation; yoga-and of mystic yoga; marge-on the\n\npaths; tanre-Him ; bhaje-worship; yei-who; saba-all; brahma-of impersonal\nBrahman; atma-and of the Supersoul,\n\nHim; kare-do; anubhava-perceive.\n\n[ Paramatma ) ; rupe-in the forms; tiihre­\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose who walk the paths of kn owledge and yoga worship only Him, for it is Him\nthey perceive as the impersonal Brahman and localized Paramatma.\nPURPORT\nThose who are fond of mental speculation (jflana-marga) or want to meditate in\nmystic yoga to find the Absolute Truth must approach the impersonal effulgence of\nthe Lord and His partial representation respectively. Such persons cannot realize the\neternal form of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 27\n\nIJ9ft'1�1·<;'et'f ..t� t'Cf·lfr-111 I\n��� ,. citt fflt1� !19f1fl II �'l II\nupasana-bhede }ani 7svara-mahimo\nataeva surya tonra diyeta upamo\n\n", "adi1#p0139": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n114\n\nSYNONYMS\nupasana-bhede-by the different paths of worship; jiini-1 know; Tsvara-of the\nSupreme Lord; mahima-greatness; ataeva-therefore; surya-the sun; tiinra-of Him;\ndiyeta-was given; upamii-simile.\nTRANSLATION\nThus one may understand the glories of the Lord through different modes of\nworship, as the example of the sun illustrates.\nTEXT 28\n\n'�' ilt�rt1'i �1111fti9f·�t•'f 1\nlfl•l r��., r•• �t•tf·�t'etf n �\"' n\nsei narayal)a k�rera svarupa-abheda\neka-i vigraha, kintu akara-vibheda\nSYNONYMS\n. sei-that; narayal)a- Lord Narayal)a; k.�rera- of Lord Kr�pa; sva-riipa- original\n\nform; abheda-not different; eka-i-one; vigraha-identity; kintu-but; iikiira-of\nbodily features; vibheda-difference.\nTRANSLATION\n\nNarayar;ta and Sri Knl)a are the same Personality of Godhead, but although They\n\nare identical, Their bodily features are different.\nTEXT 29\n\nlttt� f�w, �·�1 'ft1 Jtff •t-r I\nltt1 <;�-i_-.CJ, f�·�1 5\\Jlitfif• �t-r II�� II\ninhota dvi-bhuja, tillho dhare ciiri hiitha\ninho veru dhare, tinho cakriidika siitha\nSYNONYMS\ninhota-this one; dvi-bhuja-two arms; tiriho-He; dhare-manifests; cari-four;\nhatha-hands; inho-this one; vel)u\n\n-\n\nflute; dhare-holds; tinho-He; cakra-adika-the\n\nwheel, etc.;satha-with�\nTRANSLATION\nThis Personality of Godhead [Sri Knr;ta] has two hands and holds a flute, whereas\nthe other [Narayal)aj has four hands, with conch, wheel, mace and lotus.\n\n", "adi1#p0140": "Adi- ma, Chapter 2\n\n115\n\nPURPORT\nNarayapa is identical to Sri Kr�9a. They �re in fact the same person manifested\n\ndifferently, like a high court judge who is differently situated in his office and at\n\nhome. As NarayaQa the Lord is manifested with four hands, but as Kr�IJa He is\nmanifested with two hands.\n\nTEXT·30\n\nOf 111tl!ct\"lf� Of f� '1�C1f �Of11TI�I\"-''1,\"ft�'IC'I't-.'1t\"'l, I\n�li111lt'lf�!Jf� Ofi!l·,.'lfll�1-\n\nft1M '1'\\!Jt. � \"!��lf 1tt11 n �\n\n•\n\n•\n\nnarayafJaS tvarh na hi sarva-dehinam\natmasy adhiSakhiki-loka-sak�i\n\nnarayafJo 'ngarh nara-bhii-jakJyaniit\ntoe copi satyarii na tavaiva maya\n\nSYNONYMS\nnarayaQai]-Lord Naraya!Ja; tvam-You; no-not;hi-certainly; sarva-all;dehiniim\n\n-of the embodied beings; atmii- the Supersoul; asi- You are; adh75a-O Lord;\nakhila-/oka-of all the worlds; sak�T-the witness; naraya{la{l-known as INarayaQa;\nangam-plenary portion;nara-of Nara;bhli-b orn;jala-in the wat�r;ayaniit-due to\n\nthe place of refuge;tat-that; co-and; api-certainly;sat.Yam-highest truth; no-not;·\ntava-Your;eva-at all; mayii-the illusory energy.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 Lord of lords, You are the seer of all creation. You are indeed everyone's\ndearest life. Are You not, therefore, my iather, 'N:Ir:lyanal 'N:Ir:lyana refers to one\nwhose abode is in the water born from Nara, and that N:lr:lyana is Your plenary\nportion. All Your plenary portions are transcendental. They are absolute and are not\ncreations of m:ly:l.\"\n\nPURP9RT\nThis statement, which is from Srimad-Bhiigavatam (1 0.14.14), was spoken by\n\nLord Brahma in his prayers to Lord Kr�IJa after the Lord defeated him by displaying\n\nHis mystic powers. Brahma had tried to test Lord Kr�IJa to see if He were really the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead playing as a cowherd boy. Brahma stole all the\n\nother boys and their cows from the pasturing grounds, but when he returned to the\npastures he saw that all the boys and cows were still there, for Lord Kr�Qa had\ncreated them all again. When Brahma saw this mystic power of Lord Kr�Qa, he\n\n", "adi1#p0141": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n116\n\nadmitted defeat and offered prayers to the Lord, addressing Him as the proprietor\nand seer of everything in the creation and as the Supersoul who is within each and\nevery living entity and is dear to all. That Lord KrHia is Narayar;-ta, the father of\nBrahma, because Lord K�r;-ta's plenary expansion Garbhodakasayi Vi�r;-tu, after\nplacing Himself on the Garbha Ocean, created Brahma from His own body. Maha·\nVi�r;-tu in the Causal Ocean and K�irodaka5ayi Vi�r;-tu, the Supersoul in everyone's\nheart, are also transcendental expansions of the Supreme Truth.\nTEXT 31\n\nfi-r� �«.'1 ��' �t•fi �9fl't'f I\n\n�'flt'f ..1ftlt� 1f1t1til \\21'1� II 'f>� II\nsisu vatsa hari' brahmii karl apariidha\napariidha k�amiilte miigena prasiida\nSYNONYMS\n.5/su-playmates;\nmaking;\n\nvatsa-calves;\n\nhar/ -stealing;\n'\n\nbrahmii-Lord\n\napariidha-offense; apariidha-offense; k�amiiite-to\n\nBrahma; karl­\n\npardon;\n\nmagena­\n\nbegged; prasiida-mercy.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Brahma had offended K�Qa by stealing His playmates and cows, he begged\nthe Lord's pardon for his offensive act and prayed for the Lord's mercy.\nTEXT 32\n\n�t1ftl iltf•'f• ��� �11ftf lft'(1\"1 I\n\n'-fat f9t�1·1f1�1, .rrf�t '�t1f11 �� II �� 11\ntomiira niibhi-padma haite iimfira janmodaya\ntum/ pitii-miitii, iimi tomiira tanaya\nSYNONYMS\ntomiira- Your; niibhi-padma-lotus of the navel; haite-from; iimiira-my;janmaudaya-birth; tum/-You; pita-father; miitii-mother; iimi-1; tomiira- Your; tanaya\n-son.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I took birth from the lotus that grew from Your navel. Thus You are both my\nfather and my mother, and I am Your son.\nTEXT 33\n\nf?!� 11fi!1 �t'lt•t ifl fAl 1J19f11'f I\n�'flt'f �' �� ·�� \\21'1N II 'f>� II\n\n", "adi1#p0142": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 2\n\n117\n\npita mota bO/akera no /aya aparodha\naparodha k�ama, more karaha prasoda\nSYNONYMS\np/to-father; mota-mother; bO/akera-of the child; no-not; /aya-take seriously;\naparodha-the offense;aparodha-the offense;k�ama-please pardon;more-unto me;\nkaraha-please show; prasoda-mercy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Parents never take seriously the offenses of their children. I therefore beg Your\npardon and ask for Your benediction.\"\nTEXT 34\n\n\" ���-awl, 'mtl f91•1 �11tt'l 1\n\n<ertfif c;11t9f, !_fit�·� �tlfrt ..-..� 11 �s n\nk[�IJO kahena-brahmo, tom(ira pit(i n(iroyOfJO\nami gopa, tum/ kaiche amara nandana\nSYNONYMS\nkr�'la-Lord Kr�f)a; kahena- say s; brahmo-0 Lord Brahma; tomora-your;pitofather; noroyaf}a-Lord Narayal)a; omi-1\n\n( am ) ; gopa-co wherd boy; tumi-you;\n\nkaiche-how; amora-My; nandana-son.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Kr�Qa said: \"0 Brahm a, your father is Narayar:sa. I am but a cowherd boy. How\n\ncan you be My son?\"\n\nTEXT 35\n\n8'151 ��,!_fit� �11('$ �tftll'l I\n\n'{f1f iftfti'l-�� l!tllft •tt'l n �� n\nbrahmo ba/ena, tum/ ki n(i hao noroyOfJO\ntum/ n(iriiyOf}O-SUnO tohara karOfJO\nSYNONYMS\n\nbrahmli-Lord Brahma; ba/ena-says; tumi-You; ki no hao-are not; narayaf}aLord Narayal)a; tumi-You; noroyaf}a-Lord Narayal)a; suna-please hear; tohoraof that; koraf}a-reason.\nTRANSLATION\nBrahma replied, \"Are You not Narayar;ea? You are certainly Narayar;ea. Please\nlisten as I state the proofs.\n\n", "adi1#p0143": "118\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 36\n\n�t·��t•'l·\"'tiJ �� \"'�9f I\n�tJ � �All � 'L'f·Q9f n �� n\nprokrtoprokrta-s[!i(ye yata }7va-rupa\ntohora ye otma tumi mula-svarupa\nSYNONYMS\n\nprakrta-material; aprokrta- and spiritual; sr�tye- in the creations; yata-as many\nas there are; jlva-rupa-the living beings; tohora-of them; ye-who; otmo-the Supersoul; tumi- You; ml7/a-svarupa- ultimate source.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All the living beings within the material and spiritual worlds are ultimately born\nof You, for You are the Supersoul of them all.\nPURPORT\nThe cosmic manifestation is generated by the interaction of the three modes of\nmaterial nature. The transcendental world has no such material modes, although it\nis nevertheless full of spiritual variegated ness. In that spiritual world there are also\ninnumerable living entities, who are eternally liberated souls engaged in transcendental loving service to Lord Kr�IJa. The conditioned souls who remain within the\nmaterial cosmic creation are subjected to the threefold miseries and pangs of\nmaterial nature. They exist in different species of life because they are eternally\naverse to transcendental loving devotion to the Supreme Lord.\nSankar�aQa is the original source of all living entities because they are all expansions of His marginal potency. Some of them are conditioned by material nature,\nwhereas others are under the protection of the spiritual nature. The material nature\nis a conditional manifestation of spiritual nature, just as smoke is a conditional stage\nof fire. Smoke is dependent on fire, but in a blazing fire there is no place for smoke.\nSmoke disturbs, but fire serves. The serving spirit of the residents of the transcendental world is displayed in five varieties of relationships with the Supreme Lord,\nwho is the central enjoyer. In the material world everyone is a self-centered enjoyer\nof mundane happiness and distress. One considers himself the lord of everything and\ntries to enjoy the illusory energy, but he is not successful because he is not independent; he is but a minute particle of the energy of Lord Sankar�aQa. All living\nbeings exist under the control of the Supreme Lord, whd is therefore called\nNarayaQa.\nTEXT 37\n\n,i' �� ,_.Jf:t'IJ -.tJ'I �t(!ft I\n�� feNtil t_fif, 1_f1T �(!!� n �\" 11\n\n", "adi1#p0144": "Adi-ma, Chapter 2\n\n119\n\np(thvi yaiche ghata-kulera karaf}a osraya\nj7vera nic!Ona tumi, tumi sarvasraya\nSYNONYMS\nprthvi-the earth; ya iche- j ust as; ghata- of earthen pots; kulera-of the multitude;\nkoraf}a-the cause; asraya-the shelter; j ive ra- of the living beings; nidana- root\ncause; tumi- You; tumi- You; sarva-a�raya-shelter of all.\n\nTRANSLAliON\n\"As the earth is the original cause and shelter of all pots made of earth, so You\nare the ultimate cause and shelter of all living beings.\n\nPURPORT\nAs the vast earth is the source for the ingredients of all earthen pots, so the supreme soul is the source for the complete substance of all individual living entities.\nThe cause of all causes, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the cause of the\nliving entities. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (7.1 0), where the Lord says,\nbijarh morh sarva-bhutanam\n\n(\"I am the seed of all living entities\"), and in the\n\nUpani�ads, which say, nityo nityanarh cetana� cetananam (\"the Lord is the supreme\nleader among all the eternal living beings\").\nThe Lord is the reservoir of all cosmic manifestation, animate and inanimate.\nThe\n\nadvocates\n\nof vW�,tadvaita-vada philosophy explain the\n\nVedanta-sutra by\n\nsaying that although the living entity has two kinds of bodies-subtle (consisting\nof mind, intelligence and false ego) and gross (consisting of the five basic elements)and although he thus lives in three bodily dimensions (gross, subtle and spiritual)he is nevertheless a spiritual soul. Similarly, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nwho emanates the material and spiritual worlds is the Supreme Spirit. As an\nindividual spirit soul is almost identical to his gross and subtle bodies, so the\nSupreme Lord is almost identical to the material and spiritual worlds. The material\nworld, full of conditioned souls trying to lord it over matter, is a manifestation of\nthe external energy of the Supreme Lord, and the spiritual world, full of perfect\nservitors of the Lord, is a manifestation of His internal energy. Since all living\nentities are minute sparks of t�e Supreme Personality of Godhead, He is the\nSupreme Soul in both the material and spiritual worlds. The Vai�r;�avas following\nLord Caitanya stress the doctrine of acintya-bhedabheda-tattva, which states that the\nSupreme Lord, being the cause and effect of everything, is inconceivably, simultaneously one with His manifestations of energy and different from them.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n'ift�'·•U;lllt ·��(itt� (i{R I\n'��'·-ttlllft� �tl( cst•t1l Cl1.11 II �\\r II\n\n", "adi1#p0145": "�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n120\n\n'niira'-�abde kahe sarva-jivera nicoya\n'ayana'-sabdete kahe tiihiira ii�raya\nSYNONYMS\nniira-sabde-by the\n\nword niira; kahe-one\n\nmeans; sarva-jivera-of\n\nall living\n\nentities;· nicoya-the assemblage; ayana-�abdete-by the word ayana; kahe-one\nmeans; tiihlira-of them; iisraya-the refuge\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word 'nara' refers to the aggregate of all the living beings, and the word\n'ayana' refers to the refuge of them all.\nTEXT 39\n\n'et�l.fl� !_fif �'S 1J!' -.t1tl'11\n�� l.fl� �t_, 1!-. fm1t.tt'111 -e� II\nataeva tumi hao mula narayaf}a\nel eka hetu, suna dvitiya karaf}a\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; tumi-You; hao-are; mula\n\n-\n\nor igina l; narayaf}a-NarayaQa; ei­\n\nthis; eka-one; hetu-reason; suna-please listen; dvitiya-second; karafJa-to the\nreason\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are therefore the original Narayal)a. This is one reason; please listen as I\nstate the second.\nTEXT 40\n\nWlt�J ·Q-1._tt�U� ��IJ I\ntr� �� �� '�f11tJ M �9ftf • So n\n}ivera isvara-puru�iidi avatara\ntanha saba haite tomara aisvarya apara\nSYNONYMS\n}7vera-of the living beings; isvara-the Supreme Lord; puru¥J-Qdi-puru¥J incar\n\n­\n\nnations, etc.; avatara-incarnations; tahha-them; saba-all; haite-than; tomllraYour; aisvarya-opulences; ap\"iira-boundless\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The direct Lords of the living beings are the puru�a incarnations. But Your\nopulence and power are more exalted than Theirs.\n\n", "adi1#p0146": "Adi-ma , Chapter 2\n\n121\n\nTEXT 41\n\n��1.!1� �� '{fit Jl� f9ft;!1 I\n�11tt -t� itJ1 tr'St«.·Jf'-.t;!111 8� II\nataeva adhisvara tumi sarva pitli\ntamara saktite taflra jagat-rak�ita\n\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; adhisvara-primeval\n\nLord; tumi-You; sarva-of all; pita­\n\nfather; tomlira-Your; saktite-by the energy; taflra- They; jagat- of the cosmic\ncreations; rak�itli-protectors.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Therefore You are the primeval Lord, the original father of everyone. They\n\n[ the puru�s ] are protectors of the universes by Your power.\nTEXT 42\n\nartm 'Cill� �ws ·� \"� 1\n�tN� .:e t_fif 'j!f �tftllti II 8� II\nnarera ayana yate karaha plilana\nataeva hao tumi mula narliya!Ja\n\nSYNONYMS\nniirera-of the living beings; ayana- the shelters; yiite-those to whom; karahaYou\n\ngive;\n\npalana-protection ;\n\nataeva-therefore; hao-are; tumi-You; mula­\n\noriginal; niiriiyara- Narayar;�a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since You protect those who are the shelters of all living beings, You are the\noriginal Narayar;�a.\nPURPORT\nThe controlling Deities of the living beings in the mundane worlds are the three\n\npuru�a-avataras. But the potent energy displayed by �ri Kr�IJa is far more extensive\n\nthan that of the puru¥Js. �ri Kr.iiJa is therefore the original father and Lord who\n\nprotects all creative manifestations through His various plenary portions. Since He\n\nsustains even the shelters of the collective living beings, there is no doubt that �ri\nKr�IJa is the original NarayaiJa.\n\n", "adi1#p0147": "122\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 43\n\n'fiht �tltf �,. ··��11{. I\n�,.. i311Jftt� �- ���-btfif .. t1f II 8� II\nt(tTya korara suna sr7-bhagav?in\nananta brahmorfla bahu vaikufJfh?idi dh?ima\nSYNONYMS\n\ntrtiya- third; k?iraf}a -reason; suna- please hear; sri-bhagavon-0 Supreme Perof Godhead; ananta-unlimited; brahma-af}qa-universes; bahu- many;\nvaikufJtha-odi- VaikurJtha, etc.; dhama-planets.\nsonality\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 my Lord, 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead! Kindly hear my third reason.\nThere are countless universes and fathomless transcendental Vaikur)�has.\nTEXT 44\n\n.t'l ��� tf1�, 1!11 �il�tfl't� �'Sf I\n<�t� '\"�' �t\"\" �' 'ft� �� 11'Sf II 88 II\nithe yata }7va, tara trai-k?ilika karma\nt?ih?i dekha, sek�T tumi, jiina saba marma\nSYNONYMS\nithe-in these; yata-as many; ]7va-living beings; tora-of them; trai-k?i /ika- past ,\npresent, and future; karma-the activities; t?ih?i-that; dekha- You\n\nsee; s?ik�7-\n\nwitness; tumi- You ; jiina- You know; saba-of everything; marma-the essence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Both in this material world and in the transcendental world, You see all the\ndeeds of all living beings, in the past, present and future. Since You are the witness\nof all such deeds, You know the essence of everything.\nTEXT 45\n\n'l!t'IIUI 'f-f� ,.( 'f1tt�l f'llfl! I\n\nt_fit �1 '\"f�r;l't \"'tr;JI ift� f'll� �fl! II 8� II\ntom?ira dar5ane sarva jagatera sthiti\ntumi no dekhi/e koro n?ihi sthiti gati\n\n", "adi1#p0148": "Adi-ma, Chapter 2\n\n123\n\nSYNONYMS\n\n-all; jagatera-of the universe; sthiti­\n\ntomora-Your; darsane-by the seeing; sarva\n\nmaintenance; tumi-You; no dekhile- in not seeing; karo-of anyone; nohi-there is\nnot; sthiti-staying; gati\n\n- moving.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"All the worlds exist because You oversee them. None can live, move or have\ntheir being without Your supervision.\nTEXT 46\n\n�1tlf1f �i� �tt� �� 'flllf� I\n�t�tt�� If:� tfif '!_It �11111'1 II 8� II\nnorera ayana yote kara darasana\ntohoteo hao tumi mUla nliroyafJa\nSYNONYMS\nnorera-of the living beings; ayana-the motion; yate- since; kara- You do;\ndara�ana-seeing; tahateo-therefore; hao\nNarayat;�a.\n\n- are; tumi-You; mula-original; niirayara­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You oversee the wanderings of all living beings. For this reason also, You are the\nprimeval Lord Naraya1,1a.\"\nPURPORT\n\nSri Kr�Qa, in His Paramatma feature, lives in the hearts of all living beings in both\nthe transcendental and mundane creations. As Paramatma, He witnesses all actions\nthe living beings perform in all phases of time, namely past, present and future.\n\nSri Kr�rJa knows what the living beings have done for hundreds and thousands of\npast births, He sees what they are doing now, and therefore He knows the results\nof their present actions that will fructify in the future. As stated in Bhagavad-gito,\nthe entire cosmic situation is created as soon as He glances over the material energy.\nNothing can exist without His superintendence. Since He sees even the abode for\nrest of the collective living beings, He is the original Narayat;�a.\nTEXT 47\n\n•• -.c.:-.-�'111, '�1�11 �1 'If���� 1\n\n\"'�·�fi, 6fC'f '�tlll <;Jtl �tlti'l II 8\" II\nkr�fJa kahena-brahma, tomara no bujhi vacana\n]7va-hrdi, ja/e vaise sei noroyafJa\n\n", "adi1#p0149": "124\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nSYNONYMS\n\nkrwa-Lord Knl'.la; kahena-says; brahma-0 Brahma; tomara-your; na-not;\n\nbujhi-1 understand; vacana-speech; jlva-of the living entity; hrdi-in the heart;\n\nja/e-in the water; vaise-sits; sei-that; nariiyaf}a-Lord Naraya1,1a.\nTRANSLATION\n\nKnl)a said: \"Brahma, I cannot understand what you are saying. Lord Narayal)a is\n\nHe who sits in the hearts of all living beings and lies down in the waters of the\nKaraQa Ocean.\"\n\nTEXT 48\n\nt!'ftt �t�- wt\" m �• ilttt11et ,\nt;� �� Q!tlltl �����- � �t!J �fil U Sir- U\nbrahmii kahe-jale jive yei nariiyaf}a\n\nse saba tamara arhsa-e satya vacana\nSYNONYMS\n\nbrahma-Lord Brahma; kahe-says; ja/e-in the water; jive-in the living being;\n\nyei-who; narayatJa-Narayal'.la; se-They; saba-all; tamara-Your; amsa-plenary\npart; e-this; satya-truthful; vacana-word.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBrahma replied: \"What I have said is true. The same Lord Narayal)a who lives on\n\nthe waters and in the hearts of all living beings is but a plenary portion of You.\"\nTEXT 49\n\n�tltft�-'St�\"t1f�·\"'tlt\"-.-rtill\n1111-r.t\"tl � �tJ, t�tt� �� '111Wt II 8� II\nkaraf}obdhi-garbhadaka-k�iradaka-siiyT\n\nmaya-dviire Sf�(/ kare, tate saba miiyT\nSYNONYMS\n\nkaraf}a-abdhi-Karal'.lodakasayiVi�l)u;garbha-udaka-Garbhodakasayi Vi:;1,1u; k�Tra­\n\nudaka-say7- K�irodakasayi Vi�l'.lu; mayii-dviire-with the material energy; sr�ticreation; kare-They do; tate-therefore; saba-all; may7-connected with maya.\nTRANSLATION\nThe KaraQodaka5ayi, Garbhodaka5ayi and K�irodaka5ayi forms of NarayaQa all\n\ncreate in cooperation with the material energy. In this way They are attached to\n\nmaya.\n\n", "adi1#p0150": "Adi-lila, Chapter 2\n\n125\n\nTEXT 50\n\n<;:Ill �.. •��t•tt� 'l�·..\"J·tift I\na���\"'� C�1'tfl '\" �--.t� n t • n\nsei tina ja/a-soyT sarva-antaryiimT\nbrahma!Jr;/a·vrndera otmo ye puru�a-namT\nSYNONYMS\nsei-these; tina-three; jala-soyT-1ying in the water; sarva-of all; antarylimT-the\nSupe rsoul; brahma-aiJr;/a-of universes; vrndera-of the multitude; iitmo-Supersoul;\nye-who; puru�a-puru�a; namT-named.\nTRANSLATION\nThese three Vi�J;IUS lying in the water are the Supersoul of everything. The\nSupersoul of all the universes is known as the first puru�.\n\nTEXT 51\n\nf��'IJ'Stt.1f �1'tf1 'Stt.t5f�llftft I\nO!!Jftit<!l·�··t� 'lftt1H5f�llftlfi II a� II\nhira!Jya-garbhera otma garbhodaka-soyi\nvya�ti-jTva-antaryomi k!firodaka-siiyT\nSYNONYMS\nhira!Jya-garbhera-of the total of the living entitie s; otmo-the Supersoul; garbhaudaka-soyi-GarbhodakasayT Vi�1;1u; vya.gi - th e individua l;jTva-of the living entity;\nantaryami-Supersou I; k�Tra-udaka-siiyT-K�lroda kasayT Yi�J;IU.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGarbhodak�ayT Vi�J;IU is the Supersoul of the aggregate of living entities, and\nK�irodakasayi Vi:;pu is the Supersoul of each individual living being.\n\nTEXT 52\n\nIf! ��t1f \".(t.. tl;! �tt� 'Jf1�t'St'fi I\n\n�(it� 'ft•lf ..'tf.: 'Jf1,t1f 1\\ .... II t� II\ne sabhora darsanete ache moyo-gandha\nturiya kn!Jera nohi moyora sambandha\n\n", "adi1#p0151": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n126\n\nSYNONYMS\ne-this; sabhara-of the assembly; darsanete-in seeing; ache-there is; mayagandha-connection with maya; turijta-the fourth; k(�IJera-of Lord Kr�IJa; nahithere is not; mayara-of the material energy; sambandha-connection.\nTRANSLATION\nSuperficially we see that these puru�as have a relationship with maya, but\nabove them, in the fourth dimension, is Lord Kn1,.1a, who has no contact with the\nmaterial energy.\nPURPORT\nThe\n\nthree\n\npuru�as- Kara1,.1odakasayT\n\nYi�l)u,\n\nGarbhodakasayi\n\nYi�IJU\n\nand\n\nK�frodakasayi Yi�1,.1u-all have a r·elationship with the material energy, called maya,\nbecause through maya They create the material cosmos. These three puru�as, who\nlie on the Karal)a, Garbha and K�Tra waters, are the Supersoul of everything that\nbe.\n\nKarar;�odakasayT\n\nGarbhodakasayT\n\nVi�l)u\n\nVi�r;�u\nis\n\nthe\n\nis\n\nthe\n\nSupersoul\n\nSupersoul\n\nof\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nthe\n\ncollective\n\nuniverses,\n\ncollective living beings, and\n\nK�irodakasayT Yi�l,.lU is the Supersoul of all individual living entities. Because all of\nThem are somehow attracted to the affairs of the material energy, They can be\nsaid to have some affection for mayo. But the transcendental position of Sri Kr�IJa\nHimself is not even slightly tinged by maya.\n\nHis transcendental state is called\n\nturiya, or the fourth-dimensional stage.\nTEXT 53\n\nfcnH� f��ctJ'I�� <��Hct� C�ll9f11f�: I\n�\"t':IJ llf���,�� ��,�� \\!i' lff�'lf?:\\!i II N II\nviriip hirariYa-garbha� ca\nkiiraram cety upiidhaya/;1\ni�asya yat tribhir hinarh\nturiyarh tat pracakjate\nSYNONYMS\nvirii.t-the virii,t manifestation; hirarya-garbha/;1-the hiraryagarbha manifestation;\nkiiraram-the kiirara manifestation; ca-and; iti\n\n-\n\nthus; upiidhaya/;1-particular desig­\n\nnations; i5asya-of the Lord; yat-that which; tribhi/;1-these three; hinam-without;\nturiyam-the fourth; tat- that; pracakjate\n\n-\n\nhe considers.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the material world the Lord is designated as virat, hira1,.1yagarbha and kara1,.1a.\nBut beyond these three designations, the Lord is ultimately in the fourth dimension.\"\n\n", "adi1#p0152": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 2\n\n127\n\nPURPORT\nThe phenomenal manifestation of the supreme whole, the noumenal soul of\neverything, and the cause or causal nature are all but designations of the puru�as,\nwho are responsible for material creation. The transcendental position surpasses\nthese designations and is therefore called the position of the fourth dimension.\nThis is a quotation from S ridhara S vami's commentary on the Eleventh Canto,\nFifteenth Chapter, verse 16, of Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\nTEXT 54\n\n1fllf� flltill 1fhl1 �'1 ���Hf I\nl!'f1f91 l!e.-.jll( �rtr., \"t� '11 11·'111 \" <18 ll\nyadyapi tinera miiyii /a-iyii vyavahiira\ntathiipi tat-spar�a niihi, sabhe miiyii-piira\nSYNONYMS\n\nyadyapi-although; tinera-of these three; miiyii-the material energy; /a-iyii­\n\ntaking; vyavahiira-the dealings; tathiipi-still; tat-of that; spar�a -the touch; niihithere is not; sabhe-all of them; miiyii-piira-beyond the material energy.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAlthough these three features of the Lord deal directly with the material\nenergy, none of them are touched by it. They are all beyond illusion.\nTEXT 55\n\n<Jl\"!�\"li!1l1\"1'1J <fltf'i!it�1�f9f \\;if_&tct: I\n01 \\�Jt'i!i Jilft�h_��1\n\n,-_f1$�lfli!!fl\"1 I H II\n\netad TSanam TSasya\nprakrti-stho 'pi tad-gurai{l\nna yujyate sadiitma-sthair\nyathii buddhis tad-ii�rayii\nSYNONYMS\n\netat-this; i�anam-opulence; i�asya-of\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nLord;\n\nprakrti-stha/;1-\n\nsituated in the material nature; api-although; tat-of miiyii; gurai{l -by the qualities;\n\nna-not; yujyate-is affected; sadii-always; iitma-sthai{l -which are situated in His\n\nown energy; yathii-as also; buddhi{l-the intelligence; tat-of Him; ii�rayii-which\nhas taken shelter.\n\n", "adi1#p0153": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n128\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"This is the opulence of the Lord: Although situated in the material nature, He is\nnever affected by the modes of nature. Similarly, those who have surren�ered to\nHim and fixed their intelligence upon Him are not influenced by the modes of\nnature.\"\nPURPORT\nThis text is from Srimad-Bhiigavatam (1.11.38). Those who have taken shelter\nof the lotus feet of the Personality of Godhead do not identify with the material\nworld, even while living in it. Pure devotees may deal with the three modes of\nmaterial nature, but because of their transcendental intelligence in Kr�r;�a consciousness, they are not influenced by the material qualities. The spell of material\nactivities does not attract such devotees. Therefore, the Supreme Lord and His\ndevotees acting under Him are always free from material contamination.\n\nTEXT 56\n\n'\". �� 'Tti't !_fit 9ftlf �1\\'!tfll\n't_f'lf 1J...If �tt'hl'l-�t-t f• '1�-fll II �� II\nsei tina janera tumi parama ii�raya\n\ntumi mula niiriiyara--ithe ki sarMaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei-these; tina-three; janera-of the plenary portions; tumi-You; parama­\n\nultimate; ii�raya - shelter; tumi- You; mil/a-primeval; niiriiyara- NarayaQa; ithe-in\n\nthis; ki- what; s am�ya-doubt.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are the ultimate shelter of these three plenary portions. Thus there is not\nthe slightest doubt that You are the primeval NarayaQa.\nPURPORT\nBrahma has confirmed that Lord Kr�r;Ja is the Supreme, the source of the three\nmanifestations\n\nknown\n\nKaraQodaka5ayi Vi�r;�u\n\nas\n\nK�irodakasayi\n\nVi�r;�u,\n\nGarbhodakasayi\n\nVi�r;�u and\n\n( Maha-Vigw ) . For His pastimes, Lord Kr�Qa has four\n\noriginal manifestations-namely, Vasudeva, Sar'tkar�ar;�a, Pradyumna and Aniruddha.\n\nThe first puruja-avatiira, Maha-Vi�r;�u in the Causal Ocean, who is the creator of the\naggregate material energy, is an expansion of Sarikar�ar;�a; the second puru�a,\n\nGarbhodakasayi\n\nVi�r;�u, is an expansion of Pradyumna; and the third puruja,\n\n�irodakasayi Vi�r;�u, is an expansion from Aniruddha. All these are within the\ncategory of manifestations of Narayar;�a, who is a manifestation of\n\nS ri Kr�r;�a.\n\n", "adi1#p0154": "Adi-ma, Chapter 2\n\n129\n\nTEXT 57\n\n(;�- ff6ti{l ��� 9fl��at·iltltt'l I\n,�� �11111 �1ft�, 1fiT 'J!f•iltltll'f (I �� II\nsei tinera arh�T paravyama-naray01;a\nteflha tamara Vifiisa, tumi miJ/a-niiriiyOIJa\nSYNONYMS\nsei-these; tinera-of the three; am�i-source; para-vyama-in the spiritual sky;\n\nniiriiyara- Lord N a ray atla; tenha- He ; tamara- You r; vi!Osa-pastime expansion;\ntumi-You; mD /a- origi nal; niiriiyara - N a rayaQa .\nTRANSLATION\n\"The source of these three features is the NarayaQa in the spiritual sky. He is\nYour vilasa expansion. Therefore You are the ultimate NarayaQa.\"\nTEXT 58\n\n\"'I!�� a'll�tt�J- 9fl�tfl·i{tlt1'1 1\n\n,rlc;tf1 �t•l R'ft� -!.fit 1!\"·���-� \" &\\,· \"\nataeva brahma-viikye -paravyama-narayara\ntenha kr�rera viliisa -ei tattva-vivarara\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; brahma-of Lord Brahma; vakye-in the s pe ech; para-vyama ­\n\nin the spiritual sky; niiriiyaQa-Lord NarayaQa; tenha-He ; kr�rera-of Lord Kr�t;�a;\nvilasa-pa stime incarnation; ei- this; tattva-of the truth; vivarara-description .\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore according to the authority of Brahma, the NarayaQa who is the predominating Deity in the transcendental world is but the vilasa feature of Kr�Qa.\nThis has now been conclusively proved.\nTEXT 59\n\nl.fl� '\"1� 1!..41'15'1 �1'$f��·'Jitl I\n9f�<et�Hiit9f t�t� ��t��Uf II �� II\nei �/aka tattva-lak�ara bhagavata-siira\nparibhii�ii-rupe ihiira sarvatriidhikiira\n\n", "adi1#p0155": "130\n\n�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\nSYNONYMS\n\ne/-this; 5/oka-verse; tattva-the truth; /akja(la-indicating; bhiigavata-of Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam; sara-the essence; paribhiijii-of synonyms; rupe-in the form; ihiira-of\nthis (Srimad-Bhiigavatam); sarvatra-everywhere; adhlkiira-ju risdiction.\nTRANSLATION\nThe truth indicated in this verse [text 30] is the essence of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nThis conclusion, through synonyms, applies everywhere.\nTEXT 60\n\na�'lft, �AU, 'e'Sf�rli£.- ���- M�t� 1\n� �o( il1'ftfil' 1!_( \"CI( �t� �t111 �o II\nbrahma, iitmii, bhagaviin-kt;�!Jera vihlira\ne artha nii jiini' murkha artha kare iira\nSYNONYMS\nbrahma-impersonal\n\nBrahman; iitmii-Supersoul; bhagaviin-the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead; kt;�!Jera-of Lord Kr�l)a; v/hcfra-manifestations; e-this; arthameaning;\n\niira- other.\n\nno-not;\n\njiini'-knowing;\n\nmurkha-fools; artha-meaning; kare-ma ke;\n\nTRANSLATION\nNot knowing that Brahman, Paramatma and Bhagavan are all features of Kr�l)a,\n\nfoolish scholars speculate in various ways.\n\nTEXT 61\n\n'el�l'!t� il1Jt�t!, �· ���tl I\n�� �'l't.\"'ISf, -·� ���w-�t�ttu �� tr\navatar{ naraya!Ja, k[�!Ja avatlira\ntenha catur-bhuja, inha manu�ya-Oklira\nSYNONYMS\navatiirT-source of incarnations; niiriiya�1e1- Lord\n\nNarayal)a; k{}'!Ja -Lord Kf$[la;\n\navatara-incarnation; tenha-that; catu/:1-bhuja-four arms; ihha-this; manu�ya-like\na man; iikiira-form.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause Narayal)a has four hands whereas Kr�1.1a looks just like a man, they say\n\nthat Narayal)a is the original God whereas Kr�1.1a is but an incarnation.\n\n", "adi1#p0156": "131\n\nAdi-lita, Chapter 2\nPURPORT\n\nSome scholars argue that Narayar;Ja is the original Personality of Godhead of\nwhom Kr�r;Ja is an incarnation because Sri Kr�r;Ja has two hands whereas N arayar;ta\nhas four. Such unintelligent scholars do not understand the features of the Absolute.\nTEXT62\n\nlfl�1lt·� -.t..1�9f -.tt �(91-. I\nf!t�ltl �(,ttl �t��·9ftl \"\"II�� II\nei-mate nana-rDpa kare pDrva-pak�a\ntiihiire nirjite bhiigavata-padya dak�a\nSYNONYMS\nei-mate-thus; nona-many; rOpa-forms; kare-takes;purva-pak�a-the objections;\ntahar e them; nirjite-overcoming;bhagavata-of SrTmad-Bhagavatam; padyo- poetry;\n-\n\ndak�a:... e x pert\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way their arguments appear in various forms, but the poetry of the\nBhagavatam expertly refutes them all.\nTEXT 63\n\n<!lf� '\\!��f<tlf��� lf�, at<{ll�11'1{_ 1\n�t-.f� 91llltt�f'i! te�t<�tf�f'! ·r�n� 11 >�J-' n\nvadanti tat tattva-vidas\ntattvam yaj jflanam advayam\nbrahmeti paramatmeti\nbhagavan iti sabdyate\nSYNONYMS\nvadanti- they say; tat-that; tattva-vida/;1-learned souls; tattvam-the Absolute\nTruth;\n\nyat-which; jflanam-knowledge; advayam-nondual; brahma-Brahman;\n\niti-thus; paramatma-Paramatma; iti-thus; bhagavan- Bhagavan; iti- thus; sabdyate\n-is known.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Learned transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth say that it is nondual\nknowledge\n\nand is\n\ncalled\n\nPersonalty of Godhead.\"\n\nimpersonal\n\nBrahman,\n\nlocalized Paramatma and the\n\n", "adi1#p0157": "132\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nPURPORT\n\nThis text is from SrTmad-Bhagavatam ( 1.2.11 ).\nTEXT 64\n\n�i{ .-r• �• Gttt• •n �5tt 1\nlfl1ti It���' f� 111•11 121ft! \" �8 \"\nsuna bhai ei sloka karaha vicara\neka mukhya-tattva, tina tahara pracara\nSYNONYMS\nsuna-please listen; bhai-brothers; ei-this; 5/oka-verse; karaha-please give;\nvicara-considera:tion;\n\neka-one;\n\nmukhya-principle;\n\ntattva-truth; tina-three;\n\ntahiira-of that; praciira-manifestations.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear brothers, kindly listen to the explanation of this verse and consider its\nmeaning: the one original entity is known in His three different features.\nTEXT 65\n\n'WI·t� �� �� GQi9f I\ni!'ft, �1 ..1, lfi1t�1i{,-f� ttJ Ji9f II �� II\nadvaya-jflana tattva-vastu k(�f)era svarfipa\n\nbrahma, atma, bhagaviin --tina tiinra riipa\nSYNONYMS\n\nadvaya-jflana-knowledge\n\nwithout\n\nduality; tattva-vastu-the Absolute Truth;\n\nk�Qera-of Lord Kr�r;�a;sva-riipa-own nature; brahma-Brahman;atmo-Paramatma;\nbhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tina-three; tiinra-of Him;rupaforms.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Kmta Himself is the one undivided Absolute Truth, the ultimate reality.\n\nHe manifests Himself in three features-as Brahman, Paramatma and Bhagavan.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the verse from Srimad-BhOgavatam cited above (Bhiig. 1. 2.11), the principal\n\nword, bhagavan, indicates the Personality of Godhead, and Brahman and Paramatma\nare concomitants deducted from the Absolute Personality, as a government and its\n\nministers are deductions from the supreme executive head. In other words, the\n\n", "adi1#p0158": "Adi-ma, Chapter 2\n\n133\n\nprincipal truth is exhibited in three different phases. The Absolute Truth, the\n\nPersonality of Godhead Sri Kw;1a (Bhagavan), is also kno�n as Brahman and\n\nParamatma, although all these features are identical.\nTEXT 66\n\n!.!!� ctttt-.J ce�ttl '{f�t '�\"1 fil(\"�� 1\n'fll11 �-. �� \"et'St�ti!J �5� II �� II\nei 5/okera arthe tumi hai/o nirvacana\nora eka 5una bhogavatera vacana\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; 5/okera-of the verse; arthe-by the meaning; tumi-you; hailo-have\nbecome; nirvacana-speechless; ora-other; eka-one; 5una-please hear; bhogavatera\n-of Srimad-Bhagavatam; vacana-speech.\nTRANSLATION\nThe import of this verse has stopped you from arguing. Now listen to another\nverse of SrTmad-Bhagavatam.\nTEXT 67\n\n111t'! st�\"t<f\"'t: 9J.�'l: '�\" �51�11. ·u�.l\n\n��tflF�Jf�'l� C\"'l<�� � lJ��f� '{!:�1 'I_(.� II -It, I\nete cornsa-ka/o/;1 purhsa/;1\nkr�ras tu bhagavan svayam\nindrori-vyokulam /okam\nmrqayanti yuge yuge\nSYNON)MS\nete-these; co-and; arh5a-plenary portions; ka/o/;1-parts of plenary portions;\n\npurhsa/;1-of\n\nthe\n\npuru�-avataras;\n\nkr�Qa/;1-Lord\n\nKr��a; tu-but;\n\nbhagavan-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; svayam-Himself; indra-ari-the enemies of Lord\nlndra; vyokulam-full of; /okam-the world; mr<jayanti-make happy; yuge yuge­\n\nat the right time in each age.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"All these incarnations of Godhead are either plenary portions or parts of the\n\nplenary portions of the puru�·avataras. But Kn�a is the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead Himself. In every age He protects the world through His different features\n\nwhen the world is disturbed by the enemies of lndra.\"\n\n", "adi1#p0159": "134\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nPURPORT\n\nThis statement of SrTmad-Bhiigavatam (1.3.28) definitely negates the concept\n\nthat Sri Kr��;�a is an avatara of Vi�QU or Narayar;Ja. Lord Sri Kr��;�a is the original\n\nPersonality of Godhead, the supreme cause of all causes. This verse clearly indicates\n\nthat incarnations of the Personality of Godhead such as Sri Rama, Nrsirilha and\nVaraha all undoubtedly belong to the Vi��;�u group, but all of Them are either\n\nplenary portions or portions of plenary portions of the original Personality of Godhead, Lord Sri Krg1a.\n\nTEXT 68\n\n�� l51��1t111 •fi �11lttJ-'f..'1 I\n�tt lft�J \"�t!§BI •fil'f 1f'fil II �lr' II\nsaba avatiirera kari siimiinya-/ak¥Jf)a\ntara madhye k($f)a-candrera karila gaf)ana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaba-all; avatiirera-of the incarnations; kari-ma king; siimiinya-general; lak!iafJa\n\n-symptoms; tara-of them; madhye-in the middle; k($f)a-candrera-of Lord Sri\nKr�Qa; kari/a-did;ga�wna-counting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhagavatam describes the symptoms and deeds of the incarnations in general\n\nand counts Sri K�Qa among them.\n\nTEXT69\n\nt;!t� ,� <;'Sft�tf� �til 'ttlfP1 �� �111\n\n�tt '� t('lf•l �1-1 � ftl'f r�wn n �� It\ntabe stlta gosiifli mane piiflii baqa bhaya\nyiira ye /ak$a(la taha karila ni5caya\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then; stlta gosiii'ii-Sa ta Gosvami; mane-in the mind; paM-obtaining;\n\nbaqa-grea t; bhaya-fear;yiira-of whom; ye-which; /ak!iara-symptoms; taha-that;\n\nkarila-he made; niscaya-certainly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis made Suta Gosvami greatly apprehensive. Therefore he distinguished each\n\nincarnation by its specific symptoms.\n\n", "adi1#p0160": "Adi-lila, Chapter 2\n\n135\n\nTEXT 70\n\n'WI��tl ��- 'J__tst�l �'11, \"'1�-t I\n�11�-'e'Sf�tat �· '1(.��1!�'1 II '\\O II\navatiira saba -puru�era kalii, arnsa\nsvayarh-bhagaviin kr.sra sarva-avatainsa\nSYNONYMS\navatara-the incarnations; saba-all; puru!jera-of the puru�a-avatiiras; kalii-parts\nof plenary\n\nportions; amsa-plenary\n\nportions; svayam - Himself;\n\nbhagaviin-the\n\nSupreme Per�onality of Godhead; kr�Qa -Lord K r�r;Ja; sarva-of all; avatamsa-crest.\nTRANS LAliON\nAll the incarnations of Godhead are plenary portions or parts of the plenary\n\nportions of the puru�a-avataras, but the primeval Lord is SrT Kr�Qa. He is the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, the fountainhead of all incarnations.\nTEXT 71\n\n'i_if'91'1' �t.:-,�t'lftlf 'et'l �' �Jt-tJt� I\n'A!t�Jt'lf·�t�t11tf ��·'e'Sf�tl{. II 'l� II\nptlrva-pak�a kahe - tomara bho/a ta' vyiikhyiina\nparavyoma-niiriiyat;�a svayain-bhagavan\nSYNONYMS\nptlrva-pak�a-opposing side; kahe-says; tomara - you r; bhola -nice; ta '-certainly;\nvyiikhyana-exposition; para-vyoma- situated in the spiritual sky; niiriiyaQa-Lord\nNarayaoa; svayam-Himself; bhagaviin -the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nAn opponent may say: \"This is your interpretation, but actually the Supreme\nLord is Narayaoa, who is in the transcendental realm.\nTEXT 72\n\n,t� \"''tfJI' �·tit91 �tt� 1SI��t1f I\n�- owttf' CJitt• \"'r.t f-. \"'111 �itt II 'l� II\ntenha iisi' kr�Qa-rtlpe karena avatiira\nei artha sloke dekhi ki iira vicara\n\n", "adi1#p0161": "Sri Caitanya-cariUmrta\n\n136\n\nSYNONYMS\ntenho-He (Narayar;�a); as/ '-coming; kr�!Jo·rilpe-in the form of Lord Kr�r;�a;\n\nkoreno-makes; ovotaro-incarnation; e/-this; ortho-meaning; stoke-in the verse;\ndekhi-1 see; k/- what; o ro- other; v/caro- consideration.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He [Narayar;�a] incarnates as Lord Kr�r;�a. This is the meaning of the verse as I\n\nsee it. There is no need for further consideration.\"\nTEXT 73\n\n181tl ·�- ,.� •1 'f�11(1ft� I\n\nllf1S�ftt( ... �11(J -1-t l �-e II\ntare kohe-kene koro kutorkanumano\nsastro-viruddhartho kobhu no hoyo proma!JO\nSYNONYMS\ntare-to him;kohe-one says;kene-why;koro-you make; ku-torko-of a fallacious\n\nargument; onumano-conjecture; sastro-viruddho-contrary to scripture; ortho-a\nmeaning; kobhu-at any time; no-not; hoyo-is; promaro- evidence.\nTRANSLATION\nTo such a misguided interpreter we may reply: \"\\\\tly should you suggest such\n\nfallacious logic? An interpretation is never accepted as evidence if it opposes the\n\nprinciples of scripture.\"\n\nTEXT 74\n\n\"�''�tlfll'\"'lf � ot �tlfV'i.� iltll� I\n.ot ��\"\"'flf� r��� lrcf5\\ <ff�f\\!!f<;! u ,s u\nonuvadom onuktva tu\nno vidheyom udiroyet\nno hy olobdhaspodorh kiflcit\nkutrocit protitl�fhoti\nSYNONYMS\nonuvadom-the subject; onuktva-not stating; tu-but; no-not; vidheyom-the\n\npredicate; udiroyet-one should speak; no-not; h/-<:ertainly; olobdho-iispodom­\n\nwithout a secure- position; kiflc/t-something; kutrocit- anywhere; protitl�fhoti­\n\nstands.\n\n", "adi1#p0162": "Adi-lila, Chapter 2\n\n137\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"One should not state a predicate before its subject, for it cannot thus stand\nwithout proper support.\"\nPURPORT\nThis rhetorical rule appears in the EkodaSi-tattva, Thirteenth Canto, in connection with the metaphorical use of words. An unknown object should not be put\nbefore the known subject because the object has no meaning if the subject is not\nfirst given.\nTEXT 75\n\n�\"t<r!W �1 �finl1111 �� �t'At I\n�tt'St �'l� �tl, 9f116tf�-.lt n \"� n\nanuvoda no kahiyo no kahi vidheya\noge anuvoda kahi, pascod vidheya\nSYNONYMS\nanuvoda-the subject; no kahiya-not saying; no-not; kahi-1 say; vidheya-the\npredicate; oge- first; anuvoda- the subject; kahi- I say ;pasciit- afterwards; vidheyathe predicate.\nTRANSLATION\nIf I do not state a subject, I do not state a predicate. First I speak the former and\nthen I speak the latter.\nTEXT 76\n\n'�U' ��tlt �tf, '� �· �-t� I\n'�'l�tw' �� �ttJ, '�l•lt •t� n \"� n\n'vidheya' kahiye tore, ye vastu ajflota\n'anuvoda' kahi tore, yei haya jflota\nSYNONYMS\nvidheya-the predicate; kahiye-1 say; tore-to him;ye-that; vastu-thing; ajnota\n-unknown; anuvada-the subject; kahi-1 say; tare-to him;yei-that which; hayais;jflota- known.\nTRANSLATION\nThe predicate of a sentence is what is unknown to the reader, whereas the subject\nis what is known to him.\n\n", "adi1#p0163": "Sr!'Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n138\n\nTEXT 77\n\n�� .�,-�.t�l �� 'ltlf 't�<s I\n��-��\"' t•tt f�-n� -9ft�� 11 \"\" n\nyaiche kahi, -ei vipro parama parJqita\nvipra-anuviida, ihara vidheya-parJqitya\nSYNONYMS\nyaiche-just as; kahi-1 say; ei-this; vipra-brahmafJo; porama-great; parJqita­\n\nlearned\n\nman;\n\nvipra-the brlihmarJa; anuviida-subject; ihiiro-of this; vidheya­\n\npredicate; parJp'itya-eruditi on.\nTRANSLATION\nFor example, we may say: ''This vipra is a greatly learned man.\" In this sentence,\nthe vipra is the subject, and the predicate is his erudition.\nTEXT 78\n\nR� ��tt:.� t:.�tt'tt�� 'WI•tt:.�l\n\n'WI\"!�� R� ..-lt'St, 'tt��J 9f�tll II '\\lr II\nvipratva vikhyata taro parJqitya ajflata\nataeva vipro iige, parJqitya pascata\nSYNONYMS\nviprotva-the quality of being a vipro; vikhyata-well known; tiira-his; parJqityaerudition; ajflata-unknown; ataeva-therefore; vipra-the word vipra; age-first;\nparJqitya-erudition; pascata-afterwards.\nTRANSLATION\nThe man's being a vipra is known, but his erudition is unknown. Therefore the\n\nperson is identified first and his erudition later.\nTEXT 79\n\n��t- •.. 'WI� �� �� wtt� I\n•tt 'WI�!!tl ?-�.t�• �• 111�•tt:.�11 \"� n\ntaiche inha avatiira saba hoi/a jflata\nkiira avatiira?-ei vastu avijniita\n\n", "adi1#p0164": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 2\n\n139\n\nSYNONYMS\ntaiche-in the same way; iriha- these; avatara- incarnations; saba-all; haifa- were;\njnata-known; kiira-whose; avatiira-incarnations; ei-this; vastu-thing; avijniita�\nunknown.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn ·tJle same way, all these incarnations were known, but whose incarnations they\nare was unknown.\nTEXT 80\n\n'�tl:!'•-tr;<llf ��l:!ttft �tt1t �lf4t1 � I\n'�t� 'e1�-t' 9f1r;l �t�li·'J1��1� II \"'0 II\n'ete'-sabde avatiirera iige anuviida\n'puru�era arhsa' pache vidheya-sarhvada\nSYNONYMS\nete-sabde-in the word ete (these}; avatiirera-of the in carna t ion s ; age-first;\nanuviida-the su bject; puru�era-of the puru�a-avatiiras; arhsa-plenary portions;\npiiche-afterwards; vidheya-of the predicate; sarhviida-message.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFirst the word \"ete\" [\"these\"] establishes the subject [the incarnations]. Then\n\"plenary portions of the puru�a-avataras\" follows as the predicate.\nTEXT 81\n\n��tl \"'e1��1J·f•t:etJ �� 11\"11:5 I\n-it�tJ �t;-t�� �- 'e1f�11:! II r� II\ntaiche k(�!Ja avatiira-bhitare haifa jniita\ntiihhora vise�a-jniina sei avijniita\nSYNONYMS\ntaiche-in the same way; k[!i(la-Lord Kr�Qa; avatara-bhitare-among the incarnations; haifa-was; jflata-known; tiihhiira-of Him; vise�-jfliina-specific knowledge;\nsei-that; avijniita-unknown.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn the same way, when Kr�l]a was first counted among the incarnations, specific\nknowledge about Him was still unknown.\n\n", "adi1#p0165": "140\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 82\n\n�\\!--� '�•'·-t• �tt1t ��1'f I\n'��-·��1' f9ft• filt..-J·���t'f ll lr� II\nataeva 'kr�fJa'-sabda iige anuviida\n'svayam-bhagavattii' piche vidheya-sarhviida\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; k[�f}a-sabda-the word k[�f}a; age-first; anuviida-the subject;\n\nsvayam-bhagavattli-being Himself the Supreme Personality of Godhead; picheafterwards; vidheya-of the predicate; sarhvlida-the message.\nTRANSLATION\n\nTherefore first the word \"kn11a\" appears as the subject, followed by the predicate, describing Him as the original Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 83\n\n�� '0�··�1-·.-1 �\" 'ltto I\n\n'lf11�·'61l�tt�t \"' �\" ��J\" \"'�\"\nkr�!Jera svayarh-bhagavattli - ihli haifa slidhya\nsvayarh-bhagaviinera k[�f}atva haifa blidhya\nSYNONYMS\nk[�f}era-of Lord Kr�l)a; svayam-bhagavatta-the quality of being Himself the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; iha-this; haifa-was; sodhya-to be established;\nsvayam-bhagavlinera-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; k[�f}atva-the quality\nof being Lord Kr�l)a; haifa-was; badhya-obligatory .\nTRANSLATION\nThis establishes that SrT K��IJa is the original Personality of Godhead. The original\nPersonality of Godhead is therefore necessarily Kr�l)a.\nTEXT 84\n\n\" �fif ��alf ��\\!, ��- �tt111tf I\n� �9f�l! �\\5 � �� 11 �rs n\nkt;�fJa yadi arhsa haita, arhsi noriiyaf}a\ntabe viparita haita sDtera vacana\n\n", "adi1#p0166": "Adi-lila, Chapter 2\n\n141\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr.sra- Lord Kr��a; yadi-if; atMa-plenary portion; haita- were; arnsi-the source\nof all expansions; narayara-.- Lord Naraya�a;tabe-then; viparita-the reverse; haita\n-would have been;siitera-of Suta GosvamT;vacana-the statement.\nTRANSLATION\nHad Kr��a been the plenary portion and Narayal)a the primeval Lord, the statement of Suta GosvamT would have been reversed.\nTEXT 85\n\niltf1'1'1 ��� ,� 'llltt..·•'St�11{.1\n\n'� .,.-�tw ��� �Jt�Jtlf u �rt n\nnarayara arhsi yei svayam-bhagavan\ntenha sr7-kr�ra-aiche karita vyakhyiina\nSYNONYMS\nniiriiyara- Lord Naraya�a;amST-the source of all incarnations;ye/- who; svayambhagaviin- Himself the Supreme Personality of Godhead; teriha-He; srT-kr�ra- Lord\nKr��a; aiche-in such a way; karita-would have made; vyiikhyiina-explanation.\nTRANSLATION\nThus he would have said: \"Narayal)a, the source of all incarnations, is the original\nPersonality of Godhead. He has appeared as Sri Kr�l)a.\"\nTEXT 86\n\n<211tt'f, �<2lf'ltlll1, �J'ft9ft�<ll I\n�t�-�-�tt�J ilt� cwt� l.fll \"� n \"\"� n\n\nl!flf,\n\nbhrama, pramiida, vipra-/ipsii, kararapafava\niir�a-vljfla-viikye nahi do�a e/ saba\nSYNONYMS\nbhrama-mistakes;\n\npramiida-illusion;\n\nvipra lipsii-cheating;\n-\n\nkarara-apafava­\n\nimperfectness of the senses; iir�a-of the authoritative sages; vijfla-viikye-in the\nwise speech;niihi-not;do�a-faults; ei-these; saba-all.\nTRANSLATION\nMistakes, illusions, cheating and defective perception do not occur in the sayings\nof the authoritative sages.\n\n", "adi1#p0167": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n142\n\nPURPO RT\nSrTmad-Bhiigavatam has listed the avataras, the plenary expansions of the puru¥J,\nand Lord Kr�Qa appears among them. But the Bhiigavatam further explains Lord\n\nKr�l)a's specific position as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Since Lord Kr�Qa\n\nis the original Personality of Godhead, reason and argument establish that. His\nposition is always supreme.\n\nHad Kr�Qa been a plenary expansion of Narayal)a, the original verse would have\n\nbeen differently composed; indeed, its order would have been reversed. But\nthere cannot\n\nbe\n\nmistakes,\n\nillusion,\n\ncheating or imperfect perception in the\n\nwords of liberated sages. Therefore there i.s no mistake in this statement that\nLord Kr�Qa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Sanskrit statements of\nSrTmad-Bhiigavatam are all transcendental sounds. Srila Vyasadeva revealed these\nstatements after perfect realization, and therefore they are perfect, for liberated\nsages like Vyasadeva never commit errors in their rhetorical arrangements. Unless\none accepts this fact, there is no use in trying to obtain help from the revealed\nscriptures.\n\nBhrama refers to false knowledge or mistakes, such as accepting a rope as a snake\n\nor an oyster shell as gold. Pramoda refers to inattention or misunderstanding of\n\nreality, and vipra-/ipsii is the cheating propensity. Karat;iipiifava refers to imperfectness of the material senses. There are many examples of such imperfection. The\neyes cannot see that which is very distant or very small. One cannot even see his\nown eyelid, which is the closest thing to his eye, and if one is disturbed by a disease\nlike jaundice, he sees everything to be yellow. Similarly, the ears cannot hear distant\nsounds. Since the Personality of Godhead and His plenary portions and self-realized\ndevotees are all transcendentally situated, they cannot be misled by such deficiencies.\nTEXT 87\n\n�ftt(<15f( ttfif, �r.r;�:S <15J �1lf I\n'�:St1ftl 'elr;t(��.�f�r;-.ilt.-t·\"'1l( \" \"\"\" n\nviruddhiirtha kaha tumi, kahite kara ro�a\ntomiira arthe avimc�ta-vidheyiirnsa-do�a\nSYNONYMS\nviruddha-artha-contrary\n\nmeaning; kaha-say; tumi-you; kahite-putting out;\n\nkara-you do; ro,s-a-anger; tamara-your; arthe-in the meaning; avimr�ta-vidheyaarhsa-of the unconsidered predicate portion; do�a-the fault.\nTRANSLA TION\nYou say something contradictory and become angry when this is pointed out.\nY our explanation has the defect of a misplaced object. This is an unconsidered\nadjustment.\n\n", "adi1#p0168": "Adi-lila, Chapter 2\n\n143\n\nTEXT 88\n\n.11f �1t�WI ��t� �tHI 'e'$f��1 I\n'�e,-'e11��·-ft\"'lf1f �tflftt�- ��1 II lr\\,· II\nyanra bhagavatta haite anyera bhagavatta\n'svayarh-bhagavan '-sabdera tiihatei satta\nSYNONYMS\nyanra\n\n-\n\nof whom; bhagavatta-the quality of being the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; haite-from; anyera-of others; bhagavatta-the quality of being the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; svayam-bhagaviin-Sabdera-of the word svayarhbhagaviin; tiihiitei- in that; sattii-the presence.\nTRANSLATION\nOnly the Personality of Godhead, the source of all other Divinities, is eligible to\nbe designated svayani bhagavan, or the primeval Lord.\nTEXT 89\n\nfl9f i� ��� �- W\\t9f1f �� I\nIJ!f �� �9f �t�1 �f1fti '$f'f� lllr� II\ndipa haite yaiche bahu dipera jvalana\nmula eka dipa tiihii kariye garana\nSYNONYMS\ndipa\n\n-\n\na lamp; haite\n\n-\n\nfrom; yaiche-just as; bahu-many; dipera-of lamps; jvalana\n\n-lighting; mula-the original; eka-one; dTpa-lamp; tahO-that; kariye-1 make;\nga�wna-consideration.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen from one candle many others are lit, I consider that one the original.\nPURPORT\nThe Brahma-sarhhitii, Chapter Five, verse 46, states that the vi�ru-tattva, or the\nprinciple of the Absolute Personality of Godhead, is like a lamp because the expansions equal their origin in all respects. A burning lamp can light innumerable other\nlamps that are not inferior, but still one lamp must be considered the uriginal.\nSimilarly, the Supreme Personality of Godhead expands Himself in the plenary\nforms of the vigw-tattva, but although they are equally powerful, the original\n.. powerful Personality of Godhead is considered the source. This example also explains\n\n", "adi1#p0169": "144\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nthe appearance of qualitative incarnations like Lord Siva and Lord Brahma.\nAccording to\n\nSrila Jiva Gosvami, sambhos tu tamo-dhi�fhiinatviit kajjalamaya­\n\nsuk�ma-dipa-sikhii-sthiiniyasya na tathii siimyam. \"The sambhu-tattva, or the prin­\n\nciple of Lord Siva, is like a lamp covered with carbon because of his being in charge\nof the mode of ignorance. The illumination from such a lamp is very minute. There­\n\nfore the power of Lord Siva cannot compare to that of the Vi�I)U principle.\"\nTEXT 90\n\n� 1'1� ��ttlf \" ,1'1 �tJtl I\n�tt �• 'Jit• �il', �t�J1-��il' n � • 11\ntaiche saba avatiirera kr�ra se kiirara\niira eka sloka suna, kuvyiikhyii-kharflana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntaiche-in a similar way; saba- all; avatiirera-of the incarnations; kr.sra-Lord\n\nKr�l)a; se-He; kiiraQa-the cause; ora-another; eka-one; 5/oka-verse; suna-please\n\nhear; ku-vyiikhyii-fallacious explanations; khatJflana-refuting.\nTRANSLATION\n\nKr�1;1a, in the same way, is the cause of all causes and all incarnations. Please\n\nhear another verse to defeat all misinterpretations.\nTEXTS 91-92\n'l!li{\\l 'It-sf! ft'l�\n\n'{101� C9ff�ct'i,\"!11: I\n\n11�\"til'llf ��11f't Atlltlf'1 ,�lt.!!'ll: I ��� 11\nlf\"'1('1J r���J«(� ��t\"'tf1(� 'l'lf'11l 1\n\n�cf1� 11�1,rt\"l: !IJC'\\!O{ftli(O{ 51.'11 0 ��� II\natra sorgo visargas ca\nsthiinam po�tJam Otayal]\nmanvantaresiinukathii\nnirodho muktir iisraya{l\nda5amasya visuddhy-artharh\nnaviiniim iha /ak�ram\nvarrayanti mahiitmiina{l\nsruteniirthena ciifljasa\n\n", "adi1#p0170": "Adi-ma, .Chapter 2\n\n145\n\nSYNONYMS\n\natra-in the Srimad-Bhogavatam; sargaf7- the creation of the ingredients of the\n\nuniverse; visarga{l-the creations ·of Brahma; ca-and; sthonam-the maintenance of\n\nthe creation; poja(lam-the favoring of the Lord's devotees; litayaf7-impetuses for\n\nactivity; manu-antara-prescribed duties given by the Manus; isa-anukatho{l-a\n\ndescription of the incarnations of the Lord; n/rodha{l-the winding up of creation;\n\nmukti{1-liberation; osrayaf7-the ultimate shelter, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; dasamasya-of the tenth (the asraya); visuddhi-artham- for the purpose\nof perfect knowledge; navonom-of the nine; ih ·a-here; fakjO(Iam-the nature;\n\nvar(layanti-describe; mahiitmonaf7-the great souls; srutena-by prayer; arthenaby explanation; ca-and; anjasa- direct.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Here [in Srimad-Bhagavatam] ten subjects are described: (1) the creation of the\ningredients of the cosmos, (2) the creations of Brahma, (3) the maintenance of the\ncreation, (4) special favor given to the faithful, (5) impetuses for activity, (6) prescribed duties ·for law-abiding men, (7) a description of the incarnations of the\nLord,\n\n(8) the winding up of the creation, (9) liberation from gross and subtle\n\nmaterial existence, and (10) the ultimate shelter, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The tenth item is the shelter of all the others. To distinguish this ultimate\nshelter from the other nine subjects, the mahajanas have described these nine,\ndirectly or indirectly, through prayers or direct explanations.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse from SrTmad-Bhagavatam (2.1 0.1) lists the ten subject matters dealt\nwith in the text of the Bhagavatam. Of these, the tenth is the substance, and the\nother nine are categories derived from the substance. These ten subjects are listed\nas follows.\n\n( 1) Sarga: the first creation by Vi�ou, the bringing forth of the five gross material\nelements, the five objects of sense perception, the ten senses, the mind, intelligence,\nfalse ego and the total material energy or universal form.\n\n(2) Visarga: the secondary creation, or the work of Brahma in producing the\n\nmoving and unmoving bodies in the universe (brahmorfla).\n\n(3) Sthana: the maintenance of the universe by the Personality of Godhead,\nVi�ou. Vi�ou's function is more important and His glory greater than Brahma's and\nLord Siva's, for although Brahma is the creator and Lord Siva the destroyer, Vi�ou\nis the maintainer.\n\n(4) Pojai)O: special care and protection for devotees by the Lord. As a king main­\n\ntains his kingdom and subjects but nevertheless gives special attention to the mem­\n\nbers of his family, so the Personality of Godhead gives special care to His devotees\nwho are souls completely surrendered to Him.\n\n(5) Oti: the urge for creation or initiative power that is the cause of all inventions,\naccording to the necessities of time, space and objects.\n\n", "adi1#p0171": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n146\n\n(6) Manvantara: the regulative principles for living beings who desire to achieve\n\nperfection in human life. The rules of Manu, as described in the Manu-sarhhitii,\n\nguide the way 'to such perfection.\n\n(7) lsiinukathii: scriptural information regarding the Personality of Godhead, His\n\nincarnations on earth and the activities of His devotees. Scriptures dealin.g with\nthese subjects are essential for progressive human life.\n\n(8) Nirodha: the winding up of all energies employed in creation. Such potencies\nare emanations from the Personality of Godhead who eternally lies in the Kara�a\n\nOcean. The cosmic creations, manifested with His breath, are again dissolved in due\ncourse.\n\n(9) Mukti: liberation of the conditioned souls encaged by the gross and subtle\n\ncoverings of body and mind. When freed from all material affection, the soul, giving\n\nup the gross and subtle material bodies, can attain the spiritual sky in his original\n\nspiritual body and engage in transcendental loving service to the Lord in Vaiku�tha­\n\nloka or Kr��aloka. When the soul is situated in his original constitutional position\nof existence, he is said to be liberated. It is possible to engage in transcendental\n\nloving service to the Lord and become jivan-mukta, a liberated soul, even while in the\n\nmaterial body.\n\n(1 0) Asraya: the Transcendence, the summum bonum, from whom everything\n\nemanates, upon whom everything rests and in whom everything merges after\n\nannihilation. He is the source and support of all. The iisraya is also called the\n\nSupreme Brahman, as in the Vediinta-sutra (athiito brahma-jijniisii, janmiidy asya\nyata/;1). Srimad-Bhiigavatam especially describes this Supreme Brahman as the\niisraya. Sri Kr��a is this iisraya, and therefore the greatest necessity of life is to\n\nstudy the science of Kr�r;Ja.\n\nSrlmad-Bhiigavatam accepts SrT Kr��a as the shelter of all manifestations because\n\nLord Kr�r;Ja, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the ultimate source of everything, the supreme goal of all.\n\nTwo different principles are to be considered herein-namely, iisraya, the object\n\nproviding shelter, and iis'rita, the dependents requiring shelter. The iisrita exist under\nthe original principle, the ii!;raya. The first nine categories, described in the first nine\ncantos of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, from creation to liberation, including the puru�a­\n\navatiiras, the incarnations, the marginal energy or living entities, and the external\nenergy or material world, are all iisrita. The prayers of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, however,\n\naim for the iisraya-tattva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead) Sri Kr�r;Ja. The\ngreat souls expert in describing Srlmad-Bhiigavatam have very diligently delineated\nthe other nine categories, sometimes by direct narrations and sometimes by indirect\n\nnarrations such as stories. The real purpose of doing this is to know perfectly the\nAbsolute Transcendence, Sri Kr�r;Ja, for the entire creation, both material and\n\nspiritual, rests on the body of Sri Kr��a.\n\nTEXT 93\n\n�ti!ti trtfi{t\\! �r� If! \"� 9fwtc(,\n� ilt�11 �t.9ff�-G;�i{ G;�l �tel1t( II �-e II\n\n", "adi1#p0172": "Adi-liHi, Chapter 2\n\n147\n\niisraya jiinite kahi e nova padiirtha\ne navera utpatti-hetu sei iisrayiirtha\nSYNONYMS\niisraya-the ultimate shelter; jiinite-to know; kahi-1 discuss; e-these; novanine; pada-artha-categories; e-these; navera-of the nine; utpatti-of the origin;\nhetu-cause; sei-that; iisroya-of the shelter; artha-the meaning.\nTRANSLATION\nTo know distinctly the ultimate shelter of everything that be, I have described\nthe other nine categories. The cause for the appearance of these nine is rightly\ncalled their shelter.\nTEXT 94\n\n�· \\Jl� �(ti!f1l, �· '!('ft�t I\n\n�t•t -tfttf �(.f�-n �i!ttat II �8 II\nkr�r;a eka sarviisraya, k[!jlJO sarva-dhiima\nkn!Jera sarire sarva-visvera visri'ima\nSYNONYMS\nk[�r;o-Lord Kr�n,a;\n\neka-one; sarva-dsraya-shelter of all; k[!j!JO-Lord KwJa;\n\nsarva-dhama-the abode of all; k[!j!Jera-of Lord Kr�f')a; 5orire-in the body; sarvavisvera-of all the universes; visri'ima-resting place.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Personality of Godhead Sri K�f')a is the shelter and abode of everything. All\nthe universes rest in His body.\nTEXT 95\n\n'lf'\"ftll 'lf\"��l'll� 'l\"l'J'lltf\\!!1'!1\\!!l�fcut�l( 1\n·��lf3t�J� 9£�� It'll! �'JI�t11' O{lllfll \\!�II ;u II\ndasame dasamarh /ak!jyam\niisritiisraya-vigraham\nsri-k[!j!Jiikhyarh pararh dhiima\njagad-dhiima namiimi tat\n\nSYNONYMS\ndasame-in the Tenth Canto; dasamam-the tenth subject matter; lak!jyam-to be.\nseen; iisrita-of the sheltered; iisraya-of the shelter; vigraham-who is the form;\n\n", "adi1#p0173": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n148\n\nsrT-kJ�IJO-iikhyam- known as Lord Sri K��l)a;param-supreme; dhiima-abode;jagatdhiima-the abode of the universes;namiimi-1 offer my obeisances;tat-to Him.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Tenth Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam reveals the tenth object, the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, who is the shelter of all surrendered souls. He is known as\n\nSri Kr�l)a, and He is the ultimate source of all the universes. Let me offer my\nobeisances unto Him.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis quotation comes from Sridhara SvamT's commentary on the first verse of\n\nthe Tenth Canto, Chapter One, of Srimad-Bhiigavatam.\nTEXT 96\n\n�t·J q9f, �tl-tf9�1H!II1-. I\n\nitt .,, ttJ -.t� �t� �t-. U �� II\nk.�rera svarDpa, iira saktitraya-jfliina\nyiinra haya, tiinra niihi kf!i!Jete aji'iiina\nSYNONYMS\nkr�IJera-of Lord Kr�l)a; sva-rDpa-the real nature; iira - and; sakti-traya-of the\n\nthree energies; jfliina-knowledge; yiinra-whose; haya-there is; tanra-of him;niihi\n\n-there is not; kn!Jete-in Lord Kr�11a; aji'iiina-ignorance.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOne who knows the real feature of Sri Kr�11a and His three different energies\n\ncannot remain ignorant about Him.\n\nPURPORT\nSrTia jiva Gosvami states in his Bhagavat-sandarbha ( 16) that by His potencies,\n\nwhich act in natural sequences beyond the scope of the speculative human mind,\n\nthe Supreme Transcendence, the summum bonum, eternally and simultaneously\n\nexists in four transcendental features: His personality, His impersonal effulgence,\n\nHis potential parts and parcels (the living beings), and the principal cause of all\n\ncauses. The Supreme Whole is compared to the sun, which also exists in four\n\nfeatures,. namely the personality of the sun-god, the glare of his glowing sphere,\n\nthe s�n rays inside the sun planet, and the sun's reflections in many other objects.\n\nThe ambition to corroborate the existence of the transcendental Absolute Truth\n\nby limited conjectural endeavcrs cannot be fulfilled, because He is beyond the\nscope of our limited speculative minds. In an honest search for truth, we must\nadmit that His powers are inconceivable to our tiny brains. The exploration of\n\n", "adi1#p0174": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 2\n\n149\n\nspace has demanded the work of the greatest scientists of the world, yet there are\ncountless problems regarding even fundamental knowledge of the material creation\nthat bewilder scientists who confront them. Such material knowledge is far removed\nfrom the spiritual nature, and therefore the acts and arrangements of the Absolute\nTruth are, beyond all doubts, inconceivable.\nThe primary potencies of the Absolute Truth are mentioned to be three: internal,\nexternal and marginal.\n\nBy the acts of His internal potency, the Personality of\n\nGodhead in His original form exhibits the spiritual cosmic manifestations known\nas the eternal Vaikur;�l;halokas, which exist eternally, even after the destruction of\nthe material cosmic manifestation.\n\nBy His marginal potency the Lord expands\n\nHimself as living beings who are part of Him, just as the sun distributes its rays in\nall directions. By His external potency the Lord manifests the material creation,\njust as the sun with its rays creates fog. The material creation is but a perverse\nreflection of the eternal Vaikur;�l;ha nature.\nThese three energies of the Absolute Truth are also described in the Vi�{IU Puriif)O,\nwhere it is said that the living being is equal in quality to the internal potency,\nwhereas the external potency is indirectly controlled by the chief cause of all\ncauses. Maya, the illusory energy, misleads a living being as fog misleads a pedestrian\nby blocking off the light of the sun. Although the potency of maya is inferior in\nquality to the marginal potency, which consists of the living beings, who are part\nand parcel of the Lord, it nevertheless has the power to control the living beings,\njust as fog can block the actions of a certain portion of the sun's rays although it\ncannot cover the sun. The living beings covered by the illusory energy evolve in\ndifferent species of life, with bodies ranging from that of an insignificant ant to\nthat of Brahma, the constructor of the cosmos. The prodhiino, the chief cause of\nall causes in the impersonal vision, is none other than the Supreme Lord, whom\none can see face to face in the internal potency. He takes the material all-pervasive\nform by His inconceivable power. Although all three potencies-namely, internal,\nexternal and marginal-are essentially one in the ultimate issue, they are different\nin action, like electric ener gy, which can produce both cold and heat under different\nconditions. The external and marginal potencies are so called under various conditions, but in the original internal potencies there are no such conditions, nor is it\npossible for the conditions of the external potency to exist in the marginal, or vice\nversa. One who is able to understand the intricacies of all these energies of the\nSupreme Lord can no longer remain an empiric impersonalist under the influence\nof a poor fund of knowledge.\n\nTEXT97\n\n�1( ..tit9f1( �t �' J�.. �JI l\n\n�t'e�-��·�·11it9f f.�'f �.-tllf II �'l I\nkr�IJero svorupero hoyo �ofl-vidho viliiso\nprabhovo-voibhova-rupe dvi-vidho prokii5o\n\n", "adi1#p0175": "150\n\n�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\nSYNONYMS\n\nk�!Jera-of Lord Kr�Qa; sva-rlipera-of the form; haya-there are; �a(-vidha-slx\n\nkinds; vilasa-pastime for111s; prllbhava-vaibhava-rilpe- in the divisions of prdbhava\n\nand vaibhava; dvi-vidha- two ki rids; pra k05a-man ifestations.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Personality of Godhead Sri Knr;�a enjoys Himself in six primary expansions.\nHis two manifestations are prabhava and vaibhava.\nPURPORT\nNow the author of SrT Caitanya-caritamrta turns to a description of the Personality of Godhead Kr�Qa in His innumerable expansions. The Lord primarily\nexpands Himself in two categories, namely prabhava and vaibhava. The prabhava\nforms are fully potent like Sri Kr�r;�a, and the vaibhava forms are partially potent.\n\nThe priibhava forms are manifested in relation with potencies, but the vaibhava\nforms are manifested in relation with excellences. The potentpriibhava manifest_a tions are also of two varieties: temporary and eternal. The MohinT, Hanisa and\nSukla forms are manifested only temporarily, in terms of a particular age. Among\nthe other priibhavas, who are not very famous according to the material estimation,\n\nare DhanvantarT, ��bha, Vyasa, Dattatreya and Kapila. Among the vaibhava-prakiisa\nforms are Kurma, Matsya, Nara-NarayaQa, Varaha, Hayagriva, Prsnigarbha, Baladeva,\nYajna, Vibhu, Satyasena, Hari, VaikuQtha, Ajita, Vamana, Sarvabhauma, ��bha,\nVi�vaksena, Dharmasetu, Sudhama, Yogesvara and Brhadbhanu.\nTEXT 98\n\n��-r--t.Jft4{11f1fit't AM11t1'-'\\!tt I\n\n�111 \"\"� � .- � ..-t� n � n\namsa-saktyiivesa-rlipe dvi-vidhiivatlira\n\nbiilya paugarrfa dharma dui ta' prakiira\n\nSYNONYMS\nari75a-of the plenary expansion; sakti-Qvesa-of the empowered; rOpe-in the\n\nforms; dvi-vidha-two kinds; avatara-incarnations; bii/ya-childhood; pauga!Jrfaboyhood; dharma-characteristics of age; dui-two; ta'-certainly; prakiira -kinds.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHis incarnations are of two kinds, namely partial and empowered. He appe ars in\ntwo ages-childhood and boyhood.\n\n", "adi1#p0176": "Adi-ma, Chapter 2\n\n151\n\nPURPORT\nThe vi/asa forms are six in number. Incarnations are of two varieties, namely\n\nsaktyavesa (empowered) and arh�iivesa\n\n(partial).· These incarnations also come\n\nwithin the category of priibhava and vaibhava manifestations. Childhood and boy­\n\nhood are two special features of the Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�r;�a, but His\npermanent feature is His eternal form as an adolescent youth. The original Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�r;Ja is always worshiped in this eternal adolescent form.\nTEXT 99\n\nOOt'SIG'Pf\" 'Qe_ --�\"�I\n� <mr �- 0-tit't f� '6fl' II �� II\nkisora-svarupa kr�ra svayarh avatiiri\nkriflii kare ei chaya=rDpe visva bhari'\n\nSYNONYMS\nki�ora-svarupa-whose real nature is that of an adolescent; kr�ra-Lord Kr��a;\n\nsvayam-Himself; avatiiri-the source of all incarnations; kriflii kare -He plays; eithese; chaya-rDpe-in six forms; visva-the universes; bhari'-maintaining.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Personality of Godhead, Sri Kr�r;ta, who is eternally an adolescent, is the\nprimeval Lord, the source of all incarnations. He expands Himself in these six\ncategories of forms to establish His supremacy throughout the universe.\nTEXT 100\n\n�-&E'tQ��I\n\"4ifft91 ��'itt��� I �o II\no\n\nei chaya-rDpe haya ananta vibheda\nananta-rupe eka-rDpa, niihi kichu bheda\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-these; chaya-riipe-in six forms; haya-there are; ananta-unlimited; vibheda­\n\nvarieties; ananta-rilpe-in unlimited forms; eka-riipa-one form; niihi-there is not;\nkichu\n\n-\n\nany; bheda -difference.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn these six kinds of forms there are innumerable varieties. Although they are\nmany, they are all one; there is no difference between them.\n\n·\n\n", "adi1#p0177": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n152\n\nPURPORT\n\n(1)\n(3) empowered incarnations, (4) partial incarnations, (5)\n\nThe Personality of Godhead manifests Himself in six different features:\n\nprrlbhava, (2) vaibhava,\n\nchildhood and (6) boyhood. The Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�Qa, whose perma­\n\nnent feature is adolescence, enjoys His transcendental proclivities by performing\npastimes in these six forms. In these six features there are unlimited divisions of the\nPersonality of Godhead's forms. The jivas, or living beings, are differentiated parts\n\nand parcels of the Lord. They are all diversities of the one without a second, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 101\n\nff._Nit, IIQi'MRP, cec•:awt ift1J 1\n� � cecq ��tfif 'ft1f II :> o:> II\ncic-chakti, svarupa-�akti, antarangii nama\ntiihiira vaibhava ananta vaikut;Jhiidi dhiima\nSYNONYMS\n\ncit-5akti- spiritual energy; svarupa-sakti- personal energy; antarangii- internal;\n\nnama-named;\n\ntiihiira-of\n\nthat;\n\nvaibhava -manifesta tions;\n\nananta-unlimited;\n\nvaikurJha-iidi- Vai ku Qtha, etc.; dhama-abodes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe ciHakti, which is also called svar0pa-5akti or antarariga-5akti, displays many\nvaried manifestations. It sustains the kingdom of God and its paraphernalia.\nTEXT 102\n\nlllltMAI-, �tr'lt W1t«.<fflet I\n��� cecq � '5t'lll �o� II\nmiiyii-sakti, bahirangii, jagat-kiirara\ntiihiira vaibhava ananta brahmarflera gara\nSYNONYMS\n\nmiiyii-sakti-the illusory energy; bahirangii-external; jagat-kiirara-the cause of\nthe universe; tiihiira-of that; vaibhava-manifestations; ananta-unlimited; brahma­\n\narflera-of universes; gara-multitudes.\nTRANSLATION\nThe external energy, called maya-sakti, is the cause of innumerable universes\nwith varied material potencies.\n\n", "adi1#p0178": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 2\n\n153\n\nTEXT 103\n\ntn\"'IIINP d•t�, � tt'R • 1\n�J �-tr., ���II )•f) II\njiva-sakti taJasthakhya, nahi yara anta\nmukhya tina 5akti, tara vibheda ananta\nSYNONYMS\njiva-sakti-the energy of the living entity; tatastha-iikhya- known as marginal;\nnahi-there is not;yara-of which; anta-end;mukhya- principal; tina-three; saktienergies;tara-of them; vibheda-varieties;ananta-unlimited.\nTRANSLATION\nThe marginal potency, which is between these two, consists of the numberless\nliving beings. These are the three principal energies, which have unlimited categories\nand subdivisions.\nPURPORT\nThe internal potency of the Lord, which is called cit-sakti or antaranga-sakti,\nexhibits variegatedness in the transcendental Vaikur;�tha cosmos. Besides ourselves,\nthere are unlimited numbers of liberated living beings who associate with the\nPersonality of Godhead in His innumerable features. The material cosmos displays\nthe external energy, in which the conditioned living beings are provided all liberty\nto go back to the Personality of Godhead after leaving the material tabernacle. The\n\nSvetasvatara Upani�d {6.8) informs us:\n\nna tasya karyarh kararam ca vidyate\nna tat-samas cabhyadhikas ca drsyate\nparasya saktir vividhaiva srDyate\nsvabhaviki j11ana-ba/a-kriya ca\n\"The Supreme Lord is one without a second. He has nothing to do personally, nor\ndoes He have material senses. No one is equal to Him nor greater than Him. He has\nunlimited, variegated potencies of different names, which exist within Him as\nautonomous attributes and provide Him full knowledge, power and pastimes.\"\nTEXT 104\n\n�� 'Qi9f'Stet, ..-tf � W I\n\n� ..tl!!l1 \"' � 11cetf f'(f?t • )o8 n\ne-mata svarDpa-gal}a, ara tina sakti\nsabhara asraya k[jl}a, k[�l}e sabhara sthiti\n\n", "adi1#p0179": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n154\n\nSYNONYMS\ne-mata-in this way; svarlipa-gora-personal form s; oro-and; tina-three; saktienergies; sabhara-of the whole assembly; asraya-the shelter; k[,5!10-Lord Kr�ra;\nkr�re-in Lord Kr�ra; sabhiira-of the whole assembly; sthiti-the existence.\nTRANSLATION\nThese are the principal manifestations and expansions of the Personality of\n\nGodhead and His three energies. They are all emanations from Sri Kr�l)a, the\nTranscendence. They have their existence in Him.\nTEXT 105\n\n�wf?t al��'$ft'lf � �C!hll\nC#f� �tt\"W �\" �-� u �0� n\nyadyapi brohmorfla-gorero puru�a asraya\nsei puru�iidi sabhara k[,5!JO mli!asraya\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; brahmo-arflo-garero-of the multitude of universes; puru�athe puru,5a-avatiira; iisraya-the shelter; sei - that ; puru�a..Odi-of the puru�a-avataras,\n\netc.; sabhiira-of the assembly; kr�ro-Lo r d Kr�tJa; mlifa-Qsraya-original source.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAlthough the three puru�as are the shelter of all the universes, Lord Kr�l)a is the\noriginal source of the puru�s.\nTEXT 106\n\nIIQ� 18'$1�\"' \" �C!hll\n\n�-�\"�tS�II�0�11\nsvayam bhagavan kr�r;a, kr�ra sarviisroya\nparoma isvara k�r;a sarva-siistre kayo\nSYNONYMS\ns vayam-H imself; bhagaviin-the\n\nSu pr eme Per sonality of Godhead; kr�ro- L ord\n\nKr�tJa; k[,5I}O- Lord Km1a; sarva-Gsraya-the shelter of all; parama- S upreme; isvaro­\n\nLord; kr�ra- L ord Kr�ra; sar�-�1-siistre-all scriptures; kayo-say.\nTRANSLATION\nThus the Personality of Godhead\n\nSri Kr�l)a is the original primeval Lord, the\n\nsource of all other expansions. All the revealed scriptures accept. Sri Kr�l)a as the\nSupreme Lord.\n\n", "adi1#p0180": "155\n\nAdi-lila, Chapter 2\n\nTEXT 107\n\n�1r. 9f�= n: �tot�!fl: 1\n�tfTf�tllrc,fi��: ��tl't'ftl'fl{. II � '\\ II\n•\n\nisvoro!l poromo!l k r�ro!l\nsoc-cid-<inondo-vigroho!l\noniidir iidir govindo!l\nsarvo-kiiroro-kiiroram\n\nSYNONYMS\nisvoro{l-the controller; poromo{l-supreme; k�ro{l- Lord K�Q a; sot-eternal existence; cit-absolute\n\nonandi{l - without\n\nknowledge; anondo-absolute bliss; vigroho{l -whose form;\n\nbeginning; Odi{l- the\n\norigin; govindo!J-Lord Govinda; sorvo­\n\nkiiroro-kiirorom-the cause of all causes.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r;�a, who is known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has an eternal,\nblissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other origin, for He is the\nprime cause of all causes.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis is the first verse of the Fifth Chapter of Brohma-somhitii.\n\nTEXT 108\n� �� � t_fif .-tit '61'1*\"1! I\n\n��\"\" \"fl ..flrl 5t'l� n ) o1Jo' n\ne saba siddhiinto tumi jiino bhiilo-mote\ntabu pilrvo-pok�o koro amii cii/iiite\n\nSYNONYMS\ne-these; saba-all; siddhiinto-conclusions; tumi-you; jiino- know; bhalo-motein a good way; tabu-still; pilrvo-pok�o-objection; koro-you make; iima-to me;\nciiliiite - to give useless anxiety.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYou know all the conclusions of the scriptures very well. You create these\nlogical arguments just to agitate me.\n\nPURPORT\nA learned man who has thoroughly studied the scriptures cannot hesitate to\naccept Sri Kr�I'Ja as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. If such a man argues about\nthis matter, certainly he must be doing so to agitate the minds of his opponents.\n\n", "adi1#p0181": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n156\n\nTEXT 109\n\n� � ....ttt 13tttet�l1 1\n..� �\"\" � ....11. )o� n\nsel kr�ro ovotari vrojend ro-kumiiro\niipone coltonyo-rupe koi/o ovotiiro\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; kr�ro- Lor d Kr�tla; ovotari-the source of all incarna tion s ; vrajendro­\n\nkumiiro-the son of the King of Vraja; Cipone -pers onal ly; co/tanya-rape-in the\n\nform of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ko/lo- mad e; ovotiiro-in carnation .\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat same Lord Kr�l)a, the fountainhead of all incarnations, is known as the son\nof the King of Vraja. He has descended personally as Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 110\n\n����-��11\n��\"\"tttlfltfl' �' � �tf � n �)o.n\notoevo co/tanya gosiifli porotottvo-simii\ntiihre k�irodo-siiyi kohl, kl tiinro mohimii\n\nSYNONYMS\notaevo-therefore; co/tanya gosiifli- Lord Cai t anya Mahaprabhu ;poro-tottvo-simii­\n\nthe highest limit of the Absolute Truth; tiihre-Him; k�irodo-siiyT- K�irodakasayi\nVi�l) u; kohl-if I say; ki-what; tiihro - of Him; mohimii- glory .\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore\n\nLord\n\nCaitanya\n\nis\n\nthe Supreme Absolute\n\nTruth.\n\n�irodakasayi Vi�I)U does not add to His glory.\nTEXT 111\n\n� �' � � � �fW'tt\"' I\n\"\"\" � �tt\\5, �ft\\5 �\"\" II ��� II\nsei to' bhoktero viikyo nohe vyobhiciirT\nsoko/o sombhove tiiflte, yiite ovotiiri\n\nTo call Him\n\n", "adi1#p0182": "157\n\nAdi-nJa, Chapter 2\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; ta'-certainly; bhaktera-of a devotee; vakya-speech; nahe-is not;\nvyabhicari-deviation; saka/a- all; sambha ve-possibilities; taMe-in Him; yatesince; avatari-the source of all incarnations.\nTRANSLATION\nBut such words from the lips of a sincere devotee cannot be false. All possibilities\nabide in Him, for He is the primeval Lord.\nTEXT 112\n\n'CII�1flt '� � 'CII:tq'!1ctt r.f! I\n�� '\"'111� CJ� � � � n ��� n\navatarira dehe saba avatarera sthiti\nkeho kona-mate kahe, yemana yara mati\nSYNONYMS\navatarira-of the source; dehe-in the body; saba-all; avatarera-of the incarnations; ·sthiti-existence;\n\nkeho-someone; kona-m ate-in\n\nsome\n\nyemana-as in the manner; yara-of whom; mati-the opinion.\n\nway; kahe- says;\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll other incarnations are potentially situated in the original body of the primeval\nLord. Thus according to one's opinion, one may address Him as any one of the\nincarnations.\nPURPORT\nIt is not contradictory for a devotee to call the Supreme Lord by any one of the\nvarious names of His plenary expansions because the original Personality of Godhead\nincludes all such c;ategories. Since the plenary expansions exist within the original\nperson, one may call Him by any of these names. In the Sri Caitanya-bhiigavata\n(Madhya 6.95) Lord Caitanya says, \"I was lying asleep in the ocean of milk, but I\nwas awakened by the call of Na<;!a, Sri Advaita Prabhu.\" Here the Lord refers to\nHis form as K�irodakasayi Vi�l)u.\nTEXT 113\n\n\"���-iftf�l\n� -.�, .. 0 �e, � n ��'!>II\nkr�rake kahaye keha-nara-niiriiyara\nkeho kah�, kr�ra haya siik:;t!t viimana\n\n", "adi1#p0183": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n158\n\nSYNONYMS\nk[�t;Jake- Lord\n\nKr�pa;\n\n- says;\n\nkahaye\n\nkeha-someone;\n\nnara-narayat;�a- Nara­\n\nNarayapa; keho- someone; kahe-says; k[�t;Ja- Lord Kr�pa; haya- is; sak�at- directly;\n\nviimana- Lord Vamana.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSome say that Sri K�r;�a is directly Nara-Narayar;�a. Others say that He is directly\n\nVamana.\n\nTEXT 114\n\n� �' � ,.f)Ciillf-tft ...�� I\n� �' QJ ���II ��8 II\nkeho kahe, kr�ra k�iroda-�ayi avo tara\nasambhava nahe, satya vacana sabara\nSYNONYMS\nkeho-someone;\nVi�r;tu;\n\nkahe-says;\n\navatara-incarnation;\n\nkr�ra-Lord\n\nKr�pa;\n\nasambhava-impossible;\n\nksTroda-sayi-K�irodakasayi\nnahe-is\n\nnot;\n\nsatya-true;\n\nvacana-speeches; sahara-of all.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSome say that Kr!tr;Ja is the incarnation of �irodakasayi Vi�r;tu. None of these\n\nstatements is impossible; each is as correct as the others.\nPURPORT\nThe Laghu-bhagavatamrta states:\n\nataeva puroradau kecin nara-sakhatmatam\nmahendranujatarh kecit kecit k�irabdhi-Siiyitam\nsahasra-sir�atarh kecit kecid vaikur.tha-nlithatam\nbruyuly k�!Jasya munayas tat-tad-vrtty-anugaminaiJ\n(Laghu-bhagavatamrta 5.383)\n\"According to the intimate relationships between Sri Kr�l)a, the primeval Lord,\n\nand His devotees, the Puraras describe Him by various names. Sometimes He is\n\ncalled Narayar;ta; sometimes Upendra (Vamana), the younger brother of lndra, King\nof heaven; and sometimes K�irodakasayi Vi�I)U. Sometimes He is called the thousand­\n\nhooded Se�a Naga and sometimes the Lord of Vaikur;ttha.\"\n\nTEXT 115\n\n� �. 'f,,�,t� iltfttet m ,\n�RS�� ��� �'���it n ��t n\n\n", "adi1#p0184": "Adi-ma, Chapter 2\n\n159\n\nkeho kahe, para-vyome niiriiYOIJa hari\nsaka/a sambhave k�re, yiite avatiiri\nSYNONYMS\nkeho-someone; kahe-says; para-vyome-in the transcendental world; niiriiyaraLord Narayar;�a; hari-the Supreme Pe rsonality of Godhead; sakala sambhave-all\npossibilities;kr�r;e-in Lord Kw)a; yiite-since; avatiiri-the source of all incarnations.\nTRANSLATION\nSome call Him Hari, or the Narayar;�a of the transcendental world. Everything is\npossible in Kr�l)a, for He is the primeval Lord.\nTEXT 116\n\n'R '�'Stt'tl -.fJ ntt � 1\n� 'A �-r. ��, -.fi' �-. ��� n ��� 11\nsaba srotii-garera kari carara vandana\ne saba siddhiinta suna, kari' eka mana\nSYNONYMS\nsaba-all; srotii-ga(lera-of the hearers; kari-1\n\ndo; carara-to the lotus feet;\n\nvandana-praying; e-these; saba-all; siddhiinta-conclusions; suna-please hear;\nkari!... making; eka-one; mana-mind .\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my obeisances unto the feet of all who hear or read this discourse. Kindly\nhear with attention the conclusion of all these statements.\n\nPURPORT\nProstrating himself at the feet of his readers, the author of Sri.Caitanya-caritamrta\nentreats them in all humility to hear with rapt attention these conclusive arguments\nregarding the Absolute Truth. One should not fail to hear such arguments because\nonly by such knowledge can one perfectly know Kr�l)a.\n\nTEXT 117\n\nfil� �IRI1 � ifl -.. � I\nb1 � 9� 'ftt'St � 11\"� II ��'\\ II\nsiddhanta baliyii citte nii kara a/asa\n\nihii ha-ite k�(le liige sudrrfha mlinasa\n\n", "adi1#p0185": "160\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nSYNONYMS\n\nsiddhanta-conclusion; baliya-considering; citte-in the mind; no kara-do not\n\nbe; a/asa-lazy; iha-this; ha-ite-from;. knt;�e-in Lord Kr�IJa; /age-becomes fixed;\nsu-dr(lha-very firm; manasa-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nA sincere student should not neglect the discussion of such conclusions, considering them controversial, for such discussions strengthen the mind. Thus one's\nmind becomes attached to Sri Kr�IJa.\nPURPORT\nThere are many students who, in spite of reading Bhagavad-gita, misunderstand\nKr�pa because of imperfect knowledge and conclude Him to be an ordinary historical\n\npersonality. This one must not do. One should be particularly careful to under­\n\nstand the truth about Kr�IJa. If because of laziness one does not come to know\n\nKr�IJa conclusively, one will be misguided about the cult of devotion, like those\n\nwho declare themselves advanced devotees and imitate the transcendental symptoms\n\nsometimes observed in liberated souls. Although the use of thoughts and arguments\n\nis a most suitable process for inducing an uninitiated person to become a devotee,\n\nneophytes in devotional service must always alertly understand Kr�IJa through the\n\nvision of the revealed scriptures, the bona fide devotees and the spiritual master.\nUnless one hears about Sri Kr�IJa from such authorities, one cannot make advance­\n\nment in devotion to Sri Kr�IJa. The revealed scriptures mention nine means of\n\nattaining devotional service, of which the first and foremost is hearing from au­\n\nthority. The seed of devotion cannot sprout unless watered by the process of\nhearing and chanting. One should submissively receive the transcendental messages\n\nfrom spiritually advanced sources and chant the very same messages for one's own\nbenefit as well as the benefit of one's audience.\n\nWhen Brahma described the situation of pure devotees freed from the culture of\n\nempiric philosophy and fruitive actions, he recommended the process of hearing\n\nfrom persons who are on the path of devotion. Following in the footsteps of such\n\nliberated souls, who are able to vibrate real transcendental sound, can lead one to\nthe highest stage of devotion, and thus one can become a maha-bhiigavata. From\n\nthe teachings of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu to Sanatana Gos�ami we learn:\n�iistra-yuktye sunipura, dr(lha-�raddhii yiinra\n'uttama-adhikari' sei tiiraye samsara\n\n(Cc. Madhya 22.65)\n\n\"A person who is expert in understanding the conclusion of the revealed scriptures\nand who fully surrenders to the cause of the Lord is actually able to deliver others\nfrom the clutches of material existence.\" Srila Rupa Gosvami, in his Upade�am[la,\n\nadvises that to make rapid advancement in the cult of devotional service one should\nbe very much active and should persevere in executing the duties specified in the\n\n", "adi1#p0186": "Adi- ma, Chapter 2\n\n161\n\nrevealed scriptures and confirmed by the spiritual master. Accepting the path of\nliberated souls and the association of pure devotees enriches such activities.\nImitation devotees, who wish to advertise themselves as elevated Vai�r;�avas and\nwho therefore imitate the previous iiciiryas but do not follow them in principle, are\n\ncondemned in the words of SrTmad-Bhiigavatam as stone-hearted. Srila Visvanatha\n\nCakravarti Jhakura has commented on their stone-hearted condition as follows:\n\nbahir asru-pu/akayoiJ sator api yad dhrdayarh no vikriyeta tad asma-siiram iti\nkani�thiidhikiiririim ·eva asru-pulakiidi-mattve 'pi asma-siira-hrdayatayii nindai�.\n\n\"Those who shed tears by practice but whose hearts have not changed are to be\nknown as stone-hearted devotees of the lowest grade. Their imitation crying, induced\nby artificial practice, is always condemned.\" The desired change of heart referred\n\nto above is visible in reluctance to do anything not congenial to the devotional\nway. To create such a change of heart, conclusive discussion about Sri Kr�l')a and\n\nHis potencies is absolutely necessary. False devotees may think that simply shedding\n\ntears will lead one to the transcendental plane, even if one has not had a factual\nchange in heart, but such a practice is useless if there is no transcendental realization.\nFalse devotees, lacking the conclusion of transcendental knowledge, think that\nartificially shedding tears will deliver them. Similarly, other false devotees think\nthat studying books of the previous iiciiryas is unadvisable, like studying dry empiric\n\nphilosophies. But Srila jiva Gosvami, following the previous aciiryas, has inculcated\n\nthe conclusions of the scriptures in the six theses called the ¥t-sandarbhas. False\n\ndevotees who have very little knowledge of such conclusions fail to achieve pure\n\ndevotion for want of zeal in accepting the favorable directions for devotional\nservice given by self-realized devotees. Such false devotees are like impe rsonalists,\nwho also consider devotional service no better than ordinary fruitive actions.\nTEXT 118\n\n� � t!l � Pt.-t� I\nf� Yf �c$11ftt1t 1tf�1� � II :> :>tr II\ncaitanya-mahimii jiini e saba siddhiinte\ncitta d[�ha hana loge mahimii-jniina haite\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaitanya-mahimii-the glory of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jiini-1 know; e­\n\nthese; sa ba-all; siddhiinte-by the conclusions; citta-the mind; dr�ha- firm; hanii­\n\nbecoming; /age-becomes fixed; mahimii-jniina-knowledge of the greatness;haite­\n\nfrom.\nTRANSLATION\nBy such conclusive studies I know the glories of Lord Caitanya. Only by knowing\nthese glories can one become strong and fixed in attachment to Him.\n\n", "adi1#p0187": "162\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nPURPORT\n\nOne can know the glories of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu only by reaching, in\n\nknowledge, a conclusive decision about Sri Kr�I'Ja, strengthened by bona fide study\nof the conclusions of the acaryas.\nTEXT 119\n\n����l'mfl\n�����1�11���11\ncaitanya-prabhuro mahimo kahibiira tare\nk�!Jera mahima kohl karlyo vistore\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-prabhura-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mahimo-the glories; kahibaro\n\ntare-for the purpose of speaking; k�!Jera-of Lord Kr�l')a; mahimo-the glories;\nkahi-1 speak; kariyo-doing; vistore-in expansion.\nTRANSLATION\njust to enunciate the glories of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, I have tried to describe\n\nthe glories of Sri Kn!Ja in detail.\n\nTEXT 120\n\n�5\\HX�fc$1 �- �..-fil:rt'f I\n�-'8�\" ar;tteti4\"fi4 II �� II\no\n\ncaitanya-gosonira ei tattva-nirupo1Jo\n\nsvayarh-bhagaviin k(�IJO vrajendra-nandana\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaitanya-gosoflira-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ei-this; tattva-of the truth;\n\nniruparo-settling;svayam-bhagavcin-Himself the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nkr�ro-Lord Kr�r;�a; vrajendra-nandana-the son of the King of Vraja.\nTRANSLATION\nThe conclusion is that Lord Caitanya is the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nKr�!Ja, the son of the King of Vraja.\n\nTEXT 121\n\nAt�'t���tJ�I\n�5W5fil�1f! � �II �\\� II\n\n", "adi1#p0188": "Adi-ma, Chapter 2\n\n163\n\nsri-rupa-raghuniitha-pade yiira ii�a\ncaitanya-caritiimrta kahe k[�fJadii sa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-S rila\n\nRDpa\n\nGosvami;\n\nraghuniitha-S ril a\n\nRaghunatha\n\ndasa Gosvaml;\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yiira-whose; iisa-expectation; caitanya-caritiimrta-the\n\nbook named Caitanya-caritomrta; kahe-describes;\n\n·\n\nkHfJa diisa\n\n-\n\nSr ila\n\nr\n\nK �Qadasa\n\nKaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\n\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri ROpa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring their\nmercy, I, K�Qadasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their footsteps.\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta, Adi-lila,\nSri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu as the Supreme Personality\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the\nSecond Chapter, describing\nof ,Godhead.\n\n", "adi1#p0189": "CHAPTER3\nIn this chapter the author has fully discussed the reason for the descent of �ri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord �ri Kr�t:Ja, after\n\ndisplaying His pastimes as Lord Kr�t:Ja, thought it wise to make His advent in the\n\nform of a devotee to explai·n personally the transcendental mellow reciprocations of\nservice and love between Himself and His servants, friends, parents and fiancees.\n\nAccording to the Vedic literature, the foremost occupational duty for humanity in\n\nthis age of Kali is niimo-sohkirtono, or congregational chanting of the holy name of\n\nthe Lord. The incarnation for this age especially preaches this process, but only\n\nKr�pa Himself can explain the confidential loving service performed in the four\n\nprincipal varieties of loving affairs between the Supreme Lord and His devotees.\n\nLord Kr�t:Ja therefore personally appeared, with His plenary portions, as Lord\n\nCaitanya. As stated in this chapter, only for that purpose did Lord Kr�t:Ja appear\n\npersonally in Navadvipa in the form of �ri Kr�t:Ja Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nKr�t:Jadasa Kaviraja has herein presented much authentic evidence from Srimod­\n\nBhiigovotom and other scriptures to substantiate the identity of Lord Caitanya with\n\n�ri Kr�ra Himself. He has described bodily symptoms in Lord Caitanya that are\n\nvisible only in the person of the Supreme Lord, and he has proved that Lord Caitanya\n\nappeared with His personal associates like Sri Nityananda, Advaita, Gadadhara,\n\n�rivasa and other devotees to preach the special significance of chanting Hare Kr�(la.\n\nThe appearance of Lord Caitanya is both significant and confidential. He can be appreciated only by pure devotees and only through the process of devotional service.\n\nThe Lord tried to conceal His identity as the Supreme Personality of Godhead by\n\nrepresenting Himself as a devotee, but His pure devotees can recognize Him by His\nspecial features. The Vedas and Puriiras foretell the appearance of Lord Caitanya,\n\nbut still He is sometimes called, significantly, the concealed descent of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\nAdvaita Acarya w.as a contemporary of Lord Caitanya's father. He felt sorry for\n\nthe condition of the world because even after Lord Kr�t:Ja's appearance, no one had\n\ninterest in devotion;�! service to Kr�t:Ja. This forgetfulness was so overwhelming that\n\nAdvaita Prabhu was convinced that no one but Lord Kr�t:Ja Himself could enlighten\n\npeople about devotional service to the Supreme Lord. Therefore Advaita requested\n\nLord Kr�t:Ja to appear as Lord Caitanya. Offering tulasi leaves and Ganges water, He\n\ncried for the Lord's appearance. The Lord, being satisfied by His pure devotees,\n\ndescends to satisfy them. As such, being pleased by Advaita Acarya, Lord Caitanya\nappeared.\n\n165\n\n", "adi1#p0190": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n166\n\nTEXT 1\n\n!i� ��--�ett�: I\n'lt.'JI�t+l&,.t'fw: PNit•\"� n � a\nsri-caitanya-prabhurh vande yat-padiisraya-vTryata{l\nsahg[h[liity iikara-vriitiid ajna{l siddhiinta-san-marTn\nSYNONYMS\nsrT-caitanya-prabhum-to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vande-1 offer my respectful\n\nobeisances; yat-of whom; piida-<israya-of the shelter of the lotus feet; vfryata{l­\n\nfrom the power; sahg[h[liiti\n\n- collects; iikara-vriitiit-from the multitude of mines\n\n-\n\nin the form of scriptures; ajna{l-a fool; siddhiinta-of conclusion; sat marin-the\n\nbest jewels.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. By the potency of\n\nthe shelter of His lotus feet, even a fool can collect the valuable jewels of conclusive\n\ntruth from the mines of the revealed scriptures.\nTEXT2\n\n'ft '\"' �AW 'ft flt:elt...W I\n\n'fttkwHI I!IAt ,..r.,..,... n � n\njaya jaya srT-caitanya jaya nityiinanda\njayiidvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; srT-caitanya-to Lord Caitanya Mahap rabhu; jaya\n\n-\n\n- all glories;\n\nnityiinanda-to Lord Nityananda; jaya all glories; advaita-candra-to Advaita Acarya;\njaya-all\n\nglories;\n\nMahaprabhu.\n\ngaura-bhakta-vrnda-to\n\nall\n\nthe\n\ndevotees\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nCaitanya\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Lord Caitanya. All glories to Lord Nityananda. All glories to\n\nAdvaitacandra. And all glories to all the devotees of Lord Caitanya.\nTEXT 3\n\n� attt� --� �et I\n51.(��--� ..-stet ll't> •\n\n", "adi1#p0191": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n167\n\ntrtiyo �/okero ortho koi!o vivororo\ncoturtho �/okero ortho �uno bhokto-goro\nSYNONYMS\ntrtiyo-third; �/okero-of the verse; ortho-meaning; koilo-there was; vivororodescription; coturtho-fourth; �/okero-of the verse; ortho-meaning; suno-please\nhear; bhokto-goro-0 devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nI have given the purport of the third verse. Now, 0 devotees, please listen to the\n\nmeaning of the fourth with full attention.\n\nTEXT 4\n\n�.wt��,� mt� <fi!lct�t��·H= 1f��\n\"��nr�,ac\\!'�\"��'It� ��r��, 1\n�fil: �����f!1f\"'llff'1fPf':!:\n'llf1 ��1fi�n ��� �= --rD'1•r\"lf\"': n s n\nonorpito-corirh ciriit koruroyiivotirrotJ ko!ou\nsomorpoyitum unnotojjvo/o-rosiirh svo-bhokti-sriyom\nhori{l purofo-sundoro-dyuti-kodombo-sondipito{l\nsoda hrdoyo-kondore sphurotu vo{l �oci-nondono{l\nSYNONYMS\nonorpito-not besto.wed; corTm-having been formerly; ciriit-for a long time;\nkoruroyii-by causeless mercy; ovotirrof/ -descended; ko/ou-in the age of Kali;\nsomorpoyitum-to bestow; unnoto-elevated; ujjvo/o-rosiim-the conjugal mellow;\nsvo-bhokti-of His own service; �riyom-the treasure; hori{l-the Supreme Lord;\npuro{o-than gold; sundoro-more beautiful; dyuti-of splendor; kodombo-with a\nmultitude; so ndipito{l illuminated; sodci\n-\n\n-\n\nalways; hrdoyo-kondore---1n the cavity of\n\nthe heart; sphurotu-let Him be manifest; w{l-your; soci-nondonoJ;-the son of\nmother Saci.\nTRANSLATION\n\"May that Lord, who is known as the son of Srimati Sacidevi, be transcendentally\nsituated in the innermost core of your heart. Resplendent with the radiance of\nmolten gold, He has descended in the age of Kali by His causeless mercy to bestow\nwhat no incarnation has ever offered before: the most elevated mellow of devotional\nservice, the mellow of conjugal love.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Vidogdho-miidhovo, a drama compiled and edited by\nSrila ROpa Gosvami.\n\n", "adi1#p0192": "168\n\n�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nTEXTS\n\n1._( ·�\" f!l'•erflltl I\ncstttll'• �� � fif:IJ � n t n\npfm;a bhagaviin k{�f)O vrajendra-kumiira\ngoloke vrajera saha nitya vihiira\nSYNONYMS\n\nplirf)a-full; bhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; k[,5f)a-Lord Kf�l)a;\nvrajendra-kumllra-the son of the King of Vraja; go/oke-in Goloka; vrajera sohaalong with Vrajadhama; nitya-eternal; vihara -pastimes.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Kr�J)a, the son of the King of Vraja, is the Supreme Lord. He eternally\nenjoys transcendental pastimes in His eternal abode, Goloka, which includes\nVrajadhama.\nPURPORT\nIn the previous chapter it has been established that Krg1a, the son of Vrajendra\n{the King of Vraja), is the Supreme Personality of Godhead with six opulences. He\neternally enjoys transcendentally variegated opulences on His planet, which is known\nas Goloka. The eternal pastimes of the Lord in the spiritual planet Kr�Qaloka are\ncalled apraka{a, or unmanifested pastimes, because they are beyond the purview of\nthe conditioned souls. Lord Kr�Qa is always present everywhere, but when He is not\npresent before our eyes, He is said to be apraka{a, or unmanifested.\nTEXT6\n\n��-.oo�����\n�( -� •'tlif �-.• � n � n\nbrahmiira eka dine tillho eka-biira\navatirl)a hana karena praka{a vihiira\nSYNONYMS\n\nbrahmiira-of Lord Brahma; eka-one; dine-in the day; tinho-He; eka-biira-one\ntime; avatirf)a\n\n-\n\ndescended; hana-being; karena-performs; praka{a-manifest; vihiira\n\n-pastimes.\nTRANS LA TJON\nOnce in a day of Brahma, He descends to this world to manifest His transcendental\npastimes.\n\n", "adi1#p0193": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n169\n\nTEXT 7\n\nM'j_'lt •tP. I\n� �tft\\''lf mJ �•\\'If � n \" n\n��, aRf, �' ..-flf,\n\nsatya, tretii, dviipara, kali, ciiri-yuga jiini\nsei ciiri-yuge divya eka-yugo miini\nSYNONYMS\nsatya-Satya; tretii-Treta; dviipara-Dvapara; ka/i\n\n-\n\nKali; ciiri-yugo-four ages;jiini\n\n-we know; sei-these; ciiri-yuge-in the four ages; divya-divine; eka-yuga-one age;\nmiini-we consider.\nTRANSLATION\nWe know that there are four ages [ yugas], namely Satya, Treta, Dvapara and Kal i .\nThese four together comprise one divya-yuga.\nTEXTS\n\n�� �nt'lf �-.1(..11\n\n� 1fWI 1J'ft1l fir� � II r II\nekiittara catur-yuge eka manvantara\ncaudda manvantara brahmiira divasa bhitara\nSYNONYMS\nekiittara\n\n-\n\nseventy one ; catuiJ-yuge-in cycles of four ages; eka-one ; manu-ontara-\n\nperiod of a Manu; caudda-fourteen; manu-antara-periods of Manu; brahmiira-of\nLord Brahma; divasa-a day; bhitara-within.\nTRANSLATION\nSeventy-one\n\ndivya-yugas\n\nconstitute\n\none\n\nmanvantara.\n\nThere\n\nare\n\nfourteen\n\nmanvantaras in one day of Brahma.\nPURPORT\nA manvantara is the period controlled .by one Manu. The reign of fourteen Manus\nequals the length of one day (twelve hours) in the life of Brahma, and the night of\nBrahma is of the same duration. These calculations are given in the authentic\nastronomy book known as the Siirya-siddhiinta. This book was compiled by the\ngreat professor of astronomy and mathematics Bimal Prasad Datta, later known as\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami, who was our merciful spiritual master. He was\nhonored with the title Siddhanta Sarasvati for writing the Surya-siddhiinta, and the\ntitle Gosvami Maharaja was added when he accepted sannyiisa, the renounced order\nof life.\n\n", "adi1#p0194": "170\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT9\n\n't'CI�'-irtlt �� �- IIWf I\n�� 5T('1t � q111 � 11\n'vaivasvata'-niima ei saptama manvantara\nsotoisa catur-yuga tohora antara\nSYNONYMS\nvaivasvata-niima-named Vaivasvata; ei-this; saptama- seventh; manu-antaraperiod of Manu; sataisa-twenty-seven; catu/;1-yuga-cycles of four ages; tahiira-of\nthat; antara-perioo.\nTRANSLATION\nThe present Manu, who is the seventh, is called Vaivasvata [the son of Vivasvan].\n\nTwenty-seven divya-yugas [27 x 4,320,000 solar years] of his age have now passed.\nPURPORT\nThe names of the fourteen Manus are as follows: (1) Svayambhuva, (2) Svaroci�a,\n(3) Uttama, (4) Tamasa, (5) Raivata, (6) Cik�u�a, (7) Vaivasvata, (8) Savarr;�i, (9)\nDak�a-savarr;�i, (10) Brahma-savarr;�i, (11) Dharma-savarr;�i, (12) Rudraputra ( Rudrasavarr;�i), (13) Raucya, or Deva-savarr;�i, (14) and Bhautyaka, or lndra-savarr;�i.\nTEXT10\n\n���-t t;!_(t1t �'fm Qltt1f I\n� � 0 �112f'Ciit-t II )o II\naHiivirhsa catur-yuge dviiparera se�e\nvrajera sahite haya kr�rera prakiise\nSYNONYMS\naHiivirhsa-twenty-eighth; catu/;1-yuge-in the cycle of four ages; dviiparera-of the\nDvapara-yuga; se�e-at the end; vrajera sahite-along with Vraja; haya-is; k[.S{leraof Lord Kr�pa; prakase-manifestation.\nTRANSLATJON\nAt the end of the Dvapara-yuga of the twenty-eighth divya-yuga, Lord Kr�r;�a\nappears on earth with the full paraphernalia of His eternal Vrajadhama.\nPURPORT\nNow is the term of Vaivasvata Manu, during which Lord Caitanya appears. First\nLord Kr�r;�a appears at the close of the Dvapara-yuga of the twenty-eighth divya-yuga,\n\n", "adi1#p0195": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n171\n\nand then Lord Caitanya appears in the Kali-yuga of the same divya-yuga. Lord\nKrHla and Lord Caitanya appear once in each day of Brahma, or once in fourteen\nmanvantaras, each of seventy-one divya-yugas in duration.\nFrom the beginning of Brahma's day of 4,320,000,000 years, six Manus appear\nand disappear before Lord Km1a appears. Thus 1,975,320,000 years of the day of\nBrahma elapse before the appearance of Lord Kr�r;ta. This is an astronomical calculation according to solar years.\nTEXT 11\n\n�' 'JI�, �te.�, �-� PII\n\nstft' wet� 'e9 � �· � .t II )) II\ndiisya, sakhya, viitsalya, srngiira\n\n--\n\nciiri rasa\n\nciiri bhiivera bhakta yata kr�ra tiira vasa\nSYNONYMS\ndiisya-servitude; sakhya-friendship; viitsalya-parental affection; srngiira-conjugal love; ciiri-four; rasa- mellows; ciiri-four; bhavera-of the sentiments;bhaktadevotees; yata-as many as there are; kr,5ra-Lord Kr:;�a; tara-by them; vasasubdued.\nTRANSLATION\nServitude [ dasya], friendship [sakhya], parental affection [ vatsalya] and conjugal\nlove [sp'lgara J are the four transcendental mellows [rasas] . By the devotees who\ncherish these four mellows, Lord Kr�l)a is subdued.\nPURPORT\nDasya, sakhya, viitsa!ya and srhgiira are the transcendental modes of loving service\nto the Lord. Santa-rasa, or the neutral stage, is not mentioned in this verse because\nalthough in santa-rasa one considers the Absolute Truth the sublime great, one does\nnot go beyond that conception. Siinta-rasa is a very grand idea for materialistic\nphilosophers, but such idealistic appreciation is only the beginning; it is the lowest\namong the relationships in the spiritual world. Siinta-rasa is not given much importance because as soon as there is a slight understanding between the knower and the\nknown, active loving transcendental reciprocations and exchanges begin. Dasya-rasa\nis the basic relationship between K�l)a and His devotees; therefore this verse considers\ndiisya the first stage of transcendental devotional service.\nTEXT12\n\nsrt'JI·'I�f't�t1f�t--.t•ttt'1 lflfrl11\n'l!tllr � �� � '�1ftf� �<fP't ft )� ft\n\n", "adi1#p0196": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n172\n\ndosa-sakha -pita m ata kiin ta-gara laf1ii\n-\n\n-\n\nvraje kriflii kare k[�IJO premiivi?(O haflii\n\nSYNONYMS\ndiisa-servants; sakhii-friends; pita-miitii-father and mother; kanta-ga{la-lovers;\n\n/ai'1ii-taking; vraje-in Vraja; kriflii kare plays; k[�IJa-Lord Kr�pa; prema-iivi?(a-\n\nabsorbed in love; haflii-being.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAbsorbed in such transcendental love, Lord Sri Kr�IJa enjoys in Vraja with His\n\ndevoted servants, friends, parents and conjugal lovers.\n\nPURPORT\nThe descent of SriK�s.rla, the Absolute Personality of Godhead, is very purposeful.\n\nIn Bhagavad-gtta it is said that one who knows the truth about Sri Kpjl)a's descent\n\nand His various activities is at once liberated and does not have to fall again to this\nexistence of birth and death after he leaves his present material body. In other words,\n\none who factually understands K�l')a makes his life perfect. Imperfect life is realized\n\nin material existence, in five different relationships we share with everyone\n\nwithin the material world: neutrality, servitorship, friendship, filial love, and amorous\n\nlove between husband and wife, or lover and beloved. These five enjoyable relation­\n\nships within the material world are perverted reflections of relationships with the\n\nAbsolute Personality of Godhead in the transcendental nature. That Absolute\nPersonality, Sri Kr�Qa, descends to revive the five eternally existing relationships.\n\nThus He manifests His transcendental pastimes in Vraja so that people may be\n\nattracted into that sphere of activities and leave aside their imitation relationships\nwith the mundane. Then, after fully exhibiting all such activities, the Lord disappears.\nTEXT 13\n\n�� �' ... -.tJ �lill\nq('(il -.fit 1fti1 -.tJ '64'1*1� U )If) II\nyathe�ta vihari' kr�'!a kare antardhiina\nantardhana kari' mane kare anumiina\nSYNONYMS\nyathii-�sta-as much as He wishes; vihari'-enjoying; k(�f}a-Lord Kw)a; kare­\n\nmakes; antardhiina-disappearance; antardhiina kari -disa ppearing ; mane-in the\n'\n\nmind; kare-He makes; anumana-consideration.\n\n", "adi1#p0197": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 3\n\n173\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Kr�IJa enjoys His transcendental pastimes as long as He wishes, and then\nHe disappears. After disappearing, however, He thinks thus:\nTEXT14\n\nfit�t'l � � '�'lf.r-9 'fti{ I\n.r. Ail! 'P�!ft � �� n �s 11\ncira-kti/a niihi kari prema-bhakti dana\nbhakti vinii jagatera niihi avasthiina\nSYNONYMS\ncira-ktila-for a long time; nahi kari-1 have not done;prema-bhakti-loving devcr\ntiona! service; dana-giving; bhakti-devotional service; vinii-wi thout; jagatera-of\nthe universe; niihi-not; avasthiina\n\n-\n\nex istence.\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"For a long time I have not bestowed unalloyed loving service to Me upon the\ninhabitants of the world. Without such loving attachment, the existence of the\nmaterial world is useless.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord seldom awards pure transcendental love, but without such pure love of\nGod, freed from fruitive activities and empiric speculation, one cannot attain perfection in life.\nTEXTlS\n\n:JRill �'! �tt'f �� �fif-•f• I\n\nfitif1t9J '13\"� 'tftt�� � W n �(t II\nsaka/a jagate more kare vidhi-bhakti\nvidhi-bhaktye vraja-bhiiva piiite niihi sakti\nSYNONYMS\nsaka/a-all; jagate-in the universe; more-to Me; kare-they do; vidhi-bhaktiregulative devotional service; vidhi-bhaktye-by regulative devotional service; vrajabhiiva-the feelings of those in Vraja; piiite-to obtain; niihi-not; 5akti-the power.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Everywhere in the world people worship Me according to scriptural injunctions.\nBut simply by following such regulative principles one cannot attain the loving sentiments of the devotees in Vrajabhumi.\n\n", "adi1#p0198": "174\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nTEXT16\n\n�·-1'�\"' �Cf �.. fiffefill\n�-fl.tf-.�1!ft11 � 'Jrtt dh n �� n\naisvarya-jfliinete saba jagat misrita\naisvarya-sithi/a-preme niihi mora prita\nSYNONYMS\naisvarya-jniinete-with knowledge of the opulences; saba-all; jagat-the world;\n\nmisrita-mixed; aisvarya-sithila-preme-to love enfeebled by opulence; nahi-there is\nnot; mora- My; prita-attraction.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Knowing My opulences, the whole world looks upon Me with awe and veneration.\n\nBut devotion made feeble by such reverence does not attract Me.\nPURPORT\n\nAfter His appearance, Lord Kf}tla thought that He had not distributed the tran­\n\nscendental personal dealings with His devotees in diisya, sakhya, viitsalya and\n\nmiidhurya. One may understand the science of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nfrom the Vedic literature and thus become a devotee of the Lord and worship Him\n\nwithin the regulative principles described in the scriptures, but one will not know in\nthis way how Kr�l)a is served by the residents of VrajabhOmi. One cannot understand\n\nthe dealings of the Lord in Vrndavana simply by executing the ritualistic regulative\nprinciples mentioned in the scriptures. By following scriptural injunctions one may\n\nenhance his appreciation for the glories of the Lord, but there is no chance for one\n\nto enter personal dealings with Him. Giving too much attention to understanding\n\nthe exalted glories of the Lord reduces the chance of one's entering personal loving\naffairs with the Lord. To teach the principles of such loving dealings, the Lord\n\ndecided to appear as Lord Caitanya.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n��-�-.fH11\n��,. � \"!.� 11!9 'ltlfP1 \" �\" n\naisvarya-jnone vidhi-bhajana kariyii\nvaikur.thake yiiya catur-vidha mukti piiflii\nSYNONYMS\naisvarya-jfliine-in knowledge of the opulences; vidhi-according to rules and\n\nregulations; bhajana- worship; kariyii-doing; vaikUIJ{hake-to Vaikur;t�ha; yiiya­\n\nthey go; catufl-vidha-four kinds; mukti-liberation; piiflii-achieving.\n\n", "adi1#p0199": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n115\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"By performing such regulated devotional service in awe and veneration, one may\ngo to Vaikur;�1ha and attain the four kinds of liberation.\n\nTEXT18\n\n�� �t1rtl, � ��J, � I\n�{Sfl en 'AI 'ftl �� atfi� II � r II\nsar�fi, sarupya, ara stimipya, salokya\nsayujya na laya bhakta yate brahma-aikya\nSYNONYMS\nsar.s-fi - equal opulences with the Lord; stJrapya - the same form as the Lord; (}ra­\n\nand; somipya- person al association with the Lord ; salokya- residence on a Vaikul)�ha\nplanet; sayujya-oneness with the Lord; na laya- they do not accept; bhakta­\n\ndevotees ; ya te - since; brahma-aikya- oneness with Brahman.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"These liberations are sar�ti [achieving opulences equal to those of the Lord],\nsarupya [having a form the same as the Lord's], samipya [living as a personal\nassociate of the Lord] and salokya [living on a Vaikur;�1ha planet]. Devotees never\naccept sayujya, however, since that is oneness with Brahman.\nPURPORT\nThose engaged in devotional service according to the ritualistic principles mentioned in the scriptures attain these different kinds of liberation. But although such\ndevotees can attain sar_s_ti, sarupya, somipya and siilokya, they are not concerned\nwith these liberations, for such devotees are satisfied only in rendering transcendental loving service to the Lord. The fifth kind of liberation, sayujya, is never\naccepted even by devotees who perform only ritualistic worship. To attain sayujya,\nor merging into the Brahman effulgence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nis the aspiration of the impersonalists. A devotee never cares for sayujya liberation.\n\nTEXT19\n\n�1t'ltf �ftl!_ ift1l�e_�� I\n5tff 'e\"R\"4f9 fifl'l �WfJt� II �� II\nyuga-dharma pravartaimu nama-sankirtana\ncari bhava-bhakti diya nacamu bhuvana\n\n", "adi1#p0200": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n176\n\nSYNONYMS\nyuga-dharma-the religion of the age; pravartiiimu-1 shall inaugurate; niimasahkirtana-chanting of the holy name;cari- four;bhava- of the moods;bhakti-devotion; diya-giving; niicamu-1 shall cause to dance; bhuvana-the world.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall personally inaugurate the religion of the age-nama-sarikirtana, the con\n\n­\n\ngregational chanting of the holy name. I shall make the world dance in ecstasy,\nrealiiing the four mellows of loving devotional service.\nTEXT 20\n\n�fi{ -.B1t ....-t� ..� I\n�fi{ �tm' Q fit�� II�\n\no\n\nII\n\niipani karimu bhakta-bhiiva at'lgikiire\niipani acari' bhakti sikhiiimu sabiire\n\nSYNONYMS\niipani-personally; karimu-1 shall make; bhakta-bhiiva-the position of a devotee;\nahgikare-acceptance; apani-personally; acari'-practicing; bhakti-devotional service;sikhiiimu-1 shall teach;sabiire-to all.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall accept the role of a devotee, and I shall teach devotional service by\npracticing it Myself\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen one associates with a pure devotee, he becomes so elevated that he does\nnot aspire even for sa�fi, sarupya, samipya or sii/okya, because he feels that .such\nliberation is a kind of sense gratification. Pure devotees do not ask anything from\nthe Lord for their personal benefit. Even if offered personal benefits, pure devotees\ndo not accept them, because their only desire is to satisfy the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead by transcendental loving service. No one but the Lord Himself can\nteach this highest form of devotional service. Therefore, when the Lord took the\nplace of the incarnation of Kali-yuga to spread the glories of chanting Hare Kr�r;tathe system of worship recommended in this age-He also distributed the process of\ndevotional service performed on the platform of transcendental spontaneous love.\nTo teach the highest principles of spiritual life, the Lord Himself appeared as a\ndevotee in the form of Lord Caitanya.\n\n", "adi1#p0201": "177\n\nAdi-lilli, Chapter 3\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�� il1 � llf'i fit� if! � I\n\n�- �' �r. -�·t'St� 'StAlll �) II\niipane nii kaile dharma sikhiina nii yiiya\nei ta' siddhiinta gitii-bhiigavate giiya\nSYNONYMS\niipane-personally; no kaile-if not practiced; dharma-religion; sikhtina-the\nteaching; no yiiya-does not advance; ei-this; ta'-certainly; siddhiinta\n\n-\n\nconclusion;\n\ngitii-in Bhagavad-gitii; bhiigavate-in Srimad-Bhiigavatam; giiya-they sing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Unless one practices devotional service himself, he cannot teach it to others.\nThis conclusion is indeed confirmed throughout the Gitli and Bhagavatam.\nTEXT 22\n\n�$f1 � � If� Jl1��f� s�� 1\n\n�J�l•r�lf1i\" �lf1��� ��11fJ�' II ��II\nyadii yadii hi dharmasya\ngliinir bhavati bhiirata\nabhyutthiinam adharmasya\ntadiitmiinar'n S[jiimy aham\nSYNONYMS\nyadii yadii-whenever; hi-certainly; dharmasya-of religious principles; gliinifldecrease; bhavati-there is; bhtirata-0 descendant of Bharata; abhyutthiinamincrease; adharmasya-of irreligion; tadii-then; iitmanam\n\n-\n\nM yself ;srjomi- m anifest;\n\naham-1.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 descendant of\nBharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion-at that time l descend Myself.\nTEXT 23\n\n9fromcrn '11'(�1� R0{1\"1111 � ��tfll\nIf� If� \"'(19f0{111{1� ���1 f1f ll_C� '{1:'51 M �o II\nparitrofJiiya siidhDniirh\nvinasaya ca du�krtam\n\n", "adi1#p0202": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n178\n\ndharma-sarhsthapanorthoya\nsambhaviimi yuge yuge\nSYNONYMS\nparitrii(liiya-for the deliverance; siidhuniim-of the devotees; viniisoya-for the\ndestruction; ca-and; du�k[tiim-of the miscrea nts; dharma-relig ious pri nciples;\nsarhsthiipana-arthiiya-for\n\nthe\n\npurpose of\n\nestablishing; sambhaviimi-1\n\nappear;\n\nyuge yuge-in every age.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'To deliver the pious and to annihilate the miscreants, as well as to reestablish\nthe principles of religion, I Myself appear, millennium after millennium.'\nPURPORT\nTexts 22 and 23 were spoken by Lord Kr�Qa in Bhagavad-gJtii (4.7-8). Texts 24\n\nand 25, which follow, are also from Bhagavad-gitii (3.24, 21 ) .\nTEXT 24\n\n��\"\"\"Clflfirc1t C4'1i<f1 � �� <11� CR�l!_ I\n'l\"fl� 5 fl1\n\n�9f��l f'11ft: �11ft: H � 8 II\n\nutsideyur ime lokii\nna kuryiirh karma ced aham\nsankarasya ca kartii syiim\nupahanyiim imii(l prajii(l\nSYNONYMS\nudsideyu(l-would fall into ruin; ime-th e se; lokii{l-worlds; na kuryiim-did not\nperform; karma-action; cet-if; aham-1; sankarasya-of unwanted popul ation; coand; kartii-a creator; syiim-would become; upahanyiim-would spoil; imii(l-these;\nprajii(l-livi ng entities.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'If I did not show the proper principles of religion, all these worlds would fall\ninto ruin. I would be a cause of unwanted population and would spoil all these\nliving beings.'\nTEXT 25\n\nlfltlflfff)�f'i! C�fl'C\"IfC<l\\!tTl 11f\"': I\n't ll\"� �lett_ l�C\\! Ciif1���<rt'C'i! I � t II\n\n", "adi1#p0203": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n179\n\nyad yad acarati Sre�fhas\ntat tad evetaro jana/;1\nsa yat pramiiram kurute\n/okas tad anuvartate\nSYNONYMS\nyat yat- however; iicarati-behaves; Sregha/;1\ncertainly; itara/;1\n\n-\n\nthe lesser; janal]\n\n/;1\n\n-\n\n-\n\n/;1\n\nthe best man; tat tat-that; eva­\n\nQ\n\nman; sa -he; yat-which; pramii am-stand ard;\n\nkurute-shows; /oka -the people; tat-that; anuvartate-follow.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Whatever actions a great man performs, common people follow. And whatever\nstandards he sets by exemplary acts, all the world pursues.'\nTEXT 26\n\n....�.. lli ��-t �I\n..f1rt A-.1 � iltt� ar•t$1 firt11 n �� n\nyuga-dharma-pravartana haya arhSa haite\namii vinii anye niire vraja-prema dite\nSYNONYMS\nyuga-dharma-of the religion of the age; pravartana-the inauguration; haya-is;\narhSa-the plenary portion; haite-from; amii-for Me; vina-except; anye-another;\nniire-is not able; vraja-prema-love like that of the residents of Vraja;dite-to bestow.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My plenary portions can establish the principles of religion for each age. No one\nbut Me, however, can bestow the kind of loving service performed by the residents\nof Vraja.\nTEXT 27\n\n,.,�nn ���= 9f��O{�., ,.���= 1\nfltl'lf�: C<f1 �1 \"if\\!�f9f Cl!l1lt'lf1 'S�f\\! I �, II\nsan tv avatiira bahava/;1\npahkaja-niibhasya sarvato bhadrii/;1\nkr�riid anya/;1 ko vii /atiisv\napi premado bhavati\n\n", "adi1#p0204": "Sri Caitanya-cariumrta\n\n180\n\nSYNONYMS\nsantu-let there be; avatorof7-incarnations; bahavaf7 -many; pankaja-nobhasya-of\n\nthe Lord, from whose navel grows a lotus flower; sarvataf7 bhadrof7-completely\n\nauspicious; kr�rat-than Lord Kr�l)a; anyaQ-other; kaf7 vo-who possibly; latasuon the surrendered souls; api-also; prema-daf7-the bestower of love; bhavati-is.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'There may be many all-auspicious incarnations of the Personality of Godhead,\n\nbut who other than Lord Sri K�l)a can bestow love of God upon the surrendered\n\nsouls?'\n\nPURPORT\nThis quotation from Bilvamar'lgala Thakura is found in the Laghu-bhagavatamrta\n\n(1.5.37).\nTEXT 28\n\n���� �� fti'Stlf -.ft' � I\n\n1�� �A-'�ittil1 wr n �\"' n\ntohate opana bhakta-gara kari' sange\np[thivite avatari' karimu nona range\nSYNONYMS\ntahate-in that;opana-My own; bhakta-gara-with devotees; kari'-doing;sange­\n\nin association ;p[thivite-on the earth; avatari'-descend ing; karimu-1 shall perform;\n\nnona-various; range-colorful pastimes.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Therefore in the company of My devotees I shall appear on earth and perform\n\nvarious colorful pastimes.\"\n\nTEXT 29\n\n'\" �' •fi'l•ttt� � � I\n�(�\" �� \"*''t n �� •\neta bhovi' ka/i-kole prathama sandhyoya\navatirra haifa kf!i!Ja opani nadiyaya\nSYNONYMS\neta-thus; bhavi'-thinking; kafi-kiile-in\n\nthe\n\nage\n\nof\n\nKali; prathama-first;\n\nsandhyoya-in the junction; avatirra haifa-descended; kn!Ja\nHimself; nadiyoya- in Nadia.\n\n- Lord Kr!ii'Ja; opani­\n\n", "adi1#p0205": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n181\n\nTRANSLATION\nThinking thus, the Personality of Godhead, Sri KnQa Himself, descended at\nNadia early in the age of Kali.\nPURPORT\nThe prothomo-sondhyii is the beginning of the age. According to astronomical\ncalculation, the age is divided into twelve parts. The first of these twelve divisions is\nknown as the prothomo-sondhyii. The prothomo-sondhyii and se�o-sondkyii, the last\ndivision of the preceding age, form the junction of the two ages. According to the\nSuryo-siddhiinto, the prothomo-sondhyii of the Kali-yuga lasts 36,000 solar years.\nLord Caitanya appeared in the prothomo-sondhyii after 4,586 solar years of Kaliyuga had passed.\nTEXT 30\n\n�tm1fi1�m �'l �tl 1\nfit���' fif��1f, fll�tu ntt n -eo 11\ncoitonya-sirhhero novo-dvipe avotiiro\nsirhho-grivo, sirhho-viryo, sirhhero huhkiiro\nSYNONYMS\ncoitonyo-s/rhhera-of the lionlike Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nova-dvTpe-at\nNavadvipa; avotiiro-the incarnation; sirhho-grivo\n\n-\n\nhaving the neck of a lion; sirhho­\n\nviryo-the strength of a lion; sirhhero huhkiiro-the roar of a lion.\nTRANSLATION\nThus the lionlike Lord Caitanya has appeared in Navadvipa. He has the shoulders\nof a lion, the powers of a lion, and the loud voice of a lion.\nTEXT 31\n\n����� ..-..QI\n�-� iftt-t � � n �) •\nset sirhho vosuk jivera h[doyo-kondare\nkolmo�o-dvirodo niise yiihhiiro huhkiire\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; slrhho-lion; vosuk-let Him sit;jlvero-of the living entities; hrdoyo-of\nthe heart; kondore-in the cavern; kolmo�-of sins; dvi-rodo-the elephant; niisedestroys;yiinhiiro-of whom; huhkiire-the roar.\n\n", "adi1#p0206": "182\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\nMay that lion be seated in the core of the heart of every living being. Thus with\n\nHis resounding roar may He drive away one's elephantine vices.\nTEXT 32\n\nclt$l ihtmt Itt ,�... iff1f I\n\n•NPI'ill �, � � n� n\nprathama li/iiya tiihra 'vi�vambhara' niima\nbhakti-rase bharila, dharila bhDta-griima\n\nSYNONYMS\nprathama-first; liliiya-in the pastimes; tiihra-of Him; visvambhara nama- th e\n\nname Visvambhara; bhakti-rase-with the mellow of devotional service; bharila-He\nfilled; dharila - saved; bhDta-griima-all the living entities.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn His early pastimes He is known as Visvambhara because He floods the world\n\nwith the n�ctar of devotion and thus saves the living beings.\nTEXT 33\n\nft$,�--�'1, 'ftl'll\n�, lffPI '� firl1• n�� n\nflubhrn dhatura artha-po�ra, dhiirara\npu�ila, dharila prema diyii tri-bhuvana\n\nSYNONYMS\nflubhrfi- known as flubhrn; dhiitura-of the verbal root; artha-the meaning;\n\npo�ara- nourishing; dhiirara- maintaining; pu�i/a- nou rished; dharila-maintained;\n\nprema diyii- distrib u ting love of God; tri-bhuvana- in the three worlds.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe verbal root \"�ubhri'i\" [which is the root of the word \"vi�vambhara\"] indi­\n\ncates nourishing and maintaining. He [Lord Caitanya] nourishes and maintains the\nthree worlds by distributing love of God.\n\nTEXT 34\n\nr;wl�et\\ttl If� ifl1l .,.� I\n.. .,�t\"'���wn�sn\n,\n\n", "adi1#p0207": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n183\n\n5e?a-lilaya dhare nama 'sri-k[?IJa-caitanya'\nsri-k[�l}a janaye saba visva kaila dhanya\nSYNONYMS\n5e?a-liliiya-in His final pastimes; dhare-He held; niima-the name; sri-k[?f:/0·\n\ncaitanya-Sri\n\nKr�tla Caitanya; sr7-kf.SI}a- about\n\nsaba-all; visva-the world; kaila-made; dhanya\n\n-\n\nLord\n\nKr�tla; jiiniiye- He taught;\n\nfortunate.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn His later pastimes He is known as Lord Sri Kntla Caitanya. He blesses the\n\nwhole world by teaching about the name and fame of Lord Sri Kr�tla.\nPURPORT\n\nLord Caitanya remained a householder only until His twenty-fourth year had\npassed. Then He entered the renounced order and remained manifest in this material\nworld until His forty-eighth year. Therefore 5e?a-/ila, or the final portion of His\nactivities, lasted twenty-four years.\n\nSome so-called Vai�Qavas say that the renounced order of life is not accepted in\n\nthe Vai�r;1ava sampradiiya, or disciplic succession, from Lord Caitanya. This is not a\n\nvery intelligent proposition. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took the sannyiisa order\n\nfrom Sripada Kesava Bharati, who belonged to the Sari kara sect, which approves of\n\nonly ten names for sannyiisis. Long before the advent of Sripada Sarikaracarya,\n\nhowever, the sannyiisa order existed in the Vai�r;1ava line of Vi�r;1usvami. In the\n\nVi�l)usvami Vai�r;1ava sampradiiya, there are ten different kinds of sannyiisa names\nand 108 different names for sannyasis who accept the tri-da[Jpa, the triple staff of\n\nsannyiisa. This is approved by the Vedic rules. Therefore Vai�tlava sannyasa was\nexistent even before the appearance of Sarikaracarya, although those who know\n\nnothing about Vai�rava sannyiisa unnecessarily declare that there is no sannyiisa in\n\nthe Vai�rava sampradiiya.\n\nDuring the time of Lord Caitanya, the influence of Sarikaracarya in society was\n\nvery strong. People thought that one could accept sannyasa only in the disciplic\n\nsuccession of Sarikaracarya. Lord Caitanya could have performed His missionary\nactivities as a householder, but He found householder life an obstruction to His\n\nmission. Therefore He decided to accept the renounced order, sannyasa. Since His\n\nacceptance of sannyiisa was also designed to attract public attention, Lord Caitanya,\n\nnot wishing to disturb the social convention, took the renounced order of life from\n\na sannyiisi in the disciplic succession of S arikaracarya, although sannyasa was also\n\nsanctioned in the Vai�tlava sampradiiya.\n\nIn the Sarikara-sampradaya there are ten different names awarded to sannyasis:\n\n(1) Tirtha, (2) Asrama, (3) Vana, (4) AraQya, (5) Giri, (6) Parvata, (7) Sagara, (8)\n\nSarasvati, (9) Bharati and (10) Puri. Before one enters sannyiisa, he has one of the\nvarious names for a brahmaciirT, the assistant to a sannyiisi. SannyiisTs with the titles\nTirtha and Asrama generally stay at Dvaraka, and their brahmaciiri name is SvarOpa.\n\nThose known by the names Vana and Aral)ya stay at Puru�ottama, or Jagannatha\nPuri, and their brahmaciiri name is Prakasa. Those with the names Giri, Parvata and\n\n", "adi1#p0208": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n184\n\nSagara generally stay at Badarika�rama, and their brahmaciiri name is Ananda. Those\nwith the titles Sarasvati, Bharati and Puri usually live at Spigeri in South India, and\ntheir brahmaciiri name is Caitanya.\nSripada Sarikaracarya established four monasteries in India, in the four directions\nnorth, south, east and west, and he entrusted them to four sannyasis who were his\ndisciples. Now there are hundreds of branch monasteries under these four principal\nmonasteries, and although there is an official symmetry among them, there are many\ndifferences in their dealings. The four different sects of these monasteries are known\nas Anandavara, Bhogavara, Kitavara and BhOmivara, and in course of time they have\ndeveloped different ideas and different slogans.\nAccording to the regulation of the disciplic succession, one who wishes to enter\nthe renounced order in Sarikara's sect must first be trained as a brahmaciiri under a\nbona fide sannyiisi. The brahmacfiri's name is ascertained according to the group to\nwhich the sannyiisibelongs. Lord Caitanya accepted sannyiisa from Kesava Bharati.\nWhen He first approached Kesava Bharati, He was accepted as a brahmaciirf, with the\nname Sri Kr�f)a Caitanya Brahmacari. After He took sannyiisa, He preferred to keep\nthe name Kr�f)a Caitanya.\nThe great authorities in the disciplic succession had not offered to explain why\nLord Caitanya refused to take the name Bharati after He took sannyiisa from a\nBharati, until Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami Maharaja volunteered the\nexplanation that because a sannyiisi in the Salikara-sampradaya thinks that he has\nbecome the Supreme, Lord Caitanya, wanting to avoid such a misconception, kept\nthe name Sri Kr�f)a Caitanya, placing Himself as an eternal servitor. A brahmaciiri is\nsupposed to serve the spiritual master; therefore He did not negate that relationship\nof servitude to His spiritual master. Accepting such a position is favorable for the\nrelationship between the disciple and the spiritual master.\nThe authentic biographies also mention that Lord Caitanya accepted the da!Jifa\n(rod} and begging pot, symbolic of the sannyasa order, at the time He took\nsannyiisa.\nTEXT 35\n\ntfl 'l_'Sfmtl lrt�' 'St� �-At I\n�� it111�1'1 -.ft� fi\\(i 8 �� II\ntiihra yugiivatiira jiini' garga mahiiSaya\nk[�!Jera nfima-kara!Je kariyiiche nirf}aya\nSYNONYMS\ntahra-of Him; yuga-avatfira-incarnation for the age; jfini'- knowing; gargaGargamuni; mahiisaya-the great personality; k[�!Jera-of Lord Kr?f)a; nama-kara!Jein the name-giving ceremony; kariyfiche-made; nir!Jaya-ascertainment.\nTRANSLATION\nKnowing\n\nHim\n\n[Lord\n\nCaitanya )\n\nto\n\nbe\n\nthe incarnation for the\n\nKali-yuga,\n\nGargamuni, during the naming ceremony of Kr�f)a, predicted His appearance.\n\n", "adi1#p0209": "185\n\nAdi-lila, Chapter 3\nTEXT 36\n\n�'1-,_ <1�1 'f') 'JJC�j��ll_�� \\!i\"l_= I\n�� ���'41 �'! �'lfiO{,� flp\\!iji\\ '51\\!i: M \"� N\niisan varf}iiS trayo hy asya\ng[hf}ato 'nuyugarh tanu/;1\nsuk!o raktas tathii pita\nidiinir'n k[?f}atiirfl gata/;1\nSYNONYMS\niisan-were; var(lii!J-colors;\n\ntraya!J-three;\n\nhi-certainly;\n\nasya-of\n\nthis\n\none;\n\ng[hf}ata!J-who is manifesting; anuyugam-according to the age; tanu!J-bodies;\nsukfa!J-white; rakta!J-red; tathii-thus; pita!J-yellow; idiinim-now; k[?f}atiimblackness; gataQ-obtained.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This boy [K�l)a] has three other colors-white, red and yellow-as He appears\nin different ages. Now He has appeared in a transcendental blackish color.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhiigavatam (1 0.8.13).\nTEXT 37\n\n\"JIS' fqp, �(-l.fl· � lJf! I\n\n�-�1-•fit�tt-r � -� ll � u\nsuk!a, rakta, pita-varf}a-ei tina dyuti\nsatya-tretii-kali-kiile dharena sri-pati\nSYNONYMS\nsuk/a-white; rakta-red; pita-varf}a-the\n\ncolor yellow; ei--these; tina-three;\n\ndyuti-lusters; satya-in Satya-yuga; tretii-in Treta-yuga; ka/i-kiile-in the age of\nKali; dharena-manifests; sri-pati-the husband of the goddess of fortune.\nTRANSLATION\nWhite, red and yellow-these are the three bodily lusters that the Lord, the\nhusband of the goddess of fortune, assumes in the ages of Satya, Treta and Kali\nrespectively.\nTEXT 38\n\n��� .-t9ftf f§·� ��(I\nl.fl• � -rtst'St1f·�'lf � n �\"' n\n\n", "adi1#p0210": "186\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nidiinirh dviipare tihho hoi/a k�tJa-van;a\nei saba �iistriigama-purii(lera marma\nSYNONYMS\n\nidiinim-now; dviipare-in the Dvapara-yuga; tinho-He; hoi/a-was; k[�IJa-varroblackish color; ei-these; saba- all;�iistra-Qgama-and Vedic literatures;purorera-of\n\nthe Puroros; marma-the core.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNow, in the Dvapara-yuga, the Lord had descended in a blackish hue. This is the\n\nessence of the statements in the Pura�as and other Vedic literatures with reference\nto the context.\nTEXT 39\n\n�9fnt ;s'f�t\"!.. ��= ��t'f1 f.r�il�= 1\n\n�<t'll.7ftfir���� if'lft�9ffl�'!: II \"\" II\ndviipare bhagaviin SyiJma{l\npita-viisii nijiiyudha{l\n\nSri-vatsiidibhir ankai� co\n/ak�atJair upa/ak�ita/;1\nSYNONYMS\ndviipare-in the Dvapara-yuga; bhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nsyiima{l-blackish; pita-viisii{l-having yellow clothes; nija-own; iiyudha{l-having\n\nweapons; Sri-vatsa-Qdibhi/;1-such as Srivatsa; ankai{l- by bodily markings; co-and;\n\n/ak�aiJai{l-by external characteristics such as the Kaustubha jewel; upa/ak�ita/;1characterized.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the Dvapara-yuga the Personality of Godhead appears in a blackish hue. He is\n\ndressed in yellow, He holds His own weapons, and He is decorated with the\nKaustubha jewel and marks of Srivatsa. This is how His symptoms are described.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhiigawtam (11.5.27), spoken by Saint Karabhajana,\none of the nine royal mystics who explained to King Nimi the different features of\nthe Lord in different ages.\nTEXT 40\n\n�'Sf�- iftt1R cllftl I\n'5fit lftf'it' ��5Wtw11 U 8° II\nkali-yuge yuga-dharma-niimera praciira\n\ntathi liigi' pita-vorro caitanyiiwtiira\n\n", "adi1#p0211": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n187\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nkali-yuge-in. the age of Kali; yuga-dharma-the religious practice for the age;\nnamera-of the holy name; pracora\n\n- propagation; tathi-this;/ogi'-for;pita-varf}a­\n\nhaving a yellow color; caitanya-avatora-the incarnation of Lord Caitanya.\nTRA NSLATION\n\nThe religious practice for the age of Kali is to broadcast the glories of the holy\nname. Only for this purpose has the Lord, in a yellow color, descended as Lord\nCaitanya.\nPURPORT\nIn this age of Kali the practical system of religion for everyone is the chanting of\nthe name of Godhead. This was introduced in this age by Lord Caitanya. Bhakti­\n\nyoga actually begins with the chanting of the holy name, as confirmed by\nMadhvacarya in his commentary on the Muf}f/aka Upani�ad. He quotes this verse\nfrom the Nariiyaf}a-sarhhito:\n\ndvopariyair janair vij[IU{I pancaratrais tu kevalaifl\nkalau tu nama-matrera ptljyate bhagavan hari{l\n\"In the Dvapara-yuga people should worship Lord V i�r;tu only by the regulative\nprinciples of the Narada-paflcaratra and other such authorized books. In the age of\nKali, however, people should simply chant the holy names of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\" The Hare Kr�r;ta mantra is specifically mentioned in many\n\nUpani�ads, such as the Ka/i-santaraf}a Upani�ad, where it is said:\nhare k[jiJO hare k[j[IO k[jiJO k[j[IO hare hare\nhare ramo hare ramo ramo ramo hare hare\niti jOpa�akarh namnarh ka/i-ka/ma�a-nasanam\nniitaf:l parataropayaf:l sarva-vedeju dr�yate\n\"After searching through all the Vedic literature one cannot find a method of\nreligion more sublime for this age than the chanting of Hare Kr�r;ta.\"\nTEXT 41\n\n�•m��t-.tr., ••ftt � 1\n-.� tiff.. ......fi{ � 'StfB II 8) II\ntapta-hema-sama-kiinti, prakaf}f/a �arira\nnava-megha jini karfha-dhvani ye gambhira\nSYNONYMS\n\ntapta-hema-as\n\nmolten\n\ngold;\n\nsama-kanti-same\n\nluster;\n\nprakarfla-enormous;\n\nsarira- body; nava-megha- new clouds; jini-conquering; ka!J{ha-dvani-the sound\nof the voice; ye- that; gambhira-deep.\n\n", "adi1#p0212": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n188\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe luster of His expansive body resembles molten gold. The deep sound of His\n\nvoice conquers the thundering of newly assembled clouds.\nTEXT 42\n\n�-mt� �- ..r�B �I\n51'R\" u -�' ti{�Jf\\1 • 8� n\ndairghya-vistiire yei iipaniira hiita\nciiri hasta haya 'mahii-puru�a' vikhyata\nSYNONYMS\ndairghya-in length; vistiire-and in breadth; yei-who; iipaniira-of his own;\n\nhiita-hand; ciiri-fo ur; hasta-cubits; haya-is; mahii-puru�-as a great personality;\n\nvikhyiita-celebrated.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who measures four cubits in height and in breadth by his own hand is cele­\n\nbrated as a great personality.\n\nTEXT 43\n\n'Wt�t...r�' Q itllff1f I\n.,�1lf't�-� �- �\" 8-fJ\"\n'nyagrodha-parimarflala' haya tiihra noma\nnyagrodha-parimat)fla/a-tanu co/tanya gut;�a-dhiima\nSYNONYMS\nnyagrodha-parimat;�pa/a-nyagrodha-par/mat;Jpa/a; haya-is; tarira-of him; namathe name; nyagrodha-parimavflala-nyagrodha-parimat;�f/ala; tanu-having such a\nbody; co/tanya\n\n-\n\nL ord Caitanya Mahaprabh u; gura-dhiima-the abode of good\n\nqualities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuch a person is called \"nyagrodha-parimat;��ala.\" Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\n\npersonifies all good qualities, has the body of a nyagrodha-parimat;��ala.\nPURPORT\n\nNo one other than the Supreme Lord Himself, who has engaged the conditioned\n\nsouls by His own illusory energy, can possess these bodily features. These features\ncertainly indicate an incarnation of Vi�t;�u and no one else.\n\n", "adi1#p0213": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n189\n\nTEXT 44\n\n�ttrlttfi'-'lt_tf .....,..�I\n\n�f(·���' ��,_�.. \" 88 •\niijiinulambita-bhuja kama/a-/ocana\ntilaphula-jini-niisii, sudhiirhsu-vadana\nSYNONYMS\n\niijiinulambita-bhuja-arms that reach the knees; kamala-/ocana-with lotus eyes;\ntila-phula-the blossom of the sesame plant; jini-conquering; niisii-whose nose;\nsudhiirhsu-vadana-whose face is like the moon.\nTRANSLATION\nHis arms are long enough to reach His knees, His eyes are just like lotus flowers,\nHis nose is like a sesame flower, and His face is as beautiful as the moon.\nTEXT 45\n\n� �' ...ef..f4t'tlntil I\n�-..., �-..., �t.� � n 8t 11\nsiinta, diinta, k[�IJa-bhakti-ni�thO-parliyoro\nbhakta-vatsala, susila, sarva-bhDte soma\nSYNONYMS\nsanta-peaceful; diinta-controlled; k[�IJa-bhakti-to the service of Lord Kr�l)a;\nni�fhii-pariiyara\n\n-\n\nfully devoted; bhakta-vatsala-affectionate toward the devotees;\n\nsu sT/a-good character; sarva-bhDte-to all living beings; sama\n-\n\n-\n\nequal.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe is peaceful, self-controlled and fully devoted to the transcendental service of\nLord Sri Kr�IJa. He is affectionate toward His devotees, He is gentle, and He is\nequally disposed toward all living beings.\nTEXT 46\n\nPei\\11�-��1\n\"J-.'tttl 9ffi' �� ��\"\"� II 8� II\ncandanera angada-biilii, candana-bhD�ara\nnrtya-kii/e pari' karena k[�IJO-sankTrtana\n\n", "adi1#p0214": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n190\n\nSYNONYMS\nailgada-and\n\nsandalwood;\n\ncandanera-of\n\narmlets; bolo-bangles; candana-of\n\nsandalwood pulp; bhli,5a{1a-de corations; nrtya-kole-at the time of dan c ing; pari '\n\nputting on; karena\nKr�f1a.\n\n-\n\ndoes; kHfJa sailkirtana- congregational c hanting of the name of\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe is decorated with sandalwood bangles and armlets and anointed with the pulp\nof\n\nsandalwood.\n\nHe especially wears these decorations to dance in\n\nSri Kr�IJa\n\nsalikirtana.\nTEXT 47\n\n<Jlt � .-1 '1<$1 � �ll(\"'(tli{ I\n�i!fi{ft1t '� ifl iltlf-'St� II 8\" II\nei saba gura lana muni vai�ampayana\nsahasra-nome kaila toilra noma-garana\nSYNONYMS\nei-these; saba-all; gura\n\n-\n\nqualities; /ai'lo-taking; muni-the sage; vai�mpiiyana­\n\nnamed Vai�ampayana; sahasra-nome-in the Vi�ru-sahasra-nlima; kaila-di d; tohraof Him; noma-gorana-cou n ting of the name\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRecording all these qualities of Lord Caitanya, the sage Vaisampayana included\nHis name in the Vi��;�u-sahasra-nama.\nTEXT 48\n\ntl tlllft �1-.mif �11 � I\ntt �'lti stflitff ift1t �� II 8\"' II\ndui lifo caitanyera-odi ora �e�a\ndui liloya cori cori noma vi�e�a\nSYNONYMS\ndui-two; /i/o-pastimes; caitanyera-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; adi\nora\n\n-\n\nand; se�a\n\nnames; vi�e�\n\n-\n\n-\n\nfi nal; dui-two; liliiya-in pastimes; ciiri\n\nspec ifi c\n\n-\n\n-\n\nfirst;\n\nfour; cori-an d four; noma­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of Lord Caitanya have two divisions-the early pastimes\nand later pastimes\n\n[ 5e�a-lila ] . He has four names in each of these two lilas.\n\n[ adi-lila ]\n\n", "adi1#p0215": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n191\n\nTEXT 49\n\n�<tcl<tccf1 �tc1r1 <t��·rt'flft 1\n'llJi�: llfic�1 f;{ii'\"l1�9f11i�'f: n s ;:� u\nSUVartJa-Vart}O hemaflgo\nvarahgas candanahgadi\nsannyasa-krc chamaf;l santo\nni�thci-Siinti-parciyaiJa!J\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuvarra-of gold; varra/;1-having the color; hema-ahga/;1-whose body was like\nmolten gold; vara-ahga/;1-having a most beautiful body; candana-ahgadi-whose\nbody was smeared with sandalwood; sannyasa-krt-practicing the renounced order\nof life; sama/;1-equipoised; santa/;1-peaceful; ni�tha-devotion; santi-and of peace;\nparayarafl-the highest resort.\nTRANS LAliON\n\"In His early pastimes He appears as a householder with a golden complexion. His\nlimbs are beautiful, and His body, smeared with the pulp of sandalwood, seems like\nmolten gold. In His later pastimes He accepts the sannyasa order, and He is equipoised and peaceful. He is the highest abode of peace and devotion, for He silences\nthe impersonalist nondevotees.\"\nPURPORT\nThis\n\nis\n\na\n\nnama-stotra). In\n\nverse\n\nfrom\n\nhis\n\nNamartha-sudhiibhidha,\nthis verse,\n\nasserts\n\nthe\n\nMahabharata\n\ncommentary\nSrila\n\nthat\n\non\n\nBaladeva\n\nLord\n\nthe\n\n(Dana-dharma,\n\nVi�{lu-sahasra-nama\n\nVidyabhu��Qa,\n\nCaitanya\n\nis\n\nthe\n\nVi�ru-sahasracalled\n\ncommenting\n\nSupreme\n\nthe\n\nupon\n\nPersonality of\n\nGodhead according to the evidence of the Upan�sads. He explains that suvarra­\n\nvarra/;1 means a golden complexion. He also quotes the Vedic injunction yadii pasya/;1\npaSyate rukma-varrarh kartoram isarh puru�arh brahma-yonim. Rukma-varrarh\nkartaram isam refers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead as having a complexion\n\nthe color of molten gold. Puru�am means the Supreme Lord, and brahma-yonim\n\nindicates that He is also the Supreme Brahman. This evidence, too, proves that Lord\n\nCaitanya is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Kr�l)a. Another meaning of the\ndescription of the Lord as having a golden hue is that Lord Caitanya's personality is\nas fascinating as gold is attractive. Srila Baladeva Vidyabhu�al)a has explained that\nthe word varahga means \"exquisitely beautiful.\"\n\nLord Caitanya accepted sannyasa, leaving aside His householder life, to preach\n\nHis mission. He has equanimity in different senses. First, He describes the confidential truth of the Personality of Godhead, and second, He satisfies everyone by\nknowledge and attachment to Kr�l)a. He is peaceful because He renounces all topics\nnot related to the service of Kr�11a. Srila Baladeva VidyabhO�al)a has explained that\n\n", "adi1#p0216": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n192\n\nthe word ni�fha indicates His being rigidly fixed in chanting the holy name of Sri\nKr�l')a.\n\nLord Caitanya subdued all disturbing opponents of devotional service,\n\nespecially the monists, who are actually averse to the personal feature of the\nSupreme Lord.\nTEXT SO\n\n� •ft' 'e't'St�at ·� � � I\n\n·�'Sf �-lftlpl�� 'ftt n cto II\n\nvyakta kari' bhagavate kahe biira bora\n\nkali-yuge dharma-niima-saflkirtana siira\nSYNONYMS\n\nvyakta-evident; karl!... making; bhiigavate-in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam; kahe- they\n\nsay; biira biira- time and time again; kali-yuge- in the age of Kali; dharma-the\nreligion; niima-saflkirtana-congregational chanting of the holy name; siira-the\nessence.\nTRANSLATI ON\nIn\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam it is repeatedly and clearly said that the essence of\n\nreligion in the age of Kali is the chanting of the holy name of Kr�l')a.\nTEXT 51\n\n�f'! -.-t9fl �·t 'l<f� ��\"\"111{. I\n�tO{t\\5��1(�0{ •'l'f<fM l(� �'l_\" t � H\niti dviipara urvi�a\n\nstuvanti jagad-i�varam\n\nnana-tantra-vidhiinena\n\nkaliiv api yathd �[I)U\nSYNONYMS\n\niti-thus; dviipare-in the Dvapara Age; urvi�a-0 King; stuvantl-they praise;\n\njagat-i�varam-the\n\nLord\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nuniverse;\n\nnona-various;\n\ntantra-of scriptures;\n\nvidhdnena-by the regulations; kalau-in the age of Kali; ap/- also; yatha-in which\nmanner; S[I)U-please hear.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 King, in this way people in Dvapara-yuga worshiped the Lord of the universe.\n\nIn Kali-yuga they also worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead by the regulations of the revealed scriptures. Kindly now hear of that from me.\n\n", "adi1#p0217": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n193\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is spoken by Saint Karabhajana in SrTmad-Bhiigavatam (11.5.31 ).\nTEXT 52\n\nfl'CI{t. f�i�flr.t. �rtC'ti�i1t-�91tflf,. I\n�: 'lt. ·\"'�o:{<!!rhl�� f� m'PI: II H II\nkr�!Ja-van;arh tvi?iikn!Jarh\nsiihgopiihgiistra-piir�adam\nyajflaily sahkTrtana-priiyair\nyajanti hi sumedhasoly\nSYNONYMS\n\nknQa-varQam-repeating the syllables kn-1Ja; tvi�ci-with a luster; akr�fJam-not\nblack (golden); sa-ahga-along with associates; upiihga-servitors; astra-weapons;\npiir,sadam-confidential\n\ncompanions; yaji'Jaily-by\n\nsacrifice;\n\nsahkirtana-priiyail;­\n\nconsisting chiefly of congregational chanting; yajanti-they worship; hi-certainly;\n\nsu-medhasal;-intelligent persons.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the age of Kali, intelligent persons perform congregational chanting to worship the incarnation of Godhead who constantly sings the name of .Kn!Ja. Although\nHis complexion is not blackish, He is Kn!Ja Himself. He is accompanied by His\nassociates, servants, weapons and confidential companions.\"\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis text is fromSrTmad-Bhagavatam\n\n(11.5.32). Srila jiva Gosvami has explained\n\nthis verse in his commentary on the Bhiigavatam known as the Krama-sandarbha,\n\nwherein he says that Lord Kr�!Ja also appears with a golden complexion. That\n\ngolden Lord Kr�IJa is Lord Caitanya, who is worshiped by intelligent men in this\n\nage. That is confirmed in SrTmad-Bhagavatam by Gargamuni, who said that although\n\nthe child Kr�r;ta was blackish, He also appears in three other colors-red, white and\nyellow. He exhibited His white and red complexions in the Satya and Treta ages\n\nrespectively. He did not exhibit the remaining color, yellow-gold, until He appeared\nas Lord Caitanya, who is known as Gaurahari.\n\nSrila jiva Gosvami explains that k�!Ja-varQam means Sri Kr�IJa Caitanya. K�!Javart;a and Kr�IJa Caitanya are equivalent. The name Kr�IJa appears with both Lord\nKr�IJa and Lord Caitanya Kr�l)a. Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, but He always engages in describing Kr�r;ta and thus\n\nenjoying transcendental bliss by chanting and remembering His name and form.\nLord Kr�l)a Himself appears as Lord Caitanya to preach the highest gospel.\n\n", "adi1#p0218": "194\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nVarrayati means \"utters\" or \"describes.\" Lord Caitanya always chants the holy\nname of Kr�!Ja and describes it also, and because He is K�l)a Himself, whoever\n\nmeets Him will automatically chant the holy name of Kr�r;ta and later describe it to\nothers. He injects one with transcendental Kr�!Ja consciousness, which merges the\n\nchanter in transcendental bliss. In all respects, therefore, He appears before everyone as Kr�l)a, either by personality or by sound. Simply by seeing Lord Caitanya\none at once remembers Lord Kr�rJa. One may therefore accept Him as vis,n_u-tattva.\nIn other words, Lord Caitanya is Lord Kr?t�a Himself.\n\nSiihgopiihgiistra-piir�adam further indicates that Lord Caitanya is Lord Kr�l)a.\nHis body is always decorated with ornaments of sandalwood and with sandalwood\n\npaste. By His .superexcellent beauty He subdues all the people of the age. In other\ndescents the Lord sometimes used weapons to defeat the demoniac, but in this age\n\nthe Lord subdues them with His all-attractive figure as Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Srila\n\njiva Gosvami explains that His beauty is His astra, or weapon, to subdue the\n\ndemons. Because He is all-attractive, it is to be understood that all the demigods\n\nlived with Him as His companions. His acts were uncommon and His associates\n\nwonderful. When He propagated the sahkirtana movement, He attracted many great\n\nscholars and iiciiryas, especially in Bengal and Orissa. Lord Caitanya is always\n\naccompanied by His best associates like Lord Nityananda, Advaita, Gadadhara and\nSrivasa.\n\nSrila jiva Gosvami cites a verse from the Vedic literature which says that there\n\nis no necessity of performing sacrificial demonstrations or ceremonial functions.\nHe comments that instead of engaging in such external, pompous exhibitions, all\n\npeople, regardless of caste, color or creed, can assemble together and chant Hare\nKr�!Ja to worship Lord Caitanya. Kf!if}O-varrarh tvi�iik�ram indicates that promi­\n\nnence should be given to the name of KfHia. Lord Caitanya taught Kf�l)a con­\n\nsciousness and chanted the name of KJ?I)a. Therefore, to worship Lord Caitanya,\neveryone should together chant the mahii-mantra-Hare Kr�r;ta, Hare Kr�l)a, Kr�r:ta\n\nKr�r;ta, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare. To propagate\n\nworship in churches, temples or mosques is not possible, because people have lost\n\ninterest in that. But anywhere and everywhere, people can chant Hare Kr�l)a. Thus\nworshiping Lord Caitanya, they can perform the highest activity and fulfill the\nhighest religious purpose of satisfying the Supreme Lord.\n\nSrila Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya, a famous disciple of Lord Caitanya, said: \"The\n\nprinciple of transcendental devotional service having been lost, �ri Kr�r:ta Caitanya\nhas appeared to deliver again the process of devotion. He is so kind that He is\ndistributing love of Kr�r;ta. Everyone should be attracted more and more to His\n\nlotus feet, as humming bees are attracted to a lotus flower.\"\n\nTEXT 53\n\n�... .-rl, �- � � I\n\n�- �· � >111 \"� �1 II t-a II\n\n", "adi1#p0219": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n195\n\n�una, bhiii, ei saba caitanya-mahimii\nei stoke kahe tiinra mahimiira sima\nSYNONYMS\nsuna-please hear; bhai- 0 brothers; ei-this; saba-all; caitanya-of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; mahimii-the glories; ei- this; stoke-verse; kahe-says; tiinra-of Him;\nmahimilra-of the glories; sima-the limit.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear brothers, please hear all these glories of Lord Caitanya. This verse\nclearly summarizes His activities and characteristics.\nTEXT 54\n\n'••' �- tt .!' 1t'ft llH \\.t� I\n\n..�, \"t\" f�t1 �(��II t8 II\n'knra' ei dui varra soda yahra mukhe\nathavii, kr.srake tinho varre nija sukhe\nSYNONYMS\nkr�ra- Kr�tt a; ei- these; dui- two; varQa- syllables; sadii-always; yahra-of whom;\nmukhe-in the mouth; athavii-or else; kr�rake-Lord Km1a; tihho-He; varredescribes; nija-His own; sukhe-in happi ness .\nTRANSLATION\nThe two syllables \"kr�·Qa\" are always in His mouth; or, He constantly describes\nKn�;�a with great pleasure.\nTEXT 55\n\n\"�(�'WI( tt <I $lt'i I\n\" � fm 'it� lttf1: 'e'(1� \"'� II tt II\nkr�ra-varra-sabdera artha dui ta pramara\nkr�ra vinu tanra mukhe nahi iiise iina\nSYNONYMS\nkr�ra-vartJa-sabdera-of the wo rd kr�ra-varra; artha-the meaning; dui- two; ta\n-certainly; pramiira-examples; kr�ra- Kr�tt a; vinu-except for; tahra-of Hi m;\nmukhe-in the mouth; niihi iiise-do es not come; ana- anything else.\n\n", "adi1#p0220": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n196\n\nTRANSLATION\nThese are two meanings of the word \"k{Hla-varr;�a.\" Indeed, nothing else but\nKnr;�a issues from His mouth.\nTEXT 56\n\n� l\"lttl � 'ffir ,.�It! t\n\n� �-tltt-t �� �tl �.. II Q� U\nkeha tiinre bale yadi kr�ro-vorora\niiro vi�e�ar;e tara kare niviiraro\n\nSYNONYMS\nkeha-someone; tiinre-to H im; bale-ascribes; yadi-if; kt:Sf70-black; vara{la-the\ncolor; iira-another; vi�e�are-in the adjective; taro-of that; kore-does; nivtiroroprevention.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf someone tries to describe Him as being of blackish complexion, the next\nadjective [tvi$i akr�r;�am] immediately restricts him.\nTEXT 57\n\n'\"�mtJ Q �� �\"'U-t I\n�\"'Ut-I � ��1-t II ct\" II\ndeha-kiintye haya tenho akr�ro-varoro\nokr�ro-varare kahe pita-varoro\n\nSYNONYMS\ndeha-kiintye-in the luster of the body; haya-is; tenho-He; akr�ra-not black;\nvarara-the color; akr�ro-varore- by a color that is not blackish; kahe-one means;\npita-yellow; varara-the color.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis complexion is certainly not blackish. Indeed, His not being blackish indicates\n'\n\nthat His complexion is yellow.\n\nTEXT 58\n\n-.�tr) lf� mt�'f! ��lf� �Jf'i!l!111lffl3ttr'� \"f1P' ��Nf���'f,�l!ht: I\n\n", "adi1#p0221": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n197\n\n�9(� 1!1��5l'll}!fll�l�\n'f Clf��\"5�R!lr'i!'i!l\"tt. 'i{: f'fll u ttr a\nkalau yam vidviirhsa{l sphufam abhiyajante dyuti-bhariid\nakrguJngarh kr�ram makha-vidhibhir utkirtanamayai{l\nupiisyarh ca prahur yam akhila-caturthiisrama-ju�iirh\nsa devas caitanyiikrtir atitariirh na{l krpayatu\nSYNONYMS\n\nkalau-in the age of Kali;yam-Him whom;vld varh sa(l-the learned men; sphutam\n-clearly manifested; abhiyajante -worship; dyuti-bharat-due to an abundance of\nbodily luster; akr�ra-angam-w hose body is not blackish; kr�ram-Lord Kr�t'la;\nmakha-vidhlbhi{l-by the performances of sacrifice; utkirtana-mayai{l-consisting of\nloud chanting of the holy name; upiisyam-worshipable object; co- a nd; priihu{lthey said; yam-whom; akhila-all; caturtha-iisrama-ju�m-of those who are in the\nfourth order of life (sannyiisa); sa{I-He; deva{l-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; caitanya-iik[ti{l-having the form of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; atitariimexcessively;na{l-unto us; krpayatu-let Him show His mercy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By performing the sacrifice of congregational chanting of the holy name,\nlearned scholars in the age of Kali worship Lord K r�l)a, who is now non-blackish\nbecause of the great upsurge of the feelings of Srimati Radhlirlini. He is the only\nworshipable Deity for the paramaharilsas, who have attained the highest stage of\nthe fourth order\n\n[ sannyasa ] . May that Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord\n\nCaitanya, show us His great causeless mercy.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis text, as well as text 63 and text 66, is from the Stava-miilii of Srila Rupa\nGosvami.\nTEXT 59\n\n12f�J.. >:ftftf ��-.-t� IJ� I\n\n•� tttll �.._�r.n ct� n\npratyak�a tiinhiira tapta-kiiflcanera dyuti\nyiinhiira chafiiya niise ajfliina-tamastati\nSYNONYMS\n\npratya�a-viv id; tiinhiira-of Him; tapta molten ; kiiflcanera-of gold; dyuti-\n\neffulgence; yiinhiira-of whom; chafiiya-by the luster; nose-destroys; ajnana\nignorance; tamastati-the extent of the darkness.\n\n--\n\nof\n\n", "adi1#p0222": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n198\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne can vividly see His glowing complexion of molten gold, which dispels the\ndarkness of ignorance.\nTEXT 60\n\n� ��·l!t111 �t-t •f�tf II\n�tr·t9fltr-ittlt irtil1 - � II �o II\njivera kalma�a-tamo nii�a karibiire\naflga-upiiflga-niima niinii astra dhare\nSYNONYMS\n\njivera-of the living entity; ka/ma�a-of sinful activities; tamafl-the darkness;\nnasa karibare-for destroying; ahga-associates; upiinga-devotees;niima-holy names;\nnanii-various; astra-weapons; dhare-He holds.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sinful life of the living beings results from ignorance. To destroy that ignorance,\n\nHe\n\nhas brought various weapons, such as His plenary associates,\n\nHis\n\ndevotees and the holy name.\nTEXT\n\n61\n\nceffim� ......-��\"•1\n� '�-..' i011, ��at: 11 �) n\nbhaktira virodhi karma-dharma vii adharma\ntiihiira 'kalma�a' nama, sei mahii-tamafl\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhaktira-to\n\ndevotional service; virodhi-averse; karma-activity; dharma-reli­\n\ngious; vii-or; adharma-irreligious; tiihiira-of that; ka/ma¥J-sin; nama-the name;\nsei-this; mahii-tama{l-great darkness.\nTRANSLATION\nThe greatest ignorance consists of activities, whether religious or irreligious, that\nare opposed to devotional service. They are to be known as sins [kalm�a].\nTEXT 62\n\n� \"fit' m �, ,<ltatt�J 5tf 1\n\n•fBI � l{f-t '<ltt1ro5 'e1'111l II � II\n\n", "adi1#p0223": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n199\n\nbahu tuti' hari bali' prema-drHye caya\nkarlya kalma�a nasa premete bhasaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nbahu tu/i - raising the arms; haN bo/1'-chanting the holy name; prema-drHye'\n\nwith His glance of deep love; caya-He looks; kar/ya- causing; kalma�a-to sins;\n\nnosa- destruction;premete in love of God; bhasaya-He floods.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nRaising His arms, chanting the holy name and looking upon all with deep lqve,\nHe drives away all sins and floods everyone with love of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 63\n\nf\"'l'!tc'l�: Cl'l�t. �f\\5 �'5\\'!t� 1[7 9\\flt\\51\nf'S\\�t. tfll�w: �\"M�a,�� 9\\1!�-vR! 1\n9\\lftfrW: -.� � l!f'tliR! 01' fl C!l11:��\n'f Clf<1�\"6'!�tfR!l�'!�t� 0{: \"f9flil U �\" H\nsmita/oka/;1 sokarh harati jagatarh yasya parito\ngirarh tu prorambhaJ; ku5a/a-pafalirh pal/avayati\npado/ambha/;1 karh va prarayati na hi prema-nivaharh\nsa devas caitanyokrtir atitarorh nal; k[payatu\nSYNONYMS\n\nsmita- smiling; o/oka/;1 glance; sokam-the bereavement; harati-takes away;\njagatom-of the world;yasya-whose;parita/;1- all around;giram-of the speech; tualso; prorambha/;1-the beginning; ku5a/a-of .auspiciousness; pafa lim - the mass;\npal/avayati-causes to blossom; pada-olambha/;1-the taking hold of the lotus feet;\nkarh va-what possibly;prarayati leads to;na- not;hi-certainly;prema-nivahamquantity of love of Godhead; sa/;-He; de vaJ;- the Supreme Personality of Godhead; caitanya-Gkrtifl - having the form of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; atitariimexcessively;naJ;- unto us;krpayatu- may He show His mercy.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"May the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the form of Lord Sri Caitanya\nbestow His causeless mercy upon us. His smiling glance at once drives away all the\nbereavements of the world, and His very words enliven the auspicious creepers of\ndevotion by expanding their leaves. Taking shelter of His lotus feet invokes transcendental love of God at once.\"\n\n", "adi1#p0224": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n200\n\nTEXT64\n\n·�' ·'i� '�t �� � I\nIS'tl 'ft't'lll o, 't'At <:<2l'll'fi' n �8 n\nsri-anga, sri-mukha yei kare dara5ana\ntiira piipa-k�ya haya, piiya prema-dhana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri-anga-His body; sri-mukha-His face; yei any one who; kare- does; darasana-\n\nseeing; tiira-of him; pilpa k,saya\n-\n\n-\n\ndestruction of sins; haya-there is; paya\n\n-\n\nobtains;\n\nprema-dhana-the wealth of love of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nAnyone who looks upon His beautiful body or beautiful face becomes freed from\nall sins and obtains the wealth of love of Godhead.\nTEXT65\n\n�· ���� � � �ttr I\n\n�\"r;-.1 �JIW �·il'ftttr II �t II\nanya avatiire saba sainya-sastra sange\ncaitanya-kn!Jera sainya anga-upiinge\nSYNONYMS\n\nanya\n\n-\n\nother;\n\navatiire-in\n\nincarnations;\n\nsaba\n\n-\n\nall; sainya- s oldiers; sastra-and\n\nweapons; sange- along with; caitanya-kHIJera-of Lord Kr��a as Lord Caitanya;\n\nsainya- soldiers; ah!P-plenary parts; upiinge- and associates.\nTRANSLATION\nIn other incarnations the Lord descended with armies and weapons, but in this\nincarnation His soldiers are His plenary parts and associates.\nTEXT66\n\n'fC'ift9frJ: �1ft;{ IJ\"'!ll���t�: �'tfil�t�\n'\n\n���5��ft'tMtRr•r-�c1tll-����: 1\n�iS��J: ��t� f-1���0{11_�9fflr\"tot\n7f �D'!\"W: f<f� � �O{i!lf9f i[t\"\"'t�t�� 9flfl{_ll � II\n\n", "adi1#p0225": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n201\n\nsadopiisya/;1 srfman dhrta-manuja-kayai/;1 prarayitiirh\nvahadbhir gir-viirair giriSa-parameHhi-prabhrtibh i/;1\nsva-bhaktebhya/;1 suddhiirh nija-bhajana-mudriim upadi5on\n·\n\nsa caitanyaf;l kirh me punar api drsor yasyati pad(Jm\nSYNONYMS\n\nsadii-always; upasya/;1-worshipable; Srfman-beautiful; dh[ta-who accepted;\nmanuja-Myai/;1-the bodies of men; prarayitam-love; vahadbhif;l-who were bearing; gfr-varaif:l-by the demigods; giriSa-Lord Siva ; parame�[hi- Lord Brahma;\nprabh[tibhi/;1-headed by;sva-bhaktebhya/;1-unto His own devotees; suddhiim-pure;\nnija-bhajana-of His own worship; mudri1m-the mark; upadiSan-instructing;sa�He; caitanyah-Lord Caitanya; kim-what; me-my; punah-again; apt-certainly;\ndrSof;l-of the' two eyes; yasyati-He will go; padam-to the �bode.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is always the most worshipable Deity of the\ndemigods, including Lord Siva and Lord Brahma, who came in the garb of ordinary\nmen, bearing love for Him. He instructs His own pure devotional service to His own\ndevotees. Will He again be the object of my vision?\"\nTEXT 67\n\n...rtrt'tttr •• -.tl ��� I\n,._.,�, _. �tl � finrllll' n �\" u\niihgopiihga astra kare sva-karya-sadhana\n'ahga'-sabdera artha iira suna diyii mana\nSYNONYMS\n\niihga-upahga-plenary parts and associates; astra-weapons; kare-do; sva-kiiryoof their own business; siidhana-as the accomplishment; ahga-!abdera-of the word\nahga; artha-the meaning; ora-another; suna-please hear; diyii-giving; mana-the\nmind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis plenary parts and associates perform the work of weapons as their own\nspecific duties. Please hear from me another meaning of the word \"aliga.\"\nTEXT 68\n\n\"-\"''� ._�-t � llf'tW•'tPftet I\n·�� � ,�,-�.,Jt� u \"'\"\" n\n\n", "adi1#p0226": "202\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n'ahga'-5abde arhScJ kahe Siistra-paramiira\nahgera avayava 'upiihga'-vyiikhyiina\nSYNONYMS\n\nahga-5abde-by the word ahga, or limb; arh�a\n\n-\n\npart; kah e-says; �iistra-of the\n\nscriptures; paramiira-the evidence; ahgera-of the limb; avayava-the constituent\n\npart; upiihga-vyiikhyiina-the exposition of the word upiihga.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAccording to the evidence of the revealed scriptures, a bodily limb [aliga] is also\n\ncalled a part [ arilsa], and a part of a limb is called a partial part [upariga] .\nTEXT 69\n\n<ttm�t \"i{ f{ '1·��­\n\n�JfJ�-ttf'?fifC'IPf'l�� I\n;jtmtctt�'f� \"if�l�'hl\"ifl­\n\n�M 'I�J� \"i{ \\!t�� ll:'hl111 �;> II\nniiriiyaras tvarh no hi sarva-dehiniim\niitmiisy adhTSiikhila-/oka-siik�i\n\nniiriiyaro 'hgarh nara-bhu-ja/iiyaniit\ntoe ciipi satyarh no tavaiva miiyii\nSYNONYMS\nniiriiya!Jal]- Lord Narayal)a; tvam-You;na-not;hi-certainly; san10-all; dehinlim\n\n-,of the embodied beings;iitmii-the Supersoul; asi-You are; adhisa-0 Lord; akhila­\n\n/oka-of all the worlds; s ii�T-the witness; niiriiyarafl-known as Narayal)a; ahgam­\n\nplenary portion; nora-of Nara; bhu-born; ja/a-in the water;ayaniit-due to the\nplace of refuge; tat-that; co-and; api-certainly; satyam-highest truth; no\ntava- Your; eva-at all; maya-the illusory energy.\n\n-\n\nnot;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 Lord of lords, You are the seer of all creation. You are indeed everyone's\n\ndearest life. Are You not-, therefore, my father, Narayapa? 'Narayapa' refers to\none whose abode is in the water born from Nara [Garbhodaka5ayi Vi.spu], and that\nNarayapa is Your plenary portion. All Your plenary portions are transcendental.\n\nThey are absolute and are not creations of maya. \"\nPURPORT\n\nThis text was spoken to Lord Kr�l\"!a by Brahma in the Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(10.14.14).\n\n", "adi1#p0227": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n203\n\nTEXT 70\n\nttttlfnf1 ....� � IU1ttel I\n\n� �'tlfR ��llf, t_fif t_fl �'l111l'l 11 \"o n\n\njala-�ayi antaryami yei narayara\nseho tomiira arh�a, tumi mUla narayara\nSYNONYMS\njala-�ayi-lying in the water; antaryami-indwelling\n\nSupersoul; yei-He who;\n\nnarayara- Lord Narayal)a; seho-He; tomara- Your; am�a-plenary portion; tumiYou; mula\n\n-\n\noriginal; noroyara\n\n-\n\nNarayal)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe manifestation of the Narayapa who predominates in everyone's heart, as\nwell as the Narayapa who lives in the waters [ Karapa, Garbha and K�ira], is Your\nplenary portion. You are therefore the original Narayapa.\nTEXT 71\n\n,._IP'� ��llf' �' � � Q I\n1ft1t•... -.t�-� ��� n '\\) n\n'ahga'-�abde arh�a kahe, seho satya haya\nmoyii-korya nahe-saba cid-iinanda-maya\n\nSYNONYMS\nahga-sabde-by the word ahga; amsa-plenary portion; kahe-one means; sehothat; satya-the truth; haya-is; maya\n\n-\n\nof the material energy; kiirya-the work;\n\nnahe-is not; saba-all; cit-onanda-maya-full of knowledge and bliss.\nTRANSLATION\nThe word \"ariga\" indeed refers to plenary portions. Such manifestations should\nnever be considered products of material nature, for they are all transcendental, full\nof knowledge and full of bliss.\nPURPORT\nIn the material world, if a fragment is taken from an original object, the original\nobject is reduced by the removal of that fragment. But the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is not at all affected by the actions of maya. The T�opani�ad says:\nom pDr!Jam ada/; pDrt;Jam idarh\npDrrat pDrram udacyate\n\n", "adi1#p0228": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n204\n\npun;asya purram iidiiya\npurram eviiva�i�yate\n\"The Personality of Godhead is perfect and complete, and because He is completely\nperfect, all emanations from Him, such as this phenomenal world, are perfectly\nequipped as complete wholes. Whatever is produced of the complete whole is also\ncomplete in itself.\ncomplete\nlsopanl�ad,\n\nBecause\n\nHe is the complete whole, even though so many\n\nunits emanate from Him, He remains the complete balance.\"\n\n(Sri\n\nInvocation)\n\nIn the realm of the Absolute, one plus one equals one, and one minus one equals\none. Therefore one should not conceive of a fragment of the Supreme Lord in the\nmaterial sense. In the spiritual world there is no influence of the material energy or\nmaterial calculations of fragments. In the Fifteenth Chapter of Bhagavad-gitii the\nLord says that the living entities are His parts and parcels. There are innumerable\nliving entities throughout the material and spiritual universes, but still Lord Kr�11a\nis full in Himself. To think that God has lost His personality because His many\nparts and parcels are distributed all over the universe is an illusion. That is a material\ncalculation. Such calculations are possible only under the influence of the material\nenergy, miiyii. In the spiritual world the material energy is conspicuous only by its\nabsence.\nIn the category of vi�(lu-tattva there is no loss of power from one expansion to\nthe next, any more than there is a loss of illumination as one candle kindles another.\nThousands may be kindled by an original candle, and all will have the same candle\npower. In this way it is to be understood that although all the vi�(IU-tattvas, from\nKr�r;ta and Lord Caitanya to Rama, Nrsirilha, Varaha and so on, appear\n\nwith\n\ndifferent features in different ages, all are equally invested with supreme potency.\nDemigods such as Lord Brahma and Lord S iva come in contact with the material\nenergy, and their power and potency are therefore of different gradations. All the\nincarnations of Vi�r;tu, however, are equal in potency, for the influence of miiyii\ncannot even approach them.\n\nTEXT 72\n\n..., fite:Jt'\" �.. .. ...,\n�· Wil<illl�tl � \"\"\" ft ct� •\n\nadvaita, nityiinanda--coitanyera dui anga\nangera avayava-gara kahiye upiinga\n\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-Advaita\n\nA carya; nltyiinanda- Lord\n\nNityananda; caltanyera-of Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; dui-two; al7go-limbs; angera-of the limbs; avayava-gorathe constituent parts; kahiye-l say; upiinga-parts.\n\n", "adi1#p0229": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n205\n\nTRANSLATION\n�ri Advaita Prabhu and Sri Nityananda Prabhu are both plenary portions of Lord\n\nCaitanya. Thus They are the limbs [ar'lgas] of His body. The parts of these two\nlimbs are called the upir'lga�.\n\nTEXT 73\n\n�t'ft\" �.. ._ .... 'lf'itl! I\n,,.. 11llf • q � 'ffiws n ,� \"\n\naflgopanga tik�ro astra prabhura sahite\nsei saba astra haya pii�arflo da/ite\nSYNONYMS\naflga-upanga-plenary portions and parts; tik�ro\n\n- sharp; astra-weapons; prabhura\n\nsahite -along with Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sei-these; saba-all; astra-weapons;\n\nhaya-are; pii�orflo-the atheists; dalite-to trample.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus .the Lord is equipped with sharp weapons in the forms of His parts and\n\nplenary portions. All these weapons are competent enough to crush the faithless\natheists.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word pii�arfla is very significant here. One who compares the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead to the demigods is known as a pO,sarfla. Pa�rflas try to\n\nbring the Supreme Lord down to a mundane level. Sometimes they create their\nown imaginary God or accept an ordinary person as God and advertise him as equal\nto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. They are so foolish that they present\nsomeone as the next incarnation of Lord Caitanya or Kr�r;�a although His activities\nare all contradictory to those of a genuine incarnation, and thus they fool the\ninnocent public. One who is intelligent and who studies the characteristics of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead with reference to the Vedic context cannot be\nbewildered by the pii�orflos.\n\nPf!�arflas, or atheists, cannot understand the pastimes of the Supreme Lord or\n\ntranscendental loving servict. to the Lord. They think that devotional service is no\n\nbetter than ordinary fruitive activities (karma}. As Bhagavad-gTta (4.8} confirms,\n\nhowever, the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His devotees, saving the righteous\n\nand chastising the miscreants (paritraraya sadhDnam vinafaya co du�k(tam), always\ncurb these nonsensical atheists. Miscreants always want to deny the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead and put stumbling blocks in the path of devotional service.\n\nThe Lord sends His bona fide representatives and appears Himself to curb this\nnonsense.\n\n", "adi1#p0230": "206\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 74\n\nfiMJj141tf '1f'Prtf\"\" 'it'ft«. .... I\n•� �wtfi ''Sf111tf• �e. t'9 n �s n\nnityiinanda gosafli sak�iit ha/a-dhara\nadvaita iiciirya gosafli siik�t i�vara\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityiinanda gosiifli-Lord N i tya na nda Gosafii;sak¥ft- directly;ha/a-dhara- Lord\nBalarama, the holder of the plough; advaita acilrya gosai'li-Sri Advaita Acarya\nGosaiii; sak�t-directly; isvara-th e Pe rs onality of G od he ad\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Nityananda Gosaiii is directly Haladhara [Lord Balarama], and Advaita\nAcarya is the Personality of Godhead Himself.\nTEXT 75\n\n..t'ltfir 'fjft\"\" � 'lttr 'f\\$11\n.- \"'�� � � •ft11 n \"'t u\nsriviisiidi pdri�da sainya saflge Janii\ndui senii-pati bule kirtana karlyii\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-viisa-iidi- Sriv asa and others;pdri�ada- -associates; sainya-so ld iers;sange-alo ng\nwith;/aflii-takin g; dui-two; senii-pati-captains; bule-travel; kirtana kariyii-chant\n\n­\n\ning the holy name.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThese two captains, with Their soldiers such as Srivasa Thakura, travel everywhere, chanting the holy name of the Lord.\nTEXT 76\n\n�1filiC._fil fimtl4'tt lA I\n\n-..tit� 9ft't·'l1� '111 n \"'� 11\npd�ar;rja-da/ana-viinii nityiinanda riiya\niiciirya-huhkiire pdpa-pii�ar;rji pa/iiya\n\n", "adi1#p0231": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n207\n\nSYNONYMS\npii�arr;Ja-dalana-of trampling the atheists; vana-having the feature; nityanandaLord Nityananda; raya-the honorable; acarya-of Advaita Acarya; hunkare-by the\nwar cry;piipa-sins;pii�arr;Ji-and atheists;palaya-run away.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Nityananda's very features indicate that He is the subduer of the unbelievers.\nAll sins and unbelievers flee from the loud shouts of A dvaita Acarya.\nTEXT 77\n\n'lr��4t.-.�• &�w 1\n��� lttf �' � W II\"\" II\nsankirtana-pravartaka sri-k�ra-caitanya\nsaflkirtana-yaji'le tiiflre bhaje, sei dhanya\nSYNONYMS\nsaflkirtana-pravartaka-the initiator of congregational chanting; sri-kr�ra-caitanya\n-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; saflkirtana-of congregational chanting; yaji'le-by\nthe sacrifice; taflre-Him;bhaje-worships;sei-he; dhanya\n\n-\n\nfortunate.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Kr�r;ta Caitanya is the initiator of sarikirtana [congregational chanting\nOf the holy name of the Lord]. One who worships Him through sarikirtana is\nfortunate indeed.\nTEXT 78\n\n��'�,���'!til\n'�(_.. � �ilt11W 'ltlll \"\"\"II\nsei ta' sumedha, iJra kubuddhi sarhslira\nsarva-yaji'la haite kr�ra-nlima-yaji'la sara\nSYNONYMS\nsei-he; ta'-certainly; su-medha-intelligent; ora-others; ku-buddhi-poor understanding; sarhsara-in the material world;sarva-yaji'la haite-than all other sacrifices;\nkr�ra-nama-of chanting the name of Lord Kr��a; yajfia-the sacrifice; sara-the\nbest.\n\n", "adi1#p0232": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n208\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuch a person is truly intelligent, whereas others, who have but a poor fund of\n\nknowledge, must endure a cycle of repeated birth and death. Of all sacrificial\n\nperformances, the chanting of the Lord's holy name is the most sublime.\nPURPORT\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the father and inaugurator of the sankTrtana\n\nmovement. One who worships Him by sacrificing his life, money, intelligence and\n\nwords for the sankTrtana movement is recognized by the Lord and endowed with\nHis blessings. All others may be said to be foolish, for of all sacrifices in which a\n\nman may apply his energy, a sacrifice made for the sankTrtana movement is the\nmost glorious.\nTEXT 79\n\n� �� �� \" itl1t 'I'll I\n� �' '\" 'f�it, ���II \";;,II\nkoti asva-medha eka knfJa nama soma\nyei kahe, se pii�arf!J, dar[le tare yama\nSYNONYMS\n\nko_ti-ten million; asva-medha-horse sacrifices; eka-one; k[!jtJa-of Lord Kr�l)a;\nsoma-equal to; yei-one who; kahe-says; se - he; pii�arf/T-atheist;\ndarf/e-punishes; tiire-him; yama-Yamaraja.\n\nnama-name;\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who says that ten million a5vamedha sacrifices are equal to the chanting of\n\nthe holy name of Lord Kr�IJa is undoubtedly an atheist. He is sure to be punished\nby Yamaraja.\nPURPORT\nIn the list of the ten kinds of offenses in chanting the holy name of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Hare Kr�Qa, the eighth offense is\n\ndharma-vrata-tyiigahutiidi-sarva-subha-kriyii-siimyam api pramiida/;1. One should never consider the\nchanting of the holy name of Godhead equal to pious activities like giving charity\nto briihmaras or saintly persons, opening charitable educational institutions, distributing free foodstuffs and so on. The results of pious activities do not equal the\nresults of chanting the holy name of Kr�l)a.\nThe Vedic scriptures say:\n\ngo-ko_ti-diinarh grahare khagasya\nprayaga-gangodaka-ka/pa-viisa/;1\nyajfliiyutarh meru-suvarra-diinarh\ngovinda-kTrter na samarh satiirhsai/;1\n\n", "adi1#p0233": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n209\n\n\"Even if one distributes ten million cows in charity during an eclipse of the sun,\nlives at the confluence of the Ganges and Yamuna for millions of years, or gives a\nmountain of gold in sacrifice to the briihmaras, he does not earn one hundredth\npart of the merit derived from chanting Hare Kr�IJa.\" In other words, one who\naccepts the chanting of Hare Kr�l)a to be some kind of pious activity is completely\nmisled. Of course, it is pious; but the real fact is that Kr�l)a and His name, being\ntranscendental, are far above all mundane pious activity. Pious activity is on the\nmaterial platform, but chanting of the holy name of Kr�l)a is completely on the\nspiritual plane. Therefore, although pii�arflis do not understand this, pious activity\ncan never compare to the chanting of the holy name.\nTEXT 80\n\n'.r��'-l!ft'O ltiP'ItRt-1 I\n�Jt-att• �1ttl � �fttttti4 ��� \"\"\".\"\n'bhiigavata-sandarbha '-gran thera mahga/iicarare\ne-5/oka jiva-gosiini kariyiichena vyiikhyiine\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhiigavata-sandarbha-granthera-of the book called Bhiigavata-sandarbha; marlgalaiicarare-in the auspicious introduction; e-�/oka-this verse;jiw-gosafli-Ji va Gosvami;\nkariyiichena-has made; vyiikhyane-in exp-laining.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the auspicious introduction of Bhagavata-sandarbha, Srila jiva Gosvami has\n\ngiven the following verse as an explanation.\n\nTEXT 81\n\n'5f�=flfi� ct�c,fhf� lff-t,!rt1ftf�ct�ct1{ 1\n\n�\"'l 'f�<f��thJ: \"'Jf fl'itl)�l{t�'!l: II 17') II\nantafl k[�!Jarh bahir gaurarh\ndarsitiihgiidi-vaibhavam\nka/au sahkirtaniidyaifl sma\nk[�!Ja-caitanyam ii�ritiifl\nSYNONYMS\n\nantafl- internally; kn!Jam- Lord Kf�l]a; bahifl- ex�ernally; gauram- fair-colored;\ndarsita-displayed;ahga-limbs;iidi-beginning with;vaibhavam- expansions; ka/auin the age of Kali; sahkirtana-iidyaifl-by congregational chanting, etc.; smacertainly; k[�f}a-caitanyam-unto Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; iisritiifl-sheltered.\n\n", "adi1#p0234": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n210\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I take shelter of Lord Sri KnQa Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is outwardly of a fair\n\ncomplexion but is inwardly Kn�Ja Himself. In this age of Kali He displays His\n\nexpansions [His arigas and uparigas] by performing congregational chanting of the\nholy name of the Lord.\"\nPURPORT\nSrila jiva GosvamT has placed the verse from Srimad-Bhiigavatam quoted in\n\ntext 52\n\n(k[�(la-var(larh tvi�iik[�(lam. . .) as the auspicious introduction to his\n\nBhiigavata-sandarbha or �a.t-sandarbha. He has composed this text (81 ) , which is, in\neffect, an explanation of the Bhiigavatam verse, as the second verse of the same\nwork. The verse from Srimad-Bhiigavatam was enunciated by Karabhajana, one of\nthe nine great sages, and it is elaborately explained by the Sarva-sarhviidini, jiva\n\nGosvami's commentary on his own �at-sandarbha.\n\nAnta{l kn!Ja refers to one who is always thinking of Kr�Qa. This attitude is a\n\npredominent feature of SrTmatT Radharai)T. Even though many devotees always\nthink of Kr!!Qa, none can surpass the gopis, among whom Radharal)i is the leader\n\nin thinking of Kr!irJa. Radharai)T's Kr�Qa consciousness surpasses that of all other\n\ndevotees. Lord Caitanya accepted the position of Srimati Radharal)i to understand\nKr!!Qa; therefore He was always thinking of Kr�tla in the same way as Radharai)T.\nBy thinking of Lord Kr!!Qa, He always overlapped Kr!!Qa.\nSri Kr�Qa Caitanya, who was outwardly very fair, with a complexion like molten\ngold, simultaneously manifested His eternal associates, opulences, expansions and\nincarnations. He preached the process of chanting Hare Kr�Qa, and those who are\nunder His lotus feet are glorious.\nTEXT 82\n\n\\19t1,.met• �fi( •�� '\n� -.fi � 12tf11 <qiftt1'� -.-.-. II r� II\nupa-purii(leha suni sri-kn!Ja-vacana\n\nk[pii kari vyiisa prati kariyiichena kathana\nSYNONYMS\n\nupa-purii(leha-in the Upa-purii(las; suni-we hear; !;ri-kt;�'!a-vacana-the words of\n\nLord Kr�f)a; k[pii kari -having mercy; vyiisa prati-toward Vyasadeva; kariyiichenaHe did; kathana-speaking.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Upa-purar;�as we hear Sri Kni'Ja showing His mercy to Vyasadeva by\nspeaking to him as follows.\n\n", "adi1#p0235": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n211\n\nTEXT 83\n\n��CS{� ·�� 'llut�lflft��: I\n�fl\"Sf�§i� $�tf1T �tif� 9ft9f�tlltot II lr\" H\naham eva kvacid brahman\n\nsannyasasramam asrita!;\n\nhari-bhaktirh grahayomi\n\nka/au piipa-hatiin naron\nSYNONYMS\n\naham-1; eva-certainly; kvacit-�omewhere; brahman-0 brohmara; sanny iisa­\n\niisramam-the renounced order of life; osritaf;- taking recourse to; hari-bhaktim­\n\ndevotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; grohayomi-1 shall give;\n\nkalau-in the age of Kali; popa-haton-sinful; naron-to men.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"0 learned brahmal)a, sometimes I accept the renounced order of life to induce\nthe fallen people of the age of Kali to accept devotional service to the Lord.\"\nTEXT 84\n\n•t'lt�, \"e1t\\Pt�, ..-t'ltJf, �ttl I\n\n�.,._�1t1f �l�Zt�ttet 11 trs n\nbhogavata, bhorata-sostra, ogama, purora\ncaitanya-kf$Qa-avatore prakaJa pramora\nSYNONYMS\nbhogavata-Sr7mad-Bhligavatam;\n\nbhiirata-sostra-Mahobharata;\n\nagama- Vedic\n\nliteratures; purora-the Puroras; caitanya-as Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; k(!jfJa-of\nLord Kr�l)a; avatore-in the incarnation; prakaJa-displayed; pramora- evidence.\nTRANSLATION\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Mahabharata, the Purlil)as and other Vedic literatures ali\n\ngive evidence to prove that Lord Sri K111Ja Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the incarnation\nof KnQa.\n\n·\n\nTEXT 85\n\n$}�\"' �� iftiO 121•• 121•� I\n\n'ill�ft'if• �jf, 'illtl� ....� n trt II\n\n", "adi1#p0236": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n212\n\npratyak�e dekhaha niinii praka{a prabhiiva\nalaukika karma, alaukika anubhiiva\nSYNONYMS\n\npratyak�e- directly; dekhaha-just see; niinii-various; praka_ta-manifest ed; prcr\n\nbhiiva- influence; alaukika-uncommon; karma-activities; alauklka-uncommon;\n\nanubhiiva-realizations in Kp�l]a consciousness.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne can also directly see Lord Caitanya's manifest influence in His uncommon\n\ndeeds and uncommon Kr�Qa conscious realization.\nTEXT86\n\nQf� if! Qft� � �1ft! I\n• 10 �t� ,..��met n .,.� n\ndekhiyii nii dekhe yata abhaktera gara\nu/Dke nii dekhe yena suryera kirara\nSYNONYMS\n\ndekhiyii- seeing; nii dekhe- they do not see;}Uta-all; abhaktera-of nondevotees;\ngara- crowds; u/Dke-the owl; nii dekhe-does not see; yena- just as; siiryera-of\nthe sun; kirara- rays .\nTRANSLATION\nBut faithless unbelievers do not see what is clearly evident, just as owls do not\nsee the rays of the sun.\nTEXT87\n\n'{tt_ ��9fl>Rft'!: 9f11{ !t�'i:\n��0{ 'fl�·'i!'11 ���i!\"'> --tt�: I\n\n<!f�Jt'!h-���1{lq{�lflt. 1ft'!\"!>\nC-!���<!fli'i!'l: .!le�� 'q�.._'J{, n lr'l n\ntviim si/a-riipa-caritai/;1 parama-prakr�tail]\nsattvena siittvikatayii praba/ais co siistrai{l\nprakhyiita-daiva-paramiirtha-vldiim matais co\nnaiviisura-prakrtaya{l prabhavanti boddhum\nSYNON)'MS\n\ntviim- You; silo-character; riipa- fo rms; caritai{l-by acts; parama-most;\nprakn{aiiJ- eminent; sattvena-by uncommon power; sattvikatayff-with the quality\n\n", "adi1#p0237": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n213\n\nof predominant goodness; praba/ai{l-great; ca-and; �iis trai{l-by the scriptures;\nprakhyiita-renowned; daiva-divine; parama-artha-vidam-of those who know the\nhighest goal; matai{l-by the opinions; co-and; na-not; eva-certainly; iJsura­\n\nprakrtaya{l-those whose disposition is demoniac; prabhavanti-are able; boddhumto know.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"0 my Lord, those influenced by demoniac principles cannot realize You, although\nYou are clearly the Supreme by dint of Your exalted activities, forms, character\nand uncommon power, which are confirmed by all the revealed scriptures in the\n\nquality of goodness and the celebrated transcendentalists in the divine nature.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from the Stotra-ratna (12) of Yamunacarya, the spiritual master of\n\nRamanujacarya. The authentic scriptures describe the transcendental activities,\nfeatures, form and qualities of Kfli!la, and K�l)a explains Himself in Bhagavad-g7tii,\n\nthe most authentic scripture in the world. He is further explained in SrimadBhiigavatam, which is considered the explanation of Vediinta-sDtra. Lord Kr�pa is\naccepted as the Supreme Personality of Godhead by these authentic scriptures, not\nsimply by vox populi. In the modern age a certain class of fools think that they can\n\nvote anyone into the position of God, as they can vote a man into the position of a\n\npolitical executive head. But the transcendental Supreme Personality of Godhead is\nperfectly described in the authentic scriptures. In Bhagavad-gitii the Lord says that\n\nonly fools deride Him, thinking that anyone can speak like K!}pa.\nEven according to historical references, Kr�l)a's activities are most uncommon.\nKr�l)a has affirmed, \"I am God,\" and He has acted accordingly. Mayavadis think\nthat everyone can claim to be God, but that is their illusion, for no one else can\nperform such extraordinary activities as Kr�l)a. 1When He was a child on the lap of\n\nHis mother, He killed the demon POtana. Then He killed the demons Trl)avarta,\n\nVatsasura and Baka. When He was a little more grown up, He killed the demons\nAghasura and ��abhasura. Therefore God is God from the very beginning. The idea\nthat someone can become God by meditation is ridiculous. By hard endeavor one\n\nmay realize his godly nature, but he will never become God. The asuras, or demons,\nwho think that anyone can become God, are condemned.\n\nThe authentic scriptures are compiled by personalities like Vyasadeva, Narada,\n\nAsita and Parasara, who are not ordinary men. All the followers of the Vedic way\n\nof life have accepted these famous personalities, whose authentic scriptures conform\n\nto the Vedic literature. Nevertheless, the demoniac do not believe their statements,\n\nand they purposely oppose the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His devotees.\n\nToday it is fashionable for common men to write whimsical words as so-called\n\nincarnations of God and be accepted as authentic by other common men. This\ndemoniac mentality is condemned in the Seventh Chapter of Bhagavad-gitii, wherein\n\nit is said that those who are miscreants and the lowest of mankind, who are fools and\n\nasses, cannot accept the Supreme Personality of Godhead because of their demoniac\nnature. They are compared to u/Dkas, or owls, who cannot open their eyes in the\n\n", "adi1#p0238": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n214\n\nsunlight. Because they cannot bear sunlight, they hide themselves from it and never\nsee it. They cannot believe that there is such illumination.\nTEXT 88\n\n.n'fiO ��\" �� � �tl I\n\n�f't ttm .. �t11 ;;l�tt� n \"\"\"\" n\niipanii lukiiite kr�ra niinii yatna kare\ntathiipi tiihhiira bhakta jiinaye tiihhiire\nSYNONYMS\n\niipanii Himself; lukiiite-to\n-\n\nhide; kr�ra-Lord Kr�t�a; mfmf-various; yatna­\n\nefforts;l kare-makes; tathiipi- still; tiihhiira-His; bhakta- devotee; jiinaye- knows;\n\ntiihhiire-Him.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Kn�;�a tries to hide Himself in various ways, but nevertheless His pure\ndevotees know Him as He is.\nTEXT 89\n\nft'-flf<;5fur�'t lf,1{'f1fl �--ttflllflll�� � 9ff1f�fV�t-�l<ll{. I\n1f\"hll<lt� i5��tf9f fi\\'8�0{�\n\n9f\"S� C'ffslff;ret� �lfO{-,iSl<!t: lllr� II\nul/ahghita-trividha-sima-samiitiSiiy sambhavanarh tava parivraflhima-svabhiivam\nmiiyii-ba/ena bhavatiipi niguhyamiinarh\npa�yanti kecid anisarh tvad-ananya-bhiivii{l\nSYNONYMS\nullahghita-passed over; tri-vidha-three kinds; sima-the limitations; soma-of\nequal; atisayi-and of excelling; sambhiivanam-by which the adequacy; tava- Your;\n\nparivraflhima-of supremacy; sva-bhiivam-the real nature; miiyii-ba/ena-by the\nstrength of the illusory energy; bhavatii- Your; api- although; niguhyamiinambeing hidden;pa�yanti-they see; kecit-some; ani�am- always; tvat-to You; ananya­\n\nbhiiva{l- those who are exclusively devoted.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 my Lord, everything within material nature is limited by time, space and\nthought.\n\nYour characteristics, however, being unequaled and unsurpassed,\n\nare\n\n", "adi1#p0239": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n215\n\nalways transcendental to such limitations. You sometimes cover such characteristics\nby Your own energy, but nevertheless Your unalloyed devotees are always able to\nsee Y ou under all circumstances.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse is also quoted from the Stotra-ratna (13) of Yamunacarya. Everything\ncovered by the influence of miiyii is within the limited boundaries of space, time\nand thought. Even the greatest manifestation we can conceive, the sky, also has\nlimitations. From the authentic scriptures, however, it is evident that beyond the\nsky is a covering of seven layers, each ten times thicker than the one preceding it.\nThe covering layers are vast, but with or without coverings, space is limited. Our\npower to think about space and time is also limited. Time is eternal; we may imagine\nbillions and trillions of years, but that will still be an inadequate estimate of the\nextent of time. Our imperfect senses, therefore, cannot think of the greatness of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, nor can we bring Him within the limitations\nof time or our thinking power. His position is accordingly described by the word\nul!ahghita. He is transcendental to space, time and thought; although He appears\nwithin them, He exists transcendentally. Even when the Lord's transcendental\nexistence is disguised by space, time and thought, however, pure devotees of the\nSupreme Lord can see Him in His personal features beyond space, time and thought.\nIn other words, even though the Lord is not visible to the eyes of ordinary men,\nthose who are beyond the covering layers because of their transcendental devotional\nservice can still see Him.\nThe sun may appear covered by a cloud, but actually it is the eyes of the tiny\npeople below the cloud that are covered, not the sun. If those tiny people rose\nabove the cloud in an airplane, they could then see the sunshine and the sun without\nimpediment. Similarly, although the covering of miiyii is very strong, Lord Kr�t�a\nsays in Bhagavad-gitii:\ndaivi hy e�ii guramayi\nmama miiyii duratyayii\nmiim eva ye prapadyante\nmiiyiim etiim taranti te\n\"This divine energy of Mine, consisting of the three modes of material nature, is\ndifficult to overcome. But those who have surrendered unto Me can easily cross\nbeyond it.\" ( Bg. 7 .14) To surpass the influence of the illusory energy is very difficult,\nbut those who are determined to catch hold of the lotus feet of the Lord are freed\nfrom the clutches of miiyii. Therefore, pure devotees can understand the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, but demons, because of their miscreant behavior, cannot\nunderstand the Lord, in spite of seeing the many revealed scriptures and the\nuncommon activities of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 90\n\n�l'ftt � � \"!. ettfi( � I\n\n11.\"� ifttt .......tt-. II �o II\n\n", "adi1#p0240": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n216\n\nosuro-svobhave kr�r;e kobhu nahi jane\nlukOite nare k[�(IO bhokto-jono-sthane\nSYNONYMS\nosuro-svobhave-those whose nature is demoniac; kr�r;e\n\n-\n\nLord Krg1a; kobhu-at\n\nany time; nahi-not; jane know; lukaite-to hide; nare-is not able; kr�r;o\n-\n\n-\n\nLord\n\nKr�tla; bhokto-jono-of pure devotees; sthane-in a place.\nTRANSLATION\nThose whose nature is demoniac cannot know Kr�l)a at any time, but He cannot\n\nhide Himself from His pure devotees.\n\nPURPORT\nPeople who develop the nature of asuros like Raval)a and Hiral)yakasipu can\n\nnever know K r�l) a, the Personality of Godhead, by challenging the authority of\nGodhead. But S ri K r�Qa cannot hide Himself from His pure devotees.\nTEXT 91\n\n� �'ft'lf� C'l��ftR_ �<f \"litt�11: l!l<f 1) I\nR��= 1C\\!1 �<f \"lit����= • 0>) II\ndvou bhOto-sorgou lake 'smin\ndo iva iisuro eva co\nvi�r;u-bhokto[l smrta doivo\nasuros tod-viporyoyofl\nSYNONYMS\ndvou-two; bhiJto-of the living beings; sorgou -dispositions; lake-in the world;\nosmin-in this; doivoQ-godly; asuro[l -demoniac; eva\n\nbhokto[l-a devotee of Lord Vi�QU; smrto[l\n\n-\n\n-\n\ncertainly; co-and; vi�r;u­\n\nremembered; doivofl-godly; iiSUfOQ­\n\ndemoniac; tot-viporyoyo[l-the opposite of that.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are two classes of men in the created world . One consists of the demoniac\n\nand the other of the godly. The devotees of Lord Vi�I)U are the godly, whereas those\n'\nwho are just the opposite are called demons.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from the Podmo Purar;o.\n\nVi�r;u-bhoktos, or devotees in Kr�l')a\n\n( demigods) . Atheists, who do not believe in\nGod or who declare themselves God, are osuros ( demons ) . Asuros always engage in\nconsciousness, are known as devos\n\n", "adi1#p0241": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n217\n\natheistic material activities, exploring ways to utilize the resources of matter to\nenjoy sense gratification. The vigw-bhaktas,\n\nKrg1a conscious devotees, are also\n\nactive, but their objective is to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead by devotional service. Superficially both classes may appear to work in the same way, but\ntheir purposes are completely opposite because of a difference in consciousness.\nAsuras work for personal sense gratification, whereas devotees work for the satisfaction of the Supreme Lord. Both work conscientiously, but their motives are\ndifferent.\nThe Kr�tJa consciousness movement is meant for devas, or devotees. Demons\ncannot take part in Kr�tJa conscious activities, nor can devotees in Kr�tJa consciousness take part in demoniac activities or work like cats and dogs simply for sense\ngratification. Such activity does not appeal to those in Kr�t�a consciousness. Devotees\naccept only the bare necessities of life to keep themselves fit to act in Kr�tJa consciousness. The balance of their energy is used for developing Kr�tJa consciousness,\nthrough which one can be transferred to the abode of Kr�t�a by always thinking of\nHim, even at the point of death.\n\nTEXT92\n\n�1i ''Stt'ft� ��··�'!a 1\n\"·'et�-<;tt'l_lf� t�•a II � II\niiciirya gosiini prabhura bhakta-avatiira\nkn!Ja-avatiira-hetu yiiflhiira huhkiira\n\nSYNONYMS\niiciirya gosiifli- Advaita Acarya Gosarii; prabhura-of the Lord; bhakta-avatiiraincarnation of a devotee; knfJa-of Lord Kr�IJa; avatiira-of the incarnation; hetuthe cause ; yiihhiira-whose ; huhkiira-loud calls.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya Gosvami is an incarnation of the Lord as a devotee. His loud\ncalling was the cause for Kr�IJa's incarnation.\n\nTEXT93\n\n\" 1ffif ��n �� '61�i!tt 1\n� � �t<(r�•a�����\nkHIJa yadi prthivTte karena avatiira\nprathame karena guru-vargera saflciira\n\n", "adi1#p0242": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n218\n\nSYNONYMS\nkniJa-Lord Kr�l}a; yadi-if; p[thivite-on the earth; karena-ma kes ; avatiira­\n\nincarnation; prathame- fi rst; karena-makes; guru-vargera-of the group of respectable predecessors; sanciira-the advent.\nTRANSLATION\nWhenever Sri Knl)a desires to manifest His incarnation on earth, first He creates\nthe incarnations of His respectable predecessors.\nTEXT94\n\nf� �1 �tl �fir �� 1Ttti'Sf'1 I\n��1T �tfil �� �r.tm � II � II\npitii miitii guru iidi yata miinya-goro\nprathame karena sabiira p[thivite janama\nSYNONYMS\npita-father; miitii-mother; guru-spiritual\n\nmaster; iidi-headed by; yata-all;\n\nmiinya gara-respectabl e members; prathame-first; karena-He makes; sabara-of\n-\n\nall of them;prthivite-on earth; janama-the births.\nTRANSLATION\nThus respectable personalities such as His father, mother, and spiritual master\nall take birth on earth first.\nTEXT95\n\n1T�·..f·� , �' tr'$fJ'tCif I\n� �tst� ��J �� � :Jttc( II �t!' II\nmiidhava-Bvara-puri, �aci, jaganniitha\nadvaita iiciirya praka.ta hailii sei siitha\nSYNONYMS\nmiidhava-Madhavendra Puri; isvara-puri-lsvara Puri; saci-Sacimata;jaganniith(}jagannatha Misra; advaita iiciirya-Advaita Acarya; praka{a- manifested; hai/o-were;\nsei-this; satha-with\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMadhavendra Puri, Tsvara Puri, Srimati Sacimata and Srila j.ug;mnatha Misra all\nappeared with Sri Advaita Acarya.\n\n", "adi1#p0243": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n219\n\nPURPORT\nWhenever the Supreme Personality of Godhead descends in His human form, He\nsends ahead all His devotees, who act as His father, teacher and associates in many\nroles. Such personalities appear before the descent of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Before the appearance of Lord Sri Kr�l)a Caitanya Mahaprabhu, there\nappeared His devotees like Sri Madhavendra Puri; His spiritual master, Sri Tsvara\nPuri; His mother, Srimati Sacidevi; His father, Sri Jagannatha Misra; and Sri Advaita\nAcarya.\nTEXT 96\n\nl!i��it '�� ��� � ��� I\n\"'6f9'St'l�.. f�·<i!lJ<iil�t\"t II �� II\nprakafiya dekhe acarya saka/a sarhsara\nk!}Qa-bhakti-gandha-hina vi�aya-vyavahara\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nprakafiya-manifesting; dekhe-He saw; acarya-Advaita Acarya; saka/a-all;\nsarhsara-material existence; kr_spp-bhakti-of devotion to Lord K�s.n.a; gandha-hina­\n\nwithout a trace; vi�aya-of the sense objects; vyavahara- affairs\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya having appeared, He found the world devoid of devotional\nservice to Sri Kr�l)a because people were engrossed in material affairs.\n\nTEXT 97\n\n� 9ftr;9f, �� �'IJ � �-�'St I\n\nW'St'l �' �� �-�t'St II ..,<\\ II\nkeha pape, keha pw;JYe kare vi�aya-bhoga\nbhakti-gandha nahi, yate yaya bhava-roga\n\nSYNONYMS\nkeha-someone; pape-in\n\nsinful\n\nactivities; keha-someone; purye-in\n\nactivities;kare- do;vi�aya- of the sense obj ects;bhoga\n\n-\n\npious\n\nenjoyment;bhakti-gandha­\n\na trace of devotional service; nahi-there is not; yate-by which; yaya-goes away;\nbhava-roga-the disease of material existence.\n\n", "adi1#p0244": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n220\n\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone was engaged in material enjoyment, whether sinfully or virtuously.\n\nNo one was interested in the transcendental service of the Lord, which can give\ntotal relief from the repetition of birth and death.\nPURPORT\n\nAdvaita Acarya saw the entire world to be engaged in activities of material piety\nand impiety, without a trace of devotional service or Kr�l)a consciousness anywhere.\nThe fact is that in this material world there is no scarcity of anything except Kr�l)a\nconsciousness. Material necessities are supplied by the mercy of the Supreme Lord.\nWe sometimes feel scarcity because of our mismanagement, but the real problem is\nthat people are out of touch with Kr�l)a consciousness. Everyone is engaged in\nmaterial sense gratification, but people have no plan for making an ultimate solution\nto their real problems, namely, birth, disease, old age and death. These four material\nmiseries are called bhava-roga, or material diseases. They can be cured only by Kr�l)a\nconsciousness.\n\nTherefore\n\nKr�l)a\n\nconsciousness is the greatest benediction for\n\nhuman society.\nTEXT 98\n\n�'$!'� \"'f't' � �-�i I\n\n� �' \"'1'�11 ��i � �� II �lr II\n/oka-gati dekhi' iiciirya karw;a-hrdaya\nviciira karena, /okera kaiche hita haya\nSYNONYMS\n\n/oka-gati-the course of the world; dekhi '- seeing;aciirya- Advaita Acarya; karuf}ahrdaya- compassionate heart; viciira karena- considers; /okera- of the world;\nkaiche-how; hita-welfare; haya-there is.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the activities of the world, the Acarya felt compassion and began to ponder how he could act for the people's benefit.\nPURPORT\n\nThis sort of serious interest in the welfare of the public makes one a bona fide\n\niiciirya. An iiciirya does not exploit his followers. Since the iiciirya is a confidential\nservitor of the Lord, his heart is always full of compassion for humanity in its\nsuffering. He knows that all suffering is due to the absence of devotional service to\nthe Lord, and therefore he always tries to find ways to change people's activities,\nmaking them favorable for the attainment of devotion. That is the qualification of\n\n", "adi1#p0245": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n221\n\nan acarya. Although Sri Advaita Prabhu Himself was powerful enough to do the\nwork, as a submissive servitor He thought that without the personal appearance of\nthe Lord, no one could improve the fallen condition of society. In the grim clutches\nof maya, the first-class prisoners of this material world wrongly think themselves\nhappy because they are rich, powerful, resourceful and so on. These foolish creatures\ndo not know that they are nothing but play dolls in the hands of material nature\nand that at any moment material nature's pitiless intrigues can crush to dust all\ntheir plans for godless activities. Such foolish prisoners cannot see that however\nthey improve their position by artificial means, the calamities of repeated birth,\ndeath, disease and old age are always beyond the jurisdiction of their control.\nFoolish as they are, they neglect these major problems of life and busy themselves\nwith false things that cannot help them solve their real problems. They know that\nthey do not want to suffer death or the pangs of disease and old age, but under the\ninfluence of the illusory energy, they are grossly negligent and therefore do nothing\nto solve the problems. This is called maya. People helrl in the grip of maya are\nthrown into oblivion after death, and as a result of their karma, in the next life they\nbecome dogs or gods, although most of them become dogs. To become gods in the\nnext life, they must engage in the devotional service of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; otherwise, they are sure to become dogs or hogs in terms of the laws of\nnature.\nThe third-class\n\nprisoners, being less materially opulent than the first-class\n\nprisoners, endeavor to imitate them, for they also have no information of the real\n\nnature of their imprisonment. Thus they also are misled by the illusory material\n\nnature. The function of the aciirya, however, is to change the activities of both the\nfirst-class and third-class prisoners for their real benefit. This endeavor makes him\na very dear devotee of the Lord, who says clearly in Bhagavad-gitii that no one in\nhuman society is dearer to Him than a devotee who constantly engages in His\nservice by finding ways to preach the message of Godhead for the real benefit of\nthe world. The so-called iicaryas of the age of Kali are more concerned with exploiting the resources of their followers than mitigating their miseries; but Sri\n\nAdvaita Prabhu, as an ideal acarya, was concerned with improving the condition\nof the world situation.\nTEXT 99\n\n.r9ffi{ a\" �fif �., ..�� 1\n�'I� ��' fi �� <2t5H II � II\niipani sri-k[fif!a yadi karena avatiira\napane acari' bhakti karena praciira\nSYNONYMS\niipani-Himself;sri-k[�l]a- Lord Kr�l)a;yadi- if; karena- He makes;avatara-incarnation; iipane-Himself; acari'-practicing; bhakti-devotional service; karena-does;\npraciira-propagation.\n\n", "adi1#p0246": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n222\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If Sri K[!il)a were to appear as an incarnation, He Himself could preach devotion\nby His personal example.\nTEXT 100\n\n�tit �II. -.fit� � � � I\n\n-.fil-.�����·�tf II �oo II\nniima vinu ka/i-kiile dharma niihi iira\nkali-kiile kaiche habe knfJa avatiira\nSYNONYMS\nniima vinu-except for the holy name; kali-kiile-in the age of Kali; dharmareligion; niihi-there is not; ora-another; kali-kale�in the age of Kali; kaichehow; habe-there will be; kr�fJa\n\n-\n\nLord Kr�Qa; avatara-incar nation\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this age of Kali there is no religion other than the chanting of the holy name\nof the Lord, but how in this age will the Lord appear as an incarnation?\nTEXT 101\n\n�fi� ..� �� �t� I\n\n�U���f'il�lif�tl�o� II\nsuddha-bhiive kariba k[�fJerO iiriidhana\nnirantara sadainye kariba nivedana\nSYNONYMS\nsuddha-bhave-in a purified state of mind; kariba-1 shall do; knfJera- of Lord\nKr�IJa; aradhana-worship; nirantara-constan tly; sa-dainye-in humility; kariba1 shall make; nivedana-request.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall worship Kr�IJa in a purified state of mind. I shall constantly petition Him\nin humbleness.\nTEXT 102\n\n'Gflf'ilt1 �tJ -.ri1 �� �.-A' 1\n���'iftlf���� �0�11\n\n", "adi1#p0247": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n.223\n\niiniyii k[!jfJere karon kirtana sanciira\ntabe se 'advaita' niima sapha/a iimiira\nSYNONYMS\n\niiniyii-bringing; kr�r ere-Lord Kr�� a; karon-1 make; kirtana-chanting of the\n\nholy name; san cora-advent; tabe-then; se-this; advaita-nondual; niima-name;\n\nsa-pha/a-fulfilled; iimiira-My.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My name, 'Advaita,' will be fitting if I am able to induce Kr�Qa to inaugurate\nthe movement of the chanting of the holy name.\"\nPURPORT\nThe nondualist Mayavadi philosopher who falsely believes that he is nondifferent\nfrom the Lord is unable to call Him like Advaita Prabhu. Advaita Prabhu is nondifferent from the Lord, yet in His relationship with the Lord He does not merge\nin Him but eternally renders service unto Him as a plenary portion. This is inconceivable for Mayavadis because they think in terms of mundane sense perception\nand therefore think that nondualism necessitates losing one's separate identity. It is\nclear from this verse, however, that Advaita Prabhu, although retaining His separate\nidentity, is nondifferent from the Lord.\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu preached the philosophy of inconceivable, simultaneous\noneness with the Lord and difference from Him. Conceivable dualism and monism\nare conceptions of the imperfect senses, which are unable to reach the Transcendence\nbecause the Transcendence is beyond the conception of limited potency. The actions\nof Sri Advaita Prabhu, however, give tangible proof of inconceivable nondualism.\nOne who therefore surrenders unto\n\nSri Advaita Prabhu can easily follow the\n\nphilosophy of inconceivable simultaneous dualism and monism.\nTEXT 103\n\n\"� ;cpft,<�til ���I\n\nmt�<.fl���'f\\1��11 �o�ll\nk[!jfJa va�a karibena kon iiriidhane\nviciirite eka �/oka iii/a tiinra mane\nSYNONYMS\n\nk(!ifJa- Lord Kr�r;Ja; va�a karibena-shall propitiate; kon iiriidhane-by what worship; viciirite-while considering; eka- one; 5/oka-verse; iii/a-came; tiinra-of Him;\nmane-in the mind.\n\n", "adi1#p0248": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n224\n\nTRANSLATION\n\\\\hile He was thinking about how to propitiate K�!Ja by worship, the following\nverse came to his mind.\nTEXT 104\n\n�il'f,ftlfil'f\"l\\te\\lr'l �\"il'f'fJ ��� � I\n�iilt,�\\! �1(�� i5�'CI5J1 iS��'fif: II � 8 H\n•\n\ntulasi-da!a-matrera\nja/asya culukena va\nvikririte svam atmanam\nbhaktebhyo bhakta-vatsa/a/;1\nSYNONYMS\n\ntulasi-of tulasi; do/a-a leaf; matrera-by only; ja/asya-of water; cu/ukena­\n\n-\n\nby a palmful; va-and; vikrir ite-sells; svam-His own; atmanam self; bhaktebhyaf:J\n-unto the devotees; bhakta-vatsa/a/;1-Lord\n\nKr�rJa, who is affectionate to His\n\ndevotees.\nTRANSLATION\n\" Sri Kn�Ja, who is very affectionate toward His devotees, sells Himself to a\ndevotee who offers merely a tulasi leaf and a palmful of water.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from the Gautamiya-tantra.\nTEXTS 1 05-106\n\n�-�..���met 1\n\"� 'l\"'�\"\"' rot � WPi{ II � O(t II\n1111 -.1 o-tl'f'ftll \" � �- I\n�-'t\"�11 �at �� �l;l ift� �' II ) o� II\ne/ 5/okartha acarya karena vicarara\nk�!Jake tu/asi-ja/a deya yei jana\ntara [(10 sodhite k[�(IO karena cintanaja/a-tu/asira soma kichu ghare nahi dhana'\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-this; 5/oka-of the verse; artha- the meaning; acarya-Advaita A carya; karenadoes; vicara�10-considering; kt:s.'?ake-to Lord Kr��Ja; tu!asi-jala-tulasi and water;\n\n", "adi1#p0249": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n.225\n\nde yo-gives; yei jana-that person who; tara- to Him; rro- the debt; sodhite-to\npay; k[�Qa-Lord Kw)a; karena-does; cintana-thinking; jala-tulasTra soma-equal\nto water and tu!asT; kichu-any; ghare-in the house; niihi-there is not; dhanawealth.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya considered the meaning of the verse in this way: Not finding any\nway to repay the debt He owes to one who offers Him a tulasi leaf and water, Lord\nKnr.ta thinks, \"There is no wealth in My possession that is equal to a tulasi leaf and\nwater.\"\nTEXT 107\n\n'&� �\"11 ��' � ._t'Af Qltt..-. I\n� 16t�' � � ..t� II �o'\\ II\ntabe iitmii veci' kare rrera sodhana\neta bhiivi' iicarya karena iiriidhana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then; iitmii-Himself; veci'-selling; kare-does; rrera-of the debt; sodhana\n-payment;\n\neta-thus; bhiivi'-thinking;\n\niiriidhana-worshiping.\n\niiciirya-Advaita\n\nAcarya; karena-does;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus the Lord liquidates the debt by offering His own self to the devotee. Considering this, the .Acarya began worshiping the Lord.\nPURPORT\nThrough devotional service one can easily please Lord Kr�l)a with a leaf of the\ntulasi plant and a little water. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii (9.26), a leaf, a\nflower, a fruit or some water (patram pu�pam pha/am toyam), when offered with\ndevotion, very much pleases Him. He universally accepts the services of His devotees.\nEven the poorest of devotees in any part of the w orld can secure a small flower,\nfruit or leaf and a little water, and if these offerings, and especially tu!asi leaves and\nGanges water, are offered to Kr�l)a with devotion, He is very satisfied. It is said that\nKr�l)a is so pleased by such devotional service that He offers Himself to His devotee\nin exchange for it. SrTia Advaita Acarya knew this fact, and therefore He decided to\ncall for the Personality of Godhead Kr�l)a to descend by worshiping the Lord with\ntu!asi leaves and the water of the Ganges.\n\nTEXT 108\n\nitlr1'11'1, 1.'f�•ft ..'l-..t I\n�lif?f·l6t�' �� ,.1{� II �olr' II\n\n", "adi1#p0250": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n226\n\ngahga-ja/a, tu/asi-mai'ljari anuk�ara\nk(!jfJO-pada-padma bhiivi' kare samarpara\nSYNONYMS\n\ngahgii-jala-the water of the Ganges; tulasi-mai'ljari- buds of the tulasi; anuk�ra­\n\nconstantl y; k[�'!a-of Lord Kr�r'a; piida-padma- lotus f eet; bhiivi'\n\n-\n\nthinkin g of; kare\n\n-does; samarpara-offeri ng.\nTRANSLATION\nThinking of the lotus feet of Sri K�!Ja, He constantly offered tulasi buds in\n\nwater from the Ganges.\n\nTEXT 109\n\n��������\n�� ��tf •tlbf �'Rf II ���� II\nk(!jfJera iihviina kare kariyii huhkiira\ne-mote k[!ifJere kariiila avatiira\nSYNONYMS\n\nk[!ifJera-of Lord Kf�l)a; iihviina-invitation; kare- makes; kariyii- making; hurikara\n-loud shouts; e-mate-in this way; k[!ifJere- Lord Knl)a; kariiila-caused to make;\navatiira-incarnation.\nTRANSLATION\nHe appealed to Sri Kr�IJa with loud calls and thus made it possible for Kr�IJa to\n\nappear.\n\nTEXT 110\n\n�W'SI -c�IIIU dll ��I\n'ef;'tli � �ilt1f �i[ II ��· II\ncaitanyera avatiire ei mukhya hetu\nbhaktera icchiiya avatare dharma-setu\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaitanyera-of Lord Caitanya M ah a p rabhu; avatiire-in the incarnation; ei-this;\n\nmukhya- princip al; hetu-cause; bhaktera-of the devotee; icch iiya\n\n-\n\nby the desire;\n\navatare-He descends; dharma-setu- protector of religion.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore the principal reason for Sri Caitanya's descent is this appeal by Advaita\n\nAcarya. The Lord, the protector of religion, appears by the desire of His devotee.\n\n", "adi1#p0251": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 3\n\n227\n\nTEXT 111\n\n�� ��ro�9ffilost�-��\"m\"'\n\n�lJtt'l !f't'i!f'if'i!9ft�1 �� �f{l{ 1_�'ll' I\nlfotlf�1 'i! �;p�v f<t�l�1tffl\n�1_: l!tctlt'l � 21� U � ':) � H\ntvorh bhokti-yogo-poribhavito-hrt-sorojo\n\niJsse �rutek�lto-potho nonu niltho purhsiim\n\nyod yod dhiyiJ to urugayo vibhavoyontl\n\ntot tad' vopu{l proroyose sod-onugrohayo\n\nSYNONYMS\ntvom- You; bhokti-yogo-by devotional service; poribhilvito- saturated; hrt- of\n\nthe heart; saroje-on the lotus; Dsse-clwell; �ruto-heard; Tk�ito -seen; potho{l-whose\n\npath; nonu-certainly; niJtho-0 Lord; purhsiJm- by the devotees; yot yot- whatever;\n\ndh/yii-by the mind; te-the y; uru-giiyiJ-0 Lord, who are glorified in excellent ways;\n\nvlbhavoyonti- contemplate upon; tot tot-that; vopuft-form; pral}oyose-You mani­\n\nfest; sa t-to Your devotees; onugrahayo-to show favor.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 my Lord, You always dwell in the vision and hearing of Your pure devotees.\n\nYou also live in their lotuslike hearts, which are purified by devotional service. 0\nmy�Lord, who are glorified by exalted prayers, You show special favor to Your\ndevotees by manifesting Yourself in the eternal forms in which they welcome You.\"\nPURPORT\nThis text from SrTmod-Bhagovotom (3.9.11) is a pray�r by Lord Brahma to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead Kf��a for His blessings in the work of creation.\nKnowledge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead can be understood from the\n\ndescriptions of the Vedic scriptures. For example, the Brohmo-sorhhitiJ describes\n\nthat in the abode of Lord K.r�Qa, which is made of cintlimo{li ( touchstone ) , the Lord,\n\n(\\cting as a cowherd boy, is served by hundreds and thousands of goddesses of\nfortune. Mayavadis think that the devotees have imagined the form of Kr�Qa, but\nthe authentic Vedic scriptures have actually described Kr�pa and His various tran·\nscendental forms.\n\nThe word �ruto in !rutek,sito-patho{l refers to the Vedas, and ik�ito indicates that\n\nthe way to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead is by proper study of\nthe Vedic scriptures. One cannot imagine something about God or His form. Such\nimagination is not accepted by those who are serious about enlightenment. Here\nBrahma says that one can know Kr�Qa through the path of properly understanding\nthe Vedic texts. If by studying the form, name, qualities, pastimes and paraphernalia\n\n", "adi1#p0252": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n228\n\nof the Supreme Godhead one is attracted to the Lord, he can execute devotional\nservice, and the form of the Lord will be impressed in his heart and remain transcendentally situated there. Unless a devotee actually develops transcendental love\n\nfor the Lord, it is not possible for him to think always of the Lord within his heart.\n\nSuch constant thought of the Lord is the sublime perfection of the yogic process, as\nBhagavad-gTta confirms in the Sixth Chapter, stating that anyone absorbed in such\nthought is the best of all yogis. Such transcendental absorption is known as samiidhi.\n\nA pure devotee who is always thinking of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\n\nthe person qualified to see the Lord.\n\nOne cannot speak of Urugaya (the Lord, who is glorified by sublime prayers)\n\nunless one is transcendentally elevated. The Lord has innumerable forms, as the\nBrahma-sarhhltii confirms\n\n( advaitam acyutam aniidim ananta-rupam ) . The Lord\n\nexpands Himself in innumerable sviirh�a forms. When a devotee, hearing about these\n\ninnumerable forms, becomes attached to one and always thinks of Him, the Lord\n\nappears to him in that form. Lord Kr�l)a is especially pleasing to devotees for whom\n\nHe is always present in the heart because of their highly elevated transcendental\n\nlove.\n\nTEXT 112\n\n� �'fl .....� �''«'R 'ttl I\n������� �����\"\nei �lokera artha kahi sank�epera siira\nbhaktera icchiiya kr�rera sarva avatiira\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; 5/okera-of the verse; artha-the meaning; kahi-1 relate; sank�epera-of\n\nconciseness; siira-the pith;bhaktera-of the devotee; icchiiya-by the desire; kr�rera\n-of Lord Kr�l)a; sarva-all; avatiira-incarnations.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe essence of the meaning to this verse is that Lord Kr�a appears in all His\ninnumerable eternal forms because of the desires of His pure devotees.\n\nTEXT 113\n\n'1t( �t,•t • ��\" ��\\! I\n�(�� ,� '${ 12f•t� II ��-e II\ncaturtha s/okera artha haifa suniscite\navatTrra hailii gqura prema prakiisite\n\n", "adi1#p0253": "Adi-lila, Chapter 3\n\n.229\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaturtha-fourth; �/okera-of the verse;artha-the m eaning; hoi/a-was; su-nikitevery surely; avatir(la hoi/a-incarnated; gaura\n\n-\n\nlove of Go d ; praka�ite- to ma nif es t\n\nL ord Caitanya Mahap rabh u; prema­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have surely determined the meaning of the fourth verse. Lord Gauranga\n[Lord Caitanya] appeared as an incarnation to preach unalloyed love of God.\nTEXT 114\n\n��-'ftlf �R �·t-t I\n\n�\\!WH\\!1.'! ·��Pill ��8 II\n�rT-rOpa-raghuniltha-pade yilra a�a\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kf?(IOdasa\n\nSYNONYMS\n�ri-rupa-S rTia ROpa Gosva mi; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami; pade­\n\nat the lotus feet of; yara- whose; a�a-expectation; caitanya-caritamrta-the book\n\nnamed Caitanya-caritamrta; kahe-describes; kf?(IO-dasa-S rTia Kr�1,1a dasa Kaviraja\nGosvami.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring their\nmercy, I, K�1,1adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritam{ta, following in their footsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the �ri Caitanya-caritamrta, describing\nthe causes for the descent of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "adi1#p0254": "CHAPTER4\nIn this chapter of the epic Caitanya-caritiimrta, Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja GosvamT has\nstressed that Lord Caitanya appeared for three principal purposes of His own. The\nfirst purpose was to relish the position of SrTmatT Radharai)T, Who is the prime\nreciprocator of transcendental love of Sri Kr�f)a. Lord Kr�f)a is the reservoir of\ntranscendental loving transactions with SrTmatT Radharaf)T. The subject of those\nloving transactions is the Lord Himself, and Radha�f)T is the object. Thus the\nsubject, the Lord, wanted to relish the loving mellow in the position of the object,\nRadharai)T.\nThe second reason for His appearance was to understand the transcendental\nmellow of Himself. Lord Kr�f)a is all sweetness. Radharaf)T's attraction for Kr�f)a is\nsublime, and to experience that attraction and understand the transcendental sweetness of Himself, He accepted the mentality of Radharai)T.\nThe third reason that Lord Caitanya appeared was to enjoy the bliss tasted by\nRadharaf)i. The Lord thought that undoubtedly Radharaf)T enjoyed His company\nand He enjoyed the company of RadharapT, but the exchange of transcendental\nmellow between the spiritual couple was more pleasing to Srimati Radharaf)T than\nto Sri Kr�f)a. Radharaf)T felt more transcendental pleasure in the company of Kr�f)a\nthan He could understand without taking Her position, but for Sri Knf)a to enjoy\nin the position of Srimati Radharaf)i was impossible because that position was\ncompletely foreign to Him. Kr�f)a is the transcendental male, and Radharaf)T is the\ntranscendental female. Therefore, to know the transcendental pleasure of loving\nKr�f)a, Lord Kr�f)a Himself appeared as Lord Caitanya, accepting the emotions and\nbodily luster of SrimatT Radharai)T.\nLord Caitanya appeared to fulfill these confidential desires and also to preach\nthe special significance of chanting Hare Kr�f)a, Hare Kr�f)a, Kr�f)a Kr�f)a, Hare\nHare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare, and to answer the call of\nAdvaita Prabhu. These were secondary reasons.\nSri Svarupa Damodara GosvamT was the principal figure among Lord Caitanya's\nconfidential devotees. The records of his diary have revealed these confidential\npurposes of the Lord. These revelations have been confirmed by the statements of\nSrTia ROpa Gosvami in his various prayers and poems.\nThis chapter also specifically describes the difference between lust and love. The\ntransactions of Kr�f)a and Radha are completely different from material lust. Therefore the author has very clearly distinguished between them.\nTEXT 1\n\n1\\b��tt't-. 1!\\Jii't' �fi{(tl[ I\n<il'ttlrt\\f9t � �� yt._1 i!I•M'I1fil..: n) n\n231\n\n", "adi1#p0255": "232\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n�r1-caitan ya-prasiidena\ntad-rupasya vinin;ayam\nbiilo 'pi kurute Siistrarh\nd.f?.tvii vraja-viliisinaly\nSYNONYMS\nSrT-caitanya\"prasiidena-by the mercy of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;tat-of Him;\n\nrupasya-of the form; vinirrayam-complete determination; bii/aly-a child; api­\n\neven; kurute-makes; �iistram-the revealed scriptures; d[,5.tvii-ha.ving seen; vrajaviliisinaly-who enjoys the pastimes of Vraja.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy the mercy of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, even a foolish child can fully\n\ndescribe the real nature of Lord Kr�r:ta, the enjoyer of the pastimes of Vraja,\naccording to the vision of the revealed scriptures.\nPURPORT\nOne can ascertain the meaning of this Sanskrit !Joka only when one is endowed\n\nwith the causeless mercy of Lord Caitanya. Lord Sri Kr�r:ta, being the absolute\n\nPersonality of Godhead, cannot be exposed to the mundane instruments of vision.\n\nHe reserves the right not to be exposed by the intellectual feats of nondevotees.\n\nNotwithstanding this truth, even a small child can easily understand Lord Sri Kr�l)a\n\nand His transcendental pastimes in the lar,�d of Vrndavana by the grace of Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT2\n\n_. WI 8bw 0 fiMJI14'1f I\n\n'Aft�RI o '\"\"'�'\"'\" n � n\njaya jaya SrT-caitanya jaya nityiinanda\njayiidvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glory; �rT-caitanya-to Lord Caitanya;jaya-all glory;nityanandato Lord Nityananda; jaya-all glory; advaita-candra-to Advaita Acarya; jaya-all\nglory;gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glory to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. All glory to Lord Nityananda. All glory\n\nto Sri Advaita Acarya. And all glory to all the devotees of Lord Caitanya.\n\n", "adi1#p0256": "Adi-ma, Chapter 4\n\n233\n\nTEXT3\n\n��t,+l ..-f����l\n...If �'ft ... ....ret R -e R\ncaturtha �lokera artha kaila vivarara\npancama �lokera artha �una bhakta-ga(la\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaturtha-fourth; �lokera-of the verse; artha-the meaning; kaila-made; vivararJa\n\n-description; pancama-fifth; �lokera-of the verse; artha-the meaning; �unaplease hear; bhakta-ga(la-0 devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nI have described the meaning of the fourth verse. Now, 0 devotees, kindly hear\nthe explanation of the fifth verse.\nTEXT4\n\n11!f-ali'+l ... .rt,ce .... I\n�trt1ttl� �'It� ._�PI I 8 R\nmD/a-�lokera artha karlte prakii�a\nartha liigiiite iige kahiye iibhiisa\n\nSYNONYMS\nmD/a-origina l;�lokera-of the verse;artha-the meaning; karite-to make; prakii�a\n\n-revelation; artha-the meaning; liigiilte-to touch; iige-first; kahiye-1 shall speak;\niibhiisa-hint.\nTRANSLATION\nJust to explain the original verse, I shall first suggest its meaning.\n'\n\nTEXTS\n\n��... -·���\n,.1t'lfflf •5tft,.. �- 'WM'6tl It I\ncaturtha �/okera artha ei kalla siira\nprema-niima praciirite ei avatiira\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaturtha-fourth; �lokera-of the verse; artha-the meaning; ei-this; kaila-gave;\nsiira-essence; prema-love of Godhead; nama-the holy name;praciirite-to propa­\n\ngate; e/-this; avatiira-incarnation.\n\n", "adi1#p0257": "234\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\nI have given the essential meaning of the fourth verse: this incarnation descends\nto propagate the chanting of the holy name and spread love of God.\nTEXT6\n\n� � '� F.• (jlt•1 �I\n\n,..R �· � �' ..ttt QJIP II � II\nsatya ei hetu, kintu eho bahirahga\niira eka hetu, Suna, iiche antarahga\nSYNONYMS\nsatya-true; ei-this; hetu-reason; kintu- but; eho-this; bahirahga- external; oraanother; eka-one; hetu-reason; �una-please hear; fiche-is; antarahga-internal.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough this is true, this is but the external reason for the Lord's incarnation.\nPlease hear one other reason-the confidential reason-for the Lord's appearance.\nPURPORT\nIn the Third Chapter, fourth verse, it has been clearly said that Lord Caitanya\nappeared to distribute love of Kr�IJa and the chanting of His transcendental holy\nname, Hare Kr�IJa. That was the secondary purpose of Lord Caitanya's appearance.\nThe real reason is different, as we shall see in this chapter.\nTEXT7\n\n't��.,�����l\n\n\"�(- llftawe *ittl n , n\npurve yena prthivira bhiira haribiire\nkr�ra avatirra hailii Siistrete praciire\nSYNONYMS\npurve-previously; yena-as; p[thivira-of the earth; bhiira-burden; haribiire-to\ntake away; kr�ra-Lord Kr�pa; avatirra-incarnated ; hai/ii-was; Siistrete-the scriptures; praciire-proclaim.\nTRANSLATION\nThe scriptures proclaim that Lord Kr�Qa previously descended to take away the\nburden of the earth.\n\n", "adi1#p0258": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n235\n\nTEXTS\n\n'II �·�Q � iQ .-ftUet I\n\nfitt'Qsfi ��\"e.� n\"\" 11\nsvayarh-bhagaviinera karma nahe bhiira-harara\nsthiti-kartii vi�ru karena jagat-pii/and\nSYNONYMS\nsvayam-bhagaviinera-of the original Supreme Personality of Godhead; karmathe business; nahe-is not; bhiira-harara-taking away the burden; sthiti-kartii-the\nmaintainer; vij[IU- Lord Vig1u; karena-does;jagat-piilana-protection of the universe.\nTRANSLATION\nTo take away this burden, however, is not the work of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. The maintainer, Lord ViglU, is the one who protects the universe.\nTEXT9\n\n�·���Q ..�·�I\n'e11QIJ·� ��ill f�l'f II � II\nkintu k[j[lera yei haya avatiira-kii/a\nbhiira-harara-kii/a tiite ha-ifa mi�ii!a\nSYNONYMS\nkintu-but; k[j[lera-of Lord Kr�r;�a; yei-that which; haya-is; avatiira-of incarnation; kii/a-the time; bhiira-harara-of taking away the burden; kii/a-the time;\ntiite-in that; ho-i/a-there was; mi�ii/a-mixture.\nTRANSLATION\nBut the time to lift the burden of the world mixed with the time for Lord Kr�J;la's\nincarnation.\nPURPORT\nWe have information from Bhagavad-gitii that the Lord appears at particular\nintervals to adjust a time-worn spiritual culture. Lord �ri Kr�r;�a appeared at the end\nof Dvapara-yuga to regenerate the spiritual culture of human society and also to\nmanifest His transcendental pastimes. V i�r;�u is the authorized Lord who maintainsthe created cosmos, and He is also the principal Deity who makes adjustments for\nimproper administration in the cosmic creation. �ri Kr�Qa is the primeval Lord, and\nHe appears not to make such administrative adjustments but only to exhibit His\ntranscendental pastimes and thus attract the fallen souls back home, back to Godhead. However, the time for administrative rectification and the time for Lord �ri\nKr�Qa's.appearance coincided at the end of the last Dvapara-yuga. Therefore when\n\n", "adi1#p0259": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n236\n\nS ri Kr�r;�a appeared, Vi�r;�u, the Lord of maintenance, also merged in Him because all\nthe plenary portions and parts of the absolute Personality of Godhead merge in Him\nduring His appearance.\nTEXT10\n\n�(·�til.���� I\n� 'I� �tf -itt!;! �' f11tWI II� II\n•\n\npurra bhagavon avatare yei kole\nora saba avatora tonte osi' mile\n\nSYNONYMS\np urra-full; bhagavon-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; avatare-incarnates;\nyei-that; ko/e-at the time; ora-other; saba-all; avatora-incarnations; toMe-in\nHim; asi'-coming; mile-meet\n\n.\n\nTRANSLA liON\nWhen the complete Supreme Personality of Godhead descends, all other incarnations of the lord meet together within Him.\nTEXTS 11-12\n\n�' itt_(llf:, '114!.'llt� I\n\n�·'lll'fi�Af, � �� � II�� II\n���� ...��If Q �(I\n� �� �··��(II�� II\nnoroyara, catur-vyuha, matsyody avatora\nyuga-manvantarovatora, yata oche ora\nsabe asi' kr�ra-onge haya avatirra\naiche avatare kr�ra bhagavon purra\n\nSYNONYMS\nnoroyara- Lord\n\nNarayar;�a; catu{l -vyuha-the four expansions; matsya-adi-be­\n\nginning with Matsya; avatora-the incarnations; yuga-manvantara-avatora-the yuga\nand manvantara incarnations;yata-as many as;oche-there are; ora-other; so be-all;\nosi'-com i ng;k{.s[7a-arige-in the body of Lord Kr�r;�a; haya-are; avatTnJa-incarnated;\naiche-in this way; avatare-incarnates; kr,s ra\n\n-\n\nPersonality of Godhead;purro -full.\n\nLord Kr�r;�a; bhagavon-the Supreme\n\n", "adi1#p0260": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n237\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Narayat;�a, the four primary expansions [Vasudeva, Saiikar�t;�a, Pradyumna\n\nand Aniruddha ] , Matsya and the other lila incarnations, the yuga-avataras and the\nmanvantara incarnations-and as many other incarnations as there are-all descend\nin the body of Lord Kr�t;�a. In this way the complete Supreme Godhead, Lord Kr�t:�a\nHimself, appears.\nTEXT13\n\n�� � �it �t·l -ti\\till\n\n�.-ttl �� �· ..�-ll�� II �\"!) II\nataeva vigw takhana kr�rera �arire\nvi�ru-dviire kare kr�ra asura-sarhhiire\nSYNONYMS\n\nataeva-therefore; vi�(lu-Lord Vi�t;�u; takhana-at that time; kr�rera-of Lord\nKmta; �rire-in the body; vigw-dviire-by Lord Vi:;r;tu; kare-does; kr�ra-Lord\nKr�pa; asura-sarhhare -killing the demons.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, therefore, Lord Vi�ou is present in the body of Lord Kr�l)a, and\n\n·\n\nLord Kr�pa kills the demons through Him.\nTEXT 14\n\n�t'lcttr·�'li �� ��·1ftl'1 I\n� lf'lfit' ��<etl, � <;lt � -.Tt'1 n �s n\niinu�anga-karma ei asura-miirm:a\nye liigi' avattira, kahi se mula ktirara\nSYNONYMS\ntinu�anga-karma-secondary work; ei-this; asura-of\n\nthe\n\ndemons; mtirara­\n\nkilling; ye-that; ltigi'-for; avattira-the incarnation; kahi-l shall speak; se-the;\nmula-root; ktirara-cause.\nTRANS LA' noN\nThus the killing of the demons is but secondary work. I shall now speak of the\nmain reason for the Lord's incarnation.\nTEXTS 15-16\n\n02t11Pf·f..� -.a� �i{ I\nft'St11t� W (;lftt-. �� �511'1 II �� II\n\n", "adi1#p0261": "238\n\nSri Caitanya-caritimrta\n\n��-c-f�� \" \"'111i<P1\"t I\n\n�-�������II�� II\npr.ema-rasa-niryiisa karite iisviidana\nriiga-miirga bhakti toke karite praciirara\nrasika-�ekhara k[.S(Ia parama-karura\nei dui hetu haite icchiira udgama\nSYNONYMS\nprema-rasa-of the mellow of love of God; niryiisa-the essence; karite-to do;\n\niisviidana-tasting; riiga-miirga-the path of spontaneous attraction; bhakti-devo­\n\ntional service; toke-in the world; karite-to do; praciirara-propagation; ras/ka­\n\n�ekhara- the supremely jubilant; k[�(la-Lord\n\nKr�pa; parama-karura-the most\n\nmerciful; e/-these; dui -two; hetu-reaso ns; haite- from; icchiira-of desire; udgama\n\n-the birth.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord's desire to appear was born from two reasons: He wanted to taste the\nsweet essence of the mellows of love of God, and He wanted to propagate devotional\n\nservice in the world on the platform of spontaneous attraction. Thus He is known\nas supremely jubilant and as the most merciful of all.\nPURPORT\n\nDuring the period of Lord KnQa's appearance the killing of asuras or nonbelievers\n\nsuch as Karilsa and jarasandha was done by Vi�IJU, who was within the person of Sri\nKr�Qa. Such apparent killing by Lord Sri Kr�Qa was a matter of course as an\n\nincidental activity, but the real purpose of Lord Kr�Qa's appearance was to stage a\ndramatic performance of His transcendental pastimes at Vrajabhumi, thus exhibiting\n\nthe highest limit of transcendental mellow in the exchanges of reciprocal love be­\n\ntween the living entity and the Supreme Lord. These reciprocal exchanges of\n\nmellows are called riiga-bhakti, or devotional service to the Lord in transcendental\n\nrapture. Lord Sri Kr�Qa wants to make known to all the conditioned souls that He\n\nis more attracted by riiga-bhakti than vidhi -bhakti, or devotional service under\nscheduled regulations. It is said in the Vedas, raso val sa{l: the Absolute Truth is\n\nthe reservoir for all kinds of reciprocal exchanges of loving sentiments. He is aiso\n\ncauselessly merciful, and He wants to bestow upon us this privilege of riiga-bhakti.\n\nThus He appeared as His own internal energy. He was not forced to appear by any\nextraneous force.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�-art�� � ar'Sfe. fil�\\5 1\n�-fitfC!ftr·<;l2tt1f � �-r. �II �'l II\n\n", "adi1#p0262": "239\n\nAdi-lila, Chapter 4\n\naiSvarya-jnanete saba jagat miSrita\n\n·\n\naiSvarya-Sithila-preme nahi mora prita\nSYNONYMS\naiSvarya-jnanete-with\n\nknowledge\n\nof\n\nmajesty; saba-all;\n\njagat-the\n\nuniverse;\n\nmiSrita-mixed; ai Svarya- S ithila-w e a kened by majesty; preme-in love; nilhi-there\nis not; mora-My; prita- pleasure.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"All the universe is filled with the conc eption of My majesty, but love weakened\nby that sense of majesty does not satisfy Me.\nTEXT18\n\n�t'lfttJ i1� 11t�, �t9f� � I\n�'AI' <;�t1l � � ifl � �i{ II !>V' II\namare iSvara mane, apanake hina\ntara preme vaSa ami na ho-i adhina\nSYNONYMS\niimare-Me; iSvara-the Lord; mane-regards; apanake-himself; hina-low; taraof him; prem e-b y the love; vaSa-controlled; ami-1; na ho-i- am not; adhinasubservient.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If one regards Me as the Supreme Lord and himself as a subordinate, I do not\nbecome subservient to his love, nor can it control Me.\n\nTEXT19\n\n�� �' � � � �ttr '�l �r;;� I\n'!ttl � '� 'e� �,-� Clftf �� 11!>�11\namake to' ye ye bhakta bhaje yei bhave\ntaresese bhave bhaji,-e morasvabhave\nSYNONYMS\namake- Me; to'-certainl y; ye ye-whatever; bhakta-devotee; bhaje-w o rsh ips; yei\n-which; bhave-in the mood; tare-him; se se-that; bhave-in the mood; bhaji1 reciprocate; e-this; mora- My;sva-bhave-in the nature.\n\n", "adi1#p0263": "240\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam(ta\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"In whatever transcendental mellow My devotee worships Me, I reciprocate with\nhim. That is My natural behavior.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord, by His inherent nature, reveals Himself before His devotees according\nto their inherent devotional service. The Vrndavana pastimes demonstrated that\nalthough generally people worship Gpd with reverence, the Lord is more pleased\nwhen a devotee thinks of Him as his pet son, personal friend or most dear fiance\nand renders service unto Him with such natural affection. The Lord becomes a\nsubordinate object of love in such transcendental relationships. Such pure love of\nGodhead is unadulterated by any tinge of superfluous nondevotional desires and is\nnot mixed with any sort of fruitive action or empiric philosophical speculation. It is\npure and natural love of Godhead, spontaneously aroused in the absolute stage.\nThis devotional service is executed in a favorable atmosphere freed from material\naffection.\nTEXT 20\n\nClf l!''41 1ft� �1�� ����<f ��Pfl�1{,1\n1{1{ �....�;:fug �m: 1r� 1f�..t : n �·\nye yathii miirh prapadyante\ntiirhs tathaiva bhajiimy aham\nmama vartmiinuvartante\n\nmanu�yiifl piirtha sarva�fl\nSYNONYMS\nye-those wh o;yathii-as;miim-to Me; prapadyante\n\n-\n\nsurrender; tiin-them;tathii\n\n-so; eva-certainly; bhajiimi-reward; aham-l;mama-My; vartma-path;anuvartante\n-follow;manu�yii{l-men;piirtha-0 son of Prtha;sarva�a{l\n\n-\n\nin all respects.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'In whatever way My devotees surrender unto Me, I reward him accordingly.\nEveryone follows My path in all respects, 0 son of Prthl.'\nPURPORT\nIn the Fourth Chapter of Bhagavad-gitii Lord Kr�pa affirms that formerly (some\n120 million years before the Battle of Kuruk�tra)\n\nHe explained the mystic\n\nphilosophy of the Gitii to the sun-god. The message was received through the chain\nof disciplic succession, but in course of time, the chain being broken somehow or\nother, Lord �ri Kr�'='a appeared again and taught Arjuna the truths of Bhagavad-gitii.\nAt that time the Lord spoke this verse (Bg. 4.11) to His friend Arjuna.\n\n", "adi1#p0264": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n241\n\nTEXTS 21-22\n\n� 'J.il, '� �'tl, Clft1{ <211-t'tf! I\n�te� C:� OOtJ <15tf �ft� II �� II\n._t?tifir;-. � 'lftti{, \"ftllttl ,.Jf-fti{ I\n�������� ����\nmora putra, mora sakhii, mora priira-pati\nei-bhiive yei more kare �uddha-bhakti\niipaniike bapa mane, iimiire sama-hina\nsei bhiive ho-i iimi tiihiira adhina\nSYNONYMS\nmora\n\n-\n\nmy; putra-son; mora-my; sakhii-friend; mora\n\n-\n\nmy; priira-pati\n\n-\n\nlord of\n\nlife; ei-bhiive-in this way; yei-those who; more-unto Me; kare-do; !;uddha-bhakti\n-pure devotion; iipa niike\n\n-\n\nhimself; bapa-great; mane-he regards; ainiire-Me;\n\nsoma-equal; hina-or lower; sei bhiive- in that way; ho-i\n\n-\n\nam; iimi-1; tiihiira-to him;\n\nadhina-subordinate.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If one cherishes pure loving devotion to Me, thinking of Me as his son, his\nfriend or his beloved, regarding himself as great and considering Me his equal or\ninferior, I become subordinate to him.\nPURPORT\nIn Caitanya-caritiimrta three kinds of devotional service are described-namely,\nbhakti ( ordinary devotional service ) , �uddha-bhakti ·( pure devotional service ) and\nviddha-bhakti ( mixed devotional service ) .\nWhen devotional service is executed with 5ome material purpose, involving\nfruitive activities, mental speculations or mystic yoga,\n\nit is called mixed or\n\nadulterated devotional service. Besides bhakti-yoga, Bhagavad-gitii also describes\nkarma-yoga, jfliina-yoga and dhyiina-yoga.\n\nYoga means linking with the Supreme\n\nLord, which is possible only through devotion. Fruitive activities ending in devotional\nservice, philosophical speculation ending in devotional service, and the practice of\nmysticism ending in devotional service are known respectively as karma-yoga, ji'liinayoga and dhyana-yoga. But such devotional service is adulterated by the three kinds\nof material activities.\nFor those grossly engaged in identifying the body as the self, pious activity, or\nkarma-yoga, is recommended. For those who identify the mind with the self,\nphilosophical speculation, or ji'lana-yoga, is recommended. But devotees standing\non the spiritual platform have no need of such material conceptions of adulterated\ndevotion. Adulterated devotional service does not directly aim for love of the\n\n", "adi1#p0265": "242\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore service performed strictly in conformity\nwith the revealed scriptures is better than such viddha-bhakti because jt is free ·from\nall kinds of material contamination. It is executed in Kr�l)a consciousness, solely to\nplease the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nThose who are spontaneously devoted to the Lord and have no aims for material\ngain are called attracted devotees. They are spontaneously attracted to the service of\nthe Lord, and they follow in the footsteps of self-realized souls. Their pure devotion\n(�uddha-bhakti), manifested from pure love of Godhead, surpasses the regulative\nprinciples of the authoritative scriptures. Sometimes loving ecstasy transcends regulative principles; such ecstasy, however, is completely on the spiritual platform\nand cannot be imitated. The regulative principles help ordinary devotees rise to the\nstage of perfect love of Godhead. Pure love for Kr:;[la is the perfection of pure devotion, and pure devotional service is identical with spontaneous devotional service.\nFlawless execution of regulative principles is exhibited in the VaikurJtha planets.\nBy strictly executing these principles one can be elevated to the VaikUI)!ha planets.\nBut spontaneous pure loving service is found in Kr:;[laloka alone.\n\nTEXT 23\n\nl(fiJ '5�f� ��O{t�'i!'{t� <f� I\nflr'8J1 lflrt'1')��1:\"lf1:� i5<t'!);n� �lft�\"O{: II � � II\nmayi bhaktir hi bhutanam\namrtatvaya ka/j)ate\ndiHya yad asin mat-sneho\nbhavatinarh mad-iiJ)anafl\n\nSYNONYMS\nmayi-to Me; bhaktitJ-devotional service; hi-certainly; bhutanam-of the living\nbeings; amrtatvaya-the eternal life; ka/pate-brings about; d�s,tya-by good fortune;\nyat-which; asit-was; mat-for Me; snehafl-the affection; bhavatinam-of all of\nyou; mat-of Me; apanafl-the obtaining.\n\nTRANSLATION\n'\"Devotional service rendered to Me by the living beings revives their eternal life.\n0 My dear damsels of Vraja, your affection for Me is your good' fortune, for it is\n\nthe only means by which you have obtained My favor.'\n\nPURPORT\nPure devotional service is represented in the activities of the residents of Vrajabhumi (Vrndavana). During a solar eclipse, the Lord came from Dvaraka and met\nthe inhabitants of Vrndavana at Samanta-pai'icaka. The meeting was intensely\npainful for the damsels of Vrajabhumi because Lord Kr:;[la apparently left them to\n\n", "adi1#p0266": "Adi lila, Chapter 4\n\n243\n\n-\n\nreside at Dvaraka. But the Lord obligingly acknowledged the pure devotional service\nof the damsels of Vraja by speaking this verse (Bhiig. 1 0.82.45).\nTEXT 24\n\nJt'f\\!1 G;'lf� 'J...P1t� CRr-. �·� I\n\n'fJI�-wt� � �t'l� 911'1� II �8 II\nmiitii more putra-bhiive karena bandhana\natihina-j'niine kare Iii/ana piilana\nSYNONYMS\nmata-mother; more-Me; putra-bhave-in the position of a son; karena\nbandhana-binding; atihina-ji'Jiine-in\n\nthinking\n\nvery\n\n-\n\ndoes;\n\npoor; kare-does; /ii/ana­\n\nnourishing;pa/ana-protecting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Mother sometimes binds Me as her son. She nourishes and protects Me, thinking\nMe utterly helpless.\nTEXT 25\n\n,_�1 �f;� �' �IJI �1t�'l I\n\n1.� '-.til.� �'Ri,-1_fit 'fJitfit � n �t 11\nsakhii �uddha-sakhye kare, skandhe iirohara\ntumi kon bafla /oka,- tumi iimi soma\nSYNONYMS\nsakhii-the friend; �uddha-sakhye-in pure friendship; kare-does; skandhe-on\n\nthe shoulders; iirohara-mounting; tumi- You; kon-what; bafla-big; /a ka\n\n-\n\nper son;\n\ntumi-You; ami- l; soma-the same.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My friends climb on My shoulders in pure friendship, saying, 'What kind of big\nman are You? You and I are equal.'\nTEXT 26\n\nfi!ATI ..fif 'lfr-. �' -.ttt 'ee.',.� I\n�·� �� � c;� c;Jttf 'It� II �� II\npriyii yadi miina kari' karaye bhartsana\nveda-stuti haite hare sei mora mana\n\n", "adi1#p0267": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n244\n\nSYNONYMS\nprlyii-the lover;yad/-if; mana kar/'-sulking; karaye-does;bhartsana-rebuking ;\nveda-stutl-the Vedic prayers; haite-from; hare-takes away; sei-that; mora-My;\nmana\n\n-\n\nmind.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If My beloved consort reproaches Me in a ·sulky mood, that steals My mind from\nthe reverent hymns of the Vedas.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Upani�ds, all living entities are dependent on the supreme\nliving entity, the Personality of Godhead. As it is said, nityo nityiiniirh cetana�\ncetaniiniim eko bahDniim yo vidadhiiti kiimiin: one eternal living entity supports alf\n\nthe other eternal living entities. Because the Supreme Personality of Godhead main­\n\ntains all the other living entities, they remain subordinate to the Lord, even when\njoined with Him in the reciprocation of loving affairs. But in the course of exchanging transcendental love of the highest purity, sometimes the subordinate devotee\n\ntries to predominate over the predominator. One who lovingly engages with the\nSupreme Lord as if His mother or father sometimes supersedes the position of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Similarly, His fianc�e or lover sometimes supersedes\nthe position of the Lord. But such attempts are exhibitions of the highest love.\n\nOnly out of pure love does the subordinate lover of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead chide Him. The Lord, enjoying this chiding, takes it very nicely. The\nexhibition of natural love makes such activities very enjoyable. In worship of the\nSupreme Lord with veneration there is no manifestation of such natural love because\nthe devotee considers the Lord his superior.\nRegulative principles in devotional service are meant for those who have not\ninvoked their natural love of Godhead. When natural love arises, all regulative\nmethods are surpassed, and pure love is exhibited between the Lord and the devotee.\n\nAlthough on such a platform of love the devotee sometimes appears to predominate\nover the Lord or transgress regulative principles, such dealings are far more advanced\n\nthan ordinary dealings through regulative principles with awe and veneration. A\ndevotee who is actually free from all designations due to complete attachment in\n\nlove for the Supreme exhibits spontaneous love for Godhead, which is always\nsuperior to the devotion of regulative principles.\n\n�\n\nThe informal language used between lover and beloved is significant of pure\naffection.\n\nWhen devotees worship their beloved as the most venerable object,\n\nspontaneous loving sentiments are observed to be lacking. A neophyte devotee who\nfollows the Vedic instructions that regulate those who lack pure love of Godhead\nmay superficially seem more exalted than a devotee in spontaneous love of God­\n\nhead. But in fact such spontaneous pure love is far superior to regulated devotional\n\nservice. Such pure love of Godhead is always glorious in all respects, more so than\n\nreverental devotional service rendered by a less affectionate devotee.\n\n", "adi1#p0268": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n245\n\nTEXTS 27-28\n\n�- ��· 'fl$1 �rPi_ �� I\n��f��Q��m''�\"u\n��ttw itt� c-f ���I\n\"'\"' IITttn �fl�, �� '��� �e.�t11' ll �r- II\n..\n\nei �uddha-bhakta lana karimu avatiJra\nkariba vividha-vidha adbhuta vihiira\nvaikur,thiidye niihi ye ye liliira praciira\nsese li/ii kariba, yiite mora camatkiira\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-these; �uddha-bhakta-pure devotees; /anif-taking; karimu-1\n\navatiira- incarnation; kariba-1\n\nshall make;\n\nshall do; vividha-vidha-various kinds; adbhuta­\n\nwonderful; vihiira- pastimes; vaikur,tha-Odye-in the Vaikul)�ha planets, etc.; niihinot; ye ye-whatever; liliira-of the pastimes; praciira-broadcasting; se ·se- those;\nlila-pastimes; kariba-1\nwonder.\n\nshall perform; yiite-in which; mora-My; camatkiira­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n'1\"aking these pure devotees with Me, I shall descend and sport in various wonder­\n\nful ways, unknown even in Vaikul)tha. I shall broadcast such pastimes by which even\n\nI am amazed.\n\nPURPORT\n\nLord Kr�pa in the form of Lord Caitanya educates His devotees to develop\nprogressively to the stage of pure devotional service. Thus He appears periodically\n\nas a devotee to take part in various wonderful activities depicted in His sublime\nphilosophy and teachings.\nThere are innumerable VaikuQtha planets in the spiritual sky, and in all of them\n\nthe Lord accepts the service rendered by His eternal devotees in a reverential mood.\nTherefore Lord Sri Kr�pa presents His most confidential pastimes as He enjoys them\nin His transcendental realm. Such pastimes are so attractive that they attract even\nthe Lord, and thus He relishes them in the form of Lord Caitanya.\n\nTEXT 29\n\nrof� ,1tt'll\"Sttet. t'l'tf�·•t�,\n\n�t'St1ft111 �Bt� ..-t'i�l2l•tt� II�� II\nmo-v(saye gopi-garera upapati-bhiive\nyoga-miiyii karibeka iipana-prabhiive\n\n", "adi1#p0269": "246\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nSYNONYMS\n\nmo-v(saye-on the subject of Me; gopT-garera-of the gopis; /upapati-of a para­\n\nmour;bhiive-.in the position;yoga-miiyii-yogamiiyii, Lord Kr�pa's internal potency;\nkaribeka-will make; iipana-her own;prabhiive-by the influence:\nTRANSLATION\n\"The influence of yogamaya will inspire the gopis with the sentiment that I am\n\ntheir paramour.\n\nPURPORT\n\nYogamiiyii is the name of the internal potency that makes the Lord forget Himself\n\nand become an object of love for His pure devotee in different transcendental\nmellows. This yogamiiyii potency creates a spiritu al sentiment in the minds of the\ndamsels of Vraja by which they think of Lord Kr�pa as their paramour. This senti·\n\nrnent is never to be compared to mundane illicit sexual love. It has nothing to do\n\nwith sexual psychology, although the pure love of such devotees seems to be sexual.\n\nOM should know for certain that nothing can exist in this cosmic manifestation that\nhas no real counterpart in the spiritual field. All material'manifestations are emanations of the transcendence. The erotic principles of amorous love reflected in\n\nmixed material values are perverted reflections of the reality of spirit, but one\n\ncannot understand the reality unless one is sufficiently educated in the spiritual\n\nscience.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n�t� ifl trtfit �1, �1 tr1t� '�'I I\n··�� P�•tet (�tt fQJ m 1ti{ n �o •\niimiha nii jiini tiihii, nii jane gopi-gara\nduhhiira rilpa-gure duhhiira nitya hare mana\nSYNONYMS\niimiha-11; naljiini-shall not know;tahO -that ; na jane -will not know;gopi-gara­\n\nthe gopis; duhhiira-of the two; rilpa-gure-the beauty and qualities; dunhiira-of\n\nthe two; nitya-always; hare-carry away;mana-the minds.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Neither the gopis nor I shall notice this, for our minds will always be entranced\n\nby one another's beauty and qualities.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the spiritual sky the Vaikur;ttha planets are predominated by Narayaoa. His\n\ndevotees have the same features He does, and the exchange of devotion there is on\n\nthe platform of reverence. But above all these Vaikul)!ha planets is Goloka, or\n\n", "adi1#p0270": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n247\n\nKr�paloka, where the original Personality of Godhead, Kr�pa, fully manifests His,\npleasure potency in free loving affairs. Since the devotees in the material world\nknow almost nothing about these affairs, the Lord desires to show theselaffairs to\nthem..\nIn Goloka Vrndavana there is an exchange of love known as paraktya-raso. It is\nsomething like the attraction of a married woman for a man other than her husband.\nIn the material world this sort of relationship is most abominable because it is a\nperverted reflection of the parakiya-rasa ·in the spiritual world, where it is the highest\nkind of loving affair. Such feelings bet��en the devotee and the Lord are presented\nby the influence of yogamaya. Bhagavad-gitii states that devotees of the highest grade\nare under the care of daiva-milyti, or yogamiJya. Mahatmiinas tu marh piJrtha daiviih\nprakrtim ii�ritiifl {Bg. 9.13). Those who are actually great souls (mahatmas) are fully\nabsorbed in Kr�pa consci�usness, always •engaged !n the service of the Lord. They\nare under the care of daivi prakrti, or yogamaya. Yogamayti creates a sfiu\"ition In·.\nwhich the devotee is ·prepared to transgress all regulative pr.indples simply to love\nKr�pa. A devotee naturally does not like to.. transgress the laws of reverence for the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, but by the influence of yogamayiJ he is prepared\nto do anything to love the Supreme Lord better.\nThose under the spell of the material energy cannot at all appreciate the activities\nof yogamiiyii, for a conditioned soul can hardly understand the pure ·reciprocation\nbetween the Lord and His devotee. But by executing devotional service under the\nregulative principles, one can become very highly elevated and then begin to\nappreciate the dealings of pure love under the management of yogamiiyti.\nIn the spiritual loving sentiment induced by the yogamiiyii potency, both Lord �ri\nKr�pa and the damsels of Vraja forget themselves in spiritual rapture. By the\ninfluence of such forgetfulness, the attractive beauty of the gopTs plays a prominent\npart in the transcendental satisfaction of the Lord, who has nothing to do with\nmundane sexology. Because spiritual love of Godhead is above everything mundane,\nthe gopis superficially seem to transgress the codes of mundane morality. This\nperpetually puzzles mundane moralists. Therefore yogamayti acts to cover the\nLord and His pastimes from the eyes of mundaners, as confirmed in Bhagavad-gitti,\nwhere the Lord says that He reserves the right of not being exposed to everyone.·\n,\n\nThe acts of yogamaya make it possible for the Lord and the gopTs, in loving\necstasy, to sometimes meet and sometimes separate. These transcendental loving\naffairs of the Lord are unimaginable to empiricists involved in the impersonal feature\nof the Absolute Truth. Therefore the Lord himself appears before the mundaners\nto bestow upon them the highest form of spiritual realization and also personally\nrelish its essence. The Lord is so merciful that He Himself descends to take the\nfallen souls back home to the kingdom of Godhead, where the erotic principles of\nGodhead are eternally relished in their real form, distinct from the perverted sexual\nlove so much adored and indulged in by the fallen souls in their diseased condition.\nThe reason the Lord displays the rasa-filii is essentially to Induce all the fallen souls\nto give up their diseased morality and religiosity, and to attract them to the kingdom of God to enjoy the reality. A person who actually understands what the.\nrasa-filii is will certainly hate to indulge in mundane se'x life. For the realized soul,\n\n", "adi1#p0271": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n248\n\nhearing the Lord's riisa-lilii through the proper channel will result in complete\nabstinence from material sexual pleasure.\nTEXT 31\n\n� �tr.' m'St ,·t• -.m. �� 1\n\n� fitt\", �'t_lfl fitt'f,-�� ... II �� II\ndharma chiipi' riige dunhe karaye milano\nkabhu mile, kabhu nii mile,--daivera gha,tana\nSYNONYMS\ndharma chiipi'-giving up religious customs; riige-in love; dut1he-both; karayedo; milano-meeting; kabhu-sometimes; mile-they meet; kabhu-sometimes; nii\n\nmile-they do not meet; daivera-of destiny ; gha(ana - the happening.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Pure attachment will unite us even at the expense of moral and religious duties\n\n[ dharma ] . Destiny will sometimes bring us together and sometimes separate us.\nPURPORT\nThe gopis came out to meet Kr�Qa in the dead of night when they heard the\nsound of Kr�pa's flute. Srila Rupa GosvamT has accordingly composed a nice verse\nthat describes the beautiful boy called Govinda standing by the bank of the Yamuna\nwith His flute to His lips in the shining moonlight. Those who want to enjoy life\nin the materialistic way of society, friendship and love should not go to the Yamuna\nto see the form of Govinda. The sound of Lord Kr�pa's flute is so sweet that it has\nmade the gopis forget all about their relationships with their kinsmen and flee to\nKr�Qa in the dead of night.\n\nBy leaving home in that way, the gopis have transgressed the Vedic regulations of\n\nhousehold life. This indicates that when natural feelings of love for Kr�pa become\nfully manifest, a devotee can neglect conventional social rules and regulations. In\nthe material world we are situated in designative positions only, but pure devotional\nservice begins when one is freed from all designations. When love for Kr�pa is\nawakened, then the designative positions are overcome.\nThe spontaneous attraction of Sri Kr�pa for His dearest parts and parcels generates\nan enthusiasm that obliges Sri Kr�pa and the gopis to meet together. To celebrate\nthis transcendental enthusiasm, there is need of a sentiment of separation between\nthe lover and beloved. In the condition of material tribulation, no one wants the,\npangs of separation. But in the transcendental form, the very same separation, being\nabsolute in its nature, strengthens the ties of love and enhances the desire of the\nlover and beloved to meet. The period of separation, evaluated transcendentally , is\n\n", "adi1#p0272": "Adi-nla, Chapter 4\n\n249\n\nmore relishable than the actual meeting, which lacks the feelings of increasing\nanticipation because the lover and beloved are both present.\nTEXT 32\n\n�· �� 1fl1fi41tt'l -.ft� �t'll'tlf I\n�- .ttl -.fi� � 'e�l �� II �� II\ne/ saba rasa-niryiisa kariba iisviida\nei dviire kariba saba bhaktere prasiida\nSYNONYMS\ne/-these; saba-all; rasa -niryiisa -essence of mellows; kariba-1 shall do;lisviidatasting; e/ dviire-by this; kariba-1 shall do; saba-all; bhaktere-to the devotees;\nprasiida-favor.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall taste the essence of all these r asas, and in this way I shall favor all the\n\ndevotees.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n� � lt'St �f-.' 'fti'Sttf I\nlt�'tf 'et'P � �' ... ..,si II �-e II\nvrajera nirmala raga suni' bhakta-ga!Ja\nraga-marge bhaje yena chii(li' dharma-karma\nSYNONYMS\nvrajera-of Vraja; nirma/a-spotless; riiga-love; suni'-hearing; bhakta-ga[la-the\n\ndevotees; riiga-miirge-on the path of spontaneous love; bhaje-they worship;yenaso that; chii(/i - giving up; dharma- religiosity; karma-fruitive activity.\n'\n\nTRANSLATI ON\n\"Then, by hearing about the pure love of the residents of Vraja, devotees will\nworship Me on the path of spontaneous love, abandoning all rituals of religiosity\n\nand fruitive activity.\"\n\nPURPORT\nMany realized souls, such as Raghunatha dasa Gosvami and King Kula�ekhara,\n\nhave recommended with great emphasis that one develop this spontaneous love of\n\nGodhead, even at the risk of transgressing all the traditional codes of morality and\nreligiosity. Sri Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, one of the six Gosvamis of Vrndavana,\n\nhas written in his prayers called the Manal}-sik�ii that one should simply worship\n\n", "adi1#p0273": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n250\n\nRadha and Kf�pa with all attention. No dharmarh nadharmarh �ruti-gara-niruktarh\nkilo kuru: one should not be much interested in performing Vedic rituals or simply\nfollowing rules and regulations.\nKing Kula�ekhara has written similarly, in his book Mukunda-malii-stotra:\nnasthii dharme no vasu-nicaye naiva kamopabhoge\nyad bhiivyarh tad bhavatu bhagavan purva-karmanurupam\netat prarthyarh mama bahu-matarh janma-janmiintare 'pi\ntvat-piidambho-ruha-yuga-gatii ni�calii bhaktir astu\n\"I have no attraction for performing religious rituals nor holding any earthly king­\n\ndom. I do not care for sense enjoyments; let them appear and disappear in accordance with my previous deeds. My only desire is to be fixed in devotional service\nto the lotus feet of the Lord, even though I may continue to take birth here life\nafter life.\"\nTEXT34\n\n\"\\\"5[� ��1� '-5•tO{t� 1\\t�� '�1{1�: I\n\\5�t'i! �: tll'\"'�i lli: !�,_'{! 'i!�9ft111 �rct� II -!18 II\nanugrahiiya bhaktiiniirh\nmiinu�arh deham a�ritaly\nbhajate tadrSifl kri{iii\nyaly �rutvii tat-paro bhavet\nSYNONYMS\nanugrahiiya-for showing favor; bhaktiinam-to the devotees; miinu�am\nlike; deham\n\n-\n\n-\n\nhuman\n\n­\n\nbody; aSritaly-accepting; bhajate-He enjoys; tiid[Sily-such; kritjiily­\n\npastimes; yaly-which; srutva-having heard; tat paraly\n-\n\n-\n\nfully intent upon Him;\n\nbhavet-one must become.\nTRANSLATION\n\" Kr� pa manifests His eternal humanlike form and performs His pastimes to show\n\nmercy to the devotees. Having heard such pastimes, one should engage in service to\nHim.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis text is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.33.37). The Supreme Personality of\nGodhead has innumerable expansions of His transcendental form who eternally\nexist in the spiritual world. This material world is only a perverted reflection of the\nspiritual world, where everything is manifested without inebriety. There everything is in its original existence, free from the domination of time. Time cannot\ndeteriorate or interfere with the conditions in the spiritual world, where different\nmanifestations of the Supreme Personality of Godhead are the recipients of the\n\n", "adi1#p0274": "Ad i-nla, Chapter 4\n\n,251\n\nworship of different living entities in their constitutional spiritual positions. In the\nspiritual world all existence is unadulterated goodness. The goodness found in the\nmaterial world is contaminated by the modes of passion and ignorance.\nThe saying that the human form of life is the best position for devotional service\nhas its special significance because only in this form can a living entity revive his\neternal relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The human form is\nconsidered the highest state in the cycle of the species of life in the material world.\nIf one takes advantage of this highest kind of material form, one can regain his\nposition of devotional service to the Lord.\nIncarnations of the Supreme Personality of Godhead appear in all the species of\nlife, although this is inconceivable to the human brain. The Lord's pastimes are\ndifferentiated according to the appreciating capacity of the different types of bodies\nof the living entities. The Supreme Lord bestows the most merciful benediction to\nhuman society when He appears in His human form. It is then that humanity gets\nthe opportunity to engage in different kinds of eternal service to the Lord.\nSpecial natural appreciation of the descriptions of a particular pastime of Godhead indicates the constitutional position of a living entity. Adoration, servitorship,\nfriendship, parental affection and conjugal love are the five primary relationships\nwith Kf�[la. The highest perfectional stage of the conjugal relationship, enriched by\nmany sentiments, gives the maximum relishable mellow to the devotee.\nThe Lord appears in different incarnations-as a fish, tortoise and boar, as\nPara�urama, Lord Rama, Buddha and so on-to reciprocate the different appreciations of living entities in different stages of evolution. The conjugal relationship of\namorous love called porakiya-rasa is the unparalleled perfection of love exhibited\nby Lord Kf�[la and His devotees.\nA class of so-called devotees known assahajiyas' try to imitate the Lord's pastimes,\nalthough they have no understanding of the amorous love in His expansions of\npleasure potency. Their superficial imitation can create havoc on the path for the\nadvancement of one's spiritual relationship with the Lord. Material sexual in�ulgence\ncan never be equated with spiritual love, which is in unadulterated goodness. The\nactivities of the sahajiyas simply lower one deeper into the material contamination\nof the senses and mind. Krg1a's transcendental pastimes display eternal servitorship\nto Adhok�aja, the Supreme Lord, who is beyond all conception through material\nsenses. Materialistic conditioned souls do not understand the transcendental exchanges of love, but they like to indulge in sense gratification in the name of devotional service. The activities of the Supreme Lord can never be understood by\nirresponsible persons who think the pastimes of R adha and Kr�Qa to be ordinary\naffairs. The rasa dance is arranged by Kr�Qa's internal potency yogamayii, and it is\nbeyond the grasp of the materially affected person. Trying. to throw mud into\ntranscendence with their perversity, the sahajiyiis misinterpret the sayings tatparatvena nirmalam and tat-paro bhavet. By misinterpreting tiid�i{l kripii{l, they\nwant to indulge in sex while pretending to imitate Lord Kr�Qa. But one must\nactually understand the imports of the words through the intelligence of the\nauthorized gosviimis. �rila Narottama dasa Thakura, in his prayers to the Gosvamis,\nhas explained his inability to understand such spiritual affairs.\n\n", "adi1#p0275": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n252\n\nrupa-raghuniitha-pade ha-ibe iikuti\nkabe hiima bujhaba se yugala-piriti\n\"When I shall be eager to understand the literature given by the Gosvamis, then I\nshall be able to understand the transcendental love affairs of Radha and Kf�[la.\"\nIn other words, unless one is trained under the disciplic succession of the Gosvamls,\none cannot understand Rlldha and Kf�[la. The conditioned souls are naturally\naverse to understanding the spiritual existence of the Lord, and if they try to know\nthe transcendental nature of the Lord's pastimes while they remain absorbed in\nmaterialism, they are sure to blunder like the sahajiyiis.\nTEXT 35\n\n�t.' fflRi AAfiJ�S,, (}1. � � I\n\n�� -..� �·' ...'11 �t1 II �t II\n'bhavet' kriyii vidhilin, sei ihii kaya\nkartavya ava�ya ei, anyathii pratyaviiya\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhavet-bhavet; kriyii the verb; vidhi-lin-an injunction of the imperative mood;\n-\n\nsei-that; ihii-here; kaya-says; kartavya-to be done; ava�ya-certainly; ei\nanyathii\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthis;\n\notherwise; pratyaviiya-detri ment.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHere the use of the verb \"bhavet,\" which is in the imperative mood, tells us that\nthis certainly must be done. Noncompliance would be abandonment of duty.\nPURPORT\nThis imperative is applicable to pure devotees. Neophytes will be able to understand these affairs only after being elevated by regulated devotional service under\nthe expert guidance of the spiritual master. Then they too will be competent to\nhear of the love affairs of Radha and Kr�[la.\nAs long as one is in material conditional life, strict discipline is required in the\nmatter of moral and immoral activities. The absolute world is transcendental and\nfree from such distinctions because there inebriety is not possible. But in this\nmaterial world a sexual appetite necessitates distinction between moral and immoral\nconduct. There are no sexual activities in the spiritual world. The transactions\nbetween lover and beloved in the spiritual world are pure transcendental love and\nunadulterated bliss.\nOne who has not been attracted by the transcendental beauty of rasa will certainly\nbe dragged down into material attraction, thus to act in material contamination and\nprogress to the darkest region of hellish life. But by understanding the conjugal\nlove of Radha and Kr�Qa one is freed from the grip of attraction to material so-called\n\n", "adi1#p0276": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n.253\n\nlove between man and woman. Similarly if one understands the pure parental love\nof Nanda and Ya�oda for Kr��a, he will be saved from being dragged into material\nparental affection. If one accepts Kr��a as the supreme friend, the attraction of\nmaterial friendship will be finished for him, and he will not be dismayed by so-called\nfriendship with mundane wranglers. If he is attracted by servitorship to Kr��a, he\nwill no longer have to serve the material body in the degraded status of material\nexistence with the false hope of becoming master in the future. Similarly, one who\nsees the greatness of Kr��a in neutrality will certainly never again seek the so-called\nrelief of impersonalist or voidist philosophy. If one is not attracted by the transcendental nature of Kr��a1 one is sure to be attracted to material enjoyment, thus to\nbecome implicated in the clinging network of virtuous and sinful activities and\ncontinue material existence by transmigrating from one material body to another.\n\nOnly in Kr��a consciousness can one achieve the highest perfection of life.\nTEXTS 36-37\n\ntfll �-1 � \"2ft�tJ·�'i I\n��m-�tr ��II�� II\n\n�· � ���· �( �11�i{.l\n�'Sf���� iR;� � <ftat II�'\\ II\nei viiflchii yaiche k[�(la-priikofyo-kOra(la\nasura-sarhhiira--iinu�aflga prayojana\nei mota caitanyo-kr�IJO pilr(IO bhagaviin\nyuga-dharma-pravartana nahe tiiflra kama\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; viii'1cha-desire; yaiche-just as; k[�(la-of Lord Kr��a; priikofyo-for the\nmanifestation; kdra(la-reason ; asura-sarhhdra-the killing of demons; anu�aflgasecondary; prayojana-re ason ; ei mota\nprabhu; k[�(la\n\n-\n\n-\n\nlike this; caitanya-as Lord Caitanya Maha­\n\nLord Kr��a; pDr(la-full; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; yuga-dharma-the religion of the age ; pravartana-initiating; nahe-is not;\ntilhra-of Him; kama-the desire.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust as these desires are the fundamental reason for K�tla's appearance whereas\ndestroying the demons is only an incidental necessity, so for Sri K�tla Caitanya, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, promulgating the dharma of the age is incidental.\nTEXT 38\n\n� �'I �., ��'I �.,�ttl Jfi( I\n\n�'St�·..t'l '�\" '� �tt'l N'fi( II �r II\n\n", "adi1#p0277": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n254\n\nkana kiirare yabe haila avatiire mana\nyuga-dharma-kiila hoi/a se kiile milano\nSYNONYMS\n\nkana kiirare-by some reason; yabe-when; hoi/a-there was; avatiire-in incarnation; mana- i n clination; yuga-dharma-for the religion of the age; kala-the time;\nhoi/a-there was; se kiile-at that time; milano- conj unction\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord desired to appear for another reason, the time for promulgating\nthe religion of the age also arose.\nTEXT 39\n\n� � �fif' llf<!ll1 'fti1t'l I\n�� �1t� '�1{-iftl{��� II �._, II\ndui hetu avatari' lafiii bhakta-gara\niipane iisviide prema-niima-sahkirtana\nSYNONYMS\n\ndui-two; hetu\n\n-\n\ndevotees; iipane\n\n-\n\nreasons;\n\na vatari - incarnating; /ana-ta k ing; bhakta-gara-the\nlove of God; niima-sahkirtana'\n\nHimself; iisviide- tastes ; prema\n\n-\n\nand congregational chanting of the holy name.\nTRANSLATION\nThus with two intentions the Lord appeared with His devotees and tasted the\nnectar of prema with the congregational chanting of the holy name.\nTEXT 40\n\n�- '41tf ��tt\"f ��·ttl I\nift1l·<;�� ,ftfil' �...1'( ���1tf 118° II\nsei dviire iica(l{iiile kirtana sanciire\nniima-prema-miilii giihthi' pariiila sarhsiire\n·SYNONYMS\n\nsei dviire-by that; ii-ca(l{iiile- even among the ca(l{iiilas; kTrtana-the chanting of\nthe holy names; sanciire-He infuses; niima-of the holy names;prema-and of love\nof God ;miilii- a garland; giiri thi'- stringing together; pariiila-He put it on; sar'nsiirethe whole material world.\n\n", "adi1#p0278": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n255\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus He spread kirtana even among the untouchables. He wove a wreath of the\nholy name and prema with which He garlanded the entire material world.\n\nTEXT 41\n\n��� '6�'6t� ��' �� I\n�f.. �fi' W -.fPf � II 8� II\nei-mata bhakta-bhava kari' angikara\napani acari' bhakti karila pracara\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-like\n\nthis; bhakta-bhava-the position\n\nof\n\na\n\ndevotee;\n\nkari'-making;\n\nangikara-acceptance; apani-Himself; acari'-practicing; bhakti-devotional service;\nkarila-did; procara-propagation.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, assuming the sentiment of a devotee, He preached devotional service\nwhile practicing it Himself.\nPURPORT\nWhen RDpa Gosvami met Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu at Prayaga ( Allahabad ) ,\nhe offered his respectful obeisances by submitting that Lord Caitanya was more\nmagnanimous than any other avatiira of Kr�t�a because He was distributing love of\nKr�tJa. His mission was to enhance love of Godhead. In the human form of life the\nhighest achievement is to attain the platform of love of Godhead. Lord Caitanya did\nnot invent a system of religion, as people sometimes assume. Religious systems are\nmeant to show the existence of God, who is then generally approached as the cosmic\norder-supplier. But Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's transcendental mission is to\ndistribute love of Godhead to everyone. Anyone who accepts God as the Supreme\ncan take to the process of chanting Hare Kr�pa and become a lover of God. Therefore Lord Caitanya is the most magnanimous. This munificent broadcasting of\ndevotional service is possible only for Kr�t�a Himself. Therefore Lord Caitanya is\nKr�tJa.\nIn Bhagavad-gita Kr�t�a has taught the philosophy of surrender to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. One who has surrendered to the Supreme can make further\nprogress by learning to love Him. Therefore the Kr�t�a consciousness movement\npropagated by Lord Caitanya is especially meant for those who are cognizant of\nthe presence of the Supreme Godhead, the ultimate controller of everything. His\nmission is to teach people how to dovetail themselves into engagements of transcendental loving service. He is Kr�t�a teaching His own service from the position of a\n\n", "adi1#p0279": "256\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ndevotee. The Lord's acceptance of the role of a devotee in the eternal form of Lord\n\nSriCaitanya Mahaprabhu is another of the Lord's wonderful features. A conditioned\nsoul cannot reach the absolute Personality of Godhead by his imperfect endeavor,\n\nand therefore it is wonderful that Lord Sri Kr�pa, in the form of Lord Gaurariga,\nhas made it easy for everyone to approach Him.\n\nSvarDpa D:lmodara Gosvamt has described Lord Caitanya as Kr�pa Himself with\n\nthe attitude of Ra:dh:ir::tt;�t, or a combination of Radh::t and Kf�pa. His intention is\n\nto taste Kr�pa's sweetness in transcendental love. Lord Caitanya does not care to\n\nthink of Himself as Kf�t;�a, because He wants the position of Radharat;�t. We should\nremember this. A class of so-called devotees called the nadTya-nagarTor gaura-nagari\n\npretend that they have the sentiment of gopis toward Lord Caitanya, but they do\n\nnot realize that He placed Himself not as the enjoyer, KHt;�a, but as the enjoyed, the\ndevotee of Kr�t;�a. The concoctions of unauthorized persons pretending to be bona\n\nfide have not been accepted by Lord Caitanya. Presentations such as those of the\n\n.gaura-niigarT are only disturbances to the sincere execution of the mission of Lord\n\nCaitanya. LordCaitanya is undoubtedly Kr�t;�a Himself, and He is always nondifferent\nfrom Srimati Radharat;�i. But the emotion technically called vipra!ambha-bhiJva,\n\nwhich the Lord adopted for confidential reasons, should not be disturbed in the\nname of service. A mundaner should not unnecessarily intrude into affairs of\n\ntranscendence and thereby displease the Lord. One must always be on guard against\n\nthis sort of devotional anomaly. A devotee is not meant to create disturbances to\n\nKHt;�a. As Srila Rupa Gosvami has explained, devotional service is iinukulyena, or\n\nfavorable to Kr�t;�a. Acting unfavorably toward Kr�t;�a is not devotion. Karilsa was\n\nthe enemy of KHt;�a. He always thought of Kr�t;�a, but he thought of Him as an\nenemy. One should always avoid such unfavorable so-called service.\n\nLord Caitanya has accepted the role of Radharat;�i, and we should support that\n\nposition, as Svarupa Damodara did in the Gambhira (the house of Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu at Puri). He always reminded Lord Caitanya of Radha's feelings of\n\nseparation as they are described in the Srimad-Bhagavatam, and Lord Caitanya\nappreciated his assistance. But the gaura-niigaris, who place Lord Caitanya in the\n\nposition of enjoyer and themselves as His enjoyed, are not approved by Lord\n\nCaitanya or by Lord Caitanya's followers. Instead of being blessed, the foolish\nimitators are left completely apart. Their concoctions are against the principles\n\nof Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The doctrine of transcendental enjoyment by\nKr�t;�a cannot be mixed up with the doctrine of transcendental feeling of separation\nfrom Kr�Qa in the role of Radharat;�i.\n\nTEXT 42\n\n��' �'40, �e,�II(J, � � � I\n\n5nt ,l!fll, 5t_� 'e.. � II 8� II\ndiisya, sakhya, viitsa!ya, iira ye srngiira\nciiri prema, catur-vidha bhakta-i iidhiira\n\n", "adi1#p0280": "Adi-111a, Chapter 4\n\n257\n\nSYNONYMS\ndasya-servitude; sakhya-friendship; vatsa/ya-parental affection; ora-and; yethat; srnga ra-conjugal love; carl-four types; p rema- love of God; catufl-vldhafour kinds; bhakta-1\n\n-\n\ndevotees; a dhara- the con ta ine rs\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFour kinds of devotees are the receptacles of the four kinds of mellows in love\nof God, namely servitude, friendship, parental affection and conjugal love.\nTEXT 43\n\nf.1tr �tr 'et<if Jilt<{ c;� �fil' � I\nf.1tret'� �r;11' �·�-t �t�� II 8� II\nnlja nlja bhava sabe �re�fha kari' mane\nnlja-bhave kare kr�ra-sukha asvadane\nSYNONYMS\n\nnlja nlja-each his own; bhava-mood; sabe-all; SreHha kari -ma kin g the best;\n'\n\nmane-accepts; nlja-bhave-in his own mood; kare-does; kr�ra-sukha-happiness\nwith Lord Kr�r;�a; asvadane-tasting.\nTRANSLATION\nEach kind of devotee feels that his sentiment is the most excellent, and thus in\nthat mood he tastes great happiness with Lord KnQa.\nTEXT 44\n\n�'( � 1fti' f� � � I\n� 1'1 �WI �tl ..� 1ft� II 88 II\ntatastha ha-lya mane vlciira yadl karl\nsaba rasa halte srngare adhlka madhurT\nSYNONYMS\n\ntafa-stha ha-lya- becoming impartial; mane-in the mind; vicd'ra-consideration;\nyadi-if; karl-doing; saba rasa-all the mellows; haite- than; srngare-in conjugal\nlove; adhlka-greater; madhurT- sweetness\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBut if we compare the sentiments in an impartial mood, we find that the conjugal\nsentiment is superior to all in sweetness.\n\n", "adi1#p0281": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n258\n\nPURPORT\n\nNo one is higher or lower than anyone else in transcendental relationships.with\nthe Lord, for in the absolute realm everything is equal. But although these relationships are absolute, there are also transcendental differences between them. Thus the\ntranscendental relationship of conjugal love is considered the highest perfection.\nTEXT 45\n\n·�rc���r�rc'f� \"'lrl'lff.rr'Wf�l'f11'l1Jf9f 1\n�f\\!i�'f0{�1 m) \\Sl'fC\\!i <ftf9f ��� II 8 t II\nyathottaram asau sviidavi�e�ol/iisamayy api\nratir viisanayii sviidvi\nbhiisate kiipi kasyacit\n\nSYNONYMS\nyathii-uttaram-one after another; asau- that; sviida-vi�e�-of particular tastes;\n\nulliisa-mayi-consisting of the increase; api-although; ratifl-love; viisanayii-by the\ndifferent desire; sviidvi-sweet; bhiisate- ex ists; kii api- an y; kasyacit-of someone\n(the devotee).\nTRANSLATION\n''Increasing love is experienced in various tastes, one above another. But that\nlove whic h has the highest taste in the gradual succession of desire manifests itself\nin the form of conjugal love.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a verse from Srila Rupa Gosvamrs Bhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu (2.5.38).\nTEXT 46\n\n�tt� ��� PI -.r.: �� ift1f I\n\n--�·'lt.,il1-� N� '(�'Iii{ 118� II\nataeva madhura rasa kahi tiira niima\nsvakiyii-parakiyii-bhiive dvi-vidha sarhsthiina\nSYNONYMS\nataeva- therefore; madhura-sweet; rasa-mellow; kahi-1\n\nsay; tara-of that;\n\nniima- the name; svakiyii-svakiyii (own); parakiyii-and named parakiyii (another's) ;\nbhiive-in the moods; dvi-vidha-two types; sarhsthiina-positions.\n\n", "adi1#p0282": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n259\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore I call it madhura-rasa. It has two further divisions, namely wedded and\nunwedded love.\nTEXT 47\n\n\"R.mn..�� 'el� �� -t� I\ni!ftr � t�tJ 'elR �� -rt'l II 8� II\nparakiyti-bhtive ati rasera ulliisa\nvraja vinii ihtira anyatra niihi viisa\nSYNONYMS\nparakiyti-bhiive'-in the mood of parakiyii, or conjugal relations outside of marriage;\nati-very great; rasera-of mellow; u//iisa-increase; vraja vina-exce p t for Vraja;\nihiira-of this; anyatra- anywhere else; niihi-there is not; vasa-residence\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere is a great increase of mellow in the unwedded conjugal mood. Such love is\nfound nowhere but in Vraja.\nTEXT 48\n\nai�'J...'Sft'tf lj!� �t� f� I\n'!11' JfOO -� � � II Sir II\nvraja-vadhli-garera ei bhiiva niravadhi\ntara madhye �ri-radhaya bhiivera avadhi\nSYNONYMS\nvraja-vadhli-garera-of the young wives of Vraja; ei-this; bhtiva-mood; niravadhi\n-unbounded; tiira madhye-among them; �ri-riidhiiya-in � rimati RadharaQi; bhiivera\n-of the mood; avadhi-the highest lim it.\nTRANSLATION\nThis mood is unbounded in the damsels of Vraja, but among them it finds its\nperfection in Sri Radha.\nTEXT 49\n\n<;� �� G;$ 'lt4ft� I\n\n��111ft\\_�-1ii�N·-.tf'l II 8� II\npraur:fha nirmala-bhtiva prema sarvottama\nk[J(Iera mtidhurya-rasa-iisviida-ktirara\n\n", "adi1#p0283": "260\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nSYNONYMS\n\nprauqha-m\"Jtured; nirmala-bhilva-pure condition; prema-love; sarva-uttamabest of all; kr�rera-of Lord Kr�l)a; miidhurya-rasa-of the mellow of the conjugal\nrelationship; iisviida-of the tasting; kiirara-the cause.\nTRANSLATION\nHer pure, mature love surpasses that of all others. Her love is the cause of Lord\nK[�l)a's tasting the sweetness of the conjugal relationship.\nTEXT 50\n\n�\\!..fl� � 'et� �� \"ft' I\n\n�� � �•1 '�er-•rt tl �0 u\nataeva sei bhiiva angikiiro kari'\nsiidhilena nija viinchii gauriinga-vi�hari\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; sei bhiiva-that mood; angiklira kari'-accepting ; siidhi/enafulfilled; nija-His own; viinchii-desire; gauriinga-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; �rihari-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore Lord Gaur�uiga, who is �ri Hari Himself, accepted the sentiments of\nRadha and thus fulfilled His own desires.\nPURPORT\nOf the four kinds of reciprocation of loving service-diisya, sakhya, viitsa/ya and\nmiidhurya-miidhurya is considered the fullest. But the conjugal relationship is\nfurther divided into two varieties, namely svakiya and parakiya. Svakiya is the relationship with Kf�l)a as a formally married husband, and parakiya is the relationship\nwith Knl)a as a paramour. Expert analysts have decided that the transcendental\necstasy of the parakiya mellow is better because it is more enthusiastic. This phase\nof conjugal love is found in those who have surrendered to the Lord in intense love,\nknowing well that such illicit love with a paramour is not morally approved in\nsociety. The risks involved in such love of Godhead make this emotion superior to\nthe relationship in which such risk is not involved. The validity of such risk, however,\nis possible only in the transcendental realm. Svakiya and parakiya conjugal love of\nGodhead have no existen..:l! in the material world, and parakiya is not exhibited\nanywhere in Vaikul)tha, but only in the portion of Goloka V rndavana known as\nVraja.\nSome devotees think that Kf�l)a is eternally the enjoyer in Goloka Vrndavana but\nonly sometimes comes to the platform of Vraja to enjoy parakiya-rasa. The six\n\n", "adi1#p0284": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n261\n\nGosvamis of Vrndavana, however, have explained that Kf�l)a's pastimes in Vraja are\neternal, like His other activities in Goloka Vrndavana. Vraja is a confidential part of\nGoloka Vrndavana. Kf�l)a exhibited His Vraja pastimes on the surface of this world,\n\nand similar pastimes are eternally exhibited in Vraja in Goloka Vrndavana, where\nparakiya-rasa is ever exis tent.\n\nIn the Third Chapter of this epic, �rtla Knl)ad:!.sa Kaviraja Gosvamt has explicitly\n\naccepted the fact that Kf�l)a appears in this material world at the end of the Dvapara\nage of the twenty-eighth catur-yuga of Vaivasvata Manu and brings with Him His\nVrajadhama, which is the eternal abode of His highest pastimes. As the Lord appears\nby His own internal potency, so He also brings all His paraphernalia by the same\ninternal potency, without extraneous help. It is further stated here in Caitanya­\n\ncaritomrta that the parakiya sentiment is existent only in that transcendental realm\n\nand nowhere else. This highest form of ecstasy can exist only in the most confidential..\n\npart of the transcendental world, but by the causeless mercy of the Lord we can\nhave a peep into that invisible Vraja.\nThe transcendentai mellow relished by the gopis in Vraja is superexcellently\nfeatured in Srimati Radharani. Mature assimilation of the transcendental humor of\nconjugal love is represented by Srimati Radharal)i, whose feelings are incomprehen­\n\nsible even to the Lord Himself. The intensity of Her loving service is the highest\nform of ecstasy. No one can surpass Srimati Radharal)i in relishing the transcendental\nmellow qualities of the Lord. Therefore the Lord Himself agreed to assume the\n\nposition of Radharal)i in the form of Lord Sri Gaurariga. He then rei ished the\nhighest position of parakiya-rasa, as exhibited in the transcendental abode of Vraja.\nTEXT 51\n\n�c� ...rt;rt� �'Sf-� 5ff��f�...r�r.\"lt91��lft�\n\n,Ol'l\"lt� ��\"lf� l!l't�?f�c>r'l�t� 'll��'i11 I\n�fol�t�: C�l(_r.'t1 f�f�C'f9f�?!1\"fll\"Gif'llt.\n� CD��= �� C'il 1_;{� f?f \"I!C>eftfit�f� ?flfl(_ II <t ) II\nsureSanarh durgarh gatir atiSayenopani�adiirh\nmuniniirh sarvasvarh prarata-pa_ta/Tniirh madhurimii\nviniryiisaf:J premro nikhila-paSu-piiliimbuja-drSoin\nsa caitanyaf:J kim me punar api d[Sor yiisyati padam\n\nSYNONYMS\nsura-iSiiniim-of the kings of the demigods; durgam- fort ress; gatif:J-the goal;\natiSayena-eminently; upani�adiim-of\n\nthe Upani�ads; munTniim--of\n\nthe\n\nsages;\n\nsarvasvam-the be-all and end-all;prarata-pa,ta/Tniim-of the groups of the devotees;\n\nmadhurimii-the sweetness; viniryiisaf:J-the essence; premraf:J-of love; nikhila- all;\n\npaSu-piilii-of the cowherd women; ambuja-d[Siim- lot us -eyed;saf:J-He; caitanyaf:J­\n\nLord Caitanya;kim-what; me-my; punaf:J-again; api-certainly;drSof:J-of the two\neyes;yiisyati-will come;padam-to the abode.\n\n", "adi1#p0285": "262\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Lord Caitanya is the shelter of the demigods, the goal of the Upani�ads, the be-all\nand end-all of the great sages, the beautiful shelter of His devotees, and the essence\nof love for the lotus-eyed gopfs. Will He again be the object of my vision?\"\nTEXT 52\n\n�9J'r�� \"\"�rf9r ·!t'tRI���\"\" l�<T>1\n�'I'C�l�� ��1 1flj_�1!_9J'C..S�...� 'f1ff9J' �: I\n�P� �t1ft<lC� �Jf'5fit� '5ift�i� ·!t���O{_\n'I' Cif��\\5wtf��f'5'5\"�* �: f�� II <t:< II\napiirarh kasyiipi prarayi-jana-vrndasya kutukT\nrasa-stomarh hrtvii madhuram upabhokturh kamapi yaf;i\nrucarh sviim iivavre dyutim iha tadTyiirh prakaJayan\nsa deva� caitanyiik[tir atitariifi? na/;1 krpayatu\nSYNONYMS\napiiram-boundless; kasyiipi-of someone; prarayi-jana-vrndasya-of the multitude of lovers; kutuki-one who is curious; rasa-stomam-the group of mellows;\nhrtvii-stealing; madhuram-sweet; upabhoktum-to enjoy; kamapi-so me; yaf;i­\n\nwho; rucam-luster; svtim-own; ava vre- covered; dyutim-luster; iha-he r e; tadiyiim\n\n-related to Him; prakaJayan-manifesting; satJ - He; deva/;1 - the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead; caitanya-iikrti{7-having the form of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\natitariim-g reatly; na/;1 -unto us; k[payatu-may He show His mercy.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Lord Krsna desired to taste the limitless nectarean mellows of the love of one of\n\nHis multit �d� of loving damsels [Sri Radha], and so He has assumed the form of\n\nLord Caitanya. He has tasted that love while hiding His own dark complexion with\nHer effulgent yellow color. May that Lord Caitanya confer upon us His grace.\"\nPURPORT\nTexts 51 and 52 are from the Stava-miilii of Srila Rupa Gosvami.\nTEXT 53\n\noet���'11 ,.,__ �� 'f1i •t� 1\n�tlll_'ll (;!11_ �' �� 'f(tr� II �� II\nbhiiva-graharera hetu kaila dharma-sthiipana\ntara mukhya hetu kahi, �una sarva-jana\n\n", "adi1#p0286": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n263\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhiiva-graharera-of accepting the mood; hetu-the reason; kaila-did; dharmareligion; sthiipana-establishing; tiira-of that; mukhya-principal; hetu-reason; kahi\n\n-I say; �una-please hear; sarva-jana-everyone.\nTRANSLATION\nTo accept ecstatic love is the main reason He appeared and reestablished the\nreligious system for this age. I shall now explain that reason. Everyone please listen.\nTEXT\n\n54\n\n1J!f � ·�m:-st �� �<�\"SI'f 'f5ftre\"Pf 1\n!.!It� �fi ,� � �{ �t-t \" �8 \"\nmula hetu iige �lokera kaila iibhiisa\nebe kahi sei �lokera artha prakii�a\nSYNONYMS\nmula hetu-the root cause; iige-in the beginning; �lokera-of the verse; kailagave; iibhiisa-h i nt; ebe-now; kahi-1 shall speak; sei-that; �lokera-of the verse;\nartha-meaning; prakii�a-manifestation.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving first given hints about the verse describing the principal reason why the\nLord appeared, now I shall manifest its full meaning.\nTEXT\n\n55\n\n�Nl �lf3 fl�'1���--r�.rt'\"t���1Clf��r�r<�fl>f �� 1_�1 C'if�C'S'if� �tc�� C�� I\nh��t�J� 121��1:(��1 ��t��J111��\n�Nr�r<��J�\":f<�fcor�� c-ITRT ���l>fl{. 11 t�\nriidhii kr�ra-praraya-vik[tir h/iidini �aktir asmiid\nekiitmiiniiv api bhuvi pura deha-bhedarh .gatau tau\ncaitanyiikhyarh prakaJam adhunii tad-dvayarh caikyam iiptarh\nriidhii-bhiiva-dyuti-suvalitarh naumi kr�ra-svarupam\nSYNONYMS\nriidhii- � rTmati RadharaQT; kr.sra-of Lord Kr::;Qa; prarJaya-of love; vik[ti/;1-the\ntransformation; hliidini �akti/;7\n\n-\n\npleas u re potency; asmiit-from this; eka-iitmiinau­\n\nboth the same in identity; api-altho u gh; bhuvi-on earth; purii\n\n-\n\nfrom beginningless\n\n", "adi1#p0287": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n264\n\ntime; deha-bhedam-separate forms; gatau-obtained; tau-these two; caitanyaiikhyam-known as Sri Caitanya; praka.tam- manifest; adhunii-now; tat-dvayam­\n\nthe two of Them; co-and; aikyam-unity; iiptam-obtained; riidhii-of Srimati\n\nRadharai)T; bhiiva- mood; dyuti-the I uster; suvalitam- who is adorned with; naumil offer my obeisances; k[�[Ja-svarupam-to Him who is identical with Sri Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"The loving affairs of Sri Radha and Kr��a are transcendental manifestations of\nthe Lord's internal pleasure-giving potency. Although Radha and Kr��a are one in\nTheir identity, They separated Themselves eternally. Now these two transcendental\nidentities have again united, in the form of Sri Kr��a Caitanya. I bow down to Him,\n\nwho has manifested Himself with the sentiment and complexion of Srlmati Radhara�i\n\nalthough He is Kr��a Himself.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis text is from the diary of Srila Svarupa Damodara Gosvami. It appears as the\nfifth of the first fourteen verses of SrT Caitanya-caritiimrta.\nTEXT 56\n\nf't'ft\" �-. �t1rl, \" �- 'fff' I\n\n�ITtttl � Pf �� �t' II�� II\nriidhii-k[�[IO eka iitmii, dui deha dhari'\nanyonye vilase rasa iisviidana kari'\n\nSYNONYMS\nriidhii-k[�[Ja-Radha and\n\nKr��a; eka-one; atmii-self; dui-two; deha-bodies;\n\ndhari'-assuming; anyonye-one another; vi lase-They enjoy; rasa-the mellows of\nlove; iisviidana kari'-tasting.\nTRANSLATION\nRadha and Kr��a are one and the same, but They have assumed two bodies. Thus\nThey enjoy each other, tasting the mellows of love.\nPURPORT\nThe two transcendentalists Radha and Kn�a are a puzzle to materialists. The\nabove description of Radha and Kg;�a from the diary of Srila Svarupa Damodara\nGosvami is a condensed explanation, but one needs great spiritual insight to under­\n\nstand the mystery of these two personalities. One is enjoying in two. �ri Kr�l)a is the\n\npotent factor, and Srimati Radharapi is the internal potency. According to Vedanta\nphilosophy, there is no difference between the potent and potency; they are identical.\n\nWe cannot differentiate between one and the other, any more than we can separate\n\nfire from heat.\n\n", "adi1#p0288": "Ad i-lila, Chapter 4\n\n265\n\nEverything in the Absolute is inconceivable in relative existence. Therefore in\nrelative cognizance it is very difficult to assimilate this truth of the oneness between\nthe potent and the potency. The philosophy of inconceivable oneness and difference\npropounded by Lord Caitanya is the only source of understanding for such intricacies\nof transcendence.\nIn fact, Radharat�f is the internal potency of �ri Kr�tJa, and She eternally intensifies the pleasure of SrT Kr�tJa. Impersonalists cannot understand this without the\nhelp of a mahii-bhiigavata devotee. The very name Radha suggests that She is\neternally the topmost mistress of the comforts of Sri Kr�tJa. As such, She is the\nmedium transmitting the living entities' service to SrT Kw.Ja. Devotees in Vrndavana\ntherefore seek the mercy of SrimatT RadharaQf in order to be recognized as loving\nservitors of �ri Kr�Qa.\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally approaches the fallen conditioned souls\nof the iron age to deliver the highest principle of transcendental relationships with\nthe Lord. The activities of Lord Caitanya are primarily in the role of the pleasuregiving portion of His internal potency.\nThe absolute Personality of Godhead, Sri Kr�tJa, is the omnipotent form of transcendental existence, knowledge and bliss in full. His internal potency is exhibited\nfirst as sat, or existence-or, in other words, as the portion that expands the existence\nfunction of the Lord. The same potency while displaying full knowledge is called\ncit, or samvit, which expands the transcendental forms of the Lord. Finally, the\n\nsame potency while playing as a pleasure-giving medium is known as h/adini, or the\ntranscendental blissful potency. Thus the Lord manifests His internal potency in\nthree transcendental divisions.\nTEXT 57\n\n���<IS �� � <.;'5tPftf<JP I\n\n�� �����\"�II <t\" I\nsei dui eka ebe caitanya gosiifii\nrasa iisviidite doilhe h ailii eka-_thiiili\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei\n\n-\n\nthese; dui-two; eka-one ; ebe\n\n-\n\nnow; caitanya gosiifii-Lord Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu; rasa -mellow ; iisviidite-to taste; doilhe-the two; hai/ii-have become; eka.thiiili-one body.\nTRANSLATION\nNow, to enjoy rasa, They have appeared in one body as Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 58\n\nlfit �' �tt'i <liBf t:!11 �'I I\n�i �t:! Q <.;1'1\\tH 1ff�-'<IS� II t'lr II\n\n", "adi1#p0289": "266\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nithi liigi' iige kari tiira vivarara\nyiihii haite haya gaurera mahimii-kathana\nSYNONYMS\n\nithi liigi'-for this; iige-first; kari-1 shall do; tiira-of that; vivarara-description;\nyiihii haite-from which; haya-there is; gaurera-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nmahimii-the glory; kathana-relating\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore I shall first delineate the position of Radha and Kr��;�a. From that the\nglory of Lord Caitanya will be known.\n\nTEXT 59\n\nJtfif�i l(�i{ �t� 12i-AI·��� I\nq�f9 _,.,1��' i{tll �1� II �� II\nriidhikii hayena kr�rera praraya-vikiira\nsvarupa-Sakti\n\n--\n\n'hliidinT' niima yiinhiira\n\nSYNONYMS\nriidhikli-� rimati Radharal}f; hayena- is; kr.sf1era-of Lord Kr�Qa; pra!Jaya-vikaratransformation of love; svarupa Sakti-personal energy; hliidini-hliidini; niima-name;\n-\n\nyiihhiira-whose.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSrimat1 Radhika is the transformation of Kr��;�a's love. She is His internal energy\ncalled hladini.\nTEXT 60\n\n.,t� �ilnt �· ��il' I\n�fit� •t1f1 � 'et91f c;��'1 II �o II\nhliidini karaya kr�re iinandiisviidana\nh/iidinTra dviirii kare bhaktera po�ara\n\nSYNONYMS\nhliidinT-the hliidini energy; karaya-causes to do; kr�re\n\n-\n\nin Lord Kf�Qaj iinanda­\n\niisviidana-the tasting of bliss; hliidinira dviirii-by the pleasure potency; kare-does;\nbhaktera-of the devotee; po�ara-nourishing\n\n.\n\n", "adi1#p0290": "Ad i-lila, Chapter 4\n\n267\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat hladini energy gives Kr�Qa pleasure and nourishes His devotees.\n\nPURPORT\n�rlla Jiva Gosvami has elaborately discussed the h/adini potency in his PrJtisandarbha. He says that the Vedas clearly state, \"Only devotional service can lead\none to the Personality of Godhead. Only devotional service can help a devotee meet\n\nthe Supreme Lord face to face. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is attracted\nby devotional service, and as such the ultimate supremacy of Vedic knowledge rests\nin knowing the science of devotional service.\"\nWhat is the particular attraction that makes the Supreme Lord enthusiastic to\n\naccept devotional service, and what is the nature of such service? The Vedic scriptures\ninform us that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Absolute Truth, is self­\n\nsufficient, and that maya, nescience, can never influence Him at all. As such, the\n\npotency that overcomes the Supreme must be purely spiritual. Such a potency can­\n\nnot be anything of the material manifestation. The bliss enjoyed by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead cannot be of material composition like the impersonalist conception of the bliss of Brahman. Devotional service is reciprocation between two,\nand therefore it cannot be located simply within one's self. Therefore the bliss of\nself-realization, brahmananda, cannot be equated with devotional service.\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead has three kinds of internal potency,\n\nnamely the hladini, or pleasure potency, sandhini, or existential potency, and\n\nsamvit, or cognitive potency. In the Vigw Purara (1.12.69} the Lord is addressed\nas follows: \"0 Lord, You are the support of everything. The three attributes\n\nhliidini, sandhini and samvit exist in You as one spiritual energy. But the material\nmodes, which cause happiness, misery and mixtures of the two, do not exist in You,\n\nfor You have no material qualities.\"\n\nHliidini is the personal manifestation of the blissfulness of the Supreme Person­\n\nality of Godhead, by which He enjoys pleasure. Because the pleasure potency is\nperpetually present in the Supreme Lord, the theory of the impersonalist that the\nLord appears in the material mode of goodness cannot be accepted. The impersonal­\n\nist conclusion is against the Vedic version that the Lord possesses a transcendental\n\npleasure potency. When the pleasure potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nis exhibited by His grace in the person of a devotee, that manifestation is called love\nof God. Love of God is another epithet of the pleasure potency of the Lord. Therefore devotional service reciprocated between the Lord and His devotee is an exhibition of the transcendental pleasure potency of the Lord.\nThe potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead that always enriches Him\nwith transcendental bliss is not material, but the Sankarites have accepted it as such\nbecause they are ignorant of the identity of the Supreme Lord and His pleasure\npotency. Those\n\nignorant\n\npersons cannot understand the distinction between\n\nimpersonal spiritual bliss and the variegatedness of the spiritual pleasure potency.\nThe h/adini potency gives the Lord all transcendental pleasure, and the Lord\n\nbestows such a potency upon His pure devotee.\n\n", "adi1#p0291": "S ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n268\n\nTEXT 61\n\n:51��' '!_c(, �if Clllti\"Pl I\n\n�� f� i� 'ft1f f'!i1 � II �� II\nsac-cid-tinanda, pfmya, kr�rera svarilpa\neka-i cic-chakti tiihra dhare tina rilpa\nSYNONYMS\nsat-cit -tinanda- eternity, knowledge and b liss; purra\n\n-\n\nfull; kr�rera -of Lord Kr��a;\n\nsva-rilpa-own form; eka-i-one; cit -sakti-spiritual energy; tiihra-of Him; dhareman ifests; tina-three; riipa- forms.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord K��a's body is eternal [ sat ] , full of knowledge [ cit ] and full of bliss\n[ ananda ] . His one spiritual energy manifests three forms.\nTEXT 62\n\n'fil��tllf �ffl�, ��tllf :5fr.� I\nfP�t-t �e.- �ltif � �' � II �� II\nanandiirhse hliidinT, sad-arhse sandhinT\ncid-arhse samvit\n\nyare jniina kari' miini\n\n--\n\nSYNONYMS\nananda-arhse-in the bliss portion; hliidinT-the pleasure energy; sat-arhse-in the\neternal portion; sandhinT-the existence-expanding energy; cit-arhse-in the cogni­\n\na\n\nzant portion; samvit-the full energy of knowledge; y re- which ; jniina kari -as\nknowledge; mani-1 accept.\n\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\nHladini is His aspect of bliss; sandhini, of eternal existence; and samvit, of cognizance, which is also accepted as knowledge.\n\nPURPORT\nIn his thesis Bhagavat-sandarbha (verse\n\n102), Srila jiva Gosvami explains the\n\npotencies of the Lord as follows. The transcendental potency of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead by which He maintains His existence is called sandhinT.\nThe transcendental potency by which He knows Himself and causes others to know\nHim is called samvit. The transcendental potency by which He possesses transcendental bliss and causes His devotees to have bliss is called h!iidini.\n\n", "adi1#p0292": "Ad i-rila, Chapter 4\n\n269\n\nThe total exhibition of these potencies is called vi!uddha-sattva, and this platform\nof spiritual variegatedness is displayed even in the material world, when the Lord\nappears here. The pastimes and manifestations of the Lord in the material world\nare therefore not at all material; they belong to the pure transcendental state.\n\nBhagavad-gita confirms that anyone who understands the transcendental nature of\nthe Lord's appearance, activities and disappearance becomes eligible for freedom\nfrom material bondage upon quitting the present material tabernacle. He can enter\nthe spiritual kingdom to associate with the Supreme Personality of Godhead and\nreciprocate the h/adini potency in transactions between him and the Lord. In the\nmundane mode of goodness there are tinges of passion and ignorance. Therefore\n\nmi�ra-sattva. But the transcendental\nvi�uddha-sattva is completely free from all mundane ·qualities.\n\nmundane goodness, being mixed, is called\nvariegatedness of\n\nVi!uddha-sattva is therefore the proper atmosphere in which to experience the\nPersonality of Godhead and His transcendental pastimes. Spiritual variegatedness\nis eternally independent of all material conditions and is nondifferent from the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, both being absolute. The Lord and His devotees\nsimultaneously perceive the h/adini potency directly by the power of samvit.\nThe material modes of nature control the conditioned souls, but the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead is never influenced by these modes, as all Vedic literatures\ndirectly and indirectly corroborate. Lord Kr�l)a Himself says in the Eleventh\nCanto of Srimad-Bhagavatam, sattvam rajas tama iti guf'}ri jivasya naiva me: \"The\nmaterial modes of goodness, passion and ignorance are connected with the conditioned souls, but never with Me, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\" The Vigw\n\nPurara confirms this as follows:\nsattvadayo na san me\nyatra na prakrta guraf.l\nsa �uddhaf} sarva-�uddhebhyaf}\npuman adya{l prasidatu\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi?QU, is beyond the three qualities goodness,\npassion and ignorance. No material qualities exist in Him. May that original person,\nNarayal)a, who is situated in a completely transcendental position, be pleased with\nus.\" In the Tenth Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam, lndra praised Kr?Da as follows:\n\nvi�uddha-sattvarh tava dhama �antarh\ntapomayarh dhvasta-rajas-tamaskam\nmayamayo 'yam guQa-sampravaho\nna vidyate te 'graharanubandhaf}\n\"My dear Lord, Your abode is vi�uddha-sattva, always undisturbed by the material\nqualities, and the activities there are in transcendental loving service unto Your\nfeet. The goodness, austerity and penance of the devotees enhance such activities,\nwhich are always free from the contamination of passion and ignorance. Material\nqualities cannot touch You under any circumstances.\" (Bhag.\n\n10.27.4)\n\n", "adi1#p0293": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n270\n\nWhen not manifested, the modes of material nature are said to be in goodness.\nWhen they are externally manifested and active in producing the varieties of\nmaterial existence, they are said to be in passion. And when there is a lack of\nactivity and variegatedness, they are said to be in ignorance. In other words, the\npensive mood is goodness, activity is passion, and inactivity is ignorance. Above all\nthese mundane qualitative manifestations is viSuddha-sattva. When it is predominated by sandhinT, it is perceivable as the existence of all that be. When predominated\nby samvit, it is perceived as knowledge in transcendence. And when predominated\nby hliidini, it is perceived as the most confidential love of Godhead. Vi�uddha-sattva,\nthe simultaneous manifestation of these three in one, is the main feature of the\nkingdom of God.\nThe Absolute Truth is therefore the substance of reality, eternally manifest in\nthree energies. The manifestation of the internal energy of the Lord is the inconceivable variegatedness, the manifestation of the marginal energy is the living entity,\nand the manifestation of the external energy is the material cosmos. Therefore the\nAbsolute Truth includes these four principles-the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nHimself, His internal energy, His marginal energy and His external energy. The form\nof the Lord and the expansions of His form as svayarh-riJpa and vaibhava-prakiJSa\nare directly the enjoyers of the internal energy, which is the eternal exhibitor of the\nspiritual world, the most confidential of the manifestations of energy. The external\nmanifestation, the material energy, provides the covering bodies of the conditioned\nliving entities, from Brahma down to the insignificant ant. This covering energy is\nmanifested under the three modes of material nature and appreciated in various\nways by living entities in both the higher and lower forms of life.\nEach of the three divisions of the internal potency-the sandhini, samvit and\nhliidini energies-influences one of the external potencies by which the conditioned\nsouls are conducted. Such influence manifests the three qualitative modes of\nmaterial nature, proving definitely that the living entities, the marginal potency,\nare eternally servitors of the Lord and are therefore controlled by either the internal\nor the external potency.\n\nTEXT 63\n\n�tflf� 'fN� 'fN�t�J<f1 'f<t'f�f..:� I\n�t'lf�l9f<f� f1{�1 �fil '\"1'1 �ct�f�t� II �\" II\nhliidinT sandhini samvit\ntvayy ekii sarva-sarhsthitau\nhliida-tiipakarT mi�rii\ntvayi no gwya-varjite\n\nSYNONYMS\nhliidini-pleasure\n\npotency;\n\npotency; tvayi-in You; ekii\n\n-\n\nsandhini-existence\n\npotency;\n\nsamvit\n\n-\n\nknowledge\n\none; sarva-sarhsthitau-who are the basis of all things;\n\n", "adi1#p0294": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\nh/ada\n\n-\n\npleasure; tapa\n\n-in You; no\n\n-\n\n-\n\n271\n\nand misery; karT-causing; mi�ra-a mixture of the two; tvayi\n\nnot; g w; a-varjite- who are without the three modes of material nature.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"0 Lord, You are the support of everything. The three attributes hladini, sandhini\nand samvit exist in You as one spiritual energy. But the material modes, which\ncause happiness, misery and mixtures of the two, do not exist in You, for You have\nno material qualities.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis text is from the Vig/U Purara\n\n( 1.12.69).\n\nTEXT 64\n\nlt� lftf ��llf-'��' ifl'lll\nre$ttt� � � �t� ��tlf II �8 II\nsandhinira sara arh�a-- '�uddha-sattva' nama\nbhagavanera satta haya yahate vi�rama\nSYNONYMS\nsandhinira-of the existence potency; sara\n-�uddha-sattva\n\n-\n\nessenc e; arh�a-portion; �uddha-sattva\n\n( pure existence) ; nama- named ; bhagaviinera-of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead; satto-the existence; haya- is; yahate-in which; vi�rama-the\nresting place.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe essential portion of the sandhini potency is �uddha-sattva. Lord Kr��a·s\nexistence rests upon it.\nTEXT 65\n\n1('t'!'j, �' •t�, �' .pmJt� �tt I\nIf!� �11\" ��t'fl f� II �� II\nmota, pita, sthana, grha, �ayyasana ara\ne-saba kr�rera �uddha-sattvera vikara\n\nSYNONYMS\nmota-mothe r ; pita-father; sthana-place; grha\n\n-\n\nhouse ; �ayya-asana-beds and\n\nseats; ara-and; e-saba-all these; kr.srera-of Lord Kr��a; �uddha-sattvera-of the\n�uddha-sattva; vikara- transformations.\n\n", "adi1#p0295": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n272\n\nTRANSLATION\nKr�tla's mother, father, abode, house, bedding, seats and so on are all transformations of Suddha-sattva.\nPURPORT\nLord Kf�l)a's father, mother and household affairs are all displayed in the same\nviSuddha-sattva existence. A living entity situated in the status of pure goodness can\n\nunderstand the form, quality and other features of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Kf?tJa consciousness begins on the platform of pure goodness. Although there\nis a faint realization of Kr�t�a at first, Kr�t�a is actually realized as Vasudeva, the\nabsolute proprietor of omnipotence or the prime predominating Deity of all\npotencies. When the living entity is situated in viSuddha-sattva, transcendental to\nthe three material modes of nature, he can perceive the form, quality and other\nfeatures of the Supreme Personality of Godhead through his service attitude. The\nstatus of pure goodness is the platform of understanding, for the Supreme Lord is\nalways in spiritual existence.\nKnt�a is always all-spiritual. Aside from the parents of the Personality of Godhead, all the other paraphernalia of His existence is also essentially a manifestation of\nsandhini Sakti, or a transformation of viSuddha-sattva. To make this more clear, it\n\nmay be said that this sandhini Sakti of the internal potency maintains and manifests\nall the variegatedness of the spiritual world. In the kingdom of God, the Lord's\nservants and maidservants, His consorts, His father and mother and everything else\nare all transformations of the spiritual existence of sandhini Sakti. The existential\nsandhini Sakti in the ex ternal potency similarly ex pands all the variegated ness of the\n\nmaterial cosmos, from which we can have a glimpse of the spiritual field.\nTEXT 66\n\n��� f���� ��'if'�1·1f�\\!i�\n\n����\\!i \\!i\\Ji 1_1rt019f�\\!i: I\n�� 1> \\!i\"f\"!!\"\\ �51�1\"\\ �r��'lf'c•n\n�Cif1'11'C'Sf1 Cl( 'll•Pf1 �l(t�� II �� II\nsattvarh visuddharh vasudeva-Sabditarh\nyad iyate tatra pumiin apavrtaiJ\nsattve co tasmin bhagaviin viisudevo\nhy adhok?ajo me manasii vidhiyate\n\nSYNONYMS\nsattvam-existence; viSuddham- pure; vasudeva-Sabditam-named vasudeva; yat­\n\nfrom which;Tyate-appears; tatra-in that; puman\n\n-\n\nthe Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead; apiivrtaiJ-without any covering; sattve-in goodness; co-and; tasmin-that;\nbhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; viisudevaiJ- Vasudeva; hi-certainly;\nadhok?ajaiJ-who is beyond the senses; me-my; manasa-by the mind; vidhiyate­\n\nis procured.\n\n", "adi1#p0296": "Ad i-rila, Chapter 4\n\n273\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The condition of pure goodness [�uddha-sattva], in which the Supreme Personality of Godhead appears uncovered, is called vasudeva. In that pure state the\nSupreme Godhead, who is beyond the material senses and who is known as\nVasudeva, is perceived by my mind.\"\nPURPORT\nThis text from Srimad-Bhagavatam (4.3.23), spoken by Lord �iva when he condemned Dak�a, the father of Sati', as an opponent of Vi�tlU, confirms beyond a\ndoubt that Lord Kr�tJa, His name, His fame, His qualities and everything in connection with His paraphernalia exist in thesandhini sakti of the Lord's internal potency.\nTEXT 67\n\n� '6'St�-'f���1f Jl� I\n\nli!l'l\\el�tfif� :Jtct �if �tf II �'\\ II\nk[�l}e bhagavatta-jfliina\n\nsarhvitera sara\n\n--\n\nbrahma-jiiiinadika saba tara parivara\n\nSYNONYMS\nk[�l}e-in Kr�t�a; bhagavatta-of the quality of being the original Supreme Personality of Godhead; jii ana\n\n-\n\nknowledge; sarhvitera-of the knowledge potency;\n\nsara-the essence; brahma-jiiana-knowledge of Brahman; adika-and so on; sabaall; tara-of that; parivara-dependents.\nTRANSLATION\nThe essence of the samvit potency is knowledge that the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead is Lord Kr�l)a. All other kinds of knowledge, such as the knowledge of\nBrahman, are its components.\nPURPORT\nThe activities of the samvit-sakti produce the effect of cognition. Both the Lord\n\nand the living entities are cognizant. Sri Kr�Qa, as the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, has full knowledge of everything everywhere, and therefore there are no\nhindrances to His cognition. He can have knowledge merely by glancing over an\nobject, whereas innumerable impediments block the cognition of ordinary living\nbeings. The cognition of the living beings has three divisions: direct knowledge,\nindirect knowledge and perverted knowledge. Sense perception of material objects\nby the mundane senses, such as the eye, ear, nose and hand, always produces\n\ndefinitely perverted knowledge. This illusion is a presentation of the material\n\nenergy, which is influenced by the samvit-sakti in a perverted manner. Negative\ncognition of an object beyond the reach of sense perception is the way of indirect\nknowledge, which is not altogether imperfect but which produces only fragmentary\n\n", "adi1#p0297": "274\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nknowledge in the form of impersonal spiritual realization and monism. But when\nthe samvit factor of cognition is enlightened by the hladini potency of the same\ninternal energy, they work together, and only thus can one attain knowledge of the\nPersonality of Godhead. The samvit-�akti should be maintained in that state. Material\nknowledge and indirect spiritual knowledge are by-products of the samvit-Sakti.\n\nTEXT 68\n\n�fw� � ''<2t1f', '.211Pftl ''e�' I\n'ett�l �ti1, ifPf -'1f�t'et�' II�\\r II\nh/adinira sara 'prema', prema-sara 'bhava'\nbhavera parama-kii�tha, nama- 'maha-bhava'\nSYNONYMS\nh/adinira-of the pleasure potency; sara-the essence;prema-love for God; premasiira-the essence of such love; bhava-emotion; bhavera-of emotion; parama-kaHha\n-the highest limit; nama-named; maha-bhava-mahabhava.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe essence of the hladini potency is love of God, the essence of love of God is\n\nemotion [ bhava] , and the ultimate development of emotion is m aha bh ava.\nPURPORT\n\nThe product of the hladini �akti is love of Godhead, which has two divisionsnamely, pure love of Godhead and adulterated love of Godhead. Only when the\n\nhladini Sakti emanates from SrT Krg-1a and is bestowed upon the living being to\nattract Him does the living being become a pure lover of God. But when the same\n\nh/adini �akti is adulterated by the external material energy and emanates from the\nliving being, it does not attract Krg1a; on the contrary, the living being becomes\nattracted by the glamor of the material energy. At that time instead of becoming\nmad with love of Godhead, the living being becomes mad after material sense\nenjoyment, and because of his association with the qualitative modes of material\nnature, he is captivated by its interactions of distressful, unhappy feelings.\n\nTEXT 69\n\n��� l\\1ft1{1·it�2tf I\n\n���� fl�t•tf-ttl11ff'l II�� II\nmahiibhiiva-svarilpii sri-radha-thakurari\nsarva-gura-khani kr�ra-kanta-�iromari\n\n", "adi1#p0298": "Adi-IWi, Chapter 4\n\n275\n\nSYNONYMS\nmahii-bhtiva-of\n\nmahiibhiiva; sva -rDpii-the\n\nform i sri -riidhii-fhiikurii!J i-�rimati\n\nRadhara!JI;sarva-gura-of all good qualities; khani-mine·; k[�IJO·kiintii-of the lovers\nof Lord Kg;[Ja; siroma!Ji-crown jewel.\nTRANSLATION\n�r1 Radha Thakura!,li is the embodiment of mahabhava. She is the repository of\nall good qualities and the crest jewel among all the lovely consorts of Lord Kr�!la.\nPURPORT\nThe unadulterated action of the hladini sakti is displayed in the dealings of the\ndamsels of Vraja and �rimati Radhara!,li, who is the topmost participant in that\ntranscendental group. The essence of the hladini sakti is love of Godhead, the\nessence of love of Godhead is bhava, or transcendental sentiment, and the highest\npitch of that bhtiva is called mahtibhiiva. �rimati Radharar;�i is the personified embodiment of these three aspects of transcendental consciousness. She is therefore\nthe highest principle in love of Godhead and is the supreme lovable object of �rl\nKr�tJa.\nTEXT 70\n\n�C�1�1T�C�1�r.�J �lf't<f1 'l<t�t�<r>-1 I\n. '1T�t�t�'lf�r:9f�� �rct�f'!i<ril�'l\"tu \"o\ntayor apy ubhayor madhye\nradhikii sarvathadhikii\nmahabhava-svarDpeyarh\ngurair ativariyasi\n\nSYNONYMS\ntayo!J-of them;api-even;ubhayo!J-of both (CandravaiT and Radharat�i) i madhye\n-in the middle;radhikii-�rimati Radharat�ii sarvatha-in every way; adhika -greater;\nmaha-bhava-svarDpa-the form of mahiibhava; iyam-this one; gurai!J-with good\n\nqualities; ativariyasi-the best of all.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Of these two gopis [ Radhara!,li and CandravaiT], Srimati Radharapi is superior\n\nin all respects. She is the embodiment of mahabhava, and She surpasses all in good\nqualities.\"\nPURPORT\nThis text is verse 2 of the Ujjvala-nilama!Ji of �rila Rupa GosvamT.\n\n", "adi1#p0299": "276\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 71\n\n\"t<$1·�� �Bf fit�tMI-�nll\n\n\"\"fil�f9 � \\iii� ��t� II 'l� II\nkr�ra-prema-bhavita yahra cittendriya-kaya\nkr�ra-nija-sakti radhii krifjara sahiiya\nSYNONYMS\nkr�ra-prema-love for Lord Kr�Qa; bhavita-steeped in ; yanra whose; citta- mind;\n-\n\nindriya-senses; kayo-body; kr�ra-of\n\nLord\n\nKr�Qa; nija-sakti-the own energy;\n\nradha-�rimati Radharal)i; krifliira-of pastimes; sahiiya-companion.\nTRANSLATION\nHer mind, senses and body are steeped in love for Kr��a. She is Kr��a's own\nenergy, and She helps Him in His pastimes.\nPURPORT\n�rTmati Radhara�i is as fully spiritual as Kr�Qa. No one should consider Her to\nbe material. She is definitely not like the conditioned souls, who have mental\nbodies, gross and subtle, covered by material senses. She is all-spiritual, and both\nHer body and mind are of the same spiritual embodiment. Because Her body is\nspiritual, Her senses are also spiritual. Thus Her body, mind and senses fully shine\nin love of Kf�Qa. She is the personified hliidini sakti (the pleasure-giving energy of\nthe Lord's internal potency), and therefore She is the only source of enjoyment for\n�ri Krsna.\n..\n�ri Km1a cannot enjoy anything that is internally different from Him. Therefore\n\nRadha and Sri Kr�J)a are identical. The sandhini portion of �ri Kr�Qa's internal\n\npotency has manifested the all-attractive form of SrT Krg1a, and the same internal\npotency, in the hliidini feature, has presented �rimati Radhara�i, who is the attraction for the all-attractive. No one can match �rlmatT Radharani\n. in the transcendental\npastimes of �ri Kr�Qa.\n\nTEXT 72\n\n�Rilf�'JT1l�'l·f4 f�st f<l:�i ��if�� 1.!1� R��9f��1 �\"lif�: I\nC�iC\"'t� 1.!1� f.,�'l�Jf�OO!t�F{C�1\nC�t�ilf�ifir�\"lf� ���� ��if\"1r II 'H II\niinanda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhiivitiibhis\ntiibhir ya eva nija-rupatayii kaliibhifl\ngoloka eva nivasaty akhiliitma-bhuto\ngovindam iidi-puru�arh tam aharh bhajiimi\n\n", "adi1#p0300": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n277\n\nSYNONYMS\nananda-bliss; cit-and knowledge; maya-consisting of;rasa-mellows;prati-every\nsecond; bhavitabhif:l-who are engrossed with; ta bhif:l- with those; yaf:l-who; evacertainly; nija-rupataya-with His own form; kalabhif:l-who are parts of portions\nof His pleasure potency; go/oke-in Goloka Vrndavana; eva-ce rtainly; nivasatiresides;akhila-iitma-as the soul of all; bhutaf:l-who exists;govindam- Lord Govinda;\nadi-puru�am-the original personality; tam- Him; aham-1; bhajami- worship.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who resides in His own realm, Goloka,\nwith Radha, who resembles His own spiritual figure and who embodies the ecstatic\npotency [ hladini] . Their companions are Her confidantes, who embody extensions\nof Her bodily form and who are imbued and permeated with ever-blissful spiritual\nrasa.\"\nPURPORT\nThis text is from the Brahma-samhita (5.37).\n\nTEXT 73\n\n�tf 'flR( ��PI�� I\n�� �� ��' �� �\"lt'i II 'l'.!l II\nkr�rere kariiya yaiche rasa asvadana\nkrifjara sahaya yaiche, �una vivarara\nSYNONYMS\nk[�f}ere- unto Lord Kr�Qa; karaya - c auses to do; yaiche-how; rasa-the mellows;\n17sv17dana-tasting; krl<jiira - o f pastimes; sahiiya- helper; yaiche-how; 5una-please\nhear; vivaraf}a-the description.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNow please listen to how Lord Kr�Qa's consorts help Him taste rasa and how they\nhelp in His pastimes.\nTEXTS 74-75\n\n\"�M1t'l \"'fit RtM'f �� I\n(fl� �1t'l, � �1t'l �tJ II '\\811\n�ill·1fi9f, ..-tf �t•t1tct·�tf I\nllft� �� �Nt1tt'fJ M�tJ II 'l� II\nkr�ra-k anta -ga(la dekhi tri-vidha prakara\neka lak� mi-ga(la, pure mahi�i-ga(la a ra\n\n", "adi1#p0301": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n278\n\nvrajiinganii-rupa, iira kiintii-gara-siira\nsri-riidhikii haite kiintii-garera vistiira\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�ra-kiintii-gara-the lovers of Lord Kr�ra; dekhi-1 see; tri-vidha-three;prakara\n-kinds; eka-one; lak�mi-gara-the goddesses of fortune; pure-in the city; mahi�igara-the queens; iira-and; vraja-anganii-of the beautiful women of Vraja; rupa­\n\nhaving the form; ora-another type; kanta-gara-of the lovers; sara-the essence; sri­\n\nriidhikii haite-fro m �rimati Radharari; kantii-garera-of the lovers of Kr�ra; vistiira\n\n-the expansion.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe beloved consorts of Lord Kr�ra are of three kinds: the goddesses of fortune,\n\nthe queens, and the milkmaids of Vraja, who are the foremost of all. These consorts\nall proceed from Radhika.\nTEXT 76\n\n<et<qi!fi\\ \"�� �tt 'IC<qi!� I\n'el�� � � f!i{ '5tteft �.t1f II'\\·� II\navatari kr�ra yaiche kare avotara\narhsini riidhii haite tina garera vistiira\n\nSYNONYMS\navatiiri- the source of all incarnations; kr�ra- Lord Kr�ra; yaiche-just as; karemakes; avatiira-incarnation; arhsini-the source of all portions; riidhii-�rTmatT\n\nRadharari; haite-from; tina-three; garera-of the groups; vistiira-expansion.\nTRANSLATION\nJust\n\nas\n\nthe fountainhead, Lord Kr�ra, is the cause of all incarnations, so �r'i\n\nRadha is the cause of all these consorts.\n\nTEXT 77\n\n��-e�'ft'1 �� ttr -.car·f�� 1\n�-2f���9f 1f� � II '\\'\\ II\nvaibhava-gara yena tiinra anga-vibhiJti\nbimba-pratibimba-rupa mahi�ira tati\n\nSYNONYMS\nvaibhava-gaf}a-the expansions;yena-as it were;tiinra-of Her; anga-of the body;\n\nvibhuti-powerful expansions; bimbo-reflections; pratibimba-counter-reflections;\n\nrupa-having the form; mahi�ira-of the queens; tati-the expansion.\n\n", "adi1#p0302": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n279\n\nT RANSLATION\nThe goddesses of fortune are partial manifestations of Srimati Radhika, and the\nqueens are reflections of Her image.\nTEXT 78\n\nit�'St'l �tf ��'e�-f��1�-t1fi9f I\n'lf�'St'l ���-�-rq9f II 91r II\nlak�mi-gara tiinra vaibhava-viliisiirMa-rupa\nmahi�i-ga(la vaibhava-prakii�a-svarflpa\nSYNONYMS\n/ak�mi-gara-the goddesses of fortune; tanra-Her; vaibhava-viliisa-as vaibhava­\n\n(\n\nviliisa; arh�a-of plenary portions; rflpa-having the form; mahi�i-ga w-the queens;\nvaibhava-prakii�a-of vaibhava-prakasa; sva-rupa-having the nature.\nTRANSLATION\nThe goddesses of fortune are Her plenary portions, and they display the forms of\nvaibhava-vilasa. The queens are of the nature of Her vaibhava-praka�a.\nTEXT 79\n\n�t�hf �R-<;� i!li!ft��'St'l I\n�t��l�1fi� titt 1fD'ff �tf'l II 9&\\:1 II\niikiira svabhiiva-bhede vraja-devi-gara\nkiiya-vyuha-rupa tiinra rasera kiirara\nSYNONYMS\niikiira-of features; svabhiiva-of natures; bhede-with differences; vraja-devi-gara\n-the gopis; kiiya-of Her body; vyflha-of expansions; rupa-having the form; tiinra\n-of Her; rasera-of mellows; kiirara-instruments.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Vraja-devis have diverse bodily features. They are Her expansions and are\nthe instruments for expanding rasa.\nTEXT 80\n\n�- �� �ifl il� ft'f� �tlf I\n�\"ftf �111 \"ftf'St' � ��tllf II lro II\n\n", "adi1#p0303": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n280\n\nbahu kiintii vinii nahe rasera ulliisa\nliliira sahiiya liigi' bahuta prakii�a\nSYNONYMS\nbahu-many; kiintii-lovers; vinii-without; nahe-there is not; rasera-of mellow;\n\nulliisa-exultation; /iliira-of pastimes; sahiiya-helper; liigi'-for the purpose of\nbeing; bahuta-many; prakii�a-manifestations.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWithout many consorts, there is not such exultation in rasa. Therefore there are\n\nmany manifestations of Srfmati Radharal)f to assist in the Lord's pastimes.\nTEXT 81\n\n�tf � � ift� �-Pt·�t� I\n\n�·t<fi <fift1 �tN�-Ift�� II \\r� II\ntara madhye vraje niinii bhiiva-rasa-bhede\nkr.srake karaya rasadika-!t7iisviide\nSYNONYMS\ntara madhye-among them; vraje-in Yraja; nona\n\n-\n\nvarious; bhiiva-of moods; rasa\n\n-and of mellows; bhede-by differences; k[J[Jake-Lord Kr�Qa; karaya-cause to do;\nriisa-iidika-beginning with the rasa dance; lila-of the pastimes; iisviide-tasting.\nTRANSLATION\nAmong them are various groups of consorts in Vraja who have varieties of\nsentiments and mellows. They help Lord Kr�l)a taste all the sweetness of the rasa\ndance and other pastimes.\nPURPORT\nAs already explained, Kr�Qa and Radha are one in two. They are identical. KnrJa\n\nexpands Himself in multi-incarnations and plenary portions like the puruJas. Similarly, �rfmatf RadharaQf expands Herself in multi-forms as the goddesses of fortune,\n\nthe queens and the damsels of Yraja. Such expansions from �rimati Radharapi are\n\nall Her plenary portions. All these womanly forms of Kr�Qa are expansions corre­\n\nsponding to His plenary expansions of Yi�QU forms. These expansions have been\ncompared to reflected forms of the original form. There is no difference between\n\nthe original and reflected forms. The female reflections of KnQa's pleasure potency\nare as good as K[�Qa Himself.\n\nThe plenary expansions of K[�l)a's personality are called vaibhava-vi/iisa and\n\nvaibhava-prakii�a. and Radha's expansions are similarly described. The goddesses of\nfortune are vaibhava-viliisa, and the queens are vaibhava-prakii�a of Radharal)i. The\n\n", "adi1#p0304": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n281\n\npersonal associates of Radharar;�i, the damsels of Yraja, are direct expansions of Her\nbody. As expansions of Her personal form and transcendental disposition, they are\nagents of different reciprocations of love in the pastimes of Lord K[�l)a, under the\nsupreme direction of Srimati Radharal)i. In the transcendental realm, enjoyment is\nfully relished in variety. The exuberance of transcendental mellow is increased by\nthe association of a large number of personalities similar to Radharal)i, who are also\nknown as gopTs or sakhTs. The variety of innumerable mistresses is a source of relish\nfor Sri K[�l)a, and therefore these expansions from Srimati Radharal)i are necessary\nfor enhancing the pleasure potency of Sri KnQa. Their transcendental exchanges of\nlove are the superexcellent affairs of the pastimes in Vrndavana. By these expansions\nof Srimati RadharaQi's personal body, She helps Lord Kr�Qa taste the rasa dance\nand similar other activities. Srimati Radharal)i, being the central petal of the riisa11/li flower, is also known by the names found in the following verses.\nTEXT 82\n\n''m�lfflilfl'f�, �' <;1ttM'ftt1rt�� I\n''Stt�lftJt(\"t, 7(.{�-fiattft1lfct II lr� II\ngovindanandini, radha, govinda-mohinT\ngovinda-sarvasva, sarva-kanta-�iromari\nSYNONYMS\ngovinda-anandinT-who gives pleasure to Govinda; radha-Srimati Radharal)i;\ngovinda-mohinT-who mystifies Govinda; govinda-sarvasva-the all-and-all of Lord\n\nGovinda; sarva-kiintii-of all the Lord's lovers; �iromari-the crown jewel.\nTRANSLATION\nRadha is the one who gives pleasure to Govinda, and She is also the enchantress\nof Govinda. She is the be-all and end-all of Govinda, and the crest jewel of all His\nconsorts.\nTEXT 83\n\nClf�'l ��'l C�i&1 �tflf�i 9f·�rclf��i I\n��<1'1l'l'l�ll'l ��<flif�: �C\"'ltf��'l ?J�i II lrv II\ndevT kr�ramayT proktii\nriidhikii para-devatii\nsarva-lak�mTmayT sarvakanti{l sanmohinT para\nSYNONYMS\ndevT-who shines brilliantly; k[�Qa-mayT-nondifferent from Lord Kr�Qa;prokta­\n\ncalled; riidhikii-Srimati RadharaQi; para-devatii-most worshipable; sarva-/ak�mT-\n\n", "adi1#p0305": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n282\n\nmayi-presiding over all the goddesses of fortune; sarva-kanti{l-in whom all splendor\nexists; sanmohini-whose character completely bewilders Lord\n\nKr?Qa; para- the\n\nsuperior energy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The transcendental goddess �rimatl Radharal)i is the direct counterpart of Lord\n�ri Knr;�a. She is the central figure for all the goddesses of fortune. She possesses\nall the attractiveness to attract the all-attractive Personality of Godhead. She is the\nprimeval internal potency of the Lord.\"\nPURPORT\nThis text is from the Brhad-gautamiya-tantra.\n\nTEXT 84\n\n''��' <fi� (;'IJ��ti11, -Ptl1l1 � I\nf�'lfl, \"��-�� �� i{'$fi) 1117'8 II\n'devi' kahi dyotamana, parama sundari\nkimva, kr�ra-puja-krifliira vasati nagari\nSYNONYMS\ndevi-the word devi; kahi-1 say; dyotamana-shini n g; parama-most; sundaribeautiful; kimva-or; kr.sra puja- of the worship of Lord\n-\n\nKf?Qa; kri_dara-and of\n\nsports; vasati-the abode; nagari-the town ..\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Devf' means \"resplendent and most beautiful.\" Or else it means \"the lovely\nabode of the worship and love sports of Lord Kr?r;�a.\"\n\nTEXT 85\n\n�·�ft- t'• \"ftf f'fJ�f;l �·�� I\n�� �t�1 (;i{iJI ?ft� �1!{1 t'• �tJ lllr<t II\nkr�ramayi--kr�ra yara bhitare bahire\nyanha yanha netra pafle tanha kr�ra sphure\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�ra-mayi-the word kr�ramayi; kr�ra- Lord\n\nKr�Qa; yiira-of whom; bhitare­\n\nthe within; bllhire- the without; yiihhii yiinhii-wherever; netra-the eyes; paflefall; tiihhii- there; kr�ra- Lord Kf?l)a; sphure- m a n ifests\n\n.\n\n", "adi1#p0306": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n283\n\nTRANSLAliON\n\"Kr�l)amayf' means \"one whose within and without are Lord Knl)a.\" She sees\nLord Kf�l)a wherever She casts Her glance.\nTEXT 86\n\n�llfl, <;�*1'!1)11{1 �� 'Qi11 I\n�tl -rf9 -itf � 6 ��li11 \" \"'� \"\nkimvii, prema-rasamaya kr.srera svarupa\ntiinra �akti tiinra saha haya eka-rupa\n\nSYNONYMS\nkimvii-or; prema-rasa-the mellows of love; maya-made of; kr�re ra- of Lord\n\nKnl) a; sva rDpa-the real nature; tiinra-of Him; �akti-the energy; tiinra saha- with\n-\n\nHim; haya-there is; eka-rDpa-oneness.\nTRANSLATION\nOr, She is identical with Lord Kr�l)a, for She embodies the mellows of love. The\nenergy of Lord Knl)a is identical with Him.\nPURPORT\nKr.sramayi has two different imports. First, a person who always thinks of Kf�l)a\n\nboth within and without and who always remembers only Kr��a, wherever he goes\nor whatever he sees, is called kr�ramayi. Also, since Kr�l)a's personality is full of\nlove,\n\nHis loving potency,\n\nR adharal)i, being nondifferent from Him, is called\n\nkr.sramayi.\n\nTEXT 87\n\n�-.4ft,1-,._�9f �t1f tJ�tlt'l� I\n��� '1fffil�i' iftl{ �t'l 4!ft�tt� \"\"'� \"\nkr�ra-viinchii-pDrti-rDpa kare iiriidhane\nataeva 'riidhikii' niima puriire viikhiine\n\nSYNONYMS\nk�ra-viincho-of the desire of Lord Kf�l)a; pDrti-rDpa\n\n-\n\nof the nature of fulfill­\n\nment; kare-does; iiriidhane- worship ; ataeva- therefore; riidhikii- � r imat i Ra dh ika;\nniima-named; puriire- in the Puriiras; viikhiine-in the description.\nTRANSLATION\nHer worship [ aradhana ] consists of fulfilling the desires of Lord Kr�l)a. Therefore\n\nthe Pural)as call Her Radhika.\n\n", "adi1#p0307": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n284\n\nPURPORT\nThe name Radha is derived from the root word iiradhana, which means \"worship.\"\nThe personality who excels all in worshiping Kr��Ja may therefore be called Radhika,\nthe greatest servitor.\nTEXT 88\n\n\"!Tonil11tfirc'!1 \"1.\"1� 'ij�<t'A. �Rr�'l1�: 1\n\n�111 f<t�tll C�tf��: �<:!1lf'tllon!C!f�: II 17'17 II\nanayiiriidhito nDnarh\nbhagaviin harir isvara/;1\nyon no vihiiya govinda/;1\nprito yam anayad raha/;1\nSYNONYMS\nanayii-by\n\nthis\n\none; iiradhita/;1-worsh i ped; nlinam-certainly; bhagaviin-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; hari/;1-Lord Kf�l)a; i!vara/;1-the Supreme Lord;\n\nyat- from which; na/;7- us; vihiiya-leaving aside; govinda/;1-Govinda; prita/;1-pleased;\nyiim-whom; anayat\n\n-\n\nlead; raha/;1-to a lonely place.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Truly the Personality of Godhead has been worshiped by Her. Therefore Lord\nGovinda, being pleased, has brought Her to a lonely spot, leaving us all behind.\"\nPURPORT\nThis text is from the Srimad-Bhiigavatam {1 0.30.28).\nTEXT 89\n\n��\n\n�-J1, 9fi'IJ·� I\n\n11(9ft�1, �4'$ft'(!J 1f't1:!1 II \\r� II\nataeva sarva-pDjyii, parama-devatii\nsarva-piilikii, sarva-jagatera mota\nSYNONYMS\n\nataeva\n\n-\n\ntherefore; sarva-pDjyii-worshipabl e by all; parama-supreme; devatii­\n\ngoddess; sarva-piilikii-the protectress of all; sarva-jagatera-of all the universes;\n\nmiitii-the mother.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore Radha is parama-devata, the supreme goddess, and She is worshipable\nfor everyone. She is the protectress of all, and She is the mother of the entire\nuniverse.\n\n", "adi1#p0308": "A di-lila, Chapter 4\n\n285\n\nTEXT 90\n\n')(....T\\'-� 1_�� ��I\n)(..�'\\tt'fl f!ttil(i{ �f� II �o II\n'sarva-!ak�mi'-�abda purve kariyiichi vyiikhyiina\nsarva-lak�mi-gai;era tinho hana adhiHhiina\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarva-/ak�mi-�abda-the word sarva-lak�mi; purve- previously; kariyiichi-1 have\ndone; vytikhyiina-explanation; sarva-lak�mi-ga!Jera-of all the goddesses of fortune;\n\ntinho She; hana-is; adhi�(hona- abode\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLA liONS\nI have already explained the meaning of \"sarva-lak�mi.\" Radha is the original\nsource of all the goddesses of fortune.\n\nTEXT 91\n\n�, '�(\"..rt'-��� �'r� � I\ni� �fit�ifl -tr. -�-tf��'ti II �� II\nkimvii, 'sarva-/ak�mi'-k[�!Jera·�a(f-vidha ai�varya\ntiinra adhi�.thiitri �akti-sarva-�akti-varya\nSYNONYMS\n\nkimva-or; sarva-/ak�mi-the word sarva-/ak�mr; k[�!Jera-of Lord K[�f)a;�a,t-vidha\n-six kinds; ai�varya\n\n-\n\nopulenc es; tiinra-of Him; adhiHhiitri-chief; �akti- energy;\n\nsarva-�akti-of all energies; varya-the best.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOr \"sarva-lak�mi\" indicates that She fully represents the six opulences of Kf�l)a.\nTherefore She is the supreme energy of .Lord Kr�l)a.\n\nTEXT 92\n\n�(.�'ti--.tf'J �)(t11llt��l! I\n��'itt'fl � 18 ll�1 �I! II � II\nsarva-saundarya-kiinti vaisaye yiinhiite\nsarva-lak�mi-ga!Jera �obhii haya yiinhii haite\n\n", "adi1#p0309": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n286\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-saundarya-of all beauty; kiinti-the splendor; vaisaye-sits; yiinhiite-in\nwhom; sarva-/ak�mi-garera-of all the goddesses of fortune; �obha-the splendor;\nhaya-is;yiinhii haite-from whom.\nTRANSLATION\nThe word \"sarva-kanti\" indicates that all beauty and luster rest in Her body. All\n\nthe la�mls derive their beauty from Her.\n\nTEXT 93\n\nf��<if1 '�tf•'·� �t·1f �� �� �� I\n�t•t Jl�'f �t-1 � J� II �� II\nkimvii 'kiinti'-�abde kr�rera saba icchii kahe\nkr�rera saka/a viinchii riidhiitei rahe\nSYNONYMS\nkimvii-or; kiinti-�abde-by the word kiinti; k[�IJera-of Lord Kr�r;�a; saba-all;\nicchii-desires; kahe-says; k[�IJera-of\nriidhiitei- in\n\nLord\n\nSrimati Radharani;rahe-remain.\n\nKr�r;�a; saka/a-all; viii'lcha-desires;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kanti\" may also mean \"all the desires of Lord Kr�r;�a.\" All the desires of Lord\n\nKr�r;�a rest in Srlmati Radharar;�i.\n\nTEXT 94\n\nJt� � tt•t �lf-� �'1 I\n',(�tr.'-� �� �� fm'1 II �8 II\nriidhika karena kr�rera viiilchita purara\n'sarva-kiinti'-�abdera ei artha vivarara\nSYNONYMS\n\nS\n\nriidhikii- rimati Radharar;�i; karena-does ; kr�rera-of Lord Kr�r;�a; vanchitadesired objec t; piirara-fulfilling; sarva-kiinti-�abdera-of the word sarva-kanti; eithis; artha-meaning;vivaraoa-the description.\nTRANSLATION\nSrimati Radhika fulfills all the desires of Lord Kr�r;�a. This is the meaning of\n\"sarva-kanti.\"\n\n", "adi1#p0310": "Adi-ltla, Chapter 4\n\n287\n\nTEXT 95\n\n\"'Ste,�� \"' � c;lrtf� I\n�� �11�1( �1 i'f�llf II �� II\njagat-mohana krgw, tanhara mohinT\nataeva samastera para ,thakurarT\nSYNONYMS\n\njagat-mohana-enchanting the universe; kr�ra- Lord Kr�Qa; tat'Jhara-of Him;\nmohinT-the\n\nenchantress;\n\n,thakurarT- goddess .\n\nataeva- t h erefore;\n\nsamastera-of\n\nall; para - foremost;\n\nTRANS LAliON\nLord Kr�l)a enchants the world, but �ri Radha enchants even Him. Therefore\nShe is the supreme goddess of all.\nTEXT 96\n\nJf10-'1_(-tf9, �- '1_(-t�'fJt I\n'l. � � �' llftS·9fJ1rt'1 II �� II\nradha--purra-�akti, kr�ra--purra-�aktiman\ndui vastu bheda nai, �astra-paramara\nSYNONYMS\n\nradha- � rimati RadharaQi; purra-�akti-the complete energy; kr�ra- Lord Kr�Qa;\npurra-�aktiman- the complete possessor of energy; dui- two; vastu- things; bhedadifference; nai-there is not; �astra-paramara - the evidence of revealed scripture.\n\nTRANS LAliON\n�ri Radha is the full power, and Lord Kr�l)a is the possessor of full power. The\ntwo are not different, as evidenced by the revealed scriptures.\n\nTEXT 97\n\n.1t115f, � �- M 'fJI�� I\n\n'fJifit, 'lt'lt�- �� � � � II �'I II\nmrgamada, tara gandha--yaiche aviccheda\nagni, jva/ate--yaiche kabhu nahi bheda\n\n", "adi1#p0311": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n288\n\nSYNONYMS\nmrgomada-musk; ta ra-of that; gandha-fragrance; yaiche-just as; avicchedainseparable; agni-the fire; jva/ate-temperature; yaiche-just as; kabhu-any; nahithere is not; bheda-difference.\nTRANSLATION\nThey are indeed the same, just as musk and its scent are inseparable, or as fire\nand its heat are nondifferent.\nTEXT 98\n\nJtt(�· �- 111Sf1 ��� 'llti't I\n\n�0111 �� � �9f II �lr II\nradha-k�(la aiche soda eka-i svarDpa\nIT/a-rasa asvadite dhare dui-rDpa\nSYNONYMS\nrtidhti-k�(la-Radha and Kr�l)a; aiche-in this way; sada-always; eka-i-one; svarDpa-nature; IT/a-rasa-the mellows of a pastime; asvadite-to taste; dhare- manifest;\ndui-rDpa-two forms.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Radha and Lord Kf�l)a are one, yet They have taken two forms to enjoy\nthe mellows of pastimes.\nTEXTS 99-100\n\n<;\\!f�r. filf�� rert9f� ��� I\n1Wf1·'e't�-�n. � �mtt �RI' II �Ci;l II\n!l�t9f ��'I-.� I\n�- �' 9(� ��fl �Q(' 9f1Wi1f ll � ll\n0 0\n\nprema-bhakti 5ikhaite apane avatari\nrtidhti-bhtiva-ktinti dui OJ1gTktira kari'\n5rT-k[�(la-caitanya-rDpe kai/a avattira\nei to' paficama 5/okera artha paractira\nSYNONYMS\nprema-bhakti-devotional service in love of G odhead; 5ikhtiite-to teach; apaneHimself; avatari-descend ing; rtidhti-bhtiva-the mood of Srimati R ad har ani; ktinti\n-and luster; dui-two; angfktira kari '- accepti n g; 5rT-k[?(IO-COitanya - of Lord Caitanya\n\n", "adi1#p0312": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n289\n\nMahaprabhu; rupe-in the form; kaila-made; avatara-incarnation; ei-this; ta'certainly; paikama-fifth; �/okera-of the verse; artha-meaning; paracara-proclamation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo promulgate prema-bhakti (devotional service in love of Godhead], Knr;�a\nappeared as Sri Kr�r;�a Caitanya with the mood and complexion of Sri Radha. Thus\nI have explained the meaning of the fifth verse.\nTEXT 101\n\nq atlt<!SJ ..CI( .\\! !21� I\n�1t � � �� �t.-t� II �o� II\n�aHha �lokera artha karite praka�a\nprathame kahiye sei �/okera abhasa\n\nSYNONYMS\n�aHha-sixth;�/okera-of the verse;artha-meaning;karite-to do;praka�a-manifestation; prathame-first; kahiye-1 shall speak; sei-that; �lokera-of the verse;\nabhasa-hint.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo explain the sixth verse,\n\nshall first give a hint of its meaning.\nTEXT 102\n\n��'!ft' � �ft'l Jl��'t�� I\ndlt� � '�� �('�� ��\" �0�\"\navatari' prabhu pracarila sankirtana\neho bahya hetu, purve kariyachi sucana\n\nSYNONYMS\navatari!... incarnating; prabhu-the Lord; pracarila-propagated; sankirtana-the\ncongregational chanting of the holy name;eho-this; bahya-external; hetu-reason;\npilrve-previously; kariyachi-l have given; silcana-indication.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord came to propagate sarikirtana. That is an external purpose, as I have\nalready indicated.\nTEXT 103\n\n��B �t �� �tt� 11_� I\nJfit�t'l't� fi�J �- �1{ �-\" �0�\"\n\n", "adi1#p0313": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n290\n\navatiirera iira eka iiche mukhya-bija\nrasika-sekhara kr�rera sei kiirya nija\n\nSYNONYMS\navatiirera-of the incarnation; lira- ano ther; eka- one; ilche- there is; mukhya-bija\n-principal\n\nseed; rasika-sekhara-the foremost enjoyer of the mellows of love;\n\nkr�rera-of Lord Kr�tJa; sei- that; kiirya-bu siness; nija-own.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere is a principal cause for Lord Kr�pa's appearance. It grows from His own\n\nengagements as the foremost enjoyer of loving exchanges.\nTEXT 104\n\n�� 'SJ1 <;� � f<!� �11 I\n\n�tDl�� �'! �tm <21m II � 08 II\nati gu(lha hetu sei tri-vidha prakiira\ndiimodara-svarupa haite yiihiira praciira\n\nSYNONYMS\nati-very; gD(Iha-eso teric; hetu- rea s on ; sei- that; tri-vidha-three ;prakiira- kinds;\ndiimodara-svarDpa haite-from SvariJpa Damodara; ylihiira-of which; praciira-the\nproclamation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat most confidential cause is threefold. Svarupa Damodara has revealed it.\nTEXT 105\n\n�1ri9l·<;�tf�- � �� �\"!ltr I\n�� 'ftt� � (fllR ��tr II � o<t II\nsvarDpa-gosiii'ii--prabhura ati antarar'lga\ntiihiite jiinena prabhura e-saba prasar'lga\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-gosiii'ii- SvarOpa\n\nDamodara\n\nGosai'!i;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nLord\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; ati-very; antarar'lga-confidential associate; tiihiite-by that; jiinena­\n\nhe knows; prabhura-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; e-saba-all these; prasar'lgatopics.\n\n", "adi1#p0314": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n291\n\nTRANSLAliON\nSvarupa Gosani i.s the most intimate associate of the Lord. He, therefore, knows\nall these topics well.\nPURPORT\nPrior to the Lord's acceptance of the renounced order, Puru�ottama Bhagacarya,\na resident of Navadvipa, desired to enter the renounced order of life. Therefore he\nleft home and went to Benares, where he accepted the position of brahmacarya\nfrom a Mayavadi sannyiisT. When he became a brahmaciiri, he was given the name\nSri Damodara SvanJpa. He left Benares shortly after, without taking sannyiisa, and\nhe came to Nilacala, Jagannatha Puri, where Lord Caitanya was staying. He met\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu there and dedicated his life for the service of the Lord. He\nbecame Lord Caitanya's secretary and constant companion. He used to enhance the\npleasure potency of the Lord by singing appropriate songs, which were very much\nappreciated.\n\nSvarOpa Damodara could understand the secret mission of Lord\n\nCaitanya, and it was by his grace only that all the devotees of Lord Caitanya could\nknow the real purpose of the Lord.\nSvarupa Damodara has been identified as Lalitadevi, the second expansion of\nRadharar;ti. However, the authoritative Gaura-garodde�a-dipikii of Kavi-karr;tapura\ndescribes Svarupa Damodara as the same Vi�akhadevi who serves the Lord in Goloka\nVrndavana. Therefore it is to be understood that Sri Svarupa Damodara is a direct\nexpansion of Radharar;ti who helps the Lord experience the attitude of Radharar;ti.\nTEXT 106\n\n�f�'Rf �t<t-� �11' �!Qt I\n\n� �tt� ��·t:-t �t� fi{�1f II � o� II\nriidhikiira bhiiva-mDrti prabhura antara\nsei bhiive sukha-du{lkha u_the nirantara\nSYNONYMS\nriidhikiira-of Srimati Radharar;tT; bhiiva-mDrti-the form of the emotions; prabhura\n-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu ;antara-the heart; sei\n\n-\n\nthat; bhiive-in the condition ;\n\nsukha-du{lkha-happiness and distress; u_the-arise; nirantara-constantly\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe heart of Lord Caitanya is the image of Sri Radhika's emotions. Thus feelings\nof pleasure and pain arise constantly therein.\nPURPORT\nLord Caitanya's heart was full of the feelings of Srtmatt Radhara.l)t, and His\nappearance resembled Hers. Svaropa Damodara has explained His attitude as riJdhiJ-\n\n", "adi1#p0315": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n292\n\nbhiiva-murti, the attitude of RadharaQi. One who engages in sense gratification on\n\nthe material platform can hardly understand riJdhiJ-bhiJva, but one who is freed\nfrom the demands of sense gratification can understand it. Riidhii-bhiiva must be\nunderstood from the Gosvamis, those who are actually controllers of the senses.\n\nFrom such authorized sources it is to be known that the attitude of Srimati\n\nRadharaQi is the highest perfection of conjugal love, which is the highest of the\n\nfive transcendental mellows, and it is the complete perfection of love of Kr�Qa.\n\nThese transcendental affairs can be understood on two platforms. One is called\n\nelevated, and the other is called super-elevated. The loving affairs exhibited in\nDvaraka are the elevated form. The super-elevated position is reached in the mani­\n\nfestations of the pastimes of Vrndavana.' The attitude of Lord Caitanya is certainly\n\nsuper-elevated.\n\nFrom the life of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, an intelligent person engaged in pure\n\ndevotional service can understand that He always felt separation from Kr�r;�a within\nHimself. In that separation He sometimes felt that He had found Kr�Qa and was\n\nenjoying the meeting. The significance of this separation and meeting is very specific.\nIf someone tries to understand the exalted position of Lord Caitanya without\n\nknowing this, he is sure to misunderstand it. One must first become fully self­\n\nrealized. Otherwise he may misidentify the Lord as niigara, or the enjoyer of the\n\ndamsels of Vraja, thus committing the mistake of rasiibhiisa, or overlapping\nunderstanding.\n\nTEXT 107\n\n<:-!�\"'\"AI � �·M·'.-N I\ni!!Pf� <:�ti, �tt c$ft�ll � II �oct II\n�e�a-liliiya prabhura kr�ra-viraha-unmiida\nbhrama-maya ceHii, iira pra/iipa-maya viida\n\nSYNONYMS\n�e�a-li/iiya-in the final pastimes;prabhura-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kr�ra­\n\nviraha -from separation from Lord Kr�Qa; unmiida-the madness; bhrama-maya­\n\nerroneous; ceHlf-efforts; iira\n\n-\n\nand; pra liipa-maya\n\n-\n\ndelirious; viida -tal k .\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the final portion of His pastimes, Lord Caitanya was obsessed with the madness\n\nof separation from Lord Kr�Qa. He acted in erroneous ways and talked deliriously.\nPURPORT\n\nLord Sri Caitanya exhibited the highest stage of the feelings of a devotee in\n\nseparation from the Lord. This exhibition was sublime because He was completely\nperfect in the feelings of separation. Materialists, however, cannot understand this.\n\nSometimes materialistic scholars think He was diseased or crazy. Their problem is\n\nthat they always engage in material sense gratification and can never understand\n\n", "adi1#p0316": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n293\n\nthe feelings of the devotees and the Lord. Materialists are most abominable in their\nideas. They think that they can enjoy directly perceivable gross objects by their\nsenses and that they can similarly deal with the transcendental features of Lord\nCaitanya. But the Lord is understood only in pursuance of the principles laid down\nby the Gosvamis, headed by Svarupa Damodara. Doctrines like those of the nodiyaniigoris, a class of so-called devotees, are never presented by authorized persons like\nSvarupa Damodara or the six Gosvamis. The ideas of the gourango-nagoris are simply\na mental concoction, and they are completely on the mental platform.\nTEXT 108\n\n�t�t 'e� �t� �'f-f'tit I\nc;�- ·� q �\"' «� �fiJNtit II �0\\r' II\nradhikiiro bhiivo yoiche uddhovo-dorsone\nsei bhiive motto probhu rohe riitri-dine\n\nSYNONYMS\nradhikaro-of\n\nSrimati\n\nRadharaQi;\n\nbhavo-emotion; yoiche-just as; uddhovo­\n\ndorsone-in seeing Sri Uddhava; sei-that; bhave-in the state; mott o-maddened;\nprobhu- Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rohe-remains; riitri-dine-day and night.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nJ ust as Radhika went mad at the sight of Uddhava, so\n\nLord Caitanya was\n\nobsessed day and night with the madness of separation.\n\nPURPORT\nThose under the shelter of the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu can understand that His mode of worship of the Supreme Lord K[�Qa in separation is the real\nworship of the Lord. When the feelings of separation become very intense, one\nattains the stage of meeting Sri Kr�Qa.\nSo-called devotees like the sohojiyas cheaply imagine they are meeting Kr�Qa in\nVrndavana. Such thinking may be useful, but actually meeting Kr�Qa is possible\nthrough the attitude of separation taught by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 109\n\n�ttiJ �t11 <mf \"'Qt� �� 'f�' I\n�� �t� � �t;11 ��t�' It �0C\\llt\nriitre pro/iipo kore svorupero ko(l,tho dhori'\niivese iipono bhavo kohoye ugha(ji'\n\n", "adi1#p0317": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n294\n\nSYNONYMS\nriitre-at night; praliipa-delirium; kare-does; svarDpera-of SvarOpa Damodara;\nkar.tha dhari -embracin2 the neck; iiveSe-in ecstasy; iipana- His own; bhiiva\n'\n\nkahaye\n\n-\n\n-\n\nmood;\n\nspeaks; ughap'i -e xuberantly.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt night He talked incoherently in grief with His arms around SvarOpa Damodara's\nneck. He spoke out His heart in ecstatic inspiration.\nTEXT 110\n\n�u:� '� �� �ti �� �'ft 1\n\n,� t�-� �-r � �tt�'tlfJ \" ��0 \"\nyabe yei bhava u.the prabhura antara\nsei giti-Sioke sukha dena diimodara\nSYNONYMS\nyabe-when; yei-that; bhiiva-mood; uthe\nMahaprabhu; an tara-in the heart; sei\n-happiness; dena-gives; damodara\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\na rises; prabhura-of Lord Caitanya\n\nthat; giti-by the song; !;/oke-or verse; sukha\n\nSva rOpa Damodara.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhenever a particular sentiment arose in His heart, Svarupa Damodara satisfied\nHim by singing songs or reciting verses of the same nature.\nTEXT 111\n\n�� �1-ti iltfit � ��� f�ttJ I\n\n�tt'Sf b1 �fil� �H1 ��1tJ II ��� II\nebe kiirya .niihi kichu e-saba viciire\nage iha vivariba kariyii vistiire\nSYNONYMS\nebe-now; kiirya-business ; nahi-there is not; kichu-any; e-saba-all these; vicare\n-in the considerations; age -ahead; ihii-this; vivariba-1 shall describe; kariyadoing; vistlire-in expanded detail.\nTRANSLATION\nTo analyze these pastimes is not necessary now. Later I shall describe them in\ndetail.\n\n", "adi1#p0318": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n295\n\nTEXT 112\n\n�� �t·l fi11�'f �tit� I\n,��' <;11)'51�, �tl ��tatftl �f'!1lif u ��� u\npDrve vraje kr?rera tri-vidha vayo-dharma\nkaumiira, paugar(fa, iira kaisora atimarma\n\nSYNONYMS\npiirve- previously; vraje-in Yraja; k[?[Jera-of Lord Kg;[� a; tri-vidha- three sorts;\nvayaQ -dharma- characteristics of age; kaumfira-chi ldhood; pauga(l(ia- boyhood; ora\n-and; kaisora- adol e scence; ati-marma-the very core.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFormerly in Vraja Lord Kr�pa displayed three ages, namely childhood, boyhood\nand adolescence. His adolescence is especially significant.\n\nTEXT 113\n\n�t.�li'U·\"''� ��'f ��11 � I\n<;11)'51� ll.'l � 1'{<$1 �� u ��-e u\nviitsa/ya-iivese kai/a kaumiira saphala\npaugar(la sapha/a kai/a /afiii sakhiiva/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nviitsalya-of parental love; iivese- in the attachment; kai/a- made; kaumiira-childhood; sa-pha/a- fruitful; paugarfla- boyhood; sa-pha/a- fruitfu I; kaila- made; /aiiiitaki ng along; sakhii-iiva/a- friends.\n\nTRANSLATION\nParental affection made His childhood fruitful. His boyhood was successful with\nHis friends.\n\nTEXT 114\n\n1mtflf 'f<$1 ��\"' �tfif-�'ltll 1\n�•1 m' �t�tfif\" �� f�ll u ��s u\nriidhikiidi lanii kai/a riisiidi-viliisa\nviiiichii bhari' iisviidila rasera niryasa\n\n", "adi1#p0319": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n296\n\nSYNONYMS\nradhikii-iidi\ndid;\n\n-\n\nS rimati Radhara[li and the other gopTs; /aM-taking along; kaila­\n\nriisa-Odi-beginning\n\nwith the rasa\n\ndance; vi/lisa- pastimes; viii'ichii bhari'­\n\nfulfilling desires; asvadila-He tasted; rasera-of mellow; nirylisa-the essence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn youth He tasted the essence of rasa, fulfilling His desires in pastimes like the\n\nr�a dance with �rimati Radhika and the other gopTs.\n\nTEXT 115\n\n'�·�tll �' i&P'5te.ll� I\nJt��nt � �Rfl � II ��<t II\nkaisora-vayase kama, jagat-saka/a\nrasadi-IT/liya tina karila sapha/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nkaisora-vayase-in the adolescent age; kama\n\namorous love;jagat-sakala-the en­\n\n-\n\ntire universe; rasa-iidi-such as the riisa dance; 11/iiya-by pastimes; tina-three;\nkarila-made; sa phala\n-\n\n-\n\nsuccessful\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn His youth Lord Kf�[la made all three of His ages, and the entire universe,\nsuccessful by His pastimes of amorous love like the rasa dance.\n\nTEXT 116\n\nc11t�f1 C<ficwn -!l<fi-�c�rl )'!tf:I�'JI��if�: 1\nC�C1l �l�'}�\\7�: 'lf-9fl� \"rf9f�l�'\\!i: II ')��II\nso 'pi kaisoraka-vayo\nmanayan madhu-sudana/;1\nreme stri-ratna-ku_tastha/;1\nk�apiisu k�apitiihita{l\n\nSYNONYMS\nsa/;1-He; api-especially ; kaisoraka-vaya{l-the age of adolescence; miinayanhonoring; madhu-sudana/;1-the killer of the Madhu demon; reme-en j oyed; striratna-of the gopis; ku_ta-in multitudes; stha/;1\n\n-\n\nnights; k�apita-ahita/;1-who destroys misfortune.\n\nsituated ; k�apasu-in the autumn\n\n", "adi1#p0320": "297\n\nAd i-lila, Chapter 4\nT RANSLATION\n\n\"Lord Madhusudana enjoyed His youth with pastimes on autumn nights in the\nmidst of the jewel-like milkmaids. Thus He dispelled all the misfortunes of the\nworld.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from the Vi?QU PuriiQa (5.13.60).\nTEXT 117\n\n<�1�1 �rs�\"r<t�\")� f\"!><r-\"'t�N��J�1 �tfif�r�\n�\")����C\"'i1>�1� Pt��11C� if�\")O{j'Ifr.'l� I\n��C'l:f'tw�f5\"\\!!C<f-�1f�i'f9flf��J9fn\\ -;r�:\n��C\"I1�� 'f'!f\"'\")<F-n1if'!' <f-\"1�9_ lC� f<l�t�� �: II�) 'Ill\nviicii sDcita-�arvarT-rati-ka/ii-priiga!bhyayii riidhikiirh\nvrTrjii-kui'icita-/ocaniirh viracayann agre sakhTniim asau\ntad-vak�o-ruha-citra-ke/i-makarT-pii(lrjitya-piirarh gata!y\nkai�orarh sapha!T-karoti ka!ayan kui'ije vihiirarh hari!y\n\nSYNONYMS\nvacii by speech; sDcita- revealing; �arvarT- of the night; rati- in amorous pastimes;\nka!ii-of the portion; priiga!bhyayii-the importance; riidh ikiim- �rimati RadharaQT;\nvrTrjii- from shame; kun cita-!ocaniim having Her eyes closed; viracayan mak ing;\nagre- before; sakhTniim-Her friends; asau-that one; tat-of Her; vak�a!y-ruha-on\nthe breasts; citra-ke!i-with variegated pastimes; makarT-in drawing dolphins;\npii[ujitya- of cleverness; param-the limit; gata!y-who reached; kai�oram-adolescence; sa-pha!T-karoti-makes successful; ka!ayan- perfo rming; kui'ije-in the\nbushes; viharam-pastimes; hari!y-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n-\n\n,\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�Qa made Srimati RadharaQi close Her eyes in shame before Her friends\nby His words relating Their amorous activities on the previous night. Then He\nshowed the highest limit of cleverness in drawing pictures of dolphins in various\nplayful sports on Her breasts. In this way Lord Hari made His youth successful by\nperforming pastimes in the bushes with SrT Radha and Her friends.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (2.1.231) of �rita Rupa Gosvami.\nTEXT 118\n\n�f�C�ll _,- C6if�1\\!if�\"-l���t�t�, 11ll_�tf'Sl' �tfit<t>·tl> I\n'!I�RI�fif�� ��1 f<����<f�t-.'W f<lc\"lll��lft\\!1 11 � �1:r11\n\n", "adi1#p0321": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n298\n\nharir e�a na ced aviitari�yan\nmathuriiyiirh madhuriik�i riidhikii ca\nabhavi�yad iyarh vrthii visr� {ir\nmakariinkas tu vise�atas tadiitra\nSYNONYMS\n\nharifl- L ord Kr� l) a; e�afl-thi s; na-not; cet-if;avatari�yat-would have descended;\nmathuriiyiim-in Mathura; madhura-ak�i-0 love l y ey ed (PaurQamasi); riidhikiiSrimati Radhika; ca-an d ; abhavi�yat-would have been; iyam t his ; vrthii-useless;\nvisr�.tifl-the whole creation; makara-ankaf:l-the de migod of love, Cupid; tu-then;\nvise�ataf:l-above all; tadii-then; atra-in this.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 PaurQamasT, if Lord\n\nHari had not descended in Mathura with\n\nSrTmati\n\nRadharapr, this entire creation-and especially Cupid, the demigod of love-would\nhave been useless.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is spoken by �ri Vrndadevi in the Vidagdha-miidhava\n\nGosvami.\n\n(7.3) of �rila RDpa\n\nTEXTS 119-120\n\n�·��\"ft��'f�l\n�f9f ..� t'l·f�-�c{lf II ��ill II\n\\!�tf'f i{�\" r� �� �'1 ,\n\\!t� �t\\! �llf -.fi'l �i{ II ��\n\no\n\nII\n\nei mata pDrve k[�l}a rasera sadana\nyadyapi karila rasa-niryosa-carvara\ntathiipi nahi/a tina viinchita pDrara\ntohii asviidite yadi karila yatana\nSYNONYMS\n\nei mata lik e\n\np Drve-prev iously ; kr�ra-Lord Kf�l)a; rasera-of mellows;\nthough; karila-d i d; rasa-of the mellows;\nniryiisa-the essence; carvara-chewi ng; tathapi- still; nahila-was not ; t i na- three ;\nvanchita- desired obj e ct s; pDrara-fu lfilling ; tiihii-that; osviidite-to taste; yadithou gh; karila-were made; yatana-efforts.\n-\n\nsadana-the\n\nthis;\n\nreservoir; yadyapi-even\n\nTRANSLATION\nEven though Lord Kr�l)a, the abode of all mellows, had previously in this way\nchewed the es$ence of the mellows of love, still He was unable to fulfill three\ndesires, although He made efforts to taste them.\n\n", "adi1#p0322": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n299\n\nTEXT 121\n\n� ��'I( �-1 <!Sfrot �nt-tJt� I\n�· �t.:,-'�fit � ltJII �t� II ��) II\ntanhara prathama vaiicha kariye vyakhyana\nkr�ra kahe,- 'ami ha-i rasera nidana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntanhara-His; prathama-first; vanchii-desire; kariye-1 do; vyakhyana-explana­\n\ntion; kJ�ra-Lord Kr�fia; kahe-says; amt-1; ha-i-am; rasera-of mellow; nidana-\n\nprimary cause.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI shall explain His first desire. Kr�pa says: \"I am the primary cause of all rasas.\nTEXT 122\n\n'!_c(� �fit f� 'i_c('\" I\nltfit•tl c;�t'l( �11(1 ·�t� � II ��� II\npurrananda-maya ami cinmaya purra-tattva\nradhikara preme ama karaya unmatta\n\nSYNONYMS\npurra-ananda-maya-made of full joy; iimi-1; cit-maya-spiritual; purra-tattva­\n\nfull of truth; radhikara-of SrimatT Radharaf!i; preme-the love; ama-Me; karaya­\n\nmakes; unmatta-maddened.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am the full spiritual truth and am made of full joy, but the love of Srimati\n\nRadharaQi drives Me mad.\n\nTEXT 123\n\n�1 i!Ptfi{ � c;�t'l( �tti � � I\n� � �t'ltttl <IStl � �'I II ��� II\nna jani riidhara preme ache kata bola\n\nye bale amare kare sarvada vihvala\n\nSYNONYMS\nna jiini-1 do not know; riidhiira-of Srimati Radharaf!f; preme-in the love; ache­\n\nthere is; kata-how much; bola-strength; ye-which; bale-strength; amiire-Me;\n\nkare-makes; sarvadii-always; vihvalo-overwhelmed.\n\n", "adi1#p0323": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n300\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I\n\ndo\n\nnot\n\nknow\n\nthe\n\ns trength\n\nof\n\nR adha's\n\nlove, with which She always\n\noverwhelms Me.\"\n\nTEXT 124\n\nJtfit:�rfl '1${-ft, �tfif-� �I\nJl1f'1 'Wft1rl ittifl il� e{t�tl � II ��8 II\nriidhikara prema--guru, ami--�i�ya na.ta\nsadii iimii nlinii nrtye niiciiya udbha.ta\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nriidhikiira-of Srlmati Radharar;Ji; prema-the love; guru-teacher; iimi-1; si�ya­\n\ndisciple; na.ta-dancer; soda-always; lima-Me; niinii-various; nrtye-in dances;\n\nniiciiya-causes to dance; udbha{a-novel.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The love of Radhika is My tea cher, and I am Her dancing pupil. Her prema makes\nMe dance various novel dances.\"\nTEXT 125\n\n�\"iitlf,�� ��'f� �c�: 11W'i'f� ��1�C\"l�\n��t�cctr f�f1t� ��c� OJ�Tfo.t�1'1. ��= <f: 1\n�'1. ��= ���1?i'f\"!t. flfNfTr'lf: ���'1\n�\"t�\")� �1{R5 9ffi1c� �\") �-1�' II Ht II\nkasmtid V[nde priya-sakhi hare{l pada-mDitit kuto 'sou\n\nku[l(iiirarye kim iha kurute nrtya-�ik�iirh guru{l ka{l\n\ntarh tvan-mflrti{l prati-taru-latarh dig-vidik�u sphuranti\nSailfl�iva bhramati parito nartayanti sva-pa�ciit\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nkasmiit-from where;vrnde-0 Vrnda; priya-sakhi-0 dear friend; hare{l-of Lord\n\nHari; piida-mflliit-from the lotus feet; kuta{l-where; asau-that one (Lord Kr�Qa);\nkur(fa-ararye-in the forest on the bank of RadhakuQqa; kim -what; iha-here;\nkurute-He does; nrtya-�ik�iim-dancing practice; guru{l-teacher; ka{l-who; tam­\n\nHim; tvat-mflrti{I-Your form;prati-taru-latam-on every tree and vine;dig-vidik�uin all directions; sphurantT-appearing; �ai/fl�i-expert dancer; iva-like; bhramati­\n\nwanders;parita{l-all around; nartayanti-causing to dance; sva-pa�clit-behind.\n\n", "adi1#p0324": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n301\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 my beloved friend Vrnda, where are you coming from?\"\n\"I am coming from the feet of Sri Hari.\"\n\"Where is He?\"\n\"In the forest on the bank of Radhakul)�a.\"\n\"What is He doing there?\"\n\"He is learning dancing.\"\n\"Who is His master?\"\n\"Your image, Radha, revealing itself in every tree and creeper in every direction,\nis roaming like a skillful dancer, making Him dance behind.\"\nPURPORT\nThis text is from the Govinda-/ilamrta ( 8. 77) of Kr�padasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTEXT 1 26\n\n�-<;${� <;1ft1( Q � �t.rffl I\n�� �'t\\5 �$� 1ft..1\"'(;.2i'lf� II ��� II\nnija-premasviide mora haya ye ah/ada\ntaha ha'te kop-gu(la radhii-premasvada\nSYNONYMS\nnija- own ;prema-love;asvade-in tasting; mora- My; haya-there is ;ye-whatever;\nah/ada-pleasure;taha ha'te-than that; kop-gura-ten million times greater; riidhiiof Srimati Radharal)i; prema-Qsvada-the tasting of love.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Whatever pleasure I get from tasting My love for Srimati Radharar;�i, She tastes\nten million times more than Me by Her love.\nTEXT 127\n\n� � 9frtB �ft�1it�ll I\nit�ttl2f'lf �� �urt �fi'Pf\\lJill II � �� II\nami yaiche paraspara viruddha-dharmaSraya\nriidhii-prema taiche sadii viruddha-dharma-maya\nSYNONYMS\nami- l; yaiche-just as; paras para-m u t u ally; viruddha-dharma-of conflicting\ncharacteristics; aSraya-the abode; radha-prema-the love of Srimati RadharaQi;\ntaiche-just so; soda-always; viruddha-dharma-maya-consists of conflicting characteristics.\n\n", "adi1#p0325": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n302\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Just as I am the abode of all mutually contradictory characteristics, so Radha's\nlove is always full of similar contradictions.\nTEXT 128\n\nm-t-c;� �t_-�ft1f �t� � itflftl I\n\n\\!tilt� � \"\"'i \"\"'i � �� II ��lr II\nriidhii-premii vibhu-yiira biiflite niihi ,thiii'ii\ntathiipi se kJare kJare b7iflaye sadai\n\nSYNONYMS\nriidhii-premii-the love of S r im ati Radharapi; vibhu-all-pervading;yara-of which;\n\nbiiflite-to in c rease:; niihi-there is not; {hiii'ii-sp ace; tathiipi-still; se-that; kJare\n\nleyare-every second; biiflaye-inc reas es ; sadiii -always.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Radha's love is all-pervading, leaving no room for expansion. But still it is\n\nexpanding constantly.\n\nTEXT 129\n\n� � •111 �itt� �116\\! I\n\n\\!ttt� @1111 � c;�-�� \" ��� \"\nyiihii vai guru vastu niihi suni�cita\ntathiipi gurura dharma gaurava-varjita\n\nSYNONYMS\nyiihii-which; vai- besides;guru-great; vastu- thing; niihi-there is not; suni�cita­\n\nq u ite certainly; tathiipi-still;gurura-of greatness; dharma-characteristics;gaurava­\n\nvarjita-devo id of p r i d e\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is certainly nothing greater than Her love. But Her love is devoid of pride.\nThat is the sign of its greatness.\nTEXT 130\n\n�tll1 �\\! ��ilf �11 ift� �t11' I\n\\!tttr;r � �-�1Jii·oqJ<q�tJ II �eo II\n\n", "adi1#p0326": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n303\n\nyoho haite sunirmala dvitTya nohi ora\ntathopi sarvadii viimya-vakra-vyavahiira\nSYNONYMS\nyiiho haite-than which; su nirma/a- very pure; dvitTya-second; niihi-there is not;\n-\n\nora-another;\n\ntathiipi-sti II;\n\nsarvadii\n\n-\n\nal ways;\n\nviimya-perverse;\n\nvakra\n\n-\n\ncrooked;\n\nvyavahiira- behavior.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Nothing is purer than Her love. But its behavior is always perverse and crooked\"\nTEXT 131\n\nfcl��tf9r �\"Blot '!lftf;s��\n'S�f9f c<;th<ll>�1 ��'i�: I\n,��9f��q:�tf9f �?:�1\nlli11f� ,��� �tN�l��tt'i\\: II �\"� II\nvibhur api ka/ayan sadiibhivrddhirh\ngurur a pi gaurava-caryayii vihinafl\n,muhur upacita-vakrimopi suddho\njayati mura-dviJi riidhikiinurogafl\nSYNONYMS\nvibhu{l\n\n-\n\nall pervad ing; api- although; kalayan- rna king;sadii-al ways;abh ivrddhim\n-\n\n-increase; guru{I- important; api-although;gaurava-caryayii vihina/;1 -wi th out proud\nbehavior; muhufl- again and again; upacita-increased; vakrimii-duplic ity; apialthough; �uddhafl-pure; jayati-all glories to; mura-dviJi-for Kr�pa, the enemy of\nthe demon Mura; riidhiko-of S rlmati Radharapi; anuriigafl-the love.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All glories to Radha's love for Kr�r;�a, the enemy of the demon Mura. Although\nit is all-pervading, it tends to increase at every moment. Although it is important, it\nis devoid of pride. And although it is pure, it is always beset with duplicity.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from the Diina-keli-kaumudi (2) of S rila ROpa Gos v a mi .\nTEXT 132\n\n� '$rtt !lJtfit:<fi1 �Jl '�t�' I\n� 021Jttt �tfit �- � '�' II :>�II\n\n", "adi1#p0327": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n304\n\nsei premara �rT-radhika parama 'a�raya'\nsei premara ami ha-i keva/a 'vi�aya'\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; premara-of the love; �rT-radhika-Srimati RadharaQi;parama-highest;\na�raya-abode; sei-that; premara-of\n\nthe love; ami-1; ha-i-am; kevala-only;\n\nv�saya-object.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nS\n\n\" ri Radhika is the highest abode of that love, and I am its only object.\n\nTEXT 133\n\nM..\\lttll5lt �-t �t11R �I!Jfttf I\n�11£1 � <;�t$@'1 �\\!ltD �� II ��� II\nvi�aya-jatTya sukha amiira asviida\nama haite kop-gwya ii�rayera ah/iida\n\nSYNONYMS\nv�saya-jatTya-relating to the object;sukha-happiness; amara-My;iisvada-tasting;\nama haite-than Me; ko_ti-gura-ten million times more; a�rayera-of the abode;\niih/iida-pleasure.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I taste the bliss to which the object of love is entitled. But the pleasure of Radha,\n\nthe abode of that love, is ten million times greater.\n\nTEXT 134\n\n�\\!1\\li!ff\\!'11 �-t �� ';f� �I\n..t'f �\"lftfir� i{ffi1, � <tifi �9ft\\! II ��8 II\na�raya-jatTya sukha paite mana dhaya\nyatne asvadite nari, ki kari upaya\n\nSYNONYMS\na�raya-jatTya-relating to the abode; sukha-happiness; paite-to obtain; manathe mind; dhaya-chases; yatne-by effort; asvadite-to taste;nari-1 am unable; kiwhat; kari-1 do; upaya-way.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My mind races to taste the pleasure experienced by the abode, but I cannot\n\ntaste it, even by My best efforts. How may I taste it?.\n\n", "adi1#p0328": "Adi-llla, Chapter 4\n\n305\n\nTEXT 135\n\n�'t, �fir �t c;l2t� �� �t� I\n� lflt c;�'lt'tirr;\"'1f ��II:�\" ��<t \"\nkabhu yadi ei pre mara ha-iye ii�raya\ntabe ei premiinandera anubhava haya\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometime; yadi-if; ei-this; premiira-of the love; ha-iye-1 become;\n\nii�raya-the abode; tabe-then; ei-this; prema-iinandera-of the joy of love; anubhava\n-experience; haya-there is.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If sometime I can be the abode of that love, only then may I taste its joy.\"\n\nPURPORT\nVisaya and ii�raya are two very significant words relating to the reciprocation\n\nbetw.een Krsna and His devotee. The devotee is called the ii�raya, and his beloved,\nKr��a, is\n\nth� vi�aya.\n\nDifferent ingredients are involved in the exchange of love\n\nbetween the ii�raya and viJaya, which are known as vibhava, anubhava, sattvika and\nVibhava is divided into the two categories iilambana and uddipana.\n\nvyabhiciiri.\n\nA/ambana may be further divided into ii�raya and ViJaya. In the loving affairs of\nRadha and Kg;!) a, Radharar;�i is the ii�raya feature and Kr�r:Ja the v�saya The transcen­\n\ndental consciousness of the Lord tells Him, \"I am Knr;�a, and I experience pleasure\n\nas the vi�aya. The pleasure enjoyed by Radharar;�i, the ii�raya, is many times greater\n\nthan the pleasure I feel.\" Therefore, to feel the pleasure of the asraya category, Lord\nKr�oa appeared as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 136\n\nIf!\\!��' 1ft���� I\n� Cl� c;$1'·�� � II ���II\neta cinti' rahe k[�(la parama-kautuki\nhrdaye biiflaye prema-/obha dhakdhaki\nSYNONYMS\neta cinti -thinking this; rahe-remains; kr.sra-Lord Kr�ra; parama-kautuki-the\n'\n\nsupremely curious; hrdaye-in the heart ; biiflaye-increases; prema-/obha-eager\n\ndesire for love; dhakdhaki-blazing.\n\nTRANSLATJON\nThinking in this way, Lord Kr �pa was curious to taste that love. His eager desire\nfor that love increasingly blazed in His heart.\n\n", "adi1#p0329": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n306\n\nTEXT 137\n\nl.flll.fl�, �-. 'WI'Rf c;'ftt'Q ��a 1\n�� \"fN' � �.. � \" ��\" II\nei eka, �una iira lobhera prakiira\nsva-miidhurya dekhi' kr.sra karena viciira\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; eka-one; �una-please hear; ?ira-another; /obhera-of eager desire;\nprakiira-type; sva-miidhurya-own sweetness; dekhi'--seeing; kr.sra-Lord Kr:;ra;\nkarena-does; viciira-consideration.\nTRANSLATION\nThat is one desire. Now please hear of another. Seeing His own beauty, Lord\nKr:;pa began to consider.\nTEXT 138\n\n'el·\"'�' 'el�, �( �\n\n1f'!_ft1f11\n\nfflsr� -�tJ <;�� ift� � �1ft II ��tr II\nadbhuta, ananta, purra mora madhurimii\ntri-jagate ihiira keha niihi piiya sima\nSYNONYMS\nadbhuta-wonderful; ananta-unlimited; purra-full; mora-My; madhurimiisweetness; tri-jagate-in the three worlds; ihiira-of this; keha-someone; niihi-not;\npiiya-obtains; s7mo-limit.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My sweetness is wonderful, infinite and full. No one in the three worlds can find\nits limit.\nTEXT 139\n\nl.fl� <;� � Jtfif� l.fl�'f I\n� 1ft�� 'el� �fir II ��� II\nei prema-dviire nitya riidhikii ekali\niimiira miidhuryiimrta iisviide sakali\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; prema-dviire-by\n\nmeans\n\nof the love; nitya-always; riidhikii-Srimati\n\nRadharapi; eka/i-only; iimiira-of Me; miidhurya-amrta-the nectar of the sweetness;\niisviide-tastes; sakali-all.\n\n", "adi1#p0330": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n307\n\nTRANSLA liON\n\" Only Radhika, by the strength of Her love, tastes all the nectar of My s weetness.\nTEXT 140\n\n�r� � �� �e.t�1flf�'i 1\n��tf'Pf � � � llft'lllf'i II �8• II\nyadyapi nirmala riidhiira sat-prema-darpara\ntathiipi svacchatii tiira bii(ihe k�are k�ara\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; nirma/a-pure; riidhiira-of Srimati Radharal)i; sat-prema-of\nreal love; darpara-the mirror; tathiipi-still; svacchatii-transparency; tiira-of that;\nbii(ihe-increases; k�are k�ara-e ver y moment.\nTRANSLA liON\n\"Although Radha's love is pure like a mirror, its purity increases at every moment.\nTEXT 141\n\n�'t11t1f 1ftt!{ � �� ���tt-f I\n\n��,fi;'ff �tt'5t �� �� 1K� � II �8� II\niimiira miidhurya niihi bii(ihite avakii�e\ne-darparera iige nava nava rDpe bhiise\nSYNONYMS\niimiira-of Me; miidhurya-sweetness; niihi-not; bii(ihite-to increase; avakii�eop portunity; e-darparera age- i n front of this mirror; nova nava-ne wer and newer;\nrDpe-in beauty; bhiise- shines.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My sweetness also has no room for expansion, yet it shines before that mirror in\nnewer and newer beauty.\nTEXT 142\n\n�'Itt!{ 1ft'ft1{ '$l- c;� '� �' I\n\n..t'i �'1 � c;tt\"�, '� il1� �f� II �8� II\nman-miidhurya riidhiira prema-donhe hofla kari'\nk�are k�are bii(ie donhe, keha niihi hiiri\n\n", "adi1#p0331": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n308\n\nSYNONYMS\nmat-miidhurya-My sweetness; riidhilra-of S rTmati RadharaQT; prema-the love;\n\ndonhe-both together; hopa kari '-challenging; k�are k�are - every second; btipeincrease; donhe-both; keha niihi-no one; hiiri- de fea ted.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"There is constant competition between My sweetness and the mirror of Radha's\nlove. They both go on increasing, but neither knows defeat.\nTEXT 143\n\n� art� mJ i1Cf iiCf u 1\n\n\"J(-\"f-<;$J·�llti?f !fit• �iII �8� II\niimiira miidhurya nitya nava nava haya\nsva-sva-prema-anurupa bhakte iisviidaya\nSYNONYMS\niimiira-of Me; miidhurya-the sweetness; nitya -\\ always ; nava nava-newer and\nnewer; haya-is; sva-sva-prema-anurupa-according to one's own love; bhakte-the\ndevotee; iisviidaya-tastes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My sweetness is always newer and newer. Devotees taste it according to their\nown respective love.\nTEXT 144\n\n'ft(tftt'IJ ��' �� �t?fi1 1ft�'ll\n.n�fif� � �' ��� iftfi II �88 II\ndarpa(liidye dekhi' yadi iipana miidhuri\niisviidite haya /obha, iisviidite niiri\nSYNONYMS\ndarpara-iidye-beginning\n\nin · a\n\nmirror;\n\ndekhi '- seeing; yadi-if;\n\niipana-own;\n\nmiidhuri-swee tne ss; iisviidite-to taste; haya-the re is; /obha - desire; iisviidite-to\ntaste; niiri-1 am not able .\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If I see My sweetness in a mirror, I am tempted to taste it,- but nevertheless I\ncannot.\n\n", "adi1#p0332": "A d i-lila, Chapter 4\n\n309\n\nTEXT 145\n\n�� �oo �� �-�?frn 1\nl'lf�t�1fi?f It�� t:!� ���'A( II )8<t II\nviciira kariye yadi iisviida-upiiya\nriidhikii-svarupa ha-ite tabe mana dhiiya\n\nSYNONYMS\nviciira-consideration;\n\nkariye-1\n\ndo;\n\nyad i-if;\n\niisviida-to\n\ntaste;\n\nupiiya-way;\n\nriidhikii-svarupa-the nature of S rimati Radharar;Ji; ha-ite-to become; tabe-then;\n\nma na-mi n d; dhiiya- chases.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If I deliberate on a way to taste it, I find that I hanker for the position of\nRadhika.\"\n\nPURPORT\nKr�r;�a's attractiveness is wonderful and unlimited. No one can know the end of it.\n\nSrimati RadharaQi alone can relish such extensiveness from Her position in the\nii�raya category. The mirror of S rimati RadharaQi's transcendental love is perfectly\nclear, yet it appears clearer and clearest in the transcendental method of understanding Kr�r;�a. In the mirror of Radharar;�i's heart, the transcendental features of\nKr�r;�a appear increasingly new and fresh. In other words, the attraction of Kr�r;�a\nincreases in proportion to the understanding of Srimati Radharaoi. Each tries to\nsupersede the other. Neither wants to be defeated in increasing the intensity of love.\nDesiring to understand Radharaoi's attitude of increasing love, Lord Kr�oa appeared\nas S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 146\n\n�1fl<T>���= <fl\"»>)�<:,<��\"1ffnf'1\n��f� �1{ 'it�'1lllC\"l\"li �t���: I\n��M �� C·�\"''J �� �\"C�t:\n\n�\"!1l_9fCiS1�....� <fifl{C� �t�C<fl\"<f II )8� II\naparika/ita-purvafl ka� camatkiira-kiiri\nsphurati mama gariyiin e�a miidhurya-pura{l\nayam aham api hanta prek�ya yarh lubdha-ceta{l\nsarabhasam upabhokturh kiimaye riidhikeva\n\nSYNONYMS\naparikalita-not\n\nexperienced;\n\npDrva{l -previou sly; kafl -who; C(]matkiira-kari­\n\ncausing wonder; sphurati-manifests; mama-My; gariyiin-mo�e great; e�a{l-this;\n\n", "adi1#p0333": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n310\n\nmiidhurya-plirafl-abundance of sweetness; ayam-this; a ham-1; a pi-even; hantaalas;\n\nprek�ya-seeing;\n\nyam-which; lubdha-cetiifl-My\n\nmind\n\nbeing\n\nbewildered;\n\nsa-rabhasam-impetuously; upabhoktum-to enjoy; kiimaye-desire; nidhikii iva-like\nSrimati Radharal)i.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Who manifests an abundance of sweetness greater than Mine, which has never\nbeen experienced before and which causes wonder to all? Alas, I Myself, My mind\nbewildered upon seeing this beauty, impetuously desire to enjoy it like Srimati\nRadharar;ti.\"\nPURPORT\nThis text is f rom the Lafita-miidhava (8.34) of Srila ROpa Gosvami. It was spoken\nby Lord Kr��;�a when He saw the beauty of His own reflection in a jeweled fountain\nin Dvaraka.\nTEXT 147\n\n��� �..,s �� �'f I\n\"� iltilt� � i.'l' \" �8\" \"\nkr�ra-miidhuryera eka sviibhiivika ba/a\nkr�ra-iidi nara-nari karaye canca/a\nSYNONYMS\nkr�ra-of\n\nLord Knr;ta; madhuryera-of the sweetness; eka-one; svabhavika­\n\nnatural; bola-strength; kr�ra- Lord Kr��;�a; adi-beginning with; nara-nari-men and\nwomen; karaye-makes; canca/a-perturbed.\nTRANSLATION\nThe beauty of Kr�pa has one natural strength: it thrills the hearts of all men and\nwomen, beginning with Lord Kr�pa Himself.\nTEXT 148\n\n�'1, �� ����I\n'Cft9fifl �tfift\\5 \" ..,S�il � ll �Sir ll\nsrava!Je, dar�ane iikar�aye sarva-mana\niipanii iisviidite k[�[IO karena yatana\nSYNONYMS\nsravare-in hearing; darsane-in seeing; iikar�aye\niipanii-Himself; iisviidite-to taste; kr�ra- Lord\nefforts.\n\n-\n\nattracts; sarva-mana-all minds;\n\nKr�Qa; karena\n\n-\n\nmakes; yatana­\n\n", "adi1#p0334": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n311\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll minds are attracted by hearing His sweet voice and flute, or by seeing His\nbeauty. Even Lord Kr�r;ta Himself makes efforts to taste that sweetness.\nTEXT 149\n\n'lit�� \"Ptti1 �1 {;�l �1f I\n�'fllt � it(;�, �1 �tq; fil�..,� \"�8�\"\n�\n\ne miidhuryiimrta piina sadii yei kare\nt[�[JiUiinti nahe, mra biiphe nirantare\nSYNONYMS\ne-this; miidhurya-amrta-nectar of sweetness; piina-drinks; sadii-always; yeithat person who; kare-does; tr,s-ra-�iinti-satisfaction of thirst; nahe-there is not;\ntr�rii-thirst; baphe-inc reases; nirantare-constantly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe thirst of one who always drinks the nectar of that sweetness is ,never satisfied.\nRather, that thirst increases constantly.\nTEXT 150\n\n�,� �•m �tf Rfiff fil\"fi1 1\n\n�� Rf'if �t'f ifl.-t� ��II �fto II\natrpta ha-iyii kare vidhira nindana\n\navidagdha vidhi bhala nii jane srjana\nSYNONYMS\n\natrpta- u nsat i sfi ed; ha-iya-be i ng; kare-do; vidhira-of Lord Brahma; nindanablaspheming; avidagdha- inexperienced; vidhi-Lord Brahma; bhala-well; na janedoes not know; srjana-creating.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuch a person, being unsatisfied, begins to blaspheme Lord Brahma, saying that\nhe does not know the art of creating well and is simply inexperienced.\nTEXT 151\n\nc;�t$ � iftfit fif'f, � f� ll1\n��� fi{�'lfl{,-�· � (;lf�q \"lf$ II )Q� II\n\n", "adi1#p0335": "312\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nkop netra nilhi dila, sabe dila dui\ntilhiite nime�a,-kr�ra ki dekhiba muiii\nSYNONYMS\n\nko{i-ten million;netra-eyes;nilhi dila-did not give; sabe-to all; di/a-ga ve ; duitwo; tiihiite-inthat; nime�a-a blink;kr�ra-Lord Kr�r;�a; ki-how; dekhiba-shall see;\nmuiii-l.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHe has not given millions of eyes to see the beauty of Kf�l)a. He has given only\n\ntwo eyes, and even those eyes blink. How then shall I see the lovely face of Kr�r;�a?\nTEXT 152\n\n\"!f�f5 ������ <fit���. ilii�('lft�\"C\\§ ����r�t' 1\n\n�\"!\"��� t!\\113:.�� C\\5,� ��-.·f�i� 9f'I\\Wf ..tt' IIH �II\na_tati yad bhaviin ahni kiinanarh\ntrupr yugiiyate tviim apa�yatiim\nku_tila-kunta/arh �ri-mukharh ca te\njafla udik�atiirh pak�ma-krd dr�iim\nSYNONYMS\n\na.tati-goes; yat-when; bhaviin-Your Lordship; ahni-in the day; kilnanam-to\nthe forest; tru_ti{l-h al f a second; yugiiyate-appears like a yuga; tviim-You;\napa�yatiim-of those not seeing; ku_ti/a-kunta/am-adorned with curled hair; �rTmukham-bea utiful face; ca a nd; te-Your;jafla{l-stupid; udik�atiim-looking at;\npak�ma-krt-the maker of e yelashes; dr�iim-of the eyes.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n(The gopis say:) \"0 Kf�l)a, when You go to the f orest during the day and we do\n\nnot see Your sweet face, which is surrounded by beautiful curling hairs, half a\nsecond becomes as long as an entire age for us. And we consider the creator, who\n\nhas put eyelids on the eyes we use for seeing You, to be simply a fool.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is spoken by thegopis in Srimad-Bhiigavatam (10.31.15).\nTEXT 153\n\nC5ft9fJ\"S �'9fifSJ f��,��\n1f�r·�c'1 '� 9\\'lllf'!� --t9ff'l 1\n\nlf'>l,f%�'flfl'�1{\"1� 9fRf1l�J 'l�1��<11{i�f9f R�PI_�t� �1lt9f' II �N II\n\n", "adi1#p0336": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n313\n\ngop yo� co kr�ram upalabhya cirtid abh�forh\nyat-prek�are dr�i�u pak�ma-krtam �apanti\nd[gbhir h[di-k[tam alam parirabhya sarvtis\ntad-bhtivam tipur api nitya-yujtim durtipam\nSYNONYMS\ngopyafl-the gopis; co- and; k[�[Jam- L o rd Kf�Qa; upalabhya-seeing; cirtit-after\na long time; abhi!ftom-desired object; yat-prek�are- in the seeing of whom; d[si�uin the eyes; pak�ma-krtam-the maker of eyelashes; �apanti-curse; d[gbhifl - with\nthe eyes; h[di-k[tam-who entered the heart; a/am-en ough; parirabhya-embracing;\n\nsarvtifl - all; tat-bhtivam-that highest stage of joy; tipufl-obtained; api - altho ugh;\nnitya-yujtim-by perfected yogis; durtipam-difficult to obtain.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The gopis saw their beloved Kr�Qa at Kuruk�etra after a long separation. They\nsecured and embraced Him in their hearts through their eyes, and they attained a\njoy so intense that not even perfect yogis can attain it. The gopis cursed the creator\nfor creating eyelids that interfered with their vision.\"\nPURPORT\nThis text is from Srimad-Bhtigavatam ( 1 0.82.40).\n\nTEXT 154\n\n\"t�m �ifl �� �'\"' �t� �t� '\n\n(;� 'lr� \" Qft;'f, '�- \"et'$1Jct1il_ II ��8 II\nkr�rtivalokana vinti netra photo ntihi tina\nyei jana k[�[IO dekhe, sei bhtigyavtin\nSYNONYMS\nkr�ra- L or d K[�Qa; avalokana -looking at; vina-without; netra-the eyes; pha/afruit; nahi- not; tina- other; yei- who; jana- the person; kr�ra- Lord Kr�Qa; dekhesees; sei- he; bhtigyavtin-v ery fortunate.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere is no other consummation for the eyes than the sight of Kr�l)a. Whoever\nsees Him is most fortunate indeed.\nTEXT 155\n\n�'JII�'i!tt. 'll��lf� 0{ 9f1tt. �lftll:\n'f�J: ���c<l��'i!l���: I\n\n", "adi1#p0337": "314\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n��� ��\"t�\\!5C�t��'J.,�l�\n\n��1 fo,����f'll;ro� II �tt II\na�arvatiirh phalam idarh no pararh vidiima{l\nsakhya{l pa�un anuvive�ayator vayasyai{l\nvaktrarh vraje�a-sutayor anuveru-juHarh\nyair vii nipitam anurakta-kafiik?a-mok�am\nSYNONYMS\n\nak?ar-vatam-of those who have eyes; phalam-the fruit; idam-this; no-not;\nparam-other; vidiima{l-we know; sakhya{l-0 friends; pa�un-the cows;\nanuvive�ayato{l-causing to enter one forest from another; vayasyai{l-with Their\nfriends of the same age; vaktram-the faces; vraja-i�a-of Maharaja Nanda; sutayo{lof the two sons; anuveru-ju?fam-possessed of flutes; yai{l- by which; vii-or;\nnipitam -imbibed; anurakta- loving; kafa-ak?a-glances; mok?am -giving off.\nTRANSLATION\n[The go pis say:] \"0 friends, those eyes that see the beautiful faces of the sons of\n\nMaharaja Nanda are certainly fortunate. As these two sons enter the forest, sur­\n\nrounded by Their friends, driving the cows before Them, They hold Their flutes to\nTheir mouths and glance lovingly upon the residents of Yrndavana. For those who\nhave eyes, we think there is no greater object of vision.\"\nPURPORT\nLike the gopis, one can see Kr�r;Ja continuously if one is fortunate enough. In the\nBrahma-sarhhitii it is said that sages whose eyes have been smeared with the oint­\n\nment of pure love can see the form of Syamasundara (Kr�r;Ja) continuously in the\n\ncenters of their hearts. This text from SrTmad-Bhagavatam (1 0.21. 7) was sung by\n\nthe gopis on the advent of the �arat season.\n\nTEXT 156\n\nC'lrMJ�9f: f<f\"�rRO{_ �lf�11 �9f�\n\n\"'t�'tPfhPPlr.lft�\"l{OlWf� I\n\n�'5t_frs: f�J�'l<ttf%•r�� lii:1rMcl{<fffliftll\" ��: �� �'ll II ')t� II\ngopyas tapa{! kim acaran yad amU?YO ruparh\nliivarya-siiram asam ordhvam ananya-siddham\ndrgbhi{l pibanty anusaviibhinavarh duriipam\nekiinta-dhiima ya�asa{l �riya ai�varasya\n\n", "adi1#p0338": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n315\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopya{l-the gopis; tapa{l-austerities; kim-what; acaran-performed; yat-from\nwhich; amu�ya-of such a one (Lord Kr�Qa); rilpam-the form; liivarya-siiram-the\nessence of loveliness; asama-iJrdhvam-not paralleled or surpassed;ananya-siddhamnot perfected by any other ornament (self-perfect); drgbhi{l-by the eyes; pibantithey drink; anusava-abhinavam-constantly\n\nnew; duriipam-difficult to obtain;\n\nekiinta-dhiima-the only abode; ya�asa{l-of fame; �riya{l-of beauty; ai�varasya-of\nopulence.\nTRANSLATION\n[The women of Mathura say:) \"What austerities must the gopis have performed?\nWith their eyes they always drink the nectar of the face of Lord Kf�l)a, which is the\nessence of loveliness and is not to be equaled or surpassed. That loveliness is the\nonly abode of beauty, fame and opulence. It is self-perfect, ever fresh and extremely\nrare.\"\nPURPORT\nThis text from Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n(10.44.14) was spoken by the women of\n\nMathura when they saw Kf�l)a and Balarama in the arena with King Kanisa's great\nwrestlers MuHika and CaQOra.\nTEXT 157\n\n� lltt.i' ,t-.f, ��1f '-�\" I\n�m i!S�'111'� U 1'111\"1 II ��'l II\napurva miidhuri kr�rera, apurva tiira bola\nyiihiira �ravare mana haya {alamo/a\nSYNONYMS\napurva-unprecedented; miidhuri-sweetness; kr.srera-of Lord Kr�Qa; aptlrvaunprecedented; tiira-of that; bola-the strength; yiihtlra-of which; �ravare-in\nhearing; mana-the mind; haya-bec omes;.talama/a\n\n-\n\nunsteady.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sweetness of Lord Kr�tta is unprecedented, and its strength is also unprecedented. Simply by hearing of such beauty, the mind becomes unsteady.\nTEXT 158\n\n,t-.t 1lt�· ,t.. '\"\"\" 'l'ft'e I\n�10� ��fitt'! e«tf, 1lt� t� '\"� n ��\"' 11\nk[�f}era miidhurye kr.sre upajaya /obha\nsamyak iisviidite niire, mane rahe k�obha\n\n", "adi1#p0339": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n316\n\nSYNONYMS\nk�rera-of Lord Kf�Qa; madhurye-in the sweetness; kr�re-in Lord Kr�Qa;\nupajaya-arises; /obha-eager desire; samyak-fully; iisviidite-to taste; niire-is not\nable; mane-in the mind; rahe-remains; k�obha-sorrow.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Knl)a's own beauty attracts Lord l<f�l}a Himself. But because He cannot fully\n\nenjoy it, His mind remains full of sorrow.\n\nTEXT 159\n\n�• l:!' m� ''-l.f ��� r�'� 1\n�� '� �t� �� '1'151111 �tt;., II\nei ta' dvitTya hetura kahila vivarara\ntrtiya hetura eb e �unaha lak�ara\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; ta'-certainly; dvitiya-second; hetura-of the reason; kahila-has been\nsaid;\n\nvivarara-description; trtiya-the third; hetura-of the reason; eb e-now;\n\n�unaha-please hear; /ak�af}a-the characteristic.\nTRANSLATION\nThis is a description of His second desire. Now please listen as I describe the third\nTEXT 160\n\n\"1��11 �- Wll PI�• I\n\"'Plt'ltt'ltfcfll llftil � c.fl-.1.11 )�D II\natyanta-nigtlrjha ei rasera siddhiinta\nsvarupa-gosii'fli miitra jiinena ekiinta\nSYNONYMS\natyanta-extremely; nigiiflha-deep; ei-this; rasera-of mellow; siddhiinta-conclusion; svarDpa-gosii'fli-SvarDpa Damodara Gosvami; miitra-only; jiinena-knows;\nekiinta-much.\nTRANSLATION\nThis conclusion of rasa is extremely deep. Only Svarupa Damodara knows much\n\nabout it.\n\n", "adi1#p0340": "Ad i-lila, Chapter 4\n\n317\n\nTEXT 161\n\n'�1 �� �tJ 'f'ttif, �1 \\11� �� I\n\n�t'SttlltflfPI �-- �� � � II ��� II\nyebii keha anya jiine, seho tiinhii haite\ncaitanya-gosiinira tenha atyanta marma yiite\n\nSYNONYMS\nyebii-whoever; keha-someone; anya -other;jiine-knows; seho -he; tiinhii haite­\n\nfrom him ( SvarOpa Damodara ) ; caitanya-gosiinira-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ntenha- he; atyanta- extremely; marma -secret core;yiite- since.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAnyone else who claims to know it must have heard it from him, for he was the\nmost intimate companion of lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 162\n\nc;'Stt�'Sttttl c;� '��' �t1f I\n�� �� c;�1J, �!_ ilt.._ �t1f II ��� II\ngopT-garera premera 'ro�ha-bhava' nama\nvHuddha nirmala prema, kabhu nahe kiima\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopi-garera-of the gopis; premera-of the love; ruflha-bhiiva- ruflha-bhiiva; niima\n\n-named; visuddha-pure; nirma/a -spotless; prema-love; kabhu-at any time; nahe\n-is not; kama-lust.\nTRANSLATION\nThe love of the gopis is called rO�ha-bhava. It is pure and spotless. It is not at any\ntime lust.\nPURPORT\nAs already explained, the position of the gopis in their loving dealings with K(�IJa\nis transcendental. Their emotion is called ruflha-bhiiva. Although it is apparently\nlike mundane sex, one should not confuse it with mundane sexual love, for it is\npure and unadulterated love of Godhead.\nTEXT 163\n\n·,�hr� ''i\\r��r11r'lr� 'ff11 ��J'i\\11� ��ll{.i'\n\n��1lR�f�t9fJ�� <lf�f� �'i\\<l�f��f: II �M\n\n", "adi1#p0341": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n318\n\npremaiva gopa-ramat;uJm\nkama ity agamat pratham\nity uddhavadayo 'py etam\nvanchanti bhagavat-priya{l\nSYNONYMS\nprema- love; eva-only ; gopa-ramaram-of the women of Yraja; kama{l-lust; itias; agamat-went to; pratham-fame; iti-thus; uddhava-adaya/;1-headed by Sri\nUddhava; api-even; etam-this; vai'ichanti-desire; bhagavat-priya/;1-dear devotees\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The pure love of the gopis has become celebrated by the name 'lust'. The dear\n\ndevotees of the Lord, headed by Sri Uddhava, desire to taste that love.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.285,286).\nTEXT 164\n\n<fi�, c;\\2l1f,-,f�11f �� il(lllfj I\n\n'\"� � '� �� �� �'1..'111 )�8 II\nkama, prema,--donhakara vibhinna lak�ara\n/auha ara hema yaiche svarupe vilak�ara\nSYNONYMS\nkama- lust; prema-love; donhakara-of the two; vibhinna-sepa r ate; lak�arasymptoms; lauha-iron; ara-and; hema-gold; yaiche-just as; svarupe-in nature;\nvilak�ara- different.\nTRANSLATION\nLust and love have different characteristics, just as iron and gold have different\nnatures.\nPURPORT\nOne should try to discriminate between sexual love and pure love, for they belong\nto different categories, with a gulf of difference between them. They are as different\nfrom one another as iron is from gold.\nTEXT 165\n\n�tt•f!lll��-�-1-\\!'ttf � '��' I\n�fin��--il(l 'ftf 'c;$1' �� II )�� II\n\n", "adi1#p0342": "Ad i-lila, Chapter 4\n\n319\n\niltmendriya-priti-vancha--tare bali 'kama'\nkr�rendriya-priti-iccha dhare 'prema' nama\nSYNONYMS\natma-indriya-priti-for the pleasure of one's own senses; vancha-desires; tare-to\nthat; bali-( say; kama- lust; kr.sra-indriya-priti-for the pleasure of Lord Kr�Qa's\nsenses; iccha\n\n-\n\ndesire; dhare-holds;prema-love;na m a - the name.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe desire to gratify one's own senses is kama [lust], but the desire to please the\nsenses of Lord Kr�Qa is prema [love].\nPURPORT\nThe revealed scriptures describe pure love as follows:\nsarvatha dhvainsa-rahitain\nsaty api dhvarhsa-karare\nyad bhava-bandhanarh yuno{l\nsa prema parikirtita{l\n\"If there is ample reason for the dissolution of a conjugal relationship and yet such\na dissolution does not take place, such a relationship of intimate love is called pure.\"\nThe predominated gopis were bound to Kr�Qa in such pure love. For them there\nwas no question of sexual love based on sense gratification. Their only engagement\nin life was to see Kr�Qa happy in all respects, regardless of their own personal interests. They dedicated their souls only for the satisfaction of the Personality of\nGodhead, �ri Kr�Qa. There was not the slightest tinge of sexual love between the\ngopis and Kr�Qa.\nThe author of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta asserts with authority that sexual love is a\nmatter of personal sense enjoyment. All the regulative principles in the Vedas\npertaining to desires for popularity, fatherhood, wealth and so on are different\nphases of sense gratification. Acts of sense gratification may be performed under\nthe cover of public welfare, nationalism, religion, altruism, ethical codes, Biblical\ncodes, health directives, fruitive action, bashfulness, tolerance, personal comfort,\nliberation from material bondage, progress, family affection or fear of social\nostracism or legal punishment, but all these categories are different subdivisions of\none substance-sense gratification. All such good acts are performed basically for\none's own sense gratification, for no one can sacrifice his personal interest while\ndischarging these much-advertised moral and religious principles. But above all this\nis a transcendental stage in which one feels himself to be only an eternal servitor of\nKr�Qa, the absolute Personality of Godhead. All acts performed in this sense of\nservitude are called pure love of God because they are performed for the absolute\nsense gratification of �ri Kr�r;�a. However, any act performed for the purpose of\nenjoying its fruits or results is an act of sense gratification. Such actions are visible\nsometimes in gross and sometimes in subtle forms.\n\n", "adi1#p0343": "320\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 166\n\n�� �e.9f1f-�t'lt'5f �., I\n\n���e.9f1f·11mt ,$1 \"!' 121<!1\" II��� II\nkiimera tiitparya-nija-sambhoga keva/a\nkf}[la-sukha-tiitparya-miitra prema ta 'praba/a\nSYNONYMS\nkiimera-of I ust; tiitparya-the intent;nija-own;sambhoga-enjoy ment;keva/aonly; kr�ra-sukha-for Lord KnQa's happiness; tiitparya-the intent; motra-only;\nprema-love;ta'-certainly;praba/a-powerful.\nTRANSLATION\nThe object of lust is only the enjoyment of one's own senses. But love caters to\nthe enjoyment of Lord KnQa, and thus it is very powerful.\nTEXTS 167-169\n\n\"'t�'I'Sf, '�' ��' � I\n'ltli1, �'1�, ��-t, �-t-11-sf II��\" II\n1.� ��«(, � 9f� I\n� �� 1f! �i{·�\"lte{ II ��\\r II\n\n�i51t'5f �' �tf ��� 'etri{ I\n�·��t�1:_ �� 0211l·�i{ II��� ll\n!oka-dharma, veda-dharma, deha-dharma, karma\n/ajja, dhairya, deha-sukha, iitma-sukha-marma\ndustyaja orya-patha, nija parijana\nsva-jane karaye yata tiipana-bhartsana\nsarva-tyoga kari' kare kr�rera bhajana\nkr.sra-sukha-hetu kare prema-sevana\nSYNONYMS\n/aka-dharma-customs of the people; veda-dharma-Vedic injunctions; dehadharma-necessities of the body;karma-fruitive work;/ajjo-bashfulness;dhairyapatience; deha-sukha-the happiness of the body; otma-sukha-the happiness of\nthe self; marma-the essence; dustyaja-difficult to give up; orya-patha-the path\nof vartJO�rama; nija-own; parijana-family members; sva-jane-one's own family;\nkaraye-do; yata-all; topana-punishment; bhartsana-:-scolding; sarva-tyoga kari'-\n\n", "adi1#p0344": "321\n\nAdi-lila, Chapter 4\ngiving up everything; kare-do; kr�rera-of Lord\nsukha-hetu-for the purpose of Lord\n\nKr�Qa; bhajana-worship; kr�raK npa s happiness; kare-do; prema-out of\n'\n\nlove; sevana-service.\nTRANSLATION\nSocial customs, scriptural injunctions, bodily demands, fruitive action, shyness,\npatience, bodily pleasures, self-gratification and the path of varr;�aYama dharma,\nwhich is difficult to give up-the gopis have forsaken all these, as well as their own\nrelatives and their punishment and scolding, for the sake of serving lord Kf�l)a.\nThey render loving service to Him for the sake of His enjoyment.\nTEXT 170\n\nbtt� �� �t· ,, �t'5f I\n�� ''��� �li il1� '� �t'5f II �'\\\n\no\n\nII\n\nihtike kahiye kr�re drflha anuraga\nsvaccha dhauta-vastre yaiche nahi kona daga\nSYNONYMS\nihake-this; kahiye-1 say; k�re-in Lord\n\nKr�11a; d[pha-strong; anuraga-love;\n\nsvaccha-pure; dhauta-clean; vastre-in cloth; yaiche-j ust as; nahi-not; konasome; daga\n\n-\n\nmark.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThat is called firm attachment to lord Kr�l)a. It is spotlessly pure, like a clean\ncloth that has no stain.\nPURPORT\nThe author of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta advises everyone to give up all engagements\nof sense gratification and, like the gopis, dovetail oneself entirely with the will of\nthe Supreme Lord. That is the ultimate instruction of Kr�Qa in Bhagavad-gita. We\nshould be prepared to do anything and everything to please the Lord, even at the\nrisk of violating the Vedic principles or ethical laws. That is the standard of love of\nGodhead. Such activities in pure love of Godhead are as spotless as white linen that\nhas been completely washed. S rila Bhaktivinoda Thakura warns us in this connection\nthat we should not mistakenly think that the idea of giving up everything implies\nthe renunciation of duties necessary in relation to the body and mind. Even such\nduties are not sense gratification if they are undertaken in a spirit of service to\n\nKr�Qa.\nTEXT 171\n\n��� �-o�!tlt �-� �� 1\n\n�-�'If:, '�'If-��\" �'\\) \"\n\n", "adi1#p0345": "322\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nataeva kiima-preme bahuta antara\nkiima-andha-tamafl, prema-nirmala bhiiskara\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; kiima-preme-in lust and love; bahuta-much; antara- space\n\nbetween; kiima-lust; andha-tamafl-blind\n\ndarkness; prema-love; nirmala-pure;\n\nbhiiskara- sun.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore lust and love a re quite different. Lust is like dense darkness, but love\n\nis like the bright sun.\n\nTEXT 172\n\n��� ,1tt4\\l'ittlft �t� <fi'tll� I\n\n\"�-t �tRt 1ft(§, �· � � \" �'\\� \"\nataeva gopi-garera niihi kiima-gandha\nkr.sra-sukha liigi miitra, kr�ra se sambandha\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; gopi-garera-of the gopis; ntfhi-not; kiima-gandha-the slightest\n\nbit of lust; kr.sra-sukha-the happiness of Lord Kr�Qa; /iigi-for; miitra-only; koraLord Kr�Qa; se-that; sambandha-the relatio nship.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThus there is not the slightest taint of lust in the gopis' love. Their relationship\n\nwith Kr�Qa is only for the sake of His enjoyment.\nTEXT 173\n\nl!\"C'� ��l'!H'l't1_��t_ �CO!�\n\n�'l�t: \"!CO!: f� if!fl�� 'fi�C� I\nc�l�<fl��f'f ��J�c'! 01 f�� f��\n�ftfm�...�� !fl��l�l'Z \"i{: II�'\\� II\nyat te sujata-cararamburuharh stane�u\nbhitiifl �anaifl priya dadhimahi karka�e�u\ntenii_tavim a_tasi tad vyathate na kirh svit\nkDrpiidibhir bhramati dhir bhavad-iiyu�iirh nafl\n\n", "adi1#p0346": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n323\n\nSYNONYMS\nyat-which; te- Your; sujtita-very fine; carara-am bu-ruham-lotus feet; stane�u­\n\non the breasts; bhitii{l-being afraid; sanai{l-gently; priya-0 dear one; dadhimahiwe place; korkase�u-rough; tena-with them; a,tavim-the path; a,tasi- You roam;\ntat-they; vyathate-are distressed;na-not; kim svit-we wonder; kDrpa-iidibhifJ-by\n\nsmall stones and so on; bhramati-flutters;dhily-the mind; bhavat-iiyu�iim-of those\nof whom Your Lordship is the very life;na/y-of us.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 dearly beloved! Your lotus feet are so soft that we place them gently on our\nbreasts, fearing that Your feet will be hurt. Our life rests only in You. Our minds,\ntherefore, are filled with anxiety that Your tender feet might be wounded by\npebbles as You roam about on the forest path.\"\nPURPORT\nThis text from Srimad-Bhtigavatam\n\n( 1 0.31.19) was spoken by the gop is when\n\nKm1a left them in the midst of the riisa-lilii.\n\nTEXT 174\n\n�-��-�:t� ,�tift� ift�� f�� I\n\n?-.��t�!_ '��i 1l\"t�J��1� II ��8 II\niitma-sukha-du{lkhe gopira niihika viciira\nkr�ra-sukha-hetu ceHii mano-vyavahiira\n\nSYNONYMS\ntitma-sukha-du{lkhe- in personal happiness or distress;gopira-of the gopis;nahika\n\n-not; viciira-consideration; kr�ro-sukha-hetu-for the purpose of Lord Knr;Ja's\nhappiness; ce�,tii-activity ; manafJ-of the mind; vyavahiira-the business.\nTRANSLATION\nThe gopTs do not care for their own pleasures or pains. All their phy sical and\nmental activities are directed toward offering enjoy ment to Lord Kr�r;Ja.\nTEXT 175\n\nti-. 'ftf'f' � � �t:sf 9lfii�Jt� I\n\n?-.��t�!_ � �� �1(1� II ��� II\nk[�[IO liigi' tiro saba kare parityiiga\nkr�ro-sukha-hetu kare suddha anuriiga\n\n", "adi1#p0347": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n324\n\nSYNONYMS\nk[�[la /iigi -for Lord KfHla; ora-other; saba-all; kare-do; parityiiga-give up;\n'\n\nkr.sra-sukha-hetu-for the purpose of Lord Kr�r;�a's happiness; kare-do; suddha­\n\npure; anuriiga-attachments.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey renounced everything for Kr�IJa. They have pure attachment to giving\nK[�Qa pleasure.\nTEXT 176\n\n\\Jl�� \"'{'if'��.r��l�t<rlf�1�l� � �1 1{liJ����ifl: I\n\"1{�1 9ft�l\"fi� � �U1�\\!�\n\"'{l�flr�� \"1{1�� \\!� ��� f<$11: II �'I� II\nevarh mad-arthojjhita-/oka-vedasviiniirh hi vo mayy anuvrttaye 'ba/iifl\nmayii parok�arh bhajatii tirohitarh\nmiisuyiturh miirhatha tat priyarh priyiifl\nSYNONYMS\nevam-thus; mat-artha-for Me; ujjhita-rejected; /aka-popular customs; veda­\n\nVedic injunctions; sviiniim-own families; hi-certainly; va{l-of you; mayi-Me;\nanuvrttaye-to increase regard for; aba/iifl-0 women; mayii-by Me; parok�aminvisible; bhajatii-favoring; tirohitam-withdrawn from sight; mii-Me; asuyitum­\n\nto be displeased with; mii arhatha-you do not deserve; tat-therefore;priyam-who\n\nis dear; priyafl-0 dear ones.\n\nTRANSLAliON\n\"0 My beloved gopis, you have renounced social customs, scriptural injunctions\n\nand your relatives for My sake. I disappeared behind you only to increase your\n\nconcentration upon Me. Since I d isappeared for your benefit, you should not be\n\ndispleased with Me.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis text from Srimad-Bhiigavatam (1 0.32.21) was spoken by Lord Kr�Qa when\n\nHe returned to the arena of the riisa-/Tiii.\n\nTEXT 177\n\n�1M �f'R'! �· �tt �'�t'! I\n� �1i �t;tP, t• �tl 'et'P � II �'l'l II\n\n", "adi1#p0348": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n325\n\nk[�Qera pratijflii eka iiche pilrva haite\nye yaiche bhaje, kr�ra tare bhaje taiche\nSYNONYMS\nkr.srera-of Lord Kr�r;�a; pratijna-promise; eka-one; ache-there is; purva haitefrom before; ye-whoever; yaiche-just as; bhaje-he worships; krJra-Lord Kr�r;�a;\ntare-to him; bhaje-reciprocates ; taiche-just so.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Kr�r;�a has a promise from before to reciprocate with His devotees according\nto the way they worship Him.\nTEXT 178\n\nC� �'{11!t� \\ft-9f'UC� �t�<!it�<t �l!itllJ�'{_I\n1111 �\"!1\"'��-tr;� \"\"'tffi:\n\n9ft� 'l�\"t: II ) 'llr II\n\nye yatha marh prapadyante\ntarhs tathaiva bhajamy a ham\nmama vartmi1nuvartante\nmanu,5yt1{1 ptirtha sarva�a{l\nSYNONYMS\nye-those who; yt7thii-as; miim-to Me; prapadyante-surrender; tan-them; tatha\n-so;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nbhajami-reward ;\n\naham-1;\n\nmama-My;\n\nvartma-path;\n\nanuvartante-follow; manu�yafl-men; partha-0 son of Prtha; sarva�afl-in\n\nall\n\nrespects.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In whatever way My devotees surrender unto Me, I reward them accordingly.\nEveryone follows My path in all respects, 0 son of Prtha .\"\nPURPORT\nKnr;�a was never ungrateful to the gopis, for as He declares to Arjuna in this verse\n\nfrom Bhagavad-gita (4.11 ) , He reciprocates with His devotees in proportion to the\ntranscendental loving service they render unto Him. Everyone follows the path that\nleads toward Him, but there are different degrees of progress on that path, and the\n\nLord is realized in proportion to one's advancement. The path is one, but the\nprogress in approaching the ultimate goal is different, and therefore the proportion\nof realization of this goal-namely the absolute Personality of Godhead-is also\ndifferent. The gopis attained the highest goal, and Lord Caitanya affirmed that\nthere is no higher method of worshiping God than that followed by the gopis.\n\n", "adi1#p0349": "326\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 179\n\n� � 'etr �'I '1t1� 'M� I\n\nt;!1�t;! 1!11f'tlj \"--�Ciit-. II��� II\nse pratijnii bhanga haifa gopira bhajane\ntiihiite pramiira kr�ra-�ri-mukha-vacane\nSYNONYMS\nse-that; pratijnii-p romi se; bhanga haifa-was broken; gopira-of the gopis;\nbhajane-by the worship; tiihiite-in that; pramiira- the proof; kr�ra- of Lord\nKr�r;.a;�ri-mukha-vaccme-by the words from the mouth.\nTRANSLATION\nThat promise has been broken by the worship of the gopis, as Lord Kr�r;.a\nHimself admits.\nTEXT 180\n\nOl �i�\"Cll��� f;{�<t'iF'I�ll_�i�\n\n�tlj_t'!J� Rl_lftl({tR <�= I\nli1 1\\t�\\5�0{. �?;��if1:\n,.��J \\!i�: l!ff\\!i� 'filj_0{111 �lr·\nna piiraye 'ham niravadya-sarhyujiirh\nsva-siidhu-krtyarh vibudhiiyu�iipi va{l\nyii miibhajan durjaya-geha-�rnkhalii{l\nsamvr�cya tad va{l pratiyiitu siidhunii\nSYNONYMS\nna-not; piiraye-am able to make; aham-1; niravadya-sarhyujiim-to those who\nare completely free from deceit; sva-siidhu-krty am-p roper compensation; vibudha­\n\niiyu,sii-wit h a lifetime as long as that of the demigods; api- although; va{l-to you;\nyii{l -who; mii-Me; abhajan- have worshiped; durjaya- geha-�rnkhafii{l-the chains of\nhousehold life, which are difficult to overcome; samvr�cya- cutting; tat- that; vaoof you; pratiyiitu-let it be returned; siidhunii-by the good activity itself.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 gopis, I am not able to repay My debt for your spotless service, even within\na lifetime of Brahma. Your connection with Me is beyond reproach. You have worshiped Me, cutting off all domestic ties, which are difficult to break. Therefore\nplease let your own glorious deeds be your compensation.\"\n\n", "adi1#p0350": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n327\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhiigavatam (1 0.32.22) was spoken by Sri Kr�f.la Himself\nwhen He returned to the gopis upon hearing their songs of separation.\nTEXT 181\n\n�t� '� Qff�t� (;'Stt�1!f ��ttif�- � I\n�� �' �·� 'ftf'ff, .-tf� �fliG� II :>lr� II\ntabe ye dekhiye gopira nija-dehe prita\nseho ta' kr�rera liigi,\n\njiiniha ni�cita\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe- now; ye-whatever; dekhiye- we see; gopira-of the gopis; nija-dehe - in\n\ntheir own bodies; prita-affection; seho-that; ta'-certainly; kr�rera liigi- for Lord\nKnr_1a; jiiniha-know; nikita- for certain.\nTRANSLATION\nNow whatever affection we see the gopis show in their ow n bodies, k now it for\ncertain to be only for the sake of Lord Knpa.\nPURPORT\n\nThe selfless love of Godhead exhibited by the gopis cannot have any parallel.\nWe should not, therefore, misunderstand the carefulness of the gopis in their\npersonal decoration. The gopTs dressed themselves as beautifully as possible, just to\nmake Knr_1a happy by seeing them. They had no ulterior desires. They dedicated\ntheir bodies, and everything they possessed, to the service of Sri Kr�qa, taking for\ngranted that their bodies were meant for His enjoyment. They dressed themselves on\nthe understanding that Kr�Qa would be happy by seeing and touching them.\nTEXT 182\n\n'�J�l � � �fif ��· :Jl'af� I\nilti � �a -� ltt'it'ff·� II �'lr� II\n'ei deha kai!ufl iimi k[.S[Je samarpara\ntiiflra dhana tiiflra ihii sambhoga-siidhana\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-this; deha-body; kailun-have done; ami-l; kr�re-to Lord Knr_1a; samarpara-offering;\n\ntiiflra-of\n\nHim; dhana-the\n\nsambhoga-siidhana-brings about the enjoyment.\n\nwealth;\n\ntiiflra-of Him; iha-this;\n\n", "adi1#p0351": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n328\n\nTRANSLATION\n[The gopis think:] \"I have offered this body to Lord Kr�l)a. He is its owner, and\nit brings Him enjoyment.\nTEXT 183\n\n�tlf�-'fli{�·Wfit.f tt•·�'1' I\n�- 'ltrst' �� �m �-...�'1 II �� II\ne-deha-dar�ana-s par�e kr�ra-santo�ara'\nei /iigi' kare dehera miirjana-bhu�ara\nSYNONYMS\ne-deho-of this body; dar�ana-by sight; spar�e-and touch; kr�ra-of Lo rd Kr�l)a;\nsanto�ara-the satisfaction; ei liigi'-for this; kare-they do; dehera-of the body;\nmiirjana- cleaning; bh&JG[IO-decorating.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Knl)a finds joy in seeing and touching this body.\" It is for this reason that they\ncleanse and decorate their bodies.\nTEXT 184\n\nf.l�l'f11f9f �1 C'i\\lC9fJ1 '117:11� 'llJ:_9f10Jf� I\n���): 9f11'� 0{ C'11 9fT� f0f�JC!I'11i5t�Ofl( II 'llrS II\nnijiingam api yii gop yo\nmameti samupiisate\ntiibhyafl pararh no me piirtha\nnigurjha-prema-bhiijanam\nSYNONYMS\nnija-angam-own body; api-al tho u gh; yiifl-who; gopyafl-the gopis; mamaMine; iti-thus thinking; samupiisate-engage in decorating; tiibhyafl-than them;\nparam-greater; no-not; me-for Me; piirtha-0 Arjuna; nigurjha-prema-of deep\nlove; bhiijanam- receptacles.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 Arjuna, there are no greater receptacles of deep love for' Me than the gopis,\nwho cleanse and decorate their bodies because they consider them Mine.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is spoken by Lord KrHia in the Adi Puriira.\n\n", "adi1#p0352": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n329\n\nTEXT 185\n\n� �� �..__\"! ,'lt�<ej,:q'$1 � I\n\n� ''lttR il� � $'f;q II �lrt II\niira eka adbhuta gopT-bhavera svabhiiva\nbuddhira gocara nahe yiihiira prabhiiva\n\nSYNONYMS\nora- another; eka-one; adbhuta wo nderfu l; gopT-bhiivera- of the emotion of\n-\n\nthe gopTs; svabhiiva- n atu re; buddhira-of the intelligence; go cara- an object of perception; nahe-is not; yiihiira--of which; prabhiiva-the power.\nTRANSLATION\nThere is another wonderful feature of the emotion of the gopis. Its power is beyond the comprehension of the intelligence.\nTEXT 186\n\nc;'Sf1Jb1tet � � \"\"\"\"�� I\n��:qt-1 ift�, �� 0 ��'1 \"�\"'�\"\ngopT-gara kare yabe k[J(Ia-darasana\nsukha-vanchii niihi, sukha haya k o_ti-gura\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopT-gara-the gopTs; kare-do; yabe-whe n ; k[J(Ia darasana-seeing Lord Kr�Qa;\n-\n\nsukha-viinchii-desire for happiness; niihi-there is not; sukha-the happiness; hayathere is; ko_ti- guQa -ten million times.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the go pis see Lord Kr�Qa, they derive unbounded bliss, although they have\nno desire for such pleasure.\nTEXT 187\n\n''lttf91�·5f-ftil �11 '� � 6 I\nI!� �t\"! '�1$� '111\"\" �1�� II )lr'l II\ngoplklJ-darsane k[J(Iera ye iinanda haya\ntiihii haite k o_ti-gura gopT asviidaya\n\n", "adi1#p0353": "Sri Caitany a-caritamrta\n\n330\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopikii-dar�one-in seeing the gopis; kr�rero-of Lord Krg1a;ye-whatever; iinondo\n-joy; hoyo- there is; tiihii hoite-than that;ko,ti-guro-ten million times more;gopithe gopis; iisviidoyo- taste.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe gopis taste a pleasure ten million times greater than the pleasure Lord Kr�r;�a\nderives from seeing them.\nPURPORT\nThe won derful characteristics of the gopis are beyond imaginatio n . They have\nno desire for personal satisfactio n, yet when Kr�'1a is happy by seeing them, that\nhappi ness of KrHia makes the gopTs a million times more happy than Kr�r:-a Himself.\n\nTEXT 188\n\n\\11 lfcttf ettfi: -(i{��r��-�t'f I\n\n11-of� �� ��' �� � II �lrlr II\ntiin sabiiro niihi nijo-sukho-anurodho\ntothiipi bii(lhaye sukho) po(lilo virodho\nSYNONYMS\ntan / sobiira-of\n\nall of them; niihi\n\n-\n\nnot; nijo-sukha-for their o wn happiness;\n\nan urodh a-entreaty; tothiipi-still; bii(lhoye- in creases; sukho- happin e ss ; po(li/ohappened; virodha-con tradiction.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe gopis have no inclination for their own enjoyment, and yet their joy increases.\nThat is indeed a contradiction.\nTEXT 189\n\n� �tttoof �� 1ftil \"'� lfllt'fre. I\n\n''Sttf't� �� �·�t� 'i�llr-.11 �lre;, II\ne virodhero eko miitro dekhi somiidhiino\ngopikiiro sukho k�ra-sukhe poryovosiino\nSYNONYMS\ne-this; virodhero-of the contradiction; eko-one; mcltro-only; dekhi-1 see;\nsomiidhiina-solution; gopikiiro-of the gopis; sukho-the happiness; kr�ro-sukhe-in\nthe happiness of Lord Kr�r;�a; poryovosiino-the conclusion.\n\n", "adi1#p0354": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n331\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor this contradiction I see only one solution: the joy of the gopis lies in the joy\nof their beloved Kr�J;�a.\nPURPORT\nThe situation of thegopis is perplexing, for although they did not want personal\nhappiness, it was imposed upon them. The solution to this perplexity is that S ri\nKrg1a's sense of happiness is limited by the happiness of the gopis. Devotees at\nVrndavana therefore try to serve the gopis, namely RadharaQi and Her associates.\nIf one gains the favor of the gopTs, he easily gains the favor of Kr�Qa because on the\nrecommendation of the gopis Kr�Qa at once accepts the service of a devotee. Lord\nCaitanya, therefore, wanted to please the gopis instead of Kr�Qa. But His contemporaries misunderstood Him, and for this reason Lord Caitanya renounced the order\nof householder life and became a sannylisi.\nTEXT190\n\n<;'SttfPt�1-Wi-f'ti1 �·� �\\S �1 I\n� 111� �f � �t� ���\\!'1 II��o II\ngopikii-dar5ane kr.srera biiflhe praphul/atii\nse miidhurya biiflhe yiira niihika somata\nSYNONYMS\ngopikii-darsane-in seeing the gopis; kr�rera-of Lord Kr�Qa; ba:dhe-increases;\npraphul/atii-the cheerfulness; se-that;\nyiira\n\n-\n\nmiidhurya-sweetness; biiflhe-increases;\n\nof which; niihika-there is not; somata-equality.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Lord Kr�J;�a sees the gopis, His joy increases, and His unparalleled sweetness\nincreases also.\nTEXT191\n\n�� 'f� ��'I �1',5 �-t I\n\n�- �t-t <;'Stt\"ftJ � �11\\-t II��� II\niimiira dar5ane k[�[IO piiila eta sukha\nei sukhe gopira praphul/a anga-mukha\nSYNONYMS\niimiira darsane-in seeing me; kr�ra-Lord Kr�Qa; pili/a-obtained; eta-so much;\nsukha-happiness; ei-thi s; sukhe-in happiness; gopira-of the gopis; praphullafull-blown; anga-mukha-bodies and faces.\n\n", "adi1#p0355": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n332\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n[ The gopis think: ] \"KnQa has obtained so much pleasure by seeing me.\" That\nthought increases the fullness and beauty of their faces and bodies.\nTEXT 192\n\nc;'ltt4\\\\·,� (}ffit' �� Qltl'ei CfttJ �I\n�Qitte1 \"'f�' c;'ltt� Qltte1 CfttJ \\A\" �����\ngopi-�obhii dekhi' kr�rero �obhii biirjhe yoto\nkr�ro-�obhii dekhi' gopiro �obhii biirjhe toto\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopi-�obhii-the beauty of the gopis; dekhi'-seeing; kr�rero-of Lord\n\nK[�l)a;\n\n�obhii-the beauty; biirjhe-increases; yoto-as much as; kr.sro-�obhii-the beauty\nof Lord\n\nKnf.la; dekhi'-seeing; gopTro-of the gopis; �obhii-the beauty; biirjhe­\n\nincreases; toto-that much.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe beauty of Lord Kr�Qa increases at the sight of the beauty of the gopis. And\nthe more the gop is see Lord KnQa's beauty, the more their beauty increases.\nTEXT 193\n\n�ill�� �If 'l� I\n'lf-tff �' � � ..� � U ��� II\nei-moto porosporo porje hurjiihurji\nporosporo biirjhe, keho mukho niihi murji\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-moto-like\n\nthis;\n\nparosparo- mutually;\n\nparosparo-reciprocal;\n\nporje-happens; hurjiihurji-jostling;\n\nbiirjhe-increases; keho-someone; mukho-face; niihi-not;\n\nmurji-covering.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way a competition takes place between them in which no one acknowledges defeat.\nTEXT 194\n\n�. �·11 �� Q c;�·ti'l·'@t'l I\nt�a �� ���� �i c;'ltt'l\\\"Sttctu ��sn\nkintu kr.srero sukho hoyo gopi-rflpa-gure\ntiinro sukhe sukho-vrddhi hoye gopi-gore\n\n", "adi1#p0356": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n333\n\nSYNONYMS\nkintu-but; k[�'!era-of Lord Kf�l)a; sukha-the happiness; haya-is; gopi-rDpaguQe-in the qualities and beauty of the gopis;;tiinra-of Him; sukhe-in the happiness; sukha-vrddhi-increase of happiness; haye-there is;gopi-gare-in the gopis.\nTRANSLATION\nKnl)a, however, derives pleasure from the beauty and good qualities of the gopis.\nAnd when the gopis see His pleasure, the joy of the gopis increases.\nTEXT 195\n\n<,;�· �� \"�� <,;'ttt� I\n�· <,;� <;'rtt�-<;� �� -.'t1f-Qf'ttl( II ��<t II\n���\n\nataeva sei sukha kr.sra-sukha po�e\nei hetu gopi-preme niihi kiima-do�e\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore;sei-that;sukha-happiness; k,t;s[la-sukha-the happiness of Lord\nK[�l)a; po�e-nourishes; ei-this; hetu-reason; gopi-preme-in the love of the gopis;\nniihi-there is not; kiima-do�e-the fault of lust.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore we find that the joy of the gopis nourishes the joy of Lord KnQa. For\nthat reason the fault of lust is not present in their love.\nPURPORT\nBy looking at the beautiful gopis Kr�Qa becomes enlivened, and this enlivens the\ngopis, whose youthful faces and bodies blossom. This competition of increasing\nbeauty between the gopis and Kr�Qa, which is without limitations, is so delicate that\nsometimes mundane moralists mistake these dealings to be purely amorous. But these\naffairs are not at all mundane, because the gopis' intense desire to satisfy Kr�r;�a\nsurcharges the entire scene with pure love of Godhead, with not a spot of sexual\nindulgence.\nTEXT 196\n\n�\"C��J 9f� ��'1�f��t��i5J��\nf�t'f:1l��f'S(�i{�lf9tt'f�'f'1�: I\n�0{-�<1�'f·�111{0{])·11'1�t•if�\n�� ��filO{� �c� �f9fO{\"Cif'\"��t\\!: C<f\"-t�'ll. \" ') i)'\" n\n\n", "adi1#p0357": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n334\n\nu petya pathi sundari-tatibhir iibhir abhyarcitarh\nsmitiihkura-karambitair na.tad apiihga-bhahgi�ataif:J\nstana-stavaka-saiicaran nayana-caiicarikiiiica/arh\nvraje vijayinarh bhaje vipina-de�ataf:J ke�avam\nSYNONYMS\nupetya-having\n\nmounted\n\ntheir palaces; pathi-on the path; sundari-tatibhif:J\n\niibhi/;1-by the women of Vraja; abhyarcitam-who is worshiped; smita-ahkurakarambitai{l-intermingled with the sprouts of gentle smiles; na.tat-dancing; apiihga\n-of glances; bhahgi�ataif:J-with a hundred manners; stana-stavaka-the multitude\nof breasts;saiicarat-wandering about;nayana-of the two eyes;caiicarika-like bees;\nai'icalam-Him whose corners; vraje-in Vraja; vijayinam-coming; bhaje-l worship;\nvipina-de�ata{l-from the forest; ke�avam-Lord Ke�ava.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I worship Lord Ke�va. Coming back from the forest of Vraja, He is worshiped\nby the gopis, who mount the roofs of their palaces and meet Him on the path with\na hundred manners of dancing glances and gentle smiles. The corners of His eyes\nwander, like large black bees, around the gopis' breasts.\"\nPURPORT\nThis statement appears in the Ke�avii�.taka (8) of the Stava-miilii, compiled by\n�rita Rupa Gosvami.\nTEXT 197\n\n� �-. ,'5ft��q �mnt-. fi� 1\n� (2f-.ttf Q <;$1-.\"tlf'St.� II��'\\ II\niira eka gopi-premera sviibhiivika cihna\nye prakiire haya prema kiima-gandha-hTna\nSYNONYMS\niira-another; eka-one; gopi-premera-of the love of the gopis; sviibhiivikanatural; cihna-symptom; ye-which; prakiire-in the way; haya-is; prema-the\nlove; kiima-gandha-hina-without a trace of lust.\nTRANSLATION\nThere is another natural symptom of the gopls' love that shows it to be without\n\na trace of lust.\n\nTEXT 198\n\n<;'5ft�(2ft1f -.tt �·1ft�� '1_Q I\n�t�� �1ft� <;1$( .:c!tl1 �� II��\"\" II\n\n", "adi1#p0358": "Ad i-lila, Chapter 4\n\n.335\n\ngopT-preme kar£; k[�[la-madhuryera pu�,ti\nmadhurye bar;fhaya prema hana maha-tuHi\n\nSYNONYMS\n{JOPT-preme-the love of the gopTs; kare-does; kr�ra-madhuryera-of the sweetness of Lord Kf�l)a;pu�{i-nourishment;madhurye-the sweetness; btir;fhiiya-causes\nto increase;prema-the love;haiia-being;maha-tu�_ti-greatly pleased.\n\nTRANSLA liON\nThe love of the gopTs nourishes the sweetness of Lord Kr�pa. That sweetness in\nturn increases their love, for they are greatly satisfied.\n\nTEXT 199\n\ndftR!��t� \\!�ti!AI� I\n\n�t� � fil�-t�-11{ �� II ��� II\nprTti-v�sayanande tad-asrayananda\ntanha nahi nija-sukha-vaiichara sambandha\n\nSYNONYMS\nprTti-vi�aya-anande-in the joy of the object of love; tat-of that love; asrayaananda-the joy of the abode; tanha-that; nahi-not;nija-sukha-vaiichara-of desire\nfor one's own happiness;sambandha-relationship.\nTRANSLATION\nThe happiness of the abode of love is in the happiness of the object of that love.\nThis is not a relationship of desire for personal gratification.\nTEXT 200-201\n\n�pttfi( 02!1f �' �� lilt i\\� I\ndft�f��-t �t��� di\\f'! II �oo II\nF-.tr·,i21�� \"\"'��til� Cftt$f I\n� ��t'Q $ � �� 1f�t\\lfit(;� II � ·� II\nnirupiidhi prema yanha, tanhii ei riti\nprTti-vi�aya-sukhe 'iisrayera prTti\nnija-premiinande kr�ra-sevananda badhe\nse iinandera prati bhaktera haya mahii-krodhe\n\n", "adi1#p0359": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n336\n\nSYNONYMS\nni rupiidhi-without identification; prema-love; yiin hii-which; tatihii-that; ei­\n\nthis; r iti-style; priti-vi,s aya -of the object of love;su khe-in the happiness;ii�rayera­\n\nof the abode of that love; priti-the pleasure; nija-one's own; prema-of love;\n\niinande-by the joy; kr.sra-to Lord Kf�l)a; seva-iinanda-the joy of service; biidhe­\n\nis obstructed; se\n\n-\n\nthat; iinandera prati -toward the joy; bhaktera-of the devotee;\n\nhaya-is; mahii-krodhe-great anger.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhenever there is unselfish love, that is its style. The reservoir of love derives\n\npleasure when the lovable object is pleased. When the pleasure of love interferes\n\nwith the service of Lord Kr�!la, the devotee becomes angry toward such ecstasy.\nPURPORT\n\nAs mentioned above, the gopis are the predominated lovers, and Sri Kr�l)a is the\n\npredominator, the beloved. The love of the predominated nourishes the love of the\n\npredominator. The gopis had no desire for selfish enjoyment. Their feeling of happi­\n\nness was indirect, for it was dependent on the pleasure of Kf�(la. Causeless love of\n\nGodhead is always so. Such pure love is possible only when the predominated is\n\nmade happy by the happiness of the predominator. Such unadulterated love is\n\nexemplified when the lover deprecates her happiness in service that hinders her\nfrom discharging it.\n\nTEXT 202\n\n'ai'�Wt��1!_\\§..._'f'l�� Ci!f1ft�\"f; lf\"twr.<f1 O{�J�\"f� I\n<f�'!t�tr.���r.� Cl!� '!l'llft\"if\"C'IftJfl'!t��11tt�1 <l:PHRIII �. � II\naflga-stambhiirambham uttuflgayantarh\npremiinandarh diiruko niibhyanandat\nkarhsiiriiter Vljane yena siik�iid\nak�odiyiin antariiyo vyadhiiyi\n\nSYNONYMS\naflga-of the limbs; stambha-Orambham-the beginning of stupefaction; uttuflga­\n\nyantam--iwhich was causing him to reach;p rema-iinandam-the joy of love; diirukatJ\n\n-Daruka, the Lord's chariot driver; no-not; abhyanandat -welcomed; karhsa-arfitefl\n\n-of Lord Knl)a, the enemy of Kamsa; vijane-in fanning with a comara fan; yenaby which; siik,siit-clearly; ak.sodiyiin-greater; antariiyatJ-obstacle; vyadhiiy i-has\nbeen created.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sri Daruka did not relish his ecstatic feelings of love, for they caused his limbs\n\nto become stunned and thus obstructed his service of fanning Lord Kr�l)a.\"\n\n", "adi1#p0360": "Ad i-lila, Chapter 4\n\n337\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (3.2.62).\n\nTEXT 203\n\nC�rt��C�Iff-'!lC'>'Ff9f-<ft���jf�.,-�'(, I\n�t66��\"'flffO{\"fl{�f��rtCa'fil)o:f1 II � •\" II\ngovinda-prek�a[Jiik�epibii�pa-puriibhivar�i[Jam\nuccair anindad iinandam\naravinda-vi/ocanii\n\nSYNONYMS\n\n- the seeing; iik�epi-hindering; biJ.spa-piJra- which cause to rain; uccaif7-powerful l y; anindat­\n\ngovinda-of Lord Govinda; prek�ara\ngroups of tears; abhivar�iram\n\ncondemned; iinandam-the bliss; aravinda-vi/ocanii-the lotus-eyed Radh aral)i.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The lotus-eyed Radharal)i powerfully condemned the ecstatic love that caused\na flow of tears that hindered Her sight of Govinda.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is also from Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (2.3.54).\n\nTEXT 204\n\n�tl �ft� \"·0211f·c;:Jt� f� I\n\nG51�-tt( :Jtt�<filtfif ifl �� 11trt�'l II � 08 II\niira suddha-bhakta kr�ra-prema-sevii vine\nsva-sukhiirtha sii/okyiidi nii kare grahare\n\nSYNONYMS\niira-and; suddha-bhakta-the pure devotee; kr�ra-prema-out of love for Lord\nKrg-1a; sevii-service; vine-without; sva-sukha-artha-for the purpose of one's own\npleasure; siilokya-iidi\n\n- the five types of liberation, beginning from sii/okya ( residing\n)\n- acc eptance.\n\non the same spiritual planet as the Lord ; nii kare-do not do; grahare\n\nTRANSLATION\nFurthermore, pure devotees never forsake the loving service of Lord Kr�l)a to\naspire for their own personal pleasure through the five kinds of liberation.\n\n", "adi1#p0361": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n338\n\nPURPORT\nA pure devotee of Krgta who loves Him exclusively will flatly refuse to accept\nany s ort of liberation, beginning from merging in the body of the Lord and extending to the other varieties of liberation, such as equality of form, opulence or ab ode\nand the opulence of living near the Lord.\n\nTEXT 205\n\n\"l(V{'6'!!1'�1\\tCi1!'1 \"llfil 'l���j•t\"C� I\nl!C�j'iff\\!\"���11\"1 ��1 'if'fi�C'lt�'{.'Cif� 11 � t II\n•\n\nmad-gura-�ruti-miitrera\nmayi sarva-guhii�aye\nmano-gatir avicchinnii\nyathii gangiimbhaso 'mbudhau\n\nSYNONYMS\nmat-of Me; gura-of the qualities; �ruti-miitrera - only by hearing; mayi-to Me;\nsarva-guhii-in all hearts; ii�aye-who am situated; mana{l -gatifl-the movement of\nthe mind; a vicchinnii-unobstructed; yatha- j ust as; gangii-ambhasa{l-of the celestial\nwaters of the Ganges; ambudhau-to the ocean.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Just as the celestial waters of the Ganges flow unobstru cted into the ocean, so\n\nwhen My devotees si mply hear of Me, the ir minds come to Me, who resides in the\n\nhearts of all.\"\n\nTEXT 206\n\n�'ll'ct� <::5fu.C�i� fof�\"'l� �...lf\"1��1!' I\n\n�t��<fJ<I\"J��\\!>1 � ��: �Clfi�{l{ 11 � ·� 11\nlak�aram bhakti-yogasya\nnirgurasya hy udahrtam\nahaituky avyavahitii\nyii bhaktifl puru�ottame\nSYNONYMS\n/ak�aram- the\n\nsymptom; bhakti-yogasya-of devotional service; nirgurasya­\n\nbeyond the three modes of nature; hi-certainly; udiihrtam-is cited; ahaitukTcauseless;\n\navyavahitii- uninterrupted;\n\nyii-which;\n\nbhakti{l - devotional\n\npuru�ottame-to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nservice;\n\n", "adi1#p0362": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n339\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"These are the characteristics of transcendental loving service to Puru�ottama,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead: it is causeless, and it cannot be obstructed in\nany way.\"\nTEXT 207\n\n'f1Ca'ft<f\"J- 'ftJ!':.�J- 'f1�?fJ<f�1f�J� I\n\n-.ft�1ff.{� � �� �·1 1f�'C'f��� ��t: II � o '\\ II\nsiilokya-sar;s_ti-siinJpyasiimipyaikatvam apy uta\ndiyamiinarh no grhranti\nvinii mat-sevanarh janiif:l\nSYNONYMS\n\nsii/okya-being on the same planet as Me; siir,5_ti-having opulence equal to Mine;\nsiirupya-having the same form as Me; siimipya-having direct association with Me;\nekatvam-oneness with Me; api-even; uta-or; diyamiinam-being given; no-not;\ngrhranti-acc ept; vina-:_ witho u t; mat-sevanam-My service;janii{l-the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My devotees do not accept salokya, sarHi, sarupya, samipya or oneness with\nMe-even if I offer these liberations-in preference to serving Me.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThese three verses fr om Srimad-Bhiigavatam (3.29.11-13) were spoken by Lord\nKf�l)a in the form of Kapiladeva.\nTEXT 208\n\n�c'f�l.l1 ����� <:� '!tca,t-.r1fif-o'f.'i1l, 1\nCOl�� C��\"1 �eft: l:C�t�11� <'ft\"!f.n(.,� II � o 1r N\nmat-sevaya pratitarh te\nsii/okyiidi-catu,5_tayam\nnecchanti sevaya purrii/:1\nkuto 'nyat kiila-viplutam\nSYNONYMS\n\nmat-of Me; sevaya-by service; pratitam-obtained; te-they; sa/okya-iidi-liberation, beginning with siilokya; catu,5_tayam-fou r kinds of; no icchanti-do not desire;\n\nsevayii-by service; pur[liiQ-complete; kuta{l-where; anyat-other things; kii/avip/utam - which are lost in time.\n\n", "adi1#p0363": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n340\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My devotees, having fulfilled their desires by serving Me, do not accept the four\nkinds of salvation that are easily earned by such service. Why then should they\naccept any pleasures that are lost in the course of time?\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Srfmad-Bhiigavatam\n\n(9.4.67} was spoken by the Lord in connec­\n\ntion with the characteristics of Maharaja Ambari�a. Merging into the existence of\nthe Absolute is as temporary as living in the celestial kingdom. Both of them are\ncontrolled by time; neither position is permanent.\n\nTEXT 209\n\n��� ��� <;�·<;\\211( I\n�' �' ������II �o� II\nkiima-gandha-hfna sviibhiivika gopf-prema\nnirmala, ujjvala, suddha yena dagdha hema\n\nSYNONYMS\nkiima-gandha-hTna-without any scent of lust; sviibhiivika-natural; gopf-premathe love of the gopiS; nirrn(J/a-spotless; ujjva/a-blazing; suddha-pure; yena-like;\ndagdha hema-molten gold.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe natural love of the gopTs is devoid of any trace of lust. It is faultless, bright\nand pure like molten gold.\nTEXT 210\n\n�J �' �1(1, �' <;� I\n\n<;'Stt� �� f<2Al1 f-t\"JJJ1, �� �'l\" II ��o II\nk�rera sahiiya, guru, biindhava, preyosT\ngopikii hayena priyii si�yii, sakhT diisf\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr.sre ra-of\n\nLord\n\nKr�r;Ja; sahiiya\n\n-\n\nhelpers; guru-teachers; biindhava-friends;\n\npreyasf-wives; gopikii-the gopfs; hayena-are; priyii-dear; si�yii-students; sakhfconfidantes; diisf-servants.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe gop1s are the helpers, teachers, friends, wives, dear disciples, confidantes\nand serving maids of Lord Kr�r;�a.\n\n", "adi1#p0364": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n341\n\nTEXT 211\n\n'1�1�1 ��ct: flat'Wl �f�Wl ctT'qi<tT! ��: I\n\n�J� <tlfTRf C\\! 9ft� Co;fT9fJ: fcg C� iS<tf� 0{ II � � ') II\nsahiiyii guruva{l �i�yii\nbhuji�yii bandhavii{l striya{l\nsatyarh vadiimi te piirtha\ngopya{l kirh me bhavanti na\nSYNONYMS\n\nsahiiyii{l-helpers;\n\nguruva{l- teachers; s�sya{l-students; bhuji�ya{l-servants;\nstriyafl -wives; satyam- truthfully; vadiimi-1 say; te-unto\nyou; partha-0 Arjuna; gopyafl- th e gopis; kim-what; me-for Me; bhavanti-are;\nbtindhava{l - fri ends;\n\nna-not.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 Partha, I speak to you the truth. The gopTs are My helpers, te achers, disciples,\nservants, friends and consorts. I do not know what they are not to Me.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a verse from the Gopi-premamrta.\nTEXT 212\n\nc;'Sftf-1� �i{ �·� 'lfti{f �f-� I\nc;��-91�, ��-���� II �)� II\ngopika jiinena kr.srera manera vanchita\nprema-seva-paripfi.ti, iHa-samihita\nSYNONYMS\n\ngopika-the gopis; janena - kno w ; kr�r era - of Lord Kf�l)a; manera -of the mind;\nviinchita-the desired object; prema-sevii-of service in love; paripa{i-perf ection;\n�s.ta- samihita- achi evement of the desired goal of life.\nTRANSLATION\nThe gopis· know Kr�t;�a's desires, and they know how to render perfect loving\nservice for His enjoyment. They perform their service expertly for the satisfaction\nof their beloved.\nTEXT 213\n\n�itt�t\"'UT�' ��'19f�t� 1lT�t� 1f�O!T<;\\� I\n'!litO!� C'5\\Tf�t: 9fl-4 -;ffi� �TO!f� ��: n � �\" II\n\n", "adi1#p0365": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n342\n\nman-mtihtitmyarh mat-saparytirh\nmac-chraddhtirh man-mano-gatam\njtinanti gopikti/;1 ptirtha\nntinye jtinanti tattvata/;1\nSYNONYMS\nmat-mtihtitmyam-My\n\ngreatness; mat-saparytim-My\n\nservice; mat-sraddhtim­\n\nrespect for Me; mat-mana/;1-gatam-the intention of My mind; jtinant {-t hey know;\ngopikiif7-the\n\ngopis;\n\nptirtha-0\n\nArjuna; na-not; anye-others; jiinanti-know;\n\ntattvataf7-factually.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 Partha, the gopis know My greatness, My loving service, respect for Me, and\n\nMy mentality. O thers cannot really know these.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse was spoken by Lord Kr�r;Ja to Arjuna in the Adi Purora.\nTEXT 214\n\n� '�'5f'1·11ro il�1fl1ftflt�1 I\n�'1, �ttl, '��t'StJ, '!2lt1f �r(tfif� II �)8 II\nsei gopi-gara-madhye uttamti rtidhikti\nrupe, gure, saubhtigye, preme sarvtidhikti\nSYNONYMS\nsei-those; gopi-gara-the gopis; madhye-among; uttamti-the highest; riidhikii­\n\n�rimati Radharaoi; rupe-in beauty;gure-in qualities;saubhtigye-in good fortune;\npreme-in love;sarva-adhikti-above all.\nTRANSLATION\nAmong the gopis, Srimati Ra dhika is the foremost. She surpasses all in beauty,\nin good qualities, in good fortune, and, above all, in love.\nPURPORT\nAmong all the gopis,\n\n�rimati RadharaQi is the most exalted. She is the most\n\nbeautiful, the most qualified, and above all the greatest lover of Kf?Qa.\nTEXT 215\n\nli�11ft'f1 f��1 �ClPt�: �� f��� '\\!Q{1 I\n\n;Rc�t� C'l'�<f�1 �\"t1flt1'l\"J�<f� n � � t u\n\n", "adi1#p0366": "Ad i-lila, Chapter 4\n\n343\n\nyatha riidha priyii vig10s\ntasyiifi kur(farh priyarh tathii\nsarva-gop�u saivaikii\nvi�ror atyanta-val/abhii\nSYNONYMS\nyathii- just as; riidhii-�rimati\n\nRadharar;Ji; priyii-very dear; vig10{1-to\n\nLord\n\nKr�r;Ja; tasyiifi-Her; kur!fam- bathing place; priyam-very dear; tathii-so also;\n\nsarva-gop�su-amo ng all the gopTs; sa-She; eva-certainly; ekii-alone; vi�rofiof Lord Kr�r;�a; atyanta-vallabhii-most dear.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Just as Radha is dear to Lord Kr�1,1a, so Her bathing place [ Radha-ku1,1<Ja] is dear\nto Him. She alone is His most beloved of all the gopis.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from the Padma Purara.\nTEXT 216\n\n��lC<fJ 9J�� lfill1 �F� �·�l<t;r� �11\n�\"()[lf9f C'>tlf'Pf<fl: 9fT� �\\Jf �Nl�lf1 �1{ II � �� II\ntrai-lokye p[thivT dhanyii\nyatra vrndiivanarh purr\ntatriipi gopikii/;1 piirtha\nyatra riidhabhidhii mama\nSYNONYMS\ntrai-lokye-in the three worlds; p[thivi-the earth; dhanyii- fo rt u nate; yatra­\n\nvrn diivanam- Vrndava n a; purT-the town;\ntatra-there; api-certainly;\ngopikii/;1-the gopis; pilrtha-0 Arjuna; yatr a-where; riidhiJ-�rimati Radharar;�i;\n\nwhere;\n\nabhidhii-named; mama-My.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 Partha, in all the three planetary systems, this earth is especially fortunate,\nfor on earth is the town of Vrndavana. And there the gop is are especially glorious\nbecause among them is My Srimati Radhara1,1i.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse, spoken by Lord Kr�r;Ja to Arjuna, is cited from the Adi Purara.\n\n", "adi1#p0367": "Sri Caitanya-carit:lmrta\n\n344\n\nTEXT 217\n\n����fUmctt\n'eftl � ,��Sftl ��'I \" �)� \"\nriidhii-saha krTr.ja rasa-vrddhira kiirara\niira saba gopi-gara rasopakarara\n\nSYNONYMS\nradhii-saha-with Srimati Radharaoi; kri9'ii-pastimes; rasa-of mellow; vrddhira­\n\nof the increase; kiirara- the cause; iira-the other; saba-all; gopi-gara-gopTs; rasaupakarara- accessories of mellow.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the other gopis help increase the joy of Knr;�a's pastimes with Radharar;�i. The\n\ngopis act as the instruments of Their mutual enjoyment.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is said that the gopTs are divided into five groups, namely the sakhis, nityasakhTs,\n\npriira-sakhTs,\n\npriya-sakhTs\n\nand\n\nparama-preHha-sakhTs.\n\nAll\n\nthese\n\nfair­\n\ncomplexioned associates of Srimati Radharari, the Queen of Vrndavana-dhama,\nare expert artists in evoking erotic sentiments in Kr�ra. The parama-pre�{ha-sakhis\n\nare eight in number, and in the ecstatic dealings of Kr�ra and Radha they side.\nsometimes with Kr�r;�a and at other times with Radharal)i, just to create a situation\n\nin which it appears that they favor one against the other. That makes the exchange\n\nof mellows more palatable.\n\nTEXT 218\n\n�� �P11Wfl \"·�'l'fil I\n\n��1 f� ���'��Stet \" �)lr\"\nk[�{lera vallabhii riidhii kr.sra-priira-dhana\ntiinhii vinu sukha-hetu nahe gopT-gara\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�rera-of Lord\n\nKr�Qa; vallabhii-beloved; riidhii-Srimati RadharaQi; kr.sra­\n\npriira-dhana-the wealth of the life of Lord Kr�Qa; tiinhii-Her; vinu- withou t;\nsukha-hetu-cause of happiness; nahe-are not; gopi-gara-the gopis.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRadha is the beloved consort of Knr;�a, and She is the wealth of His life. Without\n\nHer, the gopis cannot give Him pleasure.\n\n", "adi1#p0368": "Ad i-llla, Chapter 4\n\n345\n\nTEXT 219\n<f �'ltnr� f9t 'I� '!1�Pl'1'1�1���P{_I\n\n11'11ft1111f1� �ifC� ��Jt� 31�,: N � �� II\nkamsiirir api samsiiraviisanii-baddha-srnkhaliim\nriidhiim iidhiiya hrdaye\ntatyiija vraja-sundarT/;1\nSYNONYMS\nkamsa-ari/;1-Lord Kr�l)a, the enemy of Kan'lsa; api- moreover; samsiira-for the\nessence of enjoyment (rasa-filii);vasana- by the desire;baddha- tied on;srnkhaliimwho was like the chains; riidhiim-Srimati Radharal)i; iidhiiya-taking; hrdaye-in\nthe heart;tatyiija-left aside;vraja-sundarT/;1-the other gopis.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�l)a, the enemy of Kan'lsa, left aside the other gopis during the rasa\ndance and took Srfmatf Radharapi to His heart, for She is the helper of the Lord in\nrealizing the essence of His desires.\"\nPURPORT\nIn this verse from the Gita-govinda (3.1), J ayadeva Gosvami describes S ri Kr�l)a's\nleaving the rasa-filii to search for Srimati RadharaQi.\n\nTEXT 220\n\n�- �� � 'f�i ���t1f I\n�� ift1f·02iat '� 9fffi1f II .,_.,_ II\no\n\nsei riidhiira bhiiva lana caitanyiivatiira\nyuga-dharma niima-prema kai/a paraciira\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; riidhiira-of\n\nSrimati\n\nRadharal)i; bhiiva-the emotion; /aM-taking;\n\ncaitanya-of Lord Caitanya; avatiira-the incarnation;yuga-dharma-the religion of\nthe age; niima-prema-the holy name and love of Godhead; ka i/a- did; paraciirapreaching.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya appeared with the sentiment of Radha. He preached the dharma\nof this age-the chanting of the holy name and pure love of God.\n\n", "adi1#p0369": "346\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam rta\nTEXT\n\n221\n\n�- 'eft� f��t1f1 �� �ct I\n�R �- �1f1 'i'f·�tJ'111 � �:, II\nsei bhiive nija-viinchii karila pDra!Ja\navatiirera ei viinchii mD!a-kiirara\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; bhiive-in the mood; nija-viinchii-His own desires; karila- did; pDrara­\n\nfulfilling; avatiirera-of the incarnation; ei-this; vanchii-desire; mula-root; karara\n-cause.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the mood of Srimati Radharar;�i, He also fulfilled His own desires. This is the\nprincipal reason for His appearance.\n\n222\n��'!� <;'Sftlft� �ti!ltetf\\il� I\nPfil�-� fllft-.te. �11{ II � �� II\nTEXT\n\n!ri-kr�ra-caitanya gosiii'li vrajendra-kumiira\nrasa-maya-mDrti krgw sak�iit Srngara\nSYNONYMS\nSri-kr�ra-caitanya gosiii'li-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vrajendra-kumiira-the child\nof King Nanda; rasa-maya- consisting of mellows; mDrti-the form; kr�ra-Lord\nKr�Qa; siik�iit-directly; srngiira\n\n-\n\namorous love.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Sri KnQa Caitanya is Kr�Qa [Vrajendra-kumlra], the embodiment of rasas.\nHe is amorous love personified.\nTEXT\n\n223\n\n� Pf �fif� �� ��tJ I\n�ttr �� � ��J �\" ���\"\nsei rasa asvadite kaila avatiira\niinu�ange kaila saba rasera praciira\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that;\n\nrasa-mellow; iisviidite-to taste; kaila-made; avatiira-incarnation;\n\niinu�ange-as a secondary motive; kaila-d i d; saba-all; rasera-of mellows; pracarabroadcasting.\n\n", "adi1#p0370": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n347\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe made His appearance to taste that conjugal mellow and incidentally to broadcast all the rasas.\nTEXT 224\n\n�C1lfi11�ili!CO{O{ �OI'l.!lli'IOI'ff'1f'f'l���9);rt1\\\"TC'fi�\"li1i9f\"OI\"�ll�'f�tct..�' I\n��� 31��ilfit��F�\\!): ��J'f11tf\"lfif�:\n\n-Jtftif: �� ,�1ltf;{�1\\Cif� lfpt1 �flt: �'1�� IIHBII\nvisve�iim anuranjanena janayann iinandam indivarasreri-syiimala-komalair upanayann angair anangotsavam\nsvacchandarh vraja-sundaribhir abhitafl pratyangam iilingita!J\nsrngiirafl sakhi murtimiin iva madhau mugdho harifl kri_dati\nSYNONYMS\nvisve�iim-of all the gopis; anuranjanena-by the act of pleasing; janayan-producing; iinandam-the bliss; indivara-sreri-like a row of blue lotuses; syiimalabluish black; komalaifl-and soft; upanayan - bringing; angai):J - with\nananga-utsavam-a\n\nHis limbs;\n\nfestival for Cupid; svacchandam-without restriction; vraja­\n\nsundaribhifl-by the young women of Vraja; abhitafl-on both sides; pratyangameach limb; iilingitafl-embraced; srngiirafl-amorous love; sakhi-0 friend; milrtimiin\n\n-embodied; iva-like; madhau-in the springtime; mugdhafl-perplex ed; harilyLord Hari; kri(fati - plays .\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"My dear friends, just see how Sri Kr�Qa is enjoying the season of spring! With\nthe gopis embracing each of His limbs, He is like amorous love personified. With\nHis transcendental pastimes, He enlivens all the gopis, and the entire creation.\nWith His soft bluish-black arms and legs, which resemble blue lotus flowers, He has\ncreated a festival for Cupid.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from the Gita-govinda ( 1.11 ).\nTEXT 225\n\na�r·�\\!S <;'f't1ttflfP 11\"� �I\n���-f<f�llf� ��'I 11\"� �t� II ��Q' II\nsri-kr�ra-caitanya gosiini rasera sadana\nase�a-vise�e kaila rasa iisviidana\n\n", "adi1#p0371": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n348\n\nSYNONYMS\n�ri-k[�(la-caitanya gosiini-Lord\n\n�ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rasera-of mellow;\n\nsadana-the residence; a�e�a-vi�e�e-unlimited varieties of enjoyment; kai/a-did;\nrasa-mellow; iisviidana- tasting.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Kr�pa Caitanya is the abode of rasa. He Himself tasted the sweetness of\nrasa in endless ways.\nTEXT 226\n\n'�l � 12!'CI�� �fit�.:st� 1\n'�\\!ti!H' � tftt� �·'fOCI�\"���\"\nsei dv.iire pravartiii/a ka/i-yuga-dharma\ncaitanyera diise jiine ei saba marma\nSYNONYMS\nsei dviire\n\n-\n\nin that way; pravartiiila-He initiated; kali-yuga-of the age of Kali;\n\ndharma-the religion; caitanyera-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; diise-the servant;\njiine- knows; ei-these; saba-all; marma-secrets\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus He initiated the dharma for the age of Kali. The devotees of Lord Caitanya\nknow all these truths.\nPURPORT\nLord Caitanya is Sri Knr:ta Himself, the absolute enjoyer of the love of the gopis.\nHe Himself assumes the role of the gopis to taste the predominated happiness of\ntranscendental mellows. He appeared in that mode, but simultaneously He propagated the religious process for this age in a most fascinating way. Only the confidential devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu can understand this transcendental\nsecret.\nTEXT 227-228\n\n�� �tit1f, �, l)�:qtiJl I\n1M�, �tllNf, f@tfl\", �ff�� n ��ct n\n�1J � '��l 'e�'St'l I\n•f¥..,� f-ttf II(� 'f'CI1l n-'1 n ��tr n\nadvaita iiciirya, nityiinanda, �riniviisa\ngadiidhara, diimodara, muriiri, haridiisa\n\n", "adi1#p0372": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n349\n\niira yata caitanya-kr�rera bhakta-gara\nbhakti-bhiive �ire dhari sabiira carara\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita iiciirya-Advaita Acarya; nityiinanda-Lord Nityanand .; �riniviisa-�rivasa\n\nPal)<;iita; gadiidhara-Gadadhara Pap�lita; diimodara-Svarupa Damodara; muriiri­\n\nMurari Gupta; haridiisa-Haridasa Thakura; iira-othe r ; yata-all; caitanya-kr�reraof �ri\n\nKf�l)a Caitanya; bhakta-gara\n\n-\n\ndevotees; bhakti-bhiive-with a devotional\n\nattitude; �ire-on my head; dhari-l take; sabara-of all of them; carara-the lotus feet.\nTRANSLAliON\n\nAdvaita Acarya, Nityananda, Srivasa Par;t<;lita, Gadadhara, Svarupa Damodara,\nMurari G upta, Haridasa and all the other devotees of Sri Kr�r;ta raitanya-bowing\ndown with devotion, I hold their lotus feet on my head.\nPURPORT\nThe author of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta teaches us that we must offer our respectful\nobeisances to all such pure confidential devotees of Lord Caitanya if v.:. indeed\nwant to know Him in truth.\nTEXT 229\n\n�'tttt<R �� �� �� I\n\"f!' �1t �( �� �frot ��-t II��� II\n�aHha-�lokera ei kahila iibhiisa\n\nmula �/okera artha �una kariye prakii�a\nSYNONYMS\n\n�aHha-�/okera-of the sixth verse; ei-this; kahila-has been spoken; iibhiisa-a hint;\n\nmula �lokera-of the original\n\nprakii�a-l am revealing.\n\nverse; artha-meaning ; �una-please hear; kariye\nTRANSLATION\n\nI have given a hint of the sixth verse. Now please hear as I reveal the meaning of\nthat original verse.\nTEXT 230\n\n��tlft�t: �'t�1l�1l1 'T''1l[C1't1 •rt<�hr•rt\"ntliJJ1 Cll01��1l�l1!1l1 'T'\"fl[c-\"r1 <fl1l#tlJ.: I\n\nc'fT�J·t�1 'lflf��<t�: 'T'\"fl['•t� e<tf� C\"!(�1-\n\n'i!!�l<ttl;J: 'f1lllfR ..t�'5t�f'ft� ��= II � �0\n\n", "adi1#p0373": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n350\n\n�ri-riidhiiyii{l praraya-mahimii kidr�o viinayaiviisviidyo yeniidbhuta-madhurimii kid[�O vii madiyafl\nsaukhyarh ciisyii mad-anubhavata{l kid[Sarh veti /obhat\ntad-bhiivii{ihya{l samajani �aci-garbha-sindhau harindufl\n\nSYNONYMS\n�ri-riidhiiyii{l-of � rimati RadharaQi; praraya-mahimii-the greatness of the love;\nkid[Sa{l-of what kind; vii-or; anayii-by this one\n\n( Radha ) ; eva-alone; iisviidya{l-to\n\nbe relished; yena-by that love; adbhuta-madhurimii-the wonderful sweetness;\nkid[Sa{l-of what kind; vii- or; madiya{l-of Me; saukhyam-the happiness; ca-and;\nasyiifl-H er; mat-anubhavata{l-from realization of My sweetness; kidr�am-of what\n\nkind; vii-or; iti-thus; /obhiit-from the desire; tat- H er; bhiiva-ii{ihya{l-richly\nendowed with the emotions; samajani-took birth; �aci-garbha-of the womb of\n\n� acidevi; sindhau- in the ocean; hari- Lord Kr�Qa; indu{l-like the moon.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Desiring to understand the glory of RadharaQi's love, the wonderful qualities in\nHim that She alone relishes through Her love, and the happiness She feels when\nShe realizes the sweetness of His love, the Supreme Lord Hari, richly endowed with\nHer emotions, appears from the womb of �rimati �acidevi, as the moon appears\nfrom the ocean.\"\nTEXT 231\n\n� � ��\n\n�J,-� i(1 �' I\n\nifl ��' � � �· ift� 9f'Alll �'e>� II\ne saba siddhiinta giJ{iha,--kahite nii yuyiiya\nnii kahi!e, keha ihiira anta niihi piiya\n\nSYNONYMS\ne-this; saba-all; siddhiinta- conclusions; gilcjha-very confidential; kahite-to\n\nspeak; nii-not; yuyiiya - quite fit; nii-not; kahi/e-speaking; keha-any one; ihiira­\n\nof it; anta-end; niihi-not; piiya - gets.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll these conclusions are unfit to disclose in public. But if they are not disclosed,\nno one will understand them.\nTEXT 232\n\n�i!IJl� � r� m$1 fiiW 1\n'l_�� �lt� ••, �1 ��� 1(\\J II �-e� II\n\n", "adi1#p0374": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n351\n\nataeva kahi kichu kariflii nigupha\nbujhibe rasika bhakta, nii bujhibe mfHjha\n\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-there fore; kahi-1 speak; kichu-something; karinii-squeez ing; niguflhaessence; bujhibe-can understand; rasika-humorous; bhakta-devotees; no-not;\nbujhibe\n\n-\n\nwill understand; mDflha-rascals.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore I shall mention them, revealing only their essence, so that loving\ndevotees will understand them but fools will not.\nTEXT 233\n\n'IJ'ftll 'fft\"' <;� ���\\!J1i41tf I\n\n��� �.m• � ?tt� �ti41tf n ��� n\nhrdaye dharaye ye caitanya-nityiinanda\ne-saba siddhiinte sei piiibe iinanda\n\nSYNONYMS\nhrdaye-in the heart; dharaye-captures; ye\n\n-\n\nanyone who; caitanya-�riCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; nityananda-and Lord Nityananda; e-saba-all these; siddhiinte-by\ntranscendental conclusions;sei-that man;piiibe\n\n-\n\nwill get; iinanda-bliss.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAnyone who has captured Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Lord Nityananda\nPrabhu in his heart will become blissful by hearing all these transcendental conclusions.\nTEXT 234\n\n���.u�t���\n�-.'5ttt-�f�tlft ��1 � n ��s n\ne saba siddhiinta haya iimrera pal/ava\nbhakta-gar;a-koki!era sarvadii vallabha\n\nSYNONYMS\ne-these; saba-all; siddhiinta-transcendental conclusions; haya-are; iimrera-of\nmango; palla va\n\n-\n\ntwigs; bhakta-gara-the devotees; kokilera-to those who are just\n\nlike cuckoo birds;sarvadii-always; vallabha-pleasing.\n\n", "adi1#p0375": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n352\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll these conclusions are like the newly grown twigs of a mango tree; they are\nalways pleasing to the devotees, who in this way resemble cuckoo birds.\nTEXT 235\n\n�'ft5-iltp lt'l il1 Q � I\n� fi� � �� 'tlftil\"f-� II �� II\nabhakta-u�.trera ithe nii haya prave�a\ntabe citte haya mora iinanda-vi�e�a\n\nSYNONYMS\nabhakta- n o ndev otee;\n\nu.strera\n\n-\n\nof a camel; ithe-in this; nii-not; haya-is there;\n\nprave�a-entrance; tabe-then; citte- in my heart; haya- there is; mora-my; anandavi�e�a-special jubilation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe camel-like nondevotees cannot enter into these topics. Therefore there is\n\nspecial jubilation in my heart.\n\nTEXT 236\n\n� l'ftf'St �t� tQ, � �fif il1 � I\n\n-� � fflt �� �tt� ��II��� II\nye liigi kahite bhaya, se yadi nii jilne\nihii va-i kibii sukha iiche tribhuvane\n\nSYNONYMS\nye liigi-for the matter of whi c h ; kahite bhaya\n\n-\n\nafraid to speak; se yadi nii jane­\n\nif they do not know; ihii va-i-except this; kibii-what; sukha-happiness; achethere is; tri-bhuvane-in the three worlds.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor fear of them I do not wish to speak, but if they do not understand, then\nwhat can be happier in all the three worlds?\nTEXT 237\n\n���� 'e9'Sft'1 �fi illl-.t\"f I\nfi.:-tt'f �t1l\", � � �e,�tf II��'t II\n\n", "adi1#p0376": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n353\n\nataeva bhakta-gare kari namaskiira\nni{ISanke kahiye, tiira hauk camatkiira\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; bhakta-gare-unto the devotees; kari-1 offer; namaskoraobeisances; ni{ISanke-without any doubt; kahiye-1 say; tiira-of the devotees;\nhauk-let there be; camatkiira-aston ishment.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore after offering obeisances to the devotees, for their satisfaction I shall\nspeak without hesitating.\nTEXT 238\n\n���������\n\"i_cll�\"f-9J.._cf'Jq� �� <;1{1tlll ��lr II\nkr�rera viciira eka iichaye an tare\npurronanda-purra-rasa-rupa kahe more\nSYNONYMS\nkrp;era-of\n\nLord\n\nKfHia; vicara\n\nwithin the heart; purra-iinanda\n\n-\n\n-\n\nconsideration; eka-one; achaye-is ; antare­\n\nco m plete transcendental bliss; purra-rasa-rupa-full\n\nwith transcendental mellows; kahe more-they say unto Me.\nTRANSLATION\nOnce Lord Krsna considered within His heart: \"Everyone says that I am complete\nbliss, full of all rasas.\nTEXT 239\n\n�1111.:-� �� � f� I\n�'tltl� ��\"' oo-�� �t-t -..u ��� 11\niimii ha-ite iinandita haya tribhuvana\niimiike ananda dibe--aiche kon jana\nSYNONYMS\niimii ha-ite-from Me; iinandita-pleased; haya-beco m es; tri-bhuvana-all the three\nworlds; omiike-unto Me; iinanda dibe-will give pleasure; aiche-such; kon janawhat person.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All the world derives pleasure from Me. Is there anyone who can give Me\npleasure?\n\n", "adi1#p0377": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n354\n\nTEXT 240\n\n�tan �t�.� �t' �1 ���� � �\" 1\n�-� �t� 'tttl 'IIHI llil II �go II\niimii haite yiira hqya sata sata gura\nsei-jana iihliidite pare mora mana\nSYNONYMS\n\niimii haite- than Me; yiira-whose; haya-there is; sata sata gura-hundreds of\nqualities more; sei-jana- that person; tihliidite-to give pleasure; pare- is able; moraMy; mana-to the mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"One who has a hundred times more qualities than Me could give pleasure to\nMylmind.\nTEXT 241\n\n�1 �tt.! � �� �1ft\\! �� I\n\n�-.!if 1f1lftt� �1� <ffif �If.�� II �8� II\niimii haite gu(li bafla jagate asambhava\nekali riidhiite ttihii kari anubhava\nSYNONYMS\n\niimii\n\nhaite- than\n\nMe;\n\nasambhava-there is no\n\nguri-qualified;\n\nbafla-g reater; }agate-in the world;\n\npossibility; ekali- o nl y; radhate-in\n\n� rimati RadharaQi;\n\ntiiha that; kari anubhava-1 can understand.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"One more qualified than Me is impossible to find in the world. But in Radha\nalone I feel the presence of one who can give Me pleasure.\nTEXTS 242-243\n\n<;(IS1� f��' 1119f �� � I\n�t'Pt\"Jrt!_�-�'tJU ilt� �Af II �8� II\n'11111 � �'tJtfR 6 f�il I\n111rtl �.ftil 'lltl i!f:JAl � II �81!> II\nko_ti-kama jini' rDpa yadyapi amara\nasamordhva madhurya-samya nahi yara\n\n", "adi1#p0378": "Adi-111a, Chapter 4\n\n355\n\nmora rupe apyayita haya tribhuvana\nradhara darsane mora jurjaya nayana\n\nSYNONYMS\nko_ti-kama-ten million cupids;jini'-conquering;rDpa-beauty;yadyapi-although;\namara-Mine; asama-urdhva-unequaled\n\nand unsurpassed; madhurya-sweetness;\n\nsamya-equality; nahi-there is not; yara-of whom; mora-My; rupe-in beauty;\napyayita-pleased;hayt1-becomes;tri-bhuvana-all three worlds; riidhara-of �rimati\nRadharar;ti;darsane-seeing;mora-My ;jup'aya-satisfies;nayana-eyes.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although My beauty defeats the beauty of ten million cupids, although it is\nunequaled and unsurpassed and although it gives pleasure to the three worlds, seeing\nRadharar;�i gives pleasure to My eyes.\nTEXT 244\n\n'� <f�Jt-;ftt� �� � I\n11������'1 11�8811\nmora varhsT-gite akar�aye tribhuvana\nradhara vacane hare amara sravara\n\nSYNONYMS\nmora-My; varhsT-gTte-by the vibration of the flute; akar.saye-1 attract; tribhuvana-the three worlds; radhara vacane-the words of �rimati Radhara�i; hareconquers; amara-My; sravara-hearing power.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The vibration of My transcendental flute attracts the three worlds, but My ears\nare enchanted by the sweet words of Srimati Radharar;Ji.\nTEXT 245\n\n�f9t � 1tt'fi llf'Ste. �'St'fi I\n<;11-m ��t'l � 111{1-Q·'St'fi II�8� II\nyadyapi amara gandhe jagat sugandha\nmora citta-prii!Ja hare radha-ahga-gandha\n\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; amara-My; gandhe-by the fragrance; jagat-the whole universe; su-gandha-sweet-smelling; mora-My; citta-prara-mind and heart; hareattracts;radha-of �rimati Radharar;�i;ahga-bodily ;gandha-flavor.\n\n", "adi1#p0379": "SrT Caitany a-caritamrta\n\n356\n\nTRANSLA liON\n\"Although My body lends fragrance to the entire creation, the scent of Radharar:'i's\nlimbs captivates My mind and heart.\nTEXT 246\n\nqf9t �1ftJ � tr'Ste, �� I\nmt1 �-PI��� II �8� II\nyadyapi iimiira rase jagat sarasa\nriidhiira adhara-rasa iimii kare va�a\n\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; iimiira-of Me; rase -by the taste; jagat-the whole world;\nsa-rasa-is palatable; riidhiira-of Srfmati Radharal)l; adhara-rasa-the taste of the\nlips; iimii-Me; kare-makes; va�a-submissive.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although the entire creation is full of different tastes because of Me, I am\ncharmed by the n ectarean taste of the lips of Srimati Radharal)i.\nTEXT 247\n\n�f't �t -.t-f' ,.�fl'Pf I\n�til\" Wl9ft-f' �t1f1-.tt �t:!lf II �8'1 II\nyadyapi iimiira spar5a kofindu-�ita!a\nriidhikiira spar�e iimii kare sus/tala\n\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; iimiira-My;\n\nspar�a-touch;\n\nko_ti-indu-like millions upon\n\nmillions of moons; �ita/a- cool; riidhikiira-of Srimati Radharal)i; spar�e-the touch;\niimii-Me; kare-makes; su-�ita!a-very, very cool.\n\nTRANS LA liON\n\"And although My touch is cooler than ten million moons, I am refreshed by the\ntouch of Srimati Radhika.\nTEXT 248\n\n\\Jil 'If! � �� �fif '�'f. I\n\n��� � � �8\"\"11\n\n", "adi1#p0380": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n357\n\nei mota jagatera sukhe iimi hetu\nriidhikiira riJpa-gura iimiira jTviitu\n\nSYNONYMS\nei mota\n\n-\n\nin this way ;jagatera-of the whole world; sukhe-in the matter of happi­\n\nness; iimi-1 am; hetu-the cause; rildhikiira-of\nbeauty and attributes; iimiira- My ; jTviit u\n\n-\n\n� rTmatT Radharai)T; riJpa-gura­\n\nlife and soul.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus although I am the source for the happiness of the entire world, the beauty\nand attributes of\n\n� rr Radhika are My life and soul.\nTEXT 249\n\nlfll � �If� �11ft1f � I\nA�ff' ���fir,� R9f� II �8� \"\nei mota anubhava iimiira pratJta\nviciiri' dekhiye yadi, saba viparTta\n\nSYNONYMS\nei mota-in this way; anubhava-affectionate feelings; iimiira- My; pratita\n\n;\n\n-\n\nunder­\n\nstood; viciiri'- by consideration; dekhiye-1 see; yadi- if saba- everything; viparltacontrary.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this way My affectionate feelings for\n\n� rimati Radharar;�i may be understood,\n\nbut on analysis I find t hem contradictory.\nTEXT 250\n\n�tt w� (;11'111' � �•� 1\n�lftt W.f'tit J't'fl � �t� U �to II\nriidhiira dar�ane mora jupiiya nayana\niimiira dar�ane riidhii sukhe ageyiina\n\nSYNONYMS\nriidhiira-of\n\nsatisfied;\n\nl)\n\n� rimati Radha rar;�i; dar�ane- in meeting; mora- My ; jupiiya- are\niimiira-of Me; dar�ane-in meeting; riidha- � rimati\n\nnayana-eyes;\n\nRadhara i; sukhe- in happiness; ageyiina- more advanced.\n\n", "adi1#p0381": "358\n\nSrTCaitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"My eyes are fully satisfied when I look upon Srimati Radharatli, but by looking\nupon Me, Sh.e becomes even more advanced in satisfaction.\nTEXT 251\n\n'it�� �'i_b llml � I\n'111t � �t1f �t��fi(epi( II �<t� II\nparaspara veru-gite haraye cetana\nmora bhrame tamiilere kare iilingana\n\nSYNONYMS\nparaspara-against each other; veru-gite-the singing of the bamboo; harayeattracts; cetana-consciousness; mora- of Me; bhrame-in mistake; tamiilere-a black\ntree known as tamii/a; kare-She does; iilingana-embracing.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The flutelike\n\nmurmur of the bamboos rubbing against one another steals\n\nRadharar;ii's consciousness, for She thinks it to be the sound of My flute. And She\nembraces a tamala tree, mistaking it for Me.\nTEXT 252\n\n\"·'flftfirtri( 'I�, � 'l'llt'f I\n�-t 1t'U m fl' �' '<ritttl II �<l'� II\nkr�ra-ii/ingana piiinu, janama saphale\nkr�ra-sukhe magna rahe vrk�a kari' ko/e\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�ra-of Lord Kr�Qa; iilingana-the embrace; piiinu-1 have gotten; janama sapha!e-My birth is now fulfilled; k[�[Ja-sukhe-in the matter of pleasing Kr�Qa;\nmagna-immersed; rahe-She remains; vrk,sa-the tree; kari'-taking; ko!e-on the lap.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'I have gotten the embrace of Sri Kr�tla,' She thinks, 'so now My life is fulfilled.'\nThus She remains immersed in pleasing Kr�r:'la, taking the tree in Her arms.\nTEXT 253\n\n�\"'�tt'l! � 'Pft11 <;111t 'St'J I\n\n�1 'If� �' '12ltlf Q 18t'li II �<t� II\n\n", "adi1#p0382": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n359\n\nanukula-vate yadi piiya mora gandha\nu{iiyii pa{iite cahe, preme haya andha\n\nSYNONYMS\nanukula-vate-in a favorable breeze; yadi-if; piiya-there is; mora-My; gandhaflavor; u{iiya-fl ying; pa{iite-to drop; cahe-She wants; preme-in ecstatic love;\nhaya-beco m es; andha-blind\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When a favorable breeze carries to Her the fragrance of My body, She is blinded\nby love and tries to fly into that breeze.\nTEXT 254\n\n��� � <fi� �tSfti' I\n���� Ft, r�.- eo .-tti1u � 48 11\ntambula-carvita yabe kare asviidane\nananda-samudre {lube, kichui na jane\n\nSYNONYMS\ntambula-betel nut; carvita-chewed; yabe-when; kare-does; asvadane-tasting;\nananda-samudre-in\n\nan\n\nocean\n\nanything; na-not;jane\n\nknows\n\n-\n\nof\n\ntranscendental\n\nbliss;\n\n{lube-drowns; kichui­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When She tastes the betel chewed by Me, She merges in an ocean of joy and\nforgets everything else.\nTEXT 255\n\n� �lrt1t 1ft'fl � � �i\\\"f I\nllf��� �ftr, �ifl � '!ti �· II �tt II\na mara sangame riidha paya ye ananda\n�ata-mukhe bali, tabu na pai tara onto\n\nSYNONYMS\namara--My; sangame-in association; radha- � rimati RadharaQi; paya- gets; yewhatever; ananda-transcendental bliss; �ata-mukhe-in hundreds of mouths; baliif I say; tabu-still; na-not;pai\n\n-\n\n1 reach; tara-its; anta\n,\n\n-\n\nlim itation\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Even with hundreds of mouths I could not express the transcendental pleasure\nShe derives from My association.\n\n", "adi1#p0383": "Sri Caitanya-carita.mrta\n\n360\n\nTEXT 256\n\n�-oen �� t•.:a � �{.it 1\n�� �' �� �fi{ �9fiU 9f\"tll(fJ\" ���\"\nIT/ii-ante sukhe inhiira angera miidhuri\ntiihii dekhi' sukhe iimi iipanii pii�ari\n\nSYNONYMS\nntii-ante-at the end of Our pastimes; sukhe-in happiness; ihhiira-of �rimati\nRadharaQi; angera-of t�e body; miidhurT-sweetness; tiihii-that ; dekhi - seei n g;\n'\n\nsukhe-in happiness; iimi-1; iipanii- Myse l f; pii�ari-forget.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Seeing the luster of Her complexion after Our pastimes together, I forget My\nown identity in happiness.\nTEXT 257\n\n,�,��lf.��l\n\n�1ft�\"� PI� ift� �� II ��'t II\ndonhiira ye sama-rasa, bharata-muni miine\niimiira vrajera rasa seha niihi jiine\n\nSYNONYMS\ndonhiira-of both; ye-whatever; sama-rasa-equal mellows; bharata-muni-the\n\nsaintly\n\nperson\n\nnamed\n\nBharata\n\nMuni;\n\nmane-accepts; iimiira-My;\n\nvrajera-of\n\nVrndavana; rasa- mellows; seha-he; nahi-not;jiine-knows.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The sage Bharata has said that the mellows of lover and beloved are equal. But\nhe does not know the mellows of My Vrndavana.\nPURPORT\nAccording to expert sexologists like Bharata Muni, both male and female enjoy\nequally in material sexual pleasure. But in the spiritual world the relationships are\ndifferent, although this is unknown to mundane experts.\nTEXT 258\n\n� lfJf�'lf � � �� � I\n\n�1� � Jt'fi·�� llf\\! �� II ��lr II\n\n", "adi1#p0384": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n361\n\nanyera sangame iimi yata sukha piii\ntiihii haite riidhii-sukha 5ata adhikiii\nSYNONYMS\nanyera-others; sangame-by meeting; iimi-1; yata-all; sukha-happiness; poiget; tiihii haite-than that; riidhii-sukha-happiness by association with RadharaQi;\n5ata-one hundred times; adhikiii-increased\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The happiness I feel when meeting Radharal)i is a hundred times greater than\nthe happiness I get from meeting others.\"\nTEXT 259\n\nfof(\\!)l�\\!) �i{���Rt�: �arrtfct �'tt��1\nct�-.�� ������ �\\!���lf� f5t�: I\n����if� ��fir�� c'!Tilf�'!��\n�j�'!f� '1R�lff1{f�!Pil\"t'-. �it� 1J_milfC\\! n HOIII\nnirdhutamrta-miidhuri-parimala{l kalyii[li bimbiidharo\nvaktrarh pankaja-saurabharh kuharita-5/iighii-bhidas te gira{l\nangarh candana-5italarh tanur iyarh saundarya-sarvasva-bhiik\ntviim iisiidya mamedam indriya-kulam riidhe muhur modate\nSYNONYMS\nnirdhuta- defeats; amrta-of nectar; miidhuri-the sweetness; parima/a{l\n\n-\n\nwhose\n\nflavor; ka/yii[li-0 most auspicious one; bimba adhara{l-red lips; vaktram-face;\n-\n\npankaja-saurabham-which smells like a lotus flower; kuharita-of the sweet sounds\nmade by the cuckoos; 5/iighii-the pride; bhida{l-which defeat; te-Your; giralywords; angam- limbs ; candana-5ita/am-as cool as sandalwood pulp; tanu{l- body;\niyam-this ; saundarya-of beauty; sarvasva-bhiik-which displays the all and all;\ntviim-You; iisiidya-tasting; mama-My; idam-this; indriya-kulam-all the senses;\nriidhe-0 S rlmati RadharaQi; muhu{l-again and again; modate-become pleased.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear auspicious Radh:ir:il)l, Your body is the source of all beauty. Your red\nlips are softer than the sense of immortal sweetness, Your face bears the aroma of a\nlotus flower, Your sweet words defeat the vibrations of the cuckoo, and Your\nlimbs are cooler than the pulp of sandalwood. All My transcendental senses are\noverwhelmed in ecstatic pleasure by tasting You, who are completely decorated by\nbeautiful qualities.\"\n\n", "adi1#p0385": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n362\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse, spoken by Lord Kr�Qa to Radha, is recorded in the La/ita-miidhava\n(9.9) of Srna ROpa Gosvami.\nTEXT 260\n\n�t9f -.�� �..•wll� -tc-.f�f�11'f0�\n�tctrt,�\"fM'!!I'f'!� 91\"�lft� 'l���\"lt���Pl'\n�nt\"9iJ<!r�t� Pfilt'fl�t� �·'il.�t���\n��fit�'i'�t�l%� <r�f9f clf!t�r�n�arr, ����0 n\nrupe karhsa-harasya lubdha-nayaniirh sparSe 'tihr�yat-tvacarh\nVii(lyiim utkalita-�rutirh parimale samhrHa-niisii-pu_tiim\niirajyad-rasaniirh kiliidhara-pu_te nyaiican mukhiimbho-ruhiirh\ndambhodgTr(la-mahiidhrtirh bahir api prodyad-vikiiriikuliim\nSYNONYMS\nrDpe-in the beauty; karhsa-harasya-of Kr�Qa, the enemy of Kamsa; /ubdhacaptivated; nayaniim-whose eyes; spar5e-in the touch; ati-hr�yat-very\n\nmuch\n\njubilant; tvacam-whose skin; Vii(lyiim-in the vibration of the words; utkalita-very\neager; Srutim-\\whose ear; parimale-in the fragrance; samhrHa-stolen by happiness;\nniisii-pu_tiim-whose nostrils; iirajyat-being completely attracted; rasaniim-whose\ntongue; kilo-what to speak of; adhara-pu_te-to the lips; nyaiicat-bending down;\nmukha-whose face; ambhaft-ruhl.im-like a lotus flower; dambha-by pride; udgin;amanifesting;/mahii-dhrtim-great patience; bahi{l-externally; api-although; prodyat\n-manifesting; vikiira- transformations; iiku/iim-overwhelmed.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Her eyes are enchanted by the beauty of Lord K[�l)a, the enemy of Kamsa. Her\nbody thrills in pleasure at His touch. Her ears are always attracted to His sweet\nvoice, Her nostrils are enchanted by His fragrance, and Her tongue hankers for the\nnectar of His soft lips. She hangs down her lotuslike face, exercising self-control\nonly by pretense, but She cannot help showing the external signs of Her spontaneous\nlove for Lord Kr�l)a.\"\nPURPORT\nThus Srila Ropa Gosvami describes the countenance of RadharaQi.\nTEXT 261\n\n��'�...rtt'��-.PSI\n�1� ''1ft� t11{1, � -.tt.-t II��) II\n\n", "adi1#p0386": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n363\n\ntote jiini, mote ache kana eka rasa\niimiira mohini riidhii, tore kare vasa\n\nSYNONYMS\ntiite- thereupon; jiini- l can understand; mote-in Me; ache-there is; kana-some;\neka-one;\n\nrasa-transcendental mellow; iimiira-My; mohini-captivator; riidhii­\n\nSrimati RadharaQi; tare-Her; kare vasa-subdues.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Considering this, I can understand that some unknown mellow in Me controls\nthe entire existence of My captivator, Srimati Radharal)i.\nTEXT 262\n\n�tll1 � f\"t'ft 9fti � � � I\n'!1� ��t� !filtfil � � II ��� II\niimii haite riidhii ptiya ye jiitiya sukha\ntiihii iisviidite iimi sadiii unmukha\n\nSYNONYMS\niimii haite- from Me; riidhii-Srimati RadharaQi; piiya- ge ts; ye- whate ver; jiitiyatypes of; sukha- happiness; tiihii- that; iisviidite- to taste; iimi-l; sadiii-al ways;\nunmukha very much eager.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am always eager to taste the joy that Radharal)i derives from Me.\nTEXT 263\n\niftill q �ff �fil, iftR �t� I\n\n<;�l ���·!ltt'l c;'ft� � � II ��� II\nniinii yatna kari iimi, niiri iisviidite\nsei sukha-miidhurya-ghrii'!e /obha barjhe citte\n\nSYNONYMS\nnona-various; yatna-attempts; kari-do; iimi-l; niiri-l am not able; iisviiditeto taste; sei-that; sukha-of the happiness; miidhurya-the sweetness; ghrii(le-by\nsmelling; /obha- desire; bii!J'he-increases; citte-in the mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In spite of various efforts, I have not been able to taste it. But My desire to\nrelish that pleasure increases as I smell its sweetness.\n\n", "adi1#p0387": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n364\n\nTEXT 264\n\nPI �\"tfiw! \"l1f1f � ��R I\n\n'$1Pf �tf'R AA'f � II ��8 II\nrasa iisviidite iimi kai/a avatiira\nprema-rasa iisviidiba vividha prakiira\n\nSYNONYMS\nrasa-mellow; iisviidite-to taste; iimi-1; kaila-made; avatiira-incarnation; pre rnarasa- transcendental mellow of love; iisviidiba-1 shall taste; vividha prakiira-di fferent\nvarieties of.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have appeared in the world to taste mellows. I shall taste the mellows of pure\nlove in various ways.\nTEXT 265\n\ntt'SIII\"tt� � oer. �� '� 121�1 1\n� r-t�� �-o:etlnt!·.rtlll �·� II\nriiga-miirge bhakta bhakti kare ye prakiire\ntiihii �ikhiiiba IT/ii-iicara!Ja-dviire\n\nSYNONYMS\nriiga-miirge-on\n\nthe path of spontaneous love; bhakta-the devotee; bhakti­\n\ndevotional service; kare-does; ye prakare-in w hat way; taha\n\n-\n\nthat;sikhaiba- 1 shall\n\nteach; /T/ii-pastimes; iicarara-dviire-by means of practical demonstration.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"\n\nI shall teach devotional service, which springs from the spontaneous love of the\n\ndevotees, by demonstrating it Myself with My pastimes.\nTEXT 266\n\n�t fl!i{ �i � ��'I �tj I\nf�11� e{t� �t�i �\"tlfil II ��� II\nei tina t.�(lii mora nahi/a pDrara\nvijiitiya-bhiive nahe tiihii iisviidana\n\n", "adi1#p0388": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n365\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-these;\n\ntina-th ree;\n\ntr,sra-desires;\n\nmora-My;\n\nnahi/a-were\n\nnot; purara­\n\nsatisfied; vijatTya- of the opposite partner of a relationship; bhave-in ecstasy;\nnahe-is not possible; taha-that; asvadana-tasting.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"But these three desires have not been satisfied, for one c annot enjoy them in a\ncontrary position.\nTEXT 267\n\n1ttf�t� ��1� ��11t f<tt.i{ I\n� � �� -.t_ i{� �tsfti{\" ���\"\nradhikara bhava-kanti angikara vine\nsei tina sukha kabhu nahe asvadane\n\nSYNONYMS\nradhikara-of S rimati Radharal)i; bhava-kanti-luster of ecstatic love; ahg7kiira­\n\naccepting; vine-without; sei- those; tina-three; sukha\n\n-\n\nhappiness; kabhu-at any\n\ntime; nahe-is not possible; asvadane-tasting.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Unless I accept the luster of the ecstatic love of Sri Radhika, these three desires\ncannot be fulfilled.\nTEXT 268\n\ntt't�� ��' -.ft' 1!11 �(I\nfi!� ._\"tfif� -� ���(II ��lr II\nradha-bhava angikari' dhari' tara varra\ntina-sukha asvadite haba avatirra\n\nSYNONYMS\nradha·bhava-the moods of Radharal)i; angikari'-accepting; dhari - ta king; tara\n'\n\nvarQa-Her bodily complexion; tina-three; sukha-happiness; asvadite-to taste;\nhaba-1 shall; avatirra-descend as an incarnation.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Therefore, assuming Radharal)i's sentiments and bodily complexion, I shall\ndescend to fulfill these three desires.\"\n\n", "adi1#p0389": "366\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT\n\n269\n\n:II� �'I�·�-�' �11 I\n�tcwl �l'f '!'511<1\\!ti·J'IIRt II�:�� II\nsarva-bhiive kaila kr.sra ei ta' nikaya\nhena-kiile iii/a yugiivatiira-samaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-bhiive-in all res pects;kaila-made;knQa-Lord Kr�l)a; ei-this; ta'-certainly;\nnikaya-decision; hena-kiile-at this time; iii/a-came; yuga-avatiira-of the incarnation according to the a ge; samaya-th e t i m e\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Lord Krgla came to a decision. Simultaneously, the time came for the\nincarnation of the age.\nTEXT 270\n\nc;:»tl<i15tttf -�� �� �1� I\n�� tl� '<ili'l � ��'1 II �'\\\n\no\n\nII\n\nsei-kiile sri-advaita karena iiriidhana\ntiinhiira hunkiire kaila kr.sre iikar�aQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei-kiile-at that time; sri-advaita-Advaita Acarya; karena-performs; iiriidhanaworship; tiinhiira-of Him; huilkare-by the tumultuous call; kaila-did; kr�tJe-to\nLord Kr�l)a; iikar�atJa-attraction\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time Sri Advaita was earnestly worshiping Him. Advaita attracted Him\nwith His loud calls.\nTEXTS 271-272\n\nf9t'!tatt\\!i, •t-�'1, �'51 �;;q\\!1fi' I\ntt� 'et;;q-;;qc( �tf\\�� <qifif' II �'\\ :> II\n�tpt ����f\"itt I\n�W! � ,�1 �· �(l'!_ll �'\\� II\npitii-miitii, guru-ga(la, iige avatiiri'\nriidhikiira bhiiva-var(la angTkiira kari'\n\n", "adi1#p0390": "Adi-lila, Chapter 4\n\n367\n\nnava-dvipe �aci-garbha-�uddha-dugdha-sindhu\ntiihiite praka.ta haifa kr�ra pDrra indu\n\nSYNONYMS\npitii-miitii-parents; guru-gara- teachers; iige-first;avatiiri'-descending;riidhikiira\n-of S rimati Radhararyi; bhiiva-varra-the luster of transcendental ecstasy; aflgikiira\n\nkari'-accepting; nava-dvipe-in Navadvipa; �aci-garbha-the womb of S aci; �uddha­\n\npure; dugdha-sindhu-the ocean of mil k ;tiihiite-in that; praka.ta-man ifested; haifa­\n\nbecame; kr.sra- Lord Kr�rya; pDrra indu-full moon.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFirst L ord Kr�Qa made His parents and elders appear. Then Kr�r;�a Himself, with\nthe sentiments and complexion of Radhika, appeared in Navadvipa, like the full\nmoon, from the womb of mother Saci, which is like an ocean of pure milk.\nTEXT 273\n\n�- t;!' �fir( �itJitt� �i�J1� 1\n.11i9f·<;'StPitflfl31 9f'N9\\II �fJ' -ut� II �'l� II\nei ta' kari!ufl �aHha �lokera vyiikhyiina\n�ri-rDpa-gosiiiiira piida-padma kari' dhyiina\n\nSYNONYMS\nei ta'-thus; karilufl-1 have made;�aHha �lokera-of the sixth verse; vyiikhyiinaexplanation; �ri-rDpa-S rila ROpa Gosvami; gosiiiiira-of the master; piida-padma­\n\nlotus feet; kari -doi ng; dhyiina-med i tation.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\nMeditating on the lotus feet of Sri ROpa Gosvami, I have thus explained the\nsixth verse.\nTEXT 274\n\n�- tl G.-r�� �flf � �fJ\" �-f' I\nl\\11i't•<;'St-p,t� GJtt� l!llftli �Jftfll �'l8 II\nei dui �/okera iimi ye kari!a artha\n�ri-rDpa-gosiiflira sloka pramaQa samartha\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-these; dui-two; s!okera-of the verses; iimi-1; ye-whatever; kari!a-gave;\nartha-the meanings; �ri-rDpa-gosiiiiira-of S ri ROpa Gosvami;s!oka- verse;pramara\n-evidence;samartha-competent.\n\n", "adi1#p0391": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n368\n\nTRANSLATION\ncan support the explanation of these two verses [ verses 5 and 6 of the First\n\nChapter ] with S ri Rupa Gosvami's verse.\n\nTEXT 275\n\n'St�\"RI� -nrf9f <!tct��i'f\"l ��\n1PfC�Plf.. �� 1!�lj_�\"Ci!Nt,.:. � ll: I\n\n�� m� liV'�� 'i!lf�t� �h�\n'f ��fl'f��11l� 0{: \"f�1,{� H �, t II\napiirarh kasyiipi p rarayi-jana-vrndasya kutuki\nrasa-stomarh hrtvii madhuram upabhokturh kamapi ya{l\nrucarh sviim iivavre dyutim iha tadiyiirh praka.tayan\nsa devas caitanyiik[tir atitariirh na{l krpayatu\nSYNONYMS\napiiram-bound less; kasyiipi- of someone ;prarayi-jana-vrndasya-of the multitude\nof lovers; kutuki-one who is curious; rasa-stomam-the group of mellows; hrtviistealing;\n\nmadhuram-sweet; upabhoktum-to\n\nenjoy; kamapi-some; ya{l-who;\n\nrucam-luster; sviim-own; iivavre- covered ; dyutim-luster; iha-here; tad/yamrelated to Him; praka.tayan-manifesting; sa{I-He; deva{l-the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; caitanya-iik[ti{l-having the form of\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\natitariim-greatly; na{l-unto us; krpayatu-may He show His mercy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Krsna desired to taste the limitless nectarean mellows of the love of one of\n\nHis multit �d� of loving damsels [Sri Radha ] , and so He has assumed the form of\n\nLord Caitanya. He has tasted that love while hiding His own dark complexion with\nHer effulgent yellow color. May that Lord Caitanya confer upon us His grace.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is the third verse of the second CaitanyiiHaka of �rila ROpa Gosvami's\nStava-miilii.\nTEXT\n\n276\n\n�lf'ftRt!� *.�1!9-1!....'111. I\n\n�yt·�·joql!mf �j;qs:q�t;qi�ifi�l(.ll �'\\\\!Ill\nmahga/iicarararh kr.sra-caitan ya-tattva-lak?aram\nprayojanarh ciivatiire 5/oka-?a.tkair nirDpitam\n\n", "adi1#p0392": "Ad i-lila, Chapter 4\n\n369\n\nSYNONYMS\nmanga!a-dcarat;am-invoking\nCaitanya\n\nauspiCIOUsness;\n\nk[�IJa-caitanya-of\n\nMahaprabhu; tattva-/ak�aram-symptoms\n\nLord\n\nKg;\\la\n\nof the truth; prayojanam­\n\nnecessity; ca- also; avatiire- in the matter of His incarnation; � /a ka- verses;�a.tkai{lby six; nirDpitam-ascertained.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus the auspicious invocation, the essential nature of the truth of Lord Caitanya,\nand the need for His appearance have been set forth in six verses.\nTEXT 277\n\n!l1ti9f-t\\itl'l·9ftlf �111' \"ffflt I\n�qmt��'! \"� �·lf� u �\"\" n\n�ri-rDpa-raghuniitha-pade yiira ii�a\ncaitanya-caritiimrta kahe kr.sradiisa\nSYNONYMS\n�ri- r D pa- Srila RCipa Gosvami; raghuniitha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;pade\n-at the lotus feet; yiira-whose; asa-expectat ion; caitanya-carWimrta-the b ook\nnamed Caitanya-caritiimrta; kahe- describes; kr�ra-diisa- Srila Kr:;\\ladasa Kaviraja\nGosvami.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri RCipa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring their\nmercy, I, Kr:;padasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritam.rta, following in their footsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the S ri C aitanya-caritamrta,\n\nAdi­\n\nlilii, Fourth Chapter, describing the confidential reasons for the appearance of\nLord Caitanya.\n\n", "adi1#p0393": "CHAPTERS\nThis chapter is chiefly devoted to describing the essential nature and glories of\nSri Nityananda Prabhu. Lord SrT Kf?Qa is the absolute Personality of Godhead, and\nHis first expansion in a form for pastimes is Sri Balarama.\nBeyond the limitation of this material world is the spiritual sky, paravyoma,\nwhich has many spiritual planets, the supreme of which is called Kf?Qaloka.\nKf?Qaloka, the abode of Kf?Qa, has three divisions, which are known as Dvaraka,\nMathura and Gokula. In that abode the Personality of Godhead expands Himself\ninto four plenary portions-Kf?Qa, Balarama, Pradyumna (the transcendental Cupid)\nand Aniruddha. They are known as the original quadruple forms.\nIn Kr?Qaloka is a transcendental place known as Svetadvipa or Vrndavana. Below\nKr?Qaloka, in the spiritual sky, are the Vaikur)!ha planets. On each VaikUQ\\ha\n\nplanet a four-handed NarayaQa, expanded from the first quadruple manifestation,\n\nis present. The Personality of Godhead known as Sri Balarama in Kr;;Qaloka is the\noriginal Sankar�aQa (attracting Deity), and from this Sarikar.saQa expands another\n\nSarikar;;aQa, called Maha-Sarikar?aQa, who resides in one of the YaikuQtha planets.\n\nBy His internal potency, Maha-Sarikar?aQa maintains the transcendental existence\nof all the planets in the spiritual sky, where all the living beings are eternally\nliberated souls. The influence of the material energy is conspicuous there by its\nabsence. On those planets the second quadruple manifestation is present.\nOutside of the VaikuQtha planets is the impersonal manifestation of Sri Kr�Qa,\nwhich is known as the Brahmaloka. On the other side of the Brahmaloka is the\n\nspiritual karara-samudra, or Causal Ocean. The material energy exists on the other\n\nside of the Causal Ocean, without touching it. In the Causal Ocean is Maha-Yi?IJU,\nthe original puru�a expansion from Sarikar?aQa. This Maha-Yi�ryu places His glance\nover the material energy, and by a reflection of His transcendental body He\namalgamates Himself within the material elements.\nAs the source of the material elements, the material energy is known aspradhiina,\nand as the source of the manifestations of the material energy it is known as mayii.\nBut material nature is inert in that she has no independent power to do anything.\nShe is empowered to make the cosmic manifestation by the glance of Maha-Vi?QU.\nTherefore the material energy is not the original cause of the material manifestation.\nRather, the transcendental glance of Maha-Vi?QU over material nature produces that\ncosmic manifestation.\nMaha-Vi?QU again enters every universe as the reservoir of all living entities,\nGarbhodak�ayi Vi�pu. From Garbhodak�ayi Yi;;pu expands K;;irodaka�ayi Yi�pu,\nthe Supersoul of every living entity. Garbhodaka�ayi Yi;;pu also has His own\nYaikuQtha planet in every universe, where He lives as the Supersoul or supreme\n\n371\n\n", "adi1#p0394": "372\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ncontroller of the universe. GarbhodakaQyi Vi�{IU reclines in the midst of the\nwatery portion of the universe and generates the first living creature of the universe,\nBrahma. The imaginary universal form is a partial manifestation of Garbhodaka§yi\n\nVi�(IU.\n\nIn the Vaikup!ha planet in every universe is an ocean of milk, and within that\n\nocean is an island called Svetadvipa, where Lord ViglU lives. Therefore this chapter\n\ndescribes two SvetadvTpas-one in the abode of Kr�Qa and the other in the ocean of\nmilk in every universe. The SvetadvTpa in the abode of Kr�Qa is identical with\n\nVrndavana-dhama, which is the place where Kr�{la appears Himself to display His\n\nloving pastimes. In the Svetadvipa within every universe is a Se�a form of Godhead\nwho serves Vi�{IU by assuming the form of His umbrella, slippers, couch, pillows,\ngarments, residence, sacred thread, throne and so on.\n\nLord Baladeva in K[Hlaloka is Nityananda Prabhu. Therefore Nityananda Prabhu\n\nis the original Sar'lka�a{la, and Maha-Sa\"kar�apa and His expansions as the puru�as\nin the universes are plenary expansions of Nityananda Prabhu.\n\nIn this chapter the author has -described the history of his leaving home for a\npersonal pilgrimage to Vrndavana and his achieving all success there. In this description it is revealed that the author's original paternal home and birthplace were in\nthe district of Katwa, in the village of Jhama�apura, which is near Naiha�i. Kr�1.1adasa\nKaviraja's brother invited Sri Minaketana Ramadasa, a great devotee of Lord\nNityananda, to his home, but a priest named Guparpava Mi�ra did not receive him\n\nwell, and \"r:;padasa Kaviraja Gosvaml's brother, not recognizing the glories of Lord\nNityananda, also took sides with the priest. Therefore Ramadasa became sorry,\n\nbroke his flute and went away. This was a great disaster for the brother of K[�l')adasa\nKaviraja Gosvami. But on that very night Lord Nityananda Prabhu Himself graced\nKr�1.1adasa Kaviraja Gosvami in a dream and ordered him to leave on the next day\n\nfor v rndavana.\n\nTEXTl\n\n��...� 8fqJt\"'\"'1ptl\n�11 -.'Q911f,_tf9t fifti9fJtil II � II\nvande 'nantodbhutai�varyarh\ngi-nityonandam i�varam\nyasyecchayo tat-svarDpam\najnenopi nirDpyate\n\nSYNONYMS\nvande-let me offer my obeisances; ananta-unlimited;adbhuta-and wonderful;\n\nai�varyam-whose opulence; �ri-nityonandam-unto Lord Nityananda;i�varam-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead;yasya\n\n-\n\nwhose; icchayo-by the will;tat-svarDpam\n\n-His identity; ajnena-by the ignorant; api-even; nirDpyate-can be ascertained.\n\n", "adi1#p0395": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n373\n\nTRANSLATION\nLet me offer my obeisances to Lord\n\nSri Nityananda, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, whose opulence is wonderful and unlimited. By His will, even a fool can\nunderstand His identity.\nTEXT2\n\ntAl Q ��� '8 fiNsJ1..-.t I\n\ntAth<ec;s\"' '�:a......, n � n\njaya jaya �ri-caitanya jaya nityiinanda\n\njayiidvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakto-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; �ri-caitanya-to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;jaya nityiinandaall glories to Lord N ityananda; jaya advaita-candra-all glories to Advaita Acarya;\n\njaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda-all glories to the devotees of Lord SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. All glories to Lord Nityananda. All\n\nglories to Advaita A carya. And all glories to all the devotees of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT3\n\n<Jl- �'� � \"�1(� I\n'f•attt• � f.NSJ1��11i II � II\nei jo,H/oke kahila k�ra-caitanya-mahimii\npanca-�loke kahi nityiinanda-tattva-simii\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; �aNioke-in six verses; kahi/a-described; k[j[IO-caitanya-mahimii-the\nglories of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; panca-�/oke-in five verses; kahi-let me\nexplain; nityananda-of Lord N ityananda; tattva-of the truth; simii-the limitation.\nTRANSLATION\nI have described the glory of\n\nSri Knr:Ja Caitanya in six verses. Now, in five verses,\n\nI shall describe the glory of Lord Nityananda.\n\nTEXT4\n\n�...�'lift \" IQ� ·�I\ntt.tt�� -�11811\n\n", "adi1#p0396": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n374\n\nsarva-avatiiri kr.sra svayarh bhagaviin\ntiinhara dvitiya deha �ri-balariil1)0\n\nSYNONYM�\nsarva-avatiiri-the\n\nsource\n\nof\n\nall incarnations; k�ra-Lord\n\nKf�l)a; svayam­\n\npersonally; bhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tiinhiira- His; dvitiyasecond; deha-ex pansio n of the body; �ri-ba/ariima- Lord Balarama.\nTRANSLATION;\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�l)a, is the fountainhead of all ipcarna­\n\ntions. Lord Balarama is His second body.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Sri Knl)a, the absolute Personality of Godhead, is the primeval Lord, the\noriginal form of Godhead, and His first expansion is Sri· Balarama. The Personality\nof Godhead can expand Himself in innumerable fornis. The forms that have unlimited p-otency are called sviirh�a, and forms that have limited .potencies (the\nliving entities) are called vibhinniirh�a.\nTEXT 5\n\n�� q'f &�, �\"lfiTJ � I\n�tw ��'�·��Jilt II\neka-i svarupa donhe, bhinna-miitra kiiya\niidya kiiya-vyuha, k�[Ja-/ilora sahiiya\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-i-one; svarupa-identity; donhe-both of Them; bhinna-miitra kiiya-only\ntwo different\n\nbodies; iidya-original; kiiya-vyuha-quadruple expansions; kr�ra­\n\nliliira- in the pastimes of Lord Kr�l)a; sahiiya-assistance.\nTRANSLATION\nThey are both one and the same identity. They differ only in form. He is the\nfirst bodily expansion of Kf�l)a, and He assists in Lord Kr�l)a's transcendental\npastimes.\nPURPORT\nBalarama is a sviirh�a expansion of the Lord, and therefore there is no difference\nin potency between Kr�l)a and Balarama. The only difference is in Their bodily\nstructure. As the first expansion of Godhead, Balarama is the chief Deity among\nthe first quadruple forms, and He is the foremost assistant of Sri· Kf�l)a in His\ntranscendental activities.\n\n", "adi1#p0397": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n375\n\nTEXT6\n\n�\"-�·9f·��l\n<;:Jtl �til'-� 1\\f�Jtit\"t II � II\nsei k�(la-nava-dvipe �ri-caitanya-candra\nsei balariima-sange �ri-nityiinanda\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei k�(la- that original Kf�Qa; nava-dvipe-at Navadvipa; �ri-caitanya-candraLord �ri·Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sei balariima\n\n-\n\nthat· l.ord Balarama; sange-with Him;\n\n�ri-nityiinanda- Lord Nityananda.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat original Lord KnQa appeared in Navadvipa as Lord Caitanya, and Balarama\nappeared with Him as Lord Nityananda.\n\nTEXT7\n\n'l��ct: <Ft��P-l\"ti� '1t�tlf\"ti� s 9f\"C�rt�f�\"l\"hl'1 1\nc•t1f� �'$l�\"t<f�t: 'l f.l\"!Jtot'ilft�J�t�: \"t�'t� ��1� II '\\ II\nsankar.saro/;1 kiirara-toya-�iiyi\ngarbhoda-�iiyi co payobdhi-�iiyi\n�e�a� co yasyiirMa-ka/ii/;1 sa nityiinandiikhya-riima/;1 �OfO(IOrh mamiiStU\n\nSYNONYMS\nsanka�a�10/;I-Maha-Sari kar�apa in the spiritual sky; kiirora-toya-�iiyi- K arapodaka�ayi Vi�pu, who lies in the Causal Ocean; garbha-uda-�ayi-Garbhodaka�ayi\nVi�pu, who lies in the Garbhodaka Ocean of the universe; co-and; paya/;1-abdhi�ayi- K�irodaka�ayi Vi�pu, who lies in the ocean of milk; �e�a/;1-�e�a Naga, the\ncouch of \\li�pu; co-and; yasya-whose; arh�a-plenary portions; ka/a/;1-and parts\n\nof the plenary portions; sa/;1-He; nityananda-akhya-known as Lord Nityananda;\nriima/;1- Lord Balarama; �araQam- s helte r; mama-my; astu\n\n-\n\nlet there be.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMay Sri-Nityananda Rama be the object of my constant remembrance. Sar'lkar�apa,\nSe� Naga and the Vi�pus who lie on the Karana Ocean, Garbha Ocean and ocean of\nniilk ,are His plenary portions and the portions of His plenary portions.\nPURPORT\n�ri SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami has recorded this verse in his diary to offer his\n\n", "adi1#p0398": "376\nrespectful obeisances to Lord Nityananda Prabhu. This verse also appears as the\nseventh of the first fourteen verses of Sri Caitany;caritiimrta.\n\nTEXT 8\n\n.Cil'111t� (;$ftf$1l,_'l-�'ll\n'f.'Sii't �' ��� �� '\"� II \"\" II\n�rT-balariima gosiini mD/a-sankar�a(la\npanca-rupa dhari' karena kr�rera sevana\n\nSYNONYMS\n�ri balariima-Balarama;\n-\n\nSankar�apa;\n\npanca-rupa\n\ngosiini-the\ndhari -accepting\n'\n\nof Lord Knr;ta; sevana-service\n\nLord;\n\nmD/a-sankar,.sara-the\n\noriginal\n\nfive bodies; karena-does; k.r,s{lera­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Balarama is the original Saflkar}apa. He assumes five other forms to serve\nLord Kr�pa.\nTEXT9\n\n�'f� ��-��'I� 'I� I\n\n�ll\\'li·m � 'lfl' �fJ <ffil II � II\niipane karena k[�(la-lt7iira sahiiya\nsrHi-111ii-kiirya kare dhari' ciiri kiiya\n\nSYNONYMS\niipane\n\n-\n\npersonally; karena-performs ; k[�(la-liliira sahaya-assistance in the pas­\n\ntimes of Lord\n\nKf�Qa; srHi-lila of the pastimes of creation; karya-the work; kare-\n\ndoes; dhari -accepting; ciiri kiiya\n'\n\n-\n\nfour bodies.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe Himself helps in the pastimes of Lord Kr�pa, and He does the work of\ncreation in four other forms.\n\nTEXT10\n\n�bffiRs �,-�tf �� � I\n'�'·tit'f � �� ��(;�II �o II\nS[�Jy-iidikfJ seva,-tiinra aji'iiira pii/ana\n·�e�a'-rupe kare kr�rera vividha sevana\n\n", "adi1#p0399": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n377\n\nSYNONYMS\nsrHi-iidika sev a-service in the matter of creation; tarira-His; cijflara-of the order;\n\npiilana-execution; �e�a-rupe-the form of Lord Se�a; kare-does; kr�rera-of Lord\nKr�pa; vividha sevana-varieties of service.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe executes the orders of Lord Kr�pa in the work of creation, and in the form of\n\nLord�� He serves Kr�pa in various ways.\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to expert opinion, Balarama, as the, chief of the original quadruple\n\nforms, is also the original Sa\"kar,sapa. Balarama, the first expansion of Kr�pa,\nexpands Himself in five forms:\n\n( 1) Maha-Sari kar�apa, {2) Karal)abdh i�ayT, (3)\n(5) Se,sa. These five plenary portions are\n\nGarbhodaka�ayT, (4) K.sirodaka�ayT, and\n\nresponsible for both the spiritual and material cosmic manifestations. In these five\n\nforms Lord Balarama assists Lord Krsna in His activities. The first four of these\nforms are responsible for the cosmic ��nifestations, whereas Se� is responsible for\npersonal service to the Lord. Se�a is called Ananta, or unlimited, because He assists\n\nthe Personality of Godhead in His unlimited expansions by performing an unlimited\nvariety of services. Sri Balarama is the servitor Godhead who serves Lord Kr�pa in\n\nall affairs of existence and knowledge. Lord Nityananda Prabhu, who is the same\n\nservitor Godhead, Balarama, performs the same service to Lord Gauranga by\nconstant association.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n:Jt�9t�� �(;��I\nc;� �-<;'5t�Jit1f �i!Jti{\"f II � � II\nsarva-rupe iisviidaye kr�ro-seviinanda\nsei balariima\n\ngaura-saflge nityiinanda\n\n--\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-rupe-in\n\nall these forms; iisviidaye\n\n-\n\ntastes; �ra-sevii-iinanda-the tran­\n\nscendental bliss of serving Kr�pa; sei balarlima-that L ord Balarama; gaura-saflge\n-with Gaurasundara; nityiinanda-Lord Nityananda.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn all the forms He tastes the transcendental bliss of serving Kr�pa. That same\n\nBalarama is Lord Nityananda, the companion of Lord Gaurasundara.\n\n", "adi1#p0400": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n378\n\nTEXT12\n\n'1�11 att� �(-.ft �f1Qttt� I\n\n�� fem't�'\" 'lftti{ ��Wfi II �� II\nsaptama �/okera artha kari cari-�/oke\nyate nityananda-tattva jane sarva-/oke\nSYNONYMS\nsaptama �/okera-of the seventh verse; artha-the meaning; kari-1 do; cari-�/okein four verses; yate-in which; nityananda-tattva-the truth of Lord Nityananda;\njane-one knows; sarva-/oke-all over the world.\nTRANSLATION\nI have explained this seventh verse in four subsequent verses. By these verses all\nthe w orld can know the truth about Lord Nityananda.\nTEXT13\n\n�mrt�'ic� cutf9t��c�<f\n�cf'(t� �s��)�c�J r\n11i'1� �C'IJT�R5 ��ctt�J�\n�� �f;r�Jt��t'J{� �9ftlfJ II ') � II\nmayatite vyapi-vaiku(l.tha-loke\npurrai�varye �ri-catur-vyuha-madhye\nruparh yasyodbhati sankar�arakhyarh\ntam �ri-nityananda-ramarh prapadye\nSYNONYMS\nmaya-atite-beyond the material creation; vyapi-all expanding; vaikur.tha-lokein VaikUQ!haloka, the spiritual world; purra-ai�varye-endowed with full opulence;\n�ri-catu(l-vyuha-madhye-in\nPradyumna\n\nand\n\nthe\n\nAniruddha);\n\nquadruple\n\nexpansions\n\nrupam-form;\n\n(Vasudeva, Sankar�apa,\n\nyasya-whose;\n\nudbhati-appears;\n\nsankar�ara-iikhyam-known as Sarikar�al)a; tam-to Him; �ri-nityananda-ramamto Lord Balarama in the form of Lord Nityananda; prapadye-1 surrender.\nTRANSLATION\nI surrender unto the lotus feet of Sri Nityananda Rama, who is known as\nSarikar�aQa in the midst of the catur-vyuha [consisting of Vasudeva, Sankar�arJa,\nPradyumna\n\nand\n\nAniruddha].\n\nHe\n\npossesses\n\nin VaikuQ�haloka, far beyond the material creation.\n\nfull\n\nopulences\n\nand\n\nresides\n\n", "adi1#p0401": "Adi-lila, ChapterS\n\n379\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Sri Svarupa Damodara Gosvami's diary. It appears as the\neighth of the first fourteen verses of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta.\nTEXT14\n\n�� 9ftf '�Jtlt'·•rtt'lf ttt'lf 1\n�·��� �� �t_I!JtPf·�tf�11{,11 �8 II\nprakrtira para 'para;vyoma' -name dhama\nkr.sra-vigraha yaiche vibhilty-tidi-guravan\nSYNONYMS\nprakrtira-the material nature; para-beyond; para-vyoma-the spiritual sky;niime\n-in name; dhiima-the place; kr�ra-vigraha-the form of Lord Kf�[la; yaiche\n\n-\n\njust\n\nas; vibhilti-tidi-like the six opulences;gura-van-full with transcendental attributes.\nTRANSLATION\nBeyond the material nature lies the realm known as paravyoma, the spiritual sky.\nLike Lord Kr�fla Himself, it possesses all transcendental attributes, such as the six\nopulences.\nPURPORT\nAccording to Sarikhya philosophy, the material cosmos is composed of twentyfour elements: the five gross material elements, the three subtle material elements,\nthe five knowledge-acquiring senses, the five active senses, the five objects of sense\npleasure, and the mahat-tattva (the total material energy). Empiric philosophers,\nunable to go beyond these elements, speculate that anything beyond them must be\navyakta, or inexplicable. But the world beyond the twenty-four elements is not\n\ninexplicable, for it is explained in Bhagavad-gita as the eternal (sanatana) nature.\nBeyond the manifested and unmanifested existence of material nature (vyaktavyakta)\n\nis the sanatana nature, which is called the paravyoma, or the spiritual sky. Since\nthat nature is spiritual in quality, there are no qualitative differences there; everything there is spiritual, everything is good, and everything possesses the spiritual\nform of Sri Kr�fla Himself. That spiritual sky is the manifested internal potency of\nSrT Kr�l')a; it is distinct from the material sky manifested by His external potency.\nThe all-pervading Brahman, the impersonal glowing ray of Sri Kr�pa, exists in the\nspiritual world with the Vaikul')tha planets. We can get some idea of that spiritual\nsky by a comparison to the material sky, for the rays of the sun in the material sky\ncan be compared to the brahmajyoti, the glowing ray of the Personality of Godhead.\nIn the brahmajyoti there are unlimited Vaikul')tha planets, which are spiritual and\ntherefore self-luminous, with a glow many times greater than that of the sun. The\nPersonality of Godhead Sri Kf�l')a, His innumerable plenary portions and the portions\nof His plenary portions dominate each Vaikul')tha planet. In the highest region of\n\n", "adi1#p0402": "380\n\n�i Caitanya-cariumrta\n\nthe spiritual sky is the planet called Kr�paloka, which has three divisions, namely\nDvaraka, Mathura and Goloka.\nTo a gross materialist this kingdom of God, Vaikurnha, is certainly a mystery.\nBut to an ignorant man everything is a mystery for want of sufficient knowledge.\nThe kingdom of God is not a myth. Even the material planets, which float over our\nheads in the millions and billions, are still a mystery to the ignorant. Material\nscientists are now attempting to penetrate this mystery, and a day may come\nwhen the people of this earth will be able to travel in outer space and see the\nvariegatedness of these millions of planets with their own eyes. In every planet\nthere is as much material variegatedness as we find in our own planet.\nThis planet earth is but an insignificant spot in the cosmic structure. Yet foolish\nmen, puffed up by a false sense of scientific advancement, have concentrated their\nenergy in a pursuit of so-called economic development on this planet, not knowing\nof the variegated economic facilities available on other planets. According to modern\nastronomy, the gravity of the moon is different from that of earth. Therefore if one\ngoes to the moon he will be able to pick up large weights and jump vast distances.\nIn the Riimiiyara, Hanuman is described as being able to lift huge weights as heavy\nas hills and jump over the ocean. Modern astronomy has confirmed that this is\nindeed possible.\nThe disease of the modern civilized man is his disbelief of everything in the\nrevealed scriptures. Faithless nonbelievers cannot make progress in spiritual realization, for they cannot understand the spiritual potency. The small fruit of a\nbanyan contains hundreds of seeds, and in each seed is the potency to produce\nanother banyan tree with the potency to produce millions more of such fruits.\nThis law of nature is visible before us, although how it works is beyond our understanding. This is but an insignificant example of the potency of Godhead; there are\nmany similar phenomena that no scientist can explain.\nEverything, in fact, is inconceivable, for the truth is revealed only to the proper\npersons. Although there are varieties of personalities, from Brahma down to the\ninsignificant ant, all of whom are living beings, their development of knowledge is\ndifferent. Therefore we have to gather knowledge from the right source. Indeed, we\ncan get knowledge in reality only from the Vedic sources. The four Vedas, with\ntheir supplementary Puriiras, the Mahiibhiirata, the Riimiiyara and their corollaries,\nwhich are known as smrtis, are all authorized sources of knowledge. If we are at all\nto gather knowledge, we must gather it from these sources without hesitation.\nRevealed knowledge may in the beginning be unbelievable because of our paradoxical desire to verify everything with our tiny brains, but the speculative means\nof attaining knowledge is always. imperfect. The perfect knowledge propounded in\nthe revealed scriptures is confirmed by the great iiciiryas, who have left ample\ncommentations upon them; none of these iiciiryas has disbelieved in the �iistras.\nOne who disbelieves in the �iistras is an atheist, and we should not consult an\natheist, however great he may be. A staunch believer in the �iistras, with all their\ndiversities, is the right person from whom to gather real knowledge. Such knowledge\nmay seem inconceivable in the beginning, but when put forward by the proper\nauthority its meaning is revealed, and then one no longer has any doubts about it.\n\n", "adi1#p0403": "Adi-fila, Chapter 5\n\n381\n\nTEXT15\n\n�'$f, 'el..., Rt.-��tfif 'f111 I\n\"' \"·'el<!l\\!ft1f �fc$ �i!tt11 II �a- II\nsarvaga, andnta, vibhu\n\n-\n\nvaikuf),thadi dhiima\n\nk[�f)a, k[�f)a-avatiirera tiihii1Ji vi�rtima\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-ga- all-pervading; anonto-unlimited; vibhu-greatest; vaikur,tha-iidi dhiimaall the places known as Vaiku l)�haloka; k.r�ra-of Lord Kr�pa; kr.sra-avatiirera-of\nthe incarnations of Lord Kr�pa; ttihiini- there; vi�riima-the residence.\nTRANSLATION\nThat Vaikul)�ha region is all-pervading, infinite and supreme. It is the residence\nof Lord KnQa and His incarnations.\nTEXT16\n\n\\!t•tJ �'PtRrett1f '\"tfrt'<!IS'·� I\n._lRt-11'(11'1-<;�-ITI�� fil� II�� 11\ntiihtira upari-bhiige 'kr�ra-/oka'-khyiiti\ndviirakii-mathurii-goku/a--tri-vidhatve sthiti\n\nSYNONYMS\nttihiira-of all of them; upari-bhiige-on the top; k[�f)a-loka-khytiti-the planet\nknown as Kr�paloka; dvaraka-mathura-gokula-the three places known as Dvaraka,\nMathura and Vrndavana; tri-vidhatve-in three departments; sthiti-situated.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the highest region of that spiritual sky is the spiritual planet called Kr�paloka.\nIt has three divisions-Dvaraka, M athura, and Go kula.\n\nTEXT17\n\n�t�9ffJ !lt� iii'IP(t(�-'f1111\nllt'Stttrt'<!IS, '�'Pt, � -.t11 II�� II\nsarvopari �rl-gokula\n\n-\n\nvraja/oka-dhiima\n\n�ri-goloka, �veta-dvipa, vrndiivana niima\n\n", "adi1#p0404": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n382\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-upari-above all of them; sri-goku/a-the place known as Go kula; vraja-/oka­\n\ndhiima-the place of Vraja; sri-go/aka-the place named Goloka; sveta-dvipa-the\nwhite island; vrndiivana niima-also named Vrndavana.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri- Gokula, tile highest of all, is also called Vraja, Goloka, Svetadvipa and\nVrndavana.\n\nTEXT18\n\n'�('Sf, .._. � ���It I\n�� �f'Al�, itt�.. �\" )\\r \"\nsarvaga, ananta, vibhu, kr.sra-tanu-sama\nupary-adho vyiipiyiiche, niihika niyama\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-ga\nexactly\n\n-\n\nall-pervading; ananta-unlimited; vibhu-the greatest; kr�ra-tanu-sama­\n\nlike the\n\nvyapiyache\n\n-\n\ntranscendental\n\nbody\n\nof\n\nKr�pa;\n\nupari-adha/;1- up and down;\n\nexpanded ; niihika-there is no; niyama-regulation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLike the transcendental body of Lord Kr�pa, Gokula is all-pervading, infinite and\nsupreme. It expands both above and below, without any restriction.\n\nPURPORT\nSrila J rva Gosvami, the great authority and philosopher in the line of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, has discussed the abode of Kr:;pa in his Kr.sra-sandarbha. In Bhagavad­\n\ngita the Lord refers to \"My abode.\" Srila Jiva GosvamT, examining the nature of\nKr:;pa's abode, refers to the Skanda Puriira, which states:\nyii yathii bhuvi vartante\npuryo bhagavatafl priyiifl\ntiis tathii santi vaikur.the\ntat-ta/-liliirtham iid[tiifl\n\"The abodes of Godhead in the material world, such as Dvaraka, Mathura and\nGoloka, are facsimiles representing the abodes of Godhead in the kingdom of God,\n\nVaikur;ttha-dhama.\" The unlimited spiritual atmosphere of that Vaikur;ttha-dhama\nis far above and beyond the material cosmos. This is confirmed in the Svayambhuvatantra in a discussion between Lord Siva and ParvatT regarding the effect of chanting\nthe mantra of fourteen syllables. There it is stated:\n\n", "adi1#p0405": "Adi-ma, Chapters\n\n383\n\nniinii-ka/pa-/atiikir(laril\nvaikur.tham vyiipakarh smaret\nadha{l siimyam guriiniirh ca\nprakrti{l sarva-kiiraram\n\n\"While chanting the mantra, one should always remember the spiritual world,\nwhich is very extensive and full of desire trees that can yield anything one desires.\nBelow that VaikUrJ!ha region is the potential material energy, which causes the\nmaterial manifestation.\" The places of the pastimes of Lord Kr�pa, such as Dvaraka,\nMathura and Vrndavana, eternally and independently exist in KnQaloka. They are\nthe actual abode of Lord Kf�Qa, and there is no doubt that they are situated above\nthe material cosmic manifestation.\nThe abode known as Vrndavana or Gokula is also known as Goloka. The Brahmasarhhitii describes that Gokula, the highest region of the kingdom of God, resembles\n\na lotus flower with thousands of petals. The outer portion of that lotus-like planet\n\nis a square place known as Svetadvipa. In the inner portion of Gokula there is an\nelaborate arrangement for Sri Krgta's residence with His eternal associates such as\nNanda and Yasoda. That transcendental abode exists by the energy of Sr1 Baladeva,\n\nwho is the original whole ofSe�a, or Ananta. The tantras also confirm this description\n\nby stating that the abode ofSri Anantadeva, the plenary portion of Baladeva, is called\nthe kingdom of God. Vrndavana-dhama is the innermost abode within the quadrang�r\nlar realm of �vetadvipa, which lies outside of the boundary of Gokula Vrndavana.\nAccording to jiva Gosvami, VaikuQtha is also called Brahmaloka. The Niiradapancaratra, in a statement concerning the mystery of Vijaya, describes:\ntat sarvopari go/oke\ntatra /okopari svayam\nviharet paramiinandi\ngovindo 'tula-niiyaka{l\n\n\"The predominator of the gopis, Govinda, the principal Deity of Gokula, always\nenjoys Himself in a place called Goloka in the topmost part of the spiritual sky.\"\nFrom the authoritative evidence cited by Jiva Gosvami we may conclude that\nKr�Qaloka is the supreme planet in the spiritual sky, which is far beyond the material\ncosmos. For the enjoyment of transcendental variety, the pastimes of K[�r;ta there\nhave three divisions, and these pastimes are performed in the three abodes. Dvaraka,\nMathura and Gokula. When K.r�pa descends to this universe, He enjoys the pastimes\nin places of the same name. These places on earth are nondifferent from those\noriginal abodes, for they are facsimiles of those original holy places in the transcendental world. They are as good as �rr Kr�Qa Himself and are equally worshipable.\nLord Caitanya declared that Lord Kr�Qa, who presents Himself as the son of the\nKing of Vraja, is worshipable, and Vrndavana-dhama is equally worshipable.\nTEXT19\n\n\"� � ����'\n�..-��,�--·tlll)tDII\n\n", "adi1#p0406": "384\n\n�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\nbrahmiirfle prakii�a tara kr�rera icchiiya\neka-i svarilpa tiira, niihi dui kiiya\n\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmiirpe-within the material world; prakii�a-manifestation; tiira-of it; kr.srera\nicchiiya-by the supreme will of Lord Kr�oa; eka-i-it is the same; sva-rilpa- identity;\ntiira-of it; niihi-not; dui-two; kiiya-bodies\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat abode is manifested within the material w orld by the will of Lord l<{�l)a.\nIt is identical to that original Gokula; they are not two different bodies.\n\nPURPORT\nThe above-mentioned dhiimas are movable, by the omnipotent will of Lord\nKnl)a. When S ri Kr�l)a appears on the face of the earth, He can also make His\ndhiimas appear, without changing their original structure. One should not discriminate between the dhiimas on the earth and those in the spiritual sky, thinking those\non earth to be material and the original abodes to be spiritual. All of them are\nspiritual. Only for us, who cannot experience anything beyond matter in our\npresent conditioned state, do the dhiimas and the Lord Himself, in His arcii form,\nappear before us resembling matter to give us the facility to see spirit with material\neyes. In the beginning this may be difficult for a neophyte to understand, but in\ndue course, when one is advanced in devotional service, it will be easier, and he will\nappreciate the Lord's presence in these tangible forms.\n\nTEXT 20\n\nff•t'lff�, \"\"� �-. I\n\n�t.. m� llttl �'lt•l 'l1t II � II\no\n\ncintiimari-bhilmi, ka/pa-vrk�a-maya vana\ncarma-cak�e dekhe tiire prapancera soma\n\nSYNONYMS\ncintiimari-bhiJmi-the land of touchstone; kalpa-vrk�a-maya-full of desire trees;\nvana-forests; carma-cak�e- the material eyes; dekhe-see; tiire-it; prapancera soma\n-equal to the material creation.\nTRANSLATION\nThe land there is touchstone\n\n[ cintamapi ] , and the forests abound with desire\n\ntrees. Material eyes see it as an ordinary place.\n\n", "adi1#p0407": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n385\n\nPURPORT\n\nBy the grace of the Lord His dhiimas and He Himself can all be present simultaneously, without losing their original importance. Only when one fully develops in\naffection and love of Godhead can one see those dhiimas in their original appearance.\nSrila Narottama dasa Thakura, a great iiciirya in the preceptorial line of Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, has said for our benefit that one can perfectly see the dhiimas\nonly when one completely gives up the mentality of lording it over material nature.\nOne's spiritual vision develops proportionately to one's giving up the debased\nmentality of unnecessarily enjoying matter. A diseased person who has become\ndiseased because of a certain bad habit must be ready to follow the advice of the\nphysician, and as a natural sequence he must attempt to give up the cause of the\ndisease. The patient cannot indulge in the bad habit and at the same time expect\nto be cured by the physician. Modern material civilization, however, is maintaining\na diseased atmosphere. The living being is a spiritual spark, as spiritual as the Lord\nHimself. The only difference is that the Lord is great and the living being is small.\nQualitatively they are one, but quantitatively they are different. Therefore, since\nthe living being is spiritual in constitution, he can be happy only in the spiritual\nsky, where there are unlimited spiritual spheres called Vaiku(l�has. A spiritual\nbeing conditioned by a material body must therefore try to get rid of his disease\ninstead of developing the cause of the disease.\nFoolish persons engrossed in their material assets are unnecessarily proud of being\nleaders of the people, but they ignore the spiritual value of man. Such illusioned\nleaders make plans covering any number of years, but they can hardly make\nhumanity happy in a state conditioned by threefold miseries inflicted by material\nnature. One cannot control the laws of nature by any amount of struggling. One\nmust at last be subject to death, nature's ultimate law. Death, birth, old age and\nillness are symptoms of the diseased condition of the living being.The highest aim\nof human life should therefore be to get free from these miseries and go back home,\nback to Godhead.\nTEXT 21\n\n'�til Oft-r � 'Qi'f·� I\n\n'1tt't·,�tr ·� �� R'I'PI II �) \"\nprema-netre dekhe tara svarDpa-prakii�a\ngopa-gopi-sange yiilthii kr�rera viliisa\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nprema-netre-with the eyes of love of Godhead; dekhe-one sees; tara-its;\nsva-rlipa-prako�a-manifestation of identity; gopa-cowherd boys; gopi-sange-with\nthe cowherd damsels; yanha- where; kr�rera vi/asa- the pastimes of Lord Kf�l)a.\nTRANS LATlON\n\nBut with the eyes of love of Godhead one can see its real identity as the place\nwhere Lord Kr�pa performs His pastimes with the cowherd boys and cowherd girls.\n\n", "adi1#p0408": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n386\n\nTEXT 22\n\nf5�11tf't.!.l<fl'!1il� <ftf,'lfi!�ll� �11��fi!'11C'f��1{_ I\ni!\"'l\")'l��!r\"t'!\"'lltt��Jlti\"l�\nC�1�ilif\"1lifif\"J:,�lft. \\!l{�t. �lflt II H II\ncintiimari-prakara-sqdmasu kalpa-vrk�a/ak�iivrte�u surabhir abhipiilayantam\nlak�mi-sahasra-sata-sambhrama-sevyamiinaril\ngovindam iidl-puru�aril tam aharil bhajiimi\nSYNONYMS\ncintiimari- touchstone;\n\nprakara-groups made of;\n\nsadmasu-in abodes ; ka/pa­\n\nvrk�a-of desire trees; /ak�a-by millions; avrte �u- surrounded; surabhi!J-surabhi cows;\nabhipiilayantam-tending; /ak�mT-of goddesses of fortune ; sahasra-of thousands;\nsata\n\n-\n\nby hundreds; sambhrama-with great respect ; sevyamiinam-being served;\n\ngovindam-Govinda; iidi-puru�am-the original person ; tam-H im ; aham-1; bhajiimi\n-worship.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, the first progenitor, who is tending the\ncows, yielding all desires, in abodes built with spiritual gems and surrounded by\nmillions of purpose trees. He is always served with great reverence and affection\nby hundreds and thousands of goddesses of fortune.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Brahma-samhitii (5.29). This description of the abode of\nKr�pa gives us definite information of the transcendental place where not only is\nlife eternal, blissful and full of knowledge, but there are ample vegetables, milk,\njewels, and beautiful homes and gardens tended by lovely damsels who are all\ngoddesses of fortune. Kr�paloka is the topmost planet in the spiritual sky, and below\nit are innumerable spheres, a description of which can be found in SrimadBhiigavatam.\n\nIn the beginning of Lord Brahma's self-realization he was shown a\n\ntranscendental vision of the Vaikuptha spheres by the grace of Narayapa. Later, by\nthe grace of Kr�ra, he was shown a transcendental vision of Kr�r;�aloka. This\ntranscendental vision is like the reception of television from the moon via a mechanical system for receiving modulated waves, but it is achieved by penance and\nmeditation within oneself.\nThe Srimad-Bhiigavatam (Second Canto) states that in Vaikur;t�haloka the material\nmodes of nature, represented by the qualities of goodness, passion and ignorance,\nhave no influence. In the material world the highest qualitative manifestation is\ngoodness, which is characterized by truthfulness, mental equilibrium, cleanliness,\ncontrol of the senses, simplicity, essential 'knowledge, faith in God, scientific knowl-\n\n", "adi1#p0409": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n387\n\nedge and so on. Nevertheless, all these qualities are mixed with passion and imperfection. But the qualities in Vaikur;Jtha are a manifestation of God's internal potency,\nand therefore they are purely spiritual and transcendental, with no trace of material\ninfection. No material planet, even Satyaloka, is comparable in quality to the spiritual\nplanets, where the five inherent qualities of the material world-namely, ignorance,\nmisery, egoism, anger and envy-are completely absent.\nIn the material world, everything is a creation. Anything we can think of within\nour experience, including even our own bodies and minds, was created. This process\nof creation began with the life of Brahma, and the creative principle is prevalent all\nover the material universe because of the quality of passion. But since the quality\nof passion is conspicuous by its absence in the Vaikuotha planets, nothing there is\ncreated; everything there is eternally existent. And because there is no mode of\nignorance, there is also no question of annihilation or destruction. In the material\nworld one may try to make everything permanent by developing the abovementioned qualities of goodness, but because the goodness in the material world\nis mixed with passion and ignorance, nothing here can exist permanently, despite\nall the good plans of the best scientific brains. Therefore in the material world we\nhave no experience of eternity, bliss and fullness of knowledge. But in the spiritual\nworld, because of the complete absence of the qualitative modes, everything is\neternal, blissful and cognizant. Everything can speak, everything can move, everything can hear, and everything can see in fully blessed existence for eternity. The\nsituation being so, naturally space and time, in the forms of past, present and future,\nhave no influence there. In the spiritual sky there is no change because time has no\ninfluence. Consequently, the influence of maya, the total external energy, which\ninduces us to become more and more materialistic and forget our relationship with\nGod, is also absent there.\nAs spiritual sparks of the beams emanating from the transcendental body of the\nLord, we are all permanently related with Him and equal to Him in quality. The\nmaterial energy is a covering of the spiritual spark, but in the absence of that\nmaterial covering, the living beings in Vaikur;Jthaloka are never forgetful of their\nidentities; they are eternally cognizant of their relationship with God in their\nconstitutional position of rendering transcendental loving service to the Lord. Because they constantly engage in the transcendental service of the Lord, it is natural\nto conclude that their senses are also transcendental, for one cannot serve the Lord\nwith material senses. The inhabitants of VaikuQthaloka do not possess material\nsenses with which to lord it over material nature.\nPersons with a poor fund of knowledge conclude that a place void of material\nqualities must be some sort of formless nothingness. In reality, however, there are\nqualities in the spiritual world, but they are different from the material qualities\nbecause.everything there is eternal, unlimited and pure. The atmosphere there is\nself-illuminating, and thus there is no need of a sun, a moon or fire, electricity and\nso on. One who can reach that abode does not come back to the material world with\na material body. There is no difference between atheists and the faithful in the\nVaikur;Jtha planets because all who settle there are freed from the material qualities,\nand thus suras and asuras become equally obedient loving servitors of the Lord.\n\n", "adi1#p0410": "388\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nThe residents of Vaikur;��ha have brilliantly black complexions much more\nfascinating and attractive than the dull white and black complexions found in the\nmaterial world. Their bodies, being spiritual, have no equals in the material world.\nThe beauty of a bright cloud when lightning flashes on it merely hints at their\nbeauty. Generally the inhabitants of Vaikur;��ha dress in yellow clothing. Their\nbodies are delicate and attractively built, and their eyes are like the petals of lotus\nflowers. Like Lord Vi�(lU, the residents of Vaikur;��ha have four hands, decorated\nwith a conchshell, wheel, club and lotus flower. Their chests are beautifully broad\nand fully decorated with necklaces of a brilliant diamond-like metal surrounded by\ncostly jewels never to be found in the material world. The residents of Vaikur;��ha\nare always powerful and effulgent. Some of them have complexions like red coral\neat's eyes and lotus flowers, and each of them has earrings of costly jewels. On\ntheir heads they wear flowery crowns resembling garlands.\nIn the Vaiku(l�has there are airplanes, but they make no tumultuous sounds.\nMaterial airplanes are not at all safe; they can fall down and crash at any time, for\nmatter is imperfect in every respect. In the spiritual sky, however, the airplanes are\nalso spiritual, and they are spiritually brilliant and bright. These airplanes do not\nfly business executives, politicians or planning commissions as passengers, nor do\nthey carry cargo or postal bags, for these are all unknown there. These planes are\nfor pleasure trips only, and the residents of Vaikur;��ha fly in them with their heavenly\nbeautiful fairylike consorts. Therefore these airplanes, full of residents of Vaikup�ha,\nboth male and female, increase the beauty of the spiritual sky. We cannot imagine\nhow beautiful they are, but their beauty may be compared to the clouds in the sky\naccompanied by silver branches of electric lightning. The spiritual sky of Vaikut��haloka is always decorated in this way.\nThe full opulence of the internal potency of Godhead is always resplendent in\nthe Vaikup�haloka, where goddesses of fortune are ever-increasingly attached to\nserving the lotus feet of the Personality of Godhead. These goddesses of fortune,\naccompanied by th�i ; friends, always create a festive atmosphere of transcendental\nmirth. Always singing the glories of the Lord, they are not silent even for a moment.\nThere are 4_nlimited Vaikup�ha planets in the spiritual sky, and the ratio of these\nplanets to the material planets in the material sky is three to one. Thus the poor\nmaterialist is busy making political adjustments on a planet that is most insignificant\nin God's creation. To say nothing of this planet earth, the whole universe, with innumerable planets throughout the galaxies, is comparable to a single mustard seed in a\nbag full of mustard seeds. But the poor materialist makes plans to live comfortably\nhere and thus wastes his valuable human energy in something that is doomed to\nfrustration. Instead of wasting his time with business speculations, he might have\nsought the life of plain living and high spiritual thinking and thus saved himself\nfrom perpetual materialistic unrest.\nEven if a materialist wants to enjoy developed material facilities, he can transfer\nhimself to planets where he can experience material pleasures much more advanced\nthan those available on earth. The best plan is to prepare oneself to return to the\nspiritual sky after leaving the body. However, if one is intent on enjoying material\nfacilities, one can transfer himself to other planets in the material sky by utilizing\n\n", "adi1#p0411": "Ad i-lila, Chapter 5\n\n389\n\nyogic powers. The playful spaceships of the astronauts are but, child ish entertainments and are of no use for this purpose. The a�fiinga-yoga system is a materialistic\nart of controlling air by transferring it from the stomach to the navel, from the\nnavel to the heart, from the heart to the collarbone and from there to the eyeballs,\nfrom there to the cerebellum and from there to any desired planet. The velocities\nof air and light are taken into consideration by the material scientist, but he has no\ninformation of the velocity of the mind and intelligence. We have some limited\nexperience of the velocity of the mind because in a moment we can transfer our\nminds to places hundreds of thousands of miles away. Intelligence is even finer.\nFiner than intelligence is the soul, which is not matter like mind and intelligence\nbut is spirit or anti-matter. The soul is hundreds of thousands of times finer and\nmore powerful than intelligence. We can thus only imagine the velocity of the soul\nin its traveling from one planet to another. Needless to say, the soul travels by its\nown strength and not with the help of any kind of material vehicle.\nThe bestial civilization of eating, sleeping, fearing and sense-gratifying has misled\nmodern man into forgetting how powerful a soul he has. As we have already\ndescribed, the soul is a spiritual spark many, many times more illuminating, dazzling\nand powerful than the sun, moon, or electricity. Human life is spoiled when man\ndoes not realize his real identity with his soul. Lord Caitanya appeared with Lord\nNityananda to save man from this type of misleading civilization.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam also describes how yogis can travel to all the planets in the\n\nuniverse. When the vital force is lifted to the cerebellum, there is every chance that\nthis force will burst out from the eyes, nose, ears, etc., as these are places that are\nknown as the seventh orbit of the vital force. But the yogis can block these holes\nby complete suspension of air. The yogi then concentrates the vital force in the\nmiddle position, that is, between the eyebrows. At this position, the yogi can think\nof the planet into which he wants to enter after leaving the body. He can then\ndecide whether he wants to go to the abode of KfHla in the transcendental\nVaikup�has, from which he will not be required to descend into the material world,\nor to travel to higher planets in the material universe. The perfect yogi is at liberty\nto do either.\nFor the perfect yogi who has attained success in the method of leaving his body\nin perfect consciousness, transferring from one planet to another is as easy as an\nordinary man's walking to the grocery store. As already discussed, the material body\nis just a covering of the spiritual soul. Mind and intelligence are the undercoverings,\nand the gross body of earth, water, air and so on is the overcoating of the soul. As\nsuch, any advanced soul who has realized himself by the yogic process, who knows\nthe relationship petween matter and spirit, can leave the gross dress of the soul in\nperfect order and as he desires. By the grace of God, we have complete freedom.\nBecause the Lord is kind to us, we can live anywhere-either in the spiritual sky or\nin the material sky, upon whichever planet we desire. However, misuse of this freedom causes one to fall down into the material world and suffer the threefold\nmiseries of conditioned life. The living of a miserable life in the material world by\ndint of the soul's choice is nicely illustrated by Milton in Paradise Lost. Similarly,\nby choice the soul can regain paradise and return home, back to Godhead.\n\n", "adi1#p0412": "390\n\nSrT Caitan ya-car itamrta\n\nAt the critical time of death, one can place the vital force between the two\neyebrows and decide where he wants to go. If he is reluctant to maintain any\nconnection with the material world, he can, in less than a second, reach the\ntranscendental Vaiku[l�ha and appear there completely in his spiritual body, which\nwill be suitable for him in the spiritual atmosphere. He has simply to desire to leave\nthe material world both in finer and in grosser forms and then move the vital force\nto the topmost part of the skull and leave the body from the hole in the skull\ncalled the brahma-randhra. This is easy for one perfect in the practice of yoga.\nOf course man is endowed with free will, and as such if he does not want to free\nhimself of the material world he may enjoy the life of brahma-pada (occupation of\nthe post of Brahma) and visit Siddhaloka, the planets of materially perfect beings\nwho have full capacities to control gravity, space and time. To visit these higher\nplanets in the material universe, one need not give up his mind and intelligence\n(finer matter:), but need only give up grosser matter (the material body).\nEach and every planet has its particular atmosphere, and if one wants to travel\nto any particular planet within the material universe, one has to adapt his material\nbody to the climatic condition of that planet. For instance, if one wants to go from\nIndia to Europe, where the climatic condition is different, one has to change his\ndress accordingly. Similarly, a complete change of body is necessary if one wants to\ngo to the transcendental planets of Vaiku[!�ha. However, if one wants to go to the\nhigher material planets, he can keep his finer dress of mind, intelligence and ego,\nbut has to leave his gross dress {body) made of earth, water, fire, etc.\nWhen one goes to a transcendental planet, it is necessary to change both the finer\nand gross bodies, for one has to reach the spiritual sky completely in a spiritual\nform. This change of dress will take place automatically at the time of death if one\nso desires.\nBhagavad-gTtii confirms that one can attain his next material body according to\n\nhis desires at the time he leaves his body. The desire of the mind carries the soul\nin a suitable atmosphere as the wind carries aromas from one place to another.\nUnfortunately those who are not yogis but gross materialists, who throughout their\nlives indulge in sense gratification, are puzzled by the disarrangement of the bodily\nand mental condition at the time of death. Such gross sensualists, encumbered by\nthe main ideas, desires and associations of the lives they have led, desire something\nagainst their interest and thus foolishly take on new bodies that perpetuate their\nmaterial miseries.\nSystematic training of the mind and intelligence is therefore needed so that at the\ntime of death one may consciously desire a suitable body, either on this planet or\nanother material planet or even a transcendental planet. A civilization that does not\nconsider the progressive advancement of the immortal soul merely fosters a bestial\nlife of ignorance.\nIt is foolish to think that every soul that passes away goes to the same place.\nEither the soul goes to a place he desires at the time of death, or upon leaving his\nbody he is forced to accept a position according to his acts in his previous life. The\ndifference between the materialist and the yogTis that a materialist cannot determine\nhis next body, whereas a yogi can consciously attain a suitable body for enjoyment\n\n", "adi1#p0413": "Adi-ma, Chapter 5\n\n391\n\nin the higher planets. Throughout his life, the gross materialist who is constantly\nafter sense gratification spends all day earning his livelihood to maintain his family,\nand at night he wastes his energy in sex enjoyment or else goes to sleep thinking\nabout all he has done in the daytime. That is the monotonous life of the materialist.\nAlthough differently graded as businessmen, lawyers, politicians, professors, judges,\ncoolies, pickpockets, laborers and so on, materialists all simply engage in eating,\nsleeping, fearing and sense gratification and thus spoil their valuable lives pursuing\nluxury and neglecting to perfect their lives through spiritual realization.\n\nYogTs, however, try to perfect their lives, and therefore Bhagavad-gTtii enjoins\nthat everyone should become a yogi. Yoga is the system for lin king the soul in the\nservice of the Lord. Only under superior guidance can one practice such yoga in his\nlife without changing his social position. As already described, ayogTcan go anywhere\nhe desires without mechanical help, for a yogT can place his mind and intelligence\nwithin the air circulating inside his body, and by practicing the art of breath control'\nhe can mix that air with the air that blows all over the universe outside his body.\nWith the help of this universal air, a yogT can travel to any planet and get a body\nsuitable for its atmosphere. We can understand this process by comparing it to the\nelectronic transmission of radio messages. With radio transmitters, sound waves\nproduced at a certain station can travel all over the earth in seconds. But sound is\nproduced from the ethereal sky, and as already explained, subtler than the ethereal\nsky is the mind, and finer than the mind is the intelligence. Spirit is still finer than\nthe intelligence, and by nature it is completely different from matter. Thus we can\njust imagine how quickly the spirit soul can travel through the universal atmosphere.\nTo come to the stage of manipulating finer elements like mind, intelligence and\nspirit, one needs appropriate training, an appropriate mode of life and appropriate\nassociation. Such training depends upon sincere prayers, devotional service, achievement of success in mystic perfection, and the successful merging of oneself in the\nactivities of the soul and Supersoul. A gross materialist, whether he be an empiric\nphilosopher, a scientist, a psychologist or whatever, cannot attain such success\nthrough blunt efforts and word jugglery.\nMaterialists who perform yajnas, or great sacrifices, are comparatively better than\ngrosser materialists who do not know anything beyond laboratories and test tubes.\nThe advanced materialists who perform such sacrifices can reach the planet called\nVai�vanara, a fiery planet similar to the sun. On this planet, which is situated on the\nway to Brahmaloka, the topmost planet in the universe, such an advanced materialist\ncan free himself from all traces of vice and its effects. When such a materialist is\npurified, he can rise to the orbit of the pole star (Dhruvaloka). Within this orbit,\nwhich is called the �i�umara cakra, are situated the Aditya-lokas and the V aiku{l�ha\nplanet within this universe.\nA purified materialist who has performed many sacrifices, undergone severe\npenances and given the major portion of his wealth in charity can reach such\nplanets as Dhruvaloka, and if he becomes still more qualified there, he can penetrate\nstill higher orbits and pass through the navel of the universe to reach the planet\nMaharloka, where sages like Bhrgu Muni live. In Maharloka one can live even to the\ntime of the partial annihilation of the universe. This annihilation begins when\n\n", "adi1#p0414": "392\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nAnantadeva, from the lowest position in the universe, produces a great blazing fire.\nThe heat of this fire reaches even Maharloka, and then the residents of Maharloka\ntravel to Brahmaloka, which exists for twice the duration of pariirdha time.\nIn Brahmaloka there is an unlimited number of airplanes that are controlled not\nby yantra (machine} but mantra (psychic action}. Because of the existence of the\nmind and intelligence on Brahmaloka, its residents have feelings of happiness and\ndistress, but there is no cause of lamentation from old age, death, fear or distress.\nThey feel sympathy, however, for the suffering living beings who are consumed in\nthe fire of annihilation. The residents of Brahmaloka do not have gross material\nbodies to change at death, but they transform their subtle bodies into spiritual\nbodies and thus enter the spiritual sky. The residents of Brahmaloka can attain\nperfection in three different ways. Virtuous persons who reach Brahmaloka by dint\nof their pious work become masters of various planets after the resurrection of\nBrahma, those who have worshiped Garbhodaka�ayTVigJU are liberated with Brahma,\nand those who are pure devotees of the Personality of Godhead at once push through\nthe covering of the universe and enter the spiritual sky.\nThe numberless universes exist together in foamlike clusters, and so only some of\nthem are surrounded by the water of the Causal Ocean. When agitated by the\nglance of K.arapodaka�ayTVi�pu, material nature produces the total elements, which\nare eight in number and which gradually evolve from finer to gross. A part of ego is\nthe sky, a part of which is air, a part of which is fire, a part of which is water, a part\nof which is earth. Thus one universe inflates to an area of four billion miles in\ndiameter. A yogi who desires gradual liberation must penetrate all the different\ncoverings of the universe, including the subtle coverings of the three qualitative\nmodes of material nature. One who does this never has to return to this mortal\nworld.\nAccording to �ukadeva GosvamT, the above description of the material and\nspiritual skies is neither imaginary nor utopian. The actual facts are recorded in the\nVedic hymns, and Lord Vasudeva disclosed them to Lord Brahma when Brahma\nsatisfied Him. One can achieve the perfection of life only when he has a definite idea\nof VaikupJha and the Supreme Godhead. One should always think about and\ndescribe the Supreme Personality of Godhead, for this is recommended both in\nBhagavad-gTtii and in the Bhiigavata Purii(la, which are two authorized commentaries\nupon the Vedas. Lord Caitanya has made all these subject matters easier for the\nfallen people of this age to accept, and Sri Caitanya-caritiimrta has therefore presented them for the easy understanding of all concerned.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n$·'e1t�ht tJ.ot112t�tfillfl1\niltil�'t ��'!� � �-1 II�� II\nmathurii-dviirakiiya nija-rilpa prakii�iyii\nniinii-rilpe vi/asoye catur-vyilha hainii\n\n", "adi1#p0415": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n393\n\nSYNONYMS\nmathurii-in Mathura; dviirakiiya-in Dvaraka; nija-rDpa - personal body; prakii�iyii\n-manifesting; niinii-rDpe-in various ways; vilasaye-enjoys pastimes; catu{l-vyuha\nhaii7ii-ex panding into four wonderful forms.\nTRANSLATION\nHe manifests His own form in Mathura and Dvaraka. He enjoys pastimes in\nvarious ways by expanding into the quadruple forms.\nTEXT 24\n\n��-ll�-c2f�� I\n\"��-\"'�'' t_t'l't, ��� n �8 n\nvasudeva-sankar�ara-pradyumnaniruddha\nsarva-catur-vyDha-a/Mi, turiya, vi!uddha\nSYNONYMS\nviisudeva-Lord\nPradyumna;\n\nVasudeva;\n\naniruddha-and\n\nsankarsana-Lord\nLord\n\nSarikar�apa;\n\npradyumna-Lord\n\nAnirudd ha; sarva-catu{l-vyDha-of\n\nall\n\nquadruple expansions; am�i-source; turiya-transcendental; vi�uddha-pu r e.\n\nother\n\nTRANSLATION\nVasudeva, San�ar.sapa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha are the primary quadruple\nforms from whom all other quadruple forms are manifested. They are all purely\ntranscendental.\n\n·\n\nTEXT 25\n\nc.tlt f� c;l'ft� \" c;-.����� I\n�'Stet 'I<JP1 c;-tt'f �il· '1111 It �(f II\nei tina Joke k[J(Ia keva/a-lilii-maya\nnija-ga(la lana khe/e ananta samaya\nSYNONYMS\nei-these; tina-three; Joke-in the locations; kr.sra-Lord Kr�Qa; kevala-only;\nfilii-maya-consisting of pastimes; nija-gara /ana-with His personal associates; khele\n-He plays; ananta samaya-unlimited time.\nTRANSLATION\nOnly in these three places [ Dvaraka, Mathura and Gokula] does the all-sporting\n\nLord Kr�Qa perform His endless pastimes with His personal associates.\n\n", "adi1#p0416": "394\n\n�i Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 26\n\n\"'�Jtlt-11t'tJ m' IIQi9t 12t�t-t ,\n-.tm-tlit't � f� � \"��\"\npara-vyoma-madhye kari' svarDpa proko�a\nniiriiyoro-rDpe karena vividha viliisa\nSYNONYMS\npara-vyoma-madhye-within the spiritual sky; kari'-making; sva-rapa prako�amanifesting His identity; norayoro-rDpe-the form of Lord Narayaoa; karenaperforms ; vividha vi/osa-varieties of pastimes.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Vaikup�ha planets of the spiritual sky the Lord manifests His identity as\nNarayapa and performs pastimes in various ways.\nTEXTS 27-28\n\n'lf§'t��� �� <.;� � I\n\n�tmlftit9t � �'l �\" n �\" \"\n�-5ill5-�1·9f1f, �� I\n\n�� �tl H'l �II�\"' II\n\nsvarilpa-vigraha kr�rera keva/a dvi-bhuja\nnoriiyora-rDpe sei tanu catur-bhuja\n�ahkha-cakra-gadii-padma, mahai�varya-maya\n�ri-bhD-nilo-�akti yiihra caroro sevaya\nSYNONYMS\nsva-rDpa-vigraha-personal form; kr�rera-of Lord Kr�oa;keva!a-only; dvi-bhuja\n-two hands; noriiyoro-rDpe-in the form of Lord Narayapa; sei-that;tanu-body;\ncatu{l-bhuja-four-handed; �ahkha-cakra-conchshell and disc; gada-club; padmalotus flower; moho-very great;aifvarya-maya-full of opulence;�ri-named fri;bhD\n-named bhD; nilii-named nilo; fakti-energies ; yohra-whose; caroro sevaya-serve\nthe lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nKnJ;Ja's own form has only two hands, but in the form of Lord Narayar;�a He has\nfour hands. Lord Narayar;�a holds a conchshell, disc, club and lotus flower, and He\nis full of great opulence. The Yi, bhii and nila energies serve at His lotus feet.\n\n", "adi1#p0417": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n395\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Ramanuja and Madhva sects of Vai�ravism there are extensive descriptions\nof the sri, bhu and nita energies. In Bengal the nita energy is sometimes called the\n\nlila energy. These three energies are employed in the service of four-handed Narayaoa\nin Vaikuptha. Relating how three of the Alvaras, namely Bhuta-yogi, Sara-yogi and\nBhrimta-yogi, saw Naraya�a in person when they took shelter at the house of a\n\nbriihmoro in the village of Gehali, the Prapannamrto of the �ri-sampradaya describes\nNaraya(la as follows:\n\ntiirk�yiidhirDqharh ta(fid-ambudiibharh\ntak�mi-dhararh vak�si pahkajiik�am\nhasta-dvaye �obhita-�ahkha-cakrarh\nvi�rurh dodr�ur bhagavantam iidyam\niijiinu-biihurh kamaniya-giitrarh\npiir�va-dvaye �obhita-bhDmi-nilam\npitiimbararh bhD�oro-bhD�itiihgarh\ncatur-bhujarh candano-ru�itiir'lgam\n\"They saw the lotus-eyed Lord Vi�[JU, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, mounted\non Garupa and holding Lak�mT, the goddess of fortune, to His chest. He resembled\na bluish raincloud with flashing lightning, and in two of His four hands He held a\nconchshell and disc. His arms stretched down to His knees, and all His beautiful\nlimbs were smeared with sandalwood and decorated with glittering ornaments.\nHe wore yellow clothes, and by either side stood His energies Bhumi and Nila.\"\nThere is the following reference to the �ri, bhD and njtii energies in the Sitopan�sad:\nmahii-tak�mrr deve�asya bhinniibhinna-rDpii cetaniicetaniitmikii. sii devi tri-vidhii\nbhavati--�akty-iitmanii icchii-�aktifl kriyii-�aktifl siik�iic-chaktir iti. icchii-�aktis trividhii bhavati-�ri-bhDmi-niliitmika. \"Maha-Lak�mi, the supreme energy of the\nLord, is experienced in different ways. It is divided into material and spiritual\npotencies, and in both features it acts as the willing energy, creative energy and\nthe internal energy. The willing energy is again divided into three, namely �ri, bhD\nand nita.\"\nQuoting from the revealed scriptures in his commentary on Bhagavad-gfta (4.6),\nMadhvacarya has stated that mother material nature, which is conceived of as the\nillusory energy, Durga, has three divisions, namely Sri, bhD and nfla. She is the\nillusory energy for those who are weak in spiritual strength because such energies\nare created energies of Lord V i�ru. Although each energy has no direct relationship\nwith the unlimited, they are subordinate to the Lord because the Lord is the\nmaster of all energies.\nIn his Bhagavat-sandarbha (verse 80) �rila jTva Gosvami Prabhu states: \"The\nPadma Puraro refers to the eternally auspicious abode of Godhead, which is full in\nall opulences, including the energies �ri, bhD and nita. The Maha-sarhhitii, which\ndiscusses the transcendental name and form of Godhead, also mentions Durga as\n\n", "adi1#p0418": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n396\n\nthe potency of Supersoul in relationship with the living entities. The internal\npotency acts in relation with His personal affairs, and the material potency mani­\n\nfests the three modes.\" Quoting elsewhere from the revealed scriptures, he states\n\nthat gi is the energy of Godhead that maintains the cosmic manifestation, bhD is\nthe creative energy of that cosmic creation, and nilii, Durga, is the energy that\n\ndestroys the creation. All these energies act in relation with the living beings, and\n\nthus they a:re together called jiva-miiyiJ.\n\nTEX:r 29\n\n1fWf't '� �tt �lft11 il �I\n�'ftf't �t�ti �9ftt <fitf �<fi <ri1f II �e;, II\nyadyapi keva/a tii/Jra krTifiJ-mdtra dharma\ntathiipi jivere k[piiya kare eka karma\n\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi- although; kevala-only; tiinra- His; kr T ifii-miitra- pastime only; dharma\n\n-characteristic function; tathiipi\n\n-\n\nstill; jivere-to the fallen souls; k[piiya-by the\n\ncauseless mercy; kare-does; eka one; karma-activity\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough His pastimes are His only characteristic functions, by His causeless\n\nmercy He performs one activity for the fallen souls.\nTEXT 30\n\n�ttlfffi·�t�?(J�\"':��<m I\nstfi �J._f9 firii <fitf it� �tf II �o II\nsiilokya-siim7p ya-sii�!i-siiru pya-prakiira\nciiri mukti diyii kare j7vera nistiira\n\nSYNONYMS\nsiJ/okya-the liberation called siJ/okya; siimTpya-the liberation calle9 siJmTpya;\n\nsiir,s,ti-the liberation called siJr�_ti; siirDpya-the liberation called siirDpya; prakiiravarieties; ciiri-four; mukti\n\nsouls; nistiira deliverance\n-\n\n-\n\nliberation; diyo- giv i ng; kare -does;jTvera-of the fa11en\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe delivers the fallen living entities by offering them the four kinds of liberationsalokya, samipya, sar��i and sarupya.\n\n", "adi1#p0419": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n397\n\nPURPORT\nThere are two kinds of liberated souls-those who are liberated by the favor of\nthe Lord and those who are liberated by their own effort. One who gets liberation\nby his own effort is called an impersonalist, and he merges in the glaring effulgence\nof the Lord, the brahmajyoti. But devotees of the Lord who qualify themselves for\nliberation by devotional service are offered four kinds of liberation, namely salokya\n(status equal to that of the Lord), samipya (constant association with the Lord),\nsar.sti (opulence equal to that of the Lord) and sarlJpya (features like those of the\nLord).\nTEXT 31\n\n�tl_'PJ·�91 i!t� il� '$1� I\n��·�truf Q �!'!'�� � II �� II\nbrahma-siiyujya-muktera tiihii niihi gati\nvaikuntha-biihire haya tii' sabiira sthiti\nSYNONYMS\n\nbrahma-sayujya-of\n\nmerging\n\ninto the\n\nSupreme\n\nBrahman;\n\nmuktera-of the\n\nliberation; tahti-there (in VaikupJha); nahi- not ; gati entrance ; vaiku(l_tha-bahire-\n\noutside the VaikupJha planets; haya-there is; to' sabara sthiti-the residence of all\nof them.\nTRANSLATION\nThose who attain brahma-sayujya liberation cannot gain entrance into Yaikup�ha;\ntheir residence is outside the Yaikup�ha planets.\nTEXT 32\n\n���·�tf�f �· 'lltJt�q � I\ntit.'•f �t.'fl �\"ei, 9AI'If �'I II �� II\nvaiku(l,tha-biihire eka jyotir-maya marflala\nk�rera angera prabha, parama ujjvala\nSYNONYMS\n\nvaikur,tha btihire-outside the YaikupJhalokas; eka-one; jyoti/;1-maya marflala-\n\nthe atmosphere of the glowing effulgence; k[�{lera-of Lord Kr�Qa; angera-of the\nbody;prabha-rays; parama-supremely; ujjva/a\n\n-\n\nbright.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOutside the Vaikup�ha planets is the atmosphere of the glowing effulgence,\nwhich consists of the supremely bright rays of the body of Lord KnQa.\n\n", "adi1#p0420": "�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n398\n\nTEXT 33\n\n'fil'li�' ift1f � !2t� � I\n\n�e.Ciil1fi9f', it� �t� ��f9·f� II�� II\n'siddha-loka' nama tara prakrtira para\ncit-svariipa, tanha nahi cic-chakti-vikiJra\nSYNONYMS\n'siddha-/oka;...the region of the Siddhas; nama-named; tara-of the effulgent\natmosphere; prakrtira\n\npara-beyond\n\nthis\n\nmaterial\n\nnature; cit-svariipa-full\n\nof\n\nknowledge; tanha-there; nahi-there is not;cit-�akti-vikara-change of the spiritual\nenergy.\nTRANSLATION\nThat region is called Siddhaloka, and it is beyond material nature. Its essence is\nspiritual, but it does not have spiritual varieties.\nTEXT 34\n\n,�����f��l\nmtt ,:r;� t'll·� �Mt-1� II �8 II\nsiirya-marflala yena biihire nirvi!e,.sa\nbhitare siiryera ratha-adi savi�e�a\nSYNONYMS\nsiirya-marflala-the sun globe; yena-like; biihire-externally; nirvi�e�a-without\nvarieties; bhitare-within; siiryera-of the sun- god; ratha-iidi�opulences like chariots\nand other things; sa-vi�e�a-full of varieties.\nTRANSLATION\nIt is like the homogeneous effulgence around the sun. But inside the sun are the\nchariots, horses and other opulences of the sun-god.\nPURPORT\nOutside of Vaikur;�tha, the abode of Kr�r;�a, which is called paravyoma, is the\nglaring effulgence of Kr�Qa's bodily rays. This is called the brahmajyoti. The transcendental region of that effulgence is called Siddhaloka or Brahmaloka. When impersonalists\n\nachieve\n\nliberation, they merge in that Brahmaloka effulgence. This\n\ntranscendental region is undoubtedly spiritual, but it contains no manifestations\nof spiritual activities or variegatedness. It is compared to the glow of the sun.\nWithin the sun's glow is the sphere of the sun, where one can experience all sorts of\nvarieties.\n\n", "adi1#p0421": "Adi-fila, Chapter 5\n\n399\n\nTEXT 35\n\n�11{jr;� i5�j� C��il{ lf�1 i5�J�� 'l(o{: I\n'>!S{R�'$ ��� �1 m�lf'Stf�� '5\\�: II ¢¢ II\nkiimild dve�iid bhayiit snehiid\nyathii bhaktye�vare mana{!\niive�ya tad agharh hitvil\nbahavas tad gatirh gatii{l\nSYNONYMS\nkiimiit-influenced by lusty desire; dve�iit\nby affection; yathii\n\n-\n\n-\n\nby envy; bhayiit-by fear; snehiit-or\n\nas; bhaktyii-by devotion; i�vare-in the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead; mana{l-the mind; iive�ya\n\n-\n\nfully absorbing; tat-that; agham\n\n-\n\nsinful\n\nactivity; hitvii-giving up; bahava{l-many; tat-that; gatim-destination; gatiil;achieved.\nTRANSLATION\n\"As through devotion to the Lord one can attain His abode, many have attained\nthat goal by abandoning their sinful activities and absorbing their minds in the Lord\nthrough lust, envy, fear or affection.\"\nPURPORT\nAs the powerful sun, by its glowing rays, can purify all kinds of impurities, so the\nall-spiritual Personality of Godhead can purify all material qualities in a person He\nattracts. Even if one is attracted by Godhead in the mode of material lust, such\nattraction is converted into spiritual love of Godhead by His grace. Similarly, if one\nis related to the Lord in fear and animosity, he also becomes purified by the\nspiritual attraction of the Lord. Although God is great and the living entity small,\nthey are spiritual individuals, and therefore as soon as there is a reciprocal exchange\nby the living entity's free will, at once the great spiritual being attracts the small\nliving entity, thus freeing him from all material bondage. This is a verse from\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam (7.1.29}.\nTEXT 36\n\nt��it ctr� fi!I'Jtctt• <!lt9fJt1l<fro�rflr\\!, 1\n�f'l'3nrfh�Ji� f<f�cti�t9f'lf�t1(j: II ¢� II\nyad ari(liirh priyii(liirh ca\nprilpyam ekam ivoditam\ntad brahma-k�(layor aikyiit\nkirariirkopamil-ju�ol;\n\n", "adi1#p0422": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n400\n\nSYNONYMS\nyat-that; arTvam-of the enemies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\npriyil(1iim-of the devotees, who are very dear to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; co-and; prapyam-destination; ekam-one only; iva-thus;uditam-said;\ntat-that; brahma-of impersonal Brahman; kr�voyo{l-and of Kr�r;ta, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; aikyat-due to the oneness; kiroro-the sunshine; arkaand the sun;upamii-the comparison;ju�o{l-which is understood by.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Where it has been stated that the Lord's enemies and devotees attain the same\ndestination, this refers to the ultimate oneness of Brahman and Lord Kr�r;ta. This\nmay be understood by the example of the sun and the sunshine, in which Brahman\nis like the sunshine and KnQa Himself is like the sun.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from the Bhakti-rasilm{ta-sindhu (1.2.278) of Srila Ropa Gosv:tmi,\n\nwho further discusses this same topic in his Laghu-bhiigavatamrto (1.5.41 ). There he\nrefers to the Vi�(1U Purii(la (4.15.1) , where Maitreya Muni asked Para�ara, in regard\n\nto Jaya and Vijaya, how it was that HiratJyaka�ipu next became RavatJa and enjoyed\nmore material happiness than the demigods but did not attain salvation, although\n\nwhen he became SgupaJa, quarreled with K[�tJa and was killed, he attained salvation and merged into the body of Lord Kr�r;ta. Para�ara replied that Hiral)yaka�ipu\nfailed to recognize Lord Nrsimhadeva as Lord Vi�pu. He thought that Nrsimhadeva\nwas some living entity who had acquired such opulence by various pious activities.\nBeing overcome\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nmode\n\nof passion, he considered\n\nan ordinary living entity, not understanding His form.\n\nLord Nrsimhadeva\n\nNevertheless, because\n\nHirapyak�ipu was killed by the hands of Lord Nrsimhadeva, in his next life he\nbecame RavaQa and had proprietorship of unlimited opulence. As Raval)a, with\nunlimited material enjoyment, he could not accept Lord R:tma as the Personality\nof Godhead. Therefore even though he was killed by Rama, he did not attain\nsiiyujya, or oneness with the body of the Lord. In his RavaQa body he was too\nmuch attracted by Rama's wife, janaki, and because of that attraction he was\nable to see Lord Rama. But instead of accepting Lord Rama as an incarnation of\nVi�pu, RavaQa thought Him an ordinary living being. When killed by the hands of\nRama, therefore, he got the privilege of taking birth as Si�upala, who had such\nimmense opulence that he could think himself a competitor to Knr;ta. Although\nSi�upala was always envious of Kr�r;ta, he frequently uttered the name of Kr�r:ta\narid always thought of the beautiful features of\n\nKr�r;ta. Thus by constantly\n\nthinking and chanting of Kr�r;ta, even unfavorably, he was cleansed of the contamination of his sinful activities. When Si�upala was killed by the Sudar�ana cakra\nof Knr;ta as an enemy, his constant remembrance of Knr;ta dissolved the reactio,n sof\nhis vices, and he attained salvation by becoming one with the body of the Lord:\n\n", "adi1#p0423": "Adi-rila, Chapter 5\n\n401\n\nFrom this incident one can understand that even a person who thinks of Kr�l)a\nas an enemy and is killed by Him may be liberated by becoming one with the body\nof Kf�l)a.\n\nWhat then must be the destination of devotees who always think\n\nfavorably of Kr�l)a as their master or friend? These devotees must attain a situation\n\nbetter than Brahmaloka, the impersonal bodily effulgence of Kr�l)a. Devotees\ncannot be situated in the impersonal Brahman effulgence, into which impersonalists\ndesire to merge. The devotees are placed in Vaikup�haloka or Knl)aloka.\n\nThis discussion between Maitreya Muni and Para�ara Muni centered on whether\n\ndevotees come down into the material world in every millennium like jaya and\nVijaya, who were cursed by the Kumaras to that effect. In the course of these\n\ninstructions to Maitreya about Hirapyaka�ipu, Ravaoa and Si�upala, Para5ara did\nnot say that these demons were formerly Jaya and Vijaya. 1-fe simply described\n\nthe transmigration through three lives. It is not necessary for the Vaikup�ha\n\nassociates of the Supreme Personality of 'Godhead to come to take the roles of\n\nHis enemies in all the millenniums in which He appears. The \"falldown\" of jaya\n\nand Vijaya occurred in a particular millennium; Jaya and Vijaya do not come down\n\nin every millennium to act as demons. To think that some associates of the Lord\n\nfall down from Vaikup�ha in every millennium to become demons is totally incorrect.\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead has all the tendencies that may be found in\nthe living entity, for He is the chief living entity. Therefore it is natural that some­\n\ntimes Lord Vi�pu wants to fight. Just as He has the tendencies to create, to enjoy,\nto be a friend, to accept a mother and father, and so on, He also has the tendency\n\nto fight. Sometimes important landlords and kings keep wrestlers with whom they\npractice mock fighting, and Vi�pu makes similar arrangements. The demons who\n\nfight with the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the material world are sometimes\nHis associates. When there is a scarcity of demons and the Lord wants to fight, He\n\ninstigates some of His associates of Vaikup�ha to come and play as demons. When\n\nit is said that Si�upala merged into the body of Kr�r;ta, it should be noted that in this\n\ncase he was not Jaya or Vijaya; he was actually a demon.\n\nIn his Bchad-bhligavattJmrto, Srila Sanatana Gosvami has explained that the attain­\n\nment of salvation by merging into the Brahman effulgence of the Lord cannot be\naccepted as the highest success in life, because demons like Karilsa, who were famous\nfor killing briihmoros and cows, attained that salvation. For devotees such salvation\n\nis abominable. Devotees are actually in a transcendental position, whereas nondevo­\n\ntees are candidates for hellish conditions of life. There is always a difference between\nthe life of a devotee and the life of a demon, and their realizations are as different\nas heaven and hell.\n\nDemons are always accustomed to be malicious toward devotees and to kill\n\nbriihmoros and cows. For demons, merging in the Brahman effulgence may be very\nglorious, but for devotees it is hellish. A devotee's aim in life is to attain perfection\n\nm loving the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Those who aspire to merge into the\n\nBrahman effulgence are as abominable as demons. Devotees who aspire to associate\n\nwith the Supreme Lord to render Him transcendental loving service are far superior.\n\n", "adi1#p0424": "402\n\n�i Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 37\n\n�� 'I tt�Jtt11 �1� fJ..f9�'1 I\n�-Pt ,,ntf�.. �tfm �� 11 �\" 11\ntaic{le para-vyome nona cic-chakti-viliisa\nnirvi�e�a jyotir-bimba biihire prakii�a\nSYNONYMS\ntaiche-in that way; para-vyome-in the spiritual sky; nona-varieties; cit-�aktivilasa-pastimes of spiritual energy; nirvi�e�a-impersonal;jyoti{l-of the effulgence;\nbimbo-reflection; biihire-externally;prakii�:...manifested.\nTRANSLATION\nThus in the spiritual sky there are varieties of pastimes within the spiritual\nenergy. Outside the VaikurHha planets appears the impersonal reflection of light.\nTEXT 38\n\n,..�,�-�� ,� '�� c;trJ�'fil\n'11\\4'tJ11 �fif�tfl ��1 � lAlii �\\r II\nnirvi5e�a-brahma sei keva/a jyotir-maya\nsayujyera adhikari tiinhii paya laya\nSYNONYMS\nnirvi5e�a-brahma-the impersonal Brahman effulgence; sei-that; keva/a-only;\njyoti{l-maya-effulgent rays; sayujyera-the liberation called sayujya (oneness with\nthe Supreme);adhikari-one who is fit for; tanhii-there (in the impersonal Brahman\neffulgence);paya-gets; laya-merging.\nTRANSLATION\nThat impersonal Brahman effulgence consists only of the effulgent rays of the\nLord. Those fit for sayujya liberation merge into that effulgence.\nTEXT 39\n\nf'f,Ci'ft�� \\;1{'{: 9f!C� �\\Jf �ilff� � I\nf'f\"1 �':{C� 'lUt1 C\\f�Jt\"'> �Ill 't1 �\\!it: II .!)� II\nsiddha-lokas tu tamasa{l\npare yatra vasanti hi\nsiddhii brahma-sukhe magna\ndaityii� co harif}ii hata{l\n\n", "adi1#p0425": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n403\n\nSYNONYMS\nsiddho-/okafl-the Siddhaloka, or impersonal Brahman; tu-but; tamasa(l-of\ndarkness; pore-beyond the jurisdiction; yatra-where; vasanti-reside; hi-certainly;\nsiddhal}-the spiritually perfect; brahma-sukhe-in\n\nthe transcend-ental bliss of\n\nbecoming one with the Supreme; magniif;-absorbed; daityiifl co-as well as the\ndemons; hariro-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; hatiifi-Killed.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Beyond the region of ignorance [the material cosmic manifestation] lies the\nrealm of Siddhaloka. The Siddhas reside there, absorbed in the bliss of Brahman.\nDemons killed by the Lord also attain that realm.\"\nPURPORT\nTarnal; means darkness. The material world is dark, and beyond the material\nworld is light. In other words, after passing through the entire material atmosphere,\none can come to the luminous spiritual sky, whose impersonal effulgence is known\nas Siddhaloka. Mayavadl philosophers who aspire to merge with the body of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, as well as demoniac persons such as Karhsa and\nSi�upala who are killed by Kf�[�a, enter that Brahman effulgence. Yogis who attain\noneness through meditation according to the Patai'ijali yoga system also reach\nSiddhaloka. This is a verse from the Brahmary;Ja Purli!Ja.\nTEXT 40\n\n� ��Jttl{ iftf111t'l1f �tft �ttllf I\nm-.1-5'{(�' m� ��tt-t 11 s• 11\nsei para-vyome nilroya!Jera cori poSe\ndvorako -catur-vyuhera dvitiya prakiiSe\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; para-vyome-in the spiritual sky; noroya!Jera-of Lord Narayal)a; cliri\npoSe-on four sides; dvarako-Dvaraka; catur-vyuhera-of the quadruple expansions;\ndv/tiya-the second; prakoSe-manifestation.\nTRANSLATION\nIn that spiritual sky, on the four sides of Naraya[�a, are the second expansions of\nthe quadruple expansions of Dvaraka.\nPURPORT\nWithin the spiritual sky is a second manifestation of the quadruple forms of\nDvaraka from the abode of Kf�[�a. Among these forms, which are all spiritual and\n\nimmune to the material modes, Sri Baladeva is represented as Maha-Sankar:;ara.\n\n", "adi1#p0426": "404\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam{ta\n\nThe actions in the spiritual sky are manifested by the internal potency in pure\nspiritual existence. They expand in six transcendental opulences, which are all\nmanifestations of Maha-Sankar�apa, who is the ultimate reservoir and objective of\nall living entities. Although belonging to the marginal potency known asjTva-�akti,\nthe spiritual sparks known as the living entities ar� subjected to the conditions of\nmaterial energy. It is because these sparks are related· with both the internal and\nexternal potencies of the Lord that they are known as belonging to the marginal\npotency.\nIn considering the quadruple forms of the absolute Personality of Godhead,\nkno�n as Vasudeva, Sanka�ara, Pradyumna and Aniruddha, the im personalists,\nheaded by Sripad Sankaracarya, have interpreted the aphorisms of the Vediintasiltra in a way suitable for the impersonalist school. To provide the intrinsic import\n\nof such aphorisms, however, Srila Rupa Gosvami, the leader of the six Gosvamis of\nVrndavana, has properly replied to the impersonalists in his Laghu-bhagavatilmrta,\nwhich is a natural commentary on the:aphorisms of the Ved{Jnta-sOtras.\nThe Padma Purtif}a, as quoted by Sl'ila Ropa GosvamT in his Laghu-bhllgavatomrta,\ndes.cribes that in the -spiritual sky there are four directions, corresponding to east,\nwest, north and south, in which Vasudeva, Sarikar�pa, Aniruddha and Pradyumna\nare situated. The ·same forms are also situ�ted in the material sky. The Padma\nPun11JO also des�ribes a place in the spiritual sky known as VedavatT-pura where\n\nVasudeva resides. In the Vi�puloka, which is above Satyaloka, Sarikar�ara resides.\nMaha-Sarikar�l)a is another name of Sank�r�a.ra. Pradyumna lives in Dvaraka-pura,\nand Aniruddha lies on the eternal bed of Se�a, generally known as ananta-�ayya,\nin the _island called Svetadvipa in the ?cean 6f milk.\nTEXTAl\n\nit1't'\"',..·�·lf·litt1•1fi4111• I\n'� 51(�' \"!�-�' ��· II 8� II\nvasudeva-sankar?OIJO·pradyumniinlruddha\n'dvltlya catur-vyuha' el-turlya, v/�uddha\n\nSYNONYMS\nvasudeva-the expansion named Vasudeva; sanka�f)a-the expansion named\n\nSarikar�al')a; pradyumna-the expansion named Pradyumna; aniruddha-the expansion named Aniruddha; dvitTya catu{7-vy0ha..:..the second quadruple expansion; e/this; turfya-transcendental; vifuddha-free from all material contamination.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVasudeva,\n\nSanka�a,\n\nPradyumna\n\nand\n\nquadruple. They are purely transcendental.\n\nAniruddha\n\nconstitute\n\nthis\n\nsecond\n\n", "adi1#p0427": "Adi-rila, Chapter 5\n\n405\n\nPURPORT\nSripad Sankaracarya has misleadingly explained the quadruple from (catur-vyuha)\n\nin his interpretation of the forty-second aphorism of the Second KhafJpa of Chapter\n\nTwo of the Vediinta-sDtras (utpatty-asambhaviit). In verses forty-one through fortyseven of Sri Caltanya-caritiimrta, Srila Kr�tJadasa Kaviraja Gosvami answers SrTpad\nSankaracarya!s misleading objections to the personal feature of the Absolute Truth.\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Absolute Truth, is not like a material\n\nobject that can be known by experimental knowle_dge or sense perception. In the\n\nNiirada-pai'lcariitra this fact has been explained by NarayatJa Himself to Lord Siva.\n\nBut Sankaracarya, the incarnation of Siva, under the order of Narayal)a, his master,\n\nhad to mislead the monists, who favor ultimate extinction. In the conditioned\n\nstage of existence, all living entities have four basic defects, of which one is the\n\ncheating propensity. Sankaracirya has carried this cheating propensity to the extreme to mislead the monists.\n\nActually, the quadruple forms explained in the Vedic literature cannot be under­\n\nstood by the speculation of a conditioned soul. The quadruple forms should there­\n\nfore be accepted just as they are described. The authority of the Vedas is such that\neven if one does not understand something by his limited perception, he should\n\naccept the Vedic injunction and not create interpretations to suit his imperfect\nunderstanding. In his Soriraka-bhii�ya, however, Sankaracarya has increased the misunderstanding of the monists.\n\nThe quadruple forms have a spiritual existence that can be realized in viisudeva­\n\nsattva (�uddha-sattva), or unqualified goodness, which accompanies complete ab­\n\nsorption in the understanding of Vasudeva. The quadruple forms, who are full of\n\nthe six opulences of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, are the enjoyers of the\n\ninternal potency. Thinking the absolute Personality of Godhead to be povertystricken or to have no potency-or, in other words, to be impotent-is simply\n\nrascaldom. This rascaldom is the profession of the conditioned soul, and it increases\n\nhis bewilderment. One who cannot understand the distinctions between the spiritual world and material world has no qualification to examine or know the situation\nof the transcendental quadruple forms. In his commentaries on the-second Kharifa\n\nof the VediJnta-sDtra, Chapter Two, verses 47-45, His Holiness Srrpad Sankaracarya\n\nhas made a futile attempt to nullify the existence of these quadruple forms in the\nspiritual world.\nSankaracarya says (verse 42) that devotees think the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead Vasudeva, Srr Kr�tJa, to be one, to be free from material qualities and to\n\nhave a transcendental body full of bliss and eternal existence. He is the ultimate\n\ngoal of the devotees, who believe that the Supreme Personality of Godhead expands\nHimself into four other eternal transcendental forms-Vasudeva, Sankar�ar;ta,\n\nPradyumna and Aniruddha. From Vasudeva, who is the primary expansion, come\n\nSankar�atJa, !>radyumna and Aniruddha in that order. Another name of Vasudeva\n\nis Paramatma, another name of Sankar�l)a isj7va {the living entity), another name\n\nof Pradyumna is mind, and another name of Aniruddha is ahankiira {false ego).\n\nAmong these expansions, Vasudeva is considered the origin of material nature.\n\n", "adi1#p0428": "406\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nTherefore � ar'lkaracarya says that Sar'lkar�apa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha must be\ncreations of that original cause.\nGreat souls assert that Narayal)a, who is known as Paramatma, the Supersoul, is\nbeyond material nature, and this is in accordance with the statements of the· Vedic\nliterature. Mayavadis also agree that Narayapa can expand Himself in various forms.\n\n�ar'lk4ra says that he does not attempt to argue that portion of the devotees' understanding, but he must protest the idea 1hat Sar'lkar?al)a is produced from Vasudeva,\nPradyumna\n\nis\n\nproduced\n\nfrom Sar'lkar�al)a, and Aniruddha\n\nis\n\nproduced from\n\nPradyumna, for if Sar'ikar?al)a is understood to represent the living entities created\nfrom the body of Vasudeva, the living entities would have· to be noneternal. The\nliving entities. are supposed to be freed from material contamination by engaging\nin prolonged temple worship of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, reading\nVedic literature and performing yoga and pious activities to attain the Supreme\nLord. But if the living entities had been created from material nature at a certain\npoint, they would be noneternal and would have no chance to be liberated and\nassociate with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. When a cause is nullified, its\nresults are nullified. In the Second Chapter of Vediinta-sutra, Acarya Vedavyasa has\nalso refuted the conception that the living beings were ever born (niitmii �ruter\nnityatviic ca tiibhya/;1). Because there is no creation for the livihg entities, they must\nbe eternal.\n\n� ar'lkaracarya says (verse 43) that devotees think that Pradyumna, who is considered to represent the senses, has sprung from Sar'lkar�al)a, who is considered to\nrepresent the living entities. But we cannot actually experience that a person can\nproduce senses. Devotees also say that from Pradyumna has sprung Aniruddha,\nwho is considered to represent the ego. But � al'lkaracarya says that unless the devotees\ncan show how ego and the means of knowledge can generate from a person, such an\nexplanation of the\n\nVediinta-sutra cannot be accepted, for )}O other philosophers\n.\n� ar'lkaracarya also says ( verse 44) that he cannot accept the devotees' idea that\n\naccept the sutras in that way.\n\nSar'lkar�at�a, Pradyumna and Aniruddha are equally as powerful as the absolute\nPersonality of Godhead, full in the six opulences of knowledge, wealth, strength,\nfame, beauty and renunciation, and free from the flaw of generation at a certain\npoint. Even if They are full expansions, the flaw of generation remains. Vasudeva,\nSar'lkar�at�a, Pradyumna and Aniruddha, being distinct individual persons, cannot\nbe one. Therefore if They are accepted as absolute, full and equal, there would have\nto be many Personalities of Godhead. But there is no need to accept that there are\nmany Personalities of Godhead, because acceptance of one omnipotent God is\nsufficient for all purposes. The acceptance of more than one God is contradictory\nto the conclusion that Lord Vasudeva, the absolute Personality of Godhead, is one\nwithout a second. Even if we agree to accept that the quadruple forms of Godhead\nare all identical, we cannot avoid the incongruous flaw of noneternity. Unless we\naccept that there are some differences among the personalities, there is no meaning\nto the idea thatSar'lkar�apa is an expansion of Vasudeva, Pradyumna is an expansion\nof Sarikar�at�a, and Aniruddha is an expansion of Pradyumna. There must be a\ndistinction between cause and effect. For example, a pot is distinct from the earth\nfrom which it is made, and therefore we can ascertain that the earth is the cause and\n\n", "adi1#p0429": "Adi-lila, Chapter S\n\n407\n\nthe pot is the effect. Without such distinctions, there is no meaning to cause and\n\neffect. Furthermore, the followers of the pancaratric principles do not accept any\n\ndifferences in knowledge and qualities between Vasudeva, Sarikar�aQa, Pradyumna\n\nand Aniruddha. The devotees accept all these expansions to be one, but why\nshould they restrict oneness to these quadruple expansions? Certainly we should not\n\ndo so, for all living entities, from Brahma to the insignificant ant, are expansions of\nVasudeva, as accepted in all the �rutls and smrtis.\n\nSankaracarya also says (verse 45) that the devotees who follow the Paficaratra\n\nstate that God's qualities and God Himself, as the owner of the qualities, are the\n\nsame. But how can the Bhiigavata school state that the six opulences-wisdom,\nwealth, strength, fame, beauty and renunciation-are identical with Lord Vasudeva?\n\nThis is impossible.\n\nIn his Laghu-bhagavatamrta, verses 80-83, �r11� ROpa Gosvami has refuted the\n\ncharges directed against the devotees by �rlp:id Sarikaracarya regarding their ex­\n\nplanation\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nquadruple\n\nforms\n\nVasudeva,\n\nSailkar�al)a,\n\nPradyumna\n\nand\n\nAniruddha. He says that these four expansions of Naraya(la are present in the\n\nspiritual sky, where They are famous as Mahavastha. Among Them, Vasudeva is\n\nworshiped within the heart by meditation because He is the predominating Deity of\nthe heart, as explained in Srrmad-Bhagavatam (4.3.23).\n\nSarikar�ar;Ja, the second expansion, is Vasudeva's personal expansion for pastimes,\n\na9d since He is the reservoir of all living entities, He is sometimes called jTva. The\n\nb'eauty of Sarikar�al)a is more than that of innumerable full moons radiating light\n\nbeams. He is worshipable as the principle of ego. He has invested Anantadeva with\n\nall the potencies of sustenance. For the dissolution of the creation, He also exhibits\nHimself as the Supersoul in Rudra, irreligiosity, ahi (the snake), antaka (death) and\n\nthe demons.\n\nPradyumna, the third manifestation, appears from Sarikar�al)a. Those who are\n\nespecially intelligent worship this Pradyumna expansion of Sankar�a(la as the principle of the 'intelligence. The goddess of fortune always chants the glories of\nPraayumna in the place known as 1/avrta-var,.sa, and she always serves Him with\n\ngreat devotion. His complexion appears sometimes golden and sometimes bluish\nlike new monsoon clouds in the sky. He is the-origin of the creation of the material\n\nworld, and He has invested His creative principle in Cupid. It is by His direction only\nthat all men and demigods and other living entities function with energy for regeneration.\n\nAniruddha, the fourth of the quadruple expansions, is worshiped by great sages\n\nand psychologists as the principle of the mind. His complexion is simifar to the\n\nblu!sh hue of a blue cloud. He en�ages in the maintenance of the cosmic manifestation and is the Supersoul of Dharma (the deity of religiosity), Manu (the pro­\n\ngenftor of mankind) and the devatiis (demigods). The Mok�a-dharma Vedic scripture\n\nindicates that Pradyumna is the Deity of the total mind, whereas Aniruddha is the\nDeity of the total ego, but previous statements regarding the quadruple forms are\n\nconfirmed in the Paflcaratra tantras in all respects.\n\nIn the Laghu-bhiigavatam{ta, verses 44-66, there is a lucid explanation of the\n\ninconceivable\n\npotencies\n\nof\n\nthe Supreme Personality of\n\n�arikaracarya's statements, the Maha-varaha Purara declares:\n\nGodhead.\n\nNegating\n\n", "adi1#p0430": "408\n\nSri Caitanya-caritilmrta\n\nsarve nitya{l �il�vata� ca\ndeMs tasya paratmana{l\nhanopodana-rah ito\nnalva prakrtijiil; kvaclt\n\"All the varied expansions of the Personality of Godhead are transcendental and\neternal, and all of them repeatedly descend to all the different universes of the\nmaterial creation. Their bodies, composed of eternity, bliss and knowledge, are everlasting; there is no chance of their decaying, for they are not creations of the material\nworld. Their forms are concentrated spiritual existence, always complete with all\nspiritual qualities and devoid of material contamination.\"\nConfirming these statements, the Niirada-pancarfJtra asserts:\n\nmarlr yathii vibhiigena\nnT/a-pTtadibhir yuta{l\nrOpa-bhedam avapnoti\ndhyilna-bhediit tatMcyuta{l\n\"The infallible Personality of Godhead can manifest His body in different ways\naccording to different modes of worship, just as the va/durya gem can manifest\nitself in various colors, such as blue and yellow.\" Each incarnation is distinct from\nall the others. This is possible by the Lord's inconceivable potency, by which He\ncan. simultaneously represent Himself as one, as various partial forms and as\n\n�e\n\norigin of these partial forms. Nothing is impossible for His inconceivable potencie�.\n\nKnoa is one without a second, but He manifests Himself in different bodies, as\nstated by Narada in the Tenth Canto of SrTmad-BMgavatam:\n\ncitrarh bataitad ekena\nvapu� yugapat p[thak\ngrheju dvy-aj{a-sahasrarh\nstriya eka udOvahat\n\"It is wonderful indeed that one Kr�oa has simultaneously become different Kr�oas\nin 16,000 palaces to accept 16,000 queens as His wives.\" (BMg. 1 0.69.2) The\n\nPadma Purara also explains:\nsa devo bahudhO bhOtvO\nnlrgura{l purujottama{l\nekTbhOya puna{l �ete\nnirdojo harir Odik(t\n\"The same Personality of Godhead, Puru�ttama, the original person, who is always\ndevoid of material qualities and contamination, can exhibit Himself in various forms\nand at the same time lie down in one form.\"\n\n", "adi1#p0431": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n409\n\nIn the Tenth Canto of SrTmod-Bhiigovotom it is said, yojonti tvon-moyiis tvarh voi\nbohu-murty-eko-murtikom: \"0 my Lord, although You manifest Yourself in varieties\n\nof forms, You are one without a second. Therefore pure devotees concentrate upon\nYou and worship only You.\"· (Bhilg. 10.40.7) In the Karma Purd(IO it is said:\nosthD/o� cdno(lu� coivo\nsthD/o ;(IU� co/vo sorvotofl\novorrofl sorvotofl proktofl\n�yiimo roktiinto-/oconofl\n\n\"The Lord is personal although impersonal, He is atomic although great, and He is\nblackish and has red eyes although He is colorless.\" By material calculation all this\nmay appear contradictory, but if we understand that the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead has inconceivable potencies, we can accept these facts as eternally possible\nin Him. In our present condition we cannot understand the spiritual activities and\nhow they occur, but although they are inconceivable in the material context, we\nshould not disregard such contradictory conceptions.\nAlthough it is apparently inconceivable, it is quite possible for the Absolute to\nreconcile all opposing elements. Srrmod-Bhiigovotom establishes this in the Sixth\nCanto (6.9.34-37):\n\"0 my Lord, Your transcendental pastimes and enjoyments all appear inconceivable because they are not limited by the causal and effective actions of\n91aterial thought. You can do everything without performing bodily work. The\nVedas say that the Absolute Truth has multifarious potencies and does not need to\ndo anything personally. My dear Lord, You are entirely devoid of material qualities.\nWithout anyone's help, You can create, maintain and dissolve the entire qualitative\nmaterial manifestation, yet in all such activities You do not change. You do not\naccept the results of Your activities, unlike ordinary demons and demigods, who\nsuffer or enjoy the reactions of their activities in the material world. Unaffected by\nthe reactions of work, You eternally exist with Your full spiritual potency. This we\ncannot fully understand.\n\"Because You are unlimited in Your six opulences, no one can count Your\ntranscendental qualities. Philosophers and other thoughtful persons are overwhelmed\nby the contradictory manifestations of the physical world and the propositions of\nlogical arguments and judgments. Because they are bewildered by word fugglery and\ndisturbed by the different calculations of the scriptures, their theories cannot touch\nYou, who are the ruler and controller of everyone and whose glories are beyond\nconception.\n\"Your inconceivable potency keeps You unattached to the mundane qualities.\nSurpassing all conceptions of material contemplation, Your pure transcendental\nknowledge keeps You beyond all speculative processes. By Your inconceivable potency, there is nothing contradictory in You.\n\"People may sometimes think of You as impersonal or personal, but You are one.\nFor .per�ns who are confused or bewildered, a rope may manifest itself as different\nkinds of snakes. For similar confused persons who are uncertain about You, You\n\n", "adi1#p0432": "410\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ncreate various philosophical methods in pursuance of their uncertain positionS.'�\nWe should always remember the differences between spiritual and material actions.\nThe Supreme Lord, being all-spiritual, can perform any act without extraneous\nhelp. In the material world, if we want to manufacture an earthen pot, we need the\ningredients, a machine and also a laborer. But we should not extend this idea to the\nactions of the Supreme Lord, for He can create anything in a moment without that\nwhich appears necessary in our own conception. When the Lord appears as an incarnation to fulfill a particular purpose; this does not indicate that He is unable to\nfulfill it without appearing. He can do anything simply by His will, but by His\ncauseless mercy He appears to be dependent upon His devotees. He appears as the\nson of Ya�odamata not because He is dependent on her care but because He accepts\nsuch a role by His causeless mercy. When He appears for the protection of His devotees, He naturally accepts trials and tribulations on their behalf.\nIn Bhagavad-gTtii it is said that the Lord, being equally disposed towards every\nliving being, has no enemies and no friends, but He has special affection for a devotee who always thinks of Him in love. Therefore neutrality and partiality are both\namong the transcendental qualities of the Lord, and they are properly adjusted\nby His inconceivable energy. The Lord is Parabrahman, or the source of the impersonal Brahma, which is His all-pervading feature of neutrality. In His personal\nfeature, however, as the owner of all transcendental opulences, the Lord displays\nHis partiality by taking the side of His devotees. Partiality, neutrality and all such\nqualities are present in God, otherwise they could not be experienced in the creation.\nSince He is the total existence, all things are properly adjusted in the Absolute.\n\n<t\"\"\n\nthe relative world such qualities are displayed in a perverted manner, and therefore\nwe experience nonduality as a perverted reflection. Because there is no logic to explain how things happen in the realm of spirit, the Lord is sometimes described as\nbeing beyond the range of experience. But if we simply accept the Lord's inconceivability, we can then adjust all things in Him. Nondevotees cannot understand\nthe Lord's inconceivable energy, and consequently for them it is said that He is\nbeyond the range of conceivable expression. The author of the Brahma-siitras accepts\nthis fact and says, �rutes tu �abda-mU/atviit: the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nis not conceivable by an ordinary man; He can be understood only through the\nevidence of V edic injunctions. The Skanda Purara confirms, acintytlfl khalu ye\nbhiivii na tams tarkepa yojayet: \"Matters inconceivable to a common man should\n\nnot be a subject for argument.\" We find very wonderful qualities even in material\njewels and drugs. Indeed, their qualities often appear inconceivable. Therefore if we\ndo not attribute inconceivable potencies to the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nwe cannot establish His supremacy. It is because of these inconceivable potencies\nthat the glories of the Lord have always been accepted as difficult to understand.\nIgnorance and the jugglery of words are very common in human society, but they\ndo not help one understand the inconceivable energies of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. If we accept such ignorance and word jugglery, we cannot accept the\nSupreme Lord's perfection in six opulences. For example, one of the opulences of\nthe Supreme Lord is complete knowledge. Therefore, how cou.ld ignorance be conceivable in Him? Vedic instructions and sensible arguments establish that the Lord's\n\n", "adi1#p0433": "Adi-ma, Chapter 5\n\n411\n\nmaintaining the cosmic manifestation and simultaneously being indifferent to the\nactivities of its maintenance cannot be contradictory, because of His inconceivable\nenergies. To a person who is always absorbed in the thought of snakes, a rope always appears as a snake, and similarly to a person bewildered by material qualities\nand devoid of knowledge of the Absolute, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nappears according to diverse bewildered conclusions.\nSomeone might argue that the Absolute would be affected by duality if He were\nboth all-cognizance ( Brahman ) and the Personality of Godhead with six opulences\nin full\n\n( Bhagavan ) . To refute such an argument, the aphorism svarflpa-dvayam\n\nik�yate declares that in spite of appearances, there is no chance of duality in the\nAbsolute, for He is but one in diverse manifestations.\n\nUnderstanding that the\n\nAbsolute displays varied pastimes by the influence of His energies at once removes\nthe apparent incongruity of His inconceivably opposite energies. Srimad-Bhilgavatam\n\n(3.4.16) gives the following description of the inconceivable potency of the Lord:\nkarmil[IY anThasya bhavo ' bhavasya te\ndurgil�rayo 'thilri-bhayat pa!ayanam\nkiJ/iJtmano yat pramada-yuti1�raya{1\nsvatman-rate{1 khidyati dhir vidilm iha\n\"Although the Supreme Personality of Godhead has nothing to do, He nevertheless\nacts; although He is always unborn, He nevertheless takes birth; although He is time,\nfearful to everyone, He flees Mathura in fear of His enemy to take shelter in a fort;\nand although He is self-sufficient, He marries 16,000 women. These pastimes seem\nlike bewildering contradictions, even to the most intelligent.\" Had these activities\nof the Lord not been a reality, sages would not have been puzzled by them. Therefore such activities should never be considered imaginary. Whenever the Lord desires, His inconceivable energy (yogamilyil) serves Him in creating and performing\nsuch pastimes.\nThe scriptures known as the Pancaratra-1astras are recognized Vedic scriptures\nthat have been accepted by the great ilcaryas. These scriptures are not products of\nthe modes of passion and ignorance. Learned scholars and briihmaras therefore always refer to them as siltvata-sarhhitils. The original speaker of these scriptures is\nNarayapa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is especially mentioned in the\n\nMok�a-dharma\n\n(349.68), which is part of the Santi-parva of the MahiibhiJrata.\n.\nLiberated sages like Narada and Vyasa, who are free from the four defects of\nconditioned souls, are the propagators of these scriptures. Sri Narada Muni is the\noriginal speaker of the Pancariitra-�astra. SrTmad-Bhiigavatam is also considered a\n\nsiitvata-sarhhltii.\n\nIndeed,\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu declared, Srlmad-bhiigavatam\n\npuroram amalam: \"Srimad-Bhiigavatam is a spotless Purii[la.\" Malicious editors and\nscholars who attempt to misrepresent the PaflcariJtra·SiJstras to refute its regulations\nare most abominable. In the modern age, such malicious scholars have even commented misleadingly upon Bhagavad-gita, which was spoken by KnQa, to prove\nthat there is no Kr�Qa. How the Mayavadis have misrepresented the pilflcariJtrika­\n\nvidhi will be shown below.\n\n", "adi1#p0434": "Sri Caitanya-carita:mrta\n\n412\n\n(1)\n\nIn commenting on the forty-second verse of the\n\nVediJnta-sDtra, SrTpad\n\nSankaracarya has claimed that Sar'lkar�al)a is jTva, the ordinary living entity, but\nthere is no evidence in any Vedic scripture that devotees of the Lord have ever\nsaid thatSankar�pa is an ordinary living entity. He is an infallible plenary expansion\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the Vi�pu category, and He is beyond\nthe creation of material nature. He is the original source of the living entities. The\n\nUpanijads declare, nityo nityilnilrh cetana� cetanilniJm: \"He is the supreme living\nentity among all the living entities.\" Therefore He is vibhu-caitanya, the greatest.\nHe is directly the cause of the cosmic manifestation and the infinitesimal living\nbeings. He is the infinite living entity, and ordinary living entities are infinitesimal.\nTherefore He is never to be considered an ordinary living being, for that would be\nagainst the conclusion of the authorized scriptures. The living entities are also beyond\nthe limitations of birth and death. This is the version of the Vedas, and it is accepted\nby those who follow scriptural injunctions and who have actually descended in the\ndisciplic succession.\n\n(2) In answer to �ar'lkaracarya's commentary on the forty-third verse, it must be\n\nsaid that the original Vi�pu of all the Vi�pu categories, which are distributed in\nseveral ways, is MUla Sankar�a[Ja. MD/a means \"the original.\" Sar'lkar�apa is also\nVi�pu, but from Him all other Vi�pus expand. This is confirmed in the Brahma­\n\nsorhhitil, wherein it is said that just as a flame transferred from another flame\nacts like the original, so the Vi�pus who emanate from MUla Sanka�a[la are as good\nas the original Vi�[lU. One should worship that Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nGovinda, who thus expands Himself.\n\n(3) In reply to the commentary of �ar'lkaracarya on the forty-fourth verse, it may\n\nbe said that no pure devotees strictly following the principles of Paflcariltra will\n\never accept the statement that all the expansions of Vi�pu are different identities,\nfor this idea is completely false. Even �ripad �ar'lkaracarya, in his commentary on\nthe forty-second verse, has accepted that the Personality of Godhead can automatically expand Himself variously. Therefore his commentary on the forty-second\nverse and his commentary on the forty-fourth verse are contradictory. It is a defect\nof Mayavada commentaries that they make one statement in one place and a contradictory statement in another place as a tactic to refute the Bhilgavata school.\nThus M:ty:MI.df commentators do not even follow regulative principles. It should be\nnoted that the BhiJgavata school accepts the quadruple forms of Narayapa, but that\ndoes not mean that it accepts many Gods. Devotees know perfectly well that the\nAbsolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is one without a second. They\nare never pantheists, worshipers of many Gods, for this is against the injunction of\nthe Vedas. Devotees completely believe, with strong faith, that NarayatJa is transcendental and has inconceivable proprietorship of various transcenc!ental potencies. We\ntherefore recommend that scholars consult the Laghu-bhilgavatomrta of �rila ROpa\nGosvaml, where these ideas are explicitly stated . �ripad �ankaracarya has tried to\nptove that\n\nVasudeva, Sankar�tla,\n\nPradyumna and Aniruddha expand through\n\ncause and effect. He has compared Them with earth and earthen pots. That is completely ignorant, however, for there is no such thing as cause and effect in Their ex-\n\n", "adi1#p0435": "Adi-lila, Chapter S\n\n413\n\npansions (niinyad yat sad-asat·param). The Kurma Purii(IO also confirms, deha-dehi·\nvibhedo 'yarh ne�vare vidyate kvacit: \"There is no difference between body and\nsoul in the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\" Cause and effect are material. For\nexample, it is seen that a father's body is the cause of a son's body, but the soul\nis neither cause nor effect. On the spiritual platform there are none of the differences\nwe find in cause and effect. Since all the forms of the Supreme Personality of Godhead are spiritually supreme, They are equally controllers of material nature. Standing on the fourth dimension, They are predominating figures on the transcendental\nplatform. There is no trace of material contamination in Their expansions because\nmaterial laws cannot influence Them. There is no such rule as cause and effect outside. of the material world. T-herefore the understanding of cause and effect cannot\napproach the full, transcendental, complete expansions of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. The Vedic literature proves this:\n\norh porram adafl pDrram idarh\nporrat porram udacyate\nporrasya porram adaya\nporram evava�i�yate\n\"The Personality of Godhead is perfect and complete, and because He is completely\nperfect, all emanations from Him, such as this phenomenal world, are perfectly\n'\nequipped as complete wholes. Whatever is produced of the complete whole is also\ncomplete by itself. Because He is the complete whole, even though so many complete\nunits emanate from Him, He remains the complete balance.\"\n\n(Brhad-araryaka\nUpan�sad, 5.1) It is most apparent that nondevotees violate the rules and regulations\n\nof devotional service to equate the whole cosmic manifestation, which is the external\nfeature of Vi�pu, with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the controller\nof maya, or with His quadruple expansions. The equalization of maya and spirit,\nor miiya and the Lord, is a sign of atheism. The cosmic creation, which manifests\nlife In forms from Brahma to the ant, is the external feature of the Supreme Lord.\nIt comprises one fourth of the Lord's energy, as confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii\n{ekiirh�era sthito jagat). The cosmic manifestation of the illusory energy is material\nnature, and everything within material nature is made of matter. Therefore, one\nshould not try to compare the expansions of material nature to the cotur-vyoha, the\nquadruple expansions of the Personality of Godhead, but unfortunately the\nMayavadT school unreasonably attempts to do this.\n\n(4) To answer Sar'lkaracarya's commentary on the forty-fifth verse, the substance\nof the transcendental qualities and their spiritual nature is described in the Laghu­\n\nbh(Jgavat(Jmrta, verses 97 through 99, as follows: \"Some say that transcendence\nmust be void of all qualities because qualities are manifested only in matter. According to them, all qualities are like temporary, flickering mirages. But this is not\nacceptable. Since the Supreme Personality of Godhead is absolute, His qualities are\nnondifferent from Him. His form, name, qualities and everything else pertaining to\nHim are as spiritual as He is. Every qualitative expansion of the absolute Personality\n\n", "adi1#p0436": "414\n\n�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nof Godhead is identical with Him. Since the Absolute Truth, the Personality of\nGodhead, is the reservoir of all pleasure, all the transcendental qualities that expand\nfrom Him are also reservoirs of pleasure. This is confirmed in the scripture known\nas Brahmo-torko, which states that the Supreme Lord Hari is qualified by Himself,\nand therefore Vi�I)U and His pure devotees and their transcendental qualities cannot\nbe different from their persons. In the Vi�(1U PurOIJO Lord Vi?f!U is worshiped in\nthe following words: 'Let tpe Supreme Personality of Godhead be merciful toward\nus. His existence is never infected by !Tiaterial qualities.' In the same V�sru Pural)o\nit is also said that all the qualities attributed to the Supreme Lord, such as knowledge,\nopulence, beauty, strength and influence, are known to be nondifferent from Him.\nThis is also confirmed in the Podmo Purf!ro, which explains that whenever the\nSupreme Lord is described as having no qualities, this should be understood to indicate that He is devoid of material qualities. In the First Chapter of the same Padma\nPurii!JO it is said: '0 Dharma,·protector of religious principles, all noble and sublime\nqualities are eternally manifested in the person of KnQa, and devotees and transcendentalists who aspire to become faithful also desire to possess such transcendental\nqualities.'\" It is to be understood that Lord �ri KnQa, the transcendental form of\nabsolute bliss, is the fountainhead of all pleasurable transcendental qualities and\ninconceivable potencies. In this connection we may recommend references to\n\nSrrmad-Bhiigovotom, Third Canto, Chapter Twenty-Six, verses 21, 25, 27 and 28.\n�ripad Ramanujacarya has also refuted the arguments of �ankara in his own\ncommentary on the Vediinta-siltro, which is known as the Sri-bhiJ.syo: \"�ripad\n\n�ankaracarya has tried to equate the Po7'1coriitros with the philosophy of the\n\natheist Kapil a, and thus he has tried to prove that the Poi'lcordtros contradict the\n\nVedic injunctions. The PancoriJtras state that the personality of ill!o called Sankar?apa\n\nhas emerged from Vasudeva, the supreme cause of all causes, that Pradyumna, the\nmind, has come from Sar'lkar�apa, and that Aniruddha, the ego, has come from\nPradyumna. But one cannot say that the living entity (jivo) takes birth or is created,\n\nfor such a statement is against the injunction of the Vedas. As stated in the Ko{ha\n\nUpani�d (2.18), living entities, as individual spiritual souls, can have neither birth\n\nnor death. All Vedic literature declares that the living entities are eternal. Therefore\nwhen it is said that Sar'lkar�apa is jivo, this indicates that He is the predominating\nDeity of the living entities. Similarly, Pradyumna is the predominating Deity of the\nmind, and Aniruddha is the predominating Deity of the ego.\n\"It has been said that Pradyumna, the mind, was produced from Sar'lkar�apa. But\nif Sarikar�a[la were a living entity, this could not be accepted, because a living\nentity cannot be the cause of the mind. The Vedic injunctions state that everything\n-including life, mind and the senses-comes from the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. It is impossible for the mind to be produced by a living entity, for the\n\nVedas state that everything comes from the Absolute Truth, the Supreme Lord.\n\"Sar'lkar?a[la, Pradyumna and Aniruddha have all the potent features of the\nabsolute Personality of Godhead, according to the revealed scriptures, which contain undeniable facts that no one can refute. Therefore these quadruple forms are\nnever to be considered ordinary living beings. Each of Them is a plenary expansion\n\n", "adi1#p0437": "Adi-lila, ChapterS\n\n415\n\nof the Absolute Godhead, and thus each is identical with the Supreme Lord in\nknowledge, opulence, energy, influence, prowess and potencies. The evidence of\nPancaratra cannot be neglected. Only untrained persons who have not genuinely\nstudied the Pancaratras think that the Pancaratras contradict the �rutis regarding the\nbirth or beginning of the living entity. In this connection, we must accept the verdict\nof Srimad-Bhagavatam, which says: 'The absolute Personality of Godhead, who is\nknown as Vasudeva and who is very much affectionate toward His surrendered\ndevotees, expands Himself in quadruple forms who are subordinate to Him and at\nthe same time identical with Him in all respects.' The Pau�kara-sarhhita states: 'The\nscriptures that recommend that brahmaras worship the quadruple forms of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead are called agamas [authorized Vedic literatures].'\nIn all Vai1rava literature it is said that worshiping these quadruple forms is as good\nas worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead Vasudeva, who in His different\nexpansions, complete in six opulences, can accept offerings from His devotees of the\nresults of their prescribed duties. Worshiping the expansions for pastimes, such as\nNrsimha, Rama, Se�a and Kurma, promotes one to the worship of the Sankar�ara\nquadruple. From that position one is raised to the platform of worshiping Vasudeva,\nthe Supreme Brahman. In the Pau�kara-sarhhita it is said: 'If one fully worships\naccording to the regulative principles, one can attain the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead,\n\nVasudeva. It\n\nis\n\nto\n\nbe\n\naccepted that Sar'lkar�aQa, Pradyumna and\n\nAniruddha are as good as Lord Vasudeva, for They all have inconceivable power\nand can accept transcendental forms like Vasudeva. San kar�aQa, Pradyu mna and\nAniruddha are never born, but They can manifest Themselves in various incarnations before the eyes of pure devotees. This is the conclusion of all Vedic literature.\nThat the Lord can manifest Himself before His devotees by His inconceivable power\nis not against the teaching of the Paficariitra. Since Sar'lkar�aQa, Pradyumna and\nAniruddha are actually the predominating Deities of all living entities, the total\nmind, and the total ego, the descriptions of Sar'lkar�a(la, Pradyumna and Aniruddha\nas ]Tva, mind and ego are never contradictory to the statements of the scriptures.\nThese names identify these Deities, just as the terms 'sky' and 'light' sometimes\nidentify the Absolute Brahman.\n\"The scriptures completely deny the birth or production of the living entity.\n\nIn the Parama-sarhhitii it is described that material nature, which is used for others'\npurposes, is factually inert and always subject to transformation. The field of\nmaterial nature is the arena of the activities of fruitive actors and since the material\nfield is externally related with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, it is also\neternal. In every sarhhita, the jiva (living entity) has been accepted as eternal, and\nin the Pancariitra the birth of the jiva is completely denied. Anything that is produced must also be annihilated. Therefore if we accept the birth of the living entity,\nwe also have to accept his annihilation. But since the Vedic literatures say that the\nliving entity is eternal, one should not think the living being to be produced at a\ncertain time. In the beginning of the Parama-sarhhita it is definitely stated that the\nface of material nature is constantly changeable. Therefore beginning, annihilation\nand all such terms are applicable only in the material nature.\n\n", "adi1#p0438": "416\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n\"Considering all these points, one should understand that Sari karacarya's state­\n\nment that Sar'lkar�a'='a is born as ajiva is completely against the Vedic statements.\n\nHis assertions are completely refuted by the above arguments. In this connection the\n\ncommentary of Sridhara Svami on Srimad-Bhiigavatam (3.1.34) is very helpful.\"\n\nFor a detailed refutation of Sar'lkaracarya's arguments to prove Sar'lkar�apa an\n\nordinary living being, one may refer to Srimat Sudarsanacarya's commentary on\n\nSri-bhii,sya, which is known as the Sruta-prakii�ikii.\n\nThe original quadruple forms Kr�Qa, Baladeva, Pradyumna and Aniruddha ex­\n\npand into another quadruple, which is present in the VaikuQtha planets of the\n\nspiritual sky. Therefore the quadruple forms in the spiritual sky are the second\nmanifestation of the original quadruple in Dvaraka. As explained above, Vasudeva,\n\nSar'lka11a[la, Pradyumna and Aniruddha are all changeless, transcendental plenary\nexpansions of the Supreme Lord who have no relation to the material modes. The\n\nSarikar�aQa form in the second quadruple is not only a representation of Balarama\n\nbut also the original cause of the Causal Ocean, where KaraQodaka�ayi Vi�QU lies\nasleep, breathing out the seeds of innumerable universes.\n\nIn the spiritual sky there is a spiritual creative energy technically called �uddha­\n\nsattva, which is a pure spiritual energy that sustains all the VaikuQtha planets with\n\nthe full opulences of knowledge, wealth, prowess, etc. All these actions of 1uddha­\n\nsattva display the potencies of Maha-Sar'lkar�Qa, who is the ultimate reservoir of all\nindividual living entities who are suffering in the material world. When the cosmic\n\ncreation is annihilated, the living entities, who are indestructible by nature, rest\n\nin the body of Maha-Sar'lkar�aQa. Sarikar�a'='a is therefore sometimes called the\n\ntotal jiva. As spiritual sparks, the living entities have the tendency to be inactive\n\nin the association of material energy, just as sparks of a fire have the tendency to\n\nbe extinguished as soon as they leave the fire. The spiritual nature of the living\n\nbeing can be rekindled, however, in association with the Supreme Being. Because\n\nthe living being can appear either in matter or in spirit, the jiva is called the marginal\n\npotency.\n\nSar'lkar�aQa is the origin of KaraQa Vi�QU, who is the original form who creates the\n\nuniverses, and that Sar'lkar�a'='a is but a plenary expansion of Sri Nityananda Rama.\n\nTEXT 42\n\nti� � � 111�-WJI.�t! I\n\n��f9..1itt•� �, �nrr.;ctt \"45ilft! us� u\ntiinhii ye ramera rupa--maha-sankar!ja!Ja\ncic-chakti-a�raya tinho, kiirarera kiirara\n\nSYNONYMS\ntiinhii-there; ye-which; ramera rupa-the personal feature of Balarama; mahii­\n\nsankaf;Sa(la-Maha-Sar'l kar�a'='a; cit-�akti-ii�raya-the shelter of the spiritual potency;\ntinho-He; kiirarera kiirara-the cause of all causes.\n\n", "adi1#p0439": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n417\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere the personal feature of Balarama called Maha-Sarikar�al)a is the shelter of\nthe spiritual energy. He is the primary cause, the cause of all causes.\nTEXT 43\n\nf�f9-� ��--'��' i{f1{ I\n��\"''ll� � '��tfif-'f11l \" 8� \"\ndc-chakti-yi/asa eka\n\n--\n\n�uddha-sattva' nama\n\nSuddha-sattva-maya yata vaiku!}{hadi-dhama\nSYNONYMS\ncit-Sakti-vilasa-pastimes in the spiritual energy; eka-one; Suddha-sattva namanamed Suddha-sattva, pure existence, free from material contamination; �uddhasattva-maya-of\n\npurely\n\nspiritual\n\nexistence; yata-all; vaikur.tha-adi-dhiima-the\n\nspiritual planets, known as Vaikul)thas.\nTRANSLATION\nOne variety of the pastimes of the spiritual energy is described as pure goodness\n\n[ vi�uddha-sattva ] . It comprises all the abodes of Vaikul)tha.\nTEXT 44\n\n�r������ml\n��·t'fl f� �' -r�.: �� \" 88 \"\n�qfl-vidhaiSvarya taflha sakala cinmaya\nsankar_sarera vibhDti saba, janiha niScaya\nSYNONY MS\n�.t-vidha-aiSvarya-six kinds of opulences; tlinhii-there; saka/a cit-maya\n\n-\n\nthing\n\nspiritual; sanka�arera-of\n\nLord\n\nSarikar�al)a; vibhuti\n\nsaba-all\n\ne very\n\n­\n\ndifferent\n\nopulences; janiha niScaya-know certainly.\nTRANSLATION\nThe six attributes are all spiritual. Know for certain that they are all manifestations of the opulence of Sankar�l)a.\nTEXT 45\n\n'tfl�'-iftl( �'(t-tJ li!Cilllfr. Q I\n��-�� � ..tl!tlt II 8t II\n\n", "adi1#p0440": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n418\n\n'iiva'-niima ta,tasthiikhya eka �akti haya\nmahii-sankar,sara--saba jivera ii�raya\n\nSYNONYMS\njiva-t he living entity; niima- named; ta,ta-sthii-iikhya-known as the marginal\npotency; eka-one; �akti- e nerg y; haya-is; mahii-sanka�ara-of the name MahaSarikar�aQa; saba-all;jivera-of living entities; ii�raya-the shelter.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere is one marginal potency, known as the jiva. Maha-Sankar�Qa is the shelter\n\nof all jivas.\n\nTEXT 46\n\n�� �ftt'! �tt,�, 11� $m I\n�- '1_11',<q'SI ��'1 �� U 8� II\nyiinhii haite vHvotpatti, yiit'Jhiite pralaya\nsei puru�era sat'Jkar�ara samii�raya\n\nSYNONYMS\nyiinhii haite-from whom; vi�va-utpatti-the creation of the material cos mic\nmanifestation; yiinhiite-in whom; pralaya- merging; sei puru�era-of that Supreme\nPersonality\n\nof Godhead; sankar�ara-of the name Sarikar.saQa; samii�raya-the\n\noriginal shelter.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarikar�aQa is the original shelter of the puru�a, from whom this world is created\nand in whom it is dissolved.\nTEXT 47\n\n�I!At, 'l��t:5, � �9ftf I\n�i\\•' -.� i{� If� 1lt� n s\" 11\nsarvii�raya, sarviidbhuta, ai�varya apiira\n'ananta' kahite niire mahimii yiinhiira\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-ii�raya-the shelter of everything; sarva-adbhuta-wonderful in every respect;\nai�varya-opulence s; apiira-unfathomed; ananta-Ananta Se�a; kahlte niire-cannot\nspeak; mahimii yiinhiira-the glories of whom.\n\nT RANSLATION\nHe [Sankar�apa] is the shelter of everything. He is wonderful in every respect,\nand His opulences are infinite. Even Ananta cannot describe His glory.\n\n", "adi1#p0441": "419\n\nAdi-lila, Chapter S\nTEXT48\n\n!fm, �,'�'I' itl1t I\n�� � �-t, � fimt�1f II 8\\r U\nturiya, vi�uddha-sattva, 'saflka�a/Ja' nama\ntiflho ydnra am�a. sei nityiinanda-riima\nSYNONYMS\n\nturiya- transcendental; vi�uddha-sattva-pure existence; sankar�ara nama- named\nSankar�a�a; tinho yiinra am�a-of whom that Sarikar�a�a is also a partial expansion;\n\nsei nitydnanda-rdma-that person is known as Balarama or Nityananda.\nTRANSLATION\nThat Sankar�pa, who is transcendental pure goodness, is a partial expansion of\nNityananda Balarama.\nTEXT49\n\n\"'ilf ,�1 � ,.�t�'f ��et I\ne{� �tt�l �( �i{ f'Rf! � II 8� II\naHama �lokera kaila sank�epe vivarara\nnavama �lokera artha �una diyii mana\nSYNONYMS\n\na�rama-eighth; �lokera-of the verse; kaila-l have done; sank�epe-in b rief;\nvivarar a-description; navama-the ninth; �/okera-of the verse; artha- the meaning;\n�una-please hear; diyii mana- with mental attention.\nTRANSLATION\nhave briefly explained the eighth verse. Now please listen with attention as I\nexplain the ninth verse.\nTEXT SO\n\n�-tt��'f�iwr:\nc-t� 'fi..t� <ft1l'1imN-'t{t'f r 1\nllt��i�-t: ��fife��� �f.r'!TiOR1fi't{t. �9fc• n t\n•\n\nmiiyii-bhartiijii(lf/a-saflghii�rayiinga/;1\n�ete siik�iit kiirarombhodhi-madhye\n\n", "adi1#p0442": "420\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nyasyaiktirhSafl Sri-pumtin tidi-devas\ntarh Sri-nitytinanda-rtimarh prapadye\n\nSYNONYMS\nmtiyti-bhartti-the master of the illusory energy; ajiirr;Ja-sangha-of the multitude\nof universes; asraya-the shelter; angafi -'-whose body; Sete-He lies; sak,sat-directly;\nkarara-ambhodhi-madhye-in the midst of the Causal Ocean; yasya-whose; ekaarhSafl-one portion; sri-pumtin-the Supreme Person; iidi-devafl-the original puru,sa\nincarnation; tam-to Him; sri-nityiinanda-rtimam-to Lord Balarama in the form of\nLord Nityananda; prapadye-1 surrender.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my full obeisances unto the feet of Sri Nityananda Rama, whose partial\nrepresentation called Karar;10daka�yi Vi��u, lying on the Kar�a Ocean, is the\noriginal puru�, the master of the ilfusory energy, and the shelter of all the universes.\n\nTEXT 51\n\n�t�fm � ��' 'ft11 I\n� Cft�f '��ctt(<t' �t11 1 It� II\nvaikurtha-btihire yei jyotir-maya dhtima\nttihtira btihire 'karararrava' nama\nSYNONYMS\nvaiku!J.tha-btihire-outside the Vaiku�tha planets; yei-that; jyotifl-maya dhtimaimpersonal Brahman effulgence; ttihtira btihire-outside that effulgence; ktiraraarrava nama-an ocean called Kara�a.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOutside the VaikuMha planets is the impersonal Brahman effulgence, and beyond\nthat effulgence is the Kara�a Ocean, or Causal Ocean.\n\nPURPORT\nThe impersonal glowing effulgence known as impersonal Brahman is the outer\nspace of tbe Yaiku{l�ha planets in the spiritual sky. Beyond that impersonal\nBrahman is the great Causal Ocean, which lies between the material and spiritual\nskies. The material nature is a by-product of this Causal Ocean.\nKara�odaka�ayi Vi��u, who lies on the Causal Ocean, creates the universes merely\nby glancing upon material nature. Therefore Kr�Qa personally has nothing to do with\n\n", "adi1#p0443": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n421\n\nthe material creation. Bhagavad-gitii confirms that the Lord glances over material\nnature, and thus she produces the many material universes. Neither Kr�tJa in Goloka\nnor NarayatJa in Yaikurgha comes directly in contact with the material creation.\nThey are completely aloof from the material energy.\nIt is the function of Maha-Sarikar�atJa in the form of KaratJodaka�ayi Vi�tJU to\nglance over the material creation, which is situated beyond the limits of the Causal\nOcean. Material nature is connected with the Personality of Godhead by His glance\nover her and nothing more. It is said that she is impregnated by the energy of His\nglance. The material energy, maya, never even touches the Causal Ocean, for the\nLord's glance focuses upon her from a great distance away.\nThe glancing power of the Lord agitates the entire cosmic energy, and thus its\nactions begin at once. This indicates that matter, however powerful she may be, has\nno power by herself. Her activity begins by the grace of the Lord, and then the\nentire cosmic creation is manifested in a systematic way. The example of a woman's\nconception can help us understand this subject to a certain extent. The mother is\npassive, but the father puts his energy within the mother, and thus she conceives.\nShe supplies the ingredients for the birth of the child in her womb. Similarly, the\nLord activates material nature, which then supplies the ingredients for cosmic\ndevelopment.\n\nMaterial nature has two different phases. The aspect called pradhiina supplies the\n\nmaterial ingredients for cosmic development, and the aspect called maya causes the\nmanifestation of her ingredients, which are temporary like foam in the ocean. In\nreality, the temporary manifestations of material nature are originally: caused by the\nspiritual glance of the Lord. The Personality of Godhead is the direct, or remote,\nca'use of creation, and material nature is the indirect, or immediate, cause. Materialistic scientists, puffed-up by the magical changes their so-called inventions have\nbrought about, cannot see the real potency of Godhead behind matter. Therefore\nthe jugglery of science is gradually leading people to a godless civilization at the\ncost of the goal of human life. Having missed the goal of life, materialists run after\nself-sufficiency, not knowing that material nature is already self-sufficient by the\ngrace of God. Thus creating a colossal hoax in the name of civilization, they create\nan imbalance in the natural self-sufficiency of material nature.\nTo think of material nature as all in all, not knowing the original cause, is\nignorance.\n\nLord Caitanya appeared to dissipate this darkness of ignorance by\n\nigniting the spark of spiritual life that can, by His causeless mercy, enlighten the\nentire world.\nTo explain how maya acts by Kr�tJa's power, the author of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\ngives the example that an iron rod in a fire, although it is not fire, becomes red-hot\nand acts like fire itself. Similarly, all the actions and reactions of material nature\nare not actually the work of material nature, but are actions and reactions of the\nenergy of the Supreme Lord manifested through matter. The power of electricity\nis transmitted through the medium of copper, but this does not mean that the\ncopper is electricity. The power is generated at a powerhouse under the control of\nan expert living being. Similarly, behind all the jugglery of the natural laws is a\ngreat living being, who is a person like the mechanical engineer in the powerhouse.\nIt is by His intelligence that the entire cosmic creation moves in a systematic way.\n\n", "adi1#p0444": "422\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nThe modes of nature that directly cause material actions are also originally\nactivated by Narayatla. A simple example will explain how this is so. When a potter\nmanufactures a pot from earth, the potter's wheel, his tools and the potter himself\nare the remote causes of the pot, but the potter is the chief cause. Similarly,\nNarayatla is the chief cause of all material creations, and the material energy supplies\nthe ingredients of matter. Therefore without Narayatla, all other causes are useless,\njust as the potter's wheel and tools are useless without the potter himself. Since\nmaterialistic scientists ignore the Personality of Godhead, it is as if they were concerned with the potter's wheel and its rotation, the potter's tools and the ingredients for the pots, but had no knowledge of the potter himself. Therefore modern\nscience has created an imperfect, godless civilization that is in gross ignorance of the\nultimate cause. Scientific advancement should have a great goal to attain, and that\ngreat goal should be the Personality of Godhead. In Bhagavad-gita it is said that\nafter conducting research for many, many births, great men of knowledge who\nstress the importance of experimental thought can know the Personality of Godhead,\nwho is the cause of all causes. When one knows Him perfectly, one surrenders unto\nHim and then becomes a mahatma.\nTEXT 52\n\n�tb ��1 lfl<li �1ti �fi{fit I\n�'1, �'lB-�tf ift� ��fit 11 t� II\nvaiku(lfha befliyii eka ache jala-nidhi\nananta, apara--tiira nahika avadhi\nSYNONYMS\nvaikur;,tha-the spiritual planets of Vaikur)!ha; bef/iyii-surrounding; eka-one;\nache-there is; ja/a-nidhi-ocean of water; ananta-unlimited; apara-unfathomed;\ntara-of that; nahika-no; avadhi-limitation.\nTRANSLATION\nSurrounding Vaikur)!ha is a mass of water that is endless, unfathomed and\nunlimited.\nTEXT 53\n\n���tbt 'i�N � fflm I\n1ftm�� 'fllift�Q II� II\nvaikur;,thera p[thivy-adi saka/a cinmaya\nmayika bhDtera tathi janma nahi haya\n\n", "adi1#p0445": "Adi-nl1, Chapter 5\n\n423\n\nSYNONYMS\nvaiku(l,thera-of the spiritual world; p{thivi-iidi-earth, water, etc.; sakala-all;\ncit-maya-spiritual; mayika-material; bhDtera-of elements; tathi-there; janmageneration;niihi haya-there is not.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe earth, water, fire, air and ether of VaikuQtha are all spiritual. Material\nelements are not found there.\nTEXT 54\n\nfJft-\"'1 'Jtt 9ft1{ .rt'i I\n'Itt \\fl.. -.lf11ftrl 9ffA� \" t8 \"\ncinmaya-ja/a sel parama karara\nyara eka kara ganga patita-pavana\n\nSYNONYMS\ncit-maya-spiritual; jato-water; sei-that;parama karara-original cause;yara-of\nwhich; eko-one;kara-d rop;ganga-the sacred Ganges; patita-pavana-the deliverer\nof fallen souls.\n\nTRANSLATION\nT\n\nThe\n\nter of the Karct{la Ocean, which is the original cause, is therefore spiritual.\nGanges, which is but a drop of it, purifies the fallen souls.\nTEXT 55\n\n�II' -.tl'ft(� � �..'! I\n�� \\fl.. ..�tl't � � II tt II\nsei to' karararrave sei sailkar�ara\napanara eka arh�e karena �ayana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; ta'-certainly; kilrara-arrave-in the Ocean of Cause, or Causal Ocean;\nsei-that; sallkar�ara-Lord Sar'lkar�aQa; apanara-of His own; eko-one; amSe-by\nthe part;karena �ayana-lies down.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn that ocean lies one plenary portion of Lord Sankar�pa.\n\n", "adi1#p0446": "424\n\nSrt Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 56\n\n�«.� �' �·� •1tt.•-.tftl I\n�...�� � 'lft1fAl t.'l II �� II\nmahat-sra!jfii puru�, tinho jagat-kiira(la\niidya-avatiira kare miiyiiya ik�a(la\nSYNONYMS\n\nmahat-sra�f(J-the cr,eator of the total material energy; puru.w-the person; tlnho\n-He;jagat-kiira(la-the cause of the material cosmic manifestation; iidya-original;\navatara-incarnation; kare-does; miiyaya-over the material energy; ik�a(la-glance,\nTRANSLATION\nHe is known as the first puru�, the creator of the total material energy. He, the\ncause of the universes, the first incarnation, casts His glance over maya.\nTEXT 57\n\n�� � -.tfcttm �1�'� I\n\n-.tftl�i!f 1ftt1 'Rfi1C'! �.II �C\\ II\nmiiyii-�akti rahe kiira(liibdhira bahlre\nkara(la-samudra maya para�lte nare\nSYNONYMS\n\nmaya-�aktl -material energy; rahe-remains; kara(la-abdhira-to the Causal Ocean;\nbiihlre -e x ternal;kiira(la-samudra-the Causal Ocean;maya-material energy; para�lte\nnare-cannot touch.\nTRANSLATION\nMaya-�kti resides outside the Ocean of Karapa. Maya cannot touch its waters.\nTEXT 58\n\n(;'It �' 'ftiR l� �f.� I\n-� ��'�,<2ft� II �1r II\nsei ta' mayara dui-vldha avasthiti\njagatera upadana 'pradhana', prakrti\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; ta'-certainly; mayara-of the material energy; dui-vidha-two varieties;\n\navasthlti -e xistence; jagatera-of the material world; upadana\npradhana -named pradhana; prakrti-material nature.\n\n-the ingredients;\n\n", "adi1#p0447": "Adi-lita, Chapter 5\n\n425\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaya has two varieties of existence. One is called pradhana or pralq'ti. It supplies\nthe ingredients of the material world.\nPURPORT\n\nMaya, the external energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is divided into\ntwo parts. Maya is the cause and the ingredient of the cosmic manifestation. As the\n\ncause of the cosmic manifestation she is known as maya, and as the agent supplying\nthe ingredients of the cosmic manifestation she is known as pradhilna. An explicit\n\ndescription of these divisions of external energy is given in Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(11.24.1-4). Elsewhere in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.63.26) the ingredients and cause\nof the material cosmic manifestation are described as follows:\n\nka/o daivarh karma jiva/;1 svabhavo\ndravyarh k�etrarh pra(la atma vikaraf;l\ntat-sanghato bija-roha-pravahas\ntvan-mayai�a tan-ni�edharh prapadye\n\"0 my Lord! Time, activity, providence and nature are four parts of the causai\n\naspect [maya) of the external energy. The conditioned vital force, the s·ubtle material ingredients called the dravya, and material nature (which is the field of activity\nwhere the false ego acts as the soul), as well as the eleven senses and five elements\n(earth, water, fire, air and ether), which are the sixteen ingredients of the bodythese are the ingredi�nt aspect of maya. The body is generated from activity, and\nactivity is generated from the body, just as a tree is generated from a seed that is\ngenerated from a tree. This reciprocal cause and effect is called mayii. My dear\nLord, You can save me from this cycle of cause and effect. I worship Your lotus\nfeet.\"\nAlthough the living entity is primarily related to the causal portion of maya, he\n\nis nevertheless conducted by the ingredients of mayii. Three forces work in the\n\ncausal portion of maya: knowledge, desire and activity. The material ingredients\nare a manifestation of miiyii as pradhiina. In other words, when the three qualities\nof miiyil are in a dormant stage, they exist as prak{ti, avyakta or pradhiina. The word\n\navyakta, referring to the nonmanifest, is another name of pradhiina. In the avyakta\nstage, material nature is without varieties. Varieties are manifested by the pradhiina\nportion of maya. The word pradhiina is therefore more important than avyakta or\nprakrti.\nTEXT 59\n\nW'Sft.�'t iQ � � I\n-t� �.-tft� � �· � �'Nil f� II\njagat-kilra(la nahe prakrti jafla-rupii\n�akti saflciiriya tiire k[�(la kare k[pii\n\n", "adi1#p0448": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n426\n\nSYNONYMS\njogat-of the material world; karara-the cause; nahe-cannot be; prakrti-the\nmaterial nature; jafla-rflpii-dull, without action; �akti-energy; saflciiriyii- infusing;\ntare-unto the dull material nature; k�ra-Lord Kr�Qa; kare-shows;krpa-mercy.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause prakrti is dull and inert, it cannot actually be the cause of the material\nworld. But Lord KnQa shows His mercy by infusing His energy into the dull, inert\nmaterial nature.\nTEXT 60\n\n��J �� �lt ,,ftet .rl'l I\n\n<etfittlf,9J c;t(� � �m �'I II �o II\nk�ra-�aktye prakrtl haya gaura kiirat;�a\nagni-�aktye lauha yaiche karaye jiitat;�a\nSYNONYMS\nkr�ra-�aktye-by\n\nthe\n\nenergy of\n\nKr�J;Ja; prakrti-the material nature; haya­\n\nbecomes; gaura-indirect; kiirat;�a-cause;agni-Saktye-by the energy of fire; /auhairon;yaiche-just as;karaye-becomes;jiirara-powerful or red-hot.\nTRANSLATION\nThus prakrti, by the energy of Lord KnQa, becomes the secondary cause, just as\niron becomes red-hot by the energy of fire.\nTEXT 61\n\n�� \" '1!(4'St«:•:ttet I\n\n�-�tftf���ll�)ll\nataeva kr�ra m/Jia-jagat-kiirat;�a\nprakrti-kiirat;�a yaiche ajii-ga/a-stana\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; kr�(la-Lord K�Qa; mfl/a-original; jagat-kiirara-the cause of\nthe cosmic manifestation; prakrti-:., material nature; kiirat;�a-cause; yaiche-ex actly\nlike; ajii-gala-stana-nipples on the neck of a goat.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore Lord KnQa is the original cause of the cosmic manifestation. Prakrti is\nlike the nipples on the neck of a goat, for they cannot give any milk.\n\n", "adi1#p0449": "Adi-fili, ChapterS\n\n427\n\nPURPORT\nThe external energy, composed of pradhiina or prakrtl as the ingredient-supplying\nportion and mayiJ as the causal portion, is known as miiyii-�akti. Inert. material\n\nnature is not the actual cause of the material manifestation, for Karat�art�ava�ayi,\n\nMaha-Vi�Qu, the plenary expansion of Kr�Qa, activates all the ingredients. It is in this\n\nway that material nature has the power to supply .t he ingredients. The example\n'\niven is that iron has no power to heat or burn, but after coming in contact with fire\n\ng\n\nthe fron becomes red-hot and can then diffuse heat and burn other things. Material\nnature is like iron, for it has no independence to act without the touch of Vi�tJU,\n\nwho is compared to, fire. Lord Vi�I)U activates material nature by the power of His\n\nglance, and then the ironlike material nature becomes a material-supplying agent\n\njust as iron made red-hot becomes a burning agent. Material nature cannot indepen­\n\ndently become an agent for supplying the material ingredients. This\"is more clearly\n\nexplained by �ri Kapiladeva, an incarnation of Godhead, in Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n(3.28.40):\n\nyatholmukiid visphulingiid\ndhDmiid viipi sva-sambhaviJt\napy iitmatveniibhimatiid\nyathiigni/;1 p[thag ulmukiit\n\n'�!though smoke, flaming wood, and sparks are all considered together as ingredients\n'\nof a fire, the flaming wood is nevertheless different from the fire, and the smoke is\ndifferent from the flaming wood.\" The material elements (earth, water, fire, etc.)\n\nare like smoke, the living entities are like sparks, and material nature aspradhona is\nlike the flaming wood. But all of them together are recipients of power from the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and are thus able to manifest their .individual\ncapacities. In, other words, the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the origin of all\n\nmanifestations. Material nature can supply only when it is activated by the glance\nof the SupremejPersqnality of Godhead.\n\njust as a woman can deliver a child after being impregnated by the semina of a\n\nman, so material nature can supply the material elements after being glanced upon\nby Maha-Vi�I)U. Therefore pradhiJna cannot be independent of the superintendence\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (9.1 0).\n\nMayiidhyakje[la prakrtl/;1 suyate sa-cariicaram: prakrti, the total material energy,\n\nworks under the superintendence of the Lord. The original source of the material\n\nelements is KnQa. Therefore the attempt of the atheistic Sar'lkhya philosophers to\n\nconsider material nature the source of these elements, forgetting KnQa, is useless,\n\nlike trying to get milk from the nipple-like bumps of skin hanging on the neck of a\ngoat.\n\nTEXT 62\n\n�� ·� IS!tll �.tl'll\n� �' �P\n\n·�-lft111tel n � •\n\n", "adi1#p0450": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n428\n\nmiiyii-arh�e kahi tore nimitta-kiirara\nseha nahe, yiite kartii-hetu--niiriiya(la\nSYNONYMS\n\nmiiyii-arh�e-to the other portion of the material nature; kahi-l say; tiire-unto\nh_9-(; nimitt a-kiirar a- immediate cause; seha nahe-that cannot be; yiite-because;\n\nkartii-hetu-the original cause; niiriiya�w Lord Narayaoa.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe maya aspect of material nature is the immediate cause of the cosmic manifestation. But it also cannot be the real cause, for the original cause is Lord Narayaoa.\nTEXT 63\n\n�th fiUit•�'l ���I\n�tl 9'Sttlft -.�-'1.,1M1�tf II �-e II\nghafera nimitta-hetu yaiche kumbhakiira\ntaiche jagatera kartii--puru�iivatiira\nSYNONYMS\n\ngha{era-of the earthen pot; nimitta-hetu-original cause; yaiche-just as;\nkumbhakiira-the potter; taiche-simi l arly; jagatera kartii-the creator of the material\nwor l d; puru�a avatiira the puru�a incarnation, or Karaoaroava�ayi Vi�QU.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust as the original cause of an earthen pot is the potter, so the creator of the\n\nmaterial world is the first puru�a incarnation [ Karaoaroav�ayi Vi�QU].\nTEXT 64\n\n\"-�, lfAf1 iltf -.t� � I\n\n1lt�l -.tf'l- Q•fttfif t� II �8 II\nkr�ra--kartii, miiyii tiinra karena sahiiya\ngha.tera kiirara--cakro-da(l(iiidi upiiya\nSYNONYMS\n\nk�r a-Lord K�Qa; kartii-the creator; miiyii-material energy; tiinra\n\n-\n\nH is; karena\n\n-does; sahiiya-assi stance; ghafera kiirara-the cau� of the earthen pot; cakra­\n\ndarf/a-iidl-the wheel, the rod, and so on; upiiya-instruments.\n\n", "adi1#p0451": "Adi-llla, Chapter\n\n5\n\n4 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord KnQa_ is the creator, and maya only helps Him as an instrument, just like\nthe potter's wheel and other instruments, which are the instrumental causes of a pot.\nTEXT\n\n65\n\n� �� � � 11Al1'� �\" I\nf\\�pt����,��·�·\nduro hoite puru�o kore miiyiite avodhiino\njivo-rupa viryo tate koreno iidhiino\nSYNONYMS\nduro hoite-from a distance; puru�o-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; karedoes; miiyiite-unto the material energy; ovodhiino-glancing over; jivo-rupo-the\nliving entities; vt;yo-seed; tate-in her; kareno-does; adhiino-impregnation.\nTRANSLATION\nThe first puru� casts His glance at maya from a distance, and thus He impregnates\nher with the seed of life in the form of the living entities.\nTEXT\n\n66\n\n�� <eewt.st� � 1fAitc� fittl�t 1\nlitt1 �� � �� i§tftt�11f'l n �� n\neka oh9iibhiise kore miiyiite milano\nmiiyii hoite jonme tobe brohmii(l(/ero 90(10\nSYNONYMS\neko-one; oh9o-iibhiise-bodily reflection; kore-does ; miiyiite-in the material\nenergy; milano-mixture; miiyii-the material energy; hoite-from; jonme-grows;\ntobe-then; brohmo-orflero 90(10-the groups of universes.\nTRANSLATION\nThe reflected rays of His body mix with maya, and thus maya gives birth to\nmyriads of universes.\nPURPORT\nThe Vedic conclusion is that the cosmic manifestation visible to the eyes of the\nconditioned soul is caused by the Absolute Truth, the Personality of Godh�ad,\nthrough the exertion of\n\nHis specific energies, although in ·the conclusion of\n\n", "adi1#p0452": "430\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\natheistic deliberations this manifested cosmic exhibition is attributed to material\nnature. The energy of the Absolute Truth is exhibited in three ways: spiritual,\nmaterial and marginal. The Absolute Truth is identical with His sp-iritual energy.\nOnly when contacted by the spiritual energy can the material energy work and the\ntemporary material manifestations thus appear active. In the conditioned state the\nliving entities of the marginal energy are a mixture of spiritual and material energies.\nThe marginal energy is originally under the control of the spiritual energy, but,\nunder the control of the material energy, the living entities have been wandering in\nforgetfulness within the material world since time immemorial.\nThe conditioned state is caused by misuse of the individual independence of the\nspiritual platform, for this separates the living entity from the association of the\nspiritual energy.\n\nBut when the living entity is enlightened by the grace .of the\n\nSupreme Lord or His pure devotee and becomes inclined to revive his original state\nof loving service, he is on the most auspicious platform of eternal bliss and kQQwledge. The marginal jiva, or living entity, misuses his independence and becon\\es\naverse to the eternal service attitude when he independently thinks he is not energy\nbut the energetic. This misconception of his own existence leads him to the attitude\nof lording it over material nature.\nMaterial nature appears to be just the opposite of the spiritual energy. The fact is\nthat the material energy can work only when in contact with the spiritual energy.\nOriginally the energy of Kr�Qa is spiritual, but it works in diverse ways, like electrical energy, which can exhibit the functions of refrigerating or heating through its\nmanifestations in different ways. The material energy is spiritual energy covered by\na cloud of illusion, or maya. Therefore, the material energy is not self-sufficient in\nworking. Kf�l)a invests His spiritual energy into material energy, and then it can act,\njust as iron can act like fire after being heated by fire. The material energy can act\nonly when empowered by the spiritual energy.\nWhen covered by the cloud of material energy, the living entity, who is also a\nspiritual energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, forgets about the activities\nof the spiritual energy and considers all that happens in the material manifestation\nto be wonderful. But a person who is engaged in devotional service in full Kr�Qa\nconsciousness and who is therefore already situated in the spiritual energy can\nunderstand that the material energy has no independent powers; whatever actions\nare going on are due to the help of the spiritual energy. The material energy, which\nis a perverted form of the spiritual energy, presents everything pervertedly, thus\ncausing misconceptions and duality. Material scientists and philosophers conditioned\nby the spell of material nature suppose that material energy acts automatically, and\ntherefore they are frustrated, like an illusioned person who tries to get milk from\nthe nipple-like bunches of skin on the neck of a goat. As there is no possibiiity\nof getting milk from these bunches of skin, there is similarly no possibility that\nanyone will be successful in· understanding the original cause of creation by for­\n\nwarding theories produced by the material energy. Such an attempt is a manifestation of ignorance.\n\nThe material energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is called maya, or\nillusion, because in two capacities (by supplying the material elements and by\n\n", "adi1#p0453": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n431\n\ncausing the material manifestation) it makes the conditioned soul unable to understand the real truth of creation. When a living entity is liberated, however, from the\nconditional life of matter, he can understand the two different activities of material\nnature, namely covering and bewildering.\nThe origin of creation is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gTtii (9.1 0), the cosmic manifestation is working under the direction of\nthe Supreme Lord, who invests the material energy with three material qualities.\nAgitated by these qualities, the elements supplied by the material energy produce\nvarieties of things, just as an artist produces varieties of pictures by mixing the three\ncolors red, yellow and blue. Yellow represents the quality of goodness, red represents passion, and blue represents ignorance. Therefore the colorful material creation\nis but an interaction of these three qualities, represented in eighty-one varieties of\nmixtures\n\n(3 X 3 equalling 9, 9 X 9 thus equalling 81 ) . Deluded by material\n\nenergy, the conditioned soul, enamored by these eighty-one varieties of manifestations, wants to lord it over material energy, just as a fly wants to enjoy a fire. This\nillusion is the net result of the conditioned soul's forgetfulness of his eternal relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. When conditioned, the soul is\nimpelled by the material energy to engage in sense gratification, whereas one enlightened by the spiritual energy engages himself in the service of the Supreme Lord\nin his eternal relationship.\nKr�Qa is the original cause of the spiritual world, and He is the covered cause of\nthe material manifestation. He is also the original cause of the marginal potency, the\nliving entities. He is both the leader and maintainer of the living entities, who are\ncalled marginal potency because they can act under the protection of the spiritual\nenergy or under the cover of the material energy. With the help of the spiritual\nenergy we �an understand that independence is visible only in Kr�Qa, who by His\ninconcei� le energy is able to act in any way He likes.\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is the Absolute Whole, and the living entities\n\nare parts of the Absolute Whole. This relationship of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead and the living entities is eternal. One should never mistakenly think that\nthe spiritual whole can be divided into small parts by the small material energy.\n\nBhagavad-gitii does not support this MayaVada theory. Rather, it clearly states that\nthe living entities are eternally small fragments of the supreme spiritual whole. As a\npart can never be equal with the whole, so a living entity, as a minute fragment of\nthe spiritual whole, cannot be equal at any time to the Supreme Whole, the\nabsolute Personality of Godhead. Although the Supreme Lord and the living entities\nare quantitatively related as the whole and the parts, the parts are nevertheless\nqualitatively one with the whole. Thus the living entities, although always qualitatively one with the Supreme Lord, are in a relative position. The Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead is the controller of everything, and the living entities are\nalways controlled either by the spiritual energy or by the material energy. Therefore\na living entity· can never become the controller of material or spiritual energies. The\nnatural position of the living being is always as a subordinate of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. When one agrees to act in such a position, he attains perfection\nin life, but if one rebels against this principle, he is in the conditioned state.\n\n", "adi1#p0454": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n432\n\nTEXT 67\n\n\"\"1t'IJ, .... ��I\nftE9t � � � � n �\" n\naga{tya, ananta yata arfla-sannive�a\ntata-rupe puru�a kare sabate praka�a\n\nSYNONYMS\naga{l ya-in n umerab l e; ananta- u n limited; yata-all; arf/a - universes; sannive�a­\n\ngroups; tata-rflpe-in as many fo rms;puru�a-the Lord;kare-does;sabate-in every\none of them;praka�a-manifestation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe puru�a enters each and every one of the countless universes. He m\n\nifests\n\nHimselfin as many separate forms as there are universes.\nTEXT 68\n\n��'� \"t;� �r� '(P( 1\n��Q��II�\\rll\npuru�a-nasate yabe bahiraya �vasa\nni�vasa sahite haya brahmarfla-prakii�a\n\nSYNONYMS\npuru�a-nasate-in the nostrils of the Lord; yabe- when;bahiraya-ex pe l s;�vasabreath; ni�vasa sahite- with that exhalation; haya-there is; brahmarfla-praka�amanifestation of universes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the puru�a exhales, the universes become manifest with each outward\nbreath.\nTEXT 69\n\n�'t � m 121�����\n�-� �� �t;-t ��-�tl \" �� \"\npunarapi �vasa yabe prave�e antare\n�vasa-saha brahmarpa pai�e puru�a-�arTre\n\nSYNONYMS\npunarapi-thereafte r; �vasa-breath; yabe-when; prave�e-enters; antare-within;\n\nJvqsa-saha-with that inhaled breath; brahmarfla- unive rses; paise - enter ; puru�a�arire-within the body of the Lord.\n\n", "adi1#p0455": "Adi-lili, Chapter 5\n\n433\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, when He inhales, all the universes again enter His body.\n\nPURPORT\nIn His form as KaraQodaka�ayi Vi�QU the Lord impregnates material nature by His\nglance. The transcendental molecules of that glance are particles of spirit, or\nspiritual atoms, which appear in different species of life according to the seeds of\ntheir individual karma from the previous cosmic manifestation. And the Lord Himself, by His partial representation, creates a body of innumerable universes and\nagain enters each of those universes as Garbodaka�ayi Vi�QU. His coming in contact\nwith miiyii is explained in Bhagavad-gitii by a comparison between air and the sky.\nThe sky enters everything material, yet it is far away from us.\n\nTEXT 70\n\n� �... �il iPP'1_� I\n\n�� \"'11f!,t'l ti'lrtt'M' � II , o II\ngaviik�era randhre yena trasareru cafe\npuru�era loma-kDpe brahmiirrfera jii/e\n\nSYNONYMS\n\n�avii��era-of windows of a room; randhre-within the holes;yen -lik e; trasa�etju\n.\n-s1x--3toms together; cole-moves; puru�era-of the Lord; loma-kupe-m the holes\n\n�\n\nof the hair; brahmiirrfera-of universes;jii/e-a network.\n\nTRANSLATION\njust as atomic particles of dust p�s through the openings of a window, so the\nnetworks of universes pass through the pores of the skin of the puru�.\n\nTEXT 71\n\nll!���..f�-�'II�'I'(J\n�,<(� C'll11�'1�1 �'ilf'{li\\l�t: I\n. f���iol\" �� l(� ... ��Clf1\nc'lif<(lff111flr��� <:!'�!�� \\S�f11 n ., � •\nyasyalka-n i�vasita-kiilam athiivalambyo\njivanti loma-vi/ajii jagad·arrfa-niithii[l\nvijlJUr mahiin sa iha yasya kalii-vi�e�o\ngovindam iidi-puru�arh tam aharh bhajiimi\n\n", "adi1#p0456": "�i Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n434\n\nSYNONYMS\nyasya-whose; eka-one; ni�vasita-of breath; kalam-time; atha-thus; avalambyo\n-taking shelter of;jivanti-live; /oma-vilajaf:i-grown from the hair holes;jagot-a(lponiitha{l-the masters of the universes (the Brahmas); vi�(lu{l mahan-the Supreme\nLord\n\nMaha-Vi�1,1u;\n\nsa{l-that;\n\niha-here; yasya-whose; kalii-vi�e�o{7-particular\n\nplenary portion or expansion; govindam-Lord Govinda; Odi puru�gm-the original\n-\n\nperson; tam:- Him; aham-1; bhajami\n\n-\n\nworship.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Br ahm as and other lords of the mundane worlds appear from the pores of\nthe Maha-Vi�1,1u and remain alive for the duration of His one exhalation. l.adore the\nprimeval Lord, Govinda, for Maha-Vi�l,lU is a portion of His. plenary portion.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis description of the Lord's creative energy is from the Brahma-sarhhitii (5.48),\nwhich Lord Brahma compiled after his personal realization. When Maha-Vi�I)U ex­\n\n�'::l'lar\n\nhales, the spiritual seeds of the universe emanate from Him in the form of mo\n\nparticles like those that are visible, three times the size of an atom, when sunl1gfit is\ndiffused through a small hole. In these days of atomic research it will be a worthwhile engagement for atomic scientists to learn from this statement how 'the entire\nuniverse develops from the spiritual atoms emanating from the body of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 72\n\n-.r�� \\!t1(1-1(���-�-nrfil�1'(,.�t��'<�'�-,.�f;q'!f��n: 1\n\nC�lft��'ffil��ft���m-mt1'11'�� 1) C'i! '1(� U � � II\nkvaham tomo-mahad-aham-kha-caragni-var-bhtlsarhve�_titarfla-ghata-sopto-vitosti-kaya{1\nkvedrg vidhaviga(litarfla-pararu-caryaviitadhva-roma-vivorasya ca te mahitvam\n\nSYNONYMS\nkva-where; ahom-1; tamo{7-material nature; mohot-the total material energy;\noham-false ego; kha-ether; cora-air; ogni-fire; vii{1-water; bhli-earth; sarhveHito\n-surrounded by; orflo-gha.ta-a pot-like universe; sopto-vitosti-seven vitastis; kaya{7\n-body; kva-where; idrk\n\n-\n\nsuch; vidha-like ; ovigo(lito-unlimited; orflo\n\n-\n\nu niverses;\n\nporii(lu-caryii-moving like the atomic dust; viita-adhva-air holes; romo-of hair on\nthe body; vivorosya-of the holes; co-also; te-Your; mahitvom-greatness.\n\n", "adi1#p0457": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n435\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Where am I, a small creature of seven spans the measure of my own hand? I am\nenclpsed in the universe composed of material nature, the total material energy,\nfalse ego, ether, air, water and earth. And what is Your glory? Unlimited universes\npass through the pores of Your body just like particles of dust passing through the\n\nopening of a window.\"\nPURPORT\nWhen Lord Brahma, after having stolen all Kr�Qa's cows and cowherd boys, returned and saw that the cows and boys were still roaming with Kr�Qa, he offered\n\nthis prayer ( Bhag.\n\n10.14.11) in his defeat. A conditioned soul, even one so great\n\nas Brahma, who manages the affairs of the entire universe, cannot compare to the\nPersonality of Godhead, for He can produce numberless universes simply by the\n\nspiritual rays emanating from the pores of His body. Material scientists should take\nlessons from the utterances of �ri Brahma regarding our insignificance in comparison\nto God. In these prayers of Brahma there is much to learn for those who are falsely\npuffed up by the accumulation of power.\nTEXT 73\n\n�e.t-tl ��llf ,�, '�\"1' m ift1f 1\n\n<;'5tt�l121� -�'B11f II \"'-!) II\namsera amsa yei, 'kahl' tara nama\ngovindera prati-miirti sri-balarama\nSYNONYMS\narMera-of the part; am�a-part; yei-that which; kala-a kala, or part of the\nplenary portion; tara- its; nama-name; govindera-of Lord Govinda; prati-mDrticounter-form; �ri-balarafna- Lord Balarama.\nTRANS LA liON\nA part of a part of a whole is called a 'kala.' Sri Balarama is the counter-form of\nLord Govinda.\nTEXT 74\n\nti11 f.fl� 111ti9f- ll1f�·� I\ntl11 ��II( 4'1_�' 0 � 'Sf� II \"8 II\ntanra eka svarDpa-�ri-mahii-sankar�afJa\ntanra am�a 'puru?a' haya kalate gaf)ana\n\n", "adi1#p0458": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n436\n\nSYNONYMS\ntdnra- His; eka- one; sva-rlipa\n\n-\n\nmanifestati on; �ri-mahd-sankar�ara-the great Lora\n\nMaha-Sankar�pa; tanra-His; 01n�a-part; puru$a-the Maha-Vi�pu incarnation; haya\n\n-is; kalate gaQ ana\n\n-\n\ncounted as a kala.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBalarama's own expansion is called Maha-Sal'lkaflapa, and His fragment, the\npuru�. is counted as a kala, or a part of a plenary portion.\nTEXT 75\n\n��tt-. f8' �1 .r., �t� �'f I\n��t�� �� lt('f•'t n '\\t 11\nyanhake to' kala kahi, tinho mahlJ-vi�(IU\nmahii-puru�iivatarT tenho sarva-ji�(IU\nSYNONYMS\nyiinhlike-unto whom; ta -certainly ; kalii kohl- I say kala; tit1ho\n'\n\n-\n\nHe ; ma�iJ-vi�fJu\n\n-Lord Maha-Vi�pu; mahll-puru�tJvatiJrT-the source of other puru�a incarnations,\nMaha-Vi�pu; tenho-He; sarva- all; ji�!]u-pervading\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI say that this kala is Maha-Vi�J1U. He is the Maha-purufi, who is the source of the\nother puru� and who. is all-pervading.\nTEXT 76\n\n��ttil-rtl� '*tt� ''i_tRf' ift1l I\n� .- .tl ��-t, f�'f' � II 'I� II\n,\n\ngarbhoda·k$Troda-�iiy donhe 'puru�a· niima\nse/ dui, yiinra arMa,-vij(IU, vi�va-dhiima\nSYNONYMS\ngarbha-uda-in the ocean known as Garbhodaka within the universe; k�Tra-uda§iyi- one who lies in the ocean of milk; donhe-both of Them;\n\npuru�a nama­\n\nknown as puru�a, Lord Vi�pu; sei-those ; dui-two; yiinra arMa-whose plenary\nportions; V�S(IU vi�va-dhiJma-Lord Vi�pu, the abode of the total universes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGarbhodmyi and �irod�yi are both called puru�. They are plenary portions\nof Karapodidayi Vi�pu, the first puru�, who is the abode of all the universes.\n\n", "adi1#p0459": "Adi-lili, ChapterS\n\n437\n\nPURPORT\nThe symptoms of the puru¥1 are described in Laghu-bhtlgavatamrta. While describing the incarnations of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the author has\n\nquoted from the Vi�IJU Purara (6.8.59), where it is said: \"Let me offer my respectful\n\nobeisances unto Puru�ttama, Lord KnQa, who is always free from the contamination\nof the six material dualities; whose plenary expansion, Maha-Vi�t'IU, glances over\nmatter to create the cosmic manifestation; who expands Himself in various transcendental forms, all of which are one and the same; who is the master of all living\nentities; who is always free and liberated from the contamination of material\nenergy; and who, when He appears in this material world, seems one of us, although\nHe has an eternally spiritual, blissful, transcendental form.\" In summarizing this\nstatement, Rupa GosvamT has concluded that the plenary expansion of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead who acts in cooperation with the material energy is called\n\nthe puru�.\n\nTEXT77\n\nfmrr. �Yci \"*9jlfcl �roffi'(1 m:: I\n�-.. �\\!: i!!f)._ �\"'\"41� '{�'t�f� I\n\n�\"'11� ��� \\!tf.f 1JN1 ��Jt\\5 I , , I\nvl�ros tu trT(II rDp(J(1i\npuru$akhyany atho vidu{l\nekafh tu mahata{l sr�.t!\ndvitTyafh tv orpo-safhsthitam\nt{tiyarh sarva-bhDta-sthafh\ntani jnatva vimucyate\n\nSYNONYMS\n\n�\n\nv/j(1o(1-of Lord Vi�pu; tu-certainly; trTIJ i- three; rDpilf)i-forms; puru$a-4khyilni\n-celebrated as the purujO; atho-how; v/du{l - they know; ekam-one of them; tubut; mahata{l sraH{-the creator of the total material energy; dvitTyam-the second;\n\ntu-but; orflo-safhsthltam-s ituated within the universe; t{tTyam-the third; sarvabhDto-stham- w ithin the hearts of all living entities; tcJn/-these three; j71c7tvi1knowing; vimucyate-one becomes liberated.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Vi�ru has- three fo rms called puru�. The first, Mah,2-ViX'u, is the creator of\n\nthe total material energy (mahat], the second is Garbhod�yi, who is situated\n\nwithin each un iverse, and the third is �irodmyi, who lives In the heart of every\n\nliving being. He who knows these three becomes liberated from the clutches of\nmaya.\"\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse appears in the Laghu-bhiigavatiimrta (Piirva-khofJrfo, 33), where it has\nbeen quoted from the Siitvata Tantra.\n\n", "adi1#p0460": "438\n\n�t Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 78\n\n�wr;t ..� t51tl �� '\"''f ..tf I\n1(t.�\\51tft �� ..�-m'i\" n �\"\" 11\nyodyapi kahiye tanre kr�IJera 'kola' karl\nmotsyo-kilrmady-ovotarero tinho ovotarT\nSYNONYMS\nyodyopi-although; kohiye-1 say; tilnre-to Him; k�rera-of Lord Kr�r;�a; ko/iJpart of the part; karl-making; matsyo-the fish incarnation; kOrmo-iJdi-the tortoise\nincarnation and others; ovotilrero-of all these incarnations; tll�ho-He; avotiJrT-the\noriginal source.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough �iroda�yi Vi�pu is called a \"kala\" of Lord KnQa, He is the source of\nMatsya, KDrma and the other incarnations.\nTEXT 79\n\n�� Dtt.llf�'lt: �t.'{: l\"\"\n\nte�\"\"' I\n\n���-��� C'ffft. m� \\t� \\t� I ,ill\nete cllm�a-kala/1 pumso/1\n\nk{j(los tu bhogovan svoyom\n\nindrari-vyakulam lokam\nmrf/oyanti yuge yuge\nSYNONYMS\nete-all these; co-also; orh!a-kala/1-part or part of the part; pumso/1-of the\nSupreme Person; kr�rofl tu-but Lord Knr;�a; bhogaviJn-the original Personality of\nGodhead; svoyom-Himself; lndro-ori-the demons; vyakulom-disturbed; lokamall the planets'; mntayanti-makes them happy; yuge yuge-in different millenniums.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All these incarnations of Godhead are either plenary portions or parts of the\nplenary portions of the puru�a-avataras. But K!lQa is the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead Himself. In every age He protects the world through His different features\nwhen the world is disturbed by the enemies of l ndra.\"\nPURPORT\nThis quotation is from SrTmod-Bhagovotom (1.3.28).\n\n", "adi1#p0461": "Adi-nla, Chapter 5\n\n439\n\nTEXT 80\n\n�� ..-���\nlltifl \"''\"i<:itl �, � � n \"'• n\nsei puru�a sr�fi-sthiti-pra/ayera karta\nnona avatiJra kare, jagatera bharta\nSYNONYMS\nsei- that; puru�a- the Personality of Godhead; sr�.fi-sthiti-pra/ayera-of creation,\nmaintenance and annih ilation; karta-creator; nanil-various; avatora-incarnations;\nkare-makes;jagatera-of the material world; bharta-maintainer.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat puru� [ �irodakmyl Vi�tlU] is the performer of creation, maintenance\n\nand destruction. He manifests Himself in many incarnation s, for He is the maintainer of the world.\nTEXT 81\n\n\"fbtfif·fif� '���t-Il ._\"ii'fti{ I\n\"\" <:i' ��tllti � '��' iftJt II r) II\ns�.tY·iid/-nlmltte yel arMera avadhiina\nsei ta,' arMere kahi 'avatara' nama\nSYNONYMS\ns�,ti-iidi-nlmitte-for the cause of creation, maintenance and annih ilation; yei\n\n-which; arh�era avadhiina- m anife station\n\nof\n\nthe\n\n'\n\npart; sei ta -that certainly;\n\nam�ere kahi-l speak about that plenary expan�ion; avatara noma-by the name\n\"incarnation.\"\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat fragment of the Maha-puru� who appears for the purpose of creation,\nmaintenance and annihilation is called an incarnation.\nTEXT 82\n\n._tlnt\"iitttl, ��' 'e$rt'll\n\n��tq'il'tf·�, �-� n \"'� 11\nodyavatiira, mahii-puru�a, bhagaviln\nsarva-avatiira-bija, sarvii5raya-dhiima\n\n", "adi1#p0462": "440\n\n�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nSYNONYMS\n\niidyo-avatiira-the original incarnation; mahiJ-puru1fJ-Lord Maha-Vi�[lu; bhagavon\n-the Personality of Godhead; sarva-avatora-bija-the seed of all different kinds of\nincarnations; sarva-il�raya-dhoma-the shelter of everything.\nTRANSLATION\nThat Mahi-puru� is identical with the Personality of Godhead. He is the ori ginal\nincarnation, the seed of all others, and the shelter of everything.\nTEXT 83\n\n���=�=�l�\nm:�:'�\"��\n'\"J� ��ttl1 ..'1 �flntfcl\n\nm'ft �ft �� �� 'F- I vfl I\n...\n\niJdyo 'vatiirafl puruja{l parasya\nkiJ/afl svabhiivafl sad-asan-mana� ca\ndravyarh vikiJro gwJa indriyi11Ji\nvirii.t svaro.t sthiJsnu carij!JU bhOmnafl\nSYNONYMS\n\niidya/1\n\navatiiraf7-orig i na l\n\nincarnation;\n\npuruja{l-the Lord; paras ya�of the\n\nSu preme; kiiki{l- iime; svabhavafl-nature; sat-asat-cause and effect; manafl ca-as\nwell as the mind; dravyam-the five elements; vik arafl-transformation or the false\nego; gufJaf7-modes of nature; indriyiirl-senses; viro.t-the universal form; svariiJcomplete independence; sthiisnu- immovable; cor�S!Ju-movable; bhiimna/7-of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The puru� is the primary incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTime, nature, pralqti (as cause and effect), the mind, the material elements, false\nego, the modes of nature, the senses, the universal form, complete independence\nand the moving and nonmoving beings appear subsequently as His opulences.\"\nPURPORT\nDescribing the incarnations and their symptoms, the Laghu-bhagavatamrta has\nstated that when Lord Kr�Qa descends to conduct the creative affairs of the material\nmanifestation, He is an avatiira, or incarnation. The two categories of avatiiras are\nempowered devotees and tad-ekiitmo-riipo\n\n( the Lord Himself} . An example of\n\n", "adi1#p0463": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n441\n\ntad-ekiJtmo-rDpa is �e�a, and an example of a devotee is Vasudeva, the father of Lord\nK�l)a. �rila Baladeva Vidyabhu�l)a has commented that the material cosmic manifestation is a partial kingdom of God where God must sometimes come to execute\na specific function. The plenary portion of the Lord through whom Lord Kr�oa\nexecutes such actions is called Maha-Vi��u, who is the primal beginning of all incarnations. Inexperienced observers prP.sume that the material energy provides both\nthe cause and elements of the cosmic manifestation and that the living entities are\nthe enjoyers of material nature. But the devotees of the bhiigavata school, which\nhas scrutinizingly examined the entire situation, can understand that material nature\ncan independently be neither the supplier of the material elements nor the cause of\nthe material manifestation. Material nature gets the power to supply the material\nelements from the glance of the supreme puru�a, Maha-Vi�QU, and when empowered\n\nby Him she is called the cause of the material manifestation. Both features of material nature, as the cause of the material creation and as the source of its elements,\nexist due to the glance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The various expansions of the Supreme Lord who act to empower the material energy are known as\nplenary expansions or incarnations. As illustrated by the example of many flames\nlit from one flame, all these plenary expansions and incarnations are as good as\n\nVi��u Himself; nevertheless, because of their activities in controlling miJyii, sometimes they are known as miiyika, or having a relationship with miiyii. This is a verse\nfrom Srimad-Bhiigavatam (2.6.42).\nTEXT 84\n\n�'� '�� 11i'f� ��lf1fm: ,\n\n'll'!� �w-t�-r1fttlf1 C'fl�m'lfll1 I v8 I\njagrhe pauru�arh rDparh\nbhagaviin mahad-iidibhi/;1\nsambhDtarh �ofla�a-ka/am\niidau loka-sisrk�ayii\nSYNONYMS\n\njagrhe-accepted ; pauru�am-the puru�a incarnation; rDpam-the form; bhagaviin\n-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; mahat-iidlbhi{l-by the total material energy,\netc.; sambhDtam-created; �ofla�a-sixteen; ka/am-energies; iidau-originally; lokathe material worlds; sisrk�ayii-with the desire to create.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the beginning of the creation, the Lord expanded Himself in the form of the\npuru� incarnation, accompanied by all the ingredients of material creation. First\nHe created the sixteen principal energies suitable for creation. This was for the\n\npurpose of manifesting the material universes.\"\n\n", "adi1#p0464": "442\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhiigavatam (1.3.1 ). The commentary of Madhva on\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam mentions that the following sixteen spiritual energies are present\nin the spiritual world: (1) �ri, (2) bhii, (3) lilii, (4) kiinti, (5) kirti, (6) tu�p, (7) gi{l,\n(8) pu�p, (9) satyii, (1 0) jnoniijiiiinii, (11) jayii utkar�i(li, (12) vimalii, (13) yogamiiyii,\n(14) prahvi, (15) i�iinii and (16) anugrahii. In his commentary on the Laghubhiigavatiim(ta, S ri Baladeva VidyabhD�apa has said that the above energies are also\nknown by nine names: (1 )vimalii, (2) ·utkar�ilyi, (3) jnonii, (4) kriyii, (5) yogii, (6)\nprahvi, (7) satyii, (8) i�iinii and (9) anugrahii. In the Bhagavat-sandarbha of S rila\n'\njiva Gosvami ( verse 117) they are described as �ri, pu�fi, gi/J, kiinti, kirti, tu�.ti, ilii,\njaya, vidyiividyii, miiyii, samvit, sandhini, h/iidini, bhakti, miirti, vimalii, yogii,\nprahvi, iSiinii, anugrahii, etc. All these energies act in different spheres of the Lord's\nsupremacy.\n\nTEXT 85\n\nwf9t �- fl�, t:i� 'le.� I\n� f?l� .-ste.·._� lllr� II\nyadyapi sarviiSraya tinho, tiinhiite sarhsiira\nantariitma-riipe tinho jagat-iidhiira\nSYNONYMS\n\nyadyapi�although; sarva-iiSraya-the shelter of everything; tinho-He ( the Lord) ;\ntilnhiite-in Him; sarhsiira-the material creation; antafl-iitmii-rupe-in the form of\nthe Supersoul; tinho-He;jagat-iidhiira-the support of the whole creation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the Lord is the shelter of everything and although all the universes rest\nin Him, He, as the Supersoul, is also the support of everything.\n\nTEXT 86\n\nclf�,.r� t:i� t... � I\n� �� �Tr.lllf{-f,.. II 1r� II\nprokrti-sahite tiinra ubhaya sambandha\ntathiipi prokrti-saha niihi sparSa\"f}andha\nSYNONYMS\n\nprokrti-sahite-with the material energy; tiinra-His;ubhaya sambandha-both relationships; tathiipi-still; prakrti-saha- with the material nature; niihi-there is not;\n\nsparSa-gandha-even the slightest contact.\n\n", "adi1#p0465": "Adi-fila, Chapters\n\n443\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough He is thus connected with the material energy in two ways, He does\nnot have the slightest contact with it.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Laghu-bhagavatomrta, �rila Rupa Gosvami, commenting upon the Lord's\ntranscendental position beyond the material qualities, says that V i�pu, as the controller and superintendent of material nature, has a connection with the material\nqualities. That connection is called \"yoga.\" However, the person who directs a\nprison is not also a prisoner. Similarly, although the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead Vi�pu directs or supervises the qualitative nature, He has no connection\nwith the material modes of nature. The expansions of Lord Vi�I)U always retain\ntheir supremacy; they are never connected with the material qualities. One may\nargue that Maha-Vi�I)U cannot have any connection with the material qualities, because if He were so connected, Srimad-Bhagavatam would not state that material\nnature, ashamed of her thankless task of acting to induce the living entities to become averse to the Supreme Lord, remains behind the Lord in shyness. In answer\nto this argument, it may be said that the word gw;a means \"regulation.\" Lord\nVi�pu, Lord Brahma and Lord �iva are situated within this universe as the direc­\n\ntors of the three modes, and their connection with the modes is known as yoga.\n\nThis does not indicate, however, that these personalities are bound by the qualities\nof nature. Lord Vi�I)U specifically is always the controller of the three qualities.\nThere is no question of His coming under their control.\nAlthough the causal and ·element-supplying features exist in material nature by\ndint of the glance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Lord is never\naffected by glancing over the material qualities. By the will of the Supreme Lord\nthe diffe'3lnt qualitative changes in the material world take place, but there is no\npossibility of material affection, change or contamination for Lord Vi�pu.\n\nTEXT 87\n\n�m1(� lfl'f�M 'i!'l{,•tcr: 1\n� �Jt'i! lllfii!Ut\"(�'tl 'i_f\\�lfli!hl • lr, •\netad i�anam i�asya\nprakrti-stho 'pi tad-gu(laiiJ\nno yujyate sadiitma-sthair\nyatha buddhis tad-ii�rayii\n\nSYNONYMS\netat-this is; i�anam-opulence; i�asya-of the Lord; prakrti-stha/;1-within this\nmaterial world; api-although; tat-gu(lai{l-by the material qualities; no yujyatenever affected; soda-always; iitma-sthai{l-situated in His own energy; yatha-as\nalso; buddhi/1-intelligence; tat-His; a�raya-devotees.\n\n", "adi1#p0466": "444\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"This is the opulence of the Lord. Although situated within the material nature,\nHe is never affected by the modes of nature. Similarly, those who have surrendered\nto Him and have fixed their intelligence upon Him are not influenced by the modes\nof nature.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srrmad-Bhiigavatam (1.11.38).\n\nTEXT88\n\n<d � l11t'M 1!t � .. I\n��.en ._rn,-rAP on w n\ne/ mata gTtiiteha punaiJ punaiJ kaya\nsarvadiJ T�vara-tattva acintya-�aktl haya\nSYNONYMS\ne/ mata-in this way; gTtiiteha-in Bhagavad-gTtii; punaiJ punaiJ -again and again;\nkaya-it is said; sarvada-always; T�vara-tattvo-the truth of the Absolute Truth;\n\naclntya-Saktl haya-is inconceivable.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Bhagavad-gita also states again and again that the Absolute Truth always\npossesses inconceivable power.\nTEXT89\n\n� �' �� �''\"\"'1ft� I\n1{1 'lftfif •� �'1ft 'lft1fl � n \"'� n\nami ta' jagate vasi, jagat iimiite\nnii iimi jagate vas!, nii ilmil jagate\nSYNONYMS\niimi-l; ta -cer ainly; }agate in the material world; vos/-situated; jagat-the\n'\n\nt\n\n-\n\nwhole material creation; iimiite-in Me; nii-not; iimi-l;\n\njagate within the ma-\n\nterial world; vas l -situa ed;nii-nor; iimii-on Me; agate-th e material world.\n\nt\n\nj\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am situated in the material world, and the world rests in Me. But at the same\ntime I am not situated in the material world, nor does it rest on Me in truth.\n\n", "adi1#p0467": "Adi-fila; ChapterS\n\n445\n\nPURPORT\nNothing in existence is possible unless energized by the will of the Lord. The\n.\nentire manifested creation is therefore resting on the energy of the Lord, but one\nshould not therefore presume that the material manifestation is identical with the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. A cloud may rest in the sky, but that does not\nmean that the sky and the cloud are one and the same. Similarly, the qualitative\nmaterial nature and its products are never identical with the Supreme Lord. The\ntendency to lord it over material nature, or maya, cannot be a feature of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. When He descends to the material world, He\nmaintains His transcendental nature, unaffected by the material qualities. In both\nthe spiritual and material worlds, He is always the controller of all energies. The\nuncontaminated spiritual nature always exists within Him. The Lord appears and\ndisappears in the material world in different features for His pastimes, yet He is the\norigin of all cosmic manifestations.\nThe material manifestation cannot exist separate from the Supreme Lord, yet\nl,.ord Vi�{IU, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, in spite of His connection with\nmaterial nature, cannot be subordinate to nature's influence. His original form of\neternal bliss and knowledge is never subordinate to the three qualities of material\nnature. This is a specific feature of the Supreme Lord's inconceivable potencies.\nTEXT90\n\n.um�cat���\n�- �' htf �41(�.-. 'fUtl I �o II\nacintya ai$varya ei jilniha iimiira\ne/ ta' gTtiJra artha ka(la paraciira\n\nSYNONYMS\nacintya- inconceivable ; ai$varya-opulence ; ei - this ; jiiniha-you must know;\n\niimiira-of Me; ei ta'-this; gTtiira artha-the meaning of Bhagavad-gTtii; kai!a paraciira\n-Lord Kr�oa propagated.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 Arjuna, you should know this as My inconceivable opulence\".'' This is the\n\nmeaning propagated by Lord K!}{la in Bhagavad-gTta.\nTEXT91\n\n�.,����-r��l\n�••\" �., � flfiJ� n �=> n\n\n", "adi1#p0468": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n446\n\nsei to' puru�a yanra 'arh5a' dhare nama\ncaitanyera sange sei nityananda-rama\nSYNONYMS\nsel ta'-tha t; puru�a - Supreme Person; yanra-of whom; arfl1a-as part; dhare\n\nniima-is\n\nknown;\n\ncaitanyera\n\nsange-with\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nse/-that;\n\nnityananda-rama-Lord Nityananda or Balarama.\nTRANSLATION\nThat Maha-puru�\n\n' 1\n\n[ KaraiJodakmyi Vi�Qu ] is known as a plenary part of Him\n\nwho is Lord Nityananda Balarama, the favorite associate of Lord Caitanya,\nTEXT92\n\n�• !8' � au,•t 'fll(.�et 1\n.\n'PI1f �� 'fl1'(� firi1 .. II � II\nei to' navama �lokera artha-vivarar;ta\nda�ama �lokera artha �una diyii mana\nSYNONYMS\nei ta'- thus; navama �lokera-of the ninth verse; artha- vivarar;ta- description of\n\nthe meaning; da�ama �lokera�of the tenth verse; artha- meaning; �una-hear; diyii\n\nmana-with attention.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have thus explained the ninth verse, and now I shall explain the tenth. Please\nlisten with rapt attention.\nTEXT93\n\nffi�'llf'tt.'llf: �'1'-�lc�llf\"'t�\n��� �\"\"'I'!Oil'l\\ I\n\nl\"''cil� �m-f'ftl{ tft'(-\n\n,.,\n\n�� af.\\\"!JrORlR� 12t� • �� \"\nyasyiJrh�iirMa{l �rfla-garbhoda;�iiyi\nyan-nabhy-abjarh loka-sanghiita-nalam\nloka-sra�tuft sDtlka-dhiima dhiitus\ntarh �ri-nityiinanda-ramarh prapadye\nSYNONYMS\nyasya-whose; arh�-arh�af7-portion of a plenary portion; �rfla-garbha-uda-�iJyi\n-Garbhodaka�ayl Yi�pu; yat-of who m ; niibhi-abjam-the navel lotus; loka-sanghiita\n\n", "adi1#p0469": "Adi-nla, ChapterS\n\n447\n\n-of the multitude of planets; no/am-having a stem that is the resting place; /oka­\n\nsraHu/;1- of Lord Brahma, creator of the planets; siitika-dhama-the birthplace;\ndhatu/;1-of the creator; tam-to Him; �ri-nityananda-ramam-to Lord Balarama in\nthe form of Lord Nityananda;prapadye-l surrender.\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my full obeisances unto the feet of Sri Nityananda Rama, a partial part of\n\nwhom is Garbhodaka§ayi Vigtu. From the navel of Garbhodaka5ayi Vi�r;�u sprouts\n\nthe lotus that is the birthplace of Brahma, the engineer of the universe. The stem of\n\nthat lotus is the restir:\"�g place of the multitude of planets.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Mahabharata, $(Jnti-parva, it is said that He who is Pradyumna is also\n\nAniruddha. He is also the father of Brahma. Thus Garbhodaka�ayT Vi�QU and\nK�irodaka§ayi Vi��u are identical plenary expansions of Pradyumna, the original\nDeity of Brahma, who is born from the lotus flower. It is Pradyumna who gives\nBrahma direction for cosmic management. A full description of Brahma's birth is\n\ngiven in Srimad-Bhogavotam (3.8.15-16).\n\nDescribing the features of the three puru.sos, the Laghu-bhiigavatamrta says that\nGarbhodaka�ayr Vi��u has a four-handed form, and when He Himself enters the\nhollow of the universe and lies down in the ocean of milk He is known as\nK�Trodaka�ayi Vi��u, who is the Supersoul of all living entities, including the\ndemigods.\n\nIn the Satvata\n\nK�Trodaka�ayT Vi��u,\n\nTantra it is said that the third puru.so incarnation,\ni.s situated as the Supersoul in everyone's heart. This\n\nK�frodaka�yi Vi��u is an expansion of Garbhodaka�ayi Yi�QU for pastimes.\n\nTEXT94\n\n� II' 'lJR1 \"4il.litft • \"'fim I\n� 'elt'O �filtn •·t.� .:1$111 � II\nsei to' puru�a ananta-brahma!Jfla srjiya\nsaba O!Jfle prave�ilii bahu-mDrti hana\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; ta'-certainly; puru�a-incarnation; ananta-brahmci!Jfla-innumerable\nuniverses; srjiya- creating ; saba-aU; a!Jfle-in the egg-like universes; prave�i/aentered; bahu-miirtl haM-taking multifarious forms.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter creating millions of universes, the first puru�a entered into each of them in\n\na separate form, as Sri GarbhodakaQyi.\n\n", "adi1#p0470": "Srr Caitanya-caritarnrta\n\n448\n\nTEXT9S\n\nf9at � � � CC4•tt I\n����fitfttn�n\nbhitare prove�/' dekhe saba andhakara\nrahlte nahika stht1na karila viciira\nSYNONYMS\nbhitare-within the universe; prave.W- entering;dekhe- He sees;saba-all; andhakiira-darkness; rahite-to stay; niihika-there is not; sthiina-place; karila viciiraconsidered.\nTRANSLATION\nEntering the universe, He found only darkness, with'no place in which to reside.\nThus He began to consider.\nTEXT96\n\n�\"\".rtrtl -.fill� I\n���--� oe�etn:.�11\nnljiiflga-sveda-ja/a karl/a srjana\nsei jale kalla ardha-brahmiit;�fla bharat;�a\nSYNONYMS\nnlja-aflga-of His own body; sveda-jala-water from perspiration; karila-did;\nsrjana-creation; sel ja/e-with that water; kaila-did; ardha-brahmt1t;�fla-half of the\nuniverse; bharat;�a-filling.\nTRANSLATION\nThen He created water from the perspiration of His own body and with that\nwater filled half the universe.\nTEXT97\n\n�'I 'f.-r-tt.��� I\n�' �' \"Q <f!-.�n �\" n\nbrahmiit;�fla-pramiit;�a pancii�at-kof/-yojana\niiyama, vistar:a, dui haya eka soma\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmat;�fla-pramiit;�a-measurement of the universe; pancii�at fifty; ko.fi-ten\n-\n\nmillions; yojana-lengths of eight miles; iiyiima-length; vlstiira-breadth; dui- both\nof them; haya-are; eka soma-one an� the same.\n.\n\n", "adi1#p0471": "Adi-nll, ChapterS\n\n449\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe un,verse measures five hundred million yojanas. Its length and breadth are\none and the same.\nTEXT 98\n\ntrf;'f .rl' -·���I\n\n...rt �(�\"\"\n\n,.,\"\"'-.._.. � n �\"\" n\n\n}ale bhari' ardha t anhii kalla nlja-vasa\ndra ardhe kal/a caudda-bhuvana prakd�a\nSYNONYMS\n}ale-with water; bharl'-fi lling; ardha-half; tiinha-there; kaila-made; nija-viisa\n-own residence; ora-other; ardhe-in the half; kai/a-did; caudda-bhuvana-fourteen worlds; praka�a-manifestation.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter filling half the universe with water, He made His own residence therein and\nmanifest�d the fo urteen worlds in the o ther half.\nPURPORT\nThe'fourteen worlds are enumerated in SrTmad-Bhdgavatam, Second Canto, Fifth\nChapter. The upper planetary systems are (1) BhO, (2) Bhuva�, (3) Sva�, (4) Maha�,\n\n(Sj jana, (6) Tapa� and �(7) Satya. The seven lower planetary systems are (1) Tala,\n(2) Atala, (3) Vitala, (4) Nitala, (5) Talatala, (6) Mahatala and (7) S utala. The\n\nlower planets, as a whole, are called Patala. Among the upper planetary systems,\nBhO, Bhuva� and Sva� constitute Svargaloka, and the rest are called Martya. The\nentire universe is thus known as Triloka:\nTEXT 99\n\ntl����t�l\n���R�·n��n\ntanhiJi praka.ta kaila vaiku(lfha nija-dhiima\n�e�-�ayana-jale karila vi�riJma\nSYNONYMS\ntiinhd/-there; prakafa-manifestation; ka/la-did; va/ku(lfha-the spiritual world;\nnija-dhama-His own abode; �e�-of Lord �e�a; �ayana-on the bed; }ale-on the\nwater; karila-did; vl�rama-rest.\n\n", "adi1#p0472": "450\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\nThere He manifested Vaikul)tha as His own abode and rested in the waters on the\nbed of Lord Se:;a.\nTEXTS 100-101\n\n-·�������\n������ll)ooll\n��\\11·Rtl�, ��� I\n\n�'WC\"'<!tl·�tr, tr'Ste.·-.Het II )o) II\nananta-�ayyate tailha karl/a �ayana\nsahasra mastaka tiihra sahasra vadana\nsahasra-cara(la-hasta, sahasra-nayana\nsarva-avatara-bija, jagat-kara(la\n\nSYNONYMS\nananta-�ayyate-on Lord Ananta as a bed; tailhil-there; karila �ayana-lay down;\n\nsahasra-thousands; mastaka-heads; tiiilra-His; sahasra vadana- thousands of faces;\n\nsahasra-thousands; cara(la-legs; hasta-hands; sahasra-nayana-thousands of eyes;\nsarva-avatiJra-bija-the seed of all incarnations; jagat-kara(la-the cause of the materiill world.\nTRANSLATION\nHe lay there with Ananta as His bed. Lord Ananta is a divine serpent having\nthousands of heads, thousands of faces, thousands of eyes and thousands of h�ds\nand feet. He is the seed of all incarnations and is the cause of the material world.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the reservoir of water first created by the perspiration of Garbhodaka�ayi\nVi�rtu, the Lord lies on the �e�a plenary expansion of Vi�I'}U, who is described in the\nSrrmad-BhiJgavatam and in the four Vedas as follows:\nsahasra-�T�a puru�a/;1 sahasrak�a/;1 sahasra-piit\nsa bhDmirh vi�vato vrtvatyatiUhad da�iiilgulam\n\"The Vi�rtu form called Ananta-�yana has thousands of hands and legs and thousands\nof eyes, and He is the active generator of all the incarnations within the material\nworld.\"\n\n", "adi1#p0473": ". Adi-ma, Chapter s\n\n451\n\nTEXT 102\n\n� ��911f � -��\"\"I\n� � � lfttl tfll(411f II �·� II\ntilnra nilbhi-padma haite u.thila eka padma\nse/ padme hoi/a brahmara janma-sadma\nSYNONYMS\ntilnra- His; niibhi -padma- lotus navel; haite-from;ufhila-grew; eka-one;padma\n\n-lotus flower; sei padme-on that lotus; haifa-there was; brahmiira-of Lord\nBrahma; janma-sadma-the place of birth.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom His navel grew a lotus flower, which became the birthplace of Lord Brahma.\nTEXT 103\n\n'f\\\"t;q� I\n�-�-1�� ����·'ell\n\n'\"' 'IW\"ttfl �\n\nse/ padma-nilfe haifa caudda-bhuvana\ntef1ho brahmii haiJii S[?f/ karifa S[jana\nSYNONYMS\nse/ padma-niile-within the stem of that lotus f lower; haila- were;caudda-bhuvana\n-the fourteen worlds; tenho-He Himself; brahmil hanii- app earing as Brahma;\n\nS(?f/-the creation; karifa S[jana-created.\nTRANSLATION\nWithin the stem of that lotus were the fourteen worlds. Thus the Supreme Lord,\nas Brahma, created the entire creation.\n\nTEXT 104\n\nMtpf �.-� � tf'Stt. � I\n.��f-.,.(� lfAft-�'1 II �·811\nvi�IJU·rupa hana kare jagat pilfane\ngu(liJtTta-vi�IJU sparla niihi miiyiJ-gUIJe\n\n", "adi1#p0474": "Sri Caita nya-caritamrta\n\n452\n\nSYNONYMS\nvi�(IU·riipo-the form of Lord Vi�pu; hoM-becoming; kore-does; jogot piJ/onemaintenance of the material world;guro-otito-�eyond the material qualities; vi�fJU\n-Lord Vi�pu; spor�o -touch; nahi-not; mayiJ-gure- in the material qualities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAnd as Lord Vi�pu He maintains the entire world. Lord Vi�pu, being beyond all\nmaterial attributes, has no touch with the material qualities.\n\nPURPORT\n�rl Baladeva Vidyabhu�ar;�a says that although Vi�Qu is the predominating Deity\nof the quality of goodness in the material world, He is never affected by the quality\nof goodness, for He directs that quality simply by His supreme will. It is said that\nall living entities can derive all good fortune from the Lord simply by His will. In\nthe ViJmono Purii{1o it is said that the same Vi�(IU expands Himself as Brahma and\n�iva to direct the different qualities.\nBecause\n\nLord\n\nVi�pu\n\nexpands\n\nthe\n\nquality of goodness, He has the name\n\nSattvatanu. The multifarious incarnations of K�irodakasayi Vi�pu are known as\nSattvatanu. Therefore in all Vedic scriptures Vi�pu has been described as being free\nfrom all material qualities. In the Tenth Canto of Srimod-BhiJgovotom it is said:\n\n·\n\nhorir hi nirguro{l siJk�iit\npurujo{l prok{te{l poro{l\nso sorvo-drg upodroHii\n\ntom bhojon nirguro bhovet\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, is always uncontaminated by the\nmodes of material nature, for He is beyond the material manifestation. He is t�e\nsource of the knowledge of all the demigods, headed by Lord Brahma, and He is the\nwitness of everything. Therefore one who worships the Supreme Lord Vi�pu also\nattains freedom from the contamination of material nature.\" (Bhiig. 1 0.88.5) One\ncan attain freedom from the contamination of material nature by worshiping Vi�pu,\nand therefore He is called Sattvatanu, as described above.\n\nTEXT 105\n\nMPl 'Cftt -.tt �-- 'l�m I\n\n\"*-�-� � u �·� n\nrudro-riipo dhori' kore jogot sorhhiJro\nSfj.tf-sthiti-proloyo-icchiJyo yOIIhiJro\n\n", "adi1#p0475": "Adi-ma, Chapter 5\n\n453\n\nSYNONYMS\nrudra-rDpa-the form of Lord � iva;dhari - accepting;kare-does;jagat sarhhtira'\n\nannihilation of the material world;sr.s.ti-sthlti-pralaya- creation, ma intenance and\nannihilation;icchiJya-by the will;yiJnhOra-of whom.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAssuming the form of Rudra, He destroys the creation. Thus creation, maintenance and dissolution are created by His will.\n\n. PURPORT\nMahe�vara, or Lord �iva, is not an ordinary living being, nor is he equal to Lord\nVi�tlu. Effectively comparing Lord Vi�tlU and Lord �iva, the Brahma-sarhhitii says\nthat Vi�tlU is like milk, whereas �iva is like curd. Curd is nothing like milk, but\nnevertheless it is milk also.\n\nTEXT 106\n\nm'IJ1�, ...�t�, \"«--•�'� 1\n� �-r -.ft' � fimt·WI' 11 �·� n\n-hira{lya-garbha, antaryiJmi, jagat-kiJroro\nyiJnra am�a karl' kare viriJ.ta-ka/pana\nSYNONYMS\n\nhiroryo-garbha-of the name Hiral)yagarbha; antaryiimi-the Supersoul; jagatkiJroro the cause of the material world;yanra arh!a kari'-taking as His expansion;\n-\n\nkare-does;viriJ.ta-ka/pana-conception of the universal form.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe is the Supersoui ; Hiral}yagarbha, the cause of the material world. The universal\nform is conceived as His expansion.\n\nTEXT 107\n\n� lftm(et,-� �t-tl '14(.-t I\n\n��mJ�-��1111)•�0\nhena niJriJyoro,-yanro arh�era arh�a\nsei probhu nltyiJnanda-sarva-avatarhsa\n\n", "adi1#p0476": "454\n\n�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\nSYNONYMS\n\nhena-such; nariJya(la-Lord Narayar;�a; yiJnra-of whom; arh�ra-of the plenary\npart; arh�a-a part; sel- that; prabhu- the Lord ;n/tyiJnanda-of the name Nityananda;\n\nsarva-avatarhsa-the source of all incarnations.\nTRANSLATION\nThat Lord Naraya{la is a part of a plenary part of Lord Nityananda Balarama,\nwho is the source of all incarnations.\nTEXT 108\n\n'f1111f al1t•t �t(�\" ��Itt I\n�-.t1Pt 'f'lt•l �t(� fOt 1fl' U ) 01r II\nda�ama �lokera artha ka/la vlvara(la\nekiida�a �lokera artha �una d/yiJ mana\nSYNONYMS\nda�ama-tenth; �lokera-of the verse; artha -meaning; kaifa :__have done; vivara(la­\n\ndescription; ekiJda�a-eleventh; �lokera-of the verse; artha- meaning; 1una-.please\nhear; diyiJ mana-w ith the mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nhave thus explained the tenth verse. Now please listen to the meaning. of the\neleventh verse with all your mind.\nTEXT 109\n\n�t�--rt�--rtt.�: \"1ill\"'tIN'll-rt�\nc9fl't1 �t� �q-r�'11\n\"\"� �� �'tm·\n111� -��� l!f9fm I � ;a I\n•\n\nyasyiirh�iirMirh�a/;1 parritmiikhiliiniirh\npoHii vi�(lur bhati dugdhiibdhi-�iiyi\nk�u(li-bhartii yat-ka/ii so 'py anantas\ntarh �ri-nityiinanda-riimarh prapadye\nSYNONYMS\nyasya-whose; arh�a-arh�a-arh�/;1-a portion of a portion of a plenary portion;\npara-iitmii- the Su pe rsoul; ·akhilaniim-of all living entities; po�Jii-the maintainer;\n\n", "adi1#p0477": "Adi-fila, Chapter 5\n\n455\n\n.\n\nvi�!Ju{l- Vi�(IU; bhiiti-appears ; dugdha-obdhi-�ayi- K�irodaka�ayi Vi�(IU; k?Quf}ibharta-upholder of the earth; yat-whose; kala-portion of a portion; sa{I-He;\napi-certainly; ananta{l-�e� Naga; tam-to Him; �ri-nityananda-ramam-to Lord\nBalarama in the form of Lord Nityananda; prapadye-1 ,surrender.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto the feet of �ri Nityananda Rama, whose\n\nsecondary part is the Vi�pu lying in the ocean of milk. That �iroda�yi Vi�pu is\nthe Supersoul of all living entities and the maintainer of all the universes. �� Naga\nis His further sub-part.\n\nTEXT 110\n\nI{�Afttl ..1Mt'l·llt'lJt'6 q\" I\n\nelh 'l(t1{J '�• ,... � 1tflt n )) n\no\n\nnarayarera nabhi-nala-madhyete dharal)i\ndhararira madhye sapta samudra ye gal)i\n\nSYNONYMS\nnarayarera-of Lord Naraya(la; niibhi-nO/a-the stem from the navel; madhyetewithin;dharal)i-the material planets;dhararira madhye-among the material planets;\nsapta-seven;samudra-oceans; ye gal)i-they count.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe material planets rest within the stem that grew from the lotus navel of Lord\nNaraya(la. Among theSe planets are seven oceans.\n\nTEXT 111\n\n� \"\"'tnlffif·1fro '�'t' iU1J I\n'tttfil<&t R!,-ttt � � � u ))) .n\ntanha k�irodadhi-madhye �vetadvipa' niima\npa/ayitO vi�IJu,-tiinra sei nija dhiima\n\nSYNONYMS\ntahha-within that; �ira-udadhi-madhye-in part of the ocean known as the\nocean of milk; �veta-dvTpa n(Jma\n\n- the island named �vetadvipa; pa/ayita i,sl)u-the .\nv\n\n", "adi1#p0478": "�T Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n456\n\nmaintainer; Lord Vi�tlUi tiJIIra-of Him; se/-that; nlja dhiJma-own residential\nquarters.\nTRANSLATION\nThere, in part of the ocean of milk, lies Svetadvlpa, the abode ofthe sustainer,\nLord Vi�r-u.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Slddhanta-�iromaf}i, an astrological text, the different.oceans are described\nas follows: {1) the ocean of salt, {2) the ocean of milk, {3) the ocean of curd, (4) the\nocean of clarified butter, {5) the ocean of sugar cane juice, {6) the ocean of liquor\nand (7) the ocean of sweet water. On the southern side of the ocean of salt is the\nocean of milk, where Lord K�irodaka�ayi Vis(lu resides. He is worshiped there by\ndemigods like Brahma.\n·\n\nTEXT 112\n\n�ftm��� .. �1\ntr'ft.·'f� �� tr1WR � n ))� n\nsakala jivera tlnho haye antaryamr\njagat-piJ/aka tillho jagatera svami\nSYNONYMS\n\nsakala-all; jivera-of the living entities; tinho-He; haye-is; antaryomi-the\nSupersoul; jagat-piJ/aka-the maintainer of the material world; tinho-He;jagatera\nsviJmT-the Lord of the material world.\nTRANSLATION\nHe is the Supersoul ofall living entities. He maintains this material world, and He\nis its Lord.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Laghu-bhiJgavatomrta gives the following d�scription of the Vi�r;�uloka\nwithin this universe, quoted from the Vlj(IU-dharmottara: \"Above Rudraloka, the\nplanet of Lord Siva, is the planet called Vi�r;�uloka, 400,000 miles in circumference,\nwhich is inaccessible for any mortal living being. Above that Vi�Quloka and east of\nthe Sumeru Hill is a golden island called Maha-Vi�r;�uloka in the ocean of salt.\nLord Brahma and other demigods sometimes go there to meet Lord Vi�QU. Lord\nVi�QU lies there with the goddess of fortune, and it is said that during the four\nmonths of the rainy season He enjoys sleeping on that Se� Naga bed. East of\nSumeru is the ocean of milk, in which there is a white city on a white island where\nthe Lord can be seen sitting with His consort, Lak�miji, on a throne of Se$a. That\nfeature of Vi�QU also enjoys sleeping during the four months of the rainy season.\nThe Svetadvipa in the milk ocean is situated just south of the ocean of salt. It is\ncalculated that the area of Svetadvipa is 200,000 square miles. This transcendentally\n\n", "adi1#p0479": "Adi-nla, Chapter S\n\n451\n\nbeautiful island is decorated with desire trees to please Lord Vi�QU and His consort.\"\nThere are references to\n\n�vetadvipa\n\nin the\n\nBrahmii!Jrfa Purii!Ja,\n\nVi�IJU Purii!Ja,\n\nMahiibhiirata and Padma Purii!Ja, and there is the following reference in the Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam {11.15.18).\n!veta-dv7pa-patau cittarh\n!uddhe dharma-maye mayi\ndhiJrayafl chvetatiirh yiiti\n�arf-Drmi-rahito nara{l\n\"My dear Uddhava, you may know that My transcendental form of Vi�QU in\n\n�vetadvipa is identical with Me in divinity. Anyone who places this Lord of\n�vetadvipa within his heart can surpass the pangs of the six material tribulations:\nhunger, thirst, birth, death, lamentation and illusion. Thus one can attain his\noriginal transcendental form.\"\n\nTEXT 113\n\n�-11\"11«1 'f�' itl10 -c¥8� I\n� �..t'fi' �' • �� n ))-e a\nyuga-manvantare dhari' niinii avatiira\n. dharma sarhsthiipana kare, adharma sarhhiira\nSYNONYMS\nyuga-manvantare-in the ages of millenniums of Manu; dhari'- accepting; niinii­\n\nvarious; avatOra-i n carnations; dharma sarhsthiipana kare - establishes the principles\nof religion; adharma sarhhara-vanquishing irreligious principles.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the ages and millenniums of Manu, He appears as different incarnations to\nestablish the principles of real religion and vanquish the principles of irreligion.\nPURPORT\nLord Vi�QU, who lies in the ocean of milk, incarnates Himself in various forms to\nmaintain the laws of the cosmos and annihilate the causes of disturbance. Such\n\nincarnations are visible in every manvantara ( i.e., in the course of the reign of each\n'\nx 4,300,000 years ) . Fourteen such Manus take their birth\n\nManu, who lives for .71\n\nand die, to yield a place for the next, during one day of Brahma.\n\nTEXT 114\n\nm1tt'lan 'ttl •� Qllti{ 1\n\n\"\"'\"'\".�\" � � ·� • ))8 ft\n\n", "adi1#p0480": "Srt Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n458\n\ndeva-gaQe niJ paya yahhiira dara�ana\nk�irodaka-tire yiii' karena stavana\nSYNONYMS\n\ndeva-ga(le-the demigods; nii-not; piiya-get; yahhiira-whose; dara�ana-sight;\n�ira-udaka-tire-on the bank of the ocean of milk; yiii'-go; karena stavana-offer\nprayers.\nTRANSLATION\n\nUnable to see Him, the demigods go to the bank of the ocean of milk and offer\nprayers to Him.\nPURPORT\nThe denizens of heaven, who Jive in the planetary systems beginning from\nSvarloka, cannot even see Lord Vi�Qu in S vetadvipa. Unable to reach the island,\nthey can simply approach the beach of the milk ocean to offer transcendent,al\nprayers to the Lord, appealing to Him on special occasions to appear as an incarnation.\n\nTEXT 115\n\n� 'WI«ft' �� '\"'\" 9ftflill\n�\n\n�� :;itl iltffl 'St� U ��d' II-\n\ntabe avatar/' kare jagat palana\nananta vaibhava tahra niihika ga(lana\nSYNONYMS\ntobe-at that time; avatar/'-descending; kare-does; jagat palana- maintenance of\nthe material world; ananta-u nlimit e d; vaibhava-the opulences; tahra-of Him;\nnahika-there is not; ga(lana-counting .\nTRANSLATION\n\nHe then descends to maintain the material world. His unlimited opulences cannot\nbe counted.\nTEXT 116\n\n� � Q � '¥1�-rt�t-tl �'If I\n� � fQJ1...-l((.�lf n ��� n\nsei vi�IJU haya yanra arnsarMera arh�a\nsei prabhu nityananda-sarva-avatarh�a\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei - that ; vi�(lu-Lord Vi�Qu; haya-is; yiihra-whose; arh!a-arh�era-of the part\nof the plenary part; arh�a-part; sei-that; prabhu-Lord; nityananda-Nityananda;\n\nsarva-avatarhsa-the source of all incarnations.\n\n", "adi1#p0481": "Adi-lila, Chapter S\n\n459\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat Lord Vi�QU is but a part of a part of a plenary portion of Lord Nityananda,\nwho is the source of all incarnations.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord of �vetadvipa has immense potency for creation and d estruction. �ri\nNityananda Prabhu, being Baladeva Himself, the original form of Sankar�aQa, is the\noriginal form of the Lord of �vetadvipa.\n\nTEXT 117\n\n��'�,��'\"'\"'\n\n� ��, �' � il�•tfi{ n ��\" 11\nse/ vi�!JU ·�esa'-rDpe dharena dhara!Ji\nkilhha ilche mahT, �ire, hena niihi jilni\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; vi�!JU-L()rd Vi�l}u; �e�a-rllpe-in form of Lord �e�a; dharena-carries;\ndhara!JT-the planets; kilhhii-where; ache-are; mahi-the planets; �ire-on the head;\n\nhena nilhi jilni-l cannot understand.\nTRANSLATION\nThat same Lord Vi�Qu,in the form of Lord Se�, holds the planets upon His heads,\nalthough He does not know where they are, for He cannot feel their existence upon\nHis heads.\nTEXT 118\n\n'I� fitft(-Ttl .-ttl lfOII I\n\n'lfi f�' lffit'Stet � � n ��\"' n\nsahasra vistir!Ja yiihra pha!Jiira ma!Jfla/a\nsllrya jini' ma!Ji-gara kare jha/a-mala\nSYNONYMS\nsahasra-thousands;\n\nvistir!Ja-spread; yiihra-whose;\n\npharora-of\n\nmarf/a/a-group; sDr.w-the su n;j/ni'-conq u er ing; marl ga!Ja\n-\n\nmala\n\n�\n\ng l ittering\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nhoods;\n\njewels; kare-do;jhala­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis thousands of extended hoods are adorned with dazzling jewels surpassing\nthe sun.\n\n", "adi1#p0482": "460\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n{\n\nTEXT 119\n\n�..��'f�·Mttl\n<11� ��� � �-�r.tt n ��� n\npaflcii�at-ko.ti-yojana prthivT-vlstiira\nyiinra eka-phare rahe SOf10pa-iikiJra\nSYNONYMS\npaflcoSat-fifty; kofi-ten millions; yojana-eight miles; prthlvT-of the universe;\nvistiira oreadth; yiinra-whose; eka-phare-on one of the hoods; rahe-stays;\n-\n\nsar�apa-iikora-like a mustard seed.\nTRANSLATION\nThe universe, which measures five hundred million yoj anas in diameter, rests on\none of His hoods like a mustard seed.\nPURPORT\nThe lord of � vetadvtpa expands Himself as �e�a Naga, who sustains all the planets\nupon His innumerable hoods. These hug�. global spheres are compared to grains of\nmustard resting on the spiritual hoods of � � Naga. The scientists' law of gravity is\na partial expianation of lord Salikar�a�a·s· energy. The name \"Salikar�apa\" has an\netymological relationship to the idea of gravity. There is a reference to � e�a Naga in\nthe Bhagavata PurdiJO (5.17 .21), where it is said:\n\nyam iihur asya sthitl-janma-sarhyamarh\ntribhir vihTnarh yam cinantam �aya{l\nno veda siddiirtham iva kvacit sthitarh\nbhii-marfla/arh miirdha-sahasra-dhiimasu\n\n\"0 my lord, the hymns of the Vedas proclaim that Y ou are the effective cause for\nthe creation, maintenance and destruction·. But in fact You are transcendental to all\nlimitations and are therefore known as unlimited. On Y our thousands of hoods rest\nthe innumerable global spheres, like grains of mustard so insignificant that You have\nno perception of their weight.\" The Bhiigavatam further says\n\n(5.25.2):\n\nyasyedam k�iti-marfla/arh bhagavato\n'nanta-murte{l sahasra-�irasa ekasminn\neva STr�ani dhriyamii!Jarh siddhiirtha iva /ak�yate\n\"lord Anantadeva has thousands of hoods. Each sustains a global sphere that appears\nlike a grajn of mtJStard.\"\n\n", "adi1#p0483": "Adi-llla, Chapter S\n\n461\n\nTEXT 120\n\n�II' �•' 'QIP('-...<eect'6tll\n-� '\"�1 � ift� -� <eetl n )�on\nsei to' 'ananta' ·�e�a'-bhakta-avatora\ni�varera seva vino nohi jone ora\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei ta'-that; ananta-Lord Ananta; �e,5a-the incarnation �e�a; bhakta-avatoraincarnation of a devotee; i�varera sevo-the service of the Lord; vino without; niihi-\n\nnot; jone-knows; ora-anything else.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat Ananta-��a is the devotee incarnation of Godhead. He knows nothing but\nservice to Lord K�Qa.\n\nPURPORT\n�rfla jtva Gosvami, in his Kr�ra-sandarbha, has described �e� N:iga as follows:\n\"�rr- Anantadeva has thousands of faces and is fully independent. Always ready to\n\nserve the Supreme Personality of Godhead, He waits upon Him constantly. Sankar�apa\nis the first expansion of Vasudeva, and because He appears by His own will, He is\ncalled svariif, fully independent. He is therefore infinite and transcendental to all\nlimits of time and space. He Himself appears as the thousand-headed �e�a.\" In the\nSkanda Purii{la, in the Ayodhya-miihiitmya Chapter, the demigod lndra requested\nLor9 �e�a, who was standing before him as Lak�matla, \"Please go to Your eternal\nabode, Vi�tluloka, where Your expansion �e�a, with His serpentine hoods, is also\npresent.\" After thus dispatching Lak�matla to the regions of Patala, Lord lndra\nreturned to his abode. This quotation indicates that the Sankar�atJa of the quadruple\nform descends with Lord R:ima as Lak�matla. When Lord Rama disappears, �e�a\nagain separates Himself from the personality of Lak�matla. �e�a then returns to His\nown abode in the Patala regions, and Lak�matla returns to His abode in Vaikutl�ha.\nThe Laghu-bhiigavatiimrta gives the following description: \"The Sankar�atla of\nthe second group of quadruple forms appears as Rama, taking with Him Se�, who\n\nbears the global spheres. There are two features of �e�a. One is the bearer of the\nglobes, and the other is the bedstead servitor. The Se�a who bears the globes is a\npotent incarnation of Sanka�atla; and therefore He is sometimes also called\nSankar�pa. The bedstead feature of �e� always presents himself as an eternal\nservitor of the Lord.\"\n\nTEXT 121\n\n��·tl��l\n\n�.., 1tt'lt', .... � � • )�) •\n\n", "adi1#p0484": "462\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nsahasra-vadane kare krifla-gura gllna\nniravadhi gura gll'na, anta nahi pa'na\n\nSYNONYMS\nsahasra-vadane- in thousands of mouths; kare-does;k�ra-gura gona-chanting of\n\nthe holy attributes of Kr�Qa; niravadhi- co ntinuo us l y; gura ga'na-chanting of the\ntranscendental qualities;anta niihi pii'na-does not reach the end.\nTRANSLATION\nWith His thousands of mouths He sings the glories of Lord Knl)a, but although\nHe always sings in that way, He does not find an end to the qualities of the Lord.\nTEXT 122\n\n�•tfif �� \"til� � I\n'6�1 .-1 �' �'�II';(� II )��II\nsanakiidi bhiigavata �une yiil'lra mukhe\nbhagaviinera gura kahe, bhiJse prema-sukhe\n\nSYNONYMS\nsanaka-iJdi-the great sages headed by Sanaka, Sananda, etc.; bhiJgavata-SrimaaBhcigavatam; �une-hear; yiil'lra mukhe-from whose mouth; bhagaviJnera-of the\n\nPersonality ofGodhead; gura-attributes; kahe-say; bhiise-float;prema-sukhe-\"-in\nthe transcendental bliss of love of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nThe four Kumaras hear �rimad-Bhagavatam from His lips, and they in turn repeat\nit in the transcendental bliss of love of Godhead.\nTEXT 123\n\nQ, 'lf1.t, -PfJ1, ��' ..il I\n\n'411ft11f, �, ��PJ._il, fil�� n )�-e u\nchatra, piidukii, �ayyii, upiJdhana, vasana\niiriima, iiviisa, yajna-sutra, ·sirhhiJsana\n\nSYNONYMS\nchatra-umbrella; piJdukii-slippers; �ayya-bed; upiJdhana-pillow; vasana-garments;aroma- resting chair;ovasa- residence;yaji'Ja-sutra-sacred thread;slrhha.iJsana\n-throne.\n\n", "adi1#p0485": "463\n\nAdi-lila, Chapter 5\nTRANSLATION\n\nHe serves lord Kf}pa, assuming all the following forms: umbrella, slippers,\nbedding, pillow, garments, resting chair, residence, sacred thread and throne.\nTEXT 124\n\n�'I\n\n�celt �' \"'\"'<i!l � I\n\n�� � 9ft<$'! ,�, ift11 \"\" ����8 u\neta murt/-bheda kari' k(fiiJO·SeVii kare\nk{�IJerO se�atii piifiii 'fe!ia' nama dhare\nSYNONYMS\neta-so many; murti-bheda-different forms; kari'-takin g ; kr.s[la-sevii kare- serves\nLord Knoa; k{�[lera-of Lord Kr�oa; .fe,satii-ultimate end; ¢no-having reached;\n\n.fe,sa niima dhare-assumes the name �e�a Naga.\nTRANSLATION\nHe is thus called lord Se�, for He has attained the ultimate end of servitude to\n\nI<Jll)a. He takes many forms for the service of Kr�Qa, and thus He serves the lord.\nTEXT 125\n\n'\n\n.\n\n��,������-.-..rt I\n� � fi4c::J1il\"t , \"'�itt ,.n n ��t n\nsei to' ananta, yiJnra kahi eka kala\nhena prabhu nityiinanda, ke jiine tiillra khelii\nSYNONYMS\nsei ta'-that; ananta-Lord Ananta; yiinra-of whom; kahi-1 say; eka kala- on e\npart of the part; hena-such; prabhu nityiJnanda- Lord Nityananda Prabhu; kewho; jane- knows; tiinra- His; khe/ii- pastimes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat person of whom lord Ananta is a kala, or part of a plenary part, is lord\nNityananda Prabhu. Who, therefore, can know the pastimes of lord Nityananda?\nTEXT 126\n\n<II� <2f1rt'•t � fiw5Jti4'tf\\!,�1f1 I\n\nt�t'\" ��'�ttl� 11 )�� n\n\n", "adi1#p0486": "464\n\n�i Caitanya-caritam[ta\ne-saba pramii[1e iiini nityiinanda-tattva-simiJ\ntiiilhiike 'ananta' kahi, ki taflra mahJmiJ\n\nSYNONYMS\ne-saba-all these; pramare-by the evidences;jiini-1 know;nityananda-tattvo-simfi\n\n-the limit of the truth of Lord Nityananda; tiiflhake-to Him (Lord Nityananda,\nBalarama); ananta-Lord Ananta; kahi-if I say; kl tilflre mahlmii-what g lory do I\n\nspeak about Him .\nTRANSLATION\nFrom these conclusions we can know the limit of the truth of lord Nityananda,\nBut what glory is there in calling. Him Ananta?\nTEXT 127\n\n�����...rl'l\n� � tw., � ..-c�-.� n )�\" n\nathavii bhaktera vakya miini satya karl'\nsakala sambhave tiiflte, yiite avatarT\n\nSYNONYMS\nathava-otherwise; bhaktera viikya-anything spoken by a pure devotee; miini.-::.1\naccept; satya karl'-as truth;sakala-everything;sambhave-possible; taflte-in Him;\nyiite-since; avatiiri-the original source of all incarnations.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBut I accept it as the truth because it has been said by devotees. Since He is the\nsource of all incarnations, everything is possible in Him.\nTEXT 128\n\n\"1�\\!R-\"l�tft\n\n�' � tf'ttit I\n\n������-.fit 1fftl{.\navatiira- vatari-abheda, ye jane\npurve yaiche k�rake keho kaho kari' miine\n\nSYNONYMS\navatfira-avatiiri-an incarnation and the source of all incarnations; abheda-identical; ye jane-anyone who knows; pDrve-formerly; yaiche-just as; k�{1ake-unto\nLord Knr;ta; keho-somebody; kiiho-somewhere; kari'-making; mane-accepts.\n\n", "adi1#p0487": "Adi-nll, Chapter 5\n\n465\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey know that there is no difference between the incarnation and the source of\nall incarnations. Previously Lord KnQa was regarded in the light of different prin·\nciples by different people.\nTEXT 129\n\n� �'\" �t. I{Ptttl'l I\n� �' � u �tt. � n )�� n\nkeho kahe, k[�(la siJk�iit nara-niJriJya(la\nkeho kahe, k{�(la haya siJk�iJt viJmana\nSYNONYMS\nkeho kahe\n\n-\n\nsomeone says; kf�(la- Lord KnQa; siJk�iJt-directl y; nara-niJriiya(la­\n\nLord Nara-Narayapa; keho kahe-someone says; k[�(la haya- KnQa is; siik�iJt vamcma\n-Lord Vlimanadeva.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSome said that Kr�Qa was directly Lord Nara-Narayapa, and some called Him\nLord Vamana-deva incarnate.\nTEXT 130\n\n�-.�\"\"'\"�1ft 'til� I\n��,��'Atln )-eon\nkeho kahe, kf�(la k�Troda-�ayi avatara\nasambhava nahe, satya vacana sabara\nSYNONYMS\nkeho kahe- someone says; kf�(la- Lord Kr�Qa; �Troda-�iJyi avatiira- an in carnation\nof Lord Vi�pu lying in the ocean of milk; asambhava nahe- th ere is not i mpossibility;\n\nsatya-true; vacana sabiJra\n\n-\n\neveryone s statement.\n\n·\n\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\nSome called Lord Kr�a an incarnation of Lord �irodak�ayl. All these names are\ntrue; nothing is impossible.\nTEXT 131\n\n\" � e(<q<e41f ��alf....-t<!tl I\n\n11(\"�-r �fil' �� �� f1tiAl • )'e) •\n\n", "adi1#p0488": "466\n\n�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\nkr�ra yabe avatare sarviJrh�a-a�raya\nsarvarhw iisl' tabe k�rete milaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nk�ra- Lord Kr�r;�a;yabe when; avatare-descends; sarva-arh�a-a�raya- the shelter\nof all other vi�ru-tctttvas; sarva-arh�a-all plenary portions; c7si'-coming; tabe-at\nthat time; k�rete-in K�r;�a; milaya....:.join.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Supreme Personality of Godhead KnQa appears, He is the shelter of -all\nplenary parts. Thus at that time all His plenary portions join in Him.\nTEXT 132\n\n� � E'l �' \"'t � -.t� I\n���,���-)�tt\nyei yei rope jiJne, sei tiJhiJ kahe\nsakala sambhave k�re, kichu mithyt1 nahe\n\nSYNONYMS\nyei yet-whatever; rope-in the form;jcine-one knows; sei- he; tiJhiJ-that; kahesays; saka/a sambhave k�re-everything is possible in Kr�r;�a; kichu mithyci nahethere is no falsity.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn whatever form one knows the Lord, one speaks of Him in that way. In this\nthere is no falsity, since everything is possible in KnQa.\nPURPORT\nIn this connection we may mention an incident that took place between two of\nour sannyiisTs while we were preaching the Hare Kr�pa mahii-mantra in Hyderabad.\nOne of them stated that \"Hare Rama\" refers to �rlBalarama, and the other protested\nthat \"Hare Rama\" means Lord Rama. Ultimately the controversy came to me, and\nI gave the decision that if someone says that \"Rama\" in \"Hare R:tma\" is Lord\nRamacand ra and someone else says that the \"Ram a\" in \"Hare Rama\" is � ri Balarama,\nboth are correct because there is no d ifference between �ri Balarama and Lord\nRam a. Here in Srf.Caitanya-caritiimrta we find that Kr�padasa Kaviraja Gosvami has\nstated the same conclusion:\nyei yei riipe jiif!e, sei tiihii kahe\nsakala sambhave k�{le, kichu mithyii nahe\n\n", "adi1#p0489": "Adi-lili, Chapter 5\n\n467\n\nIf someone calls Lord Ramacandra by the vibration Hare Ram.a, or if he understands Ramacandra, he is quite right. Similarly, if one says that Hare Ram a means Sri\nBalar:ima, he is also right. Those who are aware of the vigw-tattva do not fight over\nall these details.\n\nIn the Laghu-bhiigavatiimrta �rila Rupa Gosvami has explained Kr�pa's being both\n\nK�irodaka�ayi Vi�pu and Narayapa in the spiritual sky and expanding in quadruple\n\nforms like Vasudeva, Sa\"kar�aQa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha. He has refuted the\n\nidea that KnQa is an incarnation of Narayapa. Some devotees think that Narayapa\nis the original Personality of Godhead and that Kr�Qa is an incarnation. Even\nSarikaracarya, in his commentary on Bhagavad-gTtii, has accepted Narayapa as the\ntranscendental Personality of Godhead who appeared as Kr�Qa, the son of Devaki\n\nand Vasudeva. Therefore this matter may be difficult to understand. But the\n\nGaupiya-Vai�rava-sampradaya, headed by Rupa Gosvami, has established the prin­\n\nciple of Bhagavad-gitii that everything emanates from KnQa, who says in Bhagavad­\n\ngitii, aharh sarvasya prabhava/;1: \"I am the original source of everything:• \"Everything\"\nincludes Narayapa. Therefore Rupa Gosvami, in the Laghu-bhiigavatiimrta, has established that Kr�Qa, not Narayapa, is the original Personality of Godhead.\nIn this connection he has quoted a verse from Srimad-BhOgavatam (3.2.15) that\nstates:\n\nsva-$iinta-rupe�v itarai/;1 sva-rupair\nabhyardyamiine�v anukampitiitmii\npariivare$o mahad-arh$a-yukto\nhy ajo 'pi jiito bhagavon yathiigni/;1\n\"When pure devotees of the Lord like Vasudeva are greatly disturbed by dangerous\ndemons like Karilsa, Lord Kr�Qa joins with all His pastime expansions, such as the\nLord of VaikuQtha, and, although unborn, becomes manifest, just as fire becomes\nmanifest by the friction of ara(li wood.\" Ara(li wood is used to ignite a sacrificial\n\nfire without matches or any other flame. Just as fire appears from ara(li wood, the\nSupreme Lord appears when there is friction between devotees and nondevotees.\n\nWhen Kr�Qa appears, He appears in full, including within Himself all His expansions\nlike Narayapa, Vasudeva, Sarikar�apa, Aniruddha and Pradyumna. Kr�Qa is always\nintegrated with His other incarnations, like Nrsirilhadeva, Varaha, Vamana, Nara­\n\nNarayapa, Hayagriva and Ajita. In Vrndavana sometimes Lord Kr�Qa exhibits the\n\nfunctions of such incarnations.\nIn the Brahmii(lf/a Puril(la it is said: \"The same Personality of Godhead who is\n\nknown in Vaikuptha as the four-handed Narayapa, the friend of all living entities,\nand in the milk ocean as the Lord of Svetadvipa, and who is the best of all puru�as,\n\nappeared as the son of Nanda. In a fire there are many sparks of different dimen­\n\nsions; some of them a're very big, and some are small. The small sparks are compared\n\nto the living entities, and the large sparks are compared to the Vi�pu expansions of\n\nLord Kr�Qa. All the incarnations emanate from Kf�Qa, and after the end of their\n\npastimes they again merge with Kr�Qa.\"\n\nTherefore in the various Purii(las Kr�Qa is described sometimes as Narayapa,\n\nsometimes as .K�irodaka�ayi Vi�pu, sometimes as Garbhodaka�ayi Vi�pu and some-\n\n", "adi1#p0490": "468\n\nSri Caitanya-caritfrnrta\n\ntimes as Vaikul)thanatha, the Lord of Vaikul)tha. Because Knoa is always full,\nMala Sar'lkar�al)a ds in Kr�Qa, and since all incarnations are manifested If rom Mula\nSar'lkar�l)a, it should be understood that He can manifest different incarnations by\nHis supreme will, even in the presence of Kr�Qa. Great sages have therefore glorified\nthe Lord by different names. Thus when the original person, the source of all\nincarnations, is sometimes described as an incarnation, there is· no discrepancy.\n\nTEXT 133\n\n��-\"�'�-�\n��tf-ifttn �'���II ��II\notoevo Sri-k[?IJO-coitonyo gosiii'li\nsorvo ovotiiro-/ilii kori' sobiire dekhai\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nt\n\notoevo-therefore; Sri-k�ro-coitonyo-Lord �rT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;gosai'li- he\n.Lord; sarvo-all;ovotilro-/ila-the pastimes of different incarnations;kori'-exhibiting;\nsobiire-to everyone; dekhili-He showed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu has exhibited to everyone all the pastimes\nof all the various incarnations.\nTEXT 134\n\n\"!� fii<!J1il\"f �·'�t-t I\n��--.� 'lfc$�'6tM srP111 �'e8 n\nei-rDpe nityiinondo 'ononto'-prokiJSo\nsei-bhave\n\n-\n\nkohe mui'll coitonyera diiso\n\nSYNONYMS\nel-rOpe-in this way; nityiinondo-Lord Nityananda; ononto-prokiiSo-unlimited·\n.manifestations; sei-bhilve-in that transcendental emotion; kohe-He says; mui'li-1;\ncoitonyero diJso-the servant of Lord Caitanya.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Lord Nityananda has unlimited incarnations. In transcendental emotion\nHe calls Himself a servant of Lord Caitanya.\nTEXT 135\nJ\n\n� w, \"\"� \"\"'f\"'J-t1lllfll\n����a��� n �-et a\n\n", "adi1#p0491": "Adi-nra, Chapter s\n\n469\n\nkabhu guru, kabhu sakha, kabhu bhrtya-lila\npDrve yena tina-bhave vraje kaila khela\n\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes; guru-spiritual\n\nmaster;\n\nkabhu-sometimes; sakha-friend;\n\nkabhu-sometimes; bh[tya-lila-pastimes as a servant; pDrve-formerly; yena-as;\ntina-bhave-in three different modes; vraje-in Vrndavana; kai!a khe/a-played with\nKr��Ja.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes He serves Lord Caitanya as His guru, sometimes as His friend and sometimes as His servant, just as Lord Balarama played with Lord KnQa in these three\ndifferent modes in Vraja.\nTEXT 136\n\n� �-1 \"�'.. 1ft�f'l t't I\n\n\"\"\" � titt �-�..� u ��� u\nvr�a hana kr�ra-sane miithii-miithi rara\nkabhu kr�ra kare tilnra pilda-sarhvilhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nv.�a haM-becoming a bull; k�ra-sane-with Kf�l)a; miithil-milthi raQa-fighting\nhead to\n\nhead; kabhu-sometimes; kr�ra-Kr�l)a; kare-does; tanra-His; pilda­\n\nsatfl viihana-massaging the feet.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPlaying like a bull, Lord Balarama fights with KnQa head to head. And sometimes\nLord Knr;�a massages the feet of Lord Balarama.\nTEXT 137\n\n·\n\n�t't-.t,. �<m' � �'ftti{ I\n� � -..rl �,. � u ��\" u\napanake bhrtya kari' kr�&e prabhu jilne\nkr�rera kaliira kalil apanake miine\n\nSYNONYMS\napanake-Himself; bhrtya kart-considering a servant; kr�ra-Kr�Qa; prabhumaster; jane-He knows; kr�rera-of Lord Kr�Qa; kalilra ka/ii-as a plenary portion\nof a plenary portion; opanake-Himself; mane-He accepts.\n\n", "adi1#p0492": "470\n\n�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe considers Himself a servant and knows K�Qa to be His master. Thus He\nregards Himself as a fragment of His plenary portion.\nTEXT\n\n138\n\ni'll�l(fC't) orful' l_l_'ftN �1(. I\n�J ��--�4..'C�l'l: l!l'tft\\!' lf� • )l!lb- N .\nV[�fiyamfi(IOU nardantau\nyuyudhate parasparam\nanukrtya rutair janturM\nceratul] prakrtau yathfi\nSYNONYMS\nvr�ayamc7(1au-becoming like bulls; nardantau-making roaring sounds;yuyudhlite\n\n-both used to fight; parasparam-one another; anukrtya-imitating; rutai{l-with\ncries;jantOn-the animals; ceratu{l-used to play; prakrtau-ordinary boys;yatha­\n\njust as.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Acting just like ordinary boys, They played like roaring bulls as they fought\neach other, and they imitated the calls of various animals.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis and the following quotations are from Bhc7gavatam (1 0.11.40) and (1 0.15.14).\nTEXT 139\n\nm� �9f��t, C$9ft�'lt'ft�� I\n�'- �i!ll'!ti'I!J�t. \"''IIPI'CI��Iflf�: I )�;, R\nkvacit kriflii-pari�riintarh\ngopotsangopabarha(lam\nsvayarh vi�ramayaty aryarh\npada-sarhvahanadibhi{l\nSYNONYMS\nkvacit-sometimes;krif/c7-playing; pari1rantam-very much fatigued;gopa-utsariga\n\n-the lap of a cowherd boy; upabarha(lam-whose pillow;svayam-perso nally Lord\nKr�l)a; vi�ramayati-.causing to rest; iiryam-His elder brother; pada-sarhvahana­\n\nadibhil}-by massaging His feet, etc.\n\n", "adi1#p0493": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n471\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sometimes when Lord KnQa's elder brother, Lord Balarama, felt tired after\nplaying and lay His hand on the lap of a cowherd boy, Lord KnQa Himself served\nHim by massaging His feet.\"\nTEXT 140\n\nC'fl� Cf1 �\\! \"\"'tll� ��� Cf1 \"ft('!t�it I\nlflt�11ftm C'Jf �\"'-.tr� �R f��� n ) 8.\nkeyarh vii kuta iiyiitii\ndaivi vii nary utasuri\npriiyo miiyiistu me bhartur\nniinyii me 'pi vimohini\nSYNONYMS\nkii-who; iyam-this; vii-or; kutaly-from where; iiyiitii-has come; daivi-whether\ndemigod; vii-or; niiri-woman; uta-or; iisuri-demoness; priiyaly-in most cases;\nmaya-illusory energy; astu-she must be; me- M y; bhartuly-of the master, Lord\nKr�r;�a; na-not; anyo-any other; me- M y; api-ce.rtain ly; vimohinT-bewilderer.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Who is this mystic power, and where has she come from? ts she a demigod or a\ndemoness? She must be the illusory energy of My master, Lord KnQa, for who else\ncan bewilder Me?\"\nPURPORT\nThe playful pastimes of the Lord caused suspicion in the mind of Lord Brahma,\nand therefore Lord Brahma, to test Kr�pa's Lordship, stole all the Lord's cows and\ncowherd boys with his own mystic power. S ri Kr�r;�a responded, however, by replacing all the cows and boys in the field. Lord Balarama's thoughts of astonish­\n\nment at such wonderful retaliation are recorded in this verse (Bhiig. 1 0.13.37).\nTEXT 141\n\nlf\"t�����twrt'f-�lhf��('!1!_9ft�-\"!'1� I\n�1 i5\"C<t��1{� � 'fVJt: 'f�t�t:\n\n�C\"61�� f5�1{� \"J'�'l-{� .. ? ) 8 � II\nyasyanghri-pankaja-rajo 'khila-loka-pa/air\nmauly-uttamair dhrtam upiisita-tirtha-tirtham\nbrahmii bhavo 'ham api yasya kaljily kaliiyaly\n�ri� codvahema ciram asya nrpiisanarh kva\n\n", "adi1#p0494": "472\n\n�ri Caitanya-caritim{ta\n\nSYNONYMS\nyosyo-whose; allghri-pollkojo-lotuslike feet; rojo(l-the dust; okhilo-lo�o-of the\nuniversal planetary systems; piiloifl-by the masters; mouli-uttomoiJ:t-with valuable\nturbans on their heads; dhrtom-accepted; uposlto-worshiped; tirtho�tirthom-the\nsanctifier of the holy places; brohmo-Lord Brahma; bhovoJ:t-Lord Siva; ohom opieven I; yosyo-of whom; ko/OJ;t -portions; koloyol;t-of a plenary portion; �rilJ-the\n\ngoddess of fortune; co-and; udvohemo-we carry; dram-eternally; osyo-of Him;\n\nnrpo-asonom-the throne of a king; kvo-where.\nTRANSLATION\n\"What is the value of a throne to Lord KrP..la? The masters of the various planetary\nsystems accept the dust of His lotus feet on their crowned heads. That dust makes\nthe holy places s acred, and even Lord Brahma, Lord �iva, La�mi and I Myself,\nwho are all portions of His plenary portion, eternally carry that dust on our heads.\"\nPURPORT\nWhen the Kauravas, to flatter Baladeva so that He would become their ally,\nspoke iU of Sri Kr�r;�a, Lord Baladeva was angry and spoke this verse (Bhag. 1 0.68.37).\nTEXT 142\n\n���\"'�'�Cf�l\n� � �' � �- ..tf � 11�8�11\nekole T�voro k[�IJO, oro saba bhrtyo\nytJre yolche niicayo, se toiche kore nrtyo\nSYNONYMS\nekole-alone; i�voro-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kr,s-ro-Kr�pa; oroothers; saba-all; bhrtyo-servants;yore-unto whom;yoiche-as;nocoyo-He causes\nto dance;se-He; toiche-in that way;kare n[tyo-dances.\nTRANSLATION\nLord KrP..la alone is the supreme controller, and all others are His servants. They\ndance as He makes them do so.\nTEXT 143\n\n�-1{15 �5W,1t�tf$ �-.ttl� I\n� 'ICf 9ft�, � � f� II �8� II\nel mota coltonyo-gosoni ekole i�voro\noro saba ptJrl,s-odo, keho vo klhkoro\n\n", "adi1#p0495": "Adi-nla, Chapter S\n\n473\n\nSYNONYMS\nei mota-in this way; caitanya-gosai'li-lord �ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ekale­\n\nalone; TSvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; iira saba -all others;piir/�adaassociates; keha-someone; vii-or; kinkara-se rvants\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus lord Caitanya is also the only controller. All others are His associates or\nservants.\nTEXTS 144-145\n\n•�osf, fioo1�\"f, � � I\n-�tfif, � �-1111, 'l1t, �II �8811\n�9ft�,� ift'!tl � I\n� II$! �-� �tt'{ ,'St)t-1ftl II ��<t II\nguru-varga,-nityiinanda, advaita iiciirya\nSrfviisiidi, iira yata-/aghu, soma, arya\nsabe piiri�ada, sabe IT/iira sahiiya\nsabii laflii nija-kiirya siidhe gaura-riiya\n\nSYNONYMS\nguru-varga-elders; nityiinanda-Lord Nityananda; advaita iiciirya - and Advaita\n\nAcarya; !rTviisa-iidi-$rTvasa, Thakura and others; iira -othe rs; yata- all; /aghu, soma,\niirya-junior equal or superior; sabe -everyone; pori�ada-associates; sabe-everyone;\n,\n\nli/iira sahiiya-helpers in the pastimes; sabii /an a- taking all of them;nlja-kiirya-His\n\nown aims; siidhe-executes; gaura-riiya-lord �ri Ca,itanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis elders such as Lord Nityananda, Advaita Ac:trya and SrlVw Thlkura, as well\n\nas His other devotees-whether His juniors, equals, or superiors-are all His associates\nwho help Him in His pastimes. lord Gaurar'lga fulfills His aims with their help.\n\nTEXT 146\n\n�� � fi4'!Jt-.\"f,-.- �1r I\n�'lc$1��r..ftll �8�11\n'\n\nadvaita iiciirya, nityiinanda, -dui anga\ndul-jana /ai'/0 prabhura yata kichu rallga\n\n", "adi1#p0496": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n474\n\nSYNONYMS\nadvalta acarya-�ri Advaita Acarya;nityiinanda-Lord Nityananda;dui a�ga-two\n\nlimbs of the Lord; dui-jana lafla ta k ing the two of Them;prabhura-of Lord Sri\n-\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu;yata-all; kichu-some; rahga-playful activities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrr Advaita Acarya and Sri1a Nityananda Prabhu, who are plenary parts of the\nLord, are His principal associates. With these two the Lord performs His pastimes\nin variou s w ays\n\n.\n\nTEXT 147\n\n.Q.�-<;�fl$ �'ftt, ..f I\nllt'f. U ctifi' 1{-rti{, f6·� II' f� li )8'l II\nadvaita-iiciirya-gosiifli sak�at i�vara\nprabhu guru karl' mane, tihho to' kirikara\n\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-iiciirya-of the name Advaita Acarya; gosiifli-the Lord;sak�at i�vara-directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead;prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nguru karl' mane-accepts Him as His teacher; tihho ta' kihkara-but He is the\nservant.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Advaita Acarya is directly the S upreme Personality of Godhead. Although\nLord Caitanya accepts Him as His preceptor, Advaita Acarya is a servant of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nLord Caitanya always offered respects to Advaita Prabhu as He would to His\nfather because Advaita was even older than His father; yet Advaita Prabhu always\nconsidered Himself a servant of Lord Caitanya. �ri Advaita Prabhu and T�vara Puri,\nLord Caitanya's spiritual master, were both disciples of Madhavendra Puri, who was\nalso the spiritual master of Nityananda Prabhu. Thus Advaita Prabhu, as Lord\nCaitanya's spiritual uncle, was always to be respected because one should respect\none's spiritual master's Godbrothers as one respects one's spiritual master. Because\nof all these considerations, Sri Advaita Prabhu was superior to Lord Caitanya, yet\nAdvaita Prabhu considered Himself Lord Caitanya's subordinate.\n\nTEXT 148\n\n...wtfi-(;'St'Pft� � if1 � •'fi{ I\n\" ��fi �� lltfftf � II )81r II\naciirya-gosaflira tattva no yaya kathana\nk(�IJO avatar/ yehho tori/a bhuvana\n\n", "adi1#p0497": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n475\n\nSYNONYMS\niiciirya-gosiiflira-of Advaita Acarya; tattva-the truth; nii yiiya kathana-cannot\nbe described; kr�ra-Lord Kr�Qa; avatiiri-making descend; yen ho\n\n-\n\nwho; tiirila­\n\ndelivered; bhuvana-all the world.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI cannot describe the truth of Advaita Acarya. He has delivered the entire world\n\nby making Lord KnQa descend.\n\nTEXT 149\n\nfii'6Jtil\"f-�� � �t �It I\ntt'(-�1 � �tf � �illl �8� II\nnityiinanda-svari1pa pi1rve ha-iyii /ak?mara\n/aghu-bhriitii haiyii kare riimera sevana\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityiinanda-svari1pa�Lord Nityananda SvarGpa; pi1rve-formerly; ha-iyii-becoming; /ak�mara-Lak�ma�a, Lord Ramacandra's younger brother; llaghu-bhriitii haiyiibecoming\n\nthe\n\nyounger\n\nbrother;· kare-does; riimera\n\nsevana-service\n\nto\n\nLord\n\nRamacandra.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Nityananda Svarupa formerly appeared as La�ma�a and served Lord\nRama as His younger brother.\nPURPORT\nAmong the sannyiisis of the �ar'lkara-sampradaya there are different names for\nbrahmaciiris. Each sannyiisi has some assistants, known as· brahmaciiris, who are\ncalled by different names according to the names of the sannyiisT. Among such\nbrahmacilris\n\nthere\n\nare\n\nfour names:\n\nSvarGpa,\n\nAnanda,\n\nPraka�a and Caitanya.\n\nNityananda Prabhu maintained himself as a brahmaciiri; He never took sannyiisa. As\na brahmaciiri His name was Nityananda SvarGpa, and therefore the sannyiisi under\nwhom He was living must have been from the tirthas or ii�ramas because the\nassistant brahmaciiri of such a sonnyiisi is called Nityananda SvarGpa.\n\nTEXT 150\n\n1'tt1m miJI �,-1:m �tt 1\nCIJIW � 1:� ���II )t• II\nramera caritra saba,-du!Jkhera kiirara\nsva-tantra liliiya duiJkha sahena lak?mara\n\n", "adi1#p0498": "476\n\n�ri Caitanya-caritctmrta\n\nSYNONYMS\nriJmera caritra saba�all the activities of Lord Ramacandra; du/Jkhera,kiiraracauses\n\nof\n\nsuffering; sva-tantra-although independent; IT/iiya-in the pastimes;\n\ndu/Jkha-unhappiness; sahena lak�ma(la- Lak�mapa tolerates.\nTRANSLATION\nThe activities of Lord Rlima were full of suffering, but Lak�mapa, of His own\naccord, tolerated that suffering.\nTEXT 151\n\nfi{t._ � ;m-, �'��I\n�'tff'�� ��'\"''II �t) II\nni�edha karite niire, yiite cho,ta bhiii\nmauna dhari' rahe lak�mara mane du/Jkha piil'\nSYNONYMS\nni�edha karite niire-unable to prohibit Lord Ramacandra; yate-because; cho,ta\nbhtJ/-younger brother; mauna dhari'-becoming silent; rahe-remains·; /ak�maQaLak�mapa; mane-in the mind; duf7kha-unhappiness;poi'-getting.\nTRANSLATION\nAs a younger brother He could not stop Lord Rama from His resolution, and so\nHe remained silent, although unhappy in His mind.\nTEXT 152\n\n�'ttt � � \"'� •tt'l I\n�·� �tltt iftif1 � �r.f'P{ II �t� II\nkf?ra-avatiire jyej,tha hailii sevara korara\nkr�rake kariiila nona sukha iisviidana\nSYNONYMS\nkf?ra-avatiire-in the incarnation of Lord Kr�Qa; jye�,tha hailii-He became the\nelder brother; sevara kiirara-for the purpose of service; k[?(lake-to Kr�Qa; kariiilamade; niinii-various; sukha-happinesses; osviidana-tasting.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord K�Qa appeared, He [Balarama] became His elder brother to serve\nHim to His heart's content and make Him enjoy all sorts of happiness.\n\n", "adi1#p0499": "Adi-fila, C ha pte r 5\n\n477\n\nTEXT 153\n\nJtlf�tf:- �..tttQ ���� I\n..�tl·\"tttf '*tt� AAW5 � n �� n\nnJma-/ak�mat;�a-kr�IJa-ramera arMa-vHe�a\navatara-ka/e donhe donhate prave1a\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nrama-/ak�mat;�a-Ramacandra and Lak�maCJa; k[�!Ja-ramera am1a-vi1e�a-particular\nexpansions of Lord Kr�f.la and Lord Balarama; avatara-ka/e-at the time of incarnation; donhe-both of Them (Rama and Lak�maCJa); donhate prave�a-entered into\nThem both (Kr�f.la and Balarama).\n\nT RANSLATION\nSri Rama and Sri Lak�mapa, who are plenary portions of Lord Kr�IJa and Lord\nBalarama, entered into Them at the time of K�Qa's and Balarama's appearance.\nPU RPO RT\n\nWith reference to the Vi�ru-dh.aimottara, the Laghu-bhagavatam(ta explains that\nRama is an incarnation of Vasudeva, Lak�maCJa is an incarnation of Sankar�apa,\nBharata is an incarnation of Pradyumna, and Satrughna is an incarnation of\nAniruddha.\n\nThe Padma\n\nPurara\n\ndescribes that Ramacandra is Narayapa, and\n\nLak:;mal')a, Bharata and Satrughna are respectively �e:;a, Cakra, and Sahkha (the\nconchshell in the hand of Narayar;�a). In the Rama-gita of the Skanda Purara,\nLak:;mal')a, Bharata, and �atrughna have been described as the triple attendants of\nLord Rama.\nTEXT 154\n\n� ..�-t 1($1 (;Q·�� I\n'e{�-rt�fir·1it't -rt� \"flt1l �� 11 �cts n\nsei arhsa lana jye�fha-kaniHhabhimana\narh�aih�i-rlipe �astre karaye vyiikhyiina\nSYNONYMS\n\nse/ arh�a /ana-taking that plenary portion;jye�tha-kani�tha-abhimana-considering Themselves the elder or yo-unger; arh�a-arh�i-rlipe-as the expansion and the\n\noriginal Supreme Personality ofGodhead;�astre-in the revealed scriptures; karayedoes;vyakbyiina-explanation.\n\n", "adi1#p0500": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n478\n\nTRANSLATION\nK�Qa and Balarama present Themselves as elder or younger brother, hut in the\nsc riptures They are described as the original Supreme Personality of Godhead and\nHis expansion.\nTEXT 155\n\n�Prt� �tf.ni\"C1R �'\n-.rt-.rl<t\\!�11:�nf11•rc-.rlf_ ffl 1\n�= \"\"� \"f1{:S'<(\\ 9j\"1f1{: � �\n\nC�t��1ltflr9J:_fl� ��� ii�tfir II �tt II\nramadi-mDrti�u kalil-niyamena ti�Jhan\nnanilvataram akarod bhuvdne�u kintu\nk[�IJaiJ svr:warh samabhavat paramaiJ puman yo\ngovindam adi puru�arh tam aharh bhajami\nSYNONYMS\nrama-tidi-the incarnation of Lord Rama, etc.; mDrti�u-in different forms; ka/a­\n\nniyamena-by\n\nthe\n\norder\n\nof\n\nplenary portions; ti�{han-e xisting; nona- various;\n\navataram-incarnations; akarot - ex ecuted; bhuvane�u- w ithin the worlds; kintubut; k[�IJaiJ- Lord Kf�Qa; svayam-personally; samabhavat- appeared; paramaiJ-the\nsupreme; puman-person; yaf7 - who; govindam- unto Lord Govind a; tidi-puru�am\n-the original person; tam-unto Him; aham-1; bhajami- offer obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who by His various plenary portions\nappeared in the world in different forms and incarnations such as Lord Rama,\nbut who personally appears in His supreme original form as Lord KnQa.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Brahma-sarhhita {5.39).\n\nTEXT 156\n\n-�5<19-� \" ��-f11{ I\nfimt� tt( -.tl �ttll -.'tlf II �tq, II\n'\n\n�ri-caitanya-sei kf�!Ja, nityananda-rama\nnityananda pDr!Ja kare caitanyera kama\n\n", "adi1#p0501": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n479\n\nSYNONYMS\n�ri-caitanya-Lord Sri Caitanya; sei kmw-that original Kr�Qa;nityananda-Lord\n\nNityananda; rama-Balarama; nityiinanda-Lord Nityananda; pfm;a kare-fulfills;\ncaitanyera kama- all the desires of Lord SriCaitanya M ahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya is the same Lord Kr�Qa, and Lord Nityananda is Lord Balar�ma.\nLord Nityananda fulfills all of Lord Caitanya's desires.\n\nTEXT 157\n\nfif;nt....Jt�-� � ..'1111\nl.fl.. ..'11 ....� 1lmt,-<;� �'f1 ti� II �a'l II\nnityananda-mahima-sindhu ananta, apara\neka kara spadi matra,-se krptJ tiilthiira\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda-mahima-of the glories of Lord Nityananda; sindhu-the ocean;\nananta-unlimited; apara-unfathomed; eka ka(lii-one fragment; spar�i-1 touch;\nmiitra-only; se-th at;k[pii-mercy; tiihhara- His.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe ocean of Lord Nityananda's glory is infinite and unfathomable. Only by\nHis mercy can I touch even a drop of it.\n\nTEXT 158\n\n..-tf �-. �-. itl1!9f'tl1l� I\n..'flf ��\n\n� �,.� II �tlr II\n\nlira eka �una tiiltra k[pilra mahimii\nadhama jivere caflhiiila Drdhva-simii\n\nSYNONYMS\nora-another; eka-one; $una-please hear; tahra krpara mahima-glory of His\n\nmercy; adhama jive re-the downtrodden living being; ca flhaila- He elevated; DrdhvasTmii-to the topmost limit.\n\n", "adi1#p0502": "�i Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n480\n\nTRANSLATION\nPlease listen to another glory of His mercy. He made a fallen living entity climb\nto the highest limit.\nTEXT 159\n\n�•-r �tttt t��\\ �rom ���r::s 1\n\n�tit� itl �9f1 ��II��� II\nveda-guhya katha ei ayogya kahite\ntathapi kahiye tahra krpa praka�ite\nSYNONYMS\nveda-like the Vedas; guhya- very confidential; katha-incident; ei-this;ayogya\nkahite-not fit to disclose; tathapi-still; kahiye-l speak; tahra-His; krpa- mercy;\npraka�ite-to manifest.\nTRANSLATION\nTo disclose it is not proper, for it should be kept as confidential as the Vedas, yet\nI shall speak of it to make His mercy known to all.\nTEXT 160\n\n�-t'fff �-11 �....tf $fllf I\nfi416Jti(itf <2ft_,� ..1f .r�'t1f II ��o II\nullasa-upari /ekhoh tamara prasada\nnityananda prabhu, mora k�ama aparadha\nSYNONYMS\nullasa-upari-on account of great ecstasy;lekhoh-l write; tomiira prasada-Your\nmercy; nityananda prabhu- Lord Nityananda; mora- my; k�ama-please excuse;\naparadha-offenses.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 Lord Nityananda, I write of Your mercy out of great exultation. Please forgive\nme for my offenses.\nTEXT 161\n\n�� '1tt�<$1 til� � '12f�'ltl( I\n�..,.'!i{ 111ftfPI Q � ift1t II ��� II\navadhuta gosafiira eka bhrtya prema-dhama\nminaketana ramadasa haya tahra nama\n\n", "adi1#p0503": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n481\n\nSYNONYMS\navadhDta-the mendicant; gosiinira-of\nservant;\n\nprema-dhiima-reservoir of\n\nlove;\n\nLord Nityananda; eka--one; bhrtyaminaketana-Minaketana; riima-diisa­\n\nRamadasa; haya-is; tanra-his; nama-name.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Nityananda Prabhu had a servant named S ri Minaketana Ramadasa, who\nwas a reservoir of love.\nTEXT 162\n\n'eft1ftJ �tit\"' �«tflil·'t��� I\n�t� � �� 9t't$1 f�l'l II ��II\nlJmiira iilaye aho-riitra-sankirtana\ntiihiite iii/a tenho panii nimantr01;a\nSYNONYMS\niimara iilaye.:._at my house; ahaf;-riitra-day and night; sankirtana-chanting the\nHare\n\nKr�Qa mantra;\n\ntiihiite-on\n\naccount of this; iiilii-came; tenho-he; piinii\n\nnimantra{la-getting an invitation.\nTRANSLATION\nAt my house there was sankirtana day and night, and therefore he visited there,\nhaving been invited.\nTEXT 163\n\n�1211PAt fl� �Pttrt � I\n,� ��� IIR �� Rtf! II ��'!) II\nmahii-prema-maya tinho vosi/ii angane\nsaka/a vai�{lova tiinra vandilii caraf}e\n\nSYNONYMS\nmahii-prema-maya-absorbed in emotional love; tinho-he; vasilii-sat; anganein the courtyard; sakala vai�f}ava-all other Vai�C�avas; tiinra-his; vandilii-worshiped;\ncaro{le-lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nAbsorbed in emotional love, he sat in my courtyard, and all the Vai�Ciavas bowed\ndown at his feet.\n\n", "adi1#p0504": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n482\n\nTEXT 164\n\n�� .�,��'9ft��� I\n<;12tt1 \"t'tl ��- 11ttr, �OOt• �9(� II ��8 II\nnamaskiira karite, kii'ra uparete cage\npreme kii're varhJi mare, kiihiike ciipage\n\nSYNONYMS\nnamaskiira karite\n\n-\n\nwhile offering obeisances, bowing down; kii'ra-of someone;\n\nuparete-on the body; cage\n\n-\n\ngets up; preme-in ecstatic love; kii re\n'\n\n-\n\nsomeone;\n\nvarh�i-the f l ute; miire � stri k es; kiihiike so meone; ciipage-slaps.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn a joyful mood of love of God he sometimes climbed upon the shoulder of\nsomeone offering obeisances, and sometimes he struck others with his flute or\nmildly slapped them.\n\nTEXT 165\n\n��\"'f��i!IIO�� I\n� �til 1S{�fift � ...!P'ftt II ��t II\nye nayana dekhite a�ru haya mane yiira\nsei netre avicchinna vahe a�ru-dhiira\n\nSYNONYMS\nye-his; nayana-eyes; dekhite-seeing; a�ru-tears; haya-appear; mane-from\nthe mind; yiira-:of someone; sei netre-in his eyes; avicch inn a-conti n uo u sly; vaheflows; a�ru-dhiira-a shower of tears.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen someone saw the eyes of Minaketana Ramadasa, tears would automatically\nflow from his own eyes, for a constant shower of tears flowed from the eyes of\nMinaketana Ramadasa.\n\nTEXT 166\n\n� � -.p \"'f't 'J..I'l•·•lf1Jf I\n\"�• �tr ��J il'tt, \"'tr � •llllf II ��� II\nkabhu kona ahge dekhi pulaka-kadamba\neka ahge jiigya tiihra, iira ahge kampa\n\n", "adi1#p0505": "Adi-fila, Chapter 5\n\n483\n\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes; kona-some; ahge-in parts of the body; dekhi-1 see; pulaka\n\n­\n\nkadamba-eruptions of ecstasy like kadamba flowers; eka ange-in one part of the\nbody;jaflya-stunned; tahra\n\n-\n\nhis; ora ahge-in another limb; kampa-trembling.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes there were eruptions of ecstasy like kadamba flowers on some parts\nof his body, and sometimes one limb would be stunned while another would be\ntrembling.\nTEXT 167\n\n�\"t �fit' tft� •t� tl.-11 I\n� ��' c;'l1t•t � 1f.-i·i1t«...-tlll )�'\\II\nnityiinanda bali' yabe karena huhkiira\ntiiha dekhi' lokera haya mahii-camatkiira\nSYNONYMS\nn/tyananda-the name Nityananda;ba/1'-saying;yabe-whenever; karena huhkiira\n-makes a great sound; tiihii dekhi -seeing that; /okera-of the people;haya-there\n'\n\nis; mahii-camatkiira-great wonder and astonishment.\nTRANSLATION\nWhenever he shouted aloud the name Nityananda, the people around him were\nfilled with great wonder and astonishment.\n\nTEXT 168\n\n�I(� fili!t i{'tt'lf �� �121 �i1{ I\n-��� �� � <;�·-.t'i II )�\\r II\ngw;arrava ml�ra name eka vipro iirya\n�ri-murti-nikafe tehho kare sevii-kiirya\nSYNONYMS\ngurarrava mi�ra-of Gutliirt\"ava Mi�ra; niime-by the name; eka\n\n-\n\none; vipra­\n\nbriihmara; iirya-very respectable; �ri-mflrti-nikate-by the side of the Deity; tehho\n-he; kare-does; sevii-kiirya-activities in devotion.\nTRANSLATION\nOne respectable brahma!.la named Sri Gu!.liir!.lava Mi�ra was serving the Deity.\n\n", "adi1#p0506": "484\n\nSr i Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 169\n\n�� .qfqj �� � �.., � I.\n\n� Clff� iJP.._IIIi �$1 �� 11'11� II��� II\nangane iisiyii tenho no kaila sambhii�a\ntiihii dekhi' kruddha hafiii bale riimadiisa\n\nSYNONYMS\nangane-to the courtyard; iisiyii-coming; tenho-he; no.:.. not; kaila-d id; sambhii�a\n-address; tiihii dekhi'-seeing this; kruddha haflo-becoming angry; bale\n\ndiisa-Sri Ramadasa.\n\n- says; riima­\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Minaketana was seated in the yard, this brahmapa did not offer him\nrespect. Seeing this, Sri Ramadasa became angry and spoke.\nTEXT 170\n\n'�t �;�' � � M6�'1 I\n�'f� Clff�' � � � �'{J't'SIIf' II�(\\\n\no\n\nII\n\n'ei ta' dvitiya slita romahara�ara\nbaladeva dekhi' ye nii kaila pratyudgama'\n\nSYNONYMS\nei ta'-this; dvitiya- se c ond; slita romahara�ara-of the name Romahar�al)a-sata;\nbaladeva dekhi'-seeing Lord Balarama; ye-who; nii-not; kalla-did;pratyudgama\n-stand up.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Here I find the second Romahar�pa-sOta, who did not stand to show honor\nwhen he saw Lord Balarama.\"\n\nTEXT 171\n\n��;� �fir'itlW '5tnl, � � I\n\n����lit -ifl �fbi� II�\"� II\neta bali' niice giiya, karaye santo�a\nkr�ra-kiirya kare vipra\n\n-nii karila ro�a\n\n", "adi1#p0507": "Adi-lila, ChapterS\n\n485\n\nSYNONYMS\neta bafi -saying this; mice-he dances; goya-chants; karaye santo,sa-becomes\n'\n\nsatisfied; kr�ra kiirya-the duties of Deity worship; kare-performs; vipra\n-\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nbrohmara; nii karifii-did not become; ro,s-a-angry.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, he danced and sang to his heart's content, but the brahmapa\ndid not become angry, for he was then serving Lord K{lQa.\nPURPORT\n\nMinaketana Ramadasa was a great devotee of Lord Nityananda. When he entered\nthe house of Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja, Guparpava Mi�ra, the priest who was worshiping\nthe Deity installed in the house, did not receive him very well. A similar event\noccurred when Romahar�pa-sOta was speaking to the great assembly of sages at\nNaimi�aral)ya. Lord Baladeva entered that great assembly, but since Romahar�apasOta was on the vyososana, he did not get down to offer respect to Lord Baladeva.\nThe behavior of Guparpava Mi�ra indicated that he had no great respect for Lord\nNityananda, and this idea was not at all palatable to Minaketana Ramadasa. For\nthis reason the mentality of Minaketana Ramadasa is never deprecated by devotees.\nTEXT 172\n\n'\"� ''Stlrl fl!-� � t!Prt1f 1.\n� i!i�1� -itt � � � II )'\\� P\nutsavonte ge/0 tihho kariyii prasoda\nmora bhratii-sane tohra kichu haifa voda\nSYNONYMS\nutsava-ante-after\n\nthe festival; ge fo\n\n-\n\nwent away; tihho\n\n-\n\nhe; kariyo prasoda­\n\nshowing mercy; mora-of.tne; bhroto-sane-with the brother; tohra-of him; kichusome; haifa-there was; voda-controversy.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the end of the festival Minaketana Ramadasa wen.t away, offering his blessings\nto everyone. At that time he had some controversy with my brother.\nTEXT 173\n\n�INN<tl\"e& � � �..-t� I\n\n�� -itt f�PI-�'Pf II )'\\� •\n\n", "adi1#p0508": "486\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\ncaitanya-prabhute tiinra sudrflha viSviisa\nnityiinanda-prati tiinra viSviisa-iibhiisa\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaitanya-prabhute-unto Lord Caitanya; tiinra-h is; su-drflha- fixed; vi!viisa-faith;\nnitytinanda-prati-unto Lord N ityananda; tiinra-h is;. viSvasa-abhasa-dim reflection\nof faith.\nTRANSLATION\nMy brother had firm faith in Lord Caitanya but only a dim glimmer of faith in\nLord Nityananda.\nTEXT 174\n\n-�1 'ft�' f'tll'ftt� �� �bf lltit I\n� t.�' .mtlr � -.fft. 16t,\"\"'� II �\"8 II\niha jtini' ramadasera du!Jkha ha-ifa mane\ntabe ta' bhrtitiire iimi karinu bhartsane\nSYNONYMS\n\niha-this; jani'-knowing; rtima-dasera-of the saint Ramadasa; du/;lkha-unhappiness;ha-i/a-there was; mane-in the mind;tabe-at thanime; ta'-certainly; bhrtitare\n-to my brother; ami- I; karinu-did; bhartsane-chastisement.\nTRANSLATION\nKnowing this, Sri Ramadasa felt unhappy in his mind. I then rebuked my brother.\nTEXT 175\n\n•• .tt ���- Jllft�·�M I\nf�� il1111it, ''!tlltl �t� 'l(i«-r n �\"t 11\ndui bhtii eka-tanu-samana-praktiSa\nnityananda no mana, tomara habe sarva-naSa\nSYNONYMS\n\ndui bhtii-two brothers; eka-tanu-one body; samana-prakiiSa-equal manifesta·\ntion; nityananda-Lord Nityananda; nii mane-you do not beneve; tomara-your;\nhabe-that will be; sarva-niiSa.,--downfall.\nTRANSLATION\n\"These two brothers,\" I told him, \"are like one body; They are identical manifestations. If you do not believe in Lord Nityananda, you will fall down.\n\n", "adi1#p0509": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n487\n\nTEXT 176\n\n���\nr�, �tt� ·eo ., �•f'il' 1\n\n�(l•\"''tt-wt1\" �tJftf <tl1fttj II )'\\� II\nekete vi�vasa, anye nil kara sammana\n\"ardha-kukku.ti-nyaya\" tamara pramara\n\nSYNONYMS\nekete vi�vasa-faith in one; anye-in the other; nil-not; kara-do; sammanarespect; ardha-kukku_ti-nyaya-the logic of accepting half of a hen; tamara-your;\npramara-evidence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If you have· faith in one but disrespect the other, your logic is like the logic of\naccepting half a hen.\nTEXT 177\n\n��' � ifllrtf.t<$1 \"�' � I\n��' .\"ttf if1 �,-��Q II)'\\«\\ II\nkirhva, dohha nil manina hao ta' pa�arf/a\neke mani' are nil mani,--ei-mata bharfla\n\nSYNONYMS\nkirhva-otherwise; dohha-both of Them; nil-not; man ina- accepting; hao-you\nbecome; ta'-certainly; pa�arf/a-atheist; eke-one of Them; mani'-accepting; arethe other; nil mani-not accepting; ei-mata-this kind of faith; bharfla-hypocrisy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It would be better to be an atheist by slighting b oth brothers than a hypocrite\nby believing in one and slighting the other.\"\n\nTEXT 178\n\niJII.._. � ��- .-rfW' Rtll'f1NPII\n\n'M.� � IWI'tl � �� II )\"\"' II\nkruddha haiya varh�i bhangi' cafe rilmadilsa\n\ntat-kale amara bhraiara haifa sarva-na�a\n\n", "adi1#p0510": "488\n\n�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nSYNONYMS\nkruddha haiya-being very much angry; vath�i-the fl ute;bhongi '- brea king; cafe\n\n-departs; riima-dosa-of the name Ramadasa; tat-kiJ/e-at that time; iJmiJra-my;\nbhrotora-of the brother; hoi/a-there was; sarva-na�a-downfaJJ.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus �ri Ramaaasa broke his flute in anger and went away, and at that time my\nbrother fell down.\nTEXT 179\n\n<JI� 1:1' � �� �·21'et� I\n� <J�-. � �� 1At1J � II )'\\;:,,II\nei ta' kahila tiinra sevaka-prabhilva\niira eka kahi tiinra dayiira svabhiiva\n\nSYNONYMS\nei ta '-thus; kahi /a-e x p l ained; tiJnra-of H i m;sevaka-prabhtJva-the power of the\n\nservant; iira-other; eka-one; kahi-J say; tilnra-His; daytJra-of mercy; svabhiivacharacteristic.\nTRANSLATION\nI ha�e thus described the power of the servants of Lord Nityananda. Now I shall\ndescribe another characteristic of His mercy.\nTEXT 180\n\n\"e1l':qs\n- 'et./�'l\n. 'lf�, 11<$1\\fll .-1 I\n� � <lf!t_ � flfiJ1 'fPtif II )\"\n\no\n\nII\n\nbhaike bhartsinu muni, JafliJ ei gu{1a\nsei rotre prabhu more dilii dar�ana\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhtiike-my brother; bhartsinu- chast ised; mufli�J; /afliJ-ta kin g; ei-th i s; gura­\n\nas a g ood q ual i ty; sei rotre-on that night;prabhu-my Lord; more-unto me;di/o­\n\ngave; dara�ana- appe ar ance.\nTRANSLATION\nThat night Lord Nityananda appeared to me in a dream because of my good\nquality in chastising my brother.\n\n", "adi1#p0511": "Adi-lifa, Chapter 5\n\n489\n\nTEXT 181\n\n�-� '��' irtt1f �'llf I\ni� � \"'� flftrt �J� n �-...� n\nnaihii_ti-nika.te 'lhiima.tapura' niime griJma\ntiinhiJ svapne dekhiJ dilii nityiinanda-riima\nSYNONYMS\n\nnaihii.ti-nika.te- near the viII age Naihati; jhiimafapura- jhamatapu ra; name- by the\nname; griima- village; tiiflhii-there; svapne-in a dream; dekhiJ- appearance; diliigave; nityiJnando-riima- Lord Nityananda Balarama.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the village of jhamatapura, which is near Naihati, Lord Nityananda appeared\nto me in a dream.\nPURPORT\nThere is now a railway line to jhamatapura. If one wants to go there, he can\ntake a train on the Katwa railway line and go directly to the station known as\nSalara. From that station one can go directly to jhamatapura.\n\nTEXT 182\n\n-��t. � � 9I1ft \"114ilt'6 I\n\n�'i.r � flftrt (,1{� 1ftt-t II �� U\ndarflavat haiyii iimi paflinu payete\nnija-piida-padma prabhu dilii mora miithe\nSYNONYMS\n\ndarflavat haiyii- offering obeisances; iimi-1; paflinu- fell down; piiyete-at His\nlotus feet; nija-piJdo-padma-His own lotus feet; prabhu- the Lord; di/iJ-placed;\n\nmora-my; miitl�e- on the head.\nTRANSLATION\nI fell at His feet, offering my obeisances, and He then placed His own lotus feet\nupon my head.\nTEXT 183\n\n,�,; \"i' � ''1{1U �\" � � l\n�' i11 Pl �� �51ft.� 11 �� n\n\n", "adi1#p0512": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n490\n\n'u.tha', 'u.tha' bali' more bale bora bora\nu_thi' tonra rDpa dekhi' hainu camatkora\nSYNONYMS\n\nu_tha u_tha-get up , get up; ba/i'-saying; more-un)o me; bale-says; biJra bOraagain and again; u.thi'-getting up; tiJnra-His; rDpa dekhl'-seeing the beauty;\nhainu-became; camatkiira-astonished.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Arise! Get up!\" He told me again and again. Upon rising, I was greatly astonished\nto see His beauty.\nTEXT 184\n\n�-fn'l � <21� � 1\n�tt. � �- �-� n )1r811\n�yiima-clkkara konti, prakiirrfa �arTra\nsfik�iit kandarpa, yaiche maho-malla-vTra\nSYNONYMS\n\n�yiima-blackish; cikkara-glossy; kiinti-luster; prakii(lpa-heavy; �arira-body;\nsiik�iit-directly; kandarpa-Cupid; yaiche-like; mahii-malla-very stout and strong;\nvira-hero.\nTRANSLATION\nHe had a glossy blackish complexion, and His tall, strong, heroic stature made\nHim seem like Cupid himself.\nTEXT 185\n\n�iitfif;e Q, 9f�, �� I\n\"'• �'��II )1rt II\nsuva/ita hasta, pada, kamala-nayona\n.\npa.t.ta-vastra �ire, pa.t.ta-vastra paridhona\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuva/ita-well-formed; hasta-hands; pada-legs; kamala-nayona-eyes like lotus\nflowers; pa.t.ta-vastra-:-silk cloth; �ire-on the head; pa{ta-vastra-silk garments;\nparidhiina-wearing.\nTRANSLATION\nHe had beautifully formed hands, arms and legs, and eyes like lotus flowers. He\nwore a silk clot h, with a silk turban on His head.,\n\n", "adi1#p0513": "Adi-lila, Chapter S\n\n491\n\nTEXT 186\n\n�(..� �t(, Clll(ttrtf-� I\n9fmit'5 � �' �� �flfl ll )1r� II\nsuvarra-kurfla/a karre, svarrangada-viilii\npiiyete nupura biije, kar.the pu�pa-miilii\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuvar!Ja kurfla/a gold earrings; karre -on the ears; svarr a-angada-golden armlets;\n-\n\n-\n\nva/ii-and bangles; piiyete-on the feet; nupura-ankle bells; biije -tinkle; ka(l.theon the neck;pu�pa-miilii-flower garland.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe wore golden earrings on His ears, and golden armlets and bangles. He wore\ntinkling anklets on His feet and a garland of flowers around His neck.\n\nTEXT 187\n\n�t��f'l\\5-�, �'f' � I\n\"��•• firf�' 1N·14U 'I� II )r'\\ II\ncandana-/eplta-allga, tilaka su_thiima\nmatta-gaja jlni' mada-manthara payiina\n\nSYNONYMS\ncandana-with sandalwood pulp; /epi ta-smeared; allga-body; tilaka su.thamanicely decorated with ti/aka; matta-gaja-a mad elephant;j/ni -su rp assing; mada'\n\nmanthara -maddened by drinking;payiina-movement\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis body was anointed with sandalwood pulp, and He was nicely decorated with\ntilaka. His movements surpassed those of a maddened elephant.\n\nTEXT 188\n\n�t$58 ilffi1' 'l_'f �-��� I\n�\"'''f q \\51'1f.s_.'l·� II )1r1r II\nko.tf-candra jlni' mukha ujjva/a-varara\ndiiflimba-bija-sama danta tiimbula-carvara\n\n", "adi1#p0514": "492\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nSYNONYMS\n\nko_ti-candra-millions upon millions of moons; j/ ni'-surp a ssing ; mu kha-f ace;\nujjvala-varara- bri ght and bri lli ant; diJ�imba-bfja-pomegr anate seeds; soma- like;\ndanta-teeth; tambiila- carva(l a- c hewing betel nut .\nTRANSLATION\nHis face was more beautiful than millions upon millions of moons, and His teeth\nwere like pomegranate seeds because of His chewing betel.\nTEXT 189\n\n'�q����\n'\"' '\"' �1 'Sff\\1r � � n )\"\".� n\npreme matta anga pahine-vame dole\n'kr.sra' 'k�ra' baliyiJ gambhTra bola bale\nSYNONYMS\n\npreme - in ecstasy; motto-absorbed; anga- the whole body; piihine-to the r ight\nside; viime-to the left side; dole- m oves; kr�ra kr�ra-Kr�l)a, Kr�Qa; ba/iyiJ-sa y ing;\n\ngambhira-d eep; bola-words; bale-was uttering.\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis body moved to and fro, right and left, for He was absorbed in ecstasy. He\nchanted \"Knr:aa, K11r:aa\" in a deep voice.\nTEXT 190\n\nit1P1-� m1 Mlf �� 1A1 fil�� I\n5tf\"i9ttt-t � � fit� 'P II )�o II\nriingii-ya?.(i haste dole yena matta sirhha\nciiri-pii�e ve�i ache cararete bhrnga\nSYNONYMS\nriJnglJ-ya!i{i-a red stick; haste-in the hand; dole-moves; yena-like; matta-mad;\nsirhha-lion; cari-pii�e-all around; ve�i-surrounding; ache-there is; cararete-at\nthe lotus feet; bhrnga-bu m blebees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis red stick moving in His hand, He seemed like a maddened lion. All around the\nfour sides of His feet were bumblebees.\n\n", "adi1#p0515": "Ad i-fila, Chapter 5\n\n493\n\nTEXT 191\n\n'ltfi1N'Stt'l �' � ''Stt'l'·,'iltaif I\n'\n\n\"' '\"' ·� � �t12111' ._�II( II ��� II\npiiri�ada-ga!Je dekhi' saba gopa-ve�e\n'kr�!Ja' 'k�!Ja' kahe sabe saprema iive�e\nSYNONYMS\n\npiii:i�ada-ga(le-assoc iates; dekhi '-seeing; saba-all; gopa-ve�e-in the dress of\nboys; kr�!Ja kr�!Ja-Kr�Qa, Kr�Qa; kahe-says; sabe-all; sa-prema-of\n\ncowherd\n\necstatic love; cfve�e-in absorption.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis devotees, dressed like cowherd boys, surrounded His feet like so many bees\nand also chanted \"Kr�Qa, KnQa,\" absorbed in ecstatic love.\n\nTEXT 192\n\nfiir.-1 �- �A �; '� � 'StAt I\n�� �'StAt ��.s..\"' it1R �11 II �;t� II\n�illgii viirh�T biijiiya keha, keha niice giiya\nsevaka yogiiya tiimbU!a, ciimara flhuliiya\n\nSYNONYMS\n�illgil viirh�T-horns and flutes; biijiiya-play; keha-some; keha-some of them;\nnilce-dance; gilya-sing; sevaka-a servant; yogiiya-supplies; tiimbD/a-betel nut;\ncilmara-fan; flhulilya-moves.\nTRANSLATION\nSome of them played horns and flutes, and others danced and sang. Some of\nthem offered betel nuts, and others waved camara fans about Him.\nTEXT 193\n\n��'If \"'f� ��I\n� .- .-�, �- �'l)f.qi• � 11 ��� n\n,\n\nnityiinanda-svarDpera dekhiyii vaibhava\nkibii rDpa, gu!Ja, lilii-a/aukika saba\n\n", "adi1#p0516": "494\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nSYNONYMS\n\nnityananda-svarDpera-of Lord N i tyananda Svarupa; dekhlyo-seei ng; vaibhavathe opulence; kibo rup a- what a wond e rfu l form; gura-qualities; /i/o-pastimes;\n\na/aukika-uncommon; saba-all.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I saw such opulence in Lord Nityananda Svarupa. His wonderful form,\nqualities and pastimes are all transcendental.\nTEXT\n\n194\n\n���ct\"t � 'eltfil, ��itt� •t� I\n\\!� m' �� ..��if\\ II )�8 II\n'\nanande vihva/a ami, kichu nahi jani\ntabe hasi' prabhu more kahilena vari\nSYNONYMS\n\ndnande-in transcendental ecstasy; vihvala-overwhelmed; ami- I; kichu-anything;\nnahi-not; jani-know; tabe-at that time; hasi'-smiling; prabhu-the Lord; moreunto me; kahi/ena-says;. varT-some wo rds\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI was overwhelmed with transcendental ecstasy, not knowing anything else. Then\nLord Nityananda smiled and spoke to me as follows.\nTEXT 195\n\n�ttf �ttf ��'Ill � 'Q I\n\n�l<tl'iC �,-�� �'1\"51 Q Jr��t II\nare are kr�radasa, na karaha bhaya .\nvrndavane yiiha,\n\n-tiiflhii sarva /abhya haya\n\nSYNONYMS\n\niire iire-0! 0!; kr.sra-diisa-of the name KrHladasa; nii-not; karaha-make; bhaya\n-fear; vrndiivane yiiha-go to Vrndavana; tiiflhii-there; sarva-everything; /abhyaavailable; haya-is.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"0 my dear Kr�adasa, do not be afraid. Go to Vrndavana, for there you will\nattain all things.\"\n\n", "adi1#p0517": "Adi-lila, Chapter S\n\n495\n\nTEXT 196\n\n�� �' '� c;1l1tJ �tr.. fitY11\n·\n\nQ(� �... � f�et '1�111 ���II\neta bali' prerila more hatasani diya\nantardhOna kaila prabhu nija-gara lana\n\nSYNONYMS\n'eta bali\n\n'-\n\nhand; dlyo\n\n-\n\nsaying this; prer//a\n\n-\n\nd i spatched; more-me; hOtasiini-indication of the\n\ngiv ing; antardhana kaifa-disappeared; prabhu-my Lord; nija-gara lana\n\n-taking His personal associates.\n\nTRANSLATION\n'\nAfter saying this, He directed me toward Vrndavana by waving His hand. Then\nHe disappeared with His associates.\nTEXT 197\n\nIJ(� dJ1 '{'lfP � t.fllt� I\n'Jt,.., �' �' ��- � II ��\" II\nmurcchita ha-iya muni paflinu bhiimite·\nsvapna-bhanga haifa, dekhi, hanache prabhate\n\nSYNONYMS\nmiircchita\n\nha-iya-fainting; muni-1; paflinu\n\n-\n\nfell ; bhiimite-on\n\nthe\n\nground;\n\nsvapna bhanga- breaking et the dream; haifa-there was; dekhi-1 saw; hanache-\n\nthere was; prabhtite-morning light.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI fainted and fell to the ground, my dream broke, and when I regained consciousness I saw that morning had come.\nTEXT 198\n\nF.¢'����' .-fm �I\n<II!_-� ��I{ ��tt II ��lr II\nki dekhinu ki �uninu, kariye vicara\nprabhu-ajna haifa vrndavana yaibiira\n\n", "adi1#p0518": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n496\n\nSYNONYMS\nki dekhinu-what did I see; ki Juninu-what did I hear;kariye viciira-1 began to\nconsider; prabhu-iijiiii-the\nVrndavana;yiiibiira-to go\n\norder of my\n\nLord; haifa-there was; vrndiivana-to\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI thought about what I had seen and heard and concluded that the Lord had\nordered me to proceed to Vrndavana at once.\nTEXT 199\n\n� ..ttt �\"tt�'i1 -.ftll 1t1fi1 I\n� �9f1t\\5 �t-t 'tlftlll � II ��� II\nsei k�are vrndiivane karinu gama'na\nprabhura krpiite sukhe iiinu vrndiivana\nSYNONYMS\nsei\n\nk�are-that\n\nvery\n\nsecond; vrndiivane-toward\n\nVrndavana; karinu-1\n\ndid;\n\ngamana-starting; prabhura k[piite-by the mercy of Lord Nityananda; sukhe-in\ngreat happiness; ainu-arrived; vrndiivana-at Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\nThat very second I started for Vrndavana, and by His mercy I reached there in\ngreat happiness.\nTEXT 200\n\nQ 0 f.mt..._, f� I\n\n�� �� 91� ��-'ftlf 11 �\n\noo\n\nl.JI\n\njaya jaya nityiinanda, nityiinanda-riima\nyiiilhiira krpiite piiinu vrndiivana-dhiima\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; nityiinanda-to Lord N ityananda;nityiinanda-riima-to Lord\nBalarama, who appeared as N ityananda; yiiilhiira kfpiite-by whose mercy;piiinu1 got; vrndiivana-dhiima-shelter at Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glory, all glory to Lord Nityananda Balarama, by whose mercy I have\nattained shelter in the transcendental abode of Vrndavana.\n\n", "adi1#p0519": "Adi-lila, Chapter s\n\n497\n\nTEXT 201\n\nr-mt....,'\"' �ll ,\n·��·Pl�t<!llln�o�ll\n'\"'�\n\njaya jaya nityiinanda, jaya k[pii-maya\nyiinhii haite piiinu rDpa-saniitanii�raya\nSYNONYMS\n\njaya jaya- all glories; nltyiinanda-to Lord Nityananda; jaya krpii- maya- all\nglories to the most merciful Lord; yiinhii haite-from whom; piiinu-1 got; rDpa­\n\nsaniitana-ii�raya- shelter at the lotus feet of Rupa GosvamT and Sanatana Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glory, all glory to the merciful Lord Nityananda, by whose mercy I have\nattained shelter at the lotus feet of �rl Rupa and Sri Sanatana.\nTEXT 202\n\n� � � f\\ltt� I\n���8111Pl·--ll�o�n\nyiinhii haite piiinu raghuniitha-mahii�aya\nyiihM halte piiinu �ri-svarDpa-ii�raya\nSYNONYMS\n\nyiinhO haite-from whom; piiinu-1 got; raghuniitha-mahii-ii�aya-the shelter of\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami; yiinhii haite-from whom; piiinu-1 got; �ri-svarDpa�raya- shelter at the feet of Svarupa Damodara GosvamT.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy His mercy I have attained the shelter of the great personality Srl Raghunatha\ndasa Gosvamt, and by His mercy I have found the refuge of �rt Svarupa Damodara.\nPURPORT\nAnyone desiring to become expert in the service of �rl Srl Radha and Knr;ta\nshould always aspire to be under the guidance of Svarupa Damodara Gosvaml, ROpa\nGosvami,. Sanatana Gosvami and Raghunatha dasa GosvamT. To come under the\n\nprotection of the Gosvamis, one must get the mercy and grace of Nityananda\nPrabhu. The author has tried to explain this fact in these two verses.\n\n", "adi1#p0520": "498\n\nSri Caitanya-caritanirta\nTEXT 203\n\n�-9'l'Al � cef91 � 1\n\n�-9'fti ���'I� II � o� II\nsaniitana·k[piiya piiinu bhaktira siddhiinta\n�ri-rDpa·k[piiya piiinu bhakti-rasa-priinta\nSYNONYMS\n\nsaniitana-k[piiya-by the mercy of Sanatana Gosvami; piiinu-1 got; bhaktira\nsiddhiinta-the condusions of devotional service; �ri-rDpa·k[piiya-by the mercy of\n�rila Rupa Gosvami; piiinu-1 got; bhakti-rasa-priinta-the limit of the mellows of\ndevotional service.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy the mercy of Sanatana Gosvami I have learned the final conclusions of devo­\n\ntional service, and by the grace of Sri Rupa Gosvami I\n\ntasted the highest nectar\n\nof devotional service.\nPURPORT\n�6 Sanatana Gosvami Prabhu, the teacher of the science of dev� tional service,\nwrote several books, of which the Brhad-bhiigavatiimrta is very famous; anyone who\nwants to know about the subject matter of devotees, devotional service and Kr�pa\nmust read this book. Sanatana Gosvami also wrote a special commentary on the\nTenth Canto of Srimad-Bhiigavatam known as the Da�ama-{ippani, which is so excellent that by reading it one can understand very deeply the pastimes of Kr�pa in\nHis exchanges of loving activities. Another famous book by Sanatana Gosvami is\nthe Hari-bhakti-vi/iisa,\n\nwhich states the rules and regulations for all divisions of\n\nVai�pavas, namely, Vai�Qava householders, Vai�pava·brahmaciiris, •Vai�pava viina­\n\nprasthas and Vai�pava sannyasis. This book was especially written, however, for\nVai�Qava householders. �rila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami has. described Sanatana\nGosvami in his prayer Vilapa-kusumiinjali, verse six, where he has expressed his\nobligation to Sanatana Gosvami in the following words:\n\nvairiigya-yug-bhakti-rasarh prayatnair\napilyayan milm anabhipsum andham\nk[piimbudhir ya(l para-duflkha-du(lkhi\nsaniltanas tarh parbhum il�rayiimi\n\"I was unwilling to drink the nectar of devotional service possessed of renunciation,\nbut Sanatana Gosvami, out of his causeless mercy, made me drink it, even though\nI was otherwise unable to do so. Therefore he is an ocean of mercy. He is very much\ncompassionate to fallen souls like me, and thus it is my duty to offer my respectful\nobeisances unto his lotus feet.\" KnQadasa Kaviraja Gosvami also, in the last section\n\n", "adi1#p0521": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n499\n\nof Coitonya-coritiimrto, specifically mentions the names of Rupa Gosvami, Sanatana\n\nGosvami and Srila jiva Gosvami and offers his respectful obeisances unto the lotus\n\nfeet of these three spiritual masters, as well as Raghunatha dasa. Srila Raghunatha\n\ndasa Gosvami also accepted Sanatana Gosvami as the teacher of the science of\n\ndevotional service. Srila Rupa Gosvami is described as the bhokti-rosiiciiryo, or one\n\nwho knows the essence of devotional service. His famous book Bhokti-rosamrto­\n\nsindhu is the science of devotional service, and by reading this book one can under­\n\nstand the meaning of devotional service. Another of his famous books is Ujjvo!o­\n\nnilomo(li. In this book he elaborately explains the loving affairs and transcendental\n\nactivities of Lord Kr�r;�a and Radharapi.\n\nTEXT 204\n\nWI\" ��Rtftt�\"f\n\nI\n·� �c;� �-���II �0811\njoyo joyo nityiinondo-coro!Jiirovindo\nyiinhii hoite piiinu �ri-riidhii-govindo\n\nSYNONYMS\njoyo joyo-all glories to; nityiinondo-of Lord Nityananda; carara-arovindo-the\n\nlotus feet; yiiflhii hoite-from whom; piiinu-1 got; �ri-riidhii-govinda-the shelter of\nSri Radha and Govinda.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glory, all glory to the lotus feet of Lord Nityananda, by whose mercy I have\n\nattained �ri Radha-Govinda.\n\nPURPORT\n�rila Narottama dasa Thakura, who is famous for his poetic composition known\nas Priirthonii, has lamented in one of his prayers, \"When will Lord Nityananda be\n\nmerciful upon me so that I will forget all material desires?\" Srila Narottama dasa\n\nThakura confirms that unless one is freed from material desires to satisfy the needs\nof the body and senses, one cannot understand the transcendental abode of Lord\nKr�r;�a, Vrndavana. He also confirms that one cannot understand the loving affairs\n\nof Radha and Kr�r;�a without going through the direction of the six Gosvamis. In\n\nanother verse Narottama dasa Thakura has stated that without the causeless mercy\nof Nityananda Prabhu, one cannot enter into the affairs of Radha and Knr;�a.\nTEXT 205\n\n\"'\"'��'If$��· I\n�'�t � � IJ[<�P '� 'lfili II �o� II\n\n", "adi1#p0522": "Srt Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n500\n\njagiii miidhiii haite mui'l/ se piipij.tha\npur�sera k�ta haite mufli se /aghi�.tha\n\nSYNONYMS\njagiii miidhiii-the two brothers jagai and Madhai; haite- than; mufll-1; sethat;\n\npiipi�.tha more sinful; puri�era-in stool; k�ta-the worms; haite- than; mui'l/-\n\n1 am; se- that; /aghi�tha-lower.\n.\n\nTRANSlATION\nI am more sinful than jagai and Madhai and even lower than the worms in the\n\nstool.\nTEXT 206\n\n'� ifl1f �tat � �� �J 'lA I\n'lftt itt1J 'Ill � c;m 'lt'l �t n � ·� II\nmora niima �une yei tiira pU(JYO k�aya\nmora niima laya yei tiira piipa haya\n\nSYNONYMS\nmora niima- my name; �une-hears; yei-anyon� who; tara..:. his; puryo k�ayadestruction of piety; mora niima-my name; loyd- takes; yei\n\npiipa sin; haya- is\n-\n\n-\n\nanyone; tiira- his;\n\n.\n\nTRANS LATJON\nAnyone who hears my name loses the results of his pious activities. Anyone who\nutters my name becomes sinful.\nTEXT 207\n\n�� 11\\l/tl �� � ¥11 -.til\n�-. fii'!J1...,. � .-stt. � n � ·� n\nemana nirgh{(IO more kebii k[pii kare\neka nityiinanda vinu jagat bhitare\n\nSYNONYMS\nemana-such; nirghrro-abominable; more-unto me; kebii-who; k[pii-mercy;\nkare-shows; eka-one;\nbhitare- with in.\n\nnityiinanda-Lord\n\nNityananda;\n\nvinu\n\n-\n\nbut; jagat-world;\n\n", "adi1#p0523": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n501\n\nTRANSLATION\nWho in this world but Nityananda could show His mercy to such an abominable\nperson as me?\nTEXT 208\n\n'�11 1I'G fi111J1..-t �'N·� I\n\nQ1(, �' �� i{1-.tt � II �01r II\npreme motto nityanondo krpa-ovotaro\nuttomo, odhomo, kichu na kore vicaro-\n\nSYNONYMS\npreme-in\n\necstatic\n\nlove;\n\nmotto-mad;\n\nnityanondo-Lord\n\nNityananda; krpa­\n\nmerciful; ovotoro-incarnation; uttomo-good; odhomo-bad; kichu-any; nii-not;\nkore-makes; vicaro- consideration.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause He is intoxicated by ecstatic love and is an incarnation of mercy, .He\n\ndoes not distinguish between the good and the bad.\nTEXT 209\n\n'� ...rt1t �' l!'ttf � � I\n� fiN1f1ttt � lftJ\"tlll �o� n\nye age popoye, tare koroye nistaro\notoevo nlsUiriliJ mo-heno d uracoro\n\nSYNONYMS\nye-whoever; age-in front; popoye-falls down; tare-unto him; koroye-does;\n\nl\n\nnistoro- de ive rance; otoevo-ther efore; nlstarila-deliyered; mo-as\n\nme; heno-such;\n\nduriiciiro-sinful and fallen person .\n\n. TRANSLATION\nHe delivers all those who fall down before Him. Therefore He has delivered such\na sinful and fallen person as me.\nTEXT 210\n\n(;10-'ltf9tW ._1fi14ttiC ��I\n�.� fifllf1!i�'f-net n ��0 n\n\n", "adi1#p0524": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n502\n\nmo-piipiHhe iinilena �ri-vrndiivana\nmo-hena adhame dilii �ri-rDpa-carara\nSYNONYMS\n\nmo-piipi�the-unto me, who am so sinful; anilena-He brought; �ri-vrndovana-to\nVrndavana;\n\nmo-hena-such as me; adhame-to the lowest of mankind; diM­\n\ndelivered; �ri-rupa-carara-the lotus feet of ROpa GosvamT.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough I am sinful and I am the most fallen, He has conferred upon me the\nlotus feet of Sri Rupa Gosvami.\nTEXT 211\n\n-��·llr;;oStt�'f�-te{ I\n�� �'$fJ � <.fl� ·��II��� II\n�ri-madana-gopiila-�ri-govinda-dara�ana\nkahibiira yogya nahe e-saba kathana\nSYNONYMS\n\n�rT-madana-gopa/a- Lord Madanagopala; ki-govi17da-Lord Radha-Govinda; dara�ana-visiting; kahibiira-to speak; yogya- fit; ncthe- not; e-saba kathana- all these\nc onf i de nti al words\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI am not fit to speak all these confidential words about my visiting Lord\nMadanagopala and Lord Govinda.\nTEXT 212\n\n,�.� ll11'f�'Sf'M'tlf I\nftJtM'tPn �..-t«. �� II��� II\nvrndiivana-purandara �ri-madana-gopiila\nrosa-vilosi sok�ot vrajendra-kumora\nSYNONYMS\n\nvrndovana-purandara-the chief Deity of Vrndavana; sri-madana-gopa/a-Lord\nMadanagopala; rosa-vilosi-the enj oye r of the rosa dance; sok�ot-directly; vrajendra­\n\nkumora- the son of Nanda Maharaja.\n\n", "adi1#p0525": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n503\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Madanagopala, the chief Deity of Vrndavana, is the enjoyer of the rasa\ndance and is directly the son of the King of Vraja.\n\nTEXT 213\n\nll�'\"'f�� 11\"PI·f�'tl11\n�-1t'f�'t ��II�)� 11\n�ri-riidhii-/a/itii-saflge riisa-viliisa\nmanmatha-manmatha-rupe yiiflhiira prakii�a\n\nSYNONYMS\n�ri-riidhii-�rimati Radharapi; /alitii-Her personal associate named Lalita; saflge�\nwith;riisa-viliisa-enjoyment of the riisa dance;manmatha-of Cupid ;manmatha-nJpe\n-in the form of Cupid; yiinhiira-of whom; prakii�a-manifestation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe enjoys the rasa dance with Srimati Radhara(li, �rr Lalita and others. He\nmanifests Hi mself as theCupid ofCupids.\n\nTEXT 214\n\n\"!l'ft'J{lfcl�l��: \"9ill1if.rl_��: I\n�tU'fl': �1{) \"it\"'f���: H �) 8 II\ntasiim avirabhuc chaurifl\nsmayamana-mukhambujafl\npitambara-dharafl sragvi\nsiik�iin manmatha-manmatha{l\n\nSYNONYMS\ntiisiim-among them; iivirabhiJt-appeared; 1aurif7-Lord\nsmiling; mukha-ambuja{l-lotus\n\nKr�(la; smayamana­\n\nface; pita-ambara-dhara{l-dressed\n\nwith\n\nyellow\n\ngarments; sragvi-decorated with a flower garland; siik�iit-directly; manmatha-of\nCupid; manmatha/;1-Cupid.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Wearing yellow. garments and decorated with a flower garland, Lord Kr��;�a,\nappearing among the gopTs with His smiling lotus face, looked directly like the\ncharmer of the heart ofCupid.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhiigavatam ( 1 0.32.2).\n\n", "adi1#p0526": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n504\n\nTEXT 215\n\nGIPrt� �t'+A 'l{i{ �41 �� I\n... �iter! '1�1 ��II�)� II\nsva-miidhurye /okera mana kare iika�a(la\ndui pii�e riidhii lalitii karena sevana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsva-miidhurye-in His own sweetness; lokera-of all people; mana-the minds;\nkare-does; iika�a(la-attracting; dui pii�e\n\n-\n\non two sides; riidhii-�rimati Radharari;\n\n/a/itii-and Her associate Lalita; karena-do; sevana-service.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith Radha and Lalita serving Him on His two sides, He attracts the hearts of all\nby His own sweetness.\nTEXT 216\n\n�Jt�1 � �141 �-ttbf I\nlliter!-ltlf��tit catt. -.fi' fif'l ft �)� II\nnityiinanda-dayii more tiinre dekhiiila\n�ri-riidhii-madana-mohane prabhu kari' dila\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityiinanda-dayii-the mercy of\nMadanamohana;\n\ndekhaila\n\n-\n\nLord\n\nsh o wed;\n\nNity:inanda; more-unto\n\nme; tiinre­\n\n�ri-riidhfi-madana-mohane- Radha-Madana­\n\nmohana; prabhu kari' dila-gav e as my Lord and master.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe mercy of Lord Nityananda showed me Sri- Madanamohana and gave me Sri\nMadanamohana as my Lord and master.\nTEXT 217\n\n�1-� fif'l .,� � I\n\n..r�R ...u -.� �-.eu-�-aat u �:>\" ''\nmo-adhame dila �ri-govinda dara�ana\nkahibiira kathii nahe akathya-kathana\n\n", "adi1#p0527": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n505\n\nSYNONYMS\nmo-adhame-to one as abominable as me; di/a-del ivered; �ri-govinda dara�ana­\n\nthe a udience of Lord �ri- Govinda; kahibara-to .speak this; kathii-words; nahethere are not; akathya-unspeakable; kathana-narration.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe granted to one as low as me the sight of Lord Govinda. Words cannot describe\n\nthis, nor is it fit to be disclosed.\n\nTEXTS 218-219\n\n�\"'1:q� '�� ....� I\n�'t, ��� qfit�� II �)\\r II\n!lt'itt�\"' <qPRrrtii{ �!li{\"ft{ I\n'lltl� <If�' � 'lr'Stt. �� II�)� II\nvrndiivane yoga-p�the ka/pa-taru-vane\nratna-ma(l(/apa, tiihe ratna-sirhhiisane\n�ri-govinda vasiyiichena vrajendra-nandana\nmiidhurya praka�i' karena jagat mohana\n\nSYNONYMS\nvrndiivane-at Vrndavana; yoga-p�the-at the principal temple; ka/pa-taru-vane­\n\n!n the forest of d esire trees; ratna-marflapa-an altar m ad e of gems; tiihe-upon iti\nratna-sirhha-iisane-on the throne of gems; �ri-govinda-Lord Govinda; vasiyilchena­\n\nwas sitting; vrajendra-nandana-the son of Nanda Maharaja; miidhurya praka�rmanifesting\n\nHis\n\nsweetness;\n\nkarena-does; jagat mohana-enchantment\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nwhole world.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn an altar made of gems in the principal temple of Vrndavana, amidst a forest of\ndesire trees, Lord Govinda, the son of the King of Vraja, sits upon a throne of gems\nand manifests His full glory and sweetness, thus enchanting the entire world.\nTEXT 220\n\n�-'ltt'( !lllf� \"�'St'l�ttr I\nlt\"tfif�\"\"\"\" <21'{ <fit� fllttr II��\n\no\n\nviima-pa�ve �ri-riidhika sakhi-gara-sailge\nriisiidika-lilii prabhu kare kata range\n\nII\n\n", "adi1#p0528": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n506\n\nSYNONYMS\nvama-podve-on the left side; sri-rodhiko-�rimati Radharal)i; sakhi-gara-sahgewith Her personal friends; rosa-odika-li/o-pastimes like the rosa dance; prabhu-Lord\nKr�Qa; kare- performs; kata ran ge\n\n-\n\nin many ways.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy His left side is Srimati Radharal)i and Her personal friends. With them Lord\nGovinda enjoys the rasa-nla and many other pastimes.\n\nTEXT 221\n\n.tJ -.]� f�·\"'tt-. -.tf 9fWt�l1 I\n��'R·�tll-.tt ��II��� II\nyiinra dhyona nija-/oke kare padmasana\naHodasok�ara-man tre kare uposana\n\nSYNONYMS\nyonra- of whom; dhyiina-the meditation; nija-/oke-in his own abode; karedoes; padma-osana- Lord Brahma; a�,todasa-ak�ara-mantre-by the hymn composed\nof eighteen letters; kare-does; upasana-worshiping\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Brahma, sitting on his lotus seat in his own abode, always meditates on\nHim and worships Him with the mantra consisting of eighteen syllables.\n\nPURPORT\nIn his own planet, Lord Brahma, with the inhabitants of that planet, worships the\nform of Lord Govinda, Kr�Qa, by the mantra of eighteen syllables, klirh f?r.sroya\n\ngovindoya gopijana-vallabhoya svoho. Those who are initiated by a bona fide spiritual\nmaster and who chant the Gayatri mantra three times a day know this a�(odaso�ara,\neighteen-syllable mantra. The inhabitants of Brahmaloka and the planets below\nBrahmaloka worship Lord Govinda by meditating with this mantra. There is no\ndifference between meditating and chanting, but in the present age' meditation is\nnot possible on this planet. Therefore loud chanting of a mantra like the moho­\n\nmantra, Hare Kr�Qa, with soft chanting of the aHodasok�ara, the mantra of eighteen\nsyllables, is recommended.\nLord Brahma lives in the highest planetary system, known as Brahmaloka or\nSatyaloka. In every planet there is a predominating deity. As the predominating\ndeity in Satyaloka is Lord Brahma, so in the heavenly planets lndra is the predominating deity, and on the SUI), tht; ,sun-god, Vivasvan, is the predominating deity. The\n\n", "adi1#p0529": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n507\n\ninhabitants and predominating deities of every planet are all recommended to\nworship Govinda either by meditation or by chanting.\n\nTEXT 222\n\n,�,\"\"f.�t �� �� � 'fJtit I\n�eb tfif·'i_tt �� tTttft@tt '$f1i{ II ��� II\nc audd a-bhuvane yiinra sabe kare dhyiina\nvaikur.thiidi-pure yiirira lilii-gura giina\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaudd a-bhuvane-within the fourteen worlds; yiirira-of whom; s ab e-all; kare\ndhyiina\n\n-\n\nperform meditation; vaikur.tha-iidi-pure-in the abodes of the Vaikur;�tha\n\nplanets; yor!ra-of whom; /i/ii-gura-attributes and pastimes; giina-chanti ng.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone in the fourteen worlds meditates upon Him, and all the denizens of\nVaiku�;�tha sing of His qualities and pastimes.\nTEXT 223\n\n�tJ'Iftlittl;! �tf \"IIi\\ �� I\n1Ptt'5ftlftrz. �fft� �-11i't �(i{ II ��� II\nyiinra miidhurite kare lak�mi iika�ara\nrDpa-gosiifli kariyiichena se-rDpa varrana\n\nSYNONYMS\nyiinra-of whom; modhurite-.by the sweetness; kare-does; /ak�mi-the goddess\nof fortune; iikar,s-ara-attraction; rDpa gosiifli-�rila Rupa Gosvami; kariyiichena-\n\nhas done; se-that; rDpa-of the beauty; varrana-enunciation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe goddess of fortune is attracted by His sweetness, which Srila ROpa Gosvami\nhas described in this way:\nPURPORT\n\n�rila Rupa Gosvami, in his Laghu-bhiigavatiimrta, has quoted from the Padma\nPurii(la, where it is stated that Lak�midevi, the godde'ss of fortune, after seeing the\nattractive features of Lord Kr�Qa, was attracted to Him, and to get the favor of\n\n", "adi1#p0530": "508\n\n�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nLord K[�l)a she engaged herself in meditation. When asked by K[�l)a why she\nengaged in meditation with austerity, Lak�midevi answered, \"I want to be one of\nYour associates like the gopis in Vrndavana.\" Hearing this, Lord Sri Kr�l)a replied\nthat it was quite impossible. Lak:;midevi then said that she wanted to remain just\nlike a golden line on the chest of the Lord. The Lord granted the request, and\nsince then Lak:;mi has always been situated on the chest of Lord Kr�l)a as a golden\nline. The austerity and meditation of Lak:;midevi are also mentioned in the Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam ( 1 0.16.36), where the Nagapatnis, the wives of the· serpent Kaliya, in\nthe course of their prayers to Knl)a, said that the goddess of fortune, Lak:;mi, also\nwanted His association as agopi and desired the dust of His lotus feet.\nTEXT 224\n\n�ll� ���9ffif5�l� '!lf5f��'1c11t�\n<(��l�lf-:qr�t�'ll� 5�t<f''11\nc'ftf<t��Jl� �fil��= c-:qr�c..tt��\n1f1 C���tfl llflt' � �'1i'!C'P�f� ltr: RHSU\nsmeriirh bhangi-traya-paricitiirh siici-vistTr(la-dG.tim\nvarh�i-nyastiidhara-ki�a/ayiim ujjvaliirh candrakef)a\ngovindakhyiirh hari-tanum ita/;1 ke1i-tirthopakafJthe\nmii prek�iHhiis tava yadi sakhe bandhu-sange 'stl rangafl\nSYNONYMS\n\nsmeriim-smiling; bhangi-traya-paricitiim -bent in three places, namely the neck,\nwaist and knees; siici-vistir(la-dGfim-with a broad sideways glance; vamd-on the\nflute; nyasta-placed; adhara-lips; ki�alayiim-newly blossomed; ujjvaliim-very\nbright; candrakef)a-by the moonshine; govinda-iikhyiim-named Lord G9vinda;\n\nhari-tanum-the transcendental body of the Lord; itaf/-here; kdi-tirtha-upaka(lfhe\n-on the bank of the Yamuna in the neighborhood of the KeSighata; mci-do-{lot;\npre�ij{hci/;1-glance over; tava-your; yadi-if; sakhe-0 dear friend; bandhu-sangeto worldly friends; asti-there is; rangafl-attachment.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friend, if you are indeed attached to your w orldly friends, do not look\nat the smiling face of Lord Govinda as He stands on the bank of the Yamuna at\nKeSighata. Casting sidelong glances, He places His flute to His lips, which seem like\nnewly blossomed twigs. His transcendental body, bending in three places, appears\nvery bright in the moonlight.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a verse quoted from Bhakti-rasiim{ta-sindh'u (1.2.239) in connection with\npractical devotional service. Generally people in their conditio11ed ·life engage in the\n\n", "adi1#p0531": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n509\n\npleasure of society, friendship and love. This so-called love is lust, not love. But\npeople are satisfied with such a false understanding of love. Vidyapati, a great and\nlearned poet of Mithila, has said that the pleasure derived from friendship, society\nand family life in the material world is like a drop of water, but our hearts desire\npleasure like an ocean. Thus the heart is compared to a desert of material existence\nthat requires the water of an ocean of pleasure to satisfy its dryness. If there is a\ndrop of water in the desert, one may indeed say that it is water, but such a minute\nquantity of water has no value. Similarly, in this material world no one is satisfied\nin the dealings of society, friendship and love. Therefore if one wants to derive real\npleasure within his heart, he must seek the lotus feet of Govinda. In this verse RCipa\nGosvami indicates that if one wants to be satisfied in the pleasure of society,\nfriendship and love, he need not seek shelter at the lotus feet of Govinda, for if\none takes shelter under His lotus feet he will forget that minute quantity of socalled pleasure. One who is not satisfied with that so-called pleasure may seek the\nlotus feet of Govinda, who stands on the shore of the Yamuna at K e�itirtha, or\nKeS!gha�a, in Vrndavana and attracts all the gopTs to His transcenden-tal loving\nservice.\n\n•\n\nTEXT 225\n\n�.re. e��cers� �tlf err� � 1\n\n� �ta •� � �1-�� n ��t 11\nsdk�iit vrajendra-suta ithe niihi iina\nyeba afne kare tdnre pratima-hena jfidna\n\nSYNONYMS\nsiik�iit-directly; vrajendra-suta-the son of Nanda Maharaja; ithe-in this matter;\nniihi-there is not; iina-any exception;yebii-whatever; ajne-a foolish person; kare\n-does; tiinre-unto Him; pratimii-as a statue; hena jniina-such a consideration.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWithout a doubt He is directly the son of the King of Vraja. Only a fool considers\n\nHim a statue.\nTEXT 226\n\n<;Ill �'fltt'f l!tf �· � I\n� ..'lt.t\\5 t!t�, r. �� �� II ��� II\nsei apariidhe tiira niihika nistiira\nghora narakete pafje, ki baliba iira\n\n", "adi1#p0532": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n510\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei aparfidhe-by that offense; tfira-his;nfihika-there is not;nistfira-deliverance;\nghora-terrible; narakete-in a hellish condition; pap'e-falls down; ki ba/iba -what\nwill I say; fira-more.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor that offense, he cannot be liberated. Rather, he will fall into a terrible\nhellish condition. What more should I say?\nPURPORT\nIn the Bhakti-sandarbha jiva Gosvami has stated that those who are actually\nvery serious about devotional service do not differentiate between the form of the\nLord made of clay, metal, stone or wood and the original form of the Lord. In the\nmaterial world a person and his photograph, picture or statue are different. But the\nstatue of Lord Kr�Qa and Kr�Qa Himself, the Supreme Personality of God head, are\nnot different, because the Lord is absolute. What we call stone, wood and metal\nare energies of the Supreme Lord, and energies are never separate from the energetic.\nAs we have several times explained, no one can separate the sunshine energy from\nthe energetic sun. Therefore material energy may appear separate from the Lord,\nbut transcendentally it is nondifferent from the Lord.\nThe Lord can appear anywhere and everywhere because His diverse energies are\ndistributed everywhere like sunshine. We should therefore understand whatever we\nsee to be the energy of the Supreme Lord and should not differentiate between\nthe Lord and His arcfi form made from clay, metal, wood or paint. Even if one has\nnot developed this consciousness, one should accept it theoretically from the instructions of the spiritual master and should worship the arcfi-milrti, or form of\nthe Lord in the temple, as nondifferent from the Lord.\nThe Padma Purfi(IO specifically mentions that anyone who thinks the form of the\nLord in the temple to be made of wood, stone or metal is certainly in a hellish\ncondition. lmperson'alists are against the worship of the Lord's form in the temple,\nand there is even a group of people who pass as Hindus but condemn such worship.\nTheir so-called acceptance of the Vedas has no meaning, for all the ficfiryas, even\nthe impersonalist Sankaracarya, have recommended the worship of the transcen-\n\ndental form of the Lord. l mpersonalists like Sankaracarya recommend the worship\nof five forms, known as pancopfisanfi, wl)ich include Lord Vi�I)U. Vai�l)avas, however, worship the forms of LordVi�I)U in· His varied manifestations, such as RadhaKr�Qa,\n\nLak?mi-Narayapa, Sita-Rama and Rukmipi-Kr�Qa. Mayavadis admit that\n\nworship of the Lord's form is required in the beginning, but they think that in the\nend everything is impersonal. Therefore, since they are ultimately against worship\nof the Lord's form, Lord Sri-Caitanya Mahaprabhu has de.scribed them as offenders.\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam has condemned those who think the body to be the self as\nbhauma ijya-dh(h. Bhauma means earth, and ijya-dhi{l means worshiper. There are\ntwo kinds of bhauma ijya-dhi{l: those who worship the land of their birth, such as\nnationalists, who make many sacrifices for the motherland, and those who condemn\n\n", "adi1#p0533": "Adi-lila, Chapter 5\n\n511\n\nthe worship of the form of the Lord. One should not worship the planet earth or\nland of his birth, nor should one condemn the form of the Lord, which is manifested in metal or wood for our facility. Material things are also the energy of the\nSupreme Lord.\n\nTEXT 227\n\n'�i{�,���ll���l\ntit�tf 1>11f-¥tl � � cf'� II �� '\\ II\nhena ye govinda prabhu, painu yar'lha haite\ntanhara carara-krpa ke pare var(lite\n\nSYNONYMS\nhena- thus; ye govinda- this Lord Govinda; prabhu-master; painu-1 got; yanha\nhaite-from whom; tanhiira-His; carara-krpa- merc y of the lotus feet; ke-who;\npare- is able; var(lite- to describe.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore who can describe the mercy of the lotus feet of Him [Lord Nityananda]\nby whom I have attained the shelter of this Lord Govinda?\nTEXT 228\n\n�\"f� �'I q �-� I\nf�t'l{-�lf, �-11·'1 II ��lr II\nvrndiivane vaise yata vai�rava-marflala\nk.�ra-nama-parayara, parama-mangala\n\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavane-in Vrndavana; vaise- th e re are; yata\ndevotees; k�ra-niima-parayara\n\n-\n\n-\n\nall; va�srava marfla/a- groups of\n-\n\naddicted to the name of Lord Kr�Qa; parama­\n\nmanga/a- all-auspicious.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the groups of Vai:;Qavas who live in Vrndavana are absorbed in chanting the\nall-auspicious name of Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 229\n\nlltJ � �'!J1i4\"f-l\\��fl I\n�� �ti{ i4t� trtti4 �-II��� II\n\n", "adi1#p0534": "Srr Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n512\n\nyahra pta[la-dhana-nityananda-�ri-caitanyo\nradhii-k�ra-bhakti vine niihi jiine anyo\n\nSYNONYMS\nyanra-whose; pra(la-dhana-life an d s oul; nityananda-�ri-caitanya-Lord N i tyananda and �rl Cai ta nya Mahaprabhu; radha-k�ra-to Kr�Qa and Radharapi; bhakti\n-devotio n al service; vine- except; nilhi jiine anyo-do not k n ow any thi ng else.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya and Lord Nityananda are their life and soul. They do not know\n\nanything but devotional service to• Srl Sri Radha- J<r�':la.\n\n·\n\nTEXT 230\n\n(;71 �m 9fm\"'k � 9f1f� 1\n\n�� fiflf �ftm\"t�l'l n ��? 11\nse vai�ravera pada-reru, tara pada-chaya\nadhamere dila prabhu-nityananda-daya\n\nSYNONYMS\nse va�sravera-of all those V ai�Qa vas ; pada-reru-the dust of tile feet; tara-their;\npada-chaya-the shade of the feet; adhamere-unto this fallen soul; di/a-g ave;\nprabhu-nityilnanda-daya-the mercy of Lord N it yanan da Prabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe dust and shade of the lotus feet of the Vai�l)avas have been granted to this\nfallen soul by the mercy of Lord Nityananda.\nTEXT 231\n\n'�r.-t �'l'eJ U'-�t_l �� I\n\"\"�-�l �� �� �'1·11 ��t� II\n'tanha sarva /abhya haya'---;:s-prabhura vacana\nsei sutra-ei tara ki:lila vivarana\n•\n\nSYNONYMS\ntanha-at that place; sarva - ever ything; /abhya-obtainable; haya-is; prabhuraof the Lo rd; vacana-the word; sei sutra-that synopsis; ei-this; tara-H is ; kaila\nvivararo-has been descri bed.\n\n", "adi1#p0535": "Adi-nra, Chapters\n\n513\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Nityananda said, \"In Vrndavana all things are possible.\" Here I have explained His brief statement in cqetail.\nTEXT 232\n\n\"' 'I� � .sttf11 \"t�� -..11 I\n\n� � � �- � �9f'At II�� II\nse saba painu ami vrndavane aya\nsei saba /abhya ei prabhura krpaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nse saba-all this; painu-got; ami-1; vrndavane-to Vrndavana; aya-coming; sei\nsaba-all this; /abhya:- obtainable ; ei-this; prabhura krpaya-by the mercy of Lord\nNityananda.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have attained all this by coming to Vrndavana, and this was made possible by\nthe mercy of Lord Nityananda.\nPURPORT\nAll the inhabitants of Vrndavana are Vai�l)avas. They are all-auspicious because\nsomehow or other they always chant the holy name of Kr�l)a. Even though some of\nthem do not strictly follow the rules and regulations of devotional service, on the\nwhole they are devotees of Kr�Qa and chant His name directly or indirectly.\nPurposely or without purpose, even when they pass on the street they are fortunate\nenough to exchange greetings by saying the name of Radha or Kr�l)a. Thus directly\n6r indirectly they are auspicious.\nThe present city of Vrndavana has been established by the Gau�liya Vaig1avas\nsince the six Gosvamts went there and directed the construction of their different\ntemples. Of all the temples in Vrndavana, ninety percent belong to the Gaucfiya\nVai�l)ava sect, the followers of the teachings of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and\nNityananda, and seven temples are very famous. The inhabitants of Vrndavana do\nnot know anything but the worship of Radha and Kr�l)a. In recent years some\nunscrupulous so-called priests known as caste gosvamis have introduced the worship\nof demigods privately, but no genuine and rigid Vai�l)avas participate in this. Those\nwho are serious about the Vai�l)ava method of devotional activities do not take\npart in such worship of demigods.\nThe Gau<;fiya Vaig1avas never differentiate between\n\nRadha-Kr�r:ta and Lord\n\nCaitanya. They say that since Lord Caitanya is the combined form of Radha-Kr�Qa,\nHe is not different from Radha and Kr�l)a. But some misled people try to prove\nthat they are greatly elevated by saying that they like to chant the holy name of,\n\n", "adi1#p0536": "Sri Caitan ya-caritamrta\n\n514\n\nLord Gaura instead of the names Radha and K.r�pa. Thus they purposely differentiate between Lord Caitanya and Radha-Kr�oa. According to them, the system of\n\nnadiyii-niigari, which they have recently invented in their fertile brains, is the\nworship of Gaura, Lord Caitanya, but they do not like to worship Radha and\nKr�oa. They put forward the argument that since Lord Caitanya Himself appeared\nas Radha and Kr�oa combined, there is no necessity of worshiping Radha and\nKr�oa. Such differentiation by so-called devotees of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu is\nconsidered disruptive by pure devotees. Anyone who differentiates between RadhaKr�oa and Gaurariga is to be considered a plaything in the hands of mliyii.\nThere are others who are against the worship of Caitanya Mahaprabhu, thinking\nHim mundane. But any sect that differentiates between Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nand Radha-K.r�l)a, either by worshiping Radha-Kr�Qa as distinct from Lord Caitanya\nor by worshiping Lord Caitanya but not Radha-K.r�oa, is in the group of priikrta·\n\nsahajiyiis.\n\n�rila K.r�oadasa Kaviraja Gosvami, the author of Caitanya-caritiimrta, predicts in\nverses 225 and 226 that in the future those who manufacture imaginary methods\nof worship will gradually give up the worship of Radha-Kr�oa, and although\nthey will call themselves devotees of Lord Caitanya, they will also give up the\nworship of Caitanya Mahaprabhu and fall down into material activities. For the\nreal worshipers of Lord Caitanya, the ultimate goal of life is to worship �ri �ri\nRadha and K.r�oa.\nTEXT 233\n\n��fllf-t�.. �l\nFe.i1Jt'i1\"ff&t'l �'tt1t i.tq � II �� II\niipaniira kathii likhi nirlajja ha-iyii\nnityiinanda-gw;e /ekhiiya unmatta kariyii\nSYNONYMS\napanara-personal; katha-description; /ikhi-1 write; nir/ajja ha-iya-being shameless;\n\nnityananda-gure-the\n\nattributes\n\nof\n\nNityananda; lekhaya-cause to write;\n\nunmatta kariyii- making like a madman.\nTRANSLATION\nI have described my own story without reservations. The attributes of Lord\nNityananda, making me like a madman, force me to write these things.\nTEXT 234\n'\n\n.\n\nr�.-�-���i\n'�iitt:ctlf�' � i{� 9f11l � II �e8 II\n\n", "adi1#p0537": "Adi-nla, Chapter 5\n\n515\n\nnityiinanda-prabhura gw;a-mahimii apora\n'sahasfiO-vadane' �e�a niihi piiya yiinra\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityiinanda-prabhura-of\n\nLord N ityananda; gura-mahima-glories of transcen­\n\ndental attributes; apara-unfathomable; sahasra-vadane-in thousands of mouths;\n�e�a-ultimate end;nahi-does not;paya-get;yanra-whose.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe glories of Lord Nityananda's transcendental attributes are unfathomable.\n\nEven Lord Se� with His thousands of mouths cannot find their limit.\nTEXT 235\n\n.ti't·�et·9ft1f �� �1-t I\n\n�5'Wffil\\!1.\\! � \"'f'Pl II -\\�� II\n�ri-rlipa-raghunatha-pade yiira ii�a\ncaitanya-caritam[ta kahe kr.sradiisa\n\nSYNONYMS\n�ri-rlipa-Srila Rupa Gosvami; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami; pacJ.e\n-ai the lotus feet; yara-whose; ii�a-expectation; caitanya-caritamrta-the book\n\nnamed Caitanya-caritamrta; kahe-describes; kr.sra-dasa-Srila Kr�Qadasa Kavir aja\n\nGosvami\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring their\n\nmercy, I, Knr;�adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritam[ta, following in their footsteps.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Adi-lila,\nFifth Chapter, describing the glories of Lord Nityiinanda Balariima.\n\n", "adi1#p0538": "CHAPTER6\nThe truth of Advaita Acarya has been described in two different verses. It is said\nthat material nature has two features, namely the material cause and the efficient\ncause. The efficient causal activities are caused by Maha-Vi��u, and the material\ncausal activities are caused by another form of Maha-Vi��u, known as Advaita.\nThat Advaita, the superintendent of the cosmic manifestation, has descended in the\nform of Advaita to associate with Lord Caitanya. When He is addressed as the\nservitor of Lord Caitanya, His glories are magnified because unless one is invigorated\nby this mentality of servitorship one cannot understand the mellows derived from\ndevotional service to the Supreme Lord, Kr��a.\nTEXT 1\n\n� �� .11'f�1�,...\n\n�,·'l l\n� <$Tt'ft'ft�f9l �e.�� ��e. n � 11\nvande tarh Srimad-advaitiiciiryam adbhuta-ce�_titam\nyasya prasiidiid ajno 'pi tat-svaruparh nirupayet\n\nSYNONYMS\nvande-l offer my respectful obeisances; tam-unto Him; Srimat-with all opu­\n\nlences; advaita-iiciiryam-�ri Advaita Acarya; adbhuta-ce�_titam-whose activities are\nwonderful; yasya-of whom; prasiidiit-by the mercy; ajfla!J api-even a foolish person; tat-svarupam-His characteristics; nirilpayet-may describe.\nTRANSLATION\noffer my respectful obeisances to Sri Advaita Acarya, whose activities are all\nwonderful. By His mercy, even a foolish person can describe His characteristics.\nTEXT 2\n\n� � -�5�W 'P11 fit�J1�\"' I\n\n'OI�wt 0 ,1ft\"A'f¥i\"' II� II\njaya jaya Sri-caitanya jaya nityiinanda\njayiidvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\n\n517\n\n", "adi1#p0539": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n518\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; .{rJ caitanya- Lord SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu;jaya-all glories;\n-\n\nnityiinanda-to Lord N i tya nanda;jaya advaita-candra-all glories to Advaita Acarya;\njaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda-all glories to the devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. All glories to Lord Nityananda. All\nglories to Advaita Acarya. And all glories to all the devotees of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 3\n\n9(• c;ll't-. �l{f( ar���, 1\n�t1{ �� --��tt� �,\" � \"\npaiica .{fake kahifa .{rJ-nityiinanda-tattva\n.{faka-dvaye kahi advaitiiciiryera mahattva\nSYNONYMS\npaiica .{fake-in f i ve verses; kahifa-described; .{rJ-nityiinanda-tattva-the truth of\n\nSri N i tyananda; !;faka-dvaye-in two verses; kahi-1 describe; advaita-iiciiryera-of\nAdvaita Acarya; mahattva-the glories.\nTRANSLATION\nIn five verses I have described the principle of Lord Nityananda. Then in the\nfollowing two verses I describe the glories of Sri Advaita Acarya.\nTEXT 4\n\n1i�f<r��5t�<f'\"i11ii��1 �= ���rlf': 1\n�i��l� ��j�1{C��iDtil ���= II 8 II\nmahii-vi�rur jagat-kartii\nmiiyayii ya{l srjaty ada{l\ntasyiivatiira eviiyam\n·\n\nadvaitiiciirya J.{vara{l\n\nSYNONYMS\nmahii-vi�ru{l-of the name Maha-Vi�l)u, the resting place of the eff ic i ent cause;\njagat-kartii-the creator of the cosmic world; mayaya-by the illusory energy; ya{lwho; srjati-creates; ada{l-that uni verse; tasya\n\n-\n\nH is; avatara{l-incarnation; eva-\n\n", "adi1#p0540": "519\n\nAdi-lila, Chapter 6\n\ncertainly; ayam -this; advaita-iiciiryaf:J-of the name Advaita Acarya; i�varaf:i-the\nSupreme Lord, the resting place of the material cause.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Advaita Acarya is the incarnation of Maha-Vi�I)U, whose main function is\nto create the cosmic world through the actions of maya.\nTEXT 5\n\n�t��� �fi'trt�i\"lf�il!� '5f'� r�'IO{i� '\n...\n\niS�l�\\5t�l{')\"ft_ �l{C��l5llfl{T�� II t\nadvaitarh hari[liidvaitiid\niiciiryarh bhakti-�arhsaniit\nbhaktiivatiiram i�arh tam\nadvaitiiciiryam ii�raye\nSYNONYMS\nadvaitam-known as Advaita; hariQii-with Lord Hari; advaitiit-from being nondifferent; iiciiryam-known as Acarya; bhakti-�arhsaniit-from the propagation of\ndevotional service to Sri KrH1a; bhaktiivatiiram-the incarnation as a devotee; i�am\n-:to the Supreme Lord; tam-to Him; advaita-iiciiryam-to Advaita Acarya; ii�raye1 surrender.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause He is nondifferent from Hari, the Supreme Lord, He is called Advaita,\nand because He propagates the cult of devotion, He is called Acarya. He is the Lord\nand the incarnation of the Lord's devotee. Therefore I take shelter of Him.\nTEXT6\n\n�'!-�t� <;1tt:Jftf$ :Jft-.te. � I\n�� Jf� � ffit <;'$f'tR II � II\nadvaita-iiciirya gosiiiii siik�iit T�vara\nyiiilhiira mahimii nahe jTvera·gocara\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-iiciirya-of the name Advaita A carya; gosiiiii-the Lord; siik�iit i�varadirectly the Supreme Personality of Godhead; yiiilhiira mahimii-whose glories;\n\nnahe -not ; jTvera gocara-within the reach of the understanding of ordinary living\nbeings.\n\n", "adi1#p0541": "520\n\nSri Caitanya-car itamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Advaita Acarya is indeed directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nHimself. His glory is beyond the conception of ordinary living beings.\nTEXT 7\n\n�, \"'� �� 'fmrtfif �� 1.\n� �C{� �'ft4!. �Q\n\nII\n\nmaha-vigw srHi karena jagad-adi karya\ntahra avatiira sak�iit advaita iiciirya\nSYNONYMS\nmahii-vigJU-the original Vi�Qu ; sr.s_ti-creation; karena-does;jagat-iidi-the material world;kiirya-the occupation;tiihra-His; avatara-incarnation; siik�iU-directly;\nadvaita iiciirya-Prabhu Advaita Acarya.\nTRANSLATION\nMaha-Vi�r;�u performs all the functions for the creation of the universes. Sri\nAdvaita Acarya is His direct incarnation.\nTEXT 8\n\n� � �-f'(� �r;ti{ 11nmtl\n� ai'll� \"'(t � tftl!fti 11 \"' 11·\nye puru�a srHi-sthiti karena miiyiiya\nananta brahma(l(/0 sr�.ti karena liliiya\nSYNONYMS\nye puru�a-that personality who;sr�.ti-sthiti-creation and maintenance;karenaperforms; mayaya-through the external energy;ananta brahmii(l(/a-unlimited universes;sr�.U-creation ;karena-does;liliiya-by pastimes.\nTRANSLATION\nThat puru�a creates and maintains with His external energy. He creates innumerable universes in His pastimes.\nTEXT 9\n\n��·�����\n<JI·<JI����t�� II� II\n\n", "adi1#p0542": "Adi-lila, Chapter 6\n\n521\n\nicchiiya ananta murti karena prakii�a\neka eka murte karena brahmarfle prave�a\n\nSYNONYMS\nicchiiya-by His will; ananta murti-unlimited forms; karena-does; prakii�amanifestation; eka eka-each and every; murte-form; karena-does; brahmarflewithin the universe; prave�a-entrance.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy His will He manifests Himself in unlimited forms, in which He enters each and\nevery universe.\nTEXT10\n\n�m ��-r-��, en��� 1\n-rfB-�� �tf,-iftf� f�W II � II\n�\n\n•\n\nse puru�era arh�a--advaita, niihi kichu bheda\n�arira-vi�e�a tiihra--niihika viccheda\n\nSYNONYMS\nse-that; puru�era-of the Lord; arh�a-part; advaita-Advaita Acarya; niihi-not;\nkichu-any; bheda-difference; �arira-vi�e�a-another specific transcendental body;\ntiihra-of Him;niihika viccheda-there is no separation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Advaita Acarya is a plenary part of that puru�a and so is not different from\nHim. Indeed, Sri Advaita Acarya is not separate but is another form of that puru�a.\nTEXT 11\n\nl(� � �11f � '�te{' I\n\n,.ti � �W1-� f�'ill �� II\nsahiiya karena tiihra /a-iyii 'pradhiina'\nko.ti brahmarfla karena icchiiya nirmara\n\nSYNONYMS\nsahiiya karena-He helps; tiihra-His; la-iyii-with;pradhiina-the material energy;\nko_ti-brahmar(la-millions of universes; karena-does; icchiiya-only by the will;\nnirmara-creation.\n\n", "adi1#p0543": "522\n\n�ri Caitanya- caritamrta\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe [Advaita Acarya] helps in the pastimes of\n\npuru�a, with whose material\n\nenergy and by whose will He creates innumerable universes.\nTEXT12\n\n'f'Stt.·'lf'lr'f �' 1f1'fl'(·� I\n\n1ftfl'l-�flil �, ''lf'lr'l' � �t'lf \" �� \"\njagat-mangala advaita, manga/a-gura-dhama\nmangala-caritra sada, 'mangala' yanra nama\nSYNONYMS\njagat -manga/a-all-auspicious to the world;advaita-Advaita Acarya;mangala-gura­\n\ndhama-the reservoir of all auspicious attributes; manga/a-caritra-all characteristics\nare auspicious; sada-always; maflga/a-auspicious; yanra nama-whose name.\nTRANSLATION\n�rr Advaita Acarya is all-auspicious to the world, for He is a reservoir of all­\n\nauspicious attributes. His characteristics, activities and name are always auspicious.\nPURPORT\n\nSri Advaita Prabhu, who is an incarnation of Maha-Vi�r:u, is an acarya, or teacher.\n\nAll His activities and all the other activities of Vi�r:u are auspicious. Anyone who\n\nc.an view the all- auspiciousness in the pastimes of Lord Vi�I)U also becomes auspi\"\n\ncious simultaneously. Therefore, since Lord Vi�f!U is the fountainhead of auspiciouS­\n\nness, anyone who is attracted by the devotional service of Lord Vi�f!U can render the\n\ngreatest service to human society. Rejected persons of the material world who refuse to understand pure devotional service as the eternal function . of the living en­\n\ntities, and as actual liberation of the living being from conditional life, become\nbereft of all devotional service because of their poor fund of knowledge.\n\nIn the teachings of Advaita Prabhu there is no question of fruitive activities or\n\nimpersonal liberation. Bewildered by the spell of material energy, however, persons\n\nwho could not understand that Advaita Prabhu is nondifferent from Vi:;r:u wanted\nto follow Him with their impersonal conceptions. The attempt of Advaita Prabhu\n\nto punish them is also auspicious. Lord Vi:;r:u and His activities can bestow all good\nfortune, directly and indirectly. In other words, being favored by. Lord Vi:;r:u and\n\nbeing punished by Lord Vi?QU are one and the same because all the activities of\n\nVi:;r:u are absolute. According to some, Mangala was another name of Advaita\nPrabhu. As the causal incarnation, or Lord Vi?r:u's incarnation for a particular\n\noccasion, He is the supply agent or ingredient in material nature. However, He is\n\nnever to be considered material. All His activities are spiritual. Anyone who hears\n\nabout and glorifies Him becomes glorified himself, for such activities free one from\n\n", "adi1#p0544": "Adi-lila, Chapter 6\n\n523\n\nall kinds of misfortune. One should not invest any material contamination or impersonalism in the Vi�QU form. Everyone should try to understand the real identity\nof Lord Vi�QU, for by such knowledge one can attain· the highest stage of perfection.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n�(t ��-t, ,.r$ -tf9, � � I\n�� 'f$1 �r;;\" � ll� ll�lltt II �'!> II\nko_ti arhSa, ko_ti Sakti, ko_ti avatara\neta lana srje puru�a sakala sarhsara\n\nSYNONYMS\nko_ti arhSa-millions of parts and parcels; ko_ti Sakti-millions and millions of\nenergies; ko_ti avatara-millions upon millions of incarnations; eta-all this; /aliataking; srje-creates; puru�a-the original person, Maha-Vi�I)U; Sakata samsiira-all\nthe material world.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaha-Vi�QU creates the entire material world, with millions of His parts, energies\nand incarnations.\n\nTEXT 14-15\n\n11Ht1 � ����-t-'��' ''\"Nlf�' I\n\n1ffifl-'fi{�-�t_, �?fmi{-'�' II �8 II\n'1_111lf � �� � �btl\n�-d <�itt 'fi{fir5' '�9ft��' ilt$1 II �<t II\nmaya yaiche dui arhSa--'nimitta', 'upadana'\nmaya-- 'nimitta'-hetu, upadana-- 'pradhana'\npuru�a iSvara aiche dvi-murti ha-iyii\nviSva-sr�.ti kare 'nimitta' 'upiidiina' /aiiii\n\nSYNONYMS\nmaya-the external energy; yaiche- as; dui arMa-two parts; nimitta-the cause;\nupiidiina-the ingredients; miiyii-the material energy; nimitta-hetu-original·cause;\nupiidiina-ingredients; pradhiina-immediate cause; puru�a-the person Lord Vi�rlU;\niSvara- the Supreme Personality of Godhead; aiche-in that way; dvi-murti ha-iyiitaking two forms; viSva-sr�.ti kare-creates this material world;nimitta-the original\ncause;upiidiina-the material cause; /aiiii-with.\n\n", "adi1#p0545": "524\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\nJust as the external energy consists of two parts-the efficient cause [nimitta]\nand the material cause [upadana], maya being the efficient cause and pradhana the\nmaterial cause-so Lord ViglU, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, assumes two\nforms to create the material world with the efficient and material causes.\nPURPORT\nThere are two kinds of research to find the original cause of creation. One conclusion is that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the all-blissful, eternal, allknowing form, is indirectly the cause of this cosmic manifestation and directly the\ncause of the spiritual world, where there are innumerable spiritual planets known\nas VaikuMhas as well as His personal abode, known as Goloka Vrndavana. In other\n\nwords, there are two manifestations-the material cosmos and the spiritual world.\nAs in the material world there are innumerable planets and universes, so in the\nspiritual world there are also innumerable spiritual planets and universes, including\nthe Vaiku!'l.thas and Goloka. The Supreme Lord is the cause of both the material\nand spiritual worlds. The other conclusion, of course, is that this cosmic manifestation is caused by an inexplicable unmanifested void. This argument is meaningless._\nThe first conclusion is accepted by the Vedanta philosophers, and the second is\nsupported by the atheistic philosophic-al system of the Sarikhya smrti, which\ndirectly opposes the Vedantic philosophical conclusion. Material scientists cannot\nsee any cognizant spiritual substance that might be the cause of the creation. Such\natheistic Sarikhya philosophers think that the symptoms of knowledge and living\nforce visible in the innumerable living creatures are caused by the three qualities of\nthe cosmic manifestation. Therefore the Sarikhyites are against the conclusion of\nVedanta regarding the original cause of creation.\nFactually, the supreme absolute spirit soul is the cause of every kind of manifestation, and He is always complete, both as the energy and as the energetic. The\ncosmic manifestation is caused by the energy of the Supreme Absolute Person, in\nwhom all energies are conserved. Philosophers who are subjectively engaged in the\ncosmic manifestation can (!ppreciate only the wonderful energies of matter. Such\nphilosophers accept the conception of God only as a product of material energy.\nAccording to their conclusions, the source of the energy is also a product of the\nenergy. Such philosophers wrongly observe that the living creatures within the\ncosmic manifestation are caused by the material energy, and they think that the\nsupreme absolute conscious being must similarly be a product of the material energy.\nSince materialistic philosophers and scientists are too much engaged with their\nimperfect senses, naturally they conclude that the living force is a product of a material combination. But the actual fact is just the opposite. Matter is a product of\nspirit. According to Bhagavad-gitii, the supreme spirit, the Personality of Godhead,\nis the source of all energies. When one advances in research work by studying a\nlimited substance within the limits of space and time, one is amazed by the various\nwonderful cosmic manifestations, and naturally one goes on hypnotically accepting\nthe path of research work or the inductive method. Through the deductive way of\n\n", "adi1#p0546": "Adi-fila, Chapter 6\n\n525\n\nunderstanding, however, one accepts the Supreme Absolute Person, the Personality\nof Godhead, as the cause of all causes, who is full with diverse energies and who is\nneither impersonal nor void. The impersonal manifestation of the Supreme Person\nis another display of His energy. Therefore the conclusion that matter is the original\ncause of creation is completely different from the real truth. The material manifestation is caused by the glance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is inconceivably potent. Material nature is electrified by the supreme authority, and the\nconditioned soul, within the limits of time and space, is trapped by awe of the\nmaterial manifestation. In other words, the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\nactually realized in the vision of a material philosopher and scientist through the\nmanifestations of His material energy. For one who does not understand the power\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead or His diverse energies because of not\nknowing the relationship between the source of the energies and the energies themselves, there is always a chance of error, which is known as vivarta. As long as\nmaterialistic scientists and philosophers do not come to the right conclusion,\ncertainly they will hover above the material field, bereft of proper understanding\nof the Absolute Truth.\nThe great Vai�[lava philosopher �rila Baladeva VidyabhD�a[la has very nicely explained the materialistic conclusion in his Gov inda-bhii�ya on the Vediinta-sutra. He\nwrites as follows:\n\"The Sarikhya philosopher Kapila has connected the different elementary truths\naccording to his own opinion. Material nature, according to him, consists of the\nequilibrium of the three material qualities, goodness, passion and ignorance. Material\nnature produced the material energy, known as mahat, and mahat produced the\nfalse ego. The ego produced the five objects of sense perception, which produced\nthe ten senses (five for acquiring knowledge and five for working), the mind and the\nfive gross elements. Counting the puru�a, or the enjoyer, with these twenty-four\nelements, there are twenty-five different truths. The nonmanifested stage of these\ntwenty-five elementary truths is called prakrti, or material nature. The qualities of\nmaterial nature can associate in three different stages, namely as the cause of happiness, the cause of distress and the cause of illusion. The quality of goodness is the\ncause of material happiness, the quality of passion is the cause of material distress,\nand the quality of ignorance is the cause of illusion. Our material experience lies\nwithin the boundaries of these three manifestations of happiness, distress and illusion.\nFor example, a beautiful woman is certainly a cause of material happiness for one\nwho possesses her as a wife, but the same beautiful woman is a cause of distress to a\nman whom she rejects or who is the cause of her anger, and if she leaves a man she\nbecomes the cause of illusion.\n\"The two kinds of senses are the ten external senses and the one internal sense,\nthe mind. Thus there are eleven senses. According to Kapila, material nature is eternal and all-powerful. Originally there is no spirit, and matter has no cause. Matter\nitself is the chief cause of everything. It is the all-pervading cause of all causes. The\nSankhya philosophy regards the total energy ( mahat-tattva ) , the false ego and the\n\nfive objects of sense perception as the seven diverse manifestations of material\n\nnature, which has two features, known as the material cause and efficient cause. The\n\n", "adi1#p0547": "526\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\npuru�a, the enjoyer, is without transformation, whereas material nature is always\nsubject to transformation. But although material nature is inert, it is the cause of\nenjoyment and salvation for many living creatures. Its activities are beyond the conception of sense perception, but still one may guess at them by superior intelligence.\nMaterial nature is one, but because of the interaction of the three qualities, it can\nproduce the total energy and the wonderful cosmic manifestation. Such transforma·\ntions divide material nature into two features, namely the efficient and material\ncauses. The puru�a, the enjoyer, is inactive and without material qualities, although\nat the same time He is the master, existing separately in each and every body as the\nemblem of knowledge. By understanding the material cause, one can guess that the\n\npuru�a, the enjoyer, being without activity, is aloof from all kinds of enjoyment or\nsuperintendence. Sankhya philosophy, after describing the nature of prakrti (material\nnature) and puru�a {the enjoyer), asserts that the creation is only a product of their\nunification or proximity to one another. With such unification the living symptoms\nare visible in material nature, but one can guess that in the person of the enjoyer,\npuru�a, there are powers of control and enjoyment. When the puru�a is illusioned\nfor want of sufficient knowledge, He feels Himself to be the enjoyer, and when He\nis in full knowledge He is liberated. In the Sankhya philosophy the puru�a is\ndescribed to be always indifferent to the activities of prakrti.\n\"The Sarikhya philosopher accepts three kinds of evidences, namely direct perception, hypothesis and traditional authority. When such evidence is complete,\neverything is perfect. The process of comparison is within such perfection. Beyond\nsuch evidence there is no proof. There is not much controversy regarding direct\nperceptional evidence or authorized traditional evidence. The Sankhya system of\nphilosophy identifies three kinds of procedures-namely, parimarat (transformation),\nsamanvayat {adjustment) and �aktita{l (performance of energies)-as the causes of\nthe cosmic manifestation.\"\n�rila Baladeva VidyabhO�apa, in his commentary on the Vedanta-sutra, has tried\nto nullify this conclusion because he thinks that discrediting these so-called causes\nof the cosmic manifestation will nullify the entire Sankhya philosophy. Materialistic\nphilosophers accept matter to be the material and efficient cause of creation; for\nthem, matter is the cause of every type of manifestation. Generally they give the\nexample of a water pot and clay. Clay is the cause of the water pot, but the clay\ncan be found as both cause· and effect. The water pot is the effect and clay itself is\nthe cause, but clay is visible everywhere. A tree is matter, but a tree produces fruit.\nWater is matter, but water flows. In this way, say the Sarikhyites, matter is the\ncause of movements and production. As such, matter can be considered the material\nand efficient cause of everything in the cosmic manifestation. Srila Baladeva\nVidyabhO�ara has therefore enunciated the nature of pradhana as follows:\n\"Material nature is inert, and as such it cannot be the cause of matter, neither as\nthe material nor as the efficient cause. Seeing the wonderful arrangement and\nmanagement of the cosmic manifestation generally suggests that a living brain is\nbehind this arrangement, for without a living brain such an arrangement could not\nexist. One should not imagine that such an arrangement can exist without conscious\n\n", "adi1#p0548": "Adi-IHa, Chapter 6\n\n527\n\ndirection. In our practical experience we never see that inert bricks can themselves\nconstruct ·a big building.\n\"The example of the water pot cannot be accepted because a water pot has no\nperception of pleasure and distress. Such perception is within. Therefore the covering\nbody, or the water pot, cannot be synchronized with it.\n\"Sometimes the material scientist suggests that trees grow from the earth automatically, without assistance from a gardener, because that is a tendency of matter.\nThey also consider the intuition of living creatures from birth to be material. But\nsuch material tendencies as bodily intuition cannot be accepted as independent, for\nthey suggest the existence of a spirit soul within the body. Actually, the tree or the\nthe body of a living creature has no tendency or intuition; the tendency and intuition\nexist because the soul is present within the body. In this connection, the example of\na car and driver may be given very profitably. The car has a tendency to turn right\nand left, but one cannot say that the car itself, as matter, turns right and left without\nthe direction of a driver. A material car has neither tendencies nor intuitions independent of the intentions of the driver within the car. The same principle applies\nfor the automatic growth of trees in the forest. The growth takes place because of\nthe soul's presence within the tree.\n\"Sometimes foolish people take for granted that because scorpions are born from\nheaps of rice, the rice has produced the scorpions. The real fact, however, is that the\nmother scorpion lays eggs within the rice, and by the proper fermentation of the\nrice the eggs give birth to several baby scorpions, which in due course come out. This\ndoes not mean that the rice gives birth to the scorpions. Similarly, sometimes bugs\nare seen to come from dirty beds. This does not mean, however, that the beds give\nbirth to the bugs. It is the living soul that comes forth, taking advantage of the dirty\ncondition of the bed. There are different kinds of living creatures. Some of them\ncome from embryos, some from eggs and some from the fermentation of perspiration. Different living creatures have different sources of appearance, but one should\nnot conclude that matter produces such living creatures.\n\"The example cited by materialists that trees automatically come from the earth\nfollows the same principle. Taking advantage of a certain condition, a living entity\ncomes from the earth. According to the Brhad-iirat;yaka Upani�ad, every living being\nis forced by divine superintendence to take a certain type of body according to his\npast deeds. There are many varieties of bodies, and because of a divine arrangement\na living entity takes bodies of different shapes.\n\"When a person thinks, 'I am doing this,' the 'I am' does not refer to the body.\nIt refers to something more than the body, or within the body. As such, the body\nas it is has neither tendencies nor intuition; the tendencies and intuition belong to\nthe soul within the body. Material scientists sometimes suggest that the tendencies\nof male and female bodies cause their union and that this is the cause of the birth of\nthe child. But since the puru�a, according to Sankhya philosophy, is always unaffected, where does the tendency to give birth come from?\n\"Sometimes material scientists give the example that milk turns into curd automatically and that distilled water pouring from the clouds falls down to earth,\n\n", "adi1#p0549": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n528\n\nproduces different kinds of trees, and enters different kinds of flowers and fruits\nwith different flavors and tastes. Therefore, they say, matter produces varieties of\nmaterial things on its own. In reply to this argument, the same proposition of the\nBrhad-iiraryaka Upani�ad\n\n-\n\nthat different kinds of living creatures are put into dif­\n\nferent kinds of bodies by the management of a superior power-is repeated. Under\nsuperior superintendence, various souls, according to their past activities, are given\nthe chance to take a particular type of body, such as that of a tree, animal, bird or\nbeast, and\n\nthus their different tendencies develop under these circumstances.\n\nBhagavad-gitii also further affirms:\npuru�af:l prakrti-stho hi\nbhunkte prakrti-jan guran\nkiirararh gura-sango 'sya\nsad-asad-yoni-janmasu\n'The living entity in material nature follows the ways of life, enjoying the three\nmodes of nature. This is due to his association with that material nature. Thus he\nmeets with good and evil among various species.' (Bg. 13.22) The soul is given different types of bodies. For example, were souls not given varieties of tree bodies,\nthe different varieties of fruits and flowers could not be produced. Each class of\ntrees produce a particular kind of fruit and flower, it is not that there is no distinction between the different classes. An individual tree does not produce flowers\nof different colors, nor fruits of different tastes. There are demarcated classes, as we\nfind them among humans, animals, birds and other species. There are innumerable\nliving entities, and their activities, performed in the material world according to the\ndifferent qualities of the material modes of nature, give them the chance to have\ndifferent kinds of life. Thus one should understand that pradhana, matter, cannot\nact unless impelled by a living creature. The materialistic theory that matter independently acts cannot, therefore, be accepted. Matter is called prakrti, which refers\nto female energy. A woman is prakrti, a female. A female cannot produce a child.\nwithout the association of a puru�a, a man. The puru�a causes the birth of a child\n·\nbecause the man injects the soul, which is sheltered in the semina, into the womb\nof the woman. The woman, as the material cause, supplies the body of the soul,\nand as the efficient cause she gives birth to the child. But although the woman appears to be the material and efficient cause of the birth of a child, originally the\npuru�a, the male, is the cause of the child. Similarly, this material world gives rise to\nvarieties of manifestations due to the entrance of Garbh.odaka�ayi Vi�f!U within the\nuniverse. He is present not only within the universe but within the bodies of all\nliving creatures, as well as within the atom. We understand from the Brahmasarhhita that the Supersoul is present within the universe, within the atom and within\nthe heart of every living creature. Therefore the theory that matter is the cause of\nthe entire cosmic manifestation cannot be accepted by any man with sufficient\nknowledge of matter and spirit.\n\"Materialists sometimes give the argument that as straw eaten by a cow produces\nmilk automatically, so material nature, under different circumstances, produces\n\n", "adi1#p0550": "Adi-lila, Chapter 6\n\n529\n\nvarieties· of manifestations. Thus originally matter is the cause. In refuting this\nargument, we may say that an animal of the same species as the cow-namely, the\nbull-also eats straw like the cow but does not produce milk. Under the circumstances, it cannot be said that straw in connection with a particular species produces\nmilk. The conclusion should be that there is superior management, as confirmed in\nBhagavad-gitli (9.1 0), where the Lord says, maylidhyak�era prakrti{l suyate sacarlicaram: 'This material n ature is working under My direction, 0 son of Kunti,\nand it is producing all moving and unmoving beings.' The Supreme Lord says,\nmayadhyak�era\n\n('under My superintendence'). When He desires that the cow\n\nproduce milk by eating straw, there is milk, and when He does not so desire it, the\nmixture of such straw cannot produce milk. If the way of material nature had been\nthat straw produced milk, a stack of straw could also produce milk. But that is not\npossible. And the same straw given to a human female also cannot produce milk.\nThat is the meaning of Bhagavad-gTtli's statement that only under superior orders\ndoes anything take place. Matter itself has no power to produce independently. The\nconclusion, therefore, is that matter, which has no self-knowledge, cannot be the\ncause of the material creation. The ultimate creator is the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\n\"If matter were accepted as the original cause of creation, all the authorized\nscriptures in the world would be useless, for in every scripture, especially the Vedic\nscriptures like the Manu-smrti, the Supreme Personality of Godhead is said to be\nthe ultimate creator. The Manu-smrti is considered the highest Vedic direction to\nhumanity. Manu is the giver of law to mankind, and in the Manu-smrti it is clearly\nstated that before the creation the entire universal space was darkness, without\ninformation and without variety, and was in a state of complete suspension, like\na dream. Everything was darkness. The Supreme Personality of Godhead then\nentered the universal space, and although He is invisible, He created the visible\ncosmic manifestation. In the material world the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nis not manifested by His personal presence, but the presence of the cosmic manifestation in different varieties is the proof that everything has been created under\nHis direction. He entered the universe with all creative potencies, and thus He\nremoved the darkness of the unlimited space.\n\"The form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is described to be transcendental, very subtle, eternal, all-pervading, inconceivable and therefore non manifested\nto the material senses of a conditioned living creature. He desired to expand Himself\ninto many living entities, and with such a desire He first created a vast expanse of\nwater within the universal space and then impregnated that water with living entities. By that process of impregnation a massive body appeared, blazing like a\nthousand suns, and in that body was the first creative principle, Brahma. The great\nParaSara ��i has also confirmed this in the Vi�ru Purora. He says that the cosmic\nmanifestation visible to us is produced from Lord Vi�r'U and sustained under His\nprotection. He is the principal maintainer and destroyer of the universal form.\n\"This cosmic manifestation is one of the diverse energies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As a spider secretes saliva and weaves a web by its own movements\nbut at the end winds the web within its body, so Lord Vi?r'U produces this cosmic\n\n", "adi1#p0551": "530\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nmanifestation from His transcendental body and at the end winds it up within\nHimself. All the great sages of the Vedic understanding have accepted that the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is the original creator.\n\"It is sometimes claimed that the impersonal speculations of great philosophers\nare meant for the advancement of knowledge without religious ritualistic principles.\nBut the religious ritualistic principles are actually meant for the advancement of\nspiritual knowledge. By performance of religious rituals one ultimately reaches the\nsupreme goal of knowledge by understanding that V asudeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the cause of everything. It is clearly stated in Bhagavad-gitii\nthat even those who are advocates of knowledge only, without any religious\nritualistic processes, advance in knowledge after many, many lifetimes of speculation and thus come to the conclusion that Vasudeva is the supreme cause of everything that be. As a result of this achievement of the goal of life, such an advanced\nlearned scholar or philosopher surrenders unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nReligious ritualistic performances are actually meant to cleanse the contaminated\nmind in the material world, and the special feature of this age of Kali is that one\ncan easily execute the process of cleansing the mind of contamination by chanting\nthe holy names of God-Hare Kf�Qa, Hare Kr�Qa, Kr�Qa Kr�Qa, Hare Hare.\n\"A Vedic injunction states, sarve veda yat padamiinanti: all Vedic knowledge is\nsearching after the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Similarly, another Vedic injunction states, niiriiyat;a-parii vedii{l:\n\nthe\n\nVedas are meant for understanding\n\nNarayatJa, the Supreme Lord. Similarly, Bhagavad-gitii also confirms, vedai� ca\nsarvair aham eva vedya{l: by all the Vedas, Kr�Qa is to be known. Therefore, ·th�\n\nmain purpose of understanding the Vedas, performing Vedic sacrifices and speculating on the Vediinta-sutras is to understand Kr�Qa. Accepting the impersonalist\nview of voidness or the nonexistence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead negates all study of the Vedas.\n\nImpersonal speculation aims at disproving the con­\n\nclusion of the Vedas. Therefore any impersonal speculative presentation should be\nunderstood to be against the principles of the Vedas or standard scriptures. Since\nthe speculation of the impersonalists does not follow the principles of the Vedas,\ntheir conclusion must be considered to be against the Vedic principles. Anything\nnot supported by the Vedic principles must be considered imaginary and lacking\nin standard proof. Therefore no impersonalist explanation of any Vedic literature\ncan be accepted.\n\"If one tries to nullify the conclusions of the Vedas by accepting an unauthorized\nscripture or so-called scripture, it will be very hard for him to come to the right\nconclusion about the Absolute Truth. The system for adjusting two contradictory\nscriptures is to refer to the Vedas, for references from the Vedas are accepted as\nfinal judgments. When we refer to a particular scripture, it must be authorized, and\nfor this authority it must strictly follow the Vedic injunctions. If someone presents\nan alternative doctrine he himself has manufactured, that doctrine will prove itself\nuseless, for any doctrine that tries to prove that Vedic evidence is meaningless\nimmediately proves itself meaningless. The followers of the Vedas unanimously\naccept the authority of Manu and Par a�ara in the disciplic succession. Their state-\n\n", "adi1#p0552": "531\n\nAdi-lila, Chapter 6\n\nments, however, do not support the atheistic Kapila because the Kapila mentioned\nin the Vedas is a different Kapila, the son of Kardama and DevahOtL The atheist\nKapila is a descendant of the dynasty of Agni and is one of the conditioned souls.\nBut the Kapila who is the son of Kardama Muni is accepted as an incarnation of\nVasudeva. The Padma Purara gives evidence that the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead Vasudeva takes birth in the incarnation of Kapila and, by His expansion of\ntheistic Sarikhya philosophy, teaches all the demigods and a brahmara of the name\nAsuri. In the doctrine of the atheist Kapila there are many statements directly against\nthe Vedic principles. The atheist Kapila does not accept the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. He says that the living entity is himself the Supreme Lord and that no one\nis greater than him. His conceptions of so-called conditional and liberated life are\nmaterialistic, and he refuses to accept the importance of immortal time. All such\nstatements are against the principles of the Vedanta-sDtras.\"\nTEXT16\n\n�9f� \"1_�-�� ·��'·<15i\"J'1 I\n�-fit9f '�9(1lf�' � �tml'111 :>�II\napane puru�a\n\n--\n\nvi�vera 'nimitta'-karara\n\nadvaita-rDpe upadan a hana narayara\n'\n\n'\n\nSYNONYMS\napane-personally; puru�a-Lord Vi?rlU; vi�vera-of the entire material world;\nnimitta karara-the original cause; advaita-rDpe-in the form of Advaita; upadana­\n\nthe material cause; hana-becomes; narayara-Lord Naraya[)a.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Vi?riU Himself is the efficient [nimitta] cause of the material world, and\nNaraya�a in the form of Sri Advaita is the material cause [upadana).\nTEXT17\n\n'�fat�t�tllt' � �� attJtt� -�I\n''9ftlft�' � <t5tt� \"BS'tt�� II :>'l II\n'nimittarh�e' kare teilho mayate ik�ara\n'upadana' advaita karena brah marr a-srj an a\n\nSYNONYMS\nnimitta-arh�e-in the portion as the original cause; kare-does; tenho\n\n-\n\nHe; mayote\n\n-in the external energy; ik�a(la-glancing; upodiina-the material cause; advaitaAdvaita .i\\carya; karena-does; brahmorra-srjana-creation of the material world.\n\n", "adi1#p0553": "532\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Vi�tlU, in His efficient aspect, glances over the material energy, and Sri\nAdvaita, as the material cause, creates the material world.\nTEXT18\n\n�f'l �1�-a 1ff!;i{, '��'- -.1Jet I\n� �-!;� � � ��r'Sfe.·�i{ n �\"' n\nyadyapi siinkhya mane, 'pradhiina'--kiirara\nja(ia ha-ite kabhu nahe jagat-sr}ana\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; sankhya-Sarikhya philosophy; mane-accepts; pradhanaingredients; karara-cause ;Jar/a ha-ite- from matter; kabhu-:at any time; nahe-there\nis not; jagat-sr}ana-the creation of the material world.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the Sankhya philosophy accepts that the material ingredients are the\ncause, the creation of the world never arises from dead matter.\nTEXT19\n\nfiltr \"ftllff9 � ll.1tl a!Pft� I\n\n..t;R � � m �' �1tet I ��II\nnija sr�fi-�akti prabhu sanciire pradhiine\ni�varera �aktye tabe haye ta' nirmiire\nSYNONYMS\nnija-own; srHi-1akti-power for cre ation; prabhu-the\n\nLord; sancare-infuses;\n\npradhiine-in the ingredients;i�varera �aktye-by the power of the Lord;tabe- then;\nhaye-there is; ta'-certainly; nirmiire-the beginning of cre ation.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord infuses the material ingredients with His own creative potency. Then,\n·by the power of the Lord, creation takes place.\nTEXT 20\n\n-.tifftit't �� �filltl I\n�� �.� � 11..� -.1111 n � n\no\n\n", "adi1#p0554": "Adi-lila, Chapter 6\n\n533\n\nadvaita-rflpe kare �akti-saficarara\nataeva advaita hayena mukhya karara\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-riJpe- in the form of Advaita Acarya; kare-does;sakti-sancarara-infusion\nof the energy; ataeva-therefore; advaita-Advaita Acarya; hayena-is; mukhya\n\nkarara-the original cause.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the form of Advaita He infuses the material ingredients with creative energy.\nTherefore, Advaita is the original cause of creation.\nTEXT 21\n\n�.q�t1f-,<flhtfi�f � I\n� <JI• <JI� �� al'ltt� � II �) li\nadvaita-acarya ko_ti-brahmarrjera karta\nara eka eka murtye brahmarrjera bharta\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-iicarya-of the name Advaita Acarya; ko_ti-brahmarrjera karta-the creator\nof millions and millions of universes; ara-and; eka eka-each and every; mflrtyeby expansions; brahmarrfera bharta- main tainer of the universe.\n\nTRANSLATION\n�ri Advaita Acarya is the creator of millions and millions of universes, and by His\nexpansions [as Garbhodaka�ayi Vi�Qu] He maintains each and every universe.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n� lftmt'lt � -.-� i\n�..al(� Wl�-t �' 115� 'el� II �� II\nsei narayarera mukhya anga, --advaita\n'anga '-�abde arMa kari' kahe bhagavata\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that;narayarera-of Lord NarayaQa; mukhya anga-the primary part; advaita\n-Advaita Acarya; anga-�abde-by the word anga; am�a kari'-ta k i ng as a plenary\nportion; kahe- says; bhagavata-Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\n", "adi1#p0555": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n534\n\nTRANSLATION\n�ri Advaita is the principal limb [ailga] of Narayatla. �rimad-Bhagavatam speaks\nof\"limb\" [ailga] as \"a plenary portion\" (arh�a] of the Lord.\nTEXT 23\n\n�l'ft�CJ-..� � � -,j�clf��1111\"Ut�tfl-.tt�aor-cift�'f�1 1\n�nrt�r.\"tt�'f� �11-\"¥:-�ift���561f9j\" 'f�g � �t<�<�\" 1fl�1n � � u\nniiriiya�yas tvam na hi sarva-dehinam\niitmiisy adhi�iikhila-/oka-siik�i\nniiriiya�;o 'ngarh nara-bhu-jaliiyaniit\ntac ciipi satyarh na tavaiva miiyii\nSYNONYMS\nniiriiyarafl- Lord Naraya[la; tvam-You; na-not; hi-certainly; sarva-all; dehinam\n-of the embodied beings; iitmii-the Supersoul; asi- You are; adhi�a-0 Lord; akhila/oka-of all the worlds; siik�i-the witness; niiriiyarafl-known as Narayal)a; angamplenary portion; nara-of Nara; bhu-born; jala-in the water; ayaniit-due to the\nplace of refuge; tat-that; ca-and; api-certainly; satyam-highest truth; na-not;\ntava-Your; eva-at all; maya-the illusory energy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 Lord of lords, You are the seer of all creation. You are indeed everyone's\n\ndearest life. Are You not, therefore, my father, Narayar;ta? 'Narayar;�a' refers to one\nwhose abode is in the water born from Nara (Garbhodak�ayi Vi�tlu], and that\nNarayar;�a is Your plenary portion. All Your plenary portions are transcendental.\nThey are absolute and are not creations of maya.\"\nPURPORT\nThis text is from the Srimad-Bhiigavatam (1 0.14.14).\nTEXT 24\n\n..�R \"\"' ...�-t- fRtii'IPAt I\n1fAt11 �-... ��' �- �· �i II �8 II\n'\n\n'\n\ni�varera 'anga' arhsa--cid-ananda-maya\nmiiyiira sambandha niihi' ei �Joke kaya\nSYNONYMS\ni�varera-of\n\nthe\n\nLord; anga-limb; arh�a-part; cit-iinanda-maya-all-spiritual;\n\nmiiyiira-of the material energy; sambandha-relationship; niihi'-there is not; ei\n�/oke-this verse; kaya-says.\n\n", "adi1#p0556": "Adi-rila, Chapter 6\n\n535\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis verse describes that the limbs and plenary portions of the Lord are all spiritual; they have no relationship with the material energy.\nTEXT 25\n\n'\"\"�-r 10 �mt, ,�i{ � �ttt \"\"'\" 1\n\"\"'�-t' �� 'wttr', -rft!;! 8 � II ��II\n,\n\n'arhga' na kahiya, kene kaha tanre 'anga'\n'arhSa'haite 'anga, 'yate haya antaranga\n\nSYNONYMS\narhSa-part; na kahiya-not saying; kene- why; kaha-you say; tanre- Him; anga­\n\nlimb; arhSa haite - than a part; a;iga - limb; y ate- because; haya-is; antaranga - more.\nTRANSLATION\nWhy has Sri Advaita been called a limb and not a part? The reason is that \"limb\"\nimplies greater intimacy.\nTEXT 26\n\n���-..�-r--etm •\"'fPt 1\n\n� �' �'�' �( iftJIII ��II\nmaha-vi�r;ura arhSa-advaita gur;a-dhama\niSvare abheda, teni 'advaita' purr;a nama\n\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-vi�r;ura-of Lord Maha-Vi�t;�u; atiJga-part; advaita-Advaita Acarya; gur;a­\n\ndhama-reservoir of all attributes; iSvare-from the Lord; abheda -nond ifferent; teni\n-therefore; advaita - nondifferent; purr;a n am a -full name.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Advaita, who is a reservoir of virtues, is the main limb of Maha-Yi?t'IU. His full\nname is Advaita, for He is identical in all respects with that Lord.\nTEXT 27\n\n���- � �(.:f� �I\n\"\":q<eft' �... �r;� .r.� II �ct II\npurve yaiche kai/a sarva-viSvera srjana\navatari' kaila ebe bhakti-pravartana\n\n", "adi1#p0557": "536\n\nSrr Caitan ya-caritamrta\n\nSYNONYMS\npurve-formerly; yaiche-as; kaila- performed; sarva\n\nsrjana-creation; avatari'-taking incarnation; kaila\n\n-\n\n-inauguration of the bhakti cult.\n\n-\n\nall; vi�vera-of the universes;\n\ndid; ebe-now; bhakti-pravartana\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs He had formerly created all the universes, now He descended to introduce the\npath of bhakti.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n� fqt�ll \"o:ef9 -.ft' 'f� I\nt\\!1-'e't� � �f91 �Jt'O� II �lr II\njTva nistiiri!a kr�ra-bhakti kari' diina\ngitii-bhiigavate kai/a bhaktira vyiikhyiina\n\nSYNONYMS\njTva-the I iving entities; n is tiirila\n\n-\n\nde I ivered; kora-bhakti-devotional service to\n\nLord Kr�t�a; kari -making; dona-gift; gito-bhiigavate-in Bhagavad-gito and SrTmad'\n\nBhiigavatam; kaila-performed; bhaktira\n\nvyiikhyiina\n\n-\n\nexplanatiori of devotional\n\nservice.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe delivered all living beings by offering the gift of kf�l)a-bhakti. He explained\nBhagavad-gita and Srimad-Bhagavatam in the light of devotional service.\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough �rT Advaita Prabhu is an incarnation of Vi.StJU, for the welfare of the\nconditioned souls He manifested Himself as a servitor of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, and throughout all His activities He showed Himself to be an eternal\nservitor. Lord Caitanya and Lord Nityananda also manifested the same principle,\nalthough They also belong to the category of Vi�tJU. If Lord Caitanya, Lord\nNityananda and Advaita Prabhu had exhibited Their all-powerful Vi�I)U potencies\nwithin this material world, people would have become greater impersonalists,\nmonists and self-worshipers than they had already become under the spell of this\nage. Therefore the Personality of Godhead and His different incarnations and forms\nplayed the parts of devotees to instruct the conditioned souls how to approach the.\ntranscendental stage of devotional service. Advaita Acarya especially intended to\nteach the conditioned souls about devotional service. The word iiciirya means\n\"teacher.\" The special function of such a teacher is to make people Kr�t�a conscious.\nA bona fide teacher following in the footsteps of Advaita Acarya has no other business than to spread the principles of Kr�t�a consciousness all' over the world. The real\n\nqualification of an iiciirya is that �e presents himself as a servant of the Supreme.\n\n", "adi1#p0558": "Adi-lila, Chapter 6\n\n537\n\nSuch a bona fide iiciirya can never support the demoniac activities of atheistic men\nwho present themselves as God. It is the main business of an iiciirya to defy such\nimposters posing as God before the innocent public.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n'e��9ftlflit � �tl �tfl � I\n�� ift1l' �\" '� �t�t� 11 �� II\nbhakti-upade�a vinu tiinra niihi kiirya\nataeva nama haifa 'advaita iiciirya'\nSYNONYMS\nbhakti-upade�a- instruction of devotional service; vinu-without; tiinra- His; niihi\n-there is not; kiirya- occupation;ataeva- therefore;niima- the name;haifa- became;\n\nadvaita iiciirya-the supreme teacher (iiciirya) Advaita Prabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nSince He has no other occupation than to teach devotional service, His name is\nAdvaita Acarya.\nTEXT 30\n\n��� �11' \"'t� .ar4JttQ �� 1.\n�-� ��� �.srtft'fi' II �· II\nvaigwvera guru tenho jagatera iirya\ndui-niima-mifane haifa 'advaita-iiciirya'\nSYNONYMS\nvaig1avera-of the devotees; guru-spiritual master; tenho-He;jagatera iirya\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nmost respectable personality in the world; dui-nama-mifane-by combining the two\nnames; haifa-there was; advaita-iiciirya-the name Advaita Acarya.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe is the spiritual master of all devotees and is the most revered personality in the\nworld. By a combination of these two names, His name is Advaita Acarya.\nPURPORT\nSrT Advaita Acarya is the prime spiritual master of the Vai�l)avas, and He is\nworshipable by all Vai�l)avas. Devotees and Vai�l)avas must follow in the footsteps\nof Advaita Acarya, for by so doing one. can actually engage in the devotional service\nof the Lord.\n\n", "adi1#p0559": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n538\n\nTEXT 31\n\n\"1'1f'f·Qt'iR \"'�' � �' �-t' I\n\n'•attt�' �ff � iltll \"'�� II i!)) II\nkama/a-nayanera tenho, yate 'anga', 'arhSa'\n'kamalak�a' kari dhare nama avatarhsa\n\nSYNONYMS\nkama!a-nayanera- of the lotus-eyed; tenho- He;yate- since; anga- l i mb; arnsapart; kamala-ak�a-the lotus-eyed; kari '- accepting that; dhare-takes; mima-ihe\nname; avatarhsa-partial expansion.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince He is a limb or part of the lotus-eyed Supreme Lord, He also bears the name\nKamalak�a.\nTEXT 32\n\nt'llt�t'PtJ 9N\"19ftfFN1tet I\n��,�PI, � itltntef II �� ·11\niSvara-sarDpya piiya piiri�ada-gara\ncatur-bhuja, pita-vasa, yaiche niirayara\n\nSYNONYMS\niSvara-sarDpya-the same bodily features as the Lord; paya-gets; pari�ada-garathe\n\nassociates; catur-bhuja-four hands; pita-vasa-yellow dress; yaiche-just as;\n\nniirayara- Lord Narayal)a.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis associates have the same bodily features as the Lord. They all have four arms\nand are dressed in yellow garments like Narayal)a.\nTEXT 33\n\n���-._m \"'�-t�• 1\n;itt l!'f-irtll·\"@tl, �� �· II �� II\nadvaita-iiciirya - i!varera arhSa-varya\ntahra tattva-nama-gura, sakali aScarya\n\n", "adi1#p0560": "Adi-lila, Chapter 6\n\n539\n\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-<lcarya-Advaita Acarya Prabhu ;iSvarera-of the Supreme Lord; am1a-varya\n-principal part; tanra-His; tattva-truths; nama-names; gura-attributes; sakaliall; dScarya-wonderful.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Advaita Acarya is the principal limb of the Supreme Lord. His truths, names\nand attributes are all wonderful.\nTEXT 34\n\n��11 �\"'\"' ��� mtt I\n\nIIJI'Stct � C5i!tR ��� II �8 II\nyiinhiira tu/asi-jale, yiinhiira hunkiire\nsva-gara sahite caitanyera avatiire\nSYNONYMS\n\nyiinhiira-whose; tu/asi-jale-by tu/asi leaves and Ganges water;yiinhara- of whom;\nhunkiire-by the loud voice; sva-gara-His personal associates; sahite-accompanied\nby; caitanyera-of Lord SrTCaitanya Mahaprabhu; avatiire-in the incarnation.\nTRANSLATION\nHe worshiped Kr�pa with tulasi leaves and water of the Ganges and called for Him\nin a loud voice. Thus Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu appeared on earth, accompanied\nby His personal associates.\nTEXT 35\n\n�tt m1 '�\" <2ft� <2tm 1\n\n� -.tt1 '� <2ft_ er-ste, � II �� II\nyiinra dviirii kai/a prabhu kirtana praciira\nyiinra dviirii kai/a prabhu jagat nistiira\n\nSYNONYMS\nyanra dviirii-by whom; kaila-did; prabhu-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkirtana praciira-spreading of the sankirtana movement; yiinra dviirii-by whom;\nkaila-did; prabhu-SrTCaitanya Mahaprabhu;jagat nistara-deliverance of the entire\nworld.\n\n", "adi1#p0561": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n540\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt is through Him [Advaita Acarya] that Lord Caitanya spread the sahkirtana\nmovement and through Him that He delivered the world.\nTEXT 36\n\n� c;'St�tf$1 �-11� 'fJI9f11 I\nrit� c;•tfltl1t 9f� 1!11 9ft� II �� II\nacarya gosanira gw;a-mahima apara\njTva-kTta kothaya paibeka tara para\nSYNONYMS\nacarya gosanira-of Advaita Acarya; gw;a-mahima-the glory of the attributes;\napara-unfathomable; jfva-k�ta-a living being who is just like a worm; kothiiyawhere; paibeka-wiII get; tara-of that; para-the other side.\nTRANSLATION\nThe glory and attributes of Advaita Acarya are unlimited. How can the insignifi·\ncant living entities fathom them?\nTEXT 37\n\n'Cftit� c;'Stt'ltfc$ ��ttJI 'l_�J 'Q I\n� �<IS �If \\111 t!ft. �.. II �\"' II\nacarya gosani caitanyera mukhya anga\nara eka anga tanra prabhu nityananda\nSYNONYMS\nacarya gosani-Advaita Acarya; caitanyera-of Lord �rT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nmukhya-primary; anga-part; ora-another; eka-one; anga-part; tanra-of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; prabhu nityana,nda- Lord Nityananda.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Advaita Acarya is a principal limb of Lord Caitanya. Another limb of the Lord\nis Nityananda Prabhu.\nTEXT 38\n\n<211.1119fttr-ll��tflf re9\"1et I\n���tr iilli1ft� II l!>lr II\n\n", "adi1#p0562": "Adi-lila, Chapter 6\n\n541\n\nprabhura uptiilga--�rivtistidi bhakta-gara\nhasta-mukha-netra-ailga cakrtidy-astra-sama\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura upailga-Lord Caitanya's smaller parts; �rivtisa-tidi-headed by Srivasa;\nbhakta-gara-the devotees; hasta-ha n ds; mukha-face; netra-eyes; ailga-parts of\nthe body; cakra-adi-the disc; astra-weapons; sama\n\n-\n\nli k e\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees headed by Srivasa are His smaller limbs. They are like His hands,\n\nface, eyes and His disc and other weapons.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n�� 'fb1 'AW� �I\n(II� \"'� <fi� �f-� <2lm II �\"' II\ne-saba /a-iya caitanya-prabhura vihara\ne-saba /a-iya karena vaiichita pracara\n\nSYNONYMS\ne-saba-all these; fa iya-ta k i ng; caitanya-prabhura-of SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu;\n-\n\nvihara -pastimes; e-saba-all of them; la-iya-ta k ing; karena-does; vtiiichita pracaraspreading His mission.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith all o f them Lord Caitanya performed His pastimes, and with them He spread\nHis mission.\nTEXT 40\n\n11�1 �·� fiAJ, 1.!1� att-. I\n�wt1f·c;��tf<�Ptll21!_ �JI <fifl' 111t-. II 8° II\nmadhavendra-purira iilho �i,sya, ei jiitine\nacarya-gosaiiire prabhu guru kari' mane\nSYNONYMS\nmadhavendra-purira-of Madhavendra Puri; iriho-Advaita Acarya; �i,sya- dis cipl e ;\nei jMne-by this con sideration; acarya-gosaiiire-unto Advaita Acarya; prabhu-SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; guru-spiritual master; kari'-taking as; mane-obeys Him.\n\n", "adi1#p0563": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n542\n\nTRANSLATION\nThinking, \"He [Sri Advaita Acarya] is a disciple of Sri Madhavendra Purl,\" Lord\nCaitanya obeys Him, respecting Him as His spiritual master.\nPURPOR T\nSrT Madhavendra Purl is one of the iiciiryas in the disciplic succession from\nMadhvacarya. Madhavendra Puri had two principal disciples, nvara Puri and Sri\nAdvaita Prabhu. Therefore the Gau<)Tya-Vai�Qava-sampradaya is a disciplic succession from Madhvacarya. This fact has been accepted in the authorized books known\nas Gaura-garodde�a-dipikii\n\nand Prameya-ratniivatr,\n\nas well as by Gopala Guru\n\nGosvami. The Gaura-garodde�a-dipikii clearly states the disciplic succession of the\nI\n\n.\n\n'\n\n,\n\nGaugiya Vai?Qavas as follows: \"Lord Brahma is the direct disciple of Vi?QU, the\nLord of the spiritual sky. His disciple is Narada, Narada's disciple is Vyasa, and\nYyasa's disciples are Sukadeva Gosvami and Madhvacarya. Padmanabha Acarya is\n\nthe disciple of Madhvacarya, and Narahari is the disciple of Padmanabha Acarya.\nMadhava is the disciple of Narahari, Ak?obhya is the direct disciple of Madhava,\nand j ayatirtha is the disciple of Ak?obhya. j ayatirtha's disciple is ji'ianasindhu, and\nhis disciple is Mahanidhi. Vidyanidhi is the disciple of Mahanidhi, and Rajendra is\nthe disciple of Vidyanidhi. jayadharma is the disciple of Rajendra. Puru?ottama is\nthe disciple of jayadharma. Sriman Lak?mipati is the disciple of Vyasatirtha, who\nis the disciple of Puru�ottama. And Madhavend ra Puri is the disciple of L ak�mipati.\"\nTEXT 41\n\n�r.:qs...� ��I\n118�� \"<qStl� �ti Rlf � II 8� II\n!aukika-filiite dharma-maryiidii-rak�ara\nstuti-bhaktye karena tiiflra carara vandana\nSYNONYMS\n/aukika-popular; li/iite-in\n\npastimes; dharma-maryiidii-etiquette of religious\n\nprinciples; rak,5ara-observing; stuti-prayers; bhaktye-by devotion; karena-He\ndoes; tiiflra-of Advaita Acarya; carara-lotus feet; vandana-worshiping.\nTRANSLATION\nTo maintain the proper etiquette for the principles of religion, Lord Caitanya\nbows down at the lotus feet of Sri Advaita Acarya with reverential prayers and\ndevotion.\nTEXT 42\n\n�'Stt'ltf<$t\"<qS 'Gitm � '�-wtit I\n�� � �� ''fP'I'·'GIM� 11 8� n\n\n", "adi1#p0564": "Adi-lila, Chapter 6\n\n543\n\ncoitonyo-gosiiiiike iiciiryo kore 'probhu'-jiiiino\niiponiike koreno tiinro 'diiso'-obhimiino\n\nSYNONYMS\ncoitonyo-gosiiiiike-unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; acaryo-Advaita Acarya; kore­\n\ndoes; probhu-jniino--considering\n\nHis\n\nmaster;\n\naponiike-unto\n\nHimself; koreno­\n\ndoes; tiinro-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; daso-as a servant; obhimiino-conception.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Advaita Acarya, however, considers Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu His master,\nand He thinks of Himself as a servant of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Bhokti-rosamrto-sindhu of Rupa Gosvami explains the superexcellent quality\nof devotional service as follows:\n\nbrohmiinondo bhoved e�o\ncet porardho-gutJTkrtof:J\nnoiti bhokti-sukhiimbhodhe{l\nporomaru-tuliim opi\n\n\"If multiplied billions of times, the transcendental pleasure derived from impersonal\nBrahman realization still could not compare to even an atomic portion of the ocean\nof bhokti, or transcendental service.\" (B.r.s. 1.1.38) Similarly, the Bhavartho-dlpikii\nstates:\ntvot-kothamrto-pathodhou\nvihoronto mohii-mudof:J\nkurvonti k[tinof:J kecic\ncotur-vorgorh trropomom\n\n\"For those who take pleasure in the transcendental topics of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, the four progressive realizations of religiosity, economic development,\nsense gratification and liberation, all combined together, cannot compare, any more\nthan a straw, to the happiness derived from hearing about the transcendental activities of the Lord.\" Those who engage in the transcendental service of the lotus feet\nof Kr�f)a, being relieved of all material enjoyment, have no attraction to topics of\nimpersonal monism. In the Podmo Puraro, in connection with the glorification of\nthe month of Kartti ka, it is stated that devotees pray:.\n\nvororh devo mok�orh no mok_sovodhirh vii\nno canyorh vrre 'horh voresiid apJho\n\n", "adi1#p0565": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n544\n\nidarh te vapur natha gopala-balarh\nsada me manasy avirastarh kim anyaif)\nkuveratmajau baddha-murtyaiva yadvat\ntvaya mocitau bhakti-bhajau krtau ca\ntatha prema-bhaktirh svakarh me prayaccha\nna mok�e graho me 'sti damodareha\n\n\"Dear Lord, always remembering Your childhood pastimes at Vrndavana is better\nfor us than aspiring to merge into the impersonal Brahman. During Your childhood\npastimes You liberated the two sons of Kuvera and made them great devotees of\nYour Lordship. Similarly, I wish that instead of giving me liberation You may\naward me such devotion unto You.\" In the Haya�ir�Jya-�rJ-narayara-vyuha-stava, in\nthe chapter called Narayara-stotra, it is stated:\nna dharmarh kamam artharh va\nmok�arh va varade�vara\nprarthaye tava padabje\ndasyam evabhikamaye\n\n\"My dear Lord, I do not wish to become a man of religion nor a master of economic\ndevelopment or sense gratification, nor do I wish for liberation. Although I can\nhave all these from You, the supreme benedictor, I do not pray for all these. I simply\npray that I may always be engaged as a servant of Your lotus feet:' Nrsimhadeva\noffered Prahlada Maharaja all kinds of benedictions, but Prahlada Maharaja did not\naccept any of them, for he simply wanted to engage in the service of the lotus feet\nof the Lord. Similarly, a pure devotee wishes to be blessed like1Maharaja'Prahlada\nby being thus endowed with devotional service. Devotees also offer their respects to\nHanuman, who always\n\nremained a servant of Lord Rama. The great <tevotee\n\nHanuman prayed:\nbhava-bandha-cch ide tasyai\nsprhayami na muktaye\nbhavan prabhur aharh dasa\niti yatra vilupyate\n\n\"I do not wish to take liberation or to merge in the Brahman effulgence, where the\nconception of being a servant of the Lord is completely lost.\" Similarly, in the\nNarada-pancaratra it is stated:\ndharmartha-kama-mok�e�u\nneccha mama kadacana\ntvat-pada-pankajasyadho\njJvitarh dJyatarh mama\n\n", "adi1#p0566": "Adi-lila, Chapter 6\n\n545\n\n\"I do not want any one of the four desirable stations. I simply want to engage as a\nservant of the lotus feet of the Lord.\" King Kula�ekhara, in his very famous book\nMukunda-miilii-stotra, prays:\nniiharh vande pada-kama/ayor dvandvam advandva-heto{l\nkumbhT-piikarh gurum api hare niirakarh napanetum\nramya-rama-mrdu-tanu-lata-nanddne nabhiranturh\nbhiive bhave hrdaya-bhavane bhiivayeyarh bhavantam\n\"My Lord, I do not worship You to be liberated from this material entanglement,\nnor do I wish to save myself from the hellish condition of material existence, nor do\nI ever pray for a beautiful wife to enjoy in a nice garden. I wish only that I may\nalways be in full ecstasy with the pleasure of serving Your Lordship.\" (M.m.s. 6) In\n�rimad-Bhiigavatam also there are many instances in the Third and Fourth Cantos\nin which devotees pray to the Lord simply to be engaged in His service, and nothing\nelse (Bhiig. 3.4.15, 3.25.34, 3.25.36, 4.1.22, 4.9.10 and 4.20.24).\n\nTEXT 43\n\n<;� �ti(-�� �t� 't� I\n'\"�' \"- � �'tt1f-r � 11 s� n\nsei abhimiina-sukhe iipanii piisare\n'kr�ra-diisa' hao--jive upade�a kare\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; abhimiina-sukhe-in the happiness of that conception; iipanii- Himself;\npiisare - He forgets; kr�ra-diisa hao- You are servants of Lord Kr�Qa;jive-the living\nbeings; upade�a kare - He instructs.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe forgets Himself in the joy of that conception and teaches all living entities,\n\"You are servants of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThe transcendental devotional service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\nso ecstatic that even the Lord Himself plays the part of a devotee. Forgetting\nHimself to be the Supreme, He personally teaches the whole world how to render\nservice to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "adi1#p0567": "546\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 44\n\n�PI-...M� � �illtfMt I\n\n�\"SS'i11t� -a: � �� �II 88 II\nkr�ra-dasa-abhimane ye ananda-sindhu\nko{i-brahma-sukha nahe tara eka bindu\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�ra-dasa-abhimane-under this impression of being a servant of Kr�l)a; yethat; ananda-sindhu-ocean of transcendental bliss; ko.ti-brahma-sukha-ten million\ntimes the transcendental bliss of becoming one with the Absolute; n ahe-not; taraof the ocean of transcendental bliss; eka-one; bindu -<J rop .\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe conception of servitude to Sri Kr�Qa generates such an ocean of joy in the\nsoul that even the joy of oneness with the Absolute, if multiplied ten million times,\ncould not compare to a drop of it.\nTEXT 45\n\n'If$ � �1ft�, ...-R fiii!Ji�ltf I\n�-��IQ ... �II8�11\nmuili ye caitanya-dasa ora nityananda\ndasa-bhava-sama nahe anyatra ananda\n\nSYNONYMS\nmuni-1; ye-that ; caitanya-dasa-servant of Lord Caitanya; ora-and; nityananda\n-of Lord Nityananda; dasa-bhava-the emotion of being a servant; sama\n\n-\n\neq ual to;\n\nnahe-not; anyatra-anywhere else; ananda-transcendental bliss.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe says, \"Nityananda and I are servants of Lord Caitanya.\" Nowhere else is there\nsuch joy as that which is tasted in this emotion of servitude.\nTEXT 46\n\n�1ft$� fl1llfl � �� I\nQlr;�11ft'll·�� 'lft!:'St -.fillt'i fililf?! II 8� II\n\n", "adi1#p0568": "Adi-lila, Chapter 6\n\n547\n\nparama-preyasT lak�mT hrdaye vasati\ntenho dlisya-sukha mlige kariyli minati\n\nSYNONYMS\nparama-preyasT-the most beloved; lak�mT-the goddess of fortune; h.rdaye-on\n\nthe chest; vasati-residence; tenho-she; dlisya-sukha-the happiness of being a\nmaidservant; mlige-begs; kariyli-offering; minati-prayers.\nTRANSLATION\nThe most beloved goddess of fortune resides on the chest of Sri Kr�l)a, yet she\ntoo, earnestly praying, begs for the joy of service at His feet.\nTEXT 47\n\n�t.,·� �t�� �fFN1tlf I\n\nAA, ·�, �f'f �t\" \"..' �l\\!i4 II 8C\\ II\ndlisya-bhlive linandita pari�ada-gar;a\nvidhi, bhava, nlirada lira �uka, sanlitana\n\nSYNONYMS\ndlisya-bhlive-in\n\nthe conception of\n\nbeing a servant; linandita-very pleased;\n\npliri�ada-gara-all the associates; vidhi-Lord Brahma;\n\nbhava-Lord S iva; nilrada­\n\nthe great sage Narada; lira-and; �uka-Sukadeva Gosvami; sanlitana-and Sana tan a.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the associates of Lord Kr�l)a, such as Brahma, Siva, Narada, Suka and Sanatana,\nare very much pleased in the sentiment of servitude.\nTEXT 48\n\n�\\!Jt� ��'li! lt�� �t'5ttl\n�tR �'� �'fl ��II 8tr II\nnitylinanda avadhDta sabate aga/a\ncaitanyera dlisya-preme ha-ifa pagala\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityiinanda avadhDta-the mendicant Lord N ityananda; sabiite -among all; iigala­\n\nforemost; caitanyera diisya-preme-in the emotional ecstatic love of being a servant\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ha-i/ii piigala -became mad.\n\n", "adi1#p0569": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n548\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Nityananda, the wandering mendicant, is the foremost of all the associates of\nLord Caitanya. He became mad in the ecstasy of service to Lord Caitanya.\nTEXTS 49-50\n\n-�' ��' �\"' 'SfW'tq I\nVffif, 11_�, 5erQitq, '1104'�111 s• 11\n�� 't��\"Rs 9fl'll·'lfU I\n�5\\!\"RI��-.rot-llto II\n�riviisa, haridiisa, riimadiisa, gadiidhara\nmuriiri, mukunda, candra;ekhara, vakre!vara\ne-saba pa(l(/ita-Joka parama-mahattva\ncaitanyera diisye sabiiya karaye unmatta\nSYNONYMS\n;riviisa-�rivasa\n\nThakura;\n\n�\n\nharidasa-Haridasa\n\ngadiidhara- Gadadh ra; murari- Murari;\nCandra�ekhara; vakre�vara-Vakre�vara;\n\nThakura; riimadasa- Ramadasa;\n\nmukunda - M u k u nda;\ne-saba-all\n\nof\n\ncandra�ekhara­\n\nthem; pOIJ(/ita-Joka-very\n\nlearned scholars; parama-mahattva-very much glorified; caitanyera-of �ri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; diisye- the servitude; sabiiya-all of them; karaye unmatta-ma kes mad.\nTRANSLATION\nSrivasa, Haridasa, Ramadasa, Gadadhara, Murari, Mukunda, Candra�ekhara and\nVakre�vara are all glorious and are all learned scholars, but the sentiment of servitude to Lord Caitanya makes them mad in ecstasy.\n\"TEX\"T 51\n\n�- � '5ftlt, ertw, -.tl �� I\n�� ��t'ft-r,-'�� �� � 11 t) n\nei mota giiya, niice, kare a.t.tahiisa\nJoke upade�e,--'hao caitanyera diisa'\nSYNONYMS\nei mota- in this way; giiya - chant; niice-dance; kare-do; a.t.tahiisa-laughing like\nmadmen; Joke-unto the people in general; upade�e-instruct; .hao-just become;\ncaitanyera diisa-servants of �riCaitanya.\n\n", "adi1#p0570": "Adi-lila, Chapter 6\n\n549\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus they dance, sing, and laugh like madmen, and they instruct everyone,\" Just\nbe loving servants of Lord Caitanya.\"\nTEXT 52\n\n�'StPttf<$ c;lftt;f <mf •fl41il I\n�-ttf't� '\"lftf �J 'ftlf·'elf� II �� II\ncaitanya-gosani more kare guru-jnana\ntathapiha mora haya dasa-abhimana\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-gosaiii-Lord\n\nS ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; more-unto Me; kare-does;\n\nguru-jiiana-consideration as a spiritual master; tathapiha-still; mora-My; hayathere is; dasa-abhimana-the conception of being His servant.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Advaita Acarya thinks, \"Lord Caitanya considers Me His spiritual master,\nyet' I feel Myself to be only His servant.\"\nTEXT 53\n\n\"t��-�-.��1\n�'lf·'l� -.fnt ��-rt II �� II\nkr.sra-premera ei eka apiJrva prabhava\nguru-sama-/aghuke karaya dasya-bhava\nSYNONYMS\nk�(la-premera-of love of Kr�Qa; ei-this; eka-one; apurva prabhiiva-unprecedented influence; guru-to those on the level of the spiritual master; soma-equal\nlevel; /aghuke-unto the less important; karaya-makes; dasya-bhava,-the conception\nof being a servant.\nTRANSLATION\nLove for K[�l)a has this one unique effect: it imbues superiors, equals and\ninferiors with the spirit of service to Lord Kr�l)a.\nPURPORT\nThere are two kinds of devotional service: the way of pfiflcaratrika regulative\nprinciples and the way of bhagavata transcendental loving service. The love of\n\n", "adi1#p0571": "550\n\n�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nGodhead of those engaged in piincariitrika regulative principles depends more or\nless on the opulent and reverential platform, but the worship of Radha and KrHia\nis purely on the platform of transcendental love. Even persons who play as the\nsuperiors of Knr:Ja also take the chance to offer transcendental loving service to the\nLord. The service attitude of the devotees who play the parts of superiors of the\nLord is very difficult to understand, but can be very plainly understood in connection with the superexcellence of their particular service to Lord K[�l)a. A vivid\nexample is the service of mother Ya�oda to K[�l)a, which is distinct. In the feature\nof Naraya[la, the Lord can accept services only from His associates who play parts\nin which they are equal to or less than Him, but in the feature of Lord Kr�r;�a He\naccepts service very plainly from His fathers, teachers and other elders who are\nHis superiors, as well as from His equals and His subordinates. This is very wonderful.\n\nTEXT 54\n\nb'tf �'1 �-.-�� �� I\n*�'\"�� �� � $1t'1 II t8 II\nihara pramara �una\n\nsastrera vyakhyana\n\n--\n\nmahad-anubhava yate sudrflha pramara\n\nSYNONYMS\nihiira-of this; pramara- evidence; suna\n\n-\n\nplease hear; �astrera vyakhyana-the\n\ndescription in the revealed scriptures; mahat-anubhava-the conception of great\nsouls; yate- by which; su-drflha-strong; pramara-evidence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor evidence, please listen to the examples described in the revealed script ures,\nwhich are also corroborated by the realization of great souls.\n\nTEX)\"S 55-56\n._tSI � �-tl, atilf e{\"f � 1.\n\n�tf 1111 '�t�' ��� � c;�� -.� II tt II\n�We.llt'U �-arti{ -.t� � I\n\n�1'<fi. G;<2it'lf \"fl11l 'f�-�� II <t� II\nanyera ka katha, vraje nanda mahii�aya\ntara soma 'guru' kr.srera ara keha naya\nsuddha-vatsalye isvara-jnana nahi tara\ntahakei preme karaya dasya-anukara\n\n", "adi1#p0572": "Adi-nta, Chapter 6\n\n551\n\nSYNONYMS\nanyera-of\n\nothers; ka-what; kathti-to\n\nspeak; vraje-in\n\nVrndavana; nanda\n\nmahli�aya-Nanda Maharaja; tara soma-like him;guru-a superior; k[:j!Jera-of Lord\nKr�oa; ora-another; keha-anyone; naya-not; �uddha-viitsalye-in transcendental\npaternal love; isvara-jnana-conception of the Supreme Lord; nahi-not; tara-his;\ntahakei-unto him;preme-ecstatic love;karaya-makes;diisya-anukiira-the conception of being a servant.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough no one is a more respected elder for Kr�l)a than Nanda Maharaja in\nVraja, who in transcendental paternal love has no knowledge that his son is the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, still ecstatic love makes him, not to speak of\nothers, feel himself to be a servant of Lord Kr�l)a.\nTEXT 57\n\ncit� f�Jf� lltt'St �f ffi'l I\nt:5� -\\.�Itt � .!jJ(tttj \" <t'\\ \"\ntenho rati-mati mage k[�{lera cara{le\ntahara �ri-mukha-vari tahate pramare\nSYNONYMS\ntet'Jho-he also; rati-mati-affection and attraction; mage-begs; kr�rera carareunto the lotus feet of Kr�l)a; tahara-his; sri-mukha-vari-words from his mouth;\ntahate-in that; pramare-evidence.\nTRANSLATION\nHe too prays for attachment and devotion to the lotus feet of Lord Kr�l)a, as the\nwords from his own mouth give evidence.\nTEXTS 58-59\n\n� -�, �' �_:� t:5�1t I\n\nai� �-� �fir �tlltf 1f� 'Al 11 ttr n\n� ��� ftl � 1ftil�� I\n� ·111'·�· � <;lrtf 1(� II tt� II\nsuna uddhava, satya, k.r�ra--limlira tanaya\ntet'Jho i�vara--hena yadi tamara mane /aya\ntathapi tanhate rahu mora mano-vrtti\ntamara isvara-k�re hauka mora mati\n\n", "adi1#p0573": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n552\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuna uddhava-my dear Uddhava, please hear me; satya-the truth; kr.sra-Lord\nKr�l)a; iimiira tanaya-my son; tenho-He; isvara-the Supreme P ersonality of\nGodhead; hena-thus; yadi-if; tomiira-your; mane-the mind;/aya-takes; tathiipi\n-still; tiinhiite-unto Him; rahu-let there be; mora-my; mana{1-vrtti-mental functions; tomiira-your; isvara-k�(le-to Kr�Qa, the Supreme Lord; hauka-let there be;\nmora-my; mati-attention.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Uddhava, please hear me. In truth KnQa is my son, but even if you\nthink that He is God, I would still bear toward Him my own feelings for my son.\nMay my mind be attached to your Lord Kr�rJa.\"\nTEXT 60\n\n�C'Ii �l.ll �: �J: ffltlf't'{_�t�: I\n\n<ttc���lftR!�1-tt•t� �tll���ct f� 11�·11\nmanaso vrttayo na{1 syu{1\nkr�ra-piidiimbujiisrayii{1\nviico 'bhidhiiyinir niimniirh\nkiiyas tat-prahvariidi�u\nSYNONYMS\nmanasa{1-of the mind; vrttaya{7-activiti es (thinking, feeling and willing); na{1of us;syuf1-let there be; kr�ra-of Lord Kr�r:ta; piida-ambuja-the lotus feet; iisrayiif1\n-those sheltered by; viica{1-the words; abhidhiiyini{1-speaking; niimniim-of His\nho ly names; kiiya{1-the body; tat-to Him; prahvara-iidi�u-bowing down to Him,\netc.\nTRANSLATION\n\"May our minds be attached to the lotus feet of your Lord Kr�Qa, may our\ntongues chant His holy names, and mC!,y our bodies lie prostrate before Him.\nTEXT 61\n\n\"���--l1!Pltctt�t� �\\1[ �t���l11 I\n\n1!'Jfm�Rlr�'lftt� �r�•(: ,� ��Ul���� u\nkarmabhir bhriimyamii(liiniirh\nyatra kviipisvarecchayii\nmangaliicaritair diinai\nratir na{1 k�ra Tsvare\n\n", "adi1#p0574": "Adi-lila, Chapter 6\n\n553\n\nSYNONYMS\nkarmabhifl-by the activities; bhriimyamoroniim-of those wandering within the\nmaterial universe; yatra-wherever; kvapi\n\n-\n\nanywhere; iSvara-icchayii-by the supreme\n\nwill of the Personality of Godhead; maflga/a-iicaritaifl-by auspicious activities;\ndiinaifl-like charity and philanthropy; ratifl-the attraction; nafl-our; k.�re-in\nKr�[la; i�vare-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Wherever we wander in the material universe under the influence of karma by\nthe will of the Lord, may our auspicious activities cause our attraction to Lord\nJ<r�l)a to increase.\"\nPURPORT\nThese verses from �rimad-Bhiigavatam (10.47.66-67) were spoken by the denizens\nof Vrndavana, headed by Maharaja Nanda and his associates, to Uddhava, who had\ncome from Mathura.\nTEXT 62\n\n�tfif aff;tf �� Jl� fifR I\n�-lltil:•itil:, ��llf-�JQ II �� II\n�ridiimiidi vraje yata sakhiira nicoya\nai�varya-jfliina-hTna, kevala-sakhya-maya\nSYNONYMS\n�rTdiima-iidi- Kr�Qa's friends, headed by Sridama; vraje-in Vrndavana; yata-all;\nsakhiira-of the friends; nicoya-the group; aisvarya-of opulence ;jiiina- knowledge;\nhina-without; keva/a-purely; sakhya-maya-fraternal affection.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Kr�r;�a's friends in Vrndavana, headed by\n\nSridama, have pure fraternal\n\naffection for Lord Kr��Ja and have no idea of His opulences.\n\nTEXT 63\n\n����,�·��'1 I\nl!t� lf�ett� � iftl� II �-e II\nkr.sra-saflge yuddha kare, skandhe iirohara\ntiirii diisya-bhiive kare carara-sevana\n\n", "adi1#p0575": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n554\n\nSYNONYMS\nk�{la-sange-with Kr�Qa; yuddha kare-fight; skandhe-on His shoulders; iirohaf}a\n-getting up; tiirii-they; diisya-bhiive-in the conception of being Lord Km1a's\nser.vants; kare-do; cara{la-sevana-worship the lotus feet.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough they fight with Him and climb upon His shoulders, they worship His\nlotus feet in a spirit of servitude.\nTEXT 64\n\n9fllf\"��<tt�� 'D�: C<Jf�\"' 1l�m: I\n'51\"9ftl �'S9fl9f,1{�'1 <tJ�: '11l<t,1!i'To{ II \\)J8 II\npiida-sarhviihanarh cakru/;1\nkecit tasya mahiitmana/;1\napare hata-piipmiino\nvyajanai/;1 samavijayan\n\nSYNONYMS\npiida-sarhviihanam-massaging the feet; cakru/;1-performed; kecit-some of them;\ntasya-of Lord KnQa; mahii-iitmana/;1-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; apare\n_:others;\n\nhata-destroyed;\n\npiipmiina/;1-whose\n\nresultant\n\nactions\n\nof\n\nsinful\n\nlife;\n\nvyajanai/;1-with hand-held fans; samavijayan-fanned very pleasingly.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Some of the friends of Sri Kr�Qa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, mass aged His feet, and others whose sinful reactions had been destroyed fanned Him\nwith hand-held fans.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse, quoted from Srimad-Bhiigavatam\nKr�Qa and\n\nLord\n\n( 1 0.15.17), describes how Lord\n\nBalarama were playing with the cowherd boys after killing\n\nDhenukasura in Talavana.\nTEXTS 6 5-66\n\n�� c;�:R\\\" im;IP � c;'Stt\"''5t'1 I\n\n� \"''ftfif � � 12ft(� II �� II\n�-� �tl �� fi2Rl � �t-. I\n-i-r.tt1 'fJ11'9firtt• � 'ftJf1·\"1f'ellt� II �� II\n\n", "adi1#p0576": "Adi-lila, Chapter 6\n\n555\n\nkr�rera preyasi vraje yata gopi-gara\nyanra pada-dhD!i kare uddhava prarthana\nyan-sabara upare kr.srera priya nahi ana\ntanhara apanake kare diisi-abhimana\nSYNONYMS\nkr� rera-of Lord KnQa; preyasi-the beloved girls; vraje-in Vrndavana; yata-all;\ngopi-gara-the gopis; yanra-of whom ; pada-dhD!i-the dust of the feet; kare- does;\nuddhava-of the name Uddhava; prarthana- desiring; yan-sabara-all of them; upare\n-beyond; krJrera-of Lord KrH1a; priya\n\n-\n\ndear; niihi-there is not; ana-anyone else;\n\ntanhiira-all of them; iipaniike-to themselves; kare- do; dasi-abhimana-the conception of being maidservants.\nTRANSLATION\nEven the beloved girl friends of Lord Krg1a in Vrndavana, the gopis, the dust of\nwhose feet was desired by Sri Uddhava and beyond whom no one is more dear to\nKr�Qa, regard themselves as Kr�Qa's maidservants.\n\nTEXT67\n\n���Oil�, <t')� C1!l�l� fO!�-�Ol\"ii�'f(�\"!Ol�� I\n�Gf �\"C� �<t�f��i'\\: \"'31 COI1 GfG'f��lO!O!� \"Dl� lf'-f� II�� II\nvraja-janiirti-han vira yo�itiirh\nnija-jana-smaya-dhvarhsana-smita\nbhaja sakhe bhavat-kinkari/:1 sma no\njala-ruhananarh caru da�aya\nSYNONYMS\nvraja-jana-arti-han-0 one who diminishes all the painful conditions of the\ninhabitants of Vrndavana; vira-0 hero; yo�itam-of women; nija-personal; janaof the associates; smaya\n\n-\n\nthe pride; dhvarhsana-destroying; smita-whose smile;\n\nbhaja-worship; sakhe-0 dear friend; bhavat-kinkari_h-Your servants; sma-certainly; naf1-unto us; ja/a-ruha-iinanam-a face exactly like a lotus flower; ciiruattractive; dar�aya\n\n-\n\nplease show.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 Lord, remover of the afflictions of the inhabitants of Vrndavana! 0 hero of\n\nall women! · 0 Lord who destroys the pride of Your devotees by Your sweet,\ngentle smile! 0 friend! We are Your maidservants. Please fulfill our desires and\nshow us Your attractive lotus face.\"\n\n", "adi1#p0577": "556\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse in connection with the rosa dance of Kr�Qa with the gopis is quoted\n\nfrom Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.31.6). When Kr�Qa disappeared from His companions\nin the course of dancing, the gopis sang like.this in separation from Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 68\n\n�f9f <1� 1flJ.:PJ:.�r�rt�9J::c\\Jlt?<��tc�\n��f� 'f f9fwc�t�1-t c�1fJ � �-s c�t9f1-t'\n�f5lff9r 'f <f�t� �= m�'1ct � 'j9Tc�\n...\n\n��'11\"������ lJ._(J�f2J� <filfi � II �u- II\napi bata madhu-purytim iirya-putro 'dhuntiste\nsmarati sa pitr-gehiin saumya bandhurh� ca gopiin\nkvacid api sa kathtirh naf:J kiilkari(ltirh grrite\nbhujam aguru-sugandham murdhny adhiisyat kadti nu\n\nSYNONYMS\napi-certainly; bata-regrettable; madhu-purytim-in the city of Mathura; tiryaputra/:1-the son of Nanda Maharaja; adhuno - now; iiste-resides; smarati-remembers;\n\nsaf:J-He; pitr-gehon-the household affairs of His father; saumya-0 great soul\n\n( Udd hava); bandhun-His many friends; co-and; goptin- the cowherd boys; kvacitsometimes; api-or; sao- He; katham-talks; nao-of us; kinkari!Jlim-of the maid­\n\nservants; g[[lite-relates; bhujam- hand ; aguru-su-gandham-having the fragrance of\naguru; murdhni-on the head; adhtisyat - will keep; kadti-when; nu-maybe.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 Uddhava! It is indeed regrettable that Kr�IJa resides in Mathura. Does He\nremember His father's household affairs, His friends and the cowherd boys? 0\ngreat soul! Does He ever talk about us, His maidservants? When will He lay on our\nheads His aguru-scented hand?\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse appears in theSrimad-Bhtigavatam (10.47.21) in the section known as\nthe Bhramara-gitti. When Uddhava came to Vrndavana , Srimati Radhara[li, in complete separation from KnQa, sang like this.\nTEXTS 69-70\n\n�1-�tf <15'111 �-,-� �t�-.11\n� �� 1l��t-t tlf1!1t·�fif�1 II �� II\n\n", "adi1#p0578": "Adi-lila, Chapter 6\n\n557\n\n� � lft� ���i � iltJ I\n� o2fqttJ fi• � �'l.'l'tt u \"o u\ntiin-sabiira kathii rahu,\n\n--\n\n�rimati rfidhikii\n\nsabii haite sakaliim�e parama-adhikii\ntenho yiinra dasi hainii sevena carara\nyanra prema-gure kr�ra baddha anuk�ara\n\nSYNONYMS\ntiin-sabiira-of the gop is; kathii\n\n-\n\nta lk ; rahu-let alone; �rimati riidhikii-�rTmatT\n\nRadharaQi; sabii haite-than all of them; saka/a-am�e-in every respect; paramaadhikii-highly elevated; tenho-She also; yiinra\n\n-\n\nwhose; diisi-maidservant; hailiii­\n\nbecoming; sevana-worships; carara-the lotus feet; yiinra-whose; prema-gurebecause of loving attributes; kr.sra- Lord Krg-1a; baddha-obliged; anuk�ara- a lways\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNot to speak of the other gopis, even Sri Radhika, who in every respect is the\nmost elevated of them all and who has bound Sri Kr�l)a forever by Her loving\nattributes, serves His feet as His maidservant.\nTEXT 71\n\n� �t� ��'1 c�§ wr� \"filM 11�1�� 1\nl'f'�C\"� W?t'1t�1 � 'IC� l'f\"'fi:! \"'f11flfl{_ II 'I� II\nhii natha ramara pre�.tha\nkviisi kviisi mahii-bhuja\ndiisyiis te krpa(liiyii me\nsakhe dar�aya sannidhim\n\nSYNONYMS\nhii-0; niitha-My Lord; ramara-0 My husband; preHha-0 My most dear one;\nkva asi kva asi-where are You, where are You; mahii-bhuja-0 mighty-armed ;\ndiisyii{l-of the maidservant; te- Your; krpa(liiyii{l -very much aggrieved by Your\nabsence; me-to me; sakhe-0 My friend; dar�aya-show; sannidhim-nearness to\nYou.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 My L,ord, 0 My husband, 0 most dearly beloved! 0 mighty-armed Lord!\nWhere are You? Where are You? 0 my friend, reveal Yourself to Your maidservant,\nwho is very much aggrieved by Your .absence.\"\n\n", "adi1#p0579": "�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n558\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is quoted from SrTmad-Bhagavatam (1 0.30.39}. When the rasa dance\nwas going on in full swing, Kr�Qa left all the gopis and took only Srimati Radhara[li\nwith Hir_n. At that time all the gopis lamented, and Srimati Radhara[li, being proud\nof Her position, requested Kr�Qa to carry Her wherever He liked. Then Kr�Qa immediately disappeared from the scene, and Srimati Radhara[li began to lament.\nTEXT 72\n\n��tti! m'lrtfif �\\!<fi �� 1\n\n�te �t9fill'� 'lltt� �� \" \"� \"\ndvarakate rukmiry-adi yateka mahi�i\ntanharao apanake mane kr�ra-dasi\nSYNONYMS\ndvarakate-in Dvaraka-dhama; rukmi[Ji-ddi-headed by Rukmi[li; yateka-all of\n\nthem; mahi�i-the queens; tanharao-all of them also; apanake- themselves; maneconsider; kr.sra-dasi-maidservants of KnQa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn Dvaraka-dhama, all the queens, headed by Rukmipi, also consider themselves\nmaidservants of Lord KnQa.\nTEXT 73\n\n�\"5wt� 11t9f'Rr��:�r <fr(c�\\\nm��\"C�-�l;c·r� Rr\\!tfiii\"Cl 'lE I\n\nf.{r;� �C')\\!f � i51�11t!ftf�'{j�'t.�fo:!r;<f�-\"5�C'It�'?l 1111tSorr� II '-' II\ncaidyaya marpayitum udyata-karmuke�u\nrajasv ajeya-bha.ta-�ekharitanghri-rerufl\nninye mrgendra iva bhagam ajavi-ytJthiit\ntac chri-niketa-cararo 'stu mamarcanaya\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaidyaya-unto Si�upala; ma- rn e; arpayitum-to deliver or to give in charity;\nudyata-upraised; karmuke�u-whose bows and arrows; rajasu-among the kings\nheaded by Jarasandha; ajeya-unconquerable; bha.ta-of the soldiers; �ekharitiianghri-rer w/1-the dust of whose lotus feet is the crown; ninye-forcibly took; mrga-\n\n", "adi1#p0580": "Adi-lila, Chapter 6\n\n559\n\nindra{l-the lion; iva-like; bhiigam-the share; ajii-of the goats; avi-and sheep;\nyDthiit-from the midst; tat-that; �ri-niketana-of the shelter of the goddess of\nfortune; cara(laf/-the lotus feet; astu-let there be; mama-my; arcaniiya-for\nworshiping.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Jarasandha and other kings, bows and arrows upraised, stood ready to\ndeliver me in charity to Si�upala, He forcibly took me from their midst, as a lion\ntakes its share of goats and sheep. The dust of His lotus feet is therefore the crown\nof inconquerable soldiers. May those lotus feet, which are the shelter of the goddess\nof fortune, be the object of my worship.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhiigavatam ( 1 0.83.8).\nTEXT 74\n\n\\!'1����1!�� \">Jf'1jif\"\"Pj-f;rf\"f�1 I\n7fC�JfC'1�Jiit�<t. '1if't� 'li�'l. �,��1li�ot� H '18 II\ntapa� caranti miijniiya\nsva-piida-spar5aniisayii\nsakhyopetyiigrahTt pii(lirh\nsiiham tad-grha-miirjani\nSYNONYMS\ntapa{l-austerity;\n\ncaranti-performing;\n\nmii-me;\n\niijniiya-knowing;\n\ns va-piida­\n\nspar5ana-of touching His feet; iisayii-with the desire; sakhyii-with His friend\nArjuna; upetya-coming; agrahit-accepted; paf)im-my hand; sa-that woman; aham\n-\n\nI; tat -His; grha-miirjani-keeper of the home.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Knowing me to be performing austerities with the desire to touch His feet, He\n\ncame with His friend Arjuna and accepted my hand. Yet I am but a maidservant engaged in sweeping the floor of the house of Sri KrHla.''\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse appears in Srimad-Bhiigavatam\n\n( 10.83.11) in connection with the\n\nmeeting of the family ladies of the Kuru and Yadu dynasties at Samanta-pancaka.\nAt the time of that meeting, the queen of Knr)a named Kalindi spoke to Draupadi\nin this way.\n\n", "adi1#p0581": "560\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 75\n\n�t'ir�11{'1J �C'!J1{1 �l!� � �lftf'f�t: I\n'l�'l'ff.f��1 �9f'111> ��1{ I , t II\niitmiiriimasya tasyemii\nvayam vai grha-diisikii{l\nsarva-sahga-nivrttyiiddhii\ntapasii ca babhuvima\nSYNONYMS\niitmiiriimasya-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is satisfied in\nHimself; tasya-His; imii{l-all; vayam-we; vai-certainly; grha-diisikii[l-the maidservants of the home; sarva-all; sanga-associati on; nivrttyii-fully bereft of; addhii\n-directly; tapasii-on account of austerity; co-also; babhuvima-we have become.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Through austerity and through renunciation of all attachments, we have become\nmaidservants in the home of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is satisfied\nin Himself.\"\nPURPORT\nDuring the same incident, this verse, quoted from Srimad-Bhiigavatam (1 0.83.39),\nwas spoken to Draupadi by another queen of Kr�l)a's.\nTEXT 76\n\n�t� � �-t1, � �1\"-ti I\n�tf �-���·�e.�tutfit1At II '\\� II\niinera ki kathii, ba/adeva mahii�aya\nyiinra bhiiva-�uddha-sakhya-viitsalyiidi-maya\nSYNONYMS\niinera-of others; ki kathii-what to speak; ba/adeva-Lord Baladeva ; mahii�aya­\n\nthe Supreme Personality; yiinra-His; bhiiva-emotion; �uddha-sakhya-pure friendship; viitsalya-iidi-maya-with a touch of paternal love.\nTRANSLATION\nNot to speak of others, even Lord Baladeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nis full of emotions like pure friendship and paternal love.\n\n", "adi1#p0582": "Ad i-lila, Chapter 6\n\n561\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough Lord Baladeva appeared before the birth of Lord KrHla and is therefore\nKr�r;Ja's worshipable elder brother, He used to act as Kr�r;Ja's eternal servitor. In the\nspiritual sky all the Vaikur;Jtha planets are predominated by the quadruple expansions of Kr�r;Ja known as the catur-vyuha. They are direct expansions from Baladeva.\nIt is the singularity of the Supreme Lord that everyone in the spiritual sky thinks\nhimself a servitor of the Lord. According to social convention one may be superior\nto Kr�r;Ja, but factually everyone engages in His service. Therefore in the spiritual\nsky or the material sky, in all the different planets, no one is able to supersede Lord\nKr�r;Ja or demand service from Him. On the contrary, everyone engages in the\nservice of Lord Kr�r;Ja. As such, the more a person engages in the service of the\nLord, the more he is important; and, conversely, the more one is bereft of the\ntranscendental service of Kr�r;Ja, the more he invites the bad fortune of material\ncontamination. In the material world, although materialists want to become one\nwith God or compete with God, everyone directly or indirectly engages in the service of the Lord. The more one is forgetful of the service of Kr�r;Ja, the more he is\nconsidered to be dying. Therefore, when one develops pure Kr�r;Ja consciousness, he\nimmediately develops his eternal servitorship to Knr;Ja.\n\nTEXT 77\n\nct� �9fift� <tS�� wt�-�11\n�·W't�·� Wl \"\"tt� ,�r.. 'fiflll '\\'\\ II\ntehho apanake karena dasa-bhavana\nkr�ra-dasa-bhava vinu ache kona jana\nSYNONYMS\ntehho-He also; apanake-Himself; karena-does; diisa-bhavana-considering a servant;. k[�f}a-diisa-bhava-the conception of being a servant of Kr�l]a; vinu-without;\nache-is; kona-what;jana-person.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe also considers Himself a servant of Lord Kr�l)a. Indeed, who is there who\ndoes not have this conception.of being a servant of Lord Kr�l)a?\n\nTEXT 78\n\n��-� �� �-�� I\n\n'tllf '\"� 'tft' �� �if �� II '\\17' II\n\n", "adi1#p0583": "�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n562\n\nsahasra-vadane yeriho �e�a-sankar�at;a\nda�a deha dhari' kare kr�rera sevana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsahasra-vadane-with thousands of mouths; yenho-one who; �e�a-sankar�araLord �e�a, the incarnation of Sankar�a[la; da�a-ten; deha-bodies; dhari'-accepting; kare-does; kr�rera-of Lord Kr�Qa; sevana-service.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe who is Se�a, Sarikar�a[la, with His thousands of mouths, serves Sri Kr�Qa by\nassuming ten forms.\nTEXT 79\n\n� atfitto N-�'ftfitt� ��-t I\n\n-.ctHiiStJ �' �Sf�-��� II 'l� II\nananta brahmii!J(/e rudra\n\n--\n\nsadii�ivera arh�a\n\ngurovatiira tenho, sarva-deva-avatamsa\n\nSYNONYMS\nananta-unlimited; brahmii!J(/e-in the universes; rudra-Lord �iva; sadii�ivera\n\narh�a-part and parcel. of Sada�iva; gura-avatiira-an incarnation of a quality; tenho\n-he also;sarva-deva-avatarhsa-the ornament of all the demigods.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRudra, who is an expansion of Sada�iva and who appears in unlimited universes,\nis also a gul')avatara [qualitative incarnation] and is the ornament of all the demigods in the endless universes.\nPURPORT\nThere are eleven expansions of Rudra, or Lord �iva. They are as follows: Ajaikapat,\nAhibradhna, VirOpak;;a, Raivata, Hara, BahurOpa, Deva�re;;�ha Tryambaka, S avitra,\njayanta, Pinaki and Aparajita. Besides these expansions there are eight forms of\nRudra called earth, water, fire, air, sky, the sun, the moon and soma-yiiji. Generally\nall these Rudras have five faces, three eyes and ten arms. Sometimes it is found that\nRudra is compared to Brahma and considered a living entity. But when Rudra is\n'\nexplained to be a partial expansion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he is\ncompared to �e;;a. Lord �iva is therefore simultaneously an expansion of Lord\nVi.S[IU and, in his capacity for annihilating the creation, one of the living entities. As\nan expansion of Lord Vi;;Qu he is called Hara, and he is transcendental to the material qualities, but when he is in touch with tamo-gura he appears contaminated\n\n", "adi1#p0584": "Adi-lila, Chapter 6\n\n563\n\nby the material modes of nature. This is explained in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam and\nthe Brahma-sarhhitii. In the Srimad-Bhiigavatam, Tenth Canto, it is stated that Lord\nRudra is always associated with the material nature when she is in the neutral, unmanifested stage, but when the modes of material nature are agitated he associates\nwith material nature from a distance. In the Brahma-sarhhitii the relationship between Vi?QU and Lord Siva is compared to that of milk and yogurt. Milk is converted into yogurt by certain additives, but although milk and yogurt have the same\ningredients, they have different functions. Similarly, Lord Siva is an expansion of\nLord Vi?QU, yet because of his taking part in the annihilation of the cosmic manifestation, he is considered to be changed, like milk converted into yogurt. In the\nPuriif}as it is found that Durga appears sometimes from the heads of Brahma and\n\nsometimes from the heads ofVi?QU. The annihilator, Rudra, is born from Sarikar�a[la\nand the ultimate fire to burn the whole creation. In the Viiyu Purii(la there is a description of Sada�iva in one of the Vaiku[!!ha planets. That Sada�iva is a direct\nexpansion of Lord Kr�Qa's form for pastimes. It is said that Sada�iva {Lord Sambhu)\nis an expansion from the Sada�iva in the VaikuQtha planets {Lord Vi?QU) and that\nhis consort, mahiimiiyii_, is an expansion of Ramadevi, or Lak�mi. Mahamaya is the\norigin or birthplace of material nature.\nTEXT 80\n\nc;li�1 �� �� \"��M I\n\n� �� �' '1{1$ \"1ft�' II lr., II\ntenho karena kr�rera diisya-pratyiiSa\nnirantara kahe Siva, 'mui'ii k[�f}a-diisa'\n\nSYNONYMS\ntenho-he; karena-does; k[�(lera-of Lord Kr�Qa; diisya-pratyiiSa-expectation of\n\nbeing a servant; nirantara-constantly; kahe-says; Siva- Lord Siva; mui'ii-1; k[�(ladiisa-a servant of Kr�Qa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe also desires only to be a servant of Lord Kr�Qa. Sri Sada�iva always says, \"I\nam a servant of Lord Kr�Qa.\"\nTEXT 81\n\n\"t� . R� fif� I\n,\n\n\"-�-tft'f1 'Sttl, � fillfi II lr� II\nkr�ra-preme unmatta, vihvala digambara\nk[�(la-gura-/ilii giiya, niice nirantara\n\n", "adi1#p0585": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n564\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�ra-preme-in ecstatic love of Kr�oa; unmatta-almost mad; vihva/a-overwhelmed; digambara-without any dress; kr�ra-of Lo rd Kr�IJa; gura- attributes;\n/i/o-pastimes; gaya-chants; niice-dances; nirantara-constantly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIntoxicated by ecstatic love for Lord Kr�oa, he becomes overwhelmed and incessimtly dances without clothing and sings about Lord K�Qa's qualities and\npastimes.\nTEXT 82\n\nf9t�-11�·�11'4f'4f1·'et<!f <;� ;m I\n�•t<2tt1tl �� \"'t\"JJ·•� '� �n lltr� 11\npitii-miitii-guru-sakhii-bhiiva kene naya\nkr�ra-premera sva-bhiive diisya-bhiiva se karaya\nSYNONYMS\npitii\n\n-\n\nfa the r; miitii-mother; guru-superior\n\nteacher; sakhii-friend; bhiiva-the\n\nemotion; kene naya-let it be; kr�ra-premera-of love of Kr�Q a; svabhiive-in a natu­\n\nral inclina tion; diisya bhiiva-the emotion of becoming a servant; se-that; karayadoes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the emotions, whether those of father, mother, teacher or friend, are full of\nsentiments of servitude. That is the nature of love of Kr�l)a.\nTEXT 83\n\n�-. \"-l{(�, �'Ste,-� I\n\n�� � ��,-tt1f <;��-.'lllR II lrl!> II\neka k�[la--sarva-sevya, jagat-i�vara\niira yata saba,\n\n--\n\ntiinra sevakiinucara\n\nSYNONYMS\neka k�ra-one Lord Kr�Qa; sarva-sevya-worthy of being serve d by all; jagati�vara-the\n\nLord of the universe; iira yata saba-all others ; tiinra-His; sevaka-\n\nanucara-servants of the servants\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Kr�r;ea, the one master and the Lord of the universe, is worthy of being\nserved by everyone. Indeed, everyone is but a servant of His servants.\n\n", "adi1#p0586": "Adi-lila, Chapter 6\n\n565\n\nTEXT 84\n\n� �� �(-�t;�tJ-� I\n��IJI� � �,-�� mt 111rs \"\nsei kr.sra avatirra--caitanya-i�vara\nataeva iira saba, --tiinhiira kinkara\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei- that; k�(la- Lord Kr�r;� a; avatirra-descended; caitanya-i�vara-Lord Caitanya,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; ataeva-therefore; ora-others; saba---ull;\ntiinhiira kinkara- His servants.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat same Lord K[�Qa has descended as Lord Caitanya, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. Everyone, therefore, is His servant.\nTEXT 85\n\n� 1fttif, �� if! 'll'tti{, :JR �R � I\n\n� if! 'lfttif, �R � � 9ftt9f �t-t II 1r� II\nkeha miine, kefla nii miine, saba tiinra diisa\nye nii miine, tiira haya sei piipe nii�a\n\nSYNONYMS\nkeha mane- someone accepts; keha nii miine- someone does not accept; saba\ntiinra diisa-all His servants; ye nii miine-one who does not accept; tiira-of him;\nhaya- there is; sei-that; piipe-in sinful activity; nii�a:...annihilation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSome accept Him whereas others do not, yet everyone is His servant. One who\ndoes not accept Him, however, will be ruined by his sinful activities.\nPURPdii1\"\nWhen a living entity forgets his constitutiort!ll position, he prepares himself to be\nan enjoyer of the material resources. Sometimes he is also misguided by the thought\nthat service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead is not absolute engagement. In\nother words, he thinks that there are many other engagements for a living entity\nbesides the service of the Lord. Such a foolish person does not know that in any\nposition he either directly or indirectly engages in activities of service to the\nSupreme Lord. Actually, if a person dpes not engage in the service of the Lord, all\n\n", "adi1#p0587": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n566\n\ninauspicious activities encumber him because service to the Supreme Lord, Lord\nCaitanya, is the constitutional position of the infinitesimal living entities. Because\nthe living entity is infinitesimal, the allurement of material enjoyment attracts him,\nand he tries to enjoy matter, forgetting his constitutional position. But when his\ndormant Kr�Qa consciousness is awakened, he no longer engages in the service of\nmatter but engages in the service of the Lord. In other words, when one is forgetful of his constitutional position, he appears in the position of the lord of\nmaterial nature. Even at that time he remains a servant of the Supreme Lord, but in\nan unqualified or contaminated state.\n\nTEXT 86\n\n'�ttJJ lift� 'if<$, '�R liftJI I\n'li\\!fetJ'ft � '(<$, ilti lifttlf'ft \"�II� II\ncaitanyera diisa muiii, caitanyera diisa\ncaitanyera dasa mufli, tahra dasera dasa\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanyera-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; diisa\n\n- servant; muiii-1; caitanyera\n\ndiisa-a servant of Lord Caitanya; caitanyera diisa mui'li-l am a servant of Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; tiihra diisera diisa-a servant of His servant.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am a servant of Lord Caitanya, a servant of Lord Caitanya. I am a servant of\nLord Caitanya, and a servant of His servants.\"\nTEXT 87\n\n(fit! �f'l' �' 'Stnl, � � I\n\n��Ptctt:• �fif'l1 ._ titlt �<$1 �f'O II \\r'l II\neta bali' niice, giiya, huhkiira gambhira\nk�a!Jeke vasi/ii iiciirya haiiiii susthira\nSYNONYMS\neta\n\nba/i'-saying\n\ngambhira\n\n-\n\nthis;\n\nniice-dances;\n\ngilya-sings;\n\nhuhkiira-loud\n\nvibrations;\n\n- deep; k�a!Jeke-in a moment; vasilii-sits down; acarya - Advaita Acarya;\n\nhaifiii su sthira-being very patient.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, Advaita Prabhu dances and loudly sings. Then at the next moment\nHe quietly sits down.\n\n", "adi1#p0588": "Adi-lila, Chapter 6\n\n567\n\nTEXT 88\n\n.S9-�� 'l!f -�11 I\n<;Ill-� ���'Sf� \"tt ...�-t'Sft:ct \"w\"\nbhakta-abhimdna miila Sri-balardme\nsei bhdve anugata tdilra an'JSa-gOIJe\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-abhimdna-to think oneself a devotee; mli/a-original ; Sri-balardme-in\nLord Balarama; sei bhdve-in that ecstasy; anugata-followers; tliflra arnta-gare-all\nHis parts and parcels.\nTRANSLATION\nThe source of the sentiment of servitude is indeed Lord Balarama. The plenary\nexpansions who follow Him are all influenced by that ecstasy.\nTEXT 89\n\n\"tt ��tf <JJ-. 1\\�'f I\n••�fil' ...��� II lr� U\ntdilra avatdra eka Sri-sailkar�a!Ja\nbhakta bali' abhirridna kare sarva-k�ara\nSYNONYMS\ntdilra avatdra-His incarnation; eka-one; Sri-sailkar�ara- Lord San kar�al)a; bhakta\n\nba!i'-as a devotee; abhimdna-conception; kare-does ; sarva-k�ara\n\n-\n\nalways\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sarikar�l)a, who is one of His incarnations, always considers Himself a\ndevotee.\nTEXT 90\n\n\"tt��-��'f I\nllmq �� fi!·� � �lj \" �0 \"\ntdilra avatdra dna SrT-yuta iak�mara\nSri-rdmera ddsya tiilho kaila anuk�ara\nSYNONYMS\ntdilra avatdra-His incarnation; dna-another; Sri-yuta-with all beauty and opulence; lak�mara-Lord\n\nLak�mal)a; Sri-rdn:era-:-of\ntiilho- He; kaila- did;anuk�ara-always.\n\nRamacandra; ddsya-servitude;\n\n", "adi1#p0589": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n568\n\nTRANSLATION\nAnother of His incarnations, lak�mal)a, who is very beautiful and opulent,\nalways serves lord Rama.\nTEXT 91\n\n�-�� <�S1ttttf� I\n� ��f;� �•�t�\nII�� II\nsankar�OIJa-avatara kara(labdhHayi\ntanhara hrdaye bhakta-bhava anuyayi\nSYNONYMS\nsankar�ara-avatara-an incarnation of lord Sankar�aQa;karara-abdhi-Sayi-Lord\nVi:;l)u lying on the Causal Ocean; tanhara-His;hrdaye-in the heart; bhakta-bhavathe emotion of being a devotee; anuyayi-accordingly.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Vi�I)U who lies on the Causal Ocean is an incarnation of lord Sarikar�al)a,\nand, accordingly, the emotion of being a devotee is always present in His heart.\nTEXT 92\n\ntltm �-cew, <ee�� 1\n�� �tf ·� �wi <l5t'ti II� II\ntanhara prakaSa-bheda, advaita-iicarya\nkaya-mano-vakye tanra bhakti sada karya\nSYNONYMS\ntarlhara-His; prakaSa-bheda-separa te expansion; advaita-iicarya- Adva ita Acarya;\nkaya-mana/;1 -vakye-b y His body, mind and words; tanra-His; bhakti-devotion;\nsoda-always; karya-occupational duty.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya is a separate expansion of Him. He always engages in devotional\nservice with His thoughts, words and actions.\nTEXT 93\n\n� -.�,''if� ��R �R' I\n\n'if� tl'tf ftl-�t� ��II �II\n\n", "adi1#p0590": "Adi-lila, Chapter 6\n\n569\n\nvakye kahe, 'mufli caitanyera anucara'\nmufli tanra bhakta\n\n--\n\nmane bhave nirantara\n\nSYNONYMS\nvakye-by words; kahe-He says; mufli-1 am; caitanyera anucara-a follower of\n\nLord Sri Caitanya M ahaprabhu; mufli-1; tanra-His;bhakta-devotee; mane-in His\nmind; bhave-in this condition; nirantara-always\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy His words He declares, \"I am a servant of Lord Caitanya.\" Thus with His mind\nHe always thinks, \"I am His devotee.\"\nTEXT 94\n\n;pl'f·'l'f� fit\"i � �Al� �I\n����w'fl�ll�su\njala-tu/asT diya kare kayate sevana\nbhakti pracariya saba tori/a bhuvana\nSYNONYMS\njala-tulasi Ganges water and tu/asi leaves; diya-offering togethe r; kare-does;\n-\n\nkayate-with the body; sevana-worship; bhakti-the cult of devotional service;\npracariya-preaching; saba-all; tori/a-delivered; bhuvana-the universe.\nTRANSLATION\nWith His body He worshiped the Lord by offering Ganges water and tulasi leaves,\nand by preaching devotional service He delivered the entire· universe.\nTEXT 95\n\n�� tmfit � �-�'1 I\n�A� •fi' ��if<;� II �t II\np[thivi dharena yei Se�a\"sankar�a(la\nkaya-vyuha kari' karena k[�(lera sevana\nSYNONYMS\np[thivi planets; dharena-holds; yei-that one who; Se�a-sankar�a(la-Lord Se?a\n-\n\nSarikar�al)a; kaya-vyuha kari'-expanding Himself in different bodies; karena-does;\nk[�(lera sevana-service to Lord Kr�l)a.\n\n", "adi1#p0591": "570\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\nSe�a Sarikar�al)a, who holds all the p lanets on His head, expands Himself in\ndifferent bodies to render service to Lord Kr�l)a.\nTEXT 96\n\n�� \"� � 1\\�� '614!1<!11\nfiiRJ � '14ft� oef91 '6\\tm II �� II\nei saba haya 1ri-kr�rera avatara\nnirantara dekhi sabara bhaktira acara\nSYNONYMS\nei saba-all of them; haya-are; �ri-k[�[lera avatara-incarnations of Lo�d Kr�l)a;\nnirantara-constantly; dekhi-l see; sahara-of all; bhaktira ·iiciira-behavior as devptees.\nTRANSLATION\nThese are all incarnations of Lord Kr�l)a, yet we always find that they act as\ndevotees.\nTEXT 97\n\n� -ttts :q�� �'45C<I!I<!tl' I\n'�9-�11'·9flf �fi � II �'l II\ne-sabake �astre kahe 'bhakta-avatara'\n'bhakta-avatara'-pada upari sabara\nSYNONYMS\ne-sabake-all of them; �astre-the scriptures; kahe-say; bhakta-avatiira -incarnations as devotees; bhakta-avatara-of such an incarnation as a devotee;pada-the\nposition; upari sabara-above all other positions.\nTRANSLATION\nThe scriptures call them incarnations as devotees (bhakta-avatara]. The position\nof being such an incarnation is above all others.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead appears in different incarnations, but His\nappearance in the role of a devotee is more beneficial to the conditioned souls than\nthe other incarnations, with all their opulences. Sometimes a conditioned soul is\nbewildered when he tries to understand the incarnation of Godhead with full\n\n", "adi1#p0592": "Adi-lila, Chapter 6\n\n571\n\nopulence. Lord Kr�l)a appeared and performed many uncommon activities, and\nsome materialists misunderstood Him, but in His appearance as Lord Caitanya He\ndid not show much of His opulences, and therefore fewer conditioned souls were\nbewildered. Misunderstanding the Lord, many fools consider themselves incarnations of the Supreme Personality of �odhead, but the result is that after leaving the\nmaterial body they enter the species of jackals. Persons who cannot understand the\nreal significance of an incarnation must attain such lower species of life as punishment. Conditioned souls who are puffed up by false egoism and who try to become\none with the Supreme Lord become Mayavadis.\n\nTEXT 98\n\nc.!l•1f1TJ '��\"'-�, ��-t'\n\n�'i!l'!tt I\n\n..�Jl ��tl't ����II �lr II\neka-miitra 'arh�i'--k[�(la, 'arh�a '\navatiira\narh�i arh�e dekhi jye_s_tha-kaniHha-iiciira\n--\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-miitra-only one; arh�i-source of all incarnations;kr�ra- Lord Knl)a;arh�aof the part; a vatiira\n\n-\n\nincarnations; arh�T-is the source of all incarnations; amse...:.in\n\nthe incarnation; dekhi-we can see; jyeHha-as superior; kani�.tha-and infe.rior;\niiciira-behavior.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Kr�l)a is the source of all incarnations, and all others are His parts or partial\nincarnations. We find that the whole and the part behave as superior and inferior.\n\nTEXT 99\n\n�tt:q ��,.t\\!5 6 <2Jt.� I\n��·\"51� �t� ���1i{ II �._, II\njye�tha-bhiive arh5tte haya prabhu-jiiiina\nkani�.tha-bhiive iipaniite bhakta-abhimiina\nSYNONYMS\n\njye�tha-bhiive-in the emotion of being superior;arhsite-in the original source of\nall incarnations; haya-there is;prabhu-jniina-knowledge as master; kaniHha-bhiive\n-in an inferior conception; iipaniite-in Hi'TlSelf; bhakta-abhimiina-the conception\nof being a devotee.\n\n", "adi1#p0593": "512\n\n�i Caitanya-caritamrq\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe source of all incarnations has the emotions of a superior when He considers\nHimself the master, and He has the emotions of an inferior when He considers\nI\nHimself a devotee.\nPURPORT\nA fraction of a particular thing is called a part, and that from which the fraction\nis distinguished is called the whole. Therefore the fraction, or part, is included\nwithin the whole. The Lord is the whole, and the devotee is the part or fractional\npart. That is the relationship between the Lord and the devotee. There are also\ngradations of devotees, who are calculated as g reater and lesser. When a devotee is\ngreat he is called prabhu, and when he is lesser he is called bhakta, or a devotee.\nThe supreme whole is Kr�oa, and Baladeva and all Vi�I)U incarnations are His fractions. Lord Kr�Qa is therefore conscious of His superior position, and all Vi�Qu\nincarnations are conscious of Their positions as devotees.\nTEXT 100\n\n�t �11� ��t\\! �1!1 'fti� I\n�1 � *�t '69 6 02f'llt\"9f'f II �\n\no o\n\nII\n\nk�IJerO somata haite bapa bhakta-pada\natma haite k�IJera bhakta haya premaspada\nSYNONYMS\n\nk�IJera- with Lord Kr�Qa; somata- equality; haite-than this; bapa- greater;\nbhakta-pada-the position of a deyotee; atma haite-than His own self; kr�IJera -of\nLord K[�l)a; bhakta- a devotee; haya - is; prema-aspada- the object of love.\nTRANSLATION\nThe position of being a devotee is higher than that of equality with Lord Kf�l)a,\nfor the devotees are dearer to Lord Kr�Qa than His own self.\nPURPORT\nThe conception of oneness with the Supreme Personality of Godhead is inferior\nto that of eternal service to the Lord because Lord Krsna is more affectionate to\ndevotees than to His personal self. In Srimad-Bhiigavat�� (9.4.68) the Lord clearly\nsays:\n\nsadhavo hrdayarh mahyarh\nsadhDntirh hrdayarh tv aham\nmad anyat te no jananti\nnaharh tebhyo manag api\n\n", "adi1#p0594": "Ad i-llla, Chapter 6\n\n573\n\n\"The devotees are My heart, and I am. the heart of My devotees. My devotees do not\nknow anyone but Me; similarly, I do not know anyone but My devotees.\" This is the\nintimate relationship between the Lord and His devotees.\nTEXT 101\n\n._N1 ���·�If 'fl5ft' 1[� I\n\n�� �n alf'tW·� 1211ftt'1 II ·) o) II\niitmii haite k[�l}a bhakte ba(la kari' miine\n\nihiite bahuta �iistra-vacana pramiil}e\nSYNONYMS\n\niitmii haite -than His own self; k[�l}a - Lord Kr�Qa; bhakte-His devotee; baqa\n\nkari' mane-accepts as greater; ihiite-in this connection; bahuta-many; �iistravacana -quotations from revealed scripture; pramiit�e-evidences.\nTRANSLATION\nLord KnQa considers His devotees greater than Himself. In this connection the\nscriptures provide an abundance of evidence.\nTEXT 102\n01' ��1 C1l: �\\51{ 'Sl�Clllf-!-l-t�11: I\n\n0{ 'D 'l�(c;'fl 0{ �t�tvl D lt�1 �t� I \") � I\no\n\nna tathii me priyatama\niitma-yonir na �ankaraf:l\nna ca sankar�al}o na �rir\nnaiviitmii ca yathii bhaviin\nSYNONYMS\n\nna\n\ntathii-not so\n\nmuch; me- My; priyatama!J -dearmost; iitma-yoni!J - Lord\n\nBrahma; na �ankaraf:l -nor\n\n�ankara ( Lord � iva ) ; na co-nor; sankar�aiJafl - Lord\n\nSarikar�ar;ta; no-nor; �rill-the goddess of fortune; no-nor; eva -cer tainly; iitmiiMy self; ca-and;yathii-as;bhaviin- you.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"0 Uddhava! Neither Brahma, nor .�ankara, nor Sarikar�ar;ta, nor Lak�mi, nor\neven My own self is as dear to Me as you.\"\nPURPORT\nThis text is from the Srimad-Bhiigavatam ( 11.14.15).\n\n", "adi1#p0595": "�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n574\n\nTEXT 103\n\n�'Itt� ilt.: -itt 1ft�\"'ltlf� I\n\n'ft''ettef � itt 1ft� i(it II � o� II\nk[�!Ja-siimye nahe tiiilra miidhuryiisviidana\nbhakta-bhiive kare tiiilra miidhurya carvara\nSYNONYMS\nk[�!Ja-siimye-on an equal level with Kr��a; nahe-not; tiiilra\n\n-\n\nHis; miidhurya­\n\niisviidana-relishing the sweetness; bhakta-bhiive-as a devotee; kare-does; tiihraHis; miidhurya carva(la-chewing of the sweetness.;.\nTR ANSLATION\nThe sweetness of Lord Kf�l)a is not to be tasted by those who consider themselves equal to Kr�l)a. It is to be tasted only through the sentiment of servitude.\nTEXT 104\n\n-ttall �· !Jit,-�tetl � I\n11Jt'l� �� 'm;� 'ett�l ��Cf II � oS II\n5iistrera siddhiinta ei, --vijflera anubhava\nmur;Jha-/oka niihi jane bhiivera vaibhava\nSYNONYMS\n5iistrera-of\n\nthe\n\nrevealed\n\nscriptures; s/ddhiinta-conclusion; ei-th is; VIJnera\n\nanubhava-realization by experienced devotees;mur;Jha-/oka- fools and rascals;niihi\njiine-do not know; bhiivera vaibhava\n\n-\n\ndevo �ional opulences.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n.-\"•.0111\":\n\nThis conclusion of the revealed scriptures is also the realization of experienced\ndevotees. Fools and rascals, however, cinnot •\" lm de'rstand the opulences of devotional emotions.\nPURPQ.&T\nWhen a person is liberated in the siirDpya form of liberation, having a spiritual\nform exactly like Vi��u, it is not possibl� for him to relish the relationship of\nKr��a's personal associates in the.ir mello� e·xc;hanges. The devotees of Kr��a,\nhowever, in their loving relationships with Kr�Qa, sometimes forget their own\nidentities; sometimes they think themselves one with Kr�l)a and yet relish still\ngreater transcendental mellow in that way. People in general, because of their\n\n", "adi1#p0596": "Adi·lila, Chapter 6\n\n575\n\nfoolishness only, try to become masters of everything, forgetting the transcendental\nmellow of servitorship to the Lord. When a person is actually advanced in spiritual\nunderstanding, however, he can accept the transcendental servitorship of the Lord\nwithout hesitation.\nTEXTS 105-106\n\n���A'��,� I\n�c;s, f�-.y, �' �·�'111 � o� II\n�� 1ft�· <fitl � I\n(;� �� �' f<fi1 itt�'trtt� Wfti{ II � o� II\nbhakta-bhava ailgikari' balarama, /ak�ma!Ja\nadvaita, nityrlnanda, 5e�a, sailkar�a!Ja\nk[�!Jera madhurya-rasamrta kare pana\nsei sukhe motto, kichu nahi jane ana\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-bhava-the conception of being a devotee; angikari -accepting; balarama.\n'\n\n-Lord Balarama; lak�ma!JO-Lord Lak�mat�a; advaita-Advaita Acarya; nitylinanda\n-Lord N ityananda; 5e�a-Lord �e�a; sailkar�a(la-Lord Sari kar�al)a; k[!j!Jera-of Lord\nKf�l)a; mlidhurya-transcendental bliss; rasa-amrta-the nectar of such a taste; kare\npana-they drink; sei sukhe-in such happiness; motto-mad; kichu-anything; nahi\n-do not;jane-know; ana-else\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBaladeva, Lak:;mal)a, Advaita Acarya, Lord Nityananda, Lord Se�a and Lord\nSarikar�apa taste the nectarean mellows of the transcendental bliss of Lord KrHla\nby recognizing Themselves as being His devotees and servants. They are all mad with\nthat happiness, and they know nothing else.\nTEXT 107\n\n� �� <fi�, �t� -�· I\n\n��i{·1ft!_1i·�1tit -�''11 �'fliP II � o\" II\nanyera achuk karya, apane 5ri-k[�(la\napana-madhurya-pane ha-ifa satr�!Ja\nSYNONYMS\nanyera-of others; tichuk-let be; karya-the business; apan e\n\n-\n\npersonally; 5ri-k[�(IO\n\n-Lord �rT Kr�Qa; apana-madhurya-personal sweetness; pane-in drinking; ha-ifabecame; sa-t[�(la-very much eager.\n\n", "adi1#p0597": "576\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\nNot to speak of others, even Lord KnQa Himself becomes thirsty to taste His\nown sweetness.\nTEXT 108\n\n:!Jftlft� �talftfiws �tle{ � I\n....�\n\n� i{� 15� �t:!Jfflli{ II �o\"\" II\n\nsva-mtldhurya asvadlte karena yatana\nbhakta-bhiiva vinu nahe tiihii iisviidana\nSYNONYMS\nsva-miidhurya-the sweetness of Himself;asvadite-to taste;karena yatana-makes\nendeavors; bhakta-bhiiva-the emotion of being a devotee; v/nu-without; nahethere is not; tiihii-that; iisviidana-tasting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe tries to taste His own sweetness, but He cannot do so without accepting the\nemotions of a devotee.\nPURPORT\nLord S rr Kr�t:�a wanted to relish the transcendental mellow of a devotee, and\ntherefore He accepted the role of a devotee by appearing as Srr Kr�t:�a Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 109\n\n....� �m' � ..\"\"�(,\n\n·�·�9l ��0!( 'J..(II �o� II\nbhakta-bhii.va angikari' hailii avatir(la\n�ri-kr�ra-caitanya-rupe sarva-bhiive pOr!Ja\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-bhiiva-the ecstasy of being a devotee; angikari'-accepting; haifa-became;\navatirra-incarnated;�ri-k[�(la-caitanya-rupe-in the form of Lord Srr Kr�t:�a Caitanya;\nsarva-bhiive plir(la-coinplete in every respect.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore Lord KnQa accepted the position of a devotee and descended in the\nform of Lord Caitanya, who is complete in every respect.\n\n", "adi1#p0598": "Adi-nra, Chapter 6\n\n577\n\nTEXT 110\n\niftift-'fR!I\"e� ��� �t� � I\n\n�t(�fbtfii �J�t fi,.,. �t�� II :>� II\n•\n\nniinii-bhakta-bhiive karena sva-miidhurya piina\npDrve kariyiichi ei siddhiinta vyilkhyiina\n\nSYNONYMS\nniinii-bhakta-bhiive- various emotions of a devotee; karena-does; sva-miidhurya\n\npiina-drinking the sweetness of Himself; pDrve-formerly; kariyiichi-1 discussed;\n\ne/-this; siddhilnta-conclusion; vyilkhyilna-the explanation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe tastes His own sweetness through the various emotions of a devotee. 1. have\nformerly explained this conclusion.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Caitanya, who is known as �rT Gaurahari, is complete in relishing all the\ndifferent mellows, namely, neutrality, servitorship, fraternity, parental affection\n�nd conjugal love. By accepting the ecstasy of different grades of devotees, He is\ncomplete in relishing all the mellows of these relationships.\n\nTEXT 111\n\n��tl1tt-tt oe.-etr;� �· 1\n'ftl���fif-.�-c ���II�:>� II\navatilra-gOJyera bhakta-bhiive adhikiira\nbhakta-bhilva haite adhika sukha nilhi ora\n\nSYNONYMS\navatiira-ga(lera-of all the incarnations; bhakta-bhiive-in the emotion of a devotee;\nadhikiira-there is the right; bhakta-bhiiva-the emotion of being a devotee; haitethan; adhika-greater; sukha-happiness; niihi-not; tiro-any other.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the inc arnations are entitled to the emotions of devotees. There is no higher\nbliss than this.\n\n", "adi1#p0599": "'5 78\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nPURPORT\n\nAll the different incarnations of Lord Vi�QU have the right to play the roles of\nservitors of Lord Kr�l)a by descending as devotees. When an incarnation gives up\nthe understanding of His Godhood and plays the part of a servitor, He enjoys a\ngreater transcendental mellow taste than when He plays the part of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\nTEXT 112\n\n'l!f �·-���tfl)�'1 I\n..-��a t:i� ��..,� 'Sf� II ��� I\nmula bhakta-avatiira �ri-sankar�ara\nbhakta-avatiira tanhi advaite garana\n\nSYNONYMS\nmula-original; bhakta-of a devotee; avatiira-incarnation; �ri-sankar�ara-Lord\n\n�rl Sankar�a:Qa; bhakta-avatiira-the incarnation of a devotee; tanhi-as that; advaite\n-Advaita Acarya; gaf1ana-counting.\nTRANSLATION\nThe o riginal bhakta-avatara is Sailkar�al)a. Sri Advaita is counted among such\ninc arnati ons\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough �rT Advaita Prabhu belongs to the Vi�QU category, He displays servitorship to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu as one of His associates. When Lord Vi�l)ll\nappears as a servitor, He is called an incarnation of a devotee of Lord Kr�l)a. Sri\nSankar�arta, who is an incarnation of Vi�rtu in the spiritual sky known as the greater\nVaikurtFha, is the chief of the quadruple incarnations and is the original incarnation\nof a devotee. Lord Maha-Yj�nu, who is lying on the Causal Ocean, is another\nmanifestation of Sar'lkar�al)a. He is the original Personality of Godhead who glances\nover the material and efficient causes of the cosmic manifestation. Advaita Prabhu\nis accepted as an incarnation of Maha-Vi_si)U. All the plenary manifestations of\nSankar�arta are indirect expansions of Lord Kr�Qa. That consideration also makes\nAdvaita Prabhu an eternal servitor of Gaura Kr�l)a. Therefore He is accepted as a\ndevotee incarnation.\nTEXT 113\n\n�'eft� ''Stt�fi1PJ 11� ..'Pttl I\n·� c•ttf �� ��tJt«tf II)�.� II\nadvaita-iiciirya gosiiflira mahimii apiirO\nyiinhiira hunkiire kaila caitanyiivatiira\n\n", "adi1#p0600": ". Adi-lila, Chapter 6\n\n579\n\nSYNbNYMS\nadvaita-ocorya-Advaita Acarya; gosanlra- of the Lord;mahimli aplira- unlimited\nglories; yonhora-of whom; hunkore-by the vibration; kai/a-brought; caitanyaavatora-the incarnation of Lord Caitanya.\nTRANSLATION\nThe glories of Sri Advaita Acarya are boundless, for His sincere vibrations brought\nabout Lord Caitanya's descent upon this earth.\nTEXT 114\n\n\"��� �ffln \"� v'Ste. 151fPI 1\n��-<2111-rof '\"t• (;<tilt� �tbf II )�8 II\nsankirtana praciiriyii saba jagat tiirila\nadvaita-prasiide /oka prema-dhana piii/a\nSYNONYMS\nsankirtana pracliriyii-by preaching the cult of sahkirtana; saba-all; jagat-the\nuniverse; tiirila-deli vered; advaita-prasiide-by the mercy of Advaita Acarya;/okaall people; prema-dhana p iiila-received the treasure of loving God.\nTRANSLATION\nHe liberated the universe by preaching sailkTrtana. Thus the people of the world\nreceived the treasure of love of Godhead through the mercy of Sri Advaita.\nTEXT 115\n\n�11'� �· (;�� ..�I\n<;1fl tiff�, �- �� �� � II ��� II\nadvaita-mahimii ananta ke wre kahite\nsei likhi, yei Suni mahiijana haite\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-mahimii-the glories of Advaita Acarya; anan(q-unli m ited; ke-who; pare\n-is able;kahite-to say;sei-that; /ikhi-1 write;yei-whatever;Suni-1 hear;mahiijana\nhaite-from authority.\nTRANSLATION\nWho can describe the unlimited glories of Advaita Acarya? I write here as much\nas I have known from great authorities.\n\n", "adi1#p0601": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n580\n\nTEXT 116\n\n�tit-m;et <;1ltJ ,�ti �11 I\ntt'lt�._�il1��11 ���II\naciirya-caraf}e mora kofi namaskiira\nithe kichu apariidha nii /abe iimiira\n\nSYNONYMS\niicarya-caraf}e-at the lotus feet of Advaita Acarya; mora\n\n-\n\nmy; koti namaskiira­\n\noffering obeisances ten mill ion times; ithe- in this connection; kichu-some; aparildha\n-offense; nii /abe- p l eas e do not take; iimiira-my.-my.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my obeisances ten million times to the lotus feet of Sri Advaita Acarya.\nPlease do not take offense at this.\nTEXT 117\n\n�11rtf ���-,�S:»ttp �'Sttlt I\n�tl tftt �,-����II ��1 II\n1tomiira mahimii-kofi-samudra agadha\ntahiira iyatta kahi,-e baf{a apariidha\n\nSYNONYMS\ntomiira mahimil- Your glories; kofi-samudra agadha-as unfathomable as the\nmillions of seas and oceans; tiihara-of that; iyattii-the measure; kahi-1 say;\n\ne\n\n-\n\nthi s; baf{a\n\n-\n\ngreat; apariidha-offense\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYour glories are as fathomless as millions of oceans and seas. Speaking of its\nmeasure is a great offense indeed.\nTEXT 118\n\ntrlOtrl���l\n.tAl 'P'i\n\n�' fQJtil\"l � II ��lr II\n\njaya jaya jaya �ri-advaita iiciirya\njaya jaya �ri-caitanya, nityiinanda iirya\n\n", "adi1#p0602": "Adi-nra, Chapter 6\n\n581\n\nSYNONYMS\n·\n\njoyo joyo-all glories; joyo-all glories; �ri-odvoito iiciiryo-to �ri Advaita Acarya;\n\njoyo joyo-all glories; �ri-coitonyo-to Lord �ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nityiinondoLord Nityananda; aryo-the superior.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories, all glories to Srr Advaita Acarya! All glories to Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and the superior Lord Nityananda!\nTEXT 119\n\n\"� �� �\"'\"�Pr'fl\n'Pf� �m �� ��, ..'St'fll �)� 11\ndui �toke kohito odvoito-tottvo-nirCipOIJO\nponco-tottvero viciiro kichu �uno, bhokto-goiJo\n\nSYNONYMS\ndui �toke-in two verses; kohito-described; odvoito-Advaita; tottvo-nirfJpOIJOascertaining the truth; ponco-tottvero-of the five truths; viciiro-consideration; kichu\n-something; �uno-please hear; bhokto-gol)o-0 devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus in two verses I have described the truth concerning Advaita Acarya. Now,\n0 devotees, please hear about the five truths [ panca-tattva) .\n\nTEXT 120\n\nlltpt-�-t-� �� � I\n�W5ftl!� •ttt \"\"tlll II �� II\no\n\n�rT-rupo-roghuniitho-pode yoro o�o\ncoitonyo-coritiimrto kohe k�!Jodiiso\n\nSYNONYMS\n�rT-rDpo-Sr'Tla ROpa Gosvami; roghumitho-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvaml; pode\n-at the lotus feet; yaro-whose; ii!o-expectation; coitonyo-coritomrto-the book\nnamed Coitonyo-coritamrto; kohe-describes; k.r.s{lo-daso-�rila Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja\nGosvami.\n\n", "adi1#p0603": "582\n\n�rr Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri· Raghunatha, always desirin·g their\n\nmercy, I, Kr�l)adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their footsteps.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Adi-lila,\nSixth Chapter, describing the glories of Sri Advaita Acarya.\n\n", "adi1#p0604": "References\nThe statements of Sri Caitanya-caritlimrta are all confirmed by standard Vedic\nauthorities. The following authentic scriptures are quoted in this book on the pages\nlisted. Numerals in bold type refer the reader to SrT Caitanya-caritamrta's translations. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\n\nAdi Purara\n\nDana-keli-kaumudT\n\n328,342,343\n\n303\n\n110\n\n291,542\n\nGaura-garodde�a-dTpika\n\nAnanta-sarhhita\n\nGopT-premamrta\n\nBhagavad-gfta\nx,\n\n341\n\n1-2, 3, 5, 10, 12, 48,53, 54,78,\n\nGovinda-IT!amrta\n\n94,106,108,119,177-179,205,215,\n\n240, 247,325,421,444-445,467,528, 301\n\nHaya�Tr�a-pancaratra\n\n529\n\nBhagavat-sandarbha\n\n111\n\nHaya�Tr�Tya-�rT-narayara-vyilha-stava\n\n97,148,210,395-396,442\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\n544\n\nT�opani�ad\n\n258,297,318,336,400,508,543\nBhakti-sandarbha\n\n5,203-204\n\nKatha Upani�ad\n\n38,45,510\n\nBhavartha-dfpika\n\n1' 414\n\nKrama-sandarbha\n\n543\n\nBrahmar9a Purara\n\n193\n\n403,467\n\nKr�ra-sandarbha\n\n9, 12, 52, 94,102,155,277,314,386,\n\nKr.sra-yamala\n\n412,434,478,528,563\n\n110\n\n414\n\n413\n\n110\n\n69,70,158,400,461,477,507-508\n\n413,527\n\n310, 361-362\n\n401\n\n395-396\n\n282\n\n408\n\n157\n\n529\n\n108\n\n250,545\n\nBrahma-sarhhita\n\nBrahma-tarka\n\nBrahma-yamala\nBrhad-arotJyaka Upani�ad\nBrhad-bhligavatamrta\n\nBrhad-gautamfya-tantra\nCaitanya-bhagavata\nCaitanya Upani�ad\n\n461\n\nKarma Purara\nLaghu-bhagavatamrta\n\nLa/ita-madhava\n\nMaha-sarhhita\nMaha-varaha Purara\n\nManu-smrti\nMukunda-mala-stotra\n\n583\n\n", "adi1#p0605": "584\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nMurflaka Upani�ad\n\n109,111-112,128,131,133,185,186,\n\n100-1 01 ' 109\n\n193,202,227,250,264,273,312-313,\n\nNiirada-pancaratra\n\n383,405,408,544-545\n\n326,339,340,399,408,409,411,415,\n425,427,441,444,450,460,467,470-\n\nNiiriiyara-samhita\n\n471' 503,554,572-573\n\n187\n\nStava-miilii\n\nNiiriiyariitharva-!ira Upani�ad\n\n197,262,334,368\n\n111\n\nStotra-ratna\n\nNiiriiyara Upani�ad\n\n213,214-215\n\n111\n\nSvayambhuva-tantra\n\nNiimiirtha-sudhiibhidha\n\n382\n\n191\n\nSvetliSvatara Upani�ad\n\nPadma PurarJa\n\n108,109,153\n\n216,343,395,408,414,477,507-508, Tattva-sandarbha\n510,531,544\nParama-sarhhitii\n\n415\nPau�kara-samhita\n\n415\nPrameya-ratniivali\n\n542\n{?k-sarhhito\n\n111\nSotvata Tantra\n\n437,447\n\n94\nUjjva/a-nilamari\n\n275\nUpadeSamrta\n\n160-161\nUpani�ads\n\n119,412\n\nViimana Purii(la\n\n452\n\nViiyu Purii(la\n\nSftopani�ad\n\n110\nVidagdha-miidhava\n\n395\n\n167,298\n\nSkanda Purora\n\n382,410,461,477\nSrrmad-Bhiigavatam\n\n3,44,47,49-56,60,61,67,68,69,99,\n\nVi�ru Puriira\n\n267,269,271,297,400,437,529\n\n", "adi1#p0606": "Glossary\nA\n\nAbhidheya-action one is duty-bound to perform according to one's constitutional\nrelationship with God.\nAcarya-an authorized teacher who teaches by his example.\nAcintya-inconceivable.\nAcintya-bhedabheda-tattva-the philosophy which maintains that the Lord is simultaneously one with and different from His creation.\nAcyuta-the name of Kr�Qa which means He who never falls down (infallible).\nAdhok�aja-the Supreme Lord, who is beyond all conception through material senses.\nAdvaita-vada-realization of the oneness of the Absolute; the philosophy of monism.\nAdvaita-nondual.\nAgamas-authorized Vedic literatures.\nAmrta-immortal.\nAth�ave�a-partial incarnations of God.\nAnanda-compiete transcendental bliss.\nAnanta-unlimited.\nApraka.ta-unmanifested.\nArca-murti-the form of the Lord in the temple.\nA�raya-the Transcendence, who is the source and support of all.\nA�raya-vigraha-the manifestation of the Lord of whom one must take shelter.\nAHanga-yoga-the eightfold system of mystic yoga meant for realizing the presence\nof Paramatma, the Lord in the heart.\nAsuras-demons.\nAvyakta-unmanifested.\n\nB\n\nBhagavan-the name of Kr�Qa which means the possessor of all opulences in full.\nBhagavata-dharma-the transcendental religion that is the eternal function of the\nliving being.\nBhagavatas-persons or things in relationship with the Lord.\nBhakta-a devotee, one who performs devotional service (bhakti).\nBhakta-avatara-incarnations of God as devotees.\nBhakti-ordinary devotional service in love of God.\nBhakti-rasticiirya-one who knows the essence of devotional service.\nBhava-the stage of transcendental love experienced after transcendental affection.\nBhava-roga-material miseries or diseases.\n\n585\n\n", "adi1#p0607": "586\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nBhrama-false knowledge or mistakes.\n8hu-the creative energy of the cosmic creation.\nBrahmajyoti-the impersonal effulgence of Kr�Qa's body.\nBrahman-the Lord's all-pervading feature of neutrality.\nBrahmtinanda-the spiritual bliss derived from impersonal Brahman realization.\nBrahmti(lfla-the universe.\nBrahma-randhra-the hole in the skull through which the perfected yogi quits his\nbody.\nc\n\nCaitanya-living force.\nCaitanya-caritamrta-the character of the liv,ing force in immortality.\nCaitya-guru- Kf�l)a, who is seated as the spiritual master within the heart of the\nliving being.\nCatur-vyDha-the quadruple expansions of Kr�Qa who predominate over the\nVaikutl�ha planets.\nCinttima(li-touchstone; when applied to a metal transforms it into gold.\nCit-unlimited knowledge.\nCit-Sakti-the internal potency of the Lord.\nCupid-the demigod of love, Kamadeva.\n\nD\n\nDaivi prakrti- See: Yogamaya.\nDtisya-rasa-the relationship.\nDevas-administrative demigods.\nDhtima-abode.\nDharma-the capacity to render service, which is the essential quality of a living being.\n\nG\n\nGaufliya Vai�(lavas-followers of Lord Caitanya.\nGopijana-val/abha-the name of K�Qa whi�th means \"the transcendental lover of\nthe gopis. \"\nGopis-pwe devotees of Kr�Qa who were related to Him as cowherd girl friends.\nGovinda-the name of Kr�Qa which means \"He who pleases the senses and the cows.\"\nGuru-spiritual master.\n\n", "adi1#p0608": "Glossary\n\n587\n\nH\n\nHliidini-Kf�Qa's pleasure potency.\n\nl�anukathii-scriptural information about the Lord and His devotees.\n\n]Tvas-souls, or the atomic living beings.\njnana-miirga-the path of the culture of knowledge by empirical philosophical\nspeculation.\nK\n\nKa!ma�a-sin.\nKa/pa-vrk�a-wish-fulfilling trees.\nKama-lust, the desire to gratify one's own senses.\nKararapatava-imperfectness of the material senses.\nKarma-material activities subject to reaction.\nKarma-kar(ia-the path of fruitive work.\nKesava-the name of Kr�Qa which means \"He who has long, black, curlin� hair.\"\nKr�ra-bhakti-love of Kr�Qa.\n\nM\n\nMadana-mohana-the name of Krsoa which means \"He who charms Cupid.\"\nMiidhurya-rasa-relationship with Kr�Qa in conjugal love.\nMadhusDdana-the name of K.r�t�a which means \"the killer of the Madhu demon.\"\nMahii-bhiigavata-a devotee in the highest stage of devotional life.\nMahiibhiiva-the highest pitch of transcendental sentiment.\nMahtijanas-the twelve authorized agents of the Lord whose duty is to preach the\ncult of devotional service to the people in general.\n\nManvantara-the regulative principles for living beings who desire to achieve perfection in human life.\n\n", "adi1#p0609": "588\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nMaya-the external illusory energy of the Lord.\nMaya-�akti-See Miiyii.\nMi�ra-sattva-mundane goodness .\nMukti-liberation of the conditioned souls from material consciousness.\nMukunda-the name of Kr�l)a which means the giver of liberation.\n\nN\n\nNama-sanklrtana-the congregational chanting of the holy names.\nNila-the energy that destroys the creation.\nNirodha-the winding up of all energies employed in creation.\n\np\n\nPancaratrika-the system of regulations for devotional service of the Lord.\nPanca-tattva-the Lord, His plenary portion, His incarnation, His energies and His\ndevotees.\n\nParakiya-rasa-relationship with Kr�l)a as a paramour.\nParamaharhsas-the topmost class of God-realized devotees.\nParamparii-disciplic succession.\nParavyoma-the spiritual sky.\nPari�ats-devote�s who are personal associates of the Lord.\nPa�aruja-one who compares the Supreme Lord to the demigods or who considers\ndevotional activities to be material.\nPo�ara-special care and protection for the devotees by the Lord.\nPrabhu-master.\nPraka�a-vigrahas-forms of the Lord manifested for His pastimes.\nPrakrta-sahajiya-pseudo-devotees of K�l)a.\nPramada- inattention or misunderstanding of reality.\nPrema-real love of God, the highest perfectional stage of life.\n\nR\n\nRiidhd-bhiiva-murti-the mood of Radharani.\n\nR iidhii-kurfla-the bathing place of Srimat7 Radharar;Ji.\n\nRiiga-bhakti-devotional service in transcendental rapture.\nRasiibhiisa-an incompatible mixture of rasas.\nRiisa-lt7ii'- Kf�l)a's pastime of dancing with the aopis.\n\n", "adi1#p0610": "Rasas-spiritual relationships.\nRilfjha-bhiiva-the love of the gopis.\n\ns\n\nSabda-transcendental sound.\nSac-cid-iinanda-full life, knowledge and bliss.\nSiidhakas-neophyte devotees.\nSahajiyiis-a class of so -called devotees who try to imitate the Lord's pastimes.\nSakhya-rasa-relationship with Kf�l)a in friendship.\nSaktyiiveSa-jivas empowered as incarnations of God.\nSa/okya-liberation of living on a Vaikul)tha planet.\nSamiidhi-trance, total absorption in the service of the Lord.\nSambhu-tattva-the principle of Lord �iva.\nSiimipya-liberation of living as a personal associate of the Lord.\nSamvit-the cognitive potency of the Lord.\nSaniitana-dharma-See Bhiigavata-dharma.\nSandhini-the existential potency of the Lord.\nSankirtana-congregational chanting of the holy name of the Lord.\nSanta-rasa-relationship with Kf�l)a in neutral appreciation.\nSorgo-the first creation by Vi?I)U.\nSiir,sfi-liberation of achieving opulences equal to those of the Lord.\nSiirilpya-liberation of having a form the same as the Lord's.\nSiistras-revealed scriptures or Vedic literatures.\nSat-unlimited existence.\nSattvatanu-Vi?I)U who expands the quality of goodness.\nSiitvata-sarhhitiis-scriptures that are products of the mode of goodness.\nSiiyujya-liberation of merging with Brahman.\nSiddha/oka-the planets of materially perfect beings.\nSik,sii-guru-an instructing spiritual master.\nSiSumiira cakra-the orbit of the pole star.\nSri-the energy of Godhead that maintains the cosmic manifestation.\nSrngiira-conjugal love of God.\nSthiina-the maintenance of the universe by Vi?I)U.\nSuddha-bhakti-pure devotional service.\nSuddha-sattva-the condition of pure goodness.\nSurabhi cows-the cows in the spiritual world which can give unlimited milk.\nSvakiyii-relationship with Kr�l)a as a formally married husband.\nSviirhSa-forms of God having unlimited potencies.\nSvariit-fully independent.\nSyiimasundara-the name of Kr�Qa which means \"the very beautiful black form.\"\n\n", "adi1#p0611": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n590\n\nT\n\nTamo-gura-the mode of ignorance.\nTapa/;1 -the acceptance of hardships for spiritual realization.\n\nu\n\n'urugaya-the name of the Lord which means \"He who is glorified by sublime\nprayers.\"\nOti-the urge for creation that is the cause of all inventions.\n\nv\n\nVaikurtha-natha-the Lord of Vaikul)!ha.\nViitsa!ya-rasa-the relationship with Kr�Qa in parental love.\nVibhinniirh�a-the living beings, all of whom have limited potencies.\nViddha-bhakti-mixed devotional service.\nVidhi-bhakti-devotional service under scheduled regulations.\nVi/iisa-vigrahas-expansions of the Lord who manifest bodily differences.\nVipra-lipsii-the cheating propensity.\nVisarga\n\n-\n\nthe secondary creation by Brahma.\n\nVi�ru-bhaktas-devotees in Kf�l)a consciousness.\nVi�ru-tattva-a primary expansion of Kf�l)a having full status as Godhead.\nVi�vambhara-one who maintains the entire universe and who leads all living beings.\nVrajendra-kumiira-Kr�Qa, the child of King Nanda.\n\ny\nYajnas-sacrifices.\nYoga-the process of llnking with the Supreme Lord.\nYoga-miirga-the path of developing mystic powers.\nYogamiiyii-the internal potency of the Lord.\n\n", "adi1#p0612": "Bengali Pronunciation Guide\nBENGALI DIACRITICAL EQUIVALENTS AND PRONUNCIATION\n\nVowels\n\n�a\n\nCfifta\n\n�i\n\nti\n\n�u\n\n-(i\n\n'r\n\n<.fie\n\n�ai �0\n\n�au\n\ncandra-bindu)\n\n: p (visarga)\n\n' ril (anusvara)\n\n1!1\n\nii (\n\n�r\n\nConsonants\nGutterals:\nPalatals:\nCerebrals:\nDentals:\nLabials:\nSemivowels:\nSibilants:\n\n.. ka\n'5 ca\n5t a\n<:! ta\n9f'pa\n�ya\nwf sa\n\n'f kha\n\n'f ga\n\n'i cha\n\nII; ja\n\nJtha\n-r tha\n.pha\n1f ra\n��a\n\n�Qa\n\"da\n�ba\nI'( la\n�sa\n\n\"t gha\n\n�· ila\n\n�jha\nlJ Qha\n${ dha\n�bha\n� va\n�ha\n\n$ iia\ntl I;ta\ni{ na\n\n1( rna\n\nVowel Symbols\nThe vowels are written as follows after ·a consonant:\n\n<r tr 'e �ai '10 'lau\nla f7 �� 6-.u\n.rka � ki ..,ki f. ku � ku � kr\nfkf �ke �kai �1ko �lkau\nt-a\n\nFor example:\n\n591\n\n", "adi1#p0613": "592\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrfa\n\nThe letter a is implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\nThe symbol virama (-.) indicates that there is no final vowel.\n\n�k\n\nThe letters above should be pronounced as follows:\na -like the o in hot; sometimes like the o in go;\n\n4 -like the d in dawn.\n\nfmal a is usually silent.\na -like the a in far.\n\nqh -like the dh in good-house.\n\ni, T -like the ee in meet.\nu, ii -like the u in rule.\n\nt-as in talk but with the tongue against the\nthe teeth.\nth-as in hot-house but with the tongue against\nthe teeth.\nd-as in dawn but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\ndh-as in good-house but with the tongue\nagainst the teeth.\n\nr -like the ri in rim.\nr -like the ree in reed.\ne -like the ai in pain; rarely like e in bet.\nai -like the oi in boil.\no -like the o in go.\nau -like the ow in owl.\nrn - (anusvara) like the ng in song.\n\n1]. -(visarga) a fmal h sound like in Ah.\nn- (candra-bindu) a nasal n sound\nlike in the French word bon.\nk -like the k in kite.\nkh -like the kh in Eckhart.\ng -like the g in got.\ngh -like the gh in big-house.\nn -like the n in bank.\nc -like the ch in chalk.\nch -like the chh in much-haste.\nj -like thej injoy.\njh -like the geh in college-hall.\nii -like the n in bunch.\n\n! -like the t in talk.\n\nth -like the th in hot-house.\n\nQ -like the n in grzaw.\n\nn-as in nor but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\np -like the p in pine.\nph -like the ph in philosopher.\nb -like the b in bird.\n\nbh -like the bh in rub-hard.\nm -like them inmother.\ny -like thej injaw.1f\ny -like they inyear. �\nr -like the r in run.\n!-like the I in law.\nv -like the b in bird or like the w in dwarf.\ns, � -like the sh in shop.\ns -like the s in sun.\nh-like the h in home.\n\nThis is a general guide to Bengali pronunciation. The Bengali transliterations in this\nbook accurately show the original Bengali spelling of the text. One should note, however,\nthat in Bengali, as in English, spelling is not always a true indication of how a word is\npronounced. Tape recordings of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupiida\nchanting the original Bengali verses are available from the International Society for Krishna\nConsciousness, 3764 Watseka Avenue, Los Angeles, California 90034.\n\n", "adi1#p0614": "Index\nNumerals in bold type indicate references to Sri Caitanya-caritiimrta's verses. Numerals in regular\ntype are references to its purports.\n\nA\nquoted on love of gopis, 328\n\nAbsolute Truth\n\nAdvaita\n\nas reservoir of pleasure, 414\nas ultimate substance, 32\n\nas avatiira of Lord, 37\n\nBhagavan as highest feature of, 52, 97-98\n\nasCaitanya's spiritual uncle, 474\n\ncompared to sun, 54-55\n\nas disciple of Madhavendra PurT, 542\n\ndescribed in impersonal way in Upani�ads, 5\n\nas incarnation of God, 4\n\ndescribed in transcendental literatures, 111-\n\nas incarnation of Maha-Vi�Qu, 13, 519, 520522\n\n112\n\nas limb ofCaitanya's body, 205\n\nenergy of exhibited in three ways, 430\n\nessence of learned by hearing glories of\n\nas material cause of creation, 531-532\nas partial incarnation of Lord, 40\n\nCaitanya, 86\nincludes four principles, 270\n\nas prime spiritual master of Vai�Qavas, 537\n\nis Sri KnQa, 81\n\ndescended to introduce path of bhakti, 536537\n\nknown by love of God, 38\nno chance of duality in, 411\n\nknown as Kamalak�a. 538\n\nno one greater than or equal to, 20\n\nliberated universe by preaching sankTrtana,\n579\n\nnot known by experimental knowledge, 405\n\nmeaning of His name, 519\n\nprimary potencies of, 149\nreconciles all opposing elements, 409\n\nother persons who appeared with, 218-219\n\nSarikaracarya's objections to personal feature\n\npropagates cult of devotion, 26\n\nAdvaitam acyutam aniidim ananta-rupam\n\nof, 405\n\nquoted, 228\n\nsix principles of, 3 7\n\nAham krtsnasya jagata{l prabhava{l\n\nthree features of, 132-133\n\nquoted, 53\n\nSee also: Supreme Lord, KnQa, Caitanya\n\nAham sarvasya prabhava{l\n\nMahaprabhu\n\nquoted, 467\n\nAcoryas\n\nAham tviim sarva-piipebhyo\n\nqualifications of, 220-221\n\nverses quoted, 2\n\nSee also: Spiritual master, Disciplic succes­\n\nAjiinu-biihum kamaniya-gotram\n\nsion\n\nverses quoted, 395\n\nAcintya-bhediibheda-tattva\n\nAmbari�a Maharaja\n\nas philosophy ofCaitanya, x\n\nstory of Durvasa Muni and, 63\n\nVai�Qavas stress philosophy of, 119\n\nAnanta\n\nAcint)lo{l khalu ye bhiivii no tams\n\nas seed of all incarnations, 450\n\nquoted, 410\n\ninvested with potencies of sustenance by\n\nActivities\nin love of God are spotless, 321\n\nSankar�apa, 407\n\nin spiritual world are immortal, 4\n\nKumaras hear Bhiigavatam from, 462\n\nof mind and senses purified, x\n\nproduces fire of annihilation, 391-392\ntwo features of, 461\n\nopposed to devotional service as greatest\n\nSee also: Se�a\n\nignorance, 198\n\nAr{lantara-stha-paramii(lu-cayiintara\n\nspiritual begin after liberation, xi\n\nquoted, 94\n\nstopping unnecessary and temporary, xi\n\nAnanta-samhitii\n\nAcyuta\n\nquoted on Caitanya as Kr�Qa, 110\n\nGod addressed as in Gitii, 3\n\nAniruddha\n\nAdi Purii(la\n\nas part of second quadruple expansion, 404-\n\nquoted on glories of gopis, 343\n\n416\n\nquoted on gopTs' appreciation of Kr�Qa, 342\n\n593\n\n", "adi1#p0615": "�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n594\n\nBalarama\n\nAniruddha\n\nas the principle of the mind, 407\n\nas brother of K�[la, 10\n\nas vi/asa-vigraha, 71\n\nas chief of original quadruple forms, 377\n\nK�irodak�ayi ViglU as expansion of, 128\nlives in SvetadvTpa, 404\nAnnihilation\n\nas counter-form of Govinda, 435\nas first expansion of K�pa, 9,374\nas source of sentiment of servitude, 567\n\nbegins from Anantadeva, 391-392\n\nas vilasa-vigraha, 71\n\nonly in material nature, 415\n\nconsiders Himself servant of KnQa, 560-562\n\nAntarahga-�akti.\n\ndiffers from KnQa only in color, 66\nNityananda as, 206, 375\n\nSee: Cit-�akti\n\nnot different from Lord Rama, 466\n\nArjuna\nfought for satisfaction of Lord, 78\n\nplayed with Kr�Qa in three modes, 469\n\ngiven knowledge of yoga by Kr�Qa, x-xi\n\nSanka�a[la as, 417-419\n\nKr�pa displayed universal form in Gita to, 6\nKr�[la taught Gita to, 240\ntaught Gita by Govindaji, 46\nAssociation\n\ndesire for devotional service developed in\ndevotees', 38\nimportance of devotees', 60-61\ntwo kinds of undesirable, 61\n\nA�_tahga-yoga\nas materialistic art, 389\nAsthu/a� canaru� caiva sthlilo\nverses quoted, 409\nAtaeva puril(ladau kecin nara sakhatmatam\nverses quoted, 158\n\nBengal\ncalled Gau9adesa, 30\nBhagavad-grta\nadored by all classes of scholars, 51\nCaitanya confirmed as KnQa in, xi\ncited\n\non devotees'\n\nyogamaya, 247\n\nbeing under care of\n\ncited on Lord's glancing over nature, 421\neveryone enjoined to become a yogf in, 391\nexplained by Advaita, 536-537\nKnQa displayed universal form in, 6\nKr�Qa distinguishes soul from matter in, 6\nKr�Qa teaches from without from, 46\none should first read, 4\n\nAthiito brahma-jijiliis a\nquoted, 6, 146\n\nphilosophy of surrender to Supreme taught\n\nAthavaharh dharadhiime\nverses quoted, 110\n\nin, 255\nprocess of purifying consciousness in, x-xi\n\nAtheism\ndesire for liberation as, 79\nequalization of maya and spirit is, 413\n\nAtheists\n\nshould not be consulted for knowledge,380\nAvajananti marh mupha\n\nquoted on all-pervasiveness of Kr�Qa, 106\nquoted on Arjuna's decision to fight for God,\n78\nquoted on Brahman resting on KnQa, 5\nquoted on crossing beyond modes of nature,\n215\n\nverses quoted, 1\n\nquoted on curbing of atheists, 205\nB\n\nquoted on descent of Lord, 177-179\nquoted on disciplic succession, 11\nquoted on everything emanating from Kr�Qa,\n\nBahir �ru-pulakayofl sator api yad\nverses quoted, 161\nBaladeva\nSvetadvTpa exists by energy of, 383\nSee also Balarama\n\nBaladeva Vidyabhu.sa[la\ncited on Caitanya as Km1a, 191\n\ncited on cosmos as partial kingdom of God,\n441\n\ncited on Vi�[lU being unaffected by mode of\ngoodness, 452\nexplained the materialistic conclusion, 525\n\n467\n\nquoted on fools who deride Kr�Qa, 1-2\nquoted on highest yogfs, x\nquoted on how Lord instructs devotee, 48\nquoted on inconceivable power of Absolute,\n\n444,445\nquoted on infallibility of Kr�Qa, 3\nquoted on Kr�Qa as seed-giving father, 12\nquoted on living beings' association with\nnature, 528\n\nquoted on Lord as seed of living beings, 119\nquoted on Lord as source of everything, 53\n\n", "adi1#p0616": "595\n\nIndex\n\nBhagavad-gTtiJ\nquoted on Lord in heart, 94\nquoted on management of material nature,\n529\n\nBhaktivinoda Thakura\nwarns against artificial renunciation, 321\nBhakti-yoga\nbegins with chanting holy name, 187\n\nquoted on material nature working under\n\nBharata\n\nquoted on reward of KfHla according to sur-\n\nBhava-bandha-cchide tasyai\n\ndirection of Lord, 54\n\nrender of devotee, 240, 325\nquoted on superior nature, 10\nquoted on surrender to Kr�IJa, 2\nSupreme described as person in, 108\ntaught to Arjuna by Govindaji, 46\nthe eternal nature is described in, 379\nBhagavan\nAbsolute Truth is, 52\nBhiigavata-dharma\nas religious principle meant for liberated\npersons, 78\nBhiigavatas\ntwo kinds of, 82-83\nBhagavat-sandarbha\ncited on four transcendental features of\nSupreme, 148\ncited on sixteen spiritual energies, 442\npotencies of Lord described in, 268\nquoted on energies of Naraya[la, 395-396\nquoted on mission of Caitanya, 210\nword bhagoviin explained in, 97\nBhakti\nAdvaita descended to introduce path of, 536537\nBhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu\nas the science of devotional service, 499\nquoted on beauty of Govinda, 508\nquoted on conjugal love of God, 258\nquoted on ecstatic feelings of Daruka, 336\nquoted on ecstatic tears of Radha, 337\nquoted on love of gopis, 318\nquoted on pastimes of Radha-Kr�oa, 297\nquoted on pleasure of devotional service, 543\nquoted on salvation of enemies of Lord, 400\nBhakti-sandarbha\ncited on association of devotees, 38\ncited on position of spiritual master, 45\ncited on the Deity, 510\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\nas author of Surya-siddhiinta, 169\nas spiritual master of author, 17\ncited on why Caitanya kept His brahmaciJri\nname, 184\ninitiated in Madhva-Gau�iya-sampradaya, 30\nBhaktivinoda Thakura\nas spiritual master of Gauraki�ora dasa Babaji,\n17\n\nas attendant of Rama, 477\nverses quoted, 544\nBhiiviirtha-dipikii\nquoted on pleasure of devotional service, 543\nBhi�ma\nquoted on Supersoul, 107\nBhoktiirarh yajna-tapasiJrh\nquoted, 94\nBhrgu Muni\nas resident of Maharloka, 391\nBijarh miJrh sarva-bhutiJniim\nquoted, 119\nBilvamal'lgala Jhakura\nas author of Kr.sra-karramrta, 59\nBrahma\nas qualitative incarnation of God, 66\nblasphemed by gopis, 311-313\nborn on lotus from Vi;;ou's navel, 12, 24, 447\ncreated entire creation, 451\nhis prayers after stealing cows and cowherd\nboys, 115-124, 128-129\nknowledge imparted into heart of, 11\nlength of his day, 169\nlife span of, 13\nmantra chanted by, 506-507\npleased in sentiment of servitude, 547\nprayer of, 435\nquoted on Kr�oa's favor to His devotees, 227\nquoted on Naraya[la as plenary part of God,\n202\nshown Vaikur;��ha by Narayar;�a, 386\ntaught by Lord, 48-49\nBrahmaloka\ngreat saints live in, 103\nresidents of attain three kinds of perfection,\n392\nBrahmaivedam amrtarh p urastiid\nverses quoted, 101\nBrahmajyoti\ncompared to effulgence of sun, 398\nemanates from VaikuQfha, 52\nimpersonalists merge into, 397\nBrahman\nas effulgence of Lord's body, 20,100-101\nas personal bodily rays of Lord, 93-94\nCaitanya as basis of, 5\nCausal Ocean lies beyond, 420\n\n", "adi1#p0617": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n596\n\nBrahman\n\nc\n\nexists in spiritual world with Vaikuotha\nplanets, 379\n\nexpands unlimitedly, 52\n\nspeculators perceive Lord as, 113\n\nBriihmaras·\n\ndemons are accustomed to kill, 401\n\nrecommended to worship quadruple forms of\nLord, 415\n\nBrahmiirfla Puriira\n\nquoted on Kr�oa as original personality of\nGodhead, 467\n\nquoted on merging with Brahman, 403\n\nreference to 5vetadvipa in, 457\n\nBrahmiinando bhaved eja cet;pariirdha\nverses quoted, 543\n\nBrahma-sarhhitii\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\naccepted a spiritual master, 11\n\naccepted sentiments of Radha, 260-261\n\nas amorous love personified, 346\nas basis of Brahman, 5\n\nas God, guru, devotee and expansion of God,4\n\nas initiator of sankirtana, 207, 208\n\nas Kr�oa, xi, 2, 5, 6, 35, 94, 108-110, 156, 375\nas source of energy for all His devotees, 13\nassumed sentiment of a devotee, 255-256\n\nas unification of Radha and Kr�Qa, 9, 17, 21\nbodily features of, 188-190\n\ncalled Bhiigavatam the spotless Puriira, 411\ncompared to a lion, 181-182\n\nabode of Knoa described in, 227\n\neveryone as servant of, 565-566\n\ncited on Lord 5iva, 563\n\nin mood of Radharapi, 7, 264, 289\n\ncited on Kr�oa as origin of all expansions, 9\n\nHis yellow complexion, 196\n\ncited on power of Lord's spiritual body, 12\n\nknown as Vi�vambhara, xi, 182\n\ncited on those whose eyes are smeared with\n\ntaught about conjugal love of Kr�oa, 6\n\ncited on Supersoul, 528\nlove of God, 314\n\ncited on ViglU expansions, 412\nGokula described in, 383\n\nquoted on abode of Kr�Qa, 386\n\nquoted on impersonal Brahman, 102\n\nquoted on incarnations of Krsna, 478\n\nquoted on Kr�Qa as cause or\"�li causes, 155\nquoted on Maha-Vi�QU, 434\n\nquoted on Radha and Her confidantes, 277\nquoted on Supersoul, 94\n\nquoted on unlimited expansion of Brahman,\n52\n\n5iva compared to curd in, 453\n\nvij(IU-tattva compared to lamp in, 143-144\n\nBrahma-tarka\n\ncited on transcendental qualities of Absolute,\n414\n\nBrahma-yiimala\n\nquoted on Caitanya as Kr�Qa, 110\n\nBrhad-iiraryaka Upan�sad\n\ncited on varieties of bodies, 527\n\nquoted on perfect completeness of Lord,\n413\nBrhad-bhiigavatiimrta\n\nas book by Sanatana Gosvami, 498\n\ncited on salvation of demons, 401\n\nKr�Qa tastes His own sweetness as, 576-577\n\nwanted to please gopis, 331\n\nCaitanya-bhiigavata\n\nquoted on Caitanya referring to His form as\nK�irodaka�ayT Vi�Qu, 157\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta\n\nas most authoritative book on Caitanya, 14\n\nas postgraduate study of spiritual knowledge,4\n\ndeals with what is beyond material creation,\n10\n\nCaitanya Upanijad\n\nquoted on Caitanya as Kr�oa, 108\n\nCandr�ekhara\n\npleased in sentiment of servitude, 548\n\nCandravali\n\nRadharapiis superior to, 275\n\nCausal Ocean\n\nall universes float in, 9-10\n\nGanges as drop of, 423\n\nlies beyond Brahman, 420\n\nCelibacy\n\ngreat intelligence developed by, 104\n\nChanting\n\nas most sublime sacrificial performance, 208\n\nbhakti-yoga begins with, 187\nlove of God achieved by, 81\nthree stages of, x\n\nBrhad-gautamiya-tantra\n\nChristians\n\nBuddha\n\nCitrarh bataitad ekena vapujii\n\nquoted on Radharap1, 282\n\nhis philosophy dangerous, 90\n\nwho don't believe in law of karma, 105-106\nverses quoted, 408\n\n", "adi1#p0618": "597\n\nIndex\n\nDemigods\n\nConjugal love of God\nas superior to all other rasas, 257-25 8\ntwo divisions of, 259\n\nworshiped for sense gratification, 77\nDevotees\n\nbestowed by Caitanya, 167\nCosmos\n\naccept bare necessities of life only, 217\nare never pantheists, 412\n\nhas no eternal existence, 10\nConsciousness\nas symptom of superior nature, 10\nin material one tries to love what is unlovable,\n7\n\nas servitor expansions of Lord, 72\ncompared to cuckoo birds, 352\ncompared to swans, ducks and bees, 91\nconsidered by Kr�Qa as greater than Himself,\n573\n\npurification of, x-xii\n\ndesire to taste love of gopis, 318\n\nCowherd boys\n\ndon't desire liberation, 337-338, 339, 340\n\ntheir service to Kr�Qa, 554\nCows\n\nfour kinds of, 257-258\nfree from material contamination, 128\n\ndemons are accustomed to kill, 401\nCreation\n\ngradations of, 572\nincarnations entitled to emotions of, 577-578\n\nas one fourth of Lord's energy, 413\n\nKr�Qa worshiped with His, 42\n\ndestroyed by Siva, 453\n\nliberation hellish for, 401\n\ninsignificant from God's position, 1\n\nminds of compared to Ganges, 338\n\nLord exists before and after, 51-53\n\nnot concerned with liberation, 175\n\nmajority of in spiritual sky, 12\n\nnot in material nature, 4\n\nPradyumna as origin of, 407\n\noffered four kinds of liberation, 397\noffer respects to Hanuman, 544\n\nCupid\ncreative principle of Pradyumna invested in,\n\nplaced in Kr�Qaloka, 401\nsee the form of the Lord, 112-113\n\n407\n\ntry to serve gop is, 331\nD\n\ntwo types of, 64-65\nDevotional service\nanyone accepting existence of God is in,\n\nDaivi hy ejd guramayi\nverses quoted, 215\nDamodara\nas internal energy, 37\nDiina-keli-kaumudi\nquoted on duplicity of Radha's love, 303\nDaruka\ndidn't relish his ecstatic feelings, 336\nDa�ama-tippani\nas commentary by Sanatana Gosvami, 498\nDattatreya\nhis philosophy dangerous, 90\nDeath\nliving beings beyond limits of, 412\nyogfs choose where they go at, 389-390\nDeity\nthe Lord not different from, 510\nDemigods\nCaitanya as worshipable Deity of, 201\nhave different grades of power and potency,\n204\ngo to ocean of milk to pray to Vi�(lu, 458\nRudra as ornament of all, 562-563\nspiritual master as representative of, 44\n\n6\nas reciprocation between two, 267\nbeginning of functional, 46\nhearing as most important process of, 160\nnine processes of, 50\npleasure of, 543-545, 546\nsense gratification in name of, 251\nthree kinds of, 241-242\ntwo kinds of, 549-550\nDharmiirtha-kiima-mokjeju\nverses quoted, 544\nDhruvaloka\nVai kur�ha planet in orbit of, 391\nDhyeyarh sadii paribhava-ghnam\nverses quoted, 109\nDisciplic succession\nknowledge received in, 11\nK.r.iQadasa Kaviraja offers respects to, 4\nLord's mercy descends by, 51\nSee also Spiritual master\nDurga\ndivisions of, 395\nsometimes appears from head of Brahma,\n563\n\n", "adi1#p0619": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n598\n\nDurvasa Muni\n\nForms of Lord\n\nstory of Maharaja Ambari�a and, 63\n\n·\n\nare all spiritually supreme, 413\nare mysteries, 50-51\n\nDvapara-yuga\nKni;�a appears at end of, 170\nKr�i;la appears in blackish hue in, 186\nDviipariyair janair vi�(IU{I\n\nsiinkhya-yoga recommends meditation on form\nof Lord, x\nseen by devotees, 112-113\n\nverses quoted, 187\nDvaraka\n\nG\n\nas division of Kr�Qaloka, 380, 381\nloving affairs in as elevated, 292\nDvaraka-pura\nPradyumna lives in, 404\n\nE\n\nGadadhara\nas foremost of internal potencies of Lord, 41\nas internal potency of God, 4, 37\npleased in sentiment of servitude, 548\nGanges\nas drop of Causal Ocean, 423\nas most sacred water of Vi�i;IU, 9\n\nEarth\nas cause and shelter of all earthen pots, 119\nas insignificant spot in cosmic structure, 380\nmade glorious by Vrndavana, 343\nEkiidafi-tattva\nquoted on metaphorical use of words, 137\nElements\ncompared to smoke, 427\ndisplay energy of Lord, 53\nenter bodies and remain outside them, 55\nEnergy\nof Absolute exhibited in three ways, 430\nspiritual is fully independent, 13\nthree divisions of Kr�IJa's, 7\nEnergy, external\nas cause of innumerable universes, 1 53\nas covering of spiritual spark, 387\nconsists of two parts, 524\nKrsna has no contact with, 126\nw�rks only in contact with spiritual energy,\n\n430\n\ndevotees minds compared to, 338\nKrHla consciousness compared to waters of,\n\n91\nGarbhodak�ayT Vi�i;�U\nas expansion of Pradyumna, 128\nas partial part of Nityananda, 24,447\nas plenary portion of Balarama, 375, 3 77\nas Supersoul of total living beings, 1 04, 125\nBrahma born from navel of, 13\nuniversal form as expansion of, 453\nGargamuni\npredicted appearance of Caitanya, 184-185\nGau�a\nCaitanya and Nityananda appeared in, 19\nCaitanya appeared in, 84\nGau�iya\nas divided into five provinces, 30\nGauQiya Vai:;r:1avas\nobedient to six Gosvamis, 39\nworship Divinity by transcendental sound, 29\nworship the spiritual master, 45\n\nEnergy, internal\nGadadhara, Damodara and Jagadananda as, 37\nmaterial energy works only in contact with,\n\n430\nquadruple forms as enjoyers of, 405\nRadha and Kr�i;la display their pastimes\nthrough, 8\nthree kinds of, 267-271\nEnergy, marginal\n\nGau�iy a-Vai�i;�ava-sampradaya\ncomes from Madhvacarya, 542\nGaura-garoddefa-dfpikii\ncited on identity of Svarupa Damodara, 291\nquoted on Gau�iya-Vai�i;�ava-sampradaya, 542\nGaurahari\nSee Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nGaura{l sarviitmii mahli-puru�o\nverses quoted, 1 08\n\nliving beings as, 153\n\nGau raki�ora dasa Babaji\n\nEnvy\nof spiritual master is envy of God, 45\n\nas spiritual master of Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvati, 1 7\nGautama\n\nF\n\nhis yoga system dangerous, 90\nGautamiya-tantra\n\nForms of Lord\nall transcendental and eternal, 408\n\nquoted\n224\n\non\n\noffering tulasT leaf to Kni;�a,\n\n", "adi1#p0620": "599\n\nIndex\n\nGopis\n\nGito-govinda\nquoted on KfHla leaving rasa dance, 345\nquoted on Kr�Qa's pastimes with gopis,\n\n347\n\nconsider themselves Knpa's maidservants, 555-\n\n556\ncurse Brahma, 311-313\nfive groups of, 344\n\nGod\n\ninfluenced by yogamiiyii, 246-248\n\neverything together is, 4\nis infallible, 3\n\nKr�Qa as master of, 15\n\nnever under control of material nature, 1\n\nKnQa can't repay love of, 326\n\nusually seen as almighty Father, 6\n\nKr�Qa obliged to, 6\n\nSee Supreme Lord, KnQa, Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nlove of pure and spotless, 317, 321, 322-324,\n\n326-336\n\nGoddess of fortune\nalways serves Pradyumna, 407\n\nwent to meet KnQa in dead of night, 248-249\n\nbegs for devotional service, 54 7\n\nGovinda\n\nSee Lak�mi\n\nacts like �ik�ii-guru, 46\nas functional Deity, 14, 15\n\nGoddesses of fortune\nalways sing glories of Lord, 388\n\nas He who pleases the senses and cows, 29\n\nas partial manifestations of Radha, 279\n\nBrahman as effulgence of, 102\nobeisances to, 27\n\nGo-ko,ti-diinarh grahare khagasya\nverses quoted, 208\n\nRadha as enchantress of, 281\n\nGo kula\n\nGovinda-bhii�ya\n\nas division of Kr�Qaloka, 381\n\nmaterialistic conclusion explained in, 525\n\nother names of, 382\n\nGovinda-lilamrta\n\npresent in material world, 384-385\n\nquoted on Kr�Qa's dancing to love of Radha,\n\n301\n\nGokulananda\ntemple of Lokanatha Gosvami, 30\n\nGosvamis, six\nasgurus, 37\n\nGoloka\nas division of KnQaloka, 380\n\nas instructing spiritual masters of Kr�Qadasa\n\nas planet of KnQa, 168\n\nKaviraja, 39\n\nparakiya-rasa exists only in, 24 7-248\n\nlived under a tree for one night only, 14\nRadha-KnQa understood through, 499\n\nVraja as confidential part of, 261\n\nto come under protection of requires grace of\n\nGoodness, mode of\n\nNityananda, 497\n\nas cause of material happiness, 525\nqualities of, 386-387\n\nGravity, law of\n\ntinged with passion and ignorance, 269\nVi?QU unaffected by, 452\n\nas partial explanation of Sankar�aQa's energy,\n\n460\n\nyellow represents, 431\n\nGu QlirQava M i�ra\n\nGopala Bhana Gosvami\n\ndidn't offer respects to Minaketana Ramadasa,\n\ntemple of Radharamapa of, 30\n\n483-485\n\nGopijana-vallabha\n\nGurebhya� co pararh vetti\n\nas the lover of the gopis, 29\n\nverses quoted, 3\n\nGopinatha\n\nGuru\n\nas KnQa as master of gopis, 15\n\nSee Spiritual master\n\nas originator of rasa dance, 28\nas ultimate attraction in spiritual realization,\n\nH\n\n46\nGopi-premamrta\nquoted on relationship of gopis with Kr�Qa,\nHaladhara\n\n341\n\nSee Balarama\n\nGopTs\n\nHanuman\n\nas best of all Lord's consorts, 71\n\nalways remained servant of Rama, 544\n\nas expansions of Radha, 279\nas\n\ninstruments\n\nin\n\nRadha-KnQa\n\n344\nCaitanya wanted to please, 331\n\npastimes,\n\nHappiness\ndifferent standards of, 57\nfrom hearing, 543\n\n", "adi1#p0621": "600\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nHappiness\n\nIgnorance, mode of\n\nmode of goodness as cause of material, 525\nHari\n\nfive kinds of, 84\n�iva appears contaminated by, 562-563\n\nSee K�Qa\n\nlk�vaku\n\nHari-bhakti-viliJsa\n\nManu instructed yoga to, 11\n\nespecially meant for Vai�Qava householders,\n498\n\nImam vivasvate yogam\nverses quoted, 11\n1mpersonalists\n\nHaridasa Thakura\npleased in sentiment of servitude, 548\n\nagainst worship of form of Lord, 510\naim to become one with Lord, 45\n\nHarir hi nirgu(la{l siJk?iit\n\ncan't go beyond effulgence of God, 5\n\nverses quoted, 452\n\ncan't penetrate mysteries of transcendence, 51\n\nHa.tha-yoga\nCaitanya doesn't pursue path of, 5\n\nconsider devotional service as fruitive activity,\n161\n\nHaya�i�a-pancariJtra\nquoted on Hari as Supreme Lord, 111\nHaya�ir�iya-�ri-niiriiya(la-vyuha-stava\nquoted on devotees' indifference to liberation,\n\ndesire to merge with Brahman, 175\nmerge into brahmajyoti, 397\nmisinterpret aphorisms of Vedanta, 404\nSee Mayavadis\n\n544\n\nIncarnations\n\nHearing\nas most important process of devotional service,\n\nact as devotees, 570-571\nall descend in body of Knr;�a, 237\n\n160\nessence of Absolute Truth learned by, 86\n\nAnanta as seed of, 450\n\nhappiness from, 543\n\nappear in all species of life, 251\n\nimportance of, 61-62\n\nas plenary portions of puru�a-avatiiras, 135,\n\n438\n\nHindus\nworship Ganges, 9\n\ndistinct from one another, 408\n\nHirafJmayena piitre(la\n\nentitled to emotions of devotees, 577-578\n\nverses quoted, 5\n\nestablish principles of religion, 457\n\nHira(lmaye pare ko�e\n\nK�Qa as cause of all, 144\n\nverses quoted, 1 o·0-101\n\nnot under control of material nature, 3\n\nHirar)yagarbha\n\npartial and empowered, 150-151\n\nSee Garbhodaka�ayi Vi�r;�u\nHirar)yaka�ipu\nfailed to recognize Nrsimhadeva as Vi�r;�u, 400\n\nas predominating deity of heavenly planets,\n\n506\n\nHliJdini potency\nas the pleasure potency of the Lord, 266-267\nessence of as love of God, 274\nRadha as personified, 276, 277\n\nInitiation, spiritual\nsacred thread as sign of, 44\nIntelligence\nfiner than mind, 389\n\nHoly name\nas sound incarnation of\n\nthree categories of, 65-66\nlndra\n\nLord, x\n\neighth offense against, 208-209\nlove of God achieved by chanting, 81\nHouseholders\nmany of Caitanya's devotees were, 2-3\nHuman beings\nlove of God highest perfection for, x\n\nPradyumna as principle of, 407\nT�opani�ad\nquoted on perfect completeness of God, 203204\nquoted on personal aspect of Absolute, 5\nnvara Puri\nappeared with Advaita, 218-219\ngiven knowledge by Madhavendra Puri, 11\nlttharh nr-tiryag-r�i-deva\nverses quoted, 109\n\nIgnorance, mode of\nannihilation and destruction due to, 387\nas cause of illusion, 525\n\nblue represents, 431\n\njagadananda\nas internal energy, 37\n\n", "adi1#p0622": "601\n\nIndex\n\njagannatha dasa Babaji\n\nKamsa\n\nas spiritual master of Bhaktivinoda Thakura, 17\n\nattained salvation, 401\nthought of Kr�r;Ja as enemy, 256\n\njagannatha Mi�ra\nappeared with Advaita, 218-219\n\nKar;1ada\nhis philosophy dangerous, 90\n\njanmady asya yata{l\nquoted, 53\n\nKapila (atheist)\ndifferent from son of Kardama, 531\n\njayadeva Gosvami\nas author of Gita-govinda, 345\n\nhis materialistic conclusion, 525-526\nhis philosophy dangerous, 90\n\njay�ri\nas name of Radhara[li, 59\njiva Gosvami\ncited on association of devotees, 38\ncited on four transcendental features of\nSupreme, 148\n\nKapiladeva\nas original propounder of siinkhya-yoga, x\nquoted\n\non\n\ndependence of material nature,\n\n472\nquoted on devotees' not desiring liberation,\n\ncited on Knr;1a's appearance as Caitanya, 193-\n\n194\n\n339\nKarabhajana, Saint\n\ncited on position of spiritual master, 45\ncited on three features of Absolute, 94\ndiscusses abode of Knr;Ja, 382, 383\ndiscusses h/iidini potency, 267\nexplained word bhagaviin, 97\nhis Sa_t-sandarbhas, 161\nquoted on mission of Caitanya, 210\nquoted on power of �iva, 144\nRadha-Damodara temple of, 30\n\nquoted on Kr�r;Ja's appearance in Dvapara-yuga,\n\n186\nquoted on worship of Lord in Kali-yuga, 192\nKarar;Ja Ocean\n\nSee Causal Ocean\nKarar;Jodak�ayi Vi�r;Ju\nas partial representation of Nityananda, 24,\n\n420\nas plenary portion of Balarama, 375\nas Supersoul of all universes, 125\n\n}!vas\nSari kar�ar;Ja as shelter of all, 418\n\njlliina-yoga\nCaitanya doesn't pursue path of, 5\njunior Haridasa\nbanished by Caitanya, 3\n\nK\n\nSee Maha-Vi�r;Ju\nKarma-kii(lf/a\nas cheating process, 76\nKarmii(ly anihasya bhavo 'bhavasya te\nverses quoted, 411\nKarma-yoga\nCaitanya doesn't pursue path of, 5\nKatha Upani�ad\ncited on eternality and the living force, 1, 414\n\nKalau sankirtaniirambhe bhavi�yiimi\nquoted, 110\nKalindi\nconsiders herself as maidservant of Kr�r;Ja,\n\n559\nKali-santara(la Upani�ad\nquoted on chanting holy name, 187\nKali-yuga\n\nKe�ava\nas name of Kr�r;Ja, 334\nKe�ava Bharati\nCaitanya took sannyiisa from, 183\n\nKlirh k.r�(liiya govindiiya\nquoted, 506\nKnowledge\nadvancement in spiritual existence by, xii\n\nacceptance of sannyiisa forbidden in, 94\n\nas component of samvit potency, 273-274\n\nCaitanya appears in, 21\n\nas opulence of Supreme Lord, 410-411\n\nCaitanya descends in, 181\n\nCaitanya-caritiimrta as post-graduate study of\nspiritual, 4\nexternal senses for acquiring, x\ngained by approaching spiritual master, 57\nimparted into heart of Brahma, 11\nrevealed may at first be unbelievable, 380\n\nCaitanya initiated dharma for, 348\ncongregational chanting in, 193-194\nmind purified by mahii-mantra in, 530\nreligious practice for, 187\nKiilo daivarh karma jiva{l svabhiivo\nverses quoted, 425\nKamalak�a\nas name of Advaita, 538\n\nsuperior must be accepted without argument,\n\n10\ntranscendental is full of mysteries, 49-50\n\n", "adi1#p0623": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n602\n\nKnQaloka\n\nKnowledge\n\ndevotees placed in, 401\n\ntwo processes of receiving, 11\n\nspontaneous loving service found only in,\n\nKramo-sandarbha\n\n242\n\ncited on Kr�Qa as Caitanya, 193\n\nthree divisions of, 380, 381\n\nKnQa\n\nK[�Qamayi\n\nAbsolute Truth is, 81\n\nas name of\n\naccepted a spiritual master, 11\nArjuna given knowledge of yoga by, x-xi\nas cause of all incarnations,\n\n144\n\nRadha, 283\n\nK.�ra-sandarbha\nabode of KnQa discussed in, 382\nquoted on Anantadeva, 461\n\nas master of gopis\n\n15\nas original candle, 143-144\nas original NarayaQa, 121\n\nKr�ra-yiima/a\n\nas original Personality of Godhead, 133-134,\n\nK�Trodaka�ayi Vi�Qu\n\nquoted on Caitanya as KnQa, 110\nas expansion of Aniruddha,\n\n140\nas origin of all expansions,\n\n9\nas possessor of full power, 287\nas seed-giving father, 12\nas summum bonum of Vi�QU, 96\nCaitanya as, xi, 2, 5, 6, 35, 108-110, 156,375\nconsidered an incarnation of God by some,\n\n130.131\n\n128\n\nas plenary portion of Balarama,\n\n375,377\n25,455\nas Supersoul of individual living being, 125,\n447\nCaitanya refers to His form as, 157\nas secondary part of Nityananda,\n\nKula�ekhara\nhis prayers for service to the Lord, 545\n\ndemons killed by, 213\n\nquoted on developing spontaneous love of\n\ndisplayed universal form in Gitii, 6\n\nGod, 250\n\nenjoys in six primary expansions, 150,151-152\n\nKumaras\n\nhas no contact with material energy, 126\n\nas empowered incarnation of God,\n\nis eternally an adolescent, 151\n\nhear Bhiigavatam from Ananta, 462\n\nknown as Nandasuta, 97\n\n66\n\nKurma Purii(la\n\nNarayaQa has different bodily features than,\n\nquoted on contradictory conceptions of Lord,\n\n409\n\n114-115\nnondifferent from His name, 99-100\nnot under control of material nature, 3\n\nquoted on spirituality of Lord's form, 413\nKuveriitmajau baddha-murtyaiva yadvat\nverses quoted, 544\n\nservice of Ya�oda to, 5 SO\nsix manifestations of, 36\ntastes His own sweetness as Caitanya, 576-577\n\nL\n\nthree colors of, 185-186\nthree kinds of consorts of, 278-280\n\nLaghu-bhiigavatiimrta\n\nthrilled by His own beauty, 310,316\n\ncited on Rama and His associates, 477\n\nworshiped with His devotees, 42\n\ncited on salvation of enemies of Lord, 400\n\nKnQa Caitanya\n\nKnQa established original Personality of Godhead in, 467\n\nSee Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nKr�Qa consciousness\n\nproper reply to impersonalists in, 404\n\nas absolute science, xi\n\nCaitanya's mission to teach path of, 3\nfull of dancing and singing, 91\nmind controlled by engagement in, x\nKr�Qadasa Kaviraja Gosvami\n\nquoted on two features of Ananta, 461\nquoted on various names of Knoa, 158\nquoted on viliisa-vigrahas of Lord, 70\n\nlife of, 13-14\n\nrefutes charges against devotees by\n\nNityananda appeared in dream to, 488-495\noffers obeisances to disciplic succession, 4\n\nSarikaracarya, 407\nsymptoms of puru�a described in, 437\nLak�ma[la\n\nKrgJO-karromrta\nKr�Qa, 59\n\n508\nquoted on prakii�a-vigrahas of Lord, 69\n\nmaterial nature transcended by, 4\n\nas treatise dedicated to pastimes of\n\nquoted on attraction of Lak,smT to Knoa, 507-\n\nRadha­\n\nalways serves Rama, 568\nNityananda formerly appeared as, 475\n\n", "adi1#p0624": "603\n\nIndex\n\nLaksmTdeVT\n\nattracted by sweetness of K[Hla, 507-508\n\nLak�mT\n\nLove of God\n\nfour rosos in, 171\n\nfreely bestowed by Caitanya, 5\n\nMaha:maya as expansion of, 563\n\nfull of sentiments of servitude, 564\n\nthose who worship Narayar;Ja first utter name\n\nimbues all with spirit of service to K�ra,\n\nsits at feet of Vi�IJU, 12\nof, 8\n\nLolito-miJdhovo\nquoted on beauty of Radha,\n\nhappiness of, 57\n\n549-550\none can see abode of K�ra with eyes of, 385\n\n361-362\n\nquoted on Kr�IJa's desire to taste His own\nbeauty, 310\n\nLaws of nature\n\nreceived through Advaita's mercy, 579\ntwo divisions of, 274-275\n\nLust\n\ndifference between love of God and, 317-322\n\ncan't be controlled, 385\n\ncan't influence forms of Lord, 413\n\ngreat living being behind, 421\n\nliberation\n\ndesire for as atheism, 79\n\nfour kinds of, 179, 396-397\nnot desired by devotees, 175, 337-338, 339,\n\n340\nremembering pastimes of Kr�IJa better than,\n\n544\nspiritual activities begin after, xi\n\nLiving beings\n\nall are individual, 3\n\nM\nMadana-mohana\n\nas He who charms Cupid, 29\n\nobeisances to, 27\n\nrelationship with Kr�':la learned by worship of,\n\n14\nSanatana Gosvami delivers shelter of, 46\nMadhavendra Puri\n\nAdvaita as disciple of, 542\n\nappeared with Advaita, 218-219\n\ngiven knowledge by Madhvacarya, 11\n\nas samples of the Substance, 78\n\nMadhusOdana\n\ncompared to birds in trees, 105\n\nMadhvacarya\n\nbeyond limits of birth and death, 412\n\ncompared to sparks of fire, 427\n\nhave four defects, 405\n\nhave pleasure-seeking potency, 7\n\ninactive in association of matter, 416\n\nprone to fall into material nature, 1\nSanka�aiJa as reservoir of all, 407\n\nSee also Soul\n\nLiving force\n\nas name of Kar;�a, 297\nappeared in Panca-dravic;la province, 30\n\ngiven knowledge by Vyasadeva, 11\nquoted on divisions of Durga, 395\n\nMohiJbhoroto\n\nCaitanya confirmed as Kr�r;�a in,\n\nproof that Caitanya is K[�IJa in, 211\nreference to Svetadvipa in, 457\n\nmovement and activity as symptoms of, 1\n\nMohobhovo\n\ntemple of Gokulananda of, 30\n\nMoho-mantra\n\nLokanatha Gosvami\nLotus feet of Kr�IJa\n\nRadharaiJT as embodiment of, 275- 277\nas address to Caitanya and Nityananda, 10\n\nas object of worship of Rukmir;�i, 559\n\nCaitanya worshiped by, 194\n\nworshiped by Kr�r;�a's friends, 554\n\nmeaning of Rama in, 466\n\nplaced on breasts of gopis, 323\nLove of God\n\ngiven by initiator spiritual master, 37\n\nmind purified by in Kali-yuga, 530\n\nAbsolute Truth known by, 38\n\nMohon probhur voi puru�o{l\n\nactivities in are spotless, 321\n\nMaha-puru�a\n\nas pleasure potency of Lord, 267\n\nMaharloka\n\nCaitanya came to earth to preach, 2\n\nMoho-samhito\n\ndifference between lust and, 317-322\n\n396\n\nachieved by chanting holy name, 81\n\nas highest perfection for human beings, x\n\nas real form of religion, 78\n\ndescribed in Vai�r;�ava literatures, 7\n\nxi\n\nfive kinds of ignorance described in, 84\n\nverses quoted, 109\n\nSee Maha-Vi�IJU\nas planet where sages live, 391-392\ncited on Durga as potency of Supersoul, 395-\n\n", "adi1#p0625": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n604\n\nMaha-Sarikar�al)a\nSee Sarikar�al)a\nMahiitmiJnas tu miim piirtha daivirh\nquoted, 247\nMahat-tattva\nas cause of creation, 52-53\nMahii-variiha PuriJ(Ia\nquoted on eternality of Lord's forms, 408\nMaha-Vi�QU\nAdvaita as incarnation of, 25, 519, 520-522\nall universes spring from, 9-1 0\n\nMayiJdhyak�e(la prakrti{l suyate\nquoted, 54,427,529\nMayavadis\nagree that Narayal)a expands Himself, 406\ndon't follow regulative principles, 412\nproud of their grammatical knowledge, 51\nsay God is under control of miJyiJ, 1\nsay realized soul has no need to talk, 4\nthink anyone can claim to be God, 213\nSee also: lmpersonalists\nMeditation\n\nas expansion of Sarikar�al)a, 128\n\njust an activity of the mind, 3\n\nas partial manifestation of Knoa, 13\n\non form of Vi?tJU, x\n\nemotion of being devotee always in His heart,\n\n568\n\nMercy\nLord offers liberation to fallen souls by His,\n\nSupersoul as expansion of, 104-105\nMahe�vara\nSee �iva\nMana{I-Sik�ii\nas prayers by Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, 249\nManu\nVivasvan instructed yoga to, 11\nManus\nnames of the fourteen, 170\nManu-sarhhitii\nduties of iiciirya explained in, 44\nManu-smrti\ncited on God as ultimate creator, 529\nMaterialists\nadvanced who perform sacrifices, 391\ncan't determine their next body, 390-391\nMathura\nas division of Knoaloka, 380, 381\nMatsya\nas partial incarnation of God, 65\nMatta{l paratararh niinyat kii'lcid asti\nquoted, 94\nMatter\nas product of spirit, 524\ncan't act without living creature, 528\nconsidered cause of everything by atheist\nKapila, 525-526\nSee also: Nature, material\nMaya\nas instrumental cause of creation, 429\ncan never associate with Lord. 37\n\ncompared to fog, 149\n\nfemale as strongest shackle of, 2\nKnoa never under cloud of, 2\nmeans energy, 54\nnever touches Causal Ocean, 421, 424\nrelief from clutches of by grace of Caitanya,xi\nthreepuru�as create cosmos through, 126\ntwo varieties of existence of, 425-427\n\n396\nlove of God received through Advaita's, 579\nof Lord descends by disciplic succession, 51\nsoul solaced only by Caitanya's, 91\nMilton\nhis Paradise Lost, 389\nMinaketana Ramadasa\nas servant of Nityananda, 481-485\nMind\nAniruddha as the principle of the, 407\ndrags down mental speculators, xi\ngross and subtle activities of, x\nintelligence finer than, 389\nmeditation just activity of, 3\npurified by mahiJ-mantra in, 530\ntransmigration by desires of, 390\nMiseries\nmaterial world full of, 8\nModes of nature\nabsent in Vaiku[l�ha, 386-387\nactivated by NarayaQa, 422\ndon't exist in spiritual world, 118\nVi?QU not connected with, 443, 444\nMoon\nCaitanya compared to, 9\nMukunda\nKr�IJa known as, 45\npleased in sentiment of servitude, 548\nMu kunda-miilii-sto tra\nquoted on developing spontaneous love of\nGod, 250\nquoted on devotees' desire to serve the Lord,\n\n545\nMu(lf/aka Upani�ad\nquoted on bodily effulgence of Lord, 100-\n\n101\nquoted on Caitanya as Kr�oa, 109\nMurari\npleased in sentiment of servitude, 548\n\n", "adi1#p0626": "605\n\nIndex\n\nNarayal)a\n\nMystic powers\n\nhas different bodily features than KnQa, 114-\n\nas material, 77\n\n115\nknown as Paramatma, 406\n\nN\n\nmeaning of name, 11 S, 120\nmodes of nature activated by, 422\nthose who worship first utter name of Laksmi\n8\n·\n'\n\nNo dharmarh komam artharh vii\n\nNaroya(liJbhidhonasya brahma(la{l\n\nverses quoted, 544\n\nverses quoted, 111-112\n\nNo dharmarh nodharmarh �ruti-gO(IO\n\nNtiroya(ltid eva samutpadyante\n\nquoted, 250\n\nverses quoted, 111\n\nNadia\n\nNiJroya(la-sarhhito\n\nCaitanya descended at, 181\n\nquoted on chanting holy name, 187\n\nNoharh vande pada-kamalayor\n\nNoroya(liitharva-Sira Upani�ad\n\nverses quoted, 545\n\nquoted on personal feature of Absolute Truth,\n\nNtimortha-sudhobhidha\n\n111\n\ncited on Caitanya as Kr�Qa, 191\n\nNtirtiya(la Upani�ad\n\nNoma-sahkirtana\n\nquoted on Narayara as source of universes,\n\nas religion of Kali-yuga, 176\n\n111\n\nNoma-sahkirtana\n\nNarottama dasa Jhakura\n\nSee also: SahkTrtana\n\nas spiritual master of Vi�vanatha Cakravarli, 17\n\nNamo mahii-vadanyoya\n\ncited on developing spiritual vision, 385\n\nverses quoted, 5\n\nprays to be delivered by Caitanya, 13\n\nNona-kalpa-latokTr(larh\n\nquoted on his inability to understand spiritual\n\nverses quoted, 383\n\naffairs, 252\n\nNanda Maharaja\n\nquoted on mercy of Nityananda, 499\n\nfeels himself servant of Kr�Qa, 551-553\n\nNastho dharme no vasu-nicaye\n\nKnQa as son of, 97\n\nverses quoted, 250\n\nNandasuta\n\nNaHo moha{l smrtir labdha\n\nas Kr�Qa, the son of Nand a, 97\n\nverses quoted, 7 8\n\nNonyarh gu(lebhya{l kartorarh\n\nNo tasya koryarh kara(larh co vidyate\n\nverses quoted, 3\n\nverses quoted, 153\n\nNara-Naraya{la\n\nNo tatra suryo bhoti no candra\n\nsome say KnQa is, 158\n\nverses quoted, 100-101\n\nNarada\nas original speaker of Pancarotra-�ostra, 411\n·\n\nNotmiJ Sruter nityatvoc co tobhyaiJ\n\ngiven knowledge by Brahma, 11\n\nNature, material\n\ncompiled authentic scriptures, 213\n\nannihilation only in, 415\n\npleased in sentiment of servitude, 547\n\nas by-product of Causal Ocean, 420\n\nNorado-pai'lcariJtra\ncited on Lord's not being known by material\nsenses, 405\nquoted on desire to serve the Lord,\n\nquoted, 406\n\n544-\n\n545\nquoted on KnQa enjoying in Goloka, 383\nSupreme Lord compared to vaidurya gem in,\n\n408\nNarayaQa\nas original speaker of scriptures, 411\n\nas display of energy of Lord, 1\ncompared to iron, 426, 427\ncompared to smoke, 118\nelectrified by the supreme authority, 525\neternal and all-powerful according to atheist\nKapila, 525-526\nimpregnated by Visnu, 12\nKr�Qa not under c�� trol of, 3\n\ntranscended by Kr�Qa consciousness, 4\n\nas vi/iisa-vigraha, 71, 129\n\ntwo phases of, 421-422\n\nBrahma shown Vaikur.tha by grace of, 386\n\nSee also: World, material\n\nconsidered original God by some, 130-131\nenergies engaged in service of, 394-396\nforms of preside over Vaikur�halokas, 12\nfull in six opulences, 110-111\n\nNavadvlpa\nCaitanya appeared in, 367\nNimbarka\nappeared in Panca-dravi!la province, 30\n\n", "adi1#p0627": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n606\n\nNityananda\n\nPadma PurtJ(Ia\n\nappeared in dream to KrHladasa Kaviraja, 488-\n\n495\n\nquoted on attraction of Lak�mifor Knoa,\n\n507-508\n\nas Balarama, 206, 375\n\nquoted on Radha-kuosJa, 343\n\nas companion of Gaurasundara, 377\n\nquoted on remembering pastimes of K.r�oa, 544\n\nas first manifestation of energy of God, 4\n\nquoted on spiritual qualities of Lord, 414\n\nasguru, 37\n\nquoted on two classes of men, 216\n\nas limb of Caitanya's body, 205\n\nquoted on various forms of Kr�oa, 408\n\nas manifestation of Sari kar�ar;Ja, 9\n\nreference to �vetadvipa in, 457\n\nas original spiritual master, 43\nas source of all incarnations, 459\nformerly appeared as Lak�mar;Ja, 475\nGarbhodak�ayi Vi�r;JU as partial part of, 447\nKaraQodak�ayi Vi�Qu as partial representa-\n\nPancaratrlka regulative principles\non opulent and reverential platform, 550\nParabrahman\nLord known as, 410\nParadise Lost\ncited on miseries of material world, 389\n\ntion of, 420\nK�irodaka5ayi Vi�(lU as plenary portion of,\n\nParakTya-rasa\nexists only in Goloka Vrndavana, 247\n\n455\nnever took sannytlsa, 475\nplenary portions of, 23-25\nresides in Vaikupfha, 378\n\nParama-sarhhlta\ncited on changing face of material nature, 415\nParamatma\n\nserved Caitanya in three modes, 469\n\nenters every living being, 56\n\nspiritual master as manifested representation\n\nis in transcendental and mundane creations,\n\n123\n\nof, 45\n\nKnQa teaches from within as, 46\n\nNityananda Svariipa\nas brahmactlri name of Nityananda, 475\nNltyo nltytlntirh cetana� cetantlntlm\nquoted, 119, 244, 412\n\nNarayapa known as, 406\nyogis perceive Lord as, 113\nParamatma harlr deva{l\nquoted, 111\n\nNondevotees\ncompared to camels, 352\n\nPararh bhtivam ajtlnanto\nverses quoted, 1\n\nNrsirilhadeva\nnot recognized as Vi�QU by HiraQyak�ipu,\n\n400\n\nPara�ara 13-�i\ncited on Vi�I)U as cause of creation, 529\n\noffered all benedictions to Prahlada, 544\n\ncompiled authentic scriptures, 213\nParltrtJ(ItJya sadhiintirh vlntJ�aya co\n\n0\n\nquoted, 205\nParas tasmat tu bhavo 'nyo\nverses quoted, 10\n\nOrh purram ada{! pflr(lam ldarh\nverses quoted, 203-204, 413\nOpulences\nCaitanya full with six, 5\nspiritual sky possesses six, 379-380\n\nPassion, mode of\nas cause of material distress, 525\ncreative principle due to, 387\nred represents, 431\nPastimes of Knoa\nare mysteries, 50-51\nas His only characteristic functions, 396\n\np\n\natheists can't understand, 205\nattract even Himself, 245\nBalarama assists in, 3 74, 376\n\nPadma Puro!Ja\ncited on energies of abode of God, 3 95\ncited on incarnation Kapila, 531\ncited on the Deity, 510\ncited on Rama and His associates, 477\nfor directions in spiritual sky described in,404\n\nforms manifested for, 66-69\nfour original manifestations for, 128\ngopTs increase joy of, 344\nin Dvaraka, Mathura and Gokula, 393\nKara-karramrta as treatise dedicated to, 59\nK�l\")a named according to, 29\n\n", "adi1#p0628": "607\n\nIndex\n\nPastimes of K�Qa\nmanifest once in day of Brahma, 168\nnot limited by material thought, 409\nRadharapi helps in, 276\nremembering better than liberation, 544\nseem like bewildering contradictions, 411\nspiritual master not authorized to imitate, 45\nto attract fallen souls, 172\nPataiijali\nhis yoga system dangerous, 90\nPau�kara-sarhhitil\n\nquoted on quadruple forms of Lord, 415\nPayobdhi�ayi (K�irodaka�ayi)\nas plenary portion of Balarama, 375, 377\nPeace\npath of described, 86\nPlanetary systems\nfourteen named, 449\n\nPriti-sandarbha\nhliidini potency discussed in, 267\n\nPrthu Maharaja\nas empowered incarnation of God, 66\nPurwa-k�etre nava-dvipe bhavi�yiimi\n\nquoted, 110\nPurii(IOS\n\nproof that Caitanya is Kr�Qa in, 211\nPure devotees\nas person bhiigavatos, 82\nas places of pilgrimage, 64\nidentical with Lord, 62\nknow Lord as He is, 214-215, 216\nSee also: Devotees\nPuru�a{l prokrti-stho hi bhunkte\n\nverses quoted, 528\nPuru�ottama\n\nas name of KnQa, 339\n\nheld on head of �e�a, 459\nPlanets\neach has particular atmosphere, 390\n\nQ\n\nrest in lotus from Vi�Qu's navel, 24,447\nseven oceans among, 455, 456\nsustained by sun, 103\nPleasure\nAbsolute Truth as reservoir of, 414\nof devotional service, 543-545, 546\n\nQueens of Dvaraka\nas reflections of image of Radha, 279\nconsider themselves maidservants of Krg1a,\n\n558-560\n\nof Lord beyond material conception, 8\nPleasure potency\n\nR\n\nRadharapi as KnQa's, 8-9\nSee also: Energy, internal\n\nPradyumna\nas manifestation of Sarikar�apa, 9\nas part of second quadruple expansion, 404-\n\n416\nas principle of intelligence, 407\nas viliisa-vigraha, 71\nGarbhodaka�ayT Vi?QU as expansion of, 128\nlives in Dvaraka-pura, 404\nPrahl ada\nquoted on Caitanya as Kr�Qa, 109-110\nwanted only devotional service, 544\nPrakrti\n\ncompared to nipples on neck of goat, 426-\n\n427\nas secondary cause of creation, 426-427\nPrameya-ratnilvali\n\ncited on Gauc;tiya-Vai?Qava-sampradaya, 542\nPrapanniimrta\n\ndescription of Narayapa in, 395\nPrayers\nof Brahma after stealing cows and cowherd\nboys, 115 - 124, 128-129\n\nRadharapi\nas cause of consorts of KnQa, 278-280\nas embodiment of mahiibhilva, 275 277\n-\n\nas enchantress of Govinda, 281\nas internal potency of KnQa, 264-265\nas object of Kr�Qa's pleasure potency, 8-9\nas the full power, 287\nbeauty of described, 361, 362\nCaitanya in mood of, 7, 21, 22, 260-261\nCaitanya non-blackish due to feelings of, 197\nderivation of name, 284\ngopis can't give Kr�Qa pleasure without, 344\n\nher conversation with Uddhava, 556\nher devotion surpasses all other devotees, 210\nis fully spiritual, 276\nrepresents six opulences of Kr�Qa, 285\nserves KnQa as His maidservant, 557\nspiritual master as confidential associate of, 45\nRadha-Damodara\ntemple of )Tva GosvamT, 30\nRadha-Kr�Qa\nas exchange of love, 7\n\n", "adi1#p0629": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n608\n\nReligion\n\nRadha-kup�a\nas very dear to K[lr;�a,\n\n343\n\nRadharamapa\ntemple of Gopala Bhana Gosvami, 30\nRadhika\nSee RadharaoT\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami\ncited on developing spontaneous love of God,\n\n249\ncited on real position of spiritual master, 45\nhis prayer to Sanatana Gosvami, 498\nKr�r;�adasa Kaviraja as direct disciple of, 17\nRam a\nas ideal king, 94\nHanuman always remained servant of, 544\nLak�mapa always serves, 568\nLak�ma(la tolerated same sufferings as, 476\nnot accepted as God by Rava(la, 400\nRama in maha-mantra refers to, 466-467\nthose who worship first utter name of Sita, 8\nRamadasa\npleased in sentiment of servitude, 548\nRamadevi\nSee Lak�mi\n\nRamanujacarya\n\nreal and pretentious, 76-79\nsystem of in Kali-yuga, 187\nthree divisions of, 76\n�k-samhita\n\nquoted on personal feature of Absolute, 111\nRD{iha-bhava\n\nas the love of the gopis, 317\nRudra\nas qualitative incarnation, 562-563\ndesires to be servant of Lord, 562-564\nSee also �iva\n\nRukmi(li\nconsiders herself maidservant of Kr�r;�a, 558-559\nRupa Gosvami\naddressed Caitanya as most magnanimous\navattlra, 255\n\nas principal follower of Svarupa Damodara, 17\ncited on how to advance in devotional service,\n\n160-161\ndescribes Govinda on bank of Yamuna, 248\nproperly replied to impersonalists, 404\nquoted on Caitanya as Kr�Qa, 6\nquoted on Caitanya as most magnanimous, 5\nquoted on Caitanya in mood of Radha, 262\n\nappeared in Pallca-dravi9a province, 30\n\nquoted on Caitanya's appearance, 167\n\ncited on Kr�Qa existing with all His manifestation,\n\nquoted on conjugal love of God, 258\n\n4\nrefuted arguments of �ankara, 414\nYamunacarya as spiritual master of, 213\nRamaya(la\nfeats of Hanuman described in, 380\nRasa dance\nbeyond grasp of materialist, 251\n\nquoted on praktJ�a-vigrahas of Lord, 69\n.\nquoted on superiority of Radha, 27 5\nquoted on worship of Caitanya, 197\nrefuted charges against devotees by\nSari karacarya, 407\nRDpa-raghuntJtha-pade ho-ibe akuti\n\nverses quoted, 252\n\nhearing of kills desire for mundane sex, 247-248\nLord expanded Himself for, 66-69\n\ns\n\nnot understood by ordinary man, 8\noriginated by Gopinatha, 28\nRadha as central petal of flower of, 281\nRasa-/Tia\nSee Rasa dance\nRosas\n\nCaitanya appeared to broadcast all, 347\nKr�Qa subdued by, 171\nRaso vai sal;\n\nquoted, 238\nRavaQa\ncouldn't accept Ramacandra as God, 400\nRegulative principles\nflawless execution of in Vaiku(l�ha, 242\nMayavadi commentators don't follow, 412\nmeant for those who have no love of God,\n\n244\n\n�acidevi\nappeared with Advaita, 218-219\nCaitanya as son of, 6, 21, 22\nher womb compared to ocean of milk, 367\n�acinandana\nas name of Caitanya,\n\n6\n\nSacred thread\nas symbol of spiritual initiation, 44\nSada�iva\nSee �iva\nSa devo bahudhii bhfltvii nirgura/1\n\nverses quoted, 408\nSadhavo hrdoyam mahyam\n\nverses quoted, 572\n\n", "adi1#p0630": "Index\n\nSahasra-�ir�iJ puru�a{l sahasro�a{l\nverses quoted, 450\nSakhis\nSee Gopis\nSamodhi\nas meditation on form of\n\n609\n\nSariraka-bha�ya\n�arikaracarya misled monists in, 405\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya\nquoted on appearance of Caitanya, 194\n\nLord, x\n\nSambhos tu tamo-dhiHhonatvot\nverses quoted, 144\nSamvit potency\nessence of as knowledge that Knoa is God,\n273-274\nSanatana\nas principal follower of Svarupa Damodara, 17\nbooks by, 498\n\nSarva-dharmon parityajya\nverses quoted, 2\nSarvasya cohalfl hrdi sanniviHafl\nverses quoted, 319\nSarva-yoni�u kaunteya\nverses quoted, 12\nSarve nityo{l �o�vato� ca\nverses quoted, 408\n�atrughna\nas attendant of Rama, 4 77\n\ndelivers shelter of Madana-mohana, 46\n\nSandhini potency\nKr�oa's existence rests on, 271-273\n�ankaracarya\nappeared in Pai'ica-dravipa province, 30\nas incarnation of �iva,\n\n405\n\nhis misleading explanation of the quadruple\nexpansion of the Lord, 405-416\nrecommended worship of forms of Lord, 510\n�aiikara-sampradaya\n\nSat-sandarbhas\n\n· ·\nas theses by jiva Gosvami, 161\n\nSattvodayo na sanme\nverses quoted, 269\nSattvarh rajas tama iti gu(lo\nquoted, 269\nSattvatanu\nas name of Vi�[lu, 452\n\nSotvata Tantra\ncited on K�irodaka�ayi Vi�[lU as Supersoul, 447\n\nten names of sannyosis in, 183\n\nquoted on three forms of Vi�[lU, 437\n\nSarikar�oa\n\nScientists\n\nas Balarama, 417-419\n\nbewildered about material creation, 149\n\n118\nas part of second quadruple expansion, 404-416\n\ncan't see cognizant spiritual substance, 524\n\nas plenary portion of\n\nNityananda, 23\n\ncan't see potency of God behind matter, 421,\n\nas plenary portion of\n\nBalarama, 375, 376\n\nas original source of all living beings,\n\nas Vasudeva's expansion for pastimes,\nas\n\n407\n\nvilosa-vigraha, 71\n\ncan't explain material phenomena, 380\n\n422\nimpractically explain strength of Lord, 98\nshould take lessons from utterances of Brahma,\n\n435\n\nconsiders Himself a devotee, 567\nMaha-Vi�[lU as expansion of, 128\nname relates to law of gravity, 460\nNityananda as manifestation of, 9\nresides in Vi�[luloka, 404\n\nSonkhya-yoga\ndescribes twenty-four elements of cosmos, 379\nKapila as original propounder of, x\n\nSarikTrtana\nAdvaita liberated universes by preaching, 579\nanyone can join in, xi\nattracted many scholars in Bengal, 194\nCaitanya as initiator of, 207, 208\nCaitanya came to propagate, 289\nspread by Caitanya through Advaita, 540\n\nSannyosa\nacceptance of forbidden in Kali-yuga, 94\nNityananda never took, 475\ntaken by Caitanya at twenty-four, 2\ntaken in Vai�(lava sampradoya, 183-184\n\nthink material energy acts automatically, 430\nSense gratification\ndemigods worshiped for, 77\ndevotee considers liberation as, 176\ndifferent subdivisions of, 319\nin name of devotional service, 251\nJess intelligent men carried away by,xi\nreligiosity based on, 78\nsoul impelled by material energy to engage in,\n\n431\nSenses\nAbsolute not known by material, 405\n\nyoga meant for controlling, x\nSeparation\nCaitanya mad with feeling of, 292-294\n�e�a\nas plenary portion of\n\nBalarama, 375, 377\n\nas plenary portion of Nityananda, 23, 25\nholds planets on His heads, 459-460\n\n", "adi1#p0631": "SrlCaitanya-caritamrta\n\n610\n\n�e�\n\nserves K�Qa by assuming ten forms, 562\n\nSpiritual master\n\nas representative of all demigods, 44\n\nSee also: Ananta\n\nidentical to his instructions, 38\n\nSee Se�a\n\nSupersoul appears as, 60\n\n�e�a Naga\nSex\n\ndifference between love of God and, 317-322\n\nhearing riJsa-IT/iJ kills desire for mundane,\n\n247-248\nnever to be equated with spiritual love, 251\n\nregulated approved by Caitanya, 3\n\nrequired to produce children in material world,\n\n12\n\nspiritual science learned from, 57\ntwo kinds of, 37, 38-39\n\ntwo kinds of instructing, 46\n\nSee also Disciplic succession\n\nSpiritual sky\n\npossesses six opulences, 379-380\n\nsecond manifestation of quadruple forms of\nDvaraka in, 403-404\n\nSee also World, spiritual; VaikuQtha\n\nunrestricted puts one in illusion, 2\n\nSri-bhiJ�ya\n\nas planets of materially perfect beings, 390\n\nSridama\n\nas the orbit of the pole star, 391\n\n�ridhara Svami\n\nSiddhaloka\n\n�i�umara cakra\n�i�upala\n\nattained salvation, 400-401\n\nSita\n\nthose who worship Rama first utter name of, 8\n\ncommentary by Ramanujacarya, 414\n\nhas pure fraternal affection for Kr�oa, 553\nquoted on Lord being in fourth dimension,\n\n126\nquoted on Tenth Canto of Bhtlgavatam, 148\nSrimad-BhiJgavatam\n\nSitopani�ad\n\nas book bhiigavata, 82\n\n�iva\n\nCaitanya confirmed as KHQa in, xi\n\nquoted on energies of Narayapa, 395\nas partial incarnation of God, 66\n\nas spotless Purilra, 411\n\ncited on one with godly nature, 3\n\ncompared to curd, 453\n\ncompiled by Vyasadeva, 76\n\neleven expansions of, 562\n\nexplained by Advaita, 536-537\n\ndestroys creation, 453\n\nlike lamp covered with carbon, 144\n\npleased in sentiment of servitude, 54 7\n\nSan karacarya as incarnation of, 405\nSkanda Purtl(la\n\ncited on Rama and His associates, 477\n\nquoted on abode of Kr�Qa, 382\n\nquoted on Ananta-Se�a, 461\n\nquoted on matters inconceivable to common\nSoul\n\nmen, 410\n\nas marginal potency, 416\n\ngiven different types of bodies, 528\nis immortal, 4\n\nis neither cause nor effect, 413\n\npower of, 389\n\nsolaced by mercy of Caitanya, 91\n\ntendencies and intuition belong to, 527, 528\n\nSee also Living Beings\n\nSound\n\naccepted as authoritative if pure, 11\n\nSpiritual master\n\naccepted even by Kr�Qa and Caitanya, 11\nAdvaita as prime, 537\n\nas direct manifestation of Lord, 42-46\nas expansion of K�Qa, 11\n\nessence of religion for Kali-yuga in, 192\n\nheard by Kumaras from Ananta, 462\n\nKr�Qa imparted knowledge in heart of Brahma\nin, 11\n\nKnQa's pastimes with RadharaQi described in,\n\n8\npersonal feature of Absolute described in, 111\n\nprayers by Brahma in quoted, 115-124, 435\nproof that Caitanya is KnQa in, 211\n\nquoted on Ananta, 450\n\nquoted on association of devotees, 60\n\nquoted on attaining abode of Lord, 399\n\nquoted on Caitanya as Kr�Qa, 109\n\nquoted on Caitanya's appearance in Kali yuga,\n\n193\nquoted on charms of KHQa, 503\n\nquoted on cheating processes of religion, 75-76\nquoted on colors of Kr�oa in different ages,\n\n185\nquoted on condition of pure goodness, 273\n\nquoted on cowherd boys' service to Kf�Qa, 554\nquoted on dearness of devotees to KHQa,\n\n572-573\nquoted on dependence of material nature, 427\nquoted on devotees' freedom from\ncontamination, 128\n\n", "adi1#p0632": "Index\n5rimod-Bhiigovotom\nquoted on devotees' not desiring liberation,\n\n339, 340\nquoted on different forms of KfHla, 408, 409\nquoted on gopTs cursing Brahma, 312-313\n\nquoted on inconceivable potency of Lord, 411\nquoted on importance of hearing in society of\ndevotees, 61\nquoted on ingredients and cause of creation,\n.\n\n425\n\nquoted on KnQa as original Personality of\nGodhead, 133, 467\n\n611\n\nSrlvlisa\n\nas foremost devotee of Lord, 4 0\n\na s marginal living entity, 4\nas small limb of Caitanya, 541\npleased in sentiment of servitude, 548\n\nSru to-Prokii�ikii\n\nSalikara's arguments refuted in, 416\n\nSrutes tu �obdo- mDiotviit\nquoted, 410\n\nStovo-miilii\n\nquoted on Caitanya as Kr�Qa, 368\nquoted on Caitanya in mood of Radha, 262\n\nquoted on Kr�Qa's inability to repay love of\n\nquoted on Kr�Qa returning from forest of\n\nquoted on Kr�Qa's appearance in Dvapara-yuga,\n\nquoted on worship of Caitanya, 197\n\ngopis, 326\n\n186\nquoted on Kr�Qa's favor to His devotees, 227\n\nquoted on KnQa's queens, 67\n\nquoted on Lord as beyond modes of nature,\n\n269\nquoted on Lord being unaffected by modes of\nnature, 444\nquoted on Lord's instructions to Brahma,\n\nVraja, 334\n\nSthitosmi goto-sondeho{l\nverses quoted, 78\n\nSthity-udbhovo-proloyo-hetur\nverses quoted, 112\n\nStotro-rotno\n\nquoted on atheists who can't realize Supreme,\n\n213\nquoted on devotees' ability to always see\nLord, 214-215\n\n49-56\nquoted on modes of nature, 269\nquoted on Narayapa as plenary part of God,\n\n202\nquoted on pastimes of KnQa and Balarama,\n\nSuda�anacarya\n\nrefutes arguments of Salikara, 416\n\nSuddho-sottvo\n\nas essential portion of sondhini potency, 271-\n\n273\n\n47(}-471\nquoted on position of Narayapa, 11 1-112\nquoted on purpose of �f�Qa's pastimes, 250\nquoted on quadruple expansion, 415\nquoted on riiso dance, 68-69\nquoted on Se� Naga, 460\nquoted on sixteen energies for creation,\n\n441\nquoted on spiritual master, 44\nquoted on Svetadvipa, 457\nquoted on three features of Absolute Truth,\n\n99, 131\n\nSukadeva Gosvami\npleased in sentiment of servitude, 547\nSun\nAbsolute Truth compared to, 54-55\nplanets sustained by rays of, 103\n\nSupersoul\n\nappears as spiritual master, 60\nas all-pervading feature of Lord, 53\nas expansion of Maha-Vi?[lU, 104-105\n.as localized plenary portion of Lord, 20\nas plenary representation of Caitanya, 93\n\nquoted on two features of Lord, 47\n\nas witness and guide, 105-106\n\nquoted on Vi�pu being uncontaminated by\n\ncompared to state fair officer, 98\n\nmodes of nature, 452\nreferences to devotees' desire to serve Kr�Qa\ncited, 545\n\nshould be read after Gitii, 4\nsummarized in four verses, 57-58\nten subjects described in, 145-146\n\nSrimod-bhiigovotom puriirom omolom\nquoted, 411\n\nSri-somprodiiyo\nscripture of describes Narayapa, 395\nSrivasa\nas energy of Lord, 37\n\ndescribed by Bhi?ma, 107\nDurga as potency of, 395-396\nknowledge imparted by, 1 1\nKr�Qa manifests Himself as, 46, 47\nK?irodaka�ayi Vi?[lU as, 25, 447\npresent within the atom, 528\n\nSee also Paramatma\n\nSupreme Lord\nas an individua[ person, 3\n\nas form of soc-cid-iinondo, 94\nexists before and after creation, 51-53\nfull with six opulences, 20\n\n", "adi1#p0633": "612\n\n�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nSupreme Lord\n\nTam TSvari11Jiirh paramarh mahe5varam\n\nhas special affection for devotees, 410\nis in fourth dimension, 126-127\nknown as Parabrahman, 410\nlives within and beyond material world, 56\nnondifferent from His name, x\nSupersoul as all-pervading feature of, 53\nthree kinds of consorts of, 71\ntwo kinds of forms of, 66-71\nSee also Absolute Truth\n\nverses quoted, 108\nTamo-gu(la\nSee Ignorance, mode of\nTiirk�yiidhirOijharh taljid-ambudiibharh\nverses quoted, 395\nTiisiirh brahma mahad yonir\nverses quoted, 12\nTut tvarh pO�ann apiiV(IJU\nverses quoted, 5\nTattva-sandarbha\n\nSurrender to Knr;�a\nCaitanya begins at point of, 5-6\nreward of Knr;�a according to, 325\nSurya-siddhiinta\n\ncited on three features of absolute, 94\nTime\nhas no existence in spiritual world, 53, 250\n\nas book by Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati, 169\n\nTransmigration\nby desires of mind, 390\n\nSvarupa Damodara\nas most confidential servitor of Caitanya, 17\nas most intimate associate of Caitanya, 291\nas principal figure among Caitanya's devotees,\n\nunder superior superintendence, 528\nTriyuga\nCaitanya, who appears in three yugas, 110\nTulasi\n\n231\nas Vi�akhadevi, 291\n\nKr�r;�a sells Himself to one who offers Him a\n\ncited on Caitanya in mood of Radharaoi, 256\nhis obeisances to Nityananda, 375, 378\nsatisfied Caitanya with his singing, 294\nSvarupa-fakti\n\nleaf of, 224, 225\nTvat-kathamrta-piithodhau\nverses quoted, 543\nTyaktvii sudustyaja-surepsita-riijya\n\nSee Cit-�kti\n\nverses quoted, 1 09\n\nSva-�t1nta-rupe�v itaraifl sva-rupair\nverses quoted, 467\n\nu\n\nSviiyambhuva-tantra\nquoted on abode of Knr;�a, 382\nUddhava\n\n�vetadvipa\nas abode of ViglU in ocean of milk, 456\nexists by energy of Baladeva, 383\n\ndesired dust of gopis' feet, 555\ndesires to taste love of gopTs, 318\nUjjvala-nilama(li\n\nGokula called, 382\nSveta-dvipa-patau clttarh\nverses quoted, 457\n\nas famous book by Saniitana Gosviimi, 499\nquoted on superiority of Riidhii, 275\n\nSvetiifvatara Upani�ad\n\nUniversal form\n\nquoted on Caitanya as K[�Qa, 108, 109\n\nas expansion of GarbhodakaSiiyi Vi�[lU, 453\n\nquoted on potencies of Lord, 153\n\ndisplayed by Kr�r;�a to Arjuna, 6\nmaintained and destroyed by Vi�(lu, 529\n\n�yamiinanda Gosvami\ntemple of �yamasundara of, 30\n�yamasundara\n\nas name of Kr�r;�a, 314\ntemple of �yamananda Gosvami, 30\n\nUniverses\nAdvaita as creator of millions of, 533\nall spring from Mahii-Vi�(lu, 9-10\nas only fraction of creation, 12\nemanate from Niiraya(la, 111\nexist in foamlike clusters, 392\n\nT\n\nexternal energy as cause of, 152\ncome from breathing of Mahii-Vi�(lu, 432-433\n·compared to mustard seeds, 388\n\nTad-brahma ni�kalam anantam\nquoted, 52\nTad vig10{1 paramarh padarh\nverses quoted, 111\n\nKiira(lodakaSiiyi Vi�(lU as Supersoul of all, 125\nUpadeSamrta\ncited on how to advance in devotional service,\n\n160-161\n\n", "adi1#p0634": "613\n\nIndex\n\nViimana Puriina\n\nUpani�ads\nAbsolute Truth described impersonally in, 5\nanalogy of two birds in tree in, 105\nCaitanya confirmed as Kr�rJa in, xi\npersonal feature of Absolute described in, 111\nquoted on Lord as leader of living beings, 119\nquoted on Lord as supreme living being, 412\nspeak highly of impersonal Brahman, 93\n\nv\n\ncited on vi�I)U expanding as Brahma and �iva,\n\n452.\n\nVaram deva mok�am no mok�iivadhim\nverses quoted, 544\nVasudeva\n\nas part of second quadruple expansion, 404-416\n\nas predominating Deity of heart, 407\nas viliisa-vigraha, 71\nresides in VedavatT-pura, 404\nViisudeva-sattva\nSee �uddha-sattva\n\nVaikuMha\nattained by regulated devotional service, 175\ndevotees attracted by opulences of Lord go to,\n\n64\n\ndescription of residents of, 388\nearth, water, fire, etc. of all spiritual, 423\nexchange of devotion on platform of reverence\nin, 246\nflawless execution of regulative principles in,\n\n242\n\nforms of Narayal)a preside in, 12\ninformation about given in Bhiigavatam, 11\nLord manifests His identity as Narayal)a in,\n\n394\n\nVasudeva vii idam agra iisin\nquoted, 52\nVayu Purii(la\niiciirya defined in, 44\ndescription of Sada�iva in, 563\nquoted on Caitanya as Kr�rJa, 11 0\nVediinta-siltra\nbeginning of, 6\nBhiigavatam as real commentary on, 76\nVediinta\nimpersonalists misinterpret aphorisms, 404\nVedas\naccepted as final authority, 405, 530\ndescribe multifarious potencies of Absolute, 409\n\nmaterial world as perverse reflection of, 149\n\ndescribe spiritual sky, 12\n\nmodes of nature absent in, 386-387\n\npersonal feature of the Absolute described in,\n\nNityananda resides in, 378\n\n111\n\npastimes of Lord unknown in, 245\n\nVedavatT-pura\n\nvisualized by Brahma, 49\n\nVidagdha-miidhava\n\nVi �I) U resides in, 52\n\nSee also World, spiritual\nVairiigya-yug-bhakti-rasam prayatnair\nverses quoted, 498\nVai�l)avas\n\nAdvaita as prime spiritual master of, 537\n\nall inhabitants of Vrndavana are, 513\nalways talk of Kr�rJa, 4\nlove of God described in literature of, 7\nstress doctrine of acintya-bhediibheda-tattva,\n\n119\nworship forms of Vi�I)U, 510-511\nSee also Devotee, Pure devotees\nVai�rJava-sampradaya\nsannyiisa in, 183\n\nVasudeva resides in, 404\nquoted on Caitanya's appearance, 167\nquoted on descent of Radha and Kr�rJa, 298\n\nVidyapati\ncited on false material pleasure, 509\nVi�akhadevi\n\nSvarOpa Damodara as, 291\n\nViSiHOdvaita\nas philosophy of oneness in diversity, 4\nVi�I)U\narranges to fight with His devotees, 401\nas efficient cause of creation, 531-532\nas fountainhead of all auspiciousness, 522\nas maintainer of universe, 145\nas qualitative incarnation of God, 66\n\nvagvanara\n\ncompared to spider, 529-530\n\nVaivasvata\n\nexpansions of, 9-1 0\n\nVamana\n\nhas three forms called purusas, 437\n\nadvanced materialists reach, 391\nas present Manu, 170\n\nsome say Kr�rJa is, 158\n\nstuck His foot through covering of universe, 9\n\ndevotees of are godly, 216-217\nglances over material nature, 427\nimpregnates material natur� , 12\n\nKf��a as summum bonum of, 96\n\n", "adi1#p0635": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n614\n\nVi�I)U\nmaintains entire world, 452\nmeditation on form of, x\nnot connected with modes of nature, 443, 444\nprotects the universe, 235\nresides on Vaikuntha planets; 52\nVai��avas worsh (p forms of, 510\nVigw-dharmottara\n\ncited on Rama and His associates, 4 77\ndescription of �vetadvipa in quoted, 456-457\nVigJUioka\nSankar�a[la resides in, 404\nVigw Purara\n\ncited on salvation of enemies of Lord, 400\ncited on Vi�[lU as cause of creation, 529\nquoted on Lord as beyond modes of nature, 269\nquoted on symptoms of puru�a, 437\nquoted on the rasa dance, 297\nquoted on three attributes of internal potency,\n\n271\nquoted on three kinds of internal potency, 267\nreference to �vetadvipa in, 457\nthree energies of Absolute described in, 149\n\nYrndavana\nall inhabitants of are Vai�[lavas, 513\ndescends into material world with Kr�Qa, 14\ndevotees attracted by nuptial love of God go\nto, 64\nearth made glorious by, 343\nequally as worshipable as Kr�Qa, 383\nGokula called, 382\nKr�Qadasa Kaviraja as inhabitant of, 13\nloving affairs in as super-elevated, 292\nNityananda ordered Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja to go\nto, 494-495\nthe mellows of K�Qa's, 360\nthree Deities of, 29-30\nVyasadeva\nas empowered incarnation of God, 66\nBhtigavatam compiled by, 76\ncompiled authentic scriptures, 213\ngiven knowledge by Narada, 11\nnever committed errors, 142\nrefutes conceptions that living beings are born,\n\n406\n\nVi�[lu-sahasra-nama\n\nname of Caitanya included in, 190\nVi�[!usvami\nappeared in Pai'lca-dravi9a province, 30\nYi�[!usvami-Vai�[lava -sampradaya\nsannyasa in, 183\nVi�ru-tattvas\n\nall forms of equally potent, 204\ncompared to lamp, 143-144\nVi!uddha-sattvarh tava dhama\n\nverses quoted, 269\nVi�vambhara\nCaitanya known as, x i, 182\nVi�vanatha Cakravarti Thakura\nas spiritual master of jagannatha dasa Babaji, 17\ncited on position of spiritual master, 45\nquoted on imitation devotees, 161\nVivasvan\nas predominating deity of sun, 506\nscience of yoga first instructed to, 11\nVaivasvata as son of, 170\nVivasvan manave praha\n\nverses quoted, 11\nYraja\nas confidential part of Goloka, 261\nGokula called, 382\nKr�Qa displayed three ages in, 295-296\nVraja-devis\nSee Gopis\n\nYrajendra-kumara\nas name of Kr�Qa, 346\n\nw\n\nWomen\nas strongest shackle of maya, 2\nWorld, material\nas nonpermanent place full of miseries, 8\nas perverse reflection of Yai kuMha, 149\nCaitanya dissipates darkness of, 5\ncompared to sunless regions, 54-55\ndifferent grades of prisoners in, 221\neveryone engages in service of Lord in, 561\neveryone is self-centered enjoyer in, 118\neverything is a creation in, 387\nGokula present in, 384-385\ngoodness in contaminated, 251\ninanimate objects not conscious in, 10\ninnumerable planets and universes in, 524\nis dark, 403\nKr�Qa doesn't take pleasure in, 8\nlight in as reflection of Brahman, 101\nLord lives within and beyond, 56\nlove reflected pervertedly in, 7\nmaintained by Vi�QU, 452\nperverted rasas bring frustration in, 57\nsound accepted as evidence in, 11\ntwo classes of men in, 216-217\nSee also Nature, material\nWorld, spiritual\nactivities in are immortal, 4\n\n", "adi1#p0636": "Index\n\nWorld, spiritual\n\n615\n\nYamunacarya\n\ncompared to real sunshine, 54-55\n\nquoted on atheists who can't realize Supreme,\n\neverything conscious in, 10\nexhibited by internal potency, 153\n\n213\nquoted on devotees' ability to always see\nLord, 214-21S\n\nfive relationships with Lord in, 57\ninnumerable spiritual planets in, 524\nmodes of nature don't exist in, 118\nsixteen spiritual energies present in, 444\ntime has no existence in, 53, 250\n\nYaSoda\nas mother of Kr�Qa, 6\nher service to Kr�l)a, 550\nYasyedarh k�iti-ma(l{ia/arh bhagavato\nverses quoted, 460\n\nSee also VaikUJ)tha\n\nYatar prasutii jagatar prasutii\nquoted, 111\n\ny\n\nYatholmukiid visphulitigiid\nverses quoted, 427\n\nYadii pa5yar pa5yate rukma-var(lal'n\nverses quoted, 1 09\nYad gatviJ no nivartante tad dhiima\nquoted, 53\nYo eva bhagaviin k[�(IO riidhikii-prii(IO\nverses quoted, 110\nYar sa sarve�u bhiite�u\nverses quoted, 10\nYajanti tvan-mayiis tviirh vai\nquoted, 409\nYam iihur asya sthiti-janma-sarhyamarh\nverses quoted, 460\n\nYii yathii bhuvi vartante\nverses quoted, 382\nYoga\nfirst instructed to Vivasvan, 11\nmeant for controlling senses, x\nstrict rules of meant for gross materialists, xi\nYogamiiyii\ninfluence of on devotees, 246-248\nYogfs\nhighest of always worship K[�Qa, x\ntravel of, 389\n\n", "adi1#p0637": "ADI-LILA\n\\blume 1\n\nBIS DIVINE GIUa!\n\nSri Caitanya-cari�mrta is the authorized work on the life and teachings of 5rT\n\nKooa Caitanya-the philosopher, samt, spiritual preceptor, mystic and divine\nincarnation who pioneered a great social and religious movement in Sixteenth\nCentury India. His teachings, which embody the highest philosophical and\ntheolgoical truths, have affected centuries of religious and philosophical\nthinkers unti the present day.\nThis translation and commentary on the original Bengali text is the work of\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada (pictured above), the\nworld's most distinguished scholar and teacher of Indian thought and culture\nand author of the best-selling Bhagavad-gita As It Is. This translation of Sri\nCaitanya-cari�mrta represents a contribution of major importance to the\n\nintellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n•\n\nTHE\nBHAKTIVEDANT A\nBOOK TRUST\n\n", "adi1#p0638": "", "adi2#p0001": "ADI-LILA Volume 2\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n", "adi2#p0002": "FOUR HUNDRED YEARS AGO, at the earnest request of the holy devotees of Vrndavana,\nthe most sacred city in all of India, Kr�Qadasa\nKaviraja Gosvami wrote his famous spiritual\ntreatise Caitanya-caritiimrta, describing the wonderful pastimes and precepts of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu . \"By the mercy of Lord\nCaitanya,\" he wrote, \"a dumb man can recite\nperfect poetry, a lame man can cross over mountains, and a blind man can see the stars in the\nsky.\"\nWho was Lord Caitanya? A teacher, certainly,\nfor His philosophical brilliance astounded the\ngreatest scholars and logicians of His day. But\nbesides being a teacher, He was a true saint, for\nHe was always chanting the names of God and\ndancing, absorbed in ecstatic love for the Supreme Lord. Yet KrH1a dasa regards Him as\nmore than a teacher and more than a saint. Lord\nCaitanya, he asserts, is the Supreme Lord Himself playing the role of the Supreme Lord's devotee; no one, therefore, can be greater than Him.\nBut Caitanya-caritiimrta, unlike today's many\nsentimental exaltations of bogus paperback Gods,\nis a book of reason and evidence; indeed, it is a\nunique book of spiritual science. Now, the author of Bhagavad-gitii As It is, The Nectar of\nDevotion, Sri lsopani$ad and a host of other\nimportant spiritual texts has presented Caitanyacaritiimrta in its fullness, verse by verse, with\nexplanatory purports of extraordinary clarity\nand profundity. This book, therefore, offers sublime knowledge to one sincerely seeking the\nhighest truth.\n\nOn the cover\nLord Caitanya Mahiiprabhu dancing and chanting Hare Kr$f:la.\n\n", "adi2#p0003": "SRI CAITJ\\NYACARITAIRTA\n•\n\n", "adi2#p0004": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhuplda\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\n.Srimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-10 (30 vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (17 vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nThe Nectar of Instruction\nSri Tsopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr�r:ta Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKnr:ta, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 vols.)\nPerfect Questions, Perfect Answers\nDialectical Spiritualism-A Vedic View of Western Philosophy\n'\nTeachings of Lord Kapila, the Son of DevahOti\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nTeachings of Queen Kunti\nKnr:ta, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Science of Self-Realization\nThe Path of Perfection\nLife Comes From Life\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�r:ta\nGeetar-gan (Bengali)\nVairagya-vidya (Bengali)\nBuddhi-yoga (bengali)\nBhakti-ratna-boli (Bengali)\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Kr�r:ta Consciousness\nKnr:ta Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nBack to Godhead magazine (founder)\nA complete catalog is available upon request.\n\nBhaktivedanta Book Trust\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nlos Angeles, Cali�ornia 90034\n\n", "adi2#p0005": "All Glory to Sri Guru and Gaurariga\n\nSRI CAITANYACAWTAIRTA\n•\n\nof Knr;�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami\n\nAdi-lila\nVolume Two\n\"LORD CAITANYA MAHAPRABHU\nin the\nREN�UNCED ORDER Of LIFE\"\nwith the original Bengali text,\nRoman transliterations, synonyms,\ntranslation and elaborate purports\n\nby\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bba�tivedanta Swami Prabbupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nlos Angeles london Paris Bombay Sydney Hong Kong\n•\n\n•\n\n•\n\n•\n\n•\n\n", "adi2#p0006": "Readers·interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for KrishnaConsciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n@ 1973 the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\n\nLibrary ofCongressCatalogueCard Number: 73-93206\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-51-X\n\nFirst printing, 1973\nSecond printing, 1983\n\nPrinted iri Hong Kong\n\n", "adi2#p0007": "Contents\n\nvii\n\nIntroduction\n\nChapter 7\n\nLord Caitanya in Five Features\n\nChapter 8\n\nThe Author's Receiving the Orders of the\nAuthorities, Kr�oa and Guru\n\n157\n\nChapter 9\n\nThe Tree of Devotional Service\n\n213\n\nChapter 10\n\nThe Main Trunk of the Caitanya Tree,\n\nChapter 11\n\nIts Branches and Its Sub-branches\n\n251\n\nThe Expansions of Lord Nityananda\n\n353\n\nReferences\n\n391\n\nGlossary\n\n393\n\nBengali Pronunciation Guide\n\n397\n\nMap of Bengal\n\n399\n\nGeneral Index\n\n401\n\n", "adi2#p0008": "Introduction\n\"HARE K��t:-lA\" has become a household phrase in cities, towns and\nvillages throughout the world, fulfilling a prophecy made almost five hundred\nyears ago by Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu . From Los Angeles to London,\nfrom Bombay to Buenos Aires, from Pittsburgh and Melbourne to Paris and\n\neven Moscow, people of all ages, colors, creeds and faiths are feeling the bliss\nof the dynamic yoga system called \"K�J)a consciousness.\"\n\nThis Kr�r;�a consciousness movement began in full_ force some five hundred\n\nyears ago, when Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, an incarnation of Kr�r;�a\n\n(God), flooded the subcontinent of India with the chanting of the mantra\n\nHare Kr�r;�a, Hare Kr�r;�a, Kr�r;�a Kr�r;�a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rlima\nRama, Hare' Hare. To reveal the secret of what real love is, Kr�r;�a came to earth\n\nfive hundred years ago in the guise of His own devotee-as Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. With His· chief associates- Nityananda, Advaita, Gadadhara\nand SrTvasa-He taught how to develop love of Godhead simply by chanting\n\nHare Kr�r;�a and dancing in ecstasy.\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta, which was written by the great saint Kr�r;�adasa\n\nKaviraja GosvamT shortly after Lord Caitanya's disappearance, vividly de­\n\nscribes Lord Caitanya's blissful pastimes and probes deeply into His profound\nspiritual philosophy.\n\n_\n\nThe translations and purports, the explanations of the verses, are the w9rk\n\nof His Divine Grace A. C. !;Jhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the author of\nBhagavad-git.a As It is; The Nectar of Devotion; Kr$Qa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (first published in 1970 with the kind help of Mr. ,George\n\nHarrison); and numerous other books about yoga and self-realization.\n\nAlthough this is the fourth volume of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, one need not\n\nhave read the previous volumes to understand and appreciate this book. SrTia\nPrabhupada remarks that such a spiritual work is like sugar, for wherever you\nbegin tasting it you will surely enjoy its sweetness.\n\nvii\n\n", "adi2#p0009": "His Divine Grace\n\nA. C. BHAKTIVEDANTA SWAMI PRABHUPADA\nFounder-Acii.rya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "adi2#p0010": "SRI LA BHAKTISIDDHANT A SARASVATI GOSV AMI MAHARAJA\n\nthe spiritual master of\n\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\nand foremost scholar and devotee in the recent age.\n\n", "adi2#p0011": "Plate I The supreme energetic, the Personality of Godhead, manifesting in five kinds of\n\npastimes, appears as the Paiica-tattva. (p. 5)\n\n", "adi2#p0012": "Plate 2 Among the many transcendental lovers of Kr.sra, the gopis [cowherd girls of\nVrndiivanaj are the best, and among the gopis Srlmatl Radharanlis the best. (p. 15)\n\n", "adi2#p0013": "Plate 3 Lord Caitanya and His associates danced again and again and thus made it easier to\ndrink nectarean love of Godhead. (p. 17)\n\n", "adi2#p0014": "Plate 4 PrakiWinanda Sarasvati, seeing Srt Caitanya Mahaprabhu in an unclean place\n\ncaught Him by the hand and seated Him with great respect in the midst of the assembly. (p. 47)\n\n", "adi2#p0015": "Plate 5 After the Mayavadf sannyasts heard Lord Caitanya, their minds changed, and\n\nthey began to chant the holy name of Kr.sf!a. (p. 141)\n\n", "adi2#p0016": "Plate 6 Whenever the crowds were too great, Srf Caitanya Mahiiprabhu stood up, raised\n\nHis hands and chanted, \"Hari! Hari!\" to which all the people again responded, filling both the\nland and sky with the vibration. (p. 149)\n\n", "adi2#p0017": "Plate 7 In the temple of GovindajT, thousands of servitors always render service to the\nLord, who is seated on a golden throne bedecked with jewels. (p. 196)\n\n", "adi2#p0018": "Plate 8 After seeing Madana-mohana, Kr,w:wdiisa Kaviriija Gosviimi accepted the garland of\norder from th� temple priest. (p. 208)\n\n", "adi2#p0019": "Plate 9 While chanting the Hare Kr�T}a mantra in Benapola, H aridiisa Thiikura was personally\ntested by Miiyiidevf herself. (p. 276)\n\n", "adi2#p0020": "Plate 10 After the passing of Haridiisa Thiikura, Lord Caitanya took his body and danced with it in great ecstasy.\n(p. 277)\n\n", "adi2#p0021": "Plate 11 Lord Caitanya exhibited His Varana form in the house of Murtiri Gupta, the\ntwenty-first branch of the SrfCaitanya tree. (p. 279)\n\n", "adi2#p0022": "Plate 12 Sacimiitii saw that the foodstuffs had actually been eaten by Sri Caitanya\nMahiiprabhu, even though He was far away. (p. 285)\n\n", "adi2#p0023": "Plate 13 Lord Caitanya embraced Saniitana, accepting his body as spiritual. (p. 305)\n\n", "adi2#p0024": "Plate 14 \"/saw that Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu was entering the body of Jagannatha\n\nand again coming out of His body.\" (p. 339)\n\n", "adi2#p0025": "�di-/ga\nCHAPTER7\nTEXT1\n\n�1tct\\!)�1t�� ifi'l ���I\n\n-� fif-tJ�\"ll (;�JI��tfti II ) II\nagaty-eka-gatirh natva\nhlnarthadhika-sadhakam\nsr7-caitanyarh likhyate 'sya\nprema-bhakti-vaaanyata\nSYNONYMS\n\nagati-of the most fallen; eka-the only one; gatim\noffering\n\nobeisances;\n\nh7na- inferior;\n\n-\n\ndestination; natva-after\n\nartha-interest; adhika-greater\n\nsadhakam-who can render; sr7 caitanyam-unto Lord\n-\n\nthan\n\nthat;\n\nS ri Caitanya; likhyate- is\n\nbeing written; asya-of the Lord, S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prema- love; bhaktidevotional service; vadanyata\n\n-\n\nmagnanimity\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLet me first offer my respectful obeisances unto Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nwho is the ultimate goal of I life for one bereft of all possessions in this material world and is the only meaning for one advancing in spiritual life. Thus\nlet\n\nme\n\nwrite\n\nabout\n\nHis\n\nmagnanimous\n\ncontribution\n\nof\n\ndevotional service\n\nin Jove of God.\nPURPORT\nA person in the conditional stage of material existence is in an atmosphere of\nhelplessness, but the conditioned soul, under the illusion of maya, or the external\nenergy, thinks that he is completely protected by his country, society, friendship\nand Jove, not knowing that at the time of death none of these can save him. The\nlaws of material nature are so strong that none of our material possessions can save\nus from the cruel hands of death. In Bhagavad-gTta (13.9} it is stated, jan m a mrtyu\n-\n\n­\n\njara-vyadhi-du!Jkha-do�anudarsanam: .one who is actually advancing must always\nconsider the four principles of miserable life, namely, birth, death, old age and disease. One cannot be saved from all these miseries unless he takes shelter of the lotus\nfeet of the Lord.\n\nS ri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu is therefore the only shelter for\n\n", "adi2#p0026": "Sri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n2\n\nall conditioned souls. An intelligent person, therefore, does not put his faith\nin\n\nany\n\nmaterial\n\npossessions,\n\nbut\n\ncompletely takes shelter of the lotus feet\n\nof the Lord. Such a person is called akii'lcana, or one who does not possess\nanything in this material world. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is also known\nas Akincana-gocara, for He can be achieved by a person who does not put his faith\nin material possessions. Therefore, for the fully surrendered soul who has no material possessions on which to depend, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the only\nshelter. Everyone depends upon dharma (religiosity) , artha (economic development),\nkama\n\n(sense gratification) and ultimately mok�a (salvation). but Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, due to His magnanimous character, can give more than salvation.\n\nTherefore in this verse the words hlnarthadhika-sadhakam indicate that although\n\nby material estimation salvation is of a quality superior to the inferior interests of\nreligiosity, economic development and sense gratification, above salvation there is\n\nthe position of devotional service and transcendental love for the Supreme Person­\n\nality of Godhead. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the bestower of this great benediction.\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, prema pumartho mahan: \"Love of Godhead is the\nultimate benediction for all human beings.\" Srila Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja Gosvami, the\n\nauthor of Caitanya-caritamrta, therefore first offers his respectful obeisances unto\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu before describing His magnanimity in bestowing love\nof Godhead.\nTEXT2\n\n1m iQ 'qf� 1\\\"�i'W I\n\n� R'tlf��, �- � .... II �II\njaya jaya mahaprabhu Sff-k(g/0-Caitanya\ntahhara cara!Jasrita, sei ba(la dhanya\nSYNONYMS\njaya-all glories;jaya-all glories; mahaprabhu-unto the Supreme Lord; srl-kr�!Ja·\ncaitanya-of the name Sri Kr�Da Caitanya; tahhara-of His; cara!Ja.Csrita-one who\nhas taken shelter of the lotus feet;sei-he;ba(la-is very;dhanya-glorified.\nTRANSLATION\nLet me offer glorification to the Supreme Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. One\nwho has taken shelter of His lotus feet is the most glorifi�d person.\nPURPORT\nPrabhu means master. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the supreme master of all masters; therefore He is called Mahaprabhu. Any person who takes shelter of Sri Kr�Da\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is most glorified because by the mercy of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu he is able to get promotion to the platform of loving service to the\nLord, which is transcendental to salvation.\n\n", "adi2#p0027": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n3\n\nTEXT3\n\n�(\"��fir Ji� �.. ��i'f ilif..t1f I\n·11'�.. �6tr-, t.!l� \"tttR Mm \" � \"\npurve gurv-iidi chaya tattve kaila namaskara\nguru-tattva kahiyachi, ebe pancera vicara\nSYNONYMS\npurve-in the beginning; guru-Odi-the spiritual master and others; chaya-six;\ntattve-in the subjects of; kai/a-1 have done; namaskara-obeisances; guru-tattvathe truth in understanding the spiritual master; kahiyachi-1 have already described;\n\nebe-now; p(iricera-of the five; vicara-consideration.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn the beginning I have discussed the truth about the spiritual master. Now I shall\ntry to explain the Pai'ica-tattva.\nPURPORT\nIn the First Chapter of Caitanya-caritomrta, Adi-/Jia, the author, Srila Kr�l)adasa\nKaviraja Gosvami, has described the initiator spiritual master and the instructor\nspiritual master in the verse beginning with the words vande gurun lsa-bhaktan lsam\nlsavatarakan. In that verse there are six transcendental subject matters, of which the\ntruth regarding the spiritual master has already been described. Now the author will\ndescribe the other five tattvas (truths), namely, lsa-tattva (the Supreme Lord), His\nexpansion tattva, His incarnation tattva, His energy tattva and His devotee tattva.\nTEXT4\n\n9f� �cf'�JJ �I\n9(�.. i'f<$1 � 11�� WJf II 8 II\npanca-tattva avatlrr;a caitanyera sange\npanca-tattva lana karena sanklrtana range\nSYNONYMS\npanca-tattva-these five tattvas; avatlrr;a-a dvented; caitanyera-with Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; spnge-in company with; panca-tattva-the same five subject�; /anataking with Himself; karena- He does;sanklrtana-the sanklrtana movement; rangein great pleasure.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThese five tattvas incarnate with Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and thus the Lo�d\n\nexecutes His sarikirtana movement with great pleasure.\n\n", "adi2#p0028": "S r1-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n4\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Srlmad-Bhogavatam there is the following statement regarding Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu:\n\nkr�ra-van;am tvi�iikr�ram siihgopiihgiistra-piir�adam\n\nyajnail; sahklrtana-proyair yajanti hi sumedhasa!;\n\n\"In the age of Kali, people who are endowed with sufficient intelligence will worship\n\nthe Lord, who is accompanied by His associates, by performance of sahklrtana\n\nyajna.\" (Bhog. 11.5.32)\n\nS ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is always accompanied by His\n\nplenary expansion S ri Nityananda Prabhu, His incarnation Sri Advaita Prabhu, His\n\ninternal potency S ri Gadadhara Prabhu and His marginal potency Srivasa Prabhu. He\nis in the midst of them as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One should know that\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is always accompanied by these other tattvas. Therefore\n\nour obeisances to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are complete when we say, sr7-kr�ra­\n\ncaitanya prabhu nityonanda sr7-advalta gadadhara srlvosodi-gaura-bhakta-vrnda. As\n\npreachers of the Kr�l)a consciousness movement, we first offer our obeisances to S ri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu by chanting this Pal'ica-tattva mantra; then we say, Hare\n\nKr�l)a, Hare Kr�l)a, Kr�l)a Kr�l)a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama,\n\nHare Hare. There are ten offenses in the chanting of the Hare Kr�l)a moho-mantra,\n\nbut these are not considered in the chanting of the Pal'ica-tattva mantra, namely, sr7-\n\nkr�ra-caitanya prabhu nityonanda sr7-advaita gaaadhara srlvosodi-gaura-bhakta-vrnda.\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is known as maho-vaaanyovatora, the most magnanimous\n\nincarnation, for He does not consider the offenses of the fallen souls. Thus to derive\nthe full benefit of the chanting of the moho-mantra { Hare Kr�l)a, Hare Kr�l)a, Kr�l)a\n\nKr�l)a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare ) , we must first\n\ntake shelter of S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, learn the Pal'ica-tattva moho-mantra, and\nthen chant the Hare Kr�l)a moho-mantra. That will be very effective.\nTaking advantage of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, there are many unscrupulous\n\ndevotees who manufacture a moho-mantra of their own. Sometimes they sing, bhaja\n\nnitiii gaura radhe syoma hare k[�IJO hare roma or sr/-k[�IJO·Caitanya prabhu nityananda\n\nhare kr�IJO hare ramo sr7 rodhe govinda. Actually, however, one should chant the\nnames of the full Pal'ica-tattva (sr7-kr�ra-caitanya prabhu nityonanda sr7-advaita\n\ngadadhara srlvasodi-gaura-bhakta-vrnda) and then the sixteen words Hare Kr�l)a,\n\nHare Kr�l)a, Kr�l)a Kr�l)a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare\n\nHare, but these unscrupulous, less intelligent men confuse the entire process. Of\ncourse, since they are also devotees they can express their feelings in that way, but\n\nthe method prescribed by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's pure devotees is to chant first\n\nthe full Pal'ica-tattva mantra and then chant the moho-mantra-Hare Kr�l)a, Hare\nKr�l)a, Kr�l)a Kr�l)a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nTEXTS\n\n9f�-<.fl'ifi�, iftfit f� '� I\nf1f �til� � �M'f Rf;'e� II <t II\n\n", "adi2#p0029": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n5\n\npanca-tattva-eka-vastu, nahi kichu bheda\nrasa asvadite tabu vividha vibheda\nSYNONYMS\npanca-tattva-the five subjects; eka-vastu-they are one in five; niihi-there is not;\nkichu-anything; bheda-difference; rasa-mellows; iisvadite-to taste; tabu-yet;\nvividha-varieties; vibheda-differences.\nTRANSLATION\nSpiritually there are no differences between these five tattvas, for on the transcendental platform everything is absolute. Yet there are also varieties in the\nspiritual world, and in order to taste these spiritual varieties one should distinguish\nbetween them.\nPURPORT\nIn his Anubha�ya commentary Sri Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura describes\nthe Parica-tattva as follows. The supreme energetic, the Personality of Godhead,\nmanifesting in five kinds of pastimes, appears as the Parica-tattva. Actually there is\nno difference between them because they are situated on the absolute platform, but\nthey manifest different spiritual varieties as a challenge to impersonalists to taste\ndifferent kinds of spiritual humors (rasas) . In the Vedas it is said, pariisya saktir\n\nvividhaiva sruyate: \"The varieties of energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nare differently known.\" From this statement of the Vedas one can understand that\nthere are eternal varieties of humors or tastes in the spiritual world. Sri Gauranga,\nSri Nityananda, Sri Advaita, Sri Gadadhara and Srivasa are all on the same platform,\nbut in spiritually distinguishing between them one should understand that Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is the form of a devotee, Nityananda Prabhu appears in the\nform of a devotee's spiritual master, Advaita Prabhu is the form of a bhakta (devotee) incarnation, Gadadhara Prabhu is the energy of a bhakta, and Srivasa is a pure\ndevotee. Thus there are spiritual distinctions between them. The bhakta-rupa {Sri\nCafianya Mahaprabhu), the bhakta-svarupa (Sri Nityananda Prabhu) and the bhaktaavatara (Sri Advaita Prabhu) are described as the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nHimself, His immediate manifestation and His plenary expansion, and They all\nbelong to the Vi�I)U category. Although the spiritual and marginal energies of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead are nondifferent from the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead Vi�l)u, they are predominated subjects, whereas Lord Vi�I)U is the predominator. As such, although they are on the same platform, they have appeared\ndifferently in order to facilitate tasting of transcendental mellows. Actually, however, there is no possibility of one being different from the other, for the worshiper\nand the worshipable cannot be separated at any stage. On the absolute platform, one\ncannot be understood without the other.\nTEXT6\n\n<Pt��1�<fi� n� ��&11i<Pt-�11i<Pt<fi''\n��l<t\\!ll'l'l� �.'&l�J� ;prtf1l �>:&'\"rf�� II � II\n\n", "adi2#p0030": "Sri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n6\n\npanca-tattvatmakar'n kr�ram\nbhaktarupa-svarupakam\n\nbhaktavatararh bhaktakhyarh\nnamami bhakta-saktikam\nSYNONYMS\npanca-tattva-Otmakam-comprehending the five transcendental subject matters;\n\nkr�ram-unto Lord Kr�1,1a; bhakta-rupa-in the form of a devotee; svarupakam-in\n\nthe expansion of a devotee; bhakta-ovataram-in the incarnation of a devotee;\n\nbhakta-Okhyam-known as a devotee; namami-l offer my obeisances; bhakta­\n\nsaktikam-the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANS LAliON\n\nLet me offer my obeisances unto Lord Sri Kr�r;�a, who has manifested Himself\n\nin five as a devotee, expansion of a devotee, incarnation of a devotee, pure devotee\nand devotional energy.\n\nPURPORT\nSri Nityananda Prabhu is the immediate expansion of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nas His brother. He is the personified spiritual bliss of sac-cid-Onanda-vigraha. His\nbody is transcendental and full of ecstasy in devotional service. Sri Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu is therefore called bhakta-rupa (the form of a devotee), and Sri Nityananda\n\nPrabhu is called bhakta-svarupa (the expansion of a devotee). Sri Advaita Prabhu, the\n\nincarnation of a devotee, is Vi�ru-tattva and belongs to the same category.There are\n\nalso different types of bhaktas or devotees on th'e platforms of neutrality, servitude,\nfriendship, paternity and conjugal love. Devotees like SrT Damodara, SrT Gadadhara\n\nand\n\nSri\n\nRamananda\n\nare\n\ndifferent\n\nenergies. This\n\nconfirms the\n\nVedic sutra,\n\nparasya saktir vividhaiva sruyate. All these bhakta subjects taken together constitute\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is Kr�r;�a Himself.\nTEXT7\n\n��te{. � ��� � I\n,..Nm, e{tlf11Jsr, ���-Qit� II\" II\n��\n\nsvayarh bhagavan kr�ra ekale lsvara\n\nadvitlya, nandatmaja, rasika-sekhara\nSYNONYMS\nsvayam-Himself; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kr�ra-Lord\n\nKr�1,1a; eka/e-the only one; 7svara-the supreme controller; advitlya-without a sec­\n\nond;nanda-Otmaja-appeared as the son of Maharaja Nanda;rasika-the most mellow;\n\nsekhara-summit.\n\n", "adi2#p0031": "Adi-Hla, Chapter 7\n\n7\n\nTRANSLATION\nKr�r;�a, the reservoir of all pleasure, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself, the supreme controller. No one is greater than or equal to Sri Kr�r;�a, yet He\nappears as the son of Maharaja Nanda.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse Kaviraja Gosvami gives an accurate description of Lord Kr�l')a, the\n\nSupreme Personality .of Godhead, by stating that although no one is equal to or\ngreater than Him, and He is the reservoir of all spiritual pleasure, He nevertheless\n\nappears as the son of Maharaja Nanda and Yasodamayi.\nTEXTS\n\n�-f�, <:!ltrt'1'1i4l-ift'Stt I\n<et'tt � �� G��,-� ?tfiflll \\r II\nrasiidi-vi/Os7, vraja/alana-nagara\nora yata saba dekha,-tahra parikara\nSYNONYMS\nriisa-iidi-the riisa dance; viliisT-the enjoyer; vraja-/a/anii-the damsels of Vrndavana;\n.\n\nnagara-the leader; ara-others;yata-all; saba-everyone; dekha-must know; tahraHis; parikara-associates.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Kr�l')a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the supreme enjoyer in\n\nthe rasa dance .. He is the leader of the damsels of Vraja, and all others are simply\nHis associates.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word riisadi-vi/Osl (\"the enjoyer of the riisa dance\") is very important. The\nrasa dance can be enjoyed only by Sri Kr�11a because He is the supreme leader and\nchief of the damsels of Vrndavana. All other devotees are His associates. Although\nno one can compare with Sri Kr�l)a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, there are\nmany unscrupulous rascals who imitate the rasa dance of Sri Kr�l)a. They are\nMayavadis, and people should be wary of them. The rasa dance can be performed\nonly by Sri Kr�11a and no one else.\nTEXT9\n\n'��\" �( ��\"�'-' I\n� \"P!fi�<ft'St'l �ttr �� �J II � II\n\n", "adi2#p0032": "Sr1-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n8\n\nsei k[�IJa avatlrr;a sri-k[�IJa-caitanya\nsei parikara-gar;a sahge saba dhanya\nSYNONYMS\nsei kr�IJa-that very Lord Kr�l')a; avatlrr;a-has advented; sr7-kr�1Ja-caitanya-in the\nform of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sei-those; parikara-gar;a-associates; sahgewith Him; saba-all; dhanya-glorious.\nTRANSLATION\nThe selfsame Lord Kr�l')a advented Himself as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu with all\nHis eternal associates, who are also equally glorious.\nTEXT10\n\n�� �-'\"�-��I\n\n��1(��\"'5�t�JI�oJI\nekale isvara-tattva caitanya-isvara\nbhakta-bhavamaya tahra suddha kalevara\nSYNONYMS\nekale-only one person; lsvara-tattva-the supreme controller; caitanya-the\nsupreme living force; isvara-controller; bhakta-bhavamaya-in the ecstasy of a\ndevotee; tahra-His; suddha-transcendental; kalevara-body\n\n.\n\nTRANS LA liON\n\nS ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is the supreme controller, the one Personality of\nGodhead, has ecstatically become a devotee, yet His body is transcendental and not\nmaterially tinged.\nPURPORT\nThere are different tattvas or truths, including isa-tattva, ;7va-tattva and saktitattva. lsa-tattva refers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead Vi�r;�u, who is the\nsupreme living force. In the Katha Upani!jad it is said, nityo nityanain cetanas\ncetananam: the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the supreme eternal and the\nsupreme living force. The living entities are also eternal and are also living forces,\nbut they are very minute in quantity, whereas the Supreme Lor.d is the supreme\nliving force and the supreme eternal. The supreme eternal never accepts a body of a\ntemporary material nature, whereas the living entities who are part and parcel of the\nsupreme eternal are prone to do so. Thus according to the Vedic mantras the\nSupreme Lord is the supreme master of innumerable living entities. The Mayavadi\nphilosophers, however, try to equate the minute living entities with the supreme\nliving entity. Because they recognize no distinctions between them, their philosophy\nis called advaita-vada, or monism. Factually, however, there is a distinction. This\nverse is especially meant to impart to the Mayavadi philosopher the understanding\n\n", "adi2#p0033": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n9\n\nthat the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the supreme controller. The supreme\ncontroller, the Personality of Godhead, is Kr�rJa Himself, but as a transcendental\npastime He has accepted the form of a devotee, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita, when the Supreme Personality of Godhead Kr�t:�a\ncomes to this planet exactly like a human being, some rascals consider Him to be\none of the ordinary humans. One who thinks in that mistaken way is described as\n\nmupha, or foolish. Therefore one should not foolishly consider Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nto be an ordinary human being. He has accepted the ecstasy of a devotee, but He is\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Since Caitanya Mahaprabhu, there have\nbeen many imitation incarnations of Kr�11a who cannot understand that Caitanya\nMahaprabhu was Kr�IJa Himself and not an ordinary human being. Less intelligent\nmen create their own Gods by advertising a human being as God. This is their\nmistake. Therefore here the words tahra suddha ka/evara warn that Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's body is not material but purely spir'itual. One should n�t, therefore,\naccept Caitanya Mahaprabhu as an ordinary devotee, although He has assumed the\nform of a devotee. Yet one must certainly know that although Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nis the Supreme Personality of Godhead, because He accepted the ecstasy of a devotee\none should not misunderstand His pastimes and place Him in exactly the same\n\nposition as Kr�IJa. It is for this reason only that when Sri Kr�IJa Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwas addressed as Kr�IJa or Vi�f)U He blocked His ears, not wanting to hear Himself\naddressed as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. There is a class of devotees\ncalled Gaurahga-nagarl who stage plays of Kr�IJa's pastimes using a vigraha or form\nof Caitanya Mahaprabhu. This is a mistake which is technically called rasiibhasa.\nWhile Caitanya Mahaprabhu is trying to enjoy as a devotee, one should not disturb\nHim by addressing Him as the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT11\n\n\"J11'If�11 1.!1� ��6-..� � I\n'eft� ��tift'S � �11 'e¥'et� II �) II\nknfJa-madhuryera eka adbhuta svabhava\napana asvad/te k(�fJO kare bhakta-bhava\nSYNONYMS\nkr�fJa-madhuryera-the supreme pleasure potency of Kr�rJa; eka-is one; adbhutawonderful; svabhava\n\n-\n\nnature; apana- Himself; asvadite-to taste; kr�f!O-the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead; kare-does; bhakta-bhava-accept the form of a devotee.\nTRANSLATION\nThe transcendental mellow of conjugal love of Kr�rJa is so wonderful that Kr�IJa\nHimself accepts the form of a devotee to relish and taste it fully.\nPURPORT\nAlthough Kr�IJa is the reservoir of all pleasure, He has a special intention to taste\nHimself by accepting the form of a devotee. It is to be concluded that although\n\n", "adi2#p0034": "10\n\nSr1-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nLord Caitanya is present in the form of a devotee, He is Kr�11a Himself. Therefore\nVai�l)avas sing, srl-kr�!Ja-caitanya radha-kr�!Ja nahe anya: Radha and Kr�l')a combined together are\n\nSri\n\nKr�l')a Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Caitanyakhyarh prakatam\n\nadhuna tad-dvayarh caikyam aptam.\n\nS ri SvarOpa-damodara Gosvami has said that\n\nRadha and Kr�l')a assumed oneness in the form of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT12\n\nttflt 'e� �f � <;'51'Pttf$ I\n��?t' � fi4�1i4\"1-� II �� II\nithe bhakta-bhava dhare caitanya gosai'li\n'bhakta-svarupa' tahra nityananda-bhai\nSYNONYMS\nithe-for this reason; bhakta-bhava-the ecstasy of a devotee; dhare-accepts;\ncaitanya-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gosafli-the transcendental teacher; bhaktasvarupa-exactly like a pure devotee; tanra-His; nityananda-Lord Nityananda;\nbhai-brother.\nTRANSLATION\nFor this reason Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the supreme teacher, accepts the form\nof a devotee and accepts Lord Nityananda as His elder brother.\nTEXT13\n\n'��'01��' � ��tli·<;�tfJP I\n\n�� � '\" lft<f � �' '5ttt II �� II\n'bhakta-avatara' tahra acarya-gosani\nei tina tattva sabe prabhu kari' gai\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-avatara-incarnatlon as a devotee; tahra-His;acarya-gosani-the supreme\n\nteacher, Advaita Acarya Prabhu; ei-all these; tina\nprabhu-the predominator; kari\n\n'-\n\n-\n\nthree; tattva-truths; sabe\n\n-\n\nall ;\n\nby such understanding; gai-we sing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Advaita Acarya is Lord Caitanya's incarnation as a devotee. Therefore these\nthree tattvas [Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Nityananda Prabhu and Advaita Gosani] are\nthe predominators or masters.\nPURPORT\nGosafli means gosvaml. A person who has full control over the senses and mind is\ncalled a gosvaml or gosani. One who does not have such control is called godasa, or\n\n", "adi2#p0035": "Adi-ma, Chapter 7\n\n11\n\na servant of the senses, and cannot become a spiritual master. A spiritual master\nwho actually has control over the mind and senses is called gosvomi. Although the\n\ngosvomi title has become a hereditary designation for unscrupulous men, actually\nthe title gosani or gosvomi began from Sri Rupa Gosvami, who presented himsel.f as\nan ordinary grhastha and minister in government service but became gosvoml when\nhe was actually elevated by the instruction of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Therefore\n\ngosvomi is not a hereditary title but refers to one's qualifications. When one is\nhighly elevated in spiritual advancement, regardless of wherefrom he comes, he\nmay be called gosvomi. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Sri Nityananda Prabhu and Sri\nAdvaita Gosani Prabhu are natural gosvomis because They belong to the Vi�ru­\n\ntattva category. As such, all of Them are prabhus (\"predominators\" or \"masters�'),\nand They are sometimes called Caitanya Gosani, Nityananda Gosani and Advaita\nGosani. Unfortunately Their so-called descendants who do not have the qualifications of gosvomis have accepted this title as a hereditary designation or a professional\ndegree. That is not in accord with the 5astric injunctions.\nTEXT14\n\n�<li����f�l\n��,����R'I II �8 II\neka mahoprabhu, ora prabhu duijana\ndui prabhu sebe mahoprabhura carara\nSYNONYMS\n\neka mahoprabhu-one Mahaprabhu, or the supreme predominator; ora prabhu\nduijana- and the other two (Nityananda and Advaita) are two prabhus {masters);\ndui prabhu the two prabhus (Nityananda and Advaita Gosani); sebe- serve;\nmahoprabhura-of the supreme predominator, Lord Caita.nya Mahaprabhu; carara-\n\nthe lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nOne of them is Mahaprabhu, and the other two are prabhus. These two prabhus\nserve the lotus feet of Mahaprabhu.\nPURPORT\nAlthough Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Sri Nityananda Prabhu and Sri Advaita\nPrabhu all belong to the same Vi�l)u category, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is nevertheless accepted as the Supreme, and the other two prabhus engage in His transcendental loving service to teach ordinary living entities that every one of us is subordinate\nto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu 1 n another place in Caitanya-caritomrta (Adi. 5.142) it\n.\n\n.\n\nis said, ekaRi Tsvara kr�ra, ora saba bhrtya: the only supreme master is Kr�Qa, and all\nothers, both Vi�ru-tattva and jiva-tattva, engage in the service of the Lord. Both the\n\nVi�ru-tattva (as Nityananda Prabhu and Advaita) and the jlva-tattva (Srlvosodi-gaurabhakta-vrnda) engage in the service of the Lord, but one must distinguish between\n\n", "adi2#p0036": "Sr1-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n12\n\nthe Vigw-tattva servitors and the jiva-tattva servitors. The jiva-tattva servitor, the\nspiritual master, is actually the servitor God. As explained in previous verses, in the\nabsolute world there are no such differences, yet one must observe these differences\nin order to distinguish the Supreme from His subordinates.\nTEXT15\n\n�• � \\!'i,-'�' m 1ftfi\\ 1\n5l.( � '4fH9'\\!,,-'�' m II �<2' II\nei tina tattva,- 'sarviiriidhya' kari miini\ncaturtha ye bhakta-tattva,- 'iiriidhaka' jiini\nSYNONYMS\nei tina tattva-all three of these truths; sarva.Oriidhya-worshipable by all living\nentities; kari miini- accepting such; caturtha-fourth; ye-who is; bhakta-tattva-in\nthe category of devotees; iiriidhaka- worshiper;jiini-1 understand.\nTRANSLATION\nThe three predominators [Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Nityananda Prabhu and Advaita\nPrabhu]\n\nare worshipable by all Jiving entities, and the fourth principle [Sri\n\nGadadhara Prabhu] is to be understood as Their worshiper.\nPURPORT\nIn his Anubhii�ya, Sri Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura, describing the truth\nabout the Parica-tattva, explains that we can understand that Lord Sri Caitanya\n'Mahaprabhu is the supreme predominator, and Nityananda Prabhu and Advaita\nPrabhu are His subordinates but are also predominators. Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the Supreme Lord, and Nityananda Prabhu and Advaita Prabhu are manifestations of the Supreme Lord. All of Them are Vi�ru-tattva, the Supreme, and are\ntherefore worshipable by the living entities. Although the other two tattvas within\n\nthe category of Parica-tattva-namely, sa'kti-tattva and jiva-tattva, represented by\nGadadhara and Srivasa-are worshipers of the Supreme Lord, they are in the same category because they eternally engage in the transcendental loving service of the Lord.\nTEXT 16\n\nl}�fif � G;� � ��'Sf'i I\n'��,-� -tJ-��t1f 'Sf${ II �� II\nSrlviisiidi yata kofi kofi bhakta-gaf!a\n'suddha-bhakta'-tattva-madhye tiih-sabiira garana\n\n", "adi2#p0037": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n13\n\nSYNONYMS\nsrlvasa-Odi-devotees headed by Srivasa Thakura; yata-all others; kofi kofi-in­\n\nnumerable; bhakta-ga!Ja-devotees; suddha-bhakta-pure devotees; tattva-madhye­\n\nin the truth;tah-sabara-all of them;gorona-accounted.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThere are innumerable pure devotees of the Lord, headed by Srivasa Thakura,\n\nwho are known as unalloyed devotees.\n\nTEXT17\n\n�Q·���flf \\2f� 'llf�'·'f51�t;�� I\n'�R-�' �' 'Sttf� � II �'\\ II\ngadadhara-pa!J�itadi prabhura 'sakti'-avatara\n\n'antarahga-bhakta' kari' ga!Jana yahhara\nSYNONYMS\n\ngaaadhara-of the name Gadadhara; pa!J(/ita-of the learned scholar; adi-headed\n\nby; prabhura-of the Lord; 5akti-potency; avatara-incarnation; antarahga-very\nconfidential; bhakta-devotee; kari'-accepting; ga!Jana-counting; yiihhiira-of\nwhom.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees headed by Gadadhara Pal)�ita are to be considered incarnations of\n\nthe potency of the Lord. They are internal potential devotees engaged in the service\n\nof the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nIn connection with verses sixteen and seventeen, Sri Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\nThakura explains in his Anubha�ya: \"There are specific symptoms by which the\n\ninternal devotees and the unalloyed or pure devotees are to be known. All unalloyed\ndevotees are sakti-tattvas, or potencies of the Lord. Some of them are situated in\n\nconjugal love and others in filial affection, fraternity and servitude. Certainly all of\n\nthem are devotees, but by making a comparative study it is found that the devotees\nor potencies who are engaged in conjugal love are better situated than the others.\n\nThus devotees who are in a relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nin conjugal love are considered to be the most confidential devotees of Lord Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Those who engage in the service of Lord Nityananda Prabhu\n\nand Lord Advaita Prabhu generally have relationships of parental love, fraternity,\n\nservitude and neutrality. When such devotees develop great attachment for Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, they too become situated within the intimate circle of devo-\n\n", "adi2#p0038": "14\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ntees in conjugal love.\" This gradual development of devotional service is described by\nSri Narottama dasa Thakura as follows:\n\ngaurahga balite habe pulaka sarlra\nhari hari balite nayane ba'be nlra\nara kabe nitiiiciihda karu(lii karibe.\nsarhsara-vasana mora kabe tuccha habe\nvi�aya char;fiyii kabe suddha habe mana\nkabe hama heraba srT-vrnaovana\nrupa-raghunatha-pade ha-ibe iikuti\nkabe hama bujhaba srl-yugala-pirlti\n\"When will there be eruptions on my body as soon as I chant the name of Lord\nCaitanya, and when will there be incessant torrents of tears as soon as I chant the\n\nholy names Hare Kr�Qa? When will Lord Nityananda be merciful toward me and free\n\nme from all desires for material enjoyment? When will my mind be completely freed\nfrom all contamination of desires for material pleasure? Only at that time will it be\npossible for me to understand Vrndavana.Only if I become attached to the instruc­\n\ntions given by the six Gosvamis headed by Rupa Gosvami and Raghunatha dasa Gosvami will it be possible for me to understand the conjugal love of Radha and Kr�l)a.\"\nBy attachment to the devotional service of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu one immediately comes to the ecstatic position. When he develops his love for Nityananda\nPrabhu he is freed from all attachment to the material world, and at that time he\nbecomes eligible to understand the Lord's pastimes in Vrndavana.ln that condition,\nwhen one develops his love for the six GosvamTs, he can understand the conjugal love\nbetween Radha and Kr�l)a. These are the different stages of a pure devotee's promotion to conjugal love in the service of Radha and Kr�l)a in an intimate relationship with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n��<$1��J�fl\nl{1-�� 'l$1 �'t.f ��·�stf II �lr' II\nl{1-��1 ill<$1 � <;�1f �� I\nl{1-��1 �$1 Sf� �� <;� II �� II\nyah-saba lana prabhura nitya vihara\nyah-saba lana prabhura klrtana-pracara\nyah-saba lana karena prema asvadana\nyah-saba lana diina kare prema-dhana\nSYNONYMS\nyiih-sabii-all; /ana- taking company; prabhura- of the Lord; nitya- eternal; vihiira-pastime; yiih-sabii-all those who are; lana-taking company; prabhura-of the\n\n", "adi2#p0039": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n15\n\nLord; klrtana-sahkTrtana;pracara-movement;yah-saba-persons with whom; lanain accompaniment; karena-He does;prema-love of God;asvadana-taste;yah-sabathose who are; lana-in accompaniment; dOna kare-gives in charit\\;;prema-dhanalove of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nThe internal devotees or potencies are all eternal associates in the pastimes of the\nLord. Only with them does the Lord advent to propound the sarikirtana movement,\nonly with them does the Lord taste the mellow of conjugal love, and only with them\ndoes He distribute this love of God to people in general.\nPURPORT\nDistinguishing between pure devotees and internal or confidential devotees, Sri\nROpa Gosvami, in his book Upadesamrta, traces the following gradual process of\ndevelopment. Out of many thousands of karmls, one is better when he is situated\nin perfect Vedic knowledge. Out of many such learned scholars and philosophers,\none who is actually liberated from material bondage is better, and out of many such\npersons who are actually liberated, one who is a devotee of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is considered to be the best. Among the many such transcendental lovers of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, the gopls are the best, and among the gopls\nSrimati Radhika is the best. Srimati Radhika is very dear to Lord Kmta, and similarly\nHer ponds, namely, Syamakunda and Radhakunda, are also very much dear to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura comments in his Anubha�ya that among\nthe five tattvas, two are energies (sakti-tattva) and the three others are energetic\n(saktiman tattva). Unalloyed and internal devotees are both engaged in the favorable culture of Kmta consciousness untinged by philosophical speculation or fruitive\nactivities. They are all understood to be pure devotees, and those among them who\nsimply engage in conjugal love are called madhurya-bhaktas or internal devotees. The\npotential loving services in parental love, fraternity and servitude are included in\nconjugal love of God. In conclusion, therefore, every confidential devotee is a pure\ndevotee of the Lord.\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu enjoys His pastimes with His immediate expansion\nNityananda Prabhu. His pure devotees and His three puru�a incarnations, namely,\nKarar;todakasayi Vi�r;tu, Garbhodakasayi Vi�r;tu and K�irodakasayi Vi�r;tu, always accompany the Supreme Lord to propound the sahklrtana movement.\nTEXTS 20-21\n\n�� �\"\" fiffil' �fit� �rtfil�1 1\n�'�tt11f 'lif1 ��111 � II\no\n\n9ftt5 filfil' � Cl!f1f, �11\" �tlfit I\n�� �� f�t1l, � �\\J �'liiP'i II �) II\n\n", "adi2#p0040": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n16\n\nsei poflco-tottvo mill' prthivl. asiya\npurvo-premobho!Jifiirero mudro ughorjiyo\nponce mili' lute premo, kore osvodono\nyoto yoto piye, tr�!Ja biirjhe onuk�O!JO\nSYNONYMS\nsei-those; poflco-tottvo-five truths; mili'-combined together; prthivT-on ·this\nearth; osiyo -descending; purvo-original; premo-bha!Jiforero-the store of transcendental love; mudro-seal; ughorjiyo-operiing; pahce mil/'-mi x ing together all these\nfive; lute -plunder; premo-love of Godhead; kore osvadono-taste; yota yoto-as\nmuch as;piye-drink; tr�!Ja-thirst; biirjhe-increases; onuk�of}o-again and again.\nTRANSLATION\nThe characteristics of Kr�r:ta are understood to be a storehouse of transcendental\nlove. Although that storehouse of love certainly came with Kr�r:ta when He was\npresent, it was sealed. But when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu came with His other\nassociates of the Panca-tattva, they broke the seal and plundered the storehouse to\ntaste transcendental love of Kr�Qa. The more they tasted it, the more their thirst for\nit grew.\nPURPORT\n\nS ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is called moho-vodiinyovotoro because although He is\nS ri Km1a Himself, He is even more favorably disposed to the poor fallen souls than\nLord Sri Km1a. When Lord Sri Kr�t;�a Himself was personally present He demanded\nthat everyone surrender unto Him and promised that He would then give one all\n\nprotection, but when Sr'i Caitanya Mahaprabhu came to this earth with His associ­\n\nates, He simply distributed transcendental love of God without discrimination. Sri\nRupa Gosvami, therefore, could understand that Lord Caitanya was none other\nthan\n\nSri Kr�t;�a Himself, for no one but the Supreme Personality of Godhead can\n\ndistribute confidential love of the Supreme Person.\n\n·\n\n�: �: f?tvtbi � 1f� I\nifttJ, �' �WI, '$ft;t, '� � II �� II\npuno/;1 puno/;1 piyoiyo hoyo mohamotto\nnoce, konde, hose, gayo, yoiche modo-motto\nSYNONYMS\n\npuno/;1 puno/;1-aga in and again; piyoiyo-causing to drink; hoyo\nmotto -highly ecstatic; nace_:dances; konde-c ries; hose\n·\nyoiche-as if; modo-motto-one is drunk.\n\n-\n\n-\n\nbecomes; moho-,\n\nlaughs; goyo -chants;\n\n", "adi2#p0041": "Adi-lna, Chapter 7\n\n17\n\nTRANS LA liON\nSri Pafica-tattva themselves danced again and again and thus made it easier to\n\ndrink nectarean love of Godhead. They danced, cried, laughed and chanted like\nmadmen, and in this way they distributed love of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nPeople generally cannot understand the actual meaning of chanting and dancing.\n\nDescribing the Gosvamis, Sri Srinivasa Acarya stated, k�!Jotklrtana-gana-nartana­\n\nparau: not only did Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His associates demonstrate this\nchanting and dancing, but the six Gosvarriis also followed in the next generation.\n\nThe present Kr��;�a consciousness movement follows the same principle, and there­\n\nfore simply by chanting and dancing we have received good responses all over the\n\nworld. It is to be understood, however, that this chanting and dancing do not belong\n\nto this material world. They are actually transcendental activities, for thf? more one\n\nengages in chanting and dancing, the more he can taste the nectar of transcendental\n\nlove of Godhead.\n\nTEXT23\n\n9f'titt9(�� �' tttf.: 'lt-tt'l� I\n� �� �' � �t <;�r-. II�� II\npatrapatra-vicara nahi, nahl sthanasthana\n\nyei yahha p'iiya, tahha kare prema�na\nSYNONYMS\npatra-recipient; apatra-not\n\na recipient; vicara-consideration; nahi-there is\n\nnone; nahi-there is none; sthana-favorable place; asthana-unfavorable place; yei­\n\nanyone; yahha-wherever; paya-gets the opportunity; tahha-there only; karedoes;prema-dana-distribution of love of Godhead.\nTRANS LAliON\nIn distributing love of Godhead, Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His associates did not\n\nconsider who was a fit candidate and who was not, nor where such distribution\n\nshould or should not take place. They made no conditions. Wherever they got the\n\nopportunity the members of the Pai'ica-tattva distributed love of Godhead.\nPURPORT\n\nThere are some rascals who dare to speak against the mission of Lord Caitanya by\n\ncriticizing the Kr�l)a consciousness movement for accepting Europeans and Ameri­\n\ncans as brahmaras and offering them sannyasa. But here is an authoritative state­\n\nment that in distributing love of Godhead one should not consider whether the\n\nrecipients are Europeans, Americans, Hindus, Muslims, etc. The Kr�l)a consciousness\n\n", "adi2#p0042": "Sri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n18\n\nmovement should be spread wherever possible, and one should accept those who thus\nbecome Vai�r;eavas as being greater than briihmaras, Hindus or Indians. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu desired that His name be spread in each and every town and village on\nthe surface of the globe. Therefore, when the cult of Caitanya Mahaprabhu is spread\nall over the world, should those who embrace it not be accepted as Vai�r;eavas,\n\nbr?ihmaras and sanny?is7s? These foolish arguments are sometimes raised by envious\nrascals, but Kr�r;ea conscious devotees do not care about them. We strictly follow\nthe principles set down by the Pafica-tattva.\nTEXT24\n\ncu._h, -t�111, fifJ1, 'ern'Rf �\" 1\n�..� �'G'tt, ,� ll('6�'1 �f;lf\" �8\"\nlufiy?i, kh?iiy?i, diy?i, bh?ir;f/ara uj?ir.je\n?iscarya bharflara, prema sata-gura biir.je\nSYNONYMS\n/u{iy?i-plundering; kh?iiy?i-eating; diy?i-distributing; bh?irflara\n\n-\n\nstore; uj?i(le­\n\nemptied; iiscarya-wonderful; bh?irf/ara-store;prema-love of Godhead; sata-guraone hundred times; b?i(/e-increases.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the members of the Pafica-tattva plundered the storehouse of love of\nGodhead and ate and distributed its contents, there was no scarcity, for this wonderful storehouse is so complete that as the love is distributed, the supply increases\nhundreds of times.\nPURPORT\nA pseudo-incarnation of Kr�l')a once told his disciple that he had emptied himself by giving him all knowledge and was thus spiritually bankrupt. Such bluffers\nspeak in this way to cheat the public, but actual spiritual consciousness is so perfect\nthat the more it is distributed, the more it increases. Bankruptcy is a term which\napplies in the material world, but the storehouse of love of Godhead in the spiritual\nworld can never be depleted. Kr�r;ea is providing for millions and trillions of living\nentities by supplying all their necessities, and even if all the innumerable living\nentities wanted to become Kr�r;ea conscious, there would be no scarcity of love of\nGodhead, nor would there be insufficiency in providing for their maintenance. Our\nKr�r;ea consciousness movement was started single-handedly, and no one provided\nfor our livelihood, but at present we are spending hundreds and thousands of\ndollars all over the world, and the movement is increasing more and more. Thus\nthere is no question of scarcity. Although jealous persons may be envious, if we\nstick to our principles and follow in the footsteps of the Pafica-tattva, this moye-\n\n", "adi2#p0043": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n19\n\nment will go on unchecked by imitation svamTs, sannyasTs, religionists, philosophers\nor scientists, for it is transcendental to all material considerations. Therefore those\nwho propagate the Krg1a consciousness movement should not be afraid of such\nrascals and fools.\nTEXT25\n\n-f'ltt '�� 'l)'N'<P '� I\n�' �' �<IS, ��' :Jt� � II �� II\nuchalila prema-vanyii caudike ve(liiya\nstrT� vrddha, balaka, yuva, sabare (luvaya\nSYNONYMS\nucha/i/a-became agitated; prema-vanyii-the inundation of love of Godhead;\ncaudike-in all\n\ndirections; veq'iiya-surrounding; strT-woman; vrddha-old man;\n\nba/aka-child; yuva-young man; sabare-all of them; (luvaya-merged into.\nTRANSLATION\nThe flood of love of Godhead swelled in all directions, and thus young men, old\nmen, women and children were all immersed in that inundation.\nPURPORT\nWhen the contents of the storehouse of love of Godhead is thus distributed,\nthere is a powerful inundation which covers the entire land. In Srldhama Mayapura\nthere is sometimes a great flood after the rainy season. This is an indication that\nfrom the birthplace of Lord Caitanya the inundation of love of Godhead should be\nspread all over the world, for this will help everyone, including old men, young\nmen, women and children. The Kr�Qa consciousness movement of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu is so powerful that it can inundate the entire world and interest all\nclasses of men in the subject of love of Godhead.\nTEXT26\n\n�IP;I�' � �' �'Sttf I\n'�� ,�tbl 'l?'Stf;t!'t \"� \" �� \"\nsaj-jana, dur-jana, pahgu, ja(la, andha-gaf}a\nprema-vanyaya (luvai/a jartatera jana\nSYNONYMS\n\n-\n\nsat-jana-gentlemen; dur jana-rogues; pangu\n\n- lame; ja(/a- invalid; andha-gaf}a­\n\nblind men;prema-vanyaya-in the inundation of love of Godhead; (luvai/a-drowncd;\njagatera-all over the world; jana\n\n- people.\n\n", "adi2#p0044": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n20\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Kr�l,la consciousness movement will inundate the entire world and drown\n\neveryone, whether one be a gentleman, a rogue or even lame, invalid or blind.\n\nPURPORT\nHere again it may be emphasized that although jealous rascals protest that\nEuropeans and Americans cannot be given the sacred thread or sannyasa, there is\nno need even to consider whether one is a gentleman or a rogue because this is a\nspiritual movement which is not concerned with the external body of skin and\nbones. Because it is being properly conducted under the guidance of the Paricatattva, strictly following the regulative principles, it has nothing to do with external\nimpediments.\nTEXT27\n\n\"'ft. 'I�' fr� � �\" iftllt I\n� �f't' 9f1'i �� 9ff1t � II �'l II\njagat fluvifa, jlvera haifa b7ja nasa\ntaha dekhi' p(inca jdnera parama ullasa\n\nSYNONYMS\njagat-the whole world; fluvifa-drowned;jlvera-of the living entities; haifa-it so\nbecame; b7ja-the seed; nasa-completely finished; taha-then; dekhi'-by seeing;\n\nponca- five; janera-of the persons; parama-highest; u/lasa- happiness.\n\nTRANSL� TION\nWhen the five members of the Parica-tattva saw the entire world drowned in love\nof Godhead and the seed of material enjoyment in the living entities completely\ndestroyed, they all became exceedingly happy.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this connection, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura writes in his Anu­\n\nbha�ya that since the living entities all belong to the marginal potency of the Lord,\neach and every living entity has a natural tendency to become Kr�r;�a conscious, although at the same time the. seed of material enjoyment is undoubtedly within him.\nThe seed of material enjoyment, watered by the course of material nature, fructifies\nto become a tree of material entanglement which endows the living entity with all\nkinds of material enjoyment. To enjoy such material facilities is to be afflicted with\nthe three material miseries. However, when by nature's Jaw there is a flood, the\nseeds within the earth become inactive. Similarly, as the inundation of love of\nGodhead spreads all over the world, the seeds of material enjoyment become impotent. Thus the more the Kr�r;�a consciousness movement spreads, the more the\n\n", "adi2#p0045": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n21\n\ndesire for material enjoyment decreases. The seed of material enjoyment auto­\n\nmatically becomes impotent with the increase of the Kr��;�a consciousness movement. Instead of being envious that Kr��;�a consciousness is spreading all over the\n\nworld by the grace of Lord Caitanya, those who are jealous should be happy, as\nindicated here by the words parama ulliisa. But because they are kani�fha-adhikiirTs\n\nor prakrta-bhaktas (materialistic devotees who are not advanced in spiritual knowledge}, they are envious instead of happy, and they try to find faults in Kr��;�a consciousness. Yet Srimat Prabodhananda Sarasvati writes in his Caitanya-candramrta\nthat when influenced by Lord Caitanya's Kr��;�a consciousness movement, materialists become averse to talking about their wives and children, supposedly learned\n\nscholars give up their tedious studies of Vedic literature, yogis give up their impractical practices of mystic yoga, ascetics give up their austere activities of penance and\nausterity, and sannyasTs give up their study of Sahkhya philosophy. Thus they are all\nattracted by the bhakti-yoga practices of Lord Caitanya and cannot relish a mellow\ntaste superior to that of Kr��;�a consciousness.\n\nTEXT 28\n1ti! 1ti! c;�Q <lit� 91� I\n1ft �� ifftJ �' �1t9f ffil� II�lr II\nyata yata prema-vr�!i kare ponca-jane\ntoto toto bar;fhe jato, vyape tri-bhuvane\n\nSYNONYMS\nyata-as many; yata-so many; prema-vr�fi-showers of love of Godhead; karecauses; ponca-jane-the five members of the Parica-tattva; toto toto-as much as;\nbat;lhe-increases;ja/a-water; vyape- spreads; tri-bhuvane-all over the three worlds.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe more the five members of the Parica-tattva ·cause the rains of love of Godhead\nto fall, the more the inundation increases and spreads all over the world.\n\nPURPORT\nThe K��;�a consciousness movement is not stereotyped or stagnant. It will spread\nall over the world in spite of all objections by fools and rascals that European and\nAmerican mlecchas cannot be accepted as brahmaras or sannyasTs. Here it is indicated that this process will spread and inundate the entire world with Kr��;�a consciousness.\n\nTEXTS 29-30\n\n��t�, <fi�f� t�tffi'Sf'l I\n�' 91�, � 91� � �II�� II\n...\n\n", "adi2#p0046": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n22\n\n� � at�t'f'IP -rtlfP1 ��.... I\n�- �1 \\!1·'1�� ��i! �\" \" �0 \"\nmayavacfi, karma-niHha kutarkika-gara\nnindaka, pa�arifi, yata pa(luya adhama\nsei saba mahadak�a dhai'la pal?iila\nsei vanya ta-sabare chuhite narila\nSYNONYMS\nmayavadT-the impersonalist philosophers; karma-ni�fha-the fruitive workers;\nkutarkika-gara- the false logicians; nindaka- the blasphemers;pa�arifi-nondevotees;\nyata-all; pa(luya-students; adhama-the lowest class; sei saba-all of them; mahadak�a- they are very expert; dhai'la-running; pa/ai/a-went away; sei vanya-that\ninundation; ta-sabare-all of them; chuhite-touching; narila-could not.\nTRANSLATION\nThe impersonalists, fruitive workers, false logicians, blasphemers, nondevotees\n\nand lowest among the student community are very expert in avoiding the Kr��;�a\n\nconsciousness movement, and therefore the inundation of Kr��;�a consciousness\n\ncannot touch them.\n\nPURPORT\nLike\n\nMayavadi philosophers in the past such as Prakasananda Sarasvati of\n\nBenares, modern impersonalists are not interested in Lord Caitanya's Kr��;�a con­\n\nsciousness movement. They do not know the value of this material world; they\nconsider it false and cannot understand how the Kr��;�a consciousness movement\n\ncan utilize it. They are so absorbed in impersonal thought that they take it for\n\ngranted that all spiritual variety is material. Because they do not know anything be­\n\nyond their misconception of the brahmajyoti, they cannot understand that Kr�l)a,\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, is spiritual and therefore beyond the conception of material illusion. Whenever Kr�l)a incarnates personally or as a devotee, these\nMayavadi philosophers accept Him as an ordinary human being. This is condemned\n\nin Bhagavad-g7ta:\n\navajananti marh mu(lha\nmanu�Jrh tanum asritam\npararh bhavam ajananto\nmama bhuta-mahesvaram\n\"Fools deride Me when I descend in the human form. They do not know My tr..r­\n\nscendental nature and My supreme dominion over all that be.\" (Bg. 9.11)\n\nThere are also other unscrupulous persons who exploit the Lord's appearance\n\nby posing as incarnations to cheat the innocent public. An incarnation of God\n\nshould pass the tests of the statements of the sastras and also perform uncommon\n\n", "adi2#p0047": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n23\n\nactivities. One should not accept a rascal as an incarnation of God but should test\n\nhis ability to act as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. For example, Kr�r;�a\ntaught Arjuna in Bhagavad-glta, and Arjuna also accepted Him as the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, but for our understanding Arjuna requested the Lord to\n\nmanifest His universal form, thus testing whether He was actually the Supreme\n\nLord. Similarly, one must test a so-called incarnation of Godhead according to the\n\nstandard criteria. To avoid being misled by an exhibition of mystic powers, it is\n\nbest to examine a so-called incarnation of God in the light of the statements of\n\nsastras. Caitanya Mahaprabhu is described iri the Siistras as an incarnation of Kr�r;�a;\ntherefore if one wants to imitate Lord Caitanya and claim to be an incarnation, he\n\nmust show evidence from the sastras about his appearance to substantiate his claim.\nTEXTS 31-32\n\n�1 �' �� �t1fi' �·� I\n'lf'St«.\n\n� �tfit �ft'( � II �� II\n\n� � tfl�bf, ��1 �'I \"etr I\n\nt:!1·71� ��� 'Pftf!� f� �If II e� II\ntaha dekhi' mahaprabhu karena cintana\njagat tjuvaite ami karifuh yatana\n\nkeha keha etjiiifa, pratijna ha-ifa bhahga\nto-saba rjuvaite patiba kichu rahga\nSYNONYMS\ntaha dekhi'-observing this advancement; mahaprabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu;karena-does;cintana-rhinking;jagat-the whole world;tjuvaite-to drown;\n\nami-1; karifuh-endeavored; yatana-attempts; keha keha-some of them; etjiiifa­\n\nescaped; pratijna-promise; ha-ifa-became; bhahga-broken; to-saba-all of them;\n\nrjuvaite-to make them drown;patiba-shall devise;kichu-some;rahga-trick.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSeeing that the Mayavadis and others were fleeing, Lord Caitanya thought:\n\nI wanted everyone to be immersed in this inundation of love of Godhead, but some\nof them have escaped. Therefore I shall devise a trick to drown them also.\nPURPORT\nHere is an important point. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted to invent a way\n\nto capture the Mayavadis and others who did not take interest in the Kr�r;�a consciousness movement. This is the symptom of an acarya. An acarya who comes for\n\nthe service of the Lord cannot be expected to conform to a stereotype, for he must\n\nfind the ways and means by which Kr�r;�a consciousness may be spread. Sometimes\n\n", "adi2#p0048": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n24\n\njealous persons criticize the Kr�l)a consciousness movement because it engages equally\nboth boys and girls in distributing love of Godhead. Not knowing that boys and\ngirls in countries like Europe and America mix very freely, these fools and rascals\ncriticize the boys and girls in KrHla consciousness for intermingling. But these rascals\nshould consider that one cannot suddenly change a community's social customs.\n\nHowever, since both the boys and girls are being trained to become preachers, those\n\ngirls are not ordinary girls but are as good as their brothers who are preaching Kr�oa\nconsciousness. Therefore, to engage both boys and girls in fully transcendental\nactivities is a policy intended to spread the Kr�l)a consciousness movement. These\njealous fools who criticize the intermingling of boys and girls will simply have to be\n\nsatisfied with their own foolishness because they cannot think of how to spread\nKr�l)a consciousness by adopting ways and means which are favorable for this pur­\n\npose. Their stereotyped methods will never help spread Kr�l)a consciousness. Therefore, what we are doing is perfect by the grace of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, for\nit is He who proposed to invent a way to capture those who strayed from Kr�l)a\nconsciousness.\n\nTEXT 33\n�\\! �fit' � r� �rm ��� ,\n\n�-�i!t1f l2l't_ � �� n �� u\neta bali' mane kichu kariya vicara\n\nsannyasa-asrama prabhu kaila ahglkara\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; mane-within the mind; kichu-something; kariya-doing;\nvicara-consideration; sannyasa-asrama-the renounced order of life; prabhu-the\n\nLord; kailii-did; aflgTkara-accept.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus the Lord accepted the sannyasa order of life after full consideration.\n\n·\n\nPURPORT\n\nThere was no need for Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to accept sannyasa, for He\n\nis God Himself and therefore has nothing to do with the material bodily concept of\nlife. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu did not identify Himself with any of the eight varras\nand iisramas, namely, brahmara,\n\nk�atriya, vaisya, fiidra, brahmacarl, grhastha,\n\nvanaprastha and sannyasa. He identified Himself as the Supreme Spirit. Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, or for that matter any pure devotee, never identifies with these social\n\nand spiritual divisions of life, for a devotee is always transcendental to these different\ngradations of society. Nevertheless, Lord Caitanya decided to accept sannyasa on\nthe grounds that when He became a sannyiisf everyone would show Him respect and\n\n", "adi2#p0049": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n25\n\nin that way be favored. Although there was actually no need for Him to accept\n\nsannyasa, He did so for the benefit of those who might think Him an ordinary human being. The main purpose of His accepting sannyiisa was to deliver the Mayavadi\n\nsannyasis. This will be evident later in this chapter.\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvatl Thakura has explained the term \"Mayavadi\" as\nfollows: \"The Supreme Personality of Godhead is transcendental to the material\nconception of life. A Mayavadi is one who considers the body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead Kr�IJa to be made of maya and who also considers the abode of\nthe Lord and the process of approaching Him, devotional service, to be maya. The\nMayavadi considers all the paraphernalia of devotional service to be maya.\" Maya\nrefers to material existence, which is characterized by the reactions of fruitive activities. Mayavadis consider devotional service to be among such fruitive activities.\nAccording to them, when bhagavatas or devotees are purified by philosophical speculation, they will come to the real point of liberation. Those. who speculate in this\nway regarding devotional service are called kutarkikas (false logicians), and those\nwho consider devotional service to be fruitive activity are also called karma-ni�thas.\nThose who criticize devotional service are called nindakas (blasphemers). SimilarlY,\nnondevotees who consider devotional activities to be material are also called\n\npa�arifis, and scholars with a similar viewpoint are called adhama paifuyas. The\nkutarkikas, nindakas, pa�arifls and adhama paifuyas all avoided the benefit of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's movement of developing love of Godhead. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu felt compassion for them, and it is for this reason that He decided to\naccept the sannyasa order, for by seeing Him as a sannyasl they would offer Him\nrespects. The sannyasa order is still respected in India. Indeed, the very dress of a\n\nsannyasT still commands respect from the Indian public. Therefore Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu accepted sannyasa to facilitate preaching His devotional cult, although\notherwise He had no need to accept the fou�th order of spiritual life.\nTEXT 34\n\n1;� <f4!.111 f� 'J\"·�I5� I\n't·��-t� �� �� ��'ft� II �8 II\ncabbisa vatsara chi/a grhastha.Csrame\npaflca-virhsati var�e kaila yati-dharme\nSYNONYMS\ncabqisa-twenty-four; vatsara-years; chi/a-He remained; grhastha-householder\nlife; iisrame-the order of; paflca-five; virhsati-twenty; var�e-in the year; kai!adid; yati-dharme-accepted the sannyiisa order.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu remained in householder life for twenty-four years, and\non the verge of His twenty-fifth year He accepted the sannyasa order.\n\n", "adi2#p0050": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n26\n\nPURPORT\nThere are four orders of spiritual life, namely, brahmacarya, gr:hastha, viinaprastha\n\nand sannyasa, and in each of these asramas there are four divisions. The divisions of\n\nthe brahmacaryasrama are savitrya, prajapatya, brahma and brhat, and the divisions·\nof the grhasthasrama are. varta (professionals), sancaya (accumulators), saflna (those\n\nwho do not ask anything from anyone) and silonchana (those who collect grains from\n\nthe paddy fields). Similarly, the divisions of the vanaprasthasrama are vaikhanasa,\nba/ikhilya, aur;Jumbara and pherapa, and the divisions of sannyasa are ku,tTcaka,\nbahudaka, hafnsa and ni�kriya. There are two kinds of sannyas7s, who are called\ndhTras and narottainas, as stated in SrTmad-Bhagavatam (1.13.26-27). At the end of\nthe month of January in the year 1432 scikiibda, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted\nthe sannyasa order from Kesava Bharat1, who belonged to the Sarikara-sampradaya.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n'�Jfi'JI �1 � ��llfi ��'1 I\n\n� ��t�'f ��ffl'St'1 II �(t II\nsannyasa kariya prabhu kaiTa akar�O[IO\nyateka palanachila tarkikadigara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsannyasa-the sannyasa order; kariya-accepting; prabhu-the Lord; kaiTa-did;\niikar�ara-attract; yateka-all; piiliiniichila- fled; tiirkika-iidi-ga(la-all persons, beginning with the logicians.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter accepting the sannyasa order, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu attracted the atten­\n\ntion of all those who had evaded Him, beginning with the logicians.\n\nTEXT36\n\n�i..�1, �' �' f�<lilN � I\n�11 ��' �-�ti 6 ��il� II �� II\npar;Juya, pa�a!Jr;Jl, karml, nindakadi yata\ntara asi' prabhu-paya haya avanata\nSYNONYMS\npar;Ju;.U-students;pa�a(lr;/T-material adjusters; karml- fruitive actors; nindaka-iidi­\n\ncritics; yata-all; tiirii-they; iisi'-coming; prabhu-the Lord's; piiya-lotus feet;\n\nhaya-became; a vanata\n\n-\n\ns u rrendered.\n\n", "adi2#p0051": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n27\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus the students, infidels, fruitive workers and critics all came to surrender unto\n\nthe lotus feet of the Lord.\n\nTEXT37\n\n�9(� IJiilf�'f, �� c;�� I\n\n'<�\"� �J�Ift�t:� � c;�Jt-��rlt� 11 �\"\"\naparadha k?amaila, r;Jubi/a prema-jale\n\nkeba er;JOibe prabhura prema-mahaja/e\nSYNONYMS\naparadha-offense; k?amaila-excused; r;Jubila-merged into; prema-jale-in the\n\nocean of love of Godhead; keba-who else; er;laibe-will go away; prabhura-the\nLord's; prema-loving; maha-jale-network.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya excused them all, and they merged into the ocean of devo­\n\ntional service, for no one can escape the unique loving network of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu.\n\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was an ideal acarya. An acarya is an ideal teacher who\n\nknows the purpose of the revealed scriptures, behaves exactly according to their\ninjunctions and teaches his students to adopt these principles also. As an ideal\n\nacarya, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu devised ways to capture all kinds of atheists and\nmaterialists. Every acarya has a specific means of propagating his spiritual move­\n\nment with the aim of bringing men to Kr��;�a consciousness. Therefore, the method\n\nof one acarya may be different from that of another, but the ultimate goal is never\nneglected. Srila Rupa Gosvami recommends:\n\nyena tena prakarera manaf:J kr?re nivesayet\n\nsarve vidhi-ni?edha syur etayor eva kihkaraf:J\nAn acarya should devise a means by which people may somehow or other come to\n\nKr��;�a consciousness. First they should become Kr��;�a conscious, and all the pre­\n\nscribed rules and regulations may later gradually be introduced. In our Kr��;�a consciousness movement we follow this policy of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. For\n\nexample, since boys and girls in the Western countries freely intermingle, special\n\nconcessions regarding their customs and habits are necessary to bring them to Kr��;�a\n\nconsciousness. The acarya must devise a means to bring them to devotional service.\n\nTherefore, although I am a sannyasll sometimes take part in getting boys and girls\n\n", "adi2#p0052": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n28\n\nmarried, although in the history of sannyasa no sannyas7 has personally taken part\nin marrying his disciples.\nTEXT 38\n\nlRi �t� � ?911·��111\nlRi ��t� <1itf 1i1� 'fSI9f\"tlll �� II\nsaba nistarite prabhu krpa-avatara\nsaba nistarite kare catur7 apara\nSYNONYMS\nsaba-all; nistarite-to deliver; prabhu-the Lord; krpa-mercy; avatara-incarnation; saba-all; nistarite-to deliver; kare-did; catur7-devices; apara-unlimited.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu appeared to deliver all the fallen souls. Therefore He\ndevised many methods to liberate them from the clutches of maya.\nPURPORT\nIt is the concern of the acarya to show mercy to the fallen souls. In this connection, desa-kata-patra {the place, the time and the object) should be taken into consideration. Since the European and American boys and girls in our Kr�t;�a consciousness movement preach together, less intelligent men criticize that they are mingling\nwithout restriction.l n Europe and America boys and girls mingle unrestrictedly and\n\nhave equal rights; therefore it is not possible to completely separate the men from\n\nthe women. However, we are thoroughly instructing both men and women how to\npreach, and actually they are preaching wonderfully. Of course, we very strictly\nprohibit illicit sex. Boys and girls who are not married are not allowed to sleep\n\ntogether or live together, and there are separate arrangements for boys and girls in\nevery temple. Grhasthas live outside the temple, for in the temple we do not allow\neven husband and wife to live together. The results of this are wonderful. Both men\nand women are preaching the gospel of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Lord Kw!a\nwith redoubled strength. In this verse the words saba nistarite kare catur7 apara\nindicate that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted to deliver one and all. Therefore it is\na principle that a preacher must strictly follow the rules and regulations laid down\nin the sastras yet at the same time devise a means by which the preaching work to\nreclaim the fallen may go on with full force.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n�t:<f filtr 'e� ��&If� (;J(� �tfif I\n�t<t ��'f 31� <fit�� �'ht� II �� II\n\n", "adi2#p0053": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n29\n\ntabe nija bhakta kaila yata mleccha odi\nsabe er;faila motra kiisTra miiyiiviidl\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe- thereafter; nija-own; bhakta-devotee; kai/a-converted; }tlta all; mlecchaone who does not follow the Vedic principles; iidi-heading the list; sabe-all those;\ner;/Oi/a-escaped; motra-only; kosira-of Varar;�asi; moyoviidl-impersonalists.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll were converted into devotees of Lord Caitanya, even the mlecchas and\nyavanas. Only the imperso.:�alist followers of Sarikaracarya evaded Him.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse it is clearly indicated that although Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu converted Mohammedans and other mlecchas into devotees, the impersonalist followers\n\nof Sarikaracarya could not be converted. After accepting the renounced order of\nljfe, Caitanya Mahaprabhu converted many karma-ni�thas who were addicted to\nfruitive activities, many great logicians like Sarvabhauma BhaHacarya, nindakas\n(blasphemers) like Prakasananda Sarasvati, po�a!Jcfis (nondevotees) like Jagai and\nMadhai, and adhama par;fuyos (degraded students) like Mukunda and his friends. All\nof them gradually became devotees of the Lord, even the Pathans or Muslims, but\nthe worst offenders, the impersonalists, were extremely difficult to convert, for they\n\nvery tactfully escaped the devices of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nIn describing the Kasira Mayavadis, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura has\nexplained that persons who are bewildered by empiric knowledge or direct sensual\nperception, and who thus consider that even this limited material world can be\ngauged by their material estimations, conclude that anything that one can discern\nby direct sense perception is but miiyii or illusion. They maintain that although the\nAbsolute Truth is beyond the range of sense perception, it includes no spiritual\n\nvariety or enjoyment. According to the KaSira Mayavadis, the spiritual world is simply void. They do not believe in the Personality of the Absolute Truth nor in His\nvarieties of activities in the spiritual world. Although they have their own arguments\nwhich are not very strong, they have no conception of the variegated activities of\nthe Absolute Truth. These impersonalists, who are followers of Sarikaracarya, are\ngenerally known as Kasira Mayavadis.\nNear Varar;�asi there is another group of impersonalists, who are known as\n\nSaranatha Mayavadis. Outside the city of Varaoasi is a place known as Saranatha\nwhere there is a big Buddhist stupa. Many followers of Buddhist philosophy live\n\nthere, and they are known as Saranatha Mayavadis. The impersonalists of Saranatha\ndiffer from those of Varaoasi, for the Varaoasi impersonalists propagate the idea\nthat the impersonal Brahman is truth whereas material varieties are false, but the\nSaranatha impersonalists do not even believe that the Absolute Truth or Brahman\ncan be understood as the opposite of moyo or illusion. According to their vision,\nmaterialism is the only manifestation of the Absolute Truth.\n\n", "adi2#p0054": "30.\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta.\n\nFactually both the Kasira and Saranatha Mayavadis, as well as any other philoso­\n\nphers who have no knowledge of the spirit soul, are advocates of utter materialism.\nNone of them have clear knowledge· regarding the Absolute or the spiritual world.\n\nPhilosophers like the Saranatha Mayavadis who do not believe in the spiritual exis­\n\ntence1 of the Absolute Truth but consider material varieties to be everything do not\nbelieve that there are two kinds of nature, inferior (material) and superior (spiritual),\n\nas described in Bhagavad-g7tii. Actually, neither the Yaraoasi nor Saranatha Mayavadis\n\naccept the principles of Bhagavad-gTta, due to a poor fund of knowledge.1\n\nSince these impersonalists who do not have perfect spiritual knowledge cannot\n\nunderstand the principles of bhakti-yoga, they must be classified among the non­\n\ndevotees who are against the Kr�i)a consciousness movement. We sometimes feel in­\n\nconvenienced by the hindrances offered by these impersonalists, but we do not care\nabout their so- called philosophy, for we are propagating our own philosophy as\npresented in Bhagavad-g7ta As It Is and getting successful results. Theorizing as if\n\ndevotional service were subject to their mental speculation, both kinds of Mayavadi\n\nimpersonalists conclude that the subject matter of bhakti-yoga is a creation of maya\n\nand that Kr�Qa, devotional service and the devotee are also maya. Therefore, as\nstated by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, mayavadT k.r�re aparadhi: \"All the Mayavadis\n\nare offenders to Lord Kr�Qa.\" (Cc. Madhya\n\n17 .129) It is not possible for them to\n\nunderstand the Kr�Qa consciousness movement; therefore we do not value their\n\nphilosophical conclusions. However expert such quarrelsome impersonalists are in\n\nputting forward their so-called logic, we defeat them in every respect and go forward\n\nwith our Kr�Qa consciousness movement. Their imaginative mental speculation can­\n\nnot deter the progress of the Kr�Qa consciousness movement, which is completely\nspiritual and is never under the control of such Mayavadis.\nTEXT 40\n\n� ��t\\! �\" 1f�'li -.t�� I\n1lillt-«fw�'l �t7;1f \"ftf'Stl'f ��\\! II So II\nvrndiivana yaite prabhu rahi/0 kasTte\nmayavadi-gara tahre liigila nindite\n\nSYNONYMS\nvrndiivana-the holy place called Vrndavana; yalte-while going there; prabhu­\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rahilii-remained; kaSite-at Varlil)asi; mayavadi-\n\ngara-the Mayavadi philosophers; tahre-unto Him; /iigi/a-began; nindite-to speak\nagainst Him.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu was passing through VarliQasi on His way to\n\nVrndavana, the Mayavadi sannyasi philosophers blasphemed against Him in many\n\nways.\n\n", "adi2#p0055": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n31\n\nPURPORT\nWhile preaching Kr�r;�a consciousness with full vigor, Sri C!iitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nfaced many Mayavadi philosophers. Similarly, we are also facing opposing svamls,\n\nyogTs, impersonalists, scientists, philosophers and other mental speculators, and by\n\nthe grace of Lord Kr�r;�a we successfully defeat all of them without difficulty.\n\nTEXT 41\n\n:JOO� �� <fit11' 'Stlllil, ift5i{ I\nil1 � �'ft'@-�, -.� ���� II 8� II\nsannyiisT ha-iyii kare giiyana, niicana\nna kare vedanta-pafha, kare sahk7rtana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsannyasT-a person in the renounced order of life; ha-iya-accepting such a posi­\n\ntion; kare-does; gayana-singing; nacana-dancing; na kare-does not practice;\n\nvedanta-pafha-study of the Vedanta philosophy; kare sahkTrtana-but simply engages in sahk7r:tana.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although a sannyasi, He does not take interest in the study of Vedanta but in­\n\nstead always engages in chanting and dancing in sankirtana,\nPURPORT\n\nFortunately or unfortunately, we also meet such Mayavadis who criticize our\n\nmethod of chanting and accuse us of not being interested in study. They do not\n\nknow that we have translated volumes and volumes of books into English and that\nthe students in our temples reg.ularly study tht:m in the morning, afternoon and\nevening. We are writing and printing books, and our students study them and dis­\n\ntribute them all over the world. No Mayavadi school can present as many books as\nwe have; nevertheless, they accuse us of not being fond of study. Such accusations\n\nare completely false. But although we study,,we do not study the nonsense of the\nMayavadis.\n\nMayavadi sannyas7s neither chant nor dance. Their technical objection is that this\n\nmethod of chanting and dancing is called tauryatrika, which indicates that a sannyas7\n\nshould completely avoid such activities and engage his time in the study of Vedanta.\nActually, such. men do not understand what is meant by Vedanta. In Bhagavad-g7ta\n\nit is said: vedais ca sarvair aham eva vedyo vediinta-krd veda-vid eva ciiham. \"By all\n\nthe Vedas I am to be known; indeed I am the compiler of Vedanta, and I am the\n\nknower of the Vedas:\" {Bg. 15.15) Lord Kr�r;�a is the actual compiler of Vedanta,\n.\n\nand whatever He speaks is Vedanta philosophy. Although they are lacking the\n\nknowledge of Vedanta presented by the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the\n\n", "adi2#p0056": ",\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n32\n\ntranscendental form of SrTmad-Bhagavatam, the MayavadTs are very proud of their\nstudy. Foreseeing the bad effects of their presenting Vedanta philosophy in a per­\n\nSrlla Vyasadeva compiled SrTmad-Bhagavatam as a commentary on\nVediinta-sutra. SrTmad-Bhagavatam is bha�yain brahma-sutriu;i?im; in other words, all\nthe Vedanta p � ilosophy in the codes of the Brahma-sutras is thoroughly described in\nthe pages of SrTmad-Bhagavatam. Thus the factual propounder of Vedanta philosoverted way,\n\nphy is a Kr�r;�a consfious person who always engages in reading and understanding\n\nBhagavad-g7ta and SrTmad-Bhagavatam and teaching the purport of these books to\n\nthe entire world. The MayavadTs are very proud of having monopolized the Vedanta\n-\n\nI\n\nphilosophy, but devotees have their own commentaries on Vedanta such as SrTmad-\n\nBhagavatam and others written by the acaryas. The commentary of the Gau<;JTya\nVai�r;�avas is the Govinda-bh?4ya.\n\nThe Mayavadis' accusation that devotees do not study Vedanta is false. They do\n\nnot know that chanting, dancing and preaching the principles of Srlmad-Bhiigavatam,\n\ncalled Bhiigavata-dharma, are the same as studying Vedanta. Since they think that\n\nreading Vedanta philosophy is the only function of a sannyiis7 and they did not find\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu engaged in such direct study, they criticized the Lord. Sripada\n\nSarikaracarya has given special stress to the study of Vedanta philosophy. Veaantavokye�u sacra ramantaf:l kauplnavantaf:l khalu bhiigyavantaf:l: \"A sannyosl, accepting\n\nthe renounced order very strictly and wearing nothing more than a loincloth, should\n\nalways enjoy the philosophical statements in the Veaanta-sutra. Such a person in\n\nthe renounced order is to be considered very fortunate.\" The Mayavadis in Varar;�asi\nblasphemed Lord Caitanya because His behavior did not follow these principles.\n\nLord Caitanya, however, bestowed His mercy upon these Mayavadi sannyiisls and\ndelivered them by means of His Vedanta discourses with Prakasananda Sarasvati\n\nand Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya.\n\nTEXT 42\n\n1J,_( �� �iSP-� ift� i!ftti{ I\n� �l�1 <;�t� �1��11\" ,t� II 8� II\nmurkha sannyiis7 nija-dharma niihi jiine\nbhiivuka ha-iyii phere bhiivukera sane\nSYNONYMS\nmurkha-illiterate; sannyos7-one in the renounced order of life; nija-dharma­\n\nown duty; nohi-does not; jone-know; bhovuka-in\n\necstasy; ha-iyii-becoming;\n\nphere-wanders; bhovukera-with another ecstatic person; sane-with.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"This Caitanya Mahaprabhu is an illiterate sannyasi and therefore does not know\n\nHis real function. Guided only by His sentiments, He wanders about in the company\n\nof other sentimentalists. \"\n\n", "adi2#p0057": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n33\n\nPURPORT\nFoolish Mayavadis, not knowing that the Kr�r;�a consciousness movement is based\non a solid philosophy of transcendental science, superficially conclude that those\nwho dance and chant do not have philosophical knowledge. Those who are Kr�r;�a\nconscious actually have full knowledge of the essence of Vedanta philosophy, for\nthey study the real commentary on the Vedanta philosophy, Srlmad-Bhiigavatam,\nand follow the actual words of the Supreme Personality of Godhead as found in\nBhagavad-gltii As It Is. After understanding the Bhiigavata philosophy or Bhiigavatadharma, they become fully spiritually conscious or Kr�r;�a conscious, and therefore\ntheir chanting and dancing is not material but is on the spiritual platform. Although\neveryone admires the ecstatic chanting and dancing of the devotees, who are therefore popularly known as the \"Hare Kr�r;�a people,\" Mayavadis cannot appreciate\nthese activities because of their poor fund of knowledge.\n\nTEXT 43\n� � �fil� � �ttllJ{t-. 1ftif I\n\n�t9(11Jfl <flfirn'l �1fi ..i �1'1 �tf II B-e II\ne saba suniyii prabhu hiise mane mane\nupek�ii kariyii kiiro nii kaila sambhii�a!Je\nSYNONYMS\ne saba\nmane\n\n-\n\n-\n\nall these; suniyii-after hearing; prabhu-the Lord; hiise\n\n-\n\nsmiled; mane\n\nwithin His mind; upek�ii-rejection; kariyii-doing so; kiiro-with anyone;\n\nnii-did not; kaila-make; sambhii�a!Je-conversation\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing all this blasphemy, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu merely smiled to Himself,\nrejected all these accusations and did not talk with the Mayavadis.\nPURPORT\nAs Kr�r;�a conscious devotees, we do not like to converse with Mayavadi philosophers simply to waste valuable time, but whenever there is an opportunity we\nimpress our philosophy upon them with great vigor and success.\nTEXT 44\n\nl9t;9('1151 � �� '11�1 �Jt� I\n11tp1 <;lffit�1 �: '�l'f 'elt�.. II 88 II\nupek�ii kariyii kaila mathurii gamana\nmathurii dekhiyii punaf:l kaila iigamana\n\n", "adi2#p0058": "Sri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n34\n\nSYNONYMS\nupek�a-neglecting them; kariya doing so; kai/a-did; mathura-the town named\n-\n\nMathura; gamana-traveling; mathura-Mathura; dekhiya-after seeing it; punaiJagain; kai/a agamana-came back.\nTRANSLATION\nThus neglecting the blasphemy of the VaraJ;Jasi Mayavadis, Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu proceeded to Mathura, and after visiting Mathura He returned to\nmeet the situation.\nPURPORT\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu did not talk with the Mayavadi philosophers when\nHe first visited Varar;�asi, but He returned there from Mathura to convince them of\nthe real purpose of Vedanta.\nTEXT 45\n\n�t'! G\"'�<1i ��-�Rtt-tq I\n�11 �G 1tf� � ,..'9 �J II 8� II\nkasite /ekhaka siidro-srTcandrasekhara\ntahra ghare rahi/a prabhu svatantra isvara·\nSYNONYMS\nkiisite-in Varar;�asi; /ekhaka-writer; sudra-born of a sudra family; sr7-candrasekhora-of the name Candrasekhara; tanra ghare-in his house; rahi/a-remained;\nprabhu-the Lord; svatantra-independ ent; 7svara-the supreme controller.\nTRANSLATION\nThis time Lord Caitanya stayed at the house of Candra5ekhara, although he was\nregarded as a sudra or kayastha, for the Lord, as the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, is completely independent.\nPURPORT\nLord Caitanya stayed at the house of Candrasekhara, a clerk, although a sannyasT\nis not supposed to reside in a sudra's house. Five hundred years ago, especially in\nBengal, it was the system that persons who were born in the families of brahmat;as\nwere accepted as briihmat;as, and all those who took birth in other families-even\nthe\n\nhigher\n\ncastes,\n\nnamely, the k�atriyas\n\nand vaisyas-were\n\nconsidered fiidra\n\nnon brahmat;as. Therefore although Sri Candrasekhara w/s a clerk from a kayastha\n-\n\nfamily in upper I ndia, he was considered a sudra. Similarty, vaisyas, especially those\nof the suvart;a-vat;ik community, were accepted as sud/as in Bengal, and even the\n\nvaidyas, who were generally physicians, were also cons/dered sudras. Lord Caitanya\n\n", "adi2#p0059": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n35\n\nMahaprabhu, however, did not accept this artificial principle, which was introduced\nin society by self-interested men, and later the kiiyasthas, vaidyas and VO!Jiks all\nbegan to accept the sacred thread, despite objections from the so-called biiihmaras.\nBefore the time of Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the suvarra-varik class was condemned\nby Ballal Sen, who was then the King of Bengal, due to a personal grudge. In Bengal\nthe suvarra-varik class are always very rich, for they are bankers and dealers in\ngold and silver. Therefore, Ballal Sen used to borrow money from a suvarra-varik\nbanker. Ballal Sen's bankruptcy later obliged the suvarra-VO!Jik banker to stop advancing money to him, and thus he became angry and condemned the entire\nsuvarra-varik society as belonging to the sudra community. Ballal Sen tried to in­\n\nduce the briihmaras not to accept the suvarra-Va!Jiks as followers of the instructions\nof the Vedas under the brahminical directions, but although some brahmaras approved of Ballal Sen's actions, others did not. Thus the brahmaras also became\ndivided amongst themselves, and those who supported the suvarra-varik class were\nrejected from the brahmara community. At the present day the same biases are\nstill being followed.\nThere are many Vai�t;�ava families in Bengal whose members, although not actually\nborn brahmaras, act as acaryas by initiating disciples and offering the sacred thread\nas enjoined in the Vai�t;�ava tantras.\n\nFor example, in the families of Thakura\n\nRaghunanda, Acarya Thakura Kr�oadasa, Navani Ho�a and Rasikananda-deva {a\ndisciple of Syamananda Prabhu), the sacred thread ceremony is performed, as it is\nfor the caste Gosvamis, and this system has continued for the past three to four\nhundred years. Accepting disCiples born in brahmara families, they are bona fide\nspiritual masters who have the facility to worship the Salagrama-sila which is worshiped with the Deity. As of this writing, Salagrama-sila worship has not yet been\nintroduced in our Kr�l')a consciousness movement, but soon it will be introduced\nin all our temples as an essential function of arcana-margo (Deity worship).\nTEXT 46\n\n\\e9fi{·filt�J 'ittJ ��l·fi{��et I\n�� �r;er i{t� ';ftt� �'al'S'1 II 8� 11\ntapana-misrera ghare bhikfia-nirvahara\nsannyaslra sahge nahi mane nimantrara\n\nSYNONYMS\ntapana-misrera-of Tapana Misra; ghare-in the house; bhik!ia-accepting food;\n\nnirvahara-regularly executed; sannyasTra-with other Mayavadi sannyasls; sahgein company with them; nahi-never; mane\n\n-\n\naccepted; nimantrara- invitatio n\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs a matter of principle, Lord Caitanya regularly accepted His food at the house\n\nof Tapana Misra. He never mixed with other sannyasis, nor did He accept invitations\nfrom them.\n\n", "adi2#p0060": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n36\n\nPURPORT\nThis exemplary behavior of Lord Caitanya definitely proves that a Vai�l)ava\n\nsannyasl cannot accept invitations from Mayavadi sannyasls nor intimately mix\nwith them.\nTEXT 47\n\n�if�i{ '1tP,tf$1fift�' -i�tl filf'l'l11\n\n-it1!' M'fl 'f!f'St' �t. �-1f� ��II 8� II\nsanatana gosafti asi' tanhai mili/a\ntanra sik�a lagi' prabhu du-masa rahi/a\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana-of the name Sanatana; gosafti-a great devotee; asi'-coming there;\n\ntanhai-there at Varal)asf; mi/i/a-visited Him; tanra-His; s'ik�a-instruction; /agi'­\n\nfor the matter of; prabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; du-masa-two months;\nrahila-remai ned there.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sana tana GosvamT came from Bengal, he met Lord Caitanya at the house\nof Tapana Misr�, where Lord Caitanya remained continuously for two months to\nteach him devotional service.\nPURPORT\nLord Caitanya taught Sanatana Gosvami in the line of disciplic succession.\nSanatana Gosvami was a very learned scholar in Sanskrit and other languages, but\nuntil instructed by Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu he did not write anything about\nVai�l)ava behavior. His very famous book Hari-bhakti-vi/asa, which gives directions\n\nfor y ai�l)ava candidates, was written completely in comp �iance with the instructions\n\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. In this Hari-bhakti-vi/asa Sri Sanatana Gosvami gives\ndefinite instructions that by proper initiation by a bona fide spiritual master one\ncan immediately become a brahmara. In this connection he says:\nyatha kaftcanatam yati kamsyam rasa-vidhanata/;1\ntatha dlk�a-vidhanena dvijatvam. jayate nr!Jam\n\"As bell metal is turned to gold when mixed with mercury in an alchemical process,\nso one who is properly trained and initiated by a bona fide spiritual master immedi­\n\nately becomes a brahmara.\" Sometimes those born in brahma!Ja families protest\nthis, but they have no strong arguments against this principle. By the grace of Kr�11a\n\nand His devotee, one's life can change. This is confirmed in the SrTmad-Bhagavatam\nby the words jahati bandham and suddhanti. jahati bandham indicates that a living\n\nentity is conditioned by a particular type of body. The body is certainly an impediment, but one who associates with a pure devotee and follows his instructions can\navoid this impediment and become a regular brahma!Ja by initiation under his strict\n\n", "adi2#p0061": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n37\n\nguidance. Srila Jiva Gosvam1 states how a non-briihm01;w can be turned into a\n\nbriihmara by the association of a pure devotee. Prabha vi�rave nama/;1: Lord Vi�r;�u\n\nis so powerful that He can do anything He likes. Therefore it is not difficult for\nVi�r;�u to change the body of a devotee who is under the guidance of a pure devotee\nof the Lord.\n\nTEXT 48\n\n�ttf fiat� �� �t� � I\n\"et��-�N -ttt?Jrt �� \" 111111 s�r u\ntiihre sikhiiilii saba vai�ravera dharma\nbhiigavata-Odi siistrera yata gufjha marma\nSYNONYMS\ntiihre-unto him (Sanatana Gosvami); sikhiiilii-the Lord taught him; saba-all;\nvai�ravera-of the devotees; dharma-regular activities; bhiigavata-SrlmadBhiigavatam; iidi-beginning with; siistrera- of the revealed scriptures; yata- all;\ngufjha- confidentia l ; marma- purpose.\nTRANSLATION\nOn the basis of scriptures like Srimad-Bhagavatam which reveal these confidential\n\ndirections, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu instructed Sanatana Gosvam1 regarding all the\n\nregular activities of a devotee.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the paramparii system, the instructions taken from the bona fide spiritual\n\nmaster must also be based on revealed Vedic scriptures. One who is in the line of\ndisciplic succession cannot manufacture his own way of behavior. There are many\n\nso-called followers of the Vai�r;�ava cult in the line of Caitanya Mahaprabhu who do\n\nnot scrupulously follow the conclusions of the siistras, and therefore they are con­\n\nsidered to be apa-sampradiiya, which means \"outside of the sampradiiya.\" Some of\n\nthese groups are known as iiula, biiula, karttiibhajii, neifjj, darave5a, siihi sahajiyii,\nsakhlbhekT, smiirta, jata-gosiii'li, ativiir;ff, ciJqiidhiirT and gauriihga-nagarJ. In order to\nfollow strictly the disciplic succession of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, one should\n\nnot associate with these apa-sampradiiya communities.\n\nOne who is not taught by a bona fide spiritual master cannot understand the\n\nVedic literature. To emphasize this point, Lord Kr�r;�a, while instructing Arjuna,\n\nclearly said that it was because Arjuna was His devotee and confidential friend that\n\nhe could understand the mystery of Bhagavad-gltii. It is to be concluded, therefore,\nthat one who wants to understand the mystery of revealed scriptures must approach\n\na bona fide spiritual master, hear from him very submissively and render service to\n\n", "adi2#p0062": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n38\n\nhim. Then the import of the scriptures will be revealed. It is stated in the Vedas:\n\nyasya deve para bhaktir yatha deve tatha gurau\ntasyaite kathita hy artha prakasante mahatmanaf:J\n\"The real import of the scriptures is revealed to one who has unflinching faith in\nboth\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead\n\nand\n\nthe spiritual master.\"\n\nS rila\n\nNarottama dasa Thakura advises, sadhu-sastra-guru-vakya, hrdaye kariya aikya. The\nmeaning of this instruction is that one must consider the instructions of the sadhu,\nthe revealed scriptures and the spiritual master in order to understand the real\npurpose of spiritual life. Neither a sadhu ( saintly person or Vai�l)ava) nor a b ona\n\nfide spiritual master says anything that is beyond the scope of the sanction of the\nrevealed scriptures. Thus the statements of the revealed scriptures correspond to\nthose of the bona fide spiritual master and saintly persons. One must therefore act\nwith reference to these three important sources of understanding.\nTEXT 49\n\nl��J �ef��' fit�-�� I\n'J:� �$1 �9lt1 �'� fin;� 11 s� 11\nitimadhye candrasekhara, misra-tapana\nduf:JkhT hana prabhu-paya kaila nivedana\nSYNONYMS\n\niti-madhye-i� the meantime; candrasekhara-th� clerk of the name Candrasekhara; misra-tapana-as\n\nwell as Tapana Misra; duf:Jkh7 hana- becoming very\n\nunhappy; prabhu-paya-at the lotus feet of the Lord; kaila-made;nivedana-an\nappeal.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu was instructing Sanatana Gosvami, both Candrasekhara and Tapana Misra became very unhappy. Therefore they submitted an\nappeal unto the lotus feet of the Lord.\nTEXT 50\n\n�t�� �fit� �,�a �\"'il 1\nif! 'PltRJ ��' �� •t� W\\� II Qo II\nkateka suniba prabhu tomara nindana\nno pari sahite, ebe cha(/iba jivana\n\n", "adi2#p0063": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n39\n\nSYNONYMS\nkateka-how much; suniba-shall\n\nnindana-blasphemy; na\n\nwe hear; prabhu-0\n\nLord; tomara-Your;\n\npari-we are not able; sahite-to tolerate; ebe-now;\n\ncha(iiba-give up;jlvana-life.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"How long can we tolerate the blasphemy of Your critics against Your conduct?\n\nWe should give up our lives rather than hear such blasphemy.\n\nPURPORT\nOne of the most important instructions by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu regarding\n\nregular Vaig1ava behavior is that a Vaig1ava should be tolerant like a tree and submissive like grass.\n\ntr!Jad api sun7cena\n\ntaror api sahi?runa\n\namanina manadena\n\nk7rtan7yafl sad'ii harifl\n\n\"One should chant the holy name of the Lord in a humble state of mind, thinking\n\noneself lower than the straw in the street; one should be more tolerant than a tree,\n\ndevoid of all sense of false prestige and should be ready to offer all respect to others.\nIn such a state of mind one can chant the holy name of the Lord constantly.\"\nNevertheless, the author of these instructions, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, did not\n\ntolerate the misbehavior of jagai and Madhai. When they harmed Lord Nityananda\nPrabhu, He immediately became angry and wanted to kill them, and it was only by\n\nthe mercy of Lord Nityananda Prabhu that they were saved. One should be very\n\nmeek and humble in his personal transactions, and if insulted a Vai�l)ava should be\ntolerant and not angry. But if there is blasphemy against one's guru or another\n\nVai�Qava, one should be as angry as fire. This was exhibited by Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. One should not tolerate blasphemy against a Vai�Qava but should\n\nimmediately take one of three actions. If someone blasphemes a Vai�Qava, one\n\nshould stop him with arguments and higher reason. If one is not expert enough to\n\ndo this he should give up his life on the spot, and if he cannot do this, he must go\naway. While Caitanya Mahaprabhu was in Benares or Kasi, the Mayavadi sannyasls\n\nblasphemed Him in many ways because although He was a sannyas7 He was indulg­\n\ning in chanting and dancing. Tapana Misra and Candrasekhara heard this criticism,\n\nand it was intolerable for them because they were great devotees of Lord Caitanya.\n\nThey could not stop it, however, and therefore they appealed to Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu because this blasphemy was so intolerable that they had decided to\n\ngive up their lives.\n\nTEXT 51\n<;� fif\"ft\"t �� •J'Pft� '7tst I\n\n�� if1 'PftfJ, .-tt'IJ l�;tf1H!t� II �� II\n\n", "adi2#p0064": "40\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\ntomare nindaye yata sannyas7ra gara\nsunite no pari, phate hrdoya-sravaro\nSYNONYMS\n\ntomare-unto You; nindaye-blasphemes;yata-all;sannyas7ra gara-the Mayavadi\n\nsannyas7s; sunite-to hear; no-cannot; pari-tolerate; phate-it breaks; hrdoya-our\nhearts; sravoro-while hearing such blasphemy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Mayavadi sannyasis are all criticizing Your Holiness. We cannot tolerate\n\"\n\nhearing such criticism, for this blasphemy breaks our hearts.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a manifestation of real love for Kr�r;�a and Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThere are three categories of Vai�r;�avas: kani�.tha-adhikiirTs, madhyama-adhikar7s and\n\nuttama-adhikiirTs. The kani�.tha-adhikiirT, or the devotee in the lowest stage of Vai�r;�ava\nlife, has firm faith but is not familiar with the conclusions of the sastras. The devotee\nin the second stage, the madhyama-adhikiirT, is completely aware of the sastric conclusion and has firm faith in his guru and the Lord. He, therefore, avoiding\nnon-devotees, preaches to the innocent. Howeve'r, the maha-bhiigavata or uttamaadhikarT, the devotee in the highest stage of devotional life, does not see anyone as\nbeing against the Vai�r;�ava principles, for he regards· everyone as a Vai�r;�ava but himself. This is the essence of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's instruction that one be more tol­\n\nerant thana tree and think oneself lower than the straw in the street (trradlopi sunicena\n\ntaror api sahi�!Juna). However, even if a devotee is in the uttama-bhiigavata status he\n\nmust come down to the second status of life, madhyama-adhikiirT, to be a preacher,\nfor a preacher should not tolerate blasphemy against another Vai�r;�ava. Although a\n\nkani,s.tha-adhikiirT also cannot tolerate such blasphemy, he is not competent to stop\nit by citing sastric evidences. Therefore Tapana Misra and Candrasekhara are\nunderstood to be kani�.tha-adhikiirTs because they could not refute the arguments of\n\nthe sannyas7s in Benares. They appealed to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu to take\naction, for they felt that they could not tolerate such criticism although they also\ncould not stop it.\n\nTEXT 52\n\n-� �� �t� 1.2!� �e. �fit� I\n'� �l'f �\" �� filfl'fl'f �fil�1 II �� II\niha suni rahe prabhu l�at ha-iyii\nsei kale eka vipra mili/o asiya\n\n", "adi2#p0065": "Adi-ITili, Chapter 7\n\n41\n\nSYNONYMS\niha-this; suni-hearing; rahe-remained; prabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n7�t-slightly; hasiya-smiling; sei kale-at that time; eka-one; vipra-brahmara;\nmilila-met; asiya-coming there.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Tapana Misra and Candra5ekhara were thus talking with SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, He only smiled slightly and remained silent. At that time a brahmar;�a\ncame there to meet the L ord.\nPURPORT\nBecause the blasphemy was cast against Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu Himself, He\ndid not feel sorry, and therefore He was smiling. This is ideal Vai�l)ava behavior.\nOne should not become angry upon hearing criticism of himself, but if other\n\nVai�l)avas are criticized one must be prepared to act as previously suggested. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was very compassionate for His pure devotees Tapana Misra\nand Candrasekhara; therefore by. His grace this briihmara immediately came to\nHim. By His omnipotency the Lord created this situation for the happiness of His\ndevotees.\nTEXT 53\n\n�tflf' filc:q'f� �t1f Rtct \"� 1\nc.!l� :q13 1flt1f'i, (;� ·�� �bi II �'!) II\nasi' nivedana kare carare dhariya\neka vastu magoh, deha prasanna ha-iya\nSYNONYMS\nasi'-coming there; nivedana-submissive statement;kare-made; carare-unto the\nlotus feet; dhariya-capturing; eka-one; vastu-thing; magoh-beg from You; dehakindly give it to me;prasanna-being pleased; ha-iya-becoming so.\nTRANSLATJON\nThe brahmal)a immediately fell at the lotus feet of Caitanya Mahaprabhu and\nrequested Him to accept his proposal in a joyful mood.\nPURPORT\nThe Vedic injunctions state, tad viddhi praripatena pariprasnena sevaya: one must\napproach a superior authority in humbleness (Bg. 4.34). One cannot challenge a\nsuperior authority, but with great submission one can submit his proposal for\nacceptance by the spiritual master or spiritual authorities. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nis an ideal teacher by His personal behavior, and so also are all His disciples. Thus\n\n", "adi2#p0066": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n42\n\nthis brohm01;a, being purified in association with Caitanya Mahaprabhu, followed\nthese principles in submitting his request to the higher authority. He fell down at\nthe lotus feet of S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and then spoke as follows.\n\nTEXT 54\n� �ilt� '![1!13 ��� fif;J!Jij I\n\n't_fif �fir ��'1, �4' � 'JftJ �II �8 II\nsaka/a sannyosT mufti kainu nimantr01:10\ntumi yadi oisa, purra haya mora mana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsakala-all;\n\nsannyasT-renouncers;\n\nmufli-1; kainu-made; nimantraQa-invited;\n\ntumi- Your good self; yadi-if; oisa\nmora-my; mana\n\n-\n\n-\n\ncome; p urra-fulfillment; haya-becomes;\n\nmind.\n\nTRANS LAliON\n\"My dear Lord, I have invited all the sannyasis of Benares to my home. My\ndesires will be fulfilled if You also accept my invitation.\n\nPURPORT\nThis brohmara knew that Caitanya Mahaprabhu was the only Vai�J;�ava sannyosT\nin Benares at that time and all the others were Mayavadis. It is the duty of a grhastha\nto sometimes invite sannyosTs to take food at his home. This grhastha-brahma(la\nwanted to invite all the sannyasTs to his house, but he also knew that it would be\nvery difficult to induce Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu to accept such an invitation\nbecause the Mayavadi sannyosTs would be present. Therefore he fell down at His\nfeet and fervently appealed to the Lord to be compassionate and grant his request.\nThus he humbly submitted his desire.\n\nTEXT 55\n\nifl � �1Jtfil·,'$f�, l� 'lfiltfi{ wt� i\n<;1ft�1f ��<11� �� f�S't ';ffil' II �<t II\nna yaha sannyosi-go�thi, iho omi joni\nmore anugraha kara nimantrara moni'\n\nSYNONYMS\nno-not; yaha-You go; sannyasi-go�thT-the association of Mayavadi sannyosTs;\niho-this; omi-1; joni-know; more-unto me; anugraha-merciful; kara\nnimantrara\n\n-\n\ninvitation; moni -acce p ting.\n'\n\n-\n\nbecome;\n\n", "adi2#p0067": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n43\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, I know that You never mix with other sannyasis, but please be\nmerciful unto me and accept my invitation.\"\nPURPORT\nAn ocorya or great personality of the Vai�Qava school is very strict in his principles, but although he is as hard as a thunderbolt, sometimes he is as soft as a rose.\nThus actually he is independent. He follows all the rules and regulations strictly,\nbut sometimes he slackens this policy. It was known that Lord Caitanya never\nmixed with the Mayavadi sannyas7s,\n\nyet He conceded to the request of the\n\nbrohmoro, as stated in the next verse.\nTEXT 56\n\n<2ft.��' fil\"11S'1 �'f 181tfl�'A\" I\n��� �� 'ftf'r' � �t1\\ �� II t� II\nprabhu hosi' nimantrOIJO kaifa ang/kora\nsannyos7re krpo logi' e bhahg7 tohhora\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-the Lord; hosi'-smiling; nimantrora-invitation; kai/a-made; ahg7koraacceptance; sannyosTre-unto the Mayavadi sannyosls; k[pii-to show them mercy;\nTagi'-for the matter of; e-this; bhahg7-gesture; tohhora-His.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya smiled and accepted the invitation of the brahmal)a. He made this\ngesture to show His mercy to the Mayavadi sannyasis.\nPURPORT\nTapana Misra and Candrasekhara appealed to the lotus feet of the Lord regarding\ntheir grief at the criticism of Him by the sannyos7s in Benares. Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nmerely smiled, yet He wanted to fulfill the desires of His devotees, and the opportunity came when the bfiihmoro came to request Him to accept his invitation to be\npresent in the midst of the other sannyos7s. This coincidence was made possible by\nthe omnipotency of the Lord.\nTEXT 57\n\n� �121 '?� 12ft_ �1 �'� �t'11' �tf I\n\nli� (;�1-tAt �mf �� �t 11' II �9 II\n\n", "adi2#p0068": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n44\n\nse vipra janena prabhu no ya'na ka'ra ghare\ntahhara preraroya tahre atyagraha kare\nSYNONYMS\nse-that; vipra-brahmara; janena-knew it; prabhu - Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nno-never; ya'na - goes; ka'ra-anyone ' s; ghare-house; tahhara-His; preraroya-by\ninspiration; tahre- u nto Him;atyagraha kare-strongly urging to accept the invitation.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahma!)a knew that Lord Caitanya Mahliprabhu never went to anyone else's\nhouse, yet due to inspiration from the Lord he earnestly requested Him to accept\nthis invitation.\nTEXT 58\n\n� � (;'Sfll'1 � (;� fif�-'e�til I\n\n00�, �fl,� �� 'Sttf II �lr II\nora dine ge/0 prabhu se vipra-bhavane\ndekhilena, vas/yachena sannyaslra gare\nSYNONYMS\nora- next; dine-day; ge/a-went; prabhu - the Lord; se-that; vlpra-brohmara;\nbhavane-in the house of; dekhilena-He saw; vasiyachena-there were sitting;\nsannyaslra-all the sannyasls; gare-in a group.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, when Lord Sr1 Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to the house of that\nbrahma!)a, he saw all the sannyasis of Benares sitting there.\nTEXT 59\n\n�� �' (;'*'t1 ���-.t'ltif I\n9ftlf ��if -.fJ �i'li (;� 'l'ttit II c?:;, II\nsaba namaskari' ge/0 piida-prak�alane\npada prak�alana karl vasi/0 sei sthane\nSYNONYMS\nsabii-to all, namaskari'-offeri ng obeisances; ge/0-went; pada-foot; prakfo/anefor washing; pada- fuot; prak�a/ana-washing; karl-fin ishing; vas/10-sat down; seiin that; sthane-place.\n\n", "adi2#p0069": "Adi-llla, Chapter 7\n\n45\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw the sannyasis He immediately offered\nobeisances, and then He went to wash His feet. After washing His feet, He sat down\nby the place where He had done so.\n\nPURPORT\nBy offering His obeisances to the Mayavadi sannyas7s Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nvery clearly exhibited His humbleness to everyone. Vaig1avas must not be disrespectful to anyone, to say nothing of a sannyas7 . Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu teaches ,\nama nina manadena: one should always be respectful to others but should not demand respect for himself. A sannyasT should always walk barefoot, and therefore\n\nwhen he enters a temple or a society of devotees he should first wash his feet and\nthen sit down in a proper place. In India it is still the prevalent custom that one put\nhis shoes in a specified place and then enter the temple barefoot after washing his\nfeet. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is an ideal acarya, and those who follow in His\nfootsteps should practice the methods of devotional life that He teaches us.\nTEXT 60\n\n�fit� �1 �� � 12f� I\n��i!t.-tlt�\n\n��'�tt'e't� II �o II\n\nvasiya karilii kichu aisvarya prakasa\nmaha tejomaya vapu kofi s uryabhasa\n-\n\nSYNONYMS\nvasiya-after sitting; kari/0-exhibited; kichu-some; aisvarya-mystic power;\nprakasa-manifested; mahatejomaya-very brilliantly; vapu-body; kofi-millions;\nsurya-sun; abhasa-reflection.\nTRANSLA liON\nAfter sitting on the ground, Caitanya Mahaprabhu exhibited His mystic power by\nmanifesting an effulgence as brilliant as the illumination of millions of suns.\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, as the Supreme Personality of Godhead Kr�r;�a, is full\nof all potencies. Therefore it is not remarkable for Him to manifest the illumination\nof millio�s of suns. Lord Sri Kr�r;�a is known as Yogesvara, the master of all mystic\n\npowers. Sri Kr�r;�a Caitanya Mahaprabhu is Lord Kr�r;�a Himself; therefore He can\nexhibit any mystic power.\n\n", "adi2#p0070": "46\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 61\n\n���<{ 'f;l'MS�'f 'JI<f 'Jiift�f � I\n\n�'f ifiUI\"� ifl<f �� �� II �� II\nprabhave akar�ila saba sannyaslra mana\nu,thi/a sannyas7 saba chafjiya asana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhave-by such illumination; akar�i/a-He attracted; saba-all; sannyaslra-the\nMayavadi sannyasis; mana-mind; u,thila-stood up; sannyasl-all the Mayavadi\nsannyasls; saba-all; chafjiya-giving up; asana-sitting places.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the sannyasis saw the brilliant illumination of the body of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, their minds were attracted, and they all immediately gave up their\nsitting places and stood in respect.\n\nPURPORT\nTo draw the attention of common men, sometimes saintly persons, acaryas and\nteachers exhibit extraordinary opulences. This is necessary to attract the attention\nof fools, but a saintly person should not misuse such power for personal sense gratification like false saints who declare themselves to be God. Even a magician can\nexhibit extraordinary feats which are not understandable to common men, but this\ndoes not mean that the magician is God. It is a most sinful activity to attract\nattention by exhibiting mystic powers and utilizing this opportunity to declare oneself to be God. A real saintly person never declares himself to be God but always\nplaces himself in the position of a servant of God. For a servant of God there is no\nneed to exhibit mystic powers, and he does not like to do so, but on behalf of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead a humble servant of God performs his activities in\nsuch a wonderful way that no common man can dare try to act like him. Yet a\nsaintly person never takes credit for such actions because he knows very well that\nwhen wonderful things are done on his behalf by the grace of the Supreme Lord,\nall credit goes to the master and not to the servant.\nTEXT 62\n\n�<lit�\"f·ift�� :Jt( 'ltlt�·i.!ISff� . I\n\n�� ��'f �� ��1 �til II �� II\nprakasananda-name sarva sannyasi-pradhana\nprabhuke kahila kichu kariya sammana\n\n", "adi2#p0071": "A di-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n47\n\nSYNONYMS\nprakasiinanda-Prakasananda; nome-of the name; sarva-all; sannyiisi-pradhiinachief of the Mayavadi sannyiis7s; prabhuke-unto the Lord; kahila-said; kichusomething; kariyii-showing Him; sammiina-respect\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe leader of all the Mayavadi sannyasis present was named Prakasananda\nSarasvati, and after standing up he addressed Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu as follows\nwith great respect.\nPURPORT\nAs Lord S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu showed respect to all the Mayavadi sonnyiisTs,\nsimilarly the leader of the Mayavadi sannyiisTs, Prakasananda, also showed his\nrespects to the Lord.\nTEXT 63\n\n� �t��' �j ���' �� i)� I\n�9f�Jl � ���' � �t5f II �� II\nihiih iiisa, ihiih oisa, sunaha srTpiida\napavitra sthane vaisa, kibii avasiida\nSYNONYMS\nihiih iiisa-come here; ihiih iiiso-come here; sunaha\nHoliness; apavitra\n\n-\n\nunholy; sthiine\n\n-\n\n-\n\nkindly hear; srTpiida- Your\n\nplace; vaisa-You are sitting; kibii-what is that;\n\navasiida-lamentati on.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please come here. Please come here, Your Holiness. Why do You sit in that\nunclean place? What has caused Your lamentation?\"\nPURPORT\nHere is the distinction between Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Prakasananda\nSarasvati. In the material world everyone wants to introduce himself as very important and great, but Caitanya Mahaprabhu introduced Himself very humbly and\nmeekly. The Mayavadis were sitting in an exalted position, and Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nsat in a place which was not even clean. Therefore the Mayavadi sannyiisls thought\nthat He must have been aggrieved for some reason, and Prakasananda Sarasvati\ninquired about the cause for His lamentation.\n\n", "adi2#p0072": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n48\n\nTEXT 64\n\n12tll_ �,-�fit � �i{-� I\nQ!11ft·�.mf � �filtl! if! \\111l II �8 II\nprabhu kahe,-omi ho-i hina-sampradiiya\ntomo-sabora sabhoya vasite no yuyoya\n\nprabhu kahe\n\n-\n\nthe Lord replied; iimi-l;ha-i-am; hlna-sampraaaya-belonging to a\n\nlower spiritual school; tomo-sabora-of all of you; sabhoya-in the assembly; vasiteto sit down; no-never; yuyoya-1 can dare.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord replied: \"I belong to a lower order of sannyasis. Therefore I do not\n\ndeserve to sit with you.\"\n\nPURPORT\nMayavadi sannyos7s are always very puffed up because of their knowledge of\nSanskrit and because they belong to the Sarikara-sampradaya. They are always\nunder the impression that unless one is a brahmara and a very good Sanskrit\nscholar, especially in grammar, one cannot accept the renounced order of life nor\nbecome a preacher. Mayavadi sannyasls always misinterpret all the sastras with\ntheir word j ugglery and grammatical compositions, yet SrTpada Sarikaracarya him·\nself condemned such jugglery of words in the verse, priipte sannihite khalu marare\n\nnahi nahi rak?ati fjukrn-karare. l)ukrn refers to suffixes and prefixes in Sanskrit\ngrammar. Sarikaracarya warned his disciples that if they concerned themselves only\nwith the principles of grammar, not worshiping Govinda, they were fools who would\nnever be saved. Yet in spite of Sripada Sarikaracarya's instructions, foolish Mayavadi\nsannyosTs are always busy juggling words on the basis of strict Sanskrit grammar.\nMayavadi sannyos7s are very puffed up if they hold the elevated sannyosa titles\nt7rtha, osrama, and sarasvat7. Even among Mayavadis, those who belong to other\nsampraaayas and hold other titles such as Vana, Arat;�ya, BharatT, etc., are considered to be lower-grade sannyosTs. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted sannyoso\nfrom the Bharati-sampradaya, and thus He considered Himself a lower sannyiis7\nthan Praka5ananda Sarasvati. To remain distinct from Vai�t;�ava sannyosis, the\nsannyosls of the Mayavadi-sampradaya always think themselves to be situated in a\nvery elevated spiritual order,- but Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, in order to teach\nthem how to become humble and meek, accepted Himself as belonging to a lower\nsampradoya of sannyiisis. Thus He wanted to point out clearly that a sannyos7 is\none who is advanced in spiritual knowledge. One who is advanced in spiritual\nknowledge should be· accepted as occupying a better position than those who lack\nsuch knowledge.\n\n", "adi2#p0073": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n49\n\nThe Mayavadi-sampradaya sannyasls are generally known as Vedantis, as if\nVedanta were their monopoly. Actually, however, Vedanti refers to a person who\nperfectly knows Kr�J)a. As confirmed in Bhagavad-g7ta, vedals ca sarvalr aham eva\nvedyo: \"By all the Vedas it is Kr�J)a who is to be known.\" ( Bg. 15.15) The so-called\nMayavadi Vedantis do not know who Kr�Qa is; therefore their title of VedantT, or\nknower of Vedanta philosophy, is simply a pretension. Mayavadi sannyasls always\nthink of themselves as real sannyasls and consider sannyasls of the Vai�J)ava order to\nbe brahmacar7s. A brahmacar7 is supposed to engage in the service of a sannyiisTand\naccept him as his guru. Mayavadi sannyasTs therefore declare themselves to be not'\nonly gurus but jagad-gurus, or the spiritual masters of the entire world, although ,\nof course, they cannot see the entire world. Sometimes they dress gorgeously and travel on the backs of elephants in processions, and thus they are always\npuffed up, accepting themselves as jagad-gurus.\nhas explained\n\nthat jagad-guru\n\nproperly\n\nS rna Rupa Gosvami, however,\n\nrefers to one who is the controller\n\nof his tongue, mind, words, belly, genitals and anger. . P thlvi\n\nr\n\nm sa sl�yiit: such\n\na jagad-guru is completely fit to make disciples all over the world. Due to\nfalse prestige, Mayavadi sannyiis7s who do not have these qualifications sometimes harass and blaspheme a Vai�J)ava sannyiisi who humbly engages in the\nservice of the Lord.\nTEXT 65\n\n�9ft� 12f�tllf�� � 'lfflr11\n\n�� �'U :JI'It� � II�� II\napane prakasananda hatete dharlya\nvasal/a sabha-inadhye sammana korlya\nSYNONYMS\napane-personally; prakasananda-Prakasananda; hatete-by His hand; dharlyacapturing; vasal/a-made Him sit; sabha-madhye-in the assembly of; sammana-with\ngreat respect; karlya-offering Him.\nTRANSLATION\nPraka5ananda Sarasvati, however, caught Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally by\nthe hand and seated Him with great respect in the midst of the assembly.\nPURPORT\nThe respectful behavior of Praka5ananda Sarasvati toward\n\nSri Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu is very much to be appreciated. Such behavior is calculated to be ajfiatasukrtl, or pious activities that one executes without his knowledge. Thus\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu very tactfully gave Prakasananda Sarasvafi an opportun'ity to ad-\n\n", "adi2#p0074": ",\n\n50\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nvance in ajflata-sukrti so that in the future he might actually become a Vai�Qava\n\nsannyasT.\nTEXT 66\n\n��' Q!tJltJ iff� '�\"�tJ' I\n��-� firl», '!'tt\\! '{fif '{ll II �� II\npuchila, tomara nama 'srT-kr�ra-caitanya'\nke5ava-bharat7ra si�ya, tate tilmi dhanya\nSYNONYMS\n\npuchila- in q uired; tomara-Your; nama-name; sr7-kr�ra-caitanya-the name Sri\n\nKr�Qa Caitanya; kesava-bharatira si�ya- You are a disciple of Kesava Bharati; tate­\n\nin that connection; tumi- You are; dhanya-glorious.\nTRANSLATION\n\nPraka§ananda Sarasvati then said: \"I understand that Your name is Sri Kr�Qa\n\nCaitanya. You are a disciple of Sri Ke5ava Bharati, and therefore You are glorious.\nTEXT 67\n\n�� �tJPlt 't_fif, � �· � I\n� �'I �1-� iff �J 'fll(� II �'l II\nsampraaayika sannyas7 tumi, raha ei grame\nki karare ama-sabara na !Jara darsane\nSYNONYMS\n\nsampradiiyika-of the community; sannyas7- M ayavadi sannyas7; tumi- You are;\n\nraha-live; ei-this; grame-in YaraQasi; ki karare-for what reason; ama-sabara­\n\nwith us; na-do not; kara-endeavor; darsane-to mix.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"You belong to our Sankara-sampradaya and live in our village, VarliQasi. Why\n\nthen do You not associate with us? Why is it that You avoid even seeing us?\nPURPORT\n\nA Yai�Qava sannyasl or a Yai�Qava in the second stage of advancement in spiri­\n\ntual knowledge can understand four principles-namely, the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead, the devotees, the innocent and the jealous-and he behaves differently\n\nwith each. He tries to increase his love for Godhead, make friendship with devotees\n\n", "adi2#p0075": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n51\n\nand preach Kr�r;�a consciousness among the innocent, but he avoids the jealous who\n\nare envious of the Kr�Qa consciousness movement. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nHimself exemplified such behavior, and this is why Prakasananda Sarasvati inquired\n\nwhy He did not associate or even talk with them. Caitanya Mahaprabhu confirmed\n\nby example that a preacher of the Kr�r;�a consciousness movement generally should\n\nnot waste his time talking with MayavadT sannyasJs, but when there are arguments\non the basis of sastra, a Vai�r;�ava must come forward to talk and defeat them in\nphilosophy.\n\nAccording to Mayavadi sannyasTs, only one who takes sannyasa in the disciplic\n\nsuccession from Sarikaracarya is a Vedic sannyasJ. Sometimes it is challenged that\n\nthe sannyasTs who are preaching in the Kr�r;�a consciousness movement are not\n\ngenuine because they do not belong to brahmara families , for Mayavadis do not\n\noffer sannyosa to one who does not belong to a brahmara family by birth. Unfortunately I however, they dO not knOW that at present everyone iS born a SLJdra\n(kalau sudra sambhava). It is to be understood that there are no brahmaras in this\n\nage because those who claim to be brahmaras simply on the basis of birthright do\n\nnot have the brahminical qualifications. However, even if one is born in a nonbrahmaf}a family, if he has the brahminical qualifications he should be accepted as\na brohmana, as confirmed by Srila Narada Muni and the great saint Sridhara Svami.\n\n�\n\nThis is al o stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam. Both Narada and Sridhara Svami com­\n\npletely agree that one cannot be a brahmara by birthright but must possess the\n\nqualities of a brahmara. Thus in our Kr�r;�a consciousness movement we never offer\n\nthe sannyiisa order to a person whom we do not find to be qualified in terms of the\n\nprescribed brahminical principles. Although it is a fact that unless one is a brahmara\n\nhe cannot become a sannyasJ, it is not a valid principle that an unqualified man\n\nwho is born in a brahmara family is a brahmara whereas a brahminically qualified\n\nperson born in a non-brahmaf}a family cannot be accepted. The K,r�pa consciousness\n\nmovement strictly follows the injunctions of Srimad-Bhagavatam, avoiding misleading heresy and manufactured conclusions.\n\nTEXT 68\n\n�� �b1 � �i('�-'Sf�� I\n��� � � vt�l � �'��il \" �\"\" \"\nsannyasT ha-iyii kara nartana-giiyana\n\nbhavuka saba sahge lana kara sahkTrtana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsannyasT-the renounced order of life;ha-iya-accepting; kara-You do; nartana­\n\ngayana-dancing and chanting;bhavuka-fanatics;saba-all;sahge-in Your company;\n\n/ana-accepting them; kara-You do; sahkTrtana-chanting of the holy name of\nthe Lord.\n\n", "adi2#p0076": "'\n\n52\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"You are a sannyasf. Why then do You indulge in chanting and dancing, engaging\nin Your sarikirtana movement in the company of fanatics?\nPURPORT\nThis is a challenge by Prakasananda Sarasvati to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Srila\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura writes in his\n\nAnubha�ya that Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, who is the object of Vedanta philosophical research, has very kindly\ndetermined who is an appropriate candidate for study of Vedanta philosophy. The\nfirst qualification of such a candidate is expressed by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in\nHis Sik�ii�taka:\n\ntrrad api sun7cena taror api sahi�runa\namanina manadena k7rtan7yaf:i soda hari/;1\nThis statement indicates that one can hear or speak about Vedanta philosophy\nthrough the disciplic succession. One must be very humble and meek, more tolerant\nthan a tree and more humble than the grass. One should not claim respect for himself but should be prepared to give all respect to others. One must have these qualifications to be eligible to understand Vedic knowledge.\nTEXT 69\n\n��-�' �' --�sut�hf � I\n� �t�' <fi1f �r;;-. ��1{ �;(II �� II\nvedanta-pafhana, dhyana,-sannyas7ra dharma\ntaha chaifi' kara kene bhavukera karma\nSYNONYMS\nvedanta-pafhana-studying Vedanta philosophy; dhyana - meditation;sannyas7ra­\n\nof a sannyas7; dharma- duties; taha chaifi'- giving them up; kara- You do; kenewhy; bhavukera-of the fanatics; karma-activities.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Meditation and the study of Vedanta are the sole duties of a sannyasi. Why do\nYou ·abandon these to dance with fanatics?\nPURPORT\nAs explained in regard to verse 41, Mayavadi sannyas7s do not approve of chanting and dancing. Prakasananda SarasvatT, like Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya, misunder­\n\nstood Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to be a misled young sannyas7, and therefore he\n\n", "adi2#p0077": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n53\n\nasked Him why He indulged in the association of fanatics instead of executing the\nduty of a sannyasi.\nTEXT 70\n\n��� �t11 c:!11li �..te. ifRt'Rt'l I\n\n�ift�i �� �ti{, �� f� -.tl'l II 'I o II\nprabhave dekhiye toma sak�at narayora\nhlnacara kara kene, ithe ki karara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhave-in\n\nYour\n\nopulence;\n\ndekhiye-1\n\nsee;\n\ntoma- You;\n\nsak�at-directly;\n\nnarayara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; hina-Ocara-lower-class behavior;\nkara-You do; kene-why; ithe-in this; ki-what is; karoro-reason.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You look as brilliant as if You were Narayal)a Himself. Will You kindly explain\nthe reason that You have adopted the behavior of lower-class people?\"\nPURPORT\nDue\n\nto renunciation,\n\nVedanta\n\nstudy, meditation and the strict regulative\n\nprinciples of their daily routine, Mayavadi sannyasis are certainly in a position to\nexecute pious activities. Thus Prakasananda Sarasvafi, on account of his piety,\ncould understand that Caitanya Mahaprabhu was not an ordinary person but the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Sakiat narayara: he considered Him to be\nNarayal)a Himself. Mayavadi sannyas7s address each other as Narayal)a because they\nthink that they are all going to be Narayal)a or merge with NarayaJ;Ja in the next\nlife. Prakasananda Sarasvati appreciated that Caitanya Mahaprabhu had already\ndirectly become NarayaJ;Ja and did not need to wait until His next life. One difference\nbetween the Vai�J;Java and Mayavadi philosophies is that Mayavadi philosophers\nthink that after giving up their bodies they are going to become NarayaJ;Ja by\nmerging with His body, whereas Vai�J;Java philosophers unde,rstand that after the\nbody dies they ate going to have a transcendental, spiritual body in which to\nassociate with Narayal)a.\nTEXT 71\n\nl2lt. �f;� -�i{, 11111�, �� �1�'1 I\n\" �f I!_(��' � -tt�i{ II 'I� II\nprabhu kahe-suna, sripada, ihara karara\nguru more murkha dekhi' karila sasana\n\n", "adi2#p0078": ",\n\nSrT-Caitanya- caritamrta\n\n54\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord replied;suna-kindly hear; sr7pada-Your Holiness;ihiira­\n\nof this; karara-reason; guru-My spiritual master; �ore-Me; murkha-fool;dekhi'understanding; karila-he did; sasana-chastisement.\nTRANSLAliON\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied to Prakasananda Sarasvati: \"My dear sir, kindly\nhear the reason. My spiritual master considered Me a fool, and therefore he\nchastised Me.\nPURPORT\nWhen Prakasananda Sarasvati inquired from Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu why He\nneither studied Vedanta nor performed meditation, Lord Caitanya presented Himself\nas a number one fool in order to indicate that the present age, Kali- yuga, is an age\nof fools and rascals in which it is not possible to obtain perfection simply by reading\nVedanta philosophy and meditating. The sastras strongly recommend:\nharer nama harer nama harer namaiva kevalam\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva nasty eva gatir anyatha\n\"In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is the chanting\nof the holy names of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no other way. There\nis no other way.\" People in general in Kali-yuga are so fallen that it is not possible\nfor them to obtain perfection simply by studying Vedanta-sutra. One should therefore seriously take to the constant chanting of the holy name of the Lord.\nTEXT 72\n\n\\_( '{f1l, '� itt�� '��t��tJ I\n'�1fl' i!Jf� llifl,\n\n-\n\n\\fl� 1fSlftJ II 9� II\n\nmurkha tumi, tamara nahika veaantadhikara\n'kr�ra-mantra' japa sada,-ei mantra-sara\nSYNONYMS\nmiirkha tumi-You are a fool; tomiira-Your; niihika-there is not; vediintaVedanta philosophy; adhikiira-qualification to study; kr�ra-mantra-the hymn of\nKr�l)a {Hare Kr�l)a);japa-chant;sadii-always;ei-this;mantra-hymn;sara-essence\nof all Vedic knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\n'\"You are a fool,' he said. 'You are not qualified to study Vedanta philosophy,\nand therefore You must always chant the holy name of Kr�l)a. This is the essence of\nall mantras or Vedic hymns.\n\n", "adi2#p0079": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n55\n\nPURPORT\nSri Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami Maharaja comments in this connection,\n\"One can become perfectly successful in the mission of his life if he acts exactly\naccording to the words he hears from the mouth of his spiritual master.\" This\nacceptance of the words of the spiritual master is called srauta-vakya, which indicates that the disciple must carry out the spiritual master's instructions without\ndeviation. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura remarks in this connection that a\ndisciple must accept the words of his spiritual master as his life and soul. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu here confirms this by saying that since His spiritual master ordered Him\nonly to chant the holy name of Kr��;�a, He always chanted the Hare Kr��;�a moho­\n\nmantra according to this direction ('kr�ra-mantra' japa sadii-ei mantra-sara).\nKr��;�a is the origin of everything. Therefore when a person is fully Kr��;�a conscious it is to be understood that his relationship with Kr��;�a has been fully confirmed. Lacking Kr��;�a consciousness, one is only partially related with Kr��;�a and\nis therefore not in his constitutional position. Although Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nis the Supreme Personality of Godhead Kr��;�a, the spiritual master of the entire\nuniverse, He nevertheless took the position of a disciple in order to teach by example\nhow a devotee should strictly follow the orders of a spiritual master in executing\nthe duty of always chanting the Hare Kr��;�a maha-mantra. One who is very much\nattracted to the study of Vedanta philosophy must take lessons from Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. In this age, no one is actually competent to study Vedanta, and\ntherefore it is better that one chant the holy name of the Lord, which is the essence\nof all Vedic knowledge, as Kr��;�a Himself confirms in Bhagavad-glta:\n\nvedais ca sarvair aham eva vedyo\nveaanta-krd veda-vid eva caham\n\"By all the Vedas am I to be known; indeed I am the compiler of Vedanta, and I\nam the knower of the Vedas.\" (Bg. 15.15)\n\nOnly fools give up the service of the spiritual master and think themselves ad­\n\nvanced in spiritual knowledge. In order to check such fools, Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nHimself presented the perfect example of how to be a disciple. A spiritual master\nknows very well how to engage each disciple in a particular duty, but if a disciple,\nthinking himself more advanced than his spiritual master, gives up his orders and\nacts independently, he checks his own spiritual progress. Every disciple must consider himself completely unaware of the science of Kr��;�a and must always be ready\nto carry out the orders of the spiritual master to become competent in Kr��;�a consciousness. A disciple should always remain a fool before his spiritual master. Therefore sometimes pseudo-spiritualists accept a spiritual master who is not even fit to\nbecome a disciple because they want to keep him under their control. This is useless\nfor spiritual realization.\nOne\n\nwho\n\nimperfectly\n\nknows\n\nKr��;�a\n\nconsciousness\n\ncannot\n\nknow\n\nVedanta\n\nphilosophy. A showy display of Vedanta study without Kr��;�a consciousness is a\nfeature of the external energy, maya, and as long as one is attracted by the inebrieties\n\n", "adi2#p0080": ",\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n56\n\nof this ever changing material energy, he deviates from devotion to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. An actual follower of Vedanta philosophy is a devotee of\nLord Vi�l)u, who is the greatest of the great and the maintainer of the entire universe.\nUnless one surpasses the field of activities in service to the limited, one cannot reach\n\nthe unlimited. Knowledge of the unlimited is actual brahma jiiana, or knowledge of\nthe Supreme. Those who are addicted to fruitive activities and speculative knowledge\n\ncannot understand the value of the holy name of the Lord, Kr�l)a, who is always\ncompletely pure, eternally\n\nliberated and full of spiritual bliss. One who has\n\ntaken shelter of the holy name of the Lord, which is identical with the Lord,\ndoes not have to study Vedanta philosophy, for he has already completed all\nsuch study.\n\nOne who is unfit to chant the holy name of Kr�l)a but thinks that the holy name\n\nis different from Kr�l)a and thus takes shelter of Vedanta study in order to understand Him must be considered a number one fool, as confirmed by Caitanya\nMahaprabhu by His personal behavior, and philosophical speculators who want to\nmake Vedanta philosophy an academic career are also considered to be within the\nmaterial energy. A person who always chants the holy name of the Lord, however,\nis already beyond the ocean of nescience, and thus even a person born in a low\nfamily who engages in chanting the holy name of the Lord is considered to be beyond the study of Vedanta philosophy. In this connection the Srlmad-Bhagavatam\n\nstates:\n\naho bata svapaco'to garlyan\nyaj jihvagre vartate nama tubhyam\ntepus tapas te juhuvu/;1 sasnur arya\nbrahmanucur nama grr;anti ye te\n\"If a person born in a family of dog-eaters takes to the chanting of the holy name\nof Kr�l)a, it is to be understood that in his previous life he must have executed all\nkinds of austerities and penances and performed all the Vedic yajflas.\" (Bhag. 3.33.7)\nAnother quotation states:\n\nrg-vedo 'thd yajur-veda/;1 sama-vedo 'py atharvar;a/;1\nadhTtiis tena yenoktam harir ity ak?ara-dvayam\n\"A person who chants the two syllables Ha-ri has already studied the four Vedas­\n\nSiima, !J.k, Yaju/;1 and Atharva.\"\n\nTaking advantage of these verses, there are some sahajiyas who, taking everything\n\nvery cheaply, consider themselves elevated Vai�l)avas but do not care even to touch\nthe\n\nVediinta-sutras or Vedanta philosophy. A real Vai�l)ava should, however, study\n\nVedanta philosophy, but if after studying Vedanta one does not adopt the chanting\nof the holy name of the Lord, he is no better than a Mayavadi. Therefore, one\nshould not be a Mayavadi, yet one should not be unaware of the subject matter of\nVedanta philosophy. Indeed, Caitanya Mahaprabhu exhibited His knowledge of\nVedanta in His discourses with Prakasananda Sarasvati. Thus it is to be understood\n\n", "adi2#p0081": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n57\n\nthat a Vai�r;�ava should be completely conversant with Vedanta philosophy, yet he\nshould not think that studying Vedanta is all in all and therefore be unattached to\nthe chanting of the holy name. A devotee must know the importance of simultaneously understanding Vedanta philosophy and chanting the holy names. If by studying\nVedanta one becomes an impersonalist, he has not been able to understand Vedanta.\nThis is confirmed in Bhagavad-g7fii (Bg. 15.15). Vedanta means \"the end of knowledge.\" The ultimate end of knowledge is knowledge of Kr�r;�a, who is identical with\nHis holy name. Cheap Vai�r;�avas (sahajiyiis) do not care to study the Vedanta\nphilosophy as commented upon by the four iiciiryas. In the Gauc;liya-sampradaya\n\nthere is a Vedanta commentary called the Govinda-bhii�ya, but the sahajiyiis\nconsider such commentaries to be untouchable philosophical speculation, and\nthey consider the iiciiryas to be mixed devotees. Thus they clear their way\nto hell.\n\nTEXT 73\n\n\"1{11 �.:?;i! .:?;� ���-,��� I\n�itlJ{ � 9ft� �·f R'l II 'I� ll\nkr�ra-mantra haite habe sarhsiira-mocana\nkr�ra-noma haite pobe kr�rera carara\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�ra-mantra-the chanting of the Hare Kr�r;�a moho-mantra; haite-from; habeit will be; sarhsora-material existence; mocana\n\n-\n\ndeliverance; kr�ra-noma-the holy\n\nname of Lord K.r.spa; haite-from; piibe-one will get; kr�rera-of Lord Kr�r;�a;\ncarara-lotus feet.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Simply by chanting the holy name of Kr�r;�a one can obtain freedom from\nmaterial existence.1ndeed, simply by chanting the Hare Kr�r;�a mantra one will be\nable to see the lotus feet of ffie Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Anubhii�ya, Sri Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami says that the actual\n\neffect that will be visible as soon as one achieves transcendental knowledge is that\nhe will immediately become free from the clutches of miiyii and fully engage in the\nservice of the Lord. Unless one serves the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nMukunda one cannot become free from fruitive activities under the external energy.\nHowever, when one chants the holy name of the Lord offenselessly, he can realize a\ntranscendental position which is completely aloof from the material conception\nof life. Rendering ser:.vice to the Lord, a devote'e relates to the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead in one of five relationships-namely, santa, diisya, sakhya, viitsalya\n\n", "adi2#p0082": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n58\n\nand miidhurya-and thus he relishes transcendental bliss in that relationship.\nSuch a relationship certainly transcends the body and mind. When one realizes that the holy name of the Lord\n\nis identical with the Supreme Person, he\n\nbecomes completely eligible to chant the holy name of the Lord. Such an\necstatic chanter and dancer must be considered to have a direct relationship\nwith the Lord.\nAccording to the Vedic principles, there are three stages of spiritual advancement,\nnamely, sambandha-jnana, abhidheya and prayojana. Sambandha-jnana refers to\nestablishing one's original relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nabhidheya refers to acting according to that constitutional relationship, and prayojana is the ultimate goal of life, which is to develop love of Godhead (prema\npumartho mahan). If one adheres to the regulative principles under the order of the\nspiritual master, he very easily achieves the ultimate goal of his life. A person who\nis addicted to the chanting of the Hare Kr�r;ta mantra very easily gets the opportunity\nto serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead directly. There is no need for such a\nperson to understand the grammatical jugglery in which Mayavadi sannyiisls generally\nindulge. Sri Sankaracarya also stressed this point. Nahi nahi rak�ati cjukrh-karare:\n\"Simply by juggling grammatical suffixes and prefixes one cannot save himself from\nthe clutches of death.\" The grammatical word jugglers cannot bewilder a devotee\nwho �ngages in chanting the Hare Kr�r;ta mahii-mantra. Simply addressing the energy\nof the Supreme Lord as Hare and the Lord Himself as Kr�r;ta very soon situates the Lord within the heart of the devotee. By thus addressing Radha and\nKr�r;ta\n\none\n\ndirectly engages in His\n\nLordship's service. The essence of all re­\n\nvealed scriptures and all knowledge is present when one addresses the Lord\nand His energy by the .Hare\ncan\n\ncompletely\n\nliberate\n\na\n\nKr�t'la mantra,\n\nfor this transcendental vibration\n\nconditioned soul and directly engage him in the\n\nservice of the Lord.\nS[T Caitanya Mahaprabhu presented Himself as a grand fool, yet He maintained\nthat all the words that He had heard from His spiritual master strictly followed the\nprinciples stated by V yasadeva in SrTmad-Bhiigavatam.\n\nanarthopasamam siiksiid\nbhakti-yogam adhok�aje\nlokasyajanato vidvarhs\ncakre satvata-sarhhitam\n\"The material miseries of a living entity, which are superfluous to him, can be\ndirectly mitigated by the linking process of devotional service. But the mass of\npeople do not know this, and therefore the learned V yasadeva compiled this Vedic\n\nliterature, which is in relation to the Supreme Truth.\" (Bhag. 1.7.6) One can over­\n\ncome all misconceptions and entanglement in the material world by practicing\n\nbhakti-yoga, and therefore Vyasadeva, acting on the instruction of Sri Narada,\n\nhas very kindly introduced SrTmad-Bhiigavatam to relieve the conditioned souls\n\nfrom the clutches of maya. Lord Caitanya's spiritual master instructed Him, there-\n\n", "adi2#p0083": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n59\n\nfore, that one must read SrTmad-Bhagavatam regularly and with scrutiny to gradually\nbecome attached to the chanting of the Hare Krg1a maha-mantra.\nThe holy name and the Lord are identical. One who is completely free from the\nclutches of maya can understand this fact. This knowledge, which is achieved by\nthe mercy of the spiritual master, places one on the supreme transcendental platform. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu presented Himself as a fool because prior to accepting the shelter of a spiritual master He could not understand that simply by chanting\none can be relieved from all material conditions. But as soon as He became a\nfaithful servant of His spiritual master and followed his instructions, He very easily\nsaw the path of liberation. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's chanting of the Hare Kr�Qa\nmantra must be understood to be devoid of all offenses. The ten offenses against\nthe holy name are as follows: (1) to blaspheme a devotee of the Lord, (2) to consider\nthe Lord and the demigods to be on the same level or to think that there are\nmany gods,\n\n(3) to neglect the orders of the spiritual master, (4) to minimize\n(5) to interpret the holy name of God,\n(6) to commit sins on the strength of chanting, (7) to instruct the glories of\nthe Lord's name to the unfaithful, (8) to compare the chanting of the holy\nname with material piety, (9) to be inattentive while chanting the holy\nname, and (1 0) to be attached to material things in spite of chanting the holy\n\nthe authority of scriptures (Vedas),\n\nname.\nTEXT 74\n\n�11{ � ��<ft�\"f ilt� � � I\n\n�(Jf1�11' itt'lf, �� -ttm�1f II 'l8 II\n-\n\nnama vinu kali-kale nahi ara dharma\nsarva-mantra-sara nama, ei sastra-marma\nSYNONYMS\nnama-the holy name; vinu-without; ka/i-ka/e-in this age of Kali; niihi-there\nis none; ara-or any alternative; dharma-religious principle; sarva-all; mantrahymns; sara-essence; nama-the holy name; ei-this is; sastra-revealed scriptures;\nmarma-purport.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'In this age of Kali there is no other religious principle than the chanting of the\nholy name, which is the esSence of all Vedic hymns. This is the purport of all\nscriptures.'\nPURPORT\nThe principles of the parampara system were strictly honored in the ages\nSatya-yuga,\n\nTreta-yuga and Dvapara-yuga,\n\nbut in the present age, Ka/i-yuga,\n\n", "adi2#p0084": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n60\n\npeople neglect the importance of this system of srauta-paramparo, or rece1vrng\nknowledge by disciplic succession.\n\nIn this age, people are prepared to argue\n\nthat they can understand that which is beyond their limited knowledge and\nperception through so-called scientific observations and experiments, not knowing\nthat\n\nactual\n\ntruth comes down to man from authorities. This argumentative\n\nattitude is against the Vedic principles, and it is very difficult for one who\nadopts it to understand that the holy name of Kr�J;Ja is as good as Kr�J;Ja Himself. Since Kr�J;Ja and His holy name are identical, the holy name is eternally\npure\n\nand\n\nbeyond\n\nmaterial\n\ncontamination.\n\nIt is the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead as a transcendental vibration. The holy name is completely different\nfrom material sound, as confirmed by Narottama dasa Thakura. Go/okera\nprema-dhana, hari-noma-sahkTrtana: the transcendental vibration of hari-nomasahkTrtana is imported from the spiritual world. Thus although materialists who\nare addicted to experimental knowledge and the so-called \"scientific method\"\ncannot place their faith in the chanting of the Hare Kr�J;Ja moho-mantra, it is\na fact that simply by chanting the Hare Kr�J;Ja mantra offenselessly one can\nbe\n\nfreed\n\nfrom\n\nall subtle and gross material conditions. The spiritual world\n\nis called Vaiku(l.tha,\n\nwhich means \"without anxiety.\"\n\nIn the material world\n\neverything is full of anxiety (kur.tha}, whereas in the spiritual world (Vaikur.tha}\neverything is free from anxiety. Therefore those who are afflicted by a combination\n\nof\n\nanxieties\n\ncannot\n\nunderstand\n\nthe\n\nHare\n\nKr�J;Ja mantra,\n\nwhich is\n\nfree from all-anxiety. In the present age the vibration of the Hare Kr�J;Ja moho­\n\nmantra is the only process which is in a transcendental position beyond material\ncontamination.\n\nSince the holy name can deliver a conditioned soul, it is ex­\n\nplained here to be sarva-mantra-sara, the essence of all Vedic hymns.\nA name which represents an object of this material world may be subjected\nto\n\narguments\n\nand\n\nexperimental\n\nknowledge,\n\nbut\n\nin the\n\nabsolute\n\nworld a\n\nname and its owner, fame and the famous, are identical, and similarly the\nqualities,\n\npastimes\n\nand\n\nabsolute.\n\nAlthough\n\nMayavadis profess monism, they differentiate between the\n\neverything\n\nelse\n\npertaining\n\nto the Absolute are also\n\nholy name of the Supreme Lord and the Lord Hin:Jself. For this offense of\n\nniimiipariidha they gradually glide down from their exalted position of brahmajflona, as confirmed in ·the Sr.Tmad-Bhagav�tam (Bhag. 1 0.2.32):\naruhya krcchrera param padam tata}J\npatanty adho 'nadrta-yu�mad-ahghraya/:1\nAlthough by severe austerities they rise to the exalted position of brahmajflana, they nevertheless fall down due to imperfect knowledge of the Absolute Truth. Although they profess to understand the Vedic mantra, sarvam\nkhalv idam brahma (\"everything is brahman\"), they are unable to understand\nthat the holy name is also brahman. If they regularly chant the moho-mantra,\nhowever, they can be relieved from this misconception. Unless one properly\ntakes shelter of the holy name, he cannot be relieved from the offensive stage\nin chanting the holy name.\n\n", "adi2#p0085": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n61\n\nTEXT 75\n\n\\fl� �fi!r' �� c;m f-t!4tt•\"' ,� 1\n\n�cb �fit' If!� <;tit� �� �� II '\\Q II\neta bali' eka s/oka sikhai/a more\nka(lthe kari' ei s/oka kariha vicare\nSYNONYMS\n\neta ba/1'-saying this; eka 5/oka-one verse; sikhaila-taught; more-Me; ka(lthein the throat; kari'-keeping; ei-this; sloka -verse; kariha- You should do; vicarein consideration.\nTRANSLATION\n\"After describing the potency of the Hare Kr�Qa maha-mantra, My spiritual mas-.\nter taught Me another verse, advising Me to always keep the name within My throat.\nTEXT 76\n\n��-1i1f �r�r\"'Ti1f ��r:trc� ��\"fl\\. 1\n\n�CC'f� OftC�J<t 'l'i�T<l 'l'iC�J<[ 5ff5�iJJQfl II 'I� II\nharer nama harer nama\nharer namaiva keva!am\nka/au nasty eva nasty eva\nnasty eva gatir anyatha\nSYNONYMS\n\nharef:t nama-the holy name of the Lord; haref:t nama-the holy name of the Lord;\nharef:t nama the holy name of the Lord; eva-certainly; keva!am-only; kalau-in\n-\n\nthis age of Kali; na asti-there is none; eva-certainly; na asti-there is none; eva­\n\ncertainly; na asti-there is none; eva-certainly; gatif:t-progress; anyatha-otherwise.\nTRANSLATION\n\n'\"In this age of Kali there is no alternative, there is no alternative, there is no\nalternative for spiritual progress than the holy name, the holy name, the holy name\nof the Lord.'\nPURPORT\nFor progress in spiritual life, the §astras recommend meditation in Satya-yuga,\nsacrifice for the satisfaction of Lord Vig1u in Treta-yuga and gorgeous worship of\nthe Lord in the temple in Dvapara-yuga, but in the age of Kali one can achieve\nspiritual progress only by chanting the holy name of the Lord. This is confirmed in\n\n", "adi2#p0086": "'\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n62\n\nvarious scriptures. In the Srlmad-Bhagavatam there are many references to this fact.\nIn the Twelfth Canto it is said, klrtanad eva k[�!Jasya mukta-sahga/y parain vrajet:\n\nIn the age of Kali there are many faults, for people are subjected to many miserable\nconditions, yet in this age there is one great benediction-simply by chanting the\nHare Kr�IJa mantra one can be freed from all material contaminatiqn and thus be\n\nelevated to the spiritual world. The Niirada-pancaratra also praises the Hare Kr�IJa\n\nmah_a-mantra as follows:\n\n{rayo vedii/:1 �a(l-ahgiini\nchanaainsi vividha/y surii/y\nsarvam a�tak�aranta/ysthain\nyac canyad api vah-mayam\nsarva-veaanta-sorortha/:1\nsainsaran;ava-torara/:1\n\n\"The essence of all Vedic knowledge-comprehending the three kinds of Vedic\nactivity\n\n[karma-kofJcja, jfliina-kiifJcfa and upiisanii-kii!Jcja ], the chanda}J or Vedic\n\nhymns, and the processes for satisfying the demigods-is included in the eight syllables Hare Kr�IJa, Hare Kr�IJa. This is the reality of all Vedanta. The chanting of the\nholy name is the only means to cross the ocean of nescience.\" Similarly, the\n\nKa/isantarara Upani�ad states, \"Hare Km1a, Hare Kr�Qa, Kr�Qa Kr�Qa, Hare Hare/\n\nHare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare-these sixteen names composed of\nthirty-two syllables are the only means to counteract the evil effects of Kali-yuga. In\n\nall the Vedas it is seen that to cross the ocean of nescience there is no alternative to\nthe chanting of the holy name.\" Similarly, Sri Madhvacarya, while commenting\nupon the Mur(laka Upani�ad, has said:\n\ndvaparlyair janair vi�IJU/:1\npancaratrais ca kevalam\nka/au tu nama-motrera\npujyate bhagavan hari/:1\n\"In the Dvapara-yuga one could satisfy Kr�IJa or Vi�QU only by worshiping Him\ngorgeously according to the POncarotrikl system, but in the age of Kali one can\nsatisfy and worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead Hari simply by chanting\n\nthe holy name.\" In his Bhakti-sandarbha (verse 284), Srila jiva Gosvarrii strongly\nemphasizes the chanting of the holy name of the Lord as follows:\n\nnanu bhagavan-niimiitmakii eva mantrii/:7; tatra vise�e(la namaf:J-sabaady-<J/ahkrtii/:1 srlbhagavatii srlmad-r�ibhi!; ciihita-sakti-vi!;e�ii/:1, srl-bhagavatii samam iitma-sambandha-vi!;e�apratipiidakii!; co tatra kevafiini sr7-bhagavan-niimiiny api nirapek�iir_�y eva parama-puru�iirthapha/a-paryanta-aana-samarthiini toto mantre�u niimato 'py adhika-siimarthye /abdhe katharh\n\n·\n\ndlk�dy-<Jpek�ii? ucyate-yady api svarupato niisti, tathiipi priiyaf:J svabhiivato dehiidisambandhena kadarya-s7fiiniirh vik�ipta-cittiiniirh jananiirh tat-sahkoclkara(liiya sr7mad·r�iprabhrtibhir atriircana-miirge kvacit kvacit kiicit kacin maryiiaa sthiipitiisti\n\nSrila Jiva Gosvami states that the substance of all the Vedic mantras is the chanting\n\nof the holy name of the Lord. Every mantra begins with the prefix nama om and\n\n", "adi2#p0087": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n63\n\neventually addresses by name the Supreme Personality of Godhead. By the supreme\nwill of the Lord there is a specific potency in each and every mantra chanted by great\nsages like Narada Muni and other r�is. Chanting the holy name of the Lord immediately renovates the transcendental relationship of the living being with the\nSupreme Lord.\nTo chant the holy name of the Lord, one need not depend upon other paraphernalia, for one can immediately get all the desired results of connecting or linking\nwith the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It may therefore be questioned why there\nis a necessity for initiation or further spiritual activities in devotional service for one\nwho engages in the chanting of the holy name of the Lord. The answer is that although it is correct that one who fully engages in chanting the holy name need not\ndepend upon the process of initiation, generally a devotee is addicted to many\nabominable material habits due to material contamination from his previous life. In\norder to get quick relief from all these contaminations, it is required that one\nengage in the worship of the Lord in the temple. The worship of the Deity in the\ntemple is essential to reduce one's restlessness due to the contaminations of conditional life. Thus Narada, in his Poilcarotrik7-vidhi, and other great sages have sometimes stressed that since every conditioned .soul has a bodily concept of life aimed\nat sense enjoyment, to restrict this sense enjoyment the rules and regulations for\nworshiping the Deity in the temple are essential. Srila ROpa Gosvami has described\nthat the holy name of the Lord can be chanted by liberated souls, but almost all the\nsouls we have to initiate are conditioned. It is advised that one chant the holy name\nof the Lord without offenses and according to the regulative principles, yet due to\ntheir past bad habits they violate these rules and regulations. Thus the regulative\nprinciples for worship of the Deity are also simultaneously essential.\nTEXT 77\n\n<Jll �e?Jl 9ft�1 ift� C,� 1)l'l_� I\nift11' �if� �t\\! (;;j'f� t!! T� �� 'alit II �� II\nei ojilo p(iflo noma la-i anuk$0(10\nnoma laite laite mora bhronta haifa mana\nSYNONYMS\nei\n\n-\n\nthis; ojilo-order;poiJO-receiving; noma-the holy name; /a-i--ichant; anuk�ara­\n\nalways; noma-the holy name; laite-accepting; /aite-accepting; mora- My; bhriintabewilderment; hoi/a-taking place; mana-in the mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since I received this order from My spiritual master, I always chant the holy\nname, but I think that by chanting and chanting the holy name I have been\nbewildered.\n\n", "adi2#p0088": "64\n\n/\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nTEXT 78\n\n�� �fif� iftft, '�JI �ft I\n�' �f\"f, i{t�, '$ftl, C�t� 1fif'IJ� II cur II\ndhairya dharite nari, hai/Oma unmatta\nhasi, kandi, naci, gai, yaiche madamatta\nSYNONYMS\ndhairya-patience; dharite - capturing; nari-unable to take; hai/Oma-1 have become; unmatta-mad after it; hasi-laugh; kandi-cry; naci- dance;gai- sing; yaiche as much as; madamatta-madman.\nTRANSLATION\n\"While chanting the holy name of the Lord in pure ecstasy, I lose myself, and\nthus I laugh, cry, dance and sing just like a madman.\nTEXT 79\n\n�t� C'l� 'lf1f' �ti{ \"�( �1{ I\nl5-.il1til i!iftift66 �t'f �t;rt� II 'l� II\ntave dhairya dhari' mane karifuh vicara\nkmJa-name jnanacchana ha-ifa iimiira\nSYNONYMS\ntave - thereafter; dhairya-patience; dhari '-accepting; mane- in the mind; karifuhl did; vicara-consideration;kr.s-!la-name-in the holy name of Kr�r;ta;jnana-Occhannacovering of My knowledge; ha-ifa-has become; iimiira-of Me.\nTRANSLATION ·\n\"Collecting My patience, therefore, I began to consider that chanting the holy\nname of Kr�r;ta had covered all My spiritual knowledge.\nPURPORT\n\nS ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu hints in this verse that to chant the holy name of Kr�r;ta\none does not need to speculate on the philosophical aspects of the science of God,\nfor one a\\Jtomatically becomes ecstatic and without consideration immediately\nchants, dances, laughs, cries and sings just like a madman.\nTEXT 80\n\n'Pft'*'l ��ftti! �tf;'f, C'f� i{l� 1fti{ I\n�\\! fifil' filt�� �HP� l>�t'l 1111\"0 II\n\n", "adi2#p0089": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n65\n\npaga/a ha-i/ah ami;, dhairya niihi mane\neta cintl' nivediluh gurura caraf}e\nSYNONYMS\n\npiiga/a-madman; ha-i/iih-1 have become; ami-(; dhairya-patience; nahi-not;\nmane-in the mind; eta-thus; cintt-considering;nivedi/uh-1 submitted;gurura-of\nthe spiritual master; caraf}e-on his lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I saw that I had become mad by chanting the holy name, and I immediately\nsubmitted this\n\nthe lotus feet of my spiritual master.\nPURPORT\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, as an ideal teacher, shows us how a disciple should deal\nwith his spiritual master. Whenever there is doubt regarding any point, he should\nrefer the matter to his spiritual master for clarification. Sri Caitanya Manaprabhu\nsaid that while chanting and dancing He had developed the kind of mad ecstasy that\nis possible only for a liberated soul. Yet even in His liberated position, He referred\neverything to His spiritual master whenever there were doubts. Thus in any condition, even when liberated, we should never think ourselves independent of the\nspiritual master, but must refer to him as soon as there is some doubt regarding our\nprogressive spiritual life.\nTEXT 81\n\nrn�1 'ls �i, ,�r��, r�� �11' � 1\n\n.if� �9ft� q � 'f't'Sti!f ll lr� II\nkibii mantra dila, gosafli, kiba tara bala\njapite japite mantra karila paga/a\nSYNONYMS\nkibii-what kind of; mantra-hymn; di/ii-you have given;gosiifli-My lord; kibawhat is; tara-its; bala-strength; japite-chanting; japite-chanting; mantra-the\nhymn; karila-has made Me; paga/a-madman.\nTRANSLATION\n'\"My dear lord, what kind of mantra have you given Me? I have become mad\nsimply by chanting this maha-mantra!\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu prays in His Sik�ii�faka:\n\nyugayitarh nime�ef}a\ncak�u�a pravr�iiyitam\n\n", "adi2#p0090": ",\n\nSri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n66\n\nfimyayitarh jagat sarvarh\ngovinda virahe!Ja me\n\"0 Govinda! Feeling Your separation, I am considering a moment to be like twelve\nyears or more. Tears are flowing from my eyes like torrents of rain, and I am feeling\nall vacant in the world in Your absence.\" It is the aspiration of a devotee that while\nhe chants the Hare Kr�f.la maha-mantra his eyes will fill with tears, his voice falter\nand his heart throb. These are good signs in chanting the holy name of the Lord. In\necstasy, one should feel the entire world to be vacant without the presence of\nGovinda. This is a sign of separation from Govinda. In material life we are all separated from Govinda and are absorbed in material sense gratification. Therefore, when\none comes to his senses on the spiritual platform he becomes so eager to meet\nGovinda that without Govinda the entire world becomes a vacant place.\nTEXT 82\n\n�t��, erl�t�, '� fll� �\"ti' I\n1.!1'! �� �� !Plt� �'{1 � II \\r� II\nhasaya, nacaya, more karaya krandana\neta suni' guru hasi ba/i/0 vacana\nSYNONYMS\nhasaya-it causes Me to laugh; nacaya-it causes Me to dance; more-ur1to Me;\nkaraya-it causes; krandana-crying; eta-thus; suni�hearing; guru-My spiritual\nmaster; hasi-smiling; ba/i/0-said; vacana-words.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Chanting the holy name in ecstasy causes one to dance, laugh and cry.' When\nMy spiritual master heard all this, he smiled and then began to speak.\nPURPORT\nWhen a disciple very perfectly makes progress in spiritual life, this gladdens the\nspiritual master, who then also smiles in ecstasy, thinking, \"How successful my\ndisciple has become!\" He feels so glad that be smiles as he enjoys the progress of the\ndisciple, just as a smiling parent enjoys the activities of a child who is trying to stand\nup or crawl perfectly.\nTEXT 83\n\n�if11f·11�0 �� \"!' � I\n\n� �t9f, �i� �� ��� � II \\r� II\n\n", "adi2#p0091": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n67\n\nkr�ra-noma-maho-mantrera ei ta' svabhova\nyei jape, tora kr�!Je upajaye bhova\nSYNQNYMS\nkr�ra-niima-the holy name of Kr�t�a; mahii-mantrera-of the supreme hymn; ei\n\nta\n\n'-\n\nthis is its; svabhiiva-nature; yei-anyone; jape-chants; tiira-his; kr�re-unto\n\nKr�tJa; upajaye-develops; bhiiva\n\n-\n\necstasy.\n\nTRANSLATION\n'\"It is the nature of the Hare 1 Kr��;�a: mahli-mantra I that anyone who chants it\n\nimmediately develops his loving ecstasy for Kr�l)a.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-g7to it is said:\n\naham sarvasya prabhavo\nmattal;l sarvam pravartate\niti matvo bhajante mom\nbudho bhova-samanvitol;l\n\"I am the source of all spiritual and material worlds. Everything emanates from Me.\n\nThe wise who know this perfectly engage in My devotional service and worship Me\nwith all their hearts.\" (Bg. 10.8) In this verse it is explained that one who chants\n\nthe Hare Kr�l)a mantra develops bhova, ecstasy, which is the point at which revelation begins. It- is the preliminary stage in developing one's original love for God.\n\nA neophyte disciple begins by hearing and chanting, associating with devotees and\n\npracticing the regulative principles, and thus he vanquishes all of his unwanted bad\n\nhabits. In this way he develops attachment for Kr�l)a and cannot forget Kr�l)a even\n\nfor a moment. Bhova is almost the successful stage of spiritual life. A sincere student\naurally receives the holy name from the spiritual master, and after being initiated\n\nhe follows the regulative principles given by the spiritual master. When the holy\n\nname is properly served in this way, automatically the spiritual nature of the holy\n\nname spreads; in other words, the devotee becomes qualified in offenselessly chanting the holy name. When one is completely fit to chant the holy name in this way,\n\nhe is eligible to make disciples all over the world, and he actually becomes jagad­\n\nguru. Then the entire world, under his influence, begins to chant the holy names\n\nof the Hare Kr�IJa moho-mantra. Thus all the disciples of such a spiritual master\n\nincrease in attachment for Kr�l)a, and therefore he sometimes cries, sometimes\n\nlaughs, sometimes dances and sometimes chants. These symptoms are very promi­\n\nnently manifest in the body of a pure devotee. Sometimes when our students of\n\nthe Kr�l)a consciousness movement chant and dance, even in India people are\nastonished' to see how these foreigners have learned to chant and dance in this\n\necstatic fashion. As explained by Caitanya Mahaprabhu, however, actually this is\n\nnot due to practice, for without extra endeavor these symptoms become manifest\n\n", "adi2#p0092": "68\n\nSri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nin anyone who sincerely chants the Hare Kr�l')a maha-mantra.\nMany fools, not knowing the transcendental nature of the Hare Kr�l')a mahamantra, sometimes impede our loudly chanting this mantra, yet one who is actually\nadvanced in the fulfillment of chanting the Hare Kr�l')a maha-mantra induces others\nto chant also. Kr�l')adasa Kaviraja Gosvami explains, kr�!Ja-sakti vina nahe tara\npravartana: unless one receives special power of attorney from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he cannot preach the glories of the Hare Kr�Qa maha-mantra.\nAs devotees propagate the Hare Kr�l')a maha-mantra, the general population of the\nentire world gets the opportunity to understand the glories of the holy name. While\nchanting and dancing or hearing the holy name of the Lord, one automatically\nremembers the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and because there is no .difference\nbetween the holy name and Kr�r:ta, the chanter is immediately linked with Kr�t;�a.\nThus connected, a devotee develops his original attitude of service to the Lord. In\nthis attitude of constantly serving Kr�r:ta, which is called bhava, one always thinks\nof Kr�l')a in many different ways. One who has attained this bhava stage is no\nlonger under the clutches of the illusory energy. When other spiritual ingredients,\nsuch as trembling, perspiration, tears, etc., are added to this bhava stage, the devotee\ngradually attains love of Kr�l')a.\nThe holy name of Kr�l')a is called the maha-mantra. Other mantras mentioned in\nthe Narada-paflcaratra are known simply as mantras, but the chanting of the holy\nname of the Lord is called the maha-mantra.\nTEXT 84\n\n\"��<fi ,�1 -�';f ��I\n�11f �tt'Jt l�\"'J 1HRf '!_�(u lr 8 II\nkr�fJa-vi�ayaka premii-parama puru�artha\nyara age trra-tu/ya cari puru�artha\nSYNONYMS\nkr�fJa-vi�ayaka-in the subject of Kr�l')a; prema-love; parama - the highest; puru�aartha- achievement of the goal of life;yara-whose; age-before; trra-tu/ya-like the\ngrass in the street; cari-four; puru�a -artha-achievements.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Religiosity, economic development, sense gratification and liberation are known\nas the four goals of life, but before love of Godhead, the fifth and highest goal,\nthese appear as insignificant as straw in the street.\nPURPORT\nWhile chanting the holy name of the Lord, one should not desire the material\nadvancements represented by economic development, religiosrty, sense gratification\n\n", "adi2#p0093": "Adi-llla, Chapter 7\n\n69\n\nand ultimately liberation from the material world.As stated byCaitanya Mahaprabhu,\nthe highest perfection in life is to develop one's love for Kr�11a (premii pumartho\n\nmahan srl-coitanya-mahaprabhor matam idam). When we compare love of Godhead\nwith religiosity, economic development, sense gratification and liberation, we can\n\nj\n\nunderstand that these achievements may be desirable ob ectives for bubhuk!fus, or\nthose who desire to enjoy this material world, and mumuk!fUS, or those who desire\nliberation from it, but they are very insignificant in the eyes of a pure devotee who\nhas developed bhava, the preliminary stage of love of Godhead.\n\nDharma (religiosity), artha (economic development) , kiima\n\n(sense gratification)\n\nand mok!ia (liberation) are the four principles of religion which pertain to the\nmaterial world. Therefore in the beginning of SrTmad-Bhiigavatam it is declared ,\n\ndharma[� projjhlta-kaitavo'tra: cheating religious syste_ms in terms of these four\nma�erial principles are\n(l1\nBhagavatam teaches only\n\ndiscarded from SrTmad-Bhiigavatam, for SrTm do_\nto develop one's dormant love of God. Bhagavad-gttii\n\nis the preliminary study of SrTmad-Bhiigavatam, and therefore it ends with the\nwords, sarva-dharmiin parltyajya miim ekam sarat:wm vraja: \"Abandon all varieties\nof religion and just surrender unto Me.\" (Bg.\n\n18.66) To adopt this means, one\n\nshould reject all ideas of religiosity, economic development, sense gratification and\nliberation and fully engage in the service of the Lord, which is transcendental to\nthese four principles. Love of Godhead is the original function of the spirit soul,\nand it is as eternal as the soul and the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This eternity\nis called saniitana. When one revives his loving service to the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, it should be understood that he has been successful in achieving the\ndesired goal of his life. At that time everything is automatically done by the mercy\nof the holy name, and the devotee automatically advances in his spiritual progress.\nTEXT 85\n\n9(.1{ �1'P�{-- (;��1�\"fi�\\!� 1\n\n'�� �t�\"f 'ffl ittfi �� �'!.\" \\r� \"\npancama. puru�artha-premanandOmrta-sindhu\nmok�di iinanda yiira nahe eka bindu\nSYN6NYMS\n\npancama-fifth; puru�-<Jrtha-goal of life; prema-Onanda-the spiritual bliss of\nlove of Godhead; am[ta-eternal; sindhu-ocean; mok�a-Odi-1iberation and other\nprinciples of religiosity; iinanda.:...pleasures derived from them; yiira-whose;nahene��r comparable; eka-one; bindu-drop.\nTRANSLATION\n\n'\"For a devotee who has actually developed bhava, the pleasure derived from\ndharma, artha, kama and mok�a appears like a drop in the presence of the sea.\n\n", "adi2#p0094": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n70\n\nTEXT 86\n\n�··m;am �-'o2!1li', �s ��\"'\n�m �1{ o�111 ,� � �i \" \"\"� \"\nkr�ra-namera phala- 'prema', sarva-Siistre kaya\nbhagye sei prema tomaya karila udaya\nSYNONYMS\nkr�ra-namera-of the holy name of the Lord; pha!a - result; prema-love of Godhead; saniO-in all; sastre-revealed scriptures; kayo- describe; bhagye-fortunately;\nsei-that; prema-love of Godhead; tomaya- Your; karila-has done; udaya-arisen.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'The conclusion of all revealed scriptures is that one should awaken his dormant\nlove of Godhead. You are greatly fortunate to have already done so.\nTEXT 87\n\n·\n\n<;�1fa ��tt� �1f ��-�� <;'1ft� I\n�t•� �J'I·�tt�J �11� ''ft� u v'\\ u\npremara sva-bhave kare citta-tanu k�obha\nkr�rera carara-praptye upajaya /obha\nSYNONYMS\n\npremara-out of love of Godhead; sva-bhave-by nature; kare-it induces; cittathe\n\nconsciousness; tanu-the body; k�obha-agitated; kr�rera-of Lord Kr�l)a;\n\ncarara-lotus\n\nfeet; praptye-having\n\naspiration .\n\nobtained; upajaya-it so becomes; /obha-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'It is a characteristic of love of Godhead that by nature it induces transcendental\nsymptoms in one's body and makes one more and more greedy to achieve the\nshelter of the lotus feet of the Lord.\nTEXT 88\n\n<;$lt1f ��tt� �� �' �tt\"f, 'Stti I\n\n�� �•m em�,. �r�� -tti \" \"\"\"\" u\npremara sva-bhave bhakta hose, kande, gaya\nunmatta ha-iyii nace, iti-uti dhaya\n\n", "adi2#p0095": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n71\n\nSYNONYMS\npremara-'-by such love of Godhead; sva-bhiive-by nature; bhakta-the devotee;\nhose-laughs; kande-cries; gaya-chants; unmatta-mad; ha-iyii becoming; nace-\n\ndances; iti-here; uti-there; dhaya-moves.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'When one actually develops love of Godhead, he naturally sometimes cries,\nsometimes laughs, sometimes chants and sometimes runs here and there just like a\nmadman.\nPURPORT\nIn this connection Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami says that sometimes persons\nwho have no love of Godhead at all display ecstatic bodily symptoms. Artificially\nthey sometimes laugh, cry and dance just like madmen, but this cannot help,one\nprogress in Kr�t;�a consciousness. Rather, such artificial agitation of the body is to\nbe given up when one naturally develops the necessary bodily symptoms. Actual\nblissful life, manifested in genuine spiritual laughing, crying and dancing, is the\nsymptom of real advancement in Kr�t;�a consciousness, which can be achieved by a\nperson who always voluntarily engages in the transcendental loving service.of the\nLord. If one who is not yet developed imitates such symptoms artificially, he creates\nchaos in the spiritual life of human society.\nTEXTS 89-90\n\n'�' �IIIPt, c;lt11t.ti!ti, 'St5f\"'�, ��.fJ I\n\niftt�, 'M�tlf, ��1f, $(, �' � II \\r� II\n1.!1� oetr;� <;�!f111 oe�'Stt-ttJ ifW!J 1\n,t.f oettil\"'t.�'Sttt �:5ft11 II �\" II .\nsveda, kampa, romiincasru, gadgada, vaivarf}ya\nunmada, vi�ada, dhairya, garva, har�. dainya\neta bhave prema bhaktagaf}ere nacaya\nk[�f}era anancRimrta-sagare bhasaya\nSYNONYMS\nsveda-perspiration; kampa-trembling; romanca-standing of the hairs on the\nbody; asru-tears; gadgada-faltering; vaivarrya-changing of bodily color; unmadamadness; vi�ada-melancholy; dhairya-patience; garva-pride; har�a-joyfulness;\ndainya-humbleness; eta-in many ways; bhave-in ecstasy; prema-love of Godhead;\nbhakta-garere-unto the devotees; nacaya-causes to dance; kr�rera-of Lord Kr?t;�a;\nananda-transcendental bliss; amrta-nectar; sagare-in the ocean; bhasaya-floats.\n\n", "adi2#p0096": "72\n\n'\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'Perspiration, trembling, standing of one's bodily hairs, tears, faltering, fading,\nmadness, melancholy, patience, pride, joy and humility-these are various natural\nsymptoms of ecstatic Jove of Godhead, which causes a devotee to dance and float\nin an ocean of transcendental bliss while chanting the Hare Kr�r;�a mantra.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Jiva Gosvami, in his Pr7ti-sandarbha (verse 66), explains this stage of love\nof Godhead: bhagavat-pr7ti-rupa vrttir mayadimay7 na bhavati; kintu svarupa5aktyananda-rupa, yadiinanda-pariidhTnaiJ srT-bhagaviin apTti. Similarly, in the 69th\nverse he offers further explanation: tad evarh pr7ter lak�ararh citta-dravas tasya ca\nromahar�dikam.\n\nkathaflcij jiite'pi citta-drave romahar�iidike vii na ced iisliya­\n\nsuddhis taaapi na bhaktef:J samyag-Ovirbhava iti jflapitam. asaya-suddhir nama canya­\n\ntatparya-parityagaf:l pr7ti-tatparyarh ca. ataevanimitta svabhavik7 ceti tad vise�at;am.\n\nTranscendental Jove of Godhead is not under the jurisdiction of the material energy,\n'for it is the transcendental bliss and pleasure potency of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Since the Supreme Lord is also under the influence of transcendental bliss,\nwhen one comes in touch with such bliss in love of Godhead, one's heart melts, and\nthe symptoms of this are standing of the hairs on end, etc. Sometimes a person thus\nmelts and manifests these transcendental symptoms yet at. the same time is not well\nbehaved in his personal transactions. This indicates that he has not yet reached complete perfection in devotional life. In other· words, a devotee who dances in ecstasy\nbut after dancing and crying appears to be attracted to material affairs has not yet\nreached the perfection· of devotional service, which is called asaya-suddhi, or the\nperfection of existence. One who attains the perfection of existence is completely\naverse to material enjoyment and engrossed in transcendental Jove of Godhead. It is\ntherefore to be concluded that the ecstatic symptoms of asaya-suddhi are visible\nwhen a devotee's service has no material cause and is purely spiritual in nature. These\nare characteristics of transcendental Jove of Godhead, as stated in Sr7madBhagavatam:\nsa vai purhsarh paro dharmo\nyato bhaktir adhok�aje\n\nahaituky apratihata\n\nyayatma suprasTdatl\n\n\"That religion is best which causes its followers to become ecstatic in Jove of God\nwhich is unmotivated and free from material impediments, for this only can completely satisfy the self.\" (Bhag. 1.2.6)\nTEXT 91\n\n� �' �t'f �fit ���t(t\n(;i!t1ftJ '�t� �tfit �i! �(\" �� \"\n\n", "adi2#p0097": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n73\n\nbha/a haifa, paile tumi parama-puru�artha\ntomara premete ami hai/an krtartha\nSYNONYMS\nbhala\n\nhaila-let it be good; paile-You\n\nhave\n\ngotten; tumi-You; parama­\n\npuru�artha-superexcellent goal of life; tomara-Your; premete-by development in\nlove of Godhead; ami-I; hailan-become; krta-ortha-very much obliged.\nTRANSLATION\n'\"It is very good, my dear child, that You have attained the supreme goal of life\nby developing love of Godhead. Thus You have pleased me very much, and I am\nvery much obliged to You.\nPURPORT\nAccording to revealed scriptures, if a spiritual master can convert even one soul\ninto a perfectly pure devotee, his mission in life is fulfilled. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvati Thakura always used to say, \"Even at the expense of all the properties,\ntemples and mafhas that I have, if I could convert even one person into a pure\ndevotee, my mission would be fulfilled.\" It is very difficult, however, to understand\nthe science of Kr�Qa, not to speak of developing love of Godhead. Therefore if by\nthe grace of Lord Caitanya and the spiritual master a disciple attains the standard of\npure devotional service, the spiritual master is very happy. The spiritual master is\nnot actually happy if the disciple brings him money, but when he sees that a disciple\nis following the regulative principles and advancing in spiritual life, he is very. glad\nand feels obliged to such an advanced disciple.\nTEXT 92\n\niftt;, -stt'S, �- <lit ��� I\n\"i\\11{ �9f�M' �' �if II �� II\nnaca, giio, bhakta-sange kara sankTrtana\nkr�!Ja-nama upadesi' tara' sarva-jana\nSYNONYMS\nnaca-go on dancing;giio-chant; bhakta-sange-in the society of devotees; karacontinue; sankirtana-chanting of the holy name in assembly; kr�!Ja-niima-the holy\nname of Kr�t�a; upadesf!-by instructing;tiira'-deliver;sarva-jana-all fallen souls.\n\nTRANSLATION\n'\"My\n\ndear\n\nchild,\n\ncontinue\n\ndancing,\n\nchanting\n\nand performing sarikirtana\n\nin association with devotees. Furthermore, go out and preach the value of\n\n", "adi2#p0098": "r\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n74\n\nchanting KrHta-nama, for by this process You will be able to deliver all fallen\nsouls.'\nPURPORT\nIt is another ambition of the spiritual master to see his disciples not only chant,\ndance and follow the regulative principles but also preach the sahklrtana movement\n\nto others in order to deliver them, for the Kr�r;�a consciousness movement is based\n\non the principle that one should become as perfect as possible in devotional service\noneself and also preach the cult for others'benefit. There are two classes of unalloyed\ndevotees-namely, goHhy-Onandis and bhajananandis. Bhajananandi refers to one\n\nwho is satisfie� cultivate devotional service for himself, and go�fhy-Onandi is one\n\nwho is not satisfied simply to become perfect himself but wants to see others also\ntake advantage of the holy name of the Lord and advance in spiritual life. The out­\n\nstanding example is Prahlada Maharaja. When he was offered a benediction by Lord\nNrsinihadeva, Prahlada Maharaja said:\n\nnaivodvije para duratyaya-vaitararyas\ntvad-vlrya-gayana-mahamrta-magna-citta/;1\nsoce tato vimukha-cetasa indriyarthamaya-sukhaya bharam udvahato vimuf/han\n\"My dear Lord, I have no problems and want no benediction from You because I\n\nam quite satisfied to chant Your holy name. This is sufficient for me because whenever I chant I immediately merge in an ocean of transcendental bliss. I only lament\n\nto see others bereft of Your love. They are rotting in material activities for transient\nmaterial pleasure and spoiling their lives toiling all day and night simply for sense\n\ngratification, with no attachment for love of Godhead. I am simply lamenting for\nthem and devising various plans to deliver them from the clutches of maya.\"\n\n(Bhag. 7.9.43)\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura explains in his Anubha�ya, \"A person\n\nwho has attracted the attention of the spiritual master by his sincere service likes to\n\ndance and chant with similarly developed Kr�r;�a conscious devotees. The spiritual\n\nmaster authorizes such a devotee to deliver fallen souls in all parts of the world.\n\nThose who are not advanced prefer to chant the Hare Kr�r;�a mantra in a solitary\nplace.\" Such activities constitute, in the language of Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\nThakura, a type of cheating process in the sense that they imitate the activities of\nexalted personalities like Haridasa Thakura. One should not attempt to imitate such\n\nexalted devotees. Rather, everyone should endeavor to preach the cult of Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu in all parts of the world and thus become successful in spiritual life. One who is not very expert in preaching may chant in a secluded place,\n\navoiding bad association, but for one who is actually advanced, preaching and\nmeeting people who are not engaged in devotional service are not disadvantages. A\n\ndevotee gives the nondevotees his association but is not affected by their misbehavior. Thus by the activities of a pure devotee even those who are bereft of love of\nGodhead get a chance to become devotees of the Lord one day. In this connection\n\n", "adi2#p0099": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n75\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura advises that one discuss the verse in SrTmad­\n\nBhiigavatam, naitat samiicarej jiitu manasiipi hy anisvara{l (1 0.33.31), and the follow­\n\ning verse in Bhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu:\n\nanosaktasya vi�ayon yathorham upayunjata{l\n\nnirbandha/;1 k(�f}a-sambandhe yuktam vairogyam ucyate\n\n(B.r.s. 1.2.255)\nOne should not imitate the activities of great personalities. One should be detached\nfrom material enjoyment and should accept everything in connection with Kr�r;Ja's\nservice.\nTEXT 93\n\n�fi'f' lfl� c;.r� f-t�'f c;11'ttf I\n�'Sf�t'!f 'ft1f lfl� �� �tf �ttf II C:l� II\nlfli!\n\neta bali' eka sloka sikhoila more\n\nbhogavatera sora ei-bale vore vore\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i' saying this; eka-one; sloka-verse; sikhoila-has taught; more-unto Me;\n-\n\nbhogavatera-of SrTmad-Bhiigavatam; sara-essence; ei-this is; bale-he said; viire\n\nvore-again and again.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Saying this, My spiritual master taught Me one verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nIt is the essence of all the Bhagavatam's instructions; therefore he instructed Me this\nverse again and again.\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Sr7mad-Bhiigavatam (11.2.40 ) was spoken by Sri Narada Muni\nto Vasudeva to teach him about Bhogavata-dharma. Vasudeva had already achieved\nthe result of Bhiigavata-dharma because Lord Kr?r;Ja appeared in his house as his son,\nyet in order to teach others, he desired to hear from SrT Narada Muni to be en­\n\nlightened in the process of Bhogavata-dharma. This is the humbleness of a great\ndevotee.\nTEXT 94\n\n�� �31�: ��·�r�t11�iJ1\n\n�t�t�ltc'i\\1 'W�fD� �tor>: I\n�'I\\!J\"CQ(1 Cltfrr� Cl�f! �t��J�j �r�11L \\!If\\! cart<�� �1�: 11 � s 11\n\n", "adi2#p0100": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n76\n\nevarhvrata(l sva-priya-nama-kTrtya\njatanurago druta-citta uccai(l\nhasaty atho roditi rauti giiyaty\nunmadavan nrtyati /oka-bahya(l\nSYNONYMS\nevarhvrata(l-when one thus engages in the vow to chant and dance; sva- own;\npriya-very dear; nama-holy name; kirtyii-by chanting;jiita-in this way develops;\nanuraga(l-attachment; druta-citta(l-very\n\neagerly; uccai(l--loudly; hasati-laughs;\n\natho-also; roditi-cries; rauti-becomes agitated; gayati-chants; unmadavat-like a\nmadman; nrtyati-dancing; /oka-biihya(l-without caring for outsiders.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'When a person is actually advanced and takes pleasure in chanting the holy\nname of the Lord, who is very dear to him, he is agitated and loudly chants the\nholy name. He also laughs, cries, becomes agitated and chants just like a madman,\nnot caring for outsiders.'\nTEXTS 95-96\n\n�l ilt1 �t� .srtfii \" �-..t� 'ffl' I\nf� \"�t1f �o�� �� II �<t II\n�• �-.ift1f � 'Stt'sm, ilt�� 1\n'Sttfi:, e{t{i �� �fir �t?fil·t� II �� II\nei tahra vakye ami drifha visvasa dhari'\nnirantara kr�IJa-nama sahkTrtana kari\nsei kr�IJa-nama kabhu gaoyaya, nacaya\ngahi, naci nahi ami apana-icchaya\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; tiihra-his (My spiritual master's); vakye-in the words of; ami- I; drifhafirm; visvasa- faith; dhari'-depend; nirantara-always; kr�IJa-nama-the holy name\nof Lord Kr�l)a; sahkTrtana-chanting; kari-continue; sei-that; kr:�rJa-nama-the holy\nname of Lord Kr�l)a; kabhu-sometimes; gaoyaya-causes Me to chant; nacayacauses Me to dance; gahi-by chanting; naci-dancing; nahi-not; ami-Myself;\napana-own; icchaya-will\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I firmly believe in these words of My spiritual master, and therefore I always\nchant the holy name of the Lord, alone and in the association of devotees. That holy\nname of Lord Kr�Qa sometimes causes Me to chant and dance, and therefore I\nchant and dance. Please do not think that I intentionally do it. I do it automatically.\n\n", "adi2#p0101": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n77\n\nPURPORT\nA person who cannot keep his faith in the words of his spiritual master but acts\n\nindependently never receives the authority to chant the holy name of the Lord. It\nis said in the Vedas:\nyasya deve para bhaktir yatha deve tatha gurau\ntasyaite kathita hy artha(l prakasante mahatmana(l\n\"Only unto those great souls who have implicit faith in both the Lord and the spiritual master are all the imports of Vedic knowledge automatically revealed.\" This\nVedic injunction is very important, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu supported it by\nHis personal behavior. Believing in the words of His spiritual master, He introduced\nthe sahkTrtana movement, just as the present Kr�r;�a consciousness movement was\nstarted with belief in the words of our spiritual master. He wanted to preach, we\nbelieved in his words and tried somehow or other to fulfill them, and now this\nmovement has become successful all over the world. Therefore faith in the words of\nthe spiritual· master and in the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the secret of\nsuccess. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu never disobeyed the orders of His spiritual master\nand stopped propagating the sahkTrtana movement. Sri Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\nGosvami, at the time of his passing away, ordered all his disciples to work\nconjointly to preach the mission of Caitanya Mahaprabhu all over the world. Later,\nhowever, some self-interested, foolish disciples disobeyed his orders. Each one of\nthem wanted to become head of the mission, and they fought in the courts, neglecting the order of the spiritual master, and the entire mission was defeated. We are not\nproud of this; however, the truth must be explained. We believed in the words of\nour spiritual master and started in a humble way-in a helpless way-but due to the\nspiritual force of the order of the supreme authority, this movement has become\nsuccessful.\nIt is to be understood that when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu chanted and danced,\nHe did so by the influence of the pleasure potency of the spiritual world. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu never considered the holy name of the Lord to be a material\nvibration, nor does any pure devotee mistake the chanting of the Hare Kr�r;�a mantra\nto be a material musical manifestation. Lord Caitanya never tried to be the\nmaster of the holy name; rather He taught us how to be servants of the holy\nname. If one chants the holy name of the Lord just to make a show, not knowing the secret of success, he may increase his bile secretion, but he will never\nattain perfection in chanting the holy name. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu presented\nhimself in this way: \"I am a great fool and do not have knowledge of right and\nwrong. In order to understand the real meaning of Vedanta-sutra, I never followed\nthe explanation of the San kara-sampradaya or Mayavadi sannyasTs. I'm very much\nafraid of the illogical arguments of the Mayavadi philosophers. Therefore I think I\nhave no authority regarding their explanations of VedOnta-sutra. I firmly believe\nthat simply chanting the holy name of the Lord can remove all misconceptions of\nthe material world. I believe that simply by chanting the holy name of the Lord one\ncan attain the shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord. In this age of quarrel and\n\n", "adi2#p0102": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n78\n\ndisagreement, the chanting of the holy names is the only way to liberation from\n·\n\nthe material clutches.\n\"By chanting the holy name,\" Lord Caitanya continued, \"I became almost mad.\nHowever, after inquiring from My spiritual master I have come to the conclusion\nthat instead of striving for achievement in the four principles of religiosity (dharma),\neconomic development (artha), sense gratification (kama) and liberation (mok�a), it\nis better if somehow or other one develops transcendental love of Godhead. That is\nthe greatest success in life. One who has attained love of Godhead chants and dances\nby his nature, not caring for the public.\" This stage of life is known as bhagavatajTvana, or the life of a devotee.\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"I never chanted and danced to make an\nartificial show. I dance and chant because I firmly believe in the words of My spiritual master. Although the Mayavadi philosophers do not like this chanting and\ndancing, I nevertheless perform it on the strength of his words. Therefore it is to be\nconcluded that I deserve very little credit for these activities of chanting and dancing,\nfor they are being done automatically by the grace of the Supreme Perso'nality\nof Godhead.\"\nTEXT 97\n\n�·itt � <;� �'f-�t�� I\n<31��11! (!� �t'ft �t'!t�Ri�� II �� II\nkr�ra-name ye ananda-sindhu-Osvadana\nbrahmananda tara age khatodaka-sama\nSYNONYMS\nkr�ra-name-in the holy name of the Lord; ye\n\n-\n\nwhich; ananda-transcendental\n\nbliss; sindhu-ocean; asvadana-tasting; brahmananda-the transcendental bliss of\nimpersonal understanding; tara-its;age-in front; khata-udaka-shallow water in the\ncanals; soma-like.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Compared to the ocean of transcendental bliss which is tasted by chanting the\nHare Kr�t;Ja mantra, the pleasure derived from impersonal Brahman realization\n\n[ brahmananda ] is like the shallow water in a canal.\nPURPORT\nIn the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu it is stated:\n\nbrahmiinando bhaved e�a\ncet pararddha-gurikrtal;\nnaiti bhakti-sukhambodhel;\nparamaru-tulam api\n\n", "adi2#p0103": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n79\n\n\"If brahmananda, the transcendental bliss derived from understanding impersonal\nBrahman, were multiplied a million times, such a quantity of brahmananda could\nnot compare with even an atomic portion of the pleasure relished in pure devotional service.\" (B.r.s. 1.1.38)\n\nTEXT 98\n\n��i�l��l'fl�lf-��'itflf>{\"!i-, C1{ I\n��rf-1 C'lli\"PPlft�c� �i�ictTR ���tm n ��r 11\ntvat-sak�atkararoh/Odavisuddhabdhi-sthitasya me\nsukhani go�padOyante\nbrahmapy api jagad-guro\n\nSYNONYMS\ntvat- Your; sak�at-meeting; karara-such action; iih/Oda\n\n-\n\npleasure; visuddha­\n\nspiritually purified; abdhi-ocean; sthitasya-being situated; me-by me; sukhiinihappiness; go�padiiyante-a small hole created by the hoof of a calf; briihmiiri-the\npleasure derived from impersonal Brahman understanding; api-also;jagat-guro-0\nmaster of the universe.\n\nTRANSLATION\n'\"My dear Lord, 0 master of the universe, since I have directly seen You, my\ntranscendental bliss has taken the shape of a great ocean. Being situated in that\nocean, I now realize all other so-called happiness to be like the water contained in\nthe hoofprint of a calf.\"'\n\nPURPORT\nThe transcendental bliss enjoyed in pure devotional service is. like an ocean,\nwhereas material happiness and even the happiness to be derived from the realization of impersonal Brahman are just like the water in the hoofprint of a calf. This is\na verse from the.Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya (14.36).\n\nTEXT 99\n\n�if f11��t�J �fil' ��if 'Sf'f I\nfi� �f�' G'il\"'', ·���11� <f�illl �) II\nprabhura mi!j(a-vakya suni' sannyaslra gara\ncitta phiri' ge!a, kahe madhura vacana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of the Lord; mi!j(a-vakya-sweet words; suni'-after hearing; sannyiisTra\ngara-all the groups of sannyasls; citta- consciousness; phiri'-moved; ge/a-went;\nkahe- said; madhura- pleasing; vacana- words.\n\n", "adi2#p0104": "80\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter hearing Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, all the Mayavadi sannyasis were\n\nmoved. Their minds changed, and. thus they spoke with pleasing words.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Mayavadi sannyasJs met Caitanya Mahaprabhu at Vara1;1aSi to criticize the\n\nLord regarding His participation in the sahklrtana movement, which they did not\n\nlike. This demonic nature of opposition to the sahklrtana movement perpetually\n\nexists. As it existed in the time of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, similarly it existed long\nbefore that, even in the time of Prahlada Maharaja. He used to chant in sahklrtana\n\nalthough his father did not like it, and that was the reason for misunderstanding\nbetween the father and son. In Bhagavad-gltiJ.the Lord says:\nno mam du�krtino muflhii/:1\nprapadyante naradhamaiJ\nmayayapahrta-jnana\nasuram bhavam a�rltaiJ\n\n\"Those miscreants who are grossly foolish, lowest among mankind, whose knowledge\n\nis stolen by illusion, and who partake of the atheistic nature of demons, do not\n\nsurrender unto Me.\" (Bg. 7.15} The MayavadisannyasTs areasuram bhavam asrltaiJ,\n\nwhich means that they have taken the path of the asuras (demons) who do not be­\n\nlieve in the existence of the form of the Lord. The Mayavadis say that the ultimate\nsource of everything is impersonal, and in this way they deny the existence of God.\n\nSaying that there is no God is direct denial of God, and saying that God exists but\nhas no head, legs and hands and cannot speak, hear or eat is a negative way of\n\ndenying His existence. A person who cannot see is called blind, one who cannot\n\nwalk can be called lame, one who has no hands can be called helpless, one who can­\n\nnot speak can be called dumb, and one who cannot hear can be called deaf. The\nMayavadis' proposition that God has no legs, no eyes, no ears and no hands is an indirect way of insulting Him by defining Him as blind, deaf, dumb, lame, helpless,\n\netc. Therefore although they present themselves as great Vedantists, they are factuaUy mayayapahrta-jnana; in other words, they seem to be very learned scholars,\n\nbut the essence of their knowledge has been taken away.\n\nImpersonalist Mayavadis always try to defy Vai�JJavas because Vai�JJavas accept\n\nthe Supreme Personality as the supreme �ause and want to serve Him, talk with Him\n\nand see Him, just as the Lord is also eager to see His devotees and talk, eat and\n\ndance with them. These personal exchanges of love do not appeal to the Mayavadi\n\nsannyasTs. Therefore the original purpose of the Mayavadi sannyasTs of Benares in\n\nmeeting Caitanya Mahaprabhu was to defeat His personal conception of God. Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, however, as a preacher, turned the minds of the Mayavadi\nsarmyasTs. They were melted by the sweet words of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and\nthus became friendly and spoke to Him also in sweet words. Similarly, all preachers\n\nwill have to meet opponents, but they should not make them more inimical. They\nare already enemies, and if we talk with them harshly or impolitely their enmity will\nmerely increase. We should therefore follow in the footsteps of Lord Caitanya\n\n", "adi2#p0105": "Adi-I Tia, Chapter 7\n\n81\n\nMahaprabhu as far as possible and try to convince the opposition by quoting from\nthe sastras and presenting the conclusion of the acaryas. It is in this way that we\nshould try to defeat all the enemies of the Lord.\nTEXT 100\n\n'� f�i\n\n(fif� �' �� lf�T�JI I\n\n�·f;aJ1{1 '�� 'Pfi�, lffif �1f;'f!J'tl{� II�\n\no o\n\nII\n\nye kichu kahi/e tumi, saba satya haya\nkrgw-prema sei paya, yara bhagyodaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nye-all; kichu-that; kahile- You spoke; tumi- You; saba everything; satya-\n\ntruth; haya-becomes; krgw-prema-love of Godhead; sei-anyone; paya-achieves;\nyara-whose; bhagya-udaya-fortune is now awakened.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Dear Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, what You have said is all true. Only one who is\n\nfavored by fortune attains love of Godhead.\n\nPURPORT\nOne who is actually very fortunate can begin Kr�r;�a consciousness, as stated by\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu to Srila Rupa Gosvami:\nbrahmar(la bhramite kana bhagyavan jTva\nguru-kr�ra-prasade paya bhakti-lata-bT]a\n\n(Cc.Madhya 19.151)\n\nThere are millions of living entities who have become conditioned by the laws of\n\nmaterial nature, and they are wandering throughout the planetary systems of this\n\nuniverse in different bodily forms. Among them, one who is fortunate meets a bona\nfide spiritual master by the grace of Kr�11a and comes to understand the meaning of\ndevotional service. By discharging devotional service under the direction of the bona\n\nfide spiritual master or acarya, he develops love of Godhead. One whose love of Godhead (Kr�fJa-prema) is awakened and who thus becomes a devotee of the inconceivable Supreme Personality of Godhead is to be considered extremely fortunate.\n\nThe Mayavadi sannyasls admitted this fact to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. I t is not\n\neasy for one to become a Kr�rJa conscious person, but by the mercy of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu it can be possible, as will be proven in the course of this narration.\nTEXT 101\n\n�· lfJf� �J\n\n-\n\n-� ��'I'J �f;�'flt I\n\nc;��ffl if! �� G;�t�, i!tf f�� � I I � o� II\n\n", "adi2#p0106": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n82\n\nkr�!Je bhakti kara--ihaya sabara santo�a\nvedanta no suna kene, tara kiba do�a\nSYNONYMS\nkr�tJe-unto Kr�t�a; bhakti-devotional service; kara-do; ihaya-in this matter;\n\nsabara-of everyone; santo�a-there is satisfaction; veaanta-the philosophy of\nVeaanta-sutra; no-do not; suna-hear; kene-why; tara-of the philosophy; kiba­\n\nwhat is; do�a-fault.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Dear sir, there is no objection to Your being a great devotee of Lord Kr�IJa.\n\nEveryone is satisfied with this. But why do You avoid discussion on the Vedanta­\n\nsiitra? What is the fault in it?\"\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura\ncomments in this connection I \"Mayavadi\n'\n\nsannyasis accept that the commentary by Sri Sankaracarya known as SarTrakabhii�ya\n\ngives the\n\nreal\n\nmeaning\n\nof\n\nVediinta-sutra.\n\nIn other words, Mayavadi\n\nsannyiisTs accept the meanings expressed in the explanations of Vediinta-sutra\nby\n\nSankaracarya,\n\nwhich are based on monism. Thus they explain\n\n,\n\nVediinta­\n\nsutra, the Upani�ads and all such Vedic literatures in their own impersonal way.\"\n\nThe great Mayavadi sannyasi Sadananda Yogindra has written a book known as\n\nVediinta-sara in which he writes:\n\nveaanto nama upani�at-prama!Jam\ntad-upakari!Ji sariraka-sutradini co\nAccording to Sadananda Yogindra, the Veaanta and Upanisads, as presented by Sri\n\n�\n\nSar'lkaracarya in his Sariraka-bha�ya commentary, are the o ly sources of Vedic evi­\n\ndence. Actually, however, Veaanta refers to the essence of Vedic knowledge, and it\nis not a fact that there is nothing more than Sar'lkaracarya's Sariraka-bha�ya. There\nare other Vedanta commentaries written by Vaisnava acaryas, none of whom follow\nSri Sar'lkaracarya or accept the imaginative co �\n\n� entary of his school. Their com­\n\nmentaries are based on the philosophy of duality. Monist philosophers like Sar'lkaracarya and his followers want to establish that God and the living entity are one,\n\nand instead of worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead they present them­\n\nselves as God. They want to be worshiped as God by others. Such persons do not\n\naccept the philosophies of the Vai�t�ava acaryas, which are known as suddhadvaita\n(purified monism),suddha-dvaita (purified dualism), visi�fiidvaita (specific monism),\n\ndvaitadvaita (monism and dualism) and acintya-bheaabheda (inconceivable oneness\n\nand difference). Mayavadis do not discuss these philosophies, for they are firmly\n\nconvinced of their own philosophy of keva/advaita, exclusive monism. Accepting\n\nthis system of philosophy as the pure understanding of Vediinta-sutra, they believe\n\nthat Kr�Qa has a body made of material elements and that the activities of loving\nservice to Kr�Qa are sentimentality. They are known as Mayavadis because according\n\nto their opinion Kr�Qa has a body which is made of miiyii, and the loving service of the\n\n", "adi2#p0107": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n83\n\nLord executed by devotees is also maya. They consider such devotional service to\nbe an aspect of fruitive activities (karma-ka!J�a). According to their view, bhakti\nconsists of mental speculation or sometimes meditation. This is the difference between the Mayavadi and Vai�rava philosophies.\nTEXT 102\n\n�� ��' �rf11' �'- <t�i'fi <t� 1\n1:-.r �1 ';ft�� �flf, �fif fe(t<t�� II :> o� II\neta suni' hasi' prabhu bali/a vacana\ndu!Jkha no manaha yadi, kari nivedana\nSYNONYMS\neta-thus; suni'-hearing; hasi'-smiling;prabhu- Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nbali/a-said; vacana-His words; du/Jkha-unhappy; no-do not; manaha-take it;\n\nyadi-if ; kari-1 say; nivedana-something unto you.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing the Mayavadi sannyasls speak in that way, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu smiled slightly and said, \"My dear sirs, if you don't mind I can say something to you regarding Vedanta philosophy.\"\nPURPORT\nThe Mayavadi sannyasls, appreciating Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, inquired from\nHim why He did not discuss Vedanta philosophy. Actually, however, the entire\nsystem of Vai��;�ava activities is based on Vedanta philosophy. Vai��;�avas do not\nneglect Vedanta, but they do not care to understand Vedanta on the basis of the\n\nSariraka-bha!jya commentary. Therefore, to clarify the situation, Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, with the permission of the Mayavadi sannyasls, wanted to speak\nregarding Vedanta philosophy. The Vai��;�avas are by far the greatest philosophers\nin the world, and the greatest among them was Srila jiva GosvamT Prabhu, whose\nphilosophy was again presented less than four hundred years later by\n\nSrila\n\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura Maharaja. Therefore one must know very well\nthat Vai��;�ava philosophers are not sentimentalists or cheap devotees like the\n\nsahajiyas. All the Vai��;�ava acaryas were vastly learned scholars who understood\nVedanta philosophy fully, for unless one knows Vedanta philosophy he cannot be\nan acarya. To be accepted as an acarya among Indian transcendentalists who follow\nthe Vedic principles, one must become a vastly learned scholar in Vedanta philosophy, either by studying it or hearing it.\n\nBhakti develops in pursuance of Vedanta philosophy. This is stated in SrlmadBhagavatam (1.2.12):\ntac chraddadhiinii munayo\njniina-vairiigya-yuktayii\n\n", "adi2#p0108": "84\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\npasyanty iitmani ciitmiinarh\nbhaktyii sruta-grhTtayii\n\nThe words bhqktyii sruta-grhTtayii in t � is verse are very important, for they indicate\nthatbhaktimust be based upon the philosophy of the Upani�ads and Vediinta-sutra.\n\nSrila Rupa Gosvami said:\n\nsruti-smrti-puriif}iidipancariitra-vidhim vinii\naikiintikT harer bhaktir\nutpiitiiyaiva ka/pate\n\"Devotional service performed without reference to the Vedas, Puriif}as, Pancariitras,\netc., must be considered sentimentalism, and it causes nothing but disturbance to\n\nsociety.\" There are different grades of Vai�r;�avas (kani�tha-adhikiirT, madhyamaadhikiirT, uttama-adhikiirT), but to be a madhyama-adhikiirT preacher one must be a\nlearned scholar in Vediinta-sutra and other Vedic literature because when bhaktiyoga develops on the basis of Vedanta philosophy it is factual and steady. In this\nconnection we may quote the translation and purport of the verse mentioned\n\nabove {SrTmad-Bhiigavatam, 1.2.12):\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat Absolute Truth is realized by the seriously inquisitive student or sage who is well\nequipped with knowledge and who has become detached by rendering devotional service\nand hearing the Vedanta-sruti.\nPURPORT\nThe Absolute Truth is realized in full by the process of devotional service to the Lord\nVasudeva or the Personality of Godhead who is the full-fledged Absolute Truth. Brahman\nis His tr�nscendental bodily effulgence, and Paramatma is His partial representation. As\nsuch, Brahman or Paramatma realization of the Absolute Truth is but a partial realization.\nThere are four different types of living beings, the karmTs, the ji'liinTs, the yogTs and the\ndevotees. The karmTs are materialistic, whereas the other three are transcendental. The\nfirst-class transcendentalists are the devotees who have realized the Supreme Person. The\nsecond-class transcendentalists are those who have partially realized the plenary portion\nof the absolute person. And the third-class transcendentalists are those who have barely\nrealized the spiritual focus of the absolute person. As stated in the Bhagavad-gTtii and\nother Vedic literatures, the Supreme Person is realized by devotional service, which is\nbacked by full knowledge and detachment from the material association. We have already\ndiscussed the point that devotional service is followed by knowledge and detachment from\nmaterial association. As Brahman and Paramatma realization are imperfect realizations of\nthe Absolute Truth, so the means of realizing Brahman and Paramatma, i.e., the paths of\nji'lana and yoga, are also imperfect means of realizing the Absolute Truth. Devotional\nservice, which is based on the foreground of full knowledge combined with detachment\nfrom material association fixed up on the aural reception of the Veaanta-sruti, is the only\nperfect method of realizing the Absolute Truth by the seriously inquisitive student. Devotional service is not, therefore, meant for the less intelligent class of transcendentalist.\n\n", "adi2#p0109": "Adi -lila, Chapter 7\n\n85\n\nThere are three classes of devotees, namely first, second and third class. The third-class\ndevotees, or the neophytes, who have no knowledge nor are detached from the material\nassociation, but who are simply attracted by the preliminary processes of worshiping the\nDeity in the temple, are called material devotees. Material devotees are more attached to\nmaterial benefit than transcendental profit. Therefore, one has to make definite progress .\nfrom the position of material devotional service to the second-class devotional position. In\nthe second-class position, the devotee can see four principles in the devotional line, namely\nthe Personality of Godhead, His devotees, the ignorant and the envious. One has to raise\nhimself at least to the stage of a second-class devotee and thus become eligible to know the\nAbsolute Truth.\nA third-class devotee, therefore, has to receive the instructions of devotional service from\n\nthe authoritative sources of Bhagavatam. The number one Bhagavatam is the established\n\npersonality of devotee, and the other Bhagavatam is the message of Godhead. The third-class\ndevotee has, therefore, to go to the personality of devotee in order to learn the instructions\nof devotional service. Such a personality of devotee is not a professional man who earns his\nlivelihood by the business of Bhagavatam. Such a devotee must be a representative of\nSukadeva Gosvami, like Suta Gosvami, and must preach the cult of devotional service for the\nall-around benefit of all people. A neophyte devotee has very little taste for hearing from the\nauthorities. Such a neophyte devotee makes a show of hearing from the professional man to\nsatisfy his senses. This sort of hearing and chanting has spoiled the whole thing, so one\nshould be very careful about the faulty process. The holy messages of Godhead, as inculcated in the Bhagavad-gTta or in the SrTmad-Bhagavatam, are undoubtedly transcendental\nsubjects, but even though they are so, such transcendental matters are not to be received\nfrom the professional man who spoils them like the serpent spoils the milk simply by the\ntouch of his tongue.\nA sincere devotee must, therefore, be prepared to hear the Vedic literature like the\nUpani�ads, Vediinta and other literatures left by the previous authorities or Gosvamis, for\n\nthe benefit of his progress. Without hearing such literatures, one cannot make actual prog­\n\nress. And without hearing and following the instructions, the show of devotional service\nbecomes worthless and therefore a sort of disturbance in the path of devotional service.\nUnless, therefore, devotional service is established on the principles of sruti, smrti, puiii(la\n\nor paftcaiiitra authorities, the make-show of devotional service should at once be rejected.\n\nAn unauthorized devotee should never be recognized as a pure devotee. By assimilation of\nsuch messages from the Vedic literatures, one can see the all-pervading localized aspect of\nthe Personality of Godhead within his own self constantly. This is called s_amadhi.\n\nTEXT 103\n\n-(1 �fil' �?;G'f �(�mt�1( 'tt'l I\nQ!t�tr;� ��� �?;li �'Iffe. �1i'l II � o'!> II\niha suni' bale sarva sannyasTra garJa\ntomake dekhiye yaiche sak�at narayarJa\n\nSYNONYMS\niha-this; suni'- h ea ri ng; bale- spoke; sarva-all; sannyasTra-of the\n\nMayavadi\n\nsarm)/iisTs; garJa-group; tomake-unto You; dekhiye-we see; yaiche--exactly like ;\nsak,Wt- d irectly; nariiyara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "adi2#p0110": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n86\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, the Mayavadi sannyasis became somewhat humble and addressed\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu as Narayar;�a Himself, who they all agreed He was.'\nPURPORT\nMayavadi sannyasTs address each other as Naraya1,1a. Whenever they see another\nsannyasT, they offer him respect by calling, nama naraya!Ja (\"I offer my respect unto\nyou, Narayar;�a\"), although they know perfectly well what kind of Naraya1,1a he is.\nNarayar;�a has four hands, but although they are puffed-up with the idea of being\nNaraya1,1a, they cannot exhibit more than two. Since their philosophy declares that\nNaraya1,1a and an ordinary human being are both on the same level, they sometimes\nuse the term daridra-naraya!Ja (\"poor Naraya1,1a\"), which was invented by a so-called\nsvamTwho did not know anything about Vedanta philosophy. Therefore although\nall these Mayavadi sannyasTs who called themselves Naraya1,1a were actually unaware\nof the position of Naraya1,1a, due to their austerities Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu enabled them to understand Him to be Naraya1,1a Himself. Lord Caitanya is certainly the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead Naraya1,1a appearing as a devotee of Naraya1,1a, and\nthus the Mayavadi sannyasTs, understanding that He was directly Naraya1,1a Himself\nwhereas they were false puffed-up Naraya1,1as, spoke to Him as follows.\nTEXT 104\n\n'\\!l;j1f �Hi���'\\!.� ��'I I\n<;i!'t�t11\" 'lftrt_it ''ff�' i{_� il�il II � o 8 II\ntamara VOCana SUni' juif{jya SrOVOIJO\ntamara madhurT dekhi' juifjjya nayana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntamara- Your; vacana-speeches; suni '-hearing; juifjjya - very much satisfied;\nsraVOIJO - aural reception; tamara- Your; madhurT-nectar; dekhi '- seeing; juifiiyasatisfies; nayana-our eyes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Dear Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\" they said, \"to tell You the truth, we are greatly\npleased to hear Your words, and furthermore Your bodily features are so pleasing\nthat we feel extraordinary satisfaction in seeing You.\nPURPORT\nIn the sastras it is said:\n\natafl srT-kr�IJa-namadi na bhaved grahyam indriyaifl\nsevanmukhe hi jihvadau svayam eva sphuraty adafl\n\n", "adi2#p0111": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n87\n\n\"One cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead or His name, form,\nqualities or paraphernalia, but if one renders service unto Him the Lord reveals\nHimself.\" (Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu 1.2.234) Here one can see the effect of the\nMayavadi sannyasTs' service toward NarayaQa. Because .they offered a little respect\nto SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu and because they were pious and actually followed the\naustere rules and regulations of sannyasa, they had some understanding of Vedanta\nphilosophy, and by the grace of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu they could appreciate\nthat He was none other than the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is endowed\nwith all six opulences. One of these opulences is His beauty. By His extraordinarily\nbeautiful bodily features the MayavadisannyiisTs recognized SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nas NarayaQa Himself. He was not a farcical NarayaQa like the daridra-narayaras\ninvented by so-called sannyasTs.\nTEXT 105\n\n�111' <2!�tr;� �� ���� �i{ I\n�'- �,!f� � c;�'t11'hf �� II � o � II\ntamara prabhave sabara anandita mana\nkabhu asahgata nahe tamara vacana\nSY NONYMS\ntamara-Your; prabhave-by influence; sabara-of everyone; anandita-joyful;\nmana-mind; kabhu-at any time; asahgata-unreasonable; nahe-does not; tamaraYour; vacana-speeches.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Dear sir, by Y our influence our minds are greatly satisfied, and we believe that\nYour words will never be unreasonable. Therefore You can speak on Vedanta-sutra.\"\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the words tamara prabhave (\"Y our influence\") are very important.\nUnless one is spiritually advanced he cannot influence an audience. Bhaktivinoda\nThakura has sung, suddha bhakata caraf}a reru, bhajana-anukula: \"Unless one associates with a pure devotee he cannot be influenced to understand devotional service.\"\nThese Mayavadi sannyasTs were fortunate enough to meet the Supreme Personali�y\nof Godhead in the form of a devo�ee, and certainly they were greatly influenced by\nthe Lord. They knew that since a perfectly advanced spiritualist never says anything\nfalse, all his words are reasonable and agree with the Vedic version. A highly realized\n\nperson never says anything that has no meaning. Mayavadi philosophers claim to be\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, and this has no meaning, but Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu never uttered such nonsense. The Mayavadi sannyasTs were convinced\nabout His personality, and therefore they wanted to hear from Him the purport of\nVedanta philosophy.\n\n", "adi2#p0112": "88\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 106\n\n� <1St�, ,�ift�·,\\11 ��-��if I\n�Jt�r;9t �'f 'ft� l!il�t11ill'l II � o� II\nprabhu kahe, vec/anta-sutra Tsvara-vacana\nvyasa-rupe kai/a yaha srJ-narayO(IO\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe- the Lord began to speak; vec/anta-sutra-the philosophy ofVediintasutra; Tsvara-vacana- spoken by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vyasa-rupein the form of Vyasadeva; kaila-He has made; yaha-whatever; srT-narayara-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord said: \"Vedanta philosophy consists of words spoken by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead Narayal_la in the form of Vyasadeva.\nPURPORT\n\nVec/anta-sutra, which consists of codes revealing the method of understanding\nVedic knowledge, is the concise form of all Vedic knowledge. It begins with the\n\nwords athato brahma-jij;iasa ( \"now is the time to inquire about the Absolute Truth\" ).\n\nThe human form of life is especially meant for this purpose, and therefore the\n\nVeclanta-sutra very concisely explains the human mission. This is confirmed by the\n\nwords of the VOyu and Skanda Puriiras, which define a sutra as follows:\n\nalpak�aram asandigdharh saravat visvatomukham\nastobhamanavadyarh co sutrarh sutra-vido v/du(l\n\"A sutra is a code that expresses the essence of all knowledge in a minimum of words.\nIt must be universally applicable and faultless in its linguistic presentation.\" Anyone\n\nfamiliar with such sutras must be aware of the Vec/anta-sutra, which is well known\n\namong scholars by the following different names: (1) Brahma-sutra, (2) Sarlraka,\n(3) Vyasa-sutra, (4) Badarayara-sutra, (5) Uttara-mTmarhsa and (6) Veclanta-darsana.\nThere are four chapters (adhyayas) in the Veclanta-sutra, and there are four divisions (padas) in each chapter. Therefore the Vec/anta-sutra may be referred to as\n�or;Jasa-pada, or sixteen divisions of codes. The theme of each and every division is\nfully described in terms of five different subject matters (adhikararas), which are\ntechnically called pratijfla, hetu, uc/aharara, upanaya and nigamana. Every theme\nmust necessarily be explained with reference to pratijfla, or a solemn declaration of\nthe purpose of the treatise. The solemn declaration given in the beginning of the\n\nVec/anta-sutra is athato brahma-jijflasa; which indicates that this book was written\n\nwith the solemn declaration to inquire about the Absolute Truth. Similarly, reasons\n\n", "adi2#p0113": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\nmust be expressed (hetu),\n\n(udiiharaf}a),\n\n89\n\nexamples must be given in terms of various facts\n\nthe theme must gradually be brought nearer for understanding\n\n(upanaya), and finally it must be supported by authoritative quotations from the\nVedic sastras (nigamana).\n\nAccording to the great dictionary compiler Hemacandra, also known as Ko�akara,,\n\nVedanta refers to the purport of the Upani�ads and the Brahmara portion of\n\nthe Vedas. Professor Apte, in his dictionary, describes the Brahmara portion of the\n\nVedas as that portion which states the rules for employment of hymns at various\n\nsacrifices and gives detailed explanations of their origin, sometimes with lengthy\n\nillustrations in the form of legends and stories. It is distinct from the mantra portion\n\nof the Vedas. Hemacandra said that the supplement of the Vedas is called the\n\nVedOnta-siJtra. Veda means knowledge, and anta means the end. In other words,\n\nproper understanding of the ultimate purpose of the Vedas is called Vedanta knowl­\n\nedge. Such knowledge, as given in the codes of the VedOnta-siJtra, must be supported\nby the Upani�ads.\n\nAccording to learned scholars, there are three different sources of knowledge,\n\nwhich are called ptasthana-traya. According to these scholars, Vedanta is one of such\nsources, for it presents Vedic knowledge on the basis of logic and sound arguments.\nIn Bhagavad-glta (13.5) the Lord said, brahma-siJtra-padais caiva hetumadbhir\n\nviniscitaif:J: \"Understanding of the ultimate goal of life is ascertained in the Brahmasutra by legitimate logic and argument concerning cause and effect.\" Therefore the\nVeaanta-sutra is known as nyaya-prasthana, the Upani�ds are known as sruti­\n\nprasthana, and the Gita, Mahiibhiirata and Puriif}aS are known as smrti-prasthiina.\n\nAll scientific knowledge of transcendence must be supported by sruti, smrti and a\n\nsound logical basis.\n\nIt is said that both the Vedic knowledge and the supplement of the Vedas called\n\nthe Siitvata-paflcariitra emanated from the breathing of Narayar;ta, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. The Veaanta-sutra codes were compiled by Srna Vyasadeva,\nthe powerful incarnation of Sri Narayar;ta, although it is sometimes said. that they\n\nwere compiled by a great sage named Apantaratama. Both the Pancaratra and\n\nVeaanta-sutra, however, express the same opinions. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu there­\n\nfore confirms that there is no difference in opinion between the two, and He\n\ndeclares that because Vediinta-sutra was compiled by Srila Vyasadeva, it may be\n\nunderstood to have emanated from the breathing of Sri Narayar;ta. Srila Bhakti­\n\nsiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura comments that while Vyasadeva was compiling the\n\nVeaanta-sutra, seven of his great saintly contemporaries were also engaged in\n\nsimilar work. These saints were Atreya ��i, Asmarathya, AU<;lulomi, Kar�najini,\n\nKasakrtsna, jaimini and Badari. In addition, it is stated that Parasari and KarmandT­\n\nbhik�u also discussed the Veaanta-sutra codes before Vyasadeva.\n\nThe Veaanta-sutra consists of four chapters. The first two chapters discuss the\n\nrelationship of the living entity with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is\n\nknown as sambandha-jfliina, or knowledge of the relationship. The third chapter\n\ndescribes how one can act in his relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is called abhidheya-jfliina. The relationship of the living entity with the\nSupreme Lord is described by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. jivera svarupa haya kr�rera\n\n", "adi2#p0114": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n90\n\n'nitya-dosa': the living entity is an eternal servant of the Supreme God. {Cc. Madhya\n20.1 08) Therefore, to act in that relationship, one must perform sadhana-bhakti, or\n\nthe prescribed duties of service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is\n\ncalled abhidheya-jflona. The fourth chapter describes the result of such devotional\nservice (prayojana-jfiOna). This ultimate goal of life is to go back home, back to\n\nGodhead. The words anovrtti(l sabaat in the Veaanta-sutra indicate this ultimate\n\ngoal.\n\nSrila Vyasadeva, the powerful incarnation of Narayal)a, compiled Vediinta-sutra,\n\nand in order to protect it from unauthorized commentaries, he personally composed\n\nSrlmad-Bhogavatam on the instruction of his spiritual master, Narada Muni, as the\n\noriginal commentary on Veaanta-sutra. Besides SrTmad-Bhogavatam, there are commentaries on the Vediinta-sutra composed by all the major Vai:;l)ava iiciiryas, and in\n\neach of them devotional service to the Lord is described very explicitly. Only those\n\nwho follow Sarikara's commentary have describe·d Veaanta-siitra in an impersonal\n\nway, without reference to Vi�ru-bhakti, or d�votional service to the Lord, Vi�I)U.\nGenerally people very much appreciate this SOrlraka-bho�ya or impersonal descrip­\n\ntion of the Vedonta-siitra, but all commentaries which are devoid of devotional\nservice to Lord Vi�I)U must be considered to differ in purpose from the original\n\nVeaanta-siitra. In other words, Lord C:aitanya definitely confirmed that the com­\n\nmentaries or bho�yas written by the Vai:;l)ava ocoryas on the basis of devotional\n\nservice to Lord Vi�I)U, and not the SorTraka-bho�ya of Sankaracarya, give the actual\n\nexplanation of Veaanta-sutra.\n\nTEXT 107\nl!;Jf, �Jtt�, ���9!11, <I\"�'N'��� I\n\n��m ��� ift� <;�1<{ �� � II �o� II\nbhrama, pramoda, vipra/ipso, kararopofava\nTsvarera vokye nohi do�a ei saba\nbhrama-m istake; pramiida- i liusion; vipralipsii-cheating purposes; karariipiitava­\n\ninefficiency of the material senses; Tsvarera-of the Lord; viikye-in the speech;\n\nniihi-there is not; do�a-fa u lt; ei saba\n\n-\n\nall this.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The material defects of mistakes, illusions, cheating and sensory inefficiency do\n\nnot exist in the words of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nPURPORT\nA mistake is the acceptance of an object to be different than what it is or the\n\nacceptance of false knowledge. For example, one may see a rope in the dark and\n\nthink it to be a serpent, or one may see a glittering oyster shell and think it to be\n\ngold. These are mistakes. Similarly, an illusion is a misunderstanding which arises\n\n", "adi2#p0115": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n91\n\nfrom inattention while hearing, and cheating is the transmission of such defective\nknowledge to others. Materialistic scientists and philosophers generally use such\nwords as \"maybe\" and \"perhaps\" because they do not have actual knowledge of\ncomplete facts. Therefore their instructing others is an example of cheating. The\nfinal defect of the materialistic person is his inefficient senses. Although our eyes,\nfor example, have the power to see, they cannot see that which is situated at a\ndistance, nor can they see the eyelid, which is the object nearest to the eye. To our\nuntrained eyes the sun appears to be just like a plate, and to the eyes of one who is\nsuffering from jaundice everything appears to be yellow. Therefore we cannot rely\non the knowledge acquired through such imperfect eyes. The ears are equally imperfect. We cannot hear a sound vibrated a long distance away unless we put a\ntelephone to our ear. Similarly, if we analyze all our senses in this way, we will find\nthem all to be imperfect. Therefore it is useless to acquire knowledge through the\nsenses. The Vedic process is to hear from authority. In Bhagavad-gTta the Lord says,\nevam parampara-praptam imam rajar�ayo vidu/;1: \"The supreme science was thus\nreceived through the chain of disciplic succession, and the saintly kings understood\nit in that way.\" (Bg. 4.2} We have to hear not from a telephone but from an\nauthorized person, for it is he who has real knowledge.\nTEXT 108\n\n���e,-l'f�� 'i!i �t� C.�l �, I\n1!_���J <;lll �� <?!�� 11�, II � o\\7- II\nupani�at-sahita siitra kahe yei tattva\nmukhya-vrttye sei artha parama mahattva\nSYNONYMS\n\nupani�at-the authorized Vedic version; sahita-along with; siitra-the Vedantasutra; kahe-it is said; yei-the subject matter; tattva-in truth; mukhya-vrttye-by\ndirect understanding; sei-that truth; artha\n\n-\n\nmeaning; parama-ultimate; mahattva­\n\nglory.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Absolute Truth is described by the Upani�ads and Brahma-siitra, but one\n\nmust understand the verses as they are. That is the supreme glory in understanding.\nPURPORT\n\nIt has become fashionable since the time of Sankaracarya to explain everything\nregarding the sastras in an indirect way. Scholars take pride in explaining everything\nin their own way, and they declare that one can understand the Vedic scriptures in\nany way he likes. This \"any way you like\" method is foolishness, and it has created\nhavoc in the Vedic culture. One cannot accept scientific knowledge in his own\nwhimsical way. In the science of mathematics, for example, two plus two equals\n\n", "adi2#p0116": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n92\n\nfour, and one cannot make it equal three or five. Yet although it is not possible to\nalter real knowledge, people have taken to the fashion of understanding Vedic\nknowledge in any way they like. It is for this reason that we have presented\n\nBhagavad-gTta As It Is. We do not create meanings by concoction. Sometimes commentators say that the word kuruk�etra in the first verse of Bhagavad-gTtii refers to\none's body, but we do not accept this. We understand that Kuruk�etra is a place\nwhich still exists, and according to the Vedic version it is a dharmak�etra, or place\nof pilgrimage. People still go there to perform Vedic sacrifices. Foolish commentators, however, say that Kuruk�etra means the body and that Pai'Jca Parrfavas refers\nto the five senses. In this way they distort the meaning, and people are misled. Here\n\nS ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu confirms that all Vedic literatures, including the\nUpani�ads, Brahma-siitras and others, whether sruti, smrti or nyaya, must be understood according to their original statements. To describe the direct meaning of the\nVedic literatures is glorious, but to describe them in one's own way, using imperfect\n\nsenses and imperfect knowledge, is a disastrous blunder. S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nfully deprecated the attempt to describe the Vedas in this way.\n\nUpani�ads, the following eleven Upani�ads are considered to be\nlsa, Kena, Katha, Prasna, Murrfaka, Marrfukya, TaittirTya, Aitareya,\nChandogya, Brhad�raryaka and Svetasvatara. However, in the Muktikopani�ad,\nverses 30-39 , there is a description of 108 Upani�ads. They are as follows:\n(1) lsopani�ad, (2) Kenopani�ad, (3) Kathopani�ad, (4) Prasnopani�ad, (5) Murrfakopani�ad, (6) Marrfiikyopani�ad, (7) TaittirTyopani�ad, (8) Aitareyopani�ad, (9)\nChandogyopani�ad, (10) Brhad�raryakoP,ani�ad, (11) Brahmopani�d, (12) Kaivalyopani�ad, (13} jabalopani�ad, (14) Svetasvataropani�d, (15) Hamsopani�ad,\n(16) Arureyopani�ad, (17) Garbhopani�ad, (18) NOrayafJopani�ad, (19) Paramahamsopani?ad, (20} Amrta-bindiipani?ad, (21) Nada-bindiipani?ad, (22}S ira-upani!jad ,\n(23} Atharva-sikhopani?ad, (24) Maitrayary-upani?ad, (25} Kau�Ttaky-upani�d,\n(26) Brhaj-jabalopani?ad, (27} Nrsimha-tapanTyopani�d, (28) Ko/Ogni-rudropani�ad,\n(29) Maitreyy-upani?ad, (30} Subalopani�d, (31) K�urikopan_i�ad, (32) Mantrikopani�ad, (33} Sarva-saropani�ad, (34) Niralambopani�ad, (35) Suka-rahasyopani�ad,\n(36) Vajra-sucikopani�ad, (37) Tejo-bindupani�ad, (38) Nada-bindiipani�ad, (39)\nDhyana-bindiipani�ad, (40) Brahma-vidyopani�ad, (41) Yoga-tattvopani�ad, (42)\nAtma-bodhopani�ad, (43) Norada-parivrajakopan�sad, (44) Trisikhy-upani�ad, (45)\nSitopani�ad, (46) Yoga-cu(lamaQy-upani?ad, (47) Nirvaropani�ad, (48) Mar;rjalabrahmaropani�ad, (49) Dak?iQa-miirty-upani�d, (50) Sarabhopani�ad, (51) Skandopani�ad, (52} Mah(marayaropani�ad, (5.3) Advaya-tarakopani�ad, (54) Ramarahasyopani�ad, (55) Rama-tapary-upani?ad, (56} Vosudevopani�ad, (57} Mudga/opani�ad, (58} Sar(lilyopani�ad, (59) Paihgalopani�ad, (60) Bhik�upani�ad, (61)\nMahadupani�ad, (62) SOrTrakopani�ad, (63) Yoga-sikhopani�ad, (64) TurTyatTtopani�ad, (65) Sannyiisopani�ad, (66) Paramahamsa-parivriijakopani�ad, (67) Miilikopani�ad, (68) Avyaktopani?ad, (69) Ekak�aropani�ad, (70) Purr;opani!jad, (71) Suryopani�ad, (72) Ak?y-upani?ad, (73) Adhyatmopani�ad, (74} Ku1Jrjikopani�ad, (75)\nSavitry-upani�ad, (76) Atmopani?ad, (77} Pasupatopani�ad, (78) Param Brahmopani�ad, (79} Avadhutopanisad, (80} Tripurlitapanopanisad, (81) Devy-upanisad,\n(82} Tripuropani�ad, (83} K�fha-rudropani�ad, (84) Bhliv�nopani�ad, (85} H;d�yoRegarding the\n\nthe topmost:\n\n", "adi2#p0117": "93\n\nAdi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\npani�ad, (86) Yoga-kurflaliny-upani�ad, (87) Bhasmopani�ad, (88) RudrlJk�opani�ad,\n\n(89) Ga(JOpani�ad, (90) Dar5anopani�ad, (91) Tarasaropani�d, (92) Mahavakyopani­\n\n�d, (93) Panca-brahmopani�d, (94) Praragni-hotropani�ad, (95) Gopata-tapano­\n\nP_ani�ad, (96) Kr�ropani�ad, (97) Y ajiia�valkyopani�ad, (98) Varahopani�ad, (99)\n5afyayany-upani�ad, (100) HayagrTvopani�ad, (101) Dattatreyopani�ad, (102)\n\nGaruflopani�ad, (103) Kaly-upani�ad, (104) jabaty-upani�ad, (105) Saubhagyopani­\n\n�ad, (106) SarasvatT-tahasyopani�ad, (107) Bahvrcopani�ad and (108) Muktikopani�ad. Thus there are 108 generally accepted Upani�ads, of which eleven are the most\nimportant, as previously stated.\n\nTEXT 109\n\n�'11\\st-�1:�1 '�� i!St1JJ �Ht\"f ��'(( I\n'!t�� \\!t�'l ift-t � �( <ft'({ II � :;, II\no\n\ngaura-vrttye yeba bha�ya karila acarya\ntahara sravare nasa haya sarva karya\nSYNONYMS\n\ngaura-vrttya-by indirect meanings; yeba-which; bha�ya- commentary; karila­\n\nprepared; acarya- Sari karacarya; tahara-its; sravare- hearing; nasa-destruction;\n\nhaya- becomes; sarva-all; karya- business.\n\nTRANSLATI ON\n\"Sripada Sarikaracarya has described all the Vedic literatures in terms of indirect\nmeanings. One who hears such explanations is ruined.\nTEXT 110\n\nit�� ift� '�lt, ���-�� 9ft$� I\nc;'l1\\'tt� �Ht\"' 11_� �-f�t��m II � � II\no\n\ntahhara nahika do�a, Tsvara-Ojna paiia\ngaurartha karila mukhya artha acchadiya\nSYNONYMS\n\ntahhara-of Sri Sarikaracarya; nahika-there is none; do�a-fault; 7Svara-the\n\nSupreme Lord; ajfla-order; pafla-receiving; gaura-ortha- indirect meaning; karila­\n\nmake; mukhya-direct; artha-meaning; acchadiya - covering\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATI ON\n\"Sankaracarya is not at fault, for he has thus covered the real purpose of the\nVedas under the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "adi2#p0118": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n94\n\nPURPORT\nThe Vedic literature is to be considered a source of real knowledge, but if one\n\ndoes not take it as it is, one will be misled. For example, Bhagavad-gTta is an important Vedic literature which has been taught for many years, but because it was\ncommented upon by unscrupulous rascals, people derived no benefit from it, and\nno one came to the conclusion of Kr�rya consciousness. Since the purpose of\n\nBhagavad-gTta is now being presented as it is, however, within four or five short\nyears thousands of people all over the world have become Kr�rya conscious. That is\nthe difference between direct and indirect explanations of Vedic literature. Therefore S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, mukhya-vrttye sei artha parama mahattva: to\n\ninstruct Vedic literature according to its direct meaning, without false commentary,\n\nis glorious. Unfortunately, S ri S alikaracarya, by the order of the Supreme Person­\n\nality of Godhead, compromised between atheism and theism in order to cheat the\natheists and bring them to theism, and to do so he gave up the direct method of\nVedic knowledge and tried to present a meaning which is indirect. It is with this\n\npurpose that he wrote his SarTraka-bha�ya commentary on the Vedanta-sutra. One\n\nshould not, therefore, attribute very much importance to the SiirTraka-bhiisya. In\norder to understand Vedanta philosophy, one must study the SrTmad-Bhiigdvatam,\n\nwhich begins with the words, om nama bhagavate vasudevaya, janmady asya yato\n'nvayad itaratas corthe�v abhijfwf:J sva-raf: \"I offer my obeisances unto Lord S rT\nKr�!Ja,\n\nson\n\nof\n\nVasudeva,\n\nwho\n\nis\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nAll-pervading\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead. I meditate upon Him, the transcendent reality, who is the primeval\ncause of all causes, from whom all manifested universes arise, in whom they\ndwell and by whom they are destroyed.\nfulgent\n\nLord\n\nwho\n\nis\n\ndirectly\n\nI meditate upon that eternally ef­\n\nand indirectly conscious of all manifestations\n\n(Bhag. 1.1.1) SrTmad-Bhagavatam is the real\nVedanta-sutra. Unfortunately, if one is attracted to Sri\nSalikaracarya's commentary, SarTraka-bhii�ya, his spiritual life is doomed.\n\nand\n\nyet\n\nis\n\nfully independent.\"\n\ncommentary on the\n\nOne may argue that since S alikaracarya is an incarnation of Lord Siva, how is it\n\nthat he cheated people in this way? The answer is that he did so on the order of his\nmaster, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is confirmed in the Padma\n\nPuriira in the words of L.ord Siva himself:\n\nmiiyiiviidam asac-chiistrarh\npracchannarh bauddham ucyate\nmayaiva ka/pitarh devi\nkalau brahmara-rupif}ii\nbrahmaras ciipararh ruparh\nnirgurarh vak�yate mayii\nsarvasvarh jagato'py asya\nmohaniirtharh kalau yuge\nvedante tu mahii-siistre\nmiiyiiviidam avaidikam\n\n", "adi2#p0119": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n95\n\nmayaiva vak�yate devi\njagatiirh niisa-kiirariit\n\"The Mayavada philosophy,\" Lord Siva i.nformed his wife ParvatT, \"is impious (asacchiistraj. It is covered Buddhism. My dear Parvati, in the form of a briihmara in\nKali-yuga I teach this imagined Mayavada philosophy. In order to cheat the atheists,\nI describe the Supreme Personality of Godhead to be without form and without\nqualities. Similarly, in explaining Vedanta I describe the same Mayavada philosophy\nin order to mislead the entire population toward atheism by denying the personal\nform of the Lord.\" In the Siva Puriira the Supreme Personality of Godhead told\nLord Siva:\ndvaparadau yuge bhiitvii\nka/ayii miinu�iidi�u\nsviigamaif:i kalpitais tvarh ca\njaniin mad-vimukhiin kuru\n\"In Kali-yuga, mislead the people in general by propounding imaginary meanings\nfor the Vedas to bewilder them.\" These are the descriptions of the Puriiras.\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura comments thatmukhya-vrtti (\"the direct\nmeaning\") is abhidhii-vrtti, or the meaning which one can understand immediately\nfrom the statements of dictionaries, whereas gautJa-vrtti ( \"the indirect meaning\") is\na meaning that one imagines without consulting the dictionary. For example, one\npolitician has said that Kuruk�etra refers to the body, but in the dictionary there is\nno such definition. Therefore this imaginary meaning is gaura-vrtti, whereas the\ndirect meaning found in the dictionary is mukhya-vrtti or abhidhii-vrtti. This is the\ndistinction between the two. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu recommends that one understand the Vedic literature in terms of abhidhii-vrtti, and the gautJa-vrtti He rejects .\nSometimes, however, as a matter of necessity, Vedic literature is described in terms\nof the /ak�arii-vrtti or gaura-vrtti, but one should not accept such explanations as\npermanent truths.\nThe purpose of the discussions in the Upani�ads and Vedanta-siitra is to philosophically establish the personal feature of the Absolute Truth. The impersonalists,\nhowever, in order to establish their philosophy, accept these discussions in terms of\n/ak�anii-vrtti, or indirect meanings. Thus instead of being tattva-viida, or in search of\nthe Absolute Truth, they become Mayavada, or illusioned by the material energy.\nWhen Sri Vi�J)usvami, one of the four iiciiryas of the Vai�J)ava cult, presented his\nthesis on the subject matter of suddhiidvaita-viida, immediately the Mayavadis took\nadvantage of this philosophy and tried to establish their advaita-viida or kevaliidvaitaviida. To defeat this kevafiidvaita-viida, Sri Ramanujacarya presented his philosophy·\nas vW�!advaita-vada, and Sri Madhvacarya presented his philosophy of tattva-vada,\nboth of which are stumbling blocks to the Mayavadis because they defeat their\nphilosophy in scrupulous detail. Students of Vedic philosophy know very well\nhow strongly Sri'Ramanujacarya's visi�tiidvaita-viida and Sri Madhvacarya's tattvavada contest the impersonal Mayavada philosophy. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, how-\n\n", "adi2#p0120": ";\n\n96\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\never, accepted the direct meaning of the Vedanta philosophy and thus defeated the\nMayavada philosophy immediately. He opined in this connection that anyone who\n\nfollows the principles of the SarTraka-bhii�ya is doomed. This is confirmed in the\n\nPadma Puriira where Lord\n\nS iva tells Parvati:\n\nsrru devi pravak�yami\ntamasani yathakramam\nye�arh SrOVOIJO-matreiJO\npatityarh jMninam api\napartharh\n\nS[uti-vakyanarh\n\ndarsayal/oka-garhitam\n\nkarma-svariipa-tyiijyatvam\natra co pratipiidyate\nsarva-karma-paribhrarhsiin\nnai�karmyarh tatra cocyate\npariitma-jlvayor aikyarh\nmayiitra pratipiidyate\n\"My dear wife, hear my explanations of how I have spread ignorance through\nMayavada philosophy. Simply by hearing it, even an advanced scholar will fall down.\nIn this philosophy, which is certainly very inauspicious for people in general, I have\n\nmisrepresented the real meaning of the Vedas and recommended that one give up all\n\nactivities in order to achieve freedom from karma. In this Mayavada philosophy I\n\nhave described the jlviitma and Paramatma to be one and the same.\" How the\nMayavada philosophy was condemned by\nis\n\ndescribed in Srl-Caitanya-caritamrta,\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His followers\nAntya-ntii,\n\nSecond Chapter, verses 94\n\nthrough 99, where Svarupa-damodara Gosvami says that anyone who is eager to\nunderstand the Mayavada philosophy must be considered insane. This especially\n\napplies to a Vai?t;�ava who reads the Siirlraka-bha�ya and considers himself to be one\nwith God. The Mayavadi philosophers have presented their arguments in such at­\n\ntractive flowery language that hearing Mayavada philosophy may sometimes change\n\nthe mind of even a maha-bhiigavata, or very advanced devotee. An actual Vai�t;�ava\n\ncannot tolerate any philosophy that claims God and the living being to be one and\nthe same.\n\nTEXT 111\n\n'��-� 111.-tJ �� <fi� -'���\\.' I\n\n�'tti-'tf��c(, ._\\'M/�t� II��� II\n'brahma 'sabde mukhya arthe kahe- 'bhagavan'\ncid-aisvarya-paripiirra, aniirdhva-samiina\n\n", "adi2#p0121": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n97\n\nSYNONYMS\nbrahma-the Absolute Truth; sabde-by this word; mukhya-direct; arthe-mean­\n\ning; kahe-says ; bhagavon-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; cit-aisvarya­\n\nspiritual opulence; paripurra-full of; anurdhva-unsurpassed by anyone; samiina­\n\nnot equalled by anyone.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"According to direct understanding, the Absolute Truth is the Supreme Person­\n\nality of Godhead, who has all spiritual opulences. No one can be equal to or greater\n\nthan Him.\n\nPURPORT\nThis\n\nstatement\n\nby\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is confirmed in the Sr7mad­\n\nBhogavatam:\nvadanti tat tattva-vidas\ntattvam yaj jnonam advayam\nbrahmeti paramotmeti\nbhagavan iti sabdyate\n\"Learned transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth call this nondual sub­\n\nstance Brahman, Paramatma or Bhagavan.\" (Bhog. 1.2.11) The Absolute Truth is\nultimately understood\n\nas Bhagavan,\n\npartially\n\nunderstood\n\nas\n\nParamatma and\n\nvaguely understood as the impersonal Brahman. Bhagavan, or the Supreme Person­\n\nality of Godhead, is opulent in all excellence; no one can be equal to or greater than\nHim. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-g7to, where the Lord says, mattal;\nparataram niinyat kiflcid asti dhananjaya:\n\n\"\n\n0 conqueror of wealth [ Arjuna] , there is\n\nno truth superior to Me.\" (Bg. 7.7) There are many other verses which prove that\n\nthe Absolute Truth in the ultimate sense is understood to be the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Km1a.\n\nTEXT 112\n\ni!� ��' ,�,-�� f�� I\n\n��'!.� �t�fif' �1{ �t� '�1rt�tf' II :> :>� II\ntiihhora vibhuti, deha,-saba cid-iikora\ncid-vibhuti iicchiidi' tiihre kahe 'niriikora'\nSYNONYMS\ntohhiira-His (the Supreme Personality of Godhead's); vibhuti-spiritual power;\n\ndeha-body; saba-everything; cit-iikora-spiritual form; cit-vibhuti-spiritual opu­\n\nlence; iicchiidi'-covering; tonre-Him; kahe-said; nirokiira-without form.\n\n", "adi2#p0122": "98\n\nI\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Everything about the Supreme Personality of Godhead is spiritual, including His\nbody, opulence and paraphernalia. Mayavada philosophy, however, covering His\nspiritual opulence, advocates the theory of impersonalism.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is stated in the Brahma-samhita, Tsvaral} paramal} kr�!Ja/:1 sac-cid-Onandavigrahal}: \"The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�Qa, has a spiritual body which\nis full of knowledge, eternity and bliss.\" In this material world everyone's body is\njust the opposite-temporary, full of ignorance and full of misery. Therefore when\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead is sometimes described as nirakara, this is to\nindicate that He does not have a material body like us.\nMayavadT philosophers do not know how it is that the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is formless. The Supreme Lord does not have a form like ours but has a\nspiritual form. Not knowing this, MayavadT philosophers simply advocate the onesided view that the Supreme Godhead, or Brahman, is formless (niriikiira). In this\nconnection Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura offers many quotes from the Vedic literature. If one accepts the real or direct meaning of these Vedic statements, one can\nunderstand that the Supreme Personality of Godhead has a spiritual body (sac-cidananda-vigraha/:1 ).\nIn the Brhad-iira!Jyaka Upani�ad it is said, piJr!Jam adal} pur!Jam idam piJrl}iit\npiJr!Jam udacyate. This indicates that the body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is spiritual, for even though He expands in many ways, He remains the same.\nIn Bhagavad-gltii the Lord says, aham sarvasya prabhavo mattal} sarvam pravartate:\n\"I am the origin of all. Everything emanates from Me.\" (Bg. 1 0.8) MayavadT philoso­\n\nphers materialistically think that if'the Supreme Truth expands Himself in every­\n\nthing, He must lose His original form. Thus they think that there cannot be any form\nother than the expansive gigantic body of the Lord. But the mantra of the Brhad­\n\nara!Jyaka Upani�ad confirms, piJr!Jam idarh piJrl}ot piJrram udacyate: \"Although He\nexpands in many ways, He keeps His original personality. His original spiritual body\nremains as it is.\" Similarly, in the Svetasvatara Upani�ad it is stated, vicitra-sakti/:1\n\npuru�al} pura!Jaf:J: \"The Supreme Personality of Godhead, the original person,\n[puru�a], has multifarious energies.\" Sa vrk�a-katakrtibhi/:1 para 'nyo yasmat\nprapai'lcal} parivartate 'yam dharmavaham papanudam bhagesam: \"He is the origin\nof material creation, and it is due to Him only that everything changes. He is the protector of religion and annihilator of all sinful activities. He is the master of all opulences.\" (6.6)\n\nVeaaham etam puru�am mahantam aditya-varram tamasal} parastat:\n\n\"Now I understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead to be the greatest of the\n\ngreat. He is effulgent like the sun and is beyond this material world.\" (3.8) Patim\npatTnam- paramam parastat: \"He is the master of all masters, the superior of all\nsuperiors.\" (6.7) Mahan prabhur vai puru�al}: \"He is the supreme master and supreme person.\" (3.12) Parasya saktir vividhaiva sriiyate: \"We can understand His\nopulences in different ways.\" (6.8) These are statements of the Svefiisvatara\n\n", "adi2#p0123": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n99\n\nUpani�ad. Similarly, in the 8g-veda it is stated, tad vig10/:1 paramam padam soda\n\npasyanti siirayaiJ: \"Vi�l)u is the Supreme, and those who are actually learned think\n\nonly of His lotus feet.\" In the Prasna Upani�ad it is said, sa Tk�aflcakre: \"He glanced\nover the material creation.\" (6.3) In the Aitareya !jpani�ad it is said, sa aik�ata­\n\n\"He glanced over the material creation\"-and sa imal/okan asrjata-\"He created this\nentire material world.\" (1.1.1-2)\n\nThus many verses can be quoted from the Upani�ads and Vedas which prove that\n\nthe Supreme Godhead is not impersonal. In the Katha Upani�ad (2.2.13) it is also\nsaid, nityo nityanarh cetanas cetaniinam eko bahiiniim yo vidadhati kiiman: \"He is\n\nthe supreme eternally conscious person who maintains all other living entities.\"\nFrom all these Vedic references one can understand that the Absolute Truth is a\n\nperson, although no one can equal or excel Him. Although there are many foolish\n\nMayavadi philosophers who think that they are even greater than Kr�l)a, Km1a is\n\nasamaurdhva; no one is equal to or above Him.\n\nAs stated in the Svetasvatara Upani�ad (3.19), apori-pado javano grahTta. This\n\nverse describes the Absolute Truth as having no legs or hands. Although this is an\n\nimpersonal description, however, it does not mean that the Absolute Personality of\n\nGodhead has no form. He has a spiritual form which is distinct from the forms of\nmatter. In this verse Caitanya Mahaprabhu clarifies this distinction.\nTEXT 113\n\n�� - ,�t:(l, � \"'t�, ��11' I\n\\ltt1f ��-�f'ie•1lt'Q ��11 II��� II\ncid-iinanda-tenho, tanra sthana, pariviira\ntanre kahe-prokrta-sattvera vikara\nSYNONYMS\ncit-iinanda-spiritual bliss; tenho-He is personally; tanra-His; sthana-abode;\n\nparivara-entourage;\n\ntanre-unto\n\nHim;\n\nkahe-someone\n\nsattvera-goodness; vikara-transformation.\n\nsays; prokrta-material;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead is full of spiritual potencies. Therefore His\n\nbody, name, fame and entourage are all spiritual. The Mayavadi philosopher, due to\n\nignorance, says that these are all merely transformations of the material mode of\ngoodness.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Seventh Chapter of Bhagavad-gTta the Supreme Personality of Godhead has\n\nclassified His energies in two distinct divisions-namely, prokrta and aprokrta , or\n\npara-prakrti and apara-prakrti. In the Vi�ru Purara the same distinction is made.\n\nThe Mayavadl philosophers cannot understand these two prakrtis or natures-mate-\n\n", "adi2#p0124": "100\n\n/\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nrial and spiritual-but one who is actually intelligent can understand them. Considering the many varieties and activities in material nature, why should the MayavadT\n\nphilosophers deny the spiritual varieties of the spiritual world? The Bhagavatam says:\n\nye 'nye 'ravinaak�a vimukta-maninas\ntvayy asta-bhavad avisuddha-buddhayaiJ\n(Bhag.l 0.2.32)\nThe intelligence of those who think themselves liberated but have no information of\nthe spiritual world is not yet clear. In this verse the term avisuddha-buddhayaf:l refers to unclean intelligence. Due to unclean intelligence or a poor fund of knowledge,\nthe Mayavadi philosophers cannot understand the distinction between material and\nspiritual varieties; therefore they cannot even think of spiritual varieties because they\ntake it for granted that all variety is material.\n\nSriCaitanya Mahaprabhu, therefore, explains in this verse that Kr�oa, the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead or the Absolute Truth, has a spiritual body which is distinct\nfrom material bodies, and thus His name, abode, entourage and qualities are all\nspiritual. The material mode of goodness has nothing to do with spiritual varieties.\nMayavadi philosophers, however, cannot clearly understand spiritual varieties; therefore they imagine a negation of the material world to be the spiritual world. The\nmaterial qualities of goodness, passion and ignorance cannot act in the spiritual\nworld, which is therefore called nirguQa, as clearly indicated in Bhagavad-gTta\n(traigurya-vi�ayii vedii nistraiguryo bhaviirjuna). The material world is a manifestation of the three modes of material nature, but one has to become free from these\nmodes to come to the spiritual world where their influence is completely absent.\nNow Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu will disassociate Lord Siva from Mayavada\nphilosophy in the following verse.\nTEXT 114\n\n� <;'ftl{ �t�, clit� 'ef\\Sit�J1 \" \" I\n� <;� �� �t� fl� �cf.t'tlrt II ��8 II\ntarira do�a nahi, tehho ajna-karT aasa\nora yei sune tara haya sarva-nasa\nSYNONYMS\ntahra-his (Lord Siva's); do�a-fault; nahi-there is none; tehho-he; ajna-karTobedient order carrier; dasa-servant; ora-others; yei-anyone; sune-hears (the\nMayavada philosophy); tara-of him; haya-becomes; sarva-nasa-everyth ing lost.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sarikaracarya, who is an incarnation of Lord Siva, is faultless because he is a\nservant carrying out the orders of the Lord. But those who follow his Mayavadi\nphilosophy are doomed. They will lose all their advancement in spiritual knowledge.\n\n", "adi2#p0125": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n101\n\nPURPORT\nMayavadi philosophers are very proud of exhibiting their Vedanta knowledge\n\nthrough grammatical jugglery, but Lord Sri KrHia in Bhagavad-gTta certifies that\n\nthey are mayayapahrta-jnana/;1, bereft of real knowledge due to maya. Maya has two\n\npotencies with which to execute her two functions\n\n-\n\nprak�epatmika-sakti, the power\n\nto throw the living entity in the ocean of material existence, and avara(latmika-sakti,\n\nthe power to cover the knowledge of the living entity. The function of the\n\navara(latmika-sakti is exptained in Bhagavad-gTta by the word mayayapahrta-jnana.\nWhy the df!iVT-maya or illusory energy of Km1a takes away the knowledge of the\nMayavadT philosophers is also explained in Bhagavad-gTtiJ by the use of the words\nasurarh bhavam asrita(l, which refer to a person who does not agree to the existence\n\nof the Lord. The Mayavadis who are not in agreement with the existence of the Lord\n\ncan be classified in two groups, exemplified by the impersonalist Sarikarites of\nVarar)asi and the Buddhists of Saranatha. Both of them are Mayavadis, and Kr�t:la\ntakes away their knowledge due to their atheistic philosophies. Neither of them\nagree to accept the existence of a personal God. The Buddhist philosophers clearly\n.\ndeny both the soul and God, and although the Sarikarites do not openly deny God,\nthey say that the Absolute is nirakara, or formless. Thus both of them are avisuddhabuddhaya/;1, or imperfect and unclean in their knowledge and intelligence.\n\nThe most prominent Mayavadi scholar, Sadananda Yogindra, has written a book\n\ncalled Veaanta-sara in which he expounds the philosophy of Sarikaracarya, and all\nthe followers of Sarikara's philosophy attribute great importance to his statements.\n\nIn this Veaanta-sara Sadananda Yogindra defines Brahman as sac-cid�nanda com­\n\nbined with knowledge and without duality, and he defines ignorance (jafla) as knowl­\n\nedge distinct from that of sat and asat. This is almost inconceivable, but it is a pro­\n\nduct of the three material qualities. Thus he considers anything other than pure\n\nknowledge to be material. The center of ignorance is considered to be sometimes allpervading and sometimes individual. Thus according to his opinion both the allpervading Vi�r)u and the individual living entities are products of ignorance.\nIn simple language, it is the opinion of Sadananda Yogindra that since everything\nis nirakara (formless). the conception of Vi�r)U and the conception of the individual\n\nsoul are both products of ignorance. He also explains that the viSuddha-sattva con­\n\nception of the Vai�r)avas is nothing but pradhana, or the chief principle of creation.\n\nHe maintains that when all-pervading knowledge is contaminated by the visud?ihasattva, which consists of a transformation of the quality of goodness, there arises\n\nthe conception of the Supreme Personality of Godhead who is the omnipotent, omniscient supreme ruler, the Supersoul, the cause of all causes, the supreme Tsvara,\n\netc. According to Sadananda Yogindra, because JSvara, the Supreme Lord, is the\n\nreservoir of all ignorance, He may be called sarva-jna or omniscient, but one who\n\ndenies the existence of the omnipotent Supreme Personality of Godhead is more\nthan �vara, or the Lord. His conclusion, therefore, is that the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead (JSvara) is a transformation of material ignorance and that the living\n\nentity (jTva) is covered by ignorance. Thus he describes both collective and individual\n\nexistence in darkness. According to Mayavadi philosophers, the Vai�r)ava conception\n\nof the Lord as the Supreme Personality of Godhead and of the jTva or individual soul\n\n", "adi2#p0126": "102\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nas His eternal servant is a manifestation of ignorance. If we accept the judgment of\nLord Km1a in Bhagavad-gTta, however, the Mayavadls are to be considered mayayapahrta-jnana, or bereft of all knowledge, because they do not recognize the existence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead or they claim that His existence is a\nproduct of the material conception (maya). These are characteristics of asuras or\ndemons.\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, in His discourses with Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya,\nsaid:\n;7vera nistiira tagi' sutra kaila vyasa\nmiiyiiviidi-bhii!jya suni!e haya sarva-niisa\n(Cc. Madhya 6.169)\n\nVyasadeva composed the Vediinta-sutra to deliver the conditioned souls from this\nmaterial world, but Sankaracarya, by presenting the Vediinta-sutra in his own way,\nhas clearly done a great disservice to human society, for one who follows his\nMayavada philosophy is doomed. In the Vediinta-sutra, devotional service is clearly\nindicated, but the Mayavadl philosophers refuse to accept the spiritual body of the\nSupreme Absolute Person and refuse to accept that the living entity has an individual\nexistence separate from that of the Supreme Lord. Thus they have created atheistic\nhavoc all over the world, for such a conclusion is against the very nature of the\ntranscendental process of pure devotional service. The Mayavadl philosophers'\nunrealizable ambition to become one with the Supreme through denying the existence of the Personality of Godhead results in a most calamitous misrepresentation\nof spiritual knowledge, and one who follows this philosophy is doomed to remain\nperpetually in this material world. Therefore they are called avisuddha-buddhaya/:1,\nor unclean in knowledge. Because they are unclean in knowledge, all their austerities\nand penances end in frustration. Thus although they may be honored at first as very\nlearned scholars, ultimately they descend to physical activities of politics, social\nwork, etc. Instead of becoming one with the Supreme Lord, they again become one\nwith these material activities. This is explained by Sr7mad-Bhiigavatam:\niiruhya krcchre!Ja pararh padarh tata{l\npatanty adho 'nadrta-yu!jmad�hghrayaiJ\n(Bhag. 1 0.2.32}\n\nIn actuality the Mayavadl philosophers very strictly follow the austerities and\npenances of spiritual life and in this way are elevated to the impersonal Brahman\nplatform, but due to their negligence of the lotus feet of the Lord they again fall\ndown to material existence.\nTEXT 115\n\n�\\5 ��11 �tf;it �·<fit� I\n\n��1 �Ht �� �m �� n ��� n\n\n", "adi2#p0127": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n103\n\nprakrta kariya mane vigw-ka/evara\nvigw-ninda ara nahi ihara upara\nSYNONYMS\nprakrta-material; kariya-taking it'tO be so; mane-accepts; Vl�I]U-Lord Vi�I)U's;\nka/evara-body; vi�ru-ninda-defaming or blaspheming Lord Vi�l)u; ara-beyond\nthis; nahi-none; ihara-oflhis; upara -above.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One who considers the transcendental body of Lord Vi�I)U to be made of\nmaterial nature is the greatest offender at the lotus feet of the Lord. There is no\ngreater blasphemy against the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nSri Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT GosvamT explains that the variegated personal\nfeature of the Absolute Truth is the Vi�ru-tattva, and the material energy which\ncreates this cosmic manifestation is the energy of Lord Vi�I)U. The creative force is\nmerely the energy of the Lord, but the foolish conclude that the Lord has no\nseparate existence because He has distributed Himself in an impersonal form. The\nimpersonal Brahman, however, cannot possess energies, nor do the Vedic literatures\nstate that miiyii (the illusory energy) is covered by another maya. There are hundreds·\nand thousands of references, however, to Vi�ru-maya (parasya sakti/:1}, or the energy\nof Lord Vi�I)U. In Bhagavad-g7tii(1.14) Kr�l)a refers to mama miiyii (\"My energy\").\nMiiyii is controlled by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; it is not that He is\ncovered by miiyii. Therefore Lord Vi�I)U cannot be a product of the material energy.\nIn the beginning of the Vedanta-sutra it is said, janmiidy asya yatal;, indicating that\nthe material energy is also an emanation of the Supreme Brahman. How then could\nHe be covered by the material energy? If that were possible, material energy would\nbe greater than the Supreme Brahman. Even these simple arguments, however,\ncannot be understood by the MayavadT philosophers, and therefore the term\n\nmiiyayiipahrta-jniina which is applied to them in Bhagavad-g7tii is extremely appropriate. Anyone who thinks that Lord Vi�I)U is a product of the material energy, as\nexplained by Sadananda YogTndra, should immediately be understood to be insane,\nfor his knowledge has been stolen by the illusory energy.\n\nLord Vi�I)U cannot be placed within the category of the demigods. Those who\n\nare actually bewildered by the Mayavada philosophy and are still in the darkness of\nignorance consider Lord Vi�I)U to be a demigod, in defiance of the �g-vedic mantra,\norh tad vi�rol; paramarh padam (\"Vi�l)u is always in a superior position\"). This\nmantra is also confirmed in Bhagavad-g7ta. Matta/; paratararh nanyat: there is no\ntruth superior to Lord Kr�l)a or Vi�I)U. Thus only those whose knowledge has been\nbewildered consider Lord Vi�I)U to be a demigod and therefore suggest that one\nmay either �orship Lord Vi�l)u, the goddess Kali or Durga or whomever he likes and\nachieve the same result. This is an ignorant conclusion that is not accepted in\n\n", "adi2#p0128": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n104\n\nBhagavad-gTtii, which distinctly says, yanti deva-vrata devan...yanti mad-yajino'pi\nmam: \"The worshipers of the demigods will be promoted to the respective planets\nof the demigods, but devotees of the Supreme Lord will go back home, back to\nGodhead.\"\n\n( Bg. 9.25) Lord Kr�r;�a explains very clearly in Bhagavad-gTta that His\n\nmaterial energy is very difficult to overcome (daivT hy e�a gwyamayT mama maya\n\nduratyaya).\n\nMaya's\n\ninfluence\n\nis\n\nso\n\nstrong\n\nthat even\n\nlearned\n\nscholars\n\nand\n\nspiritualists are also covered by maya and think themselves to be as good as the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Actually, however, to free oneself from the\ninfluence of maya one must surrender to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as\nKp�l)a also states in Bhagavad-gTta (mom eva ye prapadyante mayam etam\ntaranti te). It is to be concluded, therefore, that Lord Vi�I)U does not belong to this\nmaterial creation but to the spiritual world. To misconceive Lord Vi�l)u to have a\nmaterial body or to equate Him with the demigods is the most offensive blasphemy\nagainst Lord Vi�r;�u, and offenders against the lotus feet of Lord Vi�I)U cannot\nadvance in spiritual knowledge. They are called mayayapahrta-jnana, or those whose\nknowledge has been stolen by the influence of illusion.\nOne who thinks that there is a difference between Lord Vi�r;�u's body and His\nsoul dwells in the darkest region of ignorance. There is no difference between Lord\nVi�r;tu's body and Vi�r;�u's soul, for they are advaya-jnana, one knowledge. In this\nworld there is a difference between the material body and spiritual soul, but in the\n\nspiritual world everything is spiritual, and there are no such differences. The greatest\noffense of the Mayavadi philosophers is to consider Lord Vi�I)U and the living\nentities to be one and the same. In this connection the Padma Purara states:\n\narcye vig10u siladhTr guru�u\nnara-matir vaig10ve jati-buddhif;l\n\"One who considers the arca-murti or worshipable Deity of Lord Vi�QU to be stone,\nthe spiritual master to be an ordinary human being, and a Vai�r;�ava to belong to a\nparticular caste or creed, is possessed of hellish intelligence.\" One who follows such\nconclusions is doomed.\nTEXT 116\n\n�J l:!'t - � ISiM\\! lSi� I\n��� �11 - '�tfi �lifter1f �'1 II � � � II\nTsvarera tattva-yena jvalita jvalana\njTvera svarupa-yaiche sphu/iilgera kaf'}a\nSYNONYMS\n\nTsvarera tattva-the truth of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; yena-is like;\njvalita-blazing; jvalana- fire; jTvera- of the living entities; svarupa- identity; yaicheis like; sphulihgera-of the spark; kara-particle.\n\n", "adi2#p0129": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n105\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Lord is like a great blazing fire, and the living entities are like small sparks\nof that fire.\nPURPORT\nAlthough sparks and a big fire are both fire and both have the power to burn, the\nburning power of the fire and that of the spark are not the same. Why should one\nartificially try to become like a big fire although by constitution he is like a small\nspark? It is due to ignorance. One should therefore understand that neither the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead nor the small sparklike living entities have anything to do with matter, but when the spiritual spark comes in contact with the\nmaterial world his fiery quality is extinguished. That is the position of the conditioned souls. Because they are in touch with the material world, their spiritual\nquality is almost dead, but because these spiritual sparks are all Kr�Qa's parts and\nparcels, as the Lord states in Bhagavad-gTtii (mamaiviimsa/:1), they can revive their\noriginal position by getting free from material contact. This is pure philosophical\nunderstanding. In Bhagavad-gTtii the spiritual sparks are declared to be saqiitana\n(eternal); therefore the material energy, miiyii, cannot affect their constitutional\nposition.\nSomeone may argue, \"Why is there a need to create the spiritual sparks?\" The\nanswer can be given in this way. Since the Absolute Personality of Godhead is\nomnipotent, He has both unlimited and limited potencies. This is the meaning of\nomnipotent. To be omnipotent, He must have not only unlimited potencies but\nlimited potencies also. Thus to exhibit His omnipotency He displays both. The\nliving entities are endowed with limited potency although they are part of the Lord.\nThe Lord displays the spiritual world by His unlimited potencies, whereas by His\nlimited potencies the material world is displayed. In Bhagavad-gTtii the Lord says:\n\napareyam itas tv anyiim\nprakrtim viddhi me pariim\njTva-bhiitiim mahii-biiho\nyayedam dhiiryate jagat\n\"Besides the inferior nature, 0 mighty-armed Arjuna, there is a superior energy of\nMine, which is all living entities who are struggling with material .nature and are\nsustaining the universe.\" (Bg. 7.5) The jTva-bhiita, living entities, control this material\nworld with their limited potencies. Generally, people are bewildered by the activities\nof scientists and technologists. Due to miiyii they think that there is rio need of God\nand that they can do everything and anything, but actually they cannot. Since this\ncosmic manifestation is limited, their existence is also limited. Everything in this\nmaterial world is limited, and for this reason there is creation, sustenance and dissolution. However, in the world of unlimited energy, the spiritual world, there is\nneither creation nor destruction.\nIf the Personality of Godhead did not possess both limited and unlimited energies,\nHe could not be called omnipotent. Mahato mahTyiin avuto 'fJTy?in: He is greater\n\n", "adi2#p0130": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n106\n\nthan the greatest and smaller than the smallest. He is smaller than the smallest in\nthe form of the living entities and greater than the greatest in His form of Kr�r;�a. If\nthere were no one to control, there would be no meaning to the conception of the\nsupreme controller (Tsvara}, just as there is no meaning to a king without his subjects.\nIf all the subjects became king, there would be no distinction between the king and\nan ordinary citizen. Thus for the Lord to be the supreme controller there must be\na creation to control. The basic principle for the existence of the living entities is\ncalled cid-viliisa, or spiritual pleasure. The omnipotent Lord displays His pleasure\npotency as the living entities. The Lord is described in Vediinta-siJtra as iinandamayo\n\n'bhyiisiit. He is by nature the reservoir of all pleasures, and because He wants to\nenjoy pleasure, there must be energies to give Him pleasure or supply Him the\nimpetus for pleasure. This is the perfect philosophical understanding of the\nAbsolute Truth.\nTEXT 117\n\ni\\�'!\"1--tf�, \"'!.. --J�Iftit I\n�-�tJ�1ft'ftfir '!mC'! �tct u � �\" u\njTva-tattva-sakti, kr�ra-tattva-saktimiin\ngTtii-vi�rupuriiriidi tiihiite pramiira\nSYNONYMS\n\njTva-tattva-the truth of the living entities; sakti-energy; kHra-tattva-the truth\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; saktimiin-the possessor of the energies;\n\ngTtii-Bhagavad-gTtii; vi�ru-puriira-iidi- Vi�ru Puriira and other Puraras; tiihiite-in\nthem; pramiira- there are evidences.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The living entities are energies, not the energetic. The energetic is Kr�r;�a. This is\nvery vividly described in Bhagavad-gita, the Vi�r;�u Purar;�a and other Vedic literatures.\nPURPORT\nAs already explained, there are three prasthiinas on the path of advancement in\nspiritual knowledge-namely, nyiiya-prasthiina (Vedanta philosophy), sruti-prasthiina\n(the Upani�ads and Vedic mantras) and smrti-prasthiina (the Bhagavad-gTtii, Mahii­\n\nbhiirata, Puriiras, etc.). Unfortunately, Mayavadi philosophers do not accept the\nsmrti-prasthiina. Smrti refers to the conclusions drawn from the Vedic evidence.\nSometimes Mayavadi philosophers do not accept the authority of Bhagavad-gTtii\nand the Puriiras, and this is called ardha-kukku{T-nyiiya. If one believes in the Vedic\nliteratures, one must accept all the Vedic literatures recognized by the great iiciiryas,\nbut\n\nthese Mayavadi philosophers\n\naccept\n\nonly the nyaya-prasthana and sruti­\n\nprasthana, rejecting the smrti-prasthana. Here, however, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\n", "adi2#p0131": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n107\n\ncites evidence from the GTtii, Vigw Puriira, etc., which are smrti-prasthiina. No one\ncan avoid the Personality of Godhead in the statements of Bhagavad-gJta and other\nVedic literatures such as the Mahabharata and the Purd!Jas. Lord Caitanya therefore\nquotes a passage from Bhagavad-gJta (Bg., 7.5).\n\nTEXT 118\n\n�9ft�'lfil''!�wt� lff�f'!� RN c� 9(�1\"{_t\nlli'1<t't�1� ��l<tlt� �C'l�� 'f1�t'! llf'5(� II ) ) l:r U\napareyam itas tv anyiirh\nprakrtirh viddhi me pariim\njTva-bhiJtiirh mahii-biiho\nyayedarh dhiiryate jagat\n\nSYNONYMS\naparii-inferior energy; iyam\n\n-\n\nthis material world; itaf7-beyond this; tu-but;\n\nanyiim-another; prakrtim-energy; viddhi-you must know; me-of Me; pariimwhich is superior energy; jTva-bhiJtiim-they are the living entities; mahii-biiho-0\nmighty-armed; yayii-by which; idam-this material world; dhiiryate-is being conducted; jagat-the cosmic manifestation.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Besides the inferior nature, 0 mighty-armed Arjuna, there is a superior energy\nof Mine, which is all living entities who are struggling with material nature and are\nsustaining the universe.'\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gTtii it is explained that the five elements earth, water, fire, air and\nether constitute the gross energy of the Absolute Truth and that there are also\nthree subtle energies, namely, the mind, intelligence and false ego, or identification\nwith the phenomenal world. Thus the entire cosmic manifestation is divided into\neight energies, all of which are inferior. As explained in Bhagavad-gTtii (mama miiyii\nduratyayii), the inferior energy known as miiyii is so strong that although the living\nentity does not belong to this energy, due to the superior strength of the inferior\nenergy the living entity (jTva-bhiJta) forgets his real position and identifies with it.\nKr�l)a says distinctly that beyond the material energy there is a superior energy\nwhich is known as the jTva-bhiJta or living entities. When in contact with the material\nenergy, this superior energy conducts all the activities of the entire material\nphenomenal world.\nThe supreme cause is Kr�l)a (janmiidy asya yataf7), who is the origin of all energies,\nwhich work variously. The Supreme Personality of Godhead has both inferior and\nsuperior energies, and the difference between them is that the superior energy is\nfactual whereas the inferior energy is a reflection of the superior. A reflection of\n\n", "adi2#p0132": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n108\n\nthe sun in a mirror or on water appears to be the sun but is not. Similarly, the\nmaterial world is but a reflection of the spiritual world. Although it appears to be\nfactual, it is not; it is only a temporary reflection, whereas the spiritual world is a\nfactual reality. The material world, with its gross and subtle forms, is merely a reflection of the spiritual world.\nThe living entity is not a product of the material energy; he is spiritual energy,\nbut in contact with matter he forgets his identity. Thus the living entity identifies\nhimself with matter and enthusiastically engages in material activities in the guises\nof a technologist, scientist, philosopher, etc. He does not know that he is not at all\na material product but is spiritual. His real identity thus being lost, he struggles very\nhard in the material world, and the Hare Kr�11a movement or Kr�11a consciousness\nmovement tries to revive his original consciousness. His activities in manufacturing\nbig skyscrapers are evidence of intelligence, but this kind of intelligence is not at all\nadvanced. One should know that his only real concern is how to get free from\nmaterial contact, for by absorbing his mind in material activities he takes material\nbodies again and again, and although he falsely claims to be very intelligent, in\nmaterial consciousness he is not at all intelligent. When we speak about the Kr�11a\nconsciousness movement, which is meant to make people intelligent, the conditioned\nliving entity therefore misunderstands it. He is so engrossed in the material concept\nof life that he does not think that there can be any activities which are actually\nbased on intelligence beyond the construction of skyscrapers and big roads and the\nmanufacturing of cars. This is proof of miiyayiipohrta-jfliina, or loss of all intelligence\ndue to the influence of miiyii. When a living entity is freed from such misconceptions, he is called liberated. When one is actually liberated he no longer identifies\nwith the material world. The symptom of mukti ( liberation ) is that one engages in\n\nspiritual activities instead of falsely engaging in material activities.\nTranscendental loving devotional service is the spiritual activity of the spirit soul.\nMayavadi philosophers confuse such spiritual activity with material activity, but\nBhagavad-gTtii confirms:\nmiiin ca yo'vyabhiciirera bhakti-yogena sevate\nsa guriin samatTtyaitiin brahma-bhuyiiya ka/pate\n\n( Bg. 14.26)\n\nOne\n\nwho\n\nengages\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nspiritual\n\nactivities\n\nof unalloyed devotional service\n\n(avyabhiciirirT-bhakti) is immediately elevated to the transcendental platform, and\nhe is to be considered brahma-bhuta, which indicates that he is no longer in the\nmaterial world but in the spiritual world. Devotional service is enlightenment or\nawakening. When the living entity perfectly performs spiritual activities under the\ndirection of the spiritual master, he becomes perfect in knowledge and understands\nthat he is not God but a servant of God. As explained by Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\njTvera 'svarupa' haya-kr�rera 'nitya-Oasa': the real identity of the living entity is\nthat he is an eternal servant of the Supreme\n\n( Cc. Madhya 20.108). As long as one\n\ndoes not come to this conclusion, he must be in ignorance. This is also confirmed\n\nby the Lord in Bhagavad-gTtii ( Bg. 7.19). Bahuniiin janmaniim ante jfliinaviin miiin\n\nprapodyate: \"After many births of struggling for existence and cultivating knowl-\n\n", "adi2#p0133": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n109\n\nedge, when one comes to the point of real knowledge he surrenders unto Me.\" Such\nan advanced mohiitmii or great soul is very rarely to be seen. Thus although the\nMayavadi philosophers appear to be very advanced in knowledge, they are not yet\nperfect. To come to the point of perfection they must voluntarily surrender to Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 119\n\n��·rfu;: 9f1f1 C��l C�\\Ji��J1 ��j9(�1 I\n'!����� :!l'l� �tiJJ1 �� �n ·r f'€'Tlt�c� u � � ., n\nvi�(lu-sokti/;1 porii proktii\nk�etrojfliikhyii tothii porii\novidyii-kormo-sorhjfliinyii\ntrtTyii soktir i�yote\nSYNONYMS\n\nvi�(l u-5okti/;l the potency of Lord Vi�r;�u; para-spiritual; proktii-it is said;\nk�etrojflo-iikhyii-the potency known as k�etrojflo; tothii-as well as; para-spiritual;\novidyii-ignorance; karma- fruitive activities; sorhjflo known as; on yii-other; trtiyiithird; sokti/;1-potency; i�yote-known thus.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n'\"The potency of Lord Vi�r;�u is summarized in three categories-namely, the\nspiritual potency, the living entities and ignorance. The spiritual potency is full of\nknowledge; the living entities, although belonging to the spiritual potency, are\nsubject to bewilderment; and the third energy, which is full of ignorance, is always\nvisible in fruitive activities.'\nPURPORT\nIn the previous verse, quoted from Bhogovod-gTtii, it has been established that the\nliving entities are to be categorized among the Lord's potencies. The Lord is potent,\nand there are varieties of potencies (porasyo soktir vividhoivo sruyote). Now, in this\nquotation from the Vi�(IU Puriiro, this is further confirmed. There are varieties of\npotencies, and they have been divided into three categories-namely, spiritual,\nmarginal and external.\nThe spiritual potency is manifested in the spiritual world. Kr�rta's form, qualities,\nactivities and entourage are all spiritual. This is also confirmed in Bhogovod-gTtii:\n\nojo 'pi sonn ovyoyiitmii\nbhutiiniim Tsvoro 'pi son\nprokrtirh sviim odhi�thiiyo\nsombhoviimy iitmo-miiyoyii\n\n", "adi2#p0134": "110\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n\"Although I am unborn and My transcendental body never deteriorates, and although I am the Lord of all sentient beings, I still appear in every millennium in My\noriginal transcendental form.\" (Bg. 4.6) Atma-miiyii refers to the .spiritual potency.\nWhen Kr�r;�a comes to this or any other universe, He does so with His spiritual\npotency. We take birth by the force of the material potency, but as stated here\nwith reference to the VigJU Puriira, the k�etrajila, or living entity, belongs to the\nspiritual potency; thus when we free ourselves from the clutches of the material\npotency we can also enter the spiritual world.\nThe material potency is the energy of darkness, or complete ignorance of spiritual\nactivities. In the material potency, the living entity engages himself in fruitive\nactivities, thinking that he can be happy through expansion in terms of material\nenergy. This fact is prominently manifest in this age of Kali because human society,\nnot understanding the spiritual nature, is busily expanding in material activities. The\nmen of the present day are almost unaware of their spiritual identity. They think\nthat they are products of the elements of the material world and that everything\nwill end with the annihilation of the body. Therefore they conclude that as long as\none has a material body consisting of material senses, one should enjoy the senses\nas much as possible. Since they are atheists, they do not care whether there is a next\nlife. Such activities are described in this vetse as avidya-karma-samjiliinyii.\nThe material energy is separated from the spiritual energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus although it is originally created by the Supreme Lord, He is\nnot actually present within it. The Lord also confirms in Bhagavad-gltii, mat-sthiini\n\nsarva-bhiJtiini: \"Everything is resting on Me.\" (Bg. 9;4) This indicates that everything is resting on His own energy. For example, the planets are resting within outer\nspace, which is the separated energy of Kr�11a. The Lord explains in Bhagavad-gltii:\n\nbhiJmir iipo 'nolo viiyuf:J\nkham mono buddhir eva co\nahankiira itlyam me\nbhinnii prakrtir a�tadhii\n\"Earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence and false ego-all together these\neight comprise My separated energies.\" (Bg. 7.4) The separated energy acts as if it\nwere. independent, but here it is said that although such energies are certainly\nfactual, they are not independent but merely separated.\nThe separated energy can be underst<?Od from a practical example. I compose\nbooks by speaking into a dictaphone, and when the dictaphone is replayed, it\nappears that I am speaking personally, but actually I am not. I spoke personally,\nbut then the dictaphone tape, which is separate from me, acts exactly like me.\nSimilarly, the material energy originally emanates from the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, but it acts separately, although the energy is supplied by the Lord.\nThis is also explained in Bhagavad-gltii. Mayiidhyak�era prakrti/:1 siJyate sa-cariicaram:\n\"This material nature is working under My direction, 0 son of Kunti, and it is pro­\n\nducing all moving and unmoving beings.\" (Bg. 9.1 0) Under the guidance or superintendence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the material energy works as if\nindependent, although it is not actually independen-t.\n\n", "adi2#p0135": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n111\n\nIn this verse from the Vigw Puraro the total energy of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead is classified in three divisions-namely, the spiritual or internal potency\nof the Lord, the marginal potency or k�etrojno (the living entity), and the material\npotency, which is separated from the Supreme Personality of Godhead and appears\nto act independently. When SrTia Vyasadeva, by meditation and self-realization, saw\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, he also saw the separated energy of the Lord\nstanding behind Him (oposyot puru�oin purroin·mayain co tod-apasroyom). Vyasadeva\nalso realized that it is this separated energy of the Lord, the material energy, that\ncovers the knowledge of the living entities (yoya sommohito jlvo atmanoin trigurotmokom). The separated, material energy bewilders the living entities (jivos),\nand thus they work very hard under its influence, not knowing that they are not\nfulfilling their mission in life. Unfortunately, most of them think that they are the\nbody and should therefore enjoy the material senses irresponsibly, since when death\ncomes everything will be finished. This atheistic philosophy also flourished in India,\nwhere it was sometimes propagated by Cirvaka Muni, who said:\n\nrroin krtva ghrtoin pibet\nyiivoj jivet sukhorh jlvet\nbhosmi-bhutosyo dehosyo kuto/;1\npunor agomono bhovet\nHis theory was that as long as one lives one should eat as much ghee as possible. In\nIndia, ghee (clarified butter) is a basic ingredient in preparing many varieties of\nfoodstuffs. Since everyone wants to enjoy nice food, Carvaka Muni advised that\none eat as much ghee as possible. One may say, \"I have no money. How shall I\npurchase ghee?\" Cirvaka Muni, however, says, \"If you have no money, then beg,\nborrow or steal, but in some way secure ghee and enjoy life.\" For one who further\nobjects that he will be held accountable for such unauthorized activities as begging,\nborrowing and stealing, Cirvaka Muni replies, \"You will not be held responsible. As\nsoon as your body is burned to ashes after death, everything is finished.\" This is\ncalled ignorance. From Bhogovod-gitii it is understood that one does not die with the\nannihilation of his body (no honyote honyomiine sorire). The annihilation of one\nbody involves changing to another (tothii dehiintoro-priipti/;1). Therefore, to perform\nirresponsible activities in the material world is very dangerous. Without knowledge\nof the spirit soul and its transmigration, people are allured by the material energy to\nengage in many such activities, as if one could become happy simply by dint of\nmaterial knowledge, without reference to spiritual existence. Therefore the entire\nmaterial world and its activities are referred to as ovidyii-kormo-sorhjniiny'ii.\nof the human beings who work under the\nIn order to dissipate the ignoran\nmaterial energy, which is separated\"'lrom the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\nLord comes down to revive their original nature of spiritual activities (yodii yodii hi\ndhormosyo gliinir bhovoti bhiiroto). As soon as they deviate from their original\nnature, the Lord comes to teach them, sarvo-dhormiin porityojyo miim ekoin sororoin\nvrojo: \"My dear living entities,·give up all material activities and simply surrender\nunto Me for protection.\" (Bg. 18.66)\n\n", "adi2#p0136": "112\n\nSri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nIt is the statement of Carvaka Muni that one should beg, borrow or steal money\n\nto purchase ghee and enjoy life (r!Jam krtvii ghrtain pibet). Thus even the greatest\natheist of India recommends that one eat ghee, not meat. No one could conceive\n\nof human beings' eating meat like tigers and dogs, but men have become so degraded\n\nthat they are just like animals and can no longer claim to have a human civilization.\nTEXT 120\n\n'�i{ �<1\"'!\"1 \"f<1P1 fl'f�' �11\"\\!\"' I\n\n��� <�if� ,<!!l� -'!��-�� II ��\" II\nhena j/V(Fotattva /anii likhi' para-tattva\niicchanna karila sre�tha lsvara-mahattva\nSYNONYMS\nhena-such degraded; j7va�tattva-the living entities; /ana-taking them; /ikhi'­\n\nhaving\n\nwritten; para-tattva-as the Supreme; iicchanna- coveri n g; karila-did;\nsre�tha- the Supreme Personality of Godhead; lsvara-the Lord's; mahattva-glories.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Mayavada philosophy is so degraded that it has taken the insignificant living\n\nentities to be the Lord, the Supreme Truth, thus covering the glory and supremacy\n\nof the Absolute Truth with monism.\n\nPURPORT\nSrna Bhaktivinoda Thakura comments in this connection that in all Vedic scrip­\n\ntures the jlva�tattva, the truth of the living entities, is mentioned to be one of the\n\nenergies of the Lord. If one does not accept the living entity to be a minute, infini­\n\ntesimal spark of the Supreme but equates the jiva-tattva with the Supreme Brahman\nor Supreme Personality of Godhead, it must be understood that his entire philosophy\n\nis based on a misunderstanding. Unfortunately, Srfpada Sarikaracarya purposely\nclaimed the jTva-tattva , or living entities, to be equal to the Supreme God. Therefore\nhis entire philosophy is based on a misunderstanding, and it misguides people to\n\nbecome atheists whose mission in life is unfulfilled. The mission of human life, as\ndescribed in Bhagavad-gltii, is to surrender unto the Supreme Lord and become His\n\ndevotee, but the Mayavada philosophy misleads one to defy the existence of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and pose oneself as the Supreme Lord. Thus it\n\nhas misguided hundreds and thousands of innocent men.\n\nIn the Vediinta-siitra, Vyasadeva has described that the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead is potent and that everything, material or spiritual, is but an emanation of\nHis energy. The Lord, the Supreme Brahman, is the origin or source of everything\n\n(janmiidy asya yatafi), and all other manifestations are emanations of different\n\nenergies of the Lord. This is also confirmed in the Vi�!Ju-Purii!Ja:\n\n", "adi2#p0137": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n113\n\nekade5o-sthitasyagner\njyotsna vistari!Jl yatha\nparasya brahmOIJOIJ Saktis\ntathedam akhilarh jagat\n\"Whatever we see in this world is simply an expansion of different energies of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who is exactly like a fire which spreads illumination for a long distance although it is situated in one place.\" This is a very vivid\nexample. Similarly, it is stated that just as everything in the material w orld exists\nin the sunshine, which is the energy of the sun, so everything exists on the basis of\nthe spiritual and material energies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus\nalthough Kr�Qa is situated in His own abode (go/aka eva nivasaty akhiliitma-bhuto)\nwhere He enjoys His transcendental pastimes with the cowherd boys and gopTs, He\nis nevertheless present\n\neverywhere, even within the atoms of this un-iverse\n\n(a!Jt;Jiintarastha-paramo!Ju-cayiintarastham). This is the verdict of the Vedic literature.\nUnfortunately, the Mayavada philosophy, misguiding people by claiming the\nliving entity to be the Lord, has created havoc throughout the entire world and\nled almost everyone to godlessness. By thus covering the glories of the Supreme\nLord, the MayavadT philosophers have done the greatest disservice to human\nsociety. It is to counteract these most abominable activities of the MayavadT\nphilosophers that Lord Caitanya has introduced the Hare Kr�Qa moho-mantra.\n\nharer niima harer niima harer niimaiva kevalam\nka/au niisty eva niisty eva niisty eva gatir anyathii\n\"In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is chanting the\nholy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no other way. There is no\nother way.\" People should simply engage in the chanting of the Hare Kr�Da mohomantra, for thus they will gradually come to understand that they are not the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, as they have been taught by the MayavadT philosophers,\nbut are eternal servants of the Lord. As soon as one engages himself in the transcendental service of the Lord, he becomes free.\n\nmiirh co yo 'vyabhiciire!JO\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gu!Jiin samatltyaitiin\nbrahma-bhuyiiya kalpate\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in any circumstances, at once transcends the modes of material nature and thus comes to the level\nof Brahman.\" (Bg. 14.26) Therefore the Hare Kr�Da movement o r Kr�r;Ja consciousness movement is the only light for the foolish living entities who think either that\nthere is no God or that if God exists He is formless and they themselves are also\nGod. These misconceptions are very dangerous, and the only way to counteract\nthem is to spread the Hare Kr�Da movement.\n\n", "adi2#p0138": "SrT·Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n114\n\nTEXT 121\n\n�tt�1f �\\! �� '9f�cft1l'·<!t'l11\n\n'��'-�fir' � ,�.i'f �� II ��) II\nvyiisero sutrete kohe 'poririimo'-viido\n'vyiiso bhriinto'-boli' tiiro u{hiiilo viviido\nSYNONYMS\n\nvyiisero-of Srna Vyasadeva; sutrete i� the codes; kohe describes; poririimo-\n\ntransformation; viido-philosophy; vyiiso.,-Srila Vyasadeva;bhriinto-mistaken;bo/i'accusing him; tiiro-his; uthiiilo\n\n-\n\nraised; viviido\n\n-\n\nopposition.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In his V edanta-sutra Srna Vyasadeva has described that everything is but a transformation of the energy of the Lord. Salikaracarya, however, has misled the world\nby commenting that V yasadeva was mistaken. Thus he has raised great opposition\nto theism throughout the entire world.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Ttlakura explains, \"In the Vediinto-sutro of Srila Vyasadeva it\nis definitely stated that all cosmic manifestations result from transformations of\nvarious energies of the Lord. Salikaracarya, however, not accepting the energy of\nthe Lord, thinks that it is the Lord who is transformed. He has taken many clear\nstatements from the Vedic literature and twisted them to try to prove that if the\nLord, or the Absolute Truth, were transformed, His oneness would be disturbed.\nThus he has accused SrTia Vyasadeva of being mistaken. In developing his philosophy\n\nof monism, therefore, he has established vivorto-viido, or the Mayavada theory of\n\nillusion.\"\nIn the''Brohmo-sutro, Second Chapter, the first quote is ali follows: tad ononyotvom\nii[ombho!Jo-sobdiidibhyoJ;. Commenting on this sutro in his SarTroko-bhii�yo,\nSalikaracarya has introduced the statement viiciirambharam vikiiro niimodheyam\nfrom the Chiindogya Upani�od to try to prove that acceptance of the transformation of the energy of the Supreme Lord is faulty. He has tried to defy this transformation of energy in a misguided way, which will be explained later. Since his conception of God is impersonal, he does not believe that the entire cosmic manifestation is a transformation of the energies of the Lord; for as soon as one accepts the\nvarious energies of the Absolute Truth, one must immediately accept the Absolute\nTruth to be personal, not impersonal. A person can create many things by the transformation of his energy. For example, a businessman transforms his energy by establishing many big factories or business organizations, yet he remains a person although\nhis energy has been transformed into these many factories or business concerns. The\nMayavadi philosophers do not understand this simple fact. Their tiny brains and\n\n", "adi2#p0139": "A di-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n115\n\npoor fund of knowledge cannot afford them sufficient enlightenment to realize\nthat when a man's energy is transformed, the man himself is not transformed but\nremains the same person.\nNot believing in the fact that the energy of the Absolute Truth is transformed,\n\nSarikaracarya has propounded his theory of illusion. This theory states that although\nthe Absolute Truth is never transformed, we think that it is transformed, which is\nan illusion. S arikaracarya does not believe in the transformation of the energy of\nthe Absolute Truth, for he claims that everything is one and that the living entity\nis therefore also one with the Supreme. This is the Mayavada theory.\n\nS rna Vyasadeva has explained that the Absolute Truth is a person who has differ­\n\nent potencies. Merely by His desire that there be creation and by His glance (sa\n\naik�ata), He created this material world (sa asrjata). After creation, He remains the\nsame person; He is not transformed into everything. One should accept that the\nLord has inconceivable energies and that it is- by His order and will that varieties of\nmanifestation have come into existence. In the Vediinta-siJtra it is said, sa-tattvato\n\n'nyathii-buddhir vikiira ity udiihrta}J. This mantra indicates that from one fact\nanother fact is generated. For example, a father is one fact, and a son generated\nfrom the father is a second fact. Thus both of them are truths, although one is\ngenerated from the other. This generation--of a second, independent truth from a\nfirst truth is called vikiira, or transformation resulting in a by-product. The Supreme\nBrahman is the Absolute Truth, and the other energies that have emanated from\nHim and are existing separately, such as the living entities and the cosmic manifesta­\n\ntion, are also truths. This is an example of transformation, which is called vikiira or\n\npaririima. To give another example of vikiira, milk is a truth, but the same milk\nmay be transformed into yogurt. Thus yogurt is a transformation of milk, although\nthe ingredients of yogurt and milk are the same.\nIn the Chiindogya Upan�sad there is the following mantra: aitad iitmyam idarh\n\nsarvam. This mantra indicates without a doubt that the entire world is Brahman.\n\nThe Absolute Truth has inconceivable energies, as confirmed in the Svetiisvatara\n\nUpani�ad (pariisya 5aktir vividhaiva sriJyate), and the entire cosmic manifestation is\n\nevidence of these different energies of the Supreme Lord. The Supreme Lord is a\nfact, and therefore whatever is created by the Supreme Lord is also factual. Everything is true and complete (purram), but the original purram, the complete Absolute Truth, always remains the same. Purrat purram udacyate purrasya purram\n\niidiiya. The Absolute Truth is so perfect that although innumerable energies emanate_\nfrom Him and manifest creations which appear to be different from Him, He nevertheless maintains His personality. He never deteriorates under any circumstances.\nIt is to be concluded that the entire cosmic manifestation is a transformation of\nthe energy of the Supreme Lord, not of the Supreme Lord or Absolute Truth\nHimself, who always remains the same. The material world and the living entities\nare transformations of the energy of the Lord, the Absolute Truth or Brahman,\nwho is the original source. In other words, the Absolute Truth, Brahman, is the\noriginal ingredient, and the other manifestations are transformations of this ingredient. This is also confirmed in the TaittirTya Upani�ad. Yato vii imiini bhiJtiini\n\njiiyante: \"This entire cosmic manifestation is made possible by the Absolute\n\n", "adi2#p0140": "116\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nTruth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\" In this verse it is indicated that\nBrahman, the Absolute Truth, is the original cause, and the living entities (jTvas)\n\nand cosmic manifestation are effects of this cause. The cause being a fact, the\n\neffects are also factual. They are not illusion. Sankaracarya has inconsistently tried\nto prove that acceptance of the material world and thejTvas to be by-products of the\nSupreme Lord is an illusion because in this conception the existence of the material\n\nworld and the jTvas is different and separate from that of the Absolute Truth. With\n\nthis jugglery of understanding, Mayavadi philosophers have propagated the slogan\n\nbrahma satyam jagan-mithyii, which declares that the Absolute Truth is fact but\n\nthe cosmic manifestation and the living entities are simply illusions, or that all of\n\nthem are in fact the Absolute Truth and that the material world and living entities\ndo not separately exist.\n\nIt is therefore to be concluded that Sankaracarya, in order to present the Supreme\n\nLord, the living entities and the material nature as indivisible and ignorant, tries to\n\ncover the glories of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He maintains that the\nmaterial cosmic manifestation is mithyii, or false, but this is a great blunder. If the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is a fact, how can His creation be false? Even in\nordinary dealings, one cannot think the material cosmic manifestation to be false.\n\nTherefore Vai�l)ava philosophers say that the cosmic creation is not false but temporary. It is separated from the Supreme Personality- of Godhead, but since it is\n\nwonderfully created by the energy of the Lord, to say that it is false is blasphemous.\nNondevotees factually appreciate the wonderful creation of material nature, but\n\nthey cannot appreciate the intelligence and energy of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead who is behind this material creation. Sripada Ramanujacarya, however,\n\nrefers to a Vedic siitra, iitmii vii idam agra iisTt, which. points out that the supreme\niitmii, the Absolute Truth, existed before the creation. One may argue, \"If the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is completely spiritual, how is it possible for Him\n\nto be the origin of creation and have within Himself both material and spiritual\nenergies?\" To answer this challenge, Sripada Ramanujacarya quotes amantra from\n\nthe TaittirTya Upani�ad which states:\n\nyato vii imiini bhiitiini jiiyante\nyena jiitiini JTvanti\nyat prayanty abhisamvisanti.\nThis mantra confirms that the entire cosmic manifestation emanates from the\n\nAbsolute Truth, rests upon the Absolute Truth and after annihilation again reenters\n\nthe body of the Absolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The living\n\nentity is originally spiritual, and when he enters the spiritual world or the body of\nthe Supreme Lord, he still retains his identity as an individual soul. In this connection Sripada Ramanujacarya gives the example that when a green bird enters a green\n\ntree it does not become one with the tree; it retains its identity as a bird, although\nit appears to merge in the greenness of the tree. To give another example, an animal\n\nthat enters a forest keeps its individuality, although apparently the beast merges in\nthe forest. Similarly, in material existence, both the material energy and t_he living\n\n", "adi2#p0141": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n117\n\nentities of the marginal potency maintain their individuality. Thus although the\nenergies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead interact within the cosmic mani­\n\nfestation, each keeps its separate individual existence. Merging in the material or\n\nspiritual energies, therefore, does not involve loss of individuality. According to Sri\nRamanujapada's theory of visi�fiidvaita, although all the energies of the Lord are\n\none, each keeps its individuality (vaisi�fya).\n\nSripada Sarikaracarya has tried to mislead the readers of Vediinta-siJtra by mis­\n\ninterpreting the words iinandamayo 'bhyiisiit, and he has even tried to find fault with\nYyasadeva. All the codes of the Vediinta-siJtra need not be examined here, how­\n\never, since we intend to present the Vediinta-siJtra in a separate volume.\nTEXT 122\n\n't�'l11f·�tt� ��� �t�� �Wf� I\n�� �f�' 'f��'·•H� \"''t�ifl '� <ffif II �� � II\npaririima-viide Tsvara hayena vikiirT\neta kahi' 'vivarta'-viida sthiipanii ye kari\nSYNONYMS\n\npari(liima-viide-by accepting the theory of transformation of energy; Tsvara-the\nLord; hayena-becomes; vikiirT-transformed; eta kahi'-sa ying this;\nvivarta-illus i on; viida-theory; sthiipanii-establishing; ye-what; kari-do.\n\nSupreme\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"According to Sarikaracarya, by accepting the theory of the transformation of\nthe energy of the Lord, one creates an illusion by indirectly accepting that the\nAbsolute Truth is transformed.\nPURPORT\nSrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura comments that if one does not clearly understand\n\nthe meaning of pari(liima-viida, or transformation of energy, one is sure to mis­\n\nunderstand the truth regarding this material cosmic manifestation and the living\n\nentities.\n\nIn the Chiindogya Upani�ad it is said, san-miJ/ii/;1 saumyemii/;1 prajii/;1\nsadiiyatanii/;1 sat-prati�thii/;1 (Chii. U. 6.8.4). The material world and the living entities\nare separate beings, and they are eternally true, not false. Sarikaracarya, however,\n\nunnecessarily fearing that by pari(liima-viida (transformation of energy) Brahman\n\nwould be transformed (vikiirT), has imagined both the material world and the living\n\nentities to be false and to have no individuality. By word jugglery he has tried to\n\nprove that the individual identities of the living entities and the mater.ial world are\nillusory, and he has cited the examples of mistaking a rope for a snake or an oyster\n\nshell for gold. Thus he has most abominably cheated people in general.\n\nThe example of misunderstanding a rope to be a snake is mentioned in the\n\nMii(l�iJkya Upani�ad, but it is meant to explain the error of identifying the body\n\n", "adi2#p0142": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n118\n\nwith the soul. Since the soul is actually a spiritual particle, as confirmed in Bhagavad­\n\ngTtii (mamaiviirhso jTva-/oke}, it is due to illusion (vivarta-viida} that a human being,\n\nlike an animal, identifies the body with the self. This is a proper example of vivarta,\n\nor illusion. The verse atattvato'nyathii-buddhir vivarta ity udiihrta/;1 describes such\n\nan illusion. To not know actual facts and thus to mistake one thing for another (as, for\nexample, to accept the body as oneself) is called vivarta-viida. Every conditioned\n\nliving entity who considers the body to be the soul is deluded by this vivarta-viida.\n\nOne can be attacked by this vivarta-viida philosophy when he forgets the inconceivable power of the omnipotent Personality of Godhead.\n\nHow the Supreme Personality of Godhead remains as He is, never changing, is ex­\n\nplained in the Tsopani�ad: piin;10sya piirr;am iidiiya piirr;am eviivasi�yate. God is\n\ncomplete. Even if a complete manifestation is taken away from Him, He continues\n\nto be complete. The material creation is manifested by the energy of the Lord, but\n\nHe is still the same person. His form, entourage, qualities and so on never deteriorate.\n\nSrna jfva Gosvami, in his Paramiitma-sandarbha, comments regarding the vivarta-viida\nas follows:\n\n\"Under the spell of vivarta-viida one imagines the separate entities,\n\nnamely, the cosmic manifestation and the living entities, to be one with Brahman.\n\nThis is due to complete ignorance regarding the actual fact. The Absolute Truth, or\nParabrahman, is always one and always the same. He is completely free from all\n\nother conceptions of existence. He is completely free from false ego, for He is the\n\nfull spiritual identity. It is absolutely impossible for Him to be subjected to igno­\n\nrance and fall under the spell of a misconception (vivarta-viida). The Absolute Truth\n\nis beyond our conception. One must admit that He has unblemished qualities that\nHe does not share with every living entity. He is never tainted in the slightest degree\n\nby the flaws of ordinary living beings. Everyone must therefore understand the\n\nAbsolute Truth to possess inconceivable potencies.\"\nTEXT 123\n\n�\\!: �Bt'ftlt·�- <;�l � �11t'i I\n�t� �\"l�f'I-�J�t f�t�i � II ��� II\nvastuta/;1 parir;ama-vada-sei se prama!Ja\ndehe atma-buddhi-ei vivartera sthana\nSYNONYMS\n\nvastuta(1-factually; parivama-vada-transformation of the energy; sei-that; se­\n\nonly; prama!Ja-proof; dehe-in the body; atma-buddhi-concept of self; ei-this;\n\nvivartera-of illusion; sthana-place.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Transformation of energy is a proven fact. It is the false bodily conception of the\n\nself that is an illusion.\n\n", "adi2#p0143": "Adi- ITia, Chapter 7\n\n119\n\nPURPORT\nThe jTva, or living entity, is a spiritual spark who is part of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Unfortunately, he thinks the body to be the self, and that\nmisunderstanding is called vivarta, or acceptance of untruth to be truth. The body\nis not the self, but animals and foolish people think that it is. Vivarta ( illusion )\ndoes not, however, denote a change in the identity of the spirit soul; it is the misconception that the body is the self that is an illusion. Similarly, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead does not change when His external energy, consisting of\nthe eight gross and subtle material elements listed in Bhagavad-gTto (bhumir opo\n\n'nolo viiyu/:1, etc. ) , acts and reacts in different phases.\n\nTEXT 124\n\n��rm-��tr.\\� �<;1� 1\nbit� •'S1Sf.1fit9f 911� 9f�'ft� n ��s i1\navicintya-sakti-yukta sri-bhagavon\nicchoya jagad-rupe poya parif}\"iima\n\nSYNONYMS\n\navicintya- inconceivable; sakti-potency; yukta-possessed of; srT-the affluent;\nbhagavon- Personality of Godhead; icchoya-by His wish; jagat-r upe-in the form of\nthe cosmic manifestation; poya-becomes; parif}oma - transformed by His energy.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead is opulent in all respects. Therefore by\nHis inconceivable energies He has transformed the material cosmic manifestation.\n\nTEXT 125\n\n�Q(tf'f �f��Jwtt�J �� ���1fT I\n��\\! f�ut'll\"f'l '!t� ,�t� '� -.Rl\" 11 :>�� n\ntathopi acintya-5aktye haya avikorT\nprokrta cintiimaf}i tohe dr�tonta ye dhari\nSYNONYMS\n\ntathopi-yet; acintya-saktye-by inconceivable potency; haya- remains; avikorTwithout change; prokrto -material; cintomaf}i-touchstone;_ tohe-in that respect;\n\ndr�tonta- exa m p le; ye-which; dhari-we accept.\n\n", "adi2#p0144": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n120\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Using the example of a touchstone, which by its energy turns iron to gold and\nyet remains the same, we can understand that although the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead transforms His innumerable energies, He remains unchanged.\nTEXT 126\n\ne{1�1 f'§l1f-t � �vt1fftt �r;� I\n\n�'(tf9t� 'lfftt f� �11 ��� \" ��� ll\nnona ratna-riisi haya cintiima(l;. haite\ntathapiha mo!Ji rahe svarupe avikrte\nSYNONYMS\nnona-varieties; ratna-riisi-valuable jewels; haya-become possible; cintiima(lithe\n\ntouchstone; haite-from;\n\ntathiipiha-still, certainly; ma(li-the touchstone;\n\nrahe-remains; svarupe-in its original form; avikrte-without change.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although touchstone produces many varieties of valuable jewels, it nevertheless\nremains the same. It does not change its original form.\nTEXT 127\n\n�1ii�-��� �fif 'qJ{�'J)'llt� � I\n-�tR ��J-tf9,--�� � R'IRl\" ��'\\ ll\nprakrta-vastute yadi acintya-sakti haya\nTsvarera acintya-5akti,-ithe ki vismaya\nSYNONYMS\npriikrta-vastute-in material things; yadi-if; acintya-inconceivable; 5akti-potency; ·haya-becomes possible; lSvarera-of the Supreme Lord; acintya-inconceivable;\nsakti-potency; ithe-in this; ki-what; vismaya-wonderful.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If there is such inconceivable potency in material objects, why should we not\nbelieve in the inconceivable potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead?\nPURPORT\nThe argument of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu described in this verse can be very\neasily understood even by a common man if he simply thinks of the activities of\n\n", "adi2#p0145": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n121\n\nthe sun, which has been giving off unlimited amounts of heat and light since time\nimmemorial and yet has not even slightly decreased in power. Modern science\nbelieves that it is by sunshine that the entire cosmic manifestation is maintained,\nand actually one can see how the actions and reactions of sunshine maintain order\nthroughout the universe. The growth of vegetables and even the rotation of the\nplanets take place due to the heat and light of the sun. Sometimes, therefore,\nmodern scientists consider the sun to be the original cause of creation, not knowing\nthat the sun is only a medium, for it is also created by the supreme energy of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Aside from the sun and touchstone, there are\nmany other material things which transform their energy in different ways and yet\nremain as they are. It is not necessary, therefore, for the original cause, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, to change due to the changes or transformations of His\ndifferent energies.\nThe falsity of Sripada Sarikaracarya's explanation of vivarta-vada and pari!Jamavada has been detected by the Vai�r;tava acaryas, especially jiva Gosvami, whose\nopinion is that actually Sarikara d not understand the Veaanta-sutra. In Sarikara's\nexplanation of one sutra, ananda ayo 'bhyasat, he has interpreted the affix maya{\nwith such word jugglery that this very explanation proves that he had little knowledge of the Vedanta-sutra but sim ly wanted to support his impersonalism through\nthe codes of the Vedanta philoso hy. Actually, however, he failed to do so because\nhe could not put forward strong arguments. In this connection, Srila Jiva Gosvami\ncites the code brahma-puccharh Pfati�tha, which gi�es Vedi: evidence that Brahman\nis the origin of everything. In exp l aining this verse, Sripada Sarikaracarya interpreted\nvarious Sanskrit words in such a way that he implied, according to Jiva Go.svami,\nthat Vyasadeva had very little knowledge of higher logic. Such unscrupulous deviation from the real meaning of the Veaanta-sutra has created a class of men who by\nword jugglery try to derive various indirect meanings from the Vedic literatures,\nespecially Bhagavad-gita. One of them has even explained that the word kuruk�etra\nrefers to the body. Such interpretations imply, however, that neither Lord Kr�r;ta\nnor Vyasadeva had a proper sense of word usage or etymological adjustment. They\nlead one to assume that since Lord Kr�r;ta could not personally sense the meaning\nof what He was speaking and Vyasadeva did not know the meaning of what he was\nwriting, Lqrd Kr�r;ta left His book to be explained later by the Mayavadis. Such\ninterpretations merely prove, however, that their proponents have very little\nphilosophical sense.\nInstead of wasting one's time falsely deriving such indirect meanings from\nVeaanta-sutra and other Vedic literatures, one should accept the words of these\nbooks as they are. In presenting Bhagavad-gitii As It Is, therefore, we have not\nchanged the meaning of the original words. Similarly, if one studies Ved?inta·si1tra\nas it is, without whimsical and capricious adulteration, one can understand the\nVediinta-sutra very easily. Srila Vyasadeva therefore explains Vediinta-sutra, beginning from the first sutra, janmady asya yata}J, in his SrTmad-Bhiigavatam:\n\n{\n\njanmady asya yato 'nvayad itaratas carthe�v abhijnaf:l sva-rat\n\n\"I meditate upon Him [Lord Sri Kr�r;ta), the transcendent reality, who is the primeval\n\n", "adi2#p0146": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n122\n\ncause of all causes, from whom all manifested universes arise, in whom they dwell\nand by whom they are destroyed. I meditate upon that eternally effulgent Lord\nwho is directly and indirectly conscious of all manifestations and yet is fully independent.\" The Supreme Personality of Godhead knows very well how to do everything perfectly. He is abhijna(l, always fully conscious. The Lord therefore says in\n\nBhagavad-gTfii ( Bg. 7.26) that He knows everything, past, present and future, but no\none but a devotee knows Him as He is. Therefore, the Absolute Truth, the Personality of Godhead, is at least partially understood by devotees of the Lord, but the\nMayavadi philosophers who unnecessarily speculate to understand the Absolute\nTruth simply waste their time.\nTEXT 128\n\n'��' � 'lf�t��J- <;�tQ f� I\n\ni'!B\"Ui9f !2f'f� ���-�II ��lr II\n'pra(lava' se mahavakya-vedera nic/(ina\nTSvara-svariipa pra(lava sarva-visva-dhiima\nSYNONYMS\npra(lava-the\n\nomkara; se-that; maha-vakya-transcendental sound vibration;\n\nvedera-of the Vedas; nidiina-basic principle; TSvara-svarupa-direct representation\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; pra(lava-omkara; sarva-visva-of all universes; dhama-is the reservoir.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Vedic sound vibration onikara, the principle word in the Vedic literatures,\nis the basis of all Vedic vibrations. Therefore one should accept onikara as the sound\nrepresentation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the reservoir of the\ncosmic manifestation.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita ( Bg. 8.13) the glories of omkiira are described as follows:\nom ity ekiik�aram brahma\nvyiiharan miim anusmaran\nyaiJ prayiiti tyajan deham\nsa yiiti paramiim gatim\nThis verse indicates that omkiira, or pra(lava, is a direct representation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore if at the time of death one simply remembers omkiira, he remembers the Supreme Personality of Godhead and is therefore\nimmediately transferred to the spiritual world. Omkiira is the basic principle of all\n\n", "adi2#p0147": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n123\n\nVedic mantras, for it is a representation of Lord Krg1a, understanding of whom is\nthe ultimate goal of the Vedas, as stated in Bhagavad-gitii(vedais co sarvair aham eva\n\nvedya/;1). Mayavadi philosophers cannot understand these simple facts explained\nin Bhagavad-gitii; and yet they are very proud of being Vedantis. Sometimes, therefore, we refer to the Vedanti phi.losophers as having no teeth (danta means \"teeth,\"\nand ve means \"without\"). The statements of the Sarikara philosophy, which are the\nteeth of the Mayavadi philosopher, are always broken by the strong arguments of\nVai?�:lava philosophers such as the great iiciiryas, especially Ramanujacarya. Sripada\nRamanujacarya and Madhvacarya break the teeth of the Mayavacfi philosophers,\nwho can therefore be called Vedantis in the sense of \"toothless.\"\nThe transcendental vibration\n\norhkiira is explained in Bhagavad-gJtii; Chapter\n\nEight, verse thirteen:\n\nom ity ekiik!iararh brahma\nvyiiharan miim anusmaran\nyaf:J prayiiti tyajan deharh\nsa yiiti paramiirh gatim\n\"After being situated in the yoga practice and vibrating the sacred syllable om, the\nsupreme combination of letters, if one thinks of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and quits his body, he will certainly reach the spiritual planets.\" If one actually\nunderstands that orhkara is the sound representation of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, whether he chants orhkiira or the Hare Kr�l')a mantra, the result is certainly the same.\nThe transcendental vibration of orhkiira is further explained in Bhagavad-g7ta,\nChapter Nine, verse seventeen:\n\npitiiham asya jagato\nmiitii dhiitii pitiimaha(l\nvedyarh pavitram orhkiira\nrk siima yajur eva co\n\"I am the father of this universe, the mother, the support, and the grandsire. I am\nthe object of knowledge, the purifier and the syllable om. I am also the �g-veda,\n\nSiima-veda and Yajur-veda.\"\nSimilarly, the transcendental sound om is further explained in Bhagavad-gTta,\nChapter Seventeen, verse twenty-three:\n\norh-tat-sad iti nirdeso\nbrahmaras tri-vidha(l smrtaf:J\nbrahmaras tena veaas co\nyajnas co vihita(l pura\n\"From the beginning of creation, the three syllables om tat sat have been used to\nindicate the Supreme Absolute Truth [Brahman]. They were uttered by brahmaras\nwhile chanting Vedic hymns and during sacrifices for the satisfaction of the\nSupreme.\"\n\n", "adi2#p0148": "Sri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n124\n\nThroughout all the Vedic literatures the glories of omkara are specifically men­\n\ntioned. Srlla jlva Gosvami, in his thesis Bhagavat-sandarbha, says that in the Vedic\n\nliterature omkara is considered to be the sound vibration of the holy name of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Only this vibration of transcendental sound can\n\ndeliver a conditioned soul from the clutches of maya. Sometimes omkara is also\n\ncalled the deliverer (tara) .. SrTmad-Bhagavatam begins with the omkara vibration:\n\nom namo bhagavate vasudevaya. Therefore omkara has been described by the great\ncommentator Srldhara Svami as tarahkura, the seed of deliverance from the mate­\n\nrial world. Since the Supreme Godhead is absolute, His holy name and His sound\nvibration omkara are as good as He Himself. Caitanya Mahaprabhu says that the holy\n\nname, or omkara,_J.he tra_Dscen.Qemal representation of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, has all the potencies of the Personality of Godhead.\n\nnamnam akari bahudha nija-sarva-saktis\ntatrarpita niyamitaf:l smara!Je na kalaf:l\nAll potencies are invested in the holy vibration of the holy name of the Lord. There\n\nis no doubt that the holy name of the Lord, or omkara, is the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead Himself. In other words, anyone who chants omkiira and the holy\nname of the Lord, Hare Kr�l)a, immediately meets the Supreme Lord directly in His\nsound form. In the Niirada-paficaratra it is clearly said that the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead Narayar;1a personally appears before the chanter who engages in chanting the a�tak�ara, or eight-syllable mantra, om namo naraya!Jaya. A similar state­\n\nment in the Ma!J(Iukya Upani�ad declares that whatever one sees in the spiritual\n\nworld is all an expansion of the spiritual potency of omkara.\n\nOn the basis of all the Upani�ads, Srila jlva Gqsvami says that omkara is the\n\nSupreme Absolute Truth and is accepted as such by all the acaryas and authorities.\n\nOmkara is beginningless, changeless, supreme and free from deterioration and externaL contamination. Omkara is the origin, middle and end of everything, and any\nliving entity who thus understands omkara attains the perfection of spiritual identity in omkara. Omkara, being situated in everyone's heart, is Tsvara, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, as confirmed in Bhagavad-gTta (TSvaraf:l sarva-bhutanam hrddese 'rjuna ti�.thati). Omkiira is as good as Vi�I)U because omkara is as all-pervasive as\nVi�rju. One who knows omkara and Lord Vi�I)U to be identical no longer has to\nlament or hanker. One who chants omkara no longer remains· a sudra, but immediately comes to the position of a brahma!Ja. Simply by chanting omkara one can\n'\n\n1\nunderstand the whole creation t.o be one unit, or an expansion of the energy of the\n\nSupreme Lord. /dam hi visvam bhagavan ivetaro, yato jagat-sthana-nirodhasambhavaf:l: \"The Supreme Lord Personality of Godhead is Himself this cosmos,\n\nand still He is aloof from it. From Him only this cosmic manifestation has emanat­\n\ned, in Him it rests, and unto Him it enters after annihilation.\" (Bhag.\n\n1.5.20) Al­\n\nthough one who does not understand concludes otherwise, SrTmad-Bhagavatam\n\nstates that the entire cosmic manifestation is but an expansion of the energy of the\nSupreme Lord. Realization of this is possible simply by chanting the holy name of\n\nthe Lord, omkara.\n\n", "adi2#p0149": "Adi-ma, Chapter 7\n\n125\n\nOne should not, however, foolishly conclude that because the Supreme Personality of Godhead is omnipotent, we have manufactured a combination of letters­\n\na, u and m-to represent Him. Factually the transcendental sound omkiira , although\na combination of the three letters a, u and m, has transce-nde-ntal potency, and one\nwho chants omkiira wi II very soon realize omkiira and Lord Vi�r;�u to be nond ifferent.\nKr��;�a declares, praravaf7 sarva-vede�u: \"I am the syllable om in the Vedic mantras.\"\n(Bg. 7.8) One should therefore conclude that among the many incarnations of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, omkiira is the sound incarnation. All the\n\nVedas\n\naccept this thesis. One should always remember that the holy name of the l-ord and\nthe Lord Himself are always identical (abhinnatviin niima-niiminob). Since omkara\nis the basic principle of all Vedic knowledge, it is uttered before one begins to chant\nany Vedic hymn. Without omkiira, no Vedic mantra is successful. The Gosvamis\ntherefore declare that\n\nprat;�ava (omkara) is the complete representation· of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, and they have analyzed omkiira in terms of its\nalphabetical constituents as follows:\n\na-kiirerocyate k(�Qaf7\nsarva-lokaika-niiyakaf7\nu-kiirenocyate riidhii\nma-kiiro jTva-viicakaf7\nOmkiira is a combination of the letters a, u and m. A-kiireiJOcyate kr�raf7: the letter\na (a-kiira) refers to Kr�r;�a, who is sarva-lokaika-niiyakaf7, the master of all living entities and planets, material and spiritual. Niiyaka means \"leader.\" He i.s the supreme\nleader (nityo nityiiniim cetanas cetaniiniim). The letter u (u-kiira) indicates Srimati\nRadharar:ii, the pleasure potency of Kr�l)a, and m (ma-kiira) indicates the living entities (jTvas). Thus om is the complete combination of Kr�l)a, His potency and His\neternal servitors. In other words, omkiira represents Kr�r;�a, His name, fame, pastimes,\nentourage, expansions, devotees, potencies and everything else pertaining to Him.\n\nSarva-visva-dhiima: omkiira is the resting place of everything, just as Kr�r;�a is the\nresting place of everything {brahmaro hi prati�thiiham).\nThe Mayavadi philosophers consider many Vedic mantras to be the mahii-viikya,\nor principal Vedic mantra, such as tattvamasi (Chiindogya Upani�ad, 6.8. 7), idam\nsarvam yad ayam iitmii and brahmedam sarvam (Brhad-Oraryaka Upani�ad, 2.5.1 ) ,\niitmaivedam sarvam (Chiindogya Upani�ad� 7. 25.2 ) and nehaniiniisti kiflcana (Katha\nUpani�ad, 2.1.11). That is a great mistake. Only omkiirao is the mahii-vakya. All these\nother mantras which the Mayavadfs accept as the mahii-viikya are only incidental.\nThey cannot be taken as the mahii-viikya, or mahii-mantra. The maatra tattvamasi\nindicates only a partial understanding of the Vedas, unlike omkiira, which represents the full understanding of the Vedas. Therefore the transcendental sound which\nincludes all Vedic knowledge is omkiira (prarava).\nAside from omkiira, none of the words uttered by the followers of Sarikaracarya\ncan be considered the mahii-viikya. They are merely passing remarks. Sari karacarya,\nhowever, has never stressed chanting of the mahii-viikya omkiira; he has accepted\nonly tattvamasi as the mahii-viikya. Imagining the living entity to be God, he has\n\n", "adi2#p0150": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n126\n\nmisrepresented all the mantras of the Vedanta-sutra with the motive of proving that\nthere is no separate existence of the living entities and the Supreme Absolute Truth.\nThis is similar to the politician's attempt to prove nonviolence from Bhagavad-gTta.\nKr�Qa is violent to demons, and to attempt to prove that Kr�Qa is not violent is ultimately to deny Kr�Qa. As such explanations of Bhagavad-gTta are absurd, so also is\n\nS ankaracarya's explanation of Veclanta-sutra, and no sane and reasonable man will\naccept it. At present, however, Veclanta-siitra is misrepresented not only by the\nso-called Vedantis but also by other unscrupulous persons who are so degraded that\nthey even recommend that sannyasTs eat meat, fish and eggs. In this way, the so­\n\ncalled followers of S ankara, the impersonalist Mayavadls, are sinking lower and\n\nlower. How can these degraded men explain Vedanta-sutra, which is the essence of\nall Vedic literature?\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has declared, mayavadi-bha�ya sunile haya sarva­\n\nnasa: anyone who hears commentary on the Veclanta-sutra from the Mayavada\nschool is completely doomed. As explained in Bhagavad-gTta, vedais ca sarvair aham\n\neva vedyafJ: all Vedic literature aims to understand Kr�Qa ( Bg. 15.15). Mayavada\n·\nphilosophy, however, has deviated everyone from Kr�Qa. Therefore there is a great\nneed for the Kr�Qa consciousness movement all over the world to save the world\nfrom degradation. Every intelligent and sane man must abandon the philosophical\nexplanation of the Mayavadis and accept the explanation of Vai�Qava acaryas. One\nshould read Bhagavad-gTtii As It Is to try to understand the real purpose of the Vedas.\n\nTEXT 129\n\n���' tr'Sft�1t �� �� I\n,�,�fit'·�t<fiJ PHI c;�''fJ ��t� II��� II\nsarvasraya JSvarera prat;ava uddesa\n'tattvamasi'-vakya haya vedera ekadesa\nSYNONYMS\nsar va -<israya-the reservoir of everything; Tsvarera-of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead;\n\nprarava-omkara;\n\nuddesa\n\n-\n\npurpose;\n\ntattvamasi-the\n\nVedic· mantra\n\ntattvamasi ( \"you are the same\" ) ; vakya-statement; haya- becomes; vedera-of the\nVedic literature; eka -desa\n\n-\n\npartial understanding.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"It is the purpose of the Supreme Personality of Godhead to present pral)ava\n[onikara] as the reservoir of all Vedic knowledge. The words tat tvam asi are only\na partial explanation of the Vedic knowledge.\nPURPORT\nTat tvam asi means \"you are the same spiritual identity.\"\n\n", "adi2#p0151": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n127\n\nTEXT 130\n\n'�'R, ���<fiJ � �flf' � I\n--\n\n���f;� � 'i!�'if \"i't?fe{ II ��o II\n'prarovo, moha-vakya-taha kori' acchadono\n\nmohavakye kari 'tottvamosi'ro sthapono\nSYNONYMS\n\nprorovo-omkaro; moha-vakyo-principal· mantra; taha-that; kori'-making; iic­\n\nchadono-covered; moha-vokye-in place of the principal mantra; kori-1 do; tottvom-osiro sthapono-establishmen� of the statement tot tvom osi.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Prar;�ava [onikara] is the maha-vakya [maha-mantra] in the Vedas. Sarikaracarya's\n\nfollowers cover this to stress without authority the mantra tat tvam asi.\nPURPORT\n\nThe MayavadT philosophers stress the statements tat tvom osi, so'hom, etc., but\n\nthey do not stress the real moho-mantra, prorovo (omkaro). Therefore, because they\n\nmisrepresent Vedic knowledge, they are the greatest offenders to the lotus feet of\n\nthe Lord. Caitanya Mahaprabhu says clearly, mayavadT kr�re aparadhT: MayavadT\nphilosophers are the greatest offenders to Lord Kr�l)a. Lord Kr�l)a declares:\ntan ohom dvi�to/;1 kriiran\nsomsare�u naradhoman\n\nk�ipamy ojosrom osubhan\nasur�v eva yoni�u\n\n\"Those who are envious and mischievous, who are the lowest among mankind, are\n\ncast by Me into the ocean of material existence, into various demoniac species of\n\nlife.\" (Bg. 16.19) Life in demoniac species awaits the Mayavadi philosophers after\ndeath because they are envious of Kr�l)a. When Kr�l)a says in Bhogovod-gTta (9.34),\n\nman-mona bhovo mad-bhakto mad-yaJTmaril namaskuru (\"Engage your mind always\n\nin thinking of Me, offer obeisances and worship Me\"), one demoniac scholar says\n\nthat it is not Kr�l)a to whom one must surrender. This scholar is already suffering in\nthis life, and he will have to suffer again in the next if in this life he does not com­\n\nplete his prescribed suffering. One should be very careful not to be envious of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. In the next verse, therefore, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu clearly states the purpose of the Vedas.\n\nTEXT 131\n\nl!(t��'lP]j <fit11' �t�11' ��� I\n���� ��' C�� ��ctl··�ut-t� II �If>� II\n\n", "adi2#p0152": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n128\n\nsarva-veda-sutre kare kr�rera abhidhana\nmukhya-vrtti char;fi' kaila lak�ara-vyakhyana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarva-veda-siitre-in all the codes of Vedanta-siitra; hare-establishes; kr�rera of\n-\n\nLord Kr�r;ta; abhidhana�explanation; mukhya-vr tti-direct interpretation; char;/i'giving up; kai/a-made; lak�a!JO-indirect; vyakhyana\n\n-\n\nexplanation\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In all the Vedic sutras and literatures, it is Lord Kr�1.1a who is to be understood,\nbut the followers of Sarikaracarya have covered the real meaning of the Vedas with\nindirect explanations.\nPURPORT\nIt is said:\n\nvede ramayare caiva purare bharate tatha\nadav ante ca madhye ca hari/;1 sarvatra gTyate\nIn the Vedic literature, including the Ramayara, Puraras and Mahabharata, from\nthe very beginning (adau) to the end (ante ca), as well as within the midcHe (madhye\n\nca), only Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is explained.\nTEXT 132\n\n�:�lft'l �- �'1-flmtlffit I\n\"'\"''1'1 �fil� 11Jf�:�3ft�� \" ��� \"\nsvata/;1-pramara veda-pramara-siromari\nlak�ara karile svata/;1-pramiifJata-hani\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvata/;1 pramara self-evident; veda-the Vedic literature; pramara-evidence;\nsiromari-topmost; /ak�arii-interpretation; karile-doing; svataf7-pramii(lata-self-\n\n-\n\nevidence; hani-lost.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The self-evident Vedic literatures are the highest evidence of all, but if these\nliteratures are interpreted, their self-evident nature is lost.\nPURPORT\nWe quote Vedic evidence to support our statements, but if we interpret it according to our own judgment, the authority of the Vedic literature is rendered imper-\n\n", "adi2#p0153": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n129\n\nfeet or useless. In other words, by interpreting the Vedic version one minimizes the\nvalue of Vedic evidence. When one quotes from Vedic literature, it is understood\nthat the quotations are authoritative. How can one bring the authority under his\nown control? That is a case of principiis obsta.\nTEXT 133\n\n<Jil 11i! �tiJI ���t� itf� I\n,�'ft( �Jt'l11 �1t � �mnu ��� u\nei mata pratisutre sahajortha chofliyo\ngaw;ortha vyiikhyii kare ka/panii kariyii\nSYNONYMS\nei mata-like this;pratisutre-in every sutra or code of the Vedanta; sahaja-<Irtha­\n\nthe dear,\n\nsimple meaning; chorjiyll-giving up; gaut;�a-<Jrtha-indirect meaning;,\n\nvyakhyo-e x planation; kare-he makes; ka/pana kariyo-by imagination.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"The Mayavada school, giving up the real, easily understood meaning of Vedic\nliterature, has introduced indirect meanings, based on their imaginative powers, .to\nprove their philosophy.\"\nPURPORT\n\nUnfortunately, the Sarikarite interpretation has covered almost the entire world.\nTherefore there is a great need to present the original, easily understood natural\nimport of the Vedic literature. We have therefore begun by presenting BhagavadgTto As It Is, and we propose to present all the Vedic literature in terms of the direct\n\nmeaning of its words.\nTEXT 134\n\n<Jil �ti! <:lt��iJI �i{ �'1 I\n��' �e;�� '� ��1t �'1 II ��8 II\nei mate pratisutre karena du�ara\nsuni' camatkora haifa sannyosTra gara\nSYNONYMS\nei mate- in this way; pratisutre-in each and every code; karena-shows; du�ara­\n\ndefects; suniya- hearing; cama�kiira-struck . with wonder; haifa-they became;\nsannyosTra-of all the MayavadTs;gara-the group.\n\n", "adi2#p0154": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n130\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu thus showed for each and every sutra the defects\n\nin Sarikaracarya's explanations, all the assembled Mayavadi sannyasis were struck\n\nwith wonder.\n\nTEXT 135\n\n'I� � -..-,;�,-'�� 1)9(1, I\n\n'!_fit.<;� �futl'f �(, � i{t� �' II ��Q II\nsakala sannyasT kahe,- 'sunaha srTpada\ntumi ye khar�ile artha, e nahe viviida\nSYNONYMS\nsaka/a-all; sannyasT-the Mayavadi sannyasTs; kahe-say; sunaha-please hear;\n\nsrTpada- Your Holiness; tumi- You; ye-that; kha!J�ile-refuted; artha-meaning; ethis; nahe-not; vi vada-quarrel .\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the MayavadT sannyasis said: \"Your Holiness, kindly know from us that we\n\nactually have no quarrel with Your refutation of these meanings, for You have given\n\na clear understanding of tHe sutras.\n\nTEXT 136\n\n�tm·<lif'l\\5 �{,- ��1 � iSNfif I\n'l�·�'l.tm� I!�\\!1�1 �filii��� II\nacarya-kalpita artha,-iha sabhe joni\nsampradiiya-anurodhe tabu taha mani\nSYNONYMS\nacarya- S ari karacarya; k atpita-imagi native; artha-mean i ng; iha-this; sabhe-all\n\nof us; jo ni-know; sampradiiya-anurodhe-but for the sake of our party; tabu-still;\n\ntaha-that; mani-we accept.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"We know that all this word jugglery springs from the imagination of Sarikar­\n\nacarya, and yet because we belong to his sect, we accept it although it does- not\nsatisfy us.\n\nTEXT 137\n\n�Jttf' ifft� ..f, �f-t c;�tlltf �'f I'\n'\\.'Ott( i'ft'5ft\"' �'t_ �\"�\" II ��� II\n\n", "adi2#p0155": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n131\n\nmukhyortha vyokhyo kara, dekhi tomora bala'\n\nmukhyorthe logo/a prabhu sutra-sakala\nSYNONYMS\nmukhya�rtha-direct meaning; vyokhyo\n\n-\n\nexplanation; kara-You do; dekhi-let\n\nus see; tomora-Your; bola-strength; mukhya�rthe-direct meaning; logo/a\n\nprabhu\n\n-\n\nthe Lord; sutra-sakala-all the sutras of Vedonta.\n\n-\n\nbegan;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now let us see,\" the Mayavadi sannyasis continued, \"how well You can describe\nthe sutras in terms of their direct meaning.\" Hearing this, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nbegan His direct explanation of the Vedanta-sutra.\nTEXT 138\n\n�� '�'fi' �-'\"'�'Sf� I\n\n�If,���(, �t�4ft1111 ��lr II\nbrhad-vastu 'brahma' kahi- 'srT-bhagavon'\n\n�a(l-vidhaisvarya-purra, para-tattva-<lhoma\nSYNONYMS\n\nbrhat-vastu-the substance, which is greater than the greatest; brahma-called by\n\nthe name Brahman; kahi-we call; srT-bhagavon-the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead; �a,t-six; vidha-varieties; aisvarya\n\n-\n\nopulences; purra-full; para-tattva-Abso­\n\nlute Truth; dhoma-reservoir.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Brahman, who is greater than the greatest, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is full of six opulences, and therefore He is the reservoir of ultimate truth\nand absolute knowledge.\nPURPORT\nIn the SrTmad-Bhagavatam it is said that the Absolute Truth is understood in three\nphases of realization: the impersonal Brahman, the localized Paramatma and ultimately the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The impersonal Brahman and localized\nParamatma are expansions of the potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nwho is complete in six opulences, namely, wealth, fame, strength, beauty, knowledge\nand renunciation. Since He possesses His six opulences, the Personality of Godhead\nis the ultimate truth in absolute knowledge.\nTEXT 139\n\n�'Pf�\"fr:� �itt� 1fhft'7fqj I\n�� '�if �11 <e'S'I<ftit '� '�lif'i' II ��i;> II\n\n", "adi2#p0156": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n132\n\nsvarupa-<Jisvarye tiihra niihi miiyii-gandha\nsakala vedera haya bhagaviin se 'sambandha'\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-in His original form; aisvarye\n\n-\n\nopulence; tohra-His; nohi-there is none;\n\nmoyo-gandha-contamination of the material world; saka/a-in all; vedera-Vedas;\nhaya-it is so; bhagavon-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; se-that; sambandharelationship.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In His original form the Supreme Personality of Godhead is full of transcendental opulences which are free from the contamination of the material world. It is to\nbe understood that in all Vedic literature the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\nthe ultimate goal.\nTEXT 140\n\n� 'fiiT�' �ffl, fi�� if1 �� I\n�('�pt ifl 'll'tfitr;� �(\\!'1 � �fi{ II �8\n\no\n\nII\n\ntiihre 'nirvise�a· kahi, cic-chakti nii miini.\nardha-svarupa no monile purrato haya honi\nSYNONYMS\ntiihre-unto Him; nirvise�a-impersonal; kahi-we say; cit sakti\n-\n\nno-do not; moni\n\n-\n\n-\n\nspiritual energy;\n\naccept; ardha-half; svariipa-fo rm; no-not; mani/e-accepting;\n\npurratii-fullness; haya-becomes; honi-defective.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When we speak of the Supreme as impersonal, we deny His spiritual potencies.\nLogically, if you accept half of the truth, you cannot understand the whole.\nPURPORT\nIn the Upani�ads it is said:\nom purram adaf:l purram idam\npurrot piirram udacyate\npurrasya purram oaaya\npurram evovasi�yate\nThis verse, which is mentioned in the lsopani�ad, Brhad-OraQyaka Upani�ad and\nmany other Upani�ads, indicates that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is full in\nsix opulences. His position is unique, for He possesses all riches, strength, influence,\n\n", "adi2#p0157": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n133\n\nbeauty, knowledge and renunciation. Brahman means the greatest, but the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead is greater than the greatest, just as the sun globe is greater\n\nthan the sunshine which is all-pervading in the universe. Although the sunshine that\n\nspreads all over the universes appears very great to the less knowledgeable, greater\n\nthan the sunshine is the sun itself, and greater than the sun is the sun-god. Similarly,\nimpersonal Brahman is not the greatest, although it appears to be so. Impersonal\n\nBrahman is only the bodily effulgence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but\n\nthe transcendental form of the Lord is greater than both the impersonal Brahman\nand localized Paramatma. Therefore whenever the word Brahman is used in Vedic\n\nliterature, it is understood to refer to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nIn Bhagavad-gTtii the Lord is also addressed as Parabrahman. Mayavadis and\n\nothers sometimes misunderstand Brahman because every living entity is also\n\nBrahman. Therefore Kr�r;�a is referred to as Parabrahman (the Supreme Brahman).\n\nIn the Vedic literature, whenever the words Brahman or Parabrahman are used,\n\nthey are to be understood to refer to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r;�a.\n\nThis is their real meaning. Since the entire Vedic literature deals with the subject of\n\nBrahman, Kr�r;�a is therefore the ultimate goal of Vedic understanding. The imper­\n\nsonal brahmajyoti rests on the personal form of the Lord. Therefore although the\n\nimpersonal effulgence, the brahmajyoti, is the first realization, one must enter into\n\nit, as mentioned in the fsopani�ad, to find the Supreme Person, and then one's\nknowledge is perfect. Bhagavad-gTtii -(7 .19) also confirms this. Bahunam janmanam\n\nante jfliinaviin mom prapadyate: one's search for the Absolute Truth by dint of spec­\n\nulative knowledge is complete when one comes to the point of understanding Kr�r;�a\nand surrenders unto Him. That is the real point of perfectional knowledge.\n\nPartial realization of the Absolute Truth as impersonal Brahman denies the com­\n\nplete opulences of the Lord. This is a hazardous understanding of the Absolute\nTruth. Unless one accepts all the features of the Absolute Truth-namely, impersonal\n\nBrahman, localized Paramatma and ultimately the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead-his knowledge is imperfect. Sripada Ramanujacarya, in his Vecfiirtha-sahgraha,\nsays:\n\njnanena dharmera svarupam api nirupitam,\nna tu jnana-matram brahmeti katham idam\navagamyate iti cet?\nHe thus indicates that the real absolute identity must be understood in terms of\n\nboth His knowledge and characteristics. Simply to understand the Absolute Truth\n\nto be full of knowledge is not sufficient. In the Vedic literature we find the state­\n\nment yaf:l sarva-jna/;1 sarva-vit, which means that the Absolute Truth knows every­\n\nthing perfectly, but we also learn from the Vedic description pariisya saktir vivi­\n\ndhaiva sruyate that not only does He know everything, but He also acts accordingly\nby utilizing His different energies. Thus to understand that Brahman, the Supreme,\nis conscious is not sufficient. One must know how He consciously acts through His\n\ndifferent energies. Mayavada philosophy simply informs us of the consciousness of\n\nthe Absolute Truth but does not give us information of how He acts with His consciousness. That is the defect of that philosophy.\n\n", "adi2#p0158": "134\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 141\n\n��t2ttf'$t�'l_ � �fif �� I\ni!R�fif ��-�-t2ft�1t �rft'i 11 �8� 11\nbhagaviin-priiptihetu ye kari upiiya\nsravar;iidi bhakti- kr�rp-priiptira sahiiya\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;priipti-hetu-the means by which\n\nHe can be approached;ye-what; kari-1 do; upiiya-means;sravar;a-iidi-devotional\nservice, beginning with hearing; bhakti-devotional service; kr�Qa-the Supreme\nLord; priiptira-to approach Him; sahiiya-means.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"It is only by devotional service, beginning with hearing, that one can approach\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. That is the only means to approach Him.\nPURPORT\nMayavadT philosophers are satisfied simply to understand Brahman to be the sum\ntotal of knowledge, but Vai�Qava philosophers not only know in detail about the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead but also know how to approach Him directly.\nThe method for this is described by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as nine kinds of\ndevotional service, beginning with hearing.\n\nsravar;am kTrtanam vi�r;o/;lsmarar;am piida-sevanam\narcanam vandanam diisyam sakhyam iitma-nivedanam\n(Bh?ig. 7.5.23)\nOne can directly approach the Supreme Personality of Godhead sfmply by executing the nine kinds of devotional service, of which hearing about the Lord is the\nmost. important (sravar;iidi). Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has very favorably stressed\nthe importance of this process of hearing. According to His method, if people are\nsimply given a chance to hear about Kr�IJa, certainly they will gradually develop\ntheir dormant awareness or love of Godhead. Sravar;iidi-suddha-citte karaye udaya\n(Cc. Madhya 22.1 07). Love of God is dormant in everyone, but if one is given a\nchance to hear about the Lord, certainly that love develops. Our Kr�IJa cons�iousness movement acts on this principle. We simply give people the chance to hear\nabout the Supreme Personality of Godhead and give them prasiida to eat, and the\nactual result is that all over the world people are responding to this process and becoming pure devotees of Lord Kr�IJa. We open hundreds of centers all over the\nworld just to give people in general a chance to hear about Kr�Qa and accept\nKr�Qa's prasiidd. These two processes can be accepted by anyone, even a child. It\ndoesn't matter whether one is poor or rich, learned or foolish, black or white, old\n\n", "adi2#p0159": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n135\n\nor still a child-anyone who simply hears about the Supreme Personality of Godhead and takes prasiida is certainly elevated to the transcendental position of devotional service.\nTEXT 142\n\n,� �(\"� '��t;'AI' ift1f I\n�rt�� �i! Q '� � II �8� II\nsei sarva-vedera 'abhidheya' niima\nsiidhana-bhakti haite haya premera udgama\nSYNONYMS\nsei sarva-vedera-that is the essence of all Vedic literature; abhidheya niima-the\nprocess called abhidheya, or devotional activities; sodhana-bhakti-another name of\nthis process, \"devotional service in practice\"; haite-from this; haya-there is;\npremera-of love of Godhead; udgama-awakening.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By practicing this regulated devotional service under· the direction of the\nspiritual master, certainly one awakens his dormant love of Godhead. This process\nis called abhidheya.\nPURPORT\nBy the practice of devotional service, beginning with hearing and chanting, the\nimpure heart of a conditioned soul is purified, and thus he can understand his\neternal relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. That eternal relationship is described by S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. jlvera 'svarupa' haya kr�fJera nitya·\n\ndiisa: the living entity is an eternal servitor of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nWhen one is convinced about this relationship, which is called sambandha, he then\nacts accordingly. That' is called abhidheya. The next step is prayojana-siddhi, or\nfulfillment of the ultimate goal of one's life. If one can understand his relationship\nwith the Supreme Personality of Godhead and act accordingly, automatically his\nmission in life is fulfilled. The Mayavadi philosophers miss even the first stage in\nself-realization because they have no conception of God's being personal. He is the\nmaster of all, and He is the only person who can accept the service of all living\nentities, but since this knowledge is lacking in Mayavada philosophy, Mayavadis do\nnot have knowledge even of their relationship with God. They wrongly think that\neveryone is God or that everyone is equal to God. Therefore, since the real position\nof the living entity is not clear to them, how can they advance further? Although\nthey are very puffed-up at being liberated, Mayavadi philosophers very shortly fall\ndown again to material activities due to their neglecting the lotus feet of the Lord.\nThat is called patanty adha/:1.\n\n", "adi2#p0160": "136\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\niiruhya krcchreraparafn padafn tataf:i\npatanty adho 'niidrta-yu�mad-ahghrayaf:i\n(Bhiig. 1 0.2.32)\n\nIt is the statement of Prahlada Maharaja that persons who think themselves liberated\nbut do not execute devotional service, not knowing their relationship with the Lord,\nare certainly misled. One must know his relationship with the Lord and act accordingly. Then the fulfillment of his life's mission will be possible.\nTEXT 143\n\n��1l iftCi � �fir ��1lt'$f I\n�· �� �tJil \\!11{ ift� � J1''$f II �8� II\nk(!j!Jera carare haya yadi anuriiga\nk(!j!JO binu anyatra tiira niihi rahe riiga\nSYNONYMS\nk(!j!Jera-of Kr�11a; carare-at the lotus feet; haya-becomes; yadi-if; anuriigaattachment; k(!j!JO-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; binu-without; anyatraanywhere else; tiira-his; niihi-there does not; rahe-remain; raga-attachment.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If one develops his love of Godhead and becomes attached to the lotus feet of\nKr!!IJa, gradually he loses his attachment to everything else.\nPURPORT\nThis is a test of advancement in devotional service. Bhaktir parasyiinubhavo\nviraktir anyatra syiit: in bhakti, a devotee's only attachment is Kw)a; he no longer\nwants to maintain his attachments to many other things. Although Mayavadi\nphilosophers are supposed to be very advanced on the path of liberation, we see\nthat after some time they descend to politics and philanthropic activities. Many big\nsannyiisis who were supposedly liberated and very advanced have come down again\nto materialistic activities, although they left this world as mithyii (false). When a\ndevotee develops in devotional service, however, he no longer has attachments to\nsuch philanthropic activities. He is simply inspired to serve the Lord, and he engages\nhis entire life in such service. This is the difference between Vai�l)ava and Mayavadi\nphilosophers. Devotional service, therefore, is practical, whereas Ma:y-avada.philosophy is merely mental speculation.\nTEXT 144\n\n\"Pt.Jf ��t( � <;�1f-�� I\n\n�1l1Jt!._1t·f� �m �t�t�� II �88 II\n\n", "adi2#p0161": "Adi-ma, Chapter 7\n\n137\n\npancama puru¥frtha sei prema-mahadhana\nkr�!Jera madhurya-rasa karaya asvadana\nSYNONYMS\n\npan cama-fifth; puru� -artha-goal of life; sei-that; prema-love of God; maha­\n\ndhana-foremost wealth; kr�!Jera-of Lord Kr�J')a;' madhurya -conjugal love; rasa­\n\nmellow; karaya\n\n-\n\ncauses; asvadana-taste.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Love of Godhead is so exalted that it is considered to be the fifth goal of human\nlife. By awakening one's love of Godhead, one can attain the platform of conjugal\nlove, tasting it even during the present span of life.\nPURPORT\nThe Mayavadi philosophers consider the highest goal of perfection to be liberation\n\n(mukti), which is the fourth perfectional platform. Generally people are aware of\n\nfour principal goals of life-religiosity (dharma), economic development (artha),\nsense gratification (kama) and ultimately liberation (mok �a)\n\n-\n\nbut devotional service\n\nis situated on the platform above liberation. In other words, when one is actually\n\nliberated (mukta) he can unders!and the meaning of love of Godhead (kr�!Ja-prema).\nWhile teaching Rupa Gosvami, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stated, kotimukta-madhye\n\n'durlabha' eka kr�!Ja-bhakta: \"Out of millions of liberated persons, one may be­\n\ncome a devotee of Lord Kr�J')a.\"\nThe most elevated Mayavadi philosopher can rise to the platform of liberation,\n\n�ut Kr�!Ja-bhakti, devotional service ,to Kr�J')a, is transcendental to such liberation..\nSrila Vyasadeva explains this fact in Srimad-Bhagavatam (Bhag. 1.1.2):\ndharmaf;l projjhita-kaitavo 'tra paramo nirmatsarii!Jarh satam\nvedyam vastavam atra vastu sivadam tapa-trayonmulanam\n\"Completely rejecting all religions which are materially motivated, the Bhagavata\nPuriitJa propounds the highest truth, which is understandable by those devotees who\nare pure in heart. The highest truth is reality, distinguished from illusion for the\nwelfare of all. Such truth uproots the threefold miseries.\" Srlmad-Bhagavatam, the\n\nexplanation of Vedanta-sutra, is meant for paramo nirmatsariil}am, those who are\ncompletely aloof from jealousy. Mayavadi philosophers are jealous of the existence\n\nof the Personality of Godhead. Therefore Vedanta-sutra is not actually meant for\n\nthem. They unnecessarily poke their noses in the\n\nVedanta-sutra, but they have rio\n\nability to understand it because the author of Veaanta-sutra writes in his commen­\n\ntary, SrTmad-Bhagavatam, that it is meant for those who are pure in heart (paramo\n\nnirmatsaratJiim). If one is envious of Kr�J')a, how can he understand Vedanta-sutra\nor Srfmad-Bhagavatam? The Mayavadis' primary occupation is to offend the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead Kr�J')a. For example, although Kr�J')a demands our\n\nsurrender in Bhagavad-glta, the greatest scholar and so-called philosopher in India\n\n", "adi2#p0162": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n138\n\nhas protested that it is \"not to Kr�l)a\" that we have to surrender. Therefore, he is.\nenvious. Since Mayavadis of all different descriptions are envious of Kr�l)a, they\nhave no scope to understand the meaning of Vediinta-sutra. Even if they were on\nthe liberated platfo_rm as they falsely claim, here Kr�l)adasa Kaviraja Gosvami repeats\nthe statement of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu that love of Kr�l)a is beyond the state\nof liberation.\nTEXT 145\n\n<;�� �t'! � �11 � '�l�.r I\n<;�IIi ru� 91111 �� '��-�-t�� II �8� II\npremii haite kr�fJa haya nija bhakta-vasa\npremii haite piiya kr�rJera sevii-sukha-rasa\nSYNONYMS\npremii-love of Kr�tla; haite-from; kmw-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; haya-becomes; nija-His own; bhakta-vasa-submissive to devotees; premiilove of God; haite-from; piiya-he gets; kr�rera-of Lord Kr�tla; sevii-sukha­\n\nrasa\n\n-\n\nthe mellow of devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"The Supreme Lord, who is greater than the greatest, becomes submissive to\neven a very insignificant devotee because of his devotional service. It is the beautiful\nand exalted nature of devotional service that the infinite Lord becomes submissive\nto the infinitesimal living entity because of it. In reciprocal devotional activities\nwith the Lord, the devotee actually enjoys the transcendental mellow quality of\ndevotional service.\nPURPORT\nBecoming one with the Supreme Personality of Godhead is not very important\n\nfor a· devotee. Mukti/:1 svayarh mukulitiinja/i sevate 'smiin (KnrJa-karramrta 1 07).\n\nSpeaking from his actual experience, Srna Bilvamarigala Thakura says that if one\n\ndevelops love of Godhead, mukti {liberation) becomes subservient and unimportant\nto him. Mukti stands before the devotee and is prepared to render all kinds of services. The Mayavadi philosophers' standard of mukti is very insignificant for a devotee, for by devotional service even the Supreme Personality of Godhead becomes\nsubordinate to him. An actual example is that the Supreme Lord Kr�Qa became the\nchariot driver of Arjuna, and when Arjuna asked Him to draw his chariot between\nthe two armies (senayor ubhayor madhye ratharh sthiipaya me 'cyuta), Kr�IJa executed his order. Such is the relationship between the Supreme Lord and a devotee\nthat although the Lord is greater than the greatest, He is prepared to render service\nto the insignificant devotee by dint of his sincere and unalloyed devotional service.\n\n", "adi2#p0163": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n139\n\nTEXT 146\n\n�f�t��' �tm� iftlf 1\n�� fi!� �� �('i�J_t� 'S>f��li{ II �8� II\n��,\n\nsambandha, abhidheya, prayojana niima\nei tina artha sarva-sutre paryavasiina\nSYNONYMS\n\nsambandha-relationship; abhidheya-functional duties; prayojana-the goal of\nname; ei-there; tina-three; artha-purport; sarva-all; sutre-in the\n\nlife; niima\n\n-\n\ncodes of Vedanta; paryavasiina-culmination.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One's relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, activities in terms\nof that relationship, and the ultimate goal of life [to develop love of God] -these\nthree subjects are explained in every code of the Vedanta-sutra, for they form the\nculmination of the entire Vedanta philosophy.\"\nPURPORT\nIn the Srlmad-Bhagavatam(5.5.5) it is said:\n\npariibhavas tiivad abodha-jiito\nyiivan na jijniisata iitma-tattvam\nA human being is defeated in all his activities as long as he does not know the goal\nof life, which can be understood when one is inquisitive about Brahman. It is such\n\ninquiry that begins Vediinta-sutra: athiito brahma-jijfliisii. A human being should be\n\ninquisitive to know who he is, what the universe is, what God is and what the\nrelationship is between himself, God and the material world. Such questions cannot\nbe asked by cats and dogs, but they must arise in the heart of a real human being.\nKnowledge of these four items-namely, oneself, the universe, God, and their\n\ninternal relationship-is called sambandha-jniina, or the knowledge of one's relationship. When one's relationship with the Supreme Lord is established, the next program is to act in that relationship. This is called abhidheya, or activity in relationship\nwith the Lord. After executing such prescribed duties, when one attains the highest\n\ngoal of life, love of Godhead, he achieves prayojana-siddhi, or the fulfillment of his\n\nhuman mission. In the Brahma-sutra, or Vediinta-sutra, these subjects are very carefully explained. Therefore one who does not understand the Vediinta-sutra in terms\n\nof these principles is simply wasting his time. This is the version of Sr7mad­\n\nBhiigavatam (1.2.8):\n\n", "adi2#p0164": "140\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\ndharma/;1 svanu�thita/;1 purhsiirh\nvi�vaksena-kathiisu ya/;1\nnotpiidayed yadi ratirh\nsrama eva hi kevalam\n\nOne may be a very learned scholar and execute his prescribed duty very nicely, but\nif he does not ultimately become inquisitive about the Supreme Personality of Godhead and is indifferent to sravatJarh klrtanam ( hearing and chanting ) , all that he has\n\ndone is but a waste of time. Mayavadf philosophers who do not understand the\nrelationship between themselves, the cosmic manifestation and the Supreme Personality of Godhead are simply wasting their time, and their philosophical speculation has no value.\nTEXT 147\n\n��\\!�tilt �-rJtil �f.Urll\n��\"' �IJ� � Rem �rim 11 �s\" 11\neimata sarva-sutrera vyiikhyiina suniyii\nsakala sannyiisl kahe vinaya kariyii\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way;sarva-siitrera-of all the codes of Vediinta-siitra; vyiikhyiinaexplanation; suniyii-by hearing; sakala-all; sannyiisl-the groups of Mayavadi\nsannyiisls; kahe-said; vinaya-humbly; kariyii-doing so.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all the Mayavadi sannyasfs thus heard the explanation of Caitanya Mahaprabhu on the basis of sambandha, abhidheya and prayojana, they spoke very\nhumbly.\nPURPORT\nEveryone who actually desires to understand Vedanta philosophy must certainly\naccept the explanation of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu or the Vai�t;�ava iiciiryas who\nhave also commented on the Vediinta-siitra according to the principles of bhakti­\n\nyoga. After hearing the explanation of Vediinta-sutra from S rrCaitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\nall the sannyas7s, headed by Prakasananda Sarasvatf, became very humble and\nobedient to the Lord, and they spoke as follows.\nTEXT 148\n\nC�'l1(11·�� �1(,��'Jfte. i{'Rft�'l I\n..� �9f1tt�,- �(<;� ��( fil\"'if II �Sir II\n\n", "adi2#p0165": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n141\n\nvedamaya-murti tumi,-sak�at narayaro\nk�ama aparadha,-purve ye kailuh nindana\nSYNONYMS\nvedamaya-transformation of the Vedic knowledge; milrti-form; tumi- You;\nsiik�at\n\n-\n\ndirectly; narayat;�a-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; k�ama-excuse;\n\naparadha-offense;pilrve-before;ye-that; kailw1-we have done; nindana-criticism.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Dear sir, You are Vedic knowledge personified and are directly Narayar;ta Himself. Kindly excuse us for the offenses we previously committed by criticizing You.\"\nPURPORT\nThe complete path of bhakti-yoga is based upon the process of becoming\nhumble and submissive. By the grace of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, all the Mayavadi sannyiisTs were very humble and submissive after hearing His explanation of\nVedanta-sutra, and they begged to be pardoned for the offenses that they had committed by criticizing the Lord for simply chanting and dancing, not taking part in the\nstudy\n\nof\n\nVedanta-sutra.\n\nWe are\n\npropagating\n\nthe Kr�IJa consciousness move­\n\nment simply by following in the footsteps of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. We may\nnot be very well versed in the Vedanta-sutra codes and may not understand their\nmeaning, but we follow in the footsteps of the acaryas, and because of our strictly\nand obediently following in the footsteps of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, it is to be\nunderstood that we know everything regarding Vedanta-sutra.\nTEXT 149\n\nc;�� '� ��� flfi� <;� ';{i{ I\n'��' '\"�' -.til �� ��t\"\\1 �'I II �8� II\nsei haite sannyasTra phiri gela mana\n'kr�ra' 'kr�ro' nama soda karaye grahoro\nSYNONYMS\nsei haite-from that time; sannyasTra-all the Mayavadi sannyasTs; phiri-turn;\nge/a-became; mana-mind; kr�ro, kr�ro-the holy name-of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, Kr�Qa; nama\n\n-\n\nname; soda-always; karaye-do; grahara-accept\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom that moment when the Mayavadi sannyasis heard the explanation of\nVedanta-sutra from the Lord, their minds changed, and on the instruction of\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, they too chanted, \"Kr�r;ta! Kr�rJa!\" always.\n\n", "adi2#p0166": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n142\n\nPURPORT\nIn this connection it may be mentioned that sometimes the sahajiyii class of\ndevotees opine that Prakasananda Sarasvati and Prabodhananda Sarasvati are the\nsame man. Prabodhananda Sarasvati was a great Vai�Qava devotee of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, but Prakasananda Sarasvati, the head of the Mayavadi sannyiisTs in\nBenares, was a different person. Prabodhananda SarasvatT belonged to the Ramanujasampradaya,\n\nwhereas\n\nPrakasananda\n\nSarasvatT belonged\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nSari karacarya­\n\nsampradaya. Prabodhananda SarasvatT wrote a number of books, among which are\nCaitanya-candriimrta, Riidhii-rasa-sudhii-nidhi, SahgTta-madhava,\n\nVrndiivana-sataka\n\nand NavadvTpa-sataka. While traveling in Southern India, Caitanya Mahaprabhu met\nPrabodharianda Sarasvati, who had two brothers, Vyerikata Bhatta and Tirumalaya\nBhaHa, who were Vai�pavas of the Ramimuja-sampradaya. Gopala Bhatta GosvamT'\nwas\n\nthe\n\nnephew\n\nof\n\nPrabodhananda Sarasvati.\n\nFrom\n\nhistorical\n\nrecords it is\n\nfound that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu traveled in South India in the year 1433\n\nsakiibda during the Caturmasya period, and it was at that time that He met\n\nPrabodhananda, who belonged to the Ramanuja-sampradaya. How then could\nthe same person meet Him as a member of the Sarikara-sampradaya in 1435\n\nsakiibda, two years later? It is to be concluded that the guess of the sahijiyiisampriidaya\n\nthat\n\nPrabodhananda\n\nSarasvati\n\nand\n\nPrakasananda Sarasvati were\n\nthe same man is a mistaken idea.\nTEXT 150\n\n��1fti! �i·�� -.fif' 'til��t'f I\n��'t<t�lr;� �-.iftlf <t�fi� ��t� II ��o II\neimate tiih-sabiira k�ami' apariidha\nsabiikiire kr�ra-niima karilii prasiida\nSYNONYMS\nei-mate-in this way; tiih-sabiira-of all the sannyiisTs; k�ami' e x cusing; apariidha-\n\noffense; sabiikiire-all of them; kr�ra-niima-the holy name of Kr�pa; karilii-gave;\nprasiida-as mercy.\nTRANSLATION\nThus lord Caitanya excused all the offenses of the Mayavadi sannyasis and very\nmercifully blessed them with Kr�l)a-nama.\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the mercy incarnation of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. He is addressed by Srila Rupa Gosvami as mahii-vadiinyiivatara, or the\nmost magnanimous incarnation. Srila ROpa Gosvami also says, karurayiivatTrraf:J\nka/au: it is only by His mercy that He has descended in this age of Kali. Here this\n\n", "adi2#p0167": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n143\n\nis exemplified. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu did not like to see Mayavadi sannyiisTs\nbecause He thought of them as offenders to the lotus feet of Krg1a, but here He\nexcuses them (tiih-sabiira k�ami' apariidha). This is an example in preaching. Apani\nacari' bhakti-sikhiiimu sabiire. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu teaches us that those whom\npreachers meet are almost all offenders who are opposed to Kr�l)a consciousness,\nbut it is a preacher's duty to convince them of the Kr�l)a consciousness movement\nand then induce them to chant the Hare Kr�l)a mahii-mantra. Our propagation of\nthe sahkTrtana movement is continuing, despite many opponents, and people are\ntaking this chanting process even in remote parts of the world like Africa. By inducing the offenders to chant the Hare Kr�l)a mantra, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nexemplified the success of the Kr�l)a consciousness movement. We should follow\nvery respectfully in the footsteps of Lord Caitanya, and there is no doubt that we\nshall be successful in our attempts.\nTEXT 151\n\nt.!� ,Cf �11t� 1f�l2f't_�� �fRO I\n\nN;'fj CfiRtr;i'{if ��, 1fro �tb1\" ��� \"\ntabe saba SdnnyiisT mahiiprabhuke /aiyii\nbhik�ii karilena sabhe, madhye vasiiiyii\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-after this; saba-all; sannyiisT-the Mayavadi sannyiisTs; mahiiprabhukeCaitanya Mahaprabhu; /aiyii-taking Him; bhik�ii karilena-took prasiida or took\nlunch; sabhe-all together; madhye-in the middle; vasii yii-seating Him.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, all the sannyasis took the Lord in their midst, and thus they all took\ntheir meal together.\nPURPORT\nPreviously Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu neither mixed nor talked with the Mayavadi\nsannyiisTs, but now He is taking lunch with them. It is to be concluded that when\nLord Caitanya induced them to chant Hare Kr�l)a and excused them for their\noffenses, they were purified, and therefore there was no objection to taking lunch\nor Bhagavat-prasiida with them, although Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu knew that the\nfoodstuffs were not offered to the Deity. Mayavadi sannyiisTs do not worship the\nDeity, or if they do so they generally worship the deity of Lord Siva or the\npancopiisanii (Lord Vi��;�u, Lord Siva, Durgadevi, Ga�;�esa and Surya). Here we do\nnot find any mention of the demigods or Vi��;�u, and yet Caitanya Mahaprabhu\naccepted food in the midst of the sannyiisTs on the basis that they had chanted the\nHare Kr��;�a mahii-mantra and that He had excused their offenses.\n\n", "adi2#p0168": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n144\n\nTEXT 152\n\n�'fl �il' ��� �ttl'fi �J I\n·� �-�'li � ,�-�\" ���\"\nbhik# kari' mahiiprabhu iiilii viisiighara\nhena citra-Jnii kare gauriinga-sundara\nSYNONYMS\nbhik�a-accepting foodstuff from others; kari'-accepting; mahiiprabhu-Lord\nCaitanya; iii/a-returned; viisiighara\n\n-\n\nto His residence;hena-thus; citra-Ina-wonder­\n\nful pastimes; kare-does; gauriinga-Lord S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sundara-very\nbeautiful.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter taking lunch among the Mayavadi sannyasis, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\nwho is known as Gaurasundara, returned to His residence. Thus the Lord performs\nHis wonderful pastimes.\nTEXT 153\n\n��' l!?ti{ fif�, � 'tift\\!e{ I\n\n�f.{' �r.t' �r� ,� 'IIi{ \" ��� \"\ncandrasekhara, tapana misra, iira saniitana\nsuni' dekhi' iinandita sabiikiira mana\nSYNONYMS\ncandrasekhara-of the name Candra�ekhara; tapana misra-of the name Tapana\nMisra; iira-and; saniitana-of the name Sanatana; suni'-hearing; dekhi\n\n'-\n\nseeing;\n\niinandita-very pleased; sabiikiira-all of them; mana- minds.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing the arguments of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and seeing His victory,\n\nCandra5ekhara, Tapana Misra and Sanatana were all extremely pleased.\nPURPORT\n\nHere is an example of how a sannyiisT should preach. When Sri Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu went to Varar;tasi, He went there alone, not with a big party. Locally, how­\n\never, He made friendships with Candrasekhara and Tapana Misra, and Sanatana\nGosvami also came to see Him. Therefore, although He did not have many friends\nthere, due to His sound preaching and His victory in arguing with the local sannyiisTs\n\n", "adi2#p0169": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n145\n\non Vedanta philosophy, He became greatly famous in that part of the country, as\nexplained in the next verse.\nTEXT 154\n\n�t_� (;lff� 'C{t�t:Jt :Jf�f( :JfiJ� I\n12ft.J 12M�:Jf'l �� :Jf� �tft'f� II )tt8 II\nprabhuke dekhite aise sakala sannyasT\nprabhura prasarhsa kare saba vararasT\nSYNONYMS\nprabhuke-unto Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dekhite-to see; Olse-they came;\nsakala\n\n-\n\nall; sannyasT-the Mayavadi sannyasTs; prabhura-of Lord Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu; prasarhsa-praise; kare-they do; saba-all; vararasT-the city of Varal)asi.\nTRANSLATION\nMany Mayavadi sannyasis of Varar;�asi came to see the Lord after this incident,\nand the entire city praised Him.\nTEXT 155\n\n�lt'f�� ��'111\\�tJ I\nP 'l�'ft<fi � \"\"�J'{iJJ II )tt<t II\nvararasT-purT iii/a srT-kr�ra-caitanya\npurT-saha sarva-loka haifa maha-dhanya\nSYNONYMS\nvororas7 of the name Varar;�asi; purT city; iii/a-came; srT-kr�ra-caitanya- Lord\n-\n\n-\n\nS ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; purT-city; saha-with; sarva-loka-all the people; hoi/abecame; maha-dhanya\n\n-\n\nthankful.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu visited the city of Varar;�asi, and all of its people were\n\nvery thankful.\n\nTEXT 156\n\n\"\" \".. ,\"11� �-t:Jf �� ,wr� 1\n\nlll(1Ns' � �' ifttl �� II �a� II\n\n", "adi2#p0170": "146\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n/ak�a /ak:ja /aka iiise prabhuke dekhite\nmahii-bhi(la haifa dviire, niire pravesite\n\nSYNONYMS\nlak:ja lak!ja-hund reds and thousands; /aka-people; iiise-came; prabhuke-unto\n\nthe Lord; dekhite- to see; mahii-bhi(la-a great crowd; haifa-there happened; dviireat the door; niire-may not; pravesite-to enter.\nTRANSLATION\nThe crowd at the door of His residence was so great that it numbered hundreds\nand thousands.\nTEXT 157\n\n� ��� 'ft'i{ �'!t'SfiHHf-ft;i{ I\n'1'1i &'(.. � ��' T';!(;\"' � \"'t'illl �Q\" II\nprabhu yabe yii'na visvesvara-darasane\n/akfia /akfia /aka iisi' mile sei sthane\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu- Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yabe-when; yii'na-goes; visvesvara-the\n\ndeity of Vara�;�asi; darasane-to visit; /ak:ja /ak:ja - hundreds and thousands; /akapeople; iisi'-come; mile-meet; sei-that; sthiine-on the place.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen the Lord went to visit the temple of Visvesvara, hundreds and thousands\nof people assembled to see Him.\nPURPORT\nThe important point in this verse is that S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu regularly visited\n\nthe temple of Visvesvara { Lord S iva ) at � ara�;�asi. Vai��;�avas generally do not visit a\n\ndemigod's temple, but here we see that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu regularly visited\nthe temple of Visvesvara, who was the predominating deity of Vara�;�asi. Generally\nMayavadl sannyiisls and worshipers of Lord Siva live in Vara�;�asi, but how is it that\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, who took the part of a Vai��;�ava sannyiisl, also visited the\nVisvesvara temple? The answer is that a Vai��;�ava does not behave impudently\ntoward the demigods. A Vai�l\")ava gives proper respect to all, although he never\naccepts a demigod to be as good as the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nIn the Brahma-samhitii there are mantras offering obeisances to Lord S iva, Lord\n\nBrahma, the sun-god and Lord Ga�;�esa, as well as Lord Vi��;�u, all of whom are worshiped by the impersonalists as paflcapiisanii. In their temples impersonalists also\n\n", "adi2#p0171": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n147\n\ninstall deities of Lord Vi�I)U, Lord Siva, the sun-god, goddess Durga and sometimes\nLord Brahma also, and this system is continuing at present in India under the guise\nof the Hindu religion. Vai�l)avas can also worship all these demigods, but only on\nthe principles of Brahma-samhitii, which is recommended by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. We may note in this connection the mantras for worshiping Lord Siva, Lord\nBrahma, goddess Durga, the sun-god and Gal)esa, as described in the Brahma-samhitii:\nsr�ti-sthiti-pralaya-siidhana-saktir ekii\nchiiyeva yasya bhuvaniini bibharti durgii\nicchiinurupam api yasya co ce�{ate sii\ngovindam iidi-puru�am tam aham bhajiimi\n\n\"The external potency, miiyii, who is of the nature of the shadow of the cit [spiritual] potency, is worshiped by all people as Durga, the creating, preserving and\ndestroying agency of this mundane world. I adore the primeval Lord Govinda, in\naccordance with whose will Durga conducts herself.\" (Bs. 5.44)\nk�lram yathii dadhi vikiira-vise�a-yog?it\nsafljiiyate no hi total; prthag asti hetol;\nyo/; sambhutiim api tathii samupaiti. kiiryiid\ngovindam iidi-puru�am tam aham bhajiimi\n\n\"Milk is transformed into curd by the actions of acids, yet the effect 'curd' is\nneither the same as nor different from its cause, viz., milk. I adore the primeval\nLord Govinda, of whom the state of Sambu is a similar transformation for the performance of the work of destruction.\" ( Bs. 5.45)\nbhiisviin yathiisma-sakale�u nije�u tejal}\nsviyam kiyat praka{ayaty api tad-vadatra\nbrahmii yo e�a jagada(lf/a-vidhiina-kart?i\ngovindam iidi-puru�am tam aham bhaj?imi\n\"I adore the primeval Lord Govinda, from whom the separated subjective portion\nBrahma receives his power for the regulation of the mundane world, just as the sun\nmanifests a portion of his own light in all the effulgent gems that bear such names\nas surya-kiinta.\" (Bs. 5.49)\n\nyat-piida-pal!ava-yugam vinidhiiya kumbhadvandve pra(liima-samaye sa ga(liidhiriijal;\nvighniin vihantum a/am asya jagat-trayasya\ngovindam iidi-puru�am tam aham bhajiimi\n\"I worship the primeval Lord Govinda. Gal)esa always holds His lotus feet upon the\npair of tumuli protruding from his elephant head in order to obtain power for his\n\n", "adi2#p0172": "148\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nfunction of destroying all obstacles on the path of progress in the three worlds.\"\n(Bs. 5.50)\n\nyac cak�ur e�a savitii sakala-grahii(liim\nraja samasta-sura-murtir ase�a-tejii/:1\nyasyiijflayii bhramati sambhrta-kiila-cakro\ngovindam iidi-puru�am tam aham bhajiimi\n\"The sun, full of infinite effulgence, who is the king of all the planets and the image\n\nof the good soul, is like the eye of this world. I adore the primeval Lord Govinda,\nin pursuance of whose order the sun performs his journey, mounting the wheel of\n\ntime.\" (Bs. 5.52)\n\nAll the demigods are servants of Kr�11a; they are not equal with Kr�IJa. Therefore\n\neven if one goes to a temple of the pancopiisanii, as mentioned above, one should\n\nnot accept the deities as they are accepted by the impersonalists. All of them are to\n\nbe accepted as personal demigods, but they all serve the order of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Sarikaracarya, for example, is understood to be an incarna­\n\ntion of Lord Siva, as described in the Padma Purii(la. He propagated the Mayavada\nphilosophy under the order of the Supreme Lord. We have already discussed this\npoint in text 114 of this chapter:\n\ntiihra do�a niihi, tehho iijniikiiri diisa\nora yei sune tara haya sarva-niisa\n\"Sarikaracarya is not at fault, for he has thus covered the real purpose of the Vedas\n\nunder the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\" Although Lord Siva, in\n\nthe form of a briihma(la (Sarikaracarya), preached the false philosophy of Mayavada,\n,\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu nevertheless said that since he did it on the order of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, there was no fault on his part (tiihra do�a niihi}.\n\nWe must offer proper respects to all the demigods. If one can offer respects even\n\nto an ant, why not to the demigods? One must always know, however, that no\ndemigod is equal to or above the Supreme Lord. Ekalii 7svara kr�fJa, ora saba bhrtya.\n\n\"Only Kr�IJa is the Supre!Jle Personality of Godhead, and all others, including the\n\ndemigods such as Lord Siva, Lord Brahma, goddess Durga and Gar;�esa, are His\n\nservants.\" Everyone serves the purpose of the Supreme Godhead, and what to speak\n\nof such small and insignificant living entities as ourselves? We are surely eternal\n\nservants of the Lord. The Mayavada philosophy maintains that the demigods, living\n\nentities and Supreme Personality of Godhead are all equal. It is therefore a most\n\nfoolish misrepresentation of Vedic knowledge.\n\nTEXT 158\n\n� <li�t'! �t� �'i1 �tr't�t1f I\n\n'!'t�f� �<tiff <;'tt<li �� 'lffltf�r;� II �<tl7- II\n\n", "adi2#p0173": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n149\n\nsniina karite yabe yii'na gahgii-tTre\ntiihiifli sakala /aka haya mahii-bhkje\nSYNONYMS\nsniina-bath; karite-taking; yabe-when; yii'na-goes; gahgii-Ganges; tire-bank;\ntiihiini-then and there; saka/a-all; /aka-people; haya-assembled; mahii-bhifle-in\ngreat crowds.\nTRANSLATION\nWhenever Lord Caitanya went to the banks of the Ganges to take bath, big\ncrowds of many hundreds and thousands of people also assembled there.\nTEXT 159\n\n�- tt,f'f' <2f<t �,---� m- m 1\n\n�n...f.{ �tif c;\"t� \"if�J !fJfif' II ��� II\nbiihu tu/i' prabhu bale,-ba/a hari hari\nhari-dhvani kare /aka svarga-martya bhari'\nSYNONYMS\nbiihu tu/i'-rais i ng the arms;prabhu-Lord SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu;ba/e-speaks;\n\nba/a-all of you chant; hari hari - the holy name of Lord Kr�Qa ( Hari ) ; hari-dhvani­\n\nthe sound vibration of Hari; kare-does; /aka-all people; svarga-martya-in heaven,\n\nthe sky and the land; bhari'- completely filling.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhenever the crowds were too great, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stood up, raised\nHis hands and chanted, \"Hari! Hari!\" to which all the people again responded, filling\nboth the land and sky with the vibration.\nTEXT 160\n\n<='�t� fiN!tm1 �t.1f 11fitt1! ,�- Jf� 1\n�� ?ttitl'li 1\\'1� II ��o II\n/aka nistiiriyii prabhura calite haifa mana\nvrndiivane pif.thiiilii srT-saniitana\nSYNONYMS\n/aka-people; nistiiriyii - del i vering; prabhura-of the Lord; ca/ite-to leave; haifabecame; mana-mind; vrndiivane-toward Yrndavana; pif.thiiilii-sent; srT-saniitanaSanatana Gosvami.\n\n", "adi2#p0174": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n150\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter thus deliyering the people in general, the Lord desired to leave Varar;�asi.\nAfter instructing Sri Sanatana Gosvami, He sent him toward Vrndavana.\nPURPORT\nThe actual purpose of Lord Caitanya's stay at Varar;�asi after coming back f'rom\nVrndavana was to meet Sanatana Gosvami and teach him. Sanatana Gosvami met\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu after the Lord's return to Varar;�asi, where the Lord\ntaught him for two months about the implications of Vai�r;�ava philosophy and\nVai�r;�ava activities. After completely instructing him, He sent him to Vrndavana to\nexecute His orders. When Sanatana Gosvami went to Vrndavana, there were no\ntemples. The city was lying vacant like an open field. Sanatana Gosvami sat down\non the bank of the Yamuna, and after some time he gradually constructed the\nfirst temple; then other temples were constructed, and now the city is full of\ntemples, numbering about 5 ,000.\nTEXT 161\n\n1ftff!-� (;\"i'tt�if ��' �\"'�iy I\n�'!� �t�' (2fif_ �'11 �'ltijll( II � � � II\nriitri-divase /okera suni' koliiha/a\nviiriirasT chii(ii' prabhu iiilii nT!iica /a\nSYNONYMS\nriitri-night;divase-day;/okera-of the people in general;suni'-hearing;ko/iiha/atumult; viiriirasT-the city of Benares; chii(li'-leaving; prabhu-the Lord; iii/areturned; nT!iica/a- to Puri.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause\n\nthe\n\ncity\n\nof\n\nVarar;�asi was always full of tumultuous crowds, Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, after sending Sanatana to Vrndavana, returned to J agannatha\nPuri.\nTEXT 162\n\n�- tlti'fl <li�<t CC�tt'it �'Rf �fit� I\n��t�9f <ti�l! tt1 �� �1 11 ��� II\nei IT!ii kahiba iige vistiira kariyii\nsahk?epe kahiliih ihiih prasanga piiiyii\n\n", "adi2#p0175": "Adi-l\"ila, Chapter 7\n\n151\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-these;ma-pastimes; kahiba-1 shall speak;age-later on;vistara-vivid description;kariya\n\n-\n\nmaking;sahk,5epe-in short;kahi/ah-1 have spoken;ihah-in this place;\n\nprasahga-topics;paiya-taking advantage of.\nTRANSLATION\nhave here given a brief account of these pastimes of Lord Caitanya, but later\nI shall describe them in an extensive way.\nTEXT 163\n\n�·�·I!�� �,..�'!� I\nfl·iftlf·C�Jf ilfm f� �'11 �II��� II\nei paflcatattva-rupe srT-krgw-caitanya\nkf,5(1a-nama-prema diya visva kaila dhanya\nSYNONYMS\nei-this;paflcatattva-rupe-the Lord in His five forms;srT-krgw-caitanya- Lord S ri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; kf,5(1a-nama-the holy name of Lord Kr�t;�a; prema-love of\nKr�t;�a; diya-delivering;visva-the whole world; kai/a-made;dhanya-thankful.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Kr�l)a Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His associates of the Panca-tattva distributed\nthe holy name of the Lord to invoke love of Godhead throughout the universe·, and\nthus the entire universe was thankful.\nPURPORT\nHere it is said that Lord Caitanya made the entire universe thankful to Him for\npropagating thesankTrtana movement with His associates. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nhas already sanctified the entire universe by His presence 500 years ago, and therefore anyone who attempts to serve S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sincerely by following\nin His footsteps and following the instructions of the acaryas will successfully be\nable to preach the holy names of the Hare K r�t:� a maha-mantra all over the universe.\nThere are some foolish critics who say that Europeans and Americans cannot be\noffered sannyasa, but here we find that S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted to preach\nthe sankTrtana movement all over the universe. For preaching work, sannyasTs are\nessential. These critics think that only Indians or Hindus should be offered sannyasa\nto preach, but their knowledge is practically nil. Without sannyasTs, the preaching\nwork will be impeded. Therefore, under the instruction of Lord Caitanya and with\nthe blessings of tJ is associates, there should be no discrimination in this matter, but\npeople in all parts of the \\\"orld should be trained to preach and given sannyasa so\n\n", "adi2#p0176": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n152\n\nthat the cult of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's sahkTrtana movement will expand\n\nboundlessly. We do not care about the criticism of fools. We shall go on with our\n\nwork and simply depend ori the blessings of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His\nassociates, the Par'ica-tattva.\n\nTEXT 164\n\n��t� 91\"t�� 1!i9f·��il I\n�� <;�ift91\"� \"\"' �� C!f�tJtj II ��8 II\nmathuriite pii{hiiila riipa-saniitana\ndui senii-pati kai/a bhakti praciiraf}a\nSYNONYMS\nmathuriite-toward\n\nMathura; piifhiiila\n\n- sent; rupa-saniitana; the two. brothers\n\nRupa Gosvami and Sanatana Gosvami;dui-both of them;senii-pati-as commanders\n\nin chief;kaila-He made them;bhaktl-devotional service;praciiraf}a-to broadcast.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Caitanya dispatched the two generals Rupa Gosvami and Sanatana Gosvami\n\nto Vrndavana to preach the bhakti cult.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen Rupa Gosvami and Sanatana Gosvami went to Vrndavana, there was not a\n\nsingle temple, but by their preaching they were gradually able to construct various\n\ntemples. Sanatana Gosvami constructed the Madana-mohana temple, and Rupa\n\nGosvami constructed the Govindaji temple. Similarly, their nephew Jiva Gosvami\n\nconstructed the Radha-Damodara temple, Sri Gopala Bhatta Gosvami constructed\n\nthe Radha-RamaQa temple, Sri Lokanatha Gosvami constructed the Gokulananda\ntemple, and Syamananda Gosvami constructed the Syamasundara temple. In this\n\nway, many temples were gradually constructed. For preaching, construction of\n\ntemples is also necessary. The Gosvamis not only engaged in writing books but also\n\nconstructed temples because both are needed for preaching work. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu wanted the cult of His sahkTrtana movement to spread all over the\n\nworld. Now that the International Society for Krishna Consciousness has taken up\n\nthis task of preaching the cult of Lord Caitanya, its members should not only con­\n\nstruct temples in every town and village of the globe but also distribute books\n\nwhich have already been written and further increase the number of books. Both\n\ndistribution of books and construction of temples must continue side by side in\n\nparallel lines.\n\nTEXT 165\n\n�1�·<;'$ft�tt$ 9j\"t�ffi '�tllf I\nc:!�i 'e� ��fif'li �-r.,tllft� II ��� II\n\n", "adi2#p0177": "Adi-lila, Chapter 7\n\n153\n\nnityiinondo-gosiHie piithiiilii gou{lo-dese\ntehho bhokti prociirilii ase�a-vise�e\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityiinondo-Lord\n\nNityananda; gosiine\n\n-\n\nthe iiciirya; piithiiilii-was sent; gou{loc\n\ndese-in Bengal; tehho-He; bhokti-devotional cult; praciirilii � preached; ase�o­\n\nvise�e-in a very extensive way.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs Rupa Gosvamiand Sanatana Gosvamiwere sent toward Mathura, so Nityananda\n\nPrabhu was sent to Bengal to preach extensively the cult of Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nPURPORT\nThe name of Lord Nityananda is very famous in Bengal. Of course, anyone who\nknows Lord Nityananda knows Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu also, but there are some\nmisguided devotees who stress the importance of Lord Nityananda more than that\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. This is not good. Nor should Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nbe stressed more than Lord Nityananda. The author of Coitonyo-coritiimrto, Kr�Qa­\n\ndasa Kaviraja Gosvami, left his home because of his brother's stressing the impor­\n\ntance of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu over that of Nityananda Prabhu. Actually, one\nshould offer respect to the Palica-tattva without such foolish discrimination, not\n\nconsidering Nityananda Prabhu to be greater, Caitanya Mahaprabhu to be greater\n\nor Advaita Prabhu to be greater. The respect should be offered equally: srl-k[�IJO­\n\ncoitonyo probhu nityonondo srl-advoito godiidhoro srlviisiidi-goura-bhokto-vrndo. All\n\ndevotees of Lord Caitanya or Nityananda are worshipable persons.\n\nTEXT 166\n\n'tl{t'Pftil: 5f� <;W-t �f'Pn �'II� I\n�� cmD:f '�t'li �iftlf ���'I II �� � II\niipone dok�ir;o deso korilii gomono\ngriime griime koilii k[�!Jo-niimo praciiror;o\n\nSYNONYMS\niipone\n\n-\n\npersonally; dok�ir;o deso\n\n-\n\nSouth India; korilii-went; gomono\n\n-\n\ntraveling;\n\ngriime griime-in each and every village; koilii-He did; k[�!Jo-niimo-the holy name\nof Lord Kr�l')a; prociiror;o-broadcasting.\n\nTRANSLAliON\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally went to South India, and He broadcast the\n\nholy name of Lord Kr�11a in every village and town.\n\n", "adi2#p0178": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n154\n\nTEXT 167\n\n,�fili 9j�'J ��� �� �m 1\n��t�1J mf��l'f'j �<It� f�� II��'\\ II\nsetubandha paryanta kailii bhaktira praciira\nkr!ifJa-prema diyii kailii sabiira nistiira\nSYNONYMS\nsetubandha-the place where Lord Ramacandra constructed His bridge; paryantaup to that place; kailii-did; bhaktira-of the cult of devotional service; pracara­\n\nbroadcast; k[�f}a-prema-love of Kr�l)a; diya-delivering; kai/a-did; sabiira-every­\n\none; nistara-deliverance.\nTRANSLATION\nThus the Lord went to the southernmost tip of the Indian peninsula, known as\n\nSetubandha (Cape Comorin]. Everywhere He distributed the bhakti cult and love\n\nof Kr��;�a, and in this way He delivered everyone.\nTEXT 168\n\n<11� �' �Jif �·\\!t'ff <tJt�� I\n�m i!t�t'l � ���'!'t·Wf� II ��lr II\nei ta' kahila paflca-tattvera vyiikhyiina\nihiira sravare haya caitanya-tattva-jfliina\nSYNONYMS\nei ta'-this; kahila-described; paflca-tattvera-of the Panca-tattva; vyiikhyiinaexplanation; ihiira-of this; sravare-hearing; haya\n\n-\n\nbecomes; caitanya-tattva-the\n\ntruth. of S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;jfliina-knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\nI thus explain the truth of the Panca-tattva. One who hears this explanation\n\nincreases in knowledge of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Panca-tattva is a very important factor in understanding S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. There are sahajiyiis who, not knowing the importance of the Panca-tattva,\nconcoct their own slogans such as bhaja nitiii gaura, riidhe syiima, japa hare kr�!Ja\nhare rama or sfl k[�f}a caitanya prabhu nityiinando hare kr�!Ja hare riima sr7 riidhe\ngovinda. Such chants may be good poetry, but they cannot help us to go forward\n\n", "adi2#p0179": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 7\n\n155\n\nin devotional service. In such chants there are also many discrepancies, which need\nnot be discussed here. Strictly speaking, when chanting the names of the Paricatattva, one should fully offer his obeisances: srJ-k(�IJO·COitanya prabhu nityonanda\nsrl-advaita gadodhara srlvosodi-gaura-bhakta-vrnda. By such chanting one is blessed\nwith the competency to chant the Hare Kr�l)a moho-mantra without offense. When\nchanting the Hare Kr�IJa moho-mantra, one should also chant it fully: Hare Kr�IJa,\nHare ·Kr�IJa, Kr�11a Kr�11a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, R�ma Rama, Hare\nHare. One should not foolishly adopt any of the slogans concocted by imaginative\ndevotees. If one actually wants to derive the effects of chanting, one must strictly\nfollow the great ocoryas. This is confirmed in the Mahabhorata. Mahii-jano yena\ngata{l sa pantho{l: \"The real path of progress is that which is traversed by great\nocoryas and authorities.\"\nTEXT 169\n\n!)��J, ��Jtil\"f, �,-m ISTII I\n!l�·�'fi'Q·�tflf lf� ��'I II��� II\nsri-caitanya, nityonanda, advaita,-tina jana.\nsrJvifsa-gadifdhara-<fdi yata bhakta-gOfJO\nSYNONYMS\nsrl-caitanya, nityananda, advaita-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Nityananda Prabhu\nand\n.\n\nAdvaita\n\nPrabhu; tina-these\n\nSr�vasa and Gadadhara; iidi\n\n-\n\nthree; jana-personalities; sriviisa-gadiidhara­\n\netc.; yata-all; bhakta-gara-the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile chanting the Parica-tattva maha-mantra, one must chant the names of Sri\nCaitanya, Nityananda, Advaita, Gadadhara and Srivasa with their many devotees.\nThis is the process.\nTEXT 170\n\n�11 �� (;<rit$ il��11\" I\n\n�lff;f �i �� f�i �\"·�m II��\n\no\n\nII\n\nsabiikiira piidapadme koti namaskiira\nyaiche taiche kahi kichu caitanya-vihiira\nSYNONYMS\nsabiikiira-all of them; piida-padme-on the lotus feet; ko{i-countless; namaskara­\n\nobeisances; yaiche taiche-somehow or other; kahi-l speak; kichu\ncaitanya-vihiira-about the pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n-\n\nsomething;\n\n", "adi2#p0180": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n156\n\nTRANSLATION\nI again and again offer obeisances unto the Panca-tattva_ Thus I think that I will\nbe able to describe something about the pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 171\n\n!\\¥t-��-'Pi\"t� �� �'flit I\n���f11\\!t�� \"'tft ���\"II �'I� I\nsrl-rupa-raghuniitha-pade yiira iisa\ncaitanya-caritiimrta kahe k_rg10aasa\nSYNONYMS\nsrT-riipa-SrTia\n\nRupa\n\nGosvamf;\n\nraghuniitha-SrTia\n\nRaghunatha dasa GosvamT;\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yiira-whose; ii.SO-exp-ectation; caitanya-caritiimrta-the\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritiimrta; kahe\n\n-\n\ndescribes; kr�!Ja-diisa-SrTia\n\nKm1adasa·\n\nKaviraja Gosvamf.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and SrT Raghunatha, always desiring their\n\nmercy, I, Kr�r;�adasa, narrate SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their footsteps.\n\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted to preach the sanklrtana movement of love of\nKr�IJa throughout the entire world, and therefore during His presence He inspired\nthe sanklrtana movement. Specifically, He sent Rupa Gosvam1 to Vrndavana and\nNityananda to Bengal and personally went to South India. In this way He kindly\nleft the task of preaching His cult in the rest of the world to the International\nSociety for Krishna Consciousness. The members of this Society must always\nremember that if they stick to the regulative principles and preach sincerely accord­\n\niQg to the instructions of the acaryas, surely they will have the profound blessings\n\nof Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and their preaching work will be successful everywhere throughout the world.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Caitanya-caritamrta, Adi-lna, Seventh\nChapter, describing Lord Caitanya in five features.:\n\n", "adi2#p0181": "CHAPTERS\nTtfe; Eighth Chapter of SrT-Caitanya-carltomrta is summarized by SrTia Bhakti-·\n\nvinoda !hakura in his Amrta-pravaha-bha�ya. In this Eighth Chapter, the glor'ies of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Nityananda are described, and it also stated that if\n\none commits offenses in chanting the Hare Kr�r;�a mantra, he does not achieve love\nof Godhead even after chanting for many years. In this connection, SrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura warns against artificial displays of the bodily symptoms called\n\na�,ta-sattvlka-vikara. That is also another offense. One should seriously and sincerely\n\ncontinue to chant the Panca-tattva names srT-kr�ra-caitanya prabhu nityananda srT­\n\nadvalta gaaadhara srTvasadi-gaura-bhakta-vrnda. All these acaryas will bestow their\n\ncauseless mercy upon a devotee and gradually purify his heart. When he is actually\n\npurified, automatically he will experience ecstasy in chanting the Hare Kr�r;�a moho­\n\nmantra. Previous to the composition of Caitanya-carltamrta, SrTla Vrndavana dasa\n\nThakura wrote a book called SrT-Caitanya-bhagavata. Only those subjects which\n\nwere not discussed by Srila Vrndavana dasa Thakura in his Caitanya-bhagavata have\n\nbeen taken up by Kr�r;�adas � Kaviraja GosvamT to be depicted in SrT-Caitanya­\n\ncaritamrta. In his very old age, Kr�r;�adasa Kaviraja GosvamT we.nt to Vrndavana, and\n\nby the order of Sri Madana-mohanajT he wrote SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta. Thus we are\n\nnow able to relish its transcendental bliss.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n� �....,.. � ·� �1811\n\n� �),18 n '\"�1\"\" �� n ) •\nvande caitahya-devarh tarh bhagavantarh yad-icchaya\n\nprasabharh nartyate citrarh lekharahge jaflo 'py ayam\n\nSYNONYMS\nvande-l offer my respectful obeisances; caitanya-devam-unto Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; tam - Him; bhagavantam-the Personality of Godhead; ya,t-icchaya­\n\nby whose desires; prasabham-all of a sudden; nartyate-dancing; citram-wonder-\n\n1 fully; /ekharahge-in the matter of writing; jaflaf7-dull fool; ap/-although; a yam·\n\nthis.\n\n157\n\n", "adi2#p0182": "158\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\nI offer my respects to the Supreme Personality of Godhefld, Srt Caitanya Mahaprabhu, by whose desire I have become like a dancing dog and, although I am a fool,\nI have suddenly taken to the writing of Sri-Caitanya-caritamrta.\nTEXT2\n\n'f11 � ...� ,11\\tRi I\n\ntnt'\"' 9li1111il\"f � fimtil\"f II �II\n\njaya jaya srT-kr�ra-caitanya gauracandra\njaya jaya paramananda jaya nityananda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; srT-kr�ra-caitanya-Sri Kr�l)a Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gaura­\n\ncandra-whose name is Lord Gaurari ga ; jaya jaya - all glories; paramananda-most,\njoyful; jaya-all glories; nity(manda-unto Nityananda Prabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nLet me offer my respectful obeisances unto Sri Knr;Ja Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\nis known as Gaurasundara. I also offer my respectful obeisances unto Nityananda\nPrabhu, who is always very joyful.\nTEXT3\n\n'\"' ut�lifl �� �'it111\n0 0 '$jlffq 't�� 111lt-l11 II '!) II\njaya jayadvaita acarya krpamaya\njaya jaya gaaadhara parflita mahasaya\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; advaita-unto Advaita Prabhu ; acarya - teacher; krpamayavery merciful;jaya jaya-all glories to; gaaadhara-of the name Gadadhara; pa(lf/italearned scholar ; mahasaya - great p ersonal i ty.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLet me offer my respectful obeisances unto Advaita Acarya, who is very merciful,\nand also to that great personality Gadadhara Par;J�ita, the learned scholar.\n\n", "adi2#p0183": "Adi-lila, Chapter 8\n\n159\n\nTEXT4\n\n-�tfif � fti\"fet I\n���-1�51'111811\n\nft ft\n\njaya jaya srTvasadi yata bhakta-gara\nprarata ha-iyii vandoh sabiira carara\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; srTvasa-iidi-unto Srivasa Thakura, etc.; yata-all; bhaktaga�70-devotees; prarata-offering\n\nobeisances; ha-iyii-doing so; vandoh-1\n\npniy;\n\nsabara-all; carara-lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nLet me offer my respectful obeisances unto Srivasa Thakura and all other devotees\nof the Lord. I fall down to offer them respect. I worship their lotus feet.\nPURPORT\nKmtadasa Kaviraja Gosvami teaches us first to offer respect to the Panca-tattvaSri Kr�r:ta Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Nityananda Prabhu, Advaita Prabhu, Gadadhara\nPrabhu and Srivasa and other devotees. We must strictly follow the principle of\noffering our respects to the Panca-tattva, as summarized in the mantra-srT-k[�fJO·\ncaitanya prabhu nityananda srT-advaita gacladhara srTvasadi-gaura-bhakta-vrnda. At\nthe beginning of every function in preaching, espeCially before chanting the Hare\nKr�r:ta maha-mantra-Hare Kr�r:ta, Hare Kr�r;ta, Kr�r:ta Kr�r:ta, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama,\nHare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare-we must chant the Pal'ica-tattva's names and\noffer our respects to them.\nTEXT 5\n\n'fiS ..m -..tt �1-� 'fttlj I\n9ft( f'lffi �' ... ru-t l!tlt'Sttet II <t II\nmiJka kavitva kare yah-sabara smarare\npahgu giri lahghe, andha dekhe tara-gore\n\nSYNONYMS\nmiJka-dumb; kavitva-poet; kare-becomes; yon-whose; sabara-all; smarareby remembering; pahgu-the lame; giri-mountains; lahghe-crosses; andha-blind;\ndekhe-sees; tiira-gar e-th e stars.\n\n", "adi2#p0184": "I\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n160.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy remembering the lotus feet of the Panca-tattva, a dumb man can become a\npoet, a lame man can cross mountains, and a blind man can see the stars in the sky.\nPURPORT'\nIn Yai:;t:�ava philosophy there are three ways for perfection-namely, sadhanasiddha, perfection attained by executing devotional service according to the rules\nand regulations, nitya-siddha, eternal perfection attained by never forgetting Kr�tla\nat any time, and krpa-siddha, perfection attained by the mercy of the spiritual\nmaster or a Yai:;t:�ava. Kaviraja GosvamT here stresses krpa-siddha, perfection by the\nmercy of superior authorities. This mercy does not depend on the qualifications of\na devotee. By such mercy, even if a devotee is dumb he can speak or write to glorify the Lord splendidly, even if lame he can cross mountains, and even if blind he can\nsee the stars in the sky.\nTEXT6\n\n�-lf� iii � c;� 9ff�� �'f I\n�-'t�R f�t�tJ �-c;�� II � II\ne-saba na mane yei pa!Jflita sakala\nta-sabara vidya-pafha bheka-kolahala\nSYNONYMS\ne-saba-all these; no-does not; mane-accept; yei-anyone; pa!Jflit a- so-called\n\nlearned; saka/a-all; ta-sabara-of all of them; vidya-pafh a-the educational cultivation; bheka-of frogs; ko/aha/a-tumultuous sound.\nTRANSLATION\nThe education cultivated by so-called learned scholars who do not believe these\nstatements of Caitanya-caritamrta is like the tumultuous croaking of frogs.\nPURPORT\nThe croaking of the frogs in the rainy season resounds very loudly in the forest,\nwith the result that snakes, hearing the croaking in the darkness, approach the\nfrogs and swallow them. Similarly, the so-called educational vibrations of the tongues\nof university professors who do not have spiritual knowledge is like the croaking\nof frogs.\nTEXT 7\n\n�- �iii � �� <fitf �·�·I\n�-�� ilt� '!1U, iltfit � 'Stf! II� II\n\n", "adi2#p0185": "Adi-lila, Chapter 8\n\n161\n\nei saba no mane yebo kare kr�ra-bhakti\nkr�ra-krpo nohi tore, nohi tora gati\nSYNONYMS\nei-these; saba-all; nii\n\nmiine-does\n\nnot\n\naccept; yebii-anyone who; kare­\n\nexecutes;kr�ra-bhakti-devotional service; kr�ra-krpa mercy of Krg1a; nahi-is not;\n-\n\ntare-unto him; nohi-there is not; tara-his; gati-advancement.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who does not accept the glories of the Paiica-tattva but still makes a show of\ndevotional service to Kr�r:ta can never achieve the mercy of Kr�r:ta nor advance to the\nultimate goal.\nPURPORT\nIf one is seriously interested in Kr�r:ta conscious activities, he must be ready to\nfollow the rules and regulations laid down by the acaryas, and he must understand\ntheir conclusions. The fiistra says: dharmasya tattvam nihitain guhayain mahii-jano\nyena gata/:1 sa panthii/:1 (Mahabharata, Vana Parva 313.117). It is very difficult to\nunderstand the secret of Kr�r:ta consciousness, but one who advances by the instruction of the previous acaryas and follows in the footsteps of his predecessors in the\nline of disciplic succession will have success. Others will not. Srila Narottama dasa\nThakura says in this connection, cha{iiya vai�rava-seva nistiira piiyeche keba: \"Unless\none serves the spiritual master and acaryas, one cannot be liberated.\" Elsewhere\nhe says:\nei chaya gosafli yiihra-mui tahra diis a\ntah-sabara pada-reru mora paflca-grasa\n\"I simply accept a person who follows in the footsteps of the six Gosvamis, and the\ndust of such a person's lotus feet is my foodstuff.\"\nTEXT 8\n\n��� ���'!i-�tfif ��'Stet I\n�··'fSf �fi' � �if � lllr' II\npurve yaiche jarasandha..Odi raja-gara\nveda-dharma kari' kare vi�rura pujana\nSYNONYMS\npurve\n\n-\n\nformerly; yaiche-as it was; jariisandha-King jarasandha; iidi\n\n-\n\nheading;\n\nriija-gara kings; veda-dharma-perfo rm ance of Vedic rituals; kari'-doing; kare-\n\ndoes; vi�rura-of Lord Vi�r:tu; piJjana-worship\n\n.\n\n", "adi2#p0186": "162\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\nFormerly kings like Jarasandha [the father-in-law of Kanisa] strictly followed\n\nthe Vedic rituals, thus worshiping lord Vi�I)U.\n\nPURPORT·\nIn these verses the author of Caitanya-caritiimrta, Kr�ryadasa Kaviraja Gosvami,\n\nis very seriously stressing the importance of worship of the Paflca-tattva. If one\n\nbecomes a devotee of Gaurasundara or Kr�rya but does not give importance to the\nParica-tattV!a\n\n(srl-kr�IJO·Caitanya· prabhu nityiinanda srl-advaita gadiidhara srTvasadi­\n\ngaura-bhakta-vrnda ) , his activities are considered to be offenses, or, in the words of\n\nSrila Rupa Gosvami, utpata (disturbances). One must therefore be ready to offer\n\ndue respects to the Parica-tattva before becoming a devotee of lord Gaurasundara\n\nor of Sri Kr�11a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT9\n\n� i{f� lffi;i{, �\\! �\\!J <IS�' � I\n\n��tJ ifl1ftfi1ttf �\\!tli �J \\!ttl � II :;, II\nkr�IJa niihi miine, tiite daitya kari' miini\ncaitanya nil miini/e taiche daitya tare jiini\nSYNONYMS\nkr�IJa-lord Kr�f')a; nahi-does not; mane-accept; tate-therefore; daitya-demon ;\n\nkari' mani- we accept; caitanya-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; no-without;\n\nmani/e-accepting; taiche-similarly; daitya-demon; tare-to him;jcini-we know.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOne who does not accept Kr�11a as the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\n\ncertainly a demon. Similarly, anyone who does not accept Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu·\n\nas Kr�l')a, the same Supreme lord, is also to be considered a demon.\nPURPORT\n\nFormerly there were kings like Jarasandha who strictly followed the Vedic\n\nrituals, acted as charitable, competent k�atriyas, possessed all k$atriya qualities and\n\nwere even obedient to the brahminical culture but who did not accept Kr�11a as the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Jarasandha attacked Kr�11a many times, and each\n\ntime, of course, he was defeated. like Jarasandha, any man who performs Vedic\n\nrituals but does not accept Kr�11a as the Supreme Personality of Godhead must be\nconsidered an asura or demon. Similarly, one who does not accept Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu as Kr�rya Himself is also a demon. This is the conclusion of authorita­\n\ntive scriptures. Therefore, both so-called devotion to Gaurasundara without devotional service to Kr��;�a and so-called K.r�ra-bhakti without devotional service to\n\n", "adi2#p0187": "163\n\nAdi-lila, Chapter 8\n\nGaurasundara are nondevotional activities. If one wants to be successful on the path\nof Kr�r;�a consciousness, he must be thoroughly conscious of the personality of Gaura­\n\nsundara as well as the personality of Kr�J\")a. Knowing the personality of Gaurasundara\n\nmeans knowing the personalities of sri-k(!jf}a-caitanya prabhu nityiinanda srT-odvaita\n\ngadiidhara srlviisiidi-gaura-bhakta-vrnda. The author of Caitanya-caritamrta, pursuant\nto the authorities, stresses this principle for perfection in Kr�J\")a consciousness.\nTEXT10\n\n<:11n �11{�\"' �<f '\"'t� �t<f � 1\n\ntfQf \"ftf'it' �� �'- ��'f lOOt'! II �\n\nII\n\no\n\nmore nii miinile saba /aka habe nasa\n\nithi lagi' krpardra prabhu karila sannyiisa\nSYNONYMS\nmore-unto Me; no-without; miini/e-accepting; saba-all; /aka\n\n-\n\npeople in general;\n\nhabe-will go to; nasa-destruction; ithi-for this; /agi'-for the reason of; krpaiirdra-all merciful; prabhu.- Lord Caitanya; kari/a-accepted ;sannyasa-the sannyiisa\norder.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu thought that. unless people accepted Him they\nwould all be destroyed. Thus t� merciful Lord accepted the sannyasa order.\nPURPORT\nIn the Srlmad-Bhiigavatam it is said, kirtaniid eva kr!frJasya mukta-sahga/:1 parain\nvrajet: \"Simply by chanting the Hare Kr�J\")a mantra, or Lord Kr�l)a's name, one is\nliberated and goes back home, back to Godhead.\" (Bhiig. 12.3.51) This K��J\")a\n\nconsciousness must be achieved through the mercy of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nOne cannot be complete in Kr�J\")a consciousness unless he accepts Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and His associates as the only means for success. It is because of these\n\nconsiderations that the Lord accepted sannyiisa, for thus people would offer Him\nrespect and very quickly come to the platform of Kr�J\")a consciousness. Since Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, who is Kr�J\")a Himself, inaugurated the Kr�J\")a consciousness\nmovement, without His mercy one cannot be elevated to the transcendental platform of Kr�l)a consciousness.\nTEXT 11\n\n:JOOtfit-� � mt<f � 1\n�Qft� �fut<f t:�, �� fii�'Rt II � � II\n\n", "adi2#p0188": "164\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nsannyiisi-buddhye more karibe namaskiira\ntathiipi kha!Jflibe dul;kha, piiibe nistiira\nSYNONYMS\n\nsannyiisi-buddhye-by consideration of a sannyiisi; more unto Me; karibe-they\n-\n\nwill; namaskiira-offer\n\nobeisances; tathiipi-therefore; khal}(/ibe-will diminish;\n\ndul;kha-distress; piiibe-will get; nistiira-liberation.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIf a person offers obeisances to Lord Caitanya, even due to accepting Him only\n\nas an ordinary sannyasi, his material distresses will diminish, and he will ultimately\nget liberation.\n\n·\n\nPURPORT\n\nKr�rJa is so merciful that He always thinks of how to libera�erthe conditioned\n\nsouls from the material platform. It is for this reason that Kr�rJa incarnates, as\nclearly indicated in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nyadii yadii hi dharmasya\ngliinir bhavati bhiirata\nabhyutthiinam adharmasya\ntadiitmiinarh srjiimy aham\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 descendant of\n\nBharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion-at that time I descend Myself.\" (Bg.\n\n4.7) Kr�rya always protects the living entities in many ways. He comes Himself, He\n\nsends His own confidential devotees, and He leaves behind Him siistras like Bhagavad­\n\ngftii. Why? It is so that people may take advantage of the benediction to be liberated\nfrom the clutches of mayii. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted sannyasa so that\n\neven a foolish person who accepted Him as an ordinary sannyiisl would offer Him\n\nrespect, for this would help diminish his material distresses and ultimately liberate\n\nhim from the material clutches. Srna Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati points out in this\n\nconnection that Sri Kr�IJa Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the combined form of Sri Radha\n\nand Kr�IJa (mahaprabhu sri-caitanya, radha-k�(la-nahe anya). Therefore when\n\nfools considered Caitanya Mahaprabhu to be an ordinary human being and thus\ntreated Him disrespectfully, the merciful Lord, in order to deliver these offenders,\n\naccepted sannyiisa so that they would offer Him obeisances, accepting Him as a\n\nsannyiisi. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted sannyiisa to bestow His great mercy\non people in general who cannot appreciate Him as Radha and Kn;tla Themselves.\nTEXT 12\n\n�� �91\"m c� ill ·:e� ,� '!Pi{ 1\n\n�rr;(� ��'$ � �� 'Sftfi{ II �� II\n\n", "adi2#p0189": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 8\nhena krpiimaya caitanya nii bhaje yei jana\n\nsarvottama ha-ileo tiire asure ga(lana\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nhena such;krpamaya- mercifu I; caitanya- Lord Sri Caitanya;/na-does not�bhaje\n-worship;yei-one;jana-person;sarvottama-supreme;ha-i/eo-in spite of his being;\ntiire-unto him; asure-among the demons ;garana-_the calculation.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who does not show respect unto this merciful Lord, Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nor does not worship Him should be considered a demon, even if he is very exalted\nin human society.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatiMaharaja says in this connection i \"0 living entities,\nsimply engage yourselves in Kr�Qa consciousness. This is the message of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\" Lord Caitanya preached this cult, instructing the philosophy of\nKr�Qa consciousness in His eight verses, or Sik�ii�taka, and He said, iha haite sarvasiddhi haibe tomara: \"By chanting the Hare Kr�Qa mantra, one will get all perfection in life.\" Therefore one who does not show Him respect or cannot appreciate\nHis mercy despite all these merciful gestures is still an asura, or opponent of bona\nfide devotional service to Lord Vi\n, even though he is very exalted in human\nsociety. Asura refers to\ne who is against devotional service to the S�preme Personality of Godhead, Vi�Qu. It should be noted that unless one worships Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu it is useless to become a devotee of Kr�Qa, and unless one worships\nKr�IJa· it is also useless to become a devotee of S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Such\ndevotional service is to be understood to be. a product of Kali-yuga. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura remarks· in this connection that atheist smiirtas, or\nworshipers of the five kinds of demigods, worship Lord Vi�[lU for a little satisfaction\nin material success but have no respect for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Thinking Him\nto be one of the ordinary living entities, they discriminate between Gaurasundara\nand Sri Kr�Qa. Such understanding is also demoniac and is against the conclusion\nof the iiciiryas. Such a conclusion is a product of Kali-yuga.\n·\n\njm\n\ngn.l\n\nTEXT13\n\n�(!<.!!� �: �tt �.....�. �cJPi I\n\n���trf-m'ti{\"f �_, �\\!· ��i II �'� II\nataeva punaiJ kahoh urdhva-bdhu haflii\ncaitanya-nityiinanda bhaja kutarka chiifjiyii\n\n", "adi2#p0190": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n166\n\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; pu nafJ-again; kahoh-1\n\nspeak; urdhva-lifting; bahu-arms;\nhana-so doing; caitanya- S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nityananda-Lord Nityananda;\nbhaja-worship; kutarka-useless arguments; cha9iya-giving up.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore I say again, lifting my arms: 0 fellow human beings, please worship Sri\nCaitanya and Nityananda without false arguments!\nPURPORT\nBecause a person who performs Kr�ra-bhakti but does not understand Sri Krg1a\nCaitanya and Prabhu Nityananda will simply waste his time, the author, Kr�r;�adasa\nKaviraja GosvamT, requests everyone take to the worship of Sri Caitanya and\nNityananda Prabhu and the Parica-tattva. He assures everyone that any person who\ndoes so will be successful in Kr?Qa consciousness.\nTEXT14\n\n� � �� <!i�,-� c;1f �'1 I\nt:!..llftar f� ,�., '�· c;1f�JJ�ti{ \" �8 \"\nyadi va tarkika kahe,-tarka se pramara\ntarka-sastre siddha yei, sei sevyamana\n\nSYNONYMS\nyadi-if; va-or; tarkika-logician; kahe-says; tarka-logic; se-that; pramara­\n\nevidence;\n\ntarka-sastre-in\n\nsevyamana-is worshipable.\n\nthe logic;\n\nsiddha-accepted; yei-whatever; sei-that;\n\nTRANSLATION\nLogicians say, \"Unless one gains understanding through logic and argument, how\ncan one decide upon a worshipable Deity?\"\nTEXT15\n\n!\\\"��•\"m �n � 1\n��tif �ttl(���� �';fe.<litf\" ��\"\nsrT-kr�ra-caitanya-daya karaha vicara\n�'icara karile citte pabe camatkara\n\n", "adi2#p0191": "Adi-lila, Chapter 8\n\n167\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsrT-kr�ro-caitanya-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; daya-His mercy; karaha-just\n\nput into; vicara-consideration; vicara-when s�ch consideration; karile-will be\n\ndone by you; citte-in your heart; pabe-you will get; camatkara-striking wonder.\nTRANSLATIO�\nIf you are indeed interested in logic and argu�ent, kindly apply it to the mercy\n\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nwonderful.\n\nIf you do so,\n\nyou will find it to be strikingly\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura comments in this connection that people\n\nin general, in their narrow-minded conception of life, create many different types\n\nof humanitarian activities, but the humanitarian activities inaugurated by Srr\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu are different. For logicians who want to accept only that\n\nwhich is proven through logic and argument, it is a fact that without logic and\nreason there can be no question of accepting the Absolute Truth. Unfortunately,\n\nwhen such logicians take to this path without the mercy of SrTCaitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\nthey remain on the platform of logic and argument and do not advance in spiritual\n\nlife. However, if one is intelligent enough to apply his arguments and fogic to the\nsubtle u,nderstanding of the fundamental spiritual! substance, ·he will be able to know\n\nthat a poor fund o�knowledge established on the basis of material logic cannot help\none understand tlie Absolute Truth, which is beyond the reach of imperfect senses.\n\nThe Mahtibhiirata therefore says: acintyii/;1 khalu ye bhiivii no tiirhs tarkero yojayet\n\n(Mahabharata, BhT�ma Parva. 5.22). How can that which is beyond the imagination\n\nor sensory speculation of mundane creatures be approached simply by logic? Logic\nand argument are very poor in spiritual strength and always imperfect when applied\n\nto spiritual understanding. By putting forward mundane logic one frequently comes\nto the wrong conclusion regarding the Absolute Truth, and as a result of such a con­\n\nclusion one may fall down to accept a body like that of a jackal.\n\nDespite all this, those who are actually inquisitive to understand the philosophy\n\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu through logic and argument are welcome. Kr�l)adasa\n,\nKaviraja GosvamT addresses them, \"Please put SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu's mercy to\n\nyour crucial test, and if. you are actua·lly a logician you will come to the right conclusion that there is no personality more merciful than Lord Caitanya.\" Let the\n\nlogicians compare all the results of other humanitarian work with the merciful\n\nactivities of Lord Caitanya. If their judgment is impartial, they will understand\n\nthat no other humanitarian activities can surpass those of SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nEveryone is engaged in humanitarian activities on the basis of the body, but from\n\nBhagavad-gTta (2.18) we understand, antavanta ime deha nityasyokta/;1 sarTriro/;1:\n\nThe material body is ultimately subject to destruction, whereas the spiritual soul is\n\neternal. SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu's philanthropic activities are performed in connection with the eternal soul. However one tries to benefit the body, it will be destroyed,\n\nand one will have to accept another body according to hi.s present activities. If one\n\n", "adi2#p0192": "168\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ndoes not, therefore, understand this science of transmigration but considers the\n\nbody to be all in all, his intelligence is not very advanced. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\nwithout neglecting the necessities of the body, imparted spiritual advancement to\n\npurify the existential condHion of humanity. Therefore if a logician makes his\n\njudgment impartially, he will surely find that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the maho­\n\nvaaanyovatora, the most magnanimous incarnation. He is even more magnanimous\n\nthan Lord Kr�tla Himself. Lord Kr�tla demanded that one surrender unto Him, but.\nHe did not distribute love of Godhead as magnanimously as Sri Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu. Therefore Srna Rupa GosvamT offers Lord Caitanya his respectful obeisances\nwith the words nama maho-vaaanyoya kr�ra-prema-praaaya te kr�roya kr�ra­\n\ncaitanya-nomne gaura-tvi�e namaf/. Lord Kr�tla simply gave Bhagavad-gTto, by which\none can understand Lord Kr�tla as He is, but Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is also\n\nKr�tla Himself, gave people love of Kr�tla without discrimination.\n\nTEXT16\n�- 'f'f <ml �ilf i!t�'!, ��i1 I\n\n� t.!' -.i ?t1\" �� <;12i11'1i1 II)'& II\nbahu janma kare yadi sravara, kirtana\n\ntabu ta' no poya kr�ra-pade prema-dhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nbahu-many;janma-births;kare-does; yadi-if; sravara-hearing;kirtana-chant­\n\ning; tabU'-Still; ta'-in spite of; no-does not;pifya-get;k[�!Ja-pade-unto the lotus\n\nfeet of-Kr�r)a;prema-dhana-love of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf one is infested with the ten offenses in the chanting of the Hare Kmta maha­\n\nmantra, despite his endeavor to chant the holy name for many births, he will not\nget the love of Godhead which is the ultimate goal of this chanting.\n\nPURPORT\n·\n\nSfila Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura says in this connection that unless one\n\naccepts Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, although one goes on chanting the Hare Kr�r)a\n\nmantra for many, many years, there is no possibility of his attaining the platform of\n\ndevotional service. One must follow strictly the instruction of Sri Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu given in the Sik�o�.taka:\n\nt{f}od ap/ sunicena taror api sahi�runii\n\namiininii miinadena kirtanTyafl sacra haril;\n\n\"One should chant the holy name of the Lord in a humble state of mind, thinking\n\noneself lower than the straw in the street; one should be more tolerant than a tree,\n\n", "adi2#p0193": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 8\n\n'169\n\ndevoid of all sense of false prestige, and should be ready to offer all respect to others.\nIn such a state of mind one can chant the holy name of the Lord constantly.\"\n\n{Sik�o�faka, 3) One who follows this direction, being freed from the ten kinds of·\noffenses, becomes successful in Kr�J;Ja consciousness -and ultimately reaches the\nplatform of loving service to the Personality of Godhead.\nOne must come to the understanding that the holy name of the Lord and the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead Himself are identical. One cannot reach this\nconclusion unless one is offenseless in chanting the holy name. By our material\ncalculation we see a difference between the name and the substance, but in the\nspiritual world the Absolute is always absolute; the name, form, quality and\npastimes of the Absolute are all as good as the Absolute Himself. As such, one is\nunderstood to be an eternal servant of the Supreme Personality of Godhead if he\nconsiders himself an eternal servant of the holy name and in this spirit distributes\nthe holy name to the world. One who chants in that spirit, without offenses, is\ncertainly elevated to the platform of understanding that the holy name and the\nPersonality of Godhead are 'identical. To associate with the holy name and Ghant\nthe holy name is to associate with the Personality of Godhead directly. In Bhakti­\n\nrasomrta-sindhu it is clearly said: sevonmukhe hi jihvodau svayam eva sphuraty ada/:1.\nThe holy name becomes manifest when one engages in the service of the holy\nname. This service in a submissive attitude begins with one's tongue. Sevonmukhe\n\nhi jihvodau: One �ust engage his tongue in the service of the holy name. Our Kr�J;Ja\nconsciousness mo'iement is based on this principle. We try to engage all the members of the Kr�J;Ja consciousness movement in the service of the holy name. Since\nthe holy name and Kr�r;�a are nondifferent, the members of the Kr�J;Ja consciousness\nmovement not only chant the holy name of the Lord offenselessly, but also do not\nallow their tongues to eat 'anything which is not first offered to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. The Supreme Lord declares:\n\npatram pu�pam phalam toyam\nyo me bhaktyo prayacchati\ntad aham bhakty-upahrtam\nasnomi prayatotmana/J\n\"If one offers Me with love and devotion a leaf, a flower, a fruit or water, I will\naccept it.\" (Bg. 9.26) Therefore the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nhas many temples all over the world, and in each and every temple the Lord is offered\nthese foodstuffs. On the basis of His demands, the devotees chant the holy name of\nthe Lord offenselessly and never �at anything that is not first offered to the Lord.\nThe functions of the tongue in devotional service a!e to chant the Hare K��l)a moho­\n\nmantra and eat prasiida that is offered to the Lord.\nTEXT 17\n\n-�\\!: �I ll_ftp�--��-�flr1_'fJ\\!: I\n\nC'tll� 'ttlf;prf���f�: ����1 I ) , II\n\n", "adi2#p0194": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n170\n\njfliinoto{l sulobhii muktir\nbhuktir yojnadi-pw;yoto{l\nseyom siidhono-siihosroir\nhori-bhokti/:1 sudurlobhii\nSYNONYMS\n\njniinoto{l-by cultivation of knowledge; su-lobhii-easily obtainable; mukti/:1liberation; bhukti{l-sense enjoyment; yojno-iidi-performance of sacrifices, etc.;\npuryoto{l-and\n\nby\n\nperforming\n\npious\n\nactivities; sa-that;\n\niyom-this; siidhono­\n\nsiihosroi{l- execution of thousands of sacrifices; hori-bhokti{l-devotional service;\nsudurlobhii-is very rare.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By cultivating philosophical knowledge one can understand his spiritual position\nand thus be liberated, and by performing sacrifices and pious activities one can\nachieve sense gratification in a \"higher planetary system, but the devotional service\nof the Lord is so rare that even by executing hundreds and thousands of such sacrifices one cannot obtain it.\"\nPURPORT\nPrahlada Maharaja instructs:\n\nmotir no k(�fJe porota{l sv�to vii\nmitho 'bhipodyeto grho-vrotiiniim\n(Bhiig. 7.5.30)\nnoi�iim motis tiivod urukromiihghrim\nsprsoty onorthiipogomo yod ortho{l\nmohlyosiim pado-rajo 'bhi�ekom\nni�kinconiiniim no vrrlto·yiivot\n(Bhiig. 7.5.32)\nThese slokos are to be discussed. Their purport is that one cannot obtain K[�IJO·\n\nbhokti, or the devotional service of the Lord, by official execution of the Vedic\nrituals. One has to approach a pure devotee. Narottama dasa Thakura sings, chii(liyii\n\nvoi�rovo-sevii nistaro piiyeche kebii: \"Who has been elevated without rendering\nservice to a pure Vai�r;Java?\" It is the statement of Prahlada Maharaja that unless one\nis able to accept the dust from the lotus feet of a pure Vai�l)ava there is no possibility of his achieving the platform of devotional service. That is the secret. The\nabove-mentioned Tontro-vocono, quoted from the Bhokti-rosiimrto-sindhu, is our\nperfect guidance in this connection.\nTEXT18\n\n,. �fir �-·���tim I\"\n-.t_ 'i!t�r. if1 \"'� m�� 41.�tltl n �\"' n\n\n", "adi2#p0195": "Adi-lila, Chapter 8\n\n.171\n\nk{!jfJO yadi chute bhakte bhukti mukti diyii\nkabhu prema-bhakti nii dena riikhena lukiiiyii\nSYNONYMS\nk(!jfJO-Lord Kr�l)a;yadi-of course; chute-goes away; bhakte-unto the devotee;\nbhukti-material enjoyment; mukti-liberation; diyii\n\n-\n\noffering; kabhu-at any time;\n\nprema-bhakti-love of Godhead; nii-does not; dena-give; riikhena-keeps; lukiiiyiihiding.\nTRANSLATION\nIf a devotee wants material sense gratification or liberation from the Lord, Kr�IJa\nimmediately delivers it, but pure devotional service He keeps hidden.\nTEXT19\n\n1� m-u...�l\"ift_ -sffi� lfll:IT�\n\n·\n\n�� Hr\\T: lif9f1%: • � ��c11 �=\n\"m1{1f iS'>t�t-{ ii1f'!t� �tlff1\n�� lflfr1% ..���\"!I \"l i5�rn'>t1{ 1 �\"' \"\nriijan patir gurur a/am bhavatiirh yaduniirh\ndaivam priyaf:t kula-patif:t kva ca kihkaro vaf:t\nastv evam ahga bhagaviin bhajatiim mukundo\nmuktim dadiiti karhicit sma no bhakti-yogam\nSYNONYMS\nriijan-0 King; patif:t-master; guruf:t-spiritual master; a/am-certain I y; bhavatiimof your; yaauniim-of the Yadus; daivam-God; priyaf:t-very dear; kula-patif:t-head\nof the family; kva-even sometimes; co-also; kihkaraf:t-order carrier; vaf:t-you;\nastu-there is; evam-thus; ahga-however; bhagaviin-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; bhajatiim-those who are in devotional service; mukundaf:t-Lord Kr�IJa;\nmuktim-liberation; dadiiti-gives; karhicit-sometimes; sma-certainly; no-not;\nbhakti-yogam\n\n-\n\ndevotional service.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"The great sage Narada said: 'My dear Maharaja Yudhi�thira, the Supreme Personality of Godhead Kr��a is always ready to help you. He is your master, guru,\nGod, very dear friend and head of your family. Yet sometimes He agrees to act as\nyour servant or order carrier. You are greatly fortunate because this relationship is\nonly possible by bhakti-yoga. The Lord can give liberation [mukti] very easily, but\nHe does not give one bhakti-yoga because by that process He is bound to the\n\ndevotee.'\"\n\n", "adi2#p0196": "172\n\n/\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nPURPORT\n\nThis passage is a quotation from Sr7mad-Bhiigavatam (5 .6.18). While Sukadeva\n\nGosvami was describing the character of ��abhadeva, he distinguished between\n\nbhakti-yoga and liberation by reciting this verse. In relationship with the Yadus\n\nand PaQQavas, the Lord acted sometimes as their master, sometimes as their ad-.\nvisor, sometimes as their friend, sometimes as the head of their family and sometimes even as their servant. Kr�Qa once had to carry out an order of Yudhi�thira's\n\nby carrying a letter he had written to Duryodhana regarding peace negotiations.\n\nSimilarly, He also became the chariot driver of Arjuna. This illustrates that in bhaktiyoga there is a relationship established between the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead and the devotee. Such a relationship is established in the transcendental\n\nmellows known as diisya, sakhya, viitsa/ya and miidhurya. If a devotee wants simple\n\nliberation, he gets it very easily from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as con­\n\nfirmed by Bilvamarigala Thakura. Mukti/:1 svayam mukulitiinjali sevate 'smiin: for a\ndevotee, mukti is not very important because mukti is always standing on his doorstep waiting to serve him in some way. A devotee, therefore, must be attracted by\nthe behavior of the inhabitants of Vrndavana who live in a relationship with Kr�Qa.\n\nThe land, water, cows, trees and flowers serve Kr�Qa in santa-rasa, Kr�Qa's servants\nserve Kr�Qa in diisya-rasa, and Kr�Qa's cowherd friends serve Him in sakhya-rasa.\n\nSimilarly, the elderly gopTs and gopas serve Kr�Qa as father and mother, uncle and\n\nother relatives, and the gopTs, the young girls, serve Kr�Qa in conjugal love.\n\nWhile executing devotional service, one must be naturally inclined to serve Kr�Qa\n\nin one of these transcendental relationships. That is the actuar success of life. For a\n\ndevotee, to get liberation is not very difficult. Even one who IS unable to establish\n\na relationship with Kr�Qa can achieve liberation by merging in the Brahman effulgence. This is called siiyujya-mukti. Vai�Qavas never accept siiyujya-mukti, although\nsometimes they accept the other forms of liberation, namely, siiriJpya, siilokya,\nsiimTpya and siir�.ti. A pure devotee, however, does not accept any kind of mukti.\n\nHe wants only to serve Kr�Qa in a transcendental relationship. This is the perfection­\n\na! stage of spiritual life. M�yavadi philosophers desire to merge in the existence of\nthe Brahman effulgence, although this aspect of liberation is always neglected by devotees. Srila Prabodhananda Sarasvati Thakura, describing this kind of mukti, which\n\nis called kaivalya, or becoming one with the Supreme, has said, kaivalyam narakii­\n\nyate: \"Becoming one with the Supreme is as good as going to hell.\" Therefore the\n\nideal of Mayavada philosophy, becoming one with the Supreme, is hellish for a\n\ndevotee; he never accepts it. Mayavadi philosophers do not know that even if they\n\nmerge in the effulgence of the Supreme, this will not give them ultimate rest. An\n\nindividual soul cannot live in the Brahman effulgence in a state of inactivity; after\n\nsome time, he must desire to be active. However, since he is not related with the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and therefore has no spiritual activity, he must\n\ncome down for further activities in this material world. This is confirmed in SrTmad­\n\nBhiigavatam:\n\niiruhya krcchrera param padam tata(l\n\npatanty adho 'niidrta-yu�mad-anghraya(l\n(Bhiig. 1 0.2.32)\n\n", "adi2#p0197": "Adi-lila, Chapter 8\n\n173\n\nBecause Mayavadi philosophers have no information regarding the transcendental\n\nservice of the Lord, even after attaining liberation from material activities and\n\nmerging in the Brahman effulgence, they must come down again to this material\n\nworld to open hospitals or schools or perform similar philanthropic activities.\nTEXT 20\n\n� ,1211f at5\\HJ flftrl �� �-ti 1\n\n� 11� �-..tw� -.i -.-t111 �on\nhena prema srT-caitanya dilii yathii tathii\njagiii miidhiii paryanta-anyera kii kathii\nSYNONYMS\nhena-such;prema-love of Godhead;srT-caitanya-Lord SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\ndilii-has given; yathii\n\n-\n\nanywhere; tathii-everywhere; jagiii-of the name jagai;\n\nmiidhiii-of the name Madhai; paryanta-up to them; anyera-of others; kif-what\n\nto speak; kathii-words.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has freely given this love of Kr�r;�a everywhere and\n\nanywhere, even to the most fallen, such as jagai and Madhai. What then to speak of\n\nthose who are already pious and elevated?\n\nPURPORT\nThe distinction between Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's gift to human society and the\n\ngifts of others is that whereas so-called philanthropic and humanitarian workers\n\nhave given some relief to human society as far as the body is concerned, Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu offers the best facilities for going back home, back to Godhead, with\n\nlove of Godhead. If one seriously makes a comparative study of the two gifts,\n\ncertainly if he .is at all sober he will give the greatest credit to Sri Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu. It was with this purpose that Kaviraja Gosvami said:\nsrT-kr�ra-caitanya-dayii karaha viciira\nviciira karile citte piibe camatkiira\n\n\"If you are indeed interested in logic and argument, kindly apply it to the mercy\n\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. If you do so, you will find it to be strikingly wonder­\n\nful.\" (Cc.Adi8.15)\n\nSrna Narottama dasa Thakura says:\ndina-hTna yata chi/a,\nhari-niime uddhiirila,\ntara siik�T jagiii miidhiii\n\n", "adi2#p0198": "174\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nThe two brothers jagai and Madhai epitomize the sinful population of this age of\nKali. They were most disturbing elements in society because they were meat eaters,\ndrunkards, women hunters, rogues and thieves. Yet Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu delivered them, to say nothing of others who were sober, pious, devoted and conscientious. Bhagavad-gTta also confirms (kim punar brahmaraiJ purya bhakta rajar�ayas tatha} that to say nothing of the brahminically qualified devotees and rajar�is,\nanyone who by the association of a pure devotee comes to Kr�l')a consciousness\nbecomes eligible to go back home, back to Godhead. In Bhagavad-g7ta the Lord\ndeclares:\nmarh hi partha vyapasritya\nye 'pi syu/:1 papa-yonayaiJ\nstriyo vaisyas tatha siJdras\nte 'pi yanti pararh gatim\n\"0 son of Prtha, those who take shelter in Me, though they be of lower birthwomen, vaisyas [merchants], as well as siJdras [workers]-can approach the supreme\ndestination.\" (Bg. 9.32)\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu delivered the two fallen brothers jagai and Madhai,\nbut the entire world is presently full of j agais and Madhais, or, in other words,\nwomen hunters, meat eaters, gamblers, thieves and other rogues, who create all\nkinds of disturbance in society. The activities of such persons have now become\ncommon practices. It is no longer considered abominable to be a drunkard, woman\nhunter, meat eater, thief or rogue, for these elementsVh'ilve been assimllated.lby\nhuman society. That does not mean, however, that the abominable qualities of such\npersons will help free human society from the clutches of maya. Rather, they will\nentangle humanity more and-more in the reactions of the stringent laws of material\nnature. One's activities are all performed under the influence of the modes of\nmaterial nature (prakrteiJ kriyamarani guraiiJ karmari sarvasaiJ). Because people\nare now associating with the modes of ignorance (tamo-gura) and, to some extent,\npassion (rajo-gura), with no trace of ·goodness (sattva-gura), they are becoming\nincreasingly greedy and lusty, for that is the effect of associating with these modes.\nTada· rajas-tamo-bhavaiJ kama-lobhadayas ca ye: \"By associating with the two\nlower qualities of material nature, one becomes lusty ana greedy.\" (Bhag. 1.2.19)\nActually, in modern human society, everyone is greedy and lusty, and therefore\nthe only means for deliverance is Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's sankTrtana movement,\nwhich can promote all the jagais and Madhais to the topmost position of sattvagura, or brahminical culture.\nSrTmad-Bhagavatam states:\n\nnaJ.(a-praye�v abhadre�u\nnityarh bhagavata-sevaya\nbhagavaty uttama-s!oke\nbhaktir bhavati nai�.thikT\n\n", "adi2#p0199": "Adi-lila, Chapter 8\n\n175\n\ntada rajas-tamo-bhavaf:J\nkama-/obhadayas ca ye\n(Bhag. 1.2.18-19)\nConsidering the chaotic condition of human society, if one actually wants peace\nand tranquility, one must take to the Kr�l)a consciousness movement and engage\n\nalways in bhagavata-dharma. Engagement in bhagavata-dharma dissipates all ignorance and passion, and when ignorance and passion are dissipated one is freed from\ngreed and lust. When freed from greed and lust, one becomes brahminically qualified,\n\nand when a brahminically qualified person makes further advancement, he becomes\nsituated on the Yai�t;�ava platform. It is only on this Yai�t;�ava platform that it is\npossible to awaken one's dormant love of Godhead, and as soon as one does so, his\nlife is successful.\nAt present, human society is specifically cultivating the mode of ignorance\n\n(tamo-gura), although there may also be some symptoms of passion (rajo-gura).\nFull of kama and /obha, lust and greed, the entire population of the world consists\nmostly of sudras and a few vaisyas, and gradually it is coming about that there are\nsudras only. Communism is a movement of sudras, and capitalism is meant for\nvaisyas. In the fighti\"ng petween these two factions, the sudras and vaisyas, gradually,\ndue to the abominable condition of society, the communists will emerge triumphant, and as soon as this takes place, whatever is left of society will be ruined. The\nonly possible remedy that can counteract the tendency toward communism is the\nKr�t;�a consciousness movement, which can give even communists the real idea of\ncommunist society. According to the doctrine of communism, the state should be\nthe proprietor of everything. But the Kr�l)a consciousness movement, expanding this\nsame idea, accepts God as the proprietor of everything. People can't understand\nthis because they have no sense of God, but the Kr�l)a consciousness movement\ncan help them to understand God and to understand that everything belongs to\nGod. Since everything is the property of God, and all living entities-not only human\nbeings but even animals, birds, plants and so on-are children of God, everyone\n\nhas the right to live at the cost of God with God consciousness. This is the sum\nand substance of the Kr�t;�a consciousness movement.\nTEXT 21\n\n'mJl �\n\n,12111'-�� I\n\nMttl'l �- �t', ifl � � n u u\nsvatantra isvara prema-nigu(lha-bhar(lara\nbi/ai/a yare tare, na kai/a vicara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvatantra-fully independent; 7Svara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nof God; nigu(lha-very confidential; bhar(lara-stock; bilaila - dis-\n\nprema-love\n\n", "adi2#p0200": ",\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n176\n\ntributed; yiire-to\n\nanyone;\n\ntiire-to· everyone; nii-not; kaila-did; viciira-con­\n\nsideration.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; as the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself, is\nfully independent. Therefore, although it is the most confidentially stored benediction, He can distribute love of Godhead to anyone and everyone without consideration.\nPURPORT\nThis is the benefit of Lord Caitanya's movement. If one somehow or othe�\ncomes in contact with the Hare KrHta movement, without consideration of his\nbeing asudra, vaisya, Jagai, Madhai or even lower, he becomes advanced in spiritual\nconsciousness and immediately develops love of Godhead. We now have actual\nexperience that throughout the entire world this movement is making many such\npersons lovers of God simply by the chanting of the Hare Kmta mahii-mantra.\nActually,\n\nS ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has appeared as the spiritual master of the\n\nentire world. He does not discriminate between offenders and the innocent. Kr�ra­\n\nprema-pradiiya te: He liberally gives love of Godhead to anyone and everyone.\nThis can be actually experienced, as stated in the next verse.\nTEXT 22\n\n� �-t ��tlf �- l'Al I\n��-����un��n\nadyiiplha dekha caitanya-niima yei laya\nkrfira-preme pu/akiisru-vihva/a se haya\nSYNONYMS\n\nadyiipiha\n\n-\n\neven up to date; dekh a-you see; caitanya-niima-Lord\n\nS ri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's name; yei-anyone; /aya -who takes; kr�r a-preme-love of Kr�r;ta;\npulak a-asru-tears in ecstasy; vihvala-overwhelmed; se-he; haya -becomes .\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhether he is offensive or inoffensive, anyone who even now chants sri- kr�l,lataitanya prabhu n ityananda is immediately overwhelmed with ecstasy, and tears\nfill his eyes .\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe pfiik.rta sahajiyiis who chant nitiii gaura riidhe syiima have very little knowledge of the Bhagavata conclusion, and they hardly follow the Vai�1.•ava rules and\nregulations, and yet beca;Jse they-chant bhaja nitai gaura, their chanting immediately\n\n", "adi2#p0201": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 8\n\n177\n\ninvokes tears and other signs of ecstasy. Although they do not know the principles\nof Vai�Qava philosophy and are not very advanced in education, by these symptoms\nthey attract many men to become their followers. Their ecstatic tears will of course\nhelp them in the long run, for as soon as they come in contact with a pure devotee\ntheir lives will become successful. Even in the beginning, however, because they\nare chanting the holy names of nitiii-gouro, their swift advancement on the path of\nlove of Godhead is very prominently visible.\nTEXT 23\n\n'fimt...w � Q �·t�t1fm J\n�ltwtt � ..., �--'f1ri � II �iel II\n,\n\n'nityiinondo' boJite hoyo k�IJO·premodoyo\niiuJiiyo sokoJo ohgo, osru-gohgii voyo\nSYNONYMS\nnityiinondo boJite - while talking of Nityananda Prabhu; hoyo-it so becomes;\nkr�ro-premo-udoyo-awakening of love of Kr�t;ta; iiuJiiyo-agitated; sokoJo-all; ohgolimbs of the body; osru-gohgii-tears like the Ganges waters; voyo-flow down.\nTRANSLATION\nSimply by talking of Nityananda Prabhu one awakens his love for Kr�t;ta. Thus all\nhis bodily limbs are agitated by ecstasy, and tears flow from his eyes like the waters\nof the Ganges.\nTEXT 24\n\n'\"�t�'· �tt �9f'ltm � I\n�· �'ft'f �9flt� if! Q f�tf II �8 II\n'k�f}o-niimo' kore oporiidhero viciiro\nk�fJO bolile oporiidhlro nii hoyo vikaro\nSYNONYMS\nk�!JO·niimo-the holy name of Lord Kr�r;�a; kare-takes; aporiidhero-of offenses;\nviciiro-consideration; k�(lo-Lord Kr�r;Ja; bolile-if one chants; oporiidhlro-of the\noffenders; nii-never; hoyo-becomes; vikiiro-changed .\nTRANSLATION\nThere are offenses to be considered while chanting the Hare Kr�11a mantra.\nTherefore simply by chanting Hare Kr�!Ja one does not become ecstatic.\n\n", "adi2#p0202": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n178\n\nPURPORT\nIt is very beneficial to chant the names srl-kntJa-caitanya prabhu nityiinanda\nbefore chanting the Hare Kr�IJa mahii-mantra because by chanting these two holy\nnames srl-kr�IJa-caitanya prabhu nityiinanda one immediately becomes ecstatic, and\nif he then chants the Hare Kr�Q<i: mahii-mantra he becomes free of offenses.\nThere are ten offenses to avoid in. chanting the Hare Kr�Qa.mahii-mantra. The\nfirst offense is to blaspheme great personalities who are engaged in distributing the\nholy name of the Lord. It is said in the siistra (Cc. Antya. 7.11 ) , kn!Ja-sakti vinii\n\nnahe tara pravartana: one cannot distribute the holy names of the Hare Kr�IJa\nmahii-mantra unless he is empowered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTherefore one should not criticize or blaspheme a devotee who is thus engaged.\nSri Padma Puriira states:\nsatiirh nindii niimnal; paramam apariidharh vitanute\nyatal; khyiitirh yiitarh· katham u sahate tad-vigarhiim\nTo blaspheme the great saintly persons who are engaged in preaching the glories of\nthe Hare Kr�l)a mahii-mantra is the worst offense at the lotus feet of the holy\nname. One should not criticize a preacher of the glories of the Hare Kr�rya mahiimantra. If one does so, he is an offender. The Nama-prabhu, who is identical with\nKr�rya, will never tolerate such blasphemous activities, even from one who passes as\na great devotee.\nThe second niimiipariidha is described as follows:\nsivasya sri-Vi�(lOr ya iha gU(la-nifmiidi-saka/arh\ndhiyii bhinnarh pasyet sa khalu hari-niimiihita-kara.\nIn this material world, the holy name of Vi�ryu is all-auspicious. Vi�ryu's name, form,\nqualities and pastimes are a.ll transcendental absolute knowledge. Therefore, if one\ntries to separate the Absolute Personality of Godhead from His holy name or His\ntranscendental form, qualities and pastimes, thinking them to be material, that is\noffensive. Similarly, to think the names of demigods such as Lord Siva to be as good\nas the name of Lord Vi�ryu-or, in other words, to think Lord Siva and the other\ndemigods to be other forms of God and therefore equal to Vi�ryu-is also blasphemous. This is the second offense at the lotus feet of the Lord.\nThe third offense at the lotus feet of the holy name, which is called guror avajflii,\nis to consider the spiritual master to be material and therefore envy his exalted\nposition. The fourth offense (sruti-Siistra-nindanam) is to blaspheme Vedic literatures such as the four Vedas and the Puriiras. The fifth offense (tathiirtha-viidal;} is\nto consider the glories of the holy name to be exaggerations. Similarly, the sixth\noffense (hari-niimni kalpanam) is to consider the holy name of the Lord to be\nimaginary.\nThe seventh offense is described as follows:\nniimno baliid yasya hi piipa-buddhir\nna vidyate tasya yamair hi suddhil;\n\n", "adi2#p0203": "Adi-l'ila, Chapter 8\n\n179\n\nTo think that since the Hare Kr�1,1a mantra can counteract all sinful reactions one\nmay therefore go on with his sinful activities and at the same time chant the Hare\nKr�Da mantra to neutralize them is the greatest offense at the lotus feet of hari-noma.\nThe eighth offense is stated thus: dharma-vrata-tyoga-hutodi-sarva-subha-kriyo­\n\nsomyam api pramoda/;1. It is offensive to consider the chanting of the Hare Kr�pa\nmantra to be a religious ritualistic ceremony. Performing religious ceremonies,\nfollowing vows and practicing renunciation and sacrifice are all materialistic auspicious activities. The chanting of the Hare Kr�1,1a moho-mantra must not be compared to such materialistic religiosity. This is an offense at the lotus feet of the Lord.\nThe ninth offense is described as follows:\n\nasraddadhOne vimukhe 'py asrrvati\nyas copadesa/;1 siva-nomoparodha/;1\nIt is an offense to preach the glories of the holy name among persons who have no\nintelligence or no faith in the subject matter. Such people should be given the\nchance to hear the chanting of the Hare Kr�1,1a mantra, but in the beginning they\nshould not be instructed about the glories of the spiritual significance of the holy\nname. By constant hearing of the holy name, their hearts will be purified, and then\nthey will be able to understand the transcendental position of the holy name.\nThe tenth offense is as follows:\n\nsrute 'pi noma-mohotmye ya/;1 prTti-rahito nara/;1\naham-mamodi-paramo nomni so 'py aparodha-krt\nIf one has heard the glories of the transcendental holy name of the Lord but nevertheless continues in a materialistic concept of life, thinking, \"I am this body and\neverything belonging to this body is mine [aharh mameti},\" and does not show\nrespect and love for the chanting of the Hare Kr�!)a moho-mantra, that is an offense.\nTEXT 25\n\n\"!lf\"Jl1fi�� �If�� q:r;�wt., li'i{.��1tft��Rr�i1tr.lfh: 1\n� �ffll;r;� �i� li\"lfl �<fttl1,CO{r.i!i ��� Sf�� ��: II\ntad asma-soram hrdayam batedam\nyad grhyamorair hari-noma-dheyai/;1\nna vikriyetotha yado vikoro\nnetre ja/am gotra-ruhe�u har�a/;1\nSYNONYMS\n\ntat-that; asma-soram-as hard as iron; hrdayam\n\n-\n\nheart; bata-O; idam\n\n-\n\nthis; yat\n\n­\n\nwhich; grhyamii(lai/;1-in spite of taking the chanting; hari-niima-dheyai/;1- meditating\non the holy name of the Lord; no-does not; vikriyeta-change; atlid\n\n-\n\nthus; yado\n·\n\n-\n\n", "adi2#p0204": ",\n\nSrT·Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n180\n\nwhen; vikiiraf:l- transformation; netre- in the eyes; jalam- tears; giitra-ruhe�u- in the\npores of the body; har�af:l- ecstasy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If one's heart does not change, tears do not flow from his eyes, his body does\nnot shiver, nor his hairs stand on end as he chants the Hare Kr�r;ta maha-mantra, it\nshould be understood that his heart is as hard as iron. This is due to his offenses at\nthe lotus feet of the Lord's holy name.\"\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura, commenting on this verse, which is a\n\nquotation from SrTmad-Bhiigavatam\n\n(2.3.24), remarks that sometimes a mahii­\n\nbhiigavata, or very advanced devotee, does not manifest such transcendental symp­\n\ntoms as tears in the eyes, although sometimes a kaniHha-<JdhikiirT, neophyte devotee,\n\ndisplays them artificially. This does not mean, however, that the neophyte is more\n\nadvanced than the mahii-bhiigavata devotee. The test of the real change of heart\n\nthat takes place when one chants the Hare Kr�l)a mahii-mantra is that one becomes\ndetached from material enjoyment. This is the real change. Bhaktir parasyiinubhavo\n\nviraktir anyatra syiit. If one is actually advancing in spiritual life, he must become\nvery muc.h detached from material enjoyment. If it is sometimes found that a\n\nkani�tha-<JdhikiirT (neophyte devotee) shows artificial tears in his eyes while chant­\n\ning the Hare Kr�l)a mantra but is still completely attached to material things, his\n\nheart has not really changed. The change must be manifested in terms of one's real\nactivities.\nTEXT 26\n\n'��· �·�ttll �11' lf(?tt?l �t-t I\n\n<;t2ftlfl �il''1 'ef• �t1f� 121<:\\'it-t u �� u\n'eka' kr�fJa-niime kare sarva-piipa niisa\n\npremera kiirar;a bhakti karena prakiisa\nSYNONYMS\n\neka-one; kr�fJa-niime-by chanting the holy name of Lord Kr�l')a; kare-makes;\n\nsarva-all; piipa-sinfu I Iife; nasa- ex hausted; premera-of love of Godhead; kiirar;acause; bhakti-devotional service; karena-becomes; prakiiSa- manifest.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSimply chanting the Hare Kr�IJa maha-mantra without offenses vanquishes all\nsinful activities. Thus pure devotional service, which is the cause of love of Godhead, becomes manifest.\n\n", "adi2#p0205": "Adi-lila, Chapter 8\n\n181\n\nPURPORT\nOne cannot be situated in the devotional service of the Lord unless one is free\nfrom sinful life. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nye�iirh tv anta-gatarh piiparh\njaniiniirh purwa-karmariim\nte dvondva-moha-nirmuktii\nbhajante miirh drrjha-vratiil;\n\"Persons who have acted piously in previous lives and in this life, whose sinful actions\nare completely eradicated and who are freed from the duality of delusion, engage\nthemselves in My service with determination.\" ( Bg. 7.28) A person who is already\ncleansed of all tinges of sinful life engages without deviation or duality of purpose\nin the transcendental loving service of the Lord. In this age, although people are\ngreatly sinful, simply chanting the Hare Kr�!Ja mahii-mantra can relieve them from\nthe reactions of \\heir sins. Eka kr�tJa-'!iime: only by chanting Kr�!Ja's name is this\npossible. This is also confirmed in\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam (kirtanad eva kr�rasya).\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu has also taught us this. While passing on the road, He used\nto chant:\n\nkr�tJa kr�tJa kr�tJa kr�tJa kr�tJa kr�tJa kr�tJa he\nkr�tJa kr�tJa kr�tJa kr�tJa kr�tJa kr�tJa kr�tJa he\nkr�!Ja kr�!Ja kr�!Ja kr�!Ja kr�!Ja kr�ra rak�a mom\nk(�!Ja k(�!Ja k(�!Ja k(� !Ja k(�!Ja k(�!Ja pifhi mifm\nriima riighava riima riighava riima riighava rak�a miim\nkr�!Ja ke5ova kr�!Ja ke5ova kr�!Ja kesava piihi miim\nIf one always chants the holy name Kr�!Ja, gradually one is freed from all reactions\nof sinful life, provided he chants offenselessly and does not commit more sinful\nactivities on the strength of chanting the Hare Kr�!Ja mantra. In this way one is\npurified, and his devotional service causes the arousal of his dormant love of God.\nSimply by chanting the Hare Kr�!Ja mantra and not committing sinful activities\nand offenses, one's life is purified, and thus one comes to the fifth stage of perfection, or engagement in the loving service of the Lord (premii pumartho mahan).\nTEXT 27\n\n<;�� � �1l O�t;\"fJ ��Tit I\n��-<f.�·�fw 'St1('5tlft�� II �9 II\npremera udaye haya premera vikiira\nsveda-kampa-pulakiidi gadgadiisrudhiira\nSYNONYMS\n\npremera-of love of Godhead; udaye - when there is awakening; haya - it becomes\nso; premera..:..of love of Godhead; vikiira - transformation; sveda-perspiration; kam-\n\n", "adi2#p0206": "182\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\npa-trembling; pulaka-Odi-throbbing of the heart; gadgada-faltering; asru-dhiiratears in the eyes.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen one's transcendental loving service to the Lord is actually awakened, it\ngenerates transformations in the body such as perspiration, trembling, throbbing\n·of the heart, faltering of the voice and tears in the eyes.\nPURPORT\nThese bodily transformations are automatically manifested when one is actually\nsituated in love of Godhead. One should not artificially imitate them. Our disease is\ndesire for that which is material; even while advancing in spiritual life, we want\nmaterial acclaim. One must be freed from this disease. Pure devotion must be\nanyiibhilii�itii-siinyam, without desire for anything material. Advanced devotees\nmanifest many bodily transformations which are symptoms of ecstasy, but one\nshould not imitate them to achieve cheap adoration fro,m the public. When one\nactually attains the advanced stage, the ecstatic symptoms will appear automatically;\none does not need to imitate them.\nTEXT 28\n\n�nrtt� ��'IR, �� <;��il I\n�<ti �iftt1� �t'f �� �'! � II �lr II\naniiyiise bhava-k�aya, kr�IJera sevana\neka k(�IJa-niimera pha/e pii eta dhana\nSYNONYMS\naniiyiise-without hard labor; bhava-k�aya-stoppage of repetition of birth and\ndeath; kr�IJera-of Lord Kn;tJa; sevana\n\n-\n\nservice ; eka-one; kr�IJa-niimera-chanting\n\nthe name of Kr�tJa; phale-as a result of; piii-we achieve; eta-so much; dhanawealth.\nTRANSLATION\nAs a result of chanting the Hare Kr�r;�a maha-mantra, one makes such great advancement in spiritual life that simultaneously his material existence terminates and\nhe receives love of Godhead. The holy name of Kr�r;�a is so powerful that by chanting even one name, one very easily achieves these transcendental riches.\nTEXTS 29-30\n\n�il \"il'tlt �fif \"'ll �-� I\n\n'!�� (;�';f ilt�, � ��� II �� II\n\n", "adi2#p0207": "Adi-lila, Chapter 8\n\n183\n\n�'art�, �111'1 ���II\n\"i\\'tll-�tr �-if! �tl �'Jill 'f>o II\nhena kr�ra-niima yadi /aya bahu-biira\ntabu yadi prema nahe, nahe asrudhiira\ntabe jiini, apariidha tiihiite pracura\nkr�ra-niima-bl]a tahe nii kare ahkura\nSYNONYMS\nhena-such; kr�ra-niima-holy name of the Lord;yadi-if; /aya-one takes; bahubiira again ·and again; tabu\n-\n\n-\n\nstill; yadi-if; prema-love of Godhead; nahe-is not\n\nvisible; nahe asru dhiira-there are no tears in the eyes; tabe- then;jiini-1 under-\n\nstand; apariidha-offense; tiihiite-there {in that process); pracura- enough; kr�ra­\n\nniima- the holy name of Kr�[la;blja-seed; tiihe-in those activities; no-does not;\nkare\n\n-\n\ndo;ahkura-sprout.\nTRANSLATION\n\n·\n\nIf one chants the exalted holy name of the Lord again and again and yet his love\n\nfor the Supreme Lord does not develop and tears do not appear in his eyes, it is\nevident that because of his offenses in chanting, the seed of the holy name of Krg1a\ndoes not sprout.\nPURPORT\nIf one chants the Hare Kr�r;�a mantra offensively, one does not achieve the desired\nresult. Therefore one should carefully avoid the offenses which have already been\ndescribed in connection with verse 24.\nTEXT 31\n\n��fii'!Ji\\'if i\\'t� �� ��t1f I\nift1J � c;�1f �' �� �C!!i'ftill �� II\ncaitanya-nityiinande niihi esaba viciira\nnama /aite prema dena, bahe asrudhara\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaitanya-niiyiinande-when chanting the holy names of Lord Caitanya and\nNityananda; niihi-there are not; esaba-all these; viciira-considerations;niima-the\nholy name; /aite-simply by chanting; prema-love of Godhead; dena-they give;\nbahe-there is a flow; asru-dhiira-tears in the eyes.\nTRANSLATION\nBut if one only chants, with some slight faith, the holy names of Lord Caitanya\nand Nityananda, very quickly he is cleansed of all offenses. Thus as soon as he chants\nthe Hare Kn1.1a maha-mantra, he feels the ecstasy of love for God.\n\n", "adi2#p0208": "184\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura remarks in this connection that if one\ntakes shelter of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. and Nityananda, follows Their instructions to become more tolerant than the tree and humbler than the grass, and in\nthis way chants the holy name of the Lord, very soon he achieves the platform of\n\ntranscendental loving service to the Lord, and tears appear in his eyes. There are\noffenses to be considered in chanting the Hare Kr�l)a moho-mantra, but there are no\nsuch considerations in chanting the names of Gaura-Nityananda. Therefore, if one\nchants the Hare Kr�l)a moho-mantra but his life is still full of sinful activities, it will\nbe very difficult for him to acl)ieve the platform of loving service to the Lord. But if\n\nin spite of being an offender one chants the holy names of Gaura-Nityananda, he is\n\nvery quickly freed from the interactions of his offenses. Therefore, one' should first\napproach Lord Caitanya and Nityananda, or worship Guru-Gaurar'lga, and then come\nto the stage of worshiping Radha-Kr�l)a. In our Kr�l)a consciousness movement, our\nstudents are first advised to worship Guru-Gaurariga, and then, when they are somewhat advanced, the Radha-Kr�l)a Deity is installed, and they are engaged in the worship of the Lord.\nOne should first take shelter of Gaura-Nityananda in order to reach, ultimately,\n\nRadha-Kr�l)a. Srila Narottama dasa Thakura sings in this connection:\ngaurahga boJite ha'be pulaka sarTra\nhari hari balite nayane ba'be nira\nora kabe nitiiicohdera karuro ho-ibe·\nsamsora-viisano mora kabe tuccha habe\nvi�ya choifiyo kabe suddha habe mana\nkabe homo heraba srT-vrndovana\n\nIn the beginning one should very regularly chant Sri Gaurasundara's holy name and\nthen chant the holy name of Lord Nityananda. Thus one's heart will be cleansed of\nimpure desires for material enjoyment. Then one can approach Vrndavan.Hlliama to\nworship Lord Kr�l)a. Unless one is favored by Lord Caitanya and Nityananda, there\nis no need to go to Vrndavana, for unless one's mind is purified, he cannot see\nVrndavana, even if he goes there. Actually going to Vrndavana involves taking shelter\nof th.e six Gosvamis by reading Bhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu, Vidagdha-modhava, Lalitamodhava and the other books that they have given. In this way one can understand\nthe transcendental loving affairs between Radha and Kr�l)a. Kobe homo bujhaba se\nyuga/a-piriti. The conjugal love between Radha and Kr�l)a is not an ordinary human\naffair; it is fully transcendental. In order to understand Radha and Km1a, worship\nThem and engage in Their loving service, one must be guided by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Nityananda Prabhu and the six Gosvamis, Lord Caitanya's direct disciples.\n\nFor an ordinary man, worship of Sri Caitanya and Nityananda Prabhu or the\n\nParica-tattva is easier than worship of Radha and Kr�l)a. Unless one is very fortunate,\nhe should not be induced to worship Radha-Kr�l)a directly. A neophyte student who\nis not sufficiently educated or enlightened should not indulge in the worship of Sri\nRadha and Kr�l)a or the chanting of the Hare Kr�l)a mantra. Even if he does so, he\n\n", "adi2#p0209": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 8\n\n185\n\ncannot get the desired result. One should therefore chant the names of Nitai-Gaura\n\nand worship Them without false prestige. Since everyone within this material world\n\nis more or less influenced by sinful activities, in the beginning it is essential that one\ntake to the worship of Guru-Gaurariga and ask their favor, for thus despite all his\n\ndisqualifications one will very soon become qualified to worship the Radha-Kr�r;�a\n\nvigraha.\n\nIt should be noted in this connection that the holy names of Lord Kr�r;�a and\n\nGaurasundara are both identical with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. There­\n\nfore one should not consider one name to be more potent than the other. Consider­\n\ning the position of the people of this age, however, the chanting of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's name is more essential than the chanting of the Hare Kr�r;�a mahii­\n\nmantra becaus� Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the most magnanimous incarnation and\n\nHis mercy rs very easily achieved. Therefore one must first take shelter of Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu by chanting srT-k[�IJO·COitanya prabhu nityiinanda srT-odvaita\n\ngadiidhara srTviisiidi-gaura-bhakta-vrnda. By serving �aura-Nityananda one is freed\n\nfrom the entanglements of material existence and thus becomes qualified to worship\n\nthe Radha-Km1a Deity.\nTEXT 32\n\n�<2ft.�� �m r\n�tC11 il1 ceftt\" �en !!t:1 f...tlll �� II\n�s\n\nsvatantra Tsvara prabhu atyanta udiira\ntiihre na bhajile kabhu nii haya nistiira\nSYNONYMS\nsvatantra\n\nlSvara-the\n\nfully\n\nindependent\n\nSupreme\n\nLord; prabhu-the\n\nLord;\n\natyanta-very much; udiira-magnanimous; tiinre-unto Him; no-without; bhaji/eworshiping; kabhu nii-never at any time; haya-becomes so; nistiira-liberation.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the independent Supreme Personality of Godhead, is\ngreatly magnanimous. Unless one worships Him, one can never be liberated.\nPURPORT\nSri Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura here remarks that one should not give up\n\nthe worship of Radha-Kr�r;�a to worship Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. By worshiping\n\neither Radha-Km1a or Lord Caitanya alone, one cannot become advanced. One\nshould not try to supersede the instructions of the six Gosvamis, for they are acaryas\n\nand very dear to Lord Caitanya. Therefore Narottama dasa Thakura sings:\nriipa-raghuniitha-pade haibe iikuti\nkabe hiima bujhaba se yugala-pirTti\n\n", "adi2#p0210": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n186\n\nOne must be a submissive student of the six Gosvamis, from Srila Rupa Gosvami to\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami. Not following their instructions but' imagining how to\nworship Gaurasundara and Radha-Kr�l)a is a great offense, as a result of which one\nclears a path to hell. If one neglects the instructions of the six Gosvamis and yet becomes a so-called devotee of Radha-Kr�l)a, he merely criticizes the real 'devotees of\nRadha-Kr�l)a. As a result of speculation, he considers Gaurasundara to be an ordinary\ndevotee and therefore cannot make progress in serving the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead Radha-Kr�l)a.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n'St1f 'lJ �' �� �'lllP'f I\n�1f�ll1 � 'ftfift� � II'&& II\nore miJ{iha /oka, suna caitanya-mahga/a\ncaitanya-mahimii yiite jiinibe saka/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nore-0\n\nall of you; miJifha-foolish; /oka-people; suna-just hear; caitanya­\n\nmahga/a\n\nthe book of this name; caitanya-Lord Caitanya's; mahimii-glories;yate­\n\n-\n\nin which;jiinibe-you will know;saka/a-all.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 fools, just read Caitanya-marigala! By reading this book you can understand all\n\nthe glories of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nPURPORT\nSriVrndavana dasa Thakura's Caitanya-bhiigavata was originally entitled Caitanya­\n\nmahgala, but when Srila Locana dasa Thakura later wrote another book named\nCaitanya-mahgala, SrilaVrndavana dasa Thakura changed the name of his OWJl book,\nwhich is now therefore known as Caitanya-bhiigavata. The life of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nis\n\nvery\n\nelaborately\n\ndescribed\n\nin\n\nCaitanya-bhiigavata,\n\nand\n\nKr�l)adasa\n\nKaviraja Gosvami has already informed us that in his SrT-Caitanya-caritiimrta he has\ndescribed whatever Vrndavana dasa Thakura has not mentioned. This acceptance of\n\nSrT-Caitanya-bhiigavata by Kr�l)adasa Kaviraja Gosvami indicates his acceptance of\nthe disciplic succession. A writer of transcendental literature never tries to surpass\nthe previous.iiciiryas.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n\"tf\\\"ln oe-t-st� � �1PI I\n�111\"�'1-�� II �811\nkr�ra-IT/ii bhiigavate kahe veda-vyiisa\n\ncaitanya-IT/iira vyiisa-vrndiivana-diisa\n\n", "adi2#p0211": "Adi-lila, Chapter 8\n\n187\n\nSYNONYMS\nk[?!Ja-fflii-the\n\npastimes\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nKr�Qa;\n\nbhiigavate-in\n\nthe\n\nbook\n\nSr7mad­\n\nBhiigavatam; kahe-tells; veda-vyiisa-Vyasadeva, the editor of the Vedic literatures;\ncaitanya-liliira-of the pastimes of Lord Caitanya; vyiisa-compiler; vrndiivana-diisais V rndavana dasa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs Vyasadeva has compiled all the pastimes of Lord Kr�Qa in the SrimadBhagavatam, Thakura Vrnaavana dasa has depicted the pastimes of Lord Caitanya.\nTEXT 35\n\n�-�ft� �·•I\" '�\\il!tllll''l I\n�-r.a- •�tt erttllf Jt('� n -e� n\nvrndiivana-diisa kai/a 'caitanya-mahga/a'\nyiihhiira sravare niise sarva amahgala\nSYNONYMS\nvrndiivana-diisa-of the name Vrndavana dasa; ka//a-compile d; caitanya-mahgala­\n\nthe book named Caitanya-mahgala; yiihhiira-of which; sravare-by hearing; niiseannihilated; sarva-all; amahga/a-inauspiciousness.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThakura Vrndavana dasa has composed Caitanya-marigala. Hearing this book will\nannihilate all misfortune.\nTEXT 36\n\n�fQtb �WI.-t� 11�11\n� �� \"l5r.fqttfi � II�� II\ncaitanya-nitiiira yiite jiiniye mahimii\nyiite jiini k[?IJO·bhakti-siddhiintera sTmii\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-nitiilra-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Nityananda Prabhu;\n\nyiite-in which; jiiniye-one can know; mahimii-all glories; yiite-in which; jiini-1\n\ncan understand; kr�ra-bhakti-of devotio n to Lord Kr?rJa; siddhiintera-of the conclusion; sTmii-limit.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy reading Caitanya-mariga1a one can understand all the glories or truths of Lord\n\nCaitanya and Nityananda and come to the ultimate conclusion of devotional service\nto Lord KnQa.\n\n", "adi2#p0212": "188\n\nSri-Caitanya-caritamrta\nPURPORT\n\nSrTmad-Bhiigavatam is the authoritative reference book from which to understand\n\ndevotional service, but because it is very elaborate, few men can understand its\n\npurpose. SrTmad-Bhiigavatam is the original commentary on Vediinta-sutra, which\n\nis called nyiiya-prasthana. It was written to enable one to understand the Absolute\nTruth through infallible logic and argument, and therefore its natural commentary,\n\nSrTmad-Bhiigavatam, is extremely elaborate. Professional reciters have created the\nimpression that SrTmad-Bhiigavatam deals only with Kr�r:ta's riisa-/Jlii, although\n\nKr�r:ta's riisa-/Jlii is only described in the Tenth Canto (Chapters 29-35). They have\n\nin this way presented Kr�r;�a to the Western world as a great woman hunter, and\n\ntherefore we sometimes have to deal with such misconceptions in preaching. An­\n\nother difficulty in understanding SrTmad-Bhiigavatam is that the professional re­\n\nciters: have introduced Bhiigavata-saptiiha, or seven-day readings of the Bhagavatam.\n\nThey want to finish SrTmad-Bhiigavatam in a week, although it is so sublime that\n\neven one verse of SrTmad-Bhiigavatam, if properly explained, cannot be completed\n\nin three months. Under these circumstances, it is a great aid for the common man to\n\nread Srna Vrndavana dasa Thakura's Caitanya-bhiigavata, for thus he can actually\n\nunderstand devotional service, Kr�r;�a, Lord Caitanya and Nityananda. Srna Rupa\nGosvami has said:\n\nsruti-smrti-puriir;iidi-paftcariitra-vidhim vinii\naikiintikT harer bhaktir utpiitiiyaiva ka/pate\n\n\"Devotional service of the Lord that ignores the authorized Vedic literatures like\n\nthe Upani�ads, PuriirJas, Niirada-paftcariitra, etc., is simply an unnecessary distur­\n\nbance in society.\" Due to misunderstanding SrTmad-Bhiigavatam, people are misled\n\nregarding the science of Kr�r;�a. However, by reading Srna Vrndavana dasa Thakura's\n\nbook one can very easily understand this science.\nTEXT 37\n\n.-t� �� ·Pl�tfi lftl I\n\nfilf�� ··� ��rtfif � � II �'\\ II\nbhiigavate yata bhakti-siddhiintera siira\n\nlikhiyiichena ihhii jiini' kariyii uddhiira\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhiigavate-in the SrTmad-Bhiigavatam; yata-all; bhakti-siddhiintera-in under­\n\nstanding devotional service; sara-essence; likhiyiichena-has written; ihhii\n\njiini'-1 know; kariyii-making; uddhiira\n\n-\n\nquotation\n\n-\n\nthis;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn Caitanya-mangala [later known as Sri-Caitanya-bhagavata] Srna Vrndavana\n\ndasa Thakura has given the conclusion and essence of devotional service by quoting\n\nthe authoritative statements of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\n", "adi2#p0213": "Adi -lila , Chapter 8\n\n189\n\nTEXT 38\n\ni�wtt' �t-. �flf �, �� 1\n� �t��• n � 11 -e\"' n\n'caitanya�mahga/a' sune yadi pii?af}f/T, yavana\nseha maha-vaigwva·haya tatak�!Ja\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-mahga/a-the book named Caitanya-mahgala; sune anyone hears; yadi\n; pii�arif! great atheist; yavana-a disbeliever in the Vedic culture; seha-he also;\nmahii-vai�rava great devotee; haya- becomes; tatak�ara-immediately.\n-\n\nif\n\n­\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf even a great atheist hears Caitanya-marigala, he immediately becomes a grea.t\ndevotee.\nTEXT 39\n\nIPWI����·WI.\n1\"f''�i4ift�-��� � n �� 11\nmanu�ye racite niire aiche grantha dhanya\nvrndiivana-diisa-mukhe vaktii srT-caitahya\nSYNONYMS\n\ni\nSrila Vrndavana dasa\nThakura; mukhe-from pis mouth; vaktii speaker ; sri-caitanya-Lord S ri Caitanya\nmanu�ye-a human being; racite - compiled; niire-canno t; a che-such; grantha­\n\nbook; dhanya-so glorious; vrndiivana-diisa-the\n\nauthor,\n\n-\n\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThe subject matter of this book is so sublime that it appears that Sri Caitanya.\nMahaprabhu has personally -spoken through the writings of Sri Vrndavana dasa\nThakura.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Sanatana Gosvami has written in his Hari-bhakti-vi/iisa:\navoi�rava-mukhodgirram piitam hari-kathiimrtam\nsravaram naiva kartavyam sarpocchi�tam yathii payaf:J\nTranscendental literature that strictly follows the Vedic principles and the conclusion of the Puriiras and Piincariitrika-vidhi can be written only by a pure devotee.\n\n", "adi2#p0214": "190\n\n/\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nIt is not possible for a common man to write books on bhakti, for his writings will\nnot be effective. He may be a very great scholar and expert in presenting literature\nin flowery language, but this is not at all helpful in understanding transcendental\nliterature. Even if transcendental literature is written in faulty language, it is ac­\n\nceptable if it is written by a devotee, whereas so-called transcendental literature\n\nwritten by a mundane scholar, even if it is a very highly polished literary presenta­\n\ntion, cannot be accepted. The secret in a devotee's writing is that when he writes\nabout the pastimes of the Lord, the Lord helps him; he does not write himself. As\n\nstated in Bhagavad-gTtii, dadiim( buddhi-yogam tam yena miim upayiinti te (Bg. 10.\n\n1 0). Since a devotee writes in service to the Lord, the Lord from within gives him\n\nso much intelligence that he sits down near the Lord and goes on writing books.\n\nKm1adasa Kaviraja Gosvami confirms that what Vrndavana dasa Thakura wrote\nwas actually spoken by Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and he simply repeated it. The\n\nsame holds true for Caitanya-caritiimrta. Kr�l)adasa Kaviraja Gosvamiwrote Caitanya­\n\ncaritiimrta in his old age in an invalid condition, but it is such a sublime literature\n\nthat Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami Maharaja used to say, \"The time will\ncome when the people of the world will learn Bengali to read SrT-Caitanya­\n\ncaritiimrta.\" We are trying to present SrT-Caitanya-caritiif!1rta in English and do not\n\nknow how successful it will be, but if one reads the original Caitanya-caritiimrta in\nBengali he will relish increasing ecstasy in devotional service.\n\nTEXT 40\n�l:cti4'f'tlf·9ft'f � i4�tl I\n\n�5 � �R' Ql� '!tfftr! 'f�'ltlll 8 II\n0\n\nvrndiivana-diisa-pade ko,ti namaskiira\naiche grantha kari' tehho tiirilii samsiira\n\nSYNONYMS\nvrndiivana-diisa-pade-on the lotus feet of Srila Vrndavana dasa Thakura; kofi­\n\nmillions;\n\nnamaskiira-obeisances;\n\naiche-such;\n\ngrantha-book; kari'-compiling;\n\ntehho-he; tiirilii-delivered; samsara-all the world.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer millions of obeisances unto the lotus feet of Vrndavana dasa Thakura. No\n\none else could write such a wonderful book for the deliverance of all fallen souls.\n\nTEXT 41\n\niftmtll- �5\\SM �-� I\n�11 � �1 �\"�\"'� n s� 11\n\n", "adi2#p0215": "Adi-lila, Chapter 8\n\n191\n\nniiriiyarT-caitanyera ucchi�fa-bhiijana\ntiihra garbhe janmilii srT-diisa-vrndiivana\n\nSYNONYMS\nniiriiparT-of the name NarayaQT; caitanyera-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nucchi�.ta-bhiijana-eater of the remnants of foodstuff; tiihra-of her; garbhe- in the\nwomb; janmilii- !ook birth; srT-diiso-vrndiivana- SrTia Vrndavana dasa Thaku ra..\n\nTRANSLATION\nNarayaQT eternally eats the remnants of the foodstuffs of Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nSrila Vrndavana 'dasa Thakur a was born of her womb.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Gaura-garoddesa-dTpikii, a book written by KavikarQapura that describes all\nthe associates of ·Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and who they previously were, there is\nthe following statement regarding Narayai)T:\n\nambikiiyii/:1 svasii yiisTn niimnii srT/a-kilimbikii\nkr�rocchi�fam prabhunjiinii seyam niiriiyarT matii\nWhen Lord Kr�l)a was a child, He was nursed by a woman named Ambika who had\n\na younger sister named Kilimbika. During the time of Lord Caitanya's incarnation,\n\nthe same Kilimbika used to eat the remnants of foodstuffs left by Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. That Kilimbika was Narayai)T, who was a niece of Srivasa Thakura's.\n\nLater on, when she grew up and married, Srila Vrndavana dasa Thakura was born\n\n;\n\nfrom her womb. A devotee of Lord Sri Kr�l)a is celebrat�d in te ms of devotional\n\nservite rendered to the Lord; thus we know Srila Vrndavana dasa Thakura as the\nson of NarayaQT. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura notes in this connection\n\nthat there is no reference to his paternal ancestry because there is no need to\n\nunderstand it.\n\nTEXT 42\n\n·\n\n1111 � �._\"' �5ftt:A(it I\n��.,���..��-�·\ntiihra ki adbhuta caitanya-carita-varrona\nyiihiira sravare suddha kaila tri-bhuvana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntiihra-Srila Vrndavana dasa Thakura's; ki what; adbhuta-wonderful; caitanyacarita of the pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; varo ana-descript i on; yiihiira-\n\n-\n\n", "adi2#p0216": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n192\nof\n\nwhi c h; sravare-by hearing; suddha purified; kaila-made; tri-bhuvana-the\n-\n\nthree worlds.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhat a wonderful description he has given of the pastimes of Lord Caitanya!\n\nAnyone in the three worlds who hears it is purified.\nTEXT 43\n\n·\n\n�ell�..,,�' �iW-f�Jt..r I\n� '��lt\"A-•:�, 9f\"l� ,_t..\"' u e-e n\nataeva bhaja, loka, caitanya-nityiinanda\nkharr;libe samsiira-duf:!kha, piibe premiinanda\nSYNONYMS\n\nataeva-therefore; bhaja-wors hip; /oka-0 people in general; co/tanya-Lord Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; nityiinanda- Nityananda Prabhu; kharr;libe-will vanquish;\n\nsam siira-duf:!kha-mise rable\n\ncondition of material existence; piibe-he will get;\n\npremiinanda-the transcendental bliss of devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\n\nI fervently appeal to everyone to adopt the method of devotional service given\n\nby Lord Caitanya and Nityananda and thus be freed from the miseries of material\nexistence and ultimately achieve the loving service of the Lord.\nTEXT 44\n\n11ttt� � '���' I\n�.-.� � �r.t.. � u 8811\nvrndiivana-diisa kaila 'caitanya-mahgala'\ntiihiite caitanya-mii varrila saka/a\nSYNONYMS\n\ni\n\nvrndiivana-diisa-Srila Vrndavana dasa Thakura; kai/a-did; c�itanya-mahga/a-th\n\nbook of the name Caitanya-mahga/a; tiihiite-in that book; caitanya-IT/ii-the pastimes\nof Lord Caitanya; varri/a-described; sakala\n\n-\n\neveryt h ing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri1a Vrndavana dasa Thakura has written Caitanya-mangala and therein described\n\nin all respects the pastimes of Lord Caitanya.\n\n", "adi2#p0217": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 8\n\nTEXT\n\n193\n\n45\n\n� 'fff' �\"\"\" � � I\n� fWtfD'I ���'I 1.8t.\nsiJtra kari' saba ma karila granthana\npache vistariya tahara kaila vivarara\nSYNONYMS\nsiJtra kari' making a synopsis; saba-all; ma-pastimes; karila-did; granthana-\n\nwriting in the book; pache-later; vistariya vividly describing; tahara-all of them;\n-\n\nkai/a-d i d; vivarara-descri ption.\nTRANSLATION\nHe first summarized all the pastimes of the Lord and later described them vividl\"y\nin detail.\nTEXT\n\n46\n\n�5W5'MI � -..�. � I\n�-n�121.. ��Bns�•\ncaitanya-candrera ma ananta apara\nvarrite varrite grantha ha-ifa vistara\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-candrera-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ma-pastimes; ananta-unlimited; apiira-unfathomable; varrite-describing; varrite\nbook; ha ifa-became; vistara\n-\n\n-\n\nex pansive\n\n-\n\ndescribing; grantha-the\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of Lord Caitanya are unlimited and unfathomable. Therefore, in\ndescribing all those pastimes, the book became voluminous.\nTEXT\n\n47\n\nfW1f roqj r-.1 � � � 1\n,_.��an�.r,. n s, n\nvistara dekhiya kichu sankoca haifa mana\nsiJtra-dhrta kona ma na kaifa varrana\n\n", "adi2#p0218": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n194\n\nSYNONYMS\nvistara-expansive;\nhoi/a-became;\n\ndekhiyli-seeing;\n\nmana-mind;\n\nkichu-some;\n\nsiitra-dhrto-taking\n\nsankoca-with\n\nthe\n\npastimes; na did not; kai/a-make; vorrona-description\n-\n\nhesitation;\n\ncodes; kona-some; ma.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe saw them to be so extensive that he later felt that some had not been properly\ndescribed.\nTEXT 48\n\nFe.i!J�H�(te{ �If �.t I\n'511tft '�-If� ff� ��t-1� II Sir II\nnityananda-ma-vorrane ho-i/a avesa\ncaitanyera se�a-ma rahi/a avase�a\nSYNONYMS\nnityiinanda-Lord Nityananda; /i/ii-pastime; vorrone-in the matter of descrip\n\n­\n\ntion; ho-i/a-there was; ave5a\nse�a-ma-pastimes\n\nin\n\n-\n\necstasy; caitanyera-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nthe. last\n\nportion\n\nof His life;\n\nrahila - r emained;\n\navase�a­\n\nsupplement.\nTRANSLATION\nHe ecstatically described the pastimes of Lord Nityananda, but the later pastimes\nof Caitanya Mahaprabhu remained untold.\nTEXT 49\n\n'� � � �fil� �'I I\n��i(�t� �� 'e.-..f�i! 1fi( 118., II\nsei saba mara sunite vivaroro\nvrndavana-vasi bhaktera utkorthita mana\nSYNONYMS\nsei-those; saba-all; mara-of the pastimes; sunite-to hear; vivaroro-description;\nvrndavana-vasi-the inhabitants of Vrndavana; bhaktera-of devotees; utkor.thita-in\nanxiety; mana-minds.\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees of Vrndavana were all very anxious to hear those pastimes.\n\n", "adi2#p0219": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 8\n\n195\n\nTEXT 50\n\nf\"'l�,.. WIOt �� I\n\n�'St'bi �' q..fil�� II �o II\nvrndavane kalpa-drume suvan;a-sadana\nmaha-yogapTtha tahah, ratna-sirhhasana\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavane-in Vrndavana; ka/pa-drume-under the desire trees; suvan;a-sadanagolden throne; maha-great;yoga-p�tha-pious temple; tahan-there; ratna-bedecked\nwith jewels; sirhhasana-throne.\nTRANSLATION\nIn Vrndavana, in a great place of pilgrimage underneath the desire trees, is a golden throne bedecked with jewels.\nTEXT 51\n\n�'t;� �'I'���� I\n\n,.,�\"K1f�' i411t 'lt.,-tt. 'lf'ti4 II t!> II\ntate vasi' ache sada vrajendra-nandana\n'srT-govinda-deva' nama sak?iit madana\nSYNONYMS\ntate-on that throne; vasi -sitting; ache-there\n\n'\n\nis; sada-always; vrajendra­\n\nnandana-the son of Maharaja Nanda; srT-g ovinda-deva-whose name is Govinda;\n\n·\n\nnama-name; sak?iit-direct; madana-transcendental cupid.\nTRANSLATION\nOn that throne sits the son of Nanda Maharaja, Sri Govindadeva, the transcendental cupid.\nTEXT 52\n\n·--� Q � · �fiil ��I\n\n� �' fiRJ . .....tt II t� II\n,\n\nriija-seva haya tahha vicitra prakara\ndivya samqgrT, divya vastra, alahkara\n\n", "adi2#p0220": "'\n\n196\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nSYNONYMS\nraja- seva-majestic service; haya - render ; tahha-there; vicitra-varieties; prakara­\n\nall kinds of; divya-spir i tual ; samagrT- i ngredients; divya-spir i tual ; vastra-garme n ts;\n\na/ankara-ornaments.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVarieties of majestic service are rendered to Govinda there. His garments, ornaments and paraphernalia are all transcendental.\nTEXT 53\n\n� 'JI� � � ._IJ.'I\"' I\n�-�<.;�ifl���u��n\nsahasra sevaka sevii kare anuk�a(la\nsahasra-vadane seva na yaya vart;wna\nSYNONYMS\nsahasra-many thousands; sevaka-servitors; seva-service; kare-render; anuk�a­\n\nra-always; sahasra - thousands ; vadane-mouths; seva-process of service; nonot possible; yaya-goes on; varrana-descripti on.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn that temple of Govindaji, thousands of servitors always render service to the\nLord in devotion. Even with thousands of mouths, one could not describe this\nservice.\nTEXT 54\n\n� �--�· �fJ1f� I\n�tt.r.-.-t �••It'! � n �s a\nsevara adhyak�a-srT-pa(l(/ita haridasa\ntahra yasa/;1-gu(la sarva-jagate prakasa\nSYNONYMS\nsevara-of the\n\nservice;\n\nadhyak�a - comma n der; srT-pa(lf/ita haridasa-Haridasa\n\nPal)<;! ita; tahra-of his; yasa/;1-fame ; gura - quality ; sarva-jagate-all over the world;\nprakasa- known.\nTRANSLATION\nIn that temple the chief servitor was Sri Haridasa PaQ.;Iita. His qualities and fame\nare known all over the world.\n\n", "adi2#p0221": "Adi-ma, Chapter 8\n\n197\n\nPURPORT\nSri Haridasa Par;u;lita was a disciple of Sri Anania Acarya, who was a disciple of\n\nGadadhara Par;�Qita.\n\nTEXT 55\n\n�' �' -tt., �' 'Sfftl..t\n'I(\"'�' 11lf� 'II� u tt 0\nsuST!a, sahi�ru, siinta, vadiinya, gambhTra\nmadhura-vacana, madhura-ce�tii, mahii-dhTra\n\nSYNONYMS\nsus71a-well behaved; sahi�ru-tolerant; santa peaceful; vadiinya-mag n animo u s;\n\n-\n\ngambhTra-grave; madhura-vacana-sweet words; madhura-ce�tii-sweet endeavor;\nmahii-dhTra-completely sober.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe was gentle, tolerant, peaceful, magnanimous, grave, sweet in his words and\n\nvery sober in his endeavors.\n\nTEXT 56\n\n��.tt,���l\n,.)iwt1-'lfte.ll._�� ifl trtt-. �� fA o t� n\nsabiira sammiina-kartii, karena sabiira hita\nkautilya-miitsarya-himsii nii jiine tiihra cita\n\nSYNONYMS\nsabiira-of all; sammiina-kartii- respectfu I; karena-does; sabiira-everyone 's; hila­\n\nbenefit; kau_ti/ya-diplomatic; miitsarya-jealousy; hirhsii-envy; nii jiine-does not\nknow; tiihra-his; cita-heart\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe was respectful to everyone and worked for the benefit of all. Diplomacy, envy\n\nand jealousy were unknown to his heart.\n\nTEXT 57\n\n�J � ���-� �eel '!.rat I\n� � etctJ ilf. -ti\\tt � II t� II\n\n", "adi2#p0222": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n198\n\nkr�rera ye siidhiirara sad-gura panciisa\nse saba gurera tiihra sarTre niviisa\nSYNONYMS\nkr�rera-of Lord Km1a; ye-that; siidhiirara-general; sat-gura-good qualities;\n\npanciisa-fifty; se-those; saba-all; gurera-qualities; tiihra-his; sarTre-in the body;\nniviisa-were always present.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe fifty qualities of Lord Kr�r;�a were all present in his body.\nPURPORT\nIn\n\nBhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu, the transcendental qualities of Sri Kr�r;�a are men(ayam netii Sljramyiihga/:1, etc.), and in\n\ntioned. Among these, fifty are primary\n\nminute quantity they were all present in the body of Sri Haridasa Pary;lita. Since\n\nevery living entity is a part of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, all fifty of these\ngood qualities of Sri Kr�r;�a are originally minutely present in every living being. Due\n\nto his contact with material nature, these qualities are not visible in the conditioned soul, but when one becomes a purified devotee,., they all automatically\n\nmanifest themselves. This is stated in SrTmad-Bhiigavatam (5.18.12), as mentioned\nin the text below.\n\nTEXT 58\n\nffi� �'Sf��·\"',\n'lt��{ttt�ilf ��'\\! � I\n��t�-.., � ��en\n\n1fC;rtlt�� 'fl�1 � • tlr •\nyasyiisti bhaktir bhagavaty akii?canii\nsarvair gurais tatra samiisate suriiiJ\nhariiv abhaktasya kuto mahad-gurii\nmano-ratheniisati dhiivato bahi/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nyasya-one who; asti-has; bhakti/J-devotional service; bhagavati-un\\9 the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; akiilcanii-without motive; sarvai/J-all; gu!Jai/:1-\n\nqualities; tatra-there; samiisate-become manifested; surii/J-with all the demigods;\nharau-unto the Supreme Personality; abhaktasya-one who is not a devotee; kuta{l­\n\nwhere; mahat-gurii/:1-high qualities; mana/J-rathena-concoction; asati-the material\n\nexistence; dhiivata/:1-run on; bahi/J-externally.\n\n", "adi2#p0223": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 8\n\n.199\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In one who has unflinching devotional faith in Kr�r;�a, all the good qualities of\nKr�r;�a and the demigods are consistently manifested. However, one who has no\ndevotion to the Supreme Personality of Godhead has no good qualifications because he is engaged by mental concoction in material existence, which is the external feature of the Lord.\"\nTEXT 59\n\n\"lf�'!-(;'it'Pftflfli1f fit�-�� � I\n\n�ti21111f�·t!fl, ��, �'elt1f II �� II\npa(l(lita-gosiinira si�ya-ananta iiciirya\nkr�ra-premamaya-tanu, udiira, sarva-iirya\nSYNONYMS\npa(l(lita-gosiinira-of Gadadhara Par;�c.Jita; si�ya-disciple; ananta iiciirya-of the\nname Ananta Acarya; kr�r�-premamaya-always overwhelmed by love of God;\ntanu-body; udiira-magnanimous; sarva-in all respects; iirya-advanced.\nTRANSLATION\nAnanta Acarya was a disciple of Gadadhara Par;�c.Jita. His body was always absorbed in love of Godhead. He was magnanimous and advanced in all respects.\nTEXT 60\n\n�� 1&1� �cf � �111 ��twf I\ntit1f �� � -·�-91'f'iGt! �Rr'ft� II�., II\ntiihhiira ananta gura ke karu prakiisa\ntiihra priya si�ya ihha-pa(l(lita haridiisa\nSYNONYMS\ntiihhiira-his; ananta-unlimited ; gu(7a- qualities; ke-who; karu-can; prakiisadisplay; tiihra-his; priya-dear; si,sya-disciple; ihha-this person; patJ(fita haridiisaof the name Haridasa Par;�<;! ita.\nTRANSLATION\nAnanta Acarya was a reservoir of all good qualities. No one can estimate how\ngreat he was. Par;�<;lita Haridasa was his beloved disciple.\n\n", "adi2#p0224": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n200\n\nPURPORT\nSri Ananta Acarya is one of the eternal associates of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nPreviously, during the advent of Lord Sri Kr�!la, Ananta Acarya was Sudevi, one of\nthe eight gopTs. This is stated in the Gaura-gm;oddesa-dTpika, verse 165, as follows:\n\nanantacarya-gosvamT ya sudevT pura vraje. \"Ananta Acarya Gosvami was formerly\n\nSudevi-gopi in Vraja [Vrndavana].\" In Jagannatha Puri, or Puru�ottama-k�etra,\nthere is a monastery known as Ganga-mata Matha that was established by Ananta\nAcarya. In the disciplic succession of the Gar'lga-mata Matha, he is known as\nVinoda-mafijari. One of his disciples was Haridasa Par;u;lita Gosvami, who is also\nknown as Sri Raghu Gopala and as Sri Rasa-marijari. His disciple Lak�mlpriya was\nthe maternal aunt of Gar'lga-ma'ta, a princess who was the daughter of the King of\nPutiya. Gariga-mata brought a Deity of the name Sri Rasika Raya from Kr�t:�a Misra\nof jaipur and installed Him in the house of Sarvabhauma in Jagannatl)a Purl. The\ndisciple in the fifth generation after Sri Ananta Acarya was Sri Vanamali; in the\nsixth generation, Sri Bhagavan dasa, who was a Bengali; in the seventh generation,\nMadhusudana dasa, who was an Oriya; in the eighth generation, Nilambara dasa; in\nthe ninth generation, Sri Narottama dasa; in the tenth generation, Pitambara dasa;\nand in the eleventh generation, Sri Madhava dasa. The disciple in the twelfth generation is presently in charge of the Gariga-mata monastery.\nTEXT 61\n\n�l>i!tJ·fi{�e{t\"f �111 � fcl�PI 'I\n��tJ·t;ntt'! �t1f 91111 1:911t:Jt II �� II\ncaitanya-nityanande tahra parama visvasa\ncaitanya-carite tahra parama ullasa\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nityiinande-in Lord Nityananda; tanra-his;\nparama-very great; visvasa faith; caitanya-carite-in the pastimes of Lord Caitanya;\n-\n\ntahra� his; parama-great; u/iasa-satisfaction.\nTRANSLATION\n\nPat;��ita Haridasa had great faith in Lord Caitanya and Nityananda. Therefore he\ntook great satisfaction in knowing about Their pastimes and qualities.\n\nTEXT 62\n\n�t�f �'tlit�, �1 �� � I\n<ISRltf�tt�J <15t1f ��·�-'It� II �� II\n\n", "adi2#p0225": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 8\n\n201\n\nvai�(lavera gu(la-griihT, nii dekhaye do�a\nkiiya-mano-vakye kare vai�(lava-santo�a\nSYNONYMS\nvai�(IOVera-of devotees; gu(la-griihT-accepting good qualities; no-never; dekhayesees; do�a-any fault; kiiya-manar-vakye-with heart and soul; kare-does; vai�(lavadevotee; santo�a-pacification.\nTRANSLATION\nHe always accepted the-good qualities ofVai�r;1avas and never found fault in them.\nHe engaged his heart and soul only to satisfy the Vai�r;1avas.\nPURPORT\nIt is a qualification of a Vaig1ava that he is ado�a-darsT; he never sees others'\nfaults. Of course, every human being has both good qualities and faults. Therefore\nit is said, sajjanii gu(lam icchanti do�am icchanti piimariir: everyone has a combination of faults and glori�s. But a Vai�r;�ava, a sober man, accepts only a man's glories\nand not his faults, for flies seek sores whereas honeybees seek honey. Haridasa\nPat;�Qita never found fault with a Vai�r;�ava but considered only his good qualities.\nTEXT 63\n\nf�J·f �� <.:�t-1 '�t:!�'l' I\n�1� <2JJ�Wf �� ���'f II�'-!) II\nnirantara sune tehho 'caitanya-mahgala'\ntiihhiira prasiide sunena vai�(lava-sakala\nSYNONYMS\nnirantara-always; sune-hears; tehho-he; caitanya-mahgala-the book Caitanyamahgala; tiihhiira-by his; prasiide-mercy; sunena-hear; vai�(lava-sakala-all other\nVai�r;�avas.\nTRANSLATION\nHe always heard the reading of Sri Caitanya-marigala, and all the other Vai�r;1avas\nused to hear it by his grace.\nTEXT 64\n\n�tJ � �'lll'f �t1f <;� '!_(�!! I\n\nf�-��tt:! �tJiJ �·<l·'CI'ti\\\"f II �8 II\n\n", "adi2#p0226": ",\n\n202\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta.\n\nkathiiya sabhii ujjvala kare yena pi:m;JO-candra\nnija-gw;iimrte bii(liiya vai�rava-iinanda\nSYNONYMS\nkathiiya-by words; sabhii-assembly; ujjvala-illuminated; kare-does; yena-as;\npi:m;a-candra-full moon; nija- own; gura-omrte-nectar of qualities; bii(liiya-increases; vai�rava-of the devotees; iinanda-pleasure.\nTRANSLATION\nLike the full moon, he illuminated the entire assembly of the Vai�l)avas by speaking Caitanya-marigala, and by the nectar of his qualities he increased their transcendental bliss.\nTEXT65\n\n�1 �� ¥fi �' �'tai �1 �tt1f I\n'�tt�J Q't�1 �� �tJ II �ct II\ntehho ati krpii kari' iijilii kailii more\ngauriihgera se�a-fflii varribiira tare\nSYNONYMS\ntehho-he; ati-very much; krpii-mercy; kari'-show!ng; iijflii-order; kaila-made\nit; more-unto me; gauriihgera-of Lord Caitanya; se�a-fflii - last portion of the'\npastimes; varribiira-describing; tare-for the matter of.\nTRANSLATION\nBy his causeless mercy he ordered me to write about the last pastimes of Sri\nI\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT66\n\n��--11' '1t'PrtftfPJ fit�- (;1t@llft '1tt�tftfP I\n\n'�\"ff �t� titJ � iltftfP II �� II\nkiisTsvara gosiiflira si�ya-govinda gosiifli\ngovindera priya-sevaka tiihra sama niif11\nSYNONYMS\nkiiSTsvara gosiinlra-of Kasisvara Gosvami; si�ya - disci ple; govinda-of the name\nGovinda; gosiifli - sp1ritual master; govindera-of Govinda; priya-sevaka-most confidential servitor; tiihra-his; soma-equal; niifli-is none.\n\n", "adi2#p0227": "Adi-lila, Chapter 8\n\n203\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nGovi�da Gosaiii, the priest engaged in the service of Lord Govinda in Vrndavana,\n\nwas a disciple of Kasisvara Gosaiii. There was no servant more dear to the Govinda\nDeity.\n\nPURPORT\n\nKasisvara Gosaiii, also known as Kasisvara Par;�c;lita, was a disciple of Tsvara Puri\n\nand son of Vasudeva Bhanacarya, who belonged to the dynasty of Kaiijilala Kanu.\n\nHis surname was Caudhuri. His nephew, his sister's son, who was named Rudra\n\nPar;�c;lita, was the original priest of Vallabhapura, which is situated about one mile\n\nfrom the Sriramapura railway station in the village of Citara. Installed there are the\n\nDeities of Radha-Govinda and Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Kasisvara Gosaiii\n\nwas a very strong man, and therefore when Lord Caitanya visited the temple of\nJagannatha, he used to protect the Lord from the crowds. Another of his duties was\n\nto distribute prasiida to the devotees after kTrtana. He was also one of the contemporaries of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu who was with the Lord in Jagannatha Purl.\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura also visited this temple at Vallabhapura.\n\nAt that time the person in charge was a Saivite, Sri Sivacandra Caudhuri, who was\n\na descendant of KasTSvara Gosaiii's brother. In Vallabhapura there was a permanent\n\narrangement to cook nine kilos of rice, vegetables and other foodstuffs, and near\n\nthe village there is sufficient land, which belongs to the Deity, on which this rice was\ngrown. Unfortunately, the descendants of Kasisvara Gosaiii's brother have sold a\nmajor portion of this land, and therefore the Deity worship has now been hampered.\n\nIt is said in the Gaura-garoddesa-dTpikii that the servant of Kr�r;�a in Vrndavana\n\nnamed Bhpigara descended as Kasisvara Gosaiii during the pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. In our householder life we also sometimes visited this temple of\n\nVallabhapura and took prasiida there at noon. The Deities of this temple, Sri Sri\nRadha-Govinda and the Gaurariga vigraha, are extremely beautiful. Near Vallabha­\n\npura is another beautiful temple of J agannatha. We sometimes used to take prasada\n\nin this Jagannatha Temple also. These two temples are situated within a onemile radius of the Sriramapura railway station near Calcutta.\nTEXT 67\n\n�1\"�� '�t� 1\\tit'fl 'lit I\n��iUfflt� ��1 'fllfl! �' m \" �\" \"\nyiidaviiciirya gosiinl srT-rupera sangT\ncaitanya-carite tenho ati bar/a rangT\nSYNONYMS\nyiidaviiciirya-of the name Yadavacarya; gosiifli-spiritual master; srT-rupera-of\n\nSrna Riipa Gosvami; sari gl-- assoc iate ; caitanya-carite-in the pastimes of Lord\nCaitanya; tenho-he; ati-very much; bat;/a-great; rahgT-enthusiastic.\n\n", "adi2#p0228": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n204\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Yadavacarya Gosarii, a constant associate of Srila Rupa Gosvami, was also very\nenthusiastic in hearing and chanting about Lord Caitanya's pastimes.\nTEXT 68\n\n9ff�\"!·,'Sftlltfc�P:t �1JJ- '-'SI'8 ,'Stt'ftf� I\n'�ftl1 �i{j �ti �_, �iij iftt II�'lr' II\npa(lf/ita-gosiinira si�ya-bhugarbha gosiini\ngaura-kathii vinii iira mukhe anya niii\nSYNONYMS\nparflita-gosiinira-of Par;.<;! ita Gosarii (Pal)<;! ita Haridasa);si,5ya-disciple; bhugarbha\ngosiini-of the name Bhugarbha Gosarii; gaura kathii-topics of Lord Caitanya; vinii-\n\nwithout; iira-else; mukhe-in ·his mouth; anya niii-nothing else.\nTRANSLATION\nBhugarbha Gosarii, a disciple of Par;.c.Hta Gosarii, was always engaged in topics regarding Lord Caitanya, knowing nothing else.\nTEXT 69\n\ntAf �1JJ ,'Sft81\"t �\" �i@ftll I\n11�� ��' '� �t� II�� II\n-\n\ntahra si�ya-govinda pujaka caitanya-diisa\nmukundiinanda cakravartT, premT kr�ra-diisa\nSYNONYMS\ntahra si�ya\ndiisa-of\n\nthe\n\n-\n\nhis disciple; govinda-the Govinda Deity; pujaka\n\nname\n\nCaitanya\n\ndasa;\n\nmukundiinanda\n\n-\n\npriest; caitanya­\n\ncakravartT-of\n\nthe\n\nname\n\nMukundananda Cakravarti;premT-a great lover; k(,5(10 diisa-of the name Kr�r;.adasa.\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\nAmong his disciples were Caitanya dasa, who was a priest of the Govinda Deity,\n� well as Mukundananda Cakravarti and the great devotee Kr�r;.adasa.\nTEXT 70\n\n-.r��tlltf�:t fii1JJ -�rfli� f�� I\n��fit -lti f�� ��;q.fi41$J1i1\"f II 'I II\no\n\n", "adi2#p0229": "Adi-lila, Chapter 8\n\n205\n\niiciirya-gosiinira si�ya-cakravartT siviinanda\nniravadhi tiihra citte caitanya-nityiinanda\nSYNONYMS\niiciirya-gosiinira-of Acarya Gosarii; si�ya-the disciple; cokrovartT siviinanda-of\n\nthe name Sivananda Cakravarti; niravadhi-always; tiihra-his; citte-in the heart;\ncaitanya-nityiinanda-Lord Caitanya and Nityananda are situated.\nTRANSLATION\nAmong the disciples of Ananta Acarya was Sivananda Cakravarti, in whose heart\n\ndwelled constantly Lord Caitimya and Nityananda.\nTEXT 71\n\n�� � �� ��� 'e9'St'l I\n\n��\"if�� 'R� � IIi{ II '\\) II\niira yata vrndiivane boise bhakta-garo\nse�a-mii sunite sabiira haifa mana\nSYNONYMS\niira yata-there are many others; vrndavane-in\n\nVrndavana; boise-residents;\n\nbhakta-goro-great devotees; �e�a-/ilii-the last portions of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\npastimes; sunite-to hear; sabiira-of everyone; hoi/a-became; man a-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nIn Vrndavana there were also many other great devotees, all of whom desired to\n\nhear the last pastimes of Lord Caitanya.\n\nTEXT 72\n\n� �'taf �Rf'11llt� �PN �fBI I\n\nt1·ll�ti � filf'f file<• .:l�1 n \"� 11\nmore iijnii karilii sabe karurii kariyii\ntiih-sabiira bole likhi nirlajja ha-lyii\nSYNONYMS\nmore-unto me; iijnii-order; karilii\n\n-\n\ngave; sabe-all; karurii-merciful; kariyii­\n\ndoing so; tiih-sabiira-of all of them; bole-by the order; likhi-l write; nirlajjawithout shame; ha iyii-becoming\n-\n\n.\n\n", "adi2#p0230": "206\n\n,\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\nBy their mercy, all these devotees ordered me to write of the last pastimes of Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Because of their order only, although I am shameless, I have\nattempted to write this Caitanya-carit:amrta.\n\nPURPORT\nTo write about the transcendental pastimes of the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead is not an ordinary endeavor. Unless one is empowered by the higher authori­\n\nties, or advanced devotees, one cannot write transcendental literature, for all such\nliterature must be above suspicion, or, in other words, it must have none of the\n\ndefects of conditioned souls, namely, mistakes, illusions, cheating and imperfect\n\nsense perceptions. The words of Kr�r;�a and the disciplic succession that carries the\n\norders of Kr�r;�a are actually authoritative. To be empowered to write transcenden­\n\ntal literature is a privilege in which a writer can take great pride. As a humble\n\nYai�r;�ava, Kr�r;�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami, being thus empowered, felt very much\n\nashamed that it was he who was to narrate the pastimes of Lord Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu.\n\nTEXT 73\n\n�-,;� �tWI �dPi ���-�� I\nJffle{1;'5tt�1tllf ''5fllft� �i:ali 1ftf�11;111 '\\� II\nvai�ravera iij flii piiflii cintita-antare\nmadana-gopii/e ge/iih iijflii miigibiire\nSYNONYMS\n\nvai�ravera-of all the Vai�r;�ava devotees; ,ifjflii-order; piiflii-receiving; cintita­\n\nantare- anxiety within myself; madana-gopiile-to the temple of Sri Madana-mohana;\nge/iih-1 went; iijflii-order; miigibiire-to receive.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaving received the order of the Vai�r;�avas but being anxious within my heart,\n\nI went to the temple of Madana-mohana in Vrnaavana to ask His permission also.\nPURPORT\n\nA Yai�r;�ava always follows the order of guru and Kr�r;�a. SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nwas written by Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja Gosvami by their mercy. Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja\n\nGosvami considered all the devotees that have been mentioned to be his preceptor\n\ngurus or spiritual masters, and Madana-gopala (Sri Madana-mohana vigraha) is Kr�r;�a\nHimself. Thus he took permission from both of them, and when he received the\n\nmercy of both guru and Kr�Qa, he was able to write this great literature, SrT-CaitanyJ­\n\ncaritiimrta. This example should be followed. Anyone who attempts to write about\n\n", "adi2#p0231": "Adi-lila, Chapter 8\n\n207\n\nKr�l)a must first take permission from the spiritual master and Kr�l)a. Kr�l)a is\nsituated in everyone's heart, and the spiritual master is His direct external representative. Thus Kr�r;ta is situated antar-bahl/:1, within and without. One must first\nbecome a pure devotee by following the strict regulative principles and chanting\nsixteen rounds daily, and when one thinks that he is actually on the Vai�l)ava platform, he must then take permission from the spiritual master, and that permission\nmust also be confirmed by Kr�l)a from within his heart. Then, if one is very sincere\nand pure, he can write transcendental literature, either prose or poetry.\nTEXT 74\n\n'fpti{ m �( H-1 � I\n<;'5f�fcfP�t'Pf 'J!Irlit �tJ ����-��II \"8 II\ndarasana karl kailuh carara vandana\ngosiifll-diisa piJjiirT kare carara-sevana\nSYNONYMS\n\ndarasana-by visiting; karl-doing; 'kailuh- made; carara-lotus .feet; vandanaworship; gosiifll-diisa-of the name Gosar'ii dasa; p ujiirT-priest; kare-does; cararalotus feet; sevana-service.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen I visited the temple of Madana-mohana, the priest Gosai'ii dasa was serving\nthe feet of the lord, and I also prayed at the lord's lotus feet.\nTEXT 75\n\n�t_J Rt't �llf �1a11ftf''5ti'r I\n�·� �� 11� �fim1 �f!f'l 11 \"<t II\nprabhura carare yadl iijflii miiglla\nprabhu-kartha halte miilii khaslyii par;lila\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhura-of the Lord; carare- lotus feet; yadl-when; iijflii-order; magila-requested;prabhu-ka1J tha-the neck of the Lord;halte-from;mii/ii-garland; khaslyiislipped;pa(lila-fell down.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen I prayed to the lord for permission, a garland from His neck immediately\n·slipped down.\n\n", "adi2#p0232": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n208\n\nTEXT 76\n\n�<1: �<1:'51'1 ttf1� fif'l I\n'1t'Pftf<jp'ft:Jt �tfi!:' 1ft&lfl '31tt '5tc;'f fit'l II '\\� II\nsaba vai$rava-gara hari-dhvani di/a\ngosiini-diisa iini' miilii mora gale dila\nSYNONYMS\n.\n\nsaba-all\n\n; vai�rava-devotees; gara-grou p; hari-dhvani-chanting Hare Kr�11a;\n\ndila-made; gosiini-diisa-of the name Gosani dasa; iini -bringing; mala-garland;\n'\n\nmora-my; gale-on the neck; di/a\n\n-\n\ngave it.\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as this happened, the Vai�l)avas standing there all loudly chanted,\n\"Haribol!\" and the priest, Gosafii dasa, brought me the garland and put it around\nmy neck.\nTEXT 77\n\n'elJ&It1ft'I19N't.fP1 ft1t111\" �'f �I\nt:St� �ffll �- � � II '\\'\\ II\niijna-miilii piina iimiira ha-ifa iinandd\ntiihiini karinu ei granthera iirambha\nSYNONYMS\niijnii miilii\n-\n\nananda\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthe garland of order; piinii-receiving; amara-my; ha ifa\n-\n\n-\n\nbecame;\n\ngreat pleasure; tiihiihi-then and there; karinu-attempted ; ei-this; gran­\n\nthera-of Caitanya-caritiimrta; iirambha-'-beginning.\nTRANSLATION\nI was greatly pleased to have the garland signifying the order of the Lord, and then\nand there I commenced tQ write this book.\n\n·\n\nTEXT 78\n\n�· � c;� � '315fi1Cil�' I\n'elt1rt1l' fit�il � ��11\" �il II �lr II\nei grantha /ekhaya more 'madana-mohana'\niimiira likhana yena sukera pafhana\n\n", "adi2#p0233": "A di-lila., Chapter 8\n\n. 209\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; grantha-great literature; /ekhiiya-causes me to write; more-unto me;\n\nmadana-mohana-the Deity; iimiira-my; /ikhana - writing; yena- like; sukera-of the\nparrot; pa,thana-responding.\n\nTRANSLATION\nActually\n\nSri-Caitanya-caritamrta is not my writing but the dictation of Sri\n\nMadana-mohana. My writing is like the repetition of a parrot.\n\nPURPORT\nThis should be the attitude of all devotees. When the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead recognizes a devotee, He gives him intelligence and dictates how he may\ngo back home, back to Godhead. This is confirmed in SrTmad-Bhagavad-gTtii:\n\nte�iiin satata-yuktiiniiin\nbhajatiiin prTti-piirvakam\n\ndadiimi buddhi-yogain tain\nyena miim upayiinti te\n\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give the under­\n\nstanding by which they can come to Me.\" ( Bg. 10.10) The opportunity to engage in\nthe transcendental loving service of the Lord is open to everyone because every\nliving entity is constitutionally a servant of the Lord. To engage in the service of\n\nthe Lord is the natural function of the living entity, but because he is covered by\nthe influence of miiyii, material energy, he thinks it to be a very difficult task. But\nif he places himself under the guidance of a spiritual master and does everything\nsincerely, immediately the Lord, who is situated within everyone's heart, dictates\nhow to serve Him (dadiimi buddhi-yogain tam). The Lord gives this direction, and\nthus the devotee's life becomes perfect. Whatever a pure devotee does is done by\n\nthe dictation of the Supreme Lord. Thus it is confirmed by the author of Caitanya-.\n\ncaritiimrta that whatever he wrote was written under the direction of the S ri·\nMadana-mohana Deity.\n\nTEXT 79\n\nc;ll� fit�, 1Ni{t'5ft� � fir�'A{ I\n�tm. \"1.,W '� � �� II \"� II\nsei likhi, madana-gopii/a ye likhiiya\n\nkii�.thera putta/T yena kuhake niiciiya\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei /ikhi-1 write that; madana-gopii/a- the Deity Madana-gopala; ye-whatever;\n\nlikhiiya-dictates to me; kii�.thera- wooden; putta/T-a doll; yena-like; kuhake-the\nenchanter; niiciiya-causes to dance.\n\n", "adi2#p0234": "Sri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n210\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs a wooden doll is made to dance by a magician, I write as Madana-gopala orders\n\nme to do so.\n\nPURPORT\nThis is the position of a pure devotee. One should not take any responsibility on\nhis own but should be a soul surrendered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nwho will then give him dictation as caitya-guru, or the spiritual master within. The\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is pleased to guide a devotee from within and\nwithout. From within He guides him as the Supersoul, and from without He guides\nhim as the spiritual master.\nTEXT 80\n\nf\"{t� �tl-'lt5fi{t'lt�i{ l\n�tt �-�, ���, 'lirt\\!il: II ro II\nkuliidhidevatii mora-madana-mohana\nyiihra sevaka-raghuniitha, riipa, saniitana\nSYNONYMS\nkula-iidhidevatii-the family Deity; mora-mine; madana-mohana-Lord Madana­\n\nmohana; yahra-whose; sevaka-servitor; raghuniitha-Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n\nriipa-Rupa Gosvami; saniitana-Sanatana Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\n\nI accept as my family Deity Madana-mohana, whose worshipers are Raghunatha\n\ndasa, Sri Rupa and Sanatana Gosvami.\n\nTEXT 81\n\n�\"l�·5ft'1R 'Pitff�'l �fit' 'Uti!: I\n�tl �tst 1'1$1 AA �tt'!i �l'flt'l 11 r� 11\nvrndiivana-diisera piida-padma kari' dhyiina\ntiihra iijflii /aflii likhi yiihiite kalyiif}a\nSYNONYMS\nvrndiivana-diisera-of Srila Vrndavana dasa Thakura; piida-padma-lotus feet;\nkari'-doing; dhyiina-meditation; tiihra-his; iijflii-order; /aM-receiving; /ikhi-1\nwrite; yiihiite-in which permission; kalyiil}a-all auspiciousness.\nTRANSLATION\nI took permission from Srila Vrndavana dasa Thakura by praying at his lotus\n\nfeet, and upon receiving his order I have attempted to write this auspicious literature.\n\n", "adi2#p0235": "Adi-lila, Chapter 8\n\n211\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Kr�t;�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami took permission not only from the V ai�t;�avas\nand Madana-mohana but also fn;>m Vrndavana dasa Thakura, who is understood to\nbe the Vyasa of the pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 82\n\n��'!W�i'ftt� '��'- ��-'f� I\ncitt �911 �1 �-oo ifl �� <21�1-t u�r� n\ncaitanya-miite 'vyiisa'-vrndiivana-diisa\ntiihra krpa vi(lii anye nii haya prakiisa\n\ncaitanya-miite-in describing the pastimes of Lord Caitanya; vyiisa- Vyasadeva;\nvrndiivana-diisa-is Srila Vrndavana dasa Thakura; tiihra-his; krpii- mercy; viniiwithout; anye- other; nii-never; haya- becomes; prakiisa-manifest.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Vrndavana dasa Thakura is the authorized writer on the pastimes of Lord\nCaitanya. Without his mercy, therefore, one cannot describe these pastimes.\nTEXT 83\n\n'!_( ��' .,l! 'if$ ��·'lti'Pf I\n\n��rt�•'l·<it'l' <fflf �t�<li '�� 111re 11\nmurkha, nTca, k�udra mufli vi�aya-lii!asa\nvaigJOviijnii-bale kari eteka siihasa\nSYNONYMS\nmurkha-foolish; nTca-lowborn; k�udra-very insignificant; muni-1; vi�ayamaterial; liilasa-desires; vaig10va-of the Vai�t;�avas; iijnii-order; bale-on the strength\nof; kari-1 do; eteka-so much; siihasa-energy.\nTRANSLATION\nI am foolish, lowborn and insignificant, and I always desire material enjoyment;\nyet by the order of the Vai�r:tavas I am greatly enthusiastic to write this transcendental literature.\nTEXT 84\n\nl\\iti9f·��t-t'·Rt� �- � I\n� � 1ti! fil• � �tf'!�<f.ff II IrS II\n\n", "adi2#p0236": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n212\n\nsrT-riJpa-raghuniitha-cararera ei bola\nyiihra smrte siddha haya viiflchita-sakala\nSYNONYMS\n\nsrT-riJpa- RGpa Gosvami; raghuniitha- Raghunatha dasa Gosvami; cararera-of\nthe lotus feet; ei- this; bola-strength; yiihra-whose; smrte- by remembrance; siddha-successful; haya-becomes; viinchita-sakala-all desires.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lotus feet of Sri Rupa Gosvami and Raghunatha dasa Gosvami are my source\nof strength. Remembering their lotus feet can fulfill all one's desires.\nTEXT 85\n\n5il�9f·11\",itt-t·?ftW �t1f �t-t I\n�i1�f.�� �� �·�p, II \\r'a II\nsrT-riJpa-raghuniitha-pade yiira iisa\ncaitanya-caritiimrta kahe kr�!Jadiisa\nSYNONYMS\n�ri-rupa- SrTi a\n\nRupa Gosvami; raghuniitha-SrTia\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yiira-whose; ii�a-expectation; caitanya-caritiimrta-the\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritiimrta;\n\nkahe-describes; kr�!Ja -diisa-S ril a\n\nKr�f.ladasa\n\nKaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring their\n\nmercy, I, Kr�Qadasa, narrate S ri-Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their footsteps.\n\nThus ends the Caitanya-caritiimrta, Eighth Chapter, Adi-mii, in the matter of the\nauthor's receiving the orders of the authorities, Kr�r;Ja and guru.\n\n", "adi2#p0237": "CHAPTER 9\nA summary of Chapter Nine has been given as follows by Srila Bhaktivinoda\nThakura in his Amrta-pravaha-bha�ya. In the Ninth Chapter the author of Caitanyacaritamrta has devised a figurative example by describing the \"plant of bhakti.\" He\nconsiders Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is known_ as Visvambhara, to be the\ngardener of this plant because He is the main personality who has taken charge of it.\nAs the supreme enjoyer, He enjoyed the flowers Himself and distributed them ·as\nwell. The seed of the plant was first sown in Navadvipa, the birthsite of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, and then the plant was brought to Puru�ottama-k�etra\n(Jagannatha Puri) and then to Vrndavana. The seed fructified first in SrTia\nMadhavendra Puri and then his disciple Sri Tsvara Puri. It is figur,iitively described\nthat both the tree itself and the trunk of the tree are Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu�\nThe devotees, headed by Paramananda Puri and eight other great sannyosTs, are like\nthe spreading roots of the tree. From the main trunk there extend two special\nbranches, Advaita Prabhu and Sri Nityananda Prabhu, and from those branches\ngrow other branches and twigs. The tree surrounds the entire world, and the flowers\nof the tree are to be distributed to everyone. !n this way the tree of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu intoxicates the entire world. It should be noted that this is a figurative\nexample meant to explain the mission of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n\\!� �e.���\"' •'St1f.•tnll\n�� -.tf9t �t� ,..tte. ��It n ) u\ntam srTmat-kr�ra-caitanya-devarh vande jagad-gurum\nyasyanukampaya svapi mahabdhim santaret sukham\n\nSYNONYMS\ntam-unto Him; srTmat-with all opulence; kr�ra-caitanya-devam-unto Lord\nKr�oa Caitanyadeva; vande-1 offer obeisances;jagat-gurum-spiritual master of the\nworld; yasya- whose; anukampayii-by the mercy of; svii api-even a dog; mahiiabdhim-great ocean;santaret-can swim; sukham-without difficulty.\n213\n\n", "adi2#p0238": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n214\n\nTRANSLATION\nLet me offer my respectful obeisances unto the spiritual master of the entire\nworld, Lord\n\nSri Kr�r;Ja Caitanya Mahaprabhu, by whose mercy even a dog can swim\n\nacross a great ocean.\nPURPORT\nSometimes it is to be seen that a dog can swim in the water for a few yards and\nthen come back to the shore. Here, however, it is stated that if a dog is blessed by\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he can swim across an ocean. Similarly, the author of\n\nCaitanya-caritiimrta, Kr:;fladasa Kaviraja Gosvami, placing himself in a helpless condition, states that he has no personal power, but by the desire of Lord Caitanya,\nexpressed through the Vai�[lavas and Madana-mohana vigraha, it is possible for him\nto cross a transcendental ocean to present SrT-Caitanya-caritiimrta.\nTEXT2\n\n� o ���eu '\"1\\Sitier 1\n\n\"\"' 01� i!f11 'f1l\" �'!� II � II\njaya jaya srT-kr�ra-caitanya gauracandra\njaya jayiidvaita jaya jaya nityiinanda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya\n\n-\n\nall\n\nglories; srT-kr�ra-caitanya-to\n\nLord\n\ngauracandra-whose name is Gaurahari; jaya jaya\n\n-\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nall glories; advaita-to Advaita\n\nan i ; jaya jaya all glories; nityiinanda-to Nityananda.\n\nGos\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to\n\nSri Kr�r;Ja Caitanya, wl:w is known as Gaurahari! All glories to\n\nAdvaita and Nityananda Prabhu!\nTEXT3\n\n'A 'A �fif ,11,11<e+'5t't I\n\n��-��1._ � 1111tf II� II\njaya jaya srTviisiidi gaura-bhakta-gara\nsarviibhTHa-piirti-hetu yanhara smararJa\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya\n\n-\n\nall glories; srTviisa-iidi-to Srivasa and others; gaura-bhakta-gara-all\n\ndevotees of Lord Caitanya; sarva-abh�ta-all ambition; piirti\nfor the matter of; yiinhiira-whose; s marara\n\n-\n\nremembrance\n\n.\n\n-\n\nsatisfaction; hetu­\n\n", "adi2#p0239": "Adi-llla, Chapter 9\n\n215\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to the devotees of Lord Caitanya, headed by Srivasa Thakura! In order\nto fulfill all my desires, I remember their lotus feet.\n\nPURPORT\nThe author here continues to follow the same principles of worship of the Paricatattva that were described in the Seventh Chapter of Adi-!t1ii,\n\nTEXT 4\n\n!l111ii, :11�, � � I\nait�, G;�'l�, �f'tll�'lt II 8 II\nsrTrupa, sanatana, bhatta raghunatha\nsrTjTva, gopa/a-bhatta, d?isa-raghunatha\nSYNONYMS\nsrT-rupa-Sfila Rupa Gosvami; sanatana-Srlla Sanatana Gosvami; bha.tta raghunotha-Raghunatha Bhaga Gosvaml; srT-jTva-Sri Jiva Gosvami; gopala-bha.t.ta-Sri\nGopala Bhatta Gosvami; da sa ragh u natha Raghunatha dasa Gosvaml.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nI also remember the six Go sv amis R upa, Sanatana, Bhatta Raghunatha, Sri Jiva,\n-\n\nGopala Bhatta and Dasa Raghunatha.\n\nPURPORT\nThis is the process for writing transcendental literature. A sentimentalist who has\nno Vai?l)ava qualifications cannot produce transcendental writings. There are many\nfools who consider Kr�r;a-lilii· to be a subject of art and write or paint pictures\nabout the pastimes of Lord Kr�l)a with the gopTs, sometimes depicting them in a\nmanner practically obscene. These fools take pleasure in material sense gratification,\nbut one who wants to make advancement in spiritual life must scrupulously avoid\ntheir literature. Unless one is a servant of Kr�l)a and the Vai�l)avas, as Kr�l)adasa\nKaviraja Gosvami presents himself to be in offering respects to Lord Caitanya, His\nassociates and His disciples, one should not attempt to write transcendental literature.\n\nTEXT 5\n\n���JI!Wf f'lf-t �-�lft.lf I\n\n� � iO .-t�, m �t9fi{-c'(t� II � II\n\n", "adi2#p0240": "216\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nesaba-prasode likhi caitanya-IT/o-guf}a\njoni VO no joni, kari opana-sodhana\nSYNONYMS\n\nesaba-all these; prasode-by the mercy of; likhi-l write; caitanya-of Lord\nCaitanya; ITTO-guf}a-pastimes and quality; joni-know; vo-or; no-not; joni-know;\nkari-do; opana-self; sodhana-purification.\nTRANSLATION\nIt is by the mercy of all these Vai�1_1avas and gurus that I attempt to write about\nthe pastimes and qualities of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Whether I know or know\nnot, it is for self-purification that I write this book.\nPURPORT\nThis is the sum and substance of transcendental writing. One must be an authorized I Vai�l)ava,' humble and pure. One should write transcendental literature to\npurify oneself, not for credit. By writing about the pastimes of the Lord, one\nassociates with the Lord directly. One should not ambitiously think, \"I shall become\na great author. I shall be celebrated as a writer.\" These are material desires. One\nshould attempt to write for self-purification. It may be published, or it may not be\npublished, but that does not matter. If one is actually sincere in writing, all his\nambitions will be fulfilled. Whether one is known as a great author is incidental.\nOne should not attempt to write transcendental literature for material name and\nfame.\nTEXT6\n\n'lf�•m �� \"t<!fllt1ft1P: �Pl. 1\n� ''e191 �e.•'ftiftt. �� ��\"!itJ'Ifti!tt' n � u\nmii/iikiira/:1 svayam kr�!Ja-premiimara-taru/:1 svayam\ndiitii bhoktii tat-pha/iiniim yas tam caitanyam iisraye\nSYNONYMS\nmiiliikiiraf:J-gardener; svayam Himself; kr�!Ja- Lord Kf�l)a; prema-love; amara-\n\ntranscendental; taruf:J-tree; svayam-Himself; diitii-giver; bhoktii-enjoyer; tatphaliiniim-of all the fruits of that tree; yaf:J-one who; tam-unto Him; caitanyamLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; iisraye-1 take shelter.\nTRANSLATION\nI take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nwho Himself is the tree of transcendental love of Kr�l)a, its gardener and also the\nbestower and enjoyer of its fruits.\n\n", "adi2#p0241": "Adi-ITia, Chapter9\n\n217\n\nTEXT 7\n\n� �, 'tlftfit ,�, en1l .. r, 1\niU1I � U, �fif '�t1( � 'eft II'\\ II\nprabhu kahe, iimi 'visvambhara' niima dhari\nniima siirthaka haya, yadi preme visva bhari\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; iimi-1; visvambhara-Visvambhara; nama-named;\ndhari-accept;\n\nniima-the\n\nnarn.e; sorthaka-complete;\n\nhaya-becomes;\n\nyadi-if;\n\npre__me-in love of God; visva-ttie whole universe; bhari-f u lfil l e d.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya thought: \"My name is Visvambhara, 'one who maintains the\nentire universe.' Its meaning will be actualized if I can fill the whole universe with\nlove of Godhead.\"\nTEXT 8\n\n�'! fm,' �����I\n\n�� �� �twfi{-... II \\r II\neta cinti' /ailii prabhu miiliikiira-dharma\nnavadvTpe iirambhilii pha/odyiina-karma\nSYNONYMS\neta cinti'-thinking like this; /ailii-took; prabhu-the Lord; miiliikiira-dharmathe business of a gardener; navadvTpe-in Navadvipa; iirambhilii-began; pha/audyiina-garden; karma-activities.\nTRANSLATION\nThinking in this way, He accepted the duty of a planter and began to grow a\ngarden in Navadvipa.\nTEXT9\n\n���m����'1\n'ef9-�� �f9t\"1 fliT•' ��W. II Q) II\nsrT-caitanya miiliikiira prthivTte iini'\nbhakti-kalpataru ropilii siilci' icchii-piini\n\n", "adi2#p0242": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n218\n\nSYNONYMS\nsrT-caitanya-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; miiliikiira-gardener; prthivTte-on\n\nthis planet; iini'-bringing; bhakti-ka/pataru-the desire tree of devotional service;\n\nropilii-sowed; sii'ici'-watering; icchii-will; piini-water.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThus the Lord brought the desire tree of devotional service to this earth and be­\n\ncame its gardener. He sowed the seeq and sprinkled upon it the water of His will.\nPURPORT\n\nIn many places devotional service has been compared to a creeper. One has\n\nto sow the seed of the devotional creeper, bhakti-latii, within his heart. As he regularly\n\nhears and chants, the seed will fructify and gradually grow into a mature plant and\nthen produce the fruit of devotional service, namely, love of Godhead, which the\ngardener (miiliikiira) can then enjoy without impediments.\nTEXT10\n\n'fi\n\nll�t1'f�� \"t�� I\n\n't;f9�t·'!11'SI Qit�112t�� �f II �\n\no\n\nII\n\njaya srT miidhavapurT krgw-prema-piira\n\nbhakti-kalpatarura tehho prathama ahkura\nSYNONYMS·\n\njaya-all glories; srT miidhavapurT-unto Madhavendra Purl; k(!jf}a-prema-piira­\n\na storehouse of all love of Godhead; bhakti-ka/patarura-of the desire tree of devotional service; tehho-he is; prathama-first; ahkura-fructification.\nTRANSLATION\nAlf glories to Sri Madhavendra Puri, the storehouse of all devotional service unto\n\nKr�r:a! He is a desire tree of devotional service, and it is in him that the seed of\n\ndevotional service first fructified.\n\nPURPORT\nSri Madhavendra Purl, also known as Sri Madhava Purl, belonged to the disciplic\n\nsuccession from Madhvacarya and was a greatly celebrated sannyiisT. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu was the third disciplic descendant from Sri Madhavendra Purl. The\n\nprocess of worship in the disciplic succession of Madhvacarya was full of ritualistic\n\nceremonies, with hardly a sign of love of Godhead; Sri Madhavendra Purl was the\n\nfirst person in that disciplic succession to exhibit the symptoms of love of Godhead\n\nand the first to write a poem beginning with the words ayi dTna-dayiirdra-niitha, \"0\n\n", "adi2#p0243": "Adi-lila, Chapter 9\n\n219\n\nsupremely merciful Personality of Godhead.\" In that poetry is the seed of Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's cultivation of love of Godhead.\nTEXT 11\n\nai1t'1if·11if;9f ·--� �t � ,\n��� �G\\!iijart1ft .... �r.'f I ��II\nsrT-JsvarapurT-rupe ankura pu�ta haifa\ncaitanya-ma!J skandha upajifa\nSYNONYMS\nsrJ-Jsvara-purJ-by the name Sri fsvara Puri; rupe-in the form of; ankura-the\n\nseed; pu�ta-cultivated; haifa-became; apane-Himself; caitanya-ma!J-the gardener\n\nof the name S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; skandha-trunk; upajifa-expanded.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe seed of devotional service next fructified in the form of Sri Isvara Purl, and\nthen the gardener Himself, Caitanya Mahaprabhu, became the main trunk of the\ntree of devotional service.\n\nPURPORT\nSri Tsvara Purl was a resident of Kumara-hatta, where there is now a railroad\nstation known as Kamarhatty. Nearby there is also another station named Halisahara,\nwhich belongs to the eastern railway that runs from the eastern section of Calcutta.\nTsvara Puri appeared in a brahmara family and was the most beloved disciple of\n\nSrila Madhavendra Purl. In the last portion of Caitanya-caritamrta, Chapter Eight,\nverses 26-29, it is stated:\nTSvara-purJ kare srJ-pada sevana\nsva-haste karena mafa-mutradi marjana\nnirantara kr�ra-nama karaya smarara\nk(�(la-nama k(�(la-!J!a SUnaya anuk�a(la\ntu�ta hafla purl tanre kaifa afingana\nvara difa kr�re tamara ha-uk prema-dhana\nsei haite Tsvara-purl premera sagara\n\n\"At the last stage of his life Sri Madhavendra Puri became an invalid and was com­\n\npletely unable to move, and Tsvara Purl so compfetely engaged himself in his service\n\nthat he personally cleaned up his stool and urine. Always chanting the Hare Kr�r:'la\nmaha-mantra and reminding Sri Madhavendra Purl about the pastimes of Lord Kr�r:'la\nin the last stage of his life, Tsvara Puri gave the best service among his disciples. Thus\nMadhavendra Purl, being very pleased with him, blessed him, saying, 'My dear boy,\n\n", "adi2#p0244": "220\n\n·\n\nSri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nI can only pray to Kr�l)a that He will be pleased with you.' Thus fsvara Puri, by the\ngrace of his spiritual master,\nocean of love of Godhead.\"\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri, became a great devotee in the\nSrna Visvanatha Cakravarti states in his Gurva�.taka\n\nprayer, yasya prasadad bhagavat-prasado yasyaprasadan no gatif:J kuto'pi: \"By the\nmercy of the spiritual master one is benedicted by the mercy of Kr�l)a. Without the\ngrace of the spiritual master one cannot make any advancement.\" It is by the mercy\nof the spiritual master that one becomes perfect, as vividly exemplified here. A\nVai�l)ava is always protected by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but if he\nappears to be an invalid, this gives a chance to his disciples to serve him. Tsvara Puri\npleased his spiritual master by service, and by the blessings of his spiritual master\nhe became such a great personality that Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted him as\nHis spiritual master.\n\nS rTia Tsvara Puri was the spiritual master of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, but before\n\ninitiating Lord Caitanya he went to Navadvipa and lived for a few months in the\nhouse of Gopinatha Acarya. At that time Lord Caitanya became acquainted with\nhim, and it is understood that he served\nbook, Kr�ro-liliimrto.\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu by reciting his\n\nThis is explained in Caitanya-bhagavata, Adi-tnii, Seventh\n\nChapter.\nTo teach others by example how to be a faithful disciple of one's spiritual master,\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, visited the birthplace ofTsvara Puri at Kamarhagy and collected some earth from his birthsite. This\nHe kept very carefully, and He used to eat a.small portion of it daily. This is stated\nin the Caitanya-bhagavata, Chapter Twelve. It has now become customary for\ndevotees, following the example of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, to go there and collect\n\nsome earth from that place.\nTEXT12\n\n�•1fG'CJ-t,+J 1ftift tlc$1 � t(i I\n�� -tt_,tt � � �ti!ti II �� II\nnijiicintya-saktye mafT hafia skandha haya\nsakala sakhara sei skandha miilasraya\nSYNONYMS\nnija- His own; acintya-inconceivable; saktye-by potency; malT-gardener; hafiabecoming; skandha\n\n-\n\ntrunk; haya-became; saka/a-all; sakhara-of other branches;\n\nsei-that; skandha-trunk; miila-Osraya-original support.\nTRANSLATION\nBy His inconceivable powers, the Lord became the gardener, the trunk and the\nbranches simultaneously.\nTEXTS13-15\n\n9flllil\"' �' � � � I\n�til\"f �' � �til\"f �� II �� II\n\n", "adi2#p0245": "Adi-lila, Chapter 9\n\n221\n\nf�'1_i\\, ��' � �1*'\"f I\n�PI�� �11 't_it �..,� u �s 1t\n�t I{� 'l!f �If 1..�1f I\n�- � '1?\" �-.fit� fi(���tfl 1 �t n\nparamananda purT, iira kesava bhiiratr\nbrahmananda purT, ara brahmananda bharatr\nvigw-purT, kesava-purT, purr kr�rananda\nsrr-nrsimhatrrtha, iira purr sukhananda\nei nova mula nikasila vrk�a-mule\nei nova mule vrk�a karila niscale\nSYNONYMS\n\nparamananda purT-of the name Paramananda Purl; iira- and; kesava bhiiratr-of\nthe name Kesava· Bharatl; brahmananda purr- of the name Brahmananda Purl; araand; brahmiinanda bhiiratr-of the name Brahmananda Bharati; Vi?IJU-purr-of the\nname Vi�t;�u Purl; kesava-purr-of the name Kesava Purl; purr kr;�rJananda-of the\nname Kr�t;�ananda Purl; srT-nrsimhatrrtha-of the name\n\nSri Nrsin'lhatirtha; iira- and;\n\npuri sukhiinanda-of the name Sukhananda Puri; ei nova-of fhese nine; mula-roots;\nnikasila-fructified; vrk�a-mDie-in the trunk of the tree; ei nova mule-in these nine\nroots; vrk�a-the tree; karila niscale\n\n-\n\nbecame very steadfast.\n\nTRANSLATION\nParamananda Puri, Kesava Bharati, Brahmananda Puri and Brahmananda Bharati,\n\nSri Vi�r:JU Puri, Kesava Puri, Kr�r:Jananda Puri, S ri Nrsirilhatirtha and Sukhananda\nPuri-these nine sannyasi roots all sprouted from the trunk of the tree. Thus the\ntree stood steadfastly on the strength of these nine roots.\nPURPORT\n\nParamananda PurT. Paramananda Puri belonged to a briihmara family of the\nTrihut district in Uttara Pradesh. Madhavendra Puri was his spiritual master. In\nrelationship with Madhavendra Puri, Paramananda Puri was very dear to\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. In the Caitanya-bhiigavata, Antya-ma, Chapter Eleven, there is the\nfollowing statement:\n\nsannyasrra madhye rsvarera priya-patra\niira nahi eka purT gosafli se matra\ndamodara-svarupa paramananda-puri\nsannyasi-piir?ade ei dui adhikarr\nniravadhi nikafe thakena dui-jana\nprabhura sannyase kare dar(lera grahara\npurr dhyana-para damodarera kTrtana\n\n", "adi2#p0246": "222\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nyata-prTti Tsvarera purT-gosiHiire\ndiimodara-svarupere-o tata prTti kare\n\"Among his sannyiisT disciples, Tsvara Purl and Paramananda Purl were very dear to\n\nMadhavendra Purl. Thus Paramananda Purl, like SvarOpa Damodara, who was also a\n\nsannyiisJ, was very dear to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and was His constant associate.\n\nWhen Lord Caitanya accepted the renounced order, Paramananda Purl offered Him\n\nthe dOIJqa. Paramananda PurT was always engaged in meditation, and SrT Svarupa\n\nwas always engaged in chanting the Hare Kr�pa mahii-mantra. As SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu offered full respect to His spiritual master, TSvara PurT, He similarly\n\nrespected Paramananda Purl and SvarUpa Damodara.\" It is described in Caitanya­\n\nbhiigavata, Antya-IT/ii, Chapter Three, that when SrTCaitanya Mahaprabhu first saw\nParamananda PurT He made the following statement:\n\niiji dhanya locana, saphala iiji janma\nsaphala iimiira iiji haifa sarva-dharma\nprabhu bale iiji mora sapha/a sannyiisa\naji miidhavendra more ha-ilii prakiisa\n\"My eyes, My mind, My religious activities and My acceptance of the sannyiisa order\n\nhave now all become perfect because today Madhavendra Purl is manifest before\n\nMe in the form of Paramananda Puri.\" Caitanya-bhiigavata further states:\nkathok�are anyo 'nye karena prariima\nparamiinanda-purT caitanyera priya-dhiima\n\n\"Thus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu exchanged respectful obeisances with Paramananda·\n\nPuri, who was very dear to Him.\" Paramananda Puri established a small monastery\nbehind the western side of t�.e jagannatha Temple, where he had a well dug to\n\nsupply water. The water, however, was bitter, and therefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nprayed to Lord Jagannatha to allow Ganges water to come into the well to make it\n\nsweet. When Lord Jagannatha granted the request, Lord Caitanya told all the\ndevotees that from that day hence, the water of Paramananda Purl's well should be\n\ncelebrated as Ganges water, for any devotee who would drink it or bathe in it\n\nwould certainly get the same benefit as that derived from drinking or bathing in the\nwaters of the Ganges. Such a person would certainly develop pure love of Godhead:\nIt is stated in the Caitanya-bhiigavata:\n\nprabhu bale iimi ye achiye prthivTte\nniscayai jiiniha purT-gosiiflira prTte\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu used to say: 'I am living in this world only on account\n\nof the excellent behavior of Sri Paramananda Puri.\"' The Gaura-garoddesa-dTpikii,\n\nverse 118, states, puri srT-paramiinando ya iisTd uddhavaf:J purii: \"Paramananda Puri\n\nis none other than Uddhava.\" Uddhava was Lord Kr?Qa's friend and uncle, and in\n\n", "adi2#p0247": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 9\n\n223\n\nthe Caitanya-ma the same Uddhava became the friend of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nand His uncle in terms of their relationship in the disciplic succession.\nKesava· BharatT. The Sarasvati, Bharati and Puri sampradayas belong to the\nSrrigeri Matha in South India, and Sri Kesava Bharati, who at that time was situated\nin a monastery in Katwa, belonged to the Bharati-sampradaya. According to some\nauthoritative opinions, although Kesava Bharati belonged to the Sarikara-sampradaya,\nhe was formerly initiated by a Yai�r;�ava. He is supposed to have been a Yai�l)ava on\naccount of having been initiated by Madhavendra Puri, for some say that he took\nsannyasa from Madhavendra Puri. The temple and Deity worship started by Kesava\nBharati are still existing in the village known as KhaJundi, which is under the postal\njurisdiction of Kandara in the district of Burdwan. According to the managers of\nthat ma_tha, the priests are descendants of Kesava Bharati, and some say that the\nworshipers of the Deity are descendants of the sons of Kesava Bharati. In his householder life he had two sons, Nisapati and O�apati, and a brahma(la of the name Sri\nNakagicandra Vidyaratna, who was a member of the family of Nisapati, was the\npriest in charge at the time that Sri Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati visited this temple.\nAccording to some, the priests of the temple belong to the family of Kesava Bharati's\nbrother. Still another opinion is that they descend from Madhava Bharati, who was\nanother disciple of Kesava Bharati. Madhava Bharati's disciple Balabhadra, who also\nlater became a sannyasT of the Bharati-sampradaya, had two sons in his family life\nnamed Madana and Gopala. Madana, whose family's surname was Bharati, lived in\nthe village of Auriya, and Gopala, whose family's surname was Brahmacari, lived in\nthe village of Denduga. There are still many living descendants of both families.\nIn the Gaura-garoddesa-dTpikii, verse 52, it is said:\n\nmathurayarh yajf/Q·siitrarh pura kr�riiya yo muni/:1\ndadau sandTpaniiJ so 'bhiit adya kesava-bhiiratT\n\"Sandipani Muni, who formerly offered the sacred thread to Kr�r;�a and Balarama,\nlater became Kesava Bharati.\" It is he who offered sannyasa to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. There is another statement from the Gaura-garoddesacdTpika, verse 117.\n/ti kecit prabhii_sante 'kriira{l kesava-bharatT.· \"According to some authoritative\nopinions, Kesava Bharati is an incarnation of AkrOra.\" Kesava Bharati offered the\n\nsannyiisa order to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in the year 1432 �akiibda (151 0 A.D.)\nin Katwa. This is stated in the Vai�(lava-manju�ii, Part Two.\nBrahmananda PurT. Sri Brahmananda Puri was one of the associates of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu while He was performing kJrtana in Navadvipa, and he also joined Lord\nCaitanya in Jagannatha Puri. We may note in this connection that the name\nBrahmananda is accepted not only by Mayavadi sannyiisTs but Vai?flava sannyasTs\nalso. One of our foolish Godbrothers criticized our sannyiisT Brahmananda Svami,\nsaying that this was a Mayavadi name. The foolish man did not know that Brahmananda does not always refer to the impersonal. Parabrahman, the Supreme Brahman,\nis Kr�r;�a. A devotee of Kr�r;�a can therefore also be called Brahmananda; this is\nevident from the fact that Brahmananda Purl was one of the chief sannyiisTassociates of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "adi2#p0248": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n224.\n\nBrahmananda BhiiratT.\n\nBrahmananda Bharati went to see Sri Kr�r;ta Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu at j agannatha dhama At that time he used to wear only a deerskin to\n-\n\n.\n\ncover himself, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu indirectly indicated that He did not\nlike this deerskin covering\n\n.\n\nBrahmananda Bharati therefore gave it up and accepted\n\na loincloth of saffron color as used by Vai�r;tava sannyasTs. For some time he lived\n,\n\nwith Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu at J agannatha Puri.\nTEXT16\n\n�llf 9f1t�1il\"f �i'\\ � I\n\n..� tift� �� � �'fi '�\" f'o II �� II\nmadhya-mula paramananda purT maha-dhTra\na�ta dike a�ta mula vrk�a kaila sthira\nSYNONYMS\nmadhya-mula-the middle root; paramananda purJ-of the name Paramananda\n\nPuri; mahii-dhTra-most sober; a�ta dike-in the eight directions; a�.ta mula-eight\n\nroots; vrk�a-the tree; kai/a sthira-fixed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith the sober and grave Paramananda Puri as the central root and the other\n\neight roots in the eight directions, the tree of Caitanya Mahaprabhu stood firmly.\n\nTEXT17\n\n� '9ftf � �1 �91� I\n\n�� �'Pf� wtt� ���� �l'f II �9 II\nskandhera upare bahu siikha upaji/a\nupari upari sakha asahkhya ha-ifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nskandhera upare-upon the trunk; bahu sakha-many branches; upaji/a grew;\n-\n\nupari upari-over and above them; sakha-other branches; asahkhya-innumerable;\nha-ifa- fructified.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the trunk grew many branches and above them innumerable others.\n\n", "adi2#p0249": "Adi-lila, Chapter 9\n\n225\n\nTEXT18\n\n� � lift� -.ft; l.fl-. <.fl-. 3f� I\n�����t��H�lrll\nvisa visa siikhii kari' eka eka maru;Jala\nmahii-mahii-siikhii chiiila brahmiirf/a sakala\nSYNONYMS\n\nvisa visa- twent y\n\n, twenty; siikhii-branches; kari '- making a group; eka eka\n\nmarf/ala-form a society; mahii-mahii-siikhii-big branches; chiii/a-covered; brahmiirfja-the whole universe; saka/a-all.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus the branches of the Caitanya tree formed a cluster or society, with great\nbranches covering all the universe.\nPURPORT\nOur International Society for Krishna Consciousness is one of the branches of\nthe Caitanya tree.\n\nTEXT19\n\n<.fit... llft��;5 �� � -t'il I\n�'! \"'fittt � \"''$ffltt� fl n �� 11\nekaika siikhiite upasiikhii sata sata\nyata upaji/a siikhii ke garibe kata\nSYNONYMS\n\n- sub-branches; sata sata­\n\nekaika-each branch; siikhiite-in the branch; upasiikha\n\nhundreds and hundreds; yata-all; upajila- grew; siikhii- branche s; ke-who; gal}ibecan count; kata-how much.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom each branch grew many hundreds of sub-branches. No one can count how\nmany branches thus grew.\nTEXT 20\n\n·� 'J..� -t�'Sttetf �tlf ..'Sf� I\n.qr;'Sf 1;5' -.ff�, �� �f �(� II �\n\no\n\nII\n\n", "adi2#p0250": "226\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nmukhya mukhya siikhii-garera nama agarana\nage to' kariba, suna vrk�era varrana\nSYNONYMS\n\nmukhya mukhya-the foremost of them all;siikhii-garera-of the branches; niimaname; agarana-uncountable; age-subsequently; to' kariba-1 shall do; suna-please\nhear; vrk�era varrana-the description of the Caitanya tree.\nTRANSLATION\nI shall try to name the foremost of the innumerable branches. Please hear the\ndescription of the Caitanya tree.\nTEXT 21\n\n� '�� -ft..-! � l� � I\n�� '�' ilt1f, 'ltl 'f�t�' II �) II\nvrk�era upare siikhii haifa dui skandha\neka 'advaita' nama, iira 'nityiinanda'\nSYNONYMS\nvrk�era-of the tree; upare-on the top; siikhii-branch; haifa-became; dui-two;\nskandha-trunks; eka-one; advaita-Srf Advaita Prabhu; nama-of the name; oraand; nityiinanda-of the name Nityananda Prabhu\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the top of the tree the trunk branched into two. One trunk was named S ri\n\nAdvaita Prabhu and the other S ri Nityananda Prabhu.\nTEXT 22\n\n'�� ll� � lift..-! �9f�'f I\n\\!11f ���t'StC'l �'$fe, -�i'( II�� II\nsei dui-skandhe bahu siikhii upajifa\ntara upasiikhii-gare jagat chiiifa\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; dui-skandhe-in· two trunks; bahu-many; siikhii-branches; upajilagrew; tara-of them; upasiikhii gare-sub branches; jagat-the whole world; chiiila-\n\ncovered.\n\n-\n\n", "adi2#p0251": "227\n\nAdi-ITia, Chapter 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom these two trunks grew many branches and sub-branches that covered the\nentire world.\nTEXT 23\n\n�IJ lift�, t:i}?(\"att�, '!t1f �9Mt-r! I\n� ��� � � � c;'f-r! II ��II\nba(fa sakhO, upasakhii, tara upasakha\nyata upajila tara ke karibe lekha\n\nSYNONYMS\nba(fa sakha-the big branches; upasakha-sub-branches; tara-their; upasakhasub-branches; tara-their; upasakha-again sub-branches; yata-all that; upajilagrew; tara-of them; ke-who; karibe-can count; /ekha-or write.\nTRANSLATION\nThese branches and sub-branches and their sub-branches became so numerous that\nno one can actually write about them.\nTEXT 24\n\nfiiAJ, �fl!AJ, �� ���'I I\ntr1te. �f� '!� ift�� �'lit II �8 II\nsi�ya, prasi�ya, ara upasi�ya-gara\njagat vyapila tara nahika garana\nSYNONYMS\nsi�ya-disciples;\n\nprasi�ya-grand-disciples;\n\njagat-the whole world;\n\nara-and;\n\nupasi�ya-gara-admirers;\n\nvyapi/a-spread; tara-of that; nahika-there is none;\n\ngarana-enumeration.\nTRANSLATION\nThus the disciples and the grand-disciples and their admirers spread throughout\nthe entire world, and it is not possible to enumerate them all.\nTEXT 25\n\nii�J.,._-..11\"� .. c;�et � lt( �If I\n\n�- 11'! 'e�'\" �� �'I 'ltt� II � � II\n\n", "adi2#p0252": "228\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nuflumbara-vrk�a yena phale sarva ange\nei mota bhakti-vrk�e sarvatra pha/a liige\nSYNONYMS\n\nuflumbara-vrk�a-a big fig tree; yena-as if; pha/e- grew fruits; sarva-all; angeparts of the body; ei- this; mata-like;bhakti-vrk�e-in the tree of devotional service;\n\nsarvatra-all over; phala - fruit; /age-appears.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs a big fig tree bears fruits all over its body, each part of the tree of devotional\nservice bore fruit.\nPURPORT\nThis tree of devotional service is not of this material world. It grows in the spiritual\nworld, where there is no distinction between one part of the body and another. It\nis something like a tree of sugar, for whichever part of such a tree one tastes, it is\nalways sweet. The tree of bhakti has varieties of branches, leaves and fruits, but they\nare all meant for the service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. There are\nnine different processes of devotional service (sravatyam kTrtanam vig10f;l smararam\n\npiida-sevanam arcanam vandanam diisyam sakhyam iitma-nivedanam}, but all of them\nare meant only for the service of the Supreme Lord. Therefore whether one hears,\nchants, remembers or worships, his activities will yield the same result. Which one\nof these processes will be the most suitable for a particular devotee depends upon\nhis taste.\nTEXT 26\n\n��if -It� � �t-rf'$ft'1 I\n\nllftf'Sftrl '� G;l2t�,- 'e4¥!§'• � n � � II\nmiJ/a-skandhera siikhii iira upasiikhii-gare\nliigilii ye prema-phala,-amrtake jine\nSYNONYMS\n\nmiJ/a-skandhera-of the chief trunk; siikhii-branches; iira-and; upasiikhii-garesub-branches; liigilii-as it grew; ye-that; prema-phala-the fruit of love; amrtake\n\njine - such a fruit conquers nectar.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince S ri Kr�r;aa Caitanya Mahaprabhu was the original trunk, the taste of the\nfruits that grew on the branches and sub-branches surpassed the taste of nectar.\nTEXT 27\n\n�'I�<;$!� ._�1f� I\nf�\n� 'At � II �'I H\n\n", "adi2#p0253": "Adi-lila, Chapter 9\n\n229\n\npiikila ye prema-phala amrta-madhura\nviliiya caitanya-mii!T, niihi laya mula\nSYNONYMS\npiikila-ripened; ye- that; prema-phala-the fruit of love of Godhead; amrta­\n\nnectarean; madhura-sweet; viliiya-distributes; caitanya-miiiT-the gardener, Lord\nCaitanya; niihi-does not; laya-take; mula- price.\nTRANSLATION\nThe fruits ripened and became sweet and nectarean. The gardener, Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, distributed them without asking any price.\nTEXT 28\n\nf� � �� '1-.-fl'l{ftt I\n��� IJ..fll <m' � ert� �flf 11 �\"\" n\ntri-jagate yata iiche dhana-ratnamari\neka-phalera mulya kari' tiihii niihi ga(li\nSYNONYMS\ntri-jagate-in the three worlds;yata-as much as;iiche-there is;dhana-ratnamari­\n\nwealth and riches; eka-phalera-one fruit's; mulya - price; kari '-calculated; tiihiithat; niihi-do not; ga(li-count .\nTRANSLATION\nAll the wealth in the three worlds cannot equal the value of one such nectarean\nfruit of devotional service.\nTEXT 29\n\n11tt1t � i111tt� \"\"' 9ftil � ...111il\n\n� � ift� �' �t 11til\" II �;,-u\nmage vii nii miige keha, piitra vii apiitra\nihiira viciira niihi jiine, deya miitra\nSYNONYMS\nmiige-begs; vii-or; nii-not; miige-begs; keha-anyone; piitra-candidate; vii-or;\napiitra-not a candidate; ihiira-of this; viciira-consideration; niihi-does not;jiineknow; deya-gives; miitra-only.\n\n", "adi2#p0254": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n230\n\nTRANSLATION\nNot considering who asked for it and who did not, nor who was fit and who unfit\nto receive it, Caitanya Mahaprabhu distributed the fruit of devotional service.\nPURPORT\nThis is the sum and substance of Lord Caitanya's sahkTrtana move ment There is\n.\n\nno distinction made between those who are fit and those who are not fit to hear or\ntake part in the sahkTrtana movement. It should therefore be preached without\n\ndiscrimination. The only purpose of the preachers of the sahkTrtana movemen t must\n\nbe to go on pre aching without restriction That is the way in which Sri Caitanya\n.\n\nMahaprabhu introduced this sahkTrtana movement to the wor l d.\nTEXT 30\n\n�•f'l �•fit ��' �'I �II( I\n1ffR ��1$1 �1�, 1ft'1� �t11 II�o II\naflja/i aflja/i bhari' phe/e caturdise\n\ndaridra ku{fiiflii khiiya, miiliikiira hiise\nSYNONYMS\n\nafijali- handfu I; afijali -handfu I; bhari '-filling; phe/e-d istributes; caturdise- in all\n\ndirections; daridra-poor; kug'oflo-picking up; khiiya- eats; molokora-the gardener;\n·\n\nhose\n\n-\n\nsm i les\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe transcendental gardener,\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, distributed handful after\n\nhandful of fruit in all directions, and when the poor hungry people ate the fruit,\nthe gardener smiled with great pleasure.\nTEXT 31\n\n�rn �,-�, ,..'tfi�11' 1\n��-\\l'f-1� � �.-tf II�) II\nmii/akiira kahe,-suna, vrk�a-pariviira\nmulasiikhii-upasiikhii yateka prakiira\nSYNONYMS\nmiiliikiira-the gardener; kahe-said; suna-hear; vrk�a-pariviira-the family of this\n\ntranscendental tree of devotional service; mula-siikhii-chief branches; upasiikhii­\n\nsub-branches; yateka-as many; prakiira-variet i es.\n\n", "adi2#p0255": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 9\n\n.231\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya thus addressed the multifarious varieties of branches and subbranches of the tree of devotional service:\nTEXT 32\n\n\"''\"'r�. �· � �fin·�• 1\n'It�� 'fCI QCQ �I � I\na/aukika vrk�a kare sarvendriya-karma\nsthiivara ha-iyii dhare jahgamera dharma\nSYNONYMS\nalaukika-transcend en tfll; vrk�a-tree; kare-d oes; sarva-indriya-all senses; karmaactivities; sthiivara-immovable; ha-iyii-becoming; dhare-accepts; jahgamera-of\nthe movable; dharma-activities.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since the tree of devotional service is transcendental, every one of its parts can\nperform the action of all the others. Although a tree is supposed to be immovable,\nthis tree nevertheless moves.\nPURPORT\nIt is our experience in the material world that trees stand in one place, but in the\nspiritual world a tree can go from one place to another. Therefore everything in the\nspiritual world is called a/aukika, uncommon or transcendental. Another feature of\nsuch a tree is that it can act universally. In the material world the roots of a tree go\ndeep within the earth to gather food, but in the spiritual world the twigs, branches\nand leaves of the u pper portion of the tree can act as well as the roots.\nTEXT 33\n\n��·Q��C5\\&i41\n\n\"l't� \"l'Jtf'Pfl'f ·� ,... !_�if n �-e n\ne V[k!jera ahga haya saba sa-cetana\nbiir;fiyii vyiipi/a sabe sakala bhuvana\nSYNONYMS\ne-this; V[k!jera-of the Caitanya tree; ahga-parts; haya-a re; saba-all; sa-cetanaspiritually cognizant; biir;/iyii-increasing; vyiipila - overflooded; sabe-all the parts;\nsaka/a-all; bhuvana-the world.\n\n", "adi2#p0256": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n232\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"All the parts of this tree are spiritually cognizant, and thus as they grow up they'\nspread all over the world.\nTEXT 34\n\n�� �Rrtf �tfit .rt1 �Tft 'fPt I\n�� � fl .-. 'f1NI1t � 1 � n\nekalii miiliikiira iimi kiihiih kiihiih yiiba\neka/ii vii kata phala pii(iiyii viliiba\nSYNONYMS\nekalii-alone; miiliikiira-gardener; iimi-1 am; kiihiin-where; kiihiin-where;yiiba­\n\nshall I go; ekalii-alone; vii-or; kata-how many; phala-fruits; pii(liyii-picking;\nviliiba-shall distribute.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am the only gardener. How many places can I go? How many fruits can I pick\nand distribute?\nPURPORT\nHere Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu indicates that the distribution of the Hare Km1a\nmahii-mantra should be performed by combined forces. Although He is the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, He laments, \"How can I act alone? How can I alone pick\nthe fruit and distribute it all over the world?\" This indicates that all classes of\ndevotees should combine to distribute the Hare Kr�r;�a mahii-mantra without con­\n\nsideration of the time, place or situation.\nTEXT 35\n\n�-..rt �� � 0 9fR� I\n� 'tt1, � i{f 'f111, � � fllflf M � n\nekalii u_thiiflii dite haya parisrama\nkeha piiya, keha nii piiya, rahe mane bhrama\n\nSYNONYMS\nekalii-alone; u_thiiflii-picking up; dite-to give; haya-it becomes;parisrama-too\n\nlaborious; keha-someone; piiya-does get; keha-someone; nii-not; piiya-does get;\n\nrahe-remains; mane-in the mind; bhrama-suspicion.\n\n", "adi2#p0257": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 9\n\n233\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"It would certainly be a very laborious task to pick the fruits and distribute them\nalone, and still I suspect that some would receive them and others would not.\nTEXT 36\n\n�� .rflt �\n\nflf( �tt\" I\n\n��,��,��ttt\"•�n\nataeva ami ajfla diluh sabakare\nyahah tahah prema-pha/a deha' yare tare\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; ami-l; ajfla-order; diluh-give; sabiikiire-to everyone;yahahwherever; tiihiih-eve rywhere; prema-pha/a-the fruit of love of Godhead; deha'distribute; yare-anyone; tare-everyone.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Therefore I order every man within this universe to accept this Kr�r;�a consciousness movement and distribute it everywhere.\nPURPORT\nIn this connection there is a song sung by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura:\nenechi au�adhi maya nasibara lagi'\nharinama-mahiimantra lao tumi magi'\nbhakativinoda prabhu-carar;e pa{iiyii\nsei harinama-mantra /a-i/a magiya\nThe sahkTrtana movement has been introduced by Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu just\nto dispel! the illusion of mayii, by which everyone in this material world thinks\nhimself to be a product of matter and therefore to have many duties pertaining to\nthe body. Actually, the living entity is not his material body; he is a spirit soul. He\nhas a spiritual need t-o be eternally blissful and full of knowledge, but unfortunately\nhe identifies himself with the body, sometimes as a human being, sometimes as an\nanimal, sometimes a tree, sometimes an aquatic, sometimes a demigod, and so on.\nThus with each change of body he develops a different type of consciousness with\ndifferent types of activities and thus becomes increasingly entangled in material\nexistence, transmigrating perpetually from one body to another. Under the spell of\nmayii, or illusion, he does not consider the past or future but is simply satisfied with\nthe short life span that he has gotten for the present. To eradicate this illusion, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu has brought the sahkTrtana movement, and He requests every­\n\none to accept and distribute it. A person who is actually a follower of S ri Bhakti-\n\n", "adi2#p0258": "'\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n234\n\nvinoda Thakura must immediately accept the request of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nby offering respectful obeisances unto His lotus feet and thus beg from Him the\nHare Kr:;Qa mahii-mantra. If one is fortunate enough to beg from the Lord this Hare\nKr?Qa mahii-mantra, his life is successful.\nTEXT 37\n\n�\"'ft �tf \"ertfit � ... �t� I\nil1 finrt � If!� ... �tt r. �m n -e'\\ 11\nekalii miiliikiira iimi kata pha/a khiiba\nnii diyii vii ei pha/a iira ki kariba\nSYNONYMS\nekalii-alone; maliikiira- gardener; iimi-1; kata-how many; pha/a-fruits; khiibaeat; no-without; diyii giving; vii-or; ei-this; phala-fruits; ora-else; ki-what;\nkariba-shall I do.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"I am the only gardener. If I do not distribute these fruits, what shall I do with\nthem? How many fruits can I alone eat?\nPURPORT\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu produced so many fruits of devotional service that\nthey must be distributed all over the world; otherwise, how could He alone relish\nand taste each and every fruit? The original reason that Lord Sri Kr?Qa descended\nas Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was to understand Srimati RadharaQi's love for Kr?r:Ja\nand to taste that love. The fruits of the tree of devotional service were innumerable,\nand therefore He wanted to distribute them unrestrictedly to everyone. Srna Rupa\nGosvami therefore writes:\nanarpita-carTrh ciriit karwyayiivatTrra/:1 kalau\nsamarpayitum unnatojjva/a-rasiirh sva-bhakti-sriyam\nhari/:1 purata-sundara-dytiti-kadamba-sandTpita/:1\nsadii hrdaya-kandare sphuratu vaf:l sacT-nandanaf:l\n\nThere were many precious incarnations of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but\nnone were so generous, kind and magnanimous as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, for He\ndistributed the most confidential aspect of devotional service, namely, the conjugal\nlove of Radha and Kr�Qa. Therefore Sri Rupa Gosvami Prabhupada desires that Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu live pe rpetually in the hearts of all devotees, for thus they can\nunderstand and relish the lo'{ing affairs of Srtmatt RadharaQi and Kr�Qa.\n\n", "adi2#p0259": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 9\n\n235\n\nTEXT 38\n\n�-�!ii't� �'II flff• f.n1 I\nl!t�� �'Jlt.� �{'\"'It� U -e1r II\niitma-icchiimrte vrk�a siflci nirantara\ntiihiite asahkhya pha/a vrk�era upara\nSYNONYMS\niitma-self; icchii-amrte-by the nectar of the will; vrk�a-the tree; sii'ici-sprinkle;\nnirantara-constantly; tiihiite-there; asahkhya-unlimited; photo-fruits; vrk�era-on\nthe tree; upara-upper.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"By the transcendental desire of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, water has\nbeen sprinkled all over the tree, and thus there are innumerable fruits of love of\nGodhead.\nPURPORT\nGod is unlimited, and His desires are also ·unlimited. This example of unlimited\nfruits is factually appropriate even within the material context, for with the good\nwill of the Supreme P.ersonality of Godhead there can be enough fruits, grains and\nother foodstuffs produced so that all the people in the world could not finish them,\neven if they ate ten times their capacity. In this material world there is actually no\nscarcity of anything but Kr�tla consciousness. If people become Kr�tla conscious,\nby the transcendental will of the Supreme Personality of Godhead there will be\nenough foodstuffs produced so that people will have no economic problems at all.\nOne can very easily understand this fact. The production of fruits and flowers depends not upon our will but the supreme will of the Personality of Godhead. If He\nis pleased, He can supply enough fruits, flowers, etc., but if people are atheistic and\ngodless, nature, by His will, restricts the supply of food. For example, in several\nprovinces in India, especially Maharastra, Uttara Pradesh and other adjoining states,\nthere is sometimes a great scarcity of foodstuffs due to lack of rainfall. So-called\nscientists and economists cannot do anything about this. Therefore, to solve all\nproblems, one must seek the good will of the Supreme Personality of Godhead by\nbecoming Kr�Qa conscious and worshiping Him regularly in devotional service.\nTEXT 39\n\n��If!� 'R ... �' �tll!\"ttll\n�1���Q�������\n\n", "adi2#p0260": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n236\n\nataeva saba phala deha' yare tare\nkhaiya ha-uk /oka ajara amare\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore;saba-all;pha/a-fruits; deha'-distribute;yare tare-to everyone\nand anyone; khaiya-eating;ha-uk-let them become; /oka-all people;ajara-without\n·\n\nold age; amare-without death.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Distribute this Kr�l)a consciousness movement all over the world. Let people\neat these fruits and ultimately become free from old age and death.\nPURPORT\nThe Kr�l.la consciousness movement introduced by Lord Caitanya is extremely\nimportant because one who takes to it becomes eternal, being freed from birth,\n\ndeath and old age. People do not recognize that the real distresses in life are the\nfour principles of birth, death, old age and disease. They are so foolish that they\nresign themselves to these four miseries, not knowing the transcendental remedy\n\nof the Hare Km1a maha-mantra. Simply by chanting the Hare Kr�l)a maha-mantra\n\none can become free from all misery, but because they are enchanted by the\nillusory energy, people do not take this movement seriously. Therefore those who\n\nare actually servants of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu must seriously distribute this\n\nmovement all over the world to render the greatest benefit to human society. Of\n\ncourse, animals and other lower species are not capable of understanding this move­\n\nment, but if even a small number of living beings take it seriously, by their chanting\nloudly, all living entities, including even trees, animals and other lower species, will\n\nbe benefited. When\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu inquired from Haridasa Thakura how\ni\n\nhe was to benefit living entities other than humans, Srila Haridasa Th kura replied\nthat the Hare Kr�t:Ja maha-mantra is so potent that if it is chanted loudly, everyone\n\nwill benefit, including the lower species of life.\nTEXT 40\n\ntr'ttt. �f'RI1 �tJ � '!_'IJ � I\n\n�� � � G;lftf ��� M II 8° II\njagat vyapiya mora habe purya khyati\n\nsukhT ha-iya loka mora gahibeka kTrti\nSYNONYMS\n\njagat vyapiya-spreading all over the world;mora-My;habe-there will be;purya­\n\npious; khyati-reputation; sukhT-happy; ha-iya-becoming; loka-all the people;\n\nmora-My; gahibeka-glorify; kTrti-reputation.\n\n", "adi2#p0261": "Adi-lila, Chapter 9\n\n237\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If the fruits are distributed all over the world, My reputation as a pious man will\nbe known everywhere, and thus all people will glorify My name with great pleasure.\n\nPURPORT\nThis prediction of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu is now actually coming to pass.\nThe Kr�l)a consciousness movement is being distributed all over the world through\nthe chanting of the holy name of the Lord, the Hare Kr�l)a mahii-mantra, and people\nwho were leading confused, chaotic lives are now feeling transcendental happiness.\nThey are finding peace in sankTrtana, and therefore they are acknowledging the\nsupreme benefit of this movement. This is the blessing of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. His prediction is now factually being fulfilled,.and those who are sober and\nconscientious are appreciating the value of this great movement.\nTEXT 41\n\n-��,���... ��\n\n\" �(<IS �fi' \"' 'Rf4't.tl \" 8� \"\n\nbhiirata-bhiJmite haifa manu�ya-janma yiira\njanma siirthaka kari' kara para-upakiira\nSYNONYMS\nbhiirata-of India; bhiJmite-in the land; haifa-has become; manu.sya-human\n\nbeing; janma- birth;yiira-anyone;janma- such a birth; siirthaka-fulfillment; kari'­\n\ndoing so; kara-do;para-others; upakiira-benefit .\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"One who has taken his birth as a human being in the land of India [ Bharata­\n\nvar�a ] should make his life successful and work for the benefit of all other people.\nPURPORT\n\nThe magnanimity of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu is expressed in this very important verse. Although He was born in Bengal and Bengalis therefore have a special\nduty toward Him, S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is addressing not only Bengalis but all\nthe inhabitants of India. It is in the land of India that actual human civilization can\nbe developed.\nHuman life is especially meant for God realization, as stated in the Vediinta-sutra\n(athiito brahma-jijfliisii}. Anyone who takes birth in the land of India ( Bharata-var�a )\nhas the special privilege of being able to take advantage of the instruction and guidance of the Vedic1 civilization. He automatically receives the basic principles of\nspiritual life, for 99.9% of the l ndian people, even simple village farmers and others\n_\n\n", "adi2#p0262": "238\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nwho are neither educated nor sophisticated, believe in the transmigration of the\nsoul, believe in past and future lives, believe in God and naturally want to worship\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead or His representative. These ideas are the\nnatural inheritance of a person born in India. India has many holy places of pilgrimage such as Gaya, Benares, Mathura, Prayag, Vrndavana, Haridvar, Ramesvaram and\nJagannatha Puri, and still people go there by the hundreds and thousands. Although\nthe present leaders of India are influencing the people not to believe in God, not to\nbelieve in a next life and not to believe in a distinction between pious and impious\nlife, and they are teaching them how to drink wine, eat meat and become supposedly\ncivilized, people are nevertheless afraid of the four activities of sinfu.Jiife-namely,\nillicit sex, meat eating, intoxication and gambling-and whenever there is a religious\nfestival, they gather together by the thousands. We have actual experience of this.\nWhenever the Kr�t;�a consciousness movement holds a sankTrtana festival in a big\ncity \"like Calcutta, Bombay, Madras, Ahmedabad or Hyderabad, thousands of people\ncome to hear. Sometimes we speak in English,. but even though most people do not\nunderstand English, they nevertheless come to hear us. Even when imitation incarnations of Godhead speak, people gather in thousands, for everyone who is born in\nthe land of India has a natural spiritual inclination and is taught the basic principles\nof spiritual life; they merely need,to be a little more educated in the Vedic principles. Therefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, janma sarthaka kari' kara paraupakara: if an Indian is educated in the Vedic principles, he is able to perform the\nmost beneficial welfare activity for the entire world.\nAt present, for want of Kr�r;Ja consciousness or God consciousness, the entire\nworld is in darkness, having been covered by the four principles of sinful life-meat\neating, illicit sex, gambling and intoxication. Therefore there is a need for vigorous\npropaganda to educate people to refrain from sinful activities. This will bring peace\nand prosperity; the rogues, thieves and debauchees will naturally decrease in number,\nand all of human society will be God conscious.\nThe practical effect of our spreading the Kr�t;�a consciousness movement all over\nthe world is that now the most degraded debauchees are becoming the most elevated\nsaints. This is only one Indian's humble\\service to the world. If all Indians had taken\nto this path, as advised by Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, India would have given a\nunique gift to the world, and thus India would have been glorified. Now, however,\nIndia· is known as a poverty-stricken country, and whenever anyone from America\nor another opulent country goes to India, he sees many people lying by the foot\npaths for whom there are not even provisions for two meals a day. There are also\ninstitutions collecting money from all parts of the world in the name of welfare\nactivities for poverty-stricken people, but they are spending it for their own sense\n�ratification. Now, on the order of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Kr�t;�a consciousness movement has been started, and people are benefiting from this movement.\nTherefore it is now the duty of the leading men of India to consider the importance\nof this movement and train many Indians to go outside of India to preach this cult.\nPeople will accept it, there will be cooperation among the Indian people and among\nthe other people ot the world, and the mission of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu will\nthen be fulfilled. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu will then be glorified all over the world,\n\n", "adi2#p0263": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 9\n\n239\n\nand people will naturally be happy, peaceful and prosperous, not only in this life\nbut also in the next, for as stated in Bhagavad-gTta, anyone who understands KrHla,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, will very easily get salvation, or freedom from\nthe repetition of birth and death, and go back home, back to Godhead. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu therefore requests every Indian to become a preacher of His cult to\nsave the world from disastrous confusion.\nThis is not only the duty of Indians but the duty of everyone, and we are very\nhappy that American and European boys and girls are seriously cooper'ating with\nthis movement. One should know definitely that the best welfare activity for all of\nhuman society is to awaken man's God consciousness, or Kr�r:ta consciousness. Therefore everyone should help this great movement. This is confirmed in the SrTmadBhagavatam, Tenth Canto, Twenty-second Chapter, verse 35, which is next quoted\nin Caitanya-caritamrta.\nTEXT 42\n\n<.fl�t<ltif'JPltlliaJJ� Clf��tf� Clr� I\n�rt'1��ti{N�1 �tS1 ��'!{tH't� 'f'f1 II s � 11\netavaj janma-saphalyain dehinam iha dehi�u\nprar;air arthair dhiya vaca sreya-OcaraQain sadii\nSYNONYMS\n\netavat-up to this; janma-of birth; saphalyam-pe rfection; dehinam-of every·\nliving being; iha-in this world; dehi�u-toward those who are embodied;prarai(1by life; arthai(1 -by wealth; dhiya-by intelligence; vaca-by words; sreya(1-eternal\ngood fortune; acararam-acting practically; saaa-always.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'It is the duty of every living being to perform welfar.e activities for the benefit\nof others with his life, wealth, intelligence and words.'\nPURPORT\n\nThere are two kinds of general activities-sreyas, or activities which are ultimately beneficial and auspicious, and preyas, or those which are immediately beneficial\nand auspicious. For example, children are very fond of playing. They don ' t want to\ngo to school to receive an education, and they think that to play all day and night\nand enjoy with their friends is the aim of life. Even in the transcendental life of\nLord Krg1a, we find that when He was a child He was very fond of playing with\nHis friends of the same age, the cowherd boys. He would not even go home to take\nHis dinner. Mother Ya.Soda would have to come out to induce Him to come home.\nThus it is a child 's nature to engage all day and night in playing, not caring even for\nhis health and other important concerns. This is an example of preyas, or immediate-\n\n", "adi2#p0264": "240\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nly beneficial activities, but there are also sreyas, or activities which are ultimately\nauspicious. According to Vedic civilization, a human being must be God conscious.\n\nHe should understand what God is, what this m�terial world is, who he is and what\ntheir interrelationships are. This is called sreyas, or ultimately auspicious activity.\n\nIn this verse of SrTmad-Bhagavatam it is said that one should be interested in\n\nsreyas. To achieve the ultimate goal of sreyas, or good fortune, one should engage\n\neverything, including his life, wealth and words, not only for himself but for others\n\nalso. However, unless one is interested in sreyas in his own life, he cannot preach of\n\nsreyas for the benefit of others.\n\nThis verse cited by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu applies to human beings, not to\n\nanimals. As indicated in the previous verse by the words manu�ya-janma, these in­\n\njunctions are for human beings. Unfortunately, human beings, although they have\nthe bodies of men, are becoming less than animals in their behavior. This is the fault\n\nof modern education. Modern educators do not know the aim of human life; they\n\nare simply concerned with how to develop the economic condition of their countries\nor of human society. This is also necessary; the Ve,dic civilization considers all aspects\n\nof human life, including dharma (religion), artha (economic development), kama\n\n(sense gratification) and mok¥J (libeFation). But humanity's first concern should be\n\nreligion. To be religious, one must abide by the orders of God, but unfortunately\npeople in this age have rejected religion, and they are busy in economic development.\n\nTherefore they will adopt any means to get money. For economic development one\n\ndoes not need to get money by hook or by crook; one needs only sufficient money\nto maintain his body and soul. However, because modern economic development is\ngoing on with no religious background, people have become lusty, greedy and mad\n\nafter money. They are simply developing the qualities of rajas (passion) and tamas\n\n(ignorance), neglecting the other quality of nature, sattva (goodness), and the\n\nbrahminical qualifications. Therefore the entire society is in chaos.\n\nThe Bhagavatam says that it.is the duty of an advanced huiJlan being to act in\n\nsuch a way as to facilitate human society's attainment of the ultimate goal of life.\n\nThere is a similar verse in the\n\nVigw Pura(la, Part Three, Chapter Twelve, verse 45,\n\nwhich is quoted in this chapter of Caitanya-caritamrta as verse 43.\nTEXT 43\n\n<!!tf't�tl1_9f<ft1ft� �ClfC�� 9fl..-. l) I\n�1{'11 �;pf1 <til>1 �Clr'l �f\\51fR' 'SC�� N ' \" I\npra(linam upakaraya yad eveha paratra ca\nkarma(la manasa vaca tad eva matiman bhajet\nSYNONYMS\npra(linam-of all living entities; upakaraya-for the benefit;yat-whichever; eva­\n\ncertainly; iha-in this world or in this life; paratra-in the next life; co-and;\n\nkarma(la-by work; manasa-by the mind; vaca-by words; tat-that;eva-certainly;\nmatiman-an intelligent man; bhajet-must act.\n\n", "adi2#p0265": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 9\n\n241\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'By his work, thoughts and words, an intelligent man must perform attions\nwhich will be beneficial for all living entities in this life and in the next.'\nPURPORT\nUnfortunately, people in general do not know what is to take place in the next\nlife. To prepare oneself for his next life is common sense, and it is a principle of\nthe Vedic civilization, but presently people throughout the world do not believe in\na next life. Even influential professors and other educators say that as soon as the\nbody is finished, everything is finished. This atheistic philosophy is killing human\ncivilization. People are irresponsibly performing all sorts of sinful activities, and\nthus the privilege of the human life is being taken away by the educational propaganda of the so-called leaders. Actually it is a fact that this life is meant for preparation for the next life; by evolution one has come through many species or forms,\nand this human form of life is an opportunity to promote oneself to a better life.\nThis is explained in Bhagavad-gTta:\n\nyanti deva-vrata devon\npitfn yanti pitr-vrata!J\nbhutani yanti bhutejya\nyanti mad-yajino 'pi mam\n\"Those who worship the demigods will take birth among the demigods; those who\nworship ghosts and spirits will take birth among such beings; those who worship\nancestors go to the ancestors; and those who worship Me will live with Me.\" ( Bg.\n\n9.25) Therefore, one may promote himself to the higher planetary systems which\nare the residence of the demigods, one can promote himself to the Pitrloka, one\ncan remain on earth, or one can also go back home, back to Godhead. This is\nfurther confirmed by Bhagavad-gTta (4.9): tyaktva deharh punar janma naiti miim\neti so 'rjuna. After giving up the body, one who knows Kr�r;�a in truth does not\ncome back again to this world to accept a material body, but he goes back home,\nback to Godhead. This knowledge is in the siistras, and people should be given the\nopportunity to understand it. Even if one is not able to go back to Godhead in one\nlife, the Vedic civilization at least gives one the opportunity to be promoted to the\nhigher planetary systems where the demigods live and not glide down again to\nanimal life. At present, people do not understand this knowledge, although it constitutes a great science, for they are uneducated and trained not to accept it. This is\nthe horrible condition of modern human society. As such, the Kr�r;�a consciousness\nmovement is the only hope to direct the attention of intelligent men to a greater\nbenefit in life.\nTEXT 44\n\n� � ..111� iff� ltWJ·'l.. I\n�-!'1 � -.R' �-n t9f'ttf.. 1 88 a\n\n", "adi2#p0266": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n242\n\nmalT manu�yo amara nahi rajya-dhana\nphala-phula diya kari' pUIJYO uparjana\nSYNONYMS\nmalT - gardener ; manu�ya-man ; amara\ndhana\n\n-\n\n-\n\nMy ; nahi-there is none;rajya-kingdom;\n\nwealth ; phala-fruit ; phula-flowers ; diya\n\nuparjana\n\n-\n\n-\n\ngiving ; kari -do ; purya\n'\n\n-\n\npiety ;\n\nach ievem ent.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"I am merely a gardener. I have neither a kingdom nor very great riches. I simply\nhave some fruits and flowers that I wish to utilize to achieve piety in My life.\nPURPORT\nIn performing welfare activities for human society, S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\npres�ts Himself as being not very rich, thus indicating that a man need not be rich\nor opulent to act for the welfare of humanity. Sometimes rich men are very proud\nthat they can perform beneficial activities for human society whereas others cannot.\nA practical example is that when there is a scarcity of food in India on account of\nmeager rainfall, some members of the richer class very proudly distribute foodstuffs,\nmaking huge arrangements with the help of the government, as if merely by such\nactivities people will be benefited. Suppose there were no food grains. How would\nthe rich men distribute food? Production of grains is completely in the hands of God.\nIf there were no rain, there would be no grains, and these so-called rich men would\nbe unable to distribute grains to the people.\nThe real purpose of life, therefore, is to satisfy the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead. S rTia Rupa Gosvamr describes in his Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu that devotional\n\nservice is so exalted that it is beneficial and auspicious for every man. S ri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu also declared that to propagate the bhakti cult of devotional service in\nhuman society, one does not need to be very rich. Anyone can do it and thus render\nthe highest benefit to humanity if he knows the art. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ntakes the part of a gardener because although a gardener is naturally not a very rich\nman, he has some fruits and flowers. Any man can collect some fruits and flowers\n\nand satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead in devotional service, as recommended in Bhagavad-gTtii:\npatrain pu�pain phalain toyain\nyo me bhaktyii prayacchati\ntad ahain bhakty-upahrtam\nasniimi prayatiitmanaf:i\n\n( Bg. 9.26)\n\nOne cannot satisfy the Supreme Lord by his riches, wealth or opulent position, but\nanyone can collect a iittle fruit or flower and offer it to the Lord. The Lord says\nthat if one brings such an offering in devotion, He will accept it and eat it. When\n\n", "adi2#p0267": "Adi -ITia , Chapter 9\n\n243\n\nKr�l)a eats, the entire world becomes satisfied. There is the story in the.Mahabharata.\n\nillustrating how by Kr�r;Ja's eating, the 60,000 disciples of Durvasa Muni were all\nsatisfied. Therefore it is a fact that if by our life (prarai/;1), by our wealth (arthai/:1},\n\n:by our intelligence (dhiya) or by our words (vaca) we can satisfy the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, naturally the entire world will become happy. Therefore\n\nour main duty is to satisfy the Supreme Godhead by our actions, our money and\n\nour words. This is very simple. Even if one does not have money, he can preach the\n\nHare Kr�l)a mantra to everyone. One can go everywhere, to every home, and request\n\neveryone to chant the Hare Kr�l)a mantra. Thus the entire world situation will become very happy and peaceful.\n\nTEXT 45\n\n��\"��-�'t..t�l\n'f(�lb 1'1..-B Q \"�� I 8t •\nmalT haM vrk�a ha-i/an el ta' icchate\nsarva-prarTra upakara haya vrk�a haite\nSYNONYMS\n\nmalT hana-although I am the gardener; vrk�a ha-i/an-1 am also the tree; ei ta'­\n\nthis is; icchate-by My will; sarva-pra!JTra-of all living entities; upakara-welfare;\n\nhaya-there is; vrk�a-the tree; haite-from.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although I am acting as a gardener, I also want to be the tree, for thus I can\nbestow benefit upon all.\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the most benevolent personality in human society\n\nbecause His only desire is to make people happy. His sankTrtana movement is\nespecially meant for the purpose of making people happy. He wanted to become\nthe tree Himself because a tree is supposed to be the most benevolent living entity.\n\nIn the following verse, which is from SrTmad-Bhagavatam (1 0.22.33), Kr�l)a Himself\n\nhighly praised the existence of a tree.\n\nTEXT 46\n\n'Wfr(IIJI�l� �\\ Q �l!ft'l_T9f1f,mpt I\n\n'lt�Oft'7� C«t� �� �� � ;nf11{;l: I 8-�t II\naho e�arh vararh janma sarva-prary-upajiviniim\nsujanasyeva ye�arh vai vimukha yanti narthinaf:J\n\n", "adi2#p0268": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n244\n\nSYNONYMS\naho-oh, just see; e�am-of these trees; varam-superior;janma-birth;sarva-all;\n\nprori-living entities; upajivinam-one who provides maintenance; sujanasya ivalike the great personalities; ye�am-from whose; vai-certainly; vimukha/;1-disappointed;yanti-goes away;no-never;arthina/;1-one who is asking for something.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Just see how these trees are maintaining every living entity! Their birth is\nsuccessful. Their behavior is just like that of great personalities, for anyone who\nasks anything from a tree never goes away disappointed.\"'\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to Vedic civilization, k�atriyas are considered to be great personalities\nbecause if anyone goes to a k�atriya king to ask for charity, the king will never\nrefuse. The trees are compared to those noble k�atriyas because everyone derives\nall kinds of benefits from them-some people take fruit, others take flowers, others\ntake leaves, others take twigs, and others even cut the tree, and yet the tree gives to\neveryone without hesitation.\nUnnecessarily cutting trees without consideration is another example of human\ndebauchery. The paper industry cuts many hundreds and thousands of trees for its\nmills, and with the paper so much rubbish literature is published for the whimsical\nsatisfaction of human society. Unfortunately, although these industrialists are now\nhappy in this life by dint of their industrial development, they do not know that\nthey will incur the responsibility for killing these living entities who are in the forms\nof trees.\nThis verse, quoted from SrTmad-Bhagavatam, was spoken by Lord Km1a to His\nfriends when He was taking rest underneath a tree after His pastime of stealing the\nclothes of the gopTs (vastra-harara-/Tla). By quoting this verse, Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nteaches us that we should be tolerant like trees and also beneficial like trees, which\ngive everything to the needy persons who come underneath them. A needy person\nmay derive many advantages from trees and also from many animals, but in modern\ncivilization people have become so ungrateful that they exploit the trees and\nanimals and kill them. These are some of the sinful activities of modern civilization.\n\nTEXT 47\n\n�- � �\"\" � �iU-�'tt I\n9fp � �\" � . 8'lll\nei ajna kaila yadi caitanya-malakara\nparama ananda poi/a vrk�a-parivara\n\n", "adi2#p0269": "Adi-lila, Chapter 9\n\n245\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; ajilii-order; kai/a-gave;yadi -when; caitanya- S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nmatakara-as a gardener; parama-the greatest; ananda-pleasure; poi/a-got; vrk�aof the tree;parivara-descendants.\nTRANSLATION\nThe descendants of the tree\n\n[ the devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ] were\n\nvery glad to receive this order directly from the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is the desire of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu that the benevolent activities of\nthe sahkTrtana movement which was inaugurated 500 years ago in Navadvipa be\nspread all over the world for the benefit of all human beings. Unfortunately, there\nare many so-called followers of Caitanya Mahaprabhu who are satisfied simply to\nconstruct a temple, make a show of the Deities, collect some funds and utilize\nthem for eating and sleeping. There is no question of their preaching the cult of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu all over the world, but even though they are unable to do\n\nso, if anyone else does it they become envious. This is the condition of the modern\nfollowers of Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The age of Kali is so strong that it affects even\nthe so-called followers of Lord Caitanya. At least the followers of Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu must come out of India to preach His cult all over the world, for this is the\nmission of Lord Caitanya. The followers of Lord Caitanya must execute His will\nwith heart and soul, being more tolerant than the trees and humbler than the straw\nin the str�et.\nTEXT 48\n\n'd � �1(1 ��.�'�I\n..,t\"'lt''f q �· � � • s\"\" n\nyei yiihiih tiihiih diina kare prema-phala\nphaliisviide motto /oka ha-ifa saka/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nyei-anyone; yiihiih-wherever; tiihiih-anywhere; dana-charity; kare-gives in;\nprema-phala-the fruit of love of Godhead;pha/a-fruit; iisvade-by tasting; mottointoxicated; /oka-people; ha ifa-become; saka/a-all.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe fruit of love of God is so tasteful that wherever a devotee distributes it, those\nwho relish the fruit, anywhere in the world, immediately become intoxicated.\n\n", "adi2#p0270": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n246\n\nPURPORT\nHere the wonderful fruit of love of Godhead distributed by Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu is described. We have practical experience that anyone who accepts this\nfruit and sincerely tastes it immediately becomes mad after it and gives up all his\nbad habits, being intoxicated by Caitanya Mahaprabhu's gift, the Hare Kr�l)a mohomantra. The statements of Caitanya-caritiimrta are so practical that anyone can test\nthem. As far as we are concerned, we are most confident of the success of the distribution of the great fruit of love of Godhead through the medium of chanting of\nthe mahii-mantra-Hare Kr�l)a, Hare Kr�l)a, Kr�l)a Kr�l)a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama,\nHare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\n\nTEXT 49\n\nlf�·�\"fi '�� '\"\" �' � I\n\nlftfi!\" � '�-�' ertt�, '\\'f11( • � •\nmahii-miidaka prema-pha/a pe_ta bhari' khiiya\nmiitila sakala loka-hiise, niice, giiya\nSYNONYMS\nmahii-miidaka-great intoxicant; prema-phala-this fruit of love of God; pe_tabelly; bhari'-filling; khiiya-let them eat; miitila-became mad; saka/a loka-all the\npeople in general; hiise\n\n- laugh; niice-dance; giiya-chant.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe fruit of love of Godhead distributed by Caitanya Mahaprabhu is such a great\nintoxicant that anyone who eats it, filling his belly, immediately becomes maddened\nby it, and automatically he chants, dances, laughs ·and enjoys.\nTEXT 50\n\n\"\" �'5tf!f �' Qft � .. � I\n\n�' �� 1(�1 �Df llt\"t\"tf n to n\nkeha gafliigafli yiiya, keha ta' huhkiira\ndekhi' iinandita hanii hiise miiliikiira\nSYNONYMS\nkeha-some of them; gafliigafli yiiya-roll on the floor; keha-some of them; ta'certainly;\nhanii\n\nhuhkiira-hum very loudly; dekhi'-seeing this; iinandita-gladdened;\n\n- becoming so; hose- smiles; miiliikiira-the great gardener.\n\n", "adi2#p0271": "Adi-lila, Chapter 9\n\n247\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the great gardener, sees that people are chanting,\n\ndancing and laughing and that·some of them are rolling on the floor and some are\nmaking loud humming sounds, He smiles with great pleasure.\nPURPORT\nThis attitude of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is very important for persons engaged\n\nin the Hare Krg-1a movement of Kr�t:�a consciousness. In every center of our institution, ISKCON, we have arranged for a love feast every Sunday, and when we actually\nsee people come to our center, chant, dance, take prasiida, become jubilant and\npurchase books, we know that certainly\n\nS ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is always present\n\nin such transcendental activities, and He is very pleased and satisfied. Therefore the\nmembers of ISKCON must increase this movement more and more, according to\nthe principles that we are presently trying to execute.\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, thus\n\nbeing pleased, will smilingly glance upon them, bestowing His favor, and the movement will be successful.\nTEXT 51\n\n�- -..1111't\"Jtl � ..-t '� I\n� IAI �; �-fWwll t� H\nei miiliikiira khiiya ei prema-pha/a\nniravadhi matta rahe, vivasa-vihvala\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; miiliikiira- great gardener; khiiya-eats; ei-this; prema-pha/a-fruit of\n\nlove of Godhead; niravadhi-always; matta-maddened; rahe-remains; vivasa-as if\nhelpless; vihva/a-as if bewildered.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great gardener, Lord Caitanya, personally eats this fruit, and as a result He\nconstantly remains mad, as if helpless and bewildered.\nPURPORT\nIt is the mission of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to act Himself and teach the people.\n\nHe says, iipani acari' bhakti karila praciira (Cc. Adi. 4.41 ) . One must first act himself and then teach. This is the function of a real teacher. Unless one is able to\nunderstand the philosophy that he speaks, it will not be effective. Therefore one\nshould not only understand the philosophy of the Caitanya cult but also implement\nit practically in one's life.\nWhile chanting the Hare Kr�t:�a mahii-mantra,\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sometimes\n\nfainted and remained unconscious for many hours. He prays in His Sik�ii�taka:\n\n", "adi2#p0272": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n248\n\nyugiiyitarh nime�era cak�u�ii priivr�iiyitam\nsiinyiiyitarh jagat sarvarh govinda-virahera me\n\"0 Govinda! Feeling Your separation, I am considering a moment to be like twelve\nyears or more. Tears are flowing from My eyes like torrents of rain, and I am feeling\n\nall vacant in the world in Your absence.\" (Sik�ii�{aka 7) This is the perfectional\n\nstage of chan �ing the Hare Kr�Qa mantra and eating the fruit of love of Godhead, as\n\nexhibited by SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu.One should not artificially imitate this stage,\nbut if one is serious and sincerely follows the regulative principles and chants the\nHare Kr�Qa mantra, the time will come when these symptoms will appear. Tears\nwill fill his eyes, he will be un.at?le to chant distinctly the mahii-mantra, and his\n\nheart will throb in ecstasy. Srf Caitanya Mahaprabtlu says that one shoull not\nimitate this, but a devotee should long for the day to come when such symptoms\nof trance will automatically appear in his body.\nTEXT 52\n\n:JI�tt� Q �..,-!�I\n'<2ft1f oq � � � � •tel M t� n\nsarva-loke motto kailii iipana-samiina\npreme motto loka vinii niihi dekhi iina\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-loke-all people; motto-maddened; kailii-He made; iipana-Hi m self; sam­\n\nana-like; preme-in love of God; motto-maddened; loka-people in general; viniiwithout; !Jfihi-do not; dekhi-we see; ana-anything else.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWith His sarikirtana movement the Lord made everyone mad like Himself. We do\nnot find anyone who was not intoxicated by His sarikirtana movement.\nTEXT 53\n\n\"'\"' �fit\"ff �\"''�fit' 1ftt'!A1't\" I\n�t� � �' ��' �t\"'-'etlf, 'et'f II ltlt) II\nye ye piirve nindii kaila, bali' miitoyiila\n\nseho phala khiiya, niice, bale-bhiila bhiila\nSYNONYMS\nye ye-persons who; piirve-before; nindii-blasphemy; kaila-made; ba/i'-saying;\nmiitoyiila\n\n---\n\ndrunkard; seho-such persons; phala-fruit; khiiya-takes; niice\n\nbale-say; bhiila bhiila-very good, very good.\n\n-\n\nda n ce ;\n\n", "adi2#p0273": "Adi-llla, Chapter 9\n\n249\n\nTRANSLATION\nPersons who had formerly criticized Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, calling Him a\ndrunkard, also ate the fruit and began to dance, saying, \"Very good! Very good!\"\nPURPORT\nWhen Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu started the.sahkTrtana movement, even He was\nunnecessarily criticized by Mayavadis, atheists and fools. Naturally we are also\ncriticized by such men. They will always remain and will always criticize anything\nthat is actually good for human society, but the preachers of the sahkTrtana movement should not be deterred by such criticism. Our method should be to convert\nsuch fools gradually by asking them to come and take prasada and chant and dance\nwith us. This should be our policy. Anyone who comes to join us, of course, must\nbe sincere and serious regarding spiritual advancement in life; then such a person,\nsimply by joining us, chanting with us, dancing with us and taking prasada with us,\nwill gradually also come to say that this movement is very good. But one who joins\nwith an ulterior purpose, to get material benefit or personal gratification, will never\nbe able to grasp the philosophy of this movement.\nTEXT 54\n\n�- �' � '�·mttt I\n�� �-.. ...'f�l '� � -tt�'lttt U �8 II\n.\n\nei ta' kahiluh prema-pha/a-vitarOIJO\nebe suna, pha/a-data ye ye sakha-gOIJO\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; ta'-however; kahi/uh-1 have explained; prema-phala-the fruit of love\nof Godhead; vitarara-distribution; ebe-now; suna-hear; pha/a-data-the giver of\nthe fruit;ye ye-who and who; sakha-ga(la-branches.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter describing the Lord's distribution of the fruit of love of Godhead, I now\nwish to describe the different branches of the tree of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 55\n\n·pt��-9f\"CW � � I\n�6'91J6ft� �� �'f� II ta II\nsri-rDpa-raghuniitha-pade yiira iisa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe krg10dasa\n\n", "adi2#p0274": "SrT-Caitanya carita mrta\n\n250\n\n-\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-Srila\n\nRupa\n\nGosvami;\n\nraghuniitha- S rna\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yiiro -whose; iisa-expectation; caitanya-caritiimrta-the\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta; kahe\n\n-\n\ndes c ribes ; knf!a-diisa-Srna\n\nKr�I'Jadasa\n\nKaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa.and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring their\nmercy, I, Kr�r;�adasa, narrate Sri-Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their footsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri-Caitanya-caritamrta, Adi-lila,\nNinth Chapter, describing the tree of devotional service.\n\n", "adi2#p0275": "CHAPTER10\nThis chapter describes the branches of the tree named Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�'�lt�J1 �lfl �Qf: I\n�..r�r� �� ..-rf9t ..,..\"t\"t•t�4!. •�• .\nsrlcaitanya-padiimbhoja-madhupebhyo nomo namaf:J\nkathaflcid asrayad-ye�am svapi-tad-gandha-bhag bhavet\nSYNONYMS\nsrT-caitanya-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;padambhoja-the lotus feet;madhuhoney; pebhya{l-unto those who drink; nama(l-respectful obeisances; nama(lrespectful obeisances;kathailcit-a little of it;asrayiit-taking shelter of;ye�am-of\n\nwhom; sva-dog; api-also; tat-gandha--the aroma of the lotus flower;bhak-shareholder;bhavet-may become.\nTRANSLATION\nLet me repeatedly offer my respectful obeisances unto the beetike devotees who\nalways taste the honey of the lotus feet of Lord Caitanya Maha.,fabhu. If even a\ndoggish nondevotee somehow takes shelter of such devotees, he enjoys the aroma\nof the lotus flower.\nPURPORT\nThe example of a dog is very significant in this connection. A dog naturally does\n\nnot become a devotee at any time, but still it is sometimes found that a dog of a\n\ndevotee gradually becomes a devotee also. We have actually seen that a dog has no\nrespect even for the tu/asT plant. Indeed, a dog is especially inclined to pass urine\non the tu/asT plant. Therefore the dog is the number one nondevotee. But SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's sailkTrtana movement·· is so strong that even a doglike\nnondevotee can gradually become a devotee by the association of a devotee of\nLord Caitanya. Srila Sivananda Sena, a great householder devotee of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, attracted a dog on the street while going to Jagannatha Puri. The dog\n\n251\n\n", "adi2#p0276": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n252\n\nbegan to follow him and ultimately went to see Caitanya Mahaprabhu and was\n\nliberated. Similarly, cats and dogs in the household of Srivasa Thakura were also\nliberated. Cats and dogs and other animals are not expected to become devotees,\nbut in the association of a pure devotee they are also delivered.\nTEXT 2\n\n� 'SRt a�.���J-r..l;!n� 1\n\n.m�!l iO '��\" � n·\njaya jaya srT-kw;o-caitanya-nityananda\njayadvaitacandra jaya gaura-bhakto-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\n\njaya jaya-all glories; srT-kr�fJO-caitanya-to Lord S ri Kr�r;�a Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nnityananda-Lord Nityananda; jaya advaitacandra-all glories to Advaita Prabhu;\njaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Lord Caitanya, headed by\n·\n\nSrivasa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Lord Nityananda! All glories to\nAdvaita Prabhu and all glories to the devotees of Lord Caitanya, headed by\n\nSrlvasa!\n\nTEXT 3\n\n�• w:�1- �• �t'R ��J � t\n\\Jlt� �� '1.�1�-R �t'l(-�'111 �\"\nelmiinra-ei vrk�era akathya kathana\nebe SUnO mukhya-Sakhara nama-ViVOrO(IO\nSYNONYMS\n\nei ma/Tra-of this gardener; ei vrk�era-of this tree; akathya kathana-inconceiv\n\n­\n\nable description; ebe-now; suna-hear; mukhya-chief; sakhara-branches; namaof the names; vivaraf}a\n\n-\n\ndescription.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe description of Lord Caitanya as the gardener and the tree is inconceivable.\nNow hear with attention about the branches of this tree.\nTEXT4\n\n��-,�1f$t ��'It� I\n�-� -i\"R itt u fi{�� n s 11\n\n", "adi2#p0277": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n253\n\ncaitanya-gosonira yata pori�ada-caya\nguru-laghu-bhova tohra no haya niscaya\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gosonira-of the supreme spiritual master;\nyata-all;pari�ada-caya-groups of associates; guru-laghu-bhava-conceptions of high\nand low; tonra-of them; no-never; haya-become; niscaya-ascertained.\nTRANSLATION\nThe associates of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu were many, but none of them should\nbe considered lower or higher. This cannot be ascertained.\nTEXT 5\n\n� � � �...W1 ���'if� I\n'\"� ..��ttl ifttt\n\n'�-iJPI II (t II\n\nyata yata mahonta kailo ton-sabora garana\nkeha karibore nore jye�tha-laghu-krama\nSYNONYMS\nyata yata-as many as there are; mahonta-great devotees; kai/{i\n\n-\n\nmade; ton­\n\nsabara-of all of them; garana-counting; keha-all of them; karibare nore-cannot\ndo;jye�fha-elder; laghu-younger; krama-chronology.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the great personalities in the line of Lord Caitanya enumerated these\ndevotees, but they could not distinguish between the greater and the lesser.\nTEXT6\n\n�� t:i� �R' �B I\n\nil!lf·1lfil ,.ft, 'tft�i -n 'It� ._tift� I � II\nataeva ton-sabare kari' namaskora\nnoma-motra kari, do�a no lobe omora\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; tan-sabare-to all of them; kari'-doing; namaskora-offer my\n\nobeisances; noma-motra-that is also a token; kari-1 do; do�a-fault; na-4do not;\n\n/abe-take; omora-of me.\n\n", "adi2#p0278": "254\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\nI offer my obeisances unto them as a token of respect. I request them not to consider my offenses.\n\nTEXT7\n\n� lat�tNjiU·c;�latt'ett: f�t'll\nllft�t�9fti{; 'e�'it�-t Ht�\\2f'fti\\.11 '\\ II\nvande srTkr�rocaitanya-premomarataroiJ priyon\nsokho-rupon bhakta-goron kr�ro-prema-phalo-prodiin\nSYNONYMS\nvande-1 offer my obeisances;sii-kf!ifJcrcaitanya-to Lord SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu;\nprema-amara-tarof;l-of the eternal tree fu II of love of Godhead; priyan- those who\nare devotees; soklfii-rupon-represented as branches; bhakta-goron-all the devotees;\nkr�ro-prema-of love of Kr�Qa;pha/a-of the fruit;pradiin-the givers.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my obeisances to all the dear devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the\neternal tree of love of Godhead. I offer my respects to all the branches of the tree,\nthe devotees of the Lord who distribute the fruit of love of Kr�l)a.\n\nPURPORT\nSri Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja Gosvami sets the example of offering obeisances to all the\npreacher devotees of Lord Caitanya, without distinction as to higher and lower. Unfortunately, at present there are many foolish so-called devotees of Lord Caitanya\nwho make s�ch distinctions. For example, the title \"Prabhupada\" is ofyered to a\n\nspiritual master, especially to a distinguished spiritual master such as Srila -Rupa\nGosvami Prabhupada, Srila Jivai Gosvami Prabhupada or Srila Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvatfGosvami Prabhupada. When our disciples similarly wanted to address their\nspiritual master as Prabhupada, some foolish people became envious. Not considering ·the p-ropaganda work of the Hare Kr�l)a movement,! ·sfmJ:)Iy because these ..\ndisciples addressed their spiritual master as Prabhupada they became so envious that\nthey formed a faction along with other such envious persons just to minimize the\nvalue of the Kr�Qa consciousness movement. To chastise such fools, Kr��;�adasa\nKaviraja GosvamT very frankly says, keha karibiire nore jye�tha-/aghu-krama. Af!Y·\none w�o is a bona· fide preacher of the cult of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu must be\nrespectful to the real devotees of Lord Caitanya; one should not be envious, considering one preacher to be very great and another to be very lowly. This is a\nmaterial distinction and has no place on the platform of SJ:>iritual activities.\nKr�Qadasa Kaviraja Gosvaml therefore offers equal respect to all the preachers of\nthe cult of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who are compared to the branches of the tree:\nISKCON is one of these branches, and it should therefore be respected by all sincere devotees of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "adi2#p0279": ",Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n255\n\nTEXT 8\n\n•� 't�\\1, ...tw am 't� 1\n-------�,�� ....\nsrTvosa pa(l(/ita, ora srT-roma paf,l(/ita\ndui bhoi-dui sokhii, jagate vidita\nSYNONYMS\nsrTvosa paf,l(lita-of the name Srivasa PaQQita; ora-and; srT-roma pa(l(lita-of the\nname Sri Rama Pai)Qita; dui bhoi-two brothers; dui sokha-two branches;jagatein the world; vidita-well known.\nTRANS LAliON\nThe two brothers Srivasa Pal)!;! ita and Sri Rama PaQfilita started two branches that\nare well known in the world.\nPURPORT\nIn the Gaura-garoddesa-dTpika, verse 90, Srivasa PaQQita is described to be an\nincarnation of Narada Muni, and Sri Rama PaQQita, his younger brother, is said to\nbe an incarnation of Parvata Muni, a great friend of Narada's. Srivasa PaQQita's wife,\nMalini, is celebrated as an incarnation of the nurse Ambika, who fed Lord Kr�Qa\nwith her breast milk, a9d as already noted, his niece NarayaQi, the mother of\nThakura Vrnd:avana dasa, the author of Caitanya-bhagavata, was the sister of\nAmbika in ;kf�(la-filii.\n\nWe also understand from the description of Caitanya­\n\nbhagavata that after Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu's acceptance of the sannyasa order,\nSrivasa PaQQita left Navadvlpa, possibly because of feelings of separation, and\ndomiciled at Kumarahana.\n·TEXT 9\n\n� 8fl{�-�� tl11� I\nftA' � ��' �-'tff'ft • � •\nsrTpati, srTnidhi-tonra dui sahodara\ncori bhoira clasa-clasT, grha-parikara\nSYNONYMS\nsrTpati-of the name Sripati; srTnidhi-of the name Srinidhi; tan ra\n\n-\n\ntheir; dui­\n\ntwo; sahodara-own brothers; cari-four; bhoira-brothers; clasa-clasT-family members, manservants and maidservants;grha-parikara-all counted in one family.\nTRANS LAliON\nTheir two brothers were named Sripati and Srinidhi. These four brothers and\ntheir servants and maidservants are considered one big branch.\n\n", "adi2#p0280": "Sri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n256\n\nTEXT10\n\ntt �'Af ''M1'«1 '\\11-� 'It� I\n����-i��·�··\ndui siikhiira upasiikhiiya tiih-sabiira garana\nyiihra grhe mahiiprabhura sadii sahkTrtana\n\nSYNONYMS\ndui siikhiira-of the two branches; upasiikhiiya-on the sub-branches; tiih-sabiira­\n\nof all of them; garana-counting; yiihra grhe-in whose house; mahiiprabhura-of\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sadii-always; sahkTrtana-congregational chanting.\nTRANSLATION\nThere is no counting the sub-branches of these two branches. Sri Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu held congregational chanting daily at the house of Srivasa Par;u;lita.\n\nTEXT11\n\nJtfl � 'l��t-t 'llltl �t;<eco•Ot �� I\n�� �i �tr. 'Itt� ��'RiM�� R\nciiri bhiii sa-vamse kare caitanyera sevii\ngauracandra vinii niihi jiine devT-devii\nSYNONYMS\nciiri bhiii-four brothers;sa vamse with all family members;kare-do;caitanyera-\n\n-\n\nof Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sevii-service; gauracandra-Gaurasundara (Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu); vinii-except; niihi jiine-they do not know; devT\ndevii-:-or god.\n\n-\n\ngoddess;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThese four brothers and their family members fully engaged in the service of\nlord Caitanya. T�ey knew no other god or goddess.\nPURPORT\nSrila Narottama dasa Thakura has said, anya-deviisraya niii, tomiire kahinu bhiii,\n\nei bhakti parama-kiirara:i if one wants to become a pure, staunch devotee, one\nshould not take shelter of any of the demigods or goddesses. Foolish Mayavadis\n\nsay that worshiping demigods is as good as worshiping the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, but that is not a fact. This philosophy misleads people to atheism. One\n\n", "adi2#p0281": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n257\n\nwho has no idea what God actually is thinks that any form he imagines or any rascal\nhe accepts can be God. This acceptance of cheap gods or incarnations of God is\n\nactually atheism. It is to be concluded, therefore, that those who worship demigods\n\nor self-proclaimed incarnations of God are all atheists. They have lost their knowl­\n\nedge, as confirmed in Bhagavad-gTta. Kamais tais tair hrta-jilana/:1 prapadyante 'nya­\n\ndevataf:J: \"Those whose minds are distorted by material desires surrender unto\ndemigods.\" (Bg. 7.20) Unfortunately, those who do not cultivate Kr�r:ta conscious­\n\nness and do not properly understand the Vedic knowledge accept any rascal to be\n\nan incarnation of God, and they are of the opinion that one can become an incarnation simply by worshiping a demigod.This philosophical hodge-podge exists under\n\nthe name of the Hindu religion, but the Kr�r:ta consciousness movement does not\napprove of it. Indeed, we strongly condemn it. Such worship of demigods and so­\n\ncalled incarnations of God should never be confused with the pure Kr�r:ta consciousness movement.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n�t51(.J'f' � �� � �· ����I\n�11 \"tfRJ, �11111�--�11 �� •\n'acaryaratna' nama dhare ba{la eka siikha\n\ntahra parikara, tahra sakha-upasakha\n\nSYNONYMS\nacaryaratna-of the name Acaryaratna; nama-name; dhare-he accepts; ba{la­\n\nbig; eka-one; sakha-branch; tahra-his; parikara-associates; tahra-his; sakha­\n\nbranch; upasakha-sub-branches.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAnother big branch was Acaryaratna, and his associates were sub-branches.\nTEXT 13\n\n._.�1{.J''fl ift1f 'll5etfe11f�' I\n�11 ...,1 �-� iftfPfl._lll �� n\nacaryaratnera nama 'SrT-candrasekhara,­\n\nyahra ghare devT-bhave naci/a Tsvara\n\nSYNONYMS\nacaryaratnera-of Acaryaratna; nama-name; srT-candrasekhara-of the name Sri\n\nCandrasekhara; yanra-of whom; ghare-in the home; devl-bhave-as the goddess;\n\nnacila-danced; Tsvara-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "adi2#p0282": "258.\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANS LAliON\n\nAcaryaratna was also named Sri Candra5ekhara Acarya. In a drama in his house,\n\nLord Caitanya played the goddess of fortune.\n\nPURPORT\nDramatic performances were also enacted during the presence of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, but the players who took part in such dramas were all pure devotees;\nno outsiders were allowed. The members of ISKCON should follow this example.\nWhenever they stage dramatic performances about the lives of Sri Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu or Lord Kr�Qa, the players must be pure devotees. Professional players and\n\ndramatic actors have no sense of devotional service, and therefore although they\n\ncan perform very artistically, there is no life in such performances. SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura used to refer to such an actor as yatra-dale naroda,·,\nwhich means \"farcical Narada.\" Sometimes an actor in a drama plays the part of\n\nNarada Muni, although in his private life he is not at all like Narada Muni because\n\nhe is not a devotee. Such actors are not needed in dramatic performances about the\nlives of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Lord Kr�l)a.\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu used to perform dramas with Advaita Prabhu, Srivasa\n\nThakura and other devotees in the house of Candrasekhara. The place where Candra­\n\nsekhara's house was situated is now known as Vrajapattana. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta\n\nSarasvati Thakura established a branch of his Sri Caitanya Matha at this place. When\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu decided to accept the renounced order of life, Candra­\n\nsekhara Acarya was informed of this by Sri Nityananda Prabhu, and therefore he\nwas also present when Lord Caitanya accepted sannyasa from Kesava Bharati in\n\nKatwa. It is he who first spread word in Navadvipa of Lord Caitanya's accepting\n\nsannyasa. Sri Candrasekhara Acarya was present during many important incidents\n\nin the pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. He therefore forms the second\nbranch of the tree of Lord Caitanya.\n\nTEXT14\n\n'1�• ntwtr;.r-. --� � 1\n- �B ifl1f '1•1 <2Jt. ·� ..-t'tf� ft �8 I .\npurflarTka vidyanidhi-bafla-sakha jani\nyahra nama lana prabhu kiindi/a apani\n\nSYNONYMS\npurflarTka vidyanidhi-of the name Pul)�arika Vidyanidhi; bafla-sakha-another\nbig branch; jani-1\n\nknow; yiihra nama- whose name; /ana-taking; prabhu-the\n\nLord; kandila-cried; iipani-Himself.\n\n", "adi2#p0283": "Adi-lila Chapter 10\n,\n\n259\n\nTRANSLATION\nPur;��arika Vidyanidhi, the third big branch, was so dear to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu that in his absence Lord Caitanya Himself would sometimes cry.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Gaura-garoddesa-dTpika Srna Pur;�c,larika Vidyanidhi is described to be the\nfather of Srimati Radharar;�i in ·kr�'la-/ilo. Caitanya Mahaprabhu therefore treated\nhim as His father. Pup9arika Vidyanidhi's father was known as Bapesvara or, according to another opinion, Suklambara Brahmacari, and his mother's name was\nGarigadevi. According to one opinion, Bar;�esvara was a descendent of Sri Sivarama\nGarigopadhyaya. The original home of Pur;�c,larika Vidyanidhi was in East Bengal in\na village near Dacca named Baghiya which belonged to the Varendra group of\nbrahmara families. Sometimes these Varendra brilhmaras were at odds with another\ngroup known as Rat;lhiya brahmaras, and therefore Pur;�t;farika Vidyanidhi's family\nwas ostracized and at that time was not living as a respectable family. Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvatl informs us that one of the members of this family is living in Vrndavana\nand is named Sarojananda Gosvami. One special characteristic of this family is that\neach of its members had only one son or no son at all, and therefore the family was\nnot very expansive. There is a place in the district of CaHagrama in East Bengal that\nis known as Hatahajari, and a short distance from this place is a village known as\nMekhala-grama in which Pur;�<;tarika Vidyanidhi's forefathers lived. One can\napproach �ekhala-grama from Cattagrama either on horseback, by bullock cart or\nby steamer. The steamer station is known as Annapurr;�ara-ghata. The birthplace of\nPur;�<;larika Vidyanidhi is about two miles southwest of Annapurr;�ara-ghata. The\ntemple constructed there by Pur;�<;larika Vidyanidhi is now very old and much in\nneed of repair. Without repair, the temple may soon crumble. There are two inscriptions on the bricks of that temple, but they are so old that one cannot\nread them. There is another temple, however, about 200 yards south of this one,\nand some people say that this is the old temple constructed by Pur;�c,larika\nVidyanidhi.\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu called Pur;�<;larika Vidyanidhi \"father,\" and He gave him\nthe title Premanidhi. Pur;�<;tarika Vidyanidhi later became the spiritual master of\nGadadhara Par;�c;lita and an intimate friend of Svarupa Damodar'L Gadadhara Par;�c;lita\nat first misunderstood Pur;�c,larika Vidyanidhi to be an ordinary pounds and shillings\nman, but later, upon being corrected by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he: became \\his\ndisciple. Another incident in the life of Pur;�c;larika Vidyanidhi involves his criticizing\nthe priest of the Jagannatha temple, for which Jagannatha Prabhu chastised him\npersonally jby slapping his cheeks. This is described in Caitanya-bhagavata, AntyafT/ii, Chapter Seven. Sri Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura informs us that there\nare still two living descendants of the family of Pur;�<;larika Vidyanidhi, who\nare named Sri Harakumara Smrtitirtha and Sri Kr�IJ aki nkara Vidyalarikara.\nFor further information one should refer to the dictionary known as Vai�(lavamai'lju�o.\n\n", "adi2#p0284": "260\n\n'\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT15\n\n� -tt�,-'$f1rtQ 'tf�i!-c;'Stt� I\nQi� ..\"\"'.�' itl � � � Jl )t \"\nbafla siikhii, -gadiidhara parflita-gosiifli\ntehho /ak�mT-rupii, tiihra soma keha niii\nSYNONYMS\nbafla siikhii-big branch; gadiidhara parflita-gosiifli-the descendants or disciplic\n\nsuccession of Gadadhara Pal)c;lita; tehho-Gadadhara Pal)c;lita; /ak�mT-rupa-incarnation of the pleasure potency of Lord Kr�l)a; tiihra-his; soma-equal; keha- anyone;\nniii-there is none.\nTRANSLATION\nGadadhara Pal)c;lit�, the fourth branch, is described as an incarnation of the\npleasure potency of Sri Kr�l)a. No one, therefore, can equal him.\nPURPORT\nIn the Gaura-garoddesa-dTpikii, verses 147 through 153, it is stated: \"The pleasure\n\npotency of Sri Kr�l)a formerly known as Vrndavanesvari is now personified in the\nform of Sri Gadadhara Pal)c;lita in the pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Sri\nSvarupa Damodara Gosvami has pointed out that in the shape· of Lak�mi, the pleasure\npotency of Kr�l')a, she was formerly very dear to the Lord as Syamasundara-vallabha.\n\nThe same Syamasundara-vallabha is now present as Gadadhara Panc;lita. Formerly,\n·\nas Lalita-sakhi, she was always devot�d to Srfmatf Radharal)f. In the Twelfth\nChapter of this part of Caitanya-caritiimrta there is a description of the descendants\nor disciplic succession of Gadadhara Pal)c;lita.\n\nTEXT16\n\n�� fq.,�,-�tl �..11\n�-1{1:! �� -tt-r1-t't-tttttl � • )� \"\ntiiflra si�ya-upasi�ya,-tiiflra upasiikhii\neimata saba siikhii-upasiikhiira /ekhii\nSYNONYMS\ntiiflra-his; si�ya-disciples; upasi�ya-grand-disciples and admirers; tiiflra-his;\n\nupasiikhii'-sub-branches; eimata-in this way; saba-all; siikhii-branches; upasakhiira\n-sub-branches; lekhii-to describe by writing.\n\n", "adi2#p0285": "Adi lila Chapter10\n-\n\n,\n\n261\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis disciples and grand-disciples are his sub-branches. To describe them all would\nbe difficult.\nTEXT17\n\n'ifCCJP'fi �-· � f�lf �I\n�-.-.m� Jr.-r �o � � .fl �� n\nvakresvara patp;fita-prabhura ba(la priya bhrtya\neka-bhiive cabbisa prahara yiihra nrtya\nSYNONYMS\n\nvakresvara pa(l(/ita-of the name Vakresvara Par;�<;lita; prabhura-of the Lord;\nba(la\n\n.-\n\nvery much; priya-dear; bhrtya-servant; eka-bhiive-continuously_ in the\n\nsame ecstasy; cabbisa\n\n-\n\ntwenty four; prahara-a duration of time comprising three\n-\n\nhours; yiihra-whose; nrtya -dancing\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n.\nVa kresvara Par;�<;! ita, the fifth branch of the tree, was a very dear servant of Lord\nCaitanya's. He could dance with constant ecstasy for seventy-two hours.\nPURPORT\nIn the Gaura-garoddesa-dTpikii, verse 71, it is stated that Vakresvara Par;�<;lita was\n\nan incarnation of Aniruddha, one of the quadruple expansions of Vi�r;�u (Vasudeva,\n\nSarikar�ar;�a, Aniruddha and Pradyumna). He could dance wonderfully for seventy­\n\ntwo continuous hours. When Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu played in dramatic performances in the house of Srlvasa Par;�<;lita, Vakresvara Par;�<;lita was one of the chief\n\ndancers, and he danced continually for that length of time. Sri Govinda dasa, an\nOriya devotee of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, has described the life of Vakresvara\n\nPat:�<;lita in his book Gaura-Kr�rodaya. There are many disciples of Vakresvara\n\nPar;�<;lita in Orissa, and they are known as Gau<;llya Vai�r;�avas although they are\nOriyas. Among these disciples are Sri Gopalaguru and his disciple Sri Dhyanacandra\n\nGosvaml.\n\nTEXT18\n\n..-t� �� '5f'hf � �tttlf I\n\n� R'1 m' oqCilfi'U � II �1r II\niipane mahiiprabhu giiya yiihra nrtya-kii/e\nprabhura carara dhari' vakresvara bale\n\n", "adi2#p0286": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n262\n\nSYNONYMS\napane-personally; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gaya\n\n-\n\nsang; yahra­\n\nwhose; nrtya-kale-at the time of dancing; prabhura-of the Lord; carara-lotus\n\nfeet; dhari -embracing; vakresvara- Vakresvara Pal)c;lita; bale-said.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahapr.abhu personally sang while Vakresvara Pa�;��ita danced, and\nthus Vakresvara Pa�;�c;lita fell at the lotus feet of the Lord and spoke as follows.\nTEXT19\n\n. \"1f-tJ!�t:� 'St'l( ''ifttlf c;'f•' 5e!� I\n'-!111 111�, 'if� e{tti1·-t!t� �� �� M\"' )� n\ndasa-sahasra gandharva more deha' candramukha\ntara gaya, muni nacoh-tabe mora sukha\nSYNONYMS\ndasa-sahasra-ten thousand; gandharva-residents of Gandharvaloka; more-unto\nme;deha'-please deliver;candramukha-0 moon-faced one; tara gaya-let them sing;\n\nmun(nacon-let me dance; tabe-then; mora-my; sukha-happ iness.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"0 Candramukha! Please give me 10,000 Gandharvas. Let them sing as I dance,\n\nand then I will be greatly happy.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThe Gandharvas, who are residents of Gandharvaloka, are celebrated as celestial\n\nsingers. Whenever singing is needed in the celestial planets, the Gandharvas. are\n\ninvited to sing. The Gandharvas can sing continuously for days, and therefore\nVakresvara Pal)c;lita wanted to dance as they sang.\nTEXT 20\n\n� �tllf--'[fit �1J 9f.. lfl.. -rt�1t'\n�tt-t �� �fir 9ft� � 9ft� n � •\n•\n\nprabhu bale-tumi mora pak�a eka siikhii\niikiise ur;Jitiirna yadi piih iira piikhii\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu bale- Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; tumi-you; mora-My;\n\npak�a-wing; eka-one; siikhii-one-sided; iikase-in the sky; ur;Jitiima-1 could fly;\nyadi-if;piih-1 could get; iira-another;piikhii-wing.\n\n", "adi2#p0287": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n263\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya replied: \"I have only one wing like you, but if I had another,\ncertainly I would fly in the sky!\"\nTEXT 21\n\n11�� �'SN'ti\\.. <!f't.l �-nrf I\n'\"t'� � '�'� �J�I 'llti11 II �) I\n.\n\npar(lita jagadiinanda prabhura priiQa-rupa\ntoke khyiita yehho satyabhiimiira svarupa\n\nSYNONYMS\npar(lita jagadiinanda-of the name Par:u;lita Jagadananda; prabhura-of the Lord;\npriiQa-rupa-life\n\nand soul; toke-in the world; khyiita-celebrated; yen ho-who;\n\nsatyabhiimiira-of Satyabhama; svarupa-personification.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPap�ita Jagadananda, the sixth branch of the Caitanya tree, was celebrated as the\nlife and soul of the Lord. He is known to have been an incarnation of Satyabhama\n[one of the chief queens of Lord Kr�pa).\nPURPORT\nThere are many dealings of Jagadananda PaQ�ita with Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. Most importantly, he was the Lord's constant companion and\nespecially took part in all the pastimes of the Lord in the houses of Srivasa PaQ�ita\nand Candrasekhara Acarya.\nTEXT 22\n\nc!ft� �fjr;� �� �� �-� I\nt�lt'Stl·,�·\"et't �if! Jtttit \"4'� II �� II\nprTtye karite ciihe prabhura tiitana-piitana\nvairiigya-toka-bhaye prabhu nii mane kakhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprTtye-in intimacy or affection; karite-to do; ciihe-wanted; prabhura-the\nLord's; tiitana-piitana-maintenance; vairiigya-renoun c ement ; toka-bhaye- fearing\nthe public; prabhu-the Lord; no-did not; mane-accept; kakhana-any ti'me.\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda Papc;lita [as an incarnation of Satyabhama] always wanted to see\nto the comfort of Lord Caitanya, but since the Lord was a sannyasi He did not\naccept the luxuries that Jagadananda PaQ{fita offered.\n\n", "adi2#p0288": "'\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n264\n\nTEXT 23\n\ntl� 'l�* 'ft'mlt '� I\ntitJ �J1f �fltl -.nt<st �� � • �· •\ndui-jane kha{ma{i /agaya konda/a\ntailra prTtyera katha age kahiba sakala\nSYNONYMS\n\ndui-jane- two persons; kha.tma.ti- fighting over trifles; /agaya- cont i nued; kondala­\n\nquarrel; tahra-his; prTtyera-affection; katha-narration; age- ahead; kahiba-1 shall\nspeak; sa kala-all.\nTRANSLATION\nThey sometimes appeared to fight over trifles, but these quarrels were based on\n\ntheir affection, of which I shall speak later.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n��-9(�� -� .....�I\ntltt (JI� lift� 'll�J,-1ffltf(tf ��. �8.\nraghava-paru;lita-prabhura adya-anucara\ntahra eka sakha mukhya-makaradhvaja kara\nSYNONYMS\n\nraghava pa(l(iita-of the name Raghava Pal)c;lita; prabhura-of the Lord; adyaeka-one; sakha-branch; mukhya-chief;\nmakaradhvaja-of the name Makaradhvaja; kara-surname.\noriginal; anucara- follower; tahra- his ;\n\nTRANSLATION\nRaghava Pal;l�ita, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's original follower, is understood\n\nto have been the seventh branch. From him proceeded another sub-branch, headed\n\nby Makaradhvaja Kara.\n\nPURPORT\nKara w as the surname of Makaradhvaja. At present this surname is generally\n\nfound in the Kayastha community. The Gaura-garoddesa-dTpikii, verse 44, states:\n\ndhani�!hii bhak�ya-siimagriin knrJiiyiidad vraje 'mitiim\nsaiva siimpratain gaurahga-priyo raghava-pa!Jpita(l\n\n", "adi2#p0289": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 10\n\n265\n\nRaghava Pal)c)ita was formerly a confidential gopTin Vraja during the time of Lord\nKr�l)a's pastimes, and his former name was Dhani:;�ha. This gopT, Dhani�tha, always\n\nengaged in preparing foodstuffs for Kr�l)a.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n'iMt���r.�,\n� �ttt�t�t<i\\ � � �ttltPf �t I\ntiihhiira bhaginT damayantT prabhura priya diisT\nprabhura bhoga-siimagrT ye kare vara-miisi\nSYNONYMS\n\ntiihhiira- his; bhaginT-sister; damayantT-of the name Damayanti;prabhura-of the\ndear; diisT-maidservant; prabhura-of the Lord; bhoga-siimagrT-cook­\n\nLord; priya\n\n-\n\ning materials;ye-who; kare-does; viira-miisi-throughout the whole year.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRaghava Par;�c.iita's sister Damayanti was the dear maidservant of the Lord. She\n\nalways collected various ingredients with which to cook for Lord Caitanya.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Gaura-garoddesa-dTpikii, verse 167, it is mentioned, gwJamiila vraje yiisTd\ndamayanti tu tat-svasii: \"The gopi named Gul)am�ila has now appeared as his sister\nDamayantl.\"\n\nOn\n\nthe\n\nEast\n\nBengal\n\nrailway\n\nline\n\nbeginning\n\nfrom\n\nthe\n\nSealdah\n\nstation in Calcutta, there is a station named Sodapura which is not very far\nfrom Calcutta. Within one mile of this station, toward the western side of the\nGanges, is a village known as Pal)ihati in which the residential quarters of Raghava\nPar;�c)ita still exist. On Raghava Pal)c)ita's tomb is a creeper on a concrete platforrh.\nThere is also a Madana-mohana Deity in a broken-down temple nearby. This temple\nis managed by a local Zamindar of the name Sri Sivacandra Raya Caudhuri.\nMakaradhvaja Kara was also an inhabitant of Pal)ihati.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n� � �� � �� 'efiYII\n\nm� ttb1 �t'l{ ·� •mn n �� •\nse saba siimagrT yata jhiilite bhariyii\nriighava /a-iyii yii'na gupata kariyii\n\n", "adi2#p0290": "266\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamr:ta\nSYNONYMS\n\nse saba-all those; samagrT-ingredients; yata-all of them; jhalite bhariya-pack­\n\ning in a bag; raghava- Raghava Pat;�c;l ita; la-iya-carried; ya'na-goes; gupata kariyavery confidentially.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe foodstuffs Damayanti cooked for Lord Caitanya when He was at Puri were\n\ncarried in a bag by her brother Raghava without the knowledge of others.\nTEXT 27\n\n�Wf'PI � i2f't. � ..mt� l\n'm�t �tfil' �fit' l!ffit� � r�tl n �\" 11\nvara-masa taha prabhu karena ahgTkara\n'raghavera jhali' bali' prasiddhi yahara\nSYNONYMS\nvara-masa-the whole year; taha-all those foodstuffs; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; karena-did; ahgTkara-accept; raghavera jhali -the bag of Raghava\nPar:u;lita; bali'-so called; prasiddhi-celebrated; yahara-of which.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord accepted these foodstuffs throughout the entire year. That bag is still\n\ncelebrated as Raghavera jhali [\"the bag of Raghava Pat;��ita\"].\nTEXT 28\n\n�-� lftlfit �tt1t •fi� �� I\n\n��tl I!Rtl! •t9t � �tf H �\"' H\nse-saba samagrT age kariba vistara\nyahara sravare bhaktera vahe asrudhara\nSYNONYMS\nse-saba-all these things; samagrT-ingredients of the foodstuffs; age-further on;\nkariba-1 shall describe; vistara-vividly; yahara-of which; sravare-by the hearing;\nbhaktera-of a devotee; vahe-flowing; asrudhara-tears.\nTRANSLATION\nI shall describe the contents of the bag of Raghava Pat;��ita later in this book.\n\nHearing this narration, devotees generally cry, and tears glide down from their\n\neyes.\n\n", "adi2#p0291": "Adi-l'ila, Chapter 10\n\n267\n\nPURPORT\nA vivid description of this Raghavera jhali is to be found in Chapter Ten of the\nAntya-rrta portion of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta.\nTEXT 29\n\nl2ft.t �J· f$-'l�\\! �tJI I\n��t 'lit'! Q �--.t-t n �� n\nprabhura atyanta priya-p01;u;fita gahgadasa\nyahhara smara!Je haya sarva-bandha-nasa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of the Lord; atyanta-very much; priya-dear; pa!Jflita gahgadasa-of\nthe name Pat;�Qita Garigadasa; yahhara-who; smarare-by remembering; haya-it\nbecomes; sarva-bandha-nasa-freedom from all kinds of bondage.\nTRANSLATION\nPar;a�ita Garigadasa was the eighth dear branch of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. One\nwho remembers his activities attains freedom from all bondage.\nTEXT 30\n\n�-91�--�t�t�f� I\nf9t\\!1 �fi' ll� � ,��f n \"!)• n\ncaitanya-par�ada-sri-acarya purandara\npita kari' yahre bale gaurahga-sundara\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-par�ada-associate of Lord Caitanya; sri-iicarya purandara-of the name\nSri Acarya Purandara; pita-father; kari'-taking him; yahre-whom; bale-says;\ngaurahga-sundara- Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Acarya Purandara, the ninth branch, was a constant associate of Lord Caitanya.\nThe Lord accepted him as His father.\nPURPORT\nIt is described in the Caitanya-bhagavata that wh�never Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu visited the house of Raghava Pat;�Qita, He also visited Purandara Acarya\nimmediately upon receiving an invitation. Purandara Acarya is to be considered\n\n", "adi2#p0292": "268\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nmost fortunate because the Lord used to greet him by addressing him as His father\nand embracing him in great love.\nTEXT 31\n\n'ftt1ftll1f9f�l! att�1 '�t'! l!f5� I\n<2f't_1f '9ftf � � � \" �� II\ndamodara-pa(l(/ita sakha premete pracarfla\nprabhura upare yehho kai/a vakya-darfla\nSYNONYMS\ndamodara-pa(lf/ita-of the name Damodara Pa1:11;lita; sakha-another branch (the\ntenth branch); premete-in affection; pracarfla-very much advanced; prabhurathe Lord; upare-upon; yehho-he who; kaila-did; vakya-da(lf/a-chastisement by\nspeaking.\nTRANSLATION\nDamodara Pa�;�l,lita, the tenth branch of the Caitanya tree, was so elevated in love\nof Lord Caitanya that he once unhesitatingly chastised the Lord with strong words.\nTEXT 32\n\n�-�-rt ���'It� �ffi11\n'ft� !_t �\\Itt� 'ffi1l'f1 �i11 � I\ndarfla-katha kahiba age vistara kariya\ndarfle tu�ta prabhu tahre pii_thailii nadTya\nSYNONYMS\nda(l(/a-katha-the narration of such chastisement; kahiba-1 shall speak; ageahead; vistara-detailed description; kariya-making; darfle-in the matter of chastisement; tu�ta prabhu-the Lord is very much satisfied; tiil'lre-him; pii_thaila-sent\nback; nadTya-Nadia (a district in Bengal).\nTRANSLATION\nI shall describe in detail this incident of chastisement later in Caitanya-caritamrta.\nThe Lord, being very much satisfied by this chastisement, sent Damodara Pa�;��ita\nto Navadvipa.\nPURPORT\nDamodara Pa�;��ita, who was formerly known as Saibya in Vrajadhama, used to\ncarry messages from Lord Caitimya to Sacimiitii, and during the Rathayatra festival\nhe carried messages from Sacimata to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "adi2#p0293": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n269\n\nTEXT 33\n\n� � llfWI - -t•t� I\n'��' .11 � ru-\". -e-e.\ntiihhiira anuja siikhii-sahkara-pa[lr;/ita\n'prabhu-piidopadhiina' yiihra niima vidita\nSYNONYMS\n\ntiihhiira-his (Damodara Pal)c;lita's); anuja-younger brother; siikhii-the eleventh\nbranch; sahkara-pa[Jr;/ita-of the name Sankara Pai)Qita; prabhu-the Lord's; piida­\n\nupiidhiina-shoes; yiihra- whose; niima name ; vidita-cele brate d\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe eleventh branch, the younger brother of Damodara Pai)Qita, was known as\nSarikara Par;�Qita. He was celebrated as the shoes of the Lord.\nTEXT 34\n\nJtt ��� .R � �111f I\n�� fim�t ���\"II �8 II\nsadiisiva-pot;r;lita yiihra prabhu-pade iisa\nprathamei nityiinandera yiihra ghare viisa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsadiisiva-pa[Jr;lita-of the name SadMiva Pai)Qita; yahra- whose; prabhu-padeunto the lotus feet of the Lord; iisa-constant desire; prathamei-in the b eginning;\n\nnityiinandera-of Lord Nityananda; yiihra-of whom; ghare-in the home; vasaresidence.\nTRANSLATION\nSadasiva Par;�r;lita, the twelfth branch, was always anxious to serve the lotus feet\nof the Lord. It was his good fortune that when Lord Nityananda came to\nNavadvipa He resided at his house.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is mentioned in the Caitanya-bhiigavata, Antya-mii, Chapter Nine, that Sadasiva\nPar;�c;lita was a pure devotee and that Nityananda Prabhu resided at his house.\nTEXT 35\n\n-,fit�•·t'f'Pl•-� �1ft I\n\n� 'i1t ift1t �� ,.,Pl��\"'' \"'R' II �� II\n\n", "adi2#p0294": "270\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nsrT-nrsirhha-upiisaka-pradyumna brahmaciirT\nprabhu tiihra nama kailii 'nrsirhhiinanda' kari'\nSYNONYMS\n\nsrT-nrsirhha-upiisaka-the worshiper of Lord Nrsimhadeva; pradyumna brahmaciirT-of the name Pradyumna Brahmacarl; prabhu-the Lord; tiihra-his; namaname; kailii-turned into; nrsirhhiinanda-of the name Nrsimhananda; kari'-by such\na name.\nTRANSLATION\nThe thirteenth branch was Pradyumna Brahmacarl. Since he was a worshiper of\n\nLord Nrsimhadeva, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu changed his name to Nrsimhananda\nBrahmacari.\nPURPORT\nPradyumna Brahmacari is described in the Antya-ITIO, Second Chapter, of SrT\nCaitanya-caritiimrta. He was a great devotee of Lord Caitanya, who changed his\nname to Nrsimhananda. While coming from the house of Raghava Pat)Qita at\nPar_1ihati to the house of Sivananda, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu appeared in the\nheart of Nrsimhananda Brahmacari.To acknowledge this, Nrsimhananda Brahmacari\nused to accept as eatables the foodstuffs of three Deities, namely, J agannatha,\nNrsimhadeva and Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. This is stated in the Caitanya­\n\ncaritiimrta, Antya-!Tlii, Second Chapter, verses 48 through 78. Upon receiving infor­\n\nmation that Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu was proceeding toward Vrndavana from\nKulia, Nrsimhananda absorbed himself in meditation and by his mental activities\nconstructed a very nice road from Kulia to Vrndavana. All of a sudden, however,\n\nhe broke his meditation and told the other devotees that this time Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu would not go to Vrndavana but only as far as the place known as\nKanai's Natasala. This is described in the Madhya-IT/a, Chapter One, verses 55\nthrough 62. The Gaura-ga(loddesa-dTpikO, verse 74, says, iivesas ca tathii jileyo misre\n\npradyumna-sarhjilake: Srf Caitanya Mahaprabhu changed the name of Pradyumna\nMisra, or Pradyumna Brahmacarl, to Nrsimhananda Brahmacarl, for in his heart\nLord Nrsimhadeva was manifest. It is said that Lord Nrsimhadeva used to talk with\nhim directly.\nTEXT 36\n\nift�rt�'I·'Ptfu'! �<IS�� ��'Rt I\n�'1���������11\nniiriiya(la-pa(l(iita eka ba(lai udiira\ncaitanya-carara vinu niihi jane iira\nSYNONYMS\nniiriiyara-pa(l(iita-vf the name Narayar_1a Pat)Qita; eka-one; ba(lai-very much;\nudiira-liberal; caitanya-carara-the lotus feet of Lord Caitanya; vinu-e x cei)t; niihinot;jiine-know; ora-anything else.\n\n", "adi2#p0295": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n271\n\nTRANSLATION\nNarayal)a Par;��ita, the fourteenth branch, a great and liberal devotee, did not\n\nknow any shelter but Lord Caitanya's lotus feet.\nPURPORT\n\nNarayal)a Pal)c;lita was one of the associates of Srlvasa Thakura. It is mentioned\n\nin Caitanya-bhagavata, Ninth Chapter, verse 93, that he went to see Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu at Jagannatha Purl with Srlvasa Thakura's brother Sri Rama Pal)�ita.\nTEXT 37\n\n��r$� -tt't1-� filar� 1\n� �, � t!ft. �-. 'r!J n �\" 11\nsrTman-pa(lf/ita sakha-prabhura nija bhrtya\ndeufi dharena; yabe prabhu karena nrtya\nSYNONYMS\nsrTman-pa(lf/ita-of the name Srlman Paf)�ita; sakha-branch; prabhura-of the\n\nLord; nija-own; bhrtya-servant; deu{i-torchlight; dharena-carries; yabe-while;\n\nprabhu-Lord Caitanya; karena-does; nrtya-dance.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe fifteenth branch was Sriman PaQ�ita, who was a constant servitor of Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. He used to carry a torch while the Lord danced.\nPURPORT\n\nSriman Paf)c;lita was among t.he companions of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu when\n\nthe Lord performed sahkTrtana. When Lord Caitanya dressed Himself in the form of\n\nthe goddess Lak�ml and danced in the streets of Navadvipa, Sriman PaQ�ita carried\na torch to light the way.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n�JSNI·i!!� � ce't'Sf'Rt1t I\n�'Rf � �tfit' �t�' 'ffl'fl 'e'5tCft1t II �..- II\nsuklambara-brahmacarT bafla bhagyavan\nyiihra anna magi' kii(li' khai/a bhagavan\nSYNONYMS\nsuk/ambara-brahmacarT-of the name Suklambara Brahmacari; bafla-very much;\n\nbhagyavan-fortunate ;yahra-whose; anna-foodstuff; magi'-begging; kafli '-snatching; khai/a-ate; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "adi2#p0296": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n272\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sixteenth branch, Suklambara Brahmacari, was very fortunate because Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu jokingly or seriously begged food from him or sometimes\nsnatched it from him forcibly and ate it.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is stated that Suklambara Brahmacari, an inhabitant of Navadvipa, was Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's first companion in the sahkTrtana movement. When Lord\nCaitanya returned from· Gaya after initiation, He stayed with Suklambara Brahma­\n\ncarT because He wanted to hear from this devotee about the pastimes of Lord\nKr�r;�a. Suklambara Brahmacari collected alms of rice from the inhabitants of\n\nNavadvipa, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took pleasure in eating the rice that he\n\ncooked. It is said that Suklambara Brahmacari was one of the wives of the yajfiic\n\nbriihmaf}as during the time of Lord Kr�oa's pastimes in Vrndavana. Lord Kr�r;�a\n\nbegged foodstuffs from the wives of the yajfiic briihmaras, and Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu performed a\nBrahmacari.\n\nsimilar\n\npastime by\n\nbegging rice from Suklambara\n\nTEXT 39\n\n��-�--«� � AA\\1 I\n11_�tllfl � <2ft_l �11 'ttl f•t! n $ u\nnandana-iiciirya-siikhii jagate vidita\nlukiiiyii dui prabhura yiihra ghare sthita\n\nSYNONYMS\nnandana-iiciirya-of the name Nandana Acarya; siikhii-the seventeenth branch;\n\njagate- in the world; vidita-celebrated; lukiiiyii-hiding; dui- two; prabhura-of the\n\nLords; yiihra-of whom; ghare- in the house; sthita-situated.\nTRANSl..A TION\n\nNandana .Acarya, the seventeenth branch of the Caitanya tree, is celebrated within\n\nthe world because the two Prabhus [Lord Caitanya and Nityananda] sometimes hid\nin his house.\n\nPURPORT\nNandana Acarya was another companion of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu during\n\nHis kTrtana pastimes in Navadvipa. Srila Nityananda Prabhu, as Avadhuta, traveled\n\non many pilgrim<lges, and when He first came to SrT NavadvTpa-dhama He remained\n\nhidden in the house of Nandana Acarya. It is there that He first met all the devotees\nof Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. When Caitanya Mahaprabhu exhibited His maha­\n\nprakiisa, He asked Ramai Pao.;lita to call Advaita Prabhu, who was hiding in the\n\n", "adi2#p0297": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n273\n\nhome of Nandana Acarya, for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu could understand that He\n\nwas hiding. Similarly, Lord Caitanya also sometimes hid in the home of Nandana\nAcarya. In this connection one may refer to Caitanya-bhiigavata, Madhya-filii,\n\nChapters Six and Seventeen.\n\nTEXT 40\n\n8(1!4 'N �- .... lllt._Jt I\n·� � iftt5 �Jttfcftl. 8• •\nsrT-mukunda-datta siikhii-prabhura samiidhyiiyT\nyiihhiira kTrtane niice caitanya-gosiiili\nSYNONYMS\n\nsrT-mukunda-datta-of the name Sri Mukunda Datta; siikhii-another branch;\n\nprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; samiidhyiiyT-class friend; yiihhiira­\n\nwhose; kTrtane-in sahkTrtana; ncfce-dances; caitanya-gosani-Sri Caitanya Maha:­\n\ni prabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMukunda Datta, a class friend of Lord Caitanya's, was another branch of the\n\nCaitanya tree. Lord Caitanya danced while he sang.\nPURPORT\n\nSri Mukunda Datta was born in the canagrama district in the village of Chanhora,\n\nwhich is under the jurisdiction of the police station named Patiya. This village is\nsituated ten krosas, or about twenty miles, from the home of Pur:J<:Jar'ika Vidyanidhi.\nIn the Gaura-garoddesa-dTpikii ( 140) it is said:\n\nvraje sthitau giiyakau yau madhuka(l(ha-madhuvratau\nmukunda-viisudevau tau dattau gauriinga-giiyakau\n\"In Vraja there were two very nice singers named MadhukaQtha and Madhuvrata.\n\nThey appeared in caitanya-nlii as Mukunda and Vasudeva Datta, who were singers\n\nin the society of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabh u.\" When Lord Caitanya was a student,\n\nMukunda Datta was His class friend, and they frequently engaged in logical argu­\n\nments. Sometimes Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu would fight with Mukunda Datta,:\nusing tricks of logic. This is described in Caitanya-bhagavata, Adi-fila, Chapters\n\nSeven and Eight. When Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned from Gaya, Mukunda\nDatta gave Him pleasure by reciting verses from Srlmad-Bhiigavatam about kr�ra­\n\nma. It was by his endeavor that Gadadhara Pal)<;fita Gosvami became a disciple of\n\nPur;J<;Iarlka Vidyanidhi, as stated in Madhya-filii, Chapter Seven. When Mukunda\n\nDatta sang in the courtyard of Srlvasa Prabhu, Mahaprabhu danced with His singing,\n\nand when Lord Caitanya for twenty-one hours exhibited an ecstatic manifestation\n\nknown as siita-prahariyii, Mukunda Datta inaugurated the function by singing.\n\n", "adi2#p0298": "/\n\n274\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nSometimes Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu chastised Mukunda Datta by calling him\nkharjhatia beta because he attended many functions held by different classes of nondevotees. This is stated in Caitanya-bhiigavata, Madhya-/Tlii, Chapter Ten. When\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu dressed Himself as the goddess of fortune to dance in\nthe house of Candrasekhara, Mukunda Datta began the first song.\nBefore disclosing His desire to take the renounced order of life, Lord Caitanya\nfirst went to the house of Mukunda Datta, but at that time Mukunda Datta requested Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu to continue His sahkTrtana movement for a few days\nmore before taking sannyiisa.\n\nThis is stated in Caitanya-bhiigavata, Madhya-/Tlii,\n\nChapter Twenty-five. The information of Lord Caitanya's accepting the renounced\norder was made known to Gadadhara Pal)c;lita, Candrasekhara Acarya and Mukunda\nDatta by Nityananda Prabhu, and therefore all of them went to Katwa and arranged\nfor kTrtana and all the paraphernalia for Lord Caitanya's acceptance of sannyiisa.\nAfter the Lord took sannyiisa, they all followed Him, especially Sri Nityananda\nPrabhu, Gadadhara Prabhu and Govinda, who followed Him all the way to\nPuru�ottama-k�etra. In this connection one may refer to Antya-/Tlii, Chapter Two.\nIn the place known as Jalesvara, Nityananda Prabhu broke the sannyiisa rod of\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Mukunda Datta was also present at that time. He went every\nyear from Bengal to see Lord Caitanya at Jagannatha Purl.\nTEXT41\n\n���-�����\n���·�-t � � �� ifl �� II 8� II\nvasudeva datta-prabhura bhrtya mahiisaya\nsahasra-mukhe yiihra gw;a kahi/e nii haya\nSYNONYMS\nviisudeva datto-of the name Vasudeva Datta; prabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; bhrtya-servant; mahiisaya-great personality; sahasra-mukhe-with\nthousands of mouths; yiihra-whose; gura-qualities; kahi/e-describing; no-never;\nhaya....:.becomes fulfilled.\nTRANSLATION\nVasudeva Datta, the nineteenth branch of the Sri Caitanya tree, was a great\npersonality and a most confidential devotee of the Lord. One could not describe\nhis qualities even with thousands of mouths.\nPURPORT\nVasudeva Datta, the brother of Mukunda Datta, was also a resident ofCatragrama.\nIn the Caitanya-bhiigavata it is said ,yiinru sthiine k�ra haya iipane vikraya: Vasudeva\nDatta was such a powerful devotee that Kr�IJa was purchased by him. Vasudeva\nDatta stayed at Srivasa Pal)c;lita's house, and in Caitanya-bhiigavata it is described\n\n", "adi2#p0299": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n275\n\nthat Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu was so pleased with Vasudeva Datta and so affec­\n\ntionate toward him that He used to say, \"I am only Vasudeva Datta's man. My\nbody is only meant to please Vasudeva Datta, and he can sell\" Me anywhere.\"\n\nThrice He vowed that this was a fact and that no one should disbelieve these statements. \"All My dear devotees,\" He said, \"I tell you the truth. My body is especially\n\nmeant for Vasudeva Datta.\" Vasudeva Datta initiated SriYadunandana Acarya, the\nspiritual master of Raghunatha dasa, who later became Raghunatha dasa Gosvami.\n\nThis will be found in the Antya-fila, Sixth Chapter, verse 161. Vasudeva Datta spent\nmoney very liberally; therefore Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked Sivananda Sen to\nbecome his sarakhela, or secretary, in order to control his extravagant expenses.\nVasudeva Datta was so kind to the living entities that he wanted to take all their\n\nsinful reactions so that they might be delivered by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. This\n\nis described in the Fifteenth Chapter of Adi-fila, verses 159 through 180.\n\nThere is a railway station named Purvasthali near the Navadvipa railway station,\n\nand about one mile away, in a village known as Mamagachi, which is the birthplace\nof Vrndavana dasa Thakura, there is presently a temple of Madana-gopala that was\nestablished by Yasudeva Datta. The Gauc;liya Matha devotees have now taken\n\ncharge of this temple, and the seva-puja is going on very nicely. Every year all the\npilgrims on the navadv7pa-parikramli visit Mamagachi. Since Sri Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvati Thakura inaugurated the navadvipa-parikramii function, the temple has\n\nbeen very well managed.\n\nTEXT 42\n\n-� �t�� _,�, � 'Pft9f 'llfll11\ni{f<fi !_f•� �tt� �� �t�m n 8� n\njagate yateka jTva, tara papa laflii\nnaraka bhufljite ciihe jTva chiifjiiiyii\n\nSYNONYMS\njagate-in the world; yateka-all; jTva-living entities; tara-their; papa-sinful\n\nactivities; lana-taking; naraka- hell; bhufljite- to suffer;\nliving entities; chafjaiya-liberating them.\n\nc ahe- wanted;\n\njTva- the\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSrila Vasudeva Datta Thakura wanted to suffer for the sinful activities of all the\n\npeople of the world so that Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu might deliver them.\n\nTEXT 43\n\n��\\ft��t� llft�'R1\" �-.;..__� �f.� I\n�i{ a,.. �t';f c;ir;;�1 �t�� �9f�� n 8� 11\n\n", "adi2#p0300": "276\n\n,\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta·\n\nharidiisa-.thiikura siikhiira adbhuta Carita\ntina lak�a niima tehho /ayena apatita\nSYNONYMS\n\nharidiisa-thiikura-of the name Haridasa Thakura; siikhiira-of the branch; adbhu­\n\nta- wonderful; carita-characteristics; tina-three; /ak�a-hundred thousand; namanames; tehho-he; /ayena- c�anted; apatita-without fail.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe twentieth branch of the Caitanya tree was Haridasa Thakura. His character\n\nwas wonderful. He used to chant the holy name of Kr�r;�a 300,000 times a day\nwithout fail.\n\nPURPORT\nCertainly the chanting of 300,000 holy names of the Lord is wonderful. No\n\nordinary person can chant so many names, nor should one artificially imitate\n\nHaridasa Thakura's behavior. It is essential, however, that everyone fulfill a specific\nvow to chant the Hare Kr�r;�a mantra. Therefore we have prescribed in our society\n\nthat all our students must chant at least sixteen rounds daily. Such chanting must\n\nbe offenseless in order to be of high quality. Mechanical chanting is not as powerful\n\nas chanting of the holy name without offenses. It is stated in the Caitanya-bhiigavata,\n\nAdi-IT/ii, Chapter Two, that Haridasa Thakura was born in a village known as\nBuc;lhana but after some time came to live on the bank of the Ganges at Fulia near\n\nSantipura. From the description of his chastisement by a Muslim magistrate, which\n\nis found in the Eleventh Chapter of the Adi-IT/ii of Caitanya-bhiigavata, we can under­\n\nstand how humble and meek Haridasa Thakura was and how he achieved the causeless mercy of the Lord. In the dramas performed by Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\nHaridasa Thakura played the part of a police chief. While chanting the Hare Kr�r;�a\n\nmahii-mantra_ in Benapola, he was personally tested by Mayadevi herself. Haridasa\nThakura's passing away is described in the Antya-IT/ii of Caitanya-caritiimrta,\n\nEleventh Chapter. It is not definitely certain whether Sri Haridasa Thakura appeared\n\nin the village named Buc;Jhana that is in the district of Khulana. Formerly this\n\nvillag� was within a district of twenty-four pargal}as within the Satak�Tra division.\nTEXT 44\n\n�t�B' � �,-� fi•ta I\n�t� '�Jtt� �ttl 't•nt �t� n 88 1\ntiihhiira ananta gul}a-kahi dinmiitra\niiciirya gosiifli yiihre bhufljiiya sriiddha-piitra\nSYNONYMS\ntiihhiira-Haridasa Thakura's; ananta- un l i m ited; gul}a-qua lities; kahi- l speak;\n\ndinmiitra-only a small part; iiciirya gosiifli-Srl Advaita Acarya Prabhu; yiihre-to\n\n", "adi2#p0301": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n277\n\nwhom; bhufljiiya-offered to eat; sriiddha-piitra-pra_siida offered to Lord Vi�r;�u .\nTRANSLATION\nThere was no end to the transcendental qualities of Haridasa Thakura. Here I\nmention but a fraction of his qualities. He was so exalted that Advaita Gosvami,\nwhen performing the sraddha ceremony of his father, offered him the first plate.\n\nTEXT 45\n.\n\n�-�t-. �tJ �t� 'fttr I\n��-�'S 'f-11 �� � 1 8t I\nprah/iida-samiina tiihra gurera tarahga\nyavana-tiirjaneo yiihra niihika bhrii-bhahga\n\nSYNONYMS\nprahliida-samiina - exactly like Prahlada Maharaja; tiihra-his; gurera - qualities;\ntarahga- waves; yavana-of the Mohammedans; tiiqaneo-even by the persecution;\nyiihra-whose; niihika-there was none; bhrii-bhahga-even the slightest agitation of\n.an eyebrow.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe waves of his good qualities were like.those of Prahlada Maharaja. He did not\neven slightly raise an eyebrow when persecuted by the Mohammedan ruler.\nTEXT 46\n\nf.ii� m � �t� � llf<$1 � 1\ni{tfPI '��t. �t\"f.� II 8� H\ntehho siddhi piiile tiihra deha lailii kole\nniici/a caitanya-prabhu mahii-kutiihale\n\nSYNONYMS\ntehho-he; siddhi-perfection; piii/e-after achieving; tiihra-his; deha - body; /ailiitaking; ko/e-on\n\nthe\n\nlap; niici/a-da nced; caitanya-prabhu-Lord\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; mahii-kutiihale-in great ecstasy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the passing away of Haridasa Thakura, the Lord Himself took his body on\nHis lap, and He danced with it in great ecstasy.\n\n", "adi2#p0302": "'\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n278\n\nTEXT 47\n\nil� �1 �fii\"tc� ��tt'��'5ft� 1\n'�� 'CI�fit�, �1t'$l ��� 121�� II 89 II\ntiihra ma vanyiyiichena vrndiivana- dii sa\nyebii avasi�,ta, iige kariba prakiisa\nSYNONYMS\ntiinra-his;\n\nma-pastimes;\n\nvarriyiichena -described;\n\nvrndiivana-diisa-Srila\n\nVrndavana dasa Thakura; yebii-whatever; avasi�,ta-remained undescribed; age­\n\nlater in the book; kariba-l shall make; prakasa-manifest.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSrila Vrndavana dasa Thakura vividly described the pastimes of Haridasa Thakura\nin his Caitanya-bhagavata. Whatever has remained undescribed I shall try to explain\nlater in this book.\nTEXT 48\n\n� l!;��i,- tf� <l:.rti!�t� i5fil I\n��J�ttr·�fif ilt� =t\"Pt11l �tiSfi{ II Sir II\n-\n\ntiihra upasiikhii-yata kuffna-griimT jana\nsatyariija-iidi-tiihra krpiira bhiijana\nSYNONYMS\ntiihra upa.{ iikhii - his sub-branch; yata-all; ku!Tna-griimT jana-the inhabitants of\n\nKulina-grama; satyariija-of the name Satyaraja; iidi-heading the list; tiihra-his;\n\nkrpiira-of mercy; bhiijana-recipient.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne sub-branch of Haridasa Thakura consisted of the residents of Kulina-grama.\nThe most important among them was Satyaraja Khana, or Satyaraja Vasu, who was\n\na recipient of all the mercy of Haridasa Thakura.\nPURPORT\n\nSatyaraja Khana was the son of Gur;�araja Khana and father of Ramananda Vasu.\n\nHaridasa Thakura lived for some time during the Citurmasya period in the village\n\nnamed Kulina-grama, where he chanted the holy name, the Hare Kr�r;�a mahii-mantra,\n\nand distributed his mercy to the descendants of the Vasu family. Satyaraja Khana\n\nwas allotted the service of supplying silk ropes for the Jagannatha Deity during the\n\n", "adi2#p0303": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n279\n\nRathayatra festival. The answers to his inquiries from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nabout the duty of householder devotees are vividly described in the Modhyo-lilii,\n\nChapters Fifteen and Sixteen. The village of Kulina-grama is sitttated two miles\nfrom the railway station named Jaugrama on the Newcord line from Howrah to\n\nBurdwan. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu very highly praised the people of Kulina­\n\ngrama, and He stated that even a dog of Kulina-grama was very dear to Him.\nTEXT 49\n\nll�t� �•-tt� _,�m �tit\n� � 1Jf� ��' �5fW .till 8� II\nsrJ-muriiri gupto siikhii-premero bhiit;u;liiro\nprobhuro hrdoyo drove suni' doinyo yiihro\nSYNONYMS\nsrJ-muriiri gupto-of the name Sri Murari Gupta; siikhii-branch;premero-of love\n\nof Godhead; bhiir (liiro-store; probhuro-of the Lord; hrdoyo-the heart; drove­\n\nmelts; suni'-hearing; doinyo-humility; yiihro-of whom.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMurari Gupta, the twenty-first branch of the tree of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nwas a storehouse of love of Godhead. His great humility and meekness melted the\nheart of Lord Caitanya.\nPURPORT\n\nSri Murari Gupta wrote a book called SrT Coitonyo-corito. He belonged to a voidyo\n\nphysician family of Srihatta, the paternal home of Lord Caitanya, and later became\na resident of Navadvipa. He Wf!S among the elders of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nLord Caitanya exhibited His Varaha form in the house of Murari Gupta, as described\n\nin the Coitonyo-bhagovoto, Modhyo-nra, Third Chapter. When Sri Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu exhibited His mohoprokaso form, He appeared before Murari Gupta as Lord\nRamacandra. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Nityananda Prabhu were sitting\n\ntogether in the house of Srivasa Thakura, Murari Gupta first offered his respects to\nLord Caitanya and then to Sri Nityananda Prabhu. Nityananda Prabhu, however,\n\nwas older than Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and therefore Lord Caitanya remarked that\n\nMurari Gupta had violated social etiquette, for he should have first shown respect\n\nto Nityananda Prabhu and then to Him. In this way, by the grace of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, Murari Gupta was informed about the position of Sri Nityananda\n\nPrabhu, and the next day he offered obeisances first to Lord Nityananda and then\nto Lord Caitanya. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu gave chewed pan or betel nut to Murari\n\nGupta. Once Murari Gupta offered foodstuffs to Lord Caitanya that were cooked\n\nwith excessive ghee, and the next day the Lord became sick and went to Murari\nGupta for treatment. Lord Caitanya accepted some water from the water pot of\n\n", "adi2#p0304": "280\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nMurari Gupta, and thus He was cured. The natural remedy for indigestion is to\n\ndrink a little water, and since Murari Gupta was a physician, he gave the Lord some\n\ndrinking water and cured Him. When Caitanya Mahaprabhu appeared in the house\n\nof Srivasa Thakura\nin His Caturbhuja. mDrti, Murari Gupta became His carrier in the\n.\n\nform of GaruQa, and in these pastimes of ecstasy the Lord then got up on his back.:\nIt was the desir.e of Murari Gupta to leave his body before the disappearance of\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, but the Lord forbade him to do so. This is described in\n\nCaitanya-bhiigavata, Madhya-fT!ii, Chapter Twenty. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\none day appeared in ecstasy as the Varaha mDrti , Murari Gupta offered Him\nprayers. He was a great devotee of Lord Ramacandra, and his staunch devotion is\n\nvividly described in the Madhya-fT!ii, Fifteenth Chapter, verses 137 through 157.\nTEXT 50\n\n�� ilt� ��' iO 1'Af � 'fi1 I\n\n��f� �fJ' ��� �'It 'ftll 1 �· n\npratigraha niihi kare, nii /aya kiira dhana\niitma-vrtti kari' kare kutumba bharara\nSYNONYMS\n\npratigraha niihi kare- he did not accept charity from anyone; nii-not; /aya-take;\n\nkiira-anyone's; dhana-wealth; iitma-vrtti-own profession; kari -executing; kare'\n\nmaintained; kufumba-family; bharara -provision.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrna Murari Gupta never accepted charity from friends, nor did he accept money\nfrom anyone. He practiced as a physician and maintained his family with his earnings.\nPURPORT\nIt should be noted that a grhastha (householder) must not make his livelihood by\n\nbegging from anyone. Every householder of the higher castes should engage himself\n\nin his own occupational duty as a briihmara, k�atriya or vai�ya, but he should not\n\nengage in the service of others, for this is the duty of a �Ddra. One should simply\naccept whatever he earns by his own profession. The engagements of a briihmara\n\nare yajana, yiijana, pa,thana, piifhana, diina and pratigraha. A briihmara should be a\nworshiper of Vi�r;tu, and he should also instruct others how to worship Him. A\n\nk�atriya can become a landholder and earn his livelihood by levying taxes or collecting rent from tenants. A vai�ya can accept agriculture or general trade as an occupational duty. Si�ce Murari Gupta was born in a physician's family (vaidya-var'nsa},\n\nhe practiced as a physician, and with whatever income he earned he maintained his\nfamily. As stated in Srimad-Bhiigavatam, everyone should execute his occupational\n\nduty, and thus he should satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead. That is the\nperfection of life. This system is called daiva-varrii�rama. Murari Gupta was an ideal\n\n", "adi2#p0305": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 10\n\n281\n\ngrhastha, for he was a great devotee of Lord Ramacandra and Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nBy practicing as a physician he maintained his family and at the same time satisfied\nLord Caitanya to the best of his ability. This is the ideal of householder life.\nTEXT 51\n\nfl�e_'ft �i{ �tu � �·I\n�ttt'Sf ,.�,ft'Sf,-�l �tf �� \" <l) •\ncikitsii karena yiire ha-iyii sadaya\ndeha-roga bhava�roga,-dui tiira k�aya\nSYNONYMS\ncikitsii-medical treatment; karena-did; yiire-upon whom; ha-iyii - becoming;\nsadaya-merciful; deha-roga-the disease of the body; bhava-roga-the disease of\nmaterial existence; dui-both; tiira-his; k,5aya-diminished.\nTRANSLATION\nAs Murari Gupta treated his patients, by his mercy both their bodily and spiritual\ndiseases subsided.\nPURPORT\nMurari Gupta could treat both bodily and spiritual disease because he was a\nphysician by profession and a great devotee of the Lord in terms of spiritual advancement. This is an example of service to humanity. Everyone should know that there\nare two kinds of diseases in human society. One disease, which is called adhyiitmika, or material disease, pertains to the body, but the main disease is spiritual. The\nliving entity is eternal, but somehow or other, when in contact with the material\nenergy, he is subjected to the· repetition of birth, death, old age and disease. The\nphysicians of the modern day should learn from Murari Gupta. Although modern\nphilanthropic physicians open gigantic hospitals, there are no hospitals to cure the\nmaterial disease of the spirit soul. The Kr�Qa consciousness movement has taken up\nthe mission of curing this disease, but people are not very appreciative because they\ndo not know what this disease is. A diseased person needs both proper medicine and\na proper diet, and therefore the Kr��;�a consciousness movement supplies materially\nstricken people with the medicine of the chanting of the holy name, or the Hare\nKr�Qa mahii-mantra, and the diet of prasiida. There are many hospitals and medical\nclinics to cure bodily diseases, but there are no such hospitals to cure the material\ndisease of the spirit soul. The centers of the Kr�Qa consciousness movement are the\nonly established hospitals that can cure man of birth, death, old age and disease.\nTEXT 52\n\n������\n\n�Ret f� � 'ftti{ � n t� n·\n\n", "adi2#p0306": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n282\n\nsriman sena prabhura sevaka pradhana\ncaitanya-carara vinu nahi jane ana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsriman sena-of the name Sriman Sena; prabhura-of the Lord; sevaka-servant;\npradhana chief; caitanya-carara-the lotus feet of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n-\n\nvinu-except; nahi-does not; jane-know; ana-anything else.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri man Sena, the twenty-second branch of the Caitanya tree, was a very faithful\n\nservant of Lord Caitanya. He knew nothing else but the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\n·\n\nMahaprabhu.\nPURPORT\n\nSriman Sena was one of the inhabitants of Navadvipa and was a constant companion of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 53\n\nll'Sf'ftq �'PI -«� �'�ilffll\n��-B �.. �- ��tbf �fl n � n\nsri-gadadhara dasa sakha sarvopari\nkaji-garera mukhe yehha bo/ai/a hari\nSYNONYMS\nsrT-gadiidhara diisa-of the name\n\nSrT Gadadhara dasa; 5akha-another branch;.\n\nsarva-upari-above all; kiij7-gapera-of the KazTs (Mohammedan magistrates); mukhein the mouth;yehha-one who;bolaila-caused to speak;hari-the holy name ofHari.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Gadadhara dasa, the twenty-third branch, was understood to be the topmost,\nfor he induced all the Mohammedan Kazis to chant the holy name of lord Hari.\n\nPURPORT\nAbout eight or ten miles from Calcutta on the banks of the Ganges is a village\nknown as Eri�iyadaha-grama. Srna Gadadhara dasa was known as an inhabitant\n\nof this village (eh(liyadaha-vasi gadadhara dasa). The Bhakti-ratniikara, Seventh\nChapter,. informs us that after the disappearance of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\nGadadhara dasa came from Navadvipa to Katwa. Thereafter he came to Er11;Jiyadaha\nand reside·d there. He is stated to be the luster of the body of Srimati RadharaQi,\n\njust as Srna Gadadhara PaQc)ita Gosvami is an incarnation of Srimatf RadharaQi\n\n", "adi2#p0307": "Adi-llla, Chapter 10\n\n283\n\nHerself. Caitanya Mahaprabhu is sometimes explained to� be 'riidhiibhiiva-dyutisava!ita, or characterized by the emotions· and bodily luster of Srimati RadharaQf.\nGadadhara dasa is this dyuti, or luster. In the Gaura-gar;oddesa-dipikii he is described\nto be the expansion potency of Srimati RadharaQi. He counts among the associates\nof both Srila Gaurahari and Nityananda Prabhu; as a devotee of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu he was one of the associates of Lord Kr�Qa in conjugal love, and as a devotee\nof Lord Nityananda he is considered to have been one of the friends of Kr�Qa in\npure devotional service. Even though he was an associate of Lord Nityananda\nPrabhu, he was not among the cowherd boys but was situated in the transcendental\nmellow of conjugal love. He established a temple of Sri Gaurasundara in Katwa.\nIn 1434 sakabda\n\n(1534 A.D.) when Lord Nityananda Prabhu was empowered\n\nby Lord Caitanya to preach the sankTrtana movement in Bengal, Sri Gadadhara\ndasa was one of Lord Nityananda's chief assistants. He preached the sankTrtana\nmovement by requesting everyone to chant the Hare Kr�Qa mahii-mantraJThis simple\npreaching method of Srila Gadadhara dasa can be followed by anyone and everyone\nin any position of society. One must simply be a sincere and serious servant of\nNityananda Prabhu and preach this cult door to door.\nWhen Srila Gadadhara dasa Prabhu was preaching the cult of hari-kTrtana, there\nwas a magistrate who was very much against his sankTrtana movement. Following\nin the footsteps of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Srila Gadadhara dasa one night\nwent to the house of the Kazi and requested him to chant the Hare Kr�Qa mahiimantra. The Kazi replied, \"All right, I shall chant Hare Kr�Qa tomorrow.\" On\nhearing this, Srila Gadadhara dasa Prabhu began to dance, and he said, \"Why\ntomorrow? You have already chanted the Hare Kr�Qa mantra, so simply1continue.\"\nIn the Gaura-garoddesa-dipikii it is said:\nriidhii-vibhuti-rupii yii candrakiintif; purii vraje\nsa srT-gauriinga-nika.te diisa-varhsyo gadiidharaf;\npurriinandii vraje yiisTd ba!adeva-priyiigrarT\nsiipi kiirya-vasiid eva priivisat tam gadiidharam\nSrila Gadadhara dasa is considered to be a united form of Candrakanti, who\nis the effulgence of Srimati Radharar;�i, and Purr;�ananda, who is an expansion of\nLord Balarama's very dear girl friend. Thus Srna Gadadhara dasa Prabhu was one of\nthe associates of both Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Nityananda Prabhu. Once while\nSrila Gadadhara dasa Prabhu was returning to Bengal from J agannatha Purl with\nNityananda Prabhu, he forgot himself and began talking very loudly as if he were a\ngirl of VrajabhOmi selling yogurt, and Srila Nityananda Prabhu noted this. Another\n\ntime, while absorbed in the ecstasy of the gopTs, he carried a jug filled with Ganges\n\nwater on his head as if he were selling milk. When Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu appeared in the house of Raghava PaQ�ita while going to Vrndavana, Gadadhara dasa\nwent to see Him, and SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu was so glad that He put His foot on\nhis head. When Gadadhara dasa Prabhu was present in Eri\\liyadaha he established a\nBalagopala murti for worship there. Sri Madhava Ghosh performed a drama known\nas \"Diina-khaor;la\" with the help of Sri Nityananda Prabhu and Sri Gadadhara dasa.\n\n", "adi2#p0308": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n284\n\nThis is explained in_ Caitanya-bhagavata, Antya-khaf}fla, Fifth Chapter.\n\nThe tomb of Gadadhara dasa Prabhu, which is in the village of Eri<;liyadaha, was\n\nunder the control of the Samyogi Vai;;pavas and later under the direction of Siddha\nBhagavan dasa Babaji of Kalna. By his order, Sri MadhusOdana Mullik, one of the\n\nmembers of the aristocratic Mullik family of the Narikela<;lariga in Calcutta, estab­\n\nlished a pii(avii(i (monastery) there in the Bengali year 1256. He also arranged for\nthe worship of a Deity named Sri Radhakanta. His son Balaical)<;la Mullik, estab­\n\nlished Gaura-Nitai Deities there in the Bengali year 1312. Thus on the throne of the\n\ntemple are both Gaura-Nityananda Deities and Radha-Kr�r:Ja Deities. Below the\n\nthrone is a tablet with an inscription written in Sanskrit. In that temple there is\n\nalso a small Deity of Lord Siva as Gopesvara. This is all described on a stone by the\n\nside of the entrance door.\n\nTEXT 54\n\n�� '�-12ft_l 'f\\!1 ....IW I\n�·t� �tlt'5 � �� lift � ll �8 ll\nsiviinanda sena-prabhura bhrtya antaranga\nprabhu-sthiine yiiite sabe !ayena yiinra sanga\n\nSYNONYMS\nsiviinanda sena-of the name Sivananda Sena; prabhura-of the Lord; bhrtya­\n\nservant; antaranga-very confidential;prabhu-sthiine-in jagannatha Purl, where the\nLord was staying; yiiite-while going; sabe-all; /ayena- took; yiinra- whose; sanga­\n\nshelter.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSivananda Sena, the twenty-fourth branch of the tree, was an extremely confi­\n\ndential servant of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Everyone who went to j agannatha\n\nPuri to visit Lord Caitanya took shelter and guidance from Sri Sivananda Sena.\nTEXT 55\n\n12f��� �'$1'1 �ttr� \"bil\n�1(1�'1 it'fi' �� 91� � ll �� ll\nprativar?e prabhugara sangete /a-iyii\nnT/iicale ca/ena pathe pii/ana kariyii\n\nSYNONYMS\nprativar?e-every year; prabhu-gara-the devotees of Lord Caitanya; sangete­\n\nalong with; /a -iyii\n\n-\n\nta king; niliica/e-to jagannatha Purl; calena-goes;pathe-on the\n\nroad; pii/ana-maintenance; k ariyii- providing\n\n.\n\n", "adi2#p0309": "Adi-lil a , Chapter 10\n\n285\n\nTRANSLATION\nEvery year he took a party_ of devotees from Bengal to Jagannatha Purito visit\nLord Caitanya. He maintained the entire party as they journeyed on the road.\nTEXT 56\n\n� �9fi �i{ <2ft_ IJI·�i{ llQit't I\n\n'�-r.te.', '��-t' 'etlt '�tf�'�t't n �� 11\nbhakte k[pii karena prabhu e-tina svarDpe\n'siik�iit,' 'iivesa' iira 'iivirbhiiva'-rDpe\nSYNONYMS\nbhakte-unto devotees; krpii-mercy; karena-bestows; prabhu-Lord Caitanya;\ne-these; tina-three; svarDpe-features; siik�iit-directly; iivesa-empowered by the\nLord; iira-and ; iivirbhiiva-appearance; rDpe-in the features.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu bestows His causeless mercy upon His devotees in\nthree features: His own direct appearance [sak�at], His prowess within someone He\nempowers [avesa], and His manifestation [avirbhava].\n\nPURPORT\nThe siik�iit feature of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is His personal presence. Avesa\nrefers to invested power, like that invested in Nakula Brahmacari. Avirbhiiva is a\nmanifestation of the Lord that appears even though He is personally not present.\nFor example, Sri Sacimata offered foodstuffs at home to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nalthough He was far away in Jagannatha Purl, and when she opened her eyes after\noffering the foodstuffs she saw that they had actually been eaten by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. Similarly, Srivasa Thakura performed sankirtana, and everyone felt\nthe presence of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu even in His absence. This is another\nexample of iivirbhiiva.\n\nTEXT 57\n\n'��'�'I� �t� �t-t� I\n\ni{!;'f �tff·,�t� � '��' II act II\n'siik�iite' saka/a bhakta dekhe nirvise�a\nnaku/a brahmaciiri-dehe prabhura 'iivesa'\n\n", "adi2#p0310": "SriCaitanya-caritamrta\n\n286\n\nSYNONYMS\nsak,sate-directly; saka/a-all; bhakta-devotees; dekhe-see; nirvi�e,sa-nothing\npeculiar but as He is; nakula brahmacarT-of the name Nakula Brahmacari; dehe- in\nthe body; prabhura-the Lord's; ave�a\n\n-\n\nsymptoms of power.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe appearance of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in every devotee's presence is\ncalled sak�t. His appearance in Nakula Brahmacari as a symptom of special prowess\nis an example of ave5a.\nTEXT 58\n\n'�� a\"�Wt�' �... \"ftt'Jt � fWIIt I\n'�f���til\"t' il't1r � 9f1ti �' f1� n t\\r-' II\n'pradyumna brahmacilrT' tahra age nama chi/a\n'nrsirhhananda' nama prabhu piiche ta' riikhi/a\nSYNONYMS\npradyumna brahmaciirT-of the name Pradyumna Brahmacari; tohra-his; agepreviously; niima-name; chi/a-was; nrsirhhiinanda-of the name Nrsinihananda;\nniima-the name; prabhu-the Lord; piiche-afterward; ta -certainly; riikhi/a-kept it.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe former Pradyumna BrahmacarT was given the name Nrsinihananda Brahmacari by SriCaitanya· Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 59\n\niiuu� !ft\" �tift ·��t�' 1\n\n�r;���)�<l5 �ai � �r;� 'II� II 0� II\ntiihhiite ha-ifa caitanyera 'iivirbhava'\nalaukika aiche prabhura aneka svabhiiva\nSYNONYMS\ntiihhate-in him; ha-ifa-there was; caitanyera-of Lord SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu;\navirbhava-appearance; alaukika-uncommon; aiche-like that; prabhura-of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; aneka-various; svabhiiva\n\n-\n\nfeatures.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn his body there were symptoms of avirbhava. Such appearances are uncommon,\nbut Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu displayed many such pastimes through His dif ferent\nfeatures.\n\n", "adi2#p0311": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n.287\n\nPURPORT\n\n. In the Gaura-garoddesa-dipikii (74) it is said that Nakula Brahmacari displayed\nthe prowess (iivesa) and Pradyumna Brahmacari the appearance (iivirbhiiva) of Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. There are many hundreds and thousands of devotees of\nLord Caitanya among whom there are no special symptoms, but when a devotee of\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu functions with specific prowess, he displays the\nfeature called iivesa. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally spread the saflkirtana\nmovement, and He advised all the inhabitants of Bharata-var�a to take up His cult\nand preach it all over the world. The visible bodily symptoms of devotees who\nfollow such instructions are called iivesa. Srna Sivananda Sena observed such iivesa\n\nsymptoms in Nakula Brahmacari, who displayed symptoms exactly like those of Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. The Caitanya-caritamcta states that in this age of Kali the\n\nonly spiritual function is to broadcast the holy name of the Lord, but this function\ncan be performed only by one who is actually empowered by Lord Kr�Qa. The\nprocess by which a devotee is thus empowered is called iJveSa, or sometimes it is\ncalled SaktyiiveSa.\n\nPradyumna Brahmacari was formerly a resident of a village known as PiyarTganja\n\nin Kalna. There is a .description of him in the Antya-lilii of Caitanya-caritiimrta,\n\nSecond Chapter, and in the Antya-lilii of Caitanya-bhiigavata, Chapters Three and\nNine.\nTEXT 60\n\n·\n\n�����\"�'��\"''\nfiilm' -.m -.rtt'Sf ��� ..� n � 0 ll\niisviidila e saba rasa sena siviinanda\nvistiiri' kahiba iige esaba iinanda\nSYNONYMS\n\niisviidila-tasted; e-these; saba-all; rasa-mellows; sena siviin anda-Sivanan da\nSena; vistiiri'-describing vividly; kahiba-l shall speak; age-later on; esaba-all this;\nananda-transcendental bliss.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSrlla Sivananda Sena experienced the three features sak�t. avesa and avirbhava.\nLater I shall vividly describe this transcendentally blissful subject.\nPURPORT\n\nSrna Sivananda Sena has been described by Srna Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Maharaja as follows. He was a resident of Kumarahatta, which is also known as Halisahara,\nand was a great devotee of the Lord. About one and a half miles from Kumarahana\nis another village, known as Karica<;Japa<;la, in which there are Gaura-Gopala Deities\n\nin�talled by Sivananda Sena, who also established a temple of Kr�Qaraya that is still\n\n", "adi2#p0312": "288\n\nSrT-Caitanya- caritamrta\n\nexisting. Sivananda Sena was the father of Paramananda Sena, who was also known\n\nas Puridasa or Karr;�apura. Paramananda Sena wrote in his Gaura-gafJoddesa-dTpikii\n\n( 176) that two of the gopTs of Vrndavana, whose former names were Vira and\n\nDuti, combined to become his father. Srna Sivananda Sena guided all the devotees\n\nof Lord Caitanya who went from Bengal to Jagannatha Purl, and he personally bore\n\nall the expenses for their journey. This is described in the Madhya-filii, Chapter Six­\n\nteen, verses 19 through 26. Srila Sivananda Sena had three sons, named Caitanya\n\ndasa, Ramadasa and Paramananda. This last son later became Kavikarr;�apOra, and\nhe is the author of Gaura-garoddesa-dTpikii.\n\nHis spiritual master was Srinatha\n\nPar;�c;lita, who was Sivananda Sena's priest Due to Vasudeva Datta's lavish spending,\n.\nSivananda Sena was engaged to supervise his expenditures.\n\nSri Sivananda Sena actually experienced Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu 's features of\n\nsiik�iit, iivesa and iivirbhiiva. He once picked up a dog while on his way to J agannatha\nPurl, and it is described in the Antya-IT!ii, FirstChapter, that this dog later attained\n\nsalvation by his association. When Srna\n\nRaghunatha dasa, who later became\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami, fled his paternal home to join SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu,\nhis father wrote a letter to Sivananda Sena to get information about him. Sivananda\n\nSena supplied him the details for which he asked, and later Raghunatha dasa\n\nGosvami's father sent some servants and money to Sivananda Sena to take care of\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami. Once Sri Sivananda Sena invited Lord Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu to his home and fed Him so sumptuously that the Lord felt indigestion and\n\nwas somewhat sick. This became known to his son, who gave the Lord some medicine\nfor His digestion, and thus Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very pleased. This is\ndescribed in the Antya-/1/ii, TenthChapter, verses 124 through 151.\n\nOnce while going to Jagannatha Purl all the devotees had to stay underneath a\n\ntree, without the shelter of a house or even a shed, and Nityananda Prabhu became\nvery angry, as if He were greatly disturbed by hunger. Thus He cursed Sivananda's\n\nsons to die. Sivananda's wife was very much aggrieved at this, and she began to cry.\nShe very seriously thought that since her sons had been cursed by Nityananda\nPrabhu, certainly they would die. When Sivananda later returned and saw his wife\n\ncrying, he said, \"Why are you crying? Let us all die if Sri Nityananda Prabhu de­\n\nsires.\" When Sivananda Sena returned and Srna Nityananda Prabhu saw him, the\nLord kicked him severely, complaining that He was very hungry, and asked why he\n.\ndid riot arrange for His food. Such is the behavior of the Lord with His devotees.\nSrna Nityananda Prabhu behaved like an ordinary hungry man, as if completely\ndependent on the arrangements of S ivananda Sena.\n\nThere was a nephew of Sivananda Sena's named Srikanta who left the company\n\nin protest of Nityananda Prabhu's curse and went directly to Sri Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu at Jagannatha Purl, where the Lord pacified him. On that occasion, Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu allowed His toe to be sucked by Puridasa, who was then a\n\nchild. It is by the order of Caitanya Mahaprabhu that he could immediately compose Sanskrit verses. During the misunderstanding with Sivananda's family, Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu ordered His personal attendant Govinda to give them all the\nremnants of His foodstuffs. This is described in the Antya-kharJrfa, Chapter\nTwelve, verse 53.\n\n", "adi2#p0313": "289\n\nAdi-lila, Chapter 10\nTEXT 61\n\nfif�\"Rf �'fllt�, �'Rf 9f��1f I\n\n�'f\\!J·�tfiJ m' �5W-�'A II �� II\nsivonandera upasokho, tohra parikara\nputra-bh[tya-iidi kari' caitanya-kihkara\n\nSYNONYMS\nsivonandera-of Sivananda Sena; upasokho-sub-branch; tohra-his; parikaraassociates; putra-sons; bhrtya-servants; odi-all\n\nthese; kari'-taking together;\n\ncaitanya-kihkara-servants of Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sons, servants and family members of Sivananda Sena constituted a sub­\n\nbranch. They were all sincere servants of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 62\n\n�5\\I\"\"'PI, lt'lllftJW, 15ft� -.(� I\n� �iB f-Ali4C'It � 'fti1_f U 1!:� II·\ncaitanya-dosa, romadosa, ora karrapura\ntina putra sivonandera prabhura bhakta-sura\n\nSYNON1YjM\\S\ncaitanya-dosa-of the name Laitanya dasa; rornadosa-of the name Ramadasa;\nora and; karrapura-of the name Karr;�apu ra; tina putra-three sons; siviinandera-of\n-\n\nSivananda Sena; prabhura-of the Lord; bhakta-sura-of the heroic devotees.\n\nTRANSLAliON\nThe three sons of Sivananda Sena, named Caitanya dasa, Ramadasa and KarrJa­\n\npura, were all heroic devotees of Lord Caitanya.\n\n. PURPORT\nCaitanya dasa, the eldest son of Sivananda Sena, wrote a commentary on Kr:;rwkarromrta which was later translated by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura in his paper\n\nSajjana-to,sarl. According to expert opinion, Caitanya dasa was the author of the\n\nbook Caitanya-carita, which was written in Sanskrit. The author was not Kavikarr;�a­\n\npura, as generally supposed. This is the opinion of Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\nThakura. Sri Ramadasa was the second son of Sivananda Sena. It is stated in the\nGaura-garodde5a-dipikii (145) that two experienced servants of Lord Kr�r;�a named\n\n", "adi2#p0314": "SrT-Caitanya- caritamrta\n\n290\n\nSuka and Dak�a in kr�ra-IT/ii became the elder brothers of KavikarQapOra, namely,\nCaitanya dasa and Ramadasa. Karr:tapura, the third son, who was also known as\nParamananda dasa or Puridasa, was initiated by Srinatha Par:tc;lita, who was a disciple\nof Sri Advaita\n\nPrabhu.\n\nKarr:tapura wrote many books that are important in\n\nVai�r:tava literature, such as Ananda-vrndiivana-campiJ, Alankiira-kaustubha, Gauragaroddesa-dipikii and the great epic Caitanya-candroda_ya-na{aka. He was born in\nthe year sakiibda 1448. He continually wrote books for ten years, from 1488 until\n1498.\nTEXT 63\n\nll<ttl<e'�.., �nr c;�� ll�-r. 1\n�\"f-�lllf''fi � � ��t• n �� M\nsri-vallabhasena, iira sena srikiinta\nsiviinanda-sambandhe prabhura bhakta ekiinta\nSYNONYMS\nsri-vallabha-sena-of the name Srivallabha Sena; iira-and ; sena srikiinta-of the\nname\n\nSrikanta\n\nSena; siviinanda -Sivananda\n\nSena; sambandhe-in\n\nrelationship;\n\nprabhura-the Lord's; bhakta-devotees; ekiinta-unflinching.\nTRANSLATION\nSrivallabha Sena and Srikanta Sena were also sub-branches of Sivananda Sena,\nfor they were not only his nephews but also unalloyed devotees of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nPURPORT\nWhen Lord Nityananda Prabhu rebuked Sivananda Sena on the way to Puri, these\ntwo nephews of Sfvananda left the company as a protest and went to see SriCaitanya\nMahaprabhu at J agannatha Purr. The Lord could understand the feelings of the boys,\nand He asked His personal assistant Govinda to supply them prasiida until the\nparty of Sivarianda arrived. During the Rathayatra sankirtana festival these two\nbrothers were members of the party led by Mukunda. In the Gaura-garoddesadTpikii it is said that the gopi whose name was Katyayanr appeared as Srikanta Sena.\nTEXT 64\n\n�f� <;'$ft�\"f1i(\"f ��t� I\nl2tf' ���1 �tfif ll''$ft� \"� n �s u\nprabhu-priya govindiinanda mahiibhiigavata\nprabhura kirtaniyii iidi sri-govinda datto\n\n", "adi2#p0315": "Adi-llla, Chapter 10\n\n291\n\nSYNONY MS\nprabhu-priya-the\n\nmost\n\ndear\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\ngovindiinanda-of\n\nthe\n\nname\n\nGovindananda; mahii-bhiigavata-great devotee; prabhura-of the Lord; kirtaniyiiperformer of kirtana; iidi-originally; sri-govinda datto\n\n-\n\nof the name ofiSriGovinda\n\nDatta.\nTRANSLATION\nGovindananda and Govinda Datta, the twenty-fifth and twenty-sixth branches\nof the tree, were performers of kirtana in the company of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nGovinda Datta was the principal singer in Lord Caitanya's kirtana party.\nPURPORT\nGovinda Datta appeared in the village of Sukhacara near Khac;ladaha.\nTEXT 65\n\nll���t'JI-itll( � ._.t�fDi I\nt2ft_� ...-r;i1� �r-r m� fiff�YI \" �(t \"\nsri-vijaya-diisa-nama prabhura akhariyoprabhure aneka punthi diyiiche likhiyii\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-vijaya-diisa-of the name Sri Vijaya dasa; nama-name; prabhura-of the\n\nLord; iikhariyo-chief singer; prabhure-unto the\n\nLord; an e ka-many; pw7thi­\n\nliteratures; diyiiche-has given; likhiyii-by writing.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Vijaya dasa, the twenty-seventh branch, another of the Lord's chief singers,\ngave the Lord many books written by. hand.\nPURPORT\nFormerly there were no printing presses nor printed books. All books were handwritten. Precious books were kept in manuscript form in temples or important\nplaces, and anyone who was interested in a book had to copy it by hand. Vijaya\ndasa was a professional writer who copied many manuscripts and gave them to Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 66\n\n'tt�' �fit'�!_�� \\!Bf i1tal' I\n...r�•� �t� � �•wtfl-ettat \" I!JI!J \"\n\n", "adi2#p0316": "292\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n'ratnabahu' bali' prabhu thui!a tanra nama\n\nakificana prabhura priya k r�r adas a-nam a\nSYNONYMS\n\nratnabahu-the title Ratnabahu; ba/i'-calling him; prabhu-the Lord; thui!a­\n\nkept; tanra-his; nama-name; akificana-unalloyed; prabhura-of the Lord; priya­\n\ndear;kr�radasa-of the name Kr�r'adasa;nama-name.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu gave Vijaya dasa the name Ratnabahu [\"jewel-handed\"]\n\nbecause he copied for Him many manuscripts. The twenty-eighth branch was\nKr�!Jadasa, who was very dear to the Lord. He was known as Akiiicana Kr�!Jadasa.\nPURPORT\nAkincana means \"one who possesses nothing in this world.\"\nTEXT 67\n\n(.�·�ii !l'l� <21!.1' f��t� I\n\n�l��t� .21,_ �� �iSJ 'Pf��t,- II �'lll\nkholo-vecii srTdhara prabhura priyadasa\nyanhii-sane prabhu kare nitya parihasa\nSYNONYMS\nkho!ii-veca-a person who sells the bark of banana trees;srTdhara-Sridhara Prabhu;\n\nprabhura-of the Lord; priya-dasa-very dear servant; yanha-sane-with whom;\n\nprabhu-the Lord;kare-does;n itya-daily;parihas a-joking.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe twenty-ninth branch was Sridhara, a trader in banana tree bark. He was a\n\nvery dear servant of the Lord. On many occasions, the Lord played jokes on him.\nPURPORT\n\nSridhara was a poor brahmara who made a living by selling banana tree bark to\n\nbe made into cups. Most probably he had a banana tree garden and collected the\n\nleaves, skin and pulp of the banana trees to sell daily in the market. He spent fifty\n\npercent of his income to worship the Ganges, and the balance he used for his\nsubsistence. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu started His civil disobedience move­\n\nment in defiance of the Kazi,.Sridhara danced in jublilation. The Lord used to drink\n\nwater from his water jug. Sridhara presented a squash to Sacidevi to cook before\n\nLord Caitanya tooksannyasa. Every year he went to see Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\n", "adi2#p0317": "Adi-lna, Chapter 10\n\n293\n\nat jagannatha PurT. According to KavikarQapura, SrTdhara was a cowherd boy of\nVrndavana whose name was Kusumasava. In his Gaura-garodde�a-dipikii, verse 133,\nit is stated:\nkhofiiveciitayii khyiital; parflitaiJ �ridharo dvijaiJ\niisid vraje hiisya-karo yo nllmnii kusumiisaval;\n\"The cowherd boy known as Kusumasava in kr�ra-li/ii later became Kholaveca\nSrTdhara during Caitanya Mahaprabhu's filii at NavadvTpa.\"\nTEXT 68\n\nC!tf �tJ fim 'fJ 'llttlf-cattsl-.'f I\n�tf t't1-,'l���ttill 121'f f911'fl ill'f II�tr II\nprabhu yiinra nitya faya thofla-mocii-phafa\nyiinra phutii-fauhaplltre prabhu pifii jafa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-the Lord; yiinra-whose; nitya-daily; faya-takes; thoifa-the pulp of\nthe banana tree;mocii-the flowers of the banana tree;phafa-the fruits of the banana\ntree; yiinra-whose; phufii-broken; fauha-piitre-in the iron pot; prabhu-the Lord;\npifii-dran k; jafa-water\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEvery day Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu jokingly snatched fruits, flowers and pulp\n\nfrom SrTdhara and drank from his broken iron pot.\nTEXT 69\n\n�f �f!R!f� lftlt �'5t�11{, 91f'Gi! I\n�tf 'Wl:!( �· 'jf(,�'ft �fit�i! II�� II\nprabhura atipriya diisa bhagavlln parflita\nyiirira dehe k[!j!Ja purve haifa adhi!jfhita\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of the Lord; atipriya-very dear; dasa\n\n-\n\nservan t; bhagavan parflita-of\n\nthe name Bhagavan PaQQita; yanra-whose; dehe-in the body; kr.s-ra-Lord Kr�t�a;\n\npilrve-previously; haifa\n\n-\n\nbecame; adhi.s-thita-established.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe thirtieth branch was Bhagavan Par:u;lita. He was an extremely dear servant of\nthe Lord, but even previously he was a great devotee of Lord Kr�Qa who always kept\nthe Lord within his heart.\n\n", "adi2#p0318": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n294\n\nTEXT 70\n\n\\!Jf��xt 9lf'G�, �11{ fU$fJ �t-1� I\n�m;1t �9fi ��� �t'ilfl � 5f�·tlt� n \"o n\njagadiSa pa!Jrfita, ora hirarya mahosaya\nyore krpo kaila bo/ye prabhu dayomaya\nSYNONYMS\njagadisa parrfita-of the name Jagadisa Pal)c;lita; ora-an d; hirarya-of the name\nHiral)ya; mahosaya-great\n\npersonality; yore-unto\n\nwhom; krpo-mercy; haifa­\n\nshowed; bolye-in childhood; prabhu-the Lord; dayomaya-merciful.\nTRANSLATION\nThe thirty-first branch was Jagadi5a Pai)Qita, and the thirty-second was Hiral)ya\nMahas'aya, unto whom Lord Caitanya in His childhood showed His causeless mercy.\nPURPORT\nJagadisa ParJc;lita was formerly a great dancer in k[!j!Ja-li/a and was known as\nCandrahasa. Regarding Hiral)ya Pal)c;lita, it is said that once Lord N ityananda,\ndecorated with valuable jewels, stayed at his home, and a great thief attempted all\nnight long to plunder these jewels but was unsuccessful.\n\nLater he came to\n\nNityananda Prabhu and surrendered unto Him.\nTEXT 71\n\n\\fl. •t·�� � ��Jl fiftil I\n�� �� �tf1t' � �t9ftil II '\\� II\nei dui-ghare prabhu ekadasi dine\nvi�rura naivedya magi' khoila opane\nSYNONYMS\nei dui-ghare-in these two houses; prabhu-the Lord; ekodasi dine-on the\nEkadasi day; vi�rura-of Lord Vi�Qu; naivedya-foodstuffs offered to Lord Vi:;Qu;\nmogi'-begging; khoila\n\n-\n\nate; opane-personally\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn their two houses Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu begged foodstuffs on the Ekadasi\nday and ate them personally.\nPURPORT\nThe injunction to fast on Ekadasi is especially meant for devotees; on Ekadasi\nthere are no restrictions regarding foodstuffs that may be offered to the Lord. Lord\n\n\"\n\n", "adi2#p0319": "Adi-lna, Chapter 10\n\n295\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took the foodstuffs of Lord ViglU in His ecstasy as vigwtattva.\nTEXT 72\n\n�!_l' ��11'§l,--��' �fi I\n�t��t'1 �- f-tW-·1· � II '\\� II\nprabhura pa(luyii dui,-puru�ottama, safijaya\nvyiikarare dui si�ya-dui mahii5aya\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura pa(luyii dui-the\n\nLord's two students.; puru�ottama-of the name\n\nPuru�ottama; safijaya-of the name Sar'ijaya; vyiikarare-studying grammar; dui\nsi�ya-two disciples; dui mahiisaya-very great personalities.\nTRANSLATION\nThe thirty-third and thirty-fourth branches were the two students of Caitanya\nMahaprabhu named Puru�ottama and Sar'ijaya, who were stalwart students in\ngrammar. They were very great personalities.\nPURPORT\nThese two students were inhabitants of Navadvipa and were the Lord's first\ncompanions\n\nin\n\nthe sahkirtana movement.\n\nAccording\n\nto 1Coitanya-bhiigavata,\n\nPuru�ottama Sar'ijaya was the son of Mukunda Sar'ijaya, but the author of Sri\nCaitanya-caritamrta has clarified that Puru�ottama and Sar'ijaya were two people,\nnot one.\nTEXT 73\n\n�� 'f�� -tt�1 ��t<:! �'$f� I\n(;11t-rtf � � ����� �11' �� II '\\� II\nvanamiili parflita siikhii vikhyiita jagate\nsorara mu�a/a hala dekhi/a prabhura hiite\nSYNONYMS\nvanamiili parflita-of the name Vanamali PaQ<;lita; siikhii-the next branch;\nvikhyiita-celebrated; jagate-in the world; soriira-made of gold; mu�/a\n\n-\n\ncl u b;\n\nhala-plow; dekhila-saw; prabhura -of the Lord; hate-in the hand.\nTRANSLATION\nVanamali Pat1�ita, the thirty-fifth branch of the tree, was very celebrated in this\nworld. He saw in the hands of the Lord a golden club and plow.\n\n", "adi2#p0320": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n296\n\nPURPORT\nYanamall Pandita saw Lord Caitanya in the ecstasy of Balarama. This is described\n\ny\n\nvividly in Caitan a-bhagavata, Antya-tna, Chapter Nine.\nTEXT 74\n\n�t·��f§�����\n�tQ ��� c;i� <;JR\"·IIf� II 'l8 II\nSrT-caitanyera ati priya buddhimanta khan\najanma ajnakOrT tenho sevaka-pradhana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsrT-caitanyera-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ati priya very dear; buddhi-\n\nmanta khon-of the name Buddhimanta Khan; ajanma\nhis life; iijnakOrT- follower of the orders; teri ho\n\n-\n\n-\n\nfrom the very beginning of\n\nhe;sevaka\n\n-\n\nservant; pradhana\n\n-\n\nchief\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe thirty-sixth branch, Buddhimanta Khan, was extremely dear to Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. He was always prepared to carry out the Lord's orders, and therefore\nhe was considered to be a chief servant of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nSri Buddhimanta Khan was one of the inhabitants of NavadvTpa. He was very\n\nrich, and it is he who arranged for the marriage of Lord Caitanya with Vi�r;tupriya,\n\nthe daughter of Sanatana Misra, who was the priest of the local Zamindar. He\n\npersonally defrayed all the expenditures for the marriage ceremony. When Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was attacked by viiyu-vyodhi (derangement of the air within\n\nthe body) Buddhimanta Khan paid for all requisite medicines and treatments to\n\ncure the Lord. He was the Lord's constant companion in the kirtana movement. He\n\ncollected ornaments for the Lord when He played the part of the goddess of fortune\nin the house of Candrasekhara Acarya. He also went to see Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu when He was staying at Jagannatha Purl.\nTEXT 75\n\n1tfi. ��i! IAt lliftll-�'f I\nitlJt·� Wl �tt1{ if! <ffl\" �'f II 'lt II\ngaruqa PO!Jflita laya srTnama-mangala\nnama-bale vi�a yiinre no karila bola\n\n", "adi2#p0321": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n297\n\nSYNONYMS\ngarufla pa(lt;lita-of the name Garw;la Pal)<;lita; laya-takes; 1sriniima-mahgala-the\nauspicious Hare Kr�t�a mahiJ-mantra; nama-bale-by the strength of this chanting;\nvi;>a-poison ; yiJhre-whom; no-did not; karila-affect; bala\n\n- strength.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGaru(la PaQ(Iita, the thirty-seventh branch of the tree, always engaged in chanting\nthe auspicious name of the Lord. Because of the strength of this chanting, even the\neffects of poison could not touch him.\nPURPORT\nGaru(la Pal)qita was once bitten by a poisonous snake, but the snake's poison\ncould not affect him because of his chanting the Hare Kr�pa mahii-mantra.\nTEXT 76\n\nc;�-t nt�- -�� �tft �t� I\n� �fit' 12ft �ttt ��\"1 'l�'l� n '\\ � 11\ngopiniitha simha-eka caitanyera diisa\nakrura bali' prabhu yiinre kaila parihiisa\nSYNONYMS\ngopTnlitha sirhha\n\n- of the name of GopTnatha Sitilha; eka-one; caitanyera diisa-.\n- the Lord; ylihre­\n\nservant of Lord Caitanya; akrtJra bali'-famous as AkrOra; prabhu\nwhom; kaila-did; parihasa-joking.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopTnatha Simha, the thirty-eighth branch of the tree, was a faithful servant of\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The Lord jokingly addressed him as Akrura.\nPURPORT\nActually he was Akrara, as stated in Gaura-ga!JoddeSa-dipikii.\nTEXT 77\n\n•f� ���.... �ilP'Q··� I\n.-til�cet .,.... 'ftt'l 12ft.�� II 'l'l II\nbhagavati deviinanda vakresvara-krpiite\nbhiigavatera bhakti-artha piiila prabhu haite\n\n", "adi2#p0322": "298\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhagavatt devananda- Devananda, who used to recite Srtmad-Bhagavatam; vakre­\n\nsvara-krpote-by the mercy of Vakresvara; bhogavatera-of SrTmad-Bhogavatam;\nbhakti-artha-the bhakti interpretation ; ptiila-got ; prabhu haite-from the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDevananda Pal)dita was a professional reciter of Srimad-Bhagavatam, but by the\n\nmercy of Vakresvara Pal)dita and the grace of the Lord he understood the devotional\ninterpretation of the Bhagavatam.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Caitanya-bfK/gavata, Madhya-lilil, Chapter Twenty-one, it is stated that\n\nDevananda Par;u;lita was an inhabitant of the same village in which the father of\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya, Visarada, lived. He was a professional reciter of Srimad­\n\nBhiJgavatam, but Lord Caitanya Mah:iprabhu did not like his interpretation of it.\n\nIn the present town of Navadvfpa, which was formerly known as Kuliya, Lord\n\nCaitanya showed such mercy to him that he gave up the MayavadT interpretation of\nSrimad-Bhiigovotam and learned how to explain Srimad-Bhiigavatam in terms of\nbhakti. Formerly, when Devananda was expounding the Mayavadl interpretation,\nSrivasa\n\nThakura was once present in his meeting, and when he began to cry,\n\nDevananda's s£udents drove him away. Some days later, Caitanya Mahaprabhu\npassed that way, and when He met Devananda He chastised him severely because of\n\nhis Mayavada interpretation of Srimad-Bhrigavatam. At that time Devananda had\n\nlittle faith in Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as an incarnation of Lord Kr�l)a, but one\nnight some time later Vakresvara Pal)c;lita was a guest in his house, and when he explained the science of Kr�r:ta, Dev�nanda was convinced about the identity of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Thus he was induced to explain SrTmad-Bhagavatam accord­\n\ning to the Vai�r:tava understanding. In the Gaura-gaf}oddesa-dipika it is described that\n\nhe was formerly Bhaguri Muni, who was the sabha-pa!Jfjita who recited Vedic literatures in the house of Nanda Maharaja.\n\nTEXTS 78-79\n\n�� '1_��171, !l11�\"l� I\n��tJt, fnit�, ���� n \"\"\"' 11\n�- �� at•t-tt-t� '�9-fi?ft'ft11 I\n-\n\n,$1_.11{·� �t� �tti '!tt1 'fti{ II '\\� II\nkha!Jfjaviist mukunda-diisa, �ri-raghunandona\nnorahari-diisa, ciranj7va, sulocana\n\n", "adi2#p0323": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1 0\n\n299\n\nei saba mahiisakhii-caitanya-krpiidhiima\nprema-phala-phu/a kare yahiiil tiihiih dana\nSYNONYMS\nkhal'}qavrisi mukunda-dasa-of the name Mukunda dasa; srT-raghunandana-of the\n\nname Raghunandana; narahari-diisa-of the name Narahari dasa; ciranj7va-of the\n\nname Cirarijiva; su/ocana-of the name Sulocana; ei saba-all of them; mahii5akhii­\n\ngreat branches; caitanya-kt;piidhiima-of Lord SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu, the reservoir\n\nof mercy; prema-love of God; phala-fruit; phula- flower; kare-does; yiihiiil-any­\n\nwhere; tiihiiil-everywhere; dona-distribution.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Khai)Qavasi Mukunda and his son Raghunandana were the thirty-ninth branch\n\nof the tree, Narahari was the fortieth, Ciranjiva the forty-first and Sulocana the\nforty-second. They were all big branches of the all-merciful tree of Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. They distributed the fruits and flowers of love of Godhead anywhere\nand everywhere.\n\nPURPORT\nSri Mukunda dasa was the son of Narayal)a dasa and eldest brother of Narahari\n\nSarakara. His second brother's name was Madhava dasa, and his son was named\nRaghunandana dasa. Descendants of Raghunandana dasa still live four miles west of\n\nKatwa in the village named SrrkhaQ<;la, where Raghunandana dasa used to live.\n\nRaghunandana had one son named Kanai, who had two sons-Madana Ray a, who was\n\na disciple of Narahari Thakura, and Vamsivadana. It is estimated that at least four\n\nhundred men descended in this dynasty. All their names are recorded in the village\n\nknown as SrikhaQ<;la. In the Gaura-garoddesa-dipikii it is stated that the gop7 whose\nname was Vrndadevi became Mukunda aasa, lived in SrikhaQ<;la village and was very\n\ndear to SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu. His wonderfu I devotion and love for Kr�Qa are des­\n\ncribed in the Madhya-IT/a , Chapter Fifteen. It is stated in the Bhakti-ratniikara, Chap­\n\nter Eight, that Raghunandana used to serve a Deity of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nNarahari dasa Sarakara was a very famous devotee. Locana dasa Thakura, the\n\ncelebrated author of Caitanya-mailgala, was his disciple. In Caitanya-mailgala it is\n\nstated that Sri Gadadhara dasa and Narahari Sarakara were extremely dear to Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, but there is no specific statement regarding the inhabitants\nof the village of SrikhaQ<;la.\n\nCiranjiva and Sulocana were both residents of Srikhal)<;la, where their descendants\n\nare still living. Of Ciranjiva's two sons, the elder, Ramacandra Kaviraja, was a\ndisciple of Srinivasacarya and an intimate associate of Narottama dasa Thakura.\n\nThe younger son was Govinda dasa Kaviraja, the famous Vai�Qava poet. Ciranjiva's\n\nwife was Sunanda, and his father-in-law was Damodara Sena Kaviraja. Ciranjiva\npreviously lived on the bank of the Ganges River in the village of Kumaranagara.\n\nThe Gaura-garoddesa-dTpikii (verses 187 and 207) states that he was formerly\n\nCandrika in Vrndavana.\n\n", "adi2#p0324": "300\n\nSrT-Caitanya c aritamrta\n-\n\nTEXT\n\n80\n\n'l�ill!t r1f� r� :J�i!Rft•, 11''tlrtil\"' 1\n�'lilt�, ��t�Jf, �' �wtil\"t II \\ro II\nkulinagriima-viisi satyariija, riimiinanda\nyaduniitha, puru�ottama, �ankara, vidyiinanda\n\nSYNONYMS\nkulinagriima-viisi-the inhabitants of Kulina-grama; satyariija-of the name Satya­\n\nraja; riimiinanda-of the name Ramananda; yaduniitha-of the name Yadunatha;\npuru�ottama-of the name Puru�ottama;�ankara-of the name\n\nSankara; vidyiinanda­\n\nof the name Yidyananda.\nTRANSLATION\nSatyaraja, Ramananda, Yadunatha, Puru�ottama, Sankara and Yidyananda all\nbelonged to the twentieth branch. They were inhabitants. of the village known as\nKulina-grania.\nTEXT\n\n81\n\n��e�·r� �� �trw � �!t't1TI � ,\n��· �����' - '���-!lft'l� II \\r) II\nviirTniitha vasu iidi yata griimT jana\nsabei caitanya-bhrtya,-caitanya-prii[Jadhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nviirTniitha vasu-of the name Yat;�inatha Yasu; iidi-heading the list; ..wta- all;\ngriimT-of the village ; jan a-inhabitants ; sabei-all of them; caitan ya bhrtya- servants\n-\n\nof Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; caitanya-priiradhana-their life and soul was Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the inhabitants of Kulina-grama village, headed by Yat;�inatha Vasu, were\nservants of Lord Caitanya, who was their only life and wealth.\n\n82\n� �' �l!ttt1f11' '� � \"t:•-..11' I\n� � f��' � i!ifii11\"Cl � II \\r� II\nTEXT\n\nprabhu kahe, ku/Tnagriimera ye haya kukkura\nsei mora priya, anya jana rahu dura\n\n", "adi2#p0325": "Adi lil a , Chapter 10\n-\n\n301\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu-the Lord; kahe-says; kulinagriimera-of the village of Ku linagrama;ye­\n\nanyone who; haya-becomes; kukkura-even a dog;sei-he;mora-My;priya-dear;\nanya-others;jana-persons; rahu-let them remain;dura-away.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord saidl \"Not to speak of others, even a dog in the village of Kulina-grama\nis My dear frrend.\nTEXT 83\n\n��$�1 �t'Sfl ��� iff �t1l I\n�� Rt1l c;lltll, � \" '$f1lt u � \"\nkulinagriimira bhiigya kahane nii yiiya\nsukara cariiya (lorna, seha kr�ra giiya\nSYNONYMS\n\nkulinagriimira-the residents of Kulina-grama;bhiigya-fortune; kahane-to speak;\n\nnii-not; yiiya-is possible; sukara-hogs; cariiya-tending;floma-sweeper; seha-he\nalso; kr�ra-Lord Kr�r;�a;giiya-chants.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"No one can spea� about the fortunate position of Kulina-grama.lt is so sublime\nthat even sweepers who tend their hogs there also chant the Hare Kr�r;�a mahamantra.\"\nTEXT 84\n\n'Wl'l.?fll·�lt�, 1\\fi?t, �il1'!il I\n\n�- � -tt'fl �lift ?tf-6tlllft(� u \\r-8 u\nanupama-vallabha, sri-rupa, saniitana\n\nei tina siikhii vrk�era pascime sarvottama\nSYNONYMS\n\nanupama-of the name Anu pama; val/abha-of the name Vallabha; sri-rupa-of\n\nthe name Sri Rupa; saniitana-of the name Sanatana; ei-these; tina-three;siikhii­\n\nbranches;vrk�era-of the tree;pascime-on the western side;sarvottama-very great.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOn the western side were the forty-third, forty-fourth and forty-fifth branches­\n\nSri Sanatana, Sri Rupa and Anupama. They were the best of all.\n\n", "adi2#p0326": "Sri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n302\n\nPURPORT\nSri Anupama was the father of Srila Jiva Gosvami and youngest brother of Sri\n\nSanatana Gosvami and Sri ROpa Gosvami. His former name was Vallablia, but after\nLord Caitanya met him He gave him the name Anupama. Because of working in the\nMohammedan government, these three brothers were given the title Mullik. Our\npersonal family is connected with the Mulliks of Mahatma Gandhi Road in Calcutta,\nand we often used to visit their Radha-Govinda temple. They belong to the same\n\nfamily as we do. (Our family gotra, or original genealogical line, is the gautama-gotra,\n\nor line of disciples of Gautama Muni, and our surname is De. But due to their\naccepting the posts of Zamindars in the Mohammedan government, they received\nthe title Mullik. Similarly, ROpa, Sanatana and Vallabha were also given the title\nMullik. Mullik means \"lord.\" just as the English government gives rich and respect­\n\nable persons the title \"lord,\" so the Mohammedans give the title Mullik to rich,\nrespectable families that have intimate connections with the government. The title\nMullik\n\nis\n\nfound\n\nnot\n\nonly\n\namong\n\nthe\n\nHindu\n\naristocracy\n\nbut also among\n\nMohammedans. This title is not restricted to a particular family but is given to\n\ndifferent families and castes. The qualifications for receiving it are wealth and\nrespectability.\nSanatana Gosvami and Rupa Gosvami belonged to the bharadviija-gotra, which\nindicates that\n\nthey belonged either to the family or disciplic succession of\n\nBharadvaja Muni. As members of the Kr�l\")a consciousness movement, we belong to\n\nthe family or disciplic succession of Sarasvati Gosvami, and thus we are known as\n\nSarasvatas. Obeisances are therefore offered to the spiritual master as siirasvata-deva,\n\nor a member of the Sarasvata family (namas te siirasvate devam), whose mission is\n\nto broadcast the cult of S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu (gaura-viiri-praciirire) and to\n\nfight with impersonalists and voidists (nirvise�a-siJnyavadi-pascatya-desa-tarire). This\nwas also the occupational duty of Sanatana Gosvami, Rupa Gosvami and Anupama\n\nGosvami.\n\nThe genealogical table of Sanatana Gosvami, Rupa Gosvami and Vallabha Gosvami\n\ncan be traced back to the Twelfth Century sakabda, when a gentleman of the name\n\nSarvajria appeared in a very rich and opulent brahmara family in the province of\nKarl\")a!a. He had two sons named Aniruddhera Rupesvara and Harihara, who were\n\nboth bereft of their kingdoms and thus obliged to reside in the highlands. The son\n\nof ROpesvara, who was named Padmanabha, moved to a place in Bengal known as\nNaihatf on the bank of the Ganges. There he had five sons, of whom the youngest,\n\nMukunda, had a well-behaved son named Kumaradeva, who was the father of Rupa,\n\nSanatana and Vallabha. Kumaradeva lived in Baklacandradvipa, which was in the\n\ndistrict of Yasohara and is now known as Phateyabad. Of his many sons, three took\n\nto the path of Vai�l\")avism. Later, Sri Vallabha and his elder brothers Sri Rupa and\nSanatana came from Candradvipa to the village in the Maldah district of Bengal\n\nknown as Ramakeli. It is in this village that Srna Jiva Gosvamitook birth, accepting\nVallabha as his father. Because of engaging in the service of the Mohammedan\n\ngovernment, the three brothers received the title Mullik. When Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu visited the village of Ramakeli, He met Vallabha there. Later, Sri Rupa\n\n", "adi2#p0327": "Ad i-lila, Chapter 1 0\n\n303\n\nGosvami, after meeting SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu, resigned from government service,\nand when he went to Vrndavana to meet Lord Caitanya, Vallabha accompanied\nhim. The meeting of ROpa Gosvami and Vallabha with Caitanya Mahaprabhu at\nAllahabad is described in the Madhya-filii, Chapter Nineteen.\nActually, it is to be understood from the statement of Sanatana Gosvami that\nSri ROpa Gosvami and Vallabha went to Vrndavana under the instructions of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. First they went to Mathura, where they met a gentleman\nnamed Subuddhi Raya who maintained himself by selling dry fuel wood. He was\nvery pleased to meet Sri ROpa Gosvami and Anupama, and he showed them the\ntwelve forests of Vrndavana. Thus they lived in Vrndavana for one month and then\nagain went to search for Sanatana Gosvami. Following the course of the Ganges,\nthey reached Allahabad, or Prayaga-tirtha, but because Sanatana Gosvami.had come\nthere by a different road, they did not meet him there, and when Sanatana\nGosvami came to Mathura he was informed of the visit of Rupa Gosvami and\nAnupama by Subuddhi Raya. When ROpa Gosvami and Anupama met Caitanya\nMahaprabhu at Benares, they heard about Sanatana Gosvami's travels from Him,\nand thus they returned to Bengal, adjusted their affairs with the state and, on the\norder of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, went to see the Lord at J agannatha Puri.\nIn the year 1436 sakiibda, the youngest brother, Anupama, died and went back\nhome, back to Godhead. He went to the abode in the spiritual sky where Sri\nRamacandra is situated. At Jagannatha Puri, Sri ROpa Gosvami informed Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu of this incident. Vallabha was a great devotee of Sri\nRamacandra; therefore he could not seriously consider the worship of RadhaGovinda according to the instructions of SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Yet he directly\naccepted Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as an incarnation of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead Ramacandra. In the Bhakti-ratniikara there is the following statement:\n\"Vallabha was given the name Anupama by Sri Gaurasundara, but he was always\nabsorbed in the devotional service of Lord Ramacandra. He did not know anyone\nbut Sri Ramacandra, but he knew that Caitanya Gosaiii was the same Lord\nRamacandra.\"\nIn the Gau_ra-gat;oddesa-dipikii ( 180) Sri ROpa Gosvami is described to be the\ngopT named Sri Rupa-maiijari. In the Bhakti-ratniikara there is a list of the books\nSri ROpa Gosvami compiled. Of all his books, the following sixteen are very popular\namong Vai�Qavas: ( 1) Harhsaduta, (2) Uddhava-sandesa, (3) Kr�ra-janma-tithi-vidhi,\n(4 and 5) Garoddesa-dipikii, Brhat (major) and Laghu (minor), (6) Stavamiilii, (7)\n\nVidagdha-miidhava, (8) Lalita-miidhava, (9) Diina-keli-kaumudi, ( 1 0) Bhaktirasiimrta-sindhu (this is the most celebrated book by Sri Rupa Gosvami), (11)\nUjjva!a-nilamari, (12) Akhyiita-candrikii, (13) Mathu�ii-mahimii, (14) Padyiivali, ( 15)\nNii_taka-candrikii and (16) Laghu-bhiigavatiimrta. Sri ROpa Gosvami gave up all\n\nfamily connections, joined the renounced order of life and divided his money,\ngiving fifty percent to the briihmat;ws and Vai�l)avas and twenty-five percent to his\nku_tumbas ( family members) and keeping twenty-five percent for personal emergencies. He met Haridasa Thakura in Jagannatha Purl, where he also met Lord Caitanya\nand His other associates. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu used to praise the handwriting\nof ROpa Gosvami. Srila ROpa Gosvami could compose verses according to the de-\n\n", "adi2#p0328": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n304\n\nsires of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and by His direction he wrote two books named\n\nLalita-miidhava and Vidagdha-miidhava. Lord Caitanya desired the two brothers,\n\nSanatana Gosvami and Rupa Gosvami, to publish many books in support of the\n\nVai�Qava religion. When Sanatana Gosvami met Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Lord\n\nadvjsed him also to go to Vrndavana.\n\nSri Sanatana Gosvami is described in the Gaura-garoddesa-dTpikii (181 ) . He was\n\nformerly known as Rati-mafijari or sometimes Labariga-mafijarl. In the Bhakti­\n\nratniikara it is stated that his spiritual master, Vidyavacaspati, sometimes stayed in\nthe village of Ramakeli, and Sanatana Gosvami studied all the Vedic literature from\n\nhim. He was so devoted to his spiritual master that this cannot be described. Accord­\n\ning to the Vedic system, if someone sees a Mohammedan he must perform rituals\nto atone for the meeting. Sanatana Gosvami always associated with Mohammedan\n\nkings. Not giving much attention to the Vedic injunctions, he used to visit the\nhouses of Mohammedan kings, and thus he considered himself to have been con­\n\nverted into a Mohammedan. He was therefore always very humble and meek. When\nSanatana Gosvami presented himself before Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he admit­\n\nted, \"I am always in association with lower class people, and my behavior is there­\n\nfore very abominable.\" He actually belonged to a respectable briihmara family, but\n\nbecause he considered his behavior to be abominable, he did not try to place himself\n\namong the briihmai;ws but always remained among people of the lower castes. He\nwrote Hari-bhakti-viliisa and Vaigwva-to�arT, which is a commentary on the Tenth\nCanto of SrTmad-Bhiigavatam. In the year 1476 sakiibda he completed the Brhad­\n\nvai�rava-to�arT commentary on SrTmad-Bhiigavatam. In the year 1504 sakiibda he\n\nfinished the Laghu-to�arT.\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu taught his principles through four chief followers.\n\nAmong them, Ramananda Raya is exceptional, for through him the Lord taught\n\nhow a devotee can completely vanquish the power of Cupid. By Cupid's power,\n\nas soon as one sees a beautiful woman he is conquered by her beauty. SriRamananda\n\nRaya\n\nvanquished Cupid's pride because in the jaganniitha-vallabha-niiJaka he\n\npersonally directed extremely beautiful young girls in dancing, but he was never\n\naffected by their youthful beauty. Sri Ramananda Raya personally bathed these\n\ngirls, touching them and washing them with his own hands, yet he remained calm\n\nand passionless, as a great devotee should be. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu certified\nthat this was possible only for Ramananda Raya. Similarly, Damodara Pao<;lita was\nnotable for his objectivity as a critic. He did not even spare Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nfrom his criticism. This also cannot be imitated by anyone else. Haridasa Thakura\n\nis exceptional for his forbearance because although he was beaten with canes in\n\ntwenty-two marketplaces, nevertheless he was tolerant. Similarly, Sri Sanatana\nGosvami, although he belonged to a most respectable briihmara family, was excep­\n\ntional for his humility and meekness.\n\nIn the Madhya-filii, Chapter Nineteen, the device adopted by Sanatana Gosvami\n\nto get free from the government service is described. He served a notice of sickness\nto the Nawab, the Moslem governer, but actually he was studyingSrrmad-Bhiigavatam\n\nwith briihmaras at home. The Nawab received information of this through a royal\n\nphysician, and he immediately went to see Sanatana Gosvami to uncover his inten-\n\n", "adi2#p0329": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n305\n\ntions. The Nawab requested Sanatana to accompany him on an expedition to\nOrissa, but when Sanatana Gosvami refused, the Nawab ordered that he be imprisoned. When Rupa Gosvamf left home, he wrote a note for Sanatana Gosvami\ninforming him of some money that he had entrusted to a local grocer. Sanatana\nGosvamf took advantage of this money to bribe the jail keeper and get free from\ndetention. Then he left for Benares to meet Caitanya Mahaprabhu, bringing with\nhim only one servant, whose name was Tsana. On the way they stopped at a sarai,\nor hotel, and when the hotel keeper found out that Tsana had some golden coins with\nhim, he planned to kill both Sanatana Gosvami and lsana to take away the coins.\nLater Sanatana Gosvami saw that although the hotel keeper did not know them,\nhe was being especially attentive to their comfort. Therefore he concluded that\nTSana was secretly carrying some money and that the hotel keeper was aware of this\nand therefore planned to kill them for it. Upon being questioned by Sanatana\nGosvami, Tsana admitted that he indeed had money with him, and immediately\nSanatana Gosvami took the money and gave it to the hotel keeper, requesting him\nto help them get though the jungle. Thus with the help of the hotel keeper, who\nwas also the chief of the thieves of that territory, he crossed over the Hazipur\nmountains, which are presently known as the Hazaribags. He then met his brotherin-law Srikanta, who requested that he stay with him. Sanatana Gosvami refused,\nbut before they parted, Srikanta gave him a valuable blanket.\nSomehow or other Sanatana Gosvami reached Yara�asi and met Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu at the house of Candrasekhara. By the order of the Lord, Sanatana\nGosvami was cleanly shaved and his dress changed to that of a mendicant, or\nbabajT. He put on old garments of Tapana Misra and took prasada at the house of\na MaharaHra brohmara. Then, in discourses with Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the\nLord Himself explained everything about devotional service to Sanatana Gosvami.\nHe advised Sanatana Gosvami to write books on devotional service, including a book\nof directions for Yai��ava activities, and to excavate the lost places of pilgrimage in\nYrndavana. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu gave him His blessings to do all this work\nand also explained to Sanatana Gosvamf the import of the atmarama verse from\nsixty-one different angles of vision.\nSanatana Gosvami went to Yrndavana by the main road, and when he reached\nMathura he met Subuddhi Raya. Then he returned to J agannatha Puri through\nJharikhar:u;la, the Uttara Pradesh jungle. At Jagannatha Puri he decided to give up\nhis body by falling down beneath a wheel of the Jagannatha ratha, but Caitanya\nMahaprabhu saved him. Then Sanatana Gosvami met Haridasa Thakura and heard\nabout the disappearance of Anupama. Sanatana Gosvami later described the glories\nof Haridasa Thakura. Sanatana observed the etiquette of Jagannatha's temple by\ngoing through the beach to visit Lord Caitanya, although it was extremely hot due\nto the sun. He requested Jagadananda Pat�9ita to give him permission to return to\nYrndavana. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu praised the character of Sanatana Gosvamf,\nand He embraced Sanatana, accepting his body as spiritual. Sanatana Gosvami was\nordered by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to live at Jagannatha Puri for one year. When\nhe returned to Yrndavana after many years, he again met Rupa Gosvami, and both\nbrothers remained in Yrndavana to execute the orders of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "adi2#p0330": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n306\n\nThe place where Sri Rupa Gosvami and Sanatana Gosvami formerly lived has now\n\nbecome a place of pilgrimage. It is generally known as Gupta Vrndavana, or hidden\nVrndavana, and is situated about eight miles south of I rilrejabajara. There the fol­\n\nlowing places are still visited:\n\n(1) the temple of Sri Madana-mohana Deity, (2) the\n\nKeli-kadamba tree under which Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu met Sanatana Gosvami at\n\nnight and (3)\n\nRupasagara, a large pond excavated by Sri Rupa Gosvami. A society\n\nnamed Ramakeli-sa·mskara-samiti.was established in 1924 to repair the temple and\nrenovate the pond.\n\nTEXT 85\n\n-ia �tlfJ 1fi�·,•Ut:!-.- �\" -tt'f1t\n�9fl{, ��, m�tfif 'qt�t� II \\r� II\ntiinra madhye rflpa-saniitana-bacja Siikhii\nanupama, jiva, riijendriidi upawkhii\nSYNONYMS\ntiinra-within that; madhye-in the midst of; rflpa-saniitana-the branch known as\n\nRupa-Sanatana; bacja sakha\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nname\n\nsub-branches.\n\njiva;\n\n-\n\nthe big branch; anupama-of the name Anupama;jiva­\n\nrfijendra-adi-and\n\nRajendra and\n\nothers;\n\nupasiikhfi-their\n\nTRANSLATION\nAmong these branches, Rupa and Sanatana were principal. Anupama, jiva Gosvami\nand others, headed by Rajendra, were their sub-branches.\nPURPORT\nIn the Gaura\"-ga(loddeSa-dipikfi it is said that Srna Jiva Gosvami was formerly\n\nVilasa-manjari gopi. From his very childhood Jiva Gosvami was greatly fond of\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam. He later came to Navadvipa to study Sanskrit, and, following\n\nin the footsteps of Sri Nityananda Prabhu, he circumambulated the entire Navadvipa­\n\ndhama. After visiting Navadvipa-dhama he went to Benares to study Sanskrit under\nMadhusudana Vacaspati, and after finishing his studies in Benares, he went to\n\nVrndavana and took shelter of his uncles, Sri Rupa and, Sana tana. This is described\n\nin the Bhakti-ratnakara. As far as our information goes, Srna Jiva Gosvami composed\n\nand edited at least twenty-five books. They are all very celebrated, and they are listed\nas follows:\n\n(1) Hari-nfimamrta-vyiikarar,JO, (2) Sfltra-miilikfi, (3) Dhfitu-sangraha, (4)\n\nKr�r�rcii-dipikii, (5) Gopala-virudiivali, (6) Rasamrta-Se�a, (7) Sri Mfidhava-mahotsava,\n\n( 8) Sri Sankalpa-kalpavrk!ia, (9) Bhiiviirtha-sflcaka-campfl, ( 1 0) Gopala-tiipani-,tikfi,\n(11) a commentary on Brahma-sarhhitfi, (12) a commentary on Bhakti-rasamrtasindhu, (13) a commentary on Ujjvala-nilamari, (14) a commentary on Yogasfirastava, (1 5) a commentary on the GayatrT-mantra as described in the Agni Puriira,\n(16) a description derived from the Padma Purara of the lotus feet of the Lord, (17)\n\n", "adi2#p0331": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n307\n\na description of the lotus feet of Srimati Radharal')i, (18) Gopii/a-campD (in two parts)\nand (19-25) seven sandharbhas: the Krama, Tattva, Bhagarat, Paramiitma, Kr�ra,\nBhakti and PrTti Sandharbhas. After the disappearance of SrTia Rupa Gosvami ancl\nSanatana Gosvami in Yrndavana, Srna Jiva Gosvami became the iiciirya of all the\nVai�l)avas in Bengal, Orissa and the rest of the world, and it is he who used to guide\nthem in their devotional service. In Yrndavana he established the Radha-Damodara\ntemple, where we had the opportunity to live and retire until the age of 65, when\nwe decided to come to the United States of America. When Jiva Gosvami was still\npresent, Srna Kr��Jadasa Kaviraja Gosvami compiled his famous Caitanya-caritamrta.\nLater, Srna Jiva Gosvami inspired Srinivasa Acarya, Narottama dasa Thakura and\nDu�khi Kr��Jadasa to preach Kr��Ja consciousness in Bengal. jfva Gosvami was informed that all the manuscripts that were collected from Yrndavana and sent to\nBengal for preaching purposes were plundered near Yi�l)upura in Bengal, but later\nhe received the information that the books had been recovered. Sri J iva Gosvami\nawarded the designation Kaviraja to Ramacaridra Sena, a disciple of Srinivasa\nAcarya, and his younger brother Govinda. While J iva Gosvami was alive, Srimati\nJ ahnavT-devi, the pleasure potency of Sri Nityananda Prabhu, went to Yrndavana\nwith a few devotees. J iva Gosvami was very kind to the Gaugiya Yai�Qavas, the.\nYai�l)avas from Bengal. Whoever went to Yrndavana he provided with a residence\nand prasiida. His disciple K��Qadasa Adhikarrlisted all the books of the Gosvamis in\nhis diary.\nThe sahajiyiis level three accusations against Srila Jiva Gosvami. This is certainly\nnot congenial with the execution of devotional service. The first accusation concerns\na materialist who was very proud of his reputation as a great Sanskrit scholar and\napproached Sri Rupa and Sanatana to argue with them about the revealed scriptures.\nSrila Rupa Gosvami and Sanatana Gosvami, not wanting to waste their time, gave\nhim a written statement that he had defeated them in a debate on the revealed\nscriptures. Taking this paper, the scholar approached Jiva Gosvami for a similar\ncertificate of defeat, but Jiva Gosvami did not agree to give him one. On the contrary, he argued with him regarding the scriptures and defeated him. Certainly it\nwas right for Jiva Gosvami to stop such a dishonest scholar from advertising that he\nhad defeated Srna Rupa Gosvami and Sanatana Gosvami, but due to their illiteracy\nthe sahajiyii class refer to this incident to accuse Srna Jiva Gosvami of deviating from\nthe principle of humility. They do not know, however, that humility and meekness\nare appropriate when one's own honor is insulted. But when Lord Yi�QU or the\niiciiryas are blasphemed, one should not be humble and meek but must act. One\nshould follow the example given by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Lord Caitanya says\nin His prayer:\ntrrod api sunicena\ntaror api sahi�runa\namiininii miinadena\nkirtaniya/;1 sadii hari/;1\n\n\"One can chant the holy name of the Lord in a humble state of mind, thinking himself lower than the straw in the street; one should be more tolerant than a tree,\n\n", "adi2#p0332": "Sri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n308\n\ndevoid of all sense of false prestige, and should be ready to offer all respect to others.\nIn such a state of mind one can chant the holy name of.the Lord constantly.\"\n\nNevertheless, when the Lord was informed that Nityananda Prabhu was injured by\n\njagai and Madhai, He immediately went to the spot, angry like fire, wanting to kill\n\nthem. Thus Lord Caitanya has explained His verse by the example of His own be­\n\nhavior. One should tolerate insults against oneself, but when there is blasphemy com­\n\nmitted against superiors such as other Vai�oavas, one should be neither humble nor\n\nmeek; one must take proper steps to counteract such blasphemy. This is the duty\n\nof a servant of a guru and Vai�oavas. Anyone who understands the principle of eter­\n\nnal servitude to the guru and Vai�oavas will appreciate the action of S_rT Jiva GosvamT\n\nin connection with the so-called scholar's victory over his gurus, SrTia Rupa and\nSrila Sanatana Gosvami.\n\nAnother story fabricated to defame SrTia jiva Gosvami states that after compiling\n\nSri Caitanya-caritiimrta, Srila Kr�oadasa Kaviraja Gosvami showed the manuscript to\nj Tva Gosvami, who thought that it would hamper his reputation as a big scholar and\n\ntherefore threw it in a well. Srila Kr�t�adasa Kaviraja GosvamT was greatly shocked,\n\nand he died immediately. Fortunately a copy of the manuscript of Caitanya­\n\ncaritiimrta had been kept by a person named Mukunda, and therefore later it was\n\npossible to publish the book. This story is another ignominious example of\n\nblasphemy against a guru and Vai�oava. Such a story should never be accepted as\n\nauthoritative.\n\nAccording to another accusation, SrTia Jiva Gosvami did not approve of the\n\nprinciples of the piirokiya-rasa of Vrajadhama and therefore supported svakiya-rasa,\n\nshowing that Radha and Kr�r:ta are eternally married. Actually, when Jiva Gosvami\n\nwas alive, some of his followers disliked the piirakiya-rasa of the gopis. Therefore\n\nSrila Jiva Gosvami, for their spiritual benefit, supported svakiya-rasa, for he could\n\nunderstand that sahajiyiis would otherwise exploit the piirakiya-rasa, as they are\nactually doing at the present. Unfortunately, in Vrndavana and Navadvipa it has be­\n\ncome fashionable among sahajiyiis, in their debauchery, to find an unmarried sexual\npartner to live with to execute devotional service in piirakiyo-rasa. Foreseeing this,\n\nSrila Jiva Gosvami supported svakiya-rasa, and later all the Vai�Qava iiciiryas also\n\napproved of it. Srila\n\nJiva Gosvami was never opposed to the transcendental\n\npiirokTya-rasa, nor has any other Vai�oava disapproved of it . Srila jiva Gosvami\nstrictly followed his predecessor gurus and Vai�oavas, Srila Rupa and Sanatana\n\nGosvami, and Srila\n\ninstructor gurus.\n\nKr�l}adasa\n\nKaviraja Gosvami accepted him as one of his\n\nTEXT 86\n\n1f11{B �ti lift� �-� �� I\n�'lf��.. ��tf�u�n\nmiilira icchiiya siikhii bahuta biifli/a\nbiipiyii pascima desa saba.iicchiidi/a\n\n", "adi2#p0333": "Adi-lna, Chapter 10\n\n309\n\nSYNONYMS\nmalira icchaya-on the desire of the gardener; sakha-branches; bahuta-many;\n\nba(/i/a-expanded; ba(iiyii-so expanding; pascima- we stern; desa-countries; sabaall; iicchiidi/a-covered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy the will of the supreme gardener, the branches of Srna Rupa Gosvami and\nSanatana Gosvami grew many times over, expanding throughout the western\ncountries and covering the entire region.\nTEXT 87\n\n.o-f�-�� �111 I\n,..,-t��·�tfif � � u n \"\"\" n\nii-sindhunadi-tira iira himalaya\nvrndiivana-mathuriidi yata tirtha haya\n\nSYNONYMS\na-sindhu-nadi-to the border of the River Sindhu; tira-border; iira-and; himiilaya\n-the Himalayan Mountains; vrndavana-of the name Vrndavana; mathurii-of the\nname Mathura; iidi-heading the list; yata-all; tirtha-places of pilgrimage; hayathere are.\n\nTRANSLATION\nExtending to the borders of the River Sindhu and the Himalayan Mountain\nvalleys, they expanded throughout India, including all the places of pilgrimage such\nas Vrndavana, Mathura and Haridvara.\n\nTEXT 88\n\n... � '12111•\"' � � I\n,���...�ttw �- � u \"\"\"\" •\ndui siikhiira prema-pha/e sakala bhiisi/a\nprema-phaliisvade /aka unmatta ha-ifa\n\nSYNONYMS\ndui siikhiira-of the two branches; prema-pha/e-by the fruit of love of Godhead;\nsakala-all; bhiisila-became overflooded ;prema-phala-the fruit of love of Godhead;\niisviide- by tasting; /oka-all people; unmatta-maddened; ha-ifa- became.\n\n", "adi2#p0334": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n310.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe fruits of Jove of Godhead which fructified on these two branches were\ndistributed in abundance. Tasting these fruits, everyone became mad after them.\nTEXT 89\n\n'ff1C11t 'trt. � 'if ._...�R I\n\nl5ttt �ft�� '� W-�tt n ,.� n\npascimera loka saba mDflha aniiciira\ntiihiih praciirila dohhe bhakti-sadiiciira\nSYNONYMS\npascimera-on the western side; /aka-people in general; saba-all; mDflha-less\nintelligent; aniiciira-not well behaved; tiihiih-there; praciitila\n\n-\n\nSrna\n\nRupa and\n\npreached; dohhe­\n\nSanatana Gosvami; bhakti-devotional service; sadiiciira-good\n\nbehavior.\nTRANSLATION\nThe people in general on the western side of India were neither intelligent nor\nwell behaved, but by the influence of Srna Rupa GosvamT and Sanatana Gosvami\nthey were trained in devotional service and good behavior.\nPURPORT\nAlthough it is not only in western India that people were contaminated by\nassociation with Mohammedans, it is a fact that the farther west one goes in India\nthe more he will find the people to be fallen from the Vedic culture. Even until\n\n5,000 years ago, when the entire planet was under the control of Maharaja Parik?it,\nthe Vedic culture was current everywhere. Gradually, however, people were influenced by non-Vedic culture, and they lost sight of how to behave in connection\nwith devotional service. Srna Rupa Gosvami and Sanatana Gosvami very kindly\n\npreached the bhakti cult in western India, and following in their footsteps the\n\npropagators of the Caitanya cult in the western\n\ncountries are spreading the\n\nsahkirtana movement and inculcating the principles of Vai?Qava behavior, thus\npurifying and reforming many persons who were previously accustomed to the\nculture of mlecchas and yavanas. All of our devotees in the western countries give\nup their old habits of illicit sex, intoxication, meat-eating and gambling. Of course,\n\n500 years ago these practices were unknown at least in eastern India, but unfortunately at present all of India has been victimized by these non-Vedic principles,\nwhich are sometimes even supported by the government.\nTEXT 90\n\nlltl81t� �.-r 11_�(11 -R I\n\n��;q� � a'i�� �m\" �0 n\n\n", "adi2#p0335": "Adi-lna, Chapter 10\n\n311\n\n�iistra-d.�tye kaila lupta-tTrthera uddhiira\nvrndiivane kaila �rimurti-seviira praciira\n\nSYNONYMS\nsiistra-dofye-according to the directions of revealed scriptures; kaila- did; lupta­\n\nforgotten;\n\ntirthera-place\n\nof\n\npilgrimage;\n\nuddhiira\n\n-\n\nexcavation;\n\nvrndiivane-in\n\nYrndavana; kai/a- did; �ri-murti- Deity; seviira-of worship; praciira-propagation.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn accordance with the directions of the revealed scriptures, both Gosvamis\n\nexcavated the lost places of pilgrimage and inaugurated the worship of Deities in\nVrndavana.\nPURPORT\nThe spot where we now find Sri Radhakur;�c,la was an agricultural field during' the\n\ntime of Caitanya Mahaprabhu. A small reservoir of water was there, and Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu bathed in that water and pointed out that originally Radha­\n\nkur;�<;la existed in that location. Following His directions, Srila Riipa Gosvami and\n\nSanatana Gosvami renovated Radhakur;�c,la. This is one of the brilliant exilmples of\n\nhow the Gosvamis excavated lost places of pilgrimage. Similarly, it is through the\nthe endeavor of the Gosvamis that all the important temples at Vrndavana were\n\nestablished. Originally there were seven important Gaugiya Vai�r;�ava temples\n\nestablished in Vrnd�vana, namely, the Madana-moh�na temple, Govinda temple,\n\nGopinatha temple, Sri Radharamar;�a temple, Radha-Syamasundara temple, RadhaDamodara temple and Gokulananda temple.\n\nTEXT 91\n\nlf��f��-�1\n\"(� �� � 9fW'W'f 4ftJt n �� n\nmahiiprabhura ptiya bhrtya-raghuniitha-diisa\nsarva tyaji' kaila prabhura pada-tale viisa\n\nSYNONYMS\nmahiiprabhura-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; priya-very dear; bhrtya-servant;\n\nraghunatha-diisa-Raghunatha dasa Gosvami; sarva tyaji'-renouncing everything;\n\nkaila- did; prabhura-of the Lord; pada-tale-under the shelter of the lotus feet;\n\nvasa-habitation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, the forty-sixth branch of the tree, was one of\n\nthe most dear servants of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. He left all his material\npossessions to surrender completely unto the Lord and live at His lotus feet.\n\n", "adi2#p0336": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n312\n\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami was most probably born in the year 1416 sakiibda\n\nin a kiiyastha family as the s.on of Govardhana Majumdara, who was the younger\nbrother of the then Zamindar Hiraoya Majumdara. The village where he took birth\n\nis known as Sri Kr�IJapura. On the railway line between Calcutta and Burdwan is a\n\nstation named Trisabagha, and about one and a half miles away is the village of Sri\nKr�IJapura, where the parental home of Sri Raghunatha dasa Gosvami was situated.\n\nA temple of Sri Sri Radha-Govinda is still there. In front of the temple is a large\n\nopen area but no large hall for meetings. However, a rich Calcutta gentleman named\nHaricaraoa Ghosh who resided in the Simla quarter recently repaired the temple.\n\nThe entire temple compound is surrounded by walls, and in a small room just to the\n\nsi.de of the temple is a small platform on which Raghunatha dasa Gosvami used to\n\nworship the Deity. By the side of the temple is the dying River Sarasvatf.\n\nThe forefathers of Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami were all Yai�l')avas and were\n\nvery rich men. His spiritual master at home was Yadunandana Acarya. Although\nRaghunatha dasa was a family man, he had no attachment for his estate and wife.\n\nSeeing his tendency to leave home,· his father and uncle engaged special bodyguards\n\nto watch over him, but nevertheless he managed to escape their vigilance and went\n\naway to Jagannatha Puri to meet Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. This incident took place\nin\n\nthe year 1439 �kiibda.\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\ncompiled three books\n\nnamed Stava-miilii ·or Staviiva/T, Diina-carita and Muktiicarita. He lived for a long\n\nduration of life. For most of his life he resided at Radhakuo�a. The place where\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami performed his devotional service still exists by Radha­\n\nkuoga. He almost completely gave up eating, and therefore he was very skinny and\n\nof weak health. His only concern was to chant the holy name of the Lord. He\ngradually .reduced his sleeping until he was almost not sleeping at all. It is said that\n\nhis eyes were always full of tears. When Sr_inivasa Acarya went to see Raghunatha\ndasa Gosvami, the Gosvami blessed him by embracing him. Srinivasa Acarya re­\n\nquested his blessings for preaching in Bengal, and Srna Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\ngranted them. In the Gaura-garoddesa-dTpikii ( 186) it is stated that Srna Raghunatha\n\ndasa Gosvami was formerly the gopi named Rasa-marijarf. Sometimes it is said that\n\nhe was Rati-marijarf.\n\nTEXT92\n\n� �� li1U -ut'R �t� I\n� �����If 'Qt� �II�\\ H\nprabhu samarpila tiihre svarupera hiite\nprabhura gupta-sevii kai/a svarupera siithe\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu-Lord\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nsamarpila-handed\n\nover;\n\ntiihre-him;\n\nsvarupera-SvarOpa Damodara; hate-to the hand; prabhura-of the Lord; guptasevii-confidential service; kaila-did; svarupera-SvarOpa Damodar<�;siithe- with.\n\n", "adi2#p0337": "Adi-ma, Chapter 10\n\n313\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Raghunatha\n\ndasa\n\nGosvami\n\napproached\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu at\n\nJ agannatha Puri, the Lord entrusted him to the care of Svarupa Dimodara, His\n\nsecretary . Thus they both engaged in the confidential service of the Lord.\n\nPURPORT\nThis confidential service was the personal care of the Lord. SvarOpa ·llimodara,\nacting as His secretary, attended to the Lord's baths, meals , rest and massages, and\nRaghunatha dasa GosvamT assisted him. In effec.t, Raghunatha dasa Gosvami acted\nas the assistant secretary of the Lord.\n\nTEXT93\n\n�t�Jl�t ��� � \"'\"\"'f\"·� I\n._..t'IJ q(� � �1� n \"n\n�oflasa vatsara kai/a antaranga-sevana\nsvarupera antardhiine iiilii vrndiivana\nSYNONYMS\n�of/asa-sixteen;\n\nvatsara-years;\n\nkai/a-did;\n\nantaranga-confidential;\n\nsevana­\n\nservice; svarflpera-of SvarOpa Damodara; antardhiine-disappearance; iiilii-came;\nvrndiivana-to Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\nHe rendered confidential service to the Lord for sixteen years at jagannatha Puri,\nand after the disappearance of both the Lord and Svarupa Dimodara, he left\nJagannatha Puri and went to Vrndavana.\nTEXT94\n\n�� \".,.J Ret �t't I\nc;�(� I:!JfiR m �� � n :.s •\nV[ndiivane dui bhiiira COTO(IO dekhiyii\ngovardhane tyajiba deha bhrgupiita kariyii\nSYNONYMS\nvrndiivane-at Vrndavana; dui bhiiira-the two brothers ( ROpa and Sanatana);\ncarara-feet; dekhiya-after seeing; govardhane-on the hill of Govardhana; tyajibawiJJ give up; deha-this body; bhrgupiita-falling down; kariyii-doing so.\n\n", "adi2#p0338": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n314\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrna Raghunatha dasa Gosvami intended to go to Vrndavana to see the lotus feet\n\nof Rupa and Sanatana and then give up his life by jumping from Govardhana Hill.\nPURPORT\n\nJumping from the top of Govardhana Hill is a system of suicide especially per­\n\nformed by saintly persons. After the disappearance of Lord Caitanya and Svarupa\nDamodara, Raghunatha dasa\n\nGosvami keenly felt the separation of these two\n\nexalted personalities and therefore decided to give up his life by jumping from\n\nGovardhana Hill in Vrndavana. Before doing so, however, he wanted to see the\n\nlotus feet of Srna Rupa Gosvami and Sanatana Gosvami.\nTEXT 95\n\n�- �' � •ff' �'f �\"fl<i!l'it I\n�fll' li9f�� � Rt'lll �ct II\nei ta' niScaya kari' iii/a vrndiivane\niisi' rDpa-saniitanera vandi/a carare\n\nSYNONYMS\nei ta '-thus; niScaya kari'-having decided; iii/a-came; vrndiivane-to Vrndavana;\n\niisi'-:-coming there; rDpa-soniitanera-of Srna Rupa Gosvami and Sanatana Gosvami;\nvandila-offered respects; carare-at the. lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Srna Raghunatha dasa Gosvami came to Vrndavana, visited Srna Rupa\n\nGosvami and Sanatana Gosvami and offered them his obeisances.\n\nTEXT 96\n\n� tt �- �� lffJ� i11 f1f'l I\n\n���cm'�m�������\ntabe dui bhiii tiinre marite nii dila\nnija trtiya bhiii kari' nika.te riikhila\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; dui bhiii\n\n-\n\nthe two brothers (Srna Rupa and Sanatana); tiinre­\n\nhim; marite-to die; nii dila-did not allow; nija-own; trtiya\n\n-\n\nkari'-accepting; nika.te-near; riikhila-kept him.\n\nthird; bhiii-brother;\n\n", "adi2#p0339": "Adi-li1a, Chapter 10\n\n315\n\nTRANSLATION\nThese two brothers, however, did not allow him to die. They accepted him as\ntheir third brother and kept him in their company.\nTEXT 97\n\n�· � �\\!�-��I\n�- � �tf �� ����II�'\\ II\nmahiiprabhura filii yata biihira-antara\ndui bhiii tiihra mukhe �une nirantara\nSYNONYMS\nmahiiprabhura-of\n\nLord\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nfilii-pastimes;\n\nyata-all;\n\nbiihira-external; antara-internal; dui bhiii-the two brothers; tiihra-his; mukhein the mouth; �une-hear; nirantara-always.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause Raghunatha dasa Gosvami was an assistant to Svarupa llimodara, he\nknew much about the external and internal features of the pastimes of Lord Caitanya.\nThus the two brothers Rupa and Sanatana always used to hear of this from him.\nTEXT 98\n\n��-'Sf� \\!Jt� '<fill �tJ-�ffii{ I\n�Q'f �-� atn1 �t�i{ 'e� II �\"\" II\nanna-ja/a tyiiga kaila anya-kathana\npala dui-tina mii_thii karena bhak�ara\nSYNONYMS\nanna-jala-food and drink; tyiiga-renunciation; kai/a-did; anya-kathana-talking\nof other things; pala dui-tina-a few drops of; m ii_thii-sour milk; karena-does;\nbhak�ara-eat.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami gradually gave up all food and drink but a few drops\nof buttermilk.\nTEXT 99\n\n��i!f w�� �t�, \"At \"\" e�'tlJ 1\n\ntt ��i!f �<��t�1l' f� �'tf1f 11 ..,.., n\n\n", "adi2#p0340": "316\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nsahasra darflavat kare, laya lak�a nama\ndui sahasra vai�ravere nitya parariima\nSYNONYMS\n\nsahasra-thousand;\n\ndarflavat-obeisances;\n\nkare-does;\n\nlaya-takes;\n\n/ak�a-one\n\nhundred thousand; niima-holy names; dui-two; sahasra-thousand; vai�ravere­\n\no\n\nunto the devotees; nitya-daily; parar ma-obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nAs a daily duty, he regularly offered one thousand obeisances to the Lord,\nchanted at least one hundred thousand holy names and offered obeisances to two\nthousand Vai�r;aavas.\nTEXT 100\n\nJtf\\Jiflft� 11t�at•� 11�� �-. 1\n�<li �t� mil-\".... • � oo •\nriitri-dine riidha-k[�IJera miinasa sevana\nprahareka mahiiprabhura caritra-kathana\nSYNONYMS\n\nriitri-dine-day and night; riidhii-kr�rera-of Radha and Kr?Qa; miinasa-within\nthe mind; sevana-service; prahareka-about three hours; mahiiprabhura-of Lord\nCaitanya; caritra-character; kathana - discussing.\nTRANSLATION\nDay and night he rendered service within his mind to Radha-Kr�r;aa, and for three\nhours a day he discoursed about the character of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nPURPORT\nWe have many things to learn about bhajana, or worship of the Lord, by following in the footsteps of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami. All the Gosvamis engaged in such\ntranscendental activities, as described by\n\nS rinivasa A carya in his poem about them\n\n(kr�rotkTrtana-giina-nartana-parau premiimrtiimbho-nidhT}. Following in the footsteps of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami,\n\nS rila RDpa Gosvami and Sanatana Gosvami, one\n\nhas to execute devotional service very strictly, specifically by chanting the holy\nname of the Lord.\nTEXT 101\n\nf� �.m 11ilfttt\"G �'l�\\! '11-. I\n\natf�Jtl '�� � �tr...-. 'lfti{ • ) � n\n0\n\n", "adi2#p0341": "Ad i-lila, Chapter 10\n\n317'\n\ntina sandhyii riidhii-kurfle apatita sniina\nvraja-viisi vai�rave kare iilit'lgana mona\nSYNONYMS\ntina sandhyo -three times, namely morning, evening and noon; rodho-kurfle-in\nthe lake of RadhakuQc;la;· 1opatita-without f�ilure; snona-taking bath; vrdjo-\"'sTinhabitants of Vrajabhumi; vai�rave-all devotees; kare-does; iilit'lgana-embracing;\nmona-and offering respect.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Raghunatha dasa Gosvami took three baths daily in the Rad�kuf;l4a lake. As\nsoon as he found a Vaig1ava residing in Vrndavana, he would embrace him and give\nhim all respect.\nTEXT 102\n\n'It( 'I�� �tf �ffi 'I� I\n51'� 'f� fi:l!fl, '�� �t� �f'ft� u �.,� 1\nsordha sapta-prahara kare bhaktira sodhane\ncori darpa nidrii, seha nahe kona-dine\nSYNONYMS\nsordha-one and a half hours; sapta-prahara-seven praharas (twenty-one hours);\n\nkare-does; bhaktira-of devotional serivce;siidhane-in execution; cori darpa\n\n-\n\nabout\n\ntwo hours; nidrii-sleeping; seha-that also; nahe-not; kona-dine-some days.\nTRANSLATION\nHe engaged himself in devotional service for more than twenty-two and a half\nhours a day, and for less than two hours he slept, although on some days that\nalso was not possible.\nTEXT 103\n\ntl�11 �� �� �1{e_� I\n\n� 1fi��iltet 1!1'- '� �tlltf 11 � o� n\ntiihhora siidhana-riti sunite camatkiira\nsei rflpa-raghuniitha prabhu ye iimiira\nSYNONYMS\ntiihhiira-his; siidhana-riti-process of devotional service; sunite-to hear; camatkiira-wonderful; sei\n\n-\n\nthat; rflpa\n\n-\n\nSri Rupa Gosvami; raghuniitha-Raghunatha dasa\n\nGosvami; prabhu -lord; ye-that; iimiira-my.\n\n", "adi2#p0342": "318\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\nI am struck with wonder when I hear about the devotional service he executed.\n\nI accept Srna Rupa Gosvami and Raghunatha dasa Gosvami as my guides.\n\nPU RPORT\nSrna Kr�oadasa Kaviraja Gosvami accepted Raghunatha dasa Gosvami as his\n\nspecial guide. Therefore at the end of every chapter he says, sri-rupa-raghuniitha­\n\npade yiira iisa caitanya-caritiimrta kahe kr�radiisa. Sometimes it is misunderstood\n\nthat by using the word raghuniitha he wanted to offer his respectful obeisances to\nRaghunatha Bhaga Gosvami, for it is sometimes stated that Raghunatha Bhaga\n\nGosvami was his initiator spiritual master. Srna Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami\n\ndoes not approve of this statement; he does not accept Raghunatha Bhatta Gosvaml\nas the spiritual master of Srna Kr�oadasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTEXT 104\n\n··�·�'Af ��� �ill �\"if � I\n��'$f ��f1f11i l!'t�i m<t �cfil II �o 8 II\nir'lhii-sabiira yaiche haifa prabhura milano\niige vistiiriyii tiihii kariba varrana\n\nSYNONYMS\ninhii-of them; sabiira-all; yaiche-as; haifa-became; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\nmilano-meeting;\n\nage-later\n\non; vistiiriyii- ex pa n ding; tiihii-that;\n\nkariba-1 shall do; varrana-description.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI shall later explain very elaborately how all these devotees met Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 105\n\n�t'ftt� cei\n\n�� llft�i �.(1�� 1\n\nti'!·'Jiilt�-�H\";tf �a '121'11-��9lilll �o<t\nsri-gopiila bhatta eka siikhii sarvottama\nrupa-saniitana-sange yiinra prema-iiliipana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-gopii/a bhatta-of the name Sri Gopala Bhaga; eka-one; siikhii-:-branch;\n\nsarvottama-very exalted; rupa-of the name Rupa; saniitana-of the name Sanatana;\nsange-company; yiinra-whose; prema-love of Godhead; iiliipand-discussion.\n\n", "adi2#p0343": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1 0\n\n319\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Gopala Bhatta Gosvami, the forty-seventh branch, was one of the great and\n\nexalted branches of the tree. He always engaged in discourses about love of God­\n\nhead in the company of Rupa Gosvami and Sanatana Gosvami.\nPURPORT\n\n, Sri Gopala Bhaga Gosvami was the son of Venkata Bhatta, a resident of\nSrirangam. Gopala Bhaga formerly belonged to the disciplic succession of the\nRamanuja-sampradaya but later became part of the Gauc;Jiya-sampradaya. In the\nyear 1433 �akabda, when Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu was touring South India, He\nstayed for four months during the period of Ci.turmasya at the house of Venkata\nBhaga, who then got the opportunity to serve the Lord to his heart's content.\nGopala Bhaga also got the opportunity to serve the Lord at this time. SriGopala\nBhaHa Gosvami was later initiated by his uncle, the great sannyiisi Prabodhananda\nSarasvati. Both the father and mother of Gopala Bhaga Gosvamr were extremely\nfortunate, for they dedicated their entire lives to the service of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. They allowed Gopala Bhaga Gcosvami to go to Vrndavana, and they.\ngave up their lives thinking of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. When Lord Caitanya was\nlater informed that Gopala Bhaga Gosvami had gone to Vrndavana and met Sri\nRupa and Sanatana Gosvami, He was very pleased, and He advised Sri Rupa and\nSanatan� to accept Gopala Bhaga Gosvami as their younger brother and take care\nof him. Sri Sanatana Gosvami, out of his great affection for Gopala Bhaga Gosvamr,\ncompiled the Vai�l)ava smrti named Hari-bhakti-viliisa and published it under his\nname. Under the instruction of Srrta Rupa and Sanatana, Gopala Bhaga Gosvami\ninstalled one of the seven principal Deities of Vrndavana, the Radhara ma r;Ja Deity.\nThe seviiits (priests) of the RadharamaQa temple belong to the Gauc;liya-sampradaya.\nWhen Kr��;�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami took permission from all the Vai��;�avas before\nwriting Caitanya-caritiimrto, Gopala Bhatta Gosvami also gave him his blessings, but\nhe requested him not to mention his name in the book. Therefore Kr��;�adasa\nKaviraja Gosvami has mentioned Gopala Bhatta Gosvami only very cautiously in\none or two passages of Caitanya-caritiimrto. Srrta fiva Gosvami has written in the\nbeginning of his Tattva-sandarbha, \"A devotee from southern India who was born of\na brahmoro family and was a very intimate friend of Rupa Gosvami and Sanatana\nGosvami has written a book that he has not compiled chronologically. Therefore I,\na tiny living entity known as jiva, am trying to assort the events of the book\nchronologically, consulting the direction of great personalities like Madhvacarya,\nSridhara Svami, Ramanujacarya and other senior Vai�r;Javas in the disciplic succession.\" In the beginning of the Bhagavat-sandarbha there are similar statements by\nSrrta jiva Gosvami. Srila Gopala Bhatta Gosvami compiled a book called Sat-kriyiisara-dipika, edited the Hari-bhakti-vi/asa, wrote a forward to the �at-sandarbha and\na commentary on the KnQa-karniimrto, and installed the Radharamar;Ja Deity ln\nVrndavana. In the Gaura-gorodde�a-dipika, verse 184, it is mentioned that his\nprevious name in the pastimes of Lord Kr�I'Ja was Ananga-mafijari. Sometimes he is\nalso said to have been an incarnation of Gu�;�a-mafijari. Srinivasa Acarya and\nGopinatha Pujari were two of his disciples.\n\n", "adi2#p0344": "320\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 106\n\n-t•11tf'IJ- �if-1t� If!� -tt� I\n�t\"f, �i{ r-r, 1li�, - '9fllt� '\"-t1 n � � \"\no\n\nsankariirarya --riciirya-vrk�era eka siikhii\nmukunda, kiisihiitha, rudra-upasiikha lekhii\n\nSYNONYMS\nsankariirarya-M the name Sarikararar;�ya; iiciirya-vrk�era-of the tree of iiciiryas;\n\neka-one; sokhii-branch; mukunda-of the name Mukunda; kiisTniitha-of the name\n\nKasinatha; rudra-of the name Rudra; upasiikhii !ekhii- they are known as subbranches.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe acarya Sankararar;�ya was considered the forty-eighth branch of the original\ntree. From him proceeded sub-branches known as Mukunda, Kasinatha and Rudra.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that Sarikararar;�ya was the sannyiisa name of Srna Visvarupa, who was\nthe elder brother of Visvambhara (the original name of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu).\n\nSarikararar;�ya expired in 1432 5oklibda at Solapura, where there is a place of pilgrimage known as Par;�9erapura. This is referred to in the Madhya-filii, Chapter Nine,\nverses 299 and 300.\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu opened a primary school in the house of Mukunda,\nor Mukunda Sanjaya, and Mukunda's son, whose name was Puru�ottama, became\nthe Lord's student. Kasinatha arranged the marriage of Lord Caitanya in His\nprevious iisrama, when His name was Visvambhara. He induced the court--pa[J(Iita,\nSanatana, to offer Vi�vambhara his daughter. In the Gaura-garodde5o-dipikii, verse\n50, it is mentioned that Kasinatha was an incarnation of Satrajit, who arranged the\nmarriage of Kr�r;�a and Satya, and it is mentioned in verse 135 that Rudra, or Sri\n\nRudrarama Par;�9ita, was formerly a friend of Lord Kr�r;�a named Varuthapa. Sri\nRudrarama Paoqita constructed a big temple at Vallabhapura, which is one mile\n\nnorth of Mahe5a, for the Deities named Radhavallabha. The descendants of his\nbrother, Yadunandana Bandyopadhyaya, are known as Cakravarti Thakuras, and\nthey are in charge of the maintenance of this temple as seviiits. Formerly the\nJagannatha Deity used to come to the temple of Radhavallabha from Mahesa\n\nduring the Rathayatra festival, but in the Bengali year 1262, due. to a misunderstanding between the priests of the two temples, the Jagannatha Deity stopped\ncoming.\nTEXT 107\n\nl}e{tQI 'f�� -�11 �'ftf � I\n.t1f \"� �' � r�\" �oct \"\n\n", "adi2#p0345": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n321\n\nSriniitha parflita-prabhura krpiira bhiijana\nyiihra kr�ra-sevii dekhi' vaSa tri-bhuvana\nSYNONYMS\nSriniitha parflita-of the name Srinatha Par:u;lita; prabhura-of the Lord; krpiira­\n\nof mercy; bhiijana-receiver; yiihra-whose; kavo-.seva-worship of Lord Krgta;\n\ndekhi'-seeing; vaSa-subjugated; tri-bhuvana-all the three worlds.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSrinatha. Par;t�ita, the forty-ninth branch, was the beloved recipient of all the\n\nmercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Everyone in the three worlds was astonished\nto see how he worshiped Lord Kr�r;�a.\nPURPORT\n\nAbout one and a half miles away from Kum arahatta, or Kamarhatti, which\n\nis a few miles from Calcutta, is a village known as Karicaqapa�a which was\n\nthe home of Sri Sivananda Sena. There he constructed a temple of Sri Gaura­\n\ngop�Ja. Another temple was established there with Sri Radha-Kr�r:ta mDrtis\nby Srinatha Par;tQita. The Deity of that temple is named Sri KwJa Raya. The temple\nof Kr�r:ta Raya, which was constructed in the year 1708 sakabda by a prominent\n\nZamindar named Nimai Mullik of Pathuriya-ghata in Calcutta, is very large. There is\n\na big courtyard in front of the temple, and there are residential quarters1f.or visitors\n\nand good arrangements for cooking prasiida. The entire courtyard is surrounded by\nvery high boundary walls, and the temple is almost as big as the Mahesa temple.\nInscribed on a tablet are the names of Srinatfia Par.tgita and his father and grand­\n\nfather and the date of construction of the temple. Srinatha Panqita, one of the\n\n�\n\ndisciples of Advaita Prabhu, was the spiritual master of the third on of Sivananda\n\nSena, who was known as Paramananda Kavikarr.tapura. It is supposed to be during\n\nthe time of Kavikarr.tapura that the Kr�r:ta Raya Deity was installed. According to\nhearsay, Yirabhadra Prabhu, the son of Nityananda Prabhu, brought a big stone\n\nfrom Mursidabad from which three Deities were carved-namely, the. �havallabha\n\nvigraha of Vallabhapura, the Syamasundara vigraha of Khaqadaha and the Sri Kr�r:ta\n\nRaya vigraha of Kancac;Japa9a. The home of Sivananda Sena was situated on the bank\n\nof the Ganges near an almost ruined temple. It is said that the same Nimai Mullik\n\nof Calcutta saw this broken-down temple of Kmta Raya while he was going to\nBenares and thereafter constructed the present temple.\n. TEXT 108\n\n'l'<Qt'lf � � fi2Rl �JI I\n\n� ..twlft\\! � '� 'ftlr� l :> o1r\" I\njaganniitha iiciirya prabhura priya diisa\nprobhuro iijiiiit e tehho kaila gahgii-viisa\n\n", "adi2#p0346": "Sri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n322\n\nSYNONYMS\n\njaganniitha iiciirya-of the name Jagannatha Acarya; prabhura-of the Lord;\npriya diisa- ve ry dear servant; prabhura iiji'iiite-by the order of the Lord; tenhohe; kaila-agreed;gangii-viisa-living on the bank of the Ganges.\nTRANSLATION\nJagannatha Acarya, the fiftieth branch of the Caitanya tree, was an extremely\ndear servant of the Lord, by whose order he decided to live on the bank of the\nGanges.\nPURPORT\n\nJagannatha Acarya is stated in the Gaura-garoddesa-dipikii (111) to have formerly\n\nbeen Durvasa of Nidhuvana.\n\nTEXT 109\n\n\"W\"tlf C�, �t� \"Ptfui!·,-t-tJ I\n\n��Gi!l, �11\" ���1 �II �o� II\nkr�radiisa vaidya, iira pa(lpita-sekhara\nkavicandra, iira kTrtanTyii �a�,thTvara\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�radiisa vaidyp-of the name Km1adasa Vaidya; ora-and; parflita-sekhara-of\n\nthe name Par:u;lita Sekhara; kavicandra-of the name Kavicandra;iira-and;kTrtanTyii­\n\nkTrtana performer; �HhTvara-of the name Sa�thivara.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe fifty-first branch of the Caitanya tree was Kr� 1_1adasa Vaidya, the fiftysecond was Par:u;lita Sekhara, the fifty-third was Kavicandra, and the fifty-fourth\nwas Sa�thivara, who was a great sarikirtana performer.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Gaura-garoddesa-dipikii ( 171) it is mentioned that Srinatha Misra was\n\nCitrarigi and Kavicandra was Manohara-gopi.\n\nTEXT 110\n\nr.t� fl.•, \"�' &m, -.r� 1\n-�fit, !\\t'Sft��t., fif• 'e� II �� II\no\n\nsrTniitha misra, subhananda, srTriima, Tsiina\nsrTnidhi, srTgopTkiinta, misra bhagaviin\n\n", "adi2#p0347": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n323\n\nSYNONYMS\nsrTnatha misra-of the name Srinatha Misra;subh7manda-of the name Subhananda;\n\nsrTrama-of the name Srirama; Tsana-of the name Tsana; srTnidhi-of the name\nSrinidhi; srT-gopTkanta-of the name Sri Gopikanta; misra bhaga van\n\n-\n\nof the name\n\nMisra Bliagavan.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe fifty-fifth branch was Srinatha Misra, the fifty-sixth was Subhananda; the\nfifty-seventh was Srirama, the fifty-eighth was lsana, the fifty-ninth was Srinidhi,\nthe sixtieth was Sri Gopikanta, and the sixty-first was Misra Bhagavan.\nPURPORT\nSubhananda, who formerly lived in Vrndavana as Malati, was one of the kTrtana\n\nperformers who danced in front of the Rathayatra car during the Jagannatha\nfestival. It is said that he ate the foam that came out of the mouth of the Lord\nwhile He danced before the Rathayatra car. Tsana was a personal servant of Srimati\nSacidevi, who showed her great mercy upon him. He was also very dear to Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 111\n\n�� fit�, ��' �1ti' I\n'ift�llf 't��, -��, Al11\"'\"� u ��� u\nsubuddhi misra, hrdayananda, kamala-nayana\nmahe5o parflita, srTkara, srT-madhusudana\nSYNONYMS\nsubuddhi misra-of the\n\nname\n\nSubuddhi\n\nMisra; h[dayananda-of the name\n\nHrdayananda; kamala-nayana-of the name Kamala-nayana; mahesa parflita-of the\n\nname Mahesa Pal)t;lita; srTkara-of the name Srikara; srT-madhusildana-of the name\nSri Madhusudana.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sixty-second branch of the tree was Subuddhi Misra, the sixty-third was\nHrdayananda) the sixty-fourth is Kamala-nayana, the sixty-fifth was Mahe5a Par;u;fita,\n\nthe sixty-sixth was Srikara, and the sixty-seventh was Sri Madhusudana.\nPURPORT\n\nSubuddhi Misra, who was formerly Gul)aco<;ta in Vrndavana, installed GauraNityananda Deities in a temple in the village known as Belagan, which is about three\n\nmiles away from Srikhal)<;la. His present descendant is known as Govindacandra\nGosvami.\n\n", "adi2#p0348": "324\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 112\n\n\"i_KJ�t1�1, -�1{,. tr'Stit� I\n1\\�q ,�, fllr ftfiNt'l II ��� II\npuru�ottama, �ri-giilima, jaganniitha-diiso\nsri-candra�ekhara vaidya, dvija haridiisa\n\nSYNONYMS\npuru�ottama-of the name Puru�ottama; �ri-giilima-of the name Sri Gilima;\n\njaganniitha-diisa-of the name Jagannatha dasa; �ri-candre�ekhara vaidya-of the\n\nname Sri Candrasekhara Vaidya; dvija haridiisa-of the name Dvija Haridasa.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe sixty-eighth branch of the original tree was Puru�ottama, the sixty-ninth\nwas Sri Galima, the seventieth was Jagannatha dasa, the seventy-first was Sri\nCandra5ekhara Vaidya, and the seventy-second was Dvija Haridasa.\n·\n\nPURPORT\nThere is some question about whether Dvija Haridasa was the author of\n\nA?fottara-�ata-niima. He had two sons named Sridama and Gokulananda who were\n\ndisciples of Sri Advaita Acarya. Their village, Kaiicana-gac;liya, is situated within\nfive miles of the Bajarasau station, the fifth station from Ajimagaiija in the district\nof Mursidabad, West Bengal.\nTEXT 113\n\nt1111ft'f, -..�, ·'5tt�� I\n.-r��t�, � �� 11 ��� n\nriimadiisa, kavicandra, �ri-gopii/adiisa\nbhiigavatiiciirya, fhiikura siirahgadiisa\n\nSYNONYMS\nriimadiisa-of the name Ramadasa; kov/candra-of the name Kavicandra; �ri­\n\ngopiiladiiso- of\n\nthe name Sri Gopala dasa; bhiigavatiiciirya-of the\nBhagavatacarya; fhiikura siirahgadiisa-of the name Thakura Sarariga dasa.\n\nname\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe seventy-third branch of the originaJ tree was Ramadasa, the seventy-fourth\nwas Kavicandra, the seventy-fifth was Sri Gopala disa, the seventy-sixth was\nBhagavatacarya, and the seventy-seventh was Thakura Siranga aasa.\n\n", "adi2#p0349": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n325\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Gaura-garodde�-dipikii (203) it is said, \"Bhagavatacarya compiled a book\nentitled Kr1ra-prema-tarangi[1i, and he was the most beloved devotee of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\" When Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu visited Varahanagara,\na suburb of Calcutta, He stayed in the house of a most fortunate briihmara who\nwas a very learned scholar in Bhiigavata literature. As soon as this briihmara saw\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he began to read Srimad-Bhiigavatam. When Mahaprabhu\nheard his explanation, which expounded bhakti-yoga, He immediately became unconscious in ecstasy. Lord Caitanya later said, \"I have never heard such a nice\nexplanation of Srimad-Bhiigavatam. I therefore designate you Bhagavatacarya. Your\nonly duty is to recite Srimad-Bhiigavatam. That is My injunction.\" His real name\nwas Raghunatha. His monastery, which is situated in Varahanagara, about three and\na half miles north of Calcutta on the bank of the Ganges, still exists, and it is\nmanaged by the initiated disciples of the late Sri Ramadasa Babaji. Presently,\nhowever, it is not as well managed as in the presence of Babaji Maharaja.\nAnother name of Thakura Saranga dasa was Sarriga Thakura. Sometimes he was\nalso called Sarrigapaoi or Sarrigadhara. He was a resident of Navadvipa in the neighborhood known as Modadruma-dvipa, and he used to worship the Supreme Lord in\na secluded place on the bank of the Ganges. He did not accept disciples, but he was\nrepeatedly inspired from within by the Supreme Personality of Godhead to do so.\nThus one morning he decided, \"Whomever I see I shall make my disciple.\" When he\nwent to the bank of the Ganges to take his bath, by chance he saw a dead body\nfloating in the water, and he touched it with his feet. This immediately brought the\nbody to life, and Thakura Saranga dasa .accepted him as his disciple. This disciple\nlater became famous as Thakura Murari, and his name is always associated with\nthat of Sri Saranga. His disciplic succession still inhabits the village of Sar. There is\na temple at Mamagacchi that is supposed to have been started by Sarriga Thakura.\nNot long ago, a new temple building was erected in front of a baku/a tree there,\nand it is now being managed by the members of the Gau<;liya Malha. It is said that\nthe manag�ment of the temple is now far better than before. In the Gaura­\n\ngarodde�-dipikii ( 172) it is stated that Sarriga Thakura was formerly a gopi named\n\nNandimukhi. Some devotees say that he was formerly Prahlada Maharaja, but Sri\nKavikarl)apura says that his father, Sivananda Sen a, does not accept this proposition.\nTEXT 114\n\n� it.(, �12t 1\\iS?��ifttl( I\n''StM't'f �, �tl �12f ctt�f( II ��8 II\njaganniitha tirtha, vipra �ri-jiinakiniitha\ngopii/a iiciirya, lira vipra viiriniitha\n\nSYNONYMS\njaganniitha\n\nthe name Jagannatha Tirtha; vipra-briihmara; �riname Sri Janakinatha; gopiila iiciirya-of the name\n\ntTrtha-of\n\njiinakTniitha-of\n\nthe\n\n", "adi2#p0350": "Sri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n326\n\nGopala Acarya;\nVaoinatha.\n\nora- and;\n\nvipra\n\nvarTnatha-tht:-\n\nbrahmara\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nname\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe seventy-eighth branch of the original tree was J agannatha Tirtha, the seventyninth was the brahmaoa Sri Janakinatha, the eightieth was Gopala Acarya, and the\neighty-first was the brahmal)a Var:Jinatha.\nPURPORT\nJagannatha Tirtha was one of the nine principal sannyasis who were Lord\nCaitanya's associates. Vaoinatha Vipra was a resident of Caripaha!i, a village in the\ndistrict of Burdwan near the town of Navadvipa, the police station of Purvasthali\nand the post office of Samudraga<;Ja. The temple there was very much neglected,\n\nbut it was renovated in the Bengali year 1328 by Sri Paramananda Brahmacari, one\nof Sri Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura's disciples, who reorganized the seva-pUja\n(worship in the temple) and placed the temple under the management of the Sri\nCaitanya Matha of Sri Mayapur. In the temple as it now exists, the Deity of Sri\nGaura-Gadadhara is worshiped strictly according to the principles of the revealed\nscriptures. Ciripaha!i is two miles away from both Samudraga<;Ja and the Navadvipa\nstation of the eastern railway.\nTEXT 115\n\n<:1tfM\"f, �'��,-��I\n�,.� ���-�'�-�-II ))� M\ngovinda, madhava, vasudeva-tina bhai\nyah-sahara kirtane niice caitanya-nitai\n\nSYNONYMS\ngovinda-of the name Govinda; madhava-of the name Madhava; viisudeva-of\nthe name Vasudeva; tina bhiii- three brothers; yah-sahara-all of whom; kirtane-in\nthe performance of sahkTrtana; nace-dance; caitanya-nitiii-Lord Caitanya and\nNityananda Prabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe three brothers Govinda, Madhava and Vasudeva were the eighty-second,\neighty-third and eighty-fourth branches of the tree. Lord Caitanya and Nityananda\nused to dance in their kirtana performances.\nPURPORT\nThe three brothers Govinda, Madhava and Vasudeva Ghosh all belonged to a\n\nkayastha family. Govinda established the Gopinatha temple in Agradvipa, where he\n\nresided. Madhava Ghosh was expert in performing kirtana. No one within this\n\n", "adi2#p0351": "Adi-ma, Chapter 10\nworld could compete with him.\n\n327\n\nHe was known as the singer of Vrndavana and was\n\nvery dear to Sri Nityananda Prabhu. It is said that when the three brothers per­\n\nformed sahkJrtana, immediately Lord Caitanya and Nityananda would dance in\necstasy. According to the Gaura-garoddesa-dJpikii\n\n(188), the three brothers were\n\nformerly Kalavati, Rasollasa and Gunaturiga, who recited the songs composed by\nSri Visakha-gopi. The three brothers\n\n\"were among one of the seven parties that per­\n\nformed klrtana when Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu attended the Rathayatra\n\nfestival at Jagannatha Puri. Vakresvara Par:u;lita was the chief dancer in their party.\nThis is vividly described in the Madhya-IJ/ii, Chapter Thirteen, verses 42 and 43.\n\nTEXT 116\n\n�tac\"t� ���t�-�·tJ·,�fllt 1\n�\"�\"1f -.ri 1_fit' <;lf -.fPI,.tll u �)�& u\nriimadiisa abhiriima-sakhya-premariisi\n�o/asiihgera kii�,tha tuli' ye karila viihSJ\nSYNONYMS\nriimadiisa abhiriima-of the name Ramadasa Abhirama; sakhya-prema- friendship;\n\nriisi-great volume; �ola-siihgera-of sixteen knots; kiiHha-wood; tu/i - l ifting; yeone who; karila-made; viihSJ\n\n'\n\n- f l ute.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamadasa Abhirama was fully absorbed in the mellow of friendship. He made a\nflute of a. bamboo stick with sixteen knots.\nPURPORT\nAbhirama was an inhabitant of Khanakulakr�r;�a-nagara.\n\nTEXT 117\n\n� �twhdii\\!Jtil\"f '� �fittt1 I\nlit1f 1ft'r �ii'Wil �'611&ti 'Citltrl II ))l:t II\nprabhura iijfliiya nityiinanda gauge ca/ilii\ntiihra sahge tina-jana prabhu-iijiiiiya iiilii\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura iijiiiiya-under the order of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nityiinanda­\n\nLord Nityananda;gauf/e-to Bengal; cali/ii-went back; tiihra sahge\n\n- in His company;\n\ntina-jana-three men; prabhu-iijiiiiya- under the order of the Lord; iiilii-went.\n\n", "adi2#p0352": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n328\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy the order of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, th�ee devotees accompanied Lord\n\nNityananda Prabhu when He returned to Bengal to preach.\nTEXT 118\n\nfl�tJt, �t�, �'A\" ��� �� I\n\n�-�tr J� <;\"11�\"f �1fl �t� II :) �IP- II\nriimadiisa, miidhava, iira viisudeva gho�a\nprabhu-sahge rahe govinda piiiyii santo�a\n\nSYNONYMS\nriimadiisa-of the name Ramadasa; madhavo-of the name Madhava; oro-and;\nviisudeva gho_sa-of the name Vasudeva Ghosh ;prabhu-sohge-in the company of Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; rahe\n\n-\n\nremained; govinda-of the name Govinda; piiiyii-feel­\n\ning; santo�a-great satisfaction.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThese three were Ramadasa, Madhava and Vasudeva Ghosh. Govinda Ghosh,\n\nhowever, remained with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu at Jagannatha Puri and thus felt\ngreat satisfaction.\n\nTEXT 119\n\n.-t'5l<i!<:!W�, fR�, ·� I\n�N�, <f$1l'f1.r., -��II��� II\nbhiigavatiiciirya, ciranjTva �ri-raghunandana\nmiidhaviiciirya, kamaliikiinta, �ri-yadunandana\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhiigavatiiciirya-of the name Bhagavatacarya; cirafljiva-of the name Ciranjiva;\n\n�ri-raghunandana-of the name Sri Raghunandana; miidhaviiciirya-of the name\n\nMadhavacarya; kamaliikiinta-of the name Kamalakanta; �ri-yadunandana-of the\nname S ri Yadunandana.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBhagavatacarya, Cirafijiva, Sri Raghunandana, Madhavacarya, Kamalakanta and\nSri Yadunandana were all among the branches of the Caitanya tree.\nPURPORT\nSri Madhavacarya was the husband of Lord Nityananda's daughter, Garigadevi:\nHe took initiation from Puru�ottama, a branch of Nityananda Prabhu. It is said\n\n", "adi2#p0353": "Adi-lna, Chapter 10\n\n329\n\nthat when Nityananda Prabhu's daughter married Madhavacarya, the Lord gave\nhim the village named Patijinagara as a dowry. His temple is situated near the J irat\nrailway station on the eastern railway. According to Gaura-garoddesa-dipiko (169)\n_\nSri Madhavacarya was formerly the gopT named Madhavi. Kamalakanta belonged to\nthe branch of Sri Advaita Prabhu. His full name was Kamalakanta Yisvasa.\nTEXT 120\n\nm��'ftil � llf1ftt, J�t-.'tt 1\n'9fm�-.' if.tt�� �lift .- '81. II !>� II\no\n\nmaha-krpa-patra prabhura jagoi, modhai\n'patita-pavana' namera sak�T dui bhai\nSYNONYMS\nmaho-krpo-potra-object of very great mercy; prabhura-of the\n\nLord; jagoi\n\nmodhai-the two brothers jagai and Madhai; patita-povana-deliverer of the fallen;\nnomera-of this name; saksi-witness ; dui bhoi these two brothers.\n,\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\njagai and Madhai, the eighty-ninth and nintieth branches of the tree, were the\ngreatest recipients of Lord Caitanya's mercy. These two brothers were the witnesses\nwho proved that Lord Caitanya was rightly named Patita-pavana, \"the deliverer\nof the fallen souls.\"\nPURPORT\nIn the Gaura-garoddesa-dTpiko (115) it is said that the two brothers J agai and\nMadhai were formerly the doorkeepers named J aya and Vijaya, who later became\nHiral)yak�a and Hiral)yakasipu. Jagai and Madhai were born in respectable brohmara\nfamilies, but they adopted the professions of thieves and rogues and thus became\nimplicated in all kinds of undesirable activities, especially woman hunting, intoxication and gambling. Later, by the grace of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Sri\nNityananda Prabhu, they were initiated, and they got the chance to chant the Hare\nKr�l)a maho-mantra. As a result of chanting, both brothers later became exalted\ndevotees of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The descendants of Madhai still exist, and\nthey are respectable brahmaras. The tombs of these two brothers, jagai and Madhai,\nare in a place known as Gho�aha!a, or Madhaitala-grama, which is situated about\n\none mile south of Katwa. It is said that Sri Gopicaral)a dasa Babaji established a\ntemple of Nitai-Gaura at this place about 200 years ago.\nTEXT 121\n\n<;��-t·<ee�� �� ��t-.'f �fl!-. I\n�-.'G ��i!!l'e� ..i � 11� II !>�.!> II\n\n", "adi2#p0354": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n330\n\ngau(la-desa-bhaktera kai/a sank�epa kathana\nananta caitanya-bhakta nii yiiya garana\nSYNONYMS\n\ngau(la-desa-in\n\nBengal; bhaktera-of\n\nthe devotees; kai/a-1\n\nhave described;\n\nsank;epa-in brief;kathana-narration;ananta-unlimited;caitanya-bhakta-devotees\nof Lord Caitanya; nii-not; yiiya-can be; garana-counted.\nTRANSLATION\nI have given a brief description of the devotees of Lord Caitanya in Bengal.\nActually His devotees are innumerable.\nTEXT 122\n\n���tl'f �l �� 1ft' �\"'c;tr I\nl� \"'ttil i!lt,-,��1 ��\"' iltifl·1fttr II ��� II\nniliicale ei saba bhakta prabhu-sange\ndui sthiine prabhu-sevii kai/a niinii-range\nSYNONYMS\n\nniliicale-at Jagannatha Puri; ei-these; saba-all; bhakta-devotees; prabhu-sangein the company of Lord Caitanya; dui sthiine-in two places; prabhu-sevii-service\nof the Lord; kai/a-executed; niinii-range-in different ways.\nTRANSLATION\nhave especially mentioned all these devotees because they accompanied Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu in Bengal and Orissa and served Him in many ways.\nPURPORT\n\nMost of the devotees of Lord Caitanya lived in Bengal and Orissa. Thus they are\ncelebrated as oriyiis and gauifiyas. At present, howe.ver, by the grace of Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, His cult is being propagated all over the world, and it is\nmost probable that in the future history of Lord Caitanya's movement, Europeans,\n\nAmericans, Canadiar:1s, Australians, South Americans, Asians and people from all\nover the world will be celebrated as devotees of Lord Caitanya. The International\nSociety for Krishna Consciousness has already constructed a big temple at Mayapur,\nNavadvipa, which is being visited by devotees from all parts of the world, as foretold by Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and anticipated by Sri Bhaktivinoda Thakura.\nTEXT 123\n\n��· �'1�'1 � '� � 'e9'5f'1 I\n\n���91 �00 f�l � \"'� �-til II ��� II\n\n", "adi2#p0355": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 10\n\n331\n\nkeva/a nillica/e prabhura ye ye bhakta-gara\nsahk�epe kariye kichu se saba kathana\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nkevala-only; nillicale-in Jagannatha Puri; prabhura-of the Lord; ye ye-all those;\n\nbhakta gara-devotees; sahk�epe-in brief; kariye-1 do; kichu-some; se saba-all\n-\n\nthose; kathana-narration.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLet me briefly describe some of the devotees of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu in\nJ agannatha Puri.\n\nTEXTS 124-�26\n\n�t�'f <2t\"�t'f �� 'e�'$f'1 I\n�� � ��1fS{ ��II H.8 II\n�Jart�\"f11J...1fl, �111: \"'511fi9f·sttt11\"ttfJ 1\n�11:, �'5t�, -IQ, �tilii\"lll ��<r II\n\n5f'tt1rtlf 9ffu�, Jt� �f1fw� I\nl'ilt'll �'11, �C�tl �tfll5f� II ��� II\nnillicale prabhu-sahge yata bhakta-gara\nsablira adhyak�a prabhura marma dui-jana\nparamlinanda-puri, lira svarupa-dlimodara\ngadlidhara, jagadlinanda, sahkara, vakresvara\ndlimodara pa[Jflita, fhlikura haridlisa\nraghunlitha vaidya, lira raghunlitha-dlisa\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nnillica/e-in Jagannatha Puri; prabhu-sahge-in the company of Lord Caitanya;\nyato-all; bhokto-gora-devotees; sobliro-of\n\nall\n\nof\n\nthem; adhyok�o-the chief;\n\nprabhuro-of the Lord; marma-heart and soul; dui-jana-two perso ns;paramlinanda\n\npuri-of the name Paramananda Purl; lira-and; svorupa-dlimodora-of the name\nSvarupa Damodara; godlidhara-of the name Gadadhara; jagadlinanda-of the name\n\nJagadananda; sohkaro-of the name Sarikara; vokresvoro-of the name Yakresvara;\n\ndlimodara porflita-of the name Damodara Par:H.Jita; ,thlikura haridlisa-of the name\n\nThakura Haridasa; roghunlitha voidyo-of the name Raghunatha Yaidya; lira-and;\nraghuniitho-dliso-of the name Raghunatha dasa.\n\n", "adi2#p0356": "332\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\nAmong the devotees who accompanied the Lord in Jagannatha Purl, two of\nthem-Paramananda Purl and Svarupa Damodara-were the heart and soul of the\nLord. Among the other devotees were Gadadhara, Jagadananda, Sarikara, Vakresvara,\nDamodara Pa�;��ita, Thakura Haridasa, Raghunatha Vaidya and Raghunatha dasa.\nPURPORT\nThe Caitanya-bhagavata, Antya-/ila, Chapter Five, states that Raghunatha Vaidya\n\ncame to see S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu when the Lord was staying at Plir;Jihati. He\nwas a great devotee and had all good qualities. According to the Caitanya-bhagavata,\nhe was formerly Revati, the wife of Balarama. Anyone he glanced upon would\nimmediately attain KrHla consciousness. He lived on the seashore at J agannatha\nPuri and compiled a book of the name Sthana-nirflpara.\nTEXT 127\n\n.t:!JtfiRi � � 'e�1t'l I\n�'ftit'l ��' �tt �� '� \" ��'l \"\nityadika pflrva-sahgi bafla bhakta-gara\nnilaca/e rahi' kare prabhura sevana\n\nSYNONYMS\nityadika-all these and others; pflrva-sahgi-former associates; bafla-very much;\n\nbhakta-gara-great devotees; nilaca/e-at Jagannatha Purr; rahi'- remaining; karedo; prabhura-of the tord; sevana\n\n-\n\nservice .\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll these devotees were associates of the Lord from the very beginning, and\nwhen the Lord took up residence in Jagannlitha Purl they remained there to serve\nHim faithfully.\nTEXT 128\n\n�tf � 'ftl1t'l '�� I\n�� �� (}ft., �'ftit'l �t�' \" ��\"\" \"\nara yata bhakta-gara gaufla-desa-vasi\npratyabde prabhure dekhe nilaca/e ·asi'\n\nSYNONYMS\nara-others;yata-all {bhakta-gara-devotees; gaufla-desa-vasi-residents of Bengal;\npratyabde-each year; prabhure-the Lord; dekhe -see; nilacale-in J agannatha Purr;\n\nasi'-coming there.\n\n", "adi2#p0357": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n333\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees who resided in Bengal used to visit Jagannatha Purl to see the\nLord.\nTEXT 129\n\n�llfWt'l �� i2f� fif'li{ I\n� �ctl �� �' 'St'f-. II ��� II\nniliicale prabhu-saha prathama milano\nsei bhakta-garera ebe kariye garana\nSYNONYMS\nniliicale-at Jagannatha Puri; prabhu-saha\n\n-\n\nwith the Lord; prathama-first; milano\n\n-meeting; sei-that; bhakta-garera- of the devotees; ebe\n\n-count.\n\n-\n\nnow; kariye-1 do; gatJana\n\nTRANSLATION\nNow let me enumerate the devotees of Bengal who first came to see the Lord at\nJagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 130\n\n�� ��.-lft�ce� 'e� I\n\nttJ oeit9fR! �t'5tt�fttt� II ��o II\nba(la-siikhii eka, -siirvabhauma bha.tfiiciirya\ntiihra bhagni-pati sri-gopiniithiiciirya\nSYNONYMS\nbapa-siikhii eka one of the biggest branches; siirvabhauma bha.t.tiiciirya-of the\n-\n\nname Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; tiihra bhagni-pati-his brother-in-law {the husband\nof Sarvabhauma's sister}; sri-gopiniithiiciirya-of the name Sri Gopinathacarya.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThere was Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya, one of the biggest branches of the tree of\nthe Lord, and his sister's husband, Sri Gopinathacarya.\nPURPORT\nThe original_ name of Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya was Vasudeva Bhattacarya. His\n\nplace of birth, which is known as Vidyanagara, is about two and a half miles away\n\nfrom the Navadvipa railway station, or CinpahaF railway station. His father was a\nvery celebrated man of the name Mahesvara Visarada. It is said that Sarvabhauma\nBhattacarya was the greatest logician of his time in India. At Mithila in Bihar he\nbecame a student of a great professor nallJed Pak�adhara Misra, who did not allow\n\n", "adi2#p0358": "334\n\nSri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nany student to note down his explanations of logic. Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya was\n\nso talented, however, that he learned the explanations by heart, and when he later\n\nreturned to Navadvipa he established a school for the study of logic, thus diminishing\n\n·the importance of Mithila. Students from various parts of India still come to\n\nNavadvipa to study logic. According to some authoritative opinions, the celebrated\n\nlogician Raghunatha Siromal)i was also a student of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya. In\neffect, Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya became the leader of all students of logic. Although\n\nhe was a grhastha (householder), he even taught many sannyiisis in the knowledge\n\nof logic. He started a school at J agannatha Pufi for the study of Vedanta philosophy,\nof which he was a great scholar. When Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya met Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, he advised the Lord to learn Vedanta philosophy from him, but later\n\nhe became a student of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu to understand the real meaning\nof Vedanta. Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya was so fortunate as to see the six-armed\nform of Lord Caitanya known as �itQbhuja. A �t,lbhuja Deity is still situated at\n\none end of the Jagannatha temple. Daily sankirtana performances take place in this\n\npart of the temple. The meeting of Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya with Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu is vividly described in the Madhya-filii, Chapter Six. Sarvabhauma\n\nBhagacarya wrote a book named Caitanya-�taka. Of the 100 verses of this book,\n\ntwo verses, \"beginning with the words vairagya\"Vfdyii-nijabhaktiyoga, are very famous amQng G�Qiya Vai�r;�avas. The Gtlur:o-gt�(lqddesa-diplkii (119) states that\n\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya was an incarnation of Brhaspati, the learned scholar from\n\nthe cel.estial planets.\n\nGopinatha Acarya, who belonged to a respectable briihmarJa family, was also an\n\ninhabitant of Navadvipa and constant companion of the Lord. He was the husband\n\nof Sarvabhauma Bhauacarya's sister. In the Gaura-gatJoddesa-dipikii (178) it is\n\ndescribed that he was formerly the gopi named Ratnavali. According to the opinion\nof others, he was an incarnation of Brahma.\n\nTEXT 131\n\n�t�flr(!f, �ll\"fif�, m �i'f 1\n�t� fil� �t. 'ttbn �til\"' n ��� n\nkiisi-misra, pradyumna-misra, riiya bhaviinanda\nyiinhiira milane prabhu piiilii iinanda\nSYNONYMS\nkiisf-misra-of the name Kasi Misra; pradyumna-misra-of the name Pradyumna\n\nMisra; riiya bhaviinanda-of the name Bhavananda Raya;yiinhiira-of whom; milane­\n\nmeeti ng; prabhu- the Lord; piiilii-got; iinanda-great pleasure.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn the list of devotees at Jagannatha Puri [which begins with Paramananda Puri,\n\nSvarupa Damodara, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya and Gopinatha Acarya], Kasi Misra\n\n", "adi2#p0359": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n335\n\nwas the fifth; Pradyumna Mi5ra the sixth and Bhavlinanda Rliya the seventh. Lord\nCaitanya took great pleasure in meeting with them.\nPURPORT\nIn jagannatha Puri Lord Caitanya lived at the house of KaST Misra, who was the\n\npriest of the king. Later this house was inherited by Vakresvara Pal)c)ita and then\nby his disciple Gopalaguru Gosvami, who established there a Deity of Radhakanta.\n\nThe Gaura-garoddesa-dipikii (193) states that Kasi Misra was formerly the gopiin\nVrndavana named Kr�l)avallabha. Pradyumna Misra, an .inha6itant of Orissa, was a\n\ngreat devotee of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Pradyumna Misra was born of a\n\nbriihmaf}a family and Ramananda\n\nRaya of a non-briihmara family, yet Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu advised Pradyumna Misra to take instruction from Ramananda\nRaya. This incident is described in the Antya-lifii, Chapter Five.\n\nBhavananda Raya was the father of Sri Ramananda Raya. His residence was in\n\nAlalanatha (Brahmagiri), which is about twelve miles west of J agannatha Puri. By\ncaste he belonged to the karara community of Orissa, whose members were sometimes known as kiiyasthas and sometimes as sudras, but he was the governor of\nMadras under the control of King Prataparudra of jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 132\n\n�t�� <�Sfl\"' itt1f �fifl'f � I\n1_fif ��.._, �·�(( _,�11( �\"t� II ��� II\niiliflgana kari' tiiflre bali/a vacana\n\ntumi pii!Jflu, pafica-pii!J(lava-tomiira nandana\nSYNONYMS\n\niiliflgana kari'-embracing; tiiflre-unto him; bali/a-said; vacana-those words;\n\ntumi-you; pii!Jflu-wer e Pal)c)u; pafica-five;pii!Jflava-the Pap�avas; tomiira-your;\nnandana-sons.\nTRANSLATION\nEmbracing Raya Bhavlinanda, the Lord declared to him: \"You formerly appeared\nas Pal)c)u, and your five sons appeared as the five Pal)c)avas.\"\n\nTEXT 133\n\n1(� 1l'Rt, 'f�'Rl� <;11t'ftett-t I\n\n-..stf.nif, �-rtf�, itt'� �t� II ��� II\nriimiinanda riiya, pat{aniiyaka gopiniitha\nka/iinidhi, sudhiinidhi, niiyaka vii(liniitha\n\n", "adi2#p0360": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n336\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nriimiinanda riiya-of the name Ramananda Raya; paf(aniiyaka gopinatha-of the\nname Pananayaka Gopinatha; kaliinidhi-of the name Kalanidhi; sudhanidhi-of the\nname Sudhanidhi; niiyaka viiriniitha-of the name Nayaka VaQinatha.\nTRANSLATION\nThe five sons of Bhavananda Raya were Ramananda Raya, Pa��anayaka Gopinatha,\nKalanidhi, Sudhanidhi and Nayaka VaQinatha.\nTEXT 134\n\n�-9f· �i!i c;� c;ll� f�119ftZII\n�� � c;ll� c;lfft·,'e� 1f'ttJi II ��8 II\nei panca putra tomiira mora priyapiitra\nriimiinanda saha mora deha-bheda miitra\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-these; panca-five; putra-sons; tomiira-your; mora-Mine; priyaplitra-very\ndear; riimiinanda saha-with Sri Ramananda Raya; mora-Mine; deha-bheda-bodily\ndifference; miitra-only.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu told Bhavananda Raya, \"Your five sons are all My\ndear devotees. Ramananda Raya and I are one, although our bodies are different.\"\nPURPORT\nThe Gaura-garoddesa-dipikii {120-124) states that Ramananda Raya was formerly\n\nArjuna.\n\nHe is also considered to have been an incarnation of the gopi Lalita,\n\nalthough in the opinion of others he was an incarnation of Visakhadevi. He was a\nmost confidential devotee of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nsaid, \"Although I am a sannyiisi, My mind is sometimes perturbed when I see a\nwoman. But Ramananda Raya is greater than Me, for he is always undisturbed, even\nwhen he touches a woman.\" Only Ramananda Raya was endowed with the prerogrative to touch a woman in this way; no one should imitate him. Unfortunately,\nthere are rascals who imitate the activities of Ramananda Raya. We need not discuss\nthem further.\nIn\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu's final pastimes, both Ramananda Raya and\n\nSvarOpa Damodara always engaged in reciting suitable verses from Srimad-Bhligavatam\nto pacify the Lord's ecstatic feelings of separation from Kr�Qa. It is said that when\nLord Caitanya went to southern India, Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya advised Him to\nmeet Ramananda Raya, for he declared that there was no devotee as advanced in\nunderstanding the conjugal love of Kr�rJa and the gopis. While touring South India,\n\n", "adi2#p0361": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n337\n\nLord Caitanya met Ramananda Raya by the bank of the Godavari, and in their\n\nlong discourses the Lord took the position of a student, and Ramananda Raya\n\ninstructed Him. Caitanya Mahaprabhu concluded these discourses by saying, \"My\ndear Ramananda Raya, both you and I are madmen, and therefore we met intimate­\n\nly on an equal level.\" Lord Caitanya advised Ramananda Raya to resign from his\n\ngovernment post and come back to jagannatha Purito live with Him. Although Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu refused to see Maharaja Prataparudra because he was a king,\n\nRamananda Raya, by a Vaig1ava scheme, arranged a meeting between the Lord and\n\nthe King. This is described in the Madhya-lila, Chapter Twelve, verses 41-57. SrT\nRamananda Raya was present during the water sports of the Lord after the Rathayatra festival.\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu considered Sri Ramananda Raya and Sri Sanatana\nGosvami to be equal in their renunciation, for although Sri Ramananda Raya was a\ngrhastha engaged in government service and Sri Sanatana Gosvami was in the\n\nrenounced order of complete detachment from material activities, they were both\n\nservants of the Supreme Personality of Godhead who kept Kr�Da in the center of all\ntheir activities. Sri Ramananda Raya was one of the three and a half personalities\n\nwith whom Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu discussed the most confidential topics of\n\nKr?Da consciousness. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu advised Pradyumna Misra to learn\n\nthe science of Kr?Da from Sri Ramananda Raya. As Subala always assisted Kr?Da in\n\nHis dealings with Radhara�;�iin k�ra-lila, so Ramananda Raya assisted Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu in His feelings of separation from Kr�r;�a. Sri Ramananda Raya was the\nauthor of jagannatha-va/labha-na.taka.\nTEXTS 135-136\n\n$1\"9fta� fttr1, �t11' 'S! ••tilltf I\n\n��\"' Jl��' 'Sg f� \" ��� \"\nceon�1� �t�11i, <3'fitil\"!t�J ce111� 1\n\n<§lit� 'lftf!l�, � 11� Jl'tAA \" ��� \"\nprataparudra raja, ora o{Jhra kr�rananda\nparamananda mahapatra, o{Jhra sivananda\nbhagavan iicarya, brahmanandakhya bharati\nsri-sikhi mahiti, ora murari mahiti\nSYNONYMS\npratiiparudra raja- King Prataparudra of Orissa; ora-and; o{Jhra kr�rananda­\n\nKr�Qananda, an Oriya devotee; paramananda mahapatra-of the name Paramananda\n\nMahapatra; o{Jhra sivananda-the Oriya Sivananda; bhagavan acarya-of the name\nBhagavan Acarya; brahmananda-akhya bharati-of the name Brahmananda Bharati;\n\nsri-sikhi miihiti-of the name Sri Sikhi Mahiti; ora-and; murari mahiti-of the name\nMurari Mahiti.\n\n", "adi2#p0362": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n338\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nKing Prataparudra of Orissa, the Oriya devotees Kr�1.1ananda and Sivananda,\n\nParamananda Mahapatra, Bhagavan Acarya, Brahmananda Bharati, Sri Sikhi Mahiti\n\nand Murari Mahiti constantly associated with Caitanya Mahaprabhu while He\nresided in Jagannatha Puri.\n\nPURPORT\n\nPrataparudra Maharaja, who belonged to the dynasty of the Gariga kings and\n\nwhose capital was in Cuttak, was the Emperor of Orissa and a great devotee of\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. It was by the arrangement of Ramananda Raya and\n\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya that he was able to serve Lord Caitanya. In the Gauragaroddesa-dTpika\n\n( 118) it is said that King I ndradyumna, who established the\n\ntemple of Jagannatha thousands of years ago, later took birth again in his own\n\nfamily as Maharaja Prataparudra during the time of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nMaharaja Prataparudra was as powerful as King l ndra. The drama named Caitanya­\n\ncandrodaya was written under his direction.\n\nIn the Caitanya-bhagavata, Antya-lila, Chapter Five, Paramananda Mahapatra is\n\ndescribed as follows: \"Paramananda Mahapatra was among the devotees who took\n\nbirth in Orissa and accepted Caitanya Mahaprabhu as their only asset. In the ecstasy\nof conjugal love, he always thought of Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\" Bhagavan Acarya,\n\na very learned scholar, was formerly an inhabitant of Halisahara, but he left every­\n\nthing to live with Caitanya Mahaprabhu in Jagannatha Puri. His relationship with\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was friendly, like that of a cowherd boy. He was always\n\nfriendly to Svarupa Gosaiii,. but he was staunchly devoted to the lotus feet of Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. He sometimes invited Caitanya Mahaprabhu to his house.\n\nBhagavan Acarya was very liberal and simple. His father, Satananda Khari, was\n\ncompletely materialistic, and his younger brother, Gopala Bhattacarya, was a\nstaunch Mayavadf philosopher who had studied very elaborately. When his brother\n\ncame to J agannatha Purl, Bhagavan A carya wanted t<;> hear from him about Mayavada\n\nphilosophy, but Svarupa Damodara forbade him to do so, and there the matter\nstopped. Once a friend of Bhagavan Acarya's from Bengal wanted to recite a drama\n\nthat he had written that was against the principles of devotional service, and although\n\nBhagavan Acarya wanted to recite this drama before Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\nSvarupa Damodara, the Lord's secretary, did not allow him to do so. Later Svarupa\n\nDamodara pointed out in the drama many mistakes and disagreements with the\n\nconclusion of devotional service, and the author became aware of the faults in his\n\nwriting and then surrendered to Svarupa Damodara, begging his mercy. This is\n\ndescribed in the Antya-lila, Chapter Five, verses 91-166.\n\nIn the Gaura-ganoddesa-dTpika, verse 189, it is said that Sikhi Mahiti was formerly\n\nan assistant of Sr.imatr Radharal)i named Ragalekha. His sister Madhavi was also\n\nan assistant of Srimati Radharal)i and was named Kalakeli. Sikhi Mahiti, Madhavi\nand their brother\n\nMurari\n\nMahiti were all unalloyed devotees of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu who could not forget Him for a moment of their lives. There is a book\n\nin the Oriya language called Caitanya-carita-mahakavya in which there are many\n\nnarrations about Sikhi Mahiti. One narration concerns his seeing an ecstatic dream.\n\n", "adi2#p0363": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n339\n\nSikhi Mahiti always engaged in serving the Lord in his mind. One night, while he\n\nwas rendering such service, he fell asleep, and while he was asleep his brother and\n\nsister came to awaken him. At that time he was in full ecstasy because he was having\n\na wonderful dream that Lord Caitanya, while visiting the temple of Jagannatha,\n\nwas entering and again coming out of the body of Jagannatha and looking at the\nJagannatha Deity. Thus as soon as he awakened he embraced his brother and sister\n\nand informed them, \"My dear brother and sister, I have had a wonderful dream that\nI shall now explain to you. The activities of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the son of\n\nMother SacT, are certainly most wonderful. I saw that Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\nwhile visiting the temple of jagannatha, was entering the body of Jagannatha and\n\nagain coming out of His body. I am still seeing the same dream. Do you think I\n\nhave become deranged? I am still seeing the same dream! And the most wonderful\n\nthing is that as soon as I came near Caitanya Mahaprabhu, He embraced me with\nHis long arms.\" As he spoke to his brother and sister in this way, Sikhi Mahiti's\n\nvoice faltered, and there were tears in his eyes. Thus the brothers and sister went\nto the temple of Jagannatha, and there they saw Lord Caitanya in Jagamohana,\n\nlooking at the beauty of Sri Jagannatha Deity just as in Sikhi Mahiti's dream. The\nLord was so magnanimous that immediately He embraced Sikhi Mahiti, exclaiming,\n\n\"You are the elder brother of Murari!\" Being thus embraced, Sikhi Mahiti felt\n\necstatic transcendental bliss. Thus he and his brother and sister always engaged in\n\nrendering service to the Lord. Murari Mahiti, the youngest brother of Sikhi Mahiti,\nis described in the Madhya-filii, Chapter Ten, verse 44.\nTEXT 137\n\n11�-��-fitf��R!� cef1til'l- I\nSlJt1rtt �1lt'fl �� ;{11t 'StfC!n ��� n\nmiidhavi-devi-sikhi-miihitira bhagini\nsri-riidhiira diisi-madhye yiihra niima gari\n\nSYNONYMS\nmiidhavi-devi-of\n\nthe\n\nname\n\nMadhavidevi;\n\nsikhi-miihitira-of\n\nSikhi\n\nMahiti;\n\nbhagini- sister; sri-riidhiira-of Srimati Radharar;�i; diisi-madhye-amongst the maid­\n\nservants; yiinra-whose; niima- name; gari\n\n-\n\nc ount.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMadhavidevi, the seventeenth of the prominent devotees, was the younger sister\n\nof Sikhi Mahiti. She is considered to have formerly been a maidservant of Srimati\nRadhara1;1i.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Antya-lilii of Caitanya-caritiimrta, Chapter Two, verses 104-106, there is a\n\ndescription of Madhavidevi. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu considered her to be one of\n\n", "adi2#p0364": "Sri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n340\n\nthe maidservants of Srimati RadharaQi. Within this world, Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nhad three and a half very confidential devotees. The three were Svarupa Gosani, Sri\n\nRamananda Raya and Sikhi Mahiti, and Sikhi Mahiti's sister, Madhavidevi, being\n\na woman, was considered to be the half. Thus it is known that Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu had three and a half confidential devotees.\nTEXT 138\n\n��� �- �tWti) �'Q I\n\nllt'$ft� ift�t \\1-Rf R!f11 �II ��lr II\ni�vara-purira �i�ya-brahmaciiri kii�i�vara\n�ri-govinda niima tiinra priya anucara\nSYNONYMS\n\ni�vara-purira �isya-disciple of Tsvara Puri; brahmaciiri kiisisvara-of the name\n\n�\n\nBrahmacari Kasis ara; srT-govinda-of the name Sri Govinda; niima-name; tiinra­\n\nhis; priya-very dear; anucara-follower.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBrahmacarl KasTsvara was a disciple of lsvara Puri, and Sri Govinda was another\n\nof his dear disciples.\n\nPURPORT\nGovinda was the personal servant of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. In the Gauru­\n\ngoroddesa-dipikii, verse 137, it is stated that the servants formerly named Bhpigara\n\nand Bharigura in Vrndavana became KasiSvara and Govinda in Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\n\npastimes. Govinda always engaged in the service of the Lord, even at great risk.\nTEXT 139\n\ntt1f fit�� <;Wtt� \\lt1{ 'CI'tal �1$i I\n�t'f �'itti1 � 'Citfit1111 ��� II\ntiinra siddhi-kiile donhe tiinra iijfiii piifiii\nniliicale prabhu-sthiine mili/a iisiyii\nSYNONYMS\ntiinra siddhi-kiile-at the time of Tsvara Puri's passing away; donhe-the two of\n\nthem; tiinra-his; iijfiti-order; piifiii\n\n-\n\ngetting; niliicale-at jagannatha Purl; prabhu­\n\nsthiine-at the place of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; milila-met;iisiyii-coming there.\n\n", "adi2#p0365": "Adi-lila, Chapter 1 0\n\n341\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the list of prominent devotees at Nilacala [Jagannatha Puri], KaSisvara was\nthe eighteenth and Govinda the nineteenth. They both came to see Caitanya\nMahaprabhu at jagannatha Puri, being thus ordered by Isvara Puri at the time of\nhis passing away.\nTEXT 140\n\n.1111{ � 1ftt1 � �·��mf I\n\nitJ �1 �' c;Jt� � ,tt!(tt II )So II\ngurura sambandhe manya kaita dunhiikiire\ntiinra iijiiii miini' sevii ditena donhiire\n\nSYNONYMS\ngurura sambandhe-in relationship with his spiritual master; miinya-honor;\nkaita- offered; dunhiikiire-to both of them; tiinra iijiiii-his order; miini'-accepting;\n\nsevii-service; ditena-gave them; donhiire-the two of them.\nTRANSLATION\nBoth KaSisvara and Govinda were Godbrothers of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and\nthus the Lord duly honored them as soon as they arrived. But because lsvara Puri\nhad ordered them to give Caitanya Mahaprabhu personal service, the Lord accepted\ntheir service.\nTEXT 141\n\n'tilert�<�t c;�C\"ft1f firt'fi{ � 1\n\nWP'SfWtflf '1ff� � 'tiltt'St -.tlfl9 II )8) II\nanga-sevii govindere ditena i�vara\njaganniitha dekhite catena iige kii�T�vara\n\nSYNONYMS\nanga-sevii-taking care of the body; govindere-unto Govinda; ditena-He gave ;\ni�vara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; jaganniitha-the Jagannatha Deity;\ndekhite-while going to visit; catena-goes; age-in front; kii�i�vara-of the name\nKasisvara.\nTRANSLATION\nGovinda cared for the body of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu whereas Kasisvara went\nin front of the Lord when He went to see jagannatha in the temple.\n\n", "adi2#p0366": "Sri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n342\n\nTEXT 142\n\n�9fpt � c;1tt'ltfl$ �-� I\n'l1ll.1J c;iffy' 'fQf �tt � �� n �s� 11\napara�a yiiya gosiini manu�ya-gahane\nmanu�yo .the/i' patha kare kii�i balaviine\n\nSYNONYMS\napara�a\n\n-\n\nuntouched; yiiya-goes; gosiifli-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; manu�ya­\n\ngahane-in the crowd; manu�ya .the/i'-pushing the crowd of men; patha kare­\n\nclears the way; kii�i- KasiSvara; balaviine-very strong.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to the temple of Jagannatha, Kasisvara, being\nvery strong, cleared the crowds aside with his hands so that Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ncould pass· untouched.\nTEXT 143\n\n�-�\"ft-- � � �Q I\nc;'Sf�IQ :ltttr c;:tt�i emf fimn I �8� II\nriimai-nandai-dohhe prabhura kihkara\ngovindera sahge seva kare nirantara\n\nSYNONYMS\nriimai-nandai-of the names Ramai and Nandai; dohhe- b o th of them; prabhura­\n\nL o rd Caitanya's; kihkara-servants; govindera-with Govinda; sahge-with him ;\nsevii-service; kare-rendered; nirantara-twenty-four hours a day.\nTRANSLATION\nRamai and Nandai, the twentieth and twenty-first among the important devotees\nin Jagannatha Puri, always assisted Govinda twenty-four hours a day in rendering\nservice to the Lord.\nTEXT 144\n\n� �IJt � N� 'ett� � I\n'��� '� � �lllft n �88 u\nbiii�a gharfa ja/a dine bharena riimai\ngovinda-iijfliiya seva karena nandai\n\n", "adi2#p0367": "Adi-ma, Chapter 1 o\n\n343\n\nSYNONYMS\nbai.fu-twenty-two; ghafla-big water pots;jo/a-water; dine-daily; bhoreno-fills;\n\nramai-of the name Ramai; govinda-ajifaya-by the order of Govinda; seva-service;\nkarena-renders; nandai-of the name Nandai.\nTRANSLATION\nEvery day Ramai filled twenty-two big water pots, whereas Nandai personally\nassisted Govinda.\nPURPORT\nIn the Gaura-gorodde.fu-dipikO (139) it is stated that two servants who formerly\nsupplied milk and water to Lord Kr�l)a became Ramai and Nandai in the pastimes\nof Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 145\n\n\"\"� ift1l �· � l5t•et I\n�t1f �ter �1 ��111 � � • �8� H\nkr�radasa nama �uddha kulina brahmara\nyare sahge /aiya kai/a dak�i[la gamana\nSYNONYMS\nkr�radasa-of the name Kr�l)adasa; nama-name; �uddha-pure; ku/ina-respectable; brahmara-brahmara; yare-whom; sahge-with; /aiya-taking; kaila-did;\ndak�i[la-southern India; gamana-touring.\nTRANSLATION\nThe twenty-second devotee, Kr�r;.aaasa, was born of a pure and respectable\nbrahmar;.a family. While, touring southern India, Lord Caitanya took Kr�r;.adasa\nwith Him.\n\nPURPORT\nis described in the Madhya-lila, Chapters Seven and Nine. He went\n\nwith\n\nri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to carry His water pot. In the Malabar state, members\n\nof the Bhattathari cult tried to captivate Kr�l)adasa by supplying a woman to seduce\n\nhim, but although Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saved him from being harmed, when\nthey returned to Jagannatha Puri He asked Kr�l)adasa to remain there, for the Lord\nwas never favorably disposed toward an associate who was attracted by a woman.\nThus Kr�l)adasa lost the personal association of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 146\n\n�tre[Jf ��tif-'ef� ��tit I\n\n$·'Sf11til �� <;�t�1 �tft II �8� II\n\n", "adi2#p0368": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n344\n\nbalabhadra bha.t.tacarya-bhakti adhikiiri\nmathurii-gamane prabhura yehho brahmaciiri\nSYNONYMS\nballabhadra bha.t.tiiciirya-of the name Balabhadra Bhagacarya; bhakti adhikiiribona fide devotee; mathurii-gamane-while touring Mathura; prabhura-of the Lord;\nyehho-who; brahmaciiri-acted as a brahmaciiri.\nTRANSLATION\nAs a bona fide devotee, Balabhadra Bhattacarya, the twenty-third principal\nassociate, acted as the brahmacari of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu when He toured\nMathura.\nPURPORT\nBalabhadra Bhattacarya acted as a brahmaciiri, or personal assistant of asannyiisi.\n\nA sannyiisi is not supposed to cook. Generally a sannyiisi takes prasiida at the house\n\nof a grhastha, and a brahmaciiri helps in this connection. A sannyiisi is supposed to\n\nbe a spiritual master and a brahmaciiri his disciple. Balabhadra Bhattacarya acted as\na brahmaciiri for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu when the Lord toured Mathura and\nVr ndavana\n\n.\n\nTEXT 147\n\n� �fit1ftlf, �t1t (;� �Rt'ft:Jt I\n\ntl ���i 1tt� ��'t_1t �t-1 II �8'\\ II\nbafla haridiisa, iira cho.ta haridiisa\ndui kirtaniyii rahe mahiiprabhura pii�a\nSYNONYMS\nbafla haridiisa-of the name Bar;la Haridasa; iira-and; cho.ta haridiisa-of the name\nChota Haridasa; dui kirtaniyii both of them were good singers; rahe-stay; mahii-\n\nprabhura- Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; pii�a-with\n\n.\n\nTRANSLA liON\nBac;la Haridasa and Chota Haridasa, the twenty-fourth and twenty-fifth devotees\nin Nilacala, were good singers who always accompanied Lord Caitanya.\nPURPORT\nChota\n\nHaridasa\n\nwas\n\nlater\n\nbanished\n\nfrom\n\nthe company of Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, as stated in the Antya-lilii, Chapter Two.\n\n", "adi2#p0369": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n345\n\nTEXT 148\n\n���1�1{, �t1t '$� fif�t�� I\n�� 'elt�, �t1t �,__, �'I�� II �8� II\nriimabhadriiciirya, iira o(lhra sirhhe�vara\ntapana iiciirya, iira raghu, niliimbara\nSYNONYMS\n\nriimabhadriiciirya-of the name Ramabhadra Aca rya ; ora-aoo; o(/hra- resid en t of\nOrissa; sirhhe�vara-of the name Simhesvara; tapana iiciirya-of the name Tapana\n·\nAcarya; iira raghu- a n d another Raghunatha; niliimbara-of the name Nilambara.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAmong the devotees who lived with Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu at Jagannatha\nPuri, Ramabhadra Acarya was the twenty-sixth, Simhesvara the twenty-seventh,\nTapana Acarya the twenty-eighth, Raghunatha the twenty-ninth and Nilambara the\nthirtieth.\nTEXT 149\n\nfi'ltrte�, ��'e�, �fi f.t�� I\n<;osft�� �lfi!J � f�� ��\"f II �8'>l II\nsil?giibha.t.ta, kiimiibha.tfa, dantura �iviinanda\ngau(le purva bhrtya prabhura priya kamaliinanda\nSYNONYMS\n\nsingiibha,t,ta-of the name Sirigabhatta; kiimiibha.t.ta-of the name Kamabhatta;\ndantura �iviinanda-of the name Dantura Sivananda; gaupe-in Bengal; purvaformerly; bhrtya-servant; prabhura-of the Lord; priya-very dear; kamaliinandaof the name Kamalananda.\nTRANSLATION\nSirigabhaUa was the thirty-first, Kamabhatta the thirty-second, Sivananda the\nthirty-third and Kamalananda the thirty-fourth. They all formerly served Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu in Bengal, but later these servants left Bengal to live with the\nLord in jagannatha Puri.\n\n·\n\nTEXT 150\n\n�f.ii!t�\"' -��'!-�m1i·\\!il11 1\n��r;a, � �11: i�'l �� II ��o II\n\n", "adi2#p0370": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n346\n\nacyutiinanda-advaita-iiciirya-tanaya\nni/iica/e rahe prabhura carara ii�raya\nSYNONYMS\nacyutiinanda-of the\nAdvaita\n\nname\n\nAcarya; niliicale-at\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; carara\n\n-\n\nAcyutananda; advaita-iiciirya-tanaya-the\nj agannatha\n\nson of\n\nPurr; rahe-stays; prabhura-of Lord\n\nlotus feet; ii�raya-taking shelter.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAcyutananda, the thirty-fifth devotee, was the son of Advaita Acarya. He also\nlived with Lord Caitanya, taking shelter of His lotus feet at Jagannatha Purr\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\nThere is a statement about Acyutananda in Chapter Twelve, verse 13, of Adi-lilii.\nTEXT 151\n\nfercl'(t1f 11�, � �ts�t� 1\n�· �t� �� �'l�tl'f Cf'tlf U �a� II\nnirloma gangiidiisa, iira vi�(ludiisa\nei sabera prabhu-sange niliicale viisa\nSYNONYMS\nnirloma gahgiidiisa-of the name Nirloma Gangadasa; iira :- and; vi�rudiisa-of the\nname\n\nVi�r;�udasa; ei sabera-of all of them; prabhu-sange-with Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; niliica/e-at j agannatha Puri; vasa-residence.\nTRANSLATION\nNirloma Gangadasa and Vi�r;�udasa were the thirty-sixth and thirty-seventh among\nthe devotees who lived at J agannatha Puri as servants of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXTS 152-154\n\n�ru�t�·'lfttO 121� <e� � \"� 1\n�t�� ,<1'47, �'At fif� i!9f-. U ���II\nJ�-r <eijf$t1{-�l!tJ � I\n� �r;Cf �� �t��1 '��' � U �·�� II\n5!1t��-'Jt� �� � � �t� I\ni!9f�·fi1t�t �tJ f'llflll'lf� n �as u\n\n", "adi2#p0371": "Adi-ma, Chapter 10\n\n347\n\nvariirasT-ma,dhye prabhura bhakta tina jana\ncandrasekhara vaidya, iira misra tapana\nraghuniitha bhaffiiciirya-misrera nandanf!\nprabhu yabe kiisi iiilii dekhi' vrndiivana\ncandrasekhara-grhe kalla dui miisa viisa\ntapana-misrera ghare bhik�ii dui masa\nSYNONYMS\nviiriirasl-madhye-at Var�Qasi; prabhura-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakto­\n\ndevotees; tina jana-three persons; candrasekhara vaidya-the clerk of the name\nCandrasekhara; iira-and; mfsra tapana-Tapana Misra; raghuniitha bhaf{acarya-of\nthe name Raghunatha Bhattacarya; misrera nandana-the son of Tapana Misra;\nprabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabnu; yabe-when; kiisl-Varal)asT; ailii-came ;\ndekhi'-after visiting; vrndiivana-the holy place; candrasekhara-grhe-in the house\nof Candrasekhara\n\nVaidya; kai/a-did; dui miisa-for two months; vasa-reside;\n\ntapana-misrera-of Tapana Misra; ghare-in the house; bhik�ii-accepted prdsiida;\ndui miisa-for two months.\nTRANSLATION\nThe prominent devotees at VaraQasT were the physician Candra5ekhara, Tapana\nMisra and Raghunatha BhaHacarya, Tapana Misra's son. When Lord Caitanya came\nto Vara�;�asi after seeing Vrnaavana, for two months He lived at the residence of\nCandra5ekhara Vaidya and accepted prasada at the house of Tapana Misra.\nPURPORT\nWhen S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was in Bengal, Tapana Misra approached Him to\n\ndiscuss spiritual advancement. Thus he was favored by Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nand received hari-niima initiation. After that, by the order of the Lord, Tapana\nMisra resided in VaraQasi, and when Lord Caitanya visited VaraQasi He stayed at\n\nthe home of Tapana Misra.\n\nTEXT 155\n\n�il\"ttlf �!;'IJ �� �'l1f \"'iti{ I\n�-1ft� �� �-lt� 11 ��� n\nraghuniitha biilye kai/a prabhura sevana\nucchiHa-miirjana iira piida-sarhviihana\nSYNONYMS\nraghuniitha- Raghunatha, the son of Tapana Misra; ba/ye- in his boyhood; kailadid; prabhura-of Lord Caitanya; sevana-rendering service; ucchiHa-miirjana-washing the dishes; ora-and; piida-sarhviihana-massaging the feet.\n\n", "adi2#p0372": "348\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stayed at the house of Tapana Misra, Raghunatha\nBhatta, who was then a boy, washed His dishes and massaged His legs.\nTEXT156\n\n41' �� �twr c;'i1'11 � � 1\n\n���� �� �'fi1 �it <;'illtit Pfti' II ��� II\nbafla haile niliicale gelii prabhura sthiine\naHa-miisa rahi/a bhik�ii dena kona dine\nSYNONYMS\n\nbafla haile-when he grew to be a young man; niliicale-at J agannatha Puri; gelii­\n\nwent; prabhura-of Lord Sri Cait anya Mahaprabhu;sthiine-at the place; aHa-miisaeight months; rah ila- st ayed; bhik�a-prasiida; dena- gave; kona dine- som e days.\n\nTRANSLATION\nat\n\nWhen Raghunatha grew to be a young man, he visited Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nJagannatha Puri and stayed there for eight months. Sometimes he offered\n\nprasada to the Lord.\nTEXT157\n\n�'-'�tat 'Pit$1 ��i{tf � 1\n\"Rtf�\"Jl���?t-<;'StPlt�1f ��tt J� II ��'t II\nprabhura iifn? piina vrndiivanere iiilii\n·asiyii sri-rDpa-gosiiflira nikafe rahilii\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhura-of\nLord\nCaitanya\nMahaprabhu; iijflii-order; pana-rece1vmg;\nvrndiivanere-to Yrndavana; iiilii-he came; iisiyii-comin g there; sri-rDpa-gosiinira­\n\nof SrTia R O pa Gosvami; nika_te-at his s hel ter; rahi/ii-remained\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLater, by the order of Lord Caitanya, Raghunatha went to Vrndavana\nand re.\n\nmained there under the shelter of Srila ROpa Gosvami.\nTEXT 158\n\n�H 'ltti' �?t-c;'$f'Pftf$ �ti{i{ 'et� I\n� �?t'Al Qj� flt� �II ��lr II\n\n", "adi2#p0373": "Adi-lila, Chapter 10\n\n349\n\ntiinro sthiine rupo-gosiHii �uneno bhiigovoto\nprobhuro krpayo tebho kr�ro-preme motto\n\nSYNONYMS\ntiinra sthiine-in his place; rupo-gosiii'ii-Srila\n\nRDpa Gosvami; s unen o-heard;\n\nbhiigovoto-the recitation of SrTmod-Bhiigovotom; probhuro krpiiyo-by the mercy of\n\nLord Caitanya; tenho-he; kr�ro-preme-in love of Kr�l)a; motto-always maddened.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile he stayed with Srila RDpa Gosvami, his engagement was to recite SrimadBhagavatam for him to hear. As a result of this Bhagavatam recitation, he attained\nperfectional love of Kr�r;�a, by which he remained always maddened.\nPURPORT\n\nRaghunatha Bhagacarya, or Raghunatha Bhatta Gosvami, one of the six Gosvamis ,\nwas the son of Tapana Misra. Born in approximately 1425 �okiibdo, he was expert\nin reciting SrTmod-Bhiigavotom, and in the Antya-IT/ii, Chapter Thirty, it is stated\nthat he was also expert in cooking; whatever he cooked would be nectarean. Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was greatly pleased to accept the foodstuffs that he cooked,\nand Raghunatha Bhaga used to take the remnants of foodstuffs left by SriCaitanya\nMahaprabhu. Raghunatha Bhagacarya lived for eight months in Jagannatha Puri,\nafter which Lord Caitanya ordered him to go to Vrndavana to join Sri RDpa\nGosvami. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked Raghunatha Bhatracarya not to marry\nbut to remain a brohmociirT, and He also ordered him to read SrTmod-Bhiigovotom\nconstantly. Thus he went to Vrndavana, where he engaged in reciting SrlinodBhiigavotom to Srila RDpa Gosvami. He was so expert in recitingSrTmod-Bhiigovotom\nthat he would recite each and every verse in three melodious tunes. While\nRaghunatha Bhaga Gosvami was living with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Lord\n\nblessed him by offering him betel nuts offered to the Jagannatha Deity and a garland of tulosT said to be as long as fourteen cubits. The Govinda temple was constructed by Raghunatha Bhatra Gosvami's order to one of his disciples. Raghunatha\nBhatta Gosvami supplied all the ornaments of the Govinda Deity. He never talked of\n\nnonsense or worldly matters but always engaged in hearing about Kr�l)a twenty-four\nhours a day. He never cared to hear blasphemy of a Vai�r;�ava. Even when there were\n\npoints to be criticized, he used to say that since all the Vai�r;�avas were engaged in\nthe service of the Lord, he did not mind their faults. Later Raghunatha Bhaga\nGosvami lived by Radhakur;�Qa in a small cottage. In the Goura-gaQoddeso-dTpikii,\nverse 185, it is said that Raghunatha Bhaga Gosvami was formerly the gopT named\nRaga-marijari.\nTEXT 159\n\nIJI� ���� ��'!9-�9'5t'l I\nfif� f'lf-t, �� en � �� II �<t� II\n\n", "adi2#p0374": "Sri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n350\n\nei-mata sahkhyiitita caitanya-bhakta-ga(la\ndinmiitra likhi, samyak nii yiiya kathana\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; sahkhyii-atita-innumerable; caitanya-bhakta-gara-devotees\nof Lord Caitanya; dihmiitra-only a fractional part; /ikhi-1 write; samyak-full;\nnii-,cannot; yiiya-be possible; kathana-to explain.\nTRANSLATION\nI list in this way only a portion of the innumerable devotees of Lord Caitanya.\"\nTo describe them all fully is not possible.\nTEXT 160\n\n��-llft�t'! 'ftt'$f (;� � IS� I\n'!Bf f-AJ-�9ffit11, '!Bf �'l!S'ti'f II � � II\no\n\nekaika-siikhiite /age kop kop (Iii/a\ntiira si�ya-upasi�ya, tara upapiila\nSYNONYMS\n\nekaika-in each; Siikhiite\n\n-\n\nbranch; /age-grow; kop ko_ti-hundreds and thousands;\n\n(Iii/a-twigs; tara-his; si�ya-disciple; upasi�ya-sub-disciple; tara-his; upapii/a-subbranches.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom each branch of the tree have grown hundreds and thousands of sub-branches\nof disciples and grand-disciples.\nPURPORT\n\nIt was the desire of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu that His cult be spread all over\nthe world. Therefore there is a great necessity for many, many disciples of the\nbranches of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's disciplic succession. His cult should be\nspread not only in a few villages, or in Bengal, or in India, but all over the world. It\nis very much regrettable that complacent so-called devotees criticize the members\nof the International Society for Krishna Consciousness for accepting sannyiisa\nand spreading the cult of Lord Caitanya all over the world. It is not our business to\ncriticize anyone, but because they try to find fault with this movement, the real\ntruth must be stated. SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu wanted devotees all over the world,\nand Sri1a Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura and Sri1a Bhaktivinoda Thakura also\nconfirmed this. It is in pursuit of their will that the ISKCON movement is spread ing all over the world. Genuine devotees of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu must take\npride in the spread of Kr�l)a consciousness movement instead of viciously criticizing its propaganda work.\n\n", "adi2#p0375": "Adi-li1a, Chapter 10\n\n351\n\nTEXT 161\n\n� � �- <.:l$t·!ff'«� I\n\n_\n\n�Pft-\"1 m�e. \"t<.$t·� II ��� M\nsokala bhariyii ache prema-phula-pha/e\nbhiisiiila tri-jagat kr�ra-prema-ja/e\nSYNONYMS\n\nsakala-all; bhariyfi\n\n-,\n\nfilled;iiche----1there is ; prema-love of Godhead; phu/a-flo wers;\n\npha/e-frui ts; bhiisaila-inundated; tri-jagat- the whole world; kr�ra-prema-of love\nof K r� r:J a; ja/e- with water.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEvery branch and sub-branch of the tree is full of innumerable fruits and\nflowers. They inundate the world with the waters of love of Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 162\n\nIf!� If!��� -tf• � 1{� I\n'�� �ti'' �� � � lh1fl11 �� II\neka eka siikhiira 5akti ananta mahim{i\n'sohasra vadane' yiira dite niire sima\nSYNONYMS\n\neka eka-of each and every; siikhiira-i b ranch ; sakti-power; ananta-unlimited;\nmahimii-glories; sahasra vadane-in thousands of mouths; yiira-of which; dite-to\ngive; niire-becomes u n.able; sima- I im it.\nTRANSLATION\nEach and every branch of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's devotees has unlimited\n\nspiritual power and glory. Even if one had thousands of mouths, it would be impossible to describe the limits of their activities.\nTEXT 163\n\n�Rt�?f � ��'t_l �'St'i I\n�111 �fifr;� if1tl '��·�' II ��� M\nsank�epe kahila mahiiprabhura bhakta-gara\nsamagra ba/ite niire 'sahasra-vadana'\n\n", "adi2#p0376": ",\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n352\n\nSYNONYMS\nsahk�epe-in\n\nbrief;\n\nkahi/a-described;\n\nMahaprabhu; bhakta-gara-the\n\nmahiiprabhura-of\n\nLord\n\ndevotees; samagra-all; balite-to\n\nCaitanya\n\nspeak; niire­\n\ncannot; sahasra-vadana-Lord Se�, who has thousands. of mouths.\nTRANSLATION\n\nI have briefly described the devotees of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu in different\n\nplaces. Even Lord Se�, who has thousands of mouths, could not list them all.\nTEXT 164\n\nfWt�-9ft1f � 'WI'fllt I\n�5W5ftl!t..-e ��1ft\" • )\"8 n\nsri-rupa-raghuniitha-pade yiira iisa\ncaitanya-caritiimrta kahe kr�radiisa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rDpa -Srila Rupa Gosvami; raghuniitha-Sri Raghunatha dasa Gosvami; pade­\n\nat the lotus feet; yiira-whose; iisa-expectation; caitanya-caritiimrta-the book\n\n�\n\nnamed Coitanya-caritiimrta; kahe-describes; kr�radiisa-Srila Kr�r;�ad sa Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\n\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring their\n\nmercy, I, K(ll)adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritimrta, following in their footsteps.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of SrTCoitanya-caritiimrta, Adi:lifa, Chapter\n\nTen, in the matter of the Main Trunk of the Caitanya Tree, Its Branches and Its\nSub-branches.\n\n", "adi2#p0377": "�di-fl!l\nCHAPTER11\nAs the branches and sub-branches of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu were described\n\nin the Tenth Chapter, in this Eleventh Chapter the branches and sub-branches of S ri\nNityananda Prabhu are similarly listed.\n\nTEXT 1\n\nfii\"!Jli\\\"f1t'fl,wr.•'f'f11t ,�1{�11{.1\n....-tf'fl'ftlt �'l,'flt fir�J� ��fiwnl n � n\nnityananda-padambhoja-bh[hgan prema-madhunmadiin\nnatvakhi/an te�u mukhyii likhyante katicin mayii\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityiinanda-of Lord\n\nS ri Nityananda; pada-ambhoja-lotus feet; bhrngan\n\nbumblebees; prema-of love\n\nof\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nGodhead; madhu- by the honey; unmadan­\n\nmaddened; natva-offering obeisances; akhiliin-to all of them; te�u-out of them;\n\nmukhya{l\n\n-\n\nthe chief; likhyante\n\n-\n\nbeing described; katicit-a few of them; maya- by\n\nme.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter offering my obeisances unto all of the devotees of Sri Nityananda Prabhu,\nwho are like bumblebees collecting honey from His lotus feet, I shall try to describe\nthose who are the most prominent.\nTEXT2\n\n����-\"�I\n\"� Rcttf<'!fi! �, '� 'M II � ft\njaya jaya mahiiprabhu sri-kr�ra-caitanya\ntanhiira cararasrita yei, sei dhanya\n\n353\n\n", "adi2#p0378": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n354\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; mahiiprabhu-unto Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; srikr�ra-caitanya-known as Kr�Qa Caitanya; tiihhiira carara-iisrita-all who have taken\nshelter at His lotus feet; yei-anyone; sei\n\n-\n\nhe is; dhanya-glorious\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! Anyone who has taken shelter at His\nlotus feet is glorious.\nTEXT3\n\n'At tAt\n\n-� 'At (Q� I\n'\"' tAt 11�� ,.('e�\"' 11 -o n\njaya jaya sri-advaita, jaya nityiinanda\njaya jaya mahiiprabhura sarva-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; sri-advaita-unto\n\nS ri Advaita A carya; jaya-all glories;\n\nnityiinanda-unto Lord SriNityananda Prabhu;jayajaya-all glories; mahiiprabhuraof Lord S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sarva-all; bhakta-vrnda-devotees\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to S ri Advaita Prabhu, Nityananda Prabhu and all the devotees of\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu!\nTEXT4\n\n., -��e.c-2flf11flftf- 1\n...,.���: llft�'NJt 'Sf�: II 8 U\ntasya sri-k[�[la-caitanya-sat-premiimara-Siikhinaf:l\nurdhva-skandhiivadhutendof:l siikhii-rupiin garan numaiJ\nSYNONYMS\ntasya- His; sri-k[!j[IO-caitanya-Lord Sri Kr�l)a Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sat-premaof eternal love of Godhead; amara-indestructible; siikhinaf;-of the tree; urdhvavery high; skandha-bran ch ; avadhuta-indof;-of Sri Nityananda; siikha-rupiin-in\nthe form of different branches; gariin-to the devotees; numaf:l-1 offer my respects.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Nityananda Prabhu is the topmost branch of the indestructible tree of eternal\n\nlove of Godhead, Sri Kr�l)a Caitanya Mahaprabhu. I offer my respectful obeisances\nto all the sub-branches of that topmost branch.\n\n", "adi2#p0379": "Adi-fiTa, Chapter 11\n\n355\n\nTEXT 5\n\n·fim�I ... �Pftl\nt;��� trfll'l-tt�-� �� I t II\nsrT-nityonanda-vrk�era skandha gurutara\ntohate janmila sokho-prasokho vistara\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nSri N i tyananda; skandha-main\nthat branch; janmila-gr ew;\nsokha branches; prasokha-sub branches; vistara-exp ansively .\nsri-nityonanda-vrk�era-of the tree\n\nbranch;\n\ngurutara-extremely\n\n-\n\nknown as\n\nheavy; tohote-from\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Nityananda Prabhu is an extremely heavy branch of the Sri Caitanya tree.\nFrom that branch grow many branches and sub-branches.\n\nTEXT6\n\nlfttr.1tJ ·itt!� �If llft.. t'5f'1 I\n,•.!'J...\"'f \"etf' �If � II � II\nmolokarera iccha-ja/e boge sokha-gara\nprema-phula-pha/e bhari' choi!a bhuvana\n\nSYNONYMS\nmo!okorera-of Sri Caitanya M ahapr abhu; iccha-ja/e-by the water of His wish;\nbo!)'e\n\n-\n\ninc rease; sokho-gara-the branches; prema-love of Godhead; phula-pha!e­\n\nwith flowers and f ru its; bhari'-filling; choila-covered; bhuvana-the whole world\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWatered by the desire of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, these branches and sub­\n\nbranches have grown unlimitedly and covered the entire world with fruits and\nflowers.\nTEXT 7\n\n��� ._... '$f'1 \"' � '$f'fi{ I\n\n�1�����11'\\11\nasankhya ananta gara ke karu garana\nopana sodhite kahi mukhya mukhya jana\n\n", "adi2#p0380": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n356\n\nSYNONYMS\nasahkhya-innumerable; ananta-unlimited; gara-devotees; ke-who; karu-can;\ngarana-count; apana-the self; sodhite-to purify; kahi-1 speak; mukhya mukhyaonly the chief;jana-persons.\nTRANSLATION\nThese branches and sub-branches of devotees are innumerable and unlimited.\nWho could count them? For my personal purification I shall try to enumerate only\nthe most prominent among them.\nPURPORT\nOne should not write books or essays on transcendental subject matter for\nmaterial name, fame or profit. Transcendental literature must be written under the\ndirection of a superior authority because it is not meant for material purposes. If\none tries to write under superior authority, he becomes purified. All Kr�11a conscious\n\nactivities should be undertaken for personal purification. (apana sodhite ) . not for\n\nmaterial gain.\n\nTEXT8\n\n-� '�tf�-..--�� I\n�tf �-rt� ��, �\"�� � � n .,.. u\nsri-virabhadra gosafli-skandha-mahasakha\ntanra upasakha yata, asahkhya tiira lekha\n\nSYNONYMS\nsrT-vTrabhadra gosani-of the name Sri Yirabhadra Gosar'ii; skandha-of the trunk;\nmaha-sakha-the\n\nbiggest\n\nbranch; tahra-his; upasakha-sub-branches; yata-all;\n\nasahkhya-innumerable; tara-of that; lekha-the description.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Nityananda Prabhu, the greatest branch is Virabhadra Gosarii, who also has\ninnumerable branches and sub-branches. It is not possible to describe them all.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatiThakura describes YTrabhadra Gosar'ii as the direct\n\nson of Srna Nityananda Prabhu and disciple of jahnava-devi. His real mother was\n\nYasudha. In the Gaura-garoddesa-dTpikii, verse 67, he is mentioned as an incarnation\nof K�Trodakasayf Yi�!1U. Therefore Yirabhadra Gosaiii is nondifferent from Sri\nKr�Qa Caitanya Mahaprabhu. In a village of the name jhamatapura in the district of\nHugali, Yirabhadra Gosaiii had a disciple named Yadunathacarya, who had two\ndaughters-a real daughter named SrTmati and a foster daughter named NarayaoT.\n\n", "adi2#p0381": "Adi-Jna, Chapter11\n\n357\n\nBoth these daughters married, and they are mentioned in Bhakti-ratniikara, Chapter\nThirteen. Virabhadra Gosani had three disciples who are celebrated as his sons­\n\nGopijana-vallab� a, Ramakr�r:ta and Ramacandra. The youngest, Ramacandra, belonged to the Sar;t�ilya dynasty and had the surname Vatavyala. He established his\nfamily at Kha�adaha, and its members are known as the gosviimis of Kha�adaha.\nThe eldest disciple, Gopijana-vallabha, was a resident of a village known as Lata\nnear the Manakara railway station in the district of Burdwan. The second, Ramak�s_n_a, ·lived near Maladaha in a village named Gayesapura. Srila Bhaktisiddhlnta\n\nSarasvati1hakura notes that since these three disciples belonged to different gotras,\n\nor dynasties, and also had different surnames and lived in different places, it is not\npossible to accept them as real sons of Virabhadra Gosani. Ramacandra had four\nsons, of\n\nwhom the eldest was\n\nRadhamadhava, whose third son was named\n\nYadavendra. Yadavendra's son was Nandakisora, his son was Nidhikr�r;�a, his son\n\nwas Caitanyacao<;la, his son was Kr�JJamohana, his son was J aganmohana, his son\nwas Vrajanatha, and his son was Syamalala Gosvami. This is the genealogical table\ngiven by Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura for the descendants of Virabhadra\nGosani.\nTEXT9\n\ntou��m��'\nGJ'i''f't-�\"! �<$1 � Ji5 II � II\niSvara ha-iyii kahiiya mahii-bhiigavata\nveda-dharmiitrta hanii veda-dharme rata\n\nSYNONYMS\nisvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;ha-iyii-being;kahiiya-calls Himself;\nmahii-bhiigavata-great\n\ndevotee; veda-dharma-the principles of Vedic religion;\n\natita-transcendental;hai7ii-being; veda-dharme-in the Vedic system; rata-engaged.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Virabhadra Gosani was the Supreme Personality of Godhead, He presented Himself as a great devotee. And although the Supreme Godhead is transcendental to all Vedic injunctions, He strictly followed the Vedic rituals.\nTEXT10\n\n� ..1�, ._,1�'11 Wv I\n\n�Mti!\"&t'l �� 'i!'ft II � II\no\n\nantare iSvara-ce:ftii, biihire nirdambha\ncaitanya-bhakti-mat;u;Jape teflho mD!a-stambha\n\n", "adi2#p0382": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n358\n\nSYNONYMS\nantare-within Himself; is vara-ce�tii-the activities of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; biihire-externally; nirdambha-without pride; caitanya-bhakti-ma[lpape­\n\nin the devotional hall of S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tenho-He is; mD/a-stambha-the\n\nmain pillar.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe is the main pillar in the hall of devotional service erected by SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. He knew within himself that He acted as the Supreme Lord ViglU,\nbut externally He was prideless.\nTEXT11\n\n���1f�·��\n�fi4'5.J1�\"f '5fti � � II �� n\nadyapi yiinhiira krpo-mahimo ha-ite\ncaitanya-nityiinanda giiya saka/a jagate\nSYNONYMS\nadyiipi-until today; yiinhiira- whose; krpo-mercy; mahimo-glorious; ha-ite­\n\nfrom ;1caitanya-nityiinanda-Srf Caitanya-N ityananda; giiya-si ng; saka/a-all ;jagatein the world.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt is by the glorious mercy of S ri Virabhadra Gosani that people all over the\nworld now have the chance to chant the names of Caitanya and Nityananda.\nTEXT12\n\n� �11'61·,'StPrtf<$1f ..-._llf11et I\nli�t112Plttlf Q �� �et n �� II\n..\n\nsei virabhadra-gosiii'iira /a-inu saraoa\nyiinhiira prasiide haya abht�ta-puroro\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; vTrabhadra-gosiiiiira-of Sri Virabhadra Gosaiii; /a-inu-1 take; soraro­\n\nshelter; yiinhiira-whose; prasiide-by mercy; haya- it becomes so; abhT�Ja-puroro­\n\nfulfillment of desire.\nTRANSLATION\ntherefore take shelter of the lotus feet of Virabhadra Gosaiii so that by His\n\nmercy my great desire to write Srf Caitanya-caritamrta will be properly guided.\n\n", "adi2#p0383": "Adi-lna, Chapter 11\n\n359\n\nTEXT13\n\nlbtaclfPI �' 1t1ftq 1fPII\n�- .. �� Wti'IM-1 ).. I\n�ri-riima-diisa iira, gadiidhara diisa\ncaitanya-gosiinira bhakta rahe tiinra pii�a\n\nSYNONYMS\n�ri-riima-diisa-of the name Sri Ramadasa; iira - and; gadiidhara diisa-of the name\nGadadhara dasa; caitanya-gosiifiira-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhaktadevotees; rahe - stay; tiinra pii�a-with Him.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTwo devotees of Lord Caitanya named Sri Ramadasa and Gadadhara dasa always\n\nlived with Sri Virabhadra Gosaiii.\n\nPURPORT\nSri Ramadasa, later known as Abhirama Thakura, was one of the twelve gopii/as,\ncowherd boy friends, of Sri Nityananda Prabhu. The Gaura-garoddesa-dipikii, verse\n126, states that Sri Ramadasa was formerly Sridama. In the Bhakti-ratniikara,\nChapter Four, there is a description of Srila Abhirama Thakura. By the order of Sri\nNityananda Prabhu, Abhirama Thakura became a great aciirya and preacher of the\nCaitanya cult of devotional service. He was a very influential personality, and nondevotees were very much afraid of him. Empowered by Sri Nityananda Prabhu, he\nwas always in ecstasy and was extremely kind to all fallen souls. It is said that if he\n\noffered obeisances to any stone other than a �o/agriima-si/0, it would immediately\nfracture.\n\nTen miles southwest of the railway station Ciripaqariga on the narrow gauge\nrailway line from Howrah in Calcutta to Amta, a village in the Hugali district, is a\nsmall town named Khlinaklila-kr�r;�anagara where the temple of Abhirama Thakura\nis situated. During the rainy season, when this area is inundated with water, people\n\nmust go there by another line, which is now called the southeastern railway. On this\n\nline there is a station named Kolaghata, from which one has to go by steamer to\nRar;�icaka. Seven and a half miles north of Rar;�fcaka is Khanakula. The temple of\nAbhirama Thakura is situated in Kr?r;�anagara, which is near the kiJ/a (bank) of the\n\nKhana (Dvarakesvara River); therefore this place is celebrated as Khanakulakr�r;�anagara. Outside of the temple is a baku/a tree. This place is known as Siddhabakula-kuiija. It is said that when Abhirama Thakura came there, he sat down under\nthis tree. In Khanakula-kr�ryanagara there is a big fair held every year in the month\nof caitra (March-April) on the kr�ra-saptamT, the seventh day of the dark moon.\nMany hundreds and thousands of people gather for this festival. The temple of\nAbhirama Thakura has a very old history. The Deity in the temple is known as\nGopinatha. There are many sevaita families living near the temple. It is said that\n\n", "adi2#p0384": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n360\n\nAbhirama Thakura had a whip and that whoever he touched with it would immediately become an elevated devotee of Kr�l)a. Among his many disciples, Sriman\nSrinivasa Acarya was the most famous and the most dear, but it is doubtful that he\nwas his initiated disciple.\nTEXTS 14-15\n\nf'a.<:!Jt•w• 'WftWt � � '� � 1\n�� �- .. filtf1 tl'tt' � • �8 ft\n�� tt�et -·� �efi' I\n1ft�� �1Qiltt'S �- �et • �t •\nnityanande iijiiii dila yabe gau(ie yiiite\nmahaprabhu ei dui dilii tiiilra siithe\nataeva dui-gare duilhiira garana\nmiidhava-viisudeva gho�erao ei vivarara\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityiinande-unto Lord Nityananda; iijnii-order; dila gave; yabe- when; gaude-\n\nt\n\nto Bengal; yiiite-to go; mahiiprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ei dui these wo;\n-\n\ndila-gave; tailra siithe-with Him; ataeva-therefore; dui-gare-in both the parties;\nduilhara-two of them; garana-are counted; madhava-of the name Madhava;\nviisudeva-of the name 'la.sudeva;gho�erao-of the surname Ghosh; e/- this; vivarara­\n\ndescription.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Nityananda Prabhu was ordered to go to Bengal to preach, these two\ndevotees [Sri Ramadasa and Gadadhara dasa] were ordered to go with Him. Thus\n\nthey are sometimes counted among the devotees of Lord Caitanya and sometimes\n\namong the devotees of Lord Nityananda. Similarly, Madhava and Vasudeva Ghosh\nbelonged to both groups of devotees simultaneously.\nPURPORT\nThere is a place named Dariihata near the AgradvTpa railway station and Patuli in\n\nthe district of Burdwan where the Deity of Sri GopTnathaji is still situated. This\nDeity accepted Govinda Ghosh as His father. Even until today, the Deity performs\n\nthe sriiddha ceremony on the anniversary of the death of Govinda Ghosh. The\ntemple of this Deity is managed by the riija varhsa family of Kr�l)anagara, whose\nmembers are descendants of Raja Kr�r;Jacandra. Every year in the month of vaisiikha,\n\nwhen there is a biiradola ceremony, this Gopinatha Deity is taken to Kr�l)anagara.\n\nThe ceremony is performed with eleven other Deities,.and then Sri Gopinathaji is\nagain brought back to the temple in AgradvTpa.\n\n", "adi2#p0385": "Adi-lna, Chapter 11\n\n361\n\nTEXT16\n\nllil'ft\"' - IJ._�JIIf�l, ��llltfit I\n\n�lit\"'t,w:a -.ti � '-\"'' �... � n �� •\nriima-diisa-mukhya-�iikhii, sakhya-prema-riisi\n\n�ola-siingera kii�{ha yei tuli' kaila viirhsi\n\nSYNONYMS\nriima-diisa-of the name Ramadasa; mukhya-siikhii - chief branch; sakhya-premariisi-full of fraternal love; �ola-siingera-of sixteen knots; kii�{ha-wood; yei-that;\ntu/i '-raising; kaila-made; viirhsi-flute.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamadasa, one of the chief branches, was full of fraternal love of Godhead. He\nmade a flute from a stick with sixteen knots.\nTEXT17\n\n'tN't'fl 1ft\"� '\"tl\"•t'<ll 'l_('f'l{-.. I\n\n� ,..,, 'fl14'\"flt � fif:&J111\"t n �\" a\ngadiidhara diisa gopTbhiive purriinanda\nyiihra ghare diinake/i kaila nityiinanda\n\nSYNONYMS\ngadiidhara diisa-of the name Gadadhara dasa; gopT-bhiive-in the ecstasy of the\ngopTs; purro-iinanda-fully in transcendental bliss; yiihra ghare-in whose house;\ndiinakeli-performance of diinake/i-IT/ii; kaila-did; nityiinanda-Lord Nityananda\nPrabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Gadadhara dasa was always fully absorbed in ecstasy as a gopT. In his house\nLord Nityananda enacted the drama Danakeli.\n\nTEXT18\n\n� ��-�-.\"'�trstttlf I\n� � -.� •� 'SI� n �\"' •\nsii-miidhava gho�a-mukhya kTrtanTyii-gore\nnityiinanda-prabhu nrtya kare yiinra giine\n\n", "adi2#p0386": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n362\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-madhava ghoJa-of the name S ri Madhava Ghosh; mukhya-chief; kirtaniyagare-amongst the performers of sahkirtana; nityananda-prabhu-of the name\nNityananda Prabhu; nrtya-dance ; kare-does; yahra-whose; gone-in song.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri\n\nMadhava Ghosh was a principal performer of kirtana. While he sang,\n\nNityananda Prabhu danced.\nTEXT19\n\n�'tot:q, t� �� c!l'fl �(t� I\n\n�9f'tlftcj lW( �� �If • )� •\nvasudeva gite kare prabhura varrane\nka�_tha-paJara drove yahara sravare\nSYNONYMS\nvasudeva-of the name Vasudeva; gite-while singing; kare-does ; prabhura-of\n\nNityananda Prabhu and S ri Caitanya Prabhu; varrane-in description; ka?.tha-wood;\n\npaJara- stone; drove-melt; yahara-whose; sra vare -by hearing.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen\n\nVasudeva\n\nGhosh\n\nperformed\n\nkirtana,\n\ndescribing\n\nLord\n\nCaitanya and\n\nNityananda, even wood and stone would melt upon hearing it.\nTEXT 20\n\n�-�����11\niUt!l·'StttWI n. �tttl, 11.(-� � n �\n\no\n\nn\n\nmurari-caitanya-dasera a/aukika ma\nvyaghra-gate cafla mare, sarpa-sane khe/a\nSYNONYMS\nmurari-of the name Murari; caitanya-dasera-of the servant of S ri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\nalaukika-uncommon;\n\n/i/o-pastimes;\n\nvyaghra-tiger; gate-on\n\ncheek; cafla mare-slaps; sarpa-a snake; sane -with; khe/a-playing .\n\nthe\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere were many extraordinary activities performed by Murari, a great devotee\nof Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Sometimes in his ecstasy he would slap the cheek of\na tiger, and sometimes he would play with a venomous snake.\n\n", "adi2#p0387": "Adi-ffia, Chapter 11\n\n363\n\nPURPORT\nMurari Caitanya dasa was born in the village of Sarvrndavana-pura, which is\n\nsituated about two miles from the Galasi station on the Burdwan line. When Murari\nCaitanya dasa came to Navadvipa, he settled in the village of Modadruma, or\nMaugachi-grama. At that time he became known as Sarriga or Sarariga Murari\nCaitanya dasa. The desc.endants of his family still reside in Sanir- Pa�a In the\nCaitanya-bhagavata, Antya-filii, Chapter Five, there is the following statement:\n\n\"Murari Caitanya dasa had no material bodily features, for he was completely\nspiritual. Thus he would sometimes chase after tigers in the jungle and treat them\n\njust like cats and dogs. He would slap the cheek of a tiger and take a venomous\n\nsnake on his lap. He had no fear for his external body, of which he was completely\n\nforgetful. He could spend all twenty-four hours of the day chanting the Hare Kr�Qa\nmoho-mantra or speaking about Lord Caitanya and Nityananda. Sometimes he\nwould remain submerged in water for two or three days, but he would feel no bodily\ninconvenience. Thus he behaved almost like stone or wood, but he always used his\n\nenergy in chanting the Hare Kr�Qa moho-mantra. No one can describe his specific\ncharacteristics, but it is understood that wherever Murari Caitanya dasa passed,\n\nwhoever was present would be enlightened in Kr�Qa consciousness simply by the\n\natmosphere he created.\"\nTEXT 21\n\nfic<!JtiiC'O 'Stet �,-'A &tt\"'-tl I\n�··�ii-C'tMt.r, fitt� fitf� ft �) •\nnityiinandera gaf}a yata-saba vraja-sakha\nsrnga-vetra-gopavesa, sire sikhi-piikhii\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityiinandera-of Lord Nityananda Prabhu; gara-followers; yata-all; saba-all;\n\nvraja-sakho-residents of Vrndavana; srnga-horn; vetra-cane stick; gopa-vesa­\n\ndressed like a cowherd boy;sire-on the head; sikhi-pakha-the plume of a peacock.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the associates of Lord Nityananda were formerly cowherd boys in Vrajabhumi.\n\nTheir symbolic representations were the horns and sticks they carried, their cowherd\ndress and the peacock plumes on their heads.\nPURPORT\njahnava-mata is also within the list of Lord Nityananda's followers. She is de­\n\nscribed in the Gaura-ganoddesa-dipikii, verse 66, as Anariga-manjari of Vrndavana.\n\nAll the devotees who are followers of jahnava-mata are counted within the list of\nSri Nityananda Prabhu's devotees.\n\n", "adi2#p0388": "364\n\nSri-Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 22\n\n�1_, � t'11..J11 � I\n�tm \"� �tl2ilf'6f9 Q n �� n\nraghuniitha vaidya upiidhyiiya mahiisaya\nyiinhiira darsane k[�f}a-prema-bhakti haya\nSYNONYMS\nraghunatha vaidya-the physician Raghunatha; upiidhyaya maha5aya-a great\npersonality with the title \"Upadhyaya\"; yiinhiira\n\n-\n\nwhose; darsane-by visiting;\n\nkr�ra-prema-love of Kr�r;�a; bhakti-devotional service; haya-awakened;\nTRANSLATION\nThe physician Raghunatha, also known as Upadhyaya, was so great a devotee that\nsimply seeing him would awaken one's dormant love of Godhead.\nTEXT 23\n\n��-�J1ilt\"RR ����' � 1A I\n·�����11'�11��11\nsundariinanda-nityiinandera siikhii, bhrtya marma\nyiinra sange nityiinanda kare vraja-narma\nSYNONYMS\nsundariinanda-of the name Sundarananda; nityiinandera siikhii-a branch of\nNityananda Prabhu; bhrtya marma\n\n-\n\nvery intimate servant; yiinra sange-with whom;\n\nnityiinanda- Lord Nityananda; kare- performs; vraja-narma-activities of Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\nSundarananda, another branch of Sri Nityananda Prabhu, was Lord Nityananda's\nmost intimate servant. Lord Nityananda Prabhu perceived the life of Vrajabhiimi in\nhis company.\nPURPORT\nIn the Caitanya-bhagavata, Antya-lilii, Chapter Six, it is stated that Sundarananda\nwas an ocean of love of Godhead and the chief associate of Sri Nityananda Prabhu.\nIn the Gaura-garoddesa-dTpikii he is stated to have been Sudama in kr�ra-IT/a. Thus\n\nhe was one of the twelve cowherd boys who came down with Balarama when He\ndescended as Sri Nityananda Prabhu. The holy place where Sundarananda lived is\nsituated in the village known as Mahesapura, which is about fourteen miles east of\nthe Majadiya railway station of the eastern railway from Calcutta to Burdwan. This\n\n", "adi2#p0389": "Adi-lila, Chapter 11\n\n365\n\nplace is within the district of Jeshore, which is now in Bangladesh. Among the relics\nof this village, only the old residential house of Sundarananda still exists. At the end\nof the village resides a Mula (pseudo�Vai�f')ava), and all the buildings, both the\ntemples and the house, appear to be newly constructed. In Mahesapura there are\nDeities of Sri Radhavallabha and Sri Sri Radharamal)a. Near the temple is a small\nriver of the name Vetravati.\nSundarananda Prabhu was a naiHhika-brahmaciiri, he never married in his life.\nTherefore he had no direct descendants except his disciples, but the descendants of\nhis family still reside in the village known as Marigala<;lihi in the district of Birbhum.\nIn that same village is a temple of Balarama, and the Deity there is regularly\nworshiped. The original Deity of Mahesapura, Radhavallabha, was taken by the\nSaidabad Gosvamis of Berhampur, and since the present Deities were installed, a\nZamindar family of Mahesapura has looked after Their worship. On the full moon\nday of the month of miigha (January-February), the anniversary of Sundarananda's\ndisappearance is regularly celebrated, and people from the neighboring areas gather\ntogether to observe this festival.\nTEXT 24\n\n\"\"\"t\":a f'ttt'ftl-�r... � 1\n\n�.... ,. ti� �ti' �� 11 �s n\nkamaliikara pippaliii-a/aukika rita\nalaukika prema tiinra bhuvane vidita\nSYNONYMS\nkamaliikara pippa/iii-of the name Kamalakara Pippalai; a/aukika-uncommon;\n\nrrta-behavior or pastime; a/aukika - uncommon; prema-love of Godhead; tiinrahis; bhuvane-in the world; vidita-celebrated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKamalakara Pippalai is said to have been the third gopala. His behavior and love\nof Godhead were uncommon, and thus he is celebrated all over the world.\nPURPORT\nIn the Gaura-gat;odde�a-dTpikii, verse 128, Kamalakara Pippalai is described as the\nthird gopala. His former name was Mahabala. The Jagannatha Deity at Mahesa in\nSri Ramapura was installed by Kamalakara Pippalai. This village of Mahesa is situated\nabout two and a half miles from the Sri Ramapura railway station. The geneology\nof the family of Kamalakara Pippalai is given as follows. Kamalakara Pippalai had a\nson named Caturbhuja, who had two sons named Narayal)a and Jagannatha.\nNarayal)a had one son named Jagadananda, and his son's name was Rajivalocana.\nDuring the time of Rajivalocana, there was a scarcity of ffnances for the worship of\nthe Jagannatha Deity, and it is said that the Nawab of Dacca, whose name was Shah\n\n", "adi2#p0390": "366\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nSuj\"a, donated 1,185 bighas of land in the Bengali year 1060. The land being the\npossession of jagannatha, the village was named jagannatha-pura. It is said that\nKamalakara Pipparai left home, and therefore his younger brother Nidhipati Pippalai\nsearched for him and in due course of time found him in the village of Mahesa.\nNidhipati Pippalai tried his best to bring his elder brother home, but he would not.\nreturn. Under these circumstances, Nidhipati Pippalai, with all his family members,\ncame to Mahesa to reside. The members of this family still reside in the vicinity of\nthe Mahesa village. Their family name is Adhikari, and they are a brahma{la family.\nThe history of the jagannatha Temple in Mahesa is as follows. One devotee of the\nname Dhruvananda went -to see Lord\n\nJ agannatha, Balarama and Subhadra at\n\njagannatha Puri, wanting to offer foodstuffs to J agannathaji that he had cooked\nwith his own hands. This being his desire, one night jagannathaji appeared to him\nin a dream and asked him to go to Mahesa on the bank of the Ganges and there\nstart worship of Him in a temple. Thus Dhruvananda went to Mahesa, where he\nsaw the three Deities-jagannatha, Balarama and Subhadra-floating in the Ganges.\nHe picked up all those Deities and installed Them in a small cottage, and with great\nsatisfaction he executed the worship of Lord jagannatha. When he became old, he\nwas very much anxious to hand over the worship to the charge of someone reliable,\nand in a dream he got permission from Jagannatha Prabhu to hand it over to a person whom he would meet the next morning. The next morning he met Kamalakara\nPippalai, who was formerly an inhabitant of the village Khalijuli in the Sundaravana\nForest area of Bengal and was a pure Yai�r;�ava, a great devotee of Lord jagannatha;\nthus he immediately gave him charge of the worship. In this way, Kamalakara\nPippalai became the worshiper of Lord jagannatha, and since then his family members have been designated as Adhikari, which means \"one who is empowered to\nworship the Lord.\" These Adhikaris belong to a respectable brohmara family.\nFive types of upper-class brahmaras are recognized by the surname Pippalai.\nTEXT 25\n\n� )!11C.W, �11' � �� I\n\nfiN5Jti4\"\" {P �' '�t;q � I �Q- I\nsuryadasa sarakhela, tanra bhoi kr�radasa\nnityanande d[t;/ha visvasa, premera nivosa\nSYNONYMS\nsuryadasa sarakhe/a-of the name SOryadasa Sarakhela; tonra bhoi-his brother;\n\n. kr�radasa-of the name Kr��adasa; nityanande-unto Lord Nityananda; drq'ha visvasa\n-firm faith;premera nivosa-the reservoir of all love of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nSuryadasa Sarakhela and his younger brother Kr�r;�adasa Sarakhela both possessed\nfirm faith in Nityananda Prabhu. They were a reservoir of love of Godhead.\n\n", "adi2#p0391": "Adi-lila, Chapter 11\n\n367\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Bhakti-ratniikara, Chapter Twelve, it is stated that a few miles from\nNavadvipa is a place called Saligrama that was the residence of Suryadasa Sarakhela.\nHe was employed as a secretary of the Mohammedan government of that time, and\nthus he amassed a good fortune. Suryadasa had four brothers, all of whom were\npure Vai�Qavas. Vasudha and Jahnava were two daughters of Suryadasa Sarakhela.\nTEXT 26\n\nc;1hftlf11t 'f�\\5 � c;�Cit!Q'e� I\n\"\"'<211ft !'tt:\\5, � � �t-tr. u �· n\ngaurTdiisa par(lita yiihra premoddar(la-bhakti\nkr�ra-premii dite, nite, dhare mahii�akti\nSYNONYMS\ngaurTdiisa par(lita-of the name Gauridasa PaQc;lita;yanra-whose; prema-uddar(labh akti-the most elevated in love of Godhead and devotional service; kr�ra-premii­\n\nlove of Kr�[la; dite-to deliver; nite-and to receive; dhare-e m powered; mahii�aktigreat potency.\nTRANSLATION\n\nGauridasa Par;�c;lita, the emblem of the most elevated devotional service in love of\nGodhead, had the greatest potency to receive and deliver such love.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is said that Gauridasa Par;�c;lita was always patroniz�d by King Kr�r;�adasa, the son\nof HarihosJa. Gauridasa PaQc;lita lived in the village of Saligrama, which is situated a\nfew miles from the railway station Mw;fagacha, and later he came ·to reside in\nAmbika-kalana. It is stated in the Gaura-garodde�a-dTpikii, verse 128, that formerly\nhe was Subala, one of the cowherd boy friends of Kr�r;�a and Balarama in Vrndavana.\nGauridasa Par;�c;lita was the younger brother of Suryadasa Sarakhela, and with the\npermission of his elder brother he shifted his residence to the bank of the Ganges,\nliving there in the town known as Ambika-kalana. Some of the names of the descendants of Gauridasa Pal')<;! ita are as follows: (1) Sri Nrsinihacaitanya, (2) Kr�r;�adasa,\n(3) Vi�r;�udasa, (4) Bac;la Balarama dasa, (5) Govinda, (6) Raghunatha, (7) Bac;Ju\nGangadasa, (8) Auliya Gangarama, (9) Yadavacarya, (10) Hrdayacaitanya, (11)\nCanda Haladara, (12) Mahesa PaQc;lita, (13) Muku�a Raya, (14) Bhatuya Garigarama,\n(15) Auliya Caitanya, (16) Kaliya Kr�r;�adasa, (17) Patuya Gopala, (18) Bac;la\nJagannatha, (19) Nityananda, (20) Bhavi, (21) J agadisa, (22) Raiya Kr�Qadasa and\n(22Y2) Annapurr;�a. The eldest son of Gauridasa PaQc;lita was known as big Balarama,\nand the youngest was known as Raghunatha. The sons of Raghunatha were Mahesa\nPaQc;lita and Govinda. Gauridasa PaQc;lita's daughter was known as Annapun;ra.\n\n", "adi2#p0392": "SrT Caitanya caritamrta\n\n368\n\n-\n\n-\n\nThe village Ambika-kalana, which is situated just across the River Ganges from\nSantipura, is two miles east of the Kalanakorta railway station on the eastern railway.\nIn Ambika-kalana there is a temple constructed by the Zamindar of Burdwan. In\nfront of the temple there is a big tamarind tree, and it is said that Gauridasa Par:H:lita\nand Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu met underneath this tree. The place where the\ntemple is situated is known as Ambik:i, and because it is in the area of Kalana, the\nvillage is known as Ambika-kalana. It is said that a copy of Bhagavad-gttii written\nby SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu still exists in this temple.\nTEXT 27\n\nfQ� Jl� '\"R§.�� I\n�fi4\\!Jt-1t\"t -.fj �'M� K �\" H\nnityiinande samarpi/a jiiti-kula-piiflti\nsrJ-caitanya-nityiinande kari prii(lapati\nSYNONYMS\nnityiinande-to Lord Nityananda; samarpila-he offered; jiiti-caste distinction;\nkula-family; piiflti\n\n-\n\nfellowship; S[i-caitanya-Lord Caitanya; nityiinande-in Lord\n\nNityananda; kari-making; priil)a-pati-the Lords of his life.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMaking Lord Caitanya and Lord Nityananda the Lords of his life, Gauridasa\nPal)�ita sacrificed everything for the service of Lord Nityananda, even the fellowship of his own family.\nTEXT 28\n\nftmt-1\"f 12ft_l f\\2fl-'f�'5 'l_l\"fll\n'�llt(�-1(00 f� �� JPQ II �lr ll\nnityiinanda prabhura priya-pa(lf;lita purandara\npremorrava-madhye phire yaichana mandara\nSYNONYMS\nnityiinanda-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; prabhura-of the Lord; priya-very dear;\npa(l(/ita purandara-of the name Pal)� ita Purandara; prema-arrava-madhye-in the\nocean of love of Godhead; phire-moved; yaichana-exactly like; mandara-the\nMandara Hill.\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\nthirteenth important devotee\n\nof\n\nSri Nityananda Prabhu was Par;��ita\n\nPurandara, who moved in the ocean of love of Godhead just like the Mandara Hill.\n\n", "adi2#p0393": "Adi-lila, Chapter 11\n\n369\n\nPURPORT\nPar;�c;lita Purandara met Sri Nityananda Prabhu at Khac;ladaha. When Nityananda\nPrabhu visited this village, He danced very uncommonly, and His dancing captivated\nPurandara Pal)c;lita. The parflita was in the top of a tree, and upon ·seeing the dancing\nof Nityananda he jumped down on the ground proclaiming himself to be Arigada,\none of the devotees in the camp of Hanuman during the pastimes of Lord\nRamacandra.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n1ffi�tlf\n\nfi416Jt-h4f•--tt\"'1 I\n�f9 9f'Al, �ttl � •tt '11'1 n �� n\nparamesvara-diisa-nityiinandaika-sarara\nkr�ra-bhakti piiya, tiihre ye kare smarara\n\nSYNONYMS\nparamesvara-diisa-of the name Paramesvara dasa; nityiinanda-eka-sarara-com­\n\npletely surrendered to the lotus feet of Nityananda; knra-bhakti piiya-gets love of\nKr�r;Ja; tiihre-him; ye-anyone; kare\n\n-\n\ndoes; smarara-remembering.\n\nTRANSLATION\nParamesvara dasa, said to be the fifth gopala of kr�r;�a-lila, completely surrendered\nto the lotus feet of Nityananda. Anyone who remembers his name, Paramesvara\ndasa, will get love of Kr�r;�a very easily.\nPURPORT\nThe Caitanya-bhiigavata states that Paramesvara dasa, known sometimes as\nParamesvari dasa, was the life and soul of Sri Nityananda Prabhu. The body of\nParamesvara dasa was the place of Lord Nityananda's pastimes. Paramesvara dasa,\nwho lived for some time at Khac;Jadaha village, was always filled with the ecstasy of\na cowherd boy. Formerly he was Arjuna, a friend of Kr�oa and Balarama. He was\nthe fifth among the twelve gopii/as. He accompanied Srfmatf Jahnava-devi when she\nperformed the festival at Kheturi. It is stated in the Bhakti-ratniikara that by the\norder of Srimati Jahnava-mata, he installed Radha-Gopinatha in the temple at\nA�pura in the district of HugaiT. The Atapura station is on the narrow gauge railway\nline between Howrah and Amata. Another temple in Atapura, established by the\nMitra family, is known as the Radha-Govinda temple .. In front of the temple, in a\nvery attractive place among two baku/a trees and a kadamba tree, is the tomb of\nParamesvarT Thakura, and above it is an altar with a tu/asT bush. It is said that only\none flower a year comes out of the kadamba tree. It is offered to the Deity.\n\nParamesvari Thakura belonged, it is said, to a vaidya family. A descendant of his\n\nbrother is at present a worshiper in the temple. Some of their family members still\nreside in the district of Hugali near the post office of Cao<;ITtala. The descendants of\n\n", "adi2#p0394": "370\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nParamesvarf Thakura took many disciples from briihmat;a families, but as these\ndescendants gradually took to the profession of physicians, persons from brahmaoa\nfamilies ceased becoming their disciples. The family titles of ParamesvarT's descendants are Adhikarf and Gupta. Unfortunately his family members do not worship the\nDeity directly; they hilve.engaged paid briihmaras to worship the Deity. In the\ntemple, Baladeva and SrfSrf Radha-Gopfnatha are together on the throne. It is supposed that the Deity of Baladeva was installed later because according to transcendental mellow, Baladeva, Kr�l)a and Radha cannot stay on the same throne. On the\nfull moon day of vaisiikha (April-May), the disappearance festival of Paramesvari\nThakura is observed in this temple.\nTEXT 30\n\nw'5t171-r 't�'! Q -.'Sf'-·�� 1\n\"t$'fl\\! �·' �� � 'lq.. II �· II\njagadisa parflita haya jagat-piivana\nkr�ra-premiimrta var�e, yena var�ii ghana\nSYNONYMS\n\njagadisa parflita-of the name Jagadisa Par;�<;lita; haya-becomes;jagat-piivana-the\ndeliverer of the world; kr�ra-prema-amrta var�e he always pours torrents of devotional service; yena-like; var.sii rainfall; ghana heavy.\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nJagadi5a Par;�<;lita, the fifteenth branch of Lord Nityananda's followers, was the\ndeliverer of the entire world. Devotional love of Kr�r;�a showered from him like\ntorrents of rain.\nPURPORT\n\nDescriptions of Jagadisa Par;�<;lita are available from Caitanya-bhiigavata, Adi-lilii,\nChapter Fo!Jr, and Caitanya-caritiimrta, Adi-lilii, Chapter Fourteen. He belonged to\nthe village of Yasat;la-grama in the district of Nadia near the Cikadaha railway station.\nHis father, the son of Bhatta Narayar;�a, was named Kamalak�a. Both his father and\nmother were great devotees of Lord Vi�r;�u, and after their death, J agadiSa, with his\nwife Du�khini and brother Mahesa, left his birthplace and came to Sri Mayapur to\nlive in the company of Jagannatha Misra and other Vai�r;�avas. Lord Caitanya asked\nJagadisa to go to Jagannatha Puri to preach the hari-niima-sankTrtana movement.\nAfter returning from Jagannatha Puri, on the order of Lord Jagannatha he established\nDeities of Jagannatha in the village of Yasa<;la-grama. It is said that when jagadisa\nPar;J<;l.ita brought \"the Deity of Jagannatha to Yasa<;la-grama, he tied the heavy Deity\nto a stick and thus brought Him to the village. The priests of the temple still show\nthe stick used by Jagadisa Par;J<;Iita to carry the Jagannatha Deity.\n\n", "adi2#p0395": "Adi-lna, Chapter 11\n\n371\n\nTEXT 31\n\nm�-�,.,c:e, ��� �•l( 1\n� �' \"'ff �t$(1Al II �:> II\nnityiinanda-priyabhrtya parflita dhanafljaya\natyanta virakta, sadii kr�ra-premamaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityiinanda-priya-bhrtya-another dear servant of Nityananda Prabhu; par{lita\n\ndhananjaya-of the name PaQ<;Iita Dhananjaya; atyanta-very much; virakta-re­\n\nnounced; soda-always; kr�ra-premamaya-merged in love of Kr�Qa.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sixteenth dear servant of Nityananda Prabhu was Dhananjaya Pa1;1<;lita. He was\nvery much renounced and always merged in love of Kr�Qa.\nPURPORT\nPap9ita Dhananjaya was a resid,ent of the village in Katwa named STtala. He was\none of the twelve gopfilas. His former name, according to Gaura-garoddesa-dipik'ii,\nwas Vasudama. Sitala-grama is situated near the Mangalakota police station and\nKaicara post office in the district of Burdwan. On the narrow railway from ·BurdWc!.n\nto Katwa is a railway station about nine miles from Kutwa known as Kaicara. One\nhas to go about a mile northeast of this station to reach Sitala. The temple was a\nthached house with walls made of dirt. Some time ago, the Zamindars of Bajaravana\nKabaSi, the Mulliks, constructed a big house for the purpose of a temple, but for the\nlast sixty-five years the temple has been broken down and abandoned. The foundation of the old temple is still visible. There is a tu!asi pillar near the temple, and\nevery year during the month of january the disappearance day of Dhananjaya is\nobserved. It is said that for some time PaQc.Jita Dhananjaya was in a saflkirtana party\nunder the direction of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and then he went to Vrndavana.\nBefore going to Vrndavana, he lived for some time in a village named Sarica<;laparica<;ta,\nwhich is six miles south of the Memari railway station. Sometimes this village is also\nknown as the \"place of Dhananjaya\" (Dhananjayera Pata). After some time, he left\nthe responsibility for worship with a disciple and went back to Vrndavana. After\nreturning from Vrndavana to Sitala-grama, he established a Deity of Gaurasundara\nin the temple. The descendants of PaQ<;Iita Dhananjaya still live in Sitala-grama and\nlook after the temple worship.\nTEXT 32\n\n11t�llf 11�� -�� �Wtf ''$f19ft'l I\nJ�tw � � '12tt111ltt<etittf II �� II\n\n", "adi2#p0396": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n372\n\nmahesa pa(lpita-vrajera udiira gopii/a\nphakkii-viidye nrtya kare preme miitoyo/a\nSYNONYMS\nmahesa par(fita-of the name Mahesa Par.H.:Iita; vrajera-of Vrndavana; udiira-very\nliberal;gopii/a-cowherd boy; phakkii-viidye-with the beating of a kettledrum; nrtya\nkare\n\n-\n\nused to dance; preme-in love; miitoyo/a-as if a madman.\nTRANSLATION\n\nMahe5a Par:u;lita, the seventh of the twelve gopalas, was very liberal. In great love\n\nof Kr�l)a he danced to the beating of a kettledrum like a madman.\nPURPORT\n\nThe village of Mahesa Pat�9ita, which is known as Palapaga, is situated in the\ndistrict of Nadia within a forest about one mile south of the Qkadaha railway station. The Ganges flows nearby. It is said that formerly Mahesa Pat�9ita lived on the\neastern side of J irat in the village known as Masipura or YaSipura, and when Masipura merged in the riverbed of the Ganges, the Deities there were brought to\nPalapaga, which is situated in the midst of various villages such as Belegariga,\nBerigrama, Sukhasagara, Canduge and Manasapota. (There are about fourteen\nvillages, and the entire neighborhood is known as Paricanagara Paragar;ta.) It is mentioned that Mahesa Pat�9ita joined the festival performed by Sri Nityananda Prabhu\nat Par;tihaF. Narottama dasa Thakura also joined in the festival, and Mahesa Par;t9ita\nsaw him on that occasion. In the temple of Mahesa PaQ9ita there are Deities of\nGaura-Nityananda, Sri Gopinatha, Sri Madana-mohana and Radha-Govinda as well\nas a siilagriima-si/ii..\nTEXT 33\n\n�ilt11 'J..t�t� 11fit� � 1\nfimt��'lf � 'llt�t.-t'f ll1ll �� II\nnavadvipe puru�ottama parpita mahiisaya\nnityiinanda-niime yiinra mahonmiida haya\nSYNONYMS\nnavadvipe puru�ottama- Puru�ottama of Navadvipa; par(fita mahiisaya-a very\n\nlearned scholar; nityiinanda-niime-in the name of Lord Nityananda Prabhu;yiihrawhose; mahii-unmiida-great ecstasy; haya-becomes.\nTRANSLATION\n\nPuru�ottama Pa��ita, a resident of Navadvtpa, was the eighth gopala. He would\n\nbecome almost mad as soon as he heard the holy name of Nityananda Prabhu.\n\n", "adi2#p0397": "Adi-li1a, Chapter 11\n\n373\n\nPURPORT\n\nIt is stated in the Caitanya-bhiigavata that Puru�ottama Par:u;lita was born in\nNavadvipa and was a great devotee of Lord Nityananda Prabhu. As one of the twelve\ngopii/as, his former name was Stokakr��a.\nTEXT 34\n\n��t'lf wt�- �t<!Pl���m 1\nfi4'!Jtil.,.iltt'lf U 'AIIf �.-tWt II �8 II\nbalariima diisa-kr�ra-prema-rasiisviidi\nnityiinanda-niime haya parama unmiidi\nSYNONYMS\n\nnectar\n\nof\n\nalways merging in love of Kr��a; iisviidT-fully tasting; nityiinanda-niime-in\n\nbalariima-dii sa-of the name\n\nBalarama dasa; kr�ra-prema-rasa-the\n\nthe\n\nname of Sri Nityananda Prabhu; haya-becomes; parama-greatly; unmiidT-maddened.\nTRANSLATION\nBalarama dasa always fully tasted the nectar of love of Kr�t:Ja. Upon hearing the\nname of Nityananda Prabhu he would become greatly maddened.\nTEXT 35\n\n'lfftm� �� ��m 1\n\n�tm ltl'fti � � fii\\!Jtil\"f II �� II\nmahii-bhiigavata yaduniitha kav7candra\nyiinhiira hrdaye nrtya kare nityiinanda\nSYNONYMS\n\nmahii-bhiigavata-a great devotee; yaduniitha kavicandra-of the name Yadunatha\nKavicandra;\n\nyiinhlira-whose; hrdaye-in the heart; nrtya\n\n-\n\ndanc ing; kare-does;\n\nnityiinanda-Lord Nityananda Prabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nYadunatha Kavicandra was a great devotee. Lord Nityananda Prabhu always\ndanced in his heart.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Caitanya-bhiigavata Madhya-filii, Chapter One, it is said that a gentleman\nknown as Ratnagarbha Acarya was a friend of Sri Nityananda Prabhu's father. They\n\n", "adi2#p0398": "SrT-Caitanya caritamrt a\n\n374\n\n-\n\nwere both residents of the same village, known as Ekacakra-grama. He had four sonsKmlapada-makaranda, Kr�Qananda, jlva and Yadunatha Kavicandra.\n\nTEXT 36\n\nftq; 'l'Rf iSPIJf �·Sft'l �-�f I\n\n��Jtilt'O Qit� � f�-� II�� II\nriiqhe yahra janma kr�radiisa dvijavara\nsri-nityanandera tehho parama kihkara\nSYNONYMS\nriiflhe-in West Bengal; yahra-whose ; janma-bi rth; koradasa-of the name\nK r�� adasa; dvijavara-the best briihmara; sri-nityanandera-of Nityananda Prabhu;\n\ntehho\n\n-\n\n;\n\nhe; parama-first- class kihkara- servant.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe twenty-first devotee of Sri Nityananda in Bengal was Kr�l)adasa Br ahmar;�a,\nwho was a first-class servant of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nRac;Jha-desa refers to the part of Bengal where the Ganges does not flow.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n�-\"Sftlf �� �<!!·�� I\n\n�t!Jt��� ��� � � �illl �\" II\nka/a-kr�radasa bafla vai�rava-pradhana\nnityananda-candra vinu nahi jane iina\nSYNONYMS\nkalii-kr�radasa-of the name Kala Kr�Qadasa; bafla\n\n-\n\ng re at\n\n; vai�rava-pradhanaexcept ; niihi jane­\n\nfirst-class Yai�Qava; nityiinanda-candra-Lord Nityananda; vinu\n\n-\n\nhe did not know; ana-of anything else.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe twenty-second devotee of Lord Nityananda Prabhu was Kala Kr�Qadasa,\nwho was the ninth cowherd boy. He was a first-class Yai�Qava and did not know\nanything beyond..Nityananda Prabhu.\nPURPORT\nIn the Caitanya-bhagavata, Antya-kharfla, Chapter Six, it is said that Kr�Qadasa,\nwho was known as Kaliya Kr�Qadasa, was formerly a gopala (cowherd boy) of the\n\n", "adi2#p0399": "Adi-lila, Chapter 11\n\n375\n\nname Labariga. He was one of the twelve cowherd boys. Kaliya Kr�l)adasa had his\nheadquarters in a village named Akaihata, which is situated in the district of\nBurdwan within the jurisdiction of the post office and police station of Katwa. It is\nsituated on the road to Navadvipa. To reach Akaihata, one has to go from the\nYyal)c;lela junction station to the Katwa railway station and then go about two\nmiles, or one has to get off at the Dariihata station and from there go one mile. The\nvillage of Akaihata is very small. In the month of Caitra, on the day of Yarul)i, there\nis a festival commemorating the disappearance day of Kala Kr�l)adasa.\nTEXT 38\n\n·\"\"� �mt.-� ��� I\n1'11?�1'$11'fPI-�� � II �.,_. ft\nsrT-sadiWva kaviriija-ba(la mahiisaya\nsrT-pUTU?Ottama-diisa-tiihhara tanaya\nSYNONYMS\nsrT-sadiisiva kaviriija-of the name Sri Sadasiva Kaviraja; baf/a-great; mahiisaya,\n\nrespectable gentleman; srT-puru?ottama-diisa-of the name Sri Puru�ottama dasa;\ntiihhara tanaya-his son.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe twenty-third and twenty-fourth prominent devotees of Nityananda Prabhu\n\nwere Sadasiva Kaviraja and his son Puru�o�tama dasa, who was the tenth gopala.\nTEXT 39\n\n'Wfttr\" �'tt �\\!J1itca8 ffilj I\n\n� �IIJ\"\"l'l-'11 �t1f �··1ttitll �;.,II\niijanma nimagna nityiinandera carare\nnirantara biilya-IT/ii kare kr?ra-sane\nSYNONYMS\naJanma-since\n\nbirth;\n\nnimagna-merged;\n\nnityiinandera-of\n\nLord\n\nNityananda\n\nPrabhu; carare-in the lotus feet; nirantara-always; biilya-/Tiii-childish play; karedoes; kr?ra-sane-with Kr��a.\nTRANSLATION\nSince birth, Puru�ottama dasa was merged in the service of the lotus feet of Lord\nNityananda Prabhu, and he always engaged in childish play with Lord Km1a.\nPURPORT\nSadasiva Kaviraja and Nagara Puru�ottama, who were father and son, are described\nin the Caitanya-bhligavata as mahii-bhligyavlin, greatly fortunate. They belonged to\n\n", "adi2#p0400": "376\n\nSri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nthe vaidya caste of physicians. The Gaura-gar;oddesa-dTpikii, verse 156, says that\nCandravali, a most beloved gopi of Kr�l)a, later took birth as Sad'asiva Kaviraja. It is\nsaid that Kamsari Sena, the father of Sadasiva Kaviraja, was formerly the gopi\nnamed Ratnavali in Kr�Qa's pastimes. All the family members of SadaSiva Kaviraja\nwere great devotees of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Puru�ottama aasa Thakura\nsometimes lived at Sukhasagara, near the Qkadaha and Simurali railway stations.\nAll the\n\nDeities installed by Puru�ottama Thakura were formerly situated in\n\nBele9Jiriga-grama, but when the temple was destroyed the Deities were brought to\nSukhasagara. When that temple merged in the bed of the Ganges, the Deities were\nbrought with jahnava-mata's Deity to Sahebac;fariga Bet;Jigrama. Since that place also\nhas been destroyed, all the Deities are now situated in the village named Ci.ndut;Jegrama, which is situated one mile up from Palapat;Ja, as referred to above.\nTEXT 40\n\n�t� �·-100-m awt'l � ,\n\n�tl �it� ��-c;�.'!� II So II\ntiihra putra-mahiisaya srT-kiinu .thiikura\nyiihra dehe rahe kr�ra-premiimrta-pDra\nSYNONYMS\ntiihra putra- his son; mahiisaya-a respectable gentleman; sri-kiinu .thiikura- of the\n\nname Sri Kanu Thakura; yiinra-whose; dehe-in the body; rahe-remained; k[�!JO­\n\nprema-amrta-pura-the nectar of devotional service to Krg1a.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Kanu Thakura, a very respectable gentleman, was the son of Puru�ottama\ndasa Thakura. He was such a great devotee that Lord Kr�r;�a always lived in his body.\nPURPORT\n\nTo go to the headquarters of Kanu Thakura, one has to proceed by boat from the\nj hikaragacha-ghata station to the river known as Kapotak�a. Otherwise, if one goes\nabout two or two and a half miles from the j hikaragacha-gha� station, he can see\nBodhakhana, the headquarters of Kaf!u Thakura. The son of Sadasiva was\nPuru�ottama Thakura, and his son was Kanu Thakura. The descendants of Kanu\nThakura know him as Nagara Puru�ottama. He was the cowherd boy named Dama\n·during kr?ra-/Tiii. It is said that just after the birth of Kanu Thakura, his mother,\njahnava, died. When he was about twelve days old, Sri Nityananda Prabhu took\nhim to His home at Khac;fadaha. It is ascertained that Kanu Thakura was born some\ntime in the Bengali year 942. It is said that he took birth on the Rathayatra\nday. Because he was a great devotee of Lord Kr�l)a from the very beginning of his\nlife, Sri Nityananda Prabhu gave him the name Sisu Kr�l)adasa. When he was five\n\n", "adi2#p0401": "Adi-lila, Chapter 11\n\n377\n\nyears old he went to Vrndavana with jahnava-mata , and upon seeing the ecstatic\nsymptoms of Kanu Thakura, the Gosvamis gave him the name Kanai Thakura.\n\nIn the family of Kanu Thakura there is a Radha-Kr�l)a Deity known as Pral)a­\n\nvallabha. It is said that his family worshiped this Deity long before the appearance\nof Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. When there was a Mahar�trian invasion of Bengal,\n\nthe family of Kanu Thakura was scattered, and after the invasion one Harikr�l)a\n\nGosvami of that family came back to their original home, Bodhakhana, and re­\n\nestablished the Prar;�avallabha Deity. The descendants of the family still engage in\n\nthe service of Prar;�avallabha. Kanu Thakura was present during the Khetari-utsava\n\nwhen jahnava-devi and Virabhadra Gosvami were also present. One\n\nof Kanu\n\nThakura's family members, Madhavacarya, married the daughter of Sri Nityananda\nPrabhu, who was named Garigadevi. Both Puru�ottama Thakura and Kanu Thakura\n\nhad many disciples from brahmara families. Most of the disciplic descendants of\nKanu Thakura now reside in the village named Ga�abeta by the River Silavati in the\nMidnapore district.\n\nTEXT 41\n\n1f��'� Ill� �et I\nll�� �� �m'O Ret II 8� If\nmaha-bhagavata-sreHha datto uddharara\nsarva-bhave seve nityanandera carara\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-bhagavata-great\n\ndevotee;\n\nsreHha-chief;\n\ndatto-the\n\nsurname\n\nDatta;\n\nuddharara-of the name Uddharar;�a; sarva-bhave-in all respects; seve-worships;\nnityanandera-of Lord Nityananda; carara-lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nUddharar;�a Datta Thakura, the eleventh among the twelve cowherd boys, was an\n\nexalted devotee of Lord Nityananda Prabhu. He worshiped the lotus feet of Lord\nNityananda in all respects.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Gaura-garoddesa-dipika, verse 129, states that Uddharar;�a Datta Thakura was\n\nformerly the cowherd boy of Vrndavana named Subahu. Uddharal)a Datta Thakura,\npreviously known as Sri Uddharar;�a Datta, was a resident of Saptagrama, which is\n\nsituated on the bank of the Sarasvati River near the Trisabigha railway station in the\n\ndistrict of Hugali. At the time of Uddharar;�a Thakura, Saptagrama was a very big\ntown,\n\nencompassing\n\nmany other places such as Vasudeva-pura, BariSabe�iya,\n\nKr�r;�apura, Nityananda-pura, Sivapura, Sarikhanagara and Saptagrama.\n\nCalcutta was developed under British rule by the influential mercantile commu­\n\nnity and especially by the suvarra-varik community who came down from Sapta-\n\n", "adi2#p0402": "378\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ngrama to establish their businesses and homes all over Calcutta. They were known as\n\nthe Saptagrami mercantile community of Calcutta, and most of them belonged to\nthe Mullik and Sil families. More than half of Calcutta belonged to this community,\nas did Srila Uddharar;�a Thakura. Our paternal family also came from this district\nand belonged to the same community. The Mulliks of Calcutta are divided into two\nfamilies, namely, the Sil family and De family. All the Mulliks of the De family\noriginally belong to the same family and gotra. We also formerly belonged to\n\nthe branch of the De family whose members, intimately connected with the\nMohammedan rulers, received the title Mullik.\nIn the Caitanya-bhiigavata,. Antya-kharfla, Chapter Six, it is said that Uddharal)a\n\nDatta was an extremely elevated and liberal Vai�l)ava. He was born with the right\nto worship Nityananda Prabhu. It is also stated that Nityananda Prabhu, after stay­\n\ning for some time in Kha<;ladaha, came to Saptagrama and stayed in the house of\nUddharal)a Datta. The suvar!Ja-va!Jik community to which Uddharal)a Datta be­\n\nlonged was actually a Vai�l)ava community. Its members were bankers and gold\n\n(suvarra means \"gold,\" and varik means \"merchant\"). Long ago there\nwas a misunderstanding bet-ween Balla Sena and the suvarra�varik community be­\n\nmerchants\n\ncause of the great banker GaurT Sena. Balla Sena was taking loans from GaurT Sena\nand spending money extravagantly, and therefore GaurT Sena stopped supplying\nmoney. Balla Sena took revenge by instigating a social conspiracy to make the\nsuvarra-variks outcastes, and since then they have been ostracized from the hi17her\ncastes, namely, the briihmaras, k�atriyas and vaisyas. But by the grace of Srila\n\nNityananda Prabhu, the suvarra-varik community was again elevated. It is said in\n\nthe Caitanya-bhiigavata, yateka VO(Iik-kula uddhiira(la haite pavitra ha-ifa dvidhii\n\nniihika ihiite: there is no doubt that all the community members of the suvarnavarik society were again purified by Sri Nityananda Prabhu.\n\n·\n\n.\n\nIn Saptagrama there is still a temple with a six-armed Deity of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu that was personally worshiped by Srna Uddharal)a Datta 1hakura. On\nthe right side of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu is a Deity of Sri Nityananda Prabhu and\non the left side Gadadhara Prabhu. There are also a Radha-Govinda murti and\nsiilagriima-silii, and below the throne is a picture of Sri Uddharal)a Datta Thakura.\nIn front of the temple there is now a big hall, and in front of the hall is a Madhavi­\n\nlata pl_ant. The temple is in a very shady, cool and nicely situated location. When we\nreturned from America in 1967, the executive committee members of this temple\n\ninvited us to visit it, and thus we had the opportunity to visit this temple with some\n\nAmerican students. Formerly, in our childhood, we visited this temple with our\nparents because all the members of the suvarra-vaf}ik community enthusiastically\ntake interest in this temple of Uddharar;�a Datta Thakura. In the Bengali year 1283\none babaji of the name Nitai dasa arranged for a donation of twelve bighlis of land\nfor this temple. The management of the temple later deteriorated, but then in 1306,\n\nthrough the cooperation of the famous Balarama Mullik of Hugali, who was a subjudge, and many\"rich suvarQa-VatJik community members, the management of the\n\ntemple improved greatly. Not more than fifty years ago, one of the family members\nof Uddharal)a Datta Thakura named Jagamohana Datta established a wooden Deity\nof Uddharal)a Datta Thakura in the temple, but that Deity is no longer there; at\n\n", "adi2#p0403": "Adi-lila, Chapter 11\n\n379\n\npresent, a picture of Uddharana Datta Thakura is worshiped. It is understood,\n\nhowever, that the wooden Deity of Udd h aral)a Thakura was taken away by Sri\nMadana-mohana Datta and is now being worshiped with a sii!agriima-silii by Srinatha\nDatta.\nUddharal)a Datta Thakura was the manager of the estate of a big Zamindar in\nNaihaF, about one and a half miles north of Katwa. The relics of this royal family\nare still visible near the Dainhata station. Since Uddharal)a Datta Thakura was the\nmanager of the estate, it. was also known as Uddharal)a-pura. Uddharal)a Datta\nThakura installed Nitai-Gaura Deities that were later brought to the house of the\nZamindar, which was known as VanaoyarTbac,ia. SrTia Uddharal)a Datta Thakura remained a householder throughout his life. His father's name was SrTkara Datta, his\nmother's name was Bhadravati, and his son's name was Srinivasa Datta.\nTEXT 42\n\n��1� ���fil\"f •f9-�•\"tft I\n�� f� �� '�Qf '1it' II 8� II\niiciirya vaigJaviinanda bhakti-adhikiiri\npDrve nama chi/a yiinra 'raghuniitha puri'\nSYNONYMS\niiciirya\n\n-\n\nteacher; vaigwviinanda-of the name Vai�l)avananda; bhakti-devotional\n\nservice; adhikiiri-fit candidate; pDr ve-previously; niima-name; chila-was;yiinra­\n\nwhose; raghuniitha puri-of the name Raghunatha Puri.\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\ntwenty-seventh prominent devotee of Nityananda Prabhu\n\nwas Acarya\n\nVai�r;.avananda, a great personality in devotional service. He was formerly known as\nRaghunatha Puri:\nPURPORT\nIn the Gaura-garodde5o-dipikii, verse 97, it is said that Raghunatha Purl was pre­\n\nviously very powerful in the eight mystic successes. He was an incarnation of one of\n\nthe successes.\n\nTEXT 43\n\n�!_l�tJII, �if, ��,-� � I\n�(1{� � f� Jt\"t_1f �1l II 8� II\nvi�(ludiisa,nandana, gangiidiisa-tina bhiii\npDrve yiinra ghare chilli fhiikura nitiii\n\n", "adi2#p0404": "Sri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n380\n\nSYNONYMS\nvi�rudiisa-of the name Vi�l)udasa; nandana-of the name Nandana;gahgiidiisa­\n\nof the name Gangadasa;tina bhiii-three brothers;plirve-previously;yiihra-whose;\n\nghare-in the house;chi/a-stayed;fhiikura nitiii-Nityananda Prabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAnother important devotee of Lord Nityananda Prabhu was Vi�Qudasa, who had\ntwo brothers, Nandana and Gangadasa. Lord Nityananda Prabhu sometimes stayed\nat their house.\nPURPORT\nThe\n\nthree\n\nbrothers\n\nVi�Qudasa,\n\nNandana and Garigadasa were residents of\n\nNavadvipa and belonged to the Bhattacarya briihmara family. Both Vi�Qudasa and\n\nGangadasa stayed for some time with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu at Jagannatha Puri,\n\nand the Caitanya-bhiigavata states that formerly Nityananda Prabhu stayed at their\n\nhouse.\n\nTEXT 44\n\nmJti1\"f'ti!J 9f111ti1\"' ll'ft'UB 1\n\n-� �\\! �:Jti1\"f--.t � \" 88 \"\nnityiinanda-bhrtya-paramiinanda upiidhyiiya\n\nsrT-jTva parrfita nityiinanda-gura giiya\nSYNONYMS\n\nnityiinanda-bhrtya-servant of Nityananda Prabhu; paramiinanda upiidhyiiya-of\n\nthe name Paramananda Upadhyaya; sri-jTva parrfita-of the name Sri Jiva PaQQita;\nnityiinanda-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; gura-qualities;giiya-glorified.\nTRANSLATION\nParamananda Upadhyaya was Nityananda Prabhu's great servitor. Sri jiva Par;tQita\n\nglorified the qualities of Sri Nityananda Prabhu.\nPURPORT\n\nSri Parama.'nanda Upadhyaya was an advanced devotee. His name is mentioned\n\nin the Caitanya-bhiigavata, where Sri jiva Pai)Qita is also mentioned as the second\n\nson of Ratnagarbha Acarya and a childhood friend of Hadai Ojha, the father of\nNityananda Prabhu. In the Gaura-garodde5a-dTpikii, verse\n\n169, it is said that Sri jiva\n\nPai)Qita was formerly the gopT named Indira.\nTEXT 45\n\n9f11141i1*'f �� �+5+ �f'! I\n\n����J�f�mll8�11\n\n", "adi2#p0405": "381\n\nAdi-lila, Chapter 11\n\nparamiinanda gupta-kr�ra-bhakta mahiimati\npurve yiinra ghare nityiinandera vasati\nSYNONYMS\nparamiinanda gupta-of the name Paramananda Gupta; kr�ra-bhakta-a great\ndevotee of Lord Kr��a; mahiimati-advanced in spiritual consciousness; purve­\n\nformerly; yiinra - whose; ghare-in the house; nityiinandera-of Lord Nityananda\nPrabhu; vasati-residence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe thirty-first devotee of Lord Nityananda Prabhu was Paramananda Gupta,\nwho was greatly devoted to Lord Kr�r;�a and highly advanced in spiritual consciousness_ Formerly Nityananda Prabhu also resided at his house for some time.\nPURPORT\nParamananda\n\nGupta\n\ncomposed\n\na\n\nprayer to\n\nLord\n\nKrsna known as Krsna­\n\nstaviivali. In the Gaura-garodde5a-dTpikii, verse 194, it is stated that he was formerly\nthe gopT named Manjumedha.\nTEXT 46\n\n�' �� � ICCi416 I\n\"'�t..-. 51ft� �tt-mf • 8� \".\nniiriiyara, kr�radiisa iira manohara\n'Beviinanda-ciiri bhiii nitiii-kinkara\nSYNONYMS\nniiriiyara-of the name NarayaQa; kr�radiisa-of the name Kr��adasa; iira-and;\nmanohara-of the name Manohara; deviinanda-of the name Devananda; ciiri bhiiifour brothers; nitiii-kinkara-servants of Lord Nityananda Prabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThe thirty-second, thirty-third, thirty-fourth and thirty-fifth prominent devotees\nwere Narayar;�a, Kr�Qadasa, Manohara and Devananda, who always engaged in the\nservice of Lord Nityananda.\nTEXT 47\n\n� \"1ftll- f'iwsJtil-.r�Si I\n\nfiM1t...'f1f �� -«� � � n 8<\\ n\nhofla kr�radiisa-nityiinando-prabhu-priira\nnityiinanda-pada vinu niihi jiine iina\n\n", "adi2#p0406": "SrT Caitanya caritamrta\n\n382\n\n-\n\n-\n\nSYNONYMS\nhor;Ja kr�radiisa-of the name Ho<_ia\n\nKr�l)adasa; nityiinanda-prabhu-of Lord\n\nNityananda;praiJa-life and soul ;nityiinanda-pada-the lotus feet of Lord Nityananda;\nvinu-except; niihi-does not;jiine-know; tina-anything else.\nTRANSLATION\nThe thirty-sixth devotee of Lord Nityananda was Ho<.fa Kr�l)adasa, whose life and\nsoul was Nityananda Prabhu. He was always dedicated to the lotus feet of Nityananda,\nand he knew no one else but Him.\nPURPORT\nThe residence of Kr�l)adasa Ho<_ia was Bagagachi, which is now in Bangladesh.\nTEXT 48\n\n�r\" �, �, 1ft�, �� 1\n:rt�t1i4\"f �' �.,, �1q n s\"\n\n•\n\nnakar;Ji, mukunda, surya, miidhava, �rTdhara\nriimiinanda vasu, jaganniitha, mahTdhara\nSYNONYMS\nnakar;Ji-of the name Naka<.fi; mukunda-ofthe name Mukunda;surya-of the name\nSurya; miidhava-of the name Madhava; �rTdhara-of the name Sridhara; riimiinanda\nvasu-of the name Ramananda Vasu;jaganniitha-ofthe name jagannatha;mahTdhara\n-of the name Mahidhara.\nTRANSLATION\nAmong Lord Nityananda's devotees, Naka<.fi was the thirty-seventh, Mukunda the\nthirty-eighth, Surya the thirty-ninth, Madhava the fortieth, Sridhara the forty-first,\nRa mananda the forty-second, jagannatha the forty-third and Mahidhara the fortyfourth.\nPURPORT\nSridhara was the twelfth gopiila.\nTEXT 49\n\n...., '\"11�..,tt,., ��QM I\n�, �,�..��.... . 8�1\n�rT-manta, gokula-diisa·harihariinanda\n�iviii, nandiii, avadhuta paramiinanda\n\n", "adi2#p0407": "Adi-lila, Chapte r 11\n\n383\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri- manta- of the name Sri Manta; goku/a-diisa-of the name Go kula dasa;\n\nharihariinanda-of the name Hariharananda; siviii-of the name S ivai; nandiii-of the\n\nname Nandai; avadhDta paramiinanda-of the name AvadhOta Paramananda.\n\nTRANS LA T ION\nSri Manta was the forty-fifth, Gokula dasa the forty-sixth, Hariharananda the\n\nforty-seventh, Sivai the forty-eighth, Nandai the forty-ninth and Paramananda the\n\nfiftieth.\n\nTEXT 50\n\n�II., .. ��' <;;'5tt9ftlf, ��I\n\n�� � \"�.��··0·\nvasanta, navani hofja, gopiila saniitana\nvig1iii hiijarii, kr�rananda, su/ocana\nSYNONYMS\n\nvasanta-of the name Vasanta; navani hofja-of the name Navani Ho4a; gopiila-of\nthe name Gopala; saniitana-of the name Sanatana; vi�riii hiijarii-of the name V i.spai\nHajara; kr�rananda-of the name Kr�t�ananda; su/ocana-of the name Sulocana.\n\nTRANS LAT I ON\nVasanta was the fifty-first, Na.vani Ho�a the fifty-second, Gopala the fifty-third,\n\nSanatana the fifty-fourth, Vig1ai the fifty-fifth, KnQananda the fifty-sixth and\nSulocana the fifty-seventh.\n\nPURPORT\nNavani Ho�a appears to have been the same person as Ho<;ta Kr�l)adasa, the son of\nthe King of Ba�agachi. His father's name was Hari Ho<;ta. One can visit Ba<;Jagachi\nby taking the Lalagola-ghata railway line. Formerly the Ganges flowed by Ba�agachi,\n\nbut now it has become a canal known as the Kalsira Khal. Near the Mu�agacha sta­\n\ntion is a village known as Saligrama in which King Kr�l)adasa arranged for the marriage of Sri Nityananda Prabhu, as described in the Bhakti-ratniikara, Tarango Twelve.\nIt is sometimes said that Navani Ho<;ta was the son of Raja Kr�l)adasa. His descendants\nstill live in Rukur;�apura, a village near Bahiragachi. They belong to the dak�ira\n\nriif/hiya kiiyastha community, but, having been reformed as briihmaras, they still\n\ninitiate all classes of men.\n\nTEXT 51\n\n�\"tft �. ��, ttllliier \"Mt.-.r 1\n<;;1ft�, lift, 11_�, � ..�� n <t� 11\n\n", "adi2#p0408": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n384\n\nkorhsiiri seno, riimoseno, riimocondro kaviriijo\ngovindo, �rirohgo, mukundo, tina .koviriijo\n\nSYNONYMS\nthe name Kamsari Sena; riimasena-of the name Ramasena;\nthe name Ramacandra Kaviraja; govindo-of the name\nGovinda; srirohgo-of the name Srirariga; mukundo-of the name Mukunda; tina\nkoviriijo-all three are Kavirajas, or physicians.\nkorhsiiri sena-of\n\nriimocondro koviriijo-of\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe fifty-eighth great devotee of Lord Nityananda Prabhu was Kamsari Sena, the\nfifty-ninth was Ramasena, the sixtieth was Ramacandra Kaviraja, and the sixty-first,\nsixty-second and sixty-third were Govinda, Srirariga and Mukunda, who were all\nphysicians.\nPURPORT\nSri Ramacandra Kaviraja, the son of Khat:�c;lavasi Ciranjiva and Sunanda, was a\ndisciple of Srinivasa Acarya and the most intimate friend of Narottama dasa Thakura,\nwho prayed several times for his association. His youngest brother was Govinda\nKaviraja. SrTia jiva Gosvami very much appreciated Sri Ramacandra Kaviraja's great\ndevotion to Lord Kr�rJa and therefore gave him the title kovirajo. Sri Ramacandra\nKaviraja, who was perpetually disinterested in family life, greatly assisted in the\npreaching work of Srinivasa Acarya and Narottama dasa Thakura. He resided at first\nin SrikhaQqa but later in the village of Kumara-nagara on the bank of the Ganges.\nGovinda Kaviraja was the brother of Ramacandra Kaviraja and youngest son of\nCiraiijiva of Srikhaoc;ta. Although at first a siikto, or worshiper of goddess Durga, he\nwas later initiated by Srinivasa Acarya Prabhu. Govinda Kaviraja also resided first in\nSrikhaoqa and then in Kumara-nagara, but later he moved to the village known as\nTeliya Budhari on the southern bank of the River Padma. Since Govinda Kaviraja,\nthe author of two books, Sohgito-madhovo and Gttamrto, was a great Vai�Qava kovi,\nor poet, SrTia jiva GosvamTgave him the title kovirajo. He is described in the Bhoktirotniikoro, Ninth Tarango.\nKamsari Sena was formerly Ratnavali in Vraja, as described in the Gourogorodde�o-dipikii, verses 194 and 200.\nTEXT 52\n\n\"ft'6111JfJ, 1f11Rt�, 1f� Wtt1ffQ' I\n!lf1fl, 11_�, WfiNt�, lfCi4t6 ft t� n\npitiimboro, miidhoviiciiryo, diiso diimodaro\nsohkoro, mukundo, ji'iano-diiso, monohoro\n\n", "adi2#p0409": "Adi-lila, Chapter 11\n\n385\n\nSYNONYMS\npitiimbara-of the name Pitambara; miidhaviiciirya-of the name Madhavacarya;\ndiisa diimodara-of the name Damodara dasa; sankara-of the name Sarikara;\nmukunda-of the name Mukunda; jiiiina-diisa-of the name J rianadasa; manohara-of\n\nthe name Manohara.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAmong the devotees of Lord Nityananda Prabhu, Pitambara was the sixty-fourth,\nMadhavacarya the sixty-fifth, Damodara dasa the sixty-sixth, Sarikara the sixtyseventh, Mukunda the sixty-eighth, Jrianadasa the sixty-ninth and Manohara the\nseventieth.\nTEXT 53\n\n��· c;'5ft1'ttl{, It�.., c;1htt\"flt I\n\n����i!;, �'Mil lflt1ft� \" t� •\nnartaka gopiila, riimabhadra, gauriinga-diisa\nnrsirhha-caitanya, minaketana riima-diisa\nSYNONYMS\nnartaka gopiila-the dancer Gopala; riimabhadra-of the name Ramabhadra;\ngauranga-diisa-of\n\nthe\n\nname\n\nGaurariga\n\ndasa; nrsirhha-caitanya-of the\n\nname\n\nNrsiniha-caitanya; minaketana riima-diisa-of the name Minaketana Ramadasa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe dancer Gopala was the seventy-first, Ramabhadra the seventy-second,\nGaurariga\n\ndasa\n\nthe\n\nseventy-third,\n\nNrsiniha-caitanya the\n\nseventy-fourth\n\nand\n\nMinaketana Ramadasa the seventy-fifth.\nPURPORT\nThe Gaura1JOIJOddesa-dipikii, verse 68, describes Minaketana Ramadasa as an in­\n\ncarnation of Sarikar�a!Ja.\n\nTEXT 54\n\n��'PI-���\n'�fW-11'�\"' �t�1 •fPf fii' n <tS n\nV[ndiivana-diisa-niiriiyOIJira nandana\n'caitanya-mangala' yenho karila racana\n\n", "adi2#p0410": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n386\n\nSYNONYMS\nvrndiivana-diisa-Srila\n\nVrndavana\n\ndasa\n\nThakura; narayOIJira nandana-son of\n\nNarayal)i; caitanya-mahgala-the book of the name Caitanya-mahga/a; yehho-who;\nkarila\n\n-\n\ndid; racana\n\n-\n\ncomposition\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVrndavana dasa Thakura, the son of Srimati Narayal)i, composed Sri Caitanya­\n\nmarigala [later known as Sri Caitanya-bhagavata].\nTEXT 55·\n\n·� �lfl �lfi Qif'f<qJ� I\n\n��'tt\\! �-� 't'PI • �� \"\nbhiigavate kr�ra-/ilii varrilii vedavyiisa\ncaitanya-/iliite vyiisa-vrndiivana diisa\nSYNONYMS\nbhiigavate-in .the Srimad-Bhiigavatam; k�ra /ilii-the pastimes of Lord Kr�l)a;\n-\n\nvarrilii-described; vedavyiisa-Dvaipayana Vyasadeva; caitan;;a-/iliite-in the pastimes of Lord Caitanya; vyiisa-Vedavyasa; vrndiivana diisa-Srila Vrndavana dasa\nThakura.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Vyasadeva described the pastimes of Kr�r:ta in the Srimad-Bhagavatam. The\n\nVyasa of the pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu was Vrndavana dasa.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Vrndavana dasa Thakura was an incarnation of Vedavyasa and also a friendly\n\ncowherd boy named Kusumapi9a in kr�ra-/ilii. In other words, the author ofiSri\n\nCaitanya-bhiigavata, Srila Vrndavana dasa Thakura, the son of Srivasa Thakura's\n\nniece Narayai)T, was a combined incarnation of Vedavyasa and the cowherd boy\n·\n\nKusumapic;la. There is a descriptive statement by Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvatr\n\nThakura in his commentary on Sri Caitanya-bhiigavata giving the biographical details\n\nof the life of Vrndavana dasa Thakura.\n\nTEXT 56\n\n��-<;� �t'el! '1ttJrtfcftt I\n�tt �t� 1(\\5, i5tt ... � • �� \"\nsarvasiikhii-Sregha virabhadra gosiifii\ntiihra upasiikha yata, tiira anta niii\n\n", "adi2#p0411": "Adi-ITia, Chapter 11\n\n387\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvasiikhii-sreHha-the best of all the branches; vlrabhadra gosiii'ii-of the name\nVirabhadra Gosani; tiinra upasiikhii-His sub-branches; yata-all; tiira-of them;\nanta-limit; nai-there is not.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAmong all the branches of Sri Nityananda Prabhu, Virabhadra Gosafii was the\ntopmost. His sub-branches were unlimited.\nTEXT 57\n\n� ����-����I\n\n��� fiff�• �'! Wif U t'\\ II\nananta nityiinanda-gat;a-ke karu gat;ana\niitma-pavitratii-hetu likhiliin kata jana\nSYNONYMS\nananta-unl i mited ; nityiinanda-gara\n\n-\n\nfollowers of � ri Nityananda Prabhu; ke karu\n\n-who can; gar ana-count; iitma-pavitratii-of self-purification; hetu-for the reason;\n/ikhi/iin-1 have written; kata jana-some of them.\nTRANSLATION\nNo one can count the unlimited followers of Nityananda Prabhu. I have mentioned some of them just for my self-purification.\nTEXT 58\n\n�· ��1 '1._(-9(· '�� I\n�� ��' '!ttl f'ft\"l '8� � • t1r' \"\nei sarva-siikhii pilr!Ja-pakva prema-pha/e\nyiire dekhe, tare diyii bhiisiiila saka/e\nSYNONYMS\nei-these; sarva-siikhii-all branches; pilrra-comp le te; pakva prema pha/e- with\n-\n\nripened fruits of love of Godhead; yare dekhe- whomever they see; tare diya- d is\n\n­\n\ntributing to him; bhiisiiila-overflooded ; sakale-all of them.\nTRANSLATION\nAll these branches, the devotees of Lord Nityananda Prabhu, being full of ripened\nfruits of love of Kr�r;�a, distributed these fruits to all they met, flooding them with\nlove of Kr�r;�a.\n\n", "adi2#p0412": "388\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nTEXT 59\n\n�� 'i$t ��' '� ��'5{11( I\n'${ fiw5, \" firtis -ca ���� • t:i) •\nonarga/a prema sabiira, ce�Jii onarga/a\nprema dite, k[�(IO dite dhare mahiiba/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nonarga/a-unchecked; prema-love of Kr�pa; sabiira-of every one of them; ce�Jii­\n\nactivity; on arga/a-unchecked; prema dite-to give love of Kn;pa; k�(IO dite-to de­\n\nliver Kr�pa; dhare-they possess; mahiibala-great strength.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll these devotees had unlimited strength to deliver unobstructed, unceasing love\n\nof Kr�r:ta. By their own strength they could offer anyone Kr�r:ta and love of Kr�l)a.\n\nPURPORT\nSrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura has sung, kr�ra se tomiira, kr;ra dite piira, tomiira\n\nsakati iiche. In this song, Bhaktivinoda Thakura describes that a pure Yai:;rtava, as the\n\nproprietor of Kr�pa and love of Kr�l)a, can deliver both to anyone and everyone he\n\nlikes. Therefore to get Kr�pa and love of Kr�l)a one must seek the mercy of pure\n\ndevotees. Srila Visvanatha CakravartT Thakura also says, yasya prasadad bhagavat­\n\nprasiido yasyiiprasiidiin no gatifl kuto 'pi: \"By the mercy of the spiritual master one\nis benedicted by the mercy of Kr�r;Ja. Without the grace of the spiritual master one\n\ncannot make any advancement.\" By the grace of a Yai�ava or bona fide spiritual\nmaster one can get both love of Godhead, Kr�r:ta, and Kr:;ra Himself.\n\nTEXT 60\n\n��� ..�r. <Jtt Je.'$Jti(\"'f'Stej I\n\n�R �� iO 'fA �a!l-�' 1 q,o 1\nsahk�epe kahiliih ei nityiinanda-gara\nyiihhiira avadhi nii piiya 'sahasra-vadana'\n\nSYNONYMS\nsahk�epe-in o'rief; kahiliih-described; ei-these; nityiinanda-gara-devotees of\n\nLord· Nityananda; yiihhiira-of whom; avadhi-limitation; nii-does not; piiya-get;\n\nsahasra-vadana-the thousand-mouthed Se�naga on whom Lord Vi�I)U lies.\n\n", "adi2#p0413": "Adi-lna, Chapter 11\n\n389\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have briefly described only some of the followers and devotees of Lord\nNityananda Prabhu. Even the thousand-mouthed\n\nSe�anaga cannot describe all of\n\nthese unlimited devotees.\nTEXT 61\n\na.t�-9ftlf �.n-at I\n�ft..lf8 � �1'1 U �) I\n�ri-rupa-raghuniitha-pade yiira ii�a\ncaitanya-caritamrta 'kahe k[�fJadiisa\nSYNONYMS\n�ri-rupa-Srila\npade-at the\nbook\n\nRupa\n\nGosvami; raghuniitha-Srila\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvam1;\n\nlotus feet; yiira-whose; ii�a-expectation; caitanya-caritiimrta-the\n\nnamed Caitanya-caritiimrta; kahe-describes; kr�fJa-diisa-Srila\n\nKr�l')adasa\n\nKaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nWith an ardent desire to serve the purpose of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, I,\n\nKr�1.1adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their footsteps.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of Sri Caitanya-caritiimrta, Adi-lilii, Chapter·\nEleven, in the matter of the expansions of Lord Nityananda.\n\n", "adi2#p0414": "References\nThe statements of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta are all confirmed by standard Vedic\nauthorities. The following authentic scriptures are quoted in this book on the pages\nlisted. Numerals in bold type refer the reader to SrT Caitanya-caritamrta's translations. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\n\nAitareya Upani�ad\n\nKr�!Ja-karramrta\n\n99\n\n138\n\nAnubha�ya\n\nMahiibhiirata\n\n15,20,52,57\n\n155,161,167,243\n\nBhagavad-gitfi\n\nMar{fukya Upani�ad\n\n1, 9, 22, 31, 41, 49, 55, 57, 67, 69,\n\n117-118,124\n\n80,89,91,97,98,99,100,103,104,\n\nNiirada-pancariitra\n\n105' 107' 108-109' 109-110' 111 ' 113'\n\n62,124\n\n115,118,122,123,124,125,127,164,\n\nPadma Puriira\n\n167,169,174, 181,241,242,257\n\n94-95' 104,178\n\nParamiitma-sandarbha\n\nBhagavat-sandarbha\n\n118\n\n124\n\nBhakti-rasomrta-sindhu\n\nPrasna Upani�ad\n\n75,78-79,86-87,169,242\n\n99\n\nBhakti-ratnakara\n\nf.g Veda\n99,103\n\n303,356-357,359,367,369,383\nBhakti-sandarbha\n\nSiva Puriira\n\n62\n\n95\n\nBrahma-sarhhitii\n\nSkanda Puriira\n\n98\n\n88\n\nBrhad-ara(lyaka Upani�ad\n\nSr7mad-Bhiigavatam\n\n98,125,132\n\n4, 26, 56, 58, 60, 62, 69,72,74,\n\n221-222,273,363\n\n83-84,97,100,102,124,134,136,\n'\n137,139,140, 163,170,171,172,\n\nCaitanya-bhiigavata\nCaitanya-carita-mahiikavya\n\n174-175,188,199,239,244,280\n\n338-339\n\nSvetiisvatara Upani�ad\n\n11,108,134,219-220,247\n\n98,99,115\n·\nTaittiriya Upani�ad\n\nCaitan ya-caritiimrta\nChiindogya Upani!jad\n\n115-116\n\nUpadesiimrta\n\n114' 115' 117' 125\n\nHari-bhakti-sudhodaya\n\n15\n\nViiyu Puriira\n\n79\n\nHari-bhakti-viliisa\n\n88\n\nVediirtha-sahgraha\n\n36,189\n\nTsopani�ad\n\n133\n\nVi�ru Purii(la\n\n118,132\n\nKalisantara!Ja Upani!jad\n\n99,106,109,113,241\n\n62\nKat;ha Upani�ad\n8,99,125\n391\n\n", "adi2#p0415": "Glossary\nA\nAbhidheya-acting according to one's constitutional relationship with God.\nAcarya-an authorized teacher who instructs by his own example.\nAdhama pa{iuyas-scholars who consider devotional activities material.\nAdvaita-vada-philosophy of monism.\nAjfiata-sukrti-pious activities that one executes without his knowledge.\nAkificana-one who possesses nothing in the material world.\nApara prakrti-material energy.\nArcana-margo-Deity worship.\nArtha-economic development.\nAsuras-demons.\nAvesa-an incarnation of God, partially empowered.\nB\nBhagavata-jTvana-the life of a devotee.\nBhagavata-saptaka-seven-day readings of Bhagavatam.\nBhajananandl-devotee who is satisfied to cultivate devotional service for himself.\nBhakta-devotee.\nBhakti-latii-devotional creeper.\nBhava-the stage of transcendental ecstacy experienced after transcendental affection.\nBrahma-bhOta-stage of liberation from material entanglement when one becomes\njoyous beyond any hankering or lamentation and gains a universal vision.\nBrahma-jnana-knowledge of the Supreme.\nBrahmananda-pleasure derived from impersonal Brahman realization.\nBubhuk�us-those who desire to enjoy the material world.\nc\nCaitya-guru-the spiritual master within.\nCid-vi/iisa-spiritual pleasure.\n0\nDharma-religiosity.\nG\nGodasa-servant of senses.\nGopis-cowherd girlfriends of Kr�pa.\nGosafii-See GosvamT.\n\n393\n\n", "adi2#p0416": "394\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nGo�(hy-iinandi-devotees who desire to preach glories of holy name.\nGosvami-one who has control over mind and senses.\n\nTsa-tattva-the Supreme Lord.\nTsvara-the supreme controller.\n\n}iva-the soul; or atomic living entity.\n}Tva-bhDta-See }iva\n}nona-transcendental knowledge.\njiva-tattva-See }iva\nK\nKama-sense gratification.\nKani�,tha-adhikari-devotee in lowest stage of Yai�r;tava life.\nKarma-karfla-fruitive activities.\nKarma-nighas-those who consider devotional service to be fruitive activities.\nKrpa-siddha-perfection by the mercy of superior authorities.\nKr�ra-lila-pastimes of Krg1a.\nKr�ra-prema-love of Godhead.\nK�etrajna-the living entity.\nKutarkikas-false logicians.\nL\nLobha-greed.\nM\nMadhurya-bhaktas-devotees engaged only in conjugal love.\nMahii-bhiigavata-See Uttama-adhikiiri.\nMahaprabhu-suprem.e master of all masters.\nMaha-vadanyavatara-Lord Caitanya, the most magnanimous incarnation.\nMadhyama-adhikiiri-devotee with firm faith who preaches to innocent and avoids\natheists.\nMaya-the external illusory energy of the Lord.\nMok�a-1 iberation.\nMumuk�us-those who desire liberation from material world.\nMDflha-fool, rascal.\nN\nNamaparadha-offense against holy names.\nNindakas-blasphemers.\n\n", "adi2#p0417": "Glossary\n\n395\n\nNirgw:w-without material qualities.\nNitya-siddha-eternal perfection attained by never forgetting Kr�Qa at any time.\np\nPiirakJya-rasa-paramour love.\nParamparii-disciplic succession.\nParii-prakrti-spiritual energy.\nPii�a(lf/is-nondevotees who consider devotional activities material.\nPatita-pavana-Lord Caitanya, the deliverer of the fallen souls.\nPrabhu-master.\nPradhiina-the chief principle of creation.\nPriikrta-bhaktas-materialistic devotees not advanced in spiritual knowledge.\nPrayojana-the ultimate goal of life, to develop love of God.\nPreyas-activities which are immediately beneficial and auspicious.\nR\nRajo-gura-mode of passion.\nRasiibhiisa-incompatible mixing of rasas.\nRiisiidi-viliisi-the enjoyer of the riisa dance.\nRasas-spiritual humors.\ns\nSa<;lbhuja-six-armed form of Lord Caitanya.\nSiidhana-bhakti-the prescribed duties of service to the Lord.\nSiidhana-siddhas-perfection attained by executing rules and regulations of devotional service.\nSiidhu-a saintly person or Vai�r;�ava.\nSahajiyiis-those who do not follow the scriptural injunctions, considering God to\nbe cheap.\nSiilokya-mukti-liberation of residing on the same planet as the Lord.\nSamiidhi-trance, or absorption in the service of the Lord.\nSambandha-jniina-establishing one's original relationship with the Lord.\nSiir�_ti-mukti-liberation of having equal opulences with the Supreme.\nSiirDpya-mukti-liberation of having same bodily features as the Lord.\nSarva-jna-omniscient.\n�iistras- scriptures.\nSattva-gura-mode of goodness.\nSiiyujya-mukti-liberation of merging in Brahman effulgence.\n�rauta-viikya-acceptance of the words of the spiritual master.\n�ravararh kirtanam-hearing and chanting.\n�reyas-activities which are ultimately beneficial and auspicious.\nSDtra-a code expressing the essence of all knowledge in minimum words.\n\n", "adi2#p0418": "396\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nT\nTamo-gura-mode of ignorance.\n\nu\nUttama-adhikiiri-devotee in highest stage of devotional life.\n\nv\nVaikuMha-the spiritual world which is without anxiety.\nVastra-harara-li/ii- Kn(la's pastime of stealing the clothes of the gopis.\nVedanti-a person who perfectly knows Kr�(la.\nVi�ru-bhakti-See Bhakti.\nVisvambhara-one who maintains the entire universe; name of Lord Caitanya.\nVivarta-illusion.\n\ny\nYogesvara-master of all mystic powers, Kr�oa.\n\n", "adi2#p0419": "Bengali Pronunciation Guide\nBENGALI DIACRITICAL EQUIVALENTS AND PRONUNCIATION\n\nVowels\n\n'ela\n\n�Ta\n\n�i\n\n-�\n\nl!u\n\n-u\n\n'r\n\n<.fie\n\n�ai '<ao\n\n�au\n\n' m (anusvara)\n\n\\!J\n\nn ( candra-bindu)\n\n�r\n\n: )1 (visarga)\n\nConsonants\n\n� ka\n� ca\nls ta\n'! ta\n9f' pa\n�ya\naf sa\n\nGutterals:\nPalatals:\nCerebraIs:\nDentals:\nLabials:\nSemivowels:\nSibilants:\n\n� kha\n\n1f ga\n\n'C1 gha\n\n� na\n\nfi cha\n\n'f ja\n\n� iia\n\ni tha\n\nl:5 <;Ia\n\n� tha\n\nSf da\n\n�pha\n1{ ra\n��a\n\n�ba\n\"f Ia\n�sa\n\n.jha\nti <;lha\n${ dha\n�bha\n� va\n�ha\n\n'i !)a\ni{ na\n1{ rna\n\nVowel Symbols\nThe vowels are written as follows after a consonant:\n\nta f;' .,\nFor example:\n\ni\n\nb-.u\n\n�kli\n? kf\n\n'e �ai '1 'Tau\n� ki �,kl �ku 'kii �kr\n�ke �kai �Tko �) kau\nt-u\n\ntr\n\n<r\n\n397\n\n0\n\n", "adi2#p0420": "398\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\nThe letter a is implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\nThe symbol viriima (\"-) indicates that there is no final vowel.\n\n�k\n\nThe letters above should be pronounced as follows:\na -like the o in hot; sometimes like the o in go;\nfinal a is usually silent.\n\nq -like the d in dawn.\nqh -like the dh in good-house.\n\na -like the a in far.\n\nI) -like the n in gnaw.\n\ni, T -like the ee in meet.\n\nt-as in talk but with the tongue against the\n\nu, u -like the u in rule.\n\nr -like the ri in rim.\n\nr -like the ree in reed.\ne -like the ai in pain; rarely like e in bet.\nai -like the oi in boil.\no -like the o in go.\nau -like the ow in owl.\n\nm -(anusviira) like the ng in song.\n� -(visarga) a final h sound like in Ah.\n\nn- (candra-bindu) a nasal n sound\nlike in the French word bon.\nk -like the k in kite.\nkh -like the kh in Eckhart.\ng -like the g in got.\ngh -like the gh in big-house.\n\nn -like the n in bank.\nc -like the ch in chalk.\nch -like the chh in much-haste.\nj -like the j in joy.\njh -like the geh in college-hall.\n\nn -like the n in bunch.\n\nl -like the t in talk.\nlh -like the th in hot-house.\n\nthe teeth.\nth-as in hot-house but with the tongue against\nthe teeth.\nd-as in dawn but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\ndh-as in good-house but with the tongue\nagainst the teeth.\nn-as in nor but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\np -like the p in pine.\nph -like the ph in philosopher.\nb -like the b in bird.\nbh -like the bh in rub-hard.\nm -like the m in mother.\ny -like the j in jaw. lf\ny -like they inyear.�\nr -like the r in run.\n\nI -like the I in law.\nv -like the b in bird or like the w in dwarf.\n\ns, � -like the sh in shop.\ns -like the s in sun.\nh-like the h in home.\n\nThis is a general guide to Bengali pronunciation. The Bengali transliterations in this\nbook accurately show the original Bengali spelling of the text. One should note, however,\nthat in Bengali, as in English, spelling is not always a true indication of how a word is\npronounced. Tape recordings of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nchanting the original Bengali verses are available from the International Society for Krishna\nConsciousness, 3764 Watseka Avenue, Los Angeles, California 90034.\n\n", "adi2#p0421": "Map of Bengal\nIndicating the important sites related to\nLord Caitanya and His associates.\n\n.,_/\n\n1'(\\ i'\n,- __ ,\n\n\\)\n\nI\n\n(�\nTRI PURA\nI\n·'\n\n8\n\nA\n\ny\n\nOf\n\nN\n\nB\n\n399\n\nG\n\nA\n\nL\n\n", "adi2#p0422": "INDEX TO THE MAP OF BENGAL\n\nMAP\n\nNAME of\n\nPAGE\n\nMAP\n\nNAME of\n\nPAGE\n\nNO.\n\nPLACE\n\nNO.\n\nNO.\n\nPLACE\n\nNO.\n\n1. Akaihata-Near Katwa\n2. jimagarija\n\n375\n\n33. Kr�r;Janagara\n34. Kr�Qapura\n\n�\n\n324\n369\n\n3. Mapora\n367,368\n4. Ambika-Kalana\n5. Ba(lagachi-Near Saligrama 382,383\n259\n6. Baghiya\n7. Benapola\n\n8. Berhampore\n9. Bhagavangola RRS\n\n384\n276\n10. Bhu�hana-Near SatakjTra\n11. Burdwan\n369,370\n12.Canditala\n359\n13. canpa<Janga\n14.Calcutta\n376\n15.Cakadaha\n259\n16. Cattagrama\n17.Cattrabhoj\n18. Dacca\n360,375,379\n19. Dariihata\n282,284\n20. Eri<;liyadaha-Grama\n21. Ga(labeta\n377\n363\n22. Galasi RRS\n220\n259\n\n23. Halisahara\n24. Hatahajari\n25. Hugali\n\n26. Howrah\n27. Jalesvara\n\n28. J hamatapura\n29. Jhikaragacha\n\n30. Katwa\n\n274\n356\n376\n\n223,283\n357,369,376\n\n31. Kha(ladaha\n32. Khanakula-KrHianagara\n\n359,360\n\n35. Kulina-Grama\n36. Mahesa\n37. Mahesapura\n38. Maldah\n\n39. Manakara RRS\n40. Mangalac;lihi\n41. Marigalako�a\n42. Memarl RRS\n43. Midnapore\n44. Naihati\n45. Navadvipa\n46. PaQihatf\n47. Phateyabad\n48. Purvasthali RRS\n\n49. Ramakeli\n50. RaQa-ghafa\n51. Saligrama\n52. Sarica(laparica(la\n53. Santipura\n\n54. Saptagrama\n55. Sar\n56. Satak�ira\n51. Siudi\n58. S ri khanda\n59. Sriram ura\n60. Sylhet\n\n�p\n\n61. Tamluk\n\n62. Teliya Budhari\n63. Vidyanagara\n64. Yasohara\n\n400\n\n312\n278-279,300-301\n\n320,365,366\n364-365\n302\n357\n365\n370\n371\n302\n334\n265,332\n302\n275\n302\n\n367,383\n371\n377,378\n325\n276\n229,323,384\n203,365\n\n384\n333\n302\n\n", "adi2#p0423": "Index\nNumerals in bold type indicate references to Sri Caitanya-coritiimrto's verses. Numerals in regular\ntype are references to its purports.\n\nA\n\nAham sarvasya prabhavo\nverses quoted, 67, 98\n\nAhankiira itiyam me\nAbhinnatviin niima-niimino{l\nquoted, 125\nAbhirama Thakura\n\nSee Ramadasa\nAbhyutthiinam adharmasya\nverses quoted, 164\nAbsolute Truth\nbeyond reach of imperfect senses, 167\ndescribed as person by Vyasa, 99, 115\nfull of six opulences, 97,131-134\nhas inconceivable energies, 107, 115, 118,\n133\nhas spiritual body, 100\n\nverses quoted, 110\n\nAho bata �vapaco 'to gariyiin\nverses quoted, 56\n\nAikiintiki harer bhaktir\nverses quoted, 84, 188\n\nAitad iitmyam idam sarvam\nquoted, 115\n\nAitareya Upani�ad\nquoted on creation of ViglU, 99\n\nAjo 'pi sann avyayiitmii\nverses quoted, 1 09\n\nA-kiirerocyate kr�ro{l\nverses quoted, 125\n\nindicated by om tat sat, 123\n\nAkhyiita-condrlkii\n\npartially understood by devotees, 122\n\nA kii'lcana-gocara\n\nomkOra as, 124\n\nrealized by devotional service, 84\nunderstood in three features, 97, 131\nAcaryaratna\n\nSee Candra.Sekhara Acarya\nAciiryas\naccept omkiira as Absolute Truth, 124\nactually independent, 43\nbreak teeth of Mayavadis, 123\nimportance of serving, 161\n\nmust understand Vediinta philosophy, 83-85\npreach according to time and circumstances,\n23-24\n\nas book by Riipa Gosvami, 303\nLord known as, 2\n\nAkriira\nas Gopinatha Siniha, 297\n\nAlankiira-kaustubha\n\nas book by Kar�;�apiira, 290\n\nAlpiik�ram asandigdham\nverses quoted, 88\n\nAmiininii miinadena kirtaniya{l\nverses quoted, 39, 52, 168, 307\n\nAmrto-praviiha-bhii�ya\nChapter Nine of Ca/tanya-caritiimrta summarized in, 213\n\nprogress by strictly following, 155\n\nAmrta-praviiha-bhii�ya\n\nquoted, 167\n\ncaritiimrto in, 157\nAnando-vrndiivana-campii\n\nAcintyii{l khalu ye bhiivii no tiims\nAcyutananda\n\nas devotee of Lord at J agannatha Puri, .346\n\nAdiiv ante co madhye co hariiJ\nverses quoted, 128\n\nAdhitiis tena yenoktam\nverses quoted, 56\nAdvaita Acarya\nAcyutananda as son of, 346\nas predominator, 10-12\nas trunk of Caitanya tree, 226\nbelongs to Vigw category, 5\nCaitanya performed dramas with, 258\n\nin form of bhakta incarnation, 4, 5, 10\nis very merciful, 158\n\nriisas of servitors of, 13\nAhaituky apratihahii\nverses quoted, 72\n\nsummary\n\nof\n\nEighth\n\nChapter\n\nof\n\nCaitanya­\n\nas book by K'ar�;�apiira, 290\nAnanta Acarya\nas disciple of Gadadhara Pa�;�c;lita, 200\n\nAnarpita-carim ciriit karurayiivatirro{l\nverses quoted, 234\n\nAnarthopa�mam siik�d\nverses quoted, 58\n\nAniisaktasya vi�ayiin yathiirham\nverses quoted, 75\nAniruddha\nVakre5vara Pa�;�c;lita as, 261\n\nAntavanta ime dehii nityasyoktii{l\nverse quoted, 167\n\nAnubhii�ya\ncited\n\non\n\nappropriate\n\nstudy, 52\n\nstudent for\n\nVediinta\n\n", "adi2#p0424": "402\n\nSr1' Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nAnubhii�ya\n\ncited on seed of material enjoyment, 20\non actual effect of knowledge,57\nquoted on Paiica-tattva,15\nAnupama\nas branch of Caitanya tree,301-306\nas father of jiva Gosvami,302\nAnya-deviisraya niii, tomiire\n\nverses quoted,256\nApani iicari 'bhakti karila\n\nAtreya ��i\nas contemporary of Vyasadeva,89\nAul;lulomi\nas contemporary of Vyasadeva,89\nAvadhuta\nNityananda as,272\nA vai�rava-mukhodgii'rJam\n\nversesquoted,188\nA vajiinanti miirh muf/hii\n\nversesquoted,22\n\nquoted,247\n\nB\n\nApiiri-piido javano grahTtii\n\nquoted, 99\nApareyam itas tv anyiim\n\nversesquoted,105\nApiirtharh srutl-viikyiiniim\n\nverses quoted,96\nApasyat puru�arh purram\n\nversequoted,111\nAra kabe nitiiiciindera karurii\n\nversesquoted,14,184\nArcanarh vandanarh diisyam\n\nversesquoted,134\nArcye vi�rau siliidhTr guru�u.\n\nversesquoted,104\nArjuna\naccepted Kr�oa as Sl.(J>reme Lord,23\nas devotee and friend of Kr�oa,37\nKr�oa as chariot driver of,172\nLord became chariot driver of,138\nArjuna (cowherdboy)\nParamesvara dasa as,371\nAruhya krcchrera pararh padam\n\nversesquoted,60, 102,136,172\nAsmarathya\nas contemporary of Vyasadeva,89\nAsramas\n\nnamed,24\nAstobhamanavadyarh co sutram\n\nversesquoted,88\nAtafl srT-kara-niimiidi\n\nversesquoted,86\nAtattvato' nyathii-buddhir vivarta\n\nversesquoted,118\nAthiito brahma-jijnosii\n\nquoted,88, 139, 237\nAtheists\ndon't care about next life,110\nthose who worship demigods are, 256-257\nworship Vi�ou for material success, 165\nA tmiiriima verse\nexplained to Sanatana Gpsvami,305\nAtmo vii idam agra iisTt\n\nquoted, 116\n\nBaQa Haridasa\nas devotee of Lord in J agannatha Puri, 244\nBiidariiyara-sutra\nSee Vediinta-sutra\n\nBadari\nas contemporary of Vyasadeva,89\nBahuniirh janmaniim ante\n\nversequoted,108,133\nBalabhadra Bhanacarya\nas devotee of Lord in Jagannatha Purr,344\nBalarama\nCaitanya in ecstasy of,295, 296\nBalarama dasa\nas branch of Nityananda, 373\nBengal\nLord Nityananda famous in, 153\nmost devotees of Caitanya lived in Orissa and,\n330\nBhagavad-gTtii\n\nactual words of Lord found in,33\nas preliminary study of Bhiigavatam, 69\ncited on appe.arance of Kr�oa,9\ncited on eternality of soul,105\ncited on Kr�IJa as goal of Vedas, 57\ncited on Kr�IJa's energy, 99.,103\ncited on only devotee knowing Kr�IJa,122\ncommented on by rascals, 94\ncopy of written by Caitanya,368\ndescribes Kr�IJa as energetic,106\nindirect interpretation of,121,126\nMayavadis don't accept principles of,30\none can understand Kr�oa as He is by,168\nquoted on approaching spiritual master,41\nquoted on Brahma-sutra, 89\nquoted by Caitanya,107,109\nquoted on appearance of Kr�oa, 109-110,164\nquoted on demigod worship,104,257\nquoted on destinations after death,241\nquoted ()n developing bhiiva, 67\nquoted on devotees' freedom from sinful life,\n181\n\n", "adi2#p0425": "403\n\nIndex\n\nBhagavad-gTtii\n\nquoted on disciplic succession, 91\nquoted on eternality of soul, 167\nquoted on fate of envious, 127\n\nquoted on fools who deride KrHla's advent,\n\n22\nquoted on full surrender to Kr�r;�a, 69\n\nquoted on glories of omkiira, 122, 123\nquoted on Kr�ra as Absolute Truth, 97\nquoted on Kr�r;�a as compiler of Vedanta, 31\nquoted on Kr�r;�a as goal of Vedas, 123\n\nquoted on Kr�r;�a as knower of Vedas, 55\nquoted on Kr�r;�a as origin of everything, 98\nquoted on living beings' control of material\nworld, 105\nquoted on Lord in heart, 124, 190\nquoted on miscreants who don't surrender, 80\nquoted on modes of nature, 100\n\nquoted on offering leaf, fruit, etc. to God,\n\n169,242\nquoted on om, 125\n\nquoted on principles of miserable life, 1\nquoted on purpose of Vedas, 49\n\nquoted on separated energy of Lord, 11 0\nquoted on soul as spiritual particle, 118\n\nquoted on spiritual activities of devotional\nservice, 108 .\n\nquoted on strength of material energy, 104\nquoted on superiority of Vi�r;�u, 103\nquoted on surrender to Kr�r;�a, 104, 108-109,\n\n111' 133\nquoted on transcending modes of nature, 113\nquoted· on transmigration, 111\nquoted on working of material nature, 110\nquoted on women etc. approaching Supreme,\n\n174\n\nunderstood by Arjuna, 37\nBhagavan\nAbsolute ultimately understood as, 97\nBhagavan Acarya\nas devotee of Lord at Jagannatha Puri, 338\nBhagavan Par;��ita\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 293\n\nBhakti\n\nconsidered mental speculation by Mayavadis,\n\n83\ndevelops in persuance of Vedanta philosophy,\n\n83-85\ndevotee's only attachment to Kr�r;�a in, 136\nSee also Devotional service\nBhakti-rasiimrta-sindhu\n\nas book by Rupa Gosvami, 303\ncited on auspiciousness of devotional service,\n\n242\n)iva Gosvami's commentary on, 306\nKr�IJa 's qualities described in, 198\nquoted on bliss of devotional service, 78-79\nquoted on Lord revealing Himself, 86-87\nquoted on service of holy name, 169\nquoted, 75\ntaking shelter of, 184\nBhakti-ratniikara\n\ncited, 369\n\ncited, 356-357\n\ncited, 359\ncited, 367\ncited, 383\nquoted onAnupama's devotion to Ramacandra,\n\n303\n\nBhakti-sandarbha\n\nas book by )iva Gosvami, 307\nquoted on chanting holy names, 62\nBhaktir parasyiinubhavo viraktir\n\nguoted, 136, 179\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura\ncited on actual effect of knowledge, 57\ncited on appropriate student\nstudy, 52\n\nfor\n\nVediinta\n\ncited on change of heart by chanting, 180,\ncited on compilation of Vediinta, 89\ncited on direct and indirect meanings of Vedas,\n\n95\ncited on false ecstatic symptoms, 71\ncited\n\non genealogical table of\n\nYirabhadra\n\nGosani, 357\ncited on hearing from spiritual master, 55\n\nBhagavatacarya\n\ncited on humanitarian activities of Caitanya,\n\nBhagavat-sandarbha\n\ncited on MayavadiS, 29\n\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 324-325,328\nas book by )iva Gosvami, 307\ncited on glories of omkiira, 124\n\nBhagavat-priti-rupii\n\nverses quoted, 72\nBhagavaty-uttama-5/oke\n\nverses quoted, 174-175\nBhakti\n\ncommon man can't write books on, 190\n\n167\n\ncited on players in transcendental dramas, 258\ncited on seed of material enjoyment, 20\ncited on success in chanting Hare Kr�r;�a, 168\ncited on taking shelter of Caitanya, 184\n\ncited on truth about Panca-tattva, 5, 12, 15\ncited on variegated personal feature of Absolute, 103\n\ncited on worship of Radha-Kr�r;�a, 185\n\n", "adi2#p0426": "Srt Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n404\n\nBilvamarigala Thakura\n\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura\nestablished branch at Vrajapattana, 258\nexplained term \"Mayavadi, 25\n\nquoted on insignificance of devotional service,\n\n138\n\nhis description of Sivananda Sena, 287-288\n\nquoted on liberation of devotees, 172\nBody, material\n\nhis order to his disciples, 77\nhis paper Sajjana-to�a(li mentioned, 289\npresented philosophy of )Tva Gosvami, 83\nquoted on fulfillment of spiritual master's\n\nsubject to destruction, 167\nBody, spiritual\nafter death Vai�r;1avas get, 53\nBrahma\n\nmission, 73\n\nreceives power from Govinda, 14 7\n\nquoted on identity of Caitanya, 164\n\nquoted on imitating activities of great devotees,\n\n74-75\n\nworshiped by Mayavadis, 146-148\nBrahmacarya\n\nquoted on Mayavadi impersonalism, 82\nquoted on message of Caitanya, 165\nquoted on symptoms of internal devotees, 13\n\nfour divisions of, 26\nBrahmajyotl\nrests on personal form of Lord, 133\nSee also Brahman\n\nvisited temple at Vallabhapura, 203\n\nBrahman\n\nBhaktivinoda Thakura\ncited on doctrine of transformation of energy,\n\nAbsolute vaguely understood as, 97\nas bodily effulgence of Lord, 84, 133\n\n117\n\nas expansion of potency of Lord, 131\n\ncited on form of Kr�Cia, 98\ncited on living beings as energy of Lord, 112\n\nas original cause, 116, 121\n\nquoted on association of pure devotee, 87\n\ncannot possess energies, 103\n\nquoted on doctrine of transformation, 114\n\ndefined by Sadananda YogTndra, 101\n\nquoted on mercy of pure 'devotee, 388\n\nentire world as, 115\n\nquoted on purpose of sankirtana, 233\n\nindicated by orh-tat-sat, 123\n\nsummarized\n\nChapter\n\nEight\n\nof\n\nCaitanya-\n\ncaritiimrta, 157\nsummarized\n\nChapter\n\nNine\n\nof\n\nCaitanyo­\n\ncaritiimrta, 213\nBhakti-yoga\nbased on becoming humble and submissive,\n\n141\neveryone attracted to, 21\nSee also Devotional service\nBhiirata-var�a\nSee India\nBhiisviin yathiiJma-Jakale�u\nverses quoted, 147\nBhiiva\ndevelopment of described, 67�8\npleasure of, 69\nSee also Love of God\nBhavananda Raya\nas devotee of Lord in jagannatha Puri,.335-\n\n337\nas Par;1<;1u, 335-337\nBhiiviirtha-sucaka-campu\nas book by jiva Gosvami, 306\nBhugarbha Gosar'ii\nidentified, 204\nBhumir iipo' nolo viiyu{l\nverses quoted, 110\nBhutiini yiinti bhutejyii·\nverses quoted, 241\n\nliberation of merging in, 172-173\nBrahmii(lf/a bhramite kona\nverses quoted, 81\nBrahmananda Bharati\nas root of tree of devotional service, 221, 224,\n\n338\nBrahmananda Puri\nas root of tree of devotional service, 221,\n\n223\nBrahm\"iinando bhaved e�a\nverses quoted, 78\nBriihmavas\nassociation of pure devotee makes, 36-37\nby qualification not birth, 51\nengagements of, 280\nVai�r;1avas greater than, 18\nBrahma(laJ ciipararh rupam\nverses quoted, 94-95\nBriihma(liis tena vediiJ co\nverses quoted, 123\nBrahmavo hi pratiHhiiham\nquoted, 125\nBrahman realization\ninsignificant happiness of, 78-79\nBrahma-puccharh pratiHhli\nquoted\nBrahma-sarhhitii\njiva Gosvami's commentary on, 306\nquoted on form of Kr�Cia, 98\n\n", "adi2#p0427": "405\n\nIndex\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nBrahma-samhitii\nYai$�;�avas worship demigods on principles of,\n\neternal philanthropic activities of, 167-168\nexhibited His Yaraha form, 279-280\n\n147-148\nBrahma satyam jagan-mithyii\n\nexhibited mystic powers, 45\nfive tattvas incarnate with, 3-5\n\nquoted, 116\n\nfreely distributed love of God, 168\n\nBrahma-siltra\n\nHis body not materially tinged, 8-9\n\nquoted, 114\nSee also Vediinta-siltra, 88\nBrahma-siltra-padaiS ca/va\nquoted, 89\n\nHis gift to human society, 173-175\ninaugurated Kr$1Ja consciousness movement,\n\n163\n\nBrahmii yo eifJ jagada(I(/O\nverses quoted, 147\n\nin ecstasy of Balarama, 295-296\nin h ouseholder life for twenty-four years, 25\ninstructed Sanatana Gosvami, 36-38\n\nBrahmeti paramiitmeti\n\nintolerant of behavior of jagai and Madhai, 39\n\nverses quoted, 97\nBrhod-iira(lyaka Upanl�ad\n\nintroduced Hare Kr$1Ja mantra, 113\n\nquoted, 125\n\nknown as Gaurasundara, '144, 158, 214\n\nquoted on six opulences of Lord, 132\n\nknown as.mahii-vadiinyiivatiira, 4\n\nquoted on spiritual body of Lord, 98\n\nknown as Patita-pavana, 329\nknown as Yisvambhara, 217\n\nBrhod-vai�(lava-to�a(IT\nas book by Sanatana Gosvami, 304\nBrhaspati\nSarvabhauma as incarnation of, 334\nBuddhimanta Khan\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 296\nBuddhism\nMayavada philosophy as covered, 95\n\nc\n\nmodern so-called followers of, 245\nPaiica-tattva important factor in understanding,\n\n154-155\nperformed dramas with associates, 258\npresented Himself as number one fool, 54\nquoted on duty of Indians, 238\nquoted on function of real teacher, 247\nquoted on Mayavadi commentaries, 126\nquoted on offenses of Mayavadis, 127\nquoted on rareness of devotional service, 137\n\nCaitanya dasa\nidentified, 204\nwrote commentary on Ka(la-korromrto, 289\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nquoted on real identity of living being, 108\nquoted on relation of Lord and living being,\n\n89-90,135\nteaches us to be tolerant like trees, 244\n\naccepted direct meaning of Vedanta, 95-96\n\nthree features of, 285-288\n\naccepted food at house of Tapana Misra, 35\n\ntook position of disciple, 55\n\nappeared as Ramacandra, 279\n\nrecommends Brahma-samhitii, 147\n\nappeared as spiritual master of entire world,\n\nspoke through writings of Yrndavana dasa\n\n176\n\nThakura, 189\n\nas form of a devotee, 5\n\nstayed at house of Candrasekhara, 34-35\n\nas goal of materially impoverished, i -2\n\nstressed importance of hearing, 134\n\nas ideal iiciirya, 27,45,65\n\nthree and a half confidential devotees of, 340\n\nas Kr�(la Himself, 6, 8-10,16,23, 155\n\ntook sannyiisa in B harati-sampradiiya, 48\n\nas most magnanimous incarnation, 142-143,\n\nreasons for his descent, 234\n\n168,234\nas Naraya�;�a, 86\n\nvisited temple of Yisvesvara, 146-148\nCaitanya-bhiigavata\n\nas only shelter for conditioned souls, 1-2\n\nas book by Vrndavana dasa Thakura, 157\n\nas predominator, 10-12\n\nBhiigavatam quoted in, 188\n\nas supreme master of all masters, 2\n\ncited on Caitanya's arguments with Mukunda\n\n.as tree of love of Kr$oa, 216, 254\nate Yi$QU's foodstuffs on EkadaSi, 294-295\nbecomes mad chanting holy name, 63-66\nbelongs to Yi$QU category, 5\ndeprecated misinterpretation, of Vedas, 92\ndevised methods to deliver fallen souls, 28\n\nDatta, 273\nglories of described, 186-190\noriginally called Caitanya-mangala, 186\nquoted on Murari Caitanya dasa, 363\nquoted on Paramananda Puri, 221-222\nVasudeva Datta described in, 274-275\n\n", "adi2#p0428": "Srt Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n406\n\nConditioned souls\n\nCaitanya-candrodaya-na.taka\n\nas book by KarQapura, 290\n\nwritten under direction of Prataparudra, 338\n\nCaitanya-carita\n\nas book by Murari Gupta, 279\n\nCaitanya as only shelter for, 1-2\nin atmosphere of helplessness, 1\n\nSee also Living beings, human beings\n\nConjugal love\n\nCaitanya dasa as author of, 289\n\ndevelopment of devotional service to, 14\ndevotees in best situated, 13-14\n\nCaitanya-carita-mahakavya\n\ncited, 338-339\n\ngopis serve Krgta in, 172\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta\n\nas dictation of Madana-mohana, 209-210\nquoted on function of real teacher, 247\nquoted on hearing, 134\n\nKr�(la accepts form of devotee to relish, 9-10\n\ntasted by Lord with internal devotees, 15\ntasted even in present life, 137-138\n\nCreation\n\nquoted on fsvara purl, 219-220\n\nas temporary not false, 116\n\nquoted on real identity of living being, 108\n\nnone in spiritual world, 1 OS\n\nquoted on only supreme master, 11\n\nCaitanyakhyarh praka.tam adhuna\n\nby glance of Lord, 98, 115\n\nCupid\n\nRamananda Raya vanquished power of, 304\n\nverse quoted, 10\nCaitanya-mahgala\n\nD\n\nas book by Locana dasa Thakura, 186\n\n- as former name of Caitanya-bhagavata, 186\nCaitanya-sataka\n\nas book by Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya, 334\n\nCandramukha\n\nDadami buddhi-yogarh tam\n\nverse quoted, 190\nDaivi hy e�a guromayT mama\n\nSee Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nverse quoted, 104\n\nCandrasekhara Acarya\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 257-258, 347\n\nDamayanti\n\nas dear maidservant of Caitanya, 265-266\n\nas kaniHha-adhikiiri, 40\n\nDamodara dasa\n\nCaitanya stayed at house of, 34-35\n\nDamodjlra Par:t�ita\n\nblasphemy of Caitanya intolerable to, 38-41\n\nas d�votee of Nityananda, 385\nas associate of Lord in J agannatha Puri, 332\n\nCandrasekhara Vaidya\n\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 324\n\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 268\n\nCandravali\n\nnoted for objectivity as critic, 304\n\nSadasiva Kaviraja as, 376\n\nDamsels of Vraja\n\nmeant for vaisyas, 175\n\nSee also Gopis\n\nCapitalism\n\nKr�r:ta as leader of, 7\n\nClirvaka Muni\n\nOiina-carita\n\natheistic theory of, 111\n\nas book by Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, 312\nOiinakeli\n\nChandogya Upani�ad\n\nas drama enacted by Nityananda, 361\n\nquoted, 125\n\nquoted by Sarikaracarya, 114\nquoted\n\non\n\neternal\n\nindividuality\n\nof soul,\n\n117\n\nquoted on world as Brahman, 115\n\nChola Haridasa\n\nas devotee of Lord in J agannatha Puri, 344\n\nChii(iiya vai�rava-seva nistara\n\nverse quoted, 161, 170\n\nCirarijiva\n\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 299, 328\n\nCivilization, Vedic\n\nconsiders all aspects of human life, 240\nprepares one for next life, 241\n\nCommunism\n\nas movement of sDdras, 175\n\nDana-keli-kaumudT\n\nas book by Rupa Gosvami, 303\nDiisya-rasa\n\nKr�r:ta's servants serve Him in, 172\n\nDeath\n\nmaterial possessions can't save one from, 1\n\nremembering orhkiira at, 122\n\nVai�Qavas get spiritual body after, 53\n\nDeity worship\n\nkinds of, 184-185\n\nmaterial devotees attracted to, 85\nnecessity of, 63\n\nDemigods\n\nas servants of Kr�Qa, 148\n\ndevotees don't worship, 256-257\n\n", "adi2#p0429": "407\n\nIndex\n\nDemigods\n\nDemigods\nnever equal to Vi�I)U, 178\n\nliberation stands at doorstep of, 172\n\noffense of considering them equal to Lord, 59\n\nLord submissive to, 138\n\nVi�I)U not in category of, 103\n\nmanifest Kr�l)a's qualities, 198-199\n\nworshiped by Mayavadis, 143, 146-148, 256-\n\nno distinction between higher and lower, 254\n\n257\nworshiped\n\nby\n\nVai�l)avas\n\non\n\nprinciples\n\nof\n\nBrahma-sorhhitii, 147-148\nworshipers of go to planets of, 104,241\nDevananda\nas branch of Nityananda, 381\nDevananda Pal)�ita\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 298\nDevotional service\nabove liberation, 2,137\nAbsolute Truth realized by, 84\nas activity of spirit soul, 108\nas cause of love of God, 81, 180-181\nas only means to approach Lord, 134-135\nauspiciousness of, 242-243\nbliss of, 78-79\nclearly indicated by Vedanta, 102\ncom pared to creeper, 218\nconsidered miiyii by Mayavadis, 25, 30, 82-83\ndescribed in Caitanya-bhiigavata, 188\ndesire tree of brought to earth, 218\ndevelopment of to conjugal love, 14\nfruits of tree of, 228-230\nfunctions of tongue in, 169\nLord submissive to devotee due to, 138\nMadhavendra Puri as storehouse of all, 218-\n\n219\nmakes one free, 113\nmitigates material miseries, 58\nnine kinds of, 134, 228\nrareness of, 170-173\nSorTraka-bhii�ya devoid of, 90\ntest of advancement in, 136\nthat ignores Vedas, 188\ntranscendental to four goals of life, 69\nunder direction of spiritual master, 135-136\nDevotees\nAbsolute Truth partially understood by, 122\nas actual followers of Vedanta, 56\nbodily symptoms of called iivesa, 287\ncompared to bees, 251\n\noffense of blaspheming, 59\nonly attachment of is K�l)a, 136\nrelate to Lord in five rasos, 57-58\nthree classes of, 85\ntranscendental to social gradations, 24\ntwo classes of unalloyed, 74\n\nDhananjaya Pa(lf/ita\nas branch of Nityananda,\n\nDharma/;1 projjhita-kaitavo' tra\nquoted, 69, 137\nDharma/;1 svanuHhita/;1 purhsiim\nverses quoted, 140\nDhaniHha\nRaghava Pal)<;! ita formerly the gopT, 265\n\nDharmasya tattvarh nihitam\nverse quoted, 161\nDhiitu-songraha\nas book by jiva Gosvami, 306\n\nDTna-hTna yata chilo\nverses quoted, 173\nDisciplic succession\naccepted by Kr�l)adasa Kaviraja, 186\nas actually authoritative, 206\nsupreme science received in, 91\nDurgadevi\nas shadow of cit potency, 147\nworshiped by Mayavadis, 143,146-148\n\nDviipariidau yuge bhutvii\nverses quoted, 95\nDviiparuyair janair vi�(IU/;1\nverses quoted, 62\nDurvasa Muni\nhis disciples satisfied by Kr�l)a, 243\n\nDviipara-yuga\nparamparii honored in, 59\ntemple worship recommended in, 62\nDvija Haridasa\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 324\nE\n\ndevelopment of bhiiva in, 67-68\ndifference between pure and internal, 15\ndifferent types of, 6\ndon't waste time with Mayavadis, 33\ndon't worship demigods, 256-257\ngo back to God head, 104\nimitation of advanced, 74-75\nin conjugal love best situated, 13-14\ninternal potential, 13\n\n.\n\n·should combine to distribute moho-mantra,\n\nEducation\nfaults of modern, 240, 241\nEi chaya gosiini yiinra\nverses quoted, 161\nEkadasi\nCaitanya\n\n295\n\nate\n\nVi�l)u's\n\nfoodstuffs\n\non,\n\n294-\n\n232\n\n", "adi2#p0430": "�rt Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n408\n\nGarigadasa PaQQita\n\nEkadesa-sthitasyiigner\n\nas branch of Nityananda, 380\n\nverses quoted, 113\nEkalii JSvara kaoa, iira saba\n\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 267\nGarigadevi\n\nquoted, 148\nEko bahiiniirh yo vidadhiiti kiimiin\n\nverses quoted, 99\n\nas daughter of Nityananda, 328-329\nGa(loddesa-dTpikii\n\nEnechi aujadhi miiyii niisibiira\n\nverses quoted, 233\n\nas book by Rupa Gosvami, 303\nGarbhodakaSa.yi Vi�Qu\n\nEnergy, material\n\naccompanies Lord in sankirtana, 15\n\nas energy of darkness, 110\nas energy of Vi�QU, 103\ndeludes conditioned souls, 1\ndifficult to overcome, 104\neight divisions of, 110\n\nGaru.;Ja PaQQita\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 297\nGautfiya-sampradiiya\nVedanta commentary in, 57\nGaura-ga(loddesa-dipikii\n\nlove of God not under jurisdiction of, 72\n\nas book by Karoapura, 290\n\nworks as if independent, 110\n\ncited on identity of Ananta Acarya, 200\n'\ncited on Bhagavatacarya, 325\n\nEnergy, transformation of\nas proven fact, 118-119\ndoctrine of discussed, 114-122\nEvarh paramparii-priiptam\n\nverse quoted, 91\n\ncited\n\non\n\nCaitanya's\n\nchanging\n\nname\n\nof\n\nPradyumna Brahmacari, 270\ncited on identity of Caitanya dasa and Ramadasa, 289-290\ncited on identity of Damayanti, 265\n\nF\n\ncited on identity of Devananda PaQQita, 298\ncited on identity of Dhananjaya Par;�Qita, 371\ncited on identity of Gadadhara, 260\n\nFaith\nin Lord and spiritual master, 38\n\ncited on identity of Gadadhara dasa, 282\ncited on identity of Gauridasa Par;�Qita, 367\n\nForm\nas spiritual, 98-99, 100\n\ncited on identity of Ghosh brothers, 327\n\nconsidered material by Mayavadis, 25, 80, 82,\n\ncited on identity of Gopala-Bhana Gosvami,\n\n102\n\n319\n\ngreater than Brahman and Paramatma, 133\nnever deteriorates, 11 0\n\ncited on identity of Gopinatha Sirriha, 297\ncited on identity of jagai and Madhai, 329\ncited on identity of j agannatha Acarya, 322\n\nG\nGadadhara\nas associate of Lord in J agannatha Puri, 332\nas incarnation of Kr�r;�a's pleasure potency, 260\n\ncited on identity of jahnava, 363\ncited on identity of ]iva Gosvami, 306\ncited on identity of jiva PaQQita, 380\ncited on identity of Kamalakara Pippalai\ncited on identity of Karrisari Sena, 384\n\nas internal potency of Caitanya, 4, 6\n\ncited on identity of Kill M gra, 335\n\nas learned scholar, 158\n\ncited on identity of Kasinatha and Rudra, 320\n\nas worshiper of three predominators, 12\n\ncited on identity of Kasisvara and Govinda,340\n\ndevotees headed by, 13\n\ncited on identity of Kaslsvara Gosani, 203\n\nPur;�.;Jarika Vidyanidhi as spiritual master of,\n\ncited on identity of Kesava Bharati, 223\n\n259\nGadadhara dasa\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 282-284\nin ecstasy as gopT, 361\nlived with Virabhadra Gosani, 359\nGandharvas\nas celestial singers, 262\nGar;�esa\ndestroys obstacles on path of progress, 147148\nworshiped by Mayavadis, 143, 146-148\n\ncited on identity of Madhavacarya, 329\ncited on identity of Minaketana Ramadasa,\n385\ncited\n\non\n\nidentity\n\nof\n\nMukunda\n\ndasa and\n\ncited on identity of\n\nMukunda\n\nDatta and\n\nCiranjiva, 299\nVasudeva Datta, 273\ncited on prowess of Nakula Brahmacari, 287\ncited on identity of NarayaQi, 191\ncited on identity of Paramananda Gupta, 381\ncited on identity of Paramananda.Puri, 222\n\n", "adi2#p0431": "Index\n\nGaura-garodde�a-dipikti\n\ncited on identity of Prataparudra and Sikhi\nMahiti, 338\ncited on identity of Pur;u;larika Vidyanidhi, 259\ncited on identity of Raghava Par;u;lita, 264\ncited on identity of Raghunatha Bhana, 349\ncited on identity of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami,\n312\n\ncited on identity of Ramai and Nandai, 343\ncited on identity of Ramananda Raya, 336\ncited on identity of Rupa Gosvami, 303\ncited on identity of Sadasiva Kaviraja, 376\ncited on identity of Sanatana, 304\ncited on identity of Sarriga Thakura, 325\ncited on identity of Sarvabhauma and Gopinatha Acarya, 334\ncited on identity of Sridhara, 293\ncited on identity of Srikanta Sena, 290\ncited on identity of Srinatha Misra and Kavicandra, 322\ncited on identity of Sri Ramadasa, 359\ncited on identity of Srivasa and Sri Rama\nPal)�ita, 255\ncited on identity of Sundarananda, 364\ncited on identity of Uddharar;Ja Datta Thakura,\n377\n\ncited on identity of Yakresvara Par;J!Jita, 261\ncited cin identity of Virabhadra Gosarii, 356\nGaurahari\nCaitanya known as, 214\nGaura-kafJodaya\n\nSri Govinda dasa as author of, 261\nGaurariga\nSee Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nGauriihga balite ha'be pulaka\n\nverses quoted, 14; 184\nGaurariga dasa\nas devotee of Nityananda, 385\nGaurasundara\nCaitanya known as, 144, 158\nGauridasa Par;J!Jita\nas branch of Nityananda, 367-368\nGiiyatri-mantra\n\njiva Gosvami's commentary on, 306\n\nGitamrta\n\nas book by Govinda Kaviraja, 384\nGokula dasa\nas devotee of Nityananda, 383\n\nGoloka eva nivasaty akhiliitma-bhuto\n\nverse quoted, 113\n\nGolokera prema-dhana\n\nverse quoted, 60\nGoodness, mode of\nhas nothing to do with spiritual varieties, 100\n\n409\n\nGopala\nas devotee of Nityananda, 383\nas seventy-first devotee of Nityananda, 385\nGopala Acary a\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 326\nGopala Bhana Gosvami\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 319\nas nephew of Prabodhananda Sarasvati, 142\nconstructed Radharamar;Ja temple, 152\nGopiila-campfJ\n\nas book by jiva Gosvami, 307\n\nGopiila-tiipani-!Tkii\n\nas book by )iva Gosvami, 306\n\nGopiila-virudiiva/T\n\nas book by )iva Gosvami, 306\nGopinatha Acarya\nTsvara Puri lived in house of, 220\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 333-334\nGopinatha Siniha\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 297\n\nGopis\n\nas best lovers of God, 15\nserve Kr�r;Ja in conjugal love, 172\nGosvamis\nchanting and dancing of, 17\nKr�r;Jadasa Kaviraja glorifies, 215\norhkiira analyzed by, 125\"\none must be submissive student of, 185-186\ntaking shelter of, 184\ntranscendental activities of, 316\nGovinda\nas eighty-second branch of Caitanya tree, 326,\n328\n\nGovinda\nfeeling separation from, 66\nSee also Kr�r;Ja\nGovinda-bhii�ya\n\nas Vaig1ava Vedanta commentary, 32, 57\n\nGovinda D atta\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 291\nGovinda Gosarii\nidentified, 203\nGovinda Kaviraja\nas devotee of Nityananda, 384\nGovindananda\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 291\nGrhasthas\n\nfour divisions of, 26\nmust not make livelihood by begging, 280-281\nGuru-Gaurariga\nworship of, 184-185\nGuru-kara-prasiide\n\nverses quoted, 81\n\n", "adi2#p0432": "Srt Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n410\n\nGurvaHaka\n\nquoted on mercy of spiritual master, 220\nH\n\nHarid:isa Thakura\nnoted for his forbearance, 304\nHariharananda\nas devotee of Nityananda, 383\nHari-namamrta-vyakarara\n\nHac;lai Ojha\nas father of Nityananda, 380\nHamsadilta\n\nas book by ROpa Gosvami, 303\nHare Kr�Qa mantra\nalways chanted by SvarOpa Damodara, 222\nas medicine to cure material disease, 281\nas reality of all Vedanta, 62\nattachment to by reading Bhagavatam, 58-59\n-benefits even lower species of life, 236\nchanted by Jagai and Madhai, 329\nchanted by sweepers of Kulina-grama, 301\nchanted constantly by Murari Caitanya dasa,\n363\nchanted offenselessly, 180-181\nchanting Panca-tattva mantra before chanting,\n4\ncounteracted effects of poison, 297\necstatic symptoms while chanting, 67-68, 72\neven one without money can preach, 243\nintoxicating, 246-249\nintroduced by Caitanya, 113\nlotus feet of Lord seen by chanting, 57-58\nocean of bliss by chanting, 78-79\noffenses while chanting, 4, 157,177-179,183\none must beg from Lord, 234\nperfection by chanting, 165\npreaching glories of, 68\nreal change of heart while chanting, 180\nshould be chanted fully, 155\nsuccess in chanting, 168-169\nto be distributed by combined forces, 232\nSee Holy name\nHarer nama harer nama\n\nverses quoted, 54, 113\nHari-bhakti-sudhodaya\n\nverse from quoted by Caitanya, 79\nHari-bhakti-viliisa\n\nas book by Sanatana Gosvami, 304\nedited by Gopala Bha��a Gosvami, 319\nquoted on proper initiation of brahmaras, 36\nquoted on writing of pure devotee, 189\nHaridasa PaQ�ita\nqualities of described, 196-198, 2�202\nHaridasa Thakura\nas associate of Lord in J agannatha Puri, 332\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 276-277\ncited on potency of maha-mantra, 236\ncompared to Prahlada Maharaja, 277\n\nas book by jiva Gosv:imi, 306\nHearing\nas most important process, 134-135\nHindu religion\nas philosophical hodge-podge, 257\nHirar)ya Mahasaya\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 294\nHo�a Kr�Qadasa\nas branch of Nityananda, 382\nHoly name\nas essence of Vedic hymns, 54,57, 59-60\nas only means of deliverance in Kali-yuga, 54,\n61-63, 287\nbeyond material contamination, 60\nCaitanya becomes mad by chanting, 63-66\nCaitanya blessed Mayavadi sannyasrs with,\n142\nCaitanya taught us to be servants of, 77\ncalled maha-mantra, 68\nchanted in humble state of mind, 39\ndistributed by Parica-tattva throughout universe, 151-152\nfallen souls delivered by, 73-75\nfrees one from material existence, 57-58\nidentical with Lord, 56, 57, 59, 60, 68, 122126,169\nsuccess in chanting, 168-169\nten offenses against listed, 59\nSee also Hare Kr�Qa mantra\nHrdayananda\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 323\nHuman beings\nfour types of, 84\njust like animals, 112\nlove of God as fifth goal of, 137\nlove of God ultimate benediction for, 2\nmeant for elevation, 241\nmust be God conscious, 240\nquestions must arise in hearts of, 139\nSee also Living beings\n\n/cchanurflpam api yasya ca\n\nverses quoted, 147\n/dam hi vi�vam bhagaviin\n\nverses quoted, 124\nlha haite sarva-siddhi haibe\n\nquoted, 165\n\n", "adi2#p0433": "411\n\nIndex\n\nImpersonal ists\naccept Kr�t:�a as ordinary human, 22\nillusioned by material energy, 95\nSee also Mayavadrs\nIncarnations\ndescribed in scripture, 22-23\nIndia\nduty of those born in, 237-239\nholy places in, 238\nIndira\nas jiva Pat:��ita, 380\nlndradyumna\nas Prataparudra, 338\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 225\nconstructed temple at Mayapur, 330\nf�na\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 323\n\nlsopaniiad\n-quoted on completeness of God, 118\nquoted on six opulences of Lord, 132\nTsvara Purr\nas disciple of Madhavendra Purr, 219-220\nas spiritual master of KaSisvara, 340-341\n\nlsvaraiJ paramaiJ k{iiJaiJ\nverse quoted, 98\nlsvara-puri kare sri-pada sevana\nverses quoted, 219\nlsvaraiJ sarva-bhutanam\nverses quoted, 124\nlti matva bhajante mam\nverses quoted, 67\n\njagadananda Pat:��ita\nas associate of Lord in jagannatha Purr, 332\nas incarnation of Satyabhama, 263-264\nJ agadrsa Pat:��ita\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 294\nJagadi5a Pat:��ita\nas branch of Nityananda, 370\nJagai and Madhai\nas branches of Caitanya tree, 329\nconverted by Caitanya, 29,173-174\njagannatha\nas devotee of Nityananda, 382\njagannatha Acarya\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 322\nJ agannatha dasa\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 324\njagannatha Purr\ndevotees of Caitanya in, 331-346\n�ar,lbhuja Deity in temple at, 334\n_\n\nj agannatha Tirtha\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 326\n\njagannatha-vallabha-na.taka\nas book by Ramananda Raya, 337\nJahnavrdevr\nas pleasure potency of Nityananda, 307, 363\njaimini\nas contemporary of Vyasadeva, 89\n\njanma-mrtyu-jara-vyadhi\nverse quoted, 1\njanma sarthaka kari' kara\nverse quoted, 238\njanmady asya yato' nvayiid\nverse quoted, 94,103,107,121\njarasandha\nworshiped Vi�t:�u, 162\n]iva Gosvami\nas greatest philosopher in world, 83\nas son of Anupama, 302\nas sub-branch of Caitanya tree, 306-308\ncited on Brahman as origin of everything,\n121\ncited on glories of orhkara, 124\ncited on omkara as Absolute Truth, 124\nhis books listed, 306-307\non association of pure devotee, 37\nquoted on chanting holy names, 62-63\nquoted on love of God, 72\nthree accusations against, 307\n\njTva-bhutarh maha-baho\nverses quoted, 1 05\njiva PaQQ ita\nas branch of Nityananda, 380\n\njTvera nistiira lagi' siltra kaila\nverses quoted, 102\njTvera 'svarupa' haya-kr�rera\nquoted, 89-90, 108, 135\nJ nanadasa\nas devotee of Nityananda, 385\n\njiiiinena dharmera svarupam\nverses quoted, 133\nfi'iiinis\nare transcendental, 84\nK\n\nKabe hama bujhaba se yugala-piriti\nverses quoted, 184\nKalau nasty eva nasty eva\nverses quoted, 54, 113\nKalau sudra sambhava\nquoted, 51\nKalau tu nama-matrera\nverses quoted, 62\n\n", "adi2#p0434": "Srt Caitanya-cariumrta\n\n412\n\nKatha Upani�ad\n\nKalisantara{la Upani�ad\nquoted on Hare KrHla mantra, 62\nKaliya Kr�!Jadasa\nas branch of Nityananda, 374-374\n\nquoted on Absolute Truth as person,99\nquoted on supreme eternal,8\nKavicandra\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 322, 324\n\nKali-yuga\naffects even so-called followers of Caitanya,\n\nKavikar!JapOra\nas author of Gaura-gaf}oddesa-dipikri, 191\n\n245\nas age of fools and rascals, 54\n\nKesava B harati\n\natheistic conclusion of, 165\n\nas root of tree of devotional service, 221, 223\n\nCaitanya descends in,142-143\n\nCaitanya accepted sannyiisa from, 26\n\nholy name to be broadcast in, 59-60, 61-63,\n287\nJ.agai and Madhai epitomize population of,174\nmaterial activities expanded in,110\nSiva appears as Sarikara in,95\n\nSandipani Muni as,223\nKesava Puri\nas root of tree of devotional service,221\nKhaiJQavasi Mukunda\nas branch of Caitanya tree,299\n\nKamabhana\n\nKholaveca Sridhara\n\nKiimais tais tair hrta-ji'iiiniifl\n\nKintq svarDpa-�ktyiinanda-rfJpii\n\nas devotee of Lord in j agannatha Puri, 345\nverse quoted,257\n\nverses quoted,72\n\nKamalakanta\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 328-329\nKamalakara Pippalai\nas branch of Nityananda, 365-366\nKamala-nay ana\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 323\nKamsa\n\nj arasandha as father-in-law of,162\n\nKamsari Sena\nas devotee of Nityananda, 384\nKanu Thakura\n376-377\n\nKarmandibhik�u\ndiscussed Vediinta before Vyasadeva,89\n\nKarmTs\nare materialistic,84\nas son of Sivananda Sena, 289-290\n\n10 91\n\nscientific\n\nmust be supported by sruti and\n\nuseless acquired by material senses,91\n\nVedas as source of real,94\nKo_timukta-madhye 'durlabha'\nverse quoted, 137\n\nKr�IJa\nappears as son of Nanda,7\n\nas compiler of Vedanta, 31\n\nas contemporary of Vyasadeva,89\n\nas enjoyer of riisa dance, 7\n\nas reservoir of all pleasure,7, 106\n\nKasakrtsna\nas contemporary of Vyasadeva, 89\n\nas son of Vasudeva,75\nCaitanya as,6,8-10,16,55\n\nKaSi Misra\nas devotee of Lord at jagannatha Puri, 334-335\n·\n\nas sub-branch of Caitanya tree, 320\nas devotee of Lord in J agannatha Puri, 340-342\n\nquoted, 125\n\nreal culminatc;s in surrender to Kr�IJa, 108-\n\nas energetic,55,106-107\n\nKar�IJajini\n\nKatha Upani�ad\n\nof Mayavadis stolen by Kr�IJa, 101\n\nomkiira as basic principle of Vedic, 125\n\nas book by jiva Gosvami, 307\n\nbooks of named,290\n\nidentified,203\n\nchanting holy name as essence of Vedic,54-57\nof living beings covered, 111\n\nKrama-sandarbha\n\nKariJapOra\n\nKasisvara Gosarii\n\nverse quoted,62,163\nKnowledge\n\nspiritual potency full of,109-110\n\naccompanies Lord in sankTrtana, 15\n\nKasisvara\n\nKTrtaniid eva ka{lasya mukta­\n\nsmrti, 89\n\nKara!Jodakasayi Vi�!Ju\n\nKasinatha\n\nSee Sridhara\n\ndemanded one surrender to Him,16,168\nfully represented by omkiira, 125\nknown as Yogesvara, 45\nno one equal to or above, 99\npresented to Western world as woman hunter,\n188\nsituated in His own abode,113\nstorehouse of love came with,16\n\nSee also Supreme Lord, Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\n", "adi2#p0435": "413\n\nIndex\n\nKara-mamrta\n\nKr�r;�a consciousness\n\nrecited to Caitanya by Tsvara Puri, 220\n\nas only hope for humanity, 113, 241\n\nKara-niima\n\nbased on principle of preaching, 74\n\nSee Holy name\n\nbenefits even lower species of life, 236\ncan inundate entite world, 19-20\n\nKr�r;�ananda\n\nchanting and dancing in, 17\n\nas devotee of Lord at )agannatha Puri, 338\n\ndebauchees becoming saints by, 238\n\nas devotee of Nityananda, 383\n\ndoesn't approve demigod worship, 257\nfollowing in footsteps of Caitanya, 141, 143,\n\nas root of tree of devotional service, 221\nKara-prema-tarangl(li\n\n163\nfollows injunctions of Bhiigavatam, 51\n\nas book by Bhagavatacarya, 325\n\nincludes consciousness of Caitanya, 162-163\ninstructed in Sik�iij/aka, 165\n\nKara-�kti vinii nahe\nverse quoted, 68, 178\n\nmeant to make people intelligent, 108\n\nK(�(la se tomiira, k(�[la dite\n\nmeant to save world from degradation, 126\n\nverse quoted, 388\nKara-staviivali\n\nnever under control of Mayavadis, 30\nonly for very fortunate, 81\n\nas prayer by Paramananda Gupta,\n\n381\n\nKr�ra-varram tvi�karam\n\nscarcity of in world, 235\nsuccess in by worship of Parica-tattva, 166\n\nverses quoted, 4\nKarorcii-dipikii\n\nsum and substance of described, 175\nsupplies proper spiritual medicine and diet,\n\nas book by )iva Gosvami, 306\nKat;�otkirtana-giina-nartana\n\n281\ntranscendental to material cpnsiderations, 18-\n\nquoted, 17,316\nK�atriyas\n\n19\nKat;�a-sandarbha\n\nbenefits derived from, 244\nengagements of, 280\n\nas book by J iva Gosv�mi. 307\n\nK�ipiimy ajasram afubhiin\n\nK�r;�adasa\n\nverses quoted, 127\n\nidentified, 204\nas devotee of Lord in )agannatha Puri, 343\nC\nas thirty-tourth branch of Nityanania, 381\nKr$1Jadasa Brahman,a\n'\nas branch of Nityananda, 374\n\nKr�r;�ananda Puri\n\n·\n\nK�r;�adasa Kaviraja\naccepted disciplic succession, 186\nas branch of Caitanya tree·, 292\nas Vyasa of Caitanya 's pastimes, 211\nhis reason for leaving hime, 153\n\nK�irarh yathii dadhl vikiira\nverses quoted, 147\nK�irodakasayi Vi�r;�u\naccompanies Lord in sailkfrtana, 15\nVirabhadra Gosani as, 356-358\nKulina-grama\ninhabitants of dear to Caitanya, 300-301\nKuruk�tra\nactually exists, 92\n\non preaching glories of mahii-mantra, 68\nRaghunatha dasa as special guide of, 318\n\nL\n\nwrote on order of Madana-mohana, 157\nKr�r;�adasa Sarakhela\nas branch of Nityananda, 366-3�7\nKr�r;�adasa Thakura\nsacred thread ceremony performed in family\nof, 35\nKr�r;�adasa Vaidya·\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 322\nK�t;�a-janma-tithi-vidhi\nas book by Rupa Gosvami, 303\nK�t;�a-kart;�iimrta\nCaitanya dasa wrote commentary on, 289\nGopala Bhaua Gosvami wrote commentary on,\n\n319\nquoted on insignificance of liberation, 138\n\nL.abanga\nKaliya Kr�r;�adasa as, 374-375\nLaghu-bhiigavatiimrta\nas book by Rupa Gosvami, 303\nLaghu-to�[IT\nas book by Sanatana Gosvami, 304\nLalita-miidhava\nas book by\n\nRupa Gosvami, 303, 304\n\ntaking shelter of, 184\nLiberation\nby offering obeisances to Caitanya, 164\ndevotional service above, 137\nfive kinds of, 172\nholy names only way to achieve, 77-78\n\n", "adi2#p0436": "�rt Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n414\n\nLiberation\n\nstands at doorstep of devotee, 171, 172\n\nsymptomized by spiritual activities, 108\n\nLife\n\nCaitanya as goal of, 1\n\nfour orders of spiritual, 26\n\nLove\n\nstorehouse of increases as distributed, 18\ntasted by chanting and dancing, 17,168\nVai$Qavas can_deliver, 175,388\n\nLove, conjugal\n\nSee Conjugal love\n\nfour goals of human, 68-69\n\nLiving beings\n\nas eternally true, 117\n\nas eternal servants of God, 8,90\n\nas transformations of Lord's energy, 115, 106-\n\n.1 07\n\ncompared to sparks of fire, 105\n\nconditioned by material body, 36\n\nLord displays pleasure potency as, 106\n\nKr�oa's qualities minutely present in, 198\n\nshould perform welfare activities, 239-240\nsubject to bewilderment, 109\n\nsustain universe, 105,107\n\ntaken as Lord by Mayavadrs, 112-113\ntransmigration of, 233\n\nvery minute in quantity, 8\n\nLocana dasa Thakura\n\nas author of Caitanya-marigala, 185\nas disciple of Narahari, 299\n\nLokanatha Gosvami•\n\nconstructed Gokulananda temple, 152\n\nLokasyiijiinato vidviirhs\n\nM\nMadana-gopala\n\nSee Madana-mohana\n\nMadana-mohana\n\nworshipers of, 209\n\nCaitanya-caritomrta as dictation of, 157,206-\n\n210\n\nMadhava\n\nas devotee of Nityananda, 360,382\n\nas principle performer of kirtana, 362\n\nMadhava\n\nas eighty-third branch of Caitanya tree,\n\n326,328\n\nMadhavacarya\n\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 328-329\n\nas devotee of Nityananda, 385\n\nMadhvacarya\n\nbroke teeth of Mayavadrs, 123\n\nhis philosophy a stumbling block to Mayavadrs,\n\n95\n\nverses quoted, 58\n\nMadhavendra Purr in disciplic succession of,\n\nattachment to, 136\n\nquoted on holy names, 62\n\nLotus feet of Kr�oa\n\nattained by chan_ting holy name, 57-58, 77\n\ngreatest offender at, 103-104\ngreed to achieve, 70\n\nheld by Gaoesa on his head, 147-148\n\nlearned think only of, 99\n\nneglected by Mayavadrs, 102,127,135\n\ntaking shelter of, 1-2\n\nLove\n\nabove salvation, 2\n\n218-219\n\nMadhavendra Purr\n\nas spiritual master of Tsvara Purr, 219-220\n\nf\n\nas spiritual maste of Paramananda Purr, 221\n\nseed of devotional service first fructified in,\n\n218-219\n\nMadhavrdevr\n\nas devotee of Lord in J agannatha Purr, 339-340\n\nMiidhurya-rasa\n\ngopis serve Kr�oa in, 172\n\nas conclusion of all scriptures, 70\n\nMadhyama-adhikiiri\n\nawakened by talking of Nityananda, 177\n\nMahiibhiirata\n\nas fifth goal of human life, 2,58,68-69,137\nBhiigavatam teaches only, 69\n\nbodily symptoms of, 182\n\nCaitanya as tree of, 216\n\ncauses detachment to everything else, 136\n\nmust be learned in Vedanta, 84\nonly Hari explained in, 128\n\nquoted on following iiciiryas, 155,161\n\nquoted on imperfection of logic, 167\n\nstory of Durvasa Muni's disciples in, 243\n\ndeveloped by hearing, 134,135\n\nMahii-jano yena gata/;1 sa\n\ndistributed freely by Parica-tattva, 2, 16, 17-\n\nMoho-mantra\n\ndevotional service as cause of, 81,1im-181\n\n21,168\n\ninduces transcendental symptoms, 70-72\nintoxication of, 245-249\n\non favored by fortune attains, 81\n\nverse quoted, 155\nholy name of Kr$1Ja called, 68\n\nSee also Holy name\n\nMahan prabhur vai puru?a/;1\nquoted, 98\n\n", "adi2#p0437": "415\n\nIndex\n\nMahiiprabhu �ri-ca/tanya, riidhii kr�ra\nverse quoted, 164\nMahato mahiyiin aruto' r;tiyiin\nquoted, 105\nMahesa PaJJ4ita\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 323\nMahesa Pa!J4ita\nas branch of Nityananda, 372\nMahidhara\nas devotee of N ityananda, 382\nMahiyasampiida-rajo' bhi�ekam\nMakaradhvaja Kara\nas sub-branch of Caitanya tree, 264\nMamaJviim�o ]iva-loRe\nquoted, 118\nMiim ca yo'vyabhiciirer;ta\nverses quoted, 108\nMiim eva ye prapadyante miiyiim\nverse quoted, 104\nMiim hi piirtha vyapii�ritya\nverses quoted, 174\nMiir;tfiDkya Upani�adcited on expansion of omktira, 124\nexample of mistaking rope for snake in, 117-\n\n118\nMan-manii bhava mad-bhakto\nquoted, 127\nManohara\nas branch of Nityananda, 381\nManohara\nas seventieth devotee of Nityananda, 385\nMaterialists\n\nMayavada philosophy\nadvocates theory of impersonalism, 98\nas covered Buddhism, 95\nas mental speculation, 136\ntakes living beings to be Lord, 112-113\nMiiyiiviidam asoc-chiistram\nverses quoted, 94-95\nMiiyiiviidi-bhii�ya �unite haya\nverses quoted, 102, 126\nMiiyiiviidi k�fJe apartidhT\nquoted, 30, 127\nMayavadis\naccept SiirTraka-bhii�ya, 82\naddress each other as Narayal)a, 53, 86\nas greatest offenders of Lord,\n\n30, 127\n\nCaitanya devises trick to attract, 23-25\nconsider form of Kr�IJa material, 25, 80,82-83\nconsider material world false, 22\nconsider themselves jagad-gurus, 49\ndon't approve of chanting and dancing, 52, 78\ndeny spiritual varieties, 100\ndifferentiate between Lord and His name, 60\nequate Lord and living beings, 8\nKasira and Saranatha described, 29-30\nmisinterpret all siistras, 48\nmoved by hearing Caitanya, 80\nneglect lotus feet of Lord, 135\nriisa dance imitated by, 7\nSadananda Yogindra -most prominent scholar·\nof, 101\n\n·\n\nteeth of broken by iiciiryas, 123\ntry to defy Vai�!Javas, 80\n\ncan't have faith in chanting, 60\n\ntwo groups of, 101\n\ninefficient senses of, 91\n\nworship demigods, 143,146-148,256-257\n\nSee also Atheists\n-Materialism\nMayavadis as advocates of utter, 30\nMathurii-mahimii\nas book by Rupa Gosvami, 303\nMatir na kr�re para tal; svato vti\n\nMiiyayiipahrta-jfliin ii\nverses quoted, 80\nMental speculation\nMayavada philosophy is merely, 136\nMercy\nof Caitanya necessary to become Kr�!Ja con­\n\nverses quoted, 170\n\nscious, 163\n\nMatta/;1 parataram niinyat\n\nof Vai�!Javas, 388\n\nquoted, 97, 103\nMaya\nBhiigavatam relieves one from, 58-59\ncontrolled by Lord, 103\nMayavadis consider Kr�!Ja's body, 82-83\nomktira saves one from, 124\nsahkirtana dispells illusion of, 233\nshowy display of Vedanta study as feature of,\n\n55-56\ntwo potencies of, 101\nMayiidhyak�er;ta prakrtt/;1\nverses quoted, 110\n\nperfection attained by spiritual master's, 160,\n\n220\nMinaketana Ramadasa\nas devotee of Nityananda, 385\nMisra Bhagavan\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 323\nMitho 'bhipadyeta grha-vratiiniim\nverses quoted, 170\nM/ecchas\nbecame devotees, 29\nModes of nature\nSee Nature, modes of\n\n", "adi2#p0438": "Srt Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n416\n\nNandai\nas devotee of Lord in J agannatha Puri, 342-\n\nMohammedans\nconverted by Caitanya, 29\nMukhyo-vrttye sei ortho\n-verse quoted, 94\nMuktiicorito\nas book by Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, 312\nMukti{l svoyom mukulitiinjoli\nverse quoted, 138, 172\nMukunda\nas devotee of Nityananda, 382\nMukunda\nas sixty-third devotee of Nityananda, 384\nMukunda\nas sixty-eighth devotee of Nityananda, 385\nMukunda\nas sub-branch of Caitanya tree, 320\nMukunda Datta\nas branch of C.iitanya tree, 273-274\nMukundananda Cakravarti\nidentified, 204\nMurari Caitanya dasa\nslapped tigers, 362-363\nMurari Gupta\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 279-281\nMurari Mahiti\nas devotee of Lord at jagannatha Puri, 338-\n\n343\n\nNandai\nas devotee of Nityananda, 383\nNandana\nas branch of Nityananda, 380\nNandana Acarya\n·\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 272-273\nNonu bhogovon-niimiitmokiii\nverses quoted, 62\nNarada\naccepts briihmaros by qualification, 50\nBhiigovotom composed on instruction of, 90\ncited on Deity worship, 63\nquoted on K��;�a as servant of devotee, 171\nSrivasa as incarnation of, 255\nNiirodo-pancaratro\ncited on chanting oHiik$oro, 124\nholy name called mahii-montro in, 68\nquoted on Hare Kr��;�a mantra, 62\nNarahari\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 299\nNaraya�;�a\nCaitanya appeared as brilliant as, 53, 86\nin form of Vyasadeva, 88\nMayavadi sonnyiisJs address each other as, 53,\n\n339\n\nMystic powers\nexhibited by Caitanya, 45\nmisuse of, 46\nN\nNoi¥im motis tiivod urukromiinghrim\nverses quoted, 170\n\nNakac;li\nas devotee of Nityananda, 382\nNakula Brahmacari\nCaitanya's appearance in, 285-287\nNo miiril du�krtino mud{lii{l\nverses quoted, 80\nNiimniim okiiri bohudhii\nverses quoted, 124\nNoma mahii-vodiinyiiyo\nverse quoted, 168\nNoitot somiicorej jiitu\nverse quoted, 75\nNoiti bhakti-sukhiimbhodhe{l:\nverses quoted, 7 8\nNoivodvije para durotyoyo\nverses quoted, 74\nNanda\nKr��;�a appears as son of, 7\n\n186\n\n·\n\nVedas emanate from breathing of, 89\nNaraya�;�a\nas branch of Nityananda, 381\nNaraya�;�a Pa�;�c;lita\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 271\nNaraya�;�i\nVrndavana dasa Thakura born of, 191\nNarottama dasa Thakura\ninspired by J iva Gosvamf, 307\nquoted on demigod worship, 256\nquoted on development of devotional service,\n14\n\nquoted on following Gosvamfs, 185\nquoted on holy name, 60\nquoted on service of pure devotees, 161, 170\nquoted on story of jagai and Madhai, 172173\n\nquoted on taking shelter of Caitanya, 184\nRamacandra Kaviraja as most intimate friend\nof, 384\nNoHo-priiye�v obhadre�u\nverses quoted, 174-175\nNiifoko-condrikii\nas book by Rupa Gosvami, 303\nNature, modes of\ncan't act in spiritual world, 100\n\n", "adi2#p0439": "417\n\nIndex\nNature, modes of\neffect of associating with, 174\n\ntranscended by devotional service, 113\n\nSee also Energy, material\nNavadvipa\n\nCaitanya began garden at, 217\n\nNrsinihadeva\nmanifest in heart of Pradyumna Brahmacari\n\n270\n\nNrsinihatirtha\nas root of tree of devotional service, 221\n\n0\n\nNovodvfpo-�otoko\nas book by Prabodhananda Sarasvati, 142\n\nNavani Ho�a\n\nas devotee of Nityananda, 383\n\nsacred thread ceremony performed in family\nof, 35\n\nNnacala\n\nSee jagaonatha Puri\nNnambara\nas devotee of Lord in jagannatha Puri, 345\nNlrbondho{l kr�IJo-sambondhe\n\nOm ity ekiik�orom brohmo\nverses quoted, 122, 123\nOmkiiro\nanalyzed in terms of alphabetical constituents,\n\n125\n\nas resting place of everything, 125\n\nas sound representation of Lord, 122-126\n\nBhiigovotom begins with, 124\n\nhas all potencies of Lord, 124\n\nverses quoted, 75\n\nOm nomo bhogovote viisudeviiyo\n\nas devotee of Lord in jagannatha Puri, 346\n\nOm pflrt;�om odo{l pflrt;�om /dam\n\nNirloma Garigadasa\n\nNityo-nltyiiniim cetono�\n\nverse quoted, 94\nverses quoted, 132\n\nverse quoted, 8, 99, 125\n\nOm tad vi�t;�o{l poromom podom\n\nas elder brother of Caitanya, 6, 10\n\nOm-tot-sod iti nirde�o\n\nas plenary expansion of Caitanya, 4\n\nOrissa\n\nNityananda\n\nas personified spiritual bliss, 6, 158\nas predominatoc, 10-12\n\nas son of Ha�ai Ojha, 380\n\nas trunk of Caitanya tree, 226, 354\n\nbelong� to Vi�Qu category, 5\n\nquoted, 103\nverses quoted, 123\n\nmost disciples of Caitanya lived in Bengal and,\n\n330\n\nSee also jagannatha Purl\n\nbroke sannyiiso rod of Caitanya, 274\n\np\n\ncursed Sivananda Sena's son to die, 21!8\n\ndevotees of, 353-389\n\nGadadhara dasa as chief assistant of, 283\nGarigadevi as daughter of, 328-329\nHis associates cowherdboys, 363\n\nin form of devotee's spiritual master, 5\n\nPodmo Purii!JO\nquoted on blaspheming devotees, 178\n\nquoted on offenses of Mayavadis, 1 04\nquoted on Siva as Sarikara, 94-95\n\njahnavidevi as pleasure potency of, 307\n\nPodyiivo/T\n\nMadhava Ghosh dear to, 327\n\nParica-tattva\n\nlove of God awakened by talking of, 177\nriisas of servitor of, 13\nsent to Bengal, 153\n\nthief tries to steal jewels of, 294\n\nas book by Riipa Gosvami, 303\n\nas important factor in understanding Caitanya,\n\n154-155\n\nCaitanya descends with, 3-5\n\nVirabhadra Prabhu as son of, 321, 356\n\n.distributed holy name throughout universe,\n\ncompared to dogs, 251\n\nhow they distributed love of God, 17-21\n\nNondevotees\n\nSee also Atheists\n\nNotpadoyed yodl rotlm\nverses quoted, 140\n\nNrsinihananda Brahmacari\n.Pradyumna Brahmacari's name changed to,\n\n270\n\nNrsiniha-caitanya\nas devotee of Nityananda, 385\n\n151-152\n\nKr�r;�adasa Kaviraja teaches us to offer respect\nto, 159\n\none should chant names of full, 4\n\n' plundered storehouse of love of Kr�r;�a, 16\n·.'worship of, 166, 184-185\n\nPaiica-tattva mohii-montro\n\n{llust be chanted fully, 155\npotency of, 4\n\n", "adi2#p0440": "Srt Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n418\n\nPeace\n\nPancaratriki-vidhi :\n\nDeity worship stressed in, 63\n\nKr�r;Ja consciousness only means of,175\nPerfection\n\nPar;J�avas\nKr�r;Ja's relationship with, 172\n\nby chanting Hare Kr�r;Ja, 165\n\nPa(l�u\n\nthree ways for,160\n\nBhavananda Raya as, 335-337\n\nPitaham asya jagato\n\nverses quoted,123\n\nParabhavas tavad abodha-jato\n\nPitambara\n\nverses quoted,139\n\nas devotee of Nityananda,385\n\nParamananda\nas fiftieth devotee of Nityananda, 383\n\nPrabha vi�rave namaf7\n\nquoted,37\n\nParamananda Gupta\n\nPrabodhananda Sarasvati\n\nas branch of Nityananda, 381\n\nbelonged to Ramanuja-sampradaya,142\n\nParamananda Mahapatra\nas devotee of Lord at jagannatha Puri,338\nParamananda Puri\nas\n\nassociate\n\nof\n\ncited on influence of Kr�r;Ja consciousness,21\ndescribes merging as hell, 172\n\nLord at\n\njagannatha\n\nPuri,\n\n332\nas root of tree of devotional service, 221-332,\n\nPradyumna Brahmacari\nas branch of Caitanya tree,270\ngiven name Nrsinihananda Brahmacari, 286287\n\n224\nUddhava as, 222-223\nParamananda Upadhyaya\nas branch of Nityananda,380\nParamatma\nAbsolute partially understood as,84, 97\nas expansion of potency of Lord,131\nParamatma-sandarbha\n\nas book by jiva Gosvami, 307\nquoted on inconceivable potencies of Lord,\n118\nPararh bhavam ajananto\n\nverses quoted, 22\nParamesvara dasa\nas branch of Nityananda,371\nParampara\n\ninstructions in based on Vedas, 37\nneglected in Ka/1-yuga, 59-60\nParasari\ndiscussed Vedanta before Yy. asadeva, 89\nParasya brahmarar �ktis\n\nverses quoted,113\nParasya saktir vividhaiva sruyate\n\nquo�d,5,6,9� 109,115\nParvata Mu ni\n\nSrT Rama Pa(l�ita as incarnation of,255\n\nPasyanty atmanl catmanam\n\nverses quoted, 83-84\nPatrarh pu�parh phalarh to yam\n\nverses quoted, 169, 242\nPatanty adho 'nadrta-yu�mad,.\n\nverses quoted,60, 102, 136,172\n\nPatita-pavana\nCaitanya known as, 329\nPeace\nfound in sankTrtana\n\nPrady\"u-nina Misra\nas devotee of Lord in jagannatha Puri, 335\nPrahlada Maharaja\nchanted in sankTrtana, 80\ncited on fulfillment of life's mission, 136\nHaridasa Thakura compared to, 277\nhis prayer to deliver fallen souls,74\non serving pure devotee, 170\nPrakasananda Sarasvati\nbelonged to Sarikarkarya-sampradaya, 142\nconverted byCaitanya,29,47-143\nPrakrter kriyamara.'li guraif7\n\nverse quoted, 174\nPrakrtirh svam adhiHhaya\n\nverses quoted, 109\nPrarava\nSee Orhkara\nPraravaf7 sarva-vede�u\n\nquoted,125\nPrapte sannihite khalu marare\n\nquoted,48\nPrasada\n\nas diet to cure material disease, 281\nimportance of taking, 134-135\ntaken by devotees, 169\nPrasna Upani�ad\n\nquoted on creation of Yi�r;Ju, 99\nPrataparudra Maharaja\nas\n\ndevotee\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nat\n\nJ agannatha\n\n338\nPrema pumartho mahan\n\nquoted, 2, 58,69\nPrTti-sandarbha :\n\nas book by jiva Gosvami,307\nlove of God explained in,72\n\nPuri,\n\n", "adi2#p0441": "419\n\nIndex\n\nPuoQarika Vidyanidhi\nas Radharaoi's father, 259\nas spiritual master of Gadadhara PaoQita, 259\n\nRadharaoi\nGadadhara dasa as luster of body of, 282-283\n\nPuraras\n\nas book by Prabodhananda Sarasvati, 142\nRadhika\nSee Radharaoi\nRaghava PaoQ ita\nas branch ofCaitanya tree, 264-266\nRaghunandana Thakura\nas branch ofCaitanya tree, 299\nsacred thread ceremony performed in family\nof, 35\nRaghunatha Bhanacarya\nas devotee of Lord at Varaoasi, 347-349\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami\nas associate of Lord in )agannatha Puri, 332\nas branch ofCaitanya tree, 311-318\nas special guide of Kr�oadasa Kaviraja, 318\nas worshiper of Madana-mohana, 209\nKr�oadasa Kaviraja prays at feet of, 212\nput in care of Sivananda Sena, 288\nRaghunatha Puri\nVai�oavananda formerly known as, 379\nRaghunatha (Upadhyaya)\nas branch of Nityananda, 364\nRaghunatha Vaidya\nas associate of Lord in )agannatha Puri, 332\nRamabhadra Acarya\nas devotee of Lord in )agannatha Puri, 345\nRamacandra\nAnupama's devotion to, 303\nCaitanya appeared to Murari Gupta as,\n279\nRamacandra Kaviraja\nas devotee of Nityananda, 384\nRamadasa\nin fraternal love of God, 361\nlived with Virabhadra Gosarii, 359\nRamadasa\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 324\nRamadasa\nas son of Sivananda Sena, 289-290\nRamadasa Abhirama\nas branch ofCaitanya tree, 327\nRamai\nas devotee of Lord at )agannatha Puri, 342343\nRamananda Raya\nas branch ofCaitanya tree, 300\nas energy of Lord, 6\nundisturbed by women, 336\nvanquished power ofCupid, 304\nRamananda\nas devotee of Nityananda, 382\n\nonly Hari explained in, 128\nPurandara Acarya\nas branch ofCaitanya tree, 267-268\nPurandara PaoQita\nas branch of Nityananda, 368-369\nPure devotees\nassociation of purifies anyone, 174\nbecomingb riihma(l a by association with, 36-37·\ncan offer anyone Kr�(la, 388\ncats and dogs liberated by association of, 251252\ndon't accept any kind of mukti, 172\nnecessity of approaching, 170\nguided by Lord in heart, 210\nheaded by Srivasa, 13\nplayers in transcendental dramas all, 258\ntranscendental literature written only by, 189190\n.\n\nPurram ada/;1 purram !dam\n\nverse quoted, 98\nPurrasya purram iidiiya\n\nverse quoted, 118, 132\n\nPDr(liit pDr(lam udqcyate\n\nverse quoted, 115\nPuru�ottama\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 295\nPuru�ottama\nas branch ofCaitanya tree, 300\nPuru�ottama\nas branch ofCaitanya tree, 324\nPuru�ottama PaoQita\nas branch of Nityananda, 372-373\nR\nRadha-Damodara temple\nestablished by )iva Gosvami, 307\nRadha-Kr�oa\nworship of Deities of, 184-185\nRadhakuoQa\nexcavated by Gosvamis, 311\nRaghunatha dasa resided at, 312\nvery dear to Kr�oa, 15\nRadharamaoa Deities\ninstalled by Gopala Bhana Gosvami, 319\nRadharaoi\nas best of gopTs, 15\nas pleasure potency of Kr�oa, 125\nCaitanya as Kr�oa and, 10, 164\nCaitanya tried to taste love of, 234\n\nRiidhii-rasa-sudhii-nidhi\n\n·\n\n", "adi2#p0442": "Srt Caitanya-cariumrta\n\n420\n\nRamanujacarya\nbroke teet� of Mayavadis, 123\nhis philosophy a stumbling block to Mayavadrs,\n95\n\nquoted on energies of Absolute, 133\nquoted on individuality of soul, 116\nRamanuja-sampradaya\nPrabodhananda Sarasvati belonged to, 142\nRamasena\nas d·exotee of. Nityananda, 384\nRorrttiya(la\n\nonly Hari explained in, 128\nRosa dance\nimitated by rascals, 7\nKrg1a as enjoyer of, 7\nRosas\n\ndeveloped by gopis, 172\ndevotees relate to Lord in five, 57-58\nRasikananda-deva\nsacred thread ceremony performed in family\nof , 35\n\nRasomrt.a-�e?<J\n\n.\n\nas book by )iva �osvami, 306\nRatnabahu\nVijaya dasa named by Caitanya, 292\nReligion\nas first concern of humanity, 240\nbest described in Bhogavatam, 72\nfour principles o( 69\n·\nRevati\nRaghunatha Vaidya as incarnation of, 332\n�g·veda\n\nquoted on Lord as person, 99\nquoted on superiorit')< of ViglU, 103\n8g-vedo 'tha yaj(Jr-veda{l.\n\nverses quoted, 56\nRudra\nas sub-branch of Caitanya tree, 320\nRiipa Gosvamr\naddresses Caitanya as most magnanimous incarnation, 142, 168, 234\nas branch of Caitany;� tr�e; 301-306\nas worshiper of Madana-mohana, 209\nbooks by, 303-304\ncited on auspiciousness of devotional service,\n242\n\nconstructed Govindaji temple, 152\ndescribesjagad-guru, 49\n\ndistinguishes between pure and internal devotees, 15\nquoted on bhakti without reference to Vedas,\n84\n\nquoted on devotional service iknoring Vedas,\n188\n\nRiipa Gosvami\nquoted on methods of different ocoryas, 27\nquoted on rareness of devotional service, 81\nsent to Vrndavana, 152\nunderstood Caitanya as Kr�Qa, 16\nRiipa-raghunotha-pade haibe okuti\n\nverses quoted, 14, 185\n\ns\nSacidevi\nSee Sacimata\nSaclmau\nCaitanya ate foodstuffs offered at home by,\n285\n\nDamodara PaQ�ita carried messages from, 268\nTsana as servant of, 323\nSadananda Yoglndra\nhis Mayavadi philosophy, 82, 101-102\nSadasiva Kaviraja\nas branch of Nityananda, 377\nSadasiva PaQ�ita\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 269\nSa�bhuja\nseen by Sarvabhauma, 334\nSa gurfiin samatityaiton brahma\n\nverses quoted, 108\n\nSakhya-rasa\n\nKr�Qa's cowherd friends serve Him in, 172\nSalagrama-sila\nworship of, 35\nSalvation\ndevotional service above, 2\nSee also Liberation\n\nSamod hi\n\ndefined, 85\nSambu\nSee Siva\nSanatana Gosvami\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 301-306\nas worshiper of Madana-mohana, 152, 209\nbooks by, 304\npreached in western India, 310\nquoted on· proper initiation of brohmaras,\n36\n\nquoted on writing of pure devotee, 189\nRamananda Raya considered equal to by Lord,\n337\n\nsent by Caitanya to Vrridavana, 150\ntaught devotional service by Caitanya, 36-38\nSanatana\nas devotee of Nityananda, 383\nSandipani Muni\nas Kesava·Bharati, 223\n\n", "adi2#p0443": "Index\nSangrta-madhava\nas book by Govinda Kaviraja, 384\nSarijaya\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 295\nSangita-madhava\nas book by Prabodhananda Sarasvati, 142\nSarikara\nas associate of Lord in j agannatha Puri, 332\nSarikara\nas devotee of Nityananda, 385\nSarikara\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 269, 300\nSarikarlcarya\naccepted tattvamasl as maha-vakya, 125-126\nas incarnation of Siva, 94-96, 100, 148\ncheated atheists, 94-96,112\ncondemned word jugglery, 48, 58\nconsidered Vyasa mistaken, 114-117\ncovers real meaning of Vedas, 93-96, 128\nespecially stresses Vedanta study, 32\nhis monist explanations of Vedanta, 82\nhis theory of illusion, 115\nSarikara-sampradaya\nKesava Bharati belonged to, 26\nPrakasananda belonged to, 142\nSankar�Qa\nMinaketana Ramadasa as, 385\nSarikararaoya\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 320\nSankirtana\nas only means of deliverance in modern society, 174\ncontinues despite opponents, 80-81, 143\ndispells illusion of maya, 233\neveryone intoxicated by, 248-249\nexecuted by Caitanya, 3-4\nmeant to be spread all over world, 245\nmeant to make people happy, 243\npeace found in, 237\npropounded with internal devotees, 1 S\nsannyasfs necessary to expand, 151-152\nshould be preached without .discrimination,\n230\nspiritual master desires disciples to spread,\n74\nSan-mDiaiJ saumyemal; prajal;\nverse quoted, 117\nSannyiisa .\naccepted by Lord Caitanya, 24-26, 163-164\nfour divisions of, 26\nSannyasira madhye T�varera\nverses quoted, 221-222\nSannyasis\nessential for preaching work, 151-152\n·\n\n·\n\n421\n\nSanta-rasa\ncows, trees, etc. serve Kr�{la in, 172\nSariraka\nSee Vedanta-sDtra\n.Sariraka-bhajya\naccepted by Mayavadis as real Vedanta commentary, 82\nSariraka-bha�ya\nas unauthorized commentary, 90, 94\ndenies doctrine of transformation of energy,\n114\none who follows is doomed, 96\nrejected by Vai�Qavas, 83\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 333-334\nconverted by Caitanya, 29\nSarva-dharman parityqjya\nverse quoted, 69, 111\nSarva-karma-paribhrarMan\nverses quoted, 96\nSarvam aHak�aranta!Jstham\nverses quoted, 62\nSarva-vedanta-siirarthal;\nverses quoted, 62\n\"Sarve vidhi-ni�edha\nverses quoted, 27\n���hivara\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 322\nSastras\nMayavadis misinterpret all, 48\nSee also Scriptures\nSatam ninda namnaiJ paramam\nverses quoted, 177\nSa-tattvaio 'nyatha-buddhir\nverse quoted, 115\nSat-kriya-sara-diplka\nas book by Gopala Bhana Gosvami, 319\nSatvata-paflcaratra\nas supplement of Vedas, 89\n$at-sandarbha\nGopala Bhana Gosvami wrote forward to,\n319\nSatyabhama\njagadananda Paol;lita as incarnation of, 263\nSatyaraja\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 300\nSatya-yuga\nparampara honored in, 59\nSa vai pumsiim para dharma\nverses quoted, 72\nSa vrk�-kalakrtibhi/:1 para 'nyo\nverses quoted, 98\nScientists\nlack complete knowledge, 91\n\n", "adi2#p0444": "Srt Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n422\n\nScriptures\nlove ofGod as conclusion of all, 70\nspiritual master speaks according to, 38\nunderstood from spiritual master, 37-38\nSekhara Par:u;lita\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 322\nSenayor ubhayor madhye ratham\n\nverse quoted, 13 8\n\nSevonmukhe hi jihviidau svayam\n\nverse quoted, 86, 169\nSense gratification\nachieved by pious activities, 170\nKr�oa immediately delivers to devotee, 17 1\nSenses\nAbsolute beyond reach of imperfect, 167\nof materialists inefficient, 91\nSikhi Mahiti\nas devotee of Lord at J agannatha Puri, 338339\n\nSik�ii?{aka\n\ndevotional service instructed in, 165\nquoted, 52, 65-66, 307\nquoted on chanting holy name, 168-169\nquoted on perfectional stage of chanting, 248\nSinihesvara\nas devotee of Lord in J agannatha Puri, 345\nSins\ncommitted on strength of chanting, 59\nof modern civilization, 244\nSirigabha�ta\nas devotee of Lord in jagannatha Puri, 345\nSiva\nin form of Sankaracarya, 94-96, 100,148\nworshiped by Mayavadis, 143, 146-148\n\nSiva Puriina\n\n'\n\nquoted on Siva's appearance as Sarikara, 95\n��i\nas devotee of Nityananda, 383\nSivananda Cakravarti\nidentified, 204\nSivananda Sena\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 284-285, 287-290,\n338\nexpedenced three features of Caitanya, 287288\nhis three heroic sons, 289-290\n.\n\nSpiritual master\nas servitorGod, 12\nbecoming briihma(la by initiation by,36\nqesires disciples to preach sahkTr.tana, 13-74\ndevotional service under direction of, 108,135136\ndoubts must be referred to, 65\nfeels obliged to advanced disciple, 73\nhearing from and serving, 37-38, 41, 55\nmet by grace of Kr�oa, 81\nmust be gosvrimT, 10-11\nnecessity of faith in, 77\noffense of considering him material, 178\noffense of neglecting orders of, 59\nperfection attained by mercy of, 160,220,338\n\nSravaradi-suddha-citte karaye\n\nverse quoted, 134\n\nSravaram kirtanam vt�rofl\n\nverses quoted, 134,228\n\nSrava(lam naiva kartavyam\n\nverses quoted, 188\nSridama\nSri Ramadasa formerly, 359\nSridhara\nas branch of Caitanya tree, ·292-293\nas devotee of Nityananda, 382\nSridhara Svami\naccepts brahma(laS by qualification, 51\ndescribes omkiira as seed of deliverance, 124\nSriGalima\n- as branch of Caitanya tree, 324\nSriGopala dasa\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 324\nSriGopikanta\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 323\nSriGovinda dasa\nas devotee· of Lord in jagannatha Puri, 340341\nSriGovinda dasa\n·: as author ofGaura-kr�r;�odaya, 261\nSri janakinatha\n- as branch of Caitanya tree, 326\nSrikanta Sena\nas sub-branch of Caitanya tree, 290\nSrikara\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 323\n·\n\nSkanda Purara\n\nSrT-kr�ra-caitanya radhii kara nahe anya\n\nSoce tato vimukha-cetasa\n\nSrTmad-Bhiigavatam\n\nsDtra defined in, 88\n\nverses quoted, 74\nSpirit soul\ndevotional service as activity to, 108\neternally individual, 116-117,167\nlove ofGod original function of, 69\n\nverse quoted, 10\n\nas natural commentary on Vedanta, 32, 33,\n90,94,188\nbeginning words of, 94\ncited on chanting holy name, 56\ncited on executing occupational duty, 280\n\n", "adi2#p0445": "423\n\nIndex\nSrimod-Bhiigavatam\n\ncited on two kinds of sonnyiisTs, 26\ncompiled by Vyasadeva, 58\nfirst verse of quoted, 121-122\nGitii as preliminary study of, 69\njiva Gosvamf fond of from childhood, 306\nKr�oa consciousness follows injunctions of\nmeant for those aloof from jealousy, 137\nprofessional readers of, 188\nquoted in Caitanya-bhiigavata, 188\nquoted on acting in knowledge, 136\nquoted on best religion, 72\nquoted on chanting holy name, 62, 163\n\nquo.ted on cheating religious systems, 69\nquoted on Caitanya, 4\nquoted on compilation of Vedic literature, 58\nquoted on cosmos as Lord's energy, 124\nquoted on development of bhakti, 83-84\nquoted on effects of associating with modes\nof nature, 174\n\nquoted on falldown ofMayavadfs, 102\nquoted on falling from brahmajyoti, 172\nquoted on goal of human life, 139\n�oted on good qualities of devotees, 199\nquoted on good qualities of trees, 244\n\nquoted on instructions of Prahlada, 170\nquoted on Kr�O'! as servant of devotee, 171\nquoted on nine kinds of devotional service,\n\n134\nquoted on offenses to holy name, 60\nquoted on purpose of Vyasadeva, 102\nquoted on Prahlada's desire to save fallen\nsouls, 74\nquoted on promotion to Vai�r;�ava platform,\n\n174-175\n\nquoted on real understanding of Vedanta, 140\nquoted on real welfare activities, 239\nquoted on spiritual varieties, 100\nquoted on superiority of devotional service,\n\n137\n\nquoted on three features of Absolute, 97\nrecited constantly by Raghunatha Bhanacarya,\nSanatana Gosvamf instructed on, 37-38\n\nSrTman Sena\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 282\nSrTManta\nas devotee of Nityananda, 383\nSrfnathaMisra\n-- as branch of Caitanya tree, 323\nSrfnatha Pan� ita\n- as branch of Caitanya tree, 321\nSrfnidhi\n-- as branch of Caitanya tree, 255\nSrfnidhi\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 323\nSrfnivasa Acarya\nblessed by Raghunatha dasa, 312\ndescribes six Gosvamfs, 17, 316\ninspired by jiva Gosvamf, 307\nSrfpati\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 255\nSrTrama\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 323\nSri Rama Pan�ita\nas incarnation of ParvataMuni, 255\nSrfraliga\nas devotee of Nityananda, 384\n\nSri Sonkalpa-kalpovrkj(J\n\nas book by jiva Gosvamf, 306\nSrTvasa Prabhu\nas incarnation of NaradaMuni, 255\nas marginal potency of Caitanya, 4\nas pure devotee, 5\nas worshiper of three predominators, 12\nCaitanya performed dramas with, 258\ndevotees headed by, 13, 215\ndogs in household of liberated, 252\nNarayar;�a PaiJ�ita as associate of, 271\n\nS(fJU devi pravak�yiimi\n\nverses quoted, 96\n\nSati-sthiti-pralaya-stidhana\n\nverses quoted, 147\n\nSruti-smrti-purii{liidi\n\nverses quoted, 84, 187\n\nSthiina-niruporo\n\nas book by Raghunatha Vaidya, 332\n\n349\n\nStavamiilii\n\n305\n\nStaviiva/T\n\nstudied by Sanatana Gosvamf at home, 304teaches only love of God, 69\nverse from quoted by Caitanya, 76\n\nSri Miidhava-mahotsova\n\nas book by jiva Gosvamf, 306\nSriMadhusudana\n-: as branch of Caitanya tree, 323\nSrfman Par;��ita\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 271\n\nas book by RDpa Gosvamf, 303\n\nas book by Raghunatha dasa Gosvamf, 312\nStokakr�oa\nPuru�ottama Par;��ita as, 373\n\nStriyo vai�yiis tathii �udriis\n\nverses quoted, 174\nSukhananda Purr\nas root of tree\n\n221\n\nof\n\ndevotional\n\nservice,\n\n", "adi2#p0446": "424\n\nSrt Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nSvarupa Damodara\nalways chanted Hare Kr�oa, 222\nas associate of Lord in J agannatha Purr, 332\ncited on identity of Caitanya, 10\nconsiders Mayavadis insane, 96\nPuo�arika Vidyanidhi as friend of, 259\nRaghunatha dasa as assistant of, 313\nSvetii�votara Upani�d\ndescribed Absolute with no hands or legs,\n99\nquoted on Lord's multifarious energies, 98\nquoted on inconceivable energies of Lord, 115\nSyamakuo�a\nvery dear to Kr�oa, 15\nSyamananda Gosvamf\nconstructed Syamasundara temple, 152\nSubahu\nUddharaoa Datta Thakura as, 377\nSubala\nGauridasa Pao�ita as, 367\nSubhananda\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 323\nSubuddhi Misra\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 323\nSudama\nSundarananda as, 364\nSuddha-bhakata<arara-reru\nverse quoted, 87\nSildras\ncan approach Supreme, 174\ncommunism as movement of, 175\neveryone at present born, 51\nSuklambara Brahmacari\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 272\nSulocana\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 299\nSulocana\nas devotee of Nityananda, 383\nSundarananda\nas branch of Nityananda, 364-365\nSiinyiiyitam jagat sarvam\nverses quoted, 65-66, 248\nSupersoul\nLo�d guides from within as, 210\nSupreme Lord .\nas Parabrahman, 133\ncompared to blazing fire, 105\ncompared to sun, 120-122\ncompared to touchstone, 120\nfull of spiritual potencies, 99-100\nhas multifarious energies, 98\nidentical with His name, 169\nknown as Akiilcana-gocara, 2\nopulent in all respects, 119\n\nSupreme Lo-01\npossesses limited and unlimited energies, 105106\nsubmissive to devotees, 138\nunder influence of transcendental bliss, 72\nSee also Kr�oa, Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nSuryadasa Sarakhela\nas branch of Nityananda, 366-367\nSDtra-miilikii\nas book by ]iva Gosvami, 306\n\nT\nToe chraddadhiinii munayo\nverses quoted, 83-84\nTad aham bhakty-upahrtam\nverses quoted, 169, 242\nTad ananyatvam iirambha(la\nverse quoted, 114\nTad rajas-tamo-bhiivii(l kama\nverse quoted, 174-175\nTad evam prTter lak�{lam\nverses quoted, 72\nTad viddhi prarlpiitena\nverse quoted, 41\nTad vii{IO(/ ,,ramam padam\nquoted, 99\nTiin aham dvi$ata(l krDriin\nverses quoted, 127\n_Tiin-sabiira pada-reru mora\nverses quoted, 161\nTaittirTya Upanl�d\nquoted on Brahman as original cause, 115116\nTapana Acarya\nas devotee of Lord in jagannatha Purl, 345\nTapana Misra\nas devotee of Lord at Varaoasf, 347\nas kaniHha-(Jdhikiiri, 40\nblasphemy of Caitanya intolerable to, 39\nCaitanya accepted food at house of, 35\nTasyalte kathitii hy arthii(l\nverses quoted, 38, 77\nTathii dik�-vidhiinena\nverses quoted, 36\nTatriirpitii niyamlta(l smarare\nverses quoted, 124\nTattvomasi\naccepted as mahii-viikya by Sarikara, 125-126\nas partial explanation of Vedas, 126-127\nTattvo-sandarbha\nas book by ]iva Gosvamf, 307\nTe dvondvo-moha-nirmuktii\nverses quoted, 180\n·\n\n", "adi2#p0447": "425\n\nIndex\nTepus tapas te juhuvul;\n\nUttara-mTmarhsiJ\n\nverses quoted, 56\n\nSee Vedanta-sutra, 88\n\nThakura Sarariga dasa\n\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 324-325\n\nv\n\nTirumalaya Bhana\n\nas brother of Prabodhananda Sarasvati, 142\n\nTraigurya-vi�ya veda\n\nVairagya-vidya-nijabhaktiyoga\nverse quoted, 334\n\nverse quoted, 100\n\nVai�r:Javananda\n\nthree classes of, 84\n\nVa/�(101!11-manju�\n\nSee Energy, transformation of\n\nVai�r:Javas\n\nTranscendentalists\n\nas branch of Nityananda, 379\n\nTransformation of energy\nTransmigration\n\ndescribed in Gita, 111\n\n99.9% of Indians believe in, 237-238\n\nof living beings, 233\n\nunderstanding science of, 167-168\nTrayo veda!; �afl-angiinl\n\ncited on Caitanya taking sannyasa, 223\n\nas greatest philosophers in world, 83-85\ncan deliver Kr�r:Ja to everyone, 388\n\ncan't tolerate Mayavada philosophy, 96\n\nconsider creation temporary not false, 116\n\nfollow orders of guru and Kr�r:Ja, 206-207\nget spiritual body after death, 53\n\nverses quoted, 62\n\ngreater than brahmaras, 18\n\nTreta-yuga\n\nparampara honored in, 59\n\nknow how to approach Lord directly, 134\nMayavadis try to defy, 80\n\nT(fJl!d api sunicena\n\nnever accept sayujya-mukti, 172\n\nTufasi\n\n. one should not tolerate blasphemy against;\n\nTvayy asta-bhiivad aviSuddha\n\nonly can write transcendental literature, 206-\n\nTyaktvii dehorn punar janma\n\nrespectful to everyone, 45\n\nverses quoted, 39, 52, 168, 307\ndog has no respect for, 251\nverses quoted, 100\n\nverses quoted, 241\n\nnever see faults of others, 201\n308\n\n207. 215-216\n\nsecond-class described, 50-51\n\nshould be conversant with Vedanta, 56-57\n\nu\n\ntolerant as trees, 39\n\nvarious philosophies of, 82\n\nworship demigods on principles of Brahma­\n\nUddharar:Ja Datta Thakura\n\nas branch of Nityananda,377-379\n\nsarhhita, 147-148\n\nSee also Devotees\n\nUddhava\n\nVat�rava-to�(IT\n\nUddhava-sandeSa\n\nVaiSyas\n\nParamananda Puri as, 222-223\nas book by Rupa Gosvami, 303\n\nUjjvala-nilamart\n\nas book by Rupa Gosvami, 303\n\n)iva Gosvami's commentary on, 306\n\nU-kllrerocyate radhii\n\nverses quoted, 125\n\nUpadeMmrta\n\ncited on development of devotional service, 15\n\nUpani�ds\n\nbhaktl developed on basis of, 84\n\nexplained impersonally by Mayavadis, 82\n\nmeant to establish personal feature of Absolute, 95\n\nmust be understood as they are, 91-92\n108 listed, 92-93\n\nquoted on six opulences of Lord, 132\n\nas book by Sanatana Gosvami, 304\ncan approach Supreme, 174\n\ncapitalism meant for, 175\nengagements of, 280\n\nVakresvara\n\nas associate of Lord in J agannatha Purr, 332\n\nVakresvara Par:Jc;lita\n\ncould dance for seventy-two hours, 261-262\nDevananda Par:Jc;lita saved by grace of, 298\n\nVallabha\n\nas former name of Anupama, 302\n\nVallabha Sena\n\nas sub-branch of Caitanya tree, 290\n\nVanamali Par:Jc;lita\n\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 295-296\n\nVanaprastha\n\nfour divisions of, 26\n\n", "adi2#p0448": "Srf Caitanya-cariumrta\n\n426\nVaoinatha\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 326\n\nVaoinatha Vasu\n\nas dear servant of Caitanya, 300\n\nVaraha\n\nCaitanya manifest His form as, 279\n\nVara(lasi\n\nCaitanya met with Mayavadis at, 34\ndevotees of Lord in, 347-349\nimpersonalists of, 29\n\nresidents of Lord Caitanya, 144-149\nVaroas\nnamed, 24\n\nVasanta\n\nVedanta-sutra\nmeant to deliver fallen souls, 102\n\nmeant to establish personal feature of Absolute, 95\n\nmust be understood as it is, 91-92\n\nno one in Kali-yuga able to study, 55\n\nquoted on doctrine of transformation of energy, 115\n\nquoted on purpose of human life, 23 7\nVedanta-dar�ana\nSee Vedanta-sutra, 88\nVedanta-siira\nas impersonalist book by Sadananda Yogindra,\n\n82,101\n\nas devotee of Nityananda, 383\n\nVedanta-viikye�u sadii\n\nDhanarijaya Pao<;lita as, 371\n\nVedanta tu maha-�astre\n\nKr�oa as son of, 75\n\nVadanti tat tattva-vidas\n\nas full-fledged Absolute Truth, 84\n\nVedanta nama upanl�at\n\nas devotee of Nityananda, 360\n\nVedartha-sangraha\n\nVasudama\nVasudeva\nVasudeva\nVasudeva\n\nmade wood and stone melt, 362\n\nVasudeva\n\nas eighty-fourth branch of Caitanya tree, 326-\n\n328\n\nVasudev Datta\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 274-275\nVatsalya-rasa\nelderly gopis serve Kr�pa in, 172\nVayu Pura!Ja\nsiJtra defined in, 88\nVedaham etam puru�am mahantam\nverse quoted, 98\nVeda/� ca sarvair aham\nverse quoted, 31, 49, 123,126\nVedanta-sutra\nappropriate candidate for study of, 52\n\nas words spoken by Lord in form of Vyasadeva,\n\n88\n\nBhagavatam as natural commentary on, 90,\n\nverse quoted, 32\nverses quoted, 94-95\nverses quoted, 97\n_text quoted, 82\nquoted on diverse energies of Absolute, 133\nVedas\nemanate from breathing of Narayapa, 89\n\nKr�oa known by and knower of, 31, 49, 55,\n\n123\n\nmisinterpretation of deprecated by Caitanya,\n\n92\n\noffense of minimizing authority of, 59\n\nperson who chants Ha-ri has already studied,\n\n56\n\nquoted on faith in spiritual master, 38,77\nquoted on varieties of Lord's energies, 5\n\nSalikara's indirect explanation of, 128-129\nVede ramaya!Je caiv(J purare\nverses quoted, 128\nVedic hymns\nholy name essence of, 54,59, 59-60\n\nVedic literature\n\nas source of real knowledge, 94\n\n94, 188\n\nblasphemy of, 178\n\n140\n\ndescribes Kr�oa as energetic, 106\n\nCaitanya's direct explanation of, 95-96, 131contents of described, 89-90\n\ndifferent names of, 88\n\ncompiled by Vyasadeva, 58\n\ndevotional service that ignores, 188\n\nexplained impersonally by Mayavadis, 82\n\ndoctrine of transformation of energy in, 114-\n\nindirectly described by Salikara, 93-96\n\nemanated from breathing of Naraya(la, 89\n\nomkara as principle word in, 122-126\n\nfully understood by Vai�(lava iicliryas, 83-85\n\nSupre·m e· Lord as goal of, 132\n\n117\n\nexplained impersonally by Mayavadis, 82\nHare Kr�pa mantra as reality of all, 62\nKrg1a as compiler of, 31\n\nmadhyama-adhikari must be learned in, 84\n\nonly Hari explained in, 128\n\nthousands of references to Vi�(lu's energy in,\n\n103\n\n", "adi2#p0449": "Index\n\nVedic literature\nunderstood only in disciplic succession, 37-38\nVedyarh pavitram orhkiira\nverses quoted, 123\nVedyarh viistavam atra vastu\nverses quoted, 137\nVtcitra-�akttr puru�r purarar\nverse quoted, 98\nVidagdha-miidhava\nas book by ROpa Gosvami, 303, 304\ntaking shelter of, 184\nVidyananda\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 300\nVijaya dasa\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 291-292\nVirabhadra Gosani\nas branch of Nityananda Prabhu, 356-359\nas son of Nityananda Prabhu, 321\nas topmost branch of Nityananda, 387\nVl�aya chiifliyii kabe' suddha\nverses quoted, 14,184\nVi�Qai\nas devotee of Nityananda, 383\nVi�QU\nas maintainer of universe, 56\nas predominator, 5\nas supreme living force, 8\nchanges body of devotee, 37\nconsidered product of ignorance by Sadananda\nYogindra, 101\ndemigods never equal to, 103, 178\nlearned think only of, 99\n\n427\n\nVi�ousvami\nMayavadis took advantage of his philosophy,\n\n95\nVisvanatha\nquoted on mercy of spiritual master, 220\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura\ncited on accepting words of spiritual master,\n\n55\nquoted on mercy of Vai�Qavas, 388\nVisvarOpa\nas elder brother of Caitanya, 320\nVrndavana\ndevotee attracted to residents of, 172\nGovinda worshiped in, 195-196\nmission of ROpa and Sanatana in, 311\nROpa and Sanatana sent by Caitanya to, 1 SO,\n\n152\nseen by purified mind, 184\nVrndavana dasa Thakura\nas author of Caitanya-bhiigavata, 157, 186\nas incarnation of Vyasa, 386\nas son of Narayaoi, 190\ndepicted pastimes of Caitanya, 187\nVrndiivana-�ataka\nas book by Prabodhananda Sarasvati, 142\nVrndavanesvari\nSee Radharaoi\nVyasadeva\nas compiler of Vedic literature, 58\nhis doctrine of transformation of energy, 114-\n\n117\nNarayaoa in form of as author of Vedanta, 88\n\nnot product of material energy, 103-104\n\nsaw separated energy of Lord, 111\n\nomkara as good as, 124-125\n\nVrndavana dasa as incarnation of, 386\n\nthree categories of His potency, 109-112\nworshiped by jarasandha, 162\nworshiped for material success by atheists,\n\n143,146-148,165\nVi�Qudasa\n\nwrote to deliver fallen souls, 102\nVyiisa-siltra\nSee Vediinta-siltra, 88\nVyerika�a Bhana\nas brother of Prabodhananda Sarasvati, 142\n\nas branch of Nityananda, 380\nViglUpriya\n\nw\n\nas wife of Caitanya, 296\nVi�ru Puriira\ncited on two energies of Lord, 99\ndescribes Kr�Qa as energetic, 106\n\nWomen\ncan approach Supreme, 174\nWorld, material\n\nquoted on energies of Vi�QU, 109\n\nactually no scarcity in, 235\n\nquoted on expansion of Lord's energies, 113\n\nas Brahman, 115\n\nquoted on welfare work for all, 241\n\nas eternally true, 117\n\nVi�Qu-Puri\nas root of tree of devotional service, 221\nVi�ru-tattva\nCaitanya in ecstasy as, 294-295\nVisvambhara\nCaitanya known as, 217\n\nas reflection of spiritual world, 108\nchanting and dancing not of, 17\nconsidered false by Mayavadis, 22\ncreated by glance of Lord, 115\neveryone's body temporary in, 98\neverything limited in, 105\n\n", "adi2#p0450": "Srt Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n428\n\nYathii kiificanatiim yatl\n\nWorld, material\nextinguishes fiery quality of soul, 105\nSupreme Lord beyond, 98\ntree of bhakti not of, 228\nVi�l)u's name all-auspicious in, 178\n\nverses quoted, 36\n\nYato vii imiini bhutan/ jiiyante\nverses quoted, 115, 116\n\nYavanas\nbecame devotees, 29\n\nWorld, spiritual\nas expansion of potency of omkara, 124\nconsidered void by Mayavadis, 29\nmaterial world as reflection of, 108\nno creation in, 105\n\nYiivam no jijniisata iitma-tattvam\nverses quoted, 139\n\nYayii sammohito j7va iitmiinam\nquoted, 111\n\nsoul retains identity in, 116\nspiritual potency manifested in, 109\nspiritual varieties in, 5\nstorehouse of love never depleted in, 1 8\ntree of bhakti grows in, 228\nVi�I)U belongs to, 104\n\nYena tena prakiirera\nverses quoted, 27\n\nYe 'nye' ravlndiik�a vimukta\nverses quoted, 100\n\nYe�m tv anta-gatam\nverses quoted, 180\n\nYoga\n\ny\n\nas imperfect means of realizing Absolute, 84\n\nYogasiirastava\nYac cak�ur e�a savitii sakala\nverses quoted, 148\nYadavacarya Gosvami\nidentified, 203\n\nYadii yadii hi dharmasyo\nverses quoted, 111, 164\nYadunandana\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 328\nYadunandana Acarya\ninitiated by Vasudeva Datta, 275\nYadunatha\nas branch of Caitanya tree, 300\nYadunatha Kavicandra\nas branch of Nityananda, 373\n\nYa/;1 prayiiti tyajan deham\nverses quoted, 122, 123\n\nYa/;1 sambhutiim api tathii\nverses quoted, 147\n\nYa/;1 sarva-jna/;1 sarva-vit\nquoted, 133\n\nYajfiai/;1 sonkirtana-priiyair\nverses quoted, 4\n\nYiinti devo-vratii devon\nquoted, 104, 241\nYasoda\nKr�l)a appears as son of, 7\n\nYasya deve para bhaktir\nverses quoted, 38, 77\n\nYasyiijnay· bhramati sambhrta\nverses· quoted, 148\n\nYasya prasiidiid bhagavat-prasiido\nverses quoted, 220, 388\n\nYata/;1 khyatim yatam katham\nverses quoted, 177.\n\n]iva Gosvami's commentary on, 306\n\nYogis\nas transcendental, 84\n\nYudhi!ifhira\nKr�l)a acted as order-carrier of, 171\n\nYugiiyitam nime�era cak�u�ii\nverses quoted, 65-66, 248\n\n", "adi2#p0451": "ADI-LILA\nVolume2\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta\nSwami\n\nPrahbupada\n\nSrl Caitanya-caritamrta is the authorized work on the life and teachings of Sri\nKooa Caitanya-the philosopher, saint, spiritual preceptor, mystic and divine\nincarnation who pioneered a great social and religious movement in Sixteenth\nCentury India His teachings, which embody the highest philosophical and\ntheolgoical truths, have affected centuries of religious and philosophical\nthinkers until the present day.\nThis translation and commentary on the original Bengali text is the work of\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhu�da (pictured above), the\nworld's most distinguished scholar and teacher of Indian thought and culture\nand author of the best-selling Bhagavad-gita As It Is. This translation of SrT\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta represents a contribution of major importance to the\n\nintellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n•\n\nTHE\nBHAKTIVEDANTA\nBOOK TRUST\n\n", "adi2#p0452": "", "adi3#p0001": "-\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAMRTA\n-\n\n•\n\nADI-J,ILA Volume:�\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nJ\\.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n", "adi3#p0002": "SRI CAITANYA-CARITAM�Til\nFOUR HUNDRED YEARS AGO, at the earnest\n\nrequest of the holy devotees of Vrndavana, the\n\nmost sacred city in all of India, Kn1Jadasa\n\nKaviraja Gosvami wrote his famous spiritual trea­\n\ntise Cllitanya-caritamrta, describing the wonder­\n\n�\n\nful pastimes and pre epts of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahiiprabhu. \"By the mercy of Lord Caitanya,\"\n\nhe wrote, \"a dumb man can recite perfect poetry,\na lame man can cross over mountains, and a\nblind man can see the stars in the sky.\"\n\nWho was Lord Caitanya? A teacher, certainly,\n\nfor His philosophical brilliance astounded the\n\ngreatest scholars and logicians of His day. But\n\nbesides being a teacher, He was a true saint,\nfor He was always chanting the names of God\n\nand dancing, absorbed in ecstatic Jove for the\nSupreme Lord. Yet Kr�padasa regards Him as\n\nmore than a teacher and more than a saint.\nLord Caitanya, he asserts, is the Supreme Lord\n\nHimself playing the role of the Supreme Lord's\n\ndevotee; no one, therefore, can be greater than\nHim.\n\nBut Cllitanya-caritiimrta, unlike today's many\n\nsentimental\n\nexaltations\n\nof\n\nbogus\n\npaperback\n\nGods, is a book of reason and evidence; indeed,\n\nit is a unique book of spiritual science. Now,\n\nthe author of Blzagavad·gitii As It Is. The Nectar\n\nof Devotion, Srf isopani�ad and a host of other\nimportant spiritual texts has presented Cllitany�\n\ncaritiimrta in its fullness, verse by verse, with\n\nexplanatory purports of extraordinary clarity\nand profundity. This book, therefore, offers\n\nsublime knowledge to one sincerely seeking the\nhighest truth.\n\nOn the cover\n\nLord Cllitanya Mahaprabhu instructs the Kazi\nin the science of Kr�'!a consciousness\n\n", "adi3#p0003": "His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Aciirya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "adi3#p0004": "Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami Maharaja\nthe spiritUill master of\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nand foremost scholar and devotee in the recent age.\n\n", "adi3#p0005": "Sri Panca-tattva\n\nLord Kr�ra Caitanya surrounded (from left to right) by His avatara (Advaita Aciirya), His expansion (Lord Nityiinanda), His manifest internal energy (Sri Gadiidhara), and His perfect devotee\n(Sri Srfvasa).\n\n", "adi3#p0006": "Sridhlima Mliylipur\nThe birthplace of the Supreme Lord Sri K,rnza Caitanya in the province of Gawja in Bengal.\n\n", "adi3#p0007": "The ISKCON International Center at Lord Caitanya 's birthplace in Miiyiipur, West Bengal.\n\n", "adi3#p0008": "Distribution of prasiida (food offered to Krnza) in West Bengal, India.\n\n", "adi3#p0009": "In 1885, Srfla Thiikura Bhaktivinoda wrote: \"Oh, for that day when the fortunate English, French, Russian, German and American\n\npeople will take up banners, mrdangas and karatalas and raise kirtana through their streets and towns... and join with the Bengali\n,\ndevotees. When will that day be?\" In 1974, on the anniversary of Lord Caitanya's appearance, Srfla Bhaktivinoda's desire was fulfilled\nby the disciples of His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhuptida.\n\n", "adi3#p0010": "Devotees of the International Society for Kr�rza Consciousness performing sarikirtana, congregational chanting of the holy names of\nLord Kr�rza. in New York City.\n\n", "adi3#p0011": "Plate I Sitiidevi appreciated that except for a difference in color, the child was directly Kr�rza of\nGokulaHimself (p. 119)\n\n", "adi3#p0012": "Plate 2 Mother Saci snatched the dirt from the hands of the Lord and inquired why He was eating\nit. (p. 143)\n\n", "adi3#p0013": "Plate 3 The Lord would take all the offerings meant for Lord Siva. (p. 158)\n\n", "adi3#p0014": "Plate 4 Lord Caitanya dreamed that Visvarupa took Him away and requested Him to accept the\nSl!Jinyasa order. ( p. 192)\n\n", "adi3#p0015": "Plate 5 Advaita Acarya had a vision of the Lord's universal form. (p. 261)\n\n", "adi3#p0016": "Plate 6 While Lord Caitanya was in the ecstasy of Ba/adeva, all the devotees assembled together and\ndq.nced, overwhelmed by ecstasy. (p. 321)\n\n", "adi3#p0017": "Plate 7 In the evening Lord Gaurasundara went out and formed three parties to perform kirtana.\n\n(p. 330)\n\n", "adi3#p0018": "Plate 8 SrfCaitanya Mahiiprabhu assured the Kazi that he was free from all sinful reactions. (p. 370)\n\n", "adi3#p0019": "-\n\nSRI CAITANYACAWTAIRTA\n•\n\n", "adi3#p0020": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\nBhagavad-gTt:a As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-4 (13 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (4 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri TSopani�ad\nEasy journey to Other Planets\nKr�r;�a Consciousness: The Topmost Y oga System\nKr�r;�a, The Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nKr�r;�a, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�r;�a\nRaja�vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Krsna Consciousness\nKrsna Conscio�sness: The Matchless Gift\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\nA complete catalogue is available upon request.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\n\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "adi3#p0021": "All Glory to Sri Guru and Gauriiriga\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAIRTA\n•\n\nof Kr�l)adasa Kaviraja Gosvami\n\nAdi-lita\nVolume Three\n\n\"The Early Pastimes\nof\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\"\n\nwith the original Bengali text,\nRoman transliterations, synonyms,\ntranslation and elaborate purports\n\nby\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bha�tivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York\n\n·\n\nLos Angeles\n\n·\n\nLondon\n\n·\n\nBombay\n\n", "adi3#p0022": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n© 1974 the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll R ights R eserved\n\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-93206\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-53-6\n\nPrinted by Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan\n\n", "adi3#p0023": "Contents\n\nIntroduction\n\nChapter 12\n\nvii\n\nThe Expansions of Advaita Acarya and\nGadadhara PaQc;lita\n\nChapter 13\n\nThe Advent of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nChapter 14\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\n129\n\nChapter 15\n\nThe Lord's Paugaoc;la-lna\n\n183\n\nChapter 16\n\nThe Pastimes of the Lord in His Childhood\nand Youth\n\nChapter 17\n\n55\n\n201\n\nThe Pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nin His Youth\n\n255\n\nReferences\n\n429\n\nGlossary\n\n431\n\nBengali Pronunciation Guide\n\n433\n\nVerse Index\n\n435\n\nGeneral Index\n\n453\n\nv\n\n", "adi3#p0024": "Introduction\n\"HARE K�St-;JA\" has become a household phrase in cities, towns and villages\nthroughout the world, fulfilling a prophecy made almost five hundred years ago by\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. From Los Angeles to London, from Bombay to\nBuenos Aires, from Pittsburgh and Melbourne to Paris and even Moscow, people of\nall ages, colors, creeds and faiths are feeling the bliss of the dynamic yoga system\ncalled \"Kr$Qa consciousness.\"\nThis Kr$Qa consciousness movement began in full force some five hundred years\nago, when Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, an incarnation of Kr�r;�a (God), flooded\nthe subcontinent of India with the chanting of the mantra Hare Kr$r;�a, Hare Kr�r;�a,\nKr�r;�a Kr�l)a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare. To reveal\nthe secret of what real love is, Kr�r;�a came to earth five hundred years ago in the\nguise of His own devotee-as Lord CaHanya Mahaprabhu. With His chief associates\n-Nityananda, Advaita, Gadadhara and Srivasa-He taught how to develop love of\nGodhead simply by chanting Hare Kr�Qa and dancing in ecstasy.\nSri Caitanya-caritomrta, which was written by the great saint Kr$r;�adasa Kaviraja\nGosvami shortly after\nCaitanya's\n\nblissful\n\nLord\n\npastimes\n\nCaitanya's disappearance, vividly describes Lord\nand probes\n\ndeeply\n\ninto\n\nHis\n\nprofound spiritual\n\nphilosophy.\nThe translations and purports, the explanations of the verses, are the work of His\nDivine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, author of Bhagavad-gito As\nIt Is; The Nectar of Devotion; Kr�r;a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (first\npublished in 1970 with the kind help of Mr. George Harrison); and numerous other\n\nbooks about yoga and self-realization.\n\nAlthough this is the third volume of Srr Caitanya-caritamrta, one need not have\nread Volume Two to understand and appreciate this book. Srila Prabhupada remarks\nthat such a spiritual work is like sugar, for wherever you begin tasting it you will\nsurely enjoy its sweetness.\n\nvii\n\n", "adi3#p0025": "Chapter 12\n\nThe Expansions\nof Advaita Acarya and Gadadhara Par:-�ita\nBhaktivinoda Thakura gives a summary of the Twelfth Chapter of Adi-!J7ii in his\n\nAmrta-praviiha-bhii�ya. This Twelfth Chapter describes the followers of Advaita\n\nPrabhu, among whom the followers of Acyutananda, the son of Advaita Acarya, are\n\nunderstood to be the pure followers who received the cream of the philosophy Sri\n\nAdvaita Acarya enunciated. Other so-called descendants and followers of Advaita\nAcarya are not to be recognized. This chapter also includes narrations concerning the\n\nson of Advaita Acarya named Gopala Misra and Advaita Acarya's servant named\nKamalakanta Yisvasa. In his early life Gopala fainted during the cleansing of the\n\nGu(lc;lica mandira at Jagannatha Purl and thus became a recipient of the .mercy of\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The story of Kamalakanta Visvasa concerns his bor­\n\nrowing three hundred rupees from Prataparudra Maharaja to clear the debts of\nAdvaita Acarya, for which Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu chastised him when He came\n\nto know of it. Kamalakanta Yisvasa was then purified by the request of Sri Advaita\nAcarya. After describing the descendants of Advaita Acarya, the chapter concludes\nby describing the followers of Gadadhara Paoc;lita GosvamL\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��i!t��,�'f1Pt��t�t llt�a�t?<r�.. t�t 1\n�1�7111lti{. �tl'ft\\!1 ,�fit �\"�� 11�11\nadvaitiiflghry-abja-bhrngiirhs tiin siiriisiira-bhrto 'khiliin\nhitvii 'siiriin siira-bhrto naumi caitanya-jivaniin\n\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-aflghri-the lotus feet of Advaita Acarya; abjci-lotus flower; bhrhgiin­\n\nbumblebees; tiin-all of them;siira-asiira-real and not real; bhrtafl -acce pting; akhiliin\n\n-all of them; hitvii-giving up; asiiriin-not real; siiracbhrtafl-those who are real;\nnaumi-offer my obeisances; caitanya-jivaniin-whose life and soul were Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe followers of Sri Advaita Prabhu were of two kinds. Some were real followers,\nand the others were false. Rejecting the false followers, I offer my respectful obei-\n\n", "adi3#p0026": "2\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 12\n\nsances to the real followers of Sri Advaita Acarya whose life and soul were Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT2\n\n� � �t-2tt_\n\n-� I\n\noofif��Qt�'ftllll�ll\njaya jaya mahaprabhu �ri-k[�!Ja-caitanya\njaya jaya nityiinanda jayiidvaita dhanya\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; mahiiprabhu- Ma hapra bhu; �ri-k(fiiJO-caitanya-of the name\nSri Kr�l)a Caitanya; jaya jaya-all glories; nityiinanda-to Lord Nityananda Prabhu;\njaya ad vaita\n\n-\n\nall glories to Advaita Prabhu; dhanya-who are all very glorious.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityananda! All glories\nto Sri Advaita Prabhu! All of them are glorious.\nTEXT3\n\n!lt�r;;�rtf��Rt\"JJUf9f'f: I\na1f'tt.<e5et'lJ -tt�ti{. 'Sf'ftit'l_'af: II � II\n�ri-caitanyiimara-taror dvitiya-skandha-rDpi[la{l\n�rimad-advaitacandrasya �iikhii-rDpiin garan numa{l\n\nSYNONYMS\n�rT-caitanya-Lord S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; amara-etern al; taro{l-of the tree;\n\ndvit Tya-second; skandha-big branch; rupira{l-in the form of; �r Tmat- the allglorious; advaitacandrasya-of Lord Advaitacandra; �iikhii-rDpiin-in the form of\n\nbra nches; gariin- to all the followers; numa{l-1 offer my respectful obeisances.\n\nTRANSLATION\noffer my respectful obeisances to the all-glorious Advaita Prabhu, who forms\nthe second branch of the eternal Caitanya tree, and to His followers, who form His\nsub-branches.\nTEXT4\n\n� \"JJ� -�t5t1f·(;'SftJttf$ I\niii � -tt�1 �'{, � \"'�1 iftf$ II 8 II\n\n�t;'R\n\n", "adi3#p0027": "Text6)\n\nExpansions of Advaita Acarya\n\n3\n\nvrk�era dvitiya skandha-acarya-gosani\ntanra yata Siikha ha-i/a, tara /ekha nafli\nSYNONYMS\n\nvrk�era-of the tree; dvitiya skandha-the second big branch; acarya-gosiinf-Sri\nAdvaita Acarya Gosvami; tanra-His; yata-all; sakha-branches; ha-ifa-became;\ntara-of that; /ekhfi-description;nani-there is not.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Advaita Prabhu was the second big branch of the tree. There are many subbranches, but it is impossible to mention them all.\nTEXT 5\n\n��ll� ��ti'Rf <;��ti{ I\n'�� �t� 'i_i � �� Nti{ fif� II <l II\ncaitanya-malira krpa-jalera secane\nsei ja/e puHa skandha bafle dine dine\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaitanya-malira-of the gardener named Caitanya; krpa-jalera-of the water of His\n\nmercy; secane-by sprinkling; sei jale-by that water; pu�,ta-nourished ; skandha­\n\n. branches; bafle -increased; dine dine-day after day.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was also the gardener, and as He poured the water of\nHis mercy on the tree, all the branches and sub-branches grew, day after day.\nTEXT6\n\n'�� � �i! <;�1(.'1 iif?t� I\n<;�l �t�ll·� �'Sf� �ft'f II � II\nsei skandhe yata prema-phala upajila\nsei kr�ra-prema-phale jagat bharila\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei skandhe-on that branch; yata-all; prema-pha/a-fruits of love of Godhead;\nupajila-grew;sei-those;kr�ra-prema-pha/e-fruits of love of Kr�t;�a;jagat-the whole\nworld; bharila-spread over.\n\n", "adi3#p0028": "[ Adi-lila,Ch.12\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n4\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe fruits of love of Godhead that grew on those branches of the Caitanya tree\nwere so large that they flooded the entire world with love of Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT7\n\n,,.. \"\"\"' ,.t• <�Stl -tt-tttl! �•a 1\n'KIIJ·'fti'J ��, -rt-ti ll-'1 f�•tl II \" II\n-\n\nsei jafa skandhe kare �iikhiite sai'iciira\nphafe-phufe biifle,-�iikhii ha-ifa vistiira\nSYNONYMS\nsei jafa that water; skandhe-on the branches; kare- does; �iikhiite-on the subbranches; sai'iciira- growing; phafe-phufe-in fruits and flowers; biifle-increases;\n�iikhii-the branches; ha-ifa-became; vistiira-wi despr ead\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs the trunk and branches were watered, the branches and sub-branches spread\nlavishly, and the tree grew full with fruits and flowers.\nTEXTS\n\n12t'ftll '!' �<15111! �W'tt� 1ft! I\n\n-Ptt � l-111! '•\" ��� <�Stf'1 II lr II\nprathame ta' eka-mata iiciiryera ga(la\npiiche dui-mata haifa daivera kiirara\nSYNONYMS\nprathame-in the beginning; ta'-however; eka-mata-one opinion; iiciiryera-of\nAdvaita Acarya; ga(la-followers; piiche-later; dui-mata-two opinions; haifa-became; daivera-of providence; kiirara-the cause.\nTRANSLATION\nAt first all the followers of Advaita A carya shared a single opinion. But later they\nfollowed two different opinions, as ordained by providence.\nPURPORT\nThe words daivera kiirara indicate that by dint of providence, or by God's will,\nthe followers of Advaita Acarya divided into two parties. Such disagreement among\nthe disciples of one acarya is also found among the members of the Gaugiya Matha.\n\n", "adi3#p0029": "Text 8)\n\nExpansions of Advaita Acarya\n\n5\n\nIn the beginning, during the presence of Om Vi�Qupada Paramahan'lsa Parivrajakacarya A�tottara-sata Sri Srimad Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura Prabhupada, all\nthe disciples worked in agreement; but just after his disappearance, they disagreed.\nOne party strictly followed the instructi'ons of Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura,\nbut another group created their own concoction about executing his desires.\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura, at the time of his departure, requested all his\ndisciples to form a governing body and conduct missionary activities cooperatively.\nHe did not instruct a particular man to become the next iiciirya. But just after his\npassing away, his leading secretaries made plans, without authority, to occupy the\npost of iiciirya, and they split in two factions over who the next iiciirya would be.\nConsequently, both factions were asiira, or useless, because they had no authority,\nhaving disobeyed the order of the spiritual master. Despite the spiritual master's\norder to form a governing body and execute the missionary activities of the Gauc;liya\nMarha, the two unauthorized factions began litigation that is still going on after\nforty years with no decision.\nTherefore, we do not belong to any faction. But because the two parties, busy\ndividing the material assets of the Gauc;liya Matha institution, stopped the preaching\nwork, we took up the mission of Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati fhakura and Bhaktivinoda\nThakura to preach the cult of Caitanya Mahaprabhu all over the world, under the\nprotection of all the predecessor iiciiryas, and we find that our humble attempt has\nbeen successful. We followed the principles especially explained by Srna Visvanatha\nCakravarti Thakura in his commentary on the Bhagavad-gitii verse vyavasiiyatmikii\nbuddhir ekeha kuru-nandana. According to this instruction of Visvanatha Cakravarti\nThakura, it is the duty of a disciple to follow strictly the orders of his spiritual master. The secret of success in advancement in spiritual life is the firm faith of the\ndisciple in the orders of his spiritual master. The Vedas confirm this:\nyasya deve parii bhaktir\nyathii deve tathii gurau\ntasyaite kathitii hy artha/;1\n\nprakii�nte mah\"iitmana/;1\n\n\"To one who has staunch faith in the words of the spiritual master and the words\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead the secret of success in Vedic knowledge is\nrevealed.\" The Kr?Qa consciousness movement is being propagated according to this\nprinciple, and therefore our preaching work is going on successfully, in spite of the\nmany impediments offered by antagonistic demons, because we are getting positive\nhelp from our previous iiciiryas. One must judge every action by its result. The members of the self-appointed iiciirya's party who occupied the property of the Gauc;liya\nMa!ha are satisfied, but they could make no progress in preaching. Therefore by the\nresult of their actions one should know that they are asiira, or useless, whereas the\nsuccess of the ISKCON party, the International Society for Krishna Consciousness,\nwhich strictly follows guru and Gaurariga, is increasing daily all over the world.\nSrna Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura wanted to print as many books as possible\n\n", "adi3#p0030": "6\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 12\n\nand distribute them all over the world. We have tried our best in this connection,\nand we are getting results beyond our expectations.\nTEXT9\n\nG;� i!' �� �temt, '�.: i!' �S I\n...i! �·�1 �tif ��C{·9fftfl ll � II\nkeha ta' acarya ajnaya, keha ta' svatantra\nsva-mata kafpana kare daiva-paratantra\nSYNONYMS\nkeha ta'-some; acarya-the spiritual master; ajnaya-upon His order; keha ta'­\n\nsome; sva-tantra-independently; sva-mata-their own opinions; kafpana kare-they\n\nconcoct; daiva-paratantra-under the spell of maya.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSome of the disciples strictly accepted the orders of the acarya, and others\n\ndeviated, independently concocting their own opinions under the spell of daivi maya.\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse describes the beginning of a schism. When disciples do not stick to the\n\nprinciple of accepting the order of their spiritual master, immediately there are two\n\nopinions. Any opinion different from the opinion of the spiritual master is useless.\n\nOne cannot infiltrate materially concocted ideas into spiritual advancement. That is\ndeviation. There is no scope for adjusting spiritual advancement to material ideas.\nTEXT10\n\n��1t1it \"l{i! �' G;:JI� 1{1! :JI� I\n-i� !f.qt9fl \"'m' �r;\", c;:JI� i!' � u �0 u\nacaryera mata yei, sei mata sara\n\ntiihra ajfia fahghi' cafe, sei ta' asara\nSYNONYMS\nacaryera-of the spiritual master (Advaita Prabhu); mota-opinion; yei-what is;\n\nsei-that; mata-opinion;sora-active principle; tahra-his; ajna-order; fahghi'-trans­\n\ngressing; cafe-becomes; sei-that; ta'-however; asora-useless.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe order of the spiritual master is the active principle in spiritual life. Anyone\n\nwho disobeys the order of the spiritual master immediately becomes useless.\n\n", "adi3#p0031": "Text12]\n\nExpansions of Advaita Acarya\n\n7\n\nPURPORT\n\nHere is the opinion of Srila Kr�f.ladasa Kaviraja Gosvami. Persons who strictly\n\nfollow the orders of the spiritual master are useful in executing the will of the Supreme, whereas persons who deviate from the strict order of the spiritual master are\nuseless.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n�:Jfttft iftt1{ lt1 � 12ftittr-. I\n� •t� m ��t!i '$f� II �� II\nasiirera nome ihiih niihi prayojana\noheda jiinibiire kari ekatra garana\n\nSYNONYMS\nasiirera-of the useless persons; nome-in their name; ihoh-in this connection;\n\nniihi-there is no;prayojana-use;bheda-differences;jonibtire-to know;kari-l do;\n\nekatra-in one list;gorona-counting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere is no need to name those who are useless. I have mentioned them only to\ndistinguish them from the useful devotees.\nTEXT12\n\n'f�fit 1{ft?f �t� ?f�,ifl ��!;! I\n\n�t� 9f'�,-.i IA�$i :JI�� <fi�l;! II �� II\ndhiinya-riiSi mope yaiche piitnii sahite\npaScote piitnii u{liiiiii sarhskora karite\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ndhiinya-riiSi-heaps of paddy; mope-measures; yaiche-as it is; piitnii-useless\n\nstraw; sahi te-wi th;paSciite-later; piitnii- useless straw;u{liina- fanning; samskiirapurification;karite-to do.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPaddy is mixed with straw at first, and one must fan it to separate the paddy from\nthe straw.\nPURPORT\n\nThis example given by Kr�ryadasa Kaviraja Gosvami is very appropriate. In the case\nof the Gau(liya Matha members, one can apply a similar process. There are many\n\ndisciples of Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura, but to judge who is actually his\n\n", "adi3#p0032": "8\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 12\n\ndisciple, to divide the useful from the useless, one must measure the activities of\nsuch disciples in executing the will of the spiritual master. Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\nThakura tried his best to spread the cult of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to countries\noutside India. When he was present he patronized the disciples to go outside India\nto preach the cult of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, but they were unsuccessful because\nwithin their minds they were not actually serious about preaching His cult in foreign\ncountries; they simply wanted to take credit for having gone to foreign lands and\nutilize this recognition in India by advertising themselves as repatriated preachers.\nMany svomis have adopted this hypocritical means of preaching for the last eighty\nyears or more, but no one could preach the real cult of Kr�oa consciousness all over\nthe world. They merely came back to India falsely advertising that they had converted all the foreigners to the ideas of Vedanta or Kr�oa consciousness, and then\nthey collected funds in India and lived satisfied lives of material comfort. As one\nfans paddy to separate the real paddy from useless straw, by accepting the\ncriterion recommended by Kr�oadasa Kaviraja Gosvami one can very easily understand who is a genuine world-preacher and who is useless.\nTEXT13\n\n\"tfJ\\!Ii4\"f -� �i, �t51'if-i4\"fi4 I\n� ��� ��i �ti·R'I II :>'!> II\nacyutiinanda-ba(la siikhii, iiciirya-nandana\niijanma sevilii tehho caitanya-carara\nSYNONYMS\nacyutonanda-of the name Acyutananda; barja sokho-a big branch; iicoryanandana -the son of Advaita Acarya; iijanma-from the very beginning of life;sevi/iiserved; tehho-he ; caitanya-carara-the lotus feet of Lord Caitanya.\nTRANSLATION\nA big branch of Advaita Acarya was Acyutananda, His son. From the beginning\nof his life he engaged in the service of the lotus feet of Lord Caitanya.\nTEXT14\n\n� c;'StPrtf<tll '@Ji- c;�� �ttft I\nIll- f9i'!tt �t�J \"fil' t:� 9ft.llf \"tf\\! II :>8 II\ncaitanya-gosofiira guru-kesava bhorati\nei pitora vokya suni' du{lkha poi/a ati\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-Lord Caitanya;gosofiira-the spiritual master;guru-His spiritual master;\nkesava bhiirati-of the name Ke5ava Bharati; ei-these; pitiira-his father's; viikyawords; suni'-hearing; du{lkha-unhappiness; poi/a-got; ati-very much.\n\n", "adi3#p0033": "Text17)\n\nExpansions of A dvaita Acarya\n\n9\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Acyut'ananda heard from his father that Ke5ava Bharati was the spiritual\nmaster of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he was very unhappy.\nTEXT15\n\n-� 1_fil-.. � �-t I\n<;'!t1f'R �- �'tt1ftllt �i �\"''Of-f II �ct II\njagad-gurute tumi kara aiche upadesa\ntomiira ei upadese na�,ta ha-ifa desa\nSYNONYMS\njagat-gurute-on the spiritual master of the universe; tumi-You; kara-do; aichesuch; upadesa-instruction ; tomiira-Y our; ei upadese-by this i nstruction; na?,taspoiled; ho-i/a-will become; desa-the country.\nTRANSLATION\nHe told his father, \"Your instruction that Ke5ava Bharati is the spiritual master of\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu will spoil the entire country.\nTEXT16\n\n• �t�l ��-�-<;��I\n-it� ��-·' <JJt �til llftts iftt II �� II\ncaudda bhuvanera guru-caitanya-gosiini\ntiihra guru-an yo, ei kona Siistre niii\nSYNONYMS\ncaudda-fourteen; bhuvanera-planetary systems; guru-master; caitanya-gosfiniLord SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu; tiihra guru-His spiritual master;anya-someone else;\nei-this; kona-any; siistre-in scripture; niii-there is no mention.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the spiritual master of the fourteen worlds, but\nYou say that someone else is His spiritual master. This is not supported by any revealed scripture.\"\nTEXT17\n\n't� �� �-. � ��t'ft �� I\n\"fiml ����'ttl II )'\\ II\n\n", "adi3#p0034": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n10\n\n[Acli-lila, Ch. 12\n\npancama var�era biilaka kahe siddhantera sara\nsuniya piiila acarya santo�a apiira\nSYNONYMS\npaiicama-five; var�era-years; biilaka-small boy; kahe-says; siddhantera-conclusive; sara-essence; suniya-hearing; piiilii-got; iiciirya-Advaita Acarya; santo�asatisfaction; apiira-very much.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen\n\nAdvaita\n\nAcarya\n\nheard\n\nthis\n\nstatement\n\nfrom\n\nHis\n\nfive-year-old son\n\nAcyutananda, He felt great satisfaction because of his conclusive judgement.\n\nPURPORT\nCommenting on verses 13 through 17, Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura gives\nan extensive description of the descendants of Advaita Acarya. The Caitanya­\n\nbhagavata, Antya-kha(l(/a, Chapter Nine, states that Acyutananda was the eldest son\nof Advaita Acarya. The Sanskrit book Advaita-carita states, \"Advaita Acarya Prabhu\nhad three sons named Acyuta, Kr��Ja Misra and Gopala dasa, all born of the womb\nof His wife Sitadevi, who were devotees of Lord Caitanya. Advaita Acarya also had\nthree more sons, whose names were Balarama, SvarOpa and JagadiSa. Thus there\nwere six sons of Advaita Acarya.\" Among the six sons, three were strict followers of\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and of these three, Acyutananda was the eldest.\nAdvaita Prabhu married in the beginning of the Fifteenth Century sakiibda. When\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted to visit the village of Ramakeli while going from\njagannatha Puri to Vrndavana during the sakiibda years 1433 and 1434,Acyutananda\nwas only five years old. The Caitanya-bhiigavata, Antya-kha(l(/a, Fourth Chapter,\ndescribes Acyutananda at that time as paiica-va�a vayasa madhura digambara, \"only\nfive years old and standing naked.\" Therefore it is to be concluded that Acyutananda\nwas born sometime in the year 1428. Before the birth of Acyutananda, Advaita\nPrabhu's wife, Sitadevi, ·came to see Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu at His birth. Thus\nit is not impossible that she had the other three sons by Advaita within the twentyone years between 1407 and 1428 sakabda. In an unauthorized book of the name\n\nSitiidvaita-carita published in Bengali in the unauthorized newspaper Nityiinandadiiyini in 1792 sakabda, it is mentioned that Acyutananda was a class friend of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. According to Caitanya-bhiigavata, this statement is not at all\nvalid. When Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted the renounced order of sannyiisa, He\ncame to the house of Advaita Prabhu at Santipura in the year 1431 sakabda. At that\ntime, as stated in Caitanya-bhagavata, Antya-kha(l(/a, Chapter One, Acyutananda\nwas only three years old. The Caitanya-bhiJgavata further states that the naked child,\nthe son of Advaita Prabhu, immediately came and fell down at the lotus feet of Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The Lord immediately took him on His lap, although he\nwas not very clean, having dust all over his body. Lord Caitanya said, \"My dear\nAcyuta, Advaita Acarya is My father, and thus we are brothers.\"\nBefore SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu exhibited His spiritual forms during His residence\nat Navadvipa, He asked Sri Rama Pa�J<:fita, Srinivasa Acarya's brother, to go to\n\n", "adi3#p0035": "Text 17]\n\nExpansions of Advaita .Acarya\n\n11\n\nSantipura and bring back Advaita Acarya. Acyutananda joined his father at that\ntime. It is said, advaitera tanaya 'acyutiinanda' niima/ parama-biilaka, seho kiinde\naviriima. Acyutananda also joined in crying in transcendental bliss. Again, when\nLord Caitanya beat Advaita Acarya for explaining SrTmad-Bhiigavatam from an impersonalist viewpoint opposed to the principles of bhakti-yoga, Acyutananda was\nalso present. Therefore all these incidents must have occurred only two or three\nyears before Lord Caitanya accepted the sannyiisa order. In the Caitanya-bhiigavata,\nAntya-kharr;Ja, Chapter Nineteen, it is stated that Acyutananda, the son of Advaita\nAcarya, offered his obeisances to the Lord. Therefore it should be concluded that\nfrom the very beginning of his life Acyutananda was a great devotee of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThere is no information that Acyutananda ever married, but he is described as the\nbiggest branch of the Advaita Acarya family. From a book named Sokhii-nirrayomrta\nit is understood that Acyutananda was a disciple of Gadadhara and that he took\nshelter of Lord Caitanya in Jagannatha Puri and engaged in devotional service. The\nCaitanya-caritiimrta, Adi-IT!ii, Chapter Ten, states that Acyutananda, the son of\nAdvaita Acarya, lived in Jagannatha Purr, taking shelter of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. Gadadhara Par:t<;lita, in the last years of his life, also lived with Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu at Jagannatha Purr. There is no doubt, therefore, that\nAcyutananda was a disciple of Pal)<;! ita Gadadhara. In the accounts of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's dancing in front of the car during the Rathayatra festival,\nAcyutananda's name is to be found many times. It is stated that in the party\nof Advaita Acarya from Santipura, Acyutananda was dancing and others were\nsinging. At that time the boy was only six years old. The Gaura-ganoddeSa-dipikii\ncompiled by Sri Kavi-karoapOra has described Acyutananda as a discip ie of Gadadhara\nPao<;lita and a great and dear devotee of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. According to\nthe opinion of some, he was an incarnation of Karttikeya, the son of Lord Siva,and\naccording to others he was formerly the gopinamed Acyuta. The Gaura-ga!JoddesadTpikii has supported both these opinions. Another book, Narottama-viliisa, compiled by Sri Narahari dasa, mentions Acyutananda's presence during the festival at\nKhetari. According to Sri Narahari dasa, during the last days of his life Acyutananda\nstayed in his house at Santipura, but during the presence of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu he lived at Jagannatha Puri with Gadadhara Pao<;lita.\nOf the six sons of Advaita Acarya, three, Acyutananda, Kr�r:ta Misra and Gopala\ndasa,lived faithfully in the service of Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Since Acyutananda did\nnot accept a wife, he had no issue. The second son of Advaita Acarya, Kr�r:ta Misra,\nhad two sons, Raghunatha Cakravarti and Dolagovinda. The descendants of\nRaghunatha still live in Santipura in the nieghborhoods of Madana-gopala-pa<;!a,\nGaoakara, Mrjapura and Kumarakhali. Dolagovinda had three sons, namely, Carida,\nKandarpa and Gopinatha. The descendants of Kandarpa live in Maldah in the village\nJikabagi. Gopinatha had three sons, Sri Yallabha, Pral)avallabha and Kesava. The\ndescendants of Sri Yallabha live in the villages known as Masiyagara (Mahi�agera),\nDamukadiya and Cao<;lipura. There is a genealogical table for the family of Sri\nYallabha beginning from his eldest son, Gariga-narayaoa. The descendants of Sri\nVallabha's youngest son, Ramagopala,still live in Damukadiya, Cao<;lipura, Solamari,\nand so on. The descendants of Pral)avallabha and Kesava live in Uthali. The son of\n\n", "adi3#p0036": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n12\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 12\n\nPral)avallabha was Ratnesvara, and his son was Kr�Qarama, whose youngest son was\n\nLak�mi-narayal)a.\n\nHis\n\nson was Navakisora, and Navakisora's second son was\n\nRamamohana, whose eldest son was Jagabandhu and whose third son, Viracandra,\n\naccepted the sannyosa order and established a Deity of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nin Katwa. These two sons of Ramamohana were known as Baqa Prabhu and Chota\n\nPrabhu, and they inaugurated the circumambulation of Navadvipa-dhama. One may\n\nrefer to the Vai�f)ava-maflju� for the complete geneological table of Advaita Prabhu\n\nin the line of Kr�Qa Misra.\n\nTEXT18\n\n\"fit<!!l-lftll �tf �t5�·1!ifi I\n\n�-<=�f$ �� ·� �5fl\" �lr\"\nkrgw-miva-nama ora acarya-tanaya\ncaitanya-gosafli boise yanhara hrdaya\nSYNONYMS\nkr�ra-misra-of the name Kr�Qa Misra; nama-name; ora-and; acarya-tanaya-the\n\nson of Advaita Acarya; caitanya-gosafii-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; boise-sits;\nyahhiira-in whose; h[daya-heart.\nTRANSLATION\nKr�l;l<l Misra was a son of Advaita Acarya. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu always sat\n\nin his heart.\n\nTEXT19\n\n!lt'Sft'ttlf·�tr;11 � .._mt� � I\n� 5B\\I, �il', � ft.._'! u �� u\nsri-gopala-name iira aciiryera suta\ntanhiira caritra, suna, atyanta adbhuta\nSYNONYMS\nsri-gopii/a-of the name Sri Gopala; name-by the name; ora-another; iicaryera­\n\nof Advaita Acarya; suta-son; tiihhiira\nvery; adbhuta-wonderful.\n\n-\n\nhis; caritra-cha racter; suna-hear; atyanta­\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Gopala was another son of Sri Advaita Acarya Prabhu. Now just hear about\n\nhis characteristics, for they are all very wonderful.\n\n", "adi3#p0037": "Text 21]\n\nExpansions of Advaita Acarya\n\n13\n\nPURPORT\nSri Gopala was one of the three devoted sons of Advaita Acarya. The Modhyo-lilii\n\nof Coitonyo-coritiim[to, Chapter Twelve, texts 143 through 149, describe his life and\ncharacter.\nTEXT 20\n\n•f-oJ1·\"� qt. 'llll_t� I\n�� $ � � '�\"·�t� n �· n\ngw;ujicii-mondire mohiiprobhuro sommukhe\nkirtone nortono kore bo(lo premo-sukhe\nSYNONYMS\n\ngu(l[/icii-mondire-in the Gu�;�9ica mondiro in Jagannatha Purl; mohiiprobhuro-of\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sommukhe-in front; kirtone-in sonkirtono; nortonodancing; kore-does; bo[lo-very much; premo-sukhe- in transcendental bliss.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Caitanya personally cleansed the G ur;�9ica mandira in Jagannatha\nPuri, Gopala danced in front of the Lord with great love and happiness.\nPURPORT\nThe Gur;�9ica mondiro is situated in Jagannatha Puri, and every year J agannatha,\nBalabhadra and Subhadra come there from the Jagannatha temple to stay for eight\ndays. When Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu lived at Jagannatha Purl, every year He\npersonally c;leansed this temple with His principal devotees. The Gu(l(/icii-morjono\n\nchapter of Coitonyo-coritamrto describes this vividly.\nTEXT 21\n\n�tt�� (;'t� ....._� $ I\n\ntt ''Sft'ft� '�fl' �tt'f, wt\"fi{� � 11 �� n\nniinii-bhiivodgomo dehe odbhuto nortono\ndui gosiifii 'hori' bole, iinondito mono\n\nSYNONYMS\nniinii-various; bhiivo-udgomo-ecstatic symptoms; dehe-in the body; odbhutowonderful; nortono- dancing; dui gosiii'ii-the two gosiii'lis (Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nand Advaita Prabhu); hori bole\n\n-\n\nchant Hare Kr��a; iinondito-pleased; mono- mind.\n\n", "adi3#p0038": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n14\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch 12\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Advaita Prabhu danced and chanted the\nHare Kr�1.1a mantra, there were various ecstatic symptoms in Their bodies, and Their\nminds were very pleased.\nTEXT 22\n\ni1tfit� i1t� c;'Stt'f'ttl dlf � I\n�t� 9f�, c;�� �� �\"'� II �� II\nniicite niicite gopiila ha-ifa murcchita\nbhumete par;Jila, dehe niihika sarhvita\nSYNONYMS\n\nniicite-·while dancing; niicite-while dancing;gopii/a-the son of Advaita Prabhu;\nha-i/a-became;murcchita-unconscious;bhumete-on the ground;pa(ji/a-fell down;\n\ndehe-in the body; niihika-there was no; sarhvita-knowledge (consciousness).\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile all of them danced, Gopala, dancing and dancing, fainted and fell to the\nground unconscious.\n.TEXT 23\n\n·=�� � �t� '1ia � lllfP11\nt.,-t � �file.tQ 1ft � II �� II\ndul;khita ha-i/ii iiciirya putra kole lai'lii\nrak�ii kare nrsirhhera mantra par;fiyii\nSYNONYMS\n\ndul;khita-unhappy;ha-i/ii-became; iiciirya-Advaita Prabhu;putra-His son; kole\n-on\n\nthe\n\nlap; /ana-taking; rak�ii- p rotection; kare-does; nrsirhhera-of\n\nNrsimha; mantra-the h y m n ; par;fiyii-b y chanting.\n\nLord\n\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya Prabhu became very unhappy. Taking His son on His lap, He\nbegan to chant the Nrsimha mantra for his protection.\nTEXT 24\n\ni{11fl q � .,..wt1f, i11 Q � I\n\n..-t�tt� t:t� �� ��i1 � n �e 11\n\n", "adi3#p0039": "Text 26]\n\nExpansions of Advaita Acarya\n\n15\n\nnanii mantra papena acarya, na haya cetana\niicaryera du{lkhe vai�rova karena krandana\nSYNONYMS\nnona-various; mantra-hymns; papena-chants; a carya-Advaita Acarya;na-not;\nhaya-became; cetana-conscious; acaryera-of A dvaita Acarya; du{lkhe-in unhappiness; vai�rova-all the Vai�r;�avas; karena-do; krandana-cry.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya chanted various mantras, but Gopala did not come to consciousness. Thus all the Vai�r;�avas present cried in sorrow at His plight.\nTEXT 25\n\n� �12ft_, o;ltJ �'f � 'lfl' I\n'\n\nIM, c;1tt'tr\",' �..\" � '�ft' 'm' 11 �t n\ntabe mahiJprabhu, tiinra hrde hasta dhari'\n'ufhoha, gopiila,' kai/a bola 'hari' 'hari'\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-at that time; mahaprabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tiinra-His; hrdeon the heart; hasta-hand; dhari'-keeping; ufhoha-get up;gopii/a-My dear Gopala;\nkai/a-did say;bala-chant;hari hari-the holy name of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabh u then put His hand on the chest of Gopala and told\nhim, \"My dear Gopala, get up and chant the holy name of the Lord!\"\nTEXT 26\n\n�ff (;1tt'ft'f l2!t.f -.rllf .,.f.{ ��' I\nWtlil� �$1 � � �fl.,.f.{ II �� II\n•\n\nufhila gopiila prabhura sparSa-dhvani Suni'\niinandita hanii sabe kare hari-dhvani\nSYNONYMS\nufhila-got up; gopiila-of the name Gopala; prabhura-of the Lord; sparSa-touch;\ndhvani-sound; Suni' hearing; iinandita-j ubi I ant; hana-becoming; sabe-all; kare-\n\ndid;hari-dhvani-chanting of the Hare Kr�pa moho-mantra.\n\n", "adi3#p0040": "16\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he heard this sound and felt the touch of the lord, Gopala immediately\ngot up, and all the Vai��;�avas chanted the Hare Kr��;�a maha-mantra in jubilation.\nTEXT 27\n\n���-1\\..mr\n..-R 'i.• -��, ��\"'Ill' ift1l 11 �\" n\niiciiryera iira putra-sri-balariima\niira putra- 'svarflpa'-Siikhii, 'iagadisa' niima\n\nSYNONYMS\niiciiryera-of Srila Advaita Acarya; lira-another; putra-son; sri-balariima-of the\nname Sri Balarama; iira putra-another son; svarupa-of the name Svarupa; siikhiibranch ; jagadi5a nOma-of the name jagadisa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe other sons of Advaita Acarya were Sri Balarama, Svarupa and jagadi5a.\nPURPORT\nThe Sanskrit book Advaita-carita states that Balarama, Svarupa and jagadisa were\nthe fourth, fifth and sixth sons of Advaita Acarya. Therefore SrT Advaita Acarya\nhad six sons. Balarama, Svarupa and J agadisa, being smartas or Mayavadis, were rejected by Vai:;(lava society. Sometimes Mayavadis pose themselves as Vai�Qavas, or\nworshipers of Lord Vi:;(lu, but actually they do not believe in Lord Vi�(lu as the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, for they consider demigods like Lord Siva, Durga,\nthe sun-god and Ga(lesa equal to Him. They are generally known as pancopasakasmiirtas, and one should not count them among the Vai�(lavas.\nBalarama had three wives and nine sons. The youngest son of his first wife was\nknown as MadhusiJdana Gosvami. He took the title Bhanacarya and accepted the\npath of the smiirta or Mayavada philosophy. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura\nnotes that the son of Gosvami Bhattacarya, Sri Radharamal)a Gosvami Bhanacarya,\nrefused the title gosviimi because it is generally meant for sannyasis, those who have\ntaken the renounced order of life. One who is still in family life should not misuse\nthe title gosvami. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura did not recognize the\ncaste gosviimis because they were not in the line of the six Gosvamis in the renounced\norder who were direct disciples of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu-namely, Srlla Rupa\nGosvami, Srila Sanatana Gosvami, Srila Bhatta Raghunatha Gosvami, Sri Gopala\nBhaHa Gosvami, Sri j iva Gosvami and Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami. Srila\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura said that the grbasthiisrama, or the status of\nfamily life, is a sort of concession for sense gratification. Therefore a grhastha should\nnot falsely adopt the title gosviimi. The ISKCON movement has never conferred the.\n\n", "adi3#p0041": "Expansions of Advaita Acarya\n\nText 29]\n\n17\n\ntitle gosviimi upon a householder. Although all the sannyiisis we have initiated in\nISKCON are young, we have awarded them the titles of the renounced order of life,\n\nsviimi and gosviimi, because they have completely dedicated their lives to preach the\ncult of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakur a mentions\nthat not only do the householder caste gosviimis disrespect the title gosviimi, but\nalso, following the principles of the smiirta Raghunandana, they exhibit great foolishness by burning a straw image of Advaita Acarya in a sriiddha ceremony, thus\n\nacting as Rak�asas and disrespecting the cause of Hari-bhakti-viliiso, which is the guide\nfor Vai�r;�avas. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura says that sometimes these\n\nsmiirta caste gosviimis write books on Vai�r;�ava philosophy or commentaries on the\noriginal scriptures, but a pure devotee should cautiously avoid reading them.\nTEXT 28\n\n'..rr-.-r. Mt�'-i1t1f .-.t511tf-.q I\n\n�-� �- �� '1ttW' n �r a\n'kamaliikiinta visviisa '-niima iiciirya-kinkara\niiciirya-vyavahiira saba-tiinhiira gocara\nSYNONYMS\n\nkamaliikiinta visviisa\n\n-\n\nof the name Kamalakanta Visvasa; niima -name; iiciirya­\n\nkinkara-ser vant of Advaita Acarya; iiciirya-vyavahiira-the dealings of Advaita\nAcarya; saba-all; tiinhara-his; gocara-within the knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya's very c onfidential servant named Kamalakanta Visvasa knew all\nthe dealings of Advaita Acarya.\nPURPORT\nThe name Kamalananda mentioned in the Adi-lnii ( 1 0.149) and the name\nKamalakanta mentioned in the Madhya-fila (1 0.94) both refer to the same man.\nKamalakanta, a very confidential servant of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu born in a\n\nbriihmara family, engaged in the service of Sri Advaita Acarya as His secretary.\nWhen\n\nParamananda\n\nPurT\n\nwent from NavadvTpa to\n\nJagannatha PurT, he took\n\nKamalakanta Visvasa with him, and they both went to see Lord Caitanya at\nJagannatha PurL It is mentioned in the Madhya-filii ( 10.94) that one of the devotees\nof Lord Caitanya, a briihmara, Kamalakanta, went with Paramananda PurT to\nJagannatha PurT.\nTEXT 29\n\n�ftl'f ,iit�1 cJI. 'ffiR1 fiffq11\n$t'AIItn 'Pft-t fiftf 'tttb1 n �� n\n\n", "adi3#p0042": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n18\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 12\n\nniloca/e tehho eka patriko likhiya\n\npratoparudrera po5a dila pafhaiyo\nSYNONYMS\nni/oca/e-at\n\nJagannatha\n\nPuri;\n\ntehho-Kamalakanta;\n\neka-one; patriko-note;\n\nlikhiyo-writing; pratoparudrera-Prataparudra Maharaja; posa-addressed to him;\n\ndi/a pilfhaiyo-sent.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Kamalakanta Visvasa was in Jagannatha Puri, he sent a note through\n\nsomeone to Maharaja Prataparudra.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n�..m ....1�Mfi��l\n'�� 'ftt-. c;�l ?lilt �tbf �� II -e• II\nsei patrira katha ilcorya nohi jone\n\nkona pake sei patri oila prabhu-sthone\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei patrira-of that note; katho-information; acarya-Sri Advaita Acarya; nohi­\n\ndoes not; jone-know; kana-somehow or other; pake-by means; sei-that; patri­\n\nnote; oi/a-came; prabhu-sthone-in the hand of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n\nNo one knew of that note, but somehow or other it reached the hands of Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n'�'I���--�·�, fil'f� I\n...11'1 ..Wft� -.ffttt 'It� II -e� II\nse patrite /ekho oche-ei ta' likhana\n\nisvaratve acaryere kariyoche sthopana\nSYNONYMS\nse-that; patrite-in the note; lekho ache-it is written; ei ta'-this; likhana­\n\nwriting; isvaratve-in the place of the Supreme\n\nAcarya; kariyoche-established; sthopana-situation.\n\nLord; ocoryere-unto Advaita\n\n", "adi3#p0043": "Text\n\n34]\n\nExpansions of Advaita Acarya\n\n19\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat\n\nnote\n\nestablished\n\nAdvaita\n\nAcarya\n\nas\n\nan incarnation of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead.\nTEXT\n\n32\n\n�. �tf � f�i �� ..-t I\n..-t (;�tf 5-tr. I!'J1 �� II � II\nkintu tiinro doive kichu ho-iyiiche [(IO\n\n[(10 sodhibiire ciihi tonkii sato-tino\nSYNONYMS\nkintu-but; tiinro-His; daive-in due course of time; kichu\n\n-\n\nsome; ho-iyiiche­\n\nthere was;rro-debt;rro-debt; sodhibiire-to liqui date; ciihi-1 want; tankii-rupees;\nsata-tino-about three hundred.\nTRANSLATION\nBut it also mentioned that Advaita Acarya had recently incurred a debt of about\nthree hundred rupees that Kamalakanta Visvasa wanted to liquidate.\nTEXT\n\n33\n\n\"fJI \"ff.-.n � 11tit � 1:., I\n\n�� �qf f� � Rl'l., II �II\npotro pa�iyii probhuro mane haifa dulykho\nbiihire hiisiyii kichu bole condro-mukho\nSYNONYMS\npatro\n\n-\n\nnote; po�iyii-reading; prabhuro-of Lord Caitanya M ahaprabhu ; mane-in\n\nthe mind; haifa\n\n-\n\nbecame; dulykho\n\n-\n\nu n happi n ess; biihire-e x ternally; hiisiyii-smil i ng;\n\nkichu-someth i ng; bale-say s; condra-mukha-the moon-faced.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu became unhappy upon reading the note, although His\nface still shone as brightly as the moon. Thus, smiling, He spoke as foll ows.\nTEXT\n\n34\n\n�� •tf'Artt• •mn � 1\n•t-r '\"� �, �rntl � � 11 �s n\n-\n\n", "adi3#p0044": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n20\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 12\n\niicaryere sthiipiyiiche kariyii i�vara\nithe do� niihi, iiciirya-daivata i�vara\n\nSYNONYMS\niiciiryere-unto Sri Advaita Acarya; sthiipiyiiche-he established; kariyii-mentioning; i�vara-as the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ithe-in this; do�a-fault; niihithere is not; iiciirya-Advaita Acarya; daivata i�vara-He is actually the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"He has established Advaita Acarya as an incarnation of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. There is nothing wrong in this, for He is indeed the Lord Himself.\nTEXT 35\n\nt1,111 � -.ft' -.fbttl f'� I\n�IJI�\" -.flt ..� � II -e>t II\ni�varera dainya kari' kariyiiche bhik�ii\nataeva darf/a kari' kariiiba �ik%\n\nSYNONYMS\ni�varera-of\nestablishing;\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nkariyiiche-has\n\nPersonality\ndone;\n\nof\n\nGodhead; dainya-po v erty; kari'­\n\nbhik�ii-begging;\n\nataeva-therefore;\n\ndarf/a­\n\npunishment; kari'-giving him; kariiiba-shall cause; �ik�a-instruction.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"But he has made the incarnation of Godhead a poverty-stricken beggar. Therefore\nI shall punish him for his correction.\"\nPURPORT\nTo describe a man as an incarnation of God, or Narayat;�a, and at the same time\npresent him as poverty-stricken is contradictory, and it is the greatest offense. The\nMayavadi philosophers, engaged in the missionary work of spoiling the Vedic culture\nby preaching that everyone is God, describe a poverty-stricken man as daridraniiriiyara, or \"poor Narayat;�a.\" Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu never accepted such\nfoolish and unauthorized ideas. He strictly warned, miiyiiviidi-bhii�ya �unile haya\nsarva-nii�a: \"Anyone who follows the principles of Mayavada philosophy is certainly\ndoomed.\" Such a fool needs to be reformed by punishment.\nAlthough it is contradictory to say that the Supreme Personality of Godhead or\nHis incarnation is poverty-stricken, we find in the revealed scriptures that when the\nLord incarnated as Vamana, He begged some land from Maharaja Bali. Everyone\nknows, however, that Vamanadeva was not at all poverty-stricken. His begging from\n\n", "adi3#p0045": "Text 37]\n\nExpansions of Advaitil Acarya\n\n21\n\nMaharaja Bali was a device to favor him. When Maharaja Bali actually gave the land,\nVamanadeva exhibited His all-powerful position by covering the three worlds with\nthree steps. One should not accept the so-called daridra-ntirtiyaras as incarnations\nbecause they are completely unable to show the opulence of the genuine incarnations of God.\nTEXT 36\n\n<.;'Stt�\"\"Cit ..rat fif'f, -\"t•.-t � � I\n�'fimi �t\"Df �flf1 if! fif� ..-tfitti5 n\" �� n\ngovindere iijflii dila, - \"inhii tiji haite\nbouliyo visvase etho no dibe osite\"\nSYNONYMS\n\ngovindere-unto Govinda; iijilii di/a-ordered; inhii-to this place; iiji-today; haite\n-from; biiuliyii-the Mayavadi; visviise-unto Kamalakanta Visvasa; ethii - here; nodo not; dibe-allow; iisite-to come.\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\nLord ordered Govinda,\n\n\"From today on, do not allow that\n\nbauliya\n\nKamalakanta Visvasa to come here.\"\nPURPORT\nThe biiu/iyiis, or biiulas, are one of thirteen unauthorized sects that pass as followers of Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The Lord ordered Govinda, His personal assistant,\nnot to allow Kamalakanta Visvasa to come in His presence because he had become\na biiufiyii. Thus although the biiula-sampradoya, oufa-sampradoya and sahajiyo­\n\nsampradiiya, as well as the smiirtas, jiita-gosiifiis, atibapis, cflf/iidhiir7s and gauriinganiigaris, claim to belong to the disciplic succession of Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the\nLord actually rejected them.\nTEXT 37\n\n� ��' '�tJI' �bf 'tl1f t:f� I\n\n,fim1 �\"�� \"�\" n\ndarfla suni' 'visviisa' ha-ifa parama duflkhita\nsuniyo prabhura darfla iiciirya har�ita\nSYNONYMS\ndarpa-punishment; suni'-hearing; visviisa-Kamalakanta Visvasa; ha-ifa-became;\nparama-very\n\nmuch;\n\nduflkhita-unhappy;\n\nsuniyii-hearing;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nLord\n\n", "adi3#p0046": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n22\n\nCaitanya\n\nhar�ita\n\n-\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 12\n\nMahaprabhu; darpa-punishment; acarya-Sri Advaita Acarya Prabhu;\n\nvery much pleased.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen\n\nKamalakanta\n\nVisvasa\n\nheard about this punishment by Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, he was very much unhappy, but when Advaita Prabhu heard about it,\nHe was greatly pleased.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gTta the Lord says, soma 'harh sarva-bhute�u na me dve�yo 'sti na\n\npriya(l: \"I envy no one, nor am I partial to anyone. I am equal to all.\" (Bg. 9.29)\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead being equal to everyone, no one can be His\nenemy, nor can anyone be His friend . Since everyone is a part or son of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, the Lord cannot partially regard someone as a friend and\nsomeone as an enemy. Thus when Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu punished Kamarakanta\nVisvasa by no longer allowing him to come in His presence, although the punishment\n\nwas actually very hard on him, S ri Advaita Prabhu, understanding the inner meaning\nof such punishment, was happy because He appreciated that the Lord had actually\nfavored Kamalakanta Visvasa. Therefore he was not at all unhappy. Devotees should\nalways be happy with all the dealings of their master, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead. A devotee may be put into difficulty or opulence, but he should accept\nboth as gifts of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and jubilantly engage in the\nservice of the Lord in all circumstances.\nTEXT 38\n\n�t'Dl� OfJ�,-'{fif � 'et'StJ� I\nc;�� OfJfPr -� � ·� II �,- II\nvisvasere kahe,-tumi bapa bhagyavan\ntomare karila darpa prabhu bhagavan\n\nSYNONYMS\nvisvasere-unto Kamalakanta Visvasa; kahe-said; tumi\n\n-\n\nyou; bapa-very much;\n\nbhiigya van-fortunate; tomare-unto you; karila-did; darpa-punishment; prabhuthe Lord; bhagavan- the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing Kamalakanta Visvasa unhappy, Advaita Acarya Prabhu told him, \"You are\n\ngreatly fortunate to have been punished by the Supreme Lord, the Personality of\n\nGodhead, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "adi3#p0047": "Text 40)\n\nExpansions of Advaita Acarya\n\n23\n\nPURPO RT\nThis is an authoritative judgment by Sri Advaita Prabhu. He clearly advises that\none should not be unhappy when reverses come upon him by the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. A devotee should always be happy to receive the\nfortune awarded him by the Supreme Lord, which seems pleasant or unpleasant according to one's judgment.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n·������'PI� I\n-� 9ftl' 1fti' ..tfif �.: ..1!1t� \" -e� \"\npurve mohiiprobhu more koreno sommiino\ndu!Jkho piii' mane ilmi koilufl onum'iino\nSYNONYMS\npflrve-previously; mohiiprobhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; more-unto Me;\nkoreno-does; sommiino-respect; du!Jkha-unhappy; peW-becoming; mane-in the\nmind; iimi-1; kailufl-made; anumiina-a plan.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Formerly Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu always respected Me as His senior, but I\ndid not like such respect. Therefore, My mind being afflicted by unhappiness, I\nmade a plan.\nTEXT 40\n\n�-(;- ��' �����I\nilll._� �-1 � � � �'llf� n 8° \"\nmukti-sre�.tha kari' kainu viisiHha vyiikhyiina\nkruddha hanii prabhu more kai/a opomiina\nSYNONYMS\nmukti-liberation; sre�tha-the topmost; kari'-accepting; kainu-i did; viisi�tha­\n\nx\n\nthe book known as Yoga-viisi�tha; vyiikhyiina-e p la n ation; kruddha-angry; haMbecoming; prabhu-the Lord; more-unto Me; kaila-did; apamiina-disrespect\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus I expounded the Yoga-vasi�tha, which considers liberation the ultimate goal\nof life. For this the Lord became angry at Me and treated Me with apparent disrespect.\n\n", "adi3#p0048": "'\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n24\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 12\n\nPURPORT\nThere is a book of the name Yogo-viisi�.tha that Mayavadis greatly favor because it\nis full of impersonal misunderstandings regarding the Supreme Personality of Godhead, with no touch of Vai�Qavism. Factually, all Vai�Qavas should avoid such a book,\nbut Advaita Acarya Prabhu, wanting punishment from the Lord, began to support\nthe impersonal statements of the Y oga-viisiHha. Thus Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nbecame extremely angry at Him and seemingly treated Him disrespectfully.\n\nTEXT 41\n\n'f� 'tf$1 �.. <;II'Rr 'tJat �... I\n� � 'ttbf 'et�\n\n�'f\"' II 8� II\n\ndarpa piiflii haifa mora parama iinanda\nye darpa piiifa bhiigyaviin sri-mukunda\n\nSYNONYMS\ndar(ia piiflii-receiving the punishment; haifa-became; mora-My; parama-very\ngreat; iinanda- happiness ; ye dar (la-the punishment; piiifa-got; bhiigyaviin-the\n\nmost fortunate; sr7-mukunda-of the name Sri Mukunda.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When chastised by Lord Caitanya, I was very happy to receive a punishment\nsimilar to that awarded Sri Mukunda.\n\nPURPORT\nSri Mukunda, a great friend and associate of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, used to\nvisit many places where people were against the V ai�Qava cult. When Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu came to know of this, He punished Mukunda, forbidding him to see\nHim again. Although Caitanya Mahaprabhu was soft like a flower, He was also strict\n\nlike a thunderbolt, and everyone was afraid to allow Mukunda to come again into\nthe presence of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Mukunda, therefore, being very sorry,\n\nasked his other friends whether he would one day be allowed to see Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. When the devotees brought this inquiry to Lord Caitanya, the Lord replied, \"Mukunda will get permission to see Me after many millions of years.\" When\nthey gave this information to Mukunda, he danced with jubilation, and when Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu heard that Mukunda was so patiently waiting to meet Him\nafter millions of years, He immediately asked him to return. There is a statement\nabout this punishment of Mukunda in the Caitanya-bhiigavata, Madhya-17/ii, Tenth\nChapter.\n\n", "adi3#p0049": "25\n\nExpansions of Advaita Acarya\n\nText 43]\n\nTEXT 42\n\n� 'f� 9ftbf llllfit '61'� I\n� 'f� l$ft'f � \"\"t• � m II 8� II\nye darr;Ja piiila sri-saci bhiigyavati\nse darr;Ja prasiida anya loka piibe kati\nSYNONYMS\nye darrja-the punishment; piiila-got; sri-saci bhiigyava ti-the most fortunate\nmother Sacidevi; se darrja the same punishment; prasiida-favor; anya-other;\n/aka-person; piibe-can get; kati-how.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"A similar punishment was awarded to mother Sacidevi. Who could be more\nfortunate than she to receive such punishment?\"\nPURPORT\n\nMother Sacidevi was similarly punished, as mentioned in the Caitanya-bhiigavata,\nMadhya-filii, Chapter Twenty-two. Mother Sacidevi, apparently showing her feminine\n\nnature, accused Advaita Prabhu of encouraging her son to become a sannyasi.\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, taking this accusation as an offense, asked Sacidevi to touch\nthe lotus feet of Advaita Acarya to mitigate the offense she had supposedly committed.\nTEXT 43\n\nIf!\\! �' �t1i i!m �� �t'l 1\n\n�� �� �'f �12tt_·9ftllf II 8� II\neta kahi' iiciirya tiinre kariyii iisviisa\niinandita ha-iyii iii/a mahiiprabhu-piisa\nSYNONYMS\neta kahi -speaking thus; iiciirya- S ri Advaita Acarya Prabhu; tiinre-unto\nKamalakanta Visvasa; kariyii-doing; iisviisa-pacification; iinan dita happy ; ha-iyiibecoming; iii/a-went;mahiiprabhu-piisa-to the place of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n'\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter pacifying Kamalakanta Visvasa in this way, Sri Advaita Acarya Prabhu went\nto see Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "adi3#p0050": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n26\n\n[ Adi-lila , Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 44\n\n��· �,- �� en -,_r. IJI � 1\n� � $ftlf� ·� �111 88 II\nprabhuke kahena-tomiira nii bujhi e ITiii\niimii haite prasada-piitra karilii kamala\nSYNONYMS\nprabhuke-unto the Lord;kahena-says; tomiira-Your; nii-do not;bujhi-1 understand; e- these; IT/a- pastimes; lima-Myself; haite-more than; prasiida-piitra-object\nof favor; karilii- You did; kamala-unto Kamala Visvasa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Advaita Acarya told Lord Caitanya, \"I cannot understand Your transcendental\n\npastimes. You have shown more favor to Kamalakanta than You generally show to\n\nMe.\n\nTEXT 45\n\n�t�f.: � � il'tll11 $ft'f I\n�tJ(tf �ft'i �t[i{ f� �'l �� II 8� II\niimiireha kabhu yei nii haya prasiida\ntomiira carare ami ki kainu apariidha\nSYNONYMS\niimiireha-even upon Me;kabhu-at any time;yei-that; nii-never; haya-becomes;\nprasiida-favor; tomiira carare-at Your lotus feet; iimi-1; ki-what; kalnu-have\ndone; apariidha-offense.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The favor You have shown Kamalakanta is so great that even to Me You have\n\nnever shown such favor. What offense have I committed at Your lotus feet so as not\n\nto be shown such favor?\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a reference to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu's former punishment of Advaita\n\nAcarya. When Advaita Acarya Prabhu was reading Yoga-viiSi�.tha, Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu beat Him, but He never told Him not to come in His presence. But\nKamalakanta was punished with the order never to come in the Lord's presence.\n\nTherefore Sri Advaita Acarya Prabhu wanted to impress upon Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nthat He had shown more favor to Kamalakanta Visvasa because He had prohibited\n\n", "adi3#p0051": "Expansions of Advaita A carya\n\nText 48)\n\n27\n\nKamalakanta from seeing Him, whereas He had not done so to Advaita Acarya.\nTherefore the favor shown Kamalakanta Visvasa was greater than that\n\nshown\n\nAdvaita Acarya.\nTEXT 46\n\n�\\! \"�' �t� �f� \"tHt'li I\n\n<;;qtff1l�1 ��'ft�� 121'11 � II 8� II\neta suni' mahiiprabhu hiisite fiigifii\nbofiiiyii kamafiikiinte prasanna ha-ifa\nSYNONYMS\neta suni -thus hearing; mahiiprabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; htisite-to\n'\n\nlaugh; fiigifii-began; bofiiiyti-calling; kamaftikiinte-unto Kamalakanta; prasannasatisfied; ha-ifii- became.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu laughed with satisfac tion and immediately called Kamalakanta Visvasa.\nTEXT 47\n\n��� ��' -�� <;•ti{ tift\" \"pt� I\n�· �<�itt«� �t� �t� ��llfi' II 8'l II\niictirya kahe, ihiike kene dile darasana\ndui prakiirete kare more viqambana\nSYNONYMS\niiciirya kahe-Sri Advaita Acarya said; ihtike-unto him;kene- why; dile-You gave;\ndarasana\n\n-\n\naudienc e; dui-two; prakiirete-in ways; kare-does; more-unto Me;\n\nviqambana-cheating.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya then said to Caitanya Mahaprabhu, \"Why have You called back\nthis man and allowed him to see You? He has cheated Me in two ways.\"\nTEXT 48\n\n��1 � 1fi' 12flll �-'f I\n\n�·� �-�fttl �·� (;Jf tft� II Sir II\nsuniyti prabhura mana prasanna ha-ifa\ndunhara antara-kathti dunhe se jtinifa\n\n", "adi3#p0052": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n28\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuniyo-hearing this; prabhura-of Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mana-mind;prasanna\n-satisfaction; ho -i/a\n\n-\n\nfelt; duilhiira-of both of Them; antara-kathii-confidentia(\n\ntalks; dw)he-both of Them; se-that;jiinila-could understand.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard this, His mind was satisfied. Only They could\nunderstand each other's minds.\nTEXT 49\n\n12ft_ ��'- ��flli1, �r;. �t� �� I\n�t51�11 \"�·'lt� � �tR II 8� II\nprabhu kahe-biiu/iyii, aiche kiihe kara\niiciiryera lajjii-dharma-hiini se iicara\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe -the Lord said; biiuliyii-one who does not know what is right; aiche\n-in that way; kiihe-why; kara-do; ociiryera-of Sri Advaita Acarya; /ajjii-privacy;\ndharma-religion; hiini-loss; se-that; iicara-you act.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu instructed Kamalakanta, \"You are a bauliya, one who\ndoes not know things as they are. Why do you act in this way? Why do you invade\nthe privacy of Advaita Acarya and damage His religious principles?\nPURPORT\nKamalakanta Visvasa, out of his ignorance, asked the King of jagannatha Puri,\nMaharaja Prataparudra, to liquidate the three-hundred-rupee debt of Advaita Acarya,\nbut at the same time he established Advaita Acarya as an incarnation of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. This is contradictory. An incarnation of the Supreme\nGodhead\n\ncannot\n\nbe\n\nindebted\n\nto\n\nanyone\n\nin\n\nthis\n\nmaterial world.\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu is never satisfied by such a contradiction, which is technically called\n\nrasabhiisa, or overlapping of one humor (rasa) with another. This is the same type\nof idea as the contradiction that Narayaf)a is poverty-stricken (daridra-noriiyoro).\nTEXT 50\n\n121�� � �1 ��� � I\nMctilt ... � .t 0 ���II �0 II\npratigraha kabhu nii karibe riija-dhana\nvi�ayira anna khoile duJ_ta haya mana\n\n", "adi3#p0053": "Text 51]\n\nExpansions of Advaita Acarya\n\n29\n\nSYNONYMS\npratigraha-accepting of alms; kabhu-any time; no-not; karibe-should do; rajadhana-charity by kings; vi�ayTra-of men who are materialistic; anna-foodstuffs;\nkhaile-by eating; du�.ta-polluted; haya-becomes; mana-mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Advaita Acarya, My spiritual master, should never accept charity from rich\nmen or kings because if a spiritual master accepts money or grains from such materialists his mind becomes polluted.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is very risky to accept money or foodstuffs from materialistic persons, for such\nacceptance pollutes the mind of the charity's recipient. According to the Vedic\nsystem, one should give charity to sannyasTs and brahmaras because one who thus\ngives charity becomes free from sinful activities. Formerly, therefore, brilhmaras\nwould not accept charity from a person unless he were very pious. Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu gave this instruction for all spiritual masters. Materialistic persons\nwho are not inclined to give up their sinful activities like illicit sex, intoxication,\ngambling and meat-eating sometimes want to become our disciples, but, unlike\nprofessional spiritual masters who accept disciples regardless of their condition,\nVai�Qavas do not accept such cheap disciples. One must at least agree to abide by\nthe rules and regulations for a disciple before a Vai�r,1ava ilcilrya can accept him. In\nfact, a Vai�r,1ava should not even accept charity or foodstuffs from persons who do\nnot follow the rules and regulations of the Vai�l)ava principles.\nTEXT 51\n\n11i1ti �t'f i1t.: �� 'Ill'! I\n\"� f� .:t fi1\"f5ff �i1 II t� II\nmana du�,ta ha-ile nahe kr�rera smarara\nkr�ra-smrti vinu haya ni�pha/a jTvana\n\nSYNONYMS\nmana-mind; du�,ta-polluted; ha-ile-becoming; nahe-is not possible; kr�reraof Lord Kr�J;ta; smarara-remembrance; kr�ra-smrti-remembrance of Lord Kr�J;ta;\nvinu-without; haya-becomes; ni�phala\n\n-\n\nwithout any result ; jivana-life.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When one's mind is polluted, it is very difficult to remember Kr�l)a; and when\nremembrance of Lord Kr�r:�a is hampered, one's life is unproductive.\n\n", "adi3#p0054": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n30\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 12\n\nPURPORT\n\nA devotee should always be alert, keeping his mind in a sanguine state so that he\n\ncan always remember Lord Sri Kp�r:�a. The siistras state, smartavyaf:l satatarh vi�ruf:l:\nin\n\ndevotional\n\nlife\n\none should always remember\n\nLord Vi�t;�u. Srila Sukadeva\n\nGosvami also advised Maharaja Parik�it, smartavyo nityasaf:l. In the Second Canto,\nFirst Chapter, of Srimad-Bhiigavatam, Sukadeva Gosvami advised Parik�it Maharaja:\n\ntasmiid bhiirata sarviitmii bhagaviin isvaro hari/:1\nsrotavyaf:l kirtitavyas ca smartavyas cecchatiibhayam\n\"0 descendant of King Bharata, one who desires to be free from all miseries must\n\nhear, glorify and also remember the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the\nSupersoul, the controller and the savior from all miseries.\" (Bhiig.\n\n2.1.5) This is the\n\nsummary of all the activities of a Yai�t;�ava, and the same instruction is repeated here\n\n(kr�ra-smrti vinu haya ni�pha/a jivana). Srila Rupa Gosvami states in Bhaktirasiimrta-sindhu, avyartha-kiilatvam: A Yai�t;�ava must be very alert not to waste\n\neven a second of his valuable lifetime. This is a symptom of a Yai�t;�ava. But associa­\n\ntion with pounds-and-shillings men, or vi�ayTs, materialists who are simply interested\nin sense gratification, pollutes one's mind and hampers such continuous remembrance of Lord Kr�rJa. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu therefore advised, asat-sangatyaga-ei vaigwva.:Ociira: a Yqi�nava should behave in such a way as to never assosiate with nondevotees or materialists (Cc. Madhya 22.87). One can avoid such association simply by always remembering Kr�t;�a within his heart.\nTEXT 52\n\n\"\"\"\"IWI Q, �-M Q �� I\n\n�li � ifl ��� � -� trt�' II �� II\n/oka-/ajjii haya, dharma-kirti haya hiini\naiche karma nii kariha kabhu ihii jiini'\nSYNONYMS\n\n/oka-lajjii-unpopularity;\n\nhaya-becomes;\n\ndharma-religion;\n\nkirti-reputation;\n\nhaya-becomes; hiini-damaged; aiche-such; karma-work; nii-do not;\n\nkariha­\n\nexecute; kabhu-ever; iha-this; jiini'-knowing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus one becomes unpopular in the eyes of the people in general, for this\ndamages his religiosity and fame. A Yai�r;�ava, especially one who acts as a spiritual\nmaster, must not act in such a way. One should always be conscious of this fact.\"\n\n", "adi3#p0055": "31\n\nExj>ansions of Advaita Acarya\n\nText 55)\n\nTEXT 53\n\n�- f-1..-1 JJ�-.t�, � 1lti' �.... I\n.-.rsr1i-,111'1ftt$11ti' �\"' 'Pftl.tl n � u\nei Sik�ii sabiikiire, sabe mane kaila\niiciirya-gosiifli mane iinanda pai/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; Sik� in stru ction; sabiikiire-for all; sabe-all present; mane-in the mind;\n-\n\nkaila-took it; iiciirya-gosiifii-Advaita Acarya; mane-within the mind; iinandapleasure; piiila-felt.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Caitanya Mahaprabhu gave this instruction to Kamalakanta, all present\nconsidered it to be meant for everyone. Thus Advaita Acarya was greatly pleased.\nTEXT 54\n\n�� ... ��tll2ft_11\"til � I\nl2f!.1 � �t-.J .sttftli � II <t8 II\niiciiryera abhipriiya prabhu-miitra bujhe\nprabhura gambhira viikya iiciirya samujhe\n\nSYNONYMS\niiciiryera-of Advaita Acarya; abhipriiya-intention ; prabhu-miitra-only Lord\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nbujhe-can\n\nunderstand;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nLord\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;gambhira-grave; viikya-instruction; iiciirya-Advaita .Acarya; samujhe\ncan understand.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnly Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu could understand the intentions of Advaita\nAcarya, and Advaita Acarya appreciated the grave instruction of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 55\n\n\\fl• i!' �tr;� ,..tr;1i �•i! �m 1\n�-�l('f.J·'fi!:� e«ft fir��� II tt II\nei ta' prastiibe iiche bahuta viciira\ngrantha-biihulya-bhaye niiri likhibiira\n\n", "adi3#p0056": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n32\n\n[Adi-lila , Ch. 12\n\nSYNONYMS\nei ta '-in this; prastabe -statement ; ache-there are; bahuta- m any; viciira-con­\n\nsiderations; grantha-of the book; bahu/ya-of the expansion; bhaye-out of fear;\nnari-1 do not; likhibara- write.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this statement there are many confidential considerations. I do not write of\nthem all, fearing an unnecessary increase in the volume of the book.\nTEXT 56\n\n..lif\"fe{tJf1{ -�� lift� I\ncitl -rt�·t9fllft..11 � U � II '\"' II\nSri-yadunandanaciirya-advaitera Sakhii\ntiiflra Sakha-upaSii khara niihi haya /ekhii\n\nSYNONYMS\nSri-yadunandanacarya-of the name Sri Yadunandana Acarya; advaitera-of Advaita\n\nAcarya;\n\nsiikha-branch;\n\ntaflra- his;\n\nSakha- branc hes;\n\nnahi- not ; haya-there i s; /ekha-wri ting .\n\nupaSakhara --sub-branc he s;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe fifth branch of Advaita Acarya was Sri Yadunandana Acarya , who had so\n\nmany branches and sub-branches that it is impossible to write of them.\n\nPURPORT\nYadunandana Acarya was the official initiator spiritual master of Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami. In other words, when Raghunatha dasa Gosvami was a householder,\nY adunandana Acarya initiated him at home. Later Raghunatha dasa Gosvamitook\nshelter of Sri Caitanya M ah aprabhu at J agannatha Puri.\n\nTEXT 57\n\n��'t� 1ft'ft '-i� ti'ttl •t� I\n\n���� .q�ttt• �AIJ·R'1 II t\" II\nvasudeva dattera teflho krpiira bhiijana\nsarva-bhave iiSriyache caitanya-carOI}O\n\n", "adi3#p0057": "Text 58]\n\nExpansiqns of Advaita Acarya\n\n33\n\nSYNONYMS\nviisudeva dattera-of Vasudeva\n\nDatta; tenho-he was; krpora-of the mercy;\n\nbhiijana-competent to receive; sarva�bhiive-in all respects; iisriyiiche-took shelter;\ncaitanya-carara-of the lotus feet of Lord Caitanya.\nTRANSLATJON\n\nSri Yadunandana Acarya was a student of Vasudeva Datta, and he received all his\nmercy. Therefore he could accept Lord Caitanya's lotus feet, from all angles of\nvision, as the supreme shelter.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Gaura-garoddesa-dipikii, verse 140, describes that Vasudeva Datta was formerly Madhuvrata, a singer in Vrndavana.\nTEXT 58\n\n�1fqtit1f, � �'f�� I\nfiiGI'ftflt �tfit1i, � �q � II �� II\nbhiigavatiiciirya, iira vi�rudiisiiciirya\ncakrapiJ[!i iiciirya, lira anonto iiciirya\nSYNONYMS\nbhiigavatiiciirya-of the name Bhagavata Acarya; iira -and; vi�rudiisiiciirya-of the\n\nname Vi�r;�udasa Acarya; cakrapiiri iiciirya-of the name Cakrapar;�i Acary a; ora\n\n-\n\nand;\n\nananta iiciirya-of the name Ananta Acarya.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nBhagavata Acarya, Vi�1.1udasa Acarya, Cakrapa1.1i Acarya and Ananta Acarya were\nthe sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth branches of Advaita Acarya.\n\n·\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn his Anubhii�ya Sri Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvatl Gosvami Prabhupada says that\nBhagavata Acarya was formerly among the followers of Advaita Acarya but was later\ncounted among the followers of Gadadhara PaQ<;Iita. The sixth verse of Siikhii­\n\nnirrayiimrta, a book written by Yadunandana dasa, states that Bhagavata Acarya com­\n\npiled a famous book of the name Prema..:tarangi[li. According to the Gaura-garoddesadipika, verse 195, Bhagavata Acarya formerly lived in Vrndavana as Sveta-maiijarL\n\nVi�1.1udasa Acarya was present during the Khetari-mahotsava. He went there with\nAcyutananda, as stated in the Bhakti-ratniikara, Tenth Tarango. Ananta Acarya was\none of the eight principal gopis. His former name was Sudevi. Although he was\n\n", "adi3#p0058": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n34\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 12\n\namong Advaita Acarya's followers, he later became an important devotee of\nGadadhara Gosvami.\nTEXT 59\n\ni{fllt�, ..a �ttt�, ��Jr 1\nIf(. �py, �a\" �e{11tf� II �� II\nnandini, iira kiimadeva, caitanya..<.Jiisa\ndurlabha visviisa, iira vanamiili-diisa\nSYNONYMS\nnandini-of the name Nandini; iira-and ; kiimadeva-of the name Kamadeva;\n\ncaitanya-diisa-of the name Caitanya dasa; durlabha visviisa-of the name Durlabha\nVi�vasa; iira-and ; vanamiili-diisa-of the name Vanamali dasa.\nTRANSLATION\nNandini, Kamadeva, Caitanya dasa, Durlabha Visvasa and Vanamali dasa were\n\nthe tenth, eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth and fourteenth branches of Sri Advaita\nAcarya.\n\nTEXT 60\n\ntr'5tltfll -.J, �tf � ·�til I\n•'\"�� (;lt-., � 'fPf ce�tqt II � o II\njaganniitha kara, iira kara bhavaniitha\nhrdayiinanda sena, iira diisa bholiiniitha\nSYNONYMS\njaganniitha kara-of the name Jagannatha Kara; iira-and; kara bhavaniitha-of the\nname Bhavanatha Kara;hrdayiinanda sena-of the name Hrdayananda Sena;ara-and;\ndiisa bho/iiniitha-of the name Bholanatha dasa.\nTRANSLATION\nJagannatha Kara, Bhavanatha Kara, Hrdayananda Sena and Bholanatha dasa were\n\nthe fifteenth, sixteenth, seventeenth and eighteenth branches of Advaita Acarya.\nTEXT 61\n\n�'PI, �tr'i'ft�, 1fPI tre{tl{-. I\n��'PI,���, 'ftJr i{ttt'i-1 II�� II\nyiidava..<.Jiisa, vijaya-diisa, diisajaniirdana\nananta..<.Jiisa, kiinu-par(lita, diisa niiriiyara\n\n", "adi3#p0059": "Text 63)\n\nExpansions of Advaita Acarya\n\n35\n\nSYNONYMS\nyadava-<iiisa-of the name Yadava d asa; vijaya-cliisa-of the name Vijaya d asa;\ndiisa janiirdana-of the name J anardana dasa;ananta-diisa-of the name Ananta d asa;\nkanu-parflita-of the name Kanu Pa�;�qita; diisa niiriiyara-of the name Nar ayana\nd asa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYadava dasa, Vijaya dasa, Janardana dasa, Ananta dasa, Kanu Pal)�ita and\nNaraya 1.1 a dasa were the nineteenth, twentieth, twenty -first, twenty -second, twenty­\n\nthird and twenty-fourth branches of Advaita Acarya.\nTEXT 62\n\n-�«.� 't��' al\"'l'tft .:fi1rt'l I\n'*1_11',:q1'fJI ai'Dtfl, � \"\"� II �� II\nsrivatsa pafJf/ita, brahmaciiri haridiisa\npuru�ottama brahmaciiri, iira kr�radiisa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsrivatsa pa(lf/ita-of the name Srivatsa Pa�;�<;lita; brahmaciiri haridiiso-of the name\nHaridasa Brahmacari; puru�ottama brahmacari-of the name Puru�ottama Brahmacari; ora- and; kr�radiisa-of the name Kr�1,1ad asa.\n\nTRANSLAT ION\nSrivatsa Pa1.1<;lita, Haridasa Brahmacari, Puru�ottama Brahmacari and Kt�Qadasa\nwere the twenty-fifth, twenty-sixth, twenty-seventh and twenty-eighth branches of\nAdvaita Acarya.\nTEXT 63\n\n'*1_11'rectl'fJI ��,���'II I\n� \"MI'er, �tJ �ift� II �� II\npuru�ottama parflita, iira raghuniitha\nvanamiili kavicandra, iira vaidyaniitha\n\nSYNONYMS\npuru�ottama parflita-of the name Puru�ottama Pa�;�<;lita; iira raghuniitha-and\nRaghunatha; vanamiili kavicandra-of the name Vanamali Kavicandra; iira- and;\n\nvaidyaniitha-of the name Vaidyanatha.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPuru�ottama Pa1.1<,iita, Raghunatha, Vanamali Kavicandra and Vaidyanatha were\nthe twenty-ninth, thirtieth, thirty-first and thirty-second branches of Advaita Acarya.\n\n", "adi3#p0060": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n36\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 64\n\nc;tt �� 't��, ._tf � 't�� I\n\n�Rif, \"''tf � 't�� II �8 II\nlokanatha p01;ujita, ora murari parflita\nSri-haricarara, ora madhava parflita\n\nSYNONYMS\nlokanatha parflita-of the name L o k anatha Par:�e;lita; ora-and; murari parflita-of\nthe name Murari Par:tc;lita; Sri-haricarara-of the name Sri HaricaraQa; ora- and;\nmadhava parflita-of the name Madhava Par:tc;lita.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLokanatha Par:tr;lita, Murari Par:tr;lita, Sri Haricaral)a and Madhava Par:u;lita �ere the\nthirty-third, thirty-fourth, thirty-fifth and thirty-sixth branches of Advaita Acarya.\nTEXT 65\n\n� 't�'!, ..-r• 't�� lim 1\n��'0 ...�-tt-rl fl � ift1( II �� II\nvijaya parflita, lira parflita SrTriima\nasonkhya advaita-Sakha kata la-iba nama\n\nSYNONYMS\nvijaya-parflita-of the name Vijaya Par:�e;lita; ora-and; parflita Sririima-of the\nname Srirama Par:tc;lita; asankhya-inn u merab l e; advaita-Sakha-branches of Advaita\nAcarya; kata-how many; /a iba shal l I enumerate; nama-their names.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nVijaya PaQc;lita and Srirama PaQc;lita were two important branches of Advaita\nAcarya. There are innumerable branches, but I am unable to mention them all.\nPURPORT\nSince Srivasa Par:tc;lita was an incarnation of Narada Muni, his younger brother,\nSrirama Pal)c;lita, is accepted as an incarnation of Parvata Muni, Narada Muni's most\nintimate friend.\nTEXT 66\n\nlftfir\"\" � �-� �t'Sttlt I\n� IIPt'{ m -tt�1,-!'f .., 9f11111 �� 11\n•\n\n", "adi3#p0061": "Text 68]\n\nExpansions of Advaita Acarya\n\n37\n\nmoli.<fatta ja/a advaita-skandha yogoya\nsei jale jiye �iikhil,-phula-phala poya\nSYNONYMS\nmoli-datta-given by the gardener;ja/a-water; advaita-skandha-the branch known\n\nas Advaita Acarya; yogoya-supplies; sei-by that; ja/e- water; }7ye-lives; siikhii­\n\nbranches; phula-phala-fruits and flowers; poya-grow.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Advaita Acarya branch received the water supplied by the original gardener,\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. In this way, the sub-branches were nourished, and their\n\nfruits and flowers grew luxuriantly.\n\nPURPORT\nThe branches of Advaita Acarya nourished by the water (jala) supplied by S rT\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu are to be considered bona fide ocoryas. As we have discussed\nhereinbefore, the representatives of Advaita Acarya later divided into two groups­\n\nthe bona fide branches of the ocorya's disciplic succession and the pretentious\n\nbranches of Advaita Acarya. Those who followed the principles of Caitanya\nMahaprabhu flourished, whereas the others, who are mentioned below in the sixtyseventh verse, dried up.\n\nTEXT 67\n\nb1t '1{00 lftllt 'f� � -tt�t'flf I\nifl1ftti{ ��'lftwt'1 tbf'� �If n �'l II\nihiira madhye mali pilche kona �iikhii-gara\nno mane caitanya-miili durdaiva korara\nSYNONYMS\nihilra-of them; madhye-within; mii/T-the gardener; poche-later on;kona-some;\n\n�okho-gara-branches; nii-does not; mane-accept; caitanya-moli-the gardener Lord\nCaitanya; durdaiva-unfortunate; korara- reason .\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the disappearance of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, some of the branches, for\n\nunfortunate reasons, deviated from His path.\n\nTEXT 68\n\n'\"'tbf, ��If, tittt ifllftf� I\n� �' tftt \"��� il!i.._� -'\" 11 �\"\" n\n\n", "adi3#p0062": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n38\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 12\n\nsrjaila, jiyaila, tanre na manila\nkrtaghna ha-ifa, tanre skandha kruddha ha-ifa\nSYNONYMS\nsrjai/a-fructified; ]7yai/a-maintained; tanre-Him; na-not; manila-accepted;\nkrtaghna-ungrateful;ha-ila-thus became; tanre-to them; skandha-trunk; kruddha\n-angry; ha-ifa-became.\nTRANSLATION\nSome branches did not accept the original trunk that vitalized and maintained\nthe entire tree. When they thus became ungrateful, the original trunk was angry at\nthem.\nTEXT 69\n\n�.._� lltQI1 \"\" � \"'f �1 �•ttl I\n\ntr�tC( � -tt-ri ��tb1 attlll �� II\nkruddha hafia skandha tare ja/a na saficare\njalabhave krsa sakha sukiiiya mare\nSYNONYMS\nkruddha hana-being angry; skandha-the trunk; tare-onto them; ja/a-water;\nnii-did not; saficiire-sprinkle;ja/a-abhiive-for want of water; krsa-thinner; siikhiibranch; sukiiiyii-dried up; mare-died.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Lord Caitanya did not sprinkle upon them the water of His mercy, and they\ngradually withered and died.\nTEXT 70\n\n\"\"·I� �1(-��� I\n�f� � �t, ���II \"o II\ncaitanya-rahita deha-sujkakii�{ha-sama\njivitei mrta sei, mai/e dar;u;Je yama\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-rahita- without consciousness; deha-body; su�ka-ka�{ha-sama-exac tly\nlike dry wood;jivitei-while living; mrta-dead; sei-that; maile-after death; dar(iepunishes; yama-Yamaraja.\n\n", "adi3#p0063": "Expansions of Advaita Acarya\n\nText 71]\n\n39\n\nTRANSLATION\nA person without Kr�J;Ia consciousness is no better than dry wood or a dead body.\nHe is understood to be dead while living, and after death he is punishable by\nYamaraja.\nPURPORT\nIn the Srimad-Bhiigavotam, Sixth Canto, Third Chapter, twenty-ninth verse,\nYamaraja, the superintendent of death, tells his assistants what class of men they\nshould bring before him. There he states, \"A person whose tongue never describes\nthe qualities and holy name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose heart\nnever throbs as he remembers Kr�l)a and His lotus feet, and whose head never bows\nin obeisances to the Supreme Lord, must be brought before me for punishment.\"\nIn other words, nondevotees are brought before Yamaraja for punishment, and\nthus material nature awards them various types of bodies. After death, which\nis\n\ndehiintara,\n\na change of body, nondevotees are brought before Yamaraja for\n\njustice. By the judgment of Yamaraja, material nature gives them bodies suitable\nfor the resultant actions of their past activities. This is the process of dehantara, or\ntransmigration of the self from one body to another. Kr�l)a conscious devotees,\nhowever, are not subject to be judged by Yamaraja. For devotees there is an open\nroad, as confirmed in Bhagavod-gitii. After giving up the body (tyaktvii deham), a\ndevotee never again has to accept another material body, for in a spiritual body he\ngoes back home, back to Godhead. The punishments of Yamaraja are meant for\npersons who are not Kr�l)a conscious.\nTEXT 71\n\nc;� IJI 1t'1-12!� � IJit 'f� I\n\n��,���'�\"\")\"\nkevala e gara-prati nahe ei darfla\ncaitanya-vimukha yei sei ta' pii�arfla\nSYNONYMS\n\nke vala- only; e-this; gara-group; prati-un�o them; nahe- it is not; ei\n\n-\n\nthis;\n\ndarfla-punishment; caitanya-vimukha- against Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;yei-any;\none; sei-he; ta - but; P0¥1Qfla-atheist.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\nNot only the misguided descendants of Advaita Acarya but anyone who is\nagainst the cult of Sri'Caitanya Mahaprabhu should be considered an atheist subject\nto be punished by Yamaraja.\n\n", "adi3#p0064": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n40\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 72\n\nr. �'!, � ��'), M �, �� I\n\n�-�'!!{ '�l, � �- \"1f� II 9� II\nki par;ujita, ki tapasvi, kiba grhi, yati\ncaitanya-vimukha yei, tiira ei gati\nSYNONYMS\n\nki par{iita-whether a learned scholar; ki tapasvT whether a great ascetic; kibii-\n\nor; grhT-;-householder; yati-or sannyiisT; caitanya-vimukha-one who is against the\ncult of SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu;yei-anyone; tara-his; ei-this; gati-destination.\nTRANSLATION\nBe one a learned scholar, a great ascetic, a successful householder or a famous\nsannyasi, if one is against the cult of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he is destined to\nsuffer the punishment meted out by Yamaraja.\nTEXT 73\n\n���1\\�t��l\n'� .n� '51'1-l{�te't� II 9-e� II\nye ye /ai/a sri-<Jcyutiinandera mota\nsei iiciiryera gara-mahii-bhiigavata\nSYNONYMS\nye ye-anyone who; /ai/a-accepted; srT-acyutiinandera-of Sri Acyutananda;\nmota-the path; sei-those; iiciiryera gara-descendants of Advaita Acarya; mahiibhiigavata-are all great devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe descendants of Advaita Acarya who accepted the path of Sri Acyutananda\nwere all great devotees.\nPURPORT\nIn this connection, Srna Bhaktivinoda Thakura, in his Am,rta-pravaha-bha�ya,\ngives this short note: \"Sri Advaita Acarya is one of the important trunks of the\nbhakti-ka/pataru, or desire tree of devotional service. Lord SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu,\nas a gardener, poured water on the root of the bhakti tree and thus nourished all its\ntrunks and branches. But nevertheless, under the spell of miiyii, the most unfortunate condition of a living entity, some of the branches, not accepting the gardener\nwho poured water on them, considered the trunk the only cause of the great bhakti-\n\n", "adi3#p0065": "Expansions of Advaita Acarya\n\nText 73]\n\n41\n\nkalpataru. In other words, the branches or descendants of Advaita Acarya who considered Advaita Acarya the original cause of the devotional creeper, and who thus\nneglected or disobeyed the instructions of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, deprived themselves of the effect of being watered and thus dried up and died. It is further to be\nunderstood that not only the misguided descendants of Advaita Acarya but anyone\nwho has no connection with Caitanya Mahaprabhu-even if he is independently a\ngreat sannytisi, learned scholar or ascetic-is like a dead branch of a tree.\"\n\nThis analysis by Sri Bhaktivinoda Thakura, supporting the statements of Sri\n\nKr�l)adasa Kaviraja Gosvami, depicts the position of the present so-called Hindu religion, which, being predominantly conducted by the Mayavada philosophy, has become a hodgepodge institution of various concocted ideas. Mayavadis greatly fear\nthe Kr�r;ta consciousness movement and accuse it of spoiling the Hindu religion because it accepts people from all parts of the world and all religious sects and\nscientifically engages them in the daiva-varrosrama�harma. As we have explained\nseveral times, however, we find no such word as \"Hindu\" in the Vedic literature.\nThe word most probably came from Afghanistan, a predominantly Mohammedan\ncountry, and originally referred to a pass in Afghanistan known as Hindukush that\nis still a part of a trade route between India and various Mohammedan countries.\nThe actual Vedic system of religion is called varriisrama�harma, as confirmed in\n\nthe Vi�ru Purora:\n\nvart;iisramiiciiravatii puru�e!Jo para/;1 pumiin\nvi�rur iiriidhyate panthii niinyat tat-to�a-kiirOt}am\n( Vi�ru Purora, 3.8.9}\n\nThe Vedic literature recommends that a human being follow the principles of\nvarriisrama�harma.\n\nAccepting the process of varrasrama�harma will make a\n\nperson's life successful because this will connect him with the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, who is the goal of human life. Therefore the Kr�r;ta consciousness\n\nmovement is meant for all of humanity. Although human society has different\n\nsections or subdivisions, all human beings belong to one species, and therefore we\naccept that they all have the ability to understand their constitutional position in\nconnection\n\nwith\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead,\n\nVi�l)U.\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu confirms, jivera 'svarilpa' haya-kr�rero nitya�iisa: \"Every living\nentity is an eternal part, an eternal servant, of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\"\nEvery living entity who attains the human form of life can understand the importance of his position and thus become eligible to become a devotee of Lord Kr�l)a.\nWe take it for granted, therefore, that all humanity should be educated in Kr�l)a\nconsciousness. Indeed, in all parts of the world, in every country where we preach\nthe sahkirtana movement, we find that people very easily accept the Hare Kr�l)a\n\nmahii-mantra without hesitation. The visible effect of this chanting is that the\nmembers of the Hare Kr�r;ta movement, regardless of their backgrounds, all give up\n\nthe four principles of sinful life and come to an elevated standard of devotion.\nAlthough posing as great scholars, ascetics, householders and sviimis, the so-called\nfollowers of the Hindu religion are all useless, dried-up branches of the Vedic reli-\n\n", "adi3#p0066": "[Adi-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n42\n\ngion. They are impotent; they cannot do anything to spread the Vedic culture for\n\nthe benefit of human society. The essence of the Vedic culture is the message of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Lord Caitanya instructed:\nyiire dekha, tiire kaha 'kr�ra' upadesa\niimiira ajnaya guru hailii tara' ei desa\n(Cc. Madhya 7.128)\nOne should simply instruct everyone he meets regarding the principles of kr�ra­\n\nkathiJ, as expressed in Bhagavod-gTtii As It Is and Srimad-Bhiigavotam. One who has\n\nno interest in kr�ra-kathii or the cult of S riCaitanya Mahaprabhu is like dry, useless\n\nwood with no living force. The ISKCON branch, being directly watered by Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, is becoming undoubtedly successful, whereas the disconnected branches of the so-called Hindu religion that are envious of ISKCON are\ndrying up and dying.\nTEXT 74\n\n� �,-..-t5tt� �\"'tt ·� I\n�'� �\" � �n-t n'\\8 n\nsei sei,-iiciiryera k[piira bhiijana\naniiyiise piii/a sei caitanya-carara\nSYNONYMS\nsei sei-whoever; iiciiryera-of Advaita A carya; k[piira-of the mercy; bhiijana­\n\neligible candidate; aniiyiise-without difficulty;piii/a-got; sei\n\nthe lotus feet of S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n- he; caitanya-carara­\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy the mercy of Advaita A carya, the devotees who strictly followed the path of\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu attained the shelter of Lord Caitanya's lotus feet without\ndifficulty.\nTEXT 75\n\n\"4f141R c;� 'lfi!, <;11l � 'ftl I\n\"41t������n'\\tll\nacyutera yei mota, sei mota siira\niira yata mota saba haifa chiirakhiJra\nSYNONYMS\nacyutera-of Acyutananda; yei-which; mota-direction; sei-that; mota-direc­\n\ntion; sara-essential; ora-other; yata-all; mota-directions; saba-all ; haifa-became;\n\n.\n\nchilrakhiira-dismantled\n\n", "adi3#p0067": "Text 78]\n\nExpansions of Advaita Acarya\n\n43\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt should be concluded, therefore, that the path of Acyutananda is the essence of\n\nspiritual life. Those who did not follow this path simply scattered.\nTEXT 76\n\n�- ��lj �� � �tf I\n�' �-�-. �tm n \"� n\nsei iiciirya-gore mora kofi namaskiira\nacyutananda-priiya, caitanya-jivana yiiflhiira\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei-those; iiciirya-gore-unto the sp iritual masters; mora-my; kofi-millions;\nnamaskiira-obeisances;\n\nacyutiinanda-priiya-almost\n\nas\n\ngoo d\n\nas\n\nA cyu tanand a;\n\n·caitanya-Caitanya M aha prab hu ;jivana-life; yiiflhiira-whose.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI therefore offer my respectful obeisances millions of times to the actual followers\nof Acyutananda whose life and soul were Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 77\n\n\"'' \"!' ..�� �-,1tPltfi$J 'St'i I\n\n� �--tt-rti �� 'l��'f 'It� II '\\'\\ II\nei to' kahiliifl aciirya-gosiinlra goro\ntina skandha-siikhiira kaila saflk�epa gorona\n\nSYNONYMS\nei ta'-thus; kahi/iifl-1 have spoken; iiciirya-Advaita Acarya; gosiinira-of the\n\nspiritual master; goro-descendants; tina-three; skandha-of the trun k; siikhiira-of\nbranches; kai/a-was done; saflk�epa-in brief; gorona-counti ng.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have briefly described the three branches [Acyutananda, Km1a Mi�ra and\nGopala] of Sri Advaita Acarya's descendants.\nTEXT 78\n\nllft'tl-\"'llft�, \"5tJ � 'It� I\n�\\JI ��' -.ft N'St,'f� II \"\"' II\n\n", "adi3#p0068": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n44\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 12\n\nYikhii-upoYikhii, tiira niihika garana\nkichu-miitra kahi' kari dig-dara5ana\nSYNONYMS\nYikhii-upasiikhii-branches and sub-branches; tiira-of them; niihika-there is no;\n\ngarana-co unting; kichu-miitra-something about them; kahi\n\n'-\n\nam simply giving; dig-darasana-a glimpse of the direction.\n\ndescribing; kari-1\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere are multifarious branches and sub-branches of Advaita Acarya. It is very\ndifficult to enumerate them fully. I have simply given a glimpse of the whole\n·\n\ntrunk and its branches and sub-branches.\nTEXT 79\n\nI\\1Nt'fJ 9ffit� �t� 11��11 I\n�B t'Mt� � <riff <;;� 'Stcte. II \"\"' II\nsrT-gadiidhara pa!Jflita siikhiite mahottama\ntonra upasiikhii kichu kari ye garana\nSYNONYMS\nsri-gadiidhara\n\nparflita-Sri\n\nGadadhara\n\nYikhiite-of\n\nPar;�c;lita;\n\nthe\n\nbranch;\n\nmahottama-very great; tiinra-his; upasiikhii- branches and sub-branches; kichu­\n\nsomething; kari-let me do; ye\n\n-\n\nthat; garana\n\n-\n\ncounting\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter describing the branches and sub-branches of Advaita .Acarya, I shall now\n\nattempt to describe some of the descendants of Sri Gadadhara Par;�c;lita, the most\nimportant among the branches.\nTEXT 80\n\n-tt�- -�, !ltflli5i'lft1Hft I\nW't��' •fnt-r 81'61ft II lr'o II\nsiikhii-sreHha dhruviinanda, srTdhara brahmaciiri\n\nbhiigavatiiciirya, haridiisa brahmaciiri\nSYNONYMS\n\nsiikho-sreHha-the chief br �nch; dhru viinanda-of the name Dhr u vananda; sridhara\n\nlirahmaciiri\n\n-\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nname\n\nSridhara\n\nBrahmacari; bhagavatacarya-of the\n\nBhagavatacarya; haridasa brahmacarr-of the name Haridasa Brahmacari:\n\nname\n\n", "adi3#p0069": "Text 81]\n\nExpansions of Advaita Acarya\n\n45\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe chief branches of Sri Gadadhara Par:u;lita were\n\n(1) Sri Dhruvananda, (2)\n\nSridhara Brahmacari, (3) Haridasa Brahmacari and (4) Raghunatha Bhagavatacarya.\nPURPORT\n\nV erse 15 2 of the Gaura-ga(loddesa-dipiko describ�s Sri Dhruvananda Brahmacari\nas an incarnation of Lalita, and verse 194 describes Sridhara Brahmacari as the gopi\nknown as Candralatika.\nTEXT 81\n\n�' <q5M'fl!, fif�.. I\n1t�flfit, 1t\"f1l�, .�t'e1f'l II 1r� II\n\"\"q\n\nananta iiciirya, kavidatta, misra-nayana\ngangiimantri, miimu fhiikura, ka(lfhiibhara(la\n\nSYNONYMS\nananta iiciirya-of the name Ananta Acarya; kavidatta-of the name Kavi Datta;\n\nmisra-nayana-of the name Nayana Misra; gangiimantri-of the nameGarigamantri;\nmiimu\n\nfhiikura-of\n\nKar)lhabharar;�a.\n\nthe name Mamu Thakura; ka(lfhiibhara(la-of the name\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe fifth branch was Ananta Acarya; the sixth,\n\nKavi Datta; the seventh,\n\nNayana Misra; the eighth, Garigamantri; the ninth, Mamu Thakura; and the tenth,\nKar;�1habharar;�a.\nPURPORT\n\nVerses 197 and 207 of the Gaura-ga(loddesa-dipikii describe Kavi Datta as the gopi\nnamed Kalakar;�thi, verses 196 and 207 describe Nayana Mi�ra as the gopi named\nNitya-manjari, and verses 196 and 205 describe Gangamantri as the gopi named\nCandrika. Mamu Thakura, whose real name was jagannatha Cakravarti, was the\nnephew of Sri Nilambara CakravartT, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's grandfather. In\nBengal a maternal uncle is called miimii, and in East Bengal and Orissa, miimu. Thus\nJagannatha Cakravarti was known as Mama or Mamu Thakura. Mamu Thakura's\nresidence was in the district of Faridpur in the village known as Maga<;!oba. After\nthe demise of SriGadadhara Par;�Qita, Mamu Thakura became the priest in charge of\nthe temple known as Tota-gqpinatha in jagannatha Puri. According to the opinion\nof some Yai�r;�avas, Mamu Thakura was formerly known as Sri Rupa-manjari. The\nfollowers of Mamu Thakura were Raghunatha Gosvami, Ramacandra,\nRadhavallabha, Kr�r;�ajivana, Syamasundara, Santamar;�i, Harinatha, Navinacandra,\nMatilala, Dayamayi and Kunjavihari.\nKal)thabharar;�a, whose original name was Sri Ananta Canaraja, was the gopi\nnamedGopali in k(�(la-/ilii.\n\n", "adi3#p0070": ",\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n46\n\n[Adi-lihi, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 82\n\n..� '1t'Pitf�, � 'et�'ftJII\n'� tl �tfll' �... �� 4fPIII lr� II\nbhDgarbha gosoiti, ora bhagavata-dosa\nyei dui osi' kai/a vrndovane viisa\nSYNONYMS\nbhligarbha gosofli-of the name Bhugarbha Gosani; ora-and; bhiJgavata-dosaof the name Bhagavata dasa; yei dui-both of them; asi'-coming; kaila-did;\nvrndiJvane vasa-residing in Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\nThe eleventh branch of Gaaadhara Gosvami was Bhugarbha Gosalii, and the\ntwelfth was Bhagavata dasa. Both of them went to Vrndavana and resided there for\nlife.\nPURPORT\nBhugarbha Gosani, formerly known as Prema-manjari, was a great friend of\nLokanatha Gosvami, who constructed the temple of Gokulananda, one of the seven\nimportant temr,les of Vrndavana-namely, Govinda, Gopinatha, Madana-mohana,\nRadharamaoa, Syamasundara, Radha-Damodara and Gokulananda-that are autho­\n\nrized institutions of Gaur;!iya Vai�Qavas.\nTEXT 83\n\n..1� �tft-� 'I(�J I\n�-\"tllt'ltllt 11 � n\nvo(ITniJtha brahmacorT-bapa mahiJSaya\nva/labha-caitanya-diisa-k(�IJa-premamaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nvorTnotha brahmacori-of the name VaQinatha Brahmacari; bapa mahii�aya-very\ngreat personality; va/labha-caitanya-dosa-of the name Vallabha-caitanya dasa; kHIJaprema-maya-always filled with love of Km1a.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe thirteenth branch was VaQinatha Brahmacari, and the fourteenth was\nVallabha-caitanya dasa. Both of these great personalities were always filled with\nlove of Kr!iiJa.\n\n", "adi3#p0071": "Text 85)\n\nExpansions of Advaita Acarya\n\n47\n\nPURPORT\n\nSri YaQinatha Brahmacari is described in the Tenth Chapter, 114th verse, of Adi11/ii. A disciple of Vallabha-caitanya named Nalini-mohana GosvamT established a\ntemple of Madana-gopala in Navadvipa.\nTEXT 84\n\na.tt«<f ��' � -� 'f� I\nftf5tfq, �1��-� n r8 n\n�rTniitha cakravartT, ilra uddhava diisa\njitiimitra, kii�{hakii(ii-jaganniltha<liisa\nSYNONYMS\n\n�riniitha cakravarti-of the name Srinatha Cakravarti; lira-and; uddhava diisa-of\nthe name Uddhava dasa; jitiimitra-of the name Jitamitra; kii�(hakii(ii-jaganniithadiisa-of the name KaHhakata Jagannatha dasa.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe fifteenth branch was Srinatha Cakravarti; the sixteenth, Uddhava; the\nseventeenth, J itamitra; and the eighteenth, J aganmitha dasa.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Siikhii-nin;aya, verse 13, mentions Srinatha Cakravarti as a reservoir of all\ngood qualities and an expert in the service of Lord Kr�l')a. Similarly, verse 35\nmentions Uddhava dasa as being greatly qualified in distributing love of Godhead to\neveryon�. The GauraiJa!Jodde!ia.<f7pikii, verse 202, mentions Jitamitra as the gopT\nnamed Syama-marijarf. Jitamitra wrote a book entitled K.�IJa-miiyurya. Jagannatha\ndasa was a resi'dent of Yikramapura, near Dacca. His birthplace was the village\nknown as Ka�thakata or Kathadiya. His descendants now reside in villages known\nas A�iyala, Kamarapa�a and Paikapa�a. He established a temple of Yasomadhava.\nThe worshipers in this temple are the Gosvamis of A<;liyala. As one of the sixty-four\n\nsakhTs, he was formerly an assistant of Citradevi-gopi named Tilakini. The following is a list of his descendants: Ramanrsirilha, Ramagopala, Ramacandra, Sanatana,\nMuktarama, Gopinatha, Goloka, Harimohana SiromaQi, Rakhalaraja, Madhava and\nLak�mikanta. The Sakhii-nirf}aya mentions that Jagannatha dasa preached the Hare\nKr�l'!a-movement in the district or state of Tripura.\nTEXT 85\n\nIWf �1{, �ff-'1[R1 '� I\n� i311lft5tft, 'J...-.rt� II 1.-t I\n\n", "adi3#p0072": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n48\n\n[Adi-lila,Ch.12\n\n�ri-hari iiciirya, siidi-puriyii gopiila\nk[�!Jadiisa brahmaciiri, pu�pa-gopiila\nSYNONYMS\n\n�ri-hari iiciirya-of the name Sri Hari Acarya; siidi-puriy'ii gopiila of the name\n-\n\nSadipuriya Gopala; k[�!Jadiisa brahmaciirT-of the name Kr�oadasa Brahmacari;\n\npu�pa-gopiila-of the name Pu�pagopala.\nTRANSLATION\nThe nineteenth branch was Sri Hari Acarya; the twentieth, Sadipuriya Gopala;\n\nthe twenty-first, Kr$Qadasa Brahmacari; and the twenty-second, Pu$pagopala.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Gaura-gal}odde�a-dipikii, verses 196 and 207, mentions that Hari Acarya was\n\nformerly the gopi named Kal'lik$i. Sadipuriya Gopala is celebrated as a preacher of\nthe Hare Kr�oa movement in Vikramapura in East Bengal. Kr�oadasa Brahmacari\n\nwas formerly among the group of sakhis known as the a�ta-sakhis. His name was\nlndulekha. Kr�oadasa Brahmacari lived in Yrndavana. There is a tomb in the Radha­\n\nDamodara temple known as Kr$1Jadasa's tomb. Some say that this is the tomb of\nKr�oadasa Brahmacari and others Kr�oadasa Kaviraja Gosvami. In either case we\n\noffer our respects because both of them were expert in distributing love of Godhead to the fallen souls of this age. The Siikhii-nir(laya mentions that Pu�pagopala\nwas formerly known as Svaroagramaka.\n\nTEXT 86\n\n.., �-' 'f�� il�il� I\n\n;qw:qttl-b;,_.n�, 8�'1 11 � 11\n�rihar�a, raghu-mi�ro, po!Jfjita lak�mTniitha\nbahgaviiti-caitanya-diisa, �ri-raghuniitha\nSYNONYMS\n·\n\n�rihar�a-of the name Srihar�a; raghu-mi�ra-of the name Raghu Misra; por9ita\n\nlak�miniitha-of the name Lak�minatha Pao�ita; bahgaviif[-caitanya-diisa-of the\nname BarigavaF Caitanya dasa; �ri-raghuniitha-of the name Sri Raghunatha.\nTRANSLATION\nThe twenty-third branch was Srihar�a; the. twenty-fourth, Raghu Misra; the\ntwenty-fifth, Lak�minatha\n\ntwenty-seventh, Raghunatha.\n\nPaQ�ita; the twenty-sixth, Caitanya dasa; and the\n\n", "adi3#p0073": "Expansions of Advaita Acarya\n\nText 87)\n\n49\n\nPURPORT\n\nRaghu Misra is described in the Gaura-g01;JOddesa-dipikii, verses 195 and 201, as\nKarpura-manjari. Similarly, Lak�minatha Pat;�<;! ita is mentioned as Rasonmada, and\nBarigavati Caitanya dasa is mentioned as KaiT. The Siikhii-nin;aya states that\nBarigavaF Caitanya dasa was always seen with eyes full of tears. He also had a branch\nof descendants. Their names were Mathuraprasada, Rukmit;�ikanta, Jivanakr�Qa,\nYugalakisora, Ratanakr�oa, Radhamadhava, O�amaoi, Vaikut;�\\hanatha and Lalamohana, or Ulamohana Saha Sarikhanidhi. Lalamohana was a great merchant in\nDacca City. The Gaura-garoddesa-dipikli, verses 194 and 200, mentions that\nRaghunatha was formerly Vararigada.\nTEXT 87\n\n�� 'l�'!, 'lf�t'Stt9tt'f, ��.. I\n-..� 'Sttt_fif �t� 1llf'f i�·� II lr-9 II\namogha parflita, hasti-gopiila, caitanya-vallabha\nyadu glingufi lira mango/a VOi�IJOVO\nSYNONYMS\namogha parflita-of the name Amogha Pat;�<;lita; hasti-gopii/a-of the name\nHastigopala; caitanya-vallabha-of the name Caitanya-vallabha; yadu gahguli of\nthe name Yadu Gariguli; iira and; mango/a vai!f.t?OVa-of the name Marigala\nVai�t;�ava.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe twenty-eighth branch was Amogha Pa1,1c,Jita; the twenty-ninth, Hastigopala;\nthe thirtieth, Caitanya-vallabha; the thirty-first, Yadu Gariguli; and the thirtysecond, Marigala Vai�1,1ava.\nPURPORT\n\nSri Marigala Vai�t;�ava was a resident of the village Titakar;�a in the district of\nMursidabada. His forefathers were Saktas who worshiped the goddess Kiritesvari. It\nis said that Marigala Vai�t;�ava, formerly a staunch brahmaciiri, left home and later\nmarried the daughter of his disciple Prat;�anatha Adhikari in the village of\nMayanac,Jala. The descendants of this family are known as the Thakuras of\nKaridac,la, which is a village in the district of Burdwan near Katwa. Scattered\ndescendants of Maiigala Vailit;�ava, thirty-six families altogether, still live there.\nAmong the celebrated disciples of Marigala Thakura are Prat;�anatha Adhikari,\nPuruliottama Cakravarti of the village of Karikac;la, and Nrsimha-prasada Mitra,\nwhose family members are well-known mrdahga players. Sudhakr�t:�a Mitra and\nNikunjavihari Mitra are both especially famous mrdanga players. In the family of\nPuru�ottama Cakravarti there are famous persons like Kunjavihari Cakravarti and\n\n", "adi3#p0074": "so\n\n,\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 12\n\nRadhavallabha Cakravarti, who now live in the district of Birbhum. They professionally recite songs from Caitanya-manga/a. It is said that when Mangala Thakura was\nconstructing a road from Bengal to jagannatha Purr, he found a Deity of\nRadhavallabha while digging a lake. At that time he was living in the locality of\nKarida(la in the village named RaQipura. The siilagriima-silii personally worshiped\nby Marigala Thakura still exists in the village of Kanda(la. A temple has been constructed there for the worship of Vrndavana-candra. Mangala Thakura had three\nsons-Radhikaprasada, Gopiramal)a and Syamakisora. The descendants of these\nthree sons are still living.\nTEXT 88\n\n6Cifi'\"' f-t�1.-. � fi!IW�tll't I\n�t�M�t-� oi� � f�Plt 11 \"\"\"\" 11\ncakravarti siviinanda sodii vrajaviisi\nmahiiSiikhii-madhye tenho sudrr;fha visviisi\nSYNONYMS\ncakravarti siviinanda-of the name Sivananda Cakravarti; soda-alwa ys ; vrajavosiresident of Vrndavana;mahii-siikhii-madhye-amongst the great branches;teriho- he\nis; sudrr;fho visviis7-possessing firm faith.\nTRANSLATION\nSivananda Cakravarti, the thirty-third branch, who always lived in Vrndavana with\n\nfirm conviction, is considered an important branch of Gadadhara Pal)(� ita.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Gaura-goroddesa-dipikii, verse 183, mentions that Sivananda Cakravarti was\nformerly Labanga-manjarr. The Siikhii-nirroya, written by Yadunandana aasa, also\nnames other branches, as follows: ( 1)Madhava A cary a, (2)Gopala dasa, (3)Hrdayananda, ( 4)Vallabha Bhana (the Vallabha-sampradaya, or PuHimarga-sampradaya, is very\nfamous), (5) Madhu PaQQita (this famous devotee lived near Kha�adaha in the village\nknown as Sanibona-grama, about two miles east of the Kha(ladaha station, and constructed the temple of Gopinathaji in Vrndavana), (6) Acyutananda, (7) Candra5ekhara, (8) Vakresvara PaQQita, (9) Damodara, (10) Bhagavan Acarya, (11)\nAnanta Acaryavarya, (12) Kr$Qadasa, (13) Paramananda Bhanacarya, (14) Bhavananda\nGosvami, (25) Caitanya dasa, (16) Lokanatha Bhana, (this devotee, who lived in the\nvillage ofralakha(li in the district ofYas'ohara and constructed the temple of Radhavinoda, was the spiritual master of Narottama dasa Thakura and a great friend of\nBhiigarbha Gosvami), (17) Govinda Acarya, (T8) Akrura Thakura, (19) Sariketa\nAcarya, (20) Pratapaditya, (21) Kamalakanta Acarya, (22) Yadava Acarya and (23)\nNarayaoa Pa�ihari (a resident of J agannatha Puri).\n\n", "adi3#p0075": "Text 91]\n\nExpansions of Advaita Acai\"ya\n\n51\n\nTEXT 89\n\ntfll �' 1R� ��' 'lfe:H 1ttf I\n� �tl ��� \"'\"\" n � n\nei ta' saflk�epe kahiliifl par;1fjitera gara\naiche iira �iikhii-upaUikhiira garana\nSYNONYMS\nei ta '-thu,s; sank!jepe-in brief; kahi/an-1 have described; pa!J{iitera ga(7a -the\n\nbranches of Sri Gadadhara Par;�� ita; aiche - similarly; iira-another; �iikhii-upa�iikhiira\ngarana-description of branches and sub-branches.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have briefly described the branches and sub-branches of Gadadhara Pai)«.Jita.\nThere are still many more that I have not' mentioned here.\nTEXT90\n\n'lfo� 1ft! 1A,-'8t� W\"·l\n\n�ttt�1• 1Ati -� II �o If\n\npa(7{iitera ga(7a saba,-bhiigavata dhanya\npriira-vallabha-sabiira �rFk[�(7a-caitanya\n\n·iS. YNONYMS\npar{iitera-of Gadadhara Par:u;lita; gaQa - follo w ers; saba-all; bhiigavata dhanya­\n\nglorious devotees;priira-vallabha-the heart and sou I; sabiira-of all of them; sri-k[�f}acaitanya-Lord SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll the followers of Gadadhara Pandita are considered great devotees because they\n\n�\n\nhave Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu � their life and soul.\nTEXT91\n\n··���..:���\n\n�-1At\"'Dt'l ...�·�t1ft511 II �) II\nei tina skandhera kailun �iikhiira garana\nyiin-sabii-smarare bhava-bandha-vimocana\n\n", "adi3#p0076": "52\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSYNONYMS\nei tina-of all these three; skandhera- trunks; kai/w7-described; �iikhiira garana­\n\nenumeration of the branches;\n\nyiin-sabii-all of them; smara!Je-by remembering;\n\nbhava-bandha-from entanglement in the material world; vimocana-freedom.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSimply by remembering the names of all these branches and sub-branches of the\n\nthree trunks ·1 have described [Nityananda, Advaita and Gadadhara], one attains\nfreedom from the entanglement of material existence.\nTEXT92\n\n�-'met 'tft �5Wf11tf I\n...�1-...lt'l U �f� �If II �� n\nyiin-sabii-smarare piii caitanya-carara\nyfin-sabii-smarare haya viifichita purara\n\nSYNONYMS\nyiin-sabii-all of them; smarare-by remembering; piii-1 get; caitanya-carara-the\n\nlotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yiin-sabii-all of them; smarare- by remembering; haya-becomes; viifichita purara-fulfillment of all desires.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSimply by remembering the names of all these Vai�Qavas, one can attain the lotus\n\nfeet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Indeed, simply by remembering their holy names,\none achieves the fulfillment of all desires.\n\nTEXT 93\n\n��� �1-�H �1 Ret I\n\n�n9-1ftlltf �� trl�t1·� n �-e n\nataeva tiin-sabiira vandiye carara\ncaitanya-miiffra kahi n!ii-<Jnukrama\n\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; tiin-sabiira-of all of them; vandiye-1 offer prayers; carara-to\n,\nthe lotus feet; caitanya-miilira-of the gardener known as SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nkahi-1 speak; n!ii-<Jnukrama-the pastimes in chronological order.\n\n", "adi3#p0077": "Text 96)\n\n53\n\nExpansions of Advaita Acarya\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, offering my obeisances at the lotus feet of them all, I shall describe the\npastimes of the gardener Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in chronological order.\nTEXT 94\n\n(.'Sht�'l1.\\!filt- 'WI� 'W11ttet I\n� -.fit\\! � �1 'W1�1tt�·� • �8\n\nII\n\ngaura-liliimrta-sindhu-apiira agiidha\nke karite pare tiihiin avagiiha-siidha\n\nSYNONYMS\ngaura-ntiimrta-sindhu-the ocean of the pastimes of Lord Caitanya; apiira-immeasurable; agadha-unfathomable; ke-who; karite-to do;piire-is able; tiihiin-in\nthat ocean; avagaha-taking a dip; siidha-execution.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe ocean of the pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu is immeasurable and\nunfathomable. Who can take the courage to measure that great ocean?\nTEXT 95\n\n\\!1m'�-�.._. Q � I\n\n'WI\\!<JI� \\!tt m' ¥tr. <JI-. -.tt H �It II\ntiihiira miidhurya-gandhe /ubdha haya mana\nataeva tate rahi' ciiki eka kar;a\n\nSYNONYMS\ntiihiira-His; miidhurya-mellow;gandhe-by the flavor; lubdha-attracted; hayabecomes; mana-mind; ataeva-therefore;ta.te-on the beach; rahi'-standing; ciiki1 taste;eka-one;kar;a-particle.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt is not possible to dip into that great ocean, but its sweet mellow flavor attracts\nmy mind. I therefore stand on the shore of that ocean to try to taste but a drop of it.\nTEXT 96\n\n1\\Pr�'l-� -.11 � I\n\n� �\"'fPIII��H\n\n", "adi3#p0078": "[ Adi-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSrT Caitany a-caritamrta\n\n54\n\n�rT-rDpa-raghunlitha-pade yiira iiSa\ncaitanya-caritiit1J.{ta kahe kHfJadiisa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-Srila\n\nRupa\n\nGosvami; raghuniitha- Srna\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n\npade-at their lotus feet; yiira-whose; lisa-expectation; caitanya-caritiimrta-the\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritiimrta; kahe-describes; kr�tJ a-diisa-Sril a\n\nKrg1adasa\n\nKaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus f eet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring their\n\nmercy, I, Kr�IJadasa, n arrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their footsteps.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Adi-lila, Chapter\nTwelve, describing the expansions of Advaita Aciirya and Gadiidhara Pat;�flita.\n\n", "adi3#p0079": "Chapter 13\n\nThe Advent\nof Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nThis Thirteenth Chapter of Sri Coitanya-caritiimrta describes Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's appearance. The entire\n\nAdi-lilii section describes Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's household life, and similarly the Antya-tnii describes His life in the\n\nsannyiisa order. Within the Antya-tnii, the first six years of His sannyiisa life are\n\ncalled Madhya-filii. During this time,Caitanya Mahaprabhu toured southern India,\n\nwent to Vrnaavana, returned from Vrndavana and preached the\n\nsahkirtana\n\nmovement.\n\nA learned briihma(la named Upendra Misra who resided in the district of SrThatta\n\nwas the father of Jagannatha Misra, who came to Navadvipa to study under the\n\ndirection of Nilambara Cakravarti and then settled there after marrying Nilambara\n\nCakravarti's daughter,Sacidevi. Sri Sacidevi gave birth to eight children, all daughters,\nwho died one after another immediately after birth. After her ninth pregnancy, she\n\ngave birth to a son, who was named Visvarupa. Then, in 1407 Saka Era on the full­\n\nmoon evening of the month of Phalguna, during the constellation of sirhhalogna,\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu appeared as the son of SriSacidevi and Jagannatha Misra.\n\nAfter hearing of the birth of Caitanya Mahaprabhu,learned scholars and briihma(las,\n\nbringing many gifts, came to see the newly born baby. Nilambara Cakravarti, who\n\nwas a great astrologer, immediately prepared a horoscope, and by astrological\n\ncalculation he saw that the child was a great personality. This chapter describes the\n\nsymptoms of this great personality.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�\n\n�� �Wt'ft� �'lJ <2PltlY\\!: I\n\n'!il'f1.rti' '�'fJ: �: 'l111Y'ft�� II � II\nsa prasTdatu caitanyadevo yasya prasiidata/;1\nta/..fT/iJ-var(lane yogyaf:t\nsadyaf:t syiid adhamo 'py ayam\nSYNONYMS\nsaf:t-He; prasTdatu-may bestow His blessings; caitanya-deva/;1-Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; yosya-of whom; prasiidatof:t-by the grace; tat-filii-His pastimes;\n\nvarrone-·in the description; yogyaf:t-able; sadyof;t-immediately; syiit-becomes\npossible; adhama/;1- the most fallen; api -although ; oyom-1 am.\n\n55\n\n", "adi3#p0080": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n56\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nI wish the grace of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, by whose mercy even one who is\nfallen can describe the pastimes of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nTo describe Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu or Lord Sri Kr�oa, one. needs supernatural\npower, which is the grace and mercy of the Lord. Without this grace and mercy, one\ncannot compose transcendental literature. By dint of the grace of the Lord, however, even one who is unfit for a literary career can describe wonderful transcendental\n\ntopics. Description of Kr?oa is possible for one who is empowered. KmJa-�akti\n\nvinii nahe tara pravartana (Cc. A ntya 7.11). Unless endowed with the mercy of the\nLord, one cannot preach of the Lord's name, fame, quality, form, entourage and so\non. It should be concluded, therefore, that the description of Caitanya-caritiimrta\n\nby Kr�oadasa Kaviraja Gosvami manifests specific mercy bestowed upon the author,\nalthough he thought of himself as the most fallen. We should not consider him\n\nfallen because he describes himself as such. Rather, anyone who is able to compose\n\nsuch transcendental literature is our esteemed master.\nTEXT2\n\n\"'\"' .,.� ,,htf!l l\n01� 'fl 'fl fi41!J1�\"' H � II\njaya jaya �rT-kr�ra-caitanya gauracandra\njayiidvaitacandra jaya jaya nityiinanda\nSYNONYMS\n\n-all glories; �rT-kr�ra-caitanya-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gaura-Lord Gauracandra; jayadvaitacandra-all glories to Advaita Acarya; jaya\n\njaya jaya\ncandra\n\njaya\n\n- all glories to; nityiinanda-Lord Nityananda Prabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll glories to Sri Kr�oa Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Advaitacandra! All\nglories to Lord Nityananda Prabhu!\nTEXT 3\n\ntnt tnt 1tlfPR 'fl -�� I\ntnt ...� ���\"'\"� Q �fftpf II � II\njaya jaya gadiidhara jaya �rTniviisa\njaya mukunda viisudeva jaya haridiisa\n\n", "adi3#p0081": "Text 5)\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\n51\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya gadiidhara-all glori es to Gadadhara Prabhu ; jaya Sriniviisa-all glories to\n\nSrinivasa Acarya; jaya mukunda-all glories to Mukunda; IAisudeva-all glories to\nVasudeva; jaya hariaasa-all glories to Haridasa Thakura.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll glories to Gadadhara Prabhu! All glories to Srinivasa Acarya Prabhu! All\n\nglories to Mukunda Prabhu and Vasudeva Prabhu! All glories to Haridasa Thakura!\nTEXT4\n\n� 'f�'�1f-\"Ui11 0 �ft �· I\n\n�· � �t8't'ft1t 1:!1{: �\" 11..• \" 8 \"\njaya diimodara-svarupa jaya muriiri gupta\nei saba candrodaye tamaf:l kai/a lupta\nSYNONYMS\njaya-all glories; diimodara-svarupa-of the name SvarCipa Damodara; jaya-all\n\nglories; murliri gupta-of the name Murari Gupta; ei saba-of all these; candraudaye-such moons having arisen; tamar-darkness; kaila-made; /upta-dissipated .\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to SvarCipa Damodara and Murari Gupta! All these brilliant moons\n\nhave together dissipated the darkness of this material world.\nTEXT 5\n\n� -�t15t811 ft' 5!i'St'l I\n\n� '�1t�e.� �.... ���II� II\njaya Sri-caitanyacandrera bhakta candra-gara\nsabiira prema-jyotsniiya ujjvafa tri-bhuvana\nSYNONYMS\njaya-all glories; sri-co/tanya-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; candrera-who is as\n\nbright as the moon; bhakta-devotees; candra-gara-other moons; sabiira-of all of\n\nthem; prema-jyotsniiya-by the full light of love of Godhead; ujjvala-bright; trl­\n\nbhuvana-all the three world s.\nAll\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nglories to the moons who are devotees of the principal moon, Lord\n\nCaitanyacandra! Their bright moonshine illuminates the entire universe.\n\n", "adi3#p0082": ",\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n58\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse we find the moon described as candra-gal)a, which is plural in\n\nnumber. This indicates that there are many moons. In Bhagavad-gitli the Lord says,\nnak�trorom aharh Sa�i: \"Among the stars, I am the moon.\" (Bg. 10.21) All the\n\nstars are like the moon. Western astrQnomers consider the stars to be suns, but\n\nVedic astronomers, following the Vedic scriptures, consider them moons. The sun\n\nhas the ability to shine powerfully, and the moons reflect the sunshine and therefore look brilliant. In Ca;tanya-caritomrta Kr�J;la is described to be like the sun.\n\nThe supreme powerful is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�l)a, or Lord\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and His devotees are also bright and illuminating because\nthey reflect the supreme sun. The Caitanya-caritlimrta states:\n\nk�l)a-surya-sama; mayo haya andhaktira\nylihlin k[�!Ja, tlihlin ntihi mliylira adhiklira\n\n\"Kr�IJa is bright like the sun. As soon as the sun appears, there is no question of\ndarkness or nescience.\" (Cc. Madhya 22.31) Similarly, this verse also describes that\n\nby the illumination of all the moons, brightened by the reflection of the Kr�l)a sun,\n\nor by the grace of all the devotees of Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the entire world will\n\nbe illuminated, despite the darkness of Kali-yuga. Only the devotees of Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu can dissipate the darkness of Kali-yuga, the ignorance of the population of this age. No one else can do so. We therefore wish that all the devotees of\n\nthe Kr�IJa consciousness movement may reflect the supreme sun and thus dissipate\nthe darkness of the entire world.\n\nTEXT6\n\n�- �' Cfi� �tV ��- I\n�t;� <m �cq��illi 1t·�IJifi II � II\nei to' kahila granthlirambhe mukha-bandha\nebe kahi caitanya-lilli-krama-anubandha\n\nSYNONYMS\nei ta'-thus; kahi/a-1 have spoken; grantha-iirambhe-in the beginning of the\n\nbook; mukha -bandha preface; ebe-now; kahi-1 speak; co/tanya-of Lord Caitanya\n-\n\nMahaprabhu; lilti-krama-the chronological order of His pastimes; anubandha-as\n\nthey are combined together.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have spoken the preface of Caitanya-caritamrta. Now I shall give a\n\nsynopsis of the entire book in the form of codes.\n\n", "adi3#p0083": "Text 9]\n\nThe Advent of lord Caitanya\n\n59\n\nTEXT7\n\n�'lt'lf �' �'Pf �00 'St� I\n\n9f'1U �� R�t� (fif� ���� II '\\ II\nprothome to' sutro-rupe koriye gorono\npiiche ttihii visttiri koribo vivororo\nSYNONYMS\nprothome-in\nkariye-do;\n\nthe\n\nbeginning; to'-however; sutra-rupe-in the form of codes;\n\ngorono-counting;\n\nptiche- thereafter;\n\nttihti-that;\n\nvisttiri-describ ing;\n\nkaribo-1 shall do; vivoraro-expansion.\nTRANSLATION\nFirst let me state the pastimes of the lord in codes. Then I shall describe them in\n\ndetail.\n\nTEXT 8\n\n-��9fwt��l\ncenhfir-t �«.�11 111 •t �-� 11 \"' n\n�ri-kr�ro-coitonyo novodvipe avatar!\nii,ta-calli�o vatsara prako,ta vihari\nSYNONYMS\n�ri-kr�ra-coitanya-Lord\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; navodvipe-at Navadvipa;\n\navatori-adventing Himself; ti,ta-cal/i�a- forty-eight ; vatsara-years; praka.ta-visible;\nvihori-enjoying.\nTRANSLATION\nlord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, adventing Himself in Navadvipa, was visible for\nforty-eight years, enjoying His pastimes.\nTEXT 9\n\n��·� 'ft'S lift,. � �t! I\n'c.�'lfllfl! 9f•ttt �� ...(� 11 � n\ncaudda-5ota stita sake jonmera pramora\ncaudda-soto poncanne ho-i/a ontordhiino\n\n", "adi3#p0084": "60\n\nSriCaitanya-caritamrta\n\n[AcJi-lila,Ch. 13\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaudda-sata-1400; sata-and seven; sake-in the Saka Era; janmera-of birth;\n\npramara-evidence;\n\ncaudda-sata\n\nantardhiina-d isappearance.\n\npaflciinne-in\n\nthe\n\nyear\n\n1455;\n\nha-ifa-became;\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the year 1407 of the Saka Era, Lord SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu appeared, and\n\nin the year 1455 He disappeared from this world.\nTEXT10\n\n�� <ft.� �!_ �\"'' �� I\nfq� � t�-�-f� II�· II\ncabbisa vatsara prabhu kaila grha-vii sa\nnirantara kaila kr�ra-kirtana-vtlasa\nSYNONYMS\ncabbisa-twenty-four; vatsara-years; prabhu-the Lord; kaila-did; grha-viisa­\n\nresiding at home; nirantara-always; kaila-did; kr�ra-kTrtana-chanting of the Hare\nKrHla mantra; vilasa-pastimes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor twenty-four years Lord Caitanya lived in the grhastha-a�rama [household\n\nlife], always engaging in the pastimes of the Hare Km1a movement.\nTEXT 11\n\n�� <ft.�·,-t� � � I\n� �� <ft.\"J ��'f ��'l <{'f1f II ) � II\ncobb/Sa vatsara-Se�e kariya sannyiisa\n\nora cabbisa vatsara kat/a nT/iicale vasa\nSYNONYMS\ncabbisa-twenty-four; vatsara-years; se�e-at\n\nsannyasa-renounced\n\norder;\n\nora-another;\n\nthe\n\nend of; kariyii-accepting;\n\ncabbisa-twenty-four;\n\nkaila-did; nT!acale-at jagannatha Puri; vasa-reside.\n\nvatsara-years;\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter twenty-four years He accepted the renounced order of life, sannyasa, and\n\nHe resided for twenty-four years more at J agannatha Puri.\n\n", "adi3#p0085": "Text 14]\n\n61\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\nTEXT12\n\n'!'rl J�t-o 0 �e.�-$fift$f-. I\n\n�'{ lff'IP'!, � '11�, �!_ ��-. II }� II\ntiira madhye chaya vatsara-gamaniigamana\nkabhu dak�i(1a, kabhu gaupa, kabhu vrndiivana\nSYNONYMS\ntara madhye-out of that; chaya vatsara-six years; gamaniigamana-touring;\nkabhu-sometimes; dak�i(1a-in South India; kabhu-sometimes; gaupa-in Bengal;\nkabhu-sometimes; vrndiivana-in Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOf these last twenty-four years, He spent the first six years continuously touring\nIndia, sometimes in South India, sometimes in Bengal and sometimes in Vrnda vana.\nTEXT 13\n\n�llf �._,.. � �tftff I\n\"t�·Jftlrtlt-. �''f �t'f II �� II\naHiida5a vatsara rahilii nT/iicale\nkr�ra-prema-namamrte bhasa'/a saka/e\nSYNONYMS\neighteen; vatsara-years; rah/10-remained; ni/iica/e-at J agannatha Puri;\n\na�adasa\n.t\n\n-\n\nk[�(1a-prema\n\n-\n\nlove of Godhead; niima-a�rte-in the nectar of the Hare Kr�r:ea mantra;\n\nbhasii 'Ia- inundated; sakale-everyone\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor the remaining eighteen years He continuously stayed in\n\nJ agannatha Puri.\n\nChanting the nectarean Hare Kr�r:ea maha-mantra, He inundated everyone there in a\n\nflood of love of Kr�r:ea.\nTEXT14\n\n�\"1 12ft_1 �� -'�1fir'-l'f��.. I\n'�M'·'�'-tlt'fi-�� 1l Jft1f 11 �s n\ngiirhasthye prabhura filii- 'iidi'-/ilakhyiina\n'madhya'- 'antya '-IJ7ii-se�a-liliira dui niima\n\n", "adi3#p0086": "62\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila,Ch.13\n\nSYNONYMS\ngiirhasthye-in household life; prabhura-of the Lord; /i/o-pastimes; Odi-the\noriginal; /i/o-pastimes; iikhyiina-has the name of; madhya-middle; antya-last;\n/i/o-pastimes; Se�a-liliira-the last part of the pastimes; dui-two; nama-names.\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of His household life are known as Adi-lna, or the original pastimes.\nHis later pastimes are known as Madhya-lila and Antya-lila, or the middle and fi nal\npastimes.\nTEXT15\n\n��ffl'f1·�t'IJ !2tt_t �� t;f\"il! I\n�'Pf '!Wtff �� � 111�1! II �� II\niidi-Jilii-madhye prabhura yateka carita\nsutra-rupe muriiri gupta karilii grathita\nSYNONYMS\niidi-lilii-the original pastimes; madhye-within; prabhura-of the Lord; yatekawhatever; carita-activities; sutra-rupe-in the form of codes or notes; muriiri guptaof the name Murari Gupta; karila-has;grathita-recorded.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the pastimes enacted by Lor d Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in His Adi-IHa were\n\nrecorded in the form of codes by Murari Gupta.\nTEXT 16\n\n� � �\"''fl �-�tt� I\n� �' �rtt'l� �tU � U �� II\nprabhura ye Sesa-lilii svarupa-diimodara\nsutra kari' granthilena granthera bhitara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of the L ord; ye-whatever; se�-/i/ii-pastimes\n\nat the end; svarupa­\n\ndiimodara-of the name Svaru pa Damodara; sutra kari'-in the form of notes;\ngranthilena-recorded;granthera-a book; bhitara-within.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHis later pastimes [Madhya-Ina and Antya-lila ] were recorded by His secretary,\n\nSvarupa Damodara Gosvami, and thus kept within a book.\n\n", "adi3#p0087": "63\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\nText19]\n\nTEXT17\n\ntflt it � � c;;�tf•t:t1 ��11\n�(ift �� �<� i1li1( c;;l( �mn u �q 11\nei dui janera sutra dekhiya �uniya\nvan;ana karena vaig1ava krama ye kariya\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-of these; dui-two; janera-persons; sutra-notes; dekhiya-after looking at;\n�un iya- and hearing;\n\nVOf(IO na-d escr ipt io n; k ar ena-does; vai,5(10 VO- the\n\nkrama-chronological; ye-wh ich; k ariya-making\n\ndevotee;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nBy seeing and hearing the notes recorded by these two great personalities, a\nVai�l)ava, a devotee of the Lord, can know these pastimes one after another.\nTEXT18\n\n�' ��' ��' '�lf,-itfi � I\n����<! .rfif� �� ilfi � II �lr II\nbalya, paugar(la, kal�ora, yauvana,-cari bheda\nataeva adi-kharfle IT/a cari bheda\nSYNONYMS\n\nbri/ya-childhood; paugarfla- early boyhood; kai�ora-later boyhood; yauvana­\n\nyouth; carl\n\nfour; bheda-divisions; ataeva-therefore; adi-kharfle-in the or iginal\n\n-\n\npart; lila-of the pastimes; cari-four; bheda-divisions.\nTRANSLATION\nI n His original pastimes there are four divisions: balya, paugar;1�a, kaisora and\nyauvana (childhood, early boyhood, later boyhood and youth].\nTEXT19\n\n,.('�e'f91.(t� ilt� � ��1ftll\n\n�� ll\"�\"\"��(: \"lftlfN5: n �� u\nsarva-sad-gura-purram tam\nvande pha/guna-purrimiim\nyasyarh �ri-kr?ra caitanyo\n-\n\n'vatTrra/:1 kr�ra-namabhi/:1\n\n", "adi3#p0088": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n64\n\n[Adi-lila,Ch.13\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-all;sot- auspicious; guro-qualities; purram-fille d with; tam-that; vande-\n\n1 offer obeisances; phalguno-of the month of Phalguna; pDrrimam - the full-moon\nevening; yosyam-in which; srT-kr�ra-caltanyai;-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\navatirral;-advented ; kr�ra-Lord Kf�(la's; namobhiiJ-with the cha n ting of the holy\nnames.\nTRANSLATI0N\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto the full-moon evening in the month of\n\nPhalguna, an auspicious time full of auspicious symptoms , when Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu advented Himself with the chanting of the holy name, Hare Kr�J:�a .\n\nTEXT 20\n\n•1•�'1..�\n�'-' 'tt'CIImt I\n\n�t'l��1t�'1Uil�o II\nphO/guna-plirrima-sandhyaya probhura janmodaya\nsei-kale doiva-yoge candra-grahara hoya\nSYNONYMS\n\nphalguno-plirnima-of the full moon of the month of Phalguna; sandhyaya-in\nbhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ;janma-udaya-at the time\nof His bi r th; sei-kale-at that moment; doivo-yoge-accidentally; candra-graharalunar eclipse; haya- takes place .\nthe evening; pra\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the full-moon evening of the month of Phalguna when the Lord took bi r th,\ncoincidentally there was also a lunar eclipse.\nTEXT 21\n\n'�A' 'm' � � u� �-1 I\n\n� �Q� 'itllf' tlt'lll1b 11 �) II\n'hari' 'hari' bale loka hara�ita haM\njanmila caitanya-prabhu 'nama' janmaiya\nSYNONYMS\n\nhari hari-the holy names of the Lord; bale- spea k; /oko-the people; haro�ita­\n\njubilant; hoM-becoming; janmila-took birth; caitanya-probhu-Lord S ri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; nama-the holy name; janmaiya- aft er causing to appear.\n\n", "adi3#p0089": "Text 24]\n\nThe AJvent of Lord Caitanya\n\n65\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn jubilation everyone was chanting the holy name of the Lord-\"Hari! Hari!\"­\n\nand lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then appeared, after first causing the appearance\nof the holy name.\n\nTEXT 22\n\nQ·�-,9f)��\"'t-ttl·��'l I\n�ftiftat l'f'$�'f1 \\2ft iftiO at� II �� II\njanma-btifya-pauga(lrja-kaiSora-yuvii-kafe\nhari-niima faoyiiifii prabhu nanii chafe\n\nSYNONYMS\njanma-time of birth; btifya-childhood; pauga(lrja-early boyhood; kaiSora-end\n\nof boyhood; yuvo-kiife- y outh ; hari-niima-the holy name of the Lord; faoyaifii­\n\ncaused to take; prabhu-the Lord; niino-various; cha\n\nfe- under different pleas.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAt His birth, in His childhood, in His early and later boyhood as well as in His\n\nyouth, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, under different pleas, induced people to chant\n\nthe holy name of Hari [ the Hare Kr�IJa maha-man tra 1.\n\nTEXT 23\n\nC(t'fJ�� itl'f �� �tfil illi\"t� I\n't•'\n\n'm' ift1f ��' l\"�i � II �� II\n\nbofya-bhava chafe prabhu karena krandana\n'kr�(la' 'hari' niima suni' rahaye rodana\n\nSYNONYMS\nbofya-bhava chafe- as if in His childhood state; prabhu-the Lord; karena-does;\nkrandana-cr yin g; k(�(la-Lord Kr$r;ta; hari-Lord Hari; nama-names; suni - hea r ing ;\n'\n\nrahaye-s t o ps; rodana -crying\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn His childhood, when the Lord was crying, He would stop immediately upon\nhearing the holy names Kf$1)a and Hari.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�'!�C( '�' '�ft' � ift�'Sfef I\n\n¢'� oertl'fl1 � 111('� II �8 II\n\n", "adi3#p0090": "66\n\n'\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nataeva 'hari' 'hari' bale nariga(la\ndekhite aise yebii sarva bandhu-jana\n\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; hari hari -the holy name of the Lord; bale-chant; narTga(la­\n\nall the ladies; dekhite-to see; alse -they come; yeba-whoe ve r; sarva-all; bandhujana-friends.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the friendly ladies who came to see the child would chant the holy names,\n\"Hari, Hari!\" as soon as the child would cry.\nTEXT 25\n\n''�fl' �fit' \\!t� � 'I(� I\n�� �.:\" �11 itt1l ''ost)ftfl' II �� II\n'gaurahari' bali' tare hiise sarva narT\nataeva haifa tanra nama 'gaurahari'\n\nSYNONYMS\ngaurahari-of the name Gaurahari; ba/i'-addressing Him thus; tare-unto the\nLord; hase- l augh; sarva nari-al l the ladies; ataeva-therefore; haifa-became; tiinraHis; nama-name; gaurahari-of the name Gaurahari.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all the ladies saw this fun, they enjoyed laughing and called the Lord\n\"Gaurahari.\" Since then, Gaurahari became another of His names.\nTEXT 26\n\n� ��- ��t. � �\" flf'f I\n\n�� �11'1 -�t. �1ft �.,y II �� II\nbiil ya vayasa-yavat hate khafji dila\npaugarf/a vayasa-yiivat viviiha nii kai/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nbalya vayasa-childhood age; yavat-until the time; hate-in His hand; khaf//­\n\nchalk; dila-was given; paugarf/a vayasa-th e part of boyhood known as paugatJfja;\nyovat-until; vivoha-marriage; no-not; kaila-did take place.\n\n", "adi3#p0091": "Text 29]\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\n67\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis childhood lasted until the date of hate kh a� i, the beginning of His education,\n\nand His age from the end of His childhood u nt i l He married is called paugal)�a.\n\nTEXT 27\n\nf«t� �ftr;\" �if�� I\n�(it \"��\" � lftlf·'JI�..ft$1 II �q II\nviviiha karile haifa navina yauvana\nsarvatra laoyiiila prabhu niima-sankirtana\n\nSYNONYMS\nviviiha karile-after getting married; hoi/a-began; navina- new ; yauvana -you th;\nsarvatra-everywhere ; laoyiiila-cau sed to take; prabhu -t he Lord; niima-sankirtanasahkirtana movement.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter His marriage His youth began, and in His youth He induced everyone to\nchant the Hare Kr�l)a maha-mantra a nywhere and everywhere.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n��·�t'l 9f\"if' 9f!ftif f.t•ostr;lj I\n� �Ct.. \"iftt1tt �� II �\"' II\npaugo!Jf!a-vayase paflena, pafliina �i�yaga!Je\ns arvatra kare na kr�!Ja-niimera vyiikhyiine\n\nSYNONYMS\npauga!Jf!a-vayase-in\n\nthe age o f pauga(lf/a; pa(lena-stud i es; pafliina-teaches;\n\nsi�ya-gore- disc ip l es ; sarvatr a-ever y where ; korena-does; kr�!Jo-niimera-the holy\n\nname of Lord Kr�r;-ta; vycikhyiine-description.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDuring His paugar;-tQa age He became a serious student and also taught disciples.\n\nIn this way He used to explain the holy name of Kr�l)a everywhere.\nTEXT 29\n\n,il.,,...ft�--�1 �·t� 'iltt.'l. I\n�� � 6,- �� �twPi II ��II\n\n", "adi3#p0092": ",\n\nSri\" Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n68\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nsiitra-vrtti-panji-fiko kr�rete tatparya\nsi�yera pratita haya,-prabhova ascarya\nSYNONYMS\nsiitra-codes; vrtti-explanation; pohji-application; ,tiko-notes; kr�rete-unto\n\nKr��a; to tparya-culmination; si�yera-of the disciple; pratita-reali zation; hayabecomes; prabhova-in fluence; oscaryo-wonderfu I.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen teaching a course in grammar [ vyakaral)a] and explaining it with notes,\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu taught His disciples about the glories of Lord Km1a. All\nexplanations culminated in Kr$1Ja, and His disciples would understand them very\n\neasily. Thus His influence was wonderful.\n\nPURPORT\nSr'ila ]iva Gosvami compiled a grammar in two parts named Laghu-hari-niimiimrta­\n\nvy1lkarara and Brhad-dhari-namamrta-vyakara(la. If someone studies these two texts\n\nin vyiikarara, or grammar, he learns the grammatical rules of the Sanskrit language\n\nand simultaneously learns how to become a great devotee of Lord Kr��a .\nby\n\nIn the Caitanya-bh1lgavata, First Chapter, there is a statement about the method\nwhich\n\nLord\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\n\ntaught\n\ngrammar.\n\nLord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu explained the codes of grammar to be eternal, like the holy name of\nKr$�a. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii (15.15), vedais co sarvair aham eva vedyab. The\n\npurport of all revealed scriptures is understanding of Kr�r)a. Therefore if a person\nexplains anything that is not Kr�ra, he simply wastes his time laboring hard without\n\nfulfilling the aim of his life. If one simply becomes a teacher or professor of educa­\n\ntion but does not understand Kr�(la, it is to be understood that he is among the\nlowest of mankind, as stated in Bhagavod-gltii (narodhomii/J miiyoy<ipohrto-jiliina/;1).\n\nIf one does not know the essence of all revealed scriptures but still becomes a\n\nteacher, his teaching is like the disturbing braying of an ass.\nTEXT 30\n\n� ��' '!ttl ��,- � \"iftl( I\n�1f .� �-c2!11f U �o II\nyore dekhe, tore kohe, -kaho k�(la-niimo\nkr�ro-nome bhiisii la navadvipa-griimo\nSYNONYMS\nyare-whomever; dekhe-He sees; tiire-to him;\n\nkohe-He says; koho-speak;\n\nkr�ra-niimo-the holy name of Lord Kr��a; kr�ro-niime-by the holy name of Lord\n\nKr$1Ja; bhiisiiila-was inundated; navadvipa-the place of the name Navadvipa;\n\ngromo-village.\n\n", "adi3#p0093": "The Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 32]\n\n69\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu was a student, He asked whomever He met to\nchant the Hare Kr�J;�a maha-mantra. In this way He inundated the whole town of\nNavadvipa with the chanting of Hare Km1a.\nPURPORT\nThe present Navadvipa-dhama is but a part of the whole of Navadvipa. Navadvipa\nmeans \"nine islands.\" These nine islands, which occupy an area of land estimated at\nthirty-two square miles, are surrounded by different branches of the Ganges. In all\n\nnine of those islands of the Navadvipa area there are different places for cultivating\ndevotional service. It is stated in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam that there are nava-vidha\n\nbhakti, nine different activities of devotional service: �ravaram kirtanarh vi�ro/:1\nsmarararh piida-sevanam arcanarh vandanarh diisyarh sakhyam iitma-nivedanam.\n\nThere are different islands in the Navadvipa area for cultivation of these nine\nvarieties of devotional service. They are as follows: (1) Antardvlpa, (2) Simantadvipa,\n\n(3)\n\nGodrumadvipa,\n\n(4)\n\nMadhyadvipa,\n\n(5)\n\nKoladvipa,\n\n(6)\n\n�tudvipa,\n\n(7) jahnudvipa, (8) Modadruma-dvipa and (9) Rudradvipa. According to the settlement map, our ISKCON Navadvipa center is situated on the Rudradvipa island.\nBelow\n\nRudradvipa,\n\nin Antardvipa, is\n\nMayapur.\n\nThere Sri J agannatha Misra,\n\nthe father of Caitanya Mahaprabhu, used to reside. In all these different i�lands,\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, as a young man, used to lead His sankirtana party. He\n\nthus inundated the entire area with the waves of love of Kr�J;�a.\nTEXT 31\n\n� � �f'prt �����I\nt'tll·flfl;� '�ll �' :J'It1f ��'I II -e:> II\nki�ora vayase iirambhifii sankirtana\n\nriitra-dine preme nrtya, sange bhakta-gara\n\nSYNONYMS\nki�ora vayase-j ust before the beginning of His youthful life; iirambh ilii\n\n-\n\nbegan;\n\nsankirtana-the sankirtana movement; riitra-dine-night and day; preme-in ecstasy;\n\nnrtya-dancing; sange-along with; bhakta-ga(la-the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\n\njust prior to His youthful life, He began the salikirtana movement. Day and night\nHe used to dance in ecstasy with His devotees.\nTEXT 32\n\nit�tJ ��tt l!(�� �� �R11 I\n\n�-\" �,� '��<eNP filt1 11 -e� II\n\n", "adi3#p0094": ";\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n70\n\n[ Adi lila, Ch. 13\n-\n\nnagare nagare bhrame kirtana kariyii\nbhiisiiila tri-bhuvana prema-bhakti diyii\nSYNONYMS\nnagare nagare-in different parts of the town; bhrame-wanders; kirtana-chanting; kariyii-perfor ming; bhOsii /a-inundated; tri-bhuvana-all the\n\nthree worlds;\n\nprema bhakti-love of Godhead; diyii-distributing.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sankirtana movem ent went on from one part of the town to another, as the\nlord wandered everywhere performing kirtana . In this way He inundated the whole\nworld by distributing love of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nOne m ay raise the question how all three worlds became inundated with love of\nKr�oa since Caitanya Mahaprabhu performed kirtana only in the Navadvipa area.\n\nThe answer is that Lord S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is Kr�r:ta Himself. The entire cosmic manifestation results from the Lord s first setting it in motion. Similarly, since\n'\n\nthe sankirtana movement was first set in motion five hundred years ago by Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's desire that it spread all over the universe, the Kr�oa consciousness movement, in continuity of that same motion, is now spreading all over\nthe world, and in this way it will gradually spread all over the universe. With the\nspread of the Kr�Qa consciousness movement, everyone will merge in an ocean of\nlove of Kr�oa.\nTEXT 33\n\ni� �t.lff �� ���ttlf I\n\"'$11tbn �'\"\"\"' f•t\\!llf·�ttlf II�� II\ncabbi�a vatsara aiche navadvipa-grii me\n/aoyiiili sarva-loke kr� ra-prema-niime\nSYNONYMS\ncabbi�a-twenty-four; vatsara-yea rs; aiche-in that way;navadvTpa- of the name\nNavadvipa; griime-in the village; la oyiiilii\n\n-\n\ninduced; sarva-loke- every man; kr�ro­\n\nprema-love of Kr�pa; nome-in the holy name.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu lived in the Navadvipa area for twenty-four years,\nand He induced every person to chant the Hare Kr�r:ta maha-mantra and thus m erg e\nin love of Kr�r:ta .\n\n", "adi3#p0095": "Text 36]\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\n71\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�.. �t,� M \"'fni � I\n..�'1 'l<$1 ��'11 �ro'f �'I II �8 II\ncabbi�a vatsara chilli kariyli sannylisa\nbhakta-gOf}O lafili kailli nillicale vlisa\n\nSYNONYMS\ncabbi�a-twenty-four; vatsara-years; chilli-remained; kariyli-acce pting ; sannylisa\n\n-the renounced order; bhakta-gana-devotees; /aM-taking with Him; kailli-did;\nniliicale-in Jagannatha Puri; vlisa-reside\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor His remaining twenty-four years, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, after accepting\n\nthe renounced order of life, stayed at Jagannatha Puri with His devotees.\nTEXT 35\n\n'!11 � �'ffRif 0 ���1f I\n\n�' fh, '$f��lfti{ f�fi II �� II\ntlira madhye nillica/e chaya vatsara\nnrtya, gita, premabhakti-diina nirantara\n\nSYNONYMS\ntlira madhye-out of those twenty-four years; nillica/e-white He was staying at\n\njagannatha Puri; chaya vatsara-continuously for six years; nrtya-dancing; gila­\n\nchanting; prema-bhakti-love of Kr��a; dana-distribution; nirantara\n\n-\n\nalways\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor six of these twenty-four years in Nilacala [Jagannatha Puri], He distributed\nlove of Godhead by always chanting and dancing.\nTEXT 36\n\n��.�, ..'B '�tf'f �'It� I\n'�1f·ift1t 121�fb1 -.f1tl1 ill1f'1 II �� II\nsetubandha, lira gaw;la-vyiipi vrndiivana\nprema-niima pracliriyli karila bhramara\n\n", "adi3#p0096": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n72\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSYNONYMS\nsetubandha-Cape Com orin; ora-and;gau(la- Bengal; vyapi-ex tending; vrndavana\n-to Vrndavana; prema nama-love of Kr�J)a and the holy name of Kr�J)a; praciiriya-\n\ndistributing; karila-performed; bhramara-touring\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeginning from Cape Comorin and extending through Bengal to Vrndavana,\nduring these six years He toured all of India, chanting, dancing and distributing\nlove of Kr�f'.la.\nTEXT 37\n\n�� '1f'O'tli'li' ift1{- �'fl-1l._'U�t1f I\n� 'CI� � -''CI'QJ��' ift1f II -e>� II\nei 'madhya/i/o' nama-/ila-mukhyadhama\n�e�a aHada�a var�a- 'antya!ilii' niima\nSYNONYMS\nei-these; madhya/i/o nama-named the middle pastimes; /i/ii-pastimes; mukhyadhama-principal place; �e� last; a;5!ada�a-eighteen; var�a-years; antya!ilii -the\n-\n\nfinal pastimes; nama-named\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe activities of lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu in His travels after He accepted\nsannyasa are His principal pastimes. His activities during His remaining eighteen\nyears are called antya-lila, or the final portion of His pastimes.\nTEXT 38\n\n\\!\"Rl 1ftS{J 0 <�te.lf11: ��'St'l·lf� I\n\n'$I�� �11flt11 if!J·�\\!·1ft'P II -e>lr II\ntara madhye chaya vatsara bhaktagara-sange\nprema-bhakti laoyiii/a nrtya-gita-ronge\n\nSYNONYMS\ntaro madhye-out of that; choyo votsara-si x years; bhokta-gara-sange-aiong with\ndevotees; premo bhokti-love of Kr�J)a; looyailo-ind uced ; nrtyo-dancing; gila-\n\nchanting; range-in transcendental bliss.\n\n", "adi3#p0097": "The Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 39]\n\n73\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor six of the eighteen years He continuously stayed in jagannatha Puri, He\nregularly performed kirtana, inducing all the devotees to love Kr�r:ta simply by\n\nchanting and dancing.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n� �t.�f � flittf1 �'f� I\n\n02111'1�'(1 fit...� .U�il-� II�� II\ndvada�a vatsara �e�a rahila niliica/e\npremavasthO �ikhOila asvadana-ccha/e\n\nSYNONYMS\ndvada�a-twelve;\n\nvatsara-years;\n\nSe�a-balance;\n\nrahilii -remained; nilacale-at\n\nJagannatha Puri; prema-avastha-a state of ecstasy; �ikhaila-instructed everyone;\n\niisvadana-chale-under the plea of tasting it Himself.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFor the remaining twelve years He stayed in Jagannatha Puri, He taught everyone\n\nhow to taste the transcendental mellow ecstasy of love of Kr�J;�a by tasting it Him­\n\nself.\n\nPURPORT\nA person who is advanced in Kr�r:ta consciousness always feels separation from\n\nKr�Qa because such a feeling of separation excels the feeling of meeting Kr�Qa. Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, in His last twelve years of existence within this world at\nJagannatha Puri, taught the people of the world how, with a feeling of separation,\n\none can develop His dormant love of Kr�Qa. Such feelings of separation or meeting\nwith Kr�r:ta are different stages of love of Godhead. These feelings develop in time\nwhen a person seriously engages in devotional service. The highest stage is called\n\nprema-bhakti, but this stage is attained by executing sadhana-bhakti. One should\n\nnot try to elevate himself artificially to the stage of prema-bhakti without seriously\nfollowing the regulative principles of siidhana-bhakti. Prema-bhakti is the stage of\n\nrelishing, whereas siidhana-bhakti is the stage of improving in devotional service.\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu taught this cult of devotional service in full detail by\npractical application in His own life. It is said, therefore, apani acari' bhakti\n\nSikhOimu sabiire. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is Kr�r:ta Himself, and in the role of a\n\nk�ra-bhakta, a devotee of Kr�r:ta, He instructed the entire world how one can\n\nexecute devotional service and thus go back home, back to Godhead, in due course\n\nof time.\n\n", "adi3#p0098": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n74\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 40\n\nJfffj.� \"�·�tf I\nt.ftm ,5tt \"tl �-� II 8• II\nriitri-divase kr�ra-viraha-sphurara\nunmiidera ceHii kare pra/iipa-vacana\n\nSYNONYMS\nriitri-divase-day and night; kr�ra-viraha-feelings of separation from Kr�rta;\n\nsphura ra -awakening; unmiidera-of a madman; ce.stii-activities; kare perfo rms;\npra liipa -talking inconsistentl y; vacana -words\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDay and night Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu felt separation from Kr��;�a. Manifest­\n\ning symptoms of this separation, He cried and talked very inconsistently, like a\nmadman.\nTEXT 41\n\nI)� $ft?f '�����til I\n,J\\�� �-�iWt �tif �-fiftilll 8� II\n�ri-riidhiira praliipa yaiche uddhava-darlane\nselmata unmiida-praliipa kare riitri-dine\n\nSYNONYMS\n�rT-riidhiira-of Srimati Radharar;�i; praliipa-talk ing ; yaiche-as She did; uddhava­\n\ndar�ane-by\n\nmeeting\n\nUddhava;\n\nseimata-exactly like that; unmiida-madness;\n\npraliipa-talking inconsistently; kare-does; riitri-dine-day and night.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs Sri mati Radharar;�i talked inconsistently when She met Uddhava, so also Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu relished, both day and night, such ecstatic talk in the mood\n\nof S rimati Radharar;�i\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn this connection one should refer to Srimati Radharar;�i's soliloquy after meeting\n\nUddhava in Vrndavana. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu presented a similar picture of such\n\necstatic imaginary talking. Full of jealousy and madness symptomizing neglect of\nKr�r;�a, Srimati Radharar;�i, criticizing a bumblebee, talked just like a madwoman.\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, in the last days of His pastimes, exhibited all the symptoms of such ecstasy. In this connection one should refer to the Fourth Chapter of\n\nAdi-lilii, verses 107 and 108.\n\n", "adi3#p0099": "Text 42)\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\n75\n\nTEXT 42\n\n���'�'����I\n�� 1ft�t�U?f·'Jf� II 8� II\nvidyiipoti, joyodevo, corrJTdiisero glto\niisviideno riimiinonda-svorfJpo-sohito\nSYNONYMS\nvidyiipoti-the author of the name Vidyapati; joyodevo-of the name J ayadeva;\n\ncor9Tdiisero-of the name CaQ<Fdasa;gTta-their songs; iis viidena-tastes; riimiinondo\n-of the name Ramananda; svorfJpo-of the name Svarupa; sahito-along with.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Lord used to read the books of Vidyapati, Jayadeva and CaQ�idasa, relishing\ntheir songs with His confidential associates like Sri Ramananda Raya and Svarupa\nDamodara Gosvami.\n\nPURPORT\nYidyapati was a famous composer of songs about the pastimes of Radha-Kr�!Ja.\n\nHe was an inhabitant of Mithila, born in a briihmano family. It is calculated that he\ncomposed his songs during the reign of King Siv�imha and Queen Lachimadevi in\n\nthe beginning of the Fourteenth Century of the Saka Era, almost one hundred years\n\nbefore the appearance of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The twelfth generation of\nYidyapati's descendants is still living. Vidyapati's songs about the pastimes of Lord\nKr$1Ja express intense feelings of separation from Kr�Qa, and SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nrelished all those songs in His ecstasy of separation from Kr$Qa.\nJayadeva was born during the reign of Maharaja Lak$ma�Ja Sena of Bengal in the\n\nEleventh or Twelfth Century of the Saka Era. His father was Bhojadcva, and his\n\nmother was Yamadevi. For many years he lived in Navadvipa, then the capital of\nBengal. His birthplace was in the Birbhum district in the village Kendubilva. In the\n\nopinion of some authorities, however, he was born in Orissa, and still others say that\nhe was born in Southern India. He passed the last days of his life in jagannatha Puri.\n\nOne of his famous books is Gito-govindo, which is full of transcendental mellow\n\nfeelings of separation from Kr$Qa. The gopls felt separation from Km1a before the\n\nriiso dance, as mentioned in the SrTmod-Bhiigovotom, and the GTto-govindo expresses\n\nsuch feelings. There are many commentaries on the GTta-govinda by many Yai��avas.\nCaQ�idasa was born in the village of Nannura, which is also in the Birbhum\n\ndistrict of Bengal. He was born of a briihmara fam!ly, and it is said that he also took\n\nbirth in the beginning of the Fourteenth Century, Sakabda Era. It has been suggested\n\nthat Cal)�idasa and Vidyapati were great friends because the writings of both express\nthe transcendental feelings of separation profusely. The feelings of ecstasy described\n\nby CaQ�idasa and Yidyapati were actually exhibited by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nHe relished all those feelings in the role of Sri Radharal)i, and His appropriate as-\n\n", "adi3#p0100": "/\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n76\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nsociates for this purpose were Sri Ramananda Raya and Sri Svarupa Oamodara\n\nGosvami. These intimate associates of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu helped the Lord\n\nvery much in the pastimes in which He felt like RadharaQi.\nSri Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura comments in this connection that such\n\nfeelings of separation as Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu enjoyed from the books of\nVidyapati, CaoQidasa and\n\nJ ayadeva are especially reserved for persons like Sri\n\nRamananda Raya and SvarOpa Oamodara, who were paramaharhsas, men of the\ntopmost perfection, because of their advanced spiritual consciousness. Such topics\n\nare not t o be discussed by ordinary persons imitating the activities of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. For critical students of mundane poetry and literary men without God\n\nconsciousness who are after bodily sense gratification, there is no need to read such\na high standard of transcendental literature. Persons who are after sense gratification\nshould not try to imitate raganuga devotional service. In their songs, CaoQidasa,\nVidyapati and j ayadeva have described the transcendental activities of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Mundane reviewers of the songs of Vidyapati, jayadeva\nand CaQQidasa simply help people in general become debauchees, and this leads only\nto social scandals and atheism in the world. One should not misunderstand the\npastimes of Radha and Kr�t:�a to be the activities of a mundane young boy and girl.\n\nThe mundane sexual activities of young boys and girls are most abominable. There­\n\nfore, those who are in bodily consciousness and who desire sense gratification are\n\nforbidden to indulge in discussions of the transcendental pastimes of Sri Radha and\nKr�oa.\n\nTEXT 43\n\n�t·1f �l;'$f tt� G;<2tat� I\n\n��tfitll1 '1._(��'1 �t9lil �-� II 8-e II\nkr�rera viyoge yata prema-ce�fita\nasvadiya pDr(IO kaila apana vanchita\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�rera-of\n\naffairs;\n\nLord\n\nKr�l)a; viyoge-in separation; yata-as many; prema-loving\n\nCe-?{ita-activities; asvadiyo-tasting\n\napana -own ; vanchita\n\n-\n\ndesires.\n\nthem; pDr(la-fulfilled; kai/a\n\n-\n\nmade;\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn separation from Kr�oa, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu relished all these ecstatic\nactivities, and thus He fulfilled His own desires.\nPURPORT\nIn the beginning of Caitanya-caritiimrto it is said that Lord Caitanya appeared to\ntaste the feelings Radharaoi felt upon seeing Kr�oa. Kr�oa Himself could not understand the ecstatic feelings of Radharaf}itoward Him, and therefore He desired to accept the role of Radharaoi and thereby taste these feelings. Lord Caitanya is Kr�oa\n\n", "adi3#p0101": "Text 45)\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\n77\n\nwith the feelings of Radharaol; in other words, He is a combination of Radha and\nKr�oa. It is therefore said, sri-k($(10-coitonyo radha-k($(10 nohe onyo. By worshiping\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu alone, one can relish the loving affairs of Radha and Kr�oa\n\ntogether. One should therefore try to understand Radha-Kr5oa not directly but\n\nthrough Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and through His devotees. Srila Narottama dasa\nThakura therefore says, rupo-roghunatho-pode hoibe akuti, kobe homo bujhobo se\n\nyugolo-piriti: \"When shall I develop a mentality of service toward Sri Rupa Gosvami,\n\nSanatana Gosvaml, Raghunatha dasa Gosvaml and the other devotees of Lord\nCaitanya and thus become eligible to understand the pastimes of Sri Radha and\nKr�oa?\"\n\nTEXT 44\nlfJtq �G�'1&1'f1 -:If� �� �1$1 I\n\nc;� �ft� ..ill{,���� � II 88 II\nononto coitonyo-lilii k�udro jivo hofta\nke von;ite pare, tahii vistiiro koriyii\nSYNONYMS\nononto- unlimi ted; coitonyo-IJ!a-the pastimes of Lord Caitanya; k�udro-a small;\nJ7vo-living entity; hoftii-being; ke-who; vorrite-describe; pare-can; tiiha-that;\nvi\nstiiro- ex panding ; koriyii- doing so.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabh u are unlimited. How much can a small\nJiving entity elaborate about those transcendental pastimes?\nTEXT 45\n\n� �Rt' '5tt'l �rtf �t9f� ..iHJ I\n��-�� ��� ift� 9f'Al �� II 8� II\nsutro kori' gore yodi iipone ononto\nsohosro-vodone tenho niihi piiyo onto\nSYNONYMS\nsu tra-codes; karl'-making; go re-cou n ts; yodi-if; iipone-personally; ananta­\n\nSe$anaga\n\n,\n\nthe Personality of Godhead; sohosra-vadane-by thousands of mouths;\n\ntenho-He also; niihi-does not;payo-get; onto-the limit.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIf Se$aoaga Ananta personally were to make the pastimes of Lord Caitanya into\ncodes, even with His thousands of mouths there is no possibility that He could find\ntheir limit.\n\n", "adi3#p0102": ";\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n78\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 46\n\n'ftt'at'f'A·11Qi�, � �� �1ft I\n\n'1.�'1.��1 �·li fiff�r;t; fWt�' II 8� II\ndiimodara-svariJpa, ora gupta murori\nmukhya-mukhya-lilo sutre likhiyoche viciiri'\nSYNONYMS\ndiimodara-svarupa-of the name SvarCipa Damodara; ora-and;gupta murori-of the\n\nname\n\nMurari Gupta; mukhya-mukhya-most important; /i7o--pastimes; siJtre-in\n\ncodes; likhiyiiche-have written; vicori'-by mature deliberation.\nTRANSLATION\nDevotees like Sri Svarupa Damodara and Murari Gupta have recorded all the\nprincipal pastimes of Lord Caitanya in the form of notes, after deliberate consideration.\nTEXT 47\n\n'\"t, �'l.JIU f'ff-f ���i·1J._<Jl'it'i I\n�.-tRI'' �.. \\!t� �rt�-�� u 8'\\ 11\nsei, anusiire likhl fllo-sutragara\nvistiiri' varriyiichena tiihii diisa-vrndiivana\nSYNONYMS\nsei- that; anusare-following; /ikhi-1\n\nwrite; filii-pastimes; sutragara-codes;\n\nvistiiri'-very explicitly; varriyachena-has described; tiihii-that ; diisa-vrndavana­\n\nVrndavana dlisa Thakura.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe notes kept by Sri SvarCipa Damodara and Murari Gupta are the basis of this\nbook. Following those notes, I write of all the pastimes of the Lord. The notes have\nbeen described elaborately by Vrndavana dasa Thakura.\nTEXT 48\n\n��� �'1,-� �\"f�� I\n1(\"' -.fb1 ifttl1 •RI'trt �� II 8\\r II\ncaitanya-li/iira vyiisa,-dosa vrndiivana\nmadhura kariyo filii kari/ii racana\n\n", "adi3#p0103": "Text SO)\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\n79\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaitanya-lilara-of the pastimes of Lord Caitanya; vyasa-the au thorized writer\nvrndavana-Vrn davana dasa Thakura; madhura-sweet; kariyamaking it ; /i/o-p astim es; kari/a-did; racana-compilation.\n\nVyasadeva; dasa\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Vrndavana dasa Thakura, the authorized writer of the pastimes of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, is as good as Srila Vyasadeva. He has described the pastimes\nin such a way as to make them sweeter and sweeter.\n\nTEXT 49\n\n�-�1\"1·�����1\n� � 'lfti{ f� <�iff <I �'U� II 8� II\ngrantha-vistara-bhaye char;Jila ye ye sthana\nsei sei sthane kichu kariba vyakhyana\nSYNONYMS\n\ngrantha-of the b oo k ; vistara-of expansion; bhaye-being afra id; char;Jila-gave\nup; ye ye sthana-which different places; sei sei sthane -i n those places; kichusomething; kariba-1 shall make; vyakhyana-description.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing afraid of his book's becoming too voluminous, he left some places without\nvivid descriptions. I sh all try to fill those places as far as possible.\n\nTEXT SO\n\n�� �t'f! ,�!� '� �i{ I\nti� �� Rsi <1500 � II <to II\nprabhura lilomrto teftho kaila asviidana\ntiiftra bhuktq-�e�a kichu kariye carva(la\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhura-of the Lord ;liliimrta- the nec t ar of the pastimes;teftho- he ( Vrnda vana\n\ndasa Tha kura) ; kaila-did; iisviidana-t aste; taftra-his; bhukta-remnants; �e�a-bal­\n\nance; kichu-something; kariye-1 do; carvoro-chew.\nTRANSLATION\nThe transcendental pastimes of Lord Caitanya have actually been relished by\nSrila Vrndavana dasa Thakura.\n\nstuffs left by him.\n\nI am simply trying to chew the remnants of food­\n\n", "adi3#p0104": "80\n\n,\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 51\n\n..t��-� fl.f�, �il, �'Sf'! I\n�Rt-.�� f'l�ti � if1 �rn fif�il n �� n\niidi-lilii-sutra likhi, �una, bhakta-gal}a\nsank�epe likhiye samyak nii yiiya likhana\n\nSYNONYMS\niidi-lilii-the first part of His pastimes; sDtra likhi-l write in codes; Suna- hear;\nbhakta-gara-all you devotees; sank�epe-in brief; likhiye-l write; sa myak-full ; nanot;yaya-possible; /ikhana-to write.\nTRANSLATION\nMy dear devotees of Lord Caitanya, let me now write the codes of the Adi-lila in\nbrief because it is not possible to describe these pastimes in full.\n\nTEXT 52\n� �-1 �'1 llftf'Sf' �t11P !I!:1t11 I\n\n�c(�� �il �fttrl ��� II <t� II\nkana viifichii purara liigi' vrajendra-kumiira\navatirl}a haite mane karilii viciira\nSYNONYMS\nkana-so me;\n\nviifichii-desire ;\n\npurara- fulfill ment ;\n\nliigi'-for\n\nthe\n\nmatter\n\nof;\n\nvrajendra-kumiira- L ord Kr�fia; avatirl}a haite-to descend as an incarnation; manein the mind; karilii-did; viciira-consideration.\nTRANSLATION\nTo fulfill a particular desire within His mind, Lord Kr��Ja, Vrajendra-kumara, decided to descend on this planet after mature contemplation.\nTEXT 53\n\n..tt'Sf �tfPrt � � ���fRtfl\n\n��t\"'lt9f ..�, ..� 1ft � ron1 11 � \"\nage avatiirllii ye ye guru-pariviira\nsank�epe kahiye, kahii nii yiiya vistiira\n\n", "adi3#p0105": "Text 56)\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\n81\n\nSYNONYMS\nage-first of all; avatarilo-allowed\n\nto descend; ye y e-all those; guru-parivara­\n\nfamily of spiritual ma ste rs; sahk?epe-in brief; kahiye-1 describe; kaho-to describe;\nna-not; yaya-possible; vistara-expansively.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Kr��;�a therefore first\n\nallowed His family of superiors to descend on the\n\nearth. I shall try to describe them in brief because it is not possible to describe them\nfully.\n\nTEXTS 54-55\n•-ril·'f'$f.-t-t, lllu���it 1\n\n'�� .�, � aw-.1 � II <t8 II\n� ��' �a '��� 1\\�t\" 1\n�W�1, f\"Wt�fif, Etfi �fttrtJI II O<t II\nsrT-saci-jagannatha, srT-madhava purl\nkesava bharati, o ra sri- iSvara purl\nadvaita acarya, ora pa(l�lita ;riviisa\n\niicoryaratna, vidy an idh i, .thiikura haridiiso\nSYNONYMS\nsri-sacT-jogannatho-Snmati SacTdevT and jagannatha Misra; srl modha va puri -Srl\n-\n\nMadhavendra Purl; kesava bharati-of the name Kesava Bha rati ; ora-and; srT-Tsvara\n\npurl- of the name Sri lsvara Purl; advoita aciirya-of the name Advaita Acarya; iira\n\n­\n\nsr Tv asa-of the name Srivasa Par;c;lita; aciirya-ratna-of the name\nAcary ara t na ; vidyiinidhi-of the name Vid yanid hi; fhlikura haridasa o f the name\nand; pa(lr;/ita\n\n-\n\nThakura Haridasa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Kmta, before appearing as Lord Caitanya, requested these devotees to\nSri Sacidevi, jagannatha Misra, Madhavendra Puri, Ke5ava Bharati,\nisvara Purl, Advaita Acarya, Srivasa Par;tc;lita, Acar yaratna , Vidyanidhi and Thakura\nH ari dasa\nprecede Him:\n\n.\n\nTEXT 56\n\n-�--��PI\"'f 1\\!lt'fetfiret·iftlf I\n��, 9ff�'!, 't�, �'!,�'!·���II <t� II\n\n", "adi3#p0106": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n82\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSri-ha .t.to-niviisi Sri-upendra-miSra-niimo\nvai�(lava, pa(l(/ita, dhani, sad-gu(la-prodhiino\n\nSYNONYMS\nSri-ho.tto-niviisi-a resident of Srihatta; Sri-upendro-miSro-niima-by the name of\n\nUpendra Misra; vai�(lava-a devotee of Lord Vi�pu; po!7(/ita-le arned; dhani-rich;\nsot-guro-prodhiino-qualified with all good qualities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere was also Sri Upendra Misra, a resident of the district of Srihana. He was a\n\ngreat devotee of Lor d Vi�r;�u, a learned scholar, a ri ch man and a reserv o ir of all\n\ngood q ualities .\n\nPURPORT\nUpendra Misra is described in the Gaura-ga(loddesa-dipikii, verse 35, as the gopii/o\n\nnamed Parjanya. The same personality who was formerly the grandfather of Lord\nKrHla appeared as Upendra Misra at Srihaga and begot seven sons. He was a residenr\n\nof Dhaka-dak�ir;ta-grama in the district of SrihaUa. There are still many residents of\n\nthat part of the country who introduce themselves as belonging to the Misra family\n\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXTS 57-58\n\nJll� fit<!t lit1f ��-�����I\n\n���' 1111t1i(\"f, 11�, �--�II �·'\\ II\n\"f'Sttt-t, �i(, �� ti'ft�Jitt-t I\nilm'tt\\! �� '�iO( 9.-sttt-t 11 �\"' \"\nsopto misro tiihro putro-sopto �isvora\nkamsiiri, poramiinonda, padmoniibho, sorvesvaro\njogonniitho, joniirdono, trai/okyoniitho\nnodiyiite g01?gii-viiso koilo joganmitho\n\nSYNONYMS\nsapta misra-s even Misras; tanro-his; putro-sons; sapta-seven; [?i-great saintly\n\npersons; isvoro-most influential; komsari-of the name Kamsari; paromiinonda-of\n\nthe name Paramananda; padmoniibha-of the name Padmanabha; sarvesvoro-of the\nname Sarvesvara; jogonncitho-of the name jagannatha; joncirdono-of the name\n\njanardana; troilokyonatha-of the name Trailokyanatha; nadiyate-at Navadvipa;\n\nganga-vasa-living on the bank of the Ganges; kailo-d id; jagannatha-the fifth son\nof Upendra Misra.\n\n", "adi3#p0107": "The Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 60]\n\n83\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpendra Misra had seven sons, who were all saintly and. most influential: (1)\n\nKams'iiri,\n\n(2) Param'iinanda, (3) Padmanabha, (4) Sarvesvara, (5) Jagann'iitha, (6)\n\nJanardana and (7) Trailokyanatha. Jagannatha Misra, the fifth son, decided to reside\non the bank of the Ganges at Nadia.\n\nTEXT 59\n\nI!J'iflt� fit��1l-�� '�' I\n��m�-tM ��'f-lft'$11{ II�� II\njaganniitho misrovoro·-podavi 'purondaro'\nnonda-vasudevo-rflpo sodgw;a-siigoro\n\nSYNONYMS\njaganniitha misrovara- j aganni Hha Misra, who was the chief among the seven;\n\npadavi-designation; purandara-another name of Vasudeva; nanda-Nanda, the\n\nfather of Kr�[la; vasudeva-the father of Kr�[la; rupa-like; sat-gura-good qualities;\n\nsiigara-ocean.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nJagannatha Misra was designated as Purandara. Exactly like Nanda Maharaja and\n\nVasudeva, he was an ocean of all good qualities.\nTEXT 60\n\n�tf 'P{f) '-rf\\'-�111, 'Pfft!\\31\\!1 � I\n11B f� '�tq' llt'll �,II �· II\ntiinra patni 'saci'-niimo, pativrata sati\n\nyonro pita 'nilombora' nama cakravarti\n\nSYNONYMS\ntiihra patn i-his wife; saci-of the name Saci; noma-named; pativratii-devoted to\n\nher husband; satT-chaste; yiihro-whose; pitii-father; nTiiimbara-of the name\nNilambara; noma-named; cakravarti-with the title Cakravarti.\nTRANSLATION\nHis wife, Srimati Sacidevi, was a chaste woman highly devoted to her husband.\n\nSacidevi's father's name was Nnambara, and his surname was Cakravarti.\nPURPORT\nIn\n\nthe Goura-garoddesa-dipik<i, verse\n\n104, it is mentioned that Nilambara\n\nCakravarti was formerly Gargamuni. Some of the family descendants of Nilambara\n\n", "adi3#p0108": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n84\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nCakravarti still live in the village of the name Mag9oba in the district of Faridpur in\nBangladesh. His nephew was jagannatha Cakravarti, also known as Mamu Thakura,\n\nwho became a disciple of Par;�Qita Gosvami and stayed at jagannatha Puri as the\n\npriest of Tota-gopinatha. Nilambara Cakravarti lived at Navadvipa in the neighbor­\n\nhood of Belapukuriya. This fact is mentioned in the book Prema-viliisa. Because he\nlived near the house of the Kazi, the Kazi was also considered one of the maternal\n\nuncles of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The Kazi used to address Nilambara Cakravarti\nas kiikii, or \"uncle.\" One cannot separate the residence of the Kazi from Vamanapukura because the tomb of the Kazi is still existing there. Formerly the place was\n\nknown as Belapukuriya, and now it is called Vamanapukura. This has been ascertained by archeological evidence.\n\nTEXT 61\n\n�lf�t-t �fipf1 �� �i!Ji�\"f I\n'$flrllft� ?ffui!, �� �tff, '1_f:\"l II �� II\nro{Jhadese janmilii thiikura nityiinanda\ngahgiidiisa pa(lf/lta, gupta muriiri, mukunda\nSYNONYMS\nriiflhadese-the place where there is no Ganges; janmilii-took birth; .thiikura\n\nni tyonanda-Nityananda Prabhu ;gahgiidiisa parflita-of the name Gangadasa Par;�c;lita;\n\ngupta muriiri-of the name Murari Gupta; mukunda-of the name Mukunda.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn RaQhadesa, the part of Bengal where the Ganges is not visible, Nityananda\n\nPrabhu, Gangadasa Par;�c;lita, Murlri Gupta and Mukunda took birth.\nPURPORT\n\nHere riiflhadese refers to the village of the name Ekacakra in the district of\n\nBirbhum, next to Burdwan. After the Burdwan railway station there is another\n\nbranch line, which is called the Loop Line of the eastern railway, and there is a rail­\n\nway station of the name Mallarapura. Eight miles east of this railway station\n\nEkacakra Village is still situated. Ekacakra Village extends north and south for an\n\narea of about eight miles. Other villages, namely Viracandra-pura and Virabhadrapura, are situated within the area of the village of Ekacakra. In honor of the holy\n\nname of VTrabhadra GosvamT, these places are renowned as Viracandra-pura and\n\nVTrabhadra-pura.\n\nIn the Bengali year 1331 a thunderbolt struck the temple of Ekacakra-grama.\n\nTherefore the temple is now in a broken state. Before this, there were no such ac­\n\ncidents in that quarter. Within the temple there is a Deity of Sri Kr�J)a established\n\nby Srr Nityananda Prabhu. The name of the Deity is Bankima Raya or Banka Ray a.\n\n", "adi3#p0109": "Text 61]\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\n85\n\nOn the right side of Bankima Raya is a Deity of jahnava, and on His left side is\nSrTmatT Radhara{li. The priests of the temple describe that Lord Nityananda Prabhu\nentered within the body of Barikima Raya and that the Deity of jahnava-mata was\ntherefore later placed on the right side of Barikima Raya. Afterwards, many other\nDeities were installed within the temple. On another throne within the temple are\nDeities of Muralidhara and Radha-Madhava. On another throne are Deities of Manomohana, Vrndavana-candra and Gaura-Nitai. But Barikima Raya is the Deity originally installed by Nityananda Prabhu.\nOn the eastern side of the temple is a ghiifa known as Kadamba-khal)<;li on the\nbank of the Yamuna, and it is said that the Deity of Barikima Raya was floating in\nthe water and Lord Nityananda Prabhu picked Him up and then installed Him in\nthe temrle. Thereafter, in a place known as Bha�<;lapura in the vill�ge of Viracandrapura, about half a mile west, in a place underneath anima tree, Srimati Radharaoi\nwas found. For this reason, the Radharaf)iof Barikima Raya was known as Bha<;l<;lapurera Thakural)i, the mistress of Bha<;l<;lapura. On another throne, on the right\nside of Barikima Raya, is a Deity of Yogamaya.\nNow the temple and temple corridor rest on a high plinth, and on a concrete\nstructure in front of the temple is a meeting hall. It is also said that on the northern\nside of the temple there was a Deity of Lord Siva named Bhao<;lisvara and that the\nfather of Nityananda Prabhu, Ha<;lai Pal)<;lita, used to worship that Deity. At present,\nhowever, the Bhar;u;JTsvara Deity is missing, and in his place a Jagannatha Svami\nDeity has been installed. Lord Nityananda Prabhu did not factually construct any\ntemples. The temple was constructed at the time of Virabhadra Prabhu. In the\nBengali year 1298, the temple being in a delapidated condition, a brahmaciiri of the\nname Sivananda Svami repaired it.\nIn this temple there is an arrangement to offer foodstuffs to the Deity on the basis of seventeen seers of rice and necessary vegetables. The present priestly order of\nthe temple belongs to the family of Gopijana-vallabhananda, one of the branches\nof Nityananda Prabhu. There is a land settlement in the name of the temple, and\nincome from this land finances the expenditures for the temple. There are three\nparties of priestly gosviimis who take charge of the temple management one after\nanother. A few steps onward from the temple is a place known as Visramatala, where\nit is said that Nityananda Prabhu in His childhood used to enjoy sporting in various\npastimes of Vrndavana and the pastime of riisa-lilii with His boy friends.\nNear the temple is a place named Amalitala, which is so named because of a big\ntamarind tree there. According to a party named the Ne<;ladi-sampradaya, Virabhadra\n�rabhu, with the assistance of twelve hundred Ne<;las, dug a great lake of the name\nSvetagariga. Outside of the temple are tombs of the Gosvamis, and there is a small\nriver known as the Mau<;lesvara, which is called the water of Yamuna. Within half a\nmile from this small river is the birthplace of Sri Nityananda Prabhu. It appears that\nthere was a big meeting hall in front of the temple, but later it became dilapidated\nIt is now covered by banyan trees. Later on, a temple was constructed within which\nGaura-Nityananda Deities are existing. The temple was constructed by the late\nPrasannakumara Karapharma. A tablet was installed in his memory in the Bengali\nyear 1323 in the month of Vaisakha (April-May).\n\n", "adi3#p0110": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n86\n\n[ Adi lila, Ch. 13\n-\n\nThe place where Nityananda Prabhu appeared is called Garbhavasa. There is an\n\nallotment of about forty-three bighiis of land to continue the worship in a temple\n\nthere. The Maharaja of Dinajapura donated twenty blghos of land in this connec­\n\ntion. It is said that near the place known as Garbhavasa, Ha9ai Par:t9ita conducted a\n\nprimary school. The priests of this place, listed in a genealogical table, were as\n\nfollows: (1} Sri Raghavacandra, (2) jagadananda dasa, (3) Kr�r:tadasa, (4) Nityananda\ndasa, (5) Ramadasa, (6) Vrajamohana dasa, (7) Kanai dasa, (8} Gauradasa,\n\n(9)\n\nSivananda dasa and (1 0) Haridasa. Kr�r:tadasa belonged to the Ci9iya-kurija at\n\nVrndavana. The date of his disappearance is Kr�Qa-janmaHami. Ci9iya·kUiija is a\n\nplace now managed by the gosviimis of Sirigara-ghata in Vrndavana. They are also\n\nknown as belonging to the Nityananda family, most probably on the basis of their\nrelationship with Kr�Qadasa.\n\n,\nNear Garbhavasa is a place called Bakulatala, where Sri Nityananda Prabhu and\n\nHis boy friends used to take part in sporting activities known asjhlila-jhapeffi. There\n\nis a baku/a tree there that is wonderful because all its branches and sub-branches\nlook like the hoods of serpents. It has been suggested that by the desire of Sri\n\nNityananda Prabhu, Anantadeva manifested Himself in that way. The tree is very\n\nold. It is said that formerly it had two branches, but later on, when the playmates of\n\nNityananda Prabhu felt inconvenience in jumping from one branch to another,\nNityananda Prabhu, by His mercy, merged the two branches into one.\n\nAnother place nearby is named Han�ugaQa. It is said that Lord Nityananda\n\nPrabhu brought all the holy places there. Therefore the people in the surrounding\n\nvillages go there instead of to the Ganges to take bath. It is named Han�uga<Ja be­\n\ncause Srrta Nityananda Prabhu used to perform the dadhi-clr;Jo festival of distribut·\ning chipped rice with yogurt prasada there and He took the prasada kneeling down.\nA sanctified lake in this place is always full of water throughout the year. A great\n\nfair is held there during GoHhliHami, and there is another big fair on the birthday\nof Sri Nityananda Prabhu.\n\nIn the Gaura-garodde�a-dipikii it is described that\n\nHalayudha, Baladeva, Visvarupa and Sarikar�al)a appeared as Nityananda Avadhuta.\nTEXT 62\n\n�'I��1 �t� �1i.c,1 �<li!Hl I\n<;�� ��cf '�ifj �t�f� II�� II\na_sankhya bhaktera kariiilii avatiira\n�e�e avatirra hailii vrajendra-kumiira\nSYNONYMS\nas ankhya- unlimited; bhaktera-of devotees; kariiilii-made into being; avatora­\n\nincarnation; �e�e-at last; ava tirra-descended; haifa-became; vrajendra-kumaraLord Kr�pa, the son of Nanda Maharaja.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Kr�r;�a, Vrajendra-kumara, first caused countless devotees to appear, and at\n\nlast He appeared Himself.\n\n", "adi3#p0111": "The Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 65]\n\n87\n\nTEXT 63\n\nelf� ._t���� ��<l'\\1'1 I\n��� ..-t7;it �it 'Stl!it II �� II\nprabhura iivirbhiiva-pDrve yata vaf$1JOVa-gara\nadvaita-iiciiryera sthiine karena gamana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of the Lord; avirbhiiva -appea rance; pDrve-before; yata-all; VOi$1JOVO­\n\ngara-devotees; advoita-iiciiryera-of Advaita Acarya; sthane-place; karena-do;\ngamana--go.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBefore the appearance of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, all the devotees of\n\nNavadvipa used to gather in the house of Advaita Acarya.\nTEXT 64\n\nh1·.-t'51� �� ..�·c;'5111ttf� I\nart'it-�� fiffilt' �t� .r� <l�tl11 �s n\ngTtii-bhiigavata kahe iiciirya-gosiini\njfliina-karma nindl' kare bhaktira ba(iiii\n\nSYNONYMS\ngitii-Bhagavad-gitii; bhiigavata-Srimad-Bhiigavatam; kahe- recites; iiciirya-gosiini­\n\nAdvaita Aca rya ; jniina the path of philosophical speculation; karma-fruitive activi-\n\nty; nindi'- de cry ing; kare-establishes; bhaktira-of devotional service; ba(iiii­\n\nexcellence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn these meetings of the Vaisnavas, Advaita Acarya used to recite Bhagavad-glta\n\ng\n\nand Srimad-Bhagavatam, decryi� the paths of philosophical speculation and fruitive\nactivity and establishing the superexcellence of devotional service.\nTEXT 65\n\n�� <lSt� �.-eN!M <lJt�� I\nat�, �'\\1, ISt'N·� � 1t'ttit � II �Q' II\nsarva-�astre kahe kr�ra-bhaktira vyakhyana\n\n}nona, yoga, tapo-dharma niihi mane ana\n\n", "adi3#p0112": ";\n\nSri Cai ta nya-ca ri t amrt a\n\n88\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarva-�astre-in all revealed scriptures; kahe- sa ys; kr�ra-bhaktira-of devotional\n\nservice to Lord KJ?pa; vyakhyana- expl anation; ji'ic'ina-philosophical speculation;\n\nyoga-mystic ha(ha-yoga; tapas -austerities ; dharma-religious procedures; nahi­\n\ndoes not; mane-accept; ana-other .\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn all the revealed scriptures of Vedic culture, devotional service to Lord Kr�t;�a is\n\nexplained throughout. Therefore devotees of Lord Kr�t;�a do not recognize the pro·\ncesses of philosophical speculation, mystic yoga, unnecessary austerity and so-called\nreligious rituals. They do not accept any process but devotional service.\nPURPORT\nOur Kr�J:�a consciousness movement follows this principle. We do not recognize\nany method for spiritual realization other than Kr�J:�a consciousness, devotional\nservice. Sometimes we are criticized by groups following jiiana, yoga, tapas or\ndharma, but fortunately we are unable to make any compromises with them. We\nsimply stand on the platform of devotional service and preach the same principles\nall over the world.\n\nTEXT 66\n\nt:ftl �ttr � � C��1f 'Sf'! I\n\"\"fltt, \"'J...i!fl, i$Pt��� II �� II\ntiihra sahge iinanda kare vai�ravera gara\nkr�ra-kathii, k�ra-pDjii, niima-sahkirtana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntahra sahge -wit h Him (Advaita Acarya); ananda-pleasu re; kare- tak es; vai�!Javera\n\n-of the devotees; gara-assembly; kr�ro-katha-topics of Lord Kr�pa; kr�ra-pDjaworship of Kr�pa; nama-sahkirtana-chanting of the Hare Kr�pa mahii-montra.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn the house of Advaita Acarya, all the Vai�l)avas took pleasure in always talking\nof Kr�J:�a, always worshiping Kr�J:�a and always chanting the Hare Kr�J:�a maha-mantra .\nPURPORT\nOn these principles only does the K r�J:�a consciousness movement go on. We have\nno business other than to talk of Kr�J:�a, worship K�Qa and chant the Hare Kr�Qa\n\nmaha-mantra.\n\n", "adi3#p0113": "The Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 68]\n\n89\n\nTEXT 67\n\n�. �. c;�' ���� I\n�� �1111 � 00�' 'Pf11lt:� U �� II\nkintu sarva-loka dekhi' k[�(la-bahirmukha\nvi�aye nimagna loka dekhi' piiya duftkha\n\nSYNONYMS\nkintu-but; sarva-loka-all\n\npeople; dekhi'-seeing; kr�ra-bahirmukha-without\n\nKr�ra consciousness; v/,saye-material enjoyment;nlmagna-merged;loka-all people;\ndekhi'-seeing; piiya duftkha-felt pained.\nTRANSLATION\nBut Sri Advaita Acarya Prabhu felt pained to see all the people without Kr��a\nconsciousness simply merging in material sense enjoyment.\nPURPORT\nA bona fide devot�e of Lord Kr�r:ta is always pained to see the fallen condition\nof the whole world. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura used to say, \"There is\n\nno scarcity of anything within this world. The only scarcity is of Kr�r:ta conscious­\n\nness.\" That is the vision of all pure devotees. Because of this lack of Kr�Qa conscious­\n\nness in human society, people are suffering terribly, being merged in an ocean of\nnescience and sense gratification. A devotee onlooker is very much aggrieved to see\n\nsuch a situation in the world.\nTEXT 68\n\nc;fftfl fil�tf·'� �� f� I\n�� � �� ��n �-� �'1 II �\\r II\nlokera nistiira-hetu karena cintana\nkemate e saba lokera ha-ibe tiira(la\n\nSYNONYMS\nlokera-of all people; nistiira-hetu-for the matter of deliverance; karena-does;\ncintana-contemplation;\n\nkemate-how; e-these; saba-all; lokera-of\n\npeople in\n\ngeneral; ha-ibe-will become; tiirara-liberation.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the condition of the world, He began to think seriously of how all these\n\npeople could be delivered from the clutches of maya.\n\n", "adi3#p0114": "90\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 69\n�· ��, �i{ �r·� ��Rf 1\n�� �' ��'f \"''It\"�� �� f.!� II �� II\nk(�(IO ovotori' kareno bhoktiro vistiiro\ntobe to' sokolo lokero ha-ibe nistiiro\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�(lo-Lord Kr�pa; ovotori'-descending; koreno-does; bhoktiro-of devotional\n\nservice; vistiiro-expansion; tabe-then; to'-certainly; saka/o-all; lokero-of the\n\npeople;ho-ibe-there will be;nistiiro-liberation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Advaita Acarya Prabhu thought: \"If Kr�IJa Himself appears to distribute the\n\ncult of devotional service, then only will liberation be possible for all people.\"\n\nPURPORT\nJust as a condemned person can be relieved by a special favor of the chief execu­\n\ntive head, the president or king, so the condemned people of this Kali-yuga can be\ndelivered only by the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself or a person especially\n\nempowered for this purpose. Srila Advaita Acarya Prabhu desired that the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead advent Himself to deliver the fallen souls of this age.\n\nTEXT 70\n\n\" el�� �wt1i �f\\!� �fivt1\n\"� �t1( '-\"�·'Sttr�\"f Mn II 'lo II\nk[�(IO avotiirite iiciiryo protijna koriyii\nkr�ro-pDjii kare tu/osi-gangiijo/o diyii\n\nSYNONYMS\nk[�(lo-Lord\n\nKr�pa; ovatiirite-to cause His advent; iiciiryo-Advaita Acarya;\n\nprotijfiii-promise; koriyii-making; kr�ra-pDjii-worship of Lord Kr�pa; ko re- does;\ntulosi-tulosi leaves;gongii-jolo diyii-with Gariga-jala, the water of the Ganges.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith this consideration, Advaita .i\\carya Prabhu, promising to cause Lord KrHla to\n\ndescend, began to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kw;Ja, with tulasi\n\nleaves and water of the Ganges.\n\n", "adi3#p0115": "lext 72]\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\n91\n\nPURPORT\n\nTulasi leaves and Ganges water, with, if possible, a little pulp of sandalwood, is\nsufficient paraphernalia to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord\nsays in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\npatrarh PU$parh phalarh toyain\nyo me bhaktyii prayacchati\ntad aharh bhakty-upahrtam\nasnami prayatatmana!J\n\"If one offers Me with love and devotion a leaf, a flower, fruit or water, I will ac­\n\ncept it.\" (Bg. 9.26) Following this principle, Advaita Prabhu pleased the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead with tulasi leaves and water of the Ganges.\nTEXT 71\n\nft�l �1�1i{ �tl �i{ t�•tl I\ntl� �tfi � i!!2tl9fe!f,� II '\\� II\nk[$/}era ahvana kare saghana hunkara\nhunkOre iikr�.ta haifa vrajendra-kumiira\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�rera- of Lord Kr�pa; ahvana-invitation; kare-does; sagha n a- with great gravity; huhkora-vibration; hunkore-and by such loud cries; okr�.ta-attracted; haifabecame; vrajendra-kumora-the son of Yrajendra, Lord Kr�Qa .\nTRANSLATION\nBy loud cries He invited Kr�t:�a to appear, and this repeated invitation attracted\nLord Kr�t:�a to descend.\nTEXT 72\n\n-�..fif�.9(it �'\"'� �Sftl I\n\n�i � \\l;t'l �' trf11' trf111 ' lttl II '\\� II\njagannothamiSra-patni sacira udare\naHa kanya krame haifa, janmi' janmi' mare\nSYNONYMS\n\njaganniitha-misra-of the name J agannatha Misra; patni-his wife; sacira-of Sacimata; udare-within the womb; a$.ta- eight; kanyo- daughters; krame-one after\nanother; hoi/a- appeared; janmi'-afte r taking\nmare-all died.\n\nbirth; janmi '- after\n\ntaking birth;\n\n", "adi3#p0116": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n92\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nBefore the birth of lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, eight daughters took birth one\nafter another from the womb of Sacimata, the wife of Jagannatha Misra. But just\nafter their birth, they all died.\n\nTEXT 73\n\n��1-m� ru�� �� �\" 'J{il 1\n'1_i!f trtf'f' 'e111tfit\"tf �\\II 51tl II 'I� II\napatya-vfrahe mfSrera du(lkhi haila mana\nputra /agi' aradhila vig/Ura carara\n\nSYNONYMS\napatya-of children; virahe-in separation; miSrera-of )agannatha Misra; du(lkhiunhappy; hoi/a-be came; mana-mind; putra-son; /agi'-f or the matter of; iiriidhila\n-worshiped; vi�f}ura-of Lord ViHlU; carara-iotus feet.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJagannatha Misra was very unhappy at the death of his children one after another.\nTherefore, desiring a son, he worshiped the lotus feet of Lord Vi�I)U.\nTEXT 74\n\n�'� �� ...fil'li '�'C1fi'l' ilt1f I\n\n1{�-��tJt (.�ff- '��'\"'f'll{ II '18 II\ntabe putra janamila 'viSvariipa' nama\nmahii-guraviin tenha- 'baladeva'-dhiima\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; putra-son; janamilii-took birth; vfSvarDpa-Yisvarupa; namanamed; mahii-guraviin-highly qualified; tenha He ; baladeva-of Lord Baladeva;\n-\n\ndhiima-incarnation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, )agannatha Misra got a son of the name Yisvarupa, who was most\n\npowerful and highly qualified because He was an incarnation of Baladeva.\nPURPORT\n\nYisvarOpa was the elder brother of Gaurahari, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nWhen arrangements were being made for His marriage, He took sannyasa and left\n\n", "adi3#p0117": "Text 76)\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\n93\n\nhome. He took the sannyasa name of Sarikararar;tya. In 1431, Sakabda Era, He dis­\n\nappeared in PaQ9erapura in the district of Solap u ra. As an incarnation ofSankar�aQa,\n\nHe is both the ingredient and immediate cause of the creation of this material\nworld. He is nondifferent from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, as am�a and am�i, or the\n\npart and the whole, are not different. He belongs to the quadruple manifestation of\ncaturvyiiha as an incarnation of Sankarsana.\n\nIn the Gaura-candrodaya it is said lhat\n\nVisvarupa, after His so-called demise, re�ained mixed within SriNityananda Prabhu.\nTEXT 75\n\n�trol��� -9(1f�Jt '����'I\n\"'�- f��� ���'ti{·firril't·•'tf'l II \"<t II\nbaladeva-prakosa-parama-vyome 'sankar�ara'\ntenha-vf�vera upadana-nimitta-karara\nSYNONYMS\nbaladeva-praka�a-manifestation of Baladeva; parama-vyome-in the spiritual sky;\n\nsankar�ra-of the name Sarikar�ar;ta;tenha-He; vi�vera-the cosmic manifestation;\n\nupadana-ingredient; nimitta-karatJa-immediate cause.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe expansion of Baladeva known as Sankar�ar;�a in the spiritual world is the in­\n\ngredient and immediate cause of this material cosmic manifestation.\nTEXT 76\n\nc;!� �� ��:.\"' �� errr.: \"'r-t <f$1'tf 1\n��� '�9(' iltJt � i�'tf II \"� II\ntanho bo-i vi�ve kichu nohi dekhi ora\n\nataeva 'vf�variipa' nama ye tonhilra\nSYNONYMS\n\ntonho ba-i-except Him; vi�ve-within this cosmic manifestation; kichu-some·\n\nthing; nohi-there is none; dekhi-1 see; oro-further; ataeva-therefore; visvariipauniversal form; noma-name;ye-th at;tonhora-His.\nTRANSLATION\nThe gigantic universal form is called the Visvarupa incarnation of Maha-Sarikar�ar;ta.\n\nThus we do not find anything within this cosmic manifestation except the Lord\nHimself.\n\n", "adi3#p0118": "'\n\n94\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 77\n\n���� iS��r� � ���m 1\n'e�� '�t�f1l'lf� 'l!'f\"l!, �·� 'lfQ{'l �: II \" II\nnoitoc citrorh bhogovoti hy ononte jogod-i�vore\notorh protom idorh yosmin tontu�v ongo yothii pofof:J\nSYNONYMS\nno-not; etot-this; citrom-wonderful; bhogovoti-in the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead;hi-cer tainly; ononte-in the unlimited;jagat-i�vore-the master of the universe;otom- length wise;protrom-bread thwise; idam- this un ive rse; yasmin-in whom;\ntontu�u-in the threads; anga-0 King;yothii-as much as; potof:J-a cloth.\nTRANSLATION\n\"As the thread in a cloth spreads both lengthwise and breadthwise, so everything\nwe see within this cosmic manifestation is directly and indirectly existing in the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. This is not very wonderful for Him.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhiigovotom (1 0.15.35).\n\nTEXT 78\n\n,..'N� liS!_ �'fti �\"' '�If �' I\n\" �tlf---�5\\!iU, ��II 'l1r U\n'\n\notoevo probhu tiinre bole, 'bor.jo bhiii'\nkrgw, balariima dui-caitanyo, nitiii\nSYNONYMS\notoevo-therefore; probhu-Lord Caitanya; tiinre-unto Visvarupa; bole-says;\n\nbor.jo bhiii-elder brother; kmw-Lord Kr�Qa; boloriimo-and Baladeva; dul-two;\ncoitonyo-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nitiii-and Lord Nityananda Prabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause Maha-Sankar�al)a is the ingredient and efficient cause of the cosmic\nmanifestation, He is present in every detail of it. Lord Caitanya therefore called\nHim His elder brother. The two brothers are known as Kr�r;ta and Balarama in the\nspiritual world, but at the present moment they are Caitanya and Nitai. Therefore\nthe conclusion is that Nityananda Prabhu is the original Salikar�al)a, Baladeva.\n\n", "adi3#p0119": "The Advent of lord Caitanya\n\nText 80)\n\n95\n\nTEXT 79\n\n'i_ia 'tr<$1 �� ��'11 �tilf'itl� 11i1 I\n�� �� �tl c;'5t'tf�t1 II '\\� U\nputra piinii dampati halfii iinandita mana\nvlse�e sevana kare govinda-carara\n\nSYNONYMS\nputra-son; piinii-having gotten; dampati-husband and wife; hai/ii-became;\n\niinandita-pleased; mana-mind; vise$e-specifically; sevana-service; kare-render;\ngovlnda-carara-the lotus feet of Lord Govinda.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\nhusband\n\nand wife [jagannatha Misra and Sacimata],\n\nhaving\n\ngotten\n\nVisvarupa as their son, were very pleased within their minds. Because of their\npleasure, they specifically began to serve the lotus feet of Govinda.\n\nPURPORT\nThere is a common saying in India that everyone goes to worship the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead when he is in distress, but when a person is in an opulent\nposition, he forgets God. In Bhagavad-gitii (7 .16) this is also confirmed:\ncatur-vidhii bhajante miirh\njaniif:J sukrtino 'rjuna\narto jijflasur arthiirthi\njniini ca bharatar�abha\n\n\"If backed by pious activities in the past, four kinds of men-namely, those who are\ndistressed, those in need of money, those searching after knowledge and those who\nare inquisitive-become interested in devotional service.\" The husband and wife,\njagannatha Misra and Sacimata, were very unhappy because their eight daughters\nhad passed away. Now, when they got Visvarupa as their son, certainly they became\nextremely happy. They knew that it was by the grace of the Lord that they were\nendowed with such happiness and opulence. Therefore instead of forgetting the\nLord, they become more and more adherent in rendering service to the lotus feet of\nGovinda. When a common man becomes opulent, he forgets God; but the more\nopulent a devotee becomes by the grace of the Lord, the more he becomes attached\n\nto the service of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 80\n\n'��'li-t� Iii -rt'ifi Q'Pf � � I\nIP'Sftt�-� c;� �� <2tt�t-t II lJ.'o II\n\n", "adi3#p0120": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n96\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\ncaudda-�ata chaya �ake �e?a mdgha mose\n\njoganniitha-�acira dehe kr�rera pravese\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaudda-sata-1400; chaya-6; sake-in the year of the Saka Era;se,sa-last; mtigha­\n\nMagha; mase-in\n\nthe\n\nmonth; jagannatha-of jagannatha Misra; sacira-and of\n\nSacidevi; dehe-in the bodies; kr�!Jera-of Lord Kr$Qa; pravese-by the entrance.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the month of january in the year 1406 of the Saka Era, Lord Kr�Qa entered\n\nthe bodies of both Jagannatha Misra and Saci.\n\nPURPORT\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu took His birth in the year 1407, Saka Era, in the\n\nmonth of Phalguna. But here we see that He entered the bodies of His parents in\n\nthe year 1406 in the month of Magha. Therefore, the Lord entered the bodies of His\n\nparents thirteen full months before His birth. Generally a common child remains\nwithin the womb of his mother for ten months, but here we see that the Lord re­\n\nmained within the body of His mother for thirteen months.\nTEXT 81\n\nfit� �t� -t�·•n;�,-c;�f� �t� �I! 1\n\nc;�tfl!�� m, <;� il!l�·�fil� I lr� II\nmlsra kahe �aci-sthone,-dekhi iina rita\n\njyotirmayo deha, geha lok�mi-adhi�{hita\nSYNONYMS\n\nmisrakohe-jagannathaMisra began to speak;saci-sthane- in the presence ofSaci­\n\ndevi-mata; dekhi-1 see; ana-extraordinary; rita-behavior; jyotirmaya-effulgent;\n\ndeha-body;geha-home; lak�mi-the goddess of fortune; adhi�{hita-situated.\nTRANSLATION\n\nJagannatha Misra said to Sacimata: \"I see wonderful things! Your body is efful­\n\ngent, and it appears as if the goddess of fortune were now staying personally in my\n\nhome.\n\nTEXT 82\n\n�tt l!tti �tt�tt� ��� �� l\n�tJ �ftl�1 (}f� �' �' 't'fi' II lr� ll\n\n", "adi3#p0121": "Text 83)\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\n97\n\nyahan tahan sarva-loka karaye sammana\nghare pathaiya deya dhana, vastra, dhana\nSYNONYMS\nyiihiin-wherever;\n\ntahon-anywhere;\n\nsarva-/oka-all\n\npeople;\n\nkaraye-show;\n\nsammana-respect; ghare-at home; po{haiyo-sending; deya-give; dhana-riches;\nvastra-cloth; dhana-paddy.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Anywhere and everywhere I go, all people offer me respect. Even without my\nasking, they voluntarily give me riches, clothing and paddy.\"\nPURPORT\nA briihmara does not become anyone's servant. To render service to someone\nelse is the business of the �lidras. A briihmara is always independent because he is a\nteacher, spiritual master and advisor to society. The members of society provide\nhim with all the necessities for life. In Bhagavad-gTtii the Lord has divided society\ninto four divisions-briihmara, k$atriya, vai�ya and �lidra. A society cannot run\nsmoothly without this scientific division. A briihmara should give good advice to all\nthe members of the society, a k$atriya should look after the administration, law and\norder of the society, vai�yas should produce and trade in all the needs of the\nsociety, whereas �Ddras should render service to the higher sections of society (the\n\nbrahmaras, k$atriyas and vai�yas ) .\n\njagannatha Misra was a brahmara. Therefore people would send him all bodily\n\nnecessities-money, cloth, grain and so on. While Lord Caitanya was in the womb of\nSacimata, jagannatha Misra received all these necessities of life without asking for\nthem. Because of the presence of the Lord in his family, everyone offered him due\nrespect as a briihmara. In other words, if a briihmara or Vai�Qava sticks to his position as an eternal servant of the Lord and executes the will of the Lord, there is no\nquestion of scarcity for his personal maintenance or the needs of his family.\nTEXT 83\n\n-tft ��,-'[liP '5ft� �t-r·t�tt I\nflt•iiO� �� Jl� � .� � II� II\nsac7 kahe,-muni dekhon akti�-upare\ndlvya-mtJrti loka saba yena stuti kare\nSYNONYMS\n�aci kahe-mother Sacidevi replied; muni-1; dekhon-see; iikii�a-upare-in outer\nspace; divya-mDrti-brill ian t forms; /oka-people; saba-all; yena-as if; stuti-prayers;\nkare-offering.\n\n", "adi3#p0122": ",\n\nSri Cait a n ya -caritam rta\n\n98\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nS acimata told her husband: \"I also see wonderfully brilliant human beings ap­\n\npearing in outer space, as if offering prayers.\"\n\nPURPORT\n\nJagannatha Misra was honored by everyone on the earth and was supplied with\n\nall necessities. Similarly, mother Saci saw many demigods in outer space offering\n\nprayers to her because of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu 's presence in her womb.\nTEXT 84\n\n�'Stit-t �(!f �' -�\"' � ��\"f I\nc;'SfJtf?!�� � � -Ptfitl'f \" \\r8 \"\njaganniitha m/Sra kahe,-svapna ye dekhila\njyotlrmaya-dhiima mora hrdaye paS/fa\nSYNONYMS\n\njaganniitha\n\nmiSra\n\nkahe- Jagannath a Misra\n\nreplied; svapna-dream; ye-that;\n\ndekhi/a-1 have seen;jyotirmaya-with a brilliant effulgence; dhlima-abode; mora­\n\nmy; hrdaye-in the heart; paSI/a-entered.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nJagannatha Misra then replied: \"In a dream I saw the effulgent abode of the Lord\n\nenter my heart.\n\nTEXT 85\n\n�� 18Sf11 �\\! <;'Stfl1 Q!t� �ct I\n,�\n\n�' >sr� � �-rr.:� n \"\"� n\n\niimlira hrdaya haite gelo tomora hrdaye\nhena bujhl, janmibena kona mahiiSaye\nSYNONYMS\n\nomlira hrdaya ha lte-from my heart; geld-transf er red; tomiira hrdaye-in to your\n\nheart; hena-like t his ; bujhi-1 u n derstand; janmibena- will take birth; kona-some;\n\nmahiiSaye-very great personality.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"From my heart it entered your heart. I therefore understand that a great per­\n\nsonality wi ll soon take birth.\"\n\n", "adi3#p0123": "The Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 86]\n\n99\n\nTEXT 86\n\n�I! <tlif' t.\"'r.� 1f�� �1{� �$'! I\n\n��til �<�1 � � �f.� lllr� II\neta bali' dunhe rahe hara�ita haM\nsalagrama seva kare vise�a kariya\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/1'- after this conversation; dunhe-both of them;rahe-remained; hara�ita­\n\njubilant; haM becoming; salagrama-sa/agrama-narayara-sila; seva-service; kare-\n\nrendered; vise�a-with special attention; kariyo-giving it.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter this conversation, both husband and wife were very jubilant, and together\n\nthey rendered service to the household salagrama-sila.\nPURPORT\n\nEspecially in every brohmara's house there must be a so/agroma-Silo to be wor­\n\nshiped by the brohmara family. This system is still current. People who are brohmara\n\nby caste, who are born in a brohmara family, must worship the solagroma-si/a. Un­\n\nfortunately, with the progress of Kali-yuga, the so-called brohmaras, although very\nproud of taking birth in brahmara families, no longer worship the salagroma-si/o.\n\nBut actually it has been a custom since time immemorial that a person born in a\n\nbriihmara family must worship the siilagroma-silo in all circumstances. In our Kr�Qa\n\nconsciousness society, some of the members are very anxious to introduce the siila­\n\ngriima-sila, but we have purposely refrained from introducing it because most of the\n\nmembers of the Kr$(la consciousness movement do not originally come from families\n\nof the brohmara caste. After some time, when we find that they are actually situated\n\nstrictly in the line of brahminical behavior, this so/agroma-silii will be introduced.\n\nIn this age, the worship of the Siilagrama-si/o is not as important as the chanting\n\nof the holy name of the Lord. That is the injunction of the !;astra. Harer nama harer\n\nniima harer namaiva kevalam kalau nasty eva nasty eva nasty eva gatir anyathii. Srila\n}iva Gosvami's opinion is that by chanting the holy name offenselessly one becomes\n\ncompletely perfect. Nevertheless, just to purify the situation of the mind, worship o f\n\nthe Deity i n the temple i s also necessary. Therefore when one i s advanced i n spiritual\n\nconsciousness or is perfectly situated on a spiritual platform he may take to the\nworship of the siilagriima-sila.\n\nThe transferring of the Lord from the heart of J agannatha Mi�ra to the heart of\n\nSacimata is explained by Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura as follows: \"It is\nto be concluded that J agannatha Misra and Sacimata are nitya-siddhas, ever purified\n\nassociates of the Lord. Their hearts are always uncontaminated, and therefore they\n\nnever forget the Supreme Personality of Godhead. A common man in this material\n\nworld has a contaminated heart. He must therefore first purify his heart to come to\n\n", "adi3#p0124": "100\n\n'\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nthe transcendental position. But Jagannatha Misra and Sacimata were not a common\nman and woman with contaminated hearts. When the heart is uncontaminated, it is\nsaid to be in the existential position of vasudeva. Vasudeva can beget Vasudeva, or\nKr�Qa, who is transcendentally situated.\"\nIt is to be understood that Sacidevi did not become pregnant as an ordinary\n\nwoman becomes pregnant because of sense indulgence. One should not think the\n\npregnancy of Sacimata to be that of an ordinary woman because that is an offense.\n\nOne can understand the pregnancy of Sacimata when one is actually advanced in\nspiritual consciousness and fully engaged in the devotional service of the Lord.\nIn the Sriinad-Bhiigavatam ( 1 0.2.16) it is stated:\nbhagaviin api vi�viitmii\nbhaktiiniim abhayankarafl\niivive�iirh�a-bhiigena\nmana iinakadundubhefl\nThis is a statement regarding the birth of Lord Kr�Qa. The incarnation of the Lord\nentered the mind of Vasudeva and was then transferred to the mind of Devaki. Srila\nSridhara Svami gives the following annotation in this connection: 'mana iivive�'\nmanasy iivirbabhDva; jTviiniim iva no dhiitu-sambandha fty arthafl. There was no\nquestion of the seminal discharge necessary for the birth of an ordinary human\n\nbeing. Srila Rupa GosvamT also comments in this connection that Lord Kr�Qa first\n\nappeared in the mind of Anakadundubhi, Vasudeva, and was then transferred to\nthe mind of Devaki·devi. Thus the spiritual bliss in the mind of Devaki-devlgradually\nincreased, just as the moon increases every night until it becomes a full moon. At\n\nthe time of His appearance, Lord Kr�Qa came out of the mind of Devaki and appeared within the prison house of Kamsa by the side of Devaki's bed. At that time,\nby the spell of yogamiiya,\n\nDevaki thought that her child had now been born.\n\nIn this connection, even the demigods from the celestial kingdom were also bewildered. As it is stated, muhyanti yat sDrayafl (Bhiig. 1.1.1 ) . They came to offer\n\ntheir prayers to Devaki, thinking that the Supreme Lord was within her womb.\n\nThe demigods came to Mathura from their celestial kingdom. This indicates that\nMathura is still more important than the celestial kingdom of the upper planetary\nsystem.\nLord Kr�r;�a, as the eternal son of Yasodamayi, is always present in Vrndavana.\nThe pastimes of Lord Kr�Qa are continuously going on within both this material\nworld and the spiritual world. In such pastimes, the Lord always thinks Himself the\neternal son of mother Yasoda and father Nanda Maharaja. I n the Tenth Canto of\n\nSr7mad-Bhiigavatam, Chapter Six, verse 43, it is stated, \"When magnanimous, broadhearted Nanda Maharaja came back from a tour, he immediately took his son Kr�r;�a\n\non his lap and experienced transcendental bliss by smelling His head.\" Similarly, in\nthe Tenth Canto, Ninth Chapter, verse 21, it is said, \"This Personality of Godhead,\nappearing as the son of a cowherd damsel, is easily available and understandable to\n\ndevotees, whereas those who are under the concept of bodily life, even though they\n\n", "adi3#p0125": "The Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 87)\n\n101\n\nare very advanced in austerity and penance or even though they are great philoso­\n\nphers, are unable to understand Him.\"\nSrila\n\nBhaktisiddhanta\n\nSarasvati\n\nThakura\n\nnext\n\nquotes\n\nSripada\n\nBaladeva\n\nVidyabhu�aoa, who refers to the prayers offered by the demigods to Lord Kr�Qa\n\nin the womb of Devakt and summarizes the birth of Kr?Qa as follows: \"As the rising\n\nmoon manifests light in the east, so Devaki, who was always situated on the\ntranscendental platform, having been initiated in the Kr�oa mantra by Vasudeva,\n\nthe son of Surasena, kept Kr�Qa within her heart.\" From this statement of SrimadBhiigavatam (10.2.18) it is understood that the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nhaving been transferred from the heart of Anakadundubhi, or Vasudeva, manifested\n\nHimself in the heart of Devaki. According to Srila Baladeva Vidyabhusaoa, the\n\n\"heart of Devaki\" means the womb of Devaki because in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam,\n\nTenth Canto, Second Chapter, verse 41, the demigods say, di�_tyiimba te kuk�i­\n\ngata/1 para/1 pumiin: \"Mother Devaki, the Lord is already within your womb.\"\n\nTherefore, that the Lord was transferred from the heart of Vasudeva to the heart\n\nof Devaki means that He was transferred to the womb of Devaki.\n\nSimilarly, in regard to the appearance of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu as described\n\nin the Caitanya-caritiimrta, the words vi�e�e sevana kare govinda-carara, \"they\n\nspecifically began to worship the lotus feet of Govinda,\" indicate that exactly as\n\nKr?Qa appeared in the heart of Devaki through the heart of Vasudeva, so Lord\n\nCaitanya appeared in the heart of Sacidevi through the heart of Jagannatha Misra.\n\nThis is the mystery of the appearance of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Consequently,\none should not think of Lord Caitanya's appearance as that of a common man or\n\nliving entity. This subject matter is a little difficult to understand, but for devotees\n\nof the Lord it will not at all be difficult to realize the statements given by Kr�Qadasa\nKaviraja Gosvami.\n\nTEXT 87\n\n�t(! ��ti! � \"1. iltt1PIf 1ftJf I\n(!� �· �r;;•,- �t•r �� � It\"\"\" n\nhaite haite haifa garbha trayoda�a miisa\n\ntathiipi bhumi�.tha nahe,-mi�rera haifa triisa\n\nSYNONYMS\nhaite haite- thus becoming; haifa-it so became; garbha-pregna n cy; trayoda�a­\n\nthirteenth; masa-month; tathiipi-still; bhumi�.tha-delivery; nahe-there was no\n\nsign; mi�rera-of Jagannatha Misra; haifa-became; trasa-apprehension.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way the pregnancy approached its thirteenth month, but still there was\n\nno sign of the delivery of the child. Thus Jagannatha Misra became greatly appre­\n\nhensive.\n\n", "adi3#p0126": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n102\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 88\n\n�fftllli1� �� <fi�\" -stfcrni 1\n\n�l �tt'l '1_ii �� �\"sf �t�illlr\\r II\nniliimbara cakravarti kahi/a gatyiyii\nei miise putra habe subha-k�ara piii'iii\n\nSYNONYMS\nniliimbara cakravarti-of the name Nnambara Cakravarti; kahila- said; ga(liyii-by\n\nastrological calculation; el miise-in this month; putra-son; habe-will take birth;\n\nsubha-k�ara-auspicious moment; piii7ii-taking advantage of.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNilambara Cakravarti [the grandfather of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu] then did an\n\nastrological calculation and said that in that month, taking advantage of an auspicious\n\nmoment, the child would take birth.\n\nTEXT 89\n\nC�1\"'� �1!-ft� 11� � � I\nc;9{)(1ft�J \"''llill�'ttl'f �� ��..-1 II \\r� II\nI.\n\ncaudda-sata sata-sake miisa ye phiilguna\npaurromiisira sandhyii-kiile haile subha-k�0(/0\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaudda-sata siita-sake-in\n\n1407 of the Saka Era; miisa-month; ye-which; phiil­\n\nguna-of the name Phalguna; paur(lamiisira-of the full moon; sandhyii-kiile-in the\n\nevening; hai/e-there was; subha-k�a(la-an auspicious con ste l lation\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus in the year 1407 of the Saka Era in the month of P hal gu n a [March-April]\n\non the evening of the full moon, the desired auspicious moment appeared.\n\nPURPORT\nSrna Bhak�ivinoda Thakura, i n his Amrta-praviiha-bhii�ya, has presented the\n\nhoroscop e of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as follows:\n\nsaka 1407/10/22/28/45\ndinam\n\n7\n15\n40\n13\n\n11\n54\n37\n6\n\n8\n38\n40\n23\n\n", "adi3#p0127": "Text 90)\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\n103\n\nThe explanation of the horoscope given by Bhaktivinoda Thakura is that at the\n\ntime of the birth of Lord Ca1tanya Mahaprabhu the constellations were situated as\nfollows: Sukra (Venus) and the constellation of the Asvini stars were in the Me:;arasi (Aries); Ketu (the ninth planet) and Uttaraphalguni were in the Simha-rasi\n\n(Leo); Candra (the moon) was in Purvaphalguni (the eleventh lunar mansion); S ani\n\n(Saturn) and Jye:;fha were in Vrscika (Scorpio); Brh?spati (Jupiter) and Purva:;ac;lha\n\nwere in Dhanu (Sagittarius); Marigala (Mars) and Sravaoa were in Makara (Capri­\n\ncorn); Ravi (the sun) was in Kumbha-rasi (Aquarius); Rahu was in Purvabhadrapada;\n\nand Budha (Mercury) and Uttarabhadrapada were in Mina (Pisces). The day was\nsimhalagna.\nTEXT 90\n\n���·Jtr-t, r���·\"tt, g ��-st5j 1\n�,�'5f, ���'$f, ���� II e;,o II\nsimha-rasi, simha-lagna, ucca graha-gara\n�afl-varga, a�.ta-varga, sarva sulak�ara\nSYNONYMS\nsirilha-the lion; rasi-sign of the zodiac; sirhha-the lion; lagna-birth moment;\n\nucca-high; graha-gara-all planets; �a.t-varga-six area; a�.ta-varga-eight area; sarvaall; su-/ak�ara-auspiciousness.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAccording to the jyotir Veda, or Vedic astronomy, when the figure of the lion\nappears both in the zodiac and the time of birth [lagna], this indicates a very high\n\nconjunction of planets, an area under the influence of :;a�-varga and a:;ta-varga, which\nare all-auspicious moments.\n\nPURPORT\nThe divisions of the �afl-varga area are technically called k�etra, hora, drekkara,\n\nnavam sa, dvadasarhsa and trirhsiirhsa. According to Jyotir-vedic astrology, when it is\n\ncalculated who rules the constellation of six areas, the auspicious moment is calcu­\n\nlated. SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura, who was previously also a great\n\nastrologer, says that in the book named Brhaj-jataka and other books there are\n\ndirections for knowing the movements of the stars and planets. One who knows\n\nthe process of drawing a straight line and thus understands the area of aHa-varga\n\ncan explain the auspicious constellations. This science is known especially by per­\n\nsons who are called hora-sastra-vit, or those who know the scripture of the name\n\nHora. On the strength of astrolo�ical calculations from the Hora scripture, Nilambara\n\nCakravarti, the grandfather of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, ascertained the auspicious\nmoment in which the Lord would appear.\n\n", "adi3#p0128": ",\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n104\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 91\n\n�-�� '�� flftrt 5ft� I\n'!·� �8 ._tf <;<ri'f1t �� II �� II\no-kalonka gouracandro dila darosana\nso-kalanko candre ora kon proyojano\nSYNONYMS\na-kalonko-without contamination; gaurocondro-the moon of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\ndi/a-gave;\n\ndarosana-audience;\n\nso-ka/onka-wl th\n\ncontamination;\n\ncandre-for a moon; ora-also; kon-what;prayojono-necessity.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the spotless moon of Caitanya Mahaprabhu became visible, what would\nbe the need for a moon full of black marks on its body?\nTEXT 92\n\n�'! ��' �- �� �1( ��'1 I\n\n'\"' '\"' '�At' �tc;l{ �� �� II �� II\neta jani' rahu kaila candrera graha(la\n'k[j(IO' 'k[�(la' 'hari' nome bhase tri-bhuvano\nSYNONYMS\neta joni'-knowing all this; rahu-the zodiac figure Rahu; kat/a-attempted; candrero-of the moon; graha(lo-eclipse; kr�IJO kr,sra-the holy name of Kr?!'la; hartthe holy name of Hari; name-the names; bhOse-inundated; tri-bhuvana-the three\nworlds.\nTRANSLATION\nConsidering this, Rahu, the black planet, covered the full moon, and immediately\nvibrations of \"Kr�Qa! KnQa! Hari!\" inundated the three worlds.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the jyotir Veda, the Rahu planet comes in front of the full moon,\nand thus a lunar eclipse takes place. It is customary in India that all the followers\nof the Vedic scriptures take bath in the Ganges or the sea as soon as there is a lunar\nor solar eclipse. All strict followers of Vedic religion stand up in the water throughout the whole period of the eclipse and chant the Hare Kr�r;�a mohO-mantra. At the\n\ntime·of the birth of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu such a lunar eclipse took place, and\nnaturally all the people standing in the water were chanting Hare Kr�r;�a, Hare Kr?r;a,\nKr�!Ja Kr�!Ja, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\n\n", "adi3#p0129": "Text 95]\n\n105\n\nThe Auvent of Lord Caitanya\n\nTEXT 93\ni9RI � 'fit� �If � �� I\n\n�1{e,<ffi( �01 �� �� 1{ti{ 1{it ll �� ll\njaya jaya dhvani haifa sakala bhuvana\ncamatktira haiyii loka bhtive mane mana\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-al l glories; dhvani-vibration; haifa-there was; sakala-a ll; bhuvanaworlds; camatktira-wonderful; haiyti-becoming; /oka-all the people; bhtive\n\n-\n\nstate;\n\nmane mona-within their minds.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll people thus chanted the Hare K�r;�a maha-mantra during the lunar eclipse,\nand their minds were struck with wonder.\n\nTEXT 94\ntf1te. �ftvt �� ��;� -'�nt' '�nt' I\n\n��tj ,'Sl)�\" '-\"Df ���fir ll �8 ll\njagat bhariyti loka bale- 'hori' 'hari'\nseik�are gaurokr�(la bhDme avatari\n\nSYNONYMS\njagat-the whole world; bhariyti- fu !filling; /oka\n\n-\n\npeople; bale-said; hari hari­\n\nthe holy name of the Lord; sei k�a(le-at that time; gaurakr�!Ja\n-\n\n-\n\nLord Kr�l)a in the\n\nform of Gaurahari; bhume-on the earth; avatari-advented.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the whole world was thus chanting the holy name of 1he Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r;�a in the form of Gaurahari advented Himself on the earth.\n\nTEXT 95\n�� � �� -� 1{i{ I\n\n'�fit' �fir' �l{t<fi �� <fi�� ��� ll �<t II\nprasanna ha-ifa saba jagatera mana\n'hari' bali' hinduke hiisya karaye yavana\n\n", "adi3#p0130": "106\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSYNONYMS\nprasanna-joyful; ha-ifa-became; saba-all; jagatera-of the whole world; mana­\n\nthe mind; hari-the holy name of the Lord; bali'-s aying; hinduke-unto the Hindus;\n\nhasya-laughing; karaye-do so; yavana-the Mohammedans.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe whole world was pleased. While the Hindus chanted the holy name of the\n\nLord, the non-Hindus, especi ally the Mohammedans, jokingly imitated the words.\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough the Mohammedans or non-Hindus have no interest in chanting the holy\n\nname of the Lord, the Hare Kr�Qa maha-mantra, while the Hindus in NavadvTpa\n\nchanted during the lunar eclipse the Mohammedans also imitated them. Thus the\n\nHindus and Mohammedans joined together in chanting the holy name of the Lord\nwhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ad vented Himself.\nTEXT96\n\n'•ft' �fit' �''Sf'l �� �tlftlf I\n�'5(�-if!J <fit1f � �� ll �� ll\n'hart' bali' narT\ngara del hulohuli\nsvarge vadya-nrtya kare deva kuti1ha/T\nSYNONYMS\n\nhart bali'-by saying the word Hari; nari-ga(la-all the ladies; del-chanting;\n\nhulahuli-the sound of hulahuli; svarge-in the heavenly planets; vadya-nrtya-music\n\nand dance; ka re-do; deva-demigods; kuti1ha!T-curious.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile all the ladies vibrated the holy name of Hari on earth, in the heavenly planets\n\ndancing and music were going on, for the demigods were very curious.\nTEXT 97\n\n<!f:Jti �'l Wllf fit�, <2i:Jfi{ ��\"f I\n\"l1�1f·��1t C�� �til�l'ff �ll41ill ll �'l II\nprasanna haifa da�a dik, prasanna nadTjalu\n\nsthavara-jangama haifa anande vihvala\n\n", "adi3#p0131": "Text99)\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\n107\n\nSYNONYMS\nprasanna-jubilant; haifa-became; dasa-ten; d/k-directions; prasanna-satisfied;\nnadi-jafa-the water of the rivers; stha vara- immovable; jangama-movable; haifabecame; anande-in joy; v/hvafa-overwhelmed.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this atmosphere, all the ten directions became jubilant, as did the waves of the\n\nrivers. Moreover, all beings, moving and non-moving, were overwhelmed with transcendental bliss.\nTEXT98\n\n�i'l-�f'Stft,\nttcCRW ,11\\tm,\n.9(1 �' �.., �i I\nf�l �'\n'Pft\"f�'lf: � iftll(,\n'f�ft' m'f(fi{ �� ft �lr II\nnadiya-udayagiri, purracandra gaurahari,\nkrpa karl' ha-ifa udaya\npiipa-tama/:1 haifa nasa, tri-jagatera ul/asa,\njagabhari' hari-dhvani haya\nSYNONYMS\nnadiya-the place known as Nad iya; udayagirl-is the appearing place; purra candra\n\n-the full moon; gaurahari-Lord SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu; krpii-by mercy;\n\nkari -doing so; ha-l/a-became; udaya-risen; papa-sinful; tamar-darkness; haifa'\n\nbecame; nasa-d issipated; trl-jagatera-of the three worlds; u//iisa-happiness; jaga­\n\nbhari -filling the whole world; hari-dhvani-the transcendental vibration of Hari;\nhaya-resounded.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus by His causeless mercy the full moon, Gaurahari, rose in the district of\nNadia, which is compared to Udayagiri, where the sun first becomes visible. His\n\nrising in the sky dissipated the darkness of sinful life, and thus the three worlds\nbecame joyful and chanted the holy name of the Lord.\nTEXT99\n\n�fh1 � Itt,\n�-·� Feltrif1J,\n�J -.tJ <G�f�� I\nn�·�-Jt.,,\n.:fllfM ttlfP1 �,\n'� i1tt5, '� ift� � II �� II\n\n", "adi3#p0132": "108\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nsei-kll e nijlllaya, uthiyii advaita raya,\nnrtya kare iinandita-mane\nharidiise lana sange, hunkiira-kirtana-range\nkene nace, keha niihi jane\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei-kiile-at that time; nija-olaya-in His own house; uthiya -standing; advaita­\n\nAdvaita Acarya; raya-the rich man; nrtya-dancing; kare....:performs; anandita-with\n\njoyful; mane-mind; haridiise-Thakura Haridasa; /aM-taking; sange-with Him;\nhunkora-loudly; kirtana-sankirtana; range-performing; kene-why; niice-dances;\n\nkeha niihi-no one;jiine-knows.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time Sri Advaita Acarya Prabhu, in His own house at Santipura, was\n\ndancing in a pleasing mood. Taking Haridasa Thakura with Him, He danced and\nloudly chanted Hare Kn�Ja. But why they were dancing, no one could understand.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is understood that Advaita Prabhu, at that time, was in His own paternal house\n\nat Santipura. Haridasa Thakura frequently used to meet Him. Coincidentally, therefore, he was also there, and upon the birth of Sri'Caitanya Mahaprabhu both of them\n\nimmediately began to dance. But no one in Santipura could understand why those\ntwo saintly persons were dancing.\n\nTEXT 100\n\nro� t.ttt'St �, ,\n\n._ 'Sftrt�tt• �tr�',\n�t�t\"t \"ff\" 1ttrtw� 1\n'ttdll1 '9ftt'St1t\"',\n..t..tt lft..l<qr;.t,\n�tttt Nlf �11ft � 1 ) • • n\ndekhi' upariiga hiisi', sighra gangii-ghii{ e osi'\nanande karila gango-snona\npiiiiii upariiga-chale, iipaniira mono-bale,\nbriihma[lere dila nona dana\n\nSYNONYMS\ndekhi'-seeing; uparaga-the eclipse; hiisi'-laughing; sighra-very soon; ganga­\n\nghii te -on the bank of the Ganges; osi'-coming; anonde-in jubilation; korilo-took;\n\ngonga-sniino-bath in the Ganges; piiiiii-taking advantage of; uparoga-chale-on the\n\nevent of the lunar eclipse; iipaniira-His own; monas-bole-by the strength of mind;\n\nbriihmatJere-unto the brohma[las; dilo-gave; nona-various ; dana -charities .\n\n", "adi3#p0133": "The AJvent of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 101]\n\n109\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the lunar eclipse and laughing, both Advaita Acarya and Haridasa Thakura\nimmediately went to the bank of the Ganges and bathed in the Ganges in great\njubilation. Taking advantage of the occasion of the lunar eclipse, Advaita Acarya,\nby His own mental strength, distributed various types of charity to the brahma(las.\nPURPORT\nIt is the custom of Hindus to give in charity to the poor as much as possible\nduring the time of a lunar or solar eclipse. Advaita Acarya, therefore, taking advantage_ of this eclipse, distributed many varieties of charity to the brahma!Jas.\nIn the SrTmad-Bhagavatam there is a statement in the Tenth Canto, Third Chapter,\nverse 11, that when Kr�t:la took His birth, immediately Vasudeva, taking advantage\n\nof this moment, distributed ten thousand cows to the briihma!Jas. It is customary\namong Hindus that at the time a child is born, especially a male child, the parents\n\ndistribute great charity in jubilation. Advaita Acarya was actually interested in distributing charity because of Lord Caitanya's birth at the time of the lunar eclipse.\nPeople could not understand, however, why Advaita Acarya was giving such a\ngreat variety of things in charity. He did so not because of the lunar eclipse but\nbecause of the Lord's taking birth at that moment. He distributed charity exactly\nas Vasudeva did at the time of Lord Kr�Qa's appearance.\nTEXT 101\n\n,�, 11� �-n,\nitt�� �frn� 1\n�t1rtt �ilter,\n<;1rtt 1lil �q,\nc;wf�-� <fitct ..��II �o� II\ntr1te. �til\"f111t,\n\njagat iinandamaya, dekhi' mane sa-vismaya,\nthiirethore kahe haridiisa\ntomiira a/chana ranga, mora mana parasanna,\ndekhi-kichu kiirye iiche bhiisa\n\nSYNONYMS\njagat-the whole world; iinandamaya-full of pleasure; dekhi'-see ing; manewithin the mind; sa-vismaya-with amazement; thiirethore-by direct and indirect\nindications; kahe-says; haridiisa-Haridasa Thakura; tomiira-Your; a/chana-that\nkind\n\nof;\n\nranga-performance; mora-my; mana-mind; parasanna-very much\n\npleased; dekhi-1 can understand; kichu-something; kiirye-in work; ache-there\nis; bhosa-indication.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he saw that the whole world was jubilant, Haridasa Thakura, his mind\nastonished, directly and indirectly expressed himself to Advaita Acarya: \"Your\n\n", "adi3#p0134": "110\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ndancing and distributing charity are very pleasing to me.\nthere is some special purpose in these actions.\"\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 13\ncan understand that\n\nTEXT 102\n\n�1���, ����,\n�� �i{ ��oo�,\n�' � C..'f �1'\"\" I\n<fit� 00��,\n.srt•lt\"f �ll'CI'f �'\niltifl 'ftil � 'lfti{�'f II �o� II\niiciiryaratna, sriviisa, haifa mane sukholliisa\nyiii' sniina kaila ganga-jale\niinande vihvala mana, kare hari-sanklrtana\nniinii diina kaila mono-bale\n\nSYNONYMS\niiciiryaratna-of the name Acaryaratna; sriviisa-of the name Srivasa; haifa-became; mane-in the mind; sukha-ul/iisa-happy; yi'ii'-going; sniina-bathing; haifaexecuted; gangii-jale-in the water of the Ganges; iinande-in jubilation; vihva/aoverwhelmed; mana-mind; kare-does; hari-sanklrtana-performance of sanklrtana;\nniinii-various; dona-char it i es ; kaila-did; monas-bale-by the strength of the mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAcaryaratna [CandraSekhara] and Srivasa Thakura were overwhelmed with joy,\nand immediately they went to the bank of the Ganges to take bath in the water of\nthe Ganges. Their minds full of happiness, they chanted the Hare Kr�r;�a mantra and\ngave charity by mental strength.\n\nTEXT 103\n\nllrn � �t-t F.�,\nlfll 'If� ce�,\n�� �1 �dl31 au;•U�to�l\n�\"' �\" 'lfil,\n-«ts, �tif ����'\n'lt� emf -t� � II �o� II\nei mota bhokto-tati, yiinra yei dese sthiti,\ntiihiin tiihiin piiflii mono-bale\nniice, kore sonkTrtana, iinande vihvalo mona,\ndona kore grahorera chafe\n\n", "adi3#p0135": "Text 105)\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\n111\n\nSYNONYMS\nei mota-in this way; bhakta-tati-all the devotees there; yiinra-whose; yeiwhichever; dese-in the country; sthiti-resident; tahiin tiihiin-there and there;\npana-taking advantage; monos-bale-by the strength of the mind; niice-dance;\nkare sankTrtona-perform sankTrtana; iinande-in joyfulness; vihvala-overwhelmed;\nmana-mind; diina-in charity; kare-give; groharera-of the lunar eclipse; chafeon the pretense.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way all the devotees, wherever they were situated, in every city and every\ncountry, danced, performed sankirtana, and gave charity by mental strength on the\nplea of the lunar eclipse, their minds overwhelmed with joy.\nTEXT 104\n\n�-ll'lfi{·i{�,\ni41ifl·�� fit� �11'\n� :Jit<l ��� flb1 I\n� �-<=Jtt'N·�,\nOff..' <lt'ft<l5f �'\n�tJtt� � �.. 911$111 �o8 II\nbriihmara-sajjana-niiri, nana-dravye thiili bhari'\niiilii sabe yautuka la-iyii\nyena kiincii-sora-dyuti, dekhi' biilakera murti,\niisTrvada kare sukha piinii\nSYNONYMS\nbriihmara �the respectful briihmaras; sat-jana-gentlemen; niiri-ladies; nonavarieties; dravye-with gifts; thafi-plates; bhari'-filled up; iiilii-came; sabe-all;\nyautuka-presentations; la-iya-taking; yena-like; kiincii-raw; sora-gold; dyutiglaring; dekhi'-seeing; balakera-of the child; murti-form; aSirvada-blessings;\nkare-offered; sukha-happiness;piinii-achieving.\nTRANSLATION\nAll sorts of respectful brahma�;�a gentlemen and ladies, carrying plates filled with\nvarious gifts, came with their presentations. Seeing the newborn child, whose form\nresembled natural glaring gold, all of them with happiness offered their blessings.\nTEXT 105\n\n�f�, ,�it, ��it, �' fvt, �'\n...m � (;Sf<t-..n'l'�ct I\n\n", "adi3#p0136": "'\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n112\n\n��-{Jft�J �\\I �fi''\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\n�t'f.� �-t �''\n\n�' �� �11: Q-t� II �o<t II\nsiivitri, gauri, sarasvati, �acT, rambhii, arundhatT,\niira yata deva-norigara\nniinii-dravye piitra bhari', briihmarira ve�a dhari',\niisi' sabe kare dara�ana\nSYNONYMS\nsovitri-the wife of Lord Brahma;gauri-the wife of Lord Siva;sarasvati-the wife\n\nof Lord Nrsirhhadeva;.Saci-the wife of King lndra;rambhci-a dancing girl of heaven;\n\narundhatT- th e wife of VasiHha; ora-and; yata-all; deva-celestial; niiri-gara women; nona-varieties; dravye-with gifts; patra bhari'-filling up the baskets;\n\nbrahmaiJTra-in the forms of brcihmaiJa ladies; vesa dhari' dressing like that; asi'-\n\ncoming there; sabe-all; kare-do; darasana-visit\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDressing themselves as the wives of brahmal)as, all the celestial ladies, including\n\nthe wives of Lord Brahma, lord Siva, lord Nrsinihadeva, King lndra and VasiHha\n��i, and Rambha, a dancing girl of heaven, came there with varieties of gifts.\nPURPORT\nWhen Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu was a newly born baby, He was visited by the\n\nneighboring ladies, most of whom were the wives of respectable brahmaras. In the\n\ndress of brahmaras' wives, celestial ladies like the wives of Lord Brahma and Lord\n\nSiva also came to see the newly born child. Ordinary people saw them as neighborhood respectable brohmara ladies, but actually they were all celestial ladies dressed\n\nin that way\n\n.\n\nTEXT 106\n\n-st� ��, it11:-t,\n�m.. \"'�-rt'l,\n\"'f��J <fit11: qf'iJ·�� I\n�' �' �ti,\n�9f �tJ ;$,\n� �fit' iltto �<.fPi & u � o� 11\nantarik�e deva-gara, gandharva, siddha, ciiraiJO,\nstuti·nrtya kare vadya-gita\nnartaka, viidaka, bhii_ta, navadvipe yiira na{a,\nsabe asi' noce poiia prita\nSYNONYMS\nantarik�e-in outer space; deva-gara-the demigods; gandharva- the inhabitants\n\nof Gandharvaloka; siddha-the inhabitants of Siddhaloka; carara-the professional\n\n", "adi3#p0137": "Text107]\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\n113\n\nsingers of the heavenly planets; stuti-prayers; nrtya-dancing; kare-do; viidyamusic; gita-song; nartaka-dancers; viidaka-professional drummers; bhiifa-professional blessing-givers; navadvTpe-in the city of Navadvipa;yara-of whom; natastage; sabe-all of them; asi'-coming; nace-began to dance; pana-achieving;\nprita-happiness.\nTRANSLATION\nIn outer space all the demigods, including the inhabitants of Gandharvaloka,\nSiddhaloka and Cara�;�aloka, offered their prayers and danced with musical songs\nand the beating of drums. Similarly, in Navadvipa city all the professional dancers,\nmusicians and blessers gathered together, dancing in great jubilation.\nPURPORT\nAs there are professional singers, dancers and reciters of prayers in the heavenly\nplanets, so in India still there are professional dancers, givers of blessings and singers,\nall of whom assemble together during householder ceremonies, especially marriages\nand birth ceremonies. These professional men earn their livelihood by taking\ncharity on such occasions from the homes of the Hindus. Eunuchs also take advantage of such ceremonies to receive charity. That is their means of livelihood.\nSuch men never become servants or engage themselves in agriculture or business\noccupations; they simply take charity from neighborhood friends to maintain\nthemselves peacefully. The bha.tas are a class of brahmaras who go to such ceremonies to offer blessings by composing poems with references to the Vedic\nscriptures.\nTEXT 107\n\n\"'� �� � m, \"'� �� '� 1111.\n\n�I! irtt1' �� � I\n'f�t.,-.l:'f·�,\n\n��R �'\nfit� �1ft 'Wfl�\"\" �'f II )o'\\ II\n\nkebii iise kebii yiiya, kebii niice kebii giiya,\nsambhalite niire kiira bola\nkhar(lileka dul}kha-�oka, pramoda-purita loka,\nmi�ra haifa anande vihvala\n\nSYNONYMS\nkebii-who; iise-is coming; kebii-who; yiiya-is going; kebii-who; nic\ni e-is\ndancing; kebii-who; giiya-is singing; sambhiilite-to understand; niire-cannot;\nkiira-others; bola-language; kha!Jpileka-dissipated; duf7kha-unhappiness; sokalamentation; pramoda-jubilation ;purita-ful l of; loka-all people;mi�ra-J aga nnatha\nMisra; haifa-became; iinande-in happiness; vihvala-overwhelmed.\n\n", "adi3#p0138": "'\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n114\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nNo one could understand who was coming and who was going, who was dancing\n\nand who was singing. Nor could they understand each other's language. But in\n\neffect all unhappiness and lamentation were immediately dissipated, and people\n\nbecame all-jubilant. Thus jagannatha Misra was also overwhelmed with joy.\nTEXT 108\n\n...�1�11'1, -��,\n�-rfit(!f-9fPf,\n�'�tt����'\n� •1fl'f f�f�,\n..1l'f W118�Sf,\n�fit� �tf iftif11ft� II )otr n\nocoryaratna, srTviisa, jaganniitha-misra-posa,\niisi' tiiilre kare siivadhiina\n\nkariiila jiitakarma, ye iichila vidhi-dharma,\ntabe misra kare niinii diina\nSYNONYMS\nocoryaratna-Candrasekhara Acarya; sriviisa-Srivasa Thakura; jagannatha-misra\n\npaso-at the house of Jagannatha Misra; asi'-coming; toilre-unto him; kare-do;\nsiivadhiina-attention; karol/a-executed; jotakarma-the auspicious ceremony at the\n\ntime of birth; ye-whatever; iichila-there was; vldhl-dharma-regulative principles\nof religion; tabe-at that time; mfsra-Jagannatha Misra; kare-does; nona-varieties;\n\ndona-charities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nCandrasekhara Acarya and Srivasa Thakura both came to jagannatha Misra and\n\ndrew his attention in various ways. They performed the ritualistic ceremonies prescribed at the time of birth according to religious principles. jagannatha Misra also\ngave varieties of charity.\n\nTEXT 109\n\n� � �'\"'\n� 'fi' �t<!f N\" � I\n'e1t, ��� �,\n�'! �., 'Sftii{,\n�finn�... ���� )•� n\n�'1... �.. ��.\n\nyautuka pii la yata, ghare va achila kata,\nsaba dhana vipre dlla dana\n\nyata nartaka, gayana, bha.ta, akiflcana jana,\ndhana diyo kaila sabora mona\n\n", "adi3#p0139": "The Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 110)\n\n115\n\nSYNONYMS\nyautuka-presentation; poi/a-received; yata-as much as; ghare-in the house;\n\nvo-or; iichila-there was; kata-whatever; saba dhana-all riches; v(,ore-unto the\n\nbriihmaras; dila-gave; dona-in\n\ncharity; yata-all; nartaka-dancers; giiyana­\n\nsingers; bha.ta-blessers; akiiicana }ana-poor men; dhana diya-giving them riches;\n\nkaila-did; sabara-everyone's; mona-honor.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhatever riches Jagannatha Misra collected in the form of gifts and presentations,\n\nand whatever he had in his house, he distributed among the brahmal)as, professional\n\nsingers, dancers, bhatas and the poor. He honored them all by giving them riches in\ncharity.\n\nTEXT 110\n\n-�� �-'\nlft1{ �tJ '��',\n'Wftf�tm 9f'it·llttr 1\n�J, ��' ��'\n�-' \"'f1, ittrlt�,\nfiRT1 �tr iftil'Sftt 1ttr II � � o II\nsrivasera brahmari, nama tiinra 'malini',\nacaryaratnera patnT-sange\n\nsindDra, haridra, taila, kha-i, kala, narikela,\ndiyo pDje norigara range\n\nSYNONYMS\nsrivasera brahmarT-the wife of Sri vasa Thakura;nama-name; tanra-her; malini­\n\nof the name Mali ni; iiciiryaratnera-of Candrasekhara (Acaryaratna); patni-wife;\n\nsange-along with; sindiira-vermilion; haridro-turmeric;taila-oil ;kho-i-fused rice;\n\nkala-banana; narike/a-coconut;\n\nrange-in a happy mood.\n\ndiya-giving; piJje-worship; nari-gatJa-ladies;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe wife of Srivasa Thakura, whose name was Malini, accompanied by the wife\n\nof Candrasekhara [Acaryaratna] and other ladies, came there in great happiness to\n\nworship the baby with paraphernalia such as vermilion, turmeric, oil, fused rice,\n\nbananas and coconuts.\n\nPURPORT\nVermilion, kha-i (fused rice), bananas, coconuts and turmeric mixed with oil are\n\nall auspicious gifts for such a ceremony. As there is puffed rice, so there is another\n\npreparation of rice called kha-i, or fused rice, which, along with bananas, is taken\n\n", "adi3#p0140": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n116\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nas a very ausp1c1ous presentation. Also, turmeric mixed with oil and vermilion\nmakes an auspicious ointment that is smeared over the body of a newly born baby\n\nor a person who is going to marry. These are all auspicious activities in family\n\naffairs. We see that five hundred years ago at the birth of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nall these ceremonies were performed rigidly, but at present such ritualistic per­\n\nformances hardly ever take place. Generally a pregnant mother is sent to the hospital,\nand as soon as her child is born he is washed with an antiseptic, and this concludes\n\neverything.\n\nTEXT 111\n\ntr1tt.'1fft1 �'\n�'5-Wft�tli-�,\nift1f ti� '� iftttlfl' I\n�t� �i 9lt<JP1,\n<;'Stfl t91�ft '11$1,\n�f-f� �-..firtm� II��� II\nadvaita-Ocorya-bhiiryti, jagat-pujitii iiryii,\nnoma tonra 'sitti .thokuro{li'\niiciiryera iijno piino, gela upahora lai'iii,\ndekhite btilaka-�iroma(li\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-Ocorya-bhiiryo-the wife of Advaita Acarya; jagat-pfljito-worshiped by\n\nthe whole world; oryo-the most advanced cultured lady; noma- n ame; tonra-her;\nsitii .thakurii(li-mother Sila; acaryera oj?iti paM-taking the order of Advaita Acarya;\ngela-went; upahara-presentation; /ai'iii-taking; dekhite-to see; balaka-the child;\n\n�iromari-topmost.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day shortly after Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu was born, Advaita Acarya's\n\nwife Sitadevi, who is worshipable by the whole world, taking permission of her\nhusband, went to see that topmost child with all kinds of gifts and presentations.\nPURPORT\nIt appears that Advaita Acarya had two different houses, one at Santipura and\n\none at Navadvipa. When Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu was born, Advaita Acarya was\n\nresiding not at His Navadvipa house but at His\n\nSantipura house. Therefore, as\n\nformerly explained, \"nijtilaya,\" from Advaita's old paternal house in Santipura,\nSfta came to Navadvipa to present gifts to the newly born child, Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 112\n\n��i!1·9lt�fif,\n��t(l ..�-�-fir,\n��(� �'f, �'lr'1 I\n\n", "adi3#p0141": "Text 113]\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\n�-�t� N� -r.r,\n\n117\n\n����111'1'11•,\n\n�('ii!tt �1 m<st-t n ��� n\nsuvorrero kafli-ba-uli, rajatamudro-pii�u/i,\nsuvorrera angado, kankoro\ndu-biihute divya �ankha, rajatera malabanka,\nsvorro-mudrora niino horaga(Ja\nSYNONYMS\nsuvorrero-made of gold; kafli-ba-uli-bangles worn on the hand; rojata-mudrogold coins; posuli-a kind of ornament covering the foot; suvorrera-made of gold;\nongoda-a kind of ornament; konkoro-another kind of ornament for the hand;\ndu-bahute-in two arms; divya-celestial; �ankha-conchshell; rajatera-made of\ngold; malabanka-bangles for the foot; svorro-mudrora-made of gold; nonavarieties; hiiraga(Ja-necklaces.\nTRANSLATION\nShe brought different kinds of golden ornaments, including bangles for the hand,\narmlets, necklaces and anklets.\nTEXT 113\n\n<rrt!l�-t ,�.rtf,\n�-�.,�,\n\"-� �� ��111 I\n\n�<!( �Jft�,\n\n� �tt\\!19fl?trft,\n\n�cf..\"''PfJ·'i_ili �il II � �� II\n\nvyiighra-nokho hemo-jof/i, ko_ti-po.t.tosDtro-<jorT\nhasta-padera yata obhOfO(JO\ncitro-vorro po.t.to-siif/J, buni photo po.tfopiipT,\nsvorro-raupyo-mudro bohu-dhona\nSYNONYMS\nvyoghro-nokho-tiger nails; hemo-joifi-set in gold; kofi-pof.tosDtro-<jorT-silken\nthread for the waist; hasta-podera-of the hands and legs; yato-all kinds of;\niibhorora-ornaments; citro-vorro-printed with varieties of colors; pa,t.to-stif/Tsilken soris; buni-woven; photo-small jackets for children; po.tta-po(/i-with embroidery of silk; svorro-gold; roupyo-silver; mudro-coins; bahu-dhono-all kinds\nof riches.\nTRANSLATION\nThere were also tiger nails set in gold, waist decorations of silk and lace, ornaments for the hands and legs, nicely printed silken saris and a child's garment, also\n\n", "adi3#p0142": "118\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nmade of silk. Many other riches, including gold and silver coins, were also presented\nto the child.\nPURPORT\nFrom the gifts presented by Sita. Thakurar;�i, Advaita Acarya's wife, it appears that\n\nAdvaita Acarya was at that time a very rich man. Although brahmaras are not the\nrich men of society, Advaita Acarya, being the leader of the brahmaros in Sa nti pu ra,\nwas considerably well-to-do. Therefore He presented many ornaments to the baby,\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. But Kamalakanta Visvasa's asking for three hundred\nrupees from the King of J agannatha Puri, Maharaja Prataparudra, on the plea that\n\nAdvaita Acarya was in debt for that amount, indicates that such a rich man, who\ncould present many valuable ornaments, soris, etc., thought it difficult to repay\nthree hundred rupees. Therefore the value of a rupee at that time was many thousands of times greater than it is now. At the present, no one feels difficulty over a\ndebt of three hundred rupees, nor can an ordinary man accumulate such valuable\nornaments to present to a friend's son. Probably the value of three hundred rupees\nat that time was equal to the present value of thirty thousand rupees.\nTEXT 114\n\n�fii!1, �p, �\"'�'\n1!1f'l·il� 9f� 'efR1 I\n�--·· c;w\"tfn ��,\nJttlr �1$1 � �,\nq�.-tJ <;'Pfitf� 'WfDt II ))8 ft\n\n�, ..-rw, ''It��,\n\ndurva, dhanya, gorocana, haridra, kurikuma, candana,\nmangafa·dravya potra bhariya\n\nvastra-gupta do/a cafli' sange lana dasi cef/1,\nvastralankiira pe_tori bhariyo\n\nSYNONYMS\ndurva-fresh grass; dhonya-rice paddy;gorocana a yellow patch for the head of\na cow; haridro-turmeric; kunkuma-a kind of scent produced in Kashmir;candana\n-sandalwood; mangala-dravya-auspicious things; potra bhariyo-filling up a dish;\nvastra-gupta-covered by cloth; dolo-palanquin; caf/1 - riding; sange al ong with;\n/anti-taki ng; dosi-maidservant; cef/J-female attendants; vastra-alankora-ornaments\n-\n\n'\n\n-\n\nand clothes; pefori-bas ket; bhariya-filled up.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRiding in a palanquin covered with cloth and accompanied by maidservants, Sita\nThakuraJ;ti came to the house of Jagannatha Misra, bringing with her many auspicious articles such as fresh grass, paddy, gorocana, turmeric, kunkuma and\n\nsandalwood. All these presentations filled a large basket.\n\n", "adi3#p0143": "Text 115]\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caifanya\n\n119\n\nPURPORT\nThe words vastra-gupta dolo are very significant in this verse. Even fifty or sixty\nyears ago in Calcutta, all respectable ladies would go to a neighboring place riding\non a palanquin carried by four men. The palanquin was covered with soft cotton,\nand in that way there was no chance to see a respectable lady traveling in public.\nLadies, especially those coming from respectable families, could not be seen by\nordinary men. This system is still current in remote places. The Sanskrit word\nosuryo-pasyii indicates that a respectable lady could not be seen even by the sun.\n\nIn the oriental culture this system was very much prevalent and was strictly ob­\n\nserved by respectable ladies, both Hindu and Moslem. We have actual experience\n\nin our childhood that our mother would not go next door to her house to observe\nan invitation by walking; she would go in either a carriage or a palanquin carried\n\nby four men. This custom was also strictly followed five hundred years ago, and the\n\nwife of Advaita Acarya, being a very respectable lady, observed the customary rules\ncurrent in that social environment.\nTEXT 115\n\n� � �• �,\n\n��,�,���a,\n\n-t�'1� C� ��\\! I\n\n�t-.te. '�\"·��,\n�(1:f\"t.]l �f� ����;! II ��� II\n\n,ijff-rn1 �m-�r1t,\n\nbhak�ya, bhojyo, upahiira, songe fa-ita bohu bhiira,\nsoclgrhe haifa upanita\ndekhiyii ba/aka-.thoma, sok�ot gokula-kiino,\nvarro-motra dekhi viporlto\nSYNONYMS\nbhok�yo-foodstuffs; bhojyo-fried foodstuffs;\nalong with �er; /a-i/o-too k; bahu bhiira\n\n-\n\nupohiiro -prese ntation;\n\nsange­\n\nmany packages; soci-grhe-in the house\n\nof mother Saci; haifa-was; upanita -carried; dekhiyo-seeing; biilaka-.thiima-the\nfeature of the child; siik,5at-directly; gokula-kiina-Lord Kr�Qa of Gokula; varromiitro-only the color; dekhi-seeing; viparita-opposite.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sita Th akural)i came to the house of Sacidevi, bringing with her many\n\nkinds of eatables, dresses and other gifts, she was astonished to see the newly born\nchild, for she appreciated that except for\n\na\n\ndirectly Kr�Qa of Gokula Himself.\n\ndifference in color, the child was\n\nPURPORT\nA pe.tori is a kind of big basket that is carried in pairs on the ends of a rod\n\nbalanced over the shoulders. The man who carries such a load is called a bhiiri. This\n\n", "adi3#p0144": "120\n\n,\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila , Ch. 13\n\nsystem of carrying luggage and packages is still current in India and other oriental\ncountries, and we have seen that the same system is still current even in jakarta,\nIndonesia.\nTEXT 116\n\n�����-ce�,\n�(�., -���'1,\n���If-�lll'4't�� I\n�life;�� N�J (;�Jtft;!, <;Wf'l' � �- &h�,\n�te;lf�� Uf�\"l �lf� II ���II\nsarva anga--sunirmii(la, suvar(la-pratimii-bhiina,\nsarva anga-sulak�a(lamaya\nbiilakera divya jyoti, dekhi' piiila bahu priti,\nviitsalyete dravila hrdoya\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarva anga-all different parts of the body; sunirmii(la-well constructed; suvar(1agold; pratimii-form; bhiina-1 ike; sarva-all ; anga-par ts of the body; sulak�a(1amaya\n-full of auspicious signs; biilakera-of the child; divya-transcende ntal; jyotieffulgence; dekhi'-seeing; piiila-got; bahu-much; priti-satisfaction; viitsalyeteby parental affecti on; dravila-melted; hrdoya-her heart.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the transcendental bodily effulgence of the child, each of His nicely constructed limbs full of auspicious signs and resembling a form of gold, Sita Thakura.;�i\nwas very much pleased, and because of her maternal affection, she felt as if her heart\nwere melting.\nTEXT 117\n\n�(1, �t,, fitlll Jilt-ti,\n'� �· �tibt�,\nf\"H-il� � �l �ll\n'5t��--l·t�el't �t%\n-tttrl il9f� f��,\n1St� iftJt � 'fi111 �' II ��� II\ndurvii, dhiinya, dila ��r�e, kai/a bahu ii�J�e,\ncirajivJ hao dui bhiii\nrfiikini-siinkhinT haite, �ankii upajila cite,\nflare noma thuila 'nimoi'\n\n", "adi3#p0145": "Text118)\n\n121\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caitanya\nSYNONYMS\n\ndurvii-fresh grass; dhiinya-paddy; dila-gave; sir.se-on the head; kai/a-did; bahu\n\n-with much; iisi,s-e-blessing;cirajivi-live long;hao-become; dui bhiii-two brothers;\n(liikini-Siihkhini-ghosts and witches; haite-from; sahkii-doubt; upajila-grew; citein the heart; (fare-out of fear; niima-name; thuila-kept; nimiii-Lord Caitanya's\nchildhood name, derived from the nima (nimba) tree.\nTRANSLATION\nShe blessed the newly born child by placing fresh grass and paddy on His head\nand saying, \"May You be blessed with a long duration of life.\" But being afraid of\nghosts and witches, she gave the child the name Nimai.\nPURPORT\nOakinf and Sankhini are two companions of Lord Siva and his wife who are sup­\n\nposed to be extremely inauspicious, having been born of ghostly life. It is believed\n\nthat such inauspicious living creatures cannot go near anima tree. At least medically\n\nit is accepted that nima wood is extremely antiseptic, and formerly it was customary\nto have a nima tree in front of one's house. On very large roads in India, especially\nin Uttar Pradesh, there are hundreds and thousands of nima trees. Nima wood is so\nantiseptic that the Ayurvedic science uses it to cure leprosy. Medical scientists have\n\nextracted the active principle of the nima tree, which is called margosic acid. Nima\n\nis used for many purposes, especially to brush the teeth. In Indian villages ninety\npercent of the people use nima twigs for this purpose. Because of all the antiseptic\neffects of the nlma tree and because Lord Caitanya was born beneath anima tree,\nSita Thakurat;�i gave the Lord the name Nimai. Later in His youth He was celebrated\n\nas Nimai PaQQita, and in the neighborhood villages He was called by that name,\n\nalthough His real name was Visvambhara.\n\nTEXT 118\n\n\"'.l�t�-��t�,\n�., �sr f�'l,\n��--,� fifti!tt11\" �'Rtfi{' I\n-t�·fitt$ � l'fdPi,\n� �fF( �$1,\n�t11\" �'11 � it�t� II ))r II\nputramiitii-sniinadine, di/a vastra vibhD�are\n\n,\n\nputra-saha misrere sammiini'\nsaci-misrera pDjii lanii, manete hari,s-a hanii,\nghare iiilii sitii thiikurii(li\nSYNONYMS\nputra-miitii-of the mother and child; sniina-dine-on the day of bathing; dilagave; vastra-cloth; vibhi:i�atJe-ornaments; putra-saha-with the child;m1\"1rere-unto\n\n", "adi3#p0146": "122\n\n,\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nJagannatha Misra; sammoni'-congratulating; saci-Sacidevi; misrera-Jagannatha\nMisra; pujo-honor; lano-receiving;manete-within the mind; hari�a-pleased;haflobecoming; ghare-home; iii/a-returned; sita .thakur a{l i - mother Sita, wife of Advaita\nAcarya.\nTRANSLATION\nOn the day the mother and son took bath and left the maternity home, Sita\nThakural)i gave them all kinds of ornaments and garments and then also honored\nJagannatha Misra. Then Sita Thakurar;1i, being honored by mother Sacidevi and\nJagannatha Misra, was greatly happy within her mind, and thus she returned home.\nPURPORT\nOn the fifth day from the birth of a child, as also on the ninth day, the mother\ntakes bath either in the Ganges or in a sacred place. This is called ni�kriimara, or\nthe ceremony of coming out of the maternity home. Nowadays the maternity home\nis a hospital, but formerly in every respectable house one room was set aside as a\nmaternity home where children would take birth, and on the ninth day after the\nbirth of a child the mother would come into the regular rooms in the ceremony\ncalled ni�kramara. Of the ten purificatory processes, ni�kriimara is one. Formerly,\nespecially in Bengal, the higher castes observed four months after the birth of a\nchild as a quarantine. At the end of the fourth month, the mother first had to see\nthe sun rise. Later the higher castes, namely, the brahmaras, k�atriyas and vaisyas,\nobserved only twenty-one days as a quarantine, whereas the sudras had to observe\n\nthirty days. For the sections of society known as kartabhaja and satima, the mother\n\nof the child was immediately purified after the quarantine by the throwing of hari·\nnu_ta, small pieces of sweetmeat, in sankirtana. Sacidevi and J agannatha Misra, with\n\nthe newly born child, were honored by Sita Thakurar;�i. Similarly, while Sita\n\nThakurar;�i was returning home, she was also honored by Sacidevi and Jagannatha\nMisra. That was the system in respectable families of Bengal.\nTEXT 119\n\n�'� -t�-ilfqt«<J,\n�� 9ft$1 ....n�tqt,\n\"'!.,( � :Jt� �tf-� I\n'fi{\"'ftt, �t1( �1f,\n\n\"'t�'lff, �,�,,\n\nN� N� tal �fi{fitti! II =>=>� II\naiche saci-jagannotha, putra piiiiii /ak�minatha,\npurro ha-ifa sakala vaflchita\ndhana-dhanye bhore ghar a, /okamany a ka/evara,\ndine dine haya anandita\n\n", "adi3#p0147": "Text 120)\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\n123\n\nSYNONYMS\naiche-in that way; �ac1-jaganniitha-mother Sacidevi and Jagannatha Misra;\n\nputra-son; piinii-having obtained; /ak�mi-notha-personally the husband of the\n\ngoddess of fortune; plin;w- fulf il led; ha-ifa-became; sakala-all; viinchita-desires;\n\ndhana-dhiinye-with riches and grains; bhare gha r a-th e house filled up; /okamonya\n\nkalevara-the body beloved by the people in general ; dine dine-day after day; haya\n-becomes; onandi ta-pleas ed .\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way mother Sacidevi and Jagannatha Misra, having obtained a son who was\n\nthe husband of the goddess of fortune, had all their desires fulfilled. Their house\n\nwas always filled with riches and grains. As they saw the beloved body of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, day after day their pleasure increased.\nPURPORT\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore everyone offered their respects to Him. Even the denizens of heaven used to\n\ncome in the dress of ordinary men to offer their respect to the Lord. His father and\n\nmother, Jagannatha Misra and Sacidevi, seeing the honor of their transcendental\n\nson, also became very much pleased within t heir hearts.\nTEXT 120\n\n�llfl\"P!�, �'li, 1ft�,\nfil�-,���, lift�,\n'til�'ett1t ittf� ��1ftil I\n�� ��tt� �,\nl.til �tf�' filtl'f, �'!,\n�t&itt'! ��ilf '� lf1i( \" ��C) \"\nmi�ra-vai�(IOVO, Sonta, a/ampa.ta, SUddha, diinta,\ndhana-bhoge niihi abhimona\n\nputrera prabhove yata, dhana iisl' mile, toto,\nvi�ru-prite dvije dena dona\nSYNONYMS\nmlsra- Jagannatha Misra; VO�S(IOVO-a great devotee; s anta-peaceful ; alampa.ta­\n\nvery regular; suddha-purified; danta-controlled; dhana-bhoge-in the matter of\n\nenjoying. material happiness; nahi-there is no; abhima na-desire ; putrera-of their\nson; p rabho ve- by the influence; ya ta-all; dhana-riches; iisi '- coming; mile-gets;\n\ntata-so much so; vi�ru-prite-for the satisfaction of Lord Vi�QU; dvije-to the\n\nbriihmoros; dena-gives; dona-charity .\n\n", "adi3#p0148": "124\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nJagannatha Mi�ra was an ideal Vai�r;tava. He was peaceful, restrained in sense\ngratification, pure and controlled. Therefore he had no desire to enjoy material\nopulence. Whatever money came because of the influence of his transcendental son,\nhe gave it in charity to the brahmar;tas for the satisfaction of Vi�r;tu.\nTEXT 121\n\n'\"'mer ••���\n�� �,\n�· �• .a\" �tl!ttfl\n��tq fi•,\n'lt1f -.p � fW,\n�f�,-.-�· 1St� �t.�tl ft ��� II\n/agna ga(li' har�amati, niliimbara cakravarti,\ngupte kichu kahila misrere\nmahiipuru�era cihna, lagne ange bhinna bhinna,\ndekhi, -ei tiiribe sarhsiire\nSYNONYMS\nlagna ga(li'-by astrological calculation of the birth moment; har.samati-very\npleased; niliimbara cakravarti-of the name Nilambara Cakravarti; gupte-in private;\nkichu-something; kahila-said; misrere-unto\n\nJagannatha Misra; mahiipuru�era\n\ncihna-all the symptoms of a great personality; lagne-in the birth moment; ahgeon the body; bhinna bhinna-different; dekhi-l see; ei-this child; tiiribe-shall\ndeliver; sarhsare-all the three worlds.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter calculating the birth moment of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Nilambara\nCakravartT privately said to Jagannatha Misra that he saw all the different symptoms\nof a great personality in both the body and birth moment of the child. Thus he\nunderstood that in the future this child would deliver all the three worlds.\nTEXT 122\n\n� � �-�,\n¥tt1 ��ttl,\n�b1�•�et I\nitt� ��,,\n,.� ·�··\n\"\" � �111:-r. Ret n ��� II\naiche prabhu saci-ghare, krpaya kai/a avatare,\nyei ihii karaye sravara\n\n", "adi3#p0149": "Text 123)\n\nThe Advent of lord Caitanya\n\n125\n\ngaura-prabhu dayamaya, tiihre hayena sadaya,\nsei paya tiihhiira carara\n\nSYNONYMS\naiche-in this way;prabhu-Lord SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu;�aci-ghare-in the home\n\nof Sacidevi; krpaya-by His causeless mercy; kat/a-made; avotare-advent; yei­\n\nanyone who; iha-this; karaye-does; sravaQa-hear; gaura-prabhu-Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; dayamaya-being very merciful; tohre-upon him; hayena-becomes;\nsadaya-merciful; sei-that person; piiya-gets; tiihhora-His; carara-lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, out of His causeless mercy, made His\n\nadvent in the house of Sacidevi. lord Caitanya is very merciful to anyone who\n\nhears this narration of His birth, and thus such a person attains the lotus feet of\n\nthe Lord.\n\nTEXT 123\n\n'� i\\i �ti\\ ,'51��'1,\n'�i\\ Q �� �Q{'� I\n\n�tl11 1ff't� Q,\n\n'tftlfl �.\\!!�'\nf� �'St�-�fi{,\nwfO'I '\" �� ift� �'f II ��� II\npoiyo monu�a janma, ye no �une gaura-gura,\nhena janma tora vyartha haifa\n\npoiyo amrtadhuni, piye vi�a-garta-poni\njanmiyo se kene niihi mal/a\nSYNONYMS\np01ya monu�a janma-anyone who has gotten the form of a human body; ye­\n\nwho; no-does\n\nnot;\n\nsune-hear;\n\ngaura-gura-the\n\nqualities\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; hena janma-such a birth; tora-his; vyartha haifa-becomes useless;\n\npoiyo-getting the opportunity; amrtadhuni-of the river of nectar; piye-drinks;\nvi�a-garta-piini-water in a poison pit of material happiness; janmiyii-taking birth\n\nas a human being;se-he; kene-why;niihi-did not;maila-die.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAnyone who attains a human body but does not take to the cult of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu is baffled in his opportunity. Amrtadhuni is a flowing river of the\nnectar of devotional service. If after getting a human body one drinks the water in a\n\npoison pit of material happiness instead of the water of such a river, it would be\nbetter for him not to have lived, but to have died long ago.\n\n", "adi3#p0150": "/\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n126\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nPURPORT\nIn this connection Srimat Prabodhananda Sarasvati has composed the following\n\nverses in his Caitanya-candriimrta:\n\nacaitanyam idarh vi�varh yadi caftanyam i�varam\nviduf:J sarva-�listra-jna hy api bhriimyanti te janiil;\n\nna\n\n\"This material world is without K!}Qa consciousness. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu is\nKrg•a consciousness personified. Therefore if a very learned scholar or scientist\ndoes not understand Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, certainly he is wandering uselessly\n\nin this world.\"\n\npraslirita-mahliprema-piyCt�a-rasa-sligare\ncaitanyacandre praka.te yo dino dina eva saly\n\"A person who does not take advantage of the nectar of devotional service over­\n\nflowing during the presence of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu 's cult is certainly the\npoorest of the poor.\"\n\navatir(le gauracandre vistir(le prema-siigare\nsuprakii�ita-ratnaughe yo dina dina eva sa/;1\n\"The advent of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu is just like an expanding ocean of\nnectar. One who does not collect the valuable jewels within this ocean is certainly\n\nthe poorest of the poor.\"\nSimilarly, the Srimad-Bhiigavatam (2.3.19, 20, 23) states:\n\n�va-vi�-varlihoHra-kharaif:J\nsarhstuta/;1 puru�al; paSu/;1\nna yat-kar(la-pathopeto\njiitu nama gadligrajal;\nbile batorukrama-vikramlin ye\nna S[(IVatal; kan;a-pu.te narasya\njihvlisati diirdurikeva suta\nna copagliyaty urugliya-giithiil;\njivanchavo bhiigavatiinghri-re(lurh\nna jiitu martyo 'bhilabheta yas tu\nSri-vij(IU·padyii manu-jas tulasyiil;\n�vasan chavo yas tu no veda gandham\n\"A person who has no connection with Kr�Da consciousness may be a very great\n\npersonality in so-called human society, but actually he is no better than a great\n\n", "adi3#p0151": "Text 124]\n\n127\n\nThe Advent of Lord Caitanya\n\nanimal. Such big animals are generally praised by other animals like dogs, hogs,\ncamels and asses. A person who does not lend his aural reception to hearing about\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead must be considered to have earholes like\n\nholes in a field. Although that person has a tongue, it is like the tongue of a frog,\n\nwhich unnecessarily creates a disturbance by croaking, inviting the snake of death.\n\nSimilarly, a person who neither takes advantage of the dust of the lotus feet of great\n\ndevotees nor smells the tulasT leaves offered to the lotus feet of the Lord must be\n\nconsidered dead even though he is supposedly working.\"\n\nSimilarly, the SrTmad-Bhiigavatam, Tenth Canto, Chapter One, verse 4, states:\nnivrtta-tar�air upagTyamiiniid\n\nbhavau�adhiicchrotra-mano 'bhiriimiit\n\nka uttama-sloka-guriinuviidiit\n\npumiin virajyeta vinii pasu-ghniit\n\"Who but the animal-killer or the killer of the soul will not care to hear glorification of the Supreme Personality of Godhead? Such glorification is enjoyed by\npersons liberated from the contamination of this material world.\"\n\nSimilarly, in the Third Canto, Chapter Twenty-three, verse 56, the Bhiigavatam\n\nsays, na tTrthapada-seviiyal jivann api m{to hi safJ: \"Although a person is apparently\n\nliving, if he does not serve the lotus feet of great devotees he is to be considered\n\na dead body.\"\n\nTEXT 124\n\n����lief,\n-�..f.m�\"''\n�9f·�9f·1�t«t, I\nf-tt:l �� fill!lft(l{,\n··�i-lRAf ll,;�lj,\nl!lf1Jon11 � �·fll II ��8 II\nsrT-caitanya-nityiinanda, iiciirya advaitacandra,\nsvarOpa-rOpa-raghuniithadiisa\n\ninhii-sabiira srT-carar:w. sire vandi nija-dhana,\njanma-/ilii giii/a kr�radiisa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsrT-caitanya-nityiinanda-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Nityananda Prabhu;\n\niiciirya\n\nadvaitacandra-Acarya\n\nSri Advaitacandra; svariipa-riipa-raghuniithadiisa­\n\nSvarupa Damodara, Rupa Gosvami and Raghunatha dasa Gosvami; inhii-sabiira-of\nall of them; sri-carara-the lotus feet; sire-on the head; vandi-offering respect;\nnija-dhana-personal\n\nproperty; janma-17/ii-narration\n\nk($(1adiisa-Km1adasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nbirth; gaila-sang;\n\n", "adi3#p0152": "128\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nTaking on my head as my own property the lotus feet of SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\nNityananda Prabhu, Acarya Advaitacandra, Svarupa Damodara, Rupa Gosvami and\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami, I, Kr�l.ladasa Kaviraja Gosvami, have thus described the\n\nadvent of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Nityananda, Advaita Prabhu, Svarupa Damodara,\n\nRupa Gosvami, Raghunatha dasa and their followers are all accepted by Kr�l)adasa\n\nKaviraja Gosvami. Anyone who follows in the footsteps of Kaviraja Gosvami also\n\naccepts the lotus feet of the above-mentioned lords as his personal property. For a\n\nmaterialistic person, material wealth and opulence are only illusory. Actually they\n\nare not possessions but entanglements because by enjoying the material world a\n\nconditioned soul becomes more and more entangled by incurring debts for his\n\npresent enjoyment. Unfortunately, a conditioned soul considers property for which\n\nhe is in debt to be his own, and he is very busy acquiring such property. But a\n\ndevotee considers such property not real property but simply an entanglement in\nthe material world. If lord Kr�l)a is very much pleased with a devotee, He takes\naway his material property, as stated in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam ( 1 0.88.8), where\n\nLord Kr�l.la says,yasyiiham anugrh!Jiiml harijye tad-dhanarh sanai/;1: \"To show special\n\nfavor to a devotee, I take away all his material property.\" Similarly, Narottama\n\ndasa Thakura says:\n\ndhana mora nityiinanda,\nriidhiikr�ra-srTcaraf}a\nsei mora prii!Jadhana\n\"My real riches are Nityananda Prabhu and the lotus feet of Sri Radha and Km1a.\"\nHe further prays, \"0 Lord, kindly give me this opulence. I do not want anything\n\nbut Your lotus feet as my property.\" SrTia Narottama dasa Thakura has sung in\n\nmany places that his real property is the lotus feet of Radha and Kr�Qa. Unfortunately we are interested in unreal property and are neglecting our real property\n(adhane yatana kari' dhana teyiiginu).\n\nSometimes smiirtas consider Raghunatha dasa Gosvami a sudra. But Kr�l.ladasa\n\nKaviraja Gosvami here especially mentions svarupa-rupa-raghuniithadiisa. Therefore\n\none who considers the lotus feet of Raghunatha dasa to be transcendental to all\ndivisions of the caste system enjoys the riches of actual spiritual bliss.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Adi-lna,\nThirteenth Chapter, describing the advent of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu.\n\n", "adi3#p0153": "Chapter 14\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura has given a summary of this chapter in his Amrta­\n\npraviiha-bhii�ya: \"In this Fourteenth Chapter of the Caitanya-caritamrta there is a\n\ndescription of how Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu enjoyed His childhood pastimes,\ncrawling, crying and eating dirt, giving intelligence to His mother, favoring a briihmat;a\n\nguest, riding on the shoulders of two thieves and misleading them to His own house,\n\nand, on the plea of being diseased, taking prasiida in the house of Hiral')ya and\njagadisa on the Ekadasi day. The chapter further describes how He displayed Him­\n\nself as a naughty boy, how when His mother faint d He brought a coconut to her\non His head, how He joked with girls of the same age on the banks of the Ganges,\nhow He accepted worshipful paraphernalia from Srimati Lak�midevi, how He sat\ndown in a garbage pit wherefrom He instructed transcendental knowledge, how He\nleft the pit on the order of His mother, and how He dealt with His father with full\naffection.\"\nTEXT 1\n\n�\"� 1r<! lfM\"t � �f� \\5�� I\n\n�1C� �9ffl�� 7t� �h;�·� �'Sftflr \\!1{ I ) I\n\nkathancana smrte yasmin du�kararh sukararh bhavet\nvismrte viparitam syiit Sri-caitanyarh namiimi tam\n\nSYNONYMS\nkathancana-somehow\n\nor\n\nother;\n\nsmrte-by\n\nremembering;\n\nyasmin-whom;\n\ndu,s-karam-difficult things; sukaram-easy; bhavet-become; vismrte-by forgetting\n\nHim; viparitam-just the opposite; syiit -become; Sri-caitanyam-Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; namiimi-l offer my respectful obeisances; tam-unto Him.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThings that are very difficult to do become easy to execute if one somehow or\nother simply remembers Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. But if one does not remember\nHim, even easy things become very difficult. To this Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nI offer my respectful obeisances.\nPURPORT\nIn his book Caitanya-candriimrta Srila Prabodhananda Sarasvati says: \"One who\n\nreceives a little favor from the Lord becomes so exalted that he does not care even\n129\n\n", "adi3#p0154": "130\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\nfor liberation, which is sought after by many great scholars and philosophers. Similarly, a devotee of Lord Caitanya considers residence in the heavenly planets a\nwill-o'-the-wisp. He surpasses the perfection of mystic yoga power because for him\nthe senses are like snakes with broken fangs. A snake is a very fearful and dangerous\nanimal because of his poison fangs, but if these fangs are broken the appearance of\na snake is no cause for fear. The yoga principles are meant to control the senses,\nbut there is no scope for the senses of one engaged in the service of the Lord to be\ndangerous like snakes. These are the gifts of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\"\n\nThe Hari-bhakti-viliisa confirms that difficult things become easy to understand\n\nif one remembers Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and easy things become very difficult\nto understand if one forgets Him. We actually see that even those who are very great\nscientists in the eyes of the general public cannot understand the very simple idea\nthat life comes from life because they do not have the mercy of Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. They defend the false understanding that life comes from matter,\nalthough they cannot prove this is a fact. Modern civlization, therefore, progressing\non the basis of this false scientific theory, is simply creating problems to be solved\nby the so-called scientists.\nThe author of Caitanya-caritiimrta takes shelter of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu to\ndescribe the pastimes of His appearance as a child because one cannot write such\ntranscendental literature by mental speculation. One who writes about the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead must be especially favored by the Lord. Simply by academic\nqualifications it is not possible to write such literature.\nTEXT2\n\n'Q 'Rl ��' � �J1� I\n\ntf\\11�\"!68, 0 ,'5t��� II � II\njaya jaya srT-caitanya, jaya nityiinanda\njayiidvaitacandra, jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories;srT-caitanya-to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;jaya-all glories;\nnityiinonda-to Nityananda Prabhu; jaya advaita-condra-all glories to Advaita\nAcarya;jaya-all glories;gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to all the devotees of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Nityananda Prabhu, Advaita Prabhu\nand all the devotees of Lord Caitanya!\nTEXT 3\n\n� \"fi� (fll 'fiJ(ff� I\n�1f1·�� � � 11fi'T'J.� II� II\n\n", "adi3#p0155": "Text 5]\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\n131\n\nprabhura kahifa ei janmafifii-sOtra\n\nya�odii-nandana yaiche haifa �aci-putra\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhura-of the Lord; kahifa--1 have spoken; ei-thus; janma-fifii-pastimes of\nthe birth; sOtra-in codes; ya�odii-nandana-the son of mother Yasoda; yaiche-as\nmuch as;haifa-became;�aci-putra-the son of mother Saci.\nTRANS LAliON\nI have thus described in codes the a dvent of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\nappeared as the son of mother Saci, exactly as Kr�r;�a appeared as the son of mother\nYasoda.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSrfla Narottama dasa Thaku ra confirms this statement that now Lord Kr�l)a, the\nson of mother Yasoda, has appeared again as Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, becoming\nthe son of mother Saci (vrajendra-nandana yel, �aci-suta haifa sei). The son of Saci\nis none other than the son of mother Yasoda and Nanda Maharaja, and Nityananda\nPrabhu is the same Balarama {bafariima ha-ifa nitiii).\n\nTEXT4\n\n�e.C'I'I't'Pf � .\n..\ntnlfi·'CII'tdl'1f I\nc.fl� � �'1J�'I1·1!t<H 'Sf'tit II 8 II\nsank�epe kahila janmalilii�nukrama\nebe kahi biifyalilii-sOtrera garana\nSYNONYMS\nsahk$epe-in brief; kahifa-1\n\nhave spoken; janma fifa- the pastime s of birth;\n-\n\nanukrama-chronological order; ebe-now; kahi-1 shall speak; biifya-lifii-of the\npastimes of childhood; sOtrera-of the code s; garana-enu meration.\n\nTRANS LAliON\nhave already briefly spoken about the pastimes of His birth in chronol ogica l\norder. Now I shall enumerate the codes of His childhood past imes\n.\n\nTEXT 5\n\n..:sttJt I\n� i�\"\" �'lte. 1ttil1\n\n,'l)f<p�1f� �_,.,�� �fi1':!1..s!tJt II � II\nvande caitanya-kr�rasya biifya-/Tiiirh mano-hariim\n/aukikim api tiim i�a-ce�_tayii valitantariim\n\n", "adi3#p0156": "132\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\nSYNONYMS\nvande-1 worship; caitanyo-kr�IJasya-of Lord Caitanya, who is Kr��a Himself;\n\nbolya-lilam-pastimes of childhood ;manas-haram-which are so beautiful; /aukikim­\n\nappearing ordinary; api-although; tom-those; isa-ce�Jayo-by manifestation of su­\n\npreme authority; valita-antarom-quite fit although appearing differently.\nTRANSLAT ION\n\nLet me offer my respectful obeisances unto the childhood pastimes of Lord Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, who is Lord Km1a Himself. Although such pastimes appear\nexactly like those of an ordinary child, they should be understood as various\npastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gito this statement is confirmed as follows:\navajonanti mom mCu;Jho manu�im tanum asritam\nparam bhovam ajiinanto mama bhuta-mahesvaram\n\n\"Fools deride Me when I descend in the human form. They do not know My transcendental nature and My supreme dominion over all that be.\" (Bg. 9.11) The\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead appears on this planet or within this universe\n\nlike an ordinary human being or human child to execute His pastimes, yet He\nmaintains His superiority as the Supreme Lord. Lord Kr�r:Ja appeared as a human\n\nchild, but His uncommon activities, even in His childhood, like the killing of the\n\ndemon Putana or lifting of Govardana Hill, were not the engagements of an ordi­\n\nnary child. Similarly, although the pastimes of Lord Caitanya, as they will be\n\ndescribed in this chapter, appear like the activities of a small boy, they are uncom­\n\nmon pastimes impossible for an ordinary human child to execute.\nTEXT6\n\n�1'1J�'IA cerft'St � � � I\nf�1·1fi'mt �-.{tbt f� R'i II � II\nbiilya-liloya age prabhura uttana sayana\npitii-motoya dekhiiila c/hna carara\n\nSYNONYMS\nbalya-li/oya-in His pastimes as a child; age-first of all; prabhura-of the Lord;\n\nuttiina-turning the body; sayana-lying down; pito-miitoya-unto the parents;\n\ndekhoi/a-showed; cihna-marks; carara-of the lotus feet.\n\n", "adi3#p0157": "Text 8]\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood P astimes\n\n133\n\nTRANSLATION\nI n His first childhood pastimes the Lord turned upside down while lying on His\n\nbed, and thus He showed His parents the marks of His lotus feet.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word uttiina is also used to mean \"lying down on the bed face upwards\" or\n\n\"lying down flat on the bed.\" In some readings the word is utthiina, which means\n\"standing up.\" In His childhood pastimes the Lord tried to catch the wall and stand\n\nup, but as an ordinary child falls down, so the Lord also fell down and again took\nto lying on His bed.\n\nTEXT7\n\n� � � \"'f-t 'f�-� I\n� � tllftf, q, �' iiJli, �II\" II\ngrhe dui jana dekhi laghupada-cihna\ntiihe �obhe dhvaja, vajra, Sahkha, cakra, mina\nSYNONYMS\ngrhe-at home; dui jana-the father and mother; dekhl-seei ng; laghupada-cihna­\n\nthe marks of the lotus feet, which were very small at that time; tiihe-in those;\n\nsobhe-which were beautifully visible; dhvaja-flag; vajra-thunderbolts; sankhaconchshell; cakra-disc; mina-fish\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord tried to walk, in His small footprints the specific marks of Lord\n\nVi�I)U were visible, namely, the flag, thunderbolt, conchshell, disc and fish.\nTEXTS\n\n\"'�VI �tf � \"fiPI f�11\n� 'Pfst� ._.tJ, ifl ?Itt fi{-n II \\r II\ndekhiyii donhara citte janmila vismaya\nkiira pada-cihna ghare, nii piiya niscaya\nSYNONYMS\ndekhiyii-seeing all these marks;donhiira-of the parents, Sacimata and Jagannatha\n\nMisra; citte- in their hearts; janmila- there was; vismaya- wonder; kiira- whose;\n\n-\n\npada cihna-footprints; ghare-at home;nii-does not; piiya-get; niscaya-certainty.\n\n", "adi3#p0158": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n134\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing all these marks, neither His father nor His mother could understand whose\nfootprints they were. Thus struck with wonder, they could not understand how\nthose marks could be possible in their home.\n\nTEXT9\n\nfit� ��,-�t'Stt'l'ttf 1Jftt1t fiilllfl�tr I\n� � ��1 �� '�t'f, �fil, tttr II � II\nmi�ra kahe,-biilagopa!a fiche ma-sange\ntenho miirti haflii ghare khele, jiini, range\n\nSYNONYMS\nmi�ra kahe-J agannatha Misra said;biilagopiila-Lord Kf�l)a as a child;iiche-there\n�iilagriima-�ilii; tenho-He; murti haM-taking His\ntranscendental form; ghare-within the room; khe/e-plays ; joni-1 understand;\nis; �ilii-sange-along with the\n\nrange-in curiosity.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJagannatha Misra said: \"Certainly child Kr�r;�a is with the salagrama-sila. Taking\n\nHis childhood form, He is playing within the room.\"\n\nPURPORT\nWhen the �iilagriima-�ilii or form of the Lord is engraved in wood, stone or any\nother element, it is to be understood that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\nthere. Even logically we can understand that all material elements are expansions of\nthe energy of the Lord. Since the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\nnondifferent from His personal body, the Lord is always present in His energy, and\nHe manifests Himself on account of the ardent desire of a devotee. Since the Lord\nis supremely powerful, it is logical that He can manifest Himself in His energy. The\nDeity worship or worship of the �iilagriima-�ilii is not idol worship. The Deity of\nthe Lord in the house of a pure devotee can act exactly as He can in His original\ntranscendental personality.\n\nTEXTlO\n\n� 'I!K'i'ftfit' f�t- ��t' \\iii� I\n� 'f�1-t5't \\It� f9f1rt-'f �II�· II\nsei k�are jiigi' nimiii karaye krandana\nat?ke laM �acT tfinre piyiiila stana\n\n", "adi3#p0159": "Text12]\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\n135\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei k,sare-immediately; jiigi '- awake ni ng ; nimii -the Lord of the name Nimai;\n\nkaraye-does; krandana-crying; ahke-o n the lap; /ana-ta k ing ; �aci-mo the r Saci;\n\ntiihre-H im; piyiii/a-caused to suck; stana-breast .\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile mother Saci and Jagannatha Misra were talking, the child Nimai woke up\nand began to cry, and mother Saci took Him on her lap and allowed Him to suck\n\nher breast.\n\nTEXT11\n\n� f9JJ� �i!O Rtf G'f� I\n\n,Jt. f� 9ftt1 \"'f'f' fitti!l �tbl n �� n\nstana piyiiite putrera carora dekhila\nsei clhna paye dekhi' misre boliil/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nstana-her breast; piyiiite-while let ti ng Him suck; putrera-of her son; carara­\n\nlotus feet; dekhila-observed; sei-those very; cihna-marks; paye-on the sole;\n\ndekhi '-seei ng ; misre- jagannatha Misr a; bo/aila-called for.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile mother Saci was feeding the child from her breast, she saw on His lotus\n\nfeet all the marks that were visible on the floor of the room, and she called for\nJagannatha Misra.\nTEXT12\n\n\"'f'f111 fitti!lJ �-�� �1�fitr:! 'II� I\n�t• �\"� �lf111R � n �� n\ndekhiya misrera ho-i/a iinandita mati\ngupte bolaila niliimbaro cokrovorti\n\nSYNONYMS\ndekhiyii-by seeing; misrero-of\n\nJagannatha Misra; ha-ifa- became; anondito­\n\nsatisfied; mali-i ntelligenc e ;gupte-p rivately; boliiilo-called for; niliimboro cokrovorti\n-of the name Nnambara Ca kravartf.\n\n", "adi3#p0160": "136\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi·lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen )agannatha\n\nMisra saw the wonderful marks on the sole of his son, he\n\nbecame very much joyful and privately called for Nilambara Cakravarti.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n� �' i� �� �finrf I\n�1t onflt' �.;t(�tfif ttfq� fiff qj II �� II\ncihna dekhi' cakravarti balena hasiya\n/agna 901Ji' purve iimi rokhiyochi /ikhiyii\n\nSYNONYMS\ncihna dekhi'-by\n\nseeing the marks; cakravartT-Nilambara Cakravarti; balena­\n\nsays; hiisiyo-smiling; /agna gori'-by\n\nastrological calculation of the birth moment;\n\npurve-fo rm er ly ;omi-1; riikhiyiichi-have kept; /ikhiyii-after writing all these th ings.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Nirambara Cakravarti saw those marks, he smilingly said: \"Formerly\n\nascertained all this by astro logical calculation and noted it in writing.\n\nI\n\nTEXT14\n\n�ffpt 'liiiM\n\n-\n\n�'JJR{·,.lf'l I\n\ntfll f-1� � Off� � l'R ....'! II �8 II\nbatri�a lak�ara --mahopuru�·bhuja(la\nei �i�u ange dekhi se saba lak�ara\n\nSYNONYMS\nbatri�a- thirty-two ;lak�afJa-symptoms; mahiipuru�a-great personality; bhu�af}Oornament; ei �i�u-this child; ange-on the body ; de/?hi-1 see; se-those; saba-all;\nlak�ara-symptoms.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are thirty-two bodily marks that symptomize a great personali ty , and I\n\nsee all those marks on the body of this child.\n\nTEXT15\n\n9f•ifl-t. ��'II(: 'l'tl11�! �.._1'!! I\n�-9J'\"\"<$wmn �111i�\"\"�l\"�Rctl1t�1i.. )t •\n\n", "adi3#p0161": "Text17]\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood P a stimes\n\n137\n\npanca-dirgha{l panca-suk�ma{l sapta-rakta/;1 �ap-unnata/;1\ntri-hrasva-prthu-gambhiro dviitrir\n.sariO mahan\nMaJJ ak\n\nSYNONYMS\npa nca-dirgha/;1- five large; panca-suk�ma/;1-five fine; sapta-rakta/;1-seven reddish;\n�a�-unnata/;1-six raised; tri-hrasva-three small; prthu-three broad; gambhira{l­\n\nthree grave; dviitrimsat-in this way thirty-two; Jak�ara/;1-symptoms; mahiin-for a\ngreat personality.\nTRANSLATION\n'\"There are thirty-two bodily symptoms of a great person: five of his bodily\nparts are large, five fine, seven reddish, six raised, three small, three broad and\nthree grave.'\nPURPORT\nThe five large parts are the nose, arms, chin, eyes and knees. The five fine parts\nare the skin, fingertips, teeth, hair on the body and hair on the head. The seven\nreddish parts are the eyes, soles, palms, palate, nails, and upper and lower lips. The\nsix raised parts are the chest, shoulders, nails, nose, waist and mouth. The three\nsmall parts are the neck, thighs and male organ. The three broad parts are the\nwaist, forehead and chest. The three grave parts are the navel, voice and existence.\nAltogether these are the thirty-two symptoms of a great personality. This is a\nquotation from the Siimudrika.\nTEXT16\n\niftmr;-tt fii'!\\.� a.� �t'1 ,\n\n�- f.t� �(�ttCfi <rif� t:!'�'1 II !>�II\nniiniyarera cihna-yukta sri-hasta carara\nei sisu sarva Joke karibe tiirara\n\nSYNONYMS\nniiriiyarera-of\n\nLord\n\nNarayaQa; cihna-yukta-with positive marks; sri-hasta\n\ncarara-the palm and the sole; ei- this; sisu-baby; sarva Joke-all the three worlds;\nkaribe-will; tiirara- deliver.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"This baby has all the symptoms of Lord N araya�;ta on His palms and soles. He\nwill be able to deliver all the three worlds.\nTEXT17\n\n�- t:!' �fl� '�·�-'I�J (2!�� I\nb1 ��f;i! m tl ft't1f �1f II !>'\\ II\n\n", "adi3#p0162": "[ Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n138\n\nei to' karlbe valg10va-dharmera praciira\nihii haite habe dui ku/era nistiira\nSYNONYMS\nei ta -this child; karibe-will do; vai$(1ava-of Vai��avism, or devotional service;\n'\n\ndharmera-of the religion;praciira-preaching; ihii haite-from this; habe-there will\nbe; dui-two; kulera-dynasties; nistiira-deliverance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This child will preach the Vai�r;�ava cult and deliver both His maternal and\npaternal families.\nPURPORT\nWithout N arayar;�a Himself or His bona fide representative one cannot preach the\ncult of Vai�l')avism, or devotional service. When a Vai�r;�ava is born he delivers both\n,\n\nhis maternal and paternal families simultaneousl y.\nTEXT18\n\n1J«te.� �' �� '4t1\"!1� ��'I I\n\n�ftr flfet 'e�,-4t�Rf4t if't1l�t'l II �\\r II\nmahotsava kara, saba boliiha briihmara\niiji dina bhiila,-kariba noma-karara\nSYNONYMS\nmahotsava-a\n\nfestival; kara-observe; saba-all;\n\nboliiha-call;\n\nbriihmara-the\n\nbriihmaras; iiji-today; dina-day; bhii/a-auspicious; kariba-1 shall perform; niimakarora-the name giving ceremony.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I propose to perform a name-giving cere mony We should observe a festival and\n.\n\ncall for the brahmar:tas because today is very auspicious.\nPURPORT\nIt is the Vedic principle to observe a festival in connection with Narayal)a and\nbriihma(las. Giving a child a particular name is among the purificatory processes,\nwhich are known as da�-vidha-sarhskiira, and on the day of such a ceremony one\nshould observe a festival by worshiping Narayar;�a and distributingprasiida, chiefly\namong the briihmaras.\nWhen Nilambara Ca kravarti , Sacimata and )agannatha Misra, recognizing the\nmarks on the Lord's lotus feet, understood that the child Nimai was not an ordi-\n\n", "adi3#p0163": "Text 19]\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\n139\n\nnary child but an incarnation of Narayal)a, they decided that on that very same\n\nday, which was very auspicious, they should observe a festival for His name-giving\n\nceremony. In this connection we can particularly see how an incarnation of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is ascertained by His bodily symptoms, His activi­\n\nties and the prediction of the sostras. By factual evidence a person can be accepted\n\nas an incarnation of God, not whimsically or by the votes of rascals and fools. There\n\nhave been many imitation incarnations in Bengal since the appearance of Lord\n\nCaitanya, but any impartial devotee or learned man can understand that Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was accepted as an incarnation of Kr�l)a not on the basis of\n\npopular votes but by evidence from the sostras and bona fide scholars. It was not\n\nordinary men who accepted Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead. In the beginning His identity was ascertained by learned scholars\nlike Nilambara Cakravarti, and later all His activities were confirmed by the six\n\nGosvamis, especially Srila Jiva Gosvami and Srila Rupa Gosvami, and many other\nlearned scholars, with evidence from the sostra. An incarnation of God is such from\n\nthe very beginning of His life. It is not that by performing meditation one can\n\nbecome an incarnation of God all of a sudden. Such false incarnations are meant for\n\nfools and rascals, not sane men.\n\nTEXT19\n\n�\"'� \"'�t� ... 'ftt'l, (;�l�'ll\n,�, itf1f �,- �- '!' �f'lll �� \"\nsarva-lokera karibe ihan dhorar;a, po�ar;a\n'visvambhara' noma ihora,-ei to' kiirar;a\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-/okera-of all people; karibe-will do; ihan-this child; dhorar;a-protection;\n\npo�ara-maintenance; visvambhara-the name Visvambhara; noma-name; ihoraHis; e/-this; ta'-certainly; kiirara-the reason.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the future this child will protect and maintain all the world. For this reason\n\nHe is to be called Yisvambhara.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThe Caitanya-bhagavata also confirms that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, by His\n\nbirth, has made the whole world peaceful, as in the past Narayal)a protected this\n\nearth in His incarnation as Varaha. Because of His protecting and maintaining this\nworld in the present Kali-yuga, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu is Visvambhara, which\n\nrefers to one who feeds the entire world. The movement inaugurated by Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu when He was present five hundred years ago is again being propagated\n\nall over the world, and factually we are seeing its practical results. People are being\n\n", "adi3#p0164": "[Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n140\n\nsaved, protected and maintained by this Hare Kr�r:Ja movement. Thousands of\nfollowers, especially western youths, are taking part in this Hare Kr�r:Ja movement,\nand how safe and happy they feel can be understood from the expressions of\ngratitude in their hundreds and thousands of letters. The name Visvambhara is also\nmentioned in the Atharva-veda-samhitii (viSvambhara viSvena mii bharasii piihi sviihii).\nTEXT 20\n\n�fi\\' -��-��� � �\"f �� I\n\ni31f11['f·i3t� �· 11t�t�� �'I II � II\no\n\nSuni' Saci-miSrera mane iinanda bii�ila\nbriihmara-briihmari iini' mahotsava kaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing this; Saci-of mother Saci; miSrera-and of jagannatha Misra;\nmane-within\n\nthe\n\nminds;\n\niinanda-pleasure;\n\nbii�ila-increased; briihmara the\n-\n\nbriihmaras; briihmari-and their wives; iini'-inviting them; mahotsava-a festival;\nkai/a-observed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing Nilambara Cakravarti's prediction, Sacimata and jagannatha Misra\nobserved the name-giving festival in great joy, inviting all the brahmal)as and their\nwives.\n\nPURPORT\nIt is the Vedic system to observe all kinds of festivals, including birthday festivals,\nmarriage festivals, name-giving festivals and festivals marking the beginning of education, by especially inviting briihmaras.\n\nIn every festival the briihmaras are to be\n\nfed first, and when the briihmaras are pleased they bless the festival by chanting\nVedic mantras or the Hare Kr�Qa mahii-mantra.\nTEXT 21\n\n� � Nti( (fJ'-f �-��ilii1t'f I\n\nifti(1 �e;�tt �'{1 �� �i( II �� II\ntabe kata dine prabhura jiinu-caflkramara\nniinii camatkiira tathii kariiila darsana\n\nSYNONYMS\nlobe-thereafter; kata-some; dine-days; prabhura-of the Lord; jiinu-knees;\ncaflkramaoa- the\n\ncrawling;\n\nniinii-various;\n\nkariiila-caused; dadana-the sight.\n\ncamatkiira- wonderful;\n\ntathii-also;\n\n", "adi3#p0165": "Text 23]\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\n141\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter some days the Lord began to crawl on His knees, and He caused various\nwonderful things to be seen.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Caitonyo-bhiigovoto describes that one day while the Lord was crawling upon\n\nHis knees, the bells on His waist ringing very sweetly, a snake came out to crawl in\n\nthe yard of the Lord, who captured the snake like a curio us child. Immediately the\n\nsnake coiled over Him. The Lord as a child then rested on the snake, and after some\ntime the snake went away, leaving aside the Lord.\nTEXT 22\n\n�tem �\" �\"t•\" �ftiltlf 1\n�1ft �� '�fJ' �'f,- � <:;�-rf� II �� II\nkrondonero chafe boliiilo hori-niimo\n\nniiri saba 'hori' bole,-hiise gouro-dhiimo\nSYNONYMS\nkrondonero-of crying; chafe-on the pretense of; bo/iiilo-caused to speak; hori­\n\nniimo-the holy name of the Lord;niiri-ladies;sobo-all; 'hori' bole-chant the holy\nname of the Lord; hiise-laughs;gouro-dhiima-Lord Sri Caitanya as a child.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Lord caused all the ladies to chant the holy names of the Hare Krg1a m aha­\n\nmantra on the plea of His crying, and while they chanted the Lord would smile.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Caitanya-bhiigavata this pastime is described as follows: \"The Lord, with\n\nHis beautiful eyes, would cry, but He would stop immediately upon hearing the\n\nHare Kr��a mahii-mantra. When the ladies, understanding the fun of the Lord, dis­\n\ncovered that He would cry and then stop upon hearing the chanting of the Hare\nKr��a mantra, they all took it as a clue to chant Hare Kr��a as soon as the Lord\n\ncried. Thus it became a regular function. The Lord would cry, and the ladies would\nbegin chanting the Hare Kr�rya mahii-mantra, clapping with their hands. In this way\n\nall the ladies of the neighboring houses would assemble in the home of Saclmata to\n\njoin in the sankirtono movement twenty-four hours a day. As long as the ladies con­\n\ntinued to chant the Hare Kr�rya mahii-mantra, the Lord would not cry but very\npleasingly smile upon them.\"\n\nTEXT 23\n\n'!t� �\\! tift� �\"\" �-tR��ct I\n\nf-t�'5tt't filf't' �'f ��-- ''l'fi{ II �� II\n\n", "adi3#p0166": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n142\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\ntabe kata dine kaila pad a-cank ramara\nsisu-gare mili' kaila vividha khelana\n\nSYNONYMS\nrobe-th ereafter ; kata dine-in a few days; kai/a -did ; pada -leg; cankramara­\n\nmovement; siSU'iJO(Ie -all the children; mi/i'- mi ngli ng together; kaila-executed;\nvividha-varieties; kh elana-sporting\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter some days the Lord began to move His legs and walk. He mixed with other\nchildren and exhibited varieties of sports.\nTEXT 24\n\n<11\"'fit� -t� �-�15M e�tfi111 I\n\n�1 �fif' f�i ��'1,--.tt'S '!' �f:JfiD II �8 II\nekadina saci kha-i-sandesa iiniyii\nbiifii bhari' diyii baila,-khiio to' basiyii\n\nSYNONYMS\nekadina-one\n\nday; saci-mother Saci; kha-1- fused rice; sandesa-sweetmeat;\n\niiniyii-bringing; bii.tii-tiffin dish; bhari -f illing; diyii-delivering; bolla-said ; khiio'\n\neat; ta'-now; basiyo-sitting down.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day while the Lord was enjoying His playful sports with the other little\nchildren, mother Saci brought a dish filled with fused rice and sweetmeats and\n\nasked the child to sit down and eat them.\nTEXT 25\n\ntfll! �fif' <;'5t'f1 -t� 1Jt� �1( �t\\! I\n\n��rMsi 'ltf'*'li flit� ���i �t\\5 II �ct II\neta bali' gelii saci grhe karma karite\nlukiiiiii liigilii sisu mrttikii khiiite\n\nSYNONYMS\neta bali'- sayi ng this; ge/ii-returned; 5ac i- mother Saci; gr he-i n the house; karma\n\n-duties; karite- to execute; lukiiiiii-hidi ng; liigilii-began; sisu- the child; mrttikadirt; khiiite-to eat.\n\n", "adi3#p0167": "Text 28]\n\nlord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\n143\n\nTRANSLATION\nBut when she returned to her household duties, the child, hiding from His\nmother, began to eat dirt.\nTEXT 26\n\n,lf�' -til -rtJP1 �1'11•f1' '�rn, m' 1\n'1ft$ �ftJ' 'flfP1 •� '1n$ � �' n �� n\ndekhi' �aci dhiina iiili kar' 'hiiya, hiiya'\ni\n\nmiiti kii�i' laM kahe 'miiJi kene khiiya'\n\nSYNONYMS\ndekhi'-seeing this; �acT-mother Saci; dhOM-rushing; iii/a-came back; kartmaking a noise; hiiya,hiiyo-\"What is this! What is this!\" map-dirt; kii� - snat ching;\n/aM-taking; kahe- she said ; mo(/ kene khaya'-why is the child eating dirt?\ni'\n\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing this, mother Sacihastily returned, exclaiming, \"What is this! What is this!\"\nShe snatched the dirt from the hands of the lord and inquired why He was eating it.\nTEXT 27\n\n•tfiQ\"t � fit�,-� <1St � I\n'tfif 1{1$ �� fWttf, � f� <;lf� II �'\\ II\nktindiyo balena �i�u.-kene kara ro�a\n\ntumi mo_ti khoite dile, mora kibii do�a\nSYNONYMS\nkandiyo-while crying; ba/ena-says; ���u-the child; kene-why; kara-you become; ro�a-angry; tu ml- you ; map-dirt; khiiite-to eat; di/e-gave Me; mora-My;\nkibo-what is; do�-fault.\nTRANSLATION\nCrying, the child inquired fr om His moth er, \"Why are you angry? You have already given Me dirt to eat. What is M y fault?\nTEXT 28\n\n�--ll�·�l, �-1ft1'h �.-r. I\ntJl� 1{1$, '�� 1ft�, f• '�lf-�stt II �\"' II\n\n", "adi3#p0168": "'\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n144\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\nkha-i-sande�-onna, yateka-miifira vikiira\neho miiti, seha mii,ti, ki bheda-viciira\nSYNONYMS\nkha-i-fused\n\nrice; sande.fa-sweetmeat; anna-eatables; yateka -all ; mii!fra -of\n\ndirt; vikiira-transformations; eho-this is also; miifi-dirt; seha-that; mii_ti-dirt;\nki-what; bheda-of difference; viciira-consideration.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Fused rice, sweetmeats or anything eatable is all but a transformation of dirt.\nThis is dirt, that is dirt. Please consider. What is the difference between them?\nTEXT 29\n\n1ff1f- \"'�' Jftt'f -'e..J, � �tff' I\n111fut1r m �' r. �fif� 9f'tfJ II �� II\nmii_ti-deha, mati-bhak$ya, dekhaha vicari'\naviciire deha do�a, ki balite piirl\nSYNONYMS\n\nmii,ti -dirt; deha-this body; miifi-dirt; bhak�ya- eatable; dekhaha-just try to\n\nsee; viciiri'-by consideration; aviciire-without considering; deha-you put; do�afault upon Me; ki-what; ba/ite-to say;piirl-1 am able.\nTRANSLAliON\n\"This body is a transformation of dirt, and the eatables are also a transformation\n\nof dirt. Please reflect upon this. You are blaming Me without consideration. What\ncan I say?\"\nPURPORT\nThis is an explanation of the Mayavada philosophy, which takes everything to be\none. The necessities of the body, namely, eating, sleeping, mating and defending,\nare all unnecessary in spiritual life. When one is elevated to the spiritual platform\nthere are no more\n\nbodily necessities, and in activities pertaining to the bodily\n\nnecessities there are no spiritual considerations. In other words, the more we eat,\nsleep, have sex and try to defend ourselves, the more we engage in material activities.\nUnfortunately, Mayavadi philosophers consider devotional activities to be bodily\nactivities. They cannot understand the simple explanation in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nmiirh ca yo 'vyabhiciirera bhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gu(liin samatityaitiin brahma-bhiiyiiya ka/pate\n\n", "adi3#p0169": "Text 30]\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\n145\n\n\"Anyone who engages in spiritual devotional service without motivation, rendering\nsuch service for the satisfaction of the Lord, is elevated immediately to the spiritual\nplatform, and all his activities are spiritual.\" (Bg. 14.26} Brahma-bhuyiiya refers\nto Brahman (spiritual) activities. Although Mayavadi philosophers are very much\neager to merge in the Brahman effulgence, they have no Brahman activities. To a\ncertain extent they recommend Brahman activities, which for them mean engagement in studying the Vedanta and Sankhya philosophies, but their interpretations\nare but dry speculation. Lacking the varieties of spiritual activity, they cannot stay\nfor long on that platform of simply studying Vedanta or Sankhya philosophy.\nLife is meant for varieties of enjoyment. The living entity is by nature full of an\nenjoying spirit, as stated in the Vediinta-sutra ( 1 .1.12}: iinandamayo 'bhyiisiit. In devotional service the activities are variegated and full of enjoyment. As stated in\n\nBhagavad-gTtii (9.2), all devotional activities are easy to perform (susukharh kartum),\nand they are eternal and spiritual (avyayam). Since Mayavadi philosophers cannot\nunderstand this, they take it for granted that a devotee's activities (Sravaram\nkirtanam vi�(lof/ smara(larh piida-sevanam, etc.) are all material and are therefore\nmiiyi. They also consider Kr�Qa's advent in this universe and His activities to be\nmiiyii. Therefore, because they consider everything miiyii, they are known as\nMayavadis.\nActually, any activities performed favorably for the satisfaction of the Lord, under\nthe direction of the spiritual master, are spiritual. But for a person to disregard the\norder of the spiritual master and act by concoction, accepting his nonsensical\nactivities to be spiritual, is miiya. One must achieve the favor of the Supreme Personality of Godhead through the mercy of the spiritual master. Therefore one must\nfirst please the spiritual master, and if he is pleased, then we should understand\nthat the Supreme Personality of Godhead is also pleased. But if the spiritual master\nis displeased by our actions, they are not spiritual. Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti\nThakura confirms this: yasya praslidlid bhagavat-prasiido yasyiiprasiidiin na gatif/\n\nkuto 'pi. Activities that please the spiritual master must be considered spiritual,\nand they should be accepted as satisfying to the Lord.\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, as the supreme spiritual master, instructed His\nmother about the Mayavada philosophy. By saying that the body is dirt and\neatables are also dirt, He implied that everything is miiyii. This is Mayavada philosophy. The philosophy of the Mayavadis is defective because it maintains that everything ismiiyii but the nonsense they speak. While saying that everything is miiyii, the\nMayavadi philosopher loses the opportunity of devotional service, and therefore his\nlife is doomed. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu therefore advised, miiyiiviidi-bhii�ya sunile\nhaya sarva-niiSa (Cc. Madhya 6.169). If one accepts the Mayavada philosophy, his\n\nadvancement is doomed forever.\nTEXT 30\n\n�·� �f'll� -tfl �� �Me� I\n\n\"d �n� a�r�tlft'St '� fi't-tt'f �ttn �· n\n\n", "adi3#p0170": ",\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n146\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\nan tare vismita soci bollia tohare\n\n\"map khaite jnano-yogo ke sikhola tore\n\nSYNONYMS\nantare-within\n\nherself;\n\nvismita-surprised; saci-mother 5aci; bali/a-replied;\n\ntahare-unto Him; mii{i- dirt; khiiite-to eat;jMna-yoga-philosophical speculation;\n\nke-who; sikha/a-taught; tore-You.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAstonished that the child was speaking Mayavada philosophy, mother Saci\nreplied: \"Who has taught You this philosophical speculation that justifies eating\ndirt?\"\n\nPURPORT\nIn the philosophical discourse between the mother and the son, when the son\n\nsai d that everything is one, as impersonalists say, the mother replied, \"If ev erything\n\nis one, why do people in general not eat dirt but eat the food grains produced\nfrom the dirt?\n\"\n\nTEXT 31\n\n1t11'h R�- ��tllf �-'i_i u I\nJflt \"ft� �'Sf�' � � IIR II �� II\nmo_tira vikiira anna khiiile deha-pu?.ti haya\n\nmii_ti khaile rogo hoyo, deha yiiyo k?oya\n\nSYNONYMS\nma_tiro-of the dirt; vikiiro-transformation; anna-food grains; khiiile-by eating;\n\ndeha-of the bo dy; pu,5_tl-nourishment; haya -b ecomes; ma_ti-the dirt; khaile-by\n\neating; rogo-disease; hoyo-becomes; deha-the\n\ndestruction.\n\nbody; yiiyo-goes;\n\nk,5ayo-to\n\nTRANSLATION\nReplying to the Mayavada idea of the child philosopher, mother Saci said: \"My\ndear boy, if we eat earth transformed into grains, our body is nourished, and it be·\n\ncomes strong. But if we eat dirt in its crude state, the body becomes diseased instead\nof nourished, and thus it is destroyed.\nTEXT 32\n\nlff1'h �� �t· \"flfilreft' 'Wit� I\n�-� m --�, �f� 1ft1 'f'tF.. II\" �� II\nmofiro vikiiro ghofe piini bhorl' ani\n\nmiifi·pi[Jf/e dhori yobe, so?i' yiiya piini\"\n\n", "adi3#p0171": "Text 33]\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\n147\n\nSYNONYMS\nmiiJiro-of the dirt; vikiiro-transformation;gho.te-in the water pot;piini-water;\n\nbhori'-filling; iini-1 can bring; mii_ti-of dirt; piry;fe-on the lump; dhari-1 hold;\nyobe-when;so,5i'-soaking;yiiyo-goes;piini-the water.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In a water pot, which is a transformation of dirt, I can bring water very easily.\n\nBut if I poured water on a lump of dirt, the lump would soak up the water, and my\n\nlabor would be useless.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis simple philosophy propounded by Sacimata, even though she is a woman,\n\ncan defeat the Mayavadi philosophers who speculate on oneness. The defect of\n\nMayavada philosophy is that it does not accept the variety that is useful for practical\n\npurposes. Sacimata gave the example that although both the lump of dirt and the\n\nearthen pot are basically one, for practical purposes the water pot is useful whereas\nthe lump of dirt is useless. Sometimes scientists argue that matter and spirit are one,\n\nwith no difference between them. Factually, in a higher sense, there is no difference\n\nbetween matter and spirit, but one should have practical knowledge that matter,\n\nbeing an inferior state, is useless for our spiritual blissful life, whereas spirit, being a\n\nfiner state of existence, is full of bliss. In this connection the Bhiigovatom gives the\n\nexample that dirt and fire are practically one and the same. From the earth grow\n\ntrees, and from their wood come fire and smoke. Nevertheless, for heat we can\n\nutilize the fire but not the earth, smoke or wood. Therefore, for the ultimate reali­\n\nzation of the goal of life, we are concerned with the fire of the spirit, but not the\ndull wood or earth of matter.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n�·\n\n.._�tt'<:! (fit_ �fif'ft -i�1tt I\n\n\"..1t'$f � t�, 111\\!1, itt f.t� C'fttl II �� n\niitmo lukaite probhu bolilii tiinhiire\n\n\"iige keno ihii, mota, nii sikhiile more\nSYNONYMS\n\niitmo-Himself; lukaite-to hide; prabhu-the Lord; boli/ii-replied; tiinhiire-unto\n\nSacimata; iige-in the beginning; keno-why; ihii-this; mota-My dear mother; nii\n\nsikhale-you didn't teach; more-unto Me.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord replied to His mother: \"Why did you conceal self-realization by not\n\nteaching Me this practical philosophy in the beginning?\n\n", "adi3#p0172": "148\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\nPURPORT\nIf one is taught from the beginning of life the Vai�r;�ava philosophy of duality\n\nor variety, the monistic philosophy will not very much bother him. In reality,\n\neverything is an emanation from the supreme source Oanmiidy asya yata/;1). The\n\noriginal energy is exhibited in varieties, exactly like the sunshine, the original\n\nenergy emanating from the sun, which acts as light and heat in variety. One cannot\nsay that light is heat and heat is light, yet one cannot separate one from the other.\n\nTherefore Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu's philosophy is acintya-bhediibheda, inconceivable nonseparation and distinction. Although there is an affinity between the\n\ntwo physical manifestations light and heat, there is a difference between them.\n\nSimilarly, although the whole cosmic manifestation is the Lord's energy, the energy\nis nevertheless exhibited in varieties of manifestations.\n\nTEXT 34\n�� \"' ��t�, �t11fti if! �� I\n\n�'Itt� �t�, �� �11t1 �-.fit� II\" �8 II\nebe se jiiniliin, iira miifi nii khiiiba\nk�udhii liige yabe, tabe tomiira stana piba\"\nSYNONYMS\nebe-now; se-that;jiini/iin-1 understand; iira-more; mii_ti-dirt;nii-not; khiiiba­\n\nshall eat; k�udhii-hunger; /iige-arises; yabe-when; tabe-at that time; tamara­\n\nyour; stana-breast; piba-1 shall suck.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now that I can understand this philosophy, no more shall I eat dirt. Whenever\n\nI am hungry I shal l suck your breast and drink your breast's milk.\"\n\nTEXT 35\n�i! �f'l' �� �lift\\! ��1 I\n\n'Ji{ 111-. �t1f � �e, �1fim II �<t II\neta bali' jananira kolete cafliyii\nstana piina kare prabhu i�at hiisiyii\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; jananira-of the mother; kolete-on the lap; cafliyii-rising;\n\nstana piina- s ucking the nipple; kare-does; prabhu-the Lord; i$at- sl i ghtly; hiisiyii­\n\nsmiling.\n\n", "adi3#p0173": "Text 37]\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\n149\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, the Lord, smiling slightly, climbed on the lap of His mother\nand sucked her breast.\nTEXT 36\n\n��t\\! i{fifl-�t'f �� '�-.rnt I\n�� ��f'ht 't-rt� �t II �� U\neimate nanii-chale aisvarya dekhiiya\nbiilya-bhiiva praka_tiyii pascot lukiiya\nSYNONYMS\neimate-in this way; nona-chafe-under different excuses; aisvarya-opulence;\n\ndekhiiya-exhi bits;\n\nbiilya-bhiiva-the\n\nstatus\n\nof\n\na\n\nchild; praka_tiyii-manifesting;\n\npasciit-thereafter; lukiiya-hides Himself.\nTRANSLATION\nThus under various excuses the Lord exhibited His opulences as much as possible\nin His childhood, and later, after exhibiting such opulences, He hid Himself.\nTEXT 37\n\n��ft -�t$ �· �-\" f-!�tJ I\n'f1t'\"i �t• '� �<!f �ff'f fem1 u �\"\"\natithi-viprera anna khiii/a tina-bOra\npiiche gupte sei vipre karila nistiira\nSYNONYMS\natithi-guest; viprera-of a briihmara; anna-foodstuff; khoila-ate; tina-borathrice; piiche-afterwards; gupte-in privacy; sei-that; vipre-unto the briihmara;\nkarila-made; nistiira-deliverance.\nTRANSLATION\nOn one occasion the Lord ate the foodstuffs of a brahmar;ta guest three times,\nand later, in confidence, the Lord delivered that brahmar:ta from material engagement.\nPURPORT\nThe story of the deliverance of this briihmara is as follows. One briihmara who\nwas touring all over the country, traveling from one place of pilgrimage to another,\n\n", "adi3#p0174": "150\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\nreached Navadvipa and became a guest in the house of jagannatha Misra. jagannatha\n\nMisra gave him all ingredients for cooking, and the briihmara prepared his foodstuffs.\n\nWhen the briihmara was offering the foodstuffs to Lord Vi�QU in meditation, the\n\nchild Nimai came before him and began to eat them, and because of this the\n\nbrohmara thought the whole offering spoiled.Therefore by the request of jagannatha\nMisra he cooked for a second time, but when he was meditating the child again\n\ncame before him and began to eat the foodstuffs, again spoiling the offering.\nBy the request of jagannatha Misra the briihmara cooked for a third time,\n\nbut for a third time the Lord came before him and began to eat the foodstuffs, although the child had been locked within a room and everyone was sleeping\n\nbecause it was late at night. Thus, thinking that on that day Lord Vi�J')u was not\n\nwilling to accept his foodstuffs and that he was therefore ordained to fast, the\n\nbriihmara became greatly agitated and cried aloud, \"h'iiya h'iiya\" (\"What has been\ndone! What has been done!\"). When Lord Caitanya Mah�prabhu saw the briihma(la\n\nin that agitated state, He told him, \"Formerly I was the son of mother Yasoda. At\n\nthat time you also became a guest in the house of Nanda Maharaja, and I disturbed\n\nyou in this way. I am very much pleased by your devotion. Therefore I am eating\n\nthe foodstuffs you have prepared.\" Understanding the favor offered to him by the\nLord, the briihmara was greatly pleased, and he was overwhelmed with love of Kr�Qa.\nHe was thankful to the Lord, for he felt himself greatly fortunate. Then the Lord\n\nasked the briihmara not to disclose the incident to anyone else. This is very\nelaborately explained in the Caitanya-bhiigavata, Adi-lilii, Chapter Three.\nTEXT 38\n\n'Sttl '11$1 '� �t_t-. �tf�� � I\nl!tJ ..� ��' -.n-.'!'1 '!ttl t.'ffl� \" �\"' \"\ncore laflii gela prabhuke biihire piiiyi\ntiira skandhe cafli' iiillJ tiire bhuliiiya\n\nSYNONYMS\ncore-two thieves; /aftii-taking; gela-went; prabhuke-the Lord; biihire-outside;\npiiiyii-finding Him; tiira-their; skandhe-on the shoulders; caf/i'-rising; iiilii-came\nback; tiire-them; bhuliiiyii-misleading.\nTRANSLATION\nIn His childhood the Lord was taken away by two thieves outside His home. The\nLord, however, got up on the shoulders of the thieves, and while they were thinking\nthey were safely carrying the child to rob His ornaments, the Lord misled them, and\nthus instead of going to their own home, the thieves came back to the home of\nJagannatha Misra.\n\n", "adi3#p0175": "Text 39]\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\n151\n\nPURPORT\nIn His childhood the Lord was profusely decorated with gold ornaments. Once\n\nupon a time He was playing outside His house, and two thieves passing on the street\nsaw the opportunity to rob the Lord and therefore took Him on their shoulders,\npleasing Him by offering Him some sweetmeats. The thieves thought they would\ncarry the child to the forest and then kill Him and take away the ornaments. The\nLord, however, expanded His illusory energy upon the thieves, so much so that\ninstead of carrying Him to the forest they came right back in front of the house of\n\nthe Lord. When they came before His house they became afraid because everyone\nfrom the house of jagannatha Misra and all the inhabitants of that quarter were\n\nbusy searching for the child. Therefore the thieves, thinking it dangerous to remain,\nwent away and left Him. The child was brought within the house of mother Saci,\n\nwho was in great anxiety, and she became satisfied. This incident is also very\nelaborately explained in the Adi-lilo of Caitanyo-bhogovata, Third Chapter.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n�tfit·it'f tr'St�·f6'fl·� I\nM,.,-.�w �'l \\fl�t'flk·Nti{ 11 �� n\nvyodhi-chale jagadisa-hiro(tyo-sadane\nvigw-naivedya kh'iiila ekOdosi-dine\n\nSYNONYMS\nvyodhi-cha/e-on the plea of being diseased; jagadisa-hirarya-of the names\njagadiSa and HiraQya; sadane-in the house of; vi�ru-naivedya-foodstuffs offered\n\nto Lord Vi�Qu; khOila-ate; ekOdasi-of EkadaSi; dine-on the day.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPretending to be sick, the Lord asked some foodstuffs from the house of\nHiraQya and jagadiSa on the day of EkadaSi.\nPURPOR T\nThe Caitanya-bhogavata, Adi-lilo, Chapter Four, fully describes the Lord's ac­\n\ncepting vi$(1U-pras0da on the Ekadasi day at the house of jagadisa and Hirar;�ya.\n\nRegular prasoda is offered to Lord Vi�Qu on EkadaSi because fasting is recommended\n\nfor devotees on Ekadasi but not for Lord Vi�Qu. Once on Ekada5i in the house of\n\njagadisa and HiraQya Par:t<;lita there were arrangements to prepare special prasada\n\nfor Lord Vi�t;tu, and Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked His father to go there to ask\nfor the vij(lu-pra50da because He was feeling sick. The house of jagadisa and Hirat;tya\nPar:t<;lita was situated about two miles off from the house of jagannatha Misra.\n\nTherefore when jagannatha Misra, on the request of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\n", "adi3#p0176": "Sri Caitan ya-c aritamrta\n\n152\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\ncame to ask )agadisa and Hirar;�ya for the prasada, they were a little astonished.\n\nHow could the boy understand that special prasiida was being prepared for Lord\nVi�Qu? They immediately concluded that the boy Nimai must have supernatural\n\nmystic power. Otherwise how could He understand that they were preparing special\nprasada?\n\nTherefore\n\nthey\n\nimmediately\n\nsent\n\nthe\n\nfoodstuffs to Lord Caitanya\n\nM a haprabhu through His father, jagannatha M isra. Nimai was feeling sick, but\n\nimmediately after eating the vi�(lu-prasiida He was cured, and He also distributed\nthe prastido among Hi s pla ymat es\n\n.\n\nTEXT 40\n\nfit\" Jl� \"C1 �-'l!f�I1Q I\nfFt -.ff' i!t� � � �t\"t\"C>t II So n\n�i�u saba /aye piir;lii-par;Jasira ghare\ncuri kori' drovya khiiya mare biilakere\nSYNONYMS\ns'is'u-children;\n\nghore\n\n-\n\nsaba-all; /aye-taking\n\nwith\n\nHim; paifii-poifosiro-neighboring;\n\nin the houses; curi kari'-stealing; dravya-eatables; khaya-eats; mare­\n\nfights; balakere-with other children.\nTRANSLATION\nAs usual for small ch ildren , He learned to play, and with His playmates He went\n\nto the houses of neighboring friends, stealing their eatables and eating th em. Sometimes the children fought among themselves.\n\nTEXT 41\n\nfilf� 1f� �-•tte{ �� fift� I\n�fe.' � � �� fifvll �Ill� II 8� II\n�i�u saba �aci·sthiine kailo nivedana\n�uni' �oci putre kichu dilii oklhona\nSYNONYMS\n�i�u saba-a ll the children; �aci-sthiine-in the presence of mother S ac i; kai/a­\n\nmade; nivedana-petition; suni'-he ari ng that; saci-mother sa ci; putre-unto her\nson; kichu-some; di/a-gave; o/ahana-chastisement or rebuke.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll the children lodg ed complaints with Sacimata about the Lord's fighting with\n\nthem and stealing from the neighbors' houses. Therefore sometimes she used to\n\nchastise or rebu ke her so n .\n\n", "adi3#p0177": "Text 43)\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\n153\n\nTEXT 42\n\n\"'-.� fff -.11, '� 11� �tif I\n\n'� 'l1f·\"t1f ��' ffi1 -.t� \"t1f n\" 8� II\n\"kene curi koro, kene miiroho �i�ure\nkene pora-ghare yiiha, kibO niihi ghore\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nkene curi kara-why do You steal; kene miiraha sisure\n\n-\n\nchildren; kene why;paro ghare\n-\n\n-\n\nis not there; ghare\n\n-\n\n-\n\nwhy do you beat other\n\nin others' houses;yiiho-You go; kibii-what;niihi­\n\nin Your own house.\n\nTRANSLA liON\n\nSacimata said: \"Why do You steal others' things? Why do You beat the other\nchildren? And why do You go inside others' houses? What do you not have in Your\nown house?\"\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vediinta-sutro (janmiidy osya yata/:1), since creation, maintenance\nand annihilation exist in the Supreme Absolute, whatever we find within this ma­\n\nterial world is already in the spiritual world. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, Km•a Himself. How is He stealing, and how is He fighting?\nIt is not as a thief or an enemy, but as a friend in a loving condition. He steals as a\nchild, not because He is in want, but as a natural instinct. In this material world\nalso, small children, without enmity or bad will, sometimes go to a neighboring\nhouse and steal, and sometimes they fight. Km•a also, like other children, did all\nthese things in His childhood. Without the existence of the stealing propensity and\nfighting propensity in the spiritual world, they cannot exist here in this material\nworld. The difference between the material and spiritual worlds is that stealing in\nthe spiritual world is done in friendship and love, whereas fighting and stealing within this material world are executed on the basis of enmity and envy. Therefore we\nshould understand that in the spiritual world all these activities exist, but there is\nno inebriety, whereas in the material world all activities are full of miserable conditions.\nTEXT 43\n\n��' ilP.._� .:$1 �!_1ft·� �1$1 I\n'llltif l{� � f�, �� 'e'tfiRrt I 8� II\nsuni' kruddho haflii probhu ghara-bhitara yiinii\nghare yata bhar�a chi/a, phelila bhlihgiya\n\n", "adi3#p0178": "154\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\nSYNONYMS\n�uni'-hearing; kruddha-angry; haM-becoming; prabhu-the\n\nLord; ghara­\n\nbhitara-wi thin the room;yai'ici-going;ghare-in the room;yata-all; bhiirp'a-pots;\nchi/a-there were; phelila-He threw them; bhiiiigiya-breaking\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus rebuked by His mother, the Lord would go in anger to a room and break all\nthe pots within it.\nTEXT 44\n\n�� -tfl '�� �' ..\n�\" �� I\n\n\"f'tit:! �1'11 � tftfi{' �� n ss 11\ntabe �aci kole kari' karaila santo�a\n/ajjita ha-ifa prabhu }ani' nija-do�a\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; saci-mother sacidevi; kote-on the lap; kari'- tak ing; karaila­\n\nmade; santo$a-pa cified; lajji ta-a shamed; ha ifa-became;prabhu- the L ord;jani'-\n\nknowing; nija-His own; do�-fault.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen S acimata would take her son on her lap and pacify Him, and the Lord\nwould be very much ashamed, admitting His own faults.\n\nPURPORT\nThere is a nice description of the faults of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in Hi s childhood in the Caitanya-bhiigavata, Adi-lila, Chapter Three, where it is said that the\nchild Lord used to steal all k inds of eatables from the houses of neighboring friends.\nIn some houses He would steal milk and drink it, and in others He would steal and\neat prepared rice. Sometimes He would break cooking pots. If there were nothing\nto eat but there were small babies, the Lord would tease the babies and make them\n\ncry. Sometimes a neighbor would complain to Sacimata, \"My child is very small.\nBut your child puts water in the ears of my child, making the child cry.\"\n\nTEXT 45\n\n.... .-�· � lt1'11,. II.. I\n�.. 'L..� Qlf'f' � � II 8ct II\nkabhu mrdu-haste kaila matake ta{lana\nmatake murcchita dekhi' karaye krandana\n\n", "adi3#p0179": "Lord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\nText 47]\n\n155\n\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes; mrdu-haste-by His soft hand;kai/a-did;matoke-His mother;\ntop'ana-chastise; motoke-His mother; mDrcchito-fainted; dekhi'-seeing; karayewas; krandana-crying.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnce the child, Caitanya Mahaprabhu, chastised His mother with His soft hand,\nand His mother falsely fainted. Seeing this, the Lord began to cry.\nTEXT 46\n\nril1tct ��'-\"itt�\" \"'� �' 1\n�����1f�n\"8�11\n�\n\nnarigara kahe,- \"norikela deha ani'\ntabe sustha ha-ibena tomora janani\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nnoriga(IO-all the ladies; kahe-say; norike/a-coconut; deha-give; ani'-bringing\nfrom somewhere; tabe-then;sustha ha-ibena-will be cured; tomara-Your;jananimother.\n\nTRANSL.:ATION\nThe neighboring ladies told Him: \"Dear child, please bring a coconut from somewhere, an d then Your mother will be cured.\"\n\nTEXT 47\n\n�� �lfP1 �filr.;� tl �tfit:�'l I\n\"'f�111 �(�'f �f'll<! �\"\" II 8'\\ II\nbohire yana anilena dui norikefa\ndekhiya apiirva haifa vismita saka/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nbiihire-outside; yona-goi ng; anilena-He im media tely br ou ght ; dui-two; narikefa-coconuts;\n\ndekhiya-seeing; api.irva\n\n-\n\nt his\n\nwonder; haifa-became;\n\nvismita­\n\nastonished; sakala-all.\nTRANSLATION\nHe then immediately went outside the house and brought two coconuts. All the\nladies were astonished to see such wonderful activities.\n\n", "adi3#p0180": "156\n\nSrT Caitanya·caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 48\n\n\"'- fi.f'$-� w� �fi\" \"It� 1\nwt'S!ct �tl'fl �t1 \"'�� �fiw! n s..- n\nkabhu �i�u-sange sniina karllfl gangiite\nkanyiigara iiilii tiihiin devatii pfljite\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes; si�u-sange-along with other children; sniina-bathing; karl/a­\n\ndid; gangiite-in the Ganges; kanyii·gara-the girls; iii/a-came there; tiihiin-on the\nbank of the Ganges; devatii-demigods; pOjite-to worship.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes the Lord, with other children, would go to take bath in the Ganges,\nand the neighboring girls would also come there to worship various demigods.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic system, small girls ten or twelve years old would go to\nthe bank of the Ganges to take their bath and would especially worship Lord Siva\nwith prayers to get good husbands in the future. They especially wanted to get a\nhusband like Lord Siva because Lord Siva is very peaceful and at the same time\nmost powerful. Formerly, therefore, small girls in Hindu families would worship\nLord Siva, especially in the month of Vaisakha (April-May). To take a bath in the\nGanges is a great pleasure for everyone, not only for adults but for children also.\nTEXT 49\n\n1ttrwt1 m' ��fit�� \"tf11tn 1\n••t'St'1·�-o � �1 � n s� n\ngangii-snana karl' pDjii karite liigllii\nkanyiigara·madhye prabhu iisiyii basi/a\nSYNONYMS\ngangii-snana-bath in the Ganges; kari'-having taken; pflja-worship; karite-to\ndo; lagi/a-began; kanya-gara-the girls; madhye- in the midst of; prabhu-the Lord;\niisiyii-coming there; basi/a-sat down.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the girls, after bathing in the Ganges, engaged in worshiping the different\ndemigods, the young Lord would come there and sit down among them.\n\n", "adi3#p0181": "Text 50]\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\n157\n\nTEXT 50\n\n�wttJ ��,-�1 �' .rrfi{ fiR q I\n�•1·�'511-srt� Clttf, �- f..•J n �o •\nkanyare kahe,-ama pDja, ami diba vara\nganga-durga-dasT mora, mahe�a-kinkara\n\nSYNONYMS\nkanyiire kahe -addressi ng the girls the Lord would say; am ii pDja- \"Worship\n\nMe\"; ami-1; diba-shall give; vara-n ice husband; ganga- the Ganges; durga- goddess\nDurga; diisT-maidservants; mora-My; mahesa-Lord �iva; klnkara-servant.\nTRANSLATION\nAddressing the girls, the Lord would say: \"Worship Me, and I shall give you good\nhusbands or good benedictions. The Ganges and goddess Durga are My maidservants.\nNot to speak of other demigods, even Lord Siva is My servant.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThere is a misconception about the Hindu religion among people who profess other\nreligions, such as Christians and Mohammedans, who say that in the Hindu religion\nthere are many Gods. Actually that is not a fact. God is one, but there are many\nother powerful living entities who are in charge of different departments of administration. They are called demigods. All the demigods are servants who carry out the\norders of the Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ndisclosed this fact in His childhood. Out of ignorance, sometimes people worship\nthe demigods to receive some particular boon, but actually if one becomes a devotee\nand worshiper of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he does not need to go to\nthe demigods for any benediction because he obtains everything by the grace of the\nSupreme Lord. Bhagavad-gTtii therefore condemns such demigod worship:\nkiimais tais tair hrta-jnona/:1\nprapadyante 'nya-devata/:1\ntam tam niyamam asthaya\nprokrtya niyataly svaya\n\n\"Only persons whose intelligence is lost and who are mad with lusty desires worship the demigods and follow the particular rules and regulations of worship according to their own natures.\" (Bg. 7.20)\nye?arh tv anta-gatarh paparh\njaniiniirh pU(IYa-karmaram\nte dvandva-moha-nirmukta\nbhajante miirh drrjha-vratiily\n\n", "adi3#p0182": "158\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\n\"But persons who are freed from all sinful activities and the duality of delusion\n\nengage themselves in the worship of the Supreme Personality of Godhead with de·\ntermination.\" (Bg. 7.28) Only the less intelligent worship the demigods for their\n\nvarious purposes. The most intelligent worship only the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, Km•a.\n\nSometimes we, the members of the Kr�r;�a consciousness movement, are accused\n\nof not approving of the worship of demigods. But how can we approve of this when\n\nit is condemned by Lord Caitanya and Lord Kr�Qa? How can we allow people to\n\nbecome foolish and hrta-jiiiina, bereft of intelligence? Our propaganda is simply\nmeant to enable intelligent people to understand the distinction between matter\n\nand spirit and understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the whole\n\nspiritual identity. That is our mission. How could we mislead people to worship so·\n\ncalled gods in material bodies within this material world?\n\nOur position of not allowing worship of the many hundreds of demigods is con·\n\nfirmed by Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu even in His childhood. Srna Narottama dasa\nThakura has sung in this connection:\nanya devasraya nai\ntomiire kahinu bhiii\nel bhakti parama-kiirara\n\n\"To become a staunch, pure devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead without\n\ndeviation {ananya-bhiik], one should not divert his attention to the worship of the\n\ndemigods. Such control is a symptom of pure devotional service.\"\nTEXT 51\n\n�9(fi{ � 'fA' 9f� yt111'rl I\n\n'� -.'t� 'fl'ill- lf�\"fllt, �' � II �� II\niipani candana pari' parena phula-miilii\nnaivedya kii(iiyii khii'na-sande�a, ciila, kalii\n\nSYNONYMS\niipani-Himself; candana-pulp of sandalwood; pari'-smearing over the body;\nparena- ta k es; phula-miilii-the flower garlands; naivedya-offering of foodstuffs;\n\nkii(/iyc7-snatching;\nkala-bananas.\n\nkho'na-begins to eat; sande�a-the sweetmeats; cii/a-rice;\n\nTRANSLATION\nWithout the perm1ss1on of the girls, the Lord would take the sandalwood\npulp and smear it on His own body, put the flower garlands on His neck, and\n\nsnatch and eat all the offerings of sweetmeats, rice and bananas.\n\n", "adi3#p0183": "Text 5 3]\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\n159\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the system of worship, when something is offered to deities outside\n\none's home, it is generally not cooked food, but raw rice, bananas and sweetmeats.\n\nOut of His causeless mercy, the Lord would snatch the offerings from the girls and\neat them, admonishing the girls not to worship the demigods but to worship Him.\n\nThis\n\nworship\n\nof\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\n\nis\n\nrecommended\n\nin the Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam:\n\nkr�ra-vanyam tvi�iikr�ram\nsiingopiingiistra-piir�adam\nyajnai!J sankirtana-priiyair\nyajanti hi sumedhasa!J\n\"One should worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead who appears in this age\n\nof Kali with His associates as Parica-tattva: the Lord Himself and His associates\nNityananda Prabhu, Sri Advaita Prabhu, Sri Gadadhara Prabhu and Srfvasa Thakura.\nIn this age, an intelligent person worships the Parica-tattva by the method of chant­\n\ning the Hare K�Qa mahii-mantra and, if possible, distributing prasiida.\" (Bhiig. 11.5.\n\n32) Our K[?Qa consciousness movement is introducing this bona fide method of\n\nworship in the western world. Its members are going from village to village and\ntown to town with Deities of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, teaching people how to\n\nworship the Lord by chanting the Hare K�Qa mantra, offering prasiida and dis­\n\ntributing it to people in general.\n\nTEXT 52\n\nQ.lm'f �'Sf'! ��-�if, � fe.1ttf� I\n\nl!tf1{� �� 'tfll �11l1 �� �- II Q� II\nkrodhe k anyii gara kahe-suna, he nimiini\ngriima-sambandhe hao tumi iimii sabiira bhiii\nSYNONYMS\n\nkrodhe- in anger; kanyii-gara-all the girls; k ahe-said; suna- hear; he-0; nimiinl­\n\nof the name Nimai; griima-village; sambandhe-in relationship;hao-are; tumi-You;\niimii-of us; sabiira-every one; bhiii-the brother.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the girls became very angry at the Lord for this behavior. \"Dear Nimai,\"\n\nthey told Him, \"You are just like our brother in our village relationship.\n\nTEXT 53\n\n� lf��f � l�1 �fft\\! � � I\n\n1{1 'I� <;'f�� �-, i\\1 'ft �IJti U �� II\n\n", "adi3#p0184": "160\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch.\n\n14\n\namii sabakiira pak�e ihii karite nii yuyiiya\nnii /aha devata sajja, no kara anyaya\n\nSYNONYMS\niimii sabiikiira-of all of us; pak�e\n\n-\n\non the behalf; tho-this; karite-to do; no-not;\n\nyuyoya-is suitable; 170-don't; /aha-take; devata-demigods; sajja-worshipable\n\nparaphernalia; no-don't; kara-do; anyiiya-mischief.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Therefore it does not behoove You to act like this. Don't take our parapher­\n\nnalia for worship of the demigods. Don't create a disturbance in this way.\"\n\nTEXT 54\n� ��,-\",�1 �t�� f� �· � I\n�111�� �� � �\"f� II a811\nprabhu kahe,- \"tomii sabiike dila ei vara\ntomii sabiira bhartii habe parama sundara\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord replied; tomii-you; sabiike-to all; di/a- 1 give; ei-this;\n\nvara-benediction; toma sabara-of all of yo u ; bharta-the husbands;habe-will be;\n\nparama- very; sundara-beautiful.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord replied: \"My dear sisters, I give you the benediction that your hus­\n\nbands will be very handsome.\n\nTEXT 55\n'tf\\0�, �' �' �tW<qflt I\n� � � m --� 11mtJtn\" QQ n\npa(l�ita, vidagdha, yuvii, dhana-dhiinyaviin\nsiita siita putra habe-ciriiyu, matimiin\"\n\nSYNONYMS\npa(lpita-learned; vidagdha-expert and humorous; yuvii-yo ung man; dhana·\n\ndhiinyaviin--very rich, possessing wealth and ri ce ; siita siita-seven each; putra-sons;\nhabe-you will have; ciriiyu-born with a long life; matimiin-and intelligent.\n\n", "adi3#p0185": "Text 56]\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\n161\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"They will be learned, clever and young and possess abundant wealth and rice.\nNot only that, but you will each have seven sons, who will all live long lives and be\nvery intelligent.\"\nPURPORT\nGenerally it is the ambition of a young girl to have a very handsome husband\nwho is learned, clever, young and rich. According to the Vedic culture, one is rich\nif he possesses a large stock of food grains and a very large number of animals.\n\nDhiinyena dhanaviin gavayii dhanaviin: one is rich if he possesses food grains, cows\nand bulls. A girl also desires to have many children, especially sons (putra) who are\nvery intelligent and long living. Now there is propaganda to have one or two children and kill the rest by contraceptive methods because society has deteriorated. But\nthe natural ambition of a girl is to possess not only more than one child but at least\nhalf a dozen.\nIn exchange for the paraphernalia of worship He usurped for Himself, Caitanya\nMahaprabhu wanted to bless the girls to fulfill all their ambitions and desires. One\ncan easily become happy and obtain the material benefits of a good husband,\nwealth, food grains and a number of nice children by worshiping Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. Although S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted sannyiisa at an early age,\n\nit is not necessary for His devotees to follow Him by also taking sannyosa. One can\nstay a householder, but one must be a devotee of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Then\none will be happy, with all the material opulences of a good home, good children,\ngood mate, good wealth and everything he desires. Therefore the �iistras advise,\n\nyaji'iai/;1 sankirtana-priiyair yajanti hi sumedhasa/;1 (BhOg. 11.5.32). Every householder, therefore, who is actually intelligent should introduce the sailkirtana movement home to home and live peacefully in this life and go back to Godhead in the\nnext.\nTEXT 56\n\n��Fe.' �'Sf�'Rf �'mJ �1� I\n\n�t1 �e..,.� � m' fit�J1 ,m 11 <t� 11\nvara �uni' kanyii-garera antare santo�a\nbiihire bhartsana kare kari' mithyo ro�a\nSYNONYMS\n\nvara �uni'-hearing the benediction; kanyii-garera-of the girls; antare-within;\nsanto�a-very much satisfaction; biihire-externally; bhartsana-rebuking; kare-they\ndo; kari'-making; mithyii-false; ro�a-anger.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this benediction of Sri Caitanya Mah'aprabhu, all the girls were inwardly\nvery happy;but externally, as it is natural for girls, they rebuked the Lord under the\npretense of anger.\n\n", "adi3#p0186": "162\n\n,\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\nPURPORT\nThis double-dealing is natural for girls. When they are satisfied within, they externally show dissatisfaction. Such feminine dealings are very palatable to boys who\ntry to make friendships with them.\nTEXT 57\n\n�� Wl �'f�'l �J 'fb11\n1;!1tJ IS'tf�' � � �-.1'1 � II �'l U\nkona kanya pa/aila naivedya la-iyii\ntare flak/' kahe prabhu sakrodha ha-iyii\nSYNONYMS\nkona kanyii-some of the girls; paliiila-fled; naivedya-the plate of worshipable\nthings; /a-iyii-taking away; tore-unto them; piiki'-calling; kahe-says;prabhu-the\nLord; sakrodha-angry; ha-iyii-becoming.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen some of the girls fled, the Lord called them in anger and advised them as\nfollows:\nTEXT 58\n\n�fif 'e{t<tlfJ if! �� �·�� ��Ill I\n���,�f�f1 itff�� U air II\nyadi naivedya nii deha ha-iyii krpa(li\nbupii bhartii habe, iira ciiri carl satini\nSYNONYMS\nyadi-if; naivedya-offering;na-do not;deha-give Me;ha-iyii-becoming; krpa{limiser; bupii-old; bharto-husband; habe-will have; ora-and; cor/- four; ciiri-four;\nsatini-co-wives.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If you are miserly and do not give Me the offerings, every one of you will have\nan old husband with at least four co-wives.\"\nPURPORT\nIn India in those days and even until fifty years ago, polygamy was freely allowed.\nAny man, especially of the higher castes-the briihma(laS, the va/Syas and particular-\n\n", "adi3#p0187": "Text 60]\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\n163\n\nly the k�atriyas-could marry more than one wife. In the Mahiibhiirata, or the old\nhistory of India, we see that k�atriya kings especially used to marry many wives.\nAccording to Vedic civilization there was no restriction against this, and even a man\nmore than fifty years old could marry. But to be married to a man who had many\nwives was not a very pleasing situation because the husband's love would be divided\n\namong his many wives. Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu apparently wanted to curse\nthe girls unwilling to offer Him the naivedya to be married to men who had at least\nfour wives.\nThe social structure allowing a man to marry more than one wife can be supported\nin this way. Generally in every society the female population is greater in number\n\nthan the male population. Therefore if it is a principle in the society that all girls\nshould be married, unless polygamy is allowed it will not be possible. If all the girls\nare not married there is a good chance of adultery, and a society in which adultery\nis allowed cannot be very peaceful or pure. In our Kr�Qa consciousness society w e\nhave restricted illicit sex life. The practical difficulty is t o find a husband for each\nand every girl. We are therefore in favor of polygamy, provided, of course, that the\nhusband is able to maintain more than one wife.\nTEXT 59\n\n·� ��' \\!1·� lft1{ � ., I\n� f�l tr'ttil, f<lli� <;'f� Q II �� II\nihii suni' tii-sobora mane ho-i/a bhayo\nkona kichu jiine, kibo deviivi�Ja hoya\n\nSYNONYMS\nihii suni '-hearing this; tii-sobiiro-of all the girls; mane-in the minds; ha-ifabecame; bhoyo\n\n-\n\nfear; kono kichu-something uncommon; jiine-He knows; kibO­\n\nwhat if; deva-OviHo-empowered by demigods; hoyo-He is.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this supposed curse by Lord Caitanya, the girls, considering that He\nmight know something uncommon or be empowered by demigods, were afraid that\nHis curse might be effective.\nTEXT 60\n\n�1��� �J '!tJ1 ��-- � I\n-tt•m �� l:!ttf -� N'f 11 �0 n\niiniyii noivedyo toni sammukhe dhorilo\nkhaiyii noivedyo tare i�,ta-vora di/o\n\n", "adi3#p0188": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n164\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\nSYNONYMS\nan/yo-bringing; naivedya-offering; taro-all\n\nof\n\nthem; sammukhe-in front;\n\ndharila-held; khaiya-eating; nalvedya-offering;\n\ntore-them; iHa-vara-desired\n\nbenediction; di/a-gave.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe girls then brought the offerings before the Lord, who ate them all and blessed\nthe girls to their satisfaction.\n\nTEXT 61\n\n\\Jl- 1t� ��J ��or� 1\nt:\"f �tt� 1t� ��' �� �'f 'Pfn�U �� n\nei mota capo/yo saba lokere dekhOya\nduf:Jkha koro mane nahe, sabe sukha poya\n\nSYNONYMS\nei mota-in this way; capo/yo-cunning behavior; saba lokere-unto the people in\ngenera1; dekhoya-exhibits; du{7kha-unhappiness; koro-distress; mane-in\n\nthe\n\nmind;nahe-there is no such thing;sabe-everyone; sukha-happiness; poya-enjoys.\n\nT'RANSLATION\nWhen this cunning behavior of the Lord with the girls became known to the\npeople in general, it did not create misunderstandings among them. Ra ther, they\n\nenjoyed happiness in these dealings.\n\nTEXT 62\n\n\\Jl<IS� �t�·�iUt '�' il11t I\nOfCii!1 �� �tlllf m W�il II �� II\neka-dina vallabhocorya-kanyo '/ak�mi' noma\ndevato pDjite iii/a karl gangii-sniina\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; vallabhacarya-kanyii-the daughter of Vallabhacarya; /ak�m7Lak�ml; nama-named; devata-demigods; pDjite-to worship; iii/a-came; karitaking;ganga-snana-bath in the Ganges.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day a girl of the name Lak�mT, the daughter of Valla bhacarya , came to the\n\nbank of the Ganges to take bath in the river and worship the demigods.\n\n", "adi3#p0189": "Text 64]\n\n165\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Gaura-garoddeso-dipikii, Lak�mi was formerly Janaki, the wife\nof Lord Ramacandra, and Rukmit;�i, the wife of Lord Kr�r;�a in Dvaraka. The same\ngoddess of fortune descended as Lak�mi to become the wife of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 63\n\n�'ttf ��' � .:lfl �t�t� � I\n� fmJ • � �t.t: 'll(lf n �If> n\ntiihre dekhi' prabhura ho-i/a siibhllii�a mana\nlak�mT cltte prTta pal/a prabhura darsana\nSYNONYMS\ntiihre\n\ndekhi'-seeing her; prabhura-of the Lord; ho-i/a-there was; sa-her;\n\nabhlla,sa-attachment; mana-mind; l ak,smi-Lak�mi also; citte-in the heart; pritasatisfaction; poi/a-attained; prabhur a-of the Lord; darsan a\n\n-\n\nmeeting\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing Lak$midevi, the Lord became attached to her, and Lak$mi, upon seeing\nthe Lord, felt great satisfaction within her mind.\nTEXT 64\n\n�I\"��� � t•.:tf -..fpy \"nt I\n�t�ttiQ � � �11 n �s 11\nsiihajika priti duhhiira karila udaya\nbiilya-bhiiviicchanna tabhu ho-i/a niscaya\nSYNONYMS\nsiihajika-natural; priti-affection; duhhiira-both of them; karila-made ; udayaappearance; bii/ya-childhood; bhiiva-Occhanna-covered by emotion; tabhu\n\n-\n\nstill;\n\nha-ifa-it so became; niscaya-fi x ed up.\nTRANSLATION\nTheir natural love for one another awakened, and although it was covered by\nchildhood emotions, it became apparent that they were mutually attracted.\nPURPORT\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Lak$midevi are eternal husband and wife. Therefore it was quite natural for their dormant love to awaken when they saw one\nanother. Their natural feelings were immediately awakened by their meeting.\n\n", "adi3#p0190": "'\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n166\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 65\n\n·\n\n·\n� � �' � � f\"5� d'l --1� I\n<;1R't'P'1 � � ,·� � 11 �� n\ndunha dekhi' dunhara citte ha-ifa ullfisa\ndeva·pDjfi chafe kaifa dunhe parakfi�a\nSYNONYMS\nduhho-both of them; dekhi'-seeing; dunhara-of both of them; citte-in the\nminds; ha-ifa-there was; u//asa-pleasure; deva-piija-worshiping the demigods;\n\nchafe- on the plea of; kaifa-:- there was; dunhe- both of them ;parakasa-man ifestation.\nTRANSLATION\nThey both enjoyed natural pleasure in seeing one another, and under the pretext\nof demigod worship they manifested their feelings.\nTEXT 66\n\n� ��-'�' �-, � t(� I\n�tf ��'I� ��fit��� II'�� II\nprabhu kahe, 'ama' piija, ami mahe�vara\niimare pDjife pfibe abhipsita vara'\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said;ama piija-just worship Me;ami- 1 am;mahesvarathe Supreme Lord; amare-unto Me; piijife-if you worship; pabe-you will get;\nabhTpsita-desired; vara-benediction.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord told lak�mT: \"Just worship Me, for I am the Supreme Lord. If you\nworship Me, certainly you will get the benediction you desire.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is the same philosophy declared by Lord Kr$1)a Himself:\nsarva-dharmon parityajya\nmfim ekarh 5arararh vraja\naharh tvorh sarva-papebhyo\nmok�ayi�yomi mo �ucafi\n\n", "adi3#p0191": "Lord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\nText 68)\n\n167\n\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver you from\n\nall sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" (Bg. 18.66) People do not understand this. They\n\nare accustomed to flatter or worship many demigods,human beings, or even cats and\ndogs, but when requested to worship the Supreme Lord, they refuse. This is called\nillusion. Factually, if one worships the Supreme Lord there is no need to worship\nanyone else. For example, in a village of a limited area one may use different wells\nfor different purposes, but when one goes to a river where there is water constantly\nflowing in waves, that water can serve all his purposes. When there is a river, one can\ntake drinking water, wash his clothes, bathe and so on, for that water will serve all\npurposes. Similarly, if one worships the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Km1a,all\nhis goals will be served. Kiimais tais tair hrto-jnonii{l propadyante 'nya-devatii{l: only\n\nmen who have lost their intelligence worship the various demigods to fulfill their\ndesires (Bg. 7.20).\n\nTEXT 67\n\n� \\Ia �er fPt ��-G'tt� 1\n� 1ftif1 fit�1 m'f �� II �'I II\n/ak�mi tiinra ange dila pu�pa-candana\nmal!ikiiro miifii diyii karila vandana\nSYNONYMS\n/ak�m7-Lak�midevi; tiinra-His; ange-on the body; di/a-gave; pu�pa-flowers;\ncandana-sandalwood pulp; mallikiira-of the flower of the name mallikii; malo\n\n­\n\ngarland; diyii-giving; karila offered; vandana-prayers\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn hearing the order of the Supreme Lord, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Lak�mi\nimmediately worshiped Him, offering sandalwood pulp and flowers for His body,\ngarlanding Him with mallika flowers, and offering prayers to the Lord.\nTEXT 68\n\ncitt � 911�1 �� lttf'it� I\ncttt• �' �tf .-t� �·� �� II �\"' II\n�\n\nprabhu tiinra pDjO piino hiisite liigilii\nsloka parfi' tiinra bhiiva ang7kiira kailii\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-the Lord; tiinra-her; pDjii-worship; piii-receivi ng; hiisite-to smile;\n\nliigilii-began; sloka parfi -reciting one verse; tiinra-her; bhiiva-emotion; angikiira\n'\n\nkai/ii -accepted\n\n.\n\n", "adi3#p0192": "168\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrra\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing worshiped by Lak�mi, the Lord began to smile . He recited a verse from\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam and thus accepted the emotion she expressed.\nPURPORT\n\nThe verse quoted in this connection is the twenty-fifth verse of the Twentysecond Chapter, Tenth Canto, of Srimad-Bhagavatam. The gopis worshiped the\ngoddess Durga, or Katyayani, but their inner desire was to get Lord KrHla as their\nhusband. K��;�a, as Paramatma, could realize the ardent desire of the gopis, and\ntherefore He enjoyed the pastime of vastra-harara. When the gopis went to take\nbath in the River Yamuna, they left their garments on the land and dipped into the\nwater completely naked. Taking this opportunity, Kr$1)a stole all their garments\nand sat down in the top of a tree with them, desiring to see the girls naked just to\nbecome their husband. The gopis desired to have Kr�l)a as their husband, and since\n\nit is only before her husband that a woman can be naked, to fulfill their desire Lord\nKf$1)a accepted their prayers by this pastime of stealing their garments. When the\ngopis received their garments back from Kr$1)a, Kr�pa recited this verse.\n\nTEXT 69\n\n'f�-.� �fif'!: �rc�n �'!�Oft\" lllf�'�ll 1\n\nll�rt�Cl{tflf'!: C'!l�T.� 'fi:'!J1 ��l�R! II .:..;, •\nsahkalpo vidital; siidhvyo\nbhavatiniirh mad-arcanam\nmayiinumodita/;1 so 'sou\nsatyo bhavitum arhati\n\nSYNONYMS\nsahkalpaf/- desire; vidital;- has been understood; siidhvyaf;-0 all of you chaste\nladies; bhavatiniim-of all of you; mat-arcanam-for worshiping Me; mayii-by Me;\n\nanumodita/;1-accepted; saf7-that; asau-that determination or desire; satya/;1-successful; bhavitum-to become; arha ti-deserves.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear gop is, I accept your desire to have Me as your husband and thus worship\nMe. I wish your desire to be fulfilled because it deserves to be so .\n\n\"\n\nPURPORT\nThe gopis, the girl friends of Kr$�;�a, were almost of the same age a s He. Within\ntheir minds they desired that Kr$�;�a be their husband, but because of feminine bashfulness they could not express their desire. Therefore later on, after stealing their\n\n", "adi3#p0193": "lord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\nText 71]\n\n169\n\ngarments, Kr�r;�a informed them, \"I immediately understood your desire and approved\n\nof it. Because I have now stolen your garments, you have presented yourselves be­\n\nfore Me completely naked, which means that I have accepted all of you as My\nwives.\" Sometimes foolish rascals, not knowing the purpose of the Lord or the\n\npurpose of the gopis, unnecessarily criticize from their own angle of vision, but the\nreal purpose of vastra-hara(la is expressed by the Lord in this verse.\nTEXT 70\n\n�� �'1'1 �fl' i� ''Stff1 'ltl I\n������ 'tt fll'\\oU\nei-mata 17/ii karl' dw'Jhe ge/a ghare\ngambhira caitanya-li/a ke bujhite pare\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; fila-pastimes; kari'-executing; dunhe-both of them;ge/a­\n\nreturned; ghare-home; gambhira-very grave; caitanya-lila-the pastimes of Lord\n\nCaitanya; ke-who; bujhlte-to understand; pare\n\n-\n\nis able.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter thus expressing Their feelings to one another, Lord Caitanya and lak�mT\n\nreturned home.\n\nMahaprabhu?\n\nWho can\n\nunderstand the grave\n\npastimes\n\nof Lord Caitanya\n\nTEXT 71\n\n�At�-5t9fln Qf�' '!!ttl{ '{('� I\n-ri'l�'ttltt'l Qff'l' � -.� n '\\) 11\ncaitanya-capalya dekhi' preme sarva jana\n\nsaci-jagann athe dekhi' dena olahana\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanyo-Lord Caitanya; ciipa/ya-naughtiness; dek hi\n\n'-\n\nseeing; preme-out of\n\nlove; sarvo jana-all people; sacT-before Sacimata; jagannothe-and Jagannatha\nMisra; dekhi' seeing them; dena -gave ; olahona-a little rebuke.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the naughty behavior of lord Caitanya, the neighboring people, out of\n\nlove for Him, lodged complaints with Sacimata and Jagannatha Misra.\n\n", "adi3#p0194": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n170\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 72\n�.fl..� -t�-(}f� �i!l'� �\"'fiml I\n\n'ffRt\" ,'tttn, �i!l <;'S1ff1 9fl'ftl1l1 II '\\� II\nekadina saci-devi putrere bhartsiyo\ndharibore gelo, putra ge/0 paloiyo\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; saci-devi-mother saci; putrere-unto the son; bhartsiya­\n\nrebuking; dharibore-to catch Him;ge/o-went;putra-the son;gelo-went;palaiyorunning away.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day mother Saci, wanting to rebuke her son, went to catch Him, but He\n\nfled from the spot.\n\nTEXT 73\n\n��-� \\!19-�� il9fll\n��1t�i1 �,._ � (;'R·W.V� II '\\� II\nucchl�ta-garte tyakta-hO(lf(ira upara\n\nbasiyochena sukhe prabhu deva-visvambhara\n\nSYNONYMS\nucchi$(a-garte-in the pit where the remnants of foodstuffs were thrown; tyakta­\n\nrejected;ha(1p'ira-pots; upara-upon; basiyochena-sat down; sukhe-very pleasingly;\n\nprabhu-the Lord; deva-the Supreme God; visvambhara-the maintainer of the\nuniverse.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough He is the maintainer of the entire universe, once the Lord sat upon some\n\nrejected pots, in the pit where the remnants of foodstuffs were thrown, after they\n\nhad been used for cooking.\n\nPURPORT\nFormerly it was the custom of brohma(las to worship Lord Vi��u daily at home\n\nand cook food in new pots. This system is still going on in Jagannatha Puri. The\n\nfoodstuffs would be cooked in earthen pots, all fresh and new, and after cooking,\n\nthe pots would be thrown away. By the side of the house there was generally a big\n\npit where such pots were thrown. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu sat down on the pots\nvery pleasingly, just to give His mother a lesson.\n\n", "adi3#p0195": "lord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\nText 75]\n\n171\n\nTEXT 74\n\n� �' �,- (;�ti' <et�fi il'flt\n'Sflmffi( � �-<et'I�\\J �lf111 '18 II\nsaci asi' kahe,-kene asuci chw1i/a\nganga-snana kara yai'-apavitra ha-ifa\nSYNONYMS\nsaci asl - mother saci, coming there; kahe-said; kene-why; asuct-untouchable;\n'\n\nchunila-You have touched; ganga snana\n-\n\n-\n\nbath ing in the Ganges; kara-do; yai'­\n\ngoing there; apavitra ha-Ifa-You have become impure.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen mother Saci saw her boy sitting on the rejected pots, she protested, \"Why\n\nhave You touched these untouchable pots? You have now become impure. Go and\n\ntake bath in the Ganges.\"\n\nTEXT 75\n\nbi ��' 'lfti!tr;;� �l'f 8f'lfi.ti1 I\n�i!i �i 11'�1 �l'f 'Wfit II 'l<t U\niha suni' matake kohl/a brahma-jnana\nvismita ha-iya mata karalla snana\nSYNONYMS\nthO suni'- hearing this; matake-unto His mother; kohl/a-ex plai ned; brahma­\n\njna na-absol u te knowledge; vismitii-amazed; ha-iyii-becoming; mata-the mother;\nkariiila-forced; sniina-b athing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu taught His mother about absolute\n\nknowledge. Although amazed by this, His mother forced Him to take bath.\nPURPORT\n\nThe absolute knowledge explained by the Lord to His mother is described by\n\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura in his Amrta·pravoha-bha�ya as follows: \"The Lord\n\nsaid, 'Mother, that this is pure and that is impure is surely a worldly sentiment\n\nwith no basis in fact. You have cooked foodstuffs for Lord Vi�QU within these pots\n\nand offered the foodstuffs to Him. How then can these pots be untouchable?\n\nEverything in relationship with Vi$QU is to be considered an expansion of Vi$Qu's\n\n", "adi3#p0196": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n172\n\n[ Adi-I Wi, Ch. 14\n\nenergy. Vi�l)u, the Supersoul, is eternal and uncontaminated. How then may these\n\npots be considered pure or impure?' Hearing this discourse on absolute knowledge,\nHis mother was very much astonished and forced Him to take bath.\"\nTEXT 76\n\n�t_ �ifi,t'Jf � � � I\n,'fr;'f, f'RJr;fft� �·tfit' � �� II \"� II\nkabhu putra-sa/1ge saci karilii sayana\n\ndekhe, divyaloka iisl' bharila bhavana\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes; putra-sange-taking the boy; sacT- mother Saci; karita sayana­\n\ntook rest; dekhe-sees; divya -/oka-cel estial denizens; iisi'-coming there; bharila­\n\nfilled up; bhavana-the whole house.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes, taking her son with her, mother Saci would lie down on her bed, and\n\nshe would see that denizens of the celestial world had come there, filling the entire\n\nhouse.\n\nTEXT 77\n\n-rfl �t'l, -��' �' � �tt9ftt I\n�'eftWt 'ttb1 � � �t� • \"\" u\n5oci bale,-yiiha, putro, boliiha biipere\nmiit[-Ojnii piiiyi prabhu calilii biihire\nSYNONYMS\n5acT bale-mother Saci said; yiiha-go; putra-my dear son; bo/iiha-call; bapere­\n\nYour father; miit[-Ojna-the order of His mother;piiiyii-getting;prabhu-the Lord;\n\ncalilii-went; biihlre-out.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnce mother Sacitold the Lord, \"Please go call Your father. \" Receiving this order\n\nfrom His mother, the Lord went out to call him.\nTEXT 78\n\nt;fiJf';\\! Ri;'f iJ_� m� �ll�il. I\n�f..' fi1fm �� f�-'Jf� 'Jf� II 'Hr II\n\n", "adi3#p0197": "Text 80]\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\n173\n\ncalite caraiJe nOpura boje jhanjhan\n�unl' camak/to haifa plto-motora mana\nSYNONYMS\nca/Jte-while going; caraf!e-on the lotus feet ; nupura- ankle bells; baje-sounded;\njhanjhan-tinkling; �un/'-hearing; camak/to-struck with wonder; hoi/a-became;\npitii-of His father; miitiira-and mother; mana-the minds.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the child was going out, there was a tinkling of ankle bells from His lotus\nfeet. Hearing this, His father and mother were struck with wonder.\nTEXT 79\n\nfit� �,-�·� � i! �� I\n� �t1f C\"t� �111 �fit \" �� \"\n..\n\nmisra kahe,-ei ba(la adbhuta kiihinT\nsisura siinya-pade kene niipurera dhvani\n\nSYNONYMS\nmisra kahe- j agan a tha Misra said; ei b a(la-this is very; adbhuta-wonderful;\n\nn\n\nkahini-incident; sisura-of the child; sOnya-pade-on the naked legs;\nnupurera-of the ankle bells; dhvani- sound.\n\nkene- why;\n\nTRANSLATION\nJagannatha Misra said: \"This is a very wonderful incident. Why is there a sound\nof ankle bells from the bare feet of my child?\"\nTEXT 80\n\n� �,-� �-. �·.._18 ¢., I\nfiRJ fiRJ ''ffCfi �t�' �� � II lr0 U\nsaci kahe,-ora eka adbhuta dekhila\ndivya divya loka iisi' angana bhari/a\nSYNONYMS\nsaci ahe- mothe r sacr said; o ra-a othe ; eka-one; adbhuta-wonderful; dekhila\n\nk\n\nn\n\nr\n\nl\n\n-1 saw; divya- c elestial; divya-c elestial; /oka-peop e; osi' -coming there; angana­\n\ncourtyard; bharila-filled up.\n\n", "adi3#p0198": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n174\n\n[Adi-lila,Ch.14\n\nTRANSLATION\nMother Saci said: \"I also saw another wonder. People were coming down from\n\nthe celestial kingdom and crowding the entire courtyard.\n\nTEXT 81\n\nffl1 '\"\"1'\" -.a, ��eo � 1\n..�t,. � .� -.a- 'W4l(il\n... -.B \"\"'�.\nkiba keliiha/a kare, bujhite nii piiri\nkiihiike vii stuti kare-anumiina kari\n\nSYNONYMS\nkiba-what; ke/iiha/a-rowdy sounds; kare-they make; bujhite-to understand;\n\nnii-not; piiri-1 am able; kiihiike-to whom; vii-or; stuti-prayer; kare-they offer;\nan umiina-guess; kari-1 do.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"They made noisy sounds\n\nprayers to someone.\"\n\nI could not understand. I guess they were of fering\n\nTEXT 82\n\nfiti!t �'f,-f<fii �' m.1 �� ertll\nf�1t �-t'f ��,- <Jl-11\"fijl � U v-� II\nmi�ra bale,-kichu ha-uk, cintii kichu niii\nvi�vambharera ku�ala ha-uk,-ei miitra ciii\n\nSYNONYMS\nmisra bale- Jagannatha Misra replied; kichu ha-uk-whatever it may be; cintii\n\nkichu nai-don't be worried; vi�vambharera-of Visvambhara; kusa/a-auspicious­\n\nness; ha-uk-let there be; e/-this; matra-only; ciii-1 want.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJagannatha Misra replied: \"Never mind what it is. There is no need to worry. let\n\nthere always be good fortune for Visvambhara. This is all I want.\"\n\nTEXT 83\n\n<Jl-.firi1 fiti!t �i!H �� '\"f� I\n�-fil-.i fiftt � 'ee.\"'� �fb'l II r� II\n\n", "adi3#p0199": "Text 85)\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\n175\n\neka-dina mi�ra putrera copa/ya dekhiyo\ndharma-�ik�o dila bahu bhartsana kariyo\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; m/sra-Jagannatha Misra; putrera-of his son; copa!ya-the\nmischievous behavior; dekhiyo-seeing; dharma-sik�o-religious teaching; di/a-gave;\nbahu-much; bhartsano-rebuking; kariyo-doing.\nTRANSLATION\nOn another occasion, Jagannatha Misra, seeing the mischievous acts of his son,\ngave Him lessons in morality after rebuking Him greatly.\nTEXT 84\n\nita� ... �,-�.�'� I\n\nfiftl!t� flt1l � � �. � •\nrotre svapna dekhe, -eka osi' brohmara\nmisrere kahaye kichu sa-ro�a vacana\n\nSYNONYMS\nriitre-at night; svapna dekhe-he dreamt; eka-one; osi'-coming; brohmarabrohmara; misrere-unto Jagannatha Misra; kahaye-spoke; kichu-something; saro�a-with anger;vacana-words.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn that very night, Jagannatha Misra dreamt that a brahma�;�a had come before\nhim speaking these words in great anger:\n\nTEXT 85\n\n\"fiJI!(, 'tfil � �� � � � I\n.._,.� 'ft,-� •fl' 1(fi{\". �t •\n\"misra, tum/ putrera tattva klchu-i no jOna\nbhartsana-toflana kara,-putra karl' mona\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nmisra-my dear Jagannatha Misra;tumi-you;putrera-of your son; tattva-truth;\nkichu-i-something;no-do not;jona-know;bhartsana-rebuking;tof/ana-chastisement; kara-you do;putra-son; kari'-making Him;mona-you regard.\n\n", "adi3#p0200": "176\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Misra, you do not know anything about your son. You think Him your\nson, and therefore you rebuke and chastise Him.\"\n\n86\nfit• �,-(;1R, �' � � � I\n� � � � 1fltl �1ftf \\!if� II \\r� II\nTEXT\n\nmi�ro kohe,-devo, siddho, munl kene noyo\nye se boffo ho-uk motro amaro tonoyo\nSYNONYMS\nmi�ro kohe-J agannatha Misra replied; devo-demigod; siddho-mystic yogi; muni\n-great saintly person; kene noyo-m ay be so or not; ye se-whatever; boffo-great;\nho-uk-He may be; motro-only; omoro-my; tonoyo-son.\nTRANSLATION\nJagannatha Misra replied: \"This boy may be a demigod, a mystic yogi or a great\nsaintly person. It doesn't matter what He is, for I think He is only my son.\nTEXT\n\n87\n\n�� �·filf'f1-f'f<stf liJI� I\n� if1 flit�\" ��t tr1f;,,<�t �-� n\" lr\"t n\nputrero /olono-�ik�o-pitoro svo-dhormo\nom/ no sikhale koiche jon/be dhormo-mormo\nSYNONYMS\nputrero-of the son; /o/ono-maintenance; �/k�o-edu catio n; pitoro-of the father;\nsvo-dhormo-duty; omi-if I; no-do not; �ikhole-give education; koiche-how;\njon/be-He will know; dhormo-mormo-religion and morality.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is the duty of a father to educate his son in both religion and morality. If I do\nnot give Him this education, how will He know of it?\"\nTEXT 88\n\n�1!1 �,-� � �-�- Q I\n\n�:�,.,., � flil'lfl cu-t Q u �r\"' 11\n\n", "adi3#p0201": "Text 90]\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\n177\n\nvi pro kahe, -putra yadi daiva-siddha haya\nsvataf:J-siddha-jiiiina, tabe �ik�ii vyartha hoyo\nSYNONYMS\nvipra kahe-the briihmoro replied; putra-son; yadi-if; daiva-transcendental;\nsiddho-mystic; hayo-were ;svota/:1-siddho-jiiiino-self-iIIum i nated perfect knowledge;\ntabe-at that time; �ik�ii-educat ion; vyartha-futile; haya- becomes.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmar;ta replied: \"If your son is a transcendental mystic boy with selfeffulgent perfect knowledge, what is the use of your education?\"\nPURPORT\nThe briihma(la jagannatha Misra saw in his dream told him that his son was not\nan ordinary human being. If He were a transcendental person, He would have selfeffulgent knowledge, and thus there would be no need to educate Him.\nTEXT 89\n\nfilet ·�,-� \"'t� � �1111¥1 I\n'\"'ff'f f9t� �- � fill..-! •\" ....� \"\nmi�ra kahe,--\"putra kene nahe niiriiyara\ntathiipi pitiira dharma--putrera �ik�ara\"\nSYNONYMS\nmi�ro kohe-jagannatha Mi�ra replied; putra -my son; kene-may be; nohe- why\nnot; niiriiyara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tathiipi-still; pitiira-of a\nfather; dharma-the duty; putrera-of the son; �ik�ara-instruction.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJ agannatha Misra replied: \"Even if my son is not a common man but Narayar;�a,\nstill it is the duty of a father to instruct his son.\"\nTEXT 90\n\n�.tt�.-·��w�m'\nmt�tt.1'0 fitt<!!fl, Jrtfil � ,._1f I �o I\nei-mate dunhe karena dharmera viciira\nvi�uddha-viitsalya mHrera, niihi jiine iira\n\n", "adi3#p0202": "[ Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n178\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mate-in this way; duhhe-both of them; karena-do; dharmera-of religion;\n\nvicara-consideration; visuddha-unalloyed; vatsalya-parental affection; misrera-of\nJagannatha M i�ra; ncihi-there is not; jcine-he knew; cira-anyth ing else.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Jagannatha Misra and the brahma!Ja discussed the principles of re­\n\nligion in the dream, yet Jagannatha Misra was absorbed in unalloyed parental\n\nmellow and did not want to know anything else.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.8.45) it is said: \"Lord Kr�t;�a, the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, who is worshiped with exalted hymns by all the Vedas and\n\nUpani�ads and by great personalities through sahkhya-yoga in the mode of goodness,\n\nwas considered by mother Yasoda and Nanda to be their own little son.\" Similarly,\nJagannatha Misra also considered Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu his beloved little boy,\n\nalthough He is worshiped with all veneration by learned briihmaras and saintly\n\npersons.\n\nTEXT 91\n� ��' r.. '1t'f1 •1$1-..� I\n\nfilet 'ftf1tYI �'f1 'tt1( � R �) II\neta suni' dvija gela hana cinandita\n\nmisra jagiya ha-1/ci parama vismita\n\nSYNONYMS\neta suni'-after hearing so much; d vija -the briihmara; ge/ii -returned; haM-be­\n\ncoming;\n\niinandita-very\n\nmuch\n\npleased; misra-Jagannatha\n\nMisra; jagiya-being\n\nawakened; ha-i/ii-became; parama-highly; vismita-astonished.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing very much pleased, the brahma!Ja left after talking with Jaganniitha Misra,\n\nand when Jaganniitha Misra awakened from his dream, he was very much astonished.\n\nTEXT 92\n\n��-'Itt�{ 'lttf -.fbi I\n\n����RFR�n���\nbandhu-bandhava-sthiine svapna kahila\n\nsuniya saka/a loka vismita ha-ifa\n\n", "adi3#p0203": "Text 94]\n\n179\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\nSYNONYMS\nbandhu-bondhava-of friends and relatives; sthone- in the presence ;svapna-dream;\nkahi/a-explained; �uniyo-after hearing; sakala-all; loka-the people; vismitaastonished; ho-i/a-became.\nTRANSLATION\nHe related the dream to his friends and relatives, and every one of them was very\nmuch astonished to hear of it.\nTEXT 93\n\n(jll � � � c;�115er I\nfif������n�-en\nei mota �i�u-11/o kare gauracandra\ndine dine pito-motora ba(ioya onanda\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; mota-like; �/�u-/J/o-childhood pastimes; kare\n\n-\n\ndoes ; gauracandra-Sri\n\nGaurahari; dine dine-day after day; pito-motora-of His parents; bo(iaya-He increases; onanda-the pleasure.\n\nT RANSLATION\nIn this way Gaurahari performed His childhood pastimes and day after day\nincreased the pleasure of His parents.\nTEXT 94\n\n� fif� �iD �t8 � N'f I\n� ffl� tflllt...'lt Wl'l'l tiff� II �8 II\n�t8\n\nkata dine mi�ra putrera hote kha(ii dila\na/pa dine dvadasa-phata ak�ara �ikhila\nSYNONYMS\nkata dine-after some days; ml�ra-J agannatha Misra; putrera-of his son; hatein the hand; khap'i-chalk; di/a-gave; a/pa-within a very few; dine-days; dvada�aphalii-twelv e combinations of letters; ak�ara-letters; �ikhila-learned\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter some days J agannatha Misra inaugurated the primary education of his son\nby performing the hate kha4i ceremony. Within a very few days the Lord learned\nall the letters and combinations of letters.\n\n", "adi3#p0204": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n180\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 14\n\nPURPORT\nThe twelve phalii, or combinations of letters, are called repha, murdhanya\n\n(cerebral) IJO,diintavya (dental) no, mo, yo, ra, Ia, vo, [, t. I and r Hiite kha�i is the\nprimary educational beginning. At the age of four or five years, on an auspicious\nday called vidyiirombho marking the beginning of primary education, there is a\nceremony worshiping Lord Vi�QU, and after that the teacher gives the child a long\nchalk pencil. Then, guiding the hand of the student, he instructs him how to write\nthe letters of the alphabet (a, ii, i, etc.) by writing big letters on the floor. When the\nchild is a little advanced in writing, he is given a slate for his primary education,\nwhich ends when he learns the two-letter combinations, which are called phalii, as\nmentioned above.\nTEXT 95\n\n�� �- G�'f �IJ.illi11 I\n\nb1 mtftJ1\"i1 'ft�� II �� II\nbiilyolilii-sutro ei koilo onukrama\nihii vistiiriyiicheno diiso-vrndiivana\n\nSYNONYMS\nbii/ya/Tiii-stltro-synopsis\n\nof the\n\npastimes\n\nof childhood; ei-this; koilo-did;\n\nonukrama-in chronological order; ihii-this; vistiiriyiicheno-has elaborately explained; diiso-vrndiivano- Vrndavana dasa Thakura.\nTRAN SLATION\nThis is a synopsis of the childhood pastimes ofLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, placed\nherewith in chronological order. Vrndavana dasa Thakura has already elaborately\nexplained these pastimes in his book Caitanya-bhagavata.\nTEXT 96\n\n�� �� ��tl�K't � ' \"\" I\n\n�111� R� il1\"� 11 �� n\notoevo ei-IT/ii sonk�epe sutro kailo\npunorukti-bhoye vistiiririi nii kohl/a\n\nSYNONYMS\natoevo-therefore; ei-IT/ii-these pastimes; sonk�epe-in brief; sutro-synopsis;\nkaila-made; punor-ukti-repetition; bhoye-being afraid of; vistiirira-elaborate explanation; nii-did not; kahila-say.\n\n", "adi3#p0205": "Text 97)\n\nLord Caitanya's Childhood Pastimes\n\n181\n\nTRANSLATION\nhave therefore made only a brief summary. Being afraid of repetition, I have\n\nnot elaborated upon this subject matter.\n\nTEXT 97\n\nAli9l�4!·9f� � 'e1'fllt I\n�6\"!1J�fR11� -.t� \"� n �ct II\nsri-riipa-raghuniitha-pade yiira liSa\ncaitanya-caritiimrta kahe kr�radiisa\nSYNONYMS\n\nSrT riipa- Srna Rupa Gosvami; raghuniitha- Srila Raghunatha dasa Gos v am i; pade\n-\n\n­\n\nat the lo tus fee t; yora- whos e ; lisa- expecta tion ; caitpnya-caritomrta-the book named\n\nCaltanya-caritomrta; kahe-describes; kr�ra-dosa-Srila K m1 adasa Kav ir aj a Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\n\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sr i Raghunatha, always desiring their\n\nmercy, I, Kr�r;�adasa, narrate Sri Caitany a c aritamrta, following in their footsteps.\n-\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Adi -lila ,\nFourteenth Chapter, describing Lord Caitanya's childhood pastimes.\n\n", "adi3#p0206": "Chapter 15\n\nThe Lord's Paugar:-�a-lila\n\nA synopsis of the Fifteenth Chapter is as follows. The Lord took lessons in\ngrammar from Gangadasa Pa�Qita and became very expert in commenting upon\ngrammar. He forbade His mother to take grains on the Ekadasi day. He narrated a\nstory that Yisvarupa, after accepting the sannyasa order, invited Him in a dream to\naccept sannyasa also, but the Lord refused and was therefore sent back home. When\nJ agannatha Misra passed away, the Lord married the daughter of Yallabhacarya,\nwhose name was Lak�mi. All these events are summarized in this chapter.\nTEXT 1\n\n� �t_ � �� � '11fl<ittl! I\n�tlf�1 �t_ ��l!fl� � I ) I\nku-mana(l su-manastvam hi yati yasya padabjayoly\nsu-mano 'rpa(la-miitre(la tam caitanya-prabhum bhaje\nSYNONYMS\nku-maniily-a person interested in activities of material sense enjoyment; sumanastvam-the position of a devotee without material desires; hi-certainly; yatigets; yasya-whose; pada-abjoyoly-at the lotus feet; su-manas-the flower of the\nname sumonas; arpa!Ja-offering; matre(la-simply by doing so; tam-Him; caitanyaprabhum- Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhoje-1 worship.\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of Lord Caitanya because\nsimply by offering a sumanas flower at His lotus feet even the most ardent materialist becomes a devotee.\nTEXT2\n\ntn1 � -�¥1 � �J'Ii{\"f I\n\n.vl�'t\\!\"et' trn ,,fttqnt�\"f II � II\njaya jaya Sri-co/tanya jaya nityanandu\njayiidvaitacondra, jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\n\n183\n\n", "adi3#p0207": "184\n\n'\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; �ri-ca/tanya-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya\n\n-\n\nall glories;\n\nnityiinanda-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; jaya-advaitacandra-all glories to Advaita\nAcarya ;jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda-all glories to the devotees of Lord Caitanya.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityananda Prabhu!\nAll glories to Advaita Acarya! And all glories to the devotees of Lord Caitanya!\nTEXT3\n\n�&m�iil � -.fitt 1ft!J{ I\n���� � ·�·\npaugarfla-liliira sutra kariye garana\npaugarfla-vayase prabhura mukhya adhyayana\n\nSYNONYMS\npaugarfla-of the age from five years to ten years; liliira-of the pastimes; surrasynopsis; kariye-1 do; garana-enumerate; paugarfla-vayase-in that age between\nfive and ten years; prabhura-of the Lord; mukhya-chief; adhyayana- studying\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLet me now enumerate the activities of the Lord between the ages of five and\nten. His chief occupation during this period was to engage Himself in study.\n\nTEXT4\n\n�'11 �6'6fl.,INs�N� I\nMltW�I9ftf't� 'lttettQll 8.\npaugarfla-lilii caitanya-kr$rasyiitisuvistrtii\nvidyiirambha-mukhii pii(li-grahat;iintii mano-harii\nSYNONYMS\npaugarfla-nlii-the pastimes of the pauga(lf/a age; caltanya-krg10sya-of Lord\nCaitanya, who is Krgta Himself; ati-suvistrtii-very much expanded; vidyii-iirambhathe beginning of education; mukhii-chief business; pii(l -graha(la-marriage; antiiat the end; manas-harii-very beautiful.\n\n", "adi3#p0208": "Text 6]\n\nThe Lord's Paugar;t�a-lila\n\n185\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of the Lord during His pauga,...�a age were very extensive. His edu­\n\ncation was His chief occupation, and after that His very beautiful marriage took\n\nplace.\n\nTEXT 5\n\n'Sttlr� ��'!-..-tc� �� �lj I\n�'1·1fttil •t� ��� ��'Stet II � II\ngangOdiisa parr;lita-sthiine par;fena vyiikarara\nsravara-miitre kar.the kai/a siJtra-vrtti-ga(la\nSYNONYMS\ngangiidiisa-of the name Gangadasa; pa(lr;li ta-sthiine- at the place of the teacher;\n\npar;lena-studies; vyiikarara-grammar; sravara-miitre-simply by hearing; kar.the­\n\nbetween the neck and the heart; kaila -did ; siJtra-vrtti-gara-the codes and their\ndefinitions.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord was studying grammar at the place of Garigadasa Paf.l�ita, He\n\nwould immediately learn gram matica l rules and definitions by heart simply by\n\nhearing them once.\n\nPURPORT\nSrna Bhaktivinoda Thakura says that the Lord was given lessons by a teacher\n\nnamed Vi�QU and another teacher named Sudarsana. Later on, when He was a little\n\ngrown up, He was under the care of Gangadasa PaQc;lita, who taught Him grammar\n\nof a higher standard. Anyone serious about studying the Sanskrit language should\n\nfirst learn grammar. It is said that simply to finish studying Sanskrit grammar\n\ntakes at least twelve years, but once one learns the grammatical rules and regulations very nicely, all other scriptures or subject matters in Sanskrit are extremely\n\neasy to understand, for Sanskrit grammar is the gateway to education.\nTEXT6\n\n���it-�� ��'11\nm•t� 9f\"�V� m-. di1 �� n � n\nalpa-kiile hailii pai'lji-_tikiite pravira\ncira-kiilera par;fuyii jine ha-iyii navina\n\n", "adi3#p0209": "186\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\nalpa-kale-within a very short time; hailii-became; panji-_tikiite-in the commen­\n\ntary on grammar named PonjT-.tTkii; provTro- very expert; cira-kiilera-all older;\n\npop'uyii-students;jine-conquers; ho-iyii- being; navTno-their junior.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe soon became so expert in commenting on the Panji-tika that He could win\n\nvictory over all the other students, although He was a neophyte.\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura says there was a commentary on grammar named\n\nPonjT-_tikii that was later explained very lucidly by SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT7\n\n��-fl� ���\"PI� I\n'���' � �� �c(� II 'I II\nodhyoyono-lilii prabhura diisa-vrndiivano\n'coitonyo-mongo/e' koilo vistiiri vorro na\n\nSYNONYMS\nodhyoyono-lilii-pastimes of studying; probhuro-of the Lord; diiso-vrndiivano­\n\nVrndavana dasa Thakura; caitonya-monga/e-in his book Coitonyo-mongolo; koi/ohas done; vistori-elaborat ely; vorrono- ex plana tio n\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn his book Caitanya-mangala [ whic h later became Caitanya-bhagavata], SrTi a\n\nVrndavana dasa Thakura very elaborately described the lord's pastimes of study.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Caitonyo-bhiigovota, Adi-lilii, Chapters Four, Six, Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten,\n\nare a good reference for the studious pastimes of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXTS\n\n<JS-. N-. 1ft\\!R 9ft1f -.fDII!ftl11f I\n\n� �,-�, � � <Jl\" 'ftif • \"' •\neko dina miitiiro pade kariyii prariimo\n\nprobhu kahe, -motii, more deha eka diino\n\n", "adi3#p0210": "The Lord's Paugal\")qa-lila\n\nText 10]\n\n187\n\nSYNONYMS\neka dina-one day; miitiira-of the mother; pade-on the feet; kariyii-doing;\n\npraQama-obeisances ; prabhu-the Lord; kahe-said; miitii-My dear mother; more­\n\nunto Me; deha-give; eka-one; diina-gift.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nOne day Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu fell down at the feet of His mother and re­\n\nquested her to give Him one thing in charity.\n\nTEXT9\n\n� .,C'f,- i!t- fit.,,� 1_11f oattf-stt<t I\n\n<2ft ��,-���i! �� i{1 �c., n � n\nmiitii bale,-tiil diba, yii tum/ miigibe\nprabhu kahe,-ekiidaSite anna nii khiilbe\nSYNONYMS\nmiitii bale\n\n-\n\nHis mother said; tiii diba-1 shall give that; yo-whatever; tumi­\n\nYou; miigibe-should ask me; prabhu kahe\n\n-\n\nthe Lord said; ekadasite-on the\n\nEkadasi day; anna-grains; nii-don 't; khiiibe-eat.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nHis mother replied, \"My dear son, I will give You whatever You ask.\" Then the\n\nLord said, \"My dear mother, please do not eat grains on the Ekadasi day.\"\nPURPORT\n\nFrom the very beginning of His childhood life Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu intro­\n\nduced the system of observing a fast on the EkadaSi day. In the Bhakti-sandarbha\n\nby Srila Jiva GosvamT there is a quotation from the Skanda PuroQa admonishing\n\nthat a person who eats grains on Ekadasi becomes a murderer of his mother, father,\n\nbrother and spiritual master, and even if he is elevated to a VaikurHha planet, he\nfalls down. On Ekadasi, everything is cooked for Visr;�u, including regular grains and\n\ndahl, but it is enjoined that a Vai$Qava should not even take vigiU-prasiida on\n\nEkadasi. It is said that a Vai�r;�ava does not accept anything eatable that is not\n\noffered to Lord Vi�QU, but on Ekada�T a Vai�r:tava should not touch even mahii­\n\nprasoda offered to Visou, although such prasoda may be kept for being eaten the\n\nnext day. It is strictly forbidden for one to accept any kind of grain on Ekadasi,\neven if it is offered to Lord Visr:tu.\n\nTEXT10\n\n� �,- i{1 �, � �r.Cif11\n\"\"� �� � 'ftf� n )o II\n\n", "adi3#p0211": "188\n\n'\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n(Adi-lila, Ch. 15\n\nsacT kahe, -nii khti ba, bhala-1 kahila\nsei haite ekOdasT karite lagila\nSYNONYMS\nsacT kahe-mother Saci said; nii khiiiba-1 shall not take; bhiila-i kahilii-You have\n\nsaid very nicely; sei haite-from that day; ekadasi-Ekadasi day; karite liigilabegan to observe.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMother Saci said: \"You have spoken very nicely. I shall not eat grains on\n\nEkadasT.\" From that day, she began to observe fasting on Ekada5i.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is a prejudice amongst smiirta-brahmaras that a widow must observe fasting on\n\nEkadasi but a woman who has her husband should not. It appears that before the\n\nrequest of Lord Caitanya Sacimata was not observing Ekadasi because of her being\n\nsa-dhava, which means that her husband was living. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\nhowever, introduced the system that a woman, even if not a widow, must observe\n\nthe Ekadasi day and must not touch any kind of grains, even those offered to the\nDeity of Yi�QU.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n� fl{� �t� ,'f['�lft c;�� I\n<fi91 ��' � fiw! <fifi� 1{i{ \" � � \"\ntabe misra visvarupera dekhiyii yauvana\n\nkanya ciihi' viviiha dite karilena mana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-thereafter; misra- J agannatha Misra; visvarupera-of Visvarupa, his elder\n\nson; dekhiya-seeing; yauvana-youthfulness; kanyii ciihi'-wanting to find a girl;\n\nvivaha-marriage;dite-to give; karilena-made;mana-his mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThereafter, seeing Yisvarupa a grown-up youth, )agannatha Misra wanted to find\n\na girl and arrange a marriage ceremony for Him.\nTEXT12\n\nM�'lfi9f �fi{' �� �� �1bt1 I\n�t� �1 �(�fi�ttJ c;'i1'f11l �� II\n\n", "adi3#p0212": "Text14)\n\nThe Lord's Paugal)<;la-lila\n\n189\n\nvisvarDpa suni' ghara chiiifi paliiilii\nsannyiisa kariyii tTrtha karibiire ge/ii\n\nSYNONYMS\nvisvarDpa-of the name Visvariipa; suni -he ari ng this; ghara-home; chiiifi'\n\ngiving up; paliiilii- wen t away; sannyiisa-the renounced order; kariya-accepting;\ntTrtha-the holy places; karibiire-for touring;ge/ii-went away.\n\nTRANSLATI ON\nHearing of this, Visvarupa immediately left home and went away to accept\nsannyasa and travel from one place of pilgrimage to another.\nTEXT13\n\n�f.(' -ti\\'·filt� t:� � �e{ I\n\n�t� � �-f�t1l �i'f �� II �� II\nsun/' saci-misrera duf:/khT haifa mana\ntabe prabhu miitii-pitiira kai/a iisviisana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni -hearing this; sacT-of mother Saci; misrera-and of jagannatha Misra;\n'\n\nduf:lkhT- very unhappy; haifa-became; mana- mi n ds; tabe-at that time; prabhu­\n\nLord Ca itanya Mahaprabhu; miitii-pitiira-of the p arents ; kai/a- did ; iisviisana- pacifi­\n\ncation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sacimata and jagannatha Misra heard of the departure of their elder son,\n\nVisvariipa, they were very unhappy, but Lord Caitanya tried to console them.\nTEXT14\n\n'e1llf ��'f,-R�l'i� �rrt:Jt �·�I\n\nf'Pf,�'f, 1t1�'f,-tt illlltRr'f II �8 II\nbhiila haila,-visvarDpa sannyiisa karl/a\npitr-kula, miitr-kula, -dui uddhiirila\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhiila haifa- it is very good; visvarDpa-of the name Visvariipa; sannyi'isa-the\n\nrenouneed order of I ife; karl/a-has accepted; pitr-kula-father's family; matr-kulamother s family; dui-both of them; uddhiirila- delivered\n'\n\n.\n\n", "adi3#p0213": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n190\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear mother and father,\" the Lord said, \"it is very good that Visvarupa has\n\naccepted the sannyasa order, for thus He has delivered both His father's family and\nHis mother's family.\"\n\nPURPORT\nIt is sometimes said that Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu did not approve of the\n\nacceptance of the sannyosa order in this Kali-yuga because in the �astra it is said:\na�vamedham gavolambham sannyosam pa/a-paitrkom\ndevare(l(l sutotpattim kalau ponca vlvorjayet\n\n\"In this Kali-yuga the performance of the a�vamedha-yajna or gomedha-yajna,\n\nsacrifices in which a horse or cow is offered, should be avoided, as should the\nacceptance of sannyosa, the renounced order of life.\" (Brahma-vaivarta Purora,\n\nKr�(la-janma-kha(19o 185.180)\n\nNevertheless we see that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu Himself accepted sannyiisa and\n\napproved of the sannyiisa of His elder brother, Visvan1pa. It is clearly said here,\n\nbhiila haifa, -vi�varDpa sannyiisa karila pitr-kula, matr-kula, -dui uddhorila. There.\n\nfore, should it be thought that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu made statements that are\n\ncontradictory? No, actually He did not. It is recommended that one acceptsannyiisa\n\nto dedicate his life for the service of the Lord, and everyone must take that kind of\n\nsannyiisa, for by accepting such sannyiisa one renders the best service to both his\n\npaternal and maternal families. But one should not accept the sannyiisa order of the\n\nMayavada school, which has practically no meaning. We find many Mayavadi\n\nsannyosis simply loitering in the street thinking themselves Brahman or Narayal)a\n\nand spending all day and night begging so they can fill their hungry bellies.\n\nMayavadi sannyiisis have become so degraded that there is a section of them who\n\neat everything, just like hogs and dogs. It is such degraded sannyosa that is pro­\n\nhibited in this age. Actually, Srila Sankaracarya's principles for the acceptance of\n\nsannyiisa were very strict, but later the so-called Mayavadi sannyiisis became de­\n\ngraded because of their false philosophy, which propounds that by accepting\nsannyosa one becomes NarayaQa. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu rejected that kind of\n\nsannyosa. But the acceptance of sannyiisa is one of the items of the var(lii�ramadharma. How then can it be rejected?\n\nTEXT15\n\n��..m,�,,·m�'\n,r.m �.t � f� �. )t.\nomi to' kariba tomii' duhhara sevana\n�uniyii santuHa hoi/a pito-miitara mana\n\n", "adi3#p0214": "Text17]\n\nThe lord's PaugaQ�a-lila\n\n191\n\nSYNONYMS\niimi\n\nta'-1; kariba-shall do; tomii'-to you; dunhara-both; sevana-service;\n\nsuniya-after\n\nhearing; santu,s-.ta-pleased; haifa-became; pita-matara mana-the\n\nparents' minds.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu assured His parents that He would serve them, and thus\nthe minds of His father and mother were satisfied.\nTEXT16\n\n\\1!-.m �t��\" � 1\n� � � 'e4\";'614 �-1 I )� I\neka-dina naivedya-tambula k h ai ya\nbhumite pa(filii prabhu acetana haM\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; naivedya-foodstuffs offered to the Deity; tambula-betel nut;\n\nkhoiya-after eating; bhumite-on the ground; patjila-fell; prabhu-the Lord;\nacetana-unconscious; hana- becoming.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ate betel nuts offered to the Deity, but they\n\nacted as an intoxicant, and He fell down on the ground unconscious.\nPURPORT\n\nBetel nuts are an intoxicant, and therefore the regulative principles prohibit\n\neating them. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's pastime of fainting after eating betel nuts\nis a solid instruction to all of us that one should not touch betel nuts, even those\n\noffered to Vi�t;�u, just as one should not touch grains on the EkadaSi day. Of course,\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu's fainting had a particular purpose. As the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, He can do whatever He likes and eat whatever He wants,\n\nbut we should not imitate His pastimes.\n\nTEXT17\n\n��-�rot f�-� �� NCII 9ftfi{ I\n�'I �1$1 � �'f �\"1( �� II )'t II\naste-vyaste pitii-miitii mukhe dila pani\nsustha haM kahe prabhu apurva kiihinT\n\n", "adi3#p0215": "192\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\noste-vyaste-w ith great haste;pito-moto-both the parents; mukhe-on the m outh;\ndlla- gave; pani- w a ter; sustha haflo- being revived ; kahe- says; prabhu- the Lord;\napDrva-some th ing as ton ish ing; kohini- na rra tion.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter His father and mother sprinkled water on His mouth with great hast e the\nLord revived and said someth ing wonderful they had never heard before.\n,\n\nTEXT18\n\n��1 �t� �� <;111tt '11$1 <;� I\n\n� <fiJ� t.fi', 'Cftlrtt� <fi�'ft II �lr II\netha haite vi�varllpa more laM ge/a\nsannyosa karaha tumi, amare kahi/o\nSYNONYMS\n\netha-here; haite-from; vi�varDpa-of the name Visvaru pa; more-Me; /anataking with Him;ge/o- went;sannyosa- the renounced order of life; karaha-accept;\ntumi- You also; amare-un to Me; kahila-he said.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord s aid :\n\n\"Visvarupa took Me away from here, and He requested Me to\naccept the sannyasa order.\nTEXT19\n\n�fit �,-� �itt� f�1-1ff!'i I\n� �<fi,-•� f<fi� � �'\" 11 �� n\nami kahi,-iimiira aniitha pito-miitii\nami biilaka,-sannyiisera kiba jiini kathii\nSYNONYMS\nomi kahi-1 said; iimiira-M y; anotha-he lpl ess; pita-mata-father and mother;\nomi-1 am; biilaka- onl y a child; sannyiisera-of the renounced order of life; kibawhat;jani-1 know; kathii-words.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I replied to Visvarupa: 'I have My helpless father and mother, and also I am but\na child. What do I kno w about the sannyasa order of life?\n\n", "adi3#p0216": "Text 22)\n\nThe Lord's Paugal')<;la-lila\n\n193\n\nTEXT 20\n\n����1���-��1\n��� �� �� �-•mrt11'1 11 � o 11\ngrhastha ha-iyii kariba pitii-miitiira sevana\nihiite-i tu�.ta habena lak�mi-niiriiyar;a\n\nSYNONYMS\ngrhastha-a householder; ha-iyii-becoming;kariba-1 shall do ;pitii-miitiira-of the\nparents; se vana- ser vice; ihiite-i-in this; tu�.ta- sa ti sfi ed ; habena-will become;\nlak�mi-niiriiyar;a-the god dess of fortune and Narayal)a.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Later I shall become a householder and thus serve My parents, for this action\nwill very much satisfy Lord Naraya(la and His wife, the goddess of fortune.'\nTEXT 21\n\n�--�� i_ij � '1ftt11' I\n111� ��'-S ,�$ �t$ � II �� II\nl!t<!f\n\ntabe viSvarupa ihiin pii.thiiila more\nmiitiike kahio ko.ti ko_ti namaskiire\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then; viSvarDpa-of the name Visvarupa; ihiin-here; pii_thiii/a-se n t; moreMe; miitiike kahio- spea k to My mother; ko_ti ko.tf-hundreds and thousands;\n\nnamaskiire-obeisances.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Then Visvarupa returned Me home and requested, 'Offer thousands and thou­\n\nsands of obeisances unto My mother, Sacidevi.'\"\nTEXT 22\n\n�� 1{'! �·lift � � '��fif I\nf\" �ffi'l �,-b1 �� �1 �II�� II\nei mota niinii filii kare gaurahori\nki kiiror;e lilii,-ihii bujhite nil pari\n\n", "adi3#p0217": "194\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\nei mota-in this way; mimi-various; /i/o-pastimes; kare-does; ga urahar i-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; ki karare-what is the reason; /i/o-pastimes; iha-this;\nbujhite-to understand; no-not; pari-1 am able.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu performed various pastimes, but why He\n\ndid so I cannot understand.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead and His devotees who come to this world\n\nare executing a mission, and therefore sometimes they act in a way that is very difficult to understand. It is said, therefore, vai$1Javera krlya muifha vijne no bujhaya:\neven if one is a very learned and intelligent scholar, he cannot understand the activities of a Vai�r;�ava. A Vai�r;�ava accepts anything favorable for executing his mission.\nBut foolish persons, not knowing the purpose of such exalted Vai�r;�avas, indulge in\ncriticizing them. That is forbidden. Since no one can understand what a Vai�r;�ava\ndoes for the purpose of executing his mission, to criticize such a Vai�r;�ava is the\noffense called sadhu-ninda.\n\nTEXT23\n\n•'3 ffl{ ��' fllet ''5tWrl9ftr;'ft• I\n\n1ft\\!1·�i!! i�a ��'f � � II �� II\nkata dina rahi' ml�ra gela para-loka\n\nmata-putra dunhara baifila hrdi soka\n\nSYNONYMS\nkata dina-some days; rahi'-remaining; misra-Jagannatha Misra; gela-passed\n\naway; para-loka-for the transcendental world; mota-mother; putra-son; dunhoraof both of them; baifila-increased; hrdi-in the hearts; soka-lamentation.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter some days, Jagannatha Misra passed away from this world to the transcendental world, and both mother and son were very much aggrieved in their hearts.\nTEXT24\n\n��·it��' -·� <2f�'f I\nfi1<tfflRI f�t'! ... m'l II �8 II\nbandhu-bandhava asi' dunha prabodhi/a\npitr-kriya vidhi-mate isvara karila\n\n", "adi3#p0218": "The Lord's Paugal')�a-lila\n\nText 26]\n\n195\n\nSYNONYMS\nbandhu-friends; bandhava-relatives; asi'-coming there; dw?hO-both of them;\nprabodhi/a-pacified; pitr-krlya-rituals performed after the death of the father;\nvidhi-mate-according to the Vedic system; isvara-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; karl/a-executed.\nTRANSLATION\nFriends and relatives came there to pacify both Lord Caitanya and His mother.\nThen Lord Caitanya, even though He was the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nexecuted the rituals for His dead father according to the Vedic system.\n\nTEXT 25\n\noo �'- �t� �mn � 1\n'J\" �'fflf, �� M �II�� II\n\n-.�\n\nkata dine prabhu citte karl/a clntana\ngrhastha ha-1/ama, ebe cahi grha-dharma\n\nSYNONYMS\nkata dine-after some days; prabhu-the Lord; c/tte-within His mind; karl/amade; cintana-co nsideration; grhastha ha-i/ama-1 remained in householder life;\nebe-now; cahi-1 want;grha-dharma-activities of family life.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter some days the Lord thought: \"I did not take sannyasa, and since I am\nremaining at home it is My duty to act as a grhastha.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n�- � �� if! � '-tf'ei{ I\n�I! r�., r��fl ..�t\\! �\" � u �� 11\ngrhi(li vina grha-dharma no haya sobhana\neta cinti' viviiha karite haifa mana\n\nSYNONYMS\ng(hi(IT-wife; vina-without; grha-dharma-duties of family life; no-not; hayabecome; sobhana-beautiful; eta cinti -t hinking thus; viviiha-marriage; karite-to\n'\n\nexecute; hoi/a-became; mana-mind\n\n.\n\n", "adi3#p0219": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n194\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nei mota -in this way; nona-various; IT/a-pastimes; kore -does ; gourohori-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; ki karor e-what is the reason; /i/o-pastimes; iha-this;\nbujhite-to understand; no-not; pari-! am able.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu performed various pastimes, but why He\ndid so I cannot understand.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead and His devotees who come to this world\n\nare executing a mission, and therefore sometimes they act in a way that is very difficult to understand. It is said, therefore, voigtovero kriya muflho vijiie no bujhayo:\n\neven if one is a very learned and intelligent scholar, he cannot understand the acti·\nvities of a Vai�l)ava. A Vai�l)ava accepts anything favorable for executing his mission.\n\nBut foolish persons, not knowing the purpose of such exalted Vai�Qavas, indulge in\n\ncriticizing them. That is forbidden. Since no one can understand what a Vai�l)ava\n\ndoes for the purpose of executing his mission, to criticize such a Vai��;�ava is the\noffense called siidhu-ninda.\nTEXT 23\n\n�' fil<!t ''Sfffl 9ft�� I\n�1·�� ,·� ��\" ll8fif �II �� II\n\n·� ff�\n\nkoto dina rahi' mi�ra gelii paro-loka\n\nmiitii-putro dunhiiro biiflilo h[di �oko\nSYNONYMS\n\nkato dina-some days; rahi -remaining; mi�ra- Jagannatha Misra; ge/ii-passed\n'\n\naway; paro-loka-for the transcendental world; mota-mother; putra-son; dunhiiraof both of them; bop'//a-increased; hrdi-in the hearts; §aka-lamentation.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter some days, Jagannatha Misra passed away from this world to the transcendental world, and both mother and son were very much aggrieved in their hearts.\nTEXT 24\n\n��--� ��' ,·� l!t�'f I\nfii\"faRl f�an;'! t'O mfl II �8 II\nbandhu-biindhava iisi' dunhii probodhilo\n\npitr-kriya vidhi-mate i�vara karl/a\n\n", "adi3#p0220": "Text 26]\n\nThe Lord's Paugar:�c;Ja-lila\n\n195\n\nSYNONYMS\nbandhu-friends; bandhava-relatives; asi'-coming there; dunha-both of them;\nprabodhila-pacified; pitr·kriya-rituals performed after the death of the father;\nvidhi-mate-according to the Vedic system; isvara-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; karl/a-executed.\nTRANSLATION\nFriends and relatives came there to pacify both Lord Caitanya and His mother.\nThen Lord Caitanya, even though He was the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nexecuted the rituals for His dead father according to the Vedic system.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n-.�� f'fti{ �'t �� �tpn MPII\n\n'J\" �'ltll, �� m � II �<t II\nkata dine prabhu citte karl/a clntana\ngrhastha ha-i/oma, ebe cohi grha-dharma\n\nSYNONYMS\nkata dine-after some days; prabhu-the Lord; citte-within His mind; karl/amade; cintono-consideration; grhostho ho-i/amo-1 remained in householder life;\nebe-now; coh/-1 want;grho-dharma-activities of family life.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter some days the Lord thought: \"I did not take sannyasa, and since I am\nremaining at home it is My duty to act as a grhastha.\nTEXT 26\n\n'J�Ift �1 �� if! U <;•tt•et I\n�� f�•' f��l( <tSflt� �I(\" 1lil \" �� \"\ngrhi(ll vinO grho-dhorma no hoyo sobhona\neta cinti' v/voho korlte hal/a mono\n\nSYNONYMS\ngrhi(li-wife; viM-without; grho-dhormo-duties of family life; no-not; hayabecome; sobhona-beautiful; eta cinti'-thinking thus; vivoha-marriage; karite-to\nexecute; hoi/a-became; mana-mind.\n\n", "adi3#p0221": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n196\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Without a wife,\" Lord Caitanya considered, \"there is no meaning to house­\n\nholder life.\" Thus the Lord decided to marry.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n0{ �� 'J�fil\"!Jl�{f�� ��Jr;'\\5 I\n'\\51!1 � '1�'\\5: 'l�l\"t � '1\"1':1�'\\5 II � '\\ II\nna grharh grham ity ahur grhiQi grham ucyate\ntayii hi sahitaiJ sarviin puru�iirthiin samasnute\n\nSYNONYMS\nna-not; grham-the home; grham-the house; /ti-thus; ahuiJ-said; g{hi1JT-the\n\nwife; grham-home; ucyate-it is said; tayii-with her; hi- certainly;sahita!J-together; sarvan-all; puru�a<Jrthan-goals of human life; samaSnute-perfects.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMerely a house is not a home, for it is a wife who gives a home its meaning. If one\n\nlives at home with his wife, together they can fulfill all the interests of human life.\nTEXT 28\n\n�ct <Jl� f� c!lt_ � 'et�t� I\nC{fl\"e�tt� �1 '�� 'Sfwrt-�-t \" �\"' \"\ndaive eka dina prabhu pa9iyii iisite\nva!labhiicaryera kanya dekhe ganga-pothe\n\nSYNONYMS\ndoive-accidently; eko dina-one day; prabhu-the Lord; par;Jiyii-after studying;\niisite-while\n\nHe\n\nwas coming back; vallabhiiciiryera-of Vallabhacarya; kanya­\n\ndaughter; dekhe-sees; ganga-pathe-on the way to the Ganges.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day when the Lord was coming back from school He accidently saw the\n\ndaughter of Yallabhacarya on the way to the Ganges.\nTEXT 29\n\n1,_�f\"it� \"e1ct t•�tt �lt �� I\n�tct C{i{JitJlt �·� �-�i{ � II �� II\n\n", "adi3#p0222": "Text 31]\n\nThe Lord's PaugaQ�a-lila\n\n197\n\npurvo-siddho bhavo dunharo udoyo korilo\ndoive vonomiili gho.toko wci-sthiine iii/a\n\nSYNONYMS\npurvo-siddho-as it is already settled; bhavo-ecstasy; dwihiiro-of both of them;\n\nudoyo-awakened; korila-was made; daive-also accidently; vonomali-of the name\n\nVanamali; ghafako-the marriage-maker; saci-sthane-at the place of Sacimata;\n\naila-came.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord and Lak�midevi met, their relationship awakened, having already\n\nbeen settled, and coincidently the marriage-maker Vanamali came to see Sacimata.\nPURPORT\n\nVanamali Gha�aka, a resident of Navadvipa and a briihmoro by caste, arranged\n\nthe marriage of the Lord to Lak�midevi. He was formerly Visvamitra, who nego­\n\ntiated the marriage of Lord Ramacandra, and later he was the brahmoro who nego­\n\ntiated the marriage of Lord Kr�oa with RukmiQi. That same briihmoro acted as the\nmarriage-maker of the Lord in coitonya-IT/a.\n\nTEXT 30\n\nJlf� �ftrt'! �...-. � �ti{ I\n�� R�� ��\" � �i{ II�· II\nsaciro ingite sambandha karl/a gha.tano\n/ak�mike viviiho kailo wciro nondono\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaclfo inglte-by the indication of mother Saci; sombandho-the relationship;\n\nkorilo-made;\n\ngho.tono-possible ;\n\n/okJmike-unto\n\nLak�mldevi;\n\nkoilo-executed ; wciro nondono-the son of mother SacT.\n\nvivaho-marriage;\n\nTRANSLATION\nFollowing the indications of Sacidevi, Vanamali Ghataka arranged the marriage,\nand thus in due course the Lord married Lak�midevi.\nTEXT 31\n\nR�tfD1 �\"'\" � �-1ft'Jf I\n��\\I' C'f)�� � I\n\n", "adi3#p0223": ",\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n198\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 15\n\nvistiiriyo var(lilii toha vrndiivana..<fiisa\nei to pauga(l{ia-/iliira sDtra-prakii$a\n•\n\nSYNONYMS\nvistiiriyo-having elaborated; var(lilii-has described; tiihii-that; vrndiivana..<fiisaThakura Vrndavana dasa; ei to·-this is; pauga(l{fa-liliira-of the pastimes of His early\nage; sDtra-prakiiSa-manifestation of the symbols.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVrndavana dasa Thakura has elaborately described all these pastimes of the Lord's\n\nearly age. What I have given is but a condensed representation of the same pastimes.\n\nTEXT 32\n\n'\"�� �� 11\\'11 �ft �'B I\n�tll bt -.fi� mtt n � 11\npauga(l{fa vayase filii bahuta prakiira\n\nvrndiivana-dosa iho kariyachena vistiira\nSYNONYMS\npauga(l{ia vayase-in His early age;/i/ii-pastimes; bah uta prakiira-of various kinds;\n\nvrndiivana-dii sa-Vrndavana dasa Thakura;iho-this;kariyiichena-has done; vistiirathe elaborate explanation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord performed many varieties of pastimes in His early age, and Srila\nV rndavana dasa Thakura has described them elaborately.\n\nTEXT 33\n��Cf fir� �1 \"'� I\n\n'�\"t\"' ��t'� � �\" n �� n\nataeva dirimiitra ihiiil dekhiii/a\n'caitanya-manga/e' sarva-/oke khyiita haifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; diilmatra-only\n\nin the matter of\n\nindication; lhon-here;\n\ndekhoi/a-1 have exhibited; caitanya-mailgale-in the book of the name Caltanyamangala; sarva-loke-all over the world; khyota-famous; hoi/a-became.\n\n", "adi3#p0224": "Text 34]\n\nThe Lord's Paugar:u;la-lila\n\n199\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have given but a single hint of these pastimes, for Vrndavana dasa Thakura, in\n\nhis book Caitanya-marigala [now Caitanya-bhagavata] , has described them all\nvividly.\nTEXT 34\n\n!\\t�9f·���-9f� � 'elt-f I\n��fHt.\\! <15t� \"� II �8 II\n�ri-rDpa-raghuniitha-pode yiira ii�a\n\ncoitanya-caritiimrta kahe k[�!Jadiisa\n\nSYNONYMS\n\n�rT-rDpa-Srila Rupa Gosvami; raghuniitha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\npade-at the lotus feet; y()ra-whose; a!a-expectation; caitanya-caritiimrta-the\nbook named Caitanya-caritiim(ta; kahe describes ; k�!Jadiisa Srila K r�l)adasa\nKaviraja Gosvami.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring their\nmercy, I, Knl)adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their footsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Adi-lna,\n\nFifteenth Chapter, describing the Lord's paugar.:�<;la-lna.\n\n", "adi3#p0225": "Chapter 16\n\nThe Pastimes of the Lord\nin His Childhood and Youth\nThis chapter fully describes Lord Caitanya's kai�ora-/Tiii, or the activities He\nperformed just before attaining youth. During this time He studied deeply and was\n\nvictorious over greatly learned scholars. During His kai�ora-/Tiii the Lord also sported\n\nin the water. He went to East Bengal to secure financial assistance, cultivate knowl­\n\nedge and introduce the sankTrtana movement, and there He met Tapana Misra,\n\nwhom He instructed about spiritual advancement and ordered to go to VaraQasi.\n\nWhile Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu was touring East Bengal, His wife, Lak�mldevi,\n\nwas bitten by a serpent or by the serpent of separation, and thus she left this\n\nworld. When the Lord returned home, He saw that His mother was overwhelmed\n\nwith grief because of Lak�midevi's death. Therefore at her request He later married\n\nHis second wife, Vi�Qupriya-devi. This chapter also describes the Lord's argument\n\nwith Ke�ava Ka�mlrl, the celebrated scholar, and �he Lord's criticism of his prayer\nglorifying mother Ganges. In this prayer the Lord found five kinds of literary orna­\n\nments and five kinds of literary faults, thus defeating the pa(u;/ita. Later the Kasmiri\nPaQ�ita, who was known to have been victorious all over the country, submitted\n\nhimself to the goddess of learning, and by her order he met Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu on the morning of the next day and surrendered unto Him.\nTEXT 1\n\n��'ft·lf�� �llt���mf� 1\n�� � 'e� '!� 'i'!;J.J.!l\"� �- II � II\nkrpii-sudhii-sarid yasya vi�vam iipliivayanty api\nnTcagaiva sadii bhiitl tam caltanya-prabhum bhaje\n\nSYNONYMS\nkrpii-sudhii-of the nectar of the mercy; sarit-river; yasya-whose; vi�vam-the\n\nwhole universe; iipliivayantT-inundating; apt-although; nicagii eva-more inclined\nto the poor and fallen; soda-always; bhiiti-is manifest; tam-Him; caitanyaprabhum- Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhaje-1 worship.\nTRANSLATION\nI worship Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, whose nectarean mercy flows like a\n\ngreat river, inundating the entire universe. Just as a river flows downstream, Lord\nCaitanya especially extends Himself to the fallen.\n\n201\n\n", "adi3#p0226": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n202\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\nPURPORT\nNarottama aasa Thakura has sung, �ri-k[�(lo-coitonyo probhu doyii koro more. He\n\nprays for Lord Caitanya's mercy because He is the mercy incarnation, having appeared especially to claim the fallen souls. The more fallen one is, the greater one's\n\nclaim to the favor of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. One must only be very sincere\n\nand serious. Despite being contaminated by all the bad qualities of this Kali-yuga,\n\nif one surrenders unto the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Lord will\nsurely and certainly deliver him. The best example is Jagai and Madhai. In this age\n\nof Kali practically everyone is like J agai and Madhai, but the sonkirtono movement\n\ninaugurated by Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu is still flowing like a great river, inundating the entire world, and thus the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nis successfully claiming all fallen souls to free them from contamination.\nTEXT 2\n\n� -�a�\" 'At f.mt�\"' ,\n��� � c;<Sttt�\"f II � II\njoyo joyo �ri-coitonyo joyo nityiinondo\njoyiidvoitocondro joyo gouro-bhokto-vrndo\n\nSYNONYMS\njoyo joyo �ri-coitonyo-all glori es to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; joyo-all\n\nglories; nityanondo-to Lord Nityananda Prabhu; joyo odvoitocondro-all glories to\n\nAdvait acandra ;joyo\n\n-\n\nal l glories;gouro-bhokto-vrndo-to all the devotees of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll g l ories to Lord\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityananda!\n\nAll glories to Advaitacandra! And all glories to all the devotees of the Lord!\nTEXT 3\n\n�'- �<l'�tt-�A�I �11�J1 '1�<!f1rt� I\n�r;;�flt �tt'\"f� fif-tt�•rn��\"t� n.en\njiylit koi�oro-coitonyo mtlrtimotyii grhii�romiit\n/ok�myiircito 'tho viig devyii di�iiin joyi-joyo-ccholiit\n\nSYNONYMS\nj7ylit-long live; koi�oro-situated in the koi�oro age; coltonyo fl- Lor d Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; miirtimotyii-having accepted such a body; grho -ii\n�romiit- from a\nhouseholder's\n\nlife; /ok�myii-by\n\nLak$m'i; orcitofl-being worshiped; otho-then;\n\nviic-devyii-by the goddess of learning; dl�iim-of all directions; joy/-the conqueror;\n\njoyo-cho/iit-on the plea of conquering.\n\n", "adi3#p0227": "Text6]\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n203\n\nTRANSLATION\nLong live Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu in His kaisora age! Both the goddess of\nfortune and the goddess of learning worship Him. The goddess of learning, Sarasvati,\nworshiped Him in His victory over the scholar who had conquered all the world,\nand the goddess of fortune, Lak�mideVi, worshiped Him at home. Since He is therefore the husband or Lord of both goddesses, I offer my obeisances unto Him.\nTEXT4\n\n�- �' ��QittJ�'ft l ,ii-�<111fi I\nfitlJ'ffet �tlt� �fPn �v n s n\nei ta' kai�ora-liliira sDtra-anubandha\nsi�ya-gara par;Jii te karilii iirambha\n\nSYNONYMS\nei ta'-thus; kaisora-the age of kaisora (the age between the eleventh and fifteenth\n\nyears);ff!ora-of the pastimes; SUtra-anubandha-chronological synopsis; Si�ya-gO(IOstudents; pap'iiite-to teach; karilii-d id; iirambha- begin.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the age of eleven Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began to teach students. This marks\nthe beginning of His kai�ora age.\nTEXT 5\n\n� � fq 1fttr � �t'ti\\ I\n\n�� �� ��� pf�� 11� n t a\nsata sata ���ya sange sadii adhyiipana\nvyiikhyii suni sarva-lokera camakita mana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsata sata-very many; s/,5ya-disc iples; sange-along with\n\nadhyiipana- st udyin g;\n\nvyiikhyii- ex pl an ation;\npeopl e; camak/to- ast onished; mana-minds.\n\nsuni-he arin g;\n\nHim; soda-always;\nsarva-lokera-of\n\nall\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as the Lord became a teacher, many, many students came to Him,\nevery one of them astonished to hear His mode of explanation.\nTEXT6\n\nJl� 1{('ffit� 9ftt 'l'ftQ I\nAQ'etfl� -.ttt1 � iftf� u n � n\n\n", "adi3#p0228": "204\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\nsarvo-�stre sorvo porf/ito payo porajoyo\nvinoyo-bhongite ktiro dul)kho nahi hoyo\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvo-sastre-in all scriptures; sorvo-all; p orf/ito-lear ned scholars; pa yo-ob ta in;\n\nporajoyo-defeat; vinoyo -gentle; bhoitgite-by behavior; Mro- an yone 's; du/;lkhounhappiness; nahi-does not; hoyo-become .\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord defeated all kinds of scholars in discourses about all the scriptures, yet\n\nbecause of His gentle behavior, none of them were unhappy.\nTEXT7\n\n� ..ftl .,;t �'S1f'1�tr I\n\n--� �.tif -.u eoifl ror • \" n\nvividho ouddhotyo kore si�yo-goro-songe\njahnovite jo/o-ke/1 kare niina range\n\nSYNONYMS\nvividha-various; auddhatyo-impudences; kare-does; 51$ya-goro-His disciples;\n\nsange-with; jahnavite-in the water of the Ganges; ja/a-ke/1-sporting in the water;\n\nkare-does; nona-in various; range-jokes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord, as a teacher, performed various kinds of pranks in His sporting pas­\n\ntimes in the water of the Ganges.\n\nTEXTS\n\n1A fiftl' � <2tf �� � I\n\n��1 �' �tt1 �m �11f·1ft.� n \"' n\nkata dine kaila prabhu bangete gamono\nyahOn yaya, tahan looyaya namo-sankirtana\n\nSYNONYMS\nkato dine-after a few days; kaila-di d ; prabhu-t he Lord; bongete-in East Bengal;\n\ngamono- touring; yahan yayo-wherever He goes; t anarl-the r e; laoyaya-induces;\nnamo-sankirtana-the sankirtana movement.\n\n", "adi3#p0229": "Text 10)\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n205\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter some days the Lord went to East Bengal, and wherever He went He introduced the sankirtana movement.\nPURPORT\nAlthough Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His devotees in disciplic succession\ncan defeat all kinds of learned scholars, scientists and philosophers in arguments,\nthus establishing the supremacy of the Personality of Godhead, their main business\nas preachers is to introduce sankTrtana everywhere. Simply to defeat scholars and\nphilosophers is not the occupation of a preacher. Preachers must simultaneously\nintroduce the sonkTrtono movement, for that is the mission of the Caitanya cult.\nTEXT9\n\nfWt1f ltf'e� ro-r ��� tGt'! 1\n!If\\! -t;! �._i1 'C(tfit i'ftf1tfl1 11� II � II\nyoro prabhOvo dekhi comotkOro cite\n\nvid\n\n�to �to po{luyo osi logilo poifite\n\nSYNONYMS\nvidyoro-of His learning; probhovo-the influence; dekhi -seeing; camotkoro­\n\n-many hundreds; po{luya-disciples or\n\nwonder; cite-within the heart; soto soto\n\nstudents;os/-coming there; log/Iii -began; po{lite-to study.\nTRANSLATI ON\n\nStruck with wonder by the influence of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu's intellectual\nprowess, many hundreds of students came to Him and began studying under His\ndirection.\nTEXTlO\n\n����,itt�-��� I\n�����·�0·\nsei dese vipro, nomo-misro topono\nniscoyo korite niire siidhya-siidhono\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei dese -in that region of East Bengal; vipro-a briihmoro; nama -named; misro\n\n-objective;\n\ntopono-Tapana Misra; nlscaya kar ite-to ascertain; niire-not able;sadhya\nsiidhona-process .\n\n", "adi3#p0230": "206\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn East Bengal there was a brahma1,1a named Tapana Misra who could not ascertain\nthe objective of life nor how to attain it.\nPURPORT\nOne must first ascertain the object of life and then understand how to attain it.\nThe Kr�r:ta consciousness movement is pointing out to everyone that the object of\nlife is to understand Kr�IJa, and to attain that goal of life one must practice Kr�pa\nconsciousness, following the methods prescribed by the Gosvamis with reference to\nthe authoritative siistras and Vedas.\nTEXT 11\n\n�ar �\"J � i!Pf o 1\n�-lft'{i1 ,i!fi en Q � • � � •\nbahu-siistre bahu-viikye citte bhrama haya\nsiidhya-siidhana sre${ha nii haya niscaya\nSYNONYMS\nbahu-siistre-by many books or scriptures; bahu-vakye-by many versions of many\npersons; citte-within the heart; bhrama-doubt; haya-there is; siidhya-siidhanaobjective and means; sre�tha-about the best; no-not; haya-there is; niscayacertainty.\nTRANSLATION\nIf one becomes a bookworm, reading many books and scriptures and hearing\nmany commentaries and the instructions of many men, this will produce doubt\nwithin his heart. One cannot in this way ascertain the real goal of life.\nPURPORT\nIn Srimad-Bhiigavatam (7.13.8) it is said, granthiin naiviibhyased bahun no\nvyiikhyiim upayunj7ta: \"One should not read many books, nor should one try to\nmake a profession of reciting many books, especially if one is a devotee.\" One must\ngive up the ambition to be a learned scholar and in this way earn a worldly reputation and financial facilities. If one diverts his attention to studying many books, he\ncannot fix his mind in devotional service, nor can he understand many scriptures,\nfor they are full of grave statements and meanings. In this connection Srila\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura gives his opinion that those who are attracted\nto studying many kinds of literature concerning various subject matters, especially\nfruitive activities and philosophical speculation, are deprived of unalloyed devotional\nservice because of their splayed attention.\nMan has a general tendency toward fruitive activities, religious ritualistic ceremonies and philosophical speculation. A living entity thus bewildered since time\nimmemorial does not understand the real goal of life, and thus his activities in life\n\n", "adi3#p0231": "Text 14]\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n207\n\nare wasted. Innocent persons misled in this way are deprived of unalloyed kr�rabhakti, devotional service to the Lord. Tapana Misra is a vivid example of such a\nperson. He was a learned scholar, but he could not ascertain what the goal of life is.\nTherefore he was given a chance to hear Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu instructing\nSanatana Gosvami. Lord Caitanya's instruction to Tapana Misra is especially significant for persons who loiter here and there collecting books and reading none of\nthem, thus becoming bewildered regarding the aim of life.\nTEXT12\n\n�· � R!!f �,- � T'fif I\n\n�f...r�'6 'f1tlit -.n � I �� I\nsvapne eka vi pro kahe, -�unaha tapana\nnimofli-porr;fita pa�e karaha gamana\nSYNONYMS\nSl-t:lpne-in a dream; eka-one; vipra-brohmara; kahe-says; �unaha-just hear;\ntapana-Tapana Misra; nimofli-pOtJfjlta-of the name Nimai PaQ<;iita; po�e-unto Him;\nkaraha gamana-go.\nTRANSLATION\nTapana Misra, being thus bewildered, was directed by a brahmaQa in a dream to\ngo to Nimai Pa�;��ita [Caitanya Mahaprabhu].\nTEXT13\n\nc;b1�tt����l\n'ft'�Pte. � c;\\i�,- �\" �q 1 )oe I\ntenho tomora sodhya-sodhana karibe ni�caya\nsak�ot i�vara tenho,-nohika sarh�aya\nSYNONYMS\ntenho-He; tomara-your; sadhya-objective of I ife; sadhana- process; karibe- will\ndo; ni�caya-ascertain; sak�ot-direct; T�vara-the Lord; tenho-He is; nahika-there is\nno; sarh�aya-doubt.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because He is the Lord [isvara] ,\"the brahma�;�a told him, \"undoubtedly He can\ngive you proper direction.\"\nTEXT14\n\n� �' fll� ..r� �Rt-f I\n\n\"11t$�·��... ��·)81\n\n", "adi3#p0232": ",\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n108\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\nsvapna dekhi' misra tis!' prabhura cara(le\nsvopnera vrttonta saba kaila nivedane\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvapno dekhl'-by seeing the dream; misro-Tapana Misra; osi!...coming; probhuro­\n\nof Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; cara!Je-at the shelter of the lotus feet; svopneroof the dream; vrttonto-details; saba -all; koilo-did; nivedane-inform Him.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter seeing the dream, Tapana Misra came to the shelter of Lord Caitanya's\n\nlotus feet, and he described all the details of the dream to the Lord.\nTEXT15\n\n� '{t .:<ftl1 ll'flU� 'iJ� I\ni{f1f41�� \"fl',-il� � n �� n\nprobhu tuHo hanii slldhyo-sodhono kohl/a\nniima-sankirtono koro, --upade5a koilo\n\nSYNONYMS\nprobhu-the Lord; tu,5,to-satisfied; hoM-becoming; siidhya-sii dhana-the objec­\n\ntive and the process; kohi/o-described; niimo-sahkirton o-chanting of the Hare Kr�r;�a\nmantra; koro-practice; upade5a koilo-gave him the instruction.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord, being satisfied, instructed him about the object of life and the process\nto attain it. He instructed him that the basic principle of success is to chant the\nholy name of the Lord [the Hare Krg1a maha-mantra].\nPURPORT\nThe Kr�r;�a consciousness movement is based upon this instruction of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu that one must chant the Hare Kr�r;�a mohO-mantra regularly\nand according to the prescribed principles. We simply ask our western students to\n\nchant at least sixteen rounds a day, but sometimes we find that they fail to chant\n\neven these sixteen rounds, and instead they bring many austere books and a worshiping method that diverts their attention in so many ways. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\n\ncult is based upon the chanting of the Hare Kr��a mantra. Lord Caitanya first\n\nadvised Tapana Misra to fix his mind in this chanting. We, the members of the\nKr��a\n\nconsciousness movement, must strictly follow this advice of Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu.\n\n", "adi3#p0233": "Text 18)\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n209\n\nTEXT16\n\nitJ -�' - �� ��t9f � I\n12ft_ �1911 fit�, -�fif � �� II �� II\ntiiflra icchii,-prabhu-saflge navadvipe vasi\nprabhu iijif'o dila,-tumi yiio viiriirasT\n\nSYNONYMS\ntiihra icchii-his desire; prabhu-sange-with the Lord; navadvTpe-in NavadvTpa;\nvasi-1 live there; prabhu iijM dlla-but the Lord advised Him; tumi-you;yiio-go;\nviirarasi-to B en ares.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTapana Misra's desire was to live with the Lord in Navadvipa, but the Lord asked\n\nhim to go to Varanasi [ Benares ) .\n\nTEXT17\n\n'!'ft1 �1-'fttr ���tl � � I\ncertw1 9ft�1 fif$ �� �� 'StJJ� II �� II\ntahiill iimii-sange tomiira habe dara5ana\niijflii piiflii mi5ra kai/a kii5ite gamana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntiihiin-there; iimii-saflge-with Me; tomiira-your; habe-there will be; darasana­\n\nm eeti ng; iijfiii piiii- recei vi ng this order; misra- Tapana Mi�ra; k ail a- did; kiisite-to\nBenares; gamana-going.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord ass ured Tapana Misra that they would meet again in Varal)asi. Receiving\nthis order, Tapana Misra went there.\nTEXT18\n\n• �tJ\"\"'1 ��� � 9ftfJ I\n� ��1 �� 9ft� �tJit1._if II �\\r II\nprabhura atarkya-IT/0 bujhite no pari\nsva-sanga chii(liina kene piithiiya kiiSipuri\n\n", "adi3#p0234": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n210\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu's; atarkya- lilo-inconceivable pastimes;\n\nbujhite-to understand; no-not; pari-able; sva sa riga-per sona l association; cha(liina\n-\n\n-avoiding; kene-why;pathaya-sends; kasl\npurl-to Benares.\nTRANSLATION\ncannot understand the inconceivable pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\nfor although Tapana Misra wante\" to live with Him in Navadvipa, the Lord advised\nhim to go to Varar,tasi.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen Tapana Mi�ra met Caitanya Mahaprab hu , Lord Caitanya was living in household life, and there was no indication that in the future He would accept the\nsannyasa order. But by asking Tapana Mi�ra to go to Varar,tasi He indicated that in\nthe future He would accept sannyasa and that when He would teach Sanatana\nGosvami, Tapana Misra would take advantage of the opportunity to learn the\nobject of life and the real process of attaining it.\nTEXT19\n\n�- 1{'5 �� \"'tCfl � �1 �� I\n'ift11' Mn ce• ��' �!ft�1 ��� II �� II\nei mata bangera lokera kailii maha hita\n'nama' diya bhakta kaila, pa(lana pa(l(lita\nSYNONYMS\nei mata-in this way; bailgera-of East Bengal; lokera-of the people;ka//a-contributed; moho-great; hita-benefit; nama-the holy name of the Lord;diyo-giving\nthem; bhakta-devotees; kaila-made them; paqafia-by educating them; patJ(/ftalearned scholars.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu contributed the greatest benefit to the\npeople of East Bengal by initiating them into hari-nama, the chanting of the Hare\nKr$r,ta maha-mantra, and making them learned scholars by educating them.\nPURPORT\nFollowing in the footsteps of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Kr$Qa consciousness movement is distributing the Hare Kr$Qa maha-mantra and inducing people all\nover the world to chant. We are giving people an immense treasury of transcendental\nliterature, translated into all the important languages of the world, and by the grace\nof Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu this literature is selling profusely, and people are\n\n", "adi3#p0235": "Text\n\n21]\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n211\n\nchanting the Hare Kr$oa moho-mantra with great delight. This is the preaching\nprocess of the Caitanya cult. Since the Lord wanted this cult preached all over the\nworld, the International Society of Krishna Consciousness is acting in a humble way\nso that the vision of S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu may be fulfilled all over the world,\nespecially in the western countr.ies.\nTEXT 20\n\n�- 1fi! � �t. �� iftiO �'fl I\n���9f��1���i�o II\nei mota bange prabhu kare niinii filii\nethii navadvipe lak�mi virahe du/:lkhi hai/ii\n\nSYNONYMS\nei\n\nmota-in\n\nthis\n\nway; bange-in East\n\nBengal; prabhu- Lord\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kare-does; nanii-various; /i/o-pastimes; ethii-here; navadvipe-in\nNavadvipa; /ak�mi-the wife of Nimai Pao<;lita; virahe-in separation; du/Jkhi-unhappy; haifa-became.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause the Lord was engaged in various ways in preaching work in East Bengal,\nHis wife, Lak$midevi, was very unhappy at home in separation from her husband.\n\n21\n� �.,9(�1-t1t w�� 1\nf�·lf.,f� i� �ilft� C� II �� II\nTEXT\n\nprabhura viraha-sarpa lak�mire darMila\nviraha-sarpa-vi�e tiinra paraloka haifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of the Lord; vi raha sarpa-the separation snake; /ak�mre - Lak$midevi;\n-\n\ni\n\ndarhsila-bit; viraha-sarpa-of the separation snake; vi,s-e-by the poison; tiinra-her;\n\nparaloka-next world;haila-it so happened.\nTRANSLATION\nThe snake of separation bit Lak$midevi, and its poison caused her death. Thus\nshe passed to the next world. She went back home, back to Godhead.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (8.6), yarh yarh viipi smaran bhiivarh tyajaty ante\nkalevaram: one's practice in thinking throughout his entire life determines the\n\n", "adi3#p0236": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n212\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\nquality of his thoughts at death, and thus at death one obtains a suitable body.\n\nAccording to this principle, Lak�midevi, the goddess of fortune from Vaikur)lha,\n\nwho was absorbed in thought of the Lord in separation from Him, certainly went\nback home to Vaikupthaloka after death.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n�� �filllt1 � lft� ��� I\n'��J ��1 �� �-,:-t trtfil' II �� II\nantare jiinilii prabhu, yiite antaryiimT\nde�ere iiilii prabhu �cT-duiJkha jiini'\nSYNONYMS\nantare-within Himself;jiini/ii-knew; prabhu-the Lord;yiite-because; antaryiimT\n\n-He is the Supersoul; desere-to the country; iii/a-returned; prabhu-the Lord;\n\nsacT-of mother Sacidevi; du/Jkha-the unhappiness;jiini'-knowing.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Caitanya knew about the disappearance of Lak�midevi because He is the\n\nSupersoul Himself. Thus He returned home to solace His mother, Sacidevi, who\nwas greatly unhappy about the death of her daughter-in-law.\nTEXT 23\n\n�t1f ��\"'f �� � '1�1 �� I\n\n�� C� ��J i::-t fu�i{ II �� II\nghare iiilii prabhu bahu lana dhana-jana\ntattva-jMne kailii sacTra duiJkha vimocana\nSYNONYMS\nghare-home; iii/a-returned; prabhu- the Lord; bahu-much; /aiiii-bringing;\ndha na -rich es; jana -followers; tattva-jfiine-by transcendental knowledge; kailiidid; �cTra-of Sacimata; duf;kha-the unhappiness; vimocana-relieving.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord returned home, bringing with Him great wealth and many follow­\n\ners, He spoke to Sacidevi about transcendental knowledge to relieve her of the\ngrief she was suffering.\n\n", "adi3#p0237": "Text 25]\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n213\n\nPURPORT\nIt is stated in Bhagavad-gitii:\ndehino 'smin yathii dehe\nkaumiirarh yauvanarh jarii\ntathii dehiintara-priiptir\ndhiras tatra na muhyati\n\"As the embodied soul continually passes, in this body, from boyhood to youth to\n\nold age, the soul similarly passes into another body at death. The self-realized soul\n\nis not bewildered by such a change.\" (Bg. 2.13) Such verses from Bhagavad-gitii or\n\nany other Vedic literature give valuable instructions on the occasion of someone's\n\npassing away. By discussing such instructions from Bhagavad-gitii or Srimad­\n\nBhiigavatam a sober man can certainly understand that the soul never dies; it passes\nfrom one body to another. This is called transmigration of the soul. A soul comes\ninto this material world and creates bodily relationships with a father, a mother,\n\nsisters, brothers, a wife and children, but all these relationships pertain to the body,\n\nnot the soul. Therefore, as described in Bhagavad-gitii, dhiras tatra na muhyati: one\nwho is sober is not disturbed by such phenomenal changes within this material\nworld. Such instructions are called tattva-kathii, or real truth.\nTEXT 24\n\nfit1Jost'1t'flfP1 �: f<lwtJ Ri'ft:JJ 1\n�'ii-� :JRi ��' ��'!J �<IS\"fllt II �8 II\nSi�ya-gara lai'iii puna/;1 vidyiira viliisa\nvidyii-ba/e sabii jini' auddhatya prakiiSa\nSYNONYMS\n�i,sya-gara-disciples; /ana-taking; puna/;1-again; vidyiira-of education; vi/iisa­\n\npastime; vidyii-bale-by the strength of education; sabii-everyone;jini'-conquering;\n\nauddhatya-of pride; prakii�-manifestation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter coming back from East Bengal, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu again began\n\neducating others. By the strength of His education He conquered everyone, and thus\nHe was greatly proud.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�r;� �t-f�VI-���J ��'At I\n\n� �' � � fif�ffi 19f� II �� ll\n\n", "adi3#p0238": "214\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\ntabe vigiUprlya-.thakurorira pariraya\ntabe ta' karila prabhu digvljayi jaya\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-after this; vi�(lupriyii-of the name Vi�r)upriya; .thiikurarira-of the goddess\n\nof fortune; pari(1aya-marriage; tabe ta'-thereafter; karila-did; prabhu-the Lord;\n\ndig-vijayi-the champion;jaya-conquer.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen Lord Caitanya married Vi�r)upriya, the goddess of fortune, and thereafter\n\nHe conquered a champion of learning named Ke5ava Kasmiri.\nPURPORT\n\nAs in the modern day there are many champions in sports, so in bygone days\n\nthere were many learned scholars in India who were champions in learning. One\n\nsuch person was Kesava Ka.smiri, who came from the state of Kashmir. He traveled\n\nall over India and at last came to Navadvipa to challenge the learned scholars there.\n\nUnfortunately he could not conquer the learned scholars in Navadvipa, for he was\n\ndefeated by the boy scholar Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Later he understood that\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is none other than the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nThus he surrendered unto Him and later became a pure Vai�11ava in the sampradiiya\n\nof Nimbarka. He wrote Kaustubha-prabhii, a commentary on the Vediinta commentary of the Nimbarka-sampradaya, which is known as the Parijiita-bhii�ya.\nThe Bhaktl-ratniikara mentions Kesava Kasmiri and lists his predecessors in the\n\ndisciplic succession of the Nimbarka-sampradaya: (1) Srinivasa Acarya, (2) Visva\n\nAcarya, (3) Puru$ottama, (4) Vilasa, (5) Svarupa, (6) Madhava, (7) Balabhadra,\n(8) Padma, (9) Syama, (10) Gopala, (11) Krpa, (12) Deva Acarya, (13) Sundara\n\nBhana, (14) Padmanabha, (15) Upendra, (16) Ramacandra, (17) Yamana, {18) Kr$r)a,\n\n(19} Padmakara, (20) Sravar;�a, (21) Bhuri, (22) Madhava, (23) Syama, (24) Gopala,\n\n(25) Balabhadra, (26) Gopinatha, (27) Kesava, (28) Gokula and (29} Ke5ava Kasmiri.\n\nIt is stated in the Bhakti-ratniikara that Kesava Kasmiri was a favorite devotee of\n\nmother Sarasvati, the goddess of learning. By her grace he was an extremely influen­\n\ntial scholar, and he was the greatest champion among all the scholars in the four\n\ncorners of the country. Therefore he got the title dlgvijayT, which means \"one who\n\nhas conquered everyone in all directions.\" He belonged to a very respectable\n\nbriihmara family of Kashmir. Later, by the order of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he\ngave up the profession of winning championships and became a great devotee. He\n\njoined the Nimbarka-sampradaya, one of the Vai$r;�ava communities of the Vedic\nculture.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n� -.FR�il �� I\n� ettr. �tJ Of�-�''B �tmf II �� II\n\n���\n\n", "adi3#p0239": "Text 28]\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n215\n\nvrndiivona-diisa ihii kariyiichena vistiira\nsphuta niihi kare do�a-gurera viciira\nSYNONYMS\nvrndiivana-dasa-Srna Vrndavana dasa Thakura; ihii-this; kariyiichena-has made;\nvistara-elaborate description; sphuta-what was clear; nahi-not; kare-does; do!jagurera-of both the faults and the virtues; viciira-analysis.\nTRANSLATION\nVrndavana dasa Thakura has previously elaborately described this. That which is\nclear need not be scrutinized for qualities and faults.\nTEXT 27\n\n,,� ��-t �' �rot �Rf' � I\n�' �fil' fif� ��\" �'Pfift �m n �\"\"\nsei arhsa kahi, tanre kari' namaskiira\nyo' suni' digvijayT kai/a iipanii dhik-kiira\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; arhsa-portion; kahi-1 mention; tiinre-unto SriVrndavana dasa Thakura;\nkari'-making; namaskiira-obeisances; yii'-of which; suni'-hearing; dig-vijayT-the\nconquering pa(l(/ita; kaila-did; iipanii-his own; dhik-kiira-condemnation.\nTRANSLATION\nOffering my obeisances to Srna Vrndavana dasa Thakura, I shall try to describe\nthat portion of the Lord's analysis which, when he heard it, made the Digvijayifeel\nhimself condemned.\nTEXT 28\n\n\"'rte.�� 1ftffl, � �'St'i :Jfttr I\n��� 'Sttf1�'1 �tf <$fe'f II �lr II\njyotsniivatT riitri, prabhu si�ya-gara sange\nvasiyiichena gangiitTre vidyiira prasange\nSYNONYMS\njyotsniivati-full moon; riitri-night; prabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; si�yagara-disciples; sange-along with; vasiyiichena-was sitting; gangii-tire-Qn the bank\nof the Ganges; vidyara-educational;prasange-in discussion.\n\n", "adi3#p0240": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n216\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn one full moon night the Lord was sitting on the bank of the Ganges with His\n\nmany disciples and discussing literary topics.\n\nTEXT 29\n�1� �trln � �tl{1 I\n\n� � �ft' ��fir� U �� II\nhena-kiile d/gvijayi tiihiilll iilli\ngaftgiire vandana karl' prabhure mllilii\n\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kiile-at this time; dig vfjayi-Kesava Kasmiri; tiihiit'li-there; a/Iii-reached;\n·\n\ngaftgiire-to mother Ganges; vandana-prayers; kari'-offering; prabhure-the Lord;\nmililii-met.\n\nTRANSLATION\nCoincidently Ke5ava Kasmiri Par;lC,lita also came there. While offering his prayers\n\nto mother Ganges, he met Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n�tl{1 \\!1� � � �� I\nN� �r;� � 'el�e�J1 �fun u \\!) 0 II\nvasiiili tiire prabhu iidara kariyii\ndigvijayi kahe mane avajifii kariyii\n\nSYNONYMS\nvasiiili-made seated; tiire-him; prabhu-the Lord; iidara-adoration; kariyii-of­\n\nfering him; d g-v jayi- K esa va Kasmiri; kahe- says ; mane-within his mind; avajnai\n\ni\n\ndisregard; kariyii-doing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord received him with adoration, but because Ke!iava Kasmiri was very\n\nproud, he talked to the Lord very inconsiderately.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�<R''1 �t�, ��tMt �fu� �tf itt� I\n�tftP'tiUI � �f �r;� �'1�11{ II '.!)� II\n\n", "adi3#p0241": "Text 32]\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n217\n\nvyakaroro pa(liiha, nlmoiil por(lita tomiira niima\n\nbiiJya-�iistre Joke tomiira kahe guro-griima\nSYNONYMS\nvyiikaroro-grammar; pa(liih a-You teach; nimaiil pa(l(/ita-Nimai Par)� ita; tomiira\n\n-Your; noma-name; boJya-�iistre-in grammar which is considered a study for boys;\nJoke-the people in general; tomiira-of You; kahe-declare;guro-griima-very qualified.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I understand that You are a teacher of grammar,\" he said, \"and that Your name\nis Nimai Pal}4ita. People speak very highly of Your teaching of beginners' grammar.\nPURPORT\nFormerly Sanskrit schools first taught grammar very thoroughly, and this system\ncontinues even now. A student was supposed to study grammar carefully for twelve\nyears in the beginning of his life, because if one is expert in the grammar of the\nSanskrit language, all the �iistras are open to him. �ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was\nfamous for teaching grammar to students, and therefore Ke5ava Kasmiri first referred to His position as a teacher of grammar. He was very proud of his literary\ncareer; he was far above the first lessons of grammar, and so he thought the position\nof Nimai Par:1<;!ita not at all comparable to his own.\nTEXT 32\n\n�1�'1·1ft'(J, 'lftfif, �t� �'f19f I\n\n�f.f( •rr�� c:!11ftJ � ��trt9f u �� n\nvyiikaroro-madhye, jiini, pa(liih a kaliipa\n\n�uniluh phiih ki te tomiira �i�yera sarhJiipa\nSYNONYMS\nvyiikarora-madhye-among grammars; jilni-1 understand; pa(liiha- You teach;\nkaJiipa-the KaJiipa-vyiikararo; �uni/uh-1 have heard; phiihkite-in deceitful word\n\njugglery; tomiira- Your; �i�yera of the disciples; samJiipa-the specific knowledge.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I understand that You teach Kalapa-vyakarar:1a. I have heard that Your students\nare very expert in the word ju gglery of this grammar.\"\nPURPORT\nThere are many schools of grammar in the Sanskrit language, the most famous\nof which are the systems of PaJ;Jini and the Kalapa and Kaumudigrammars. There\n\n", "adi3#p0242": "218\n\n/\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[A<li-lila, Ch. 16\n\nwere different branches of grammatical knowledge, and a student of grammar was\nsupposed to study them all in twelve years. Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who was famous\nas Nimai Par:u;lita, taught grammar to His students, who became expert in dealing\nwith the word jugglery of complicated grammar. Almost anyone expert in studying\ngrammar interprets the 5ilstros in many ways by changing the root meanings of\ntheir words. A student of grammar can sometimes completely change the meaning\nof a sentence by juggling grammatical rules. Kesava Kasmiri indirectly taunted Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu by implying that although He was a great teacher of grammar,\nsuch grammatical jugglery of root meanings did not require great expertise. This\nwas a challenge to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Because it was prearranged that\nKesava Kasmiri would have to discuss the Yistras with Nimai PaQ<;fita, from the\nvery beginning he wanted to bluff the Lord. Thus the Lord replied as follows.\n\n33\n� �t�, �Jtfl'l �-��fi{ � I\nf-1\"105 ill '!._�, � tfir �fl.t'! �tfJ II �e II\nTEXT\n\nprobhu kahe, vyiikororo pafliil-abhimiina karl\nSi�yete nii bujhe, iimi bujhiiite niiri\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe- the Lord replied; vyiikaroro parjai\"-y es , I teach grammar; abhimiina\n\nkari-1 am supposed to do so; Si�yete-amongst My disciples; nii-do not; bujhe­\n\nunderstand; iimi-1 also; bujhilite-to make them understand; niiri-am not able.\nTRANSLATI ON\nThe Lord said: \"Yes, I am known as a teacher of grammar, but factually I cannot\nimpress my students with grammatical knowledge, nor can they understand Me\nvery well.\nPURPORT\nSince Kesava Kasmiri was a little puffed-up, the Lord increased his artificial\npride by presenting Himself as subordinate to him. Thus He flattered him as\nfollows.\nTEXT 34\n\n-.1(1 � �(attr;s -,m� �'I I\n�\"ft1 �fir� fit� -'P(1f6,.111 �it II \\!)8 II\nkiihiin tumi sarvo-Mstre kavltve pravi(la\nkiihiin iimi sabe SiSu-pafluyii navTna\n\n", "adi3#p0243": "Text36)\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n219\n\nSYNONYMS\nkiihiih-whereas; tumi-your good self; sarva-�iistre-in all scriptures; kavitve-in\na literary career; pravira-very experienced; kiihiih- whereas; iimi-1; sabe-just;\n\n�i�u-a boy; pa{iuyii-student; navina-new.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear sir, whereas you are a very learned scholar in all sorts of scriptures and\nare very experienced in composing poetry, I am only a boy, a new student and\nnothing more.\nTEXT 35\n\n�� �R.. � ��\\! 6 'lfi1 I\n�� �ft' � �flf � <!(i1 II �� II\ntomqra kavitva kichu �unite hayo mona\nk[pii kari' kara yadi gohgiira varrana\nSYNONYMS\ntomiira-your; kavitva-poetic integrity; kichu-something; �unite-to hear; hoyabecomes; mono-mind; krpii-mercy; kori'-showing Me; koro-you do; yadi-if;\n\ngohgiira-of mother Ganges; varrana-description.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Therefore I desire to hear your skill in composing poetry. We could hear this if\nyou would mercifully describe the glory of mother Ganges.\"\n\nTEXT36\n\n�fiml i3fl'11'1 ��\\! \"fif'Sf&'fl I\n\n�� ·.!l� llfi! �� 'Sf1rtJ �f'1tn II �� II\n�uniyii briihmara garve varrite liigilii\ngho.ti eke �ata �loka gahgiira varrilii\nSYNONYMS\nSuniyo-hearing this;\n\nbriihmaro -the pa(1{iita, Kesava\n\nKa�mlri; gorve-in pride;\n\nVOf(1ite-to describe; liigilii-began; ghati-hour; eke-one; Sata-hundred; slokaverses; gahgiira-of the Ganges; varrilii-described.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the brahma�;�a, Ke5ava Kasm:ri, heard this, he became still more puffed-up,\nand within one hour he composed one hundred verses describing mother Ganges.\n\n", "adi3#p0244": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n220\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 37\n\n�fim1 �� � �� \"e.� I\n(;� �� \"J�� �� iftfft �� II �'\\ II\n�unlyii karl/a prabhu bahuta satkiira\ntomii soma p[thlvite kavi niihi iira\nSYNONYMS\n�uniyii-hearing this; karl/a-did; prabhu-the Lord; bahuta-very much; satkiirohigh praise; tomii-you; soma-like; p[thivite-in the world; kovl-poet; niihi-there\nis not; oro-anyone else.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord praised him, saying: \"Sir, there is no greater poet than you in the entire\nworld.\nTEXT 38\n\n� � � �� �tt llff� I\n�fit 'et'f �·� �(��� �� II �11\" II\ntomiira kavltii �loka bujhlte kiir a �akti\ntum/ bhiila jiina artha klrhva sarasvati\nSYNONYMS\ntomiira-your; kovitii-poetry; �/oka-verses; bujhlte-to understand; kiiro-whose;\n\n�ak tl- power;\n\ntuml-you; bhii/a-well; jiina-know; artha-meaning; k/rhvii-or;\n\nsarosvati-the goddess of learning.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Your poetry is so difficult that no one can understand it but you and mother\nSarasvati, the goddess of learning.\nPURPORT\nReplying to Kes·ava Kasmiri sarcastically, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu indirectly\nminimized the value of his poetry by saying, \"Yes, your compositions are so nice\nthat no one but you and your worshipable mother, the goddess of learning, can\nunderstand them.\" Kesava KasmirT was a favorite devotee of mother Sarasvati, the\ngoddess of learning, but Caitanya Mahaprabhu, as the master of the goddess of\nlearning, has the right to speak sarcastically of her devotees. In other words, although Kesava Kasmiri was proud of being favored by the goddess of learning,\nhe did not know that she is controlled by Caitanya Mahaprabhu Himself because\nHe is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "adi3#p0245": "Te xt 41 ]\n\n221\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\nTEXT 39\n\n�<IS 'ftt�<R �� <�Sf fi{sr-�-t 1\n\n�rt.' l'(� (.;'11\"1' \\!7;� �� ��t-t ll �� ll\neka �lokera artha yadi kara nija-mukhe\n�uni' saba loka tabe paiba bafla-sukhe\nSYNONYMS\neka-one; �lokera-of a verse; artha -the meaning; yadi-if; kara-you do; nijamukhe-by your own mouth; suni'-hearing; saba-all; /oka-persons; tabe-thereafter;piJ/ba-we shall get; bafla-sukhe-with great happiness.\nTRANSLATION\n\"But if you explain the meaning of one verse, we can all hear it from your own\nmouth and thus be very happy.\"\nTEXT 40\n\nt;!t� tiff�� �-at1 � '1_�'1 I\nllf'! G;Jttt\"J �\" c;ttt<tS !2lt_ '!' 11�'1 n so n\ntabe digvijayi vyakhyora �loka puchila\n�ta �lokera eka �loka prabhu ta' paflila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-the re afte r; dlg-vljayi-Ke�ava Ka�miri; vyokhyora-for explanation; slokaa verse; puchila-inquired about; �ata-one hundred; slokera-of th e verses; ekaone; �loka-verse ; prabhu-the Lord; ta'-then; pafli/a-recited\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Digvijayi, Kesava Kasmiri, inquired which verse He wanted explained. The\nLord then recited one of the one hundred verses Kesava Kasmiri had composed.\nTEXT 41\n\n11��� m�t: 'l'!�f)'flf1!1i5t� �\\!�t�\n\nlitlf1fl .!\\)f<lt�l��'1�1!�G'!1�9(��� I\n\n�\\;ch-!i!G'!\"'!!�Rr<� ��Olrnsr��'i1\n�<11�h't'�1 pof�� f<f�<(\\;J��cti I 8 '> II\nmahattvat'n gangoyaf:l satatam idam obhati nitarot'n\nyad e� �ri-vi�(IO� cara(la-kamalotpatti-subhaga\n\n", "adi3#p0246": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n222\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\ndvitiya-�ri-lak�mir iva sura-narair arcya-cara(la\nbhavani-bhartur yo �irasi vibhavaty adbhuta-gu(la\nSYNONYMS\nmahattvam-greatness; gahgaya/;1-of mother Ganges; sat ata m -always; idam­\n\nthis; abhati-shines; nitaram-without comparison; yat-because; e,sa-she; sri­\n\nVi,5f10b-of Lord Vi�Qu; corar a-f ee t; kamala-lotus flower; u tpa tti-g ene rati on;\n\nsubhaga-fortunate; dvitiya-second; sri-beautiful; /ak,smif:J-goddess of fortune;\niva-like; sura-naraif:J-by demigods and human beings; arcya-w orsh ipable ; cara(la­\n\nfeet; bhavani-of goddess Ourga; bhartu/;1-of the husband; yo-she; sirasi-on the\nhead ; vibhavati -flourishe s; adbhuta-wonderfu I; gu(la-qualities.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"The greatness of mother Ganges always brilliantly exists. She is the most for­\n\ntunate because she emanated from the lotus feet of Sri Vi�I')U, the Personality of\n\nGodhead. She is the second goddess of fortune, and therefore she is always wor­\n\nshiped both by demigods and by humanity. Endowed with all wonderful qualities,\nshe flourishes on the head of Lord Siva.\"\n\nTEXT 42\n\n'�- ��� �Q{ <f1{'� �fif � I\nMflll� �1$1 N� �·t.� '1[� II 8� II\n'ei 5/okera artha kara'-prabhu yodi boila\nvismita hana digvijayi prabhure puchila\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; slokera-of the verse;artha-explanation; kara-kindly do;prabhu-Lord\n\nCaitanya; yadi-when;\n\nbaila-said; vismita-struck\n\nwith\n\nwonder; haM-being;\n\ndig-vijayi-the champion; prabhure-unto the Lord ; puchi/a-inquired.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked him to explain the meaning of this verse,\n\nthe champion, very much astonished, inquired from Him as follows.\nTEXT 43\n\n•t�t� �tfit aft\" 9f�'f I\n� �..1 \"'�'[fit� �t� ��II 8� II\njhafijhaviita-priiyo iimi sloka par;lila\ntaro madhye sloka tumi kaiche ka(l,the kai/a\n\n", "adi3#p0247": "Text 44]\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n223\n\nSYNONYMS\njhanjhiiviita-the strong wind of a storm; priiya-like; iimi-l; sloka-verses;\npa�l/a-recited; tiira-of them; madhye-in the midst; s/oka-one verse; tumi-You;\nkaiche-how; kar.the-within the heart; kalla-have taken.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I recited all the verses like the blowing wind. How could You completely learn\nby heart even one among those verses?\"\nTEXT 44\n\n�� ��, �rn � 1_f1f-'��' 1\n�� on;�1 � '�� 6 'i!tl��' n as n\nprabhu kahe, devera vare tumi--'kavi-vara'\naiche devera vare keho haya 'Srutidhara'\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-the Lord; kahe-rep lied; devera-of a superior power; vare-by benediction; tumi-you; kavi-vara-the most elevated poet; aiche-similarly; devera-of the\nLord; vare-by the benediction; keho-someone; haya-becomes; srutidhara-one\nwho can immediately remember.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord replied: \"By the grace of the Lord someone may become a great poet,\nand similarly by His grace someone else may become a great srutidhara who can\nmemorize anything immediately.\"\nPURPORT\nIn this connection, srutidhara is a very important word. Sruti means \"hearing,\"\nand dhara means \"one who can capture.\" Formerly, before the beginning of Kaliyuga, almost everyone, especially among the intelligent men, the briihmaras, was a\nsrutidhara. As soon as a student heard any of the Vedic wisdom from his master,\n\nhe would remember it forever. There was no need to refer to books, and therefore\nthere were no written books in those days. The spiritual master delivered the Vedic\nhymns and their explanations to the student, who would then remember them forever, without consulting books.\nTo become a srutidhara, one who can remember simply by hearing, is a great\nachievement for a student. In Bhagavad-g7tii the Lord says:\nyad yad vibhDtimat s attvarh\nsrimad Drjitam eva va\n\n", "adi3#p0248": ",\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n224\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\ntat tad eviivagaccha tvam\nmama tejo 'm�a-sambhavam\n\n\"Know that all beautiful, glorious and mighty creations spring from but a spark of\nMy splendor.\" (Bg. 10.41)\nAs soon as we find anything extraordinary, we should understand that such an\n\nextraordinary manifestation is the special grace of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied to the champion, Kesava\nKasmiri, that just as he was greatly proud of being a favorite devotee of mother\nSarasvati, so someone else, like He Himself, being favored by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, could become a �rutidhara and thus memorize anything immediately simply by hearing it.\nTEXT 45\n\nc;=ttt�� ��'\"\" �� 'Pftbt �t� I\n\n� �-� c=ttt� � �'1-� us� u\n�/okera artha kaila vipra piiiyii santO$a\nprabhu kahe-kaha �lokera kibii gura-do$0\n\nSYNONYMS\n�lokera-of the\n\nverse; artha-ex planation; kai/a-made; vipra-the briihmara;\n\npiiiyii-obtaining; santo$a-satisfaction; prabhu-the Lord; kahe-said; kaha-kindly\nspeak; �lokera-of the verse; kibii-what are;gura-qualities; do$a-faults.\nTRANSLATION\nSatisfied by the statement of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the brahma�;�a [ Kesava\n\nKasmiri] explained the quoted verse. Then the Lord said: \"Now kindly explain the\nspecial qualities and faults in the verse.\"\nPURPORT\nNot only did Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu pick out this one among the one hundred\nverses and remember it although the briihma(la had recited them like the blowing\nwind, but He also analyzed its qualities and faults. Not only did He hear the verse,\nbut He immediately made a critical study of it.\nTEXT 46\n\n�� -.� <;JI� itt���� I\n�'t�t'l�tJ -.t, f..i �'li2N� II 8� II\nvipra kahe �Joke niihi do�era iibhiisa\nupamiilankiira gura, klchu anupriisa\n\n", "adi3#p0249": "Text 48]\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n225\n\nSYNONYMS\nvipra kahe-the briihmO(IO replied;sfoke-in that verse; nohi-there is not; do�era­\n\nof fault; iibhiisa-even a tinge; upomii-<IIonkiira-simile or metaphor; gu(la-quality;\nkichu-something ; onupriisa-allite ration\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmar;�a replied: \"There is not a tinge of fault in that verse. Rather, it has\nthe good qualities of similes and alliteration.\"\nPURPORT\nIn the last line of the verse quoted by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the letter bha is\nrepeated many times, as in the words bhoviini, bhortur, vibhovoti and odbhuta. Such\nrepetition is called onupriiso, or alliteration. The words lok�mTr iva and vi�!JOS COfOIJOkamalotpatti are instances of upamii-<IIarikora, for they exhibit metaphorical beauty.\n\nThe Ganges is water, and Lak�mi is the goddess of fortune. Since water and a person\nare not actually similar, the comparison is metaphorical.\nTEXT 47\n\n�<1St��'-��' �fiJ if! flt <;t� I\n� ��'tf ����._ttl<.;� II 8'1 II\nprabhu kahena,-kahi, yodi nii karaha ro�\nkaha tomiira ei 5/oke kibii ache do�\n\nSYNONYMS\nprobhu kohena-the Lord replied; kohl-let Me say;yadi-if; nii-do not; karaha­\n\nyou become; ro�a-angry; kaha-please tell Me; tomiira -you r; ei sloke-in this verse;\nk/bii-what;iiche-there is; do�-fault.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord said: \"My dear sir, I may say something to you if you will not become\nangry. Can you explain the faults in this verse?\n\nTEXT 48\n\n<1!1� ��J � '�1 �\"�� I\n'e1'111� �fl'� i!lftfil �� II 81r II\npratibhiiro kiivya tomiira devatii santo�e\nbhiila-mate viciirile jiini gu(la-do�e\n\n", "adi3#p0250": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n226\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSYNONYMS\n\npratibhiira-of\n\ning enuity ;\n\nkiivya-poetry;\n\ntomiira-you r;\n\ndevatii-the\n\nLord;\n\nsanto�e-satisfies; bhiila-mate-scrutinizingly; viciirile-on analy zing; jan/-1 know;\ngura-do�e- there are fa u lt s and qu al i ties al so.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is no doubt that your poetry is full of ingenuity, and certainly it has\nsatisfied the Supreme Lord. Yet if we scrutinizingly consider it we can find both\ngood qualities and fa ul ts.\"\nTEXT 49\n\n� t:e'tlf �' <;Jtt-. �11'� f� I\n\n..� �,-� �f.:tt'f ��II 8� II\ntate bhala karl' �loka karaha vlciira\nkavi kahe,-ye kahile sei veda-sara\nSYNONYMS\n\ntate-there fore; bhaa-ve ry carefully; kari'-doing it; �loka-the verse; karaha­\n\nl\n\ndo; vicara-judgment; kavi kahe-the poet sa id ; ye kahi/e-what You have said; setthat is; veda sara\n\n-\n\n-exactl y right.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Lord concluded: \"Now, therefore, let us carefully scrutinize this verse.\" The\npoet replied: \"Yes, the verse You have recited is p erfec tl y c orrect .\nTEXT 50\n\n�1'ftf.tl1 '-\"' � 9f1J ....�I\nt_f1f � .r� dlt •Mt'fl 'ftt a �· n\nvyakarartyii tumi niihi pa?a a/ankiira\ntum/ ki jiinibe e/ kavitvera siira\nSYNONYMS\n\nvyiikara(liyii-a student of gr amm ar; tumi-You are; niihi-do not; pa{la-study;\na!ankiira-poetic\n\nornaments; tumi-You; ki- what ; jiinibe-will\n\nkavitvera-of poeti c q ual ity; siira-revie w\n\nknow; ei-this;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are an ordinary student of grammar. What do You know about literary\nembellishments? You cannot review this poetry because You do not know anything about it.\"\n\n", "adi3#p0251": "Text 52]\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n227\n\nPURPORT\nKesava Kasmiri first wanted to bluff S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu by saying that\nsince He was not an advanced student in literary style, He could not review a verse\nfull of metaphors and literary ornaments. This argument has some basis in fact.\nUnless one is a medical man one cannot criticize a medical man, and unless one is a\nlawyer he cannot criticize a lawyer. Therefore Kesava Kasmlri first depreciated the\n,\nLord's position. Because Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was to the champion a student\nof grammar, how could He dare criticize a great poet like him? Lord Caitanya,\ntherefore, criticized the poet in a different way. He said that although He was certainly not advanced in a literary career, He had heard from others how to criticize\nsuch poetry, and as a �rutidhara, possessing a complete memory, He could understand the process for such a review.\nTEXT 51\n\n� �-� '2fkl �111'1 I\nfietlfttl.-1� � \"-111\" I t) I\nprabhu kahena--ataeva puchiye tomare\nvicariya gura-doja bujhaha amare\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahena-the Lord said; ataeva-therefore;puchiye-l am asking; tomare­\n\nyou; vicariya-completely reviewing; gura-qualities; do�a-faults; bujhiiha-teach ;\n\namare-Me.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTaking a humble position, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said: \"Because I am not of\nyour level, I have asked you to teach Me by explaining the faults and qualities in\nyour poetry.\nTEXT 52\n\n� � .....,,, .am I!!Aet 1\n� l!lt � Qtf-.. • '\"1�-·-� • t� •\nnahi pafli a/ankara, kariyachi �ravara\ntate ei �Joke dekhi bahu do�a-gura\nSYNONYMS\nnohipa(/i-1 do not study; a/ankara-the art of literary embellishment; kariyochi­\n\nhave done; �ravara-hearing ; tate-by that; ei �Joke-in this verse; dekhi-l see;\nbahu-many; do�a-faults; gura-qualities\n\n.\n\n", "adi3#p0252": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n228\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Certainly I have not studied the art of literary embellishments. But I have heard\nabout it from higher circles, and thus I can review this verse and find in it many faults\nand many good qualities.\"\nPURPORT\nThe statement kariyochi �ravara (\"I have heard it\") is very important in the sense\nthat hearing is more important than directly studying or perceiving. If one is expert\nin hearing and hears from the right source, his knowledge is immediately perfect.\nThis process is called �rauta-pantho, or the acquirement of knowledge by hearing\nfrom authorities. All Vedic knowledge is based on the principle that one must\napproach a bona fide spiritual master and hear from the authoritative statements of\nthe Vedas. It is not necessary for one to be a highly polished literary man to receive\nknowledge; to receive perfect knowledge from a perfect person, one must be expert\nin hearing. This is called the descending process of deductive knowledge, or avarohapantha.\nTEXT 53\n\n�R �,- � ��, �tl{, �-Ott� I\n\n� �,- �'�' -.1 �fft � • �-.e •\nkavi kahe,--kaha dekhi, kon gura-do�a\nprabhu kahena,--kahi, Suna, no kariha ro�a\nSYNONYMS\nkavi kahe-the poet said; kaha dekhi-you say 'I see'; kon-what; gura-qualities;\ndo�a-faults; prabhu kahena-the Lord replied; kahi-let Me say; �una-please hear;\nno-do not; kariha -become; ro,sa- angry.\nTRANSLATION\nThe poet said: \"All right, let me see what qualities and faults You have found.\"\nThe Lord replied: \"Let Me speak, and please hear Me without becoming angry.\nTEXT 54\n\n... ��-� ... ��'\n�'Wrtf��'�' ��. �8.\nponca do�a ei �Joke ponca a/ankara\nkrame ami kahi, �una, karaha vicara\nSYNONYMS\nponca-five; do,s-a-faults; el 1/oke-in this verse; ponca-five; a/ankara-literary\nembellishments; krame-one after another;\nkaraha-give; vicara-j udgment.\n\nami-l; kahi-say; �una- kindly hear;\n\n", "adi3#p0253": "Text\n\n55]\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n229\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear sir, in this verse there are five faults and five literary ornaments. I shall\n\nstate them one after another. Kindly hear Me and then give your judgment.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the verse beginning with mahattvam gahgoyo{l there are five literary ornaments\n\nand five examples of faulty composition. There are two examples of the fault called\n\navtmrHa-vidheyorhsa and one example each of the faults viruddha-mati, punar-ukti\nand bhagna-krama .\n\nVtmr�.ta means \"clean,\" and vidheyorhsa means \"predicate.\" It is a general rule\n\nof composition to establish a subject first and then give its predicate. For example,\n\naccording to Sanskrit grammar if one says, \"This man is learned,\" his composition\nis in order. But if one says, \"Learned is this man,\" the composition is not in order.\n\nSuch a flaw is called avimrHa-vldheyarh1a-do�a, or the fault of unclean composition.\n\nThe subject matter to be known of the verse is the glorification of the Ganges, and\n\ntherefore the word /dam (\"this\") or what is known should have been placed before\n\ninstead of after the glorification. The subject matter already known should be\nplaced before the unknown so that its meaning will not be misconstrued.\n\nThe second instance of avimr�ta-vidheyorhsa-do�a occurs in the words dvitiya­\n\nsrilak�mir iva. In this composition the word dvitTya ( \"stcond \") is vidheya, or unknown. Placing the unknown first to make the compound word dvitiya-srilak�mTr\n\nis another fault. The words dvitiya-srllak�mlr iva were intended to compare the\n\nGanges to the goddess of fortune, but because of this fault the meaning of the compound word was bewildering.\n\nThe third fault is that of viruddha-mati, or contradictory conception, in the\n\nwords bhavoni-bhartuh. The word bhavoni refers t o the wife of Bhava, Lord Siva.\n·\nBut since Bhavani is already known as the wife of Lord Siva, to add the word\n\nbharto, \"husband,\" thus forming a compound meaning \"the husband of the wife of\n\nLord Siva,\" is contradictory, for thus it appears as if the wife of Lord Siva had\n\nanother husband.\n\nThe fourth fault is punar-ukti, or redundancy, which occurs when the verb\n\nvibhavati (\"flourishes\"), which should have ended the composition, is further quali­\n\nfied by the unnecessary adjective adbhuta-guro (\"endowed with wonderful quali­\n\nties\"). The fifth fault is bhagna-krama, which means \"broken order.\" In the first,\nthird and fourth lines there is anuprosa, or alliteration, created by the sounds ta, ra\nand bha, but in the second line there is no such anuprosa, and therefore the order\nis broken.\n\nTEXT\n\n55\n\n'�-�-1'- tt Jtfdtl � I\n\n'n-ftilfs', \"e1fiJP{', ''tet�tY,-� � It�•\n\n'avtmrHa-vidheyorh1a'--dui .thoni cihna\n'viruddha-mati', 'bhagna-krama', 'punar-iitta',-do�a tina\n\n", "adi3#p0254": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n230\n\n[Adi-llla, Ch. 16\n\nSYNONYMS\navimr?.ta-vidheyorhsa-unclean composition; dui ,thoni-in two places; cihnasymptoms;\n\nviruddha-mati-a\n\ncontradictory\n\nconception;\n\nbhagna-krama-broken\n\norder; punar-iitta-redundancy {also called punar-ukti); do�a-faults; tina-three\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this verse the fault of avimrHa-vidheyamsa occurs twice, and the faults of\n\n,\n\nviruddha-mati bhagna-krama and punar-atta occur once each.\n\nTEXT 56\n\n''Sttrtf ll�lf'- CJltt<�i � '��i' I\n\n-'f� � '�t'f'- �� �� II <t� II\n'gangora mahattva'-sloke mula 'vidheya'\nidarh sabde 'anuvada '-poche avidheya\n\nSYNONYMS\ngangora mahattva-glorification of mother G anges; 5/oke-in the verse; mulachief; vidheya-unknown; /dam-this; sabde-by the word; anuvoda-the known;\npoche-at the end; avidheya-improper.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The glorification ofthe Ganges (mahattvam g angayal)] is the principal unknown\nsubject matter in this verse, and the known subject matter is indicated by the word\nidam, which has been placed after the unknown\n\n.\n\nTEXT 57\n\n'� �'It�'�� 'UFt<qfwt' I\n�tlltf'lt' all,.t .. '41Httat �� I � I\n'vidheya' oge kahi' poche kahile 'anuvoda'\nei logi' s/okera artha kariyoche badha\n\nSYNONYMS\nv/dheya-what is unknown; age-first; kahi'-after speaking; poche-at the end;\nkahile-if one speaks; anuvoda-known things; ei logi'-for this reason; slokeraof the verse; artha-meaning; kariyoche-has been made; bodha-objectionable.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because you have placed the known subj ect at the end and that which is unknown at the beginning, the composition is faulty, and the meaning of the words\nhas become doubtful.\n\n", "adi3#p0255": "Text 60]\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n231\n\nTEXT 58\n\n..��llf11�\"1'� 0{ fWfl�m� 1\n0{ �'Y'�� f'f�� �'- l!lf%�·R! I tv U\nonuviidom onuktvoivo no vidheyom udlroyet\nno hy o/obdhiispodorh kiflclt kutrocit protitl�fhoti\n\nSYNONYMS\nonuvadam-things already known; onuktva-without mentioning; el-'1:7-certainly;\nno-not; vidheyom-unknown subject matters; udlroyet-one should mention; nonot; hi-certainly; olabdha-iispadom-without\n\nhaving\n\nachieved a proper place;\n\nkiilc/t-something; kutracit-anywhere; protitl$(hoti-has a position.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Without first mentioning what is known, one should not introduce the unknown, for that which has no solid basis can never be established anywhere.\nTEXT 59\n\n'fWRl At;*'' W 'ffiln' fmJ I\n� csh'l �' �t(''Stt( 'lA • t� •\n'dvitiya srT-Iok�mi'-ihiin 'dvitiyotva' vidheyo\nSomiise gOUt}O haifa, SObdiirtha ge/o k�oya\n\nSYNONYMS\ndvitTyo-a second; srT-Iak�mi- the all-opulent goddess of fortune; !han-this word;\n\ndvitiyotva-the quality of being a second; vldheya-the unknown, which is to be\nexplained; samase-in the compound word; gau(lo-secondary; hailo-became;sobdoartha-the word's intended meaning;ge/o-became; k�ayo -lost\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the word dvitiya-srilak�mir [the second all-opulent goddess of fortune], the\nquality of being a second Lak�mi is the unknown. In making this compound word,\nthe meaning became secondary and the originally intended meaning was lost.\nTEXT 60\n\n'fW\\1' � f�,���l\n'11�1 �' --�fttl fiMt� • �· •\n\n", "adi3#p0256": ",\n\n232\n\n[Adi-lila,Ch.16\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n'dvitTya' sabda-vidheya, toho paflila samose\n'lak�mTra somata' artha karila vinose\n\nSYNONYMS\ndvitfya-secondary; sabda-the word;vidheya-the unknown; tiihii-that;paflilajoined; samose-in the compound word; lak�mTra-with Lak�mT; somata-equality;\nartha-meaning; karila-became; vnose-lost.\ni\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because the word dvitiya [second] is the unknown, in its combination in this\ncompound word the intended meaning of equality with Lak�ml is lost.\nTEXT 61\n\n�--�qt�llf'-�· Of�� I\n� �.. � �-, �� \"��. ��.\n'avimrHa·vidheyomsa'-ei do�era nama\nora eka do�a ache, suna siivadhona\n\nSYNONYMS\navimr�.ta-vidheyiimsa-avimr�.ta-vidheyiimsa; ei-this ; do�era-of the fault; nama­\n\nthe name; ora-another; eka-one; do�a-fault;ache-there is; suna\n\n-\n\nhear ; sovadhiina\n\n-carefully.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Not only is there the fault avimnta-vidheyani5a, but there is also another fault,\nwhich I shall point out to you. Kindly hear Me with great attention.\nTEXT 62\n\n'��'f/'� � 9f'tb1 � I\n'f<lflJtf!�e,' itl11 �� Jt�1 \"'� II �� II\n'bhavoni-bhartr'-sabda dile poiyo santo�a\n'viruddha-mati·krt' niima ei mohO do�a\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhavonT-bhartr-the husband of Bhavani;sabda-the word;dile-you have placed;\npaiyii-getting; santo� a-ve ry much satisfaction; viruddha-mati·krt-viruddha-mati·\nkrt (a statement of opposing elements); noma-named; ei-this; moho- great; do�­\n\nfault.\n\n", "adi3#p0257": "Text 65]\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n233\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Here is another great fault. You have arranged the word bhavani-bhartr to your\ngreat satisfaction, but this betrays the fault of contradiction.\nTEXT 63\n\n'e�� <IS� ll�rot�f �\" I\n-itt �1 �����f.{ II�� II\nbhaviini-�bde kahe mahadevera grhi(IT\ntiinra bhartii kahile dvitTya bhartii jiini\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhaviini-bhavii ni; sabde-by the word; kahe-is mentioned; mahiidevera-of Lord\n\nSiva; g(hi(IT-the wife; tiinra-her; bhartii-husband; kahile-if we say; dvitTyasecond; bhartii-husband ;jiini-we understand.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word bhavimi means 'the wife of Lord Siva.' But when we mention her\nhusband, one might conclude that she has another husband.\nTEXT 64\n\n'f-t�'fm 'e� �� �� � 1\n'�M��e,' � Jiftt1J �� � II�8 II\n'siva-patnTra bhartii' ihii sunite viruddha\n'viruddha-mati-krt' sabda siis tre nahe suddha\n\nSYNONYMS\nslva-patnTra-of the wife of Lord Siva; bhartii-husband; ihii-this; sunite-to hear;\nviruddha-contradiction; viruddha-mati-krt-that which creates a contradiction;\nwbda-such a word; siistre-in the scriptures; nahe-is not; suddha-pure.\nTRANSLATION\n\" I t is contradictory to hear that Lord Siva's wife has another husband. The use\nof such words in literature creates the fault called viruddha-mati-krt.\nTEXT 65\n\n'at'ft't-� �� �� m \"�' 1\n� �� Q ffi\\�1 Wfi{ II�� II\n'briihma(la-patnTra bhartiira haste deha diina'\nsabda sunitei haya dvitTya-bhartii jnana\n\n", "adi3#p0258": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n234\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmal}a-patnira-of the wife of a brahma!Ja; bhartara-of t he husband; hastein the hand; deha-give; dana-charity;5abda-these words;�unitei-hearing;hayathere is; dvitTya-bharta-another husband;jnana-knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If someone says, 'Place this charity in the hand of the husband of the wife of\nthe brahmat:�a,' when we hear these contradictory words we immediately understand that the brahmat:�a's wife has another h usband.\nTEXT 66\n\n�<e�f!' r�-rn �t<I'J-�\", ��: '�t-t�'� 1\n�._l:!�'t1'-<.fll ��� �'1 II�� II\n'vibhavoti' kriyayo vakyo -slingo, punof:l vHe$OIJO\n'odbhuta-gura'-ei punor-iitto dii$OI}O\nSYNONYMS\nvibhovoti-vlbhovoti (flourishes); krlyayo-by the verb; vcikya-sta tem ent;sangacomplete; punof:l-again; vl�e$0(10- an adjective; odbhuto-gurii-wonderful qual iti es ;\ne/-this; punar-iitta-repetition of the same word; dii�ora- fault.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The statement by the word vibhavati [flourishes] is complete. Qualifying it\nwith\n\nthe\n\nad jecti ve adb huta gul)a\n-\n\n[wonderful\n\nqualities ]\n\ncreates the\n\nfault of\n\nredundancy.\nTEXT 67\n\n� 9f'tt5f \"\"'l�� '\"f-t �ll9f1f I\n<.fl\"' 9fttlf iltfil, �� � 'te'\\1iii14' II �C\\ II\ntina piide onupriiso dekhi anupoma\n\neko piide niihi, ei do�o b hogno kroma'\n'\n\n-\n\nSYNONYMS\ntina piide-in three lines; onupriiso-allite ration; dekhi-1 see; anupoma-extraordinary; eko pade-in one line; ni1hi-the r e is not ( alli teration ) ; ei do_so- this fault;\n\nbhogna kroma-de via tion\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is extraordinary alliteration in three lines of the verse, but in one line\nthere is no such alliteration. This is the fault of deviation.\n\n", "adi3#p0259": "Text 70]\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n235\n\nTEXT 68\n\nwf9t dl• c�� �1t� ,.. �Q'A( 1\n\ndl. 9f�W{ 00� � titf-t1J II �'lr II\nyadyapi ei stoke ache ponca a/ankara\nei panca-dO$e 5/oka kai/a charakhara\n\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; ei stoke-in this verse; ache-there are;panca-five;a/ankara­\n\nliterary embellishments; ei panca-do�e-by the above-mentioned five f au lts; s/oka\n\n­\n\nthe verse; kaila-has been made; charakhara-spoi led\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although there are five literary ornaments decorating this verse, the entire verse\nhas been spoiled by these five most faulty presentations.\nTEXT 69\n\n'flit �'f'JttJ � dl� 'Itt� Q I\n\ntfl� �W. � �'1'JAf �i � II �� II\ndasa alankare yadi eka sloka haya\neka do�e saba a/ankara haya k?aya\n\nSYNONYMS\ndasa alankore-with ten instances of literary ornamentation; yadi-if; eka-one;\ns/oka-verse; haya-there i s; eka do�e-by one fauIt; saba-all; a/ankara-ornaments;\nhaya k?aya-become null and void.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If there are ten literary ornaments in a verse but even one faulty expression, the\nentire verse is nullified.\nTEXT 70\n\n� -.i\\� �� '-tft'i '-m 1\n\ndl��,���hll'\\011\nsundara 5arlra yaiche bhi1$a!Je bhD$ita\neka sveta-ku?.the yaiche karaye vigita\n\nSYNONYMS\nsundara-beautiful; sarlra-body; yaiche-as; bhii$a!Je-with ornaments; bhii?ita­\n\ndecorated; eka\n\n-\n\none; sveta-ku?.the-with a white spot of leprosy; yaiche-as; karaye\n\n-is made; v/glta-abominable.\n\n", "adi3#p0260": "236\n\n;\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"One's beautiful body may be decorated with jewels, but one spot of white\nleprosy makes the entire body abominable.\nPURPORT\nThe great sage Bharata Muni, an authority on poetic metaphor, has given his\nopinion in this connection as follows.\nTEXT 71\n\n11'ff0f�n�:�.. <rf�l � Clff� cof'��l( I\n\n�1_: ��nr1{R' f'mll�ctt<rOi ��ll u , � \"\n\nrasolankiiravat kavyain do�a-yuk ced vibhu�itam\nsyiid vapuf; sundaram api �vitreraikena durbhagam\nSYNONYMS\nrasa-with\n\nhumors; alankiiravat-with\n\nornaments\n\n(metaphors, similes, etc.);\n\nkovyam-poetry;do,sa-yuk-faulty;cet-if; vibhii�itam-very nicely decorated; syiitit becomes so; vapuf;-the body; sundaram-beautiful; api-even though; �vitreraby a white spot of leprosy; ekena-one; durbhagam-unfortunate.\nTRANSLATION\n'\"As one's body, although well-decorated with ornaments, is made unfortunate\nby even one spot of white leprosy, so an entire poem is made useless by a fault,\ndespite alliteration, similes and metaphors.'\nTEXT 72\n\n9f. \"'1'1\"*'lte11 <Itt���� I\ntl �l'1\"*'t11' � �-f-\"'1'1\"*'t1 1 �� II\nponca alanklirera ebe �unaha viclira\ndui �abdlilankara, tina artha-olankara\nSYNONYMS\nponca-five; a/anklirera-of the literary embellishments; ebe-now; !unaha-just\nhear; viciira-description; dui-two; �abda-o/ankiira-ornaments of sound or ornaments of words; tina-three; artha-olankiira-ornaments of meaning.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now hear the description of the five literary embellishments. There are two\nornaments of sound and three ornaments of meaning.\n\n", "adi3#p0261": "Text75)\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n237\n\nTEXT73\n\nllf�111·� f!i{9f'it'f �1t• ��i<2tl� I\n\n'�' llf� '��t'6'Pt' II \"� II\n�obdiilankara--tina-pade fiche anupriiso\n'Sri-lak�mi' �abde 'punor-uktavad-<Ibhiisa'\nSYNONYMS\n�abda-a/ankiira-ornamentation of sound; tina-piide- in three lines; ache-there is;\nanupriisa-alliteration; �ri-lak�mi-srT-Iak�mi; sabde-in the word; punar-ukto-vat-of\nrepet ition of the same word; iibhiisa-there is a tinge.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is a sound ornament of alliteration in three lines. And in the combination\nof words sri and lak�mi there is the ornament of a tinge of redundancy.\n\nTEXT 74\n\n�Rttl ,.. �'·-.ttJt' 9ft� I\n\n�Rttl Q � '�'·filf� I \"8 I\nprathama-carare ponca 'to'-kiirero piinti\ntrtiya-carore hayo ponca 'repha'-sthiti\nSYNONYMS\nprathamo-carare-in the first line; ponca-five; ta-kiirera-of the letter ta;piintivery n ice composition; t(tiya-cara(le-in the third li ne; haya-there is;panca-five;\n\nrepho-of the letter ra; sthlti-composition.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the arrangement of the first line the letter ta occurs five times, and the\narrangement of the third line repeats the letter ra five times.\n\nTEXT75\n\n�-Httl ft� '�'--.��1-f I\n��..R��I\"tl\ncoturtha-carare ciiri 'bha'-kiira-prokiiso\notaeva 5abdiilankiira anupriiso\n\n", "adi3#p0262": "238\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaturtha-carare-in the fourth line; ciiri-four; bha-kiira-of the letter bha; prakiisa\n-manifestations; atae1-t1-therefore; sabda-a/ankiira-ornamental\n\nuse of different\n\nsounds; anupriisa-alliteration.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the fourth line the letter bha occurs four times. This arrangement of alliteration is a pleasing ornamental use of sounds.\nTEXT 76\n\n''*'�, 'fl'lit'�- lfP# �· - I\n� �' iP: �,.,.. \"�.\n'sri-5obde, '/ak�mT'-sabde-- eka vastu ukta\npunar-ukta-priiya bhiise, nahe punar-ukta\nSYNONYMS\nsrT-sabde-by the word srT; lak�mT-sabde-by the word /ak�mT; eka vastu-one\nthing; ukta-is indicated; punar-ukta-priiya-almost repetition; bhiise-appears; nahe\n-but actually it is not; punar-ukta-repetition.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although the words sri and lak�mi convey the same meaning and are therefore\nalmost redundant, they are nevertheless not redundant.\nTEXT 77\n\n'� ..-r �.(�tff � I\n\"l\n.......�, -rlllf� \" \"\" •\n'sri-yukta lak�mT' arthe arthera vibheda\npunar-uktavad-iibhiisa, sabdiilankiira-bheda\nSYNONYMS\nsrT-yukta lak,smT-Lak�mi, possessed of opulence; arthe-in the sense;arthera-of\nthe meaning; vibheda-difference; punar-ukta-vad-iibhiisa-tinge of punar-ukta-vat;\nsabda-alankiira-ornamental use of words; bheda-different.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Describing Lak�mi as possessed of sri [opulence] offers a difference in meaning\n\nwith a tinge of repetition. This is the second ornamental use of words.\n\n", "adi3#p0263": "Text 80]\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n239\n\nTEXT 78\n\n'���it��' ��11-����t-t I\n�11 ��\"m ��, i$f-'�t�tJI' \"�\"\"\"\n'lak�mir iva' arthiilankiira\n\nupamii-prakiisa\n\n-\n\nlira arthiilankiira iiche, nama\n\n-\n\n'virodhiibhiisa'\n\nSYNONYMS\nlak�mir iva-like Lak�mi; artha-olankiira-ornamental use of the meaning; upamiianalogy; prakiisa-manifestation; ora-also; artha-olankiira-ornamental use of meaning; ache-there is; nama-which is named; virodha-iibhiisa\n\n-\n\npossibility of contra­\n\ndiction.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The use of lak$mir iva [like Lak�mi] manifests the ornament of meaning called\nupama [analogy]. There is also the further ornament of meaning called virodhaabhasa, or a contradictory indication.\nTEXT 79\n\n''51trW! ��� tft1a'- �4ffi( �� I\n''lfi1ft'f '5f'ft1 Q'-<tii'!J'. �t'f II'\\� II\n'gangiit e kamala janme'\n\nsabiira subodha\n\n'kamale gangiira janma'\n\natyanta virodha\n\n-\n\n-\n\nSYNONYMS\ngangiite-in the River Ganges; kamala-lotus flower; janme grows; sabiira-of\n-\n\neveryone; subodha-understandi ng; kamale-in the lotus flower; gangiira-of the\nGanges; janma-birth; atyanta-very much; virodha-contradiction.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Everyone knows that lotus flowers grow in the water of the Ganges. But to say\nthat the Ganges takes birth from a lotus flower seems extremely contradictory.\nTEXT 80\n\n'i.ti ��� Wf �9f�' I\n�� b1 �-51{e,�f'! \" \\rO II\n'ihiin vi�(lu-piida-padme gahgiira utpatti'\nvirodhalahkiira ihii mahii-camatkrti\n\n", "adi3#p0264": "240\n\n;\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nSYNONYMS\nihiin-in this connection; vi�ru-piida-padme-in the lotus feet of Lord Vi�pu;\ngangiira-of mother Ganges; utpatti-beginning; virod ha-contradiction; alankiiraliterary decoration; ihii-it; mahii-very great; camatkrt i wonder\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The existence of mother Ganges begins from the lotus feet of the Lord. Although\nthis statement that water comes from a lotus flower is a contradiction, in connection\nwith Lord Vi�{IU it is a great wonder.\nTEXT 81\n\n.....���� 'SttfB �llf I\n-� � ��, �'t'f-�� n \"'� •\niSvara-oclntya-�aktye gangiira prakii�a\nihiite virodha niihi, virodha-Obhiisa\n\nSYNONYMS\ni�vara-ocintya-�aktye-by the inconceivable potency of the Supreme Lord; gangiira\n\n-of the Ganges; praka�a-emanation; ihiite-in this; virodha niihi-there is no contradiction; virodha-iibhasa-appears to be a contradiction.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this birth of the Ganges, by the inconceivable potency of the Lord, there is\nno contradiction although it appears contradictory.\nPURPORT\nThe central point of all Vai�r;�ava philosophy is to accept the inconceivable\npotency of Lord Vi�QU. What sometimes appears contradictory from a material\nviewpoint is understandable in connection with the Supreme Personality of Godhead because He can perform contradictory activities by dint of His inconceivable\npotencies. Modern scientists are puzzled. They cannot even explain how such a\nlarge quantity of chemicals has formed the atmosphere. Scientists explain that water\nis a combination of hydrogen and oxygen, but when asked where such a large\nquantity of hydrogen and oxygen came from and how they combined to manufacture the great oceans and seas, they cannot answer because they are atheists who\nwill not accept that everything comes from life. Their thesis is that life comes from\nmatter.\nWhere do all these cliemicals come from? The answer is that they are produced\nby the inconceivable energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Living entities\nare part of the Supreme Godhead, and from their bodies come many chemicals.\n\n", "adi3#p0265": "Text 82]\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n241\n\nFor example, the lemon tree is a living entity that produces many lemons, and within\neach lemon is a great deal of citric acid. Therefore, if even an insignificant living\nentity who is but a part of the Supreme Lord can produce so much of a chemical,\nhow much potency there must be in the body of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\nScientists cannot perfectly explain where the chemicals of the world are manufactured, but one can explain this perfectly by accepting the inconceivable energy\nof the Supreme Lord. There is no reason for denying this argument. Since there\nare potencies in the living entities who are samples of the Personality of Godhead,\nhow much potency there must be in the Supreme Godhead Himself. As described\nin the Vedas, nityo nityiiniirh cetanas cetaniiniim: \"He is the chief eternal of all\neternals and the chief living entity among all living entities.\" (Ka.tha Upani�ad,\n2.2.13)\nUnfortunately, atheistic science will not accept that matter comes from life.\nScientists insist upon their most illogical and foolish theory that life comes from\nmatter, although this is quite impossible. They cannot prove in their laboratories\nthat matter can produce life, yet there are thousands and thousands of examples\nillustrating that matter comes from life. Therefore in Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\nKm1adasa Kaviraja Gosvaml says that as soon as one accepts the inconceivable\npotency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, no great philosopher or scientist\ncan put forward any thesis to contradict the Lord's power. This is expressed in the\nfollowing Sanskrit verse.\nTEXT 82\n\n..,4t�\\R �� •fffi9f � �ll\\4tllf1. I\n�fir ��jt\\!� �1���torf'1 W� I lr� I\nambujam ambuni jatain kvacid\napi na jatam ambujad ambu\nmura-bhidi tad-viparitain\npadambhojan mohO-nodi jato\nSYNONYMS\nombujam-lotus flower; ambDni-in the water; jiitam-is grown; kvacit-at any\ntime; op/-certainly; no-not;jatom-grown; ambujat-from a lotus flower; ombuwater; muro-bhidi-in the killer of Murasura (Kr�Qa);tat-vlparitam-just the opposite\nof that; pada-ombhojat-from the lotus flower of His feet; mohO-nodi-the great\nriver;jata-has grown.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Everyone knows that lotus flowers grow in the water but water never grows\nfrom a lotus. All such contradictions, however, are wonderfully possible in Kr�Qa.\nThe great River Ganges has grown from His lotus feet.\n\n", "adi3#p0266": "242\n\nSri Cai tanya-c aritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 83\n\n'5flrB �-'�\"Pot �� lSI� I\n\n�rttote.'t�- ��' ....11 • lr'-0 •\ngangara mahattva-sadhya, sadhana tohara\nvigw-piidotpatti- 'anumana' a/ankara\n\nSYNONYMS\ngangiira-of the Ganges; mahattva-opulences; sadhya-subject matter; siidhanameans; tahara-of that; vi�r;u-piida-utpatti-her origin from the lotus feet of the\nLord; anumiina-called anumiina (hypothesis ) ; a/ankara-an ornament.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The real glory of mother Ganges is that she has grown from the lotus feet of\nlord Vi�JJU. Such a hypothesis is another ornament called anumana.\n\nTEXT 84\n\n'PI �- 'Pt. �' � \"*\"'4'11 I\n\n-,... fi5tfm � � �tl • trs •\nsthU/a ei paiica doja, paiica a/ankara\nsiik�ma viciiriye yadi iichaye apara\n\nSYNONYMS\nsthiila-gross; ei-these; paiica-five; do,5a-fault s; paiica-five; a/ankara-literary\nornaments; siikjma-in detail; vicariye-we consider; yadi-if; achaye-there are;\napara-unlimited .\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have simply discussed the five gross faults and five literary embellishments of\nthis verse, but if we consider it in fine detail we will find unlimited faults.\n\nTEXT 85\n\nC!tfft� -.fq 4\\5111'1 Of� I\n..���'t��IWI\npratibhii, kavitva tomiira devatii-prasade\navicara kiivye ava�ya pafle do,5a-vadhe\n\n", "adi3#p0267": "Text 87)\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n243\n\nSYNONYMS\np rotibha-ingenuity;\n\nkovitvo-poetic\n\nimagination; tomiiro-your; devotii-of a\n\ndemigod; prosiide-by the grace; oviciiro-without good judgment; kavye-in the\n\npoetry; avo�yo-certainly;pop'e-there is; do,5o-fault; viidhe-o bs truction .\nTRANSLATION\n\"You have achieved poetic imagination and ingenuity by the grace of your worshipable demigod. But poetry not well reviewed is certainly subject to criticism.\nTEXT 86\n\n�ft'��U�I\n�\"� �ttl ...t'\"Kt -... 1 \"� n\nviciiri' kovitva koile haya sun irma/a\nsiilankiiro hai/e artha kare jholamala\n\nSYNONYMS\nviciiri'-with proper consideration; kavitva-poetic explanation; kaile-if done;\nhoya-it becomes; sunirmala-very pure;sa-o/ankiira-with metaphorical use of words;\nhaile-if it is; artho-meaning; kare-does;jholomalo-dazzle.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Poetic skill used with due consideration is very pure, and with metaphors and\nanalogies it is dazzling.\"\nTEXT 87\n\n�fem �� m-m �f� �� 1\n�� iO fe�:�tl �\"J' �m1 �f'i'! II \\r'l II\n�uniyii probhura vyiikhyii dlgvijoyi vismita\nmukhe nii ni/;lsare viikya, pratibhii stambhita\n\nSYNONYMS\n�unlyii-hearing; prabhura-of the Lord; vyiikhyii-explanation; dig-vijayi-the\n\nchampion; vismita-struck\n\nwith\n\nwonder; mukhe-in the mouth; nii - did not;\n\nni/;lsare-come out; viikya-words; pratibhii-ingenuity; stambhita-choked up.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing the explanation of lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the champion\npoet, struck with wonder, his cleverness stunned, could not say anything.\n\n", "adi3#p0268": "244\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 88\n\n�r.:� � f� iO ���I\n'!t� �mt\"' 1ft� �b1 ·1�JI II \\r\\r II\nkahite cahaye kichu, no aise uttara\n\ntabe vicaraye mane ha-iyo phonphara\n\nSYNONYMS\nkahite-to speak; cahaye-wants; kichu-something ; no-not; oise-comes; uttara­\n\nany reply; tabe-thereafter; vicoraye-con siders; mane-within the mind; ha-iyobecoming; phonphara-puzzled.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe wanted to say something, but no reply could come from his mouth. He then\nbegan to consider this puzzle within his mind.\n\nTEXT 89\n\n�...J1�����1\n\n�-� � �fbtt� �9(. \"'�.\npafluyo balaka kaila mora buddhi lopa\njoni-sarasvati more kariyochena kopa\n\nSYNONYMS\npap'uyo-student ; bolaka-a boy; kai/a-made; mora-my; buddhi-intelligence;\n\nlopa- lost; joni-1\n\ncan understand; sarasvati-mother S ar asva ti; more-with me;\n\nkariyochena- must have been; kopa-angry .\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"This mere boy has blocked my intelligence. I can therefore understand that\nmother Sarasvati has become angry with me.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gTtii it is clearly said that all intelligence comes from the S upreme\nPersonality of Godhead, who is situated in everyone's heart as Paramatma. The\nParamatma gave the pa(1p'ita the intelligence to understand that because he was\nproud of his learning and wanted to defeat even the Supreme Lord, by the will of\nthe Lord and through the agency of mother Sarasvafi he had been defeated. One\n\nshould not, therefore, be too proud of one's position. Even if one is a g r eatly\n\nlearned scholar, if he commits an offense to the lotus feet of the Lord he will not\n\n", "adi3#p0269": "Text 92)\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n245\n\nbe able to speak properly, in spite of his learning. In every respect, we are controlled. Our only duty, therefore, is to surrender always to the lotus feet of the\nLord and not be falsely proud. Mother Sarasvati created this situation to favor the\nchampion paf}r/lta so that he might surrender unto Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 90\n\n� � �' � lt'IWI � �f• I\n\n�� tr.' VI ._.� �1fll I�· I\nye vyiikhyii karila, se manujyera nahe sakti\nnimiini-mukhe rahi' bale apane sarasvatT\nSYNONYMS\n\nvyiikhyii-which explanation;karila-He has made; se-that;manu�yera-of any\ns t\nboy Nimai; ah/ ' -re aini ng; bale-speaks; iipane -pers o nall y; sarasvatT-mother\nye\n\nhuman being; nahe-t here is not; ak i-power ; nimafii-mukhe-in the mouth of t hi s\nr\n\nm\n\n.\n\nSarasvati.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The wonderful explanation the boy has given could not have been possible for\na human being. Therefore mother Sarasvatf must have spoken personally through\nHis mouth.\"\nTEXT 91\n\n��, ..�,-�,�-��\n� � �t1.' � �- Rm I�� I\neta bhiivi' kahe-suna, nimani paf]qita\ntava vyiikhyii suni' iimi ha-iliin vismita\nSYNONYMS\n\nt\nvyiikhyii explanatio ns; suni -hear ing; ami-1; ha-l/an­\n\neta bhiivi'-thinki ng like this; kahe- he pafJf/ita says; suna- he ar ; nimiini pa(l�ita-\n\n0 Nimai Pa oqita; ta va\n\nyou r ;\n\n-\n\nt\n\n-\n\n'\n\nhave become; vismita-s ruck with wonder.\nTRANSLATION\nThinking thus, the paQsfita said: \"My dear Nimai Par:uilita, please hear me. Hearing\nYour explanation, I am simply struck with wonder .\nTEXT 92\n\n•\n\n..,..tl � 't<f, � ilftat•Jt'S 1\n\n��JA--.f��·\n\n", "adi3#p0270": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n246\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\na/ankara niihi par;la, niihi siistriibhyiisa\nkemane e saba artha karile prakiisa\nSYNONYMS\n\nq\n\na/ankara-the literary use of words; niihi pa a-You never read; nahl-nor is there;\n\nsastra-abhyiisa-long practice in the discussion of the sastras; kemane by which\n-\n\nmethod; e saba-all these; artha-explanations; karile-You have made; prakiisamanifestation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am surprised. You are not a literary student and do not have long experience\n\nin studying the 5astras. How have You been able to explain all these critical points?\"\nTEXT 93\n\n���,�� ..r��ml\n��� � � � -.ft' -\"• ��.\nihti suni' mahiiprabhu at/ bar;fa rang\ntiinhiira hrdaya jan!' kahe kari' bhangi\nSYNONYMS\n\ni\ng n\nkari '-doing; bhangi-indication\n\nti\n\nihii sun -he aring this; mahiiprabhu-Caitanya Mahaprabhu; a -v e ry; bar;la'\n\nmuch; ran i-fu ny ; tiinhiira-his; hrdoya-heart; jiin/'-understanding; kohe-says;\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\ni g the pa �;��ita s heart, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nHearing this and understand n\n\nreplied in a humorous way.\n\n'\n\nTEXT 94\n\nllftWi � �-1t\"f � � I\n�\"\"\" (.1(����-. �8.\nsiistrera vlciira bhiila-monda niihl jiini\nsarasvati ye baliiya, sel bali vii(li\nSYNONYMS\n\ni\n\nsiistrera v/cara-d scussion of siistra; bhiila manda-good or bad; niihl jiini-do not\n-\n\ni\n\nknow; sarasvati-mother Sarasvati; ye ba/iiya-whatever she speaks; se -those; ba/i-\n\n1 say; Vii(li-words.\n\n", "adi3#p0271": "Text97 ]\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n247\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear sir, I do not know what is good composition and what is bad. But\nwhatever I have spoken must be understood to have been spoken by mother\nSarasvati.\"\nTEXT95\n\n�,f..' fiff� � � I\n� '\"'� � 'llt•t I ;.t I\nihii �uni' digvijayi karila ni�caya\n�l�u-dviire devi more kaila pariijaya\nSYNONYMS\nihii �uni'-hearing th is; dig-vijayi- the champion; kari/a-admitted; ni�cay a-de cision; sisu-dvore-through this boy; devi-mother Sarasvati; more-unto me; kaila­\n\nhas done; pariijaya -defeat .\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he heard this judgment from Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the par;1<;l ita\nsorrowfully wondered why mother Sarasvati wanted to defeat him through a small\nboy.\nTEXT96\n\n'Wttfir �� fi4t:qflt� -.ft' tr't� I\nf�� �\"\" '3fttt � �·llltif 1 ;.,� n\niiji tonre nivediba, kari' japa-dhyona\nsi�u-dviire kaila more eta apamiina\nSYNONYMS\nfiji-today; tiinre-unto her; nivediba-1 shall offer my prayers; kari'-perf orming;\n\njapa-chanting; dhy ona-med it ation ; s isu -dviir e-through a boy; kaila-has done;\n\nmor e-unt o me; eta-so much; apamiina- insul t.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall offer prayers and meditation to the goddess of learning,\" the champion\nconcluded, \"and ask her why she has insulted me so greatly through this boy.\"\nTEXT97\n\n� Jtt'lfit � � •t1l'l I\n\n�411ft( b 'fr. �tflrtf I ;.\" I\n\n", "adi3#p0272": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n248\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\nvostutofi sorosvoti osuddho sloko koriiilo\nviciiro-somoyo tiihro buddhl iicchiidilo\nSYNONYMS\nvostutofi-in\n\nfact; sorosvoti-mother Sarasvati; osuddho-impure; sloko-verse;\n\nkoriiilo-caused him to compose; viciiro-somoyo-at the time of reviewing; tiihro-his;\n\nbuddhl-intelligence; iicchiidilo-covered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarasvati had in fact induced the champion to compose his verse in an impure\n\nway. Furthermore, when it was discussed she covered his intelligence, and thus\n\nthe Lord's intelligence was triumphant.\n\nTEXT 98\n\n� tat.-sttt \"� �tPwelftf� 1\n\n�'� �fie' � ..�f � M �\"' I\ntobe sl!jyo-go!Jo sobo hiisite liigilo\ntii'-sobii ni!jedhl' probhu kovire kohi/o\nSYNONYMS\ntobe-at that time; si!jyo-go[Jo-the disciples; sobo-all; hiisite-to laugh; liigilo­\n\nbegan; tii'-sobii-all of them; ni!jedhi'-forbidding; probhu-the Lord; kovire-unto\nthe poet; kohi/o-a ddressed .\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the poetic champion was thus defeated, all the Lord's disciples sitting\n\nthere began to laugh loudly. But Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked them not to do\n\nso, and He addressed the poet as follows.\n\nTEXT 99\n\np � 9f�._, ll�t•f+f-tmfct I\n� � �fQtl � �Rtll I »I\ntum/ bopo po!Jplto, mohiikovi-siromo!JI\nyiihro mukhe biihiriiyo oiche kiivyo-Vii!J7\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-you; bo(lo po!J(Iito-greatl y learned scholar; mohii-kovi-of all great poets;\n\nsir omo[li-the topmost;yiihro-of whom; mukhe-in the mouth; bOhiriiyo-emanates;\n\noiche-such; kiivyo-vii[J -poetic language.\n\n", "adi3#p0273": "Text 102]\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n249\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are the most learned scholar and the topmost of all great poets, for otherwise how could such fine poetry come from your mouth?\n\nTEXT 100\n\n�� � � 'Sflr�� I\n��fi{� irt� C�� I )oe I\ntomiira kavitva yena gangii-ja/a-dhiira\ntomii-sama kavi kothii niihi dekhi iira\nSYNONYMS\ntomiira-you r; kavitva-poetic ingenuity ; yena-li ke; gangii-jala-dhiira-the flowing\nof the waters of the Ganges; tomo-sama-like you; kavi- poet ; kothO-anywhere;\nnohi-not; dekhi-1 see; ora-anyone else.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Your poetic skill is like the constant flow of the waters of the Ganges. I find no\none in the world who can compete with you.\nTEXT 101\n\n�fii, ot1R, � ..-tfil1ftJII I\n�1������1)•)1\nbhavabhDti, jayadeva, ora ktilidiisa\ntiin-sabtira kavltve iiche do�era prakiisa\nSYNONYMS\nbhavabhliti-of the name BhavabhUti;jayadeva-of the name jayadeva;ara-and;\nkiifidiisa-of the name Kalidasa; tiin-sabiira-of all of them; kavitve-in the poetic\npower; iiche-there is; do�era-of faults; prakii5a-manifestation\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Even in the poetic compositions of such great poets as Bhavabhuti, Jayadeva\nand Kalida.sa there are many examples of faults.\nTEXT 102\n\nOfll{ -�cJ-�$'tf-�t Q <fi�' 11� I\n-.f�--.J�cJ at�, ��1 � <!ft�� II )o� II\n\n", "adi3#p0274": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n250\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\ndoja-gura-vlciira-ei a/pa karl' man/\nkavitva-karare faktl, tiinhii se viikhiinl\nSYNONYMS\ndoja-gura-vlciiro-therefore to criticize one's poetry as good or bad; e/-this;\na/po-negligible; kari -making ; mani-1 consider; kavitva-poetic ingenuity; kara!Je'\n\nin performing; faktl-power; tiinha-that; se-we; viikhOnl-describe.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Such mistakes should be considered negligible. One should see only how such\n\npoets have displayed their poetic power.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Srimad-Bhiigavatam it is said:\ntad-viig-v/sargo janatiigha-vlplavo\n\nyosmin pratl-slokam abaddhavaty apl\n\nniimiiny anantasya yaso 'nkltiinl yat\nsrrvantlgiiyantlgrrantlsiidhavar\n\"In explaining the glories of the Lord, inexperienced men may compose poetry\nwith many faults, but because it contains glorification of the Lord, great personali­\n\nties read it, hear it and chant it.\" (Bhiig. 1.5.11) Despite its minute literary discrepan­\n\ncies, one must study poetry on the merit of its subject matter. According to Vai$(lava\n\nphilosophy, any literature that glorifies the Lord, whether properly written or not,\n\nis first class. There need be no other considerations. The poetic compositions of\n\nBhavabhuti, or �ri Kar)!ha, include Miilati-miidhava, Uttara-carita, Vira-carlta and\n\nmany other similar Sanskrit dramas. This great poet was born during the time of\n\nBhojaraja as the son of Nilakaotha, a brahmara. Kalidasa flourished during the time\n\nof Maharaja Vikramaditya, and he became the state poet. He composed some thirty\nor forty Sanskrit dramas, including Kumiira-sambhava, AbhiPiiina-sakuntala and\n\nMegha..<.fDta. His drama Raghu-varh!a is especially famous. We have already described\njayadeva in Chapter Thirteen of this Adi-lilii.\nTEXT 103\n\n��·sMifJ f•i iff flf;� �tift� I\n� � 1Jf$ ill�� '\\5tlfR II �o� II\n5aisava-ciipolya kichu nii lobe iimiira\nsl�yera samiina muiii nii han tomiira\n\n", "adi3#p0275": "Text 105]\n\nPastimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n251\n\nSYNONYMS\nsai5ava-childish; capo/yo-impudence; kichu-anything; no-do not; /abe-ple ase\ntake; amara-My; sl�yera-of disciples; samana-the equal; muni-1; no-not; hanam; tomara-your.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am not even fit to be your disciple. Therefore kindly do not take seriously\nwhatever childish impudence I have shown.\n\nTEXT 104\n\n<ertr. �lt1' ��' �tfil filfif� \"ft�tt I\n�� Q!� �� at1t'SI� �II !>08 II\naji vasa' yaha, k0/1 miliba abOra\nsunlba tomara mukhe sastrera vicara\n\nSYNONYMS\naji-to day; vasa'-resting place; yaha-go back; ka/i-tomorrow; miliba-we will\nmeet; abaro-again; suniba-1 shall hear; tomiira mukhe-from your mouth;Siistreraon the sastros; vlcaro-discussion.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please go back home, and tomorrow we may meet again so th at I may hear discourses on the ustras from your mouth.\"\n\nTEXT 105\n\n�-11t1! � �� ''$f\"lfll. �i{ I\n�R tro1 �� �fl�-��i1 II �o(t n\nei-mate nlja ghare ge/a dui jana\nkavi ratre kai/a sarasvatT-iiradhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mate-in this way; n/ja ghare-to their respective homes; gela-we nt back; dui\njana-both of them; ka vi-poet; ratre-at night; ka//a-performed; sarasvati-of\nmother S arasvati; aradhana-worship.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way both the poet and Caitanya Mahaprabhu went back to their homes,\nand at night the poet worshiped mother S arasv ati.\n\n", "adi3#p0276": "252\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 106\n\nlit�������\n�e. t1t m' � �. �0� •\nsarasvati svapne tiinre upade�a kaila\nsiik#t i�vara kari' prabhuke jiinila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarasvati-mother Sarasvati; svapne-i n a dream; tanre-unto him; upade5a-advice;\n\nkaila -gave; sak�at-directly; iSvara-the Supreme Person; kari'-accepting; prabhuke\n-the Lord;janila-he understood.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn a dream the goddess informed him of the Lord's position, and the poetic champion could understand that Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead Himself.\n\nTEXT 107\n\n� �' �t,9ft1f .... -fit! I\n���,tlrt�� • �·\"a\nprate asi' prabhu-pade la-ila �aroro\nprabhu krpa kaila, tiinra khorflila bandhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprate-in the morning; iisi'-coming back; prabhu-pade-at the lotus feet of the\n\nLord; /a-i/o-took; �aroro-shelter; prabhu-the Lord; krpa-mercy; kaila-showed;\n\ntanra-his; khorflila-cut off; bandhana-all bondage.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the next morning the poet came to Lord Caitanya and surrendered unto His\nlotus feet. The Lord bestowed His mercy upon him and cut off all his bondage to\nmaterial attachment.\n\nPURPORT\nThe same process advocated by Lord Sri Kr�r;�a in His teachings of Bhagavad-gita\n\nas it is-\"Surrender unto Me in all instances\"-was advocated by Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. The champion surrendered unto the Lord, and the Lord favored him.\nOne who is favored by the Lord is freed from material bondage, as stated in\nBhagavad-gita (tyaktva dehorn punar janma naiti miim etl so 'rjuna).\n\n", "adi3#p0277": "Text 109]\n\nPa.stimes of Childhood and Youth\n\n253\n\nTEXT 108\n\nwt� NArit ��I\n\n� \"ftbf �l!it:f Ret I �o\\J-' n\nbhiigyavanta digvijayi saphala-jivana\nvidyii-bale piii/a mahiiprabhura carara\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhiigya vanta-very fortunate; dig- vijayi-the poetic champion; sa-phala-success­\n\ni\n\nful; jivana-life; v dy ii-bale-by the strength of learning;pii//a-got; mahii-prabhuraof Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; caraQa -lotus feet.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe poetic champion was certainly most fortunate. His life was successful by\ndint of his vast learning and erudite scholarship, and thus he attained the shelter of\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nPURPORT\nSri Narottama dasa Thakura has sung that the best qualification for taking shelter\nof the lotus feet of Lord Caitanya is to be the most fallen because the Lord came\nspecifically to deliver the fallen souls. In this age there are very few scholars. Almost\neveryone is a fallen meat-eater, drunkard, woman-hunter or gambler. Such persons\nare never considered learned scholars, even if they pose as such. Because these socalled scholars superficially see that Caitanya Mahaprabhu associates with the\nfallen souls, they think that He is meant for a lower class of men but that they do\nnot need Him. Thus such scholars do not take to the Kr�Qa consciousness movement. To be puffed-up with false learning, therefore, is a disqualification for accepting the Kr�Qa consciousness movement. But here is a special example, for although\nthe poetic champion was a greatly learned scholar, the Lord also favored him because of his humble submission.\n\nTEXT 109\n�lR ihtf1 ��Iii' �I<IC-..t� I\n�\n\n� �'� -�1 � � n )o� I\n\ne-saba filii varriyiichena vrndiivana-diisa\nye klchu vl�e�a ihiih karila prakiiw\n\nSYNONYMS\n\n-has described; vrndiivana-diisa­\n\ne-saba-all these; filii-pastimes; varriyiiche na\n\nYrndavana dasa Thakura; ye kichu-whatever; vi�e�-specifics; ihiih-in this con­\n\nnection; karila-l have made;prakii�a-presentation.\n\n", "adi3#p0278": "254\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila,Ch.16\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Vrnaavana crasa Thakura has described all these incidents elaborately. I have\n\nonly presented the specific incidents he has not described.\n\nTEXT 110\n\n�'ltPftfdl� � ._,,... -.tf I\n�(t!n'fCU� �· �)• a\ncaitanya-gosiHUra /ila\n\n-\n\namrtera dhara\n\nsarvendriya t{pta haya �ravare yahiira\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-gosiiiil ra lilii-the pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; amrtera dhiira\n\n-drops of nectar; sarva-indriya-all senses; trpta-satisf ied ; haya-become; sravare­\n\nby hearing; yiihira-of them all.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe nectarean drops of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's pastimes can satisfy the\n\nsenses of everyone who hears them.\n\nTEXT 111\n\n·�·�t�-� �tf <elt-f I\n��ft�1�� <fit� \"wt� 11 ��� 11\nsrirDpa-raghuniitha-pade yara ii5a\ncaitanya-caritiimrta kahe kr�radiisa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-Srila Rupa GosvamT; raghunotha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami; pade ­\n\nat the lotus feet; yiira-whose; ii5a-expectation; caltanya-carltiimrta-the book\nnamed Caitanya-caritiimrta; ka he - descri bes; k�radiisa-Srila Kr��adasa Kaviraja\n\nGosvami.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring their\n\nmercy, I, Kr��adasa, narrate SriCaitanya-caritamrta, following in their footsteps.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Adi-lila,\nSixteenth Chapter, describing the pastimes of the Lord in His childhood and youth.\n\n", "adi3#p0279": "Chapter 17\n\nThe Pastimes\nof Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu in His Youth\nThis Seventeenth Chapter, as summarized by Srna Bhaktivinoda Thakura in his\n\nAmrto-provono-bha�yo, describes Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu 's pastimes from His\n.\nsixteenth year until the time He accepted the renounced order of life. Srlla\n\nVrndavana dasa Thakura has already vividly described these pastimes in the\n\nCoitonyo-bhiigovoto. Therefore Kr�t;�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami describes them only\n\nbrie�ly. Vivid descriptions of some portions of His pastimes are seen in this chapter,\n\nhowever, because Vrndavana dasa Thakura has not elaborately described them.\n\nIn this chapter we shall find descriptions of the mango distribution festival and\n\nLord Caitanya's discourses with Chand Kazi. Finally, the chapter shows that the\n\nsame son of mother Yasoda, Lord Kr�t;�a, tasted four transcendental mellows of\n\ndevotional service in His form of Sacinandana, the son of mother Saci. To understand Srimati Radharat;�i's ecstatic love for Him, Lord Sri Kr�t;�a assumed the form\n\nof Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The attitude of Srimati Radharat;�i is considered the\n\nsuperexcellent devotional mentality. As Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Kr�t;�a Himself\nassumed the position of Srimati Radharal)i to taste Her ecstatic situation. No one\n\nelse could do this.\n\nWhen Sri Kr�t;�a assumed the form of the four-armed Narayat;�a, the gopTs showed\n\ntheir respect, but they were not very much interested in Him. In the ecstatic love of\n\nthe gopTs, all worshipable forms but Kr�r;ta are rejected. Among all the gopTs,\n\nSrimatiRadharat;�i has the highest ecstatic love. When Kr�r;ta in His form of Narayar;ta\nsaw Radharat;�i, He could not keep His position as Narayar;ta, and again He assumed\n\nthe form of Kr�r;ta.\n\nThe King of Vrajabhumi is Nanda Maharaja, and the same person in Navadvipa\n\nis jagannatha Misra, the father of Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Similarly, mother Yasoda\n\nis the Queen of VrajabhOmi, and in the pastimes of Lord Caitanya she is Sacimata.\n\nTherefore the son of Saci is the son of Ya5oda. Sri Nityananda occupies an ecstatic\nposition of parental love in servitude and fraternal attraction. Sri Advaita Prabhu\n\nexhibits the ecstasy of both fraternity and servitude. All the Lord's other associates,\nsituated in their original love, engage in the service of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nThe same Absolute Truth who enjoys as Kr�r;ta, Syamasundara, who plays His\n\nflute and dances �ith the gopis, sometimes takes birth in a briihmo(lo family and\n\nplays the part of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, accepting the renounced order of life.\nIt appears contradictory that the same Kr�r;ta accepted the ecstasy of the go pis,\n\nand of course this is very difficult for an ordinary person to understand. But if\n\nwe accept the inconceivable energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, we can\n\nunderstand that everything is possible. There is no need of mundane arguments in\n\nthis\n\nconnection\n\nbecause mundane\n\nregard to inconceivable potency.\n\narguments\n255\n\nare meaningless arguments in\n\n", "adi3#p0280": "256\n\nt\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila,Ch.17\n\nIn the end of this Seventeenth Chapter Srila Kr�padasa Kaviraja Gosvami,\n\nfollowing in the footsteps of Srila Vyasadeva, has analyzed all the Adi-lilii pastimes\nseparately.\n\nTEXT 1\n�\"f �\"lf������ <:!� �6�9� �t,!2J��: I\n\n�\"'ilt! �ll\n..hl� �·itl11!2J.W<Ift: II � II\nvonde svoiriidbhutehorh tom\ncoitonyorh yot-prosiidotol;\nyovoniil; sumoniiyonte\nk[�(lo-niimo-projolpokii/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nvande-let me offer my obeisances; svaira-completely independent; adbhuto­\n\nand uncommon; iham-whose activities; tom-unto Him; coitonyom-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; yot-of whom; prosiidatal;-by the mercy; yavaniil;-even the unclean;\n\nsumaniiyante-are transformed into gentlemen; kr�ro-niimo-of the holy name of\nLord Kr?r;�a;projo/pakii/:1-taking to the chanting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLet me offer my respectful obeisances to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, by whose\n\nmercy even unclean yavanas become perfectly well-bred gentlemen by chanting the\n\nholy name of the Lord. Such is the power of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nPURPORT\n\nThere is a persistent misunderstanding between caste briihmaros and advanced\n\nVai�r;�avas or gosviimis because caste briihmoros, or smiirtas, are of the opinion that\n\none cannot become a briihmaro unless he changes his body. As we have discussed\n\nseveral times, it is to be understood that by the supremely powerful potency of the\n\nLord, as described by Kr�oadasa Kaviraja Gosvami, everything is possible. Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu is as fully independent as Kr�r;�a. Therefore no one can interfere with\nHis activities. If He wants, by His mercy He can convert even a yavono, an unclean\n\nfollower of non-Vedic principles, into a perfectly well-behaved gentleman. This is\n\nactually happening in our propagation of the Kr�oa consciousness movement. The\n\nmembers of the present Kr�oa consciousness movement were not born in India, nor\n\ndo they belong to the Vedic culture, but within the short time of four or five years\nthey have become such wonderful devotees, simply by chanting the Hare Kr�oa\n\nmantra, that even in India they are well received as perfectly well-behaved Vai�r;�avas\n\nwherever they go.\n\nAlthough less intelligent men cannot understand it, this is the special power of\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Actually, the body of a Kr�oa conscious person\n\n", "adi3#p0281": "Text 3]\n\nPastimes of the lord in His Youth\n\n2S7\n\nchanges in many ways. Even in the United States, when our devotees chant on the\nstreet, American ladies and gentlemen inquire from them whether they are actually\nAmericans because no one could expect Americans to become such nice devotees\nall of a sudden. Even Christian priests are greatly surprised that all these boys from\nJewish and Christian families have joined this Kr�r;�a consciousness movement;\nbefore joining, they never regarded any principles of religion seriously, but now\nthey have become sincere devotees of the Lord. Everywhere people express this\nastonishment, and we take great pride in the transcendental behavior of our\nstudents. Such wonders are possible, however, only by the mercy of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. They are not ordinary or mundane.\nTEXT 2\n\n'0\" !l�'!S ·� F..i!ltil\"f I\n\n�S 'fl <;��\"f II� II\njaya jaya Sri-caitanya jaya nityiinanda\njayiidvaitacandra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; srT-caitanya-to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;jaya-all glories;\nnltyanonda-to Lord Nityananda P rabhu; jaya advaita-candra-all glories to Advaita\nA.carya; jayo goura-bhakta-vrndo-all glories to the devotees of lord Caitanya.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityananda Prabhu!\nAll glories to Advaita Acarya! And all glories to the devotees of lord Caitanya!\nTEXT3\n\n�il�'ftl '\\Jl �\" 'St'lill\n�)�\"ft1f � �Rf �� II � II\nkaiSora-11/iira sutra korila garona\nyauvana-11/ora sutra kari anukramo\n\nSYNONYMS\nkaiSoro-11/ora-of the activities before His youth; surra-synopsis; karifa-l have\n\ndone; garona-an enumeration; yauvana-/Tiaro-of the pastimes of youth; surrasynopsis; kari-l enumerate; onukrama-in chronological order.\nTRANSLATION\nhave already given a synopsis of the kaisora-lila of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nNow let me enumerate His youthful pastimes in chronological order.\n\n", "adi3#p0282": "258\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT4\n\n�fi�-lltW1'l-if�J·\"'��: I\no21�f1fl$tt�lll5 '� � � n s 11\nvidya-soundoryo-sodve5a·\nsombhogo-nrtyo-kTrtonoi[l\npremo-namo-prodanois co\ngouro dTvyoti youvone\nSYNONYMS\nvidya-education; soundoryo-beauty; sot-veso-nice dress; sombhogo-enjoyment;\n\nnrtyo-dancing; kTrtono/{1-by chanting; premo-namo-the holy name of the Lord,\n\nwhich induces one to become a devotee ; prodanoi/:1-by distributing; co\ngouro/:1-Lord Sri Gaurasundara; dTvyoti-ill u minates; youvone-in His youth.\n\n-\n\nand;\n\nTRANSLATION\nExhibiting His scholarship, beauty and fine dress, Lord Caitanya danced, chanted\n\nand distributed the holy name of the Lord to awaken dormant love of Kr�l)a. Thus\nlord Sri Gaurasundara shone in His youthful pastimes.\nTEXT 5\n\n�-�t-t �ttrl �lr �'I I\nfiRJ �If, fiRJ �' �-�i{ II � II\nyouvono-provese ongero ongo vibhU�IJO\ndivyo vostro, d/vyo veso, malyo-condano\nSYNONYMS\nyouvono-provese-on the entrance of His youth; ongero-of the body; ango-1imbs;\n\nvibhiJ�IJo-ornaments; divyo-transcendental; vostro-garments; d/vyo-transcenden­\n\ntal; ve5a-dress; rna/yo-garland ; condono-(sm eared with) sandalwood pulp.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs He entered His youth, the lord decorated Himself with ornaments, dres.sed\n\nHimself in fine cloth, garlanded Himself with flowers and smeared Himself with\n\nsandalwood.\n\nTEXT6\n\n� �J -.ttl eo � 'f'fi1 1\n\"\"\"\" ���'��II � II\n\n", "adi3#p0283": "Text 7]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n259\n\nvidyiira auddhatye kiihon nii kare garana\nsakala parflita jini' kare adhyiipana\n\nSYNONYMS\nvidyiira auddhatye-because of pride in education; kiihon-anyone; nii-does not;\n\nkare-do; garana-care; sakala-all; parflita-learned scholars; jini'-conquering;\nkare-does ; adhyiipana-studies.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy dint of pride in His education, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, not caring for\n\nanyone else, defeated all kinds of learned scholars while executing His studies.\nTEXT 7\n\n�� �� '�� 'tJ<tSt-t I\n'e91tlf 'flfll1 � ��-. f�, n ct 11\nviiyu-vyiidhi-ccha/e kaila prema parakii5o\nbhakta-gara lana kaila vividha viliisa\n\nSYNONYMS\nviiyu-vyiidhi-disease caused by disturbance of the air in the body; chafe-on the\nplea of; kaila-made; prema-love of Godhead; parakii�a-manifestation; bhaktagara-the devotees; /ana-taking with Him; kaila-did; vividha-varieties of; vi/lisapastimes.\nTRANSLATION\nIn His youth, the Lord, on the plea of disturbances of the bodily airs, exhibited\nHis ecstatic love of Kr�r;�a. Accompanied by His confidential devotees, He enjoyed\nvarious pastimes in this way.\nPURPORT\nAccording to Ayur-vedic treatment, the entire physiological system is conducted\nby three elements, namely, viiyu, pitta and kapha ( air, bile and mucus ) . Secretions\n\nwithin the body transform into other secretions like blood, urine and stool, but if\nthere are disturbances in the metabolism, the secretions turn into kapha (mucus)\n\nby the influence of the air within the body. According to the Ayur-vedic system,\n\nwhen the secretion of bile and formation of mucus disturb the air circulating within\nthe body, fifty-nine varieties of disease may occur. One of such diseases is craziness.\nOn the plea of disturbance of the bodily air a�d metabolism, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu acted as if crazy. Thus in His school He began to explain the grammar\nof verbs through\n\nK�r;�a consciousness. Explaining everything in grammar in\n\nrelationship to KrHla, the Lord induced His students to refrain from worldly\neducation, for it is better to become Kr�f.la conscious and in this way attain the\n\n", "adi3#p0284": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n260\n\n[Adi-lila, c h. 17\n\nhighest perfectional platform of education. On these grounds, Sri )iva Gosvami\nlater compiled the grammar entitled Hori-niimiimrto-vyiikoro(lo. People in general\n\nconsider such explanations crazy. Therefore the Lord's purpose in His attitude of\n\ncraziness was to explain nothing within our experience but Kr�r:ta consciousness, for\neverything may be dovetailed with Kr�r:ta consciousness. These pastimes of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu have been very vividly described in the Coitonyo-bhiigovoto,\nAdi-khof}rjo, Chapter Twelve.\n\nTEXT 8\n\n� mllf1 �t. -srnttl:! $t� 1\n\nt'ft� � �- fil� II V' II\ntobeto korilii probhu goyiite gomono\nisvoro-puriro sohge tothiii milano\n\nSYNONYMS\ntobeto-thereafter; korilii-did; probhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; goyiite-to\n\nGaya; gomono-travel; isvoro-puriro sohge-with Tsvara Puri; tothiii-there ; milano­\n\nmeeting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter the Lord went to Gaya. There He met Srna Tsvara Puri.\n\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to Gaya to offer respectful oblations to His\nforefathers. This process is called pirrfo..<Jiino. In Vedic society, after the death of a\n\nrelative, especially one's father or mother, one must go to Gaya and there offer\n\noblations to the lotus feet of Lord Vi�r:tu. Therefore hundreds and thousands of\nmen gather in Gaya daily to offer such oblations, or sriiddho. Following this\nprinciple, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu also went there to offer pirrfo to His dead\nfather. Fortunately He met Tsvara Puri there.\n\nTEXT9\n\n�..1·'0tif'@� �' c;�t111t i!J�-t I\nc;wcf �'St\"ll� �: c;�� �'ft� II � II\ndlk�ii-onontore hoi/a, premero prokiiso\ndese iigomono punof:J premero vifiiso\n\nSYNONYMS\ndik,5ii-initiation; onontore-immediately after; haifa- became ; premero-of love\n\nof Godhead; prokiiso-exhibition; dese-in His home country; iigomono-coming\nback; punof:J-again; premero-of love of God; vi/lisa-enjoyment.\n\n", "adi3#p0285": "Text 10]\n\nPastimes of the lord in His Youth\n\n261\n\nTRANSlATION\nIn Gaya, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was initiated by lsvara Puri, and immediately\nafterwards He exhibited signs of love of Godhead. He again displayed such symptoms\nafter returning home.\nPURPORT\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to Gaya, accompanied by many of His\ndisciples, He became sick on the way. He had such a high fever that He asked His\nstudents to bring water that had washed the feet of briihma(laS, and when they\nbrought it the lord drank it and was cured. Therefore everyone should respect the\nposition of a briihma(la, as indicated by SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Neither the Lord\nnor His followers displayed any disrespect to briihmaros.\nThe followers of the Lord must be prepared to offer briihmoros all due respect.\nBut preachers of Lord Caitanya's cult object if someone presents himself as a\nbriihma(la without having the necessary qualifications. The followers of lord\nCaitanya cannot blindly accept that everyone born in a briihma(la family is a\nbriihma(la. Therefore one should not indiscriminately follow the Lord's example of\nshowing respect to briihmo(IOS by drinking water that has washed their feet.\nGradually the brlihma(la families have become degraded because of the contamination of Kali-yuga. Thus they misguide people by exploiting their sentiments.\nTEXT10\n\n�� '��' �� �-f1f� I\n�� '1� ��-�II �o II\n�acike prema-diina, tabe advaita-milana\nadvaita piiila vi�varupa-dara�ana\nSYNONYMS\n�acike-unto mother Sacidevi; prema-diina-giving love of Godhead; tabe-thereafter; advaita-with Advaita Acarya; milano-meeting; advalta-Advaita Acarya;\npiiilo-received; vi�va-rupa-of the universal form of the Lord; dara�ana-vision.\nTRANSlATION\nThereafter the lord delivered love of Kr,��;�a to His mother, Sacidevi, nullifying\nher offense at the feet of Advaita Acarya. Thus there was a meeting with Advaita\nAcarya, who later had a vision of the lord's universal form.\nPURPORT\nOne day SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu was sitting on the throne of Yi��;�u in the house\nof Srivasa Prabhu, and in a mood of His own, He said, \"My mother has offended\nthe lotus feet of Advaita Acarya. Unless she nullifies this offense at the lotus feet\nof a Yai��;�ava, it will not be possible for her to achieve love of Kr��Ja.\" Hearing this,\n\n", "adi3#p0286": "'\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n262\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nall the devotees went to bring Advaita Acarya there. While coming to see the Lord,\nAdvaita Acarya was glorifying the characteristics of mother SacTdevi, and thus upon\narriving He fell down on the ground in ecstasy. Then, under the instruction of\nLord Caitanya,\n\nSacidevi\n\ntook advantage of this situation to touch Advaita\n\nAcarya's lotus feet. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very much pleased by His\nmother's action, and He said, \"Now My mother's offense at the lotus feet of\nAdvaita Acarya has been rectified, and she may have love of Krsoa without\ndifficulty.\" By this example Lord Caitanya taught everyone that although one may\nbe very much advanced in Krsoa consciousness, if one offends the lotus feet of a\nVaisoava his advancement will not bear fruit. We should therefore be very much\nconscious not to offend a Vaisoava. Caltanya-carltamrto has described such an\noffense as follows:\nyadl vai�rava-<Jparadha u(he hatT mota\nupa{ie vii chir{ie, tiira sukhi' yiiya piitii\n\n(Cc. Madhya 19.156)\n\nAs a mad elephant may trample all the plants in a garden, so by committing one\noffense at the lotus feet of a Vai�oava one may spoil all the devotional service he\nhas accumulated in his life.\nAfter\n\nthis incident, one\n\nday Advaita Acarya Prabhu requested Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu to display the universal form He had very kindly shown Arjuna. Lord\nCaitanya agreed to th!s proposal, and Advaita Prabhu was fortunate enough to see\nthe universal form of the Lord.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n<!ft_J <eeN5� � <fif1'f !)� I\n���'�,���t-tn ����\nprabhura abhi�eka tabe karl/a srTvasa\nkhate vasi' prabhu kaila aisvarya prakiisa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of the Lord; abhi�eka-worship; tabe-after that; karila-did;sriviisaof the name Srivasa; kha(e-on the cot; vasi'-sitting; prabhu-Lord Srf Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; kailii-did; aisvarya-opulence; prakaSa-manifestation.\nTRANSLATION\nSrivasa Thakura then worshiped Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu by the process of\nabhi�ka. Sitting on a cot, the Lord exhibited transcendental opulence.\nPURPORT\nAbhl�eka is a special function for the installation of the Deity. In this ceremony\nthe Deity is bathed with milk and water and then worshiped and given a change of\n\n", "adi3#p0287": "Text 13]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n263\n\ndress. This obhf$eko function was especially observed at the house of Srivasa. All the\n\ndevotees, according to their means, worshiped the Lord with all kinds of paraphernalia, and the Lord gave benedictions to each devotee according to his desire.\nTEXT12\n\n�� f.I'!J1�<15filt9fl' �'Sfll� I\n\n� fltfiATI �if�,�� 11 �� n\ntobe nityiinondo-svorupero ogomona\n\nprobhuke miliyii polio ¥Jf!-bhujo-dorScmo\nSYNONYMS\ntobe-thereafter;\n\nnityononda-svorupera-of\n\nthe\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead\n\nNityananda; ogamono-appearance;probhuke-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; miliyo­\n\nmeeting; pdi/o-obtained; ¥Jt-bhujo-dor$ono-a vision of the six-armed Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this function at the house of Srivasa Thakura, Nityananda Prabhu appeared,\nand when He met with Lord Caitanya He got the opportunity to see Him in His sixarmed form.\nPURPORT\nThe form of ¥Jf!·bhujo, the six-armed Lord Gaurasundara, is a representation of\n\nthree incarnations. The form of Sri Ramacandra is symbolized by a bow and arrow,\nthe form of Lord Sri Kr�oa is symbolized by a stick and flute like those generally\n\nheld by a cowherd boy, and Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu is symbolized by a\nsonnyaso-dofJflo and komof}f/olu, or water pot.\n\nSrila Nityananda Prabhu was born in the village of Ekacakra in the district of\n\nBirbhum as the son of Padmavati and Hac.lcii Paoc;lita. In His childhood He played\n\nlike Balarama. When He was growing up, a sonnyosi came to the house of Hac;lai\n\nPai)Qita, begging to have the po!Jflito's son as his brohmocorT assistant. Hac;lai\nPar:u;fita immediately agreed and delivered his son to him, although the separation\n\nwas greatly shocking, so much so that Hal;lai lost his life after the separation.\n\nNityananda Prabhu traveled on many pilgrimages with the sonnyosi. It is said that\nfor many days He lived at Mathura with him, and at that time He heard about Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu 's pastimes in Navadvipa. Therefore He came down to Bengal\nto see the Lord. When Lord Nityananda came to Navadvipa, He was a guest at the\n\nhouse of Nandana Acarya. Understanding that Nityananda Prabhu had arrived,\n\nLord Caitanya sent His devotees to Him, and thus there was a meeting between Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and Nityananda Prabhu.\nTEXT13\n\n12f'ft11 �,,_- ti� Ql� t-u I\n\n�Jii'SAl't�--t (�'l_Q II �� II\n\n", "adi3#p0288": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n264\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch.17\n\nprathame $0{/-bhuja tiJt'lre dekhtiila T�vara\n�ankha-cakra-gadti-padma-Mrt'lga-ve(Ju-dhara\n\nSYNONYMS\nprathame-at first; �at-bhuja-six-armed; tiihre-unto Him; dekhiiila-showed;\nT�vara-the Lord; �ankha-conchshell; cakra-disc; gadti-club;padma-lotus flower;\nMrt'lga-bow; ve(Ju-flute; dhara-carrying.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu exhibited to Lord Nityananda Prabhu a sixarmed form bearing a conchshell, disc, club, lotus flower, bow and flute.\nTEXT14\n\n��� �1, �il �tr � I\n�- � ���t�, �ti -..-i� \" �8 \"\n\n�\n\ntabe catur-bhuja haifa, tina anga vakra\ndui haste vefJu btijtiya, duye �ankha-cakra\n\nSYNONYMS\nlobe-thereafter;\nbody; vakra\n\n-\n\ncatu{l-bhuja-four-armed; hailo became; tina-three; anga-\n\ncurved ; dui haste - in two hands; vefJu bdjtiya-blowing the flute;\n\nduye-in two (hands); 5ankha-cakra-conchshell and disc.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter the Lord showed Him His four-armed form, standing in a three-curved\nposture. With two hands He played upon a flute, and in the other two He carried\na conchshell and disc.\nTEXT15\n\n� � ���h� I\n·tl{·Q �� ��illlltil II �� II\n\n�� �'\n\ntabe to' dvi-bhuja kevo/a varMT-vodana\n�yiJma-ct'lga pTta-vostra vrajendra-nandana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; ta'-certainly; dvl-bhuja-two-handed; kevo/a-only; vam!T-flute;\nvadana-on\n\nthe\n\nmouth; �yiJma-bluish; anga-body; pTta-vastra-yellow dress;\n\nvrajendra-nandana-the son of Nanda Maharaja.\n\n", "adi3#p0289": "Pastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\nText 17]\n\n265\n\nTRANSLATION\nFinally the Lord showed Nityananda Prabhu His two-armed form of Kn�;�a, the\n\nson of Maharaja Nanda, simply playing on His flute, His bluish body dressed in yel·\nlow garments.\n\nPURPORT\nCoitonyo-mongo/o vividly elaborates upon this description.\nTEXT16\n\nfii�<.;'Stt�l$1 �-� I\nf�l!�t�-t �'I 'i� 'ft1f'1 II �� II\n\n�\n\ntabe nityanonda-gostiflira vyaso-piijano\nnityanondiivese koila mu$ala dhara!Jo\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; nityiinanda-of the name Nityananda; gosiiiiira-of the Lord;\n\nvyiisa-piijana-worshiping Vyasadeva or the spiritual master;nityiinanda-iivese-in the\n\necstasy of becoming Nityananda; kaila-did; mu�a/o dhiiratJo-carrying a plough-like\n\nweapon called a mu�ala.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNityananda Prabhu then arranged to offer Vyasa-puja, or worship of the spiritual\n\nmaster, to Lord Sri Gaurasundara. But Lord Caitanya carried the plough-like weapon\n\ncalled mu�ala in the ecstasy of being Nityananda Prabhu.\nPURPORT\n\nBy the order of SriCaita nya Mahaprabhu, Nityananda Prabhu arranged for Vyasa­\n\npuja of the Lord on the night of the full moon. He arranged for the Vyasa-puja, or\n\nguru-piija, through the agency of Vyasadeva. Since Vyasadeva is the original guru\n\n(spiritu al master) of all who follow the Vedic principles, worship of the spiritual\n\nmaster is called Vyasa-puja. Nityananda Prabhu arranged for the Vyasa-puja, and\n\nsonkTrtana was going on, but when He tried to put a garland on the shoulder of Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, He saw Himself in Lord Caitanya. There is no difference between the spiritual positi ons of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Nityananda Prabhu,\nor Krgta and Balarama. All of them are but different manifestations of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. During this special ceremony, all the devotees of Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu could un derstand that there is no difference between Lord\nCaitanya and Nityananda Prabhu.\n\nTEXT17\n\n-�� ,�r�\"' 11111'•- �- � ,\nl!t� f�'!t� � iW'$f·�·11't� II �'\\ II\nl!t�\n\n", "adi3#p0290": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n266\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch.17\n\ntabe SOCi dekhffa, riima-k[$QO\n\ndu/ bhii\n\n-\n\ntabe nistiirila prabhu jagiil-miidhiii\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; saci-mother Sacidevi; dekhila-saw;riima-k�(ta-Lord Kr�pa and\n\nLord Balarama; dui bhiii-two brothers; tabe-thereafter; nistiirila-del ivered; prabhu\n-the Lord;jagii -miidhiii-the two brothers jagai and Madhai.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter mother Sacidevi saw the brothers Knr;1a and Balarama in Their mani­\n\nfestation of Lord Caitanya and Nityananda. Then the Lord delivered the two\nbrothers jagai and Madhai.\n\nPURPORT\nOne night Sacidevi dreamt that the Deities in her house, Kr�oa and Balarama, had\n\ntaken the forms of Caitanya and Nityananda and were fighting one another, as\nchildren do, to eat the naivedya, or offering to the Deities. On the next day, by the\n\nwill of Lord Caitanya, Sacidevi invited Nityananda to take prasiida at her house.\n\nThus Vi�vambhara (Lord Caitanya) and Nityananda were eating together, and\n\nSacidevi realized that They were none other than Kr�oa and Balarama. Seeing this,\n\nshe fainted.\n\njagai and Madhai were two brot�ers born in Navadvipa in a respectable briihmaf}a\n\nfamily who later became addicted to all kinds of sinful activities. By the order of\n\nLord Caitanya, both Nityananda Prabhu and Haridasa Thakura used to preach the\ncult of Kr�l)a consciousness door to door. In the course of such preaching they\n\nfound jagai and Madhai, two maddened drunken brothers, who, upon seeing them,\n\nbegan to chase them. On the next day, Madhai struck Nityananda Prabhu on the\nhead with a piece of earthen pot, thus drawing blood. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nheard of this, He immediately came to the spot, ready to punish both brothers, but\n\nwhen the all-merciful Lord Gauranga saw jagai's repentant behavior, He immediately\n\nembraced him. By seeing the Supreme Personality of Godhead face to face and em­\n\nbracing Him, both the sinful brothers were at once cleansed. Thus they received\n\ninitiation into the chanting of the Hare Kr,�l)a mahii-mantra from the Lord and\nwere delivered.\n\nTEXT18\n\n�� �·� fflt1121t. ��t-t I\n�'111:!'11 �•1t'1 Off� f�� n �lr n\ntabe sapta-prahara chilo prabhu bhiiviivese\nyathii tathii bhakta-gaiJa dekhila vise�e\n\n", "adi3#p0291": "Pastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\nText 19)\n\n267\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; sapta-prahara-twenty-one hours; chi/a - remained; prabhu-the\n\nLord; bhiiva-Ovese-in ecstasy; yathii-anywhere; tathii- everywhere ; bhakta-ga(la­\n\nthe devotees; dekhi/a-saw; vise,5e-specifically.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this incident, the Lord remained in an ecstatic position for twenty-one\n\nhours, and all the devotees saw His specific pastimes.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Deity's room there must be a bed for the Deity behind the Deity's throne.\n\n(This system should immediately be introduced in all our centers. It does not matter\n\nwhether the bed is big or small; it should be of a size the Deity room can conveniently\n\naccommodate, but there must be at least a small bed.) One day in the house of\n\nSrivasa Thakura, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu sat down on the bed of Vi�l)u,\n\nand all the devotees worshiped Him with the Vedic mantras of the Puru,5a-silkta,\nbeginning\n\nwith\n\nsahasra-sir,5ii puru,5al; sahasriik,5al; sahasra-piit.\n\nThis veda-stuti\n\nshould also be introduced, if possible, for installations of Deities. While bathing\nthe Deity, all the priests and devotees must chant this Puru$a-sukta and offer\n\nthe appropriate paraphernalia for worshiping the Deity, such as flowers, fruits,\n\nincense, iiriitrika paraphernalia, naivedya, vastra and ornaments. All the devotees\nworshiped Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu in this way, and the Lord remained in ecsta­\n\nsy for seven praharas, or twenty-one hours. He took this opportunity to show the\n\ndevotees that He is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, K.r�r'a, who is the\nsource of all other incarnations, as confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii (aharh sarvasya\n\nprabhavo mattafl sarvaln pravartate). All the different forms of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, or vi�!Ju-tattva, emanate from the body of Lord K��l)a. Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu exposed all the private desires of the devotees, and thus all of\nthem became fully confident that Lord Caitanya is the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead.\n\nSome devotees call this exhibition of ecstasy by the Lord sata-prahariyii bhava, or\n\n\"the ecstasy of twenty-one hours,\" and others call it mahiibhava-prakasa or mahii­\n\nprakosa. There are other descriptions of this sata-prahariyo bhiiva in the Caitanya­\n\nbhOvagata, Chapter Nine, which mentions that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu blessed a\nmaidservant named Du�kh1 with the name Sukhi. He called for Sridhara, whose\n\nname was Khol�veca Sridhara, and showed him His maha-prakasa. Then He called\n\nfor Murari Gupta and showed him His feature as Lord Ramacandra. He offered His\n\nblessings to Haridasa Thakura, and at this time He also asked Advaita Prabhu to ex­\n\nplain Bhagavad-gito as it is (gitiira satya-pii{ha) and showed special favor to Mukunda.\nTEXT19\n\n�m:-151t� � �-�� I\n\\1� �'li m• <21'- i{tf�'l1 �ti{ n }� II\n\n", "adi3#p0292": "SriCaitanya-caritamrta\n\n268\n\n[Adi-lila,Ch. 17\n\nvaraha-iivesa haifa murari-bhavane\ntarira skandhe car/i' prabhu naci/a angane\nSYNONYMS\nvaraha-iivesa-the ecstasy of becoming Varahadeva;hai/a-became; murori-bhavane\n-in the house of Murari Gupta; tanra skandhe-on the shoulders of Murari Gupta;\n\ncap'i'-riding; prabhu-the Lord; nacilii-danced; angane-in the yard.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOne day SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu felt the ecstasy of the boar incarnation and got\n\nup on the shoulders of Murari Gupta. Thus they both danced in Murari Gupta's\n\ncourtyard.\n\nPURPORT\nOne day Caitanya Mahaprabhu began to cry out, \"Sukara! Sukara!\" Thus crying\nout for the boar incarnation of the Lord, He assumed His form as the boar incarnation and got up on the shoulders of Murari Gupta. He carried a small gap'u, a small\nwaterpot with a nozzle, and thus He symbolically picked up the earth from the\n\ndepths of the ocean, for this is the pastime of Lord Varaha.\nTEXT 20\n\ni!t� �Jil�'\" �� ft.._'l � I\n\n'.:tlif�' attt� � �.(f�tct 11 � II\no\n\ntabe sukliimbarera kai/a ta(lp'ula-bhak�a(la\n'harer nama' s/okera kai/a artha ViVOf0(/0\nSYNONYMS\ntube-thereafter; suklambarera-of Suklambara Brahmacari; kaila-did; ta(lp'u/a­\n\nraw rice; bhak�a(la-eating; harer nama slokera-of the verse celebrated as such;\n\nkalla-did; artha-of the meaning; vlvara(la-e xplanation.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter this incident the Lord ate raw rice given by Suklambara Brahmacari and ex­\n\nplained very elaborately the import of the \"harer nama\" sloka mentioned in the\nBrhan naradiya Purar:ta:\n-\n\nPURPORT\nSuklambara Brahmacari resided in Navadvipa on the bank of the Ganges. When\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was dancing in ecstasy, he approached the Lord with a\nbegging bag containing rice. The Lord was so pleased with His devotee that immediately He snatched the bag and began to eat the raw rice. No one forbade Him,\nand thus He finished the entire supply of rice.\n\n", "adi3#p0293": "Text 23)\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n269\n\nTEXT 21\n�r:s1�ill �r;�.,l'll �r;�-:lTt'll� C<fi\"'O'Il( I\n\n-.c�l o:{lC�J<t �t{.1gJ� 0\\IC�J<t '>f��;;J�l I � � II\nharer niima harer niima harer niimaiva kevalam\nkalau niisty eva niisty eva niisty eva gatir anyatha\nSYNONYMS\n\nhoreb nama-the holy name of the Lord; hare/;1 niima-the holy name of the Lord;\nhare/;1 nama-the holy name of the Lord; eva-certainly; kevalam-only; kalau-in\nthe age of Kali; na astl-the re is none; eva-certainly; na asti-the re is none;\n\neva-certa inly; na asti-there is none; eva-certainly;gati/;1-destination; anyathiiotherwise.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this age of Kali there is no other means, no other means, no other means for\nself-realization than chanting the holy name, chanting the holy name, chanting the\nholy name of Lord Hari.\"\n\nTEXT 22\n� ..tt\" i(1Qt'Pf �··'el<!I�J I\ni111l �ttl Q ���'$(�-��II�� II\nka/1-kii/e niima-rupe k(�(la-<Jvatiira\nniima halte haya sarva-jagat-nistiira\nSYNONYMS\nkali-kii/e-in this age of Kali; niima-rupe-in the form of the holy name;k{�(laLord Kr$Qa; avatiira-inca rnation; niima-holy name; ha i te-from; haya-becomes;\nsarva-all;jagat-of the world; nistara-deliverance .\nTRANSLATION\nIn this age of Kali, the holy name of the Lord, the Hare Kr�l)a maha-mantra, is\nthe incarnation of Lord Kr�J;�a. Simply by chanting the holy name, one associates\nwith the Lord directly. Anyone who does this is certainly delivered.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�t(J 'ltf1t' '��eft'lf'·t� f?!� I\nq ,'ft.. ��� �: '��··\"1J II �� II\n\n", "adi3#p0294": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n270\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\ndiir(lhya liigi' 'harer niima�ukti tina-viira\nja(la loka bujhiiite puna/:1 'eva'-kiira\nSYNONYMS\ndiir(lhya lagi -in the matter of emphasizing; harer nama-of the holy name of\n'\n\nLord Hari; ukti-there is utterance; tina-viira-three times;ja(la /oka-ordinary common people; bujhiiite-just to make them understand; puna/:1-again; eva-kara-the\nword eva, or \"certainly.\"\nTRANSLATION\nThis verse repeats the word eva [certainly] three times for emphasis, and it also\nthree times repeats harer nama [the holy name of the Lord] just to make common\npeople understand.\nPURPORT\nTo emphasize something to an ordinary person, one may repeat it three times,\njust as one might say, \"You must do this! You must do this! You must do this!\"\nThus the Brhan-niiradiya Purii(la repeatedly emphasizes the chanting of the holy\nname so that people may take it seriously and thus free themselves from the clutches\nof mayO. It is our practical experience in the Kr�Qa consciousness movement all over\nthe world that many millions of people are factually coming to the spiritual stage\nof life simply by chanting the Hare Kr$Qa mahii-mantra regularly, according to the\nprescribed principles. Therefore our request to all our students is that they daily\nchant at least sixteen rounds of this harer nama mahii-mantra offenselessly, following the regulative principles. Thus their success will be assured without a doubt.\nTEXT 24\n\n'��· -t� t1_qf9f �--.1'1 I\n\n��'5t-�'Pf -.\"i--rfif f�tl'l 11 �s n\n'kevala'-�abde punarapi ni�caya-kara(la\njnana-yoga-tapa-karma-iidi nivtira(la\nSYNONYMS\n'kevala'-sabde-by the word kevala, or \"only\"; punarapi -again ; niscaya-kara(lafinal decision; ji7iina-cultivation of knowledge; yoga-practice of the mystic yoga\nsystem;\n\ntapa-austerity; karma-fruitive\n\nactivities; iidi-and\n\nso\n\non; nivara(la­\n\nprohibition.\nTRANSLATION\nThe use of the word kevala [only] prohibits all other processes, such as cultivation of knowledge, practice of mystic yoga, and performance of austerities and\nfruitive activities.\n\n", "adi3#p0295": "Text 26)\n\nPastimes of the Lo rd in His Youth\n\n271\n\nPURPORT\nOur Kr��;�a consciousness movement stresses the chanting of the Hare Kr��;�a\nmantra only, whereas those who do not know the secret of success for this age of\n\nKali unnecessarily indulge in the cultivation of knowledge, the practice of mystic\nyoga or the performance of fruitive activities or useless austerities. They are simply\n\nwasting their time and misleading their followers. When we point this out very\nplainly to an audience, members of opposing groups become angry at us. But according to the injunctions of the siistras, we cannot make compromises with these socalledjniinis, yogis, karmTs and tapasvTs. When they say they are as good as we are, we\nmust say that only we are good and that they are not good. This is not our\nobstinacy; it is the injunction of the siistras. We must not deviate from the injunctions of the siistras. This is confirmed in the next verse of Caitanya-carltiimrta.\nTEXT 25\n\n�.rl � �' �11' �� f.mt I\n\niftfil, ift�, �- (fl � '��'-�11' n �<t 11\nanyathii ye miine, tiira niihika nistiira\nniihl, niihi, niihi\n\n--\n\ne tina 'eva'-kiira\n\nSYNONYMS\nanyathii-otherwise; ye-anyone who; mane-accepts; tiira-of him; niihika-there\n\n- there is nothing else, nothing else, noth­\n\nis no; nlstiira-deliverance; niihi niihl nii hi\n\ning else; e-in this; tina-three; eva kiira-bearing the meaning of emphasis.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis verse clearly states that anyone who a cc epts any other path cannot be de­\n\nlivered. This is the reason for the triple repetition \"nothing else, nothing else, nothing else,\" which emphasizes the real process of self rea lization\n-\n\nTEXT\n\n.\n\n26\n\n'f'l � �� �c$1 �t � ift1f I\n�� f.lt����' �· � 1fti{ II�� II\nt{(la haite nica hanii sadii /abe niima\niipani nirabhimiinT, anye dibe mona\nSYNONYMS\n\nt{(la-grass; halte-than; nTca-lower; hanii-becoming; soda-always; /abe-chant;\nnama-the holy name; iipani-personally; nlrabhimani-without honor; anye-unto\nothers; dibe-you should give; miina-all respect.\n\n", "adi3#p0296": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n272\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo chant the holy name always, one should be humbler than the grass in the\nstreet and devoid of all desire for personal honor, but one should offer others all\nrespectful obeisances.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n��1;!1 �·� -..o 1\n�t.\"\"llil·l;!1� -..� � i11 �� II �� II\n�\n\ntaru-sama sahi�(lutii vai�rava karibe\nbhartsana-tii{lane kiike kichu nii balibe\n\nSYNONYMS\ntaru-sama-like a tree; sahi$\n(1Uta- f orbear ance; vai$(1ava-devotee; karibe-should\npractice; bhar tsana-rebuking; ta{lane-chastising; kake-unto anyone; kichu-something; na- not ; balibe-will utter .\n\nTRANSLATION\nA devotee engaged in chanting the holy name of the lord should practice forbearance like that of a tree. Even if rebuked or chastised, he should not say anything\nto others to retaliate.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n..-tff� Q � Rsi i11 � I\n���111t1f, l!'i_� i111t� II �\\r II\nkafileha taru yena kichu nii bolaya\nsukiiiya mare, tabu jala no miigaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nkiifi/eha-even being cut; taru-the tree; yena-as; kichu-something; nii-not;\nbolaya-says; sukaiyii-drying up; mare-dies; tabu-still; jala-water; nii-does not;\nmiigaya-ask for.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor even if one cuts a tree, it never protests, nor even if it is drying up and dying\ndoes it ask anyone for water.\n\nPURPORT\nThis practice of forbearance (tr(liid api sunicena) is very difficult, but when one\n\nactually engages in chanting the Hare Kr$r:ta mantra, the quality of forbearance auto·\nmatically d ev elops. A person advanced in spiritual consc i o usness th rough th e chant-\n\n", "adi3#p0297": "Text 31]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n273\n\ning of the Hare Kr�t;ta mantra need not practice to develop it separately, for a devo.\ntee develops all good qualities simply by chanting the Hare Kr�t;ta mantra regularly.\nTEXT 29\n\n<Jl�\\! �� �1t1f �� if11ftf� I\n��\\!��' �lift �-�i'f �� II �� II\nei-mata vai�rava kOre kichu nii miigiba\naylJcita-vrtti, kimvii siika-pha/a khiiiba\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; vai�rava-a devotee; kiire-from anyone; kichu-anything;\nnii- not; miigiba-shall ask for ; ayiicita-vrtti-the profession of not asking for anything; kimvii-or; siika-vegetables; phala- fruits; khiiiba-shall eat.\nTRANSLATION\nThus a Vai�r;�ava should not ask anything from anyone else.l f someone gives him\nsomething without being asked, he should accept it, but if nothing comes, a Vai�r;�ava\nshould be satisfied to eat whatever vegetables and fruits are easily available.\nTEXT 30\n\n'1�1 itt1f lll�<f, �-.1�t\\! 'lt� I\n\n�� �1\" � 'e��-(;� II �o II\nsadii niima la-iba, yathii-liibhete santo�a\neita iiciira kare bhakti-dharma-po�a\nSYNONYMS\nsadii-always; niima-the holy name; la-iba-one should chant; yathii-inasmuch\nas; liibhete-gains; santo$a-satisfaction; efta-this; iicara-behavior; kare-does;\nbhakti-dharma-of devotional service; po$a-main tenance.\nTRANSLATION\nOne should strictly follow the principle of always chanting the holy name, and\none should be satisfied with whatever he gets easily. Such devotional behavior\nsolidly maintains one's devotional service.\nTEXT 31\n\n�'ttlfM ��m \\!ltiltRr� 'ff�or1 1\n�t�Of11ft't?:if'l -.,'1�;ft�: \"'fWI ��: 11 �� n\n\n", "adi3#p0298": "274\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\ntr(lad opi sunTceno toror iva sohi$f}Unii\nomanina manodeno kTrtoniyofi soda horifl\n\nSYNONYMS\nt{(lat opi -than downtrodden grass; suniceno-being lower; toro{l-than a tree;\n\niva-like; sohi�(luna-with tolerance; omanina-without being puffed up by false\n\npride; manodeno-giving respect to all; kirtaniyafl-to be chanted; soda-always;\nharifl-the holy name of the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"One who thinks himself lower than the grass, who is more tolerant than a tree,\n\nand who does not expect personal honor yet is always prepared to give all respect\n\nto others, can very easily always chant the holy name of the Lord.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThe grass is specifically mentioned in this verse because everyone tramples upon\nit yet the grass never protests. This example indicates that a spiritual master or\nleader should not be proud of his position; being always humbler than an ordinary\n\ncommon man, he should go on preaching the cult of Caitanya Mahaprabhu by\nchanting the Hare Kr�r:ta mantra.\nTEXT 32\n\n'tlll\"'�ttl-.fil' �' ��, �(� I\nitl11� ,Y1N' � �� �- �-. n �\"\nurdhva-bahu kori' kahori, suna, sorva-loko\nnama-sutre ganthi' para kaf}{he ei sloka\n\nSYNONYMS\nurdhvo-biJhu-raising my hands; kari'-doing so; kahon-1 declare; suno-please\n\nhear;sarva-loka-all persons; nama-of the holy name;sutre-on the thread;gonthi'stringing;pora-get it; kaf}(he-on the neck; ei-this; sloka-verse.\nTRANSLATION\nRaising my hands, I declare, \"Everyone please hear me! String this verse on the\n\nthread of the holy name and wear it on your neck for continuous remembrance.\"\nPURPORT\n\nWhen chanting the Hare Kr�r:ta moho-mantra, in the beginning one may commit\n\nmany offenses, which are called namabhiiso and nama-aporadho. In this stage there\n\nis no possibility of achieving perfect iove of Kr��a by chanting the Hare Kr��a mohO-\n\n", "adi3#p0299": "Text 34]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n275\n\nmantra. Therefore one must chant the Hare Kr��a mahti-mantra according to the\n\nprinciples of the above verse, t{(liid api sunicena taror iva sahi?!Juna. One should\nnote in this connection that chanting involves the activities of the upper and lower\nlips as well as the tongue. All three must be engaged in chanting the Hare Km1a\nmahti-mantra. The words \"Hare Kr��a\" should be very distinctly pronounced and\nheard. Sometimes one mechanical ly produces a hissing sound instead of chanting\nwith the proper pronunciation with the help of the lips and tongue. Chanting is very\n\nsimple, but one must practice it seriously. Therefore the author of Caitanyacarittimrta, Kr��adasa Kaviraja Gosvami, advises everyone to keep this verse always\nstrung about his neck.\nTEXT 33\n\n�-�tat� �� �- � �lj I\n�� 9f�t� � -�R'I II�� II\nprabhu-Ojiitiya kara ei sloka ticara!Ja\navasya ptiibe tabe sri-kr?ra-carara\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-of the Lord; iijiitiya-on the order; kara-do; ei sloka-of this verse;\nOCOfO(Io-practice; avasya-certainly; pfiibe-he will get; lobe-afterwards; Sri-k(?(IOcara(la-the lotus feet of Lord Kr�IJa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne must strictly follow the principles given by Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu in\nthis verse. If one simply follows in the footsteps of Lord Caitanya and the Gosvamis,\n\nce rtainly he will achieve the ultimate goal of life, the lotus feet of Sri KnrJa.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n� �-�t'Rf��l\nJ'ttil �t.�it �.\" �• �\"' n -es u\ntabe prabhu srivtisera grhe nirantara\nrtitre sahkirtana kai/a eka sariwatsara\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;prabhu-the Lord' SrTCaitanya Mahaprabhu; srivasera-of Srivasa\nThakura; grhe-in the home; nirantara-always; rtitre-at night; sahk irt ana-congregational chanting of the Hare Kr��a moho-mantra; kai/a- perform ed; eka sariwatsara­\n\none full year.\n\n", "adi3#p0300": ",\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n276\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu regularly led congregational chanting of the Hare Kr�r;�a\nmaha-mantra in the house of Srivasa\n\nThakura every night for one full year.\nTEXT 35\n\n•\"11� f'fli �� �� 'll1f WITt� I\n� �1Pftl! ���' il1 'f'Rl <!lt�Oif II '!lt II\nkapo.ta diyo kirtana kare parama ovese\npa�a(l(li hosite oise, no poya pravese\nSYNONYMS\nkapa.ta-door; diyo-closing; kirtana-chanting; kare-performed; parama-very\nhigh; ovese-in an ecstatic condition; po,5a(1(/i-nonbelievers hosite -to laugh o se\n\n;\n\n;\n\ni\n\n­\n\ncome; no-does not; poya-get; pra vese-entrance\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis ecstatic chanting was performed with the doors closed so that nonbelievers\nwho came to make fun could not g;ain entrance.\nPURPORT\nChanting of the Hare Kr�pa maho-mantra is open to everyone, but sometimes\nnonbelievers come to disturb the ceremony of chanting. It is indicated herein that\nunder such circumstances the temple doors should be closed. Only bona fide chanters should be admitted; others should not. But when there is large-scale congregational chanting of the Hare Kr�IJa maho-mantra, we keep our temples for everyone\nto join, and by the grace of Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu this policy has given good\n\nresults.\nTEXT 36\n\n� ��' ��� �ffl lllfil' ��' 1ftll\nI)��� t:-t rift� iftift lJ_r. � II '!l� II\nkirtana suni' bOhire taro jvali pu(li' mare\n'\n\nsriviisere du/;lkha dite nonii yukti kare\nSYNONYMS\n\nkirtana suni -after hearing the chanting;\nhire -outside; tiirii-the nonbelievers;\njvali'-burned; pu(li -to ashes; mare -die; sriviisere-unto Srivasa ha kura; du{lkha­\n\nbO\n\n'\n\n'\n\ntroubles; dite-to give; nana-various;yukti-plans; kare-do.\n\nT\n\n", "adi3#p0301": "Texts 37-38]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n277\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus the nonbelievers almost burned to ashes and died in envy. To retaliate, they\nplanned various ways to give trouble to Srivasa Thakura.\nTEXTS 37-38\n\ntfl�fifi' ��' iftl{-',-m?ftff ��' I\n\n��� <;1l• t(�, �� n �\" n\n��-�..m \"� '111f� \"<$11\n� 1\\Cftt'l� .-ttJ � (}'Ptt<$1 n �\"\" 11\neka-dina vipra, nama-- 'gopala capii/a'\npaja(l{/1-pradhana sei durmukha, vacala\nbhavani-pujara saba samagri lana\nratre �riviisera dvare sthana lepiino\nSYNONYMS\neka-dlna-one day; vipra-one brahmara; nama-named; gopiila ciipiila-of the\nname Gopala Cipala; p0$(1fJ{fl-pradhana-the chief of the nonbelievers; sei-he;\ndurmukha-ferocious, us ing strong words; vacii/a-talkative; bhavani-pujaro-for\nworshiping the goddess Bhavan i; saba-all; siimagri-ingredients, paraphernalia; /anataking; ratre\n\n-\n\nat night; �riviisera-of Srivasa Thakura; dvare-on the doo r; sthana­\n\nthe place; lepiina-smearing.\nTRANSLATION\nOne night while kirtana was going on inside Srivasa Thakura's house, a brahmal)a\nnamed Gopala Capala, the chief of the nonbelievers, who was talkative and very\nrough in his speech, placed all the paraphernalia for worshiping the goddess Durga\noutside Srivasa Thakura's door.\nPURPORT\nThis brahma(la, Gopala Capala, wanted to defame Srivasa Thakura by proving\nthat he was actually a �iikta, or a worshiper of Bhavani, the goddess Durga, but was\nexternally posing as a Vai�l)ava. In Bengal there is perpetual competition between\nthe devotees of goddess Kali and th e devotees of Lord Kr�Qa. Generally Bengalis,\nespecially those who are meat-eaters and drunkards, are very much attached to\n\nworshiping the goddesses Durga, Kali, Sitala and CaQ<;Ii. Such devotees, who are\nknown as �iiktas, or worshipers of the �akti-tattva, are always envious of Vai�navas.\n\nd\n\nSince Srivasa Thakura was a well-known and respected Vai�Qava in Nava vipa,\nGopala Cipala wanted to reduce hi s prestige by bringing him down to the platform\n\n", "adi3#p0302": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n278\n\n[ Adi-lila, c h. 11\n\nof the saktas. Therefore outside Sriv�a Thakura's door he placed various parapher­\n\nnalia for worshiping Bhavani, the wife of Lord Siva, such as a red flower, a plantain\n\nleaf, a pot of wine, and reddish sandalwood paste. In the morning, when Srivasa\n\nThakura saw all this paraphernalia in front of his door, he called for the respectable\n\ngentlemen of the neighborhood and showed them that at night he was worshiping\nBhavani. Very much sorry, these gentlemen called for a sweeper to cleanse the place\n\nand purify it by sprinkling water and cow dung there. This incident concerning\n\nGopala Capala is not mentioned in the Caitanya-bhagavata.\nTEXT 39\n��,�\n\n� �!'II\n\n��' f� � ft'Pifi', �\" II�� II\nkaliira piita upare thuila ofla-phula\nharidrii, sindOra lira rakta-candana, ta(lf/ula\nSYNONYMS\nkaliira piita-a banana leaf; upare-upon it; thuila-placed; ofla-phula-a particular\n\ntype of flower; haridrii-turmeric; sindiira-vermillion; ora-and; rakta-candana-red\nsandalwood; ta(lf/u/a-rice\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the upper portion of a plantain leaf he placed such paraphernalia for worship\n\nas o�a-phula, turmeric, vermillion, red sandalwood and rice.\nTEXT 40\n\n11�� � �-� ''Stlf I\n�·'ttlf 1\\CfPf �1 '!' \"� u so n\nmadya-bhfl(lf/a-piise dhari' nija-ghare ge/a\nprata/;1-kii/e srlviisa tiihii to' dekhila\nSYNONYMS\nmadya-bhii(lf/a-a pot of wine; piise-by the side of; dhar -pl acing; nija-gharei'\n\nto his own home;ge/a-went;piiita/;1-kii/e-in the morning;srlvasa-Srivasa Thakura;\n\ntiiha-all those things; ta'-certainly; dekhila-saw.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe placed a pot of wine beside all this, and in the morning when Srivasa Thakura\n\nopened his door he saw this paraphernalia.\n\n", "adi3#p0303": "Text 42]\n\nPastimes of the lord in His Youth\n\n279\n\nTEXT 41\n\n���� ..� �1lt1 1\n�� -.�a� �'11ft ��1ft n 8� 11\nba(la ba(la loka saba iinila boliiiyii\nsabiire kahe sriviisa hiisiyii hiisiyii\n\nSYNONYMS\nba(la ba(/a-respectable; /oka-persons; saba-all; ani/a-brought them; bo/oiyo­\n\ncausing to be called; sabiire-to everyone; kahe-addresses; sriviisa-Srivasa Thakura;\nhiisiyii hiisiyci-whil e smiling.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrivasa Thakura called for all the respectable gentlemen of the neighborhood and\nsmilingly addressed them as follows.\n\nTEXT 42\n\nfit� flmt -.fJ \"'tfil �-� I\n\"''tlrR 1tfi:lrt <;1f'4t, �-ltfWi' 11 8� n\nnitya riitre kari iimi bhaviini-pujana\ncimcira mahimci dekha, briihmara-sajjana\n\nSYNONYMS\nnitya riitre-every night; kari-1 do; cimi-1; bhaviinT-pujana-worship of Bhavani,\n\nthe wife of Lord Siva; iimiira-my; mahimii-glories ; dekha -you see; briihmarasat-jana - all respectable briihma(las.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Gentlemen, every night I worship the goddess Bhavani. Since the paraphernalia\n\nfor the worship is present here, now all you respectable brahmar;tas and members of\nthe higher castes can understand my position.\"\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic system there are four castes-the briihmaras, k�triyas,\n\nvaisyas and sudras-and below them are the pancamas, who are lower than the\nsudras. The higher castes-the brohmaras, the kjatriyas and even the vaisyas-were\nknown as brcihmara-sajjana. The briihmaras especially were known as sajjana, or\n\nrespectable gentlemen who guided the entire society. If there were disputes in the\nvillage, people would approach these respectable brohmaiJOS to settle them. Now it\n\n", "adi3#p0304": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n280\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nis very difficult to find such briihmaras and sajjanas, and thus every village and town\nis so disrupted that there is no peace and happiness anywhere. To revive a fully\ncultured civilization, the scientific division of society into briihmaras, k�trlyas,\nvai�yas and �udras must be introduced all over the world. Unless some people are\ntrained as brahmaras, there cannot be peace in human society.\n\nTEXT 43\n� � fit�• •t� ��I\n\n�����ttMI118�11\ntabe saba �iHa-loka kare hiihiikiira\naiche karma hethii kaila kon duriiciira\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; saba-all; �i?.ta-loka-gentlemen; hare-exclaimed; hahii-kiiraalas, alas; aiche-such; karma- activities;hethii-here; kaila-did;kon-who; duriiciira\n-sinful person.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen all the assembled gentlemen exclaimed: \"What is this? What is this? Who\nhas performed such mischievous activities? Who is that sinful man?\"\n\nTEXT 44\n�� ��1 'I�� �'f I\ntflf·,'Sttlm finn '�• ·� ,..� 11 88 n\nhiiflike iiniyii saba dura kariiila\nja/a-gomaya diyii sei sthiina /epiii/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nhiiflike-a sweeper; iiniyii- calling; saba-all; dura kariiila- caused to be thrown far;\nfa/a-water; gomaya-cow dung; diyii-mixing; sei- that; sthiina -place; lepii lacaused to be smeared over.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey called for a sweeper [ hac;li), who threw all the items of worship far away and\ncleansed the place by mopping it with a mixture of water and cow dung.\n\nPURPORT\nThe men in Vedic society who engage in public sanitary activities like picking up\nstool and sweeping the street are called hiiflls. Sometimes they are untouchable,\n\n", "adi3#p0305": "Text 45]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n281\n\nespecially when engaged in their profession, yet such hot/is also have the right to\nbecome devotees. This is established by Sri Bhogovod-gito where the Lord declares:\nmiirh hi portho vyoposrityo\nye 'pi syu{l popo-yonoyo{l\nstriyo voisyos tothO sudrlis\nte 'pi yonti pororh gotlm\n\"0 son of Prtha, those who take shelter in Me, though they be of lower birth­\n\nwomen, volsyos [merchants], as well as sudros [workers]-can approach the supreme\ndestination.\" ( Bg. 9.3 2)\nThere are many untouchables of the lower caste in India, but according to\nVai$r;Java principles everyone is welcome to accept this Kr$1Ja consciousness movement on the spiritual platform of life and thus be freed from trouble. Equality or\nfraternity on the material platform is impossible.\nWhen Lord Caitanya declares, trrod opl suniceno toror iva sohi�(luno, He indicates\nthat one must be above the material conception of life. When one thoroughly understands that he is not the material body but a spiritual soul, he is even humbler than\na man of the lower castes, for he is spiritually elevated. Such humility, in which\none thinks himself lower than the grass, is called sunicotvo, and being more tolerant\nthan a tree is called sohi�(lutvo, forbearance. Being situated in devotional service,\nnot caring for the material conception of life, is called omanitvo, indifference to\nmaterial respect; yet a devotee thus situated is called monodo, for he is prepared to\ngive honor to others without hesitation.\nMahatma Gandhi started the hori-jono movement to purify the untouchables,\nbut he was a failure because he thought that one could become a hori-jono, a personal\nassociate of the Lord, through some kind of material adjustment. That is not\npossible. Unless one fully realizes that he is not the body but a spiritual soul, there\nis no question of his becoming a hori-jono. Those who do not follow in the footsteps\nof Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His disciplic succession cannot distinguish\nbetween matter and spirit, and therefore all their ideas are but a mixed-up hodgepodge of problems. They are virtually lost in the bewildering network of MayadevT.\nTEXT 45\n\nfc;§i{ � t�' '\"- ''Stt\"tttf·it1'f1tll\n�mr��,� � IIS<tll\ntina dina rohi' sei gopalo-copolo\nsorvonge ho-i/a ku�(ho, vohe rokto-dhOro\nSYNONYMS\ntina dina-three days; rohi'-remaining in that way; sei-that; gopolo-capolo-of\nthe name Gopala Capala;sorvonge-all over the body;ho-1/o-became visible;ku,5/holeprosy; vohe-discharging;rokto-dhOro-a flow of blood.\n\n", "adi3#p0306": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n282\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter three days, leprosy attacked Gopala Opala, and blood oozed from sores\nall over his body.\nTEXT 46\n\n�����'� fintt\n���,�t-.��118�11\nsarvanga bepila ki_te, kate nirantara\nasahya vedana, du/;lkhe jvalaye antara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarvanga-all over the body; bepila-became covered; kie -by insects; klitet\n\nbiting; nirantara-always; asahya-unbearable; vedana-pain; du/;lkhe-in unhappiness;jva/aye-burns; antara-without cessation.\nTRANSLATION\nIncessantly covered with germs and insects biting him all over his body, Gopala\nOpala felt unbearable pain. His entire body burned in distress.\nTEXT 47\n\n'Sttr tlttt ,.IW'I t� �' �fifYII\nloft������ Otfqt n 8'\\·u\nganga-ghote vrk�a-ta/e rahe to' vasiyo\neka dina bale kichu prabhuke dekhiya\nSYNONYMS\nganga-ghate-on the bank of the Ganges; vrk�a-tale-underneath a tree; rohe­\n\nremains; ta'-certainly; vasiya sitting; eka d i na-one day; bale-says; kichu -so me\n-\n\nthing; prab huke\n\n-\n\n­\n\nthe Lord; dekhiyii seeing\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince leprosy is an infectious disease, Gopala Capala left the village to sit down\non the bank of the Ganges underneath a tree. One day, however, he saw Caitanya\nMahaprabhu passing by and spoke to Him as follows.\nTEXT 48\n\n�flf-'llllt'« cenfit �� � 1\n\n�f1fil1, � �� !l�t� �Jtt.'f n 8� •\n\n", "adi3#p0307": "Text 49]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n283\n\ngriima-sambandhe iimi tomiira miitula\nbhiiginii, mui ku�Jha-vyiidhite ha?iiichi vyiikula\nSYNONYMS\ngrama-sambandhe-in a village relationship; ami-l (am); tomara-Your; maculamaternal uncle;bhaginii-nephew;mui-l;ku$fha-vyadhite-by the disease of leprosy;\nhai'liichi-have become; vyiikula-too much afflicted.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear nephew, I am Your maternal uncle in our village relationship. Please\nsee how greatly this attack of leprosy has afflicted me.\nTEXT 49\n� J!Cf ���1ro! 'i!tJitt �� I\n\n'1[$ Cf' t�, ''lftt1f � -� 11 s� n\nloka saba uddhiirite tomiira avatiira\nmuni bar;la dukhi, more karaha uddhiira\nSYNONYMS\n/oka-people; saba-all; uddhiirite-to deliver; tomiira-Your; avatiira-incarnation;\nmuni-l (am); bar;la-very much; dukhi-unhappy; more-unto me; karaha-please\ndo; uddhiira-deliverance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"As an incarnation of God, You are delivering so many fallen souls. I am also a\ngreatly unhappy fallen soul. Kindly deliver me by Your mercy.\"\nPURPORT\nIt appears that although Gopala capala was sinful, talkative and insulting, he\nnevertheless had the qualification of simplicity. Thus he believed Caitanya\nMahaprabhu to be the incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead who\nhad come to deliver all fallen souls, and he appealed for his own deliverance, seeking\nthe mercy of the Lord. He did not know, however, that the deliverance of the fallen\ndoes not consist of curing their bodily diseases, although it is also a fact that when a\nman is delivered from the material clutches his material bodily diseases are automatically cured. Gopala Capala simply wanted to be delivered from the bodily\nsufferings of leprosy, but Sri Caitanya, although accepting his sincere appeal,\nwanted to inform him of the real cause of suffering.\n\n", "adi3#p0308": "284\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 50\n� ��' 1l�tl!f� � �...• � I\n\n�� �t'f ��.{�-�II �o II\neta suni' mahiiprabhura ha-ifa kruddha mana\nkrodhiivese bale tiire tarjana-vacana\n\nSYNONYMS\neta-thus; suni '-hearing; mahiiprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nho-i/a-there was; kruddha-angry ; mana-mind; krodha-iivese-out of intense anger;\nbale-says; tiire-unto him; tarjana-chastising; vacana-words.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, Caitanya Mahaprabhu appeared greatly angry, and in that angry\nmood He spoke some words chastising him.\n\nTEXT 51\n\n�tt� 9ftf9f, �·��' �t1f e{1 ��I\n\n,d-.. �- 1ft�! �!fAl '1�11� II �� II\nlire piipi, bhakta-dve�i, tore na uddharimu\nko.ti-janma ei mate kirjoya khaoyoimu\n\nSYNONYMS\niire-0; piipi-you sinful person; bhakta-dve�i-envious of devotees; tore-you;\nnii uddhorimu-1 shall not deliver; ko_ti-janma-for ten million births; ei mate-in\nthis way; kT(Iiiya-by the germs; khiioyiiimu-1 shall cause you to be bitten.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 sinful person, envious of pure devotees, I shall not deliver you! Rather, I shall\n\nhave you bitten by these germs for many millions of years.\n\nPURPORT\nWe should note herein that all our sufferings in this material world, especially\nfrom disease, are due to our past sinful activities. And of all sinful activities, actions\ndirected against a pure devotee out of sheer envy are considered extremely severe.\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted Gopala Capala to understand the cause of his\nsuffering. Any person who disturbs a pure devotee engaged in broadcasting the\nholy name of the Lord is certainly punished like Gopala Capala. This is the instruction of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. As we shall see, one who offends a pure devotee\n\n", "adi3#p0309": "Text 52)\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n285\n\ncan never satisfy Caitanya Mahaprabhu unless and until he sincerely regrets his\noffense and thus rectifies it.\nTEXT 52\n\n-�� ��fir l_l ��-'!._� I\n�����,���110�11\n�rivase karaili tui bhavani-pujana\nko.tl jonma habe tora raurave potana\nSYNONYMS\nsrivase-unto Srivasa Thakura; karaili-you have caused to do; tul-you ; bhavani­\n\nplijana-worshiping the goddess Bhavani; ko.ti janma-for ten million births; hobethere will be; tora-your;raurave-in hell;patana-fall down.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"You have made Srivasa Thakura appear to have been worshiping the goddess\nBhavani. Simply for this offense, you will have to fall down into hellish life for ten\nmillion births.\nPURPORT\nThere are many tantric followers who practice the black art of worshiping the\n\ngoddess Bhavani in a crematorium, wishing to eat meat and drink wine. Such fools\n\nalso consider this bhavani-puja as good as worship of Lord Kr�l)a in devotional\nservice. Such abominable tantric activities as performed by so-called svamis and\n\nyogis are herein condemned, however, by Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. He declares\n\nthat such bhavanT-plija for drinking wine and eating meat quickly plunges one into\n\nhellish life. The method of worship itself is already hellish, and its results must also\nbe hellish and nothing more.\nMany rascals say that whatever way one accepts, one will ultimately reach\nBrahman. Yet we can see from this verse how such persons reach Brahman. Brahman\nspreads everywhere, but appreciation of Brahman in different objects leads to\ndifferent results. In Bhagavad-gita the Lord says, ye yatha mom prapadyante tams\n\ntathaiva bhajamy aham: \"I reward everyone according to his surrender unto Me.\"\n\n(Bg. 4.11) Mayavadis certainly realize Brahman in certain aspects, but realization\n\nof Brahman in the aspects of wine, women and meat is not the same realization of\nBrahman that devotees achieve by chanting, dancing and eating prasada . Mayavadi\nphilosophers, being educated in paltry knowledge, think all sorts of Brahman realization one and the same and do not consider varieties. But although Kr$1)a is everywhere, by His inconceivable potency He is simultaneously not everywhere. Thus the\n\nBrahman realization of the tantric cult is not the same Brahman realization as that\nof pure devotees. Unless one reaches the highest point of Brahman realization,\n\n", "adi3#p0310": ",\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n286\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nKr�Da consciousness, he is punishable. All people except Kr��a conscious devotees\n\nare to some proportion pa�a(l�is, or demons, and thus they are punishable by the\nSupreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead, as stated below.\n\nTEXT 53\n\n� �t.�r�� cartf t!ll �fit� ,\n� ����' <ef9 �fli_� II ct-e II\npa$a(l\"i samharite mora ei avatara\npa�a(l(fi samhari' bhakti karimu pracara\n\nSYNONYMS\npii$a(l(fi-demons, atheists; samharite-to kill; mora-My; ei-this; avatara-incar­\n\nnation; pa,5a(l�i-atheist;samhari'-killing; bhakti-devotional service; karimu-1 shall\ndo; pracara-preaching.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have appeared in this incarnation to kill the demons [pa�al)�is] and, after\n\nkilling them, to preach the cult of devotional service.\"\n\nPURPORT\nLord Caitanya's mission is the same as that of Lor9 Kr��a, as stated in Bhagavadgitii:\nyadii yada hi dharmasya\ng/anfr bhavati bharata\nabhyutthanam adharmasya\ntadatmanam srjamy aham\nparitraraya sadhiinam\nvinasiiya ca du,5krtam\ndharma-samsthiipanarthaya\nsambhavami yuge yuge\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 descendant of\n\nBharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion-at that time I descend Myself. In\n\norder to deliver the pious and to annihilate the miscreants, as well as to reestablish\nthe principles of religion, I advent Myself millennium after millennium.\" (Bg. 4.7-8)\n\nAs explained here, the real purpose of an incarnation of Godhead is to kill the\n\natheists and maintain the devotees. He does not say,like so many rascal incarnations,\nthat both atheists and devotees are on the same platform. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nor Lord Sri Kr��a, the real Personality of Godhead, does not advocate such an idea.\n\n", "adi3#p0311": "Texts 55-56)\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n287\n\nAtheists are punishable, whereas devotees are to be protected. To maintain this\n\nprinciple is the mission of all avataras, or incarnations. One must therefore identify\nan incarnation by His activities, not by popular votes or mental concoctions. Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu gave protection to devotees and killed many demons in the\n\ncourse of His preaching work. He specifically mentioned that the Mayavadi\n\nphilosophers are the greatest demons. Therefore He warned all others not to hear\n\nthe Mayavada philosophy. Miiyiivodl-bhQ_sya �unile haya sarva-nii�a: simply by hearing the Mayavada interpretation of the Mstras, one is doomed (Cc. Madhya 6.169).\nTEXT 54\n\n\\.fill �fir' <.;'$fffi\\2J't_ �fJ�i! �1-. I\n\n,,. �� t:� <.;�'tt\"t, if1 �ill ��� II �8 II\neta bali' ge/ii prabhu karite gahgii-sniina\nsei piipi duf;lkha bhoge, nii yiiya parii!Ja\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/1'-saying this; ge/ii-went away; prabhu-tt.� Lord; karite-to take;gahgiisniina-a bath in the Ganges; sei-that; piipJ-sinful man; du/;lkha -pa ins; bhoge­\n\nsuffers; nii\n\n-\n\nnot; yiiya\n\n-\n\ngo away;pariira-the life.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, the Lord left to take His bath in the Ganges, and that sinful\n\nman did not give up his life but continued to suffer.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIt appears that an offender to a Vai�r;tava continues to suffer and does not give\nup his life. We have actually seen that a great vai?rava-opariidhi is continuously\n\nsuffering so much that it is difficult for him to move, and yet he does not die.\nTEXTS 55-56\n\nlOOt� �fi�1 �� �'{ �'ftitlf <.;�1 I\n\ni!'l1 '�� ��� �f(,Jt �ttlt .. � II �� II\ni!� (.;� �� � � llf�'f I\n�� ��wf ��.. �bt �Pi II � � II\n.\n\nsannyasa kariyii yabe prabhu niliica/e gelii\ntathii haite yabe kuliya griime ai/a\n\n", "adi3#p0312": "[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n288\n\ntabe sei piipi prabhura /a-flo Sara!Ja\nhita upadeSa kai/a ha-iyii karuf}a\n\nSYNONYMS\nsannyiisa kariyii-after accepting the renounced order of life;yabe-when;prabhu\n\n-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; niliica/e-in jagannatha Puri; gelii-went; tatha haitefrom there; yabe\n\n-\n\nwhen; ku/lyii-of the name Kuliya; griime-to the village; iiilti­\n\ncame back; tabe-at that time; sei-that; papT-sinful man; prabhura-of the Lord;\n/a i/o -took; saraf}a-shelter; hita -beneficial ; upadesa\n-\n\nbecoming; karuf}a-merciful.\n\n-\n\nadvice; kaila-gave; ha-iyii­\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya, after accepting the renounced order of life, went to Jagannatha\n\nPurl and then came back to the village of Kuliya, upon His return that sinful man\n\ntook shelter at the Lord's lotus feet. The Lord, being merciful to him, gave him\ninstructions for his benefit.\n\nPURPORT\nSrna Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatiThakura, in hisAnubhii�ya, has given the following\n\nnote in connection with the village Kuliya. The village originally known as Kuliya\n\nhas developed into what is now the city of Navadvipa. In various authorized books\nlike Bhakti-ratnakara, Caitanya-carita-mahakavya, Caitanya-candrodaya-notaka and\n\nCaitanya-bhiigavata it is mentioned that the village Kuliya is on the western side of\n\nthe Ganges. Even now, within the area known as KoladvTpa, there is a place known\n\nas kulliira gaflja and a place called kuliiira daha, both within the jurisdiction of\n\nthe present municipality of Navadvipa. In the time of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nthere were two villages named Kuliya and Paha�apura on the western side of the\n\nGanges, both belonging to the jurisdiction of Bahiradvipa. At that time the place on\n\nthe eastern side of the Ganges now known as Antardvipa was known as Navadvipa.\n\nAt Sri Mayapur that place is still known as Dvipera Ma�ha. There is another place of\nthe name Kuliya near KancaQapa<;la, but it is not the same Kuliya mentioned here.\n\nIt cannot be accepted as apariidha-bhanjanera pii.ta, or the place where the offense\n\nwas excused, for that occurred in the above-mentioned Kuliya on the western side\n\nof the Ganges. For business reasons many envious persons oppose excavation of the\n\nreal place, and sometimes they advertise unauthorized places as the authorized one.\nTEXTS 51-58\n\nll�� 9ff'G� \"''!t� �i �9fft-. I\n\\!'ll ��. ,�� �rw ��i{ ���� 11 �\" 11\n\\!� (;\\!11( � <Jl� 9ft9f·Rt1ftlii1 I\n�fif �: �i i1t� � �R'I II �17' II\n\n", "adi3#p0313": "Text 60]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n289\n\n�rTviiso parfliter a sthiine iiche apariidha\ntathii yiiha, tenho yadi karena prasiida\n\ntabe tora habe ei piipa -vimocana\nyadi puna/:1 aiche niihi kara iicarara\nSYNONYMS\nsrTviiso paf]qitera-of Srivasa Thakura; sthiine-at the lotus feet; ache-there is;\n\napariidha-offense; ta thii - there ; yiiha -go; tenho-he; yadi-if; ka ren a-does; prasiida\n-b l essings;\n\ntabe-then; tora-your; habe-there will be; e /- this; piipa-vimocana­\n\nimmunity from sinful reaction; yadi-if; puna{1-again ; ai ch e-such; niihi kara-you\ndo not commit; iicarara-beh a vio r .\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You have committed an offense at the lotus feet of Srivasa Thakura,\" the\n\nLord said. \"First you must go there and b eg for his mercy, and then if he gives you\n\nhis blessings and you do not commit such sins again, you will be freed from these\n\nreactions .\"\n\nTEXT 59\n\n� �� \"•\" �nn, a� -ttct 1\n\n\\!� \"f� �� ���-f�tf�� II �� II\ntabe vlpra la-lla iisi �rTviiso �rara\ntiit'lhiira k[piiya haifa piipa-vimocana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-after that; vip ra- the briihmara (Gopala Cipala); !a-ita-took shelter; iisi­\n\ncoming; srTviisa-\n\nSrivasa Thakura; .Sarar a-shelter of his lotus feet; tiinhiira krpiiya­\n\nby his mercy; hai/a-became;piipa-vimocana-free from all sinful reaction.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThen the brahmat;�a , Gopala Opala , went to Srivasa Thakura and took shelter\n\nof his lotus feet, and by Srivasa Thakura 's mercy he was freed from all sinful reactions.\nTEXT 60\n\n�a dl� R-21 �t-.\" �� '\"�t'! 1\n\ntttt� �9fr1;,-if1 9ftl\"f fre'!tt �l•t\\! u �o n\niira eka vipra iii/a kirtana dekhit(!\ndviire kapii_to,--nii piiilo bhitore yii te\n\n", "adi3#p0314": "290\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, c h. 17\n\nSYNONYMS\nora-another; eka-one; vipra-brohma(la; oi/a-came; kirtana-chanting of the\n.\nHare KrH1a mantra; dekhite-to see; dvore-in the gateway; kapc] ta-the door {being\nclosed); no pai/a-did not get; bhitare-inside;yoite-to go.\nTRANSLATION\nAnother brahmar;�a also came to see the kirtana performance, but the door was\nclosed, and he could not enter the hall.\nTEXT 61\n\nfili�' c;� �12f '1� 1ft� 1=� 9ft�11\n�tJ f5t� �t� � � \"ft1t 9ft�1 ll �) II\nphiri' gela vipra ghare mane du/:lkha paM\nora dina prabhuke kahe gahgoya logo pono\nSYNONYMS\nphirl' gela-went back; vipra-the brohmaro; ghare-to his home; mane-within\nhis mind; duf:Jkha-unhappiness; paM-getting; ora dina-the next day; prabhukeunto the lord; kahe-says;gailgoya-on the bank of the Ganges;/oga-touch;ponogetting.\nTRANSLATION\nHe returned home with an unhappy mind, but on the next day he met lord\nCaitanya on the bank of the Ganges and spoke to Him.\nTEXT 62\n\n-ttf9f<t QSt� llf<llJ, 9ft�r� 1tt�t1:-r 1\n\n'� �fui1 -£1t9f .1!1� 1('f II �� II\nsapiba tomare mufli, panochi mano-duiJkha\npaitii chi!Jfllyii Siip e pracaiJfla durmukha\nSYNONYMS\nsiipiba-1 shall curse; tomare-You; muni-1; panachi-1 have; mana/:1-du(lkhamentally very much aggrieved; paito-sacred thread; chi{lf/iyo-breaking; sopecursing; pracorflo-fiercely; durmukha-one who speaks harshly.\nTRANSLATION\nThat brahmaJ;Ja was expert in talking harshly and cursing others. Thus he broke\nhis sacred thread and declared, \"I shall now curse You, for Your behavior has greatly\naggrieved me.\"\n\n", "adi3#p0315": "Text 64]\n\n291\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\nTEXT 63\n\n:Jif�:Jif'll·�� <;\\Starlf ��-. �iflllt I\n\nl&ft� �f.{' � f� �ill � II �� II\nsorhsiiro-sukha tomiira ha-uka vinii�o\n�iipa �uni' prabhura citte ho-i/a ul/iiso\nSYNONYMS\nsarhsiira-sukha-material\n\nhappiness; tomiiro-Your; ho-uka-may\n\nit\n\nbecome;\n\nvinii�-all vanquished; �iipa �uni'-hearing this curse;prabhura-of the Lord;cittewithin His mind;ho-i/a-there was; u//asa-jubilation.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmaQa cursed the Lord, \"You shall be bereft of all material happiness!\"\nWhen the Lord heard this, He felt great jubilation within Himself.\nTEXT 64\n\nl!ft,f -tr9f·crt� �- �� <!f'l�'\ni3'fil&ft� '�r;;\\! i!'Al �� ?ffti.llt'l II �8 II\nprabhura �iipo-viirtii yei �une �raddhiiviin\nbrahma-�iipa haite tiira hoyo paritrii!JO\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of the Lord; �iipo-viirtii-the incident of the curse; yei-anyone who;\n�une-hears; �roddhiiviin-with affection; brohmo-�iipo-cursing by a briihmara;\nhaite-from;tiira-his;hoya-becomes;poritriil}a-deliverance.\nTRANSLATION\nAny faithful person who hears of this brahmaQa's cursing Lord Caitanya is delivered\nfrom all brahminical curses.\nPURPORT\nOne should know with firm conviction that the Lord, being transcendental, is\nnever subject to any curse or benediction. Only ordinary living entities are subjected\nto curses and the punishments of Yamaraja. As the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is beyond such punishments and benedictions. When\none understands this fact with faith and love, he personally becomes free from all\n\ncurses uttered by briihmaf}as or anyone else. This incident is not mention·ed in the\n\nCoitonyo-bhagavata.\n\n", "adi3#p0316": "292\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 65\n\nll_f:\"f-��tif � ��·�tlf I\n�f'O'l <:11�1 fitcn � 'WI� i'f II �a- II\nmukunda-dattere kai/a da(l(la-parasada\nkhar(llla tiihara cittera saba avasiida\n\nSYNONYMS\nmukunda-dattere-unto Mukunda Datta; kaila-did; darf/a-punishment; parasiida\n-benediction; kharf/i/a-vanquished; tiihiira-his ; cittera-of the mind; saba-all\n\nkinds of; avasiida-depressions.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu blessed Mukunda Datta with punishment and in\nthat way vanquished all his mental depression.\n\nPURPORT\nMukunda Datta was once forbidden to enter the association of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu because of his mixing with the Mayavadi impersonalists. When Lord\nCaitanya manifested His mahii-prakiisa, He called all the devotees one after another\nand blessed them, while Mukunda Datta stood outside the door. The devotees informed the Lord that Mukunda Datta was waiting outside, but the Lord replied,\n\n\"I shall not soon be pleased with Mukunda Datta, for he explains devotional service\namong devotees, but then he goes to Mayavadis to hear from them the Yogaviisi�Jha-riimiiyaf}a, which is full of Mayavada philosophy. For this I am greatly\n\ndispleased with him.\" Hearing the Lord speak in that way, Mukunda Datta, standing\noutside, was exceedingly glad that the Lord would at some time be pleased with\nhim, although He was not pleased at that moment. But when the Lord understood\nthat Mukunda Datta was going to give up the association of the Mayavadis for good,\nHe was pleased, and He at once called to see Mukunda. Thus He delivered him\nfrom the association of the Mayavadis and gave him the association of pure devotees.\n\nTEXT 66\n\n��.,'Sft,tfZfpt1f 12!!_ �t1( �1'� I\n�\\! ..tittf � U 'J.���� II �� II\niiciirya-gosiinire prabhu kare guru-bhakti\ntiihiite iiciirya ba(la haya duflkha-mati\n\n", "adi3#p0317": "Text 68]\n\nPastimes of the lord in His Youth\n\n293\n\nSYNONYMS\n\niiciirya-gosiinire-unto Advaita A carya;prabhu-the Lord; kare-does; guru-bhakti\n-offering respects like a spiritual master; tiihiite-in that way; acarya-Advaita\nAcarya; ba(ia-very much; haya-becomes; du/:lkha-mati-aggrieved.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya respected Advaita A carya as His spiritual master, but Advaita\nAcarya Prabhu was greatly aggrieved by such behavior.\nTEXT 67\n\n� <fiA' �'Sf mt'lf �:rt-r:rt� ,\n<.;iJ35AA�t-t � �ttl ��t'lf ��51� II �� II\nbhangi kari'}nona-margo karifa vyiikhyiina\nkrodhiivese prabhu tare kai/a avajniina\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhangi kari'-doing it in fun;jnana-miirga-the path of philosophical speculation;\nkarifa-did; vyiikhyiina-explanation; krodha-Ovese-in the mood of anger;prabhuthe Lord;tiire-to Him; kaifa-did;avajnana-disrespect.\nTRANSLATION\nThus He w himsic ally began to explain the path of philosophical speculation, and\n\nthe Lord, in His anger, seemingly disrespected Him.\nTEXT 68\n\n�it�·<.;'Stt,tf$1 �1� �l'f I\nt'lff� �bi � � <fiA� II �\"' 11\n\nI!�\n\ntabe iic<irya-gosanira iinanda ha-ifa\nfajjita ha-iy<i prabhu prasoda karifa\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-at that time;aciirya-gosiinira-of Advaita Acarya; onanda-pleasure; ha-ifaaroused; fa}}ita-ashamed; ha-iyii -becoming; prabhu-the Lord; prasoda-benediction; karifa-offered.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nAt that time Advaita Acarya was greatly pleased. The Lord understood this, and\nHe was somewhat ashamed, but He offered Advaita Acarya H,is benediction.\n\n", "adi3#p0318": "�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n294\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nPURPORT\nAdvaita Acarya was a disciple of Madhavendra Puri, isvara Puri's spiritual master.\nTherefore isvara Puri, the spiritual master of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, was Advaita\n\nAcarya's Godbrother. As such, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu treated Advaita Acarya\nas His spiritual master, but Sri Advaita Acarya did not like this behavior of Lord\nCaitanya, for He wanted to be treated as His eternal servant. Advaita Prabhu's\naspiration was to be a servant of the Lord, not His spiritual master. He therefore\ndevised a plan to antagonize the Lord. He began to explain the path of philosophical\nspeculation in the midst of some unfortunate Mayavadis, and when Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu heard about this, He immediately went there and in a very angry mood\nbegan to beat Advaita Acarya. At that time, Advaita Acarya, greatly pleased, began\n\nto dance, saying, \"Just see how My desire has now been fulfilled! Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu used to treat Me honorably for so long, but now He is treating Me\nneglectfully. This is My reward. His affection for Me is so great that He wanted to\nsave Me from the hands of the Mayavadis.\" Hearing this statement, Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu was somewhat ashamed, but He was very much pleased with Advaita\nAcarya.\nTEXT 69\n\n�1fi��-�-.r <e�' ��-�'t�t1ll\n� filf� �tJ ���' ift1l II �� II\nmuriiri-gupta-mukhe suni' riima-gura-groma\nla/oJe likhila tiinra 'riimadiisa' noma\nSYNONYMS\nmuriiri-gupta-of Murari Gupta; mukhe-from the mouth; sun/'-hearing; ramoof Lord Ramacandra; gu(lo-groma-glories; /alii(e-on the forehead; likhlla-wrote;\ntonra-of\n\nMurari Gupta; roma-dosa-the eternal servant of Lord Ramacandra;\n\nnoma-the name.\nTRANSLATION\nMurari Gupta was a great devotee of Lord Ramacandra. When Lord Caitanya\nheard Lord Ramacandra's glories from his mouth, He immediately wrote on his\nforehead \"ramadasa\" [the eternal servant of Lord Ramacandra].\nTEXT 70\n\n.rnf '��� �it iSffl'�tit I\n����tJ�li������o II\nsrTdharera lauha-potre kaila jala-piina\nsamasta bhaktere dila i�ta vara-dana\n\n", "adi3#p0319": "Text 71]\n\nPastimes of the lord in His Youth\n\n295\n\nSYNONYMS\nsridhorero-of SrTdhara; louho-patre-from the iron pot;\n\nkaila- did; jala-peno­\n\ndrinking of water; samosto all ; bhoktere-to the devotees; di/a-gave; i�fa-desired;\n-\n\nvara-dana-benedi ction ..\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnce lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to the house of Sridhara after kirtana\n\nand drank water from his damaged iron pot. Then He bestowed His benediction\nupon all the devotees according to their desires.\nPURPORT\n\nAfter the mass nogora-sohkirtano in protest against the magistrate Chand Kazi,\n\nthe Kazi was converted to a devotee. Then Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned with\n\nHis sohkirtona party to the house of Sridhara, and Chand Kazi followed Him. All\n\nthe devotees rested there for some time and drank water from Sridhara's damaged\niron pot. The lord accepted the water because the pot belonged to a devotee.\n\nChand Kazi then returned home. The place where they rested is still situated on the\n\nnortheastern side of Mayapur, and it is known as kirtana-visriimo-sthana, \"the resting\n\nplace of the kirtana party.\"\n\nTEXT 71\n\n�tnt� �t1f �FPI 12t�tlf I\n�-� 1{�a- �'G�'f � II 'I� II\nharidaso thakurere karila prosada\nacarya-sthane matoro khar(loilo oporadha\nSYNONYMS\nharidosa thakurere-unto Haridasa Thakura; karila-did; prasodo-benediction;\n\nacoryo-sthone-in the home of Advaita Acarya; motoro-of Sacimata; khar(loi/ovanquished; aparodho-the offens e.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this incident the lord blessed Haridasa Thakura and vanquished the offense\n\nof His mother at the home of Advaita A carya\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\nOn the maha-prokosa day, lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced Haridasa Thakura\n\nand informed him that he was none other than an incarnation of Prahlada Maharaja.\n\nWhen Visvarupa took sannytiso, Sacfmata thought that Advaita Acarya had persuaded\n\nHim to do so. Therefore she accused Him of this, which was an offense at Advaita\n\n", "adi3#p0320": "296\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nAcarya's lotus feet. Later Lord Caitanya induced His mother to take the dust of\nAdvaita Acarya's lotus feet, and thus her vai�IJava-apariidha was nullified.\nTEXT 72\n\n'fti'Sft'1 � itl11'·1f� \"�I\n�f�1 �6-..ll1 i!ftt 'el� �.'1 II �� II\nbhakta-gore prabhu nama-mahimii kahila\nsuniya papuyii tiihiin artha-viida kaila\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-gare-unto the devotees; prabhu-the Lord; niima-mahimii-glories of the\nholy name; kahila-explained; suniyii-hearin g; papuyii-the students; tiihiin-there;\nartha-viida-interpretation; kai/a-did.\nTRANSLATION\nOnce the Lord explained the glories of the h oly name to the devotees, but some\nordinary students who heard Him fashioned their own interpretation.\n\nTEXT 73\niftCit 'I� �fi{' �{1f �'I�:� I\n�tl fi{�fifff,-��� itt �f�� 11.. II �� II\nname stuti-viJda sun/' prabhura haifa dulykha\nsabiire ni�edhila,-ihara nii dekhiha mukha\nSYNONYMS\nniime-in the holy name of the Lord; stuti-viida-exaggeration; sun/'-hearing;\nprabhura-of the Lord; hoi/a-became; dulykha-aggrieved; sabiire-unto everyone;\nni�edhi/a-warned; ihara-of him; nii-do not; dekhiha-see; mukha-face.\nTRANSL ATION\nWhen a student interpreted the glories of the holy name as a prayer of exaggeration, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, greatly unhappy, immediately warned everyone not\nto see the students's face h enceforward\n\n.\n\nPURPORT\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu explained the glories of the transcendental potency\n\nof the Lord's holy name, the Hare Kr�Qa moho-mantra, one un fortun ate student said\n\nthat such glorification of the holy name was an exaggeration in the siistras to induce\n\n", "adi3#p0321": "Pastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\nText 75)\n\n297\n\npeople to take to it. In this way the student interpreted the glories of the holy name.\nThis is called artha-viida, and it is one of the ten offenses at the lotus feet of the\nholy name of the Lord. There are\n\nmany kinds of offenses, but the offense\nan offense at the lotus feet of the holy name, is\n\nknown as niima-apariidha,\nextremely\n\ndangerous .\n\nThe Lord therefore warned everyone not to see the\nHe immediately took a bath in the Ganges with all His\nclothes to teach everyone to avoid such a niima-apariidha. The holy name is identi cal\nwith the Supreme Personality of Godhead. There is no difference between the person God and His holy name. This is the absolute position of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. Therefore one who dist ingui shes between the Lord and His name is\nface of the offender.\n\ncalled a pii�a(ltf, or nonbeliever, an atheistic demon. Glorification of the holy name\nis glorifi cation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One should never atte mpt\nto distinguish between the Lord and His name or inte rp ret t h e glories of the holy\nname as mere exaggerat ions\n\n.\n\nTEXT 74\n,.'Sf,et �� fm11 �'I Wlfti{ I\n\n.� l{f'i(lfl \\!tt1 <!flRl'l �-t}� II '\\8 II\nsaga(le sacele giyii kaila gangii-sniina\nbhaktira mahimii tiihiin karila vyiikhyiina\n\nSYNONYMS\nsa-ga(le-w ith His followers; sa-cele-without leaving the clothes; giya-going ;\nservi ce ;\nmahimii-glories; tiihiin there ; karila-did; vyiikhyiina exp lanation.\nkaila-did; gangii-sniina-bathing in the Ganges ; bhaktira-of devotion al\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWithout even changing His garments, Lord Caitanya, with His companions, took\nbath in the Ganges. There He explained the glories of devotional service.\nTEXT 75\n\nWfi{-\"1(-c;�t'Sf·'C� � �-. � I\n\"��'{ tfl�- '12l11•f•Ff II '\\� II\njnana-karma-yoga-dharme nahe kr�ra vasa\nk(�(la-vafa-hetu eka-prema-bhakti-rasa\n\nSYNONYMS\njflana the pa th of speculative knowledge; karma-fruitive activit ies ; yoga th e\n-\n\n-\n\nprocess of con t rol lin g the senses; dharme-in the act iv ities , in such an occupation;\n\n", "adi3#p0322": "SrT Caitanya-carit.amrta\n\n298\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nnahe-is not; kr�ra-Lord KrH1a; vasa-pleased; kr�!Ja-of Lord Kr�oa; vasa-for the\npleasure; hetu-reason; eka-one; prema-love; bhakti-devotional service; rasa­\n\nsuch a mellow.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy following the paths of speculative philosophical knowledge, fruitive activity\n\nor mystic yoga to control the senses, one cannot satisfy KrHla, the Supreme Lord.\n\nUnalloyed devotional love for KnJJa is the only cause for the Lord's satisfaction.\nTEXT 76\n\n0{ 'ftlf�� ·�* Clftt'511 0{ 'fl'Ot!J� If� it�� I\n0{ �llfJl��<!>f�J1C'5111i�1 ;sf����\\!i1 M '\\� II\nno sadhayati mom yogo no sankhyar'n dharma uddhava\n\nno svadhyayas tapas tyago yathO bhaktir mamorjita\nSYNONYMS\n\nna-never;sadhayati-causes to remain satisfied;mam-Me;yogab-the process of\n\ncontrol; no-nor; sankhyam-the process of gaining philosophical knowledge about\n\nthe Absolute Truth; dharmafl-such an occupation; uddhava-My dear Uddhava;\nno-nor; svadhyiiyafl-study of the Vedas; tapa(1-austerities; tyiiga(1-renunciation,\n\nacceptance of sannyiisa, or charity;yathii-as much as; bhaktif/-devotional service;\n\nmama-unto Me;urjitii-developed.\n\nTRANSLATION\n[The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kf$1}a, said:] \"My dear Uddhava, neither\n\nthrough '*tanga-yoga [the mystic yoga system to control the senses] , nor through\n\nimpersonal monism or an analytical study of the Absolute Truth, nor through study\n\nof the Vedas, nor through practice of austerities, nor through charity, nor through\n\nacceptance of sannyasa can one satisfy Me as much as one can by developing\n\nunalloyed devotional service unto Me.\"\n\nPURPORT\ni\n\nKarmis, Pianis, yog s, tapasvis and students of Vedic literature who do not have\n\nKrg1a consciousness simply beat around the bush and do not get any final profit\n\nbecause they have no clear knowledge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nNor do they have faith in approaching Him by discharging devotional service,\nalthough everywhere such service is repeatedly emphasized, as it is in this verse from\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam (11.14.20). Bhagavad-gita also declares, bhaktyii miim abhijaniiti\n\nyiiviin yas ciismi tattvata(1: \"One can understand the Supreme Personality as He is\n\nonly by devotional service.\" (Bg. 18.55) If one wants to understand the Supreme\n\nPersonality factually, he must take to the path of devotional service and not waste\ntime in profitless philosophical speculation, fruitive activity, mystic yogic practice\n\n", "adi3#p0323": "Text 78)\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n299\n\nor severe austerity and penance. Elsewhere in Bhagavad-gitii ( 12.5) the Lord confirms\nkleso 'dhikataras le$am avyaktiisakta-cetasam: \"For those whose minds are attached\nto the unmanifested, impersonal feature of the Supreme, advancement is very\n\ntroublesome.\" People who are attached to the impersonal feature of the Lord are\nobliged to take great trouble, yet nevertheless they cannot understand the Absolute\nTruth. As explained in SrTmad-Bhiigavatam(1.2.11),brahmeti paramiitmetl bhagaviin\niti sabdyate. Unless one understands the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\noriginal source of both Brahman and Paramatma, one is still in darkness about the\nAbsolute Truth.\nTEXT 77\n\n�fll� �� ,_fi{ �· �llf �1{1 I\n�f-110 '111tRl \"'·� -.f� ill1f�fft II '\\'\\ II\nmuriirike kahe tumi kr�ra vasa kailii\nsuniya muriiri sloka kahite /ani/ii\nSYNONYMS\nmuriirike-unto Murari; kahe-says; tumi-you; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�l')a; vasa- satisfied;\nkailii-made; suniyi'i-hearing; muriiri-of the name Murari; sloka-verses; kahite-to\nspeak; liigili -began.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya then praised Murari Gupta, saying, \"You have satisfied Lord\nKr��;�a.\" Hearing this, Murari Gupta quoted a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam:\nTEXT 78\n\n�·��� lffll�: 9f1��t-t 'it' w�: �f.lr.<f�\"{: 1\n\n�\"ifi<l�flf� \"ift�t.. �l�:SJT� 9fT�il��: u 'llr II\nkviihari7 daridral; piipTyiin kva k(�Qa/; srT-niketanal;\nbrahma-bandhur iti smiihari7 b0hubhyari7 parirambhital;\nSYNONYMS\nkva-whereas; aham-1 (am); daridral; -very poor; piipTyiin -sinful; kva-whereas;\nkr�Qal;-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sri-nfketanal;-the reservoir of the\ngoddess of fortune; brahma-bandhul;-a caste brahmaro without brahminical qualifications; iti-thus; sma-certainly; aham-1\n\n(am}; biihubhyiim-by\n\nthe arms;\n\nparirambnital;-embraced.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since I am but a poor, sinful brahma-bandhu, not brahminically qualified\nalthough born in a brahmal')a family, and You, Lord Kr�l')a, are the shelter of the\n\n", "adi3#p0324": "300\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\ngoddess of fortune, it is simply wonderful, my dear lord Knr;ta, that You have\nembraced me with Your arms.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhogavatam {1 0.81.16) spoken by Sudama Vipra in\n\nthe presence of lord Sri Kr�Qa. This and the previous verse quoted from Srimad­\n\nBhagovatam clearly indicate that although Kr�r:ta is so great that it is not possible\n\nfor anyone to satisfy Him, He exhibits His greatness by being personally satisfied\n\neven with one who is disqualified from so many angles of vision. Sudama Vipra was\n\nborn in a family of briihmaras, and he was a learned scholar and a class friend of\n\nKr�oa's, yet he considered himself unfit to be strictly called a brohmara. He called\n\nhimself a brahma-bondhu, meaning \"one born in a brohmara family but not\n\nbrahminically qualified.\" Because of His great respect for brohmaras, however,\nKr�oa embraced Sudama Vipra, although he was not a regular brohmara but a\n\nbrahma-bandhu, or friend of a brohma(la family. Murari Gupta could not be called\n\neven a brahma-bandhu because he was born of a vaidya family and according to the\n\nsocial structure was therefore considered a sDdra. But Kr�r:ta bestowed special mercy\n\nupon Murari Gupta because he was a beloved devotee of the Lord, as stated by Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. The purport of Sri Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura's\nelaborate discussion of this subject is that no qualification in this material world\n\ncan satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr$r:ta, yet everything becomes\n\nsuccessful simply through development of devotional service to the Lord.\n\nThe members of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness cannot\n\neven call themselves brahma-bandhus. Therefore our only means for satisfying Kr$Qa\n\nis to pursue the injunctions of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who says:\nyore dekha, tore kaha 'k�ra'-upadesa\niimora iijnaya guru hana tiira' el desa\n\n\"Whomever you meet, instruct him on the teachings of Km1a. In this way, on My\n\norder, become a spiritual master and deliver the people of this country.\" (Cc. Madhya\n7.128) Simply trying to follow the orders of SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu, we speak to\n\nthe people of the world about Bhagavad-gltii As It Is. This will make us qualified to\nsatisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr$Qa.\n\nTEXT 79\n\n��fir-. 12i'l �� 'e�'$f'1 'f$1 I\n:,W��;(\"-. �11f' �<It\" t!t1P1_� �lftl111 '\\�II\neka-dina prabhu saba bhakta·gora lana\nsankirtana kari' valse srama-yukta hano\n\n", "adi3#p0325": "Text 81]\n\n301\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; prabhu-the Lord; saba-all; bhakta-ga(la-devotees; lanataking into company; sankirtana-chanting the Hare Kr�J;ta mantra; karl -doing so;\n'\n\nvalse-sat; �rama-yukta-feeling fatigued; haM-thus being.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day the Lord performed sarikirtana with all His devotees, and when they\nwere greatly fatigued they sat down.\nTEXT 80\n\n�� ��i'll�tr 12t'- �1ft� <;ftf'f'f I\n\n\\!e...t'1 �fipy � ��\\! 'ft� II l:r'0 II\neka iimra-bija prabhu angane ropila\ntat·k�a(le janmlla vrk�a biif/ite liigila\nSYNONYMS\neka-one; iimra-bija-seed of a mango; prabhu-the Lord; angane-in the yard;\nropi/a-sowed; tat-k,sa(le-immediately; janmila- fructified; V{k$a-a tree; baf/iteto grow; liigila-began.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord then sowed a mango seed in the yard, and immedjately the seed\nfructified into a tree and began to grow.\nTEXT 81\n\n<;lff'ft\\! OJf-.t\\! �· ��� �fit\\! I\n11tf�lf ��� �'f, �· ro'l\\! II l:r'� II\ndekhite dekhite vrk$a ha-ifa phalita\npiikila aneka phala, sabei vismlta\nSYNONYMS\ndekhite dekhite-as people were seeing; vrk$a-the tree; ho-i/a-becam e; phalitafully grown with fruits; piikila-ripened; aneka-many; phala-fruits; sabei-every\none of them; vismita-struck with wonder.\nTRANSLATION\nAs people looked on, the tree became fully grown, with fruits that fully ripened.\nThus everyone was struck with wonder.\n\n", "adi3#p0326": "302\n\n,\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 82\nllfi! � .\" � � 11f�'f I\n\n�'fi\\ �fJ' �� cet1t �1f�'f II \"'� II\n5ata dui pha/a prabhu �ighra po(Jiiila\nprak�lana karl' k�!Je bhoga logoila\n\nSYNONYMS\n�ata-hundred; dui-two; phala-fruits; prabhu-the Lord; sighra-very soon;\npa(Joi/a-caused to be picked up; prak�o/ana-washing; karl'-doing; k�!Je-to Lord\nKr�pa; bhoga-offering; lagaila-made it so.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord immediately picked about two hundred fruits, and after washing them\nHe offered them to K�l}a to eat.\n\nTEXT 83\n\n19·�(- itt� �-�\"'\" I\n<it� 'ftitf ,11f� � ��If �� •'f II \"'� II\nrakta-pita-var!Ja, -nohl a�thl-va/ka/a\neka janera pefa bhare khol/e eka phala\n\nSYNONYMS\nrakta-plta-vartJa-the mangos were red and yellow in color; nahi-there was\nnone; aHhi-seed; valkala-or skin; eka-one; janera-man's; pe.ta-belly; bharefilled up; khaile-if he would eat; eka-one; phala-fruit .\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe fruits were all red and yellow, with no seed inside and no skin outside, and\neating one fruit would immediately fill a man's belly.\n\nPURPORT\nIn India a mango is considered best when it is red and yellow, its seed is very\nsmall, its skin is very thin, and it is so palatable that if a person eats one fruit he\nwill be satisfied. The mango is considered the king of all fruits.\n\nTEXT 84\n\n,�1 q� i�'fl wtfu il\"'il I\n�� �'$�� �tt1t �m1 �'f'l \" \"'s n\n\n", "adi3#p0327": "Text 86]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n303\n\ndekhiya santuHa haifa sacira nandana\nsabake khaoyala age kariya bhakjatJa\n\nSYNONYMS\ndekhiya-seeing this; santuHa-satisfied; hoi/a-became; sacira-of mother Saci;\nnandana-son; sabake-everyone; khaoya/a-made to eat; age-in the beginning;\nkariyo-doing;bhak�ara-eating Himself.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the quality of the mangos, the Lord was greatly satisfied, and thus after\neating first, He fed all the other devotees.\n\nTEXT 85\n\n��'I ift�, -�·'!·�11 I\n�\" � �� 1ft'! �11\" �11 II \\r<t II\na�thi-va/ka/a nohi, -am(ta-rasamaya\neka phala khaile rase udara puraya\n\nSYNONYMS\naf,thi-seed; valkala-skin; nahi-there is none; amrta-nectar; rasamaya-full of\njuice; eka-one; phala-fruit; khaile-if one eats; rase-with the juice; udara-belly;\npuraya-fulfilled.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe fruits had no seeds or skins. They were full of nectarean juice and were so\nsweet that a man would be fully satisfied by eating only one.\n\nTEXT 86\n\n\\Jl�11i! <21 f?!fifi{ {(lt'f �111\" 1f1lt I\n�� �Ff .ff, - 2i� l§llt'l II lr� II\nei-mata pratidina phale bora mosa\nvai�rava khayena phala,-prabhura ullasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mato-in this way;pratidina-every day;pha/e-fruit grew; 60ra-twelve;masamonths; vai�(lavo-the Vai�l)avas; khoyena-eat; phalo-the fruits; prabhura-the\nLord's;u//iisa-satisfaction.\n\n", "adi3#p0328": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n304\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, fruits grew on the tree every day throughout the twelve months of\n\nthe year, and the Vai�Qavas used to eat them, to the Lord's great satisfaction.\nTEXT 87\n\n�· � tft'11 �t11 -ritJ �i1 I\n�IJJ <;fft� i1t� trtti1 rorl ��'Stet II lr'\\ II\nei saba IT/a kare 5acira nandana\nanyo loka nohi jone vino bhakta-ga(la\n\nSYNONYMS\ne/ saba-all\n\nthese; lila-pastimes; kare -performed ; sacira-of mother Sacl;\n\nnandana-son; anya loka-other people; nahi-do not; jane- know; vino\n\nbhakta-ga(IO- the devotees.\n\n-\n\nexcept;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThese are confidential pastimes of the son of Saci. Other than devotees, no one\n\nknows of this incident.\n\nPURPORT\nNondevotees cannot believe this incident, yet the place where the tree grew still\n\nexists in Mayapur. It is called Amra-ghana or Amra-ghata.\nTEXT 88\n\n�· � �� �-��1ti1 I\n�\\Jlil\"te.Jt� �, \"'t11 fifl:i1 flfti111 lrlr II\nei mota bara-masa kTrtana-avasane\namra-mahotsava prabhu kare dine dine\n\nSYNONYMS\nei mota-in this way; bara-masa-for twelve months; kirtana-chanting of the Hare\n\nKr.;(la mantra; avasane- at the end; cimra-mahotsava-festival o f eating mangos;\nprabhu-the Lord; kare-performs; dine dine-every day.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way the Lord performed sankirtana every day, and at the end of sankirtana\n\nthere was a mango-eating festival every day for twelve months.\n\n", "adi3#p0329": "Text 90]\n\nPastimes of the lord in His Youth\n\n305\n\nPURPORT\nOn principle, lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu would distribute prosado at the end of\nkirtono performances. Similarly, the members of the Kr$1Ja consciousness movement\nmust distribute some prosado to the audience after performing kirtono.\nTEXT 89\n\n�� �Rtt'! 12ft_ ����'$f'1 I\n��-�� ���<;� ��'1 II lr'� II\nklrtona karite prabhu ii /a megha-ga(1a\niipana-icchiiya kai/a megha niviir a(1a\nSYNONYMS\nkirtana-sahkirtana; karite-performing; prabhu-the lord ; iii/a-there was; meghaga(1a-bunches of clouds; iipana-icchiiya-by self-will; koi/a-made ; megha-of the\nclouds; niviira(1o-stopping.\n\nTRANSlATION\nOnce while Caitanya Mahaprabhu was performing kirtana, clouds assembled in\nthe sky, and the lord, by His own will, immediately stopped them from pouring\nrain.\nPURPORT\nIn this connection Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura says that once when lord Caitanya\nwas performing sahkTrtana a short way from the village, some clouds appeared overhead. By the supreme will of the lord, the clouds were asked to disperse, and they\ndid. Because of this incident, that place is still known as meghera cara. Since the\ncourse of the Ganges has now changed, the village of the name Belapukhuriya,\nwhich was formerly situated in a different place, called laraoavasa, has now become\nknown as the meghero cara. The Madhya-kha(1(/o of the Coitonyo-mongala also relates\nthat once at the end of the day, when evening clouds assembled overhead and\nthundered threateningly, all the Vai�oavas were very much afraid. But the lord\ntook His karotiilas in H is hands and personally began chanting the Hare Kr�IJa\n\nmantra, looking up towards the sky as if to direct the demigods in the higher planets.\nThus all the assembled clouds dispersed, and as the sky became clear, with the moon\nrising, the lord began dancing very happily with His jubilant and satisfied devotees.\nTEXT90\n\n!.!l�N� 12ft. ��tt'Jftt �WI � I\n'i�e. �i!titt1f' 9f�J, �� 1fi1 ���II �o II\n\n", "adi3#p0330": "306\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\neka-dlna prabhu SrTviisere iijnii dllo\n'brhot sahasro-niimo' paifa, Sunite mana haifa\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; prabhu-the Lord; Sriviisere-unto �rivasa Thakura; ojflii­\n\norder; dilo-gave; brhat -great; sahasra-niimo-one thousand names; paifa-read;\n\nSunlte-to hear; mono-mind; hal/a-wanted.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day the Lord ordered �rivasa Thakura to read the Brhat-sahasra-nama [the\n\nthousand names of Lord Vi�Qu], for He wanted to hear them at that time.\nTEXT 91\n\n\"'tf� �1 ·� ��t6 ift1f I\n\n�f.m'l Clift�g � <2ft. c;'$1�4ftl{ II �� II\npaifite iiili stove nrsimhero niimo\nSuniyii iiviHa hailii probhu gauradMmo\nSYNONYMS\npaf/ite-while reading; iiilii-came; stove-in the prayer; nrsimhero-of Lord\n\nNrsirhha; niima-the holy name; suniyii-hearing; ovi,s-to-absorbed; ha//ii-became;\n\nprabhu-Lord; gauro-dhoma-�ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs he read the thousand names of the Lord, in due course the holy name of Lord\n\nNrsirhha appeared. When Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard the holy name of Lord\n\nNrsirhha, He became fully absorbed in thought.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Caitanyomangola, Madhya-khar;ifo, describes this incident as follows. �rivasa\n\nPappita was performing the Sriiddhaceremony of his father, and, as is customary, he\nwas hearing the thousand names of Lord Vi�l)u. At that time Gaurahari (Lord\n\nCaitanya) appeared on the scene, and He also began to hear the thousand names of\n\nVi�pu with full satisfaction. When He thus heard the holy name of Lord Nrsifnha,\nLord Caitanya became absorbed in thought, and He became angry like Nrsimha\n\nPrabhu in His angry mood. His eyes became red, His hairs stood on end, all the parts\nof His body trembled, and He made a thundering sound. All of a sudden He took up\n\na club, and people became greatly afraid, thinking, \"We do not know what kind of\noffense we have now committed!\" But then Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu adjusted His\n\nthoughts and sat down on His seat.\n\n", "adi3#p0331": "Text 94]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n307\n\nTEXT 92\n\n�flt��-��-t <2ft_� \"\"\" 'f<$1 I\n�1ft�� et'it� tttb111 :i)� 11\nnrsimha-Ovese prabhu hate gada laiia\npii a(lp-i marite yaya nagare dhiilya\nSYNONYMS\nnrsilnha-Ovese-in the ecstatic mood of Lord Nrsirh ha; prabhu-the Lord; hiitein His hand; gadii-cl ub ; /aM-taking; pii$a(1p-i-the atheists; marlte-to kill; yayagoes; nagare-in the city; dhalyii-running.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the mood of Lord Nrsimhadeva, Lord Caitanya ran through the city streets,\nclub in hand, ready to kill all the atheists.\nTEXT93\n\n�fit��·�tt� <;\"f-t' �\\!ttr� I\n\"'ttl! -1�' �'$f <;'f� 'Pf11fP1 � � II :i)� II\nnrslmha-iivesa dekhl' mahii-tejomaya\npatha chii�l' bhiige /oka piiiiii ba�a bhaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nnrsimha-iivesa-the ecstasy of Lord Nrsirhhadeva; dekh/'-seein g ; mahtJ-tejomaya­\n\nvery fierce; patha chii{li '-givin g up the road; bhage-run away; /oka-all people;\npaM-getting; ba�a-very much; bhaya-afraid.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing Him appearing very fierce in the ecstasy of Lord Nrsirhha, people ran from\nthe street and fled here and there, afraid of His anger.\nTEXT94\n\n'\"�-� t';'ff-t' �2ft.� � d'f I\n\n��-� f'5111 '5t'fi ,.-.1ltt II �8 II\nloka-bhaya dekhi' prabhura bahya ha-ifa\nsriviisa-grhete giyii gada pheliii/a\n\n", "adi3#p0332": "[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n308\n\nSYNONYMS\nloka-bhayo-the fearful people;dekhi'-seeing this; prabhura-of the Lord; biihya­\n\nexternal sense; ho-i/a-appeared; srTviisa-grhete-in the house\n\nof Srivasa Papc;lita;\n\ngiyii-going there;gadii-the club;pheliiila-threw away.\nT RANSLATION\nSeeing the people so afraid, the Lord came to His external senses and thus re­\n\nturned to the house of Srivasa Thakura and threw away the club.\nTEXT95\n\n���� � 12it. �finn � 1\n\"'� 'eJ 'Pf'A(,--� U �'f II �t II\nsriviis e kahena prabhu kariyii vi�da\n/oka bhaya piiya,\n\n-\n\nmora haya aporiidha\n\nSYNONYMS\nsrTvose-unto Srivasa Thakura; kahena-says;prabhu-the L ord ; kariyii-becoming;\n\nvi�iida-morose; loka- people ; bhaya piiya-become afraid; mora-My; haya-there\nis; aporiidha-offense.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Lord became morose and said to Srivasa Thakura, \"When I adopted the\n\nmood of Lord Nrsirilhadeva, people were greatly afraid. Therefore I stopped, since\ncausing fear among people is an offense.\"\n\nTEXT 96\n\n��,-����'Atl\n� �t$ �'Pf\"ft1f �� u 'R 11 �� n\nsrTviisa balena,--ye tomiira niima laya\ntiira koJi apariidha saba haya k�aya\nSYNONYMS\nsriviisa balena-Srivasa PaiJ4ita said; ye-anyone who; tomiira- Your; niima-holy\nname; /aya-takes; tiira-his; ko{i-ten million; apariidha-offenses; saba-all; haya­\n\nbecome; k�aya-vanquished.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrivasa Thakura replied, \"Anyone who takes Your holy name vanquishes ten\nmillion of his offenses immediately.\n\n", "adi3#p0333": "Text 99]\n\n309\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\nTEXT 97\n\n���,�����ttl\n\n� �' \"'f'llf, '5tf � lf�� II �\" 11\napariidha niilil, kai/e lokera nistiira\nye tomii' dekhlfa, tiira chu.tila samsiira\nSYNONYMS\napariidha�ffense; niihl-did not; kaile-committed; lokera-of the people; nistiira\n-liberation; ye-anyone who; tomii'-You; dekhi/a-saw; tiira-his; chu.tila\nfree; samsara-material bondage.\n\n-\n\nbecame\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There was no offense in Your appearing as Nrsirilhadeva. Rather, any man who\nsaw You in that mood was immediately liberated from the bondage of material\nexistence.\"\nTEXT 98\n\n��-$(���\n'fi �$112ft.� ��-ce� II �\"' II\neta bali' 5rlviisa karl/a sevana\ntu�fa hana prabhu iiilii iipana-bhavana\nSYNONYMS\neta ba//'-saying this;�rivasa-Srivasa Thakura; korila-did; sevana-wors hip; tuHasatisfied; haM-becoming; prabhu-the lord; iiili-came back; iipana-bhavana-in\nHis own home.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Srivasa Thakura worshiped the lord, who was then greatly\nsatisfied and returned to His own home.\nTEXT 99\n\n� � fal;q..,. f�� 1tt1t I\n\nl!ft_f � iltti, � �� II�� II\niira dina siva-bhakta 5/va-gu(la giiya\nprabhura ahgane niice, (lamaru biijiya\n\n", "adi3#p0334": "310\n\nSr'i Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSYNONYMS\niira dina-another day;siva-bhakta-a devotee of Lord Siva; siva-gura\n\n-\n\nthe qualities\n\nof Lord Siva; giiya-chants; prabhura-of Lord Caitanya; angane-in the courtyard;\nnoce-dances; flamaru-a kind of musical instrument; bojoya-plays on it.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn another day a great devotee of Lord Siva, chanting of Lord Siva's qualities,\ncame to Lord Caitanya's house, where he began dancing in the courtyard and playing his (famaru [a musical instrument].\nTEXT 100\n\n�-�� ��llfl � �\"!� I\nllfJ�����II)ooll\nmahesa-{]vesa hailii sacira nandana\ntara skandhe cafli nrtya kaila bahu-k�ara\n\nSYNONYMS\nmahesa-iivesa-in the mood of Lord Siva; ha//ll-became; sacira-of mother Saci;\n\nnandana-son; tiira skandhe-on his shoulder; ca(i/-getting on; nrtya-dance ; kailadid; bahu·k�ara-for a long time.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen Lord Caitanya, adopting the mood of Lord Siva, got on the man's shoulders,\nand thus they danced together for a long time.\nPURPORT\nLord Caitanya M ahaprabhu adopted the mood of Lord Siva, for He is Siva also.\n\nAccording to the philosophy of acintya-bhediibheda-tattva, Lord Siva is not differ­\n\nent from Lord Visou, but still Lord Siva is not Lord Visou, just as yogurt is nothing\nbut milk and yet is not milk nevertheless. One cannot get the benefit of milk by\n\ndrinking yogurt. Similarly, one cannot get salvation by worshiping Lord Siva. If one\n\nwants salvation, one must worship Lord Visou. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii\n(9.4). Mat-sthiini sarva-bhiitiini na coharh tejv avasthitafl: everything is resting on the\n\nLord, for eve rything is His potential energy, yet He is not everywhere. Lord\nCaitanya's adopting the mood of Lord Siva is not extraordinary, but one should not\ntherefore think th at by worshiping Lord Siva he is worshiping Lord Caitanya. That\nwould be a mistake.\n\nTEXT 101\n\n�'tJ fit� (.fl� f� �tbn l{tRf� I\n\n� � <;�� if!J l'ftRfl'f �fft'! II )o)II\n\n", "adi3#p0335": "311\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\nText 103]\n\niiro dina eko bhik�uko iiilii miigite\nprobhuro nrtyo dekhi nrtya liigilo korite\n\nSYNONYMS\noro-another; dina day; eka-on e; bhik�uko-beggar; iiili-came; miigite-to beg;\n-\n\nprobhuro-of the Lord; nrtyo-dancin g; dekhi-se eing; nrtyo -dancing; liigilo-began;\nkorlte-to perform.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn another day a mendicant came to beg alms from the Lord's house, but when\nhe saw the Lord dancing, he also began to dance.\nTEXT 102\n\n�ttr � �� 9(1fi!IIJ•RftJt I\nl2it. � c;<2!1t flt'f, c;�� � II � o � ll\nprobhu-songe nrtyo kore poromo ulliise\nprobhu tiire premo dllo, premo-rose bhiise\n\nSYNONYMS\nprobhu songe-alon g with the Lord; nrtyo kare-was dancing;porama-very much;\n-\n\nulliise-in satisfaction; probh u-the Lord; tiire-him; prema-love of Godhead; di/odelivered; premo-rose-in the mellow of love of God; bhiise-began to float.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe danced with the Lord because he was favored by love of Kr�Qa. Thus he flowed\nin the mellowness of love of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 103\n\n�tf fit� c;��� �(·l.fl� �� I\n'!t�ta ,..ti{ m' l!lt. 121� ��\"' \" � o� \"\niiro dine jyoti�o sorvo-jna eka iii/a\ntiihiire sommiina karl' prabhu prosno kailo\n\nSYNONYMS\niira dine-some other day;jyo ti�o-an astrologer;sar va jno -who knows everything;\n-\n\neka-one; iii/a-came there; tiihiire-unto him; sammiina kari -giving all honor;\n'\n\nprobhu-the Lord; prosno-question; koila-put\n\n.\n\n", "adi3#p0336": "312\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila,Ch.17\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn another day an astrologer came who was supposed to know everything-past,\npresent and future. Thus SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu received him with all honor and\nput this question before him.\nPURPORT\nBriihmoros generally used to become astrologers, Ayur-vedic physicians, teachers\nand priests. Although highly learned and respectable, such brahmof}os went from\ndoor to door to distribute their knowledge. A briihmo{lo would first go to a householder's home to give information about the functions to be performed on a particular tithi, or date, but if there were sickness in the family, the family members would\nconsult the briihmoro as a physician, and the briihmoro would give instruction and\nsome medicine. Often, since the briihmoros were expert in astrology, people would\nalso be greatly inquisitive about their past, present and future.\nAlthough the briihmaf)o appeared at Lord Caitanya's house as a beggar, Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu received him with great respect because he was a qualified\nbriihmof}o who knew the astrological science perfectly. Although brahmof}os\nwould go door to door just like beggars, they were honored as very respectable\nguests. This was the system in Hindu society five hundred years ago, during\nthe time of Caitanya Mahaprabhu. This system was current even one hundred\nyears ago; even fifty or sixty years ago, when we were children, such briihmoros would\nvisit householders like humble beggars, and people would derive great benefit from\nthe mercy of such briihmoros. The greatest benefit was that a householder could save\na great deal of money from being spent on doctor bills because the briihmoras, aside\nfrom explaining the past, present and future, could ordinarily cure all kinds of diseases\nsimply by giving instructions and some medicine. Thus no one was bereft of the benefit of a first-class physician, astrologer and priest. The important members of ISKCON\nshould give careful attention to our Dallas school, where children are being taught\nSanskrit and English to become perfect briihmoros. If they are actually trained as\nperfect brahmoras, they can save society from rogues and ruffians; indeed, people\ncan live happily under the protection of qualified briihmoros. Therefore BhogovocJ.\ngTtii (4.13) gives special stress to the division of society (ciitur-vorryom moyii sntom\nguro-kormo-vibhiigoso{l). Unfortunately some people are now claiming to be\nbriihmoros simply by birthright, with no qualifications. Therefore the entire\nsociety is in chaos.\nTEXT 104\n\nc;�\n\n��( �tfif �� � 1$ff'1' I\n\n'5tfitt'! lftf'$f'fl � �!!\"� t � �f.\\' II � o 8 II\nke iichilwt iimi pOrvo-jonme koho gori'\ngorite /iigilii sorvo-jno probhu-viikyo sun/'\n\nSYNONYMS\nke iichlfuh iimi-who I was; purvo-jonme-in My previous birth; koho-please say;\n\nga{li'-by your astrological calculation;gorite-to calculate; liigilii- began ; sorvo-jno-\n\n", "adi3#p0337": "Text 105)\n\nPastime.s of the lord in His Youth\n\n313\n\na man who knows past, present and future; prabhu-vakya-the words of Lord\nCaitanya; �uni'-hearing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please tell Me who I was in My previous birth,\" the lord said. \"Please tell Me b y\nyour astrological computations.\" Hearing the words o f the lord, the astrologer\nimmediately began to calculate.\nPURPORT\nThrough astrology one can know past, present and future. Modern western\nastronomers have no knowledge of the past or future, nor can they perfectly say\nanything about the present. Herein we find, however, that after hearing Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's order, the astrologer immediately began his calculations. This was\nnot a facade; he actually knew how to ascertain one's past life through astrology. A\nstill existing treatise called the Bhrgu-sainhita describes a system by which anyone\ncan immediately get information about what he was in the past and what he is going\nto be in the future. The briihmaiJOS who went door to door as if beggars had perfect\ncommand of such vast knowledge. Thus the highest knowledge was easily available\neven to the poorest man in society. The poorest man could inquire from an astrologer about his past, present and future, with no need for business agreements or exorbitant payments. The briihmaiJa would give him all the benefit of his knowledge\nwithout asking remuneration, and the poor man, in return, would offer a handful of\nrice, or anything he had in his possession, to satisfy the briihmara. In a perfect\nhuman society, perfect knowledge in any science-medical, astrological, ecclesiastical and so on-is available even to the poorest man, with no anxiety over payment. In\nthe present day, however, no one can get justice, medical treatment, astrological\n\nhelp or ecclesiastical enlightenment without money, and since people are generally\npoor, they are bereft of the benefits of all these great sciences.\nTEXT 105\n\n�, 'fJtti{ <;lft� �' -�ttmf\\!q I\n� �t�·lJ'ftt�-'Jl�'B �<!!At II � o� II\nga[li' dhyiine dekhe sarva-jfla,-mahii-jyotirmaya\nananta va/kurtha-brahmii{l(/a-sabiira asraya\nSYNONYMS\ngori'-by calculation; dhyiine-by meditation; dekhe-sees; sarva-jna-knower of\neverything; mahO-jyotirmaya-highly effulgent body; anan ta -unlimited; vaikur.thaspiritual world; brahmii{l(/a-planets; sabiira-of all of them; ii�raya-shelter.\nTRANSLATION\nThrough calculation and meditation, the all-knowing astrologer saw the greatly\neffulgent body of the lord, which is the resting place of all the unlimited Vaikuf.ltha\nplanets.\n\n", "adi3#p0338": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n314\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nPURPORT\nHere we get some information of the Vaikul)tha world or spiritual world.\nVaikul)tha means \"without anxiety.\" In the material world, everyone is full of\nanxiety, but another world, where there is no anxiety, is described in Bhagavad-gita:\nparas tasmat tu bhiivo 'nyo\n\n'vyakto 'vyaktiit saniitonab\n\nya{1 sa sarve�u bhi:Jte�u\nnasyatsu no vinasyoti\n\"Yet there is another nature, which is eternal and is transcendental to this manifested and unmanifested matter. It is supreme and is never annihilated. When all in\n\nthis world is annihilated, that part remains as it is.\" ( Bg. 8.20)\n\nAs there are many planets within the material world, there are many millions of\nplanets, called Vaikut;�thalokas, in the spiritual world. All these Vaikul)thalokas, or\nsuperior planets, rest on the effulgence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As\nstated\n\nin\n\nthe Brohmo-samhitii\n\n(yasya prabhii prabhavato jagadarpa-koti), the\n\nBrahman effulgence emanating from the body of the Supreme Lord creates innumerable planets in both the spiritual and material worlds; thus these planets are creations\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The astrologer saw Sri Caltanya Mahaprabhu\nto be the very same Personality of Godhead. We can just imagine how learned he\nwas, yet he was traveling door to door, just like an ordinary beggar, for the highest\nbenefit of human society.\nTEXT 106\n\n'ttil<&, 't�, 'ft1f·... I\n\nc;lf�' <!ttf 'i.� • d'l -.Jm u �o� n\nparama-tattva, paro-brohma, porama-isvaro\ndekhi' probhuro murti sorva-jna ha-1/o phiinphara\nSYNONYMS\nporama-tattvo-the Supreme Truth;para-brohma-the Supreme Brahman;poromo­\n\niSvara-the Supreme Lord; dekhl'-seeing; probhura-of the Lord; mlirti-form;\nsorva-jiia-the all-knowing astrologer; ha-1/a-be.came;phiinphar a-confused.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu to be the same Absolute Truth, the Supreme\nBrahman, the Personality of Godhead, the astrologer was confused.\nPURPORT\nHerein it is clearly indicated that the Absolute Truth, the Supreme Brahman, is,\nin the ultimate issue, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore a person is the\n\n", "adi3#p0339": "Pastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n315\n\nbeginning of all things. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gitii\n\n(1 0.8), matta/1 sarvam\n\nText 108]\n\npravortate: everything begins from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\nSupreme Lord is the supreme living entity. Therefore whatever exists, whether\nmatter or spirit, is all but an emanation from the Supreme Person or supreme life.\nThe modern scientists' theory that life begins from matter is nonsense. Both matter\nand life begin from life. Unfortunately the scientists do not know this scientific\nfact; they are drifting in the darkness of their so-called knowledge.\n\nTEXT 107\n\n��en 9ft���',�� 1\n� �:- �..,, ..� 'ftf,tty II � o\" II\nbalite no pore kichu, mauna ha-ifa\nprabhu puna/1 pra1na kaila, kahite lagila\n\nSYNONYMS\nbalite-to say; nii piire-is not able; kichu-anything; mauna-silent; ho-i/a-became; prabhu-the Lord; puna{1-again; pro.fna-question; kaila-put; kahite-to\nspeak; /ag//a-began.\nTRANSLATION\nStruck with wonder, the astrologer remained silent, unable to speak. But when\nthe Lord again put the question before him, he replied as follows.\nTEXT 108\n\n�� � 'flit tr'Sfe.-�t<!ti I\n�f1'1..(<e�llt-�� II �01.\" II\npurva-janme chilo tumi jagat-iisroya\nparipurro bhagaviin-sarvaisvaryamaya\n\nSYNONYMS\npurvo-janme-in\n\nthe previous birth; chilii-were; tumi-You; jagat-universe;\n\niisraya-shelter; poriptlr(la-with full potencies; bhagaviin-the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead; sarva-aisvarya-maya-full of all opulences.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear sir, in Your previous birth You were the shelter of all creation, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, full of all opulences.\n\n", "adi3#p0340": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n316\n\n[Adi-lila, c h.\n\n17\n\n109\n���- � '{fll �� ,� I\nl�ttli �i!�-C::StlffJ q9f II� o� II\nTEXT\n\npurve yaiche chllii tumi ebeha se-rupa\ndurvljneya nityiinanda-tomiira svarupa\nSYNONYMS\npurve-in the past;yaiche-as much as; chilii-You were;tum/-You;ebe ha-now\nalso; se-riJpa-the same thing; durvljneya-inconceivable;nityiinanda-eternal happiness; tomiira-Your; svarupa-identity.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are now the same Personality of Godhead that You were in Your previous\nbirth. Your identity is inconceivable eternal happiness.\"\nPURPORT\nBy the power of astrological science one can even ascertain the position of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Everything is to be identified by its symptoms.\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is identified by the symptoms mentioned in\nthe siistras. It is not that anyone and everyone can become God without proof from\nSiistras.\nTEXT\n\n110\n\n!2tt. �fir �' -1_fll f�i iff ��1 I\n�(''Wftf1J �tf•'ff� � ''Stti1frt II��· II\nprabhu hiisi' kallii, -tum/ kichu nii jiinilii\npurve iimi iichiliin jiitlte goyiil ii\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-the Lord; hiisi -smiling; kailii-said ; tu ml-you ; kichu anything; no'\n\n-\n\nnot;jiinilii-know;purve-in the past; iim/-1 ; iichlliin-was;jiitlte-by caste;goyiiliicowherd.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the astrologer was speaking so highly of Him, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nstopped him and began to smile. \"My dear sir,\" He said, \"I think you do not know\nvery clearly what\n\nI was, for I know that in My previous birth I was a cowherd boy.\n\n111\n'1tt'f'1� triJ liPf, � f�tl'f I\n� �CfJ �t �� ��11 �'1-mit'l II ��� II\nTEXT\n\n", "adi3#p0341": "Text112]\n\n317\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\ngopa-grhe janma chi/a, gabhTra rakhala\nsei pu(1ye hai/ah ebe brahma(1a-chaoyiila\nSYNONYMS\ngopa-grhe-in the house of a cowherd; janma-birth ; chi/a-there was; giibhTraof the cows; riikhiila-protector; sei pu(1ye-by those pious activities; hailiihbecame; ebe-now; brahma(1a-of a briihma(1a; chiioyiila-son\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In My last birth I was born in the family of cowherd men, and I gave protection\nto the calves and cows. Because of such pious activities, I have now become the\nson of a brahmar;ta.\"\nPURPORT\nThe words of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the greatest authority, herein clearly\nindicate that one becomes pious simply by keeping cows and protecting them. Unfortunately, people have become such rascals that they do not even care about the\nwords of an authority. People generally consider cowherd men lowly members of\nsociety, but herein Caitanya Mahaprabhu confirms that they are so pious that in\ntheir next lives they are going to be brahmar;tas. The caste system has a specific purpose. If this scientific system is followed, human society will get the greatest benefit.\nHeeding this instruction by the Lord, people should serve cows and calves and in\nreturn get ample quantities of milk. There is no loss in serving the cows and calves,\nbut modern human society has become so degraded that instead of giving protection\nto the cows and serving them, people are killing them. How can they expect peace\nand prosperity in human society while committing such sinful activities? It is\nimpossible.\n\nTEXT 112\n\n• ���I!� -r.rr� ro�' ,\n�� � �' ·t� �-111' II ���II\nsarva-jna kahe ami tiihii dhyane dekhilah\ntahate ai�varya dekhi' phiihphara ha-i/iih\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-jna-the all-knowing astrologer; kahe-says ; ami- I; taha-that; dhyiine-in\nmeditation; dekhiliih-saw; tiihiite-there ; arsvarya-opulence; dekhl - by seeing;\n'\n\nphahphara-confused; ha-ilah-became.\nTRANSLATION\nThe astrologer said, \"What I saw in meditation was full of opulence, and therefore I was confused.\n\n", "adi3#p0342": "318\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, c h. 11\n\nPURPORT\nIt appears that the astrologer not only was a knower of past, present and future\nthrough astrological calculation, but was a great meditator as well. Therefore he\nwas a great devotee and could see Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu to be the same personality as K�Qa. He was puzzled, however, about whether Kr�l)a and Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu were actually the same person.\n\nTEXT 113\n\n�9f \\flbt9f � <.fl.-t.rt I\n\"t_ �\"'�'\\Ill Jf'Alt1 �II ��-e II\nsei-rupe el-rupe dekhi ekiikiiro\nkobhu bhedo dekhi, ei miiyiiyo tomiiro\n\nSYNONYMS\nse1-rupe-in that form; ei-rupe-in this form; dekh/-1 see; eko..Okiiro-one form;\n\nkobhu-sometimes; bhedo-difference; dekhi-1 see; e/-this; miiyiiyo tomiiro-Your\n\nmiiyii.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am certain that Your form and the form I saw in my meditation are one and\n\nthe same. If I see any difference, this is an act of Your illusory energy.\"\n\nPURPORT\nSrFk{�f)o-coltonyo riidhii·k[�{lo nohe onyo: in the vision of a perfect devotee, Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is a combination of Radha and Krg1a. One who sees Lord\nCaitanya to be different from K11r;1a is under the illusory energy of the Lord. It\nappears that the astrologer was already an advanced devotee, and when he came into\n\nthe presence of the Supreme Lord S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he became perfectly\n\nself-realized and could see that the Supreme Personality of Godhead Kr�r;�a and Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu are one and the same Supreme Person.\n\nTEXT 114\n� �' � \"\n\n1_1ir, Q511rtt� �'411' I\n\n<!ft. 18� '�1f fi11 � ��� n ��s n\nye hoo, se hoo tumi, tomiike nomoskiiro\n\nprobhu tiire premo diyii koi/o puroskiiro\n\nSYNONYMS\nye hoo-whatever You are; se hoo tum/-whatever You may be; tomiike-unto\n\nYou; nomoskiiro-my obeisances; probhu-the Lord; tiire-unto him; premo-love of\n\nGodhead; diyii-delivered; kollo-did; puroskiiro-honor.\n\n", "adi3#p0343": "Text 116]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n319\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe all-knowing astrologer concluded: \"Whatever You may be or whoever You\n\nmay be, I offer my respectful obeisances unto You!\" By His causeless mercy, the\nLord then gave him love of Godhead, thus rewarding him for his service.\nPURPORT\n\nThe incident of Lord Caitanya's meeting the all-knowing astrologer is not\n\nmentioned in the Caitanya-bhiigavata, but we cannot therefore say that it did not\n\ntake place. On the contrary, we must accept the statement of Kr�r;�adasa Kaviraja\n\nGosvami that whatever the Caitanya-bhiigavata did not mention he has especially\nmentioned in Caltanya-caritiimrta.\n\nTEXT\n\n115\n\n�·������\n\n'Ill�', 'Ill�� 1Stffi1 n ��� n\neka dina prabhu vi�(lu-maru;lape vasiyii\n'madhu iina', 'madhu iina' balena <;Jiikiyii\nSYNONYMS\n\neka dina-one day; prabhu-the Lord; vi�(lu-ma(lpape-in the corridor of a Vi�r;�u\ntemple; vasiyii-sitting; madhu iina-br ing honey; madhu iina-bring honey; balena­\n\nsays; piikiyii-ca ll ing loudly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day the Lord sat down in the corridor of a Vi�QU temple and began calling\n\nvery loudly, \"Bring some honey! Bring some honey!\"\nTEXT 116\n\nfi1�&Jt�\"f-<;�1f$ � �-t tr� I\n'SIW\"t..W·9fttl �' �� � n ��l!f n\nnityiinanda-gosiifli prabhura iiveSa jiinila\ngahgii-jala-piitra iini' sammukhe dharila\nSYNONYMS\nnltyiinanda-gosiini-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; prabhura-of the Lord; iive�ecstasy; jiinila-could understand; gahgii-ja/a-Ganges water; piitra\n\n-\n\ning; sammukhe-in front; dharila-placed it.\n\npot; iini -br ing\n'\n\n­\n\nTRANSLATIO!'I\nNityananda Prabhu Gosai'ii, understanding the ecstatic mood of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, brought a pot of Ganges water as a token and put it before Him.\n\n", "adi3#p0344": "320\n\nSrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 117\n\n-\" � -.ftlft iftti �c$1 ��� I\n..+1-ihtrl � \"... 11 ��� n\njala piina kariyii niice hai'lii vihvala\n\nyamuniika�(la-/ilii dekhaye sakala\nSYNONYMS\n\njala-water; piina kariyii-after drinking; niice-dances; haM-becoming; vihvala­\n\necstatic; yamunii-Okar�(la - attracting the River Yamuna; n/ii-pastimes; dekhaye­\n\nsees; sakala-everyone.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter drinking the water, Lord Caitanya became so ecstatic that He began to\ndance. Thus everyone saw the pastime of attracting the River Yamuna.\nPURPORT\nYamuniikar�ra-lilii is the pastime of attracting Yamun.a. One day, Sri Baladeva\nwanted the Yamuna River to come before Him, and when the River Yamuna refused,\nHe took His plow, wanting to dig a canal so that Yamuna would be obliged to\n\ncome there. Since Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the original form of Baladeva, in His\necstasy He asked everyone to bring honey. In this way, all the devotees standing\nthere saw the yamuniika�a(la-IT/ii. In this filii, Baladeva was accompanied by His girl\n\nfriends. After drinking a honey beverage called Varur)i, He wanted to jump in the\nYamuna and swim with the girls. It is stated in Srimad-Bhiigavatam (10.65.25-30,33)\n\nthat Lord Baladeva asked Yamuna to come near, and when the river disobeyed the\norder of the Lord, He became angry and thus wanted to snatch her near to Him with\nHis plow. Yamuna, however, very much afraid of Lord Balarama's anger, immediately\ncame and surrendered unto Him, praying to the Lord, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, and admitting her fault. She was then excused. This is the sum and substance of the yamunokar�a(la-lilii. The incident is also described in the prayer of\nJayadeva Gosvami concerning the ten incarnations:\n\nvahasi vapu�l visade vasanam jaladiibham\nhalahati-bhiti-milita-yamuniibham\n\nke5ava dhrta-haladhara-rupa jaya jagadisa hare\nTEXT 118\n\n1f5f�� �-��I\n� Q'(�� i� \"'� �t��� \" ��\"' \"\n\n", "adi3#p0345": "Text 120]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n321\n\nmada-matta-gati baladeva-anukiira\niiciirya �ekhara tiinre dekhe riimiikiira\n\nSYNONYMS\nmada-matta-being intoxicated by drinking Varur;1i; gat/-movement; baladevaLord Baladeva; anukiira-imitating; iiciirya-Advaita Acarya; sekhara-at the head;\ntiinre-Him;dekhe-sees; riima-iikiira-in the form of Balarama.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord, in His ecstasy of Baladeva, was moving as if intoxicated by the\nbeverage, Advaita Acarya, the chief of the acaryas [acarya 5ekhara], saw Him in\nthe form of Balarama.\nTEXT 119\n\n��� � � \"'t'ftf 'ftlf'll\n� filfif' �J � �-t R� n ��� 11\nvanamiili iiciirya dekhe so(liira fiingala\nsabe mill' nrtya kare iive�e vlhvafa\n\nSYNONYMS\nvanamiifl iiciirya-of the name Vanamali Acarya; dekhe-sees; so(liira-made of\n\ngold; fiingafa-plow;sabe-all; mi/i'-meeting together; nrtya-dance; kare-perform;\niive�e-in ecstasy; vihvafa-overw helmed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVanamali Acarya saw a golden plow in the hand of Balarama, and the devotees\nall assembled together and danced, overwhelmed by ecstasy.\n\nTEXT 120\n\n����\"rn�1\n�� 1ttrtwfi{ �ff' � c;1t'f1 ,..if II �� o II\nel-mata nrtya ha-Ifa ciirl prahara\nsandhyiiya gangii-sniina karl' sabe gefii ghara\n\nSYNONYMS\nel-mata-in this way; nrtya-dancing; ha-ifa-was performed; ciiri- four; prahara­\n\na period of time lasting three hours;sandhyiiya-in the evening;gangii-sniina-taking\nbath in the Ganges; kari'-finishing; sabe-all;gela-returned;ghara-home.\n\n", "adi3#p0346": "322\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way they danced continuously for twelve hours, and in the evening they\n\nall took bath in the Ganges and then returned to their homes.\n\nTEXT 121\n\net'Stfft1 � � �� � fif'f1t\n� � ��� -.fit'! 'ftf1tfrtll )�) II\nnogoriyii loke probhu yobe iijna dilii\n\nghore ghore sonkirtono korite liigilii\n\nSYNONYMS\nnogoriyii-citizens; /oke-all the people; probhu-the Lord; yobe-when; iijilii­\n\norder; di/ii-gave; ghore ghore-in each and every home;sonkirtono-chanting of the\nHare Kr��a mantra; korite-to perform; /iigi/i-began.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord ordered all the citizens of Navadvipa to chant the Hare Kr��;�a mantra,\n\nand in each and every home they began performing sankirtana regularly.\nTEXT 122\n\n'O� ifaf:, \" �1tRtt ifaf: I\n\n''Sf111� ''Stt�\"f �� -��it' II )�� II\n'horoye nomo{l, k�(IO yiidoviiyo nomofl\n\ngopiilo govindo riimo �ri-modhusudono'\nSYNONYMS\nhoroye nomofl-1 offer my respectful obeisances to Lord Hari; k(j(I0-0 Kr�pa;\nyiidoviiyo-unto the descendant of the Yadu dynasty;nomof/-all obeisances;gopii/o\n\n-of the name Gopala; govindo-of the name Govinda; riimo-of the name Rama;\n\n�ri-modhusudono-of the name Sri Madhusodana.\n\nTRANSLATION\n[All the devotees sang this popular song along with the Hare Kr�a mahl·mantra.]\n\n\"Haraye namal:l, kn�;�a yadavaya namat)/ gopala govinda rama §ri-madhusudana.\"\n\n", "adi3#p0347": "Pastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\nText 124]\n\n323\n\nTEXT 123\n\nl'flf·�t'l �����-11�'fil� I\n'm' '�fil'·\"'� �if! • itt� �tJ. 11 :>�'!>\"\nmrdahga-karatiila sonkirtona-mohiidhvani\n'hari' 'harl'-dhvonl vinii onyo niihi �uni\nSYNONYMS\nmrdongo-drum; korotiilo-hand bells; sohkirtana-chanting of the holy name of\nthe Lord; mohii dhvoni-great vibration; hori-the Lord; hari-the Lord; dhvoni-\n\nsound; vinii-except; onyo-another; niihl-not; �unl-one can hear.\nTRANS LAliON\nWhen the salikirtana movement thus started, no one in Navadvipa could hear\nany other sound than the words \"Hari! Hari!\" and the beating of the mrdaliga and\nclashing of hand bells.\nPURPORT\nThe International Society for Krishna Consciousness now has its world center in\nNavadvipa, Mayapur. The managers of this center should see that twenty-four hours\na day there is chanting of the holy names of the Hare Krgla moho-mantra, with the\naddition of haroye nomofl, knfJa yiidaviiyo namofl, for this song was a favorite of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. But all such sonkirtono must be preceded by the\nchanting of the holy names of the five tattvos-�ri-kr�ra-caftonyo prabhu nityiinanda\n�ri-odvoita gadiidhoro �riviisidf..gouro-bhokto-vrndo. We are already accustomed to\nchant these two montras-sri-k�ro-caitonyo probhu nityanondo 1rt-odvoito godiidhoro\n�riviisiidi-gouro-bhakto-vrnda and Hare Kr�pa, Hare Kr�pa, Kr�pa Kr�pa, Hare Hare/\nHare R.ama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare. Now, after these, the other two\nlines-namely, horaye namofl, k[�fJO yiidoviiyo namoM gopiilo govindo riimo �rT­\n\nmodhusudona should be added, especially in Mayapur. Chanting of these six lines\n-\n\nshould go on so perfectly well that no one there hears any other vibration than the\nchanting of the holy names of the Lord. That will make the center spiritually allperfect.\nTEXT 124\n\n�tJ.1fl � ilfi._� � �� � I\nCftif·9f1t-f �tfil' �t<t � f�� II )�8 II\n�uniyii ye kruddha haifa sokalo yovono\nkiiji-pii�e iisi' sobe koilo nivedono\n\n", "adi3#p0348": "[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n324\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-by hearing;ye-that; kruddha-angry ;haifa-became; sakala-all; yavana­\n\nMohammedans; kaji-pase-in the court of the Kazi, or magistrate; asi'-coming; sabe\n-all; kaila-made; nivedana-petition.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing\n\nthe\n\nresounding\n\nvibration\n\nof the\n\nHare\n\nKnJ;�a mantra, the local\n\nMohammedans, greatly angry, submitted a complaint to the Kazi.\nPURPORT\nThe phaujadara, or city magistrate, was called the kaji (Kazi). The jamidaras\n\n(Zamindars), or landholders (mav�a/eras), levied taxes on the land, but keeping law\n\nand order and punishing criminals was the duty entrusted to the Kazi. Both the K azi\n\nand the landholders were under the control of the governor of Bengal, which at\nthat time was known as Suba-bangala. The d istricts of Nadia, lslampura and Bagoyana\n\nwere all under the Zamindar named Hari Hoc;la or his descendant known as Kr�r;�adasa\nHo�ia. It is said that Chand Kazi was the spiritual master of Nawab Hussain Shah.\n\nAccording to one opinion his name was Maulana Sirajuddina, and according to\n\nanother his name was Habibara Rahamana. Descendants of Chand Kazi are still\n\nliving in the vicinity of Mayapur. People still go see the tomb of Chand Kazi, which\n\nis underneath a campaka tree and is known as Chand Kazi's samadhi.\nTEXT 125\n\n�tt'f ��tt\" �fl 1!1� �r;� � I\n� �fiAfl �� �f�� 'ftf'$f'f II ��q II\nkrodhe sandhya-ka/e kaji eka ghare alia\nmrdanga bhang/yo toke kahite tagila\nSYNONYMS\nkrodhe-in anger; sandhya-ka/e-in the evening; kaji-the Chand Kazi; eka gharein\n\none home; ai/a-came; mrdanga-drum; bhang/yo-breaking; toke-unto the\n\npeople; kahite-to speak; tagila-began.\n\nTRANSLATION\nChand Kazi angrily came to one home in the evening, and when he saw klrtana\ngoing on, he broke a mrdanga and spoke as follows.\nTEXT 126\n\nl!l��t'f �� � C�\" f�\"!.�tfi{ I\n�� ��11 �\"�� .r�'\" �����\n\n", "adi3#p0349": "Text 127)\n\nPastimes of the lord in His Youth\n\n325\n\neto-kiilo keho niihi koilo hinduyon/\nebe ye udyomo ciiliio kiiro bolo jiinl'\nSYNONYMS\neto-kii/o-so long; keho-anyone; niihi-not; kaila-performed; hinduyiinl-regulative principles of the Hindus; ebe-now; ye-that; udyomo-endeavor; ciiliio-you\npropagate;kiiro-whose; bo/o-strength;jani'-1 want to know.\nTRANSLATION\n\"For so long you did not follow the regulative principles of the Hindu religion,\nbut now you are following them with great enthusiasm. May I know by whose\nstrength you are doing so?\nPURPORT\nIt appears that from the aggression of Vaktiyara Khiliji in Bengal until the time of\nChand Kazi, Hindus, or the followers of the Vedic principles, were greatly suppressed. like the Hindus in present-day Pakistan, practically no one could execute\nthe Hindu religious principles freely. Chand Kazi referred to this condition of Hindu\nsociety. Formerly the Hindus had not been straightforward in executing their Hindu\nprinciples, but now they were freely chanting the Hare Kr�l)a moho-mantra. Therefore it must have been by the strength of someone else that they were so daring.\nActually, that was the fact. Although the members of the so-called Hindu society\nhad followed the social customs and formulas, they had practically forgotten to\nexecute their religious principles strictly. But with the presence of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu they actually began following the regulative principles according to\nHis order. That order is still existing, and anywhere and everywhere, in all parts of\nthe world, one can execute it. That order is to become a spiritual master under the\ndirection of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu by following the regulative principles,\nchanting da!ly at least sixteen rounds of the Hare Kr�l)a mohii-montro, and preaching\nthe cult of Kr�l)a consciousness all over the world. If we adhere to the order of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, we shall get spiritual strength without a doubt, and we shall\nbe free to preach this cult of the Hare Kr�Qa movement and not be hampered by\nanyone.\nTEXT 127\n\n� �� if! �� �� �'St�t I\n\n�f'F �fi{ 'P!1 �fl' �1lt�i1 'Itt \" ��� \"\nkeha kTrtono nii korlho sokolo nogore\niijl iiml k�ma karl' yaitechon ghore\nSYNONYMS\nkeha-anyone; kirtono-chanting of the Hare Kr��a\n\nmohii-montro; na-do not;\n\nkor iho-perform; sokolo nogore-in the whole town; aji-today; aml-1; k�oma kori'excusing;yaitechon-am returning;ghore - home.\n\n", "adi3#p0350": "326\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"No one should perform sankirtana on the streets of the city. Today I am ex­\n\ncusing the offense and returning home.\n\nPURPORT\nSuch orders stopping sahkTrtana in the streets of the world's great cities have\n\nbeen imposed upon members of the Hare Krg•a movement. We have hundreds of\n\ncenters all over the world, and we have been specifically persecuted in Australia.\nIn most cities of the western world we have been arrested many times by the police,\n\nbut we are nevertheless executing the order of SrtCaitanya Mahaprabhu by chanting\n\non the streets of all the important cities, like New York, London, Chicago, Sydney,\nMelbourne, Paris and Hamburg. We must remember that such incidents took place\n\nin the past, five hundred years ago, and the fact that they are still going on indicates\n\nthat our sahkirtana movement is really authorized, for if sahkirtana were an insignificant material affair, demons would not object to it. The demons of the time\n\ntried to obstruct the sahkTrtana movement started by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nSimilar demons are trying to obstruct the sahkirtana movement we are executing all\nover the world, and this proves that our sahkirtano movement is still pure and\n\ngenuine, following in the footsteps of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 128\n\n� � \"'�i4 -mt� lft'$f ?f�l\n,.�,._ ���1 �� .-tf� '� '1.'!_11 ��lr II\niiro yadi kirtano korite liiga piiimu\nsarvosva dorfliyii tiira jiiti ye lo-imu\nSYNONYMS\niira-again; yadi-if; kirtano-chanting of the Hare Km•a mohii-montro; karite­\n\nto do; /ago-contact; paimu-1 shall take; sarva-sva-all possessions; do1Jf/iyachastising; tara-his ; jati-caste; ye-that; /a-imu-1 shall take.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The next time\n\nI see someone performing such sankTrtana, certainly I shall\n\nchastise him by not only confiscating all his property but also converting him into\n\na Mohammedan.\"\n\nPURPORT\nTo convert a Hindu into a Mohammedan was an easy affair in those days. If a\n\nMohammedan simply sprinkled water on the body of a Hindu, it was supposed that\nthe Hindu had already become a Mohammedan. During the transition of the British\nin Bangladesh during the last Hindu-Muslim riots, many Hindus were converted into\n\n", "adi3#p0351": "Text 130)\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n327\n\nMohammedans by having cows' flesh forcibly pushed into their mouths. Hindu\nsociety was so rigid at the time of Lord Caitanya that if a Hindu were converted\ninto a Mohammedan, there was no chance of his being reformed. In this way the\nMohammedan population in India increased. None of the Mohammedans came from\noutside; social customs somehow or other forced Hindus to become Mohammedans,\nwith no chance of returning to Hindu society. Emperor Auranzeb also inaugurated\na tax that Hindus had to pay because of their being Hindus. Thus all the poor\nHindus of the lower class voluntarily became Mohammedans to avoid the tax. In\nthis way the Mohammedan population in India increased. Chand Kazi threatened\nto convert the people into Mohammedans by the simple process of sprinkling water\non their bodies.\nTEXT 129\n\nl.fll! �' \"� ''St'l,--t'Stflll1 � I\n\nlift:\"� Fe.�'l ?fNP1 � '-tV. II ��� n\neta bali' kiiji gelo,-nogoriyii loka\nprobhu-sthiine nivedilo piina boffo �oko\nSYNONYMS\neta bo/1'-thus 'Saying; kiiji-the magistrate; ge/a -returned; nogoriyii loko- the\ncitizens in general; probhu-sthiine-before the Lord; nivedlla-submitted; piiniigetting; bof/o-very much; �oko-shock.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, the Kazi returned home, and the devotees, greatly shocked\nthat they were forbidden to chant Hare Kmta, submitted their grief to Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 130\n\n� 'e1tWI f�-�t. \"\" �� I\n\n'If• \"��RI11_..tt'ir ,.., � n )-&0 n\nprobhu iijna dilo-yiiho koroho kirtona\nmuni sarhhiirimu iiji saka/a yavano\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-the Lord; iijna dila-ordered; yiiha-go; koroho-and perform; kirtonosohkirtona, chanting of the Hare Kr�pa mahii-mantra; muni-1; sarhhiirlmu-shall\nkill; iiji-today; sakala-all; yavana-the Mohammedans.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya ordered, \"Go perform sankirtana! Today I shall kill all the\nMohammedans!\"\n\n", "adi3#p0352": "Sri Caitanya-caritam{ta\n\n328\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nPURPORT\nGandhi is known for having started the movement of nonviolent civil disobedience\nin India, but about five hundred years before him, �riCaitanya Mahaprabhu started\nHis movement of nonviolent civil disobedience to the order of Chand Kazi. It is not\nnecessary to commit violence to stop the opposition from hindering a movement,\nfor one can kill their demoniac behavior with reason and argument. Following in\nthe footsteps of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, whenever there are obstacles the Hare\nKr�oa movement should kill the opposition with reason and argument and thus stop\ntheir demoniac behavior.lf we became violent in every case, it would be difficult for\nus to manage our affairs. We should therefore follow in the footsteps of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, who disobeyed the order of Chand Kazi but subdued him\nwith reason and argument.\n\nTEXT 131\n't� fost111 � c;� �tt �i{ I\n\n�� �t� � �' 5atf4'! 1li1 n �-e� n\nghore giyii saba loko koroye kirtono\nkiijTro bhoye svocchondo nohe, comokito mono\n\nSYNONYMS\nghore giyii-returning home; s a ba-all; loko-citizens; koroye-performed; kTrtono­\n\nsohkirtono; kiijiro-of the Kazi; bhoye-from fear; svocchondo-carefree; nohe-not;\n\ncomokito-always full of anxieties; mono-the mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nReturning home, all the citizens began performing sar'tkirtana, but because of the\norder of the Kazi, they were not carefree but always full of anxiety.\n\nTEXT 132\n\n\\!1·� � �� .!ft. 1lti{ �� I\n\n�� .m-111'11 ��!I m' �'II �-e� II\ntii·sobhiiro ontore bhoyo probhu mane jiini\nkohite liigilii toke sTghro r;Jiiki' ani'\n\nSYNONYMS\ntii·sobhiiro-of all of them; ontore-in the mind; bhoyo-fear; probhu-the Lord;\n\nmane-in the mind; }ani-understanding; kohite-to speak; /iigi/ii-began; /oke-to\n.\nthe poeple; sighro-very soon; r;Jiiki'-calling; ani'-bringing them.\n\n", "adi3#p0353": "Text 134]\n\n329\n\nPastimes of the lord in His Youth\nTRANSlATION\n\nUnderstanding the anxiety within the people's minds, the lord called them\n\ntogether and spoke to them as follows.\n\nTEXT 133\n\ne{'$ft1f i{'5ft� .Uf\" �f1JJ_ -:ft'� I\n�•�tt'f fl �� i{�·�i{ u }-tJ-tJ n\nnagare nagare iiji karimu kTrtana\nsandhyii-kiile kara sobhe nagara-mar(lana\nSYNONYMS\nnagare-from\n\ntown;\n\nnagare-to\n\ntown; iiji-today; karimu-1\n\nshall perform;\n\nkTrtana-chanting of the Hare Kr��a mahii-mantra; sandhyii-kole-in the evening;\nkara-do; sabhe-al l; nagara-of the city; mar(lana-decoration\n\n.\n\nTRANSlATION\n\"In the evening I shall perform sankirtana in each and every town. Therefore you\nshould all decorate the city in the evening.\nPURPORT\nAt that time, NavadvTpa was composed of nine small cities, so the words nagare\nnagare are significant. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted to perform kTrtana in each\nof these neighboring towns. He ordered the city decorated for the function.\nTEXT 134\n\n�'li� (}f�$ �� \"it'f �tl � I\nC'f�. (;(!Iii{ �1it �tf'l' Cllttif 111\"ift �tt ll)'f)81\nsandhyiite deufi sabe jviil a ghare ghare\ndekha, kona kiijT iisl' more miinii kare\nSYNONYMS\nsandhyiite-in the evening; deufi-l amps; sabe-everyone; jvii/a-light up; ghare\n\nghare-in each and every home; dekha-just wait and see; kona-which kind; kiijTmagistrate; iis/'-coming; more-unto Me; miinii kare-orders Me to stop.\nTRANSlATION\n\n\"In the evening, burn torchlights in every home. I shall give protection to everyone. let us see what kind of Kazi comes to stop our kirtana.\"\n\n", "adi3#p0354": "330\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 135\n\n�\\! ��' �•Jt.ttll � ,11\\tm 1\n\n�ti'J � c!ft_ fs� �11 n )� II\neta kahi' sandhyii-kiile cole gaurariiya\nkirtanera kaila prabhu tina sampradiiya\n\nSYNONYMS\neta kahl'-sa ying this; sandhyii-kiile-in the evening; cafe-went out;gaura-riiya­\n\nGaurasundara; kirtanera-of performing sahkirtana; kalfa made;prabhu-the Lord;\n-\n\ntina- three;sampradiiya-parties.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the evening Lord Gaurasundara went out and formed three parties to perform\n\nkfrtana.\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a scheme for performing klrtana in a procession. During �ri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's time, one party was composed of twenty-one men: four people play­\n\ning mrdahgas, one leading the chanting, and sixteen others striking karatii/as, responding to the leading chanter. If many men join thesahkirtana movement, they\n\nmay follow in the footsteps of SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu and form different parties\naccording to the time and the number of men available.\nTEXT 136\n\n�'5f �-ttl if!} •tt\" �fftpt I\nan;-u � �-,'SttJttf<fP 9f11f -� n)�n\niige sampradiiye nrtya kare haridiisa\nmadhye niice iiciirya-gosiinl parama ulliisa\n\nSYNONYMS\niige-in front; sampradiiye-in the party; nrtya -dancing; kare-does; har/diisa­\n\nThakura Haridasa; madhye-in the middle; nace-dances;acorya-gosiini-Sri Advaita\nAcarya;parama-very much; u//asa-happy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the front party danced Thiikura Haridiisa, and in the middle party danced\n\nAdvaita Acarya with great jubilation.\n\n", "adi3#p0355": "Text\n\n139]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n331\n\nTEXT 137\n\n'Pitt� ��5fl'ti � �tf (;�!I I\n\nti'R �itt�' �.. 12ft fi{'eJtil\"f II ��'\\ II\npiiche sampradiiye nrtya kare gauracandra\ntiinra sange niici' bu/e prabhu nityiinanda\n\nSYNONYMS\npiiche-at\n\nthe\n\nrear; sampradiiye-in the\n\nparty; nrtya-danci n g; kare-does;\n\ngauracandra-Lord Gaurariga; tiinra-His; sange-along with; nac/'-dancing; bule­\n\nmoves; prabhu- L ord; nityananda-of the name Nityananda.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Gaurasundara Himself danced in the rear party, and �ri Nityananda Prabhu\nmoved with lord Caitanya's dancing.\nTEXT\n\n138\n\n�illft, •., '�<:!9Pltr�' I\nf�•t�' ��Iii{, !2t�111�t'l II ��\\r II\nvrndavana-dasa ihii 'caitanya-mangale'\nvistiiri' var(liyachena, prabhu-krpa-bale\n\nSYNONYMS\nvrndiivana-dasa-Vrndavana\n\ndasa Thakura; iha-this; caitanya-manga/e-in his\n\nbook named Caitanya-mangala; vistari'-elaborately; var(liyiichena-has described;\nprabhu-of the L ord; krpii-bale-by the strength of mercy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy the grace of the lord, �rna Vrnaavana aasa Thakura has elaborately described\nthis incident in his Caitanya-marigala.\n\n139\n1J!l1115 �� ��' �'ijc;f �f1tl'f1 I\ni!if1lt'! i!ifitt'! �'6 ��� (;'5tvf111 ���II\nTEXT\n\nei mota klrtana kari' nagare bhramila\nbhramite bhramite sabhe kaji-dviire gelii\n\n", "adi3#p0356": "332\n\n�ri C aitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSYNONYMS\nei mata-in this way; kirtana-congregational chanting;kari'-executing;nagarein the city; bhrami/o-circumambulated; bhramite bhramite-while thus moving;\nsabhe-a ll of them;kaji-dvare-at the door of the K azi;ge/a -rea ched.\nTRANSLATION\nPerforming kirtana in this way, circumambulating through every nook and corner\nof the city, they finally reached the door of the Kazi.\n\nTEXT 140\n\n\\!�-� �tJ <;�, �t1f �li'f1� I\n,��!!·�� <;tl� t2t\\!Al·'Pft'Siff II �So II\ntarja-garja kare loka, kare kolahala\ngauracandra-bale loka pra�raya-paga/a\nSYNONYMS\ntarja-garja-murmuring in anger; kare-do; loka -the people; kare-do;kolaha/aroaring; gauracandra-of Lord � riCaitanya Mahaprabhu; bale-by the power;/akapeople;prosraya-pogala-became mad by such indulgence.\nTRANSLATION\nMurmuring in anger and making a roaring sound, the people, under the protection of Lord Caitanya, became mad through such indulgence.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Kazi had issued an order not to perform kirtona, congregational chanting of\nthe holy name of the Lord. But when this was brought up to Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, He ordered civil disobedience to the Kazi's order. Lord Caitanya and\nall His devotees, naturally enthusiastic although agitated, must have made a great\nnoise with their loud cries.\nTEXT 141\n\n��� ..ri{t\\! <fit� .._..t� �t� 1\n\\!� � ��, it1 �' ��tJ II �8) II\nkirtonera dhvonite kaji lukaila ghare\ntorjana garjana suni' no hoya bOhire\nSYNONYMS\nkirtanera-of the sohkirtana movement;dhvanite-by the sound; kaji-the Chand\nKazi; lukoila-hid himself; ghare-in the room; torjana-murmuring; garjana-protesting; �uni'-hearing;na-does not; haya-come out;bahire-outside.\n\n", "adi3#p0357": "Text 141)\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n333\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe loud sound of the chanting of the Hare Kr�pa mantra certainly made the\n\nKazi very much afraid, and he hid himself within his room. Hearing the people thus\nprotesting, murmuring in great anger, the Kazi would not come out of his home.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Kazi's order not to perform sankirtana could stand only as long as there was\nno civil disobedience. Under the leadership of the Supreme Lord, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, the chanters, increasing in number, disobeyed the order of the Kazi.\nThousands assembled together and formed parties, chanting the Hare K �pa mohor\n\nmantra and making a tumultuous sound of protest. Thus the Kazi was very much\n\nafraid, as naturally one should be under such circumstances.\nIn the present day also, people all over the world may join together in the KrHta\n\nconsciousness movement and protest against the present degraded governments of\n\nthe world's godless societies, which are based on all kinds of sinful activities. The\nSrimad-Bhogavatam states that in the age of Kali, thieves, rogues and fourth-class\npeople who have neither education nor culture capture the seats of governments t o\nexploit the citizens. This is a symptom of Kali-yuga that has already appeared.\nPeople cannot feel secure about their lives and property, yet the so-called governments continue, and its ministers get fat salaries, although they are unable to do\n\nanything good for society. The only remedy for such conditions is to enhance the\n\nsahkirtana movement under the banner of Kr�Qa consciousness and protest against\nthe sinful activities of all the world's governments.\n\nThe Kr�pa consciousness movement is not a sentimental religious movement; it is\n\na movement for the reformation of all the anomalies of human society. If people\n\ntake to it seriously, discharging this duty scientifically, as ordered by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, the world will see peace and prosperity instead of being confused and\nhopeless under useless governments. There are always rogues and thieves in human\n\nsociety, and as soon as a weak government is unable to execute its duties, these\nrogues and thieves come out to do their business. Thus the entire society becomes\n\na hell unfit for gentlemen to live in. There is an immediate need for a good govern­\n\nment-a government by the people, with Kr�Qa consciousness. Unless the masses of\n\npeople become Kr$r:ta conscious, they cannot be good men. The Kr�r:ta consciousness\n\nmovement that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu started by chanting the Hare Kr$r:ta mohomantra still has its potency. Therefore people should understand it seriously and\n\nscientifically and spread it all over the world.\n\nThe sankirtana movement started by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is described in the\nCaitanya-bhogavata, Madhya-kho!Jf/o, Twenty-third Chapter, beginning with verse\n241, which states, \"My dear Lord, let my mind be fixed at Your lotus feet.\" Following Lord Caitanya's chanting, all the devotees reproduced the same sound He chanted.\n\nIn this way the Lord proceeded, leading the entire party on the strand roads by the\n\nbank of the Ganges. When the Lord came to His own ghota, or bathing place, He\n\ndanced more and more. Then He proceeded to Madhai'sghofo. In this way SriCaitanya\nMahaprabhu, the Supreme Lord, who was known as Visvambhara, danced all over\n\nthe banks of the Ganges.Then He proceeded to BarakoQa-ghata, the Nagariya-ghata,\n\n", "adi3#p0358": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n334\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch.\n\n17\n\nand, traveling through Ganganagara, reached Simuliya, a quarter at one end of the\ntown. All these places surround Sri Mayapur. After reaching Simuliya, the Lord\nproceeded towards the Kazi's house, and in this way He reached the door of Chand\n\nKazi.\n\n142\n� � � <151�1f '11f·1_� I\n�·m' �'11 b1 'ftll-�� II��� II\nTEXT\n\nuddhata loka bhiihge kiijira ghara-pu�pavana\nvlstiirl' var(1ilii ihii diisa-vrndiivana\nSYNONYMS\nuddhata-agitated; /aka-persons; bhahge-break; kajlra-of the Kazi; ghara­\n\nh ouse;pu,spa vana-flower garden; vistari'-elaborately; var(1ilii-described; /ha-th is;\n-\n\ndiisa-vrndiivana-�rila Vrndavana dasa Thakura.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNaturally some of the people who were very much agitated began to retaliate the\nKazi's actions by wrecking his house and flower garden. Srna Vrndivana disa\n\nThikura has elaborately described this incident.\n\n143\n�� �t� 1!11f .-tu� itfil'fl I\n'e<lt)�t-. 9fttfb1 �m �rt'flu �8� n\nTEXT\n\ntabe mahiiprabhu tiira dviiret e vasi/ii\nbhavya-/oka piithiiiyii kiijlre boliiilii\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; mahiiprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tiira dviirete-at the\n\nKazi's d oor ; vasilii-sat down; bhavya-loka- res pectable persons; pii.thalyii-sending;\n\nkiijlre-unto the Kazi; bolaila-had them call.\n\nTRANSLATI ON\nThereafter, when Sri Caitanya Mahiprabhu reached the Kazi's house, He sat\n\ndown by the doorway and sent some respectable persons to call for the Kazi.\n\n144\n� �� �tbn � 1ftfl(1 �nnb1 1\n�t1f it�-'11 12ft_�·� <15fb1 II �88 II\nTEXT\n\n", "adi3#p0359": "Text 146]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n335\n\ndura ha-ite iiilo kojT miithii noyiiiyii\nkiijire vasa/Iii prabhu somm4na kariyii\n\nSYNONYMS\ndura ha ite-from a\n-\n\ndistant place; iiili-came; kiiji-the Kazi; miithii-head;\n\nnoyiilyii-bowed down; kiijlre-unto the Kazi; vasa/Iii-gave a seat; prabhu-the Lord;\nsammiina-respect; karlyii offering\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Kazi came, his head bowed down, the lord gave him proper respect\nand a seat.\n\nPURPORT\nSome of the men in SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu's civil disobedience mov�ment were\n\nagitated because they could not control their minds. But the Lord was thoroughly\n\npeaceful, sober and unagitated. Therefore when the Kazi came down to see Him, the\nLord offered him proper respect and a seat because he was a respectable government\nofficer. Thus the Lord taught us by His personal behavior. In pushing on our\nsonklrtana movement of Kr�Qa consciousness, we might have to face difficult days,\nbut we should always follow in the footsteps of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and do\nthe needful according to the time and circumstances.\n\nTEXT 145\n\n� �,-�fif � �1l\"f1il �t� I\n�fif \"'f-1' �tbn,-c.il� � 11 �s� n\nprabhu ba/ena,-iiml tomiira iiiliima abhyiigat a\niimi dekhi' lukiiilii,-e-dharma kemata\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu\n\nbalena-the Lord said; iim/-1; tom4ra-your; iiiliima-have come;\n\nabhyiigata-guest; iimi-Me; dekhi'-seeing; lukiiili-you disappeared; e-dharma\nkemata-what kind of etiquette is this.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn a friendly way, the Lord said, \"Sir, I have come to your house as your guest,\nbut upon seeing Me you hid yourself in your room. What kind of etiquette is this?\"\n\nTEXT 146\n\n�� � -'lfil 'fJ{fl'f ����� �11\n� -rr. ��� t�'l 11_�'fb1 II �8� II\n\n", "adi3#p0360": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n336\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nkoji kohe-tumi also kruddho ho-iya\ntomii �onto koro7te rohinu /ukiiiyii\nSYNONYMS\nkoJ1 kohe - the Kazi replied; tum/-You; o/so-have come; kruddho-angry; ho-iyo­\n\nbeing; tomo-You; �nto-pac i fi ed; koroite-to make; rohlnu-1 remained; /ukoiyohiding out of sight.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Kazi replied: \"You have come to my house in a very angry mood. To pacify\n\nYou, I did not come before You immediately but kept myself hidden.\nTEXT 147\n\nttl�\n\n'[fit -tt• ��t't, �!fit' fi{��' I\n\n�1'5fJ '1ft1f,-,�l1fl � ��f't �'ft� h�8'\\ll\nebe tumi �onto hoile, iisi' m/1/loh\nbhiigyo moro,-tomii heno atithi piiilon\nSYNONYMS\nebe-now;\n\ntumi-You;\n\nsanto-pacified;\n\nhai/e-have\n\nbecome;\n\nosi'-coming;\n\nmi/i/iih-1 have met (You); bhiigya mora-it is my great fortune; tomii-You; henalike; atithi- guest; pailah-1 have received.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now that You have become pacified, I have come to You. It is my good fortune\n\nto receive a guest like Your Honor.\n\nTEXT 148\n\n�\"� ,�, u � �1� '\nOf.:·ltllft� ��� Q $tlf·lt... �� \" �8\\r \"\ngriimo-sombondhe 'cakravorti' haya mora ciicii\ndeha-sambandhe halte haya griima-sombondho sancii\nSYNONYMS\ngriima-sombandhe-in our neighborhood relationship; cokrovorti-Your grand­\n\nfather Nilambara Cakravarti; hayo-becomes; mora-my; ciico-uncle; deha-sam­\n\nbandhe-in a bodily relationship; haite-than; haya-becomes; grii mo-sombandhoneighborhood relationship; siihcii-more powerful.\n\n", "adi3#p0361": "Text 150]\n\n337\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In our village relationship, Nilambara Cakravarti Thakura was my uncle. Such\na relationship is stronger than a bodily relationship.\nPURPORT\nIn India, even in the interior villages, all the Hindu and Muslim communities\nused to live very peacefully by establishing a relationship between them. The young\nmen called the elderly members of the village by the name coca or koko, \"uncle,\"\nand men of the same age called each other dada, \"brother.\" The relationship was\nvery friendly. There were even invitations from Mohammedan houses to Hindu\nhouses and from Hindu houses to Mohammedan houses. Both the Hindus and the\nMohammedans accepted the invitations to go to each other's houses to attend\nceremonial functions. Even until fifty or sixty years ago, the relationship between\nHindus and Muslims was very friendly, and there were no disturbances. We do not\nfind any Hindu-Muslim riots in the history of India, even during the days of the\nMohammedans' rule over the country. Conflict between Hindus and Muslims was\ncreated by polluted politicians, especially foreign rulers, and thus the situation\ngradually became so degraded that India was divided into Hindustan and Pakistan.\nFortunately, the remedy to unite not only the Hindus and Muslims\n\nbut\n\nall\n\ncommunities and all nations can still be implemented by the Hare KrH1a movement\non the strong basic platform of love of Godhead.\nTEXT 149\n\n�IQ ���� �� �Hr e{'fi{1 I\n� �.._c;� �� tfii �t� <etRtenu �s� n\nnilombara cakravartihaya tomara nana\nse-sambandhe hao tumi amara bhogina\nSYNONYMS\nnilombara cakravarti-of the name Nilambara Cakravarti;haya-becomes; tomiiraYour; niinii-maternal grandfather; se-sambandhe-by such a relationship; haobecome; tumi-You;iimiira-my;bhiiginii-nephew (the son of my sister).\nTRANSLATION\n\"Nilambara Cakravarti is Your maternal grandfather, and by this relationship\nYou are thus my nephew.\nTEXT 150\n\n'et�lf '�t-. 1ft1r1 � �� I\n\n1ft'{t'l� �9f�t'f �Mtil1 e{1 i1t1t II �(to II\n\n", "adi3#p0362": "338\n\n,\n\n[Adi-lila,Ch.17\n\nSriCaitanya cari tamrta\n-\n\nbhOglnora krodha mama ava�ya sahaya\nmotu/era aparodha bhogino no laya\nSYNONYMS\nbhoginiira-of the nephew;krodha-anger; miimii-maternal uncle;ava�ya-certain·\nly; sahaya-tolerates; miitulera-of the maternal uncle;apariidha-offense;bhiiginiithe nephew; nii-does not;laya-accept.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When a nephew is very angry, his maternal uncle is tolerant, and when the\nmaternal uncle commits an offense, the nephew does not take it very seriously.\"\nTEXT 151\n\n<.!1- � i�H �tti1 �� �ttt·attt I\nRMG:tt �( � ��� iO 'Pfttf II ��� II\nei mota duhhora kathii haya thore·thore\nbhitarera artha keha bujhite nii pare\nSYNONYMS\nei mota-in this way;duhhiira-of both of them;kathii-conversation;haya-took\nplace; thiire·thore-with different indications; bhltarera-inner; artha-meaning;\nkeha-anyone; bujhite-to understand;nii pore-is not able\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way the Kazi and the Lord talked with one another with different indica·\ntions, but no outsider could understand the inner meaning of their conversation.\nTEXT 152\n\n�!_ �-,-� 'ftf'W �btt1f �11 'ltti' I\n� �,-�wt <R, � � � n�����\nprabhu kahe,\n\n-\n\npra�na liigi' iiiliima tomiira sthiine\n\nkiiji kahe, -iijnii kara, ye tomiira mane\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; pra�na liigi -just to inquire from you; iiilii ma-1\n'\n\nhave come; tomiira sthiine-at your place; kiijT kahe\n\n-\n\nthe Kazi replied; ojnii koro­\n\njust order me;ye-whatever; tomiira mone-(is) in Your mind.\n\n", "adi3#p0363": "Text154]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n339\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord said, \"My dear uncle, I have come to your home just to ask you some\nquestions.\"\n\"Yes,\" the Kazi replied, \"You are welcome. just tell me what is in Your mind.\"\nTEXT\n\n153\n\n<2ft. ��,-,'5tt� -tt'$, � �1ftt ��1 I\n�� 'e1J '9fttht, '!I''! �� f� n �Q-e n\nprabhu kahe, -go-dugdha khoo, gobhi tomiira mota\nvna anna upajoya, tate tenho pita\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; go-dugdha khoo-you drink cows' milk; giibhi-the\n\ncow (is); tomiira-your; miitii-mother; vna -the bull; anna-grains; upajiiya-produces; tote-therefore; tenho-he; pitii-(is) your father.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord said: \"You drink cows' milk; therefore the cow is your mother. And\nthe bull produces grains for your maintenance; therefore he is your father.\nTEXT 154\n\n�1{t\\!1 �t�' �'e -(j)<fl '�f1t tt1t I\n\n'�11\\. � �11\" 'l_fif (j)1{\\! f�1{ II �12'8 II\npito-moto mori' khfio-ebii kon dharma\nkon bale kara tumi e-mata vikarma\n\nSYNONYMS\npita-mota-father and mother; mori'-killing; khfio-you eat; ebii-this; kon-what\nkind of; dharma-rel igion; kon bale-on what strength; kara-do; tuml-you; e-mata\n-such; vikarma-sinful activities.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since the bull and cow are your father and mother, how can you kill and eat\nthem? What kind of religious principle is this? On what strength are you so daring\nthat you commit such sinful activities?\"\nPURPORT\nEveryone can understand that we drink the milk of cows and take the help of\nbulls in producing agricultural products. Therefore, since our real father gives us\n\n", "adi3#p0364": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n340\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nfood grains and our mother gives us milk with which to live, the cow and bull are\nconsidered our father and mother. According to Vedic civilization, there are seven\n\nmothers, of which the cow is one. Therefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu challenged\n\nthe Mohammedan Kazi, \"What kind of religious principle do you follow by killing\nyour father and mother to eat them?\" In any civilized human society, no one\nwould dare kill his father and mother for the purpose of eating them. Therefore Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu challenged the system of Mohammedan religion as patricide\n\nand matricide. In the Christian religion also, a principal commandment is \"Thou\n\nshalt not kill.\" Nevertheless, Christians violate this rule; they are very expert in\nkilling and in opening slaughterhouses. In our Kr�oa consciousness movement, our\nfirst provision is that no one should be allowed to eat any kind of flesh. It does not\n\nmatter whether it is cows' flesh or goats' flesh, but we especially stress the pro­\n\nhibition against cows' flesh because according to siistra the cow is our mother. Thus\nthe Mohammedans' cow killing was challenged by SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 155\n\n�1� �'- Q:!'f1r� C�� ��·\"1_11'1 I\n�- � •us -c;� '<.;�11H'I' \" ��� \"\nkiijT kahe,\n\ntomiira yaiche veda-purii(la\n\n-\n\ntaiche iimiira Siistra\n\nketiiva 'korii(la'\n\n-\n\nSYNONYMS\nkiijT kahe-the Kazi repIies; tomiira- Your; yaiche-as much as; veda-purii(la- the\nVedas and Puriiras; taiche- similarly; iimiira-our; siistra-scripture; ketiiva-the holy\n\nbook; korii(la-the Koran.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Kazi replied: \"As You have Your scriptures called the Vedas and Purll;tas,\nwe have our scripture, known as the holy Koran.\nPURPORT\nChand Kazi agreed to talk with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu on the strength of the\nscriptures. According to the Vedic scripture, if one can support his position by\nquoting from the Vedas, his argument is perfect. Similarly, when the Mohammedans\nsupport their position with quotations from the Koran, their arguments are also\nauthorized. When Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu raised the question of the\n\nMohammedans' cow killing and bull killing, Chand Kazi came to the standard of\nunderstanding from his scriptures.\nTEXT 156\n\n� -ttt11 \"'�,-��r�-ti{f�·1ft(� 1\n��·1ftt;( ��·�t'f1' fi{tlt1{ II �a� II\n\n", "adi3#p0365": "Text 157)\n\nPastimes of the l or d in His Youth\n\n341\n\nsei sostre kahe, --pravrtti-nivrtti-morga-bheda\nnlvrtti-mlJrge jTva-motra-vadhera ni�edha\nSYNONYMS\nsei sostre-in the scripture (the Koran); kahe-it is ordered; pravrtti-of attachment; nivrtti of detachment; margo-ways; bheda-difference; nivrtti-of detach-\n\nment; marge-on the path; j va motra-of any living entity; vadhera-of killing;\ni\n\n-\n\nn�edha-p rohibition.\ni\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"According to the Koran, there are two ways of advancement-through increasing\nthe propensity to enjoy and decreasing the propensity to enjoy. On the path of\ndecreasing attachment [ nivrtti-marga], the killing of animals is prohibited.\nTEXT 157\n\n�1ttt� c;�t�'f -.Rt'! �fit 6 I\n11ft1r·'eltsnl � '�tflf if � 'Pft'Pl·�� II )�'t II\npravrtti-morge go-vadha karite vidhi haya\nsostra-Ojnaya vadha kai/e nohi popa-bhaya\nSYNONYMS\npravrtti-morge-on the path of attachment; go-vadha-the killing of cows;kariteto execute; viahi-regulative principles; haya-there are; sostra-Oji'ioya-on the order\nof the scripture; vadha-killin g; kaile-if one commits; nohl-there is no; papabhaya-fear of sinful activities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the path of material activit ies, there is regulation for killing cows. If such\nkilling is done under the guidance of scripture, there is no sin.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word sastra is derived from the dhotu, or verbal root, sas. Sas-dhotu pertains\nto controlling or ruling. A government 's ruling through force or weapons is called\nsastra. Thus whenever there is ruling, either by weapons or by injunctions, the sasdhiitu is the basic principle. Between 5astra (ruling through weapons) and sostra\n(ruling through the injunctions of the scri ptures) , the better is sostra. Our Vedic\nscriptures are not ordinary law books of human common sense; they are the statements of factually liberated persons unaffected by the imperfectness of the senses\n\n.\n\nSostra must be correct always, not sometimes correct and sometimes incorrect.\nIn the Vedic scriptures, the cow is described as a mother. Therefore she is a mother\n\n", "adi3#p0366": "342\n\nSrT Cait.anya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nfor all time; it is not, as some rascals say, that in the Vedic age she was a mother but\n\nshe is not in this age. If Siistra is an authority, the cow is a mother always; she was a\nmother in the Vedic age, and she is a mother in this age also.\n\nIf one acts according to the injunctions of Siistra, he is freed from the reactions\n\nof sinful activity. For example, the propensities for eating flesh, drinking wine and\n\nenjoying sex life are all natural to the conditioned soul. The path of such enjoyment\n\nis called pravrtti-miirga. The Sii stra says,pravrttire�iim bhutiiniim nivrttis tu mohii­\n\npha/am: one should not be carried away by the propensities of defective conditioned\n\nlife; one should be guided by the principles of the �iistras. A child's propensity is to\n\nplay all day long, but it is the injunction of the �iistras that the parents should take\ncare to educate him. The �iistras are there just to guide the activities of human\n\nsociety. But because people do not refer to the instructions of �iistras, which are free\n\nfrom defects and imperfections, they are therefore misguided by so-called educated\nteachers and leaders who are full of the deficiencies of conditioned life.\n\nTEXT 158\n\nQSt1{� �� �� <;'Sft�� Cftllt I\n�tJI� <;'Sft�'f �1{ � � � II �<t1r II\ntomiiro vedete iiche go-vadhero vii(li\natoeva go-vadha kare bapa bapa muni\n\nSYNONYMS\ntomiira vedete-in Your Vedic literatures; iiche-there is; g o-vodhero -for cow kill­\n\ning; Vii(li-injunction; ataeva-therefore; go-vadha-cow killing; kare-does; bapa\n\nbapa-very, very great; mun/-sages.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs a learned scholar, the Kazi challenged Caitanya Mahaprabhu, \"In Your Vedic\n\nscriptures there is an injunction for killing a cow. On the strength of this injunction,\ngreat sages performed sacrifices involving cow killing.\"\n\nTEXT 159\n\n� �,-�� � <;'Stl� fil� I\n._��\n\nf�nt if1 emf <;'Sf't�'f II ��Ci> II\n\nprabhu kahe,-vede kahe go-vadha ni�edha\notaeva hindu-miitra nii kare go-vadha\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the lord replied; vede-in the Vedas; kahe-is enjoined; go-vadho­\n\ncow killing; ni$edho-p rohibition; otaeva-therefore; hindu-Hindu; miitra-any;\n\n110-does not; kare- execute; go-1.-fJ dha- cow killing.\n\n", "adi3#p0367": "Text161]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n343\n\nTRANSLATION\nRefuting the Kazi's statement, the Lord immediately replied, \"The Vedas clearly\nenjoin that cows should not be killed. Therefore any Hindu, whoever he may be,\n\ndoes not indulge in cow killing.\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Vedic scriptures there are concessions for meat-eaters. It is said that if one\nwants to eat meat, he should kill a goat before the goddess Kali and then eat its\nmeat. Meat-eaters are not allowed to purchase meat or flesh from a market or\n\nslaughterhouse. There are no sanctions for maintaining regular slaughterhouses to\n\nsatisfy the tongues of meat-eaters. As far as cow killing is concerned, it is completely\nforbidden. Since the cow is considered a mother, how could the Vedas allow cow\nkilling? Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu pointed out that the Kazi's statement was faulty.\nIn Bhagavad-gitii there is a clear injunction that cows should be protected. K�igorak�ya-varifyarh vai�ya-kormo svobhiivo·jom: \"The duty of voi�yos is to produce\n\nagricultural products, trade and give protection to cows.\" (Bg. 18.44) Therefore it is a\nfalse statement that the Vedic scriptures contain injunctions permitting cow killing.\nTEXT160\n\nfim� 'tttl \"\"' �� lfrtl \\!till I\n�-�tt'l �� '�� ·�rtwl-�ltl ll ��o n\n'\n\njiyiiite pare yadi, tobe miire prari\nveda-purare ache hena ajnii-vii(1i\nSYNONYMS\njiyaite-to rejuvenate; piire-one is able; yodi-if; tobe-then; miire-can kill;\nprari-living being; vedo-pura{le-in the Vedas and PuriiQos; ache- there are; henosuch; ajna-vaQi-orders and injunctions.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the Vedas and Purar;1as there are injunctions declaring that if one can revive\n\na living being, he can kill it for experimental purposes.\n\nTEXT161\n\n��'A�� 1Ttt1Ifil'$f'1J\n\n�'f1!1JI fi(, �� \\!� �� II ��� II\natoeva jarod·govo mare muni-gara\nvedo-montre siddho kore taharo jivana\n\n", "adi3#p0368": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n344\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSYNONYMS\notoevo-therefore; jorod-govo-old animals; mare- killed; munl-goro-sages; vedo­\n\nmontre-by the power of Vedic hymns; slddho-rej uvenated; kore-makes; taharohis;jivono-life.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Therefore the great sages sometimes killed old animals, and by chanting Vedic\n\nhymns they again brought them to life for perfection.\nTEXT 162\n\n�� �1$1 �� �� ��tJ I\n'!'ft\\! '!tJ <1'1 il�, � �11<ri't1lll ��� II\njorod-govo hona yuva hoyo aro-varo\ntate taro vodho nohe, hoyo upokaro\n\nSYNONYMS\njorod-govo-old, invalid animals; hona-becoming; yuva-young; hoyo-become;\n\naro-varo-again; tate-in that action ; taro-his; vodho-killing; nohe-is not; hoyothere is; upokaro-benefit.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The killing and rejuvenation of such old and invalid animals was not truly\n\nkilling but an act of great benefit.\n\nTEXT 163\n\n<15fil�� �� -tf� il'tffl i§f\\li�\";5J I\n�ifl<l <;'ttt<t-. 'fl i11 <mt t!!�l;illl ��II\nko/i-ka/e toiche 5oktl nahiko brahmore\notoevo go-vodho keho no kore ekhone\n\nSYNONYMS\nko/i-kale-in the age of Kali; toiche-such; 5okti-power; nahiko-there is none;\n\nbriihmore-in the briihmoros; otoevo-therefore ; go-vodho-killing of cows; keho­\n\nanyone; no-does not; ko re-ex ecute; ekhone-at the present.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Formerly there were powerful brahmar;Jas who could make such experiments\n\nusing Vedic hymns, but now, because of Kali-yuga, brahmar;Jas are not so powerful.\n\nTherefore the killing of cows and bulls for rejuvenation is forbidden.\n\n", "adi3#p0369": "Text 166]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n345\n\nTEXT 164\n\n��'J(�� '>l'<ltaot•� 'lliJPI� W9f�<f1{. I\nClf��'1 �c�g9ff.s� �taot) 9f� f��C'l� • )�8 n\na�vamedharh gaviilambham sannyasam pala-paitrkam\ndevare(la sutotpattirh kalau ponca vivarjayet\n\nSYNONYMS\na�va-medham-a sacrifice offering a horse; gava-0/ambham-a sacrifice of cows;\n\nsannyiisam-the renounced order of life; pala-paitrkam-an offering of oblations of\nflesh to the forefathers; devaref1a-by a husband's brother; suta-utpattim-begetting\nchildren;kalau-in the age of Kali;panca-five; vivarjayet-one must give up.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'In this age of Kali, five acts are forbidden: the offering of a horse in sacrifice,\nthe offering of a cow in sacrifice, the acceptance of the order of sannyasa, the\noffering of oblations of flesh to the forefathers, and a man's begetting children in\nhis brother's wife.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Brahma-vaivarta Purii(la.\nTEXT 165\n\n���,--�ell� I\n� �lt'! � ift�<li ��tl II ��1 II\n\nc;\\S'fUI\n\ntomarii jiyii te niira,\n\n-\n\nvadha-miitra sora\n\nnaraka ha-ite tomiir a niihika nlstiira\n\nSYNONYMS\ntomarii-you Mohammedans; jiyiiite-bring to life; niira- cannot; vadha-miitrakilling only; siira-the essence; naraka ha ite\n-\n\n-\n\nfrom hell; tomiira-your; niihika-there\n\nis not; nistara-deliverance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since you Mohammedans cannot bring killed animals back to life, you are responsible for killing them. Therefore you are going to hell; there is no way for\nyour deliverance.\nTEXT 166\nc;'$11-�tr �� c;lft1f, �� �� �e.7ll I\n\nc;'5tf�� �-11t-o 'PftP fimR II ��� II\n\n", "adi3#p0370": "(Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n346\n\ngo-<Jnge yoto /omo, toto sohosro votsoro\n\ngo-vodhi rourovo-modhye pace nirontoro\n\nSYNONYMS\ngo-<Jnge-on the body of the cow; yoto-as many; /omo-hairs; toto-so many;\n\nsohosro-a thousand; vatsoro-years;go-vadhi-the killer of a cow;rourovo-modhye­\n\nin a hellish condition of life;pace-decomposes; nirontoro-always\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Cow killers are condemned to rot in hellish life for as many thousands of years\n\nas there are hairs on the body\n\nof the cow.\n\nTEXT 167\n\n�t1l1-�� �t!f\"�1-�� $t. �'l I\n\neo trt�' -ttto 111i �i �tefl fiftlln ��� 11\ntomii-sobiiro Siistro-kartii--seho bhronto haifa\nnii jiini' siistrero mormo oiche iijflii di/a\n\nSYNONYMS\ntomii-sobiiro-of all of you; siistro kortii-compilers of scripture; seho-they also;\n-\n\nbhriinto-mistaken; hoi/a-became; nii jiini'-withou t knowing; siistrero mormo-the\nessence of scriptures; oiche-such; iijnii-order; di/o-ga ve\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are many mistakes and illusions in your scriptures. Their compilers, not\n\nknowing the essence of knowledge, gave orders that were against reason and argument.\"\n\nTEXT 168\n\n��' � '� �' itt� �t11 �Ill I\n�fn1 <\\'it� � � 1ft�' II ��lr II\nsuni' stobdho haifa kiiji, niihi sphure vii(li\nviciiriyii kohe kiiji poriibhovo miini'\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-by hearing; stobdho-stunned; haifa-became; kiiji- the Kazi; niihi-does\n\nnot; sp hure-utter; vii(1i-words; viciiriyii-after due consideration; kohe-said; kiiji­\n\nthe Kazi; poriibhovo-defeat; mii ni -accepti n g\n'\n\n.\n\n", "adi3#p0371": "347\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\nText 169]\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing these statements by SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Kazi, his arguments stunned, could not put forward any more words. Thus, after due considera·\ntion, the Kazi accepted defeat and spoke as follows.\n\nPURPORT\nIn our practical preaching work we meet many Christians who talk about statements of the Bible. When we question whether God is limited or unlimited, Christian\npriests say that God is unlimited. But when we question why the unlimited God\nshould have only one son and not unlimited sons, they are unable to answer.\nSimilarly, from a scientific point of view, the answers of the Old Testament, New\nTestament and Koran to many questions have changed. But a sastra cannot change\nat a person's whim. All wstras must be free from the four defects of human nature.\n\nThe statements of sastras must be correct for all time.\nTEXT 169\n\n�lf � �' �fu'!, � � �' I\n�fir<ti � -Its, �1!(-�� � II :>�� II\ntumi ye kahile, parr/ita, sei satya haya\nadhunika amara sastra, vicara-saha naya\n\nSYNONYMS\ntumi- You; ye-whatever; kahile-have said;parr;lita-0 Nimai Pap9ita; sei-that;\n\nsatya-truth; haya-is certainly; adhunika-of modern days; amiira- our; siistrascripture; v cara-logic; saha-with; naya-they are not.\ni\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Nimai Pap�ita, what You have said is all t rue Our scriptures have de.\n\nveloped only recently, and they are certainly not logical and philosophical.\nPURPORT\nThe siistras of the yavonas, or meat-eaters, are not eternal scriptures. They have\nbeen fashioned recently, and sometimes they contradict one another. The scriptures\nof the yavanas are three: the Old Testament, the New Testament and the Koran.\nTheir compilation has a history; they are not eternal like the Vedic knowledge.\nTherefore although they have their arguments and reasonings, they are not very\nsound and transcendental. As such, modern people advanced in science and\n\nphilosophy deem these s cr iptures unacceptable.\nSometimes Christian priests come to us inquiring, \"Why are our followers neglecting our scriptures and accepting yours?\" But when we ask them, \"Your Bible says,\n\n", "adi3#p0372": "/\n\n348\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\n'Do not kill.' Why then are you killing so many animals daily?\" they cannot answer.\nSome of them imperfectly answer that the animals have no souls. But then we ask\nthem, \"How do you know that animals have no souls? Animals and children are of\nthe same nature. Does this mean that the children of human society also have no\nsouls?\" According to the Vedic scriptures, within the body is the owner of the\nbody, the soul. In Bhogovad-gitii it is said:\n\ndehino 'smin yothii dehe\nkoumiirorh youvonorh jorii\ntathii dehiintoro-priiptlr\ndhiros tatra no muhyotl\n\n\"As the embodied soul continually passes, in this body, from boyhood to youth to\nold age, the soul similarly passes into another body at death. The self-realized soul\nis not bewildered by such a change.\" (Bg. 2.13)\nBecause the soul is within the body, the body changes through so many forms.\nThere is a soul within the body of every living entity, whether animal, tree, bird or\nhuman being, and the soul is transmigrating from one type of body to another.\nWhen the scriptures of the yo11t1nos-namely, the Old Testament, New Testament\nand Koran-cannot properly answer inquisitive followers, naturally those advanced\nin scientific knowledge and philosophy lose faith in such scriptures. The Kazi\nadmitted this while talking with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The Kazi was a very intelligent person. He had full knowledge of his position, as stated in the following verse.\nTEXT 170\n\n�i! � -tfS,-� � � I\n:artf!..-.c'l'iltt i!1_ � liftS 1ft� II �'\\ o II\nkolplto iimiira Mstra,--iimi saba jiini\njiiti-<Jnurodhe tabu sei siistra miini\n\nSYNONYMS\nkolpito-imagined; iimiiro-our; Siistra-scripture; iimi-1; saba-everything; jiini­\n\nknow; jiiti-by community; onurodhe-being obliged; tabu-still; se/-that; siistroscripture; miini-1 accept.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I know that our scriptures are full of imagination and mistaken ideas, yet be·\n\ncause I am a Mohammedan I accept them for the sake of my community, despite\ntheir insufficient support.\n\n", "adi3#p0373": "Text 173]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n349\n\nTEXT 171\n\n��� �<��--ttts 'fj!W f.wl1f 1\n� � �� '1._�� �<I� II �\"� II\nsahaje yavana-siistre adrflha viciira\nhiisi' tiihe mahiiprabhu puchena iira-viira\nSYNONYMS\nsahaje-naturally; yavana-siistre-in the scriptures of the meat-eaters; adrflhaunsound; viciira-judgment; hiis/'-smiling; tiihe-from him; mahiiprabhu-Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\npuchena-inquired; iira viira-agai n.\n-\n\nTRANSLATI ON\n\"The reasoning and arguments in the scriptures of the meat-eaters are not very\nsound,\" the Kazi concluded. Upon hearing this statement, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nsmiled and inquired from him as follows.\nTEXT 172\n\n'fJfB \\Jl� � �fif, �-., 1fit1ft1fl1\n\n�-tt.t' �' �t;;'f if! <If•� �' II �\"� II\niira eka prasna kari, suna, tumi miimii\nyathiirtha kahibe, chafe nii vaitchibe iimii'\nSYNONYMS\niira eka-one more; prasna-inquiry; karl-am putting; suna-hear; tumi-you;\nmiimii-maternal uncle; yathii-ortha-as it is true; kahibe-you should speak; chafeby tricks; nii vaitchibe\n\n-\n\nyou should not cheat; iima'-Me.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"My dear maternal uncle, I wish to ask you another question. Please tell Me the\ntruth. Do not try to cheat Me with tricks.\nTEXT 173\n\n�tlfft �� � :JtW1 ��� I\n\n4ftW;ft'!-��' 'J{i)'!, $ II �\"� II\ntomiira nagare haya sadii sankirtana\nviidya-gita-kofiihafo, sailgito, nortona\n\n", "adi3#p0374": "350\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSYNONYMS\ntomiira nagare-in your city; haya-there is; sadii-always; sahkirtana-chanting of\nthe holy name of the Lord; viidya-musical sounds;gTta-song; koliihala-tumultuous\nroaring; sangita -singing; nartana-dancing\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In your city there is always congregational chanting of the holy name. A tumultuous uproar of music, singing and dancing is always going on.\nTEXT 174\n\nCJ_fif �,-�'!:''I�·MQJIW( 'C1� I\n�� '� � �� 1f1ifl 'i_�� � ?ttfl II �'\\8 II\ntumi kiij�-hindu-dharma-virodhe adhikiiri\nebe ye nii kara miinii bujhite nii piiri\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-you; kiiji-the magistrate; hindu-dharma-the religious principles of the\nHindus; virodhe-in opposing; adhikiiri-have the right; ebe\n\n-\n\nnow; ye-that; nii kara\n\nmiinii-you do not forbid; bujhite-to understand; nii piiri-1 am not able.\nTRANSLATION\n\"As a Mohammedan magistrate, you have the right to oppose the performance of\nHindu ceremonies, but now you do not forbid them. I cannot understand the rea.son\nwhy.\"\nTEXT 175\n\n���'{,-� �1fni � ''osft��fil' I\n� i{f� 'C1tfit ''!t1fnl � �ff II �'\\� II\nkiiji bale-sabhe tomiiya bole 'gaurahari'\nsei niime iimi tomiiya sambodhana kari\nSNYONYMS\nkiijl bale-the Kazi said; sabhe-att; tomiiya-You; bole-address; gaurahari-by\n\nthe name Gaurahari; sel niime-by that name; iimi-1; tomiiya-You;sambodhanaaddress; kari-do.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Kazi said: \"Everyone calls You Gaurahari. Please let me address You by that\nname.\n\n", "adi3#p0375": "Texts 178-179]\n\nPastimes of the lord in His Youth\n\n351\n\nTEXT 176\n\n��' c;'Sf�ff, <JI� ��.11t �11('1 I\nfift\\1\" 1tN, t!t<{ �ff firr;�� II }'\\� II\nsuna, gaurahari, ei prasnera kiir0(/0\nnibhrta hao yadi, tabe kari nlvedana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuna-kindly hear; gaurahori-0 Gaurahari; ei prasnero-of this question; korO(IOreason; nibhrta-solitary; hao-You become;yadl-if;tabe-then; karl- I shall make;\nnivedano-submission.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kindly listen, 0 Gaurahari! If You come to a private place, I shall then explain\nthe reason.\"\nTEXT 177\n\n12ft, <{t\"f,- � �� �rt1tHl �\"1111f Q I\n�t �ft' � 't_fif, if! �� '611 \" �'\\'\\ \"\nprabhu bale, -e loko iimiira antaranga hayo\nsphufa karl' kaha tumi, nii kariha bhaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu bale-the Lord said; e /oko-all these men; iimiira- My; antaranga-confidential associates; haya-are; sphufa kari'-making it clear; kaha-spea k; tum/-you;\nnii-do not; kariha bhaya- be afraid.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord replied: \"All these men are My confidential associates. You may speak\nfrankly. There is no reason to be afraid of them.\"\nTEXTS 178-179\n\n�� �,�<{��'�til fmrt I\n� �m( 1ff�1 �\"., �tm1 n }\"\"' \"\n� � �� fil�� 1t��Wf I\n�' fil��IJ_�, <sii!f't� f� II �'\\� II\nkiiji kahe,-yabe iimi hindura ghare giyii\nkirtana karilun mona mrdanga bhangiyii\n\n", "adi3#p0376": "352\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nsei rotre eka sirhha mahii-bhayankara\nnara-deha, sirhha-mukha, garjaye vistara\n\nSYNONYMS\nkiiji kahe-the Kazi replied;yabe-when; iimi-1; hlndura-of a H indu ; ghare- in the\nhouse; giya-going there; kTrtana-chanting of the holy name; kariluh-made; mana­\n\nprohibition; mrdahga-the drum; bhangiya-breaking; sel ratre-on that night; eka­\n\none; sirhha-lio n ; maha-bhayankara-very fearful; nara-deha-having a body like a\nhuman being's; sirhha-mukha-having a face like a lion s; garjaye-was roaring; vistara\n'\n\n-very loudly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Kazi said: \"When I went to the Hindu's house, broke the drum, and forbade\nthe performance of congregational chanting, in my dreams that very night I saw a\ngreatly fearful lion, roaring very loudly, His body like a human being's and His face\nlike a lion's.\nTEXT 180\n\n��ta��fifm�''\n� � �' -rof �-�ifll\"� II �1ro II\nsayane iimiira upara liipha diyii ca(/1'\na,t.ta a.tta hiise, kare danta-ka(lama(li\n\nSYNONYMS\nsayane-in a sleeping condition ; iimiira-me; upara-upon; liipha diyii-jumping;\nca(//'-mounting; a.t!a a,t.ta-rough and hard; hose-smiles; kare-does; danta-teeth;\nka(lama(li-smashing.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"While I was asleep, the lion jumped on my chest, laughing fiercely and gnashing\nHis teeth.\nTEXT 181\n\n���fifm�-���\n.-t�'i_�1� \\\" •\"\" � II �1r� II\nmora buke nakha diyii ghora-svare bale\nphii(limu tomiira buka mrdanga badale\n\nSYNONYMS\nmora-my; buke-on the chest; nakha\n\n-\n\nnails; diyii\n\n-\n\nplacing ; ghora-roaring; svare­\n\nin a voice; ba/e-says;phii(/imu-1 shall bifurcate ; tomiira-your; buka-chest ; mrdanga\n-for the drum; badale-in ex change .\n\n", "adi3#p0377": "Text 184]\n\nPastimes of the lord in His Youth\n\n353\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Placing its nails on my chest, the lion said in a grave voice: 'I shall immediately\nbifurcate your chest as you broke the mrdanga drum!\nTEXT 182\n\n,� �i{ 1ffifl ��, m11. ,i!.l1l � ,\n\n� 1l._fif' .-rf9f � 9f't$i �� �� II �lr� II\nmora kirtono manii korls, korimu toro k�oyo\niihkhi mud/' kahpi iimi piiiiii bo(lo bhoya\nSYNONYMS\nmora-My; kirtona-congregational chanting; mono karis-you are forbidding;\nkorimu-1 shall do; toro-your; k�oya-destruction; iihkhi-eyes; mudi'-closing;\nkiihpi-1 was trembling; iimi-1; paM-getting; boifa-very great; bhaya-fear.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'You have forbidden the performance of My congregational chanting. Therefore\nI must destroy you!' Being very much afraid of Him, I closed my eyes and trembled.\nTEXT 183\n\nm ��' n,�� �\" �m �� 1\n� fit'lli lift'! ��11_r.i!t1l 911lttt� II �lr'� ll\nbhTta dekhi' simha bale ha-iyii sadaya\ntore sik�ii dite kailu toro pariijoya\nSYNONYMS\nbhito dekhi'-seeing me so afraid; simha-the lion; bofe-says;ha-iya- becoming;\nso-daya-merciful; tore-unto you; sik�ii-lesson; dite-to give; kai/u-1 have done;\ntora-your; pariijaya-defeat.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Seeing me so afraid, the lion said, 'I have defeated you just to teach you a lesson,\nbut I must be merciful to you.\nTEXT 184\n\n� � �1li! e{t� ��f'f �911'! I\n\nQ:!f$-.� �fif' i{i �� �t'1f'(lti! II �1r8 II\n\n", "adi3#p0378": "lAdi-IWi, Ch. 17\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n354\n\nse dina bahuta nahi kaifi utpota\ntefti k�ama kari' no karinu pro(loghata\n\nSYNONYMS\nse dina-on that day; bahuta-very much; nahi-not; kaifi-you did; utpota-dis­\n\nturbance; tefti-therefore; k�ama kari '-forgiving; no karinu-1\n\npra(la..Oghota-the taking of your life.\n\ndid not execute;\n\nTR ANSLATION\n\"'On that day, you did not create a very great disturbance. Therefore I have ex­\n\ncused you and not taken your life.\n\nTEXT 185\n\n�� �flf �i{: \"J, \\!t� -n ��I\n��t-f '��� 1ftfif �� iltf-1�11 �lr<t II\naiche yadi puna(/ kara, tabe no sahimu\nsavarhse tomore mori yavana noslmu\n\nSYNONYMS\naiche-similarly; yadi-if; puna(l-again; kara-you do; tabe then; no sahimu-1\n-\n\nshall not tolerate; sa-vamse-along with your family; tomore-you; mori-killing;\n\nyavana-the meat-eaters; nosimu-1 shall vanquish.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'But if you perform such activities again, I shall not be tolerant. At that time I\n\nshall kill you, your entire family and all the meat-eaters.'\nTEXT 186\n\n� �' ��� ''Sti!f, �1ft� '� 'e� I\n\n�- \"'�' i{� �t1{1J �11 II �lr� II\neta kahi' sirhha gefa, omora haifa bhaya\nei dekha, nakha-cihna amora hrdaya\n\nSYNONYMS\neta-thus; kahi'-saying; sirhha-the lion; gefa-returned; omora-my; haifa-there\n\nwas; bhaya\n\n-\n\nfear; ei dekha-just see this; nakha-cihna-the nail marks; amora hrdaya\n\n-on my heart.\n\n", "adi3#p0379": "Text 189)\n\n355\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"After saying this, the lion left, but I was very much afraid of Him. Just see the\nmarks of His nails on my heart!\"\nTEXT 187\n\n�' �t� �-� \"'� I\n��' \"'r.t' �t� '«11 � �� II �\"\"' II\n�\n\neta bali' kiiji nija-buka dekhiiila\nsuni' dekhi' sarva-loka iiscarya miinila\nSYNONYMS\neta bali'-saying this; kiiji-the Kazi; nija-buka-his own chest; d ekhiiila showed ;\n-\n\nsuni'-hearing; dekhi'-seeing; sarva-loka-everyone; iiscarya-wonderful incident;\nmanila-accepted.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this description, the Kazi showed his chest. Having heard him and seen the\nmarks, all the people there accepted the wonderful incident.\nTEXT 188\n\n�) �-b1 �tfif �ttf �1 � I\n� fit� �1f!l' �� f9f�1 � II �lr\\r II\nkiij7 kahe,-ihii iimi kiire nii kahila\nset dina iimiira eka piyiida iii/a\nSYNONYMS\nMj1 kahe-the Kazi said; ihii-this; iimi - l ; kiire-to others; nii kahi/a-did not tell;\nsei dina - on that day; iimiira-my; eka-one; piyiidii-orderly; iii/a-came to see me.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Kazi continued: \"I did not speak to anyone about this incident, but on that\nvery day one of my orderlies came to see me.\nTEXT 189\n\n�tfit' ��,-'� l!['lfP � �fitt'! I\n� t� �R �-.. llfft'5f ��\\5 II �\"'\"' II\n\n", "adi3#p0380": "356\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\nasi' kahe,-gelun munl kTrtana ni$edhite\n\nagnl ulkti mora mukhe loge acamblte\nSYNONYMS\nasl'-coming to me; kahe-he said; ge/un-went; mui'ii-1; kTrtana-congregational\n\nchanting; ni$edhite-to stop; agnl u/kti-flames of fire; mora-my; mukhe-in the\nface; loge-come in contact; acambite-all of a sudden.\nTRANSLATION\n\"After coming to me, the orderly said, 'When I went to stop the congregational\n\nchanting, suddenly flames struck my face.\n\nTEXT 190\n\n����,���a'!l\n,�l ,� m, � <-fll �'Ill ��0 11\npu{lila sokala dii{/1, mukhe hoi/a vrora\nyei peyiida yaya, tara ei vivarara\nSYNONYMS\npu{/1/a-burned; soka/a- all; dii{li- beard; mukhe-on the face; haifa-there was;\n\nvrora-blisters; yei-any; peyiidii-orderly; yiiya-goes; tara-his; e/-this; vivora(la­\n\ndescription.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'My beard was burned, and there were blisters on my cheeks.' Every orderly\n\nwho went gave the same description.\n\nTEXT 191\n\ni!t� �' �'i 'lf$ �� �$1 I\n\nNi{ iff ��' �� ��1 '!' ��111 ��� II\ntiiha dekhl' rahinu munl mahii-bhaya piifii\nkirtana nii varjiha, ghare rahon to' vosiyii\nSYNONYMS\n\ntiihii dekhi'-seeing that; rahinu-remained; mufi/-1; mahii bhaya- great fear;\n-\n\npiifiii-getting; kirtana-the congregational chanting; nii-not; varjiha\nat home; rahon-remain; ta'-certainly; vas/yo-sitting.\n\nsto p; ghare­\n\n-\n\n", "adi3#p0381": "Text 194)\n\nPastimes of the lord in His Youth\n\n357\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"After seeing this, I was very much afraid. I asked them not to stop the congregational chanting but to go sit down at home.\n\nTEXT 192\n\n� �' i{'$ft1f � � �·�if I\n��' � � �fit' ��'f fi{�� II �;.� II\ntabe to' nagare ha-ibe svacchande kirtana\n�uni' saba m/eccha iisi' kai/a nivedana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe to'-th ereafter; nagare-in the city; ha-ibe-there will be; svacchande-without disturbance or a n xiety; kirtana-congregational chanting; �uni,'-hearing this;\nsaba-all; m/eccha-meat-eaters; osl'-coming; k ai/a-submitted; nive dana-petit ion .\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Then all the meat-eaters came to submit a petition, complaining, 'After this\norder, there will always be unrestricted congregational chanting in the city.\nTEXT 193\n\ni1'$ft1f �� tt#i �t� �'Pttf I\n�fl' '�fl' ..fit � i11� �fi{ 'fJftt II ��� II\nnagare hindura dharma bO�IIa apiira\n'harl' 'hari' dhvani ba-i nohi �uni ora\n\nSYNONYMS\nnagare-in\n\nthe\n\ncity; hindura-of the\n\nHindus; dharma-religi on; bii�ila-has\n\nincreased; apora-unlimitedly; har/ hari-of the Lord's name, Hari, Har i; dhvanithe vibration; ba-1-except; niihi-do not; �uni-we hear; lira-anything else.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'In this way the religion of the Hindus will increase unlimitedly. There are\nalways vibrations of. \" Hari ! Hari!\" We do not hear anything but this.'\nTEXT 194\n\n� � ��.--� '�•' '\"'�fit' I\n�' wtt..,, �' '5f'RI, � � '!.fil \" ��8 \"\n\n", "adi3#p0382": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n358\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\niira mleccha kahe,-hindu 'k[�(lO k{�(la' bali'\nhiise, kiinde, niice, gaya, gafli yiiya dhD/i\nSYNONYMS\nora-another; m/eccha-meat-eater; kahe-said; hindu-Hindus; k�(lO k{�(lO ba/i'­\n\nsaying \"Kr�rya, Krg -t a\"; hiise-smile; kiinde-cry; niice-dance; giiya-chant; gafli\nyiiya dhiili-roll in the dust.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One meat-eater said, 'The Hindus say, \"Knl)a, Kr�IJa,\" and they smile, cry,\ndance, chant and fall on the ground, smearing their bodies with dirt.\nTEXT 195\n\n'm' ��a-, m' � � ,�t'ft.., ,\n� �filt'f <;\\!tJffif \"H'<!t\" .,.II ��<t II\n'hari' 'hari' karl' hindu kare ko/iiha/a\npiitasiiha Sunile tomiira karibeka photo\nSYNONYMS\nhari harl kari'-saying \"Hari, Hari\"; hindu-the Hindus; kare-make; koliihalatumultuous sound; piitasiiha-the king; Sunile-if hearing; tomiira-your; karibekawill do;pha/a-punishment.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Vibrating \"Hari, Hari,\" the Hindus make a tumultuous sound. If the king\n[patasaha] hears it, certainly he will punish you.'\nPURPORT\nPatasaha refers to the king. Nawab Hussain Shah, whose full name was Ala\nUddina Saiyada Husena Sa, was at that time (1498-1511) the independent King of\nBengal. Formerly he was the servant of the cruel Nawab of the Habsi dynasty named\nMujaiJphara Khan, but somehow or other he assassinated his master and became the\n\nKing. After gaining the throne of Bengal (technically called Masnada), he declared\n\nhimself Saiyada Husena Ala Uddrna Seripha Mukka. There is a book called Riyaja\nUs-salotina, whose author, Golama Husena, says that Nawab Hussain Shah belonged\nto the family of Mukka Seripha. To keep his family's glory, he took the name\nSeripha Mukka. Generally, however, he is known as Nawab Hussain Shah. After\nhis death, his eldest son, Nasaratsa, became King of Bengal {1521-1533). This\nKing also was very cruel. He committed many atrocities against the Vai�l)avas. As a\nresult of his sinful activities, one of his servants from the Khoja group killed him\nwhile he was praying in the mosque.\n\n", "adi3#p0383": "Pastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\nText 198]\n\n359\n\nTEXT 196\n\n���� �\"!'��\"I\n� 'm' �ff, '!tf llS!'et� 'ft�'f II��� II\ntabe sei yavanere iimi ta' puchila\nhindu 'hari' bale, tara svabhiiva jiinila\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then; sei-that; yavanere-from\npuchi/a inquired; hindu-the\n-\n\nnature;jiini/a- 1 know.\n\nthe meat-eaters; iimi-1; ta'-certainly;\n\nHindu; hari\n\nbale-says Hari; tiira-his; svabhiiva­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"I then inquired from these yavanas, 'I know that these Hindus by nature chant\n\"Hari, Hari.\"\n\nTEXT 197\n\n'[filt::! �� �$1 �i{ ��� I\n� Of�'!tJ iff1f 'I� Rs <ftJ'I II��'\\ II\ntumita yavana hanii kene anuk�ara\nhindura devatiira niima /aha ki kiirara\n\nSYNONYMS\ntumita-but\n\nyou; yavana-meat-eaters;\n\nhanii-being; kene-why; anuk¥Jf}a­\n\nalways; hinduta-of the Hin dus; devatiira-of the God; niima-the name; /aha-you\ntake; ki-what; kiirara-the reason.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'The Hindus chant the name Hari because that is the name of their God. But\nyou are Mohammedan meat-eaters. Why do you chant the name of the Hindus'\nGod?'\n\nTEXT 198\n\n<Jllii <r-t�, -� �tfit � �·� I\nc;� C'M -��, c;��-1ftll�tJ'I II��\\r' II\nmleccha kahe,-hindure ami karl parihasa\nkeha keha-kr�radasa, keha-ramadiisa\n\nSYNONYMS\nmleccha-the meat-eater; kahe-says; hindure-unto a Hindu; iimi -1 ; kari-do;\nparihiisa-joking; keha keha-some of them; kr�radiisa-of the name Kr��acfasa;\nkeha-some of them; riimadiisa-of the name Ramadasa.\n\n", "adi3#p0384": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n360\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The meat-eater replied, 'Sometimes I joke with the Hindus. Some of them are\n\ncalled Kr��;tadasa, and some are called Ramadasa.\nTEXT 199\n\n��ft5ftlt, � � '�fl' '�fi' I\ntrtfi{ �11 �t:t 'fi{ ..00� frill �Q)Q) II\nkeha-harid�sa, soda bale 'hart' 'hari'\njiinl kiira ghare dhana karibeka curi\n\nSYNONYMS\nkeha-some of them; haridiisa-of the name Haridasa; sadii-always; bale-says;\n\nhart hart-th e name of the Lord, \"Hari, Hari\";jiin/-1 understand;kora-someone's;\n\nghare-at home; dhana-wealth ; karib eka -will do; curl-theft.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'Some of them are called Haridasa. They always chant \"Hari, Hari,\" and thus I\n\nthought they would steal the riches from someone's house.\nPURPORT\n\nAnother meaning of \"Hari, Hari\" is \"I am stealing. I am stealing.\"\nTEXT 200\n\n,� �� ftf@t (}{Rf �� '�fl' '�' I\n�I ift�, ���,·-f<li �'lUI �ff II �o•U\nset haite jihvii mora bale 'hart' 'hari'\n/cchii niihi, tabu bale, -ki upiiya karl\n\nSYNONYMS\nset haite - from that\n\ntime; jihvii -t ongue; mora-my; bale -says; hari hart-th e\n\nvibration \"Hari, Hari\"; /cchii-desire; niihi-there is none; tabu-still; bale-says;\nk/-what; upiiya -m eans; kari-1 may do.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Since that time, my tongue also always vibrates the sound \"Hari, Hari.\" I have\n\nno desire to say it, but still my tongue says it. I do not know what to do.'\n\n", "adi3#p0385": "Text 203]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n361\n\nPURPORT\nSometimes demoniac nonbelievers, not understanding the potency of the holy\nname, make fun of the Vai�l)avas when the Vai�pavas chant the Hare\n\nKr�Qa\n\nmahii-mantra. This joking is also beneficial for such persons. SrTmad-Bhiigavatam,\n\nSixth Canto, Second Chapter, verse\n\n14, indicates that the chanting of the Hare\n\nKr�Da mahii-mantra, even in joking, in the course of ordinary discussion, in indi cat ing\nsomething extraneous, or in negligence, is called niimiibhiisa, which is chanting that\nis almost on the transcendental stage. This niimiibhiisa stage is better than niimaapariidha. Niimiibhiisa awakens the supreme remembrance of Lord Vi�I)U. When one\n\nremembers Lord Vi�l)u, he becomes free from material enjoyment. Thus he\ngradually comes forward toward the transcendental service of the Lord and becomes\neligible to chant the holy name of the Lord in the transcendental position.\nTEXTS 201-202\n\n�tqtf CPi �' ��-�� �' �� I\n\n������� Nif ..{;\\5\" �·)II\n\nftr@1 \"ift1{ ���'ill 'II� �i{ I\n\nill trtfif, f� 1{tt��fif trt� �'St'l II � ·� II\nllra mleccha kahe, �una--iimi ta' ei-mate\nhinduke parihiisa kainu se dina ha-ite\njihvii kr�ra-niima kare, nii mane varjana\nnii jiini, ki mantrau�adhi jiine hindu-gara\n\nSYNONYMS\nDra-another; mleccha-meat-eater; kahe-said; �una-please hear; iimi-1; ta'certainly; ei-mate-in this way; hinduke-to a Hindu; parihiisa-joking; kainu-did;\nse-that; dina-day; ha-ite-from;jlhvii-the tongue; kr�ra-niima-the holy name of\nLord Krg1a; kare-chants; nii-does n.ot; miine-accept; varjana-renunciation; niinot; jiini-1 know; ki-what; mantra-au�adhi-hymns and herbs;jiine-know; hindugara-the Hindus.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Another meat-eater said, 'Sir, pl eas e hear me. Since the day I joked with some\nHin du s in this way, my tongue chants th e Har e Kr�l)a hymn and cannot give it up.\nI do not know what mystic hymns and herbal potions these Hindus know.'\nTEXT 203\n\n�i! ��' i!\"I'·:Jt�t� �t1f 9ftftbf I\n\n'���� � ��-\"t\\5 � n �•'f> n\n\n", "adi3#p0386": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n362\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\neta �uni' ta'-sobhare ghore pa_thailo\nheno-ka/e pa�orrli hindu pahco-sato ai/o\nSYNONYMS\n\neta suni' -after hearing all this; tii'-sobhiire-all of them; ghore-back home;\npii{hailo- sent; heno-kiile-at that time; pii�orfl'i-nonbeliever; hindu- Hindus; pohcosiito five or seven; iii/a- came.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"After hearing all this, I sent all the mlecchas back to their homes. Five or\nseven nonbeliving Hindus then approached me.\nPURPORT\nThe word po�orrli refers to nonbelievers engaged in fruitive activities and idola­\n\ntrous worshipers of many demigods.\n\nPa�orrlis do not believe in one God, the\n\nSupreme Personality, Lord Vi�r:JU; they think that all the demigods have the same\npotency as Him. The definition of a pii�orrli is given in the tontro-�astro:\n\nyos tu niiroyorom devom brohmo-rudriidi-doivotoi/:1\nsomotvenoivo vTk�eto so po�orfi'T bhoved dhruvom\n\"A pii�orrli is one who considers the great demigods such as Lord Brahma and Lord\nSiva equal to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Naraya�a.\"\n\n(Hori-bhokti·\n\nviliiso, 1. 73)\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is osomourdhvo; in other words, no one\ncan be equal to or greater than Him. But pii�o(I(/Ts do not believe this. They worship\nany kind of demigod, thinking it all right to accept whomever they please as the\nSupreme Lord. The pii�orflis were against the Hare Kr��a movement of Lord Sri\nKr�pa Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and now we see practically that they also do not like\nour humble attempts to spread Kr��a consciousness all over the world. On the\ncontrary, these\n\npii�o(lf(Ts say that we are spoiling the Hindu religion because\n\npeople all over the world are accepting Lord Kr��a as the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead according to the version of Bhogovod-gTtii As It Is. The pii�O(IPfS condemn\nthis movement, and sometimes they accuse Vai��avas from foreign countries of\nbeing not bona fide. Even so-called Vai$�avas or followers of the Vai��ava cult do\nnot agree with our activities in making Vai��avas in the western countries. Such\n\npii�orflis existed even during the time of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and they\nstill continue to exist. Despite all the activities of these pii�o(l(/is, however, the\nprediction of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu will triumph: prthivTte iiche yoto nogoriidi\ngriimo/ sorvotro prociiro hoibe mora noma. \"In every town and village, the chanting of\nMy name will be heard.\" No one can check the spread of the Kr��a consciousness\nmovement because upon this movement is the benediction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "adi3#p0387": "Text 206]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n363\n\nTEXT 204\n\n'el�' -.�,--� 1fSi ��if F..� I\n'� �� ��;t''ft'f, �l �� �f� 11 �oS It\niisi' kahe,-hindura dharma bhiihgila nimiii\nye kTrtana pravartiiila, kabhu �uni niii\nSYNONYMS\niisi'-coming there; kahe-they said; hindura-of the Hindus; dharma-religious\nprinciples; bhiihgila-has broken; nimii -Nimai PaQ9ita; ye-that; kTrtana-congregational chanting; pravartiiila-has introduced; kabhu-at any time;suni-we heard;\nniii-never.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Coming to me, the Hindus complained: 'Nimai Par;�(lita has broken the Hindu\nreligious principles. He has introduced the sankirtana system, which we never heard\nfrom any scripture.\nTEXT 205\n\n�����, ��H <fS�' �'51�'1 I\n'!t't� �tw, 'J�J, ffr�,-,�m �tR'I n �o� n\nmahgalacarf/T, vi�ahari kari'jiigarara\ntii'te viidya, nrtya, gita,-yogya iicarara\nSYNONYMS\nmahgala-cafJt[f-of the religious performance for worship of MangalacaQ(Ii; vi�ahari\n-of the religious performance for worship of Vi�ahari; kari\n\n'-\n\nobserving; jiigaraQa­\n\nnight vigil; tii'te-in that ceremony; viidya-musical performance; nrtya-dancing;\ngita-chanting; yogya-suitable; iicarara-custom.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'When we keep a nightlong vigil to observe religious performances for the worship of Mangalacar;�c,li and Vi�ahari, playing on musical instruments, dancing and\nchanting are certainly fitting customs.\nTEXT 206\n\n�� fi'f �� �t� �fu� I\n'St11 � �f�1 �t'f11t ��It �0� It\n\n", "adi3#p0388": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n364\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\npurve bhiila chi/a ei nlmiii parflita\ngayii haite asiyii ca/aya vlparita\n\nSYNONYMS\npurve-before this; bhii/a-very good; chi/a-was; e/ -this; nimai parflita-of the\n\nname Nimai Par:u;lita; gayii- Gaya (a place of pilgrimage); halte-from;os/yo-coming;\n\nciiliiya -con du c ts ; viparita-just the opp os i te\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Nimai Pap�ita was previously a very good boy, but since He has returned from\nGaya He conducts Himself differently.\n\nTEXT 207\n\n� ��' 'Sfti .fh, Qfi �tfit I\n�·:q5il'!fV(·� �c( lftt'Sf l!'tfif II �o'l II\nucca kari' gaya gita, deya karatiili\n\nmrdanga korotiila-� obde korre /age tali\n-\n\nSYNONYMS\nucca\n\n-\n\nl ou d ; kart-m a king; giiya-sings; gita-songs ;\n\ndeya-practices; karatiili­\n\nclapping; mrdonga mrdanga; karatii/a-hand bells; �obde-by sounds; korre-in the\n-\n\near; /age-there is; tali blocking\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Now He loudly sings all kinds of songs, clapping, playing drums and hand bells,\nand making a tumultuous sound that deafens our ears.\n\nTEXT 208\n\nifl ��,--f\" �1$1 � �$1 i{ft�, 'Sfti I\n�C�, ��' 9fC�, ��, '$f�Jt� � II �o\"\" II\nnii jiini,-ki khiina matta hona niice, giiyo\nhiise, kande, pofle, u.the, gofliigofli yiiya\n\nSYNONYMS\nna jani-we do not know; ki-what; khiiitii-eating; matta-mad; hoM- be com ing;\nniice-He dances; gaya-chants; hase-laughs; kande-cries; pafle-falls down; u.the­\n\ngets up;gaflagafli yaya-goes rolling on the ground.\n\n", "adi3#p0389": "Text 211)\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n365\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'We do not know what He eats that makes Him become mad, dancing, singing,\nsometimes laughing, crying, falling down, jumping up and rolling on the ground.\nTEXT 209\nil'5t� 9ft'$flf �� lNi ���il I\n\nJt� fifi!i iftr. �' �� ��'1 II � o� II\nnogoriylike pligo/o koilo soda sohkirtono\nrlitre nidra nahi yai, kori jagororo\nSYNONYMS\nnogoriylike-all the citizens; pogo/a-mad; koilo-He has made; soda-always;\nsohkirtono-congregational chanting; ratre-at night; nidra-sleep; nahl yai-we do\nnot get; kori-observe;jogororo-wakefulness.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'He has made all the people practically mad by always performing congregational\nchanting. At night we cannot get any sleep; we are always kept awake.\nTEXT 210\n\n'fif1tt�' ift1t �' tll� �tJ '''$f�' I\n�'\\� � i\\� �� � �•tfJ' II ��· II\n'nimiiiii' nama chO(Ii' ebe bolayo 'gourohori'\nhinduro dharma noHo koi/o pa�orflo soiicari'\nSYNONYMS\nnimaiii-Nimai; nama-the name; cho(li'-giving up; ebe-now; bolliyo-calls;\ngourohori-Gaurahari; hinduro-of the Hindus; dharma-the religious principles;\nno�.to koi/o-spoiled; po,s-or(lo-irreligion; soiicari'-introducing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Now He has given up His own name Nimai and introduced Himself by the name\nGaurahari. He has spoiled the Hindu religious principles and introduced the irreligion\nof nonbelievers.\nTEXT 211\nl'���il�����l\n\n�- 9ftt9f i1��9f �-� !lw� II ��� II\n\n", "adi3#p0390": "366\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-IWi, Ch. 17\n\nkr$1Jera kirtana kare nica boffo boffo\nei pope novadvTpa ha-ibe ujaffo\nSYNONYMS\n\nk($1Jera-of Lord Kr�Qa; kirtono-chanting; kore-does; nico-lower class; boffo\nbOffo-again and again; ei pope-by this sin; novodv7po-the whole city of Navadvipa;\nha-ibe-will become; ujaffo-deserted.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Now the lower classes are chanting the Hare Kr��a mahli-mantra again and again.\nFor this sinful activity, the entire city of Navadvipa will be deserted.\n\nTEXT 212\n\n��-ttt• ..,, ifilf-Jt�t• wrt� 1\nJ��� �� 1tt!l1f �1i � �f.{ n �)� n\n,\n\nhindu-sostre 7svoro' noma-moho-mantra joni\nsorvo-loka �unile montrero viryo hoyo hani\nSYNONYMS\n\nhindu-�ostre-in the scriptures of the Hindus; i�vara-God; nama-the holy name;\nmoho-mantra-topmost hymn;jani-we know; sorvo-loko-everyone; �unile-if they\nhear; montrera-of the mantra; vTryo-potency; hoyo-becomes; hani-fin ished.\nTRANSLATION\n'\"According to Hindu sc ri pt ure, God's name is supposed to be the most powerful\nhymn. If everyone hears the chanting of the name, the potency of the hymn will be\n\nlost.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the list of offenses in the chanting of the holy name of the Lord, it is said,\ndhormo-vroto-tyago-hutadi-sorva-subho-kriya-somyam opi pramadaf:t: to consider the\n\nchanting of the holy name of the Lord equal to the execution of some auspicious\nreligious ceremony is an offense. According to the materialistic point of view, observing a religious ceremony invokes an auspicious atmosphere for the material\nbenefit of the entire world. Materialists therefore manufacture religious principles\n\nto live comfortably and without disturbance in executing their material activities.\nSince they do not believe in the existence of God, they have manufactured the idea\nthat God is impersonal and that to have some conception of God one may imagine\nany form. Thus they respect the many forms of the demigods as different representations or manifestations of the Lord. They are called bahv-Tsvoro-vadis, or followers\nof thousands and thousands of gods. They consider the chanting of the names of the\n\n", "adi3#p0391": "Text 212]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n367\n\ndemigods an auspicious activity. Great so-called sviimls have written books saying\nthat one may chant any name-Durga, Kali, Siva, Kr�r;�a, Rama, and so on-because\n\nany name is all right to invoke an auspicious atmosphere in society. Thus they are\ncalled po,sar9'is-unbelievers or faithless demons.\n\nSuch po,S\"ar{lis do not know the actual value of the chanting of the holy name of\n\nLord KrHla. Foolishly proud of their material birth as briihmaras and their conse­\n\nquently higher position in the social order, they think of the other classes-namely,\n\nthe k,5atriyas, the vaisyas and siidras-as lower classes. According to them, no one\n\nbut the briihmaras can chant the holy name of Kr�t;�a, for if others chanted the\n\nholy name, its potency would be reduced. They are unaware of the potency of Lord\n\nKr�t;�a's name. The Brhan-noradiya Purii(la recommends:\n\nharer niima harer niima harer niimaiva kevalam\nkalau nosty eva niisty eva niisty eva gatir anyathii\n\"For spiritual progress in this age of Kali, there is no alternative, no alternative,\n\nno alternative to the holy name, the holy name, the holy name of the Lord.\" The\n\npo,5a(l9'ls do not accept that the potency of the holy name of Kr�tla is so great that\none can be delivered simply by chanting the holy name, although this is confirmed\nin Srimad-Bhiigavatam ( 12.3.51). Kirtaniid eva k[,S\"(Iasya mukta-sanga{J par01i1 vrajet:\n\nany man from any part of the world who practices chanting of the holy name of\nKr�r;�a can be liberated and after death go back home, back to Godhead. The rascal\n\npo,S\"ar9'is think that if anyone but a briihmara chants the holy name, the potency of\nthe holy name is vanquished. According to their judgment, instead of delivering the\nfallen souls, the potency of the holy name is reduced. Believing in the existence of\n\nmany gods and considering the chanting of the holy name of Kr�r;�a no better than\n\nother hymns, these pii�a(lpis do not believe in the words of the Siistra (harer niima\n\nharer noma harer niimaiva kevalam). But Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu confirms in His\nSik,S\"iiHaka, kirtaniya/7 sado hari/1: one must chant the holy name of the Lord always,\ntwenty-four hours a day. The pii,S\"arr;lis, however, are so fallen and falsely proud of\nhaving taken birth in brohmara families that they think that instead of delivering\nall the fallen souls, the holy name becomes impotent when constantly chanted by\n\nlower-class men.\n\nSignificant in verse 211 are the words nica biir;Ja bapa because anyone can join in\n\nthe sahkirtana movement, as mentioned in Srimad-Bhogavatam\n\n{2.4.18): kiriita·\nhiirondhra-pulinda-pulkasii iibhlra-sumbho yavanii{J khasiidaya{J. This is a list of the\nnames of car9'iilas. The po,S\"a1J9'Ts say that when these lower-class men are allowed to\nchant, their influence is enhanced. They do not like the idea that others should also\n\ndevelop spiritual qualities because this would curb their false pride in having taken\n\nbirth in families of the elevated briihmara caste, with a monopoly on spiritual activi­\n\nties. But despite all protests from so-called Hindus and members of the brohmara\n\ncaste, we are propagating the Kr�r;�a consciousness movement all over the world,\n\naccording to the injunctions of thesiistras and the order of SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nThus we are sure that we are delivering many fallen souls, making them bona fide\ncandidates for going back home, back to Godhead.\n\n", "adi3#p0392": "368\n\n;\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 213\n\nl!j'ttQ � 1_f1t, � c;!� 'II� I\n\n�� c;��1-t1 � \"HH� �� II �)� II\ngriimera ,thiikura tumi, saba tomiira jana\nnimiii boliiiyii tore karaha varjana\nSYNONYMS\n\ngriimera-of this town; thiikura-the ruler; tumi-you; saba-all; tomiira-your;\n\n}ana-people; nimiii-Nimai Pap9ita; boliiiyii-calling; tore-unto Him; karaha-do;\nvarjana-the punishment of making Him leave the town.\nTRANSLATION\n'\"Sir, you are the ruler of this town. Whether Hindu or Moslem,everyone is under\nyour protection. Therefore please call Nimai Pal)<jita and make Him leave the town.'\nPURPORT\nThe word .thiikura has two meanings. One meaning is \"God\" or \"a godly person,\"\nand another meaning is \"k�atriya.\" Here the pO�(If/i briihma(laS address the Kazi as\n.thokura, considering him the ruler of the town. There are different names by which\nto address the members of different castes. The briihma(las are addressed as maharaja,\n\nthe k�atriyas as {hakura, the va/�yas as �etha or mahiijana, and the �Odras as caudhuri.\nThis etiquette is still followed in Northern India, where the k�atriyas are addressed\nas Thakura Sahab. The pii�a(l(iis went so far as to request the Magistrate, or Kazi, to\nhave Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu expelled from the town because of His introducing\nhari-niima-sankirtana. Fortunately our Hare Kr�pa movement all over the world,\nespecially in the civilized world of Europe and America, has become very popular.\nGenerally no one complains against us to have us removed from a city. Although\nsuch an attempt was indeed made in Melbourne, Australia, the attempt failed. Thus\nwe are now introducing this Hare Kr�r:'la movement in great cities of the world like\nNew York, London, Paris, Tokyo, Sydney, Melbourne and Aukland, and by the\ngrace of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu everything is going on nicely. People are happy\nto accept the principle of chanting the Hare Kr�r:'la mantra, and the result is most\nsatisfactory.\n\nTEXT 214\n\n� ..tfit a��t�J ��tr � 1\n\nlt� 'tt1f �' ._.tfif �fit� �'� II �)8 II\ntabe ami prit/-viikya kahila sabiire\nsabe ghare yiiha, om/ ni�edhiba tore\n\n", "adi3#p0393": "Text 216]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n369\n\nSYNONYMS\nrobe-thereafter; ami-1; prTtl-vakya-sweet wo rd s; kahila-said; sabare-unto all\n\nof them; sabe-all of you; ghare-back home; yaha-go; ami-1; ni�edhiba-shall pro­\n\nhibit; tare-Him (Nimai Pal)<;lita).\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"After hearing their complaints, in sweet words I told them, 'Please go back\n\nhome\n\n.\n\nI shall certainl y prohibit Nimai PaQ�ita from continuing His Hare Kf�l)a\n\nmovement.'\n\nTEXT 215\n\n�1{ fru � �- iffnt'1 I\n\n� 1_fll ��,--�i1 'Al C.'lfA' �II�)� II\nhindura isvara ba{la yei narayara\n\nsel tumi hao,-hena /aya mora mana\n\nSYNONYMS\nhindura-of the Hindus; isvara-God; ba{la-the topmost; yei-who; nariiyaraLord Narayal)a; sei- He; tumi-You; hao-are; hena-such; /aya-takes; mora-my;\n\nmana-mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I know that Narayal)a is the Supreme God of the Hindus, and I think that You\n\nare the same Narayal)a. This I feel w ithi n my min d.\"\n\nTEXT 216\n\nc.fl\\! �fil' �>2ft_ �fin11 �i'tl\n\n�� 'ftf1tfl1 � �� i•l,111 �)� II\neta suni' mahiiprabhu hasiyii hasiya\n\nkahite lagilii kichu ka}ire chunlyii\nSYNONYMS\neta-this; .Suni'-hearing; mahiiprab hu\n\n-\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; hasiya hasiyii­\n\nsmi l in g; kahite-to speak; /iigi/ii-began; kichu- som ethi ng ; kiijire-unto the Kazi;\n\nchuniyii-touching.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing the Kazi speak so nicel y, Sri Cai tany a Mahaprabhu touched him and\n\nsmilingly spoke as follows.\n\n", "adi3#p0394": "370\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 217\n\n�� � \"iftlt,-<!1 �' �fRI I\n'f�� ,'Sfl'l, � �11 't�Jf II �)\" II\ntamara mukhe k[�(la-nama,--e ba(la vicitra\n\np{ipa-k�aya gela, haifa parama pavitra\nSYNONYMS\n\ntomiira mukhe-in your mouth; kr$Qo-niima-chanting of the holy name of Kr?J:la;\n\ne-this; ba(la-very much; vicitra-wonderful;piipa·k$aya-nullifying of sinful activities; gela-has become a fact; hai/ii-became; parama-topmost; pavitra-purified.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The chanting of the holy name of Kr�r;�a from your mouth has performed a\n\nwonder-it ha s nullified the reactions of all your sinful activities. Now you have become supremely pure.\n\nPURPORT\nConfirming the potency of the sank7rtana movement, these words from the very\n\nmouth of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu express how people can be purified simply by\n\nchanting the holy name of Lord Kr�r;�a. The Kazi was a Mohammedan mleccha, or\n\nmeat-eater, but because he several times uttered the holy name of Lord Kr�r;�a, automatically the reactions of his sinful life were vanquished, and he was fully purified\n\nof all material contamination. We do not know why the pii$a(l(/is of the present day\n\nprotest that we are deteriorating the Hindu religion by spreading Kr�r;�a conscious­\n\nness all over the world and claiming all classes of men to the highest standard of\n\nVai�r;�avism. But these rascals disagree with us so vehemently that some of them do\nnot allow European and American Vai�pavas to enter into the temples of Vi�pu.\n\nThinking religion to be meant for material benefit, these so-called Hindus have ac­\n\ntually become vicious by worshiping the numerous forms of the demigods. In the\nnext verse SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu confirms the Kazi's purification.\nTEXT 218\n\n'.:a',,., '�1�'A1'1'-�\" r�il if11t 1\n\n� o:et�'fit ,_f1t, � �PI II{. n �)V' n\n'hari' 'kr�oa' 'niiriiyara'-laile tina niima\n\nba{la bhiigyaviin tumi, ba{la pu(lyaviin\nSYNONYMS\nhari k[j(la niiriiya�a-the holy names of\n\nLord Hari, Lord Kr�r;�a and Lord\n\nNarayar;�a; /aile-you have taken; tina-three; niima-holy names; baqa-very much;\n\nbhiigyaviin-fortunate; tumi-you are; baqa-very much; pu(lyaviin-pious.\n\n", "adi3#p0395": "Text 220]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n371\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because you have chanted three holy names of the Lord-Hari, Kr�r;�a and\n\nNarayar;�a-you are undoubtedly the most fortunate and pious.\"\nPURPORT\n\nHere the Supreme Lord, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, confirms that anyone who\nchants the holy names Hari, Kr�r;�a and Narayal)a without offense is certainly extremely fortunate, and whether Indian or non-Indian, Hindu or non-Hindu, he immediately comes to the level of the most pious personality. We therefore do not\ncare about the statements of pii$a(l(/is who protest against our movement's making\n\nthe members of other cities or countries into Vai�Qavas. We have to follow in the\n\nfootsteps of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, executing our mission peacefully, or, if\nnecessary, kicking the heads of such protestors.\nTEXT 219\n\n�t\"'f ll �·,-. �� 9f� I\n!1!'-J �11'1 ·it' �tl'f f�wn� II �)� II\n\n� ��'\n\neta �uni' kiij1ra dui cak$e pa(le piini\nprabhura carara chufli' bale prlya-varT\nSYNONYMS\neta-this; �un/'-hearing; kaj1ra-of the Kazi; dui-two; cak$e-in the eyes;pa(le­\n\nflow down; pan/- tears;prabhura- of the Lord; carara-lotus feet; chufli'-touching;\nbale-says; priya-var7-pleasing words.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the Kazi heard this, tears flowed down from his eyes. He immediately\ntouched the lotus feet of the Lord and spoke the following sweet words.\nTEXT 220\n\n<;\\!'11m( �lftt5f �11t ,� fl'� I\n\n�l �9f1 �,-,� <;'!'tltW! 111( \"et9 ���� 011\ntomiira prasiide mora ghucila kumati\nei krpo kara,-yena tomote rahu bhakti\nSYNONYMS\ntomora prasode-by Your mercy; mora-my; ghucila-have gone away; kumatibad intentions; ei-this; krpo-mercy; kara-please do unto me; yena-so that;\ntomote-in You;rahu-may stay; bhakti-devotion.\n\n", "adi3#p0396": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n372\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Only by Your mercy have my bad intentions vanished. Kindly favor me so that\nmy devotion may always be fixed upon You.\"\nTEXT 221\n\n� �-�� 'ftit 1ftf;R;lt �'Rll\n�t.�i1 �'llf �� i1� ei\\ltnt II��) II\nprabhu kahe,-eka diina miigiye tomiiya\nsankTrtana vada yaiche nahe nadTyiiya\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe- the Lord said; eka\n\n-\n\nfrom\n\none; dana-charity; miigiye-1 beg; tomiiya­\n\nyou; sank7rtana-chanting of the Hare Kr�r:t a mantra; vada-o pposition;\n\nyaiche-as it may be; nahe-not be; nadTyiiya-in the distri ct of Nadia.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord said, \"I wish to beg you for one favor in charity. You must pledge that\nthis sankirtana movement will not be checked, at least in the district of Nadia.\"\nTEXT 222\n\n� ��,- �tf ��ta't � �'Pf·� I\nI!� '��� �' fif�,- ��� i;'f �'ffu;� II��� II\nkiij7 kahe,-mora varhSe yata upajibe\ntiihiike 'tiiliika' diba,-kirtana nii biidhibe\n\nSYNONYMS\nkiijT kahe-the Kazi said; mora-m y ; varhse-in the dynasty; yata-all (descen\n\n­\n\ndants); upajibe-who will take birth; tahake-unto them; to/aka-g rave assurance;\ndiba-1 shall give; kirtana- the sankirtana movement; nii-never; biidh be-they will\noppose.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Kazi said: \"To as many descendants as take birth in my dynasty in the\nfuture, I give this grave admonition: no one should check the sarikirtana movement.\"\nPURPORT\nAs a result of this grave injunction by the Kazi, even at present the descendants of\nthe Kazi's family do not oppose the sankTrtana movement under any circumstances.\n\n", "adi3#p0397": "Text 225]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n373\n\nEven during the great Hindu-Muslim riots in neighboring places, the descendants of\nthe Kazi honestly preserved the assurance given by their forefather.\nTEXT 223\n\n�fi{'�!_ 'tll' �fil' �fpn �1� I\n\n��'I' �� � <�Sf1{' �ft-�fi1 II ��� II\nsuni' prabhu 'hari' bali' u.thila apani\nuthila vai�(lava saba karl' hari-dhvani\n\nSYNONYMS\ns'uni'-hearing; prabhu-the Lord; hari-the holy name of the Lord; ba/i'-chanting; u.thi/a-got up; apani-personally; u,thifa-got up; VOi,S(IOVO-Other devotees;\nsaba-all; kar ' -making; hari-dhvani-vibration of the holy name, Hari Hari.\ni\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, the Lord got up, chanting \"Hari! Hari!\" Following Him, all the\nother Vai�(lavas also got up, chanting the vibration of the holy name.\nTEXT 224\n\n��i( <lif\"lt'! � �Rffl1 'St11� I\n��fit'�?;� �tilft �f�'! �i( II ��8 II\nkirtana karite prabhu karl/a gamana\nsahge coli' ase kiiji u!lasita mana\ni\n\nSYNONYMS\nkTrtana-chanting; karite-to perform; prabhu- the Lord; karl/a-made; gamanadeparture; sahge-accompanying Him; ca/i'-walking; aise-comes; kaji-the Kazi;\nul/as/ta-jubilant; mana- mind.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went back to perform kirtana, and the Kazi, his mind\njubilant, went with Him.\nTEXT 225\n\n���7;1{ f�'t11 Nllf -t�� i\\\"fi( I\nifl�t\\! i1 I �tl:! 1811-a'fi �I� 'e�i( II � �<t II\n\n", "adi3#p0398": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n374\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nkajire vidiiya dila sacira nandana\nnacite nacite iii/a apana bhavana\nSYNONYMS\nkajire-unto\n\nthe\n\nKazi;\n\nvi da ya- farewell ;\n\ndi/a-gave; sacira-of mother �aci;\n\nnandana-the son; nacite nacite-dancing and dancing; iii/a-came back; iipanaown; bhavana-house.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord asked the Kazi to go back home. Then the son of mother Saci came\n\nback to His own home, dancing and dancing.\n\nTEXT 226\n\n�� �t'! �iS\\'��1t 12!'t_ �f11\"11121�5f I\n�1 c;� �til '!H� �t� ��tt{ II ��� II\nei mate k ajir e prabhu karila prasada\n\niha yei sune t ara khar(le aparadha\nSYNONYMS\nei mate-in this way; kiijir e-unto the Kazi; prabhu-the Lord; kari/a-did\n\nprasad a m ercy; /ha-th is; yei-anyone who; sune-hears; tara-his; khar(le-van\n-\n\nquishes; apariidha-offenses.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis is the incident concerning the Kazi and the Lord's mercy upon him. Anyone\n\nwho hears this is also freed from all offenses.\n\nTEXT 227\n\n\\11<15 Ptil !l�'�J ��� c;'itPttf$ I\n\nmJtil\"f·� if!J �tl 'A� <e'ft II ��<l II\neka dina srivasera mandire gosafli\nnityiinanda-sange nrtya kare dui bhiii\nSYNONYMS\neka dina-one day;sriviisera-of Sriv asa Thakura;mandire-in the house;gosani­\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nityananda-Lord Nityananda; sange-accompanied by\nnrtya-dancing; kare-performed; dui-two; bhai-brothers.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOne day the two brothers Lord Nityananda Prabhu and SrT Caitanya Mahaprabht\n\nwere dancing in the holy house of Srivasa Thakura.\n\n", "adi3#p0399": "Text 229)\n\nPastimes of the lord in His Youth\n\n375\n\nTEXT 228\n\n��,·�� i!1t1 � 9{1(1;\"� I\n\\!����fit� ifl �f91 'at1� II ��\\r' II\nsriviisa-putrera tiihiih haifa parafoka\ntabu sriviisera citte nii janmifa soka\n\nSYNONYMS\nsriviisa-of Srivasa Thakura; putrera-of the son; tiihiin-there; haifa-took place;\n\nparafoka-death; tabu-still; srivasera-of Srivasa Thakura; citte-in the mind; na­\n\nnot;Janmifa-there was; soka-lamentation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time a calamity took place-Srivasa Thakura's son died. Yet Srivasa\n\nThakura was not at all sorry.\n\nTEXT 229\n\n���.. �I( � (f'Qfil I\n�� � � �l'ti !}�-i{ll!� II��� II\nmrta-putra-mukhe kaila jfiiinera kathana\niipane dui bhiii hai/ii sriviisa-nandana\n\nSYNONYMS\nmrta-putra-of the dead son; mukhe-in the mouth; kaifa-did;jfiiinera-of knowl­\n\nedge; kathana-conversation; opane-personally; dui-the\n\ntwo; bhiii-brothers;\n\nhaifa-became; srivosa-nandana-sons of Srivasa Thakura.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu caused the dead son to speak about knowledge, and\nthen the two brothers personally became the sons of Srivasa Thakura.\nPURPORT\nThis incident is described as follows by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura in his\nAmrta-praviiha-bhii�ya. One night while Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was dancing with\n\nHis devotees at the house of Srivasa Thakura, one of Srivasa Thakura 's sons, who\n\nwas suffering from some disease, died. Srivasa Thakura was so patient, however,\n\nthat he did not allow anyone to express sorrow by crying, for he did not want the\n\nkirtana going on at his house to be disturbed. Thus k7rtana continued without a\n\nsound of lamentation. But when the kirtana was over, Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\ncould understand the incident, declared, \"There must have been some calamity in this\nhouse.\" When He was then informed about the death of Srivasa Thakura's son, He\n\n", "adi3#p0400": "376\n\n,\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nexpressed His regret, saying, \"Why was this news not given to Me before?\" He went\nto the place where the son was lying dead and asked him, \"My dear boy, why are\nyou leaving the house of Srivasa Thakura?\" The dead son immediately replied, \"I\n\nwas living in this house as long as I was destined to live here. Now that the time is\n\nover, I am going elsewhere, according to Your direction. I am Your eternal servant,\n\na dependent living being. I must act only according to Your desire. Beyond Your\ndesire, I cannot do anything. I have no such power.\" Hearing these words of the\n\ndead son, all the members of Srivasa Thakura's family received transcendental\n\nknowledge. Thus there was no cause for lamentation. This transcendental knowledge is described in Bhagavad-gitii (2.13). Tatha dehiintora-priiptir dhiros totro no\nmuhyati: when someone dies, he accepts another body; therefore sober persons do\nnot lament. After the discourse between the dead boy and SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu,\nfuneral ceremonies were performed, and Lord Caitanya assured Srivasa Thakura,\n\"You have lost one son, but Nityananda Prabhu and I are your eternal sons. We\n\nshall never be able to give up your company.\" This is an instance of a transcendental\n\nrelationship with Kr�!Ja. We have eternal transcendental relationships with Kr�!Ja as\nHis servants, friends, fathers, sons or conjugal lovers. When the same relationships\nare pervertedly reflected in this material world, we have relationships as the sons,\nfathers, friends, lovers, masters or servants of others, but all these relationships are\n\nsubject to termination within a definite period. If we revive our relationship with\nKr�!Ja, however, by the grace of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, our eternal relationship\nwill never break to cause our lamentation.\nTEXT 230\n\n�Wt �' -.fbrl � cec• � � 1\n\n� fiRfl iff11lh � �'It-{ n ��o n\ntabe to' karl/a saba bhakte varo dona\nucchi�.ta diyii niiriiya(lira karila sammiina\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nta'-certainly; karilii-did; saba\n\nbhakte unto all\n-\n\ndevotees;\n\nvora-bened iction; dona-charity; ucchi� .ta-food remnants; diyii-giving;niiriiya(liraof NarayapT; karila-d id; sammiina-respect.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter the Lord charitably bestowed His benediction upon all His devotees.\nHe gave the remnants of His food to Narayar;ti, showing her special respect.\nPURPORT\n\nNarayal)i was a niece of Srivasa Thakura, and later she became the mother of\nsrna Vrndavana dasa Thakura. In this connection the sahajiyiis cite a malicious\nstory that after eating the remnants of Lord Caitanya 's foodstuff Narayal)i became\n\n", "adi3#p0401": "377\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\nText 232]\n\npregnant and gave birth to Vrndavana dasa Thakura. The rascal sahajiyas may\n\nmanufacture such false statements, but no one should believe them because they\nare motivated by enmity against the VaiHlavas.\nTEXT 231\n\n•��s�·�oo�'\n<2flt �!ttl �wpt �\" �.(i{ II��� II\n�rivasera vastra sinye daraji yavana\nprabhu tare nija-rilpa karaila darsana\n\nSYNONYMS\n�rivasera-of Srivasa Thakura; vastra-cloth; sinye-sewing; daraji -tailor; yavana­\n\nmeat-eater; prabhu-the Lord; tare-unto him; nija-rilpa-His own form; karailacaused; dar�ana-vision.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThere was a tailor who was a meat-eater but was sewing garments for Srivasa\n\nThakura. The Lord, being merciful to him, showed him His own form\n\n.\n\nTEXT 232\n\n'Qtfil'l' 'Qt�� �' �� 'l'ft'Stff I\nO�t� � �' � �� ..t�'l II��� II\n'dekhinu' 'dekhinu' bali' ha-ifa pagala\npreme fl[tya kare, hoi/a VOi�(IOVO ago/a\n\nSYNONYMS\ndekhinu-1\n\nhave\n\nseen;\n\ndekhinu-1\n\nhave seen; ba/i'-saying; ho i/a- became;\n-\n\npagala-m ad; preme-in the ecstasy of ·love; nrtya -danci ng ; kare-does; hoi/a­\n\nbecame; VOi�(IOVO-devotee; ago/a-firSt claSS.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSaying, \"I have seen! I have seen!\" and dancing in ecstatic love as though mad,\nhe became a first-class Vaig1ava.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThere was a Mohammedan tailor near the house of Srivasa Thakura who used to\n\nsew the garments of the family. One day he was very much pleased with the\n\ndancing of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; indeed, he was enchanted. The Lord, under­\n\nstanding his attitude, showed him His original form as Kr�r;�a. The tailor then began\n\nto dance, saying, \"I have seen! I have seen!\" He became absorbed in ecstatic love\n\n", "adi3#p0402": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n378\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nand began to dance with Lord Caitanya. Thus he became one of the foremost\nVai�r;�ava adherents of S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 233\n\n��� a�� � ���t t:!' 1ftf1fff 1\n-�� �,-��- � ,'SttJt m' f� II ��� II\naveSete Sriviise prabhu vari1Si to' magi/a\n\nSri vasa kahe, -vari1Si to mara gopi hari' nil a\nSYNONYMS\n\naveSete-in ecstasy; Srivose-unto Srivasa; prabhu-the Lord; vari1Si-a flute; ta'­\n\ni\n\nc erta n ly\n\n; magi/a-asked; Srivosa-Srivasa\n\nThakura; kahe-replied; vari1ST-flute;\n\ntomiira- Your; gopi-the gopis; hart-steali n g ; nita-took away.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn ecstasy the Lord asked Srivasa Thakura to deliver His flute,\n\nThakura replied, \"Your flute has been stolen away by the gopis.\"\n\nbut Srivasa\n\nTEXT 234\n\n'!tfi1' � '�' '�' � ��'�c-t I\n\n<!l$1 �(it ��'Itt� II ��8 II\nSuni' prabhu 'bola' 'bola' ba/ena avese\nSrivasa VOfiJena V(ndavana-/i/a-rase\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; prabhu-the Lord; bola bolo-go on speaking, go on speaking;\n\nbalena-He says; avese-in\n\necstasy; .Sriviisa-Srivasa Thakura; vorreno-describes;\n\nvrndovana-of Vrndavana; lila-rase-the transcendental mello w of the pastimes.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHearing this reply, the Lord said in ecstasy, \"Go on talking! Go on talking!\"\n\nThus Srivasa described the transcendental mellow pastimes of Sri Vrndavana.\nTEXT 235\n\n�� �it-� �'Iff I\n'!tf�J1 �� f�� ._� �f� II ��� II\nprathamete vrndavana-miidhurya var(1ila\nSuniya prabhura citte onanda bii{lila\n\n", "adi3#p0403": "Text 237]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n379\n\nSYNONYMS\nprathamete-in the beginning; vrndiivana-miidhurya-sweet pastimes ofVrndavana;\nvar{lila-desc ri bed; sun/yo-hearing; prabhura-of the L ord; citte-in\n\nthe heart;\n\nonanda-jubilation; baf/i/a-increased.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the beginning Srivasa Thiikura described the transcendental sweetness of\n\nVrndavana's pastimes. Hearing this, the Lord felt great and increasing jubilation in\nHis heart.\nTEXT 236\n\n� ' �' ' �' <2lt_ � �tt I\n\n'j_�: ��: � �� �RI mm 11 ��� n\ntabe 'bala' 'bala' prabhu bale viira-viira\npuna/:1 puna{1 kahe �riviisa karlyii vistiira\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter ; bala bala-go\n\non speaking, go on speaking; prabhu-the Lord;\n\nbale-says;viira-viira-again, again;puna{1 pun af}-agai n , again; kahe-speaks;srrvasaSrMisa Thakura; kariyii-making; vistiira-ex pansion.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter the Lord again and again asked him, \"Speak on! Speak on!\" Thus\n\nSrivasa again and again described the pastimes ofVrndiivana, vividly expanding them.\nTEXT 237\n\n��� c;�'SttcfJ �� � I\ntt-� � G�i �-���\" \" ��, II\nvamsi-v'lldye gopi-ga{lera vane iikar�0(10\ntiin-sabiira sange yaiche vana-vihara{la\nSYNONYMS\nvam�i-vodye-on hearing the sound of the flute; gopi-ga{lera-of all the gopis;\nvane- in the forest; iikar�a{la-the\n\nattraction; tiin-sabiira-of all of them; sangein the company;yaiche-in what way; vana-in the forest; vihara{la- wandering.\nTRANSLATION\nSriviisa Thiikura extensively explained how the gopis were attracted to the forests\nof Vrndavana by the vibration of Knl)a's flute and how they wandered together in\nthe forest.\n\n", "adi3#p0404": "[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n380\n\nTEXT 238\n\n\\!1� 1ft'{J 0._!_ � �(II I\n1l{_'tlit, ���' �fif �'lit II ��lr II\ntohi madhye chaya-rtu /ilora var(lana\nmadhu-pona, rosotsava, jala-keli kothano\n\nSYNONYMS\ntohi madhye- d uring that; chayo-rtu-the six seasons; /ilora-of the pastimes;\n\nvar(lana-description; madhu pono-drinking of the honey; ro so utsovo-dancin g the\n-\n\n-\n\nrosa-/i/o; jala keli-swimming in the Yamuna; kathana-narrations.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri'vasa Pa1;1�ita narrated all the pastimes enacted during the six changing\n\nseasons. He described the drinking of honey, the celebration of the rasa dance, the\n\nswimming in the Yamuna, and other such incidents.\n\nTEXT 239\n,.,, '�' �'f �!_�f'i{t� �lf I\n\n!l� �it� J'Pf J� � 11 ��� n\n'bolo' 'bolo' bole probhu �unite ul/osa\n�rivosa kahena tabe rosa rasera vilosa\n\nSYNONYMS\nbola\n\nbola-go\n\non speaking, go\n\n�unite-hea r ing; ullosa- very\n\non speaking; ba le-says; probhu-the Lord;\n\njubilantly; srivosa -�rlvasa Thakura; ka hena-says;\n\ntobe-then; rosa-rosa dance; rasera-humorous; vilos a-pastimes\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the\nspeaking!\"\n\nLord, hearing with great pleasure, said, \"Go on speaking! Go on\n\nSrlvasa Thakura described the rasa-lila, the transcendental mellow\n\ndancing.\n\nTEXT 240\n\n��,����C.�� ��'f I\n�\" !\\�J ��'�it�� II �So n\nkahite, �unite aiche protaf:t-kola haifa\nprobhu �riviisere to�/' olihgana kaila\n\n", "adi3#p0405": "381\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\nText 242]\n\nSYNONYMS\nkah/te-speaking;\n\n�unite-hearing; aiche-in\n\nthat\n\nway;\n\nprata{l ka/a\n-\n\nhoi/a-appeared; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; srivasere\n\n-\n\n-\n\nmor ning;\n\nunto Srivasa\n\nThakura; to,5i'-satisfying; iilingana-embracing; kaila-did.\nTRANSLATION\nAs thus the Lord requested and Srivasa Thakura spoke, the morning appeared,\nand the Lord embraced Srivasa Thakura and satisfied him.\n\nTEXT 241\n\n\\!� �Wt�� 'lt1f �'I \"'ft'l1 I\n\n1Pf!!ll·IIQi9f 121't_ �t� •bt1n �s� n\ntabe acaryera ghare kaifa k(,5[IO-/ifa\nru kmirT-svarDpa probhu apane ha-ifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nrobe-thereafter; acaryera-of\n\nAdvaita\n\nAcarya; ghore-in\n\nthe\n\nhouse;\n\nkoilo­\n\nperformed;kr:5ra-lila-pastimes of Lord Kr�l)a;rukmirT-of Rukmil)i;svarDpa-form;\nprabhu-the Lord; apone-personally; ha-ifa-became.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter a dramatization of Kr�r;�a's pastimes was performed in the house of\n\nAdvaita Acarya. The Lord personally took the part of Rukmir;�i, the foremost of\nKr�r:�a's queens.\nTEXT 242\n\n\"'t. t\"Sfi, '111151) �' <Ff � �� I\n�i <tfi'f' �9'Stt'1 fifl'f1 c;<211!'6f• II �8� II\nkabhu durga, lak,5mi haya, kobhu vii cic-chokti\nkha.te vosi' bhokto-gore di/ii prema-bhaktl\n\nSYNONYMS\nkobhu-sometimes; durgii-the part of goddess Durga; /ak,5mi-the goddess of\nfortune;\n\nhaya\n\n-\n\nis;\n\nkobhu-sometimes;\n\nvo-or;\n\ncit-sa kti the\n-\n\nspiritual\n\npotency;\n\nkhii_te-on a cot; vasi'-sitting; bhakto-ga(le-unto the devotees; di/a-gave; prema­\n\nbhokti-love of Godhead.\n\n", "adi3#p0406": ",\n\n382\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord sometimes took the part of goddess Durga, Lak�mi [the goddess of\n\nfortune] or the chief potency, Yogamaya. Sitting on a cot, He delivered love of\nGodhead to all the devotees present.\n\n243\n�� ��� ��·�lftti' I\n�� �lb � -.fl\" 5Jtct 11 �8� n\nTEXT\n\neka-dina mahiiprabhura nrtya-avasiine\neka briihmat;i iisi' dharila carare\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; mahiiprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nrtyaavasiine-at\n\nthe end of the dancing; eka-one; brlihmar7-wife of a briihmara; iisi'­\n\ncoming; dharila-caught hold; carare-of His lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOne day when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had finished His dancing, a woman, the\nwife of a brahma�a, came there and caught hold of His lotus feet.\nTEXT\n\n244\n\nmctJ !_fif � tm � � 1\n\"'f� � t:� �-\" ��'tt \" �88 \"\ncararera dhD/i sei laya viira viira\ndekhiyii prabhura du/:lkha ha-ifa apiira\nSYNONYMS\ncararera-of His lotus feet; dhit/1-the dust; se/-that woman; /aya-takes; viira\nviira-again\n\nand\n\nagain; dekhiyii-seeing this; prabhura-of the Lord; du/:lkha­\n\nunhappine ss; ha-ifa-there was; apiira-unlimited.\nTRANSLATION\nAs she took the dust of His lotus feet again and again, the Lord became unlimitedly\nunhappy.\nPURPORT\nThis holding of a great personality's lotus feet is certainly very good for the\nperson who takes the dust, but this example of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu 's unhappiness indicates that a Vai$Qava should not allow anyone to take dust from his feet.\n\n", "adi3#p0407": "Text 246)\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n383\n\nOne who takes the dust of a great personality's lotus feet transfers his sinful\nactivities to that great personality. Unless one is very strong, he must suffer the\nsinful activities of the person who takes the dust. Therefore ordinarily it should not\nbe allowed. Sometimes in big meetings people come to take the same advantage by\ntouching our feet. On account of this, sometimes we have to suffer from some\ndisease. As far as possible, no outsider should be allowed to touch one's feet to take\ndust from them. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally showed this by His example,\nas explained in the next verse.\nTEXT 245\n\n�'ft'i trt�1 � Wt-5 9f� I\nfi1�Jti1\"!-m� ��' �'f II �8� II\nsei-k�ore dhiina prabhu gangate par;Jila\nnityiinanda-haridiisa dhari' uthiii/a\nSYNONYMS\nsei-k$O(Ie-immediately; dhiina-running; prabhu-the Lord; gangiite-in the water\nof the Ganges; par;fila-plunged; nityiinanda-Lord Nityananda; haridiisa-Haridasa\nThakura; dhari'-catching Him; uthiiila-raised Him.\nTRANSLATION\nImmediately He ran to the River Ganges and jumped in to counteract the sinful\nactivities of that woman. Lord Nityananda and Haridasa Thakura caught Him and\nraised Him from the river.\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is God Himself, but He was playing the part of a\npreacher. Every preacher should know that being allowed to touch a Yai$1')ava's\nfeet and take dust may be good for the person who takes it, but it is not good for\nthe person who allows it to be taken. As far as possible, this practice should\nordinarilv be avoided. Only initiated disciples should be allowed to take this\nadvantage, not others. Those who are full of sinful activities should generally\nbe avoided.\nTEXT 246\n\n� 'Cftit� �� � 'tti!l 'fil'f1 I\n��:-.ttl'f �· Jl� �� 'f$1 ''Sterl II �8� II\nvijaya iiciiryera ghare se riitre rahilii\npriita/:1-kii/e bhakta sabe ghare lana gelii\n\n", "adi3#p0408": "[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n384\n\nSYNONYMS\nvijaya-named Vijaya; aciiryera-of the teacher; ghare-at the home; se-that;\n\nriitre-on the night; rahilii-remained; p rii ta/:1 -kii/ e-in the morning; bhakta-the\ndevotees; sabe-all; ghare-home; /ana-taking them; ge lii- w ent\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat night the Lord stayed at the house of Vij ay a Acarya. In the morning the\n\nLord took all His devotees and returned home.\nTEXT 247\n\n��� ,1t��tt� 'Jt� �f�11\n\n''1ft�' '''Stt�' ift1{ � R�l1 �$1 II �8'\\ II\neka.<fina gopi-bhiive grhete vasiyii\n\n'gopT' 'gopi' nama /aya vi�a(IIJa haM\nSYNONYMS\n\neka-dina-one day; gopi-bhiive-in the ecstasy of the gopis; grhete-a t home;\n\nvasiyii-sitting; gopi gopi-gopi, gopi; niima- the name; /aya-chants; vi�IJ!Jamorose; hanii-becoming.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day the Lord, in the ecstasy of the gopis, was sitting in His house. Very\n\nmorose in separation, He was calling, \"Gopi! Gopi!\"\nTEXT 248\n\n�· -Pt��m � � �f� 1\n\n''1tt4t\\' ''1ft�' ett21 ��, �Rt\" �m n�s\"\"n\neka pa<fuyii iii/a prabhuke dekhite\n\n'gopi' 'gopi' nama �uni' liigila ba/ite\nSYNONYMS\n\neka pafluyii-one student; iii/a-came there;prabhuke-the Lord; dek hite- to see;\n\ngop7 gopi-gop7, gopT; nama-the name; �uni'-hearing; liigi/a-began; balite-to say.\nTRANSLATION\n\nA student who came to see the Lord was astonished that the Lord was chanting\n\n\"Gopi! Gopi!\" Thus he spoke as follows.\n\n", "adi3#p0409": "Text 250]\n\n385\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\nTEXT 249\n\n\"ift1f ifl llf-6 c<l5tit, �iTtII·- 'ft7 I\n\n''�' '''SttJft' <tf'lt'f <f'! f� � �t!J II �8� II\nkr�tJa-niima nii lao kene, k(�tJa-niima-dhanya\n'gopl' 'gopi' balile vii kibii haya pw;ya\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�tJa-niima-the holy name of Lord Km1a; no-not; lao-You take; kene-why;\nkr�tJa niima -the holy name of Lord Kr�r;Ja; dhanya-glorious;gop1 gop7-the names\n-\n\ngopi, gopT; bali/e-on saying; vii-or; kibii-what; haya- there is; purya-piety.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Why are You chanting the names 'Gopi Go pi' instead of the holy name of Lord\nKr�t:Ja, which is so glorious? What pious result will You achieve by such chanting?\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said, vai�ravera kriyii miitjha vijfle no bujhiiya: no one can understand the\nactivities of a pure devotee. A student or neophyte devotee could not possibly\n\nunderstand why Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was chanting the name of the gopis, nor\nshould the student have asked the Lord about the potency of chanting \"gopi,\ngopi.\" The neophyte student was certainly convinced of the piety in the chanting\nof Kr�r;Ja's holy name, but this sort of attitude is also offensive. Dharma-vratatyiiga-hutiidi-sarva-�ubha-kriyii-siimyam api pramiidal;: to chant the holy name of\nKr�Qa in exchange for the achievement of piety is an offense. This, of course, was\nunknown to the student. Thus he innocently asked, \"What piety is there in the\nchanting of the name gopi?\" He did not know that there is no question of piety or\nimpiety. The chanting of the holy name of Kr�r;Ja or the holy name gopi is on the\ntranscendental platform of loving affairs. Since he was not expert in understanding\nsuch transcendental\n\nactivities, his\n\nquestion\n\nwas\n\nmerely\n\nimpudent.\n\nThus\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, apparently greatly angry at him, reacted as follows.\n\nTEXT 250\n\n�fi{' � �--'��Of�� I\na\"i l'fi!P1 � �t_ ��� 1\\t� II �<to II\n�uni' prabhu krodhe kaila kr�fJe do�odgiira\nthengii laflii uthilii prabhu patjuyii miiribiira\n\n� ri\n\n", "adi3#p0410": "386\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSYNONYMS\nsun/'-hearing; prabhu-the Lord; krodhe-in anger; kaila-did; km1e-unto Lord\n\nKrgta; do�a-udgara-many accusations; thengo-stick; /ana-taking: uthilo-got up;\n\nprabhu-the Lord; pafluyo-the student; marlbOro-to strike.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHearing the foolish student, the Lord, greatly angry, rebuked Lord K��r;�a in\n\nvarious ways. Taking up a stick, He rose to strike the student.\nPURPORT\n\nIt is mentioned in Srimad-Bhogavatam that when Uddhava came from Lord Kr�r;�a\n\nwith a message for the gopis, all the gopis, especially Srimati Radharar;�i, denounced\nKr�r;�a in various ways. Such denunciations, however, reflect an exuberant loving\n\nattitude that an ordinary man cannot understand. When the foolish student questioned Lord SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu, Lord Caitanya similarly rebuked Lord Kmta\n\nin loving exuberance. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was in the mood of the gopis\n\nand the student advocated the cause of Sri Kr�r;�a, Lord Caitanya was greatly angry.\n\nSeeing His anger, the foolish student, who was an ordinary atheisticsmarta-brohmara,\n\nfoolishly misjudged Him. Thus he and a party of students were ready to strike the\nLord in retaliation. After this incident, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu decided to take\n\nsannyasa so that people would not commit offenses against Him, considering Him an\n\nordinary householder, for in India even now a sannyasi is naturally offered respect.\n\nTEXT 251\n\n� 9f\"frn �<h.ll1, �t_ � � � I\n�m. m� �ost'1 � 1m n �ct� n\nbhaye paloyo par;fuya, prabhu poche pache dhaya\noste vyaste bhakta-gara prabhure rahaya\nSYNONYMS\nbhaye-out of fear; pa/aya-runs away; pafluyo-the student; prabhu-the Lord;\n\npache pache-after him; dhoya-runs; aste vyaste-somehow or other; bhakta-ga(laall the devotees; prabhure-the Lord; rahaya-checked.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe student ran away in fear, and the Lord followed him. But somehow or other\n\nthe devotees checked the Lord.\n\n", "adi3#p0411": "Text 253]\n\nPastimes of the lord in His Youth\n\n387\n\nTEXT 252\n\n121'-t� -t1� <l'lfi' .m� f�;gr �� I\n�\"'-�1 9f'ft111 <;� 9f�..._�1�� II �<t� II\nprobhure Santo kori' iinilo nijo ghore\npofluya po!aya gelo pofluyii-sobhiire\nSYNONYMS\nprobhure-the Lord; Santo kori'-pacifying; iin//o-brought; nijo-His own; ghoreto the house; pofluyii-the student; poliiyo-running away; ge/o-went; pofluyii-of\nstudents; sobhiire-to the assembly.\nTRANSlATION\nThe devotees pacified the lord and brought Him home, and the student ran\naway to an assembly of other students.\nTEXT 253\n\n�\"'� ��� �ttl � ��M! I\n�����<1St� �1 �- II �<t\\!!l II\npofluyii sohosro yahiin porje eko-{hiini\nprobhuro vrttiinto dvijo kohe tiihiin yiil\nSYNONYMS\npof/uyii-students; sohosro-a thousand; yiihiin-where; pofle-they study; ekoJhiini-in one place; probhuro-of the Lord: vrttiinto-inciden t; dvijo-a brahmof}o;\nkohe-says; tiihiin- there; yiil-he goes.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahma1.1a student ran to a place where a thousand students were studying\ntogether. There he described the incident to them.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse we find the word dvijo, indicating that the student was a briihmo(lo.\nActually, in those days, only members of the briihmoro class became students of\nVedic literature. Schooling is meant especially for briihmoros; previously there was\nno question of schooling for k�otriyos, va/Syas or Sudros. K�otriyas used to learn the\ntechnology of warfare, and voiSyas learned business from their fathers or other\nbusinessmen; they were not meant to study the Vedas. At the present, however,\n\n", "adi3#p0412": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n388\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\neveryone goes to school, and everyone is given the same type of education, although\n\nno one knows what the result will be. The result, however, is most unsatisfactory,\n\nas we have seen in the western countries especially. The United States has vast\n\neducational institutions where everyone is allowed to receive an education, but the\nresult is that most students become like hippies.\n\nHigher education is not meant for everyone. Only selected individuals trained in\n\nbrahminical culture should be allowed to pursue a higher education. Educational\n\ninstitutions should not aim to teach technology, for a technologist cannot properly\n\nbe called educated. A technologist is a sudra; only one who studies the Vedas may\n\nproperly be called a learned man (pa(l�lita). The duty of a briihmara is to become\n\nlearned in the Vedic literature and teach the Vedic knowledge to other brahmapas.\n\nIn our Kr�pa consciousness movement we are simply teaching our students to be­\n\ncome fit briihmaras and Vai�pavas. In our school at Dallas, the students are learning\n\nEnglish and Sanskrit, and through these two languages they are studying all our\n\nbooks, such as Srimad-Bhtigavatam, Bhagavad-gitti and Nectar of Devotion. It is a\n\nmistake to educate every student as a technologist. There must be a group of\n\nstudents who become briihmaras. Without briihmaras who study the Vedic literature,\n\nhuman society will be entirely chaotic.\n\nTEXT 254\n\n�fil' Q!Fttt � �� ��� '5t'l I\n� �fif' ����I ��811\nsuni' krodha kaila saba pafluyiira gara\nsabe meli' kare tabe prabhura nindana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; krodha-angry; kailo-became; saba-all; popuyiira-of students;\n\ngara-the groups; sabe al l; meli'-joining together; kare-do; tabe-then; prabhura-\n\nof the Lord; nlndana-accusation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing of the incident, all the students, greatly angry, joined together in criticiz­\n\ning the Lord.\n\nTEXT 255\n\nJl� oM l!l� ���tift fi{1l'tf$ I\nt!�'l 1lt�tt:! �t�, �� � II ��<t II\nsaba desa bhro�{a kalla ekalii nimiini\nbriihmaro miirite ciihe, dharmo-bhoyo niii\n\n", "adi3#p0413": "Text 257]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n389\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaba-all; desa-countries; bhra,5.ta-spoiled; kaila-has; eka/ii-alone; nlmiiniNimai Pa�JQita; briihma(la-a caste briihma(la; miirlte-to strike; ctihe-He wants;\ndharma-of religious principles; bhaya-fear; niii-there is not.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Nimai Pa1;1c;lita alone has spoiled the entire country,\" they accused. \"He wants\nto strike a caste brahma1;1a. He has no fear of religious principles.\nPURPORT\nIn those days also, the caste brtihma(las were very much proud. They were not\nprepared to accept chastisement even from a teacher or spiritual master.\nTEXT 256\n\n�= �fif ���� �tel l\ne,;Wflt � �� ��' � <ffif� � II �<t� II\npuna/:1 yadi alche kare miiriba tiihiire\nkon vii manu� haya, ki karite pare\nSYNONYMS\npuna}J-again; yadi-if; aiche-like that; kare-He does; miiriba-we shall strike;\ntiihtire-Him; kon-who; vti-or;miinu�a-the man;haya-is; ki-what;karite-to do;\npiire-He is able.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If He again performs such an atrocious act, certainly we shall retaliate and strike\nHim in turn. Who is He-an important person-that He can check us in this way?\"\nTEXT 257\n\n� f-1-.mt � �� ��'! ifM I\n�·�'51 <IS'Rt'S if!� <!f<�St-t II �<t9 II\nprabhura nindtiya sabiira buddhi haifa nasa\nsupafhlta vidyti ktirao nii haya praktisa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of the Lord; nindiiya-i n accusation;sabtira-of everyone;buddhi-the\nintelligence; hal/a-became; nasa-spoiled; su-pa,thita-well-studied; vidyti-knowledge; kiirao-everyone's;no-does not; haya-become; prakiisa-manifest.\n\n", "adi3#p0414": "390\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all the students thus resolved, criticizing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, their\n\nintelligence was spoiled. Thus although they were learned scholars, because of this\n\noffense the essence of knowledge was not manifest in them.\nPURPORT\nIn\n\nBhagavad-gitii it is said, miiyayiipahrta-jnonii osurarh bhiivam o�ritiif1: when.\n\none becomes inimical to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, adopting an atheistic\nattitude (osurarh bhovam), even if one is a learned scholar the essence of knowledge\n\ndoes not become manifest in him; in other words, the essence of his knowledge is\n\nstolen by the illusory energy of the Lord. In this connection Sri Bhaktisiddhanta\n\nSarasvati Thakura quotes a mantra from the Svetasvatara Upani�ad:\n\nyosya deve para bhaktir\nyatho deve tatho gurau\ntasyalte kathito hy arthiif1\nprakiiwnte mohotmanaf1\nThe purport of this verse is that one who is unflinchingly devoted to the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Vi�r;�u, and similarly devoted to the spiritual master, with\n\nno ulterior motive, becomes a master of all knowledge. In the heart of such a\n\ndevotee, the real essence of the Vedic knowledge becomes manifest. This essence\n\nis nothing but surrender unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead (vedai� co\nsarvair aham eva vedyaf1). Only unto one who fully surrenders to the spiritual\n\nmaster and the Supreme Lord does the essence of Vedic knowledge become mani­\n\nfest, not to anyone else. This same principle is emphasized by Sri Prahlada Maharaja\nin Srimod-Bhiigavatom (7.5.24):\n\nit/ purhsorpito vi�!Jau\nbhakti� cen nava-/ak�!Jii\nkrlyote bhagavaty addhli\ntan manye 'dhitam uttamom\n\"A person who directly applies these nine principles [hearing, chanting, remember­\n\ning, etc.] in the service of the Lord is to be understood as a greatly learned man\n\nwho has assimilated the Vedic literatures very well, for the goal of studying the\n\nVedic literature is to understand the supremacy of Lord Sri K��rya.\" Sridhara Svami\n\nconfirms in his commentary that first one must surrender to the spiritual master;\n\nthen the process of devotional service will develop. It is not a fact that only one who\n\ndiligently pursues an academic career can become a devotee. Even with no academic\n\ncareer, if one has full faith in the spiritual master and the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead, he develops in spiritual life and real knowledge of the\n\nVedas. The\n\nexample of Maharaja Kha�var'lga confirms this. One who surrenders is understood\nto have learned the subject matter of the Vedas very nicely. One who adopts this\nVedic process of surrender learns devotional service and is certainly successful. One\n\n", "adi3#p0415": "Text 259]\n\nPastimes of the lord in His Youth\n\n391\n\nwho is very much proud, however, is unable to surrender either to the spiritual\nmaster or to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus he cannot understand the\nessence of any Vedic literature. Srimad-Bhiigavatam declares:\nsabda-brahma(li ni�(liito\nna ni�(liiyiit pare yadi\nsramas tasya srama-pha/o\nhy adhenum iva rak�ata{l\n\n\"If one is learned in Vedic literature but is not a devotee of Lord Vi�Qu, his work is\na useless waste of labor, just like the keeping of a cow that does not give milk.\"\n(Bhiig. 11.11.18)\n\nAnyone who does not follow the surrendering process but is simply interested\nin an academic career cannot make any advancement. His profit is only his labor\nfor nothing. If one is expert in the study of the Vedas but does not surrender to a\nspiritual master or Vi�r;�u, all his cultivation of knowledge is but a waste of time and\nlabor.\nTEXT 258\n\n�-rtf� 'ftflt• ��vi iUII e{t� ttl! I\n\n�ft1 t;!'ft1 �� fillti �f71' <;� ·�lf II��\"\" II\ntathiipi diimbhika papuyii namra niihi haya\nyiihiih tiihiih prabhura nindii hiisl' se karaya\n\nSYNONYMS\ntathopi-still; diimbhika-proud; pa(fuyii-students; namra-submissive; niihi-not;\nhaya-become; yiihiin-anywhere; tiihiih-everywhere; prabhura-of the Lord;nindii\n-accusation; hiisi'-laughing; se- they; karaya-do.\nTRANSLATION\nBut the proud student community did not become submissive. On the contrary,\nthe students spoke of the incident anywhere and everywhere. In a laughing manner\nthey criticized the Lord.\nTEXT 259\n\n� <;�tf$ iSftfil' ��tf l'5f� I\n�tf �fit' fi�• �'·�����II �Q'� II\nsarva-jna gosiini jiini' sabOra durgati\nghare vas/' cinte tii'-sabiira avyiihati\n\n", "adi3#p0416": "392\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSYNONYMS\nsorvo-jno-all-knowing;\n\ngosani-Lord\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; jiini'-knowing;\n\nsobiiro-of all of them; durgoti-degradation; ghore-at home; vasi'-sitting; cinte­\n\ncontemplates; ta'-of them;sobiira-of all;ovyiihoti-the rescue.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, being omniscient, could understand the degrada­\n\ntion of these students. Thus He sat at home, contemplating how to rescue them.\nTEXT 260\n\n�t� f-PJJ'$f'1 I\n'f�, �, \\!t\"Ptt�, filttt<�S, �� II ��o II\n\n�� �'fJt\"Pt<�S, ��\n\nyoto odhyapaka, ora tahra ���ya-ga r a\ndhormi, karmi, tapo-ni�fha, nindaka, durjana\nSYNONYMS\nyoto-all; odhyapoka-professors; iira-and; tiihro-their; si�yo-goro-students;\n\ndhormi-followers of religious ritualistic ceremonies; kormi-performers of fruitive\n\nactivities; tapo/;1-ni$(ha-performers of austerities; nindoko-blasphemers; durjona­\n\nrog:.�es.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"All the so-called professors and scientists and their students generally follow the\n\nregulative principles of religion, fruitive activities and austerities,\" the Lord thought,\n\"yet at the same time they are blasphemers and rogues.\nPURPORT\n\nHere is a depiction of materialists who have no knowledge of devotional service.\n\nThey may be very religious and may work very systematically or perform austerities\nand penances but if they blaspheme the Supreme Personality of Godhead they are\nnothing but rogues. This is confirmed in the Hori-bhokti-sudhodiiyo (3.11 ):\nbha ga vad-bhokti hinosya\n-\n\njiitifl siistrom japas tapof/\nopriirosyaiva de hosya\nmorflona m loka-roiijonam\n\nWithout knowledge of devotional service to the Lord, great nationalism, fruitive,\npolitical or social work, science or philosophy are all simply like costly garments\n\ndecorating a dead body. The only offense of persons adhering to these principles is\n\nthat they are not devotees; they are always blasphemous toward the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and His devotees.\n\n", "adi3#p0417": "Text 263]\n\n393\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\nTEXT 261\n\ndl. � CJl'� fi{\"ff-�9f�t'f �t\\! I\n�tfir ifll'f'S�t'f ��, ifl9f1U � �������\nei saba mora ninda-aparadha haite\nami na /aoyaile bhakti, na pare la-ite\n\nSYNONYMS\nei saba-all of them; mora-of Me; ninda-blas phemy; aparadha-offense; haite­\n\nfrom; ami-I ; na-not; laoyaile-if causing them to take; bhakti-devotional service;\nna-not; pare-able; /a-ite-to take.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If I do not induce them to take to devotional service, because of committing the\noffense of blasphemy none of these people will be able to take to it.\n\nTEXT 262\n\nr�tr.� ��'ft1{ �fil, '� �9fm 1\ndl� IW� '�� ft�� f� II�� II\nnistarite ai/ama ami, haifa viparTta\ne-saba durjanera kaiche ha-ibeka hita\n\nSYNONYMS\nnistarite-to deliver; a/lama-have come; iimi-1; haifa- it has become; vlparitajust the opposite; e-saba-all these; durjanera-of the rogues; kaiche how ; ha-ibeka-\n\nit will be;h/tg-the benefit.\nTRANSLATION\n·\"I have come to deliver all the fallen souls, but now just the opposite has happen�d. How can these rogues be delivered? How may they be benefited?\n\nTEXT 263\n\nlfJft� l!f'f� �tf, � 9ft9f'JR I\nt:!t� � � �� f(��l'f 'Rl II �� II\namake prarati kare, haya piipa-k�aya\ntabe se ihiire bhakti /aoyiiile /aya\n\n", "adi3#p0418": "394\n\n,\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSYNONYMS\nomoke-unto Me; prarat/-obeisances; kare-they offer; haya- becomes; popak,saya-destruction of sinful reaction; tabe-then; se-he; /hare-unto him; bhakt/devotional service; /aoyoile-if causing to take; /aya-will take.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If these rogues offer Me obeisances, the reactions of their sinful activities will be\nnullified. Then, if I induce them, they will take to devotional service.\nTEXT\n\n264\n\n�ttl fi\\\"ff �tt ,lf, iff � � I\n�� .ti�J ..��� -.·fFt � II ��8 II\nmore nindii kare ye, no kare namaskiira\ne-saba j1vere ava�ya kariba uddhora\n\nSYNONYMS\nmore-Me; nindii kare-blasphemes; ye-anyone who; no-does not; kare-offer;\n\nnamaskiira-obeisances; e-saba-all these; jivere-living entities; ava�ya-certainly;\nkariba-1 shall do; uddhiira-deliverance.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I must certainly deliver all these fallen souls who blaspheme Me and do not offer\nMe obeisances.\nTEXT\n\n265\n\n��� �� �fit �1U?l -.fFt I\n\n�IUt�-� � �'1\\5 � II ��� II\nataeva avo�ya iiml sannyiisa kariba\nsannyiisi-buddhye more prarata ha-iba\n\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; ava�ya-certainly; ami-1; sannyiisa-the renounced order of life;\nkariba-shall accept; sannyiisi-buddhye-by thinking of Me as a sannyiisi; more-unto\nMe; p rarata -bow down; ha-iba-they shall do.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I should accept the sannyasa order of life, for thus people will offer Me their\nobeisances, thinking of Me as a member of the renounced order.\n\n", "adi3#p0419": "Text 265]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n395\n\nPURPORT\nAmong the members of the varrii�rama institution's social orders (briihmara,\nk$atriya, vaisya and �Ddra), the briihmara is considered the foremost, for he is the\nteacher and spiritual master of all the other varras. Similarly, among the spiritual\norders (brahmacarya, grhastha, viinaprastha and sannyiisa), the sannyasa order is the\nmost elevated. Therefore a sannyasr is the spiritual master of all the varoas and\nii�ramas, and a briihmara is also expected to offer obeisances to a sannyiisi. Unfortunately, however, caste briihmaras do not offer obeisances to a Vai�Qava sannyiis7.\nThey are so proud that they do not offer obeisances even to Indian sannyiisis, not to\nspeak of European and American sannyiisis. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, however, expected that even the caste briihmaras would offer respectful obeisances to a sannyiisi\n\nbecause five hundred years ago the social custom was to offer obeisances immediately to any sannyiisi, known or unknown.\n\nThe sannyiisis of the Kr,�Qa consciousness movement are bona fide. All the\nstudents of the Kr�Qa consciousness movement have undergone the regular process of initiation. As enjoined in the Hari-bhakti-viliisa by Sanatana Gosvami, tathii\nd7k�ii-vidhiinena dvijatvarh jiiyate nr1Jiim: by the regular process of initiation, any\nman can become a briihma(la. Thus in the beginning the students of our Kr�Qa consciousness movement agree to live with devotees, and gradually, having given up\n\nfour prohibited activities-illicit sex, gambling, meat-eating and intoxication-they\nbecome advanced in the activities of spiritual life. When one is found to be regularly\nfollowing these principles, he is given the first initiation (hari-niima), and he regularly chants at least sixteen rounds a day. Then, after six months or a year, he is\ninitiated for the second time and given the sacred thread with the regular sacrifice\nand rituals. After some time, when he advances still further and is willing to give\nup this material world, he is given the sannyasa order. At that time he receives the\n\ntitle svii mi or gosviim7, both of which mean \"master of the senses.\" Unfortunately,\ndebauched so-called briihmaras in India neither offer them respect nor accept them\nas bona fide sannyiisis. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu expected the so-called briihmaras\n\nto offer respect to such Vai�Qava sannyiisis. Nevertheless, it does not matter whether\nthey offer respect, nor whether they accept these sannyiisis as bona fide, for the\nMstra describes punishment for such disobedient so-called briihmaras. The sastric\ninjuction declares:\n\ndevatii-pratimiirh dr�tvii\nyatirh caiva tridart;linam\nnamaskiirarh na kuryad ya}J\npriiyascittTyate naraf/\n\n\"One who does not offer respect to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, to His\nDeity in the temple or to a tridar(li sannyasi must undergo priiyascitta [atonement I.''\nIf one does not offer obeisances to such a sannyiisi, the prescribed priiya�citta is to\nfast for one day.\n\n", "adi3#p0420": "396\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 266\n\n-!t'tf?!t'! �� �f(t1f ��'t 'IR I\n� ·�� <e� �·� ��� II��� II\nprat;atite ha'be ihara apariidha k$aya\nnirmala hrdaye bhakti kariiiba udaya\nSYNONYMS\npraratite-by offering obeisances; ha'be-there will be; ihiira-of such offenders;\n\napariidha-the offenses; k�aya-destruction; nirmala-pu re ; hrdaye-in the heart;\nbhakti-devotional service; kariiiba-1 shall cause; udaya-the rising.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Offering obeisances will relieve them of all the reactions to their offenses. Then,\n\nby My grace, devotional service [bhakti] will awaken in their pure hearts.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to Vedic injunctions, only a brahmara may be offered sannyiisa. The\n\nSankara-sampradaya (ekadar�a-sannyiisa-sampradiiya) awards the sannyiisa order\nonly to caste briihmaras, or born briihmaras, but in the Vai�Qava system even one\n\nnot born in a briihmara family may be made a briihmara according to the direction\n\nof the Hari-bhakti-viliisa (tathii dik�ii-vidhiinena dvijatvarh jiiyate nrriim ) Any person\n.\n\nfrom any part of the world may be made a briihmara by the regular process of\n\ninitiation, and when he follows brahminical behavior, observing the principle of\n\nabstaining from intoxication, illicit sex, meat-eating and gambling, he may be\noffered sannyiisa. All the sannyiisTs in the Kr$Qa consciousness movement, who are\npreaching all over the world, are regular briihmara-sannyiisTs. Thus the so-called\n\ncaste briihmaras should not object to offering them respectful obeisances. By\n\noffering such obeisances, as recommended by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, they will\n\ndiminish their offenses and automatically awaken to their natural position of devotional service. As it is said, nitya-siddha k[$fJO·prema siidhya kabhu naya: k($1JO·\n\nprema can be awakened in a purified heart. The more we offer obeisances to\nsannyiisls, especially Vai�Qava sannyiisis, the more we diminish our offenses and\n\npurify our hearts. Only in a purified heart can kr�ra-prema awaken. This is the\nprocess of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's cult, the Kr�tla consciousness movement.\nTEXT 267\n\n��� '!t� �lc� fi(�a 1\n�tf �� �'Pf'lll iftf�, (.fll w-� �rn II ��'\\ II\n(,fl�(l\n\ne-saba pii$Q(1ifira tabe ha-ibe nistiira\niira kona upaya niihi, ei yukti siira\n\n", "adi3#p0421": "Text 269]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n397\n\nSYNONYMS\ne-sobo-all these; pii�orfliro-of the demons; tobe-then; ho-ibe-there will be;\nnistiiro-deliverance; oro-alternative; kono-some; upiiyo-means; niihi-there is not;\nei-this;yukti-of the argument; sora-essence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All the unfaithful rogues of this world can be delivered by this process. There is\nno alternative. This is the essence of the argument.\"\nTEXT 268\n\n��\" w-� m' � � �c;1{,\n<;\"llf� '61� ett�a'lff �1-il'SI� II� �lr II\nei d((/ho yukti kari' prabhu iiche ghare\nkesovo bhiirotT ii /a nadTyii-nagare\nSYNONYMS\ne/-this; dr(lha-firm; yukti-consideration; kari'-making; probhu-the\n\nLord;\n\nache-was; ghare-in His home; kesova bhiirati-of the name Kesava Bharati; aliacame; nadiyii-nagare-to the town of Nadia.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter coming to this firm conclusion, the Lord continued to stay at home. In the\nmeantime Kesava Bharati came to the town of Nadia.\nTEXT 269\n\n� � ii\";T,.rn' ,�\"1 fiiJlS'l I\n�..-1 \"�� �tt1{ '<fi\"f fiit;�ii II��� II\nprobhu tanre namaskarl' kaila nimantrara\nbhik�ii kariiiyii tiinre kai/a nivedana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-the Lord; tiinre-to him; namoskari'-offering obeisances; kaila-did;\nnimantrora-invitation; bhlk�ii-alms; kariiiyii-giving; tiirlre-to him; kai/a-submitted; nivedano-His prayer.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord offered him respectful obeisances and invited him to His house. After\nfeeding him sumptuously, He submitted to him His petition.\n\n", "adi3#p0422": "Sri-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n398\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the system of Vedic society, whenever an unknown sannydsi comes\nto a village or town, someone must invite him to take prasiida in his home. Sannyiis7s\ngenerally take prasiida in the house of a briihma(la because the briihma(la worships\nthe Lord Narayar;�a ma, or �iilagriima-silii, and therefore there is prasiida that the\nsannyiisi\n\nmay\n\ntake.\n\nKesava\n\nBharati accepted\n\nthe\n\ninvitation\n\nof\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. Thus the Lord had a good opportunity to explain His desire to take\nsannyiisa from him_\nTEXT 270\n\n� '!' �IQ ��,-�t� �nrrn'l r\n�� �a' fl � ��� c;�t�i{ 11 �'\\o 11\ntumi to' 7svara bata,\n\nsiik$iit niiriiyaf}a\n\n--\n\nk[pii kari' kara mora samSiJra mocana\nSYNONYMS\ntum/-you; ta'-certainly; isvara-the Lord; bata-are; siik$iit -directly; niiriiyarathe Supreme Lord, Narayar;�a; krpii kari'-showing mercy; kara-please do; moraMy;samsiira-material life; mocana-deliverance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sir, you are directly NarayaQa. Therefore please be merciful unto Me. Deliver\nMe from this material bondage.\"\nTEXT 271\n\n� ���,-1_fiT �'U, �·�'l' I\n� ���, � �fi(�,-�S i{� �tfif II�'\\� II\nbhiirati kahena,-tumi Tsvara, antaryiimi\nye kariiha, se kariba,-svatantra nahi iimi\nSYNONYMS\nbhiiratT kahena-Kesava Bharati replied; tumi-You; Tsvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; antaryiimi-You know everything from within; ye-whatever;\nkariiha-You cause to do; se-that; kariba-1 must do; svatantra-independent; nahinot;amf-1.\nTRANSLATION\nKesava Bharati replied to the Lord: \"You are the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, the Supersoul. I must do whatever You cause me to do. I am not independent of You.\"\n\n", "adi3#p0423": "Text 273]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n399\n\nTEXT 272\n\n�� �fi!f' �t�t!'T ''it�$ ��tf111t'! ''it'fll\n'lt�t� �� ��' � ��ffl \" �\"� \"\neta bali' bhiirati gosiini kii(oyiite ge/ii\nmahiiprabhu tiihii yiii' sannyiisa karilii\nSYNONYMS\n\neta ba/i'-saying\n\nthis; bhiirati-Kesava\n\n-\n\nBharati; gosanl-the spiritual master;\n\nkii(oyiite-to Katwa; ge/ii went; mahiiprabhu- Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tiihiithere; yiii'-going; sonnyiisa-the renounced order of life; karilii-accepted.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter saying this, KeSava Bharati, the spiritual master, went back to his village,\n\nKatwa. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu went there and accepted the renounced order\n\nof life [sannyasa].\n\nPURPORT\n\nAt the end of His twenty-fourth year, at the end of the fortnight of the waxing\n\nmoon, SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu left Navadvipa and crossed the River Ganges at a\n\nplace known as Nidayara-gha�a. Then He reached KaJ;Jtaka-nagara, or Katoya\n\n(Katwa), where He accepted ekada(l(ia-sannyiisa according to the Sankarite system.\n\nSince Kesava Bharati belonged to the Sankarite sect, he could not award the Vai�J;Java\nsannyiisa order, whose members carry the tridarJ(ia.\n\nCandrasekhara Acarya assisted in the routine ceremonial work of the Lord's\n\nacceptance of sannyaso. By the order of SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu, kTrtana was per­\n\nformed for the entire day, and at the end of the day the Lord shaved off His hair.\n\nOn the next day He became a regular sannyiisT, with one rod (ekada(l(ia). From that\n\nday on, His name was Sri Kr�J;Ja Caitanya. Before that, He was known as Nimai\nPaJ;JQita.\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, in the sannyiisa order, traveled all over the\n\nRaQhadesa, the region where the Ganges River cannot be seen. Kesava Bharati\n\naccompanied Him for some distance.\n\nTEXT 273\n\n,� fii�Jli\\\"t, ��Clef�� �t�� I\n\n�\"!:�'\n\n-\n\n�� �i\\ '� ,(�1{ II �'I� II\n\nsange nityiinanda, candrasekhara iiciirya\nmukunda-datta,-ei tina kai/a sorva kiirya\nSYNONYMS\n\nsange-in His company; nityiinanda -Nityananda Prabhu; candra-sekhara iiciirya­\n\nCandrasekhara Acarya; mukunda-datta-Mukunda Datta; ei tina- these three; kai/aperformed; sarva-all; kiirya-necessary activities.\n\n", "adi3#p0424": "[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n400\n\nTRANSLAT ION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted sannyasa , three personalities were with\n\nHim\n\nto\n\nperform all the necessary activities. They were Nityananda Prabhu,\n\nCandra5ekhara Acarya and Mukunda Datta.\n\nTEXT 274\n\n�� ·�rtfif� �<�>� ,� -st'l� 1\nrortflf �� ��i �, �lift�� II �'\\ 3 II\nei iidi-liliira kaila sfltra garana\nv/stiiri varrilii ihii diisa vrndiivana\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; iidi-liliira-of the Adi-lilii ( th e first portion of Lord Caitanya's pastimes};\n\nkai/a-made; sDtra-synopsis; garana-enumeration; vistiiri-elaborately; varri/iidescribed; ihii-this; diisa vrndiivana-Vrndavana dasa Thakura.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThus I have summarized the incidents of the Adi-lila. Srila Vrndavana dasa Thakura\n\nhas described them elaborately [in his Caitanya-bhagavata].\nTEXT 275\n\n�t-tt�t�\"f� �� -tfu ��� I\n�4( ��·�t� � ����� II �'\\<t II\nya�odii-nandana hallii �acira nandana\n\ncot ur-vidh a bhakta-bhiivo kore iisviidano\nSYNONYMS\n\nyo�odii-nandono-the son of mother Yasoda; hoilii-became; 5ociro-of mother\n\nSaci; nondano-the\n\nson; catufl-vidho-four kinds\n\nhumors; kore-does; osvodano-tasting.\n\nof; bhakta-bhiivo-devotional\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe same Supreme Personality of Godhead who appeared as the son of mother\n\nYa5oaa has now appeared as the son of mother Saci, relishing four kinds of devotional\n\nactivities.\n\nPURPORT\nServitude, friendship, paternal affection and conjugal love for the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead are the basis of the four kinds of devotional activities. In\n\n", "adi3#p0425": "Text 276)\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n401\n\nSanta, the marginal stage of devotional service, there is no activity. But above the\nSanta humor are servitude, friendship, paternal affection and conjugal love, which\nrepresent the gradual growth of devotional service to higher and higher platforms.\nTEXT 276\n\n\"'f;{l{_� �t5f1·C�;{�� �t�t!lft� I\n�f!ftce·t� �� �fi1�tt� 'eta'Plt� II ��� II\nsva-miidhurya riidhii-prema-rasa iisviidite\nriidhii-bhiiva angT kariyiiche bhiila-mate\nSYNONYMS\nsva-miidhurya-His own conjugal love; riidhii-prema-rasa-the\n\nmellow of the\n\nloving affairs between Radhara1.1i and Kr�1.1a; iisviidite-to taste; riidha-bhiivathe mood of Srimati RadharaQi; ahgTkariyiiche-He accepted; bhiila-mate-very well.\nTRANSLATION\nTo taste the mellow quality of Srimati Radhara1.1i's loving affairs in Her relationship with Kr�f.la, and to understand the reservoir of pleasure in Kr�l'.la, Kr�l'.la Himself,\n\nas Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, accepted the mood of Radharaf.li.\nPURPORT\nIn\n\nthis connection\n\nAnubhii�ya,\n\nSrna\n\nBhaktisiddhanta\n\n\"Sri Gaurasundara is\n\nSarasvati\n\nThakura\n\nwrites\n\nin\n\nhis\n\nKr�l'.la Himself with the attitude of Srimati\n\nRadharaQi. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu never gave up the attitude of the gopTs. He\nremained everlastingly predominated by Kr�l'.la and never accepted the part of the\npredominator by imitating conjugal love with an ordinary woman, a s sahajiyos\ngenerally do. He never placed Himself in the position of a debauchee. Lusty\nmaterialists like the members of the sahajiyii-sampradiiya hanker after women,\neven others' wives. But when they try to ascribe the responsibility for their lusty\nactivities to SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu, they become offenders to Svarupa Damodara\nand Srila Vrndavana dasa Thakura. In SrT Caitanya-bhiigavata, Adi-kha(l�a, Chapter\nFifteen, it is said:\nsabe para-strira prati niihi parihasa\nstrT dekhi' dDre prabhu hayena eka-piisa\n'SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu never even joked with others' wives. As soon as He saw a\nwoman coming, He would immediately give her ample room to pass without talking.'\nHe was extremely strict regarding the association of women. The sahajiyas, however,\npose as followers of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, although they indulge in lusty\naffairs with women. In His youth Lord Caitanya was very humorous with everyone,\n\nbut He never joked with any woman, nor in this incarnation did He talk about\n\nwomen. The gauriihga-niigarT party is not approved by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu or\n\n", "adi3#p0426": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n402\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nVrndavana dasa Thakura. Even though one may offer all kinds of prayers to\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, one should strictly avoid worshiping Him as the Gaurariga\nNagara. The personal behavior of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and the verses written\nby Sri Vrndavana dasa Thakura have completely repudiated the lusty desires of the\ngauriinga-niigarls.\"\nTEXT 277\n\nc;;'Stt�-� �·� �� 'fRrnt� �<11'1 I\nrm;iSfer� �ttit �9f�rn � 11 �'l'lll\ngopi-bhava yiite prabhu dhariyiiche ekiinta\nvrajendra-nandane mane iipaniira kiinta\nSYNONYMS\ngopi-bhava-the mood of the gopis; yiite-in which;prabhu-the Lord; dhariyiiche\n\n-accepted; ekanta-positively; vrajendra-nandane-Lord Kr��a; mane-they accept;\niipaniira-own; kanta-lover.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted the mood of the gopis, who accept Vrajendranandana, Sri Kr�r;�a, as their lover.\nTEXT 278\n\n<;�t��i-�tt� �� �'� �l&R I\n\nt31:1!Jlef�llt� f<lifl ��Ji � � II �'llr II\ngopikO-bhavera ei sudrflha niscaya\nvrajendra-nandana vinii anyatra nii haya\nSYNONYMS\ngopikc1-bhc1vera-of the ecstasy of the gopis; e/-this; sudrflha-firm; niscayainformation; vrajendra-nandana-Lord Sri Kr�Qa; vinii-without; anyatra-anyone\nelse; nii-not; haya-is possible.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIt is firmly ascertained that the ecstatic mood of the gopis is possible only before\n\nKr�r;�a, and no one else.\n\nTEXT 279\n\n���\"f�, fit�f9f�·�W1·���'1 I\nc;;'Stt9f·c;;�•t, ful�tiflf, ��-�.,� II �'l� II\n\n", "adi3#p0427": "Text 281]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n403\n\n�yamasundara, �ikhipiccha-guiija-vibhii�a!Ja\ngopa-ve�a, tri-bh01'1gima, mura/T-vadana\nSYNONYMS\n�yama-sundara-Lord Kr�{la, who has a bluish color; �ikhi-piccha-with a peacock\nfeather on the head; gunjO-a garland of gufija; vibhii�ara-decorations; gopa-vesawith the dress of a cowherd boy;tri-bhahgima-curved in three places;murali-vadana\n-with a flute in the mouth.\nTRANSLATION\nHe has a bluish complexion, a peacock feather on His head, a gurija garland and\nthe decorations of a cowherd boy. His body is curved in three places, and He has a\nflute in His mouth.\nTEXT 280\n\n� �'t�' � �fif � ��'t�� I\n'<ijtf��nt 'e1<1 �t� �rn ��t; �tf 11 �lro 11\nihii chiifli' kr�!Ja yadi haya anyakara\ngopikara bhava nahi yaya nikata tahiira\nSYNONYMS\nihii-this; chii{Ji'-giving up; kr.5ra-Kr�{la; yadi-if; haya-takes; anya-Okiiraanother form; gopikiira-of the gopis; bhava-the ecstasy; niihi-does not; yiiyaarise; nlka.ta-near; tahiira-that (form).\nTRANSLATION\nIf Lord Kr�tla gives up this original form and assumes another Vi�I)U form, nearness to Him cannot invoke the ecstatic mood of the gopis.\nTEXT 281\n\nc-;tj�O{j� 9f�C9f�;I'O\\f'I'![_'C'lfl �j<f$ �'(Bj� 'f�\"t\n�T�t 'l'f'l!C � ���'l>!lf�'l�il�'f: 2tf<lf�i11!_ I\n\n�i�f�f� h'll�l!f9i ��� �f'3!� �t�fi!!i�fiS·\n�i'ftt �{g s�fi;il���;fs� il1C�IIlfil: �If• f� II �tr � II\ngopiniim pa�upendra-nandana-ju�o bhovasya kas tom krti\nviji'iiitum k�amate duruha-padavi-sancari!Jaf:l prakriyiim\nOVi�kurvati VOi,51JOVim api tanum tasmin bhujair ji,5(1Ubhir\nyasiim hanta caturbhir adbhuta-rucim rtigodaya{l kui'icati\n\n", "adi3#p0428": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n404\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopiniim-of the gopis; pasupendra-nandana-ju�{l-of the service of the son of\n\nVraja's King, Maharaja\n\nN anda; bhiivasya-ecstatic; ka{l-what; tom-that; krti­\n\nlearned man; vijnotum-to understand; k�mate-is able; duruha-very difficult to\n\nunderstand; padavi-the position; soncorirafl-which provokes; prak rlyom-activity;\n\novi�kurvati-He manifests; vai�ravim-of Vi�(lu; ap/-certainly; tanum-the body;\ntasmin- in th at; bhujai{l-with arms; ji�rubhi{l-very beautiful; yosom-of whom\n\n(the gopls); hanta-alas; caturbhi{l-four; adbhuta-wonderfully; rucim-beautiful;\n\nroga-udaya{l-the evoking of ecstatic feelings; kui'icati- cripples.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Once Lord Sri Kmta, with a playful motive, manifested Himself as Narayal)a,\n\nwith four victorious hands and a very beautiful form. Seeing this exalted form,\n\nhowever, crippled the ecstatic feelings of the gopis. A learned scholar, therefore,\n\ncannot understand the gopis' ecstatic feelings, which are firmly fixed upon the\n\noriginal form of Lord Kr�r;ta as the son of Nanda Maharaja. The wonderful feelings\n\nof the gopis in ecstatic parama-rasa with Kr�r;ta are the greatest mystery in spiritual\nlife.\n\n\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Lalita-miidhava (6.14) by Srila Rupa Gosvami.\n\nTEXT 282\n��� ��'11 �1t '��(til I\n\n�('fi' �� lftq:� �' �1�1·lt� II �\\,-� II\nvasanta-kole rosa-17/o kare govardhane\nan tardhiina kailii sanketa karl' riidhii-sane\n\nSYNONYMS\nvasonta-kiile-during the season\n\ngovardhane-near\n\nthe\n\nGovardhana\n\nof spring; riisa-lilii-riisa dance; kare-does;\n\nHill; antardhiina-disappearance; kailii-did;\n\nsanketa- i ndicat ion; kari -making; riidhii-sane-with Radh arli.(IT.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the season of springtime, when the rasa dance was going on, suddenly\n\nKr�r:ta disappeared from the scene, indicating that He wanted to be alone with\n\nSrimati Radharli.r:ti.\n\nTEXT 283\n\n�i!fifft• :t�fit' <;lft� �t'f'Rl �l; I\n'Cit��� 'CI'� '!1t1 '\"ittM�� ifl; II �lr'!l II\n\n", "adi3#p0429": "Text 285]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n405\n\nnibhrto-nikui'ije vasi' dekhe radhtira ba.ta\nanve�ite alia tahah gopikara !ha.ta\n\nSYNONYMS\nnibhrto-solitary; nikunje-in a bush; vasi - sitting; dekhe-waiting to see; radhora\n'\n\n-of Srimati Radharar;ti; ba\n.ta-th e passing; anve,5ite-while searc hi ng ; oilo-ca m e;\n\ntiihOh-there; gopikora-of the gopTs; thota-the phalanx\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKr�r:la was sitting in a solitary bush, waiting for Srimati Radharar;ti to pass by.\n\nBut w hile He was searching, the gopis arrived there , like a phalanx of soldiers.\n\nTEXT 284\n\n� ���<:! � Of�' � C'm�'it'l I\n\"�� Of � �-� � at��\"fi' u\" �trs 11\ndura haite krgte dekhi' bale gopT-goro\n\"ei dekha kunjera bhitara vrajendra-nandana\"\n\nSYNONYMS\ndura haite-from a distance; k[,5(1e -unto Kr�tla; dekhi'-seeing; bale-said; gopTgoro -all the gopTs; ei dekha-just see here; kunjera-the bush; bhitara-w i th in;\nvrojendra-nandana-the son of Nanda M aharaja\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Just see!\" the gopis said, seeing Kr�Qa from a distant place. \"Here w it hin a b ush\nis Kr��Ja, the son of Nanda Maharaja.\"\n\nTEXT 285\n\nC'm�'St'l C�f�' f�� �l'-'f �t�� I\n�l� i{tRJ�, �� C��i �-t II �IY� II\ngopi-goro pekhi' kr�rero ha-ifa sadhvasa\nlukaite ntirila, bhaye haifa bibaSa\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopT-goro-all the gopis combined together; dekhi'-seeing; k[,5f}era-of Kr�pa;\nho-i/a-there were; siidhvaso-some emotional feelings; lukaite-to hide; narilo-was\nunable; bhaye-out of fear ; hoi/a-became; biboSo-motionless.\n\n", "adi3#p0430": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n406\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Knr;�a saw all the gopTs, He was struck with emotion. Thus He could\nnot hide Himself, and out of fear He became motionless.\nTEXT 286\n\n�('SF � ��' �tt�i{ �� I\n\"cwfit' c'ltt� <JS� f.{�{; �tf� 11 �lr� 11\ncatur-bhuja miJrti dhari' iichena vasiyii\nkr�ra dekhi' gopi kahe nikate iisiyii\nSYNONYMS\ncatu{1-bhuja-four-armed; miJrti-form; dhari'-accepting; iichena-was; vasiyii­\n\nsitting; k�ra-lord Kr�pa; dekhi' seeing; gopi-the gopis; kahe- say; nikate-near-\n\nby; iisiyii-coming there\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKr�r;�a assumed His four-armed Narayal)a form and sat there. When all the gopfs\ncame, seeing Him they spoke as follows.\nTEXT 287\n\n'�1 � �' � i{f�t�'l � I'\n���fir' �rot Jtt<e � il�-�� II �lr'\\ II\n'ihori k[$1Ja nahe, ihon niiriiyara mi1rti'\neta bali' tiinre sabhe kare nati-stutl\nSYNONYMS\nihon-this; kr�ra-Lord Kr�pa; nahe-is not; ihon-this is; niiriiyara-the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead; miJrti-the form; eta ba/i'-sayi ng this; tiinre-unto Him;\nsabhe-all the gopis; kare-make; nati-stuti-obeisances and prayers.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He is not Kr$f.la! He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Narayal)a.\" After\nsaying this, they offered obeisances and the following respectful prayers.\nTEXT 288\n\n\"ilt1ft iltl'!�'l, � <f$1l� �Jftw I\n��,.., c�' c�11 ��� ��t5f n\" ��rv- n\n\n", "adi3#p0431": "Text 290)\n\nPa.stimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n407\n\n\"namo narayara, deva karaha prasada\nkr�IJa-sanga deha' mora ghucaha vi�ada\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nnama/;1 narayara- all respects to Narayar;�a; deva-the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; karaha-kindly give; prasada- Your mercy; kr,sra-sanga-association with\n\nKr�r;�a; deha - giving; mora-our;ghucaha-please diminish; vi,sada-lamentation.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 Lord NarayaQa, we offer our respectful obeisances unto You. Kindly be\n\nmerciful to us. Give us the association of Kr�r:�a and thus vanquish our lamentation.\"\nPURPORT\nThe gopis were not made happy even by seeing the four-armed form of Narayar;�a.\n\nYet they offered their respects to the Supreme Personality of Godhead and begged\nfrom Him the benediction of achieving the association of Kr�r:�a. Such is the ecstatic\n\nfeeling of the gopis.\n\nTEXT 289\n\n�� �fir �\"JJfi' ''St'fl ''Stt�'Sttt I\n\n��ttt'f � ��' �'11 � II �\\r� II\neta bali namaskari' geliJ gopi-gara\nhena-kale radhiJ asi' dila darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\neta bali-saying this; namaskari'-offering obeisances;gela-went away; gopi-gara\n\n-all the gopis;hena-kale-at this time; radhci-S rimatl Radharar:ti; asi'-coming there;\n\ndi/a-gave; darasana-audience.\n\nTRANSLATION\n-After saying this and offering obeisances, all the gopis dispersed. Then Srimati\n\nRadharal)i came and appeared before Lord Kr�JJa.\nTEXT 290\n\n� '��' �� �tt� �'ll <fi� I\n� �� � ��� �tf'tt'! II ��o II\nriJdha dekhi' kr,sra tanre hiJsya karite\nsei catur-bhuja murti cahena rakhite\n\n", "adi3#p0432": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n408\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSYNONYMS\nradha-Srimati Radhara�;�i; dekhi'-seeing; k�ro-Lord Km1a; tanre-unto Her;\nhosyo-joking; korite-to\n\ndo;\n\nciiheno-wanted; riikhite-to\n\nsei-that; cotul)-bhuja-four-armed; murti-form;\n\nkeep.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Lord K!}pa saw RadharaQT, He wanted to maintain the four-armed form to\n\njoke with Her.\n\nTEXT 291\n\n1l_� it'-\" Jt'ftf �t�� I\n�- � ��'li �-., i{fR'f ftf� ll ��) II\n/ukoi/ii dui bhujo rodhiiro ogrete\nbohu yotno koilii k[�f}o, niirilo riikhite\nSYNONYMS\nlukiillii-He hid; dul-two; bhujo-arms; riidhiiro-of Srimati Radharaoi; ogrete­\n\nin front; b o hu-mu ch ; yotno-endeavor; koi/ii-did; kr�ro-Lord Kmta; niirilo-was\nunab l e; riikhite-to keep.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn front of Srimati RadharaQi, Sri Kr�l)a tried to hide the two extra arms. He tried\n\nHis best to keep four arms before Her, but He was completely unable to do so.\nTEXT 292\n\n1t1-rt1f R��-�� �r� $� 1\n� ��t1t\n\n<?Ri�j f��-� II ��� II t\n\nriidhiira vi�uddha-bhiivera ocintya prabhova\nye kr�rere kariiilii dvi-bhuja-svabhiivo\nSYNONYMS\nriidhiiro-of Srimati Radharar;ti; visuddha-purified ; bhiivera-of the ecstasy;\n\nacintya-inconceivable; prabhcivo-influence; ye-which; kr�rere-unto Lord Kr�oa;\nkoriiilii-forced; dvi-bhuja-two-armed; svabhiivo original.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe infl u ence of Radharar;ti's pure ecstasy is so inconceivably great that it forced\n\nKr�pa to come to His original two-armed form.\n\n", "adi3#p0433": "Text 294]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n409\n\nTEXT 293\n\n�Pft��f\"{C�� f��i'\"J� <111\\!illC� 1[�1l'l'f'\"1'iiC'I�-�' c�lt9ff��� �ll_\"ii.._���n lll �� 11�f-1�1 1\nitllfHI1: 2!Cf�'2l �� 'I!f�111 �'2' f!!Hrl �f'lf�'\n�11<1�11 2!�f<f<J(�if9f �f�'fi �1'f\"'lso����l11 ��� 1\nrasarambha-vidhau niliya vasata kunje mrgak�T-ga(lair\n\ndr�tam gopayiturh svam uddhura-dhiya ya su�.thu sandar�ita\n\nradhayaf:J pra(layasya hanta mahimii yasya sriyii rak�ituin\nsa sakyii prabha-vi�(lunapi hari(lii niisTc catur-bahuta\nSYNONYMS\nrasa.{irambha-vidhau-in the matter of beginning the rasa dance; niliya-having\n\nhidden; vasatci-sitting; kunje-in a grove; mrga-ak�i-ga(la/{1-by the gopTs, who had\neyes resembling those of deer; drHam-being seen; gopay/tum-to hide; svamHimself; uddhura-dhiyiJ-by first-class intelligence; yo-which; su�.thu-perfectly;\nsandar5ita-exhibited; radhilyaf:/-of �rimati Radharar;ti; pra(layasya-of the love;\nhanto-just see;mahima-the glory;yasya-of which;sriyii-the opulence;rak�itumto protect that;sa-that;sakya-able;prabha-vi�(IUnii-by Kr��a;api-even; hari(ldby the Supreme Personality of Godhead; no-not; asit-was; catuf:J-biihutii-fourarmed form.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Prior to the rasa dance, lord Kr�pa hid Himself in a grove just to have fun.\nWhen the gopis came, their eyes resembling those of deer, by His sharp intelligence\nHe exhibited His beautiful four-armed form to hide Himself. But when Srimati\n\nRadharal)i came there, Kf}pa could not maintain His four arms in Her presence. This\n\nis the wonderful glory of Her love.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Ujjvala-nTiama(li by �rila ROpa Gosvami.\nTEXT-294\n\n\"'t sc•-n-t� ilf'StJ'tt�t � 1\n� �·�-� -t�� 11t:!i II ��8 II\nsei vroje�vara-ihan jaganniitha pitii\nse/ vrajesvarT-ihan wcidevi mota\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; vrajesvara-the King of Vraja;ihan-now;jaganniitha-Jagannatha Misra;\n\npitii-the father of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sei-that;vrajesvarT-Queen of Vraja;\n\nihan-now;�acTdevi-�acidevi; mcitii-the mother of �ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "adi3#p0434": "SrT-Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n410\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSlATJON\nFather Nanda, the King of Vrajabhumi, is now jagannatha Misra, the father of\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. And mother Yasoda, the Queen of Vrajabhlimi, is now\nSacidevi, lord Caitanya's mother.\n\nTEXT 295\n\n� �� - tt �trc;'Stt11tflfP I\nc;� � -�t �ftil\"f � II ��a- II\nsei nanda-suta\n\n-\n\nsei baladeva\n\n-\n\nihan caitanyo-gosani\n\nihan nityiinanda bhiii\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei nanda su ta-the same son of Nanda Maharaja; ihan-now ; caitanya-gosai i-\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; sei baladeva-the selfsame Baladeva; ihan-now; nltyananda\nbhiii- Nityananda Prabhu, the brother of �ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSlATION\n\nThe former son of Nanda Maharaja is now Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and the\n\nformer Baladeva, Krg1a's brother, is now Nityananda Prabhu, the brother of lord\nCaitanya.\n\nTEXT 296\n\n�e,lfti(J, 'l�, 11�-� � I\n\n� fii'!J1il\"f-\"�9-� II��� II\nviitsa/ya, dasya, sakhya\nsei nityiinanda\n\n-\n\ntina bhiivamaya\n\n-\n\nkr�rra-caitanya-sahaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nviitsalya- paternity; diisya\n\n-\n\nservitude; sakhya-fraternity; tina-three; bhiiva-maya\n\n-emotional ecstasies; se/-that; nityiinanda-Nityananda Prabhu; k(�(la-caitanyaof lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sahiiya-the assistant.\nTRANSlATION\n\nSri Nityananda Prabhu always feels the ecstatic emotions of paternity, servitude\n\nand friendship. He always assists Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in that way.\nTEXT 297\n\nc;$oe� fit�1 ci� �'\" i9?11tl:! 1\n� �ru �1'\"' eo � \"i.�'� 11 ��� u\n\n", "adi3#p0435": "Text 299]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n411\n\nprema-bhakti diya tenho bhasa'ta }agate\ntanra caritra toke na pare bujhlte\nSYNONYMS\nprema-bhakti-devotional service; diya-giving; tenho-Lord N ityananda Prabhu;\nbhiisa'ta-overflooded; }agate-in the world; tanra-His; caritra-character; tokepeople; na-not; pare-able; bujhite-to understand.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Nityananda Prabhu overflooded the entire world by distributing transcendental\nloving service. No one can understand His character and activities.\nTEXT 298\n\n����-(;�� �111� I\n��fBI �1 ��J �II ��lr II\nadvaita-Ocarya-gosafii bhakto-avatara\nkr�ra avatariya kai/a bhaktira praciira\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-Ociirya-Sri Advaita Prabhu; gosan/-spiritual master; bhakta-ovatiira-the\nincarnation of a devotee; kf?IJa-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; avatar/yodescending; kai/a-did; bhaktira-of devotional service; pracara-propagation.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Advaita Acarya Prabhu appeared as an incarnation of a devotee. He is in the\ncategory of Kr�pa, but He descended to this earth to propagate devotional service.\n\nTEXT 299\n\n1f�, ift�,-l� �'R �- � I\n\n� � � �ttt �m�\" ��� n\nsakhya, dasya,-dui bhava sahaja tanhara\nkabhu prabhu karena tiinre guru-vyavahara\nSYNONYMS\nsakhya-fraternity; dasya-servitude; dui-two; bhava-ecstacies; sahaja-natural;\ntiirihara-His; kabhu-sometimes; prabhu-Lord Caitanya; karena-does; tanre-to\nHim;guru-of spiritual master; vyavahara-treatment.\n\n", "adi3#p0436": "'\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n412\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch:17\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis natural emotions were always on the platform of fraternity and servitude,\nbut the Lord sometimes treated Him as His spiritual master.\nTEXT 300\n\nlil�tflf � �� \"''Sttl I\n�- � '61� � �\\ftJ-�� 11 �o o II\nsrTviisiidi yata mahiiprabhura bhakta-ga(la\nnija nija bhiive karena caitanya-sevana\nSYNONYMS\nsrTviisa-iidi-headed by Sr iv asa Thakura; yata-all; mahiiprabhura-of Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; bhakta-ga(la-devotees; nija nija-in their own respective; bhiiveemotion; karena-do; caitanya-sevana-service to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll the devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, headed by Sr'ivasa Thakura, have\ntheir own emotional humors in which they render service unto Him.\nTEXT 301\n\n9ffu�-c;�f$ � �111 c;� Pf I\n� � lt'l l!ft_ �i{ �111' �II �o� II\npa(l(/ita-gosiini iidi yiihra yei rasa\nsei sei rase prabhu hana tiihra vasa\nSYNONYMS\npa(l(/ita-gosiin -Gadadhara Pal)c;lita; iidi-headed by; yiihra-whose;yei-whatever;\n\nrasa-transcendental mellow; sei sei\n\n-\n\nthat respective; rase-by the mellow; prabhu­\n\nthe Lord; hana-is; tii hra-his ; vasa-under control.\nTRANSLATION\n\nPersonal associates like Gadadhara, Svarupa Damodara, Ramananda Raya, and\n\nthe six Gosvam'is headed by Rupa Gosvami are all situated in their respective\n\ntranscendental humors. Thus the Lord submits to various transcendentally mellow\n\npositions.\n\nPURPORT\nIn ver ses 296 through\n\n301 the emotional devoted service of Sri Nityanand a\n\nand Sri Advaita Prabhu has been fully described. Describing such individual service,\n\nthe Gaura-ga(loddesa-dipikii, verses 11 through 16, declares that although Lord\n\n", "adi3#p0437": "Pastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\nText 303]\n\n413\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu appeared as a devotee, He is none other than the son of\nNanda Maharaja. Similarly, although Sri Nityananda Prabhu appeared as Lord\nCaitanya's assistant, He is none other than Baladeva, the carrier of the plow. Advaita\nAcarya is the incarnation of Sadasiva from the spiritual world. All the devotees\nheaded by Srivasa Thakura are His marginal energy, whereas the devotees headed\nby Gadadhara Par;l�ita are manifestations of His internal potency.\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Advaita Prabhu and Nityananda Prabhu all belong to\nthe vigiU-tattva category. Because Lord Caitanya is an ocean of mercy, He is\naddressed\n\nas\n\nmahiiprabhu,\n\nwhereas Nityananda and Advaita, being two great\n\npersonalities who assist Lord Caitanya, are addressed as prabhu. Thus there are\ntwo prabhus and one mahiiprabhu. Gadadhara Gosvami is a representative of a\nperfect briihmara spiritual master. Srivasa Thakura represents a perfect briihmara\ndevotee. These five are known as the Panca-tattva.\nTEXT 302\n\nf'!� �,- ��J;)�L_�, ''$ft�f�� I\n.t ,�-� �' � �' �� II '!)o� II\ntihan syiima,\n!han gaura\n\n--\n\n--\n\nvarhsT-mukha, gopa-viliisi\n\nkabhu dvija, kabhu ta' sannyiisi\n\nSYNONYMS\ntihan-in the k{�{la-ma; syiima-blackish color; varhsi-mukha-a\n\nflute in the\n\nmouth; gopa-vlliisi-an enjoyer as a cowherd boy; ihan-now; gaura-fair complexion; kabhu\n\n-\n\nsometimes; dvija-briihmara; kabhu-sometimes; ta'-certainly;\n\nsannyiisi-in the renounced order of life.\nTRANSLATION\nIn kr��;�a-lila the Lord's complexion is blackish. A flute in His mouth, He enjoys\nas a cowherd boy. Now the selfsame person has appeared with a fair complexion,\nsometimes acting as a brahmar;'la and sometimes accepting the renounced order of\n\nlife.\n\nTEXT\n\n303\n\n�\\!�� ��i1 � ''$ft� 'f�' I\ni3t��ti1 <fit� '�'tift�' �ft' II '!>o'!> II\nataeva iipane prabhu gopi-bhiiva dharl'\nvrajendra-nandane kahe 'pro!Ja-niitha' karl'\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; iipane-personally; prabhu-the Lord; gopT-bhiiva-the ecstasy\nof the gopis; dhari - accepting; vrajendra-nandane-the son of Nanda Maharaja;\n'\n\nkahe-addresses;prli!Ja-niitha-0 Lord of My life (husband); kar/'-accepting.\n\n", "adi3#p0438": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n414\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore the Lord Himself, accepting the emotional ecstasy of the gopis, now\naddresses the son of Nanda Maharaja, \"0 master of M y life! 0 My dear husband!\"\n\nTEXT 304\n\n� ?1iP, � '��,-� ��t't I\n�� ��rl � � ��'t II �o8 II\nsei kr�ra, sei gopi, --parama virodha\nacintya caritra prabhura ati sudurbodha\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei kr�ra-that Km1a; sei gopi-that gopi; parama virodha-very much contra­\n\ndictory; acintya-inconceivable; caritra-character; prabhura-of the Lord; ativery much;sudurbodha-difficult to understand.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe is Kr�t;�a, yet He has accepted the mood of the gopis. How is it so? It is the\ninconceivable character of the Lord, which is very difficult to understand.\n\nPURPORT\nKr�l)a's accepting the part of the gopis is certainly contradictory according to\nany mundane calculations, but the Lord, by His inconceivable character, may act\nlike the gopis and feel separation from Kr�l)a, although He is Kr�l)a Himself. Such a\ncontradiction can be reconciled only in the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nbecause He has energy that is inconceivable (acintya), which can make possible that\nwhich is impossible to do (agatan gatan patiyasi). Such contradictions are very\ndifficult to understand unless a devotee strictly follows the Vai�l)aVa philosophy\nunder the direction of the Gosvamis. Therefore Kr�l)adasa Kaviraja Gosvami ends\nevery chapter with this verse:\nsri·rupa-raghuniitha-pade yiira iisa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�radiisa\n\n\"Praying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring their\n\nmercy, I, K�l)adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their footsteps.\"\nIn a song by Narottama dasa Thakura it is stated:\nrupa-raghunotha-pode ho-ibe iikuti\nkabe hama bujhabo se yugola-piriti\n\nThe conjugal love between Radha and Kr�l)a, which is called yugolo-piriti, is not\nunderstandable by mundane scholars, artists or poets. It is simply to be understood\n\n", "adi3#p0439": "Text 306]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n415\n\nby devotees who strictly follow in the footsteps of the six Gosvamis. Sometimes\n\nso-called artists and poets try to understand the love affairs of Radha and KrH•a,\n\nand they publish cheap books of poetry and pictures on the subject. Unfortunately,\n\nhowever, they do not understand the transcendental affairs of Radha and Kr�r;�a\n\neven to the smallest degree. They are simply meddling in a matter in which they are\nnot fit even to enter.\n\nTEXT 305\n\nttflt t;!� �fif' �� ifl �� �RIIfi I\n��1 ��f9 �� � �i II �o<t II\nithe tarka karl' keha no kara sari15aya\nkr�rera acintya-sakti ei mata haya\nSYNONYMS\nithe-in this matter; tarka kari -making arguments; keha-someone; no-do not;\n'\n\nkara-make; samsaya-doubts; kr�rera-of Lord Kr�Qa; acintya-sakti-inconceivable\n\npotency; ei-this; mata-the verdict; haya-is.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne cannot understand the contradictions in Lord Caitanya's character by\n\nputting forward mundane logic and arguments. Consequently one should not\n\nmaintain doubts in this connection. One should simply try to understand the\ninconceivable\n\nenergy\n\nof\n\ncontradictions are possible.\n\nKn�;�a;\n\notherwise\n\none\n\ncannot understand how such\n\nTEXT 306\n\n��\"J}, ��.._'! �·�f<l�tl I\n�iJ ��, 00 ��' fiiJ �J��tl l �o� II\nacintya, adbhuta kr�ra-caitanya-vihlira\ncitra bhava, citra gura, citra vyavahara\nSYNONYMS\nacintya-inconceivable; adbhuta\n\n-\n\nwonderful; krJra-caitanya-of Lord Sri Kr�pa\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; vihara-pastimes; citra-wonderful; bhova-ecstasy; citrawonderful; gu1.7a-qualities; citra-wonderful; vyavahara-behavior.\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of Sri K{?�;�a Caitanya Mahaprabhu are inconceivable and wonderful.\n\nHis ecstasy is wonderful, His qualities are wonderful, and His behavior is wonderful.\n\n", "adi3#p0440": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n416\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 307\n\n� b:1 �� 1fttit � ��tif I\nt�� �' � ift�� fqt1f II �o� II\ntarke iha nahi mane yei duracara\n\nkumbhipiike pace, tara nahika nistara\n\nSYNONYMS\ntarke-by\n\narguments; iho-this; niihi-not; mane-accepts; yei-anyone who;\n\ndurocora-debauchee; kumbh7-poke-in the boiling oil of hell; pace-boi ls; tarahis; niihika-there is not; nistora- deliverance.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf one simply adheres to mundane arguments and therefore does not accept\n\nthis, he will boil in the hell of Kumbhipaka. For him there is no deliverance.\n\nPURPORT\nKumbhipaka, a type of hellish condition, is described in Sr7mad-Bhagavatam\n\n(5.26.13), wherein it is said that a person who cooks living birds and beasts to\n\nsatisfy his tongue is brought before\n\nY am araja after death and punished in the\n\nKumbhipaka hell. There he is put into boiling oil called kumbhi-poka, from which\n\nthere is no deliverance. Kumbhipaka is meant for persons who are unnecessarily\n\nenvious. Those who are envious of the activities of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are\n\npunished in that hellish condition.\n\nTEXT 308\n�ro{gJl: �c:r_ Cll' \\Sl<rl 0{ �t����'l Cli1�C�Il.. I\n�,r'S�J: 9f�� ll'li6 �fffo�� iif'1l'ct1{. u \"•lr n\nacintyii/;1 khalu ye bhova no tams tarkera yojayet\n\nprakrtibhya/;1 param yac co tad acintyasya /ak�a!Jam\n\nSYNONYMS\nacintyo/;1-inconceivable; kha/u-certainly; ye-those; bhavo/;1-subject matters;\n\nno-not;\n\nton-them;\n\ntarkera-by\n\nargument;\n\nyojayet-one\n\nmay\n\nunderstand;\n\nprakrtibhya/;1-to material na ture; param-transcendental;yat-that which; co-and;\n\ntat-that; acintyasya-of the inconceivable; lak�aram-a symptom.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Anything transcendental to material nature is called inconceivable, whereas\n\narguments are all mundane. Since mundane arguments cannot t ouch transc endental\n\n", "adi3#p0441": "Text 310]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n417\n\nsubject matters, one should not try to understand transcendental subjects through\nmundane arguments.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a quote from the Bhakti-rasamrto-sindhu (2.5.93) by Srna Rupa Gosvami.\nTEXT 309\n\n�•�� ��,;n\"rn �� A�� 1\n\n�· 'fi{ � ��\\!t,� � 9ft-t II \\!lo:;, II\nadbhuta caitanya-ntaya yahara viSvasa\nsei jana yiiya caitanyera pada paSo\n\nSYNONYMS\nadbhuta-wonderful;\n\ncaltanya-ntaya-in\n\nthe\n\npastimes\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; yiihara-anyone whose; visviisa-faith; sei-that; jana-person; yayam ake s\n\nprogress; caitanyera-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; pada-the lotus feet;\n\npaso-near\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnly a person who has firm faith in the wonderful pastimes of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu can approach His lotus feet.\n\nTEXT 310\n\n!2f�ttr �f�\" �� ��oq� �a 1\n\n�� � �t�, �'5�� 0 \\!a II \\!J�o II\nprasange kahila ei siddhiintera sara\nihti yei Sune, Suddha-bhakti haya tara\n\nSYNONYMS\nprasange-in the course of discussion; kahila-it was said; ei-this; siddhiinteraof the conclusion; sara-the essence; iha-this; yei-anyone who; sune-hears;\nSuddha-bhakti-unalloyed devotional service; haya\n\n-\n\nbecomes; tara-hi s.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this discourse I have explained the essence of the devotional conclusion.\n\nAnyone who hears this develops unalloyed devotional service to the Lord.\n\n", "adi3#p0442": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n418\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 311\n\nf\"�� 41�9 �flf �fi 'e(1l�f'J I\n�� � <1tt•t �.(�� �'tlf II ��� II\nlikhita granthera yadi karl anuviida\ntabe se granthera artha piiiye iisviida\n\nSYNONYMS\nlikhita-written; granthera-of\n\nthe scripture; yadi-if; kari-1\n\ndo; anuviida­\n\nrepetition; tabe-then; se granthera-of that scripture; artha-the meaning; pii/ye1 can get; iisviida-taste.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf I repeat what\n\nscripture .\n\nis already wr it t en, I\n\nm ay thus relish the purpose of this\n\nTEXT 312\n\n\"'f� � <e't� �,� � I\n�1(1 .�, �� �1{ � � II ��� II\ndekhi granthe bhiigavate vyiisera iiciira\nkathii kahi' anuviida kare vii ra viira\n\nSYNONYMS\ndekhi-1\n\nsee; granthe-in the scripture; bhiigavate-in the Srimad-Bhiigavatam;\n\nvyiisera-of Srila Vyasadeva; iiciira-behavior; ka thii - narra t ion; kah/'-describing;\n\nanuviida-repetition; kare-he does; viira viira-again and again.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWe can see in the scripture Srim ad-Bhagav at a m the conduct of its author, Sri\n\nVyasadeva. After speaking the narration , he repeats it again and again.\nPURPORT\n\nAt the end of SrTmad-Bhiigavatom, in the Twelfth Canto, the Twelfth Chapter has\n\nfifty-two verses in which Sri Kr�Qa-dvaipayana Vedavyasa r ecapitul ates SrimadBhiigavatam's\n\nentire subject matter. Sri Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja Gosvami wants to\n\nfollow in the footsteps of Sri V yasadeva by rec api tu l a ting the seventeen chapters\nof Sri Caitanya-caritiimrta's Adi-ntii.\n\nTEXT 313\n\nt�tt� �fif� �ff �� '5t� I\n\n12tfltll ��� �� '�IP\"tRC!' II ��� II\n\n", "adi3#p0443": "Text 315]\n\n419\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\ntate adi-lilara karl pariccheda garana\n\nprathama paricchede kailuh 'mahgalacarara'\nSYNONYMS\ntate-therefore; adi-li/ara-of the\n\nFirst Canto, known as Adi-lilii; kari-1 do;\n\npariccheda-chapter; garana-enumeration; prathama\n\nparlcchede-in\n\nthe\n\nFirst\n\nChapter; kailuh-l have done; mahgala-iicarara-invocation of auspiciousness.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore I shall enumerate the chapters of the Adi-lila. In the First Chapter I\noffer obeisances to the spiritual master, for this is the beginning of auspicious\nwriting.\nTEXT 314\n\n�� 9ffift�'f '�G'!St;!,.fi{�9f'l' I\n�11� �$fti{. c�l ��!!�� n ��s n\ndvitiya paricchede 'caitanya-tattva-nirupa!Ja'\nsvayarh bhagavan yei vrajendra-nandana\nSYNONYMS\ndvitlya paricchede-in the Second Chapter; caitanya-tattva-nirDpara-description\nof\n\nthe truth of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; svayam-personally; bhagaviin -the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; yei-who; vrajendra-nandana-the son of Nanda\nMaharaja.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Second Chapter explains the truth of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. He is the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Kr��Ja, the son of Maharaja Nanda\n\n.\n\nTEXT 315\n\n<;tf;�·t '!' ��-f�-� �\"t� I\n,&rn 918fc��:5f l!lfCIJRf '�t1:1t�' �t�'l n ��<t u\ntehho ta' caitanya-kr�ra-�acira nandana\ntrtiya poricchede jonmero 'siimiinya' kiiroro\nSYNONYMS\ntehho-He; ta'-certainly; caitanya-kr�!Ja-Kr�r:ta with the name of Sri Caitanya;\nsacira nandana-the son of Sacim1Ha; trtiya paricchede-in the Third Chapter;\njanmera-of His birth; siimanya-general; karara-reason.\n\n", "adi3#p0444": "[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n420\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Kr�r;�a Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is Kr�r:ta Himself, has now appeared as the\n\nson of mother Saci The Third Chapter describes the general cause of His appearance.\n.\n\nTEXT 316\n\n��� �tO 0��� -'�c-t�' �HJ� I\n�'Sf'f1i -\"•:rt1l·<;l2!1l-t!iG11l'l II '!>�� II\ntahin madhye prema-diina\nyuga-dharma\n\n-\n\n'vise�a· kiirara\n\nkr�ra-nama-prema-pracarara\n\n-\n\nSYNONYMS\ntahin madhye-in that chapter; prema-diina-distribution of love of Godhead;\n\nvise�a-specific; kiirara-reason; yuga-dharma-the\n\nreligion\n\nof the millennium;\n\nkr�ra-niima-the holy name of Lord Kr�Da; prema-love of Godhead; praciirarapropagating.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Third Chapter specifically describes the distribution of love of Godhead. It\n\nalso describes the religion of the age, which is simply to distribute the holy name of\n\nLord Kr�r:ta and propagate the process of loving Him.\nTEXT 317\n\nG'l_t� � iSft'Jt� '�' �tvt� I\n�'!,�·c;$��·�1�i{ I '!>�'l II\ncaturthe kahilun janmera 'mula' prayojana\nsva-miidhurya-premiinanda-rasa-iisviidana\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaturthe-in the Fourth Chapter; kahilun-l have described; janmera-of His\n\nbirth; mula-the real; prayojana\n\n-\n\nnecessity; sva-madhurya-His own transcendental\n\nsweetness; prema-ananda-of ecstatic joy from love; rasa-the mellow; iisvadana­\n\ntasting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Fourth Chapter describes the main reason for His appearance, which is to\n\ntaste the mellow quality of His own transcendental loving service and His own\nsweetness.\n\n", "adi3#p0445": "Text 320)\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n421\n\nTEXT 318\n\n'?f�rr;11 '1\\fili.!Jt�'-1!\" �'I I\n\n��� �1 �11 c;�ffl��\"fi{ II ��lr II\npancame 'srl-nityiinanda'-tattva nirupara\nnityiinanda hailii riima rohiri-nandana\nSYNONYMS\npailcame-in the Fifth Chapter;sr7-nityiinanda-of Lord Nityananda Prabhu; tattva\n-the truth; nirupa(la-ascertainment; nityi'inanda-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; haifawas; rama-Balarama; rohit;IT-nandana-the son of Rohil)i.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Fifth Chapter describes the truth of Lord Nityananda Prabhu, who is none\nother than Balarama, the son of Rohir:Ji.\n\nTEXT 319\n\n� '?f�� '�-�'1t f<lm 1\n�-��-1t��-�� II��� II\n�a�Jha paricchede 'advalta-tattve 'ra viciira\nadvaita-iiciirya\n\n-\n\nmahii-vi�ru-avatiira\n\nSYNONYMS\n�a�.tha paricchede-in the Sixth Chapter; advaita-of Advaita Acarya; tattvera-of\nthe truth; viciira-consideration; advaita-iiciirya-Advaita Prabhu;mahii-vi�ru-avataraincarnation of Maha-Vi�l)u.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Sixth Chapter considers the truth of Advaita Acarya. He is an incarnation of\nMaha-Vi�pu.\nTEXT 320\n\n��11 '?f�� ''?f�'1t �t�J'ti{ I\n\n'?f.�-. fiffit' �� '� c;��i{ II �� o II\nsaptama paricchede 'panca-tattve'ra iikhyiina\npanca-tattva mili' yaiche kai/ii prema-diina\n\n", "adi3#p0446": "422\n\nSr i Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Adi l il a, Ch. 17\n-\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaptama paricchede-in the Seventh Chapter; panca-tattvera-of the five tattvas\n\n(truths); iikhyiina- the elaboration; panca-tattva-the five tattvas; mili'-combi ning\ntogether; yaiche-in what way; kailii-did; prema-dana-distribution of love of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Seventh Chapter describes the Paiica tattva-S ri Caitanya, Prabhu Nityananda,\n-\n\nSri Advaita, Gadadhara and Srivasa. They all combined together to distribute love of\nGodhead everywhere.\nTEXT 321\n\n��� 'C��i-�cfii'·<TSt11''1 I\n�<15 \"� �-1f��-�-.il II ��) II\na�,tame 'caftanya-lilii-var(lana '-kiira(la\neka k{�(la-niimera mahii-mahimii-kathana\nSYNONYMS\n�,tame-in the Eighth Chapter; caitanya-/Tiii-var(lana-kiira!Ja-the reason for describing Caitanya Mahaprabhu's pastimes; eka-one; k(�(la-niimera-of the holy name\nof Lord Kr��a; mahii-mahimii-kathana-description of great glories.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Eighth Chapter gives the reason for describing Lord Caitanya's p as tim es It\n.\n\nalso describes the greatness of Lord Kr��a's holy name.\nTEXT 322\n\nil� '��-��11' �clil' I\n\n��1ftfn C� � �tt1't9f'1 II ��� II\nnavamete 'bhakti-kalpa-vrk�era varrana'\n\nsri-caitanya-miili kai/{J vrk�a oropa(la\nSYNONYMS\n\nnavamete-in the Ninth Chapter; bhakti-kalpa-vrk�era-of the desire tree of devotional service; varrana-the description; sri-caitanya-mii!T-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nas the gardener; kailii-did; vrk�a-the tree; oropara-implantation.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Ninth Chapter describes the desi re tree of devotional service. Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu Himself is the gardener who planted it.\n\n", "adi3#p0447": "Text 325]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n423\n\nTEXT 323\n\nSfllt�t'! �-�Q 'llft�fW·11�' I\n\n-��t�'Stt'B � �-���'1 II�� II\nda�amete mula-skandhera ·�akhiidi-garana'\nsarva-siikhii-garera yaiche phala-vitarara\n\nSYNONYMS\ndasamete-in t he Tenth Chapter; mula-skandhera-of the main trunk; siikhii-iidi­\n\nof the branches, etc.; garana\n\n-\n\nenu me ra tion ; sarva-�iikhii-garera-of all branches;\n\nyalche-in what way; phala-vitarara-distribution of the fruits.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Tenth Chapter describes the branches and sub-branches of the main trunk,\nand the distribution of their fruits.\nTEXT 324\n\n<Jl�t�-t 'fi1�Jtil\"!-t't�-f�'i' I\n� '��� lift� �c(il' II ��8 II\nekiida�e 'nityiinanda-siikhii-vivarara'\n\ndviidase 'advaita-skandha siikhiira varrana'\n\nSYNONYMS\nekiidase-in\n\nthe Eleventh C hap ter; nityiinilnda-siikhii-of the branches of Sri\n\nNityananda Prabhu; vivarara-description; dviidase-in the Twelfth Chapter; advaita­\n\nskandha-the trunk known as Advaita Prabhu; siikhiira-of the branch; varf}anadescription.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Eleventh Chapter describes the branch called Sri N ityananda Prabhu. The\n\nTwelfth Chapter describes the branch called Sri Advaita Prabhu.\nTEXT 325\n\n��t'W't ��t�ll '\"·��1'1' I\n�iff�-� �'t � �� II ��<t II\ntrayodase mahiiprabhura janma-vivarara'\n\nkr�ra-niima-saha yaiche prabhura janama\n\n", "adi3#p0448": "SrT Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n424\n\n[ A di- lila Ch. 17\n,\n\nSY\"lONYMS\ntrayodase-in the Thirteenth\n\nChap ter; mahaprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu ; janma-of the birth; vivar01;w-the description; kr�(la·niima-saha-aiong\n\nwith the holy name of Lord Kr�r;�a; yaiche-in what way; prabhura-of the Lord;\n\njanama- the bir th\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Thirteenth Chapter describes the birth of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, which\ntook place with the chanting of the holy name of Kr�rya.\n\nTEXT 326\n\ntil_l(�-t '�t\"U��' � ��'I I\n11•�-t ''9ft���t�' �t;11 ��i{ II �� II\ncaturdase 'biilya-/iliira' kichu vivara(la\npaiicadase 'pauga(l(/a-liliira' sank�epe kathana\nSYNONYMS\ncaturdase-in the Fourteenth Chapter; biilya·lifiira-of the Lord's childhood pas·\n\ntimes; kichu-some; vivara(la-description ; paiicadase-in the Fifteenth\n\nChapte r;\n\npauga(l(/a-filiira-of the pastimes of the pauga(l(/a (boyhood) age; sank�epe-in brief;\nkathana-the telling.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Fourteenth Chapter gives some description of the Lord's childhood pastimes.\n\nThe Fifteenth briefly describes the lord's boyhood pastimes.\nTEXT 327\n\nc;l{� 11fif<061iC5f ''�t»tt1l�t'J �!If I\n'f��CIIf ''�t�iWf'l-tn' ��( � II ��9 II\n�o(lasa paricchede 'kaisora-lilii' ra uddesa\nsaptadase 'yauvana-/ila' kahilun vise�a\nSYNONYMS\n�o(lasa-sixteenth; paricchede-in the chapter; kaisora-liliira-of pastimes prior to\n\nyou t h; uddesa-indication; saptadase-in the Seventeenth Ch apter; yauvana-lilci-t he\npastimes of youth; kahi/un-1 hav e stated; vise�a- sp ecifically\n.\n\n", "adi3#p0449": "Text 330]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n425\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Sixteenth Chapter I have indicated the pastimes of the kaisora age [the age\nprior to youth]. In the Seventeenth Chapter I have specifically described His\nyouthful pastimes.\nTEXT 328\n\n�� ��WIIf �<fit��-�� � I\n•tlfilf �it� '!tC'! 1!!•·1J..'-t�'fi ll ��tr- II\nei saptadasa prakara iidi-lilara prabandha\ndviidasa prabandha tiite grantha-mukhabandha\n\nSYNONYMS\nei sap tadasa- these seventeen; prakiira-varieties; iidi-lilii ra-of the Adi-lilii (First\n\nCan_to); prabandha-subject matter; dviidasa-twelve; prabandha-subject matters;\ntote-among those;grantha-of the book; mukha-bandha-prefaces.\nTRANSLATION\nThus there are seventeen varieties of subjects in the First Canto, which is known\nas the Adi-lna. Twelve of these constitute the preface of this scripture.\nTEXT 329\n\n'Pf·.!I�IJifi �·� �ff'! I\n��t..t'Pf\n\n<\\'i� �f\\!,- �1 �<15( f�'! 11-!l����\n\npanca-prabandhe panca-rasera carita\nsank�epe kahilun ati,-na kailun vistrta\n\nSYNONYMS\npanca-prabandhe-in five chapters; panca-rasera-of five transcendental mellows;\ncarita-the character; sank�epe-in brief; kahi/un-1 stated; ati-greatly; nii kai/un-1\n\ndid not make; vistrta-expanded.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the chapters of the preface, I have described five transcendental mellows in\nfive chapters. I have described them very briefly rather than expansively.\nTEXT 330\n\n�\"ftClt�ltt� ·� '����!ft\"f' I\n\n�tRf' ��t\"fl fi{\\!Jt��·�t�H1C\" II '!l�o ll\n\n", "adi3#p0450": "426\n\n,\n\nSri Caitan ya-caritamrta\n\n[ Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nvrndiivana-diisa ihii 'caitanya-mangale'\nvistiiri' vorrilii nityiinanda-iijfii-bale\nSYNONYMS\nvrndiivana-dasa-Thakura Vrndavana dasa; iho-this; caitanya-mangale-in his book\nCaitanya-mangala;\n\nvistiiri'-expanding;\n\nvorrilii-described;\n\nNityananda Prabhu; iijno-of the order; bale-on the stren gth .\n\nnityiinanda-of\n\nSri\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nBy the order and strength of Sri Nityanan d a Prabhu, Srila Vrndavana dasa Thakura\nhas elaborately described in his Caitanya-mangala a ll that I have not.\nTEXT 331\n\na�e�.��1-�� �, ��� ,\na�t·f.t�-Qit� lltJ �t� � �\"8 II��� II\n...\n\nsri-kr�ra-caitanya-lilii- adbhuta, ananta\nbrahmo-siva-se�a yonra nohi piiya onto\nSYNONYMS\nsri-knro-caitanya-/ilii-the p astimes of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; adbhutawonderful; ananta-unlimited; brahmii-Lord Bra hma ; siva-Lord Siva; se,sa-Lord\n\nSe�anaga; yiihra-of which; niihi-not; piiya-get; onto -en d\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of Lord SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu are wonderful and unlimited. Even\npersonalities like Lord Brahma, Lord Siva and Se�anaga cannot find their end.\nTEXT 332\n\n'� � ��:llf �t�, �t� � •ft.J I\n\n�fml fif� \\!ttl ���� II ��� II\nye yei amsa kahe, sune sei dhanya\nacire milibe tore sri-kr�ro-caitanya\nSYNONYMS\nye yei amsa- any part of this; kahe- a n yone who describes; sune-anyone who\nhears; sei-that pe rson; dhanya -g lorious ; acire-very soon; mil/be-will meet; tiireHim ;sri-k�ro-caitanya- Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "adi3#p0451": "Texts 335-336]\n\nPastimes of the Lord in His Youth\n\n427\n\nTRANSLATION\nAnyone who describes or h�ars any part of this elaborate subject will very soon\nreceive the causeless mercy of Sri Kr��;�a Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 333\n\n�FP����, ��' ��Jt�\"f I\n���·$ft�tfif �\\! �� II \\!>� II\nsri-k(�(la-caitanya, advaita, nityiinanda\nSr iVOS01Jadiidhariidi yata bhaktO-V(nda\nSYNONYMS\nsri-k(�(la-caitanya-Lord\n\nS ri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nadvaita- Advaita\n\nAcarya\n\nPrabhu; nityiinanda-Nityananda Prabhu; sriviisa-Srivasa Thakura; gadiidhara-iidiand others like Gadadhara;yata-all; bhakta-vrnda-all devotees.\nTRANSLATION\n[Herein the author again describes the Panca-tattva.] Sri Kr��;�a Caitanya, Prabhu\n\nNityananda, Sri Advaita, Gadadhara, Srivasa and all the devotees of Lord Caitanya.\nTEXT 334\n� �� 16·1t�\n\nC�� ,\"ft� I\n\n���� �$1 f-ttf 'ftt•1 :Jt�tf Rt� II \\!>\\!>8 II\nyata yata bhakta-ga(la vaise V[ndiivane\nnamra haM sire dharoh sabiira carare\nSYNONYMS\nyata yata-each and every one; bhakta-gara-devotees; vaise-reside; vrn diivane at Vrndava na; namra haM-becoming humble; sire-on my head; dharoh-1 place;\nsabiira-of all; carare-the lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances to all the residents of Vrndavana. I wish to place\ntheir lotus feet on my head in great humbleness.\nTEXTS 335-336\n\n��11i9f·l\\11i9f�lli't\\!� I\n<!i\\���t:Jt, �tf !}��·R'I II�\\!>� II\n\n", "adi3#p0452": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n428\n\n[Adi-lila, Ch. 17\n\nfilfc� -.fi �c·�t1, �'!J <mf•1 ttJ �-r 1\n\n�AtlifRt�'! �� �1f� II ��� II\nsrT-svarDpa-srT-rDpa-srT-sanatana\nsri-raghunatha-dasa, ara sri-jiva-carara\nsire dhari vandoh, nitya karoh tahra asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�radasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsrT-svarDpa-Sri Svarupa Damodara; srT-rupa-Sri\n\nRupa Gosvami; srT-sanatana­\n\nSri Sanatana Gosvami; sri-raghuniitha-diisa-Sri Raghunatha dasa Gosvami; iira-and :\nsr i-jiva-carara-the lotus feet of Sri J iva Gosvami; sire-on the head; dhari-placing;\n\nworship; nltya-always; karoh-1 do; tahra-their; asa-hope to serve;\nbook nam ed Sri Caitanya-carltomrta; kahe-describes;\nknradiisa-Srila Kr�r;�adasa Kav i raja Gosvami.\nvandoh-1\n\ncaitanya-caritomrta-the\n\nTRANSLATION\nI wish to place the lotus feet of the Gosvamis on my head. Their names are Sri\nSvarupa Damodara, Sri Rupa Gosvami, Sri Sanatana Gosvami, Sri Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami and Sri jiva Gosvami. Placing their lotus feet on my head, always\nhoping to serve them, I, Kr�r;�adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following\nin their footsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Adi-lila,\nSeventeenth Chapter, describing the pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahiiprabhu in His\nyouth.\nEND OF THE ADI-LTLA\n\n", "adi3#p0453": "References\nThe statements of Sri Coitanya-caritamrta are all confirmed by standard Vedic\nauthorities. The following authentic scriptures are quoted in this book on the pages\nlisted. Numerals in bold type refer the reader to Sri Caitanya-caritomrta's translations. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\n\nAdvaita-carita\n\nHari-bhakti-sudhodaya\n\n10, 16\n\n392\n\nAmrta-pravaha-bha�ya\n\nHari-bhakti-viliisa\n\n40-41,102,171-172,375-376\n\n17,130,362,395\n\nAnubha�ya\n\nKa_tha Upani�ad\n\n288,401\n\n241\n\nAtharva-veda-sarhhita\n\nLalita-miidhava\n\n140\n\n404\n\nBhagavad-gita\n\nMahabhiirata\n\n22, 68, 91, 95,97, 132,144-145,157-\n\n163\n\n158, 166-167.211-212,213,223-224,\n\nNarottama-viliisa\n\n244,252,267,281,285,286,298-299, 11\n310,312,314,343,376,390\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n30,416-417\nBhakti-ratnakara\n33,214\nBhak ti-sandarbha\n187\n\nPrema-viliisa\n84\nSiimudrika\n137\nSkanda Purii(la\n187\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\n\nBrahma-sarhhita\n\n39, 69,94, 100-101, 109, 126-127,\n\n314\n\n128, 206, 250,320, 361, 367,386,390,\n\nBrahma-vaivarta Pura(la\n\n391,416\n\n190,345\n\nSvetii�vatara Upani�ad\n\nBrhan-naradiya Pura(la\n\n390\n\n268,269, 367\n\nUjjvala-nilama(li\n\nCaitanya-bhagavata\n\n409\n\n401\nCaitanya-candramrta\n126,129-130\nGaura-candrodaya\n93\nGaura-ga(lodde�a-dipika\n\nVai�(lava-maiiju�a\n12\nVediinta-siitra\n145\nVi�IJU Purii(la\n41\n\n11, 33, 45, 47,48,49,50,82,83,86,\n165,412-413\n\n429\n\n", "adi3#p0454": "Glossary\nA\n\nAcintya-inconceivable.\nA�.tanga-yoga-the mystic yoga system to control the senses.\nAvaroh a-pant hii-the descending process of deductive knowledge.\nAvataras-incarnations.\nB\nBhakti-pu rified service of the senses of he Lord by one's own senses.\nBhakti-kalpataru-the desire tree of devotional service.\nBrahma-bandhu-one born in a briihm ara family but not brahminically qualified.\nBrahmacarya-student life of celibacy.\n\nBrahman-the all-pervading impersonal aspect of the Lord.\nBriihmara-the intelligent class of men.\nG\n\nGrhastha the householder stage of life.\n-\n\nfi'tiinTs-those engaged in the cultivation of knowledge.\nK\nKarmls-fruitive laborers.\n\nJ<.satriya-the martial caste.\nKr�ra-bhakta-a devotee of Kr��a.\nM\nMfecchas-those who are lower than siJdras.\nN\nNltya-slddhas-ever purified associates of the Lord.\np\nParamaharhsas-the topmost God-realized devotees.\n\nPa,s-anp'is-idolatrous worshipers of many demigods.\n431\n\n", "adi3#p0455": "432\n\nSri Caitanya-caritimrta\n\nPriJyoScitto-atonement.\n\nPremo-bhokti-the perfectional stage of relishing pure love of God.\nR\nRosabhaso-inharmonious mixing of one rosa with another.\ns\n\nSo(f-bhujo-the six-armed form of SriCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nSodhono-bhokti-following the rules and regulations of devotional service to develop\nnatural love for Kr�oa.\n\nSodhu-nindo-the offense of criticizing a Vai�CJava.\n\nSonnyaso-the renounced order of life.\n\nSanto-rosa-the marginal stage of devotional service, passive love of God.\n\nSrouto-pontha-the acquirement of knowledge by hearing from authorities.\n\nSiidro-the laborer class of men.\n\nv\n\nVaikuotha-the spiritual world.\n\nVoisyo-the class of men involved in business and farming.\nVonoprostho-the retired order of life.\n\nVi,5(1U-tottvo-innumerable primary expansions of Kr�t;�a.\n\nVyasa-poja-worship of the spiritual master.\ny\n\nYovonos-meat-eaters.\n\nYugolo-pirTti-the conjugal love between Radha and Kr�r:ta.\n\n", "adi3#p0456": "Bengali Pronunciation Guide\nBENGALI DIACRITICAL EQUIVALENTS AND PRONUNCIATION\n\nVowels\n\n.. a\n\nli\n'fltt\n\n�i\n\n-� �u tu\n\n'r\n\nlfle\n\n�ai �0\n\n' ril (anusvara)\n-\n\n•\n\nJi ( candra·bindu)\n\n�r\n\n�au\n: p (visarga)\n\nConsonants\n\nGutturals:\n\n� ka\n\n-t kha\n\nl$f ga\n\n\"1 gha\n\n'! Jia\n\nPalatals:\n\n1i ca\n\nfi' cha\n\niSP ja\n\n<.Q'i na\n\nCerebrals:\n\nt ta\n\n� tha\n\nt5 �a\n\nDentals:\n\n� ta\n\n� tha\n\nlf da\n\n�pa\n�ya\n-f sa\n\n.pha\n\nct ba\n\n�jha\n1J �ha\n� dha\n�bha\n\n1{ ra\n\n\"{ Ia\n\nct\n\n��a\n\n�sa\n\n�ha\n\nLabials:\nSemivowels:\nSibilants:\n\n't 1.1a\n� na\n\n1{ rna\n\nva\n\nVowel Symbols\nThe vowels are written as follows after a consonant:\n\nla fi '1\nFor example:\n\n� ai ' t0 '\\au\n�kli �ki �,ki �ku lku fi kr\n, kf c;-.ke �kai �lko �) kau\ni\n\n-.u\n\n�11\n\n<r\n\n433\n\ntr\n\n'e\n\n", "adi3#p0457": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n434\nThe letter a\n\nis implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\n\nThe symbol virama\n\n(\"-) indicates that there is no fmal vowel.\n\n�k\n\nThe letters above should be pronounced as follows:\na. -like the\n\no in hot; sometimes like the o in go;\n\nfinal a is usually silent.\n\n4 -Like the d in dawn.\nqh -like the dh in good-house.\n\na -like the a in far.\n\nI) -like then in gnaw.\n\ni, T -like the ee in meet.\n\nt-as in talk but with the tongue against the\n\nu, ii -like the u in rule.\n\nr -like theri in rim.\n\nr -like the ree in reed.\ne -like the ai in pain; rarely like e in bet.\nal -like the oi in boil.\no -like the o in go.\nau -like the ow in owl.\n\nm -(anusvtira)like the ng in song.\n\n� -(visarga)a final h sound like in Ah.\nri- (candra-bindu) a nasal n sound\nlike in the French word bon.\nk -like the k in kite.\nkh -like the kh in Eckhart.\ng -like the g in got.\ngh -like the gh in big-house.\n\nri -like then in bank.\nc -like the ch in chalk.\n\nch -like the chh in much-haste.\nj -like thej injoy.\njh -like thegeh in college-hall.\n\nii -like then in bunch.\n! -like the t in talk.\nth -like the th in hot-house.\n\nthe teeth.\nth-as in hot-house but with the tongue against\nthe teeth.\nd-as in dawn but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\ndh-as in good-house but with the tongue\nagainst the teeth.\nn-as in nor but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\np -like the p in pine.\nph -like the ph in philosopher.\nb -like the b in bird.\nbh -like the bh in rub-hard.\nm -like the m in mother.\ny -like the j injaw. �\ny -like they inyear. 1.1\nr -like the r in run.\n\nI -like the I in law.\nv -like the b in bird or like the w in dwarf.\ns, �-like the sh inshop.\ns -like thes in sun.\nh-like the h in home.\n\nThis is a general guide to Bengali pronunciation. The Bengali transliterations in this\nbook accurately show the original Bengali spelling of the text. One should note, however,\nthat in Bengali, as in English, spelling is not always a true indication of how a word is pronounced. Tape recordings of His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nchanting the original Bengali verses are available from the International Society for Krishna\nConsciousness, 3959 Landmark St., Culver City, California 90230.\n\n", "adi3#p0458": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete alphabetical listing of the first and third lines of each Bengali\n\nverse and all the lines of each Sanskrit verse in Srl Caitanya-caritAmrta. In the first column the\n\ntransliteration is given, and in the secon� and third columns respectively the chapter-verse\nreferences and page number for each verse are to be found.\nA\nocArya-gosAfli mane Anand.l pdila\nkArya-gos<lt'lire prabhu kare guru-bhakri\nocarya kahe, ih.Jke kene dile d.lraJana\nocaryaralna, srivJsa, haila mane sukhoi/Jsa\nocJryaralna, srivJsa, jagannarha-miSra-pdJa\n\n12.53\n\n31\n\n17.66\n\n292\n\n12.47\n\n27\n\n13.102 110\n13.108 114\n\nkAryararna, vidyanidhi, JMkura haridasa\nacarya sekhara !Afire dekhe ramakara\nacarya-srMne mJ•lra kharx/Aila aparadha\nacarya-vyavahJra saba-IA!IhJra gocara\nacaryera abhiprJya prabhu-mJua bujhe\n\n13.55\n\nkJryera Jjfla pdfla, ge/a upahJra lalla\nkAryera ara purra-srl-balarama\nacaryera duf:JI<he vaisnava karena krand.lna\nkJryera lajja-dharma-Mni se acara\nkJryera mata yel, sei mara sara\n\n13.111 116\n\n81\n\n17.118 321\n17.71\n\n295\n\n12.28\n\n17\n\n12.54\n\n31\n\n12.27\n\n16\n\n12.24\n\n15\n\n12.49\n\n28\n\n12.10\n\n6\n\nkAryere sthapiykhe kariyA Tsvara\naclnrya, adbhura krsna-cairanya-vihara\nacintya carirra prabhura ali sudurbodha\nadnrya/;1 khalu ye bhJva\nacire mllibe rare srr-krsna-<airanya\n\n12.34\n\n20\n\nacyurananda-ba(la sakM, acarya-nand.lna\nacyurananda-prAya, cailanya-jlvana\nacyurera yei mar<�, sei mara sara\nadbhura cairanya-11/Aya yAMra visvAsa\n'adbhura-guoa'-el punar-J!Ia da$aoa\n\n12.13\n\nAdhunika amara sJstra, vicJra-saha naya\nadhyayana-11/a prabhura dJsa-vrndJvana\nadi-lr/3-madhye prabhvra yareka carita\nadi-lriA-sOrra 1/khi, suna, bhakta-ga(la\nadvaita acarya, Jra parx/ita srivJsa\nadvaira-acarya-bhJrya, jagar-pajirJ JryJ\nadvalra-acarya-gosJfli bhakra-avatara\nadvaira-kJrya-mahJ-vis(lu-avaiAra\nadvaira-kJryera srhane karena gamana\nadvaitMtghry-abja-bh(l'flarils rAn\nadvaita pdila visvar0pa-dara5ana\n.1ge ava!Arii.J ye ye guru-parivara\n'age kena iM mara, nA sikhJ/e more\nage sampradAye nrcya kare haridJsa\nagni utka mora mukhe /age acamblre\naiche ara sakha-upaJakhara ganana\naiche devera vare keho haya 'srurtdhara'\n\n17.306 415\n\naiche karma herM kaila kon durkJra\naiche karma n� kariha kabhu iM jAni'\naiche prabhu sacl-ghare, krpdya kaila avat¥e\naiche 5acl-jagannarha, pulra pdf!A\naiche yadi puna/;1 kara, rabe na sahimu\nAjanma sevi/a renho caitanya-<:ara(la\naji Jmi ksama kari' yAirechofl ghare\naji dina bhala-kariba nama-kara(la\najl !Afire nivediba, karl' japa-dhyAna\najt vJsJ' yJha, kali millba A.bara\najM pdfiA misra kaila kasrre gamana\na-kalaflka gauracandra diiA darasana\nalat'lkJra nJhi paf)a, nJhi sJstrJbhyJsa\n\n17.43\n\n280\n\n12.52\n\n30\n\n13.122 124\n13.119 122\n17.185 354\n12.13\n\n8\n\n17.127\n\n325\n\n14.18\n\n138\n\n16.96\n\n247\n\n16.104 251\n16.17\n\n209\n\n13.91\n\n104\n\n16.92\n\n246\n\natpa dine dvadaJa-phata ak$ifra Jikhila\nalpa-kJJe haifA pafljl-llkAre pravlrya\nama haire prasada-pa!ta karl/a kamalA\namake pranali kare, hay a pdpa-ksaya\namA.ninA manadena\n\n14.94\n\n179\n\n15.6\n\n185\n\n12.44\n\n26\n\namara hrdaya haire geta romAra hrd.lye\nAmAra mahimJ dekha, brahmarya-sajjana\nilmareha kabhu yei na haya prasad.l\namare pajlle pabe ablpslta vara'\nama sabakara pakse ihA karire nJ yuy.iya\n\n13.85\n\n98\n\n17.42\n\n279\n\nambujam ambOn/ jJ!alfl kvacid\nAmi balak<�, -sannyasera kiba /Ani karhJ\nAmi dekhi' lukJila,-e-dharma kemara\nAmi kahi,-amara anarha pitA-mara\nam; nJ taoyJile bhakri, nJ pare /Jire\n\n16.82\n\n241\n\n15.19\n\n192\n\n17.263 393\n17.31\n\n274\n\n17.304 414\n17.308 416\n17.332 426\n8\n\n12.76\n\n43\n\n12.75\n\n42\n\n17.309 417\n16.66\n\n234\n\n17.169 347\n15.7\n\n186\n\n13.15\n\n62\n\n13.51\n\n80\n\n13.55\n\n81\n\n13.111 116\n17.298 411\n17.319 421\n13.63\n\n87\n\n12.1\n17.10\n\n261\n\n13.53\n\n80\n\n14.33\n\n147\n\n17.136 330\n17.189 356\n12.89\n\n51\n\n16.44\n\n223\n\nami na sikhale kaiche jJnibe dharma-marma\nami ra' kariba roma' duflhara sevana\namogha parxJira. hasli-gopdl<�. cairanyaJmra-mahorsava prabhu kare dine dine\nanande vihvala mana, kare hari-sat'lklrtana\nJnandira hJiyJ Ji/a mahaprabhu-pdSa\nJnandira haM sabe kare hari-dhvani\nananra AcArya, kavldarr<�, misra-nayana\nananra caitanya-11/A k$udra jlva haM\nananra·dasa, kanu-pary{iira, dJsa nJrJyarya\nananta vaikury1ha-brahmawa-sahara\nanayase pdila sei cairanya-<:ara(la\naniyJ naivedya tara sammukhe dharila\naflke lalla SaCI!Jflre piyJi/a Slana\nMkhi mudi' kMpi Jmi pdM ba(la bhaya\n\n435\n\n12.45\n\n26\n\n14.66\n\n166\n\n14.53\n\n160\n\n17.145 335\n15.19\n\n192\n\n17.261 393\n14.67\n\n176\n\n15.15\n\n190\n\n12.87\n\n49\n\n17.88\n\n304\n\n13.102 110\n12.43\n\n25\n\n12.26\n\n15\n\n12.81\n\n45\n\n13.44\n\n77\n\n12.61\n\n34\n\n17.105 313\n12.74\n\n42\n\n14.60\n\n163\n\n14.10\n\n134\n\n17.182 353\n\n", "adi3#p0459": "436\n\namardhJna kaila sallketa karl' radha-sane\nantare j.fni/a prabhu, y4te amaryamr\nantare vismita Jacf bali/a t.thare\nantarlkse deva-ga(la. gandharva. siddha.\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n17.282\n\n404\n\nataeva da(lf)a kari' kar.fiba Jik$.1\n\n12.35\n\n20\n\n16.22\n\n212\n\nataeva dillm.ftra iMt'l dekhaila\n\n15.33\n\n198\n\n14.30\n\n146\n\nataeva ei-IT/4 sat'lksepe sOtra kaila\nataeva go-vadha kare ba(la bat/a muni\n\n14.96\n\n180\n\n13.106 1 1 2\n\n17.158 342\n\n231\n\nanuvadam anuktvaiva\n\n16.58\n\nataeva go-vadha keha 1\"13 kare ekhane\n\n17.163 344\n\nanvefile aifa t.thM goplkara tMta\nanya loka rnhi j.tne vina bhakta-gaoa\n\n17.283 405\n\naraeva haifa tMra nama 'gaur ahari'\n\n13.25\n\n66\n\n17.87\n\n304\n\nataeva 'hari' 'hari' bale rnrlgaoa\n\n13.24\n\n66\n\nanyatha ye mane, tara nahika nist4ra\n\n17.25\n\n271\n\nataeva hlndu·m4tra na kare go-vaclta\n\n17.159 342\n\napana-icchaya kaifa megha nivara(la\n\n17.89\n\n305\n\nataeva jarad-gava mare munl-gaoa\n\n17.161 343\n\n3pa.ne dui bh� haifa srlv.tsa-nandana\n\n17.229 375\n\nataeva prabhu tMre bale, 'bat/a bhai'\n\n13.78\n\n94\n\n3pa.ni candana pari' parena phula·mA/4\n\n14.51\n\n158\n\nataeva sabda/at'lkara anupr.tsa\n\n16.75\n\n237\n\n3pa.ni nirabhlmanl, anye dlbe mana\n\n17.26\n\n271\n\nataeva t.Jfl·sab.Jra vandlye cara(la\n\n12.93\n\n52\n\naparadha rnhi, kaile lokera nistara\napatya·virahe misrera du�khl haifa mana\n\n17.97\n\n309\n\nataeva tate rahi' c.Jki eka kaoa\n\n12.95\n\n53\n\n13.73\n\n92\n\nataeva 'v/SvanJpa' nama ye tMh.Jra\n\n13.76\n\n93\n\napi na j.ftam ambuj.Jd ambu\n\n16.82\n\n241\n\nalllhi-viprera anna k�la tina-bara\n\n14.37\n\n149\n\nara artM/at'lkara ache, nama-'virodha\n\n16.78\n\n239\n\n147\n\n13.11\n\n60\n\n.ftma luk�te prabhu bali/a tMhare\natta atta hase, kare danta·kat/amat/1\n\n14.33\n\nJra cabbisa vatsara kai/a nii.Jca/e vasa\nJra dina eka bhiksuka aifa m.tgite\n\n17.101 311\n\navaiya paibe tabe srl·kf$(la<aral)il\n\n17.33\n\n275\n\nara dina prabhuke kahe gal!g.Jya /aga pat!J.\n\n17.61\n\n290\n\navatrrl)il haite mane karii.J vic.Jra\n\n13.52\n\n80\n\nJra dina Jiva-bhakta Jiva-gu(la g.fya\n\n17.99\n\n309\n\n.fvesete SriV.tse prabhu varhsl Ia' magi/a\n\n17.233 378\n\navic.fra k.Jvye avaiya pa(ie d�a-v.tdhe\n\n16.85\n\navicJre deha d�a, ki balite pari\n\n14.29\n\n144\n\navimma-vldheyarilsa'-dui Jllat'!/ cihna\n\n16.55\n\n229\n\nara dine jyotlsa sarva·jf!a eka aifa\n\n17.103 311\n\n.tra eka dosa ache, luna s.tvadhana\n\n16.61\n\nJra eka praina karl, suna, tumi mama\n\n17.172 349\n\n232\n\nara eka vipra .fila klrtana dekhite\n\n17.60\n\nara kona upaya rnhi, ei yukli sara\n\n17.267 396\n\n289\n\nJra mleccha kahe, -hindu 'k(S(la krst;l3' ball' 17.194 358\nara mleccha kahe, suna-aml ta' el·mare\n17.201 361\nara putra -'svanJpa'-JakM 'iagadisa' nama\n\n12.27\n\nara yadi klrtana karite lag a paimu\n\n17.128 326\n12.75\n\n42\n\n242\n\n'avimma·vidheyJmsa'-ei dofera nama\n\n16.61\n\n232\n\n.tviskurvali vaif(lavlm api tanum rasmin\n\n17.28\n\n403\n\nay.tcita·vrtti, kimva S.fka-phala khaiba\n\n17.29\n\n273\n\nba(la bat/a loka saba .fnila boi.Jiy.J\n\n17.41\n\n279\n\nbat/a bhagyav.Jn tumi, bat/a puoyav.Jn\n\n17.218 370\n\nB\n\n16\n\nilra yata mala saba haifa charakhara\n\n17.180 352\n\nare papi, bhakta..cJvefi, tore na uddh.Jrimu\n\n17.51\n\n284\n\nbahire bhartsana kare karl' mithyl TOfa\n\n14.56\n\nasahya vedan4 du�khe jvalaye antara\n\n17.46\n\n282\n\nbahire h.tsiy.J kichu bale candra-mukha\n\n12.33\n\n19\n\nasat'lkhya advaita·s�kha kata ldiba ooma\n\n12.65\n\n36\n\nbahire y�f!.J �nilena dui narikela\n\n14.47\n\n155\n\nasat'lkhya bha.ktera karJila avatJra\n\n13.62\n\n86\n\nbahubhyaril parirambhita/l\n\n17.78\n\n299\n\nasarera name ihal! rohi prayojana\n\n12.11\n\n7\n\nbahu·S.tstre bahu·v.fkye clue bhrama haya\n\n16.11\n\n206\n\n.tsi' kahe, -ge/ul! muf!i klrtana nisedhire\n\n17.189 356\n\nbahu yatna kaii.J krf(la. oorlla rJkhlte\n\n17.291 408\n\n.tsi' kahe, -hindura dharma bhal!gila nimai\n\n17.204 363\n\n'ba/a' 'ba/a' bale prabhu Junite u/l.tsa\n\n17.239 380\n\n161\n\nasf:Jdala varsara rahi/A ni/Jcale\n\n13.13\n\n61\n\nbaladeva·prakMa-parama-vyome\n\n13.75\n\nana kanya krame haifa, janmi' janmi' mare\nasrame 'caitanya·III.J·var(lana'·kJra(la\n\n13.72\n\n91\n\nbalakera divya jyoti, dekhi'pal/a bahu prlti\n\n13.116 120\n\n17.321\n\n422\n\nbalite na pare kichu, mauna ha-ifa\n\n17.107 315\n\n93\n\n.tste vyaste bhakta·ga(la prabhure rahaya\n\n17.251 386\n\nbalya-bh�v�cchanna tabhu ha-l/a niscaya\n\n14.64\n\n.Jste-vyaste pit:l·m.JI.l mukhe dila pani\n\n15.17\n\n191\n\nbalya·bhava chafe prabhu karena krandana\n\n13.23\n\n65\n\naslhi-va/kala n.thi, -am(la·rasamaya\n\n17.85\n\n303\n\nba/ya-11/.Jm mano-haram\n\n14.5\n\n131\n\n165\n\n.tsv;Jdena ramananda-svartipa-sahita\n\n13.42\n\n75\n\nbalyaiii:J·sDtra ei kaila anukrama\n\n14.95\n\n180\n\nasv.Jdiyl p(Jr(la kaila .Jpana vMchita\n\n13.43\n\n76\n\nbaly.JITI�ya age prabhvra uttAna sayana\n\n14.6\n\n132\n\naivamedham gav:Jiambharh sanny.lsam palaara-callisa vatsara prakara viharl\n\n17.164\n\n345\n\nbalya. paugaotJa, kaisora, yauvana-c:lri\n\n13.18\n\n63\n\n13.8\n\n59\n\nbalya·s.tstre toke romara kahe guoa-r.tma\n\n16.31\n\n217\n\n63\n\nataeva adi-kha(lf)e Ill� c:Jri bheda\n\n13.18\n\nbalya-vayasa-y�vat hate khat// dila\n\n13.26\n\n66\n\nataeva �pane prabhu gopl-bhava dhari'\n\n17.303 413\n\nbandhu·bandhava .tsi' dui!M prabodhila\n\n15.24\n\n194\n\nataeva avalya .Jmi sanny.tsa kariba\n\n17.265 394\n\nbandhu·bandhava-sth4ne svapna kahi/a\n\n14.92\n\n178\n\n", "adi3#p0460": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nbangav.itf-calranya-dasa, sri raghunArha\n\n437\n\n12.86\n\n48\n\nbaslyachena sukhe prabhu deva-vlsvambhara 14.73\n\n1>41� bhari' di� bai/a,-kMo ta' basiy.l\n\n170\n\n14.24\n\n142\n\ncabbisa vatsara aiche navadvlpa·g�me\n\n13.33\n\nbarr/5.1 /ak$ill)a-maha·puru$il·blxi$al)a\nbauliyl visvase etM n.l dlbe aslre\n\n14.14\n\n136\n\ncabb/5.1 vatsara chi/a kariya sannym\n\n13.34\n\n71\n\n12.36\n\n21\n\ncabb/Sa vatsara prabhu kaila grha-vasa\n\n13.10\n\n60\n\nc\n70\n\nbh�avaradrya. ara vif(ludasacsrya\n\n12.58\n\n33\n\ncabbiia var.sara-ie$e kariyS sann�sa\n\n13.11\n\n60\n\n�avaiACJrya. haridasa brahmadrl\n\n12.80\n\n44\n\ncaitanya·cJpa/ya dekhi' preme sarva jana\n\n14.71\n\n169\n\nb�ii'IA, mui ku$!ha·vyJdhire haM<:hi\n\n17.48\n\n283\n\ncaltanya-car/ramrta kahe km;�adasa\n\n12.96\n\n54\n\n�I�'tAra krodha mama avasya sahaya\nb�ya mora.-toma hena atithi pailan\n\n17.150 338\n\ncaltanya-caritamrta kahe kr$oadasa\n\n14.97\n\n181\n\n17.147 336\n\ncaitanya-caritJmrta kahe kr1oadJsa\n\n15.34\n\n199\n\nbh�yavanta digvijayr saphala-jlvana\n\n16.108 253\n\ncaitanya-caritamcra kahe kc1oadasa\n\n16.111 254\n\nbhakwa, bhojya. upahara, sat'lge la·ila\n\n13.115 119\n\ncaitanya-caritatnrta kahe krfoadasa\n\n17.336 428\n\ncaitanya·gosa/11 baise ySnhara hrdaya\n\n12.18\n\n12\n\ncairanya-gosoJIIira guru-kesava bharall\n\n12.14\n\n8\n\nbhakta·ga[la laM kai/a nrlacale vasa\n\n13.34\n\n71\n\nbhakt�aoa laM kaila v/vldha vilasa\n\n17.7\n\n259\n\nbhakta-gan.e prabhu nama-mahima kahila\n\n17.72\n\n296\n\ncaltanya·gosa/lira 11/;J-amrtera dhara\n\n16.110 254\n\nbhaktira mahimS !Shan karila vyakhyana\n\n17.74\n\n297\n\ncaltanya-11/aia vyasa, -dasa vrndavana\n\n13.48\n\nbhJia haifa.-viSvanJpa sannyAsa karl/a\n\n15.14\n\n189\n\ncaitanya-ma/lra krpa·falera secana\n\n12.5\n\n3\n\nbhala·male vic;Jri/e f.Ini gu[la·do$e\n\n16.48\n\n225\n\n'caitanya-mangale' kaila vistlri varoana\n\n15.7\n\n186\n\nbhat'lgl karl' jMna-marga karl/a vyakhy.lna\n\n17.67\n\n293\n\nbharall kahena,-rumi lsvara, anrary.tmr\n\n17.271 398\n\n78\n\n'caitanya·mangale' sarva·loka khyata haifa\n\n15.33\n\n198\n\ncaltanyam yal·prasadata/:t\n\n17.1\n\n256\n\nbhartsana·t�ana kara, -putra karl' mana\n\n14.85\n\n175\n\ncailanya-rahlta deha-sU�kak.l$1ha·sama\n\n12.70\n\n38\n\nbhartsana-rac;lane kAke kichu nAballbe\n\n17.27\n\n272\n\ncaltanya·vimukha yei sel la' p.I$a!J<Ia\n\n12.71\n\n39\n\nbhaslila trl·bhuvana prema-bhaktl dlya\n\n13.32\n\n70\n\ncaitanya·vimukha yei, tara ei gatl\n\n12.72\n\n40\n\nbhavabhOti, jayadeva, Sra kalldasa\n\n16.101 249\n\ncakra/)31)1 acarya. ara ananta acarya\n\n12.58\n\n33\n\n'bhavanr-bhartr'·sabda dile paiya saniO$a\n\n16.62\n\n232\n\ncakravartl sivananda sada vrajavasr\n\n12.88\n\n50\n\nbhav.tnl·bharlur y a sirasi vlbhavary adbhuta·\nbhav.lnl·pOjara saba samagrr laM\n\n16.41\n\n222\n\ncalire caraQe niipura baje jhanjhan\n\n14.78\n\n173\n\n17.38\n\n277\n\ncamarkara haiy4 loka bhave mane mana\n\n13.93\n\n105\n\nbhavdni·Sabde kahe mahadevera grhior\n\n16.63\n\n233\n\n17.244 382\n\nbhavatTnArtJ mad·arcanam\n\n14.69\n\n168\n\ncaraQera dhii/1 sel laya vara vara\ncatur·bhuja mOrti dhari' achena vasiyiJ\n\nbhavy�oka palhJiy4 kajlre bol.t/14\n\n17.143 334\n\ncaturdak 'b41ya·1113ra' kichu viva.ra[lil\n\n17.326 424\n\nbhaye paldya pac;luyA. prabhu pache pache\n\n17.251\n\n386\n\nbheda j.tnibaie karl ekarra gaoana\n\n12.11\n\n7\n\n17.286 406\n\ncaturtha-caraQe clri 'bha'·kiJra-prakaJa\n\n16.75\n\ncarurrhe kahilun janmera 'mO/a' prayojana\n\n17.317 420\n\n237\n\nbhik$4 karMyJ ranre kaila nivedana\n\n17.269 397\n\ncatur-vidha bhakra-bhava kare bv�dana\n\n17.275 400\n\nbhrra dekhi' simha bale ha-lyd sadaya\n\n17.183 353\n\ncaudda bhuvanera guru-caitanya·gosa/li\n\n12.16\n\n9\n\nbhltarera arrha keha bujhlte na pare\n\n17.151\n\ncaudda·lata chaya sake se$8 m�ha mase\n\n13.80\n\n96\n59\n\n338\n\nbhramire bhramite sabhe kajl·dv.tre geld\n\n17.139 331\n\ncaudda-iara pa/k.tnne ha-ifa antardhana\n\n13.9\n\nbhogarbha gosar.l, ara bh�avara-dJsa\nbhiimete pac;fila, dehe nAhlka samvlra\n\n12.82\n\n46\n\n13.9\n\n59\n\n12.22\n\n14\n\ncaudda·iata sara sake janmera pram3.r)a\ncaudda-iara sdta-sake masa ye pMiguna\n\n13.89\n\n102\n\nbhOmite pac;fild prabhu acetana haM\nboWya kamaldk.tnre prasanna ha-114\n\n15.16\n\n191\n\nceHaya valitantardm\n\n14.5\n\n131\n\n12.46\n\n27\n\n14.13\n\n136\n\ncira-kalera pac;luya jlne ha·ly4 navrna\n\n15.6\n\n185\n\ncitra bMva, citra guoa. citra vyavahara\n\n17.306 415\n\nbrahma·bandhur rtl smdham bahubhydm\n\n17.78\n\nbhratnaoa·brahmaol Ani' mahorsava kaila\n\n299\n\n14.20\n\n140\n\nbrahmaoa marile cahe, dharma·bhaya nAi\n\n17.255 388\n\n'brahma(la·palnlra bhartara haste deha da\n\n16.65\n\n233\n\nbrahma[lil·sajjana-narl, nanA·dravye thAI/\n\n13.104 111\n\nbrahma·S.!pa halle tdra hay a paritr3.r)a\n\nbhramiJ·slva-5e$a yanra nahl paya anta\n\n17.64\n\n17.331 426\n\n'brhat sahasra·ndma pac;fa, sunlte mana hai/a\nbuc;/3 bhar!A habe, ara d.ri cdri sarlnr\n\n17.90\n\n306\n\n14.58\n\n162\n\ncihna dekhi' cakravartl balena hasiyS\n\nclrra-var(lil palla·sJ(/1, buni photo palta/)3<11\ncore laM gela prabhuke b4hlre paiya\ncurl kari' dravya khaya m4re balakera\n\n13.113 117\n14.38\n\n150\n\n14.40\n\n152\n\nD\n291\n\ndalve eka dina prabhu pac;liyJ iJsire\n\ndarve va.namiJ/1 gharaka sac/·slhane Jila\nc;laklnr-sankhlnr halre, sal)kd upajlla cite,\n\n15.28\n\n196\n\n15.29\n\n197\n\n13.117 120\n\n", "adi3#p0461": "438\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nd:Jmodara-svarilpa. �ra gupta murari\n\n13.46\n\n78\n\nduskararh sukararh bhavet\n\n14.1\n\n129\n\ndat;w;la �M haila mora parama �nanda\n\n12.41\n\n24\n\ndui'IM clekhi' dullh�a citte ha·ila ull�a\n\n14.65\n\n166\n\nd�rtjhya I�;· 'harer nAma'-ukti lina-vAra\ndaia alallk3re yadl eka sloka haya\n\n17.23\n\n270\n\nduiiMra antara-katha dullhe se jani/a\n\n12.48\n\n27\n\n16.69\n\n235\n\ndaJamete mola·skandhera 'sakh#.di-gal)ana\n\n17.323 423\n\ncleha·sambandhe haite haya gr.lma\n\n17.148 336\n\ncllira Mite �i/a k#.jl m#.tha noy#.iyJ\n\n17.144 335\n\ndOra haite kmte dekhi' bale gopl·gal)a\n\n17.284 405\n\ndurlabha viSvAsa. 4ra vanamall-dAsa\n\n12.59\n\n34\n\ndekha. kona kAjl �;·more mAnA kare\n\n17.134 329\n\ndurva dhAnya. dila slrse. kaila bahu asrse,\n\n13.117 120\n\nclekhe, divyaloka �;· bharila bhavana\n\n14.76\n\ndurva dhdnya. goracana. haridrt kullkuma.\n\n13.114 118\n\ndekhi granthe bhAgavate vy�era Acdra\n\n17.312 416\n\ndurvijf>eya nityananda-tom�a svarOpa\n\n17.109 316\n\n'clekhinu' 'clekhlnu' ball' ha-ila �gala\n\n17.232 377\n\ndvJdasa praba ndha tAte grantha·\n\n17.326 425\n\n172\n\ndvJdasa vat.sara Jesa rahi/a niiAcale\n\n13.39\n\n143\n\ndvAdase 'advaila·skandha sJkhAra varoana'\n\ndv�e ka��.a-na �ila bhltare yAite\n\n17.324 423\n\ndekhi' prabhura murti sarva·jf>a ha-ila\n\n17.132 314\n\nclekhi' sacI dMM alia kari' 'haya, Mya'\n\n14.26\n\ndekhite Jise yebJ sarva bandhu·jana\n\n13.24\n\n66\n\ndekhite clekhlte vr*sa ha·ila phalita\n\n17.61\n\n301\n\ndekhi' upar�a �;·, slghra gat'lgJ·gMte �;·\n\n13.100 106\n\ndekhiya apilrva haila vismita sakala\n\n14.47\n\ndekhiya bJiaka·thAma. saksat gokula-kana\n\n13.115 119\n\n155\n\nclekhiya dollh�a cftte janmila vismaya\n\n14.6\n\n133\n\ndekhiya mlsrera ha-ila anandita mati\n\n14.12\n\n135\n\nclekhiya prabhura dul)kha ha·ila a�ra\n\n17.244 362\n\ndekhiyA santusta hai/3 saclra nandana\nclese agamana punab premera vil�a\n\n17.64\n\n303\n\n17.9\n\n260\n\nde5ere .Ji/3. prabhu Jacr·dul)kha jJni'\n\n16.22\n\n212\n\ndeva·pilj#. chafe kalla dunhe parakJSa\n\n14.65\n\n166\n\ndevareoa sutotpattiril\n\ndv3t.riril5al·laksaoo mahAn\n\n73\n\n17.60\n\n269\n\n14.15\n\n137\n\ncivilly a paricchede 'caitanya·tattva-nirilpaoa' 17.314 419\n'dvitlya' iabda-vidheya. raM patj/la\n\n16.60\n\n232\n\ndvillya·srl·laksmrr Iva sura·narair arcya-\n\n16.41\n\n222\n\n131\n\nE\nebe kahi bJiyalll�·sOtrera gaoana\n\n14.4\n\nebe kahi cairanya-llla-krama-anubandha\nebe se janilall, �a m.Jti ro khAiba\nebe tumi s#.nta haile, Jsi' mil/1M\n\n13.6\n\n56\n\n14.34\n\n146\n\n17.164 345\n\nebe ye nA kara mJro bujhlte ro pari\n\n17.174 350\n\ndevatJ pujite 3ila karl gat'lg.f·sn.fna\n\n14.62\n\n164\n\nebe ye udyama caiJo Ura bala jJni'\n\n17.126 325\n\ndevo yasya prasadatal)\n\n13.1\n\n55\n\neho mati, seha maj.i, ki bheda·vic:ara\n\n14.26\n\nei Jdi-1113-ra kaila sorra gaoana\n'ei dekha kui!jera bhitara vrajendra-nandana'\n\n17.274 400\n\ndhana-dhanye bhare ghara, lokarnAnya\n\n13.119 122\n\n17.147 336\n\n144\n\ndhJnya·rJSI mape yaiche �too sahite\n\n12.12\n\n7\n\ndharibJre ge/4, putra geld palaiya\n\n14.72\n\n170\n\nei dekha. nakha-cihna amora hrdaya\n\n17.166 354\n\ndharma-sik$4 dila bahu bhart.sanA karlyA\n\n14.83\n\n175\n\nei drtjha yukti karl' prabhu .f<:he ghare\n\n17.266 397\n\ndharml, karml, rapo·nistha. nindaka. durjana\n\n17.260 392\n\nei dui janera sotra dekhiy.i suniya\n\n13.17\n\ndigvijayl kahe mane avajf>a karlyA\n\n16.30\n\n216\n\nei kr� kara. -yena tomate rahu bhakri\n\n17.220 371\n\ndlk�a-antare haifa. premera prakaia\n\n17.9\n\n260\n\nei tag;• slokera artha kariyache bJdha\n\n16.57\n\n230\n\ndine dine pitil·mAtAra bJtjaya Ananda\n\n14.93\n\n179\n\nel 'madhya/113' nAma-1113-mukhyadhAma\n\n13.37\n\n72\n\ndi�rh fayf·jaya·cchalat\n\n16.3\n\n202\n\nei mJse putra habe Jubha-k�aoa �M\n\n13.66\n\n102\n\ndivya divya loka Jsi' at'lgana bharila\n\n14.60\n\n173\n\nei mata bat'lge prabhu kare nAnA lila\n\n16.20\n\n211\n\ndivya·mOrti loka saba yena stuti kare\n\n13.63\n\n97\n\nei mala bafeera lokera kail.f mahA hila\n\n16.19\n\n210\n\ndivya vastra, divya vesa. ma/ya<andana\n\n17.5\n\n256\n\nei mata bJra·m�a klrtana·avasane\n\n17.66\n\n304\n\ndosa·guf)a·vic�a-ei alpa kari' mani\n\n16.102 250\n\nei mata bhakta·tati, yAIIra yei dese sthlti\n\n13.103 110\n\ndo�·yuk ced vibMsitam\n\n16.71\n\ndmam gopayirum svam uddhura-dhiya yJ\n\n17.293 409\n\ndu-bJ.hute divya sarlkha. rajatera malabarlka\n\n236\n\n13.112 117\n\n17.264 405\n\n63\n\nei mara capalya saba lokere clekhAya\n\n14.61\n\nei mata duMara kat.M haya 1hare-1hore\nei mala klrtana kari' nagare bhramila\n\n17.151 336\n\ndubkha k.iro mane nahe, sabe sukha �ya\n\n14.61\n\n164\n\ndul)kha �;·mane ami kailull anumdna\n\n12.39\n\n23\n\nei mala � /riA kare gaurahari\n\nei mata //Iii kari' dullhe gela ghare\n\n164\n\n17.139 331\n14.70\n\n169\n\n15.22\n\n193\n\n12.23\n\n14\n\nei·mata pratldina phale bJra m�a\n\n17.66\n\n303\n\n12.21\n\n13\n\nei mara sisu·/113 kare gauracandra\n\n14.93\n\n179\n\ndui haste veou bJjaya. duye sallkha-cakra\n\n17.14\n\n264\n\nei-mata val�oava k�e kichu na m�iba\n\n17.29\n\n273\n\ndui prak�te kare more vitjambana\n\n12.47\n\n27\n\nei·mate dullhe karena dharmera vic.ira\n\n14.90\n\n177\n\ndui iabda/allk�a. tina artha-alallkara\n\n16.72\n\n236\n\nei mate kajlre prabhu karlIa prasAda\n\n17.226 374\n\ndubkhita ha-i/a ac�ya putra kole laM\ndu/ gosJf>l 'hari' bale, Anandita mana\n\n", "adi3#p0462": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\neimate nilnil-chale aisvarya dekhaya\nei-mate ni ja ghare gei.J dui jana\nei pafk:a-do�e sfoka kaifa charakMra\n\n14.36\n\n149\n\n16.105\n\n251\n\n16.68\n\n235\n\nei � navadvlpa ha·ibe ujAQa\nei pitara vAkya suni' du/j<ha pai la ali\n\n17.211 366\n\nei saba candrodaye tarnal) kai /a fupla\nei saba fila kare 5actra nandana\nei saba mora nin�·apa�a haite\nel saptada5a praklra adHTfara prabandha\nei sik�a sabakare, sabe mane kaila\n\n13.4\n\n57\n\n17.87\n\n304\n\nei sisu ange dekhi se saba lak�f)B\nei sisu sarva loke karlbe latai)B\n\n'ei ilokera anha kara'-prabhu yadl baila\neita kolra kare bhakli·dharma·po�a\nei ta' kahila grantlwambhe mukha-bandha\n\n12.14\n\n8\n\n17.261 393\n17.326 425\n12.53\n\n31\n\n14.14\n\n136\n\n14.16\n\n137\n\n16.42\n\n222\n\n17.30\n\n273\n\n13.6\n\n56\n\ne i ta' kahiiM acarya-gosarnra gai)B\n\n12.77\n\n13\n\nei ta' kaisora-llfara siltra·anubandha\nei ta' karibe vai�f)Bva·dharmera pradra\nei ta' pauga(l(la-fllara sOtra·prakaSa\nei ta' prastabe ache bahuta vidra\n\n16.4\n\n203\n\n14.17\n\n136\n\n15.31\n\n196\n\n12.55\n\n31\n\nei t a' saMsepe kahifM par:>9itera ga(la\nei tina skandhera kai/utl sakhara gaoana\neka amra-bija prabhu al'igane ropila\neka brahmal)l ;lsi' dh arila caral)e\nek.JdaSe 'nlty.Jnanda·Sakha-vivaraoa'\n\n12.69\n\n51\n\n12.91\n\n51\n\n17.60\n\n301\n\n17.243 382\n17.324 423\n\neka dina bale ki chu prabhuke dekhiy.J\n\n17.47\n\neka·dlna gopl·bhave grhete vasiy.J\n\n17.247 364\n\neka·dina mahaprabhura n(lya-avasane\neka dina marara pade kariya prai)Jma\neka-dina misra putrera c.Jpalya dekhiy.J\n\n17.243\n\n362\n\neka·dina naivedya·t.Jmbii/a khaiya\neka·dina prabhu saba bhakta·ga(lBiaM\neka-dina prabhu SriVJsere w·a dila\neka dina prabhu Vi$1)U-mal)(la.pe vasiy;l\nekadlna iacl-devl putrere bhartsi yd\n\n262\n\n15.6\n\n166\n\n14.63\n\n175\n\n15.16\n\n191\n\n17.79\n\n300\n\n17.90\n\n306\n\n17.115 319\n14.72\n\n170\n\n14.24\n\n142\n\ne-saba �ar;>9Tra tabe ha- ibe nistara\neta bali' bhata!lgosal!i k.1toy.1te geM\neta bali' dullhe rahe har�ila hai!A\neta bali' gela prabhu karite gallga-snana\neta bali' ge/a Sac/ grhe karma karl!e\neta bali' jananTra kofete car)iya\neta bali' kajl gela,-nagariyl loka\neta bali' kajl nija-buka dekhaila\neta bali namaskari' gela gopl-gai)B\neta bali' 5rlv.1sa karila sevana\neta bali' !Alire sabhe kare nati-stuti\neta bhavi' kahe-iuna. ninill!i pal)r)ita\neta cinti' vivaha kartte hal/a mana\neta jAni' r.Jhu kaifa candrera grahai)B\neta kahi' kArya tAIIre kariya asvasa\neta kahi' sandhya-kale cafe gauraraya\neta kahi' simha gela. amara haifa bh aya\neta·k.1/a keha nilhi kaila hlnduyani\neta suni' dvija gela hafla anandita\neta suni' kAjlra dui cak�e par)e p;lni\neta Juni' mahaprabhu hJsite 13giiA\neta sun/' mahaprabhu hasiy.J hasiy.J\neta sun/' mahAprabhu ra ha-ifa kruddha mana\neta iuni' ta'·sabhare ghare pAlMi/a\netha navadvlpe lak�ml virahe dul)khl haila\ngambhlre caitanya·llla ke bujhite pare\ngal'iga�sa pa(l(lita, gupta murari, mukunda\ngangadasa pa(l(lita·slh.Jne par)ena vyakaral)a\ng anga-durg.J-�1 mora. mahesagaflg.t·ghale v(k�.Jtale rahe ta' vasiy.J\n\n439\n17.267 3%\n17.272 399\n13.66\n\n99\n\n17.54\n\n267\n\n14.25\n\n142\n\n14.35\n\n146\n\n17.129 327\n17.167 355\n17.269 407\n17.96\n\n309\n\n17.267 406\n16.91\n\n245\n\n15.26\n\n195\n\n13.92\n\n104\n\n12.43\n\n25\n\n17.135 330\n17.166 354\n17.126 325\n14.91\n\n176\n\n17.219 371\n12.46\n\n27\n\n17.216 369\n17.50\n\n264\n\n17.203 362\n16.20\n\n211\n\n14.70\n\n169\n\n13.61\n\n64\n\n15.5\n\n165\n\n14.50\n\n157\n\n17.47\n\n262\n\ngal'igA·jala·p;ltra ani' sammukhe dhari/a\ngallgamantrl, m.tmu thakura, kai)�Mbharaf)B\ngallg<Jra mahattva-sddhya._sadhana tahara\n'gangara mahattva'-sloke mCJia 'vidheya'\ngal'ig.tre vadana karl prabhure milila\n\n12.81\n\n45\n\n16,63\n\n242\n\n16.56\n\n230\n\n16.29\n\n216\n\n17.116 319\n\ngaflga-snilna kara ydi'-apavitra ha-ila\n\n14.74\n\n171\n\n17.227 374\n\ngal'igd·sn.tna kari' pilj.J karite lagila\n\n14.49\n\n156\n\n14.62\n\n164\n\n16.79\n\n239\n\n17.37\n\n277\n\n16.69\n\n235\n\n•gallgate kamala janma' ---5abara subod�\ngal)l' dhy.Jne dekhe saNa-jl!a. -maha·\ngal)lre Jagila sarva·jlla prabhu·v.fkya suni'\n\neka janera pera bhare bhaile eka pha/a\n\n17.83\n\n302\n\neka k(�I)B·nilmera mahll-mahim.J·kalhana\neka pade nilhi, ei do�a 'b�na-krama'\neka pacJuya .Jila prabhuke dekhite\neka phala khai/e rase udara pOraya\n\n17.321 422\n\nekadina 5acl kha-i-sandeia .Jni y .J\neka dina srlvJsera mandire gos.t/11\neka·dina val/abhllc.Jrya·kany.f 'lak$ml' nilma\neka-dina vipra, nama-•gop;lla capala'\neka dose saba alaMara haya k�ya\n\neka slokera artha yadi kara nija mukhe\neka sveta·kU$/he yaiche karaye viglta\ne-saba dur1anera kaiche ha-lbeka hita\ne-saba Jlvere avaiya karibe uddhara\ne-saba 11/a varoiyachena vrndavana-dasa\n-\n\n16.67\n\n234\n\n17.248 364\n17.65\n\n303\n\n16.39\n\n221\n\n17.70\n\n294\n\n17.262 393\n17.264 394\n16.109 253\n\n17.105 313\n17.104 312\n\ng.trhasthye prabhura 11/J-'ddi'·lllakhy.Jna\n13.14\n61\ngauracandra-ba/e loka prairaya-pagala\n17.140 332\n'gaurahari' bali' rare hase sarva nilrl\n13.25\n66\ngaura-11/amrra-sindhu-apara agadha\n12.94\n53\ngaura-prabhu day.fmaya. t.tllre hayena sadaya 13.122 125\ngauro divyali yauvane\ngaya haite asiyd calaya viparlta\nghare aila prabhu bahu lalla dhana-jana\nghare ghare sallklrtana karite /;!gila\nghare giya saba /oka karaye kirtana\n\n17.4\n\n256\n\n17.206 364\n16.23\n\n212\n\n17.121 322\n17.131 326\n\n", "adi3#p0463": "440\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nghare /)Al�iy.J deya dhana, vastra, dhma\nghare vas/' cinte t.J' sab.Jra avy.JhaU\nghare yata bh�a chi/a, phelila bhMgiy4\nghal1 eke sata stolea galig.Jra varf)ii.J\ng11a-bh�avata kahe acarya-gosafli\n\n13.82\n97\n17.259 391\n14.43 153\n16.36 219\n13.64\n87\n\nhari-nama taoy.Jila prabhu n.Jn.J chafe\nMse, k.Jnde, n.Jce, g .Jy a, ga(ii y.Jya dhOli\nh.Jse, k.Jnde,pa(ie, ujhe, ga(l�a(li y .Jya\n\ngo-allge yata lorna, lata sahasra v atsara\ngopa-grhe janma chi/a, g.Jbh1ra r.Jkhala\ngopAla govin da r.Jma Jr1-madhus0dana'\ngopa-v esa, t ri-bha!lgi ma, mura/1-vadana\ngop1-bh.Jva y.Jte pra b hu d hariyache e kanta\n\n17.166 346\n17.111 317\n17.122 322\n17.279 403\n17.277 402\n\nhena-k.Jle dig vi jay1t.Jhalli aii.J\n\ngopl-gaf)il dek hi ' krsf)era ha-ila sMh vasa\n.\n'gop1' 'gop/ balile va kib.J haya puoya\n\n17.285 405\n17.249 385\n17.247 384\n17.248 384\n17.278 402\n\n'\n\n'gopr 'gopr n�a laya visaTJ(la hafi.J\n'gopl' 'gopl' n.Jma Juni' I.Jgila balite\ngopika-bhavera ei sudr(iha nikaya\n\ng opik ara bhava n.Jhi y.Jya nikata t.Jhara\n17.280 403\ngoptf)Affl pasupendra nandana- juso bh avasya 17.281 403\n17.166 346\ngo-vadhl raurava-madhye pace niranta ra\ngovindere ajlla dila,-\"inha aji haite\n12.36\n21\n184\n15.4\ngraha{l<1nta mano-hara\n-\n\n/Wi' t.Jhe mah.Jprabhu puchena ara-vara\nhena bujhi, j anmibena kona maha.Saya\n\nhena-klle �af)(IT hindu pAnca-s.Jta AJ/a\nhena-kater.Jdha Asl' dlla dar\na\nsana\nhindu 'hari' bale, tara sva bh.Jv a j anila\n\nhinduke parihasa kainu se dina ha-ite\nhindura eleva tara n.Jma /aha ki kataf)a\nhindura dharma nas ta kaila pA�af)(la saflcJti'\n\nhindura Tsvara ba(la yel n.Jr.Jyaf)a\nhindu S.Jstre 'lsvara' n.Jma-mah.J-manua\nhita upadeia kaii.J ha-iy.J karuf)il\nhitva •saran sara-bhrto\n\n13.22\n65\n17.194 358\n17.208 364\n17.171 349\n1385\n98\n16.29 216\n17.203 362\n17.289 407\n17.196 359\n17.201 361\n17.197 359\n17.210 365\n17.215 369\n17.212 366\n17.56 288\n\nhrdayananda sena. ara dAsa bholan.Jtha\nhuili<.Jre akma haifa vrajen dra-kum.J ra\nhy anante jagad-lsvare\n\n12.1\n12.60\n13.n\n13.77\n\n1\n34\n91\n94\n\nlccM nahi, tabhu bale, -ki upAya karl\n/dam sabde 'anuv.Jda'-/)Ache avidheya\niha cha(ii krsna yadi haya any.Jk.1ra\nlha haite habe dui ku/era nistara\n\n17.200 360\n16.56 230\n17.280 403\n14.17 138\n\ngr.Jma-sambandhe ami tomara matula\n\n17.48 283\ngr.Jma-sambandhe 'cakravartl' haya mora\n17.148 336\ngr.Jma-sambandhe hao tumi am a sabara bhai 14.52\n159\n17.213 368\ngr.Jmera thakura tum/, saba tomara jana\n12.55\n31\ngrantha-bahulya-bhaye narl likhib.Jra\n\ngrant ha -v is t ra-bhay e cha(lii.J ye ye sth.Jna\ngrhas tha ha-ii.Jma, ebe cahi g{ha-dh arma\ng{has tha ha iy a kariba pita-matara sevana\ngrhe dui jana dekhi laghupa da-cihna\ngrhiQi grham ucy a te\n\n13.49\n15.25\n15.20\n14.7\n15.27\n\n79\n195\n193\n133\n196\n\ngrhi(ll vina grha-dharma na haya sobhana\nguf)(lica-mandire mah.Jprabhura sammukhe\ngupte bo/ai/a nii.Jmbara cakravart1\n\n15.26\n12.20\n14.12\n\n195\n13\n135\n\n.J\n\n-\n\nH\nM(like aniya saba dora karai la\nhaite haite haifa garbha trayodaia mAsa\n'haraye nama/:l, kr�(la y.fdav.Jya namab\n\nhater n.Jma harer n.Jma\nharer n.Jmaiva kevalam\n'harer n.Jma' slokera kaila artha vivarana\n'hari' bali' hinduke h.Jsy a karaye yavana\n'hari' bali' narlgaf)a del hulahuli\nharidAsa rhakurere karila prasada\n\n17.44 280\n13.87 101\n17.122 322\n17.21 269\n17.21 269\n268\n105\n106\n295\n108\n278\n\nharldr.J, s indara Ara rakta-candana, taf)(lula\n\n17.20\n13.95\n13.96\n17.71\n13.99\n17.39\n\n'hari' 'hari' bale /olea h ara�ita h afi.J\n'hari' 'hari' dhvani ba-1 n ahi sun/ .tra\n'hari' 'hari'-dhvani vina anya nahl sun/\n'hari' 'hari' kari' hindu kare koi.Jhala\n'hari' 'kf�f)il' 'nJtayaf)a'-/aile tina n.Jma\n\n64\n13.21\n17.193 357\n17.123 323\n17.195 358\n17.218 370\n\nharidAsa lafi.J sa!lge, hulli<Jra-klrtana-ra!lge\n\n'\n\nihan gaura-kabhu dvija, kabhu ta ' sannyAs1 17.302 413\n'/han vi$f)U·pAda-padme gallgara utpatti'\n\n16.80\n12.67\n16.95\n16.93\n\n239\n37\n247\n246\n\niha vistJriy.Jchena dasa-vrnd.tvana\n\n14.75\n14.59\n15.20\n16.81\n14.95\n\n171\n163\n193\n240\n180\n\niha yei sune, suddha-bhakti haya tara\nIM yei June tara kharx/e aparadha\n'ihon kr�f)il nahe, ihorl natilyana murti'\nit\\h.J-sab.Jra Sr1-carilf)il. sire vandi nij a-dhana\nTJvara-a cintya-Jaktye gallgara prak�a\n\n17.310 417\n17.226 374\n17.287 406\n13.124 127\n16.81 240\n\nlsvara-pur1ra sa!lge �th.JI milana\n1svaratve ac.Jryere karly.Jche sthapana\nTsvarera dalnya karl' kar iy.Jche bhik$.1\nithe dosa nahi, .Jc.trya-daivata lsvara\nithe larka karl' kahe na kara samfaya\n\n260\n17.8\n12.31\n18\n12.35\n20\n12.34\n20\n17.305 415\n\nja(la /olea bujhaite punal) 'eva'-kara\n\n17.23\n12.15\n13.58\n12.60\n\nihara madhye mail /)Ache kona JakM-gaf,lil\n\niha Juni' digvljay l kari/a nikaya\nihaJuni' mah.Jprabhu aU ba(la ra!lgl\niha sun/' m.Jtake kahila brahma-j!lana\niha Ju n i ' ta-sabara mane ha-ifa bhaya\nihate-i ru�ra habcna Jak � ml-n.Jrayaf)a\n/hate virodha nahl, virodha-Abhasa\n\njagad-gurute tum/ kara aiche upadesa\njagann.Jrha, jan.trdana, trailokyan.Jtha\njagann.Jtha kara, .Jra kara bhavan.Jtha\n\n270\n9\n82\n34\n\n", "adi3#p0464": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n441\n\njagarmtha misra kahe,-svapna ye dekhila 13.84\n\n98\n\nkabhu mrdu-haste kaila m�tJke tJ(:Iana\n\n14.45\n\njagarmr.hamisra·patnr Jaclra udare\n\n13.72\n\n91\n\nkabhu prabhu karena lat\\re guru·vyavaMra\n\n17.299 411\n\n83\n\nkabhu pulra-sange sac/ karila Jayana\n\n14.76\n\n172\n\nkabhu sisu-sange snana kari/a gang.Jie\n\n14.48\n\n156\n174\n\n154\n\njagannAiha misravara-padavl 'purandara'\n\n13.59\n\njagannJiha·sac/ra dehe krsoera pravese\n\n13.80\n\njagat anandamaya, de/chi' mane sa·vismaya\n\n13.101 109\n\nkWke v.J stuti kare-anum.Jna karl\n\n14.81\n\njagal bhariy.J loka bale-'harl' 'hari'\njahnavrte jala-keli kare nana range\njai.Jbhave krsa J.Jkha suk.Jiy.J mare\n\n13.94\n\n105\n\nkWn ami sabe sisu-pa{lu� navrna\n\n16.34\n\n218\n\n16.7\n\n204\n\nk.JhAIItuml sarva-s.Jstre kavilve pravl(la\n\n16.34\n\n218\n\n12.69\n\n38\n\nkaha tom.Jra ei Jloke Ieiba khe do$a\n\n16.47\n\n225\n\njala-gomaya diy� sei slhw lep3ila\n\n17.44\n\n280\n\nkahile cahaye kichu, na .lise uttara\n\n16.88\n\n244\n\njala p3na kariy.J nke hafl.J vihvala\n\n17.117 320\n\nkahile I.Jgii.J kichu k.Jjire chulllya\n\n17.216 369\n\njan/ k.Jra ghare dhana karibeka curi\n\n17.199 360\n\nkahile l.Jgi/il Joke slghra q.Jki' .Jnl'\n\n17.132 328\n\nj.Jni-sarasvatr more kariykhena kopa\n\n16.89\n\n244\n\nkahite, sunite aiche prata/1-kala haifa\n\n17.240 380\n\njarma-Miya·paugarxJa·kaisora-yuv.J-k.Jie\n\n13.22\n\n65\n\nkaiSora-11/ara sOtra karila ga(lana\n\n17.3\n\njanmii.J caitanya-prabhu 'ndma' janm.Jiy.J\n\n13.21\n\n64\n\nk.Jil bale-sabhe tom.Jya bale 'gaurahari'\n\n17.175 350\n\nwacJ..gava ha!IJ yuv.J haya .Jra-v.Jra\n\n17.162 344\n\nk.Jjl kahe,-.Jj!IJ kara, ye tom.Jra mane\n\n17.152 338\n\nj.Jti-anurodhe tabu sei s.Jstra m.Jni'\n\n17.170 348\n\nkajl kahe,-iM .Jmi kilre nJ kahila\n\n17.188 355\n\njaya d.Jmodara-svarOpa jaya mur.Jri gupta\n\n13.4\n\n57\n\nkJjl kahe,-mora vamse yara upajibe\n\n17.222 372\n\n%\n\n257\n\njay.Jdvaitacandra, jaya gaura·bhakra-vrnda\n\n14.2\n\n130\n\nkajl kahe, -lom.tra yaiche veda-pur<l(la\n\n17.155 340\n\njayadvairacandra, jaya gaura-bhakta·vrnda\n\n15.2\n\n183\n\nkJjl kahe-tuml Aisa kruddha haiy.J\n\n17.146 336\n\njayadvaitacandra. jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\n\n16.2\n\n202\n\nkajl kahe.-yabe ami hindura ghare giy.J\n\n17.178 351\n\njayadvaitacandra, jaya gaura-bhakta·vrnda\n\n17.2\n\n257\n\njay.Jdvairacandra jaya jaya nity.Jnanda\n\n13.2\n\n56\n\njaya jaya dhvani haila saleala bhuvana\njaya jaya gad.Jdhara ja ya srrniv.Jsa\n\n13.93\n\n105\n\nkJjlre vas.Jii.J prabhu samm.Jna kariy.J\n\n17.144 335\n\n13.3\n\n56\n\nkJjlre vid.Jya dila Jacrra nandana\n\n17.225 335\n\ntaya jaya maMprabhu srl-kr$(1a<ailanya\n\n12.2\n\n2\n\nka.lilra p3ta upare lhuila o(ia·phula\n\n17.39\n\n278\n\njaya jaya nity.Jnanda jay.Jdvaila dhanya\n\n12.2\n\n2\n\nka/au n.Jsty eva n.Jsty eva\n\n17.21\n\n269\n\njaya jaya irl<aitanya, jaya nity.Jnanda\n\n14.2\n\n130\n\nkalau pa&a vivarfayet\n\n17.164 345\n\nkJjl·p3se .lsi' sabe kaila nivedana\n\n17.124 323\n\nkJjlra bhaye svacchanda nahe, camakita\n\n17.131 328\n\njaya jaya 511-caitanya, jaya nlty.Jnanda\n\n15.2\n\n183\n\nka/1-kdle ndma-rOpe ktl(la·avat.Jr;J\n\n17.22\n\njaya jaya srl<airanya, jaya nityananda\n\n16.2\n\n202\n\nka/i-ka/e Iaiche iakli ndhika br�hmaoe\n\n17.163 344\n\njaya jaya srl-cailanya, jay a nilyananda\n\n17.2\n\n257\n\nkalpila .Jm.Jra s.Jstra, -Ami saba j.Jni\n\n17.170 348\n\n269\n\njaya jaya sr1·k($(1a<ailanya gauracandra\n\n13.2\n\n56\n\n'kamai.JkAnta viiv.Jsa'-n.Jma k.Jrya-kir'lkara\n\n12.28\n\n17\n\njaya mukunda v.Jsudeva jaya harid.Jsa\n\n13.3\n\n56\n\n'kamale gangAra Ja.nm�-atyanta virodha\n\n16.79\n\n239\n\njaya Jrl-caitanyacandrera bhakta candra·ga(l<l 13.5\n\n57\n\n82\n\n16.43\n\n222\n\nkams.Jri, param.Jnanda. padmandbha,\nkandiy� balena slsu, -kene kara fO$a\n\n13.57\n\njhalljhavara-praya .Jml Jloka pa(lila\n\n14.27\n\n143\n\njihv� Kff(la·nAma kare, nA mane var;ana\n\n17.202 361\n\nkany� cAhi' vlvAha dile karilena mana\n\n15.11\n\n188\n\nkanyAga(la Aii.J lah.Jn devaiA p()jite\nkany.Jgat;�a-madhye prabhu asiya basi/a\nkany.Jre kahe, -ama pOja.·ami diba vara\n\n14.48\n\n156\n\n14.49\n\n156\n\n14.50\n\n157\n\nkap3ta di y .J klrtana /care parama avese\n\n17.35\n\n276\n\nkarilila j�takarma, ye .Jchila vidhi-dharma,\n\n17.108 315\n\njililrnitra, k.l$1hakatA•jaganniltha·d.Jsa\n\n12.84\n\n47\n\njiVilei mrta sei, maHe darx/e yama\n\n12.70\n\n38\n\njlyJire p3re yadi, tabe mare pr.Jt;�T\n\n17.160 343\n\nfly.Jt kaiJora<ailanyo\n\n16.3\n\n202\n\nj/!Jna-ka.rma nindl' /care bhaktira baq.Ji\n\n13.64\n\n87\n\nj/!Jna·karma·yoga-dharme nahe krf(la vasa\n\n17.75\n\n297\n\n133\n\n17.24\n\n270\n\nk.Jra pada<ihna ghare, nJ paya niscaya\nkata dina rahi' misra geld para-loka\n\n14.8\n\nj/!Jna-yoga·tapa-karma·adi nivAra(la\n\n15.23\n\n194\n\nj/!Jna, yoga. lapo-dharma ndhl mane ana\n\n13.65\n\njyotlrmaya deha, geha laksml-adhi$lhila\n\n87\n\nkata dine kaila prabhu bat'lgete gamana\n\n16.8\n\n204\n\n13.81\n\n96\n\nkala dine misra putrera hate khadi dila\n\n14.94\n\n179\n\njyotirmaya-dhilma mora hrdaye paSila\njyotsndvatl rAtri, prabhu si$ya-ga(la sange\n\n13.84\n\n98\n\nkala dine prabhu citte kari/A cinra.na\n\n15.25\n\n195\n\n16.28\n\n215\n\n/calhA kahi' anuvada kare vAra v.Jra\n\n17.312 418\n\nkathaocana smrte yasmin\n\n14.1\n\nkatileha laru yena kichu na bolaya\nkavi kahe,-kaha de/chi, Icon gul')a-dO$a\n\n17.28\n\n272\n\n16.53\n\n228\n\nkavi kahe,-ye kahile sei veda-sara\n\n16.49\n\n226\n\nkavi rAtre kaila sarasvaii·ArAdhana\n\n16.105 251\n\nK\nkabhu bheda de/chi, ei m.Jyaya tom.Jra\n\n17.113 318\n\nkabhu durg.J. lakfml haya. kabhu v.J cic·\n\n17.242 381\n\nkabhu dak$11)<1. kabhu gauda kabhu vrnd.Jvana 13.12\n\n61\n\n129\n\n", "adi3#p0465": "442\n\nkavitva-karape sakti, tanha se vakhani\nke achilull ami p(Jrva-janme kaha gal)i'\nke� ase keb.J y.Jy<�, keb.J nace k� g.tya\nkeha-harid.fsa, sad.J. bale 'hari' 'hari'\nkeha keha-k�l)dd.fsa. keha-r.tmad.tsa\nkeha klrtana na kariha sakala nagare\nkeha ta' .Jcarya ajMya keha ta' svatanua\nke karite p.Jre !AMI! avag.tha-s.tdha\nkemane e saba artha karile prak.fSa\nkemate e saba lokera ha-ibe 1<1ral)d\n\"kene curi kaf<l. kena maraha Jisure\nkene para-ghare yaha, ki� n.thi ghare'\nkeJava bh.tratl .ti/a nadly.f-nagare\nkeJava bharatl, ara srl-lsvara purl\nkevala e gal)a·prati nahe ei da(l</a\n'kevala'-Jabde punarapi niscaya-kararya\nke varl)ite p.Jre, t.fha vist.Jra karly.t\nkha-1-sandeJa-anna, yateka-m.ttira vik.Jra\nkhaiy.t naivedya tare ista-vara dila\nkhafX/ila t.thara ciltera saba avas.Jda\nkha(l</ileka dubkha-soka. pramoda-p(Jrita\nkMte vasi' bhakta-gape dild prema-bhakti\nkhate vasi' prabhu kail.t aisvarya prak.fSa\nkib.t kelilhala kare, bujhite na pari\nkichu-miltra kahi' kari dig-daraJana\nkl k.Jrape 11/a,-iM bujhite na p.Jri\nkintu sarva·loka dekhi' krsra·bahirmukha\nkintu tilllra daive kichu ha-lyilche ((Ia\nki pa(l</ita. ki tapasvl, ki� grhl, yati\nklrtana karilull m.tn.t mrdallga bhangiy.f\nklrtana karite prabhu .JJia megha-garya\nklrtana karite prabhu karil.t gamana,\nklrtana n.J varjiha. ghare rahon ta' vasiy.f\nklrtana suni' �hire taril jvali' pudi' mare\nklrtane nartana kare ba<Ja prema-sukhe\nklrtanera dhvanite kajl luk�ila ghare\nklrtanera kai/a prabhu tina sampradJ.ya\nklrtanlyab sadil harib\nkisora vayase ilrambhila sallklrtana\nkona kanyil palai/a naivedya la-iyil\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n16.102 250\n17.104 312\n13.107 113\n17.199 360\n17.198 359\n17.127 325\n12.9\n\n6\n\n12.94\n\n53\n\n16.92\n\n246\n\n13.68\n\n89\n\n14.42\n\n153\n\n14.42\n\n153\n\n17.268 397\n13.54\n\n81\n\n12.71\n\n39\n\n17.24\n\n270\n\n13.44\n\n77\n\n14.28\n\n144\n\n14.60\n\n163\n\n17.65\n\n292\n\n13.107 113\n17.242 381\n17.11\n\n262\n\n14.81\n\n174\n\n12.78\n\n44\n\n15.22\n\n193\n\n13.67\n\n89\n\n12.32\n\n19\n\n40\n\n12,72\n,\n\n17.178 351\n17.89\n\n305\n\n17.224 373\n17.191 356\n17.36\n\n276\n\n12.20\n\n13\n\n17.141 332\n17.135 330\n17.31\n\n274\n\n13.31\n\n69\n\n14.57\n\n162\n\n14.59\n\n163\n\nkrodhavese prabhu tAre kaila avajMna\nkrodhe kany.Jgal)d kahe-suna, nimMi\nkrodhe sandhya-kale kajl eka ghare aila\nkrp.J karl' kara mora sarils.Jra mocana\nkrp.J karl' kara yadi gallg.Jra varl)ana\nlcrp.J-sudha-sarid yasya\nkf$(la avatari' karena bhaktira vis tAra\nk�(la avatArite<leary a pratijll.f kariy.t\nkr�rya avatAriya kaila bhaktira pracara\nkf$(13 balar.tma dul-caitanya nitAi\nkr�ryadasa brahmacarl, puspa-gop.Jia\nkrsrya dekhi' gop I kahe nikate asiya\n'krsrya' 'hari' nJma suni' rahaye rodana\nk�rya-katha. k(SI)d·p(Jja, nama-sallklrtana\n'krsra' 'krsl)d' 'hari' name bh.fse ui-bhuvana\nk�l)d·misra-nama ara ac.trya·tanaya\nkf$1)d·n.tma n.J lao kene, krsrya-n.tma\nk�ra-n.tma·prajalpaklb\nkrsrya-n.tma-saha yaiche prabhura janama\nk(SI)d·n.tme bhas.Jila navadvlpa-gr.tma\nkrs(la·prema·nJm.tmrte bh.fsa'/a saka/e\nk($(la·p(Jj.t kare tulasl-gallgajala dly.t\nkrsrya-sallga deha' mora ghuc.tha vis.tda\"\nkf$1)d·sm(li vinu haya nisphala jiVana\nk($(lay.ttisuvistrt.t\nkrsrya-vaJa-hetu eka-prema-bhakti·rasa\nk�pera aclntya-sakti ei mata haya\nkrsryera .thvilna kare saghana hullk.Jra\nkrsryera klrtana kare nlca M(ia �(fa\nkrsryera viyoge yata prema-ces!ita\nksudhil l.tge yabe, tabe tom.Jra stana piba\nkrtaghna hail.t, tallr e skandha kruddha ha-ifa\nkruddha haM prabhu more kaila apam.tna\nkruddha halla skandha tare jala na salleare\nku-man.t/;1 su-manastvaril hi\nkumblpake pace, tara nahika nisiAfa\nkutracit pratiti$1hali\nkv.tharil daridra/:1 p!Jply.tn\nkva krs(la/:1 srl·niketanab\n\n17.67\n\n293\n\n14.52\n\n159\n\n17.125 32.4\n17.270 398\n16.35\n\n219\n\n16.1\n\n201\n\n13.69\n\n90\n\n13.70\n\n90\n\n17.298 411\n13.78\n\n94\n\n12.85\n\n48\n\n17.286 406\n13.23\n\n65\n\n13.66\n\n88\n\n13.92\n\n104\n\n12.18\n\n12\n\n17.249 385\n17.1\n\n256\n\n17.325 423\n13.30\n\n68\n\n13.13\n\n61\n\n13.70\n\n90\n\n17.288 407\n12.51\n\n29\n\n15.4\n\n184\n\n17.75\n\n297\n\n17.305 415\n13.71\n\n91\n\n17.211 366\n13.43\n\n76\n\n14.34\n\n148\n\n12.68\n\n38\n\n12.40\n\n23\n\n12.69\n\n38\n\n15.1\n\n183\n\n17.307 416\n16.58\n\n231\n\n17.78\n\n299\n\n17.78\n\n299\n\nL\nkona kichu jane, kiba devilvi$1a haya\nkona pake sei paul ilila prabhu-sthane\nkona villlcha p(Jral)d lagi' vrajendra-kumilra\nkon bale kare tumi e-mata vikarma\nkon vii milnu$a haya ki karite p.Jre\nkoti·janma ei mate kl(iilya khaoyilimu\nko!i-janma habe tora raurave patana\nkrame ami kahi, suna, karaha vic.tra\nkrandanera chale bhilila harrnama\nkrodhavese bale tare tarjana-vacana\n\n12.30\n\n18\n\n13.52\n\n80\n\n17.154 339\n17.256 389\n17.51\n\n284\n\n17.52\n\n285\n\n16.54\n\n228\n\n14.22\n\n141\n\n17.50\n\n284\n\nlagna gal)i' harsamati, nllilmbara cakravartl,\nlagna gary/' pQrve ilmi rilkhiy.fchi likhiy.f\nlajjita ha-i/a prabhu jilni' nija-dosa\nlajjita ha-iyil prabhu prasilda karl/a\nlak�ml due prlta p.Jila prabhura darsana\nlak$mlke vivaha kaila saclra nandana\n1ak$mlra samat.f' artha karila vinase\n'/aksmlr iva' arthalallk.Jra-uparn.t-prakaJa\nlaksmltallra allge dila pu$pa<andana\n\n13.121 1 2 4\n14.13\n\n136\n\n14.44\n\n154\n\n17.68\n\n293\n\n14.63\n\n165\n\n15.30\n\n197\n\n16.60\n\n232\n\n16.78\n\n239\n\n14.67\n\n167\n\n", "adi3#p0466": "443\n\nIndex of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nlak$my.frcito 'tha v�de vya\n\n16.3\n\n202\n\nlal.fle likhila t.Jnr.1 'ramaddsa' 00/na\nlaoy.fila S.lNa-lol<e krsr:taprema n.fme\nlaukiklm api !.1m !�likhit;J granthera yadi kari anuv�\n\n17.69\n\n294\n\n17.311 418\n\nloka-bhaya dekhi'prabhura b.fh ya ha-ila\n\n17.94\n\n307\n\n17.95\n\n308\n\n-\n\n13.33\n\n70\n\n14.5\n\n131\n\n14.9\nmisra kahe,-balagopala ache Si/A-sange\nmisra kahe,-deva, siddha, muni kene naya 14.86\n14,79\nmisra kahe,-ei bat/a adbhuta kahinl\n14.89\nmisra kahe,-\"pulla kene nahe n.fr.fya(la\n13.81\nmisra kahe sacl-sth.fne,-dekhi .fna rl!a\n\n12.52\n\n30\n\nlol<an.ftha par;tl/ila. .fr.1 murari par;tl/ita\n\n12.64\n\n36\n\nloka saba uddh.frlte tomara avat.fra\n\n17.49\n\n283\n\n\"misra, tumi putrera tattva kichu-i n.f j.fna\nmisra-vaisr;tava, santa. alampata. suddha,\nmisrere kahaye kichu sa-rosa vacana\nmleccha kahe,-hindure .fmi kari parih.fS.l\nmora buke nakha diy.f ghora-svare bale\n\nlokera nist.fra-hetu karena cintana\nluk.fila dui bhuja r.Jdhara agrete\nluk.fite narila. bhaye haila biba�\nlukdM /agi/a sisu m('ltik.f khaite\n\n13.68\n\n89\n\nmore klrtana m.fn.f karis, karimu tora ksaya\n\nlol<a bhaya-paya.-mora haya apar.fdha\n\nloka-lajj.f haya. dhar ma-klrti haya h.fni\n\n17.291 408\n17.285 405\n14.25\n\n142\n\nM\nrnad.fmaua-gati baladeva-anukara\n'madh� Ana', 'madhu Ana' balena 1/akiya\nmadhu-pana. rasotsava. jala-kel i kathana\nmadhura kariy.f lila kari/.1 racana\n'madhya'-'antya'-11/.f-Jesa-/1/.fra dui n.fma\nrnadhye n.fce at.frya-gos.flli parama ull.fsa\nrnadya-bh.fQI/a-pMe dhari' nija-ghare ge/a\nmah.f-gu(lav.fn tellha-'baladeva'-dh.fma\nrnah.fprabhu t.fh.f y.fi' sanny;Jsa karil.f\nmahapurusera cihna. lagne ange bhinna\nmahaSakM-madhye tenhosudrl/ha viSv.fsl\nmahauvarh gangaya/:1 satatam idam .fbh.fti\nmahesa-.fveJa haila saclra nandana\nrnahotsava kara, saba bol.fna brahmar;ta\n\n96\n175\n\n13.120 123\n14.84\n\n175\n\n17.198 359\n17.181 352\n17.182 353\n17.264 394\n17.125 324\n17.207\n\n364\n\n17.123 323\n17.229 375\n16.87\n13.46\n\n78\n\n17.238 380\n\n12.40\n\n23\n\n13.48\n\n78\n\nmukunda-datta. -ei tina kaila saNa k.frya\n\n17.272 399\n\n13.14\n\n61\n\nmukunda-dauere kaila dai)(Ja-paras.fda\nmufli bat/a du/;lkhl, more karaha uddMra\nmufli samh.frimu Aji sakala yavana\nmura-bhidi tad-viparltaril\nmur.fri-gupta-mukhe iun i r.fm a·gu(la· gr.fma\n\n17.115 319\n\n17.136 330\n17.40\n\n278\n\n13.74\n\n92\n\n17.272 399\n13.121 124\n12.88\n\nso\n\n16.41\n\n221\n\n'\n\nmur.frike kahe LUmi k rs(la va5a kai/.1\nmOrtimatyagrh.fSramat\n\n17.100 310\n14.18\n12.66\n\n37\n167\n\n12.51\n\n29\n\n17.205 363\n15.9\n\n187\n\n15.21\n\n193\n\n14.45\n\n154\n\n15.23\n\n194\n\n14.29\n\n144\n\n14.26\n\n143\n\n243\n\n17.65\n\n292\n\n17.49\n\n283\n\n17.130 327\n16.82\n\n241\n\n17.69\n\n294\n\n17.77\n\n299\n\n16.3\n\n202\n\nN\n\n138\n\n14.67\n\nmatr·Ajll.f paiya prabhu calila b.fhire\nmatulera apar3dha bh�ina n.f laya\nmayanumodita/;1 so •sau\nmisra bale,-kichu ha-uk, cint.f kichu n.f\nmisra jAgiya ha-i/a parama vismita\n\n177\n\nmukhe nil ni/;lsare vakya. pratibM stambhi\nmukhya-mukhya-111.1 sOtre likhiyathe vicari'\nmukti-srestha karl' kainu vMislha vy.fkhy.fna\n\nmallik.fra mala diyA karila vandana\nmana dus1a ha-ile nahe krsr:tera smara(la\nmangalacar;tl/1, vi$.1hari kari' j�ara(la\nm.ft.f bale, -t.fi diba. yA tumi m�gibe\n\nmAli khaila roga haya, deha yAya ksaya\n\"m.fti kh.fite jll.fna-yoga ke sikh.fla tore\nmAli pir;tl/e dhari yabe, SO$i' y.fya pani\"\nmAfira vlk.fra anna kh.fila cleha-pusli haya\nm.ftira vikAra ghate pani bhari' Ani\n\n173\n\nmrte-putra-mukhe kaila jflanera kathana\n17.118 321\n\nmAli-dalia jala advaila·skandha yog.fya\n\nm.ft.fke kahio koti kotl namaskare\nm.ftJke mOrcchi!a dekhi' karaye krandana\nmata-putra dullhara b.fl/ila h(di sol<a\nmari-deha. mAii-bhak$yil, dekhaha\nm.fli kAI/i'laflA kahe •mati kene kh.fya'\n\nmore ninda kare ye, n.f kare namask.Jra\nmrdanga bhangiy.f lol<e kahite I.Jgila\nmrdanga-karat.fla- �b de karr;te l.fge tJ/i\nmrdanga-karatala sal'lklrtana-mah.fdhvani\n\n14.85\n\n134\n176\n\nn.fce, kare sarlklrtana, .fnande vihva/a mana\nn.fcite n.fcite alia Jpana bhal[<lna\nn.fcite n.fcite g op.fia ha-ila mOrcchita\nnadlyJte ganga-vasa kaila jagann.ftha\nnadiy.f-udayagiri plirr;tacandra g a urahari\n,\n\nnagare hindura dharma b.f9ila ap.fra\nnagar e nagare .fji karlmu /ilrtana\nnagare nagare bhrame klrtana kariya\nnagariyake pagala kaila sada sar\\klrtana\nnagariyA lol<e prabhu yabe ajM di/.1\n\nna gcharh grham ily ahur\n\n13.103 110\n17.225 374\n12.22\n\n14\n\n13.58\n\n82\n\n13.98\n\n107\n\n17.193 357\n17.133 329\n13.32\n\n70\n\n17.209 365\n17.121 322\n15.27\n\n1%\n\n14.31\n\n146\n\n14.30\n\n146\n\nn.fhl, n.fhi, n.fhi-e tina 'eva'·kAra\n\n17.25\n\n271\n\n14.32\n\n146\n\n16.52\n\n227\n\n14.31\n\n146\n\n14.32\n\n146\n\nn.fhi pal/i alallk.fra. kariyathi srava(la\nna hy alabdh.fspadarh kil!cit\nnaitac citraril bhagavati\n\n14.77\n\n172\n\n17.150 338\n\n16.58\n\n231\n\n13.77\n\n94\n\nnaivedya kaQiyJ kha'na-sandesa. cala.\n\n14.51\n\n158\n\n17.208 364\n\n14.69\n\n168\n\nn.f jAni, -ki ch:IIIA malta haM n.fce, gaya\nn.f j�nl, ki manuausadhi jane hindu-gaQ.l\n\n14.82\n\n174\n\nn.f jani' Jasuera mar ma aiche Aji!A dila\n\n17.167 346\n\n14.91\n\n178\n\nn.f /aha devata sajja. nA kara any;Jya\n\n14.53\n\n17.202 361\n160\n\n", "adi3#p0467": "444\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n'nAma' dlyA bhakta kaila, pat;JAM. paot;lita\nnAma haite haya sarva·jagat·nistara\nna mAne caitanya·mAII durdaiva kata(la\nnAma-sanklrtana kara. -upadesa kaila\nnAma·sOtre gAt'lthi' para ka(llhe ei sloka\n\n16.19\n\n210\n\n17.22\n\n269\n\n12.67\n\n37\n\n16.15\n\n208\n\n17.32\n\n274\n\nnAme stuti-v.:lda suni' prabhura haila dul)kha\n\"namo nArdyaQa, deva karaha prasAda\nnamra haM sire dharon sabara cara(le\nnana-bMvodgama dehe adbhuta nartana\nnana camatkilra tathA karaila darsana\n\n17.73\n\n296\n\n17.288 407\n\nnivrttl·mAtge jfva-mAtra-vadhera nisedha\nnrsimha·Avesa dekhi' maM-tejomaya\nnrsimha-Avese prabhu hate gadA laM\nnrtya. glta, premabhakti-dAna nirantara\n\n12.21\n\n13\n\n14.21\n\n140\n\n13.105\n\n112\n\n12.24\n\n15\n\n13.59\n\n83\n\n12.59\n\n34\n\n17.179 352\n17.165 345\n\nna sadhayati mAril yogo\nna silnkhyaril dharma uddhava\nnAsty eva gatir anyatM\nna sv.Jdhydyas tapas ty.Jgo\nna tams tarkel)a yojayet\n\n17.76\n\n298\n\n17.76\n\n298\n\n17.21\n\n269\n\n17.76\n\n298\n\n14.16\n\n155\n\n14.22\n\n141\n\n13.106 112\n\n17.308 416\n12.1\n\nnicagaiva sadJ bMti\nnija nija bhave karena caitanya·sevana\nnllikale tel'lho eka patrikA likhiy.J\nnllambara cakrava/'11 haya tom�ra nana\nnllambara cakravartl kahila ga(liya\n\n16.1\n\nnityifnanda-haridasa dhari' uthaila\nnityifnanda·sallge nrtya kare dui bMi\nnityAnand.Jvese kaila musala dhara(la\nnitya r.ttre karl .tml bhav.f.nl·pOjana\n\n137\n\n14.46\n\nnaumi caitanya-jlvanan\nnavamete 'bhakti-kalpa·vrksera var(lana'\nna vidheyam udlrayet\nnibhrta hao yadi, tabe karl nivedana\nnibh{ta·nikuilje vasi' dekhe r-Adhara Mia\n\nnirmala h{daye bhakti karifiba udaya\nnikaya karite nare s.Jdhya-sadhana\nnist.Jrite a/lama Ami, haila viparlta\nnityananda-gos.f.l'>i prabhura avesa jmila\nnityifnanda haifa rama rohiQI-nandana\n\n307\n307\n\n13.35\n\n71\n\notaril protam tdam yasmin\n\n12.77\n\n43\n\n17.334 427\n\nnaraka ha-ite tomara nahika nistAra\nnatAya(lera cihna-yukta srl-hasta cara(la\nnatlga(la kahe,-\"ndrikela deha Ani'\nrntfsaba 'hari' bale, -hase gaura-dMma\nnartaka, vadaka, bhilta, navadvlpe yara nata\n\nnimAi bolaiya tare karaha varjana\nnimafli-mukhe rahi' bale apane sarasvatl\n'nim.ifli' nama chat;li' ebe bollya •gaurahari'\nnimiffli·pa(lt;lita p.JSe karaha gamana\nnirantara kaila krs(la·klrtana-viiAsa\n\n17.93\n17.92\n\n0\n\np\npkhe dui-mata haila daivera kAra(la\n\nnanA·dravye patra bhari', brdhma(llra vesa\nnw mantra par;Jena ikilrya, na haya cetana\nnanda-vasudeva-ropa sadgu(la-sagara\nnandinl, .:Ira kAmadeva, caitanya-dasa\nnara-deha, sirilha·mukha, garjaye vistara\n\n17.156 341\n\n17.322 422\n16.58\n\n231\n\n17.176 351\n17.283 405\n201\n\n17.300 412\n12.29\n\n18\n\n17.149 337\n13.88\n\n102\n\npkhe gupte sei vipre karila nistdra\npkhe sampradaye nrtya kare gauracandra\npkhe tAM vistati kariba vivara(la\npad.:lmbhojJn maM-nadl jAIA\npat;Jite AliA stave nrsimhera nAma\npar;Juya balaka kaila mora buddhi lopa\npat;JuyA paiAyA gela pat;Ju ya-sabh3re\npar;Juyil sahasra yAMt\\ pat;Je eka·tMJii\npait.J chiQt;liyA sape praca{lt;la durmukha\npaiya amrtadhunl, piye visa·garra-pani\npaiy.:l milnusa janma, ye n.J sune gaura-gu(la\npakila aneka phala, sabei vismita\npail:! uparAga-chale, apanilra mano-bale\npai'K:a alal'lkarera ebe sunaha vicara\npai'K:adase 'pauga(lt;la-lllara·sanksepe\n\n12.8\n14.37\n\n17.137 331\n13.7\n\n59\n\n16.82\n\n241\n\n17.91\n\n306\n\n16.89\n\n244\n\n17.252 387\n17.253 387\n17.62\n\n290\n\n13.123 125\n\nI\n\n13.123 125\n17.81\n\n301\n\n13.100 108\n16.72\n\n236\n\n17.236 379\n\n14.15\npai'K:a-dlrgha/;1 palK:a-sOksma/;1\n16.54\npaflca dosa ei s/oke paflca a/altkara\npaflcama varsera balaka kahe siddMntera sara 12.17\n17.318\npaflcame 'srJ-nityAnanda'·tattva ninJpa(la\n17.329\npaflca-prabandhe paflca-rasera carita\n\npaflca·tattva mili' yaiche kaii.J prema-dilna\npa(lt;lita-gosiffli Adi y.Jitra yei rasa\npa(lt;lita, vidagdha, yuva, dhana·dh.Jnyavm\npa(lt;litera gaoa saba,-b�ava1a dhanya\npapa-ksaya gela, haiiA parama pavitra\n\n4\n149\n\n137\n228\n10\n421\n425\n\n17.320 421\n17.301 412\n14.55\n\n160\n\n12.90\n\n51\n\n17.217 370\n\npApa·tamal) haila naSa, tri·jagatera ullilsa\nparama·tattve, para·brahma, parama·lsvara\nparipOr(la bhagavan-sarvaiSvaryamaya\npAsa(l(/1 hasite lise, na paya prave5e\npasa(l(/1mifrite y.iya nagare dMiya\n\n13.98\n\n17.266 396\n\npasa(lt;ll-pradhana sei durmukha. vacAia\n\n17.37\n\n277\n\n205\n\npAsiJJ)t;li samMri' bhakti karimu pracara\n\n17.53\n\n286\n\n17.262 393\n\npAsa(l(/1 samh.Jrite mora ei avat<lra\npa5cifte patna u(laM samsk.Jra karite\np.JtasJha sunile tomara karibeka phala\n\n17.53\n\n286\n\n12.12\n\n7\n\n17.213 368\n16.90\n\n245\n\n17.210 365\n16.12\n\n207\n\n13.10\n\n60\n\n16.10\n\n17.116 319\n17.318 421\n17.245 383\n17.227 374\n17.16\n\n265\n\n17.42\n\n279\n\npatha cM<;Ii' bhage loka par.a bat;Ja bhaya\npatra pat;liyA prabhura mane haila dul)kha\npauga{lt;la-ITIA caitanyapauga(lt;la-IJI.Jra sOtra kariye gaoana\n\n107\n\n17.106 314\n17.108 315\n17·35\n\n276\n\n17.92\n\n307\n\n17.195 358\n17.93\n\n307\n\n12.33\n\n19\n\n15.4\n\n184\n\n15.3\n\n184\n\n", "adi3#p0468": "445\n\nIndex of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\npauga!JfJa vayasa-yavat vivaha Ill kaila\n13.26\npaugai)(Ja vayase /114 bahut;J prakara\n15.32\npaugai)(Ja-vayase pa9ena, pad4na 5/�yagal)e 13.28\npaugai)(Ja-vayase probhura mukhya\n15.3\npaurl)am4slra sandhya-kale kalle subha·kpl)a 13.89\nphA<;Iimu tomara buka mrdallgo badale\nphale-phule bade,-sakha ha-l/a vistara\nphalguna·pOroima-sandhy.fya prabhura\nphiri' gela vipra ghare mane dul)kha pJI!A\npitJ-mJtJ marl' khao-ebJ kon dharma\npit4·m4tilya dekhaila cihna caral)a\npitr-kriy.i vidhi-mare lsvara kari/a\npitr-kula, matr-kula,-dul uddharila\nprabhu 3jllJ dila, -tumi ydo vAr.f(lasl\nprabhu 3jM dila-yaha karaha klrtana\n\n184\n102\n\n12.7\n\n4\n\n13.20\n\n64\n\n17.61\n\n290\n\n17.154 339\n14.6\n\n132\n\n15.24\n\n194\n\n15.14\n\n189\n\n16.16\n\n209\n\n17.130 327\n17.33\n\nprabhu kahe, devera vare wmi-'kavi-vara'\nprabhu kahe,-eka d4na m3glye tomaya\nprabhu kahe, -ekadailte anna Ill khalbe\nprabhu kahe,-go-dugdha khao, gilbhl\nprabhu kahe-kaha J/okera kibil gul)a·dosa\n\n275\n\n17.177 351\n17.110 316\n14.66\n\n166\n\n12.49\n\n28\n\n16.44\n\n223\n\n17.221 372\n15.9\n\n187\n\n17.153 339\n16.45\n\nprabhu kahe,--m.ft.f. more deha eka dana 15.8\n16.51\npr•bhu kahena-ataeva puchiye tomAre\nprabhu kahena,-kahi, suna, Ill kariha rosa 16.53\nprabhu kahena,-kahl, yadl Ill karaha rosa 16.47\nptabhuke kahena-tomata na bujhl e lila\n12.44\n,\n\n67\n\n17.181 352\n\nprabhu-3jllJya kara ei iloka karal)a\nprabhu bale,-e /olea <lmAra antaranga haya\nprabhu IWi' kaila,-tumi kichu Ill j3niiA\nprabhu kahe, '<lmA' paja, Ami maheivara\nprabhu kahe-bauliy.t, aiche kahe kara\n\nptabhu kahe -prasna lAgI' Jil<lma tom.Jra\nptabhu kahe,-\"tomil sabake dila ei vara\nprabhu kahe, -vede kahe go-vadha\nprabhu kahe, vyakaral)a pad.fi-abhim.Jna\nprabhuke millya paila �ad·booja-dariana\n\n66\n198\n\n224\n186\n227\n228\n225\n26\n\n17.152 338\n14.54\n\n160\n\n17.159 342\n16.33\n\n218\n\n17.12\n\n263\n\nprabhu krpa kaila, tallra khai)(Ji/a bandhana\nprabhu pu� praina kaila, kahite Jagita\nprabhura abhl$eka tabe karila srlv.fsa\nptabhura aflgane nke, 9amaru b3jAya\nprabhura atarkya-1113 bujhite n.J pari\n\n16.107 252\n\nprabhura Avirbhava-parve yata vai$1)aVa-gal)a\nprabhura caral)a chulii' bale priya-v.JQI\nprabhura gambhira vakya acarya samujhe\nptabhura kahila ei janma/IIA·sutra\nprabhura lll<lmcta tenho kaila ilsv.Jdana\nprabhura nind.Jya sabilra buddhl haila niSa\nprabhura nr!ya dekhi nrtya IAgila karite\nprabhura S.Jpa-v.Jrta yei sune sraddMviln\nprabhura viraha-sarpa lak$mlre darilsila\n\n17.107\n\n315\n\n17.11\n\n262\n\n17.99\n\n309\n\n16.18\n\n209\n\n13.63\n\n87\n\n17.219 371\n12.54\n\n31\n\n14.3\n\n131\n\n13.50\n\n79\n\n17.257 389\n17.101 311\n17.64\n\n291\n\n16.21\n\n211\n\nprabhura vruanta dvija kahe tAhM y41\nprabhura ye se�a-11/A svarOpa-dhnodara\nprabhure santa karl' 4nlla nija ghare\nprabhu-sange nrtya kare parama ul/4se\nprabhu srlv4sere 10$1' alingana kaila\nprabhu-sthane nivedila paM ba9a soka\nprabhu tanra paja paM hasite /ag//4\nprabhu tallre namaskari' kaila nimantrava\nprabhu tare nija-rupa karilila darsana\nprabhu tare prema dlla, prema-rase bll4se\nprabhu tate prema diy.f kaila puraskara\nprabhu rus1a haM sildhya-sadhana kahila\npraksalana karl' krsoe bhoga lagaila\nprakrlibhya� pararil yac ca\npral)alite ha'be ihara aparadha ksaya\nptdl)a-vallabha-sabara Jrr-krsl)a-<:aitanya\nprasaflge kahila ei silldh4ntera wa\nprasanna haila dala dik, prasanna nadljala\nprasanna Mila saba jagatera mana\npr3ta�·k31e bhakta sabe ghare lallA ge/A\npr3ta{l-kale srlvasa !Aha t;J' dekhila\nprataparudrera paja dila paJhaiyA\nprAte ilsi' prabhu-pade /a-i/a saral)a\nprathama-caraoe panea 'ta'·kArera pMti\nprathama paricchede kailun 'maflgaiAcaral)a'\nprathame sad·booja t31ire dekhaila lsvara\nprathame ta' eko-mata acaryera gal)a\nprathame ta' sutra-rape kariye gal)ana\nprathame!e vrnd�vana·m�dhurya varoila\npratibh.t, kavitva tomata devatA·prasAde\npratibhara k.Jvya tomilra devaM santofe\nprat/graha kabhu Ill karlbe rAja-dhana\npravrtti-m.Jrge go-vadha karite vidhi haya\nprema-bhakli diya tenho bh4si!'la jagate\nprema-bhakli laoyaila n(lya·gfta·rallge\nprema-nlma pracilriyA karii.J bhramaQa\nprema·nilma-pradanais ca\npremavast.M sikhaii.J 4sv3dana-cchale\npreme nctya kare, haila vai�l)ava �ala\npudila sakala dJ91, mukhe haila vral)a\npuna� puna� kahe srTvilsa karlyil vistilra\npunab yadi aiche ka.re matiba t.Jhare\npunar-ukta-prilya bhilse, nahe punar-uk!a\npunar-uktavad-abh4sil, sabdalankara-bheda\npunarukti-bhaye vistatiril nil kahi/a\npurus.frtMn samainute\npurusottama brahmacatL ilra k�l)adasa\npurusottama {Ja(l9ita, ara ragoollltha\nparva·janme chi/A tumijagat-4Sraya\n\n17.253 387\n13.16\n\n62\n\n17.252 387\n17.102 311\n17.240 380\n17.129 327\n14.68\n\n167\n\n17.269 397\n17.231 377\n17.102 311\n17.114\n\n318\n\n16.15\n\n208\n\n17.82\n\n302\n\n17.308 416\n17.266 396\n12.90\n\n51\n\n17.310 417\n13.97\n\n106\n\n13.95\n\n105\n\n17.246 383\n17.40\n\n278\n\n12.29\n\n18\n\n16.107 252\n16.74\n\n237\n\n17.313 419\n17.13\n\n264\n\n12.8\n\n4\n\n13.7\n\n59\n\n17.235 378\n16.85\n\n242\n\n16.48\n\n225\n\n12.50\n\n28\n\n17.157 341\n17.297 411\n13.38\n\n72\n\n13.36\n\n71\n\n17.4\n\n258\n\n13.39\n\n73\n\n17.232 377\n17.190 356\n17.236 379\n17.256 389\n16.76\n\n238\n\n16.77\n\n238\n\n14.96\n\n180\n\n15.27\n\n196\n\n12.62\n\n35\n\n12.63\n\n35\n\n17.108 315\n\n", "adi3#p0469": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n446\n\n197\n\nsad.! natna la·iba. yarM-IAbhere santo� a\n\n17.30\n\n273\n\nparve ami .Jchilan jitite goyala\nparve bhafa chi/a ei nimai pa(l(iita\n\n17.110 316\n\nsadhya·s3dhana sresrha na haya niscaya\n\n16.11\n\n206\n\n17.206 364\n\nsa<;l·varga. a�ta·varga. sarva sula.�al)il\n\n13.90\n\n103\n\npOrve mahaprabhu more karena sammana\n\n12.39\n\n13.1\n\n55\n\nparve yaiche chifa tumi ebeha se·rOpa\n\nsadyab syad adhamo 'py ayam\n\n17.109 316\n\nsagaQe sacefe giya kaila gallga-snana\n\n17.74\n\n297\n\npOrva·siddha bhava dw\\hata udaya karila\n\n15.29\n\n23\n\npurra Jag;· aradhifa vis(lura caral)il\n\n13.73\n\n92\n\nsa.haje yavana-5astre adr<;lha vicara\n\n17.171 349\n\nputramara-snanadine, difa va.stra vibhOsaQe,\n\n13.118 121\n\nsaha;;ka prl!i dunhAra karila udaya\n\n14.64\n\n165\n\npurra paM dampati hal/a anandita mana\n\n13.79\n\n95\n\nsahasra-vadane letlho nahf paya anla\n\n13.45\n\n77\n\npurrera falana-siksa-pirara sva-dharma\n\n14.87\n\n176\n\nfaisava-capalya kichu na /abe amata\n\n16.103 250\n\nputrera prabhave yata. dhana lsi' mile, rata.\n\n13.120 123\n\nsa-kafat\\ka candre ara kon prayojana\n\n13.91\n\n104\n259\n\nR\n\nsaka.fa pa(l(/ita jini' kare adhyilpana\n\n17.6\n\nSdkha·rDpan gaoan numab\n\n12.2\n\n2\n\nSJ.khA·sreHha dhruvananda. srldhara\n\n12.80\n\n44\n44\n\nradha·bhava allgl kariyache bhala-mare\n\n17.276 401\n\nradha dekhi' krs�Ja ranre hlsya karite\n\n17.290 407\n\nSMcha·upa$akha. tara nahika gan.ana\n\n12.78\n\nr�hadese janmif a thakura niryananda\n\n13.61\n\nsakhya. dasya. -dui bhava sahaja tAMara\n\n17.299 411\n\nradhara viSuddha-bhavera acintya prabhilva\nradMyA/1 pra()ayasya hanta mahima yasya\n\n17.293 409\n\n84\n\n17.292 408\n\nsaksar Tsvara kari' prabhuke janifa\n\n16.106 252\n\nsaksat Tsva.ra let\\ho, -nahika samsaya\n\n16.13\n\n207\n\nraksa kare nrslmhera mantra pa(iiya\n\n12.23\n\n14\n\nsafagrama seva kare viSesa kariya\n\n13.86\n\n99\n\nrakta·plla·varoa, -nahi asthi·valkala\n\n17.83\n\n302\n\nsa/ankara haife artha kare jhalamala\n\n16.86\n\n243\n\nrasalankaravat kavyam\n\n16.71\n\n236\n\nsamase gaul)il haifa. sabdarlha gela ksaya\n\n16.59\n\n231\n\nrls4rambha·vidhau nifrya vasata ku�e\n\n17.293 409\n\nriltra·dine preme nrtya. sallge bhakta·gal)il\n\n13.31\n\n69\n\nsamasla bhakrere dila isl a vara·dlna\nsambhoga-ll(lya·kTrtanaib\n\n17.70\n\n294\n\n17.4\n\n258\n291\n\nrave nidra nahi yai, karl ;agaral)il\n\n17.209 365\n\nsamsaTa·sukha tomara ha-uka vinala\n\n17.63\n\nrarre sat\\kT1tana kaila eka samvatsa1a\n\n17.34\n\n275\n\n17.133 329\n\nTatre srtvlsera dv.J1e sthana lepaM\n\nsanc/hya-ka/e kara sabhe nagara·ma(l(iana\n\n17.38\n\n277\n\nsanclhyare deu11 sabe ;vala ghare gha1e\n\n17.134 329\n\nrave svapna dekhe, -eka as/' brahmal)il\n\n14.84\n\n175\n\nt'aVi.<f/vase k($/)il·ViTaha-sphuraQa\n\n13.40\n\n74\n\nsandhyaya gallga-snana ka1/' sabe ge/4 gha1a\n\n17.120 321\n\nfl)il sodhibare cahi tanka sata·tina\n\n12.32\n\n19\n\nrukmioT·svaropa prabhu apane ha-ifa\n\n17.241 381\n\nsallge call' aise kajlullaslla mana\nsal\\ge nityilnanda. candraJekhara kilrya\n\n17.273 399\n\nsalrl<alpo viditab sadhvyo\n\ns\n\n17.224 373\n14.69\n\n168\n\nfat\\kha-cakra-gada·padma·SJ.rllga·vel)u·dhara 17.13\n\n264\n300\n\nsaba defa bhrasta kaila ekala nimal!i\n\n17.255 388\n\nsankTriana ka1i' valse s\nrama·yukta haM\n\n17.79\n\nsabake khaoyala age kariya bhaksal)il\nsa.bara prema·jyotsnaya ujjvala vi-bhuvana\n\n17.84\n\n303\n\nsalri<Trtana vMa yaiche nahe nadTyaya\n\n17.221 372\n\n13.5\n\n57\n\nsalrl<�epe ka.hila janmaiTia-a.nukrama\n\n14.4\n\nsabare kahe srTvlsa hasiya hasiya\n\n17.41\n\n279\n\nsat\\k�epe kahilutl ali, -na kailun vist(la\n\n17.329 425\n\nsabare ni$edhila.-ihara na dekhiha mukha\n\n17.73\n\n296\n\nsat\\k�epe ka.hiye, kaha na y<lya vistara\n\n13.53\n\nfabdalankara-tlna-pade ache anuprlsa\n\n131\n80\n\n16.73\n\n237\n\nsatlksepe likhiye samyak na yaya likhana\n\n13.51\n\n80\n\nSabda sunitei hay a clvillya·bhartJ jl!ana\n\n16.65\n\n233\n\nsannylsa karaha wml, amare kahila\n\n15.18\n\n192\n\nsabe ghare yaha. ami nisedhiba tAre\nsabe me/i' kare tabe prabhura nindana\n\n17.214 368\n17.25� 388\n\nsannylsa kariyA llrtha karibare gela\n\n15.12\n\n189\n\nsannyasa kariya yabe prabhu nT/aca/e ge/a\n\n17.55\n\n287\n\nsabe mili' n(tya kare avese vihvala\n\n17.119 321\n\nsannylsa.ril pala·pail{kam\n\n17.164 345\n\nfacl lsi' kahe, -kene aJuci chur\\ila\n\n14.74\n\n171\n\nsannylsi·buddhye more pran.ata ha·iba\n\n17.265 394\n\nfacT bale,-yaha.. puua. bolaha bapere\n\n14.77\n\n172\n\n17.63\n\n291\n\nfacl·jagannarhe dekhi' dena olahana\n\n14.71\n\n169\n\nSJ.pa suni' prabhura citte ha-ifa ulllsa\nSJ.piba tom<lre mulli, paMchi ma.no-dubkha\n\n17.62\n\n290\n\nfaci kahe, -ara eka adbhuta dekhila\n\n14.80_ 173\n\nsa pra.sldaw caltanya.·\n\n13.1\n\n55\n\nfacT kahe, -mul'li dekhot\\ <lk� upare\n\n13.83\n\n97\n\nsapradase 'yauvana·ITI<I' kahifun visesa\n\n17.327 424\n\nfacT kahe,-na kMiba. bhala-i kahila\n\n15.10\n\n188\n\nsaptama paricchede 'pai!Ca·lal!ve'ra akhyana 17.320 421\n\nfaclke prema·dana. tabe aclvaita·milana\n\n17.10\n\n261\n\nfacT-misreTa paja laM, manete hari$a haM,\n\n13.118 121\n\nfacTra illgite sambandha karila ghatana\n\n15.30\n\n197\n\nsapta misra ranra putra-sapta rsTsvara\n\n13.57\n\n82\n\nsa.pta·ra.ktab sa(i-unnatab\nsa1asvall svapne tat\\re upadesa kaila\n\n14.15\n\n137\n\n16.106 252\n\n", "adi3#p0470": "447\n\nIndex of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nsei·k.1/e nijA/aya, ulhiyA advaila rAya,\n\n13.99\n\nsei krf(lil·prema-phale jagat bharila\nsei k(l(la, sei gopl,-parama virodha\n\n12.6\n\n17.259 391\n\nsei·ksaQe dhAM prabhu gangAte pa(fila\n\n17.245 383\n\n17.112 317\n\nsei·k$a(le gaurakrSQa bhOme avata.ri\n\n13.94\n\n105\n\nsa.rasvall ye ba/Aya, sei bali v3ol\n\n16.94\n\nsarva allga-sunlrmaoa. suvafl)a·pralim3-\n\n13.116 120\n\nsarva-bhave afriykhe caitanya-cara(la\n\n12.57\n\nsarva-jlla gosAili jan/' saMra durgali\n\nsarva-jlla kahe Ami LAM dhyane dekhi/MI\n\n246\n32\n\n108\n3\n\n17.304 414\n\nsarva-loka suni/e mantrera vlrya haya Mni\n\n17.212 366\n\nsei ksaQe jAg/' nimai karaye kranCJana\n\n14.10\n\n134\n\nsarva·lokera karl be /hall dMra(la. po�Qa\n\n14.19\n\n139\n\n13.41\n\n74\n\nsarv.tnga be(iila klle, kAle nirantara\n\nseimata unmada-praJApa kare rAtri-dine\n\n17.46\n\n282\n\n17.175 350\n\nsarvange ha-ifa ku$1ha. vahe rakta-dhara\n\n17.45\n\n281\n\nsei nAme Ami tomaya sambodhana karl\nsei nanda-suta-ihan caltanya-gosAf!i\n\nsarva-sa�·guQa·pr1rQArilLMI\n\n13.19\n\n63\n\nsel nityananda -krsQa-<:aitanya·saMya\n\n17.296 410\n\n17.295 410\n\nsarva-Mkha-gar;rera yaiche phala-vitara(la\n\n17.323 423\n\n287\n\n13.65\n\n87\n\nsei p4p1 dul)kha bhoge, n4 yAya parA(Ia\nsei patrlra kaLM acarya nahi jAne\n\n17.54\n\nsarva-JAslte kahe krsQa-bhaktira vyakhyana\n\n12.30\n\n18\n\nsarva-Jastre sarva pa(l(ilta plya parajaya\n\n16.6\n\n204\n\nse/ puwe hai/.111 ebe brAhmaQa-chaoya/a\n\n17.111 317\n\nsarvasva dai)IJiyA tara jAti ye la-imu\n\n17.128 326\n\nsei rAtre eka sirilha mahA-bhayat'lkara\n\n17.179 352\n\nsarvatra karena krsQa·nAmera vyAkhyane\n\n13.28\n\n67\n\nsei-rOpe ei-rOpe dekhl ekAkata\n\n17.113 318\n\n67\n\nsei Mstre kahe,-pravmi-nivrtti-marga·\n\n17.156 341\n\nsarvatra laoyai/a prabhu nAma·sat'lklrtana\n\n13.27\n\nsarvendriya l[pta haya sravar;re yahara\n\n16.110 254\n\nsa SilkyA prabha-vis(IUnapi hari(IA nAslc calur·\n\n17.293\n\n�!ha paricchede 'advaita-tattve'ra vicata\n5astra·Ajflaya vadha kaile nahi plpa-bhaya\n\n409\n\n17.319 421\n\nsei sei, -ki!ryera krpata bhAjana\n\n12.74\n\nsei sel rase prabhu hana tMira vaJa\n\n17.301 412\n\nsei sel slhane kichu kariba vyAkhyana\n\n13.49\n\n79\n\nsei skandhe yata prema·phala upajila\n\n12.6\n\n3\n\n42\n\n17.157 341\n\nMstrera vicAra bhA/a-manda nahi ;am\n\n16.94\n\n246\n\nsei tumi hao,-hena laya mora mana\n\n17.215 369\n\nSata dui phala prabhu slghra pA<;/Jila\n\n17.82\n\n302\n\nsei vrajesvara-ihat'l jagannatha pitA\n\n17.294 409\n\n$ata sara pa{luyA bi IAgifa pa{lite\n\n16.9\n\n205\n\nsei vrajesvarl-/han sacldevl mALA\n\n17.294\n\n409\n\nse palrlte lekM ache-ei ta' Jikhana\n\n12.31\n\n18\n\nsesa a$1Adasa var�-'anlyaJ/1.1' nAma\n\n13.37\n\n72\n\nse-sambandhe hao tum/ AmAra bhAgina\n\n17.149 337\n\nsata sAta pulra habe-cir.Jyu, mat/man\"\n\n14.55\n\n160\n\nSala sata sisya sallge sada adhyi!pana\n\n16.5\n\n203\n\nSata s/okera eka s/oka prabhu Ia' pa(fi/a\n\n16.40\n\n221\n\nsese avallr(la haifa vrajendra-kumAra\n\n13.62\n\n86\n\n13.36\n\n71\n103\n\nsatyo bhavitum arhat/\n\n14.69\n\n168\n\nsetubandha. ara gaur;la-vyapi vrndavana\n\nsavamse LomAre marl yavana nafimu\n\n17.185 354\n\nsirilha-rafi, sirilha-lagna. ucca graha-gal)a\n\n13.90\n\nsavitrT, gaurl, sarasvatl, sac/, rambhJ.\n\n13.105 112\n\n13.110 115\n\niayane Amara upara lapha diyA ca{/1'\n\nsindOra, haridra tal/a, kha-i, kalt nArikela,\n\n17.180 352\n\nsire dhari vandot'l, nitya karol\\ tMra ASa\n\n17.336 428\n\nse dina bahuta nahi kaili utplta\n\n17.184 354\n\nsisu-dv.Jre devl more kaila parajaya\n\n16.95\n\n247\n\nsei adrya-ga(le mora kori namaskara\n\n12.76\n\n43\n\nJiSu-dv.Jre kaila more eta apamana\n\n16.96\n\n247\n\nsei kAryera gaQa-mahA-bhAgavata\n\n12.73\n\n40\n\nsei amsa kahi, t.JIIfe kari' namaskara\n\n16.27\n\n215\n\nsei, anusare likhi 1113-slltragaQa\n\n13.47\n\n78\n\nsei balar;leva-lhall nitylnanda bMI\n\n17.295 410\n\nsei catur·bhuja mllrli cahena rAkhite\n\n17.290 407\n\nsei cihna /)lye dekhi' misre bof3ila\n\n14.11\n\n135\n\nsei da(l(ia pras.Jda anya loka pAbe kat/\n\n12.42\n\n25\n\nsei dese vipra. nAma-miira tapana\n\n16.10\n\nsei dina AmAra eka piy:ui.J alia\n\nsel haite ekAdasl karite ldgi/A\n\n15.10\n\nsei haite jihva mora bale 'hari' 'hari'\nsei jala skandhe kare sakhAte sallcka\n\nsisu-gaQe mili' kaila v/vidha khelana\n\n14.23\n\n142\n\npurera dhvani\nsisura sunya·pade kene nO\n\n14.79\n\n173\n\nsisu saba /aye par;la-par;laslra ghare\n\n14.40\n\n152\n\nsisu saba sacl-slhAne kaila nivedana\n\n14.41\n\n152\n\nSi$ya-gal)a lalla punal) vidy.Jra vilba\n\n16.24\n\n213\n\nsi$ya-gaoa par;/3/te kari/3 Arambha\n\n16.4\n\n203\n\nsisyera prallta haya,-prabh.Jva ascarya\n\n13.29\n\n68\n\n205\n\nsisyera samana mull/ n.i hall tomara\n\n16.103 250\n\n17.188 355\n\nii$yete n4 bujhe, Ami bujhAite nati\n\n16.33\n\n21&\n\n'siva-patnlra bhart.J' IM sunite viruddha\n\n16.64\n\n233\n\n17.200 360\n\nsloka pa(il' tallra bhava anglkAra kaila\n\n14.68\n\n167\n\n12.7\n\n4\n\nslokera artha kaila vlpra paiy.J santosa\n\n16.45\n\n224\n\nso(iasa paricchede 'kaisora- 11/3'ra uddesa\nsphura karl' kaha tumi, na kariha bhaya\n\n17.327 424\n\n188\n\nsei ja/e jlye SAkhJ, -phula·phala ply\na\n\n12.66\n\n37\n\nsei jale pu$lil skandha bA(Ie dine dine\n\n12.5\n\n3\n\nsei jana yaya caitanyera pacta pasa\nsei-kale daiva-yoge candra-grahaQa haya\n\n17.309 417\n\nsphura n.Jhi kare do$a·gur;rera vicAra\n\n16.26\n\n215\n\n13.20\n\nsravaQa·matre kal)lhe kaila sr1Lra-v{1Li-ga(la\n\n15.5\n\n185\n\n64\n\n17.177 351\n\n", "adi3#p0471": "448\n\n�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nsrl-caitanya-m�/1 kail� v(ksa �ropa(li!\n\n17.322 422\n\n5rl-caitany.1mara-taror\n\n12.3\n\n2\n\nsrl-caitanyam namAmi tam\n\n14.1\n\n129\n\nsOksma viclriye yadi �haye a�ra\n\n16.84\n\n242\n\nsu-mano 'tpa(li!•mltre(la\n\n15.1\n\n183\n\nsuna_ gaurahari, ei pra$nera klra(li!\n\n17.176 351\n\nsundara larlra ya iche bh0$il{le bh0$ila\n$uniba tamara mukhe J3strera vicifra\n\n16.70\n\n5rl-caitanya-nity.1nanda, acarya adva/t;J-\n\n13.124 127\n\nsrldharera lauha-pdlre kaila jala-�na\n\n17.70\n\n294\n\nsrl-gad�dhara pa(l(iita sak�le mahollama\n\n12.79\n\n44\n\nsuni' camakita haila piiA·m.1t.1ra mana\n\n14.78\n\nsrl-gopllla-ndme ara .1caryera suta\n\n12.19\n\n12\n\n17.187 355\n\n235\n\n16.104 251\n173\n\nsrl·hari lcdrya, s.1di-puriy.1 go�Ia\n\n12.85\n\n48\n\n$uni' dekhi' sarva-loka .1Scarya manila\nsun/' krodha kai/a saba pa(iuyJra ga(li!\n\n5rl-haricara(la. ara madhava par;t<lita\n\n12.64\n\n36\n\nsun/' kruddha haM prabhu ghara-bhitara yl/1.1 14.43\n\n153\n\n5rlharsa. raghu-m/Sra, par;t<lita laksmrnatha\n\n12.86\n\n48\n\n5unilut\\ phar\\kite tamAra sisyera sarh/Apa\n\n217\n\nSrl-halla-niv3sl srl-upendra-misra-nama\n\n13.56\n\n82\n\n5rl-k($(1i!<aitanya. advaita. nity.1nanda\n\n17.333 427\n\n17.254 388\n16.32\n\nsuni' prabhu 'ba/a' 'ba/a' balena avese\n\n17.234 378\n\nsun/' prabhu 'harl' bali' urhila �ni\n\n17.223 373\n\nsuni' prabhu krodhe kaila km�e dosodgara\n\n17.250 385\n\n5uni' saba loka tabe pliba ba(ia-sukhe\n\n16.39\n\nsun/' saba mleccha 35/' kaila nivedana\n\n17.192 357\n\nsrl-kfS(Ii!<aitanya-1111-adbhuta. ananta\n\n17.331 426\n\nSrl-k(S(Ii!<aitanya navadvlpe avatar/\n\n13.8\n\n59\n\n\"srl-laksmi' sabde 'punar-uktavad-�hasa'\n\n16.73\n\n237\n\n5rimad-advaitacandrasya\n\n12.3\n\n2\n\n5uni' sacl-misrera du/;lkhl hal/a mana\n\n15.13\n\n189\n\nSrlnltha cakravartl, Ira uddhava dAsa\n\n12.84\n\n47\n\nJuni' Jacl-misrera mane Jnande W(lila\n\n14.20\n\n140\n\nSrl·rld�ra pral� yalehe uddhava-dar5ane\n\n13.41\n\n74\n\n5uni' sac I putre kichu dila o/ahana\n\n14.41\n\n152\n\nJrl-raghun.1tha-d3sa. ara srl-jlva-cara(la\n\n17.335\n\n428\n\nSUn/' Slabdha hai/a kAjl, �h/ sphure Vl(ll\n\n17.168 346\n\nsrl-rOpa-raghunatha·pade y.1ra .1sa\n\n12.96\n\n54\n\n5uniy.1 avifta hal/a prabhu gauraclhama\n\n17.91\n\nlrlprOpa-raghunatha-pade yara Asa\n\n221\n\n306\n\n14.97\n\n181\n\nJuniyl brahmil(li! garve var(lite /agi/.1\n\n16.36\n\n219\n\nl.rl-rapa-raghunatha-pade yara .1Sa\n\n15.34\n\n199\n\n5uniy.1 karl/a prabhu bahuta satkara\n\n16.37\n\n220\n\nsrl-nipa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\n\n16.111 254\n\nJuniy.! murari sloka kahile lag ill\n$uniy.! par;luya tahMI artha-vada kaila\n\n17.77\n\n299\n\n17.72\n\n296\n\n5uniy.1 paila lcdrya santosa apara\n\n12.17\n\n10\n\n5uniy.1 prabhura clue ananda ba(iila\nsuniy.'l prabhura dar;t<la �Arya harsita\n\n17.235 378\n\n308\n\n'srl'-sabde, 'laksmi'-Jabde-eka vastu ukta\n\n16.76\n\n238\n\nSri·SaCI·jagannAtha. sfl·mldhava purl\n\n13.54\n\n81\n\nsrl·svarOpa·srl·rOpa-Jrl-sanltana\n\n17.335 428\n\nsrlv3sa balena.-ye lomira nama laya\nsrlv3sldi yata mahaprabhura bhakt;J·gil(la\n\n17.96\n\n17.300 412\n\n5uniy.1 prabhura mana prasanna ha-ila\n\n12.48\n\n27\n\nsrtv3sa-gac/Adharadi yata bhakta-vrnda\n\n17.333 427\n\nsuniy.'l prabhura vy.'lkhy.1 digvijayl vismita\n\n16.87\n\n243\n\nsrlv.'lsa-grhete giya gad.1 phelai/a\n\n17.94\n\n5unly.'l sakala loka vismita ha-lla\n\n14.92\n\n178\n190\n\n307\n\n12.37\n\n21\n\nS!Ivasa varoena v(nd.1vana-ll/a-rase\n\n17.234 378\n\nsuniya saniUfla hal/a piiA·mA1.11a mana\n\n15.15\n\nlrTv.'lsa lcahena t;Jbe r.'lsa rasera vil3sa\n\n17.239 380\n\n17.124 323\n17.257 389\n\nsrrvasa kahe,-varnsl tom.'lra gopr hari' nlla\n\n17.233 378\n\n5uniy.f ye kruddha haila sakala yavana\nsupafhita vidy.1 karao na haya prakala\n\n$rlv3sa paf)(iitera sl�ne �he aparAdha\n\n17.57\n\n289\n\nsustha haM kahe prabhu aparva k.'lhinl\n\n15.17\n\n191\n\nsrlv.'lsa·putrera tahM haila parafoka\n\n17.228 375\n\nsutra karl' gll(le yadi apane ananta\n\n13.45\n\n77\n\ni.rlv3se kahena prabhu kariyA viflc/a\n\n17.95\n\n308\n\n62\n\n17.52\n\n285\n\nsO!ra karl' granthilena granthera bhitara\nsO!ra-rape murari gupta karila grathita\n\n13.16\n\n5rlv.'lse karaifi tui bhavanl-pajana\n\n13.15\n\n62\n\ni.rlv3sera brahmll(ll, nama 1.1flra ·malin/',\n\n13.110\n\n115\n\n13.29\n\n68\n\nSrlv3sera vastra siltye darajl yavana\n\n17.231 377\n\nsOtra·V(IIi-plnji-�lkA k�(lele IAtparya\nsuvaroera ka(ii·ba-(1/i, rajatamudra-p.1Sufi\n\n17.36\n\nsva-madhurya·prem.1nanda-rasa-.'lsvadana\n\n17.317 420\n\nSrlv.'lsere du/;lkha dite ninA yukli kare\n\n276\n\n13.112 117\n\nsrlvaiSa par;t<iila, brahmacarr haric/Asa\n\n12.62\n\n35\n\nsva-mAdhurya rad�-prema-rasa 3sv.fdite\n\n17.276 401\n\nsrl-yadunandanacArya-advaitera S.'lkha\n\n12.56\n\n32\n\nsva-mata kalpanA kare daiva·paratantra\n\n12.9\n\n6\n\n'srl-yukta lak$ml' arthe arthera vibheda\n\n16.77\n\n238\n\nsvapna dekhi' misra .fsi' prabhura caraQe\n\n16.14\n\n208\n\nsrj,f;fa, jly.fila, IJIIre na manila\n\n12.68\n\n38\n\nsvapne elca vipra kahe,-sunaha tapana\n\n16.12\n\n207\n\nstana plna kare prabhu T$al h.'lsiyA\n\n14.35\n\n148\n\nsvapnera v(t!Jnta saba kaila nivedane\n\n16.14\n\n208\n\nslana piyAite putrera Caril(li! dekhila\n\n14.11\n\n135\n\nsvarge vadya-n(lya kare deva kutOhafl\n\n13.96\n\n106\n\nsthavara-jangama haifa anande vfhvafa\n\n13.97\n\n1 06\n\nsva-sanga cha(iall.1 kene plthaya k.1Stpurl\n\n16.18\n\n209\n\nsthOia ei pallca dosa. pallca alaltkara\n\n16.84\n\n242\n\nsvata/:1-siddha·jMna. tabe siksA vyartha haya\n\n14.88\n\n177\n\n17.28\n\n272\n\nsvayam bhagav.fn yei, vrajendra·nandana\n\n17.314 419\n\nsuk.iiyA mare, tabu ja/a na m.fgaya\n\n", "adi3#p0472": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n449\n\n17.308 416\n\nSvilre(Jaikena durbhagam\n\n16.71\n\n236\n\ntad acintasya laksa{lam\n\nsy� vapu/:1 sundaram api\n\n16.71\n\n236\n\ntaM dekhi' rahinu mufli mahJ·bhaya pJ!IA\n\n17.191 356\n\nsyama-ahga plta·vastra vrajendra-nandaflil\nJyJmasundara, sikhipiccha·guflj�-vibhasa(la\n\n17.15\n\n264\n\n!Wke 'tllaka' diba, -klrtana na bddhibe\ntW.t'l Jm.1-sange tomMa habe daraJaflil\n\n17.222\n\ntWte aiSvarya dekhi phJIIphara ha-ila/1\n\n17.112 317\n\n17.279 403\n\n'\n\nT\ntabe .fdrya·gos.fflira .1nanda ha-ifa\ntabe .1c.1ryera ghare ka/la kr$Qa·lll.1\ntabe Jmi prlti-vdkya kahila sabare\ntabe 'bala' 'bala' prabhu bale vMa·v.1ra\ntabe catur·bhuja haila tina anga vakra\n\nlabe digvijayl vyJkhy.fra slolca puchila\nlabe kala dine kaila pada-cat'lkramaQa\ntabe kata dine prabhura jM1u-<:at'lkrama.Qa\n1abe mahaprabhu, 1.1t'lra h(de hasta dharl'\ntabe mahJprabhu tAra dv.1rete vasi/.1\n\n17. 68\n\n293\n\n17.241 381\n17.214 368\n\n17.236 379\n17.14\n264\n16.40\n\n221\n\n14.23\n\n142\n\n14.21\n\n140\n\n12.25\n\n15\n\n16.17\n\nt.1he Jobhe dhvaja, vajra, sat'lkha, cakra, mlna\n\n14.7\n\ntAhi madhye chaya·rtu 111.1ra var(laflil\n\n17.238\n\ntahit'J madhye prema·dAna-'visesa' kAra(la\n\n209\n133\n\n380\n17.316 420\n\ntatche dmMa s.1s1ra-ke1�va 'kor.fna'\n\n17.155 340\n\ntal-lrl.t-varl]ane yogya/:1\n\n13.1\n\n55\n\ntam caitanya-prabhum bhaje\n\n15.1\n\n183\n\ntam caitanya·prabhuril bhaje\n\n1 6.1\n\n201\n\n13.76\n\n93\n\n17.143 334\n\n1.111/!J ba-i visve kichu n.1hi dekhi Ara\n1.111/!Jra caritra, suna, atyanta adbhula\n1.111/!Jra hrdaya j.1ni' kahe kari' bhat'JgT\ntMI!Jra krpaya haila papa-vimocana\n\n12.19\n\n16.93\n\n12\n246\n\n17.59\n\n289\n\ntabe misra visvarupera dekhiy.1 yauvana\n\n15.11\n\n188\n\nt.111r a Ajfl.1/anghi' cale, sei Ia' as.1ra\n\n12.10\n\ntabe nisl.1rila prabhu jag.1i·mAdhAi\n\n17.17\n\n266\n\n12.10\n\nrabe nity.1nanda·gos.11!ira vy.fsa-pOjana\n\n17.16\n\n265\n\nt.111r a AjM lat'Jghi' cale, sei ta' as.fra\n\n17.12\n\n263\n\ntabe prabhu mala-pitAra kaila .1Sv.1sana\n\n15.13\n\n189\n\ntabe prabhu srrvAsera grhe nirantara\n\ntabe nily.1nanda-svarupera ilgamaflil\n\n372\n\n6\n\ntJIIra bhuk1a-sesa kichu kariye carva(Ja\n\n16.63\n13.50\n\n233\n79\n\n1.1/lra icchJ, -prabhu·sahge navadvlpe vasi\n\n16.16\n\n209\n\ntMra patlll 'sacf'-ndma, palivral.f satl\n\n13.60\n\n83\n\n12.56\n\n32\n\nt.111r a bhartA kahile dvitlya bhart.f jAn/\n\n17.34\n\n275\n\ntabe pu1ra janamiM 'visvarupa' nama\ntabe saba sisla-loka kare hJhJkAra\n\n13.74\n\n92\n\n17.43\n\n280\n\n1.111ra sdkhJ-upaJJkhJra n.1hi haya /ekhJ\n1.1t1ra satlge .1nanda kare vais(lavera gana\n\n13.66\n\n88\n\ntabe 5ac1dekhila. r.1ma-k($(1a-dui bhAi\ntabe 5ac1 kole kari' karlila santosa\n\n17.17\n\n266\n\nt.111ra sallge n.1ci' bule prabhu nityAnanda\n\n17.137 331\n\n14.44\n\n154\n\n1.1/lra skandhe ca(li' prabhu n.1ciiA at'lgane\n\n17.19\n\n268\n\n17.18\n\n266\n\n44\n\ntabe sapta·prahara chi/a prabhu bhav.fvese\ntabe se granthera artha paiye .1sv.1da\ntabe se ihMe bhaktl laoy.1ile laya\ntabe sei p.1pl prabhura la-ila Ja\nr il(la\ntabe sei yavanere am; ra' puchila\n\n17.263\n\ntabe 5i$ya·ga�Ja saba h.1site lilglla\n\n16.98\n\ntabe suk/Jmbarera kai/a ta(l(iu/a-bhaksa(la\n\ntabe sustha ha·ibeflil tomMa jaflilnl\"\n\n17.20\n\n14.46\n\ntabe ta' dvi-bhuja kevala varhil·vadana\n\n17.15\n\n264\n\ntka koli aparAdha saba haya k$aya\ntka madhye chaya vatsara bhaklaga(la·\n\n16.25\n\n214\n\ntka madhye chaya vatsara-\n\n13.12\n\n61\n\ntabeta karl/� prabhu gayate gamana\n\n17.8\n\n260\n\ntka madhye sloka tum/ kaiche kaothe kaila\n\n16.43\n\n222\n\ntabe ta' kari/.1 saba bhakte vara dAna\n\n17.230 376\n\n14.38\n\n150\n\ntabe ta' karila prabhu digvijayT jaya\n\n1.1/lra upaJakhJ kichu kari ye ga(lana\n\n12.79\n\n1.111ra yata sdkh.1 ha-ila, t.1ra lekh.1 n31!i\n\n12.4\n\n3\n\n393\n\nt.111re dekhi' prabhura ha·ila s.1bhil.1$a mana\n\n14.63\n\n165\n\n288\n\n1.111-sabara kavirve ache dosera prak.1Sa\n\n16.101 249\n\n17.196 359\n\nt.111·sab.1ra sange yaiche vana-viharal]il\n\n17.237 379\n\n246\n\nt.1n 5.1r.1ska-bhrto 'khl/.1n\n\n12.1\n\n1\n\n266\n\ntantusv anga yath.1 paliJ/:1\n\n13.77\n\n94\n\n17.96\n\n308\n\n13.38\n\n72\n\n17.311 418\n\n17.56\n\n155\n\ntabe ta' nagare ha-ibe svacchande klrtilflil\n\ntabe ta' sakala Iokera ha-ibe nistJra\n\n17.192 357\n13.69\n90\n\ntabe tora habe ei p.1pa·vimocana\n\n17.56\n\n269\n\ntabe vickaye mane ha-iy.1 phJIIphara\nta.be vipra /a-ila .1si srlv.1sa 5ara(Ja\ntabe vist:>upriy.1·thJkur�orra parinaya\n\n16.88\n17.59\n\ntabe viSvarOpa ih.111p.iiMila more\ntabu 5rlv.1sera citte n.1 janmila Joka\n\n16.25\n\n15.21\n\ntka skandhe ca<Ji' 4il� tara bhu/Aiy.f\n\ntka skandhe ca</i nrtya kaila bahu-k$ill]il\n\n17.100 310\n\ntke </.1ki' kahe prabhu sakrodha ha·iy.f\n\n14.57\n\n162\n\ntMe madhye nTI.1cale chaya vatsara\n\n13.35\n\n71\n\n244\n\ntarja-garja kare loka. kare kol�a/a\n\n17.140 332\n\n269\n\ntarjana garjana suni' na haya b3hire\n\n17.141\n\ntarke ih.1 n.1hi mane yei dur.1cara\n\n17.307 416\n\n214\n193\n\n17.226 375\n\ntaror iva sahi s QUn.1\n\ntaru-sama sahisouta vaistJaVil karibe\n\n332\n\n17.31\n\n274\n\n17.27\n\n272\n\n16.96\n\n248\n\n1Ahara m�hurya-gandhe lubdha haya mana\ntWre sammAna karl' prabhu praiflil kaila\n\n17.103 311\n\n1�-sab.fra a.ntare bhaya prabhu mane j4ni\n\n17.132 328\n\nt.fhate Ac.1rya ba</a haya dubkha·mati\n\n17.66\n\ntAte .1di-lflilra kari pariccheda ganaflil\n\n17.313 419\n\n12.95\n\n53\n292\n\nt�'·sab.1 nisedhi' prabhu kavire kahila\n\n", "adi3#p0473": "450\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ntJte bhala kari' sloka karaha vic�\n\n16.49\n\n226\n\ntate ei sloke dekhi bahu dosa-gul)a\n\n16.52\n\n227\n\ntate tara vadha nahe, haya upakara\nt.l'te vAdya. nrtya. gila. -yogya karaoa\ntal·k$a(le janmila vrksa b.ldile l�ila\n\n17.162 344\n17.80\n\n301\n\ntatha haite yabe kuliya grame AHA\nta!Mpi bhOmiHha nahe,-misrera haila\ntathapi dlimbhika par/uyA namra oohl haya\ntathapi pi!Jra dharma-pwera sik$3/)a\"\ntatha yAha, tenho yadi karena pras.lda\n\n17.55\n\n267\n\n13.67\n\n101\n\ntauva-ji!Ane kaiiA sacfril du�kha vimocana\n'lava vyakhya suni' ami ha-ilan vismila\ntayJ hi sahita� sarvan\ntenha-visvera up.Jdlina-nimitta-karal)a\ntenho murti haM ghare khele, jani, range\ntenho ta' caitanya-k(sl)a-sacfra nandana\ntenho tomara slidhya-sadhana karibe niscaya\ntefli k$BmA kari' oo karinu prAQaghata\nlhenga laM ufhiiA prabhu pat;luyA m.lribara\ntihan syama,-varilsr-mukha, gopa-vilas;\ntina dina rahi' sei gopala·dpJia\ntina pJde anuprasa dekhi anupama\ntina skandha-sakMra kaila sallksepa ga�,�ana\ntomara aichana ranga, mora mana parasanna,\ntomara ca.raoe Ami ki kainu aparadha\ntomara ei upadese nasra ha-ila desa\ntomara jlyAite nara. -vadha-matra sara\ntomara kavitva kichu sunite haya mana\ntomara kav/IA sloka bujhite Ura Jakti\ntomara kavitva yena gallgA·jala-dhara\ntomara mukhe krsl)a·nAma.-e ba(ia\ntomara. nagare haya sadli sallklrtana\ntomara praslide mora ghucila kumarl\ntom.tra vedete Ache go-vadnera vaol\ntomare karila dawa prabhu bhagavan\ntomii sablira bhartl habe parama sundara\ntoma-sabara sastra-kartJ-seha bhranta.\ntomil-sama kavi kotha oohl dekhi Ira\ntomS sama pcthivlte kavi nlhi ara\ntorn<l santa kar.tile rahinu JukiJyl\n\n17.205 363\n\n17.256 391\n14.69\n\n177\n\n17.57\n\n269\n\n16.23\n\n212\n\n16.91\n\n245\n\n15.27\n\n196\n\n13.75\n\n93\n\n14.9\n\n134\n\n17.315 419\n16.13\n\n207\n\n17.164 354\n\n17.174 350\n16.50\n\n226\n\n14.27\n\n143\n\n17.270 398\n17.197 359\n17.169 347\n17.98\n\n309\n\nu\nucca karl' gaya grta. deya karat.lli\nucchisla diyA nat.lyar)lra karila sammAna\nucchisra-garte tyakta-ha(I(Jira upara\nuddhata loka bhaflge klijlra ghara·puspavana\nunmadera Ce$la kare pralapa-vacana\n\nupamAiankAra guQa. kichu anuprasa\nOrdhva-bahu karl' kahotl, suna. sarva-Joka\n'uraha, gopJia.' kaila bala 'hari' 'hari'\nufhila gopala prabhura sparsa-dhvani suni'\nurhila vaisl)ava saba karl' hari-dhvani\n\n17.207 364\n17.230 376\n14.73\n\n170\n\n17.142 334\n13.40\n\n74\n\n16.49\n\n226\n\n17.32\n\n274\n\n12.25\n\n15\n\n12.26\n\n15\n\n17.223 373\n\n17.250 365\n17.302 413\n17.45\n\n281\n\n16.67\n\n234\n\n12.77\n\n43\n\n13.101 109\n12.45\n\n26\n\n12.15\n\n9\n\n17.165 345\n16.35\n\n219\n\n16.36\n\n220\n\n16.100 249\n17.217 370\n17.173 349\n17.220 371\n17.156 342\n12.38\n\n22\n\n14.54\n\n160\n\n17.167 346\n16.100 249\n16.37\n\n220\n\n17.146 336\n\ntore sik�l dite ka.ilu tora parljaya\n\n17.183 353\n\ntrayodase maMprabhura 'janma.-vivaral)a'\ntri-hrasva-pcthu-gambhlro\nt(I)Jd api sunlcena\n!(l)a haite nlca haM sada /abe nama\n\n17.325 423\n\ntrtlya-caral)e haya pal!ca 'repha'·sthiti\n((llya paricchede janmera •samanya• k�oa\ntum/ bar/a pal)r/ita, mahakavi-siromaol\ntumi bhala JAna artha kiriwa sarasvatl\n\ntumi kai� -hindu-dharma-virodne\ntum/ ki jan/be ei kavitvera sAra\ntum/ marl khaile dile, mora kiba do$3\ntum/ ta' rsvara bara.-sAksat nat<tyal)a\ntumita yavana hall.l kene anuksal)a\ntum/ ye kahile, pa(I(Jila. sei satya haya\ntusla halla prabhu .lilA lipana-bhavana\n\n14.15\n\n137\n\n17.31\n\n274\n\n17.26\n\n271\n\n16.74\n\n237\n\n17.315 419\n16.99\n\n248\n\n16.36\n\n220\n\nv\nvadya·grta·kolahala. sallglta. nartana\nvaisoava khayena phala.-prabhura ullasa\nvaisoava. pa(lr/ita, dhanr, sad-gul)a·pradhana\nvallabha-<:aitanya-&sa-krsl)a·premamaya\nvallabhkAryera kany.l dekhe g�A-pathe\nva.msr-vadye gopr-gal)era vane Akaf$dl)a\nvanamall k.lrya dekhe sOQara IMgala\nvanamall kavlcanclra. .Ira vaidyaootha\nvande caitanya-krsoasya\nvande phalguna-pcirl)imam\nvande svairabhuteharil tam\nvll;l ootha brahmac:lrl-bar/a ma�ya\nvaraha-lvesa haila murari-bhavane\nvara luni' kanyl-gaQera antare santO$<!\nvarl)aOO karena vaisl)ava krama ye kariyl\n\n17.173 349\n17.86\n\n303\n\n13.56\n\n62\n\n12.63\n\n46\n\n15.26\n\n196\n\n17.237 379\n17.119 321\n12.63\n\n35\n\n14.5\n\n131\n\n13.19\n\n63\n\n17.1\n\n256\n\n12.83\n\n46\n\n17.19\n\n268\n\n14.56\n\n161\n\n13.17\n\n63\n\n16.30 216\nvasliil a tlire prabhu adara kariyli\n17.282 404\nvasanta-kale r�sa-lrla kare govardhane\nvasiykhena gangatrre vidyAra prasange cer/1 16.28 215\n13.114 118\nvastra-gupta dola car/i' sange lana dasl cer/1\n16.97\n248\nvastutab sarasvatr aJuddha Jloka karliil a\n\nvasudeva dauera renho krpJra bhljana\n·vaarl)al) krsoa-namabhi�\nvlitsalya, dasya. sakhya-tina bMvamaya\nvayu·vylidhi-<:chale kalla prema parakaia\nveda-mantre siddha kare !Jhara jlvana\nveda-pur� khe nena ljM-vaor\n'vibhavati' kriyliya v.1kya -slillga. puna�\nvicara-samaya tlillra buddhi kchJdila\nvicar;• kavitva kaile haya sunirmala\n\n12.57\n\n32\n\n13.19\n\n63\n\n17.296 410\n17.7\n\n259\n\n17.161 343\n17.160 343\n16.66\n\n234\n\n16.97\n\n246\n\n16.86\n\n243\n\n", "adi3#p0474": "451\n\nIndex of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nvicJriya gu(la·doFJ buji!Aha amare\n\n16.51\n\nvic.Jriya kahe k.Jjl parabhava m4ni'\n\n17.168 346\n\nyata adhy.Jpak� Ara tAt'lra siwa·ga(la\nyata nartak� g.Jyana, bMta, akillcana jana\n\n13.109 114\n\nvyAkaral)a·madhye, jAni, pa(laha kalapa\nvy.Jkaral)a padaha, nimat'li pa(l(/ita tomara\n\n16.32\n\n217\n\nyata yata bhakta-gal)a valse vrndavana\n\n17.334 427\n\n16.31\n\n217\n\nyalha bhaktir mamorjitA\n\n17.76\n\nvyakarar:riyA tum/ nahi pada a/ankara\n\n16.50\n\n226\n\nvyakhya sun/ saNa-lokera camakita mana\n\n16.5\n\n203\n\nyatMrtha kahibe, chale na vJ.IIchibe ama•\nyatM tatha bhakta-gal)a dekhila viSese\n\n17.172 349\n17.18\n\n266\n\nyati yasya pad3bjayo�\nyautuka �ila ya� ghare v3 3chila kata\n\n15.1\n\n183\n\n227\n\ny\ny:.dava-dasa, vijaya-dasa, c/asa jarordana\n\n17.260\n\n392\n\n298\n\n13.109 114\n\nyad e$3 lrl-vlsr:ros caral)a·kamalotpaUI-\n\n12.61\n\n34\n\n16.41\n\n221\n\nyauvana-11/ara sOtra karl anukrama\n\n17.3\n\nyadi nalvedya na deha ha-lya krpar:rl\n\n14.58\n\n162\n\nyauvana-pravele angera aflga vibh�al)a\n\n17.5\n\n258\n\nyadi punab aiche nahi kara kara(lil\n\n17.58\n\n289\n\nyava� sumaroyante\n\n17.1\n\n256\n\nyadu gaflguli ara mallgala vaisl)ava\n\n12.87\n\n49\n\nye dai)C/a �ila bhagyavan srl-mukunda\n\n12.41\n\n24\n\nyadyapi ei $/oke ache pallca a/ankara\n\n16.68\n\n235\n\nye dai)C/a �ila sri-lac I bhagyavatl\n\n12.42\n\n25\n\nyWII !Wit prabhura nindA Msi' se karaya\n\n17.258 391\n\nye hao, se hao tumi, tomake namaskara\n\n13.82\n\n97\n\nyei dui .Jsi' kaila vrndavane vasa\n\n17.114 318\n\nyWit tWit sarva-loka karaye sammw\nyai!Ait yaya, tAMitlaoyaya nama-sallklrtana\n\n16.8\n\n204\n\nyei peyada yAya, tara ei vivaraQa\n\n17.190 356\n\nyamunakarsa(la-1113 dekhaye saka/a\n\n17.117 320\n\nyallra mukhe bJhir.Jya alehe k.Jvya-v.JQI\n\n16.99\n\nyMra pita 'nlMmbara' nama cakravartl\n\n13.60\n\n83\n\nyM-sabJ-smara(le bhavAbandha-vimocana\n\n12.91\n\n12.82\n\n257\n\n46\n\nye karaha, se kariba,-svatantra nahi ami\n\n17.271 398\n\nye kichu visesa iMn karila prakaia\n\n16.109 253\n\n51\n\nye klrtana pravart.Jila, kabhu sun/ roi\nye krs(lere karai/a dvi-bhuja-svabMva\n\n17.292 408\n\n248\n\n17.204 363\n\nyM-sabJ-smara(le haya vdllchita pOra(lil\n\n12.92\n\n52\n\nyena kMcJ-soQJ-dyuli, dekhi' ba/akera\n\n13.104 111\n\nyM-sabJ-smara(le pal caitanya-cara(lil\n\n12.92\n\n52\n\nye se bada ha-uk m.Jtra .Jmara tanaya\n\n14.86\n\n176\n\nyare dekhe, tare kahe, -kaha k($1)a·n4ma\n\n13.30\n\n68\n\nye tom.J' dekhila, tara chutila sarhsifra\n\n17.97\n\n309\n245\n\ny.lsArh hanta caturbhir adbhuta-ruciri'l\n\n17.281 403\n\nye vyakhya karila, se manusyera nahe Jakli\n\n16.90\n\nyaiod.f-nandana haii.J Jaclra nandana\n\n17.275 400\n\nye yei amsa kahe, June sei dhanya\n\n17.332 426\n\nyaiodA-nandana yaiche haila sacl-putra\n\n14.3\n\n131\n\nye ye lalla srl-acyutanandera mara\n\n12.73\n\n16.27\n\n215\n\nyuga-dharma-krsr:ra-nama-prema-\n\n17.316 420\n\n13.19\n\n63\n\nya' suni' dlgvljayl kaila .Jparo dhik-kara\n\nyasyAmirl·k�oa-<:aitanyo\n\n40\n\n", "adi3#p0475": "General Index\nNumerals in bold type indicate references to SrT Coltanya-corltiimrto's verses. Numerals in regular\n\ntype are references to its purports.\nA\n\nAnanta dasa\n\nAbhyutthiinam adharmasya\n\nas branch of Advaita,35\n\nverses quoted, 286\n\nAnubhti�ya\n\nAcaitanyam idam visvam yadi\n\ncited on village of Kuliya,288\n\nverses quoted, 126\n\nquoted on identity of Caitanya,401\n\nAcaryaratna\npreceded Caitanya, 81\n\nAnyo deviisraya no/\n\nSee also Candrasekhara\n\nverses quoted,15 8\n\nAcyutananda\n\nApani acari' bhaktl sikhiiimu sabore\nquoted, 73\n\nas biggest branch of Advaita's family,S-12\n·\n\nas disciple of Gadadhara Paoc;lita, 11\n\nAprii(lasyaiva dehasya\nverses quoted,392\n\nAdvaita Acarya\nas big branch of Caitanya tree,2-3\n\nArto jijfiiisur orthiirthi\n\nas incarnation of a devotee,411\n\nverse quoted, 95\n\nas incarnation of Maha-Vi�Qu, 421\n\nAstrology\n\nas incarnation of Sadasiva, 413\n\npast,present and future known by, 312-313\n\nbenedicted by Caitanya,293-294\n\nAsvamedham gaviilambham sannyiisam\n\ndanced in middle kirtana party, 330\n\nverses quoted,190\n\ndanced on appearance of Caitanya,108-109\n\nAtharva-veda-samhito\n\ndevotees of Navadvipa gathered at house of, 87\ndramas at house of, 381-382\n\nquoted on name Visvambhara, 140\nAtheists\nagainst cult of Caitanya, 39-40\n\nHis followers described, 1-54\nHis followers divided into two parties, 4·6\n\nA vajtinanti mom mDrJho\n\ninvited Knoa to appear,89-91\n\nverses quoted, 132\n\nmisguided descendants of, 40-42\n\nA vatir(le gauracandre vistir(le prema-sogare\n\npreceded Caitanya, 81\n\nverses quoted, 126\n\nSacidevi rectifies offense to,25, 261-262\n\nA vive5ori1sa-bhogena\nverses quoted,100\n\nsaw Caitanya in form of Balarama, 321\nsons of, 10-12\nAdvaita·cari to\n\nB\n\ncited on sons of Advaita, 16\nquoted on descendants of Advaita,10\nA ham sorvasya probhavo\nverse quoted, 267\n\nBaladeva\nSee Balarama\n\nA ham tvom sarva-popebhyo\n\nBaladeva Vidyabhu�Qa\n\nverses quoted,166\n\nquoted on appearance of Kr$1J3,101\n\nAmogha Par;tc;lita\nas branch of Gadadhara Par;tc;lita,49\n\nBalarama\nas son of Advaita,10,16\n\nAmrto-praviiha-bhlijyo\n\nCaitanya in ecstasy of, 319-321\n\nCaitanya's horoscope in, 102\ncited on death of son of Srivasa, 375-376\n\nNityananda a.s,94, 131, 410,421\n\nquoted\n\nnondifferent from Kr$r;ta, 265\n\non\n\nCaitanya's\n\ninstructions\n\nto His\n\nmother, 171-172\n\nVisvarupa as incarnation of, 92-93\n\nquoted on descendants of Advaita,40..41\n\nBali Maharaja\n\nAnakadundubhi\n\nVamanadeva begged land from, 20-21\n\nSee Vasudeva\n\nBangava�i Caitanya dasa\n\nAnanta Acarya\n\nas branch of Gadadhara Pao�ita,48-49\n\nas branch of Advaita, 33\n\nBengal\n\nas branch of Gadadhara Paoc;lita, 45\n\nsahkirtano introduced in, 205\n\n453\n\n", "adi3#p0476": "Sri Caitanya-cariumrta\n\n454\n\nBhaktisiddhlinta Sarasvatf Thlikura\n\nBhogovod-bhoktl-hlnosyo\n\nhis instructions to his disciples, 5-6\n\nverses quoted, 392\n\nquoted on identity of Caitanya, 401\n\nBhogovad-gito\n\ncited on divisions of society, 97\n\ncited on intelligence coming from Supersoul,\n244\n\nquoted on approaching supreme destination,\n\nquoted on position of jagannatha Misra, 99·\n100\n\nquoted on scarcity of K($1)a consciousness, 89\n\nreal followers of, 7-8\n\nBhaktivinoda Thakura\n\n281\n\nquoted on cow protection, 343\n\nquoted on demigod worship, 157-158\nquoted on divisions of society, 312\n\nquoted on everything resting on Yi$1)U, 310\n\ncited on death of son of Srfvasa, 375-376\ncited on education of Caitanya, 185, 186\n\npresented horoscope of Caitanya, 102·1 03\n\nquoted on descendants of Advaita, 40-41\n\nquoted on freedom from material bondage, 252\n\nBhoktya miim obhljliniitl\n\nquoted on glorious creations of K($1)a, 223-224\n\nBhavabhuti\n\nquoted on KrH1a as source of everything, 267,\n\nBhavanatha Kara\n\nquoted on full surrender to Kf$1)a, 166-167\nquoted on goal of Vedas, 68\n315\n\nquoted, 298\n\nas Sanskrit poet, 249-250\nas branch of Advaita, 34\n\nquoted on Lord's equality to everyone, 22\n\nBhavani\n\nquoted on necessity of devotional service, 298-\n\nBhrgu-sarhhltii\n\nquoted on nature of spiritual world, 314\n299\n\nas wife of Siva, 278\n\nas astrological treatise, 313\n\nquoted on offering leaf, etc., to Kr.$1)a, 91\n\nBhugarbha Gosani\n\nquoted on purpose of Knr;�a's appearance, 132,\n\nBible\n\nquoted on pious men who approach Kr�l)a, 95\n286\n\nquoted on reward according to one's surrender,\n285\n\nquoted\n\non\n\nspiritual\n\nnature\n\nof devotional\n\nactivities, 144-145\n\nquoted on those inimical to the Lord, 390\n\nquoted on transmigration, 211-212,213,376\n\nrecited by Advaita, 87\n\ntransmigration described in, 348\nBhogovcin opt vlsvcitmli\n\nas branch of Gadlidhara Pao�ita, 46\n\nas scripture of yovonos, 347-348\nBile botorukromo-vikromlin ye\nverses quoted, 126\n\nBoar incarnation\n\nCaitanya assumed form of, 268\n\nBrahman\n\nappreciation of in different objects, 285-286\ncreates innumerable planets, 314\n\nBrohma(las\n\nas astrologers and physicians, 312\n\nverses quoted, 100\n\nas spiritual masters of other vor(IOS, 395\n\nas branch of Advaita, 33\n\ndegraded in Kali-yuga, 261\n\nas branch of Gadadhara Pal)�ita, 46\n\nhonored at festivals, 138, 140\n\nBhagavata Aclirya\nBhagavata dasa\n\nBhoktl-rosamrto-slndhu\n\nquoted on alertness of Yai$oavas, 30\n\nquoted on understanding transcendence, 416417\n\nBhoktl-ratnakara\n\ncited on Yi$1)Udlisa Acarya, 33\n\nlists predecessors of Kesava Kasmiri, 214\n\nas students of Vedic literatures, 387-388\n\nduties of, 97\n\nKf$1)a's respect for, 300\n\nsannyoso offered only to, 396\n\nsettled disputes in villages, 279-280\nshould\n\naccept\n\ncharity\n\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Th:!kura\n\nBrohmo-voivorto Puro(lo\n\ncited on Caitanya's feelings of separation, 76\n\ncited on danger of studying many books, 206\ncited on village of Kuliya, 288\n\npious,\n\nsociety chaotic without, 388\n\nBrohmo-sarhhito\n\nas great astrologer, 103\n\nfrom\n\nworship salogromo-ma, 99,398\n\nBhoktl-sondarbho\n\ncited on fasting on EkadasT, 187\n\nonly\n\n29\n\nquoted on Brahman effulgence, 314\nquoted on accepting sonnyoso, 190\n\nquoted on forbidden acts in Kall-yuga, 345\nBrohmeti poromotmetl\nquoted, 299\n\n", "adi3#p0477": "455\n\nIndex\nCandrakkhara\n\nBrhad-dhari-niimiimrta-vyiikara(la\nas grammar by )Tva Gosvami, 68\n\nassisted\n\nin\n\nCaitanya's sannyiiso ceremony,\n\n399-400\n\nBrhaj-jiitaka\nas Vedic astrology book, 103\n\njoyful at birth of Caitanya, 110, 114\n\nBrhan-noradTya Purii(la\n\nCiitur-varryarh mayii s�tarh\n\n\"harer nama\" $/oka in, 268-269, 367\n\nquoted, 312\nCatur-vldhii bhajante miirh\nverses quoted, 95\n\nc\n\nChand Kazi\n\n_\n\nconsidered uncle of Caitanya, 84\n\nprohibited sonkTrtana, 324-327\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nChanting\n\naccepted mood of gopTs, 401-402\n\nas combination of Radha and Kmta, 76-77\n\nCaitanya spread love of God by, 69-73\n\nasKr�.;taHimself, 73,119,131,132,256,318,\n\nSee also Holy name\n\nas K�.;ta consciousness personified, 126\n401,410,413,419\n\nmore important thanSiilagrima-illiiworship, 99\n\nCow\n\nas our mother, 339-340, 341-343\n\nas mercy incarnation, 202\n\nauspicious bodily symptoms of, 136-137\n\none becomes pious by protecting, 317\n\nbegan sonkirtana movement in Navadvipa, 6970\n\nD\n\ncame to deliver most fallen, 253\n\ncondemned demigod worship, 157-158\n\nenters bodies of )agann:itha Mi�ra and Saci,\n96\ninstruction\n\nto\n\npreach\n\nto\n\neveryone,\n\n42\n\nHis pastimes not to be imitated, 191\ninduced people to chant mahii-mantra, 65-67,\n69, 70\n\nknown as Visvambhara, 139-140\nmarks of Vi$QU on His feet, 133\nNitylinanda nondifferent from, 265\nsix-armed form of described, 263\n\nsoft like flower, 24\n\noffer prayers on birth of Caitanya, 113\n\noffer prayers to Caitanya in womb, 98\nDevaki\n\nKrs.;ta as son of, 100-101\nDevatii-pratlmiirh d�fvii\n\naggrieved at world situation, 89\n\nCaitanya-bhiigavata\nquoted on Caitanya's avoidance of women, 401\n\nCaitanyacandra\n\nalways happy with dealing of the Lord, 22-23\n\nare to be protected, 287\n\ncan dissipate darkness of Kali-yuga, 58\n\nas name of Caitanya, 57\nimportance\n\nconsidered equal to Naraya.;ta by pii�r¢is, 362\n\npray to K�pa in womb, 100.101\n\nDevotees\n\nvisible for forty-eight years, 59\n\non\n\nDemigods\n\nverses quoted, 395\n\ntaught course in grammar, 68\n\nquoted\n\nworship of not idol worship, 134\n\nworship of to purify mind, 99\n\nworship of condemned by Caitanya, 157-1 58\n\nnamed Nimai, 121\n\nCaitanya-candriimrta\n\nverses quoted, 213, 348\n\nDeity\n\nHis horoscope, 102-103\n\nHis\n\nDehino 'smln yathii dehe\n\ngive all honor to others, 281\nof\n\nunderstanding\n\nCaitanya, 126\n\nquoted on receiving favor of Lord, 129-130\n\nCaitanya dasa\n\nas branch of Advaita, 34\n\nCaitanya-vallabha\nas branch of Gadadhara Pa.;t�ita, 49\n\nCakrapa.;ti Acarya\n\nas branch of Advaita, 33\nCa.;t�idlsa\nCaitanya read books of, 75-76\n\ngravity of offenses to, 261-262\n\nKrs.;ta takes away material property from, 128\nnot judged by Yamaraja, 39\n\nsenses of like snakes with broken fangs, 130\nshould always be alert, 30\n\nwhen opulent become more attached to Lord,\n95\n\nDevotional service\nas only cause of Lord's satisfaction, 298-299\ndescribed throughout Vedas, 88\nfour humors in, 400-401\n\n", "adi3#p0478": "456\n\nSri Caitanya-caritimrta\n\nDevotional service\nnine activities of, 69\n\nGaura-garoddew-<flpikii\n\ncited on identity of Dhruvananda and Sridhara\n\nno demigod worship in, 158\ntaught in full detail by Caitanya, 73\n\nDhana mora nltyiinanda\n\nverses quoted, 128\nDharma-sori'ISthiipaniirthiiya\n\nverses quoted, 286\n\nDhruvananda\nas branch of Gadadhara PaQ.;Iita, 45\nDurga\nworshiped by gopis, 168\n\nDurlabha Vi�vlsa\n\nas branch of Advaita, 34\nE\n\nBrahmacari, 45\ncited on identity of Hari Acarya, 48\ncited on identity of Jitamitra, 47\ncited on identity of Kavi Datta, 45\n\ncited on identity of Lak$midevi, 165\ncited on identity of Nilambara Cakravarti, 83\ncited on identity of Nityananda, 86\ncited on identity of Paiica-tattva, 412-413\ncited on identity of Raghu Mi�ra, 49\ncited on Identity of Sivananda Cakravarti,\n50\n\ncited on identity of Upendra Mi�ra, 82\ncited on identity of Vasudeva Datta, 33\nGaurahari\nas name of Caitanya, 66\n\nKazi addressed Lord as, 350-351\nGayli\n\nEkadaSi\nfasting on, 187\n\nEducation\nuseless without understanding K(1Qa, 68\nG\nGadadhara PaQ.;Iita\nAcyutananda as disciple of, 11\nbranches of, 45-51\n\nhis devotees internal potency, 413\nGandhi\nknown for civil disobedience movement, 328\nGangadasa PaQ.;Iita\ntook birth in Ra.;lhade�. 84\nCaitanya studied under, 185\n\nCaitanya initiated in, 260-261\nGlta-govlnda\nas book by )ayadeva, 75\nGopala Capala\n\nchastised by Caitanya, 284-289\ntries to defame Srivlisa Thakura, 277-278\n\nGopala dasa\n\nas son of Advaita, 10-12\ncharacteristics of, 1 2-16\n\nGopis\n\nCaitanya accepted mood of, 401-402\nworshiped Durga, 168\n\nGranthiin nalviibhyased bahOn\n\nverses quoted, 206\n\nGangamantri\nas branch of Gadadhara PaQ.;Iita, 45\nGanges\n\nH\n\nAdvaita worshiped Kr�IJa with water of, 90-91\nCaitanya danced on banks of, 333-334\n\nHa.;lai Par;�.;lita\nas father of Nityananda, 85, 263\n\nCaitanya sported in, 204\ngrown from lotus feet of Lord, 241\nKesava Kasmiri wrote verses describing, 219\npleasure of bathing in, 156\n\nHaraye nama(l, k{1(1a yiidaviiy a nama(l\n\nsung by devotees, 322-323\nHarer niima harer nama\n\nverses quoted, 99, 367\n\nGarbhavasa\n\nHari Acarya\n\nNityananda appeared at, 86\nGargamuni\n\nHari-bhakti-sudhodiiya\n\nNnambara Cakravarti as, 83\nGau.;liya MaJha\ndisagreement among members of, 4-5\nGaura-candrodaya\n\ncited on Vi�varOpa, 93\nGaura-ga(loddefa-dipikii\n\ncited on Acyutananda, 11\ncited on identity of Bhagavata Acarya, 33\n\nas branch of Gadadhara Pao.;lita, 48\nquoted on blaspheming devotees, 392\nHarl-bhakti-viliisa\n\nas guide for Vai$Qavas, 17\n\ncited on remembering Caitanya, 130\nquoted on demigod worshipers, 362\nquoted on spiritual initiation, 395\n\nHaricarar;�a\nas branch of Advaita, 36\n\n", "adi3#p0479": "457\n\nIndex\n\nHaridasa Brahmacari\nas branch of Advaita, 35\n\nas branch of Gadadhara PaQ�ita, 45\nHaridasa Thakura\nas incarnation of Prahlada Maharaja, 295\n\ndanced in front kirtono party, 330\ndanced on appearance of Caitanya, 108-109\npreceded Caitanya, 81\nHori-niimiimrto-vyiikorora\nas grammar by jiva Gosvamr, 260\nHastigopala\nas branch of Gadadhara PaQ�ita, 49\nHindus\nconducted by Mayavada philosophy, 41\n\nJagai and Madhai\ndelivered by Caitanya, 266\nin Kali-yuga everyone like, 202\nJ agannatha dasa\nas branch of Gadadhara PaQ�ita, 47\nJ agannatha Kara\nas branch of Advaita, 34\nJagannatha Misra\nas father of Caitanya, 55, 83\nas father of Visvarupa, 92-93\nas ideal Vai�Qava, 124\nas Nanda Maharaja, 410\nas nityo-siddha, 99-100\ndream of described, 175-178\n\nenvious of ISKCON, 42\n\npreceded Caitanya, 81\n\ngive in charity during eclipses, 109\n\nresided in M:!y:!pur, 69\n\nHiraQya and jagadi�\nCaitanya asked foodstuffs from house of, 151152\nHoly name\nchanting of considered merely pious, 385\n\nJ agannatha Puri\nGuQ�ica mondiro situated in, 13\nCaitanya stayed in for eighteen years, 61\nCaitanya stayed\n\nin for twenty-four years,\n\n71-73\n\nconsidered mere auspicious activity,366-367\n\nPratl!parudra as King of, 28\n\noffense of interpreting glories of, 296-297\n\nsystem of cooking in, 170\n\none must be humble to chant, 272-274\nperfection by offense less chanting of, 99\nSee also Mahii-mantro\nHrdayananda Sena\nas branch of Advaita, 34\n\n)ahnava\nDeity of, 85\nJanardana dasa\nas branch of Advaita, 35\n\njonmiidy asyo yotofl\nquoted, 148, 153\n)ayadeva Gosvami\nas Sanskrit poet, 249-250\n\nIntelligence\n'omes from Supersoul, 244\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\nSee ISKCON\nISKCON\ndirectly watered by Caitanya, 42\nhas world center in Navadvipa, 69, 323\nis fulfilling Caitanya's mission, 210-211\nmembers of not even brahma-bandhus, 300\nsannyasis in, 17\nsuccess of, 5-6, 202\nl�ara Puri\nas Advaita's Godbrother, 294\nCaitanya initiated by, 260-261\npreceded Caitanya, 81\n\nIti purhsarpitii vli(lau\nverses quoted, 390\n\nCaitanya read books of, 75-76\nquoted on Balarama, 320\njlhviisatT dtirdurikeva sOto\nverses quoted, 126\nJ itamitra\nas branch of Gadadhara PaQ�ita, 47\n)Iva Gosvami\ncited on fasting on EkadaSi, 187\ncited on offenseless chanting, 99\nconfirmed real identity of Caitanya, 139\ngrammar compiled by, 68, 260\njivaiichavo bh8govotiinghrl-rerum\nverses quoted, 126\njivero 'svorOpo' haya-kf1(1ero nltyo-dosa\nquoted, 41\n\njyotlr Veda\nas Vedic astronomy, 103\n\nK\n\n)agadi�\nas son of Advaita, 10, 16\n\nKa uttama-JJoka-guronuvtidtit\nverses quoted, 127\n\n", "adi3#p0480": "Sri CaitanyHariumrta\n\n458\n\nK�lid�sa\n\nKriyote bhogavaty oddhO\n\nKali-yuga\n\nK{11-gorokwo·v6(1ijyoril\n\nas Sanskrit poet, 249-250\n\nbriJhmoros degraded in, 261\nbriJhmoros don't worship $iJ/ogriimo-$ilii in, 99\n\nverses quoted, 390\nquoted, 343\n\nK�f)a\n\nCaitanya maintains world in, 139-140\n\nas son of Vasudeva and Devaki, 100.101\n\neveryone like japi andMiidh)i in, 202\n\nCaitanya as, 73,119, 131, 132,256, 318,401,\n\nholy name incarnation of Lord in, 269, 367\n\ncompared to sun, 58\n\ndevotees can dissipate darkness of, 58\nfive acts forbidden in, 344-345\n\npeople of delivered by God Himself, 90\ntaking sonnyiiso prohibited in, 190\n\nunqualified government leaders In, 333\n\nKamadeva\n\nas branch of Advaita, 34\n\nKomois tois toir hrto·jiltinofl\nverses quoted, 157, 167\n\nKamal�kanta Vi��\n\nas confidential servant of Advaita, 18-19\npunished by Caitanya, 20.22\n\nKat;��habharal)a\n\nas son of Ymda, 131\n\n410,413,419\n\ndescription of body of, 403\n\nmohii-montro as incarnation of, 269\nVrajendrakumara as name of, 80\n\nK�l)a consciousness\n\nCaitanya as personification of, 126\n\nMayavadiS fear, 41\n\npeople suffer for lack of, 89\n\nwill spread all over universe, 70\n\nK�l)aMih\n\nas son of Advaita, 10.12\n\nCaitanya sat in heart of, 12\n\nas branch of Gadadhara Pat;�9ita, 45\n\nKr�IJadasa\n\nas branch of Advaita, 35\n\nK�l)adasa Brahmac:lrf\n\nKanu ParJ9ita\n\nKoJho Uponi�d\n\nas branch of Advalta, 35\n\nas branch of Gadldhara Par)(!ita, 48\n\nquoted on Lord as chief eternal, 241\n\nKa!Jo-milyuryo\n\nSee Durga\n\nK[11J0·Soktl vino nohe tiJro provartono\n\nKatyayani\n\nKoustubho-probhii\nas Vediinto commentary by Ke5ava Ka�mrrr,\n214\n\nas book by Jitamitra, 47\nquoted, 56\n\nK/1{IO-smrti vlnu hoyo\nverse quoted, 30\n\nKavi Datta\n\nK[11JO·SDryo-somo; mayo hoyo\n\nKazi\n\nKf1(1o-var(lom tv!J4kf1(1om\n\nas branch of Gadadhara Par)!!ita, 45\n\nSee Chand Kazi\nKdava Bharati\n\nCaitanya accepted sonnyoso from, 397-399\npreceded Caitanya, 81\n\nKdava Ka�miri\n\ndefeated by Caitanya, 216-247\n\nhis predecessors listed, 214\n\nKhatvangaMaharaja\n\nthe example of, 390\n\nKhol:lveca Sridhara\n\nverses quoted, 58\n\nverses quoted, 159\n\nK�tr/yos\n\nlearned technology of warfare, 387\nlook after state administration, 97\npolygamy among, 162-163\n\nKuliya\n\nlocation of village of, 288\n\nKumbhipaka\n\nhell described, 416\n\nCaitanya showed His mohlJ-prokii!o to 267\n\nL\n\nKiriJto-hD{Iondhro·pulindo-pulkoto\nquoted, 367\n\nKTrtonod eva kafJosyo\nquoted, 367\nKleSo 'dhikotoros\nquoted, 298\nKoran\n\nasMohammedan scripture, 340\nas scripture of yovonos, 347-348\n\nLoghu-horl-niJmiJmrto-vyiJkoro(lo\n\nas grammar by Jiva Gosvami, 68\n\nLak$midevi\n\nas eternal wife of Caitanya, 165-167\npasse d to next world, 211-212\n\nworshiped Caitanya at home, 203\n\n", "adi3#p0481": "Index\n\n459\n\nLak�minlitha Pao�lita\n\nMamu Thakura\n\nLalita·miidha va\n\nMana iivlvesu 'manasy tivirbabhOva\n\nLiberation\n\nMarigala Vai$1)ava\n\nLiving beings\n\nMaterial nature\n\nas branch of Gadadhara Par;�Qita, 48-49\n\nquoted on Kr�oa's hiding from goprs, 404\nnot desired by devotee, 129-130\n\nas eternal servants of Supreme, 41\n\nas branch of Gadlidhara PaQQita, 45\n\nverses quoted, 1 00\n\nas branch of Gadadhara PaQ�ita, 49-50\ngives bodies to nondevotees, 39\n\nfull of enjoying spirit, 145\n\nMaterialists\n\nconstructed temple of Gokulananda, 46\n\nMathura\n\nas branch of Advaita, 36\n\nMat-sthiini sarva-bhOtiJnl\n\nachieved by following Caitanya, 275\n\nMattafl sarvarh pravartote\n\nGanges grown from, 241\n\nMliyapur\n\nLokanatha Gosvami\nLokanatha Pao�ita\n\nLotus feet of Kr�l')a\n\nas one's real property, 1 28\nspecific marks on, 133\n\nLove of God\n\nrisk of accepting money from, 29\n\nmore important than heavenly kingdom, 100\n\nquoted, 310\nquoted, 315\n\n)agannatha Misra resided in, 69\n\nMiiyiJviJdl·bhli$YO 5unile hoyo sarvo-nli5o\n\ndifferent stages of, 73\n\nspread by Caitanya by chanting and dancing,\n69-73\nM\n\nquoted, 20,145,287\n\nMayavadis\n\nas the greatest demons, 287\n\naspects of Brahman realized by, 285\n\nconsider devotional activities bodily activities,\n144-145\n\nMlidhava Pao�ita\n\ndefect of their philosophy, 147\n\nMlidhavendra Puri\n\npreach that everyone is God, 20\n\nas branch of Advaita, 36\n\npreceded Caitanya, 81\n\nMahobhorata\npolygamy described in, 163\nMohO-mantra\n\nas incarnation of Kr�l')a, 269\n\nCaitanya induced people to chant, 65-67,69,\n70\n\nCaitanya stopped crying when hearing, 141\nchanted at birth of Caitanya, 104-106\n\nchanted by briihma(las at festivals, 140\n\nchanting of as secret of success, 208\n\ndevotees always chant, 88\n\nfear K�qa consciousness, 41\n\nthink they are Narayal)a, 190\n\nMIJyoyiJpahrto-]nona\nquoted, 390\n\nMind\n\npurified by Deity worship, 99\n\nMukunda Datta\n\nassisted in Caitanya 's sannyiiso ceremony, 400\nblessed by Caitanya, 292\n\nhis punishment by Caitanya, 24\ntook birth in RliQhade5a, 84\n\nMurari Gupta\n\nas devotee of Rlimacandra, 294\n\ndistributed by ISKCON, 210-211\n\nCaitanya assumed form of boar incarnation\n\nPanca-tattva worshiped by chanting of, 159\n\nCaitanya showed His feature of Rlimacandra\n\npotent even if chanted in jest, 360-361\n\nquoted verse from Bhogavatom, 299-300\n\nmust be chanted distinctly, 275\n\npeople everywhere easily accept, 41\nSee also Holy name\n\nMaha-Vi�QU\n\nAdvaita as incarnation of, 421\n\nMalini\n\nas wife of Srivasa Thakura, 115\n\nfor, 268\n\nto, 267\n\nrecorded early pastimes of Caitanya, 62,78\ntook birth in Ra9hade5a, 84\n\nMurari PaQQita\n\nas branch of Advaita, 36\n\nMiirh co yo 'vyabhictire(la\n\nN\n\nverses quoted, 144\n\nMiirh hi ptirtha vyaptisritya\nverses quoted, 281\n\nNo tTrthopoda-seviJyoi\nverse quoted, 127\n\n", "adi3#p0482": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n460\n\nNimblirka-sampradaya\n\nNo yat-kar(la-pathopeto\nverses quoted, 126\n\nKe�va K�miricoming in, 214\n\nNadia\n\nNityananda\n\nGaurahari rose in district of, 107\nNomony anantasya yaso 'llkltiinl yat\nverses quoted, 250\n\nNanda Maharaja\n\nas Balarllma, 94, 131,410,421\nassisted in Caitanya's sannyiisa ceremony, 400\n\ndanced with Caitanya, 331\n\nDeity of Kr$Qa established by, 84-85\n\nKr�rJa as son of, 100\n\nnondifferent from Caitanya, 265\n\njagannatha Mi�ra as, 410\n\nsaw many forms of Caitanya, 263-265\n\nNandini\n\ntook birth in RaQhadesa, 84\n\nas branch of Advaita, 34\n\nVisvarupa remained mixed with, 93\n\nNarodham6/;l moyayiipohrto-jnono/;1\n\nNltya-slddha k�rJa-prema\n\nNarahari dasa\n\nNityo nityonom cetanos cetanoniim\n\nquoted, 68\n\nas author of Narottama-vi/osa, 11\n\nNarayaoa\n\nquoted, 396\n\nquoted, 241\n\nNivrtta-tof¥1/r upagTyamoniid\n\nCaitanya had all symptoms of, 137\nKr�rJa manifested as before gopls, 403-407\n\nNarayaoa dasa\n\nverses quoted, 127\n\nNondevotees\n\npunished by Yamaraja, 39·40\nVai$r;a vas should never associate with, 30\n\nas branch of Advaita, 35\n\nNarayaoi\n\nNrsimhadeva\n\nCaitanya gave remnants of His food to, 376-\n\nCaitanya in mood of, 306-307\n\n377\nNarottama diisa Thakura\n\n0\n\ncited on Caitanya's mercy to fallen, 253\nLokanatha Bha\\t.a spiritual master of, 50\nquoted on Caitanya as Kr�rJa, 131\n\nquoted on Caitanya's mercy, 202\nquoted on demigod worship, 158\n\nOld Testament\n\nas scripture of yavanas, 347-348\n\nquoted on love between Radha and Kr�r;aa,\n\np\n\n414-415\nquoted on our real property, 128\nquoted on understanding Kr�r;aa's pastimes,\n\nPanca-tattva\n\nNarottama-viliisa\n\ncited on AcyuUnanda, 11\n\ncombined to distribute love of God, 422\n\nNavadvipa\n\nidentified, 41 2-413\n\ndevotees of gathered at Advaita 's house, 8 7\nISKCON has world center in, 3 2 3\nnine islands o f , 69\n\nNayana Mi�ra\n\nworshiped in Kali-yuga, 159\nPan;7-t7k0\n\nas book explained by Caitanya, 186\n\nParom bhiivam ajiinanto\n\nas branch of Gadadhara PaQ(Iita, 45\n\nNew Testament\n\nverses quoted, 132\n\nParas tasmot tu bhovo 'nyo\n\nas scripture of yavanas, 347-348\n\nNilacala\n\nverses quoted, 314\n\nParifata-bhosya\n\nSee jaganniHha Puri\n\nas\n\nNnambara Cakravarti\n\nas father of Sacidevi, 83-84\nas grandfather of Caitanya, 102\ndescribes\n\nPadmavatt\nas mother of Nityananda, 263\n\n77\n\nauspicious\n\nCaitanya, 136-137\n\nbodily\n\nCaitanya named, 121\n\ncommentary\n\nof\n\nNimbarka·\n\nParitro(loya siidhDnom\nverses quoted, 286\n\nsymptoms of\n\npredicted future of Caitanya, 55, 124\n\nNimai\n\nVediinto\n\nsampradaya, 214\n\nParvata Muni\n\nSrirama Par;aqita as incarnation of, 36\n\nPastimes of Kr$r;aa\n\ndescribed by Lord's mercy only, 56\nenacted by Nityananda and friends, 85\n\n", "adi3#p0483": "Index\nPastimes of Kr$Qa\n\nRaghunatha\n\nas branch of Gadadhara PaQQita, 48-49\n\ngoing on eternally, 100\nnot possible for ordinary human, 132\nnot to be imitated, 191\n\nRaghunatha Bhagavatacarya\nas branch of Gadadhara Par;�c;!ita, 45\n\nVidyapati composed songs about, 75-76\nPatrarh pu!jparh phalarh toyam\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami\nhis transcendental lotus feet, 128\n\nverses quoted, 91\n\nYadunandana as spiritual master of, 32\n\nPeace\n\nRamacandra\n\nimpossible with animal killing, 317\n\nCaitanya showed His feature of to Murari\n\nthrough Kr$Qa consciousness, 333\n\nGupta, 267\n\nPrabodhananda Sarasvati\nquoted\n\non\n\nimportance\n\nof\n\nunderstanding\n\nCaitanya, 126\nquoted on receiving favor of Lord, 129-130\nPrahlada Maharaja\nHaridasa Thlikura as incarnation of, 295\nquoted\n\n461\n\non\n\nnine\n\nprinciples\n\nof\n\ndevotional\n\nservice, 390\n\nMurari Gupta as devotee of, 294\nRamananda Raya\nCaitanya relished Kr$Qa's pastimes with, 75-76\nRiiso-ntii\nenacted by Nityananda and friends, 85\nROpa Gosvami\ncited on birth of Kmta, 100\n\nconfirmed real identity of Caitanya, 139\n\nPrasiida\n\nquoted on alertness of Vai$1)avas, 30\n\ndistributed at festivals, 138\ndistribution of to people in general, 159\n\nRDpa-raghuniitha-pade haibe iikutl\nquoted, 77\n\nPrasiirita-mahiiprema-plyD�a-rasa-sii gore\nverses quoted, 1 26\n\ns\n\nPrataparudra\nas King of J agannatha Puri, 28\nKamalakanta Vi�vasa sent note to, 18\n\nSo gwJiin samatltyaitiin\n\nas stage of relishing, 73\n\nSobda-brahmo(li ni!j(liito\n\nPrema-bhakti\n\nPrema-tarahgi(17\n\nverses quoted, 144\nverses quoted, 391\n\nas book by Bhagavata Acarya, 33\nPrema-viliiso\ncited on NO!imbara Cakravarti, 84\nPrthivite iiche yato nagoriidl griima\nverses quoted, 362\n\nSabe para-str7ra pratt niihi porihiiso\nverses quoted, 401\nSacidevi\n\nas daughter of Nnambara Cakravarti, 83-84\n\nas nitya-siddha, 99-100\n\nPure devotees\nno one understands activities of, 385\nseriousness of offenses against, 284-285\nSee also Spiritual master\nPuru$Qttama Brahmacari\nas branch of Advaita, 35\nPuru$Qttama Pal)�ita\nas branch of Advaita, 35\nPu�pagopala\nas branch of Gadadhara Pai)Qita, 48\n\nCaitanya as son of, 131\neight daughters born to, 92\neight daughters of died, 55\npreceded Caitanya, 81\nrectifies\n\noffense\n\nto Advaita, 25, 261-262,\n\n295-296\nYasoda as, 410\nSiidhana-bhakti\nas stage of improving In devotional service, 73\nSadipuriyli Gop:Ua\nas branch of Gadadhara Pap�ita, 48\n\nR\nRadharar;�i\nCaitanya in mood of, 75-77, 401\n\nSokhii-nir(layiimrta\nbranches of Gadadhara Pap�ita named in, 50\ncited on Acyutananda, 11\ncited on Bar'tgavafi Caitanya dasa, 49\n\nHer soliloquy after meeting Uddhava, 74\n\ncited on Bhagavata Acarya, 33\n\nas branch of Gadadhara Pal)�ita, 48-49\n\ncited on Srinatha Cakravarti, 47\n\nRaghu Mi�ra\nRaghunatha\n\nas branch of Advaita, 35\n\ncited on Pu�pagopala, 48\nSiJ!agriima-�ilii\nbriihmo(las worship, 398\n\n", "adi3#p0484": "462\n\nSri Caitanya-caritimrta\n\nSiilogriimo-Silii\n\nworship of not idol worship, 134\n\nworshiped by jagannatha Mi�ra, 99\n\n�iva\n\nCaitanya adopted mood of, 310\n\nworshiped for good husband, 156\n\nSomo 'hom sarvo-bhDteju\n\nSivananda Cakravarti\n\nSiimudriko\n\nSkondo Purii(IO\n\nverse quoted, 22\n\ndescription of bodily symptoms of great\nperson in, 137\n\nSanatana Gosvami\n\nas branch of Gadadhara Pa.;�llita, SO\n\ncited on fasting on EkadaSi, 187\n\nSpiritual master\n\nactivities considered spiritual that please, 145\n\nquoted on spiritual initiation, 395\n\nmust be humble, 274\n\nhis principles for acceptance of sannyiiso, 190\n\nshould accept charity only from pious, 29\n\n�ankarac arya\n\nSoilkoro-somprodiiyo\n\nnecessity of firm faith in, S-7\n\nVyasadeva as original, 265\n\nawards sannyiisa only to caste briihmo(los, 396\n\nSromos tosyo Sromo-pholo\n\nas cause of material world, 93-94\n\nSridhara\n\nanyone can join in, 367\n\n�ridhara Brahmacari\n\nflowing like a great river, 202\n\nSridhara Svlimi\n\nSankOf101JO\nSoilkTrtono\n\nintroduced in Bengal, 205\n\npeople in every country take to, 41\n\nprohibited by Chand Kazi, 324-327\n\nverses quoted, 391\n\nCaitanya drank water at house of, 295\n\nas branch of Gadadhara Pa.;��ita, 45\n\ncited on surrender to spiritual master, 390\n\nquoted on birth of Kr�IJa, 100\n\nprotected by the Kazi, 372-373\n\nSri·k(lfJO -coltonyo probhu doyii koro more\n\nto be spread by householders, 161\n\nSrT·kr�fJO<oitonyo rtidhti·k(!f.f/O nohe onyo\n\nspread love of God in Navadvipa, 69-70\nSonnyiiso\n\nquoted, 202\n\nquoted, 77,318\n\naccepted by Visvariipa, 189\n\nSrihar$a\n\nforbidden in Kali-yuga, 345\n\nSrimod·Bhiigovotom\n\nas most elevated order, 395\n\noffered only to briihmo(los, 396\n\nrecommended by Caitanya, 190\n\nas branch of Gadadhara Par;�� ita, 48-49\ncited on Balarama 's attracting the Yamuna,\n320\n\nSonnyiisis\n\ncited on chanting moho-mantra in jest, 361\n\nSanskrit\n\ncited on nine activities of devotional service,\n\nSarasvati\n\ncited on Uddhava's visit to gopis, 386\n\ninitiated in ISKCON, 17\n\nstudy of, 185\n\nKesava Kasmiri as favorite devotee of, 214\nworshiped Caitanya, 203\n\nSorvo-dhormlm porityojyo\nverses quoted, 166\n\nScientists\n\nthink life comes from matter, 240-241, 315\n\nSenses\n\nof devotees like snakes with broken fangs, 130\n\ncited on charity distributed by Vasudeva, I 09\n69\n\nKumbhipaka hell described in, 416\n\nquoted on animal-like humans, 126-127\n\nquoted on birth of Kr�I'Ja, 100-101\n\nquoted on danger of studying many books, 206\nquoted on glorification of Lord, 127\n\nquoted on importance of being devotee, 391\nquoted on Lord as cause of cosmos, 94\n\nquoted on Lord's favor to a devotee, 128\n\nSeparation\n\nquoted on nine principles of devotional service,\n\n�e$anaga Ananta\n\nquoted on poetry glorifying Lord, 250\n\nCaitanya's feelings of, 73-77\n\n390\n\nunable to elaborate pastimes of Caitanya, 77\n\nquoted on potency of holy name, 367\n\ngiven up by chanting Hare Kr�IJa, 41\n\nquoted on those punished by Yamaraja, 39\n\nSins\n\nsufferings in material world due to, 284\n\nSitadevi\n\nas wife of Advaita, 10\n\npresented gifts to Caitanya, 116-122\n\nquoted on potency of sonkTrtono, 367\nrecapitulated by Vylisadeva, 418\nrecited by Advaita, 87\n\nverse from quoted by Murari Gupta, 299-300\n\nworship of Caitanya recommended in, 159\n\n", "adi3#p0485": "463\n\nIndex\nTapana Mi�ra\n\n�rinatha Cakravarti\n\ncouldn't ascertain goal of life, 206-207\n\nas branch of Gadadhara Pa(l\\iita, 47\n\nTasmiid bhiirata sorvatmii\n\nSrirama Pa(l\\ilta\n\nverses quoted, 30\n\nas branch of Advaita, 36\n\nTosya/te kothitii hy arthii{l\n\nSrivasa Thakura\n\nverses quoted, 390\n\nattempted defamation of, 277-279\nCaitanya led klrtonas at house of, 276\n\nTat tad evavagaccha tvam\n\nGopala Capala took shelter of, 289\n\nTathii dehiintaro-praptir\n\ndescribed pastimes of Vrndavana, 378-381\n\nhis dead son revived by Caitanya, 374-376\n\nverses quoted, 223,224\n\nverses quoted, 213, 348, 376\n\nTathii..<ffk�·vidhiinena\n\nhis devotees marginal energy, 413\njoyful at birth ofCaitanya, 110,114\n\nquoted, 395\n\nMalini as wife of, 115\n\nTe dvandvo·moha·nirmuktii\nverses quoted, 15 7\n\nNaraya(lias niece of, 376\npreceded Caitanya, 81\n\nTransmigration\n\nworshiped Caitanya by obhl,eka, 262-263\nSrivatsa Pa(l\\iita\n\ndescribed in Gitii, 348\nexplained, 39,211-213\n\nas branch of Advaita, 35\n\nTr!Jiid apl suniceno to ro r iva sahigJUnii\n\nSri-vigiU·padyii monu-jos tulasyii{l\n\nquoted, 281\n\nverses quoted, 126\n\nTulasT\n\nSrotavya{l kTrtitavyas co\n\nAdvaita worshiped Kr$(la with, 90-91\n\nverses quoted, 30\n\none considered dead who doesn't smell, 127\n\nStrlyo vaisyiis tothii sOdriis\n\nTyoktva dehorn punor janma\n\nverses quoted, 281\n\nquoted, 252\n\nSDdras\n\ncan approach supreme destination, 281\n\nu\n\nrender service to higher castes, 97\ntechnologists as, 388\n\nUddhava\n\n�ukl:imbara Brahmacari\n\nas branch of Gadadhara Pa(l\\iita, 47\n\ngave raw rice to Caitanya, 268\n\nUddhava\n\nSun\n\nRadhara(lis soliloquy after meeting, 74\n\nK�!Ja compared to, 58\n\nUjjvola-nTiamo!JI\n\nSupersoul\n\nquoted on K�!Ja's hiding from gopis, 409\n\nintelligence comes from, 244\n\nUniversal form\n\nSvarupa\n\ndisplayed by Caitanya to Advaita, 261-262\n\nas son of Advaita, 10,16\nSvarupa Damodara\nCaitanya\n\nrelished\n\nKr$1Ja's\n\nUpendra Misra\npastimes\n\nwith,\n\n75-76\n\nas father of Jagannatha Misra, 55\nas grandfather of Caitanya, 82-83\n\nrecorded later pastimes of Caitanya, 62,78\n\nv\n\nSva-vlfl·varaho�(ra-khara/1]\nverses quoted, 126\n\nSvetasvatora Upanl�d\nquoted faith in Vi$1JU, 390\n\nVaidyanatha\nas branch of Advaita, 35\n\nVai�!Java-manju�ii\nT\n\nTad aham bhakty-upahrtam\nverses quoted, 91\n\nTad-vag-visargo janatiigho-v/plavo\nverses quoted, 250\n\nTam tam niyomam iisthiiya\nverses quoted, 157\n\ngenealogical table of Advaita in, 12\nVai$(lavas\ncriticism of forbidden, 194\ndeliver maternal and paternal families, 138\ndon't accept cheap disciples, 29\ndon't ask anything from anyone, 273\ndon't eat grains on EkadaSI, 187\ngravity of offenses to, 261-262\n\nHor i·b hakti vlliso as guide for, 17\n-\n\n", "adi3#p0486": "464\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nVai�ryavas\n\ninconceivable potency of Vi�l)u accepted �y,\n240\n\nmade in Western countries, 362\n\nshould avoid Yogo-viisi�.tho, 24\n\nshouldn't allow dust to be taken from their\nfeet, 382-383\n\nsummary of activities of, 30\n\nVidyanidhi\n\npreceded Caitanya, 81\n\nVidyapati\n\nCaitanya read books of, 75-76\n\nVijaya Acarya\n\nLord stayed in house of, 384\n\nVijaya dasa\n\nas branch of Advaita, 35\n\nVoig1overo kriyii mupho\n\nVijaya Pary(lita\n\nVoiSyos\n\nVi$1)U\n\nquoted, 194, 385\n\ncan approach supreme destination, 281\nlearned business, 387\n\nproduce needs of society, 97\n\nas branch of Advaita, 36\n\nas eternal and uncontaminated, 171-172\n\neverything rests on, 310\n\nSee also Kr��Ja\n\ntheir duty cow protection, 343\n\nVi�(IU Purii(IO\n\nas branch of Gadadhara Pary�ita, 46-47\n\nVi$ryudasa Acarya\n\nLak�midevi as daughter of, 164\n\nVi�oupriya\n\nbegged land from Bali Maharaja, 20-21\n\nVi�(IU·tottvo\n\nsaw Caitanya in form of Balarama, 321\n\nVi�ambhara\n\nas branch of Advaita, 34\n\nVisvanatha CakravartT TMkura\n\nVallabha-caitanya dasa\nVallabha:ca.rya\nVl\\mana\n\nVanamalf Acarya\nVanamali dasa\n\nVanam:ur Ghataka\n\narranged marriage ofCaitanya and Lak�midevi,\n197\n\nVanamalr Kavicandra\n\nas branch of Advaita, 35\n\nVaryinatha Brahmacari\n\nquoted on vor(liitromo-dhormo, 41\n\nas branch of Advaita, 33\n\nmarried by Caitanya, 214\n\nemanate from body of Kr$1)3, 267\n\nCaitanya known as, 139-140\ncited on duty of disciple, 5\n\nquoted on devotional activities, 145\n\nVisvarupa\n\nas elder brother of Caitanya, 92-93\n\nas son of Sacidevi, 55\n\ntakes sonnyoso, 188-189\n\nas branch of Gadadhara Pary(lita, 46-47\n\nVrajendrakumara\n\nCaitanya compared to, 139\n\nVrndavana\n\nVaraha\n\nVor(liHromiiciirovotii\nverses quoted, 41\n\nVor(lii$romo-dhormo\n\nconnects one with Supreme Lord, 41\n\nVasudeva\n\nKr�rya as son of, 100-101\n\nVasudeva Datta\n\nYadunandana as student of, 33\n\nVedoi$ co sorvolr ohom eva vedyo{l\n\nas name of Kr�pa, 80\nK[$1)a always present in, I 00\n\nseven important temples of, 46\n\nVrndavana dasa Thakura\n\nas authorized writer ofCaitanya's pastimes, 7879\n\nas son of Narayal)i, 376\nVyasadeva\n\nas original spiritual master, 265\n\nrecapitulated Bhiigovotom, 418\n\nquoted, 68, 390\n\nVediinto\n\nw\n\nquoied on enjoying spirit of living beings,\n145\nVedas\nargument by, 340\n\nforbid cow slaughter, 343\n\nformerly only brohmo(IOS studied, 387-388\n\nVedic literature\n\ndevotional service described throughout, 88\nrecommend vor(lii$romo-dhormo, 41\n\nWomen\ncan approach supreme destination, 281\n\nWorld, material\n\nall activities miserable in, 153\n\neveryone full of anxiety in, 314\nKr$1Ja's pastimes going on eternally in, 100\n\nsufferings in due to sin, 284\n\n", "adi3#p0487": "465\n\nIndex\nWorld, spiritual\nall activities\n\nof\n\nmaterial\n\nworld\n\nexist in,\n\n153\nKr�oa's pastimes going on eternally in, 100\n\nno anxiety in, 314\n\ny\n\nYod yod vlbhutlmot sottvom\nverses quoted, 223-224\n\nYodo yodiJ hi dhormosyo\nverses quoted, 286\n\nYadava dasa\nas branch of Advaita, 35\n\nYodi voli(IOvo-oporodho u{he\nverses quoted, 262\n\nYadu Gariguli\n\nas branch of Gadadhara Pao<;lita, 49\n\nYadunandana Acarya\n\nas branch of Advaita, 32-33\n\nYo/;1 so sorveiu bhuteiu\nverses quoted, 314\n\nYoji'loi/J sonkTrtono-priiyoir\nverses quoted, 159, 161\n\nYom yam vopl smoron bhovom\nverses quoted, 211\n\nYamaraja\n\nnon devotees punished by, 39-40\n\nYamuna\n\nKr�oa's pastime of attracting, 320\nYore dekho, tore koho 'k�(lo'-upodeio\nverses quoted, 42, 300\n\nYos tu noroyO(IOm devom\nverses quoted, 362\n\nYosyo deve para bhoktlr\nverses quoted, 390\n\nYosyo probha probhovoto jogodo(lf/o ko.ti\nquoted, 314\n\nYosyo prasadod bhogovot-prosado\nquoted, 145\n\nYosyohom onug(h(liiml\nquoted, 128\n\nY<�Wda\nas Sacidevi, 410\nK[�(la as son of, 100-1 01, 131\n\nYeiiim tv onto-gotom piipom\nverses quoted, 157\n\nYe yothiJ miim propodyonte\nquoted, 285\n\nYoga\n\nmeant to control senses, 130\n\nYogomaya\n\nDevaki under spell of, 100\n\nYogo-vii�ljfho-riimoyo(lo\n\nfull of Mayavada philosophy, 23-24, 292\n\n", "adi3#p0488": "Other Books by His Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nCOMPLETE EDITION\nwith the original Sanskrit text, Roman transliteration,\nEnglish equivalents, translation and elaborate purports\n\nThe International Society for Krishna Consciousness is pleased to announce the publication\nby the Macmillan Company of the long-awaited\nComplete Ldition of Bhagavad·gi1ii As It Is. This\nmost basic and essential of all spiritual texts is\nnow available in one complete, authoritative,\nbeautifully\n\nillustrated\n\n1,000-page\n\nvolume.\n\nBhagavad-g[ta has long been appreciated as a\nscriptural literature of sublime importance by\nthoughtful men throughout the world, for its\neighteen chapters shower upon man the immor·\ntal nectar of the wisdom of the Absolute. In\n\nBhagavad-gitll As It Is, the message of this time­\n\nless classtc is now transmitted in its purity and\nfullness. By reading this book, one can attain\nthe perfection of human life.\n\n1,000 pages, 44 full-color reproductions\n$4.95\n\nhar dcover $10.95; paper back\n\nm\nThe\n\nscience\n\nof God\n\nis\n\ngreater\n\nthan all\n\nother sciences, and this sptrit ual technology is\nrationally and authoritatively explained 111 the\n18,000 verses of Srimad-Biu:Igavatam,\n\nIndia's\n\nsublime contribution of culture, philosophy,\npolitics, religion and love. His Divine Grace A.C.\nBhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada has undertaken the mighty task of rendering this supremely potent work into the English language\nalong with Sanskrit transliterations, word-forword synonyms and elaborate I nglish purports.\nThus in each verse one will find new enlightenment regarding the Absolute Truth, the origin\nof all emanations.\n\n$7.95 per Vol.\nFirst Canto-3 vols., Second Canto-2 vols.,\nThird Canto-4 vols., Fourth Canto-4 vols.\n\nAvailable f rom\n\nBhaktivedanta Book Trust\n\n3959 Landmark St., Culver Oty, Calif 90230\n\n", "adi3#p0489": "ADI-LILA\nVolume '3\n\nSRI\nCAITANYACARITAMRTA\n.\n\n�/\n\n/lutv/na�\nQ�d &u/d?l,Pd\n���du\n\nBIS DIYDE GllM:E\n\nA.C. Blaaktivedanta\nSwami\nPnblllpada\n\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada,\n\n•\n\nthe author of BluJgavad-gfta As It Is, Srimad-Bhagavatam, The\n\nNectar of Devotion and many other spiritual texts, is the\nworld's most distinguished teacher of Vedic religion\n\nand thought. He is the present representative of the chain of\nholy teachers from Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and it\nis he who is directly responsible for bringing the teachings\nof Lord Caitanya to the West. He is the founder and spiritual\nmaster of the International Society for Krishna\nConsciousness. which has nearly one hundred centers\nthroughout the world.\n\n•\n\nTHE\nBHAKTIVEDANTA\nBOOK TRUST\n\n", "adi3#p0490": "", "mad1#p0001": "0De�¥$U�w-�· 'lUa{ ru/�ro#fff/FU£\n-\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAMRTA\n-\n\n•\n\nMADHYA- LILA \\blume 1\n\nHIS DMNE GRACE\n\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n", "mad1#p0002": "SRI CAITANYA-CARITAM6TA\nFOUR HUNDRED YEARS AGO, at the earnest\nrequest of the holy devotees .of Vrndiivana, the\nmost sacred city in all of India, Kr�I}adasa\nKaviriija Gosviimi wrote his famous spiritual trea­\n\ntise Caitanya-caritiimrta, describing the wonder­\n\nful pastimes and precepts of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahiiprabhu. \"By the mercy of Lord Caitanya,\"\nhe wrote, \"a dumb man can recite perfect poetry,\na lame man can cross over mountains, and a\nblind man can see the stars in the sky.\"\nWho was Lord Caitanya? A teacher, certainly,\nfor His philosophical brilliance astounded the\ngreatest scholars and logicians of His day. But\nbesides being a teacher, He was a true saint,\nfor He was always chanting the names of God\nand dancing, absorbed in ecstatic love for the\nSupreme Lord. Yet J<r�padiisa regards Him as\nmore then a teacher and more than a saint.\nLord Caitanya, he asserts, is the Supreme Lord\nHimself playing the role of the Supreme Lord's\ndevotee; no one, therefore, can be greater than\nHim.\n\nBut Caitanya-caritrimrta, unlike to day's many\n\nsentimental\n\nexaltations\n\nof\n\nbogus\n\npaperback\n\nGods, is a book of reason and evidence; indeed,\nit is a unique book of spiritual science. Now,\n\nthe author of Bhagavad-g[tii As It Is, The Nectar\n\nof Devotion, Sri isopani�ad and a host of other\n\nimportant spiritual texts has presented Caitanya­\n\ncaritiimrta in its fullness, verse by verse, with\n\nexplanatory purports of extraordinary clarity\nand profundity. This book, therefore, offers\nsublime knowledge to one sincerely seeking the\nhighest truth.\n\nOn the cover\n\nNrsimhiinanda Brahmaciirl creates a jeweled\nroad for Lord Caitanya through meditation.\n\n", "mad1#p0003": "", "mad1#p0004": "All Glory to Sri Guru and Gaura~ga\n\n.-\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAIRTA\n•\nof Kr~r:'ladasa Kaviraja Gosvami\n\nMadhya-Lila\nVolume One\n\"The Ecstatic Manifestations\nof\nlord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\"\nwith the original Bengali text,\nRoman transliterations, synonyms,\ntranslation and elaborate purports\n\nby\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bhak_tivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANT A BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London· Bombay\n\n", "mad1#p0005": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace AC. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n�hagavad-gita As It Is\n�rimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-4 (13 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (4 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri Tsopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr�r;�a Consciousness: The Topmost Y oga System\nKr�r;�a, The Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nKr�r;�a, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�r;�a\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Krsna Consciousness\nKrsna Consci��sness: The Matchless Gift\nB��k to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\nA complete catalogue is available upon request.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\n\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "mad1#p0006": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 WatsekaAvenue\nLosAngeles, California 90034\n\n©1975 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number:'73-93206\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-63-3\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "mad1#p0007": "Contents\n\nIntroduction\n\nvii\n\nChapter 1\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nChapter 2\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu\n\nChapter 3\n\n1\n\n167\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's Stay at the House\nof Advaita Acarya\n\n239\n\nReferences\n\n353\n\nGlossary\n\n355\n\nBengali Pronunciation Guide\n\n359\n\nIndex of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n361\n\nGeneral Index\n\n377\n\n", "mad1#p0008": "Introduction\n\"HARE K�St;.JA\" has become a household phrase in cities, towns and\nvillages throughout the world, fulfilling a prophecy made almost five hundred\nyears ago by Lord Sri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu. From Los Angeles to London,\nfrom Bombay to Buenos Aires, from Pittsburgh and Melbourne to Paris and\neven Moscow, people of all ages, colors, creeds and faiths are feeling the bliss\nof the dynamic yoga system called \"Kr�r:Ja consciousness.\"\nThis Kr�r:Ja consciousness movement began in full force some five hundred\nyears ago, when Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, an incarnation of Kr�r:Ja\n(God), flooded the subcontinent of India with the chanting of the mantra\nHare Kr�Qa, Hare Kr�!Ja, Kr�r:Ja Kr�!Ja, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Riima\nRama, Hare Hare. To reveal the secret of what real love is, Kr�Qa came to earth\nfive hundred years ago in the guise of His own devotee-as Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. With His chief associates- Nityiinanda, Advaita, Gadadhara\nand Srivasa-He taught how to develop love of Godhead simply by chanting\nHare Kr�r:Ja and dancing in ecstasy.\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta, which was written by the great saint Kr�Qadasa\n\nKaviraja Gosvami shortly after Lord Caitanya's disappearance, vividly describes Lord Caitanya's blissful pastimes and probes deeply into His profound\nspiritual philosophy.\nThe translations and purports, the explanations of the verses, are the work\nof His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupiida, the author of\nBhagavad-gita As It is; The Nectar of Devotion; Kr�Qa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (first published in 1970 with the kind help of Mr. George\n\nHarrison); and numerous other books about yoga -and self-realization.\n\nAlthough this is the fourth volume of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, one need not\n\nhave read the previous volumes to understand and appreciate this book. SrTia\n\nPrabhupada remarks that such a spiritual work is like sugar, for wherever you\nbegin tasting it you will surely enjoy its sweetness.\n\n", "mad1#p0009": "His Divine Grace\nA.C. BHAKTIYEDANTA SWAMI PRABHUPADA\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "mad1#p0010": "The great lemple at }agannatha Puri, where Lord Caitanya displayed many of His transcendenlal\npastimes.\n\n", "mad1#p0011": "SRlLA BHAKTISIDDHANTA SARASVATl GOSV AMI MAHARAJA\n\nthe spiritual master of\n\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupiida\nand foremost scholar and devotee in the recent age.\n\n", "mad1#p0012": "The samadhis (tombs) of Sri/a Rupa Cosvami (left) and Sri/a Raghunalha dasa Cosvami (right), the spiritual masters of Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja\nCosvami (the author of Sri Caitanya-caritamrtaJ.\n\n", "mad1#p0013": "Sri Panca-tattva\n)rd Kr�ra Caitanya surrounded (from left to right) by His avatlira (Advaita Acarya), His exp.\nm (Lord Nityananda), His manifest internal energy (Sri Gadadhara), and His perfect devo,\n'rf SriviisaJ.\n\n", "mad1#p0014": "The ISKCON world headquarters at Sridhama Milyapura,\n\\llahaprabhu.\n\nthe\n\nbirthplace of Lord\n\nCaitanya\n\n", "mad1#p0015": "Simple living and high thinking. Members of the ISKCON world center depend on the Supreme Lord for !he necessities of life.\n\n", "mad1#p0016": "Following in the foolSteps of Lord Caitanya, the devotees of the lnternalional Society for Krishna Consciousness distribute prasada\n(food offered to Kr�Qa) at the ISKCON center in Mayapura, West Bengal.\n\n", "mad1#p0017": "Every town and village Members of the Hare Kr?Qa movement performing sarikirtana (congregational chanting of the holy names of the\nLord) in West Germany.\n.\n\n", "mad1#p0018": "Plate 1 \"Glory to the all-merciful Radha and Madana-mohana' I am lamp and ill-advised, yet They\nare my directors, and Their lotus feet are everything to me.'' (\n3)\n\n", "mad1#p0019": "Plate 3 The six Cosvamis studied various Vedic literatures and picked up the essence of them, the devotional service of the\nLord. (p. 1 7)\n\n", "mad1#p0020": "Plate 2 \"May Copinalhaji, who attracts alllhe go pis with lhe song of His flule, be merciful upon us.\"\n(p. 4)\n\n", "mad1#p0021": "Plate 4 While Lord Caitanya was in an ecstatic state after reading the verse, Sri/a Rupa Cosvami\ncame and immediately fell down on the floor like a rod. (p. 46)\n\n", "mad1#p0022": "Plate 5 When Nrsirilh!Jnanda Brahmacari heard that Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu would go tc\nVrndavana, he became very pleased and mentally began decorating the way there. (p. 94)\n\n", "mad1#p0023": "Plate 6 \"0 K($1)a, the player of the flute, the sweetness of Your early age is wonderful within these\nthree worlds.\" ( . 209)\n\n", "mad1#p0024": "Plate 7 When two or four pieces of the thrown rice touched His body, Advaita Acarya began\nto dance in various ways with the rice still stuck to His body. (p. 290)\n\n", "mad1#p0025": "CHAPTER 1\n\nThe Later Pastimes\nof Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nIn this chapter there is a summary description of all the pastimes performed\nby Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu during the middle period of His activities as well\nas the six years at the end of His activities. All of these are described in brief.\nThere is also a description of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's ecstasy that occurred\nwhen He recited the verse beginning yab kaumara-harab, and there is also an\nexplanation of that ecstasy given in the verse priyab so 'yarh km>ab by Srila\nROpa Gosvami. Because he wrote that verse, Srila ROpa Gosvami was\nspecifically blessed by the Lord. There is also a description of the many books\nwritten by Srila ROpa Gosvami, Srila Sanatana Gosvami and Srila Jiva Gosvami.\nThere is also a description of the meeting between Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ,\nSrila ROpa Gosvami and Srila Sanatana GosvamT in the village known as\nRamakeli .\n\nTEXT 1\n\n� :$f1lf·-n::t\\if\"\"te�-\"'-� ?t ltt7: �(ee'!t� �•e. 1\n� !l�tJ!;\\ift� � 'e$11it ,��1_11 � ll\nyasya prasadad ajno 'pi\nsadyab sarva-jnatarh -vajet\nsa sri-caitanya-devo me\nbhagavan samprasidatu\n\nSYNONYMS\nyasya-of whom; prasadat-by the mercy; ajnab api-even a person who\nhas no knowledge; sadyab-immediately; sarva-jnatam-all knowledge; vrajet-can\n\nachieve;\n\nsab-that;\n\nsri-caitanya-devab-Lord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; me-on me; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nsamprasidatu-may He bestow His causeless mercy.\n\n1\n\n", "mad1#p0026": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n2\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nEven a person with no knowledge can immediately acquire all knowledge simply by the benediction of �ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Therefore I\nam praying to the Lord for His causeless mercy upon me.\n\nTEXT 2\n\n� !)\"Ci'MJ·fi{'!�) ll�fif� I\n\nc;<sh�t\"ti ��' � -r�) \\!,11t'lpt\\ II�II\nvande sri-k[$f)a-caitanyanityanandau sahoditau\ngaw;/odaye pu$pavantau\ncitrau sandau tamo-nudau\nSYNONYMS\nvande-1 offer respectful obeisances; sri-k[$Qa-caitanya-to Lord Sri Kr?!Ja\nCaitanya;\nnityanandau-and\nto\nLord\nNityananda;\nsaha-uditausimultaneously arisen; gaw;Ja-udaye-on the eastern horizon of Gauc;fa;\npu$pavantau-the sun and moon together; citrau\n\n-\n\nwonde rful ; sam-dau­\n\nbestowing benediction; tamab-nudau-dissipating darkness.\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto �ri Kr,t:�a Caitanya and Lord\nNityananda,\n\nwho\n\nare\n\nlike\n\nthe\n\nsun\n\nand\n\nmoon.\n\nThey\n\nhave\n\narisen\n\nsimultaneously on the horizon of Gaut;fa to dissipate the darkness of ignorance and thus wonderfully bestow benediction upon all.\nTEXT 3\n\n�� ��' �tfti11f �\\!� I\n\n1{t,ll('l5f9ffl\"ftVt�\\ J\"tt(tJI�il,llt.,il) II -e II\njayatarh suratau parigor\nmama manda-mater gati\nmat-sarvasva-padambhojau\nradha-madana-mohanau\n\n", "mad1#p0027": "Text 4)\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n3\n\nSYNONYMS\njayatam-all glory to; su-ratau-most merciful, or attached in conjugal\nlove; patigo/:1-of one who is lame; mama-of me; manda-mate/:1-foolish;\ngatr-refuge; ma t-my; sarva-sva-e verything; pada-ambhojau-whose\nlotus feet; radha-madana-mohanau -R�dh�r�QT and Madana-rnohana\nTRANSLATION\nGlory to the all-merciful Rldhl and Madana-mohana! I am lame and illadvised, yet They are my directors, and Their lotus feet are everything\ntome.\nTEXT 4\n\n�\"ftt'fl'M(!JJI't'f:·\n\n!l'lfQ't�����\"'il'l� I\nll11�'ftAf�t,ttRI\"'\" �'\n'��: �'eh 'tA!tfif II 8 II\ndivyad-vrndaraf)ya-ka/pa-drumadha/:1srTmad-ratnagara-sirhhasana-sthau\nsrimad-radha-srT/a-govinda-devau\npre$thalibhi/:l sevyamanau smarami\nSYNONYMS\ndivyat-shining; vrnda-araf)ya-in the forest of Vrnd�vana; kalpa-drumadesire tree; adha/:1-beneath; srTmat-most beautiful; ratna-agara-in a\ntemple of jewels; sirhha-asana-sthau-sitting on a throne; srimat-very\nbeautiful; radha-SrTmatT R�dh�rnQT; srila-govinda-devau-and Sri Govindadeva; pre$tha-alibhil)-by most confidential associates; sevyamanaubeing served; smarami-1 remember.\nTRANSLATION\nIn a temple of jewels in Vrndlvana, underneath a desire tree, Sri Sri\nRldhl-Govinda, served by Their most confidential associates, sit upon an\neffulgent throne. I offer my humble obeisances unto Them.\n\n", "mad1#p0028": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n4\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 5\n\n�11'tit�tfliT ����T;fia:�: I\n�� �'l_�r;��'Sft'i\\ittot: f�ti�· �: II <2' II\nsriman rasa-rasarambhi\nvamsivata-tata-sthita/:1\nkar�an vef)u-svanair gopir\ngopi-nathal) sriye 'stu nab\n\nSYNONYMS\nsriman-the most beautiful form; rasa-of the rasa dance; rasa-arambhithe initiator of the mellow;\n\nvarhsi-vata-the celebrated place named\n\nVarhsivata; tata-on the bank of Yamunii; sthital) -being situated; kar�anattracting; vef)u-svanail)-by the sounds of the flute; gopil)-all the gopis;\ngopi-natha/:1-the master of all the gopis; sriye-the opulence of love and\naffection; astu-let there be; nal)-upon us.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMay Gopinathaji, who attracts all the gopis with the song of His flute\nand who has begun the most melodious rba dance on the bank of the\nYamuna in Varhsivata, be merciful upon us.\n\nTEXT 6\n\nQ \"ll <;1h115et Q ��'J I\nQQ -1\"�� 0 �II� II\njaya jaya gauracandra jaya krpa-sindhu\njaya jaya saci-suta jaya dina-bandhu\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; gauracandra-to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-all\nglories; krpa-sindhu-to the ocean of mercy; jaya jaya-all glories unto You;\nsaci-suta-the son of SacT; jaya-all glories unto You; dina-bandhu-the\nfriend of the fallen.\n\n", "mad1#p0029": "Text 8]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n5\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories unto Sri Gaurahari, who is an ocean of mercy! All glories\nunto You, the son of Sacidevi, for You are the only friend of all fallen\nsouls!\nTEXT 7\n�At Q fi{�Jtill'f\n\ntRiitll��i!f I\nQ !i�tfi iSfll <;��II \" II\njaya jaya nityananda jayadvaita-candra\njaya srivasadi jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya- all glories;\n\nnityananda-to Lord Nityiinanda; jaya advaita­\n\ncandra-all glories to Advaita Prabhu; jaya-all glories; srivasa-adi-to all the\n\ndevotees, headed by SrTviisa Thiikura; jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda-all glories\nunto the devotees of Lord Gaurasundara.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories unto Lord Nityananda and Advaita Prabhu, and all glories\nunto all the devotees of Lord Caitanya, headed by Srivasa Thakura!\nTEXT 8\n\n'jf���( �fltffli1Rf 'iJI'Sflj I\n�� fu!t� ift�·�\"ft�-. II \\r II\npOrve kahiluri adi-/ilara sOtra-gaf)a\nyaha vistariyachena dasa-vrndavana.\n\nSYNONYMS\npOrve-previously; kahiluri-l have described; adi-lilara-of the adi-lila;\nsOtra-gaQa- the synopsis; yaha-whic h; vistariyachena-has elaborately ex­\n\nplained; dasa-vrndavana-Vrndavana dasa Thakura\nTRANSLATION\nI have previously described in synopsis the adi-lila [initial pastimes],\nwhich have already been fully described by Vrndavana dasa Thakura.\n\n", "mad1#p0030": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 9\n\nC�tfit ,� �<lS( I\nc;� � ��' �1ft'Ul <15� II � II\n\n'eli!�.,- i!tf\n\nataeva tara ami sOtra-matra kailuri\nye kichu viseg sOtra-madhyei kahiluri\n\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; tara-of that; ami-1; sOtra-matra-only the synopsis;\nkailuri-did;\n\nye\n\nkichu-whatever;\n\nvi5e$a-specifics;\n\nsOtra-madhyei\n\nkahiluri-1 have already stated within the synopsis.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have therefore given only a synopsis of those incidents, and whatever\nspecifics were to be related have already been given in that synopsis.\nTEXT 10\n\nl.flt<t <lS� '\"���•rtJ 11.-n �<stet 1\n\n• 'CI� �1 if1 �l;t �(i{ II � II\no\n\nebe kahi se?a-lilara mukhya sOtra-gaQa\nprabhura ase?a lila na yaya varQana\n\nSYNONYMS\nebe-now; kahi-1 describe; 5e$a-lilara-of the pastimes at the end;\nmukhya-chief;\n\nsOtra-gaQa-synopsis;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nLord\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; a5e$a-unlimited; lila-pastimes; na yaya varQana-it is not\npossible to describe.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo describe the unlimited pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is not\npossible, but I now wish to relate the chief incidents and give a synopsis\nof those pastimes occurring at the end.\nTEXTS 11-12\n\ni!tt 'lft'U � cet'St �-�\"f� I\n\n'��IJJill\"'1 f�tfif' <15fJ4'11 �(i{ II �) II\n\n", "mad1#p0031": "Text 13]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n7\n\n� �'$f1f W �� fif�� I\n'!tti '� f� �' � f�t� II �� II\ntara madhye yei bhaga dasa-vrndavana\n'caitanya-mar'lga/e' vistari' karila varQana\nsei bhagera ihar'l sutra-matra likhiba\ntahar'l ye vise$a kichu, ihar'l vistariba\nSYNONYMS\ntara\n\nmadhye-amongst\n\nthem;\n\nyei-which;\n\nbhaga-portion;\n\ndasa­\n\nvrndavana-Srila Vrndavana dasa Thakura; caitanya-mar'lgale-in his book\nCaitanya-mar'lga/a; vistari'-elaborating; karila varQana-has described; sei\nbhagera-of that portion; ihar'l-here in this book; sutra-matra-the synopsis\nonly; /ikhiba-1 shall write; tahar'l-there;\n\nye-whatever; vi5e$a-special\n\ndetails; kichu-something; ihar'l vistariba-1 shall describe elaborately.\nTRANSLATION\nI shall describe only in synopsis that portion which Vrndavana dasa\nThakura has described very elaborately in his book Caitanya-maligala.\nWhatever incidents are outstanding , however, I shall later elaborate.\nTEXT 13\n\n'i�iJ�tf -ut� -�� �t� I\n'i'ft �tW11t �t1t1 �Hf ��g 5('111 ��II\ncaitanya-/ilara vyasa-dasa vrndavana\ntar'lra ajnaya karor'l tar'lra ucchi$ta carvaQa\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-lilara vyasa-the Vyasadeva, or compiler of the pastimes, of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; dasa vrndavana-Vrndavana dasa Thakura; tar'lra-of\nhim; ajnaya-upon the order; karor'l-1 do; tar'lra-his; ucchi$ta-of the remnants of foodstuff; carvaQa-chewing .\nTRANSLATION\nActually the authorized compiler of the pastimes of S ri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu is Srila dasa Vrndavana , the incarnation of Vyasadeva. Only\nupon his orders am I trying to chew the remnants of food that he has left.\n\n", "mad1#p0032": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n8\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch.\n\nTEXT 14\n\n•f9 �A' f� lffi �rut R'l I\n<:\"'q\"''ftf �'5t'l � �(et II �8 II\nbhakti kari' sire dhari tanhara caraQa\nse$a-lilara sutra-gaQa kariye varQana\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhakti kari'-with great devotion;\n\nsire-on my head; dhari-1 hold;\n\ntanhara-his; caraQa-lotus feet; Se$a-1Tiara-of the pastimes at the end;\nsutra-gaQa-the synopsis; kariye-1 do; varQana-describe.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPlacing his lotus feet upon my head in great devotion, I shall now describe in summary the Lord's final pastimes.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n� �e,�, <2ft_J � ��tit I\nl!'lt1 � �'li �-'�fir�' ift1111 �� II\ncabbisa vatsara prabhura grhe avasthana\ntahan ye karila lila- 'adi-lila' nama\n\nSYNONYMS\ncabbisa vatsara-for twenty-four years; prabhura-of the Lord; grhe-at\nhome; avasthana-residing; tahan-there; ye-whatever; karila-He performed; lila-pastimes; adi-lila nama-are called adi-lila\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor twenty-four years, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu remained at\nhome, and whatever pastimes He performed during that time are called\nthe adi-lila.\n\nTEXT 16\n\nif� <(e,� Q'ttq � �� I\n� �)F9it'IP � mtti lOOt� II �� II\n\n", "mad1#p0033": "Text 18]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n9\n\ncabbisa vatsara se�e yei magha-masa\ntara sukla-pak�e prabhu karila sannyasa\n\nSYNONYMS\ncabbisa vatsara-of those twenty-four years; se�e-at the end; yei­\n\nwhich; magha-masa-the month of Magha Oanuary-February); tara-of that\nmonth; suk/a-pak�e-during the fortnight of the waxing moon; prabhu-the\nLord; karila-accepted; sannyasa-the renounced order of life.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the end of His twenty-fourth year, in the month of Magha, during the\nfortnight of the waxing moon, the Lord accepted the renounced order of\nlife, sannyasa.\nTEXT 17\n\n:11JtJt ���1 � �e.�f ��-.til I\n\n�ft1 � �' �tf '�tt1' ift11 II �'\\ II\nsannyasa kariya cabbisa vatsara avasthana\ntahari yei lila, tara 'se�a-li/a' nama\n\nSYNONYMS\nsannyasa kariya-after accepting the order of sannyasa; cabbisa vatsara­\n\nthe twenty-four years; avas thana-re maining in this material world; tahatiin that portion; yei lila-whatever pastimes (were performed); tara -of those\npastimes; se�a-li/a-the pastimes at the end; nama-named.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter accepting sannyasa, Lord Caitanya remained within this material\nworld for another twenty-four years. Within this period, whatever\npastimes He enacted are called the se,a-lila, or pastimes occurring at the\nend.\nTEXT 18\n\n<;-I� '1f'fJ' '�•J',-'Q- il� U I\n��� ��-.� � ift11·<;�5f � II �t,- II\n\n", "mad1#p0034": "Sri Caitanya-cari tamrta\n\n10\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\n.{e$a-lilara 'madhya' 'antya',-dui nama haya\nlila-bhede vai$Qava saba nama-bheda kaya\n\nSYNONYMS\n5e$a-lilara-of the 5e$a-lila, or pastimes at the end; madhya-the middle;\nantya-the final; dui-two; nama-names; haya-are; ITia-bhede-by the\ndifference of pastimes; vai$Qava-the devotees of the Supreme Lord; sabaall; nama-bheda-different names; kaya-say.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe final pastimes of the Lord, occurring in His last twenty-four years,\nare called madhya [middle] and antya [final]. All the devotees of the Lord\nrefer to His pastimes according to these divisions.\nTEXT 19\n\n�tf 'lft-u 0 �e.,J-'Stlfift1fll� I\n�'115'1-(;��l_�'ll�\"lt� II �� II\ntara madhye chaya vatsara-gamanagamana\nnilacala-gau<;la-setubandha-vrndavana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntara madhye\nagamana\n\n-\n\n-\n\nwithin that period; chaya vatsara-for six years; gamana­\n\ngoing and coming; nilacala-from Jagannatha Purl; gau<;/a-to\n\nBengal; setubandha-and from Cape Comorin; vrndavana-to Vrndavanadhama.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor six years of the last twenty-four, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu traveled\nall over India from Jagannatha Puri to Bengal and from Cape Comorin to\nVrndavana.\nTEXT 20\n\n� � �' i!tt 'If�' itt'lf I\n1111 9liti �1-'��, ���II �o II\ntahati yei lila, tara 'madhya-lila' nama\ntara pache lila-'antya-lila' abhidhana\n\n", "mad1#p0035": "Text 22]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n11\n\nSYNONYMS\ntahati-in those places; yei lila-all the pastimes; tara-of those; madhyalila-the middle pastimes; nama-named; tara pache lila-all the pastimes\nafter that period; antya-IT/a-last pastimes; abhidhana-the nomenclature.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the pastimes performed by the Lord in those places are known as the\nmadhya-lila, and whatever pastimes were performed after that are called\nthe antya-lila.\nTEXT 21\n\n'�tNift'll', '�'1\"1', '�'Wift'll' � I\nlfl� '11�'ftf' � <fiOO �•tf II �� II\n'adi-lila', 'madhya-lila', 'antya-li/a' ara\nebe 'madhya-IT/ara' kichu kariye vistara\nSYNONYMS\nadi-lila madhya-lila antya-lila ara-therefore there are three periods,\nnamely the adi-lilii. madhya-IT/a and antya-lila; ebe-now; madhya-/Tiara-of\nthe madhya-lila; kichu-something; kariye-1 shall do; vistara-elaboration.\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of the Lord are therefore divided into three periods-the\nadi-lila, madhya-lila and antya-lila. Now I shall very elaborately describe\nthe madhya-lila.\nTEXT 22\n\n��llf� ��tit'� f91� I\n��� �tm' m f.t��\" II �� II\n�tada5a-var$a kevala nilacale sthiti\napani acari' jive sikhaila bhakti\nSYNONYMS\na$tada5a-var$a-for eighteen years; kevala-only; nilacale-in Jaganniitha\nPurl; sthiti-staying; apani-personally; acari'-behaving; jive-unto the living entities; sikhai/a-instructed; bhakti-devotional service.\n\n", "mad1#p0036": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n12\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor eighteen continuous years, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu remained\nat Jagannatha Puri and, through His personal behavior, instructed all living entities in the mode of devotional service.\nTEXT 23\n\n�tf 'llti{J '0 �e,� �'$f'l·llt!f I\n\n(;�ef9 <2R�'Ii ��J4fl�«1r II �� II\ntara madhye chaya vatsara bhakta-ga!)a-sar'lge\nprema-bhakti pravartaila nrtya-gita-rar'lge\n\nSYNONYMS\ntara madhye-within that period; chaya vatsara-for six years; bhaktagaQa-sar'lge-with all the devotees; prema-bhakti-the loving service of the\nLord; pravartai/a-introduced; nrtya-gita-rar'lge-in the matter of chanting\nand dancing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOf these eighteen years at Jagannatha Puri, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nspent six years with His many devotees. By chanting and dancing, He introduced the loving service of the Lord.\nTEXT 24\n\n�Jt�,'ijt��tf �a� ,�t-t ,\nQi� <;��-t �'f <;��II �8 II\nnityananda-gosM'iire pathaila gauc;fa-dese\ntenho gauc;fa-desa bhasaila prema-rase\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda-gosatiire-Nityananda\n\nGosvamT;\n\npathaila-sent;\n\ngauc;fa­\n\ndese-to Bengal; tenho-He; gauc;fa-desa-the trac t of land known as\nGauc;!a-desa, or Bengal; bhasai/a-overflooded; prema-rase-with ecstatic\nlove of Kr�r:Ja.\n\n", "mad1#p0037": "Text 26]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n13\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sent Nityananda Prabhu from Jagannatha\nPuri to Bengal, which was known as Gau�a-desa, and Lord Nityananda\nPrabhu overflooded this country with the transcendental loving service of\nthe Lord.\nTEXT 25\n\n�-f;� fimtil... -�.r;�r;'lft1lft1{ I\n�-�19St\" �'I �ttl '!ttl <;�'lllftil II �({ II\nsahajei nityananda-kr$Qa-premoddama\nprabhu-ajnaya kaila yahan tahar'l prema-dana\nSYNONYMS\nsahajei-by nature; nityananda-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; kr$Qa-premauddama-very much inspired in transcendental loving service to Lord Kr�oa;\nprabhu-ajnaya-by the order of the Lord; kai/a-did; yahar'l tahar'l-anywhere and everywhere; prema-dana-distribution of that love.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Nityananda Prabhu is by nature very much inspired in rendering\ntranscendental loving service to Lord Kr.r;�a. Now, being ordered by Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, He distributed this loving service anywhere and\neverywhere.\nTEXT 26\n\n�t�f �1ft'! '1f t1f <;�$ il� I\n\n��tR re� �t� i'I'S\"t-'f �R�tf II �� II\ntar'lhara caraf)e mora koti namaskara\ncaitanyera bhakti yer'lho laoyaila sarilsara\nSYNONYMS\ntar'lhara\n\ncaraf)e ...:. u nto\n\nnamaskara -obeisances;\n\nHis\n\nlotus\n\nfeet;\n\nmora-my;\n\nkoti-unlimited;\n\ncaitanyera-of Lord SrT Caitanya\n\nMahliprabhu;\n\nbhakti-the devotional service; yer'lho-one who; /aoyai/a-caused to take;\nsarilsara-the whole world.\n\n", "mad1#p0038": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n14\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer innumerable obeisances unto the lotus feet of Sri Nitylnanda\n\nPrabhu, who is so kind that He spread the service of Sri Caitanya\nMahlprabhu all over the world.\nTEXT 27\n\n��·(;'St'Prtf$ �ttt eft'!''��� I\n�� <fi�, � �-�GI!tl-<;�� II�\" II\ncaitanya-gosani yanre bale 'ba(ia bhai'\ntetiho kahe, mora prabhu-caitanya-gosani\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-gosani-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yanre-unto whom;\nbale-says;\n\nba(ia\n\nbhai-elder\n\nprabhu-My Lord;\nMa haprabhu.\n\nbrother; tetiho-He; kahe-says; mora\n\ncaitanya-gosani-the supreme master, Lord Caitanya\n\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahlprabhu used to address Nitylnanda Prabhu as His elder\nbrother, whereas Nitylnanda Prabhu addressed Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu\nas His Lord.\nTEXT 28\n\n..'lf9t �� � � �111' I\n1;!-rtf9f �9Jf <fitf �-�� II �lr II\nyadyapi apani haye prabhu balarama\ntathapi caitanyera kare dasa-abhimana\n\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although;\nbalarama-Balarama;\n\napani-personally;\ntathapi-still;\n\nhaye-is;\n\ncaitanyera-of\n\nLord\n\nprabhu-Lord;\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kare-accepts; dasa-abhimana-conception as the eternal servant.\n\n", "mad1#p0039": "Text 30]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n15\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Nityananda Prabhu is none other than Balarama Himself, He\nnonetheless always thinks of Himself as the eternal servant of Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n'�' ��' '��' �' 'I'S '�tJ'·ift1f I\n'��till' '� \"ef� �' � (;1rt1f �'I II�� II\n'caitanya' seva, 'caitanya' gao, lao 'caitanya'-nama\n'caitanye' ye bhakti kare, sei mora praf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya seva-serve Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; caitanya gao-chant about\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; lao-always take; caitanya-nama-the name of\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; caitanye-unto Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nye-anyone who; bhakti-devotional service; kare-renders; sei-that person; mora-My; praf)a-life and soul.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNityananda\n\nPrabhu\n\nrequested\n\neveryone\n\nto\n\nserve\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, chant His glories and utter His name. Nityananda Prabhu\nclaimed that person to be His life and soul who rendered devotional service unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 30\n\n�• � �tt• �-\"ef9 'f'S:�r� 1\n��' �' � f.\\�tfil'f \" �0 \"\nei mata lake caitanya-bhakti /aoyai/a\ndina-hina, nindaka, sabare nistarila\n\nSYNONYMS\nei mata-in this way; /oke-the people in general; caitanya-of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakti-the devotional service; /aoyai/a-He caused\nto accept; 'dina-hina-poor fallen souls; nindaka-blasphemers; sabareeveryone; nistarila-He delivered.\n\n", "mad1#p0040": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n16\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Srila Nityananda Prabhu introdu ced the cult of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu to everyone without discrimination. Even though the people\nwere fallen souls and blasphemers, they were delivered by this process.\nTEXT 31\n\n\\21t_ !Jt'f 9ftitbf 'tl9f·,itli!i{ I\n121!_·� � �� �1 �\"f't�i{ ll -.e� ll\n�tcf\n\ntabe prabhu vraje pathaila rOpa-sanatana\nprabhu-ajnaya dui bhai aila vrndavana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-after this;\n\nprabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nvraje-to\n\nVrndavana-dhama; pathaila-sent; rOpa-sanatana-the two brothers ROpa\nGosvami and Sanatana GosvamT; prabhu-ajnaya-upon the order of Sri\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ndui\n\nbhai-the\n\ntwo\n\nbrothers;\n\nai/a-came;\n\nvrndavana -to Vrndavana-dhama\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then sent the two brothers Srila Riipa\nGosvami and Srila Sanatana Gosvami to Vraja. By His order, they went to\nSri Vrndavana-dhama.\nTEXT 32\n\n\"ef9 121m�u ,('�.( ��tf-t\" 1\n'llii{t'$ft9ft'f·(;'it�J ,,<li �� ll �� ll\nbhakti pracariya sarva-tirtha prakasi/a\nmadana-gopala-govindera seva pracari/a\nSYNONYMS\nbhakti pracariya-broadcasting devotional service; sarva-tirtha-all the\nplaces of pilgrimage; prakasi/a-discovered; madana-gopala-of Sri RadhaMadana-mohana; govindera-of Sri Radha-GovindajT; seva -the service; pracari/a-introduced.\n\n", "mad1#p0041": "Text 33]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n17\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter going to Vrndavana, the brothers preached devotional service and\ndiscovered many places of pilgrimage. They specifically initiated the service of Madana-mohana and Govindaji.\nTEXT 33\n\n�'tifl -ti?J �tr..' ��'li W�· �'tt I\n\n'If ��tf r.tit� �1 �II�� II\nnana sastra ani' kaila bhakti-grantha sara\nmac;Jha adhama-janere teriho karila nistara\nSYNONYMS\nnana sastra-different types of scriptures; ani'-collecting; kai/a-compiled; bhakti-grantha-of books on devotional service; sara-the essence;\nmuc;Jha-rascals;\n\nadhama-janere-and\n\nfallen\n\nsouls;\n\nteriho-they ;\n\nkarila\n\nnistara -delivered.\nTRANSLATION\nBoth Rupa Gosvlmi and Sanatana Gosvlmi brought various scriptures\nto Vrndlvana and collected the essence of these by compiling many\nscriptures on devotional service. In this way they delivered all rascals and\nfallen souls.\nPURPORT\nSrTia SrTniv1isa Aarya has sung:\nnana-sastra-vicaraQaika-nipuQau sad-dharma-sarilsthapakau\n/okanarh hita-kariQaU tri-bhuvane manyau saraQyakarau\nradha-k[$Qa-padaravinda-bhajananandena mattalikau\nvande rapa-sanatanau raghu-yugau sri-jiva gopalakau\nThe six gosvamis, under the direction of SrTia ROpa Gosv1imT and SrTia\nSan1itana Gosv1imT, studied various Vedic literatures and picked up the\nessence of them, the devotional service of the lord. This means that all the\ngosvamis wrote many scriptures on devotional service with the support of\nVedic literature. Devotional service is not a sentimental activity. The essence\n\n", "mad1#p0042": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n18\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nof Vedic knowledge is devotional service, as confirmed in Bhagavad-gita:\n\nvedais ca sarvair aham eva vedya/:1 (Bg. 15.15). All the Vedic literature aims at\n\nunderstanding Kr�Qa, and how to understand Kr�Qa through devotional service has been explained by SrTia Rupa and Sanatana GosvamTs, with evidence\nfrom all Vedic literatures. They have put it so nicely that even a rascal or firstclass fool can be delivered by devotional service under the guidance of the\ngosvamis.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�'- -.nwt1l ��\" � -rttn �r;tJ 1\n�� Fe.1_J • <l'ifilr � II �8 II\nprabhu ajnaya kai/a saba sastrera vicara\nvrajera nigOgha bhakti karila pracara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu ajnaya-upon the order of Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kai/a­\n\nthey did; saba sastrera-of all scriptures; vicara-analytical study; vrajera-of\nSri Vrndavana-dhama; nigOgha-most confidential; bhakti-devotional service; karila-did; pracara-preaching\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe gosvamis carried out the preaching work of devotional service on\nthe basis of an analytical study of all confidential Vedic literatures. This\nwas in compliance with the order of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Thus one\ncan understand the most confidential devotional service of Vrndavana.\nPURPORT\nThis proves that bona fide devotional service is based on the conclusions\n\nof Vedic literature. It is not based on the type of sentiment exhibited by the\n\nprakrta-sahajiyas. The prakrta-sahajiyas do not consult the Vedic literatures,\n\nand they are debauchees, woman hunters and smokers of ganja. Sometimes\nthey give a theatrical performance and cry for the Lord with tears in their\neyes. Of course, all scriptural conclusions are washed off by these tears. The\n\nprakrta-sahajiyas do not realize that they are violating the orders of SrT\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, who specifically said that to understand Vrndavana\nand the pastimes of Vrndavana, one must have sufficient knowledge of the\nsastras (Vedic literatures). As stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam, bhaktya sruta­\n\ngrhitaya. This means that devotional service is acquired from Vedic knowl-\n\n", "mad1#p0043": "Text 35]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n19\n\nedge. Tac chraddadhana/:1 munaya/:1. Devotees who are actually serious attain\nbhakti, scientific devotional service, by hearing Vedic literatures (bhaktya\nsruta-grhitaya). It is not that one should create something out of sentimen­\n\ntality, become a sahajiya, and advocate such concocted devotional service.\nHowever, SrTia Bhaktisiddhiinta SarasvatT Thiikura considered such sahajiyas to\n\nbe more favorable than the impersonalists, who are hopelessly atheistic. The\nimpersonalists have no idea of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The\n\nposition of the sahajiyas is far better than that of the May avadi sannyasis. Although the sahajiyas do not think much of Vedic knowledge, they nonetheless have accepted Lord Kr�l)a as the Supreme Lord. Unfortunately, they\nmislead others from authentic devotional service.\nTEXT 35\n\nm.��'f'P{, � 'et'SI'i!l<!l�<! I\n�'lf-$et�, � 1fllt'lf·ifR II �<I' II\nhari-bhakti-vilasa, ara bhagavatamrta\n\nda5ama-tippani, ara dasama-carita\nSYNONYMS\nhari-bhakti-vilasa-the\n\nscripture\n\nnamed\n\nHari-bhakti-vilasa;\n\nara-and;\n\nbhagavata-amrta-the scripture named Bhagavatamrta; da5ama-tippani­\n\ncomments on the Tenth Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam; ara-and; da5amacarita -poetry about the Tenth Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nTRANSLATION\nSome of the books compiled by Srila Sanatana Gosvami were Haribhakti-vilasa, Bhagavatamrta, Da5ama-tippani and Da5ama-carita.\nPURPORT\nIn the First Wave of the book known as Bhakti-ratnakara, it is said that\n\nSanatana GosviimT understood Srimad-Bhagavatam by thorough study and\n\nexplained it in his commentary known as Vai$Qava-to$aQi. All the knowledg e\nthat SrT Saniitana GosviimT and ROpa Gosviimi directly acquired from Sri\nCaitanya Mahiiprabhu was broadcast all over the world by their expert ser­\n\nvice. Saniitana GosvamT gave his Vai$Qava-to$aQi commentary to SrTia JTva\n\nGosviimT for editing, and SrTia JTva GosviimT edited this under the name of\n\nLaghu-to$aQi. Whatever he immediately put down in writing was finished in\n\n", "mad1#p0044": "20\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nthe year 1476 Saka. SrTia JTva Gosv�mT completed Laghu-to$aQi in the year\nSakabda 1504.\nThe subject matter of Hari-bhakti-vilasa, by Sri San�tana Gosv�mT, was collected by Srila Gopala Bhatta GosvamT and is known as a vai$Qava-smrti. This\nvai$Qava-smrti-grantha was finished in twenty chapters, known as vilasas. In\n\nthe first vilasa there is a description of how a relationship is established between the spiritual master and the disciple, and mantras are explained. In the\nsecond vilasa, the process of initiation is described. In the third vilasa, the\nmethods of Vai�oava behavior are given, with emphasis on cleanliness, constant remembrance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and the chanting\nof the mantras given by the initiating spiritual master. In the fourth vi/asa are\ndescriptions of sarilskara, the reformatory method; ti/aka, the application of\ntwelve tilakas on twelve places of the body; mudra, marks on the body; mala,\nchanting with beads; and guru-pOja, worship of the spiritual master. In the\nfifth vi/asa, one is instructed on how to make a place to sit for meditation, and\nthere are descriptions of breathing exercises, meditation and worship of the\nsalagrama-sila representation of Lord Vi�IJU. In the sixth vilasa, the required\n\npractices for inviting the transcendental form of the Lord and bathing Him are\ngiven. In the seventh vilasa, one is instructed on how to collect flowers used\nfor the worship of Lord Vi�IJU. In the eighth vilasa, there is a description of the\nDeity and instructions on how to set up incense, light lamps, make offerings,\ndance, play music, beat drums, garland the Deity, offer prayers and obeisances and counteract offenses. In the ninth vilasa, there are descriptions\nabout collecting tulasi leaves, offering oblations to forefathers according to\nVai�oava rituals, and offering food. In the tenth vilas a there are descriptions of\nthe devotees of the Lord (Vai�oavas or saintly persons). In the eleventh vilasa,\nthere are elaborate descriptions of Deity worship and the glories of the holy\nname of the Lord. One is instructed on how to chant the holy name of the\nDeity, and there are discussions about offenses committed while chanting the\nholy name, along with methods for getting relief from such offenses. There\nare also descriptions of the glories of devotional service and the surrendering\nprocess. In the twelfth vilasa, Ekadasi is described. In the thirteenth vi/asa,\nfasting is discussed, as well as observance of the Mah�-dv�da5T ceremony. In\nthe fourteenth vilasa, different duties for different months are outlined. In the\nfifteenth vilasa, there are instructions on how to observe Ekada5T fasting without even drinking water. There are also descriptions of branding the body\nwith the symbols of Vi�IJU, and discussions of C�turm�sya observations during the rainy season, and discussions of janm�gamT, P�rsvaikada5T, Sravao�dv�da5i, Rama-navamT and Vijaya-da5amT. The sixteenth vi/asa discusses\nduties to be observed in the month of Karttika (October-November), or the\nD�modara month, or Orja, when lamps are offered in the Deity room or above\n\n", "mad1#p0045": "Text 35]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n21\n\nthe temple. There are also descriptions of the Govardhana-pOjil and Rathayatra. The seventeenth vilasa discusses preparations for Deity worship, mahamantra chanting and the process of japa. In the eighteenth vilasa the different\n\nforms of Sri Vi�I)U are described. The nineteenth vilasa discusses the\n\nestablishment of the Deity and the rituals observed in bathing the Deity\n\nbefore installation. The twentieth vilasa discusses the construction of tem­\n\nples, referring to those constructed by the great devotees. The details of the\n\nHari-bhakti-vilasa-grantha are given by Sri Kavirilja Gosvilmi in the Madhya-lila\n\n(24.329-345). The descriptions given in those verses by Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja\nGosvami are actually a description of those portions compiled by Gopala\nBhatta GosvamT. According to SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thilkura, the\nregulative principles of devotional service compiled by Gopilla Bhatta\nGosvami do not strictly follow our Vai�l)ava principles. Actually, Gopala Bha��a Gosvilmi collected only a summary of the elaborate descriptions of\n\nVai�l)ava regulative principles from Hari-bhakti-vilasa. It is SrTia Bhaktisiddhan­\n\nta SarasvatT GosvilmT's opinion, however, that to follow the Hari-bhakti-vilasa\n\nstrictly is to actually follow the Vai�l)ava rituals in perfect order. He claims that\nthe smarta-samaja, which is strictly followed by caste brahmaf)as, has in­\n\nfluenced portions that Gopala Bha�� Gosvami collected from the original\nHari-bhakti-vilasa. It is therefore very difficult to find out Vai�l)ava directions\n\nfrom the book of Gopala Bhatta GosvamT. It is better to consult the commen­\n\ntary made by Saniltana GosvilmT himself for Hari-bhakti-vi/asa under the\n\nname of Dig-darsini-tika. Some say that the same commentary was compiled\nby Gopiniltha-pOjil AdhikarT, who was engaged in the service of SrT Radharamal)ajT and who happened to be one of the disciples of Gopala Bhatta\nGosvamT.\n\nRegarding Brhad-bhagavatam[ta, there are two parts dealing with the dis­\n\ncharge of devotional service. The first part is an analytical study of devotional\nservice, in which there is also a description of different planets, including the\nearth, the heavenly planets, Brahma-loka and Vaikul)�ha-loka. There are also\ndescriptions of the devotees, including intimate devotees, most intimate\ndevotees and complete devotees. The second part describes the glories of\n\nthe spiritual world, known as Goloka-mahatmya-nirOpaf)a, as well as the process of renunciation of the material world. It also describes real knowledge,\ndevotional service, the spiritual world, love of Godhead, attainment of life's\ndestination, and the bliss of the world. In this way there are seven chapters in\n\neach part, fourteen chapters in all.\n\nDa5ama-tippani is a commentary\n\non the\n\nTenth\n\nCanto\n\nof\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhagavatam. Another name for this commentary is Brhad-vai$f)ava-to$af)itika. In the Bhakti-ratn akara, it is said that Da5ama-t ippani was finished in\n\n1476 Sakabda.\n\n", "mad1#p0046": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n22\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 36\n\n�- � c!l. �'I c;�$ � I\nN�$ �� 1fi!, � �� 'Stt!-. II �� II\nei saba grantha kai/a gosani sanatana\nrupa-gosani kai/a yata, ke karu gaf)ana\n\nSYNONYMS\nei\n\nsaba-all\n\nthese;\n\nsanatana-Sanatana\n\ngrantha-scriptures;\n\nGosvamT;\n\nkai/a-compiled;\n\nrtipa-gosani-ROpa\n\nGosvamT;\n\ngosafii\n\nkai/a-did;\n\nyata-all; ke-who; karu gaQana-can count.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWe have already given the names of four books compiled by Sanatana\nGosvami. Similarly, Srila Rupa Gosvami has also compiled many books,\nwhich no one can even count.\nTEXT 37\n\n12f'ft.. �en.. f�i -.fmt 'Stlfi{ I\nllf1lll c!l� �� &trPlttfJI �(-. II � II\npradhana pradhana kichu kariye gaf)ana\nlak�a granthe kai/a vraja-vi/asa varf)ana\n\nSYNONYMS\npradhana pradhana-the most important ones; kichu-some; kariye-1\ndo; gaf)ana-enumeration;\n\n/ak�a-hundreds and thousands; granthe-in\n\nverses; kai/a-did; vraja-vilasa-of the pastimes of the Lord in Vrndavana;\nvarf)ana-description.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI shall therefore enumerate the chief books compiled by Srila Rupa\nGosvami. He has described the pastimes of Vrndavana in thousands of\nverses.\nTEXT 38\n\nPl.�, 1ift1f �1'f<l I\n��'111ft!, ..11f lff�t'l� II �lr II\n\n", "mad1#p0047": "Texts 39-40]\n\n23\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\nrasamrta-sindhu, ara vidagdha-madhava\nujjva/a-ni/amaf)i, ara lalita-madhava\nSYNONYMS\n\nrasamrta-sindhu-of\n\nthe\n\nname\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu;\n\nara-and;\n\nvidagdha-madhava-of the name Vidagdha-madhava; ujjvala-nila-maf)i-of\n\nthe name Ujjvala-nilamaf)i; ara-and; lalita-madhava-of the name Lalitamadhava.\nTRANSLATION\nThe books compiled by Sri Rupa Gosvimi include Bhakti-rmmrtasindhu, Vidagdha-midhava, Ujjvala-nilamar;ti and Lalita-midhava.\nTEXTS 39-40\n\n��t�filt;cp��, �·� � ·Cf·� I\n\n��� �tiii'f, �tt '1� II It)� II\n<;����' ��111' i'f�fj I\n�1-11'1�1.-J, 'CI1t �tJ�·�(� II 8 II\no\n\ndana-keli-kaumudi, ara bahu stavavali\na$tada5a lila-cchanda, ara padyava/i\ngovinda-virudava/i, tahara lak$aQa\nmathura-mahatmya, ara nataka-varf)ana\nSYNONYMS\ndana-keli-kaumudi-of the name Dana-keli-kaumudi; ara-and; bahu\nstavava/i -many prayers; �tada5a -eighteen; lila-cchanda -chronological\n\npastimes; ara-and; padyavali-of the name Padyavali; govinda-virudava/iof the name Covinda-virudavali; tahara lak$aQa-the symptoms of the book;\nmathura-mahatmya-the glories of Mathura; ara nataka-varQana-and descriptions of drama (Nataka-candrika).\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Rupa Gosvami also compiled Dana-keli-kaumudi, Stavavali, Lilicchanda, Padylvali, Govinda-virudivali, Mathuri-mlhltmya and Nlfakavar.,ana.\n\n", "mad1#p0048": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n24\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 41\n\n�1'51�-�'!·tflf c;-. -.J�1t'fi{ I\n�(\\1 �ft'l �'ff�� �(� II 8) II\nlaghu-bhagavatamrtadi ke karu gaQana\nsarvatra karila vraja-vilasa varQana\n\nSYNONYMS\nlaghu-bhagavatam[ta-adi - another list, containing Laghu-bhagavatamrta;\nke-who; karu gaQana-can count; sarvatra -everywhere; karila-did; vraja-vi/asa-of the pastimes of Vrndavana; varQana-description.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWho can count the rest of the books (headed by Laghu-bhagavatamrta)\nwritten by Srila Rupa Gosvamn He has described the pastimes of\nVrndavana in all of them.\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati has given a description of these books.\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu is a great book of instruction on how to develop\ndevotional service to Lord Kr�r;�a and follow the transcendental process. It\nwas finished in the year 1463 Sakabda. This book is divided into four parts:\npOrva-vibhaga\n\n(eastern\n\ndivision),\n\ndak!;iQa-vibhaga\n\n(southern\n\ndivision),\n\npa5cima-vibhaga (western division) and uttara-vibhaga (northern division). In\nthe pOrva-vibhaga, there is a description of the permanent development of\ndevotional service. The general principles of devotional service, the execution\nof devotional service , ecstasy in devotional service and ultimately the attainment of love of Godhead are described. In this way there are four laharis\n(waves) in this division of the ocean of the nectar of devotion.\nIn the dak$iQa-vibhaga (southern division) there is a general description of\nthe mellow (relationship) called bhakti-rasa, which is derived from devotional\nservice. There are also descriptions of the stages known as vibhava, anubhava,\nsattvika, vyabhicari and sthayi-bhava, all on this high platform of devotional\nservice. Thus there are five waves in the dak$iQa-vibhaga division. In the\nwestern division (pascima-vibhaga) there is a description of the chief transcendental humors derived from devotional service. These are known as\nmukhya-bhakti-rasa-nirOpaQa, or attainment of the chief. humors or feelings in\nthe execution of devotional service. In that part there is a description of\ndevotional service in neutrality, further development in love and affection\n\n", "mad1#p0049": "Text 41]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n25\n\n(called servitude), further development in fraternity, further development in\npaternity, or paternal love, and finally conjugal love between Kr�Qa and His\ndevotees. Thus there are five waves in the western division.\nIn the northern division (uttara-vibhaga) there is a description of the indirect mellows of devotional service-namely, devotional service in laughter,\ndevotional service in wonder, and devotional service in chivalry, pity, anger,\ndread and ghastliness. There are also mixing of mellows and the transgression\nof different humors. Thus there are nine waves in this part. This is but a brief\noutline of Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu.\nVidagdha-madhava is a drama of Lord Kr�t:�a's pastimes in Vrnd�vana. Srrla\nROpa Gosvami finished this book in the year 1454 Sak�bda The first part of\nthis drama is called vel)u-nada-vilasa, the second part manmatha-/ekha, the\nthird part radha-sariga, the fourth part Vel)u-haraf)a, the fifth part radhaprasadana, the sixth part sarad-vihara, and the seventh and last part gaurivihara.\nThere is also a book called Ujjvala-nilamal)i, a transcendental account of\nloving affairs that includes metaphor, analogy and higher bhakti sentiments.\nDevotional service in conjugal love is described briefly in Bhakti-rasamrtasindhu, but it is very elaborately discussed in Ujjvala-nilamaf)i. This book describes different types of lovers, their assistants, and those who are very dear\nto Kr�Qa. There is also a description of SrTmatT R�dh�r�QT and other female\nlovers, as well as various group leaders. Messengers and the constant associates, as well as others who are very dear to Kr�Qa, are all described. The book\nalso relates how love of Kr�t:�a is awakened and describes the ecstatic situation, the devotional situation, permanent ecstasy, disturbed ecstasy, steady\necstasy, different positions of different dresses, feelings of separation, prior attraction, anger in attraction, varieties of loving affairs, separation from the\nbeloved, meeting with the beloved, and both direct and indirect enjoyment\nbetween the lover and the beloved. All this has been very elaborately described.\nSimilarly, La/ita-madhava is a description of Kr�t:�a's pastimes in Dv�rak�.\nThese pastimes were made into a drama, and the work was finished in the\nyear 1459 Sak�bda. The first part deals with festivities in the evening, the second with the killing of the SarikhacOQa, the third with maddened SrTmatT\nR�dh�rai)T, the fourth with R�dh�r�t:�rs proceeding toward Kr�Qa, the fifth\nwith the achievement of Candr�vaiT, the sixth with the achievement of Lalit�,\nthe seventh with the meeting in Nava-vrnd�vana, the eighth with the enjoyment in Nava-vrnd�vana, the ninth with looking over pictures, and the tenth\nwith complete satisfaction of the mind. Thus the entire drama is divided into\nten parts.\n\n", "mad1#p0050": "26\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 1\n\nThe Laghu-bhagavatamrta is divided into two parts. The first is called \"The\nNectar of Kmta\" and the second \"The Nectar of Devotional Service:' The importance of Vedic evidence is stressed in the first part, and this is followed by\na description of the original form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead as\nSri Kr�r:ta and descriptions of His pastimes and expansions in svariJsa (personal\nforms) and vibhinnarilsa. According to different absorptions, the incarnations\nare called avesa and tad-ekatma. The first incarnation is divided into three\npuru$avataras-namely,\n\nMahii-Vi�QU,\n\nGarbhodakasiiyT Vi�r:tu and\n\nK�TrodakasiiyT Vi�QU. Then there are the three incarnations of the modes of\nnature-namely, Brahmii, Vi�r:tu and Mahesvara (Siva). All the paraphernalia\nused in the service of the Lord is transcendental, beyond the three qualities of\nthis material world. There is also a description of twenty-five lila-avataras,\nnamely Catu�sana (the Kumiiras), Niirada, Variiha, Matsya, Y aji'la, Naraniiriiyar:ta ��i, Kapila, Dattatreya, HayagrTva, Harhsa, Prsnigarbha, ��abha,\nPrthu, Nrsimha, KOrma, Dhanvantari, MohinT, Viimana, Parasurama, Dasarathi,\nKr�r:ta-dvaipayana, Balariima, Viisudeva, Buddha and Kalki. There are also\nfourteen incarnations of Manu: Yaji'la, Vibhu, Satyasena, Hari, Vaikur:ttha,\nAjita, Vamana, Sarvabhauma, ��abha, Vi�vaksena, Dharmasetu, Sudhiimii,\nYogesvara and Brhadbhiinu. There are also four incarnations for the four\n\nyugas, and their colors are described as white, red, blackish and black\n(sometimes yellow, as in the case of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu). There are\ndifferent types of millenniums and incarnations for those millenniums. The\ncategories called avesa, prabhava, vaibhava and para constitute different\nsituations for the different incarnations. According to specific pastimes, the\nnames are spiritually empowered. There are also descriptions of the difference between the powerful and the power, and the inconceivable activities of the Supreme Lord.\n\nSrT Kr�r:ta is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, and no one is\n\ngreater than Him. He is the source of all incarnations. In the Laghu­\n\nbhagavata.mrta there are descriptions of His partial incarnations, a description\nof the impersonal Brahman effulgence (actually the bodily effulgence of Sri\nKr�r:ta), the superexcellence of SrT Kr�r:ta's pastimes as an ordinary human\nbeing with two hands, and so forth. There is nothing to compare with the\ntwo-armed form of the Lord. In the spiritual world (vaikuQtha-jagat) there is\nno distinction between the owner of the body and the body itself. In the material world the owner of the body is called the soul, and the body is called a\nmaterial manifestation. In the Vaikuntha world, however, there is no such dis.\ntinction. Lord SrT Kr�r:ta is unborn, and His appearance as an incarnation is per­\n\npetual. Kr�r:ta's pastimes are divided into two parts-manifest and un-\n\n", "mad1#p0051": "Text 43]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n27\n\nmanifest. For example, when Kr�!Ja takes His birth within this material world,\nHis pastimes are considered to be manifest. However, when He disappears,\n\none should not think that He is finished, for His pastimes are going on in an\nunmanifest form. Varieties of humors, however, are enj oyed by the devotees\n\nand Lord Kr�!Ja during His manifest pastimes. After all, His pastimes in\n\nMathurli, Vrndlivana and Dvlirakli are eternal and are going on perpetually\nsomewhere in some part of the universe.\n\nTEXT 42\n\n�tf !li\"t��i!i ifl'l!-1\\��t'St�f<$ I\n�� ref9�.. ��' 1!11f �· itt� II 8� II\ntatira bhratu$putra nama-sri-jiva-gosafii\nyata bhakti-grantha kai/a, tara anta nai\n\nSYNONYMS\nta tira-his;\n\nbhratu/:1-putra-nephew;\n\nnama-of\n\nthe\n\nname;\n\nsrt-JIVa­\n\ngosani-SrTia jTva GosvlimT Prabhuplida; yata-all; bhakti-grantha-books on\ndevotional service; kai/a-compiled; tara-that; anta-end; nai-there is\nnot.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Rupa Gosvami's nephew, Srila )iva Gosvami, has compiled so many\nbooks on devotional service that there is no counting them.\nTEXT 43\n\nlloet'Sf�\"\"'•-iftlf �-m� 1\n•f9fJt•tt•t t:!ttl! ��1bttlti1 9111f II 8� II\nsri-bhagavata-sandarbha-nama grantha-vistara\nbhakti-siddhantera tate dekhaiyachena para\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-bhagavata-sandarbha-nama-of\n\nthe\n\nname\n\nBhagavata-sandarbha;\n\ngrantha-the book; vistara-very elaborate; bhakti-siddhantera-of the conclusions of devotional service; tate-in that book; dekhaiyachena\nshown; para-the limit.\n\n-he has\n\n", "mad1#p0052": "28\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn Sri Bhagavata-sandarbha, Srila )iva Gosvlmi has written conclusively\nabout the ultimate end of devotional service.\n\nPURPORT\n\nBhagavata-sandarbha is also known as Sat-sandarbha In the first part, called\n\nTattva-sandarbha, it is proved that Srimad-Bhagavatam is the most authorita­\n\ntive evidence directly pointing to the Absolute Truth. The second sandarbha,\n\ncalled Bhagavat-sandarbha, draws a distinction between impersonal Brahman\n\nand localized Paramiitmii and describes the spiritual world and the domination of the mode of goodness devoid of contamination by the other two material modes. In other words, there is a vivid description of the transcendental\n\nposition known as suddha-sattva. Material goodness is apt to be contami­\n\nnated by the other two material qualities-ignorance and passion-but\nwhen one is situated in the suddha-sattva position, there is no chance for\n\nsuch contamination. It is a spiritual platform of pure goodness. The potency\nof the Supreme Lord and the living entity is also described, and there is a description of the inconceivable energies and varieties of energies of the Lord.\nThe potencies are divided into categories-internal, external, personal,\nmarginal and so forth. There are also discussions of the eternality of Deity\nworship, the omnipotence of the Deity, His all-pervasiveness, His giving\nshelter to everyone, His subtle and gross potencies, His personal manifestations, His expressions of form, quality and pastimes, His transcendental position and His complete form. It is also stated that everything pertaining to the\nAbsolute has the same potency and that the spiritual world, the associates in\nthe spiritual world and the threefold energies of the Lord in the spiritual world\nare all transcendental. There are further discussions concerning the difference\nbetween the impersonal Brahman and the Personality of Godhead, the fullness of the Personality of Godhead, the objective of all Vedic knowledge, the\npersonal potencies of the Lord, and the Personality of Godhead as the original\nauthor of Vedic knowledge.\n\nThe third sandarbha is called Paramatma-sandarbha, and in this book there\n\nis a description of Paramiitmii (the Supersoul) and an explanation of how the\nSupersoul exists in millions and millions of living entities. There are discussions\nof the differences between the qualitative incarnations, and discourses con­\n\ncerning the living entities, maya, the material world, the theory of transforma­\n\ntion, the illusory energy, the sameness of this world and the Supersoul, and\nthe truth about this material world. In this connection, the opinions of\nSridhara SviimT are given. It is stated that the Supreme Personality of God-\n\n", "mad1#p0053": "Text 43]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n29\n\nhead, although devoid of material qualities, superintends all material activities. There is also a discussion of how the li/a-avatara incarnations respond\nto the desires of the devotees and how the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nis characterized by six opulences.\nThe fourth sandarbha is called the Kr$Qa-sandarbha, and in this book Kr�t:�a\nis proved to be the Supreme Personality of Godhead. There are discussions of\nKr�t:�a's pastimes and qualities, His superintendence of the puru$a-avataras,\nand so forth. The opinions of Sridhara Svami are corroborated. In each and\nevery scripture, the supremacy of Kr�t:�a is stressed. Baladeva, Salikar�aQa and\nother expansions of Kr�Qa are emanations of Maha-Sarikar�aQa. All the incarnations and expansions exist simultaneously in the body of Kr�Qa, who is described as two-handed. There are also descriptions of the Goloka planet,\nVrndavana (the eternal place of Kr�Qa), the identity of Goloka and Vrndavana,\nthe Yadavas and the cowherd boys (both eternal associates of Kr�Qa), the adjustment and equality of the manifest and unmanifest pastimes, SrT Kr�t:�a's\nmanifestation in Gokula, the queens of Dvaraka as expansions of the internal\npotency, and, superior to them, the superexcellent gopis. There is also a list of\nthe gopis' names and a discussion of the topmost position of SrTmatT\nRadharaQi.\nThe fifth sandarbha is called Bhakti-sandarbha, and in this book there is a\ndiscussion of how devotional service can be directly executed, and how such\nservice can be adjusted, either directly or indirectly. There is a discussion of\nthe knowledge of all kinds of scripture, the establishment of the Vedic institution of varQasrama , bhakti as superior to fruitive activity, and so forth. It is also\nstated that without devotional service, even a brahmaQa is condemned.\nThere are discussions of the process of karma-tyaga (the giving of the results\nof karma to the Supreme Personality of Godhead), and the practices of my stic\n\nyoga and philosophical speculation, which are deprecated as simply hard\nlabor. Worship of the demigods is discouraged, and worship of a Vai�Qava is\nconsidered exalted. No respect is given to the nondevotees. There are discussions of how one can be liberated even in this life (jivan-mukta), Lord Siva as a\ndevotee, and how a bhakta and his devotional service are eternally existing. It\nis stated that through bhakti one can attain all success, for bhakti is transcendental to the material qualities. There is a discussion of how the self is\nmanifest through bhakti. There is also a discussion of the self's bliss, as well as\nhow bhakti, even imperfectly executed, enables one to attain the lotus feet\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Unmotivated devotional service is\nhighly praised, and an explanation is given of how each devotee can achieve\nthe platform of unmotivated service by association with other devotees.\nThere is a discussion of the differences between the maha-bha�avata and the\n\n", "mad1#p0054": "30\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nordinary devotee, the symptoms of philosophical speculation, the symptoms\nof self-worship, or ahangrahopasana, the symptoms of devotional service, the\nsymptoms of imaginary perfection, the acceptance of regulative principles,\nservice to the spiritual master, the maha-bhagavata (liberated devotee) and\nservice to him, service to Vai�l)avas in general, the principles of hearing,\nchanting, remembering and serving the lotus feet of the Lord, offenses in worship, offensive effects, prayers, engaging oneself as an eternal servant of the\nLord, making friendships with the Lord and surrendering everything for His\npleasure. There is also a discussion of raganuga-bhakti (spontaneous love of\nGodhead), of the specific purpose of becoming a devotee of Lord Kr�IJa, and\na comparative study of other perfectional stages.\nThe sixth sandarbha is called Priti-sandarbha, a thesis on love of Godhead.\nHere it is stated that through love of Godhead, one becomes perfectly liberated and attains the highest goal of life. A distinction is made between the\nliberated condition of a personalist and that of an impersonalist, and there is a\ndiscussion of liberation during one's lifetime as distinguished from liberation\nfrom material bondage. Of all kinds of liberation, liberation in loving service to\nthe Lord is described as the most exalted, and meeting the Supreme Personality of Godhead face to face is shown to be the highest perfection of life.\nImmediate liberation is contrasted with liberation by a gradual process. Both\nrealization of Brahman and meeting with the Supreme Personality of Godhead are described as liberation within one's lifetime, but meeting with the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, both internally and externally, is shown to\nbe superexcellent, above the transcendental realization of the Brahman\neffulgence. There is a comparative study of liberation as salokya, samipya and\nsarupya. Samipya is better than sa/okya. Devotional service is considered to\nbe liberation with greater facilities, and there is a discussion of how to obtain\nit. There are also discussions of the transcendental state one achieves after attaining the devotional platform, which is the exact position of love of Godhead; the marginal symptoms of transcendental love, and how it is\nawakened; the distinction between so-called love and transcendental love\non the platform of love of Godhead; and different types of humors and\nmellows enj oyed in relishing the lusty affairs of the gopis, which are different\n\nfrom mundane affairs, which in turn are symbolical representations of pure\nlove for Kr�IJa. There are also discussions of bhakti mixed with philosophical\nspeculation, the superexcellence of the love of the gopTs, the difference between opulent devotional service and loving devotional service, the exalted\nposition of the residents of Gokula, the progressively exalted position of the\nfriends of Kr�IJa, the gopas and the gopis in parental love with Kr�IJa, and\n\nfinally the superexcellence of the love of the gopis and that of S rTmatT\n\n", "mad1#p0055": "Text 441\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n31\n\nRadharar;�i. There is also a discussion of how spiritual feelings can be present\nwhen one simply imitates them and of how such mellows are far superior to\nthe ordinary mellows of mundane love, and there are descriptions of different\necstasies, the awakening of ecstasy, transcendental qualities, the distinction\nof dhirodatta, the utmost attractiveness of conjugal love, the ecstatic\nfeatures, the permanent ecstatic features, the mellows divided in five transcendental features of direct loving service, and indirect loving service, considered in seven divisions. Finally there is a discussion of overlapping of different rasas, and there are discussions of santa (neutrality), servitorship, taking\nshelter, parental love, conjugal love, direct transcendental enjoyment and enjoyment in separation,\n\nprevious attraction and the glories of SrTmati\n\nRadharar;�r.\n\nTEXT 44\n\n(;'Sft�lllfc(ittt1f �11��� I\nfim� 'lt9f� � �:Jf-� II 88 II\ngopala-campO-name grantha-mahasOra\nnitya-lila sthapana yahe vraja-rasa-pOra\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopa/a-campO-Gopala-campO; name-by the name; grantha-the transcendental literature; maha-sOra-most formidable; nitya-/ila-of eternal\npastimes; sthapana-establishment; yahe-in which; vraja-rasa-the transcendental mellows enjoyed in Vrndavana; para-complete.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe most famous and formidable transcendental literature is the book\nnamed Gopala-campu. In this book the eternal pastimes of the Lord are\nestablished, and the transcendental mellows enjoyed in Vrndavana are\ncompletely described.\nPURPORT\nIn his Anubh�ya, SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura gives the following information about Gopala-campa. Gopala-campa is divided in two parts.\nThe first part is called the eastern wave, and the second part is called the\nnorthern wave. In the first part there are thirty-three supplications and in the\nsecond part thirty-seven supplications. In the first part, completed in 1510\n\n", "mad1#p0056": "32\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSakabda, the following subject matters are discussed: (1) Vrndavana and\nGoloka; (2) the killing of the Putana demon, the gopis' returning home under\nthe instructions of mother Ya5oda, the bathing of Lord Kr�Qa and Balarama,\nsnigdha-kaQtha and madhu-kaQtha; (3) the dream of mother Ya5oda; (4) the\nJanma�tamT ceremony; (5) the meeting between Nanda Maharaja and\nVasudeva, and the killing of the Putana demon; (6) the pastimes of awakening from bed, the deliverance of the demon Sakata, and the name-giving\nceremony; (7) the killing of the TrQavarta demon, Lord Kr�Qa's eating dirt,\nLord Kr�Qa's childish naughtiness, and Lord Kr�Qa as a thief; (8) churning of\nthe yogurt, Kr�Qa's drinking from the breast of mother Yasoda, the breaking of\nthe yogurt pot, Kr�Qa bound with ropes, the deliverance of the two brothers\n(Yamalarjuna) and the lamentation of mother Ya5oda; (9) entering Sri\nVrndavana; (10) the killing of Vatsasura, Bakasura and Vyomasura; (11) the\nkilling of Aghasura and the bewilderment of Lord Brahma; (12) the tending of\nthe cows in the forest; (13) taking care of the cows and chastising the Kaliya\nserpent; (14) the killing of the Garddabhasura, and the praise of Kr�Qa; (15)\nthe previous attraction of the gopis; (16) the killing of the Pralambasura and\nthe eating of the forest fire; (17) the gopis' attempt to approach Kr�Qa; (18)\nthe lifting of Govardhana Hill; (19) bathing Kr�Qa with milk; (20) the return of\nNanda Maharaja from the custody of Varul)a and the vision of Goloka\nVrndavana by the gopis; (21) the performance of the rituals in KatyayanTvrata and the worship of the goddess Durga; (22) the begging of food from\nthe wives of the brahma(las performing sacrifices; (23) the meeting of the\ngopis; (24) enjoying the company of the gopis, the disappearance of Radha\nand Kr�Qa from the scene, and the search for Them by the gopis; (25) the\nreappearance of Kr�Qa; (26) the determination of the gopis; (27) pastimes in\nthe waters of the Yamuna; (28) the deliverance of Nanda Maharaja from the\nclutches of the serpent; (29) various pastimes in solitary places; (30) the killing of Sarikhasura and the Hori; (31) the killing of Ari�tasura; (32) the killing of\nthe Kesi demon; (33) the appearance of Sri Narada Muni and a description of\nthe year in which the book was completed.\nIn the second part, known as Uttara-campa, the following subject matters\nare discussed: (1) attraction for Vrajabhumi, (2) the cruel activities of Akrura,\n(3) Kr�Qa's departure for Mathura, (4) a description of the city of Mathura,\n(5) the killing of Karilsa, (6) Nanda Maharaja's separation from Kr�Qa and\nBalarama, (7) Nanda Maharaja's entrance into Vrndavana without Kr�Qa and\nBalarama, (8) the studies of Kr�Qa and Balarama, (9) how the son of the\nteacher of Kr�Qa and Balarama was returned, (10) Uddhava visits Vrndavana,\n(11) talking with the messenger bumblebee, (12) the return of Uddhava from\n\n", "mad1#p0057": "Text 46]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n33\n\nVrndavana, (13) the binding of Jarasandha, (14) the killing of the yavana Jarasandha, (15) the marriage of Balarama, (16) the marriage of RukmiQT, (17)\nseven marriages, (18) the killing of Narakasura, the taking of the parijata\nflower from heaven and the marriage of 16,000 queens, (19) victory over\nBaQasura, (20) a description of Balarama's return to Vraja, (21) the killing of\nPauQ<;lraka (the imitation Vi�Qu), (22) the killing of Dvivida and thoughts of\nHastinapura, (23) departure for Kuru�etra,\n\n(24) how the residents of\n\nVrndavana met at Kuru�etra, (25) consultation with Uddhava, (26) the\ndeliverance of the king, (27) the performance of the RajasOya sacrifice, (28)\nthe killing of S alva, (29) considering returning to Vrndavana, (30) Kr�Qa's\nrevisiting Vrndavana, (31) the adjustment of obstructions by S rTmatT\nRadharat:�T and others, (32) everything completed, (33) the residence of Radha\nand Madhava, (34) decorating S rTmati Radharai)T and Kr�Qa, (35) the marriage\nceremony of SrTmatT Radharat:�T and Kr�Qa, (36) the meeting of S rTmatT\nRadharat:�T and Kr�Qa, and (37) entering Goloka\nTEXT 45\n\n�� � iftifl � � 121� I\n''$ft� ��'! �� �\"!� �JI II 8� II\nei mata nana grantha kariya prakasa\ngo�thi sahite kaila vrndavane vasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nei mata-in this way; nana-various; grantha-books; kariya-making;\nprakasa-publication; go�thi-family members;\n\nsahite-with; kaila-did;\n\nvrndavane-at Vrndavana; vasa-residence.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Srila Rupa Gosvami, Sanatana Gosvami and their nephew Srila )iva\nGosvami, as well as practically all of their family members, lived in\nVrndavana and published important books on devotional service.\nTEXT 46\n\n12f�1f �e,�tif ��tflf 'e9'$f'l I\n�tt ��t'! '�\"' �tf� � II 8� II\n\n", "mad1#p0058": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n34\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nprathama vatsare advaitadi bhakta-gaQa\nprabhure dekhite kaila, ni/adri gamana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprathama-the first; vatsare-in the year; advaita-adi-headed by Advaita\nAciirya; bhakta-gaQa-all the devotees; prabhure-the Lord; dekhite-to\nsee; kai/a-did; niladri-to Jaganniitha Purl; gamana-going.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe first year after Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted the renounced\norder of life, all the devotees, headed by Sri Advaita Prabhu, went to see\nthe Lord at Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 47\n\n�� '�fit' � �'l1 st�\" I\n\n�'f �'!Jh � iJflf II 89 II\nratha-yatra dekhi' tahari rahila cari-masa\nprabhu-sarige nrtya-gTta parama ul/asa\n\nSYNONYMS\nratha-yatra-the\n\ncar\n\nfestival;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\ntahari-there;\n\nrahi/a­\n\nremained; cari-masa-four months; prabhu-sarige-with the Lord; nrtyagita-chanting and dancing; parama-greatest; ul/asa-pleasure.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter attending the Ratha-yatra ceremony at Jagannatha Puri, all the\ndevotees remained there for four months, greatly enjoying the company\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu by performing kirtana [chanting and dancing].\nTEXT 48\n\n� �ll � <15f� lRttf I.\n$� ..t� �� �fu� Off� II 81r II\nvidaya samaya prabhu kahila sabare\npratyabda asibe sabe guQqica dekhibare\n\n", "mad1#p0059": "Text 50]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n35\n\nSYNONYMS\nvidaya- departing; samaya-at the time; prabhu-the Lord; kahi/a-said;\n\nsabare-unto everyone; pratyabda-every year; asibe-you should come;\nsabe-all; guQc;/ica-of the name Gul)c;lica; dek hibare-to see.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the time of departure, the Lord requested all the devotees, 11Piease\ncome here every year to see the Ratha-yatra festival of Lord Jagannatha's\njourney to the Gur;�c;iica temple!'\nPURPORT\nThere is a temple named Gul)c;lica at Sundaracala. Lord Jagannatha,\nBaladeva and Subhadra are pushed in Their three carts from the temple in Purl\nto the Gul)c;lica temple in Sundaracala. In Orissa, this Ratha-yatra festival is\nknown as Jagannatha's journey to Gul)c;lica. Whereas others speak of it as the\nRatha-yatra festival, the residents of Orissa refer to it as Gul)c;lica-yatra.\nTEXT 49\n\n�-�nt !fti'$fsJ �\\!P'f �filii I\n�fit� 00� �t'i{ �tl fiff'Afl II 8� II\nprabhu-ajfiaya bhakta-gaf)a pratyabda asiya\nguQc;/ica dekhiya ya'na prabhure miliya\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-ajfiaya-upon the order of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta gaQa-all the devotees; pratyabda-every year; asiya-coming there; guQ­\n\nc;lica-the\n\nfestival\n\nof\n\nGul)c;lica-yatra;\n\ndekhiya-seeing;\n\nya'na-return;\n\nprabhure-the Lord; mi/iya-meeting.\nTRANSLATION\nFollowing the order of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, all the devotees used\nto visit Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu every year. They would see the Gur;�c;iica festival at Jagannatha Puri and then return home after four months.\nTEXT SO\n\nR\"�� �t.� � � '$1\\!t'$f� I\n��tiij �·� �·� �iO if� fil� II <t• II\n\n", "mad1#p0060": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n36\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch . 1\n\nvimsati vatsara aiche kaila gatagati\nanyonye dwihara dunha vina nahi sthiti\nSYNONYMS\nvimsati-twenty;\n\nvatsara-years;\n\naiche-thus; kaila-did; gata-agati­\n\ngoing and coming; anyonye-mutual y; dunhara-of Lord Caitanya and the\ndevotees;\n\nduriha-the two; vina-without; nahi-there is not; sthiti­\n\npeace.\nTRANSLATION\nFor twenty consecutive years this meeting took place, and the situation\nbecame so intense that the Lord and the devotees could not be happy\nwithout meeting one another.\nTEXT 51\n\n��t��m ��e.�1fl\n�11 M<s�et'ftl1 �� ��11 \" a-� \"\n5e$a ara yei rahe dvadasa vatsara\nk[$Qera viraha-lila prabhura antara\nSYNONYMS\n5e$a-at the end;\n\nara-the balance;\n\nyei-whatever; rahe-remains;\n\ndvada5a vatsara-twelve years; k[$Qera-of Lord Kr�r:ta; viraha-/i/a-the\npastimes of separation; prabhura-the Lord; antara-within.\nTRANSLATION\nThe last twelve years were simply devoted to relishing the pastimes of\nKffQa in separation within the heart of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nSrT Kr�r:ta Caitanya Mahaprabhu enjoyed the position of the gopis in separation from Kr�r:ta. When Kr�r:ta left the gopis and went to Mathura, the gopis\ncried for Him the rest of their lives, feeling intense separation from Him. This\necstatic feeling of separation was specifically advocated by Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu through His actual demonstrations.\n\n", "mad1#p0061": "Text 53]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n37\n\nTEXT 52\n\n� 1ftR!·m �� � 1\n�ttl�, <fi�, iftt�,'Stt11 � � II <t� II\nnirantara ratri-dina viraha unmade\nhase, kande, nace, gaya parama vi$ade\n\nSYNONYMS\nnirantara-without\nseparation;\n\ncessation;\n\nratri-dina-night\n\nunmade-in madness;\n\nhase-laughs;\n\nand\n\nday;\n\nviraha-of\n\nkande-cries;\n\nnace­\n\ndances; gaya-chants; parama-great; Vi$ade-in moroseness.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the attitude of separation, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu appeared mad\nboth day and night. Sometimes He laughed, and sometimes He cried;\nsometimes He danced, and sometimes He chanted in great sorrow.\nTEXT 53\n\n� <fitt'f �tti{ �tflf ��-t� I\n� �M, �-.m! 9ftlfPt� fili'li' II <t� II\nye kale karena jagannatha darasana\nmane bhave, kuruk$etre paflachi milana\n\nSYNONYMS\nye kale-at those times; karena-does; jagannatha-Lord Jagann�tha;\ndara5ana-visiting; mane-within the mind; bhave-thinks ; kuru-k$etre-on\nthe field of Kuru�etra; paflachi-1 have gotten; mi/ana-meeting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt those times, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would visit Lord Jagannatha.\nThen His feelings exactly corresponded to those of the gopis when they\nsaw K'lQa at KurukJetra after long separation. K'lQa had come to KurukJetra with His brother and sister to visit.\n\n", "mad1#p0062": "38\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nPURPORT\nWhen Kr��a was performing yajna (sacrifice) at Kuru�etra, He invited all\nthe inhabitants of Vrnditvana to come see Him. Lord Caitanya's heart was always filled with separation from Kr��a, but as soon as He had the opportunity\nto visit the Jagannittha temple, He became fully absorbed in the thoughts of\nthe gopis who came to see Kr��a at Kuru�etra.\n\nTEXT 54\n\n1f�1\\!'Rl �tt'St � ��i{ � I\n\n�ttl �� 'PfW 1ftil �m 'St'f1lit n <ts 11\nratha-yatraya age yabe karena nartana\ntahan ei pada matra karaye gayana\n\nSYNONYMS\nratha-yatraya-in the car festival; age-in front; yabe-when; karenadoes; nartana-dancing; tahan-there; ei-this; pada-stanza; matra-only;\nkaraye-does; gayana-singing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Caitanya Mahaprabhu used to dance before the cart during the\nfestival, He always sang the following two lines.\nTEXT 55\n\n\"� �'l·i{f-t ��li I\n�� llfi'Rt' �� � � <;'Sfllll <tQ II\n...\n\nseita paraf)a-natha painu\nyaha /agi' madana-dahane jhuri genu\n\nSYNONYMS\nseita-that; paraf)a-natha-Lord of My life; painu-1 have gotten; yaMwhom; /agi '-for; madana-dahane-in the fire of lusty desire; jhuri-b u rning; genu-1 have become.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have gotten that Lord of My life for whom I was burning in the fire of\nlusty desires!'\n\n", "mad1#p0063": "Text 56]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n39\n\nPURPORT\nIn Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.29.15) it is stated:\nkamaril krodham bhayam sneham\naikyam sauhrdam eva ca\n\nnityaril harau vidadhato\n\nyanti tanmayatam hi te\n\nThe word kama means lusty desire, bhaya means fear, and krodha means\nanger. If one somehow or other approaches Kr��a, his life becomes suc­\n\ncessful. The gopis approached Kr��a with lusty desire . Kr��a was a very\nbeautiful boy, and they wanted to meet and enjoy His company. But this lusty\ndesire is different from that of the material world. It appears like mundane\nlust, but in actuality it is the highest form of attraction to Kr��a. Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu was a sannyasi; He left home and everything else. He could cer­\n\ntainly not be induced by any mundane lusty desires. So when He uses the\nword madana-dahane (\"in the fire of lusty desire\"), He means that out of pure\n\nlove for Kr��a He was burning in the fire of separation from Kr�IJa. Whenever\nHe met Jagannatha, either in the temple or during the Ratha-yatra, Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu used to think , \"Now I have gotten the lord of My life and soul:'\n\nTEXT 56\n\n�• �'�-� �tt� m� � ,\n�· '11$1 ���-���II CN� II\nei dhuya-gane nacena dvitiya prahara\n\nk[$Qa lana vraje yai-e-bhava antara\n\nSYNONYMS\nei dhuya-gane-in the repetition of this song; ni!cena-He dances; dvitiya\n\nprahara-the second period of the day; k[$Qa /alia-taking Kr�Qa; vraje yili­\n\nlet Me go back to Vrndavana; e-bhiiva-this ecstasy; antara-within.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya Mahlprabhu used to sing this song [seita parl,a-nltha]\nespecially during the latter part of the day, and He would think, 11Let Me\ntake Kr.r;\"�a and go back to Vrndlvana.'' This ecstasy was always filling His\nheart.\n\n", "mad1#p0064": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n40\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nPURPORT\nBeing always absorbed in the ecstasy of SrTmatT Riidhiirli�T, SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu felt the same separation from Kr�t:�a that SrTmatT Riidhara�T felt\nwhen Kr��a left Vrndavana and went to Mathura. This ecstatic feeling is very\nhelpful in attaining love of God in separation. SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu has\ntaught everyone that one should not be overly anxious to see the Lord, but\nshould rather feel separation from Him in ecstasy. It is actually better to feel\nseparation from Him than to desire to see Him face to face. When the gopis\nof Vrndavana, the residents of Gokula, met Kr�t:�a at Kuru�etra during the\nsolar eclipse, they wanted to take Kr��a back to Vrndavana. SrT Kr��a\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu also felt the same ecstasy as soon as He saw Jagannatha in the temple or on the Ratha-yatra cart. The gopis of Vrndavana did\nnot like the opulence of Dvaraka. They wanted to take Kr�t:�a to the village of\nVrndavana and enjoy His company in the groves. This desire was also felt by\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and He danced in ecstasy before the Ratha-ylitra\nfestival when Lord Jagannatha went to Gu�9ica\nTEXT 57\n\nIf!• <e� �·u � �� <;ttt� 1\nt;� t;ftt�t �( '�� ift� � �� II <t9 II\nei bhave n{tya-madhye paqe eka 5/oka\nsei 5/okera artha keha nahi bujhe loka\n\nSYNONYMS\nei bhave\n\nrecites;\n\nin this ecstasy; nrtya-madhye.:._during the dancing; paqe­\n\n-\n\neka-one;\n\n5/oka-verse; sei 5/okera-of that verse; artha-the\n\nmeaning; keha-anyone; nahi-not; bujhe-understands; /oka- person.\nTRANSLATION\nIn that ecstasy, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu recited one verse when dancing in front of Lord Jagannatha. Almost no one could understand the\nmeaning of that verse.\nTEXT 58\n\n�= C<�'T1{tir��= 'f <.!l� f� <1��1 <!l<t cs�'l'f'9f1'� CStiJT'l��1{l�'i!i'l����: C�t;l: <filf�tf��'t: I\n\n", "mad1#p0065": "The Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 59]\n\n'rl C\"f><tlf\"ii �QflM �\\li ���<�n�r�\"�'l\"�r\n\n41\n\nfq:c�1\n\nC�<!lC�llff'f C<t�'!l�ir\\!lC\"' <;D\\!3: '!lJ:.��2c� II atr II\nya/:1 kaumara-hara/:1 sa eva hi varas ta eva caitra-k$apas\nte conmi/ita-malati-surabhaya/:1 prauc;lha/:1 kadambanila/:1\nsa caivasmi tathapi tatra surata-vyapara-lila-vidhau\nreva-rodhasi vetasT-taru-tale ceta/:1 samutkaQthate\nSYNONYMS\nyal;l-that same person who; kaumara-hara/:1-the thief of my heart during\nyouth; sa/:1-he; eva hi-certainly; varal)-lover; ta/:1-these; eva-certainly;\ncaitra-k$apal)-moonlit nights of the month of Caitra; te-those; ca-and;\n\nunmilita-fructified;\nprauc;lha/:1-full;\n\nmalati -of malati flowers;\n\nsurabhaya/:1 -fragrances;\n\nkadamba-with the fragrance of the kadamba flower;\n\nanila/:1-the breezes; sa-that one; ca-also; eva-certainly; asmi-1 am;\n\ntathapi-stil l; tatra-there; surata-vyapara-in intimate transactions; lila-of\npastimes; vidhau-in the manner; reva-of the river named Reva; rodhasion the bank; vetasi-of the name Vetasi; taru-tale-underneath the tree;\n\nceta/:1-my mind; samutkaQthate-is very eager to go.\nTRANSLATION\n11That very personality who stole away my heart during my youth is now\nagain my master. These are the same moonlit nights of the month of\nCaitra. The same fragrance of milati flowers is there, and the same sweet\nbreezes are blowing from the kadamba forest. In our intimate relationship, I am also the same lover, yet still my mind is not happy here. I am\neager to go back to that place on the bank of the Revi under the Vetasi\ntree. That is my desire!'\nPURPORT\nThis verse appears in the Padyavali (382), by SrTia Rupa GosvamT.\nTEXT 59\n\n�• at1,�:s� 'C!Gf �� ��'\" ��?t 1\n�'f� � �e,� i!1ti f'itm�-. �?f II Q'� II\nei slokera artha jane ekale svarupa\ndaive se vatsara tahan giyachena rupa\n\n", "mad1#p0066": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n42\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-this;\n\n5/okera-of the verse;\n\nartha-the meaning;\n\njane-knows;\n\neka/e-alone; svarOpa-SvarOpa Diimodara; daive-by chance; se vatsarathat year; tahar'l-there; giyachena-went; rOpa-SrTi a Ropa GosvlimT.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis verse appears to be the hankering between some ordinary boy and\ngirl, but its actual deep meaning was known only to Svarupa Damodara.\nBy chance, one year Rupa Gosvami was also present there.\n\nTEXT 60\n\n121�� 'ftt� ��' �111�-stPftf� I\n(.� attt� �Q{�att<fi <fifPn '!ttltl II � II\no\n\nprabhu-mukhe 5/oka 5uni' 5ri-r0pa-gosafii\nsei 5/okera artha-5/oka karila tathai\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-mukhe-in the mouth of Lord SrT Caitanya Mahiiprabhu; 5/okathe verse; 5uni'-hearing; 5ri-rOpa-gosafii-SrTia ROpa GosvlimT; sei-that;\n5/okera-of the first verse; artha-giving the meaning; 5/oka-another verse;\nkarila -composed; tathai-immediately.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the meaning of the verse was known only to Svariipa\nDamodara, Rupa Gosvami, after hearing it from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nimmediately composed another verse, describing the meaning of the\noriginal verse.\nTEXT 61\n\natt<fi '<fi�' �<l'i '!il't� f'tMlfl I\n�� �11ftf �tt'l 1ttf-t'1 '@f•111 n �) n\n5/oka kari' eka ta.la-patrete likhiya\napana vasara cafe rakhi/a gufijiya\n\n", "mad1#p0067": "The Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 63]\n\n43\n\nSYNONYMS\nsloka kari' -com posing the verse; eka-one; tala-patrete-on a palm leaf;\n\n/ikhiya-writing; apana-his own; vasara-of the residence; ca/e-on the\nroof; rakhila-kept; gufiji ya-pushing\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter composing this verse, Rupa Gosvlmi wrote it on a palm leaf and\nput it on the roof of the thatched house in which he was living.\nTEXT 62\n\n� �f-.' '� :Jt'!_�wti{ �fin:� 1\n'II{� �1 �'f �� fif�� II�� II\ns/oka rakhi' ge/a samudra-snana karite\nhena-kale aila prabhu tanhare milite\n\nSYNONYMS\nsloka rakhi '-keeping the verse in that way; ge/a-went; samudra-snana­\n\na bath in the sea; karite-to take; hena-kale-in the meantime; ai/a-came;\nprabhu-lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tanhare -him; milite-to meet.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter composing this verse and putting it on the roof of his house, Srila\nRupa GosvlmT went to bathe in the sea. In the meantime, Lord Caitanya\nMahlprabhu went to his hut to meet him.\nTEXT 63\n\n���t'l � �111' 11i9l•$1i{'t'!i{ I\nilf1tl't�·'lff'itft� i{i �'i{ f� � II �·� II\nharidasa thakura ara rOpa-sanatana\njagannatha-mandire na ya'na tina jana\n\nSYNONYMS\nhari-dasa thakura -SrTla Har idasa Thakura; ara-and; rOpa-sanata na-SrTla\n.\n\nRupa Gosvamr and SrTla Sanatana GosvamT; jagannatha-mandire-in the temple of lord Jagannatha; na-not; ya'na-go; tina jana-three persons.\n\n", "mad1#p0068": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n44\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo avoid turmoil, three great personalities -Haridasa Thakura, Srila\nRupa Gosvami and Srila Sanatana Gosvami-did not enter the temple of\nJagannatha.\nPURPORT\nIt is still the practice at Jagannatha temple not to allow those to enter who\ndo not strictly follow the Vedic culture known as Hinduism. SrTia Haridasa\nThakura, Srila Rupa GosvamT and Srila Sanatana Gosvami had had previous intimate connections with Mohammedans. Haridasa Thakura had been born in\n\nd Srrla Sanatana Gosvami,\n\na Mohammedan family, and SrTia Rupa GosvamT an\n\nhaving given up their social status in Hindu society, had been appointed\nministers in the Mohammedan government. They had even changed their\nnames to Sakara Mallika and Dabira Khasa. Thus they had supposedly been\nexpelled from brahmaQa society. Consequently, out of humility, they did not\nenter the temple of Jagannatha, although the Personality of Godhead, Jagannatha, in His form of Caitanya Mahaprabhu, personally came to see them\nevery day. Similarly, the members of this Kr��a consciousness society are\nsometimes refused entrance into some of the temples in India. We should not\nfeel sorry about this as long as we engage in chanting the Hare Kr��a mantra.\nKr��a Himself associates with devotees who are chanting His holy name, and\nthere is no need to be unhappy over not being able to enter a certain temple.\nSuch\n\ndogmatic\n\nprohibitions\n\nwere\n\nnot\n\napproved\n\nby\n\nLord\n\nCaitany a\n\nMahaprabhu. Those who were thought unfit to enter Jagannatha temple\nwere daily visited by Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and this indicates that Caitanya\nMahaprabhu did not approve of the prohibitions. To avoid unnecessary turmoil, however, these great personalities would not enter Jagannatha temple.\nTEXT 64\n\n11��!. �'$ftrtt�i( ��i'f·,cet'$f C'Tf�1 1\n�� �t'e{ �� �� filf� II �8 II\nmahaprabhu jagannathera upala-bhoga dekhiya\nnija-grhe ya'na ei tinere miliya\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jagannathera-of Lord Jagannatha; upa/a-bhoga-offering of food on the stone; dekhiya-after seeing;\nnija-grhe-to His own residence; ya'na-goes; ei-these; tinere-three;\nmi/iya-meeting.\n\n", "mad1#p0069": "Text 66]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n45\n\nTRANSLAliON\nEvery day Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu used to see the upala-bhoga\nceremony at the temple of Jagannatha, and after seeing this, He used to go\nvisit these three great personalities on His way to His own residence.\nPURPORT\nUpala-bhoga is a particular type of offering performed just behind the\nGaruc;la-stamba on a stone slab. That stone slab is called the upa/a. All food is\noffered within the temple room just below the altar of Jaganniitha This\nbhoga, however, was offered on the stone slab within the vision of the\n\npublic; therefore it is called upala-bhoga.\n\nTEXT 65\n\n�· �i{ �-a �� �<IS � 'Sr� I\niitt1T �f�' �t9fti{ filt'f,-� �1111 ��II\nei tina madhye yabe thake yei jana\n\ntar'lre asi' apane mile,-prabhura niyama\nSYNONYMS\nei tina madhye-of these three; yabe-when; thake-remains; yei jana­\n\nthat person who; tar'lre-to him; asi'-coming; tipane mile-personally\n\nmeets; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; niyama-regular practice.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIf one of these three was not present, He would meet the others. That\nwas His regular practice.\nTEXT 66\n\n��fit' � �� \\9ttfi(t� �� I\n�� '� ��t� � \"tt<fi �-i111 II �� II\ndaive asi' prabhu yabe Ordhvete cahila\nca/e gor'lja tala-patre sei 5/oka paila\nSYNONYMS\ndaive-accidentally; asi'-coming there; prabh u-the Lord; yabe-when;\n\nOrdhvete-on the roof; cahila-He looked; ca/e-in the roof; gor'lja­\n\npushed; ta/a-patre-the palm leaf; sei-that; 5/oka-verse; ptii/a-got.\n\n", "mad1#p0070": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n46\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to the residence of Srila Rupa\n\nGosvami, He accidentally saw the palm leaf on the roof, and thus He read\nthe verse composed by him.\nTEXT 67\n\n<:ttr• ��' �1tt � �t�� �i1 1\n\nti9Jt'$ftfftf<fP. �tf't' 9ft' \"f'G<I4l. �1$1 \" �\" \"\nsfoka pagi' ache prabhu aVi$ta ha-iya\nrOpa-gosafii asi' page daQgavat hana\n\nSYNONYMS\n5/oka pagi'-reading the verse;\n\nache-remained; prabhu-the Lord;\n\nan ecstatic mood; ha-iya-being; nJpa -gosa fi i-SrTla ROpa\nGosvamT; asi'-coming; page-fell down; daQgavat-like a rod; haria-beavi$ta-in\n\ncoming.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter reading the verse, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went into an ecstatic\nmood. While He was in that state, Sriia Riipa Gosvami came and immediately fell down on the floor like a rod.\nPURPORT\nThe word daQga means rod or pole. A rod or pole falls straight; similarly,\n\nwhen one offers obeisances to his superior with all eight arigas (parts) of the\nbody, he performs what is called daQgavat Sometimes we only speak of daQgavats but actually do not fall down. In any case, daQgavat means falling\ndown like a rod before one's superior.\nTEXT 68\n\n,�, 'lf�l2it_ itt� �t�� 'lft��il\n�r� i'ftf� r�1 <;<!itt'fti! <lifil'�i n �\"' n\nuthi' ma hapr abhu tarire capaga mariya\nkahite lagila kichu ko/ete kariya\n\n", "mad1#p0071": "Text 70]\n\n47\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\nSYNONYMS\n\nuthi'-standing up; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tar'lre-unto\nRopa GosvamT; capac;fa mJriya-slapping; kahite-to say; /Jgi/J-began;\nkichu-something; kolete-on the lap; kariyJ-taking.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Rupa Gosvlmi fell down like a rod, Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu got\nup and gave him a slap. Then, taking him on His lap, He began to speak to\nhim.\nTEXT 69\n\n'�tf '=tl\"t�� �f��nt il1 �It� '�t� tr� I\n\n(;1ftf JI�J �-ri '�_fit 'ft�f;'f '��t�? �� II\nmora 5/okera abhipraya nJ jane kona jane\nmora manera katha tumi janile kemane?\n\nSYNONYMS\nmora-My; 5/okera-of the verse; abhiprJya-purport; na-does not;\n\njane-know;\n\nkona-any; jane-person;\n\nmora-My;\n\nmanera-of mind;\n\nkatha-the intention; tumi-you; jani/e-understood; kemane-how.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"No one knows the purport of My verse,\" Caitanya Mahlprabhu said.\n\"How could you understand My intention l\"\nTEXT 70\n\n\\Jl� �ff't' itl;� �- i2Pft5f ��� I\n\n�?f-,'$f'Pftf<fPtJ �� ��t·'f &'JJP1 II '\\ II\no\n\neta bali' tanre bahu prasJda kariya\n\nsvarapa-gosanire 5/oka dekhaila lana\n\nSYNONYMS\neta\n\nba/i'-saying\n\nprasada-mercy;\n\nthis;\n\ntarire-unto\n\nkariya-showing;\n\nROpa\n\nGosvamT;\n\nbahu-much;\n\nsvarapa-gosJnire-unto\n\nGosvamT; 5/oka-the verse; dekhaila-showed; /ana-taking.\n\nSvarOpa\n\n", "mad1#p0072": "48\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu bestowed various benedictions\nupon Rupa Gosvami, and taking the verse, He later showed it to Svarupa\nGosvami.\nTEXT 71\n\nlllf1fit?f 'i_�il � ��111 �fiitt'! I\n(';lltif 'lftim �Q(j 1ti?f ;srtfil� (;�1ft� II 'l!> II\nsvarOpe puchena prabhu ha-iya vismite\nmora manera katha rOpa jtinila kemate\nSYNONYMS\nsvarDpe-unto SvarOpa GosvamT; puchena-inquired; prabhu-the lord;\nha-iya-becoming; vismite-struck with wonder; mora-My; manera-of\nthe mind; katha-intention; rupa-ROpa GosvamT; jani/a-understand; kemate-how.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving shown the verse to Svarupa Damodara with great wonder,\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu asked him how Rupa Gosvami could understand\nthe intentions of His mind.\nPURPORT\nWe had the opportunity to receive a similar blessing from SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT GosvamT when we presented an essay at his birthday\nceremony. He was so pleased with that essay that he used to call some of his\nconfidential devotees and show it to them. How could we have understood\nthe intentions of SrTia Prabhupada?\nTEXT 72\n\n'Qi?f ��,-�� 'Sft�i'f <;�t'lftif 'll'il I\n\n�tt� 'Sft�,-�11 <;�'t1fl1{ �� � II 'l� II\nsvarOpa kahe, -yate janila tamara mana\ntate jani, -hay a tamara krpara bhajana\n\n", "mad1#p0073": "The Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 74]\n\n49\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvarOpa kahe -S var o pa Damodara replied; yate-since; janila-he knew;\ntamara-Your; mana-intention; tate-therefore; jani-1 can understand;\n\nhaya-he is; ta mara- Your; krpara-of the mercy; bhajana- recipient.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila\n\nSvariipa\n\nDamodara\n\nGosvami\n\nreplied\n\nto\n\nLord\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu: 111f Riipa Gosvami can understand Your mind and intentions, he must have Your Lordship's special benediction!'\nTEXT 73\n\n�'f. �r;�,- �t'f �ifif �·� �lfP1 I\n�tfi'llr.. ����� �•tffln II 9� II\nprabhu kahe,-tare ami santu�ta hana\nalingana kailu sarva-sakti sancariya\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe\nmuch\n\nthe Lord said; tare-him; ami-1; santu�ta hal'ia-being very\n\n-\n\nsatisfied;\n\nalingana\n\nkailu-embraced;\n\nsarva-sakti-all\n\npotencies;\n\nsancariya-bestowing.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord said: 111 was so pleased with Riipa Gosvami that I embraced\nhim and bestowed upon him all necessary potencies for preaching the\nbhakti cult.\nTEXT 74\n\n<;�t'$1J 9f1i11 �1l 'JJS�lf·f<l�.. I\n1_f\";f'S �f�'S i!'ff;f �t�:m.. II 98 II\nyogya patra haya gOt;lha-rasa-vivecane\ntumio kahio tare gOt;lha-rasakhyane\nSYNONYMS\n\nyogya-suita ble; patra\n\n-\n\nrecipient; haya-is; gat;/ha-confidential; rasa­\n\nthe mellows; vivecane-in analyzing; tumi o-you also; kahio-instruct;\ntare-him; gat;/ha-confidential; rasa-the mellows; akhyane-in describing.\n\n", "mad1#p0074": "Sri C�it�nya-cill'itamrta\n\n50\n\n[M�dhy�-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\n111 Kcept �ril� Ru� Gosvami as quite fit to underst�nd the confidential\n\nmellows of devotion�! service, �d I recommend th�t you expl�in devotion�! service to him further!'\nTEXT 75\n\n��� ��� �tt1t Mtt �ff��P1 I\n��t\"t't �t'Pt '�� �1� 11tl<fPi II'\\� II\ne-saba kahiba age vistara karina\nsar'lk$epe uddesa kaila prastava paina\nSYNONYMS\ne-saba-all these; kahiba-1 shall narrate; age-later; vistara-elaboration;\nkarina- m aking;\n\nsar'lk$epe-in\n\nbrief;\n\nuddesa-reference;\n\nkaila-did;\n\nprastava-opportunity; paina -getting.\nTRANSLATION\nI shall describe �II these incidents elaborately l�ter on. Now I h�ve\ngiven only a brief reference.\nTEXT 76\n\nfm: '\"'�.�� �np: .,.�sr� t�l:'ll\"lf 1{fl'll!i��i�\\ '11 �jl(l '!flf'if1I,�l:llt: '1\"1{��, I\n'!Qfi9fr�:-c�C'!'Jl'��l!.�'�,9f•1{1{_?;lf\n'lfl:ori C'l{\n\n�tfi'!JI:f��fl'l��f9f�j� \"\"J��f\\!J II '\\,IJ II\n\npriyab so 'yam k($1)aQ sahacari kuru-k$etra-militas\ntathaharil sa radha tad idam ubhayob sar'lgama-sukham\ntathapy antab-khelan-madhura-murali-pancama-ju$e\nmano me kalindi-pulina-vipinaya sprhayati\nSYNONYMS\npriyab-v ery dear; sab-He; ayam -thi s; kr$1Jab-Lord Kr�oa; saha-cari-\n\n0 My dear friend; kuru-k$etra-militab-who is met on the field of Kuru�etra; tatha-also; aham-1; sa-that; radha-Riidhiiriii)T; tad-that; idam-\n\n", "mad1#p0075": "Text 78]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n51\n\nthis; ubhayob-of both of Us; sat'lgama-sukham-the happiness of meeting;\ntathapi-still; antab-within; khe/an-playing; madhura-sweet; murali-of\nthe flute; pai'!cama-the fifth note; ju�e-which delights in; manab-the\nmind; me-My; kalindi-of the River Yamuna;\n\npulina-on the bank;\n\nvipinaya-the trees; sprhayati-desires.\nTRANSLATION\n[This is a verse spoken by Srimati Rldhlr�i.] 11My dear friend, now I\nhave met My very old and dear friend Kr.r,a on this field of Kurukfetra. I\nam the same Radharar;ti, and now We are meeting together. It is very\npleasant, but still I would like to go to the bank of the Yamuna beneath the\ntrees of the forest there. I wish to hear the vibration of His sweet flute\nplaying the fifth note within that forest of Vrndavan a .\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse also appears in the Padyavali (383), by Srrla ROpa GosvamT.\nTEXT 77\n\nl.fl� � 'f�t-.'Pft( ��' ��1ft! I\ntr'Stlt'f 'w�' �ti �t.t �t.,� n �\" n\nei 5/okera sank�epartha 5una, bhakta-gaQa\njagannatha dekhi' yaiche prabhura bhavana\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; 5/okera-of the verse;\n5una-hear;\n\nbhakta-gaQa-0\n\ndekhi'-after\n\nseeing;\n\nsank�epa-artha-a brief explanation;\n\ndevotees;\n\nyaiche-just\n\nas;\n\njagannatha-Lord\nprabhura-of\n\nJagannatha;\n\nLord\n\nCaitanya;\n\nbhavana-the thinking.\nTRANSLATION\nNow, 0 devotees, please hear a brief explanation of this verse. Lord\nCaitanya Mahlprabhu was thinking in this way after having seen the\nJagannltha Deity.\nTEXT 78\n\nll1tf�i t:\"flt�ijj �t•t w� 1\n�f9t 'Pftt1�, I!\"\\<etr;.,� -i� n \"\"\" n\n\n", "mad1#p0076": "52\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nsri-radhika kuruk$etre k[$f)era darasana\nyadyapi payena, tabu bhavena aichana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-radhika-SrTmatT Radharat;�T; kuru-k$etre-in the field of Kuru�etra;\nk[$f)era-of Lord Kr�t;�a; darasana-meeting; yadyapi-although; payenaShe gets; tabu-still; bhavena-thinks; aichana-in this way.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe subject of His thoughts was Srimati Radhlril;li, who met K\"'.,a in\nthe field of Kuruk,etra. Although She met Km•a there, She was nonetheless thinking of Him in the following way.\nTEXT 79\n\n��-t, �'1-, <;��1, II'�'JJ 'Sf� I\n\n�ttl <;'Stt9f·�-t, � �� �� II '\\iii> II\nraja-vesa, hati, ghot;la, manu$ya gahana\nkahari gopa-vesa, kahari nirjana vrndavana\n\nSYNONYMS\nraja-vesa-royal dress; hati-elephants; ghoga-horses; manu$ya-men;\ngahana-crowds; kahari-where; gopa-vesa-the dress of a cowherd boy;\nkahari-where; nirjana-solitary; vrndavana-of the name Vrndavana.\n\nTRANSLATION\nShe thought of Him in the calm and quiet atmosphere of Vrndavana,\ndressed as a cowherd boy. But at Kuruk,etra He was in a royal dress and\nwas accompanied by elephants, horses and crowds of men. Thus the atmosphere was not congenial for Their meeting.\nTEXT 80\n\n�� oet�, � �-., '\"� � 1\n��' ��� �f-� �Cf (llro II\nsei bhava, sei k[$f)a, sei vrndavana\nyabe pai, tabe haya varichita puraf)a\n\n", "mad1#p0077": "Text 81]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n53\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei bhava-that circumstance; sei k m1 a-that Kr�r;Ja; sei vrndavana-that\nVrndavana; yabe pai-if I get; tabe-then; haya-is; vatichita-desired object; puraaa-fulfilled.\nTRANSLATION\nThus meeting with K\"Qa and thinking of the Vrndavana atmosphere,\nRadharar;�i longed for Kr,r;�a to take Her to Vrndavana again to fulfill Her\ndesire in that calm atmosphere.\nTEXT 81\n\n�i\"�\"D c� Oltir;r\"!tiS 1'1f-nf���\n\nc�tt'>l���--N �f�J�'i!t<fC<rtr'f: I\n'!� '!t�11f�t'!t'fl\"ctt<l'f'{�\nC'i!�� i!f_'$rf9r �Ol�Jfir�l� \"''lfl �: II lr � II\nahus ca te nalina-nabha padaravindarh\nyogesvarair hrdi vicintyam agadha-bodhai/:1\nsarhsara-kupa-patitottaraaavalambarh\ngeharh ju�am api manasy udiyat sada na/:1\nSYNONYMS\nahu/:1-the gopis said; ca-and; te-Your; na/ina-nabha-0 Lord, whose\nnavel is just like a lotus flower; pada-aravindam-lotus feet; yoga-isvarai/:1by the great mystic yogis; hrdi-within the heart; vicintyam-to be meditated upon; agadha-bodhai/:1-who were highly learned philosophers; sarhsara kupa -the dark well of material existence; patita-of those fallen; ut-\n\ntaraaa-of deliverers; ava/ambam-the only shelter; geham-family affairs;\nju�am-of those engaged; api-although; manasi-in the minds; udiyat-let\nbe awakened; sada-always; na/:1-our.\nTRANSLATION\nThe gopis spoke thus: \"Dear Lord, whose navel is just like a lotus\nflower, Your lotus feet are the only shelter for those who have fallen into\nthe deep well of material existence. Your feet are worshiped and meditated upon by great mystic yogis and highly learned philosophers. We\n\n", "mad1#p0078": "54\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nwish that these lotus feet may also be awakened within our hearts, although we are only ordinary persons engaged in household affairs!'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from the SrTmad-Bh�gavatam (1 0.82.49).\nTEXT 82\n\n�11ftf R'i (;1fR ti'P�tl I\n\n�i � �fif, \\!� �-1 � II lr� II\ntom�ra caraQa mora vraja-pura-ghare\n\nudaya karaye yadi, tabe v�ficha pOre\n\nSY NONYMS\ntomara-Your; caraQa-lotus feet; mora - my; vraja- pura-ghare-at the\n\nhome in Vrndavana; udaya-awaken; karaye-1 do; yadi -if; tabe-then;\nvaficha-desires; pOre-are fulfilled.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe gopis thought: \"Dear Lord, if Your lotus feet again come to our\nhome in Vrndavana, our desires will be fulfilled!'\nPURPORT\nIn his Anubha�ya, SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura comments: \"The\ngopis are purely engaged in the service of the Lord without motive. They are\nnot captivated by the opulence of Kr?r:Ja, nor by the understanding that He is\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead!' Naturally the gopis were inclined to\nlove Kr?r:Ja, for He was an attractive young boy of Vrndavana village. Being\nvillage girls, they were not very much attracted to the field of Kuru�etra,\nwhere Kr?r:Ja was present with elephants, horses and royal dress. Indeed, they\ndid not very much appreciate Kr?r:Ja in that atmosphere. Kr?r:Ja was not attracted by the opulence or personal beauty of the gopTs but by their pure\ndevotional service. Similarly, the gopTs were attracted to Kr?r:Ja as a cowherd\nboy, not in sophisticated guise. Lord Kr?r:Ja is inconceivably powerful. To\n\nunderstand Him, great yogis and saintly persons give up all material engage­\n\nments and meditate upon Him. Similarly, those who are overly attracted to\nmaterial enjoyment, to enhancement of material opulence, to family maintenance or to liberation from the entanglements of this material world take\n\n", "mad1#p0079": "The Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 84]\n\n55\n\nshelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. But such activities and\n\nmotivations are unknown to the gopis; they are not at all expert in executing\n\nsuch auspicious activities. Already transcendentally enlightened, they simply\nengage their purified senses in the service of the Lord in the remote village of\n\nVrndavana. The gopis are not interested in dry speculation, in the arts, in\nmusic, or other conditions of material life. They are bereft of all understanding\n\nof material enjoyment and renunciation. Their only desire is to see Kr�r:Ja\n\nreturn and enjoy spiritual, transcendental pastimes with them. The gopis\nwant Him simply to stay in Vrndavana so that they can render service unto\nHim, for His pleasure. There is not even a tinge of personal sense gratification.\nTEXT 83\n\n'et� 'Jtt<1S·\"t( M-t� <1SBf�1 I\n1fi�H;'m�tf<$c;ltt<1S �� �� �tl�1 11 � 11\nbhagavatera 5/oka-gD{ihartha visada karina\n\nrOpa-gosani sloka kaila /aka bujhaina\nSYNONYMS\nbhagavatera-of Srimad-Bhagavatam;\n\ns/oka-the verse;\n\ngu{iha-artha­\n\nconfidential meaning; visada-elaborate description; karitia-doing; rDpagosani-SrTia Rupa GosvamT; s/oka-the verse; kai/a-compiled; /oka-the\n\npeople in general; bujhaitia -making understand.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn one verse, Srila Riipa Gosvlmi has explained the confidential meaning of the verse of Srimad-Bhlgavatam for the understanding of the\ngeneral populace.\nTEXT 84\n\nl71 C\\! a>r\")a>rl�'19ff�1lta>fiif'itif���l9f�\")<::!1\n\nlf¥1 C�tCfi �a>rlff'S �\\!1 1ft��\") 1li��\")�: I\n\\!ll!i�i���a>r9f����,�t�i �=\n\n'!�� <fa>f� <tifCOii�if'I-C�����, II �8 II\nya te lila-rasa-parimalodgari-vanyaparita\n\ndhanya k$aUQi vilasati vrta mathuri madhuribhi/:1\n\n", "mad1#p0080": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n56\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\ntatrasmabhis catula-pa5upi-bhava-mugdhantarabhi/:l\nsamvitas tvaril kalaya vadano/Jasi-Vef)Uf viharam\nSYNONYMS\nya-that; te-Your; lila-rasa-of the mellows tasted in the pastimes;\nparimala-the\nforests;\n\nfragrance;\n\nudgari-spreading;\n\ndhanya-glorious; k$aUQi-the land;\n\nvanya-aparita-filled\n\nwith\n\nvi/asati-enjoys; V(ta-sur­\n\nrounded; mathuri-the Mathura district; madhuribhi/:1-by the beauties;\ntatra-there;\n\nasmabhi/:1-by\n\nus;\n\ncatula-flickering;\n\npa5upi-bhava-with\n\necstatic enjoyment as gopis; mugdha-antarabhi/:1-by those whose hearts are\nenchanted;\n\nsamvita/:1-surrounded;\n\ntvam-You;\n\nkalaya-kindly perform;\n\nvadana-on the mouth; ullasi-playing; ve(lu/:1-with the flute; viharamplayful pastimes.\nTRANSLATION\nThe gopis continued: \"Dear Kn�;�a, the fragrance of the mellows of\nYour pastimes is spread throughout the forests of the glorious land of\nVrndavana, which is surrounded by the sweetness of the district of\nMathura. In the congenial atmosphere of that wonderful land, You may\nenjoy Your pastimes, with Your flute dancing on Your lips, and surrounded\nby us, the gopis, whose hearts are always en chanted by unpredictable\necstatic emotions!'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from the La lita -madhava (1 0.38), by SrTia Rupa Gosvami.\nTEXT 85\n\n��1f� 1f�t2ft_ ��' i!r'Stltt-t I\n��'I�\\! <=Wt-r, ��-��\\!II lr'<t II\nei-mata mahaprabhu dekhi' jagannathe\nsubhadra-sahita dekhe, varilsi nahi hate\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; maha-prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dekhi'after seeing; jagannathe-Lord Jagannatha;\n\ns\n\nu-bh ad ra\n\n-\n\nS u bh adra ; sahita­\n\nwith; dekhe-He sees; varilsi-the flute; nahi-not; hate-in the hand.\n\n", "mad1#p0081": "Text 87]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n57\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, when Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu saw Jagannatha, He saw that\nthe Lord was with His sister Subhadra and was not holding a flute in His\nhand.\nTEXT 86\n\nmt�tr-� � �!P� I\n<li'tti 'Pft�, c.!l� �1!1 � �� lllr� II\ntri-bhanga-sundara vraje vrajendra-nandana\nkaha.n paba, ei vancha ba<;fe anuk$a(la\n\nSYNONYMS\ntri-bhanga-bent\n\nin\n\nthree\n\nplaces;\n\nsu ndara-beau tif u l;\n\nvraje-in\n\nVrndavana; vrajendra-nandana-the son of Nanda Maharaja; kaha.n-where;\n\npaba-shalll get; ei-this; vancha.-desire; ba<;fe-increases; anuk$a(la-in­\n\ncessantly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAbsorbed in the ecstasy of the gopis, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwished to see Lord Jagannatha in His original form as KnQa , the son of\nNanda Maharaja, standing in Vrndavana and appearing very beautiful, His\nbody curved in three places. His desire to see that form was always increasing.\nTEXT 87\n\n�-�hn� �� �� 1\nt'l'tcfi-<2f'ft9f � �� m-� II 1.-'\\ II\nradhika-unmada yaiche uddhava-darsane\nudghDrQa-pralapa taiche prabhura ratri-dine\n\nSYNONYMS\nradhika-unmada-the madness of SrimatT Radharl!.I)T; yaiche-just like; ud­\n\ndhava-darsane-in seeing Uddhava;\n\ntently in madness; taiche-similar l y;\ndine-night and day.\n\nudghDrQa-pralapa-talking inconsisprabhura-of Lord Caitanya;\n\nratri­\n\n", "mad1#p0082": "[Madhya-lill, Ch. 1\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n58\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust as Srimati Rldhlrlr;ti talked inconsistently with a bumblebee in the\npresence of Uddhava, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in His ecstasy talked\ncrazily and inconsistently day and night.\nPURPORT\nThis unmada (madness) is not ordinary madness. When SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu talked inconsistently, almost like a crazy fellow, He was in the\ntranscendental ecstasy of love. In the highest transcendental ecstasy there is\na feeling of being enchanted in the presence of the enchanter. When the\nenchanter and the enchanted become separated, mohana, or bewilderment,\noccurs. When so bewildered due to separation, one becomes stunned, and at\nthat time all the bodily symptoms of transcendental ecstasy are manifested.\nWhen they are manifest, one appears inconceivably crazy. This is called transcendental madness. In this state, there is imaginative discourse, and one experiences emotions like those of a madman. The madness of SrTmati\nRadharaoT was explained to Kr�Qa by Uddhava, who said, \"My dear Kr�Qa, because of extreme feelings of separation from You, SrTmatT RadharaQT is sometimes making Her bed in the groves of the forest, sometimes rebuking a bluish\ncloud, and sometimes wandering about in the dense darkness of the forest.\nThus She has become like a crazy woman!'\n\nTEXT 88\n\n� �e.� QIPf �� t:1tt�tbf I\n\n�l'lf�! �� fttif<l''ftr;i( � II lrlr II\ndvada.Sa vatsara 5e$a aiche gor'laila\nei mata 5e$a-/ila tri-vidhane kaila\n\nSYNONYMS\ndvadasa-twelve;\n\nvatsara-years;\n\n5e$a-final;\n\naiche-in\n\nthat\n\nway;\n\ngor'lai/a-passed away; ei mata-in this way; 5e$a-/ila-the last pastimes; trividhane-in three ways; kaila-executed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe last twelve years of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu were passed in this\ntranscendental craziness. Thus He executed His last pastimes in three\nways.\n\n", "mad1#p0083": "Text 91]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n59\n\nTEXT 89\n\n100t\" m' i� <�'-'\"' �'\" � � �• 1\n'elq, 'e19111f -�f '<fi �� If. II lr� II\nsannyasa kari' cabbisa vatsara kaila ye ye karma\nananta, apara-tara ke janibe marma\n\nSYNONYMS\nsannyasa kari '-after accepting the renounced order; cabbisa vatsara­\n\ntwenty-four years; kai/a - did; ye ye-whatever; karma-activities; anantaunlimited; apara-insurmountable; tara-of that; ke-who; janib e-will\nknow; marma-the purport.\nTRANSLATION\nFor the twenty-four years after Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu accepted the\nrenounced order, whatever pastimes He executed were unlimited and unfathomable. Who can understand the purport of such pastimesl\nTEXT 90\n\n\\;� mt� <fiR flf-st ;� I\n\n'l� 'l,�J � � 'iJI 'St'fe{ II � II\no\n\nuddesa karite kari dig-darasana\nmukhya mukhya /ilara kari sOtra gaoana\n\nSYNONYMS\nuddesa-indication; karite-to make; kari-1 do; dig-dara5ana-a general\nsurvey; mukhya mukhya-the chief; lilara-of the pastimes; kari-1 do;\nsOtra -synopsis; gaoana -enumeration.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJust to indicate those pastimes, I am presenting a general survey of the\nchief pastimes in the form of a synopsis.\nTEXT 91\n\n� 'il 12tt_l �<fiftl I\n100t� �' ifiltn �t_l\\� II �:> II\n\n", "mad1#p0084": "[Madhya-lila , Ch. 1\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n60\n\nprathama sOtra prabhura sannyasa-karaf)a\nsannyasa kari' calila prabhu sri-vrndavana\nSYNONYMS\nprathama-first;\n\nsatra-synopsis;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\nsannyasa­\n\nkaraf)a-accepting the sannyasa order; sannyasa kari'-after accepting the\nrenounced order; calila-went; prabhu-the Lord; sri-vrndavana-toward\nVrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\nThis is the first synopsis: After accepting the sannyasa order, Caitanya\nMahaprabhu proceeded toward Vrndavana.\nPURPORT\nClearly these statements are a real account of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\nacceptance of the renounced order of life. His acceptance of this renounced\norder is not at all comparable to the acceptance of sannyasa by Mayavadis.\nAfter\n\naccepting\n\nsannyasa,\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's\n\naim\n\nwas to reach\n\nVrndavana. He was unlike the Mayavadi sannyasis, who desire to merge into\nthe existence of the Absolute. For a Vai�l)ava, acceptance of sannyasa means\ngetting relief from all material activities and completely devoting oneself to\nthe transcendental loving service of the Lord. This is confirmed by Srila Rupa\nGosvami (B.r.s. 1.2.255): anasaktasya vi?ayan yatharham upayufijata/:11 nir­\n\nbandha/:1 kr?Qa-sambandhe yuktarh vairagyam ucyate. For a Vai�l)ava, the\n\nrenounced order means completely giving up attachment for material things\nand engaging nonstop in the transcendental loving service of the Lord. The\nMayavadi sannyasis, however, do not know how to engage everything in the\nservice of the Lord. Because they have no devotional training , they think material\n\nobjects\n\nto\n\nbe\n\nuntouchable.\n\nBrahma-satyarh\n\njagan-mithya.\n\nThe\n\nMayavadis think that the world is false, but the Vai�l)ava sannyasis do not\nthink like this. Vai�l)avas say, \"Why should the world be false? It is reality, and\nit is meant for the service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead!' For a\nVai�l)ava sannyasi, renunciation means not accepting anything for personal\nsense enjoyment. Devotional service means engaging everything for the\nsatisfaction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 92\n\n(;� �� �'J1 ��'II\n�i''\"Qit f� fiti{ <fiRf'li �'I ll �� ll\n\n", "mad1#p0085": "Text 94]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n61\n\npremete vihvala bahya nahika smaraQa\nrac;lha-dese tina dina karila bhramaf)a\nSYNONYMS\npremete-in ecstatic love of Kr�Qa; vihva/a-overwhelmed; bahya-external;\n\nnahika-there is not; smaraQa-remembrance;\n\nrac;lha-dese-in the\n\nRa9ha countries; tina dina-three days; karila-did; bhramaQa-traveling.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen proceeding toward Vrndavana, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was\noverwhelmed with ecstatic love for K�r:ta, and He lost all remembrance of\nthe external world. In this way He traveled continuously for three days in\nRa�ha-desa, the country where the Ganges River does not flow.\nTEXT 93\n\n� � qt� t.'lii.�i I\nmrtm 'll$i ��\"fi '��i' �fl'!lrl \" �� \"\nnityananda prabhu mahaprabhu bhulaiya\nganga-tire lana aila 'yamuna' baliya\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda prabhu-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; maha-prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\nbhu/aiya-bewildering;\n\nganga-tire-on\n\nthe bank\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nGanges; /ana-taking; ai/a-brought; yamuna-the River Yamuna; ba/iyainforming.\nTRANSLA liON\nFirst of all, Lord Nityananda bewildered Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu by\nbringing Him along the banks of the Ganges, saying that it was the River\nYamuna.\nTEXT 94\n\n-ttf��il ����il' 'Jt!l �t'fl1li( I\n12fQ(l{ r�-.1 �<f.\" i!tti, � lf��:;$i( \" �s \"\nsantipure acaryera grhe agamana\nprathama bhik$a kaila tahan, ratre sankirtana\n\n", "mad1#p0086": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n62\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 1\n\nSYNONYMS\nsantipure-in the city of Santipura; acaryera-of Advaita Acarya; grhe-to\n\nthe home;\n\nagamana-coming; prathama-first; bhik$a-accepting alms;\n\nkaila-did; tahati-there; ratre-at night; satikirtana-performance of congregational chanting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter three days, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu came to the house of\nAdvaita Acarya at Santipura and accepted alms there. This was His first\nacceptance of alms. At night He performed congregational chanting\nthere.\nPURPORT\nIt appears that in His transcendental ecstasy, SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nforgot to eat for three continuous days. He was then misled by Nityananda\nPrabhu, who said that the River Ganges was the Yamuna. Because the Lord\nwas in the ecstasy of going to Vrndavana, He was engladdened to see the\nYamuna, although in actuality the river was the Ganges. In this way the Lord\nwas brought to the house of Advaita Prabhu at Santipura after three days,\nand He accepted food there. As long as the Lord remained there, He saw His\n\nmother, Sac1dev1, and every night executed congregational chanting with all\nthe devotees.\n\nTEXT 95\n\nJtt� 'e�'$ft'fll!'ft1 ��'I' � I\n\n�(' �t�til �fit' ,�'1 �rot'$11fil II �� II\nmata bhakta-gaQera tahati karila milana\nsarva samadhana kari' kaila niladri-gamana\n\nSYNONYMS\nmata-the mother; bhakta-gaQera-of the devotees; tahan-in that place;\nkari/a-did; mi/ana-meeting; sarva-all; samadhana-adjustments; kari'executing; kaila-did; nT/adri-gamana-going to Jagannatha Purl.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the house of Advaita Prabhu, He met His mother as well as all the\ndevotees from Mayapura. He adjusted everything and then went to Jagannatha Puri.\n\n", "mad1#p0087": "Text 961\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord C�tanya\n\n63\n\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahliprabhu knew very well that His acceptance of sanny�a\nwas a thunderbolt for His mother. He therefore called for His mother and the\ndevotees from Mliylipura, and by the arrangement of SrT Advaita ,l.�rya, He\nmet them for the last time after His acceptance of sanny�a. His mother was\noverwhelmed with grief when she saw that He was clean-shaven. There was\nno longer any beautiful hair on His head. Mother SacT was pacified by all the\ndevotees, and Lord Caitanya Mahliprabhu asked her to cook for Him because\nHe was very hungry, not having taken anything for three days. His mother immediately agreed, and, forgetting everything else, she cooked for SrT Caitanya\nMahliprabhu during all the days she was at the house of SrT Advaita Prabhu.\nThen, after a few days, Sri Caitanya Mahliprabhu requested His mother's permission to go to Jagannatha Purr. At His mother's request, He made Jagannlitha Purr His headquarters after His acceptance of sannyJ.sa. Thus everything was adjusted,\n\nand with His mother's\n\npermission SrT Caitanya\n\nMahliprabhu proceeded toward Jagannlitha Puri.\nTEXT 96\n\n�Qf � 'ft�, ��-if� I\n\n�-.� �if �Qfi, ''Stt'Pft1'f·'lt?!� II �� II\npathe nana lila-rasa, deva-darasana\nmadhava-purira katha, gopala-sthapana\nSYNONYMS\n\npathe-on the way; nana-various; lila-rasa-transcendental pastimes;\ndeva-dara5ana-visiting the temples; madhava-purira-of f'v1lidhavendra Purl;\nkatha-incidents; gopala-of Goplila; sthapana-the installation.\nTRANSLATION\nOn the way toward Jagannatha Puri, Caitanya Mahaprabhu performed\nmany other pastimes. He visited various temples and heard the story\nabout Madhavendra Puri and the installation of Gopila.\nPURPORT\nThis Madhava Puri is Madhavendra Puri. Another f'v1lidhava Purl is\nMadhavlicarya, who was the spiritual master of a devotee in the line of\nGadadhara Pal)c;lita and who wrote a book known as Sri Marigala-bhJ?ya.\n\n", "mad1#p0088": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n64\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nMadhavacarya, however, is different from Madhavendra Puri, who is mentioned in this verse.\n\nTEXT 97\n\n.m-�fit·��' �tr.,..<;'itt�·�ti I\n����'I� �·'eel� II �9 II\nk�ira-curi-katha, sak�i-gopala-vivaraf)a\nnityananda kaila prabhura daQc;fa-bhat'ljana\n\nSYNONYMS\nk�ira-curi-katha-the narration of the stealing of the condensed milk; sak�i-gopala-vivaraf)a-the description of witness Gopala; nityananda-Nityananda Prabhu; kai /a-did; prabhura-of the Lord; daf)c;fa-bhat'ljana-breaking the sannyasa rod.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Nityananda Prabhu, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard the story of\nK,ira-curi Gopinatha and of the witness Gopala. Then Nityananda Prabhu\nbroke the sannyasa rod belonging to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nPURPORT\nThis K�ira-curi Gopinatha is situated about five miles away from the\nBalesvara station on the Northeastern Railway, formerly known as the BengaiMayapura Railway. This station is situated a few miles away from the famous\nKargapura junction station. Sometimes the charge of the temple was given to\nSyamasundara Adhikari from GopTvallabhapura, which lies on the border of\nthe district of Medinipura. Syamasundara Adhikari was a descendant of\nRasikananda Murari, the chief disciple of Syamananda Gosvami.\n\nA few miles before the Jagannatha Puri station is a small station called Sak�i-gopala. Near this station is a village named SatyavadT, where the temple of\nSak�i-gopala is situated.\n\nTEXT 98\n\ntfl'6.\"' �$1 �� <;'ita'rl 'Sf�Ql �liff�t� I\n\n<;'l�1t1 ��� �$1 \"Ptf\"i'fl ,_fi(� II �b- II\n\n", "mad1#p0089": "Text 100]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n65\n\nkruddha hana eka ge/a jagannatha dekhite\ndekhiya murcchita hana pa(lila bhamite\n\nSYNONYMS\nkruddha-angry;\n\nhana-becoming;\n\neka-alone;\n\nge/a-went;\n\njagan­\n\nnatha-Lord Jaganniitha; dekhite-to see; dekhiya -after seeing Jaganniitha;\nmurcchita-senseless; hana-becoming; pa(li/a-fell down; bhumite-on\nthe ground.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter His sannyasa rod was broken by Nityananda Prabhu, Caitanya\nMahaprabhu apparently became very angry and left His company to travel\nalone to the Jagannatha temple. When Caitanya Mahaprabhu entered the\nJagannatha temple and saw Lord Jagannatha, He immediately lost His\nsenses and fell down on the ground.\nTEXT 99\n\nJ��'\\1t 1'11$1 c;'Stfrt ��-�� I\n\"� c21� c21� �·��� ��il II �� II\nsarvabhauma lana gela apana-bhavana\ntrtiya prahare prabhura ha-ila cetana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma -Sarvabhauma\n\nBhagiicarya;\n\napana-bhavana-to his own house;\n\nlana -taking;\n\ntrtiya prahare-in\n\nge/a -went;\n\nthe afternoon;\n\nprabhura-of Lord Caitanya Mahiiprabhu; ha-i/a-there was; cetana-consciousness.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw Lord Jagannatha in the temple and\nfell do�n unconscious, Sarvabhauma Bhanacuya took Him to his home.\nThe Lord remained unconscious until the afternoon, when He finally\nregained His consciousness.\nTEXT 100\n\nfil'!Jtil�, 'f$ftil�, 'lttlfti1f, \"�� I\n11tt� �t�' fifflll' �t<f 91�1'1 �� II � o o II\n\n", "mad1#p0090": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Mad hya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nnity�nanda, jagadananda, damodara, mukunda\np�che asi' mi/i' sabe paila ananda\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda-of the name Nityananda; jagadananda-of the name\n\nJagad�nanda; damodara-of the name Damodara; mukunda-of the name\n\nMukunda; pache asi -co ming; mi/i'-meeting; sabe-all; pa ila-go t; anan'\n\nda- pleasure\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord had left Nityananda's company and had gone alone to the\nJ•annltha temple, but later Nityananda, Jagadananda, Damodara and\nMukunda came to see Him, and after seeing Him they were very pleased.\nTEXT 101\n\n�t� ��'e� �'f ��Hi cti�ll'f I\n\n�'fi{·�l!_� iltt1f (;if� II � � II\no\n\ntabe sarvabhaume prabhu prasada karila\n�pana-isvara-murti tarire dekh�ila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at\n\nthat\n\ntime;\n\nsarvabhaume-unto\n\nSarvabhauma\n\nBhattaarya;\n\nprabhu-Lord SrT Caitanya M ahapra bhu; prasada karila-bestowed mercy;\n.Jpana-His own; isvara-murti-original form as the Lord; tar'lre-unto him;\ndekM.ila-showed.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this incident, Lord Caitanya Mah aprabhu bestowed His mercy\nupon Slrvabhauma Bhatflclrya by showing him His original form as the\nLord.\nTEXT 102\n\nctif� �!_ �..'1 'Sttlil I\nf1it\"'tiji � ��tif� m� II � o� II\n\n'!� '!'\n\ntabe ta' karila prabhu dak$iQa gamana\n\nkurma-k$etre kai/a vasudeva vimocana\n\n", "mad1#p0091": "The Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 104]\n\n67\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe ta'-thereafter; kari/a -did ; prabhu -Lord Caitanya Mahliprabhu;\ndak$if)a-to\n\nsouthern\n\nIndia;\n\ngamana -traveling;\n\nkurma-k$etre-at\n\nthe\n\npil grimage site known as Kurma-�etra; kai/a -did; vasudeva-of the name\nVasudeva; vimocana -deliverance.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter bestowing mercy upon Slrvabhauma Bhaftldrya, the Lord started\nfor southern India. When He came to Kurma-k,etra, He delivered a person named Vbudeva.\nTEXT 103\n\n���� '� ij��ll(1� I\n��-�� $1't1t·�ttll' il'tlf<2!�� II � o� II\njiyat;fa-nrsimhe kaila nrsimha-stavana\npathe-pathe grame-grame nama-pravartana\nSYNONYMS\njiyat;fa-nrsimhe-the place of pilgrimage known as JiyaQa-nrsimha; kai/a­\n\ndid; nrsimha-to Nrsimha; stavana-prayin g ; pathe-pathe-on the way;\ngrame-grame-every village;\n\nnama -pravartana -introduction of the holy\n\nname of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter visiting Kurma-k,etra, the Lord visited the south Indian temple of\nJiyac;la-nrshnha and offered His prayers to Lord Nrshnhadeva. On His way,\nHe introduced the chanting of the Hare Krf�a mahl-mantra in every\nvillage.\nTEXT 104\n\n<;'Sft'f�'l'f-� �'lt�·i!fll' I\nftlrtil'lt ftll �I( �;!�� fif\"'il II � o 8 II\ngo davari-tira-vane vrndavana-bhrama\nramananda raya saha tahafli milana\n\n", "mad1#p0092": "[Madhya-lill, Ch. 1\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n68\n\nSYNONYMS\ngodavari-tira-on the bank of the River Godavari; vane-in the forest;\nvrndavana-bhrama-mistook as Vrndavana; ramananda raya-of the name\nRamananda Raya; saha\n\n-\n\nwith; tahani-there; mi/ana-meeting.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOnce the Lord mistook the forest on the bank of the River Godlvari to\nbe Vrndlvana. In that place He happened to meet Rlmlnanda Rlya.\nTEXT 105\n\n�-ffl�-� '� �11'� I\n�4 <fi� ��ift1l �mfsj II � o� II\ntrima/la-tripadi-sthana kai/a darasana\nsarvatra karila kr�Qa-nama pracaraQa\nSYNONYMS\ntrimalla-a place named Trimalla; tripadi-or Tirupati; sthana-the place;\nkaila-did;\n\ndarasana-visit;\n\nsarvatra-everywhere;\n\nkarila-did;\n\nkr�Qa­\n\nnama-the holy name of Lord Kr�r:Ja; pracaraQa-preaching\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe visited the place known as Trimalla, or Tirupati, and there He extensively preached the chanting of the Lord's holy name .\nPURPORT\nThis holy place is situated in the district of Taiijor, south India. The temple\nof Tripadi is situated in the valley of Vyerika!acala and contains a Deity of\nLord Ramacandra. On top of Vyerika!acala is the famous temple of Balaji.\nTEXT 106\n\n�t<t '!' 9f�fu'iftS! �Rtilf w� 1\n\n�flt�'f���fvr '�ilf W11'-l� II �o� II\ntabe ta' pa�aQQi-gaQ e karila da/ana\nahovala-nrsimhadi kaila darasana\n\n", "mad1#p0093": "The Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 108]\n\n69\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe\n\nta'-thereafter;\n\npa$aQf;/i-gaQe-unto\n\nthe\n\natheists;\n\nkarila-did;\n\nda/ana-subduing; ahova/a-nrsirhha-adi-Nrsimhadeva, named Ahovala or\nat Ahovala; kai/a-did; dara5ana-visit\nTRANSLATION\nAfter\n\nvisiting\n\nthe\n\ntemple\n\nof\n\nTrimalla\n\nor Tripadi,\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu had to subdue some atheists. He then visited the temple of\nAhovala-nrshnha.\nPURPORT\nThis Ahovala temple is situated in Dak�il)atya in the district of Karl)ula\nwithin the subdivision of Sarbela. Throughout the whole district this very\nfamous temple is much appreciated by the people. There are nine other temples also, and all of them together are called the Nava-nrsirhha temples. There\nis much wonderful architecture and artistic engraving work in these temples.\nHowever, as stated in the local gazette, the KarQula Manual, the work is not\ncomplete.\nTEXT 107\n\n��� �Cifi ���I\nI)Jtf Oiffq1 '�� � �f\"(J II �oct II\nsri-ranga-k$etra ai/a kaverira tira\nsri-ranga dekhiya preme ha-ila asthira\nSYNONYMS\nsri-ranga-k$etra-to the place where the temple of Rar'lganatha is situated;\nai/a-came;\n\nkaverira-of\n\nthe\n\nRiver\n\nKaverT;\n\ntira-the\n\nbank;\n\nsri-ranga\n\ndekhiya-after seeing this temple; preme-in love of Godhead; ha-ila-became; asthira-agitated.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu came to the land of Sri Rai1ga-k,etra on\nthe bank of the Kaveri, He visited the temple of Sri Rai1ganatha and was\nthere overwhelmed in the ecstasy of love of Godhead.\nTEXT 108\n\n� re�J �t� c� ��'PI 1\n��fJP �� ���1 rn 1ftlln �0\"\" 11\n\n", "mad1#p0094": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n70\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\ntrimalla bhattera ghare kaila prabhu vasa\n\ntahafii rahila prabhu var$a cari masa\nSYNONYMS\n\ntrimalla bhattera-of Trimalla Bhatta; ghare-at the house; kai/a-did;\n\nprabhu-the Lord; vasa-residence; tahafii-there; rahi/a-lived; prabhuthe Lord; var$a-the rainy season; cari-four; masa-months.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahlprabhu lived at the house of Trimalla Bhatta for the\nfour months of the rainy season.\nTEXT 109\n\n•e�·� �1111� -� ?tfu� ,\n'�tflfPJ ?ttf��·02t� �'\" ��� \" � 0�\nsri-vai$f)ava trima//a-bhatta-parama paf)c;fita\ngosafiira paQc;fitya-preme ha-ifa vismita\nSYNONYMS\nsri-vai$Qava trima/la-bhatta- Trimalla Bhaga was a SrT Vai�l)ava; paramahighly; paQc;fita-learned scholar; gosafiira-of Lord Caitanya Mahiiprabhu;\npaQc;fitya-scholarship; preme-as well as in the love of Godhead; ha-i/awas; vismita-astonished.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Trimalla Bhatta was both a member of the Sri Vai,r,ava community\nand a learned scholar; therefore when he saw Caitanya Mahlprabhu, who\nwas both a great scholar and a great devotee of the Lord, he was very\nmuch astonished.\nTEXT 110\n\n�-� il t� �f ���t�J �ti{ I\n,'$11�� �-;{r'!·�·lf��f;i{ II �)0 II\ncaturmasya tatiha prabhu sri-vai$f)avera sane\ngotiai/a nrtya-grta-kr$Qa-satikirtane\n\n", "mad1#p0095": "Text 112]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n71\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaturmasya-observance of th four months of the rainy season; tJQhJprabhu-the Lord; sri-vai�Qavera sane-with the Sri Vai�l)avas;\n\nthere;\n\ngor'lai/a-passed; nrtya-dancing; gita-singing; kr�Qa-satikirtane-in chanting the holy name of Lord Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu passed the Citurmlsya months with the\nSri Vai,.,avas, dancing, singing and chanting the holy name of the Lord.\nTEXT 111\n\n�t9JJ·�t• �: 'ff!lli'l 'Sf� I\n��� �� �ttF'c$ f� ll ��� ll\ncaturmasya-ante puna/:! dak�if)a gamana\nparamananda-puri saha tahani milana\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaturmasya-ante-at the end of the Citurmasya; puna/:1 -again; dak�if)a\ngamana-traveling in southern\nParamananda Puri; saha\n\n-\n\nIndia;\n\nparamananda-puri-of the name\n\nwith; tahafli-there; mi/ana-meeting\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the end of the Clturmlsya, Lord Caitanya Mahlprabhu continued\ntraveling throughout southern India. At that time He met Paramlnanda\nPuri.\nTEXT 112\n\n� 'et�m\n\n�t� �·�� i!�t1{ 1\n\n1{� ��-t �·iftlf 121m II )�� II\ntabe bhattathari haite kr�Qa-dasera uddhara\nrama-japi vipra-mukhe kr�Qa-nama pracara\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-after this; bhatta-thari-a Bhanathari; haite-from; kr�Qa-daseraof Kr�l)adasa; uddhara-the deliverance; rama-japi-chanters of the name of\n\n", "mad1#p0096": "72\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nLord Rama; vipra-mukhe-unto brahmat:�as; kr�t:J a-nama-the name of Lord\nKr�Qa; pracara-preaching.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, Kr,Qadasa, the servant of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, was\ndelivered from the clutches of a Bhatfathari. Caitanya Mahaprabhu then\npreached that Lord Kr,Qa's name should also be chanted by brahmaQas\nwho were accustomed to chanting Lord Rama's name.\nPURPORT\nIn the Malabara district, a section of the brahmaQas are known as nambudri-brahmat:�as, and the Bha��atharis are their priests. Bhattatharis know\nmany tantric black arts, such as the art of killing a person, of bringing him\nunder submission, and of destroying or devastating him. They are very expert\nin these black arts, and one such Bhattathari bewildered the personal servant\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu while the servant accompanied the Lord in His\ntravels through south India. Somehow or other Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ndelivered this Kr�t:�adasa from the clutches of the Bha�tathari. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu is well known as Patita-pavana, the savior of all fallen souls, and\nHe proved this in His behavior toward His personal servant, Kr�t:�adasa, whom\nHe saved. Sometimes the word Bhattathari is misspelled in Bengal as Bhattamari.\n\nTEXT 113\n\n!\\�'1- � \\!t�tf$ f1fi'(i{ I\n1*111't1f Me� �� �:�16i( II ��� II\nsri-rariga-puri saha tahani milana\nrama-dasa viprera kaila dubkha-vimocana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rariga-puri-of the name Sri Rar'lga-puri; saha-with; tahai'li-there;\nmi/ana-meeting;\n\nrama-dasa-of the name Ramadasa;\n\nviprera-of the\n\nbrahmaQa; kai/a-did; dubkha-vimocana-deliverance from all sufferings.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then met Sri Ratigapuri and mitigated all the\nsufferings of a brahmaQa named Ramadasa.\n\n", "mad1#p0097": "Text 115]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n73\n\nTEXT 114\n\n�'fltWT lf� ��ill� ��tJ I\n�� � �'f �1-�tf II ��8 II\ntattva-vadi saha kaila tattvera vicara\napanake hina-buddhi haila tari-sabara\nSYNONYMS\ntattva-vadi-a section of the Madhvacarya-sampradaya;\n\nsaha-with;\n\nkai/a-did; tattvera-of the Absolute Truth; vicara-discussion; apanakethemselves; hina-buddhi-consideration as inferior in quality; hai/a-was;\ntari-sabara-of all the opposing parties.\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu also had a discussion with the Tattvavadi community, and the Tattvavadis felt themselves to be inferior Vai,.,avas.\nPURPORT\nThe Tattvavadi sect belongs to Madhvacarya's Vai�Qava community, but\nits behavior differs from the strict Madhvacarya Vai�Qava principles. There is\none monastery named Uttarara9i, and its commander is named Raghuvaryatirtha:madhvacarya.\nTEXT 115\n\n�·' '1_1fit�t�1f, ��I\n\n�te, <lt�tlf<l ��'f � II ��<t II\nananta, purU$Ottama, sri-janardana\npadmanabha, vasudeva kaila darasana\nSYNONYMS\nananta-Anantadeva; purU$Ottama-of the name Puru�ottama; sri-janardana-of the name Sri Janardana; padma-nabha-of the name Padmanabha;\nvasudeva-of the name Vasudeva; kai/a-did; darasana-visit.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then visited the Vi,.,u temples of Anantadeva,\nPuru,ottama, Sri Janardana, Padmanabha and Vasudeva.\n\n", "mad1#p0098": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n74\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nPURPORT\nA temple of Ananta Padman�bha Vi�r;tu is situated in the Triv�drama district. This temple is very famous in those quarters. Another Vi�r;tu temple,\nnamed Sri janardana, is situated about twenty-six miles north of the Triv�ndrama district near a railway station called Varkala.\n\nTEXT 116\n\n� �llf �fltllf MDl� I\n�� �' 1ftC:il1l1 i� \" ��� u\n'Wf\n\ntabe prabhu kai/a saptatala vimocana\nsetu-bandhe snana, ramesvara darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; prabhu-the Lord; kai/a-did; sapta-ta/a-vimocanadeliverance of the Saptat�la tree; setu-bandhe-at Cape Comorin; snanabathing; ramesvara-temple of R�mesvara; darasana-visit.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter that, Lord Caitanya Mah�rabhu delivered the celebrated Saptatala tree, took His bath at Setubandha Ramesvara and visited the temple\nof Lord Siva known as Rame5vara.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that the Saptat�la tree is a very old, massive palm tree. There was\nonce a fight between Bali and his brother SugrTva, and Lord R�macandra took\nthe side of SugrTva and killed Bali, keeping Himself behind this celebrated tree.\nWhen Lord Caitanya Mah�prabhu toured south India, He embraced this tree,\nwhich was delivered and directly promoted to Vaikur;t�ha.\n\nTEXT 117\n\n'!�tfl$ �fifl'f f:Si�'l �'I I\n1fAit� � 11\"1�'1, � ff(� u ��\" u\ntahafli karila kurma-puraQa sravaQa\nmaya-sita nileka ravaQa, tahate likhana\n\n", "mad1#p0099": "The Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 119]\n\n75\n\nSYNONYMS\ntahani-there;\n\nkari/a-did; karma-puraf)a-of the Karma Puraf)a; sra­\n\nvaf)a-hearing; maya-sita-a false Sita;\n\nni/eka-kidnapped;\n\nravaf)a-by\n\nRaval)a; tahate-in that book; likhana-it is stated.\nTRANSLATION\nAt Ramesvara, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had a chance to read the Kurma Purar,a, in which He discovered that the form of Sita kidnapped by\nRava.,a was not that of the real Sita but a mere shadow representation.\nPURPORT\nThe Karma Puraf)a states that this shadowy STta was placed into a fire as a\ntest of chastity. It was Maya-sita who entered the fire and the real Sita who\ncame out of the fire.\nTEXT 118\n\n��1 � �� ��'f 1fi' I\n\n�'PI�� <15-ti �\"' ISR'III ��lr II\nsuniya prabhura anandita haila mana\nrama-dasa viprera katha ha-ila smaraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing this; prabhura-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; anandita-very happy; hai/a-became;\n\nmana-the mind; rama-dasa-of the\n\nname Ramadasa; viprera-with the brahmaf)a; katha-of the conversation;\nha-i/a-was; smaraf)a-remembrance.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very glad to read about the false Sita, and\nHe remembered His meeting with Ramadasa Vipra, who was very sorry\nthat mother Sita had been kidnapped by Rava.,a.\nTEXT 119\n\n�����t�<15�' �I\nJ11Nf� �-ttbit:-t �tbfll ��� II\n\n", "mad1#p0100": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n76\n\nsei puratana patra agraha kari' ni/a\nramadase dekhaiya du/:lkha khar:IC;iaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; puratana-old; patra-page; agraha-with great enthusiasm;\nkari'-doing;\n\nni/a-took;\n\nrama-dase-to\n\nthe\n\nRamadasa;\n\nbrahmaf)a\n\ndekhaiya -showing; du/:lkha -unhappiness; khaf)f;/ai/a -mitigated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu eagerly tore this page from the Kurma Purar:ta, although the book was very old, and He later showed it to\nRamadasa Vipra, whose unhappiness was mitigated.\nTEXT 120\n\n�'f��\\51, �(�'!, � 1(� �t<fll1 I\n� �� 'f$1 �tl'f1 �� �f.f$1 \" ��\n\n0\n\n\"\n\nbrahma-samhita, karf)amrta, dui purithi pana\ndui pustaka lana ai/a uttama janina\n\nSYNONYMS\nbrahma-sarhhita-the book named Brahma-sarilhita; karf)amrta-the book\nnamed Kr$TJa-karf)amrta; dui-two; purithi -scriptures; pana-obtaining;\ndui-two; pustaka-books; /ana-carrying; ai/a-came back; uttama-very\ngood; janina-knowing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu also found two other books-namely,\nBrahma-sarilhita and K\"r:ta-karr:tamrta. Knowing these books to be excellent, He took them to present to His devotees.\nPURPORT\nIn the olden days, there were no presses, and all the important scriptures\nwere hand-written and kept in large temples. Caitanya Mahaprabhu found\nBrahma-samhita and Kr$TJa-karf)amrta in hand-written texts, and knowing\nthem to be very authoritative, He took them with Him to present to His devotees. Of course, He obtained the permission of the temple commander. Now\nboth Brahma-sarilhita and Kr$TJa-karf)amrta are available in print with commentaries by SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura.\n\n", "mad1#p0101": "Text 122]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n77\n\nTEXT 121\n\n�f� �� $1� �m, I\n'fti'Stt'l � ��\\fti111 �f� II��� II\npunarapi nilacale gamana kari/a\nbhakta-gaf)e meliya snana-yatra dekhila\n\nSYNONYMS\npunarapi-again;\n\nnilaca/e-to Jagann�tha Purl; gamana-going back;\n\nkari/a-did; bhakta-gaQe-all the devotees; me/iya-meeting; snana-yatrathe bathing ceremony of Lord Jagann�tha; dekhila-saw.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter collecting these books, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned to\nJagannatha Puri. At that time, the bathing ceremony of Jagannltha was\ntaking place, and He saw it.\nTEXT 122\n\n��t� iSf'$fiftt� �i ��i �-tif I\n\n��t'ft'fitt� � '$f1ti{ II��� II\nanavasare jagannathera na pana darasana\nvirahe alalanatha karila gamana\n\nSYNONYMS\nanavasare-during the absence; jagannathera-of Lord Jagann�tha; nanot; pana-getting; dara5ana-visit; virahe-in separation; alalanatha-of\nthe place named Al�lan�tha; karila-did; gamana\n\ngoing.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Jagannatha was absent from the temple, Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nwho could not see Him, felt separation and left Jagannatha Puri to go to a\nplace known as Alalanatha.\nPURPORT\nAl�lan�tha is also known as Brahmagiri. This place is about fourteen miles\nfrom Jagann�tha Purl and is also on the beach. There is a temple of Jagannatha\n\n", "mad1#p0102": "78\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nthere. At the present moment a police station and post office are situated\n\nthere because so many people come to see the temple.\n\nThe word anavasara is used when Sri jagannathaji cannot be seen in the\n\ntemple. After the bathing ceremony (snana-yatral, Lord Jagannatha is supposed to become sick. He is therefore removed to His private apartment,\nwhere no one can see Him. Actually, during this period renovations are made\non the body of the Jagannatha Deity. This is called nava-yauvana During the\nRatha-yatra ceremony, Lord Jagannatha once again comes before the public.\nThus for fifteen days after the bathing ceremony, Lord Jagannatha is not visible to any visitors.\n\nTEXT 123\n\n�ltt� f� � �$1f� I\n'� �� ��' �1ft�'Rf 9ft�\" ��-e\"\nbhakta-sane dina kata tahaiii rahila\ngauc;lera bhakta aise, samacara paila\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-sane-with the devotees; dina kata-some days; tahafii-there at\nAlalanatha; rahi/a-remained; gauc;lera-of Bengal; bhakta-devotees; aise-come; samacara-news; paila-He got.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu remained for some days at Alalanatha. In the\nmeantime, Caitanya Mahaprabhu received news that all the devotees from\nBengal were coming to Jagannatha Puri.\n\nTEXT 124\n\n�\"'·lti\")1! Wit� m�11\nill'1�cti'l � ��t� ��1 \" ��8 \"\nnityananda-sarvabhauma agraha karifia\nnilacale aila mahaprabhuke la-ifia\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; agraha karifia-showing great eagerness; ni/aca/e-to Jagannatha\n\n", "mad1#p0103": "Text 126]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n79\n\nPuri; ai/a-returned; mahaprabhuke-Sr1 Caitanya Mahaprabhu; /a-ina-tak-\n\ning.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the devotees from Bengal arrived at Jagannatha Puri, both Nityananda Prabhu and Sarvabhauma Bhaffacarya greatly endeavored to take\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu back to Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 125\n\n��ft �'I� if! �i{ �-� I\nWl�ttff � <;'$f)m 'e9'$ftSI II��� II\nvirahe vihvala prabhu na jane ratri-dine\nhena-kale aila gauc;Jera bhakta-gaQe\nSYNONYMS\nvirahe-in separation; vihva/a-overwhelmed; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\nna -not; jane-knows; ratri-dine-day and night;\n\nhena­\n\nka/e-at this time; ai /a-arr i ved; gauc;Jera-of Bengal; bhakta-gaQe-all the\n\ndevotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu finally left Alalanatha to return to\nJagannatha Puri, He was overwhelmed both day and night due to separation from Jagannatha. His lamentation knew no bounds. During this time,\nall the devotees from different parts of Bengal, and especially from\nNavadvipa, arrived in Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 126\n\nfiffil' W9 �RJ' � �OO'V'f I\n��-�tllt �1l'ali{ fu � II��� II\n�\n\nsabe mili' yukti kari' kirtana arambhila\nkirtana-avese prabhura mana sthira haifa\nSYNONYMS\nsabe mi/i'-meeting all together; yukti kari -aft er due consideration;\n'\n\nkirtana-congregational chanting of the holy name; arambhila-began;\n\n", "mad1#p0104": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n80\n\n[Madhya-ldl, Ch. 1\n\nkTrtana-avese-in the ecstasy of kTrtana; prabhura-of\n\nlord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; mana-the mind; sthira-pacified; haila-became\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter due consideration, all the devotees began chanting the holy name\ncongregationally. Lord Caitanya's mind was thus pacified by the ecstasy of\nthe chanting.\nPURPORT\nBeing absolute, lord Jagannatha is identical in person, form, picture, kTrtana\nand all other circumstances. Therefore when Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard the\nchanting of the holy name of the lord, He was pacified. Previously, He had\n\nbeen feeling very morose due to separation from Jagannatha The conclusion\n\nis that whenever a kTrtana of pure devotees takes place, the lord is im­\n\nmediately present. By chanting the holy names of the lord, we associate with\nthe lord personally.\nTEXT 127\n\n�('� � Jtlft� f� I\n���1�\" �Jt� \"t�J �1 fifl'\\'1 II ��'\\ II\npOrve yabe prabhu ramanandere milila\nnTiacale asibare tanre ajfla dila\nSYNONYMS\npOrve-before this; yabe-while; prabhu-lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nramanandere-SrT Ramananda Raya; mi/i/a-met; nTiacale-to Jagannatha\nPurl; asibare-to come; tatire-him; ajfla diM-ordered.\nTRANSLATION\nPreviously, when Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu had been touring South\nIndia, He had met Ramananda �ya on the banks of the Godavari. At that\ntime it had been decided that Ramlnanda Raya would resign from his post\nas\n\ngovernor and return to Jagannatha Puri to live with Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 128\n\nJN·� 'l<$1 �� �'11 fl 00 I\n\nw-oo ���1 Jtlft��i{ 11 ��\"' 11\n\n", "mad1#p0105": "Text 130]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n81\n\nraja-ajna lana tenho aila kata dine\nratri-dine k($1)a-katha ramananda-sane\n\nSYNONYMS\nraja-ajna-the\n\nperm1ss1on\n\nof the King, Prataparudra;\n\nlan a-getting;\n\ntenho-Ramananda Raya; aila-retumed; kata din e-in some days; ratri­\n\ndine-day and night; kf$1)a-katha-talks of lord Kr�Qa and His pastimes;\nramananda-sane-in the company of Ramananda Raya\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon the order of Sri Caitanya Mahiprabhu, Sri Rlmlnanda Rlya took\nleave of the King and returned to Jagannltha Puri. After he arrived, Sri\nCaitanya Mahlprabhu very much enjoyed talking With him both day and\nnight about Lord Kt'fr;�a and His pastimes.\nTEXT 129\n\n�fllt� ��' � fifi!ttfif-� I\n�t1ftil�·<;'$ftf<r\"t-\"'�1ft'Sf1l'i{ll ���II\nkasT-misre krpa, pradyumna misradi-milana\nparamananda-pur1-govinda-ka5Tsvaragamana\n\nSYNONYMS\nka5T-misre krpa- His mercy to KMT Misra; pradyumna misra-adi-milanameeting with Pradyumna Misra; paramananda-purT-of the name Paramananda Purl;\n\ngovinda-of the name Govinda;\n\nka5Tsvara-of the name\n\nKMTsvara; agamana -coming.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Rlmlnanda Rlya's arrival, Sri Caitanya Mahiprabhu bestowed His\nmercy upon Ktii Misra and met Pradyumna Misra. At that time three personalities-Paramlnanda Purl, Govinda and Ktiisvara..:..came to see Lord\nCaitanya at Jagannltha Puri.\nTEXT 130\n\nSftt111'f1tajj1fi�·fif'ft� �'II �� I\n\n1itf���' m �II ��o II\n\n", "mad1#p0106": "82\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-ldl, Ch. 1\n\ndamodara-svalilpa-milane parama ananda\nsikhi-mahiti-milana, raya bhavananda\nSYNONYMS\ndamodara-svarOpa-Svarapa Dlimodara; mi/ane-in meeting; paramagreat; .1nanda-pleasure; sikhi-m.1hiti-of the name Sikhi Mlhiti; milanameeting; raya bhavc1nanda-Bhavlinanda, the father of Rlirnlinanda Rliya\nTRANSLATION\nEventually there was a meeting with SvarDpa Dlmodara Gosvlml, and\nthe Lord became very greatly pleased. Then there was a meeting with\nSikhi Mlhiti and with Bhavlnanda Rlya, the father of Rlrnananda Rlya.\nTEXT 131\n\n(;'$1)� � ���� �$(i{ I\n��i{c!tf1{��-� �Q(l{ fil'filll ���II\ngaw;Ja ha-ite sarva vai$f)avera agamana\nku/Tna-grama-v.1si-sat'lge prathama milana\nSYNONYMS\ngauc;fa ha-ite-from Bengal; sarva-all; vai$f)avera-of the Vai�r;�avas;\nagamana-appearance; ku/Tna-grama-v.1si-the residents of Kunna-grlima;\nsat'lge-with them; prathama-first; mi/ana-meeting.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees from Bengal gradually began arriving at Jagannltha\nPurl. At this time, the residents of Kullna-grama also came to see Sri\nCaitanya Mahlprabhu for the first time.\nTEXT 132\n\n�ff 'fPt �flf �� �� I\n�t�\"f�·llt1r filfiwn � �f1t' II �� II\nnarahari dasa .1di yata khaf)c;fa-vasT\nsiv.1nanda-sena-sar'lge milila sabe asi'\n\n", "mad1#p0107": "The Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 134]\n\n83\n\nSYNONYMS\nnarahari dasa-of the name Narahari dasa; adi-heading the list; yata-all;\nkharxJa-vasi-devotees of the p,lace known as Khal)c;ja; sivananda-sena-of\nthe name Sivananda Sena; satige\n\n-\n\nwith; mi/ila-He met; sab e -al l ; asi'­\n\ncoming there.\nTRANSLATION\nEventually Narahari dlsa and other inhabitants of Khat;lfila, along with\nSivananda Sena, all arrived, and Sri Caitanya Mahiprabhu met them.\nTEXT 133\n\n�il1 �f-t' � � 'fti'St'i I\n��1 lltlfP1 �� � .�� �� II �\"!>\"!> II\nsnMla-yatra dekhi' prabhu satige bhakta-ga!)a\nsaM lana kai/a prabhu guQ9ica marjana\nSYNONYMS\nsnana-yatra-the\n\nbathing\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nceremony;\n\nsatige-with\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nHim;\n\nprabhu-Lord\n\nbhakta-gaQa-the\n\ndevotees;\n\nsaba-all; /ana-taking; kai/a-did; prabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nguQ9ica marjana-was hing and cleaning the GUI)Qicli temple.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter seeing the bathing ceremony of Lord Jagannltha, Sri Caitanya\nMahlprabhu washed and cleaned Sri Gut:�4id temple with the assistance\nof many devotees.\nTEXT 134\n\n�lt� ��il1 �'I � I\n\nl'f·�cit if!J �' llwtt� � II �'!>8 II\nsaba-satige ratha-yatra kai/a dara5ana\nratha-agre nrtya kari' udyMle gamana\nSYNONYMS\nsaM-satige-with all of them; ratha-yatra-the car festival; kai/a-did;\ndara5ana-seeing; ratha-agre-in front of the car; nrtya-dancing; kari'doing; udyane-in the garden; gamana-going.\n\n", "mad1#p0108": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n84\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and all the devotees saw the\nRatha-yatra, the car festival ceremony. Caitanya Mahaprabhu Himself\ndanced in front of the car, and after dancing He entered a garden.\nTEXT 135\n\n�?iii'Wfe1 �?!\"� C� <;� � I\n\n,�11'1-e,-. � � �� 00 \" �'el� \"\nprataparudrere krpa kaifa sei sthane\ngauc;liya-bhakte ajna dila vidayera dine\n\nSYNONYMS\nprataparudrere-unto King Prataparudra;\n\nkrpa-mercy; kaifa-did; sei\n\nsthane-in that garden; gaw;liya-bhakte-to all the devotees of Bengal;\najna-the order; di/a-gave; vidayera-of departure; dine-on the day.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn that garden, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu bestowed His mercy upon\nKing Prataparudra. Afterwards, when the Bengali devotees were about to\nreturn home, the Lord gave separate orders to almost every one of them.\nTEXT 136\n\n������-���\n�� �,a, 1;� ��'i� fif�� II �-el� II\npratyabda asibe ratha-yatra-dara.5ane\nei chafe cahe bhakta-gaf)era mifane\n\nSYNONYMS\nprati-abda-every year; asibe-you should all come; ratha-yatra-the car\nfestival; darasane-to see; ei chafe-under this plea; cahe-desires; bhaktagaf)era-of all the devotees; mifane-the meeting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu desired to meet all the devotees of Bengal\nevery year. Therefore He ordered them to come to see the Ratha-yatra\nfestival every year.\n\n", "mad1#p0109": "Text 138]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n85\n\nTEXT 137\n\n�t(t•\"'·� ����I\n�� 1ftl!1 �' � � � �1� II ��\" II\nsarvabhauma-ghare prabhura bhik$a-paripatT\n$athTra mata kahe, yate rar:u;/T hauk $athT\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarvabhauma-ghare-at the house of Sarvabhauma Bhaga�rya;\nprabhura-of the lord; bhik�-eating; paripatT-sumptuously; �thTra\nmara-the mother of �athT, who was the daughter of Sarvabhauma Bhat !li�rya; kahe-says; yate-by which; raQ(iT-widow; hauk-let her become; $athi-�li!hl, the daughter.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was invited to dine at the house of Sirvabhauma Bhattacarya. While He was eating sumptuously, the son-in-law\nof Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya [the husband of his daughter $1fhi) criticized\nHim. Because of this, �afhi's mother cursed him by praying that- �afhi\nwould become a widow. In other words, she cursed her son-in-law to die.\nTEXT 138\n\n��tf �tfif � �t'$fllet I\n� �fitt� �� �fif'li �1{� II ��lr II\nvar$antare advaitadi bhaktera agamana\nprabhure dekhite sabe karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\n\nvar$a-antare-at the end of the year; advaita-adi-headed by Advaita\nA�rya; bhaktera-of all the devotees; agamana-coming to Jagannatha Purl;\nprabhure-the lord; dekhite-to see; sabe-all of them; karila-did;\ngamana-going to Jagannatha Purl.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the end of the year, all the devotees from Bengal, headed by Advaita\nAcarya, again came to see the Lord. Indeed, there was a great rush of\ndevotees to Jagannatha Puri.\n\n", "mad1#p0110": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n86\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 139\n\n�\"' �� film C'if� ��'It� 1\n\n� � �� ��t� �\" ���\"\nanande sabare niya dena vasa-sthana\nsivananda sena kare sabara pa/ana\nSYNONYMS\nanande-in\ndena-gives;\n\ngreat\n\npleasure;\n\nsabare-all\n\nthe devotees;\n\nvasa-sthana-residential quarters;\n\nniya-taking;\n\nsivananda sena-of the\n\nname Siviinanda Sena; kare-does; sabara-of all; pa/ana-maintenance.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all the devotees from Bengal arrived, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nallotted them residential quarters, and Sivlnanda Sena was put in charge\nof their maintenance.\nTEXT 140\n\n�J � ���1 �-�J 'et�J�i{. I\n� \"R'I Of�' �a;' �� II �So II\nsivanandera sange ai/a kukkura bhagyavan\nprabhura caraoa dekhi' kai/a antardhana\nSYNONYMS\nsivanandera sange-with Siviinanda Sena; ai/a-came; kukkura-a dog;\nbhagyavan-fortunate;\n\nprabhura-of the Lord;\n\ncaraoa-the lotus feet;\n\ndekhi'-seeing; kaila-did; antardhana-disappearing.\nTRANSLATION\nA dog accompanied Sivlnanda Sena and the devotees, and that dog was\nso fortunate that after seeing the lotus feet of Lord Caitanya Mahlprabhu,\nit was liberated and went back home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT 141\n\n'PftQ{ �t��1l � �� fif� I\n\n��ce� �� �� �� U �8� II\n\n", "mad1#p0111": "Text 143]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n87\n\npathe sarvabhauma saha sabara milana\nsarvabhauma bhat�caryera ka5Tte gamana\n\nSYNONYMS\npathe-on the way; sarvabhauma-S�rvabhaurna Bha��drya; sahawith; sabara-of everyone; mi/ana - meeting; sarvabhauma bhat�dryeraof the devotee named S�rvabhauma Bha���c�rya; kasTte-to V�r�r;�asT;\ngamana - going.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone met Smabhauma Bhattldrya on his way to Vlrl.,asi.\nTEXT 142\n\n�� fiffir'f1 ��� �flllf! I\n'\"'� �� � �� 11b1 II �8� II\nprabhure milila sarva vai$f)ava asiya\njala-krTr;ia kaila prabhu sabare /a-iya\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhure-Lord\n\nCaitanya\n\nMah�prabhu;\n\nmi/i/a-met;\n\nsarva-all;\n\nvai$(1ava - devotees; asiya -arriving at Jagann�tha Purr; ja/a- krTr;ia - sporting\nin the water; k aila - performed; prabhu-the Lord; sabare-all the devotees;\nla-iya -taking.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter arriving at Jagannltha Puri, all the Vaif�;�avas met with Sri Caitanya\nMaJ'ilprabhu. Later, Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu sported in the water, taking\nall the devotees with Him.\nTEXT 143\n\n�1 '1-1 �'f �f�i'I·'Jt:·��1ffe{� I\n\n��c;� � ��II �8� II\nsaba lafla kaila guf){iica-grha-sammarjana\nratha-yatra-dara5ane prabhura nartana\n\n", "mad1#p0112": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n88\n\n£Madhya-lila, Ch . 1\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaba /ana-taking all of them; kai/a- performed; gurxlica-grha-sammarjana- washing\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nGui)Qid\n\ntemple;\n\nratha-yatra-the car\n\ndarasane-in seeing; prabhura-of the Lord; nar ta na- danc ing\n\nfestival;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFirst the Lord washed the temple of Gu�Xfid very thoroughly. Then\neveryone saw the Ratha-yatra festival and the Lord's dancing before the\ncar.\nTEXT 144\n\nI;&��� ��Sf ��I\n� �N;�� �i'f �1!1 \"� II �88 II\nupavane kai/a prabhu vividha vi/asa\nprabhura abhi$eka kai/a vipra kr$Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nupavane-in the forest by the road; kai/a- performed; prabhu- Lord\nCaitanya Mahiiprabhu; vividha-varieties of; vi/asa-pastimes; prabhura-of\nLord Caitanya Mahiiprabhu; abhi$eka- bathing; kai/a-did; vipra-the\nbrahmaQa; kr$Qa-dasa-of the name Kr�Qadiisa.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the forest along the road from the Jagannatha temple to Gu�Xfid,\nLord Caitanya Mahlprabhu performed various pastimes. A brlhmat;�a\nnamed Kr.t;tadlsa performed the bathing ceremony of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahlprabhu.\nTEXT 145\n\n-.fi!� .,'!J·� �'f �� I\n���C6 �if \"1*11in'f�f � II �8� II\nguQgicate nrtya-ante kai/a ja/a-ke/i\nhera-pancamTte dekhila /ak$mT-devira kelT\n\n", "mad1#p0113": "Text 147]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n89\n\nSYNONYMS\nguQ(iicate-in the neighborhood of Gul) c;jicii temple; nrtya-ante-after\ndancing;\n\nkai/a-performed;\n\njala-keli-sporting\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nwater;\n\nhera­\n\npancamite-on the day of Herii-paricami; dekhila-saw; lak$mi-devira-of\nthe goddess of fortune; ke/i-activities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter dancing in the Gur:u;lica temple, the Lord sported in the water with\nHis devotees, and on Hera-paiicami day they all saw the activities of the\ngoddess of fortune, Lak,midevi.\nTEXT 146\n\n\"�·�t<J'ttl! � c;��� �i I\n\n�� ��' I!� 'f�� f�'fi II =>8� II\nkr$Qa-janma-yatrate prabhu gopa-vesa haifa\ndadhi-bha.ra va hi' tabe /agu(ia phiraila\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr$Qa-janma-yatrate-on the birthday ceremony of Lord Kr�Qa; prabhuLord Caitanya Mahliprabhu; gopa-vesa-dressed like a cowherd boy; haifawas; dadhi-bhara-a balance for pots of yogurt; vahi'\n\n-\n\ncarrying; tabe-at\n\nthat time; /agu(ia-a log; phirai/a-encircled.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn Janmaflami, Lord Knr:'la's birthday, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ndressed Himself as a cowherd boy and, carrying a balance with pots of\nyogurt, encircled a log.\nTEXT 147\n\nc;�J ��'Stt'l '!t� �� � I\n�tlr1f 'e� 'f�i �t1f � Jtm II =>89 II\ngau(iera bhakta-gaQe tabe karila vidaya\nsangera bhakta lana kare kTrtana sadaya\n\n", "mad1#p0114": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n90\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 1\n\nSYNONYMS\ngauc;fera-of Gauc;la-desa (Bengal); bhakta-gaf)e-to the devotees; tabe­\n\nthen; kari/a-gave; vid.iya- farewell ; sangera-of constant companionship;\nbhakta-devotees; /afici-taking; kare-performs ; kTrtana-congregational\nchanting; sadci ya-always\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATJON\nAfter this, Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu bade farewell to all the devotees\nfrom Gau�a-de5a [Bengal] and continued chanting with His intimate\ndevotees who constantly remained with Him.\nTEXT 148\n\n�itft�� �lr;'! ��\"' ,-sh�r;1{ �� I\n�i!t?f�i!t �� �r;-t ��� '��� II �81r II\nvrnd.ivana y.iite kaila gauc;fere gamana\nprat.iparudra kaila pathe vividha sevana\n\nSYNONYMS\nvrnd.ivana yaite-to go to Vrnd�vana; kai/a- did ; gauc;fere-to Bengal;\ngamana- going;\n\nprat.iparudra-King\n\nPrat�parudra;\n\nkai/a-performed;\n\npathe-on the road; vividha-various; sevana-services.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo visit Vrndlvana, the Lord went to Gau�a-de5a [Bengal]. On the way,\nKing Prataparudra performed a variety of service to please the Lord.\nTEXT 149\n\n��\"it'Pft�'lttr ��wt�-c!f'ltr I\n1ft1f.t�\"f 1{11{ ��\"11 'elf� 91� II �8� II\npurT-gos.ifii-sange vastra-prad.ina-prasanga\nramananda raya ail.i bhadraka paryanta\n\nSYNONYMS\npuri-gos.ifii-sange-with\n\nPurr Gosv�mT;\n\nvastra-prad.ina-prasanga-inci­\n\ndents of exchanging cloth; ram.inanda r.iya-of the name Ram�nanda R�ya;\n.ii/a-came; bhadraka-a place of the name Bhadraka; paryanta-as far as.\n\n", "mad1#p0115": "Text 151]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n91\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the way to Vrndlvana via Bengal, there was an incident wherein\nsome cloth was exchanged with Puri Gostiii. Sri Rlmlnanda Rlya accom­\n\npanied the Lord as far as the city of Bhadraka.\nTEXT 150\n\n'eft�' fWRt5�f�11: �'! �i'fl I\n� �f-t� \"'t\"'���� •i:�111 ��o II\n�i' vidya-vacaspatira grhete rahila\nprabhure dekhite /oka-sarighatta ha-ila\n\nSYNONYMS\n�i'-coming to Bengal; vidya-vacaspatira -of Vidya-vacaspati; grhete-at\nthe home; rahila-remained; prabhure-unto Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ndekhite-to see; loka-sarighatta-crowds of men; ha-i/a-there were.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen $ri Caitanya Mahlprabhu reached Vidylnagara, Bengal, on the\nway to Vrndlvana, He stopped at the house of Vidyl-vkaspati,-who was\nthe brother of Slrvabhauma Bhaftldrya. When Lord Caitanya\nMahlprabhu suddenly arrived at his house, great crowds of people\ngathered.\nTEXT 151\n\n11•flr-1 (;'ift'l <;�� �tfit� ���� I\n'��� � � .��ti:'li �f'ii1-� �������\n.\n\npanca-dina dekhe /oka nahika visrama\n/oka-bhaye ratre prabhu ai/a kuliya-grama\n\nSYNONYMS\npanca-dina-continuously\n\nfor five\n\ndays;\n\ndekhe-see;\n\n/oka-people;\n\nnahika-there is not; visrama-rest; loka-bhaye-on account of fearing the\ncrowds of men; ratre-at night; prabhu-the Lord; ai/a-went; kuliyagrama-to the place known as Kuliy�t\n\n", "mad1#p0116": "lMadhya-liiJ, Ch. 1\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n92\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor five consecutive days all the people gathered to see the Lord, and\nstill there was no rest. Out of fear of the crowd, Lord Caitanya\nMahlprabhu left at night and went to the town of Kuliyl [present-day\nNavadvlpa].\nPURPORT\nIf one considers the statements of the Caita.nya-bhagavata. along with the\ndescription by Locana dasa Thakura, it is clear that present-day Navadvlpa\n\nwas formerly known as Kuliya-grama While at Kuliya-grama, SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu bestowed His favor upon Devananda Par;�c;iita and delivered\n\nGopala Capala and many others who had previously committed offenses at\nHis lotus feet. At that time, to go from Vidyanagara to Kuliya-grama one had\n\nto cross a branch of the Ganges. All of those old places still exist. Cinac;iMga\nwas formerly situated in Kuliya-grama, which is now known as Kolera Gai'lja.\nTEXT 152\n\nt:finli·�� �'f1' �fillfl �� I\n� c;<�S'fi c;il� �fit' ��'f � II ��� II\nkuliya-gramete prabhura suniya agamana\n\nkoti koti loka asi' kaila dara5ana\nSYNONYMS\nkuliya-gramete-in that place known as Kuliya-grama; prabhura-of the\n\nLord; suniya-hearing; agamana-about the arrival; koti koti-hundreds of\nthousands;\n\naudience.\n\n/oka-of\n\npeople;\n\nasi'-coming;\n\nkai/a-took;\n\ndara5ana­\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing of the Lord's arrival in Kuliyl-grlma, many hundreds and thousands of people came to see Him.\nTEXT 153\n\nt:f'W!·� ��'f �i{t\"ft11' $1tW I\n<;'m��-�� ..illl'f !il�t�t�'f II �a-� II\n\n", "mad1#p0117": "Text 155]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n93\n\nkuliya-grame kai/a devanandere prasada\n\ngopala-viprere k$amaila srTvasaparadha\nSYNONYMS\n\nkuliya-grame-in that village known as Kuliya-grama; kai/a-showed;\n\ndevanandere prasada-mercy to Devananda Par:t<;lita; gopala-viprere-and to\n\nthe brahmaQa known\n\nas\n\nGopala\n\nCapala;\n\nk$am.ii/a-excused;\n\nsrTv.isa­\n\naparadha-the offense to the lotus feet of SrTvasa '[hakura.\nTRANSLATION\nThe specific acts performed by Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu at this time\nwere His showing favor upon Devananda P arxfita and excusing the\nbrlhma.,a known as Goplla Clpala from the offense he had committed at\nthe lotus feet of Srivlsa Thlkura.\nTEXT 154\n\n�'l- til�� �fit' ��i ���� I\n�� 'fifil' �tt1t ffit ?•�12ft1TII �1?8 II\npi1$aQ9i nindaka asi' pa9ila caraQe\n\naparadha k$ami' tare dila k[$Qa-preme\nSYNONYMS\npiJ$aQ9i-atheists; nindaka-blasphemers; asi'-coming there; pa9il.i­\n\nfell down; caraQe-at the lotus feet of the Lord; apar.idha k$ami'-excusing\n\nthem of their offenses; tare-unto them; di/a-gave; k[$Qa-preme-love of\nKr�IJa.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMany atheists and blasphemers came and fell at the lotus feet of the\nLord, and the Lord in return excused them and gave them love of Krf t;�a.\nTEXT 155\n\n��-�� � ��til' �fit��1� I\n�-t �t� 1ft� �VI �� II �Q(t II\nvrndavana yabena prabhu suni' nrsirilhananda\n\npatha sajaila mane p.iiya .inanda\n\n", "mad1#p0118": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n94\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavana-to Vrndavana; yabena-will go; prabhu-the lord; suni'hearing; nrsimhananda-of the name Nrsimhananda; patha-the way; sajai/a-decorated;\n\nmane-within\n\nthe\n\nmind;\n\npaiya-getting;\n\nananda­\n\npleasure.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen\n\nSri\n\nNrsirhhlnanda\n\nBrahmadri\n\nheard\n\nthat\n\nLord\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu would go to Vrndavana, he became very pleased and mentally began decorating the way there.\n\nTEXT 156\n\nffiAn i{'SfJ �fit'! '9f� � �t�'l I\n� �-�� �'9f� '?ft�llf \" ��� \"\nkuliya nagara haite patha ratne bandhaila\nnivrnta pu$pa-sayya upare patila\n\nSYNONYMS\nkuliya nagara-the city of Kuliya; haite-from; patha-way; ratne-with\n\njewels;\n\nband hai/a-constructed;\n\nnivrnta-stemless;\n\npu$pa-sayya-flower\n\nbed; upare-on top; pati/a -laid down.\nTRANSLATION\nFirst Nrsirhhananda Brahmadri contemplated a broad road starting\nfrom the city of Kuliya. He bedecked the road with jewels, upon which he\nthen laid a bed of stemless flowers.\nTEXT 157\n\n'9ft� � f� �IS9!<ilfti'Bl c;�ltf I\n1ftlij 1ftlij �9ftt-t fir�J �·matt n �a\" u\npathe dui dike pu$pa-bakulera sref)i\nmadhye madhye dui-pase divya pu$kariQi\n\n", "mad1#p0119": "Text 159]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n95\n\nSYNONYMS\n\npathe-on the road; dui dike-on both sides; pu$pa-bakulera-of baku/a\nflower trees; sreQi-rows; madhye madhye-in the middle; dui-pase-on\nboth sides; divya-transcendental; pu$kariQT-Iakes.\nTRANSLATION\nHe mentally decorated both sides of the road with bakula flower trees,\nand at intervals on both sides he placed lakes of a transcendental nature.\n\nTEXT 158\n\nn� 'it�, � �!If <fi'll'l 1\n�tift 9fr.,·�1l'r1�'1, �-� iSfif II �air II\nratna-bJndha ghata, tahe praphulla kamala\nnJna pak$i-ko/Jha/a, sudha-sama jala\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nratna-bandha-constructed with jewels; ghata-bathing places; tahethere; praphulla-fully blossoming; kama/a-lotus flowers; nJnJ-various;\npak$i-of birds; ko/aha/a-vibrations; sudha-nectar; sama-like; ja/awater.\nTRANSLATION\nThese lakes had bathing places constructed with jewels, and they were\nfilled with blossoming lotus flowers. There were various birds chirping,\nand the water was exactly like nectar.\n\nTEXT 159\n\n� �� �� iftirt mti \"1$1 I\n'<li'ti«b erl�' � 'll'l �'lfi$1 II �� � II\nsTta/a samTra vahe nanJ gandha fafia\n'kanaira nJtasa/J' paryanta fa-ita bandhifia\n\n", "mad1#p0120": "96\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 1\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nSYNONYMS\n\n.Srta/a-very\n\ncool;\n\nsamira-breezes;\n\ngandha-fragrances; /ana-carrying;\n\nvahe-blowing;\n\nnJna-various;\n\nkJnaira nata-sa/a -the place named\n\nKlinlii Nli!a5lilli; paryanta-as far as; /a-i/a-carried; bandhifiJ-constructing .\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe entire road was surcharged with many cool breezes, which carried\nthe fragrances from various flowers. He carried the construction of this\nroad as far as Kanai Natuala.\nPURPORT\nKiiniii Nii!a5iilii is about 202 miles from Calcutta on the Loop line of the\nEastern Railway. The railway station is named HlajhliQi, and after one gets off\nat that station, he has to go about two miles to find Klinlii Nli!aslilli.\n\nTEXT 160\n\n'ettt'St Jlil ill� 5t'f, iii \"Pttt1f �tfifi�;i! I\n\n\"Pt��111il i11 �' ��� ,�1 W-w;i! II ��0 II\nage mana nJhi ca/e, na pare bandhite\npatha-bandha na yaya, nrsimha hai/a vismite\n\nSYNONYMS\nage-beyond this; mana-the mind; nahi-does not; ca/e-go; na-is\nnot; pare-able; bandhite-to construct the road; patha-bandha-construction of\n\nthe road;\n\nna\n\nyaya-is not\n\npossible;\n\nnrsimha-Nrsirhhlinanda\n\nBrahmaciirT; hai/a-became; vismite-astonished.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWithin the mind of Nrsirhhananda Brahmacari, the road could not be\nconstructed beyond Kanai Nata5ala. He could not understand why the\nroad's construction could not be completed, and thus he was astonished.\nTEXT 161\n\n� �RI� ��, �il, �'Sf$j I\n�� iii ��il �t. -�� II ��� II\n\n", "mad1#p0121": "Text 161]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n97\n\nniscaya kariya kahi, suna, bhakta-gal)a\nebara na yabena prabhu sri-vrndavana\nSYNONYMS\nni5caya -assurance;\n\nkariya -ma king;\n\nkahi-1 say; suna-please hear;\n\nbhakta-gat)a-my dear devotees; ebara-this time; na-not; yabena-will\n\ngo; prabhu-lord Caitanya Mahiiprabhu; sri-vrndavana-to Vrndiivana.\nTRANSLATION\nWith great assurance he then told the devotees that Lord Caitanya\nwould not go to Vrndavana at that time.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Nrsirhhiinanda BrahmaciirT was a great devotee of lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; therefore when he heard that from Kuliyii Sri Caitanya\nMahiiprabhu was going to Vrndiivana, although he had no material wealth he\nbegan to construct within his mind a very attractive path or road for Caitanya\nMahiiprabhu to traverse. Some of the description of this path is given above.\nBut even mentally he could not construct the road beyond Kiiniii Nii�aSiilii.\n\nTherefore he concluded that Caitanya Mahiiprabhu would not go to\nVrndiivana at that time.\nFor a pure devotee, it is the same whether he materially constructs a path\nor constructs one within his mind. This is because the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, janiirdana, is bhava-grahi, or appreciative of the sentiment. For Him\na path made with actual jewels and a path made of mental jewels are the\nsame. Though subtle, mind is also matter, so any path-indeed, anything for\nthe service of the lord, whether in gross matter or in subtle matter-is accepted equally by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The lord accepts the\nattitude of His devotee and sees how much he is prepared to serve Him. The\ndevotee is at liberty to serve the lord either in gross matter or in subtle matter. The important point is that the service be in relation with the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gi� (9.26):\npatrarh pu$parh phalarh toyarh\nyo me bhaktya prayacchati\ntad aharh bhakty-upahrtam\na5nami prayatatmana/:1\n\n\"If one offers Me with love and devotion a leaf, a flower, fruit or water, I will\naccept it.\" The real ingredient is bhakti (devotion). Pure devotion is uncon-\n\n", "mad1#p0122": "98\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\ntaminated by the modes of material nature. Ahaituky apratihata: unconditional devotional service cannot be checked by any material condition. This\nmeans that one does not have to be very rich to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Even the poorest man can equally serve the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead if he has pure devotion. If there is no ulterior motive,\ndevotional service cannot be checked by any material condition.\nTEXT 162\n\n'�t�1f ilt�-tfi'fi' �flt� �fit<! fitsRlc$1 I\ntft�<l 9f�'te,, ��-._�� �c$1 \" ��� \"\n'kananira natasala' haite asiba p hir ina\njanibe pa5cat kahilu niscaya karit'ia\n,\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nkananira nata-sa/a-the place of the name Kanai Na�a5ala; haite-from;\nasiba-will come; phirit'ia-returning; janibe-you will know; pa5cat-later;\nkahi/u-1 say; nisca ya-assurance; kar it'ia-making.\nTRANSLATION\nNrsirilhananda Brahmacari said: \"The Lord will go to Kanai Nafa5ala and\nthen will return. All of you will come to know of this later, but I now say\nthis with great assurance.\"\nTEXT 163\n\n(;-stt�-r� \"t:flilm � �r� �\"ft<ti{ 1\n'fttr �ti!f� (;i'lt� � ��'St'l \" ��\\!)\"\ngo sa ni kuliya haite calila vrndavana\nsange sahastreka /oka yata bhakta-gal)a\n\nSYNONYMS\ngo sat'ii-Lord Caitanya tv1ahaprabhu; kuliya haite-from Kuliya; calilaproceeded; vrndavana-toward Vrndavana; s at'lge -with Him; sahastrekathousands; loka-of people; yata-all; bhakta-gal)a-the devotees.\n\n", "mad1#p0123": "The Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 165]\n\n99\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Caitanya Mahlprabhu began to proceed from Kuliya toward\nVrndavana, thousands of men were with Him, and all of them were devotees.\nTEXT 164\n\n�tt1 �'Al � \\!lti (;'fl$��'0 (;'ft<f. I\n�f� �ftt�, (;W�' �� �:�-� II }�8 II\nyahar'l yaya prabhu, tahar'l koti-sar'lkhya loka\ndekhite aise, dekhi' khaf)Qe dul)kha-soka\nSYNONYMS\nyahar'l-wherever; yaya-goes; prabhu-the Lord; tahar'l-everywhere;\nkoti-sar'lkhya /oka-an unlimited number of people; dekhite aise-come to\nsee Him; dekhi'-after seeing; khaf)Qe-removes; du/:lkha-unhappiness;\nsoka -lamentation.\nTRANSLATION\nWherever the Lord visited, crowds of innumerable people came to see\nHim. When they saw Him, all their unhappiness and lamentation\ndisappeared.\nTEXT 165\n\n�tt1 �'tt1 �f� R'l � �f'lt� I\n� �f�� � (;'ft<fi, � I(� 9ft� II }�� II\nyahan yahan prabhura caral)a paQaye ca/ite\nse mrttika laya /oka, garta haya pathe\nSYNONYMS\nyahati yahar'l-wherever; prabhura-of the Lord;\n\ncaraQa-lotus feet;\n\npaQaye-touch; ca/ite-while walking; se-that; mrttika-dirt; /aya-take;\n/oka-the people; garta-a hole; haya-there becomes; pathe-on the road.\nTRANSLATION\nWherever the Lord touched the ground with His lotus feet, people immediately came and gathered the dirt. Indeed, they gathered so much that\nmany holes were created in the road.\n\n", "mad1#p0124": "100\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-IIII, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 166\n\n�� ifir, �lift�\" '�11l,<tSfif' $till\n''$1� �� $t1l' \"'f� �� II ��� II\naiche cali, �if� prabhu 'r�make/i' gr�ma\ngaugera nikata gr�ma ati anup�ma\n\nSYNONYMS\naiche-in that way; ca/i-walking; �i/�-came; prabhu-Lord SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nrama-ke/i gr�ma-to the village of the name Ramakeli;\n\ngaugera-Bengal; nikata-near; gr�ma-the village; ati-very; anup�maexquisite.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya Mahlprabhu eventually arrived at a village named\nRlmakeli. This village is situated on the border of Bengal and is very exquisite.\nPURPORT\nRamakeli-grama is situated on the banks of the Ganges on the border of\nBengal. SrTia ROpa and Sanatana Gosvamis had their residences in this village.\nTEXT 167\n\n�(1 � �r;� �\\ '�'11 �i{ I\n�$ � � �tlr;� 00�� R'l II ��'\\ II\n�han nrtya kare prabhu preme acetana\nkoti koti loka �ise dekhite cara(la\n\nSYNONYMS\nt�har'l-there; nrtya-dancing; kare-performed; prabhu-Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; preme-in love of Godhead; acetana- unconscious; kQti\nkoti-innumerable; /aka-people; �ise-came; dekhite-to see; caraQaHis lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile performing sankirtana in Rlmakeli-grlma, the Lord danced and\nsometimes lost consciousness due to love of God. While He was at\n\n", "mad1#p0125": "Text 169]\n\n101\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\nRamakeli-grlma, an unlimited number of people came to see His lotus\nfeet.\nTEXT 168\n\n(;'Sf�'Q �<!��� �'el<l ��$1 I\n<fi� i'ftf'Sfiif f�t; �Mt\\! ��1 II ��lr II\ngaUt;Jesvara yavana-raja prabhava sunit'M\nkahite lagila kichu vismita hafla\nSYNONYMS\ngauga-isvara-king\n\nof\n\nprabhava-influence;\n\nBengal;\n\nyavana-raja-Mohammedan\n\nsunifla-hearing;\n\nkahite-to\n\nsay;\n\nking;\n\n/agi/a-began;\n\nkichu-something; vismita-astonished; hafla-becoming.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen\n\nthe\n\nMohammedan\n\nKing\n\nof\n\nBengal\n\nheard\n\nof\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's influence in attracting innumerable people, he became\nvery astonished and began to speak as follows.\nPURPORT\nAt that time the Mohammedan king of Bengal was Nawab Husen Saha\nBadasaha\nTEXT 169\n\n� 'T�il �'! �l � �� �tr;� � I\n�� '!' (;'Sf'tltt�i, ��1 ��rtf�� �-R II ��i\\> II\nvina dane eta loka yanra pache haya\nsei ta' gosafla, iha janiha ni5caya\nSYNONYMS\nvina-without; dane-charity; eta-so many; /oka-persons; yanrawhom; pache-after;\n\nhaya-become; sei ta'-He certainly; gosafla-a\n\nprophet; iha-this; janiha-know; niscaya-surely.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Such a person, who is followed by so many people without giving\nthem charity, must be a prophet. I can surely understand this fact.\"\n\n", "mad1#p0126": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n102\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 170\n\n�·t�, � -� if! �ft� ���� I\n�t9f�·�'RI ���' � �·� JT� II �'\\0 II\nkajT, yavana ihara na kariha hirilsana\napana-icchaya buluna, yahan unhara mana\nSYNONYMS\nkajT-magistrate; yavana-Mohammedan; ihara-of Him; na-do not;\nkariha-make;\n\nhirils an a-jealousy;\n\nHis\n\napana-icchaya-at\n\nown\n\nwill;\n\nbuluna-let Him go; yahan-whe rever; unhara-of Him; mana-mind.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Mohammedan King ordered the magistrate: 11Do not disturb this\nHindu prophet out of jealousy. Let Him do His own will wherever He\nlikes.\"\nPURPORT\nEven a Mohammedan king could understand SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\ntranscendental position as a prophet; therefore He ordered the local magistrate not to disturb Him but to let Him do whatever He liked.\nTEXT 171\n\n�-�®tf ��1 �ttl �'f I\nc!ft_f JT�19,. �bi Pf'l II�'\\� II\nkesava-chatrTre raja varta puchila\nprabhura mahima chatrT w;faiya dila\nSYNONYMS\nkesava-chatrTre-from the person named Kesava ChatrT; raja-King; varta-news;\n\npuchi/a-inquired;\n\nprabhura-of the Lord;\n\nmahima-glories;\n\nchatri-Kesava ChatrT; ugaiya-attaching no importance; di/a-gave.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Mohammedan King asked his assistant, Ke5ava Chatri, for\nnews of the influence of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Ke5ava Chatri, al-\n\n", "mad1#p0127": "Text 173]\n\n103\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\nthough knowing everything about Caitanya Mahaprabhu, tried to avoid\nthe conversation by not giving any importance to Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\nactivities.\nPURPORT\nKesava ChatrT became a diplomat when questioned about Sri Caitanya\nMahiiprabhu. Although he knew everything about Him, he was afraid that the\nMohammedan King might become His enemy. He gave no importance to the\nLord's activities, so that the Mohammedan King would take Him to be an ordinary man and would not give Him any trouble.\n\nTEXT 172\n\n�� 'OOt� �tit �Q{' 9i'ilJ� I\n�tt� '\"f�tt1f �itt� �� itfif � \" �\"� \"\nbhikharT sannyasi kare tirtha paryatana\ntatire dekhibare aise dui cari jana\nSYNONYMS\nbhikharT-beggar;\n\nsan nyasi-mendicant;\n\nkare-does;\n\ntTrtha-of\n\nholy\n\nplaces; paryatana-tourin g; tatire-Him; dekhibare-to see; aise-come;\n\ndui cari jana-only a few people.\nTRANSLATION\nKeiava Chatri informed the Mohammedan King that Caitanya\nMahaprabhu was a mendicant touring different places of pilgrimage and\nthat, as such, only a few people came to see Him.\nTEXT 173\n\n�� '\\!t1rt1f �tf<$ �1ft� 'It�� I\n\n�'Af ��t� l'ft1e ��' �� � �tfj{ \" �\"� \"\nyavane tomara thani karaye lagani\ntatira himsaya /abha nahi, haya ara hani\nSYNONYMS\nyavane-your Mohammedan servant; tomara-your; thani-place ;\nkaraye-does; /agani-i nstigation; tatira-of Him; himsaya-to become\n\n", "mad1#p0128": "104\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\njealous; labha nahi-there is no profit; haya-there is; ara-rather; haniloss.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKe5ava Chatri said: \"Out of jealousy your Mohammedan servant plots\nagainst Him. I think that you should not be very interested in Him, for\nthere is no profit in it. Rather, there is simply loss!'\nTEXT 174\n\n�� ��' '\"'-t� ai1'fiCJ �1$1 I\ni� \\!t1f �� �tift'f ��1$1 II �\"8 II\nrajare prabodhi' kesava brahmaf)a pathafia\nca/ibara tare prabhure pathaila kahifia\nSYNONYMS\nrajare-unto the King; prabodhi'-pacifying; kesava-of the name Kesava\n\nChatrT; brahmaf)a-one brahmaf)a; pathafia-sending there; ca/ibara tarefor the sake of leaving; prabhura-unto the Lord; pathai/a-sent; kahit'tatelling.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter pacifying the King in this way, Ke5ava Chatri sent a brahma.,a\nmessenger to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, requesting Him to leave without delay.\nTEXT 175\n\n\"� �\"'\"\" 11� �!If� I\n<;��� 'lff.:111 �tft11ftf'Stl'l �� II �\"� II\ndabira khasere raja puchi/a nibhrte\n\ngosanira mahima teriho /agi/a kahite\nSYNONYMS\ndabira khasere-of the name Dabira Khasa (then the name of SrTia ROpa\n\nGosvamT); raja-the King; puchi/a-inquired; nibhrte-in privacy; gosaniraof Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mahima-g lories; teriho-he; /agi/a-begari;\nkahite-to speak.\n\n", "mad1#p0129": "Text 177]\n\n105\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn private, the King inquired from Dabira Khisa [�rila Rilpa Gosvlmi],\nwho began to speak about the glories of the Lord.\nTEXT 176\n\n� '\\!tlf� � �' � � (;'Sttltc$1 I\n�tJ m-t Q!tl{tJ 'ett'itJ �f1tlrt .m�c$111\nye tomare rajya dila, ye tamara gosai'ia\ntamara dese tamara bhagye janmila asii'ia\nSYNONYMS\n\nye-that one who; tomare-unto you; raj ya-kin gdom; di/a-gave; yethe one who; tamara-your; gosai'ia -proph et; tamara dese-in your country; tamara bhagye-on account of your good fortune; janmila-took birth;\nasii'ia-coming.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Rilpa Gosvlmi said: 11The Supreme Personality of Godhead, who\ngave you this kingdom and whom you accept as a prophet, has taken birth\nin your country due to your good fortune.\nTEXT 177\n\n� 1l\"trl'f �-' �AA Q I\n\n� � (;i!'f1rtl �lllt IIR1 II �\"\" II\ntamara mar'lgala vai'iche, karya-siddhi haya\nihara asTrvade tamara sarvatra-i jaya\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-your; mar'lga/a-good fortune;\n\nvai'iche-He de si re s; karya-of\nbusiness; siddhi-the perfection; ha ya -is; ihara-of Him; asTrvade-by the\nble ssings; tomara-your; sarvatra-i-everywhere; jaya - victo ry\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11This prophet always desires your good fortune. By His grace, all your\nbusiness is successful. By His blessings, you will attain victory everywhere.\n\n", "mad1#p0130": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n106\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 178\n\n<;1f'ttf (;\"lSi{ �' 'tfir � �'ii{·'ll'i{ I\n\n1_fiT iRftfit.t \" Rf·��-t � II �'l� II\nmore kena pucha, tumi pucha apana-mana\ntumi naradhipa hao vi$f)U-ari1sa sama\n\nSYNONYMS\nmore-unto me; kena-why; pucha-you inquire; tumi-you; puchainquire; apana-mana-your own mind; tumi-you; nara-adhipa-King of the\npeople; hao-you are; vi$f)U-ari1sa sama-representative of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Why are you questioning mel Better that you question your own\nmind. Because you are the King of the people, you are the representative\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore you can understand\nthis better than 1.\"\nTEXT 179\n\n<;�11rt1f fit������ Wfit I\n�11{ M� � \"11{, � �' 12f1rt'1 II �'l� II\ntamara citte caitanyere kaiche haya jt''iana\ntamara citte yei /aya, sei ta' pramaf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara citte-in your mind; caitanyere-of Lord Caitanya Mahi!.prabhu;\nkaiche-how; haya-there is; jtiana-knowledge; tamara-your; cittemind; yei-whatever; /aya-takes; sei ta' pramaf)a-that is evidence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Srila Rupa Gosvami informed the King about his mind as a way of\nknowing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. He assured the King that whatever occurred in his mind could be considered evidence.\n\n", "mad1#p0131": "Text 181]\n\nThe later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n107\n\nTEXT 180\n\n1fttt1 ��, �if, c;11'1J � � 'At I\n�te. � � �tffl :Jt�-t1( II �lro II\nraja kahe, suna, mora mane yei laya\nsak$at Tsvara ihan nahika sarilsaya\nSYNONYMS\nr aj a kahe-the King replied; suna-hear; mora-my; mane-mind; yeiwhat; /aya -takes; sak$at-personally;\n\nTsvara-the Supreme Personality;\n\nihan-He; nahika-there is not; sarilsaya- doubt.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King replied: \"I consider\n\nSri Caitanya Mah�rabhu to be the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. There is no doubt about it.\"\nTEXT 181\n\n���'�<;'Stitt � �� I\n�!:� 00 -rPf � �91�1 �1:1{ II �lr� II\neta kahi' raja gela nija abhyantare\ntabe dabira khasa aila apanara ghare\nSYNONYMS\neta kah i -saying this; raja-the King; ge/a-went; n ija- own; abhyan'\n\ntar e-to the private house; tabe-at that time; dabira kh a sa-Srrla ROpa\nCosvlimT; ai/a-retumed; apan ara-his own; gh ar e-to the residence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter having this conversation with Rupa Gosvlmi, the King entered his\nprivate house. Rupa Gosvami, then known as Dabira Khasa, also returned\nto his residence.\nPURPORT\nA monarch is certainly a representative of the Supreme Personality of Codhead. As stated in Bhagavad-gita, sarva-loka-mahesvaram: the Supreme Per-\n\n", "mad1#p0132": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n108\n\n[Madhya-Jill, Ch. 1\n\nsonality of Godhead is the proprietor of all planetary systems. In each and\nevery planet there must be some king, governmental head or executive. Such\na person is supposed to be the representative of lord Vi�I)U. On behalf of the\nSupreme Personality of GOdhead, he must see to the interest of all the\npeople. Therefore lord Vi�l)u, as ParamiUma, gives the king all intelligence to\nexecute governmental affairs. SrTia ROpa GosvamT therefore asked the King\nwhat was in his mind concerning SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu and indicated that\nwhatever the King thought about Him was correct.\n\nTEXT 182\n\n...tf �'\n\n� � �f\\! \"A'<$11\n\n� ��<tttf � '.r �tlfP111 �\\r� II\nghare �i' dui bhai yukati karifl3.\nprabhu dekhibare cale vesa luk3.fl3.\n\nSYNONYMS\nghare 3.si -after returning home; dui bhai-two brothers; yukati-argu'\n\nments; karifla-making; prabhu-lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dekhibare-to\nsee; ca/e-go; vesa-dress; /ukafi3.-hiding.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter returning to his residence, Dabira Khls a and his brother decided\nafter much consideration to go see the Lord incognito.\nTEXT 183\n\n'et(� � •'ft �lfl <21f·'l� I\n<21�t1f f1tfi1i11 fii�'W-�� �II�� II\nardha-ratre dui bhai aila prabhu-sthane\nprathame mi/i/3. nity3.nanda-harid�a sane\n\nSYNONYMS\nardha-ratre-in the dead of night; dui bhai-the two brothers; ai/acame; prabhu-sthane-to the place of lord Caitanya; pratham e-first;\nmilila-met; nityananda-haridasa-lord Nityananda and Haridasa Thakura;\nsane-with.\n\n", "mad1#p0133": "Text 185]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n109\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus in the dead of night the two brothers, Dabira Khlsa and Slkara\nMallika, went to see Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu incognito. First they met\nNitylnanda Prabhu and Haridlsa Thlkura.\nTEXT 184\n\n�'Ai �� �btt � c;'St� I\n¥t, :Jfl<t511ilfil• � �' �f�t1f \"�\"'8\"\ntanra dui-jana janaila prabhura gocare\nrOpa, sakara-mallika aila toma' dekhibare\nSYNONYMS\ntanra-they;\n\ndui-jana-two persons;\n\njanai/a-informed;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gocar e-in the presence; rupa-Rapa GosvamT;\nsakara-ma//ika-and Sanatana GosvamT;\n\nai/a-have come;\n\ntoma'-You;\n\ndekhibare-to see.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Nitylnanda Prabhu and Haridlsa Thlkura told Lord Caitanya\nMahlprabhu that two personalities-Sri Rupa and Sanltana-had come to\nsee Him.\nPURPORT\nSakara Mallika was the name of Sanatana GosvamT, and Dabira Khasa was\nthe name of ROpa GosvamT. They were recognized by these names in the service of the Mohammedan King; therefore these are Mohammedan names. As\nofficials, the brothers adopted all kinds of Mohammedan customs.\n\nTEXT 185\n\n� �� tf'll•tfl 'f� 'ffif�i I\n'Sttlf � �\"'·'Pftlf \"�e. 't�1 \" �lr� \"\ndui guccha twa dw'lhe dasane dhariiia\ngale vastra bandhi' paqe daf)qavat hana\n\n", "mad1#p0134": "110\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSYNONYMS\ndui-two; guccha-bunches; twa-of straw; dunhe-both of them;\nda5ane-in the teeth; dharifia-catching; gale-on the neck; vastra-cloth;\nbandhi'-binding; pat;fe-fall; daQt;favat-like rods; hafla-becoming.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn great humility, both brothers took bunches of straw between their\nteeth, and, each binding a cloth around his neck, they fell down like rods\nbefore the Lord.\nTEXT 186\n\n�QJ � �' 1J{filcatt �'f I\n<2ft.�.:,--�, iii, � 'lftr'l II �,_� II\ndainya rodana kare, anande vihva/a\nprabhu kahe,-utha, utha, ha-i/a mar'lga/a\n\nSYNONYMS\ndainya-humility; rodana-crying; kare-perform; anande-in ecstasy;\nvihva/a-overwhelmed; prabhu kahe-the Lord said; utha utha-stand up,\nstand up; ha-ifa mar'lga/a-all auspiciousness unto you.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the two brothers were overwhelmed with joy, and out of humility they began to cry. Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu asked them to get up and assured them of all good fortune.\nTEXT 187\n\n�' tl � \\!� 'ft. lftl .mr I\n�iij -.fl' •f-! -.tJ �r;-..� m II �\\J-\"1 II\nuthi' dui bhai tabe dante twa dhari'\ndainya kari' stuti kare karayot;fa kari\n\nSYNONYMS\nuthi'-standing up; dui-two; bhai-brothers; tabe-then; dante-in the\nteeth; twa-straw; dhari'-holding; dainya kari'-in all humbleness; stuti\nkare-offer prayer; kara-yot;fa-folded hands; kari'-making.\n\n", "mad1#p0135": "Text 189]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n111\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe two brothers got up, and again taking straw between their teeth,\nthey humbly offered their prayers with folded hands.\nTEXT 188\n\n�At� �)�·� Sfi'tll� I\n\n���i{ Q, ��II �lrlr II\njaya jaya sri-kr$Qa-caitanya daya-maya\npatita-pavana jaya, jaya mahasaya\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya\n\njaya-all\n\nglories;\n\nsri-kr$Qa-caitanya-unto\n\nLord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; daya-maya-the most merciful; patita-pavana-the savior of\nthe fallen souls; jaya-glories; jaya-glories; mahasaya-to the great personality.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11AII glories to Sri Kn.,a Caitanya Mahiprabhu, the most merciful savior\nof the fallen souls! A ll glories to the Supreme Personality!\nTEXT 189\n\n�.r�, �-�, � �i �I\n�t' ��� �!_ �� �� � II �lr� II\nnica-jati, nTca-sangT, kari nica kaja\ntomara agrete prabhu kahite v�i laja\n\nSYNONYMS\nnica-jati-classified among the fallen; nica-sal'lgi-associated with fallen\nsouls; kari-we perform; nica-abominable; kaja-work; tomara-of You;\nagrete-in front; prabhu-0 Lord; kahite-to say; vasi-we feel; /ajaashamed.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11 Sir, we belong to the lowest class of men, and our associates and employment are also of the lowest type. Therefore we cannot introduce ourselves to You. We feel very much ashamed, standing here before You.\n\n", "mad1#p0136": "112\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough the two brothers, Rapa and Sanlitana (at that time Dabira Khasa\nand Sakara Mallika), presented themselves as being born in a low family, they\n\nnonetheless belonged to a most respectable brahmaf)a family that was\n\noriginally from Karr:tlita. Thus they actually belonged to the brahmaf)a caste.\n\nUnfortunately, because of being associated with the Mohammedan governmental service, their customs and behavior resembled those of the Moham­\n\nmedans. Therefore they presented themselves as nica-jati. The word jati\nmeans birth. According to sastra, there are three kinds of birth. The first birth\n\nis from the womb of the mother, the second birth is the acceptance of the\nreformatory method, and the third birth is acceptance by the spiritual master\n(initiation). One becomes abominable by adopting an abominable profession\nor by associating with people who are naturally abominable. Rapa and\nSanatana, as Dabira Khasa and Sakara Mallika, associated with Mohammedans, who were naturally opposed to brahminical culture and cow protection. In Srimad-Bhagavatam (Seventh Canto) it is stated that every person\n\nbelongs to a certain classification. A person is identifiable by the special\nsymptoms mentioned in the sastras. By one's symptoms, one is known to\nbelong to a certain caste. Both Dabira Khasa and Sakara Mallika belonged to\nthe brahmaf)a caste, but because they were employed by Mohammedans,\n\ntheir original habits degenerated into those of the Mohammedan community.\nSince the symptoms of brahminical culture were almost nil, they identified\n\nthemselves with the lowest caste. In the Bhakti-ratnakara it is clearly stated\nthat because Sakara Mallika and Dabira Khasa associated with lower-class\nmen, they introduced themselves as belonging to the lower classes. Actually,\n\nhowever, they had been born in respectable brahmaf)a families.\n\nTEXT 190\n\n1f�P'fJi �tfu �i�� i!l��t.ft l) �'\"6i{ I\n\n�ilr�1C11'.t(f9t a,� C1f f�� ��-.,. �C�N11: ����oil\nmat-tulyo nasti papatma\nnaparadhi ca kascana\n\nparihare 'pi lajja me\n\nkim bruve puru$ottama\n\nSYNONYMS\nmat-me; tu/yab-like; na asti-there is not; papa-atma-sinful man; na\n\naparadhi-nor an offender; ca-also; kascana-anyone; parihare-in beg-\n\n", "mad1#p0137": "Text 193]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n113\n\nging pardon; api /ajja-ashamed; me-of me; kim-what; bruve-1 shall say;\npuru$ottama -0 Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Dear Lord, let us inform you that no one is more sinful than us, nor is\nthere any offender like us. Even if we wanted to mention our sinful activities, we would immediately become ashamed. A nd what to speak of\ngiving them up!\"\nPURPO RT\nThis verse is from the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.154) by SrTia ROpa\nGosvami.\nTEXT 191\n\n't��·�!. (;�tlftt �� I\n'eftlfi·� 'P�, 'tfft �t� �II��� II\npatita-pavana-hetu tomara avatara\namma-va-i jagate, patita nahi ara\nSYNONYMS\npatita-pavana-deliverance\n\nof the\n\nfallen;\n\nhetu-for\n\ntomara-Your; avatara-incarnation; ama-va-i-than us;\nworld; patita-fallen; nahi-there is not; ara-more.\n\nthe\n\nmatter\n\nof;\n\njagate-in this\n\nTRANSLATION\nBoth brothers submitted: \"Dear Lord, You have incarnated to deliver\nthe fallen souls. You should consider that in this world there is none so\nfallen as us.\nTEXT 192\n\n\"�·lft'f� � �� �1f I\n� t�._tm i!PT �� Q!t1ltt II ��� II\njagai-madhai dui karile uddhara\nta.han uddharite srama nahi/a tomara\n\n", "mad1#p0138": "114\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n£Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSYNONYMS\njagai-madhai-the two brothers Jagai and Madhai; dui-two; karile-You\ndid; uddhara-deliverance; tahan-there; uddharite-to deliver; srama-exertion; nahi/a-there was not; tomara-of You.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" You have delivered the two brothers Jagai and Madhli, but to deliver\nthem You did not have to exert Yourself very much.\nTEXT 193\n\n�� �' �9f 'ftf I\n��-� � ��, � � �9ff II ��'!)II\nbrahmaf)a-jati tara, nava-dvTpe ghara\nnica-seva nahi kare, nahe nicera kOrpara\n\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmaQa-jati-born in a brahmaQa family; tara-they; nava-dvipe-the\nholy place of NavadvTpa-dhama; ghara-their house; nTca-seva-service to\ndegraded persons; nahi-not; kare-do; nahe-not; nTcera-of low persons; kOrpara-an instrument.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The brothers Jagai and Madhai belonged to the brahma.,a caste, and\ntheir residence was in the holy place of Navadvipa. They never served\nlow-class persons, nor were they instruments to abominable activities.\nTEXT 194\n\n� (JI� � \\!tJ, u 9ft9f'Wt11\n\n9ft�fit � iftlff6� � II ��8 II\nsabe eka do$a tara, haya papacara\npapa-rasi dahe namabhasei tomara\n\nSYNONYMS\nsabe-in all; eka-one only; do$a-fault; tara-of them; haya-they are;\npapa-acara-attached to sinful activities; papa-rasi-volumes of sinful ac-\n\n", "mad1#p0139": "Text 195]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n115\n\ntivities; dahe-become burned; nama-abha.sei-simply by the dim reflection\nof chanting the holy name; tomara-of Your Lordship.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n)agai and Madhai had but one fault-they were addicted to sinful ac­\n\ntivity. However, volumes of sinful activity can be burned to ashes simply\nby a dim reflection of the chanting of Your holy name.\nPURPORT\n\nSrTia ROpa GosvamT and Sanatana GosvamT presented themselves as being\nlower than the two brothers Jagai and Madhai, who were delivered by SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. When ROpa and Sanatana compared themselves to\nJagai and Madhai, they found themselves inferior because the Lord had no\ntrouble in delivering two drunken brothers. This was so because, despite the\nfact that they were addicted to sinful activity, in other ways their life was\nbrilliant. They belonged to the brahmaf)a caste of NavadvTpa, and such\nbrahmaf)as were pious by nature. Although they had been addicted to some\nsinful activities due to bad association, those unwanted things could vanish\nsimply because of the chanting of the holy name of the Lord. Another point\nfor Jagai and Madhai was that, as members of a brahmaf)a family, they did not\naccept service under anyone. The sastras strictly forbid a brahmaf)a to accept\nservice under anyone. The idea is that by accepting a master, one accepts the\noccupation of a dog. In other words, a dog cannot thrive without having a\nmaster, and for the sake of pleasing the master, dogs offend many people.\nThey bark at innocent people just to please the master. Similarly, when one is\na servant, he has to perform abominable activities according to the orders of\nthe master. Therefore, when Dabira Khasa and Sakara Mallika compared their\nposition to that of Jagai and Madhai, they found jagai and Madhai's position\nfar better. Jagai and Madhai never accepted the service of a low-class person;\nnor were they forced to execute abominable activities under the order of a\nlow-class master. Jagai and Madhai chanted the name of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu by way of blasphemy, but because they simply chanted His\nname, they immediately became free from the reactions of sinful activities.\nThus later they were saved.\nTEXT 195\n\nCl!'t1rtf ift� 'f<$i <;'!tJrtl �fPJ �i'l I\n\n� ilt1f �'f '!tl � ��cf II ��t II\n\n", "mad1#p0140": "116\n\nSri Caitanya-caritlmrfa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\ntamara nama lafla tamara karila nindana\nsei nama ha-ila tara muktira karaQa\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-Your; nama-holy name; /ana-taking; tamara-of You; kari/adid; nindana-blaspheming; sei-that; nama-holy name; ha-i/a-became;\ntara-of them; muktira-of deliverance; karaQa-the cause.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11 )agli and Wdhli uttered Your holy name by way of blaspheming You.\nFortunately, that holy name became the cause of their deliverance.\n\nTEXT 196\n\nl!lf�·1ft� ��� G� G�t'ti �'I I\n'el� 9fm 9ft� 'eltflf lt \\Sf� \" �(;\\� \"\njagai-madhai haite koti koti guQa\nadhama patita papi ami dui jana\n\nSYNONYMS\njagai-madhai-of the name Jagai and Madhai; haite-than; koti kotimillions and millions; guQa-of times; adhama-degraded; patita-fallen;\npapi-sinful; ami-we; dui-two; jana-persons.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11We two are millions and millions of times inferior to Jagli and Madhai.\nWe are more degraded, fallen and sinful than they.\n\nTEXT 197\n\n(J(&il!lft i!, Gil�,,� �fif GJI��'Sf I\n<;'Stl-�-��-� 'elt1lt1f ,,11\" �)'\\\"\nmleccha-jati, mleccha-sevi, kari mleccha-karma\ngo-brahmaQa-drohi-salige amara saligama\n\n", "mad1#p0141": "The Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 197]\n\n117\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nm/eccha-jati-belonging to the meat-eater caste; m/eccha-sevT-servants\nof the meat-eaters; kari-we execute; mleccha-karma-the work of meateaters; go-cows; brahmaQa-brahmaQas; drohi-those inimical to; sat'lgewith; amara-our; sat'lgama-association.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Actually we belong to the caste of meat-eaters because we are servants\nof meat-eaters. Indeed, our activities are exactly like those of the meateaters. Because we always associate with such people, we are inimical\ntoward the cows and brlhma.,as!'\nPURPORT\n\nThere are two kinds of meat-eaters-one who is born in a family of meateaters and one who has learned to associate with meat-eaters. From SrTia\nRupa and Sanatana GosvamTs (formerly Dabira Khasa and Sakara Mallika) we\ncan learn how one attains the character of a meat-eater simply by associating\nwith meat-eaters. At the present moment in India the presidential offices are\noccupied\n\nby\n\nmany\n\nso-called\n\nbrahmaQas,\n\nbut\n\nthe\n\nstate\n\nmaintains\n\nslaughterhouses for killing cows and makes propaganda against Vedic civilization. The first principle of Vedic civilization is the avoidance of meat-eating\nand intoxication. Presently in India, intoxication and meat-eating are encouraged, and the so-called learned brahmaQas presiding over this state of\naffairs have certainly become degraded according to the standard given\nherein by SrTia RCipa GosvamT and Sanatana GosvamT. These so-called\nbrahmaQas give sanction to slaughterhouses for the sake of a fat salary, and\nthey do not protest these abominable activities. By deprecating the principles\nof Vedic civilization and supporting cow killing, they are immediately\ndegraded to the platform of mlecchas and yavanas. A mleccha is a meateater, and a yavana is one who has deviated from Vedic culture. Unfortunately, such mlecchas and yavanas are in executive power. How, then, can\nthere be peace and prosperity in the state? The king or the president must be\nthe representative of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. When Maharaja\nYudhi�thira accepted the rule of Bharata-var�a (formerly this entire planet, including all the seas and land), he took sanction from authorities like\nBhT�madeva and Lord Kr�r;.a. He thus ruled the entire world according to\nreligious principles. At the present moment, however, heads of state do not\ncare for religious principles. If irreligious people vote on an issue, even though\n\n", "mad1#p0142": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n118\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 1\n\nit be against the principles of the s�stras, the bills will be passed. The president and heads of state become sinful by agreeing to such abominable activities. Sanatana and ROpa Gosva.mrs pleaded guilty to such activities; they\n\ntherefore classified themselves among the mlecchas, although born in a\nbr�hmaf)a family.\n\nTEXT 198\n\n� �' �tf �'Stl'f1l( �fiRn I\n\n�-�·�1-'5tt� fltitti '\"l'ftt� II �&\\lr II\nmora karma, mora hate-gal�ya bandhiy�\nku-Vi$aya-Vi$tha-garte diy�che pheWy�\n\nSYNONYMS\nmora-our; karma-activities; mora-our; hate-on the hand; ga/�ya-on\n\nthe neck; bandhiya\n\n-\n\nbinding; ku-Vi$aya-of abominable objects of sense\n\ngratification; Vi$th�-of the stool; garte-in the ditch; diy�che phel�iy�have been thro�n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe two brothers, Sakara Mallika and Dabira khasa, very humbly submitted that due to their abominable activities, they were now bound by\nthe neck and hands and had been thrown into a ditch filled with abominable stool-like objects of material sense enjoyment.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT 'fha.kura has explained ku-Vi$aya garta as\nfollows: \"Because of the activities of the senses, we become subjected to\nmany sense gratificatory processes and are thus entangled by the laws of material nature.\" This entanglement is called Vi$aya. When the sense gratificatory\nprocesses are executed by pious activity, they are called su-Vi$aya The word\nsu means \"good:' and Vi$aya means \"sense objects!' When the sense grati­\n\nficatory activities are performed under sinful conditions, they are called kuVi$aya, bad sense enjoyment. In either case, either ku-Vi$aya or su-Vi$aya,\nthese are material activities. As such, they are compared to stool. In other\nwords, such things are to be avoided. To become free from su-Vi$aya and kuVi$aya, one must engage himself in the transcendental loving service of Kr�l)a,\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. The activities of devotional service are\n\n", "mad1#p0143": "The Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 198]\n\n119\n\nfree from the contamination of material qualities. Therefore, to be free from\n\nthe reactions of su-vi�aya and ku-vi�aya, one must take to Kr�r:ta consciousness. In that way, one will save himself from contamination. In this connection, SrTia Narottama d�sa Thakura has sung:\n\nkarma-k�r:u;la, jfi�na-k�Q{ia.\nkevala Vi$era bhaQ{ia\namrta baliy� yeba khaya\nn�n� yoni sada phire,\nkadarya bhak�af)a kare\ntAra janma adha1)-p�te y�ya\nSu-vi�aya and ku-vi�aya both fall under the category of karma-kaQ{ia. There is\n\nanother k�Q{ia (platform of activity) called jfi�na-k�Q{ia. or philosophical\n\nspeculation about the effects of ku-vi�aya and su-vi�ya with the intention to\nfind out the means of deliverance from material entanglement. On the plat­\n\nform of jfi�na-kaQ{ia, one may give up the objects of ku-vi�aya and su-vi�aya.\n\nBut that is not the perfection of life. Perfection is transcendental to both\n\njfi�na-k�Q{ia and karma-k�Q{ia; it is on the platform of devotional service. If\n\nwe do not take to devotional service in Kr�r:ta consciousness, we have to\nremain within this material world and endure the repetition of birth and death\n\ndue to the effects of jfi�na-k�Q{ia and karma-k�Q{ia. Therefore Narottama\nd�sa Th�kura says:\n\nn�n� yoni sad� phire,\nkadarya bhak�af)a kare\nt�ra janma adha1)-p�te yaya\n\"One travels throughout various species of life and eats all kinds of nonsense.\nThus he spoils his existence.\" A man in material existence and attached to ku­\n\nvi�aya or su-Vi$aya is in the same position as that of a worm in stool. After all,\nwhether it be moist or dry, stool is stool. Similarly, material activities may be\neither pious or impious, but because they are all material, they are compared\nto stool. Worms cannot get out of stool by their own endeavor; similarly,\nthose who are overly attached to material existence cannot get out of materialism and suddenly become Kr�r:ta conscious. Attachment is there. As explained by Prahl�da Mah�rnja in SrTmad-Bhagavatam (7.5.30):\n\nmatir na kr�Qe paratal) svato v�\nmitho 'bhipadyeta grha-vrat�n�m\nad�nta-gobhir visat�m tamisram\npunal) puna5 carvita-carvaf)�n�m\n\n", "mad1#p0144": "120\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\n\"Those who have made up their minds to remain in this material world and\nenjoy sense gratification cannot become Kr�r;�a conscious. Because of their attachment to material activity, they cannot attain liberation, neither by the instructions of superior persons nor by their own endeavor, nor by passing\nresolutions in big conferences. Because their senses are uncontrolled, they\ngradually descend to the darkest regions of material existence to repeat the\nsame process of birth and death in desirable or undesirable species of life!'\nTEXT 199\n\n'61't1fl �lftf�'! �� iTt� �t:'� I\n?ff?!'!9ft� t_flf-��� c;i!11!'1 f�� II ��� II\nama uddharite baiT nahi tri-bhuvane\npatita-pavana tumi-sabe toma vine\nSYNONYMS\n\nama-us; uddharite-to deliver; bal i-powerf ul; nahi-there is not; tri­\n\nbhuvane -within the three worlds; patita-pavana -deliverer of the fallen;\n\ntumi-You; sabe-only ; toma-You; vine-except .\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"No one within the three worlds is sufficiently powerful to deliver us.\nYou are the only savior of the fallen souls; therefore there is no one but\nYou.\nTEXT 200\n\n�t'lrl-tf1rn1 �rw or�-s r�\"-�\" 1\n'?f�?ft��' �'t1l i!t� c;� �'f II �\n\no o\n\nII\n\nama uddhariya yadi dekhao nija-ba/a\n'patita-pavana' nama tabe se saphala\nSYNONYMS\n\nama-us; uddhariya-by delivering; yadi-if; dekhao-You show; nija­\n\nbala-Your own strength; patita-pavana-savior of the fallen; nama-this\nname; tabe-then; se-that; sa-pha/a-successful.\n\n", "mad1#p0145": "Text 202]\n\n121\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\nTRANSLATION\n\n11lf You simply deliver us by Your transcendental strength, then certainly Your name will be known as the savior of the fallen souls.\nTEXT 201\n\nlli!J �� �� �tt1, �i{, ·iiDlm I\n\n{;1f1·m � � �� --1 �� 11 �0� 11\nsatya eka bata kahon, suna, dayJ-maya\nmo-vinu dayJra pJtra jagate nJ haya\nSYNONYMS\nsatya-truthful; eka-one; bata-word;\n\nkahon-we say; suna-please\n\nhear; dayJ-maya-0 all-merciful Lord; mo-vinu-except for us; dayJra-of\nmercy; pJtra-objects; jagat e-in the world; na-no t; haya-there is.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Let us speak one word that is very true. Plainly hear us, 0 merciful\none. There is no other object of mercy within the three worlds but us.\nTEXT 202\n\n� �1 �, � �m ,.., 1\n\n�f� l3'ft� {;it!� �11ft11' wm·�'f II � � 11\no\n\nmore daya kari' kara sva-daya saphala\nakhila brahmar:u;Ja dekhuka tomara da ya -ba la\nSYNONYMS\n\nmore-to us; daya-mercy; kari'-showing; kara-ma ke ; sva-dayJ-Your\nakhi/a-throughout; brahmJQ(ia-the\nuniverse; dekhuka-let it be see n ; to mara-Yo ur; da ya -bal a -p owe r of\n\nown mercy; sa-pha/a-successful;\nmercy.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11We are the most fallen; therefore by showing us Your mercy, Your\nmercy is most successful. Let the power of Your mercy be exhibited\nthroughout the entire universe!\n\n", "mad1#p0146": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n122\n\nTEXT 203\n\n� 1pl'1 9fW.(\"C1{'t ,�, \"1� �-mt9f\"iJ\"C1{�'ll'�'!: I\n\n�fir c1t � lf'Rr!T-c'f �% lfi!oft��<t 01N ��;s: 11� \"II\n•\n\nna mr$a paramartham eva me,\n\nswu vijnapanam ekam agrata/:1\nyadi me na dayi$yase tada,\ndayaniyas tava natha dur/abha/:1\nSYNONYMS\nna-not; mr$a-untruth; parama-artham-full of meaning; eva-certainly;\nme -m y;\n\nswu - kindly\n\nh ea r;\n\nvijfiapanam -s ubmission;\n\nekam-one;\n\nagrata/:1-first; yadi-if; me-unto me; na dayi$yase-You will not show\nmercy; tada-then; dayan iya /:1-candidate for mercy; tava-Your; natha-0\nLord; dur/abha/:1-difficult to find.\n\nTRANSLA TION\n\" 'Let us submit one piece of information before You, dear Lord. It is not\nat all false, but is full of meaning. It is this: If You are not merciful upon\nus, then it will be very, very difficult to find more suitable candidates for\nYour mercy.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from the Stotra-ratna (47) by Sri Y lim unlicli rya\n\nTEXT 204\n\n��ti{ �t�t'itJ �f�' 1fti{ �IS <;'tl� I\n\ni!�tr;r <;i!'t1fil{ �t'i ����II �o8 II\napane ayogya dekhi' mane pan k$obha\ntatMpi tomara guQe upajaya /obha\nSYNONYMS\na pane -ourselves; ayogya-most unfit; dekhi'-seeing; mane-within\nthe mind; pail-get;\n\nk$obha-lamentation;\n\nta th a pi\n\nstill; tomara-Your;\n\n-\n\nguQe-in transcendental qualities; upajay a-there is; /obha-a ttrac tion.\n\n", "mad1#p0147": "The Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 206]\n\n123\n\nTRANSLATION\n11We are very depressed at being unfit candidates for Your mercy. Yet\nsince we have heard of Your transcendental qualities, we are very much\nattracted to You.\nTEXT 205\n\n<tt�if �t� it'f 'fRftl'! itt� �1f I\n\n'\\'!t� (.f)- <ltt!i �tf � �� II � o<t II\nvamana yaiche car'lda dharite cahe kare\ntaiche ei vaficha mora uthaye antare\nSYNONYMS\nvamana-a dwarf; yaiche-as; car'lda-the moon; dharite-to capture;\ncahe-wants;\n\nkare-does;\n\ntaiche-similarly;\n\nei-this;\n\nvaficha-desire;\n\nmora-our; uthaye-awakens; antare-within the mind.\nTRANSLATION\n11lndeed, we are like a dwarf who wants to capture the moon. A lthough\nwe are completely unfit, a desire to receive Your mercy is awakening within our minds.\nTEXT 206\n\niS<r�t��l�5�fir�'l'!�:\n.21\"tl�fil:t\"'t��l��l��: I\n�lfl�t':!�l��fii�Jf<11��:\n<ff��fllJ f'll 'J'fill��'1f��'l II�··� II\n�\n\nbhavantam evanucaran nirantaral)\npra5anta-nil)5e$a-mano-rathantaral)\nkadaham aikantika-nitya-kir'lkaral)\nprahar$ayi$yami sanatha-jTvitam\nSYNONYMS\nbhavantam-You; eva-certainly; anucaran-serving; nirantaral)-always;\npra5anta-pacified;\n\nnil).5e$a-all;\n\nmanal)-ratha-desires;\n\nantaral)-other;\n\n", "mad1#p0148": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n124\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nkadii-when; aham-1; aikilntika-exclusive; nitya-eternal; kinkaral)-ser­\n\nvant;\n\nprahar$ayi$yilmi-l shall become joyful; sa-niitha-with a fitting\n\nmaster; jTvitam-living.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11 1By serving You constantly, one is freed from all material desires and is\ncompletely pacified. When shall I engage as Your permanent eternal servant and always feel joyful to have such a fitting masterl' \"\nPURPORT\nIn His teachings to SanlUana Gosvami, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has\n\ndeclared every living entity to be an eternal servitor of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. This is the constitutional position of all living entities.\n\njust as a dog or servant is very satisfied to get a competent, perfect master, or\nas a child is completely satisfied to possess a competent father, so the living\n\nentity is satisifed by completely engaging in the service of the Supreme lord.\n\nHe thereby knows that he has a competent master to save him from all kinds\n\nof danger: Unless the living entity comes to the guaranteed protection of the\n\nSupreme lord, He is full of anxiety. This life of anxiety is called material existence. To be completely satisfied and devoid of anxiety, one must come to\n\nthe position of eternally rendering service to the Supreme lord. This verse is\nalso from the Stotra-ratna (43) by Sri Yamunacarya.\nTEXT 207\n\n�f-1' ��<21t. Cl5t�,-�i{, 'f�f-�'Pt I\n� �� �-� �� \"-p, II� o'\\ II\nsuni' mahaprabhu kahe, -suna, dabira-khasa\ntumi dui bhai-mora puriltana diisa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing this; mahil-prabhu-lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kahe­\n\nsays; suna-please hear; dabira khasa-Dabira Khasa; tumi-you; dui bhaitwo brothers; mora-My; pu rata n a-old; dasa-servants.\nTRANSLATION\nA fter hearing the prayer of Dabira Khua and Slkara Mallika, Sri\nCaitanya Mahlprabhu said: 11My dear Dabira Khua, you two brothers are\nMy old servants.\n\n", "mad1#p0149": "Text 208]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n125\n\nTEXT 208\n\n'Cft� �� ,·� ilt1f '�'(' '���' I\nOOJ �' �'tt �ttl � � 'lfilll � o\\r II\naji haite dur'lhara nama 'rOpa' 'sanatana'\ndainya chat;la, tamara dainye phate mora mana\nSYNONYMS\naji haite-from this day; dur'lhara-of both of you; nama-these names;\nrOpa-SrT Rupa;\nhumility;\n\nsanatana-SrT Sanatana;\n\ntamara-your;\n\ndainya chat;/a- give up your\n\ndainye -humility;\n\nphate- breaks;\n\nmora-My;\n\nmana-he art\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11My dear Sakara Mallika, from this day your names will be changed to\nSrila Rupa and Srila Sanatana. Now please abandon your humility, for My\nheart is breaking to see you so humble.\nPURPORT\nActually this is SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's initiation of Dabira Khasa and\nSakara Mallika. They approached the Lord with all humility, and the Lord accepted them as old servants, as eternal servants, and He changed their\nnames. It is to be understood from this that it is essential for a disciple to\nchange his name after initiation.\n\nsar'lkha-cakrady-Ordhva-pul)t;/radharal)ady-atma-/ak$al)am\ntan nama-karal)aril caiva\nvai$1)avatvam ihocyate\n·�fter initiation, the disciple's name must be changed to indicate that he is a\nservant of Lord Vi�I)U. The disciple should also immediately begin marking his\nbody with tilaka (Ordhva-pul)t;/ra), especially his forehead. These are spiritual\nmarks, symptoms of a perfect Vaig1ava.'' This is a verse from the Padma\n\nPural)a, Uttara-khaQt;/a. A member of the sahajiya-sampradaya does not\nchange his name; therefore he cannot be accepted as a Gauc;frya Vai�l)ava. If\na person does not change his name after initiation, it is to be understood that\nhe will continue in his bodily conception of life.\n\n", "mad1#p0150": "126\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nlMadhya-1111, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 209\n\n�� fil�' � 9f'iitt'l �11 �l I\n'�- 9fitmi tftfi{ (;'!'t1ftl �J� u � � u\n0\n\ndainya-patrT likhi' more p�thale Mra Mra\nsei patrT-dvara jani tom�ra vyavahara\nSYNONYMS\ndainya-patrT-humble letters; /ikhi'-writing; more-unto Me; p�thaleyou sent; bara bara-again and again; sei-those; patrT-dvar�-by the letters; jani-1 can understand; tomara-your; vyavah�ra-behavior.\nTRANSLATION\n11You have written several letters showing your humility. I can understand your behavior from those letters.\nTEXT 210\n\n(;\\!t�tl � � �� ?f�ll\n\n(;'!11fl fir� � 91't� a:!'l1rttt u �� n\no\n\ntom�ra hrdaya ami j�ni patrT-dv�re\ntom� sikhaite sloka path�ila tom�re\nSYNONYMS\ntom�ra-your; hrdaya-hearts; �mi-l; jani-understand; patrT-dvare-by\nthose letters; toma-you; sikhaite-to instruct; 5/oka-a verse; pathaila-1\nsent; tom�re-unto you.\nTRANSLATION\n11By your letters, I could understand your heart. Therefore, in order to\nteach you, I sent you one verse, which reads as follows.\nTEXT 211\n\n\"t��PI��� �1�� <1Uttf9r 'J��1i� I\n'\\!i\"C'if<1l�ii!1!�T�<l<PI'f�'fl1!�� II �) ) II\n'\n\n", "mad1#p0151": "Text 213]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n127\n\npara-vyasaninT narT\nvyag rapi grha-karmasu\ntad evasvadayaty antar\nnava-sanga-rasayanam\n\nSYNONYMS\npara-vyasaninf-attached to another man; n.jri-a woman; vyagra api-although zealous; grha-karmasu-in household affairs; tat eva-that only;\nasv.jdayati-tastes; antab-within herself; nava-sanga-of new association;\nrasa-ayanam-mellow.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11 1l f a woman is attached to a man other than her husband, she will appear very busy in carrying out her household affairs, but within her heart\nshe is always relishing feelings of association with her paramour.'\nTEXT 212\n\n<;��-��t �t�� iftf� � �tiSf� I\n<;i!·t1fi·l·�i ��� <;�nt .ti �t'$11fi111 �)� II\ngaur;fa-nikata asite nahi mora prayojana\ntoma-dunha dekhite mora ihan agamana\n\nSYNONYMS\ngaur;fa-nikata-to Bengal; asite-to come; nahi-there was none; moraMy;\n\nprayojana-necessity;\n\ntoma-you;\n\ndunha-two;\n\ndekhite-to see;\n\nmora-My; ihan-here; agamana-coming .\n\nTRANSLATION\n111 really had no business in coming to Bengal, but I have come just to\nsee you two brothers.\n\nTEXT 213\n\n�� � �1f ��1 c;� iftf� tft� I\n�l:<!f �' <;�� �tl'fi if�f'I�AA I ��� II\n\n", "mad1#p0152": "Sri Caitan ya-caritamrta\n\n128\n\n[Madhya-1111, Ch. 1\n\nei mora manera katM keha nahi jane\nsabe bale, kene aila rama-keli-grame\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; mora-My; manera-of the mind; katha-intention; keha-anyone; nahi-not; jane-knows ; sabe-everyone; bale-sa ys; kene-why;\nai/a-You came; rama-keli-grame-to this village named Ra.makeli.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11Everyone is asking why I have come to this village of Ramakeli. No one\nknows My intentions.\nTEXT 214\n\nifjt'f ��' � ifjtl �'li � 'lt� I\ntt� ��' � � il1 �f� 1ft� II �)8 II\nbhala haila, dui bhai aila mora sthane\nghare yaha, bhaya kichu na kariha mane\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhala haila-it was very goo d; dui bhai-you two brothers; ai/a-came;\nmora-My; sthane-to the place; ghare-home; yaha-go; bhaya-fear;\nkichu-any; na-do not; kariha-have; mane-wi thin the mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\n111t is very good that you two brothers have come to see Me. Now you\ncan go home. Do not fear anything.\n\nTEXT 215\n\n-� 'IPC.'1JI1,fif ,._�\"� �1'1rt11\n\n�fRtt� � �'t1ffit �fi1� � II �)<t II\njanme janme tumi dui-kir'lkara amara\nacirate k($f)a tomaya karibe uddhara\n\n", "mad1#p0153": "Text 217]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n129\n\nSYNONYMS\n\njanme janme-birth after birth; tumi-you; dui-two; kinkara-servants;\namara-My; acirate-very soon; k[$Qa-lord Kr�l)a; tomaya-of both of\nyou; karibe-will do; uddhara-deliverance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Birth after birth you have been My eternal servants. I am sure that\nKm1a will deliver you very soon.\"\nTEXT 216\n\n�'§ �� �·� f-t� 'ff�if � �tt\\§ I\n\n�- � �-9flf fiwf � 'lfttot II �)� II\neta bali dunhara sire dharila dui hate\ndui bhai prabhu-pada nita nija mathe\nSYNONYMS\n\neta bali-saying this; dunhara sire-on the heads of both of them;\ndhari/a-placed;\n\ndui-two;\n\nhate-hands;\n\ndui bhai-the two brothers;\n\nprabhu-pada-the lotus feet of the lord; ni/a-took; nija mathe-on their\nown heads.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord then placed His two hands on the heads of both of them, and\nin return they immediately placed the lotus feet of the Lord on their\nheads.\nTEXT 217\n\n,tt�i �tfiffir11i �'t_ �� lf!i�'it�'i I\n�� �9fi <ISRJ' �� � � II �)9 II\ndonha alingiya prabhu bali/a bhakta-gaQe\nsabe krpa kari' uddharaha dui jane\nSYNONYMS\n\ndonha-both of them; a/ir'lgiya-embracing; prabhu-the lord; bali/asaid; bhakta-gaQe-unto the devotees; sabe-all of you; krpa-mercy;\nkari'-showing; uddharaha-deliver; dui-the two; jane-persons.\n\n", "mad1#p0154": "130\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n£Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, the Lord embraced both of them and requested all of the\ndevotees present to be merciful upon them and deliver them.\nTEXT 218\n\n� tr� � �91'1 \"'�' ce•'$1tlf 1\n'�' '�fl' � �� ��-·arti{ 11 �)\"\" 11\ndui jane prabhura krpa dekhi' bhakta-gaQe\n'hari' 'hari' bale sabe anandita-mane\nSYNONYMS\ndui jane-unto the two persons; prabhura-of the Lord; krpa-the mercy;\ndekhi'-seeing; bhakta-gaQe-all the devotees; hari hari-the holy name of\nthe Lord; bale-chant; sabe-all; anandita-cheerful; mane-in the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all of the devotees saw the mercy of the Lord upon the two\nbrothers, they were very gladdened, and they began to chant the holy\nname of the Lord, 11Hari! Hari!\"\nPURPORT\n�rTia Narottama dasa 'Jhlikura says, chagiya vai$Qava seva nistara peche\nkeba: unless one serves a Vai�l)ava, he cannot be delivered. The spiritual\nmaster initiates the disciple to deliver him, and if the disciple executes the\norder of the spiritual master and does not offend other Vai�l)avas, his path is\nclear. Consequently �rT Caitanya Mahaprabhu requested all the Vai�l)avas\npresent to show mercy toward the two brothers, ROpa and Saniitana, who\nhad just been initiated by the Lord. When a Vai�l)ava sees that another\nVai�l)ava is a recipient of the Lord's mercy, he becomes very happy. Vai�l)avas\nare not envious. If a Vai�l)ava, by the mercy of the Lord, is empowered by\nHim to distribute the Lord's holy name all over the world, other Vai�l)avas become very joyful-that is, if they are truly Vai�l)avas. One who is envious of\nthe success of a Vai�l)ava is certainly not a Vai�l)ava himself, but an ordinary\nmundane man. Envy and jealousy are manifested by mundane people, not by\nVai�l)avas. Why should a Vai�l)ava be envious of another Vai�l)ava who is\nsuccessful in spreading the holy name of the Lord? An actual Vai�l)ava is very\npleased to accept another Vai�l)ava who is bestowing the Lord's mercy. A\n\n", "mad1#p0155": "Text 220]\n\n131\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\nmundane person in the dress of a Vai�Qava should not be respected but rejected. This is enjoined in the sastras (upek$al. The word upek$a means\nneglect. One should neglect an envious person. A preacher's duty is to love\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, make friendships with Vai�Qavas, show\nmercy to the innocent and reject or neglect those who are envious or jealous.\nThere are many jealous people in the dress of Vai�Qavas in this Kr�Qa consciousness movement, and they should be completely neglected. There is no\nneed to serve a jealous person who is in the dress of a Vai�Qava. When Narottama diisa Thiikura says char;liya vai$Qava seva nistara peche keha, he is indicating an actual Vai�Qava, not an envious or jealous person in the dress of a\nVai�Qava\nTEXT 219\n\n��' �fflf't�, �(ftJt, '$f;;t'Af I\n'l_�, •\"�flflil\"f, �tfif, �iii'�J II �)� II\nnityananda, haridasa, srTvasa, gadadhara\nmukunda, jagadananda, murari, vakresvara\nSYNONYMS\n\nnityananda-Lord Nityiinanda; hari-dasa -Haridiisa Thiikura; srlvasaSrTviisa Thiikura; gadadhara-Gadiidhara PaQ(;iita; mukunda-Mukunda;\njagadananda -Jagadiinanda; murari-Muriiri; vakresvara-Vakresvara.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the vai,.,ava associates of the Lord were present, including Nityinanda, Haridba Thlkura, Srivba Thlkura, Gadldhara Pa.,�lita, Mukunda,\nJagadlnanda, Murlri and Vakre5vara.\nTEXT 220\n\n�� �1ft'l �f1{, ��� �� � I\n�t� �if,--� �' �·rt�'f (.<st'P!tf� II ��\n\no\n\nII\n\nsahara caraQe dhari, par;le dui bhai\nsabe bale,-dhanya tumi, pai/e gosatli\nSYNONYMS\n\nsahara-of all of them; caraQe-the lotus feet; dhari-touching; par;/e-fall\ndown; dui bhai-the two brothers; sabe bale-all the Vai�Qavas say; dhanya\n\n", "mad1#p0156": "132\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-IIII, Ch. 1\n\ntumi-you are so fortunate; �ile gosani-you have gotten the shelter of the\n\nlotus feet of Lord Caitanya Mahiiprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn accordance with the instructions of Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu, the\ntwo brothers, Riipa and Sanltana, immediately touched the lotus feet of\nthese Vai,r;�avas, who all became very happy and congratulated the two\nbrothers for having received the mercy of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nThis behavior is indicative of real Vai�Qavas. When they saw that ROpa and\nSaniitana were fortunate enough to receive the mercy of the Lord, they were\n\nso pleased that they all congratulated the two brothers. A jealous person in\n\nthe dress of a Vai�Qava is not at all happy to see the success of another\nVai�Qava in receiving the Lord's mercy. Unfortunately in this age of Kali there\nare many mundane persons in the dress of Vai�Qavas, and Srlla Bhaktivinoda\nThiikura has described them as disciples of Kali. He says, kali-cela. He indi­\n\ncates that there is another Vai�Qava, a pseudo-Vai�Qava with tilaka on his\n\nnose and kunti beads around his neck. Such a pseudo-Vai�Qava associates\nwith money and women and is jealous of successful Vai�Qavas. Although\n\npassing for a Vai�Qava, his only business is earning money in the dress of a\nVai�Qava. Bhaktivinoda Thiikura therefore says that such a pseudo-Vai�Qava\n\nis not a Vai�Qava at all but a disciple of Kali-yuga A disciple of Kali cannot become an acarya by the decision of some high court. Mundane votes have no\njurisdiction to elect a Vai�Qava acarya. A Vai�Qava acarya is self-effulgent,\n\nand there is no need for any court judgment. A false acarya may try to over­\n\nride a Vai�Qava by a high-court decision, but Bhaktivinoda Thiikura says that\nhe is nothing but a disciple of Kali-yuga.\nTEXT 221\n\n�1-�t»t �951 'lftf�' �����-lfal� I\n\nc!ft:� �� �� ��� �� II ��) II\nsaba-pasa ajfla magi' calana-samaya\nprabhu-pade kahe kichu kariya vinaya\nSYNONYMS\nsaba-all of them; pasa-from; cijflci-order; magi -taking; ca/anasamaya-at the time of departure; prabhu-pade-at the lotus feet of the\nLord; kahe-say; kichu-something; kariyci-doing; vinaya- submission.\n'\n\n", "mad1#p0157": "Text 223]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n133\n\nTRANSLATION\nA fter begging the permission of all the Vaifr;tavas present, the two\nbrothers, at the time of their departure, humbly submitted something at\nthe lotus feet of the Lord.\nTEXT 222\n\n•ti ru� �\"' 12tt_, ••1 -.r� �� 1\n�f9t �r;� fi �<;��II��� II\nihM haite ca/a, prabhu, ihan n�hi k�ya\nyadyapi tom�re bhakti kare gaw;/a-r�ja\n\nSYNONYMS\nihM haite-from this place; ca/a-please depart; prabhu-dear Lord;\nihM-in this place; n�hi k�ya-there is no other business; yadyapi-although; tomare-unto You; bhakti-respect; kare-shows; gaw;/a-r�ja-the\nKing of Bengal.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey said: 11Dear Lord, although the King of Bengal, Nawab Husena\nS1h1, is very respectful toward You, You have no other business here.\nKindly depart from this place.\nTEXT 223\n\n�-ttf9t ��-. �tf%, il1 �ij' �� I\n�(�tilnt <..fl� ����«eta, ill';� itf% II��� II\ntathapi yavana j�ti, n� kari pratiti\ntTrtha-y�tr�ya eta sanghatta bhala nahe riti\n\nSYNONYMS\ntathapi-still; yavana j�ti-by caste a Mohammedan; n�-does not; karido; pratTti-confidence; tirtha-y�tr�ya-in going for a pilgrimage; eta-so;\nsanghatta-crowd; bh�/a-good; nahe-not; rTti-etiquette.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11A lthough the King is respectful toward You, he still belongs to the\nyavana class and should not be believed. We think that there is no need\n\n", "mad1#p0158": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n134\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 1\n\nfor such a great crowd to accompany You on Your pilgrimage to\nVrndlvana.\nTEXT 224\n\n� � it'f <.fit � \"'\"��tfill\n\n�\"f��·�t�tit <.fl �t� 9f�9f1'tf II � �8 II\ny.jra sange cafe ei /oka /ak�a-kot1\nvrnd.jvana-yatr.jra e nahe parip.jt1\n\nSYNONYMS\ny.jra-of whom; sange-in the company; cafe-follow; ei-these; /akapeople; lak�a-kot1-hundreds and thousands; vrnd.jvana-yiltr.jra-of going\nto Vrnd�vana; e-this; nahe-not; parip.jt1\n\nmethod\n\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11Dear Lord, You are going to Vrndlvana with hundreds and thousands\nof people following You, and this is not a fitting way to go on a\npilgrimage.\"\nPURPORT\nSometimes, for business purposes, large crowds of men are taken to different places of pilgrimage, and money is collected from them. That is a very\nlucrative business, but ROpa and San�tana Gosv�mls, expressing their opinion\nin the presence of Lord Caitanya Mah�prabhu, disapproved of such crowded\npilgrimages. Actually when Lord Caitanya visited Vrnd�vana, He visited it\nalone and accepted a servant only at His devotees' request. He never visited\nVrnd�vana with crowds of people for a commercial purpose.\n\nTEXT 225\n\n�wf9f �fi: �� � �tflt � I\ni!-rtf9f (;���1, (;'11�-<;i�t� II ��� II\nyadyapi vastutab prabhura kichu n.jhi bhaya\ntatMpi /aukika-11/.j, /oka-Ce$�-maya\n\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; vastutab-in fact; prabhura-of the Lord; kichu-any;\nn.jhi-there\n\nis\n\nnot;\n\nbhaya-fear;\n\ntatMpi\n\nstill;\n\n-\n\n/aukika-11/.j-general\n\npastimes; /oka-Ce$�-maya-consisting of popular behavior.\n\n", "mad1#p0159": "Text 227]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n135\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu was Sri Kr..,a Himself, the Supreme\nLord, and was therefore not at all fearful, He still acted like a human being\nto teach neophytes how to act.\nTEXT 226\n\nIJ!� �fil' 511''1 ��' c;'it&'fj\n\n�'lfi{ I\n\n� � �11{ � 5fll'lt'! �if� II ��� II\neta bali' caraQa vandi' ge/a dui-jana\nprabhura sei grama haite ca/ite haifa mana\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; caral)a vandi'-offering prayers to the lotus feet of\nLord Caitanya; ge/a-went back; dui-jana-the two brothers; prabhura-of\n\nSrt Caitanya Mah�prabhu; sei-that; grama-village; haite-from; ca/ite-to\ngo; haifa-there was; mana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving spoken thus, the two brothers offered prayers to the lotus feet\nof the Lord and returned to their homes. Lord Caitanya Mahlprabhu then\ndesired to leave that village.\nTEXT 227\n\n�t'! 5fi.l' �'11 � '�b ��llftf{1' I\n\nro-� � '!1t1 �·m�'fln ��\" 11\nprate ca/i' aifa prabhu 'kanaira nata§a/a'\ndekhila sakala tahari kr�Qa-caritra-/Tia\nSYNONYMS\nprate-in the morning; ca/i'-departing; aifa-came; prabhu-the Lord;\nkanaira nata§a/a-to the place of the name K�n�i N��a5�1�; dekhila-saw;\nsaka/a-all; tahari-there; kr�Qa-caritra-/ila-the pastimes of Kw;ta.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the morning, the Lord left and went to a place known as Klnli\nNita5lla. While there, He saw many pastimes of Lord Kr.r,ta.\n\n", "mad1#p0160": "136\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 1\n\nPURPORT\nIn those days in Bengal there were many places known as Klinlii Nli!aSlilli,\nwhere pictures of the pastimes of Lord Kr�r;�a were kept. People used to go\nthere to see them. This is called k($Qa-caritra-/ila. In Bengal there are still many\nplaces called hari-sabha, which indicates a place where local people gather to\nchant the Hare Kr�r;�a maha-mantra and discuss the pastimes of Lord Kr�r;�a.\nThe word kanai means \"Lord Kr�r;�a's:' and na tasala indicates a place where\npastimes are demonstrated. So those places which at the present moment are\ncalled hari-sabha may previously have been known as Klinlii Nlita5lilli.\n\nTEXT 228\n\n� f1tij � �'fti f�� 1f� 1fi{ I\n��;wr ��'eli� •n:;�, '�\"' �i{ 11 ��\"' 11\nsei ratre prabhu tahan cinte mane mana\nsange satighatta bha/a nahe, kaila sanatana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei ratre-that night; prabhu-the Lord; tahan-there;\n\ncinte-thinks;\n\nmane-within His mind; mana-the mind; satige-with Him; sanghatta­\n\ncrowds of men; bhala nahe-is not good; kaila sanata na-Sanlitana has so\nspoken.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat night the Lord considered Sanltana Gosvlmi's proposal that He\nshould not go to Vrndlvana followed by so many people.\nTEXT 229\n\n11'-.f1lftl� �tfit �� c;l'(� �tr I\n�� �� i{i ��, � 1P'I•ttr I ��� II\nmathura yaiba ami eta loka sange\nkichu sukha na paiba, habe rasa-bhange\n\nSYNONYMS\nmathura-the holy place of the name Mathurli; yaiba-shall go; ami-1;\neta-so many; /a ka-people; salige-with ; kichu-any; sukha-happiness;\n\n", "mad1#p0161": "Text 231]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n137\n\nna-not; paiba-1 shall get; habe-there will be; rasa-bhar'lge-a disturbance\nin the atmosphere.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord thought.: '�If I go to Mathura with such crowds behind Me, it\nwould not be a very happy situation, for the atmosphere would be dis­\n\nturbed.\"\n\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu confirms that visiting a holy place like Vrndavana\nwith so many people is simply disturbing. He would not find the happiness\nHe desired by visiting such holy places in that way.\n\nTEXT 230\n\n��� �il�, f�'lfl �IF �<ti life{ I\ni!t<t � Qltt� �� 'St11'i' II��o II\nekaki yaiba, kimva sange eka jana\ntabe se sobhaye vrndavanere gamana\n\nSYNONYMS\nekaki-alone;\n\nyaiba-1 shall go;\n\nkimva-or; sar'lge-with; eka-one;\n\njana-person; tabe-then only; se-that; sobhaye-becomes beautiful;\nvrndavanere-to Vrndavana; gamana-going.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord concluded that He would go alone to Vrndavana or, at most,\nwould take only one person as His companion. In that way, going to\nVrndavana would be very pleasant.\nTEXT 231\n\n�i! fi� �i!:<ti'ttl'l �te{ <tift' I\n'�� �t�' �fit' jf't'f1 ,'St)�ff II��� II\neta cinti pratab-kale ganga-snana kari'\n'nT/aca/e yaba' bali' ca/i/a gaurahari\n\n", "mad1#p0162": "138\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nSYNONYMS\n\neta cinti-thus thinking; prata/:1-ka/e-in ·the morning; gar'lga-snanabathing in the Ganges; kari'-performing; nT/aca/e yaba-l shall go to NTiacala\nOagannatha PurT);\n\nbali' -saying;\n\nca/i/a-started;\n\ngaurahari-SrT Caitanya\n\nMahiiprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThinking like this, the Lord took His morning bath in the Ganges and\nstarted for Nilacala, saying \"I shall go there.\"\nTEXT 232\n\n�� 11\\! �fff' �ffl' �tbl1 -t t�� I\n� ��-lfti! l�Jf1 ��t(;� 'Vttt II �� � II\nei mata ca/i' ca/i' aila santipure\ndina par'lca-sata rahila acaryera ghare\nSYNONYMS\nei mata-in this way; ca/i' ca/i'-walking; ai/a-came; santipure-to Santipura; dina par'lca-sata-five or seven days; rahi/a-remained; acaryera\nghare-at the house of Advaita Adirya\nTRANSLATION\nWalking and walking, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu arrived at Santipura\nand remained at the house of Advaita Acarya for five to seven days.\nTEXT 233\n\n�(;�� �t�' �ttl � itll�tl I\n�t\\! � �itt it� N5llf!·<i!IJ<i!l�tlll � �� II\nsacT-devT ani' tar'lre kaila namaskara\nsata dina tar'lra t}lani bhik�-vyavahara\nSYNONYMS\nsaci-devi-mother SacTdevT; ani'-calling her; tar'lre-unto Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; kai/a-did; namaskara-obeisances; sata dina-seven days;\ntar'lra thani-from SacTdevT; bhik$a-vyavahara-accepting meals.\n\n", "mad1#p0163": "Text 235]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n139\n\nTRANSLATION\nTaking this opportunity, Sri Advaita Acarya Prabhu sent for mother\nSacidevi, and she remained at His house for seven days to prepare the\nmeals for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 234\n\nitt �1 'f$1 �: �fittli '$f�i{ I\n� �firni �m fit\" ��1tt'l 11 ��s 11\ntar'lra ajna lana punab karila gamane\nvinaya kariya vidaya dila bhakta-gaQe\n\nSYNONYMS\ntanra ajna /ana-taking the permission of mother SacTdevT; punab-again;\nkarila-did; gamane-starting; vinaya kariya-by submitting pleasing words;\nvidaya-farewell; di/a-gave; bhakta-gaQe-to all the devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTaking permission from His mother, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu started\nfor Jagannatha Puri. When the devotees followed Him , He humbly begged\nthem to remain and bade them all farewell.\nTEXT 235\n\n\"if! � �r;tr �tfit �t� �'f� I\n\n�tr;t f11f� <c�t�' 11Qf�ttlrl-�tr;'f II ��Q- II\njana dui sar'lge ami yaba nilacale\namare miliba asi' ratha-yatra-kale\n\nSYNONYMS\njana-persons; dui-two; sar'lge-with; ami-1; yaba-shall go; nilacaleto Jagannatha PurT; amare-Me; miliba-will meet; asi'-coming there;\nratha-yatra-kale-during the time of the car festival.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, although requesting all the devotees to go\nback, allowed two people to follow Him. He requested all the devotees to\ncome to Jagannatha Puri and meet Him during the car festival.\n\n", "mad1#p0164": "140\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 236\n\n� reltm, � �� �tt'lft'fll\n\n�-�-� � � �t� II��� II\nbalabhadra bhattacarya, ara pat:�<fita damodara\ndui-jana-salige prabhu aila nilacala\n\nSYNONYMS\nbala-bhadra bhattacarya-of the name Balabhadra Bhattaarya; ara-and;\npat:�<fita damodara -Damod ara Par;�<;lita; dui-jana-two persons; salige­\n\nwith; prabhu-the Lord; ai/a-went back; nT/aca/a-to Jagannatha Purl.\nTRANSLATION\nTwo persons named Balabhadra Bhatflclrya and Dlmodara Par;��tita accompanied Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu to Jagannatha Puri [Nillcala].\nTEXT 237\n\n(ii{ � � tfit' ifittrl �� I\n�1$1 i� �iJI, � � � � II��'\\ II\ndina kata tahan rahi' ca/ila vrndavana\n\nlukafla ca/ila ratre, na jane kona jana\nSYNONYMS\ndina kata-a few days; tahan-at Jagannatha Purl; rah i'-remaining;\ncali/a-started; vrndavana-for Vrndavana; /ukafla-keeping secret; ca/i/astarted; ratre-at night; na jane-did not know; kona-some; jana -perso n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter remaining at Jagannltha Puri for a few days, the Lord secretly\nstarted for Vrndlvana at night. He did this without anyone's knowledge.\nTEXT 238\n\n� ·� � 'lf\"ttJ �'f I\n\n�tft..'G-\"tt-t � ��111�ttttr II ��lr II\n\n", "mad1#p0165": "Text 239]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n141\n\nbalabhadra bhattAc�rya rahe matra satige\njharikhat)qa-pathe kasr �i/a mah a- ran ge\n\nSYNONYMS\nbala-bhadra bhatt�carya-of the name Balabhadra Bhattiicarya; raheremains; matra-only; sarige-with Him; jhar i -k ha f)Qa pat he-on the way\n-\n\nthrough jhiirikhar:lC:Ja (Madhya Pradesh); ka5T-in Benares; ai/a-arrived;\nmaha-ratige-with great delight.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu left Jagannitha Puri for Vrndivana,\nonly Balabhadra Bhatficlrya was with Him. Thus He traveled on the path\nthrough Jharikhar.w.fa and arrived in Benares with great delight.\nTEXT 239\n\nfit\"� �� �tJI\\t� lfit' c;1t'f! �� I\n$ ,�m �.. m-.r � 11 ��;;, 11\ndina cara ka5ite rahi' ge/a vrndavana\nmathura dekhiya dekhe dvadasa kanana\n\nSYNONYMS\ndina cara-only four days; k�site-at Benares; rahi'-remaining; ge/a­\n\nstarted for; vrndavana-the holy place Vrndiivana; mathura-the holy place\nMathura; dekhiya-after seeing; dekhe-visits; dv ada5 a -twelve; kananaforests.\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahlprabhu stayed at Benares only four days and then left\nfor Vrndlvana. After seeing the town of Mathura, He visited the twelve\nforests.\nPURPORT\nThose who visit the Vrndiivana area today also generally visit twelve\nplaces, known as the twelve forests. They start at Mathura, where there is\nKiimya-vana. From there they go to Tiila-vana, Tamala-vana, Madhu-vana,\nKusuma-vana, Bhar:H;!Tra-vana, Bilva-vana, Bhadra-vana, Khadira-vana, Lohavana, Kumuda-vana and Gokula-mahiivana.\n\n", "mad1#p0166": "142\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 240\n\n\"\"'t'PI (}ff't' '��� � �f'll I\n� ��m11��6ll�8o II\n11/a-stha/a dekhi' preme ha-ila asthira\nbalabhadra kaila tatire mathurara bahira\n\nSYNONYMS\nli/a-stha/a-all the holy places of Lord Kr�r;�a's pastimes; dekhi' -visiting;\npreme-in great ecstasy; ha-ila-became; asthira-agitat ed; bala-bhadraof the name Balabhadra; kai/a\n\n-\n\nassisted; tatire-Lord Caitanya Mahliprabhu;\n\nmathurara-of the town of Mathurli; bahira-outside.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu visited all twelve places of Sri Kr.r,a's\npastimes, He became very agitated because of ecstasy. Balabhadra Bhattacarya somehow or other got Him out of Mathura.\nTEXT 241\n\n��-'Pit� 'flfP112Altt'St �1� I\n81i?t \"tl�' �� 1:5� f11fiffn II �8� ll\nganga-tira-pathe lana prayage aila\nsri-rOpa asi' prabhuke tathai milila\n\nSYNONYMS\nganga-tira-pathe-the path on the bank of the Ganges; /ana-taking;\n\nprayage-in Allahabad; ai/a-arrived; sri-rOpa-of the name Sri ROpa; asi'­\n\ncoming there; prabhuke- Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tathai-there;\nmilila-met.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter leaving Mathura, the Lord began to walk along a path on the bank\nof the Ganges, and finally He reached the holy place named Prayaga\n[Allahabad]. It was there that Srila Rupa Gosvami came and met the Lord.\n\n", "mad1#p0167": "Text 244]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n143\n\nTEXT 242\n\n1f'J!ti! 9f�1 I\n� ��\"' � �tfil1ri1 N'f1 II �8� II\n'f��e, � 1fi'Pt\n\ndaQt;/avat kari' rOpa bhumite pat;lila\nparama anande prabhu alitigana dila\nSYNONYMS\ndal)t;/avat kari'-offering obeisances; rOpa-Srila Rupa Gosvami; bhumite-on\n\nthe\n\nground;\n\npat;lila-fell;\n\nparama-great;\n\nanande-in\n\ndelight;\n\nprabhu-the Lord; a/itigana-embracing; di/a-gave.\nTRANSLATION\nAt Prayaga, Rupa Gosvami fell down on the ground to offer obeisances\nto the Lord, and the Lord embraced him with great delight.\nTEXT 243\n\nllt�t9f fil'lf1 ��1�' 9f'tJi� �� I\n�� �fftn �t$lt 'f$1t� II �8� II\nsri-rOpe sik$a karai' pathaila vrndavana\napane karila varal)asi agamana\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rOpe\n\nsik$a\n\nkarai'-teaching\n\nSrila\n\nRupa\n\nGosvamT;\n\npathaila -sent;\n\nvrndavana-toward Vrndavana; apane-Himself; kari/a-did; varal)asi-to\nBenares; agamana-coming.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter instructing Srila Rupa Gosvami at Prayaga at the Da.ASvamedhaghata, Caitanya Mahaprabhu ordered him to go to Vrndavana. The Lord\nthen returned to Vara1,1asi.\nTEXT 244\n\n���� � �flt' �fif'f1 �i1� I\n.. 'If� ��' �� �\"1 filliP! II �88 II\n\n", "mad1#p0168": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n144\n\n[Madhya-Jill, Ch. 1\n\nkasTte prabhuke asi' milila sanatana\ndui masa rahi' tanre karaila sik$at)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nkasite-at Varal)asT;\nsanatana-of the name\n\nprabhuke-the Lord;\nSanatana\n\nGosvamT;\n\nasi'-a rr i vi ng;\ndui-two;\n\nmi/i/a-met;\n\nmasa-months;\n\nrahi'-remaining; tat'lre-unto him; karai/a-did; sik$al)a- i nstruction.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Caitanya Mahlprabhu arrived at Vlrll)asi, Sanltana\nGosvami met Him there. The Lord remained there for two months and instructed Sanltana Gosvlmi perfectly.\nTEXT 245\n\n� 9ftJ��i tlttJ finn 'ef•� 1\n�t01:ifl� 99f'l �ff' ''St'fl ��'I II �8<t II\nmathura pathaila tanre diya bhakti-bala\nsannyasire krpa kari' ge/a ni/aca/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nmathura-to Mathura; pathai/a-sent; tanre-h i m; diya-giving; bhaktibala-the strength of devotion; sannyasrre-unto the Mayavadr sannyasTs;\nkrpa-mercy; kari '-g i vi ng; ge/a-went back; ni/aca/a-to Jagannatha Puri.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter fully instructing Sanltana Gosvami, Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu sent\nhim to Mathura with empowered devotional service. In Benares He also\nbestowed His mercy upon the Mayavldi sannylsis. He then returned to\nNilacala [Jagannltha Puri].\nTEXT 246\n\n8 �e.lfl �r;� �t. �fll'fl f� I\n\n� �'!-t�, � � II �8� II\nchaya vatsara aiche prabhu kari/a vilasa\nkabhu iti-uti, kabhu k$etra-vasa\n\n", "mad1#p0169": "Text 248]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n145\n\nSYNONYMS\nchaya vatsara-six years; aiche-in that way; prabhu-the Lord; kariladid; vi/asa-pastimes; kabhu-sometimes; iti-uti-here and there; kabhusometimes; k$etra-vasa-residing at Jagannatha Puri.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord traveled all over India for six years. He was sometimes here\nand sometimes there performing His transcendental pastimes, and sometimes He remained at Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 247\n\n� 'e·� �1 ��-�I\ntr'Qt�·QW(i{, '� f�t� II �S't II\nanande bhakta-sarige sada kTrtana-vilasa\njagannatha-dara5ana, premera vilasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nanande-in great delight; bhakta-sarige-with devotees; sada-always;\nkirtana-of chanting;\n\nvi/asa-enjoyment; jagannatha-Lord Jagannatha;\n\ndara5ana-visiting; premera-of ecstasy; vi/asa-pastimes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile at Jagannatha Puri, the Lord passed His time in great joy by performing sankirtana and visiting the temple of Jagannatha in great ecstasy.\nTEXT 248\n\n1f�B ��( �� ��'1 I\n.._\"'Jtfl'ltl � �7;<{ ��' �'$ftj II �Sir II\nmadhya-/Tiara kailuri ei sutra-vivaral)a\nantya-lilara satra ebe suna, bhakta-gaf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nmadhya-lilara-of the madhya-lila, the middle portion of His pastimes;\nkai/uri-1 made;\n\nei-this;\n\nsOtra-synopsis; vivaraf)a-description; antya-\n\n", "mad1#p0170": "146\n\ni\n\nSr Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-1111, Ch. 1\n\nli/ara-of the pastimes at the end, known as antya-lila; sutra-synopsis;\nebe-now; suna-hear; bhakta-gaQa-all devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have given a synopsis of the madhya-lill, the middle pastimes of\nthe Lord. Now, 0 devotees, kindly hear the synopsis of the final pastimes\nof the Lord, known as antya-lill.\nTEXT 249\n\n�t� � �flf �t� � I\n� � � <r�, �'ft1 i{f� (;'$fllf1 II �8� II\nvrndavana haite yadi nT/acale aila\nathara var$a tahan vasa, kahan nahi gela\n\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavana haite-from Vrndiivana; yadi-though; nT/aca/e-to Jaganniitha\nPurl; ai/a-came back; athara-eighteen; var$a-years; tahan-at Jaganniitha\nPurl; vasa-residence; kahan-anywhere; nahi-not; ge/a-went.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord returned to Jagannltha Puri from Vrndlvana, He remained there and did not go anywhere else for eighteen years.\nTEXT 250\n\n12tf�ft �-')(i{ iitt1 (;�f 'e9'Sf'l I\nM ��� � � �- 'Jf'pfet II ��0 II\nprativar$a aisena tahan gauqera bhakta-gaQa\ncari masa rahe prabhura sange sanmilana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprativar$a-each year; aisena-visit; tahM-there; gauqera-of Bengal;\nbhakta-gaQa-all the devotees; cari-four; masa-months; rahe-remain;\nprabhura-Lord Caitanya Mahiiprabhu; sange-with; sanmi/ana-meeting.\n\n", "mad1#p0171": "147\n\nThe later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 252]\n\nTRANSLATION\nDuring those eighteen year s, all the devotees of Bengal used to visit\nHim at Jagannltha Puri every year. They would remain there for four continuous months and enjoy the company of the Lord.\nTEXT 251\n\n� �i!J'ft� �-� I\n�� '�'lt'ef• � <21�-rat II ��� II\nnirantara nrtya-gita kirtana-vilasa\nacar:u;Jale prema-bhakti karila prakasa\nSYNONYMS\nnirantara-without stopping; nrtya-gita-chanting and dancing; kirtanaof .sar'lkirtana; vi/asa-enjoyment; acar:IC;Jale-to everyone, even to the lowest\nperson;\n\nprema-bhakti-love\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nkari/a-did;\n\nprakasa­\n\nmanifestation.\nTRANSLATION\nAt Jagannltha Puri, Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu performed chanting and\ndancing unceasingly. Thus He enjoyed the pastime of sailkirtana. He\nmanifested His causeless mercy, pure love of God, to everyone, including\nthe lowest man.\nTEXT 252\n\n�fi)�<;�lfP �� �t� � I\n, �tt1rtlR{, -tQ, I(� II ��� II\npar:u;fita-gosani kaila ni/aca/e vasa\nvakresvara, damodara, sar'lkara, haridasa\nSYNONYMS\npaQ(/ita-gosarii-Gad�dhara Pai)Qita; kai/a-did; nilacale-at Jagann�tha\nPurl;\n\nvasa-living;\n\nvakresvara-of the\n\nname\n\nVakresvara;\n\ndamodara­\n\nD�modara Pai)Qita; sar'lkara-of the name Sarikara; hari-dasa-Harid�sa\nTh�kura.\n\n", "mad1#p0172": "[Madhya-1111, Ch. 1\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n148\n\nTRANSLATION\nResiding with the Lord at Jagannltha Puri were Parxlita Cosli\\i and\nother devotees, such as Vakre5vara, Dlmodara, Sankara and Haridlsa\nThakura.\nTEXT 253\n\n'f'mflil\"f, •<st�, (;'Sft�, �t� I\n\n9ff�'1_ft, � 11Qi�·�J II �� II\njagadananda, bhagavan, govinda, kasTsvara\nparamananda-purT, ara svarOpa-damodara\n\nSYNONYMS\njagadananda-of\nBhagaviin;\n\nthe\n\ngovinda-of\n\nname\nthe\n\nJagadananda;\n\nname\n\nbhagavan-of the\n\nname\n\nkasTsvara-of\n\nname\n\nGovinda;\n\nthe\n\nKiislsvara; paramananda-purT-of the name Paramiinanda Purl; ara svarOpa­\n\ndamodara-and SvarOpa Diimodara, His secretary.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda, Bhagavan, Govinda, Ktiisvara, Pararnlnanda Puri and\nSvarupa Damodara were other devotees who also lived with the Lord.\nTEXT 254\n\n'\"iRt� Jt1ftil\"f Jnt � I\n121'{�'\" �' � �� f.mf•� II ��8 II\nk�etra-vasT ramananda raya prabhrti\nprabhu-satige ei saba kaila nitya-sthiti\n\nSYNONYMS\nk�etra-vasi-residents of Jaganniitha Purl; ramananda raya-of the name\nRamananda Riiya; prabhrti-and others; prabhu-sati ge-with the Lord; ei\n\nsaba-all of them; kai/a-did; nitya-s thiti-permanently living .\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Ramananda Raya and other devotees who were residents of Jagannatha Puri also remained permanently with the Lord.\n\n", "mad1#p0173": "Text 247]\n\nThe uter Pastimes of Lord Clitanya\n\n149\n\nTEXTS 255-256\n\n'elm, r..I!Jlil., '!_�, •� 1\nRw'tf.{fi(, �t��, �fir,-� 'fPill �Q'Q' II\n<21�� �� �tlf � Jtftll� I\ntl1·�� 'f\\$1 <21t_t AA-. �� II ��� II\nadvaita, nityananda, mukunda, srivasa\nvidyanidhi, vasudeva, murari,-yata dasa\nprativar$e aise sarige rahe cari-masa\ntan-saba lana prabhura vividha vilasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-of the name Advaita; nityananda-of the name Nityiinanda;\nmukunda-of the name Mukunda; srivasa-of the name SrTviisa; vidyanidhi-of the name\n\nVidyiinidhi;\n\nvasu-deva-of the name\n\nViisudeva;\n\nmurari-of the name Murari; yata dasa-all servitors of the Lord; prativar$eeach year; aise-go there; sar'lge-in association; rahe-remain; cari-masafou r months; tan-saba-all of them; /ana-taking; prabhura-of the Lord;\nvividha-various; vi/asa-pas times\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOther devotees of the Lord-headed by Advlita Aclrya, Nitylnanda\nPrabhu, Mukunda, �rivlsa, Vidylnidhi, Vlsudeva and Murlri-used to\nvisit Jagannltha Puri and remain with the Lord for. four continuous\nmonths. The Lord enjoyed various pastimes in their company.\nTEXT 257\n\n��'fttlf fitf'5i2tlf•,-�.-..1! ��I\n�� �� .11 '�\" 'llt�e.�� \" �Q'\" \"\nharidasera siddhi-prapti,-adbhuta se saba\napani mahaprabhu yar'lra kai/a mahotsava\n\nSYNONYMS\nhari-dasera-of\n\nThiikura\n\nadbhuta-wonderful;\n\nHaridiisa;\n\nse-those;\n\nsiddhi-prapti-p�sing\n\naway;\n\nsaba-all incidents; apani-personally;\n\n", "mad1#p0174": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n150\n\n[Madhya-1111, Ch. 1\n\nmaM-prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yanra-whose; kaila-perforrned;\nmaha-utsava -festival.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt 'Jagannatha Puri, Haridasa Thakura passed away. The incident was\nvery wonderful because the Lord Himself performed the festival of\nThakura Haridua's departure.\nTEXT 258\n\n�� fi9f·c;�MJJ �'Sflr-{ I\n\nti�tJ �t'i ��<2ft_-tf9-lf.tl'l II��� II\ntabe rOpa-gosanira punar-agamana\ntanhara hrdaye kaila prabhu sakti-sancarat)a\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nrOpa-gosanira-of\n\nagamana-again coming there;\n\nSrTia\n\nROpa\n\nGosvCimT;\n\npunal)­\n\ntar'lhara-of him; hrdaye-in the heart;\n\nkai/a-did; prabhu-the Lord; sakti-sancaraoa-invoking of transcendental\npower.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt Jagannatha Puri Srila Rupa Gosvami met the Lord again, and the Lord\ninvested his heart with all transcendental power.\nTEXT 259\n\n� �� �ffwttlt <2ft_��� I\n\n5f'ft1rtQ·9f�� �� � -tt\"J·� II�Q:;, II\ntabe chota haridase prabhu kaila daor;la\ndamodara-paor;lita kai/a prabhuke vakya-daor;la\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; chota hari-dase-unto Junior Harid<isa; prabhu-the\nLord;\n\nkai/a-did;\n\ndaor;/a-punishment;\n\ndamodara-paor;/ita-of the name\n\nDamodara PaQQita; kai/a-did; prabhuke-unto the Lord; vakya-daor;/achastisement as a warning.\n\n", "mad1#p0175": "151\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 261]\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, the Lord punished the Junior Haridlsa, and Dlmodara Par;�4ita gave some warning to the Lord.\nPURPORT\nActually D�modara Pal)9ita was the eternal servant of the lord. He could\nnot punish the lord at any time, nor had he any desire to, but He did give\nsome warning to the lord so that others would not blaspheme Him. Of\ncourse, He should have known that the lord is the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead and is free to act in any way. There is no need to warn Him, and\nsuch an action is not very much appreciated by advanced devotees.\nTEXT 260\n\n� ���-<;'St�\\$1 �'Sti(i{ I\n\n�tattDt 12ft_ -ittt ��II ��o II\ntabe sanatana-gosatiira punar-agamana\njyai$tha-mase prabhu tarire kaila parik$aQa\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nsanatana-gosatiira-of\n\nSan�tana\n\nGosv�mi;\n\npuna/:1-\n\nagam ana-agai n coming; jyai$tha-mase-in the month of Jyaigha (May­\n\njune); prabhu-the Lord; tarire-him; kai/a-did; parik$aQa -examination.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter Sanltana Gosvlmi met the Lord again, and the Lord tested\nhim in scorching heat during the month of Jyaiftha.\nTEXT 261\n\nt.i �\\$112ft. m 9fti�lf1 �� 1\n��l!t �· � �.,._�! eel� II ��) II\ntu$ta hatia prabhu tarire pathaila vrndavana\nadvaitera haste prabhura adbhuta bhojana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntu$ta hatia-being very much pleased; prabhu\npathaila -sent\n\nback;\n\nvrndavana-to\n\nVrnd�vana;\n\n-\n\nthe Lord; tanre-him;\nAdvaita\n\nadvaitera_:_of\n\n", "mad1#p0176": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n152\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nAcarya; haste-in the hands; prabhura-of the lord; adbhuta-wonderful;\n\nbhojana\n\n-\n\nfeas ting\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing pleased, the Lord sent Sanltana Gosvlmi back to Vrndlvana.\nAfter that, He was fed wonderfully by the hands of Sri Advaita Acarya.\nTEXT 262\n\n�IIJ1..-l1tlf � -.fR1 � I\n'lttf 9ftirt'11 <;'Sf� 'I!IJf ��lfi'� II ��� II\nnityananda-satige yukti kariya nibhrte\ntatire pathaila gaw;fe prema pracarite\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda-satige-with Nityananda Prabhu; yukti-d iscussi on; kariya­\n\nmaking; nibhrte-in privacy; tatire-Him; pathai/a-sent; gauc;/e-to Bengal;\n\nprema-love of Godhead; pracarite-to preach.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter sending Sanltana Gosvlmi back to Vrndlvana, the Lord privately\nconsulted with Sri Nitylnanda Prabhu. He then sent Him to Bengal to\npreach love of Godhead.\nTEXT 263\n\n� �' Cfll'6 •• � fiffittlt\n\n�·�� �( <2tt_ 'l� ..�II ��-e II\n\ntabe ta' vallabha bhatta prabhure milila\nkr$Qa-namera artha prabhu tanhare kahila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe ta'-thereafter;\n\nvallabha bhatta-of the name Vallabha Bha��a;\n\nprabhure-lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mi/i/a-met; kr$Qa-namera-of\nthe holy name of Kr�r;�a; artha-import; prabhu-the lord; tatihare-unto\nhim; kahi/a-explained.\n\n", "mad1#p0177": "Text 265]\n\n153\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\nTRANSLATION\n\nSoon afterward, Vallabha Bhatfa met the Lord at Jagannltha Puri, and\nthe Lord explained to him the import of the holy name of K�a.\nPURPORT\nThis Vallabha Bhana is the head of the Vai�Qava samprad�ya known as the\nVallabhacarya-sampradaya in western India. There is a long story about\nVallabha Acarya narrated in the Caitanya-caritamrta, specifically in the Sev­\n\nenth Chapter of Antya-/T/a and the Nineteenth Chapter of Madhya-IT/�. Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu visited the house of Vallabha Acarya on the other side\nof Prayaga in a place known as Adaila-grama. Later, Vallabha Bhatta saw\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu at Jagannatha Purr to explain his commentary on\nSrimad-Bhagavatam. He was very proud of his writings, but Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu corrected him, telling him that a Vai�Qava should be humble and\nfollow in the footsteps of his predecessors. The Lord told him that his pride in\nbeing superior to Sridhara SvamTwas not at all befitting a Vai�Qava.\nTEXT 264\n\n� filt�l � ftl{til..,_� I\n\n\"�tttl �� �� � •t'111 ��8 II\npradyumna misrere prabhu ramananda-sthane\n\nkr�f)a-katha sunaila kahi' tatira guf)e\n\nSYNONYMS\npradyumna\n\nmisrere-of the name\n\nPradyumna Misra;\n\nprabhu-Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; ramananda-sthane-at the place of Ramananda Raya;\n\nkr�f)a-katha-topics of Lord Sri Kr�Qa; sunai/a-caused to hear; kahi'­\n\nexplaining; tatira-of Ramananda Raya; guf)e-the transcendental qualities.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter explaining the transcendental qualities of Rlmlnanda Rlya, the\nLord sent Pradyumna Misra to the residence of Ramanand a Raya, and\nPradyumna Misra learned km1a-katha from him.\nTEXT 265\n\n'�fl{ 'fl�-lf1rt�-� I\n�� 'lltft'!'fitl, � � � II ��t II\n\n", "mad1#p0178": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n154\n\n[Madhya-IIII, Ch. 1\n\ngopTnatha pattanayaka-rammanda-bhra�\nraja maritechila, prabhu haila trata\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopTnatha patta-nayaka-of the name GopTnatha Pattanayaka; ramanandabhra�-the brother of SrT Ra�nanda Raya; raja-the King; maritechi/acondemned to death; prabhu-lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; haila-became;\ntrata-the deliverer.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, Lord Caitanya Mahlprabhu saved Gopinltha Paf1riyaka, the\nyounger brother of Rlrnlnanda Rlya, from being condemned to death by\nthe King.\nTEXT 266\n\nt\"l*llil!i�·� �11ftttbn I\n\n�� �� �' 'Cit(•ltf� n ���\"\nramacandra-purT-bhaye bhik$a gMtAila\nvai$1)avera du/:lkha dekhi' ardheka rakhi/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nramacandra-puri-bhaye-by the fear of Ramacandra PurT; bhik� -the proportion of eating; ghatai/a-decreased; vai$f)avera-of all the Vai�l)avas;\ndu/:lkha-unhappiness ; dekhi'-u nders tanding; ardheka-half of the portion; rakhila-kept.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamacandra Puri criticized Lord Caitanya Mahlprabhu's eating;\ntherefore the Lord reduced His eating to a minimum. However, when all\nthe Vai,r;�avas became very sorry, the Lord increased His portion to half as\nmuch as usual.\nTEXT 267\n\natlft'O-f'fttt Q � � I\n'�'\"'\"\"'� � � �'ltlf II ��\" II\nbrahmaQ«;/a-bhitare haya caudda bhuvana\ncaudda-bhuvane baise yata jiva-gal)a\n\n", "mad1#p0179": "Text 269]\n\n155\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\nSYNONYMS\n\nbrahmaQqa-bhitare-within\n\nthe\n\nuniverse;\n\nhaya-there\n\nare;\n\ncaudda\n\nbhuvana-fourteen planetary systems; caudda-bhuvane-in those fourteen\nplanetary systems; baise-reside; yata-as many as there are; jTva-gaQaliving entities.\nTRANSLATION\nThere are fourteen planetary systems within the universe, and all living\nentities reside in those planetary systems.\nTEXT 268\n\n1f'l,tlt �II( -.ft' �tffl� � I\n\n�{I �.fil � ..-f�' �� II �'\"' n\nmanu$yera vesa dhari' yatrikera cha/e\nprabhura darsana kare a5i' nT/aca/e\nSYNONYMS\nmanu$yera-of human beings; vesa dhari'-dress ing themselves; yatrikera\n\nchale- as if pilgrims; prabhura-of lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; darsana\nkare-visit; cisi'-coming; nT/aca/e-to Jagannatha Purl\nTRANSLATION\nDressing like human beings on pilgrimage, they all used to come to\n\nJagannltha Puri to visit Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu.\nTEXT 269\n\n\"l..� l\\$rtfif U 'ft'\"f'l I\n\n�.!ft.l.-1 '$ft$1 � � II ��� II\neka-dina srrvasadi yata bhakta-gaf)a\n\nmahaprabhura guf)a gafia karena kTrtana\nSYNONYMS\n\neka-dina-one day; srTvasa-adi-SrTvasa Thlikura and others; yata-all;\n\nbhakta-gaQa-devotees; mahaprabhura-of lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nguQa- qualities; gafia-describing; karena-perform; kTrtana-chanting.\n\n", "mad1#p0180": "156\n\nSri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n[Madhya-Jill, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day all the devotees, headed by Srfvlsa Thlkura, were chanting\nthe transcendental qualities of Sri Caitanya Mahlprab hu .\nTEXT 270\n\n�tJ.' ..'Sft'l � llltlJ511f � I\n�-.-1 �' � .., <fl�t4' n �'lo It\nsuni' bhakta-gaQe kahe sa-krodha vacane\nkr$Qa-nama-guQa chapi, ki kara kirtane\nSYNONYMS\nsuni '-he aring this; bhakta-gaQe-to all the devotees; kahe-the Lord\nsays; sa-krodha vacane-talking in an angry mood; kr$Qa-nama-guQa chapileaving aside the transcendental qualities and the name of the Lord; ki kara\nkirtane- what kind of chanting are you performing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNot liking the chanting of His transcendental qualities, Sri Caitanya\nMahlprabhu chastised them as if He were angry. 11What kind of chanting\nis thisJ\" He asked. 11Are you leaving aside the chanting of the holy name\nof the Lord l\"\nTEXT 271\n\n··� <q5ftt'! � ��ftlti{ I\n�-dt1�iftwtt��n �\"� 11\nauddhatya karite haila sabakara mana\nsvatantra ha-iya sabe nasa 'be bhuvana\nSYNONYMS\nauddhatya-impudence; karite-to do; hai/a-was; sabakara-of all of\nyou; mana-the mind; svatantra-independent; ha-iya-becoming; sabeall of you; nasa 'be-will spoil; bhuvana-the whole world.\n\n", "mad1#p0181": "The Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 273]\n\n157\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu chastised all the devotees, telling them\nnot to show impudence and spoil the entire world by becoming independent.\nPURPORT\n\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu warned all His followers not to become independent or impudent. Unfortunately, after the disappearance of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, many apa-sampradayas (so-called followers) invented many\nways not approved by the acaryas. Bhaktivinoda 'fhakura has described them\nas: the aula, baula, karttabhaja, nec;Ja, daravesa, sani sahajiya, sakhibheki,\n\nsmarta, jata-gosM'Ii, ativac;li, cac;Jadhari and gaurar'lga-nagari.\nThe aula-sampradaya, baula-sampradaya and others invented their own\nways of understanding Lord Caitanya's philosophy without following in the\nfootsteps of the acaryas. S rT Caitanya Mahaprabhu Himself indicates herein\nthat all such attempts would simply spoil the spirit of His cult.\nTEXT 272\n\n'fllf� �1'tJ ,.ttl ,'ft-. �� �'I I\n'O \"t�' �' -.� ��'f II�\"� I\nda5a-dike koti koti loka hena kale\n'jaya k($Qa-caitanya' bali' kare kolahale\nSYNONYMS\n\nda5a-dike-in the ten directions; koti koti-many thousands of men;\nloka-people; hena kal e-at this time; jaya k($Qa-caitanya-all glories to\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ba/i'-loudly crying; kare -make; kolahale-a\ntumultuous sound.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was apparently in an angry mood and\nchastising His devotees, many thousands of people outside loudly cried in\na tumultuous voice: 11AII glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu!\"\nTEXT 273\n\n1l��-�Jttf!l�t� I\n•\"Stt. i!tft� � �1ltl ._'fti!tlll �\"� II\n\ntm 0\n\n", "mad1#p0182": "158\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 1\n\njaya jaya mahaprabhu-vrajendra-kumara\njagat tarite prabhu, tamara avatara\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya mahaprabhu-all glories to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vrajendra-kumara-originally Lord Kr��a, the son of Maharaja Nanda; jagat-the\nwhole world; tarite-to deliver; prabhu-the Lord; tomara-Your; avataraincarn ation.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the people began to call very loudly: 11AII glories to Sri Caitanya\nMahlprabhu, who is the son of Mahlrlja Nanda! Now You have appeared\nto deliver the whole world!\nTEXT 274\n\n� � �'l �1$1 �If �� I\n\"� fiRt1 � �.: �.(II �C18 II\nbahu-dOra haite ainu hana bac;la arta\ndara.Sana diya prabhu karaha krtartha\nSYNONYMS\nbahu-dara-a long distance; haite-from; ainu-we have come; haliabecoming; bac;la-very much; arta-aggrieved; dara.Sana-audience; diyagiving; prabhu-0 Lord; karaha-kindly show; krta-artha-favor.\nTRANSLATION\n110 Lord, we are very unhappy. We have come a long distance to see\nYou . Please be merciful and show us Your favor.\"\nTEXT 275\n\n�fim1 \"'t� \"'\" i!f� � I\n� \"ft�' 'ft� fif'f1 'Aft1f111 �\"t II\nsuniya /okera dainya dravila hrdaya\nbahire asi' dara.Sana di/a daya-maya\n\n", "mad1#p0183": "159\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 277]\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing;\nbecame\n\nlokera-of the people;\n\nsoftened;\n\nhrdaya-the\n\nheart;\n\ndain ya-humility ;\n\nbahire-outside;\n\ndravila­\n\nasi'-coming;\n\ndara.5ana-audience; dila-gave; daya-maya-the merciful.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord heard the humble petition made by the people, his heart\nsoftened. Being very merciful, He immediately came out and gave audience to all of them.\nTEXT 276\n\n� t.fil' � 12ft�' '�fil' '�A' I\n\n,._�)�� i1_� �fi' II �\"� II\nbahu tu/i' bale prabhu bala' 'hari' 'hari'\nuthila-srT-hari-dhvani catur-dik bhari'\nSYNONYMS\nbahu tu/i'-raising the arms; bale-says ; prabhu-the Lord; bala'-speak;\nhari hari-the holy name of the Lord, Hari; uthi/a-arose; s ri-hari-dhvanivibration of the sound Hari; catub-dik-the four directions; bhari'-filling\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRaising His arms, the Lord asked everyone to chant loudly the vibration\nof the holy name of Lord Hari. There immediately arose a great stir, and\nthe vibration of 11Hari!\" filled all directions.\nTEXT 277\n\n� �r.t' ,� �\" �t�m ll'i{ 1\n\\!1� ... 1 �fil' flt'i·� II �'t't II\nprabhu dekhi' preme loka anandita mana\nprabhuke Ts vara bali' karaye stavana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu dekhi'-seeing the Lord; preme-in ecstasy; loka-all people;\nanandita-j oyous; mana-the mind; prabhuke-the Lord; is vara-as the\nSupreme Lord; ba/i'-accepting; karaye-did; stavana-prayer\n\n.\n\n", "mad1#p0184": "160\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the Lord, everyone became joyful out of love. Everyone accepted the Lord as the Supreme, and thus they offered their prayers.\nTEXT 278\n\n���'�-.�-��\n'lltt .$1(-e, � �tf 121� II �'Urll\nstava suni' prabhuke kahena srinivasa\nghare gupta hao, kene bahire prakasa\nSYNONYMS\nstava-prayers; suni'-hearing; prabhuke-unto the Lord; kahena-says;\nsrinivasa-SrTnivasa Acarya; ghare-at home; gupta-covered; hao-You\nare; kene-why; bahire-outside; prakasa-manifested.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the people were offering their prayers unto the Lord, Srinivasa\nAdrya sarcastically said to the Lord: 11At home, You wanted to be\ncovered. Why have You exposed Yourself outsidel\"\nTEXT 279\n\n�fiit�'f�-�'� ��I\nb1-1t� 11,� it-. fin'1 f� � II �'\\� II\nke sikhala ei toke, kahe kon vata\niha-sabara mukha qhaka diya nija hata\nSYNONYMS\nke-who; sikha/a-taught;\nkon-what;\n\nvata-topics;\n\nei-these; /oke-people; kahe-they say;\n\niha-of\n\nthem;\n\nsabara-of\n\nall;\n\nmukha-the\n\nmouths; r;lhaka-just cover; diya-with; nija-Your own; hata-hand.\nTRANSLATION\nSrinivasa Acarya continued: 11Who has taught these peoplel What are\nthey sayingl Now You can cover their mouths with Your own hand.\n\n", "mad1#p0185": "Text 282]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\n161\n\nTEXT 280\n\n� �ti -i � � '!_•�� I\n�� ifl 9ftfl �- �'tf if:wl II �\\ro II\nsOrya yaiche udaya kari' c�he luk�ite\nbujhite n� pJri taiche tom�ra carite\nSYNONYMS\nsurya-the sun; yaiche-just like; udaya-a ppearance; kari'-making;\nc�he-wants; luk�ite-to hide; bujhite-to understand; n�-not; p�riable; taiche-similarly; tom�ra-Your; carite-in the character.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is as if the sun, after rising, wanted to hide itself. We cannot understand such characteristics in Your behavior.\"\nTEXT 281\n\n� ��,--�, � M'¥�\"1 I\n� (;llfil' <1St �tf �<IS lft�ifl II �\"'� II\nprabhu kahena, -srinivasa, ch�qa vi(jambana\nsabe meli' kara mora kateka l�ncana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-the Lord; kahena-says; srinivasa-My dear SrTnivasa; chaqa­\n\ngive up; vi(jambana-all these jokes; sabe-all of you; meli'�together;\nkara-do; mora-of Me; kateka-so much; /ancana-humiliation.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Lord replied: 11My dear Srinivisa, please stop joking . You have all\ncombined together to humiliate Me in this way.\"\nTEXT 282\n\nIJI\\! �fil'\n\n''ltf;• <m' ��Q 5ftill\n'WI'eJ'O\"* ''St'l1, 'lftt•1f 'J..(� <lit1f II�\"'� II\n\n", "mad1#p0186": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n162\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 1\n\neta bali' toke kari' subha-dr�ti dana\nabhyantare gela, /okera pOrQa haifa kama\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-thus saying; /oke-unto the people; kari'-doing; subha-d($fiauspicious glance; dana-charity; abhyantare-within the room; ge/awent; lokera-of all the people; purQa-fulfilled; haifa-was; kama-the\ndesire.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus speaking, the Lord entered His room after glancing auspiciously\nupon the people out of charity. In this way the desires of the people were\ncompletely fulfilled.\nTEXT 283\n\nl'l_ift..·� fi4\\!Jlil\"f-� c;;1ttfl I\n��-�-Jtt�t.lR l!'t tl-.� II�� II\nraghunatha-dasa nityananda-pase gela\nciga-dadhi-mahotsava tahani kari/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nraghunatha-dasa-of the name Raghunatha dasa; nityananda-Lord Nityananda; pase-near; ge/a-went; ci ga-chipped rice; dadhi-curd; mahotsava-festival; tahar'li-there; kari la-pe rfor med.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt this time, Raghunltha disa approached Sri Nitylnanda Prabhu and,\naccording to His order, prepared a feast and distributed prasada composed of chipped rice and curd.\nPURPORT\nThere is a special preparation in Bengal wherein chipped rice is mixed with\ncurd and sometimes with sandesa and mango. It is a very palatable food\noffered to the Deity and then distributed to the public. Raghunatha dasa\nGosvamT, who was a householder at this time, met Nityananda Prabhu. According to His advice, he executed this festival of dadhi-ciga-prasada.\n\n", "mad1#p0187": "The Later Pastimes of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 285]\n\n163\n\nTEXT 284\n\nttl � Jf<$1 '1tlr1 � met 1\n12ft.���� ��9ff 'I� II �\"'8 II\ntatira ajna lana gela prabhura caraQe\nprabhu tatire samarpila svarOpera sthane\nSYNONYMS\ntar'lra-His; ajfia-order; /alia-taking; ge/a-approached; prabhura-of\nCaitanya Mahll.prabhu; caraQe-the lotus feet; prabhu-the lord; tatirehim; samarpi/a-handed over; svarOpera-of SvarOpa Dll.modara; sthane-to\nthe place.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nLater, Srila Raghunltha dlsa Gosvlmi left home and took shelter of Sri\nCaitanya Mahlprabhu at Jagannltha Puri. At that time, the Lord received\nhim and placed him under the care of Svarupa Dlrnodara for spiritual enlightenment.\nPURPORT\nIn this regard, SrT1a Raghuniitha diisa Gosvll.mT writes in Vilapa-kusumalijali (5):\nyo mam dustara-geha-nirjala-maha-kOpad apara-klamat\nsadyal) sandra-dayambudhil) prakrtital) svairi-krparaj-jubhil)\nuddhrty-atma-saroja-nindi-caraQa-prantaril prapadya svayaril\nsri-damodara-sac cakara tam aharil caitanya-candraril bhaje\n\"let me offer my respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, who, by His unreserved mercy, kindly saved me from household life, which is exactly like a blind well without water, and placed me in the\nocean of transcendental joy under the care of SvarOpa Diimodara GosvlimT.\"\nTEXT 285\n\nSl��.m� � rtiiQ I\nlilt Q flt'f1 � R �t.� II �lrct II\nbrahmananda-bharatira ghucaila carmambara\nei mata lila kaila chaya vatsara\n\n", "mad1#p0188": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n164\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmananda-bharatira-of Brahmananda Bharati; ghucai/a-vanquished;\ncarma- ambara-dress of skin; ei mata-in this way; /ita-pastimes; kailaperformed; chaya vatsara-six years.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLater, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stopped Brahmananda Bharati's habit of\nwearing deerskin. The Lord thus enjoyed His pastimes continuously for\nsix years, experiencing varieties of transcendental bliss.\nTEXT 286\n\nc.fl. t:a' <�if� '1{'0-\"tttl 'ii'StcJ I\n� 'f1lfllt �«.�f �it f�cJ II�� II\nei ta' kahi/a madhya-lilara sOtra-gaQa\n5e$a dvada5a vatsarera suna vi varaQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nei ta'-thus; kahi/a-explained; madhya-/ilara-of the middle pastimes;\nsOtra-gaQa-the codes;\n\nSe$a-last;\n\ndvadasa-twelve;\n\nvatsarera-of the\n\nyears; suna-hear; vivaraQa-the description.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have thus given the codes of the rmdhya-lila. Now please hear the\npastimes the Lord performed during the last twelve years.\nPURPORT\nThus Srila Kaviraja Gosvami, strictly following in the footsteps of Sri\nVyasadeva, gives a synopsis of the lilas of Caitanya-caritamrta. He has given\nsuch a description at the end of each canto. In the Adi-lila he outlined the\npastimes of the Lord in the five stages of boyhood, leaving the details of the\ndescription to Srila Vrndavana dasa Thakura. Now in this chapter the\npastimes that took place at the end of the Lord's life are summarized. These\nare described in the Madhya-lila and Antya-lila. The rest of the pastimes have\nbeen described in codes in the Second Chapter of Madhya-lila. In this way\nthe author has gradually described both the Madhya-lila and Antya-/ila.\n\n", "mad1#p0189": "Text 287]\n\nThe Later Pastimes of Lord Cait•ya\n\n165\n\nTEXT 287\n\nllti'f�QJ·\"ft1f �� � I\n�ft�t� •t� \"'fill II �'lr''l II\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe k[$Qadasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri rOpa-Srila\n-\n\nRupa\n\nGosva.mT;\n\nraghunatha -SrTia\n\nRaghuna.tha\n\nda.sa\n\nGosvamT; pade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanyacaritamrta-the book named Caitanya-caritamrta; kahe-describes; k[$Qadasa-SrTia Kr��;�adasa Kavira.ja GosvamT.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunltha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Km1adba, narrate Sri-Cait•ya-caritlmrta, following in\ntheir footsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the\n\nSri Caitanya-carita.mrta,\nSri\n\nMadhya-lila, Chapter One, summarizing the later pastimes of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad1#p0190": "CHAPTER 2\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations\nof Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabh u\nIn the Second Chapter of Madhya-lila, the author describes the pastimes the\nLord performed during the last twelve years of His life. Thus he has also described some of the pastimes of Antya-lila. Why he has done so is very difficult for an ordinary person to understand. The author expects that reading\nthe pastimes of the Lord will gradually help a person awaken his dormant love\nof Kr�Qa. Actually this Caitanya-caritamrta was compiled by the author during\nvery old age. Therefore the codes of Antya-lila are also described in the Second Chapter. Srila Kaviraja Gosvami has confirmed that the opinion of\nSvarOpa Damodara is authoritative in the matter of devotional service. Over\nand above this are the notes of Svaropa\n\nDamodara,\n\nmemorized by\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami, who also helped in the compilation of Caitanyacaritamrta. After the disappearance of Svarupa Damodara Gosvami,\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami went to see Vrndavana. At that time the author,\n\nSrila Kaviraja Gosvami, met Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, by whose mercy he\n\nalso could memorize all the notes . In this way the author was able to com­\n\nplete this transcendental literature, Sri Caitanya-caritamrta.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��--f'Pt ��111'GJ�.,.�<Icf'ti{ I\n'�' \"�c;�$'ft�c(� II � II\nvicchede 'smin prabhor antyalila-sOtranuvarf)ane\ngaurasya kr�Qa-vicchedapralapady anuvarf)yate\n\nSYNONYMS\nvicchede-in the chapter; asmin-this; prabhob-of the Lord; antya-lila­\n\nof the last division of His pastimes; sOtra-of the codes; anuvarf)ane-in the\n\n167\n\n", "mad1#p0191": "168\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lili, Ch. 2\n\nmatter of description; gaurasya-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kr?Qa-viccheda-of separation from Kr�Qa; pralapa-craziness; adi-other subject\n\nmatters; anuvarQyate-is being described.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile relating in synopsis form the last division of the pastimes of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu , in this chapter I shall describe the Lord's transcendental ecstasy, which appears like madness due to His separation from\nKnQa.\nPURPORT\nIn this Second Chapter, the activities of Lord Caitanya that took place after\nthe Lord accepted sannyasa are generally described. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nis specifically mentioned here as being gaura, or of fair complexion. Kr�Qa is\ngenerally known to be blackish, but when He is absorbed in the thought of\nthe gopis, who are all of fair complexion, Kr�Qa Himself also becomes fair. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu in particular felt separation from Kr�Qa very deeply, exactly like a lover who is dejected in separation from the beloved. Such feelings, which were expressed by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu for nearly twelve\nyears at the end of His pastimes, are described in brief in this Second Chapter\nof Madhya-lila.\nTEXT 2\n\n\"\" �\" <i)MIJ Q �� I\n\nO�et ISR1 <;'St�� II � II\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaitacandra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya sri-caitanya-all glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya nityananda-all glories to Lord Nityananda; jaya advaita-candra-all glories to\n\nAdvaita Prabhu; jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda-all glories to the devotees of the\nLord .\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityananda!\nAll glories to Advaitacandra! All glories to all the devotees of the Lord!\n\n", "mad1#p0192": "Text 5]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n169\n\nTEXT 3\n\n� � ��If 121� �llf cte.� I\n��� f��-� rat f�'ft 11 � 11\nse�a ye rahila prabhura dvadasa vatsara\nkr�Qera viyoga-sphurti haya nirantara\nSYNONYMS\nse�a-at the end; ye-those; rahila-remained; prabhura-of Lord S ri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; dvadasa vatsara-twelve years; kr�Qera-of Lord\nKr�Qa; viyoga-of separation; sphurti-manifestation; haya-is; nirantaraalways.\nTRANSLATION\nDuring\n\nHis\n\nlast twelve years,\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\n\nalways\n\nmanifested all the symptoms of ecstasy in separation from Kr�r:-a.\nTEXT 4\n\nll�tfffir � �� ��ct-� 1\n�-� tifllf'l � �i �tfiJI·flirt� II 8 II\nsrf-radhikara ce�ta yena uddhava-darsane\nei-mata dasa prabhura haya ratri-dine\nSYNONYMS\nsrf-radhikara-of Srimati RadharaQi; ce�ta-the activities; yena-just like;\nuddhava-darsane-in seeing Uddhava at Vrndavana; ei-mata-in this way;\ndasa-the condition; prabhura-of the Lord; haya-is; ratri-dine-day and\nnight.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's state of mind, day and night, was practically\nidentical to Radharar;�i's state of mind when Uddhava came to Vrndavana\nto see the gopis.\nTEXT 5\n\nti{t'ft U �� �-kt� I\nl!f1l1m �1 �1, $1t9flli ctN II � II\n\n", "mad1#p0193": "170\n\n'S ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nnirantara haya prabhura viraha-unmada\nbhrama-maya ce�ta sada, pralapa-maya vada\nSYNONYMS\nnirantara-constantly; haya-is; prabhura-of the Lord; viraha-of separation;\n\nunmada-the madness; bhrama-maya-forgetful;\n\nce�ta-activities;\n\nsada-always; pralapa-maya-full of delirium; vada-philosophy.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord constantly exhibited a state of mind reflecting the madness of\nseparation. All His activities were based on forgetfulness, and His talks\nwere always based on madness.\nTEXT 6\n\n��9f 11t91m, 'f� � �.. '\n'l'tlf �.., �If ��h �If � � n � 11\nroma-kape raktodgama, danta saba hale\nk�aQe anga k�iQa haya, k�aQe ar'lga phule\nSYNONYMS\nroma-kape-the pores of the body; rakta-udgama-exuding blood; danta-teeth; saba-all; hale-loosen; k�aQe-in one moment; ar'lga-the\nwhole body; k�iQa-slender; haya-becomes; k�aQe-in another moment;\nar'lga-the body; phule-fattens.\nTRANSLATION\nBlood flowed from all the pores of His body, and all His teeth were\nloosened. At one moment His whole body became slender, and at another\nmoment His whole body became fat.\nTEXT 7\n\n���11 1ft� ift� �ii1� I\nm� �-fitJ �t�, 'If! Q ��\"\" n\ngambhira-bhitare ratre nahi nidra-lava\nbhitte mukha-sira gh�e, k�ata haya saba\n\n", "mad1#p0194": "Text 9]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n171\n\nSYNONYMS\ngambhira-bhitare-inside the inner room; ratre-at night; nahi-there is\nnot; nidra-lava-a fraction of sleep; bhitte-on the ground; mukha-mouth;\nsira-head; gha�e-grind; k�ata-injuries; haya-there are; saba-all.\nTRANSLATION\nThe small room beyond the corridor is called the Gambhira. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu used to stay in that room, but He did not sleep for a\nmoment. All night He used to grind His mouth and head on the ground,\nand His face sustained injuries all over.\nTEXT 8\n\n�i{ .-ttt �?tt , � �mti{ �a 1\n�t. fll�� �' �\" flt.p'ttt It 1r It\ntina dvare kapata, prabhu yayena bahire\nkabhu sirhha-dvare pa(je, kabhu sindhu-nire\nSYNONYMS\ntina dvare-the three doors; kapata-completely closed; prabhu-the\nLord; yayena-goes; bahire-outside; kabhu-sometimes; sirhha-dvare-at\nthe gate of the temple of Jagannatha, known as Sirhha-dvara; paqe -falls flat;\nkabhu-sometimes; sindhu-nire-in the water of the sea.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the three doors of the house were always closed, the Lord\nwould nonetheless go out and sometimes would be found at Jagannatha\nTemple before the gate known as Sirhha-dvara . And sometimes the Lord\nwould fall flat into the sea.\nTEXT 9\n\n�� � \"'�' 'c;'St�(i{' �It I\n-.t$1 it'( �t'f � ijp\"fti{ ti � II\ncataka parvata dekhi' 'govardhana' bhrame\ndhana ca/e arta-nada kariya krandane\n\n", "mad1#p0195": "172\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nSYNONYMS\n\ncataka parvata-the sandhills; dekhi'-seeing; govardhana-Govardhana\nHill in Vrndavana; bhrame-mistakes; dhatia-running; cafe-goes; artanada-wail; kariya-making; krandane-cries.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would also run very fast across the sandhills,\nmistaking them to be Govardhana. As He ran, He would wail and cry\nloudly.\nPURPORT\nBecause of the winds of the sea, sometimes the sand would form dunes.\nSuch sand dunes are called cataka parvata. Instead of seeing these sand dunes\nsimply as hills of sand, the Lord would take them to be Govardhana Hill.\nSometimes He would run toward these dunes at high speed , crying very\nloudly, expressing the state of mind exhibited by Radharal)i. Thus Caitanya\nMahaprabhu was absorbed in thoughts of Kr�l)a and His pastimes. His state of\nmind brought Him the atmosphere of Vrndavana and Govardhana Hill, and\nthus He enjoyed the transcendental bliss of separation and meeting.\nTEXT 10\n\n��'tlfrt� �' �\"'�Wfi' 1\n\n1:!1t1 �nt' �-rtf, 'Sthl, 'IPt'l � �'� II �\n\no\n\nII\n\nupavanodyana dekhi' vrndavana-jt'iana\ntahan yai' nace, gaya, k$af)e murccha ya'na\nSYNONYMS\nupavana-udyana-small parks;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nvrndavana-jt'iana-took\n\nthem to be the forests of Vrndavana; tahan-there; yai'-going; nacedances; gaya-sings; k$af)e-in a moment; murccha-unconsciousness;\nya'na-goes.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes Caitanya Mahaprabhu mistook the small parks of the city\nfor Vrndavana. Sometimes He would go there, dance and chant and sometimes fall unconscious in spiritual ecstasy.\n\n", "mad1#p0196": "Text 12]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n173\n\nTEXT 11\n\n<fittl � �fi( �· �� ��11 I\n'\"·�Q��@t�U ��II\nkahar'l nahi suni yei bhavera vikara\nsei bhava haya prabhura sarire pracara\nSYNONYMS\nkahar'l-anywhere; nahi-not; suni-we hear;\n\nyei-that; bhavera-of\n\necstasy; vikara -transformation; sei -that; bhava-ecstasy; hay a -is;\nprabhura-of the Lord; sarire-in the body; praca ra-manifest.\nTRANSLATION\nThe extraordinary transformations of the body due to transcendental\nfeelings would never have been possible for anyone but the Lord, in\nwhose body all transformations were manifest.\nPURPORT\nThe ecstatic transformations of the body as described in such exalted\nliteratures as Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu are practically not seen in this material\nworld. However, these symptoms were perfectly present in the body of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. These symptoms are indicative of mahabhava, or the\nhighest ecstasy. Sometimes sahajiyas artificially imitate these symptoms, but\nexperienced devotees reject them immediately. The author admits herein\nthat these symptoms are not to be found anywhere but in the body of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n'\nTEXT 12\n\n� � � �i!�-<21111t'l I\n\n�firi �� f'el ftti, �'Sf It� •tti1 II �� II\nhasta-padera sandhi saba vitasti-pramaQe\nsandhi cha(li' bhinna haye, carma rahe sthane\nSYNONYMS\nhasta-padera-of the hands and legs; sandhi-joints; saba-all; vitastiabout eight inches; pramaQe-in length; sandhi-joints; cha(li'-dislocated;\n\n", "mad1#p0197": "174\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 2\n\nbhinna-separated; haye-become; carma-skin; rahe-remains; sthanein the place.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe joints of His hands and legs would sometimes become separated\nby eight inches, and they remained connected only by the skin.\nTEXT 13\n\n••, 9(lf, fitJ, �� -tftl-��1f I\n\n<2fRg Q -�� (;lff� 12!� II �-e II\nhasta, pada, sira, saba sarira-bhitare\npravi�ta haya-kDrma-rDpa dekhiye prabhure\n\nSYNONYMS\nhasta-the hands; pada-the legs;\n\nsira-head;\n\nsaba-all; sarira-the\n\nbody; bhitare-within; pravi�ta-entered; haya-is; kurma-rapa-like a tortoise; dekhiye-one sees; prabhure-the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's hands, legs and head would all\nenter within His body, just like the withdrawn limbs of a tortoise.\nTEXT 14\n\n�- � �._1!-'e� llfittJ � I\n� 1_ft't, � �..t(i!t-t II �8 II\nei mata adbhuta-bhava sarire prakasa\nmanete sunyata, vakye ha-ha-hutasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nei mata-in this way; adbhuta-wonderful; bhava-ecstasy; sarire-in the\nbody; prakasa-manifestation; manete-in the mind; sunyata-vacancy;\nvakye-in speaking; ha-M-despondency; hutasa-disappointrnent.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu used to manifest wonderful\necstatic symptoms. His mind appeared vacant, and there were only\nhopelessness and disap pointment in His words.\n\n", "mad1#p0198": "Text 17]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n175\n\nTEXT 15\n\n� � <!ttt!itt� 'IJ..I�'il� I\n�1 �tft �ttl 911� iJttr!l� U �<t II\nkahar'l mora praQa-natha murali-vadana\nkahar'l karor'l kahan pan vrajendra-nandana\nSYNONYMS\nkahar'l-where; mora-My; pral)a-natha-Lord of the life; mura/1vadana-playing the flute; kahan-what; karor'l-shalll do; kahan-where;\npan-1 shall get; vrajendra-nandana-the son of Maharaja Nanda.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu used to express His mind in this way: \"Where\nis the Lord of My life, who is playing His flute? What shall I do now?\nWhere should I go to find the son of Maharaja Nanda?\nTEXT 16\n\n�� <�Sf�, � \\9ftti{ � 1:-t I\n�!!� ��� � <;�itt'\\� II �� II\nkahare kahiba, keba jane mora dubkha\nvrajendra-nandana vinu phate mora buka\nSYNONYMS\nkahare-unto whom; kahiba-1 shall speak; keba-who; jane-knows;\nmora-My; dubkha-disappointment; vrajendra-nandana-Kr�Qa, the son of\nNanda Maharaja; vinu-without; phate-breaks; mora-My; buka-heart.\nTRANSLATION\n\"To whom should I speak? Who can understand My disappointment?\nWithout the son of Nanda Maharaja, My heart is broken.\"\nTEXT 17\n\n�� f�9l �tJ ��II(�� I\n1ftt1if ��-<;Jtt� � fi{f�f II �\" II\n\n", "mad1#p0199": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n176\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nei-mata vi/apa kare vihvala antara\nrayera nataka-5/oka pac;fe nirantara\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata -in this way; vilapa-lamentation; kare -does; vihvalabewildered; antara-within; rayera-of Sri Ramananda Raya; nataka-drama;\ns/oka-verses; pac;fe-reads; nirantara-constantly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu always expressed bewilderment\nand lamented in separation from Kr�r;�a. At such times He used to read the\nslokas from Ramananda Raya's drama known as Jagannatha-vallabhanataka.\nTEXT 18\n\nCtft��lfW'C�T����R5 �f�ort�� \";f 5 C� <r1\n\n\"{t;{T'{t<i��� ;ffi9f �lf'C<i1 �T<iTR5 Cot1 �\"'t: I\n'\\!fti$1 m -.r sr��=���\"�� c-.n �\"'�� <�:1!1��\nfuffltctJ� f�OilR �f��� �1�1 f<ltlf �1 �R5: II�IT\nprema-ccheda-rujo 'vagacchati harir nayaril na ca prema va\nsthanasthanam avaiti napi madano janati no durba/al)\nanyo veda na canya-dul)kham akhilaril no jivanaril vasravaril\ndvi-traQy eva dinani yauvanam idaril ha-ha vidhe ka gatil)\n\nSYNONYMS\nprema-cheda-ruja/:1-the sufferings of a broken loving relationship; avagacchati-knows; hari/:1-the Supreme Lord; na-not; ayam-this; na ca-nor;\nprema-love; va-nor; sthana-the proper place; asthanam-an unsuitable\nplace; avaiti-knows; na-not; api-also; madana/:1-C u pid; janati-knows;\nnal)-us; durbalal)-very weak; anya/:1-another; veda-knows; na-not;\nca-also; anya-dul)kham-the difficulties of others; akhilam-all; na/:1-our;\njivanam-life; va-or; asravam-simply full of miseries; dvi-two; traf)ithree;\n\neva-certainly;\n\ndinani-days; yauvanam-youth; idam-this; ha­\n\nha-alas; vidhe-0 creator; ka-what; gatil)-our destination.\n\nTRANSLATION\n[Srimati Radharar;�i used to lament:] \"'Our Kr�r;�a does not realize what\nwe have suffered from injuries inflicted in the course of loving affairs. We\n\n", "mad1#p0200": "Text 19]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n177\n\nare actually misused by love because love does not know where to strike\nand where not to strike. Even Cupid does not know of our very weakened\ncondition. What should I tell anyone? No one can understand another's\ndifficulties. Our life is actually not under our control, for youth will remain for two or three days and soon be finished. In this condition, 0 creator, what will be our destination?'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from the ]agannatha-vallabha-nataka (3.9) of Ramananda Raya.\nTEXT 19\n\n�ftrl'l � t:�·�,\n\n�9f� '$rtf',\n\n� � iij� <�itt 911e{ I\n\nfrel:!t11' -tt�f <lit'f,\n�nm -tt1lm.,\n9ffiftit <ItS{ �� u �� u\nupajila premar'lkura,\n\nbhangila ye dubkha-pura,\n\nkr$f.la taha nahi kare pana\nbahire nagara-raja,\n\nbhitare sathera kaja,\n\npara-nari vadhe savadhana\nSYNONYMS\nupajila-grew\n\nup;\n\nprema-ar'lkura-fructification\n\nof\n\nlove\n\nof\n\nGod;\n\nbhar'lgila-was broken; ye-that; dubkha-pura-full of miseries; kr$T.Ja-Lord\nKr�l)a; taha-th at; nahi-not; kare-does; pana-drinking; bahireexternally; nagara-raja-the mos t attractive pers on; bhitare-within;\nsathera-of a cheater; kaja-activities; para-nari-others' wives; vadhekills; savadhana-very careful.\nTRANSLATION\n[Srimati Radhara�i spoke thus, in distress due to separation from\nKmta.] \"Oh, what shall I say of My distress? After I met Kr��a My loving\npropensities sprouted, but upon separating from Him, I sustained a great\nshock, which is now continuing like the sufferings of a disease. The only\nphysician for this disease is Kr��a Himself, but He is not taking care of this\nsprouting plant of devotional service. What can I say about the behavior\nof Kr��a l Outwardly He is a very attractive young lover, but at heart He is\na great cheat, very expert in killing others' wives!'\n\n", "mad1#p0201": "178\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nTEXT 20\n\n�r� ,,, -n �� ro'ff �� 1\n� ��� �9fi'tt�,\n�� �1t' �·( &,\n�� �-rn, if11f� �'Ill �0 \".\"\nsakhi he, na bujhiye vidhira vidhana\nsukha lagi' kailur'l prita,\n\nhaifa du/:lkha viparita,\n\nebe yaya, na rahe paraf}a\nSYNONYMS\nsakhi he-(My dear) friend; na bujhiye-1 do not understand; vidhira-of\nthe Creator; vidhana-the regulation; sukha lagi'-for happiness; kai/ur'l-1\ndid; prita-love; haifa-it became; du/:lkha-unhappiness; viparita-the opposite; ebe-now; yaya-going; na-does not; rahe-remain; paraQa-life.\nTRANSLATION\n[Srimati Radharar;ti continued lamenting about the consequences of\nloving Kr�r;�a.] \"My dear friend, I do not understand the regulative principles given by the Creator. I loved K\"r;�a for happiness, but the result was\njust the opposite. I am now in an ocean of distress. It must be that now I\nam going to die, for My vital force no longer remains. This is My state of\n\nmind.\nTEXT 21\n\n�\" ,�'1 �t1f11tet,\n\n� � �t'ltet,\n�-'IP't iftt1f �\"t;tfRt�l\niiP'I -rti1 ..-ftlfttl,\nl(ftll-1tt'l �' �ttl,\nltf�, l{tft' �tfilltt�ll �) \"\n\nkutila prema ageyana,\n\nnahi jane sthanasthana,\n\nbhala-manda nare vicarite\nkrara sathera guf}a-c;lore,\n\nhate-gale bandhi' more,\n\nrakhiyache, nari' ukasite\nSYNONYMS\nkutila-crooked; prema-love of Kr�Da; ageyana-ignorant; nahi-does\nnot; jane-know; sthana-asthana-a suitable place or unsuitable place;\n\n", "mad1#p0202": "Text 22]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n179\n\nbhala-manda-what is good or what is bad; nare-not able; vicarite-to\nconsider; krara-very cruel; sathera-of the cheater; guf)a-c;:lore-by the\nropes of the good qualities; hate-on the hands; gale-on the neck;\nbandhi'-binding; more-Me; rakhiyache-has kept; nari'-being unable;\nukasite-to get relief.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By nature loving affairs are very crooked. They are not entered with\nsufficient knowledge, nor do they consider whether a place is suitable or\nnot, nor do they look forward to the results. By the ropes of His good\nqualities, K!lr:\"�a, who is so unkind, has bound My neck and hands, and I\nam unable to get relief.\n\nTEXT 22\n\n9ff� �.,,\n\n� 111fi' ��'\n\n-tlti 4!1TIJ � �'l.'f 'I I\n�� -roo,\nr�' ��\" ���,\nt:'l ��' �1 '111 � II �� II\nye madana tanu-hTna,\n\npara-drohe paravif)a,\n\npafica baf)a sandhe anuk�af)a\nabalara sarire,\n\nvindhi' kaila jarajare,\n\ndul)kha deya, na laya jivana\nSYNONYMS\nye madana-that Cupid; tanu-hina-without a body; para-drohe-in putting others in difficulty; paravif)a-very expert; paflca-five; baf)a-arrows;\nsandhe-fixes; anuk�af)a\n\n-\n\nconstantly;\n\nabalara-of an innocent woman;\n\nsarire-in the body; vindhi'-piercing; kaila-made; jarajare-almost invalid;\ndul)kha deya-gives tribulation; na-does not; / aya-take; jTvana-the life.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In My loving affairs, there is a person named Madana. His qualities are\nthus: Personally He possesses no gross body, yet He is very expert in giving pains to others. He has five arrows, and fixing them on His bow, He\nshoots them into the bodies of innocent women. Thus these women become invalids. It would be better if He took My life without hesitation,\nbut He does not do so. He simply gives Me pain.\n\n", "mad1#p0203": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n180\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�� � �=� 'lfti',\n�tiJJ � � �'\n� �� -ti\"tsl �'ttl I\niff � !2N'-P�tlt,\n�- � �1t1 f�,\n����� � .. �������\nanyera ye duf)kha mane,\n\nanye taha nahi jane,\n\nsatya ei sastrera vicare\nanya jana kahar'l likhi,\n\nna janaye praQa-sakhi,\n\nyate kahe dhairya dharibare\nSYNONYMS\nanyera-of others; ye-that; dul,lkha-unhappiness; mane-in the minds;\nanye-others; taha-that; nahi-do not; jane-know; satya-truth; eithis; sastrera-of scripture; vicare-in the judgment; anya jana-other persons; kahan-what; /ikhi-1 shall write; na janaye-do not know; praQasakhi-My dear friends; yate-by which; kahe-speak; dhairya dharibareto take patience.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the scriptures it is said that one person can never know the unhappiness in the mind of another. Therefore what can I say of My dear friends,\nLalita and the others? Nor can they understand the unhappiness within\nMe. They simply try to console Me repeatedly, saying, 'Dear friend, be\npatient.'\nTEXT 24\n\n�t \"fin;;q-. ��',\n1ff.., (;1!11 <Jl 'I!IJ( '1!151( I\n,�.. �tH \"\"'\n-�t'i!lf � 5tiiM'f,\n\" m lft�;q �11t. � u �s \"\n'\"-�9fi-?t11Rtl,\n\n'kr$Qa-krpa-paravara,\n\nkabhu karibena ar'lgikara;\n\nsakhi, tora e vyartha vacana\njivera jivana cafica/a,\n\nyena padma-patrera jala,\n\ntata dina jive kon jana\n\n", "mad1#p0204": "Text 25]\n\nThe Ecstatic �ifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n181\n\nS¥NONYMS\nkrpa-paravara-an ocean of\n\nkr$Qa-Lord Kr�rya;\n\nmercy;\n\nkabhu­\n\nsometimes; karibena-will mak e; arigikara-acc eptance; sakhi-My dear\nfriend; tora-your; e-these; vyartha-untruthful; vacana-complimentary\nwords; jivera-of the living entity; jivana-life; canca/a - flickering; yenalike; padma-patrera-of the leaf of the lotus flower; ja/a-the water; tata-so\nmany; dina-days; jive-lives; kon-what; jana-person.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I say, 'My dear friends, you are asking Me to be patient, saying that\nKr�Qa is an ocean of mercy and that some time in the future He will accept\n\nMe. However, I must say that this will not console Me. A living entity's life\nis very flickering. It is like water on the leaf of a lotus flower. Who will live\nlong enough to expect Kr�Qa's mercy?\nTEXT 25\n\n�'\n�� � q,\n�-�·-lfl�l\n�ttr �· •f;r 1fl1,\niftftr ��'\"\" ,\n� �-� tl·itft' II �<t II\n� �t.�l\n\nsata vatsara paryanta,\n\njivera jivana anta,\n\nei vakya kaha na vicari'\nnarira yauvana-dhana,\n\nyare k[$Qa kare mana,\n\nse yauvana-dina dui-cari\nSYNONYMS\nsata vatsara paryanta-up to one hundred years; jivera-of the living entity; jivana-of the life; anta-the end; ei vakya-this word; kaha-you\nspeak; na-without; vicari'- making consideration; narira-of a woman;\nyauvana-dhana-the wealth of youthfulness; yare-in which; k[$Qa-Lord\nKr�rya; kare-does; mana-intention; se yauvana - that youthfulness; dinadays; dui-cari-two or four.\nTRANSLATION\n\" ' A human being does not live more than a hundred years. You should\nalso consider that the youthfulness of a woman, which is the only attraction for KnQa, remains for only a few days.\n\n", "mad1#p0205": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n182\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nTEXT 26\n\n\"'�b1 ��'tlf,\n�fit �� �\"'ft1{,\n'fl!ilt1f ��� llttl I\n\"� �--.ct,\n'w� � �,\n9f1ti 1:���� 15ltl II �� II\nagni yaiche nija-dhama,\n\ndekhaiya abhirama,\n\npatangire akar�iya mare\nkm.Ja aiche nija-gu1,1a,\n\ndekhaiya hare mana,\n\npache dui,Jkha-samudrete c;fare\nSYNONYMS\nagni-fire; yaiche-like; nija-dhama-his own place; dekhaiya-showing;\nabhirama-attractive; patangire-the flies; akar�iya-attracting; mare-kills;\nk[$f,la-Lord Kr�Qa;\n\naiche-in that way;\n\nnija-gu1,1a-His transcendental\n\nqualities; dekhaiya-showing; hare mana-attracts our mind; pache-in the\nend; dui,Jkha-samudrete-in an ocean of unhappiness; c;fare-drowns.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'If you say that Knr;�a is an ocean of transcendental qualities and\n\ntherefore must be merciful some day, I can only say that He is like fire,\nwhich attracts flies by its dazzling brightness and kills them. Such are the\nqualities of Knr;�a. By showing us His transcendental qualities, He attracts\nour minds, and then later, by separating from us, He drowns us in an\nocean of unhappiness.'\n\n11\n\nTEXT 27\n\nf�w !1t�'\"fl,\n�1�t1 1:�1 �'f'tt I\nift�'f llil itt�,\n.-rrn \\Qtr·�,\n� <J�-. alt-. � 'f1i II �'\\ II\n(Jl� � m',\n\neteka vilapa kari',\n\nvi�ade sri-gaura-hari,\n\nughac;fiya dui,Jkhera kapata\nbhavera taranga-bale,\n\nnana-rOpe mana cafe,\n\nara eka 5/oka kaila patha\n\n", "mad1#p0206": "Text 28]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n183\n\nSYNONYMS\neteka-in this way; vi/apa-lamentation; kari'-doing; vi?ade-in moroseness; sri-gaura-hari-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ugha9iya-opening;\ndubkhera-of unhappiness; kapata-doors; bhavera-of ecstasy; taratigabale-by the force of the waves; nana-rOpe-in various ways; mana-His\nmind; cafe-wanders;\n\nara eka-another one;\n\n5/oka-verse;\n\nkai/a-did;\n\npatha-read.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu lamented in a great ocean of\nsadness, and thus He opened the doors of His unhappiness. Forced by the\nwaves of ecstasy, His mind wandered over transcendental mellows, and in\nthis way He would read another verse [as follows].\nTEXT 28\n\n��11i9ftflfA�1r�cr� f<1:•n\n�r.(rfoi '���til�tc'ffai�tcrri'!1{. 1\n9f\"t\"lfi't��\"Of�t�'fi'tJC�1\n\n�m <1:1 �f;r \":If�� ��\\JI9f: II �lr II\nsri-kr?Qa-r0padi-ni$eVaQarh vina\nvyarthani me 'hany akhilendriyaQy a/am\npa$iiQa-5u?kendhana-bharakaQy aho\nvibharmi va tani katharh hata-trapab\nSYNONYMS\nsri-kr?Qa-rOpa-adi-of the transcendental form and pastimes of Lord Sri\nKr�l)a;\n\nni?eval)am-the service;\n\nvina-without;\n\nvyarthani-meaningless;\n\nme-My; ahani-days; akhila-all; indriyaQi-senses; a/am-entirely;\npa?iiQa-dead stones; su?ka-dry; indhana-wood; bharakaQi-burdens;\naha-alas; vibharmi-1 bear; va-or; tani-all of them; katham-how; hatatrapa/:1-without shame.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear friends, unless I serve the transcendental form, qualities and\npastimes of Sri K��a, all My days and all My senses will become entirely\nuseless. Now I am uselessly bearing the burden of My senses, which are\n\n", "mad1#p0207": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n184\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nlike stone blocks and dried wood. I do not know how long I will be able to\ncontinue without shame.'\nTEXT 29\n\n�t.lht��t�,\n\n'IRctlt.�-'lf'JI'It�,\n\n� ift <;�t� � �t� ��� I\n91'--\"' i!tf � �'\n\n'� � f<Rt <!fit•,\n\n(;'I e{1-. ltt� f� m51 II �:;, II\nvamsi-ganamrta-dhama,\n\nJavaQyamrta-janma-sthana,\n\nye na dekhe se canda vadana\nse nayane kiba kaja,\n\npac;luka tara muQc;/e vaja,\n\nse nayana rahe ki karaQa\nSYNONYMS\nvarilsi-gana-amrta-dhama-the abode of the nectar derived from the songs\nof the flute; lavaQya-amrta-janma-sthana-the birthplace of the nectar of\nbeauty;\n\nye-anyone\n\nwho;\n\nna-not;\n\ndekhe-sees;\n\nse-that;\n\ncar'lda­\n\nmoonlike; vadana-face; se-those; nayane-eyes; kiba kaja-what is the\nuse;\n\npac;luka-let\n\nthere\n\nbe;\n\ntara-his;\n\nmuQc;/e-on\n\nthe\n\nhead;\n\nvaja­\n\nthunderbolt; se-those; nayana-eyes; rahe-keeps; ki-what; karaQareason.\nTRANSLATION\n110f what use are eyes if one does not see the face of Km•a, which\nresembles the moon and is the birthplace of all beauty and the reservoir of\nthe nectarean songs of His flute? Oh, let a thunderbolt strike his head!\nWhy does he keep such eyes?\nPURPORT\nThe moonlike face of Kr�Qa is the reservoir of nectarean songs and abode\nof His flute. It is also the root of all bodily beauty. If the eyes of the gopis are\nnot engaged in seeing the beautiful face of Kr�Qa, it is better that they be\nstruck by a thunderbolt. For the gopis, to see anything but Kr�Qa is uninteresting and, indeed, detestful. The gopis are never pleased to see anything but\nKr�Qa. The only solace for their eyes is the beautiful moonlike face of Kr�Qa,\nthe worshipful object of all senses. When they cannot see the beautiful face\nof Kr�Qa, they actually see everything as vacant, and they desire to be struck\n\n", "mad1#p0208": "Text 31]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n185\n\nby a thunderbolt. They do not find any reason to maintain their eyes when\nthey are bereft of the beauty of Kr�Qa\nTEXT 30\n\n�r-. �, ��, '1111 � M�\" 1\n�� �fin'St-1,\n\nClrtf �15�-'lfi',\n\n��If� �'Ill �o 111/#U\nsakhi he, suna, mora hata vidhi-bala\nmora vapu-citta-mana,\n\nsakala indriya-gaQa,\n\nk($f.la vinu sakala viphala\nSYNONYMS\nsakhi he-0 My dear friend; suna-please hear; mora-My; hata-lost;\nvidhi-bala-the strength of providence; mora-My; vapu-body; cittaconsciousness; mana-mind; saka/a-all; indriya-gaQa -senses; k($f}a-Lord\nKr�Qa; vinu -without; sakala -everything; viphala -futile.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friends, please hear Me. I have lost all provid ential strength.\nWithout Kr�Qa, My body, consciousness and mind, as well as all My\nsenses, are useless.\nTEXT 31\n\n�·t'!'$1 tftfwtl,\n\\!tl �t�-t ..� ,.. fi-1 I\n.-rfa.� � eR'l,\n..r�fe �11,\n'!tJ 0 �� �cptft'l II �� II\n�111'1.1 �tltt,\n\nk($f}era madhura vaf}i,\n\namrtera tarangiQi,\n\ntara pravesa nahi ye sravaf}e\nkaQakac;li-chidra sama,\n\njaniha se sravaf}a,\n\ntara janma haifa akaraf}e\nSYNONYMS\nkr$f.lera-of Lord Kr�Qa; madhura-sweet ; vaQi-words; amrtera-of nec­\n\ntar; tara ngiQi - wav es; tara-of those; pravesa -entrance ; nahi-there is\n\n", "mad1#p0209": "186\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nnot; ye-which; sravaQe-in the ear; kaQaka(ji-of a damaged conchshell;\n\nchidra-the hole; sama-like; janiha-please know; se-that; sravaQa-ear;\n\ntara-his; janma-birth; haifa-was; akara Q e-without purpose.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0T opics about K\"'l)a are like waves of nectar. If such nectar does not\nenter one's ear, the ear is no better than the hole of a damaged conchshell.\nSuch an ear is created for no purpose.\nPURPORT\nIn this connection, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura quotes the\n.\n\nfollowing verses from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.3.17-24):\n\nayur harati vai purhsam\n\nudyann astarh ca yann asau\n\ntasyarte yat-k�aQo nita\n\nuttama-5/oka-vartaya\n\ntaravab kirh na jivanti\n\nbhastrab kirh na svasanty uta\n\nna khadanti na mehanti\n\nkirh grame pa5avo 'pare\n\nsva-vi(j-varaho�tra-kharaib\n\nsarhstutab puru�ab pasub\n\nna yat-karQa-pathopeto\n\njatu nama gadagrajab\n\nbile batorukrama-vikraman ye\n\nna swvatab karQa-pute narasya\n\njihvasati dardurikeva sata\n\nna copagayaty urugaya-gathab\n\nbharab pararh patta-kirita-ju�tam\n\napy uttamangarh na namen mukundam\n\nsavau karau no kurute saparyarh\n\nharer lasat-kaflcana-kankaQau va\n\n", "mad1#p0210": "Text 31]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n187\n\nbarhayite te nayane naraQaril\nlir'lgani vi�Qor na nirik�ato ye\npadau nwam tau druma-janma-bhajau\nk�etraQi nanuvrajato harer yau\njlvan-chavo bhagavatar'lghri-reQuril\nna jatu martyo 'bhilabheta yas tu\nsri-vi�Qu-padya manu-jas tulasyal)\nsvasan-chavo yas tu na veda gandham\ntad asma-sararil hrdayaril batedam\nyad grhyamaQair hari-nama-dheyail)\nna vikriyetatha yada vikaro\nnetre jalam gatra-ruhe�u har�al)\n\"Both by rising and setting, the sun decreases the duration of life of everyone,\nexcept one who utilizes the time by discussing topics of the ali-good Personality of Godhead. Do the trees not live? Do the bellows of the blacksmith\nnot breathe? All around us, do the beasts not eat and discharge semen? Men\nwho are like dogs, hogs, camels and asses praise those men who never listen\nto the transcendental pastimes of Lord Sri Kr�r;Ja, the deliverer from evils. One\nwho has not listened to the messages about the prowess and marvelous acts\nof the Personality of Godhead and has not sung or chanted loudly the worthy\nsongs about the Lord should be considered to possess ears like the holes of\nsnakes and a tongue like that of a frog. The upper portion of the body, though\ncrowned with a silk turban, is only a heavy burden if not bowed down before\nthe Personality of Godhead, who can award mukti [freedom). And the hands,\nthough decorated with glittering bangles, are like those of a dead man if not\nengaged in the service of the Personality of Godhead Hari. The eyes which do\nnot look at the symbolic representations of the Personality of Godhead Vi�r;Ju\n[His forms, name, quality , etc.) are like those printed on the plumes of a\npeacock, and the legs which do not move to the holy places [where the Lord\nis remembered) are considered to be like tree trunks. The person who has not\nat any time received upon his head the dust from the feet of a pure devotee\nof the Lord is certainly a dead body. And the person who has never experienced the flavor of the tulasi leaves from the lotus feet of the Lord is also\na dead body, although breathing. Certainly that heart is steel-framed which,\nin spite of one's chanting the holy name of the Lord with concentration, does\n\n", "mad1#p0211": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n188\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nnot change when ecstasy takes place, tears fill the eyes and the hairs stand on\nend:'\nTEXT 32\n\n��� �qt.�,\n\n\"·.-l·ift�,\n\n�-.�-�-���\n!5tl iiii'!W '� ifl �'\n�fin1 if! � '<!ltif,\n�Piifl���������\nkr�Qera adharamrta,\n\nkr�Qa-guQa-carita,\n\nsudha-sara-svada-vinindana\ntara svada ye na jane,\n\njanmiya na maila kene,\n\nse rasana bheka jihva sama\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qera-of Lord Kr�Qa; adhara-amrta-the nectar of the lips; kr�Qa-of\nLord Kr�Qa; guQa-the qualities; carita-the activities; sudha-sara-of the essence of all nectar; svada-the taste; vinindana-surpassing; tara-of that;\nsvada-the taste; ye-anyone who; na jane-does not know; janmiyataking birth; na maila-did not die; kene-why; se-that; rasana-tongue;\nbheka-of the frog; jihva-the tongue; sama-like\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The nectar from the lips of Lord Kr��a and His transcendental qualities\nand characteristics surpass the taste of the essence of all nectar, and there\nis no fault in tasting such nectar. If one does not taste it, he should die immediately after birth, and his tongue is to be considered no better than\nthe tongue of a frog.\nTEXT 33\n\nfif'fti{ � �\"'\n� �\" !5tl $(..1fte{ I\n'� \"·�·�'II,\n�11 �tfi( � �'\n� ifPI1 'eS'tl �1fti{ II �� II\n\n..� �e.�\"'\n\n", "mad1#p0212": "Text 34]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\nmrga-mada nilotpala,\n\n189\n\nmilane ye parimala,\n\nyei hare tara garva-mana\nhena kr�Qa-ar'lga-gandha,\n\nyara nahi se sambandha,\n\nsei nasa bhastrara samana\nSYNONYMS\nmrga-mada-the fragrance of musk; nila-utpala-and the bluish lotus\nflower;\n\nmilane-in mixing;\n\nhare-vanquishes;\n\nye-that;\n\ntara-of\n\nthem;\n\nparimala-fragrance;\n\ngarva-pride;\n\nyei-which;\n\nmana-and\n\nprestige;\n\nhena-such; kr�Qa-of Lord Kr�r:ta; ar'lga-of the body; gandha-the aroma;\nyara-whose; nahi-not; se-that; sambandha-relationship; sei-such;\nnasa-nose; bhastrara-to the bellows; samana-equal.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One's nostrils are no better than the bellows of a blacksmith if he has\nnot smelled the fragrance of Kr,Qa's body, which is like the aroma of musk\ncombined with that of the bluish lotus flower. Indeed, such combinations\nare actually defeated by the aroma of Kr,Qa's body.\nTEXT 34\n\n,�!1-�'P{,\ni!tf � � 119(� I\n'i!tJ -.pf �tffi �'\n'\" � ��'\n�l �� ,'1)�-'f� m II �8 II\n�··'fl·?f�,\n\nkr�Qa-kara-pada-tala,\n\nkoti-candra-susita/a,\n\ntara sparsa yena sparsa-maf)i\ntara sparsa nahi yara,\n\nse yauk charakhara,\n\nsei vapu lauha-sama jani\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-of Lord Kr�r:ta; kara-the palms; pada-tala-the soles of His feet;\nkoti-candra-like the light of millions of moons; su-sitala-cool and pleasing;\ntara-of them; sparsa-the touch; yena-like; sparsa-maf)i-touchstone;\ntara-his; sparsa-touch; nahi-not;\n\nyara-of whom; se-that person;\n\nyauk-let him go; charakhara-to ruin; sei vapu-that body; /auha-samalike iron; jani-l know.\n\n", "mad1#p0213": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n188\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nnot change when ecstasy takes place, tears fill the eyes and the hairs stand on\nend:'\nTEXT 32\n\n..-.-f·ift�,\n���·�'flf·�� I\n�� �'flf '� ifl tftti{,\n�f'n1 ifl � '<!!tit,\n�Piifl�f��������\n\n��· ...��,\n\nkr�Qera adharamrta,\n\nkr�Qa-guQa-carita,\n\nsudha-sara-svada-vinindana\ntara svada ye na jane,\n\njanmiya na maila kene,\n\nse rasana bheka jihva sama\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qera-of Lord Kr�oa; adhara-amrta-the nectar of the lips; kr�Qa-of\nLord Kr�oa; guQa-the qualities; carita-the activities; sudha-sara-of the essence of all nectar; svada-the taste; vinindana-surpassing; tara-of that;\nsvada-the taste; ye-anyone who; na jane-does not know; janmiyataking birth; na mai /a-did not die; kene-why; se-that; rasana-tongue;\nbheka-of the frog; jihva-the tongue; sama-like.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The nectar from the lips of Lord Kr�r:-a and His transcendental qualities\nand characteristics surpass the taste of the essence of all nectar, and there\nis no fault in tasting such nectar. If one does not taste it, he should die immediately after birth, and his tongue is to be considered no better than\nthe tongue of a frog.\nTEXT 33\n\nfif'ltil � �\"'\n��,�����\n�11 i{tfil � �'\n'� �--·�'6,\n� � �S'tl �'l'f'fi{ II �� II\n\n•• �e.9f'f,\n\n", "mad1#p0214": "Text 34]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\nmrga-mada nTiotpa/a,\n\n189\n\nmilane ye parimala,\n\nyei hare tara garva-mana\nhena kr$Qa-anga-gandha,\n\nyata nahi se sambandha,\n\nsei nasa bhastrara samana\n\nSYNONYMS\nmrga-mada-the fragrance of musk; nTia-utpala-and the bluish lotus\nflower; mi/ane-in mixing;\n\nye-that;\n\nhare-vanquishes;\n\nthem;\n\ntara-of\n\nparima/a-fragrance;\n\ngarva-pride;\n\nyei-which;\n\nmana-and\n\nprestige;\n\nhena-such; k[$f)a-of Lord Kr�Qa; anga-of the body; gandha-the aroma;\nyara-whose; nahi-not; se-that; sambandha-relationship; sei-such;\nnasa-nose; bhastrara-to the bellows; samana-equal.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"One's nostrils are no better than the bellows of a blacksmith if he has\n\nnot smelled the fragrance of Kr,Qa's body, which is like the aroma of musk\n\ncombined with that of the bluish lotus flower. Indeed, such combinations\nare actually defeated by the aroma of K�Qa's body.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n,�$�;s-��'\ni!tf � ��� l\n� -.,.( �tfil �tf,\n'\" � ��'\n\"'l �� c;�)�·'t1f ffi II �8 II\n�··'fl·91�,\n\nkr$Qa-kara-pada-tala,\n\nkoti-candra-susTta/a,\n\ntara sparsa yena sparsa-maf)i\ntara sparsa nahi yara,\n\nse yauk charakhara,\n\nsei vapu lauha-sama jani\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr$Qa-of Lord Kr�Qa; kara-the palms; pada-tala-the soles of His feet;\nkoti-candra-like the light of millions of moons; su-sTtala-cool and pleasing;\ntara-of them; sparsa-the touch; yena-like; sparsa-maQi-touchstone;\ntara-his; sparsa-touch; nahi-not; yara-of whom; se-that person;\nyauk-let him go; charakhara-to ruin; sei vapu-that body; /auha-samalike iron; jani-1 know.\n\n", "mad1#p0215": "190\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 2\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The palms of Kr�r:ta's hands and the soles of His feet are so cool and\npleasant that they can be compared only to the light of millions of moons.\nOne who has touched such hands and feet has indeed tasted the effects of\ntouchstone. If one has not touched them, his life is spoiled, and his body\nis like iron:'\nTEXT 35\n\n��' �\\! f��'\n12ft. ..��'\n��tmn �1 Qltt� I\n'S't�1ti lfJ4'i!fl1rof,\n��--�(�-��t��'\n�� �r;� �� <;,rt� II�� II\nkari' eta vilapana,\n\nprabhu saci-nandana ,\n\nughac;liya hrdayera soka\ndainya-nirveda-vi�ade,\n\nhrdayera avasade,\n\npunarapi pac;le eka sloka\nSYNONYMS\nkari'-doing; eta-such; vi/apana-lamenting; prabhu-the Lord; sacinandana-the son of mother Saci; ughac;/iya-opening; hrdayera-of the\nheart; soka-the lamentation; dainya-humility; nirveda-disappointment;\nvi�ade-in moroseness; hrdayera-of the heart; avasade-in despondency;\npunarapi-again and again; pac;/e-reads; eka-one; 5/oka-verse.\nTRANSLATION\nLamenting in this way, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu opened the doors of\ngrief within His heart. Morose, humble and disappointed, He read a verse\n\nagain and again with a despondent heart.\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, the word dainya (humility) is explained as\nfollows: \"When unhappiness, fearfulness and the sense of having offended\ncombine, one feels condemned. This sense of condemnation is described as\ndinata, humility. When one is subjected to such humility, he feels bodily inactive, he apologizes, and his consciousness is disturbed. His mind is also restless, and many other symptoms are visible:' The word nirveda is also explained in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu. \"One may feel unhappiness and separa-\n\n", "mad1#p0216": "Text 36]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n191\n\ntion, as well as jealousy and lamentation due to not discharging one's duties .\nThe despondency that results is called nirveda. When one is captured by this\ndespondency, thoughts, tears, loss of bodily luster, humility and heavy\nbreathing result:' Vi$ada is also explained in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu: \"When\none fails to achieve the desired goal of life and repents for all his offenses,\nthere is a state of regret called vi$ada:' The symptoms of vi$ada are also explained. \"One hankers to revive his original condition and inquires how to do\nso. There are also deep thought, heavy breathing, crying and lamentation as\nwell as a changing of the bodily color and drying up of the tongue.\"\nIn Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu thirty-three such destructive symptoms are mentioned. They are expressed in words, in the eyebrows and in the eyes. These\nsymptoms are called vyabhicari bhava, destructive ecstasy. If they continue,\nthey are sometimes called sancari, or continued ecstasy.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n��1 �tt�·l ���t?!lf_firP!:�c'l� caort��1Qf�\n�fflf<f� C!)C�11l�O{��t<f�1��11�� I\n��1lf\"i!Cll\"lf �<111M l!C\"'tC�f� 9j��1�\n11flft'$t1l�Aillf�ar<r�<�� 1 �'I�fs�t: n � 11\nyada yato daivan madhu-ripur asau locana-patham\ntadasmakam ceto madana-hatakenahrtam abhat\npunar yasminn e$a k$aQam api drsor eti padavim\nvidhasyamas tasminn akhi/a-ghatika ratna-khacita/:1\n\nSYNONYMS\nyada-when; yata/:1-entered upon; da ivat-by chance; madhu-ripu/:1the enemy of the demon Madhu; asau-He; locana-patham-the path of the\neyes; tada-at that time; asmakam-our; ceta/:1-consciousness; madanahatakena-by\n\nwretched\n\nCupid;\n\nahrtam-stolen;\n\nabhat-has\n\nbecome;\n\npuna/:1-again ; yasmin-when; e$a/:l-Kr�r:ta; k$aQam api-even for a moment;\n\ndrso/:1-of\n\nthe\n\ntwo\n\neyes;\n\neti-goes\n\nto;\n\npadavim-the\n\npath;\n\nvidhasyama/:1-we shall make; tasmin-at that time; akhi/a-all; ghatika/:1indications of time; ratna-khacita/:1-bedecked with jewels.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'If, by chance, the transcendental form of Knr,a comes before My\npath of vision, My heart, injured from being beaten, will be stolen away\n\n", "mad1#p0217": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n192.\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 2\n\nby Cupid, happiness personified. Because I could not see the beautiful\nform of Kn.,a to My heart's content, when I again see His form I shall\ndecorate the phases of time with many jewels!\nPURPORT\nThis verse is spoken by Srimati R�dharal)i in the ]agannatha-val/abha-nataka\n\n(3.11) of Ramananda Raya.\nTEXT 37\n\nOffq: ��Itt�,\n<;�- �tt'f ..'ft'11 �- � I\n'�' � '1f�''\n�fJ' f� (;1{Rf 1fi{,\n(}lr.tt� ifl '1ltl! 'i{ijj ��' II �\" II\n� � Cfi IIJI9fte',\n\nye kale va svapane,\n\ndekhinu varhsi-vadane,\n\nsei kale aila dui vairi\n'ananda' ara 'madana�\n\nhari' nila mora mana,\n\ndekhite na painu netra bhari'\n\nSYNONYMS\nye kale-at the time; va svapane-or in dreams; dekhinu-1 saw; varilsivadane-Lord Kr�l)a's face with His flute; sei kale-at that time; ai/aappeared;\n\ndui-two;\n\nm adana - C upid;\n\nvam-enemies;\n\nhari'-stealing;\n\nananda-pleas ure;\n\nnila-took;\n\nmora-My;\n\nara-and;\n\nmana-mind;\n\ndekhite-to see; na-not; painu-1 was able; netra-eyes; bhari'-fulfilling.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Whenever I had the chance to see Lord Kr�\"a's face and His flute, even\nin a dream, two enemies would appear before Me. They were pleasure\nand Cupid, and since they took away My mind, I was not able to see the\nface of Kr�.,a to the full satisfaction of My eyes.\nTEXT 38\n\n�11t \" q-ter,\n�: �fW '�r-. ..'1,\nI!� �- 'l'tt·115tf·'Pil'f I\n\n", "mad1#p0218": "Text 39]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\nfinu J�tttJ51lft�,\n\n193\n\n�1 n-�ct,\n\nIll{\"\" �1f11_ ��'1 II �\\r ll\npunab yadi kana k�al)a,\n\nkayaya kr�Qa dara5ana,\n\ntabe sei ghati-k�al)a-pala\ndiya malya-candana,\n\nnana ratna-abharal)a,\n\nalar'lk[ta karimu sakala\nSYNONYMS\npunab-again; yadi-if; kana-some; k�aQa-moment; kayaya-helps;\nkr�Qa-Lord Kr�Qa; darasana-seeing; tabe-then; sei-that; ghati-k�al)apala-seconds,\n\nmoments\n\nand\n\nhours;\n\ndiya-offering;\n\nma/ya-candana­\n\ngarlands and sandalwood pulp; nana-various; ratna-jewels; abharaQaornaments; alankrta-decorated; karimu-1 shall make; saka/a-all.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If by chance such a moment comes when I can once again see Kr�Qa,\nthen I shall worship those seconds, moments and hours with flower garlands and pulp of sandalwood and decorate them with all kinds of jewels\nand ornaments:'\nTEXT 39\n\n�'I� �'f 1{11,\n\nlll{'tt'Sf � �- i&fi',\n�rof �,-lll{tfil �i � ?\n\n�� 'fj(fflf c2t'ftlil'lt\n�Q1 f�i �fi{11� � ? �� II\n\n��'Rl � <;�f�,\n\nk�al)e bahya haifa mana,\n\nage dekhe dui jana,\n\ntar'lre puche,-ami na caitanya?\nsvapna-praya ki dekhinu,\n\nkiba ami pralapinu,\n\ntamara kichu suniyacha dainya?\nSYNONYMS\nk�aQe-in an instant; bahya-outside; haifa-became; mana-the mind;\nage-in front; dekhe-sees; dui jana-two persons; tar'lre-unto them;\npuche-inquires; ami-1; na-not; caitanya-conscious; svapna-praya-\n\n", "mad1#p0219": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n194\n\n[Madhya-Jill, Ch. 2\n\nalmost dreaming; ki-what; dekhinu-1 have seen; kiba-what; ami-1;\npralapinu-spoke\n\nin\n\ncraziness;\n\ntomara-you;\n\nkichu-something;\n\nsuniyacha-have heard; dainya-humility.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn an instant, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu regained external consciousness\nand saw two persons before Him. Questioning them, He asked, \"Am I\nconsciousJ What dreams have I been seeingJ What craziness have I\nspokenJ Have you heard some expressions of humilityJ\"\nPURPORT\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu thus spoke in ecstasy, He saw two persons\nbefore Him. One was His secretary, Svarupa Damodara, and the other was\nRaya Ramananda. Coming to His external consciousness, He saw them both\npresent, and although He was still talking in the ecstasy of Srimati Radhara�i,\nHe immediately began to question whether He was the same Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 40\n\n�i{ ClfRf !2ftt� �� I\n�11'11 � �'\ni{� \"-c;�,\n�f!n �1(1 <;lltf \"� II So II\nsuna mora praf)era bandhava\nnahi kr�Qa-prema-dhana,\n\ndaridra mora jivana,\n\ndehendriya vrtha mora saba\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuna-kindly\n\nhear;\n\nmora-My;\n\npraQera-of\n\nlife;\n\nbandhava-friends;\n\nnahi-there is none; kr�Qa-prema-dhana-wealth of love of Kr��a; daridrapoverty-stricken; mora-My; jivana-life; deha-indriya-all the limbs and\nsenses of My body; vrtha-fruitless; mora-My; saba-all\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued: \"My dear friends, you are all My\nlife and soul; therefore I tell you that I possess no wealth of love for Km•a.\nConsequently My life is poverty-stricken. My limbs and senses are\nuseless!'\n\n", "mad1#p0220": "Text 42]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n195\n\nTEXT 41\n\n�i{, �?t·ft1fm,\n�= �,-� �'\n�� � �-fitan I\n�f.f, � A�1r,\nQ, em-� �t1f,\n�� ctfit' \"'t� �li61'R II 8� II\npunab kahe, -haya haya,\n\n5una, svarOpa-ramaraya,\n\nei mora hrdaya-ni5caya\n5uni, karaha vicara,\n\nhaya, naya-kaha sara,\n\neta bali' 5/oka uccaraya\nSYNONYMS\npunab\n\n-\n\nagain; kahe-says; haya haya\n\n-\n\nal as ; 5una-kindly hear; svarOpa­\n\nrama-raya-My dear SvanJpa Damodara and Ramananda Raya; ei-this;\nmora-My;\n\nhrdaya-ni5caya-the certainty in My heart;\n\n5uni-hearing;\n\nkaraha-just make; vicara-judgment; haya, naya-correct or not; kaha\nsara-tell Me the essence; eta ba/i'-saying this; 5/oka-another verse; uccaraya-recites.\nTRANSLATION\nAgain He addressed both Svarupa Damodara and Raya Ramananda,\nspeaking despondently: \"Alas! My friends, you can now know the certainty within My heart, and after knowing My heart you should judge whether\nI am correct or not. You can speak of this properly.\" Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu then began to chant another verse.\nTEXT 42\n\n<r���ft�� c1\"'!1� '1 ft c�t� �t'Jpr �t<J� 1\n� �t� \"�'f m-e� �roAr C<f1 ��� u s � n\nkai-ava-rahi-ari1 pemmari1 f)a hi hoi maf)USe Joe\nja-i hoi kassa virahe hontammi ko jia-i\nSYNONYMS\nkai-ava-rahi-am-without any cheating propensity, without any motive\nconcerning the four principles of material existence (namely religiosity,\neconomic development , sense gratification and liberation); pemmam-love\n\n", "mad1#p0221": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n194\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nalmost dreaming; ki-what; dekhinu-1 have seen; kiba-what; ami-1;\npralapinu-spoke\n\nin\n\ncraziness;\n\ntamara-you;\n\nkichu-something;\n\nsuniyacha-have heard; dainya-humility.\nTRANSLATION\nIn an instant, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu regained external consciousness\nand saw two persons before Him. Questioning them, He asked, \"Am I\nconsciousJ What dreams have I been seeingJ What craziness have I\nspokenJ Have you heard some expressions of humilityJ\"\nPURPORT\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu thus spoke in ecstasy, He saw two persons\nbefore Him. One was His secretary, SvarOpa Damodara , and the other was\nRaya Ramananda. Coming to His external consciousness, He saw them both\npresent, and although He was still talking in the ecstasy of Srimati Radharar;�i ,\nHe immediately began to question whether He was the same Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 40\n\n�i{ � 12tttsfl �� I\n�fifi! � �'\ni{� \"-'�'\n�f!R �lltl <;lltf ,� II So II\nsuna mora praf)era bandhava\nnahi kr�Qa-prema-dhana,\n\ndaridra mora jivana,\n\ndehendriya vrtha mora saba\nSYNONYMS\nsuna-kindly\n\nhear;\n\nmora-My;\n\npraQera-of\n\nlife;\n\nbandhava-friends;\n\nnahi-there is none; kr�Qa-prema-dhana-wealth of love of Kr�r;�a; daridrapoverty-stricken; mora-My; jivana-life; deha-indriya-all the limbs and\nsenses of My body; vrtha-fruitless; mora-My; saba-all.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued: \"My dear friends, you are all My\nlife and soul; therefore I tell you that I possess no wealth of love for Km•a.\nConsequently My life is poverty-stricken. My limbs and senses are\nuseless!'\n\n", "mad1#p0222": "Text 42]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n195\n\nTEXT 41\n\n��, q9f-mm,\n�= �,-� �'\n�-��-�'\n�f.f, � Ait1f,\nQ, em-� �11f,\n���fit' �t� �bti!D II 8� II\npuna/:! kahe,-haya haya,\n\nsuna, svanipa-ramaraya,\n\nei mora hrdaya-niscaya\nsuni, karaha vicara,\n\nhaya, naya-kaha sara,\n\neta bali' 5/oka uccaraya\nSYNONYMS\npuna/:1 -again; kahe-says; haya haya-alas; suna-kindly hear; svarOparama-raya-My dear Svaropa Damodara and Ramananda Raya; ei-this;\nmora-My;\n\nhrdaya-niscaya-the certainty in My heart;\n\nsuni-hearing;\n\nkaraha-j ust make; vica ra-judgment; haya, naya-correct or not; kaha\nsara-tell Me the essence; eta ba/i -saying this; s/oka-another verse; uc'\n\ncaraya-recites.\nTRANSLATION\nA gain He addressed both Svariipa Damodara and Raya Rarnananda,\nspeaking despondently: \"Alas! My friends, you can now know the certainty within My heart, and after knowing My heart you should judge whether\nI am correct or not. You can speak of this properly.\" Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu then began to chant another verse .\nTEXT 42\n\n������t. C9f\"iit. 'I ft C�i� �i�\"C'f �j� I\n� �r� �'t'f m-e� ,��AI � �1� u s< n\nkai-ava-rahi-arh pemmarh f)a hi hoi maf)use Joe\nja-i hoi kassa virahe hontammi ko jia-i\nSYNONYMS\nkai-ava-rahi-am-without any cheating propensity, without any motive\nconcerning the four principles of material existence (namely religiosity,\neconomic development , sense gratification and liberation); pemmam-love\n\n", "mad1#p0223": "196\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 2\n\nof Godhead; Qa-never; hi-certainly; hoi-becomes; maQUSe-in human\nsociety; /oe-in this world; ja-i-if; hoi-there is; kassa-whose; virahe-in\nseparation; hontammi-is; ko-who; jia-i-lives.\nTRANSLATION\n11 'Love of Godhead, devoid of cheating propensities, is not possible\nwithin this material world . If there is such a love, there cannot be separation, for if there is separation, how can one live?'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse in a common language called prakrta, and the exact Sanskrit\ntransformation is kaitava-rahitaril prema na hi bhavati manu�e Joke/ yadi\nbhavati kasya viraho virahe saty api ko jlvati.\nTEXT 43\n\n�� \"t�,\n�en\"'-.., �,\n<;� c;�111 �r;;� e{i Q I\ni{j �� '!� �tm'$f,\n�fif Q � '�t'$f,\n�'$f � �� i{1 �:nil 8� II\nakaitava kr�Qa-prema,\n\nyena jambO-nada-hema,\n\nsei prema nrloke na haya\nyadi haya tara yoga,\n\nna haya tabe viyoga,\n\nviyoga haile keha na jlyaya\nSYNONYMS\nakaitava kr�Qa prema\n-\n\n-\n\nunall oyed love of Kr�t;�a; yena-like; jambO-nada­\n\nhema-gold from the Jambo River; sei prema-that love of Godhead; nr/oke-in the material world; na haya-is not possible; yadi-if; haya-there\nis;\n\ntara-with\n\nit;\n\nyoga-connection;\n\nna-not;\n\nhaya-is;\n\ntabe-then;\n\nviyoga-separation; viyoga-separation; haile-if there is; keha-someone;\nna jlyaya-cannot live.\nTRANSLATION\n11 Pure love for Kr,.,a, just like gold from the Jambii River, does not exist\nin human society. If it existed, there could not be separation. If separation\nwere there, one could not live!'\n\n", "mad1#p0224": "Text 44]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n197\n\nTEXT 44\n\n\"\"� � �·.._'!,\n1.!1'! ��' ��'.\n�t� � � <JI�·� �$1 I\n�� �flf� l(ttf,\n\n��-�1-�,\n\n� �� 'fttr�tr �liP1U 88 II\neta kahi' 5aci-suta,\n\n5/oka pac;le adbhuta,\n\n5une dunhe eka-mana hana\napana-hrdaya-kaja,\n\nkahite vasiye laja,\n\ntabu kahi laja-bija khana\nSYNONYMS\neta kahi' - thus saying; 5aci-suta-the son of SrimatT SacTmata; 5/okaverse; pac;le-recites; adbhuta-wonderful; 5une-hear; dur'lhe-the two\npersons; eka-mana hana-wi th rapt attention; apana-hrdaya-kaja-the activities of one's own heart; kahite-to speak; vasiye-1 feel; /aja-shameful;\ntabu-still; kahi-1 speak;\n\nlaja-bija-the seed of bashfulness; khana­\n\nfinishing.\nTRANSLATION\nThus speaking, the son of Srimati Sacimata recited another wonderful\nverse, and Ramananda Raya and Svarupa Damodara heard this verse with\nrapt attention. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, 111 feel shameful to disclose\nthe activities of My heart. Nonetheless, I shall be done with all formalities\nand speak from the heart. Please hear.\"\nTEXT 45\n\nOl Cf!�')\\\"C'{\"t�f� ��if9f � �d�\n\n�ifil C'l��i'ifJ��� ��if\"'t� I\n<1��i'fJi\"l'O!Ci'!l•Olf.. f<10l1\nmf1f �� l!! t'l>1\\;'f<f' ,,_ 'i�1 \" s t n\nna prema-gandho 'sti darapi me harau\nkrandami saubhagya-bhararil praka5itum\nvari15i-vilasy-anana-lokanari1 vina\nvibharmi yat praQa-pataligakan vrtha.\n\n", "mad1#p0225": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n198\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 2\n\nSYNONYMS\nna-never; prema-gandhal)-a scent of love of Godhead; asti-there is;\ndara api-even in a slight proportion; me-M y; harau-in the Supreme Personality of Godhead; krandami-1 cry; saubhagya-bharam-the volume of\nMy fortune; prakasitum-to exhibit; varilsi-vilasi-of the great flute player;\nanana-at the face; /okanam-looking; vina-without; vibharmi-1 carry;\nyat-because; praQa-patar'lgakan-My insect-like life; vrtha-with no purpose.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued: \"My dear friends, I have not the\nslightest tinge of love of Godhead within My heart. When you see Me crying in separation, I am just falsely exhibiting a demonstration of My great\nfortune. Indeed, not seeing the beautiful face of Kr,r:ta playing His flute, I\ncontinue to live My life like an insect, without purpose.\nTEXT 46\n\n� ��12!1f�,\n\n�9ft G;�tQ �'\n'� � ift� 9•·9fti I\nl!tct G;l{ CfiR ��,\n..,,:»1)-et'$ll ��'\nm,�����S�II\n\ndare suddha-prema-gandha,\n\nkapata premera bandha,\n\nseha mora nahi kr�Qa-paya\ntabe ye kari krandana,\n\nsva-saubhagya prakhyapana,\n\nkari, iha janiha ni5caya\n\nSYNONYMS\ndare-far away; suddha-prema-gandha-a scent of pure devotional love;\nkap ata\n\nfalse; premera-of love of Godhead; bandha-binding; seha-that;\n\n-\n\nmora-My; nahi-there is not; kr�Qa-paya-at the lotus feet of Kr�Qa; tabebut; ye-that; kari-1 do; krandana-crying; sva-saubhagya-My own fortune;\n\nprakhyapana-demonstration; kari-1 do; iha-this; janiha-know;\n\nni5caya-certainly.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Actually, My love for Kr,r:ta is far, far away. Whatever I do is actually\nfalse. When you see Me cry, I am simply exhibiting My great fortune.\nPlease try to understand this beyond a doubt.\n\n·\n\n", "mad1#p0226": "The Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 48]\n\n199\n\nTEXT 47\n\ni{1 ro� \"' ttlf �,\n�'t � '�1'111Jfi4' I\n\n� 1{�-.�-�,\n\n� -.tt'lfl M,\n\nf.{•-� ..� �'\n\n12ttct·�f -.rm. 'ftf'l n s'\\ u\nyate varhsi-dhvani-sukha,\n\nna dekhi' se canda mukha,\n\nyadyapi nahika 'a/ambana'\nnija-dehe kari priti,\n\nkevala kamera riti,\n\npraQa-kitera kariye dharaQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nyate-in which; varhsi-dhvani-sukha-the happiness of hearing the playing of the flute; na dekhi'-not seeing; se-that; car'lda mukha-moonlike\nface; yadyapi-although; nahika-there is not; 'a/ambana'-the meeting of\nthe lover and beloved; nija-own; dehe-in the body; kari-1 do; pritiaffection; kevala-only; kamera-of lust; riti-the way; praQa-of life;\nkitera-of the fly; kariye-1 do; dharaQa-continuing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Even though I do not see the moonlike face of Kr,r:Ja playing on His\nflute and although there is no possibility of My meeting Him, still I take\ncare of My own body. That is the way of lust. In this way, I maintain My\nfly-like life.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this connection, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura says that the\nlovable Supreme Lord is the supreme shelter. The Lord is the supreme subject,\nand the devotees are the object. The coming together of a subject and object\nis called alambana. The object hears, and the subject plays the flute. That the\nobject cannot see the moonlike face of Km1a and has no eagerness to see\nHim is the sign of being without alambana. Externally imagining such a thing\nsimply satisfies one's lusty desires, and thus one lives without purpose.\nTEXT 48\n\n\"t$rl �{';.�,\n\n� �·'St-�,\n\n�'�- ...���\n\n", "mad1#p0227": "200\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n£Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nif! �tf. 'ftt'St,\n\n� <;1f �'St,\n\n�FQ����II81rll\nk[�l)a-prema sunirma/a,\n\nyena suddha-ganga-jala,\n\nsei prema-amrtera sindhu\nnirmala se anurage,\n\nna lukaya anya dage,\n\nsukla-vastre yaiche masi-bindu\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-prema-love of Kr�r:Ja; su-nirma/a-without material contamination;\nyena-exactly like; suddha-ganga-jala-the pure water of the Ganges; sei\nprema-that love; amrtera sindhu-the ocean of nectar; nirmala-pure; sethat;\n\nanurage-attraction;\n\nna lukaya\n\n-\n\ndoes not conceal;\n\nanya-other;\n\ndage-spot; sukla-vastre-on white cloth; yaiche-as; masi-bindu-a spot\nof ink.\nTRANSLATION\n11Love for Lord K�r:ta is very pure, just like the waters of the Ganges.\nThat love is an ocean of nectar. That pure attachment to Kr�Qa does not\nconceal any spot, which would appear just like a spot of ink on a white\ncloth.\nPURPORT\nUnalloyed love of Kr�r:Ja is just like a big sheet of white cloth. Absence of\nattachment is compared to a black spot on that white cloth. Just as the black\nspot is prominent, so the absence of love of Godhead is prominent on the\nplatform of pure love of Godhead.\nTEXT 49\n\n�'12fl(·��'\n� l!tJ �\" �\n� �tr'Stt. ��tf I\n•fil;qtf �t'StJ i11,\n!;!t(tf9t �\\k\" �'\n� ;q-1 ,.;q-1 �tf II8� II\nsuddha-prema-sukha-sindhu,\n\npai tara eka bindu,\n\nsei bindu jagat c;lubaya\nkahibara yogya naya,\n\ntathapi baule kaya,\n\nkahile va keba patiyaya\n\n", "mad1#p0228": "Text 50]\n\n201\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuddha-prema-unalloyed love; sukha-sindhu-the ocean of happiness;\npai-if I get; tara-of that; eka-one; bindu-drop; sei bindu-that drop;\njagat-the whole world;\n\n9ubaya-drowns; kahibara-to speak;\n\nyogya\n\nnaya-is not fit; tathapi-still; bau/e-a madman; kaya-speaks; kahile-if\nspoken; va-or; keba patiyaya-who believes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Unalloyed love of K!lr:ta is like the ocean of happiness. If someone\ngets one drop of it, the whole world can drown in that drop. It is not befitting to express such love of Godhead, yet a madman must speak.\nHowever, even though he speaks, no one believes him:'\nTEXT 50\n\n11Qi9f�il\"f-'l�,\n���- 1(� fit� fir�,\n�-'Wt���·\n� ��,\n�· �t'f1 Q,\n\"t�tl �•.,._� � II <to II\nei mata dine dine,\n\nsvarupa-ramananda-sane,\n\nnija-bhava karena vidita\nbahye vi�a-jvala haya,\n\nbhitare ananda-maya,\n\nkmJa-premara adbhuta carita\nSYNONYMS\nei ma ta-in this way;\n\ndine dine-day after day;\n\nsvarupa-SvanJpa\n\nDamodara; ramananda-Ramananda Raya; sane-wi th ; nija-own; bhavaecstasy;\n\nkarena-makes;\n\nvidita-known;\n\nbahye-externally;\n\nvi�a-jva/a\n\nhaya-there is suffering from poisonous effects; bhitare-within; anandamaya-transcendental ecstasy; kr�Qa-premara-of love of Kr�t:�a; adbhutawonderful; carita-characteristic.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Lord Caitanya used to revel in ecstasy day after day and exhibit these ecstasies before Svarupa and Ramananda Raya. Externally\nthere appeared severe tribulation, as if He were suffering from poisonous\neffects, but internally He was experiencing bliss. This is characteristic of\ntranscendental love of Kr,r;�a.\n\n", "mad1#p0229": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n202\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 2\n\nTEXT 51\n\n�--�5(''1,\n�- ,$11-11(��,\n�fl(tlf, if1 ��I\n� '� �tf 1fti{,\n�tf � '\". '!lf'tti{,\n�� ��il �II Q'� I\nei prema-asvadana,\n\ntapta-ik�u-carvaf)a,\n\nmukha jvale, na yaya tyajana\nsei prema yatira mane,\n\ntara vikrama sei jane,\n\nvi�amrte ekatra milana\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; prema-love of Kr��a; asvadana-tasting; tapta-hot; ik�u-carvaf)a-chewing sugarcane; mukha jvale-the mouth burns; na yaya tyajana-still not possible to give up; sei-that; prema-love of Godhead; yanra\nmane-in someone's mind; tara-of that; vikrama-the power; sei jane-he\nknows;\n\nvi�a-amrte-poison\n\nand nectar;\n\nekatra-in\n\noneness;\n\nmi/ana­\n\nmeeting.\nTRANSLATION\nIf one tastes such love of Godhead, he can compare it to hot sugarcane.\nWhen one chews hot sugarcane, his mouth burns, yet he cannot give it\nup. Similarly, if one has but a little love of Godhead, he can perceive its\npowerful effects. It can only be compared to poison and nectar mixed\ntogether.\nTEXT 52\n\n�f;s-:{��t�-�\\!1�, f-1�1�1\nf;{\"'COifOT 'lft� �'t'1-1f�[i�t�-.l�PK�1�0!: I\nc<!f111 ��RT \"l�\"li>fnt1 �t�f\"! �\"''Rir�\n\n�t� ��1{\"\" ��l1_�tt��Ol� f<!;Jiiffl�: II It� II\npiqabhir nava-kala-kuta-katuta-garvasya nirvasano\nnisyandena mudarh sudha-madhurimahatikara-sankocana/:1\nprema sundari nanda-nandana-paro jagarti yasyantare\njflayante sphutam asya vakra-madhuras tenaiva vikrantaya/:1\n\n", "mad1#p0230": "Text 53]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n203\n\nSY NONYMS\n\npir;labhib-by the sufferings; nava-fresh; kala-kuta-of poison; katutaof the severity; garvasya-of pride; nirvasanab-banishment; nisyandenaby pouring down; mudam-happiness; sudha-of nectar; madhurima-of\nthe sweetness; ahankara-the pride; sankocanab-minimizing; premalove; sundari-beautiful friend; nanda-nandana-parab-fixed upon the son\nof Maharaja Nanda; jagarti-develops; yasya-of whom; antare-in the\n\nheart; jfiayante-are perceived; sphutam-explicitly; asya-of that; vakracrooked; madhurab-and sweet; tena-by him; eva-alone; vikrantayabthe influences.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu spoke: 11'My dear beautiful friend, if one\n\ndevelops love of Godhead, love of Kr�Qa, the son of Nanda Maharaj a, all\nthe bitter and sweet influences of this love will manifest in one's heart.\nSuch love of Godhead acts in two ways. The poisonous effects of love of\nGodhead defeat the severe and fresh poison of the serpent. Yet there is\n\nsimultaneously transcendental bliss, which pours down and defeats the\npride of nectar and diminishes its value. In other words, love of Kr�Qa is\nso\n\npowerful that it simultaneously defeats the poisonous effects of a\n\nsnake, as well as the happiness derived from pouring nectar on one's\nhead. It is perceived as doubly effective, simultaneously poisonous and\nnectarean.'\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is spoken by PaurQamasi to Nandimukhi in the Vidagdhamadhava (2.18) of Srila Rupa Gosvami.\nTEXT 53\n\n� �mr ,'ft� �'flt-r-\n\n&t'tlf-�i'\"'�tt�t,\n\n� \\!lfttil-�� f:� I\n\nro-� '�'\"\"w.t,\nfil� �-�·'iff II N) II\n\n� � �,\n\nye kale dekhe jagannatha-\n\nsrlrama-subhadra-satha,\n\ntabe jane-ailama kuruk�etra\n\nsaphala haila jlvana,\n\ndekhi/ur'l padma-locana,\n\njur;laila tanu-mana-netra\n\n", "mad1#p0231": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n204\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 2\n\nSYNONYMS\nye kale-at that time when; dekhe-He sees; jagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; sri-rama-Balarama; subhadra-Subhadra; satha-with; tabe-at that\ntime; jane-knows; ai/ama-1 have come; kuru-k�etra-to the pilgrimage\nsite known as Kuruk�etra; sa-pha/a-successful; haifa-has become; jivanalife;\n\ndekhi/un-1\n\nhave\n\nseen;\n\npadma-locana-the\n\nlotus eyes;\n\njuc;Jai/a­\n\npacified; tanu-body; mana-mind; netra-eyes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would see Jagannatha along with\nBalarama and Subhadra, He would immediately think that He had reached\nKuruk�tra, where all of Them had come. He would think that His life was\nsuccessful because He had seen the lotus-eyed one, whom, if seen,\npacifies the body, mind and eyes.\nTEXT 54\n\nJfil' � 'fp(tl{,\n� �\"Rf � ..��'ttl I\n�ttl (fl. rq �tt'f,\n'St�·t'ft i!t'f,\n\"' �'f � �t!fitf'tt II �8 II\n'Stt'�� ��'fttl{,\n\ngaruc;lera sannidhane,\n\nrahi' kare darasane,\n\nse anandera ki kahiba ba'/e\ngaruc;la-stambhera tale,\n\nache eka nimna khale,\n\nse khala bharila asru-jale\n\nSYNONYMS\ngaruc;lera-Garu<;la;\n\nsannidhane-near;\n\nrahi'-staying;\n\nkare-does;\n\ndarasane-seeing; se anandera-of that bliss; ki-what; kahiba-1 shall say;\nba'/e-on the strength; garuc;la-of the statue of Garu<;la; stambhera-of the\ncolumn; tale-underneath; ache-there is; eka-one; nimna-low; kha/editch; se khala-that ditch; bharila-became filled; asru-ja/e-with the\nwater of tears.\n\nTRANSLATION\nStaying near the Garuc;la-stambha, the Lord would look upon Lord\nJagannatha. What can be said about the strength of that love? On the\n\n", "mad1#p0232": "Text 56]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n205\n\nground beneath the column of the Garu�a-stambha was a deep ditch, and\nthat ditch was filled with the water of His tears.\nPURPORT\n\nIn front of the temple of Jagannatha is a column on which the statue of\nGaru<;la is situated. It is called the Garu<;la-stambha. Behind that column is a\nditch, and that ditch was filled with the tears of the Lord.\nTEXT 55\n\n1l\"ttm �9ftt �''\n�t-t �1;1{ '1f-t� fil-ti{ I\n�1t1 ''$f'tt9f�\"fi,\n�-� � �t�,\n<lftt1 \"'� ��� II �� II\n�tti �� �tf �fif'\n\ntahar'l haite ghare asi',\n\nmatira upare vasi;\n\nnakhe kare prthivl likhana\nha-ha kahar'l vrndavana,\n\nkahan gopendra-nandana,\n\nkahan sei varhsl-vadana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntahar'l haite-from there; ghare asi'-coming back home; mat/fa-the\nground;\n\nupare-upon;\n\nvasi'-sitting;\n\nnakhe-by the nails; kare-does;\n\nprthivl-on the surface of the earth; /ikhana-marki ng; ha-ha-alas; kahar'lwhere is; vrndavana-Vrndav ana; kahan-where; gopa-indra-nandana-the\nson of the King of the cowherd men; kahar'l-where; sei-that; varhsivadana-the person with the flute:\nTRANSLATION\nWhen coming from the Jagannatha temple to return to His house, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu used to sit on the ground and mark it with His nails.\nAt such times He would be greatly morose and would cry, \"Alas, where is\nVrndavana? Where is Kr�Qa, the son of the King of the cowherd men?\nWhere is that person who plays the flute?\"\nTEXT 56\n\n�\"' mreerit1f,\n.rtt � �'!_'Sf1il,\n.rtl�.-�1\n\n", "mad1#p0233": "206\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\n�1t1 �t�,\n•1t1 � �1�M'It'JI,\n-.t(1 <2ft 1f't..�� II cNt II\nkahan se tri-bhanga-thama,\n\nkahan sei veQu-gana,\n\nkahan sei yamuna-pulina\nkahan se rasa-vilasa,\n\nkahan nrtya-gita-hasa,\n\nkahan prabhu madana-mohana\nSYNONYMS\nkahar'l-where; se-that; tri-bhanga-�hama-figure curved in three places;\nkahan-where; sei-that; veQu-gana-sweet song of the flute; kahar'lwhere; sei-that; yamuna-pulina-bank of the Yamuna River; kahanwhere; se-that; rasa-vilasa-rasa dance; kahar'l -where; nrtya-gita-hasadancing, music and laughing; kahan-where; prabhu-My Lord; madanamohana-the enchanter of Madana (Cupid).\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu used to lament by saying: \"Where is Sri\nKr��a, whose form is curved in three places? Where is the sweet song of\nHis flute, and where is the bank of the Yamuna? Where is the rasa dance?\nWhere is that dancing, singing, and laughing? Where is My Lord,\nMadana-mohana, the enchanter of Cupid?\"\nTEXT 57\n\n1lti' �� tt.'f,\n\n'� iftiTI ��'f,\n\n..� ifttf ''f1�tl� I\n� M11\\1..t'l,\n\n� � t'l1ftlf,\niftiTI � 'ftf'SfWri � n � 11\n\nuthila nana bhavavega,\n\nmane haila udvega,\n\nk�aQa-matra nare goriaite\nprabala virahana/e,\n\ndhairya haila talama/e,\n\nnana 5/oka lagila pagite\nSYNONYMS\nuthila-arose; nana-var ious; bhava-avega-forces of emotion; mane-in\nthe mind; hai/a-there was; udvega-anxiety; k�aQa-matra-even for a mo-\n\n", "mad1#p0234": "Text 59]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n207\n\nment; nare-not able; gonaite-to pass; praba/a-powe rful; viraha-analein the fire of separation; dhairya-patience; haila-became; ta/ama/e­\n\ntottering; nana-various; 5/oka-verses; /agi/a\n\n-\n\nbegan; pac;lite-to recite.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way various ecstatic emotions evolved, and the Lord's mind\nfilled with anxiety. He could not escape even for a moment. In this way,\nbecause of fierce feelings of separation, His patience began to totter, and\nHe began to recite various verses.\nTEXT 58\n\n\"!f'�lf�tfof flr.rt��t� �ur �rr:�rt<r•r�-m�'l 1\n�i���1 -.�tct-.f'f�1 � � �1 �� <r�� •nrtflln\namuny adhanyani dinantaraQi\nhare tvad-alokanam antarel')a\nanatha-bandho karuQaika-sindho\nha hanta ha hanta katharil nayami\nSYNONYMS\namuni-all those; adhanyani -inauspicious; dina-antaraQi -other days;\n\nhare-0 My Lord; tvat-of You; a/okanam-see i ng; antareQa-w i thout;\nanatha-bandho-0 friend of the helpless; karul')a-eka-sindho-0 only ocean\nof mercy; ha hanta\n\n-\n\nalas; ha h an ta-al as; katham-how; nayami-shall I\n\npass.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'0 My Lord, 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, 0 friend of the helpless! You are the only ocean of mercy! Because I have not met You, My inauspicious days and nights have become unbearable. I do not know how I\nshall pass the time!\nPURPO RT\nThis is a verse from Kr�Qa-karl')amrta (41) by Bilvamarigala Thakura.\nTEXT 59\n\n�11ft� \"-f'i{·�t�,\n\n�... � :rtfit•m;ll',\n\n�- � if! �11{ �$i{ I\n\n", "mad1#p0235": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n208\n\n� �tt-tl �·\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\n�� �fJtt,\n\n�9f1 -.ft' '\"� 'tlllfi{ II ct� II\n\ntamara dar5ana-vine,\n\nadhanya e ratri-dine,\n\nei kala na yaya katana\ntumi anathera bandhu,\n\napara karura-sindhu,\n\nkrpa kari' deha darasana\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-Your;\n\ndarsana-audience;\n\nvine-without;\n\nadhanya-\n\ninauspicious; e-this; ratri-dine-night and day; ei kala-this time; na\nyaya-does not go; katana-passing; tumi-You; anathera bandhu-friend\nof the helpless; apara-unlimited; karura-sindhu-ocean of mercy; krpa\nkari'-showing mercy; deha-kindly give; darasana-audience.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A ll these inauspicious days and nights are not passing, for I have not\nmet You. It is difficult to know how to pass all this time. But You are the\nfriend of the helpless and an ocean of mercy. Kindly give Me Your audience, for I am in a precarious position!'\nTEXT 60\n\n'IIi{ �.. �·\"'\n� ·�·519ft{,\n·� 'Sff?! � itl � I\n�1fti{ 'f� �.\n..\".,..,.. � 'l(it,\n\"·itMI ��II �o 11\nuthila bhava-capala,\n\nmana ha-ila cancala,\n\nbhavera gati bujhana na yaya\nadarsane po(je mana,\n\nkemane paba dara5ana,\n\nkr�ra-thani puchena upaya\nSYNONYMS\nuthila-arose; bhava-capala-restlessness of ecstatic emotion; manamind; ha-ila-became; cancala-agitated; bhavera-of ecstatic emotion;\ngati -the course; bujhana-understanding; na yaya-not possible; adar-\n\n", "mad1#p0236": "Text 61]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\nsane-without seeing;\n\npo9e-burns;\n\nmana-the mind;\n\n209\n\nkemane-how;\n\npaba-1 shall get; darasana-audience; kr�Qa-thatii-from Kr�Qa; puchenainquires; upaya-the means.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, the Lord's restlessness was awakened by ecstatic feelings,\nand His mind became agitated. No one could understand what course\nsuch ecstasy would take. Not being able to meet the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, Kr�Qa, Lord Caitanya's mind burned. He began to ask Kr�Qa\nof �he means by which He could reach Him.\nTEXT 61\n\n'q�til\"'�� f<llt<�;jlt'!mwr�\n1{$f\"9fif. \\!� �1 � �ftf�1{Jl{_ I\n\\!� Pft. �[1{ Pfl'lt. 'lCII�f\"<l\"iftf'i\n\n''tt. ��,���� U �� II\ntvac-chaisavam tri-bhuvanadbhutam ity avehi\nmac-capalam ca tava va mama vadhigamyam\ntat kim karomi viralam murali-vilasi\nmugdham mukhambujam udik�itum ik�af)abhyam\nSYNONYMS\ntvat-Your; saisavam-early age; tri-bhuvana-within the three worlds;\nadbhutam-wonderful;\n\niti-thus;\n\nunsteadiness;\n\ntava-of You;\n\nca-and;\n\nadhigamyam-to be understood;\nviralam-in solitude;\n\navehi-know;\nva-or;\n\ntat-that;\n\nmat-capalam-My\n\nmama-of Me;\n\nkim-what;\n\nva-or;\n\nkaromi-1 do;\n\nmura/i-vi/asi-0 player of the flute;\n\nmugdham­\n\nattractive; mukha-ambujam-lotuslike face; udik�itum-to see sufficiently;\nTk�af)abhyam-by the eyes.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" '0 Kr�Qa, 0 flute-player, the sweetness of Your early age is wonderful\nwithin these three worlds. You know My unsteadiness, and I know Yours.\nNo one else knows about this. I want to see Your beautiful attractive face\nsomewhere in a solitary place, but how can this be accomplished?'\n\n", "mad1#p0237": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n210\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nPURPORT\nThis is another quote from the Kr?Qa-kart;�amrta (32) of Bilvamar'lgala\nThakura.\nTEXT 62\n\n�11fH 1ft{fr-..,\n\n� �tt st9fff,\n\n<Jlt �' t_fif � � I\n.rt1 �ti1 -.ttl �'8, -.ttl (;'Stttf Q5Prl 'PftiS,\n� (;1fttf � '!' ��II � II\ntamara madhuri-bala,\n\ntate mora capala,\n\nei dui, tumi ami jani\nkahan karor'l kahar'l yar'l,\n\nkahM ge/e toma pan,\n\ntaha more kaha ta' apani\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-Your;\n\nmadhuri-ba/a-strength\n\nof\n\nsweetness;\n\ntate-in\n\nthat;\n\nmora-My; capa/a-impotence; ei-these; dui-two; tumi-You; ami-1;\njani-know; kahan-where; karon-1 do; kahar'l-where; yan-1 go; kahan-where; ge/e-by going; toma-You; par'l-1 can get; taha-that; moreunto Me; kaha-please speak; ta' apani-You.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nMy dear Kr�1.1a, only You and I know the strength of Your beautiful\n\nfeatures and, because of them, My unsteadiness. Now, this is My position;\nI do not know what to do or where to go. Where can I find You? I am ask­\n\ning You to give directions!'\nTEXT 63\n\niftifl·'e't� �'\n\n��\" ��·�lfJ,\n\n'6�·'61� � ��t! I\n..e.�J, st9ff�J, �\"'\n\n��'lfti �tfif �\"'\n02ft11�-'l� �tj II � II\n\nnana-bhavera prabalya,\n\nhaila sandhi-sabalya,\n\nbhave-bhave haila maha-raf)a\n\n", "mad1#p0238": "Text 63)\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitany a\nautsukya, capafya, dainya,\n\n211\n\nfO$amar$a adi sainya,\n\npremonmada-sabara karaf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nnana-various; bhavera-of ecstasies; prabafya-the force; haifa-there\nwas;\n\nsandhi -meeting;\n\nsabafya-contradiction;\n\nbhave-bhave-between\n\necstasies; haifa-there was; maha-raf)a-a great fight; autsuky a-eagerness;\ncapafya-impotence;\n\ndain ya-humility;\n\nro$a-amar$a-anger\n\nand\n\nimpa­\n\ntience; adi-all these; sain ya-soldie rs; prema- unmada-madness in love;\nsabara-of all; karaf)a-the cause.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of the various kinds of ecstasy, contradictory states of mind occurred, and this resulted in a great fight between different types of\necstasy. Anxiety, impotence, humility, anger and impatience were all like\nsoldiers fighting, and the madness of love of Godhead was the cause.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu it is stated that when similar ecstasies from\nseparate causes meet, they are called svarOpa-sandhi. When opposing elements meet, whether they arise from a common cause or different causes,\ntheir conjunction is called bhinna-rOpa-sandhi, the meeting of contradictory\n·\n\necstasies. The simultaneous joining of different ecstasies-fear and happiness, regret and happiness-is called meeting (sandhi). The word sabafya\nrefers to different ty pes of ecstatic sy mptoms combined together, like pride,\ndespondency, humility, remembrance, doubt, impatience caused by insult,\nfear, disappointment, patience and eagerness. The friction that occurs when\nthese combine is called sabafya. Similarly, when the desire to see the object is\nvery prominent, or when one is unable to tolerate any delay in seeing the\ndesired object, the incapability is called autsukya, or eagerness. If such eagerness is present, one's mouth dries up, and he becomes restless. He also becomes full of anxiety, and hard breathing and patience are observed. Similarly,\nthe lightness of heart caused by strong attachment and strong agitation of\nthe mind is called impotence (capafya). Failure of judgment, misuse of words,\nand obstinate activities devoid of anxiety are observed. Similarly, when one\nbecomes too angry at the other party, offensive and abominable speech occurs, and this anger is called rD$a. When one becomes impatient due to being\nscolded or insulted, the resultant state of mind is called amar$a. In this state of\nmind, one perspires, acquires a headache, fades in bodily color and ex-\n\n", "mad1#p0239": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n212\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nperiences anxiety and an urge to search out the remedy. The bearing of a\ngrudge, aversion and chastisement are all visible symptoms .\nTEXT 64\n\n�� �ost�,\n�!.1' m-�,\n�-�����\n�till �t'f,\n� � �t�,\n'e�tllf �tf �'lft'lil II �8 II\nmatta-gaja bhava-gaQa,\n\nprabhura deha-ikw-vana,\n\ngaja-yuddhe vanera dalana\nprabhura haila divyonmada,\n\ntanu-manera avasada,\n\nbhavavese kare sambodhana\nSYNONYMS\nmatta-gaja-mad\n\nelephant;\n\nbhava-gaQa-symptoms\n\nof\n\necstasy;\n\nprabhura-of the Lord; deha-body; ik�u-vana-sugarcane forest; gaja-yuddhe-in the fight of the elephants; vanera-of the forest; da/ana-trampling;\nprabhura-of the Lord; haila-was; divya-unmada-transcendent al madness; tanu-manera-of the mind and body; avasada-despondency; bhavaavese-on account of absorption in ecstasy; kare-does; sambodhanaaddressing.\nTRANSLATION\nThe body of the Lord was just like a field of sugarcane into which the\nmad elephants of ecstasy entered. There was a fight amongst the\nelephants, and in the process the entire field of sugarcane was destroyed.\nThus transcendental madness was awakened in the body of the Lord, and\nHe experienced despondency in mind and body. In this ecstatic condition, He began to speak as follows.\nTEXT 65\n\nc� C'it'<f c� 'lf'fil'!' c� 'f<lhr�<fr:�1\nc� � c� D�O'\\' c� <f�t't<ff'l�11\n� ;rr� c� ��'I c� 'Ol��t�n�\n\n� � <f'it'1 � ;s�'!iPI �'it'� �r:ott c'ii u �t u\n\n", "mad1#p0240": "Text 66]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n213\n\nhe deva he dayita he bhuvanaika-bandho\nhe k[$Qa he capala he karuQaika-sindho\nhe natha he ramaQa he nayanabhirama\nha ha kada nu bhavitasi padariJ drsor me\nSYNONYMS\nhe deva-0 Lord; he dayita-0 most dear; he bhuvana-eka-bandho-0\nonly friend of the universe; he k[$Qa-O Lord Kr�r:Ja; he capa/a-0 restless\none; he karuQa-eka-sindho-0 ocean of mercy; he natha-0 My Lord; he\nramaf)a-0 My enjoyer; he nayana-abhirama-0 most beautiful to My eyes;\nha ha-alas; kada-when; nu-certainly; bhavitasi-will You be; padamthe dwelling place; drso� me-of My vision.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'0 My Lord! 0 dearest one! 0 only friend of the universe! 0 Kn�a, 0\nrestless one, 0 ocean of mercy! 0 My Lord, 0 My enjoyer, 0 beloved to\nMy eyes! A las, when will You again be visible to Me?' \"\nPURPORT\nThis is Text 40 of K[$f)a-karQamrta.\nTEXT 66\n\n-.m t•·�l!,\n\n�rort '\"''�'\n\n'e\"t�'<i!IQ't 'ti l!t� � I\n\n��6._�-<1!1�-t�P!,\n\n1fti{, 'Sf( �t•·m,\n\n<l!lSt: �' <l!lSt: � �fi{\" �� \"\nunmadera lak$aQa,\n\nkaraya k[$Qa-sphuraQa,\n\nbhavavese uthe praQaya mana\nsolluQtha-vacana-riti,\n\nmana, garva, vyaja-stuti,\n\nkabhu ninda, kabhu va sammana\nSYNONYMS\nunmadera lak$aQa-the symptoms of madness; karaya\n\n-\n\ncauses; kr$Qa­\n\nLord Kr�Qa; s phuraQa-im pet u s; bhava-avese-in an ecstatic condition;\nuthe-awakens; praQaya-love; mana-disdain; solluQtha-vacana-of disrespect by sweet words; riti-the way; mana-honor; garva-pride; vyaja-\n\n", "mad1#p0241": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n214\nstuti-indirect\n\nprayer;\n\nkabhu-sometimes;\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nninda-blasphemy;\n\nsometimes; va-or; sammana-honor.\n\nkabhu­\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe symptoms of madness served as an impetus for remembering\nKr�r,a. The mood of ecstasy awoke love, disdain, defamation by words,\npride, honor\n\nand indirect prayer. Thus\n\nSri Kr�..,a\n\nwas sometimes\n\nblasphemed and sometimes honored.\nPURPORT\nThe word unmada is explained in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu as extreme joy,\nmisfortune and bewilderment in the heart due to separation. Symptoms of\n\nunmada are laughing like a madman, dancing, singing, performing ineffectual\n\nactivities, talking nonsense, running, shouting and sometimes working in contradictory ways. The word praf)aya is explained thus: When there is a\npossibility to receive direct honor, but it is avoided, that love is called praf)aya.\nSrila ROpa Gosvami, in his Ujjva/a-ni/amaf)i, explains the word mana thus:\nWhen the lover feels novel sweetness by exchanging hearty l<;>ving words but\nwishes to hide his feelings by crooked means, mana is experienced.\nTEXT 67\n\n�� i{tft �'\n\\!1\"�����1\n1_fif � SJm,\n�t'! � c;i!'l� 1ft,\nClf� �t'StJ �t'l 'C!t'S\\1fi{ II �\" II\n\n1fil' �-�,\n\ntumi deva -kri{ia-rata,\n\nbhuvanera nari yata,\n\ntahe kara abhi�ta kri{iana\ntumi mora dayita,\n\nmote vaise tomara cita,\n\nmora bhagye kaile agamana\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-You;\n\ndeva-the\n\nSupreme\n\nLord;\n\nkri{ia-rata-engaged\n\nin\n\nYour\n\npastimes; bhuvanera-of all the universes; nari-women; yata-all; tahe-in\nthose pastimes; kara-Yoy do; abhi�ta-desired; kri{iana-acting; tumiYou;\n\nmora-My; dayita-merciful; mote-to Me; vais e-rest; tamara­\n\nYour; cita-mind; mora-My; bhagye-by fortune; kaile-You have made;\nagamana-appearance.\n\n", "mad1#p0242": "Text 69]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n215\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, You are engaged in Your pastimes, and You utilize all\nthe women in the universe according to Your desire. You are so kind to\nMe. Please divert Your attention to Me, for by fortune You have appeared\nbefore Me.\nTEXT 68\n\n�1' � ���et,\n� iftf)\"'$ftJ,\n�tl <R � �1ft1ftit I\n� � 9f1q,\n� \"-�1f,\n�t1ftt1f � c;<l5� � ��� II �lr II\n\nbhuvanera nari-ga!)a,\n\nsaba' kara akar�af)a,\n\ntahar'l kara saba samadhana\ntumi kr�Qa-citta-hara,\n\naiche kona pamara,\n\ntomare va keba kare mana\nSYNONYMS\nbhuvanera-of all the universe; nari-gaQa-women; saba'-all; kara-You\ndo;\n\nakar�aQa-attraction;\n\ntahan-there;\n\nsamadhana-adjustment; tumi-You;\nenchanter of the mind;\n\nkara-You\n\nmade;\n\nsaba-all;\n\nkr�Qa-Lord Kr�r;�a; citta-hara-the\n\naiche-in that way;\n\nkona-some; pamara­\n\ndebauchee; tomare-You; va-or; keba-who; kare-does; mana-honor.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, You attract all the women of the universe, and You make\nadjustments for all of them when they appear. You are Lord Kr��a, and You\ncan enchant everyone, but on the whole, You are nothing but a\ndebauchee. Who can honor You?\nTEXT 69\n\n�� 59f'f·1fft!,\n\n��i:Ji it1 fHI f'l�,\n\n�t'� Q!'t1ml' ilt� f�l �1� I\n�tllilf 9f1ft'1·<!'J,\n!_fif �' -.Pitflt,,\n�llltll � �t1f � <;� II �:;, II\n\n", "mad1#p0243": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n216\n\ntamara capala-mati,\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nekatra na haya sthiti,\n\nta'te tamara nahi kichu do�a\ntumi ta' karuQa-sindhu,\n\namara paraf}a-bandhu,\n\ntomaya nahi mora kabhu ro�a\nSYNONYMS\n\ntamara-Your; capa/a-mati-restless mind; ekatra-in one place; nanever; haya-is; sthiti-established; tc'i'te-in that; tamara-Your; nahithere is not; kichu-any; do�a-fault; tumi-You are; ta'-certainly; karuf}asindhu-the ocean of mercy; amara-My; paraf}a-bandhu-friend of the\nheart; tomaya-toward You; nahi-there is not; mora-My; kabhu-any\ntime; ro�a-anger.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Kr�r;�a, Your mind is always restless. You cannot remain in one\nplace, but You are not at fault for this. You are actually the ocean of mercy,\nthe friend of My heart. Therefore I have no reason to be angry with You.\nTEXT 70\n\n'�fir etttt-��'t,\n\n�1{ .. 1{ 9ff�1'f,\n\n����.. tllfl\n�� fWt'! �1111fi',\n!fil �'tll'� JJ�'t,\nc.fl �11l'11t '�$J·�ffPt II 'l\" II\ntumi natha-vraja-praQa,\nvrajera kara paritraf}a,\nbahu karye nahi avakasa\ntumi amara ramaQa,\nsukha dite agamana,\ne tamara vaidagdhya-vilasa\nSYNONYMS\n\ntumi-You;\n\nnatha-the master;\n\nvraja-praf}a-the life of Vrajabhumi\n\n(Vrndavana); vrajera-of Vraja; kara-do; paritraf}a-deliverance; bahumany; karye-in activities; nahi-there is not; avakasa-rest; tumi-You;\namara-My; ramaQa-enjoyer; sukha-happiness; dite-to give; agamanaappearing; e-this; tamara-Your; vaidagdhya-vi/asa-activities of expert\ntransactions.\n\n", "mad1#p0244": "Text 71]\n\n217\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\nTRANSLATION\n\n11My dear Lord, You are the master and the life and soul of Vrndlvana.\nKindly arrange for the deliverance of Vrndavana. We have no leisure\nhours away from our many activities. Actually, You are My enjoyer. You\nhave appeared just to give Me happiness, and this is one of Your expert\nactivities.\nPURPORT\nThe word vaidagdhya means that one must be very expert, learned,\nhumorous, cunning, beautiful and expert in manifesting caricatures.\nTEXT 71\n\n�Hf ��J ����i 1ft�,\n\n�· �tf�' (;'filft IS?�,\n\n�i{, � � 'If�-�� I\n\n'lfil (;'l{iJ -.i{·�tst,\n\n� �It'll',\n\n��:(;�I(� II 'l� II\nmora vakya ninda mani,\n\nkr�Qa chac;li' gela jani,\n\nsuna, mora e stuti-vacana\nnayanera abhirama,\n\ntumi mora dhana-pral')a,\n\nha-ha puna/:1 deha darasana\nSY NONYMS\n\nmora-My; vakya-words; ninda -bl as phemy; mani-accepting; kr�QaLord Kr�l)a; char;fi -giving up; ge/a-went away; jani-1 know; suna -hear;\n'\n\nm o ra -My; e-this; stuti-vacana-words of praise; nayanera-of the eyes;\nabhirama-the satisfaction;\n\ntumi-You are;\n\nm ora -My ;\n\ndhana-pral')a­\n\nwealth and life; ha ha -alas; puna /:1 -again; d eha-give Me; dara5ana-\n\naudience.\nTRANSLATION\n11T aking My words as defamation, Lord Kr�Qa has left Me. I know that\nHe is gone, but kindly hear My prayers in praise. You are the satisfaction\nof My eyes. You are My wealth and My life.. Alas, please give Me your\naudience once again.\"\n\n", "mad1#p0245": "Sri Caitanya-caritamfla\n\n218\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nTEXT 72\n\n��c(J, �/!ti, \"'ftefj'f,\n<;'f� � �� �f� I\n\n\"' �..,, <21�,\n\n�, �'tt\"'f, erttJ, 'St'Rf,\n��R;ef �� 'tmo\nstambha, kampa, prasveda,\n\n�, m � 'fAt,\n\n� II �� II\n\nvaivarQya, a5ru, svara-bheda,\n\ndeha haifa pufake vyapita\n\ny\n\nhase, kande, nace, ga a,\n\nuthi' iti uti dhaya,\n\nk$af)e bhame par;liya murcchita\n\nSYNONYMS\nstambha -being\n\nstunned;\n\nk ampa-trembling;\n\nprasveda-pe rspiration;\n\nvaivar f)ya-fading away of the color; a5ru-tears; svara bheda -choking of\n-\n\nthe voice; d eha-body; haifa -was; pufake-in joy; vyapita-pe rv aded;\nhas e-laughs; kande-cries; nace-dances; gaya-sings; uthi'-getting up;\n\niti uti-here and there; dhaya -runs; k$af)e-sometimes; bhDme-on the\nground; par;/iya -falling down; mOrcchita-unconscious.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere were different transformations of the body of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu: being stunned, trembling, perspiring, fading away of color,\nweeping and choking. In this way His whole body was pervaded by transcendental joy. As a result, sometimes Caitanya Mahaprabhu would laugh,\nsometimes cry, sometimes dance and sometimes sing. Sometimes He\nwould get up and run here and there, and sometimes fall on the ground\nand lose consciousness.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, eight kinds of transcendental change taking\nplace in the body are described. Stambha, being stunned, refers to the mind's\nbecoming transcendentally absorbed. In that state, the peaceful mind is\nplaced on the life air, and different bodily transformations are manifest. These\nsymptoms are visible in the body of an advanced devotee. When life becomes almost inactive, it is called \"stunned.\" The emotions resulting from this\ncondition are joy, fear, astonishment, moroseness and anger. In this condition,\nthe power of speech is lost, and there is no movement in the hands and legs.\n\n", "mad1#p0246": "Text 73]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n219\n\nOtherwise, being stunned is a mental condition. Many other symptoms are\nvisible on the entire body in the beginning. These are very subtle, but gradually they become very apparent. When one cannot speak, naturally one's active senses are arrested, and the knowledge-acquiring senses are rendered inoperative. Kampa, trembling of the body, is mentioned in Bhakti-rasamrtasindhu as a result of a special kind of fear, anger and joy. This is called\nvepathu, or kampa. When the body begins to perspire because of joy, fear\n\nand anger combined, this is called sveda. VaivarQya is described as a change in\nthe bodily color. It is caused by a combination of moroseness, anger and fear.\n\nWhen these emotions are experienced, the complexion turns pale, and the\nbody becomes lean and thin. Asru is explained in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu as a\ncombination of joy, anger and moroseness that causes water to flow from the\neyes without effort. When there is joy and there are tears in the eyes, the\ntemperature of the tears is cold, but when there is anger, the tears are hot. In\nboth cases, the eyes are restless, the eyeballs are red and there is itching.\nThese are all symptoms of asru. When there is a combination of moroseness,\nastonishment, anger, joy and fear, there is a choking in the voice. This choking\nis called gadgada. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu refers to gadgada-ruddhaya gira,\nor \"a faltering voice:' In Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, pufaka is described as joy, encouragement and fear. When these combine, the hairs on the body stand on\nend, and this bodily state is called pufaka.\n\nTEXT 73\n\n� �\" �te.�tt,\n\n��' �tlf �1{,\n\nmOrcchaya haifa sak$atkara,\n\nuthi' kare huhunkara,\n\n��-(.f)� � �flltl I\n��1f 'llt{.it-�t'f,\niftift <!i1f �'1ft�,\n\"'� �' � �-n \" 'l� \"\nkahe-ei aila mahaiaya\nk[$f)era madhuri-guf)e,\n\nnana bhrama haya mane,\n\nsfoka pa<fi' karaye niscaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nmOrcchaya-in the swoon; haifa-there was; sak$atkara-direct meeting;\nuthi -getting up; kare-does; hu-hunkara-tumultuous sound; kahe-says;\n'\n\nei-thus; ai/a-He has come; maha-aiaya-the great personal ity ; k[$f)era�\n\n", "mad1#p0247": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n220\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nof Lord Kr�l)a; madhuri-sweetness; guQe-by qualities; nana-various;\nbhrama-mistakes;\n\nhaya-are;\n\nmane-in the mind;\n\ns/oka-the verse;\n\npac;fi' -reading; karaye-does; ni5caya-ascertainment.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was thus unconscious, He happened to\nmeet the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Consequently He got up and\nimmediately made a tumultuous sound, very loudly declaring, ''Now\nK\"r,a, the great personality, is present!' In this way, because of Kr�r,a's\nsweet qualities, Caitanya Mahaprabhu made different types of mistakes in\nHis mind. Thus by reading the following verse, He ascertained the presence of Lord Kr�r,a.\nTEXT 74\n\n�r�: �� � ����Tf�'1!-GO'f� f\n���,�� � �t0{1•nr�1�� � 1\n\nc<I�C� � �� ����tfe!Si �\n'fr;lf3T�.'�\"'''¥.� �� C'l�\"f1 II , 9 II\nmara/:! svayam nu madhura-dyuti-maQc;/alam nu\nmadhuryam eva nu mano-nayanamrtam nu\nveQi-mrjo nu mama jivita-vallabho nu\nk[$QO 'yam abhyudayate mama locanaya\nSYNONYMS\nmarab-Cupid;\ndyuti -of\n\nsvayam-personally;\n\neffulgence;\n\nmadhuryam-sweetness;\namrtam-nectar\n\nfor\n\nnu-whether;\n\neva-even;\n\nnu-certainly;\n\nthe mind and eyes;\n\nloosening of the hair;\n\nmadhura-sweet;\n\nmaQc;/alam -encirclement;\n\nnu-whether;\n\nnu-whether;\nmanab-nayana-\n\nnu-whether;\n\nmama-My;\n\nve(li-mrjab­\n\njivita-vallabhab-the\n\npleasure of the life and soul; nu-whether; k[$Qa/:l-Lord Kr�l)a; ayam-this;\nabhyudayate-manifests; mama-My; locanaya-for the eyes.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the attitude of Radharar,i, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu addressed the\ngopis: \"'My dear friends, where is that Kr,r,a, Cupid personified, who has\nthe effulgence of a kadamba flower, who is sweetness itself, the nectar of\n\n", "mad1#p0248": "The Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 76]\n\n221\n\nMy eyes and mind, He who loosens the hair of the gopis, who is the\nsupreme source of transcendental bliss and My life and souU Has He\ncome before My eyes again 1' \"\nPURPORT\nThis is another verse from K($Qa-karQamrta (68).\n\nTEXT 75\n\nf�� i \\fit '11-.t«- �11t,\ntJ�M\"' 11._�\nf� 1fi� �� �JI'J I\n�� !2ft�,\nf�� Jlt�1·(;�\\Jt«.��,\n��J �· �'fl �\\Jitil\"f II �Q' II\nkiba ei sak$at kama,\n\ndyuti-bimba murtiman,\n\nki madhurya svayarh murtimanta\nkiba mano-netrotsava,\n\nkiba praQa-vallabha,\n\nsatya k($Qa aila netrananda\n\nSYNONYMS\nkiba-whether; ei-this; sak$at-directly; kama-Cupid; dyuti-bimbareflection\n\nof\n\nthe\n\neffulgence;\n\nmadhurya-sweetness;\n\nmurtiman-personified;\n\nsvayam -personally;\n\nki-whether;\n\nmartimanta -personified;\n\nkiba-whether; manab-netra-utsava-festival of the mind and eyes; kiMwhether; praQa-vallabha-My life and soul; satya-truly; k($Qa-Lord Kr�t:�a;\nai/a-has come; netra-ananda-the pleasure of My eyes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then would begin to talk like this: \"Is Cupid\npersonified present with the effulgence and reflection of the kadamba\ntree?ls He the same person, personified sweetness, who is the pleasure of\nMy eyes and mind, who is My life and souU Has K\"1_1a actually come\nbefore My eyes?\"\nTEXT 76\n\n'@�-iftifl 'e1<l'St-t,\n\nfWI\"-<21t_l 'P!.·'I{�,\n\niftifl m � ifti\"tlt 1\n\n", "mad1#p0249": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n222\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\n�'flU, ..., �' Ifill,\n�' �' �'f.,,\n�-����till'l�ll\nguru-nana bhava-gaQa,\n\n5i$ya-prabhura tanu-mana,\n\nnana rite satata nacaya\nnirveda, vi$ada, dainya,\n\ncapalya, harg dhairya, manyu,\n\nei nrtye prabhura kala yaya\nSYNONYMS\nguru-the\n\nteacher;\n\nnan�-various;\n\nbhava-gaQa-ecstasies;\n\nsi$ya­\n\ndisciples; prabhura-of Lord Caitanya; tanu-mana-body and mind; nanavarious; rite-in ways; satata-always; nacaya-causes to dance; nirvedadespondency;\nrestlessness;\n\nVi$ada-moroseness;\nhar$a-joy;\n\ndainya-humility;\n\ndhairya-endurance;\n\nmanyu-anger;\n\ncapalyaei-this;\n\nnrtye-in dancing; prabhura-of the Lord; kala-time; yaya-passes.\nTRANSLATION\nAs the spiritual master chastises the disciple and teaches him the art of\ndevotional service, so all the ecstatic symptoms of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu-including despondency, moroseness, humility, restlessness, joy, endurance and anger-all instructed His body and mind. In this\nway, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu passed His time.\nTEXT 77\n\nJttlf �-t�,\n�'l'ft'l, t'Wt�,\n�(�, �ht'St�\"' I\n�� Jtfijf-oo,\n'Qi��Pfli4\"1- i4,\n1tn(, ��-��til\"! II 'l'l II\ncaQ{iidasa, vidyapati,\n\nrayera nataka-giti,\n\nkarf)amrta, sri-gita-govinda\nmahaprabhu ratri-dine,\nsvarapa-ramananda-sane,\ngaya, sune-parama ananda\nSYNONYMS\ncaQ{ii-dasa-the\n\npoet\n\nCal)c;fidasa;\n\nvidya-pati-the\n\npoet\n\nVidyapati;\n\nrayera-of the poet Raya Ramananda; nataka-the }agannatha-v�llabha-\n\n", "mad1#p0250": "Text 78]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\nnataka;\n\ngiti-songs;\n\nkarQamrta-the\n\nKr$Qa-karQamrta\n\nof\n\n223\nBilvamar'lgala\n\nThakura; sri-gita-govinda-the Gita-govinda of Jayadeva Gosvami; svarupa\n\n-\n\nSvaropa Damodara; ramananda-sane-with Raya Ramananda; maha­\n\nprabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ratri-dine-day and night; gayasings; sune-hears; parama ananda-with great pleasure.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe also passed His time reading the books and singing the songs of\nCa.:tf;iidasa and Vidyapati, and listening to quotations from the Jagannatha-vallabha-nataka, K!lr:\"�a-kar.,amrta and Gita-govinda. Thus in the\nassociation of Svariipa Damodara and Raya Ramananda, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu passed His days and nights chanting and hearing with great\npleasure.\nTEXT 78\n\n�lftil,\"fil ���'\n\n� �te.\"'f.J �'\n\nc;'Stt�\"fttW11' �fil'j]i1'1 I\n\n'Sf6Y'Pf11', �'Sflf1il\"f,\n\n��\n\n11_� Pttil\"f,\n\n�t it� 'e� � � II '\\\\r' II\npurira vatsalya mukhya,\n\nramanandera suddha-sakhya,\n\ngovindadyera suddha-dasya-rasa\ngadadhara, jagadananda,\n\nsvarOpera mukhya rasananda,\n\nei cari bhave prabhu vasa\n\nSYNONYMS\npurira-of Paramananda Puri;\n\nva tsa/ya-paternal affection;\n\nmukhya­\n\nchiefly; ramanandera-of Raya Ramananda; suddha-sakhya-pure fraternity;\ngovinda-adyera-of Govinda and others; suddha-dasya-rasa-the pure and\nunalloyed mellow of\nan a nda\n\n-\n\nservice;\n\ngada-d hara-Gadadhara\n\nPa�<;lita;\n\njagad­\n\nja gadananda Pa�<;lita; sva -rOp e r a - o f Svaropa Damodara;\n\nmukhya-chiefly; rasa-ananda-tasting the pleasure of conjugal love; eithese; cari-in four; bhave-ecstatic conditions; prabhu-the Lord; vasabecame obliged.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAmong His associates, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu enjoyed paternal\nloving\n\naffection\n\nwith\n\nPar amananda\n\nPuri,\n\nfriendly\n\naffection\n\nwith\n\n", "mad1#p0251": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n224\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nRamananda Raya, unalloyed service from Govinda and others, and\nhumors of conjugal love with Gadadhara, Jagadananda and Svarupa\nDamodara. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu enjoyed all these four mellows, and\nthus He remained obliged to His devotees.\nPURPORT\nParamananda Puri is said to have been Uddhava in Vrndavana. His affections with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu were on the platfo�m of paternal love.\nThis was because Paramananda Purr happened to be the Godbrother of the\nspiritual master of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Similarly, Ramananda Raya, who\nis considered an incarnation of Arjuna and by some an incarnation of\nVisakhadevi, enjoyed unalloyed fraternal love with the Lord. Unalloyed personal service was enjoyed by Govinda and others. In the presence of His\nmost confidential devotees like Gadadhara Pary<;lita, Jagadananda and SvarOpa\nDamodara, Caitanya Mahaprabhu enjoyed the ecstatic conditions of SrrmatT\nRadharal)i in Her conjugal relationship with Kr�rya. Absorbed in these four\ntranscendental mellows, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu resided in jagannatha Purr,\nfeeling very much obliged to His devotees.\n\nTEXT 79\n\ntiff � '6ttCfflt'St11',\n��� at'i!lJtrit,\n.1tf <;�-� � � I\n�ttt�i{ �fllt1!,\n� IJ..�-1f�t�,\n� U ��-mt II \"� II\nlilasuka martya-jana,\n\ntanra haya bhavodgama,\n\nisvare se-ki iha vismaya\ntahe mukhya-rasasraya,\n\nha-iyachena mahasaya,\n\ntate haya sarva-bhavodaya\n\nSYNONYMS\n/i/a-suka-Bilvamar'lgala Thakura; martya-jana-a person of this world;\ntalira-of him; haya-there is; bhava-udgama-manifestation of different\necstasies; isvare-in the Supreme Lord; se-that; ki-what; iha-here;\nvismaya-astonishing; tahe-in that; mukhya-chief; rasa-asraya-mellows;\nha-iyachena-has become; maha-asaya-the great personality Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\ntate-therefore;\n\nmanifestation of all ecstasies.\n\nhaya-there\n\nis;\n\nsarva-bhava-udaya-a\n\n", "mad1#p0252": "Text 80]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n225\n\nTRANSLATION\nLilasuka [Bilvamangala Thakura] was an ordinary human being, yet he\ndeveloped many ecstatic symptoms in his body. What, then, is so\nastonishing about these symptoms' being manifest in the body of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead1 In the ecstatic mood of conjugal love,\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was on the highest platform; therefore, all the\nexuberant ecstasies were naturally visible in His body.\nPURPORT\nLilasuka is Bilvamar'lgala Thakura Gosvami. He was a south Indian, a\n\nbrahmaf)a, and his former name was Silhana Misra. When he was a house­\n\nholder, he became attracted to a prostitute named CintamaQi, but eventually\nhe took her advice and became renounced. Thus he wrote one book, Santi­\n\nsataka, and later, by the mercy of Lord Kr�Qa and the Vai�Qavas, he became a\ngreat devotee. Thus he became famous as Bilvamar'lgala Thakura Gosvami.\n\nOn that elevated platform, he wrote a book named Kr�Qa-karf)am(ta, which is\nvery famous amongst Vai�Qavas. Since he exhibited so many ecstatic\n\nsymptoms, people used to call him Lilasuka\n\nTEXT 80\n\n�1ft��,\n\n,� �i{ �r�\"�'\n�m �t�tw ifl � 1\n�t� �, �mt1f,\nllf't-mf ���,\n��i{<(� �II \\r'O II\npurve vraja-vifase,\n\nyei tina abhifa�e,\n\nyatneha asvada na haifa\n\nsri-radhara bhava-sara,\n\napane kari' angikara,\n\nsei tina vastu asvadifa\n\nSYNONYMS\npurve-formerly; vraja-vifase-in the pastimes of Vrndavana; yei tina­\n\nthose three; abhifa�e-in desires; yatneha-by great endeavor; asvada­\n\ntaste; na haifa-there was not; sri-radhara-of SrimatT RadharaQT; bhavasara-the\n\nessence\n\nof\n\nthe\n\necstasy;\n\napane-personally;\n\nkari'-making;\n\nar'lgikara-acceptance; sei-those; tina vastu-three subjects; asvadifatasted.\n\n", "mad1#p0253": "226\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nTRANSLATION\nDuring His previous pastimes in Vrndavana, Lord Kr�r:-a desired to enjoy the three different types of ecstasy, but despite great endeavor, He\ncould not taste them. Such ecstasies are the monopoly of Srimati\nRadharar:-i. Therefore, in order to taste them, Sri Kr�J;�a accepted the position of Srimati Radharar:-i in the form of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 81\n\n�t� ��' ��..,.. ,\n�t� �'Stt't,\n<;�11ff� �f � I\n-.t� � �'tifrlti1,\n�tJ t;!'tt1f �\" �u-.,\n�12tt-'f��fclu tr� n\napane kari' asvadane,\n\nsikhaila bhakta-gaf)e,\n\nprema-cintamaf)ira prabhu dhani\nnahi jane sthanasthana,\n\nyare tare kaila dana,\n\nmahaprabhu-data-siromaf)i\nSYNONYMS\napane-personally; kari'-doing; asvadane-tasting; sikhaila-He taught;\nbhakta-gaf)e-to His direct disciples; prema-cintamaf)ira-of the touchstone\nof love of Godhead; prabhu-the Lord; dhani-capitalist; nahi-does not;\njane-know; sthana-asthana-the proper place or improper place; yare-to\nwhomever; tare-to him; kai /a- made; dana-charity; maha-prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; data-siromaf)i-the most munificent personality.\nTRANSLATION\nBy personally tasting the mellows of love of Godhead, Caitanya\nMahaprabhu taught His direct disciples the process. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu is the most munificent incarnation of the touchstone of love\nof God. He does not consider whether one is a proper or improper recipient, but gives His treasure to anyone and everyone. Thus He is the\nmost munificent.\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's capital is the touchstone of love of Godhead,\nand consequently He is a great owner of that transcendental treasure. After\n\n", "mad1#p0254": "The Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 82]\n\n227\n\nmaking unlimited amounts of gold, the touchstone remains the same.\nSimilarly, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, although distributing love of Godhead\nunlimitedly, still remained the supreme owner of this transcendental opulence. His devotees, who learned it from Him, also had to distribute it munificently all over the world. This Kr�Qa consciousness movement, following in\nthe footsteps of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His confidential devotees, is\nalso trying to distribute love of Godhead all over the world through the\nchanting of the holy names of the Lord- Hare Kr�Qa, Hare Kr�Qa, Kr�Qa\nKr�Qa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nTEXT 82\n\nlfl• •• 'et�·�,\n\nfi i{i �rn �� �\n\n��'f ll�� I\n�i 'fit��<t�t�,\n�f;i 'ft�i i{� �t�f,\n•st '<15fl i{� ��� II \\,'� II\n� 'fi{\n\nei gupta bhava-sindhu,\n\nbrahma na paya eka bindu,\n\nhena dhana vilaila samsare\naiche dayalu avatara,\n\naiche data nahi ara,\n\nguQa keha nare varQibare\nSYNONYMS\nei-this;\n\ngupta-confidential;\n\nbhava-sindhu-ocean\n\nof\n\necstasies;\n\nbrahma-Lord Brahma; na-does not; paya-get; eka-one; bindu-drop;\nhena-such; dhana-wealth; vi/ai/a-distributed; samsare-all over the\nworld; aiche-such; daya/u-merciful; avatara-incarnation; aiche-such;\ndata-charitable donor; nahi-there is not; ara-anyone else; guQa-this\nquality; keha-anyone; nare-not able; varQibare-to describe.\nTRANSLATION\nNo one, not even Lord Brahma, can ascertain or even taste a drop of this\nconfidential ocean of ecstasy, but Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, out of His\ncauseless mercy, has distributed this love of Godhead all over the world.\nThus there cannot be any incarnation more munificent than Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. There is no greater donor. Who can describe His transcendental qualities 1\n\n", "mad1#p0255": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n228\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nTEXT 83\n\n�t'l '� i{1 ��'\n�� <fiQf'l •rr;'(,\n�t� � �G\\!\"-J'SI Jtr I\n'�\\!tift �9fi �ttJ,\n'� � �(;\\! �tJ,\n� -itt' �lf.W�·'�tr n 1r'!) n\nkahibara katha nahe,\n\nkahile keha na bujhaye,\n\naiche citra caitanyera rar'lga\nsei se bujhite pare,\n\ncaitanyera krpa yar'lre,\n\nhaya tatira dasanudasa-sar'lga\n\nSYNONYMS\nkahibara katha nahe-not a subject matter to describe freely; kahile-if\nspoken; keha-someone; na bujhaye\ncitra-wonderful;\npastimes;\n\nsei\n\ncaitanyera-of\n\nse-whoever;\n\n-\n\nSri\n\nnot understands; aiche-in that way;\nCaitanya\n\nbujhite-to\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nunderstand;\n\nrar'lga­\n\npare-is\n\nable;\n\ncaitanyera-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; krpa-the mercy; yatireunto whom; haya-becomes; tar'lra-His; dasa-anudasa-satiga-association\nwith the servant of the servant.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuch topics are not to be discussed freely because if they are, no one\nwill understand them. Such are the wonderful pastimes of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. Unto one\n\nwho is able to understand,\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu has shown mercy by giving him the association of the servant of His own servant.\n\nPURPORT\nAn ordinary person cannot understand the transcendental ecstasies in the\nmode of Srimati Radharar:tT. Unfit persons who utilize them are perverted into\nthe sahajiya, baula and other sampradayas. Thus the teachings are perverted.\nEven learned scholars in the academic field cannot understand the transcendental bliss and ecstasy exhibited by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His pure\ndevotees. One must be fit to understand the purport of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's activities.\n\n", "mad1#p0256": "Text 84]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n229\n\nTEXT 84\n\n�§t�l �t'$1J,\n'��J1-lft11',\nQl� '(� �tttt!J �C:� I\n�tt1 �� � �fif(,\n��1-tl �tft(,\n'fti'StC:'1 fit( �t <;�tll II v8 II\ncaitanya-lila-ratna-sara,\n\nsvarOpera bhaQc;/ara,\n\ntahari kichu ye suniluri,\n\ntaha ihari vistariluri,\n\nteriho thuila raghunathera kat:�the\nbhakta-gaQe diluri ei bhete\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaitanya-lila-the pastimes of Lord Caitanya; ratna-sara-the topmost\n\njewel; sva-rOpera-of SvarOpa Damodara; bhaQc;/ara-of the storehouse;\n\nteriho-he; thuila-kept; raghu-nathera kat:�the-in the throat of Raghunatha\n\ndasa Gosvami; tahari-there; kichu ye-whatever little; suni/uri-1 have\nheard; taha-that only; ihari-in this book; vistari/uri-1 have described;\nbhakta-gaQe-to the pure devotees;\n\ndi/uri-1\n\ngave;\n\nei-this;\n\nbhete­\n\npresentation.\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are the topmost of jewels.\nThey have been kept in the storehouse of Svarupa Damodara Gosvami,\nwho has explained them to Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, who has repeated\nthem to me. Whatever little I have heard from Raghunatha dasa Gosvami I\nhave described in this book, which is presented to all devotees.\nPURPORT\nAll the activities of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu were noted by His personal\nsecretary SvarOpa Damodara and repeated to Raghunatha dasa Gosvami,\nwho memorized them. Whatever Kr�oadasa Kaviraja Gosvami heard is\n\nrecorded in Sri Caitanya-caritam[ta. This is called the parampara system, from\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to Svaropa Damodara to Raghunatha dasa GosvamT\nto Kaviraja GosvamT. Kr�oadasa Kaviraja Gosvami has distributed this informa­\n\ntion in his book Caitanya-caritamrta. In other words, Caitanya-caritamrta is\nthe essence of the instruction given through the parampara system of the dis­\n\nciplic succession stemming from SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad1#p0257": "230\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nTEXT 85\n\n� �� ,.r-.1At,\n� '-..: � �11,\nbJ trti{ W� � I\n�� '� 'C{1RI!,\n�- CfiRf �(i(,\nJt(.fft iltB �'ft\\! II lr� II\nyadi keha hena kaya,\n\ngrantha kaila 5/oka-maya,\n\nitara jane naribe bujhite\nprabhura yei acaraf)a,\n\nsei kari varf)ana,\n\nsarva-citta nari aradhite\n\nSYNONYMS\nyadi-if; keha-someone; hena·-thus; kaya-says; grantha-this book;\n\nkai/a-is made; 5/oka-maya-with various Sanskrit verses; itara,-ordinary;\njan e-persons; naribe bujhite-will not be able to understand; prabhura-of\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yei-whatever; acaraQ a- activities; seithat; kari-1 do; varf)ana-description; sarva-citta-all hearts; nari-1 am\nunable; aradhite-to please.\nTRANSLATION\nIf one says that Sri Caitanya-caritamrta is full of Sanskrit verses and\ntherefore not understandable by a common man, I reply that what I have\ndescribed are the pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and that for me to\nsatisfy everyone is not possible.\nPURPORT\nSrila Kaviraja Gosvami and one who follows in his footsteps do not have to\ncater to the public. Their business is simply to satisfy the previous acaryas and\ndescribe the pastimes of the Lord. One who is able to understand can relish\nthis exalted transcendental literature, which is actually not meant for ordinary\npersons like scholars and literary men. Generally, SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\npastimes recorded in Caitanya-caritamrta are studied in universities and\nscholastic circles from a literary and historical point of view, but actually\nCaitanya-caritamrta is not a subject matter for research workers or literary\n\nscholars. It is simply meant for those devotees who have dedicated their lives\nto the service of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad1#p0258": "Text 86]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n231\n\nTEXT 86\n\nift� �i �t�,\n\n� �ttl �ifc-Af'{,\n� � �r� ��'� 1\n�t�·i �ti �tt�,\n�fif �i mostt\"-t,\n� 'ct!!l �i �ti fil-t� II tr� II\nnahi kahar'l savirodha,\n\nnahi kahan anurodha,\n\nsahaja vastu kari vivaraf)a\nyadi haya ragoddesa,\n\ntahan haye avesa,\n\nsahaja vastu na yaya likhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nnahi-there is not; kahar'l-anywhere; sa-virodha-opposing element;\nnahi-there is not; kahar'l-anywhere; anurodha-acceptance of someone's\noprmon;\n\nsahaja-simple;\n\nvastu-substance;\n\nkari-1\n\ndo;\n\nvivaraQa­\n\ndescription; yadi-if; haya-there is; raga-uddesa-someone's attraction or\nobstruction;\n\ntahar'l-there;\n\nhaye-becoming;\n\navesa-involved;\n\nsahaja­\n\nsimple; vastu-substance; na yaya-is not possible; likhana-the writing.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this Caitanya-caritamrta there is no contradictory conclusion, nor is\nanyone else's opinion accepted. I have written this book to describe the\nsimple substance as I have heard it from superiors. If I become involved in\nsomeone's likes and dislikes, I cannot possibly write the simple truth.\nPURPORT\nThe simplest thing for human beings is to follow their predecessors. Judgment according to mundane senses is not a very easy process. Whatever is\nawakened by attachment to one's predecessor is the way of devotional service as indicated by Sri Caitanya Mahl!.prabhu. The author says, however, that\nhe cannot consider the opinions of those who become attracted or repelled\nby such things, because one cannot write impartially in that way. In other\nwords, the author is stating that he did not inject personal opinion in\nCaitanya-caritamrta. He has simply described his spontaneous understanding\n\nfrom superiors. If he had been carried away by someone's likes and dislikes,\nhe could not have written of such a sublime subject matter in such an easy\n\n", "mad1#p0259": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n232\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 2\n\nway. The actual facts are understandable to real devotees. When these facts\nare recorded, they are very congenial to the devotees, but one who is not a\ndevotee cannot understand. Such is the subject matter for realization. Mundane scholarship and its concomitant attachments and detachments cannot\narouse spontaneous love of Godhead. Such love cannot be described by a\nmundane scholar.\n\nTEXT 87\n\n��\\! ��� <;�1(,\nf<ri �·\"'\\! �li�Rf� I\n� t�fif� a�,\nwrt� wnt tt�,\n���l(i�llb-\"\"\n\n� -.t� � �'\n\nyeba nahi bujhe keha,\n\nsunite sunite seha,\n\nki adbhuta caitanya-carita\nkr�l)e upajibe priti,\n\njanibe rasera riti,\n\nsunilei baqa haya hita\nSYNONYMS\nyeba-whoever; nahi-does not; bujhe-understand; keha-someone;\nsunite\n\nsunit e-hearing\n\nand\n\nhearing;\n\nseha-he;\n\nki-what;\n\nadbhuta­\n\nwonderful; caitanya-carita-pastimes of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkr�l)e-unto\n\nKr�oa;\n\nupajibe-will develop;\n\npriti-love;\n\njanibe-he will\n\nunderstand; rasera-of transcendental mellows; riti-the ways; suni/eisimply by hearing; bac;la-great; haya-there is; hita-benefit.\nTRANSLATION\nIf one does not understand in the beginning but continues to hear again\nand again, the wonderful effects of Lord Caitanya's pastimes will bring\nlove for Knr,a. Gradually one will come to understand the loving affairs\nbetween Kr,r,a and the gopis and other associates of Vrndlvana. Everyone\nis advised to continue to hear over and over again in order to greatly\nbenefit.\nTEXT 88\n\n�t�-<;Jtmt,\n\n'1\\� �t ��� o,\n\n�\\.��tfi � �� I\n\n", "mad1#p0260": "Text 89]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\nw �<15 l� �ttl,\n�t� �1\n\n233\n\n� �-rn 'e� �fif,\n\n� � 1111-\\r II\n\nbhagavata-5/oka-maya,\n\ntika tara samskrta haya,\n\ntabu kaiche bujhe tri-bhuvana\n\nihan 5/oka dui cari,\n\ntara vyakhya bha�a kari,\n\nkene na bujhibe sarva-jana\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhagavata-the Srimad-Bhagavatam; 5/oka-maya-full of Sanskrit verses;\n\ntika-commentaries; tara-of that;\n\nsarilskrta-Sanskrit language; haya­\n\nthere are; tabu-still; kaiche-how; bujhe-understands; tri-bhuvana-the\nwhole world; ihan-in this; 5/oka-verses; dui cari-a few; tara-of them;\n\nvyakhya-explanation; bha�a-in simple language; kari-1 do; kene-why;\n\nna-not; bujhibe-will understand; sarva-jana-all people.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn reply to those critics who say that Sri Caitanya-caritamrta is full of\nSanskrit verses, it can be said that Srimad-Bhagavatam is also full of\nSanskrit verses, as are the commentaries on Srimad-Bhagavatam. Nonetheless, Srimad-Bhagavatam can be understood by everyone, as well as by\nadvanced devotees who study the Sanskrit commentaries. Why, then, will\npeople not understand Caitanya-caritamrta l There are only a few Sanskrit\nverses, and these have been explained in the Bengali vernacular. What is\nthe difficulty in understandingl\nTEXT 89\n\n��� �'$fcj,\n'� � �'1,\n� fu!tfiw! � � I\n-m� �rw ��-�,\n��tfil� �-�,\n�fit lftttl2f� �?tl � II \\r� II\nse�a-lilara sOtra-gaQa,\n\nkailuri kichu vivaraf)a,\n\nihan vistarite citta haya\n\nthake yadi ayub-5eg\n\nvistariba lila-5eg\n\nyadi mahaprabhura krpa haya\n\n", "mad1#p0261": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n234\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nSYNONYMS\nse�a-lilara-of the pastimes at the end; sOtra-gaQa-the codes; kailur'l-1\nhave done; kichu-some; vivaraQa-description; ihar'l-here; vistarite-to\n\nexpand more and more; citta haya-there is a desire; thake-remains; yadiif; ayub-se�a-the end of life; vistariba-1 shall describe; lila-pastimes;\nse�a-at the end; yadi-if; maha-prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahiiprabhu;\nkrpa-mercy; haya-there is.\nTRANSLATION\n\nhave already given in codes all the facts and figures of Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's last pastimes, and I have a desire to describe\nthem elaborately. If I remain longer and am fortunate enough to receive\nthe mercy of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, I shall try to describe them\nagain more elaborately.\nTEXT 90\n\n�\n\n4t'lti\n\n��'\n� � ut'{�'\n1{� � IIJRf� ifl Q I\nen ro�t1t �ti{,\n-n �� ��,\n'5\\fif�'-� � � ll �o II\nami vrddha jaratura,\n\nlikhite kanpaye kara,\n\nmane kichu smaraQa na haya\nna dekhiye nayane,\n\nna suniye sravaQe,\n\ntabu likhi'-e bac;la vismaya\nSYNONYMS\nami-1; vrddha-old man; jara-atura-disturbed by invalidity; likhite-to\nwrite; kar'lpaye-trembles; kara-the hand; mane-in the mind; kichuany; smaraQa-remembrance; na haya-there is not; na dekhiye-1 cannot\nsee; nayane-by the eyes; na suniye-1 cannot hear; sravaQe-with the ears;\ntabu-still; likhi'-writing; e-this; bac;la vismaya-a great wonder.\nTRANSLATION\nI have now become too old and disturbed by invalidity. While writing,\nmy hands tremble. I cannot remember anything, nor can I see or hear\nproperly. Still I write, and this is a great wonder.\n\n", "mad1#p0262": "Text 92]\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\n235\n\nTEXT 91\n\n\"�- <e«<J�'11·111J,\n\n�· �'\n\"ft' � \"ft( Clef'� I\nb1·1fro 1lft ��,\nClf'tt� �1 � ��'\n�- � ft''St'l·lfi{ II � � II\nei antya-lila-sara,\n\nsOtra-madhye vistara,\n\nkari' kichu karilun var(lana\niha-madhye mari yabe,\n\nvarQite na pari tabe,\n\nei lila bhakta-gaQa-dhana\nSYNONYMS\nei antya-lila-sara-the essence of the antya-lila (Lord Caitanya's pastimes\nat the end); sutra-madhye-in the codes; vistara-expansion; kari'-doing;\nkichu-something; karilun varQana-have described; iha-madhye-in the\nmeantime; mari-1 die; yabe-whe n; varQite-to describe; na pari-not\nable; tabe-then ; ei lila\n\n-\n\nthese pastimes; bhakta-gaQa-dhana-the treasure\n\nof the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this chapter I have to some extent described the essence of the\npastimes of Lord Caitanya at the end. If I die in the meantime and cannot\ndescribe them in detail, at least the devotees will have this transcendental\ntreasure.\nTEXT 92\n\n11�t'lit9l � � '�\"'\n� ...1 � fitf'f'J,\n�'St �� \"ft� mt1f I\n�i2ft.J �� .:ti,\n�fir �I!� fimt,\n� •ft' � f.wB II� II\nsank�epe ei sutra kaila,\n\nyei ihan na likhi/a,\n\nage taha kariba vistara\nyadi tata dina jiye,\n\nmahaprabhura krpa haye,\n\niccha bhari' kariba vicara\n\n", "mad1#p0263": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n236\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarik�epe-in brief; ei sutra-these codes; kai/a-1 have made; yeiwhatever; ihari-in this; na /ikhi/a-1 could not write; age-in the future;\ntaha-that;\nmany;\n\nkariba-1 shall make;\n\ndina-days;\n\nvistara-expansion;\n\nlive;\n\njiye-1\n\nyadi-if; tata-so\n\nmaha-prabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; krpa-the mercy; haye-there is; iccha bhari'-satisfying the\ndesire; kariba-1 shall do; vicara-consideration.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this chapter I have briefly described the codes. Whatever I have not\ndescribed I shall describe extensively in the future. If, by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's mercy, I live for so many days that I can fulfill my desires, I\nwill give full consideration to these pastimes.\n\nTEXT 93\n\n�·1 � llR'I,\n\n�$��'Sf'!,\n\n��ttl�� �t� I\n\nq<?t-<;�$11' 11�,\n11i'Pt-J\\ift.. l!fttil �'\n� fitf't' � �111 � II �� II\nchota bac;fa bhakta-gat)a,\n\nvandori sabara sri-caraf)a,\n\nsabe more karaha santo�a\nsvarupa-gosafiira mata,\n\nrupa-raghunatha jane yata,\n\ntai likhi' nahi mora do�a\nSYNONYMS\nchota-smal l ; bac;/a-great; bhakta-gaQa-devotees; vandori-1 worship;\n\nsabara-all of them; sri-caraQa-the lotus feet; sabe-all of you; more-unto\nme; karaha-please do; santo�a-satisfaction ; sva-riipa-gosafiira mata-the\nview\n\nof\n\nSvarupa\n\nDamodara\n\nGosvami;\n\nrupa-raghu-natha-ROpa\n\nand\n\nRaghunatha; jane-know; yata-all; tai-that; likhi'-writing; nahi-there is\nnot; mora-my; do�a-fault\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI worship herewith the lotus feet of all kinds of devotees, both advanced and neophyte. I request all of them to be satisfied with me. I am\nfaultless because I have written herein whatever I have understood from\n\n", "mad1#p0264": "Text 94]\n\n237\n\nThe Ecstatic Manifestations of Lord Caitanya\n\nSvarupa Damodara Gosvami and Rupa and Raghunatha dasa Gosvamis. I\nhave neither added nor subtracted from their version.\nPURPORT\nAccording to Srila Bhaktisiddhiinta Sarasvati \"fhiikura, there are three kinds\nof devotees, known as bhajana-vijna (experts in devotional service), bhajanasila (devotees engaged in devotional service), and kr�Qa-name dik�ita kr�Qanamakari (initiated devotees engaged in chanting). The author of Caitanyacaritamrta begs the mercy of all these devotees and asks them to be pleased\nwith him. He says, \"Let the neophyte devotees-the devotees who are very\nexpert in arguing though they have no sense of advanced devotional service,\nwho think themselves very advanced because they imitate some smartabrahmaQa-let such devotees not be displeased with me, thinking that I have\ncommitted errors in this regard. I beg their pardon with great humility, but I\nam submitting that I personally have no desire to add or subtract anything. I\nhave only written what I have heard in the disciplic succession because I am\ndedicated to the lotus feet of previous acaryas like SvarCipa Damodara,\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami and RCipa Gosvami. I have only written what I\nhave learned from them:'\nTEXT 94\n\n-�., �J�,\n��Qtflf '\"'1\"''\n����'R''11\nlilt�, fi'Pf, ��'\n11'li\\� .R'1,\n'i['l �1 �� �'1 II �8 II\nsri-caitanya, nityananda,\n\nadvaitadi bhakta-vrnda,\n\nsire dhari sabara caraQa\nsvarupa, rOpa, sanatana,\n\nraghu nathera sri-caraQa,\n\ndha/i karon mastake bhD�aQa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-caitanya-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nnityananda-Lord\n\nNityananda\n\nPrabhu; advaita-adi bhakta-vrnda-as well as personalities like Advaita\nAciirya and all the devotees; sire-on my head; dhari-taking; sabara-of all;\ncaraQa-the lotus feet; sva- rupa-Srila SvarCipa Diimodara GosviimT; rupa­\n\nSrila RCipa Gosviimi; sanatana-SrTia Saniitana Gosviimi; ragh u -nathera-of\n\n", "mad1#p0265": "238\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nSrila Raghunatha Gosvami; sri-caraQa-the lotus feet; dha li-du st; karon-1\ndo; mastake-on my head; bhu�Qa-decoration.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAccording to the parampara system, I wish to take the dust from the\nlotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Nityananda Prabhu, Advaita\nPrabhu, and all the associates of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu like Svarupa\nDamodara, Rupa Gosvami and Sanatana Gosvami and Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami. I wish to take the dust of their lotus feet upon my head. In this\nway I wish to be blessed with their mercy.\nTEXT 95\n\n'Pf't�1 �tJ �twl�,\n� ��'Sttt,\n�·1 �tJ 11._-tl �tff'f'Pf I\n\n�.r.n�-�-\n\n..� c.fl�\n\n�\"k\n\nl!tJ -.tt1 � \"5ft, II �� II\n\npana yar'lra ajfia-dhana,\n\nvrajera vai�Qava-gaQa,\n\nvandor'l tar'lra mukhya haridasa\ncaitanya-vilasa-sindhu-\n\nkallolera eka bindu,\n\ntara kaQa kahe kr�Qadasa\n\nSYNONYMS\npana-getting;\n\nyanra-whose;\n\najfia-dhana-order;\n\nvrajera-of\n\nVrndavana; vai�Qava-gaQa-all the Vai�Qavas; vandor'l-1 worship; tar'lra-of\nthem; mukhya-the chief; hari-das a-Haridas a; caitanya-vilasa-sindhu-of\nthe ocean of the pastimes of Lord Caitanya; kallolera eka bindu-one drop of\none wave; tara-of it; kaQa-a particle only; kahe-describes; kr�Qa-dasaKr�Qadasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\n\nTRANSLATION\nReceiving orders from the above authorities and the Vai,r:-avas of\nVrndavana, especially from Haridasa, the priest of Govindaji, I, Kr,r,adasa\nKaviraja Gosvami, have tried to describe one small particle of one drop of\none wave of the ocean of the pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\nMadhya-lila, Second Chapter, describing the ecstatic manifestations of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad1#p0266": "CHAPTER 3\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\nStay at the House of Advaita Acarya\nIn his Amrta-pravaha-bha�ya, SrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura gives the following\nsummary study of the Third Chapter. After accepting the sannyasa order at\nKatwa, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu traveled continuously for three days in the\nRa<;lha-desa and, by the trick of Nityananda Prabhu, eventually came to the\nwestern side of Santipura. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was induced to believe\nthat the River Ganges was the Yamuna. When He was worshiping the sacred\nriver, Advaita Prabhu appeared with a boat. Advaita Prabhu asked Him to\ntake His bath in the Ganges and took Him to His own house. There, at the\nhouse of Advaita Prabhu, all the NavadvTpa devotees, along with mother\nSacTdevT, came to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. This house was located at\nSantipura. Mother SacTdevT cooked for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Nityananda Prabhu, and at that time there were many joking exchanges between\nAdvaita Prabhu and Nityananda Prabhu. In the evening there was a mass\nsar'lkfrtana at the house of Advaita Prabhu, and mother SacTdevT gave Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu permission to leave. She requested Him to make Jagannatha Purr, NTiacala, His headquarters. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu granted His\nmother's request and, followed by Nityananda, Mukunda, Jagadananda and\nDamodara, left Santipura. Bidding farewell to mother SacTdevT, they all proceeded toward Jagannatha Purr, following the path of Chatrabhoga.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�� �t«.�� .. ,,.�\n\n��il� ·��ifl � �: I\nf1tJ i!!i�Jt -tt�1_�Rt1i\n'l\"ttlf ��f� �� �Mill ) \"\nnyasaril vidhayotpraQayo 'tha gauro\nvrndavanaril gantu-mana bhramad yal)\nraghe bhraman santi-purfm ayitva\nlalasa bhaktair iha tam nato 'smi\n\n239\n\n", "mad1#p0267": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n240\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\nnyasam-the\n\nregular\n\nritualistic\n\nceremonies\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nsannyasa order;\n\nvidhaya-after accepting; utpraf)ayab-arousal of intense love for Kr�oa;\natha-thus; gaurab-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vrndavanam-to Vrndavana;\ngantu-manab-thinking of going; bhramat-apparently by mistake; yabwho; rar;lhe-in the tract of land known as Rac;lha; bhraman-wandering;\nsanti-purlm-to Santipura; ayitva-going; tatasa-enjoyed; bhaktaib-with\nthe devotees; iha-here; tam-unto Him; natab asmi-1 offer my respectful\nobeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter accepting the sannyasa order of life, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nout of intense love for Kr�l')a, wanted to go to Vrndavana, but apparently\nby mistake He wandered in the Ra�ha-desa. Later He arrived at Santipura\nand enjoyed Himself there with His devotees. I offer my respectful obeisances to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 2\n\n� � ��tJ� f��\"f I\n�fief� ,���\"f II� II\njaya jaya srf-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaitacandra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; srf-caitanya-to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\njaya-all glories; nityananda-to Lord Nityananda Prabhu; jaya-all glories;\nadvaita-candra-to Sri Advaita\n\nGosaiii;\n\njaya-all glories;\n\ngaura-bhakta­\n\nvrnda-to the devotees of Lord Caitanya.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Nityananda! All\nglories to Advaita Prabhu! And all glories to the devotees of Lord\nCaitanya, headed by Srivasa!\nTEXT 3\n\n� �e.��-�� ���·1ft� I\n'!tl �ii9f\"' � �fiftn �IJPf II �II\n\n", "mad1#p0268": "Text 41\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita AcMya\n\n241\n\ncabbisa vatsara-se�a yei magha-masa\ntara sukla-pak�e prabhu karila sannyasc1\nSYNONYMS\ncabbisa-twenty-fourth; vatsara-of the year; se�a-at the end; yeithat; magha-masa-the month of Magha (January and February); tara-of\nthat; sukla-pak�e-in the waxing period of the moon; prabhu-the Lord;\nkari/a-accepted; sannyasa-the sannyasa order of life.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the end of His twenty-fourth year, in the month of Magha, Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu accepted the sannyasa order during the waxing\n\nperiod of the moon.\n\nTEXT 4\n\n'IIJt� �ft' G;�1t� �fill'fl ���I\n\n�-�� � fir� <!Sf'Pri �If II 8 II\nsannyasa kari' premavese calila vrndavana\nragha-dese tina dina kari/a bhramaf)a\nSYNONYMS\nsannyasa kari'-after accepting the sannyasa order; prema-avese-in intense love for Kr�Qa; ca/i/a-proceeded; vrndavana-toward Vrndavanadhama; ragha-dese-in the tract of land known as Ra<;lha; tina dinacontinuously for three days; karila-did; bhramaf)a-wandering.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter accepting the sannyasa order, Caitanya Mahaprabhu, out of in­\n\ntense love for Kf�Qa, started for Vrndavana. However, He mistakenly wan­\n\ndered about in a trance continuously for three days in the tract of land\n\nknown as Rac;fha-desa.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word Ra<;lha-desa comes from the word ra�tra, or \"state�' From ra�tra\nthe perverted word ragha has come. The part of Bengal on the western side\nof the Ganges is known as Ra<;lha-desa. Another name is PauQ<;lra-desa. The\nword pauf){ira is a perverted form of the word pengo. It appears that the\ncapital of RaWa-desa was situated in that part of Bengal.\n\n", "mad1#p0269": "242\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 5\n\n�� � �f�' 121'. �lt� �� I\n�t\\! �il ,<15'1 � 1f'tf·�tl'f II <t II\nei sloka pac;li' prabhu bhavera avese\nbhramite pavitra kaila saba rac;lha-dese\nSYNONYMS\n\nei s/oka-thi s verse; pac;li'-reciting; prabhu-the Lord; bhavera-of\necstasy; avese-in a condition; bh rami te-wandering; pavit ra-pu rified;\nkai/a-did; saba rac;lha-dese-all of the tract of land known as Ra <,J ha-desa.\nTRANSLATION\nPassing through the tract of land known as Raf;lha-desa, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu recited the following verse in ecstasy.\nTEXT 6\n\n�'!l� \"Jl �t�til 9f·�rt�f-18t1lll:Jlf\"Jl'!l� �-.j��: 1\n\\!II�� '!fi!\"9Jl����9fl�� '!\"C11:1 ·�::�l�,_,folt\"lf�h� 1/�H\netam sa asthaya paratma-ni�tham\nadhyasitam parvatamair mahadbhib\naham tari�yami duranta-param\n\ntamo mukundanghri-ni�evayaiva\nSYNONYMS\n\netam-th i s; sab -such ; asthaya-being completely fixed in; para-atmani� tha m-devotion to the Supreme Person, Kr�r;�a; adhyasitam-worshiped;\npurvatamail)-by previous; mahadbhil)-acaryas; aham-1; ta ri�yami-shall\ncross over; duranta-param-the insurmountable; tamab -the ocean of nescience; mukunda-atighri-of the lotus feet of Mukunda; ni�evaya-by worship; eva-certainly.\nTRANSLATION\n[As a brahmaQa from Avanti-desa said:] \"I shall cross over the insurmountable ocean of nescience by being firmly fixed in the service of the\nlotus feet of Kf�Qa. This was approved by the previous acaryas, who were\n\n", "mad1#p0270": "Text 6]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Aclrya\n\n243\n\nfixed in firm devotion to the Lord, Paramatma, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead:'\nPURPORT\n\nIn connection with this verse, which is a quotation from SrimadBhagavatam (11.23.58), SrTia Bhaktisiddhiinta Sarasvati Thiikura says that of\n\nthe sixty-four items required for rendering devotional service, acceptance of\nthe symbolic marks of sannyasa is a regulative principle. If one accepts the\n\nsannyasa order, his main business is to devote his life completely to the ser­\n\nvice of Mukunda, Kr�!Ja. If one does not completely devote his mind and\n\nbody to the service of the Lord, he does not actually become a sannyasi. It is\nnot simply a matter of changing dress. In Bhagavad-git.a (6.1) it is also stated,\n\nanasritab karma-phalaril karyaril karma karoti yal)lsa sannyasi ca yogi ca: one\n\nwho works devotedly for the satisfaction of Kr�Da is a sannyasi. The dress is\nnot sannyasa, but the attitude of service to Kr�Da is.\n\nThe word paratma-ni�tha means being a devotee of Lord Kr�!Ja. Paratma,\n\nthe Supreme Person, is Kr�Da Tsvarab parama/:1 kr�Qa/:1 sac-cid-ananda­\n\nvigrahal). Those who are completely dedicated to the lotus feet of Kr�Da in\n\nservice are actually sannyasis. As a matter of formality, the devotee accepts\nthe sannyasa dress as previous acaryas did. He also accepts the three daf)gas.\n\nLater Vi�!JusvamT considered that accepting the dress of a tri-daf)giwas parat­\n\nma-ni�tha. Therefore sincere devotees add another daf)ga, the jiva-daf)ga, to\n\nthe three existing daf)gas. The Vai�r;1ava sannyasi is known as a tridaf)gi-san­\n\nnyasi. The Miiyiiviidi sannyasi accepts only one daf)ga, not understanding the\n\npurpose of tri-daf)ga. Later, many persons in the community of Siva SvamT\n\ngave up the atma-ni�tha (devotional service) of the Lord and followed the\n\npath of Sar'lkaraciirya. Instead of accepting 108 names, those in the Siva\n\nSviimT-sampradiiya follow the path of Sar'lkariiciirya and accept the ten names\n\nof sannyasa. Although SrT Caitanya Mahiiprabhu accepted the then-existing\norder of sannyasa (namely eka-daf)ga), He still recited a verse from Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam about the tridaf)ga-sannyasa accepted by the brahmaf)a of\n\nAvantTpura. Indirectly He declared that within that eka-daf)ga, one daf)ga,\n\nfour daf)gas existed as one. Accepting ekadaf)ga-sannyasa without paratma­\n\nni�tha (devotional service to Lord Kr�Da) is not acceptable to SrT Caitanya\n\nMahiiprabhu. In addition, according to the exact regulative principles, one\n\nshould add the jiva-daf)ga to the tri-daf)ga. These four daf)gas, bound\n\ntogether as one, are symbolic of unalloyed devotional service to the Lord. Because the ekadaQQi-sannyasTs of the �yavada school are not devoted to the\nservice of Kr�Da, they try to merge into the Brahman effulgence, which is a\nmarginal position between material and spiritual existence. They accept this\n\n", "mad1#p0271": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n244\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nimpersonal position as liberation. Mayavadi sannyasls, not knowing that Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was a tri-daQ<;/1, think of Caitanya Mahaprabhu as an\n\nekadaQ<;ii-sannyasl. This is due to their vivarta, bewilderment. In SrlmadBhagavatam there is no such thing as an ekadaQ<;ii-sannyasl; indeed, the tridaQ<;ii-sannyasl is accepted as the symbolic representation of the sannyasa\norder. By citing this verse from Srlmad-Bhagavatam, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\naccepted the sannyasa order recommended in Srlmad-Bhagavatam. The\nMayavadT sannyasls, who are enamored of the external energy of the Lord,\ncannot understand the mind of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTo date, all the devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, following in His\n\nfootsteps, accept the sannyasa order and keep the sacred thread and tuft of\n\nunshaved hair. The ekadaQ<;ii-sannyasls of the MayavadT school give up the\nsacred thread and do not keep any tuft of hair. Therefore they are unable to\n\nunderstand the purport of tridaf)<;ia-sannyasa, and as such they are not in­\n\nclined to dedicate their lives to the service of Mukunda. They simply think of\nmerging into the existence of Brahman because of their disgust with material\n\nexistence. The acaryas who advocate the daiva-varf)asrama (the social order\n\nof catur-varf)yam mentioned in Bhagavad-grta) do not accept the proposition\nof asura-varf)asrama, which maintains that the social order of varf)a is indi­\n\ncated by birth.\nThe\n\nmost\n\nintimate\n\ndevotee\n\nof\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu,\n\nnamely\n\nGadadhara Pat:�c;lita, accepted tridaf)<;ia-sannyasa and also accepted Madhava\nUpadhyaya as his tridaf)<;ii-sannyasl disciple.\n\nIt is said that from this\n\nMadhavacarya the sampradaya known in western India as the Vallabhacarya­\n\nsampradaya has begun. Srila Gopala Bhatta Bose, who is known as a smrty­\n\nacarya in the Gauc;liya-Vai�r;�ava-sampradaya, later accepted the tridaf)<;ia-sannyasa order from Tridat:�c;lipada Prabodhananda Sarasvati. Although acceptance of tridaf)<;ia-sannyasa is not distinctly mentioned in the GauQiya\nVai�r;�ava literature, the first verse of Srila ROpa Gosvami's Upadesamrta advocates that one should accept the tridaf)<;ia-sannyasa order by controlling the\n\nsix forces:\n\nvaco vegaril manasal) krodha-vegaril\njihva-vegam udaropastha-vegam\netan vegan yo vi$aheta dhrrab\nsarvam aplmaril prthivlril sa 5i$yat\n\"One who can control the forces of speech, mind, anger, belly, tongue and\n\ngenitals is known as a gosvaml and is competent to accept disciples all over\n\nthe world:' The followers of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu never accepted the\nMayavada order of sannyasa, and for this they cannot be blamed. Sri Caitanya\n\n", "mad1#p0272": "Text 8]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n245\n\nMahaprabhu accepted Sridhara Svami, who was a tridaQ{Ii-sannyasi, but the\nMayavadi sannyasis, not understanding Sridhara Svami, sometimes think that\nSridhara Svami belonged to the Mayavada ekadaQ{Ia-sannyasa community.\nActually this was not the case.\nTEXT 7\n\n� ��,-�\\.�- f•� <15� I\n�'It '�·R �'I �(\"llfct ll 'l ll\nprabhu kahe, -sadhu ei bhik�ura vacana\nmukunda sevana-vrata kaila nirdharaQa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; sadhu-very much purified; ei-this; bhik�ura-of the mendicant; vacana-words; mukunda-Lord Kr�l)a; sevana-vrata-decision to serve; kaila-made; nirdharaQa-indication\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu approved the purport of this verse on account\nof the determination of the mendicant devotee to engage in the service of\nLord Mukunda. He gave His approval of this verse, indicating that it was\nvery good.\n\nTEXT 8\n\n9f�·�·1ftil c;�·�IJ I\n'!_!:'If-�� Q ���·'!\"llf't II\"' II\nparatma-ni�tha-matra ve�a-dharaQa\nmukunda-sevaya haya sarhsara-taraQa\nSYNONYMS\npara-atma-ni�tha-matra-only for the determination to serve Kr�l)a; ve�adharaQa-changing the dress;\n\nmukunda-sevaya-by serving Mukunda;\n\nhaya-there is; samsara-taraQa-liberation from this material bondage.\nTRANSLATION\nThe real purpose of accepting sannyasa is to dedicate oneself to the\nservice of Mukunda. By serving Mukunda, one can actually be liberated\nfrom the bondage of material existence.\n\n", "mad1#p0273": "246\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nPURPORT\nIn this connection, Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura says that Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu accepted the sannyasa order and recommended the determination of the AvantTpura bhik?U to engage in the service of Mukunda. He accepted the brahmaQa's version due to his determination to serve Mukunda.\nThe sannyasi dress is actually an attraction for material formality. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu did not like such formality, but He wanted the essence of itservice to Mukunda. Such determination in any condition is paratma-ni?tha.\nThat is required. The conclusion is that the sannyasa order depends not on\nthe dress but the determination to serve Mukunda.\nTEXT 9\n\n� '� �' �� �� Ht�11\n\"f�tt � fertt� �f1m1 II � II\nsei ve?a kaila, ebe vrndavana giya\n\nkr?Qa-ni?eVaQa kari nibhrt e vasiya\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that;\n\nve?a-dress;\n\nkai/a-accepted;\n\nebe-now;\n\nvrndavana-to\n\nVrndavana-dhama; giya-going; kr?Qa-ni?eVaQa-service to the Lord; kari-1\nshall execute; nibhrte-in a solitary place; vasiya-sitting.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter accepting the sannyasa order, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu decided\nto go to Vrndavana and engage Himself wholly and solely in the service of\nMukunda in a solitary place.\nTEXT 10\n\n<JJ� �,it�� '�m � 1\n��fif�-wt� �' f\"�1�ffl·fif� 11 )o 11\neta bali' cafe prabhu, premonmadera cihna\ndik-vidik-jnana nahi, kiba ratri-dina\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; cafe prabhu-the Lord began to proceed; prema-unmadera c ihna -the symptoms of ecstatic love; dik-vidik-jnana-knowledge\n\n", "mad1#p0274": "Lord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\nText 12]\n\n247\n\nof the right direction or wrong direction; nahi-there is not; kiba-whether;\n\nratri-dina- night or day.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was en route to Vrndavana, all the ecstatic\nsymptoms became manifest, and He did not know in which direction He\nwas going, nor did He know whether it was day or night.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n���\"'' �wt11n, '1-�,-f!ill!lfilt\n�-9ltti:·9f'tt� �til �t� 'St1filll ��\"\nnityananda, acaryaratna, mukunda, -tina jan a\nprabhu-pache-pache tine karena gamana\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda-Nityananda Prabhu; acarya-ratna -Candra.Sekhara; mukunda-and\n\nMukunda;\n\ntina jana-three\n\npersons;\n\nprabhu-pache-pache­\n\nfollowing the Lord; tine-all three of them; karena gamana-go.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went toward Vrndavana, Nityananda\nPrabhu, Candra5ekhara and Prabhu Mukunda followed Him.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n����oo;�,�����l\n02Pflt'i!IQ't '�ff' �' � �:-t·� II �� II\nyei yei prabhu dekhe, sei sei /aka\npremavese 'hari' bale, khar:u;ie duf:!kha-soka\n\nSYNONYMS\nyei yei- whoeve r; prabhu-the Lord; dekhe-sees; sei sei /aka- those\npersons; prema-avese-in the ecstasy of love; hari bale-e xcla i m \"Hari\";\n\nkhar:u;ie - pass over; du/:lkha-soka-all kinds of material unhappiness and\nlamentation.\n\n", "mad1#p0275": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n248\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu passed through the Ra�ha-desa,\nwhoever saw Him in ecstasy exclaimed, \"Hari! Hari!\" As they chanted\nthis with the Lord, all the unhappiness of material existence diminished.\nTEXT 13\n\n<;1t1�-� � � Ofr.!Vll\n\n,�, 'm' �f\"' �Stt� � mVJ \" �� \"\ngopa-balaka saba prabhuke dekhiya\n'hari' 'hari' bali' c;fake ucca kariya\nSYNONYMS\ngopa-balaka saba-all the cowherd boys; prabhuke dekhiya-seeing the\nLord; hari hari ba/i'-vibrating the sounds \"Hari Hari\"; c;fake-shout; ucca\nkariya -loudly.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the cowherd boys who saw Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu passing joined\nwith Him and began to shout loudly, \"Hari! Hari!\"\nTEXT 14\n\n��' 1!\"1-'RtJ fil�l} <;'St'li <;'St)�� I\n'�' '�11' � �� fiatt1f � 'ffJ' II � 8 II\nsuni' ta-sabara nikata gela gaurahari\n'bala' 'bala' bale sabara sire hasta dhari'\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing;\n\nta-sabara-of all of them; nikata-near; gela-went;\n\ngaura-hari-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bala bala-go on speaking, go on\nspeaking; bale-He said; sabara-of all of them; sire hasta dhari'-keeping\nHis hand on their heads.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen He heard all the cowherd boys also chanting \"Hari! Hari!\" Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was very pleased. He approached them, put His\nhand on their heads and said, \"Go on chanting like that!'\n\n", "mad1#p0276": "Text 17)\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Adrya\n\n249\n\nTEXT 15\n\n1!'1'·� .� �,--(;'!� <et�Rtill\n\n�( mt'f <;1ltt1f �-«�1 -� \" �Q' u\nta'-sabara stuti kare,-tomara bhagyavan\nkrtartha karile more sunafla hari-nama\nSYNONYMS\nta'-sabara-of all of them; stuti kare-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu praised\nthe behavior; tamara-you; bhagyavan-fortunate; krta-artha-successful;\nkarile-you have made; more-to Me; sunafla-by chanting; hari-namathe holy name of Lord Hari.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu thus blessed them all, saying that they were\nall fortunate. In this way He praised them , and He felt very successful because they chanted the holy name of Lord Hari.\nTEXT 16\n\n�t� 1!'1� �, �tf' fim'til\"f I\n\nfit� ��mf � �·\" ��\"\ngupte ta-sabake ani' thakura nityananda\nsikhaila sabakare kariya prabandha\nSYNONYMS\ngupte-in confidence; ta-sabake-unto all the cowherd boys; ani'-taking\nthem;\n\nthakura\n\nnityananda-Nityananda\n\nThakura;\n\nsikhai/a-instructed;\n\nsabakare-all of them; kariya prabandha-by making a reasonable story.\nTRANSLATION\nCalling all the boys in confidence and telling a reasonable story, Nityananda Prabhu instructed them � follows.\nTEXT 17\n\n��'f � � (;'!11itt1f I\n-s�t�'ll-� � �� �mf \" �\" \"\n\n", "mad1#p0277": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n250\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nvrndavana-patha prabhu puchena tomare\nganga-tira-patha tabe dekhaiha tanre\nSYNONYMS\n\nvrndavana-patha-the path to Vrndavana; prabhu-the Lord; puchenainquires; tomare-from you; ganga-tira-patha-the path on the bank of the\nGanges; tabe-at that time; dekhaiha- please show; tatire-Him.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asks you about the path to Vrndavana,\nplease show Him the path on the bank of the Ganges instead!'\nTEXTS 18-19\n\n� ��,-'��, filt�'St't I\n�� �' � �tflt ���'II �lr II\nfilt� Jl� '51�1f�Q{ Cif�'f I\n� �Qf �Qiltwt � 'St1l'i' �� II �� II\n�\n\ntabe prabhu puchilena,- 'suna, sisu-gal)a\nkaha dekhi, kon pathe yaba vrndavana'\nsisu saba ganga-tira-patha dekhaila\nsei pathe avese prabhu gamana karila\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-thereafter; prabhu-the Lord; puchi/ena-inquired ; suna-hear;\nsisu-gaQa-0 boys; kaha dekhi- pl ease tell Me; kon pathe-in which way;\nyaba-1 shall go; vrndavana-to Vrndavana; sisu-the boys; saba- all;\nganga-tira-patha-the path on the bank of the Ganges; de khaila-showed ;\nsei-that; pathe-on the path; avese-in ecstasy; prabhu-the Lord;\ngamana karila-went.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen\n\nthe\n\ncowherd\n\nboys\n\nwere\n\nquestioned\n\nby\n\nLord\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu about the path to Vrndavana, the boys showed Him the path\non the bank of the Ganges, and the Lord went that way in ecstasy.\n\n", "mad1#p0278": "Text 22]\n\n251\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Adrya\nTEXT 20\n\n�t�1�'!1t'I'SI � fifi!J�<;'Stt'rt� I\nlt!t � t:t_fif �-� itflftl \" � \"\n0\n\nacaryaratnere kahe nityananda-gosani\nsighra yaha tumi advaita-acaryera tha.ni\n\nSYNONYMS\nacarya-ratnere-to\n\nCandra.Sekhara\n\nAcarya;\n\nkahe-said;\n\nnityananda­\n\ngosani-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; sighra-immediately; yaha-go; tumiyou; advaita-acaryera thani-to the place of Advaita Acarya.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs the Lord proceeded along the bank of the Ganges, Sri Nityananda\nPrabhu requested Acaryaratna [Candra5ekhara Acarya] to go immediately\nto the house of Advaita Acarya.\nTEXT 21\n\n�! \"t1t � � �� 'lffitt! I\n'It�� 11� � �1 'f<fll1 �!II ��II\nprabhu faye yaba ami tanhara mandire\nsavadhane rahena yena nauka lana tire\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu /aye-taking the Lord; yaba-shall go; ami-1; ta.nhara-of Him;\nmandire-to the house; savadhane-very carefully; rahena-let Him stay;\nyena-there; nauka-boat; /ana-taking; tire-on the bank.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri\n\nNityananda\n\nGosvami\n\ntold\n\nhim:\n\n\"I\n\nshall\n\ntake\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu to the bank of the Ganges at Santipura, and Advaita Acarya\nshould carefully stay there on shore with a boat.\nTEXT 22\n\ne{� � � '$f1fi{ I\n�-'1� \"�1 ���'Stet \" �� \"\n\nt:!t�\n\n", "mad1#p0279": "Sri Caitanya- caritamrta\n\n252\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\ntabe navaavipe tumi kariha gamana\nsaci-saha lana aisa saba bhakta-gaQa\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; nava-dvipe-to Navadvipa; tumi-you; kariha-should\ndo; gamana-going; saci-saha-mother\n\n5 aci;\n\n/ana-taking along; aisa­\n\ncome back; saba bhakta-gaQa-all the devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"After that,\" Nityananda Prabhu continued, \"I shall go to Advaita\nAcarya's house, and you should go to Navadvipa and return with mother\nSaci and all the other devotees!'\nTEXT 23\n\ntita �itb1 f�Jti{\"f �� I\n\n�� �'Sf �tfit' flf'l' � II �oe> II\ntalire pathaiya nityananda mahasaya\nmahaprabhura age asi' dila paricaya\n\nSYNONYMS\ntal'lre-him;\n\npathaiya-sending;\n\nnityananda-Lord Nityananda;\n\nmaha­\n\nasaya-the great personality; maha-prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nage-in front; asi'-coming; di/a-gave; paricaya-introduction.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter\n\nsending\n\nAcaryaratna to the house of Advaita Acarya, Sri\n\nNityananda Prabhu went before Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and gave\nnotice of His coming.\nTEXT 24\n\n� �,-1\\�, <;1!11rt1f �t-m\"' '$f1fi{ I\n1\\� \"'r;�, �Pmf 'ltiP � � II �8 II\nprabhu kahe, -sripada, tamara kothake gamana\nsripada kahe, tamara sange yaba vrndavana\n\n", "mad1#p0280": "Text 26]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acatya\n\n253\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord inquired; sri-pada-sir; tamara-of You; kothakewhere;\n\ngamana-going;\n\ntamara-You;\n\nsri-pada\n\nsar'lge-with;\n\nkahe-Nityananda\n\nyaba-1\n\nshall\n\nPrabhu\n\nreplied;\n\ngo;\n\nvrndavana-toward\n\nand\n\nHe asked where\n\nVrndavana.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\n\nwas in ecstasy,\n\nNityananda Prabhu was going. Nityananda replied that He was going with\nHim toward Vrndavana.\nTEXT 25\n\n��,-���t���l\n�1 ��,-�1 �t. �i{ II �t II\nprabhu kahe, -kata dare ache vrndavana\nter'lho kahena, -kara ei yamuna darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord replied; kata dure-how far; ache-there is;\nvrndavana-Vrndavana-dhama; ter'lho kahena-He replied; kara-just do;\nei-this; yamuna- Y amuna River; dara5ana-seeing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord asked Nityananda Prabhu how far it was to Vrndavana,\nNityananda replied, \"Just see! Here is the River Yamuna!'\nTEXT 26\n\n�\\! �' � �ttl 'St1fi-�ft�ttill\n\n�1,<110't � � 'SI���1·efttl{ II �� II\neta bali' ani/a tar'lre gar'lga-sannidhane\navese prabhura hai/a gar'lgare yamuna-jflane\n\nSYNONYMS\neta\n\nba/i'-saying\n\nthis;\n\nani/a-He\n\nnidhane-near the Ganges;\n\nbrought;\n\ntar'lre-Him;\n\nganga-san­\n\navese-in ecstasy; prabhura-of the Lord;\n\n", "mad1#p0281": "254\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nhaila-there\n\nwas;\n\ngarigare-of\n\nthe\n\nRiver\n\nGanges;\n\nyamuna-jflane­\n\nacceptance as the River Yamuna.\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, Nityananda Prabhu took Caitanya Mahaprabhu near the\nGanges, and the Lord, in His ecstasy, accepted the River Ganges as the\nRiver Yamuna.\nTEXT 27\n\n�t� �tm, �t1f �( �pt� 1\ntfl\\! �fif' �\\_ernf �rei � II �\" II\naho bhagya, yamunare pailuri darasana\neta bali' yamunara karena stavana\nSYNONYMS\naho bhagya-oh, My great fortune; yamunare-of the River Y amuna;\npai/uri-1\n\nhave gotten;\n\ndarasana-vision;\n\neta\n\nbali'-after saying this;\n\nyamunara-of the River Yamuna; karena-does; stavana-praising.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord said: \"Oh, what good fortune! Now I have seen the River\nYamuna:' Thus thinking the Ganges to be the River Yamuna, Caitanya\nMahaprabhu began to offer prayers to it.\nTEXT 28\n\nfrn\"l�tr-m ijifi \"l\"ow��on:\n\n9f·�rc·��9fi\\1r� <!r;q��i\\1r� 1\n'S{'<Ti\"ltt, �\\11� ���\"C'fr�lfi\\1r�\n9ff<fi!f�fiiR!itlli ;q9J_m� II �lr II\ncid-ananda-bhano/:1 sada nanda-sOnol)\npara-pre ma-patri drava -brah ma-gatri\naghanam /avitri jagat-k�ema-dhatri\npavitri-kriyan no vapur mitra-putri\n\n", "mad1#p0282": "Text 29]\n\nL ord Caitanya at the House of A dvaita AcM}'a\n\n255\n\nSYNONYMS\ncit-ananda-bhanob-of the direct manifestation of spiritual energy and\nbliss; sada-always; nanda-sOnob-of the son of Maharaja Nanda; paraprema-patri -the giver of the highest love; drava-brahma-gatri -composed\nof the water of the spiritual world; aghanam-of all sins and offenses;\nlavitri-the destroyer;\n\njagat-k�e ma-dhatri-the performer of everything\n\nauspicious for the world; pavitri-kriyat-kindly purify; nab-our; vapubexistence; mitra-putri-0 daughter of the sun-god.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"0 R iver Yamuna, you are the blissful spiritual water that gives love to\nthe son of Nanda Maharaja. You are the same as the water of the spiritual\nworld, for you can vanquish all our offenses and the sinful reactions incurred in life. You are the creator of all auspicious things for the world. 0\ndaughter of the son-god, kindly purify us by your pious activities!'\nPURPO RT\nThis verse is recorded in the Caitanya-candrodaya-nataka (5.13) by KavikarQapura.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n\\.!!� �' �' �'f '$11rt'W1i' I\n\\.!1<\\'i ��' � � �flf�\" �� \"\neta bali' namaskari' kaila gar'lga-snana\neka kaupina, nahi dvitiya paridhana\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; namaskari -offeri ng obeisances; kai /a-did; gar'lga'\n\nsnana-bathing in the Ganges; eka kaupina-only one piece of underwear;\nnahi-there was not; dvitiya-second; paridhana-g arment.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter reciting this mantra, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu offered obeisances\nand took His bath in the Ganges. A t that time He had on only one piece of\nunderwear, for there was no second garment.\n\n", "mad1#p0283": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n256\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 30\n\n� � �-,'m�� ��\n\n���11\n�ilf � ��-��:JI l'f�1 II�o II\nhena kale acarya-gosani naukate caf;lina\naila nutana kaupina-bahirvasa lana\n\nSYNONYMS\nhena kale-at that time; acarya-gosani-Advaita i\\carya Prabhu; naukate\nCaf;Jina-on board a boat; ai/a-reached there; nutana-new; kaupinaunderwear; bahi/:1-vasa-outer garments; /ana-bringing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was standing there without a second\ngarment, Sri Advaita Acarya arrived on a boat, bringing with Him new underwear and external garments.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�tt'$f �t�� �tfil' �'fl i\\1l ..t1f •f1f' I\n�'ti �' � �!_ � ��-m �II�� II\nage acarya asi' rahila namaskara kari'\nacarya dekhi' bale prabhu mane samsaya kari'\n\nSYNONYMS\nage-in\n\nfront;\n\nacarya-Advaita\n\ni\\carya;\n\nasi'-coming;\n\nrahila-stood;\n\nnamaskara kari'-making obeisances; acarya dekhi'-seeing Advaita i\\carya;\nbale-says;\n\nprabhu-the Lord; mane-within His mind; samsaya kari'­\n\ndoubting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Advaita Acarya arrived, He stood before the Lord and offered His\nobeisances. After seeing Him, the Lord began to wonder about the entire\nsituation.\n\n", "mad1#p0284": "Text 34)\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n257\n\nTEXT 32\n\n� '!' relt�t'ti·(;'Stt'ltfciP, lfl'li �� � I\n� ��' 1_flf <;<ti1lt\\! 'ftf� II �� II\ntumi ta' acarya-gosarii, etha kene ai/a\nami vrndavane, tumi ke-mate janila\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-You are;\n\nta'-certainly; acarya-gosani-Advaita Acarya;\n\netha­\n\nhere; kene-why; ai/a-You have come; ami-1; vrndavane-in Vrndavana;\ntumi-You; ke-mate-how; janila-knew.\nTRANSLATION\nStill in His ecstasy, the Lord began asking Advaita Acarya, \"Why did\nYou come here� How did You know that I was in Vrndavana�\"\nTEXT 33\n\nrel� �,-!ffif ��i, <;11� �t� I\n<;11tl �tt'StJ 'ittr m �tJ �t'itlfi{ II �� II\nacarya kahe,-tumi yahan, sei vrndavana\nmora bhagye ganga-tire tamara agamana\nSYNONYMS\nacarya kahe-Acarya replied; tumi yahan-wherever You are; sei-that;\nvrndavana-Vrndavana; mora bhagye-by My great fortune; ganga-tire-on\nthe bank of the Ganges; tamara agamana-Your appearance.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya disclosed the whole situation, telling Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, \"Wherever You are, that is Vrndavana. Now it is My great\nfortune that You have come to the bank of the Ganges!'\nTEXT 34\n\n� �' f.i'!J1il\"f relt'lltt1f <tf..n I\n� �fii�1 ����II �811\n\n", "mad1#p0285": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n256\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 30\n\n'� � �-,�lfli �it'!\n\n�Q?tfPil\n\n�'f � �)�-��� 'f<!Pill �o II\nhena kale acarya-gosani naukate ca<;lina\naila nutana kaupina-bahirvasa lana\n\nSYNONYMS\nhena kale-at that time; acarya-gosani-Advaita Acarya Prabhu; naukate\nca<;lina-on board a boat; ai/a-reached there; nutana-new; kaupinaunderwear; bahib-vasa-outer garments; /ana-bringing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was standing there without a second\ngarment, Sri Advaita Acarya arrived on a boat, bringing with Him new underwear and external garments.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�tt� �t�� �tfit' �'11 i\\1l'Jfi11f •fl' I\n�1{ �' � � 11ti\\ ��-Rl � II �� II\nage acarya asi' rahila namaskara kari'\nacarya dekhi' bale prabhu mane sarhsaya kari'\n\nSYNONYMS\nage-in\n\nfront;\n\nacarya-Advaita Acarya;\n\nasi'-coming;\n\nrahi/a-stood;\n\nnamaskara kari'-making obeisances; acarya dekhi'-seeing Advaita Acarya;\nbale-says; prabhu-the Lord;\n\nmane-within His mind; sarhsaya kari'­\n\ndoubting.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Advaita Acarya arrived, He stood before the Lord and offered His\nobeisances. After seeing Him, the Lord began to wonder about the entire\nsituation.\n\n", "mad1#p0286": "Text 34]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n257\n\nTEXT 32\n\n� '!' �t�tfi·<;'$f'PI1ftiP, �'11 ���I\n�tfif ��' � �'llt\\! llf'tf� It �� It\ntumi ta' acarya-gosM!i, etha kene aila\nami vrndavane, tumi ke-mate jani/a\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-You are;\n\nta'-certainly; acarya-gosafii-Advaita Acarya;\n\netha­\n\nhere; kene-why; ai/a-You have come; ami-1; vrndavane-in Vrndavana;\ntumi-You; ke-mate-how; janila-knew.\nTRANSLATION\nStill in His ecstasy, the Lord began asking Advaita Acarya, \"Why did\nYou come here? How did You know that I was in Vrndavana ?\"\nTEXT 33\n\n�wtfi �,-\\:ffif ��1, �� �1� I\n(;11111' cett'$fJ �� � �t'$1� 11 � 11\nacarya kahe,-tumi yahan, sei vrndavana\nmora bhagye ganga-tire tamara agamana\nSYNONYMS\nacarya kahe-Acarya replied; tumi yahan-wherever You are; sei-that;\nvrndavana-Vrndavana; mora bhagye-by My great fortune; ganga-tire-on\nthe bank of the Ganges; tamara agamana-Your appearance.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya disclosed the whole situation, telling Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, \"Wherever You are, that is Vrndavana. Now it is My great\nfortune that You have come to the bank of the Ganges:'\nTEXT 34\n\n� �' f..'!J1il\"f �t'llmf <tf..n I\n� �1fil�1 �·��II �811\n\n", "mad1#p0287": "258\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 3\n\nprabhu kahe,-nity:!nanda am/ire vanci/:1\ngang/ike :!niya more yamuna kahi/:1\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord replied; nityananda-Lord Nityananda; :1m/ireMe; vancila-has cheated; garigake-to the bank of the Ganges; :!niyabringing; more-Me; yamuna-the River Yamuna; kahi/a-informed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then said, 11Nityananda has cheated Me. He\nhas brought Me to the bank of the Ganges and told Me that it was the\nYamuna!'\nTEXT 35\n\n..tm ��, �� � !\\911w·�� 1\n\n�\\.� lft� 1f1l �f'J'11 tfl� II '!)� II\nac:!rya kahe, mithya nahe sripada-vacana\nyamun:!te snana tumi kari/:1 ekhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nacarya kahe-Advaita Aarya replied; mithya nahe-this is not untrue; sripada-vacana-the words of Sri Nityananda Prabhu; yamun:!te-in the River\nYamuna; sn:!na-bathing; tumi-You; kari/:1-did; ekhana-just now.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accused Nityananda of cheating Him,\nSrila A dvaita Acarya said, 11Whatever Nityananda Prabhu has told You is\nnot false. You have indeed just now taken Your bath in the River Yamuna!'\nTEXT 36\n\n'StiPti � �� �$1 tfl<l5't� I\n'Pf� � ��' �(' 'StfJrttt� II �� II\ngarig:!ya yamuna vahe han:! eka-dh:ira\n\npa5cime yamuna vahe, pOrve garig:i-dhara\n\n", "mad1#p0288": "T ext 38]\n\n259\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Aclrya\nSYNONYMS\n\ngangaya-with the River Ganges; yamuna-the River Yamun�; vaheflows; halia-becoming; eka-dhara-one stream; pa.Scime-on the western\nside; yamuna-the River Yamun�; vahe-flows; pOrve-on the eastern side;\nganga-dhara-the flow of the Ganges.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya then explained that at that spot both the Ganges and\nYamuna flow together. On the western side was the Yamuna, and on the\neastern side was the Ganges.\nPURPORT\nThe Ganges and Yamuna mix at the confluence at Allahabad (Prayaga). The\nYamun� flows from the western side and the Ganges from the eastern, and\nthey merge. Since Caitanya Mah�prabhu bathed on the western side, He actually took His bath in the River Yamun�.\nTEXT 37\n\n�1fltlt� q_ifl ���' '!'tti ��� � I\n�1� (;�� �tf�' �· �1{ 9f�'fti{ II �� II\npascima-dhare yamuna vahe, tahan kaile snana\nardra kaupina chaqi' 5u$ka kara paridhana\nSYNONYMS\npa.Scima-dhare-in the western flow; yamuna-the River Yamun�; vaheflows;\n\ntahan-there;\n\nkaile-You\n\ndid;\n\nsnana-bathing;\n\nardra-wet;\n\nkaupina-underwear; chaqi'-giving up; SU$ka-dry; kara-do; paridhanaputting on.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya then suggested that since Caitanya Mahaprabhu had\ntaken His bath in the River Yamuna and His underwear was now wet, the\nLord should change His underwear for dry garments.\nTEXT 38\n\n(;$ftt�t-f � fifi{ ._� ��� I\n\ncertftr (;11 1 �tl f�1, PI (;'lflf <f'Plll �lr II\n\n", "mad1#p0289": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n260\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\npremavese tina dina acha upavasa\naji mora ghare bhik�a, ca/a mora vasa\nSY NONYMS\nprema-avese-in the ecstasy of love; tina dina-three days; acha-You\nare; upavasa-fasting; aji-today; mora-My; ghare-at the house; bhik�a-alms; ca/a-kindly come; mora vasa-to My residence.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya said: \"You have been fasting continuously for three\ndays in Your ecstasy of love for Kr�t;ta. I therefore invite You to My home,\nwhere You may kindly take Your alms. Come with Me to My residence!'\nTEXT 39\n\n\\!l�llm �-'if$ m;1mt1 � 1\n�-ttfi�i �Wil' �<!i(, ,� �� lltt� II �� II\neka-mu�ti anna mufii kariyachon paka\nsukharukha vyafijana kailun, sapa ara saka\nSYNONYMS\neka-mu�ti-one palmful; anna-rice; mufii-1; kariyachon-have done;\npaka-cooking;\n\nsukharukha-not very luxurious;\n\nvyafijana-vegetables;\n\nkai/un-1 have done; supa-liquid vegetables; ara-and; saka-spinach.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Prabhu continued: \"At My home I have just cooked one\npalmful of rice. The vetetables are always very simple. There is no luxurious cooking-simply a little liquid vegetable and spinach!'\nTEXT 40\n\n<lfi'l' <;� � $1 fil'f f.liSf·tl� I\n��� ��'f ��II So II\n\n\\!1�\n\neta bali' naukaya cat;lafia nila nija-ghara\npada-prak�alana kaila ananda-antara\n\n", "mad1#p0290": "Text 41]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Aclrya\n\n261\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; naukaya cac;lafia-making Him board the small boat;\nni/a-took; nija-ghara-to His own residence; pada-prak$afana-washing\nthe feet; kai/a-did; ananda-antara-very happy within Himself.\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, Sri Advaita Acarya took the Lord into the boat and brought\nthe Lord to His residence. There Advaita Acarya washed the feet of the\nLord and was consequently very happy within.\nTEXT 41\n\n�� � �1ttt�� ��I\n\n�-�119{tj �� �t� ._.t�� II 8� II\nprathame paka kariyachena acaryal)i\nVi$1)U-samarpal)a kaifa acarya apani\nSYNONYMS\nprathame-first; paka-cooking; kariyachena-performed; acaryaQi-the\nwife of Advaita Acarya; Vi$QU-samarpal)a-offering to Lord Vi�ou; kai/a-did;\nacarya-Advaita Acarya; apani-Himself.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the eatables were first cooked by the wife of Advaita Acarya. Then\nSrila Advaita Acarya personally offered everything to Lord Vi�QU.\nPURPORT\nThis is the ideal householder's life. The husband and wife live together, and\nthe husband works very hard to secure par aphernalia for worshiping Lord\nVi�I)U. The wife at home cooks a variety of foodstuffs for Lord Vi�l)u, and the\nhusband offers it to the Deity. After that, arati is performed, and the prasada is\ndistributed amongst family members and guests. According to the Vedic principles, there must always be a guest in the householder's house. In my childhood I have actually seen my father receive not less than four guests every\nday, and in those days my father's income was not very great. Nonetheless,\nthere was no difficulty in offering prasada to at least four guests every day.\nAccording to Vedic principles, a householder, before taking lunch, should go\n\n", "mad1#p0291": "262\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\noutside and shout very loudly to see if there is anyone without food. In this\nway he invites people to take prasada. If someone comes, the householder\noffers him prasada, and if there is not much left, he should offer his own portion to the guest. If no one responds to his call, the householder can accept\nhis own lunch. Thus the householder's life is also a kind of austerity. Because\nof this, the householder's life is called the grhastha-asrama. Although a person\nmay live with his wife and children happily in Kr�t:�a consciousness, he also\nobserves the regulative principles followed in any temple. If there is no Kr�t:�a\nconsciousness, the householder's abode is called a grhamedhi's house.\nHouseholders in Kr�t:�a consciousness are actually grhasthas-that is, those\nliving in the asrama with their families and children. Sri Advaita Prabhu was an\nideal grhastha, and His house was the ideal grhastha-asrama.\nTEXT 42\n\n� W'$ cet'it �t� �\"�� m' 1\n*�11' Qet'it �t,� 'ft'{·�\\!t9ffif II 8� II\ntina thafli bhoga bat;laila sama kari'\nk[$f)era bhoga bat;laila dhatu-patropari\nSYNONYMS\ntina\n\nthani-in\n\ndistributed;\n\nthree\n\nsama-equal;\n\nplaces;\n\nbhoga-cooked\n\nkari'-making;\n\nfoodstuffs;\n\nbac;fai/a­\n\nk[$f)era bhoga-the foodstuff\n\noffered to Kr�t:�a; bat;laila-was arranged; dhatu-patra upari-on a metal\nplate.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the prepared foods were divided into three equal parts. One part\nwas arranged on a metal plate for offering to Lord Kn�a.\nPURPORT\nThe word bat;laila, meaning \"increased;' is very significant in this verse. It is\na sophisticated word used by the grhasthas in Bengal. Whenever food is prepared and we take away a portion, the food is actually decreased. But here it\nis the system to say bat;laila, or \"increased:' If food is prepared for Kr�t:�a and\noffered to Him and the Vai�l)avas, the stock is increased, never decreased.\n\n", "mad1#p0292": "Text 44]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n263\n\nTEXT 43\n\n<f�i-�fRi·<fi� �$�1 � I\n�� �f<1P cetost <ft�\"f �t\"f �II 8� II\nbattisa-athiya-kalara angatiya pate\ndui thafii bhoga bac;/aila bhala mate\nSYNONYMS\nbattisa-athiya-producing thirty-two bunches; kalara-of a banana tree;\nangatiya-undivided; pate-on leaves; dui thani-in two places; bhogathe eatables; bac;/ai/a-arranged; bhala mate-very nicely.\nTRANSLATION\nOf the three divisions, one was arranged on a metal plate, and the other\ntwo were arranged on plantain leaves. These leaves were not bifurcated,\nand they were taken from a banana tree that held at least thirty-two\nbunches of bananas. The two plates were filled very nicely with the kinds\nof food described below.\nTEXT 44\n\n'lft'tJ \"h-���9 �r;H �....� I\n\ntitff� �1·�·�1, �Ht 'i_�\\91' II 88 II\nmadhye pita-ghrta-sikta salyannera stapa\ncari-dike vyafijana-c;fonga, ara mudga-supa\nSYNONYMS\nmadhye-in the middle; pita-yellow; ghrta-sikta-wet with clarified butter; salyannera-of very fine cooked rice; stapa-a mound; cari-dikesurrounding the mound of rice; vyafijana-gonga-vegetable pots; ara-and;\nmudga-supa-dahl made of split mung.\nTRANSLATION\nThe cooked rice was a stack of very fine grains nicely cooked, and in\nthe middle was yellow butter clarified from the milk of cows. Surrounding\nthe stack of rice were pots made of the skins of banana trees, and in these\npots were varieties of vegetables and mung dahl.\n\n", "mad1#p0293": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n262\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\noutside and shout very loudly to see if there is anyone without food. In this\n\nway he invites people to take prasada. If someone comes, the householder\n\noffers him prasada, and if there is not much left, he should offer his own por­\n\ntion to the guest. If no one responds to his call, the householder can accept\n\nhis own lunch. Thus the householder's life is also a kind of austerity. Because\nof this, the householder's life is called the grhastha-asrama. Although a person\n\nmay live with his wife and children happily in Kr�r:ta consciousness, he also\n\nobserves the regulative principles followed in any temple. If there is no Kr�r:ta\nconsciousness, the householder's abode is called a grhamedhi's house.\n\nHouseholders in Kr�r:ta consciousness are actually grhasthas-that is, those\n\nliving in the asrama with their families and children. Sri Advaita Prabhu was an\nideal grhastha, and His house was the ideal grhastha-asrama.\nTEXT 42\n\n� itf$ �t'5t <tt� �'If �' I\n��if �'5t <tt�tbf 'tl'f·�\\lt�Rf II 8� II\ntina thafii bhoga bar;laila sama kari'\nkr�Qera bhoga bar;laila dhatu-patropari\nSYNONYMS\n\ntina\n\nthafii-in\n\ndistributed;\n\nthree\n\nplaces;\n\nsama -equal;\n\nbhoga-cooked\n\nkari' -making ;\n\nfoodstuffs;\n\nbar;lai/a­\n\nkr�Qera bhoga-the foodstuff\n\noffered to Kr�r:ta; ba{iaila-was arranged; dhatu-patra upari-on a metal\n\nplate.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the prepared foods were divided into three equal parts. One part\nwas arranged on a metal plate for offering to Lord Kr�r,a.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word ba{iaila, meaning \"increased;' is very significant in this verse. It is\n\na sophisticated word used by the grhasthas in Bengal. Whenever food is pre­\n\npared and we take away a portion, the food is actually decreased. But here it\n\nis the system to say ba{iaila, or \"increased:' If food is prepared for Kr�r:ta and\noffered to Him and the Vai�r:tavas, the stock is increased, never decreased.\n\n", "mad1#p0294": "Text 44]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Adrya\n\n263\n\nTEXT 43\n\n��1-�fim·<tl'I\"Rf ��111 � I\n�� itf$ cet'$f ��\"' <et\"' � II 8� II\nbattisa-athiya-kalara angatiya pate\ndui thani bhoga bac;Jaila bhala mate\nSYNONYMS\nbattisa-athiya-producing thirty-two bunches; kalara-of a banana tree;\nar'lgatiya-undivided; pate-on leaves; dui thani-in two places; bhogathe eatables; bac;Jai/a-arranged; bhala mate-very nicely.\nTRANSLATION\nOf the three divisions, one was arranged on a metal plate, and the other\ntwo were arranged on plantain leaves. These leaves were not bifurcated,\nand they were taken from a banana tree that held at least thirty -two\nbunches of bananas. The two plates were filled very nicely with the kinds\nof food described below.\nTEXT 44\n\n�-¢�• �tH ��� I\nt;tft� ilJ.il:·<;'5tlf1, Witt'!_�\\� II 88 II\n'aft'fJ\n\nmadhye pita-ghrta-sikta salyannera stapa\ncari-dike vyanjana-gonga, ara mudga-supa\nSYNONYMS\nmadhye-in the middle; pita-yellow; ghrta-sikta-wet with clarified butter; salyannera-of very fine cooked rice; stilpa-a mound; cari-dikesurrounding the mound of rice; vyar'ijana-qoriga-vegetable pots; ara-and;\nmudga-supa-dahl made of split mung.\nTRANSLATION\nThe cooked rice was a stack of very fine grains nicely cooked, and in\nthe middle was yellow butter clarified from the milk of cows. Surrounding\nthe stack of rice were pots made of the skins of banana trees, and in these\npots were varieties of vegetables and mung dahl.\n\n", "mad1#p0295": "264\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 45\n\n:Jfl�, ���-� �� �\"'fltJ I\n�t�, !_..-t'G·��' 1ftil�� �'B II 8� II\nsardraka, vastuka-saka vividha prakara\npatola, ku�mar:u;fa-ba<;li, manakacu ara\nSYNONYMS\nsardraka-pots with ginger dishes;\n\nvas tuka-sak a-spinach;\n\nvividha­\n\nvarious; prakara -kinds; pat ola -a kind of fruit; ku�maQ<;/a-squash; ba<;liwith split dahl; manakacu-the root of a vegetable tree called kacu; araand.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAmong the cooked vegetables were patolas, squash, manakacu, and a\nsalad made with pieces of ginger and various types of spinach.\nTEXT 46\n\n�--'If�·�,� nt�1 :Jf� ·i'f·� I\n��fi{t:tt• 9f•f�� ��-�� II 8� II\nca-i-marica-sukhta diya saba phala-mule\namrta-nindaka panca-vidha tikta-jha/e\nSYNONYMS\nca-i-marica-with black pepper and ca-i (a kind of spice); sukhtavegetables made bitter; diya -giving; saba -all; pha/a mu/e-various kinds\n-\n\nof fruits and roots; am rta-nindaka-defying nectar; panc a vidha-five kinds\n-\n\nof; tikta-bitter; jhale -and pungent.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere was sukhta, bitter melon mixed with all kinds of vegetables,\ndefying the taste of nectar. There were five types of bitter and pungent\nsukhtas.\nTEXT 47\n\n'�t'lfi'f �� � �-1 �t� I\n��·'f'l��·!fjt'f!, t_'lft'G-1ftewtf• II 8\"1 II\n\n", "mad1#p0296": "Text 48]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n265\n\nkamala nimba-patra saha bhaja vartaki\npatola-phula-balji-bhaja, ku�maf)lja-manacaki\nSYNONYMS\nkamala-newly grown; nimba-patra-nimba leaves; saha-with; bhajafried; vartaki-eggplant; patola-with patola fruit; phula-balji-a preparation of dahl; bhaja-fried; ku�maf)lja-squashes; manacaki-the foodstuff\ncalled manacaki.\nTRANSLATION\nAmongst the various vegetables were newly grown leaves of nimba\ntrees fried with eggplant. The fruit known as patola was fried with phulaba�i, a kind of dahl preparation first mashed and then dried in the sun.\nThere was also a preparation known as ku�mar:-�a-manacaki.\n\nPURPORT\nWe request our editors of cookbooks to add all these nice preparations described by the experienced author Srila Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTEXT 48\n\ne{tf�'l'-�, -tifl, Wlfll �{_f I\n�tm-G, ���'lft'G, ���II Sir II\nnarikela-sasya, chana, sarkara madhura\nmocha-ghaQta, dugdha-ku�maf)lja, sakala pracura\nSYNONYMS\nnarikela-sasya-the pulp of coconut; chana-curd; sarkara-fruit sugar;\nmadhura-very sweet; mocha-ghaQta-a semisolid preparation made with\nbanana flowers; dugdha-ku�maf)lja-newly grown squash cut into pieces\nand boiled in milk; sakala-all; pracura-plentiful.\nTRANSLATION\nThe preparation made with coconut pulp mixed with curd and rock\ncandy was very sweet. There was a curry made of banana flowers and\nsquash boiled in milk, all in great quantity.\n\n", "mad1#p0297": "266\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 49\n\n'If��' <qtf� \"fti-� I\n�<fill( �J·i{ '� � �� I(� II 8� II\nmadhuramJa-bac;la, amJadi panca-chaya\nsakaJa vyafijana kaiJa Joke yata haya\nSYNONYMS\nmadhura-amJa-bac;la-sweet and sour cakes; amJa-adi-sour preparations;\npanca-chaya-five or six; sakaJa vyafijana-all vegetables; kai/a-made;\nJoke-for the people; yata haya-as many as there were.\nTRANSLATION\nThere were small cakes in sweet and sour sauce and five or six kinds of\nsour preparations. All the vegetables were so made that everyone present\ncould take prasada.\nTEXT 50\n\n'l'\"1��' ���' 1{���1, f� I\n��' ift�t<fil'(, �� f9li1 �� U (to U\nmudga-bac;la, kaJa-bac;la, ma?a-bac;la, mi?ta\nk?ira-puJi, narikeJa, yata pitha i?ta\nSYNONYMS\nmudga-bac;la-soft cake made with mung; kaJa-bac;la-soft cake made\nwith fried banana; ma?a-bac;la-soft cake made with urd dahl; mi?ta-various\nkinds of sweets;\n\nk?ira-puJi-condensed milk\n\nmixed with rice cakes;\n\nnarikeJa-a preparation of coconut; yata-all kinds of; pitha-cakes; i?tadesirable.\nTRANSLATION\nThere were soft cakes made with mung dahl, soft cakes made with ripe\nbananas, and soft cakes made with urd dahl. There were various kinds of\nsweetmeats, and condensed milk mixed with rice cakes, a coconut\npreparation and every kind of cake desirable.\n\n", "mad1#p0298": "Text 53]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Adrya\n\n267\n\nTEXT 51\n\n�f�·�1fl � <;15t1ri � �� I\n� � ift�,-� W�f?! � � u·<t� 11\nbattisa-athiya kalara <jonga bac;la bacja\ncafe hale nahi, -<jonga ati bacja dacja\nSYNONYMS\n\nbattisa-athiya-producing thirty-two bunches of bananas; ka/ara-of the\nbanana tree; donga-pots made of leaves; bacja bacja-big; cafe hale nahithey did not tilt or totter; donga-pots; ati-very; bacja-big; dacja-strong.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the vegetables were served in pots made of banana leaves taken\nfrom trees producing at least thirty-two bunches of bananas. These pots\nwere very strong and big and did not tilt or totter.\nTEXT 52\n\n�•t-t �·'M <;15tet1 �-� �1$11\n\nr�� cettostit �-r 91tt-r 1ttf-t\" -.fl<$111 <t� u\npancasa pancasa cjonga vyanjane purina\ntina bhogera ase pase rakhila dharina\nSYNONYMS\n\npancasa pancasa-fifty and fifty; cjonga-pots; vyanjane-with vegetables; purina-filling; tina-three; bhogera-of eating places; ase pase-all\naround; rakhila-kept; dharina-fixing.\nTRANSLATION\nAll around the three eating places were a hundred pots filled with\nvarious kinds of vegetables.\nTEXT 53\n\n��-� if�·�e.�fu�1 \"ef1t<$11\n\nf�if �t\\1 ���·�1i 1ttt�'! -.�1$111 <te U\n\n", "mad1#p0299": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n268\n\nsaghrta-payasa nava-mrt-kuQc;lika bharina\ntina patre ghanavarta-dugdha rakheta dharifla\nSYNONYMS\nsa-ghrta-payasa -sweet rice mixed with ghee; nava-mrt-kuQc;lika -new\nearthen\n\npots;\n\nbharifla-filling;\n\ntina\n\npatre-in\n\nthree\n\npots;\n\nghanavarta­\n\ndugdha-finely condensed milk; rakheta-were kept; dharifla-fixing.\nTRANSLATION\nAlong with the various vegetables was sweet rice mixed with ghee. This\nwas kept in new earthen pots. Earthen pots filled with highly condensed\nmilk were placed in three places.\nTEXT 54\n\n1:�-��·�i'fl � 1:�-i'f�� I\n�� ��\"' �1 �r�� i11 -rr� \" �ts 11\ndugdha-cic;la-kala ara dugdha-laklaki\nyateka karila' taha kahite na saki\nSYNONYMS\ndugdha-cic;la-chipped rice made with milk; kala-mixed with bananas;\nara-and; dugdha-laklaki-a kind of squash known as /au, boiled with milk;\nyateka-all that; kari/a'-was prepared; taha-that; kahite-to describe;\nna-not; saki-l am able.\nTRANSLATION\nBesides the other preparations, there were chipped rice, made with\nmilk and mixed with bananas, and white squash boiled in milk. Indeed, it\nis not possible to describe all the preparations that were made.\nTEXT 55\n\n�� ?fw-f �Rfi'f �� �e.�fu�1 'efil' I\n�t?ft�i'fl-�ti{-�t\"fWt �� if! 111fi II �<t II\ndui pase dharila saba mrt-kuQc;lika bhari'\ncar'lpakala-dadhi-sandesa kahite na pari\n\n", "mad1#p0300": "Text 57]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Aclrya\n\n269\n\nSYNONYMS\ndui pase-on two sides; dharila-kept; saba-all; mrt-kur y;lika-earthen\npots; bhari'-filling; car'lpakala-a kind of banana known as car'lpakala;\ndadhi-sandesa-mixed with yogurt and sandesa; kahite-to say; na-not;\npari-lam able.\nTRANSLATION\nIn two places there were earthen pots filled with another preparation\nmade with yogurt, sandeia [a sweetmeat made with curd] and banana. I\nam unable to describe it all.\n\nTEXT 56\n\n�-ou•�·�?t� fif\"' 't��•if 1\n� 'PI� �tfit'! �Sf'� 'e�' II cl� II\nanna-vyanjana-upari dila tulasi-manjari\ntina jala-patre suvasita jala bhari'\nSYNONYMS\nanna-vyanjana-upari-on top of the boiled rice and vegetables; di/aplaced; tulasi-manjari-flowers of tulasi; tina-three; jala-patre-waterpots;\nsu-vasita-scented; jala-water; bhari'-filling.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon the stack of boiled rice and all the vegetables were flowers of the\ntulasi trees. There were also pots filled with scented rosewater.\nTEXT 57\n\nf'!i{ �<!i�, '!'Rt �?tfit <t�� I\n<Jt�?f �t-.te, �� �� '�t� II <t'l II\ntina subhra-pitha, tara upari vasana\nei-rupe sak�at kr�f.le karai/a bhojana\nSYNONYMS\ntina-three; subhra-pitha-white sitting places; tara-of them; upari-on\ntop; vasana-soft cloth; ei-rOpe-in this way; sak�at-directly; kr�f.le-unto\nKr?r;�a; karai/a-made to do; bhojana-eating.\n\n", "mad1#p0301": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n270\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere were three sitting places where soft cloths were placed. Thus\nLord K��r:Ja was offered all the foodstuff, and the Lord took it very\npleasantly.\nTEXT 58\n\n�tf� <�Sttif � � <;�t'ttbr I\n��� �� ��' �f� ��'f II �11\" II\naratira kale dui prabhu bolaila\nprabhu-sar'lge sabe asi' arati dekhila\nSYNONYMS\naratira kale-during the time of arati; dui prabhu-Lord Nityananda and Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; bo/aila-He called; prabhu-sarige-with the Lords;\nsabe-all other people;\n\nasi'-coming there;\n\narati-the arati ceremony;\n\ndekhila-observed.\nTRANSLATION\nIt is the system, after offering food, to perform bhoga-arati. Advaita\nPrabhu asked the two brothers, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Nityananda Prabhu, to come see the arati. The two Lords and all others present\nwent to see the arati ceremony.\nTEXT 59\n\n..ttf% �fni �� ��t''t llf�i{ I\n\n�tm �t�' �t_f;� �t� '<liffi �r;�sti{\n\na� II\n\narati kariya k[�f)e kara'la sayana\nacarya asi' prabhure tabe kaila nivedana\nSYNONYMS\narati kariya-after finishing the arati; kr�Qe-Lord Kr�r;�a; kara'la-made to\ndo; sayana-lying down to rest; acarya-Advaita Acarya; asi'-coming;\nprabhure-un to\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nnivedana-submission.\n\ntabe-then;\n\nkaila-made;\n\n", "mad1#p0302": "Text 61]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n271\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter arati was performed for the Deities in the temple, Lord Kr�� was\nmade to lie down to rest. Advaita Acarya then came out to submit something to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 60\n\n')ru fe'!� �!. �11iet $let 1\n�- � �1� � ��t� <;�II �o II\ngrhera bhitare prabhu karuna gamana\ndui bhai aila tabe karite bhojana\nSYNONYMS\ngrhera\n\nbhitare-within\n\nthe\n\nroom;\n\nprabhu-Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkaruna-kindly do; gamana-entering; dui bhai-the two brothers, Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and Nityananda Prabhu; aila-came; tabe-then; karite bhojana-to partake of the prasada.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Advaita Prabhu said: \"My dear Lords, kindly enter this room!' The\ntwo brothers, Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Nityananda Prabhu, then came\nforward to take the prasada.\nTEXT 61\n\n11_�\"'' �fm,,-�l �'- ��1� 1\n\n���tl:� �i9Pit �'! 'Jtf'*'l II �� II\nmukunda, haridasa,-dui prabhu bolaila\nyor;la-hate dui-jana kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\n\nmukunda-Mukunda; hari-dasa-Haridasa; dui prabhu-the two Lords;\nbolaila-called for; yor;la-hate-with folded hands; dui-jana-two persons;\nkahite /agi/a-began to say.\n\n", "mad1#p0303": "272\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch.\n\n3\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Nityananda Prabhu went to\naccept the prasada, They both called Mukunda and Haridasa to come with\nThem. However, Mukunda and Haridasa, both with folded hands, spoke\nas follows.\nTEXT\n\n62\n\n'1,� <fit�- <;�tt f� �J ift� � I\n� ;('$ � � '{fif �1� �� II �� II\nmukunda kahe-mora kichu krtya nahi sare\npache mufii prasada pamu, tumi yaha ghare\n\nSYNONYMS\nmukunda kahe- Muku nda said; mora-of me; kichu-something; krtyato perform; nahi sare-not yet finished; pache-later; mufii-1; prasadaprasada; pamu-shall accept; tumi yaha ghare-You both kindly enter the\nroom.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Mukunda was called for, he submitted, \"My dear sir, I have\nsomething to do that is not yet finished. Later I shall accept the prasada,\nso You two Prabhus should now please enter the room!'\n\n63\nI(��-;{'<$ ?ftf� ��1f I\n�1{ �� '!_{! � �� ��\" �� \"\nTEXT\n\nharidasa kahe-mufii papi$tha adhama\nbahire eka mu$ti pache karimu bhojana\n\nSYNONYMS\nhari-dasa kahe-Haridasa said; mufii-1; papi$tha-sinful; adhama-the\nlowest of men; bahire-outsi de; eka-one; mu$ti-palmful; pache-later;\nkarimu-1 shall do; bhojana-eating.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura said: \"I am the most sinful and lowest among men.\nLater I shall eat one palmful of prasada while waiting outside!'\n\n", "mad1#p0304": "Text 64]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n273\n\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough the Hindus and Muslims lived together in a very friendly manner,\nstill there were distinctions between them. The Mohammedans were considered yavanas, or low-born, and whenever a Mohammedan was invited, he\nwould be fed outside of the house. Although personally called by Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and Nityananda Prabhu to take prasada with Them,\nstill, out of great humility, Haridasa Thakura submitted, \"I shall take the\nprasada outside of the house:' Although Haridasa Thakura was an exalted\nVai�l)ava accepted by Advaita Acarya, Nityananda Prabhu and Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, nonetheless, in order not to disturb social tranquility, he humbly\nkept himself in the position of a Mohammedan, outside the jurisdiction of the\nHindu community. Therefore he proposed to take prasada outside the house.\nAlthough he was in an exalted position and equal to other great Vai�l)avas,\nhe considered himself a papi�tha, a most sinful man, and adhama , the lowest\namong men. Although a Vai�l)ava may be very much advanced spiritually, he\nkeeps himself externally humble and submissive.\nTEXT 64\n\ni( � 'l$i �t�'t1i '�1 �\\!1f �� I\n�� 'wf� � �'ti{\"f ��tt u �s \"\ndui prabhu lana acarya gela bhitara ghare\nprasada dekhiya prabhura ananda antare\nSYNONYMS\n\ndui prabhu-the two prabhus (Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Nityananda\nPrabhu); /afia-with; acarya-Advaita Acarya; ge/a-went; bhitara-within;\nghare-the room; prasada-the prasada; dekhiya-seeing; prabhura-of\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; ananda antare-was very pleased within Himself.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya took Lord Nityananda Prabhu and Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu within the room, and the two Lords saw the arrangement of\nthe prasada. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was especially very much pleased.\nPURPORT\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was pleased because He saw how nicely so\nmany varieties of food were prepared for Kr�l)a. Actually all kinds of prasada\n\n", "mad1#p0305": "274\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nare prepared for Kr�l)a, not for the people, but the devotees partake of\nprasada with great pleasure.\n\nTEXT 65\n\n� � '� �·r;� �m �� 1\niSWJt 'Sftlll � �1fi -i�Rf �'f II�<? II\naiche anna ye kr�Qake karaya bhojana\njanme janme sire dharor'l tanhara caraf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\naiche-in this way; anna-the eatables; ye-anyone who; kr�Qake-unto\nKr�l)a; karaya- made to do; bhojana-eating; janme janme-birth after\nbirth; sire-on My head; dharor'l-1 keep; tanhara-his; caraQa-lotus feet.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu approved of all the methods employed in\ncooking and offering food to Kr�r:ta. Indeed, He was so pleased that He\nsaid, \"Frankly, I will personally take the lotus feet of anyone who can offer\nKr�r:ta such nice food and place those lotus feet on My head birth after\nbirth:'\nTEXT 66\n\n� � �il �t'$f �f;·1l ��r;� I\n��tt�f 1fi'���i �!;;� �t_1f '�WJ II �� II\n--\n\nprabhu jane tina bhoga-kr�Qera naivedya\nacaryera manab-katha nahe prabhura vedya\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu jane-the Lord knows; tina bhoga-three divisions of bhoga;\nkr�Qera nai vedya-offerings to Lord Kr�Qa; acaryera-of Advaita Acarya;\nmanab-katha-the intentions; nahe-not; prabhura-to the Lord; vedyaunderstandable.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu entered the room, He saw three divisions of food, and He knew that all of these were meant for Kr�r:ta.\nHowever, He did not understand the intentions of Advaita Acarya.\n\n", "mad1#p0306": "Text 68]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n275\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura states that one of these servings\nwas offered in a metal dish and was meant for Kr�Qa, whereas the other two\nwere placed on big banana leaves. The offering on the metal plate was personally offered by Advaita Acarya to Kr�Qa. The other two servings, on\nbanana leaves, were to be accepted by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Lord\nNityananda. That was Advaita Acarya's intention, but He did not disclose this\nto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Thus when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw the\n\nfoodstuff offered in three places, He thought that all of it was meant for\n\nKr�Qa.\nTEXT 67\n\n� '�� --��� f?!� �fist� cet� 1\n� �� -�tfil <fifFt 'Pffif� II �'l II\nprabhu bale-vaisa tine kariye bhojana\nacarya kahe-ami kariba parivesana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu bale-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; vaisa-sit down; tine-in\n\nthe three places; kariye-do; bhojana-eating; acarya kahe- Advaita Acarya\nreplied; ami kariba parivesana-1 shall distribute.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said: \"Let Us sit down in these three places,\nand We shall take prasada!' However, Advaita Acarya said, \"I shall distribute the prasada!'\nTEXT 68\n\n(;�til 'l� <f�<t, � �i'i' � 'Pf� I\n�- �' �fil' \\!ttf( Off( 'CIJtP� 'e1\\! II �lr II\nkon sthane vasiba, ara ana dui pata\nalpa kari' ani' tahe deha vyat'ijana bhata\n\nSYNONYMS\nkon sthane vasiba-where shall We sit down; ara-other; ana-bri n g; dui\npata-two leaves; alpa kari\n\n'-\n\nma\n\nking a small quantity; ani'-bringing; tahe­\n\non that; deha-give; vyatijana-vegetables; bhata-and boiled rice.\n\n", "mad1#p0307": "276\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu thought that all three servings were meant for\ndistribution; therefore He asked for another two banana leaves, saying,\n\"Let Us have a very little quantity of vegetable and rice!'\nTEXT 69\n\n��t� �t�-,�� &t� �·r� � 1\n1.!1\\! �fif' �t\\! 'fl1f' ��tbf �·�1t11 U �� II\nacarya kahe-vaisa donhe pin(fira upare\neta bali' hate dhari' vasaila dunhare\nSYNONYMS\nacarya kahe-Advaita Acarya said; vaisa-sit down; donhe-You two;\npiil(fira upare-on the planks of wood; eta ba/i'-saying this; hate dhari'catching Their hands; vasaila duilhare-sat the two Lords down.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya said: \"Just sit down here on these seats!' Catching\nTheir hands, He sat Them both down.\nTEXT 70\n\n�t �-�su�� �'lliJ �� ����'I 1\n�1 �t\"'' �i � �f!!i ��'I U 'I o II\nprabhu kahe-sannyasrra bhak�ya nahe upakaraf)a\niha khaile kaiche haya indriya varaf)a\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; sannyaslra-by a sannyasl; bhak$ya-to be\neaten; nahe-this is not; upakaraQa-varieties of food; iha-this; khaile-if\neating; kaiche-how; haya-there is; indriya-senses; varaQa-controlling.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said: \"It is not proper for a sannyasi to eat\nsuch a variety of foodstuff. If he does, how can he control his sensed\"\n\n", "mad1#p0308": "Text 71]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n277\n\nPURPORT\nThe word upakaral)a indicates a variety of foodstuffs, such as dahl, vegetables and other varieties of possible dishes that one can eat very nicely with\nrice. It is not proper, however, for a sannyasl to eat such palatable dishes. If he\ndid so, he would not be able to control his senses. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ndid not encourage sannyasls to eat very palatable dishes, for the whole\nVai�r:tava\n\ncult\n\nis\n\nvairagya-vidya,\n\nas\n\nrenounced\n\nas\n\npossible.\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu also advised Raghunatha dasa Gosvami not to eat very palatable\ndishes, wear very nice garments or talk on mundane subjects. These things\nare all prohibited for those in the renounced order. A devotee does not accept anything to eat that is not first offered to Kr�r:ta. All the rich foodstuffs\noffered to Kr�r:ta are given to the grhasthas, the householders. There are many\nnice things offered to Kr�r:ta-garlands, bedsteads, nice ornaments, nice food,\nand even nicely prepared pan, betel nuts-but a humble Vai�r:tava, thinking\nhis body material and nasty, does not accept such preparations for himself.\nHe thinks that by accepting such things he will offend the lotus feet of the\nLord. Those who are sahajiyas cannot understand what Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu meant when He asked Advaita Acarya to bring two separate\nleaves and give a small quantity of the prasada to Him.\nTEXT 71\n\n�Wt'#i �-�� Cffif ��J � I\n�fi{ � :srtfj{ �'AI' �10ttl'f1f �11� \"\"�\"\nacarya kahe-chaga tumi apanara curi\nami saba jani tomara sannyasera bhari-bhuri\nSY NONYMS\nacarya\n\nkahe-Advaita\n\nAcarya\n\nreplied;\n\nchaga-give\n\napanara-of Yourself; curi-the concealment;\n\nami-1;\n\nup;\n\ntumi-You;\n\nsaba-all;\n\njani­\n\nknow; tomara-of You; sannyasera-of the acceptance of the renounced\norder; bhari-bhuri-the confidential meaning.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu did not accept the food that had\nalready been served, Advaita Acarya said, \"Please give up Your concealment. I know what You are, and I know the confidential meaning of Your\naccepting the sannyasa order!'\n\n", "mad1#p0309": "278\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 72\n\n� ��' li� �-�ft I\n\n� \"t�-�i! � ��ti! il19ft� II�� II\nbhojana karaha, chac;la vacana-caturi\nprabhu kahe-eta anna khaite na pari\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhojana karaha-kindly accept this prasada; chac;la-give up; vacanacaturi-jugglery of words; prabhu kahe-the Lord said; eta-so much; anna-foodstuffs; khaite-to eat; na pari-1 am not able.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya thus requested Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to eat and give\nup juggling words. The Lord replied, \"I certainly cannot eat so much\nfood!'\nTEXT 73\n\n�ti� �'1'-���t � �1� I\n�11f ��t� iii �� ?tt � 11:� �� II�� II\nacarya bale-akapate karaha ahara\nyadi khaite na para pate rahibeka ara\nSYNONYMS\n\nacarya ba/e-Advaita Acarya says; akapate-wi�hout pretense; karahakindly do; ahara-eating; yadi-if; khaite-to eat; na para-You are not\nable; pate-on the leaf; rahibeka ara-let the balance remain.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya then requested the Lord to simply accept the prasada,\nwithout pretense. If He could not eat it all, the balance could be left on\nthe plate.\nTEXT 74\n\n� <11:'1'-�i! � iftft<t �'! I\n'001�1 't'Si � �� �tf� II�8 II\n\n", "mad1#p0310": "Text 75]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n279\n\nprabhu bale-eta anna nariba khaite\n\nsannyasira dharma nahe ucchi�ta rakhite\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu bale-the Lord said; eta-so much; anna-eatables; nariba-1 will\n\nnot be able; khaite-to eat; sannyasira-of a sannyasi; dharma nahe-it is\nnot the duty; ucchi�ta-remnants of foodstuff; rakhite-to keep.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"I will not be able to eat so much food,\nand it is not the duty of a sannyasi to leave remnants!'\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.18.19):\nbahir jalasayarh gatva\n\ntatropasprsya vag-yatab\n\nvibhajya pavitarh se�arh\n\nbhunjitase�am ahrtam\n\n\"Whatever a sannyasi gets that is edible from a householder's house, he\nshould take outside near some lake or river, and, after offering it to Vi�l)u,\nBrahma and the sun (three divisions), he should eat the entire offering and\n\nshould not leave anything for others to eat:' This is an injunction for sannyasis\n\ngiven in Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nTEXT 75\n\n� �'f--�ti'f � �tt�tJ I\n��11' � -tt� -fi! -ti! 'et1{ II 'IQ' II\nacarya bale-nilacale khao cauyanna-bara\n\neka-bare anna khao sata sata bhara\nSYNONYMS\n\nacarya bale-Advaita Acarya replies; nilacale-at Jagannatha Puri; khao­\n\nYou eat; cauyanna-bara\n\n-\n\nfifty-four times; eka-bare-at one time; anna­\n\neatables; khao-You eat; sata sata bhara-hundreds of pots.\n\n", "mad1#p0311": "280\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this connection Advaita Acarya referred to Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\neating at Jagannatha Puri. Lord Jagannatha and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nare identical. Advaita Acarya pointed out that at Jagannatha Puri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu ate fifty-four times, and each time He ate many hundreds of\npots of food.\nTEXT 76\n\n� �tf �'lflf?tG-�t1ftf <Jl� ��I\n�tf �-tnt <Jl� lfSIIt �f;� 9f•�t� II 't� II\ntina janara bhak�ya-piQ(ia-tomara eka grasa\ntara lekhaya ei anna nahe paflca-grasa\n\nSY NONYMS\ntina janara-of three persons; bhak�ya-pi(l(ia-the stack of eatables;\ntamara-of You; eka grasa-one morsel; tara-to that; lekhaya-in proportion; ei anna-this foodstuff; nahe-is not; paflca-grasa-five morsels.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Advaita Acarya said, \"The amount of food that three people can eat\ndoes not constitute even a morsel for You. In proportion to that, these edibles are not even five morsels of food for You!'\nTEXT 77\n\n� �t'StJ, �tf �t�, 't!11{tf rctt'it1(i{ I\n� ,;tt_ft, � ��� <;$� II 'tct II\nmora bhagye, mora ghare, tamara agamana\nchagaha caturi, prabhu, karaha bhojana\n\nSY NONYMS\nmora bhagye-by My fortune; mora ghare-at My home; tamara-Your;\nagamana-appearance; chagaha-please give up; caturi-all this jugglery;\nprabhu-My Lord; karaha-just do; bhojana-eating.\n\n", "mad1#p0312": "Text 79]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Aclrya\n\n281\n\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya continued: \"By my great fortune You have just come to\nMy home. Please do not juggle words. Just begin eating and do not talk!'\nTEXT 78\n\nc.fl� �f't' 'fif flftr � '��� � I\n\n�'Rl1 ilftf'Sti'ft �·� Qe�il <fi�� II cu,- II\neta bali' jala dila dui gosanira hate\nhasiya lagila dur'lhe bhojana karite\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-say ing this; jala di/a-supplied water; dui gosanira-of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and Lord Nityananda; hate-on the hands; hasiyasmiling; /agi/a\n\nbegan; dur'lhe-both of Them; bhojana karite-to eat.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon saying this, Advaita Acarya supplied water to the two Lords so\nthat They could wash Their hands. The two Lords then sat down and,\nsmiling, began to eat the prasada.\nTEXT 79\n\nfii�J1i(\"f ��-�( � qa� I\n��'N ����'�II\"� II\nnityananda kahe-kailur'l tina upavasa\naji paraf)a karite chi/a bac;la asa\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda kahe-Lord Nityananda said; kai/ur'l-1 have undergone; tinathree; upavasa\n\n-\n\nfasting days; aji-today; paraf)a-breaking the fast; karite­\n\nto do; chi/a-there was; bac;/a\n\n-\n\ngreat; asa\n\n-\n\nhope\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNityananda Prabhu said, \"I have undergone fasting for three days continuously. Today I hoped to break My fast!'\n\n", "mad1#p0313": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n282\n\n[Madhya-Iii�, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 80\n\n�fw �9!� � �rt�t1i-�'1 1\n\n�(t9fi i{1 �ff� �.fl. �� �tllllr0 II\naji upavasa haila acarya-nimantraf)e\nardha-peta na bharibe ei graseka anne\n\nSYNONYMS\naji-today also; upavasa-fasting; haila-there was; acarya-nimantraf)eby the invitation of Advaita Acarya; ardha-peta-half My belly; na-not;\nbharibe-will fill; ei-this; graseka anne-one morsel of food.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Sri Caitanya Mah�prabhu was thinking that the quantity of\nfood was enormous, Nity�nanda Prabhu, on the contrary, thought it not\neven a morsel. He had been fasting for three days and had greatly hoped\nto break fast on that day. Indeed, He said, \"Although I am invited to eat by\nAdvaita Acarya, today also is a fast. So small a quantity of foodstuffs will\nnot even fill half of My belly!'\nTEXT 81\n\n�1i � -'f.Fil \" �� �iJtlTT I\n� �-11..'1' �t1'$, �'- �9(�� II lr� II\nacarya kahe-tumi hao tairthika sannyasi\nkabhu phala-mOia khao, kabhu upavasi\n\nSYNONYMS\nacarya kahe-Adv aita Acarya replied to Nityananda Prabhu; tumi-You;\nhao-are;\n\ntairthika\n\nsannyasi-a\n\nmendicant\n\nwandering\n\non\n\npilgrimages;\n\nkabhu-sometimes; phala-mOia-fruits and roots; khao-You eat; kabhu\nupavasi -sometimes fasting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Ac�rya replied, \"Sir, You are a mendicant traveling on\npilgrimages. Sometimes You eat fruits and roots, and sometimes You\nsimply go on fasting.\n\n", "mad1#p0314": "Text 84]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n283\n\nTEXT 82\n\nmGf·���-�t� � � ��J<fi �· ,\n� l\\.� �'e, � �11'� lllr� II\ndaridra-brahmaf)a-ghare ye paila mu?ty-eka anna\nihate santu?ta hao, chac;la lobha-mana\nSYNONYMS\ndaridra-brahmaf)a-of a poor brahmaf)a; ghare-at the home;\n\nye­\n\nwhatever; pai/a-You have gotten; mu?ti-eka-one handful; anna-food;\nihate-in this; santu?ta hao-please be satisfied; chaga-give up; lobhamana-Your greedy mentality.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am a poor brahmar:Ja, and You have come to My home. Please be\n\nsatisfied with whatever little foodstuffs You have received, and give up\nYour greedy mentality!'\nTEXT 83\n\nr�\"' �� --�� rn\"' r��� 1\n'R��,��m�����lr�ll\nnityananda ba/e-yabe kaile nimantraf)a\ntata dite caha, yata kariye bhojana\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda bale-Lord Nityananda said; yabe-when; kaile-You have\ndone; nimantraf)a-invitation; tata-so much; dite c aha-You must supply;\nyata-as much as; kariye bhojana-1 can eat.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Nityananda Prabhu replied, \"Whatever I may be, You have invited\nMe. Therefore you must supply as much as I want to eat!'\nTEXT 84\n\n�til' r��� �t(j �� �m 1\n� tit�ttJ f�i �VI f� ll1r8 II\n\n", "mad1#p0315": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n284\n\nsuni' nityanandera katha thakura advaita\nkahena tar'lhare kichu paiya pirita\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuni\n\n'-\n\nhearing; nityanandera-of Lord Nityananda Prabhu; katha-words;\n\nthakura-His\n\nDivine\n\nGrace;\n\nadvaita-Advaita\n\nAcarya;\n\nkahena-spoke;\n\ntarihare-unto Nityananda Prabhu; kichu-something; paiya-taking the opportunity; pirita-pleasing words.\nTRANSLATION\nHis Divine Grace A dvaita Acarya, after hearing the statement of Nityananda Prabhu, took the opportunity presented by the joking words and\nspoke to Him as follows.\nTEXT 85\n\n\"� �'{� l_f'll, ��� �tt� I\n�'I �' ��' �'1 �fu� II lr� II\nbhra�ta avadhata tumi, udara bharite\nsannyasa la-iyacha, bujhi, brahmaQa daQc;/ite\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhra�ta avadhata-reject paramahamsa; tumi-You; udara bharite-to fill\nYour belly; sannyasa la-iyacha-You have accepted the renounced order of\nlife; bujhi-1 understand; brahmaQa daQc;/ite-to give trouble to a brahmaQa.\nTRANSLATION\nA dvaita Acarya said: \"You are a reject pararnaharhsa, and You have accepted the renounced order of life just to fill up Your belly. I can understand that Your business is to give trouble to brahmar:-as!'\nPURPORT\nThere is always a difference of opinion between a smarta-brahmaQa and a\nVai?Qava gosvami. There are even smarta opinions and Vai?Qava gosvami\nopinions available in astrological and astronomical calculations. By calling Nityananda Prabhu a bhra�ta avadhata (a rejected paramaharhsa), Advaita\nAcarya Prabhu in a sense accepted Nityananda Prabhu as a paramahamsa. In\n\n", "mad1#p0316": "Text 86]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n285\n\nother words, Nityananda Prabhu had nothing to do with the rules governing\nsmarta-brahmaf)as. Thus under pretense of condemning Him, Advaita Acarya\nwas actually praising Him. In the avadhuta stage, the paramahamsa stage,\nwhich is the supermost stage, one may appear to be vi�ayi, on the platform\nof sense gratification, but in actuality he has nothing to do with sense gratification. At that stage, a person sometimes accepts the symptoms and dress\nof a sannyasi and sometimes does not. Sometimes he dresses like a householder. We should know, however, that these are all joking words between\nAdvaita Acarya and Nityananda Prabhu. They are not to be taken as insults.\nIn Kha<;Jadaha, sometimes people misunderstood Nityananda Prabhu to\nbelong to the sakta-sampradaya, whose philosophy is antab saktab bahib\nsaivab sabhayari1 vai�Qavo matab. According to the sakta-sampradaya, a person called kaulavadhuta thinks materially while externally appearing to be a\ngreat devotee of Lord Siva. When such a person is in an assembly of\nVai�Qavas, he appears like a Vai�Qava Actually Nityananda Prabhu did not\nbelong to such a community. Nityananda Prabhu was always a brahmacari of\na sannyasi of the vaidika order. Actually He was a paramahamsa Sometimes\nHe is accepted to be a disciple of La�mipati nrtha. If He is so accepted,\n\nNityananda Prabhu belonged to the Madhva-sampradaya He did not belong\nto the tantrika-sampradaya of Bengal.\nTEXT 86\n\n'-flr <;� ?t\"Rf 'f-t·�-t 11lti\\'f �� I\ncertfif � ·� �� wfimf �fl II \\r� II\ntumi khete para dasa-visa manera anna\nami taha kanha paba daridra brahmaf)a\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-You;\n\nkh et e-to\n\neat;\n\npara-able;\n\ndasa-visa-ten\n\nor\n\ntwenty;\n\nmanera-of the measurement of a mana; anna-rice; ami-1; taha-that;\nkanha-where;\n\npaba-shall get;\n\ndaridra-poverty-stricken;\n\nbrahmaf)a­\n\nbrahmaf)a.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya accused Nityananda Prabhu, saying, \"You can eat ten to\ntwenty manas of rice. I am a poor brahma.,a. How shall I get so much rice?\n\n", "mad1#p0317": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n286\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nPURPORT\nA mana is a measurement containing about four kilos.\n\nTEXT 87\n\n� ?t't<$N\n\n�\"''' '!� �1$1 � I\n\n?ft� il1 ��' iii ��t�'$ ·---� II \\r't II\nye panacha mu�ty-eka anna, taha khana utha\npagalami na kariha, na cha<;laio jhutha\nSY NONYMS\nye panacha-whatever You have; mu�ti-eka-one handful; anna-rice;\ntahci-that; khan a-eating; utha-plea s e get up; pag a / ami-madnes s; nado not;\n\nkariha-do; na-do not; chaljaio-strew; jhutha-remnants of\n\nfood st uff.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Whatever You have, though it be a palmful of rice, please eat it and get\nup. Don't show Your madness and strew the remnants of food here and\nthere!'\nTEXT 88\n\n�� 1{'5 ���?;� �?;F{ (;'el'Sfi{ I\n�(..�( -tt<$i � � � II \\r\\r II\nei mata hasya-rase karena bhojana\nardha-ardha khana prabhu chaljena vyanjana\nSYNONYMS\nei mata-in this way; hasya-ras e-j okingly; karena-does; bhojanaeating; ardha-ardha-half and half; khana-after eating; prabhu-the Lord;\nchagena-gives up; vyanjana-all the vegetables.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Nityananda Prabhu and Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu ate and\ntalked with Advaita Acarya jokingly. After eating half of each vegetable\npreparation given to Him, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu abandoned it and\nwent on to the next.\n\n", "mad1#p0318": "Text 91]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Adrya\n\n287\n\nTEXT 89\n\n� <u•� � �: �r;�� �'f 1\n<.fl� � �il: ��: �� en•� II lr� II\nsei vyanjana acarya punab karena puraf)a\nei mata punab punab parivese vyanjana\nSYNONYMS\nsei\npunab\npunab\n\nvyanjana-that\n-\n\n-\n\nhalf-finished\n\nvegetable;\n\nacarya-Advaita\n\nAcarya;\n\nagain; karena-does; puraf)a-filling; ei mata-in this way; punab\nagain and again; parivese-distributes; vyanjana\n\nvegetables\n\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as half of the vegetable in the pot was finished, Advaita Acarya\nfilled it up again. In this way, as the Lord finished half of a preparation,\nAdvaita Acarya again and again filled it up.\nTEXT 90\n\n� �·ti{ 'eRf' �� �(i{ I\n\n<2ft_�-·�� fl �� �ttr� II �o II\ndona vyanjane bhari' karena pr arthana\nprabhu balena-ara kata kariba bhojana\nSYNONYMS\ndona-the pot;\n\nvyanjane-with vege tables;\n\nbhar i -filli ng;\n'\n\nkarena­\n\nmakes; prarthana-request; prabhu balena-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nsays; ara-more; kata\n\n-\n\nhow m uch; kariba-can I do; bhojana-eat ing\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter filling a pot with vegetables, Advaita Adrya requested Them to\neat more, and Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"How much more can I go on\neatingf\"\nTEXT 91\n\n��#{ �-c;� MIT�, �� i{i �� I\n<.fl� � fift1f, � �(� �4flll �� II\n\n", "mad1#p0319": "288\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nacarya kahe-ye diyachi, taha na cha<;liba\nekhana ye diye, tara ardheka khaiba\nSY NONYMS\nacarya kahe-Advaita Acarya said; ye diyachi-whatever I have given;\ntaha na chaqiba-please do not give it up; ekhana-now; ye-whatever;\ndiye-l am giving; tara ardheka-half of it; khaiba-You will eat.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya said, \"Please do not give up whatever I have already\ngiven You. Now, whatever I am giving, You may eat half and leave half!'\nTEXT 92\n\ni{fili ��ttl��� I\n�1{ �1 � ��0'1 �'i II �� II\nnana yatna-dainye prabhure karaila bhojana\nacaryera iccha prabhu karila paraf}a\nSY NONYMS\nnana yatna-dainye-in this way, by various efforts and by humility;\nprabhure-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karaila-caused; bhojana-eating;\nacaryera\n\niccha-the\n\nwish\n\nof Advaita\n\nAcarya;\n\nMahaprabhu; karila-did; pural'}a-fulfillment\n\nprabhu-Lord\n\nCaitanya\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, by submitting various humble requests, Advaita Acarya\nmade Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Lord Nityananda eat. Thus Caitanya\nMahaprabhu fulfilled all the desires of Advaita Acarya.\nTEXT 93\n\n�� �-�t�t1f ,�ill � I\n\n'l'<fPi �' Q:!t1{ �� �� ;{1 � II �� II\nnityananda kahe-amara peta na bharila\nlana yaha, tora anna kichu na khaila\n\n", "mad1#p0320": "Text 95]\n\nlord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Adrya\n\n289\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda kahe-Nityananda Prabhu said; amara-My; peta-belly; nanot; bharila-filled; /ana-taking away; yaha-go; tora-Your; anna-food;\nkichu na khai/a-1 have not eaten anything.\nTRANSLATION\nAgain Nityananda Prabhu j okingly said, \"My belly is not yet filled up.\nPlease take away Your foodstuff. I have not taken the least of it!'\nTEXT 94\n\nc.fl\\! �' c.fl<ti� �t'! fltt'! \"flflii t\n\n�tfil' ���'Sf�� illio...� �$iII �811\neta bali' eka-grasa bhata hate lana\nujha/i' phelila age yena kruddha hana\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; eka-grasa-one palmful; bhata-rice; hate-in the\nhand; /ana-taking; ujha/i'-releasing; phe/i/a-threw; age-in front; yenaas if; kruddha hana-becoming angry.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Nityananda Prabhu took a handful of rice and threw it\non the floor in front of Him, as if He were angry.\nTEXT 95\n\nm �-�m \"ftr;-st �tt;tr;�1{ � ,\n� � \"flfPi �� �� �or;tr II �� II\nbhata dui-cari /age acaryera arige\nbhata arige lana acarya nace bahu-rarige\nSYNONYMS\nbhata dui-cari-two or four pieces of the thrown rice; /age-touch;\nacaryera arige-the body of Advaita Acarya; bhata-the rice; arige-on His\nbody; /ana-with; acarya nace-the Acarya began to dance; bahu-rarige-in\nmany ways.\n\n", "mad1#p0321": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n290\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen two or four pieces of the thrown rice touched His body, Advaita\nAcarya began to dance in various ways with the rice still stuck to His\nbody.\nTEXT 96\n\n�'!_� �ii 'ftRtif (;1{ t1{ � I\n��\\11��1.!1� G�����ll\navadhutera jhutha lagila mora ar'lge\nparama pavitra more kaila ei r;lhar'lge\n\nSYNONYMS\navadhutera jhutha-the remnants of the food of the avadhata; /agi/atouched;\n\nmora-My;\n\nar'lge-on\n\nthe\n\nbody;\n\nparama\n\npavitra-perfectly\n\npurified; more-Me; kaila-made; ei-this; r;/har'lge-behavior.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the rice thrown by Nityananda Prabhu touched His body, Advaita\nAcarya thought Himself purified by the touch of remnants thrown by\nparamaharilsa Nityananda. Therefore He began dancing.\nPURPORT\nThe word avadhata refers to one above all rules and regulations. Sometimes, not observing all the rules and regulations of a sannyasi, Nityananda\nPrabhu exhibited the behavior of a mad avadhata. He threw the remnants of\nfood on the ground, and some of these remnants touched the body of\nAdvaita Acarya. Advaita Acarya accepted this happily because He presented\nHimself as a member of the community of smarta-brahmaf)as. By touching the\nremnants of food thrown by Nityananda Prabhu, Advaita Acarya immediately\nfelt Himself purified of all smarta contamination. The remnants of food left by\na pure Vai�l)ava are called maha-maha-prasada. This is completely spiritual\nand is identified with Lord Vi�l)u. Such remnants are not ordinary. The spiritual\nmaster is to be considered on the stage of paramahamsa and beyond the\njurisdiction of the varf)asrama institution. The remnants of food left by the\nspiritual master and similar paramahamsas or pure Vai�l)avas are purifying.\nWhen an ordinary person touches such prasada, his mind is purified, and his\nmind is raised to the status of a pure brahmaf)a. The behavior and statements\n\n", "mad1#p0322": "Text 98]\n\nL ord Caitanya at the House of Advaita AcM)'a\n\n291\n\nof Advaita Acarya are meant for the understanding of ordinary people who\nare unaware of the strength of spiritual values, not knowing the potency of\nfoodstuffs left by the bona fide spiritual master and pure Vai�r;�avas.\nTEXT 97\n\n(;� �'f �Rf' �t�'l '5tJ �f( I\n� i!lftP!·�ff il�, lf'tf;'Sf ��II �9 II\ntore nimantraf)a kari' painu tara phala\ntora jati-kula nahi, sahaje pagala\nSYNONYMS\ntore-You; nimantraf)a-invitation; kari'-making; painu-1 have gotten in\nreturn; tara-of that; phala-the result; tora-Your; jati-kula nahi-there is\nno indication of Your caste and family; sahaje-by nature; paga/a-You are a\nmadman.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya jokingly said: \"My dear Nityananda, I invited You, and\nindeed I have received the results. You have no fixed caste or dynasty. By\nnature You are a madman.\nPURPORT\nThe words sahaje pagala (\"by nature a madman\") indicate that Nityananda\nPrabhu was transcendentally situated on the paramahamsa stage. Because He\nalways remembered Radha-Kr�r;�a and Their service, this was transcendental\nmadness. Sri Advaita Acarya was pointing out this fact.\nTEXT 98\n\n��tJ � � �fRtl �� I\n\n� fif�, �� �' � if1 �Rfr;\"f II �lr' II\napanara sama more karibara tare\njhutha dile, vipra bali' bhaya na karile\nSYNONYMS\n\napanara sama-like You; more-Me; karibara tare-for making; jhutharemnants of foodstuffs; di/e-You have given; vipra ba/i'-considering as a\nbrahmaf)a; bhaya-fear; na karile-You did not do.\n\n·\n\n", "mad1#p0323": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n292\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"To make Me a madman like Yourself, You have thrown the remnants of\nYour food at Me. You did not even fear the fact that I am a brahmar;Ja!'\nPURPORT\nThe words apanara sama indicate that Advaita Acarya considered Himself\nto belong to the smarta-brahmaf)as, and He considered Nityananda Prabhu to\nbe on the transcendental stage with pure Vai�l)avas. Lord Nityananda gave\nAdvaita Acarya His remnants to situate Him on the same platform and make\nHim a pure unalloyed Vai�l)ava or paramaharhsa. Advaita Acarya's statement\nindicates that a paramaharilsa Vai�l)ava is transcendentally situated. A pure\nVai�l)ava is not subject to the rules and regulations of the smarta-brahmaf)as.\nThat was the reason for Advaita Acarya's stating, apanara sama more karibara\ntare: \"To raise Me to Your own standard!' A pure Vai�l)ava or a person on the\nparamaharilsa stage accepts the remnants of food (maha-prasada) as spiritual.\nHe does not consider it to be material or sense gratificatory. He accepts\nmaha-prasada not as ordinary dahl and rice but as spiritual substance. To say\nnothing of the remnants of food left by a pure Vai�l)ava, prasada is never\npolluted even if it is touched by the mouth of a caf)gala. Indeed, it retains its\nspiritual value. Therefore by eating or touching such maha-prasada, a\nbrahmaf)a is not degraded. There is no question of being polluted by touching\nthe remnants of such food. Actually, by eating such maha-prasada, one is\nfreed from all the contaminations of the material condition. That is the verdict\nof the sastra.\nTEXT 99\n\nMJti{\"f �' -�� �� l!f:lt't'f I\n� 'tii' ��llf, 1_fif � ��.. \" �� \"\nnityananda bale, -ei kr�Qera prasada\nihake 'jhutha' kahi/e, tumi kaile aparadha\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda bale-Lord Nityananda said; ei-this; kr�Qera prasada-mahaprasada of Lord Kr�Qa;\n\nihake-unto it; jhutha-remnants of foodstuff;\n\nkahile-if You say; tumi-You; kai/e-have made; aparadha-offense.\n\n", "mad1#p0324": "Text 101]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Aclrya\n\n293\n\nTRANSLATION\nNityananda Prabhu replied: \"These are the remnants of food left by\nLord Km•a. If You take them to be ordinary remnants , You have committed an offense!'\nPURPORT\nIn the Brhad-vi�TJU Puraf)a it is stated that one who considers maha-prasada\nto be equal to ordinary rice and dahl certainly commits a great offense. Ordinary edibles are touchable and untouchable, but there are no such dualistic\nconsiderations where prasada is concerned. Prasada is transcendental, and\nthere are no transformations or contaminations, just as there are no contaminations or transformations in the body of Lord Vi�l)u Himself. Thus even\nif one is a brahmaf)a he is certain to be attacked by leprosy and bereft of all\nfamily members if he makes such dualistic considerations. Such an offender\ngoes to hell, never to return. This is the injunction of the Brhad-vi�TJU Puraf)a.\nTEXT 100\n\n�� � �flf �Jt� �I\nt:!r;<{ �· �'PfJt-. � �i{ II �\nII\no o\n\nsateka sannyasi yadi karaha bhojana\ntabe ei aparadha ha-ibe khaQ{iana\nSYNONYMS\nsateka sannyasi-one hundred sannyasis; yadi-if; karaha-You make;\nbhojana-the eating; tabe-then; ei-this; aparadha-offense; ha-ibethere will be; khaQ{iana-nullification.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Nityananda Prabhu continued: \"If you invite at least one hundred\nsannyasis to Your home and feed them sumptuously, Your offense will be\nnullified!'\nTEXT 101\n\n�t� �-i{i �fFI �fit-�-! I\n.:Jt� iftfittl c;1rtJ 'I� ..f!� II � � II\no\n\n", "mad1#p0325": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n294\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nacarya kahe-na kariba sannyasi-nimantraQa\nsannyasi nasi/a mora saba smrti-dharma\n\nSYNONYMS\nacarya kahe-Advaita Acarya said; na kariba-1 shall never do; sannyasinimantraQa-invitation to the sannyasis; sannyasi-a sannyasi; nasi/a-has\nspoiled; mora-My; saba-all; smrti-dharma-regulative principles of the\nsmrti-sastra.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya replied: \"I shall never again invite another sannyasi, for\nit is a sannyasi who has spoiled all My brahminical smrti regulations!'\nTEXT 102\n\ndl�\n\nctfit' � �� �� 'C{� I\n\n��J��·������o�ll\neta bali' dui jane karai/a acamana\nuttama sayyate la-iya karaila sayana\n\nSYNONYMS\neta bali'-saying this;\n\ndui jane-unto the two personalities; karaila\n\nacamana-washed Their hands and mouth; uttama-very nice; sayyate-on\na bed; /a-iya-taking; karai/a-made Them do; sayana-lying down.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, Advaita Acarya made the Lords wash Their hands and\nmouths. He then took Them to a nice bed and made Them lie down to\ntake rest.\nTEXT 103\n\n'AlP �-�-11�1f �� I\n\n�-1f•if Jl!( fiftlf 11.,�� II � o'!> II\nlavar'lga elaci-bija-uttama rasa-vasa\ntulasi-manjari saha dila mukha-vasa\n\n", "mad1#p0326": "Text 105]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Aclrya\n\n295\n\nSYNONYMS\nlavanga-cloves; e/aci-cardamom; bija-seeds; uttama-very nice; rasavasa-tasteful spices;\n\ntulasi-mafljari-the flowers of tulasi;\n\nsaha-with;\n\ndi/a-gave; mukha-vasa-perfume of the mouth.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Advaita Acarya fed the two Lords cloves and cardamom mixed with\ntulasi flowers. Thus there was a good flavor within Their mouths.\nTEXT 104\n\n�'Stfl5 � fil� �� �\"\"oq'l I\n�ostr. �lfttrl ��' fif'l' �·''Pfl II � 8 II\no\n\nsugandhi candane lipta kaila kalevara\nsugandhi pu�pa-mala ani' dila hrdaya-upara\nSYNONYMS\nsu-gandhi-fragrant; candane-in sandalwood; lipta-smeared; kailamade; kalevara-the bodies; su-gandhi-very fragrant; pu�pa-ma/a-flower\ngarlands; ani'-bringing; di/a-gave; hrdaya-upara-on the chests.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Advaita Acarya then smeared the bodies of the Lords with sandalwood pulp and then placed very fragrant flower garlands on Their chests.\nTEXT 105\n\n�<IS� i� �tlf·l'l.._� I\nJl'ffft �$'! <2ft.�� � II � o It II\nacarya karite cahe pada-sarilvahana\nsankucita hafla prabhu balena vacana\nSYNONYMS\nacarya-Advaita Acarya; karite-to do; cahe-wants; pada-sarhvahanamassaging the feet; sankucita-hesitant; hafla-becoming; prabhu-the\nLord; ba/ena-says; vacana-the words.\n\n", "mad1#p0327": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n296\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord lay down on the bed, Advaita Acarya wanted to massage\nHis legs, but the Lord was very hesitant and spoke as follows to Advaita\nAcarya.\nTEXT 106\n\n�If! iltbilc;or\n\n�' � �wtif I\n\n\\.�\"f��tlf ..bi �if� �� II � o� II\nbahuta nacaile tumi, chac;la nacana\nmukunda-haridasa la-iya karaha bhojana\n\nSY NONYMS\nbahuta-in various ways; nacai/e-have made Me dance; tumi-You;\nchac;la-give\n\nup;\n\nnacana-dancing;\n\nmukunda-Mukunda;\n\nhari-dasa­\n\nHaridasa; /a-iya-with; karaha-do; bhojana-eating.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said: \"Advaita Acarya, You have made Me\ndance in various ways. Now give up this practice. Go with Mukunda and\nHaridasa and accept Your lunch!'\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is here telling Advaita Acarya that it is not befitting for a sannyasi to accept nice beds to lie on or to chew cloves and cardamom and have his body smeared with sandalwood pulp. Nor is it befitting\nfor him to accept fragrant garlands and have his legs massaged by a pure\nVai�l)ava. \"You have already made Me dance according to your vow,\"\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu said. \"Now please stop it. You can go and take Your\n\nlunch with Mukunda and Haridasa\"\n\nTEXT 107\n\n�� �' �� � ..$1 'lltrt� I\n\n��.. � �'<;���'I 1ft� II � �'\\ II\ntabe ta' acarya sange lana dui jane\nkarila icchaya bhojana, ye achila mane\n\n", "mad1#p0328": "Text 109]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n297\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe ta'-thereafter; acarya-Advaita Acarya; sar'lge-with; /ana-taking;\ndui jane-the two persons, namely Mukunda and Haridasa; karila-did; icchaya-according to desire; bhojana-eating; ye achila mane-whatever\nthere was in mind.\nTRANSLATION\nThereupon Advaita Acarya took prasada with Mukunda and Haridasa,\nand they all wholeheartedly ate as much as they desired.\nTEXT 108\n\nllf1ft!�11\"1f <;� � ��' � �'$flf� I\n�� �� � �11\" R'i II �olr II\nsantipurera loka suni' prabhura agamana\ndekhite aila /oka prabhura caraQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsanti-purera toka-all the people of 5antipura; suni'-hearing; prabhura\n\nagamana-the arrival of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dekhite aila-came to\n\nsee; /oka-all the people; prabhura caraQa-the lotus feet of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen the people of Santipura heard that Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwas staying there, they all immediately came to see His lotus feet.\nTEXT 109\n\n'm' '�fif' �t'f ,� �t�f\"''! ��1 1\n�e,� 9ftbf �{11\" <;� ��$1 II �o� II\n'hari' 'hari' bale loka anandita hana\ncamatkara paila prabhura saundarya dekhina\nSYNONYMS\n\nhari hari-the holy name of the Lord; bale-say; /oka-all the people;\nanandita-pleased;\n\nhatia-being;\n\ncamatkara-wonder;\n\npai/a-got;\n\nprabhura-of the Lord; saundarya-the beauty; dekhina-by seeing.\n\n", "mad1#p0329": "298\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing very pleased, all the people loudly began to shout the holy name\nof the Lord, 11Hari! Hari!\" Indeed, they became struck with wonder upon\nseeing the beauty of the Lord.\nTEXT 110\n\n(;�-��·�t� �ft �f.rnj � I\n�'!·��� \\!tt� �f;if �� II �� II\no\n\ngaura-deha-kanti surya jiniya ujjvala\naruf)a-vastra-kanti tahe kare jha/a-ma/a\nSYNONYMS\ngaura-fair-complexioned; deha-of the body; kanti-the luster; suryathe sun; jiniya-conquering; ujjva/a-bright; aruf)a-reddish; vastra-kantithe beauty of the garments;\n\ntahe-in that;\n\nkare-does; jha/a-ma/a­\n\nglittering.\nTRANSLATION\nThey saw Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's very fair-complexioned body and\nits bright luster, which conquered the brilliance of the sun. Over and\nabove this was the beauty of the saffron garments that glittered upon His\nbody.\nTEXT 111\n\n�c;� ����'itt� �'fti{ I\n<;ot1,�11 �� firi{ ��'I �� II ��� II\naise yaya loka har�e, nahi samadhana\nlokera sar'lghatte dina haifa avasana\nSYNONYMS\naise-come; yaya-go; loka-all people; har�e-in great pleasure; nahithere is not; samadhana-calculation; lokera-of the people; sar'lghatte-in\ncrowds; dina-the day; haifa-there was; avasana-the end.\nTRANSLATION\nPeople came and went with great pleasure. There was no calculating\nhow many people assembled there before the day was over.\n\n", "mad1#p0330": "Text 114]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n299\n\nTEXT 112\n\n���\"���\n��'�'f.� �.f.{ II��� II\nsandhyate acarya arambhila sar'lkirtana\nacarya nacena, prabhu karena darsana\nSYNONYMS\nsandhyate-in the evening; acarya-Advaita Acarya; arambhila-began;\nsar'lkirtana-congregational chanting; acarya-Advaita Acarya;\n\nnacena­\n\ndances; prabhu-the Lord; karena-does; darsana-seeing.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as it was evening, Advaita Acarya began the congregational\nchanting. He even began to dance Himself, and the Lord saw the\nperformance.\nTEXT 113\n\n��\"' <;1ftlrtf� � �� -.ft�11\n�fl�ill 9ftt� � � �<$111 ��� II\nnityananda gosani bule acarya dharifla\nharidasa pache nace hara$ita hana\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda gosafli-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; bu/e-began to move, dancing; acarya dharina-following Advaita Acarya; hari-dasa-Haridasa Thakura;\npache-behind; nace-dances; hara$ita hafia-being pleased.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Advaita Acarya began to dance, Nityananda Prabhu began dancing behind Him. Haridasa Thakura, being very pleased, also began dancing behind Him.\nTEXT 114\n\nf<f <f�<( � 'f� ��� �t�Olf �� I\n��nrc� lltlf<f \"llRC� (;l{a II � ') s II Jf II\n\n", "mad1#p0331": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n300\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nki kahiba re sakhi ajuka ananda ora\ncira-dine madhava mandire mora\nSYNONYMS\nki-what; kahiba-shall I say; re-O; sakhi-My dear friends; ajukatoday;\n\nananda-pleasure;\n\nora-the\n\nlimit;\n\ncira-dine-after many days;\n\nmadhava-Lord Kr�r:Ja; mandire-in the temple; mora-My.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya said: \"'My dear friends, what shall I say? Today I have\nreceived the highest transcendental pleasure. After many, many days,\nLord Kr�r:-a is in My house.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis is a song composed by Vidyapati. Sometimes the word madhava is\nmisunderstood to refer to Madhavendra Puri. Advaita Acarya was a disciple\nof Madhavendra Purr, and consequently some people think that He was referring to Madhavendra Puri by using the word madhava. But actually this is not\nthe fact. This song was composed to commemorate the separation of Kr�r:Ja\nfrom Radharar:JT during Kr�r:Ja's absence in Mathura. This song was supposed\nto be sung by SrTmatT RadharaQT when Kr�r:Ja returned. It is technically called\nMathura-viraha.\nTEXT 115\n\n\\fl- �\\if '$ft'S�tbi �r.;'t{ �r.;� � I\n�-��·�'t�t�tt�tf·'$1�i{ II � �<t II\nei pada gaoyaiya har�e karena nartana\nsveda-kampa-pulakasru-hunkara-garjana\nSYNONYMS\nei pada-this verse; gaoyaiya-causing to be sung; har�e-in pleasure;\nkarena-does; nartana-dancing; sveda-perspiration; kampa-shivering;\npu/aka-standing of hairs; a5ru-tears on account of pleasure; hur'lkarathundering; garjana -bellowing.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya led the sankirtana party, and with great pleasure He\nsang this verse. There was a manifestation of ecstatic perspiration,\n\n", "mad1#p0332": "Text 117]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of A dvaita Aclrya\n\n301\n\nshivering, raised hairs, tears in the eyes, and sometimes thundering and\nbellowing.\nTEXT 116\n\nr.�' r.�' <15t_ � --� R'1 I\nRt'1 --�111 �J �t� � II ��� II\nphiri' phiri' kabhu prabhura dharena caraf)a\ncaraf)e dhariya prabhure balena vacana\nSYNONYMS\nphiri' phiri'-turning and turning; kabhu-sometimes; prabhura-of the\nLord; dharena-catches; caraf)a-the lotus feet; caraf)e dhariya-catching\nthe lotus feet; prabhure-unto the Lord; balena-says; vacana-words.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile dancing, A dvaita Acarya would sometimes turn around and\naround and catch the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. He then\nbegan to speak to Him as follows.\nTEXT 117\n\n��<15 ffr-.\n\n'�_fir '1fttJ �� ��111 I\n\n'tt;tt� �t<$t�, 111� Jt.� �1lfi111 II ��\" II\naneka dina tumi more bec;faile bhaQc;fiya\ngharete pat'iachi, ebe rakhiba bandhiya\nSYNONYMS\naneka\n\ndina-many\n\ndays;\n\ntumi-You;\n\nmore-Me;\n\nbec;faile-escaped;\n\nbhaQc;fiya-cheating or bluffing; gharete-at My home; pat'iachi-1 have gotten; ebe-now; rakhiba-1 shall keep; bandhiya-binding up.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Advaita Acarya would say: \"Many days You escaped Me by bluffing.\nNow I have You in my home, and I will keep You bound up!'\n\n", "mad1#p0333": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n302\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 118\n\nl.fl� �f'l' �1{ �� <fitJi{ � I\n�<fi·1(tfffl ��t1{ '<fi'l ���II ��lr II\neta bali' acarya anande karena nartana\nprahareka-ratri acarya kaila sankirtana\nSYNONYMS\neta bali'-saying this;\n\nacarya-Advaita Acarya;\n\nanande-in pleasure;\n\nkarena-does; nartana-dancing; prahar-eka-a b out three hours; ratri-at\nnight; acarya-SrT Advaita Acarya; kaila sankirtana-performed sankirtana, or\ncongregational chanting.\nTRANSLATION\nSo speaking, Advaita Acarya performed congregational chanting with\ngreat pleasure for three hours that night and danced all the time.\nTEXT 119\n\n(;�f;'llt �e,��i,-�1 ift� fl·� I\n\n�� �� (;��tJ �1f II ���II\npremera utkaQtha,-prabhura nahi kr$fJa-sanga\nvirahe bac;li/a prema-jvalara taranga\nSYNONYMS\npremera utkaQtha-the ecstasy of the love; prabhura-of the Lord; nahi­\n\nthere is not; kr$Qa-sanga-meeting with Lord Kr�l)a; virahe-in separation;\nbac;/i/a-increased; prema-jvalara-of flames of love; tarafiga-waves\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Advaita Acarya danced in that way, Lord Caitanya felt ecstatic\nlove for Kr�Qa, and because of His separation, the waves and flames of\nlove increased.\nTEXT 120\n\n�� �<$i �'fife;� ?tf� I\n(;'$f'tlftf$ �1i � � ��fpfi II �� II\no\n\n", "mad1#p0334": "Text 122]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n303\n\nvyakula hana prabhu bhamite pac;iila\ngosani dekhiya acarya nrtya sambarila\nSYNONYMS\nvyakula hafla-being too much agitated; prabhu-the Lord; bhamite-on\nthe ground; pac;ii/a-fell;\n\ngosani-the Lord;\n\ndekhiya-seeing;\n\nacarya­\n\nAdvaita Acarya; nrtya-the dancing; sambarila-checked.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing agitated by the ecstasy, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu suddenly fell on\nthe ground. Seeing this, Advaita Acarya stopped dancing .\nTEXT 121\n\n� � U:\"' � 'e�11� I\n�11' �l&f � 'ftf'Sttli 'Stt� II��) II\nprabhura antara mukunda jane bhala-mate\nbhavera sadrsa pada lagila gaite\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of the Lord; antara-the heart; mukunda-Mukunda; janeknows; bha/a-mate-very well; bhavera-to the ecstatic mood; sadrsasuitable; pada-verses; Jagila gaite-began to sing.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Mukunda saw the ecstasy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he understood the feelings of the Lord and began to sing many stanzas augmenting\nthe force of the Lord's ecstasy.\nTEXT 122\n\n���<IS�� I\n� ��' 12tt_f � i1\"11ft11 tft11''1 II�� � II\nacarya uthaila prabhuke karite nartana\npada suni' prabhura anga na yaya dharaf)a\n\n", "mad1#p0335": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n304\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\nacarya-Advaita Acarya; uthaila-raised; prabhuke-the Lord; karite-to\ndo; nartana-dancing; pada suni'-by hearing the stanzas; prabhura-of the\nLord; ariga-the body; na-not; yaya-possible; dharaQa-to hold.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya raised the body of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to help Him\ndance, but the Lord, after hearing the stanzas sung by Mukunda, could\nnot be held due to His bodily symptoms.\nTEXT 123\n\n�(!11, <f-liP(, �I!Ri, �' �$f � I\nlltlt'1 �i, 'lit'1 �' -.r;�<ti G1ftlfi{ U ��� U\nasru, kampa, pulaka, sveda, gadgada vacana\nk$af)e uthe, k$af)e paqe, k$af)eka rodana\nSYNONYMS\na5ru-tears; kampa-trembling; pu/aka-standing of hairs in ecstasy;\nsveda-perspiration;\n\ngadgada-faltering;\n\nvacana-words;\n\nk$aQe­\n\nsometimes; uthe-stands; k$aQe-sometimes; pa<;/e-falls down; k$aQekasometimes; rodana-crying.\nTRANSLATION\nTears fell from His eyes, and His whole body trembled. His hair stood\non end, He perspired heavily, and His words faltered. Sometimes He\nstood, and sometimes He fell. And sometimes He cried.\nTEXT 124\n\n�1 �1 ��f��PI�, f-;qr �1 C�af C1{iut I\n-;qr�C�1{f�� C1{1� '\\!�-� ��l II � � 8 II ..!1' II\nha ha praf)a-priya-sakhi, ki na haila more\nkanu-prema-Vi$e mora tanu-mana jare\n\n", "mad1#p0336": "Text 126]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n305\n\nSYNONYMS\nha ha-0; praf)a-priya-sakhi-my dear friend; ki na haifa more-what has\nnot happened to me; kanu-prema-vi�e-the poison of love of Kr�l)a; moramy; tanu-body; mana-mind; jare-afflicts.\nTRANSLATION\nMukunda sang: \"'My dear intimate friend! What has not happened to\nme! Due to the effects of the poison of love for Kr��a, my body and mind\nhave been severely afflicted.\nPURPORT\nWhen Mukunda saw that Caitanya Mahaprabhu was feeling ecstatic pain\nand manifesting ecstatic bodily symptoms, all due to feelings of separation\nfrom Kr�l)a, he sang songs about meeting with Kr�l)a. Advaita Acarya also\nstopped dancing.\nTEXT 125\n\nftmf·N� '?Itt'�� '�1vtr. ifl ?ttl! I\n�'ttl'� <!SPl ?ttl!, �'ttl !j)�' �IS II ��<2' II\nratri-dine page mana soyasti na pan\nyahan gele kanu pan, tahan u<;li' yan\nSYNONYMS\nratri-dine-day and night; po<;/e-burns; mana-mind; soyasti-rest; nanot; pan-1 get; yahan-where; ge/e-if going; kanu pan-1 can get Kr�l)a;\ntahan-there; u<;/i'-flying; yan-1 go.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My feeling is like this: My mind burns day and night, and I can get no\nrest. If there were someplace I could go to meet Kr��a, I would immediately fly there.' \"\nTEXT 126\n\n�· ?fW '5111 '!_� 1il1f �� I\n\"fim\"l � fR ���II ���II\n\n", "mad1#p0337": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n306\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nei pada gaya mukunda madhura susvare\nsuniya prabhura citta antare vidare\nSYNONYMS\nei pada-this stanza;\n\ngaya-sings;\n\nmukunda-Mukunda;\n\nmadhura­\n\nsweet; su-svare-in a voice; suniya-hearing; prabhura-of the Lord; cittamind; antare-within; vidare-splits into pieces.\nTRANSLATION\nThis stanza was sung by Mukunda in a very sweet voice, but as soon as\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu heard this stanza, His mind went to pieces.\nTEXT 127\n\n��' � �' ��' '$f(, �I\n�����it��-� II ��\" II\nnirveda, vi�ada, harg capalya, garva, dainya\nprabhura sahita yuddha kare bhava-sainya\nSYNONYMS\nvi�ada-moroseness;\n\nnirveda -disappointment;\n\nhar�a-pleasure;\n\ncapa/ya-restlessness; garva-pride; dainya-humility; prabhura-the Lord;\nsahita-with;\n\nyuddha-fight;\n\nkare-do;\n\nbhava-of\n\necstatic\n\nfeelings;\n\nsainya -soldiers.\nTRANSLATION\nThe transcendental ecstatic symptoms (disappointment, moroseness,\npleasure, restlessness, pride and humility) all began to fight like soldiers\nwithin the Lord.\nPURPORT\nHar�a is described in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu. Har�a is experienced when\none finally attains the desired goal of life and consequently becomes very\nglad. When har�a is present, the body shivers, and one's hairs stand on end.\nThere are perspiration, tears and an outburst of passion and madness. The\nmouth becomes swollen, and one experiences inertia and illusion. When a\nperson attains his desired object and feels very fortunate, the luster of his\nbody increases. Because of his own qualities and feelings of greatness, he\ndoes not care for anyone else, and this is called garva, or pride. In this condi-\n\n", "mad1#p0338": "Text 129]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n307\n\ntion one utters prayers and does not reply to others' inquiries. Seeing one's\nown body, concealing one's desires and not heeding the words of others are\nsymptoms visible in the ecstasy of garva.\nTEXT 128\n\nIQ·O � <2ft_ '6tm �mf I\n\n'-fiw! �' 1tlt iff� � II ��'IT' II\njara-jara haifa prabhu bhavera prahare\nbhamite pa�fila, svasa nahika sarire\nSYNONYMS\njara- jara-tottering; haifa-there was; prabhu-the Lord; bhavera-of the\necstatic moods; prahare-in the onslaught;\n\nbhamite-on the ground;\n\npa(iifa-fell; svasa-breathing; nahika-there was not; sarire-in the body.\nTRANSLATION\nThe entire body of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began to totter due to\nthe onslaught of various ecstatic symptoms. As a result, He immediately\nfell on the ground, and His breathing almost stopped.\nTEXT 129\n\nro-m� �m � � �'St'l ,\n�� �Qs <2l'f ..�ln -� II ��� II\ndekhiya cintita haifa yata bhakta-gaQa\nacambite uthe prabhu kariya garjana\nSYNONYMS\ndekhiya-seeing;\n\ncintita-anxious;\n\nhaifa-became;\n\nyata-all;\n\nbhakta­\n\ngaQa-devotees; acambite-all of a sudden; uthe-rises; prabhu-the Lord;\nkariya-making; garjana-thundering.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing the condition of the Lord, all the devotees became very\nanxious. Then, suddenly, the Lord got up and began to make thundering\nsounds.\n\n", "mad1#p0339": "308\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 130\n\n'� '� �' e{ttJ, �i4f;lff �'f I\n�i4 i{1 �Rl �·lftlr !2f� II�'!)o II\n'bal' 'bal' bale, nace, anande vihvala\nbujhana na yaya bhava-tarariga prabala\n\nSYNONYMS\nbal bal-speak, speak; bale-the Lord says; nace-dances; anande-in\npleasure; vihvala-overwhelmed; bujhana-understanding; na yaya-not\npossible; bhava-tarariga-the waves of ecstasy; prabala-powerful.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon standing up, the Lord said: \"Go on speaking! Go on speaking!\"\nThus He began to dance, overwhelmed with pleasure. No one could\nunderstand the strong waves of this ecstasy.\nTEXT 131\n\nr;.\"!Jfi{lf � � <2ft.t<15 �$1 I\n�' ����� � � 1!, iftfilfll1 \" �'!)� \"\nnityananda sarige bule prabhuke dharina\nacarya, haridasa bule pache ta, nacina\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda-Nityananda Prabhu; sange-with; bule-walks; prabhukethe Lord; dharina-catching; acarya-Advaita Acarya; hari-dasa-Thakura\nHaridasa; bule-walk; pache-behind; ta-certainly; nacina-dancing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Nityananda began to walk with Caitanya Mahaprabhu to see that\nHe would not fall, and Advaita Acarya and Haridasa Th�kura followed\nThem, dancing.\nTEXT 132\n\n�� 111! !2fl(t� ifttJ � 1ft1r I\n� �' <fi!_ �' 1@5fm 1!1(t1f II�'!)� II\n\n", "mad1#p0340": "Text 134]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n309\n\nei mata prahar-eka nace prabhu range\nkabhu harg kabhu vi�ada, bhavera tarange\nSYNONYMS\n\nei mata-in this way; prahar-eka-for about three hours; nace-dances;\nprabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; range-in great ecstasy; kabh.usometimes;\n\nhar�a-pleasure;\n\nkabhu-sometimes;\n\nvi�ada-moroseness;\n\nbhavera-of ecstasy; tarange-in the waves.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way the Lord danced for at least three hours. Sometimes the\nsymptoms of ecstasy were visible, including pleasure, moroseness and\nmany other waves of ecstatic emotional love.\nTEXT 133\n\nf%il f� ��� � ce� 1\n�-�C:'! � � 9l�� II ���II\ntina dina upavase kariya bhojana\nuddar:�<;:Ja-nrtyete prabhura haifa parisrama\nSYNONYMS\n\ntina dina-three days; upavase-in fasting;\n\nkariya-doing; bhojana­\n\neating; uddaQga-jumping high; nrtyete-in dancing; prabhura-of the Lord;\nhaifa-there was; parisrama-fatigue.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord had been fasting for three days, and after that period He took\neatables sumptuously. Thus when He danced and jumped high, He became a little fatigued.\nTEXT 134\n\n�II' il1 � � <;�� �$11\nfemtil\"f �� �f� ..rl$111 ��8 II\ntabu ta' na jane srama premavi�ta hafia\nnityananda mahaprabhuke rakhifa dharifia\n\n", "mad1#p0341": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n310\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabu-still; ta'-certainly; na jane-does not know; srama fatigue;\npr em a-avi�ta-absorbed in love; hat'ia-being; nityananda-Lord Nityananda;\nmah a prab huke -Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\nrakhila-stopped;\n-\n\n-\n\ndharit'ia-catching.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing fully absorbed in love of Godhead, He would not understand His\nfatigue. But Nityananda Prabhu, catching Him, stopped His dancing.\nTEXT 135\n\n'61t�-�'St'Pftf<fP � m� � 1\niftif1 ��i <m' � �� llf1li{ II ��<2' II\naca rya-gosat'ii tabe rakhila kirtana\nnana seva kari' prabhuke karaila sayana\n'\n\nSYNONYMS\naca rya-gosat'ii-Advaita\nkirtana-the chanting;\n\nprabhuke\n\n-\n\nAcarya;\n\nnana-various;\n\ntabe-then;\n\nrakhi/a-suspended;\n\nseva-service;\n\nkari'\n\n-\n\nperforming;\n\nunto the Lord; karai/a-made to do; sa yana-lying down.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAlthough the Lord was fatigued, Nityananda Prabhu kept Him steady by\nholding Him. At that time, Advaita Acarya suspended the chanting and,\nby rendering various services to the Lord, made Him lie down to take rest.\nTEXT 136\n\n�� �� ��m-�� 1\n��11it9f �fit' � � � II ��� II\nei-mata dasa-dina bhojana-kirtana\n\neka-rOpe kari' kare prabhura sevana\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; dasa-dina-continuously for ten days;\n\nkirtana eating and chanting; eka-rupe -without change; kari\nkare-does; prabhura-of the Lord; sevana-service.\n-\n\nbhojana'-\n\ndoing;\n\n", "mad1#p0342": "Text 138]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Adrya\n\n311\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor ten continuous days Advaita Acarya held feasting and chanting in\nthe evening. He served the Lord in this way without any change.\nTEXT 137\n\n���� �mn � �1$11\n\n••'fet·�ttr � 111\"1� 'f$111 �'!1'1 II\nprabhate acaryaratna dolaya car;/afia\nbhakta-gaf)a-sange aila sacimata /afia\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhate-in the morning; acarya-ratna-Candrasekhara; do/aya-in a\npalanquin;\n\ncar;/afia-seating;\n\nbhakta-gaQa-sal'lge-with\n\ndevotees;\n\nai/a­\n\ncame; saci-mata-mother SacT; /ana-bringing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the morning Candra.Sekhara brought Sacimata from her house with\nmany devotees, and he seated her in a palanquin.\nTEXT 138\n\n�-i{'ftlll �-��� I\n� � �' � �R� .II ��lr II\nnadiya-nagarera /oka -stri-balaka-vrddha\nsaba /oka ai/a, hai/a sanghatta samrddha\n\nSYNONYMS\nnadiya-known as Nadia; nagarera-of the city; /oka-the people; striwomen; ba/aka-boys; vrddha-old men; saba /oka-all people; ai/acame; hai/a-was; satighatta-crowd; samrddha-increased.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, all the people of the town of Nadia-including all women,\nboys and old men -came there. Thus the crowd increased.\n\n", "mad1#p0343": "312\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 139\n\n12ft\\!:� �' �tt iftlf·'f�� I\n\n11fi'hrt�1 'flfP1 � ���II��;;, II\nprata/:1-krtya kari' kare nama-sarlkirtana\nsacimata lana aila advaita-bhavana\nSYNONYMS\nprata/:1-krtya-the morning du ties; kari'-finishing; kare-does; namasarlkirtana-chan ting the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra; saci-mata-mother Saci; /anawith; ai/a-came; advaita-bhavana-at the house of Advaita Acarya.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the morning, after regular duties were completed and the Lord was\nchanting the Hare Kr��a maha-mantra, the people accompanied Sacimata\nto the house of Advaita Acarya.\nTEXT 140\n\n-ti\"·�'St 9t� c!Jt_ Sf��e, lt:�'l I\n�fillt'! 'ftf'St'l'l � <;�� �lfP1 II�So II\nsaci-age paqila prabhu daQqavat hana\nkandite lagila saci kale uthaina\nSYNONYMS\nsaci-age-in front of mother Saci; paqi/a-fell down; prabhu-the Lord;\ndaQqa-vat-like a stick; hana-becoming; kandite-to cry; /agi/a-began;\nsaci-mother Saci; kale-on the lap; uthaina-taking.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as mother Saci appeared on the scene, Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nfell before her like a stick. Mother Saci began to cry, taking the Lord on\nher lap.\nTEXT 141\n\n\"� ffi� �.·����'I I\n� ift C5ff� � �� �� \" �8� \"\n\n", "mad1#p0344": "Text 143]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n313\n\ndonhara darsane dunhe ha-ila vihvala\nkesa na dekhiya sac/ ha-ila vikala\nSYNONYMS\ndonhara darsane-in seeing one another; dunhe-both of them; ha-ilabecame; vihva/a-overwhelmed;\n\nkesa-hair;\n\nna-not;\n\ndekhiya-seeing;\n\nsacr-mother Saci; ha-ila-became; vika!a-agitated.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing one another, they both became overwhelmed. Seeing the\nLord's head without hair , mother Saci became greatly agitated.\nTEXT 142\n\n� �--, 11_-t �.., <Tit1f r��'� 1\nOf�� if! �,-�� 'e� il1fi{ \" �8� \"\nar'lga muche, mukha cumbe, kare nirTk�af)a\ndekhite na paya,-asru bharila nayana\nSYNONYMS\nar'lga-the body; muche-smears; mukha-face; cumbe-kisses; karedoes; nirTk�af)a-observing; dekhite-to see; na paya-not able; a5rutears; bharila-filled; nayana-the eyes.\nTRANSLATION\nShe began to smear the body of the Lord with kisses. Sometimes she\nkissed His face and tried to observe Him carefully, but because her eyes\nwere filled with tears , she could not see.\nTEXT 143\n\n�tfio'l � �' � �f� I\n�'Qi9f·'flf if! � �� II �8� II\nkandiya kahena sacT, bachare nimafli\nvisvarupa-sama na kariha nithurai\n\n", "mad1#p0345": "[Madhya-Jill, Ch. 3\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n314\n\nSYNONYMS\nkandiya-crying; kahena-says; sacf-mother SacT; bachare-my darling;\nnimafii-0 Nimai; visva-rupa-VisvanJpa; sama-like; na kariha-do not do;\nnithurai-cruelty.\nTRANSLATION\nUnderstanding that Lord Caitanya had accepted the renounced order of\nlife, Sacimata, crying, said to the Lord, \"My darling Nimai, do not be cruel\nlike Visvarupa, Your elder brother!'\nTEXT 144\n\n'001� � ��: ifl fif'f � I\n������1Rf'lll�8811\nsannyasf ha-iya punab na dila darasana\ntumi taiche kaile mora ha-ibe maral)a\nSYNONYMS\nsannyasi-a member of the renounced order; ha-iya-after becoming;\npunab-again; na-not; di/a-gave; darasana-visit; tumi-You; taichelike that; kai/e-if doing; mora-my; ha-ibe-there will be; maral)a-death.\nTRANSLATION\nMother\n\nSaci\n\ncontinued:\n\n\"After\n\naccepting\n\nthe renounced order,\n\nVisvarupa never again gave me audience. If You do like Him, that will certainly be the death of Me!'\nTEXT 145\n\n<�StfitRn � <2ft.-��' � � I\n�� ��' Clf'Rf ���II �8� II\nkandiya balena prabhu-suna, mora ai\ntomara sarira ei, mora kichu nai\nSYNONYMS\nkandiya-c rying; balena-says; prabhu-the Lord; suna-hear; moraMy; ai-mother; tomara-your; sarira-body; ei-this; mora-My; kichuanything; nai-is not.\n\n", "mad1#p0346": "Text 147]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acvya\n\n315\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord replied, \"My dear mother, please hear. This body belongs to\nyou. I do not possess anything.\nTEXT 146\n\nQ!11ftl � (}f�, \" '� �� I\n\n� � � �ej iff ?ttfif �'ft� 11�8�11\ntamara palita deha, janma toma haite\nkoti janme tamara [Qa na pari sodhite\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-your; palita-raised; deha-body; janma-birth; toma-you;\nhaite-from; koti-millions; janme-in births; tamara-your; wa-debt;\nna-not; pari-1 am able; sodhite-to repay.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This body was raised by you, and it comes from you. I cannot repay\nthis debt even in millions of births.\nTEXT 147\n\n\\!ft�' � il1 llr�' �� •f9t � I\n�-ttf9f �����II �8'l II\njani' va na jani' kaila yadyapi sannyasa\ntathapi tomare kabhu nahiba udasa\nSYNONYMS\njani'-knowing;\nyadyapi-although;\n\nva-or;\n\nna-not;\n\nsannyasa-the\n\njani'-knowing;\nrenounced\n\nkai/a-accepted;\n\norder;\n\ntathapi-still;\n\ntomare-unto you; kabhu-at any time; nahiba-shall not become; udasaindifferent.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Knowingly or unknowingly I have accepted this renounced order.\nStill, I shall never be indifferent to you.\n\n", "mad1#p0347": "316\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 148\n\n1_fif � �' �fil � �� I\nt_fif �- � <lit, � IS' �fJ� II �8\\r II\ntumi yahan kaha, ami tahani rahiba\ntumi yei ajna kara, sei ta' kariba\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-you; yahar'l-wherever; kaha-ask; ami-1; tahaili-there; rahibashall stay; tumi-you; yei-whatever; ajna-order; kara-give; sei-that;\nta'-certainly; kariba-1 shall execute.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear mother, wherever you ask Me to stay I shall stay, and whatever you order I shall execute!'\nTEXT 149\n\n(fl� �' �: �: <mf � I\n\n� �$1 � (;�'ttlf <mf ��II �8� II\neta bali' punab punab kare namaskara\ntu�ta hana ai kale kare bara bara\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; punab punab-again and again;\n\nkare-offers;\n\nnamaskara-obeisances; tu$ta hafla-being pleased; ai-mother Saci; kaleon the lap; kare-takes; bara bara-again and again.\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, the Lord offered obeisances to His mother again and again,\nand mother Saci, being pleased, took Him again and again on her lap.\nTEXT 150\n\n� � '1$1 � (;'5tlrt 'Cil'e]fi I\n\n'ft''St'l �� �'{ � � II �� o II\n\n", "mad1#p0348": "Text 152)\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n317\n\ntabe ai lana acarya ge/a abhyantara\nbhakta-gaQa milite prabhu ha-ifa satvara\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; ai-the mother; /ana-taking; acarya-Advaita Acarya;\nge/a-entered; abhyantara\ntees;\n\nmilite-to\n\nmeet;\n\n-\n\nwithin the house; bhakta-gaQa-all the devo­\n\nprabhu-the\n\nLord;\n\nha-ifa-became;\n\nsatvara­\n\nimmediately.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Advaita Acarya took mother Saci within the house. The Lord was\nimmediately ready to meet all the devotees.\nTEXT 151\n\n�t<fi �t<fi fif� 12ft_� 'ftl'Sftf I\n\n�tJ 'l� \"'f-t' �\" 'Cftfiftr� u ��� u\neke eke milila prabhu saba bhakta-gaQa\nsabara mukha dekhi' kare dr<;lha alitigana\nSYNONYMS\neke eke-one after another; milila-met; prabhu-the Lord; saba-all;\nbhakta-gaQa-the devotees; sabara-of everyone; mukha-f ace; dekhi'seeing; kare-does; dr<;/ha-tightly; a/itigana-embracing.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord met all the devotees one after the other, and lookin g at everyone's face individually, He embraced them tightly.\nTEXT 152\n\n� iii \"'f� ftl �Wf\"Pt 9fti t:� I\n\n� \"'f� �9fti 11�� U ��� II\nkesa na dekhiya bhakta yadyapi paya du/:lkha\nsaundarya dekhite tabu paya maha-sukha\n\n", "mad1#p0349": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n318\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\nkesa-hair; na dekhiya-not seeing; bhakta-the devotees; yadyapialthough;\n\npaya-get;\n\nduQkha-unhappiness;\n\nsaundarya-the\n\nbeautiful\n\nposture; dekhite-to see; tabu-still; paya-get; maha-sukha-great happiness.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the devotees were unhappy at not seeing the Lord's hair, they\nnonetheless derived great happiness from seeing His beauty.\nTEXTS 153-155\n\n!l�'tll, lt1ftt, fWtfi{fif, 'Sflfrof I\n�' �t�, �ft, '$�\" ���\"\n�·�'�,-�,��\n\n��ttif<i!l, tit�, 'l_�, 11.lt II ��8 II\n\n�� iiTit 'I� � i{��1� I\n�tl filfit111 � �9f'ty� lttfif' II ��� II\nsrivasa, ramai, vidyanidhi, gadadhara\ngangadasa, vakresvara, murari, suklambara\nbuddhimanta khan, nandana, sridhara, vijaya\nvasudeva, damodara, mukunda, sanjaya\nkata nama la-iba yata navadvipa-vasi\nsabare milila prabhu krpa-dr�tye hasi'\nSYNONYMS\nsri-vasa-Srivasa; ramai-Ramai; vidya-nidhi-Vidyanidhi; gada-dharaGadadhara;\n\nganga-dasa -Gangadasa;\n\nvakresvara-Vakresvara;\n\nmurari­\n\nMurari; suk/ambara-Suklambara; buddhimanta khan-Buddhimanta Khan;\nnandana-Nandana;\n\nsri-dhara-Sridhara;\n\nvijaya-Vijaya;\n\nVasu-deva­\n\nVasudeva; damodara-Damodara; mukunda-Mukunda; sanjaya-Sanjaya;\nkata nama-how many names; /a-iba-1 shall mention; yata-all; navadvipa-vasi-the inhabitants of Navadvipa; sabare-all of them; milila-met;\nprabhu-the Lord; krpa-dr�tye-with merciful glances; hasi'-smiling.\n\n", "mad1#p0350": "Text 157]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Aclrya\n\n319\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrivasa, Ramai, Vidyanidhi, Gadadhara, Gangadasa, Vakresvara, Murari,\nSuklambara, Buddhimanta Khan, Nandana, Sridhara, Vijaya, Vasudeva,\nDamodara, Mukunda, Sanjaya and all the others, however many I can\nmention-indeed, all the inhabitants of Navadvipa-arrived there, and\nthe lord met them with smiles and glances of mercy.\nTEXT 156\n\n��\"\" iftm � �fil' '�' '�ft' I\n\n�-1ffio �-����II ���II\nanande nacaye sabe bali' 'hari' 'hari'\nacarya-mandira haifa s'ri-vaikuQtha-puri\n\nSYNONYMS\nanande-in pleasure; nacaye-dance; sabe-all; ba/i'-saying; hari harithe holy name of the Lord; acarya-mandira-the house of Advaita Acarya;\nhaifa-became; sri-vaikuQtha-puri-a spiritual Vaiku�tha planet.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone was dancing and chanting the holy names of Hari. In this way\nthe domicile of Advaita Acarya was converted into Sri Vaikur,tha Puri.\nTEXT 157\n\n�����\"'f��l\nittif(� �'����II ��'t I\nyata loka ai/a mahaprabhuke dekhite\nnana-grama haite, ara navadvipa haite\n\nSYNONYMS\nyata /oka-all the people; ai/a-came;\n\nmaha-prabhuke-SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; dekhite-to see; nana-grama haite-from various villages;\nara-and; nava-dvipa haite-from NavadvTpa.\n\n", "mad1#p0351": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n320\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\nPeople came to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu from various other\nvillages nearby, as well as Navadvipa.\nTEXT 158\n\n�t-.ttt �� fif'l-':e'II'J, qrqrttet I\n\n��-(;����'I ��ttft� II �011- II\nsabakare vasa dila-bhak�ya, anna-pana\nbahu-dina acarya-gosat'ii kaila samadhana\nSYNONYMS\nsabakare-to all of them; vasa di/a-gave residential quarters; bhak�yaeatables; anna-pana-food and drink; bahu-dina-for many days; acaryagosani-Advaita Acarya; kai/a-did; samadhana-adjustment.\nTRANSLATION\nTo everyone who came to see the Lord from villages nearby, especially\nfrom Navadvipa, Advaita Acarya gave residential quarters, as well as all\nkinds of eatables, for many days. Indeed, He properly adjusted everything.\nTEXT 159\n\n�-(;'$1t�flfP� ':et'Gtf- �'R, �:Rl I\n� i!f� � <mf � i!f� � II ��� II\nacarya-gosat'ii ra bhar:u;fara-ak�aya, avyaya\nyata dravya vyaya kare tata dravya haya\nSYNONYMS\nacarya-gosat'ii ra-of Advaita Acarya;\ninexhaustible;\n\navyaya-indestructible;\n\nvyaya-expenditure;\n\nkare-does;\n\nbhaQgara-storehouse; ak�ayayata-all;\n\ntata-so much;\n\ndravya-commodities;\ndravya-commodity;\n\nhaya-becomes filled.\nTRANSLATION\nThe supplies of Advaita Acarya were inexhaustible and indestructible.\nAs many goods and commodities as He used, just\nappeared.\n\nas\n\nmany again\n\n", "mad1#p0352": "Text 1621\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acat-ya\n\n321\n\nTEXT 160\n\n� � � -1� �t1fil �i{ I\n�'St'l '1'�1 � � ce� II ��o II\nsei dina haite saci karena randhana\nbhakta-gaQa lana prabhu karena bhojana\nSYNONYMS\nsei\n\ndina\n\nhaite-from that\n\ndate;\n\nsaci-mother\n\n5aci;\n\nkarena-does;\n\nrandhana-cooking; bhakta-gaQa-all the devotees; /ana-accompanied by;\nprabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karena-does; bhojana-dining\n\n.\n\nTRANS LATJON\nFrom the day Sacimata arrived at the house of Advaita Acarya, she took\ncharge of the cooking, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu dined in the company of all the devotees.\nTEXT 161\n\n� �Mr;� ��-� �i{ I\n� (}'ft<ti (;�t� l:!ft_1f il:�il:-�il: II ��� II\ndine acaryera priti-prabhura darsana\nra tre /aka dekhe prabhura nartana-kirtana\nSYNONYMS\ndine-during the daytime; acaryera p riti-the loving affairs of Advaita\nAcarya; prabhura darsana-the sight of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ratre-at\nnight; /oka-all the people; dekhe-see; prabhura-of the Lord; nartanakirtana-dancing and chanting.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the people who came there during the day saw Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and the friendly behavior of Advaita Acarya. At night they\nhad the opportunity to see the Lord's dancing and hear His chanting.\nTEXT 162\n\n� �fif� �����I\n�� �..,, ��' 0$1�, c$AIII ��� II\n\n", "mad1#p0353": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n322\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nkirtana karite prabhura sarva-bhavodaya\nstambha, kampa, pulakasru, gadgada, pralaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nkirtana karite-while performing chanting; prabhura-of the Lord; sarvaall; bhava-udaya-manifestations of ecstatic symptoms; stambha-being\nstunned;\n\nkampa-trembling; pu/aka-standing of the hair; asru-tears;\n\ngadgada-faltering of the voice; pra/aya-devastation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord performed kirtana, He manifested all kinds of transcendental symptoms. He appeared stunned and trembling, His hair stood on\nend, and His voice faltered. There were tears and devastation.\nPURPORT\nDevastation is described in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu as a combination of\nhappiness and distress that becomes conspicuous by an absence of any sense\nof them. In this condition, a devotee falls to the ground, and the subsequent\nsymptoms in the body ensue. These symptoms are mentioned above, and\nwhen they become prominent in the body, a state called pralaya (devastation) is manifest.\n\nTEXT 163\n\n'lift'! -.t'l 9ft� � �� �c$1 I\n\n�' \"'G'htf\\!1 -.� 'It�� <fiRfVI II �� II\nk�af)e k�af)e page prabhu achaga khana\ndekhi' sacimata kahe rodana kariya\n\nSYNONYMS\nk�af)e k�af)e-very frequently; page-falls; prabhu-the Lord; achaga\nkhana-tumbling down; dekhi'-seeing; saci-mata-mother 5aci; kahesays; rodana kariya-crying.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrequently the Lord would tumble to the ground. Seeing this, mother\nSaci would cry.\n\n", "mad1#p0354": "Text 166]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n323\n\nTEXT 164\n\nf(�IJ, � �1 �tf$·�� I\n�� � f�·9ftt-f 1ftt<$f �� � II ��8 II\ncurf)a haifa, hena vasor'l nimMii-kafevara\nha-ha kari' vi$QU-pase mage ei vara\nSYNONYMS\ncurQa-smashed;\n\nhaifa-has\n\nbecome;\n\nhena-thus;\n\nvasor'l-1\n\nthink;\n\nnimafii-kafevara-the body of Nimai; ha-ha kari'-crying loudly; vi$QUpase-Lord Vi�ou; mage-begs; ei-this; vara-benediction.\nTRANSLATION\nSrimati Sacimata thought that the body of Nimai was being smashed\nwhen He fell down so. She cried,\" Alas!\" and petitioned Lord Vi�IJU.\nTEXT 165\n\n�� 'll� �H � �1( �I\n� �� � �tt1f G;5f� i{�t�'l II ��<t II\nbafya-kafa haite tamara ye kaifur'l sevana\ntara ei phafa more deha narayaf)a\nSYNONYMS\nbafya-kafa haite-from my childhood;\n\ntamara-Your;\n\nye-whatever;\n\nkaifuti-1 have done; sevana-service; tara-of that; ei phafa-this result;\nmore-unto me; deha-kindly award; narayaQa-0 Supreme Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, kindly bestow this benediction as a result of whatever\nservice I have rendered unto You from my childhood.\nTEXT 166\n\n� �tt\"' �f� � 'B\"Ilf·� I\n� � � 'ftt<sf fillltf•� II ��� II\n\n", "mad1#p0355": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n324\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nye kale nimafii pac;le dharaf)i-upare\nvyatha yena nahi /age nimani-Sa.rire\nSYNONYMS\nye kale-whenever; nimafli-my son Nimai; pac;/e-falls down; dharaf)iupare-on the surface of the earth; vyatha-pain; yena-as if; nahi-not;\n/age-touch; nimafli-sarire-the body of my son Nimai.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Whenever Nimai falls to the surface of the earth, please do not let Him\nfeel any pain!'\nTEXT 167\n\n�� -l�ct'f� �te.�ct'U �'I I\n�-�·\"'fltctc't � ��'I II ��� II\nei-mata sacidevi vatsalye vihvala\nhar?a-bhaya-dainya-bhave ha-ila vikala\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; saci-devi-mother Saci; vatsa/ye-in parental affection; vih va/a-overwhelmed; har?a-happiness; bhaya-fear; dainya-bhave-and in humility; ha-ila-became; vika/a\n\ntransformed\n\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen mother Saci was thus overwhelmed in paternal love for Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, she became transformed with happiness, fear and\nhumility, as well as bodily symptoms.\nPURPORT\nThese verses indicate that mother Saci, born in the family of Nilambara\nCakravarti, used to worship Lord Vi�I)U even before her marriage. As stated in\nBhagavad-gita (6:41):\nprapya puf)ya-krtam lokan\nU?itva sasvatiQ sama/:J\nsucinaril srimataril gehe\nyoga-bhra?to 'bhijayate\n\n", "mad1#p0356": "Text 168]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acat'ya\n\n325\n\n\"The unsuccessful yogi, after many, many years of enjoyment on the planets\nof the pious living entities, is born into a family of righteous people, or into a\nfamily of rich aristocracy:' Mother Saci, a nitya-siddha living entity, is an incarnation of mother Yasoda. She appeared in the house of Nilambara Cakravarti\nand was everlastingly engaged in the service of Lord Vi�l)u. Later she directly\nhad as her child Lord Vi�I)U, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and she served Him\nfrom the day of His appearance. This is the position of nitya-siddha associates. Sri Narottama dasa Thakura therefore sings: gaurangera sangi-gaQe\nnitya-siddha kari mane. Every devotee should know that all the associates of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu-His family members, friends and other associates-were all nitya-siddhas. A nitya-siddha never forgets the service of the\nLord. He is always engaged, even from childhood, in worshiping the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 168\n\n-� � �� �<2! �'Sftf I\n� �llfl M '� �H 'lfe{ \" ��\"' II\nsrivasadi yata prabhura vipra bhakta-gaQa\nprabhuke bhik?a dite haila sabakara mana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-vasa-adi-the\n\ndevotees,\n\nheaded\n\nby\n\nSrivasa\n\nThakura;\n\nyata-all;\n\nprabhura-of the Lord; vipra-especially the brahmaQas; bhakta-gaQadevotees; prabhuke-unto the Lord; bhik?a-lunch; dite-to give; hai/a­\n\nthere was; sabakara-of all of them; mana-the mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince Advaita Acarya\n\nwas\n\ngiving alms and food to Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, the other devotees, headed by Srivasa Thakura, also desired\nto give Him alms and invite Him for lunch.\nPURPORT\nIt is the duty of all grhasthas to invite a sannyasi to their homes if he happens to be in the neighborhood or village. This very system is still current in\nIndia. If a sannyasi is in the neighborhood of a village, he is invited by all\nhouseholders, one after another. As long as a sannyasi remains in the village,\nhe enlightens the inhabitants in spiritual understanding. In other words, a san-\n\n", "mad1#p0357": "326\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nnyasi has no housing or food problems even when he travels extensively.\nEven though Advaita Acarya was supplying Caitanya Mahaprabhu with\nprasada, the other devotees from Navadvipa and Santipura also desired to\noffer Him prasada.\nTEXT 169\n\n�fi{' -t5'f :Jf��� <�Sf.� �� I\n\nfi{1ftf�1f w�� � 1J[� �1� �� u ��� u\nsuni' saci sabakare karila minati\nnimanira dara5ana ara muni paba kati\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing of this; saci-mother 5aci; sabakare-unto all of them;\nkarila-made;\n\nminati-submission;\n\nnimanira-of\n\nNimai,\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; darasana-visit; ara-any more; muni-1; paba-shall get;\nkati-where or how many times.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing these proposals made by other devotees of the Lord, mother\nSaci said to the devotees: 11How many times shall I get the chance to see\nNimai again?\"\nTEXT 170\n\nc:! t1rl-�i-:J�\"t� m �iJJt!i f� 1\n\nl{<fl! �Tf1l�1f 'lfTJI <.!!� W1fllj� U �'\\o U\ntoma-saba-sane habe anyatra milana\nmuni abhaginira matra ei darasana\nSYNONYMS\ntoma-saba-sane-with all of you; habe-there will be; anyatra-in another\nplace; mi/ana-meeting; muni-1; abhaginira-of one who is unfortunate;\nmatra-only; ei-this; dara5ana-meeting.\nTRANSLATION\nSacimata submitted: \"As far as you are concerned, you can meet Nimai,\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, many times somewhere else, but what is the\n\n", "mad1#p0358": "Text 172]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n327\n\npossibility of my ever meeting Him again l I shall have to remain at home.\nA sannyasi never returns to his home!'\n\nTEXT 171\n\n�<te. �t�'Jt� �11tf<$� �<flliti{ I\n\n;(<$ �'ifii filk �mtt� 11tdf1 W'tilll ��� II\nyavat acarya-grhe nimat'iira avasthana\nmuni bhik�a dimu, sabakare magor'l dana\nSYNONYMS\nyavat-as\n\nlong\n\nas;\n\nacarya-grhe-in\n\nthe house of\n\nAdvaita\n\nAcarya;\n\nnimafiira-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; avasthana-the stay; mufii-1; bhik�a dimu-shall supply the food; sabakare-everyone; magor'l-1 beg; danathis charity.\nTRANSLATION\nMother Saci appealed to all the devotees to give her this charity: As\nlong\n\nas\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu remained at the house of Advaita\n\nAcarya, only she would supply Him food.\nTEXT 172\n\n��' !fj�'Sf'l �t� �Rf' i{�� I\n� c;� ��i c;�� �'l(i! �� II ��� II\nsuni' bhak�-gal)a kahe kari' namaskara\nmatara ye iccha sei sammata sabara\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing this; bhakta-gal)a-all the devotees; kahe-say; kari'offering; namaskara-obeisances; matara-of mother SacTdevT; ye icchawhatever desire; sei-that; sammata-agreeable; sabara-to all the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this appeal from mother Saci, all the devotees offered obeisances and said, \"We all agree to whatever mother Saci desires!'\n\n", "mad1#p0359": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n328\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 173\n\n1fl\\!t11' �J�1 <;�' �� �J� aJi{ I\n�•-st'l ��<li m' �� � II =>9� II\nmatara vyagrata dekhi' prabhura vyagra mana\n\nbhakta-gaQa ekatra kari' bali/a vacana\nSYNONYMS\n\nmatara-of the mother; vyagrata-eagerness; dekhi'-seeing; prabhuraof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vyagra-agitated; mana-mind; bhakta-gaQaall the devotees; ekatra kari'-assembling together; bali/a-said; vacanawords.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw His mother's great eagerness, He\nbecame a little agitated. He therefore assembled all the devotees present\nand spoke to them.\nTEXT 174\n\nQ!t1l1·� �� �i{i if'l'rt11 �� I\n\n��t'! i{tf1fl'l', f�\"' �'I f.l�i! II =>98 II\ntoma-sabara ajfia vina calilama vrndavana\nyaite narila, vighna kaila nivartana\nSYNONYMS\ntoma-sabara-of all of you;\n\najfia-order;\n\nvina-without;\n\nca/ilama-1\n\nstarted; vrndavana-for Vrndavana; yaite narila-not able to go; vighnasome obstruction; kaila-did; nivartana-made to return.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu informed them all: \"Without your order, I\ntried to go to Vrndavana. There was some obstacle, however, and I had to\nreturn.\nTEXT 175\n\n�wf� � �tfif �lltfii �m� 1\n'!Qftf9t <;'!i1fl·�1 � i{� �� II �9<t II\n\n", "mad1#p0360": "Text 177]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n329\n\nyadyapi sahasa ami kariyachi sannyasa\ntathapi toma-saba haite nahiba udasa\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; sahasa-all of a sudden; ami-1; kariyachi sannyasaaccepted sannyasa;\n\ntathapi-still;\n\ntoma-saba-all of you;\n\nhaite-from;\n\nnahiba-1 shall never be; udasa-indifferent.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friends, although I have suddenly accepted this renounced\norder, I still know that I shall never be indifferent to you.\nTEXT 176\n\nG��-�� iff ��' lft�e. �tfi{ �' I\n�� �e, �fi{ ��� ilt�� II �9� U\ntoma-saba na chac;iiba, yavat ami jTba'\nmatare tavat ami chac;iite nariba\nSYNONYMS\ntoma-saba-all of you; na-not; chac;iiba--1 shall give up; yavat-as long\nas; ami-1; jiba-shalllive or shall remain manifest; matare-mother; tavatthat long; ami-1; chac;iite-to give up; nariba-shall be unable.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friends, as long as I remain manifest, I shall never give you\nup. Nor shall I be able to give up My mother.\nTEXT 177\n\n�t01�11 'fSi i{t�-�� ��1 I\nfi1tr �ilift� t_�llt '1�111 �99 II\nsannyasira dharma nahe-sannyasa karifia\nnija janma-sthane rahe kutumba lana\n\n", "mad1#p0361": "330\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\nsannyasira-of a sannyasi; dharma-duty; nahe-it is not; sannyasasannyasa; karilia-accepting; nija-own; janma-sthane-at the birthplace;\nrahe-remains; kutumba-relatives; /ana-with.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAfter accepting sannyasa, it is not the duty of a sannyasi to remain at\n\nhis birthplace, encircled by relatives.\nTEXT 178\n\n(;� (;� l.fl� <tfif' iii �11\" �5fli{ I\n\n� CJf9 �' �� �:� � ll �'\"\"' ll\nkeha yena ei bali' na kare nindana\nsei yukti kaha, yate rahe dui dharma\nSYNONYMS\n\nkeha-anyone; yena-so that; ei-this; ba/i'-saying; na kare-does not\ndo; nindana-blasphemy; sei-that; yukti-consideration; kaha-tell Me;\nyate-by which; rahe-remain; dui-two; dharma-duties.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nMake some arrangement so that I may not leave you and at the same\n\ntime people may not blame Me for remaining with relatives after taking\nsannyasa!'\nTEXT 179\n\n�f�i c2!� l.fl� 1f'l_J <!l�i{ I\n\n�9ft1't � � � ll �'\\� ll\nsuniya prabhura ei madhura vacana\nsaci-pasa acaryadi karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing this; prabhura-of the Lord; ei-this; madhura-sweet;\nvacana-statement;\n\nsaci-pasa-before mother Saci;\n\nacarya-adi-Advaita\n\nAcarya and other devotees; karila-did; gamana-going.\n\n", "mad1#p0362": "Text 181]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n331\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing Lord Caitanya's statement, all the devotees, headed by\nAdvaita Acarya, approached mother Saci.\nTEXT 180\n\n� ��i{ �� �'f ��i'f I\n��' � ilf�1 �f�\\! 'ftf1f'f II �lr\n\no\n\nII\n\nprabhura nivedana tanre sakala kahila\nsuni' saci jagan-mata kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of the Lord; nivedana-submission; tar'lre-unto her; saka/aall; kahila-told; suni'-hearing this; saci-mother SacT; jagat-mata-the\nmother of the universe; kahite-to say; /agi/a-began.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen they submitted Lord Caitanya's statement, mother Saci, who is\nthe mother of the universe, began to speak.\nTEXT 181\n\n,i� �llf -t11ft�, \\!t<f '1ft1f �-t I\n�t'1f fi{\"fl � �rw, (;lf� '1f11f �=� 11 �\"\"� 11\ntenho yadi ihan rahe, tabe mora sukha\ntan'ra ninda haya yadi, seha mora dubkha\nSYNONYMS\ntenho-Lord Caitanya; yadi-if; ihan-here; rahe-stays; tabe-then;\nmora-my; sukha-happiness; tan'ra ninda-blasphemy of Him; hayathere is; yadi-if; seha-that also; mora-my; du /:rkha-unhappiness\n\n.\n\nTRANSLA-riON\nSacimata said: \"It will be a great happiness for me if Nimai, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, stays here. But at the same time, if someone blames Him, it\nwill be my great unhappiness!'\n\n", "mad1#p0363": "332\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nPURPORT\nIt is a great happiness for a mother if her son does not leave home to search\nout Kr�Qa but remains with her. At the same time, if a son does not search\nafter Kr�Qa but simply remains at home, he is certainly blamed by experienced\nsaintly persons. Such blame certainly causes great unhappiness for a mother.\nIf a real mother wants her son to progress spiritually, she had better allow him\nto go out searching for Kr�Qa. The mother naturally desires the welfare of the\nson. If a mother does not allow her son to search for Kr�Qa, she is called ma,\n\nwhich indicates maya. By allowing her son to go as a sannyasr and search for\nKr�Qa, Sacimata instructs all mothers of the world. She indicates that all sons\n\nshould become real devotees of Kr�Qa and should not stay at home under the\n\ncare of an affectionate mother. This is supported by Srrmad-Bhagavatam\n\n(5.5.18):\n\ngurur na sa syat sva-jano na sa syat\npita na sa syaj jananr na sa syat\ndaivarh na tat syan na patis ca sa syan\nna mocayed yab samupeta-mrtyum\n\"No one should become a spiritual master-nor a relative, father, mother,\nworshipable Deity or husband-if he cannot help a person escape the imminent path of death:' Every living entity is wandering within the universe, sub­\n\njected to the law of karma and transmigrating from one body to another and\nfrom one planet to another. Therefore the whole Vedic process is meant to\nsave the wandering living entities from the clutches of maya\n\n-\n\nbirth, death,\n\ndisease and old age. This means stopping the cycle of birth and death. This\ncycle can be stopped only if one worships Kr�Qa. As the Lord says in\n\nBhagavad-gita (4. 9):\n\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevarh yo vetti tattvatab\ntyaktva deharh punar janma\nnaiti mam eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities\ndoes not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world,\nbut attains My eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\nTo stop the cycle of birth and death, one has to understand Kr�Qa as He is.\nSimply by knowing Kr�Qa, one can stop the process of rebirth into this material world. By acting in Kr�Qa consciousness, one can return to Godhead. The\nhighest perfection of life is for a father, mother, spiritual master, husband or\n\n", "mad1#p0364": "Text 183]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n333\n\nany other family member to help others return home, back to Godhead. That\nis the most preferred welfare activity for the benefit of relatives. Therefore,\nSacimata, although the mother of Nimai Pal)<;lita, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nconsidered all the facts and decided to allow her son to go out and search for\nKr�t:�a. At the same time, she made some arrangements in order that she\nmight get news of all the activities of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 182\n\ni!t� �� � '6tt'r, <;'lftil ';fl';il 'Ill I\n\n�� � �flf, l� �t1i � II �17'� II\ntate ei yukti bhala, mora mane laya\nnilacale rahe yadi, dui karya haya\nSYNONYMS\ntate-therefore; ei-this; yukti-consideration; bhala-as good; moramy; mane-mind; /aya-takes; ni/aca/e-in Jagannatha Puri; rahe-He stays;\nyadi-if; dui-two; karya-purposes; haya-are achieved.\nTRANSLATION\nMother Saci said: \"This consideration is good. In my opinion, if Nimai\nremains at Jagannatha Puri, He may not leave any one of us and at the\nsame time can remain aloof\n\nas\n\na sannyasi. Thus both purposes are\n\nfulfilled.\nTEXT 183\n\n�'I il��� '� � �if I\n'�·'iti!t'it�-� �� fillf� II �� II\nnilacale navadvipe yena dui ghara\nloka-gatagati-varta paba nirantara\nSYNONYMS\nni/acale-at jagannatha Puri; nava-dvipe-as well as Navadvipa; yena-as\nif; dui-two; ghara-rooms; /oka-people; gatagati-come and go; vartanews; paba-1 shall get; nirantara-always.\n\n", "mad1#p0365": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n334\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since Jagannatha Puri and Navadvipa are intimately related-as if they\nwere two rooms in the same house-people from Navadvipa generally go\nto Jagannatha Puri, and those in Jagannatha Puri go to Navadvipa. This\ngoing and coming will help carry news of Lord Caitanya. In this way I will\nbe able to get news of Him.\nTEXT 184\n\n� � �ffi� � '$fltitl-I\n'St1rt.,-ttil: � �<f -i'Af �-II �IrS II\ntumi saba karite para gamanagamana\ngar'lga-snane kabhu habe tanra agamana\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-you; saba-all; karite-to do; para-are able; gamana-agamanagoing and coming;\n\ngar'lga-snane-for bathing in the Ganges; kabhu­\n\nsometimes; habe-it will be possible; tar'lra-His; agamana-coming here.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All you devotees will be able to come and go, and sometimes He may\nalso come to take His bath in the Ganges.\nTEXT 185\n\n��f �:�·�-t �ttl ift� �ffl I\n\n-i'Af '� ��' �� f�·�-t 1ft� II �Ira\" II\napanara du/:lkha-sukha tahar'l nahi gaQi\ntatira yei sukha, taha nija-sukha mani\nSYNONYMS\napanara-of\ntahar'l-there;\n\nmy\n\nown;\n\nnahi-not;\n\ndu/:lkha-sukha-unhappiness\n\nand\n\ngaQi-l\n\nyei-whatever;\n\ncount;\n\ntar'lra-His;\n\nhappiness;\n\nsukha-happiness; taha-that; nija-my own; sukha-happiness; mani-l\naccept.\n\n", "mad1#p0366": "Text 187]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n335\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I do not care for my personal happiness or unhappiness, but only for\nHis happiness. Indeed, I accept His happiness as my happiness:'\nTEXT 186\n\n�fil' <e•1f\"� itt1f �rn\"' � 1\n�-�grj '�tli, 1ft\\!'!, c::!t1tt1f �it \" �lr� \"\nsuni' bhakta-gaQa tar'lre karila stavana\nveda-ajna yaiche, mata, tamara vacana\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing this; bhakta-gaQa-all the devotees; tar'lre-to her; kariladid; stavana-praying; veda-ajna-an injunction of the Vedas; yaiche-like;\nmata-my dear mother; tamara vacana-your word.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing Sacimata, all the devotees offered her prayers and assured\nher that her order, like a Vedic injunction, could not be violated.\nTEXT 187\n\n<e�1t'1 �-�tt'$1 ��m �� 1\n\n�f.m1 �f 1l'tit �\"f � II �lr'l II\nbhakta-gaQa prabhu-age asiya kahila\nsuniya prabhura mane ananda ha-ila\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-gaQa-the devotees; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mah�prabhu; agebefore; asiya-coming; kahi/a-informed; suniya-hearing; prabhura-of\nLord Caitanya; mane-in the mind; ananda-pleasure; ha-i/a-there was.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees informed Lord Caitanya of Sacimata's decision. Hearing it, the Lord became very pleased.\n\n", "mad1#p0367": "336\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 188\n\n�?t-�fl1t 'Cftfir � '69'Stti I\n��� �� �ff' �f'ti'li ��� U �lr'lr II\nnavadvipa-vasi adi yata bhakta-gaf)a\nsabare sammana kari' bali/a vacana\n\nSYNONYMS\nnava-dvipa-vasi-all the inhabitants of Navadvipa; adi-primarily; yataall; bhakta-gaQa-devotees; sabare-to all of them; sammana-respect;\nkari'-showing; bali/a-said; vacana-these words.\n\nTRANSLATION\nlord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu offered respects to all the devotees present from Navadvipa and other towns, speaking to them as follows.\n\nTEXT 189\n\nt_fif·� �<li -<;1{'11' ��� �t� I\n�� �.. 1 ';ffi;�1,-(;aiT� � '{fit �� II �lr'� II\ntumi-saba /aka-mora parama bandhava\nei bhik$a mag on, -more deha tumi saba\n\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-saba /oka-all of you people;\n\nmora-My;\n\nparama bandhava­\n\nintimate friends; ei bhik$a magor'l-1 beg one favor; more-unto Me; dehakindly give; tumi-you; saba-all.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friends, you are all My intimate friends. Now I am begging a\nfavor of you. Please give it to Me!'\n\nTEXT 190\n'ltif �H$1 <151f � \"���if I\n\n����, �<li�1,\" �m� 11 �i>'o 11\n\n", "mad1#p0368": "Text 191]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Adrya\n\n337\n\nghare yana kara sada kr�Qa-sankirtana\nkr�Qa-nama, kr�Qa-katha, kr�Qa aradhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nghare yana-returning home;\n\nkara-kindly\n\ndo;\n\nsada-always;\n\nkr�Qa­\n\nsar'lkirtana-chanting of the holy name of the Lord; kr�Qa-nama-the holy\nname of the Lord; kr�Qa-katha-discussion of Kr�r;�a's pastimes; kr�Qa-of\nLord Kr�r;�a; aradhana-worshiping.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu requested them all to return home and\nbegin chanting the holy name congregationally. He also requested them\nto worship Kmla, chant His holy name and discuss His holy pastimes.\nPURPORT\nThe cult of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Hare Kr�r;�a movement, is very\nnicely explained by Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu authoritatively. It is not that\n\neveryone has to take sannyasa like Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Everyone can\nexecute the cult of Kr�r;�a consciousness at home, as ordered by the Lord.\n\nEveryone can congregationally chant the holy name of Kr�r;�a, the Hare Kr�r;�a\nmaha-mantra. One can also discuss the subject matter of Bhagavad-gita and\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam and install Deities of Radha-Kr�l)a or Gaura-Nitai or both\nand worship them very carefully in one's own home. It is not that we have to\nopen different centers all over the world. Whoever cares for the Kr�r;�a consciousness movement can install Deities at home and, under superior guidance, worship the Deity regularly, chanting the maha-mantra and discussing.\nBhagavad-gita and\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam. We are actually teaching in our\n\nclasses how to go about this. One who feels that he is not yet ready to live in\na temple or undergo strict regulative principles in the temple-especially\nhouseholders who live with wife and children-can start a center at home by\ninstalling the Deity, worshiping the Lord morning and evening, chanting Hare\nKr�r;�a and discussing Bhagavad-gita and Srimad-Bhagavatam. Anyone can do\n\nthis at home without difficulty, and S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu requested all\n\nthe devotees present there to do so.\n\nTEXT 191\n\n� �� itWrtil;l'f �ffi11 '$f';{i{ I\n'll't'IJ �Jr;'IJ �' � fif<� wPr� u ��� 11\n\n", "mad1#p0369": "338\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\najna deha nilacale kariye gamana\nmadhye madhye asi' tomaya diba darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\najna deha-give permission; nilacale-to Jagann�tha Puri; kariye-1 do;\ngamana-going;\n\nmadhye\n\nmadhye-sometimes;\n\nasi'-coming\n\nhere;\n\ntomaya-to all of you; diba-1 shall give; dara.Sana-audience.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter thus instructing the devotees, the Lord asked their permission to\ngo to Jagannatha Puri. He assured them that at intervals He would come\nthere and meet them again and again.\nTEXT 192\n\n!.!li! �' ��t!';1f �� �t��i I\n�rn <fifif� �'- �•t� �fif�i u ��� u\neta bali' sabakare i$at hasina\nvidaya karila prabhu sammana karina\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; sabakare-to all the devotees; i$at hasifla-smiling\nvery mildly; vidaya karila-bid them farewell; prabhu-the Lord; sammana\nkarifla-showing all respect.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, offering due respects to all the\ndevotees and smiling very mildly, bid them farewell.\nTEXT 193\n\n� � Pr1li � �fifr.;i! ��&If 11� I\n\n�f«t� <fitf�' �� �'I it�� II ��� II\nsaba vidaya diya prabhu ca/ite kaila mana\nharidasa kandi' kahe karuf)a vacana\n\n", "mad1#p0370": "Text 194]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Aclrya\n\n339\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaba vidaya diya-asking everyone to return home; prabhu-the Lord;\ncalite-to go; kai/a-decided; mana-the mind; hari-dasa kandi -Haridasa\n'\n\nThakura began to cry; kahe-says; karuQa-pathetic; vacana-words.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter requesting all the devotees to return home, the Lord decided to\ngo to Jagannatha Puri. At that time Haridasa Thakura began to cry and\nspeak some pathetic words.\nTEXT 194\n\n��� �� �' c;�t11' c;�'ti{. '$fft;! I\n�f(� �� <;1rt\"J ilt�<fi -t<fi� II ��8 II\nnrlacale yabe tumi, mora kon gati\nnilacale yaite mora nahika sakati\nSYNONYMS\nnilaca/e yabe tumi-You will go to Jagannatha Puri; mora-my; konwhat; gati-destination; nilacale-to Jagannatha Puri; yaite-to go; moramy; nahika-there is not; sakati-strength.\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura said: \"You are going to Jagannatha Puri, and that is all\nright, but what will be my destination? I am not able to go to Jagannatha\nPuri!'\nPURPORT\nAlthough Srila Haridasa Thakura was born in a Mohameddan family, he was\naccepted as a properly initiated brahmaQa. As such, he had every right to\nenter the temple of Jagannatha Puri, but because there were some rules and\nregulations stipulating that only brahmaQas, k�atriyas, vaisyas and sadras\n(members of the varQasrama-dharma system) could enter, Haridasa Thakura,\nout of his great humility, did not want to violate these existing rules. He\ntherefore said that he did not have the strength to enter into the temple, and\nhe pointed out that if Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu lived within the temple ,\nthere would be no way for Haridasa Thakura to see Him. Later, when Haridasa\n\n", "mad1#p0371": "340\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nThakura went to Jagannatha Purl, he lived outside the temple on the beach\nby the sea. A monastery has now been erected there, known as Siddhabakula Ma!ha. People go there to see the tomb of Haridasa Thakura.\n\nTEXT 195\n\n11[� �-.11 �� en 11� �pti{ 1\n<;�l;\\! 'f�� \\fl� 9ftf� �i{ II ��<t II\nmuni adhama tamara na paba darasana\nkemate dhariba ei papi�tha jivana\n\nSYNONYMS\nmufii-1; adhama-the lowest of men; tamara\n\nYour; na-not; paba­\n\n-\n\nwill get; darasana -seeing; kema te -how; dhariba-shall I maintain; eithis; papi�tha -sinful; jivana -life\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because I am the lowest among men, I shall not be able to see You.\nHow shall I maintain my sinful life?\"\nTEXT 196\n\n���,-����'II\n� ��l;� ��if 0 1fi{ II ���II\nprabhu kahe,-kara tumi dainya sariwaraf)a\ntamara dainyete mora vyakula haya mana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord replied; kara -do; tumi-you; dainya\n\n-\n\nhumility;\n\nsamvaraf)a -checking; tamara-your; dainyete-by humility; mora-My;\nvyaku /a -agitated; haya -becomes; mana-the mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord replied to Haridasa Thakura: \"Please check your humility. Just\nby seeing your humility, my mind becomes very much agitated!'\n\n", "mad1#p0372": "Text 199]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Aclrya\n\n341\n\nTEXT 197\n\n� �f'$1' \"�fft �f� �� I\n�-�<1131 � �fil il�t�l'$1t II ��'\\ II\ntoma lagi' jagannathe kariba nivedana\ntorna-lafia yaba ami sri-puru�ottama\nSYNONYMS\ntoma lagi'-for you; jagannathe-unto Lord Jagannatha; kariba-1 shall do;\nnivedana-petition; toma-/afia-taking you; yaba-shall go; ami-1; �ripuru�ottama-to Jagannatha Puri.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu assured Haridasa Thakura that He would\nplace a petition before Lord Jagannatha and that He would certainly take\nhim there to Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 198\n\n��fi �� �� �Rr<ll31 I\n� �-�Rf �� �9fi '!' �Rr<ll31 II ��lr II\n'!<;<1 '!'\n\ntabe ta' acarya kahe vinaya karifia\ndina dui-cari raha krpa ta' karifia\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; ta'-certainly; acarya kahe-Advaita Acarya says; vinaya\nkarifia-offering all respect; dina dui-cari-another two or four days; rahakindly remain; krpa-merc y; ta'-certainly; karifia-showing.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter that,\n\nAdvaita Acarya respectfully requested Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu to show Him mercy by remaining another two or four days.\nTEXT 199\n\n��tt� � �\"f � �tf i'IS'if� I\n�1 ���' i11 ��'f '$11{� II ��� II\n\n", "mad1#p0373": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n342\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nacaryera vakya prabhu na kare langhana\nrahila advaita-grhe, na kaila gamana\n\nSYNONYMS\nacaryera vakya-the words of Sri Advaita Acarya; prabhu-the Lord; na\nkare langhana-does not deny; rahi/a-remained; advaita-grhe-at the\nhouse of Advaita Acarya; na kaila gamana-did not go immediately.\n\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu never violated the request of Advaita Acarya;\ntherefore He remained at His home and did not leave immediately for\nJagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 200\n\n��i!i � ���' �' ��' �-., I\n12!�� � �� 11'�·1ff;ftte.�� II �o o II\nanandita haila acarya, saci, bhakta, saba\nprati-dina kare acarya maha-mahotsava\n\nSYNONYMS\nanandita haila-became pleased; acarya-Advaita Acarya; saci-mother\n\nS acidevi; bhakta-the devotees; saba-all; prati-dina-every day; karedoes; acarya-:Advaita Acarya; maha-maha-utsava-great festival.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya's decision was received very happily by Advaita Acarya,\nmother Saci and all the devotees. Advaita Acarya celebrated every day\nwith a great festival.\nTEXT 201\n\nNti{ ��·<ISQfi·J� �'StS!·llt1f I\nftt\\1 �-1{�e,� ����-f� II �o� II\ndine kr�Qa-katha-rasa bhakta-gaQa-sange\nratre maha-mahotsava sankirtana-range\n\n", "mad1#p0374": "Text 203]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Aclrya\n\n343\n\nSYNONYMS\ndine-during daytime; kmla-katha-rasa-discussion on Kr�Qa; bhaktagaQa-sange-with the devotees; ratre-at night; mahJ-maha-utsava-a great\n\nfestival; sar'lkirtana-rar'lge-in the matter of congregational chanting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the day the devotees discussed subject matters concerning\nKr�r:ta, and at night there was a great festival of congregational chanting at\nthe house of Advaita Acarya.\nTEXT 202.\n\n��� �1$1 � � 1f'fii{ I\n�-t �� �1{ � 'llfP1 �'Sttf II � G� II\nanandita hana saci karena randhana\nsukhe bhojana kare prabhu lana bhakta-gaQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nanandita\n\nhafla-being\n\npleased;\n\nsaci-mother\n\nSacT;\n\nkarena-does;\n\nrandhana-cooking; sukhe-in happiness; bhojana-eating; kare-does;\nprabhu-Lord Caitanya Mah�prabhu; /anJ-accompanied by; bhakta-gaQa­\n\nall the devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMother Saci cooked with great pleasure, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nalong with the devotees, accepted the prasada with great pleasure.\nTEXT 203\n\n�tit�t �-e��-��w� 1\n���������G�I\\\nJcaryera sraddha-bhakti-grha-sampada-dhane\nsakala sapha/a haifa prabhura aradhane\n\nSYNONYMS\nJcaryera-of Advaita Adrya; sraddha-faith; bhakti-devotion; grha­\n\nhome; sampada-opulence; dhane-the wealth; saka/a-all; saphala-suc-\n\n", "mad1#p0375": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n344\ncessful;\n\nhaila-became;\n\naradhane-in the worship.\n\nprabhura-of\n\nLord\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way all the opulences of Advaita Acarya-His faith, devotion,\nhome, riches and everything else-were successfully utilized in the worship of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nPURPORT\nAdvaita Acarya set an ideal example for all householder devotees in His\nreceiving of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His devotees and in His execution of a daily festival at His home. If one has the proper means and wealth,\nhe should occasionally invite the devotees of Lord Caitanya, who are\nengaged in preaching all over the world, and hold a festival at home simply\n\nby distributing prasada and talking about Kr�t:�a during the day and holding\ncongregational chanting for at least three hours in the evening. This procedure must be adopted in all centers of the Kr�t:�a consciousness movement.\nThus they will daily perform sankirtana-yajfia. In Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.5.32)\n\nthe daily performance of sar'lkirtana-yajfia is recommended for this age\n\n(yajfiai� sankirtana-prayair yajanti hi sumedhasa�). One should worship Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and His four associates, the Panca-tattva, by distribut­\n\ning prasada and holding congregational chanting. Indeed, that yajfia or\n\nsacrifice is most recommended in this age of Kali. In this age, other yajfias are\n\nnot possible to perform, but this yajfia can be performed everywhere and\n\nanywhere without difficulty.\n\nTEXT 204\n\n�� �1� �tt� ��' �11_� I\n� �1$1 �('�\"' �� n � os n\nsacira ananda bat;le dekhi' putra-mukha\n\nbhojana karafia pDrQa kaila nija-sukha\nSYNONYMS\n\nsacira-of 5acimata; ananda bat;ie-pleasure increases; dekhi -seeing;\n'\n\nputra-mukha-the face of her son; bhojana karafia-feeding; pDrQa-full;\nkaila-made; nija-sukha-her own happiness.\n\n", "mad1#p0376": "Text 206]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Aclrya\n\n345\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs mother Saci constantly saw the face of her son and fed Him, her own\nhappiness increased and was indeed complete.\nTEXT 205\n\n1.!1� �-�� 'e�'$1'1 fifr;\"l I\n�f•i'f1 �flfit ';f�·'f:tPJ:� \" � 0� \"\nei-mata advaita-grhe bhakta-gaQa mile\nvaficila kataka-dina maha-kutahale\nSYNONYMS\nei-mate-in this way; advaita-grhe-at the home of Advaita Acarya; bhakta-gaQa-all the devotees; mile-meet together; vai'ic ila-p ass ed; katakadina-some days; maha-kutahale-in a greatly festive mood.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, at Advaita Acarya's house all the devotees met and passed\nsome days together in a greatly festive mood.\nTEXT 206\n\n�i't �i{ �'t_ � �� ��'$1f;'l I\n\n�-�tr-�� �� � �ti{ \" � 0� \"\nara dina prabhu kahe saba bhakta-gaQe\n·\nnija- nija-grhe sabe karaha gamane\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-the next day; prabhu-the Lord; kahe-says; saba-all; bhaktagaQe-to the devotees; nija-nija-grhe-to your respective homes; sabe-all;\nkaraha-do; gamane-retur n ing\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu requested all the devotees to\nreturn to their respective homes.\n\n", "mad1#p0377": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n346\n\n[Madhya-lil1, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 207\n\n'ff;t fmn fl �� �·���� 1\n\n�ff9f ._t11i·�tr .:� fifflil II � •'l II\nghare giya kara sabe k($f)a-sar'lkirtana\npunarapi ama-sar'lge ha-ibe milana\nSYNONYMS\nghare giya-returning home;\n\nkara-do;\n\nsabe-all;\n\nk($f)a-sar'lkirtana­\n\ncongregational chanting of the maha-mantra; punarapi-again; ama-sar'lgewith Me; ha-ibe-there will be; mi/ana-meeting\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu also asked them to execute the congregational chanting of the holy name of the Lord at their homes, and He\nassured them that they would be able to meet Him again.\nTEXT 208\n\n� �i � �� �tffit �� I\n� � ._tfiR �tf'lt �����II �·lr II\nkabhu va tamara karibe niladri gamana\nkabhu va asiba ami karite ganga-snana\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes; va- either; tamara-you; karibe-will do; niladri-to\nJagannatha Puri; gamana\n\n-\n\ngoing; kabhu-sometimes; va-or; asiba-shall\n\ncome; ami-1; karite-to do; gar'lga-snana-bathing in the Ganges.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu told them: \"Sometimes you will come to\nJagannatha Puri, and sometimes I shall come bathe in the Ganges:'\nTEXTS 209-210\n\n�\"f·,�t�, 9ff'G� 'Sf'$fW'f�� I\n'ftt1f 'ff 9f��, � q �� II �o� II\n\n", "mad1#p0378": "Text 211]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Aclrya\n\n\"ll �tfftr� �t�t1t N'f <2ft. � I\n� a!t� �fJ' <ffitl'f Rt'f II �)\n\no\n\n347\n\nII\n\nnityananda-gosM'Ii, paQc;lita jagadananda\ndamodara paQc;lita, ara datta mukunda\nei cari-jana acarya dila prabhu sane\njanani prabodha kari' vandila caraf)e\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda gosa ni-Lord Nityananda Prabhu;\nJagadananda Par;�c;!ita;\n\npaQc;lita jagadananda­\n\ndamodara paQc;lita-Da modara Par;�c;!ita;\n\nara datta\n\nmukunda-and Mukunda Datta; ei cari-jana-these four persons; acaryaAdvaita Acarya; di/a-gave; prabhu sane-with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\njanani-mother SacT; prabodha kari'-pacifying;\n\nvandila caraf)e -offered\n\nprayers at her lotus feet.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Advaita Acarya sent four persons-Nityananda Gosaili, Jagadananda\nP...,«;iita, Damodara Par:-«;;ita and Mukunda Datta-to accompany the Lord.\nAfter pacifying His mother, Sacimata, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu submitted prayers to her lotus feet.\nTEXT 211\n\n�ttl <2fWr.t �fit' �fit'� 'if�i{ I\n\"!ttl ��� �tJ �� i:lli� II �)� II\ntanre pradak�if)a kari' karila gamana\netha acaryera ghare uthila krandana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntanre-mother SacT;\n\npradak�if)a\n\nkari'-circumambulating;\n\nkarila-did;\n\ngamana-going; etha-there; acaryera-of Advaita Acarya; ghare-in the\nhouse; uthila-there arose; krandana-crying.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen everything was arranged, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu circumambulated His mother and then started for Jagannatha Puri. In the house of\nAdvaita Acarya there arose tumultuous crying.\n\n", "mad1#p0379": "348\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 212\n\n�9(\" lf:-1 � lbr ififtl11\n�I! -.r-.n �m �e.� u �)� tl\nnirapek�a hafla prabhu sighra cali/a\nkandite kandite acarya pa5cat ca/ila\n\nSYNONYMS\nnirapek�a-indifferent; hafla-becoming; prabhu-the Lord; sighra-very\nquickly; ca/i/a-went; kandite kandite-crying and crying; acarya-Advaita\nAcarya; pascat-behind; calila-went.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was unaffected. He left swiftly, and Advaita\nAcarya followed Him weeping.\nPURPORT\nAs Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura explains, the word nirapek�a\nmeans not being affected by anything material and remaining fixed in the service of the Lord. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu did not very much care for the\nroaring tumult and cry at the house of Advaita Acarya, which He heard when\nstarting for jagannatha Puri. Worldly moralists may criticize Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu for being very cruel, but the Lord did not care for such criticism.\nAs the world teacher of this Kr�l)a consciousness movement, He actually\nshowed that a person seriously engaged in Kr�l)a consciousness should not\nbe affected by worldly affection. The best course is to engage in rendering\nservice to the Lord and to become callous to material objectives. Externally\neveryone is attached to material things, but if one becomes entangled in such\nthings, he cannot make progress in Kr�l)a consciousness. Therefore those who\nare engaged in Kr�l)a consciousness should not care for the so-called morality\nof the material world if that morality opposes the service of the Lord. As Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu has personally shown, one cannot properly execute\nKr�l)a consciousness without being neutral.\n\nTEXT 213\n\n� � f'Sflfj � ..�, �·� � I\n\nWfW� ��fit' � f� fitt � ll �)'-.!) II\n\n", "mad1#p0380": "Text 215]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n349\n\nkata dora giya prabhu kari' yoc;la hata\nacarye prabodhi' kahe kichu mi�ta vata\nSYNONYMS\nkata dOra giya-after going some distance; prabhu-the Lord; kari'making; yoc;la hata-folded hands; acarye-Advaita Acarya; prabodhi�\npacifying; kahe-says; kichu-something; mi�ta vata-sweet words.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter He had followed Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu for some distance,\nAdvaita Acarya was petitioned by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu with folded\nhands. The Lord spoke the following sweet words.\nTEXT 214\n\n� �fit' �� �9 �1ft� I\n1.f11 �� � \"ttJ1 i{1 �!;� 12ttef II �)8 II\njanani prabodhi' kara bhakta samadhana\ntumi vyagra haile karo na rahibe praQa\nSYNONYMS\njanani prabodhi'-pacifying the mother; kara-make; bhakta-devotees;\nsamadhana -adjustments; tumi-You; vyagra hai/e -if becoming agitated;\nkaro-anyone's; na rahibe-will not remain; praQa-the life.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said: \"Please pacify all the devotees and My\nmother. If you become agitated, no one will be able to continue to exist!'\nTEXT 215\n\n� �' �'{ �� -.ft' �� I\n\n��fBI�\"''� '$f1fi{ II �)� II\neta bali' prabhu tarire kari' alir'lgana\nnivrtti kariya kaila svacchanda gamana\n\n", "mad1#p0381": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n350\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; prabhu-the Lord; tAnre-unto Him; kari'-doing;\na/ingana-embracing; nivrtti\n\n-\n\nstop; kariya-making; kai/a-did; svacchan­\n\nda-without anxiety; gamana-going toward Jagannlitha Purl.\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced Advaita Acarya and\nstopped Him from following any further. Then, without anxiety, He proceeded to Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 216\n\n1�'\"\"'•-m � ��-\"�\" 1\n�fiif � <2ft_ liiJI,�t11·� II ��� II\nganga-tire-tire prabhu cari-jana-sathe\nniladri ca/ila prabhu chatrabhoga-pathe\n\nSYNONYMS\nganga-tire-tire-on the banks of the Ganges; prabhu-the Lord; cari-jana­\n\nsathe-with the other four persons; ni/adri-to Jaganniitha Puri; ca/i/aproceeded;\n\nprabhu-the\n\nLord;\n\nchatra-bhoga-pathe-on\n\nthe\n\npath\n\nof\n\nChatrabhoga.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord, with the other four persons, went along the banks of the\nGanges through the path of Chatrabhoga toward Niladri, Jagannatha Puri.\nPURPORT\nIn the southern section of the eastern railway, in the district of twenty-four\npargaQas, is a station named Magrahata. If one goes to the southeastern side\n\nof that station for some fourteen miles, there is a place called Jayanagara.\nAbout six miles south of this Jayanagara station is a village named\nChatrabhoga. Sometimes this village is called Khac;li. In this village is a Deity of\nLord Siva known as Vaijurkiiniitha. A festival takes place there every year during the months of March and April. The festival is known as Nanda-mela. At\nthe present moment the Ganges does not flow there. On the same railway\nline is another station, known as Baruipura, and near this station is another\nplace, called Atisiirii. Formerly this village was also situated on the banks of\n\n", "mad1#p0382": "Text 218]\n\nLord Caitanya at the House of Advaita Acarya\n\n351\n\nthe Ganges. One can go from this village to Pat:Jiha!i and from there to\nVaraha-nagara, north of Calcutta. In those days the Ganges flowed to the\nsouth of Calcutta through Kali-gha!a, which is still known as adi-gar'lga. From\nBaruipura, the Ganges branched out and flowed through Diamond Harbor\nnear the Mathurapura police station. It is to be noted that Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu passed through all these places on His way to Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 217\n\n'��i!SQtt'f' � �tfi!·� I\n� �'titt� �-�II �)'t II\n'caitanya-mangale' prabhura niladri-gamana\nvistari varQiyachena dasa-vrndavana\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-mar'lgale-in the book named Caitanya-mar'lgala; prabhura-of\n\nthe Lord; niladri-gamana-going to Jagannatha Puri; vistari-elaborating; varQiyachena-has described; dasa-vrndavana-Vrndavana dasa Thakura.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn\n\nhis\n\nbook\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nCaitanya-mangala\n\n[Caitanya-bhagavata]\n\nVrndavana dasa Thakura has elaborately described the Lord's passage to\nJagannatha Puri.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura states that while Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu passed through Bengal, He passed through A!isara-grama,\nVaraha-grama and Chatrabhoga. He then reached the Orissa province, where\nhe passed through Prayaga-gha!a, Suvarryarekha, Remurya, Ycijapura, Vaitararyi,\nDa.Sasvamedha-gha!a, Ka!aka, Mahanadi, Bhuvanesvara (where there is a big\nlake known as Bindu-sarovara), Kamalapura and Atharanala. In this way, passing through all these and other places, He reached Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 218\n\n��-����'It����· at-. I\n'e1�tf fif'fr;;� �tf;;1f �t�1f-� II �)� II\n\n", "mad1#p0383": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n352\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nadvaita-grhe prabhura vilasa sune yei jana\nacire milaye tar'lre krg1a-prema-dhana\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-grhe-at the house of Advaita Acarya; prabhura-of the Lord;\nvilasa-the pastimes; sune-hears ; yei-one who; jana-person; acire­\n\nvery soon; milaye-meets; tanre-him; kr�Qa-prema-dhana-the riches of\nlove of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nIf one hears the activities of the Lord at the house of Advaita Acarya, he\nwill certainly very soon attain the riches of love of K��Qa.\nTEXT 219\n\n1\\iti?t·��Q('-� �t1f �tat I\n����1�� �!( \"�1� II �)� II\nsrl-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsrl-ru pa-Srila\n\nGosvami;\n\nRopa\n\npade-at\n\nGosvami;\n\ntheir\n\nlotus\n\nraghu-natha-Srila\n\nfeet;\n\nyara-whose;\n\nRaghunatha\nasa\n\n-\n\ndasa\n\ne xpectati on;\n\ncaitanya-caritamrta-the book named Caitanya-caritamrta; kahe-des cri bes;\n\nkr�Qa-dasa-Srila Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, K��r,adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in\ntheir footsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\n\nMadhya-lila, Third Chapter, describing Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu's stay at the\nhouse of Advaita Acarya, His acceptance of the sannyasa order and observation of daily festivals at Advaita Acarya's house, His congregationally chanting\nthe holy name of the Lord and His feasting with all the devotees.\n\n", "mad1#p0384": "References\nThe statements of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta are all confirmed by standard\nVedic authorities. The following authentic scriptures are quoted ) n this book\non the pages listed. Numerals in bold type refer the reader to Sri Caitanyacaritamrta's translations. Numerals in regular type are references to its\npurports.\nAmrta-pravaha-bha?ya (Bhaktivinoda Thakura), 239\nAnubhJ.?yal (Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati) 1 31-331 54\nBhagavad-gita, 1 81 971 1071 2431 324-3271 332\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (ROpa Gosvami)1 601 113, 1731 190-1911 211-2121 214\n218-219, 306-307, 322\nBhakti-ratnakara (Narahari Cakravarti)1 19,112\nBrhad-vi$f.lU Puraf)a, 293\nCaitanya-candrodaya-nataka (Prabhodhananda Sarasvati) 1 255\nCaitanya-marigala (Vrndavana dasa Thakura)l 7, 351\nCita-govinda Oayadeva Gosvami)1 223\nJagannatha-vallabha-nataka (Ramananda Raya)1 176-177, 191-192\nKr?f.la-karf)amrta (Bilvamarigala Thakura)1 207, 209, 213\nKarma Puraf)a, 75\nLalita-madhava (ROpa Gosvami)l 56\nPadma Puraf)a, 125\nPadyavali (ROpa Gosvami)l 41,51\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 181 391 53-54, 1121 119-1201 186-188, 242-243, 279, 3321 344\nStotra-ratna (Yamunacarya) 122, 124\nI\n\n353\n\n", "mad1#p0385": "Glossary\nA\nAdhama-the lowest among men.\nAdi-lila-the first twenty-four years of Lord Caitanya's pastimes.\nAhangrahopasana -self-worship.\nAntya-li/a-the last eighteen years of Lord Caitanya's pastimes.\nAnubhava-bodily symptoms manifested by a devotee in ecstatic love for Kr�r;�a.\nAvadhata-one who is above all rules and regulations.\n\n8\nBhakti-purified service of the senses of the Lord by one's own senses.\nBhakti-rasa-the mellow derived from devotional service.\nBhaya-fear.\nBhinna-rapa-sandhi-the meeting of contradictory ecstasies.\n\nD\nOaQ(favat-falling down like a rod before one's superior.\n\nG\nCaura-of fair complexion.\nCrhamedhi-envious householder who lives only for sense gratification.\nCrhastha-a God-conscious householder.\nGuru-puja-worship of the spiritual master.\n\nJ\n)flana-kaQ(fa-philosophical speculation with the intention of being delivered from\nmaterial entanglement.\n\nK\nKama-lusty desire.\nKarma-tyaga-the giving of the results of karma to the Supreme Lord.\nKirtana-glorification of the Supreme Lord.\n\n355\n\n", "mad1#p0386": "356\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nKrodha-anger.\nKr�Qa-katha-topics spoken by or about Kr�Qa.\nKu-vi$aya-sense gratificatory activities performed under sinful conditions.\n\nL\nLi/a-avataras-incarnations who descend to display spiritual pastimes in the material\nworld.\n\nM\nMadana-mohana-Kr�Qa, the enchanter of Cupid.\nMadhya-IT/a-the pastimes of Lord Caitanya performed while He was traveling all\nover India.\nMaha-bhagavata-a great devotee of the Lord.\nMahabhava-the highest stage of love of God.\nMaha-maha-prasada-the remnants of food left by a pure Vai�Qava\nMala-chanting with beads.\nMantra-a sound vibration which liberates the mind.\nM/eccha-a meat-eater.\nMukti-liberation.\n\nN\nNitya-siddha-eternally liberated.\n\np\nPuru$avataras -incarnations of the Lord who create, maintain and destroy the material universes.\n\nR\nRaganuga-bhakti-spontaneous love of Godhead.\n\ns\n\nSalagrama-sila-a Deity of NarayaQa in the form of a small stone.\nSa/okya-liberation in which one goes to the Lord's abode.\nSamipya-liberation in which one becomes an associate of the Lord.\n\n", "mad1#p0387": "Glossary\n\n357\n\nSarilskara-Vedic reformatory rituals.\n\nSarikirtana-congregational chanting of the Lord's holy names.\n\nSanta-the neutral stage of love of God.\n\nSarupya-liberation in which one obtains a body like the Lord's.\nSastras-Vedic literatures.\n\nSattvika-symptoms of ecstatic love coming from the transcendental platform.\n\nSe�a-/i/a-the last twenty-four years of Lord Caitanya's pastimes.\nSuddha-sattva-the spiritual platform of pure goodness.\n\nSu-Vi$aya-regulated sense gratification according to the Vedas.\nSvarhsa-Kr�r:ta's plenary portions.\n\nSvarupa-sandhi-the meeting of similar ecstasies from separate causes.\n\nT\nTi/aka-symbols of the Lord on a devotee's body.\n\nv\nVaikuQtha-jagat-the spiritual world.\n\nVibhava-the cause or basis for relishing transcendental mellow.\n\nVibhinnarhsa-the minute living entities, who are part and parcel of the Supreme\n\nLord.\n\nVi�aya-entanglement in the laws of nature by sense gratification.\n\ny\nYavana-one who has deviated from Vedic culture.\n\n", "mad1#p0388": "Bengali Pronunciation Guide\nBENGALI DIACRITICAL EQUIVALENTS AND PRONUNCIATION\n\nVowels\n\n�a\n\n'f.ifta\n\n�i\n\n-� �u tu\n\n'r\n\n�e\n\n�ai 'eo\n\n... au\n\n( candra-bindu)\n\n: \\1 (visarga)\n\n' ril· (anusvtira)\n\n•\n\nJi.\n\n�r\n\nConsonants\nGutturals:\nPalatals:\nCerebrals:\nDentals:\nLabiaIs:\nSemivowels:\nSibilants:\n\n�ka\n1i ca\nt ta\n�ta\n91' pa\n�ya\n-f sa\n\n-t kha\n\n'f' ga\n\n� gha\n\n� Ji.a\n\n'i cha\n\ni!JP ja\n\n$ iia\n\n� tha\n\n\\5 c,ia\n\n� tha\n\nfda\n�ba\nif( la\n'I sa\n\n�jha\n'J c,iha\n� dha\n�bha\n�va\n'ha\n\n•. pha\n1( ra\n\nlf �a\n\nlj J,la\nif na\n\n1{ rna\n\nVowel Symbols\nThe vowels are written as follows after a consonant:\n\nta\n\n'e �ai 't '\\au\n� ka �ki �ki 't_ku l:ku t51q\nJkf �ke �kai �ko �lkau\n\nfi �� -._u CC...u\n\nFor example:\n\ntr\n\n-<r\n\n359\n\n0\n\n", "mad1#p0389": "360\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nThe letter a is implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\nThe symbol virama (\"') indicates that there is no final vowel.\n\n�k\n\nThe letters above should be pronounced as follows:\na -like the o in hot; sometimes like the o in go;\nfmal a is usually silent.\n\nq -like the d in dawn.\ngh -like the dh in good-house.\n\nii -like the a in far.\n\nQ -like the n in gnaw.\n\ni, T -like the ee in meet.\nu, ii -like the u in rule.\n\nt-as in talk but with the tongue against the\nthe teeth.\nth-as in hot-house but with the tongue against\nthe teeth.\nd-as in dawn but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\ndh-as in good·house but with the tongue\nagainst the teeth.\n\nr -like the ri in rim.\n\ni -like the ree in reed.\ne -like the ai in pain; rarely like e in bet.\nai -like the oi in boil.\no -like the o in go.\nau -like the ow in owl.\nm -(anusvara) like the ng in song.\n\nI} -(visarga) a final h sound like in Ah.\nn- (candra-bindu) a nasal n sound\nlike in the French word bon.\nk -like the k in kite.\nkh -like the kh in Eckhart.\ng -like the g in got.\ngh -like the gh in big-house.\nn -like the n in bank.\nc -like the ch in chalk.\nch -like the chh in much-haste.\nj -like the j in joy.\njh -like the geh in college-hall.\nii -like the n in bunch.\n\nl �like the t in talk.\nth -like the th in hot-house.\n\nn-as in nor but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\np -like the p in pine.\nph -like the ph in philosopher.\nb -like the b in bird.\nbh -like the bh in rub-hard.\nm -like the m in mother.\ny -like the j in jaw. 11\ny -like they inyear. �\nr -like the r in run.\nI -like the l in law.\nv -like the b in bird or like the w in dwarf.\ns, �-like the sh in shop.\ns -like the s in sun.\nh-like the h in home.\n\nThis is a general guide to Bengali pronunciation. The Bengali transliterations in this\nbook accurately show the original Bengali spelling of the text. One should note, however,\nthat in Bengali, as in English, spelling is not always a true indication of how a word is pronounced. Tape recordings of His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupii.da\nchanting the original Bengali verses are available from the International Society for Krishna\nConsciousness, 3959 Landmark St., Culver City, California 90230.\n\n", "mad1#p0390": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete alphabetical listing of the first and third lines of each Bengali\n\nverse and all the lines of each Sanskrit verse in Sri Caitanya-caritamrta In the first column the\n\ntransliteration is given, and in the second and third columns respectively the chapter-verse\nreferences and page number for each verse are to be found.\n\nadvafta, nityananda, mukunda, srlvasa\n\nA\n\n1.255\n1.261\n3.31\n1.160\n3.28\n\n149\n151\n256\n96\n254\n\n2.26\n3.6\n3.27\n1.106\n1.81\n\n182\n242\n254\n68\n53\n\n3.65\n1.166\naiche data nahi ara, 2.82\naiche dayalu avatara,\n3.30\n:lila nOtana kaupina-bahirvasa lat'l:l\n3.111\naise yaya loka har$e, nahi samadhana\n\n274\n100\n227\n256\n298\n\n1.208\n3.38\n3.79\n3.80\n3.191\n\n125\n260\n281\n282\n338\n\n2.43\n1.202\n1.73\n3.68\n1.235\n\n196\n121\n49\n275\n139\n\n1.199\n1.200\n1.191\n3.71\n3.86\n\n120\n120\n113\n277\n285\n\n2.90\n3.32\n3.46\n\n234\n257\n264\n\n2.58\n2.37\n1.247\n3.156\n1.139\n\n207\n192\n145\n319\n86\n\nadvaitera haste prabhura adbhuta bhojana\nage acarya asi' rahi/:1 namaskara kari'\n\n2.22\n1.282\n3.129\n1.251\n3.59\n\n179\n162\n307\n147\n270\n\n3.73\nacarya ba/e-ni/aca/e khiio cauyanna-bara 3.75\niiciirya dekhi' bale prabhu mane sari15aya kari' 3.31\nacarya-gosanira bhiil)c;lara-ak$aya, avyaya 3.159\n3.135\naciirya-gosani tabe riikhila klrtana\n\n278\n279\n256\n320\n310\n\n3.131\n3.67\n3.71\n3.35\n3.101\n\n308\n275\n277\n258\n294\n\n3.81\n3.33\n3.69\n3.91\n3.105\n\n282\n257\n276\n288\n295\n\n3.156\n3.112\n3.20\n3.122\n3.213\n\n319\n299\n251\n303\n349\n\nalingana kailu sarva-sakti sat'lcariy:l\n\n3.92\nacaryera mana/:1-katha nahe prabhura vedya. 3.66\nacaryera sraddha-bhakti-grha-sampada-dhane 3.203\n3.199\nacaryera vakya prabhu na kare langhana\n1.215\nacirate kr$1Ja tomaya karibe uddhilra\n\n288\n274\n343\n342\n128\n\nama-vai jagate, patita nahi ara\n\n3.218\n2.60\n1.196\n3.6\n1.21\n3.218\n\n352\n208\n116\n242\n11\n352\n\nvindhi' kaila jarajare,\nabalara sarire,\nabhyantare ge/a, /okera pDrl)a haila kama\nacambite uthe prabhu kariy:l garjana\nacal)c;iale prema-bhakti kari/:1 prak:Isa\nacarya iisi' prabhure tabe kai/:1 nivedana\naciirya bale-akapa!e karaha ahara\n\nacarya, haridasa bule pache ta' naciM\niicarya kahe-ami kariba parive5ana\nacarya kahe-chac;la tumi :lpan:lra curi\niiciirya kahe, mithya nahe srlpada-vacana\niicarya kahe-na kariba sannyasiiiciirya kahe-tumi hao tairthika sanny:lsi\nacarya kahe,-tumi yiihari, sei vrndavana\nacarya kahe-vaisa donhe pinc;lira upare\nacarya kahe-ye diyachi, taha na chac;liba\niicarya karite cahe pada-sarilvahana\niicarya-manidra haifa srl-vaikUI)/ha-puri\nacarya nacena, prabhu karena dar5ana\nacaryaratnere kahe nityananda-gosiit'li\niicarya u1haila prabhuke karite nartana\niicarye prabodhi' kahe kichu mi$la bata\niicaryera iccha prabhu karila paral)a\n\nacire milaye tiirire kr$1)a-prema-dhana\nadarsanepoc;le mana,\nkemanepaba\nadhama patita papi :lmi dui jana\nadhyasitam parvatamair mahadbhi/:1\n'adi -li/a' 'madhya-lila', 'antya-11/a' ara\na dvaita-grhe prabhura vilasa sune yei jana\n\n361\n\nage mana nahi cafe, nii pare b:lndhite\naghanarillavitri jagat-k$ema-dhlltri\nagni yaiche nija-dhama,\n\ndekhaiy:l\n\naharil tari$yiimi duranta-p:lram\naho bhagya, yamunare pailwi darasana\nahovala-nrsimhadi kaila darasana\nahus ca te nalina-nabha padaravindam\naiche anna ye kf$Qake karaya bhojana\n\naiche ca/i, iii/a prabhu 'r:lmakeli' gr:lma\n\naji haite dwihara nama 'rOpa' 'sanatana'\naji mora ghare bhik$a, cala mora vasa\niiji piiral)ii karite chi/a bac;la asa\naji upavasa haila acarya-nimantral)e\najna deha nilacale kariye gamana\nakaitava kr$1)a-prema,\n\nyena jamba-nada-\n\nakhila brahmal)c;la dekhuka tomara daya-bala\nalpa kari' ani' tahe deha vyat'ljana bhata\namare miliba asi' ratha-yatra-kale\nama uddharite bali nahi tri-bhuvane\nam:! uddhariyii yadi dekhao nija-bala\nami saba jani tomara o�annyasera bhari-bhuri\nami taha kiiriha paba daridra brahmal)a\n/ikhite karipaye\nami vrddha jariitura,\nami vrndavane, tumi ke-mate jani/a\namrta-nindaka panca-vidha tikta-jhale\namOny adhanyani din:lntariil)i\n':lnanda' ara 'madana', hari' nila mora mana\nanande bhakti-sallge sada klrtana-vilasa\n:lnande nacaye sabe bali' 'hari' 'hari'\nanande sabare niya dena vasa-sthilna\n\n", "mad1#p0391": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n362\nanandita haifa acarya, saci, bhakta, saba\n\n3.200\n\n342\n\nanandita hana saci karena randhana\n\n3.202\n\n343\n\nananta, apara-tara ke jiinibe marma\n\n1.89\n\n59\n\nananta, puru�ottama, sri-janardana\n\n1.115\n\n73\n\nanatha-bandho karuQaika-sindho\n\n2.58\n\n207\n\nanavasera jaganniithera nii panii darasana\n\n1.122\n\n77\n\n8\nbahire asi' darasana dila daya-maya\n\n1.275\n\n158\n\nbahire eka mu$Ji piiche karimu bhojana\n\n3.63\n\n272\n\n2.19\n\n177\n\nbahu-dina acarya gosani kaila samiidhiina\n\n3.158\n\n320\n\nbahu-dura haite ainu hana bac;la arta\n\n1.274\n\n158\n\nbahire niigara-riija,\naneka dina tumi more bec;laile bhaQQ;r'a\n\n3.117\n\n301\n\nanga muche, mukha cumbe, kare nirik$aQa\n\n3.142\n\n313\n\nbhitare sarhera kaja\n\nanna-vyanjana-upari dila tulasi-manjari\n\n3.56\n\n269\n\nbahuta nac!iile tumi, chiic;la niiciina\n\n3.106\n\n296\n\nanya jana kahiin likhi, na janaye praQa-sakhi\n\n2.23\n\n180\n\nbahu tuli' bale prabhu bala' 'hari' 'hari'\n\n1.276\n\n159\n\nbahye vi$iijvalii haya, bhitare ananda-maya\n\n2.50\n\n201\n\nanyera ye du/:lkha mane, anye tiiha niihi jane\n\n2.23\n\n180\n\n'bala' 'bala' bale sabiira sire hasta dhari'\n\n3.14\n\n248\n\nanyonye dunhiira dunha vinii nahi sthiti\n\n1.50\n\n36\n\nbala-bhadra bhattacarya, ara paQc;lita\n\n1.236\n\n140\n\nanyo veda na canya-du/:lkham akhilam no\n\n2.18\n\n176\n\n2.44\n\n197\n\nbala-bhidra bhattacarya rahe matra sange\n\n1.238\n\n141\n\n1.22\n\n11\n\nbala-bhadra kaila tanre mathurara biihira\n\n1.240\n\n142\n\n'bal' 'bat' bale, niice, anande vihvala\n\n3.130\n\n308\n\nbalya-kala haite tamara ye kailun sevana\n\n3.165\n\n323\n\nbattisa-arhiya-kalara angariya pate\n\n3.43\n\n263\n\nbattisa-arhiya kalara donga bac;la ba(ia\n\n3.51\n\n267\n\nbhagaviin samprasidatu\n\n1.1\n\n1\n\n2.88\n\n233\n\napana-hrdaya-kaja,\n\nkahite vasiye laja\n\napanai acari' jive sikhaila bhakti\napana-icchiiya bulana, yahan unhiira mana\n\n1.170\n\n102\n\napanake hina-buddhi haifa tan-sabara\n\n1.114\n\n73\n\napanara du/:lkha-sukha tahan nahi garJi\n\n3.185\n\n334\n\napanara sama more karibara tare\n\n3.98\n\n291\n\napana-isvara-murti tanre dekhiiila\n\n1.101\n\n66\n\napana viisara cale rakhila gunjiya\n\n1.61\n\n42\n\napane ayogya dekhi' mane pan k$obha\n\n1.204\n\n122\n\napane kari' asvadane, sikhiiila bhakta-ga(Je,\n\n2.81\n\n226\n\napane karilii varal)asi agamana\n\n1.243\n\n143\n\napani mahaprabhu yanra kai/a mahotsava\n\n1.257\n\n149\n\naparadha k$ami' tare dila kr$rJa-preme\n\n1.154\n\n93\n\nara dina prabhu kahe saba bhakta-ga(Je\n\n3.206\n\n345\n\n!irati kariya kr$Qe kara'/a sayana\n\n3.59\n\n270\n\naratira kale dui prabhu bolaila\n\n3.58\n\n270\n\nardha-ardha khiinii prabhu chiic;lena vyanjana\n\n3.88\n\n286\n\nardha-pera nii bharibe ei graseka anne\n\n3.80\n\n282\n\nardha-ratre dui bhai aila prabhu-sthiine\n\n1.183\n\n108\n\nardra kaupina chiic;li' SU$ka kara paridhana\n\n3.37\n\n259\n\naru(Ja-vastra-kanti tahe kare jha/a-mala\n\n3.110\n\n298\n\nasi' vidya-vacaspatira grhete rahila\n\n1.150\n\n91\n\ntikii tara\n\nbMgavata-5/oka-maya,\n\nbhiigavatera 5/oka-guc;lhiirtha visada karina\n\n1.83\n\n55\n\nbhakta-ga(Ja ekatra kari' bali/a vacana\n\n3.173\n\n328\n\nbhakta-gaQa lana prabhu karena bhojana\n\n3.160\n\n321\n\nbhakta-gaQa milite prabhu ha-ila satvara\n\n3.150\n\n317\n\nbhakta-gaQa prabhu-age iisiya kahila\n\n3.187\n\n335\n\nbhakta-gaQa-sange aila sacim!itii lana\n\n3.137\n\n311\n\nbhakta-gar:Je meliya snana-yatra dekhila\n\n1.121\n\n77\n\n78\n\nbhakta-sane dina kata tahani rahilii\n\n1.123\n\nbhakti kari' sire dhari tanhara cara(Ja\n\n1.14\n\n8\n\nbhakti pracariya sarva-tirtha prakasila\n\n1.32\n\n16\n\nbhakti-siddhantera We dekhiiiyachena para\n\n1.43\n\n27\n\nbhala haifa, dui bhai ailii mora sthane\n\n1.214\n\n128\n\nbhata ange lana acarya nace bahu-ratige\n\n3.95\n\n289\n\nbhata dui-cari liige aciiryera ange\n\n3.95\n\n289\n\nbhavantam evanucaran nirantara/:1\n\n1.206\n\n123\n\n3.121\n\n303\n\nasru, kampa, pulaka, sveda, gadgada vacana\n\n3.123\n\n304\n\na$tadasa li/a-cchanda, ara padyavali\n\n1.39\n\n23\n\nbhavera taranga-bale, nana-rupe mana cafe\n\n2.27\n\na�radasa-var$a kevala nilacale sthiti\n\n1.22\n\n11\n\nbhikhari sannyiisi kare tirtha paryarana\n\n1.172\n\nataeva tara ami sutra-matra kailun\n\n1.9\n\n6\n\nathiira var$a tahiin vasa, kahan n!ihi gelii\n\n1.249\n\nbhitte mukha-sira gha$e, k$ala kaya saba\n\n2.7\n\n17\n\nbhojana karaha, chiic;la vacana-caturi\n\n3.72\n\n276\n\n146\n\nbhavera sadrsa pada liigil\n\naite\n\nauddhatya karite haifa sabakiira mana\n\n1 .271\n\n156\n\nbhojana karanii pur(Ja kaila nija-sukha\n\n3.204\n\n344\n\nautsukya, capalya, dainya, rD$amar$a iidi\n\n2.63\n\n211\n\nbhrama-maya Ce$tii sada, pralapa-maya vada\n\n2.5\n\n171\n\navadhutera jhutha liigila mora ange\n\n3.96\n\n290\n\nbhramite pavitra kaila saba riic;lha-dese\n\n3.5\n\n242\n\navese prabhura haifa gangare yamuna-jniine\n\n3.26\n\n253\n\nbhra$ta avadhata tumi, udara bharite\n\n3.85\n\n284\n\n", "mad1#p0392": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nbhtimite pac;Jila, svasa nilhika sarTre\nbhuvanera n!lrT-gal)a,\nsaba' kara\nbr!lhmal)a-j!l!i tara, nava-dvipe ghara\nbrahmilnanda-bh!lra!ira ghuc!lila\nbrahmill)c;/a-bhitare haya caudda bhuvana\nbrahma-samhit!l, karl)ilmrta, dui purlthi p!lil!l\nbuddhimanta khilrl, nandana, srTdhara, vijaya\nbujhana nil yay a bhilva-tarariga prabaia\nbujhi!e nil pari taiche tom!lra carite\n\n3.128\n\n307\n\n2 .68\n\n215\n\n1.193\n\n114\n\n1.285\n\n163\n\n1.267\n\n154\n\n1.120\n\n76\n\n3.154\n\n318\n\n3.130\n\n308\n\n1.280\n\n161\n\nc\ncabbisa vatsara prabhura grhe avasth!lna\ncabbisa vatsara-se�a yei magha-masa\ncabbisa vatsara se�e yei milgha-masa\nca-i-marica-sukhta diyii saba phala-mO/e\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�l)adasa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�l)adasa\ncaitanya-gos!lili yarlre bale 'bar;la bhili'\ncaitanya-lil!l-ratna-sara, svarOpera bhal)r;/!lra\ncaitanya-lil!lra vyasa-d!lsa vrndavana\n'caitanya-marlgale' prabhura nil!ldri-gamana\n\n1.15\n3.3\n\n8\n241\n\n1.16\n\n9\n\n3.46\n\n264\n\n1.287\n\n165\n\n3.219\n\n352\n\n1.27\n\n14\n\n2.84\n\n229\n\n1.13\n\n7\n\n3.217\n\n351\n\n'caitanya-marigale' vist!lri' karil!l varl)ana\n'caitanya' seva, 'caitanya' gao, lao\nkal/olera eka\ncaitanya-vilasa-sindhucaitanyera bhak!i yerlho /aoy!lila samsara\n'caitanye' ye bhakti kare, sei mora prill)a\n\n1.11\n\n7\n\n1.29\n\n15\n\n2.95\n\n238\n\n1.26\n\n13\n\n1.29\n\n15\n\ncafe gorlj!l tiila-pa!re sei s/oka pail!l\ncafe hale n!lhi, -dorlga ati bac;la bac;la\ncalibara tare prabhure path!lila kahiil!l\ncamatkilra pili/a prabhura saundarya\ncal)r;/idasa, vidyapati, r!lyera n!ltaka-gi!i,\n\n1.66\n\n45\n\n3.51\n\n267\n\n1.174\n\n104\n\n3.109\n\n297\n\n2.77\n\n222\n\nc!lrlpilkala-dadhi-sandesa kahite nil pari\ncaral)e dhariya prabhure balena vacana\ncari-dike vyailjana-dorlg!l, !lra\ncari masa rahe prabhura sarlge sanmi/ana\ncataka parvata dekhi' 'govardhana' bhrame\n\n3.55\n\n268\n\n3.116\n\n301\n\n3.44\n\n263\n\n1.250\n\n146\n\n2.9\n\n171\n\ncaturmasya-ante punab dak�il)a gamana\nC!iturm!lsya tilrlhii prabhu sri-vai�l)avera\ncaudda-bhuvane baise yata jTva-gal)a\nch!lr;laha caturi, prabhu, karaha bhojana\nchaya vatsara aiche prabhu karil!l vifasa\n\n1.111\n\n71\n\n1.110\n\n70\n\n1.267\n\n154\n\n3.77\n\n280\n\n1.246\n\n144\n\nchota bac;la bhak ta-gal)a, vandorl sabilra\ncic;la-dadhi-mahotsava tah!lrli karilil\ncid-!lnanda-bhilnob sad!l nanda-sOnob\n\n2.93\n\n236\n\n1.283\n\n162\n\n3.28\n\n254\n\n363\n\ncira-dine m!ldhava mandire mora\ncitrau .Sandau tamo-nudau\ncOrl)a haifa, hena v!lsorl nim!lili-kalevara\n\n3.114\n1.2\n\n300\n2\n\n3.164\n\n323\n\n1.175\n\n104\n\nD\ndabira khasere raja puchifa nibhrte\ndadhi-bhilra vahi' tabe laguc;la phiriiil!l\ndainya chilc;Ja, tom!lra dainye ph!lte mora\ndainya kari' stuti kare karayor;la kari\ndainya-nirveda-vi�ade, hrdayera avas!lde,\ndainya-pa!rT likhi' more pilthille b!lra bara\n\n1.146\n\n89\n\n1.208\n\n125\n\n1.187\n\n110\n\n2.35\n\n190\n\n1.209\n\n126\n\ndainya rodana kare, anande vihvala\ndaive asi' prabhu yabe Ordhvete c!lhil!l\ndaive se vatsara tilhan giyilchena rupa\ndamodara pal)c;/ita, !ira daua mukunda\ndamodara-pal)r;/ita kaifa prabhuke vakya-\n\n1.186\n\n110\n\n1.66\n\n45\n\nd!lmodara-sv!lrupa-mi/ane parama iinanda\ndanakeli-kaumudT, !ira bahu stavavali\ndal)r;/avat kari' rOpa bhamite par;li/J\ndarasana diya prabhu karaha krtartha\ndaridra-br!lhmal)a-ghare ye pili/a mu�ty-eka\ndasa-dike koti ko!T loka hena kale\nda5ama-tippanT, ara dasama-cari!a\ndayaniyas tava n!ltha durlabhab\ndehendriya vrtha mora saba\ndekhi/a sakala tilhilrl kr�l)a-cari!ra-lil!l\n\n1.59\n\n41\n\n3.209\n\n347\n\n1.259\n\n150\n\n1.130\n\n82\n\n1.39\n\n23\n\n1.242\n\n143\n\n1.274\n\n158\n\n3.82\n\n283\n\n1.272\n\n157\n\n1.35\n\n19\n\n1.203\n\n122\n\n2.40\n\n194\n\n1.227\n\n135\n\ndekhi' sacim!lt!l kahe rodana kariy!l\ndekhite !lila loka prabhura caral)a\ndekhite !lise, dekhi' khal)r;/e dubkha-soka\ndekhite nil paya, -asru bhari/a nayana\ndekhiy!l cintita haifa yata bhakta-gal)a\n\n3.163\n\n322\n\n3.108\n\n297\n\ndekhiy!l murcchita hail!l par;lila bhamite\ndhilila cafe !lrta-n!lda kariya krandane\ndhany!l k�aul)i vifasa!i vrtil m!ldhuri\ndik-vidik-jilana nahi, kiba ratri-dina\ndina cara kilSite rahi' gela vrnd!lvana\n\n1.98\n\n65\n\n2.9\n\n171\n\n1.164\n\n99\n\n3.142\n\n313\n\n3.129\n\n307\n\n1.84\n\n55\n\n3.10\n\n246\n\n1.239\n\n141\n\ndina dui-cari raha krpa ta' kariilil\ndina-hina, nindaka, sabare nist!lri/a\ndina kata t!lhilrl rahi' calil!l vrndavana\ndina parlca-sata rahila !lcaryera ghare\ndine acaryera pri!i-prabhura darsana\ndine kr�l)a-kathil-rasa bhakta-gal)a-sarlge\n\n3.198\n\n341\n\ndTvyad-vrndaral)ya-kalpa-drumadhab\ndiy!l m!llya-candana, n!ln!l ratna-abharal)a,\n\n1.4\n\n3\n\n2.38\n\n193\n\n1.30\n\n15\n\n1.237\n\n140\n\n1.232\n\n138\n\n3.161\n\n321\n\n3.201\n\n342\n\n", "mad1#p0393": "364\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ndon� vyatijane bhari' karena pr�rthana\n\n3.90\n\n287\n\nei mala hasya-rase karena bhojana\n\n3.88\n\n286\n\ndoriha �lingiya prabhu bali/a bhakta-gare\n\n1.217\n\n129\n\nei mala Iii� kaifa chaya vatsara\n\n1.285\n\n163\n\ndorihara darsane durihe ha-il� vihvafa\n\n3.141\n\n313\n\nei mala toke caitanya-bhakti /aoyaifa\n\n1.30\n\n15\n\ndugdha-ci{i�-kaf� ara dugdha-fak/aki\n\n3.54\n\n268\n\nei-mata mahaprabhu dekhi' jagann�the\n\n1.85\n\n56\n\ndui bhai �if� tabe karite bhojana\n\n3.60\n\n271\n\nei mala nan� grantha kariya prakasa\n\n1.45\n\n33\n\ndui bhai prabhu-pada nifa nija mathe\n\n1.216\n\n129\n\nei mala prahar-eka nace prabhu range\n\n3.132\n\n309\n\ndui guccha t(f)a durihe dasane dharitia\n\n1.185\n\n109\n\nei mata punab punab parivese vyatijana\n\n3.89\n\n287\n324\n\ndui-jana-sange prabhu �if� ni/acafa\n\n1.236\n\n140\n\nei-mata sacfdevi vatsalye vihvafa\n\n3.167\n\ndui jane prabhura krpa dekhi' bhakta-gare\n\n1.218\n\n130\n\nei mata 5e$a-lil� tri-vidh�ne kaifa\n\n1.88\n\n58\n\ndui m�a rahi' tarire karaifa sik$a(la\n\n1.244\n\n144\n\nei-mata vifapa kare vihvafa antara\n\n2.17\n\n176\n\ndui pase dhari/a saba m[t-kuQ{iika bhari'\n\n3.55\n\n268\n\nei more manera katha keha nahi jane\n\n1.213\n\n128\n\ndui prabhu lana acarya gefa bhitara ghare\n\n3.64\n\n273\n\nei pada gaoyaiya har$e karena nartana\n\n3.115\n\n300\n\ndui pustaka lana iii/a uttama j!inina\n\n1.120\n\n76\n\nei pada g!iya mukunda madhura susvare\n\n3.126\n\n306\n\ndui thani bhoga ba{iaifa bh!ifa mate\n\n3.43\n\n263\n\nei prem!i-iisv!idana,\n\n2.51\n\n202\n\ndure suddha-prema-gandha, kapata premera\n\n2.46\n\n198\n\nei-rOpe sak$!il kr$re karaifa bhojana\n\n3.57\n\n269\n\ndvadasa vatsara 5e$a aiche goriaila\n\n1.88\n\n58\n\ndvitr!i(ly eva dinani yauvanam idarh h!i-ha\n\n2.18\n\n176\n\n22\n\nE\n\ntapta-ik$u-carva(la\n\nei saba grantha kaifa gos!ini sanatana\n\n1.36\n\nei saba kahiba age vist�ra karin�\n\n1.75\n\n50\n\nei 5/oka pa{ii' prabhu bh!ivera avese\n\n3.5\n\n242\n\nei 5/okera artha jane ekafe svarOpa\n\n1.59\n\n41\n\nei sfokera sarik$epartha suna, bhakta-ga(la\n\n1.77\n\n51\n\nebara na yabena prabhu sri-vrnd!ivana\n\n1.161\n\n97\n\nebe kahi 5e$a-liliira mukhya sOtra-ga(la\n\n1.10\n\n6\n\nebe 'madhya-/r/ara' kichu kariye vistara\n\n1.21\n\n11\n\nei tina madhye yabe thake yei jana\n\n1.65\n\n45\n\nebe yaya, na rahe para(la\n\n2.20\n\n178\n\neta bali' acarya !inande karena nartana\n\n3.118\n\n302\n\neka-bare anna khao sata sata bhara\n\n3.75\n\n279\n\neta bali' ani/a tiirire ganga-sannidhiine\n\n3.26\n\n253\n\neta bali' cafe prabhu, premonmadera cihna\n\n3.10\n\n246\n\neta bali' cara(la vandi' gef!i dui-jana\n\n1.226\n\n135\n\neka-dina sriviisadi yata bhakta-ga(la\n\n1.269\n\n155\n255\n\neka kaupina, nahi dvitrya paridhana\n\n3.29\n\nekakr yaiba, kirhva sarige eka jana\n\n1.230\n\n137\n\neta bali' dui jane karaifa acamana\n\n3.102\n\n294\n\neka-mu$ti anna muni kariy�chori paka\n\n3.39\n\n260\n\neta bali', durihara sire dharila dui hate\n\n1.216\n\n129\n\neka-rupe kari' kare prabhura sevana\n\n3.136\n\n310\n\neke eke mififa prabhu saba bhakta-ga(la\n\n3.151\n\n317\n\nekhana ye diye, tara ardheka khaiba\n\n3.91\n\n288\n\nei antya-lila-s!ira,\n\neta bali' eka-grasa bhata hate lana\n\n3.94\n\n289\n\neta bali' hate dhari' vasaifa durihare\n\n3.69\n\n276\n\neta bali' jala dila dui gosanira hate\n\n3.78\n\n281\n\n2.91\n\n235\n\neta bali' toke kari' subha-df$!i d�na\n\n1.282\n\n162\n\nei bhiive nrtya-madhye pa{ie eka sfoka\n\n1.57\n\n40\n\neta bali' namaskari' kaila ganga-snana\n\n3.29\n\n255\n\nei bhik$a magori,-more deha tumi saba\n\n3.189\n\n336\n\neta bali' nauk�ya ca{ian!i nifa nija-ghara\n\n3.40\n\n260\n\neta bali' prabhu tarire kari' alirigana\n\n3.215\n\n349\n\neta bali' punab punab kare namaskara\n\n3.149\n\n316\n338\n\nsOtra-madhye vistara\n\nei c�ri-jana acarya dila prabhu sane\n\n3.210\n\n347\n\nei chafe cahe bhakta-gaQera mi/ane\n\n1.136\n\n84\n\nei dhuya-gane nacena dviliya prahara\n\n1.56\n\n39\n\neta bali' sabak�re i$al h�ina\n\n3.192\n\nei gupta bhava-sindhu,\n\n2.82\n\n227\n\neta bali' t!irire bahu prasada kariy!i\n\n1.70\n\n47\n\nei mala adbhuta-bh!iva sarire prakasa\n\n2.14\n\n174\n\neta bali' yamuniira karena stavana\n\n3.27\n\n254\n\neta cinti pr!itab-kafe ganga-sn!ina kari'\n\n1.231\n\n137\n\nei-mata advaita-grhe bhakta-ga(la mile\n\n3.205\n\n345\n\nbrahma na paya\n\nei mata ca/i' ca/i' iii/a santipure\n\n1.232\n\n138\n\nei ta' kahila madhya-lil!ira sOtra-ga(la\n\n1.286\n\n164\n\nei-mata dasa-dina bhojana-kfrtana\n\n3.136\n\n310\n\neta kahi' raja gefa nija abhyantare\n\n1.181\n\n107\n\nei-mata das� prabhura haya r�tri-dine\n\n2.4\n\n170\n\neta kahi' sacf-suta,\n\n2.44\n\nei mala dine dine, svarOpa-r�mananda-sane\n\n2.50\n\n201\n\netiirtl sa asthaya par!itma-ni$tham\n\nsfoka pa{ie adbhuta\n\n3.6\n\n197\n242\n\n", "mad1#p0394": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n2.27\n3.211\n\n182\n347\n\ngadadhara, jagadananda, svarOpera mukhya\ngale vastra bandhi' pac;Je daf)c;favat hat'ia\ngambhira-bhitare ratre nahi nidra-/ava\ngangadasa, vakresvara, murari, suklambara\ngangake aniya more yamuna kahila\n\n2.78\n1.185\n2.7\n3.153\n3.34\n\n223\n109\n170\n318\n258\n\nganga-snane kabhu habe tanre agamana\nganga-tira-patha tabe dekhaiha tanre\nganga-lira-pathe lana prayage iii/a\nganga-lire /at'ia ai/a 'yamuna' baliya\nganga-lire-lire prabhu cari-jana-sathe\n\n3.184\n3.17\n1.241\n1.93\n3.216\n\n334\n250\n142\n61\n350\n\ngangaya yamuna vahe hana eka-dhara\nache eka nimna\ngaruc;Ja-stambhera tale,\nrahi' kare\ngaruc;Jera sannidhane,\ngauc;fa ha-ite sarva-vai$f)avera agamana\ngauc;Ja-nikata asite nahi mora prayojana\n\n3.36\n2.54\n2.54\n1.131\n1.212\n\n258\n204\n204\n82\n127\n\ngauc;Jera bhakta aise, samacara pai/a\ngauc;Jera bhakta-gaf)e tabe karila vidaya\ngauc;Jera nikata grama ati anupama\ngauc;Jesvara yavana-raja prabhava sunit'ia\ngauc;fiya-bhakte ajt'ia dila vidayera dine\n\n1.123\n1.147\n1.166\n1.168\n1.135\n\n78\n89\n100\n101\n84\n\ngauc;fodaye pu$pavantau\ngaura-deha-kanti surya jiniya ujjvala\ngaurasya k{$f)a-viccheda\ngeharil ju$am api manasy udiyat sada nal)\nghare !lsi' dui bhai yukati karit'ia\n\n1.2\n3.110\n2.1\n1.81\n1.182\n\nghare giya kara saba k{$f)a-sankirtana\nghare gupta hao, kene bahire prakasa\ngharete pat'iachi, ebe rakhiba bandhiya\nghare yaha, bhaya kichu na kariha mane\nghare yat'ia kara sada kr$f)a-sankirtana\n\n365\n\ngosani kuliya haite calila vrndavana\ngosilfiira mahima tenho lagila kahite\ngosanira paf)c;fitya-preme ha-ifa vismita\ngo�thi sahite kaila vrndavane vasa\ngovinda-virudavali, tahara /ak�af)a\n\n1.163\n1.175\n1.109\n1.45\n1.40\n\n98\n104\n70\n33\n23\n\ngrhera bhitare prabhu karuna gamana\nguf)c;fica dekhiya ya'na prabhure miliya\nguf)c;ficate nrtya-ante kaila jala-keli\ngupte ta-sabake ani' thakura nityananda\nguru-nana bhava-gaf)a, si$ya-prabhura\n\n3.60\n1.49\n1.145\n3.16\n2.76\n\n271\n35\n88\n249\n222\n\nha ha kada nu bhavitasi padaril drsor me\nkahan\nha-ha kahan vrndavana.\nha-ha kari' vi$f)U-pase mage ei vara\nha hanta ha hanta katharil nayami\nha ha praf)a-priya-sakhi, ki na haifa more\nhare tvad-alok anam antaref)a\n\n2.65\n2.55\n3.164\n2.58\n3.124\n2.58\n\n213\n205\n323\n207\n304\n207\n\nhari-bhakti-vilasa, ara bhagavatamrta\nharidasa kahe-mut'ii papi$tha adhama\nharidasa kandi' kahe karuf)a vacana\nharidasa pache nace hara$ila hat'ia\nharidasa thakura ara rOpa-sanatana\nharidasera siddhi-prapti, -adbhuta se\n\n1.35\n3.63\n3.193\n3.113\n1.63\n1.257\n\n19\n272\n338\n299\n43\n149\n\n2\n298\n167\n53\n108\n\n'hari' 'hari' bale /oka anandita hat'ia\n'hari' 'hari' bale saba anandita-mane\n'hari' 'hari' bali' c;Jake ucca kariya\nhar$a-bhaya-dainya-bhave haifa vikala\nhase, kande, nace, gaya parama vi�ade\nuthi' iti uti\nhase, kande, nace, gaya,\n\n3.109\n1.218\n3.13\n3.167\n1.52\n2.72\n\n297\n130\n248\n324\n37\n218\n\n3.207\n1.278\n3.117\n1.214\n3.190\n\n346\n160\n301\n128\n337\n\nhasiya lagila dunhe bhojana karite\nhasta-pada, sira, saba sarira-bhitare\nhasta-padera sandhi saba vitasti-pramaf)e\nhe deva he dayita he bhuvanaika-bandho\nhe kr�f)a he capala he karuf)aika-sindho\n\n3.78\n2.13\n2.12\n2.65\n2.65\n\n281\n174\n173\n213\n213\n\ngo-brahmaf)a-drohi-sange amara sangama\ngodavari-lira-vane vrndavana-bhrama\ngonaila nrtya-gita-k{$f)a-sankirtane\ngopa-balaka saba prabhuke dekhiya\ngopala-campO-name grantha-mahasOra\n\n1.197\n1.104\n1.110\n3.13\n1.44\n\n116\n67\n70\n248\n31\n\nhena kale acarya-gosat'ii naukate cac;Jit'ia\nhena-kale aila gauc;Jera bhakta-gaf)e\nhena-kale ail� prabhu tanhare milite\nyara nahi se\nhena kr�f)a-anga-gandha,\nhe natha he ramaf)a he nayanabhirama\nhera-pat'icamite dekhila lak$mi-devira keli\n\n3.30\n1.125\n1.62\n2.33\n2.65\n1.145\n\n256\n79\n43\n189\n213\n88\n\ngopa/a-viprera k�amaila srivasaparadha\ngopinathal) sriye 'stu nal)\ngopinatha partanayaka-ramanandagosat'ii dekhiya acarya nrtya sambarila\n\n1.153\n1.5\n1.265\n3.120\n\n93\n4\n154\n303\n\nihake 'jhutha' kahile, tumi kaile aparadha\niha khaile kaiche hay a indriya varaf)a\n\n3.99\n3.70\n\n292\n276\n\neteka vilapa kari',\nvi�ade sri-gaura-hari\netha acaryera grhe uthila krandana\n\nG\n\nH\n\n", "mad1#p0395": "366\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nihii-madhye mari yabe, varQile na pari tabe\n\n2.91\n1.222\n2. 88\n1.177\n1.279\n3.82\n\nihiiri haite cala, prabhu, ihari nahi kaya\nihiiri 5/oka dui cari, Mra vyakhya bh�a kari\nihara asirvade tamara sarvatra-i jaya\niha-sabara mukha r;lhaka diya nija hata\nihate santu$ta hao, char;la lobha-mana\n\n235\n133\n233\n105\n160\n283\n\nK\n3.132\n1.246\n3.81\n2.8\n3.208\n\n309\n144\n282\n171\n346\n\n3.208\n1.206\n3.18\n1.79\n2.15\n\n346\n123\n250\n52\n175\n\n2.62\n2.15\n2. 11\n1.86\n2.56\n\n210\n175\n173\n57\n206\n\n2.56\n2.16\nkahena tarihiire kichu paiya pirila\n3.84\n2.83\nkahi/e keha na\nkahibara katha nahe,\nkahibara yogya naya,\ntathapi bau/e kaya 2.49\n\n206\n175\n284\n228\n200\n\n1.68\n1.168\nka-iavarahiam pemmam r)a hi hoi manu$e toe 2.42\nkiiji, yavana ihara nii kariha himsana\n1.170\n'kanaira niitasii/ii' haite asiba phirina\n1.162\n\n46\n101\n195\n102\n98\n\nkabhu har$a, kabhu vi$ada, bhavera tararige\nkabhu iti-uti, kabhu k$etra-vasa\nkabhu phala-mula khao, kabhu upavasi\nkabhu simha-dvare par;Je, kabhu sindhu nire\nkabhu va asiba ami karite ganga-snana\n\nJ\njagadananda, bhagavan, govinda, kasisvara\njagai-madhai dui karile uddhara\njagai-madhai haite koti ko!i guQa\njagannatha-darasana, premera vilasa\njagannatha dekhi' yaiche prabhura bhavana\n\nkabhu vii tamara karibe niladri gamana\n\n1.253\n1.192\n1.196\n1.247\n1.77\n\n148\n113\n116\n145\n51\n\n1.63\n1.273\n2.42\n1.142\n1.235\n\n43\n158\n195\n87\n129\n\n3.210\n3.214\n1.162\n3.147\n3.65\n\n347\n349\n98\n315\n274\n\n1.215\n3.128\n2.2\n3.2\n1.6\n\n128\n307\n168\n240\n4\n\n1.273\n1.7\n1.6\n2.2\n3.2\n\n157\n5\n4\n168\n240\n\nkiir)iikadi-chidra sama,\n\n1.188\n1.272\n1.7\n1.3\n1.238\n\n111\n157\n5\n2\n141\n\nkanu-prema-vi$e mora tanu-mana jare\n\n3.98\n2.24\n1.103\n2.52\n1.260\n\n291\n180\n67\n202\n151\n\nkadaham aikantika-nitya-kitikarab\nkaha dekhi, kon pathe yabe vrndavana'\nkahiiti gopa-vesa, kahati nirjana vrndavana\nkahati karoti kahiiti pan vrajendra-nandana\nkahati gele\n\nkahati karoti kahan yan,\njagannatha-mandira na ya'na tina jana\njagat tarite prabhu, tamara avatara\nja-i hoi kassa virahe hontammi ko jia-i\nja/a-krir;la kaila prabhu sabare /a-iya\njana dui satige ami yaba nr/aca/e\n\nkahiiti mora praQa-natha murali-vadana\nkahiiti nahi suni yei bhavera vikara\nkahati pabe, ei vancha bar;le anuk$ar)a\nkahiiti se rasa-vilasa, kiihiiri nrtya-gita-hasa\nkahati sei\n\nkahiiti se tri-bhanga-thama,\n\njanani prabodha kari' vandila carar)e\njanani prabodhi' kara bhakta samiidhana\njanibe pascal, kahilu.ni5caya karina\njani' va na j!ini' kaila yadyapi sannyasa\njanme janme sire dharori tatihara carar)a\n\nkahiire kahiba, keba jane mora dubkha\n\nkahite liigila kichu kolete kariya\n\njanme janme tumi dui-kitikara iimara\njara-jara haila prabhu bhavera prahare\njayadvaitacandra jay a gaura-bhakta-vrnda\njayiidvaitacandra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\njaya jaya gauracandra jaya krpii-sindhu\n\nkahite /agila kichu vismita hana\n\n'kanaira nata-sa/a' paryanta la-ila bandhina\njaya jaya mahaprabhu-vrajendra-kumara\njaya jaya nityiinanda jayadvaitacandra\njaya jaya saci-suta jaya dina-bandhu\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityiinanda\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\n\nkandite kandite acarya pa5cat ca/i/a\nkandite lagilii saci kale uthain!i\nkandiya balena prabhu-suna, mora iii\nkandiy!i kahena saci, biichare nimani\n\njaya jaya sri-kf$r)a-caitanya daya-maya\n'jaya kr$r)a-caitanya' bali' kare kolahale\njaya srivasadi jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\njayatam sura tau patigor\njharikhar)r;/a-pathe kasi aila maha-ratige\n\nkari' eta vilapana,\n\nprabhu sacinandana,\n\nkarila icchaya bhojana, ye achila mane\nkar$an ver)u-svanair gopir\nkasi-misre krpa, pradyumna misradi-milana\n\njhutha dile, vipra bali' bhaya na karile\njivera jivana cancala, yena padma-patrera\njiyar;la-nrsimhe kaila nrsimha-stavana\njnayante sphutam asya vakra-madhuras\njyai$tha-mase prabhu tarire kaila parik$ar)a\n\n1.159\n\njiiniha se sravar)a, 2.31\n\nkasite prabhuke asi' milila sanatana\nkala dura giya prabhu kari' yor;Ja hata\nkata nama ta-iba yata navadvipa-vasi\nkeha yena ei bali' na kare nindana\nkemate dhariba ei papiHha jivana\n\n3.212\n3.140\n3.145\n\n3.143\n3.124\n2.35\n3.107\n1.5\n1.129\n1.244\n3.213\n3.155\n3.178\n3.195\n\n2\n\n31\n330\n340\n\n", "mad1#p0396": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nkesa na dekhiya bhakta yadyapi paya\nkesa na dekhiya sacf ha-ila vikala\nkesava-chatrire raja varta puchila\nke sikhala ei lake, kahe kon bata\nkiba ei sak$at kama,\ndyuti-bimba\n\n3.152\n3.141\n1.171\n1.279\n2.75\n\n317\n313\n102\n160\n221\n\n2.75\n1.229\n3.114\n1.190\n1.126\n\n221\n136\n300\n112\n79\n\n367\n3.163\n3.123\n1.254\n1.97\n\n322\n304\n148\n64\n\n3.50\n1.131\n1.153\n1.152\n\n266\n82\n93\n92\n\n1.156\n1.102\n2.21\n1.198\n\n94\n66\n178\n118\n\n1.41\n1.37\n3.1\n3.93\n3.103\n\n24\n22\n239\n288\n294\n\n1.18\n1.240\n/ilasuka martya-jana, tanra haya bhavodgama 2.79\n2.1\nlila-sutranuvarnal)e\n\n10\n142\n224\n167\n\n1.151\n3.183\n3.111\n1.237\n\n91\n333\n298\n140\n\nmac-capalam ca tava va mama vadhigamyam 2.61\n\n1.32\n1.96\n3.49\n\n209\n16\n63\n266\n\n2.74\n1.248\n3.191\n1.157\n\n220\n145\n338\n94\n\n3.44\n1.64\n3.23\n1.269\n\n263\n44\n252\n155\n\nk$al)e k$al)e par;Je prabhu achar;Ja khana\nk$al)e uthe, k$al)e par;Je, k$al)eka rodana\nk$etra-vasi ramananda raya prabhrti\nk$ira-curi-katha, siik$i-gopala-vivaral)a\nk$ira-puli, narike/a, yata pitha i$!a\n\nkiba mano-netrotsava,\n\nkiba pral)a-\n\nkichu sukha na paiba, habe rasa-bhar\\ge\nki kahiba re sakhi ajuka ananda ora\nkim bruve purU$Ottama\nkirtana-avese prabhura mana sthira haila\nkirtana karite prabhura sarva-bhavodaya\nkamala nimba-patra saha bhaja vartaki\nkon sthane vasiba, ara ana dui pata\nkoti janme tamara (l)a na pari sodhite\nkoti koti /oka aise dekhite caral)a\nkdti koti loka asi' kaila darasana\nkrandami saubhagya-bharam prakasitum\nkrwa aiche nija-gu!Ja, dekhaiya hare mana\nkr$1Ja-janma-yatrate prabhu gopa-vesa haifa\nkr$tJa-kara-pada-tala, koti-candra-susitala\nkrwa-katha sunai/a kahi' tar\\ra gul)e\n'kr$tJa-krpa-paravara, kabhu karibena\nkr$1Ja lana vraje yai e-bhava an tara\nkr$tJa-nama-gul)a char;Ji, ki kara kirtane\nk($1)a-nama, k($1)a-katha, k($1)a aradhana\nkr$tJa-namera artha prabhu tar\\hare kahila\nkr$1Ja-ni$eval)a kari nibhrte vasiya\nkr$tJa-prema sunirma/a,\n\nyena suddha-\n\nkrwa vinu saka/a vipha/a\nkr$1Jera adharamrta,\n\nkr$tJa-gul)a-carita,\n\nkr$1Jera bhoga bar;Jai/a dhatu-patropari\nkr$nera madhura val)i,\n\namrtera tarar\\gitJi\n\nk($1)era madhuri-gul)e, nana bhrama haya\nkr$nera viraha-lila prabhura antara\nkr$nera viyoga-sphurti haya nirantara\n\nku/ina-grama-vasi-sar\\ge prathama mi/ana\nkuliya-grame kaila devanandere prasada\nkuliya-gramete prabhura suniya agamana\nkuliya nagara haite patha ratne bandhaila\nkiirma-k$etre kaila vasudeva vimoeana\n\n3.162\n3.47\n3.68\n3.146\n1.167\n\n322\n265\n275\n315\n100\n\nkutila prema ageyana, niihi jane\n\n1.152\n2.45\n2.26\n1.146\n2.34\n\n92\n197\n182\n89\n189\n\nlak$a granthe kaila vraja-vilasa varl)ana\n\n1.264\n2.24\n1.56\n1.270\n3.190\n\n153\n180\n39\n156\n337\n\nku-vi$aya-vi$!ha-garte diyache phelaiya\n\nL\nlaghu-bhagavatamrtadi ke karu gal)ana\nlalasa bhaktair iha tam nato 'smi\nlana yaha, tor a anna kichu na khaila\n/avar\\ga elaci-bija-uttama rasa-vasa\nlila-bhede vai$1)ava saba nama-bheda kaya\nli/a-sthala dekhi' preme ha-ila asthira\n\nloka-bhaye ratre prabhu aila kuliya-grama\nlokagatagati-varta paba nirantara\n\n1.263\n3.9\n2.48\n2.30\n2.32\n\n152\n246\n200\n185\n188\n\n3.42\n2.31\n2.73\n1.51\n2.3\n\n262\n185\n219\n36\n169\n\n2.87\n2.74\n3.15\n1.98\n\n232\n220\n249\n65\n\nmadhya-li/ara kailur\\ ei sutra-vivaral)a\n\n2.21\n26\n2.39\n\n178\n171\n193\n\nmahaprabhu jagannathera upala-bhoga\n\nlokera sanghatte dina haila avasana\nlukana ca/ila ratre, na jane kona jana\n\nM\n\nmadana-gopala-govindera seva pracarila\nmadhava-purira katha, gopala-sthapana\nmadhuramla-bar;Ja, amladi par\\ca-chaya\nmadhuryam eva nu mano-nayanamrtam nu\n\njanibe rasera riti\nkr$ne upajibe priti,\nkr$1JO 'yam abhyudayate mama /oeanaya\nkrtartha kari/e more sunana hari-nama\nkruddha hana eka gela jagannatha dekhite\n\nmadhye madhye asi' tomaya diba darasana\nmadhye madhye dui-pase divya pu$karil)i\nmadhye pi!a-ghrta-sakti salyannera stapa\n\nkrura sathera gul)a-r;iore, hate-gale bandhi'\nk$al)e anga k$il)a haya, k$al)e anga phule\nk$al)e bahya haila mana, age dekhe dui jana\n\nmahaprabhura age asi' dila paricaya\nmahaprabhura gul)a gana karena kirtana\n\n", "mad1#p0397": "368\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nmama manda-mater gati\n\n1.3\n\n2\n\nmane bhiive, kuruk�etre pariachi milana\n\n1.53\n\n37\n\nmanete sunyata, vakye ha-h!i hutasa\n\n2.14\n\n174\n\nmana me kalindi-pulina-vipinaya sprhayati\n\n1.76\n\n50\n\nmurii bhik�a dimu, sabakare magori dana\nmurcchaya haifa siik$iitkara,\n\n3.171\n\n327\n\nurhi' kare\n\n2.73\n\n219\n\n234\n\nN\n\nmanu$yera vesa dhari' yatrikera chafe\n\n1.268\n\n155\n\nna dekhiye nayane,\n\nna suniye sravaf)e\n\n2.90\n\nmarab svayarh nu madhura-dyuti-maf)c;ia/arh\n\n2.74\n\n220\n\nnadiya-nagarera /aka-stri-balaka-vrddha\n\n3.138\n\n311\n\nmara bhakta-gaf)era tahari karila milana\n\n1.95\n\n62\n\nnahi jane sth!inasth!ina, yare tare kaila dana\n\n2.81\n\n226\n\nmatara vyagrata dekhi' prabhura vyagra mana 3.173\n\n328\n\nnahi kahan savirodha, nahi kahari anorodha\n\n2.86\n\n231\n\nmatara ye icch!i sei sammata sabara\n\n3.172\n\n327\n\nna mr$ii paramartham eva me\n\n1.203\n\n122\n\nmatare tavat ami chac;lite nariba\n\n3.176\n\n329\n\nnana-bhiivera prabalya, haifa sandhi-sabalya\n\n2.63\n\n211\n\nmathura dekhiya dekhe dvadasa kanana\n\n1.239\n\n141\n\nnana-grama haite, ara navadvipa haite\n\n3.157\n\n319\n\nmathura-mahatmya, ara naraka-varf)ana\n\n1.40\n\n23\n\nnana pak$i-ko/ahala, sudha-sama ja/a\n\n1.158\n\n95\n\nmathura parhaila tatire diya bhakti-bala\n\n1.245\n\n144\n\nnanil sastra ani' kaila bhakti-grantha sara\n\n1.33\n\n17\n\nmathura yaiba ami eta /aka satige\n\n1.229\n\n136\n\nnana seva kari' prabhuke karaila sayana\n\n3.135\n\n310\n\nmat-sarvasva-padambhojau\n\n1.3\n\nnana yatna-dainye prabhure karaila bhojana\n\n3.92\n\n288\n\nprabhura deha- 2.64\n\n212\n\nnaparadhi ca ka5cana\n\n1.190\n\n112\n\nmat-tulyo nasti papatma\n\n1.190\n\n112\n\nna prema-gandho 'sti darapi me harau\n\n2.45\n\n197\n\nmaya-sita nileka ravaf)a, tahilte likhana\n\n1.117\n\n74\n\nnarahari dasa adi yata khaf)c;ia-vasi\n\n1.132\n\n82\n\nmleccha-jilti, mleccha-sevi, kari mleccha-\n\n1.197\n\n116\n\nnarikela-sasya, chana, sarkara madhura\n\n3.48\n\n265\n\n181\n\nmatta-gaja bhilva-gaf)a,\n\n2\n\nmoeha-gaf)ta, di.JEdha-ku$milf)c;la, sakala\n\n3.48\n\n265\n\nniirira yauvana-dhana, yare k($f)a kare mana\n\n2.25\n\nmora bhagye gatigii-tire tamara agamana\n\n3.33\n\n257\n\nnavadvipa-vasi adi yata bhakta-gana\n\n3.188\n\n336\n\nmora bh!igye, more ghare, tamara agamana\n\n3.77\n\n280\n\nnayanera abhirama, tumi mora dhana-priif)a\n\n2.71\n\n217\n\nmora karma, mora hate-galaya bandhiya\n\n1.198\n\n118\n\nnava-satiga-rasayanam\n\n1.211\n\n127\n\nmora manera katha rupa jani/a kemate\n\n1.71\n\n48\n\nnica-jati, nica-satigi, kari nica kaja\n\n1.189\n\n111\n\nmora manera katha tumi janile kemane\n\n1.69\n\n47\n\nnica-seva nahi kare, nahe nicera kurpara\n\n1.193\n\n114\n\nmora slokera abhipraya na jane kana jane\n\n1.69\n\n47\n\nnija-dehe kari priti,\n\n2.47\n\n199\n\nkr�IJa chac;li' gela 2.71\n\nmora vakya ninda mani,\n\nkevala kamera riti\n\n217\n\nnija-grhe ya'na ei tinere miliya\n\n1.64\n\n44\n\nmore daya kari' kara sva-daya saphala\n\n1.202\n\n121\n\nnija nama-sthane rahe kurumba /aria\n\n3.177\n\n329\n\nmore kena pucha, tumi pucha apana-mana\n\n1.178\n\n106\n\nnija-nija-grhe saba karaha gamahe\n\n3.206\n\n345\n\nmo-vinu dayara patra jagate na haya\n\n1.201\n\n121\n\nnilacala-gauc;la-setubandha-vrndavana\n\n1.19\n\n10\n\nmilane ye parimala 2.33\n\n189\n\nni/aca/e ai/a mahaprabhuke /a-ina\n\n1.124\n\n78\n\nmudga-bac;la, kala-bac;la, ma$a-bac;la, mi�ta\n\n3.50\n\n266\n\nnilacale asibare tanre ajria dila\n\n1.127\n\n80\n\nmuc;lha adhama-janere tetiho karilii nistara\n\n1.33\n\n17\n\nnilacale navadvipe yena dui ghara\n\n3.183\n\n333\n\nmugdharh mukhambujam udik�itum\n\n2.61\n\n209\n\nnilacale rahe yadi, dui karya haya\n\n3.182\n\n333\n\nmrga-mada nilotpala,\n\nmukhya muk hya Iii!ira kari sutra gaf)ana\n\n1.90\n\n59\n\n'nilacale yaba' bali' calila gaurahari\n\n1.231\n\n137\n\nmukunda, haridasa, -dui prabhu boliiila\n\n3.61\n\n271\n\nnilaca/e yabe tumi, mora kon gati\n\n3.194\n\n339\n\nmukunda-haridilsa la-iya karaha bhojana\n\n3.106\n\n296\n\nnilacale yaite mora nahika sakati\n\n3.194\n\n339\n\nmukunda, jagadananda, murari, vakresvara\n\n1.219\n\n131\n\nniladri ca/ila prabhu chatrabhoga-patht:\n\n3.216\n\n350\n\nmukunda kahe-mora kichu krtya nahi sare 3.62\n\n272\n\nnimariira darasana ara murii paba kati\n\n3.169\n\n326\n\nmukunda sevana-vrata kaila nirdhiiraf)a\n\n3.7\n\n245\n\nnirantara haya prabhura viraha-unmada\n\n2.5\n\n171\n\nmukunda-sevaya haya sarhsara-taraf)a\n\n3.8\n\n245\n\nnirantara nrtya-gita kirtana-vi/asa\n\n1.251\n\n147\n\nmurii abhaginira matra ei darasana\n\n3.170\n\n326\n\nnirantara ratri-dina viraha unmade\n\n1.52\n\n37\n\nmurii adhama tamara nil paba darasana\n\n3.195\n\n340\n\nnirapek�a haria prabhu sighra ca/ila\n\n3.212\n\n348\n\n", "mad1#p0398": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n369\n\nnirmala se anurage,\nna lukaya anya dage 2.48\n2.76\nc!ipalya, harg\nnirveda, Vi$iida, dainya,\nnirveda, Vi$iida, harg ciipalya, garva, dainya 3.127\n1.161\nni5caya kariya kahi, suna, bhakta-gaf)a\nni$yandena mudaril sudha-madhurima2.52\n\n200\n222\n306\n97\n202\n\npara-prema-p!itri drava-brahma-gatri\npar!itma-ni$tha-matra ve$a-dhiiraf)a\npara-vyasanini n!iri\nparihare 'pi lajj!i me\npii$al)a-5u$kendhana-bhtirakany aho\n\n3.28\n3.8\n1.211\n1.190\n2.28\n\n254\n245\n127\n112\n183\n\n1.44\n3.11\n3.99\n3.83\n3.113\n\n31\n247\n292\n283\n299\n\npii$ar:u;li nindaka iisi' pac;lil!i caral)e\n1.154\npa5cima-dhiire yamuna vahe, t!ihtiri kai/e sntina3.37\npascime yamuna vahe, purve gariga-dhara\n3.36\npatha-bandhti na yaya, nrsirilha haifa vismite 1.160\npatha sajaila mane paiya ananda\n1.155\n\n93\n259\n258\n96\n93\n\nnityananda-gosaiii, pal)c;/ita jagadananda\n3.209\nnityananda-gosaiiira pathiiila gauc;/a-dese\n1.24\nnity!inanda, harid!isa, srivtisa, gadtidhara\n1.219\nnityananda, jagadananda, damodara, mukunda 1.100\nnityananda kahe-am!ira peta n!i bhari/a\n3.93\n\n347\n12\n131\n66\n288\n\npathe dui dike pU$pa-baku/era srel)i\npathe niin!i IT/a-rasa, deva-darasana\npathe-pathe griime-grame ntima-pravartana\npathe sarvabhauma saha sabara milana\npatita-pavana-hetu tomara avat!ira\n\n1.157\n1.96\n1.103\n1.141\n1.191\n\n94\n63\n67\n87\n113\n\nnityananda kahe-kailuri tina upavasa\nnityananda kai/a prabhura dal)c;/a-bhaiijana\nnityananda mahiiprabhuke rakhila dhariii!i\nnity!inanda prabhu mah!iprabhu bhulaiy!i\nnityananda satige bu/e prabhuke dhariii!i\n\n3.79\n1.97\n3.134\n1.93\n3.131\n\n281\n64\n309\n61\n308\n\n1.188\npatita-pavana jaya, jaya mahasaya\n1.200\n'patita-pavana' nama tabe se saphala\n1.199\npatita-pavana tumi-sabe tom!i vine\n3.45\npatola, ku$mill)c;/a-bac;li, manakacu !ira\npatola-phula-bac;li-bhaja, ku$mal)c;/a-m!inacaki 3.47\n\n111\n120\n120\n264\n265\n\nnityananda sarige yukti kariya nibhrte\nnityananda-sarvabhauma ilgraha kariiia\nnityanandau sahoditau\nnivrnta pu$pa-sayya upare piitila\nnivrtta kariya kaila svacchanda gamana\nnytisaril vidhtiyotpral)ayo 'tha gauro\n\n1.262\n1.124\n1.2\n1.156\n3.215\n3.1\n\n152\n78\n2\n94\n349\n239\n\npavitri-kriyan no vapur mitra-putri\n3.28\n3.116\nphiri' phiri' kabhu prabhura dharena caraf)a\n2.52\npic;labhir nava-killa-kura-katuta-garvasya\ndhairya haifa talamale 2.57\nprabala virahiinale,\n3.137\nprabhate acaryaratna dolaya cac;/tiiia\n\n254\n301\n202\n206\n311\n\n1.49\nprabhu-ajii!iya bhakta-gal)a pratyabda tisiya\n1.31\nprabhu-ajiiaya dui bhai iii/a vrndavana\n1.34\nprabhu ajii!iya kaila saba siistrera vicara\nprabhu-ajiiaya kaila yilhiiri tahilri prema-dilna 1.25\n3.74\nprabhu bale-eta anna niiriba khtiite\n\n35\n16\n18\n13\n279\n\nprabhu balena-iira kata kariba bhojana\nprabhu bale-vaisa tine kariye bhojana\nprabhu dekhibilre cafe vasa luktiiia\nprabhu dekhi' preme /oka anandita mana\nprabhu jane tina bhoga-kr$1)era naivedya\n\n3.90\n3.67\n1.182\n1.277\n3.66\n\n287\n275\n108\n159\n274\n\nprabhu kahe-eta anna khiiite na pari\nprabhu kahe, -kara tumi dainya sarilvaral)a\nprabhu kahe, -kata dare ache vrndavana\nprabhu kahena, -srinivasa, chac;la vic;lambana\nprabhu kahe,-nityananda am!ire vaiichila\n\n3.72\n3.196\n3.25\n1.281\n3.34\n\n278\n340\n253\n161\n258\n\nprabhu kahe, -sadhu ei bhik$ura vacana\nprabhu kahe-sannytisira bhak$ya nahe\nprabhu kahe,-sripada, tomiira kothilke\n\n3.7\n3.70\n3.24\n\n245\n276\n252\n\nnitya-lila sthapana yahe vraja-rasa-pura\nnityananda, acaryaratna, mukunda,-tina\nnityananda bale,-ei kr$1)era prasada\nnityananda bale-yabe kaile nimantral)a\nnityananda gosatii bu/e ac!irya dhariiia\n\np\nptiche ilsi' mi/i' sabe paila ananda\npache muiii pras!ida pamu, tumi y!iha ghare\npilda-prak$illana kaila ilnanda-antara\npada suni' prabhura ariga n!i yaya dharal)a\npadmanabha, vasudeva kaila darasana\n\n1.100\n3.62\n3.40\n3.122\n1.115\n\n66\n272\n260\n303\n73\n\npiigalami n!i kariha, na chac;/!iio jhutha\np!iiia yarira ajii!i-dhana, vrajera vaiwava-gal)a\npaiica-dina dekhe loka nahika visrama\npaiicasa paiicasa dorigil vyaiijane purina\npal)c;/ita-gosiliii kaila ni/acale vasa\n\n3.87\n2.95\n1.151\n3.52\n1.252\n\n286\n378\n91\n267\n147\n\npapa-rasi dahe nilm!ibhiisei tomara\nparama anande prabhu alirigana dila\nparamananda-puri, ara svarupa-damodara\nparamananda-puri-govinda-kasisvaragamana\nparam!inanda-puri saha t!ihiiiii milana\nparama pavitra more kaila ei c;/harige\n\n1.194\n1.242\n1.253\n1.129\n1.111\n3.96\n\n114\n143\n148\n81\n71\n290\n\n", "mad1#p0399": "370\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nprabhu kahe,-tare ami santu$ta hana\nprabhu kahe, -utha, utha, ha-ifa marigala\nprabhuke bhik$!i. dite haifa sabakara mana\nprabhuke isvara bali' karaye stavana\nprabhu faye yaba ami tanhara mandire\n\n1.73\n1.186\n3.168\n1.277\n3.21\n\n49\n110\n325\n159\n251\n\nprati-dina kare acarya maha-mahotsava\nprativar$a aisena tahan gaur;lera bhakta-ga(la\nprativar$e aise sarige rahe cari-masa\npratyabda asibe ratha-yatra-dara5ane\npratyabda asibe sabe gut:�r;lic!i. dekhibare\n\n3.200\n1.250\n1.256\n1.136\n1.48\n\n342\n146\n149\n84\n34\n\nprabhu-mukhe 5/oka suni' sri-rupa-gosani\nprabhu-pache-pache tine karena gamana\nprabhu-pade kahe kichu kariya vinaya\nprabhura abhi$eka kaifa vipra k[$Qa-d!i.sa\nprabhura antara mukunda jane bhala-mate\n\n1.60\n3.11\n1.221\n1.144\n3.121\n\n42\n247\n132\n88\n303\n\npravi$ta haya-kurma-rupa dekhire prabhure 2.13\nprema-bhakti pravartaila nrtya-gita-rarige\n1.23\n2.18\nprema-ccheda-rujo 'vagacchati harir nayaril\n2.52\nprema sundari nanda-nandana-paro jagarti\npremavese 'hari' bale, khaQr;/e du/:lkha-soka\n3.12\n\n174\n12\n176\n202\n247\n\nprabhura a5e$a lila na yaya varQana\n1.10\nprabhura caraQa dekhi' kai/a antardh!i.na\n1.140\nprabhura darsana kare asi' nilaca/e\n1.268\nprabhura haifa divyonmada,\ntanu-manera 2.64\nprabhura mahima chatri ur;laiya di/a\n1.171\n\n6\n86\n155\n212\n102\n\npremavese tina dina acha upavasa\npremera utkat:�th!i..-prabhura nahi k[$Qapremete vihvala bahya nahika smaraQa\npre$thalibhi/:l sevyamanau smarami\npriya/:1 so 'yam k($Qa/:l sahacari kuru-k$etra-\n\n3.38\n3.119\n1.92\n1.4\n1.76\n\n260\n302\n61\n3\n50\n\nprabhura nivedana tarire sakala kahila\nprabhura sahita yuddha kare bhava-sainya\nprabhura sei grama haite ca/ite haifa mana\nsei kari varQana\nprabhura yei acaraQa,\nprabhure dekhite kaila, niladri gamana\n\n3.180\n3.127\n1.226\n2.85\n1.46\n\n331\n306\n135\n230\n34\n\npuna /:I kahe,-haya haya,\nsuna\npuna/:1 yadi kona k$aQa,\nkayaya k[$Qa\npunarapi ama-sarige ha-ibe mi/ana\npunarapi nilacale gamana karila\npunar yasminn e$a k$aQam api drsor eti\n\n2.41\n2.38\n3.207\n1.121\n2.36\n\n195\n193\n346\n77\n191\n\nprabhure dekhite loka-sarighatta ha-ifa\nprabhure dekhite saba kari/a gamana\nprabhure milila sarva-vaiwava asiya\nprabhu-sarige ei saba kai/a nitya-sthiti\nprabhu-sarige nrtya-gita parama ullasa\n\n1.150\n1.138\n1.142\n1.254\n1.47\n\n91\n85\n87\n148\n34\n\npuri-gosani-sarige vastra-pradana-prasariga\npurira vatsalya mukhya,\nramanadera\npurve kahiluri adi-lilara sutra-gaQa\npurve vraja-vilase,\nye tina abhif!i.$e\npurve yabe prabhu ramanandere milil!i.\n\n1.149\n2.78\n1.8\n2.80\n1.127\n\n90\n223\n5\n225\n80\n\nprabhu-sarige sabe asi' !irati dekhila\n3.58\n1.284\nprabhu tarire samarpila svarupera sthane\npradhana pradhana kichu kariye gaQana\n1.37\npradyumna misrere prabhu ramananda-sthane 1.264\nprahar-eka-ratri acarya kaila sarikirtana\n3.118\n\n270\n163\n22\n153\n302\n\nprahar$ayi$yami sanatha-jivitam\npralapady anuvarQyate\nprasada dekhiy!i. prabhura !i.nanda antare\nprasanta-ni/:15e$a-mano-rathantara/:l\nprata/:1-krtya kari' kare n!i.ma-sarikirtana\n\n1.206\n2.1\n3.64\n1.206\n3.139\n\n123\n167\n273\n123\n312\n\nrar;lha-dese tina dina kari/a bhrama(la\nrar;lha-dese tina dina karila bhrama(la\nr!i.dha-madana-mohanau\nrar;Jhe bhraman s!i.ntipurTm ayitva\nr!i.dhika-unmada yaiche uddhava-darsane\nraghunatha-dasa nityananda-pase gela\n\n1.92\n3.4\n1.3\n3.1\n1.87\n1.283\n\n61\n241\n2\n239\n57\n162\n\nprataparudra kaila pathe vividha sevana\nprataparudrere krpa kaifa sei sthane\nprate cali' ail!i. prabhu 'k!i.naira natas!i.l!i.'\nprathama bhik$!i. kaifa t!i.hari, ratre sarikirtana\n\n1.148\n1.135\n1.227\n1.94\n\n90\n84\n135\n61\n\nrahil!i. advaita-grhe, na kaifa gamana\nraja-ajna lana tenho aif!i. kata dine\nraja kahe, suna, mora mane yei laya\nraja maritechila, prabhu haifa trata\nrajare prabodhi' kesava brahmaQa pathana\n\n3.199\n1.128\n1.180\n1.265\n1.174\n\n342\n81\n107\n154\n104\n\nprathama sutra prabhura sannyasa-karaQa\nprathama vatsare advait!i.di bhakta-gaQa\nprathame milila nityananda-haridasa sane\nprathame paka kariyachena ac!i.ryiiQi\n\n1.91\n1.46\n1.183\n3.41\n\n60\n34\n108\n261\n\nr!i.ja-vesa, hati, ghor;lii. manu$ya gahana\nr!i.macandra-puri-bhaye bhik$ii ghataifa\nrama-dasa viprera kaila du/:lkha-vimocana\nrama-dasa viprera kath!i. ha-ifa smaraQa\nrama-dase dekhaiya duf:tkha khat:�r;/aila\nrama-japi vipra-mukhe k[$Qa-nama pracara\n\n1.79\n1.266\n1.113\n1.118\n1.119\n1.112\n\n52\n154\n72\n75\n76\n71\n\nR\n\n", "mad1#p0400": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nramananda raya aila bhadraka paryanla\nramananda raya saha 1ahani milana\nrasamrla-sindhu, ara vidagdha-madhava\nralha-agre nrlya kari' udyane gamana\nralha-yatra-darasane prabhura nartana\nralha-yatra dekhi' laharl rahi/a cari-masa\nralha-yatraya age yabe karena narlana\nralna-bandha ghata, lahe praphulla kamala\nratre /aka dekhe prabhura narlana-kirlana\nratre maha-maholsava sankirlana-range\nratri-dine kr$Qa-kalha ramananda-sane\nratri-dine poc;le mana soyasli na pan\nrayera nataka 5/oka pac;le niranlara\nreva-rodhasi velasi-taru-lale cela/:1\nroma-kupe raklodgama, danta saba hale\nrupa-gosani asi' pac;le daQc;laval hana\nrupa-gosani kaila yala, ke karu gaQana\nrupa-gosani sloka kai/a /aka bujhiiil'ia\nrupa, sakara-mallika aila lama' dekhibare\n\n1.149\n\n90\n\n1.104\n\n67\n\n1.38\n\n23\n\n1.134\n\n83\n\n1.143\n\n87\n\n1.47\n\n34\n\n1.54\n\n38\n\n1.158\n\n95\n\n3.161\n\n321\n\n3.201\n\n342\n\n1.128\n\n81\n\n3.125\n\n305\n\n2.17\n\n176\n\n1.58\n\n41\n\n2.6\n\n171\n\n1.67\n\n46\n\n1.36\n\n22\n\n1.83\n\n55\n\n1.184\n\n109\n\ns\nsaba eka do$a lara, haya papacara\nsabakare vasa dila-bhak$ya, anna-piina\nsaba lana kaila guQc;/ica-grha-sammarjana\nsaba lana kailii prabhu guQc;lica marjana\nsaba /aka iii/a, hai/a sanghatta samrddha\nsaba-pasa ajna magi' ca/ana-samaya\nsabara caraQe dhari, pac;le dui bhai\nsabara mukha dekhi' kare drc;lha a/ingana\nsabare mililii prabhu krpa-dmye hiisi'\nsabare sammana kari' bali/a vacana\nsaba-sange ralha-yiilra kaila darasana\nsaba vidaya diya prabhu calite kaila mana\nsabe bale,-dhanya lumi, piii/e gosani\nsaba bale, kene aila riima-keli-grame\nsabe krpa kari' uddhiiraha dui jane\nsabe meli' kare mora kaleka lane ana\nsabe mili' yukti kari' kirlana iirambhila\nsa caivasmi lalhiipi tatra surala-vyiipirasaci-age pac;lila prabhu daQc;laval hana\nsaci-de vi ani' 1anre kaila namaskara\nsacimala lana iii/a advaila-bhavana\n5aci-pa5a acaryadi karila gamana\nsacira ananda biir;Je dekhi' pulra-mukha\n\n1.194\n\n114\n\n3.158\n\n320\n\n1.143\n\n87\n\n1.133\n\n83\n\n3.138\n\n311\n\n1.221\n\n132\n\n1.220\n\n131\n\n3.151\n\n317\n\n3.155\n\n318\n\n3.188\n\n336\n\n1.134\n\n83\n\n3.193\n\n338\n\n1.220\n\n131\n\n1.213\n\n128\n\n1.217\n\n129\n\n1.281\n\n161\n\n1.126\n\n5aci-saha lana aisa saba bhakla-gal)il\nsadya/:1 sarva-jnataril vrajel\nsaghrla-payasa nava-mrl-kuQc;luka bharina\nsahajei nilyananda-kr$1)il-premoddama\nsakala saphala haifa prabhura aradhane\nsakala vyanjana kaila lake yala haya\nsakhi he, na bujhiye vidhira vidhilna\nsakhi he, suna, mora hala vidhi-bala\nsak$al isvara iharl nahika samsaya\nsarilsara-kupa-palilotlaraQavalambam\nsarilvilas tvaril kalaya vadanollasi-veQur\n\n371\n3.22\n\n252\n\n1.1\n3.53\n\n268\n\n1.25\n\n13\n\n3.203\n\n343\n\n3.49\n\n266\n\n2.20\n\n178\n\n2.30\n\n185\n\n1.180\n\n107\n\n1.81\n\n53\n\n1.84\n\n55\n\nsandhi chac;li' bhinna haye, carma rahe\nsandhyale acarya arambhi/a sankirtana\nsangera bhakla lana kare kirlana sadaya\nsange sahslreka /aka yala bhakla-gaQa\nsange sanghatta bhala nahe, kaila sanalana\n\n2.12\n\n173\n\n3.112\n\n299\n\n1.147\n\n89\n\nsat'lk$epe ei sOira kaila,\nyei ihan na\nsat'lk$epe uddesa kaila praslava paina\nsankucila hana prabhu balena vacana\nsannyasi ha-iya puna/:1 na dila darasana\nsannyasa kari' cabbisa valsara kaila ye ye\nsannyasa kari' premavese calila vrndavana\nsannyasa la-iyacha, bujhi, brahmal)il daQc;/ile\nsannyasa kari' calila prabhu sri-vrndavana\nsannyasa kariya cabbisa vatsara avaslhana\nsannyasi nasi/a mora saba smrli-dharma\nsannyasira dharma nahe-sannyasa karina\nsannyasira dharma nahe ucchi$ta rakhile\nsannyasire krpa kari' ge/a nilacala\nsanlipure aciiryera grhe agamana\nsanlipurera /aka suni' prabhura agamana\nsaphala haila jivana. dekhilun padma-locana\nsardraka, vastuka-saka vividha prakara\nsarvabhauma bhattacaryera kasile gamana\nsarvabhauma-ghare prabhura bhik$a-paripiiti\nsiirvabhauma lana ge/a apana-bhavana\nsarva samiidhiina kari' kaila niladri-gamana\nsarvatra karila krwa-nama pracaral)il\n\n1.163\n\n98\n\n1.228\n\n136\n\n2.92\n\n235\n\n1.75\n\n50\n\n3.105\n\n295\n\n3.144\n\n314\n\n1.89\n\n59\n\n3.4\n\n241\n\n3.85\n\n284\n\n1.91\n\n60\n\n1.17\n\n9\n\n3.101\n\n294\n\n3.177\n\n329\n\n3.74\n\n279\n\n1.245\n\n144\n\n1.94\n\n61\n\n3.108\n\n297\n\n2.53\n\n203\n\n3.45\n\n264\n\n1.141\n\n87\n\n1.137\n\n85\n\n1.99\n\n65\n\n1.95\n\n62\n\n1.105\n\n68\n\n1.41\n\n24\n\n79\n\n1.58\n\n41\n\n3.140\n\n312\n\n1.233\n\n138\n\n3.139\n\n312\n\n3.179\n\n330\n\n3.204\n\n344\n\nsarvalra karila vraja-vilasa varQana\nsa sri-cailanya-devo me\nsala dina lanra thani bhik$a-vyavahiira\njivera jivana anla\n5ata vatsara paryanla.\n5aleka sannyasi yadi karaha bhojana\n$athira mala kahe, yale raQc;/i hauk $alhi\n\n1.1\n1.233\n\n1\n138\n\n2.25\n\n181\n\n3.100\n\n293\n\n1.137\n\n85\n\n", "mad1#p0401": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n372\nsatya eka bata kahori, suna daya-maya\n\n1.201\n\n121\n\nsri-bhagavata-sandarbha-nama grantha-\n\n1.43\n\n27\n\nsaundarya dekhite tabu paya maha-sukha\n\n3.152\n\n317\n\nsri-caitanya, nityananda, advaitadi bhakta-\n\n2.94\n\n237\n183\n\nsavadhane rahena yena nauka lana tire\n\n3.21\n\n251\n\nsri-krma-r0padi-ni$evanam vina\n\n2.28\n\nsei bhagera ihari sOtra-matra likhiba\n\n1.12\n\n7\n\nsrimad-radha-srila-govinda-devau\n\n1.4\n\n3\n\nsei bhava hay a prabhura sarire pracara\n\n2.11\n\n173\n\nsrimad-ratnagara-simhilsana-sthau\n\n1.4\n\n3\n\nsei bhava, sei knt:Ja, sei vrndavana\n\n1.80\n\n52\n\nsriman rasa-rasarambhi\n\n1.5\n\nsei dina haite saci karena randhana\n\n3.160\n\n321\n\nsripada kahe, tamara sange yaba vrndavana\n\n3.24\n\n252\n225\n\n4\n\nsei nama ha-ila tara muktira karana\n\n1.195\n\n116\n\nsri-radhara bhava-sara,\n\napane kari'\n\n2.80\n\nsei pathe avese prabhu gamana karila\n\n3.19\n\n250\n\nsri-radhika kuruk$etre k[$t:Jera darasana\n\n1.78\n\n52\n\nsei patri dvara jani tamara vyavahara\n\n1.209\n\n126\n\nsri-radhikara Ce$(a yena uddhava-darsane\n\n2.4\n\n170\n\ntara vikrama sei\n\n2.51\n\n202\n\nsri-rariga dekhiya preme ha-ila asthira\n\n1.107\n\nsei puratana patra agraha kari' nila\n\n1.119\n\n76\n\nsri-rariga-k$etra aila kaverira lira\n\n1.107\n\n69\n\nsei ratre prabhu tahari cinte mane mana\n\n1.228\n\n136\n\nsri-ranga-puri saha tahani milana\n\n1.113\n\n72\n\n2.83\n\n228\n\nsri-rOpa asi' prabhuke tathai milila\n\n1.241\n\n142\n\n1.57\n\n40\n\nsri-rQpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\n\n1.287\n\n165\n\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\n\n3.219\n\n352\n\nsri-rOpe sik$il karai' pathaila vrndavana\n\n1.243\n\n143\n\nse1 prema yanra mane,\n\nsei se bujhite pare,\n\ncaitanyera krpa\n\nsei slokera artha keha nahi bujhe loka\n\n69\n\nsei slokera artha-sloka karila tathai\n\n1.60\n\n42\n\nsei td' gosana, iha janiha ni5caya\n\n1.169\n\n101\n\nseita parilt:Ja-natha painu\n\n1.55\n\n38\n\nsri-vai$t:Java trimalla bhatta parama pat:Jc;iita\n\n1.109\n\n70\n\nsei ve$a kaila, ebe vrndavana giya\n\n3.9\n\n246\n\nsrivasadi yata prabhura vipra bhakta-gat:Ja\n\n3.168\n\n325\n\nsei vyanjana acarya punab karena parat:Ja\n\n3.89\n\n287\n\nsrivasa, ramai, vidyanidhi, gadadhara\n\n3.153\n\n318\n\nsei yukti kaha, yate rahe dui dharma\n\n3.178\n\n330\n\nS[t:JU vijnapanam ekam agratab\n\n1.203\n\n122\n\nse mrttika lay a loka, garta haya pathe\n\n1.165\n\n99\n\nstambha, kampa, prasveda, vaivart:Jya, asru,\n\n2.72\n\n218\n\nse nayane kiba kaja, pac;luka tara mut:Jc;ie vaja\n\n2.29\n\n184\n\nstambha, kampa, pulakasru, gadgada,\n\n3.162\n\n322\n\nstava suni' prabhuke kahena srinivasa\n\n1.278\n\n160\n\nsthanasthanam avaiti napi madano janati no\n\n2.18\n\n176\n\n5e$a ara yei rahe dvadasa vatsara\n\n1.51\n\n36\n\n5e$a dvadasa vatsarera suna vivarat:Ja\n\n1.286\n\n164\n\n5e$a-lilara 'madhya' 'antya',-dui nama\n\n1.18\n\n10\n\nsubhadra-sahita dekhe, vamsi nahi hate\n\n1.85\n\n56\n\n5e$a-lilara sOtra-gat:Ja, kailwi kichu vivarat:Ja\n\n2.89\n\n233\n\nsuddha-prema-sukha-sindhu, pai tara eka\n\n2.49\n\n200\n\n5e$a-lilara sOtra-gat:Ja kariye vart:Jana\n\n1.14\n\n295\n\n5e$a ye rahila prabhura dvadasa vatsara\n\n2.3\n\nsetu-bandhe snana, ramesvara darasana\n\nsugandhi candane lipta kaila kalevara\n\n3.104\n\n169\n\nsugandhi pu$pa-mala ani' dila hrdaya-upara\n\n3.104\n\n295\n\n1.116\n\n74\n\nsukharukha vyanjana kailuri, sapa ara saka\n\n3.39\n\n260\n\nsighra yaha tumi advaita-acaryera thal'ii\n\n3.20\n\n251\n\nsukhe bhojana kare prabhu lana bhakta-\n\n3.202\n\n343\n\nsikhaila sabakare kariya prabandha\n\n3.16\n\n249\n\n2.40\n\n194\n\n8\n\nsikhi-mahiti-milana, raya bhavananda\n\n1.130\n\n82\n\nsuna mora prat:Jera bandhava\nsuni' bhakta-gat:Ja kahe kari' namaskara\n\n3.172\n\n327\n\nsisu saba gariga-tira-patha dekhaila\n\n3.19\n\n250\n\nsuni' bhakta-gat:Ja tanre karila stavana\n\n3.186\n\n335\n\nsitala samira vahe nana gandha lana\n\n1.159\n\n95\n\nsuni' bhakta-gat:Je kahe sa-krodha vacane\n\n1.270\n\n156\n\nsivananda sena kare sabara palana\n\n1.139\n\n86\n\nsuni, karaha vicara,\n\nsivananda-sena-sarige milila sabe asi'\n\n1.132\n\n82\n\nsuni' mahaprabhu kahe, -suna, dabira-\n\nsivanandera sarige aila kukkura bhagyavan\n\n1.140\n\n86\n\nsloka kari' eka tala-patrete likhiya\n\n1.61\n\n42\n\nsloka pac;Ji' ache prabhu aVi$(a ha-iya\n\n1.67\n\n46\n\nhaya, naya-kahe\n\n2.41\n\n195\n\n1.207\n\n124\n\nsuni' nityanandera katha thiikura advaita\n\n3.84\n\n284\n\nsuni' saci jagan-mata kahite lagila\n\n3.180\n\n331\n\nsuni' saci sabakare karila minati\n\n3.169\n\n326\n\nsloka r;ikhi' gela samudra-snana karite\n\n1.62\n\n43\n\nsuni' ta-sabara nikata gela gaurahari\n\n3.14\n\n248\n\nsnana-yatra dekhi' prabhu sange bhakta-·\n\n1.133\n\n83\n\nsuniya lokera dainya dravila hrdaya\n\n1.275\n\n158\n\nsollut:Jtha-vacana-riti, mana, garva, vyaja-\n\n2.66\n\n213\n\nsuniya prabhura anandita haila mana\n\n1.118\n\n75\n\n", "mad1#p0402": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n373\n\nsuniya prabhura citta antare vidare\n\n3.126\n\n306\n\ntahan uddharite srama nahila tomara\n\n1.192\n\n113\n\nsuniya prabhura ei madhura vacana\n\n3.179\n\n330\n\ntahan yai' nace, gaya, ksal)e morccha ya'na\n\n2.10\n\n172\n\nsuniya prabhura mane ananda haila\n\n3.187\n\n335\n\ntahan yei lila, tara 'madhya-lila' nama\n\n1.20\n\n10\n\nsOrya yaiche udaya kari' cahe lukaite\n\n1.280\n\n161\n\ntahan yei lila, tara 'sesa-lila' nama\n\n1.17\n\n9\n\nsvapna-praya ki dekhinu,\n\n2.39\n\n193\n\ntahan ye karila lila-'adi-lila' nama\n\n1.15\n\n8\n\ntahan ye visesa kichu, ihan vistariba\n\n1.12\n\n7\n\n2.79\n\n224\n\nsvarOpa-gosiit'iira mala,\n\nkiba ami\nrOpa-\n\n2.93\n\n236\n\nsvarOpa-gosanire sloka dekhaila lana\n\n1.70\n\n47\n\ntahe mukhya-rasasraya,\n\nsvarOpa kahe, -yate janila tomara mana\n\n1.72\n\n48\n\ntaiche ei vancha mora uthaye antare\n\n1.205\n\n123\n\n2.77\n\n222\n\ntamo mukundatighri-nisevayaiva\n\n3.6\n\n242\n\n2.94\n\n237\n\ntanhara caral)e mora koti namaskara\n\n1.26\n\n13\n\nsvarOpa-ramananda-sane,\nsvarOpa, rOpa, sanatana,\n\nmahaprabhu\nraghunathera\n\nha-iyachena\n\nsvarOpe puchena prabhu ha-iya vismite\n\n1.71\n\n48\n\ntanhara hrdaye kaila prabhtJ sakti-sancara(lil\n\n1.258\n\n150\n\nsvatantra /Ja-iya sabe nasa' be bhuvana\n\n1.271\n\n156\n\ntanra ajna lana gela prabhura caraoe\n\n1.284\n\n163\n\nsveda-kampa-pulakasru-hutikara-garjana\n\n3.115\n\n300\n\ntanra ajna lana punah karila gamane\n\n1.234\n\n139\n\ntatira ajnaya karoti tanra ucchista carval)a\n\n1.13\n\n7\n\ntatira bhratusputra nama-sri-jiva-gosani\n\n1.42\n\n27\n\n109\n\nT\ntabe ai lana acarya gela abhyantara\n\n3.150\n\n317\n\ntatira dui-jana janaila prabhura gocare\n\n1.184\n\ntabe bha.ttathari haite kr?l)a-dasera uddhara\n\n1.112\n\n71\n\ntatira hirhsaya labha nahi, haya ara hani\n\n1.173\n\n103\n\ntabe chota haridase prabhu kaila dal)r;la\n\n1.259\n\n150\n\ntati'ra ninda hay a yadi, seha mora duhkha\n\n3.181\n\n331\n\ntabe dabira khasa ai/a apanara ghare\n\n1.181\n\n107\n\ntatira yei sukha, taha nija-sukha mani\n\n3.185\n\n334\n\ntabe ei aparadha haibe khal)r;lana\n\n3.100\n\n293\n\ntanre asi' apane mile,-prabhura niyama\n\n1.65\n\n45\n\ntabe navadvipe tumi kariha gamana\n\n3.22\n\n252\n\ntabe prabhu kaila saptatala vimocana\n\n1.116\n\n74\n\ntabe prabhu puchilena,-'suna, sisu-ga(lil\n\n3.18\n\ntabe prabhu vraje pathaila rOpa-sanatana\n\n1.31\n\ntabe rOpa-gosanira punar-agamana\n\ntatire dekhibare aise dui cari jana\n\n1.172\n\n103\n\ntatire piithaila gaur;Je prema pracarite\n\n1.262\n\n152\n\n250\n\ntatire pathaiya nityananda mahasaya\n\n3.23\n\n252\n\n16\n\ntatire pradak$iJ!a kari' karila gamana\n\n3.211\n\n347\n\n1.258\n\n150\n\ntati-saba lana prabhura vividha vilasa\n\n1.256\n\n149\n\ntabe sanatana-gosanira punar-agamana\n\n1.260\n\n151\n\ntara ei phala more deha narayal)a\n\n3.165\n\n323\n\ntabe sarvabhaume prabhu prasada karila\n\n1.101\n\n66\n\ntara lekhaya ei anna nahe pailca-grasa\n\n3.76\n\n280\n\ntabe se sob/Jaye vrndavanere gamana\n\n1.230\n\n137\n\ntara madhye chaya vatsara bhakta-gal)a-\n\n1.23\n\n12\n\ntabe ta' acarya kahe vinaya karina\n\n3.198\n\n341\n\ntara madh ye chaya vatsara-gamanagamana 1.19\n\n10\n\ntabe ta' acarya satige lana dui jane\n\n3.107\n\n296\n\ntara madhye yei bhaga dasa-vrndavana\n\ntabe ta' karila prabhu daksil)a gamana\n\n1.102\n\n66\n\ntara pache lila 'antya-lila' abhidhana\n\ntabe ta' pasal)r;li-gaoe karila dalana\n\n1.106\n\n68\n\ntara sparsa niihi yara,\n\nse yauk\n\n1.11\n\n7\n\n1.20\n\n10\n\n2.34\n\n189\n\n1.263\n\n152\n\ntara sukla-pakse prabhu karila sannyasa\n\n1.16\n\n2.46\n\n198\n\ntara sukla-pakse prabhu karila sannyasa\n\n3.3\n\n241\n\ntabu ta' na jane srama premavista hana\n\n3.134\n\n309\n\ntara svada ye na jane,\n\n2.32\n\n188\n\ntabe ta' val/abha bhatta prabhure milila\ntabe ye kari krandana,\n\nsva-saubhagya\n\njanmiya na maila\n\n9\n\ntadasmakarh ceto madana-/Jatakeniihrtam\n\n2.36\n\n191\n\nta'-sabara stuti kare,-tomara bhiigyavan\n\n3.15\n\n249\n\ntad evasvadayaty antar\n\n1.211\n\n127\n\nlata dite ca/Ja, yata kariye bhojana\n\n3.83\n\n283\n\ntahan ei pada matra karaye gayana\n\n1.54\n\n38\n\n333\n\ntahati kichu ye suniluti, taha ihali vistariluti\n\n2.84\n\n229\n\ntahan haite ghare asi',\n\nmaFra upare vasi'\n\n2.55\n\ntate ei yukti bhala, more mane laya\n\n3.182\n\ntate jani, -haya tomara krpiira bhajana\n\n1.72\n\n48\n\ntathaharh sa radha tad idam ubhayoh\n\n1.76\n\n50\n\n205\n\ntah.ini karila kOrma-pural)a srava(lil\n\n1.117\n\n74\n\ntathapi caitanyera kare dasa-abhimana\n\n1.28\n\n14\n\ntahani rahila prabhu varsa cari masa\n\n1.108\n\n70\n\ntathapi laukika-lilii, loka-ceHa-maya\n\n1.225\n\n134\n\ntahati nrt ya kare prabhu preme acetana\n\n1.167\n\n100\n\ntathiipi tomara gul)e upajaya lob/Ja\n\n1.204\n\n122\n\n", "mad1#p0403": "374\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ntathapi tomare kabhu nahiba udasa\ntathapi toma-saba haite nahiba udasa\ntathapi yavana jati, na kari pralili\ntathapy antab-khelan-madhura-muralitat kim karomi viralarh murali-vilasi\n\n3.147\n\n315\n\n3.175\n\n329\n\n1.223\n\n133\n\n1.76\n\n50\n\n2.61\n\n209\n\ntatrasmabhis catula-pasupi-bhavatattva-vadi saha kaila tattvera vicara\nte conmilita-malali-surabhayab prauc;lhab\ntetiho gauc;la-desa bhasaila prema-rase\ntetiho kahe, mora prabhu-caitanyatetiho kahena, -kara ei yamuna darasana\ntetiho yadi ihati rahe, tabe more sukha\nvistariba lila-se�a\nthake yadi ayub-seg\ntina bhogera ase pase rakhila dharina\ntina dina upavase kariya bhojana\n\n57\n\n1.108\n\n70\n\n1.105\n\n68\n\n55\n\ntrlilya prahare prabhura ha-ila cetana\n\n1.99\n\n65\n\n3.103\n\n294\n\n1.58\n\n41\n\n2.70\n\n216\n\n1.24\n\n12\n\n2.59\n\n208\n\n1.27\n\n14\n\ntulasi-manjari saha di/a mukha-vasa\nsukha dite agamana\ntumi amara ramal)a,\ntumi anathere bandhu, apara karul)a-sindhu\ntumi deva-kric;/a-rata, bhuvanera nari yata\n\n2.67\n\n214\n\n3.25\n\n253\n\n3.181\n\n331\n\n2.89\n\n233\n\n3.52\n\n267\n\n3.133\n\n309\n171\n269\n\n176\n\n280\n\n3.53\n\n268\n\n3.57\n\n269\n\ntina th!ii'li bhoga bac;laila sama kari'\nlirtha-yatraya eta satighatta bhala nahe rili\ntoma-dutiha dekhite mora ihati agamana\ntoma lagi' jagannathe kariba nivedana\ntoma lana yaba ami sri-puru�ottama\n\n3.42\n\n262\n\n1.223\n\n133\n\ntoma-sabara ajna vina calilama vrndavana\ntoma-saba-sane habe anyatra mi/ana\ntoma sikhaite sloka pa(haila tomare\n\n291\n\n1.86\n\n73\n\n3.56\n\ntomara matigala vane he, karya-siddhi haya\ntamara nama lana tomara karila nindana\ntomara palita deha, janma toma haite\ntomara sarira ei, mora kichu nai\ntoma-saba na chac;liba, yavat ami jiba'\n\n291\n\n3.97\n\n1.84\n\n2.8\n\ntamara dainyete mora vyakula haya mana\nadhanya e ratritamara dar5ana-vine,\ntamara dese tomara bhagye janmila asina\ntomara hrdaya ami jani patri-dvare\ntamara madhuri-bala,\nliile mora capala\n\n3.97\n\n1.114\n\ntina dvare kapa(a, prabhu yayena bahire\ntina jala-patre suvasita jala bhari'\ntina janara bhak$ya-pil)r;la-tomara eka\ntina patre ghanavarta-dugdha rakheta\ntina subhra-pi(ha, tara upari vasana\n\ntamara agrete prabhu kahite vasi /aja\ntamara capala-mati,\nekatra na haya\ntamara caral)a mora vraja-pura-ghare\ntamara citte caitanyere kaiche yaya jnana\ntamara citte yei /aya, sei ta' pramal)a\n\ntora jati-kula nahi, sahaje pagala\ntore nimantral)a kari' painu tara pha/a\ntribha(lga-sundara vraje vrajendra-nandana\ntrimal/a bhattera ghare kaila prabhu vasa\ntrimalla-tripadi-sthana kai/a darasana\n\n1.212\n\n127\n\n3.197\n\n341\n\n3.197\n\n341\n\n1.189\n\n111\n\n2.69\n\n216\n\n1.82\n\n54\n\n1.179\n\n106\n\n1.179\n\n106\n\n3.196\n\n340\n\n2.59\n\n208\n\n1.176\n\n105\n\n1.210\n\n126\n\n2.62\n\n210\n\n1.177\n\n105\n\n1.195\n\n116\n\n3.146\n\n315\n\n3.145\n\n314\n\n3.176\n\n329\n\n3.174\n\n328\n\n3.170\n\n326\n\n1.210\n\n126\n\ntumi dui bhai-mora puratana dasa\ntumi khete para dasa-visa manera anna\ntumi kr�tJa-citta-hara, aiche kona pamara\nmote vaise tamara\ntumi mora dayita,\ntumi naradhipa hao vi$1)u-arhsa sama\n\n1.207\n\n124\n\n3.86\n\n285\n\n2.68\n\n215\n\n2.67\n\n214\n\n1.178\n\n106\n\ntumi natha-vraja-pral)a, vrajera kara\ntumio kahio tare guc;lha-rasakhyane\n\n2.70\n\n216\n\n1.74\n\n49\n\ntumi saba karite para gamanagamana\ntumi-saba /oka-mora parama bandhava\ntumi ta' acarya-gosani, etha kene aila\n\n3.184\n\n334\n\ntumi Laiche kaile mora ha-ibe maral)a\ntumi ta' karul)a-sindhu, amara paral)atumi vyagra hai/e kiiro na rahibe pral)a\ntumi yahati kaha, ami tahatii rahiba\ntumi yei ajna kara, sei ta' kariba\nW$ta hana ai ko/e kare bara bara\nW$ta hana prabhu tiitire pathai/a vrndavana\ntvac-chaisavarh tri-bhuvanadbhutam ity\n\n3.189\n\n336\n\n3.32\n\n257\n\n3.144\n\n314\n\n2.69\n\n216\n\n3.214\n\n349\n\n3.148\n\n316\n\n3.148\n\n316\n\n3.149\n\n316\n\n1.261\n\n151\n\n2.61\n\n209\n\nu\nudaya karaye yadi, tabe vai'lcha pOre\nuddal)c;/a-nrtyete prabhura haifa parisrama\nuddesa karite kari dig-darsana\nudghOrl)a-pralapa taiche prabhura ratri-dine\nujhali' phelila age yena kruddha hana\n\n1.82\n\n54\n\n3.133\n\n309\n\n1.90\n\n59\n\n1.87\n\n57\n\n3.94\n\n289\n\nujjvala-nilamal)i, ara /alita-madhava\nunmadera /ak�al)a,\nkaraya km�aupajila prematikura, bhatigi/a ye dubkhaupavane kaila prabhu vividha vilasa\nupavanodyana dekhi' vrndavana-jnana\n\n1.38\n\n23\n\n2.66\n\n213\n\n2.19\n\n177\n\nuthi' dui bhai tabe dante lf(Ja dhari\nuthila bhava-capala,\nmana ha-ila\nuthi/a nana bhavavega, mane haifa udvega\n\n1.187\n\n110\n\n2.60\n\n208\n\n2.57\n\n206\n\n1.144\n\n88\n\n2.10\n\n172\n\n", "mad1#p0404": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nuthila-sri-hari-dhvani catur-dik bhari'\nuthi' mahaprabhu tiilire cilpar;la milriya\nuttama sayyilte la-iyil karilifa sayana\n\n1.276\n1.68\n3.102\n\n159\n46\n294\n\nv\nvai�Qavera du/:lkha dekhi' ardheka rilkhila\nvakresvara, damodara, satikara, haridasa\nvamana yaiche canda dharite cilhe kare\nvamsi-ganamrta-dhama,\n\nlavaQyilmrta-\n\nvamsivata-tata-sthita/:1\nvamsi-vilasy-anana-lokanam vinil\nvancila kataka-dina maha-kutahale\nvande sri-k[�f)a-caitanya\nvar�antare advaitadi bhaktera agamana\nvilsudeva, damodara, mukunda, sanjaya\nveda-ajna yaiche, milt� tamara vacana\nveQi-mrjo nu mama jlvita-vallabho nu\nvibharmi vil tani katham hata-trapa/:1\nvibharmi yat praf)a-patatigakan vrthil\nvicchede 'smin prabhor antya\n\n375\n\nvyarthani me 'khany akhilendriyaf)y a/am\nvyatha yena nahi /age nimani-sarire\n\n2.45\n3.205\n1.2\n1.138\n3.154\n\n154\n147\n123\n184\n4\n197\n345\n2\n85\n318\n\nyadi haya ragoddesa,\n\ntilhM haye avesa\n\nyadi haya tara yoga,\n\nnil haya tabe\n\nyadi keha hena kaya,\n\ngrantha kaila\n\nyadi khaite nil para pate rahibeka ara\nyadi me na dayi�yase tadil\nyadi tata dina jiye, mahilprabhura krpa haye\nyadyapi apani haye prabhu balarama\nyadyapi payena, tabu bhilvena aichana\nyadyapi sahasa ami kariyachi sannyilsa\nyadyapi tomilre bhakti kare gaur;la-raja\nyadyapi vastuta/:1 prabhura kichu nahi bhaya\nyilha lagi' madana-dahane jhuri genu\n\n3.186\n2.74\n2.28\n2.45\n2.1\n\n335\n220\n183\n197\n167\n\n3.192\n1.48\n2.36\n1.255\n1.50\n\n338\n34\n191\n149\n36\n\nyaite nilri/a, vighna kaila nivartana\n\n1.169\n1.234\n1.122\n3.119\n1.125\n\n101\n139\n77\n302\n79\n\nyata dravya vyaya kare tata dravya haya\n\n3.41\n3.217\n3.143\n2.16\n1.34\n\n261\n351\n313\n175\n18\n\n1.249\n3.1\n3.17\n1.155\n1.148\n\n\"146\n\n239\n250\n93\n90\n\n1.224\n1.211\n3.120\n\n134\n127\n303\n\nyilhilti gele kanu pan, tahan ur;li' yilti\nyilhan yahati prabhura caraf)a par;laye ca/ite\nyilhati yaya prabhu, tahan koti-satikhya /oka\nyilhil vistariyachena dasa-vrndilvana\nya/:1 kaumara-hara/:1 sa eva hi varas til eva\n\nvidiiya karila prabhu sammilna karinii\nvidaya samaya prabhu kahi/a sabilre\nvidhasyamas tasminn akhila ghatika ratnavidyanidhi, vasudeva, murilri,-yata dasa\nvimsati vatsara aiche kaifil gatilgati\nvina dane eta /oka yiitira pilche haya\nvinaya kariyil vidaya dila bhakta-gaQe\nvirahe iilaniltha karilil gamana\nvirahe bar;lila prema-jvilfilra taratiga\nvirahe vihvala prabhu nil jane ratri-dine\nvi�f)u-samarpaf)a kaila acarya apani\nvistari varf)iyachena dilsa-vrndavana\nvisvarupa-sama nil kariha nithurai\nvrajendra-nandana vinu philte mora buka\nvrajera nigur;lha bhakti kari/a pracara\nvrndavana haite yadi nilacale aila\nvrndavanam gantumanil bhramild ya/:1\nvrndavana-patha prabhu puchena tomare\nvrndavana yabena prabhu suni'\nvrndavana yilite kaila gaur;lere gamana\n\nyamuniite sniina tumi karifil ekhana\nyilra satige cafe ei /oka /ak�a-koti\nyasya prasiidad aji'lo 'pi\nyata bhakti-grantha kaila, tara anta nai\n\nyata /oka iii/a mahilprabhuke dekhite\nyateka karila' tilha kahite nil saki\nyil te /ilil-rasa-parimalodgari-vanyilparitil\nyiite vamsi-dhvani-sukha,\n\nna dekhi' se\n\nyavane tomiira thani karaye lagilni\nyavat acarya-grhe nimanira avasthana\nyebii nahi bujhe keha,\n\nsunite sunite\n\nyei yei prabhu dekhe, sei sei loka\nye kale jagannatha-sririima-subhadra-satha\nye kale karena jaganniitha darasana\nye kale nimili'li par;le dharaf)i-upare\nye kale va svapane, dekhinu vamsi-vadane\nye kichu vise�a sutra-madhyei kahiluti\nye madana tanu-hir.a, para-drohe paravif)a\nye panacha mu�ty-eka anna, tahil khana utha\nye tomiire rajya di/a, ye tamara gosana\n\nvrndavana-yatrara e nahe paripilfl\nvyagriipi grha-karmasu\nvyaku/a hanil prabhu bhOmite par;lila\n\n183\n324\n\n2.36\n2.86\n2.43\n2.85\n3.73\n\n191\n231\n196\n230\n278\n\n1.203\n2.92\n1.28\n1.78\n3.175\n1.222\n\n122\n235\n14\n52\n329\n133\n\n1.225\n1.55\n3.125\n1.165\n1.164\n1.8\n\n134\n38\n305\n99\n99\n5\n\n1.58\n3.174\n3.35\n1.224\n1.1\n1.42\n\n41\n328\n258\n134\n1\n27\n\n3.159\n3.157\n3.54\n1.84\n2.47\n1.173\n\n320\n319\n268\n55\n199\n103.\n\n3.171\n2.87\n3.12\n2.53\n1.53\n3.166\n2.37\n\n327\n232\n247\n203\n37\n324\n192\n\n1.9\n2.22\n3.87\n1.176\n3.61\n1.81\n1.74\n\n6\n179\n286\n105\n271\n53\n49\n\ny\nyadil yato daivan madhu-ripur asau /ocana-\n\n1.266\n1.252\n1.205\n2.29\n1.5\n\n2.28\n3.166\n\nya<;la-hilte dui-jana kahite lagila\nyogesvarair hrdi vicintyam agadha-bodhai/:1\nyogya piltra haya gur;lha-rasa-vivecane\n\n", "mad1#p0405": "General Index\nNumerals in bold type indicate references to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\nverses. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\n8\n\nA\nAcaryaratna\nas name of Candrasekhara, 251\nAdvaita Acarya\nall His opulences used to worship Lord,\n344\nas ideal grhastha, 262\nbrought devotees to Jagannatha Puri, 85\nCaitanya ate at house of, 62\nCaitanya fulfilled all desires of, 288\nCaitanya stayed at house of, 138\ndanced with Nityananda and Haridasa,\n299\nhouse of converted into Vaiku��ha, 319\njoking words between Nityananda and,\n282-286\nLord fed by hands of, 152\nvisited Lord at Puri, 149\nAhovala-nrsimha\ntemple of visited by Caitanya, 69\nAlalanatha\nvisited by Caitanya, 77-78\nAllahabad (Prayaga}\nGanges and Yamuna mix at, 259\nAmrta-pravaha-bha$ya\n\nsummary study of Third Chapter in, 239\nAnantadeva\nCaitanya visited temple of, 73\nAnasaktasya vi$ayan\n\nverses quoted, 60\n\nAnasrita/:1 karma-phalaril\n\nquoted, 243\n\nAnubha$ya\n\ninformation about Copala-campO in,\n31-33\nquoted on service of gopis, 54\nArjuna\nRamananda Raya as incarnation of, 224\n\nBahir jalasayaril gatva\n\nverses quoted, 279\nBalabhadra Bhanacarya\naccompanied Caitanya to ]agannatha\nPuri, 140\nBalarama\nNityananda as, 1 5\nBali\nkilled by Ramacandra, 74\nBarhayite te nayane narararil\n\nverses quoted, 187\nBen ares\nCaitanya b estowed mercy on\nMayavadis in, 144\nCaitanya stayed at, 141\nBengal\nNityananda sent to, 13,152\nBhadraka\nas city visited by Caitanya, 91\nBhagavad-gita\n\nquoted on appearance of Lord, 332\nquoted on essence of Vedic knowledge,\n18\nquoted on fate of unsuccessful yogi,\n324-325\nquoted on Lord as supreme proprietor,\n107\nquoted on offering to Lord with love, 97\nquoted on real sannyasi, 243\nBhagavan\nresided with Lord at ]agannatha Puri,\n148\nBhagavatamrta\n\nas\n\nb o o k compiled\nCosvami, 19\n\nby\n\nSanatana\n\nBhagavata-sandarbha\n\ncontents of described, 28-31\n\nAyur harati vai purilsam\n\nBhagavat-sandarbha\n\nverses quoted, 186\n\nas division of Bhagavata-sandarbha, 28\n\n377\n\n", "mad1#p0406": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n378\n\nBilvamarigala Thakura\n\nBhakti\nall success attained through, 29\n\nCaitanya quoted from book by, 207.\n209, 213\n\nas superior to fruitive activity, 29\n\nknown as Ulasuka, 225\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\nBrahma\n\nas book by Riipa Gosvami, 23\ndescription of, 24-25\n\nas incarnation of mode of nature, 26\n\necstatic symptoms described in, 173,\n\ncan't taste ocean of ecstasy, 227\n\n190-191'\n\n211-212,\n\n214,\n\n218-219,\n\n306-307, 322\nprayer quoted from, 113\nquoted on Vai�Qava sannyasa, 60\nBhakti-ratnakara\ncited on Sanatana and Riipa Gosvamis,\n112\ncited on studies of Sanatana Gosvami,\n19\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\nauthor blessed by, 48\ncited on accepting sannyasa as regulative principle, 243\ncited on hopelessly atheistic impersonalists, 19\ncited on Lord as supreme shelter, 199\ncited on Lord's journey to Puri, 351\n\nBrahman\nas bodily effulgence of Kr��Ja, 26\nMayavadis try to merge in, 243\nBrahmananda Bharati\nstopped from wearing deerskin, 164\nBrahma- sam hi ta\nfound by Caitanya, 76\nBrahma-satyaril jagan-mithya\nquoted, 60\nBrhad-bhagavatamrta\ncontents of described, 21\nBrhad-vai�Qava-to�aQi-tika\nas other name for Dasama-(ippani, 21\nBrhad-vi$QU PuraQa\ncited on purity of prasada, 293\nBuddhimanta Khari\nmet Caitanya at house of Advaita, 319\n\ndescribes books of Riipa Gosvami, 24\n\nc\n\nhis commentary on Brahma-sarilhita.\n76\nquoted o n sense gratification, 118\nquotes Bhagavatam on hearing about\nKr��Ja, 186\nthree kinds of devotees described by,\n237\nBhaktivinoda Thakura\n\nCaitanya-bhagavata\nSee: Caitanya-marigala, 351\nCaitanya-candrodaya-naraka\nprayer to Yamuna quoted, 255\nCaitanya-cari tamrta\nas essence of Caitanya's instruction,\n\ncited on acceptance of sannyasa by\nCaitanya, 246\ncited on pseudo-Vai�Qavas, 132\n\n229\nmeant only for devotees, 230\nno\n\ndescribed bogus sampradayas, 15 7\nBhaktya sruta-grhitaya\nverse quoted, 18\nBhara� pararil patta-kirita-juHam\nverses quoted, 186\nBhanathari\nK��Qadasa delivered from clutches of,\n72\nBhavananda Raya\nCaitanya met with, 82\n\none\n\nelse's\n\nopinion\n\naccepted in,\n\n231-232\nonly a few Sanskrit verses in, 233\nsynopsis of /ilas of, 164\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nabsorbed in mood of Radharal)i, 40, 226\naccepted sannyasa at twenty-four, 241\nacted like a human being, 135\nand ]agannatha identical, 280\nas\n\nm o st\n\nm u n ificent\n\nincarnation\n\n226-227\n\nBile latorukrama-vikraman ye\n\nas son of Maharaja Nanda, 158\n\nverses quoted, 186\n\ncompared to sun and moon, 2\n\n", "mad1#p0407": "General Index\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\n379\n\nDemigods\nworship of discouraged, 29\n\ncult of explained, 337\n\nknown as Patita-pavana, 72\n\nDevananda Par_1<;lita\n\npastimes of divided into two parts,\n\nDevotees\n\nof fair complexion, 168\n\nCaitanya bestowed favor on, 92, 93\nas the object, K[�r_la as the subject,\n\n26-27\nCaitanya-mangala\n\nCaitanya's pastimes described in, 7\n\nLord's passage to Puri described in, 351\n\nCar_1<;lidasa\n\n199\n\ncan serve Lord in gross or subtle matter,\n\n97\n\neat only food offered to K[�r_la, 277\n\ntake prasada with pleasure, 273-274\n\nCaitanya read books of, 223\n\nSee also: Vai�r_1avas\n\nCandrasekhara\n\nbrought Sacimata to see Caitanya, 311\n\nfollowed Lord toward Vrndavana, 247\nCha<;liya vai�Qava seva nistara\n\nDevotional service\n\nas engaging everything for satisfaction\nof Lord, 60\n\nquoted, 130\n\nas essence of Vedic knowledge, 17-18\n\nBilvamarigala Thakura attached to, 225\n\nunchecked by any material condition,\n\nliberation in, 30\n\nCintamar_1i\n\n98\n\nCowherd boys\n\nas eternal associates of K[�r_la, 29\n\nDig-darsini-(ika\nas commentary by Sanatana Gosvami,\n\n21\n\nD\n\nDvaraka\n\ngopis didn't like opulence of, 40\n\nDabira Khasa\n\nROpa Gosvami formerly known as, 105\n\nqueens of as expansions of internal\npotency, 29\n\nDamodara Par_1<;lita\n\naccompanied Caitanya to )agannatha\n\nE\n\nPuri, 140, 347\n\ncame to see Caitanya, 66\n\ngave warning to the Lord, 151\n\nEnergy\n\nresided with Lord at )agannatha Puri,\n\nEnergy, internal\n\nmet Lord at house of Advaita, 319\n\n148\n\ncategories of, 28\nqueens of Dvaraka as expansions of, 29\n\nDana-keli-kaumudi\n\nas book by ROpa Gosvami, 23\n\nF\n\nDasama-cari ta\n\nas book by Sanatana Gosvami, 19\n\nDasama-tippani\nas\n\nbook\n\ncompiled\n\nby\n\nFruitive activity\nbhakti as superior to, 29\n\nSanatana\n\nGosvami, 19\n\nDasasvamedha-gha�a\n\nCaitanya instructed ROpa Gosvami at,\n\n143\nDeity\n\ninstalled in one's home, 337\n\nthe omnipotence of, 28\n\nworship of described in Hari-bhaktivilasa, 21\n\nG\nGadadhara Par_1<;lita\naccepted tridaQda-sannyasa, 244\nas associate of Caitanya, 131\n\nGadadhara\n\nCaitanya enjoyed humors of conjugal\nlove with, 224\n\nmet Caitanya at house of Advaita, 319\n\n", "mad1#p0408": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n380\n\nGovinda\n\nGaligadasa\nmet Caitanya at house of Advaita, 319\nGanges\naccepted by Caitanya as Yamuna, b2,\n\nsaw Lord at )agannatha Puri, 81\nGovindaji\nservice of introducted, 17\nGovinda-vi rudavali\n\n253-254\n\nas book by ROpa Gosvami, 23\n\nlove of God like waters of,200\n\nGrhasthas\n\nGarbhodakasayi Vi�r;tu\n\nduty of to feed sannyasis, 325\n\nas puru?avatara, 26\n\nSee also: Householders\n\nGau9a-desa\n\nGur:t9ica-yatra\n\nBengal known as, 13\n\nRatha-yatra festival known as, 35\n\nCaitanya went to,90\n\nCurur na sa syat sva-jano na sa\n\nGaurahari\n\nverses quoted, 332\n\nCaitanya addressed as, 5\nGauratigera satigi-gat:Je nitya-siddha\n\nH\n\nquoted, 325\nGita-govinda\n\nCaitanya listened to quotes from,223\nGodavari\n\nHari-bhakti-vi/asa\n\nas\n\nCaitanya met Ramananda Raya on bank\n\nbook\n\nc o mpiled\n\nby\n\nSanatanill\n\nGosvami, 19\nsubject matter of, 20-21\n\nof,68\n\nHaridasa Thakura\n\nGopala\nCaitanya heard story of installation of,\n\nAdvaita danced with Nityananda and_\n299\n\n63-64\n\nas associate of Caitanya, 131\n\nGopala Bhana Gosvami\ncollected subject matter of Hari-bhakti­\n\ndeclined to take prasada with Caitanya_\n272-273\n\nvilasa, 20\n\ndidn't enter temple of Jagannatha, 44\n\nGopala-campO\n\nlaments Lord's departure for\n\ncontents of described,31-33\nGopala Capala\n\nPuri_\n\n339-340\n\npassed away at Puri, 150\n\ndelivered by Caitanya, 92, 93\nGopinathaji\n\nresided with Lord at Jagannatha Puri,\n148\n\nprayer to, 4\n\nHoly name\n\nGopinatha Pananayaka\n\nCaitanya pacified by chanting of, 80\n\nsaved by Caitanya, 154\n\nimport of explained to Vallabha Bhana,\n\nGop is\n\naddressed by Caitanya, 220-221\n\n153\n\nattracted by Kr�r:ta's flute, 4\n\nJagai and Madhai delivered by, 116\n\nattracted to Kr�r:ta as cowherd boy, 54\n\nlove of God distributed by chanting of,\n\nCaitanya enjoyed position of, 36\n\n227\n\ndesire only to see face of Kr�r;ta, 184\n\nsins destroyed by chanting of. 115\n\nof fair complexion, 168\nw an t e d\n\nto\n\nt ak e\n\nK r �r:ta\n\nHouseholders\nb a ck\n\nto\n\nVrndavana,40\n\nAdvaita set ideal example for, 344\nall rich prasada given to, 277\n\nGovardhana Hill\n\nideal life of, 261-262\n\nLord mistook sand dunes for,172\nGovinda\nCaitanya\n\nreceived\n\nunalloyed service\n\nfrom, 224\nlived with Lord at jagannatha Puri, 148\n\nlmpersonalists\nsahajiyas better than, 19\n\n", "mad1#p0409": "General Index\n\n381\n\n]ambo River\n\nlmpersonalists\nSee also: Mayavadis\n\nlove of God compared to gold from,\n\n196\n\nIncarnations\nall exist in body of Kr��a, 29\n\n)anardana\n\ntypes of explained, 26\n\nLord known as, 97\n)anma karma ca me divyam\n\nIndia\nCaitanya traveled all over, 145\n\nverses quoted, 332\n\nmaintains slaughterhouses, 117\n\n)anma��ami\nobserved by Caitanya, 89\n\nInitiation, spiritual\ndisciple's name changed at, 125\n\n)harikha�<;la\nCaitanya traveled through, 141\n\nIntoxication\nencouraged in India, 117\n\n)iva Gosvami\n\nisvarah paramah kr�Qah\n\nas nephew of Rupa Gosvami, 27\nhis Laghu-to�aQi, 19-20\n\nquoted, 243\n\n)iVan chavo bhagavatarighr i-reQurrh\nverses quoted, 187\nJiya<;la-nrsirhha\nCaitanya visited temple of, 67\n\n)agai and Madhai\ndelivered by Caitanya, 114-116\n\njunior Haridasa\npunished by the Lord, 151\n\n)agadananda\naccompanied Lord to Puri, 347\nas associate of Caitanya, 131\n\nK\n\nCaitanya enjoyed humors of conjugal\nlove with, 224\n\nkamarh krodharh bhayarh sneham\n\ncame to see Caitanya, 66\n\nverses quoted, 39\n\nlived with Lord at )agannatha Puri,\n\n148\n\nKanai Na�asala\nNrsirhhananda Brahmacari constructed\nroad in his mind, 96\n\n)agannatha\nand Caitanya identical, 280\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 135\n\nas seen by Caitanya, 57\n\nKali-yuga\n\nCaitanya fainted when He saw, 65\n\npseudo-Vai�ryavas as disciples of, 132\n\nCaitanya saw bathing ceremony of,\n\nkarma-kaQr;ia, jnana-kaQr;ia\nverses quoted, 119\n\n77\nLord's ecstasy on seeing, 204-205\n\nKasi Misra\nCaitanya bestowed His mercy on,\n\nJagannatha Puri\n\n81\n\nbeings from other planets visited Lord\nat, 155\n\nK.isisvara\n\nCaitanya performed sarikirlana in, 145\n\nlived with Lord at Puri, 148\n\nCaitanya remained in for eighteen\n\nsaw Lord at )agannatha Puri, 81\n\nyears, 146-147\n\nK.1veri\n\nCaitanya spent eighteen years at, 12\nHaridasa Thakura passed away at, 150\nintimately related with Navadvipa, 334\n\nCaitanya visited land on bank of, 69\nKavi-kar�apura\nas author of\n\n)agannatha-valfabha-nataka\n\nKesava Chatri\n\nCaitanya listened to quotes from, 223\nCaitanya read from drama known\n\n176\nquoted, 176-177, 191-192\n\nCaitanya-candrodaya­\n\nnataka, 255\n\nRamananda Raya returns to, 80-81\n\ntold\n\nMohammedan\n\nKing\n\nabout\n\nCaitanya, 102-104\n\nas,\n\nKhary<;la\ninhabitants of met with Caitanya, 83\n\n", "mad1#p0410": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n382\n\nKirtana\n\nL\n\nLord immediately present during, 80\nLaghu-bhagavatamrta\n\nKr�Qa\nall\n\nincarnations\n\nexist\n\nin\n\nbody\n\nof.\n\nas book by ROpa Gosvami, 24\ncontents of described, 26\n\n29\nas Cupid personified, 220\n\nLak�midevi\n\nas ocean of transcendental qualities,\n\n182\n\ndevotees see pastimes of, 89\nLak�mipati Tirtha\nNityananda accepted as disciple of, 285-\n\nas source of all incarnations, 26\nbeauty of face of, 184\n\nLalita\nas friend of Radharal)i, 180\n\ncoolness of His hands and feet, 190\nfragrance of body of, 189\n\nLalita-madhava\n\nis blackish, 168\n\nas book by ROpa Gosvami, 23\n\nknown as Madana-mohana, 206\n\ncontents of described, 25\nquoted on glories of Vrndavana, 56\n\nnectar from lips of, 188\nprocess of rebirth stopped by knowing,\n\ndifferent kinds of, 30\n\n332\n\nMayavadis accept impersonal positior��\n\nKr�r:Jadasa\ndelivered from clutches of Bhanathari,\n\n72\np er f or me d\n\nLiberation\n\nas, 244\nLila-avataras\n\nbathing\n\nc er e m o n y\n\n·Jf\n\nCaitanya, 88\n\nas book by ROpa Gosvami, 23\n\nKr�Qadasa Kaviraja\nneed not cater to public, 230\n\nLilasuka\nBilvamarigana Thakura known as, 225\n\nKr�l)a-kathJ\n\nlike wave of nectar, 186\n\nLove of God\nacts in two ways, 203\n\nKr�l)a-karl)amrta\n\nCaitanya listened\n\ndescribed, 26\nLila-cchanda\n\nto\n\nquotes\n\nfrom.\n\n223\nCaitanya quotes from, 207, 209, 213\nfound by Caitanya, 76\nKr�l)a-sandarbha\n\nas division of Bhagavata-sandarbha, 29\nK�ira-cora-gopinatha\nCaitanya heard story of, 64\nK�irodakasayi Vi�Qu\nas puru�avatara, 26\nKulina-grama\nresidents of visit Caitanya, 82\n\nCaitanya lost consciousness due to, 100\nCaitanya tasted mellows of, 226\ncan't be described by mundane scholar,\n232\ncompared to gold, 196\ncompared to hot sugarcane, 202\nfreely distributed by Caitanya, 227\nlike ocean of happiness, 201\nlike sheet of white cloth, 200\nsymptoms caused by madness of,\n\n211-21 2\n\nM\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 92\nKOrma-k�etra\nvisited by Caitanya, 67\nKOrma Pural)a\nread by Caitanya, 75\nKuruk�etra\ngopis met Kr�r:Ja at, 37\n\nMadhavacarya\nidentified, 63\nMadhavendra Puri\nCaitanya heard story of, 63-64\nMadana-mohana\n\ngopis not attracted to, 54\n\nKr�r:Ja known as, 206\n\nRadharar:Ji met Kr�Qa at, 52\n\nservice of introduced, 17\n\n", "mad1#p0411": "General Index\nMaha-mantra\n\nintroduced in every village by Caitanya,\n\n67-68\nSee also: Holy name\nMaha-Vi��u\nas puru�avatara, 26\nMahesvara\nSee: Siva\nManu\nfourteen incarnations of, 26\nMathura\nSanatana Gosvaml sent to, 144\nsweetness of, 56\nvisited by Caitanya, 141\n\n383\n\nMurari\nmet Lord at house of Advaita, 319\n\nvisited Lord at PurT, 149\n\nN\nNadia\npeople of\n\ncome\n\nto\n\nsee\n\nCaitanya,\n\n311\nNana-sastra-vicaraf)aika-nipuf)au\n\nverses quoted, 17\nNana yoni sada phire\n\nverses quoted, 119\nNanda Maharaja\nCaitanya as son of, 158\n\nMathura-mahJ.tmya\n\nas book by Rupa Gosvaml, 23\n\nNandan a\nmet Lord at house of Advaita, 319\n\nMathura-viraha\n\nas song by Vidyapati, 300\n\nNarahari dasa\nmet with Caitanya, 83\n\nMatir na kr�fJe paratal} svato va\n\nverses quoted, 119\n\nNarottama dasa Thakura\n\nMayavadls\n\nquoted on associates of Caitanya, 325\n\ndesire to merge in Absolute, 60\n\nquoted on material entanglement, 119\n\nsannyasis accept one daf)r;fa, 243\n\nquoted on service to a Vai��ava, 130\n\nMeat-eaters\n\nNataka-varf)ana\n\ntwo kinds of, 117\n\nas book by Rupa GosvamT, 23\n\nMercy\n\nNavadvTpa\n\npower of Caitanya's, 121\n\ndevotees from went to Jagannatha Purl,\n\nModes of nature\n\n79\n\ndevotional service untainted by, 98\n\nformerly known as Kuliya, 92\n\nincarnations of, 26\n\ninhabitants of visit Caitanya, 319\nJagai and Madhai as residents of, 114\n\nMohammedans\n\nJ agannatha PurT intimately related with,\n\nconsidered yavanas, 273\nopposed to brahminical culture, 112\n\nMukunda\n\nsannyasis dedicated\n\n334\nNawab Husena Saha\n\nto\n\nservice\n\nof,\n\nlearned about Caitanya from Kesava\nChatrT, 101-104\n\n245\nMukunda Datta\naccompanied Lord to Purl, 347\nas associate of Caitanya, .131\ncame to see Caitanya, 66\ndeclined to take prasada with Caitanya,\n\n272-273\nfollowed Lord toward Vrndavana, 247\nmet Lord at house of Advaita, 319\nsang songs to Caitanya, 303-306\nvisited Lord at Purl, 149\nMurari\nas associate of Caitanya, 131\n\nNTiacala\nSee: Jagannatha Purl\nNlladri\nas name of Jagannatha PurT, 350\nNTiambara CakravartT\nSacT born in family of, 324\nNimai\nSee: Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nNityananda\n\naccepted as disciple of Lak�mipati\nTlrtha, 285\naccompanied Lord to Purl, 347\n\n", "mad1#p0412": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n384\n\nParamananda Puri\n\nNityananda\naddressed\n\nby Caitanya as His elder\n\nCaitanya\n\nAdvaita danced with Haridasa and,\n\npaternal\n\naffection\n\nlived with lord at Puri, 148\nmet by Caitanya, 71\n\n299\nas associate of Caitanya, 131\nas Balarama, 15\n\nsaw lord at Jagannatha Puri, 81\nParamatma\n\nbroke sannyasa rod of Caitanya, 64-65\nCaitanya misled by, 61-62\ncompared to sun and moon, 2\nfollowed Lord toward Vrndavana, 247\nhis transcendental madness, 291\njoking words\n\nenjoyed\n\nfrom, 223\n\nbrother, 14\n\nbetween Advaita and,\n\ngives intelligence to king, 108\nParamatma-sandarbha\n\nas division of Bhagavata-sandarbha, 28\nPastimes of Kf�l)a\ndescribed by ROpa Gosvami, 22-27\nPatita-pavana\nCaitanya known as, 72\n\n282-286\nordered feast prepared for Lord, 162\nsent to Bengal, 13, 152\nsometimes acted like mad avadhlira,\n\nPatrarh pusparh pha/arh toyam\n\nverses quoted, 97\nPaurl)amasi\nverse spoken by, 203\n\n290\ntried to take Caitanya back to Jagannatha Puri, 79\n\nPrahlada Maharaja\nquoted on material entanglement,\n\n119-120\n\nvisited Lord at Puri, 149\nNityarh harau vidadhato\n\nPradyumna Misra\nCaitanya bestowed His mercy on, 81\n\nverses quoted, 39\n\nsent to house of Ramananda Raya, 153\n\nNitya-siddhas\n\nnever forget service of Lord, 325\n\nPrak(la-sahajiyas\n\nbetter than impersonalists, 19\n\nNondevotees\nno respect given to, 29\n\ndon't consult scriptures, 18\nimitate symptoms of love of God, 173\n\nNrsimhadeva\nCaitanya offered prayers to, 67\nNrsimhananda Brahmacari\ndecorated road in his mind for Caitanya,\n\n94-96\n\nPrapya purJya-krtarh lokan\n\nverses quoted, 324\nPrasada\n\nhou seholder's duty to distr ibute,\n\n261-262\n\np\nPadmanabha\nCaitanya visited temple of, 73\n\nlord worshiped by distribution of, 344\nnever polluted, 292-293\npurifies mind of ordinary person, 290\ntaken\n\nquoted on change of name at initiation,\n\n125\nPadyavali\n\nas book by ROpa Gosvami, 23\nquoted on mood of Radharal)i, 41, 51\nParica-tattva\nworship of, 344\nPal)<;lita Gosarii (Gadadhara)\nresided with lord at Jagannatha Puri,\n\n148\n\nby\n\ndevotees with\n\npleasure,\n\n273-274\n\nPadma Puraf!a\n\ntaken by Lord at house of Advaita, 271\nPrataparudra\nCaitanya bestowed His mercy on, 84\nperformed service to please lord, 90\nPrayaga\nROpa Gosvami met Lord at, 142-143\n\nSee also: Allahabad\nPrayers\nof\n\nSanatana\n\n111-124\n\nand\n\nROpa\n\nGosvamis,\n\n", "mad1#p0413": "General Index\nPriti-sandarbha\n\n385\n\nR amananda Raya\n\nas division of Bhagavala-sandarbha, 30\nPurT Gosafii\n\naccompanied Lord to Bhadraka, 91\nas incarnation of Arjuna or Visakhadevi,\n\nincident involving, 91\n\n224\nBhavananda Raya as father of, 82\n\nPuru�avataras\n\nCaitanya chanted and heard with,223\n\ndescribed,26\nPuru�ottama\n\nCaitanya enjoyed friendly affection\n\nCaitanya visited temple of, 73\n\nwith, 223-224\nCaitanya met by river Godavari, 68\nCaitanya read from drama of,176\n\nR\n\nhis qualities explained by Caitanya,153\nlived with the Lord at PurT, 148\n\nRa<;Jha-desa\nCaitanya traveled in, 61,241-242\n\nreturns to )agannatha Puri, 80-81\nwitnessed ecstasy of Caitanya,\n\nRadha-Govinda\n\nRamesvara\n\nRadha-Madana-mohana\nobeisances to,3\n\nCaitanya\n\nvisited\n\ntemple\n\nknown\n\nas,\n\n74-75\n\nRadhara(lT\nCaitanya absorbed in mood of,40,169,\n\nRariga-k�etra\nvisited by Caitanya,69\n\n172,224\necstasies of not understood by mun-\n\nRarigapuri\nmet by Caitanya,72\n\ndaner,228\necstasies which are monopoly of, 226\nlamentation of,176-183\n\nRatha-yatra festival\nC a i t a n y a and d e v o t e e s a t t e n d e d ,\n\n34-35, 84\n\ntranscendental madness of, 58\nverse composed by, 51\n\n)agannatha again comes before public\nduring, 78\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami\nadvised not to eat palatable dishes,277\nhelped\n\nin\n\ncompilation\n\nof\n\nCaitanya­\n\np lar ed\n\nunder\n\nRava(la\nkidnapped a shadow forrn of Sita, 75\nRenunciation\n\ncariUimrta, 167\ncare\n\nof\n\nSvarOpa\n\nDamodara,163\nCaitanya's pastimes to\n\nof Vai�l)avas and Mayavadis,60\nROpa GosvamT\n\nprepared feast for Lord, 162\ntold\n\n194,\n\n197,201\n\nobeisances to,3\n\nbenedicted by Caitanya, 49-50\nKaviraja\n\nGosvami, 229\nRamacandra\n\nborn in brahmal)a caste,112\nCaitanya invests his heart with power,\n\n150\n\nkilled Bali from behind tree, 7 4\n\nchief books compiled by, 22-27\n\nKr�(la's name to be chanted in addition\n\ndidn't enter temple of )agannatha, 44\n\nto name of, 72\nRamacandra Puri\ncriticized Caitanya's eating,154\nRamadasa\nCaitanya mitigated sufferings of, 72,\n\n75-76\nRamai\nmet Caitanya at house of Advaita, 319\nRamakeli-grama\nCaitanya visited, 100-101\n\nformerly known as Dabira Khasa, 105\n)iva Gosvami as nephew of,27\nmet Caitanya at Prayaga,142-143\nnamed by Caitanya, 125\nprayers of to Caitanya,111-114\nquoted on Vai�(lava sannyasa, 60\nresided in Ramakeli-grama,100\nsent to Vrndavana, 16\ntells\n\nMohammedan\n\nCaitanya, 105-107\n\nKing\n\nabout\n\n", "mad1#p0414": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n386\nROpa Gosvami\nverse composed by, 42-43\n\nSantipura\n\nCaitanya visited, 138\nLord enjoyed with His devotees at, 240\n\npeople of come\n\ns\nSacidevi\nas incarnation of Yasoda, 325\nas mother of the universe, 331\ncooked for devotees, 321\ngriefstricken at Caitanya's taking\nsannyasa, 63\nrequested Caitanya to stay at Jagannatha Puri, 139\n\nSanti-sataka\n\nas book by Bilvamarigala Thakura, 225\n\nSaptatala tree\ndelivered by Caitanya, 74\n\nSakara Mallika\n\nSanatana Gosvami formerly known as,\n\n109\n\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya\n\nCaitanya criticized by son-iJJ-Iaw of, 85\n\nvisits Caitanya after He takes sannyasa,\n\nCaitanya showed His original form to,\n\n311-317\nSahajiyas\n\n66\n\nmet by everyone\n\nSee: Prakrta-sahajiyas\nSanatana Gosvami\n\ntook Caitanya to his home, 65\nnatha Puri, 79\n\ndidn't enter temple of ]agannatha, 44\n\nprayers of to Caitanya, 111-124\n\nVidya-vacaspati as brother of, 91\n\nSarva-loka-mahesvaram\nquoted, 107\n\nSa�hi\n\nas\n\nresided in Ramakeli-grama, 100\n\ndaughter\n\n$at-sandarbha\n\nmet Lord at house of Advaita' 319\nSarikara\n\nSense gratification\n\nperformed by householders, 344\n\nperformed in Jagannatha Puri, 145\nSannyasa\nacceptance of as regulative principle,\n243\naccepted by Caitanya, 9\ndress of as attraction for material formality, 246\n\npurpose of to serve Mukunda, 245\nSannyasis\ndon't eat palatable dishes, 277\nduty of grhasthas to feed, 325\n\nshouldn't leave remnants of prasada,\n279\n\nSarvabhauma\n\nBha�­\n\nBhagavata-sandarbha known as, 2B\nas cause of bondage, 120\n\nresided with Lord at ]agannatha PurL\n\nCaitanya enjoyed pastime of, 147\n\nof\n\n�acarya, 85\n\nsent to Vrndavana, 16\nSaftjaya\n\n148\nSatikirtana\n\nto\n\ntried to take Caitanya back to ]agan­\n\nborn in brahmaQa caste, 112\n\ninstructed by Caitanya, 144\nnamed by Caitanya, 125\n\non his way\n\nVara�asi, 87\n\nbooks compiled by, 19-21\n\nformerly known as Sakara Mallika, 109\n\nto see Caitanya,\n\n297-298\n\nno tinge of in gopis, 55\n\nSeparation\n\necstatic symptoms of, 214\n\nSetubandha (Ramesvara)\n\nCaitanya took His bath at, 74\n\nSikhi Mahiti\n\nCaitanya met with, 82\nsna\n\nshadow form of kidnapped by Rava�a.\n75\n\nSiva\nas a devotee, 29\n\nas incarnation of mode of nature, 26\nCaitanya visited temple of, 74\nSivananda Sena\n\ndog of liberated by Caitanya, 86\n\nmet with Caitanya, 83\n\n", "mad1#p0415": "General Index\n\n387\n\nStavava/i\n\nSix Gosvamis\n\nas book by ROpa Gosvami, 23\n\nwrote many scriptures, 17\n\nSpiritual master\n\nbeyond jurisdiction of varl)asrama institution, 290\n\nStotra-ratna\n\nprayer from quoted, 122, 124\n\nSuklambara\n\nchastises disciple, 222\n\ninitiates disciple to deliver him, 130\n\nmust help one escape death, 332\n\nmet Caitanya at house of Advaita, 319\n\nSupersoul\n\nexists in millions of living beings, 28\n\nSridhara\nmet Lord at house of Advaita, 319\n\nSridhara Svami\n\nSupreme Lord\n\nas proprietor of all planetary systems,\n\n108\n\nas tridal)r;li-sannyasl, 245\n\nas supreme subject, 199\n\nSri Gul)<;lica\n\nSvarOpa Damodara\n\nCaitanya cleaned temple of, 83\n\nas storehouse of Caitanya's pastimes,\n\nCaitanya visited temple of, 73\n\nCaitanya chanted and heard with, 223\n\nSri Janardana\n\n229\n\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam\n\nCaitanya enjoyed humors of conjugal\n\ncan be understood by everyone, 233\n\ncited on classification of persons, 112\n\ncommentary on by Sanatana Gosvami,\ndirectly points to Absolute Truth, 28\nquoted on duty of parents, 332\nquoted on h earing a b o u t\nquoted on material\n\nhis opinion is authoritative, 167\n\nknew meaning of\n\n19\n\n186-188\n\nlove with, 224\n\nCaitanya met with, 82\n\nK[�l)a,\n\nentanglement,\n\n119-120\n\nquoted on mood of gopls, 53-54\nquoted on sanklrtana, 344\n\nquoted on sannyasl's duty not to leave\n\nlived with Lord at Puri, 148\n\nRaghunatha dasa placed under care of,\n\n163\n\nwitnessed ecstasy of Caitanya, 194,\n\n197, 201\n\nSva-vir;l-varahowa-kharai/:1\nverses quoted, 186\n\nremnants of prasada, 279\n\nquoted on Vedic conclusion, 18\n\nquoted on ways of approaching Kr�IJa,\n\n39\n\nverse uttered by\n\nCaitanya, 42\n\nT\nTad aharh bhakty-upahrtam\nverses quoted, 97\n\nverse from quoted, 242-243\n\nTad asma-sararh hrdayarh batedarh\n\nas book by Madhavacarya, 63\n\nTarava/:1 kirh na jlvanti\n\njokes with Lord, 160-161\n\nTattva-sandarbha\n\nSri Mangala-bha?ya\nSrinivasa Acarya\n\nquoted on six Gosvamis, 17\n\nSri Ranganatha\n\nCaitanya visited temple of, 69\n\nSrivasa Thakura\n\nas associate of Caitanya, 131\n\nverses quoted, 187\nverses quoted, 186\nas division of Bhagavata-sandarbha, 28\n\nT attvavadis\n\nfelt themselves inferior to Vai�l)avas, 73\n\nTilaka\n\nVai�l)avas mark bodies with, 125\n\ngave alms to Caitanya, 325-326\n\nTirupati\n\noffended by Gopala Capala, 93\n\nTrimalla Bhana\n\nmet Caitanya at house of Advaita, 319\nvisited Lord at Puri, 149\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 68\nCaitanya lived at house of, 70\n\n", "mad1#p0416": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n388\n\nTrimalla Bha��a\n\nVarat:Jasi\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 68\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 143-144\nVarf)asrama\nspiritual master beyond jurisdiction of.\n\nu\n\n290\nVasudeva\n\nUddhava\n\nas a person delivered by Caitanya, 67\n\ndescribes madness of Radharar:'i, 58\n\nmet Lord at house of Advaita, 319\n\nUjjvala-nilamarJi\n\nvisited Lord at Puri, 149\n\nas book by Rupa Gosvami, 23\n\nVasudeva\n\ncontents of described, 25\n\nCaitanya visited temple of, 73\n\nword mana explained in, 214\n\nVedais ca sarvair aham eva vedyab\n\nUpadesamrta\nquoted on controlling six forces, 244\n\nas book by Rupa Gosvami, 23\n\nv\n\ncontents of described, 25\nverse from quoted, 203\n\nVaco vegam manasab krodha-vegam\n\nVidyanagara\n\nverses quoted, 244\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 91\n\nVaikur:'�ha\nAdvaita's house transformed into, 319\nVai�l)avas\nthemselves\n\nexternally\n\nhumble,\n\n273\n\nmet Caitanya at house of Advaita, 319\nVidyapati\n\nCaitanya read books of, 223\nsong by quoted, 300\n\nnot envious, 130-131\npotency of foodstuffs left by, 290-291\npseudo are disciples of Kali, 132\n\nVidya-vacaspati\nCaitanya visited house of, 91\nVijaya\n\nsannyasis accept four daf)<;fas, 243\n\nmet Lord at house of Advaita, 319\n\nshould be humble, 153\nsymptoms of perfect, 125\n\nV ilapa-kusumaiijali\n\nTattvavadis felt themselves inferior, 73\n\n73\n\nprayer from quoted, 163\nVisakhadevi\nRamananda Raya as incarnation of, 224\nVi�I) U\n\ntranscendentally situated, 292\nworship of is exalted, 29\n\nas incarnation of mode of nature, 26\n\nSee also: Devotees\n\nideal householders' service to, 261-262\n\nVai�Qava-to�ar:Ji\n\nking as representative of, 108\n\nas Bhagavalam commentary, 19\n\npure devotee's remnants identified\n\nVakresvara\n\nwith, 290\n\nas associate of Caitanya, 131\nmet Caitanya at house of Advaita, 319\nresided with Lord at )agannatha Purl,\n\n148\n\nworshiped by mother Saci, 324-325\nVisvaropa\nnever saw his mother as a sannyasi, 314\nVrndavana\n\nVallabha Bhana\nimport of holy name explained to, 153\nVarilsiva�a\nas site of rasa dance, 4\n\nas the eternal place of Kr�r:'a, 29\nCaitanya goes to after taking sannyasa,\n\n60-61, 247\nCaitanya mistook city park for, 172\n\nVarat:Jasi\nSarvabhauma\n\nVidyanidhi\nvisited Lord at Purl, 149\n\nacceptance of sannyasa for, 60\nkeep\n\nquoted, 18\nVidagdha-madhava\n\nBhanacarya\n\neveryone on way to, 87\n\nmet\n\nby\n\nCaitanya ordered Riipa Gosvami to go\nto, 143\n\n", "mad1#p0417": "Vrndavana\n\nWorld, spiritual\n\nno distinction between body and soul\n\nCaitanya visited alone, 134-137\n\nin, 26\n\nforest mistaken to be by Caitanya, 68\nglories of, 56\n\ny\n\ngopls wanted to take Kr�t:�a back to, 40\nmellows in described in Copala-campu,\n31-33\n\npastimes\n\nof\n\ndescribed\n\nby\n\nROpa\n\nGosvami, 22-27\nROpa Gosvami sent to, 16\ntwelve forests of, 141\nunderstood through sastras, 18\nvisited by Caitanya, 90\nVrndavana dasa Thakura\nas incarnation of Vyasadeva, 7\nCaitanya's pastimes described by, 5\nVyasadeva\n\nYadavas\nas eternal associates of Kr�t:Ja, 29\nYajfiai/:1 satiklrtana-prayair\nverse quoted, 344\nYamuna\nCaitanya saw Ganges as, 62, 253-254\nprayer to by Caitanya, 255\nYamunacarya\nquoted, 122,124\nYasoda\nSaci as incarnation of, 325\nYavanas\n\nVrndavana dasa Thakura as incarnation\nof, 7\n\nMohammedans considered, 273\nYogis\nfate of unsuccessful, 325\n\nw\nWorld, material\ndistinction between body and soul in,\n26\n\nYo marh dustara-geha-nijala\nverses quoted, 163\nYudhi�!hira\nruled according to religious principles,\n117\n\n", "mad1#p0418": "Other Books by His Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\nBhagavad-gtta As It Is\nCOMPLETE EDITION\nwith the original Sanskrit text, Roman transliteration,\nEnglish equivalents, translation and elaborate purports\n\nThe International Society for Krishna Consciousness is pleased to announce the publication by the Macmillan Company of the longawaited Complete Edition of Bhagavad-g!tii As\nIt Is. This most basic and essential of all spiritual\ntexts is now available in one complete, authoritative, beautifully illustrated 1,000-page volume.\nBhagavad-gztii has long been appreciated as a\nscriptural literature of sublime importance by\nthoughtful men throughout the world, for its\neighteen chapters shower upon man the immortal nectar of the wisdom of the Absolute. In\nBhagavad-gztii As It Is, the message of this timeless classic is now transmitted in its purity and\nfullness. By reading this book, one can attain\nthe perfection of human life.\n1,000 pages, 44 full-color reproductions\nhardcover-$11. 95; paperback-$7. 95\n\nSrimad Bhagavatam\nThe\n\nscience\n\nof\n\nGod is greater than all\n\nother sciences, and this spiritual technology is\nrationally and auth�>ritatively explained in the\n18,000 verses of Srzmad-Bhiigavatam,\n\nIndia's\n\nsublime contribution of culture, philosophy,\npolitics, religion and love. His Divine Grace A.C.\nBhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupiida has undertaken the mighty task of rendering this supremely potent work into the English language\nalong with Sanskrit transliterations, word-forword synonyms and elaborate English purports.\nThus in each verse one will find new enlightenment regarding the Absolute Truth, the origin\nof all emanations.\n\n$7.9 5 per vol.\nFirst Canto-3 vols., Second Canto-2 vols.,\nThird Canto-4 vols., Fourth Canto-4 vols.\nAvailable from\nBhaktivedanta Book Trust\n3764 Watseka Ave., Los Angeles,\nCalif 90034\n\n", "mad1#p0419": "MADHYA- LiLA\n\n\\blume1\n\nSm\nCAITANYACARITAISTA\n�\n\n�¥\n\n�\n�\n\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta �mi Prabhupida,\n\nthe author of B'lrllgrJvad-gfti As It Is, Srimad-Biuigavatam, The\n\nNectQT ofDevotion and many other spiritual texts, is the\nworld's most distinguished teacher of Vedic religion\nand thou&ht. He is the present representative of the chain of\nholy teachers from Lord Caitanya Mahiprabhu, and it\nis he who is directly responsible for bringing the teachings\nof Lord Caitanya to the West. He is the founder and spiritual\nmuter of the International Society for Krishna\nConscioU,IIleiS , which has nearly one hundred centers\nthrouahout the world.\nA\n\n", "mad1#p0420": "", "mad2#p0001": "•\n\nMADHYA- LILA Volume 2\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n", "mad2#p0002": "Snt CJ\\JT!\\NYA·CARIT�MnTA\nFOUR HUNDRED YEARS AGO, at the earnest\nrequest of the holy devotees ofVJndiivana, the\nmost sacred city in all of India, KnQadiisa\nKaviriija Gosviimi wrote his famous spiritual trea­\n\ntise Caitanya-caritamrta, describing the wonder­\n\nful pastimes and precepts of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahiiprabhu. \"By the mercy of Lord Caitanya,\"\nhe wrote, \"a dumb man can recite perfect poetry,\na lame man can cross over mountains, and a\nblind man can see the stars in the sky.''\nWho was Lord Caitanya? A teacher, certainly,\nfor His philosophical brilliance astounded the\ngreatest scholars and logicians of His day. But\nbesides being a teacher, He was a true saint,\nfor He was always chanting the names of God\nand dancing, absorbed in ecstatic love for the\nSupreme Lord. Yet Kr�p.adiisa regards Him as\nmore than a teacher and more than a saint.\nLord Caitanya, he asserts, is the Supreme Lord\nHimself playing the role of the Supreme Lord's\ndevotee; no one, therefore, can be greater than\nHim.\n\nBut Caitanya-caritamrta, unlike today's many\n\nsentimental\n\nexaltations\n\nof bogus paperback\n\nGods, is a book of reason and evidence; indeed,\nit is a unique book of spiritual science. Now,\nthe author of Bhagavad-gita As It Is, The Nectar\n\nof Devotion, Sri isopani}fld and a host of other\nimportant spiritual texts has presented Caitanyacaritamrta in its fullness, verse by verse, with\nexplanatory purports of extraordinary clarity\nand profundity.\n\nThis book, therefore, offers\n\nsublime knowledge to one sincerely seeking the\nhighest truth.\n\nOn the Cover\n\nTo bestow mercy upon Sarvabhauma Bhat­\n\ntacarya, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu manifested\nHis four-handed Vi�I)U form and then His\n\noriginal form as Kr$Qa.\n\n", "mad2#p0003": "-\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAMRTA\n•\n\n", "mad2#p0004": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\nBhagavad-gTta As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-5 (15 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri TSopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr�Qa Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr�Qa, The Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nKrsna, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�Qa\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Kr�Qa Consciousness\nKrsna Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\nA complete catalogue is available upon request\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "mad2#p0005": "All Glory to SrT Guru and Gauri1Qga\n\n--\n\nSRI CJ\\ITJ\\NYJ\\CARITAIRTA\n•\n\nof Kmtadasa Kaviraja Gosvami\n\nMadhya-lila\nVolume Two\n\n\"The Narrations Concerning Madhavendra Puri,\nSak�i Gopala and Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya\"\n\nwith the original Bengali tex�\nRoman transliterations, synonyms,\ntranslation and elaborate purports\n\nby\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANT A BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London ·Bombay\n\n", "mad2#p0006": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n©1975 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-93206\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-64-1\n\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "mad2#p0007": "Contents\n\nvii\n\nIntroduction\n\nChapter 4\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n1\n\nChapter 5\n\nThe Activities of Sa�i-gopala\n\n111\n\nChapter 6\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya\n\n191\n\nReferences\n\n361\n\nGlossary\n\n363\n\nBengali Pronunciation Guide\n\n369\n\nIndex of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n371\n\nGeneral Index\n\n387\n\nv\n\n", "mad2#p0008": "Introduction\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is the principal work on the life and teachings of Sri\n\nKr�r:Ja Caitanya. S ri Caitanya is the pioneer of a great social and religious move­\n\nment which began in India a little less than five hundred years ago and which has\ndirectly and indirectly influenced the subsequent course of religious and philosophical thinking not only in India but in the recent West as well.\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is regarded as a figure of great historical significance.\nHowever, our conventional method of historical analysis-that of seeing a man as\na product of his times-fails here. S ri Caitanya is a personality who transcends the\nlimited scope of historical settings.\nAt a time when, in the West, man was directing his explorative spirit toward\nstudying the structure of the physical universe and circumnavigating the world in\nsearch of new oceans and continents, S ri Kr�r:Ja Caitanya, in the East, was inaugurating and masterminding a revolution directed inward, toward a scientific\nunderstanding of the highest knowledge of man's spiritual nature.\n\nThe chief historical sources for the life of Sri Kr�r:Ja Caitanya are the kac;facas (di­\n\naries) kept by Murari Gupta and SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT. Murari Gupta, a\nphysician and close associate of Sri Caitanya's, recorded extensive notes on the\n\nfirst twenty-four years of Sri Caitanya's life, culminating in his initiation into the\nrenounced order, sannyasa. The events of the rest of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's for­\n\nty-eight years are recorded in the diary of SvarOpa Damodora Gosvami, another of\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's intimate associates.\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is divided into three sections called /i/as, which literally\n\nmeans \"pastimes\" -Adi-lila (the early period), Madhya-lila (the middle period)\n\nand Antya-lila (the final period). The notes of Murari Gupta form the basis of the\n\nAdi-lila, and SvarOpa Damodara's diary provides the details for the Madhya- and\nAntya-lilas.\n\nThe first twelve of the seventeen chapters of Adi-lila constitute the preface for\n\nthe entire work. By referring to Vedic scriptural evidence, this preface establishes\n\nS ri Caitanya as the avatara (incarnation) of Kr�r:Ja (God) for the age of Kali -the\ncurrent epoch, beginning five thousand years ago and characterized by materialism, hypocrisy and dissension. In these descriptions, Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\nis identical with Lord Kr�r:Ja, descends to liberally grant pure love of God to the\nfallen\n\nsouls\n\nof\n\nthis\n\ndegraded\n\nage\n\nby\n\npropagating\n\nsarikirtana\n\n-\n\nliterally,\n\n\"congregational glorification of God\" -especially by organizing massive public\nchanting of the maha-mantra (Great Chant for Deliverance). The esoteric purpose\n\nof Lord Caitanya's appearance in the world is revealed, his co- avataras and principal devotees are described and his teachings are summarized. The remaining\n\nportion of Adi-lila, chapters thirteen through seventeen, briefly recounts his\n\ndivine birth and his life until he accepted the renounced order. This includes his\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and early philosophical confrontations, as\nwell as his organization of a widespread sarikirtana movement and his civil disobe­\n\ndience against the repression of the Mohammedan government.\n\nvi\n\n", "mad2#p0009": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\nThe subject of Madhya-lila, the longest of the three divisions, is a detailed narration of Lord Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels throughout India as a\nrenounced mendicant, teacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and mystic. During this period of six years, Sri Caitanya transmits his teachings to his principal disciples. He debates and converts many of the most renowned philosophers and\ntheologians of his time, including Sarikarites, Buddhists and Muslims, and incorporates their many thousands of followers and disciples into his own burgeoning\nnumbers. A dramatic account of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's miraculous activities at\nthe giant Jagannatha Cart Festival in Orissa is also included in this section.\n\nAntya-/ila concerns the last eighteen years of Sri Caitanya's manifest presence,\n\nspent in semiseclusion near the famous Jagannatha temple at Jagannatha Puri in\nOrissa. During these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted deeper and deeper into\ntrances of spiritual ecstasy unparalleled in all of religious and literary history,\nEastern or Western. Sri Caitanya's perpetual and ever-increasing religious\nbeatitude, graphically described in the eyewitness accounts of SvarOpa Damodara\nGosvami, his constant companion during this period, clearly defy the investigative\nand descriptive abilities of modern psychologists and phenomenologists of\nreligious experience.\nThe author of this great classic, Kr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja Gosvami, born in the year\n1507, was a disciple of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, a confidential follower of\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Raghunatha dasa, a renowned ascetic saint, heard and\nmemorized all the activities of Caitanya Mahaprabhu told to him by Svaropa\nDamodara. After the passing away of Sri Caitanya and SvarOpa Damodara,\nRaghunatha dasa, unable to bear the pain of separation from these objects of his\ncomplete devotion, traveled to Vrndavana, intending to commit suicide by jumping from Govardhana Hill. In Vrndavana, however, he encountered ROpa Gosvami\nand Sanatana Gosvami, the most confidential disciples of Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThey convinced him to give up his plan of suicide and impelled him to reveal to\nthem the spiritually inspiring events of Lord Caitanya's later life. Kr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja\nGosvami was also residing in Vrndavana at this time, and Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami endowed him with a full comprehension of the transcendental life of Sri\nCaitanya.\nBy this time, several biographical works had already been written on the life of\nSri Caitanya by contemporary and near-contemporary scholars and devotees.\n\nThese included Sri Caitanya-carita by Murari Gupta, Caitanya-mafigala by Locana\n\ndasa Thakura and Caitanya-bhagavata. This latter text, a work by Vrndavana dasa\nThakura, who was then considered the principal authority on Sri Caitanya's life,\nwas highly revered. While composing his important work, Vrndavana dasa, fearing\nthat it would become too voluminous, avoided elaborately describing many of\nthe events of Sri Caitanya's life, particulary the later ones. Anxious to hear of these\nlater pastimes, the devotees of Vrndavana requested Kr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja Gosvami,\nwhom they respected as a great saint, to compose a book to narrate these\n\nvii\n\n", "mad2#p0010": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\nepisodes in detail. Upon this request, and with the permission and blessings of the\nMadana-mohana Deity of Vrndavana, he began compiling Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\n\nwhich, due to its biographical excellence and thorough exposition of Lord\nCaitanya's profound philosophy and teachings, is regarded as the most significant\nof biographical works on SrT Caitanya.\nHe commenced wo.rk on the text while in his late nineties and in failing health,\nas he vividly describes in the text itself: \"I have now become too old and disturbed in invalidity. While writing, my hands tremble. I cannot remember anything, nor can I see or hear properly. Still I write, and this is a great wonder.\" That\nhe nevertheless completed, under such debilitating conditions, the greatest literary gem of medieval India is surely one of the wonders of literary history.\nThis English translation and commentary is the work of His Divine Grace A. C.\nBhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of Indian religious and philosophical thought. His commentary is based upon two\nBengali commentaries, one by his teacher SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT GosvamT,\nthe eminent Vedic scholar who predicted, \"The time will come when the people\n\nof the world will learn Bengali to read Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\" and the other 'by\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta's father, Bhaktivinoda Thakura.\n\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada is himself .a disciplic\n\ndescendant of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and he is the first scholar to execute\nsystematic English translations of the major works of SrT Caitanya's followers. His\nconsummate Bengali and Sanskrit scholarship and intimate familiarity with the\nprecepts of SrT Kr�r;�a Caitanya are a fitting combination that eminently qualifies\nhim to present this important classic to the English-speaking world. The ease and\nclarity with which he expounds upon difficult philosophical concepts lures even a\nreader totally unfamiliar with Indian religious tradition into a genuine understanding and appreciation of this profound and monumental work.\nThe entire text, with commentary, presented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, represents a contribution of major importance to the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n\nviii\n\n", "mad2#p0011": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-A.carya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "mad2#p0012": "", "mad2#p0013": "K�Tra-cora-gopinatha, the Deity who stole a pot of condensed milk for His devotee, Madhavendra\nPuri.\n\n", "mad2#p0014": "The temple of Sak�i-gopala in Ka�aka, where Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard the story of the Lord's acting as a witness for His devotee.\n\n", "mad2#p0015": "Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya's room at PurT, the site where Lord Caitanya exhibited many transcendental pastimes.\n\n", "mad2#p0016": "PLATE ONE\n\"After taking bath at Govinda-k ur;u;l a, Madhavendra\nPuri sat beneath a tree to take his evening rest. While\nhe was sitting beneath the tree, an unknown cowherd\nboy came with a pot of milk, placed it before Madhavendra Puri, and, smiling, addressed him as follows.\n'Please drink the milk I have brought. Why don't you\nbeg some food to eat? What kind of meditation are\nyou undergoing?' When he saw the beauty of that boy,\nMadhavendra Puri became very satisfied. Hearing His\nsweet\n\nwords,\n\n(pp.12-13)\n\nhe\n\nforgot\n\nall\n\nhunger\n\nand\n\nthirst.\"\n\n", "mad2#p0017": "", "mad2#p0018": "PLATE TWO\n\"As soon as the people of the village understood\nthat the Deity was going to be installed, they brought\ntheir entire stocks of rice, dahl and wheat flour. They\nbrought such large quantities that the entire surface of\nthe top of the hill was filled. All the cooked rice was\nstacked on palasa leaves, which were on new cloths\nspread over the ground. Around the stack of cooked\nrice were stacks of chappatis, and all the vegetables\nand liquid vegetable preparations were placed in different pots and put around them. Pots of yogurt, milk,\nbuttermilk and sikharil}i, sweet rice, cream and solid\ncream were placed alongside the vegetables. In this\nway the Annako�a ceremony was performed, and\nMadhavendra Puri Gosvami personally offered everything to Gopala.\" (pp.31-34)\n\n", "mad2#p0019": "", "mad2#p0020": "PLATE THREE\n\"Finishing his daily duties, the priest went to take\nrest. In a dream he saw the Gopinatha Deity come to\ntalk to him, and He spoke as follows. 'Please get up and\nopen the door of the temple. I have kept one pot of\nsweet rice for the sannyasi, tvtadhavendra Puri. This pot\nof sweet rice is just behind My cloth curtain. You did\nnot see it because of My tricks. A sanny asi named\nMadhavendra Puri is sitting in the vacant marketplace.\nPlease take this pot of sweet rice from behind Me and\ndeliver it to him.' Awaking from the dream, the priest\nimmediately rose from bed and thought it wise to take\na bath before entering the Deity's room. He then\nopened the temple door. According to the Deity's\ndirections, the priest found the pot of sweet rice\nbehind the cloth curtain.\" (pp.65-67J\n\n", "mad2#p0021": "", "mad2#p0022": "PLATE FOUR\n\"Madhavendra Puri took rest that night in the\ntemple, but toward the end of the night he had\nanother dream. He dreamed that Gopala came before\nhim and said: '0 Madhavendra Puri, I have already\nreceived all the sandalwood and camphor. Now just\ngrind all the sandalwood together with the camphor\nand then smear the pulp on the body of Gopinatha\ndaily until it is finished. There is no difference between\nMy body and Gopinatha's body. They are one and the\nsame. Therefore if you smear the sandalwood pulp on\nthe body of Gopinatha, you will naturally also smear it\non My body. Thus the temperature of My body will be\nreduced. You should not hesitate to act according to\nMy order. Believing in Me, just do what is needed.'\n\n(pp.82-83)\n\n\"\n\n", "mad2#p0023": "", "mad2#p0024": "PLATE FIVE\n\"After saying this, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu read\nthe famous verse of Madhavendra PurL That verse is\njust like the moon. It has spread illumination all over\nthe world. Madhavendra Puri recited this verse again\nand again at the end of his material existence. Thus uttering this verse, he attained the ultimate goal of life.\n\n'0 My Lord! 0 most merciful master! 0 master of\nMathura! When shall I see You again? Beca4se of My\nnot\n\nseeing\n\nYou,\n\nMy\n\nagitated\n\nheart has\n\nbecome\n\nunsteady. 0 most beloved one, what shall I do now?'\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu recited this verse,\nHe immediately fell to the ground unconscious. He was\noverwhelmed and had no control over Himself. When\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu fell to the ground in\necstatic love, Lord Nityananda took Him on His lap.\nCrying, Caitanya Mahaprabhu then got up again.\"\n(pp. 98-1 02)\n\n", "mad2#p0025": "", "mad2#p0026": "PLATE SIX\n\"All the townspeople went to see the witness\nCopala, and when they saw the Lord actually standing\nthere, they all offered their respectful obeisances.\nWhen the people arrived, they were very pleased to\nsee the beauty of Copala, and when they heard that\nHe had actually walked there, they were all surprised.\nThen the elderly brahmat')a, being very pleased, came\nforward and immediately fell like a stick in front of\nCopala. Thus in the presence of all the townspeople,\nLord Copala bore witness that the elderly brahmaf)a\nhad offered his daughter in charity to the young\nbrahmaf)a.\" (pp.164-165)\n\n", "mad2#p0027": "", "mad2#p0028": "PLATE SEVEN\n\"When Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to the\n\ntemple of Lord Siva known as Kapotesvara, Nityananda\nPrabhu, who was keeping His staff in custody, broke\n\nthe staff in three parts and threw it into the River\nBhargTnadT. Later this river became known as Dat:l9a­\n\nbhariga-nadT.\" (p.180)\n\n", "mad2#p0029": "", "mad2#p0030": "PLATE EIGHT\n\"For seven days continuously,\n\nSri Cai tanya\n\nMahaprabhu listened to the Vedanta philosophy expounded\n\nby\n\nSarvabhauma\n\nBhagacarya.\n\nHowever,\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu did not say anything and did not\nindicate whether it was right or wrong. He simply sat\n\nthere and listened to the Bha!!acarya. On the eighth\nday,\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya said to Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu: 'You have been listening to the Vedanta\n\nphilosophy from me continuously for seven days. You\nhave simply been listening, fixed in Your silence. Since\n\nYou do not say whether You think it is right or wrong, I\n\ncannot know whether You are actually understanding\nVedanta philosophy or not.\" (pp.258-259)\n\n", "mad2#p0031": "", "mad2#p0032": "PLATE NINE\n\"How greatly fortunate are Nanda Maharaja, the\ncowherd men and all the inhabitants of VrajabhOmi!\nThere is no limit to their fortune because the Absolute\nTruth, the source of transcendental bliss, the eternal\nSupreme\n\nBrahman,\n\n(pp.2 77-2 78)\n\nhas\n\nbecome their friend.\"\n\n", "mad2#p0033": "", "mad2#p0034": "CHAPTER4\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\nIn his Amrta-pravaha-bha$ya, SrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura gives the following summary of the Fourth Chapter. Passing along the path of Chatrabhoga and coming to\nVrddhamantresvara, SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu reached the border of Orissa. On\nHis way He enjoyed transcendental bliss by chanting and begging alms in different villages. In this way He reached the celebrated village of Remul)a, where\nthere is a Deity of GopTnatha. There He narrated the story of Madhavendra PurT, as\nHe had heard it from His spiritual master, Tsvara PurT. The narration is as follows.\nOne night while in Govardhana, Madhavendra Puri dreamed that the Gopala\nDeity was within the forest. The next morning he invited his neighborhood friends\nto accompany him to excavate the Deity from the jungle. He then established the\nDeity of Sri Gopalaji on top of Govardhana Hill with great pomp. Gopala was\nworshiped, and the AnnakOj:a festival was observed. This festival was known\neverywhere, and many people from the neighboring villages came to join. One\nnight the Gopala Deity again appeared to Madhavendra Puri in a dream and asked\nhim to go to Jagannatha Puri to collect some sandalwood pulp and smear it on the\nbody of the Deity. Having received this order, Madhavendra Puri immediately\nstarted for Orissa. Traveling through Bengal, he reached Remul)a village and there\nreceived a pot of condensed milk (k$ira) offered to the Deity of Gopinathaji. This\npot of condensed milk was stolen by Gopinatha and delivered to Madhavendra\nPuri. Since then, the GopTnatha Deity has been known as K�ira-cora-gopinatha,\nthe Deity who stole the pot of condensed milk. After reaching jagannatha Puri,\nMadhavendra PurT received permission from the King to take out one maQa of\nsandalwood and eight ounces of camphor. Aided by two men, he brought these\nthings to Remul)a. Again He saw in a dream that Gopala at Govardhana Hill\ndesired that very sandalwood to be turned into pulp mixed with camphor and\nsmeared over the body of GopTnathaji. Understanding that that would satisfy the\nGopala Deity at Govardhana, Madhavendra Puri executed the order and returned\nto Jagannatha PurT.\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu narrated this story for Lord Nityananda Prabhu and\nother devotees and praised the pure devotional service of Madhavendra Puri.\nWhen He recited some verses composed by Madhavendra Puri, He went into an\necstatic mood. But when He saw that many people were assembled, He checked\nHimself and ate some sweet rice prasada. Thus He passed that night, and the next\nmorning He again started for Jagannatha Puri.\n\n1\n\n", "mad2#p0035": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n2\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�� 5f1'l_� C5'lni{, ��\n<;'$1'1�1�: �f��tft't_e. I\nil�;'itr�� �t����: :Jt-t\n�e.t�J{.'fi \\!� JltSft�!l� ilt\\!t�f� II � II\nyasmai datum corayan k�ira-bhaQc;/arh\n\n,\n\ngopinatha/:1 k�ira-corabhidho 'bhat\nsri-gopala/:1 pradurasid vasa/:! san\nyat-premQa tam madhavendrarh nato 'smi\nSYNONYMS\nyasmai-unto whom; datum-to deliver; corayan-stealing; k�ira-bhaQc;/amthe pot of sweet rice; gopinatha/:1-Gopinatha; k�ira-cora-stealer of a pot of\nsweet rice;\nDeity;\n\nabhidha/:1-celebrated;\n\npradur-asit-appeared;\n\nabhat-became; sri-gopala/:1-Sri Gopala\n\nva5a/:l-captivated;\n\nsan-being; yat-premQa­\n\nby his love; tam-unto him; madhavendram-Madhavendra Puri, who was in the\nMadhva-sampradaya; nata/:! asmi-1 offer my respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto Madhavendra Puri, who was given a\n\npot of sweet rice stolen by Sri Gopinatha, celebrated thereafter as k�ira-cora.\nBeing pleased by Madhavendra Puri's love,\n\nSri Gopala,\n\nthe Deity at\n\nGovardhana, appeared to the public vision.\nPURPORT\nBhaktivinoda Thakura annotates that this Gopala Deity was originally installed\nby Vajra, the grandson of Kr�r;�a. Madhavendra Puri rediscovered Gopala and\nestablished Him on top of Govardhana Hill. This Gopala Deity is still situated at\nNathadvara and is under the management of descendants of Vallabhacarya. The\nworship of the Deity is very luxurious, and one who goes there can purchase\nvarieties of prasada by paying a small price.\nTEXT 2\n\n�Bl \"C�li!! � �J�\"t I\n\n�li\\!i iSRI C����\"t II � II\njaya jaya gauracandra jaya nityananda\njayadvaitacandra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\n\n", "mad2#p0036": "Text 5]\n\nSri Mldhavendra Purl's Devotional Service\n\n3\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya gauracandra-all glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya nityananda-all glories to Lord Nityananda; jaya advaita-candra-all glories to Advaita\nPrabhu; jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda-all glories to the devotees of the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Nityananda Prabhu!\nAll glories to Advaita Prabhu! And all glories to all the devotees of Lord\nCaitanya!\nTEXTS 3-4\n\n�iiltfi!f${�, iS'f�,t�·�-t� I\n�-r(t\\!j)� ���t�·�1f filii�� II � II\n� �� �\"f\\ �� �� �� I\n��tRr �mtc;� \\i;�'al �c(� II 8 II\nniladri-gamana, jagannatha-darasana\nsarvabhauma bhattacarya-prabhura milana\ne saba lila prabhura dasa vrndavana\nvistari' kariyachena uttama varQana\n\nSYNONYMS\nniladri-gamana-going to Jagannatha Puri; jagannatha-darasana-visiting the\ntemple of Lord Jagannatha; sarvabhauma bhattacarya-with Sarvabhauma Bha��acarya; prabhura-of the Lord; mi/ana-meeting; e saba-all these;\n\nlila­\n\npastimes; prabhura-of the Lord; dasa vrndavana-Vrndavana dasa Thakura;\nvistari'-elaborating; kariyachena-has done; uttama-very nice; varQana-description.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord went to Jagannatha Puri and visited Lord Jagannatha's temple. He\nalso met with Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya. All these pastimes have been very\nelaborately explained by Vrndavana dasa Thakura in his book Caitanyabhagavata.\nTEXT 5\n\n��c;iS'f ��� 11'� ��l!iJJ·��11\\' I\n�ltft��-�� ��c;i!� 'ft1f II (l II\n\n", "mad2#p0037": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n4\n\n[Madhya-Iii!, Ch. 4\n\nsahaje vicitra madhura caitanya-vihara\nvrndavana-dasa-mukhe amrtera dhara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsahaje-naturally;\n\nvicitra-wonderful;\n\nmadhura-sweet; caitanya-of Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; vihara-the activities; vrndavana-dasa-of Vrndavana\ndasa Thakura; mukhe-from the mouth; amrtera-of nectar; dhara-shower.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBy nature all the activities of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are very wonderful\nand sweet, and when they are described by Vrndavana dasa Thakura, they become like a shower of nectar.\nTEXT 6\n\n��� � ��� �11 ��f� I\nlifV �R' �f-'1 �flf �� itt� -tf9 II � II\nataeva taha varQile haya punarukti\ndambha kari' varl)i yadi taiche nahi sakti\nSYNONYMS\n\nataeva-therefore; taha-such activities; varf)ile-if describing; haya-there is;\npunarukti-repetition; dambha kari'-being proud; varf)i-1 describe; yadi-if;\ntaiche-such; nahi-there is not; sakti-power.\nTRANSLATION\n\nTherefore I very humbly submit that since these incidents have already\nbeen nicely described by Vrndavana dasa Thakura, I would be very proud to\nrepeat the same thing, and this would not be very good. I do not have such\npowers.\nTEXT 7\n\n���trt'\"' �� �R\" �cr� t\n�� � �llf1 �f11't1t 'tii111 9 II\ncaitanya-marigale yaha karila varQana\nsatra-rape sei lila kariye sacana\n\n", "mad2#p0038": "Text 9]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\ns\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-mangale-in the book named Caitanya-mangala; yaM-whatever;\nkarila varQana-has described; sOtra-rOpe-in the form of short codes; sei lilathose pastimes; kariye sOcana-1 shall present.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI am therefore presenting in short codes all those e vents already described\nin the Caitanaya-mangala [now known as Caitanya-bhagavata] by Vrndavana\ndasa Thakura.\nTEXT 8\n\n�tf ��'�ill�� �c(� I\n���f•e. ��' � � ��II 1r II\ntanra sOtre ache, tenha na kaila varQana\nyatha-kathancit kari' se lila kathana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntanra-his; sutre-in the codes; ache-there are; tenha-he; na kai/a varQana-did not describe; yatha-kathancit-something of them; kari'-doing; sethese; lila-of pastimes; kathana-narration.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSome of the incidents in his codes he did not describe elaborately, and so I\nshall try to describe them in this book.\nTEXT 9\n\n�i!l.fl� �tf � �fJ ��tt I\n�tf ?t'm �91\"Jt.. if!�� �t1ftt II c;, II\nataeva tanra paye kari namaskara\ntanra paya aparadha na ha-uk amara\n\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; tanra paye-at his lotus feet; kari-1 do; namaskara-obeisances; tanra paya-to the lotus feet of Vrndavana dasa Thakura; aparadhaoffense; na-not; ha-uk-let it happen; amara-my.\n\n", "mad2#p0039": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n6\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nI thus offer my respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of Vrndavana dasa\nThakura. I hope that I will not offend his lotus feet by this action.\nTEXT 10\n\n�·��� 1{�� ��'ti ��1�tvr I\n�� 'e� �tllf ����-ft�l;if II �\n\no\n\nII\n\nei-mata mahaprabhu calila nilaca/e\ncari bhakta sange k[$f)a-kirtana-kutuhale\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ca/i/a-pro\n:\nceeded; ni/aca/e-toward Jagannatha Puri; cari bhakta-four devotees; sange_\n­\n\nwith; k[$f)a-kirtana-for chanting of the holy name of Kr��a; kutuhale-in great\neagerness.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu proceeded toward Jagannatha Puri with four of\nHis devotees, and He chanted the holy name of the Lord, the Hare Kr�t:�a\nmantra, with great eagerness.\nTEXT 11\n\nf<e\"fi '1tf'$f' ��� �� l!lttf f'$f�1 I\n�t�i{ �'f� � �1� Jltf'$f�i II �� II\nbhik$a lagi' eka-dina eka grama giya\napane bahuta anna ani/a magiya\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhik$a lagi -for prasada; eka-dina-in one day; eka grama-to one village;\n'\n\ngiya-going; apane-personally; bahuta-a great quantity; anna-of rice and\nother eatables; ani/a-brought; magiya-begging.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEach day Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally went to a village and collected a great quantity of rice and other grains for the preparation of prasada.\n\n", "mad2#p0040": "Text 13]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n7\n\nTEXT 12\n\n�t� �� I\n\n?ftQ! Cl� � �� �'i\n\n�1' �Citt� �'Pf1 <!l'lRt' �tl� �IJ.,.'ttt� II �� II\npathe ba('la ba('la danT vighna nahi kare\nta' sabare krpa kari' ai/a remuf)are\n\nSYNONYMS\npathe-on the way; ba('la ba('la-big, big; danT-toll or tax collector; vighnahindrances; nahi-not; kare-make; ta' sabare-to all of them; krpa kari'-show\n\n­\n\ning mercy; ai/a-reached; remuf)are-the village known as Remut:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\nThere were many rivers on the way, and at each river there was a tax collector. They did not hinder the lord, however, and He showed them mercy.\nFinally He reached the village of RemuJ;�a.\nPURPORT\nThere is a railway station named Balesvara, and five miles to the west is a village\nnamed Remut:Ja. The temple of K�ira-cora-gopinatha still exists in this village, and\nwithin the temple the samadhi tomb of Rasikananda Prabhu, the chief disciple of\nSyamananda Gosvami, can still be found.\nTEXT 13\n\nc;�'ll._'ltti! c;'Stt�ilt� ��-c;llt� I\n<ef9 <!iRI' � � ;ia w�-t� II �� II\nremuf)ate gopTnatha parama-mohana\nbhakti kari' kaila prabhu tanra darasana\nSYNONYMS\nremuf)ate-in that village of Remut:�a; gopTnatha-the Deity of Gopinatha;\nparama-mohana-very attractive; bhakti kari -with great devotion; kai/a-did;\n'\n\nprabhu-the Lord; tanra-of Him; darasana-visit.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Deity of Gopinatha in the temple at RemuQa was very attractive. lord\nCaitanya visited the temple and offered His obeisances with great devotion.\n\n", "mad2#p0041": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n8\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 14\n\ni� ?ft�?f'll fir�� �'1111' �f1ft\\! 1\n�t1f 'i_S51-� ?f�i'f �� 1l'ttltt\\! II �8 II\ntarira pada-padma nikata praQJ.ma karite\ntarira pU$pa-CUQJ. paQifa prabhura mJ.thJ.te\nSYNONYMS\n\ntarira pada-padma-the lotus feet of Gopinatha; nikata-near; praQJ.ma-obeisances;\n\nkarite-while offering;\n\ntarira-His;\n\npu$pa-cu9a-helmet of flowers;\n\npa9ila-fell down; prabhura-of the Lord; mathate-on the head.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu offered His obeisances at the lotus feet of\nthe Gopinatha Deity, the helmet of flowers on the head of Gopinatha fell down\nand landed on the head of Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 15\n\n\\_If! ?lt$1 �� �� � I\n� �ift\\! ��i'f ll'f$1 'e9'$f'l II �(l II\ncu9a paiia mahaprabhura anandita mana\nbahu nrtya-gita kaila lana bhakta-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\n\ncu9a\n\npaiia-getting\n\nthe\n\nhelmet;\n\nmahaprabhura-of\n\nLord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; anandita-pleased; mana-the mind; bahu-various kinds; nrtyagita-dancing and chanting; kai/a-performed; /aiia-with; bhakta-gaQa-the\ndevotees.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen the Deity's helmet fell upon His head, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu became very pleased, and thus He chanted and danced in various ways with His\ndevotees.\nTEXT 16\n\n�� �<et<t ��' <;�11'-�11-�'1 I\n�� �� <;'$ft�� ��'$f'lll �� II\n\n", "mad2#p0042": "Text 18]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n9\n\nprabhura prabhava dekhi' prema-rupa-gul)a\nvismita ha-ila gopinathera dasa-gaf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of the Lord;\n\nprabhava-the influence;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nprema­\n\nrupa-His beauty; gul)a-and His qualities; vismita ha-i/a-became struck with\nwonder; gopinathera -of the Gopinatha Deity; dasa-gal)a-the servants.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the servants of the Deity were struck with wonder due to Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's intense love, His exquisite beauty and His transcendental\nqualities.\nTEXT 17\n\niftilt1fit;9l �r;;i!J ��\"' �i ':Jt�il I\n':Jt� 1ft� i!'ltl �- <fl�'fl �·il II �� II\nnana-rupe pritye kaila prabhura sevana\nsei ratri tahan prabhu karila vancana\n\nSYNONYMS\nnana-rupe-in\n\nvarious\n\nways;\n\npritye-on\n\naccount\n\nof\n\nlove;\n\nprabhura-of the Lord; sevana-service; sei ratri-that night;\n\nkai/a-did;\n\ntahan-there;\n\nprabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kari/a-did; vancana-passing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of their love for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, they served Him in many\nways, and that night the Lord stayed at the temple of Gopinatha.\nTEXT 18\n\n1l�t<2!:Jtt�·..,i·,i'fl\"t� ��lfi 121'1_ i!'li I\n�(Jr'!l1f� ;itr;;� �mttfiil ��iII �lr II\nmahaprasada-k�ira-lobhe rahila prabhu tatha\npurve isvara-puri tanre kahiyachena katha\n\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-prasada-for the remnants of foodstuff; k�ira-sweet rice; lobhe-in\neagerness; rahi/a-remained; prabhu-the Lord; tatha-there; purve-before\n\n", "mad2#p0043": "10\n\nthat;\n\nisvara-puri-TSvara\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nPuri,\n\ntalire-unto\n\nHis\n\nspiritual\n\nmaster;\n\nHim;\n\nkahi yachena-told; katha-a narration.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord remained there because He was very eager to receive the remnants of sweet rice offered to the Gopinatha Deity, having heard a narration\nfrom His spiritual master, ISvara Puri, of what had once happened there.\nTEXT 19\n\n'�l;mi <;'m��' l.!ffif• it11 il\"t1f 1\n��'Stt'l <I'l l;� � <;�· �' 'f;ft� II �� II\n'k$ira-cora gopinatha' prasiddha talira nama\nbhakta-gal)e kahe prabhu sei ta' akhyana\nSYNONYMS\nk$ira-cora gopinatha-the Gopinatha who stole the pot of sweet rice; prasiddha-very famous; talira nama-_His name; bhakta-gal)e-to all the devotees;\nkahe-tells; prabhu-the Lord; sei ta' akhyana-that narration.\nTRANSLATION\nThat Deity was known widely as K�ira-cora-gopinatha, and Caitanya\nMahaprabhu told His devotees the story of how the Deity became so famous.\nTEXT 20\n\n'W( 11t��'l\"f ilftf'st' -.hr �<f-'1 �fj 1\n���� ilt11 '�'I '�1f1 �fil' II �\" II\nparve madhava-purira lagi' k$ira kaila curi\nataeva nama hai/a 'k$ira-cora hari'\nSYNONYMS\npurve-formerly; madhava-purira lagi -for Madhavendra Puri; k$ira-sweet\n'\n\nrice; kai/a-did; curi-steal; ataeva-therefore; nama-the name; hai/a-became; k$ira-cora hari-the Lord who stole a pot of sweet rice.\nTRANSLATION\nFormerly the Deity had stolen a pot of sweet rice for Madhavendra Puri;\ntherefore He became very famous as the Lord who stole the sweet rice.\n\n", "mad2#p0044": "Text 23]\n\nSri Midhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n11\n\nTEXT 21\n\n�l\\1f1��-�� �1-'fl �� I\ni!lifilt(!, \\!lifilt'! c;'SI'fl f'S\\R{ c;�(� II �) II\nparve sri-madhava-puri ai/a vrndavana\nbhramite, bhramite gela giri govardhana\nSYNONYMS\nparve-formerly;\n\nsri-madhava-puri-SrTia\n\nMadhavendra\n\nPurT;\n\nai/a-came;\n\nvrndavana-to Vrndavana; bhramite bhramite-while traveling; ge/a-went; giri\ngovardhana-to the hill known as Govardhana.\nTRANSLATION\nOnce, Sri Madhavendra Puri traveled to Vrndavana, where he came upon\nthe hill known as Govardhana.\nTEXT 22\n\nc;-2tt11\" 11�,-�� l.iif ��--� I\n'lf't'1 �t, �'1 �' �if� �1� II �� II\npreme matta, -nahi tatira ratri-dina-jfiana\nk�aQe uthe, k�aQe pac;fe, nahi sthanasthana\nSYNONYMS\npreme matta-maddened in the ecstasy of love of Kr�t:Ja; nahi-there was not;\ntarira-of him; ratri-dina-jfiana-knowledge of day and night; k�aQe-sometimes; uthe-stands; k�aQe page-sometimes falls; nahi-there was no sense;\nsthana-asthana-a proper place or not.\nTRANSLATION\nMadhavendra Puri was almost mad in his ecstasy of love of Godhead, and he\ndid not know whe ther it was day or night. Sometimes he stood up, and sometimes he fell to the ground. He could not discriminate whether he was in a\nproper place or not.\nTEXT 23\n\n'-t\"' �rni!li1fl �rn' c;'Sit�� �1fil' 1\n'Wti{ �ff, ��\"'�It �'fiJhl �fit' II�� II\n\n", "mad2#p0045": "[Madhya-lill, Ch. 4\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n12\n\nsai/a parikrama kari' govinda-kur:IC;fe asi'\nsnana kari, vrk$a-tale ache sandhyaya vasi'\n\nSYNONYMS\nsai/a-the\n\nhill;\n\nparikrama-circumambulation;\n\nkari'-finishing;\n\ngovinda­\n\nkuf)(ie-to the bank of the Govinda-kur;�<;la; asi'-coming there; snana kari-taking a bath; vrk�a-ta/e-under the shade of a tree; ache-is; sandhyaya-in the\nevening; vasi'-resting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter circumambulating the hill, Madhavendra Puri went to Govinda-kut:��a\nand took his bath. He then sat beneath a tree to take his evening rest.\nTEXT 24\n\nc;'5tt9ftlll·�� \\$!� l1(·�t� 'f\\!131 I\n�tfil' �tr;'St I(Rf' f� �fitlt �tfJ�� II �8 II\ngopala-ba/aka eka dugdha-bha.Q(ia /aria\nasi' age dhari' kichu bali/a hasiya\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopala-balaka-cowherd boy; eka-one; dugdha-bhaf)(ia /aria-taking a pot\nof milk; asi'-coming; age dhari'-holding it in front; kichu-something; bali/asaid; hasiya-smiling.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile he was sitting beneath a tree, an unknown cowherd boy came with a\npot of milk, placed it before Madhavendra Puri, and, smiling, addressed Him\nas follows.\nTEXT 25\n\n�' \\$1-ltti 'f�1 \"fl' 1_fit �I\n1ltf'it' '<fe� �� �t�, r.�1 �� 'flt� II�� II\npurl, ei dugdha /aria kara tumi pana\nmagi' kene nahi khao, kiba kara dhyana\n\nSYNONYMS\npurT-0 Madhavendra Puri; ei dugdha /aria-taking this milk; kara tumi panadrink it; magi'-by begging; kene-why; nahi-not; khao-you eat; kibawhat; kara-do; dhyana-meditation.\n\n", "mad2#p0046": "Text 28]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n13\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please drink the milk I have brought. Why don't you beg some food to\neaH What kind of meditation are you undergoingJ\"\nTEXT 26\n\n�� G:Jt\"\"t� 'J._f\\� � :Jtt•t� I\ni!t�nf �'!_�·�tt<ISJ G'$1\"1 G\"i�·Qitl� II �� II\nbalakera saundarye purira ha-ila santo�a\ntahara madhura-vakye gela bhoka-so�a\nSYNONYMS\nba/akera-of the boy; saundarye-in the beauty; purira-of Madhavendra\nPurT; ha-i/a-was; santo�a-very much satisfaction; tahara-of Him; madhuravakye-by the sweet words; ge/a-forgot; bhoka-so�a-all hunger and thirst.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he saw the beauty of that boy, Madhavendra Puri became very\nsatisfied. Hearing His sweet words, he forgot all hunger and thirst.\nTEXT 27\n\n�) �t�,-'� \"[fif, �t� ''!tlltf �:Jt I\n'��� �tfilt'l, �tfif �fit ���t:Jt II �� II\npuri kahe, -ke tumi, kahafi tamara vasa\nke-mate janile, ami kari upavasa\nSYNONYMS\npuri kahe-Madhavendra PurT inquired from the boy; ke tumi-who are You;\nkahafi tamara vasa-where do You reside; ke-mate-how; janile-You know;\nami kari upavasa -I am fasting.\nTRANSLATION\nMadhavendra Puri said: \"Who are YouJ Where do You resideJ A nd how did\nYou know that I was fastingJ\"\nTEXT 28\n\n�� ��,-,'$11� �tf�, �� c!ltt� �f:Jt I\n��nf c!tttlltt:! G�� � �� ��t� II �lr II\n\n", "mad2#p0047": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n14\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nbalaka kahe, -gopa ami, ei grame vasi\namara gramete keha na rahe upavasi\nSYNONYMS\nbalaka kahe-the boy said; gopa ami-1 am a cowherd boy; ei grame vasi-1\nreside in this village; amara gramete-in My village; keha-anyone; na-not;\n\nrahe-remains; upavasi-without food.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe boy replied: \"Sir, I am a cowherd boy, and I reside in this village. In My\nvillage , no one fasts.\nTEXT 29\n\n'�� 1q JftT'$1' �t�, '�� �1ttrttt I\n'fSI�rt��-'Sf?;� 'fSitfit �t� �' �� II �c;, II\nkeha anna magi' khaya, keha dugdhahara\nayacaka-jane ami diye ta' ahara\nSYNONYMS\nkeha-someone; anna-food; magi'-begging; khaya-eats; keha-some\n\n­\n\none; dugdha-ahara-drinks milk; ayacaka-jane-a person who does not beg;\nami-1; diye-supply; ta'-ce rta i nly; ahara-eatabl es.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this village a person can beg food from others and thus eat. Some\npeople drink only milk, but if a person does not ask anyone for food, I supply\nhim all his eatables.\nTEXT 30\n\n'Sf&lf �t� ft'if'l Gi!'t�ttt C5f�' G'$lit I\n\nftJ�� �.ri �� � ��ilf II �o II\njala nite stri-gal)a tomare dekhi' gela\nstri-saba dugdha diya amare pathaila\nSYNONYMS\nja/a nite-for bringing water; stri-gaQa-the women; tomare-you; dekhi'\nge/a-saw you and went; stri-saba-all the women; dugdha-milk; diya-giving;\n\namare-Me; pathaila-have sent.\n\n", "mad2#p0048": "Text 33]\n\nSri M1dhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n15\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The women who come here to take water saw you, and they supplied Me\nwith this milk and sent Me to you.\"\nTEXT 31\n\nc;'St�� <fitft� �' 'iti!l �fif � I\n\n��11 �� �tfif �i: � �� II�� II\ngo-dohana karite cahi, sighra ami yaba\nara-bara asi ami ei bhaf){ia la-iba\nSYNONYMS\ngo-dohana karite cahi-1 want to milk the cows; sighra-very soon; ami\nyaba-1 must go; ara-bara-again; asi-coming back; ami-1; ei-this; bhaQ{iapot; /a-iba-will take it back.\nTRANSLATION\nThe boy continued: \"I must go very soon to milk the cows, but I shall return\nand take back this milk pot from you.\"\nTEXT 32\n\n<.!1� CffiJ' c;� �<IS ifl �t� �'tif I\n\nJft't�·�ilt �t� rti:l'f �1fe.� II� II\neta bali' gela balaka na dekhiye ara\nmadhava-purira citte ha-ila camatkara\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; ge/a-went; ba/aka-the boy; na-not; dekhiye-could\nbe seen; ara-any more; madhava-purira-of Madhavendra Puri; citte-in the\nmind; ha-i/a-there was; camatkara-wonder.\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, the boy left the place. Indeed, He suddenly could be seen no\nmore, and Madhavendra Puri's heart was filled with wonder.\nTEXT 33\n\n� �1i{ �ff' � ll$1 �'f I\n\n� �t�, � �1'1� 'i_e{: if! �ti:\"t II�� II\n\n", "mad2#p0049": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n16\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\ndugdha pana kari' bharx:la dhuna rakhila\nbata dekhe, se balaka punal) na aila\nSYNONYMS\ndugdha-milk;\n\npana kari'-drinking;\n\nbharx:la-the pot;\n\ndhuria-washing;\n\nrakhila -kept aside; bata dekhe-looks at the path; se ba/aka-the boy; puna/:lagain; na ai/a-did not come back.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter drinking the milk, Madhavendra Puri washed the pot and put it aside.\nHe looked toward the path, but the boy never returned.\nTEXT 34\n\n<i'lfjt' �'t1{ 'AI �\"' �llfl � � I\nQlt�t'ttil!!!'l �,-<!lt·��\"'At II �8 II\nvasi' nama laya puri, nidra nahi haya\n5e$a-ratre tandra hai/a,-bahya-vrtti-laya\nSYNONYMS\nvasi'-sitting there; nama /aya- chants the Hare Kr��a maha-mantra: puri­\n\nMadhavendra PurT; nidra-sl eep ; nahi haya-there was not; 5e$a-ratre-at the\nend of the night; tandra-dozing; hai/a-there was; bahya-vrtti-of external activities; /aya-stop.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMadhavendra Puri could not sleep. He sat and chanted the Hare Km1a\nmaha-mantra, and at the end of the night he dozed a little, and his external\nactivities stopped.\nTEXT 35\n\n�1t \"'t;�, �<!I� �'t �tfll�1 I\nIf!� �t· 'f�1 <;'St&'f �tl!t;l! 'f�lfP1 II �(C II\nsvapne dekhe, sei balaka sammukhe asiria\neka kunje lana gela hatete dharina\nSYNONYMS\nsvapne-in a dream; dekhe-he saw; sei ba/aka-the very same boy; sammukhe-in front; as iria -coming; eka kurije-in one of the bushes; /aria-taking\nhim; ge/a\n\n-\n\nwent ; hatete dhariria-holding him by the hand.\n\n", "mad2#p0050": "Text 38]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n17\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn a dream Madhavendra Puri saw the very same boy. The boy came before\nhim and, holding his hand, took him to a bush in the jungle.\nTEXT 36\n\nt• (;�-tt$1 �t�,-'Cftfil \\$!� 'ftW � I\n�-��·...t'!tf'\\tt'! �-1:� ?t1� II �� II\nkunja dekhana kahe, -ami ei kunje ra-i\nsita-vr�ti-vatagnite maha-du/:lkha pai\nSYNONYMS\n\nkunja dekhana-while showing him the bush; kahe-He say s; ami-1; ei-this;\nkunje-in the bush; ra-i-reside; sita- vf$ti -in chilly cold and in showering rain;\nvata-in severe wind; agnite-and in scorching heat; maha-du/:lkha pai-l am experiencing great pain.\nTRANSLATION\nThe boy showed Madhavendra Puri the bush and said: \"I reside in this\nbush, and because of this I suffer very much from severe cold, rain showers,\nwinds and scorching heat.\nTEXT 37\n\n� � 'Cit�' ett1rl �tJ'\n\nt• �t'! I\n\n��?tfj 'l$11lt� 'ei�Jit\\! II �� II\ngramera loka ani' ama kar;fha' kunja haite\nparvata-upari lana rakha bhala-mate\nSYNONYMS\n\ngramera-of the village; /oka-the people; ani'-bringing; ama-Me; kar;Jha'take out; kunja haite-from this bush; parvata-upari-on the top of the hill;\n/ana- taking Me; rakha-keep Me; bhala-mate-very nicely.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please bring the people of the village and get them to take Me out of this\nbush. Then have them situate Me nicely on top of the hill.\nTEXT 38\n\n\\$!� 11'i �' '!'it1 �� •t?t� I\n� �\"' iSftif \"\" ��'f -� II �lr II\n\n", "mad2#p0051": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n18\n\neka matha kari' tahan karaha sthapana\nbahu sitala jale kara sri-anga marjana\nSYNONYMS\neka - one;\n\nmat ha- temple; kari'-constructing; tahan-there; karaha-do;\n\nsthapana-installment; bahu-much; sitala-cold; ja/e-in water; kara-do; srianga-My transcendental body; marjana-washing .\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please construct a temple on top of that hill,\" the boy continued, \"and install Me in that temple. After this, wash Me with large quantities of cold water\nso that My body may be cleansed.\nTEXT 39\n\n<fflffli( <:�t11111' �� <fif11' �ifll1&'1 I\n<fit<f �tf�' 'llt'f� � <mt<� <::�!� ll -e>� II\nbahu-dina tamara patha kari nirik�aQa\nkabe asi' maahava ama karibe sevana\nSYNONYMS\nbahu-dina-many\n\ndays;\n\ntamara-of you;\n\npatha-the path;\n\nkari-1\n\ndo;\n\nnirik�aQa-observing ; kabe-when; asi' - coming; madhava-Madhavendra PurT;\nama-Me; karibe-he will do; sevana-serving.\nTRANSLATION\n\"For many days I have been observing you, and I have been wondering,\n'When will Madhavendra Puri come here to serve Me?'\nTEXT 40\n\n<;i!t1mf <;�t-t �' �\n\n��11 I\n\n� ffin ����<filii ��,.tJ II So II\ntamara prema-vase kari' seva angikara\ndar5ana diya nistariba sakala sarhsara\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-your; prema-vase-by being subjugated by the love; kar i'-doing;\nseva-of\n\nservice;\n\nangikara - acceptance;\n\ndarsana\n\nd iya-giving\n\nnistariba-1 shall deliver; saka/a-all; sarhsara-the material world.\n\naudience;\n\n", "mad2#p0052": "Text 43]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n19\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have accepted your service due to your ecstatic love for Me. Thus I shall\nappear, and by My audience all fallen souls will be delivered.\nTEXT 41\n\n'llt'Stt�il'r' ift� �1!\",-c;'Stt�(il� I\n�11\" \"ltf�, �fif �tl li{� II 8 � II\n'sri-gopa/a' nama mora, -govardhana-dhari\nvajrera sthapita, ami ihan adhikari\nSYNONYMS\nsri-gopala nama -the name Sri Gopala; mora-My; govardhana-dhari -the\nlifter of Govardhana Hill; vajrera-by Vajra, the grandson of Kr�t:�a; sthapita-installed; ami-1; iha n -here; adhikari-the authority.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My name is Gopala. I am the lifter of Govardhana Hill. I was installed by\nVajra, and here I am the authority.\nTEXT 42\n\n�-�9ffif ��t\\! �t�1 �- ���1 I\n��� � c;llt1f c;'StGif ��111 8� II\nsaila-upari haite ama kunje lukana\nmleccha-bhaye sevaka mora gela palana\nSYNONYMS\nsaila-upari-the top of the hill; haite-from; ama-Me; kunje-in the bushes;\n/ukafla\n\n-\n\nconcealing; mlecc ha-bhaye-from fear of the Mohammedans; sevaka­\n\nservant; mora-My; ge/a-went; pa/afla-running away.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the Mohammedans attacked, the priest who was serving Me hid Me\nin this bush in the jungle. Then he ran away out of fear of the attack.\nTEXT 43\n\n� �� 1ffft �tfif �� t;'l·\"lttil I\n� � �� � �t\\J �..-ttil II 8-e II\n\n", "mad2#p0053": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrfa\n\n20\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 4\n\nsei haite rahi ami ei kunja-sthane\nbhala haifa aila ama ka(iha savadhane\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei haite-from that time; rahi-reside; ami-1; ei-this; kunja-sthane-in the\nbush; bha/a haifa-it was very good; ai/a-you have come; ama-Me; ka(ihatake out; savadhane-with care.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since the priest went away, I have been staying in this bush. It is very good\nthat you have come here. Now just remove Me with care.\"\nTEXT 44\n\n�•(tit �<Tiilf I\n•tf'SA111f!1R'1_it ��� <TifPJ n 88 11\n�\\! �fill' �-��\n\neta bali' se-ba/aka antardhana kaila\njagiya madhava-puri vicara karila\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; se-ba/aka-that very boy; antardhana kai/a-disappeared;\n\njagiya-awakening;\n\nmadhava-puri-Madhavendra Puri; vicara-con­\n\nsideration; karila-made.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, the boy disappeared. Then Madhavendra Puri woke up\nand began to consider his dream.\nTEXT 45\n\n1\\*•� �fitwt 'jf$ ettfPt � I\n\\II� �fi'l' <;�t-f �� \"fift\\! II 8� II\nsri-k[?f)ake dekhinu muni narinu cinite\neta bali' premavese pa(iila bhamite\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-k[?Qake dekhinu-saw Lord Kr�r:ta personally; muni-1; nannu-was unable; cinite-to identify; eta ba/i'-saying this; prema-avese-in the ecstasy of\nlove; pa(ii/a-fell down; bhumite-on the ground.\n\n", "mad2#p0054": "Text 48]\n\nSri Midhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n21\n\nTRANSLATION\nMadhavendra Puri began to lament: \"I saw Lord Kr�r;�a directly, but I could\nnot recognize Him!\" Thus he fell down on the ground in ecstatic love.\nTEXT 46\n\n�� �lfi1 ��' \";fi{ '<Iii'( 'ft1f I\n'81�·9l1'li{ i'f1Rt' �'\" ��\" 8�\"\nk$af)eka rodana kari, mana kaila dhrra\najna-palana lagi' ha-ifa susthira\n\nSYNONYMS\nk$af)eka-for some time; rodana kari-crying; mana-mind; kai/a-made;\ndhrra-pacified; ajfia-the order; palana-of executing; lagi'-for the matter; haifa-became; su-sthira-silent.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMadhavendra Puri cried for some time, but then he fixed his mind on executing the order of Gopala. Thus he became tranquil.\nTEXT 47\n\n�:�ti{ �f1{' � �-o <;'$1'fl I\n\n� c;'lt<li ��i!! ��' <ll� i'f1Rteorl II 8'\\ II\n\nprata/:1-snana kari' purr grama-madhye gela\nsaba /aka ekatra kari' kahite lagila\n\nSYNONYMS\nprata/:1-snana-morning\n\nbath;\n\nkari'-finishing;\n\npuri-Madhavendra\n\nPuri;\n\ngrama-madhye-within the village; ge/a-entered; saba /oka-all the people;\nekatra kari'-assembling; kahite /agi/a-began to speak.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter taking his morning bath, Madhavendra Puri entered the village and\nassembled all the people. Then he spoke as follows.\nTEXT 48\n\n�1f ��-c;�t(� I\n\ntt:• '8ltt;l(, G\"f, itt:J �tfb � <ll� II 8\\J\" II\n\n", "mad2#p0055": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n22\n\n[Madhya-1111, Ch. 4\n\ngramera isvara tomara-govardhana-dhari\nkuiije ache, cala, tatire bahira ye kari\n\nSYNONYMS\ngramera-of the village; isvara-the proprietor; tamara-your; govardhanadhari-the lifter of Govardhana Hill; kuiije ache-in the bushes in the jungle;\nca/a-let us go; tar'lre-Him; bahira ye kari-take out.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The proprietor of this village, Govardhana-dhari, is lying in the bushes. Let\nus go there and rescue Him from that place.\nTEXT 49\n\n� �f� �·,-i{tfif �t'! I\n\nt��t�� m �f�11s�u\natyanta nivic;Ja kuiija, -nari pravesite\nkuthari kodali /aha dvara karite\n\nSYNONYMS\natyanta-very much; nivic;Ja-dense; kuiija-bushes; nari-we are not able;\npravesite-to enter; kuthari-chopper; koda/i-spade; /aha-take; dvara\nkarite-to make a way.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The bushes are very dense, and we will not be able to enter the jungle.\nTherefore take choppers and spades to clear the way.\"\nJ\n\nTEXT 50\n\n��' \"'t� �111' 'lttr i� �fro( I\nt• �' m <lift' �� 12it<tt-f II �o II\nsuni' /aka tar'lra sar'lge ca/ila hari�e\nkuiija kati' dvara kari' karila pravese\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; /oka-the people; tar'lra-him; sar'lge-with; ca/i/a-went;\nhari�e-with great pleasure; kuiija kati'-cutting the bushes; dvara-a way;\nkari'-making; karila pravese-entered.\n\n", "mad2#p0056": "Text 53]\n\nSri Mldhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n23\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing this, all the people accompanied Madhavendra Puri with great\npleasure. According to his directions, they cut down bushes, cleared a path\nand entered the jungle.\nTEXT 51\n\nit� Qff-t� �-'ft'l �tfif:! I\nQff�' � OO<Ii ��� �til� �� ll �� ll\nthakura dekhila m;lti-twe acchadita\ndekhi' saba /aka haifa anande vismita\nSYNONYMS\nthakura-the Deity; dekhila-they saw; mati-with dirt; twe-and grass; acchadita-covered; dekhi'-seeing; saba loka-all the people; haifa-became;\nanande-with pleasure; vismita-amazed.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen they saw the Deity covered with dirt and grass, they were all struck\nwith wonder and pleasure.\nTEXT 52\n\n�'I � <liRt' <li\"1Pr �tift� I\n\n1{1{1-� it�- <;<li� i1tt1f �1;\\! \"(C�\"\navaral)a dOra kari' karila vidite\nmaha-bhari thakura-keha nare ca/aite\nSYNONYMS\navaral)a-the covering; dOra kari'-clearing away; karila vidite-declared;\nmaha-bhari-very heavy; thakura-the Deity; keha-anyone; nare-not able;\ncalaite-to cause to move.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter they cleansed the body of the Deity, some of them said: \"The Deity is\nvery heavy. No one person can move Him.\"\nTEXT 53\n\n�1·1fi{l·�� � �<�iiji <!iRt<JPi I\n�-�� <;'$fi'( �., �11 'I<JPi \" ([\"!) \"\n\n", "mad2#p0057": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n24\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 4\n\nmaha-maha-bali�tha /aka ekatra karifla\nparvata-upari gela puri thakura lana\n\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-maha-bali�tha-who are very strong; /aka-persons; ekatra karinaassembling; parvata-upari-to the top of the hill; ge/a-went; puri-Madhavendra Puri; thakura /ana-taking the Deity.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince the Deity was very heavy, some of the stronger men assembled to carry Him to the top of the hill. Madhavendra Puri also went there.\nTEXT 54\n\n�t�tR ��� itf.1{ ��li'f I\n\n� �<IS �t�1f �ti � fif'f 11 as 11\npatharera sirhhasane thakura vasai/a\nbar;fa eka pathara pr�the avalamba dila\n\nSYNONYMS\npatharera-of stone; sirhha-asane-on a throne; thakura-the Deity; vasai/ainstalled; bar;Ja-big; eka-one; pathara-stone; pr�the-at the back; ava/amba-support; di/a-gave.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA big stone was made into a throne, and the Deity was installed upon it.\nAnother big stone was placed behind the Deity for support.\nTEXT 55\n\n11tft1{1f Elt'fi'l � � �t '1�1 I\n''mf�\"t t�1f � �tfew� �tf��111 <t<t II\ngramera brahmal)a saba nava ghata lana\ngovinda-kul)r;fera ja/a ani/a chanina\n\nSYNONYMS\ngramera-of the village; brahmaQa-brahmaQa priests; saba-all; nava-nine;\nghata-water pots; /ana-bringing; govinda-kul)r;fera-of the lake known as\nGovinda-kut:�<;la; ja/a-the water; ani/a-brought; chanifia-filtering.\n\n", "mad2#p0058": "Text 57]\n\nSri Mldhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n25\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the brahmal)a priests of the village gathered together with nine water\npots, and water from Govinda-ku�;��a lake was brought there and filtered.\nTEXT 56\n\niM llf<:!'CI� iSfQ'( ��ilf �91� I\n\n��i Cli'W·�'1 Cl�, iht'l � fit� II (t� II\nnava sata-ghata jala kaila upanita\nnana vadya-bherT baje, strT-gaQa gaya gTta\nSYNONYMS\nnava-nine; sata ghata-hu n dreds of water pots; ja/a-water; kai/a-made;\n-\n\nupanita\n\n-\n\nbrought;\n\nnana-various;\n\nvadya-musical\n\nsounds;\n\nbherf-bugles;\n\nbaje-vibrate; strT-gaQa-all the women; gaya-chant; gfta-various songs.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Deity was being installed, nine hundred pots of water were\nbrought from Govinda-ku�;��a. There were musical sounds of bugles and\ndrums and the singing of women.\nTEXT 57\n\n� �' '� iftt�, 1ft�e.� � I\n\n�fif, �' �� �t� l!ltt1f � ffll't II (t\" II\nkeha gaya, keha nace, mahotsava haifa\ndadhi, dugdha, ghrta ai la grame yata chi/a\nSYNONYMS\nkeha gaya-some sing; keha nace-some dance; mahotsava ha ifa-there was\na festival;\n\ndadhi-yogurt;\n\ndugdha-milk;\n\nghrta-clarified butter;\n\nai/a-was\n\nbrought; grame-in the village; yata-as much; chi/a-as there was.\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the festival at the installation ceremony, some people sang and some\ndanced. All the milk, yogurt and clarified butter in the village was brought to\nthe festival.\n\n", "mad2#p0059": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n26\n\n[Madhya-1111, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 58\n\n�'5t·lttlfit � �lf!llftf5f � I\niftift �9f�I\"J, '!�1 <15�\\! 9Nfi <15'! II �lr II\nbhoga-samagri ai/a sandesadi yata\nnana upahara, taha kahite pari kata\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhoga-samagri-ingredients for eatables to be offered; ai/a-brought in; sandesa-adi-sweetmeats; yata-all kinds of; nana-various; upahara-presentations; taha-that; kahite-to say; pari-l am able; kata-how much.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVarious foods and sweetmeats, as well as other kinds of presentations, were\nbrought there. I am unable to describe all these.\nTEXT 59\n\nt_'Pft �trw, �!l!Pf, �sr � �ti{<l5 1\n��1ft�� �llf ��t� II a� II\ntulasi adi, pu�pa, vastra aila aneka\napane madhava-puri kaila abhi�eka\n\nSYNONYMS\ntu/asi-tulasi leaves;\n\nadi-and others; pu�pa-flowers; vastra-garments;\n\nai/a-arrived; aneka-in great quantity; apane-personally; madhava-puri-Sri\nMadhavendra Puri; kai/a-executed; abhi�eka-the bathing of the Deity at the\nbeginning of the installation ceremony.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe villagers brought a large quantity of tulasi leaves, flowers, and various\nkinds of garments. Then Sri Madhavendra Puri personally began the abhi�eka\n[bathing ceremony].\nPURPORT\nIn the Hari-bhakti-vilasa (6th Vilasa, verse 30) it is stated that the Deity should\nbe bathed in water mixed with yogurt and milk, accompanied by the sounds of\nconchshells, bells and other instruments and the chanting of the mantra, om\n\n", "mad2#p0060": "Text 61]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n27\n\nbhagavate vasudevaya namaf:r, as well as the chanting of the Brahma-sarhhita\n\nverses beginning cintamaQi-prakara-sadmasu kalpa-vrk?a-lak?avrte?u surabhTr\nabhipalayantam.\nTEXT 60\n\n� � ��' �Jfi.'f � I\n�fl �\\!1'1 fif�1 �\" ��� fictl II �\n\no\n\nII\n\namangala dora kari' karai/a snana\nbahu taila diya kaila sri-anga cikkaf)a\nSYNONYMS\namar'lga/a-all inauspiciousness; dOra kari'-driving away; karaila-caused;\n\nsnana-bat h ing; bahu-a great quantity; tai/a-oil; diya\n\n-\n\napplying;\n\nkaila­\n\nmade; sr T-a nga-th e body; cikkaQa-glossy\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter all inauspicious things were driven away by the chanting of the\nmantra, the Deity's bathing ceremony started. First the Deity was massaged\nwith a large quantity of oil, so that His body became very glossy.\nTEXT 61\n\n9f·'it�, 9f·�t'! 'W1i{ <RtcJP11\n'af�'Wti{ �Jil'f -ti! 'it� fifcJP1 II �� II\npanca-gavya, pai'icamrte snana karana\nmaha-snana karaila sata ghata dina\nSYNONYMS\npai'ica-gavya-in five kinds of products from the cow; pa n ca - a mrte-in a\n\npreparation made with five palatable foods; snana-bath; karalia-finishing;\nmaha-snana-a vast bath with ghee and water; karaila-performed; sata-one\n\nhundred; ghata-water pots; dina-with.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the first bathing, further bathings were conducted with paiica-gavya\nand then with paiicamrta. Then the maha-snana was performed with ghee and\nwater, which had been brought in one hundred pots.\n\n", "mad2#p0061": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n28\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 4\n\nPURPORT\nThe ingredients of pai'ica-gavya are milk, yogurt, ghee (clarified butter), cow\nurine and cow dung. All these items come from the cow; therefore we can just\nimagine how important the cow is, since its urine and stool are required for\nbathing the Deity. The pai'icamrta consists of five kinds of nectar-yogurt, milk,\nghee, honey and sugar. The major portion of this preparation also comes from the\ncow. To make it more palatable, sugar and honey are added.\nTEXT 62\n\n�: �'!i'f fif�i �� �,1!1tf fR'II\n-t•-'Sttlllfi�� ��It �til � II �� II\npunab taila diya kaila sri-atiga cikkaf)a\nsatikha-gandhodake kaila snana samadhana\n\nSYNONYMS\npunab -again; taila diya -with oil; kai/a-made; sri-atiga-the body of the\n\nDeity; ci kka Q a -shiny; satikha-gandha-udake-in water scented with flowers\nand sandalwood pulp and kept within a conchshell; kai / a -did; snana-bath;\nsamadhana -execution .\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the maha-snana was finished, the Deity was again massaged with\nscented oil and His body made glossy. Then the last bathing ceremony was\nperformed with scented water kept within a conchshell.\nPURPORT\nIn his commentary on this occasion, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura\nquotes from the Hari-bhakti-vilasa. Barley powder, wheat powder, vermillion\npowder, urad dahl powder and another powder preparation called avata (made by\nmixing banana powder and ground rice) are applied to the Deity's body with a\nbrush made from the hair at the end of a cow's tail. This produces a nice finish.\nThe oil smeared over the body of the Deity should be scented. To perform the\nmaha-snana, at least two and a half mounds (about twenty-four gallons) of water\n\nare needed to pour over the body of the Deity.\nTEXT 63\n\nlllilar •i{ �f1l' 'i!l� � 1\n�' 1'f�, �GPf·'al\"t'fl �ttr f'f'l II �� II\n\n", "mad2#p0062": "Text 65]\n\nSri Mldhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n29\n\nsrl-anga marjana kari' vastra paraila\ncandana, tulasi, pu�pa-mala ailge dila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-anga-the transcendental body of the Deity; maqana kari'-cleansing;\nvastra-garments; paraila-were put on; candana-sandalwood pulp; tulasitulasi leaves; pu�pa-ma/a-garlands of flowers; ar'lge-on the body; di/a-were\nplaced.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the body of the Deity was cleansed, He was dressed very nicely with\nnew garments. Then sandalwood pulp, tulasi garlands, and other fragrant\nflower garlands were placed upon the body of the Deity.\nTEXT 64\n\n'1_91, �91, �' itt�1 Qe't'$f 'ft'Sf1l� I\nwfi{·l�\"f\"ttflf � f� � II �8 II\ndhapa, dipa, kari' nana bhoga lagaila\ndadhi-dugdha- sandesadi yata kichu ai/a\n\nSYNONYMS\ndipa-lamp;\n\nkari'-burning;\n\nnana-various;\n\nbhoga­\n\n/agai/a-were offered;\n\ndadhi-yogurt;\n\ndugdha-milk;\n\nsandesa­\n\ndhapa-incense;\nfoodstuffs;\n\nsweetmeats; adi-and others; yata-as much as; kichu-some; iii/a-received.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the bathing ceremony was finished, incense and lamps were burned\nand all kinds of food offered before the Deity. These foods included yogurt,\nmilk and as many sweetmeats as were received.\nTEXT 65\n\n�flt'! iSfl'f il<f9f'tf;iil �� I\n'C{ti�il flRn � '!t1!pf fill;<f� II �<l' II\nsuvasita ja/a nava-patre samarpila\nacamana diya se tambala nivedila\n\n", "mad2#p0063": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n30\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 4\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuvasita jala-scented water;\n\nnava-patre-in new pots;\n\nsamarpila-were\n\noffered; acamana diya-when offering acamana (water for washing the feet and\nmouth); se-he; tambala-pan and spices; nivedila-offered.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Deity was first offered many varieties of food, then scented drinking\nwater in new pots, and then water for washing the mouth. Finally pan mixed\nwith a variety of spices was offered.\nTEXT 66\n\n�mmm'�����\n'l�i!le. m' � �··�1{9f't II �� I\naratrika kari' kaila bahuta stavana\ndal){iavat kari' kaila atma-samarpal)a\nSYNONYMS\naratrika-the\n\nperformance\n\nof\n\naratrika;\n\nkari '- finishing ;\n\nkai/a-chanted;\n\nbahuta-varieties; stavana-of prayers; daQ{iavat-obeisances; kari'-offering;\nkai Ia-did; atma-samarpal)a -self-surrender.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the last offering of tambiila and pan, bhoga-aratrika was performed.\nFinally everyone offered various prayers and then obeisances, falling flat\nbefore the Deity in full surrender.\nTEXT 67\n\nc1t1t1m �� q._i!f, wtfi!t, <;'5tt'l,1l·�sf 1\n\n��If �tfern1 fWI'f 9f(\\!> �!{If '!.,(II �'l II\ngramera yateka taQ{iula, dali godhOma-cOrQa\nsakala aniya dila parvata haila pOrQa\nSYNONYMS\ngramera - of the village; yateka-all; taQ{iula-the rice; dali-dahl; godhamacOrQa-wheat flour; sakala-all; aniya-bringing; dila-offered; parvata-the\ntop of the hill; haila-became; pOrQa-filled.\n\n", "mad2#p0064": "Text 69]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n31\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as the people of the village had understood that the Deity was\ngoing to be installed, they had brought their entire stocks of rice, dahl and\nwheat flour. They brought such large quantities that the entire surface of the\ntop of the hill was filled.\nTEXT 68\n\n�'V�Hf �� �if '� ��li!fi{ I\n� �t� <21tt�, ��'I 1f'lii{ II �\\r' II\nkumbhakara ghare chi/a ye mrd-bhajana\nsaba anaila prate, ca(iila randhana\nSYNONYMS\nkumbhakara-of the potters of the village; ghare-in the houses; chi/a-there\nwas;\n\nye-whatever;\n\nmrd-bhajana-clay\n\npots;\n\nsaba-all;\n\nanaila-brought;\n\nprate-in the morning; ca(ii/a-started; randhana-cooking.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the villagers brought their stock of rice, dahl and flour, the potters of\nthe village brought all kinds of cooking pots, and in the morning the cooking\nbegan.\nTEXT 69\n\nWllt�c21 �if 1ftfllili' � ..fl<l'i ��<pt I\n\n�il1·� 1ftt'li CfJWiltfif i{til1 ,'Pf II �\"' II\ndasa-vipra anna randhi' kare eka swpa\njana-panca randhe vyanjanadi nana sapa\nSYNONYMS\ndasa-vipra-ten brahmaf)as; anna-food grains; randhi'-cooking; kare-do;\neka swpa-in one stack; jana-panca-five brahmaf)as; randhe-cook; vyanjanaadi-vegetables; nana-various; sapa-liquid.\nTRANSLATION\nTen brahmaQas cooked the food grains, and five brahmaQas cooked both\ndry and liquid vegetables.\n\n", "mad2#p0065": "32\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 70\n\n� -tt<Ti·�\"l·�� ��'f \"U'Iil I\nt';<l'l� �i·<f�<lift? <l'lt1f ��'5t'l u �\n\n0\n\nu\n\nvanya saka-pha/a-ma/e vividha vyafijana\nkeha bac;Ja-bac;li-kac;li kare vipra-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nvanya saka-spinach of the forest; pha/a-fruits; male-with roots; vividhavarieties; vyafijana-vegetables; keha-someone; bac;ia-bac;li- bac;Ja and bac;li;\nkac;Ji-from the pulp of dahl; kare-made; vipra-gaQa-all the brahmaQas.\nTRANSLATION\nThe vegetable preparations were made from various kinds of spinach, roots\nand fruits collected from the forest, and someone had made ba�a and ba�i by\nmashing dahl. In this way the brahmar;tas prepared all kinds of food.\nTEXT 71\n\n'Sfifl .m-ll't'! �$ <lit1l 1ftf-Hrtf.t I\n�-<�J'Iilll<� m �I! <e�' u � � u\njana patica-sata ruti kare rasi-rasi\nanna-vyafijana saba rahe ghrte bhasi'\nSYNONYMS\njana patica-sata-five to seven men; ruti- chappatis; kare-make; rasi-rasi-in\ngreat quantity; anna-vyafijana-food grains and vegetables; saba-all; raheremained; ghrte-in ghee; bhasi'-overflooding.\nTRANSLATION\nFive to seven men had prepared a huge quantity of chappatis, which were\nsufficiently covered with ghee [clarified butter], as were all the vegetables,\nrice and dahl.\nTEXT 72\n\nil<f� 9ftf!' \\!� 9f� 9ft�! I\n\n1ftfllfi' 1ftflli' l!t11' ��1{ 1ftf-t �<15\"1 'e't'! u �� u\n\n", "mad2#p0066": "Text 74]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n33\n\nnava-vastra p�iti' tahe pa/asera pata\nrandhi' randhi' tara upara rasi kai/a bhata\nSYNONYMS\nnava-vastra-new cloth; pati'- spreading; tahe-on that; pa/asera pata- the\nleaves of pa/asa; randhi' randhi'-cooking and cooking; tara upara-on that;\nrasi- stacke d; kai/a-made; bhata-rice\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the cooked rice was stacked on palasa leaves, which were on new cloths\nspread over the ground.\nTEXT 73\n\n'!til '?ftt-f �-1ftfilt1t '?t-f'! ��it I\n,<?t-�fif·<UWil·� �� �'f II 9� II\ntara pase ruti-rasira parvata ha-ifa\nsOpa-adi-vyanjana-bhaQc;fa caudike dharila\nSYNONYMS\ntara pase-around the stack of rice; ruti-of chappatis; rasira-of stacks; parvata- another\n\nsmall hill; ha-ifa-became; supa-adi-of all liquid vegetables;\nall other vegetables; bhaQc;fa- pots; caudike-all around;\ndharila-were placed.\nvyanjana- and of\n\nTRANSLATION\nAround the stack of cooked rice were stacks of chappatis, and all the\nvegetables and liquid vegetable preparations were placed in different pots\nand put around them.\nTEXT 74\n\n'!til '?ftr;-t Wffif, l'li, 1l1�, fit��� I\n'?fRl'Jt, 1lQl�, �Hf <?ttr;-t 'ff1f �1fil' II \"8 II\ntara pase dadhi, dugdha, matha, sikhariri\npayasa, mathani, sara pase dhari ani'\nSYNONYMS\ntara pase- by\n\nthe side of the vegetables; dadhi- yogurt; dugdha- milk ;\nmatha-buttermilk; sikhariQi-a sweet preparation made with yogurt; payasa-\n\n", "mad2#p0067": "34\n\nSri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n[Madhya-liiJ, Ch. 4\n\nsweet rice; mathani-cream; sara-solid cream collected over yogurt; pase-by\nthe side; dhari -keeping; ani'-bringing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPots of yogurt, milk, buttermilk and sikhariQi, sweet rice, cream and solid\ncream were placed alongside the vegetables.\nPURPORT\nIn this kind of ceremony, which is called annakuta, cooked rice is stacked like a\nsmall mountain for prasada distribution.\n\nTEXT 75\n\n(;�il�t� ��� �Bfif �t-sfil I\n\n��·(;'ittJ�tf$ <;'itt�tti'lt1f ��Jill'� II 'l� II\nhena-mate anna-kuta karila sajana\npuri-gosaiii gopalere kaila samarpaQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nhena-mate-in this way; anna-kO.ta-of the AnnakOta ceremony; kari/a-did;\nsajana -performance; puri-gosafi i -Madhavendra Puri; gopa/ere-unto the\nGopala Deity; kai/ a-did; samarpaQa-offering.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way the Annakuta ceremony was performed, and Madhavendra Puri\nGosvami personally offered everything to Gopala.\nTEXT 76\n\n� �� ��'\n\nfirif ��tf� � I\n�t:flftilif '!'ft� (;'itt�if ��if Jl�if II 'l� II\n\naneka ghata bhari' dila suvasita jala\nbahu-dinera k$udhaya gopala khaila sakala\nSYNONYMS\n\naneka ghata -many water pots; bhari'-filled; di/a-offered; suvasitaja/a-water; bahu-dinera-of many days; k$udhaya-by hunger;\ngopa/a-Gopala; khaila-ate; sakala- everything.\n\nscented;\n\n", "mad2#p0068": "Text 77]\n\nSri Mldhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n35\n\nTRANSLATION\nMany water pots were filled with scented water for drinking, and Lord Sri\nGopala, who had been hungry for many days, ate everything offered to Him.\nTEXT 77\n\n�f� G�t�'tif �� �-��� ��'f I\n�HI' �'I·\"\"Pft-f ��: Q!Jt� � II '\\'\\ II\nyadyapi gopala saba anna-vyaiijana khaila\ntarira hasta-sparse puna/:! temani ha-ifa\nSYNONYMS\n\nyadyapi-ai though; gopa/a-Lord Gopala;\n\nsaba-all; anna-vyaiijana-dahl,\n\nrice and vegetables; khaila-ate; tarira-His; hasta-of the hands; sparse-by the\ntouch; puna/:1-again; temani-exactiy as before; ha-ifa-became.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Sri Gopala ate everything offered, still, by the touch of His transcendental hand, everything remained as before.\nPURPORT\n\nThe atheists cannot understand how the Supreme Personality of Godhead, appearing in the form of the Deity, can eat all the food offered by His devotees. In\nBhagavad-gita Kr��a says:\npatrarh pu$parh phalarh toyarh\nyo me bhaktya prayacchati\ntad aharh bhakty-upahrtam\nasnami prayatatmana/:1\n\"If one offers Me with love and devotion a leaf, a flower, fruit or water, I will accept it!' (Bg. 9.26) The Lord is purQa, complete, and therefore He eats everything\noffered by His devotees. However, by the touch of His transcendental hand, all\nthe food remains exactly as before. It is the quality that is changed. Before the\nfood was offered, it was something else, but after it is offered the food acquires a\ntranscendental quality. Because the Lord is pOrQa, He remains the same even after\neating. POrQasya purQam adaya purQam evava5i$yate. The food offered to Kr��a is\nqualitatively as good as Kr��a; just as Kr��a is avyaya, indestructible, the food\neaten by Kr��a, being identical with Him, remains as before.\n\n", "mad2#p0069": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n36\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nApart from this, Kr�Qa can eat the food with any one of His transcendental\nsenses. He can eat by seeing the food, or by touching it. Nor should one think that\nit is necessary for Kr�Qa to eat . He does not become hungry like an ordinary\nhuman being; nonetheless, He presents Himself as being hungry, and as such, He\ncan eat everything and anything, regardless of quantity. The philosophy underlying Kr�Qa's eating is understandable by our transcendental senses. When our\nsenses are purified by constantly being engaged in the devotional service of the\nLord, we can understand Kr�Qa's activities, names, forms, qualities, pastimes, and\nentourage.\n\nata/:1 sri-k[$1)a-namadi\nna bhaved grahyam indriyai/:1\nsevonmukhe hi jihvadau\nsvayam eva sphuraty ada/:1\n\"No one can understand Kr�Qa by the blunt material senses. But He reveals Himself to the devotees, being pleased with them for their transcendental loving service unto Him!' (Bh.r.s. 1.2.234) The devotees understand Kr�Qa through revelation. It is not possible for a mundane scholar to understand Kr�Qa and His pastimes\nthrough research work on the nondevotional platform.\nTEXT 78\n\nbi �'e<{ ��if ift�<{ ''Sf�f$ I\ntltit i-ff$ ''Sft?!i'tif1l �<litel f�� itt� II 917' II\niha anubhava kaila madhava gosafli\ntarira thani gopalera lukana kichu nai\nSYNONYMS\n\niha-this; anubhava kai/a-percei ved; madhava gosafli-Madhavendra Puri\nGosvami; tarira �hafli- before him; gopalera-of Lord Gopala; /ukana-secret;\nkichu-anything; nai-there is not.\nTRANSLATION\nHow Gopala ate everything while the food remained the same was transcendentally perceived by Madhavendra Puri Gosvami; nothing remains a secret\nto the devotees of the Lord.\nTEXT 79\n\n��fift�1l �'t�i't'Sf �� 1ftftt�� ��I\n''Sft�'l·�tt<{ ��, <f;ltt.J �i iSf� II 9� II\n\n", "mad2#p0070": "Text 79]\n\nSri Midhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n37\n\neka-dinera udyoge aiche mahotsava kaila\ngopala-prabhave haya, anye na janila\nSYNONYMS\n\neka-dinera udyoge-by one day's attempt; aiche-such; mahotsava-festival;\nkai/a-performed; gopa/a-of Gopala; prabhave-by the potency; haya-is\npossible; anye-others; na-not; janila know\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe wonderful festival and installation of Sri Gopalaji was arranged in one\nday. Certainly all this was accomplished by the potency of Gopala. No one but\na devotee can understand this.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Kr�f)a consciousness movement has spread all over the world within a very\n\nshort time (within five years), and mundane people are very astonished at this.\nHowever, by the grace of Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, we understand that\n\neverything is possible by the grace of Kr�f)a. Why does Kf�f)a have to take five\n\nyears? In five days He can spread His name and fame all over the world like\nwildfire. Those who have faith and devotion to Krsna can understand that these\nthings happen so wonderfully by the grace of SrT ·C�itanya Mahaprabhu. We are\n\nsimply the instruments. In the fierce Battle of Kuruk�etra, Arjuna was victorious\nwithin eighteen days simply because Kr�r)a's grace was on his side.\n\nyatra yogesvarab kr�f.lO\nyatra partho dhanur-dharab\ntatra srir vijayo bhOtir\ndhruva nitir matir mama\n\"Wherever there is Kr�f)a, the master of all mystics, and wherever there is Arjuna,\n\nthe supreme archer, there will also certainly be opulence, victory, extraordinary\npower and morality. That is my opinion.\" (Bg. 18.78)\n\nIf the preachers in our Kr�f)a consciousness movement are sincere devotees of\n\nKr�f)a, Kr�f)a will always be with them because He is very kind and favorable to all\n\nHis devotees. Just as Arjuna and Kr�f)a were victorious in the Battle of Kuruk�etra,\nthis Kr�f)a consciousness movement will surely emerge victorious if we but remain\n\nsincere devotees of the Lord and serve the Lord according to the advice of predecessors (the six GosvamTs and other devotees of the Lord). As Narottama dasa\n\nThakura has stated: talidera caraQa sevi bhakta-sane vasa, janame janame haya ei\n\nabhila�a. The Kr�f)a consciousness devotees must always desire to remain in the\n\nsociety of devotees. Bhakta-sane vasa: they cannot go outside the Kr�f)a con­\n\nscious society or the movement. Within the society we must try to serve the pre-\n\n", "mad2#p0071": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n38\n\n[Madhya-lili, Ch. 4\n\ndecessors by preaching Caitanya Mahaprabhu's cult and spreading His name and\nfame all over the world. If we attempt this seriously within the society, it will be\nsuccessfully done. There is no question of estimating how this will happen in the\nmundane sense. But without a doubt, it happens by the grace of Kr�r:Ja.\n\nTEXT 80\n\n�� mr� �11{ ��<fi·�•� 1\n�rn� �r� '�tt<fi, <fit1f iS!� �� 11 �ro 11\nacamana diya diJa vic;faka-sancaya\narati kariJa Joke, kare jaya jaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nacamana-washing water; diya-offering; diJa-gave; vic;faka-saflcaya-betel\nnuts; arati kari/a-arati was performed; Joke-all the people; kare-chant; jaya\njaya-the words jaya jaya, \"all glories!'\n\nTRANSLATION\nMadhavendra Puri offered water to Gopala for washing His mouth, and he\ngave Him betel nuts to chew. Then, while arati was performed, all the people\nchanted, \"Jaya jaya!\" [\"All glories to Gopala\"].\nTEXT 81\n\n� Cfi1t�, �i{ �tl; �'ti't�11\n� �� ��, '!t1f �� �m1111r� 11\nsayya karaiJa, n(itana khata anana\nnava vastra ani' tara upare patiya\n\nSYNONYMS\nsayya-a bedstead; karaiJa-made; nu tana-new; khata-bedstead; anafla­\n\nbringing; nava vas tra-new cloth; ani'-bringing; tara-of the cot; upare-on the\ntop; patiya-spreading.\n\nTRANSLATION\nArranging for the Lord's rest, Sri Madhavendra Puri brought a new cot, and\nover this he spread a new bedspread and thus made the bed ready.\n\n", "mad2#p0072": "Text 84]\n\nSri Mldhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n39\n\nTEXT 82\n\n!f'l·�$ firm �t� 'firt�� 1\n��!';11f;� �<fi � f�1 �&(tfif\"f II lr� II\ntwa-tiiti diya cari-dik avarila\nuparete eka tati diya acchadila\nSYNONYMS\ntwa-tati-straw mattress; diya-with; cari-dik-all around; avari/a-covered;\nuparete-on top;\n\neka-one;\n\ntaP-similar\n\nstraw mattress;\n\ndiya-with;\n\nac­\n\nchadila -covered.\nTRANSLATION\nA temporary temple was constructed by covering the bed all around with a\nstraw mattress. Thus there was a bed and a straw mattress to cover it.\nTEXT 83\n\n'1_it·c;'St1�1f1$ ��i fif'f ��i'f l311'fitt! I\n�-�til{� �ttlf11 Cift<fi <fi11trt c;�� II lr� II\npuri-gosani ajna dila saka/a brahmaf)e\na-bala-vrddha gramera loka karaha bhojane\nSYNONYMS\npuri-gosafli-Madhavendra PurT; ajfla-order; di/a-gave; sakala brahmaf)eto all the brahmaf)as; a-ba/a-vrddha-beginning from the children up to the old\npersons; gramera-of the village; /aka-the people; karaha-make; bhojanetake prasada.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the Lord was laid down to rest on the bed, Madhavendra Puri gathered\nall the brahma�as who had prepared the prasada and said to them: \"Now feed\neveryone sumptuously, from the children on up to the aged!\"\nTEXT 84\n\n�� �fit' iliit1f iliit1f c;<et�� ��\"f I\n�l'litl·�tl11�'5ttt! �1t'5t ��11l.\"f II IrS II\n\n", "mad2#p0073": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n40\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nsabe vasi' krame krame bhojana karila\nbrahmaf)a-brahmaf)i-gaf)e age khaoyaila\nSYNONYMS\nsabe-all; vasi -sitting; krame krame-by and by; bhojana karila-honored\n'\n\nprasada and ate it; brahmaf)a-brahmaf)i-gaf)e-the brahmaf)as and their wives;\nage-first; khaoyaila-were fed.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the people gathered there sat down to honor the prasada, and by and by\nthey took food. All the brahmar;�as and their wives were fed first.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the varf)asrama system, the brahmaQas are always honored first.\nThus at the festival, the brahmaf)as and their wives were first offered the remnants\nof food, and then the others (k$atriyas, vaisyas and siidras). This has always been\nthe system, and it is still prevalent in India, even though the caste brahmaf)as are\nnot qualified. The system is still current due to the varQasrama institutional rules\nand regulations.\nTEXT 85\n\n�iJJ �tt1f1l c;�t<fi �� c;iff�t� �t� I\nc;-.tt� c;wf�i �t<t \\!f�t'l �t� 111r� 11\nanya gramera loka yata dekhite aila\ngopa/a dekhiya saba prasada khaila\nSYNONYMS\nanya-other ; gramera-of the villages; /oka-people; yata-all; dekhite-to\nsee;\n\nai/a-came;\n\ngopa/a-the\n\nLord\n\nGopala;\n\nprasada-remnants of food; khai/a-partook\n\ndekhiya-seeing;\n\nsaba-all ;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNot only did the people of Govardhana village take prasada, but also those\nwho came from other villages. They also saw the Deity of Gopala and were\noffered prasada to eat.\nTEXT 86\n\n�\"ID � �<I c;l!ftt<fi �e.<fit1l I\n�( �J� c;� 'at:llf �t.te.<fit� II lr� II\n\n", "mad2#p0074": "Text 86]\n\nSri Midhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n41\n\ndekhiya purira prabhava Joke camatkara\npurva annakuta yena haifa sak�atkara\nSYNONYMS\ndekhiya-by seeing; purira-of Madhavendra Puri; prabhava-the influence;\n\nJoke-all the people; camatkara-struck with wonder; purva-formerly; anna­\n\nkuta-the AnnakOta ceremony during the time of Kr�t:�a; yena-as if; haifa-became; sak?atka ra-directly manifest.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the influence of Madhavendra Puri, all the people gathered there\nwere struck with wonder. They saw that the Annakufa ceremony, which had\nbeen performed before during the time of Kr��a, was now taking place again\nby the mercy of Sri Madhavendra Puri.\nPURPORT\nFormerly, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, all the cowherd men of Vrndavana had\narranged to worship King lndra, but they gave this worship up, following the advice of Kr�t:�a. Instead, they performed a ceremony whereby they worshiped the\n\ncows, brahmaQas and Govardhana Hill. At that time Kr�t:�a expanded Himself and\ndeclared, \"I am Govardhana Hill:' In this way He accepted all the paraphernalia\n\nand foodstuff offered to Govardhana Hill. It is stated in the Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1 0.24.26, 31-33):\npacyantaril vividha/:1 paka/:1\nsupanta/:1 paya-sadaya/:1\n\nsarilyava-pupasa�ku/ya/:1\n\nsarva-dohas ca grhyatam\n\nkalatmana bhagavata\n\nsakra-darparil jigharilsata\n\nproktaril nisamya nandadya/:1\n\nsadhv agrhQanta tad vaca/:1\n\ntatha ca vyadadhu/:1 sarvaril\nyathaha madhusudana/:1\n\nvacayitva svasty ayanaril\n\ntad dravyeQa giri-dvijan\n\nupahrtya balin sarvan\n\nadrta yavasaril gavam\n\ngodhanani puras-krtya\n\ngiriril cakru/:1 pradak?iQam\n\n", "mad2#p0075": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n42\n\n[Madhya-Ilia, Ch. 4\n\n\" 'Prepare very nice foodstuffs of all descriptions from the grains and ghee collected for the yajna. Prepare rice, dahl, then halavah, pakora, puri and all kinds of\nmilk preparations like sweet rice, sweetballs, sandesa, rasagulla and lac;k;Ju.'\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r;�a, therefore advised the cowherd\nmen to stop the lndra-yajiia and begin the Govardhana-pOja to chastise lndra,\nwho was very much puffed up at being the supreme controller of the heavenly\nplanets. The honest and simple cowherd men, headed by Nanda Maharaja, accepted Kr�r;�a's proposal and executed in detail everything He advised. They performed Govardhana worship and circumambulation of the hill. According to the\ninstruction of Lord Kr�r;�a, Nanda Maharaja and the cowherd men called in learned\nbrahmaf)as and began to worship Govardhana Hill by chanting Vedic hymns and\noffering prasada. The inhabitants of Vrndavana assembled together, decorated\ntheir cows and gave them grass. Keeping the cows in front, they began to circumambulate Govardhana Hill.\"\nTEXT 87\n\n�� at'll?;'i �it �� �� 1\n<;�� '� c;��·1f(;'fJ ��1 �11t� II lr� II\nsakala brahfnaQe puri vai�Qava karila\nsei sei seva-madhye saba niyojila\nSYNONYMS\nsakala brahmaQe-all the brahmaQas who were present there; puri-Madhavendra Puri Gosvami; vai�Qava karila-elevated to the position of V ai�r;�avas; sei\nsei-under different divisions; seva-madhye-in rendering service; saba-all of\nthem; niyojila-were engaged.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the brahmar:-as present on that occasion were initiated by Madhavendra\nPuri into the Vai�r:-ava cult, and Madhavendra Puri engaged them in different\ntypes of service.\nPURPORT\nIn the scriptures it is stated: �at-karma-nipu!Jo vipro mantra-tantra-visaradab\navai�Qavab. Even though a caste brahmaf)a or a qualified brahmaf)a is expert in the\noccupational duties of a brahmaQa, he is not necessarily a V ai�r;�ava. His duties are\nmentioned as six brahminical engagements. Pathana means that a brahmaQa must\nbe conversant with the Vedic scriptures. He must also be able to teach others to\nstudy Vedic literatures. This is pathana. He must also be expert in worshiping different deities and in performing the Vedic rituals (yajana). On account of this yajana, the brahmaQa, being the head of society, performs all the Vedic rituals for\n\n", "mad2#p0076": "Text 88]\n\nSri M1dhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n43\n\nk�atriyas, vaisyas, and sudras. This is called yajana, assisting others in performing\nceremonies. The remaining two items are dana and pratigraha. The brahmaQa accepts all kinds of contributions (pratigraha) from his followers (mainly, the\n\nk�atriyas, vaisyas and sudras). But he does not keep all the money. He keeps only\nas much as required and gives the balance to others in charity (dana).\nIn order for such a qualified brahmaQa to worship the Deity, he must be a\nVai�l)ava. Thus the Vai�l)ava's position 1s superior to that of the brahmaf)a. This\nexample given by Madhavendra Puri confirms that even though a brahmaQa may\nbe very expert, he cannot become a priest or servitor of the Vi�I)U murti unless he\nis initiated in vai�f)ava-mantra. After installing the Deity of Gopala, Madhavendra\nPuri initiated all the brahmaf)as into Vai�l)avism. He then allotted the brahmaf)as\ndifferent types of service to the Deity. From four in the morning until ten at night\n(from mangala-aratrika to sayana-aratrika), there must be at least five or six\n\nbrahmaQas to take care of the Deity. Six aratrikas are performed in the temple, and\nfood is frequently offered to the Deity and the prasada distributed. This is the\nmethod of worshiping the Deity according to the rules and regulations set by predecessors. Our sampradaya belongs to the disciplic succession of Madhavendra\nPuri, who belonged to the Madhva-sampradaya. We are in the disciplic succession of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who was initiated by Sri TSvara Puri, a disciple of\nMadhavendra Puri's. Our sampradaya is therefore called the Madhva-Gaw;liyasampradaya. As such , we must carefully follow in the footsteps of Sri Madhavendra Puri and observe how he installed the Gopala Deity on top of Govardhana\nHill, how he arranged and performed the AnnakOta ceremony in only one day,\nand so forth. Our installation of Deities in America and in the wealthy countries of\nEurope should be carried out in terms of Sri Madhavendra Puri's activities. All the\nservitors of the Deity must be strictly qualified as brahmaQas and, specifically,\nmust engage in the Vai�l)ava custom of offering as much prasada as possible and\ndistributing it to the devotees who visit the temple to see the Lord.\n\nTEXT 88\n\n�: f5fi{·,-t't� � ���ff �� I\n�� Qel� iii� �1ft� ��ti{ II lrlr II\npuna/:! dina-se�e prabhura karaila utthana\nkichu bhoga lagaila karaila jala-pana\nSYNONYMS\n\npunab-again; dina-5e$e-at the end of the day; prabhura-of the Lord;\nkaraila-caused to do; utthana-rising; kichu-some; bhoga-food; /agai/aoffered; karaila-caused to do; ja/a-water; pana-drinking.\n\n", "mad2#p0077": "Sri Caitany a-caritamrta\n\n44\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter taking rest, the Deity must be awakened at the end of the day, and immediately some food and some water must be offered to Him.\nPURPORT\nThis offering is called vaikali-bhoga, food offered at the end of the day.\nTEXT 89\n\n<;'$ft�ffl �<Til; ��if,- C\\ift-t � �if I\n�t-t-� �tt1f11' �<IS (.\\if�ti! � 1117-� II\ngopala prakata hai/a,-dese sabda haifa\nasa-pasa gramera /aka dekhite aila\nSYNONYMS\ngopa/a-Lord Gopala; prakata haifa-has appeared; dese-throughout the\ncountry; sabda haifa-the news spread; asa-pasa-neighboring; gramera-of the\nvillages; /oka-the people; dekhite ai/a-came to see.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen it was advertised throughout the country that Lord Gopala had appeared atop Govardhana Hill, all the people from neighboring villages came\nto see the Deity.\nTEXT 90\n\n��<IS fife� �t�<IS �tt1f �if 1ftf'$f�11\n\n'CI� <!St11' ll� 6flti! Pl�1 II �o II\nekeka dina ekeka grame la-ila magina\nanna-kuta kare sabe hara�ita hana\nSYNONYMS\nekeka dina-one day after another; ekeka grame-one village after another;\n/a-i/a-took permission; magifla-begging; anna-kuta kare-perform the AnnakOta ceremony; sabe-all; hara�ita-pleased; hafla-becoming.\nTRANSLATION\nOne village after another was pleased to beg Madhavendra Puri to allot\nthem one day to perform the Annakufa ceremony. Thus, day after day, the Annakufa ceremony was performed for some time.\n\n", "mad2#p0078": "Text 93]\n\nSri Midhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n45\n\nTEXT 91\n\n1ftff!i�Wt �tf� <1\"1ftt�1 -t� I\n�-<;�t� �� f<lii; $U �t�i{ II �� II\nratri-kale thakurere karaiya sayana\npuri-gosani kaila kichu gavya bhojana\n\nSYNONYMS\nratri-kale-at night; thakurere-the Deity; karaiya-causing to do; sayanalying down for rest; puri-gosafii-Madhavendra Puri; kai/a-did; kichu-some;\ngavya-milk preparation; bhojana-eating.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Madhavendra Puri did not eat anything throughout the day, but at night,\nafter laying the Deity down to rest, he took a milk preparation.\n\nTEXT 92\n\n�ti!:<litt� �: C� � � I\nte!i �$1 ���tt11f �� <;�'$f'l II �� II\npratal)-ka/e punal) taiche karila sevana\nanna lana eka-gramera ai/a loka-gaf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\npratal)-ka/e-in the morning; punal)-again; taiche-just as before; karilarendered; sevana-service; anna /alia-with food grains; eka-gramera-of one\nvillage; ai/a-came; /oka-gaf)a-the people.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe next morning, the rendering of service to the Deity began again, and\npeople from one village arrived with all kinds of food grains.\n\nTEXT 93\n�, �i!, wfif, �,-�tt'if � fli� 1\n\n<;'$ft�t� �'St � 'f.ifJfil�j 'f�� II il)� II\nanna, ghrta, dad hi, dugdha, -grame yata chi/a\ngopa/era age /oka aniya dharila\n\n", "mad2#p0079": "46\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nSYNONYMS\nanna-food grain; ghrta-ghee, or clarified butter; dadhi-yogurt; dugdhamilk; grame-in the village; yata-as much; chi/a-as there was; gopa/era agebefore the Deity Gopala; /oka-all people; aniya-bringing; dhari/a-placed.\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of the village brought to the Deity of Gopala as much food\ngrains, ghee, yogurt and milk as they had in their village.\nPURPORT\nAnna, ghrta, dadhi and dugdha are food grains, ghee, yogurt and milk. Actually\nthese are the basis of all food. V egetables and fruits are subsidiary. Hundreds and\nthousands of recipes can be made out of grains, vegetables, ghee, milk and\nyogurt. The food offered to Gopala in the Annako�a ceremony contained only\nthese five ingredients. Only demoniac people are attracted to other types of food,\nwhich we will not even mention in this connection. We should understand that in\norder to prepare nutritious food, we require only grains, ghee, yogurt and milk.\nWe cannot offer anything else to the Deity. The Vai�l)ava, the perfect human\nbeing, does not accept anything not offered to the Deity. People are often frustrated with national food policies, but from the Vedic scriptures we find that if\nthere are sufficient cows and grains, the entire food problem is solved. The vaisyas\n(people engaged in agriculture and commerce) are therefore recommended in\nBhagavad-gita to produce grains and give protection to cows. Cows are the most\nimportant animal because they produce the miracle food, milk, from which we\ncan prepare ghee and yogurt.\nThe perfection of human civilization depends on Kf�l)a consciousness, which\nrecommends Deity worship. Preparations made from vegetables, grains, milk,\nghee and yogurt are offered to the Deity and then distributed. Here we can see\nthe difference between the East and the W est. The people who came to see the\nDeity of Gopala brought all kinds of food to offer the Deity. They brought all the\nfood they had in stock, and they came before the Deity not only to accept\nprasada for themselves, but to distribute it to others. The Kr�r:Ja consciousness\nmovement vigorously approves this practice of preparing food, offering it to the\nDeity, and distributing it to the general population. This activity should be extended universally to stop sinful eating habits as well as other behavior befitting\nonly demons. A demoniac civilization will never bring peace within the world.\nSince eating is the first necessity in human society, those engaged in solving the\nproblems of preparing and distributing food should take lessons from Madhavendra PurT and execute the Annako�a ceremony. When the people take to eating\nonly prasada offered to the Deity, all the demons will be turned into Vai�l)avas.\nWhen the people are Kr�r:Ja conscious, naturally the government will be so also. A\n\n", "mad2#p0080": "Text 95]\n\n�ri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n47\n\nK[�l)a conscious man is always a very liberal well-wisher of everyone. When such\nmen head the government, the people will certainly be sinless. They will no\nlonger be disturbing demons. It is then and then only that a peaceful condition\ncan prevail in society.\n\nTEXT 94\n\n't�fwi{·�t11 �� �m, ��i{ I\n� � c;'Stt� ���II �8 II\npurva-dina-praya vipra karila randhana\ntaiche anna-kuta gopa/a karila bhojana\n\nSYNONYMS\npurva-dina-praya-almost like the previous day; vipra- all the brahmaf)as;\nkarila-did ;\n\nrandhana-cooking; taiche-similarly; anna-kuta-heaps of food;\n\ngopa/a-the Deity of Lord Gopala; karila-did; bhojana-eating.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, almost like before, there was an Annakuta ceremony. All the\nbrahmar;�as prepared foodstuffs and Gopala accepted them.\nTEXT 95\n\ni!��t� c;�tt� �� ��iSf f�fi! I\nc;'Stt\"tttffif �-&i\\� �tPl·�f! II �It II\n\n}\n\nvraja-vasi Jokera k[$f)e saha a piriti\ngopa/era sahaja-priti vraja-vasi-prati\n\nSYNONYMS\nvraja vasi-the inhabitants of Vrndavana (VrajabhOmi); lokera-of the people;\n-\n\nk[$f)e-unto Lord Kr�l)a; sahaja-natural; piriti-love; gopa/era-of Lord Gopala;\nsahaja-natural; priti-love; vraja-vasi-prati-toward the inhabitants of VrajabhOmi.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe ideal place to execute Kr�r;�a consciousness is Vrajabhumi,\n\nor\n\nVrndavana, where the people are naturally inclined to love K�r;�a and Kr�r;�a is\nnaturally inclined to love them.\n\n", "mad2#p0081": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n48\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 4\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn Bhagavad-grta it is said: ye yatha mam prapadyante tams tathaiva bhajamy\naham. There is a responsive cooperation between the Supreme Lord Kr�Qa and His\ndevotees. The more a devotee sincerely loves Kr�Qa, the more Kr�Qa reciprocates,\nso much so that a highly advanced devotee can talk with Kr�Qa face to face. Kr�Qa\nconfirms this in Bhagavad-grta:\nte�am satata-yukta.nam\nbhajatam priti-parvakam\ndadami buddhi-yogam tam\nyena mam upayanti te\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give the\nunderstanding by which they can come to Me.\" (Bg.\n\n10.10) The actual mission of\n\nhuman life is to understand Kr�Qa and return home, back to Godhead. Therefore\none who is sincerely engaged in the service of the Lord with love and faith can\ntalk with Kr�Qa and receive instructions by which he can speedily return home,\nback to Godhead. Today many scholars defend the science of religion, and they\nhave some conception of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but religion without practical experience of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is no religion at\nall. Srimad-Bhagavatam describes this as a form of cheating. Religion means abid­\n\ning by the orders of Kr�Qa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. If one is not\nqualified to talk with Him and take lessons from Him, how can one understand the\nprinciples of religion? Thus talks of religion or religious experience without Kr�Qa\nconsciousness are a useless waste of time.\n\nTEXT 96\n\n';f�$«\\if �t�'1 llltf:JA�1 �� '�t<fi I\n\n''Stt'Pit� ���1 �Rt �00 �:-t·,llft<fi II �� II\nmaha-prasada khaila asiya saba /aka\ngopala dekhiya sabara khal)(ie dubkha-soka\nSYNONYMS\n\nmaha-prasada-spiritualized foods offered to Kr�Qa; khai/a-ate; asiya-coming; saba-all; /aka-people; gopa/a-the Deity of Sri Gopala; dekhiya-seeing;\nsabara-of all of them; khal)(ie-disappears; dubkha-soka-all lamentation and\nunhappiness.\n\n", "mad2#p0082": "Text 98]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n49\n\nTRANSLATION\nThrongs of people came from different villages to see the Deity of Gopala,\nand they took maha-prasada sumptuously. When they saw the superexcellent\nform of Lord Gopala, all their lamentation and unhappiness disappeared .\n.\n\nTEXT 97\n\n�-�a��� �t� lf� 1\n(JI� (JI� fflil � �t11' 11t�e.lf� II �'I II\nasa-pasa vraja-bhamera yata grama saba\neka eka dina sabe kare mahotsava\n\nSYNONYMS\nasa-pasa-neighboring; vraja-bhamera-of Vraj abhOmi;\n\nyata-all; grama­\n\nvillages; saba-all; eka eka-one after another; dina-days; sabe-all; kareperform; mahotsava-festivals.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the villages in neighboring Vrajabhiimi [Vrndavana] became aware of\nthe appearance of Gopala, and all the people from these villages came to see\nHim. Day after day they all performed the Annakiifa ceremony.\nTEXT 98\n\nc'itt9lti!f-� �til' il'tifl � �� 1\nil'tifl t!f�J a;r<$1 (;a;rt<tS a;rtf'itfl �t�� II �IT'll\ngopa/a-prakata suni' nana desa haite\nnana dravya lana loka lagila asite\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopala-of the Deity of Gopala; prakata-appearance; suni'-hearing; nanavarious; desa-countries; haite-from; nana-various; dravya-things; /anabringing; /oka-;-people; /agi/a-began; asite-to come.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way not only the neighboring villages but all the other provinces\ncame to know of Gopala's appearance. Thus people came from all over, bringing a variety of presentations.\n\n", "mad2#p0083": "50\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 99\n\n11��·��<t��� I\n� ��' ilt-11 i!l<U � �i ��' II �� II\nmathurara /aka saba baga baga dhani\nbhakti kari' nana dravya bheta deya ani'\nSYNONYMS\n\nmathurara-of the city of Mathura; /oka-the people; saba-all; baga bagavery big; dhani-capitalists; bhakti kari'-out of devotion; nana dravya-various\nkinds of things; bheta-presents; deya-gave; ani'-bringing.\nTRANSLATION\nThe people of Mathura, who are very big capitalists, also brought various\npresentations and offered them before the Deity in devotional service.\nTEXT 100\n\nOIJf( �9ij, �' 'SNi, '61J1i:J·�9f�t1ll\n��� �' fim <ft� '6t'G'Alll �oo II\nsvarQa, raupya, vastra, gandha, bhak$ya-upahara\nasankhya aise, nitya bagi/a bha.Qgara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvarQa-gold; raupya-silver; vastra-garments; gandha-scents; bhak$yaupahara-presentations for eating; asankhya-countless; aise-came; nityadaily; bagi/a-increased; bha.Qgara-the store.\nTRANSLATION\nThus countless presentations of gold, sil.ver, garments, scented articles and\neatables arrived. The store of Gopala increased daily.\nTEXT 101\n\n�� 11�t� .,rr.'f �1lt.\"l 11f'IQ I\n� 9ft<li·'6t'Gt1l��'�'!'�II �o� II\neka maha-dhani k$atriya karaila mandira\nkeha paka-bhaQgara kai/a, keha ta' pracira\n\n", "mad2#p0084": "Text 1021\n\nSri Mldhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n51\n\nSYNONYMS\n\neka-one; maha-dhani-very rich man; k$atriya-of the royal order; karailaconstructed; mandira-a femple; keha-someone; paka bhaQ(iara-clay pots for\n-\n\ncooking; kai/a-made; keha-someone; ta'-certainly; pracira-the boundary\nwalls.\nTRANSLATION\nOne very rich k�atriya of the royal order constructed a temple, someone\nmade cooking utensils, and someone constructed boundary walls.\nTEXT 102\n\n�� �� i!ifst�� t.il� �.,.. �t� r�.. 1\n�i!:f :Jf�i!:f �t� (;�t�t��1t �II �o� II\neka eka vraja-vasi eka eka gabhi dila\nsahasra sahasra gabhi gopalera haifa\nSYNONYMS\n\neka eka-each and every; vraja-vasi-resident of Vrndavana; eka eka-one;\ngabhi-cow; di/a-contributed; sahasra sahasra-thousands and thousands;\ngabhi-cows; gopa/era-of Gopala; haifa-there were.\nTRANSLATION\nEach and every family residing in the land of Vraj abhumi contributed one\ncow. In this way, thousands of cows became the property of Gopala.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is the way to install the Deity, construct the temple and increase the property of the temple. Everyone should be enthusiastic to contribute to the construction of the temple for the Deity, and everyone should also contribute food for the\ndistribution of prasada. The devotees should preach the gospel of devotional service and thus engage people in practical service to the Deity. Wealthy people can\nalso be attracted to take part in these activities. In this way everyone will become\nspiritually inclined, and the entire society will be converted to K[�l)a consciousness. The desire to satisfy the material senses will automatically diminish, and the\nsenses will become so purified that they will be able to engage in bhakti (devotional service to the Lord). H[$ikef)a h[$ikesa-sevanarh bhaktir ucyate. By serving\nthe Lord, one's senses are gradually purified. The engagement of one's purified\nsenses in the service of Lord Hr�ikesa is called bhakti. When the dormant propensity for bhakti is awakened, one can understand the Supreme Personality of God-\n\n", "mad2#p0085": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n52\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nhead as He is. Bhaktya mam abhijanati yavan yas casmi tattvatab. (Bg.\n\n18.55) This\n\nis the process of giving humanity the chance to awaken Kr�r;�a consciousness.\nThus people can perfect their lives in all respects.\n\nTEXT 103\n\nc;'$f� ��t\\! �tt\"fi l� '�� <3t1fi'1 l\n�-c;\"m:)'ftf� 111�� '!tt1f <liRf�i ��!�II �o� II\ngau(,fa ha-ite aila dui vairagi brahmaQa\npuri-gosani rakhila tare kariya yatana\n\nSYNONYMS\ngau(,fa ha-ite-from Bengal; ai/a-came; dui-two; vairagi-of the renounced\norder;\n\nbrahmaQa-persons born in brahmaQa families; puri-gosafli-Madha­\n\nvendra Puri; rakhi/a-kept; tare-them; kariya-making; yatana-all efforts.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEventually two brahmar:Jas in the renounced order arrived from Bengal, and\nMadhavendra Puri, who liked them very much, kept them in Vrndavana and\ngave them all kinds of comforts.\nTEXT 104\n\nc;�� 'Al fit:W �fil' ��i ���I\n�rti!ir·�<�i �,-�m ��lit �t�'f 11 �os 11\nsei dui 5i$ya kari' seva samarpila\nraja-seva haya, -purira ananda ba(,fila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei dui-these two persons; 5i$ya kari'-initiating; seva-with the service;\nsamarpi/a-entrusted; raja-seva-gorgeous performance of service; haya-is;\npurira-of Madhavendra Puri; ananda-pleasure; ba(,fi/a-increased.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThese two were then initiated by Madhavendra Puri, and he entrusted them\nwith the daily service of the Lord. This service was performed continuously,\nand the worship of the Deity became very gorgeous. Thus Madhavendra Puri\nwas very pleased.\n\n", "mad2#p0086": "Text 106]\n\n�ri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n53\n\nPURPORT\nThe Gosvamis started many temples, namely the Govinda temple, Gopinatha,\nMadana-mohana, Radha-Damodara, Syamasundara, Radharamar;�a and Gokulananda. The disciples of the Gosvamis were entrusted with the seva-puja (Deity\nworship) of these temples. It was not that the disciples were family members of\nthe original Gosvamis. Most of the Gosvamis were in the renounced order of life,\nand Jiva Gosvami in particular was a brahmacari. At present, sevaitas assume the\ntitle of gosvami on the basis of their being engaged as sevaitas of the Deity. The\n\nsevaitas who have inherited their positions now assume proprietorship of the\n\ntemples, and some of them are selling the Deities' property as if it were their own.\nHowever, the temples did not originally belong to these sevaitas.\n\nTEXT 105\n\n��11\\! �e.���� <fi�� (;71�� I\n�<fif� �-<;�t7ftf<fl3 (;tif�ilf �91� II �o<t II\nei-mata vatsara dui karila sevana\neka-dina puri-gosani dekhila svapana\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; vatsara-years; dui-two; karila-performed; sevanaworship; eka-dina-one day; puri-gosani-Madhavendra Puri; dekhila-saw;\nsvapana-a dream.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn this way the Deity worship in the temple was very gorgeously performed\nfor two years. Then one day Madhavendra Puri had a dream.\nTEXT 106\n\n<;�t'Pf'tii ��' �� �� l!t'Pf �t� �I\n��·�Itt� ''19f', i!t� (;71 � II �o � II\ngopa/a kahe, puri amara tapa nahi yaya\nmalayaja-candana /epa', tabe se juc;laya\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopa/a\n\n-\n\nthe Deity of Gopala; kahe-said; puri-My dear Madhavendra Puri;\n\namara-My; tapa-body temperature; nahi-does not; yaya-go away; malaya-\n\n", "mad2#p0087": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n54\n\n[Madhya-Jill, Ch. 4\n\nja-candana-sandalwood produced in the Malaya Hills; /epa'-smear over the\nbody; tabe-then; se-that; jur;faya-cools.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn his dream, Madhavendra Puri saw Gopala, who said: \"My bodily temperature still has not decreased. Please bring sandalwood from the Malaya\nprovince and smear the pulp over My body to cool Me.\nPURPORT\nThe Deity of Gopala had been buried within the jungle for many years, and although He was installed and was offered thousands of pots of water, He still felt\nvery hot. He therefore asked Madhavendra Puri to bring sandalwood from the\nMalaya province. Sandalwood produced in Malaya is very popular. That province\nis situated on the western ghata, and the hill Nilagiri is sometimes known as\nMalaya Hill. The word malaya-ja is used to indicate the sandalwood produced in\nthe Malaya Province. Sometimes the word Malaya refers to the modern country\nof Malaysia. Formerly this country also produced sandalwood, but now they have\nfound it profitable to produce rubber trees. Although the Vedic culture was once\nprevalent in Malaysia, now all the inhabitants are Mohammedans. The Vedic\nculture is now lost in Malaysia, java and Indonesia.\n\nTEXT 107\n\n���iSf �' �t�1 ��� '�ti! I\n'Cit�����' �fif �� �Rtt'! II �o\" II\nmalayaja ana, yana ni/acala haite\nanye haite nahe, tumi ca/aha tvarite\n\nSYNONYM S\nma/aya-ja-sandalwood;\n\nana-bring ;\n\nyaiia-coming;\n\nnilaca/a haite-from\n\nJagannatha Puri; anye-others ; haite-from; nahe-not; tumi-you; calaha-go;\ntvarite-quickly.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Bring sandalwood pulp from Jagannatha Puri. Kindly go quickly. Since no\none else can do it, you must.\"\nTEXT 108\n\n�-; �' �-<;'Sft�tf�1f '� <;��tl:<!lllf I\n\n�<c�tail �<!ltt1f '� '1_� II �olr II\n\n", "mad2#p0088": "Sri Mldhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\nText 110]\n\n55\n\nsvapna dekhi' puri-gosafiira haifa premavesa\nprabhu-ajfia palibare gefa purva-desa\nSYNONYMS\nsvapna dekhi -after seeing the dream; puri-gosanira-of Madhavendra PurT;\n'\n\nhaifa-there was; prema-avesa-ecstasy on account of love of God; prabhuajfia-the order of the Lord; pafibare-to execute; gefa-started; purva-desafor the eastern countries (Bengal).\nTRANSLATION\nAfter having this dream, Madhavendra Puri Gosvami became very glad due\nto ecstasy of love of Godhead, and in order to execute the command of the\nLord, he started east toward Bengal.\nTEXT 109\n\n<;�� fil('lti-�� �fil� �?!� I\n\n�1Wj 'aftf�' (;��-�t-f �fil� ��II �o<;lll\nsevara nirbandha-foka karila sthapana\najfia magi' gauc;Ja-dese karifa gamana\nSYNONYMS\nsevara nirbandha-the arrangements for executing the daily routine of the worship of the Lord;\nmagi\n\n'-\n\nfoka-the people;\n\nkarifa-did;\n\nsthapana-esta blish;\n\najfia\n\ntaking the order; gauc;Ja-dese-toward Bengal; karifa-did; gamana­\n\ngoing.\nTRANSLATION\nBefore leaving, Madhavendra Puri made all arrangements for regular Deity\nworship, and he engaged different people in various duties. Then, taking up\nthe order of Gopala, he started for Bengal.\nTEXT 110\n\nllftf�� �t��i·����t�� 'lilt� I\n�� <;�11 ��' �m'l{ �til'tJ ��t� II �� II\no\n\nsantipura aifa advaitacaryera ghare\npurira prema dekhi' acarya ananda antare\n\n", "mad2#p0089": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n56\n\nSYNONYMS\nsanti-pura-to the place known as santipura; aila-came; advaita-acaryera-of\nSri Advaita Acarya; ghare-to the home; purira prema-the ecstatic love of\nMadhavendra Puri; dekhi'-seeing; acarya-Advaita Acarya; ananda-pleased;\nantare-within Himself.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Madhavendra Puri arrived at the house of Advaita Acarya in Santipura, the Acarya became very pleased upon seeing the ecstatic love of Godhead manifest in Madhavendra Puri.\nTEXT 111\n\ni!Ht �tf$ �� C� �� ���1 I\n�fi;{iift ��'I �'l\" i!tt� �'if� N$\"111 ��� II\ntarira thani mantra laila yatana karina\ncalila dak$if)e puri tarire dik$a dina\nSYNONYMS\ntarira thani-from him; mantra-initiation; /ai/a-accepted; yatana-efforts;\nkarina-making;\n\nca/i/a-started;\n\ndak$if)e-toward the south;\n\npuri-Madha­\n\nvendra Puri; tarire-to Him (Advaita Acarya); dik$a-initiation; dina\n\n-\n\ngiving\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya begged to be initiated by Madhavendra Puri. After initiating\nHim, Madhavendra Puri started for South India.\nPURPORT\nIn this connection, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura comments that\nAdvaita Acarya took initiation from Madhavendra Puri, who was a sannyasi in the\ndisciplic succession of the Madhva-sampradaya.\n\nAccording to Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu:\nkiba vipra kiba nyasi sudra kene naya,\nyei k($f)a-tattva-vetta, sei 'guru' haya\n·� person may be a brahmaf)a, sannyasi, a sOdra or whatever, but if he is well con­\n\nversant in the science of Kr�r;1a, he can become a g uru.\" (Cc. Madhya 8.128) This\nstatement is supported by Sri Madhavendra Puri. According to the pancaratra in­\n\njunction, only a householder brahmaf)a can initiate. Others cannot. When a person is initiated, it is assumed that he has become a brahmaf)a; without being ini-\n\n", "mad2#p0090": "Text 1131\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n57\n\ntiated by a proper brahmaf)a, one cannot be converted into a brahmaf)a. In other\nwords, unless one is a brahmaf)a, he cannot make another a brahmaf)a. A\ngrhastha-brahmaf)a partaking of the varf)asrama-dharma institution can secure\n\nvarious types of paraphernalia to worship Lord Vi�r)U through his honest labor. Actually, people beg to be initiated by these householder brahmaf)as just to become\nsuccessful in the varf)asrama institution or to become free from material desires. It\nis therefore necessary for a spiritual master in the grhastha-asrama to be a strict\nVai�t:�ava. A spiritual master from the sannyasa order has very little opportunity to\nperform arcana, Deity worship, but when one accepts a spiritual master from the\ntranscendental sannyasis, the principle of Deity worship is not at all neglected. To\nimplement this conclusion, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu gave us His opinion in the\nverse kiba vipra kiba nyasi, etc. This indicates that the Lord understood the weakness of society in its maintaining that only a grhastha-brahmaf)a should be a\nspiritual master. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu indicated that it does not matter\nwhether the spiritual master is a grhastha (householder), a sannyasi or even a\nsOdra. A spiritual master simply must be conversant in the essence of the sastra;\n\nhe must understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Only then can one become a spiritual master. Oik�a actually means initiating a disciple with transcendental knowledge by which he becomes freed from all material contamination.\nTEXT 112\n\n<;1t�tt� �<Iii{ <;'ittii\\ift� W1filf� I\n\\1� �� <;�N$i '� A�\"f-�� II ��� II\nremuf)ate kaifa gopinatha darasana\ntanra rOpa dekhina haifa vihvafa-mana\n\nSYNONYMS\nremuf)ate-in the village of Remut:Ja; kai/a-did; gopinatha-the Deity of\n\nGopinatha;\n\ndarasana-seeing;\n\ntanra-His;\n\nrOpa-beauty;\n\ndekhina-seeing;\n\nhaifa-became; vihvafa-bewildered; mana-mind.\nTRANSLATION\nGoing into South India, Sri Madhavendra Puri visited Remur;�a, where\nGopinatha is situated. Upon seeing the beauty of the Deity, Madhavendra Puri\nwas overwhelmed.\nTEXT 113\n\n'��h �Bt' �'itt��f;i{ ��\"fi I\n'�J1 <flJ1 <;�t'it \"ftt'it ?' attllt'f �� II ��� II\n\n", "mad2#p0091": "58\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nnrtya-gita kari' jaga-mohane vasi/a\n'kya kya bhoga /age?' brahmaQe puchila\nSYNONYMS\nnrtya-gita kari'-after performing dancing and chanting; jaga-mohane-in the\n\ncorridor of the temple; vasila-he sat down; kya kya-what; bhoga-foods;\n/ age-the y offer; brahmaQe - fro m the brahmaQa priest; puchi/a-inqui red\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the corridor of the temple, from which people generally viewed the\nDeity, Madhavendra Puri chanted and danced. Then he sat down there and\nasked a brahmar:-a what kinds of foods they offered to the Deity.\nTEXT 114\n\n<;:Jf�� c;lf��� ��' �f\"!� 1{r;;ill\n� '�t'St iitr;;'Sf-<.f!Q(j <jf� �ill!tr;;il II ��8 II\nsevara sau�thava dekhi' anandita mane\nuttama bhoga lage-etha bujhi anumane\nSYNONYMS\nsevara-of the worship; sau�thava-ex ce l lence; dekhi'-seeing; ananditapleased; mane-in the mind; uttama bhoga-f irst-class foods; /age-they offer;\n\netha-thus; bujhi-1 understand; anumane-by deduction.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the excellence of the arrangements, Madhavendra Puri understood by\ndeduction that only the best food was offered.\nTEXT 115\n\n'�� bl �'Sf iitr;;'St, :Jf<tiiil �� I\n\n''!r;;� fce�tr;;il �t'St <;'Stt�ii a,t�� II ��({ II\nyaiche iha bhoga / age saka/a-i puchiba\n,\n\ntaiche bhiyane bhoga gopale lagaiba\n\n", "mad2#p0092": "Text 117]\n\nSri Midhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n59\n\nSYNONYMS\nyaiche-just like; iha-here; bhoga-foods; /age-they offer; sakala-i-all;\npuchiba-1 shall inquire; taiche-similarly; bhiyane-in the kitchen; bhogafoods; gopale-to SrT Gopala; /agaiba-1 shall arrange.\nTRANSLATION\nMadhavendra Puri thought: \"I shall inquire from the priest what foods are\noffered to Gopinatha so that by making arrangements in our kitchen, we can\noffer similar foods to Sri Gopala.\"\nTEXT 116\n\n�l \"'tRf' ��tQ'(i{ \\3t�''t1f 9!1tt� I\n\\3�'1 <fi�i!lf ll� c;'et�-���''1 II ��� II\nei lagi' puchilena brahmal)era sthane\nbrahmal)a kahila saba bhoga-vivaral)e\nSYNONYMS\nei lagi'-for this matter; pochilena-he inquired; brahmal)era sthane-from the\nbrahmal)a; brahmal)a-the priest; kahi/a-informed; saba-everything; bhogafoods; vivaral)e-in description.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the brahmaQa priest was questioned in this matter, he explained in\ndetail what kinds of foods were offered to the Deity of Gopinatha.\nTEXT 117\n\n�rm cet� &�ttt� �-'�'!��'-iftlll\n\n� �e.9ftml 'e�' �i!·l(�� ll � �'l ll\n\nsandhyaya bhoga /age k?ira-'amrta-ke/i'-nama\ndvadasa mrt-patre bhari' amrta-samana\nSYNONYMS\nsandhyaya-in the evening; bhoga-foods; /age-they offer; k?ira-sweet\nrice; amrta-ke/i-nama-named amrta-keli; dvadasa-twelve; mrt-patre-earthen\npots; bhari'-filling; amrta-samana-just like nectar.\n\n", "mad2#p0093": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n60\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmar;ta priest said: \"In the evening the Deity is offered sweet rice in\ntwelve earthen pots. Because the taste is as good as nectar [amrta], it is named\namrta-keli.\nTEXT 118\n\n'''Stt�QJ1f .,ft�' <lfilt' ��� e{111: ift1f I\n�ftl�l! �� ,ret'St �'tti e{t� �tif u � �,. u\n'gopinathera k$ira' bali' prasiddha nama yara\nprthivite aiche bhoga kahari nahi ara\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopinathera k$ira-the sweet rice offered to Gopinatha; ba/i'-as; prasiddhacelebrated; nama-the name; yara-of which; prthivite-throughout the whole\nworld; aiche-such; bhoga-food; kahari-anywhere; nahi-not; ara-else.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"This sweet rice is celebrated throughout the world as gopinatha-k�ira. It is\nnot offered anywhere else in the world.\"\nTEXT 119\n\n�� '�l Qet'St �t� iiftf'*'t I\n\n��' �-,�fc1P f<fii; � f�tfif� \" ��� \"\nhena-kale sei bhoga thakure lagila\nsuni' puri-gosarii kichu mane vicarila\n\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kale-at this time; sei bhoga-that wonderful food; thakure-in front of\nthe Deity; lagila-was placed; suni'-hearing; puri-gosarii-Madhavendra Puri;\nkichu-something; mane-within the mind; vicari/a-considered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Madhavendra Puri was talking with the brahmar;ta priest, the sweet\nrice was placed before the Deity as an offering. Hearing this, Madhavendra\nPuri thought as follows.\n\n", "mad2#p0094": "Text 122]\n\n61\n\nSri Mldhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\nTEXT 120\n\n��i! �� �t� �.. �rw � 1\n�tw 'f�' �i!t� � c;'$ft�tti'f i'ft� \" ��\n\n0\n\n\"\n\nayacita k?ira prasada a/pa yadi pai\nsvada jani' taiche k?ira gopale lagai\nSYNONYMS\nayacita-without asking; k?ira-sweet rice; prasada- remnants of food; alpaa little; yadi-if; pai-l get; svada-the taste; jani'-knowing; taiche-similar;\nk?ira-sweet rice; gopale-to my Gopala; /agai-1 can offer.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If, without my asking, a little sweet rice is given to me, I can then taste it\nand make a similar preparation to offer my Lord Gopala.\"\nTEXT 121\n\n�� �� ilf8§1 �lfl31 �\"f�'l �� I\n�il� c;•t'51\" llf11\"' ��f?! �f'Sfi'f\" ��)\"\nei icchaya lajja paiia vigiU-smaraQa kaila\nhena-ka/e bhoga sari' arati bajila\nSYNONYMS\nei icchaya-by this desire;\n\n/ajja-s hame;\n\npana-getting;\n\nvi?Qu-smaraQa­\n\nremembrance of Lord Vi�l)u; kai/a-did; hena-kale-at that time; bhoga-the\nfood; sari'-being finished; arati-the arati ceremony; bajila-was sounded .\nTRANSLATION\nMadhavendra Puri became greatly ashamed when he desired to taste the\nsweet rice, and he immediately began to think of Lord Vi��u. While he was\nthus thinking of Lord Vi��u, the offering was completed, and the arati\nceremony began.\nTEXT 122\n\n�� \"'f�1 � �� � I\n\n��tJ ��'Ji, �� ��if! �� �tf \" ���\"\n\n", "mad2#p0095": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n62\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\narati dekhiya puri kaila namaskara\nbahire aila, kare kichu na kahila ara\nSYNONYMS\narati dekhiya-after seeing the arati; puri- Madhavendra Puri; kaila-offered;\nnamaskara-obeisances; bahire ai/a-he went out; kare-to anyone; kichuanything; na-not; kahi/a-say; ara-more\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the arati was finished, Madhavendra Puri offered his obeisances to the\nDeity and then left the temple. He did not say anything more to anyone.\nTEXT 123\n\n��fft·iM �� -f<l11�, � I\n�I!� -tt'-t, �t� ��\" ��� \"\nayacita-vrtti puri-virakta, udasa\nayacita paile kha'na, nahe upavasa\nSYNONYMS\nayacita-vrtti-accustomed to avoid begging; puri-Madhavendra Puri; virakta-unattached; udasa-indifferent; ayacita-without begging; paile-if getting;\nkha'na-he eats; nahe-if not; upavasa-fasting.\nTRANSLATION\nMadhavendra Puri avoided begging. He was completely unattached and indifferent to material things. He would not beg. If someone offered him some\nfood, he would eat; otherwise he would fast.\nPURPORT\nThis is the paramaharhsa stage, the highest stage for a sannyasi. A sannyasi can\nbeg from door to door just to collect food, but a paramaharhsa who has taken\nayacita-vrtti, or ajagara-vrtti, does not ask anyone for food. If someone offers him\nfood voluntarily, he eats. Ayacita-vrtti means being accustomed to refrain from\nbegging, and ajagara-vrtti indicates one who is compared to a python, the big\nsnake that makes no effort to acquire food, but rather allows food to come automatically within its mouth. In other words, a paramaharhsa simply engages exclusively in the service of the Lord, without caring even for eating or sleeping. It\nwas\n\nstated\n\nabout\n\nthe\n\nsix\n\nGosvamis:\n\nnidrahara-viharakadi-vijitau.\n\nIn\n\nthe\n\nparamaharhsa stage one conquers the desire for sleep, food and sense gratifica-\n\n", "mad2#p0096": "Text 125]\n\nSri Midhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n63\n\ntion. One remains a humble, meek mendicant engaged in the service of the Lord\nday and night. Madhavendra PurT had attained this paramahamsa stage.\nTEXT 124\n\nc;l$!�ti! lf�' 'f'fllf�1 iltf� �ttlf I\n\n�-��1 �' �t� �ttil ��tl( \" ��8 \"\npremamrte trpta, k$udha-tr$TJa nahi badhe\nk$ira-iccha haila, tahe mane aparadhe\nSYNONYMS\nprema-amrte trpta-being satisfied only in the loving service of the Lord;\nk$udha tr$TJa-hunger and thirst; nahi-not; badhe-impede; k$ira-for sweet\n-\n\nrice; iccha-the desire; hai/a-became; tahe-for that reason; mane-he considers; aparadhe -offense.\nTRANSLATION\nA paramaharilsa like Madhavendra Puri is alway s satisfied in the loving ser\nvice of the Lord. Material hunger and thirst cannot impede his activitie!..\nWhen he desired to taste a little sweet rice offered to the Deity, he considered\nthat he had committed an offense by desiring to eat what was being offered to\nthe Deity.\nPURPORT\nIt is advisable that food being offered to the Deity be covered when taken from\nthe kitchen to the Deity room. In that way, others may not see it. Those who are\nnot accustomed to following the advanced regulative devotional principles may\ndesire to eat the food, and that is an offense. Therefore no one should be given a\nchance to even see it. However, when it is brought before the Deity, it must be\nuncovered. Seeing the food uncovered before the Deity, Madhavendra PurT\ndesired to taste a little of it so that he could prepare a similar sweet rice for his\nGopala. Madhavendra PurT was so strict, however, that he considered this to be an\noffense. Consequently he left the temple without saying any thing to anyone. The\nparamaharhsa is therefore called vijita-$a(i-guf)a. He must conquer the six material\nqualities-kama, krodha, /obha, moha, matsara, and k$udha-tr$fJa (lust, anger,\ngreed, illusion, enviousness, hunger and thirst.)\nTEXT 125\n\nc!ltru -J.�ltttll �fit' �il � 1\n�-tl �.r� �� �� llf� II ��It II\n\n", "mad2#p0097": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n64\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\ngramera sOnya-hate vasi' karena kirtana\netha pOjari karaila thakure sayana\nSYNONYMS\ngramera-of the village; sOnya-hate-in the vacant marketplace; vasi'-sitting\ndown; kare na-performs; kirtana-chanting; etha-in the temple; pOjari-the\npriest; karai/a-made; thakure-the Deities; sayana-lying down.\nTRANSLATION\nMadhavendra Puri left the temple and sat down in the village marketplace,\nwhich was vacant. Sitting there, he began to chant. In the meantime, the\ntemple priest laid the Deity down to rest.\nPURPORT\nAlthough Madhavendra Puri was not interested in eating and sleeping, his interest in chanting the maha-mantra was as acute as if he were an aspiring transcendentalist rather\n\nthan a\n\nparamaharilsa.\n\nThis means that even in the\n\nparamaharilsa stage , one cannot give up chanting. Haridasa Thakura and the\n\nGosvamis were all engaged in chanting a fixed number of rounds; therefore\nchanting on beads is very important for everyone, even though one may become\n\na paramaharilsa. This chanting can be executed anywhere, either inside or outside\nthe temple. Madhavendra Puri even sat down in a vacant marketplace to perform\n\nhis chanting: As stated by Srinivasa Acarya in his prayers to the Gosvamis: namagana-natibhi/:1. A paramaharilsa devotee is always engaged in chanting and ren­\n\ndering loving service to the Lord. Chanting the Lord's holy names and engaging in\nHis service are identical. As stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (7.5.23), there are nine\n\nkinds of devotional service: hearing (sravaf)am), chanting (kirtanam), remembering (vi?Qo/:1 smaraf)am), serving (pada-sevanam), worship of the Deity (arcanam),\npraying (vandanam), carrying out orders (dasyam), serving Him\n\nas\n\na friend\n\n(sakhyam), and sacrificing everything for the Lord (atma-nivedanam). Although\n\neach process appears distinct, when one is situated on the absolute platform he\ncan see that they are identical. For instance, hearing is as good as chanting, and\nremembering is as good as chanting or hearing. Similarly, engaging in Deity worship is as good as chanting, hearing or remembering. The devotee is expected to\naccept all nine processes of devotional service, but even if only one process is\nproperly executed, he can still attain the highest position (paramaharilsa) and go\n\nback home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT 126\n\n� �� <f'ff' � <f'� -111i1 I\n\n�?ft�Jt� �t�' ��1 <Wi111 ���II\n\n", "mad2#p0098": "Text 128]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n65\n\nnija krtya kari' pOjarT karila sayana\nsvapane thakura asi' bali/a vacana\nSYNONYMS\nnija krtya-his own duty; kari'-finishing; pOjarT-the brahmaf)a priest in the\ntemple; kari/a-took; sayana-rest; svapane-in a dream; thakura-the Deity;\nasi'-coming there; bali/a-said; vacana-the words.\nTRANSLATION\nFinishing his daily duties, the priest went to take rest. In a dream he saw the\nGopinatha Deity come to talk to him, and He spoke as follows.\nTEXT 127\n\n�' ��' �11\" �11\" �tl>il I\n� �<151l�11tfil �iUtf71·<fi�'l II ��� II\nuthaha, pOjarT, kara dvara vimocana\nk$Tra eka rakhiyachi sannyasi-karaf)a\nSYNONYMS\nuthaha-please get up; pOjarT-0 priest; kara-just do; dvara-the door;\nvimocana-opening; k$Tra-sweet rice; eka-one pot; rakhiyachi-1 have kept;\nsannyasi-of\n\nthe\n\nmendicant,\n\nMadhavendra\n\nPuri;\n\nkaraf)a-for\n\nthe\n\nreason.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please get up and open the door of the temple. I have kept one pot of\nsweet rice for the sannyasi Madhavendra Puri.\nTEXT 128\n\n� �·t\"l 6t�1 �<15 .m � I\n\n��11\"1 i41 'Srt�1 i!t�1 ��� Jft11t1111 ��\\r II\ndhar;Jara afica/e r;Jhaka eka k$Tra haya\ntamara na janila taha amara mayaya\nSYNONYMS\ndhar;Jara-of the cloth curtain; afica/e-by the skirt; r;Jhaka-covered; ekaone; k$Tra-pot of sweet rice; haya-there is; tamara-you; na-not; janilaknew; taha-that; amara-of Me; mayaya-by the trick.\n\n", "mad2#p0099": "Sri Caitanya-caritim!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"This pot of sweet rice is just behind My cloth curtain. You did not see it\nbecause of My tricks.\nTEXT 129\n\n�-�� � �� �r.;�r.;i! �fif�1 I\n��� i!' If!� ..,11\" Jtll!l' �� fl�111 ��� II\nmadhava-puri sannyasi ache hatete vasina\ntahake ta' ei k�ira sighra deha lana\nSYNONYMS\nmadhava-puri-of the name Madhavendra Puri;\n\nsannyast-a mendicant;\n\nache-there is; hatete-in the marketplace; vasina-sitting; tahake-to him;\nta'-certainly; ei-this; k�ira-pot of sweet rice; sighra-very quickly; dehagive; /ana-taking.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A sannyasi named Madhavendra Puri is sitting in the vacant marketplace.\nPlease take this pot of sweet rice from behind Me and deliver it to him!'\nTEXT 130\n\n151� �' '!_� li�' �� ��Bf I\n\n�m'����,� �iff m 11 ��0 11\nsvapna dekhi' pujari uthi' karila vicara\nsnana kari' kapata khuli, mukta kaila dvara\nSYNONYMS\nsvapna dekhi'-after seeing the dream; pujari-the priest; uthi'-getting up;\nkarila-made; vicara-considerations; snana kari'-taking his bath before entering the Deity room; kapata-the door; khu/i-opening; mukta-opened; kailamade; dvara-the doors.\nTRANSLATION\nAwaking from the dream, the priest immediately rose from bed and thought\nit wise to take a bath before entering the Deity's room. He then opened the\ntemple door.\n\n", "mad2#p0100": "Text 133]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n67\n\nTEXT 131\n\n� .{�\"( �\"' � ��· I\n-tt� ��' �11' ��1 ��'f �tf� II ��� II\ndhac;lara ancala-tale paila sei k?ira\nsthana lepi' k?ira lana ha-ifa bahira\nSYNONYMS\ndhac;lara-of the mantle; ar'lca/a-ta/e-at the skirt; paila-he got; sei-that;\nk?ira-pot of sweet rice; sthana /epi'-mopping that place; k?ira-the pot of\nsweet rice; /ana-taking; ha-ifa-he went; bahira-out of the temple.\nTRANSLATION\nAccording to the Deity's directions, the priest found the pot of sweet rice\nbehind the cloth curtain. He removed the pot and mopped up the place where\nit had been kept. He then went out of the temple.\nTEXT 132\n\nm tlrnt �ttlf '� (;lt� .m ��i 1\n\n�� �tt� � 11t'i<f�l:<ti it��i II ��� II\ndvara diya grame ge/a sei k?ira lana\nhate hate bule madhava-purike cahina\nSYNONYMS\ndvara diya-closing the door; grame-to the village; ge/a-went; sei-that;\nk$ira-pot of sweet rice; /ana-taking; hate hate-in every stall; bule- walks;\nmadhava-purike-to Madhavendra Puri; cahina-calling.\nTRANSLATION\nClosing the door of the temple, he went to the village with the pot of sweet\nrice. He called out in every stall in search of Madhavendra Puri.\nTEXT 133\n\n� � lfll, �H itt11 '11t���' I\n� 'ftRt' <;'$ft�� �� C<tiilf �fif II ��� II\n\n", "mad2#p0101": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n68\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nk$ira /aha ei, yara nama 'madhava-puri'\n\ntoma lagi' gopinatha k$ira kaila curi\nSYNONYMS\n\nk$ira /aha-take the pot of sweet rice; ei-this; yara-whose ; nama- name;\nmadhava-p uri-Madhavendra Puri; toma lagi'-for you only; gopinatha-the\nDeity of Lord Gopinatha; k$ira-the pot of sweet rice; kai/a-did; curi-steal.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHolding the pot of sweet rice, the priest called: \"Will he whose name is\nMadhavendra Puri please come and take this pot! Gopinatha has stolen this\npot for you!\"\nPURPORT\nThe difference between the Absolute Truth and relative truth is explained here.\nLord Gopinatha has openly declared herein that He is a thief. He had stolen the\npot of sweet rice, and this was not kept a secret because His act of stealing is a\nsource of great transcendental bliss. In the material world, theft is criminal, but in\nthe spiritual world the Lord's stealing is a source of transcendental bliss. Mundane\nrascals, who cannot understand the absolute nature of the Personality of Godhead, sometimes call Lord Sri Kr�Qa immoral, but they do not know that His\nseemingly immoral activities, which are not kept secret, afford pleasure to the\ndevotees. Not understanding the transcendental behavior of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, these rascals slur His character and immediately fall into the\ncategory of miscreants (rascals, lowest among men, demons and those whose\nknowledge is taken away by the illusory energy). Kr�Qa explains in Bhagavad-gita:\n\nna maril du$krtino mcu;lhab\n\nprapadyante naradhamab\n\nmayayapahrta-jnana\n\nasuraril bhavam asritab\n\n\"Those miscreants who are grossly foolish, lowest among mankind, whose knowledge is stolen by illusion, and who partake of the atheistic nature of demons, do\nnot surrender unto Me.\" (Bg. 7.15)\nMundane rascals cannot understand that whatever Kr�Qa does, being absolute\n\nin nature, is all good. This quality of the Lord is explained in Srimad-Bhagavatam\n(Tenth Canto). One may consider certain acts of a supremely powerful person to\nbe immoral by mundane calculations, but this is not actually the case. For example, the sun absorbs water from the surface of the earth, but it does not absorb\n\n", "mad2#p0102": "Text 134]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n69\n\nwater only from the sea. It also absorbs water from filthy sewers and ditches containing urine and other impure substances. The sun is not polluted by absorbing\nsuch water. Rather, the sun makes the filthy place pure. If a devotee approaches\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead for an immoral or improper purpose, he\n\nnonetheless becomes purified; the Lord does not become infected. In Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam it is stated that if one approaches the Supreme Lord even out of lust,\n\nanger or fear (kamarh krodharh bhayam), he is purified. (Bhag. 10.29.15) The\n\ngopTs, being young girls, approached Kr�Qa because He was a beautiful young boy.\n\nFrom the external point of view, they approached the Lord out of lust, and the\nLord danced with them at midnight. From the mundane point of view, these activities may appear immoral because a married or unmarried young girl cannot\nleave home to mix with a young boy and dance with him. Although this is im­\n\nmoral from the mundane viewpoint, the activities of the gopTs are accepted as the\nhighest form of worship because it was Lord Kr�Qa whom they approached with\nlusty desires in the dead of night.\nBut these things cannot be understood by nondevotees. One must understand\n\nKr�Qa in tattva (truth). One should use his common sense and consider that if\n\nsimply by chanting Kr�Qa's holy name one is purified, how then can the person\nKr�Qa be immoral? Unfortunately, mundane fools are accepted as educational\nleaders and are offered exalted posts for teaching irreligious principles to the\n\ngeneral populace. This is explained in SrTmad-Bhagavatam\n\n(7.5.31): andha\nyathandhair upanTyamana/:1. Blind men are trying to lead other blind men. Due to\nthe immature understanding of such rascals, common men should not discuss\n\nKr�Qa's pastimes with the gopis. A nondevotee should not even discuss His steal­\n\ning sweet rice for His devotees. It is warned that one should not even think about\nthese things. Although Kr�Qa is the purest of the pure, mundane people, thinking\nof Kr�Qa's pastimes that appear immoral, themselves become polluted.\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu therefore never publicly discussed Kr�Qa's dealings with\n\nthe gopis. He used to discuss these dealings only with three confidential friends.\n\nHe never discussed rasa-lila publicly, as the professional reciters do, although they\n\ndo not understand Kr�r;�a or the nature of the audience. However, S ri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu encouraged the public chanting of the holy name on a huge scale for\nas many hours as possible.\nTEXT 134\n\n.,;t1 '1$1 �r;-t tt_fil -.� 'e...t'l I\n\n��\"lit� -.t� �r;-. II ��8 II\nk�ira lana sukhe tumi karaha bhak�aQe\n\ntoma-sama bhagyavan nahi tribhuvane\n\n", "mad2#p0103": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n70\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nSY NONYMS\nk�Tra /aiia-taking the pot of sweet rice; sukhe-in happiness; tumi-you;\nkaraha-do; bhak�al)e-eating; toma-sama-like you; bhagyavan-fortunate;\nnahi-there is no one; tri-bhuvane-within the three worlds.\nTRANSLATION\nThe priest continued: \"Would the sannyasi whose name is Madhavendra\nPuri please come and take this pot of sweet rice and enjoy the prasada with\ngreat happiness! You are the most fortunate person within these three\nworlds!\"\nPURPORT\nHere is an example of a personal benediction by Kr�r:Ja's immoral activity. By\nGopTnatha's stealing for His devotee, the devotee becomes the most fortunate\nperson within the three worlds. Thus even the Lord's criminal activities make His\ndevotee the most fortunate person. How can a mundane rascal understand the\npastimes of Kr�r:Ja and judge whether He is moral or immoral? Since Kr�r:Ja is the\nAbsolute Truth, there are no mundane distinctions such as moral and immoral.\nWhatever He does is good. This is the real meaning of \"God is good.\" He is good\nin all circumstances because He is transcendental, outside the jurisdiction of this\nmaterial world. Therefore, Kr�r:Ja can be understood only by those who are already\nliving in the spiritual world. This is corroborated in Bhagavad-gita:\nmarh ca yo 'vyabhicarel)a\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gul)an samatityaitan\nbrahma-bhuyaya kalpate\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in any\ncircumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and thus comes to\nthe level of Brahman.\" (Bg. 14.26)\nOne who is engaged in unalloyed devotional service to the Lord is already situated in the spiritual world (brahma-bhuyaya kalpate). In all circumstances, his activities and dealings with Kr�r:Ja are transcendental and thus not understandable\nby mundane moralists. It is therefore better not to discuss such activities among\nmundane people. It is better to give them the Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra so that\nthey will be gradually purified and then come to understand the transcendental\nactivities of Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 135\n\n�i! ��' �'1'-c;�t�t� ����fir� I\n\n� fif�1 �� it� �<!{e. '�� \" �\\!).! \"\n\n", "mad2#p0104": "Text 136]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n71\n\neta suni' puri-gosafii paricaya difa\nk�ira diya pujari tailre daQc;iavat haifa\nSYNONYMS\neta suni'-hearing this; puri-gosafii-Madhavendra Puri; paricaya-introduction; dila-gave; k�ira diya-delivering the pot of sweet rice; pujari- the priest;\ntailre-to him; daQc;iavat haifa-offered obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this invitation, Madhavendra Puri came out and identified himself.\nThe priest then delivered the pot of sweet rice and offered his obeisances,\nfalling flat before him.\nPURPORT\nA brahmal)a is not supposed to offer his obeisances by falling flat before anyone because a brahmal)a is considered to be in the highest caste. However, when\na brahmal)a sees a devotee, he offers his daQc;iavats. This brahmal)a priest did not\nask Madhavendra Puri whether he was a brahmaQa, but when he saw that\nMadhavendra Puri was such a bona fide devotee that Kr�r:\"la would even steal for\nhim, he immediately understood the position of the saint. As stated by Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu: kiba vipra, kiba nyasi, sudra kene naya I yei kr�Qa-tattvavetta, sei 'guru' haya. (Cc. Madhya 8.128) Had the brahmal)a priest been an ordinary brahmal)a, Gopinatha would not have talked with him in a dream. Since\nthe Deity spoke to both Madhavendra Puri and the brahmal)a priest in dreams,\npractically speaking they were on the same platform. However, because Madhavendra Puri was a senior sannyasi Vai�r)ava, a paramaharilsa, the priest immediately fell flat before him and offered obeisances.\nTEXT 136\n\n�� �ffl ���\"'�till\n��' '12t11t�� '� C!t\\111��� II��� II\nk�irera vrttanta tailre kahifa pujari\nsuni' premavi�ta haifa sri-madhava-puri\nSYNONYMS\nk�irera vrttanta-all the incidents that took place on account of the pot of\nsweet rice; tailre-to Madhavendra Puri; kahifa-explained; pujari-the priest;\nsuni'-hearing; prema-avi�ta-saturated with love of Godhead; haifa-became;\nsri-madhava-puri -Srila Madhavendra Puri.\n\n", "mad2#p0105": "72\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the story about the pot of sweet rice was explained to him in detail,\nSri Madhavendra Puri at once became absorbed in ecstatic love of Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 137\n\n<;i2!1f <;��' ��<!'! �� �·1fl f<tf�C! I\n�· � �·�-r.f �-t,-� �ott� ll �� II\nprema dekhi' sevaka kahe ha-iya vismita\nk[$/)a ye inhara vasa, -haya yathocita\nSYNONYMS\n\nprema dekhi -seeing the ecstatic position of Madhavendra Puri; sevaka- the\n'\n\npriest; kahe-said; ha-iya-being; vismita-struck with wonder; k[$Qa- Lord\n\nKr�r:ta; ye-that; inhara-by him; vasa-obliged; haya-it is; yathocita-befitting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing the ecstatic loving symptoms manifest in Madhavendra Puri,\nthe priest was struck with wonder. He could understand why Kr�r;�a had become so much obliged to him, and he saw that Kr�r;�a's action was befitting.\nPURPORT\nA devotee can bring Kr�r:ta perfectly under his control. This is explained in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam: ajita-jito 'py asi tais tri-lokyam. (Bhag. 10.14.3) Kr�r:ta is never\n\nconquered by anyone, but a devotee can conquer Him through devotional service. As stated in Brahma-samhita (5.33): vede$U durlabham adurlabham atma­\n\nbhaktau. One cannot understand Kr�r:ta simply by reading Vedic literature. Al­\n\nthough all Vedic literature is meant for understanding Kr�r:ta, one cannot understand Kr�r:ta without being a lover of Kr�r:ta. Therefore along with the reading of\n\nVedic literature (svadhyaya), one must engage in devotional worship of the Deity\n\n(arcana-vidhl). Together these will enhance the devotee's transcendental under­\n\nstanding\n\nof\n\n(Cc. Madhya\n\ndevotional\n\nservice.\n\n5raval)adi\n\nsuddha-citte\n\nkaraye\n\nudaya\n\n22.107). Love of Godhead is dormant within everyone's heart, and\n\nif one simply follows the standard process of devotional service, it is awakened.\nBut foolish mundane people who simply read about Kr�r:ta mistakenly think that\nHe is immoral or criminal.\n\nTEXT 138\n\n�C! �fit\"' �f1{' �f1{� $let I\n\n��llf �f1{� � '� �� 18� ll ��lr II\n\n", "mad2#p0106": "Text 140]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n73\n\neta bali' namaskari' karila gamana\navese karila puri se k?ira bhak?aQa\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying\n\nthis;\n\nnamaskari'-offering\n\nobeisances;\n\nkarila gamana­\n\nreturned; avese-in ecstasy; karila-did; puri-Puri Gosani; se-that; k?irasweet rice; bhak?aQa-eating.\nTRANSLATION\nThe priest offered his obeisances to Madhavendra Puri and returned to the\ntemple. Then, in ecstasy, Madhavendra Puri ate the sweet rice offered to him\nbyKm1a.\nTEXT 139\n\n�1!1 121� �fit' �'G �� c<�Sa, 1\n\n<I� <ltfiti' '�� �m 1ft�a, II ��� II\npatra prak?alana kari' khaQc;/a khaQc;/a kaila\nbahir-vase bandhi' sei thikari rakhila\nSYNONYMS\npatra-the pot; prak?alana kari' -washing; khaQc;/a khaQc;/a-breaking into\npieces; kai/a-did; bahir-vase-in his outer wrapper; bandhi'-binding; seithose; thikari-pieces of pot; rakhila-kept.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, Madhavendra Puri washed the pot and broke it into pieces. He\nthen bound all the pieces in his outer cloth and kept them nicely.\nTEXT 140\n\n12!f!fitil: ���@{ �t� �'ll'i'l I\n�� '<$rtt<�llf �,-�� � ��i{ II �So II\n\"'\n\nprati-dina eka-khani karena bhak?aQa\nkhaile premavesa haya, -adbhuta kathana\nSYNONYMS\nprati-dina-every day; eka-khani-one piece; karena-does; bhak?aQa-eating; khaile-by eating; prema-avesa-ecstasy; haya-there is; adbhuta-wonderful; kathana-narrations.\n\n", "mad2#p0107": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n74\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nEach day, Madhavendra Puri would eat one piece of that earthen pot, and\nafter eating it he would immediately be overwhelmed with ecstasy. These are\nwonderful stories.\nTEXT 141\n\n'�f <;�� �f ffif--(;'1� � �fil' I\nfflti' �-�� �� <;�Hl �� 'Sft�' II �8� II\n'thakura more k$ira dila-loka saba suni'\ndine loka-bhi(ia habe mora prati$tha jani'\nSYNONYMS\nthakura-the Lord; more-to me; k$ira-sweet rice; di/a-has given; /akathe people; saba-all; suni'-after hearing; dine-at daytime; /aka-of people;\nbhi(ia-crowd; habe-there will be; mora-my; prati$tha-fame; jani'-knowing.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving broken the pot and bound the pieces in his doth Madhavendra Puri\nbegan to think: \"The Lord has given me a pot of sweet rice, and when the\npeople hear of this tomorrow morning, there will be great crowds.\"\nTEXT 142\n\n'� � 1ftmt-� ��� ��� I\n��� <;�t;n�tt� �'G�e. �' II �8� II\nsei bhaye ratri-5e$e calila sri-puri\nsei-khane gopinathe daQ(iavat kari'\nSYNONYMS\nsei bhaye-fearing that; ratri-5e$e-at the end of the night; ca/i/a-left; sripuri-Sri Madhavendra Puri;\n\nsei-khane-on that spot; gopinathe-to Lord\n\nGopinatha; daQ(iavat-obeisances; kari'-doing.\nTRANSLATION\nThinking this, Sri Madhavendra Puri offered his obeisances to Gopinatha on\nthe spot and left Remur;�a before morning.\n\n", "mad2#p0108": "Text 1451\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n75\n\nTEXT 143\n\n�' �' 'Cf1�1 �\"�\"'� I\n\ni!J�Qf ��' C�\"f1 '�� �\"' II �8� II\nca/i' ca/i' aila purr sri-nilacala\njagannatha dekhi' haifa premete vihvala\nSYNONYMS\n\nca/i' ca/i'-walking and walking; ai/a-he reached; puri-Jagannatha Puri; srinilacala-known as Nilacala; jagannatha dekhi'-seeing lord Jagannatha; haifabecame; premete-in love; vihva/a-overwhelmed.\nTRANSLATION\nWalking and walking, Madhavendra Puri finally reached Jagannatha Puri,\nwhich is also known as Nilacala. There he saw Lord Jagannatha and was overwhelmed with loving ecstasy.\nTEXT 144\n\n<:�� �' 'Pf�, �' iftt�, 1tt1t I\ni!J�Qf-� �t�� ?ft� II �88 II\npremavese uthe, par;le, hase, nace, gaya\njagannatha-darasane maha-sukha paya\nSYNONYMS\n\nprema-avese-in loving ecstasy; uthe-sometimes stands; par;/e-sometimes\nfalls; hase-laughs; nace-dances; gaya-sings; jagannatha dara5ane-by seeing\nlord Jagannatha in the temple; maha-sukha-transcendental happiness; payahe felt.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Madhavendra Puri was overwhelmed in the ecstasy of love of Godhead, he sometimes stood up and sometimes fell to the ground. Sometimes he\nlaughed, danced and sang. In this way he enjoy ed transcendental bliss by\nseeing the Jagannatha Deity.\nTEXT 145\n\n'Jft'fct�'i- �� ��'1',-c;t'ftt� ���I\n� �� �' �mr � � cef9 11 �8� 11\n\n", "mad2#p0109": "76\n\nSri Caitanya-carit�mrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\n'madhava-puri sripada ai/a', -Joke haiJa khyati\nsaba Joka asi' tarire kare bahu bhakti\n\nSYNONYMS\nmadhava-puri-Sri Madhavendra Puri; sripada-sannyasi; ai/a-has come;\nJoke-among the people; haiJa-there was; khyati-reputation; saba Joka-all\npeople; asi'-coming; tarire-unto him; kare-do; bahu-much; bhakti-devotion.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Madhavendra Puri came to Jagannatha Puri, people were aware of his\ntranscendental reputation. Therefore crowds of people came and offered him\nall sorts of respect in devotion.\nTEXT 146\n\n��ia �:et� \\Jl� 'Sf� f�i! I\n� if! �tt•, i!t� � �mi·AAi! 11 � s� 11\nprati$thara svabhava ei jagate vidita\nye na vafiche, tara haya vidhata-nirmita\n\nSYNONYMS\nprati$thara-of reputation;\n\nsvabhava-the nature;\n\nei-this; jagate-in the\n\nworld; vidita-known; ye-the person who; na vafiche-does not desire it;\ntara-of him; haya-it is; vidhata-nirmita-created by providence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEven though one may not like it, reputation, as ordained by providence,\ncomes to him. Indeed, one's transcendental reputation is known throughout\nthe entire world.\nTEXT 147\n\n<2tR!it1 � '1iT ''5Wrj �'ft$1 I\n�··,2tr;1{ �f-sii ��tiP '5tlft$i M )8't II\nprati$thara bhaye puri geJa paJafia\nk[$Qa-preme prati$tha caJe sarige gacjafia\n\n", "mad2#p0110": "Text 148]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n77\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nprati�thara bhaye-in fear of reputation; puri-Madhavendra Puri; gefa-went\naway; pafat'ia-fleeing; kr�Qa-preme-in love of Kr�t:Ja; prati�tha-reputation;\ncafe-goes; sarige-simultaneously; ga<;/at'ia-gliding down.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing afraid of his reputation [prati�tha], Madhavendra Puri fled from\nRemu�;�a. But the reputation brought by love of Godhead is so sublime that it\ngoes along with the devotee, as if following him.\nPURPORT\n\nAlmost all the conditioned souls within the material world are envious. Jealous\npeople generally turn against one who automatically attains some reputation. This\nis natural for jealous people. Consequently, when a devotee is fit to receive\nworldly reputation, he is envied by many people. This is quite natural. When a\nperson, out of humility, does not desire fame, people generally think him quite\nhumble and consequently give him all kinds of fame. Actually a Vai�t:�ava does not\nhanker after fame or a great reputation. Madhavendra Puri, the king of Vai�t:�avas,\nbore his reputation, but he wanted to keep himself outside of the vision of the\ngeneral populace. He wanted to cover his real identity as a great devotee of the\nLord, but when people saw him overwhelmed in ecstasy in love of Godhead, they\nnaturally gave credit to him. Actually a first-class reputation is due Madhavendra\nPuri because he was a most confidential devotee of the Lord. Sometimes a sahajiya presents himself as being void of desires for reputation (prati�tha) in order to\nbecome famous as a humble man. Such people cannot actually attain the platform of celebrated Vai�t:�avas.\nTEXT 148\n\n�-� �'$1 � *'11l� 1l'i' I\n\n�� li\"fi'·'l� l'(l'f �� II �Sir II\nyadyapi udvega haifa pafaite mana\nthakurera candana-sadhana ha-ifa bandhana\nSYNONYMS\n\nyadyapi-although; udvega-anxiety; haifa-there was; pafaite-to go away;\nmana-the mind;\n\nthakurera-of the Lord;\n\ncandana-of the sandalwood;\n\nsadhana-the collecting; ha-ifa-there was; bandhana-bondage.\n\n", "mad2#p0111": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n78\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nMadhavendra Puri wanted to leave Jagannatha Puri because the people\nwere honoring him as a great devotee; however, this threatened to hinder his\ncollecting sandalwood for the Gopala Deity.\nTEXT 149\n\n�1tmtf� '�<�� �'!, �� �,.. 1\nJt�� �ffta, �if <;'5tt�t�-��t� II �8� II\njagannathera sevaka yata, yateka mahanta\nsabake kahila puri gopala-vrttanta\n\nSYNONYMS\njagannathera sevaka-the servants of Lord Jagannatha;\nmahanta-all\n\nrespectable\n\ndevotees;\n\nsabake-unto\n\nyata-all;\n\neveryone;\n\nyateka\n\nkahi/a-told;\n\npuri-Madhavendra Puri; gopa/a-vrttanta-the narration of Gopala.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Madhavendra Puri told all the servants of Lord Jagannatha and all the\ngreat devotees there the story of the appearance of Sri Gopala.\nTEXT 150\n\n<;'Stt� P'fi{ 1ftr;'5t,-�fi{' �'5t'fl\nCl� ilf!i{ \"ftf'5t' � �i{ \" ��0 \"\ngopala candana mage,-suni' bhakta-gaf)a\nanande candana lagi' karila yatana\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopa/a-Lord Gopala at Vrndavana; candana-sandalwood; mage-wants;\nsuni'-hearing; bhakta-gaf)a-all the devotees; anande-in great pleasure; candana Jagi'-for sandalwood; karila-made; yatana-endeavor.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all the devotees at Jagannatha Puri heard that the Gopala Deity\nwanted sandalwood, in great pleasure they all endeavored to collect it.\n\n", "mad2#p0112": "Text 152]\n\nSri Mldhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n79\n\nTEXT 151\n\n1fti!Jf�·'Jt� � 'ft1f �� I\n\n�-�� �� ft.i II �<t� II\n\n��� 1ttf'St' ·\n\nraja-patra-sane yara yara paricaya\ntare magi' karpura-candana karila sancaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nraja-patra-government officers; sane-with; yara yara-whoever; paricayahad acquaintance; tare magi'-begging them; karpura-candana-camphor and\nsandalwood; karila-made; saticaya-collection\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThose who were acquainted with government officers met with them and\nbegged for camphor and sandalwood, which they collected.\nPURPORT\nIt appears that malayaja-candana (sandalwood) and camphor were used for the\nJagannatha Deity. The camphor was used in His aratrika, and the sandalwood was\nused to smear His body. Both these items were under government control;\ntherefore the devotees had to meet with the government officials. Informing\nthem of all the details, they attained permission to take the sandalwood and\ncamphor outside Jagannatha Puri.\n\nTEXT 152\n\n�� �-2!, �· �' � �� I\n\n',lit·<;'Sft'Jttfl$1f ftt'flf flf'f .,..,.� II �<t� II\neka vipra, eka sevaka, candana vahite\npurT-gosanira sailge dila sambala-sahite\n\nSYNONYMS\neka vipra-one brahmaf)a; eka sevaka-one servant; candana-the sandalwood; vahite-to carry ; purl-gosatiira\n\n-\n\nMadhavendra Puri; sailge-with; di/a­\n\ngave; sambala-sahite-with the necessary expenditure.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne brahmal)a and one servant were given to Madhavendra Puri just to carry the sandalwood. He was also given the necessary traveling expenses.\n\n", "mad2#p0113": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n80\n\nTEXT 153\n\n�ttt�� i�ti! 1ft��ttl � I\n���1 �fit' f1fl'f �-<;'$ftlftMt� �tf ������\nghap-dani chac;faite raja-patra dvare\nraja-lekha kari' dila puri-gosanira kare\n\nSYNONYMS\nghJ.t;-dani-from the toll collectors; chac;faite-to get release; raja-patrapapers showing governmental sanction; dvare-at the gates; raja-/ekha-governmental\n\npermission;\n\nkari'-showing;\n\ndi/a-delivered;\n\npuri-gosanira-of\n\nPuri\n\nGosaf\\i, Madhavendra Puri; kare-into the hand.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo get past the toll collectors along the way, Madhavendra Puri was supplied with the necessary release papers from government officers. The papers\nwere placed in his hand.\nTEXT 154\n\n�� 1ft'R� � \"1'�1 I\n�i!Nt� �'ttl:\\! � f'51m II ��8 II\ncalila madhava-puri candana lana\nkata-dine remuf)ate uttarila giya\n\nSYNONYMS\nca/i/a-proceeded; madhava-puri-Madhavendra Puri; candana /ana-taking\nthe sandalwood; kata-dine-after some days; remuf)ate-at the same temple of\nRemur;�a; uttari/a-reached; giya-going.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Madhavendra Puri started for V�ndavana with the burden of sandalwood, and after some days he again reached the village of Remur;�a and the\nGopinatha temple there.\nTEXT 155\n\n,�t!·Rt'1 '�\" �fl lllt..-tf I\n<;1$1t� �-h ���II ���II\n\n", "mad2#p0114": "Text 157]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n81\n\ngopinatha-caraf)e kaila bahu namaskara\npremavese nrtya-gita karila apara\nSYNONYMS\ngopinatha-caraf)e-at the lotus feet of Lord GopTnatha; kai/a-made; bahumany; namaskara-obeisances; prema-avese-in the ecstasy of love; nrtyagita-dancing and chanting; kari/a-performed; apara-unlimitedly.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Madhavendra Puri reached the temple of Gopinatha, he offered his\nrespectful obeisances many times at the lotus feet of the Lord. In the ecstasy\nof love, he began to dance and sing without cessation.\nTEXT 156\n\n� ��' c;�� � �'lftit �� I\n\n.mi.!f:Jt'tlf fif� �'tt� �11151 �t� II �ct\\!111\n\npuri dekhi' sevaka saba sammana karila\nk�ira-prasada diya tanre bhik�a karaila\nSYNONYMS\npuri dekhi'-by seeing Madhavendra PurT; sevaka-the priest or servant; saba\nsammana-all\n\nrespects;\n\nkarila-offered;\n\nk�ira-prasada-sweet\n\nrice\n\nprasada;\n\ndiya-offering; tar'lre-him; bhik�a karaila-made to eat.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the priest of Gopinatha saw Madhavendra P1,1ri again, he offered all\nrespects to him and, giving him the sweet rice prasada, made him eat.\nTEXT 157\n\nc;:Jtl������l\nc;�ffl '� '1_if 00� �91� II �ct� II\nsei ratre devalaye karila sayana\nse�a-ratri haile puri dekhila svapana\nSYNONYMS\nsei ratre-on that night; deva-alaye-in the temple; kari/a-did; sayanasleeping; se�a-ratri-at the end of the night; hai/e-when it was; puri-Madhavendra PurT; dekhila-saw; svapana-a dream.\n\n", "mad2#p0115": "82\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nMadhavendra Puri took rest that night in the temple, but toward the end of\nthe night he had another dream .\nTEXT 158\n\n(;'ftt� �fit� �,--�� � 1ft'{� I\n\n�'ff·Ptf� �tfif 9ft� �� II ��lr II\ngopala asiya kahe, -suna he madhava\nkarpura-candana ami pailama saba\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopa/a-the Deity of Gopala; asiya-coming; kahe-says; suna-hear; he-\n\n0; madhava-M adhav endra Puri; karpura-candana-the cam phor and sandalwood; ami-1; pai/ama-hav e received; saba-all.\nTRANSLATION\nMadhavendra Puri dreamed that Gopala came before him and said: \"0\nMadhavendra Puri, I have already received all the sandalwood and camphor.\nTEXT 159\n\n�t{f-�� ��' �� � I\n(;'ftt�� �ttr �\\!J �1f� (;119f� II ��� II\nkarpura-sahita gha�i' e-saba candana\ngopinathera ange nitya karaha Jepana\n\nSYNONYMS\nkarpura-sahita-with the camphor; gha�i -g rinding; e-saba-all this; can'\n\ndana-sandalwood; gopinathera-of Sri Gopinatha; ange-on the body; nityadaily; karaha-do; /epana-smearing\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now just grind all the sandalwood together with the camphor and then\nsmear the pulp on the body of Gopinatha daily until it is finished.\nTEXT 160\n\n<;'ftt�� �talt1f <;� ��� �If � I\n�·�t� Ptf� � �� <;1ftl �M-!IR II ��o II\n\n", "mad2#p0116": "Text 1621\n\nSri Wdhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n83\n\ngopinatha amara se eka-i anga haya\ninhake candana dile habe mora tapa-k�aya\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopinatha-Lord Gopinatha; amara-My; se-that; eka-i-one; anga-body;\nhaya-is; inhake-unto Him; candana dile-in offering this candana; habethere will be; mora-My; tapa-k�aya-reduction of temperature.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is no difference between My body and Gopinatha's body. They are\none and the same . Therefore if you smear the sandalwood pulp on the body of\nGopinatha, you will naturally also smear it on My body. Thus the temperature\nof My body will be reduced.\nPURPORT\nGopala was situated in Vrndavana, which was far from Remur:Ja. In those days,\none had to pass through provinces governed by the Mohammedans, who sometimes hindered travelers. Considering the trouble of His devotee, Lord Gopala, the\ngreatest well-wisher of His devotees, ordered Madhavendra Puri to smear the sandalwood pulp on the body of Gopinatha, which was nondifferent from the body\nof Gopala. In this way the Lord relieved Madhavendra Puri from trouble and inconvenience.\n\nTEXT 161\n\nf.O ifl '6��' if! �� � � I\nf� �fi{' �\"'� '�� �1f �� II ��� II\ndvidha na bhaviha, na kariha kichu mane\nvisvasa kari' candana deha amara vacane\n\nSYNONYMS\ndvidha na bhaviha-do not hesitate; na kariha-do not do; kichu-anything;\nmane-in the mind; visvasa kari'-believing Me; candana-sandalwood; dehaoffer; amara vacane-under My order.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You should not hesitate to act according to My order. Believing in Me, just\ndo what is needed.''\nTEXT 162\n\n\\111! �fit' ''itt�� ,'SWJ, ''$ftlftf$1!Jf'tf'Stfli I\n\n'�tt� '���'$ft'1 l!t�'1 �tfil'li n �� n\n\n", "mad2#p0117": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n84\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\neta bali' gopala gela, gosMii jagila\ngopinathera sevaka-gaue (fakiya ani/a\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; gopa/a-the Deity of Gopala; ge/a-disappeared; gosafii\njagi/a-Madhavendra Puri awoke;\n\ngopinathera-of Lord Gopinatha; sevaka­\n\ngaue-to the servitors; (fakiya-calling; ani/a-brought them.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter giving these instructions, Gopala disappeared, and Madhavendra Puri\nawoke. He immediately called for all the servants of Gopinatha, and they came\nbefore him.\nTEXT 163\n\n� � �'1,-111. ��·i\"fl{ I\n(;'Stt�tt-m �t!l' fii'!J �� � II �� II\nprabhura ajfia hail a, -ei karpDra-candana\ngopinathera atige nitya karaha lepana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura ajfia haifa-there was an order of the Lord; ei-this; karpDracamphor;\n\ncandana-and sandalwood;\n\ngopinathera atige-on the body of\n\nGopinatha; nitya-daily; karaha-do; /epana-smearing\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMadhavendra Puri said: \"Smear the body of Gopinatha with this camphor\nand sandalwood I have brought for Gopala in Vrndavana. Do this regularly\nevery day.\nTEXT 164\n\nt••MS � �\"' ''Stt9f'ttl dt� � I\n� ��-�11 ���\"II ��8 II\nitihake candana di/e, gopa/a ha-ibe sitala\nsvatantra isvara-tatira ajfia se prabala\nSYNONYMS\nitihake-unto Gopinatha; candana dile-when sandalwood will\n\nbe given;\n\ngopa/a-Lord Gopala in Vrndavana; ha-ibe-will become; s itala-cool; svatantra\n\n", "mad2#p0118": "Text 166]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n85\n\nisvara-the most independent Supreme Personality of Godhead; tatira-His;\najtia-order; se-that; prabafa-powerful\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If the sandalwood pulp is smeared over the body of Gopinatha, then\nGopala will be cooled. After all, the Supreme Personality of Godhead is completely independent; His order is all-powerful.\"\nTEXT 165\n\nirl•ttwl' ,'St�tlf ?f� � I\n�fi{' �t� �II( c;lt�1( 1{i{ II ��<!' II\ngri?ma-kafe gopinatha paribe candana\nsuni' anandita haifa sevakera mana\nSYNONYMS\ngri?ma-kafe-in the summer; gopinatha-Lord Gopinatha; paribe\n\n-\n\nwill put on;\n\ncandana-sandalwood pulp; suni -hearing; anandita-pleased; haifa-became;\n'\n\nsevakera-of the servants; mana-the minds.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe servants of Gopinatha became very pleased to hear that in the summer\nall the sandalwood pulp would be used to anoint the body of Gopinatha.\nTEXT 166\n\n'!_� �..:,-111� It 'lflfl{t� i\"fi{ I\n�t� �-�� ()fll, fit� '� '��� 11 ��� n\npuri kahe, -ei dui gha?ibe candana\nara jana-dui deha, diba ye vetana\n\nSYNONYMS\npuri kahe-Madhavendra Puri said; ei dui-these two assistants; gha?ibe-will\ngrind; candana-the sandalwood; ara-another; jana-dui-two men; deha-apply; diba-1 shall pay; ye-that; vetana-salary\n\n.\n\n", "mad2#p0119": "�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n86\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nMadhavendra Puri said: \"These two assistants will regularly grind the sandalwood, and you should also get two other people to help. I shall pay their\nsalary.\"\nTEXT 167\n\n(§lt 'Ill! � �� � 'llfloo I\n� � � � <tSRmi II ��'I II\nei mata candana deya pratyaha gha�iya\nparaya sevaka saba ananda kariya\n\nSYNONYMS\nei mata-in this way; candana-sandalwood; deya-gives; pratyaha-daily;\ngha�iya-grinding; paraya-caused to put on; sevaka-servants; saba-all of it;\nananda-pleasure; kariya-feeling.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Gopinathaji was supplied ground sandalwood pulp daily. The\nservants of Gopinatha were very pleased with this.\nTEXT 168\n\n12!<!� � �ttll, \"Me. �'til �· I\n\nIS'fillt� 'l_fr �e.�� II ��lr II\npratyaha candana paraya, yavat haila anta\ntathaya rahila puri tavat paryanta\n\nSYNONYMS\npratyaha-daily; candana-sandalwood pulp; paraya-smears over the body;\nyavat-until; hai/a-there was; anta-an end; tathaya-there; rahi/a-remained;\npuri-Madhavendra Puri; tavat-that time; paryanta-until.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way the sandalwood pulp was smeared over the body of Gopinatha\nuntil the whole stock was finished. Madhavendra Puri stayed there until that\ntime.\n\n", "mad2#p0120": "Text 169]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n87\n\nTEXT 169\n\n�1'1·�· �: �'ft�� c;'Sflrt I\n�I( �� .rr� ��111'1 \" ��� \"\ngri$ma-kala-ante punab nilacale gela\nnilacale caturmasya anande rahila\nSYNONYMS\ngri$ma-kala-of\n\nthe summer season;\n\nante-at the\n\nend;\n\npunab-again;\n\nnilaca/e-to jagannatha Puri; ge/a-went; ni/aca/e-in Jagannatha Puri; caturmasya-the four months for vows; anande-in great pleasure; rahi/a-remained.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the end of summer, Madhavendra Puri returned to Jagannatha Puri,\nwhere he remained with great pleasure during the whole period of Caturmasya.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Caturmasya period begins in the month of A�a<;lha Oune-july) from the day\nof Ekada.Si called Sayana-ekada.Si in the fortnight of the waxing moon. The period\nends in the month of Kartika (October-November) on the Ekada.Si day known as\nUtthana-ekadasi in the fortnight of the waxing moon. This four-month period is\nknown as Caturmasya. Some Vai�Qavas also observe it from the full-moon day of\nA�<;lha until the full-moon day of Kartika. That is also a period of four months.\nThis period, calculated by the lunar months, is called Caturmasya, but others also\nobserve Cl.turmasya according to the solar month from SravaQa to Kartika. The\nwhole period, either lunar or solar, takes place during the rainy season. Caturmasya should be observed by all sections of the population. It does not matter\nwhether one is a grhastha or a sannyasi. The observance is obligatory for all\nasramas. The real purpose behind the vow taken during these four months .is to\nminimize the quantity of sense gratification. This is not very difficult. In the month\nof SravaQa, one should not eat spinach. In the month of Bhadra, one should not\neat yogurt, and in the month of Asvina, one should not drink milk. One should not\neat fish or other nonvegetarian food during the month of Kartika. A nonvegetarian\ndiet means fish and meat. Similarly, masura dahl and urad dahl are also considered\nnonvegetarian. These two dahls contain a great amount of protein, and food rich\nin protein is considered nonvegetarian. On the whole, during the four-month\nperiod of Caturmasya, one should practice giving up all food intended for sense\nenjoyment.\n\n", "mad2#p0121": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n88\n\nTEXT 170\n\nll'!_r;'t art'f�·�11: �·t.!·mt.! I\n�•'Sftct �1$1 � �tf 'fil't\"'tfift.! II :>\" II\no\n\nsri-mukhe madhava-purira amrta-carita\nbhak ta-gaQe sunaiia prabhu kare asvadita\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-mukhe-from the mouth of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; madhava-purira-of\nMadhavendra Puri; amrta-carita-nectarean characteristics; bhakta-gaQe-the\ndevotees; sunaiia-making hear; prabhu-the Lord; kare-does; asvaditarelished.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally praised the nectarean characteristics of Madhavendra Puri, and while He related all this to the devotees, He\npersonally relished it.\nTEXT 171\n\n���,-�Itt, <R.: � I\n\n�·lf11' 'et'St:R'f1l 'f� � � II )\" :> II\nprabhu kahe, -nityananda, karaha vicara\npuri-sama bhagyavan jagate nahi ara\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; nityananda-Nityananda Prabhu; karaha vicarajust\n\nconsider;\n\npuri-sama-like\n\nMadhavendra\n\nPuri;\n\nbhagyavan-fortunate;\n\njagate-in the world; nahi- there is not; ara-anyone else.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked Nityananda Prabhu to judge whether\nthere was anyone within the world as fortunate as Madhavendra Puri.\nTEXT 172\n\n'A��-li:t'f �� �tt� ��i �tl'f I\nft.!�<tl� �t� �tfit' �t� �'t�t C<tia, II :>\"� II\n\n", "mad2#p0122": "Text 1741\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n89\n\ndugdha-dana-chale k[$Qa yanre dekha dila\ntina-bare svapne asi' yanre ajfia kaila\nSYNONYMS\ndugdha-dana-chale-on the plea of delivering\n\nmilk;\n\nk[$Qa-Lord\n\nKr?l)a;\n\nyar'lre-unto whom; dekha dila-made His appearance; tina-bare-three times;\nsvapne-in dreams; asi'-coming; yar'lre-unto whom; ajfia-order; kaila-gave.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said: \"Madhavendra Puri was so fortunate that\nKr�Qa personally appeared before him on the plea of delivering milk. Three\ntimes the Lord gave orders to Madhavendra Puri in dreams.\nTEXT 173\n\n<fBt (;121?:.11 �-t ��i 121�\\i �a;rl I\n'�� �tft�i� �fil' �'$\\i! i!'t�'li II ��� II\nyanra preme vasa hafia prakata ha-ifa\nseva angikara kari' jagata tariJa\nSYNONYMS\nyanra-of whom; preme-by love of Godhead; vasa-obliged; hafia-being;\nprakata -manifest; ha-i Ia -became; seva -service; angikara -acceptance;\nkari'-doing; jagata-the whole world; tariJa-delivered.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Being obliged because of the loving affairs of Madhavendra Puri, Lord\nKr�Qa Himself appeared as the Gopala Deity, and, accepting his service, He\nliberated the whole world.\nTEXT 174\n\n�t� �f'$1' (;'$\\t�ilt� llfil� '<f)� � I\n�\\fl� ift1f �� '�wt1fl' <f)fit' II �98 II\nyanra lagi' gopinatha k$ira kaila curi\nataeva nama haifa 'k$ira-cora' kari'\n\n", "mad2#p0123": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n90\n\n[Madhya-Iii� Ch. 4\n\nSYNONYMS\nyanra-whom; lagi '-on account of; gopinatha-Lord Gopinatha; k�irasweet rice; kai/a-did; curi-steal; ataeva-therefore; nama-the name; haifabecame; k�ira-cora-the thief of sweet rice; kari '-making.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"On account of Madhavendra Puri, Lord Gopinatha stole the pot of sweet\nrice. Thus He became famous as K�ira-cora [the thief who stole the sweet\nrice].\nTEXT 175\n\n�+-�\"!� �HI' � ���Q'f I\n�� ��-c;�f<$1f (;12!� ��f� II �'l<t II\nkarpura-candana yarira arige ca(iaila\nanande puri-gosaiiira prema uthali/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nkarpura-candana-camphor and sandalwood; yarira arige-on whose body;\nca(iai/a-p u t; anande-in great pleasure; puri -gosMiira-of Madhavendra Puri;\nprema-love of Godhead; uthalila-welled up.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Madhavendra Puri smeared the sandalwood pulp over the body of\nGopinatha, and in this way he was overpowered with love of Godhead.\nTEXT 176\n\n(;11�'5¥'-t �+-�il �� �'11Q'f I\n\n�� l:� �t'� ��i 'Sflfilm c;�911Q'f II �9� II\nmleccha-dese karpura-candana anite jaiijala\npuri du/:lkha pabe iha janiya gopala\n\nSYNONYMS\nm/eccha-dese-through the countries where Mohammedans ruled; karpuracandana-camphor and sandalwood; anite-to bring; jaiija/a-inconvenience;\npuri-Madhavendra Puri;\n\ndu/:lkha-unhappiness;\n\njaniya-knowing; gopa/a-Gopala.\n\npabe-will get;\n\niha-this;\n\n", "mad2#p0124": "Text 178]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n91\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the provinces of India governed by the Mohammedans, there was much\ninconvenience in traveling with sandalwood and camphor. Because of this,\nMadhavendra Puri might have gotten into trouble . This became known to the\nGopala Deity.\nTEXT 177\n\n�-�m �'--���!�e.� 1\n� 9f'Rt' ���� �rn'l ��� II �'l'l II\nmaha-daya-maya prabhu -bhakata-vatsala\ncandana pari' bhakta-srama karila sapha/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-very; daya-maya-merciful; prabhu-the Lord; bhakata-vatsala-very\nattached to His devotees; candana pari'-putting on the sandalwood; bhaktasrama-the trouble of the devotee; karila-made; saphala-successful\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Lord is very merciful and attached to His devotees, so when\nGopinatha was covered with sandalwood pulp, Madhavendra Puri's labor became successful.\"\nTEXT 178\n\n�11' <;${·�� �11'� f�11' I\n�)f�� <;�� f�� �'it ij�e,�111' II �'llr II\npurira prema-paraka�tha karaha vicara\na/aukika prema citte /age camatkara\n\nSYNONYMS\npurira-of Madhavendra Puri; prema-para-ka�tha-the standard of intense\nlove of Godhead; karaha-j ust make; vicara-j udgment; a/aukika-uncommon;\nprema-love of Godhead; citte-in the mind; /age-strikes; camatkara-wonder.\n\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu placed the standard of Madhavendra Puri's intense\nlove before Nityananda Prabhu for judgment. \"All his loving activities are un-\n\n", "mad2#p0125": "Sri C�tanya-caritlmfla\n\n92\n\n[Madhya-Jill, Ch. 4\n\ncommon,\" Caitanya Mahaprabhu said. \"Indeed, one is struck with wonder to\nhear of his activities.\"\nPURPORT\nWhen the living entity feels spiritual separation from Kr�Qa (kf$Qa-viraha), he\nhas achieved the prime success of life. When one becomes disinterested in material things, he is simply experiencing the other side of attraction for material things.\nHowever, feeling separation from Kr�Qa and engaging in the service of the Lord to\nfulfill His mission constitute the best example of love of Kr�Qa. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu wanted to point out this intense love of Kr�Qa exhibited by Madhavendra Puri. All Caitanya Mahaprabhu's devotees later followed in the footsteps\nof Madhavendra Puri, serving the Lord without personal considerations.\n\nTEXT 179\n\n9f� f�'5i, (}{�, \"� �� I\n\n�t11J�1�-'et1t N�-\"tr-�� I!��� II\nparama virakta, mauni, sarvatra udasina\ngramya-varta-bhaye dvitiya-sar'lga-hina\n\nSYNONYMS\nparama virakta-totally renounced or unattached; mauni-silent; sarvatraeverywhere; udasina-uninterested; gramya-varta-of mundane topics; bhayein fear; dvitiya-second; sar'lga-associate; hina-without.\n\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu continued: \"Sri Madhavendra Puri used to remain\nalone. He was completely renounced and always very silent. He was uninterested in everything material, and for fear of talking about mundane things,\nhe always lived without a companion.\nTEXT 180\n\n�-�it c;�19f'tf;�1f ·�t;g;rt� 9ft�1 I\n�� '� �tf�' �f;� P'fi1 J�tf��111 �lro II\nhena-jana gopalera ajnamrta pana\nsahasra krosa asi' bule candana magina\n\n", "mad2#p0126": "Text 182]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n93\n\nSYNONYMS\nhena-jana-such a personality; gopa/era-of the Gopala Deity; ajna-amrtathe nectarean order; pana-getting; sahasra-a thousand; krosa-a distance of\ntwo miles; asi'-coming; bule-walks; candana-sandalwood; magina-begging.\nTRANSLATION\n\"After receiving the transcendental orders of Gopala, this great personality\ntraveled thousands of miles just to collect sandalwood by begging.\nTEXT 181\n\n(;�l;� 1{c;�, � �i �Ht�i if! �� I\n��-� �\"t�·�t11' <!!�' \"f�i i.lt� II �lr� II\nbhoke rahe, tabu anna magina na khaya\nhena-jana candana-bhara vahi' lana yaya\nSYNONYMS\nbhoke-hungry; rahe-remains; tabu-still; anna-food; magina-begging;\nna-does not; khaya-eat; hena-jana-such a person; candana-bhara-the load\nof sandalwood; vahi'-carrying; /ana-taking; yaya-goes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although Madhavendra Puri was hungry, he would not beg food to eat.\nThis renounced person carried a load of sandalwood for the sake of Sri\nGopala.\nTEXT 182\n\n''lf!';'f<fi �il, �1\"1i·Rt-f�\n\n�� I\n\n<;'Stt9f� 9f1ft�'ll'-l!l� �til\"! 121� II �lr� II\n'maf)eka candana, tola-viseka karpura\ngopa/e paraiba'-ei ananda pracura\nSYNONYMS\nmaf)eka candana-one mound of sandalwood;\nweight; viseka-twenty; karpura-camphor;\n\nto/a-a measurement of\n\ngopale-on Gopala; paraiba-l\n\nshall smear; ei-this; ananda-pleasure; pracura-suff.icient.\n\n", "mad2#p0127": "94\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Without considering his personal comforts, Madhavendra Puri carried one\nmound [about eighty-two pounds] of sandalwood and twenty tolas [about\neight ounces] of camphor to smear over the body of Gopala. This transcendental pleasure was sufficient for him.\nTEXT 183\n\nl,jje_�� �� m� '(j\"fi{ \"'f�<-fP11\n'!it1 \\!1�1�l'f �9!\\jj Qf�1<.fl3111 �17'� II\nutkalera dani rakhe candana dekhina\ntahali eljaila raja-patra dekhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nutkalera-of Orissa; dani-toll officer; rakhe-takes; candana-sandalwood;\ndekhina-seeing;\n\ntahali-there;\n\ne{iai/a-escaped;\n\nraja-patra-governmental\n\nrelease; dekhana-by showing.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since there were restrictions against taking the sandalwood out of the\nOrissa province, the toll official confiscated the stock, but Madhavendra Puri\nshowed him the release papers given by the government and consequently\nescaped difficulties.\nTEXT 184\n\n'JI� � �Q!, �'ittfl! ��Bt I\n'�lfti! '()1\\ifil fii'Cl-il� \\!1 f'Cl'()Bt II � 17'8 II\nmleccha-desa dura patha, jagati apara\nke-mate candana niba-nahi e vicara\n\nSYNONYMS\nmleccha-desa-the countries governed by Mohammedans; dura patha-long\njourney; jagati-watchmen; apara-unlimited; ke-mate-how; candana-the\nsandalwood; niba-1 shall take; nahi-there was not; e-this; vicara-consideration.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Madhavendra Puri was not at all anxious during the long journey to\nVrndavana through the provinces governed by the Mohammedans and filled\nwith unlimited numbers of watchmen.\n\n", "mad2#p0128": "Text 186]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n95\n\nTEXT 185\n\n:Jfttr �<II � � �� flro! I\n\n�opt ��� �l!j � \"1'$1 �tt� II �\\r(l II\nsange eka vata nahi ghati-dana dite\ntathapi utsaha bac;fa candana lana yaite\nSYNONYMS\nsar'lge-with him; eka-one; vata-farthing; nahi-there was not; ghatidana-as a toll tax; dite-to give; tathapi-still; utsaha-enthusiasm; bac;famuch; candana-sandalwood; /alia-taking; yaite-to go.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although Madhavendra Puri did not have a farthing with him, he was not\nafraid to pass by the toll officers. His only enjoyment was in carrying the load\nof sandalwood to Vrndavana for Gopala.\nTEXT 186\n\n121�-<;� �� \"ll�t�·�Wnf I\n�-�:�·mtflff il1 <fitf �mf II �\\r� II\npragac;fha-premera ei svabhava-acara\nnija-dubkha-vighnadira na kare vicara\nSYNONYMS\npragac;fha-intense;\n\npremera-of love of Godhead;\n\nei-this;\n\nsvabhava­\n\nnatural; acara-behavior; nija-personal; dubkha-inconvenience; vighna-impediments; adira-and so on; na-not; kare-does; vicara-consideration.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This is the natural result of intense love of Godhead. The devotee does not\nconsider personal inconveniences or impediments. In all circumstances he\nwants to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nIt is natural for those who have developed intense love for Kr��a not to care for\npersonal inconvenience and impediments. Such devotees are simply determined\nto execute the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead or His representative, the spiritual master. In all circumstances, even amidst the greatest dangers,\n\n", "mad2#p0129": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n96\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nthey undeviatingly carry on with the greatest determination. This definitely\n\nproves the intense love of the servitor. As stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam, tat te\n\n'nukamparil susamik$yamal)aQ: those who seriously desire to get free from the\n\nclutches of material existence, who have developed intense love for Kr�l)a, are\nworthy candidates for going back home, back to Godhead. An intense lover of\nKr�l)a does not care for any number of material discomforts, scarcity, impediments\nor unhappiness. It is said that when one sees apparent unhappiness or distress in a\nperfect Vai�r;�ava, it is not at all unhappiness for him; rather, it is transcendental\n\nbliss. In the Sik$a$taka, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has also instructed: a.Sfi$ya va\n\npada-ratam. The intense lover of Kr�r;�a is never deviated from his service, despite\n\nall difficulties and impediments brought before him.\nTEXT 187\n\n�l i!t11' � <;�11i (;&II� ����i! I\n<;'$ft?t� �tt11' �1� � �� �fi{!';i! II �IT'� II\nei tara gac;fha prema /oke dekhaite\ngopala tanre ajna dila candana anite\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; tara-of Madhavendra Puri; gac;fha-intense; prema-love of God­\n\nhead; loke-unto the people; dekhaite-to show; go pa/a-Lord Gopala; tailreto him; ajna-order; di/a-gave; candana-sandalwood; anite-to bring.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sri Gopala wanted to show how intensely Madhavendra Puri loved Km•a;\ntherefore He asked him to go to Nilacala to fetch sandalwood and camphor.\nTEXT 188\n\n?tf1fi!lt1l � �'11 �few� I\n�\"l ctf�'i' �' �:�if! 'Stf't&�� II �b-IT' II\nCft(\n\nbahu parisrame candana remul)a ani/a\nananda bac;fila mane, dubkha na gaQila\nSYNONYMS\n\nbahu-much; parisrame-with labor; candana-sandalwood; remul)a-to\nRemul)a (the village of Gopinatha); ani/a-brought; ananda-pleasure; bac;fi/aincreased; mane-in the mind; dubkha-difficulties; na-not; gaQila-counted\n.\n\n", "mad2#p0130": "Text 190]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n97\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"With great trouble and after much labor, Madhavendra Puri brought the\nload of sandalwood to Remul)a. However, he was still very pleased; he discounted all the difficulties.\nTEXT 189\n\n��-.1 <II� c;\"m9ft\"' '<II� �t9'J'l W't� I\n\n�'lf1 \"<liffi! QC!t<{ C�� ..��ti{. II � � � II\nparik�a karite gopafa kaifa ajria dana\nparik�a kariya se�e haifa dayavan\nSYNONYMS\nparik�a-test; karite-to make; gopafa-Lord G opala; kaifa-did; ajria-the\n\norder;\n\ndana-giving; parik�a-the test;\n\nkariya-making;\n\nse�e-at the end;\n\nhaifa-became; daya-van-merciful.\nTRANSLATION\n\"To test the intense love of Madhavendra Puri, Gopala, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, ordered him to bring sandalwood from Nilacala, and\nwhen Madhavendra Puri passed this examination, the Lord became very merciful to him.\nTEXT 190\n\n�� ��, ��r�-��-�<��t11' 1\n'if��� �-:JR111' �tf� �fit\"<!lt11' II ��o II\nei bhakti, bhakta-priya-kr�f)a-vyavahara\nbujhiteo ama-sabara nahi adhikara\nSYNONYMS\nei bhakti-this type of devotion; bhakta-of the devotee; priya-and the most\nlovable obj ect; kr�f)a-Lord Kr�r:Ja; vyavahara-the behavior; bujhiteo-to understand; ama-sabara-of all of us; nahi-there is not; adhikara-the c apacity\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Such behavior exhibited in loving service between the devotee and the\ndevotee's lovable object, Sri Kr�l)a, is transcendental. It is not possible for a\ncommon man to understand. Common men do not even have the capacity.\"\n\n", "mad2#p0131": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n98\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 191\n\n1.!1'! �fit' �� �'. -it� �'! c;�� I\n\n�� c;Jf�-�� 'Sf'$fe, ��Jtt� �ttG�Jt� II �c;,� II\neta bali' pa(je prabhu tatira krta 5/oka\nyei 5/oka-candre jagat karyache a/aka\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; paqe-reads; prabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ntarira-by Madhavendra PurT; krta-composed; 5/oka-verse; yei-that; 5/okacandre-by the moonlike verse; jagat-all over the world; karyache-produced;\na/oka-light.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu read the famous verse of\nMadhavendra Puri. That verse is just like the moon. It has spread illumination\nall over the world.\nTEXT 192\n\n�� �fllt'! ��� 'll\"A!'Sf·�� I\n'$f'fi ��' �� 1.!1� �� � II �c;,� II\ngha�ite gha�ite yaiche malayaja-sara\ngandha ba(je, taiche ei 5/okera vicara\n\nSYNONYMS\ngha�ite gha�ite-rubbing and rubbing; yaiche-just as; ma/aya-ja-sara-sandalwood;\n\ngandha-the\n\nflavor;\n\nbaqe-increases;\n\ntaiche-similarly;\n\nei-this;\n\n5/okera-of the verse; vicara-the consideration.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy continuous rubbing, the aroma of Malaya sandalwood increases.\nSimilarly, by considering this verse, its importance increases.\nTEXT 193\n\n�'$f'i·Jft$fl �� c;����� I\n�-�$fl �tli (!j� c;�� � II �c;,� II\n\n", "mad2#p0132": "Text 195]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n99\n\nratna-gaQa-madhye yaiche kaustubha-maQi\nrasa-kavya-madhye taiche ei 5/oka gaQi\nSYNONYMS\nratna-gaQa-the\n\nvaluable\n\njewels;\n\nmadhye-among;\n\nyaiche-just\n\nas;\n\nkaustubha-maQi-the jewel known as Kaustubha-mal)i; rasa-kavya-mellow poetry; madhye-among; taiche-s imilarly; ei-this; 5/oka-verse; gaQi-1 count.\nTRANSLATION\nAs the kaustubha-maQi is considered the most precious of valuable stones,\nthis verse is similarly considered the be�t of mellow poems.\nTEXT 194\n\n�� � <!S��tt�� �t'f1·�1��t'tt I\nrlHf �'Pit� ���1tfi 11i'lt<�·':il\\2lf II ��8 II\nei 5/oka kahiyachena radha-thakuraQi\ntarira krpaya sphuriyache madhavendra-vi'iQi\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; 5/oka-verse; kahiyachena-has spoken; radha-thakuri'iQi-Srimati\nRadharai)T; tarira-Her; krpaya-by the mercy; sphuriyache-has manifested;\nmadhavendra-of Madhavendra Purl; vaQi-the words.\nTRANSLATION\nActually this verse was spoken by Srimati RadharaQi Herself, and by Her\nmercy only was it manifest in the words of Madhavendra Puri.\nTEXT 195\n\nf<li<!f1 ''$1'1t�!! ��i <f.t� ��t�� I\n\n��i ��tTltt\\! �i1t ���'�\\Sf� II ��<t II\nkiba gauracandra iha kare asvadana\niha asvadite ara nahi cautha-jana\nSYNONYMS\nkiba-how excellent; gaura-candra-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; iha-this;\nkare-does;\n\nasvadana-tasting;\n\niha-this\n\nverse;\n\nasvadite-to\n\nanother; nahi-there is not; cautha-jana-a fourth man.\n\ntaste;\n\n;ira­\n\n", "mad2#p0133": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n100\n\n[Madhya-IIII, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnly Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has tasted the poetry of this verse. No fourth\nman is capable of understanding it.\nPURPORT\nThis indicates that only S rimati RadharaQi, Madhavendra Puri and Caitanya\nMahaprabhu are capable of understanding the purport of this verse.\n\nTEXT 196\n\n(;11!�<15ttlf �· � �t'! � I\n\n��121tf� �\"' 'J..:�� CJttt<�5� ��t\\! II ��� II\n5e?a-kale ei 5/oka pathite pathite\nsiddhi-prapti haifa purTra 5/okera sahite\n\nSYNONYMS\n5e?a-ka/e-at the end;\n\nei 5/oka-this verse;\n\npathite pathite-by reciting\n\nrepeatedly; siddhi-prapti-attainment of perfection; haifa-there was; purTra-of\nMadhavendra Puri; 5/okera-this verse; sahite-with.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMadhavendra Puri recited this verse again and again at the end of his material existence. Thus uttering this verse, he attained the ultimate goal of life.\nTEXT 197\n\n�fll fu'lnli� Oli� C� \"il��1o:f1� <f. W1<K�1�Jr:'l I\n�If�� �l'f'c<'�1����\" lfTh� �r�nf\\!i r�� <fi�1\"i!J�'n � � �\nayi drna-dayardra natha he\nmathura-natha kadavalokyase\nhrdayarh tvad-aloka-katararh\ndayita bhramyati kirh karomy aham\n\nSYNONYMS\nayi-0 My Lord; dina-on the poor; daya-ardra-compassionate; natha-0\nmaster;\n\nhe-0;\n\nmathura-natha-the\n\nmaster\n\nof\n\nMathura;\n\nkada-when;\n\nava/okyase-1 shall see You; hrdayam-My heart; tvat-of You; a/aka-without\nseeing;\n\nkataram-very\n\nmuch\n\naggrieved;\n\ndayita-0\n\nmost\n\nbeloved;\n\nbhramyati-becomes overwhelmed; kim-what; karomi-shall do; aham-1.\n\n", "mad2#p0134": "Text 198]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n101\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 My Lord! 0 most merciful master! 0 master of Mathura! When shall I\n\nsee You againJ Because of My not seeing You, My agitated heart has become\nunsteady. 0 most beloved one, what shall I do nowJ\"\nPURPORT\n\nThe uncontaminated devotees who strictly depend on the Vedanta philosophy\n\nare divided into four sampradayas, or transcendental parties. Out of the four\n\nsampradayas, the Sri Madhvacarya-sampradaya was accepted by Madhavendra\n\nPurL Thus he took sannyasa according to parampara, the disciplic succession.\nBeginning from Madhvacarya down to the spiritual master of Madhavendra Puri,\nthe acarya named Lak�mipati, there was no realization of devotional service in\nconjugal love. Sri Madhavendra Puri introduced the conception of conjugal love\nfor the first time in the Madhvacarya-sampradaya, and this conclusion of the\nMadhvacarya-sampradaya was revealed by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu when He\ntoured southern India and met the Tattvavadis, who supposedly belonged to the\nMadhvacarya-sampradaya.\nWhen Sri Kr�r:Ja left Vrndavana and accepted the kingdom of Mathura, Srimati\nRadharal)i, out of ecstatic feelings of separation, expressed how Kr�r:Ja can be\nloved in separation. Thus devotional service in separation is central to this verse.\nWorship in separation is considered by the GaU<;liya-Madhva-sampradaya to be\nthe topmost level of devotional service. According to this conception, the devotee thinks of himself as very poor and neglected by the Lord. Thus he addresses\n\nthe Lord as dina-dayardra natha, as did Madhavendra PurL Such an ecstatic feeling\n\nis the highest form of devotional service. Because Kr�r:Ja had gone to Mathura,\nSrimati Radharal)i was very much affected, and She expressed Herself thus: \"My\ndear Lord, because of Your separation My mind has become overly agitated. Now\ntell Me, what can I do? I am very poor, and You are very merciful, so kindly have\ncompassion upon Me and let Me know when I shall see You.\" Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu was always expressing the ecstatic emotions of Srimati Radharal)i\nthat She exhibited when She saw Uddhava at Vrndavana. Similar feelings, experienced by Madhavendra Puri, are expressed in this verse. Therefore, V ai�l)avas\nin the Gau<;iiya-Madhva-sampradaya say that the ecstatic feelings experienced by\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu during His appearance came from Sri Madhavendra Puri\nthrough Tsvara Puri. All the devotees in the line of the GauQiya-Madhvasampradaya accept these principles of devotional service.\nTEXT 198\n\nIJI� (;� ��t� �¥_ ���11J('�t� I\n(;�t1lt� � �<JPi ��� �1lt� II ��lr II\n\n", "mad2#p0135": "102\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nei 5/oka pac;lite prabhu ha-ifa murcchite\npremete viva5a hana pac;lila bhamite\n\nSYNONYMS\nei 5/oka-this verse; pac;/ite-reciting; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nha-ifa-became; murcchite-unconscious; premete-in ecstatic love; viva5auncontrolled; hana-becoming; pac;lila-fell down; bhamite-on the ground.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu recited this verse, He immediately fell to\nthe ground unconscious. He was overwhelmed and had no control over Himself.\nTEXT 199\n\n��-�� �tt\"f �ftf' fill'J fi1�Jtil\"f I\n\ni1ii\"fil ��VI �tef �t� <;'fl�ri!! II ��CI> II\naste-vyaste kale kari' nila nityananda\nkrandana kariya tabe uthe gauracandra\n\nSYNONYMS\naste-vyaste-in great dexterity; kale-on the lap; kari'-making; nila-took;\nnityananda-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; krandana-crying; kariya-doing; tabeat that time; uthe-got up; gaura-candra-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu fell to the ground in ecstatic love,\nLord Nityananda took Him on His lap. Crying, Caitanya Mahaprabhu then got\nup again.\nTEXT 200\n\n<;�t'lft'lltw �' ��' �f� � � -mT 1\n'f'f'Rf �' �t�, �tt\"f, ilttri, 'it'rn II �,\n-\n\no o\n\nII\n\npremonmada haifa, uthi' iti-uti dhaya\nhunkara karaye, hase, kande, nace, gaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nprema-unmada-the madness of love; haifa-there was; uthi'-getting up; itiuti dhaya-runs here and there; hur'lkara-resounding; karaye-does; haselaughs; kande-cries; nace-dances; gaya-and sings.\n\n", "mad2#p0136": "Text 202]\n\nSri Mldhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n103\n\nTRANSLATION\nExhibiting ecstatic emotions, the Lord began to run here and there, making\nresounding noises. Sometimes He laughed, and sometimes cried, and sometimes danced and sang.\nTEXT 201\n\n'�rn �', '1Sirn �, <1ft� <1ft�� 1\n\n<1flt� ifl fil:�t� <'lt�, '� �� II � � II\no\n\n'ayi dina', 'ayi dina' bale bara-bara\nkaQthe na nii)sare VJ.Qi, netre asru-dhara\nSYNONYMS\nayi dina-0 my Lord, master of the poor; ayi dina-0 my Lord, master of the\npoor;\n\nbale-says;\n\nbara-bara-repeatedly;\n\nkaQthe-in the throat;\n\nna-not;\n\nnii)sare-comes out; vaQi-the voice; netre-in the eyes; a5ru-dhara-torrents\nof tears.\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu could not recite the whole verse. He simply said, \"Ayi\ndina, ayi dina,\" repeatedly. Thus He could not speak, and profuse tears were\nin His eyes.\nTEXT 202\n\n<1fS\"'f, �' ��f!!i, �V,\n\n�<'lcfJ I\nferr;�, �' iS'ftiSJ, 'St� ��' C� II � � II\no\n\nkampa, sveda, pulakasru, stambha, vaivarQya\nnirveda, vi?ada, ja(iya, garva, harg dainya\nSYNONYMS\nkampa-trembling;\n\nsveda-perspiration; pulaka-asru-jubilation and tears;\n\nstambha-shock; vaivarQya-loss of color; nirveda-disappointment; vi?adamoroseness; ja(iya-loss of memory; garva-pride; har?a-joy; dainya-humility.\nTRANSLATION\nTrembling, perspiration, jubilant tears, shock, fading of the bodily luster,\ndisappointment, moroseness, loss of memory, pride, joy and humility were all\nvisible in Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's body.\n\n", "mad2#p0137": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n104\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, jac;fya is explained as loss of memory brought\nabout by severe shock due to separation from the beloved. In that state of mind,\none loses all concern for loss and gain, hearing and seeing, as well as all other considerations. This marks the preliminary appearance of illusion.\nTEXT 203\n\n�� ,i!ttt� �11t�� '�� �9N� I\n,'SI'tlftilt�-,�<1� '�t� �� '�1fil'ft II �o� II\nei stoke ughac;fila premera kapata\ngopinatha-sevaka dekhe prabhura prema-nata\nSYNONYMS\nei 5/oke-this verse;\n\nughac;fila-uncovered;\n\npremera-of conjugal love;\n\nkapata-the door; gopinatha-sevaka-the servants of the Gopinatha Deity;\ndekhe-see; prabhura-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prema-nata-the dance\nin ecstatic love.\nTRANSLATION\nThis verse uncovered the door of ecstatic love, and when it was exhibited,\nall the servants of Gopinatha saw Caitany a Mahaprabhu dance in ecstasy.\nTEXT 204\n\n� l'l�1li '�f�' �'{� �� ��'f I\n�'f:tH 'ret'$�' �fit' ��fi! ��iif II �o8 II\nlokera sanghatta dekhi' prabhura bahya haifa\nthakurera bhoga sari' arati bajila\nSYNONYMS\nlokera-of people; sanghatta-a crowd; dekhi'-seeing; prabhura-of Sri\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nbahya-external\n\nconsciousness;\n\nhaifa-appeared;\n\nthakurera-of the Deity; bhoga-offering; sari'-finishing; arati-performance of\narati; bajila-resounded.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen many people crowded around Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, He regained\nHis external senses. In the meantime, the offering to the Deity had been\nfinished, and there was a resounding arati performance.\n\n", "mad2#p0138": "Text 207]\n\nSri Mldhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n105\n\nTEXT 205\n\n��t1f ��� il �1ft�1 �'l\" �� ��t I\n12t,_1f �'$f �t�' �'I � <111t ..,.t II �oQ II\nthakure sayana karana pujari haifa bahira\nprabhura age ani' difa prasada bara k�ira\nSYNONYMS\nthakure-the Deity; sayana-lying down; karai'ia-causing to do; pujari-the\npriest; haifa-was; bahira-out of the temple; prabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; age-in front; ani'-bringing; dila-offered; prasada-the remnants of food; bara-twelve; k�ira-pots of sweet rice.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Deities were laid down to rest, the priest came out of the temple\nand offered all twelve pots of sweet rice to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 206\n\n�1f c;w�' 11�t�t �til� ��'I I\n1fij�'$ft'l ���t�\\! 'Pt.�'� II�\"� I\nk�ira dekhi' mahaprabhura ananda bac;lifa\nbhakta-gaQe khaoyaite panca k�ira faila\nSYNONYMS\nk�ira-the sweet rice; dekhi'-seeing; mahaprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; ananda-the pleasure; bac;lifa-increased; bhakta-gaQe-the devotees; khaoyaite-to feed them; pai'ica-five pots; k�ira-sweet rice; faifa-accepted.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all the pots of sweet rice, remnants left by Gopinatha, were placed\nbefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, He became very pleased. In order to feed\nthe devotees, He accepted five of them.\nTEXT 207\n\nlfti! � �trtm �t'-ff�t flf\"' 1\n\n9f·�1f 'Pf.iSftil -.ft$�1 �Itt� I �oct II\n\n", "mad2#p0139": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n106\n\n[Madhya-Jill, Ch. 4\n\nsata k$ira pujarike bahu(liya dila\npanca-k?ira panca-jane vantiya khaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsata k?ira-seven pots of sweet rice; pOjarike-toward the pujari; bahu(liyapushing forward; di/a-gave; panca-k?ira-five pots of sweet rice; panca-janeto five men; vantiya-distributing; khaila-ate.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe seven remaining pots were pushed forward and delivered to the priest.\nThen the five pots of sweet rice the lord had accepted were distributed\namong the five devotees, and they ate the prasada.\nTEXT 208\n\n<;�Of·�� \"� �ffll1t� �1� I\n� (;lof�1�� �\"( $11'f 'e..'f II -\\ olr \"\ngopinatha-rupe yadi kariyachena bhojana\nbhakti dekhaite kaila prasada bhak?aQa\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopinatha-rOpe-in\nkariyachena-has\n\nHis\n\ndone;\n\narea incarnation\n\nas Gopinatha;\n\nbhojana-eating;\n\nyadi-although;\n\nbhakti-devotional\n\nservice;\n\ndekhaite-to exhibit; kai/a-did; prasada bhak?aQa-eating.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing identical with the Gopinatha Deity, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had\nalready tasted and eaten the pots of sweet rice. Yet just to manifest devotional\nservice, He again ate the pots of sweet rice as a devotee.\nTEXT 209\n\nifPf-:Jt�� (;ll- �1� ''5tti!1�'1i I\n'lfer\"f·''�HJ� (}off;{' ��� iffti'ft II-\\ o� II\nnama-sankirtane sei ratri gonaila\nmangala-arati dekhi' prabhate cali/a\n\n", "mad2#p0140": "Text 211]\n\n107\n\n�ri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\nSYNONYMS\nnama-sankirtane-in\n\ncongregational\n\nchanting;\n\nsei-that;\n\nratri-night;\n\ngor'lai/a-passed; mangala-arati-the early arati; dekhi'-after seeing; prabhatein the morning; ca/i/a-departed.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu passed that night at the temple engaged in congregational chanting. In the morning, after seeing the mangala-arati performance, He departed.\nTEXT 210\n\n,m�-,,.��-��-sttJttf$J �ct1\n�1ft., 1\\�� � '�lfl �tlllf� II �)o H\ngopala-gopinatha-puri-gosafiira guQa\nbhakta-sange sri-mukhe prabhu kaila asvadana\nSYNONYMS\ngopala-of the Gopala Deity; gopinatha-of the Gopinatha Deity; purigosafiira-of Madhavendra Puri; guQa-the qualities; bhakta-sange-with the\ndevotees; sri-mukhe-in His own mouth; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkai/a-did; asvadana-tasting.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally tasted with His own\nmouth the transcendental qualities of Gopalaji, Gopinatha and Sri Madhavendra Puri.\nTEXT 211\n\n�i: I!' 'eft� ���1 ��tJ �11i I\n�� '45��e.'lffJ, �tJ ��ti2!1!\"·�111 II �)) II\nei ta' akhyane kahila donhara mahima\nprabhura bhakta-vatsalya, ara bhakta-prema-sima\nSYNONYMS\nei ta'-thus; akhyane-in the narration; kahi/a-described; donhara-of the\ntwo; mahima-the glories; prabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-\n\n", "mad2#p0141": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n108\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nvatsa/ya-attachment for His devotees; ara-and ; bhakta-prema-sima-the highest limit of ecstatic love by the devotee.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have described both the transcendental glories of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's affection for His devotees and the highest limit of ecstatic love\nof God.\nTEXT 212\n\n�� �lfPi l�i �r;� c;�· iSf� I\n�\"·i�T;'l c;� � c;l2tJ�-.� II �)� II\nsraddha-yukta hana iha sune yei jana\nsri-kr$Qa-caraf)e sei paya prema-dhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsraddha-yukta-possessed of faith;\n\nhafla-being;\n\niha-this;\n\nsune-hears;\n\nyei-that; jana-perso n ; sri-kf$Qa-caraf)e-at the lotus feet of Lord Sri Kr�l)a;\nsei-that person; paya-gets; prema-dhana-the treasure of love of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne who hears this narration with faith and devotion attains the treasure of\nlove of Godhead at the lotus feet of Sri Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 213\n\n�111�-if,�tQf-�r;w �111 �-t 1\nc�iliRfi!'tJJ'! �r;� �-.wtlf 11 ��� 11\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$Qadasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri rupa-Srila ROpa Gosvami; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n-\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa\nthe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nKr�l)adasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\n\n-\n\nexpectation; caitanya-caritamrta­\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr$Qa-dasa-Srila\n\n", "mad2#p0142": "Text 213]\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri's Devotional Service\n\n109\n\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Riipa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, K��r:tadasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritam�a, following in their\nfootsteps.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritam[ta, Madhyalila, Fourth Chapter, describing Sri Madhavendra Puri's devotional service.\n\n", "mad2#p0143": "CHAPTER 5\n\nThe Activities of Sak�i-gopala\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura gives the following summary of the Fifth Chapter in his\n\nAmrta-pravaha-bha�ya: After passing through Yajapura, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nreached the town of Kataka (Cuttak) and there went to see the temple of Sak�igopala. While there, He heard the story of Sak�i-gopala from the mouth of Sri\nNityananda Prabhu.\nOnce there were two brahmaf)as, one elderly and the other young, who were\ninhabitants of a place known as Vidyanagara. After touring many places of\npilgrimage, the two brahmaf)as finally reached Vrndavana. The elderly brahmaf)a\nwas very satisfied with the service of the young brahmaf)a, and he wanted to\noffer him his youngest daughter in marriage. The young brahmaf)a received the\npromise of his elder before the Gopala Deity of Vrndavana Thus the Gopala Deity\nacted as a witness. When both brahmaf)as returned to Vidyanagara, the younger\n\nbrahmaf)a raised the question of this marriage, but the elderly brahmaf)a, due to\nobligations to his friends and wife, answered that he could not remember his\npromise. Because of this, the younger brahmaf)a returned to Vrndavana and narrated the whole story to Gopalaji. Thus Gopalaji, being obliged by the young\nman's devotional service, accompanied him to southern India. Gopalaji followed\nthe younger brahmaf)a, who could hear the tinkling sound of GopalajT's ankle\nbells. When all the respectable gentlemen of Vidyanagara were assembled,\nGopalaji testified to the promise of the elderly brahmaf)a. Thus the marriage was\nperformed. Later, the King of that country constructed a fine temple for Gopala.\nAfterwards, King Puru�ottama of Orissa was insulted by the King of Kataka,\nwho refused to give him his daughter in marriage and called him a sweeper of\nLord jagannatha. With the help of Lord Jagannatha, King Puru�ottama fought the\nKing of Kataka and defeated him. Thus he took charge of both the King's daughter\nand the state of Kataka as well. At that time, Gopalaji, being very much obligated\nby the devotional service of King Puru�ottama, was brought to the town of\nKataka.\n\nAfter hearing this narration, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu visited the temple of\n\nGopala in great ecstasy of love of God. From Kataka He went to Bhuvanesvara and\n\nsaw the temple of Lord Siva. In this way, He gradually arrived at Kamalapura, and\non the banks of the Bhargi River He came to the temple of Lord Siva, where He entrusted His sannyasa staff to Nityananda Prabhu. However, Nityananda Prabhu\nbroke the staff into three pieces and threw it into the Bhargi River at a place\nknown as Atharanala. Being angry at not getting His staff back, Sri Caitanya\n\n111\n\n", "mad2#p0144": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n112\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nMahaprabhu left the company of Nityananda Prabhu and went alone to see the\nJagannatha temple.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�t� ��i{_ �: ��-\\llf�t�1\n131'fi'tJt'ft<t1 � xt-!t�'$fm11. 1\nC'fllf� �t�� f<l��\\!?(��tl:!��\n'!� �tf..t'$1t�t���� ift'!� f� II � II\npadbhyarh ca/an ya/:1 pratima-svarapo\nbrahmaf)ya-devo hi sataha-gamyam\ndesarh yayau vipra-krte 'dbhuteharh\ntarh sak?i-gopalam aharh nato 'smi\n\nSYNONYMS\npadbhyam-by the two legs; ca/an-walking; ya/:1-one who; pratima-of the\nDeity; svarapa/:1-in the f orm; brahmaQya-deva/:1-the Supreme Lord of brahminical culture; hi-certainly; sata-aha-in one hundred days; gamyam-to be\npassed over; desam-the country; yayau-went; vipra-krte-for the benefit of a\nbrahmaQa; adbhuta-most wonderful; /ham-activity; tam-unto that; siik?igopa/am-the Gopala known as the witness Gopala; aham-1; nata/:! asmi-offer\nrespectful obeisances.\n\nTRANSLATION\noffer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Personality of God\n[brahmCUJya-deva], who appeared as Sak�i-gopala to benefit a brahma�a. For\none hundred days He traveled through the country, walking on His own legs.\nThus His activities are wonderful.\n\nTEXT 2\n\n� �� (!i\\��'!� �� �I!Jtilll! I\n\n�t����� �H1 '\"'�'e��� II � II\njaya jaya srT-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaitacandra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\n\n", "mad2#p0145": "The Activities of Sak,i-gopala\n\nText 4]\n\n113\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya-all\n\nglories;\n\njaya-all\n\nglories;\n\nsri\n\ncaitanya-to\n\nLord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; jaya-all glories; sri nityananda-to Lord Sri Nityananda Prabhu;\njaya\n\n-\n\nall glories; advaita-candra-to Advaita Acarya; jaya-all glories; gaura­\n\nbhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Lord N ityananda\nPrabhu! All glories to Sri Advaita Prabhu! And all glories to the devotees of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu!\nTEXT 3\n\n�firt� �f;lft� �t�a;j �tiSf�·t1t't11\" I\n\n��t�-�t�� c;wRf' m;lfi ��l';f II � II\ncalite calite aila yajapura-grama\nvaraha-thakura dekhi' karila praf)ama\nSYNONYMS\nca/ite ca/ite-w alking on and on; ai/a-reached; yajapura-grama-the village\nof Yajapura-grama; varaha-thakura-the temple of Varahadeva; dekhi'-seeing;\nkarila-offered; praf)ama-obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nWalking and walking, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His party finally arrived\nat Yajapura on the River Vaitarar;�i. There He saw the temple of Varahadeva\nand offered His obeisances unto Him.\nTEXT 4\n\nij�;jt� �<\\'i� (;�t';f <l'l� �<I� I\n\n�tiSf�� c;� �tfijj <\\'iBf� �t9l� II 8 II\nnrtya-gita kaila preme bahuta stavana\nyajapure se ratri karila yapana\nSYNONYMS\nnrtya-gita-dancing and chanting; kai/a- executed; preme-in love of Godhead; bahuta-various; stavana-prayers; yajapure-in the village of Yajapura; se\nratri-that night; karila-did; yapana-passing.\n\n", "mad2#p0146": "114\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn the temple of Varahadeva, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu engaged in chanting\nand dancing and offered prayers. He passed that night in the temple.\nTEXT 5\n\n�r;� �� �tf-.r;�t9fili '�f�t:! I\nc;�t9ftCif �� ��' ��Qli �fitft:i! II � II\n..\n\nkatake aila sak�i-gopala dekhite\ngopala-saundarya dekhi' haifa anandite\nSYNONYMS\n\nkatake-in the town of Kataka (Cuttak); ai/a-arrived; sak�i-gopala-the witness Gopala; dekhite-to see; gopala-of the Deity of Gopala; saundarya-the\nbeauty; dekhi'-seeing; haifa-became; anandite-very pleased.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfterwards, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to the town of Ka�aka to see the\ntemple of the witness Gopala. When He saw the Deity of Gopala, He was very\nmuch pleased with His beauty.\nTEXT 6\n\n<;<.!l�tt:<!tllf iji!J�i! �<!SQ'f '<!fii!-.'1 I\n\n'Cit�� �<1P1 �<!SQ'f c;�9fta;r �<Iii II � II\npremavese nrtya-gita kaila kata-k�al)a\navi�ta hafia kaila gopala stavana\nSYNONYMS\n\nprema-avese-in the ecstasy of love of God; nrtya-gita-dancing and chanting; kai/a-performed; kata-k�al)a-for some time; avi�ta hafia-being overwhelmed; kai/a-offered; gopala stavana-prayers to Gopala.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile there, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu engaged in chanting and dancing for\nsome time, and being overwhelmed, He offered many prayers to Gopala.\n\n", "mad2#p0147": "Text 9]\n\nThe Activities of Sak�i-gopala\n\n115\n\nTEXT 7\n\n(;lt. 11tfui \\!� �f�' 'e�'$f'l·llt\"P I\n<;'$ft��� ��� �ti{ � �ep II 9 II\nsei ratri tahari rahi' bhakta-gaQa-sarige\ngopalera purva-katha sune bahu range\nSYNONYMS\nsei ratri-that night; tahari-there; rahi'-remaining; bhakta-gaQa-sarige-with\nthe other devotees; gopalera-of Lord Gopala; purva-katha-previous narration;\nsune-hears; bahu-mu ch; rarige-in pleasure.\nTRANSLATION\nThat night Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stayed in the temple of Gopala, and\nalong with all the devotees, He heard the narration of the witness Gopala with\ngreat pleasure.\nTEXT 8\n\nf'ili!Jti{�W-<;'$ftlftftfP � ®� i!!ifil�i I\nlt�t'$ft9f� <;���tt� �\\i� ���i II 1r II\nnit yananda gosani yabe tirtha bhramila\n-\n\nsak?i-gopala dekhibare kataka aila\nSYNONYMS\nnit yananda-gosani-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; yabe-when; tirtha bhramilatraveled to\n\nthe\n\nplaces of\n\npilgrimage;\n\nsak?i-gopala-the\n\nwitness\n\nGopala;\n\ndekhibare-to see; kataka-to the town of Ka!aka; aila-came.\nTRANSLATION\nPreviously, when Nityananda Prabhu had toured all over India to see different places of pilgrimage, He also had come to see Sak�i-gopala at Kataka.\nTEXT 9\n\nllt�'$ft��� ��1 ��' <;�t��� I\n<;:J�. �� �t�, � �ti{ ��w;� II C\\1 II\n\n", "mad2#p0148": "Sri Caitanya-caritimrta\n\n116\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nsak$i-gopalera katha suni, loka-mukhe\nsei katha kahena, prabhu sune maha-sukhe\nSYNONYMS\nsak$i-gopalera-of the witness Gopala; katha-the narration; suni-hearing;\n/oka-mukhe-from the people; sei katha-that narration; kahena-Nityananda\nPrabhu narrates; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sune-hears; mahasukhe-in great pleasure.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, Nityananda Prabhu had heard the story of Sak�i-gopala from\nthe townspeople. He now recited this again, and Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nheard the narration with great pleasure.\nPURPORT\nThe Sak�i-gopala temple is situated between the Khurda Road Junction railway\nstation and the Jagannatha PurT station. The Deity is not presently situated in\nKataka, but when Nityananda Prabhu traveled there, the Deity was present.\nKataka is a town in Orissa situated on the MahanadT River. When Sa�i-gopala\nwas brought from Vidyanagara in southern India , He stayed for some time at\nKataka. Thereafter, He was situated for some time in the Jagannatha temple. It\nseems that in the temple of Jagannatha, there was some disagreement between\nJagannatha and Sak�i-gopala, a disagreement called prema-kalaha, a quarrel of\nlove. In order to settle this love quarrel, the King of Orissa constructed a village\nabout six miles from Jagannatha PurT. The village was called SatyavadT , and Gopala\nwas stationed there. Thereafter, a new temple was constructed. Now there is a\nSa�i-gopala station, and people go there to see the witness Gopala.\nTEXT 10\n\n'!_� fcftJtil\"itt�Hf �� �' �t'fi'1 I\n�� �� �·t� ��'11 $li{ II �\n\no\n\nII\n\npOrve vidya-nagarera dui ta' brahmaQa\ntirtha karibare durihe karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\npOrve-previously; vidya-nagarera-of the town known as Vidyanagara; duitwo; ta'-certainly; brahmaQa-brahmaQas; tirtha karibare-to tour places of\npilgrimage; dutihe-both of them; karila- began; gamana-j ourney.\n\n", "mad2#p0149": "The Activities of Sak,i-gopala\n\nText 12]\n\n117\n\nTRANSLATION\nFormerly at Vidyanagara in South I ndia there were two brahmal)as who\nmade a long tour to see different places of pilgrimage.\nTEXT 11\n\n'SR!i, �t1fttj)l't, �111'St-:Jf�ilf ��i I\n�ftti! 'CI� rlr.� <c�til� ��i II � � II\ngaya, varaQasr, prayaga-sakala kariya\nmathurate aila dunhe anandita haiia\nSYNONYMS\ngaya-the pilgrimage site of the name Gaya; varaQasf-Benares, or Kasi;\nprayaga-AIIahabad; saka/a-all; kariya-touring; mathurate-Mathura; ai/athey reached; dunhe-both; anandita-pleased; hafia-becoming.\nTRANSLATION\nFirst of all they visited Gaya, then Kasi, then Prayaga. Finally, with great\npleasure, they came to Mathura.\nTEXT 12\n\n�il<lrrmt � <;5f�' '\"r;.� <;'St��(il I\n�t�·�il <;5f�' Qltr;.� <;'Stili �\"'t�il II �� II\nvana-yatraya vana dekhi' dekhe govardhana\ndvadasa-vana dekhi' se?e gela vrndavana\nSYNONYMS\nvana-yatraya-in touring the different forests; vana dekhi\n\n'-\n\nwhile seeing the\n\nforests; dekhe-they see; govardhana-Govardhana Hill; dvada5a-vana dekhi'visiting\n\nthe\n\ntwelve\n\nforests\n\nin\n\nVrndavana;\n\nse?e-at\n\nlast;\n\nge/a-reached;\n\nvrndavana-Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter reaching Mathura, they started visiting the different forests of\nVrndavana and came to Govardhana Hill. They visited all twelve forests\n[vanas] and at last came to the town of Vrndavana.\n\n", "mad2#p0150": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n118\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nPURPORT\nThe five forests situated on the eastern side of the River Y amuna are Bhadra,\nSilva, Loha, Bhar:u;:lira and Mahavana. The seven forests situated on the western\nside of the Y amuna are Madhu, Tala, Kumuda, Bahula, Kamya, Khadira and\nVrndavana. After visiting all these forests, these pilgrims went to a place known as\nPaiicakrosi Vrndavana. Out of the twelve forests, the Vrndavana forest extends\nfrom the town of Vrndavana up to Nanda-grama and Var�ana, a distance of thirtytwo miles, within which the Paiicakrosi Vrndavana town is situated.\nTEXT 13\n\n�\"ft�te{ c;'5tt�\"f·'ll(1til1f�fl� I\n� 1tflfft� c;'5t1?ttti'Af 1{���1 � II �� II\nvrndavane govinda-sthane maha-devalaya\nse mandire gopalera maha-seva haya\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavane-within\n\nPaiicakrosi\n\nVrndavana;\n\ngovinda-sthane-at\n\nthe place\n\nwhere the present Govinda temple is situated; maha-deva-alaya-a great temple;\nse mandire-in that temple; gopalera-of the Deity of Gopala; maha-sevagorgeous worship; haya-there is.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the village of Pancakrosi Vrndavana, at the site where the Govinda\ntemple is now situated, there was a great temple where gorgeous worship of\nGopala was performed.\nTEXT 14\n\n,�i, <r.\"M111·!�tfwt� �<ti� \"Wtill\n�t'itt<Pt� Of�' '!'tt1 <tifil\"li ��t1f II �8 II\nkesi-tirtha, kaliya-hradadike kaila snana\nsri-gopala dekhi' tahan karila visrama\nSYNONYMS\nkesi-tirtha-the bathing place on the bank of the Yamuna known as Kesi-ghata;\nkaliya-hrada-the bathing place on the bank of the Yamuna known as Kaliyaghata; adike-in such different bathing places; kai/a-did; snana-bathing; sri-\n\n", "mad2#p0151": "Text 16]\n\nThe Activities of Sak,i-gopala\n\n119\n\ngopala dekhi'-by visiting the temple of Gopala; tahari-there; karila-took;\nvisrama-rest.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter taking baths at different bathing places along the River Yamuna, such\nas Kesi-ghafa and Kaliya-ghafa, the pilgrims visited the temple of Gopala.\nAfterwards, they took rest in that temple.\nTEXT 15\n\n<;'itt?ft\"l-'�'\"'� l·�Bf 1fi{ fil� m' ,\n�� ?lt�11tf;� '!�1 fWi{ �-ij\"f� II �ct II\ngopa/a-saundarya durihara mana nila hari'\nsukha pana rahe tahari dina dui-cari\nSYNONYMS\ngopala-saundarya-the\n\nbeauty of the Gopala Deity; durihara-of both of\nthem; mana-the minds; ni/a-took away; hari' carrying; sukha pafla-feeling\nthis transcendental happiness; rahe-remained; tahiiri-in that temple; dinadays; dui-cari-two or four.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe beauty of the Gopala Deity stole away their minds, and feeling great\nhappiness, they remained there for two or four days.\nTEXT 16\n\n��\\21-1{f;${J \\fl� �\\21-��2tt� I\n� ��-�.,1, iBf ��e{ �1111 ��II\ndui-vipra-madhye eka vipra\nara vipra\n\n-\n\n-\n\nvrddha-praya\n\nyuva, tarira karena sahaya\n\nSYNONYMS\ndui-vipra-madhye-between the two brahmal)as; eka vipra-one brahmal)a;\nvrddha-praya-elderly man; ara vipra-the second brahmal)a; yuva-y oung man;\ntarira-of the older brahmal)a; karena-does; sahaya- assist ance.\nTRANSLATION\nOne of the two brahmar;�as was an old man, and the other was young. The\nyoung man was assisting the old one.\n\n", "mad2#p0152": "120\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 17\n\n,'it��l!f <.tSt� �W1 �t�t� �i{ I\nrl�� �<'!Rl �t�� 'l� C� 1(i{ II �'\\ II\nchota-vipra kare sada talihara sevana\ntarihara sevaya viprera tu�ta haifa mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nchota-vipra-the younger brahmaQa; kare-does; sada-always; tarihara-his\n(the old brahmaQa's); sevana-service; tarihara-his; sevaya-by the service;\nviprera-of the old brahmaQa; tu�ta-pacified; haifa-became; mana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed, the young brahma-:ta always rendered service to the older one, and\nthe old man, being very satisfied with his service, was pleased with him.\nTEXT 18\n\n�� �,-'l_f1l (;JI� �'I �� �'ft I\n� ��1 <;1lt� �{ �t��1 II �17' II\nvipra bale, -tumi mora bahu seva kaila\nsahaya hafia more tirtha karaila\nSYNONYMS\n\nvipra bale-the elderly brahmaQa says; tumi-you; mora-my; bahu-various;\nseva-service; kai/a-have rendered; sahaya-assistant; hafia-being; more-to\nme; tirtha-pilgrimage; karai/a-helped to do.\nTRANSLATION\nThe older man told the younger: \"You have rendered various types of service to me. You have assisted me in traveling to all these places of pilgrimage.\nTEXT 19\n\n1IJ!;l!'S f\"Pti!nf �r;� i{1 �� <;�� I\n�JI� �'Jftr;5f �tflf i{1 'Pft�\"fttf �II )�II\nputreo pitara aiche na kare sevana\ntamara prasade ami na pailama srama\n\n", "mad2#p0153": "Text 211\n\n121\n\nThe Activities of Sak�i-gopala\n\nSYNONYMS\nputreo-even my own son; pitara-of the father; aiche-in this way; na-not;\nkare-renders; sevana-service; tamara-your; prasade-by the mercy; ami-1;\nna-not; pai/ama-have gotten; srama-fatigue.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Even my own son does not render such service . By your mercy, I did not\nbecome fatigued while on this tour.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n�i!i � Ci!'t1rt11 if! ��� �'fi{ I\n\n�i!\\!1� Ct!t1ft11 �fif �� <1i�1W'fi{ II �\n\no\n\nII\n\nkrta-ghnata haya tomaya na kaile sammana\nataeva tomaya ami diba kanya-dana\n\nSYNONYMS\nkrta-ghnata-ungratefulness; haya-it is; tomaya-to you; na-not; kaile-if\ndoing; sammana-respect; ataeva-therefore; tomaya-to you; ami-1; dibashall give; kanya-dana-my daughter as charity.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If I do not show you any respect, I will be ungrateful . Therefore , I promise\nto give you my daughter in charity.\"\n\nTEXT 21\n\n��!21 ��,-\"�i1, f<t!21-11� I\n�� �� C<1iti1, C� i1t� �11 II �� II\nchota-vipra kahe, -\"suna, vipra-mahasaya\nasambhava kaha kene, yei nahi haya\n\nSYNONYMS\nchota-vipra-the\n\nyounger\n\nbrahmaf)a;\n\nkahe-replies;\n\nsuna-hear;\n\nvipra­\n\nmahasaya-my dear brahmaf)a; asambhava-unlikely; kaha-you say; kenewhy; yei-which; nahi-not; haya-happens.\n\n", "mad2#p0154": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmfla\n\n122\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe younger brahmar;�a replied: \"My dear sir, please hear me. You are saying something very unusual. Such a thing never happens.\nTEXT 22\n\n;r�il: \"!fif-R'tJt·S{iltflr·�\"l'l I\n� �il:, �'Rf S{ii·R'\\ifJ1·� II�� II\nmaha-ku/ina tumi-vidya-dhanadi-pravil)a\nami akulina, ara dhana-vidya-hina\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-ku/ina\n\n-\n\nhighly aristocratic; tumi\n\n-\n\nriches; pravil)a-enriched; ami-1; akulina\nvidya-hina\n\n-\n\nyou; vidya\n-\n\n-\n\neducation; dhana-adi­\n\nnot aristocratic; ara-and; dhana­\n\nwithout any wealth and education.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" You are a most aristocratic family man, well educated and very rich. I am\nnot at all aristocratic, and I am without a decent education and have no\nwealth.\nPURPO RT\nDue to pious activities, one can be enriched by four opulences: one may obtain\nbirth in an aristocratic family, become highly educated, become very beautiful, or\nget a sufficient quantity of riches. These are symptoms of pious activities performed in one's past life. In India it is still current for an aristocratic family never to\nconsider a marriage with a common family. Though the caste may be the same, to\nmaintain the aristocracy such marriages are rejected. No poor man will dare marry\nthe daughter of a rich man. Because of this, when the elderly brahmaua offered\nthe young brahmaua his daughter, the young brahmaua did not believe that it\nwould be possible to marry her. Therefore he asked the elderly brahmaua why he\nwas proposing something unprecedented (asambhava). It was unheard of for an\naristocratic person to offer his daughter to a person who was both uneducated\nand poor.\nTEXT 23\n\n����til:·?t\"ti!! �tfil il:1 �� 'i!\"t;r'Rf I\n?�&lk�J <flfil QWIT11' ��HU��'Rf II �� II\n\n", "mad2#p0155": "123\n\nThe Activities of Sak�i-gopala\n\nText 24]\n\nkanya-dana-patra ami na ha-i tamara\n\nkr$Qa-pritye kari tamara seva-vyavahara\nSYNONYMS\n\nkanya-dana-patra-a bridegroom suitable for one's daughter; ami-1; na-not;\n\nha-i-am; tamara-of you; k[$f)a-prTtye-only for satisfaction of Kr�r:Ja; kari-1\n\ndo; tamara-of you; seva-of service; vyavahara-activities.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Sir, I am not a suitable bridegroom for your daughter. I render service to\nyou only for the satisfaction of Kr�r;�a.\nPURPORT\nBoth brahmaf)as were pure Vai�l)avas. The younger man took special care of\n\nthe older one simply to please Kr�r:Ja. In Srimad-Bhagavatam Kr�r:Ja says, madbhakta-pOjabhyadhika:\n(Bhag. 11.21.19)\n\nThus,\n\n\"It\n\nis\n\nbetter\n\naccording\n\nto\n\nrender\n\nto the\n\nservice\n\nto\n\nGauc;liya- Vai�l)ava\n\nMy\n\ndevotee.\"\n\nphilosophy\n\nof\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, it is better to be a servant of the servant of God. One\nshould not try to serve Kr�r:Ja directly. A pure Vai�l)ava serves a servant of Kr�r:Ja\nand identifies himself as a servant of a servant of Kr�r:Ja. This is pleasing to Lord\n\nKr�r:Ja. Srila Narottama dasa Thakura confirms this philosophy: cha(fiya vai$f)avaseva nistara payeche keba. Unless one serves a liberated Vai�l)ava, he cannot at­\n\ntain liberation by directly serving Kr�r;�a. He must serve the servant of Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 24\n\ni31�'!·��11t �t�J �� � � I\n� �t� �f�·'li'IP!1f. �� II\" �8 II\nbrahmaf)a-sevaya k[$f)era priti ba(fa haya\n\ntanhara santO$€ bhakti-sampad ba(faya\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nbrahmaf)a-sevaya-by rendering service to a brahmaf)a; kr$Qera-of Lord\n\nKr�r:Ja; priti-the satisfaction; ba(fa-very great; haya-is; tatihara santo$e-by\npleasing the\n\nLord;\n\nbhakti-of devotional\n\nservice;\n\nsampad-the opulence;\n\nba(faya-increases.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�r;�a is very pleased by service rendered to brahmar;�as, and when\nthe Lord is pleased, the opulence of one's devotional service increases!'\n\n", "mad2#p0156": "124\n\nSri Caitanya-caritlmfla\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nPURPORT\nIn this regard, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura comments that the\nyounger brahmaf)a rendered service to the older one with the purpose of pleasing\nKr�Qa. It was not a matter of ordinary worldly dealings. Kr�Qa is pleased when a\nVai�Qava is rendered service. Because the younger brahmaf)a served the older\none, Lord Gopala agreed to become a witness of the marriage negotiation in order\nto maintain the prestige of both devotees. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would certainly not have liked to hear about marital dealings unless such dealings were exchanged between two Vai�Qavas. Marriage arrangements and ceremonies belong\nto ordinary material karma-kaQr;ia sections of the scriptures. The Vai�Qavas,\nhowever, are not interested in any kind of karma-kaQr;ia dealings. Srila Narottama\ndasa Thakura says: karma-kaQr;ia jriana-kaQr;ia keva/a vi$era bhaQr;ia. For a\nVai�Qava, the karma-kaQr;ia and jriana-kaQr;ia sections of the Vedas are unnecessary. Indeed, a real Vai�Qava takes these sections as a poison pot (vi$era bhaQr;ia).\nSometimes we take part in a marriage ceremony for our disciples, but this does\nnot mean that we are interested in karma-kaQr;ia activities. Sometimes, not knowing the Vai�Qava philosophy, an outsider criticizes such activity, maintaining that a\nsannyasi should not take part in a marriage ceremony between a young boy and\ngirl. However, this is not a karma-kaQr;ia activity because our purpose is to spread\nthe Kr�Qa consciousness movement. We are giving all facility to the general\npopulace to take to Kr�Qa consciousness, and in order to fix the devotees in concentration on the service of the Lord, marriage is sometimes allowed. We have experienced that such married couples actually render very important service to the\nmission. Therefore, one should not misunderstand when a sannyasi takes part in a\nmarriage ceremony. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Nityananda Prabhu took great\npleasure in hearing about the marriage ceremony between the young brahmaf)a\nand the daughter of the elderly brahmaf)a.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n��� <fit�,-� iii <R �R-Al I\nc;�tlltt<fi <fiiJJi flf<t �tfif, �'\"I fil� II\" �<2' II\nbar;ia-vipra kahe,-\"tumi na kara sarhsaya\ntomake kanya diba ami, karila ni5caya\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nbar;ia-vipra-the older brahmaf)a; kahe\n\n-\n\nreplies; tumi-you; na-not; kara­\n\ndo; sarhsaya-doubt; tomake-to you; kanya-the daughter; diba-shall give;\nami-1; kari/a-made; ni5caya-certainty.\n\n", "mad2#p0157": "Text 27]\n\nThe Activities of Sak,i-gopala\n\n125\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe older brahmaQa replied: \"My dear boy, do not doubt me. I will give you\nmy daughter in charity. I have already decided this:'\nTEXT 26\n\n�tlJ�i.21 �if,-\",i!'t1rt11 mt� �� I\n�- �f\\!-,'itt� �111 �'l� �t'fi� II�� II\nchota-vipra bale,- \"tamara stri-putra saba\nbahu jnati go$thi tamara bahuta bandhava\n-\n\nSYNONYMS\nchota vipra-the young brahmaQa; bale-says; tomara-your; stri-putra-wife\n-\n\nand sons; saba-all; bahu-many;\n\njnati-of family relations; go$thi-group;\n\ntomara-your; bahuta-many; bandhava-friends.\nTRANSLATION\nThe young brahmaQa said: \"You have a wife and sons, and you have a large\ncircle of relatives and friends.\nTEXT 27\n\nl!i'·�'Rt ����f\\! f� ilt� \"'�\"fi{ I\n\n1!if'fl�11 f911!i <il'lf\"' l!t�i! i.2111t'1 II �\"' II\nta'-sabara sammati vina nahe kanya-dana\nrukmiQira pita bhi$maka tahate pramaQa\nSYNONYMS\nta'-sabara-of all of them; sammati-consent; vina-without; nahe-not;\nkanya-dana-giving the daughter in charity; rukmiQira-of Queen Rukmir:ti;\npita-father; bhi$maka-of the name Bhi�maka; tahate-of that; pramaQa-evidence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Without the consent of all your friends and relatives, it is not possible to\ngive me your daughter in charity. Just consider the story of Queen RukmiQi\nand her father, Bhi,maka.\n\n", "mad2#p0158": "126\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 28\n\n�'llt<f'1f ��1,-�t-. ��1 �t� I\n�\\8 �t�tt� �iTI ill�fl ��t� II\" �lr II\nbhi$makera iccha,-km1e kanya samarpite\n\nputrera virodhe kanya narila arpite\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhi$makera-of King Bhi�maka; iccha-the desire; kr$Qe-unto Kr�l)a; kanya­\n\ndaughter; samarpite-to give; putrera-of his son; virodhe-by the objection;\nkanya-daughter; narila-was unable; arpite-to offer.\nTRANSLATION\n\"King Bhi�maka wanted to give his daughter, Rukmi�i, in charity to Kr��a,\n\nbut Rukmi, his eldest son, objected. Therefore he could not carry out his decision.\"\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.52.21):\nrajasid bhi$mako nama\n\nvidarbhadhipatir mahan\n\ntasya paficabhavan putra/:1\nkanyaika ca varanana\n\nKing Bhi�maka of Vidarbha wanted to offer Kr�l)a his daughter, Rukmil)i, but\nRukmi, the eldest of his five sons, objected. Therefore he withdrew his decision\nand decided to offer Rukmil)i to the King of Cedi, Sisupala, who was a cousin of\nKr�l)a's. However, Rukmil)i conceived of a trick; she sent a letter to Kr�l)a asking\nHim to kidnap her. Thus in order to please Rukmil)i, who was His great devotee,\nKr�l)a kidnapped her. There ensued a great fight between Kr�l)a and the opposing\nparty, headed by Rukmil)i's brother Rukmi. Rukmi was defeated and, because of\nhis harsh words against Kr�l)a, was about to be killed, but he was saved at the request of Rukmil)i. However, Kr�l)a shaved off all of Rukmi's hair with His sword. Sri\nBalarama did not like this, and so to please Rukmil)i, Balarama rebuked Kr�l)a.\nTEXT 29\n\n�i!f �,-\"�iJ'I c;ft1{ fi{�·�il I\n�'Sr-�il firo! �flit� c;�til_ �il II �� II\n\n", "mad2#p0159": "Text 31]\n\nThe Activities of Sak,i-gopala\n\n127\n\nba(ia-vipra kahe,- \"kanya mora nija-dhana\nnija-dhana dite ni$edhibe kon jana\nSYNONYMS\n\nba(ia-vipra kahe-the elderly brahmaf)a says; kanya-the daughter; moramy; nija-dhana-own property; nija-dhana-one's own property; dite-to give;\nni$edhibe-will object; kon-what; jana-person.\nTRANSLATION\nThe elderly brahmaQa said: \"My daughter is my own property. If I choose to\ngive my property to someone, who has the power to stop me?\nTEXT 30\n\n�1ltt� <R!J1 f�. �tt� �fif; fl!il�tf I\n��-rn ifl � 't_fif, �1f!f ��t1f u\" �o 11\ntomake kanya diba, sabake kari' tiraskara\nsarhsaya na kara tumi, karaha svikara\"\nSYNONYMS\n\ntomake-to you; kanya-the daughter; diba-1 shall offer; sabake-all others;\nkari'-doing; tiraskara-neglecting; sarhsaya-doubt; na-not; kara-do; tumiyou; karaha-just do; svikara-acceptance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear boy, I will give my daughter to you in charity, and I will neglect\nthe position of all others . Don't doubt me in this regard; just accept my proposal.\"\nTEXT 31\n\n��� <15�,-\"�fif <R!J1 Pr�i! 1li{ I\n''Stt�it1f �tt'St �� <11 �-.II\"�� II\nchota-vipra kahe, -\"yadi kanya dite mana\ngopa/era age kaha e satya-vacana\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nchota-vipra kahe-the younger brahmaf)a replies; yadi-if; kanya-daughter;\ndite-to give in charity; mana-the mind; gopa/era-of the Gopala Deity; agein front; kaha-say; e-these; satya-vacana-words in truth.\n\n", "mad2#p0160": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n128\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe younger brahmaQa replied: \"If you have decided to give your young\ndaughter to me, then say so before the Gopala Deity.\"\nTEXT 32\n\n'<$t1?ftt� �� �� �� �tf�� I\n\n'tfil' i9f'fi{, �-<ti�i �� <cttfif � II' ��.11\ngopalera age vipra kahite lagila\n'tumi jana, nija-kanya ihare ami di/a'\nSYNONYMS\n\ngopalera age\n\n-\n\nin front of the Gopala Deity ; vipra-the elderly brahmaQa;\n\nkahite-to speak; /agi /a-began; tumi jana-my Lord, please know; nija-kanyamy own daughter; ihare-to this boy; ami-1; di/a-have given in charity.\nTRANSLATION\nComing before Gopala, the elderly brahmaQa said: \"My dear Lord, please\nwitness that I have given my daughter to this boy.\"\nPURPORT\nIn India it is still the custom for a daughter to be offered to someone simply by\nword. This is called vag-datta. This means that the father, brother or guardian of a\ngirl has given his word that she will be married to a certain man. Consequently,\nthat daughter cannot be married to any one else. She is reserved by virtue of the\nhonest words of the father or guardian. There are many instances in which the\nparents of a female child have given someone a verbal promise that their daughter\nwill be married to his son. Both parties agree to wait until the boy and girl are\ngrown up, and then the marriage takes place. Following this custom, which is very\nold in India, the elderly brahmaQa promised to give his daughter to the y ounger\nbrahmaQa in charity, and he promised this before the Gopala Deity. In India the\ncustom is to honor any promise made before the Deity. Such a promise cannot be\ncanceled. In Indian villages, whenever there is a quarrel between two parties, they\ngo to a temple to settle the quarrel. Whatever is spoken in front of the Deity is\ntaken to be true, for no one would dare lie before the Deity. This same principle\nwas followed in the Battle of Kuruk�etra. Therefore in the very beginning of\nBhagavad-gita it is stated: dharma-k�etre kuru-k�etre.\nBy not becoming God conscious, human society is deteriorating to the lowest\nstandard of animal life. This Kr�t:�a consciousness movement is very essential to\n\n", "mad2#p0161": "The Activities of Sak�i-gopala\n\nText 34]\n\n129\n\nreviving God consciousness among the general populace. If people actually become God conscious, all quarrels can be settled outside of court, as happened in\nthe case of the two brahmaQas whose disagreement was settled by the witness\nGopala.\nTEXT 33\n\n��� �t'f,-\"���' ,_� � �t� I\n<;�'tlfl �t\"'\" <;•H�t�� �fif ����1 '� II\" -e-e II\nchota-vipra bale,-\"thakura, tumi mora siik$i\ntoma siik$i bolaimu, yadi anyatha dekhi\"\nSY NONYMS\nchota-vipra bale\n\n-\n\nthe younger brahmaQa replied; thakura-my dear Lord\n\nGopala; tumi-You; mora-my; sak$i-witness; toma-unto You; sak$i-witness; bo/aimu-1 shall call as; yadi-if; anyatha-otherwise; dekhi-1 see.\nTRANSLATION\nThen the younger brahmar;�a addressed the Deity, saying, \"My dear Lord,\nYou are my witness. I shall call for You to testify if it is necessary later on.\"\nTEXT 34\n\n�� �f�' �� l)fi'f\"'i <;�� I\n'6� ,�T;-A� �f( �� �t� II �8 II\neta bali' dui-jane calila desere\nguru-buddhye chota-vipra bahu seva kare\nSY NONYMS\neta\n\nba/i'-spea ki n g\n\ndesere-toward\n\ntheir\n\nthis;\n\ndui-jane-both\n\nown\n\ncountry;\n\nthe\n\nbrahmaQas;\n\nguru-buddhye\n\n-\n\ncali/a-went;\n\naccepting the\n\nelderly\n\nbrahmaQa as guru; chota-vipra-the young brahmaQa; bahu-various; seva-services; kare-renders.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter these talks, the two brahmar;�as started for home. As usual, the young\nbrahmaQa accompanied the elderly brahmar;�a as if the older brahmar;�a were a\nguru [spiritual master] and rendered him service in various ways.\n\n", "mad2#p0162": "130\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 35\n\nC5ft-t �fit' ��'Sft� ''St� �-�c;� I\n\n�� flft� �-�� ��� �c;� II �<t II\ndese asi' dui-jane gela nija-ghare\nkata dine ba(fa-vipra cintita antare\nSYNONYMS\ndese asi'-after returning to their own country; dui-jane-both of them;\nge/a-went; nija-ghare-to their respective homes; kata dine-after some time;\nba(fa-vipra-the elderly brahmal)a; cintita-very anxious; antare-within.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter returning to Vidyanagara, each brahmaQa went to his respective\nhome. After some time, the elderly brahmar;�a became very anxious.\nTEXT 36\n\n�t� f�\\2! \"tt�J fif(,-,�11t'! �\\!J � I\nif, �i!!i, at�, �IIJ! 'Sft� � II �� II\ntrrthe vipre vakya dilun, -kemate satya haya\nstri, putra, jfiati, bandhu janibe ni5caya\nSYNONYMS\ntrrthe-on pilgrimage; vipre-to a brahmal)a; vakya-word of honor; di/un-1\nhave given; kemate-how; satya-true; haya-it is; stri-wife; putra-sons;\njfiati-relatives; bandhu-friends; janibe-will know; niscaya-certainly.\nTRANSLATION\nHe began to think: \"I have given my word to a brahmar;�a in a holy place,\nand what I promised will certainly come to pass. I must now disclose this to\nmy wife, sons, other relatives and friends!'\nTEXT 37\n\n��flf� �-,�t� ��i! �llf� I\n\n\\!1•ll\"tt� �tt'St �� �� �f�� II �'l II\neka-dina nija-/oka ekatra karila\nta-sabara age saba vrttanta kahila\n\n", "mad2#p0163": "Text 39]\n\n131\n\nThe Activities of Sak,i-gopala\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; nija-loka-all his relatives; ekatra-in one place; kari/aassembled; ta-sabara-of all of them; age-in front; saba-all; vrttanta-narration; kahila-spoke.\nTRANSLATION\nThus one day the elderly brahmaQa called for a meeting of all his relatives\nand friends, and before them all he narrated what had taken place in front of\nGopala.\nTEXT 38\n\n�f-1' ,� <;�t� �t� �� ��t� I\n\n'�tli �t�, �� i[fi1' iff <c�tfi{�;� �H II �lr II\nsuni' saba go$thi tara kare haha-kara\n'aiche vat mukhe tumi na anibe ara\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; saba-all; go$thi-family members and friends; tara-of the\nelderly\n\nbrahmaQa;\n\naiche-such;\n\nkare-do;\n\nha-ha-kara-exclamation\n\nvat-proposal; mukhe-in the mouth;\n\nof\n\ndisappointment;\n\ntumi-you;\n\nna-not;\n\nanibe-should bring; ara-again.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen those who belonged to the family circle heard the narration of the old\nbrahmaQa, they made exclamations showing their disappointment. They all\nrequested that he not make such a proposal again.\nTEXT 39\n\n�� �� flftil �'f �r;� �t-t I\n�f.1$1lf� 'ilt<fi �fit� ��t, II' �� II\nnice kanya dile kula yaibeka nasa\nsunina sakala loka karibe upahasa'\nSYNONYMS\nnice-to a lower family; kanya-daughter; dile-if offering; kula-family tradition;\n\nyaibeka-will go to;\n\nnasa-destruction;\n\n/aka-friends; karibe-will do; upahasa-joking.\n\nsunina-hearing;\n\nsaka/a-all;\n\n", "mad2#p0164": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n132\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey unanimously agreed: \"If you offer your daughter to a degraded family,\nyour aristocracy will be lost. When people hear of this, they will make jokes\nand laugh at you!'\nTEXT 40\n\nRi21 �r;�, -\"itQ{-�t�J (;�'lfti{ �fif �� I\n\n(;���'��<IS, �tfil fiR �'ti{ II\" So II\nvipra bale,- \"tirtha-vakya kemane kari ana\nye hauk, se hauka, ami diba kanya-dana\"\nSYNONYMS\nvipra bale-the brahmaQa says;\n\ntirtha-vakya-the promise made on the\n\npilgrimage; kemane-how; kari-1 shall do; ana-otherwise; ye hauk-whatever\nmay be; se hauk- let it take place; ami-1; diba-shall give; kanya-dana-my\ndaughter in charity.\nTRANSLATION\nThe elderly brahma�a said: \"How can I undo the promise I made in a holy\nplace while on pilgrimagel Whatever may happen, I must give him my\ndaughter in charity.\"\nTEXT.41\n\nat� (}Itt� �r;�,-'<;1ft11 <;i!tllt'� �t��' 1\n\n'&ft·1_i!!i �,-'� ��\"t1'1!fi�' II 8� II\njnati loka kahe,- 'mora tomake chagiba'\nstri-putra kahe,- 'vi$a khaiya mariba'\nSYNONYMS\njnati\n\nloka-the\n\nchagiba-will\n\ngive\n\nrelatives;\nup;\n\nkahe-answer;\n\nstri-wife;\n\nmora-we\n\nputra-sons;\n\nall;\n\ntomake-you;\n\nkahe-say;\n\nVi$a-poison;\n\nkhaiya-drinking; mariba-we shall die.\nTRANSLATION\nThe relatives unanimously said: \"If you give your daughter to that boy, we\nshall give up all connection with you:' Indeed, his wife and sons declared: \"If\nsuch a thing happens, we shall take poison and die!'\n\n", "mad2#p0165": "Text 44]\n\nThe Activities of Sak,i-gopala\n\n133\n\nTEXT 42\n\n�.!f �,-\"�t'Jii� t;�'tirt$1 �<li tml I\nfir�' <li\"1ll'ltct, t;1ft1{ �(If� �� II\" 8� II\nvipra ba/e,-\"sak?i bolana karibeka nyaya\njiti' kanya /abe, mora vyartha dharma haya'\nSYNONYMS\nvipra\n\nbale-the\n\nbrahmaQa says;\n\nsak?i-a\n\nwitness;\n\nbo/ana-calling\n\nfor;\n\nkaribeka-there will be; nyaya-justice; jiti'-winning; kanya-the daughter;\n/abe-he will take; mora-my; vyartha-meaningless; dharma-religious principles; haya-will be.\nTRANSLATION\nThe elderly brahmar;�a said: \"If I do not give my daughter to the young\nbrahmar;�a, he will call Sri Gopalaji as a witness. Thus he will take my daughter\nby force, and in that case my religious principles will become meaningless.\"\nTEXT 43\n\n� �' -\"�111 �tllft, �� � t;'f� I\n� t;l!'i11� �� lift�, � <f.� �� II 8-f) II\nputra bale,-\"pratima sak?i, seha dura dese\nke tamara sak?i dibe, cinta kara kise\nSYNONYMS\nputra bale-his son says; pratima-the Deity; sak?i-witness; seha-He also;\ndura-distant; dese-in country; ke-who; tamara-of you; sak?i-witness;\ndibe-will give; cinta-anxiety; kara-you do; kise-why.\nTRANSLATION\nHis son replied: \"The Deity may be a witness, but He is in a distant country.\nHow can He come to bear witness against you? Why are you so anxious over\nthis?\nTEXT 44\n\n� �---�1 <f.� � fit�-� I\n�ct �ct-'t;llt1f � ilt� ��lj II' 88 II\n\n", "mad2#p0166": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n134\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nnahi kahi-na kahio e mithya-vacana\nsabe kahibe-'mora kichu nahika smaral)a'\n\nSYNONYMS\nnahi kahi-1 did not say; na kahio-do not say; e-this; mithya-vacana-false\n\nstatement; sabe-only; kahibe-you shall say; mora-my; kichu-anything;\nnahika-not; smaral)a-remembrance.\nTRANSLATION\n\" You do not have to flatly deny that you spoke such a thing. There is no\nneed to make a false statement. Simply say that you do not remember what\nyou said.\nTEXT 45\n\n� �fir <15�,- '�tfi{ � if! i9ft�' I\n\n'WI �fif �HI <15Rf' �'ft1f �� II\" 8<!' II\ntumi yadi kaha,-'ami kichui na jani'\ntabe ami nyaya kari' brahmal)ere jini\"\n\nSYNONYMS\ntumi\n\nthing;\n\n-\n\nyou; yadi-if; kaha-say; ami kichui na jani-1 do not remember any­\n\ntabe-in that case;\n\nami-1;\n\nnyaya kari'\n\n-\n\narguing;\n\nbrahmal)ere-the\n\nyounger brahmal)a; jini-shal l conquer.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If you simply say, 'I do not remember,' I shall take care of the rest. By argument, I shall defeat the young brahmar;�a.\"\nPURPORT\nThe son of the elderly brahmal)a was an atheist and a follower of the\nRaghunatha-smrti. He was very expert in dealing with pounds-shillings-pence, but\nhe was fool number one. Consequently, he did not believe in the spiritual position of the Deity, nor did he have any faith in the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore, as a typical idol worshiper, he considered the form of the Lord to\nbe made of stone or wood. Thus he assured his father that the witness was only a\nstone Deity and was not capable of speaking. Besides that, he assured his father\nthat the Deity was situated far away and consequently could not come to bear\nwitness. In essence, he was saying: \"Have no anxiety. You do not have to lie\ndirectly, but you should speak like a diplomat, like King Y udhi�thira when he\n\n", "mad2#p0167": "Text 471\n\nThe A ctivities of Sak,i-gopala\n\n135\n\nspoke to Dro l) acarya-asvatthama hata iti gaja/:1. Following this principle, simply\nsay that you do not remember anything and are completely unaware of the statements given by .the young brahmal')a. If you make the background like that, I shall\nknow how to fill in the argument and defeat him by word jugglery. Thus I shall\nsave you from having to give your daughter to him. In this way, our aristocracy\nwill be saved. You have nothing to worry about.\"\nTEXT 46\n\n�\\! ��, �r;$ fiim c�� �i{ 1\n��·�tt� m �� <;'$f't�·i1'ftl II 8� II\neta suni' viprera cintita haifa mana\nekanta-bhave cinte vipra gopala-caral')a\nSYNONYMS\neta suni -hearing this;\n'\n\nviprera-of the old brahmal')a;\n\ncintita-agitated;\n\nhaifa-became; mana-the mind; ekanta-bhave-with single-minded attention;\ncinte-thinks;\n\nvipra-the\n\nbrahmaQa; gopala-caral')a-of the lotus feet of Sri\n\nGopalaji.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, the mind of the elderly brahmal)a became very agitated. Feeling helpless, he simply turned his attention to the lotus feet of Gopala.\nTEXT 47\n\n'�t1'f � \"1 'P\\i'1t, il11lt1'f �-ilifil I\n�� �1 �1'f, <;'m�t'f, iif�ii-Aftl n' 8'\\ n\n'mora dharma rak$a paya, na mare nija-jana\ndui rak$a kara, gopala, /ainu sara(la'\nSYNONYMS\nmora-my;\n\ndharma-religious\n\nprinciples;\n\nrak$a\n\npaya- spared;\n\nna-not;\n\nmare-die; nija-jana-own kinsmen; dui-two; rak$a kara-You kindly protect;\ngopala-my Lord Gopala; /ainu-1 have taken; saraQa-shelter under Your lotus\nfeet.\nTRANSLATION\nThe elderly brahmal)a prayed: \"My dear lord Gopala, I have taken shelter\nof Your lotus feet, and therefore I request You to please protect my religious\n\n", "mad2#p0168": "136\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nprinciples from disturbance and at the same time save my kinsmen from\ndying!'\nTEXT 48\n\nIJI� Ftc2i �t� �f�ti! 'i'tf'$f� I\n'fil-m � �� �t� 'itt� 'filt� II 817' II\nei-mata vipra citte cintite lagila\nara dina laghu-vipra tatira ghare aila\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; vipra-the elderly brahmaQa; citte-within the mind;\ncintite-to think; /agi/a-began; ara dina-the next day; laghu-vipra-the young\nbrahmaQa; t?tira-his; ghare-to the home; ai/a-came.\nTRANSLAliON\nThe next day, the elderly brahma�a was thinking deeply about this matter\nwhen the young brahma�a came to his house.\nTEXT 49\n\n�t�tfPi ?f�-'e� �t� <ISRf' I\n� �$i <lit� <fi� ii: W�' II 8� II\nasiiia parama-bhaktye namaskara kari'\nvinaya kariiia kahe kara dui yugi'\nSYNONYMS\nasifia-coming; parama-bhaktye-in great devotion; namaskara kari'-offering\nobeisances; vinaya karifia-with great humility; kahe-says; kara-hands; duitwo; yugi'-folding.\nTRANSLATION\nThe young brahma�a came to him and offered respectful obeisances. Then,\nvery humbly folding his hands, he spoke as follows.\nTEXT 50\n\n'� (;11t� � flro! <fi� !filtft�-m I\nIJI� Ffsi ift� ��' f� Q!t� � II' a o II\n\n", "mad2#p0169": "Text 52]\n\nThe A ctivities of Sak,i-gopala\n\n137\n\n'tumi more kanya dite karyacha angikara\nebe kichu nahi kaha, ki tamara vicara'\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-you; more-to me; kanya-your daughter; dite-to give in charity;\nkaryacha-have made; angikara-a promise; ebe-now; kichu-something;\nnahi-not; kaha-you say; ki-what; tamara-your; vicara-conclusion.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You have promised to give your daughter in charity to me. Now you do not\nsay anything. What is your conclusion1\"\nTEXT 51\n\n� �f.{' �� �!2f �t� cahil 'fRf' I\n\n�'At� 1f1f1l� �f(ilf �\\! cJ� <liRf' II Q� II\neta suni' sei vipra rahe mauna dhari'\ntanra putra marite aila hate thenga kari'\nSYNONYMS\neta suni'-hearing this; sei vipra-the elderly brahmar)a; rahe-remains; mauna\ndhari'-holding silence; tar'lra-his; putra-son; marite-to strike; ai/a-came\nout; hate-in hand; thenga-stick; kari'-taking.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the young brahmaJ;ta submitted this statement, the elderly brahmaJ;ta\nremained silent. Taking this opportunity, his son immediately came out with a\nstick to strike the younger man.\nTEXT 52\n\n'�t �'11{ I <;�tif �.ttf �� �� I\n\n�il �1$1 i\"tlf <;� m '!' �\\! II' Q� II\n'are adhama! mora bhagni caha vivahite\nvamana hafia canda yena caha ta' dharite'\nSYNONYMS\nare adhama-0 most degraded one; mora-my; bhagni-sister; caha-you\nwant; vivahite-to marry; vamana-a dwarf; hafia-being; canda-the moon;\nyena-as if; caha-you want; ta'-certain.ly; dharite-to capture.\n\n", "mad2#p0170": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n138\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe son said: \"Oh, you are most degraded! You want to marry my sister,\njust like a dwarf who wants to catch the moon!\"\nTEXT 53\n\n�1$1 �' � �� 9f'lt<IP1 ''St\" I\n� flti{ l!tttQ �� ��il <li�\" ll �� ll\nthei'ia dekhi' sei vipra palai'ia gela\nara dina gramera /aka ekatra karila\nSYNONYMS\nthei'ia dekhi'-seeing the stick in his hand; sei vipra-the young brahmaQa;\npalai'ia ge/a-fled from that place; ara dina-the next day; gramera loka-the in­\n\nhabitants of the village; ekatra kari/a-gathered in one place.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing a stick in the hand of the son, the younger brahmar;ta fled. The next\nday, however, he gathered together all the people of the village.\nTEXT 54\n\n� �� ���<21 es-t� �'I I\nl!t<f ,,� llf'{�<21 <fi�� llftRt'l ll 1!8 ll\nsaba /aka ba(ia-vipre (iakiya ani/a\ntabe sei laghu-vipra kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\nsaba /oka-all the village inhabitants; ba(ia-vipre-to the senior brahmaQa;\n\n(iakiya-calling;\n\nani/a-brought;\n\ntabe-then;\n\nsei\n\nlaghu-vipra-the\n\njunior\n\nbrahmaQa; kahite /agi/a-began to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the people of the village then called for the elderly brahmaQa and\nbrought him to their meeting place. The young brahmaQa then began to speak\nbefore them as follows.\n\n", "mad2#p0171": "Text 57]\n\nThe Activities of Sak,i-gopala\n\n139\n\nTEXT 55\n\n,�·� � \"'\"1 fiftl! \"'ntt� �i\\�1f 1\n�� ,� if! �i{, �� �·�'Af ��•a n' �� u\n'iriha more kanya dite karyache arigikara\nebe ye na dena, pucha irihara vyavahara'\nSYNONYMS\niriha-this gentleman; more-to me; kanya-his daughter; dite-to give in\ncharity; karyache-has made; arigikara-promise; ebe-now; ye-indeed; nanot;\n\ndena-he gives; pucha-kindly ask;\n\nirihara-of him;\n\nvyavahara-the\n\nbehavior.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This gentleman has promised to hand over his daughter to me, yet now he\ndoes not follow his promise . Please ask him about his behavior.\"\nTEXT 56\n\n'WI' �• r��t;1{ � ��i{ 1\n\n'� '\"'te{ e{l r.��, �� fif�1� �fie{ II' �� II\ntabe sei viprere puchila sarva-jana\n'kanya kene na deha, yadi diyacha vacana'\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then; sei-that; viprere-brahmal)a; puchila- asked; sarva-jana-all\nthe people; kanya-daughter; kene-why; na deha-you do not give in charity;\nyadi-if; diyacha-have given; vacana-word of honor.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the people gathered there asked the elderly brahmar;�a: \"If you have\nalready promised to give him your daughter in charity, why are you not fulfilling your promisel You have given your word of honor.\"\nTEXT 57\n\nfit� ��,-'�if, ,lft-:1s, �1f fift�i{ I\n�� f<li �f'Aitfli, ''lf'Af e{1� �1f'lll' a� 11\n\n", "mad2#p0172": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n140\n\nvipra kahe,\n\n-\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\n'suna, /aka, mora nivedana\n\nkabe ki baliyachi, mora nahika smaraQa'\nSYNONYMS\nvipra kahe-the senior brahmaQa replied; suna-please hear; /oka-all people;\nmora-my; nivedana-submission; kabe-when; ki-what; baliyachi-1 have\nsaid; mora-my; nahika-there is not; smaraQa-remembrance.\nTRANSLATION\nThe elderly brahmaQa said: \"My dear friends, please hear what I have to\nsubmit. I do not exactly remember making a promise like that.\"\nTEXT 58\n\nIf!� <efil' �til: �\\it �t�J·� 9ft�i I\n\ni:!f�� ��i �� ll'llt� ���i II �\\r II\neta suni' tarira putra vakya-cchala pana\npragalbha ha-iya kahe sammukhe asina\nSYNONYMS\neta suni'-hearing this; tarira putra-his son; vakya-cchala-for jugglery of\nwords;\n\npana-getting a chance;\n\npraga/bha-impudent;\n\nkahe-says; sammukhe-in the front; asina-coming\n\nha-iya-becoming;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the elderly brahmaQa's son heard this, he took the opportunity to\njuggle some words. Becoming very impudent, he stood before the assembly\nand spoke as follows.\nTEXT 59\n\n'&t�t� f� � fil'f �t( � I\n� \"'f't lflt l(;�f 'O'Iti! � � II �� II\n'tirtha-yatraya pitara sarige chi/a bahu dhana\ndhana dekhi ei du?tera /aite haifa mana\nSYNONYMS\ntirtha-yatraya-when touring the holy places; pitara-my father; sarige-with;\nchi/a-there\n\nwas;\n\nbahu-much;\n\ndhana-money;\n\ndhana-money;\n\ndekhi-\n\n", "mad2#p0173": "", "mad2#p0174": "142\n\nSri Caitanya-caritlmfla\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 62\n\n���� ��'f <;'f� �11ft �m11 I\n'<;1ttf f�111 <li'B'! f� <;�'$fl f<li ·�� II' ��II\ntamara sakala /aka karaha vicare\n'mora pitara kanya dite yogya ki ihare'\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-you; sakala-all;\n\n/aka-people;\n\nkaraha-just make; vicare-judg­\n\nment; mora-my; pitara-of the father; kanya-the daughter; dite-to give in\ncharity; yogya-befitting; ki-is it; ihare-to him.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All of you assembled here are gentlemen. Please judge whether it is befitting to offer this poor brahmar:-a my father's daughter.\"\nTEXT 63\n\n�I! 'efi{' <;'ft� ll�il ft-.'1 ��-ti I\n'�,-'lilt'ftt'e <;� �\" 'fSt'e1111' �-.e II\neta suni' lokera mane ha-ila sarhsaya\n'sambhave, -dhana-lobhe /aka cha(ie dharma-bhaya'\nSYNONYMS\neta suni'-hearing all this; /okera-of all the people; mane-in the minds; hai/a-there was; sarhsaya-doubt; sambhave-possible; dhana-/obhe-by greed\nfor money; /oka-some man; cha(ie-gives up; dharma-bhaya-religious principles.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing all these statements, all the people gathered there became a little\ndoubtful. They thought that it was quite possible that because of attraction for\nriches, one might give up his religious principles.\nTEXT 64\n\n� �M� <li�,- \"'eil, 'It�� I\ntml firfi{� <li�� �\\!J·�il II �8 II\n\n", "mad2#p0175": "Text 66]\n\nThe Activities of Sak,i-gopala\n\n143\n\ntabe chota-vipra kahe,- \"suna, mahajana\nnyaya jinibare kahe asatya-vacana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; chota-vipra-the young brahmal)a; kahe-says; sunaplease hear; maha-jana-all gentlemen; nyaya-the argument; jinibare-to win;\nkahe-he says; asatya-vacana-untruthful statements.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, the young brahma�a said: \"My dear gentlemen, please hear.\nJust to gain victory in an argument, this man is lying.\nTEXT 65\n\n\\!lt �� �lt <;�� � � �lf1 I\n'� �tflr �i!:rl �' 'elt'Pfti{ �� II �� II\nei vipra mora sevaya tu�ta yabe haifa\n'tore ami kanya diba' apane kahifa\nSYNONYMS\nei vipra-this brahmal)a; mora-my; sevaya-by the service; tu�ta-fully\nsatisfied; yabe-when; haifa-he was; tore-to you; ami-1; kanya-daughter;\ndiba-shall give; apane-of his own accord; kahifa-promised.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Being very satisfied with my service, this brahma�a said to me of his own\naccord, 'I promise to hand over my daughter to you!\nTEXT 66\n\naf$ tilt��,- �il, m�11\" ,\n<;� �iijff <;�t'itJ il� l!f$ � II � � II\n�\n\ntabe mufii ni�edhinu,-suna, dvija-vara\ntamara kanyara yogya nahi mufii vara\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; mufii-1; ni�edhinu-forbade; suna-hear; dvija-vara-0\nbest of the brahmal)as; tamara-your; kanyara-for the daughter; yogya-suitable; nahi-not; mufii-1; vara-husband.\n\n", "mad2#p0176": "144\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch . 5\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"At that time, I forbade him to do this, telling him, '0 best of the\nbrahmaQas, I am not a fit husband for your daughter.\nTEXT 67\n\n�'ft1�[fil9ff'Gt:!, �' 9f1f1! �� I\n�'ft1 J{� ��ilf, 1!.(, eltij, �� II �'\\ II\nkahan tumi paQc;/ita, dhani, parama kulina\nkahan mufii daridra, murkha, nica, kula-hina\nSYNONYMS\nkahail-whereas;\n\ntumi-you;\n\npaQc;/ita-learned scholar;\n\ndhani-rich man;\n\nparama-first-class; ku/ina-aristocracy; kahail-whereas; mufii-1; daridrapoor man; murkha-not educated; nica-fallen; ku/a-hina-without aristocracy.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Whereas you are a learned scholar, a rich man belonging to an\naristocratic family, I am a poor man, uneducated and with no claim to\naristocracy.'\nTEXT 68\n\n'!<J'._ (Jll �� � <l'i� �1� � I\n�11 <(Siij'j flf(, �[fit <l'i11� m1� II �\\7\" II\ntabu ei vipra more kahe bara bara\ntore kanya dilun, tumi karaha svikara\nSYNONYMS\ntabu-still; ei-this; vipra-brahmal)a; more-to me; kahe-says; bara baraagain and again; tore-to you; kanya-my daughter; di/un-1 have given in\ncharity; tumi-you; karaha-make; svikara-acceptance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Still, this brahmaQa insisted. Again and again he asked me to accept his\nproposal, saying, 'I have given you my daughter. Please accept her.'\nTEXT 69\n\n� � ��l'f1'!- �i{, 11�111fi! I\n\n't:!� Sl-��·.rf!� i{i �t� �-.f% II �tD II\n\n", "mad2#p0177": "Text 71]\n\nThe Activities of Sak,i-gopala\n\n145\n\ntabe ami kahilari-suna, maha-mati\ntamara stri-putra-jnatira na habe sammati\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; ami-1; kahi/ari-said; suna-please hear; maha-mati-0\nintelligent brahmaQa; tamara-your; stri-putra-wife and children; jnatira-kinsmen; na habe sammati-will not agree.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I then said, 'Please hear. You are a learned brahmaJ:!a. Your wife, friends\nand relatives will never agree to this proposal.\nTEXT 70\n\n� f� ift\"OO, �� �JI�J-�Hi� I\n�f9t �t� f�� �fbi � II 'l II\no\n\nkanya dite naribe, habe asatya-vacana\npunarapi kahe vipra kariya yatana\nSYNONYMS\nkanya-daughter; dite-to give; naribe-you will not be able; habe-it will\nbecome; asatya-vacana-a false statement; punarapi-again; kahe-he says;\nvipra-the brahmaQa; kariya yatana-with great attention.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear sir, you will not be able to fulfill your promise. Your promise will\nbe broken.' Yet, again and again the brahmar:Ja emphasized his promise.\nTEXT 71\n\n� '�tt1f fif(, r.'fl iii <rlf.� �\\! I\n'el�<rl� f��, �i � �� II 'l� II\nkanya tore diluri, dvidha na kariha cite\natma-kanya diba, keba pare ni?edhite\nSYNONYMS\nkanya-the daughter; tore-to you; di/uri-1 have given; dvidha-hesitation;\nna-do\n\nnot;\n\nkariha-do;\n\ncite...:..within\n\nyour\n\nmind;\n\natma-kanya-my\n\nown\n\ndaughter; diba-1 shall give; keba-who; pare-is able; ni?edhite-to forbid.\n\n", "mad2#p0178": "146\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'I have offered you my daughter. Do not hesitate. She is my daughter, and\nI shall give her to you. Who can forbid me?'\nTEXT 72\n\nI!� �fil �f�t� tf �fit' � I\n<.;'m� �'$f �� �-� � II 'l� II\ntabe ami kahilan dr(iha kari' mana\ngopalera age kaha e-satya vacana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; ami-1; kahilan-said; dr(iha kari' mana-fi xi ng my mind;\ngopalera age-in front of the Gopala Deity; kaha\n\n-\n\nspea k; e-satya va cana-thi s\n\ntruthful statement.\nTRANSLATION\n\"At that time I concentrated my mind and requested the brahmar:-a to make\nthe promise before the Gopala Deity.\nTEXT 73\n\nI!� t•� c;'$ll�1t\"Af <et1t'$fti! ��I\n\n1fil 'fti{, �� �11f �iU'l <ettfil fif'f 11 'l� n\ntabe inho gopalera agete kahila\ntumi jana, ei vipre kanya ami dila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; inho-this gentleman; gopa/era-of the Gopala Deity;\nagete-in front; kahila-he said; tumi jana-My Lord, please know; ei vipreunto this young brahmaQa; kanya-my daughter; ami-1; di/a-have offered.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Then this gentleman said in front of the Gopala Deity: 'My dear Lord,\nplease bear witness. I have offered my daughter to this brahmar:-a in charity.'\nTEXT 74\n\n'Wt �fil c;'$fl�t'ft11' �� �RtlfP1 I\n\n��� -it11' � fi{i{� �RtlfP1 II 'l8 II\n\n", "mad2#p0179": "Text 76]\n\nThe A ctivities of Sak,i-gopala\n\n147\n\ntabe ami gopalere sak$i karifia\nkahilan tanra pade minati karifia\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; ami-1; gopalere-to the Gopala Deity; sak$i-the witness; karifia-making; kahi/ail-said; tanra pade-at His lotus feet; minatihumility; karifia-making.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Accepting the Gopala Deity as my witness, I then submitted the following\nat His lotus feet.\nTEXT 75\n\n�fff a �� (}ftt1( if! fift<t �� 1\nl'lt� �ttttt11_(;'!'tlf�, � ��tit II C!<t II\nyadi ei vipra more na dibe kanya-dana\nsak$i bolaimu tomaya, ha-io savadhana\nSYNONYMS\nyadi-if; ei-this; vipra-brahmaQa; more-to me; na-not; dibe-will give;\nkanya-dana-his daughter\n\nin charity; sak$i bo/aimu-1 shall call as witness;\n\ntomaya-You; ha-io savadhana-kindly be attentive.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'If this brahmar,a later hesitates to give me his daughter, my dear lord, I\nshall call on You as a witness. Please note this with care and attention:\nTEXT 76\n\n�• �rn l'lt\"' (}f� �� � 1\n�11 �J l'l\\!1 m � fijf� u\" C!� \"\nei vakye sak$i mora ache mahajana\nyanra vakya satya kari mane tribhuvana\"\nSYNONYMS\nei vakye-in this statement; sak$i-witness; mora-my; ache-there is; mahajana-a great personality; yanra-whose; vakya-words; satya-true; kari-taking as; mane-accepts; tri-bhuvana-the whole world.\n\n", "mad2#p0180": "148\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus I have called upon a great personality in this transac tion. I have asked\nthe Supreme Godhead to be my witness. The entire world accepts the words\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\"\nPURPORT\nAlthough the y oung brahmaQa described himself as having no claims to\naristocracy and being an uneducated common man, still he had one good\nqualification: he believed that the Supreme Personality of Godhead was the topmost authority, he accepted the words of Lord Kr�l)a without hesitation, and he\nhad firm faith in the Lord's consistency. According to Prahlada Maharaja, another\nauthority on the Supreme Personality of Godhead, such a staunch and faithful\n\ndevotee of the Lord must be understood to be a most learned scholar: tan manye\n\n'dhitam uttamam (Srimad-Bhagavatam 7.5.24). A pure devotee who has firm faith\n\nin the words of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is to be considered a most\nlearned scholar, the topmost aristocrat and the richest man in the whole world. All\ngodly qualities automatically exist in such a devotee. In the preaching work of the\nKr�Qa consciousness movement, we, as the servant of the servant of the servant\nof the servant of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, fully believe in the words\nof Kr�l!a and His servants, the disciplic succession. In this way we are presenting\nthe words of Kr�Qa throughout the world. Even though we are neither a rich man\nnor a very learned scholar, and even though we do not belong to any aristocracy,\nthis movement is still being welcomed and is very easily spreading all over the\nworld. Although we are very poor and have no professional source of income,\nKr�Qa supplies money whenever we need it. Whenever we need some men, Kr�Qa\nsupplies them. Thus it is stated in Bhagavad-gita (6.22): yam labdhva capararh\n\n/abharh manyate nadhikarh tata/:1. Actually, if we can attain the favor of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�l)a, we do not need any thing else. We certainly do not need those things which a mundane person considers to be material\nassets.\n\nTEXTS 77-78\n\n��It ��,-\"�l �J ��i I\n<;ostt?tti'f �rw � �, 'Cit� <cttfir �Qfiu'\\'\\n\n� � fit� <cttfil, �t�� Felan t\"\nlitf � ��;-'If!� o:etif �1'! �ll II' 'llr II\ntabe bac;Ja-vipra kahe,- \"ei satya katha\n\ngopala yadi sak�i dena, apane asi' etha\n\n", "mad2#p0181": "Text 79]\n\nThe Activities of Sak,i-gopala\n\n149\n\ntabe kanya diba ami, janiha ni5caya\"\ntarira putra kahe,-'ei bhala vata haya'\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; bada-vipra-the elderly brahmaf)a; kahe-says; ei satya\nkatha-this is true; gopa/a-the Gopala Deity; yadi-if; sak�i-witness; denagives; apane-personally; asi'-coming; etha-here; tabe-at that time; kanyadaughter; diba-must give in charity; ami-1; janiha-you all know it; ni5cayacertainly; tarira-his; putra-son; kahe-says; ei-this; bha/a-nice; vata-statement; haya-is.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTaking this opportunity, the elderly brahma�a immediately confirmed that\nthis was really true. He said: \"If Gopala personally comes here to serve as a\nwitness, I shall surely give my daughter to the young brahma�a.\" The elderly\nbrahmal)a's son immediately confirmed this, saying, \"Yes, this is a very nice\nsettlement!'\nPURPORT\nAs the Supersoul within the heart of all living entities, Kr�rya knows everyone's\ndesire, everyone's request and everyone's prayer. Although all these may be contradictory, the Lord has to create a situation in which everyone will be pleased.\nThis is an instance of a marriage negotiation between an elderly brahmaf)a and a\nyouthful one. The elderly brahmaf)a was certainly willing to give his daughter in\ncharity to the young brahmaf)a, but his son and relatives became impediments to\nthis transaction. The elderly brahmaf)a considered how to get out of this situation\nand still offer his daughter to the young brahmaf)a. His son, an atheist and a very\ncunning fellow, was thinking of how to stop the marriage. The father and son\nwere thinking in a contradictory way, yet Kr�rya created a situation wherein they\nboth agreed. They both agreed that if the Gopala Deity would come and serve as\na witness, the daughter would be given to the young brahmaf)a.\nTEXT 79\n\n�r.:�1f �-,;i{,-'�• �� w�t<tt-t 1\n� <;�111' � <;i!t�1 <li�t� ��t'l II' 'I� II\nbada-viprera mane,- 'kr�Qa bada dayavan\navasya mora vakya teriho karibe pramaf)a'\n\n", "mad2#p0182": "150\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nSYNONYMS\nbac;fa-viprera mane-within the mind of the elderly brahmaQa; kr$Qa-Lord\nKr�r:Ja; bac;fa-very; dayavan -merciful; avasya - certai n ly; mora-my; vakyawords; teriho-He; karibe-will make; pramaQa\n\n-\n\nevidence\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe elderly brahmar_1a thought: \"Since Lord Kr�Qa is very merciful, He will\ncertainly come to prove my statement!'\nTEXT 80\n\n� 1fti{,-'�R!1li if! �t� �t'itil flftl!' I\nlJI� �'ill�� � �I! 1117'0 II\nputrera mane, -'pratima na asibe sak�i dite'\nei buddhye dui-jana ha-ila sammate\nSYNONYMS\nputrera mane -in the mind of the son; pratima-the Deity; na-not; asibewill come; siik$i dite-to give witness; ei-this; buddhye-in understanding;\ndui-jana-both the father and the son; ha-ila sammate\n\n-\n\nag reed\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe atheistic son thought: \"It is not possible for Gopala to come and bear\nwitness.\" Thinking thus, both father and son agreed.\nTEXT 81\n\n,�M� ��,- '��! � ��i{ I\n�i{: c;�i{ i{t� �t\"f lJI�<t <I� II' lr� II\nchota-vipra bale, -'patra karaha likhana\npuna/:1 yena nahi cale e-saba vacana'\nSYNONYMS\nc h ota-vipra-the young brahmaQa; bale-says; patra-paper; karaha-do;\n\nlikhana -writing; puna/:1-again; yena-so that; nahi-not; cale-change; esaba-all these; vacana-statements.\n\n", "mad2#p0183": "Text 83)\n\nThe Activities of Sak,i-gopala\n\n151\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe young brahma�a took this opportunity to speak: \"Please write this\ndown on paper in black and white so that you may not again change your\nword of honor.\"\nTEXT 82\n\n\\!t<1 lf� c;Cift� c;lf�' �ijj '!' w� 1\n,·� lf'lt� ii!<$i � �tf� lllr� II\ntabe saba /aka me/i' patra ta' likhila\ndwihara sammati lana madhyastha rakhila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then; saba /aka-all the people; me/i'-gathered together; patrapaper; ta'-indeed; likhila-wrote; dunhara-of both of them; sammati-the\nagreement; /ana-taking; madhya-stha-as mediator; rakhila-remained.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the assembled people got this statement down in black and white and,\ntaking the signatures of agreement from both of them, served as the mediators.\nTEXT 83\n\n\\!t<1 '��fer� <fit�,-��, lf�� 1\n\nIJI� �-�\\!J·mJ, 'f'li?!1mi'l II � II\ntabe chota-vipra kahe, -suna, sarva-jana\nei vipra-satya-vakya, dharma-parayaQa\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; chota-vipra-the young brahmaf)a; kahe-says; sunaplease hear; sarva-jana -0 all gentlemen present here; ei vipra-this elderly\nbrahmaf)a; satya-vakya-always truthful; dharma-parayaQa-religious.\nTRANSLATION\nThe young brahma�a then said: \"Will all you gentlemen present please\nhear mel This elderly brahma�a is certainly truthful and is following religious\nprinciples.\n\n", "mad2#p0184": "152\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 84\n\n��<151 Tit�t<;J �·�t� ilt� � 'afil: I\n\n�'srii:·V(J·� �� 'f;I�<;!J·� II lr'8 II\nsva-vakya chac;fite itihara nahi kabhu mana\nsvajana-mrtyu-bhaye kahe asatya-vacana\nSYNONYMS\nsva-vakya-his own promise; chac;fite-to give up; itihara-of this brahmaQa;\nnahi-not; kabhu-at any time; mana-the mind; sva-jana-of his own kinsmen;\nmrtyu-bhaye-fearing the suicide; kahe-says; asatya-vacana-untruthful words.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He had no desire to break his promise, but fearing that his kinsmen would\ncommit suicide, he deviated from the truth.\nTEXT 85\n\nl·� �ttJ ��� �' :JI� ���I\n�� tJI� fottc21� �-<2!f!gsi �f� II lr'(t ll\nitihara puQye kr�!Je ani' sak�T bolaiba\ntabe ei viprera satya-pratijiia rakhiba\nSYNONYMS\nitihara puQye-by his piety; kr�Qe-Lord Kr�r:ta; ani'-bringing; sak�T-witness;\nbo/aiba-1 shall call; tabe-at that time; ei viprera-of this brahmaQa; satyatruthful; pratijiia-the promise; rakhiba-1 shall keep.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By the piety of the elderly brahmal)a, I shall call the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead as a witness. Thus I shall keep his truthful promise intact.\"\nTEXT 86\n\ntJI� ��' ilt�<!i <;lift� ����� �t� I\n\n,�� �r;�, i._!f-wm� 'f;lt� �tt� 111r� 11\neta suni' nastika /aka upahasa kare\nkeha bale, Tsvara-dayalu, asiteha pare\n\n", "mad2#p0185": "Text 88]\n\nThe Activities of Sak,i-gopala\n\n153\n\nSYNONYMS\neta .Suni'-hearing this; nastika-atheistic; /aka-class of men; upahasa-joking; kare-do; keha bale-someone says; isvara-God; daya/u-merciful; asiteha\npare-He is able to come.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing the emphatic statement of the younger brahmar;�a , some atheists in\nthe meeting began to cut jokes. t-low�ver, someone else said, \"After all, the\nLord is merciful, and if He likes, He can come.\"\nTEXT 87\n\n\\!t� �� <;���� <;�i � I\n\"�e, <fifi(' <fi� �� �<111''1 II lrC! II\ntabe sei chota-vipra gela vrndavana\ndaQc;iavat kari' kahe saba vivaraQa\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-after\n\nthis;\n\nsei-that;\n\nchota-vipra-young\n\nbrahmaQa;\n\nge/a-went;\n\nvrndavana-to Vrndavana; daQc;iavat· kari'-after offering respects; kahe-tells;\nsaba-all; vivaraQa-the description.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the meeting, the young brahmar;�a started for Vrndavana. ·Upon arriving there, he first offered his respectful obeisances to the Deity and then narrated everything in full detail.\nTEXT 88\n\n\"�'tJ�� 'tf'lf �' liR!t11� I\n�� �ti!Af � 11't� ��1 �'if� II lrlr II\n\"brahmaQya-deva tumi bac;ia daya-maya\ndui viprera dharma rakha hana sadaya\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmaQya-deva-0 Lord of brahminical culture; tumi-You; bac;ia-very;\ndaya-maya-merciful; dui-two; viprera-of brahmaQas; dharma-the religious\nprinciples; rakha-protect; haila-becoming; sa-daya-merciful.\n\n", "mad2#p0186": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n154\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. s\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe said: \"My Lord, You are the protector of brahminical culture, and You\nare also very merciful. Therefore, kindly show Your great mercy by protecting\nthe religious principles of us two brahmal)as.\nTEXT 89\n\n�il:rl �,-,1ffi( �ti{ ��i ift� � I\ni3-cf1f <2!�9Ji lftll-�� �� t�� II lr� II\nkanya paba,-mora mane iha nahi sukha\nbrahmaQera pratijna yaya-ei bac;la du/:lkha\nSYNONYMS\nkanya paba-1 shall get the daughter; mora-my; mane-in the mind; ihathis;\n\nnahi-is\n\npratijna-the\n\nnot;\n\nsukha-happiness;\n\npromise;\n\nyaya-becomes\n\nbrahmaQera-of\n\na\n\nlost;\n\nbac;la-very\n\nei-this;\n\npure\n\nbrahmaQa;\nmuch;\n\ndu/:lkha-unhappiness.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, I am not thinking to become hotppy by getting the daughter\nas a bride. I am simply thinking that the brahmal)a has broken his promise,\nand that is giving me great pain.\"\nPURPO RT\nIt was not at all the intention of the young brahmaf)a to get the daughter of the\nelderly brahmaf)a in marriage and thus enjoy material happiness and sense gratification. It was not for that reason that the young brahmaf)a went to Vrndavana\nto ask the Supreme Personality of Godhead to act as a witness. His only concern\nwas that the elderly brahmaf)a had promised something, and if Gopala did not\nbear witness to that transaction, then the older brahmaQa would incur a spiritual\nblemish. Therefore, the young brahmaf)a wanted protection and help from the\nDeity. The young brahmaQa was thus a pure Vai�l)ava, and he had no desire for\nsense gratification. He wanted only to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nand the older brahmaQa, who was also a Vai�l)ava and very devoted to the Lord.\nTEXT 90\n\n�i! 'Sft�' '{fit �t� Clf�, �lltllll I\n\niSftfe�' �t.-,i't ilt� '�l!, i!t1f S>ft'S>f �llll �o II\n\n", "mad2#p0187": "Text 91]\n\nThe Activities of Sak�i-gopala\n\n155\n\neta jani' tumi sak$i deha, daya-maya\njani' sak�i nahi deya, tara papa haya\nSYNONYMS\neta jani'-knowing this; tumi-You; sak$i-witness; deha-please give; dayamaya-0 most merciful; jani'-knowing; sak$i - w itness; nahi deya-does not\ngive; tara-for him; papa-sin; haya-there is.\nTRANSLATION\nThe young brahmar;�a continued: \"My dear sir, You are very merciful and\nYou know everything. Therefore, kindly be a witness in this case. A person\nwho knows things as they are and still does not bear witness becomes involved in sinful activities!'\nPURPO RT\nThe dealings between a devotee and the Lord are very simple. The young\nbrahmaQa said to the Lord, \"You know everything, but if You do not bear witness,\nYou will be involved in sinful activities.\" There is no possibility, however, of the\nLord's being involved in sinful activities. A pure devotee, even though he knows\neverything of the Supreme Lord, can speak with the Lord exactly as if He were a\ncommon man. Although the dealings between the Lord and His devotee are always very simple and open, there is formality. All these things happen because of\nthe connection between the Lord and the devotee.\nTEXT 91\n\n� ��,-R<2t, � �� �-��ti{ I\n�i �f11' c;l!tt11 'l_f;{ �fif� �11t'111 �� II\nk($Qa kahe,-vipra, tumi yaha sva-bhavane\nsabha kari' more tumi kariha smaraQe\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa kahe-Lord Kr��a says; vipra-My dear brahmaQa; tumi-you; yaha-go\nback; sva-bhavane-to your own home; sabha kari' - calling a meeting of all the\nmen; more-of Me; tumi-you; kariha-just do; smaraQe-remembering.\nTRANSLATION\nL ord K��r;�a replied: \"My dear brahmar;�a, go back to your home and call a\nmeeting of all the men. In that meeting, just try to remember Me.\n\n", "mad2#p0188": "156\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. S\n\nTEXT 92\n\n�t�� ��1 �tfil ��1 :�t1� fif� I\n\n�t� l� f�� :lf�J ��m1 rn� II �� II\navirbhava hana ami tahan sak?i diba\ntabe dui viprera satya pratijna rakhiba\n\nSYNONYMS\navirbhava-appearance; hana-making; ami-l; tahan-there; sak?i-witness;\ndiba-shall give; tabe-at that time; dui-two; viprera-of the brahmal)as;\nsatya-truthful; pratijna-promise; rakhiba-l shall keep.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall certai n ly appear there, and at that time I shall protect the honor of\nboth you brahmar;�as by bearing witness to the promise.\"\nTEXT 93\n\n�� <i1�,-\"�fir !fl� i'l_'t_.,.iS'f-� I\n�<!_ Q!tllrn ct'tt<f�J <t-t11i il1 �ct �®� II �� II\nvipra bale,-\"yadi hao caturbhuja-murti\ntabu tamara vakye karu na habe pratiti\n\nSYNONYMS\nvipra bale-the young brahmal)a says; yadi-if; hao-You become; catu/:1bhuja-four-handed; murti-Deity; tabu-still;\n\ntamara-Your; vakye-in the\n\nw ord; karu-of anyone; na-not; habe-there will be; pratiti-belief.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe young brahmar;�a replied: \"My dear sir, even if You appear there as a\nfour-handed Vi�r;�u Deity, still, none of those people will believe in Your\nwords.\nTEXT 94\n\n�� 1!.� Ht111 �fir �� ��itil I\n:�tt� '���fir- �t� ��if� �til II �8 II\nei murti giya yadi ei sri-vadane\nsak?i deha yadi-tabe sarva-loka sune\n\n", "mad2#p0189": "Text 96]\n\nThe A ctivities of Sak�i-gopala\n\n157\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; murti-in the form; giya-going; yadi-if; ei-this; sri-vadane-from\nYour beautiful face; sak$i-witness; deha-You give; yadi-if; tabe-then; sarvaloka-all people; sune-will hear.\nTRANSlATION\n\"Only if You go there in this form of Gopala and speak the words from Your\nbeautiful face will Your testimony be heard by all the people.\"\nTEXT 95\n\n�· <flt�,-\"�fi!11i �t\"f, <;<fit� iii �fi{ I\"\n\n�� �t\"J,- \"��\";ti ��i <11� <;;<fit� �t� II �<t II\nk[$/)a kahe, -\"pratima cafe, kothaha na suni\"\nvipra bale,-\"pratima hafia kaha kene val)i\n\nSYNONYMS\nk[$1)a kahe-Lord Kr�l)a says; pratima cafe-a Deity walks; kothaha-anywhere; na suni-l have not heard; vipra bale-the young brahmal)a replies; pratima hafia-in Your Deity form; kaha kene vaQi-how do You speak words.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Kr�Qa said: \"I've never heard of a Deity's walking from one place to\nanother.\" The brahmaQa replied: \"That is true, but how is it that You are\nspeaking to me, although You are a Deityt\nTEXT 96\n\n�i!1fj �� i[flr,- �tillite. 81�\\51�\"1� I\n�� lftRl' <fl1f i[f1r �<fl�·<fl1f'lll\" �� II\npratima naha tumi,-sak$at vrajendra-nandana\nvipra lagi' kara tumi akarya-karara\"\nSYNONYMS\npratima-a statue; naha-are not; tumi-You; sak$at-directly; vrajendra-nandana-the son of Nanda Maharaja; vipra lagi'-for the sake of the brahmara; kara\ntumi-You can do; akarya-karal)a-an action You have never done before.\n\n", "mad2#p0190": "�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n158\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, You are not a statue; You are directly the son of Maharaja\nNanda. Now, for the sake of the old brahmar:'la, You can do something You have\nnever done before.\"\nTEXT 97\n\nm<�P1 <;'$lMtii <lSt�,-'�il�, 731�'1 1\n(;I!� �li �ttli �fif <fif.� ${il 11 �'\\ 11\nhasina gopa/a kahe,-\"sunaha, brahmaQa\ntamara pache pache ami kariba gamana\n\nSYNONYMS\nhasifla-smiling; gopa/a-the Lord Gopala; kahe-says; sunaha-just hear;\n\nbrahmaoa-0 my dear brahmaQa; tamara-you; pache pache-behind; ami-1;\n\nkariba-shall do; gamana-walking.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Gopalaji then smiled and said: \"My dear brahmar:'la, just listen to Me. I\nshall walk behind you, and in this way I shall go with you.\"\nPURPORT\nThe conversation between Lord Sri Kr�l)a and the brahmaQa is proof that the\n\nLord in His arca-murti, or form made of material elements, is not material, for those\nelements, although separated from the Lord, are also a part of the Lord's energy, as\nstated in Bhagavad-gita. Because the elements are the Lord's own energy and be­\n\ncause there is no difference between the energy and the energetic, the Lord can\n\nappear through any element. just as the sun can act through the sunshine and\nthus distribute its heat and light, so Kr�l)a, by His inconceivable power, can appear\n\nin His original spiritual form in any material element, including stone, wood, paint,\ngold, silver and jewels, because the material elements are all His energy. The\n\nsastras Warn, arcye Vi$QaU si/a-dhi/:1: one should never think of the arca-murti, the\n\nDeity within the temple, as stone, wood or any other material element. Because\nof his advanced devotional position, the younger brahmaQa knew that although\nthe Deity of Gopala appeared to be stone, He was not stone. He was the son of\nNanda Maharaja, Vrajendra-nandana Himself.\nAs such, the Deity can act exactly as the Lord did in His original form as Kr�r:Ja.\nLord Kr�r:Ja was talking to the young brahmaQa just to test his knowledge about\n\nthe arca-vigraha. In other words, those who have understood the science of\n\nKr�l)a-Kr�r:Ja's name, form, quality and so forth-can also talk with the Deity. To\n\n", "mad2#p0191": "Text 99]\n\nThe A ctivities of Sak,i-gopala\n\n159\n\nan ordinary person, however, the Deity will appear to be made of stone, wood or\nsome other material. In the higher sense, since all material elements ultimately\nemanate from the supreme spiritual entity, nothing is really material. Being omnipotent, omnipresent and omniscient, Kr�Da can deal with His devotees in any\nform without difficulty. By the mercy of the Lord, the devotee knows perfectly\nwell about the Lord's dealings. Indeed, he can talk face to face with the Lord.\nTEXT 98\n\n� �Jfi � iii <IS��� I\n'fJ{tlf� ���' 'fJ{tfif � '� � II �lr II\nulatiya ama tumi na kariha darasane\namake dekhi/e, ami rahiba sei sthane\nSYNONYMS\nulatiya-turning your face;\n\nama-Me;\n\ntumi-you;\n\nna-not;\n\nkariha-do;\n\ndarasane-seeing; amake-Me; dekhile-if you see; ami-1; rahiba-shall stay;\nsei sthane-in that very place.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord continued: \"Do not try to see Me by turning around. As soon as\nyou see Me, I shall remain stationary in that very place.\nTEXT 99\n\nIJ_� tfCI�tll � �fil<t1 I\n� � 'fJ{t� $li{ �r� Cfi�<�t ll �� 11\nnOpurera dhvani-matra amara suniba\nsei sabde amara gamana pratiti kariba\nSYNONYMS\nnOpurera-of the ankle bells; dhvani-matra-the sound only; amara-My;\nsuniba-you will hear; sei sabde-by hearing that sound; amara-My; gamanacoming; pratiti-understanding; kariba-you will do.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You will know that I am walking behind you by the sound of My ankle\nbells.\n\n", "mad2#p0192": "160\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 100\n\n<.!!� �J 1rtf'ti' �� �Ji\"Pl''l I\n\n\\!� �t$1 c;'!'PtRf �If <ll�<!f '$fJ!il II � o o II\neka-sera anna randhi' kariha samarpaf)a\ntaha khana tamara sange kariba gamana\nSYNONYMS\neka-sera-one kilo; anna-of rice; randhi'-cooking; kariha-do; samarpaQaoffering; taha-that; khana-eating; tamara-of you; sange-in the company;\nkariba-1 shall do; gamana-walking.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Cook one kilo of rice daily and offer it. I shall eat that rice and follow\nbehind you.\"\nTEXT 101\n\n� fifil �twl 1ftf'$f' Gf'1'11 T3t'lltf I\ni!B � � c;'$ft'Ptt\"f <llfif'li '$fJ!il II � o � II\nara dina ajna magi' calila brahmaQa\ntara pache pache gapala karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-the next day; ajna-permission; magi'-begging; ca/i/a-started;\nbrahmaQa-the young brahmaf)a; tara-him; pache-behind; pache-behind;\ngapa/a-Lord Gopala; karila-began; gamana-following.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, the brahmaQa begged permission from Gopala and started for\nhis country. Gopala followed him, step by step.\nTEXT 102\n\n'� 'M� �fil' $fitt'! � I\n� 'Ptt<ll <llfif' ��Bl c;�� II �o� II\nnupurera dhvani suni' anandita mana\nuttamanna paka kari' karaya bhajana\n\n", "mad2#p0193": "Text 104]\n\nThe Activities of Sak,i-gopala\n\n161\n\nSYNONYMS\nnapurera-of the ankle bells; dhvani-the sounds; suni'-hearing; ananditavery much pleased; mana-the mind; uttama-anna-first-class rice; paka-cooking; kari'-doing; karaya-causes; bhojana-eating.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Gopala followed the young brahmaQa, the tinkling sound of His ankle\nbells could be heard. The brahmaQa became very pleased, and he cooked\nfirst-class rice for Gopala to eat.\nTEXT 103\n\n�l1!r;i! i�' �� fi{i!JF·Of� 'Cl�� I\nc!l'tt1Rr f.t<li� �tfJI' 1l�ti! �� II � o� II\nei-mate cali' vipra nija-dese aila\ngramera nikata asi' manete cintila\nSYNONYMS\nei-mate-in this way; ca/i'-walking; vipra-the brahmaQa; nija-own; deseto the country; ai/a-returned; gramera-to the village; nikata-near; asi'-coming; manete-within his mind; cinti/a-thought.\nTRANSLATION\nThe young brahmaQa walked and walked in this way until he eventually arrived in his own country. When he neared his own village, he began to think as\nfollows.\nTEXT 104\n\n�� '{lfP c!ltt1l ��if, �if)�il I\n�tt� <15�� f'm11 �t\"\"\"� �t'it1li{ II � 08 II\nebe muni grame ainu, yaimu bhavana\n/okere kahiba giya sak$ifa agamana\nSYNONYMS\nebe-now; muni-1; grame-to the village; ainu-have come; yaimu-1 shall\ngo; bhavana-to my home; /okere-the people; kahiba-1 shall tell; giya-going\nthere; sak$ira-of the witness; agamana-about the arrival.\n\n", "mad2#p0194": "162\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have now come to my village, and I shall go to my home and tell all the\npeople that the witness has arrived!'\nTEXT 105\n\nlft-.t�� et1 'W�?;\"'' 11�it �i!Tf� et1 � I\n\n-tl � 1!?;�if, 1!1_ ett� f�t; ��II' �o�t II\nsak$ate na dekhile mane pratiti na haya\nihan yadi rahena, tabu nahi kichu bhaya'\nSYNONYMS\nsak$ate-directly; na-not; dekhile-if seeing; mane-in the mind; pratitiassurance; na-not; haya-there is; ihan-here; yadi-if; rahena-the Lord\nstays; tabu-still; nahi-there is not; kichu-any; bhaya-fear.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmar;�a then began to think that if the people didn't directly see the\nGopala Deity, they would not believe that He had arrived. \"But even if Gopala\nstays here,\" he thought, \"there is still nothing to fear.\"\n\nTEXT 106\n\n�� 'etR' � R� f�1 it�iif I\n�flf�1 ''Stt�t'l-,�� ��t� 1ff� II � o� II\neta bhavi' sei vipra phiriya cahila\nhasina gopa/a-deva tathaya rahi/a\nSYNONYMS\neta bhavi'-thinking like this; sei-that; vipra- brahmaf)a; phiriya-turning;\ncahila-saw; hasifla-smiling; gopala-deva-Lord Gopaladeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tathaya-there; rahila-stayed.\nTRANSLATION\nThinking this, the brahmar;�a turned to look back, and He saw that Gopala,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, was standing there smiling.\n\n", "mad2#p0195": "Text 109]\n\nThe Activities of Sak,i-gopala\n\n163\n\nTEXT 107\n\n<3t'fit� �,-\"l_fil � f�·�1f I\n\nl.!l�'ll1f�<t �'if! �<t �:'Sift II\" �o9 II\nbrahmaQere kahe,- \"tumi yaha nija-ghara\nethaya rahiba ami, na yaba atal)para\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nbrahmaQere kahe-He asked the brahmaQa; tumi-you; yaha-go;\n\nnija­\n\nghara-to your own home; ethaya-here in this place; rahiba-shall stay; ami-1;\nna-not; yaba-shall go; ata/:lpara-hereafter.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord told the brahma�a: \"Now you can go home. I shall stay here and\nshall not leave.\"\nTEXT 108\n\n�r;<J �- Ri2f � il�f <11�� I\n\n�fil�i �<li'f � �e,�11f � II � otr II\ntabe sei vipra yai nagare kahifa\nsunifia sakafa foka camatkara haifa\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-thereafter; sei-that; vipra-brahmaQa; yai-going;\n\nnagare-to the\n\ntown; kahi/a-said; sunifia-hearing; sakafa-all; foka-the people; camatkarastruck with wonder; haifa-were .\nTRANSLATION\nThe young brahma�a then went to the town and informed all the people\nabout Gopala's arrival. Hearing this, the people were struck with wonder.\nTEXT 109\n\n�tbf �'f (;flt<IS �1� Qff�<Jtr;11' I\n(;'$11� Qf��i �� 'f'G<te. �II �o� II\naifa sakafa foka sak�i dekhibare\ngopafa dekhifia foka daQc;favat kare\n\n", "mad2#p0196": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n164\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nSYNONYMS\naila-came; saka/a-all; /aka-the people; sak$i-the witness; dekhibare-to\nsee; gopa/a-Lord Gopala; dekhifia-seeing; /oka-all the people; daQr;iavatoffering obeisances; kare-do.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the townspeople went to see the witness Gopala, and when they saw the\nLord actually standing there, they all offered their respectful obeisances.\nTEXT 110\n\n<;<i1t�1�·�1i �' <;�� �ffl� I\n12t� �fit<JP1 ��,-�fi{�1 �f'll� II ��o II\ngopala-saundarya dekhi' Joke anandita\npratima califia ail a, -sunifia vismita\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopa/a-of Lord Gopala;\n\nsaundarya-the beauty; dekhi'-seeing; Joke­\n\neveryone; anandita-pleased; pratima-the Deity; ca/ifia-walking; ai/a-came;\nsunifia-hearing this; vismita-surprised.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the people arrived, they were very pleased to see the beauty of\nGopala, and when they heard that He had actually walked there, they were all\nsurprised.\nTEXT 111\n\n�� � ��� �fflf� ��1 I\n\nc;'Sft�t;�f � tt'$1 9ft� ��e, ��1 II ��� II\ntabe sei bar;Ja-vipra anandita hafia\ngopalera age par;Je daQr;iavat hafia\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nsei-that;\n\nbar;Ja-vipra-elderly\n\nbrahmaQa;\n\nanandita­\n\npleased; hafia-becoming; gopalera-of Lord Gopala; age-in front; par;Je-falls\ndown; daQr;iavat-like a stick; hafia-becoming.\n\n", "mad2#p0197": "Text 113]\n\nThe Activities of Sak,i-gopala\n\n165\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen the elderly brahmar:Ja, being very pleased, came forward and immediately fell like a stick in front of Gopala.\nTEXT 112\n\n����J �ttil (;'$ff� �� fifil I\n��121 ��'12t �tltiftil ��II��� II\nsakala lokera age gopala sak�i dila\nbarja-vipra chota-vipre kanya-dana kaila\nSYNONYMS\nsakala-all;\n\n/okera-of the people;\n\nage-in the presence; gopa/a-Lord\n\nGopala; sak�i-witness; dila-gav e ; barja-vipra-the elderly brahmaf)a; chotavipre-unto the young brahmaf)a; kanya-da na\n\n-\n\ngiving the daughter in charity;\n\nkaila-did.\nTRANSLATION\nThus in the presence of all the townspeople, Lord Gopala bore witness that\nthe elderly brahmar:Ja had offered his daughter in charity to the young\nbrahmar:Ja.\nTEXT 113\n\n�� �· � �12t �� �J I\n\n\"1._fif·�\n\n-\n\n� � � �'JJ II :>:>� II\n-\n\ntabe sei dui vipre kahila isvara\n\"tumi-dui-janme-janme amara kifikara\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; sei-those; dui-two; vipre-unto the brahmaf)as; kahi/aspoke; isvara-the Lord; tumi-dui-both of you; janme-janme-birth after birth;\namara-M y; kifikara- s ervants\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the marriage ceremony was performed, the Lord informed both\nbrahmar:Jas: \"You two brahmar:Jas are My eternal servants birth after birth.\"\n\n", "mad2#p0198": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n166\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nPURPORT\n\nLike these two brahmaf)as of Vidyanagara, there are many devotees who are\neternal servants of the Lord. They are specifically known as nitya-siddha, eternally\nperfect. Although the nitya-siddhas appear in the material world and seem to be\ncommon members of the world, they never forget the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead in any condition. This is the symptom of a nitya-siddha.\nThere are two kinds of living entities-nitya-siddha and nitya-baddha. The\nnitya-siddha never forgets his relationship with the Supreme Personality, whereas\nthe nitya-baddha is always conditioned, even before the creation. He always\nforgets his relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Here the Lord\ninforms the two brahmaf)as that they are His servants birth after birth. The phrase\nbirth after birth refers to the material world because in the spiritual world there is\nno birth, death, old age or disease. By the order of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, the nitya-siddha remains within this material world like an ordinary\nman, but the only business of the nitya-siddha is to broadcast the glories of the\nLord. This incident appears to be an ordinary story about a marriage transaction\ninvolving two ordinary people. However, Kr�r;Ja accepted the two brahmaf)as as\nHis eternal servants. Both brahmaf)as took much trouble in these negotiations, just\nlike mundane people, yet they were acting as eternal servants of the Lord. All\nnitya-siddhas within this material world may appear to toil like ordinary men, but\nthey never forget their\n\nposition as servants of the Lord.\n\nAnother point: The elderly brahmaf)a belonged to an aristocratic family and\nwas learned and wealthy. The young brahmaf)a belonged to an ordinary family\nand was uneducated. But these mundane qualifications do not concern a nityasiddha engaged in the service of the Lord. We have to accept the fact that the\nnitya-siddhas are completely distinct from the nitya-baddhas, who are ordinary\nhuman beings. SrTia Narottama dasa Thakura confirms this statement:\ngaurangera sangt-gaf)e,\n\nnitya-siddha kari' mane,\n\nse yaya vrajendra-suta pasa\nsrT-gauc;Ja-maf)c;ia/a-bhami,\n\nyeba jane cintamaf)i\n\ntara haya vraja-bhome vasa\nOne who accepts the associates of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu as nitya-siddhas is\ncertain to be elevated to the spiritual kingdom to become an associate of the\nSupreme Lord. One should also know that Gauc,Ja-mar;Jc,Jala-bhOmi-those places\nin Bengal where Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stayed-are equal to VrajabhOmi, or\nVrndavana. There is no difference between the inhabitants of Vrndavana and\nthose of Gauc,Ja-mar;Jc,iala-bhOmi, or SrTdhama Mayapura.\nTEXT 114\n\n1·�111' �i!J 't_g �i!, �·� ;rt�' �i{ 1\"\n1tR2f � lftt� ���·i{ II ��811\n\n", "mad2#p0199": "Text 116]\n\nThe A ctivities of Sak�i-gopala\n\n167\n\ndunhara satye tu$ta ha-ilan, dunhe maga' vara\"\ndui-vipra vara mage ananda-antara\nSYNONYMS\ndunhara satye-in the truthfulness of both of you; tu$ta ha-i/an-1 have be­\n\ncome satisfied; dunhe-both of you; m aga -as k; vara-some benediction; dui'\n\nv ip ra-both the brahmaQas; vara-a benediction; mage-beg; ananda-pleased;\nantara-w i thin .\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord continued: \"I have become very pleased by the truthfulness of\nyou both. Now you can ask for a benediction.\" Thus with great pleasure the\ntwo brahma�as begged for a benediction.\nTEXT 115\n\n\"�fif � fift�, i!� � �� \"I� I\nf��'� � � �� 'ftti{ n\" � �� n\n\"yadi vara dibe, tabe raha ei sthane\nkinkarere daya tava sarva-loke jane\"\nSYNONYMS\nyadi-if; vara-benediction; dibe-You will offer; tabe-then; raha-stay; ei\nsthane-in this quarter; kinkarere-to Your servants; daya-mercy; tava-Your;\n\nsarva-/oke-all people; jane-may know.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahma�as said: \"Please remain here so that people all over the world\nwill know how merciful You are to Your servants.\"\nTEXT 116\n\n,�t� 11'�'11, 'lt'!i. �t1fi{ �i{ I\n\n'�ti! ��\"ffll� �� �t�·'i{ n � �� u\ngopa/ a rahi/a, dunhe karena sevana\ndekhite aila saba desera loka-jana\nSYNONYMS\n\ngopa/a-Lord Gopala; rahi/ a\n\n-\n\nstayed; dunhe-both of them; karena-do;\n\nsevana-service; dekhite-to see; ai/a-came; saba-all; desera-of the coun­\n\ntries; /oka-jana-the people.\n\n", "mad2#p0200": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n168\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nlord Gopala stayed, and the two brahmaQas engaged in His service. After\nhearing of the incident, many people from different countries began to come\nto see Gopala.\nTEXT 117\n\n<:� �� 1ft�i ��� �t-5� ��c1131 I\n�1{ ��<:'itt�� <;Wf�c1Pi II ��\"' II\nse desera raja aila a5carya sunina\nparama santo�a paila gopale dekhina\n\nSYNONYMS\nse desera-of that country; raja-the King; ai/a-came; a5carya-about the\nwonder;\n\nsunina-hearing;\n\nparama-great;\n\nsanto�a-satisfaction;\n\npai/a­\n\nachieved; gopa/e-Gopala; dekhina-by seeing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEventually the King of that country heard of this wonderful story, and he\nalso came to see Gopala and thus became very satisfied.\nTEXT 118\n\n1ff\"Rf <lifun �tiSfl �<!11 ��t�'i' I\n'�tf�'it't�' <!lfi.r' ci� �tlf �tf� '�� ����lrll\nmandira kariya raja seva calai/a\n'sak�i-gopala' bali' tanra nama khyati haifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nmandira-a\n\ntemple;\n\nkariya-constructing;\n\nraja-the King;\n\nseva-service;\n\nca/ai/a-regularly carried on; sak�i-gopala-by the name Sa�i-gopala; ba/i'known as; tanra-His; nama-name; khyati-celebrated; haifa-was.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King constructed a nice temple, and regular service was executed.\nGopala became very famous under the name of Sak�i-gopala [the witness\nGopala].\n\n", "mad2#p0201": "Text 120]\n\nThe Activities of Sak�i-gopala\n\n169\n\nTEXT 119\n\n(Jl� �� �wti(m llt�'Stt�� 1\n<;� �ffit� <fiRt' �� ��� II ��i\\l II\nei mata vidyanagare sak?i-gopata\nseva angikara kari' achena cira-kata\nSYNONYMS\nei mata-in this way; vidyanagare-in the town of Vidyanagara; sak?igopata-the witness Gopala; seva-service; ar'lgikara-acceptance; kari'-doing;\nachena-remains; cira-kata-a long time.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sak�i-gopala stayed in Vidyanagara and accepted service for a very\nlong time.\nPURPORT\nThis city of Vidyanagara is situated in Trailariga-desa, South India, on the bank\nof the River Godavari. The place where the Godavari flows into the Bay of Bengal\nis called Ko�adesa. The Orissa kingdom was very powerful, and this Ko�adesa was\nthe capital of Orissa. It was then known as Vidyanagara. Formerly this city was\nsituated on the southern side of the River Godavari. At that time King Puru�ottama managed to control Orissa and appoint a government. The present city of\nVidyanagara is on the southeast side of the river, only twenty to twenty-five miles\nfrom Rajamahendri. During the time of Maharaja Prataparudra, Sri Ramananda\nRaya was the governor there. Vijaya-nagara is not identical with Vidyanagara.\nTEXT 120\n\n��<fit\"f� JtiSfl ���t� ift1f I\n\n<;�� <;1f-t f�fil' f� <fim1 ���� II ��\n\no\n\nII\n\nutkatera raja purU?Ottama-deva nama\nsei desa jini' nita kariya sangrama\nSYNONYMS\nutkatera-of Orissa; raja-the King; purU?Ottama-deva-Puru�ottama; namanamed; sei desa-this country; jini'-conquering; nita-took; kariya-executing;\nsar'lgrama-fight.\n\n", "mad2#p0202": "170\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nLater there was a fight, and this country was conquered by King Puru�ttama of Orissa.\nTEXT 121\n\n<;:Jt� ft�1 fiSf�' �Gif itf ��� I\n\n'artf't<riJ·fjf��' iftJJ �til� fl!� II ��) II\nsei raja jini' nila tanra sirhhasana\n'maQikya-sirhhasana' nama aneka ratana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei raja -that King (Maharaja Puru?ottama); jini'-conq uering; nila-took;\ntafira-his; sirhha-asana-the throne; maQikya-sirhhasana-the throne known as\n\nMar;�ikya-sirilhasana;\n\nnama-named;\n\naneka-various;\n\nratana-bedecked with\n\njewels.\nTRANSLATION\nThat King was victorious over the King of Vidyanagara, and he took possession of his throne, the MaQikya-simhasana, which was bedecked with many\njewels.\nTEXT 122\n\n�111��·(;\\M � �� 'e� �tfi I\n<;'Stt?ftGif·G11t'l JJ'tt'St,-'GGi{ <;� ft� II' ���II\npuru$ottama-deva sei bacja bhakta arya\ngopala-caral)e mage,-'ca/a mora rajya\n\nSYNONYMS\npuru$ottama-deva-the King; sei-that; ba(fa-very great; bhakta-devotee;\narya-Aryan; gopa/a-caraQe-at the lotus feet of Gopala; mage-begs; ca/a­\n\nplease come; mora-my; rajya-to the kingdom.\nTRANSLATION\nThat King became known as Puru�ttama-deva. He was a great devotee and\nwas advanced in the civilization of the Aryans. He begged at the lotus feet of\nGopala: \"Please come to my kingdom.\"\n\n", "mad2#p0203": "Text 125]\n\n171\n\nThe Activities of Sak�i-gopala\n\nTEXT 123\n\n-it1( ���t-t c;'m9f'M itt1( �t� filii' I\nc;\"itt9l1'i' 'fb1 (';� <15�<15 �II��� II\ntanra bhakti-vase gopala tanre ajfia dila\ngopala la-iya sei katake aila\nSYNONYMS\ntanra-his; bhakti-vase-under the obligation of the devotional service;\ngopa/a-Lord Gopala; tanre-unto Him; ajfia di/a-gave the order; gopa/a-the\nGopala Deity; /a-iya-taking; sei-that King; katake-to the city of Kataka; aHareturned.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the King begged Him to come to his kingdom, Gopala, who was\nalready obliged for his devotional service, accepted his prayer. Thus the King\ntook the Gopala Deity and went back to Kataka.\nTEXT 124\n\niSf�i:Ol �tfil' � 1ftf't<fiJ·fit��� I\n\n<fit!:• t';\"itt9lt'i'·t';:Jt� <15�\"1\" \"!!t� II ��8 II\njagannathe ani' dila maf)ikya-sirhhasana\nkatake gopala-seva karila sthapana\nSYNONYMS\njagannathe-unto Jagannatha;\n\nani'-bringing;\n\ndi/a-presented;\n\nmaf)ikya­\n\nsirhhasana-the throne of the name Mal)ikya-sirhhasana; katake-at Kataka;\ngopala-seva-the service of the Gopala Deity; karila sthapana-established.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter winning the Mar;�ikya throne, King Puru�ottama took it to Jagannatha\nPuri and presented it to Lord Jagannatha. In the meantime, he also established\nregular worship of the Gopala Deity at Kataka.\nTEXT 125\n\n-im1( ll� �tbn c;'m�·wafr;� 1\n�f9 -.fif' �- ��t1f '� :J!Il�'l II��� II\n\n", "mad2#p0204": "172\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\ntanhara mahi$i aila gopala-darsane\nbhakti kari' bahu a/ankara kaila samarpaf)e\nSYNONYMS\n\ntanhara mahi$i-his Queen; ai/a-came; gopala-dar5ane-to see the Gopala\nDeity; bhakti kari'-in great devotion; bahu-various; a/ankara-of ornaments;\nkaila -made; samarpaf)e-presentation.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Gopala Deity was installed at Kataka, the Queen of Puru�ttamadeva went to see Him and, with great devotion, presented various kinds of ornaments.\nTEXT 126\n\n�1� i{Pf�\\! �1!_ifl �1 � I\nI!� fiftl! � ,�, 'l{ti{�i! fG�ll II !>�� II\ntanhara nasate bahu-mulya mukta haya\ntaha dite iccha haila, manete cintaya\nSYNONYMS\n\ntanhara nasate-on the nostril of the Queen; bahu-mulya-very valuable;\nmukta-pearl; haya-there was; taha-that; dite-to give; iccha-the desire;\nhai/a-there was; manete-in the mind; cintaya-thinks.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Queen had a very valuable pearl, which she wore on her nose, and she\nwished to give it to Gopala. She then began to think as follows.\nTEXT 127\n\nit� i{�i! �rw r� �t�l! 1\ni!t� �� tifPJ� �1 i{� � II !>�\"' II\nthakurera nasate yadi chidra thakita\ntabe ei dasi mukta nasaya paraita\nSYNONYMS\n\nthakurera nasate-in the nose of the Deity; yadi-if; chidra-a hole; thakitathere were; tabe-then; ei-this; dasi-maidservant; mukta-pearl; nasaya-on\nthe nose; paraita-could put on.\n\n", "mad2#p0205": "Text 130]\n\nThe Activities of Sak,i-gopala\n\n173\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If there were a hole in the Deity's nose, I could transfer the pearl to Him.\"\nTEXT 128\n\n�� ��' illf..�' ''SW(I �� I\n\n�rnrt-tt� '�� �tt1f <fi� �?ftilll )�lr II\neta cinti' namaskari' gela sva-bhavane\nratri-se?e gopala tanre kahena svapane\nSYNONYMS\neta cinti' -thinking like that; namaskari' -offering obeisances; ge/a-went;\nsva-bhavane-to the palace of the King; ratri-se?e-at the end of nigh t; gopa/athe Gopala Deity; tanre-unto her; kahena-says; svapane-in a dream.\nTRANSLATION\nConsidering this, the Queen offered her obeisances to Gopala and returned\nto her palace. That night she dreamed that Gopala appeared and began to\nspeak to her as follows.\nTEXT 129\n\n\"�� �t\"fi!1 caTnf ilt�1 f� <fiRl' I\n\n1J...91 �JI!t� �'l �1 �fil' II )�� II\n\"balya-kale mata mora nasa chidra kari'\nmukta paranachila bahu yatna kari'\nSYNONYMS\nbalya-kale-in My ch ildhood; mata-mother; mora-My; nasa-nose; chidra\nkari'-making a hole; mukta-a pearl; paranachila-was put on it; bahu-much;\nyatna-endeavor; kari' -taking.\nTRANSLATION\n\"During My childhood My mother made a hole in My nose and with great\nendeavor set a pearl there.\nTEXT 130\n\n'�� til� �wtfPf� �t� �tt� 1\n�� �i_�1 �1�, �t� ��� ftift� 11\" ��o H\n\n", "mad2#p0206": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n174\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nsei chidra adyapiha achaye nasate\nsei mukta paraha, yaha cahiyacha dite\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei chidra-that hole; adyapiha-still, until now; achaye-is; nasate-in the\nnose; sei-that; mukta-pearl; paraha-put on; yaha-which; cahiyacha-you\ndesired; dite-to give to Me.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"That very hole is still there, and you can use it to set the pearl you desired\nto give Me.\"\nTEXT 131\n\n�r;;� ��' � 111� �1� <fif� I\n\nttiSFPt� il�1 a,$111�r;;11 � II ��� H\nsvapne dekhi' sei raQi rajake kahila\nraja-saha mukta lana mandire aila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvapne dekhi'-seeing the dream; sei raQi-the Queen; rajake-unto the King;\nkahila-spoke; raja-saha-with the King; mukta-the pearl; /ana-taking; mandire-to the temple; ai/a-they went.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter dreaming this, the Queen explained it to her husband, the King. Both\nthe King and the Queen then went to the temple with the pearl.\nTEXT 132\n\n� 11.�1 err,t� r� ,�r�$1 1\n'l(l{talt�te.ll<! '(fla, �ti{�\\! �$111 ��� \"\nparaila mukta nasaya chidra dekhina\nmaha-mahotsava kaila anandita hana\n\nSYNONYMS\nparaila-set;\n\nmukta-the pearl;\n\nnasaya-on the nose;\n\nchidra-the hole;\n\ndekhina-seeing; maha-mahotsava-a great festival; kaila-performed; anandita-pleased; hana-being.\n\n", "mad2#p0207": "Text 134]\n\nThe Activities of Sak,i-gopala\n\n175\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the hole in the nose of the Deity, they set the pearl there and, being\nvery pleased, held a great festival.\nTEXT 133\n\n�� '�� ,�t�t�\"Af ��<fi� r-.� 1\n�� 'ftf� '�tf'!St�' iltaf � -tlt� 11�-e-ell\nsei haite gopalera katakete sthiti\nei lagi 'sak$i-gopa/a' nama haila khyati\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei haite-since that time; gopalera-of Gopala; katakete-in the town of\nKataka; sthiti-the establishment; ei lagi-for this reason; sak$i-gopala-the witness Gopala; nama-named; haila-became; khyati-ceiebrated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince then, Gopala has been situated in the city of Kataka [Cuttak], and He\nhas been known ever since as Sak,i-gopala.\nTEXT 134\n\nfilt:eJ1illf-�� ��, ,��·mi! 1\n\n� � �t�t. �-�� n �-es \"\nnityananda-mukhe suni' gopala-carita\ntu$ta haila mahaprabhu svabhakta-sahita\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda-mukhe-from the mouth of Lord Nityananda Prabhu; suni'-hearing; gopala-carita-the narration of Gopala; tu$ta hai/a-became very pleased;\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sva-bhakta-sahita-with His devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard the narration of Gopala's activities.\nBoth He and His personal devotees became very pleased.\n\n", "mad2#p0208": "176\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 135\n\n<:'Stt� �� �� � � PI� I\n'e��tct �t�-�� l\"'� <.!!�� II ��� II\ngopalera age yabe prabhura haya sthiti\nbhakta-gaQe dekhe-yena dunhe eka-mOrti\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopalera age-in front of Gopala; yabe-when; prabhura-of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\nhaya-is;\n\nsthiti-situation;\n\nbhakta-gaQe-all\n\nthe\n\ndevotees;\n\ndekhe-see; yena-as if; dunhe-both of Them; eka-mOrti-one form.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was sitting before the Gopala Deity, all the\ndevotees saw Him and the Deity as being of the same form.\nTEXT 136\n\nl·�-<.!1<\\'i �c(, VJ.·�-�·t�-� I\nl·� -f�(IIQ, l·�t� \"lf�t�-� II ��� II\ndunhe-eka varQa, dunhe-prakaQc;fa-sarira\ndunhe-raktambara, dunhara svabhava-gambhira\n\nSYNONYMS\ndunhe-both of Them; eka varQa-one complexion; dunhe-both of Them;\nprakaQc;la-sarira-gigantic bodies; dunhe-both of Them;\n\nrakta-ambara-red\n\nclothes; dunhara-of both; svabhava-the natures; gambhira-grave.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBoth of Them were of the same complexion, and both had the same gigantic\nbodies. Both wore saffron cloth, and both were very grave.\nTEXT 137\n\n11.-i·�t.-t11ll 'l·t� �'f� I\n\nl·�t� 'e�, l·t� �el\"!!'fil!l ��'l II\nmaha-tejo-maya dunhe kamala-nayana\ndunhara bhavavesa, dunhe-candra-vadana\n\n", "mad2#p0209": "Text 139]\n\n177\n\nThe Activities of Sak�i-gopala\nSYNONYMS\n\nmaha-teja/:1-maya-brilliantly\n\neffulgent;\n\ndurihe-both\n\nof\n\nThem;\n\nkama/a­\n\nnayana-lotus-eyed; durihara-of both of Them; bhava-avesa-absorbed in\necstasy; durihe-both of Them; candra-vadana-moon-faced.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees saw that both Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Gopala were\nbrilliantly effulgent and had eyes like lotuses. They were both absorbed in\necstasy, and Their faces resembled full moons.\nTEXT 138\n\n�·� c;�f�' �\\!J�\"f� ����ttr I\n\nJ'Rf\"fitRf �fil' �� ���'I·Jittr II ��lr II\nduriha dekhi' nityananda-prabhu maha-rarige\ntharathari kari' hase bhakta-gal)a-sarige\n\nSYNONYMS\nduriha dekhi'-seeing both of Them; nityananda-prabhu-Lord Nityananda\nPrabhu; maha-rarige-in great jubilation; tharathari -indication; kari'-doing;\nhase-laughs; bhakta-gal)a-sarige-along with the other devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Nityananda saw both the Gopala Deity and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nin that way, He began to exchange remarks with the devotees , all of whom\nwere smiling.\nTEXT 139\n\n��\\! ��11fttr c;lf �1� <tf.111 I\n�'etr;\\! �1 �-�f\\! ��$111 ��� II\nei-mata maha-rarige se ratri vaficiya\nprabhate ca/ila marigala-arati dekhifia\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; maha-rarige-in great pleasure; se-that; ratri-night;\nvaficiya-passing; prabhate-in the morning; ca/i/a-departed; marigala-aratithe marigala-arati performance; dekhifia-seeing.\n\n", "mad2#p0210": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n178\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus with great pleasure Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu passed that night in\nthe temple. After seeing the mailgala-arati ceremony in the morning, He\nstarted on His journey.\nTEXT 140\n\n�ii-Q'·�tflt � ��'I �1f� I\nf�1ft' ��� 'ftlf'1\"ft�il ll �8° ll\nbhuvanesvara-pathe yaiche kaila dara5ana\nvistari' varf)iyachena dasa-vrndavana\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhuvanesvara-pathe-on the way to Bhuvanesvara; yaiche-as; kaila-He did;\ndara5ana- visiting;\n\nvistari -vividly ;\n'\n\nvarf)iyachena-has\n\ndescribed;\n\ndasa-\n\nvrndavana- Vrndavana dasa Thakura.\n\nTRANSLATION\n[In his book Caitanya-bhagavata] Srila Vrndavana dasa Thakura has very\nvividly described the places visited by the Lord on the way to Bhuvane5vara.\nPURPORT\nIn his book Caitanya-bhagavata, Antya-khaf)c;fa, Srila Vrndavana dasa Thakura\nhas very nicely described the Lord's journey en route to Kataka (Cuttak). On that\njourney, the Lord visited a place known as Balihasta, or Balakaticati. He then visited\nthe city of Bhuvanesvara, where Lord Siva's temple is located. The temple of\nBhuvanesvara is situated about five to six miles from Balakaticati. The temple of\nLord Siva is mentioned in the Skanda Puraf)a in the narration about the Lord's\ngarden and the one mango tree. A king named Kasiraja wanted to fight with Lord\nKr�r:ta, and consequently he took shelter of Lord Siva to acquire the power to fight\nthe Lord. Being pleased with his worship, Lord Siva helped him fight Kr�r:Ja. Lord\nSiva's name is i\\suto�a, which indicates that he is very easily satisfied when one\nworships him, regardless of the purpose, and he gives his devotee whatever\nbenediction the devotee wants. Therefore, people are generally very fond of\nworshiping Lord Siva. Thus Kasiraja was helped by Lord Siva, but in the fight with\nLord Kr�r:ta he was not only defeated but killed. In this way the weapon known as\nPasupata-astra was baffled, and Kr�r:ta set fire to the city of Kasi. Later Lord Siva became conscious of his mistake in helping Kasiraja, and he begged Lord Kr�l)a's\nforgiveness. As a benediction from Lord Kr�r:ta, he received a place known as\n\n", "mad2#p0211": "Texts 142-143]\n\nThe Activities of Sak$i-gopala\n\n179\n\nEkamra-kanana. Later, the kings of the Kesari dynasty established their capital\nthere, and for many hundreds of years they reigned over the state of Orissa.\n\nTEXT 141\n\n�1{\"1� '451tfit 'el-m�-� '�\"f I\nf�t!�� 121'{ ��II �8� II\nkama/apure asi bharginadi-snana kaila\nnityananda-hate prabhu dar:u;fa dharila\n\nSYNONYMS\nkamala-pure-to the place known as Kamalapura; asi-coming ; bhargi-nadiin the small river of the name Bharginadi; snana kaila-took bath; nityanandahate -in the hands of Lord Nityananda Prabhu; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; daQQ'a-the sannyasa staff; dharila-left.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu arrived at Kamalapura, He took His bath in\nthe Bharginadi River and left His sannyasa staff in the hands of Lord Nityananda.\nPURPORT\nIn the Caitanya-bhagavata (Antya-khaQQ'a, Chapter Two) it is said that when\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu arrived at Sri Bhuvanesvara, He visited the temple\nof Lord Siva known as Gupta-kasi (the concealed Varal)asi). Lord Siva established\nthis as a place of pilgrimage by bringing water from all holy places and creating the\nlake known as Bindu-sarovara. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took His bath in this lake,\nfeeling a great regard for Lord Siva. From the spiritual point of view, people still go\nto take a bath in this lake. Actually, by taking a bath there, one becomes very\nhealthy even from the material viewpoint. Taking a bath and drinking the water of\nthis lake can cure any disease of the stomach. Regular bathing certainly cures indigestion. The River Bhargi or Bharginadi is now known as DaQ<;ia-bhanga-nadi. It\nis situated six miles north of Jagannatha Puri. The reason for the change in names\nis given as follows.\n\nTEXTS 142-143\n\n�� �f� (;� ffj•'5f'1 �tr I\n\n��1 fil�il\"f� � ��'et1r II �8� II\n�il � <m' \\fG flf\"f -et�rMt11\nffj·��tr � 12!!_11\"T;� ��1$111 )8� II\n\n", "mad2#p0212": "[Madhya-lila , Ch. 5\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n180\n\nkapotesvara dekhite gela bhakta-gaf)a sar'lge\netha nityananda-prabhu kaila daf)c;la-bhar'lge\ntina khaf)c;la kari' daf)c;la dila bhasaiia\nbhakta-sange aila prabhu mahesa dekhiiia\nSYNONYMS\nkapotesvara-the Siva temple of the name Kapotesvara; dekhite-to see;\nge/a-went; bhakta-gaf)a sar'l ge-with the devotees; etha-here; nityanandaprabhu-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; kai/a-did; daf)c;la-of the sannyasa staff;\nbharige-breaking; tina khaf)c;la-three parts; kari'-making; daf)c;la-the staff;\ndila-threw in; bhasaiia-washing away; bhakta-sar'lge-with the devotees;\nai/a-returned; prabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mahesa dekhiiia-having\nseen the temple of Lord Siva.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to the temple of Lord Siva known as\nKapotesvara, Nityananda Prabhu, who was keeping His sannyasa staff in\ncustody, broke the staff in three parts and threw it into the River Bharginadi.\nLater this river became known as Dar;u;fa-bhanga-nadi.\nPURPORT\nThe mystery of the sannyasa-daf)c;la (staff) of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has\nbeen\n\nexplained\n\nby\n\nSrila\n\nBhaktisiddhanta\n\nSarasvati\n\nThakura.\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu accepted the order of sannyasa from a Mayavadi sannyasi. The\nMayavadi sannyasis generally carry one staff, or daf)c;la. Taking advantage of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's absence, Srila Nityananda Prabhu broke the staff into\nthree parts and threw it into the river now known as the Dar:u;la-bhanga-nadi. In\nthe sannyasa order there are four divisions-kuFcaka, bahOdaka, harhsa and\nparamaharhsa. Only when the sannyasi remains on the kutieaka and bahodaka\nplatforms can he carry a staff. However, when one is elevated to the status of\nharhsa or paramaharhsa, after touring and preaching the bhakti cult, he must give\nup the sannyasa staff.\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is Sri Kr�t:Ja, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is\ntherefore said, sri-k[$Qa-caitanya, radha-k[$f)a nahe anya: \"Two personalitiesSrimati Radharat:Ji and Sri Kr�t:�a-are combined in the incarnation of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\" Therefore, considering Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to be an extraordinary person, Lord Nityananda Prabhu did not wait for the paramaharhsa stage.\nHe reasoned that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is automatically on the\nparamaharhsa stage; therefore He does not need to carry the sannyasa-daf)r;/a.\n\n", "mad2#p0213": "The Activities of Sak,i-gopala\n\nText 145]\n\n181\n\nThis is the reason Sri Nityananda Prabhu broke the staff into three pieces and\nthrew it into the water.\nTEXT 144\n\n�'ltltr;� <;�� <;��' �t�� � I\n\"�e. <fi� <;�1f �t'! iftf�i II �88 II\njagannathera deufa dekhi' avi�ta haifa\ndaQ<;iavat kari preme nacite fagifa\nSYNONYMS\njagannathera-of\n\nLord\n\nJagannatha;\n\ndeufa-the\n\ntemple;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\navi�ta-ecstatic; haifa-became; daQ(iavat kari-offering obeisances; preme-in\nthe ecstasy of love of God; nacite-to dance; fagifa-began.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter seeing the temple of Jagannatha from a distant place, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu immediately became ecstatic. After offering obeisances to the\ntemple, He began to dance in the ecstasy of love of God.\nPURPORT\nThe word deufa refers to the temple where the Supreme Personality of Godhead is situated. The present temple of Jagannatha Puri was constructed by King\nAnariga-bhima. Historians say this temple must have been constructed at least\ntwo thousand years ago. During the time of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the small\nbuildings surrounding the original temple had not been constructed. Nor was the\nhigh platform in front of the temple present during the time of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 145\n\n���'! ��� �$1, lit� iltr;� 'Strn I\n\n<;�1{tr;�tllf �'t_-�tiP 1tti9f';ftr;'$f �� II �8<t I\nbhakta-gaQa avi�ta haria, sabe nace gaya\npremavese prabhu-sange raja-marge yaya\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-gaQa-the devotees; avi�ta-ecstatic; haria-being; sabe-all; nacedance; gaya-sing; prema-avese-absorbed in love of God; prabhu-sange-with\nLord Caitanya; raja-marge-on the pathway; yaya-going.\n\n", "mad2#p0214": "�ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n182\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees became ecstatic in the association of Lord Caitanya, and\nthus absorbed in love of God, they were dancing and singing while going\nalong the main road.\nTEXT 146\n\n�\"ttl, <�Stl:\"f, em� 121'{ �ll:t� �i1 1\n\n�t:ilfiraf �� ��-�� c;�t�i111 �b� II\nhase, kande, nace prabhu hunkara garjana\ntina-krosa patha haila-sahasra yojana\nSYNONYMS\n\nhase-laughs; kande-cries; nace-dances; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; hunkara-ecstatic vibrations; garjana-resonations; tina-krosa-six\nmiles; patha-the way; hai fa-became; sahasra y ojana-thousands of miles.\nTRANSLATION\n�ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu laughed, cried, danced and made many ecstatic\nvibrations and sounds. Although the temple was only six miles away, to Him\nthe distance seemed thousands of miles.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was in ecstasy, He considered one moment to\nlast as long as twelve years. After seeing the Jagannatha temple from a distant\nplace, the Lord became so ecstatic that He considered the six-mile path many\nthousands of miles long.\nTEXT 147\n\n�fi;{r;\\! � i2!'- �t-\"ft '�tJ �' I\n�!ttl �tf�' � � <!It� i2t<�St� II �8'\\ \"\nca/ite ca/ite prabhu aila 'atharana/a'\ntahan asi' prabhu kichu bahya praka.Si/a\nSYNONYMS\nca/ite ca / ite-walking in this way; prabhu-the Lord; ai/a -arri ved; atharanala -at a place known as Atharanala; tahar'l-there; asi'-coming; prabhu-the\n\nLord; kichu-some; bahya-external consciousness; prakasi/a-expressed.\n\n", "mad2#p0215": "Text 149]\n\n183\n\nThe Activities of Sak�i-gopala\nTRANSLATION\n\nThus walking and walking, the Lord eventually arrived at the place known\nas Afharanala. Arriving there, He expressed His external consciousness,\nspeaking to Sri Nityananda Prabhu.\nPURPORT\nThere is a bridge situated at the entrance of Jagannatha Puri called Atharanala\nwhich has eighteen arches. Athara means eighteen.\n\nTEXT 148\n\nfil�til�'it �t� i21'-'-<;�� � �� I\nfii�Jl-1\"1 �t\"f,- W� � f�il �'G II �8\\r M\nnityanande kahe prabhu,-deha mora daTJ<fa\nnityananda bale,-daQ(Ia haifa tina khaQ(Ia\nSYNONYMS\nnityanande-to Lord Nityananda; kahe-asks; prabhu-Lord Caitanya; dehagive;\n\nmora-My;\n\ndaQ(Ia-sannyasa staff;\n\nnityananda bale\n\n-\n\nSri Nityananda\n\nreplies; daQ(Ia-Your sannyasa staff; haifa-became; tina khaQ(Ia-divided in\nthree parts.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu had thus regained external consciousness, He asked Lord Nityananda Prabhu, \"Please return My staff.\" Nityananda\nPrabhu then replied, \"It has been broken into three parts!'\nTEXT 149\n\n'i2111t�tllf 9lf� 'l_f11, <;i!t� �� I\n\n�i·lf� c;lf� �'G-lS�1f 9l�il, II �8� II\npremavese pa(lila tumi, tomare dharinu\ntoma-saha sei daQ(Ia-upare pa(linu\nSYNONYMS\nprema-avese-in\ntomare-You;\n\nan\n\necstatic\n\ncondition;\n\ndharinu-1 caught;\n\npa(li/a-fell\n\ndown;\n\ntumi-You;\n\ntoma-saha-with You; sei-that; daQQa­\n\nupare-upon that staff; pa(linu-1 fell down.\n\n", "mad2#p0216": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n184\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nNityananda Prabhu said: \"When You fell down in ecstasy, I caught You, but\nboth of Us together fell upon the staff.\nTEXT 150\n\n���t� � 'lif� � �� C� I\n� �'G � 9f�, �i �i i51tf� II �(to II\ndui-janara bhare darxJa khaf)ga khaf)ga haifa\nsei khaf)ga kanha pa(iifa, kichu na janifa\nSYNONYMS\ndui-janara-of Us two; bhare-by the weight; daf)ga-the staff; khaf)ga khaf)ga-broken to pieces;\n\nhaifa-became;\n\nsei-those;\n\nkhaf)ga-pieces;\n\npa(iifa-where they fell; kichu-anything; na janifa-is not known.\n\nkanha\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus the staff broke under O ur weight. Where the pieces have gone, I cannot say.\nTEXT 151\n\nC:llnf ��t$f c;�tatnf �� ltlff �'G I\n� �� �' C:� � �t� 'lif'G II ��� II\nmora aparadhe tamara daf)ga ha-ifa khaf)ga\nye ucita haya, mora kara tara daQ(ia\nSYNONYMS\nmora-My; aparadhe-by the offense; tamara-Yo u r; daf)ga-sannyasa staff;\nha-ifa-became;\n\nkhaf)ga-broken;\n\nye-whatever;\n\nucita-fitting;\n\nhaya-is;\n\nmora-to Me; kara-do; tara-for that; daf)ga-punishment.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is certainly because of My offense that Your staff has broken. Now You\ncan punish Me on this account as You think proper.\"\nTEXT 152\n\n�fil' �i �� �:� ��t� I\nl(�e, C:� <IS�' f�t; <IS�� 'l'tf1t'fl II ��� II\n\n", "mad2#p0217": "Text 153]\n\nThe Activities of Sak�i-gopala\n\n185\n\nsuni' kichu mahaprabhu du/:lkha prakasila\ni?at krodha kari' kichu kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuni'-hearing this; kichu-some; mahaprabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ndu/:lkha-unhappiness; prakasila\n\n-\n\nexpressed; i?at-little; krodha\n\n-\n\nanger; kari'­\n\nshowing; kichu-something; kahite-to speak; /agi/a-began.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing the story about how His staff had been broken , the Lord expressed a little sadness and, displaying a bit of anger, began to speak as\nfollows.\nPURPORT\n\nSri Nityananda Prabhu considered Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu's acceptance of\nsannyasa to be useless. He therefore relieved the Lord of the trouble of carrying\nthe staff. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu expressed anger because He wanted to teach\nall other sannyasis that they should not give up the staff before attaining the platform of paramaharhsa. Seeing that the regulative principles could be slackened by\nsuch action, Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted to carry the staff personally. However,\nNityananda broke it . For this reason Caitanya Mahaprabhu displayed a little anger.\nIt is said in Bhagavad-gita, yad yad acarati sre?thas tat tad evetaro jana/:1: Whatever\ngreat people do, others follow. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted to follow the\nVedic principles strictly in order to save inexperienced neophytes who try to imitate paramaharhsas.\nTEXT 153\n\n��t�r;� �ifil' <;'ll't� �t., �� C��i I\n�r;., ��� f�, �t�i ill �tf��i II �q� II\nnilacale ani' mora sabe hita kaila\nsabe daQc;fa-dhana chi/a, taha na rakhila\nSYNONYMS\n\nnilacale-to Jagannatha Purl; ani'-bringing; mora-My; sabe-all of you;\nhita-benefit; kai/a-did; sabe-only; daQc;fa-dhana-one staff; chi/a-there\nwas; taha-that also; na-not; rakhila-you kept.\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu said: \"You have all benefited Me by bringing Me to\nNilacala. However, My only possession was that one staff , and you have not\nkept it.\n\n", "mad2#p0218": "186\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lili, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 154\n\n't._fil-71� 'f;lt'\"it <It� �'!(� '��'\\! I\nf�<fl �tfiT 'f;lt'\"it <It�, if1 � 71�t\\! II ��8 II\ntumi-saba age yaha isvara dekhite\nkiba ami age yai, na yaba sahite\n\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-saba-all of you; age-ah ead; yaha-go; isvara dekhite-to see )agannatha; kiba-or; ami-1; age-ahead;\n\nyai-go; na-not; yaba-1 shall go;\n\nsahite-with you.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" So all of you should go before or behind Me to see Lord Jagannitha. I shall\nnot go with you.\"\nTEXT 155\n\n��'ll �� <tSt�, -�� � <It� �tt\"it I\n\n�F1l-71<!1 -?t·�� <�r<�, iii <�t<!l '�t1Tr� 71'\"\" 11 ��a- 11\nmukunda datta kahe, -prabhu, tumi yaha age\nami-saba pache yaba, na yaba tamara satige\n\nSYNONYMS\nmukunda datta kahe-a devotee named Mukunda Datta said; prabhu-my\nLord; tumi-You; yaha-go; age-in front; ami-saba-all of us; pache-behind;\nyaba-shall go; na-not; yaba-shall go; tamara satige-with You.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMukunda Datta told Sri Caitanya Mahiprabhu: \"My Lord, You should go\nahead and allow all the others to follow. We shall not go with You.\"\nTEXT 156\n\n�f �tt\"it l)�i �i!l\"itfi! I\n��� iii 91-rt� '�� �l �t� \";T� II �a-� II\n\\.fli! �fil'\n\neta suni' prabhu age calila sighra-gati\nbujhite na pare keha dui prabhura mati\n\n", "mad2#p0219": "The Activities of Sak,i-gopala\n\nText 158]\n\n187\n\nSYNONYMS\n\neta suni'-hearing this; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; age-in front\nof the other devotees; ca/i/a-began to go; sighra-gati-very swiftly; bujhite-to\nunderstand; na-not; pare-able; keha-anyone; dui-two; prabhura-of the\nLords; mati-intentions.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then began to walk very swiftly before all the\nother devotees . No one co1,1ld understand the real purpose of both the Lords,\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and Nityananda Prabhu.\nTEXT 157\n\n�\"'t� <;<!itil w� �tr;e1, <;t� <;<!itil' �te:r't11 1\n<ete?t�1 <;�tt'f <;i�1 �·�tt<!i <;W1�t� II �(t9 II\nitiho kene daQ(ia bhatige, tetiho kene bhatigaya\nbhatigana krodhe tetiho itihake do�aya\nSYNONYMS\n\nitiho-Nityananda; kene-why; daQ(ia-the staff; bhatige-breaks; tetihoSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkene-why;\n\nbhangaya-allows\n\nto\n\nbreak\n\nit;\n\nbhatigana-after allowing to break it; krodhe-in anger; tetiho-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; itihake- Lord Nityananda; do�aya-accuses.\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees could not understand why Nityananda Prabhu broke the staff,\nwhy Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu permitted Him to do so, nor why, after permitting Him, Caitanya Mahaprabhu became angry.\nTEXT 158\n\n��'e!lf·� �� -�'al 'St� I\n� ��' l·�t� �� �t� �. �� II �Qir II\ndaQ(ia-bhatiga-lila ei-parama gambhira\nsei bujhe, dutihara pade yatira bhakti dhira\nSYNONYMS\n\ndaQ(ia-bhatiga-lila-the pastime of breaking the staff; ei-this; parama-very;\ngambhira-grave; sei bujhe-one can understand; dutihara-of both of Them;\npade-to the lotus feet; yatira-whose; bhakti-devotional service; dhirafixed.\n\n", "mad2#p0220": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n188\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastime of the breaking of the staff is very deep. Only one whose devotion is fixed upon the lotus feet of the two Lords can understand it.\nPURPORT\nOne who understands Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Nityananda Prabhu in\nreality can understand Their identity as well as the breaking of the staff. All the\nprevious acaryas, being induced to engage themselves fully in the service of the\nLord, gave up attachment for material life and thus accepted the staff, which signifies full engagement of the mind, speech and body in the service of the Lord. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu accepted the regulative principles of the renounced order\nof life. That is completely clear. However, in the paramaharhsa stage there is no\nneed to accept a dary:;fa (staff), and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was certainly in the\n\nparamaharhsa stage. Nonetheless, to indicate that everyone should take sannyasa\n\nat the end of life in order to engage fully in the service of the Lord, even\nparamaharhsas like Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His confidential devotees follow\n\nthe regulative principles unfailingly. Indeed, that was His purpose. Nityananda\nPrabhu, who was His eternal servitor, believed that there was no need for Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu to carry the staff, and to declare to the world that Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was above all regulations, He broke it into three pieces.\n\nThe pastime known as daQc;fa-bhanga-li/a is thus explained by Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura.\nTEXT 159\n\n�'fi'IJ�<I-c;�t�tr;'\"!� ';ff�1 �� �� I\nfii'!J'til'if- <1�1 ctt�, c;�t'!i--��\\!i!JJ II �<to;, II\nbrahmaQya-deva-gopalera mahima ei dhanya\nnityananda-vakta yara, srota-sri-caitanya\n\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmaQya-deva-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is merciful to the\nbrahmal)as;\n\ngopalera-of\n\nGopala;\n\nmahima-glories;\n\nei-these;\n\ndhanya­\n\nglorified; nityananda-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; vakta-the speaker; yara-of the\nnarration; srota-the hearer; sri-caitanya-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThe glories of Lord Gopala, who is merciful to brahmat:�as, are very great.\nThe narration of Sak�i-gopala was spoken by Nityananda Prabhu and heard by\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad2#p0221": "Text 161]\n\nThe Activities of Sak�i-gopala\n\n189\n\nPURPORT\nThere are four points of instruction one should consider in the story of Sak�igopala. First, the Deity (arca-vigraha) of Sri Gopala is eternally sac-cid-anandavigraha, the transcendental form of the Lord. Second, the Deity surpasses material\nregulative principles and extends the reality of transcendental principles. Third,\none can be situated in a transcendental position after becoming a brahmaf)a, but\nas a brahmaf)a, one has to follow the regulative principles very strictly. Lastly,\nbrahmaf)ya-deva indicates Lord Sri Kr�r;�a Himself, who is worshiped thus: nama\nbrahmaf)ya-devaya go-brahmaf)a-hitaya cal jagad-dhitaya kr�f)aya govindaya\nnama nama/:!. This indicates that a devotee who is under the protection of Kr�r;�a is\nautomatically situated as a brahmaf)a, and such a brahmaf)a is not illusioned. This\nis factual.\nTEXT 160\n\n\\!t�� �lfP1 ��i �f;;il G�� � I\n\n��t1f f�111!Tt1f <;'St't\"Pttil·�1f'1 II ��o II\nsraddha-yukta hana iha sune yei jana\nacire milaye tare gopala-caraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nsraddha-yukta-with faith and love; hana-being; iha-this narration; sunehears; yei-which; jana-person; acire-very soon; milaye-gets; tare-he;\ngopala-caraf)a-the lotus feet of Lord Gopala.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who hears this narration of Lord Gopala with faith and love very soon\nattains the lotus feet of Lord Gopala.\nTEXT 161\n\nen�\"Pt-1f'i.J.ilt�-'Ptf;;\\if �11f �r-r 1\nC��i!l�� <lit� ��ift� II ��� II\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe km;�adasa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-Srila Ropa Gosvami;\n\nraghunatha-Srila\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrta-\n\n", "mad2#p0222": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n190\n\nthe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-carWimrta;\n\nkahe\n\n-\n\n[Madhya-lili, Ch. 5\n\ndescribes ;\n\nkr$1)a-dasa-Srila\n\nKr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\n\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr��adasa, narrate Sri-Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhyalila, Fifth Chapter, describing the activities of Sak$i-gopala.\n\n", "mad2#p0223": "CHAPTER 6\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\nA summary study of the Sixth Chapter is given by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura in\nhis Amrta-pravaha-bha�ya as follows: When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu entered the\ntemple of Jagannatha, He immediately fainted. Sarvabhauma Bha!!acarya then\ntook Him to his home. Meanwhile, Gopinatha Acarya, the brother-in-law of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, met Mukunda Datta and talked to him about Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's acceptance of sannyasa and His journey to Jagannatha Purl. After\nhearing about Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's fainting and His being carried to the\nhouse of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, people crowded there to see the Lord. Srila\nNityananda Prabhu and other devotees then visited the Jagannatha temple, and\nwhen they came back to the house of Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu returned to external consciousness. Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\nreceived everyone and distributed maha-prasada with great care. Sarvabhauma\nBhattacarya then became acquainted with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and arranged\naccommodations at his aunt's house. His brother-in-law, Gopinatha Acarya,\nestablished that Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu was Kr��a Himself, but Sarvabhauma\nand his many disciples could not accept this. However, Gopinatha Acarya convinced Sarvabhauma that no one can understand the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead without being favored by Him. He proved by sastric quotation, quotations from the revealed scriptures, that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was Kr��a Himself in person. Still, Sarvabhauma did not take these statements very seriously.\nHearing all these arguments, Caitanya Mahaprabhu told His devotees that Sarvabhauma was His spiritual master and that whatever he said out of affection was\nfor everyone's benefit.\nWhen Sarvabhauma met Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he asked Him to hear\nVedanta philosophy from him. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted this proposal,\nand for seven days He continuously heard Sarvabhauma Bha!!acarya explain\nVedanta-sutra. However, the Lord remained very silent . Because of His silence, the\nBhattacarya asked Him whether He was understanding the Vedanta philosophy,\nand the Lord replied, \"Sir, I can understand Vedanta philosophy very clearly, but I\ncannot understand your explanations.\" There was then a discussion between the\nBhattacarya and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu concerning the authority of the Vedic\nscriptures, specifically the Upani�ads and Vedanta-sOtra. The Bhanacarya was an\nimpersonalist, but Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu proved that the Absolute Truth is the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. He proved that the conceptions of the\nMayavadi philosophers concerning the impersonal Absolute Truth are incorrect.\n\n191\n\n", "mad2#p0224": "192\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nThe Absolute Truth is neither impersonal nor without power. The greatest mistake\nmade by Mayavadi philosophers is in conceiving the Absolute Truth to be imper­\n\nsonal and without energy. In all the Vedas, the unlimited energies of the Absolute\nTruth have been accepted. It is also accepted that the Absolute Truth has His\n\ntranscendental, blissful, eternal form. According to the Vedas, both the Lord and\nthe living entity are equal in quality, but they are different quantitatively. The real\nphilosophy of the Absolute Truth states that the Lord and His creation are inconceivably and simultaneously one and different. The conclusion is that the\nMayavadi philosophers are actually atheists. There was much discussion on this\nissue between Sarvabhauma and Caitanya Mahaprabhu, but despite all his endeavors, the Bhattacarya was defeated in the end.\nAt the request of Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then ex­\n\nplained the atmarama verse of Srimad-Bhagavatam in eighteen different ways.\n\nWhen the Bhattacarya came to his senses, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu disclosed His\nreal identity. The Bhattacarya then recited one hundred verses in praise of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and offered his obeisances. After this, Gopinatha Acarya\nand all the others, having seen the wonderful potencies of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, became very joyful.\nOne morning after this incident, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu received some\n\nprasada from jagannatha and offered it to Sarvabhauma Bha��acarya. Without car­\n\ning for formality, the Bhattacarya immediately partook of the maha-prasada. On\nanother day, when the Bhanacarya asked Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu the best way\n\nto worship and meditate, the Lord advised him to chant the Hare Kr�r:ta maha­\n\nmantra. On another day, the Bhanacarya wanted to change the reading of the tat\n\nte 'nukampam verse because he did not like the word mukti-pada. He wanted to\n\nsubstitute the word bhakti-pada. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu advised Sarvabhauma\n\nnot to change the reading of Srimad-Bhagavatam because mukti-pada indicated\nthe lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Kr�r:ta. Having become\na pure devotee, the Bhanacarya said, \"Because the meaning is hazy, I still prefer\nbhakti-pada:' At this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and the other inhabitants of Jagan­\n\nnatha Puri became very pleased. Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya thus became a pure\nVai�r:tava, and the other learned scholars there followed him.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n'eltfif \\!� ,��i!§l� �: �fi-�-t�\"\\_ I\nl'tt(�1f� l'l� ���lltil1ft��� II � II\nnaumi tarh gaura-candrarh ya/:1\nkutarka-karkasa5ayam\n\n", "mad2#p0225": "Text 3]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya\n\n193\n\nsarvabhaumarh sarva-bhama\nbhakti-bhamanam acarat\n\nSYNONYMS\nnaumi-l offer my respectful obeisances; tam-unto Him; gaura-candram­\n\nwho is known as Lord Gauracandra; ya b -who; ku-tarka-by bad arguments;\n\nkarkasa-asayam-whose heart was hard; sarvabhaumam-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; sarva-bhama-the Lord of everything; bhakti-bhamanam-into a great\npersonality of devotion; acarat-converted.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto Lord Gauracandra, the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, who converted the hardhearted Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, the reservoir of all bad logic, into a great devotee.\nTEXT 2\n\n� iSAI <;��� iSAI fili!Jtil\"f I\n\n��� i!Jf� ''$ft'!l��� II � II\njaya jaya gauracandra jaya nityananda\njayadvaitacandra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya gaura-candra-all glories to Lord Gaurahari; jaya nityananda-all glories to Nityananda Prabhu; jaya advaita-candra-all glories to Advaita Acarya;\njaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda-all glories to the devotees of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityananda\nPrabhu! All glories to Advaita Acarya! And all glories to the devotees of Lord\nCaitanya!\nTEXT 3\n\n�tt<fr;-t �fiir\"f'' � iSf�Qf·'l{� I\n\nISP'ittttQf <;�f�' (;� �1 �fvl� II � II\navese ca/ila prabhu jagannatha-mandire\njagannatha dekhi' preme ha-ifa asthire\n\n", "mad2#p0226": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n194\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSYNONYMS\navese-in ecstasy;\n\nca/i/a-went;\n\nprabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\njagannatha-mandire-to the temple of jagannatha; jagannatha dekhi'-seeing the\nJagannatha Deity; preme-in ecstasy; ha-ifa-became; asthire-restless.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn ecstasy, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went from Atharanala to the temple of\nJagannatha. After seeing Lord Jagannatha, He became very restless due to love\nof Godhead.\nTEXT 4\n\nsr�'l �fi.tfin;� �r� -rt�11\n\n11'� �� (;�11 ��� ��111 8 II\njagannatha alirigite calila dhaiia\nmandire pac;lila preme avi?ta hafia\n\nSYNONYMS\njagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; a/irigite-to embrace; ca/i/a-went; dhafiavery swiftly; mandire-in the temple; pa(iila-fell down; preme-in ecstasy;\navi�ta-overwhelmed; hafia-becoming.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went swiftly to embrace Lord Jagannatha,\nbut when He entered the temple, He was so overwhelmed with love of Godhead that He fainted on the floor.\nTEXT 5\n\n�� ��11 t:i�t� � 'ftfllfi{ I\n�� 11tfl'� �t� �'I f.!�·llfsj II � II\ndaive sarvabhauma tarihake kare dara5ana\npac;licha marite teriho kaila nivaraQa\n\nSYNONYMS\ndaive-by chance; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; tarihake-Him;\nkare-does; darasana-seeing; pa(iicha-the watchman in the temple; mariteto beat; teriho-he; kai/a-did; nivara(la-forbidding.\n\n", "mad2#p0227": "The Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\nText 7]\n\n195\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu fell down, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya happened to see Him. When the watchman threatened to beat the Lord, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya immediately forbade him.\nTEXT 6\n\n����O�M��I\n�f�' ��If �� �f�� �� II � II\nprabhura saundarya ara premera vikara\ndekhi' sarvabhauma haila vismita apara\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; saundarya-the beauty; araand; premera vikara-ecstatic transformations; dekhi'-seeing; sarvabhaumaSarvabhauma\n\nBhattacarya;\n\nmuch.\n\nhaila-became;\n\nvismita-surprised;\n\napara-very\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya was very surprised to see the personal beauty of\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu as well as the transcendental transformations\nwrought on His body due to love of Godhead.\nTEXT 7\n\n�tl-.t'l � ��' c;�t'$ft �iff C� I\n\n�� �!'til �� tiJ9fnl �� II 9 II\nbahu-k$al')e caitanya nahe, bhogera kala haila\nsarvabhauma mane tabe upaya cintila\n\nSYNONYMS\nbahu-k$al')e-for a long time; caitanya-consciousness; nahe-there was not;\nbhogera-of offering food; kala-the time; haila-it became; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya; mane-in the mind; tabe-at that time; upaya-remedy;\ncintila-thought.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu remained unconscious for a long time. Meanwhile, the time for offering prasada to Lord Jagannatha came, and the Bhattacarya tried to think of a remedy.\n\n", "mad2#p0228": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n196\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 8\n\nM ��i-�t1fl \\!l't_ �ill �ttt�i I\n�tif �' �ijj � 11tf'fill 'atllft�i II lr II\nsi�ya pa(ficha-dvara prabhu nifa vahafia\nghare ani' pavitra sthane rakhifa soyafia\n\nSYNONYMS\nsi�ya-disciples; pa(ficha-and watchmen; dvara-by means of; prabhu-Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nifa-brought; vahafia-carrying; ghare-at home;\nani'-bringing; pavitra-purified; sthane-in a place; rakhifa-kept; soyanalying down.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu was unconscious, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, with the help of the watchmen and some disciples, carried Him to his\nhome and laid Him down in a very sanctified room.\nPURPORT\nAt that time, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya lived on the southern side of the Jagannatha Temple. His home was practically on the beach and was known as Markar;�<;leya-sarastata. At present it is used as the monastery of Garigamata.\n\nTEXT 9\n\n�t�-�� ift� ��11'·WI9f� I\n\n'wf-rni M�� ��tit� 'alilll � II\nsvasa-prasvasa nahi udara-spandana\ndekhiya cintita haifa bhattacaryera mana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvasa-prasvasa-breathing; nahi-there was not; udara-of the abdomen;\nspandana-movement;\n\ndekhiya-seeing;\n\ncintita-full of anxiety; haifa-be­\n\ncame; bhattacaryera-of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; mana-the mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nExamining the body of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Sarvabhauma saw that His\nabdomen was not moving and that He was not breathing. Seeing His condition, the Bhattacarya became very anxious.\n\n", "mad2#p0229": "Text 12]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n197\n\nTEXT 10\n\n,1111 � �t�' •rtlfl·��� m I\n�� �i'ft1l 'Pf1 <;�f�' � �� II � II\no\n\ns0k$ma tufa ani' nasa-agrete dharifa\ni$at cafaye tufa dekhi' dhairya haifa\nSYNONYMS\nsak$ma-fine; tufa-cotton; ani'-bringing; nasa-of the nostril; agrete-in\nfront; dharifa-held; i?at-slightly; cafaye-moves; tufa-the cotton; dekhi'seeing; dhairya-patience; haifa-there was.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhattacarya then took a fine cotton swab and put it before the Lord's\nnostrils. When he saw the cotton move very slightly, he became hopeful.\nTEXT 11\n\n�' 'eit� � � Rm 1\n�� ��-11��� ��<ti �11 II �� II\nvasi' bhattacarya mane karena vicara\nei kr?Qa-mahapremera sattvika vikara\nSYNONYMS\nvasi'-sitting down; bhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; mane-in his\nmind; karena-does; vicara-consideration; ei-this; k[$f)a-maha-premera-of\necstatic love for Kr�l)a; sattvika-transcendental; vikara-transformation.\nTRANSLATION\nSitting beside Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he thought: \"This is a transcendental ecstatic transformation brought about by love of Kr�r:-a.\"\nTEXT 12\n\n'�� �tr,�' �� i{t1f <;� '�ill�' I\n\n�I!JM'i 'et� � ,,\"'� �t<l' �� II �� II\n\n'suddipta sattvika' ei nama ye 'prafaya'\nnitya-siddha bhakte se 'suddipta bhava' haya\n\n", "mad2#p0230": "198\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSYNONYMS\nsu-uddipta sattvika-of the name suddTpta-sattvika; ei-this; nama-named;\n\nye-which; pra/aya-devastation; nitya-siddha-eternally perfected; bhakte-in\nthe devotee; se-that; su-uddTpta bhava-ecstasy known as suddTpta; hayabecomes manifest.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing the sign of suddipta-sattvika, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya could\nimmediately understand the transcendental ecstatic transformation in the\nbody of Lord Caitanya Mah aprabhu. Such a sign takes place only in the bodies\nof eternally liberated devotees.\nPURPORT\nThe word saddTpta-sattvika is explained as follows by Srila Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvati Thakura: \"The Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu mentions eight kinds of transcendental transformations in the bodies of advanced devotees. These are sometimes\nchecked by the devotee, and there are two stages of such checking, technically\nknown as dhamayita and jvalita. The dhamayita (smoking) stage is exhibited\nwhen only one or two transformations are slightly present and it is possible to\nconceal them. When more than two or three transcendental transformations are\nmanifest and it is still possible to conceal them, although with great difficulty, that\nstage is called jvalita {lighted). When four or five symptoms are exhibited, the\ndipta (blazing) stage has been reached. When five, six or all eight symptoms are\n\nsimultaneously manifest, that position is called uddTpta (inflamed). And when all\neight symptoms are multiplied a thousand times and are all visible at once, the\ndevotee is in the saddipta (intensely inflamed) stage. Nitya-siddha-bhakta indicates the eternally liberated associates of the Lord. Such devotees enjoy the company of the Lord in four relationships-as servant, friend, parent or conjugal\nlover.\"\nTEXT 13\n\n'�f� �, litf, lia � f�tf 1\n·1fll� �c� �r-t,- � i;je.�a u �� u\n'adhiruc;Jha bhava' yanra, tanra e vikara\nmanu?yera dehe dekhi, -bac;Ja camatkara\nSYNONYMS\nadhiruc;Jha bhava-an ecstasy technically known as adhirDc;Jha; yar'lra-of\nwhom; tar'lra-of Him; e-this; vikara-transformation; manu?yera-of a human\nbeing; dehe-in the body; dekhi-1 see; bac;Ja camatkara-very wonderful.\n\n", "mad2#p0231": "Text 15]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n199\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya considered: \"The uncommon ecstatic symptoms\nof adhiru�ha-bhava are appearing in the body of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThis is very wonderful! How are they possible in the body of a human beingl\"\nPURPORT\n\nAdhirO(fha-bhava, or adhiru(fha-mahabhava, is explained in the Ujjvala-nrlamat:�i\nby Srila ROpa Gosvami. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura quotes ROpa\nGosvami as follows: \"The loving propensity of the asraya (devotee) toward the\nvi$aya (Lord) becomes so ecstatic that even after enjoying the company of the\nbeloved, the devotee feels that his enjoyment is insufficient. At such a time, the\nlover sees the beloved in different ways. Such a development of ecstasy is called\nanuraga When anuraga reaches its highest limit and becomes perceivable in the\nbody, it is called bhava. When the bodily symptoms are not very distinct,\nhowever, the emotional state is still called anuraga, not bhava. When bhava\necstasy is intensified, it is called mahabhava. The symptoms of mahabhava are visible only in the bodies of eternal associates like the gop is.\"\nTEXT 14\n\n��t� �tt�� ���1 I\nf�J�\"ftfir ����� fil�if �t[i,�1ll �811\n\\JI� fijf�'\n\neta cinti' bhattacarya achena vasiya\nnityanandadi sirhha-dvare milila asiya\nSYNONYMS\n\neta cinti'-thinking like this; bhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; achenawas; vasiya-sitting; nityananda-adi-all the devotees, headed by Nityananda\nPrabhu; sirhha-dvare-at the entrance door of the Jagannatha Temple; mi/i/amet; asiya-coming.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the Bhattacarya was thinking in this way at his home, all the devotees\nof Caitanya Mahaprabhu, headed by Nityananda Prabhu, approached the\nSirilha-dvara [the entrance door of the temple].\nTEXT 15\n\n��i �t� c;i'ftt<!i � �mt'-1 �� I\n'\n\n\\JI<fi �JWt'l- �t�' c;��' ��Jttl II �(!' II\n\n", "mad2#p0232": "200\n\nSri Caitanya-caritampa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\ntariha sune Joke kahe anyonye vat\neka sannyasi asi' dekhi' jagannatha\nSYNONYMS\ntariha-at that place; sune-they hear; Joke-the people in general; kahetalk; anyonye-among themselves; vat-topics; eka-one; sannyasi-mendicant; asi'-coming there; dekhi'-seeing; jagannatha-the Deity of Lord Jagannatha.\nTRANSLATION\nThere the devotees heard the people talking about a mendicant who had\ncome to Jagannatha Puri and had seen the Deity of Jagannatha.\nTEXT 16\n\n1!_� '�\"{, (;�i( i(i �1l -tit?;1l I\n�t.(t�� ��i <;'Sl�1 �t9(i(f1l �7;11'11 �� II\nmOrcchita haifa, cetana na haya sarire\nsarvabhauma lana ge/a apanara ghare\nSYNONYMS\nmurcchita-unconscious; haifa-became;\n\ncetana-consciousness; na-not;\n\nhaya-there is; sarire-in His body; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya;\n/ana-taking Him; ge/a-went; apanara-his own; ghare-to the home.\nTRANSLATION\nThe people said that the sannyasi fell unconscious upon seeing the Deity of\nLord Jagannatha. Because His consciousness did not return, Sarvabhauma\nBhattacarya took Him to his home.\nTEXT 17\n\n�fil' � � <.!!� ��'-1l \"t1{ I\n<;�t� �Gif1 �ttl <;'Sl\"tjftift� II �'I II\nsuni' sabe janila ei mahaprabhura karya\nhena-ka/e aila tahari gopinathacarya\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing this; sabe-all the devotees; janila-could understand; eithis; mahaprabhura-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karya-the activities; hena-\n\n", "mad2#p0233": "Text 19]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya\n\n201\n\nkale-at that time; ai/a-came; tahari-there; gopinatha-acarya-of the name\nGopTnatha Acarya.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, the devotees could understand that they were speaking of\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Just then, Sri Gopinatha Acarya arrived.\nTEXT 18\n\n�-f��, ��m � 1\n��� 'e� ��1 ���111 �lr II\nnadiya-nivasi, visaradera jamata\nmahaprabhura bhakta teriho prabhu-tattva-jriata\n\nSYNONYMS\nnadiya-nivasi-an inhabitant of NadTya; visaradera-of Visarada; jamata-the\nson-in-law; mahaprabhura bhakta-a devotee of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nteriho-he; prabhu-tattva-jriata-a knower of the true identity of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya was a resident of Nadiya, the son-in-law of Visarada and a\ndevotee of Caitanya Mahaprabhu. He knew the true identity of His Lordship.\nPURPORT\nMahesvara Visarada was a classmate of NTiambara CakravartT's. He lived in the\nNadTya district in a village called Vidyanagara and had two sons named\nMadhusodana Vacaspati and Vasudeva Sarvabhauma. His son-in-law\n\nwas\n\nGopTnatha Acarya.\n\nTEXT 19\n\nli��frtl! �('Citt� �� I\nll_t\"f CW��i it11' �� f.roim II ��II\nmukunda-sahita purve ache paricaya\nmukunda dekhiya tarira ha-ifa vismaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nmukunda-sahita-with Mukunda Datta; purve-previously; ache-there was;\nparicaya-acquaintance; mukunda-Mukunda Datta; dekhiya-seeing; tariraof him (GopTnatha Acarya); ha-ifa-there was; vismaya-astonishment.\n\n", "mad2#p0234": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n202\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya had previously been acquainted with Mukunda Datta,\nand when he saw him at Jagannatha Puri, he was very astonished.\nTEXT 20\n\nft\"' ��t1f 'm' ��11( i{��� 1\n\n�� �ifitffl!'�1 �li � �1100 II �o II\nmukunda tatihare dekhi' kaila namaskara\ntenho alitigiya puche prabhura samacara\n\nSYNONYMS\nmukunda-Mukunda Datta;\nnamaskara -obeisances;\n\ntaiihare-him;\n\ntetiho-he;\n\ndekhi'-seeing; kai/a-offered;\n\nafitigiya-embracing;\n\npuche-inquires;\n\nprabhura-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; samacara-news.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Mukunda Datta met Gopinatha Acarya, Mukunda Datta offered obeisances unto him. After embracing Mukunda Datta, Gopinatha Acarya inquired\nabout news of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 21\n\n11.� �,-� � �11( �$1ti{ I\n\n�tfif·'R �firnt� ��11' �� II �.) II\nmukunda kahe,-prabhura ihati haifa agamane\nami-saba asiyachi mahaprabhura sane\n\nSYNONYMS\nmukunda kahe-Mukunda replies; prabhura-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nihati-here; haifa-there was; agamane-coming; ami-saba-all of us; asiyachihave come; mahaprabhura-Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sane-with.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMukunda Datta replied: \"The Lord has already arrived here. We have come\nwith Him!'\n\n", "mad2#p0235": "The Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya\n\nText 24]\n\n203\n\nTEXT 22\n\n��·c;'$f�f�� 'C!wt1i � � I\n\n��������������\nnityananda-gosanike acarya kaila namaskara\nsabe me/i' puche prabhura varta bara bara\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda-gosanike-unto\n\nLord\n\nNityiinanda\n\nPrabhu;\n\nacarya-Gopiniitha\n\nAcarya; kaila namaskara-offered obeisances; sabe me/i'-meeting them all;\npuche-in quires; prabhura-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; varta-news; bara\nbara-again and again.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Gopinatha Acarya saw Nityananda Prabhu, he offered his obeisances unto Him. In this way, meeting all the devotees , he asked about news\nof Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu again and again.\nTEXT 23\n\n\\.t:ll'f ��,- '1fflt�� �� ��� I\nil'lttltict\"' � � �t11i� '1'�111 �� II\nmukunda kahe,-'mahaprabhu sannyasa kariya\nnilacale ai/a sange ama-saba lana\nSYNONYMS\nmukunda\n\nkahe-Mukunda\n\nDatta\n\nreplies;\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; sannyasa kariya-after accep ting the renounced order of life;\n\nni/aca/e-to Jaganniitha Puri; ai/a-has come; sar'lge-with Him; ama-saba-all of\nus; /ana-taki n g.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMukunda Datta continued: \"After accepting the sannyasa order, Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu has come to Jagannatha Puri and has brought all of us\nwith Him.\nTEXT 24\n\n�-��� ��' �1$1 c;'Sfifl Wt-t'ti{ I\n\n�-'let ?ftt� �fl'ltiS �tt �fi'i II �8 II\n\n", "mad2#p0236": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n204\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nama-saba chac;Ji' age ge/a darasane\nami-saba pache ailan tanra anve?aQe\n\nSYNONYMS\nama-saba-all of us; chac;Ji'-leaving; age-ahead; ge/a-went; dara5ane-to\nsee Lord jagannatha; ami-saba-all of us; pache-behind; ailan-came; tanraof Him; anve?aQe-in search.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu left our company and walked ahead to see Lord\nJagannatha. We have just arrived and are now looking for Him.\nTEXT 25\n\n�tt!ttJ �11' �� � �Qfl �fif'l' I\n:J�t��-� �-�'l1l� '�II �� II\nanyonye lokera mukhe ye katha sunila\nsarvabhauma-grhe prabhu, -anumana kaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nanyonye-among themselves; lokera-of the people in general; mukhe-in\nthe mouths; ye-that which; katha-talk; sunila-was heard; sarvabhaumagrhe-at the home of Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya; prabhu-the Lord; anumana-a\nguess; kaila-made.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"From the talk of the people in general, we have guessed that the Lord is\nnow at the house of Sarvabhauma Bhat�carya.\nTEXT 26\n\n�11f·'f-f'Ci{ � (;� '61'\\il!il I\n:Jf�1l 'l$i (;'$f'l'i '61t9lil·lfj� II �� II\nisvara-dar5ane prabhu preme acetana\nsarvabhauma lana gela apana-bhavana\n\nSYNONYMS\nisvara-dar5ane-by\n\nseeing\n\nLord\n\nJagannatha;\n\nprabhu-Lord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; preme-in the ecstasy of love of Godhead; acetana-unconscious;\n\n", "mad2#p0237": "Text 28]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma\n\nBhattacarya;\n\nlana\n\nge/a-has\n\n205\n\ntaken;\n\napana­\n\nbhavana-to his own home.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Upon seeing Lord Ja g annatha, Caitanya Mahaprabhu became ecstatic and\nfell unconscious, and Sarvabhauma Bhaffacarya has taken Him to his home in\nthis condition.\nTEXT 27\n\n�11N � � �t11� �l'f 11� I\n\n����'�!itt! 9ft-( Cl!� �ptil II�'\\ II\ntamara milane yabe amara haila mana\ndaive sei k?af)e pailun tamara darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-of you; mi/ane-in meeting; yabe-when; amara-of me; hai/athere was; mana-the mind; daive-by chance; sei k?aQe-at that very moment;\npailun-got; tamara-your; dara5ana-meeting.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Just as I was thinking of meeting you, by chance we have actually met.\nTEXT 28\n\n�' � �� �t�'Q � I\n\n� �' � �r� � �� u' �lr\"\nca/a, sabe yai sarvabhaumera bhavana\nprabhu dekhi' pache kariba isvara darsana'\n\nSYNONYMS\nca/a-let us go; sabe-all; yai-we shall go; sarvabhaumera bhavana-to the\nhouse of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; prabhu dekhi'-seeing Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; pache-later; kariba-we shall do; isvara darsana-seeing of Lord\nJagannatha.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"First let us all go to the house of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya and see\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Later we shall come to see Lord Jagannatha.\"\n\n", "mad2#p0238": "206\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 29\n\ncJJ� �fi{' c;-m�t-r �<rtT;1f 1'1�1 1\n\n�ce\\��-�T;1f c;� � �$111 �� II\neta suni' gopinatha sabare lana\nsarvabhauma-ghare gela hara$ila hana\n\nSYNONYMS\neta suni'-hearing this; gopinatha-Gopinatha Acarya; sabare-all of them;\n/ana-taking with him; sarvabhauma-ghare-to the house of Sarvabhauma Bha!!acarya; ge/a-went; hara$ita hana-becoming very pleased.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this and feeling very pleased, Gopinatha Acarya immediately took\nall the devotees with him and approached the house of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya.\nTEXT 30\n\n:Jt��-\"'tti{ fosrn1 �'-t<fi ,�llf 1\ncq_ �f-t' �t�1i1f �:-t-� � II �o II\nsarvabhauma-sthane giya prabhuke dekhila\nprabhu dekhi' acaryera dul)kha-har$a haifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma-sthane-to the place of Sarvabhauma Bha!!acarya; giya-going\nthere; prabhuke-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dekhila-all of them saw;\nprabhu dekhi'-seeing the Lord; acaryera-of Gopinatha Acarya; dul)khaunhappiness; har$a-happiness; haifa-there was.\n\nTRANSLATION\nArriving at the home of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, everyone saw the Lord\nlying unconscious. Seeing Him in this condition, Gopinatha Acarya became\nvery unhappy, but at the same time he was happy just to see the Lord.\nTEXT 31\n\n�rt<f\"�)t\"' 'Srtift�1 �1 fili'!' ���t1f 1\nfii\\!Jti{115f·c;�dl3t1f ,�t�1 '�llf il�1f ������\n\n", "mad2#p0239": "Text 33]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n207\n\nsarvabhaume janana saba nila abhyantare\nnityananda-gosanire tenho kaila namaskare\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarvabhaume-Sarvabhauma Bha��acarya; janana-informing and taking permission; saba-all the devotees; ni/a-took; abhyantare-within the house;\nnityananda-gosanire-unto\n\nNityananda\n\nPrabhu;\n\ntenho-Sarvabhauma\n\nBha�­\n\n�acarya; kai/a-offered; namaskare-obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya permitted all the devotees to enter his house, and\nupon seeing Nityananda Prabhu, the Bhattacarya offered Him obeisances.\nTEXT 32\n\n�� ��'! ��m �� fil� ,\n<2l't_ �' � � �� 1{i{ II� II\nsaba sahita yatha-yogya karila milana\nprabhu dekhi' sabara haifa hara�ita mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsaba sahita-with all of them; yatha-yogya-as it was befitting; karila-did;\nmi/ana-meeting; prabhu dekhi'-seeing the Lord; sabara-of all; haifa-became; hara$ita-pleased; mana-the minds.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma met with all the devotees and offered them a proper welcome.\nThey were all pleased to see Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 33\n\n�t(t'e� 9N�'I' :JI� W� �fttl! I\n'�'U' �i!f'i_i11 fif'l ��nf �Qf II �� II\nsarvabhauma pathaila saba darsana karite\n'candanesvara' nija-putra dila sabara sathe\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; pathai/a-sent them; saba-all; darsana karite-to see Lord Jagannatha; candana-isvara-of the name Candanesvara;\nnija-putra-his son; di/a-gave; sabara sathe-with all of them.\n\n", "mad2#p0240": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n208\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhattacarya then sent them all back to see Lord Jagannatha, and he\nasked his own son Candanesvara to accompany them as a guide.\nTEXT 34\n\nI!Jf�'f Off'l' ��-m � � I\n\n������'t_�ll�Sil\njagannatha dekhi' sabara ha-ifa ananda\nbhavete aVi$ta haifa prabhu nityananda\n\nSYNONYMS\njagannatha dekhi'-seeing Lord jagannatha; sabara-of everyone; ha-ifathere\n\nwas;\n\nananda-pleasure;\n\nbhavete-in\n\necstasy;\n\navi$ta-overwhelmed;\n\nhaifa-became; prabhu nityananda-Lord Nityananda.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone was then very pleased to see the Deity of Lord Jagannatha. Lord\nNityananda in particular was overwhelmed with ecstasy.\nTEXT 35\n\n� �' SfRf lit� ��11' �fPr I\n\n�-� �-$1'tlf �tfi{' fif� \" �(t \"\nsabe me/i' dhari tarire susthira karila\nTsvara-sevaka ma/a-prasada ani' di/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nsabe me/i'-meeting all together; dhari-caught;\n\ntarire-Him; su-sthira­\n\nsteady; karila-made; Tsvara-sevaka-the priest of the Deity; mala-garland;\nprasada-offering; ani'-bringing; di/a-gave.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Nityananda Prabhu nearly fainted, all the devotees caught Him\nand steadied Him. At that time, the priest of Lord Jagannatha brought a garland that had been offered to the Deity and offered it to Nityananda Prabhu.\n\n", "mad2#p0241": "Text 38]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n209\n\nTEXT 36\n\n!2f'ltSf �$i � � �f\"f'! 1!ti{ I\n�itlf� 'Cltbn �� �� � II�� II\nprasada paiia sabe haifa anandita mane\npunarapi aifa sabe mahaprabhura sthane\n\nSYNONYMS\nprasada paiia-getting this honor of the garland; sabe-all of them; haifa-became; anandita mane-pleased in the mind; punarapi-again; ai/a-came back;\nsabe-all; mahaprabhura sthane-to the place where Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwas staying.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone was pleased to receive this garland worn by Lord Jagannatha.\nAfterwards they all returned to the place where Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwas staying.\nTEXT 37\n\n- �fif' �tJ �� itt1'-��� l\n\n������11�'111\nucca kari' kare sabe nama-sarikirtana\ntrtiya prahare haifa prabhura cetana\n\nSYNONYMS\nucca-very loudly; kari'-doing; kare-began; sabe-all; nama-sarikirtanachanting of the Hare Kr�l)a maha-mantra; trtiya prahare-in the forenoon; haifathere was; prabhura-of Lord Caitanya; cetana-consciousness.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll of the devotees then began to loudly chant the Hare K��r:ta mantra. Just\nbefore noon the Lord regained His consciousness.\nTEXT 38\n\n-.���a 'm' 'm' �, 1\n'firtift\"f �t�11 it�� �\\.fit II�lr II\n\n", "mad2#p0242": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n210\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nhur'lkara kariya uthe 'hari' 'hari' bali'\nanande sarvabhauma tar'lra laila pada-dhO/i\nSYNONYMS\nhunkara kariya-making a loud sound; uthe-got up; hari hari ba/ i'-chanting\nHari,\n\nHari;\n\nanande-in\n\npleasure;\n\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma\n\nBhattacarya;\n\ntar'!ra-His; /ai/a-took; pada-dhali-the dust of the feet.\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu got up and very loudly chanted, \"Hari! Hari!\" Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya was very pleased to see the Lord regain consciousness,\nand he took the dust of the Lord's lotus feet.\nTEXT 39\n\n��11 <fit�,-� �� 'If� I\n'IJf� �'11' fif11_� �i·���'ti II �� II\nsarvabhauma kahe,-sighra karaha madhyahna\nmw'ii bhik�a dimu aji maha-prasadanna\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhuma\n\nBhattacarya;\n\nkahe-says;\n\nsighra-very\n\nsoon;\n\nkaraha-do; madhya-ahna-midday duties; mw'ii-1; bhik�a-alms; dimu-shall\noffer; aji-today; maha-prasada-anna-remnants of food offered to Lord Jagannatha.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhattacarya informed all of them: \"Please take your midday baths immediately. Today I shall offer you maha-prasada, the remnants of food offered\nto Lord Jagannatha.\"\nTEXT 40\n\n�llt'f1f\"ti{ �fif' 11�1� � �ifl I\nRet 9ft�' <$l. ��ti{ � II So II\nsamudra-snana kari' mahaprabhu sighra aila\ncaraQa pakhali' prabhu asane vasila\n\n", "mad2#p0243": "The Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya\n\nText 42]\n\n211\n\nSYNONYMS\nsamudra-snana-a bath in the sea; kari -ta king; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya\n'\n\nMahaprabhu; sighra-very soon; ai/a-returned; cara!)a-feet; p akh a/i - wash\n'\n\n­\n\ning; prabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; asane-on a seat; vasi/a-sat.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter bathing in the sea, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His devotees\nreturned very soon. The Lord then washed His feet and sat down on a carpet to\ntake lunch.\nTEXT 41\n\n�� $ftlf ��\n...ce'1i1 �� I\n� �� �-t '�t� �II 8� I\nbahuta prasada sarvabhauma anai/a\ntabe mahaprabhu sukhe bhojana karila\n\nSYNONYMS\nbahuta pras ada -varieties of foods offered to Lord Jagannatha; sarvabhauma­\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya; anai/a-caused to bring them; tabe-at that time;\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sukhe-in happiness; bho jana-lunch;\nkari/a-a ccepted\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya made arrangements to bring various kinds of\nmaha-prasada from the Jagannatha temple. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then accepted lunch with great happiness.\nTEXT 42\n\n��(..�� . �� �·i{ I\n'ftl'$ftf·'Jittf <2l't. � � \" 8� \"\nsuvarl)a-thalira anna uttama vyanjana\nbhakta-gaQa-sange prabhu karena bhojana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuvarl)a-thalira-on golden plates; anna\n\n-\n\nri ce; uttama-first-class; vyanjana-:\n\nvegetables; bhakta-gal)a-the devotees; sar'lge-with; prabhu-Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; karena-accep t s; bho jana -lunch.\n\n", "mad2#p0244": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n212\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was offered special rice and first-class vegetables on\ngolden plates. He thus took lunch in the company of His devotees.\nTEXT 43\n\n:Jtl�l11 �i{ <fi� 'e{t� I\n� �,- � m � ,1fl·�•t� \" 8-e \"\nsarvabhauma parivesana karena apane\nprabhu kahe, -more deha laphra-vyanjane\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya; parivesana-distribution; karenadoes; apane-personally; prabhu kahe-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; moreunto Me; deha-please give; laphra-vyafijane-boiled vegetables.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile\n\nSarvabhauma\n\nBhaffacarya\n\npersonally distributed the\n\nprasada,\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu requested him: \"Please give Me only boiled\nvegetables.\nPURPORT\nLaphra-vyanjana is a preparation in which many vegetables are boiled together,\nand then a chenka is added, consisting of spices like cumin, black pepper and\nmustard seed.\n\nTEXT 44\n\n�-9ft�1 ���·�-���rot I\n�<!f ·� � '{�' 'l� �� II 88 II\npTtha-pana deha tumi inha-sabakare\ntabe bhattacarya kahe yu(ii' dui kare\n\nSYNONYMS\npTtha-pana-cakes\n\nand condensed\n\nmilk;\n\ndeha-give;\n\ntumi-you;\n\ninha­\n\nsabakare-to all these devotees; tabe-at that time; bhattacarya-Sarvabhauma\nBhagacarya; kahe-said; yu(ii'-folding; dui kare-two hands.\n\n", "mad2#p0245": "Text 46]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bha1tacarya\n\n213\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You can offer the cakes and other preparations made with condensed milk\nto all the devotees!' Hearing this, the Bha1tacarya folded his hands and spoke\nas follows.\nTEXT 45\n\n�Sr'5titQf '� �i{ � I\n�� �<!f 1f�$ft\\f <fl11' �'tlfi{ II 8� II\njagannatha kaiche kariyachena bhojana\naji saba mahaprasada kara asvadana\n\nSYNONYMS\njagannatha- Lord Jagannatha; kaiche-as; kariyachena-has accepted; bhojana-lunch; aji-today; saba-all of you; maha-prasada-the remnants of food\n\noffered to the Lord; kara-do; asvadana- tasting\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Today, all of you please try to taste the lunch just as Lord Jagannatha accepted it.\"\nTEXT 46\n\n�I! <!f'fil' ��1-� � �� I\n\n� �t�i �1fe{ <li�� II 8� II\neta bali' pitha-pana saba khaoyaila\nbhik$a karat'ia acamana karai/a\n\nSYNONYMS\n\neta ba / i'-saying this; pitha-pana-many kinds of cakes and condensed-milk\npreparations; saba-all; khaoyaila-made to eat; bhik$a karat'ia- after offering\nprasada; acamana karaila-made them wash their hands, feet and mouths.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, he made them all eat the various cakes and condensedmilk preparations. After feeding them, he offered them water to wash their\nhands, feet and mouths.\n\n", "mad2#p0246": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n214\n\n[ Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 47\n\n� JrtRt' <=�� <='Stt4\\r.ttQ! �Wt� '1$1 I\n\n� �i �-rt� �� <tl�lfP1 \" 8� \"\najna magi' gela gopTnatha acaryake lana\nprabhura nikata ai/a bhojana karina\nSYNONYMS\n\najna magi'-taking permission; ge/a-went; gopTnatha acaryake /ana-taking\nGopinatha Acarya; prabhura-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nikata-near; ai/awent; bhojana karifi a\n\n-\n\nafter taking lunch.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBegging permission from Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His devotees, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya then went with Gopinatha Acarya to take lunch. After\nfinishing their lunch, they returned to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 48\n\n'� i{�'Ai'!'RI' �� � ��'I I\n'� �' �' <=�lfP �� ll Sir ll\n'nama narayaQaya' bali' namaskara kaila\n'kr�Qe matir astu' bali' gosani kahila\nSYNONYMS\nnama/:! narayaQaya-1 offer my respects to Narayar;�a; ba/i'-saying; namaskara\n\nkaila-offered respects to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; k[$Qe-unto Lord Kr�r;�a;\nmati/:1\n\nastu-let\n\nthere\n\nbe\n\nMahaprabhu; kahila-spoke\n\nattraction;\n\nba/i'-saying;\n\ngosani-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOffering his obeisances to Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\nsaid, \"Namo naraya.,aya\" [I offer my obeisances to NarayaQa]. In return,\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Kr�Qe matir astu\" [Let your attention be on\nKr�Qa].\nPURPORT\nIt is the etiquette among sannyasTs, those on the fourth platform of spiritual life,\nto offer respects by saying, om nama narayat;Jaya (\"I offer my respectful obei-\n\n", "mad2#p0247": "Text SO]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya\n\n215\n\nsances unto Narayal)a\"). This greeting is used especially by Mayavadi sannyasis.\nAccording to the smrti scriptures, a sannyasi should not expect anything from\nanyone, nor should he consider himself identical with the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Vai�l)ava sannyasis never think of themselves as being one with the\nLord; they always consider themselves eternal servants of Kr�l)a, and they want to\nsee everyone in the world become Kr�l)a conscious. For this reason, a Vai�l)ava\nsannyasi always offers his blessings to everyone, saying, k[$Qe matir astu (\"May\nyou become Kr�l)a conscious\").\nTEXT 49\n\n��' �rt�11 1i\"ti{ � <!Sfil'f 1\n��-� �·�i, � iSft� II 8� II\nsuni' sarvabhauma mane vicara karila\nvai$Qava-sannyasi inho, vacane janila\nSYNONYMS\nsuni�hearing this; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya; mane-within\nthe mind;\n\nvicara kari/a-considered;\n\nvai$Qava-sannyasi-Vai�l)ava\n\nsannyasi;\n\niliho-this person; vacane-by words; janila-understood.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing these words, Sarvabhauma understood Lord Caitanya to be a\nVai�r;�ava sannyasi.\nTEXT 50\n\n(;'SttJftertQj\" 'C!Wtt� �� ��� I\n,ostt�tf$� 'Sf1�� m � �� u �0\ngopinatha acaryere kahe sarvabhauma\ngosanira janite cahi kahan purvasrama\nSYNONYMS\ngopinatha acaryere-to Gopinatha Acarya; kahe-said; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya; gosanira-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; janite-to\nknow; cahi-1 want; kahali-what; purva-asrama-previous situation.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma then said to Gopinatha Acarya: \"I want to know Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's previous situation.\"\n\n", "mad2#p0248": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n216\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nPURPORT\nThe word purvasrama refers to one's previous situation in life. Sometimes a person will accept the renounced order from householder life, and sometimes even\nfrom student (brahmacarn life. Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya wanted to know of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's previous situation as a householder.\nTEXT 51\n\nc;�ttt� �t�,- il�� 'itl I\n'�'Sttl Q!'-iftll, �-'fir��' II�) II\ngopinathacarya kahe, -navadvipe ghara\n'jagannatha'-nama, padavi-'misra purandara'\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopinatha-acarya kahe-G opinatha Acarya replied; navadvipe-in Navadvipa;\n\nghara-residence;\n\njagannatha-of\n\nthe\n\nname\n\nJagannatha;\n\nnama-named;\n\npadavi-the surname; misra purandara-Misra Purandara.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya replied: \"There was a man named Jagannatha, who was a\nresident of Navadvipa, and whose surname was Misra Purandara.\nTEXT 52\n\n'�'-iftll �·�nf, itt �·� '1_� I\n�IIQ G�q �t1lil Qf\\f� II <t� II\n'visvambhara'-nama inhara, tanra inho putra\nnilambara cakravartira hayena dauhitra\n\nSYNONYMS\nvisvambhara-of the name Visvambhara;\n\nnama-the name;\n\nir'lhara-His;\n\ntanra-of Jagannatha Misra; inho-He; putra-son; nilambara cakravartira-of\n\nNilambara Cakravarti; hayena-is; dauhitra-grandson (daughter's son).\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the son of that Jagannatha Misra, and His\nformer name was Visvambhara Misra. He also happens to be the grandson of\nNilambara Cakravarti!'\n\n", "mad2#p0249": "Text 55]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya\n\n217\n\nTEXT 53\n\n�11 �t�,-��� ��I\n�mt �Jittffi�,-111� itt �ft:! II � II\nsarvabhauma kahe,-nTiambara cakravartT\nvisaradera samadhyay;; -ei tanra khyati\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma kahe-Sarvabhauma said; nTiambara cakravartr-the gentleman\nnamed Nilambara Cakravarti; visaradera-of Mahesvara Visarada (Sarvabhauma's\nfather); samadhyayr-class friend; ei-this; tanra-of him; khyati-acquaintance.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhatfacarya said: \"Nilambara Cakravarti was a classmate of my father,\nMahesvara Visarada. He knew him as such .\nTEXT 54\n\n'filet 'L�' �tl J(tt), �il .r� I\nf9lt!tf ��'IIi 'ft�tt� �J �ft' 1ft� II <t8 II\n'misra purandara' tanra manya, hena jani\npitara sambandhe donhake pujya kari' mani\nSYNONYMS\nmisra purandara-Jagannatha Misra Purandara; tar'lra-his; manya-respectable; hena-thus; jani-1 know; pitara sambandhe-in relationship to my father;\ndonhake-both of them (Nilambara Cakravarti and Jagannatha Misra); pujyarespectable; kari'-thinking; mani -I accept.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Jagannatha Misra Purandara was respected by my father. Thus because of\ntheir relationship with my father, I respect both Jagannatha Misra and\nNilambara Cakravarti!'\nTEXT 55\n\nillt'11f 4t�llfi �1��)11 llfj� '�c;rl I\n� ��1 ''Stt�tf�tf �� irt�lf1 II <t<t II\n\n", "mad2#p0250": "218\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nnadrya-sambandhe sarvabhauma hr$ta haifa\nprrta hana gosaflire kahite fagifa\nSYNONYMS\nnadrya-sambandhe-in connection with Nadiya; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma\nBhagacarya; hma-pleased; haifa-became; prlta hafla-thus being pleased;\ngosaflire-unto Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kahite fagifa-began to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu belonged to the Nadiya district, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya became very pleased and addressed the L ord as\nfollows.\nTEXT 56\n\n'�t'tl � �' �t� '!' �lllt I\n\n�'!�� f(� � �tfi{ f�·tiftll II' �� II\n'sahajei pujya tumi, are ta' sannyasa\nataeva han tamara ami nija-dasa'\nSYNONYMS\n\nsahajei-naturally; pujya-respectable; tumi-You; are-over and above this;\nta'-certainly; sannyasa-the renounced order of life; ataeva-therefore; hanam; tamara-Your; ami-1; nija-dasa-personal servant.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are naturally respectable. Besides, You are a sannyasi; thus I wish to\nbecome Your personal servant.\"\nPURPORT\nA sannyasT is always to be worshiped and offered all kinds of respect by the\ngrhasthas (householders). Although Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya was older than Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, Sarvabhauma respected Him as a sannyasr and as one who\nhad attained the topmost platform of spiritual ecstasy. Thus the Bhattacarya certainly accepted Him as his master.\nTEXT 57\n\n��' 111it� � ��, �J'I I\n\n'e�tt-tl �� �� �ern ��i{ II �� II\n\n", "mad2#p0251": "Text 58]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhaum a Bhattacarya\n\n219\n\nsuni' mahaprabhu kai/a srT-Vi$f)U smaraf)a\nbhattacarye kahe kichu vinaya vacana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni -hearing this; mahaprabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kai/a-did; srT'\n\nVi$QU smaraQa-remem bering Lord Vi�ryu; bhattacarye-to Sarvabhauma Bha��acarya; kahe-s peaks ; kichu-some; vinaya vacana-very humble statements .\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Ca itanya Mahaprabhu hea rd this from the Bhattacarya, He immediately remembered Lord V i�QU and began to speak humbly to him as\nfollows.\nTEXT 58\n\n\"� 'Sf'$f1(��-��-�i!<fi�11\n� �'$,���II <l17\" II\n*tumi jagad-guru-sarvaloka-hita-karta\nvedanta pa<;Jao, sannyasTra upakarta\n\nSYNONYMS\ntumi jagat-guru-you are the master of all people; sarva-loka-of all people;\nhita-karta-the well-wisher; vedanta pa<;Jao-you teach Vedanta philosophy;\nsannyasTra-of the mendicants in the renounced order of life; upakarta-the\nbenefactor.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because you are a teacher of Vedanta philosophy, you are the master of all\nthe people in the world and their well-wisher as well. You are also the\nbenefa cto r of all kinds of sannyasis.\nPURPORT\nBecause the Mayavadi sannyasTs teach Vedanta philosophy to their students or\ndisciples, they are customarily called jagad-guru. This indicates that they are the\nbenefactors of all people. Although Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya was not a sannyasr\nbut a householder, he used to invite all the sannyasrs to his home and offer them\nprasada. Thus he was accepted as the best well-wisher and friend of all the sannyasTs.\n\n", "mad2#p0252": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n220\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 59\n\n�tfil ��-�-�\"f·lf\"f iltfft � I\n\n<;� �� fir(, �� <1ifif' 111� II <t� II\nami balaka-sannyasi-bhanda-manda nahi jani\ntamara asraya niluri, guru kari' mani\n\nSYNONYMS\nami-1; balaka-sannyasi-a young sannyasi; bhanda-manda-good and bad;\nnahi-not;\n\njani-know;\n\ntamara-your;\n\nasraya-shelter;\n\nni/uri-have taken;\n\nguru-spiritual master; kari' -taking as; mani -I accept.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am a young sannyasi, and I actually have no knowledge of what is good\n\nand what is bad. Therefore I am taking shelter of you and accepting you as My\nspiritual master.\nTEXT 60\n\n� � iltf'it' �� �tt �t� I\n\nll(�tt� �00 �tlf'Rt �� II �o II\ntamara sariga lagi' mora ihari agamana\nsarva-prakare karibe amaya palana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-your; sariga-association; lagi'-for the sake of; mora-My; iharihere; agamana-arrival; sarva-prakare-in all respects; karibe-you will do;\namaya-unto Me; pa/ana-maintaining.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have come here only to associate with you, and I am now taking shelter of\n\nyou. Will you kindly maintain Me in all r espects?\nTEXT 61\n\n�t� � ��\"' �� �� �9lf� I\n� ��t'! ��� '�_fit �� �t�� II\" �� II\naji ye haila amara bac;ia-i vipatti\ntaha haite kaile tumi amara avyahati\"\n\n", "mad2#p0253": "Text 63]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya\n\n221\n\nSYNONYMS\n\naji-today; ye-that which;\n\nhaifa-happened;\n\namara-My;\n\nba(ia-i-very\n\ngreat; vipatti-obstacle; taha-that danger; haite-from; kaile-did; tumi-you;\namara-My; avyahati-relief.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The incident that happened today was a great obstacle for Me, but you\nhave kindly relieved Me of it.\"\nTEXT 62\n\n<etwt1i <f>�,---�<15� 'l_fif i41 �� 5f� I\n�11f �t\"f �tt�, �llif1 �t� ��il II � II\nbhattacarya kahe,-ekale tumi na yaiha darsane\n\namara sarige yabe, kimva amara loka-sane\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhattacarya kahe-the Bhattacarya said; eka/e-alone; tumi-You; na-not;\nyaiha\n\n-\n\ngo; darsane-to see the Deity; amara sarige-with me; yabe-You should\n\ngo; kimva-or; amara /oka-sane-with my men.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Bhatfacarya replied: \"Do not go alone to see the Deity at the Jagannatha Temple. It is better that You go with me or my men!'\nTEXT 63\n\n�'. ��,-'llf\"f� �'ml' i41 �� I\n\n'$f1!1t�� �tt-t ��' 5f-fil <15R� II' �� II\nprabhu kahe,-'mandira bhitare na yaiba\ngaru(iera pase rahi' darsana kariba'\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya replied; mandira-the temple; bhitare-inside;\n\nna-never; yaiba-1 shall go; garu(iera-of the column known as the Garuc;lastambha; pase-by the side; rahi'-staying; darsana-seeing; kariba-1 shall do.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord said: \"I shall never enter the temple but shall always view the Lord\nfrom the side of the Garu�a-stambha.\"\n\n", "mad2#p0254": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n222\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 64\n\n''$ft�tQ(t�t�� �� �� I\n'l{fil ''$f1JttfI!Pt1f ilfi!P1 �1(1�� �lift{ II �8 II\ngoplnathacaryake kahe sarvabhauma\n'tumi gosanire lana karaiha darasana\nSYNONYMS\ngoplnatha-acaryake-to Copinatha Acarya; kahe-says; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma\n\nBhattacarya;\n\ntumi-you;\n\ngosanire-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\n/ana-taking; karaiha-make Him do; darasana-seeing of Lord Jagannatha.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya then told Gopinatha Acarya: \"Take Gosvamiji\nand show Him Lord Jagannatha.\nTEXT 65\n\n�t1ft� ��-�-fillS(;{ � I\n� �i �' � �(\"Jt11t� II' �It II\namara matr-svasa-grha-nirjana sthana\ntahan vasa deha, kara sarva samadhana'\nSYNONYMS\namara-My; matr-svasa-of the aunt; grha-the home; nirjana sthana-very\nsolitary place; tahar'l-there; vasa-an apartment; deha-give; kara-make; sarva-all; samadhana-arrangements.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Also, the apartment belonging to my maternal aunt is in a very solitary\nplace. Make all arrangements for Him to stay there.\"\nTEXT 66\n\n''$ft�f{tft � ilfi!P1 � �J11 flf\"t I\ni!l'fl'l', ��� �Jtt11� ��ill' II �� II\ngoplnatha prabhu lana tahan vasa dila\njala, jala-patradika sarva samadhana kaila\n\n", "mad2#p0255": "Text 68]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhaffacarya\n\n223\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopinatha-Gopinatha Acarya; prabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; /anataking; tahan-there;\n\nvasa-apartment;\n\ndi/a-gave;\n\nja/a-water; jala-patra­\n\nadika-water pots and other vessels; sarva-all; samadhana-arrangements;\nkaila-made.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Gopinatha Acarya took Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu to the residential\nquarters and showed Him where to find water, tubs and water pots. Indeed, he\narranged everything.\n.\n\nTEXT 67\n\n�-m ffl� c;��Q{ � \"lt� fmrt I\n-trot� �pfi{ <Rt�\"f \"1�1 \"�9 \"\nara dina gopinatha prabhu sthane giya\nsayyotthana darasana karaila lana\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-the next day; gopinatha-Gopinatha Acarya;\n\nprabhu-of Lord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; sthane-to the place; giya-going; sayya-utthana-the\nrising from bed of Lord Jagannatha; darasana-seeing; karai/a-caused; /anataking Him.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day Gopinatha Acarya took Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu to see the\nearly rising of Lord Jagannatha.\nTEXT 68\n\n��\"ffl� ��i ��� �1�)1{ \"lt� I\n\n�(t�)1{ f�� itt� �fiwn �� \"�lr\"\nmukunda-datta lana aila sarvabhauma sthane\nsarvabhauma kichu tanre bali/a vacane\nSYNONYMS\nmukunda-datta-of the name Mukunda Datta; /ana-taking; ai/a-went; sarvabhauma-of Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; sthane-to the place; sarvabhaumaSarvabhauma\n\nBha��acarya;\n\nkichu-something;\n\nbali/a-said; vacane-in words.\n\ntanre-to\n\nMukunda\n\nDatta;\n\n", "mad2#p0256": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n224\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya then took Mukunda Datta with him and went to Sarvabhauma's house. When they arrived, Sarvabhauma addressed Mukunda\nDatta as follows.\nTEXT 69\n\n'�?fi!o-��, :Jf� <;\\iff�t� �IQ I\n� �-&�\\� �I!J �·� �� II �� II\n'prakrti-vinita, sannyasi dekhite sundara\namara bahu-priti ba<je itihara upara\nSYNONYMS\nprakrti-vinita-by nature\n\nvery humble\n\nand meek;\n\nsannyas1-renouncer;\n\ndekhite-to see; sundara-very beautiful; amara-my; bahu-priti-great affection; bii(ie-increases; irihara-Him; upara-upon.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The sannyasi is very meek and humble by nature, and His person is very\nbeautiful to see. Consequently my affection for Him increases.\nPURPORT\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya considered Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu a very humble\nand meek person because although Caitanya Mahaprabhu was a sannyasi, He still\nretained His brahmacari name. The Lord took sannyasa from Kesava Bharati in the\nBharati sampradaya, in which the brahmacaris (the assistants of the sannyasis) are\nnamed \"Caitanya.\" Even after accepting sannyasa, Caitanya Mahaprabhu retained\nthe name \"Caitanya,\" meaning a humble servant of a sannyasi. Sarvabhauma\nBhattacarya appreciated this very much.\nTEXT 70\n\n���. :Jfll!i5ftt� :Jfilt:Jf ��mfli{ «2t�'l 1\n\n��1 ift1f �\"'U1f, ��t'! Q 1!i{ II' <\\\n\no\n\nII\n\nkon sampradaye sannyasa karyachena grahaua\nkiba nama itihara, sunite haya mana'\nSYNONYMS\nkon sampradaye-in which community; sannyasa-the renounced order of\nlife; karyachena-has made; grahaua-acceptance; kiba-what; nama-name;\nitihara-His; sunite-to hear; haya-it is; mana-my mind.\n\n", "mad2#p0257": "Text 73]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya\n\n225\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"From which sampradaya has He accepted the sannyasa order, and what is\nHis name?\"\nTEXT 71\n\n<;�iftQf <ti�,-il'tll �\"��<:!\"I\n�JI �·� <;<!'l�-�� 1l'�'t\" II '\\�II\ngopinatha kahe, -nama sri-kf$f)a-caitanya\nguru inhara kesava-bharati maha-dhanya\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopinatha\n\nkahe-Gopinatha\n\nAcarya replied;\n\nnama-His name;\n\nsri-kr$Qa­\n\ncaitanya-of the name Sri Kr�Qa Caitanya; guru-sannyasa-guru; ir'lhara-His;\nkesava-bharati-of the name Ke5ava Bharati; maha-dhanya-the greatly fortunate personality.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya replied: \"The Lord's name is Sri Kmta Caitanya, and His\nsannyasa preceptor is the greatly fortunate Ke5ava Bharati!'\nTEXT 72\n\n��� �,-'�·� ift11' ��'�{ I\n'etf�-ll-11{ �·� -��i( 1{S{J1f II' '\\� II\nsarvabhauma kahe, -'inhara nama sarvottama\nbharati-sampradaya inho-hayena madhyama'\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma kahe-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya replied; ir'lhara-His; namaname;\n\nsarva-uttama-first-class; bharati-sampradaya-the community of the\n\nBharati sannyasis; inho-He; hayena-becomes; madhyama-middle-class.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya said: \" 'Sri Kr�r:ta' is a very good name, but He\nbelongs to the Bharati community. Therefore He is a second-class sannyasi!'\nTEXT 73\n\n<;1tt�ilt� <l'l��' -���t1l ilt� �t'll��-.1 I\n�i!�� �� �'e!ilifll:1111' iltf�<l'l ���-.1 II '\\'!) II\n\n", "mad2#p0258": "226\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\ngopinatha kahe,-inhara nahi bahyapek�a\nataeva ba(ia sampradayera nahika apek�a\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopinatha ka he-Gopinatha Acarya replied; inhara-of the Lord; nahi-there\nis not; bahya-apek�a-dependence on any external formality; ataeva-therefore;\nba(:la-big;\n\nsampradayera-of a community; nahika-there is not; apek�a­\n\nnecessity.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya replied: \"Sri Kr��a Caitanya Mahaprabhu does not rely\non any external formality. There is no need for Him to accept the sannyasa\norder from a superior sampradaya.\"\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted sannyasa from the Bharati sampradaya\n(community), which belongs to the disciplic\n\nsuccession\n\nof Sarikaracarya.\n\nSarikaracarya introduced names for his sannyasa disciples, and these are ten in\nnumber. Out of these, the surnames nrtha, Asrama and Sarasvati are considered\ntopmost. In the monastery at Srrigeri, the surname Sarasvati is considered first\nclass, Bharati second class and Puri third class. A sannyasi who has very nicely\nunderstood the slogan tat tvam asi and who takes his bath at the confluence of\nthe rivers Ganges, Yamuna and Sarasvati is called a nrtha. A person who is very\neager to accept sannyasa, who is detached from worldly activities, who has no\ndesire for any kind of material facilities and who is thus saved from repeated birth\nand death is known as Asrama. When a sannyasi lives in a beautiful, solitary place\nin the forest and is freed from all material desires, he is called Vana. A sannyasi\nwho always lives in the forest and renounces all connection with the world in\norder to be elevated to the heavenly planets, where he can live in the nandanak anana, is called Aral)ya. One who prefers living in the mountains engaging in the\nstudy of Bhagavad-gita and whose intelligence is fixed is called Giri. One who\nprefers living in great mountains, even among ferocious animals, to attain the\n\nsummit of philosophical speculation (understanding that the essence of this mate­\n\nrial world is useless) is called Parvata. A sannyasi who has dipped into the ocean of\nthe Absolute Truth and collected some valuable stones of knowledge from that\nocean, who never falls from the regulative principles of a sannyasi, is called Sagara.\nOne who has learned the classical art of music, who engages in its culture and\nwho has become expert and completely aloof from material attachment is called\nSarasvati. Sarasvati is the goddess of music and learning, and in one hand she\nholds a musical instrument called a vif)a. A sannyasi who is always engaged in\nmusic for spiritual elevation is called Sarasvati. One who has become completely\n\n", "mad2#p0259": "Text 74]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhaurna Bhattacarya\n\n227\n\neducated and is freed from all kinds of ignorance and who is never unhappy, even\nin a distressed condition, is called Bharati. One who has become very expert in absolute knowledge, who is situated in the Absolute Truth and who always discusses the Absolute Truth is called Puri.\nAll these sannyasis are assisted by brahmacaris, who are described as follows:\nOne who knows his real identity and is fixed in his particular occupational duty,\nwho is always happy in spiritual understanding, is called SvarOpa-brahmacari. One\nwho completely knows the Brahman effulgence and is always engaged in the\npractice of yoga is called Prakasa-brahmacari. One who has acquired absolute\nknowledge and who always meditates on the Absolute Truth, knowledge, the unlimited and the Brahman effulgence, thus keeping himself in transcendental bliss,\nis called Ananda-brahmacari. One who is able to distinguish between matter and\nspirit, who is never disturbed by material transformations and who meditates on\nthe unlimited, inexhaustible, auspicious Brahman effulgence is a first-class, learned\n\nbrahmacari and is named Caitanya.\nWhen Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya was talking with Gopinatha Acarya about Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's sannyasa community, he appreciated the first name, \"Sri\nKr�t:�a,\" but did not like the surname \"Caitanya:' which is the name for a\n\nbrahmacari belonging to the Bharati community. He therefore suggested that the\nLord be elevated to the Sarasvati community. However, Gopinatha Acarya\npointed out that the Lord does not depend on any external formality. Gopinatha\nAcarya was firmly convinced that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was Kr�t:�a Himself\nand therefore independent of any external ritual or formality. If one wants to\nengage in pure devotional service, he does not require titular superiority as a\nBharati or a Sarasvati.\nTEXT 74\n\n•&wt� ��,-'�·�� '��li �i{ I\n�� �tntJt-� �r;� 1{�'111 '18 II\nbhattacarya kahe, -'inhara prauc;iha yauvana\nkemate sannyasa-dharma ha-ibe rak$af)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhattacarya kahe-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya replied; ir'lhara -His; prauc;ihafull; yauvana-youth; kemate-how; sannyasa-dharma-principles of a sannyasi;\nha -ib e there will be; rak$af)a-protection.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhatfacarya inquired: \"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is in His full-fledged\nyouthful life. How can He keep the principles of sannyasa l\n\n", "mad2#p0260": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n228\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 75\n\nfillfi ··�tc• �tl! ���tl� 1\n\n�'ftJ-���-';!tr;( �r.;� ��� II 'Ht U\nnirantara inhake vedanta sunaiba\nvairagya-advaita-marge pravesa karaiba\n\nSYNONYMS\nnirantara-continuously; inhake-to Him; vedanta-the Vedanta philosophy;\nsunaiba-1 shall recite; vairagya-of renunciation; advaita-of monism; margeon the path; pravesa-entrance; karaiba-1 shall cause Him to make.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall continuously recite the Vedanta philosophy before Caitanya\nMahaprabhu so that He may remain fixed in His renunciation and thus enter\nupon the path of monism.\"\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya, among sannyasTs the cultivation of\nVedanta philosophy helps in becoming detached from sense gratification. Thus a\nsannyasT can protect the prestige of wearing a loincloth (kaupTna). One has to\npractice sense control as well as mind control and subdue the six forces of speech,\nmind, anger, tongue, belly and genitals. Then one can become expert in understanding the devotional service of the Lord and thus become a perfect sannyasT.\nFor that purpose one must cultivate knowledge and renunciation regularly. When\none is attached to material sense gratification, he cannot protect his sannyasa\norder. Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya suggested that by the study of vairagya (renunciation), Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu might be saved from the clutches of fullfledged youthful desires.\n\nTEXT 76\n\n� �rw, �il1{r;r �t�-91� fifm 1\n\"1�-.� �Rtt� ��11'-�� ���iII' 4:!� II\nkahena yadi, punarapi yoga-patta diya\nsarhskara kariye uttama-sampradaye aniya'\n\nSYNONYMS\nkahena-says;\n\nyadi-if;\n\npunarapi-again;\n\nyoga-patta\n\ndiya-offering Him\n\nsaffron cloth; sarilskara-reformatory process; kariye-1 perform; uttama-firstclass; sampradaye-to the community; aniya-bringing.\n\n", "mad2#p0261": "The Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya\n\nText 78]\n\n229\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bh�ttacarya then suggested: \"If Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwould like, I could bring Him into a first-class sampradaya by offering Him\nsaffron cloth and performing the reformatory process again!'\nPURPORT\nThe Bhattacarya wanted to reinstate Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu into the\nSarasvati sampradaya because he did not like the Lord's belonging to the Bharati\nsampradaya or Puri sampradaya. Actually, he did not know the position of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. As the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Caitanya\nMahaprabhu did not depend on an inferior or superior sampradaya. The Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead remains in the supreme position in all circumstances.\n\nTEXT 77\n\n��' c;��-�\"f \"lr.� t:-tl � I\nc;'Stt�t�t�t1i f�� �f� �f�1 II '\\'\\ II\nsuni' gopinatha-mukunda dw'lhe dubkha haifa\ngopinathacarya kichu kahite fagifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'\n\n-\n\nhearing; gopinatha-mukunda-Gopinatha Acarya and Mukunda Datta;\n\ndurihe-both; dub kha-unhappy;\n\nhaifa-became; gopinatha-acarya-of the\n\nname Gopinatha Acarya; kichu-something; kahite-to speak; fagifa-began.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya and Mukunda Datta became very unhappy when they\nheard this. Gopinatha Acarya therefore addressed Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\nas follows.\nTEXT 78\n\n'��t�t1i' 'lf1l �·�if!� 1f��i I\n'6'$f��'f1f �·�·tl;l!� �1fill '\\11- II\n'bhattacarya' tumi irihara na jana mahima\nbhagavatta-fak$af)era irihatei sima\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya-my dear Bhattacarya;\n\ntumi-you;\n\nirihara-of Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; na-not; jana-know; mahima-the greatness; bhagavatta-of\n\n", "mad2#p0262": "230\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nbeing the Supreme Personality of Godhead; lak?aQera-of symptoms; itihatei-in\nHim; sima-the highest degree.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Bhattacarya, you do not know the greatness of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. All the symptoms of the Supreme Personality of Godhead are\nfound in Him to the highest degree.''\nPURPORT\n\nSince the Bhattacarya was an impersonalist, he had no idea of the Absolute\nTruth beyond the impersonal effulgence. However, Gopinatha Acarya informed\nhim that Caitanya Mahaprabhu was the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Those\n\nwho know the Absolute Truth know it in three phases, as explained in SrimadBhagavatam:\n\nvadanti tat tattva-vidas\n\ntattvarh yaj jflanam advayam\n\nbrahmeti paramatmeti\n\nbhagavan iti sabdyate\n\n\"Those who are in knowledge of the nondual Absolute Truth know very clearly\nwhat is Brahman, what is Paramatma and what is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\" (Bhag. 1.2.11) The Supreme Personality of Godhead is ?a9-aisvarya-p0rf)a,\ncomplete with six opulences. Gopinatha Acarya emphasized that all those six\nopulences were completely existing in Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 79\n\n��� �� �·��-..�I\n'CIW-'Tttil f�� err;� �� <;'ittR II' 'I� II\ntahate vikhyata itiho parama-isvara\n\najna-sthane kichu nahe vijflera gocara\n\n'\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ntahate-therefore; vikhyata-celebrated; itiho-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nparama-isvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ajna-sthane-before an ignorant person; kichu-any; nahe-not ; vijflera-of the person who knows;\ngocara-information.\n\n", "mad2#p0263": "Text 80]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n231\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya continued: \"Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu is celebrated as\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Those who are ignorant in this connection find the conclusion of knowledgeable men very difficult to understand.\"\nTEXT 80\n\nfi&AJ'$f'l �t'i, -'� �� � �1ftt'l' I\n�� �,-'�� �·i!('l!i(;tJ' lllro II\n5i$ya-gaQa kahe, -7svara kaha kon pramaQe'\nacarya kahe, -'vijna-mata isvara-lak$aQe'\nSYNONYMS\n5i$ya-gaQa kahe-the disciples of Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya said; isvara kaha­\n\nyou say the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kon pramaQe - by what evidence;\nacarya kahe-Gopinatha Acarya replied; vijna-mata-statements of authorized\n\npersons; isvara-lak$aQe-in understanding the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nThe disciples of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya retaliated: \"By what evidence do\nyou conclude that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the Supreme LordJ\" Gopinatha\nAcarya replied: \"The statements of authorized acaryas who understand the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead are proof.''\nPURPORT\n\nSince the appearance of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, there have been many\npseudo incarnations in India who do not present authorized evidence. Five\nhundred years ago the disciples of Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya,being very learned\nscholars, were certainly right in asking Gopinatha Acarya for evidence. If a person\nproposes that he himself is God or that someone else is an incarnation of God or\nGod Himself, he must cite evidence from sastra to prove his claim. Thus the request of the Bhanacarya's disciples is quite bona fide. Unfortunately,at the present moment it has become fashionable to present an incarnation of God without\nreferring to the sastras. Before an intelligent person accepts someone as an incarnation of God,however, he must ask about the evidence. When the disciples of\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya challenged Gopinatha Acarya, he immediately replied\ncorrectly: \"We must hear the statements of great personalities in order to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\" Lord Kr�rya is established as the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead by statements from authorized persons like\n\n", "mad2#p0264": "Sri (#itanya-caritamrta\n\n232\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nBrahma, Narada, Vyasadeva, Asita, Arjuna and many others. Similarly, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu is also established as the Supreme Personality of Godhead by evidence from the same personalities. This will be explained later.\nTEXT 81\n\nfit1J �,- '�-�.. � �'l�' I\n�� �,-'�����II \\r� II\n5i$ya kahe, -'isvara-tattva sadhi anumane'\nacarya kahe,-'anumane nahe isvara-jnane\n\nSYNONYMS\n5i$ya kahe-the disciples said; isvara-tattva-the truth of the Absolute; sadhi­\n\nderive;\n\nanumane-by hypothesis;\n\nacarya kahe-Gopinatha Acarya replied;\n\nanumane-by hypothesis; nahe-there is not; isvara-jnane-real knowledge of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead .\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe disciples of the Bhatfacarya said: \"We derive knowledge of the Absolute Truth by logical hypothesis.\" Gopinatha Acarya replied: \"One cannot\nattain real knowledge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead by such logical\nhypothesis and argument.\"\nPURPORT\nThe Mayavadi philosophers in particular make certain hypotheses about the\nAbsolute Truth. They reason that in the material world we experience that everything is created. If we trace the history of anything, we find a creator. Therefore\nthere must be a creator of this huge cosmic manifestation. By such reasoning they\ncome to the conclusion that a higher power has created this cosmic manifestation. The Mayavadis do not accept that great power to be a person. Their brains\ncannot accommodate the fact that this huge cosmic manifestation can be created\nby a person. This is because as soon as they think of a person, they think of a person within the material world with limited potency. Sometimes the Mayavadi philosophers will accept Lord Kr��a or Lord Rama as Bhagavan, but they think of the\nLord as a person having a material body. The Mayavadis do not understand that\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr��a, has a spiritual body. They think of\nKr��a as a great personality, a human being, within whom there is the supreme impersonal power, Brahman. Therefore they finally conclude that the impersonal\nBrahman is the Supreme, not the personality Kr��a. This is the basis of Mayavadi\nphilosophy. However, from the sastras we can understand that the Brahman\neffulgence is the bodily rays of Kr��a:\n\n", "mad2#p0265": "Text 81]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n233\n\nyasya prabha prabhavato jagad-a�;u;fa-kotikoti$V a5e$a-vasudhadi vibhOti-bhinnam\ntad brahma ni$kalam anantam a5e$a-bhutarh\ngovindam adi-pUfU$arh tam aharh bhajami\n\"I serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda, the primeval Lord, the\n\neffulgence of whose transcendental body is known as the brahmajyoti. That\n\nbrahmajyoti, which is unlimited, unfathomed and all-pervasive, is the cause of the\ncreation of unlimited numbers of planets with varieties of climates and specific\nconditions of life!' (Brahma-sarhhita 5.40)\nMayavadi philosophers study the Vedic literature, but they do not understand\nthat the Absolute Truth in the last stage of realization is the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, Kr�l)a. They do accept the fact that there is a creator of this cosmic\nmanifestation, but that is anumana (hypothesis). The Mayavadi philosopher's logic\nis something like seeing smoke on a hill. When there is a forest fire on a high hill,\nsmoke is first of all visible. The smoke is created when there is fire. Just as one can\nconclude that there is fire from smoke, the Mayavadi philosophers conclude that\nthere must be a creator of the cosmic manifestation.\nThe disciples of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya wanted evidence to show that Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was actually the creator of the cosmic manifestation. Only\nthen would they accept Him as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the original\ncause of creation. Gopinatha Acarya replied that one could not understand the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead by guesswork. As Kr�l)a says in Bhagavad-gita:\n\nnaharh prakasal) sarvasya\nyoga-maya-samavrta/:1\nmac;Jho 'yarh nabhijanati\n/oko mam ajam avyayam\n\"I am never manifest to the foolish and unintelligent. For them I am covered by\n\nMy eternal creative potency [yogamaya]; and so the deluded world knows Me\nnot, who am unborn and infallible!' (Bg. 7.25) The Supreme Personality of Godhead reserves the right of not being exposed to nondevotees. He can only be\nunderstood by bona fide devotees. Lord Kr�l)a says elsewhere in Bhagavad-gita,\n\nbhaktya mam abhijanati: \"One can understand Me only by the devotional process!' (Bg. 18.55) In the Fourth Chapter of Bhagavad-gita Lord Kr�l)a says, bhakto\n\n'si me sakha ceti rahasyarh hy etad uttamam. Here Lord Kr�l)a informs Arjuna that\nHe is disclosing the secrets of Bhagavad-gita to him because he is His devotee.\nArjuna was not a sannyasi, nor was he a Vedantist or brahmaQa. He was, however,\na devotee of Kr�l)a. The conclusion is that we have to understand the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead from the devotees. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu Himself\nsays, guru-kr$Qa-prasade paya bhakti-lata-bija. (Cc. Madhya 19.151)\n\n", "mad2#p0266": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n234\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nMore evidence can be cited to show that without the mercy of a devotee or\nthe mercy of Kr�r:Ja, one cannot understand what is Kr�r:Ja and what is the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. This is confirmed in the next verse.\nTEXT 82\n\n�t-1 $IT'! i(� �--�fti( I\n\n�'Pfi �if! t�r;1f� <;�� e(1� �i( II r� II\nanumana pramaf)a nahe isvara-tattva-jnane\nkrpa vina isvarere keha nahi jane\nSYNONYMS\n\nanumana pramaQ a evidence by hypothesis; nahe-there is not; isvara-tattvajnane -in understanding the Absolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; krpa vina-without His mercy; isvarere-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; keha -anyone; nahi-not; jane knows .\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya continued: \"One can understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead only by His mercy, not by guesswork or hypothesis!'\nPURPORT\nOne cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead simply by exhibiting some mundane magic. Foolish people are enchanted by magical\ndemonstrations, and when they see a few wonderful things done by mystical\npower, they accept a magician as the Personality of Godhead or an incarnation.\nThis is not the way of realization. Nor should one guess or speculate about an incarnation of God or the Personality of Godhead. One has to learn from the bona\nfide person or from the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself, as Arjuna did,\nby the mercy of Kr�r:Ja. Kr�r:Ja Himself also gives many hints about His potencies as\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. One should understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead only through the evidence presented by the sastras and the\nmahajanas. In any case, one must have the mercy of the Lord in order to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead by devotional service.\nTEXT 83\n\n�r;1ff ��1-� l(� �:!' ��1f;1f I\n� �:!' �1f-i!1 �fi(� 'Pf'tt1f II � II\n\n", "mad2#p0267": "Text 84]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n235\n\nisvarera krpa-lesa haya ta' yahare\nsei ta' isvara-tattva janibare pare\nSYNONYMS\nisvarera-of the Personality of Godhead; krpa-lesa-a little mercy; haya­\n\nthere is; ta'-certainly; yahare-upon whom; sei ta'-he certainly; isvara-tattvathe Absolute Truth; janibare-to know; pare-is able.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Acarya continued: \"If one receives but a tiny bit of the Lord's favor by\ndint of devotional service, he can understand the nature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 84\n\n'!l'�tf9f '\"' Clf<f 9flft'{_����'!tlf-c�t���\" l!l<i � 1\n�t.l'tf\\5 \"'�� iS'>I�f�r!l1\n0{ s'tiJJ I!IT:<I't�f9f f5�� f<i�� II IrS II\nathapi te deva padambuja-dvayaprasada-lesanugrhita eva hi\njanati tattvarh bhagavan-mahimno\nna canya eko 'pi cirarh vicinvan\nSYNONYMS\n\natha-therefor�;\n\napi-indeed;\n\nte-Your;\n\ndeva-my\n\nLord;\n\npada-ambuja­\n\ndvaya-of the two lotus feet; prasada-of the mercy; /esa-by only a trace;\nanugrhital)-favored; eva-certainly; hi-indeed; janati-one knows; tattvam­\n\nthe truth; bhagavat-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; mahimnal)-of the\ngreatness; na-never; ca-and; anyal)-another; ekal) -one; api-although;\nciram-for a long period; vicinvan-speculating.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My Lord, if one is favored by even a slight trace of the mercy of Your lotus\nfeet, he can understand the greatness of Your personality. But those who\nspeculate in order to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead are\nunable to know You, even though they continue to study the Vedas for many\nyears!\"\n\n", "mad2#p0268": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n236\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe above verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.14.29). The Brahma-sarhhita\n\nstates, vede?U durlabham adurlabham atma-bhaktau (Bs. 5.33). Although the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r:Ja, is the ultimate goal of knowledge (vedais\nca sarvair aham eva vedya/:1), one who is not a pure devotee and who is not\n\nengaged in the service of the Lord cannot understand Him. Lord Brahma therefore\nconfirms this. Vede?U durlabham: \"It is very difficult to understand the Supreme\n\nLord simply through one's studies.\" Adurlabham atma-bhaktau: \"However, it is\n\nvery easy for the devotees to capture the Lord:' The Lord is known as ajita (un­\n\nconquerable). No one can conquer the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but the\nLord consents to be conquered by His devotees. That is His nature. As stated in\n\nthe Padma Puraf)a:\n\nata/:1 sri-k[?f)a-namadi\nna bhaved grahyam indriyail)\nsevonmukhe hi jihvadau\nsvayam eva sphuraty ada/:1\nBeing pleased by devotional activities, the Lord reveals Himself to His devotees.\nThat is the way to understand Him.\n\nThe verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam quoted by Gopinatha Acarya was originally\n\nspoken by Lord Brahma when he was defeated by Lord Kr�r:Ja. Lord Brahma had\n, stolen all the calves and cowherd boys in order to test Kr�r:Ja's power. Lord Brahma\nadmitted that his own extraordinary powers within the universe were not in the\nleast comparable to the unlimited powers of Lord Kr�r:Ja. If Lord Brahma can make\na mistake in understanding Kr�r:Ja, what to speak of ordinary persons, who either\nmisunderstand Kr�r:Ja or falsely present a so-called incarnation of Kr�r:Ja for their\nown sense gratification.\nTEXTS 85-86\n\n�� iSf${_f&� 't_fif- -ttst·9J�i'{.l\n\n��!';\\! ift� �fu\\! <;\\!t�:sf �ajtil II Ira II\nW�1T �9N·<;l1Pt ilt� �tr;l! I\n�'-!l� �1'f� if! �tf �Sftfi{r;\\! lllr� II\nyadyapi jagad-guru tumi-sastra-jfianavan\nprthivite nahi paf)c;/ita tamara samana\nisvarera krpa-lesa nahika tomate\nataeva isvara-tattva na para janite\n\n", "mad2#p0269": "Text 87]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya\n\n237\n\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; jagat-guru-a teacher of many disciples; tumi-you;\nsastra-jfianavan-well versed in Vedic knowledge;\n\nprthivite-on this earth;\n\nnahi-there is not; parxlita-a learned scholar; tamara-your; samana-equal;\nisvarera-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; krpa-of mercy; /esa-a bit;\nnahika-there is not; tomate-on you; ataeva-therefore; isvara-tattva-the Absolute Truth (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); na para-are not able;\njanite-to know.\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya then addressed Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya: \"You are a\ngreat scholar a.11d a teacher of many disciples. Indeed, there is no other\nscholar like you on earth. Nonetheless, because you are bereft of even a pinch\nof the Lord's mercy, you cannot understand Him, even though He is present in\nyour home.\nTEXT 87\n\nC!'t1mt ettf� OTt�, -ttr;m �it <fir;� 1\n9ftrui!Jttw �r�,-� �- � u' �r'\\ u\ntamara nahika dog sastre ei kahe\npaQc;fityadye isvara-tattva-jfiana kabhu nahe'\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-your; nahika-there is not; do$a-fault; sastre-the scriptures; eithis; kahe-mention; paQc;iitya-adye-simply by scholarship, etc.; isvara-tattvajfiana-knowledge of the principles of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nkabhu-ever; nahe-there is not.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is not your fault; it is the verdict of the scriptures. You cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead simply by scholarship.\"\nPURPO RT\nThis is a very important verse. Even big scholars cannot understand Kr�r;�a, yet\nthey dare comment on Bhagavad-gita. Reading Bhagavad-gita means understanding Kr�r;�a, yet we actually see many scholars making blunders in trying to understand Kr�r;�a. Gopinatha Acarya's statement is confirmed in many places in Vedic\nliterature. In Katha Upani$ad it is stated (Katha Up. 1.2.23):\n\n", "mad2#p0270": "238\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nnayam atma pravacanena /abhyo\nna medhaya na bahuna srutena\nyam evai$a vwute tena /abhyas\ntasyai$a atma vivrtJute tanum svam\nIt is also stated in Katha Upani$ad (1.2.9):\nnai$a tarketJa matir apaneya\nproktanyenaiva sujnanaya pre$tha\nyam tvam apab satya-dhrtir vatasi\ntvadrn no bhuyann aciketab pra$ta\nThe fact is that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Supersoul, cannot be attained simply by explanations, logic and erudite scholarship. One cannot understand Him simply by one's brain substance. Even by studying all Vedic literature,\none cannot understand the Supreme Lord. However, if one is slightly favored by\nthe mercy of the Lord, if the Lord is pleased, one can understand Him. But who are\nthe candidates eligible to receive the mercy of the Lord? Only the devotees. They\nalone can understand what is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord\nreveals Himself to the sincere devotee when He is pleased with his service:\nsvayam eva sphuraty adab. One should not try to understand the Lord simply from\nthe statements of the Vedas, nor should one uselessly attempt to decry these\nstatements through reasoning and logic.\n\nTEXT 88\n\n�� ��,- ���' �� ��'ft� I\n�tf;;i! �-�� �� r� �'llllrlr \"\nsarvabhauma kahe, -acarya, kaha savadhane\ntomate isvara-krpa ithe ki pramatJe\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma\n\nkahe-Sarvabhauma\n\nBhanacarya\n\nsays;\n\nacarya-my\n\ndear\n\nGopinatha Acarya; kaha-kindly speak; savadhane-very carefully; tomateunto you; isvara-krpa-mercy of the Lord; ithe-in this matter; ki pramatJe-by\nwhat evidence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya replied: \"My dear Gopinatha Acarya, please\nspeak with great care. What is the proof that you have received the mercy of\nthe Lord�\"\n\n", "mad2#p0271": "Text 89]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n239\n\nTEXT 89\n\n�� �,-\"�\"'-� � �\"'·�ti{ I\n�ifl-�ti{ � �9ftt� $ft'1 II 'lrlll II\nacarya kahe, -\"vastu-vi?aye haya vastu-jfiana\nvastu-tattva-jfiana haya krpate pramaf)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nacarya kahe-Gopinatha Acarya replied; vastu-vi?aye-in the matter of the\nsummum bonum; haya-there is; vastu jfiana-knowledge of the Supreme;\n-\n\nvastu-tattva-of the Absolute Truth; jfiana-knowledge; haya-is; krpate-of\nthe mercy; pram af)a-the evidence.\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya replied: \"Knowledge of the summum bonum, the Absolute Truth, is evidence of the mercy of the Supreme Lord!'\nPURPORT\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya informed his brother-in-law, Gopinatha Acarya, \"The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead may not have shown mercy to me, but what is\nthe proof of His having shown it to you? Kindly let us know about this.\" In reply to\nthis, Gopinatha Acarya said that the summum bonum, the Absolute Truth, and His\ndifferent potencies are identical. Therefore one can understand the substance of\nthe Absolute Truth by the manifestation of His different potencies. The summum\n\nbonum includes all potencies in one unit. The Absolute Truth combined with dif­\n\nferent characteristics is the original substance ( vastu): parasya saktir vividhaiva\n\nsruyate.\nThus the Vedas state that the Absolute Truth has different potencies. ·When\none understands the characteristics of the potencies of the Absolute Truth, one is\naware of the Absolute Truth. On the material platform as well, one can understand the substance by the manifestation of its symptoms. For example, when\nthere is heat, it is to be understood that there is fire. The heat of the fire is per­\n\nceived directly. The fire may not be visible, but one can search out the fire by feeling heat. Similarly, if one can perceive the characteristics of the Absolute Truth,\n\nwe can know that he has understood the substance of the Absolute Truth by the\nmercy of the Lord.\n\nIn Bhagavad-gita (7.25) it is said, naharil prakasab sarvasya The Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead reserves the right of not being exposed to everyone. Sevon­\n\nmukhe hi jihvadau svayam eva sphuraty adab: \"The Lord reveals Himself to a\ndevotee when He is completely satisfied by the devotee's service.\" Thus one can-\n\n", "mad2#p0272": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n240\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nnot understand the Supreme Lord without His mercy. The Absolute Truth cannot\n\nbe understood by speculation, and this is the conclusion of Bhagavad-gTt.a.\n\nTEXT 90\n\n··� llf�t1 �� ��-l'(..lj I\n'If�-<:� '{fil �tl$tfi �af'l II ��� II\ninhara sarTre saba Tsvara-/ak�ar)a\nmaha-premavesa tumi pafiacha darsana .\n\nSYNONYMS\ninhara-His; sarTre-in the body; saba-all; Tsvara-/ak�aQa-characteristics of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; maha-prema-avesa-absorption in transcendental ecstasy; tumi-you; pafiacha-have obtained; darsana-seeing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya continued: \"You have seen the symptoms of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead in the body of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu during His\nabsorption in an ecstatic mood.\nTEXT 91\n\n1!1_i!' ��--� il1 � Q!tlmf I\n\n��1rn 'lft111 \\fl�-�� � II �� II\ntabu ta' Tsvara-jfiana na haya tamara\nTsvarera maya ei-bali vyavahara\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabu ta'-still, however; Tsvara-jfiana-knowledge of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; na-not; haya-there is; tamara-your; Tsvarera-of the Lord;\nmaya-the illusion; ei-this; bali-saying; vyavahara-the general term.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Despite directly perceiving the symptoms of the Supreme Lord in the\nbody of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, you cannot understand Him. This is commonly called illusion.\nPURPORT\nGopinatha Acarya is pointing out that Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya had already\nseen uncommon symptoms of ecstasy in the body of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu .\n\n", "mad2#p0273": "Text 92]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n241\n\nThese uncommon symptoms of ecstatic love indicated the Supreme Person, but\ndespite having seen all these symptoms, the Bhattacarya could not understand\nthe Lord's transcendental nature. He was considering the Lord's pastimes to be\nmundane. This was certainly due to illusion.\nTEXT 92\n\n�f�\"f if! Gift� \\!t� �� !Sfi{ I\"\n�fi{' �t�' �t-(�� ��if � II �� II\ndekhile na dekhe tare bahirmukha jana\"\nsuni' hasi' sarvabhauma bali/a vacana\nSYNONYMS\n\ndekhile-even after seeing; na-not; dekhe-sees; tare-the Supreme Person;\nbahib-mukha jana-a person influenced by the external energy; suni'-hearing\nthis;\n\nhasi'-smiling;\n\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma\n\nBhattacarya;\n\nbali/a-said;\n\nvacana-the words.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A person influenced by the external energy is called bahirmukha jana, a\nmundane person, because despite his perception, he cannot understand the\nreal substance!' Hearing Gopinatha Acarya say this, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\nsmiled and began to speak as follows.\nPURPORT\nWhen one's heart is not cleansed, one cannot awaken the transcendental\nnature of devotional service. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gita:\n\nye?arh tv anta-gatarh paparh\njananarh puf)ya-karmaf)am\nte dvandva-moha-nirmukta\nbhajante marh drc;fha-vratab\n\"Persons who have acted piously in previous lives and in this life, whose sinful actions are completely eradicated and who are freed from the duality of delusion\nengage themselves in My service with determination.\" (Bg.\n\n7.28)\n\nWhen one is actually engaged in pure devotional service, it is understood that\nhe has already attained freedom from all reactions to sinful activities. In other\nwords, it is to be understood that devotees are already freed from sin. A sinful\nperson, a miscreant (du?krtl), cannot engage in devotional service. Nor can one\n\n", "mad2#p0274": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n242\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nengage in devotional service simply on the basis of scholarly speculation. One has\nto wait for the mercy of the Lord in order to render pure devotional service.\n\nTEXT 93\n\n-it� �m m, iii (15� ,�� 1\n-ttsl�� (15�, �� iii � Ofl1f II �� II\ni$ta-go$thi vicara kari, na kariha ro$a\nsastra-d($tye kahi, kichu na fa-iha dO$a\n\nSYNONYMS\ni$ta-go$thi-discussion among friends; vicara-consideration; kari-we do;\nna-not; kariha-make; fO$a-anger; sastra-d($tye-according to the conclusion\nof scriptures; kahi-we speak; kichu-any; na-not; /a-iha-take; do$a-fault.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhattacarya said: \"We are just having a discussion among friends and\nconsidering the points described in the scriptures. Do not become angry. I am\nsimply speaking on the strength of the sastras. Please don't take any offense.\nTEXT 94\n\n���-�� � Cij'!IJJ·<;�tf� I\n\n<.!1� (flf� �if ��J ifl't II �8 II\nmaha-bhagavata haya caitanya-gosarii\nei kali-kale vi$f)Ura avatara nai\n\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-bhagavata-a\n\ngreat\n\ndevotee;\n\nhaya-is;\n\ncaitanya-gosarii-Lord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; ei-this; kali-kale-in the age of Kali; vi$f)Ura-of Lord\nVi�'!u; avatara-incarnation; nai-there is not.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is certainly a great, uncommon devotee, but we\ncannot accept Him as an incarnation of Lord Vi�l)u because, according to\nsastra, there is no incarnation in this age of Kali.\n\n", "mad2#p0275": "Text 95]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya\n\n243\n\nTEXT 95\n\n�C!(.!l� '�'it' m' �� �-ilt� 1\n\n�'it ��l!ftf ilt�,- � II �<2' II\nataeva 'tri-yuga' kari' kahi vi�Qu-nama\n\nkali-yuge avatara nahi, -sastra-jnana\nSYNONYMS\n\nataeva-therefore; tri-yuga-the Lord, who appears in three yugas only; kari'­\n\nmaking; kahi-we say; vi�Qu-nama-the holy name of Lord Vi��u; ka/i-yuge-in\n\nthe age of Kali; avatara-incarnation; nahi-there is not; sastra-jnana-the verdict\nof the scriptures.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Another name for Lord Vi�I)U is Triyuga because there is no incarnation of\nLord Vi�I)U in Kali-yuga. Indeed, this is the verdict of revealed scriptures.\"\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Vi��u, is known as Triyuga, which\n\nmeans that He is manifest in three yugas. However, this means that in the age of\n\nKali the Lord appears not directly but in disguise. This is confirmed in Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam:\n\nittharh nr-tiryag-r�i-deva-jha�avatarair\n\nlokan vibhavayasi harhsi jagat-pratipan\n\ndharmarh maha-puru�a pasi yuganuvrttarh\n\nchanna/:1 ka/au yad abhavas tri-yugo 'tha sa tvam\n\n\"My Lord, You kill all the enemies of the world in Your multifarious incarnations in\n\nthe families of men, animals, demigods, r�is, aquatics and so on. Thus You illuminate the worlds with transcendental knowledge.\n\nIn the age of Kali,\n\n0\n\nMahapuru�a, You sometimes appear in a covered incarnation. Therefore You are\nknown as Triyuga [one who appears in only three yugas].\" (Bhag.\n\n7.9.38)\n\nSrila Sridhara Svami has also verified that Lord Vi��u appears in the age of Kali\nbut does not act as He does in other ages. Lord Vi��u incarnates for two pur­\n\nposes: paritral)aya sadhunarh vinasaya ca du�krtam. That is, He comes to engage\n\nin pastimes with His devotees and to annihilate the demons. These purposes are\n\nvisible in the Satya, Treta and Dvapara yugas, but in Kali-yuga the Lord appears\ndisguised. He does not directly kill demons and give protection to the faithful. Be-\n\n", "mad2#p0276": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n244\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\ncause the Lord is not directly perceived in Kali-yuga but is directly known in the\n\nother three yugas, His name is Triyuga.\n\nTEXT 96\n\n�fiJ�1 �� �� �:* �1!131 1ltil I\n-tt� �Bfi!P1 '!,fil <fi� <f;!f'e'llttil II �� II\nsuniya acarya kahe du/:lkhi hana mane\n\nsastra-jna karina tumi kara abhimane\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing\n\nthis;\n\nacarya-Gopinatha\n\nAcarya;\n\nkahe-says;\n\ndu/:lkhi­\n\nunhappy; hafla-becoming; mane-in the mind; sastra-jna-well versed in Vedic\nscriptures; kari fl a-taking as; tumi-you; kara- do; abhimane-pride.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing this, Gopinatha Acarya became very unhappy. He said to the\nBhattacarya: \"You consider yourself the knower of all Vedic scriptures.\nTEXT 97\n\n'et'Sf<t�-�� � -ttt� \\2f'ftil I\n\n� ���-�r;;�J ilt� 'f;l�'fti( \" �'l \"\nbhagavata-bharata dui sastrera pradhana\n\nsei dui-grantha-vakye nahi avadhana\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhagavata-Srimad-Bhagavatam; bharata-Mahabharata; dui-two; sastrera­\n\nof all Vedic scriptures; pradhana-the most prominent; sei-those; dui-grantha­\n\nof the two scriptures; vaky e-in the statements; nahi-there is not; avadhanaattention.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srimad-Bhagavatam and Mahabharata are the two most important Vedic\nscriptures, but you have paid no attention to their statements.\nTEXT 98\n\n<;�� � <1i� <Tif�� �t-.te.·'f;l�11f I\nt.fil <fi�,-<Tifi!ft� il� �,_.� � \" �,. \"\n\n", "mad2#p0277": "Text 99]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n245\n\nsei dui kahe kalite sak$at-avatara\ntumi kaha, -ka/ite nahi Vi$/')Ura pracara\nSYNONYMS\nsei-those; dui-two; kahe-say; kalite-in this age of Kali; sak$at-direct;\navatara-incarnation; tumi-you; kaha-say; kalite-in this age of Kali; nahithere is not; Vi$1')Ura-of Lord Vi�l)u; pracara-manifestation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In Srimad-Bhagavatam and Mahabharata it is stated that the lord appears\ndirectly, but you say that in this age there is no manifestation or incarnation of\nlord Vi�r;�u.\nTEXT 99\n\n<fi�'it \"fl\"'�Rt �1 <1it11' 'e� I\n'eli!�� '�'it' <1i�' � � �11{ II �� II\nka/i-yuge lilavatara na kare bhagavan\nataeva 'tri-yuga' kari' kahi tara nama\nSYNONYMS\nkali-yuge-in this age of Kali; lila-avatara-a pastime incarnation; na-not;\nkare-does;\n\nbhagavan-the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nataeva­\n\ntherefore; tri-yuga-of the name Triyuga (manifested in three yugas); kari'-accepting; kahi-1 say; tara nama-His holy name.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this age of Kali there is no lila-avatara of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; therefore He is known as Triyuga. That is one of His holy names.\"\nPURPORT\nA lila-avatara is an incarnation of the Lord who performs a variety of activities\n\nwithout making any special endeavor. He always has one pastime after another, all\nfull of transcendental pleasure, and these pastimes are fully controlled by the\nSupreme Person. The Supreme Person is totally independent of all others in these\npastimes. While teaching Sanatana Gosvaml (Cc. Madhya\n\n20.296-298), Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu pointed out that one cannot count the number of lilaavataras:\nlilavatara k[$/')era na yaya gal')ana\npradhana kariya kahi dig-darasana\n\n", "mad2#p0278": "246\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\n\"However,\" the Lord told Sanatana, \"I shall explain the chief lila-avataras.\"\nmatsya, karma, raghunatha, nrsirhha, vamana\nvarahadi-lekha yanra na yaya gaQana\n\nThus the Lord's incarnations were enumerated, including Matsya, the fish incarna­\n\ntion; Karma, the tortoise; Lord Ramacandra; Nrsirhhadeva; Vamanadeva; and\nVaraha, the boar incarnation. Thus there are innumerable li/a-avataras, and all of\nthese exhibit wonderful pastimes. Lord Varaha, the boar incarnation, lifted the en­\n\ntire planet earth from the depths of the Garbhodaka Ocean. The tortoise incarnation, Lord Karma, became a pivot for the emulsification of the whole sea, and Lord\nNrsirhhadeva appeared as half-man, half-lion. These are some of the wonderful\nand uncommon features of lila-avataras.\n\nIn his book Laghu-bhagavatamrta, Srila Rapa Gosvami has enumerated the\n\nfollowing twenty-five li/a-avataras: Catu�-sana, Narada, Varaha, Matsya, Yajiia,\n\nNara-Narayat:Ja, Kapila, Dattatreya, Hayasir�a (Hayagriva), Harhsa, Prsnigarbha,\n��abha, Prthu, Nrsirhha, Karma, Dhanvantari, Mohini, Vamana, Para5urama, Ragha­\n\nvendra, Vyasa, Balarama, Kr�t:Ja, Buddha and Kalki.\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is not mentioned as a /ila-avatara because He is an in­\n\ncarnation in disguise (channa-avatara). In this age of Kali there are no lila-avataras,\n\nbut there is an incarnation of the Lord manifested in the body of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. This has been explained in Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nTEXT 100\n\n\\21�'5t <!IS� \" ,_'5t·�l!tl I\nI!�� 'IN� �'t1rl\"f itt� �� II �\n\no o\n\nII\n\npratiyuge karena k[$Qa yuga-avatara\n\ntarka-ni$tha hrdaya tomara nahika vicara\nSYNONYMS\n\nprati-yuge-in every age or millennium; karena-makes; kr$Qa-Lord Kr�t:�a;\n\nyuga-avatara-incarnation for the age; tarka-ni$tha-hardened by argument;\n\nhrdaya-heart; tomara-your; nahika-there is not; vicara-consideration.\nTRANSLATION\n\nGopinatha Acarya continued: \"There is certainly an incarnation in every\nage, and such an incarnation is called the yuga-avatara. But your heart has become so hardened by logic and argument that you cannot consider all these\nfacts.\n\n", "mad2#p0279": "Text 102]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n247\n\nTEXT 101\n\n'!fl'l\"{_ <r'ft�.IK�1 �'$ ��7:�1?<.��'*- �1_: I\n�\"CJI �'(gQ(1 �� �iftofl� �ll3�t� ')\\�: II � � II\n•\n\nasan varl)as trayo hy asya\n\ngrhQato 'nuyugaril tan0/:1\n\nsuklo raktas tatha pita\n\nidaniril kr?Qataril gata/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nasan-there were; varl)a/:1-colors; traya/:1-three; hi-indeed; asya-of Him;\ngrhQata/:1-accepting;\n\nanuyugam-according\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nage;\n\ntanu/:1-bodies;\n\nsuk/a/:1-white; rakta/:1-red; tatha-also; pita/:1-yellow; idanim-at the present\nmoment; kr?Qatam-blackish; gata/:1-has accepted.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'In the past, your son has had bodies of three different colors, according\nto the age. These colors were white, red and yellow. In this age [Dvaparayuga] He has accepted a blackish body.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.8.13) was spoken by Gargamuni when\nhe was performing the rituals at Lord Kr�r:Ja's name-giving ceremony. He states\nthat the incarnations of the Lord in other ages had been white, red and yellow.\nThis yellow color refers to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, whose bodily complexion\nwas yellowish . This confirms that in the past Kali-yugas, the Lord also had incarnated in a body that was yellow in hue. It is understood that the Lord incarnates in\n\ndifferent colors for the different yugas (Satya, Treta, Dvapara and Kalil. Accepting\n\nthe color yellow (pita), as well as other characteristics, the Lord incarnated as Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. This is the verdict of all Vedic authorities.\nTEXT 102\n\n�� 'U9f1! ��'\"t ��ffl �'i\\�11!0{ I\nO{tO!t�\"ll!�lft?:�O{ <fi<1t<Wf � Q(1 \"J:'J._ II � < II\n•\n\niti dvapara urvisa\n\nstuvanti jagad-isvaram\n\nnana-tantra-vidhanena\nkalav api tatha swu\n\n", "mad2#p0280": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n248\n\nSYNONYMS\niti-thus;\n\nprayers;\n\ndvapare-in\n\nDvapara-yuga;\n\nuru-isa-0\n\nKing;\n\nstuvanti-offer\n\njagaHsvaram-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nana­\n\nvarious; tantra-of the supplementary Vedic literatures; vidhanena-by regula­\n\ntive principles; ka/au-in the age of Kali; api-certainly; tatha-so also; srQu­\n\nhear.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'In the age of Kali, as well as in Dvapara-yuga, the people offer prayers to\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead by various mantras and observe the\nregulative principles of the supplementary Vedic literatures. Now please hear\nof this from me.\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.5.31 ).\nTEXT 103\n\n��ct� mt��� '!tc'Jft9ft'Jft?1!9fl�'!'�,\n\nllt�: 'I�'f'1�01�th!�� fu � �7:'1Tif'l: II ) o\" II\nkr$Qa-varl)arh tvi$akr$Qarh\n\nsarigoparigastra-pc'ir$adam\n\nyajiiaib sarikirtana-prayair\nyajanti hi sumedhasab\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr$Qa-varl)am-chanting the two syllables \"kr$\" and \"Qa\"; tvi$a-by complexion; akr$Qam-not blackish; sa-ariga-accompanied by personal expansions;\n\nupa-ariga-devotees; astra-the weapon of chanting the Hare Kr?�a mantra; par$adam-and associates like Gadadhara, SvarOpa Damodara, etc.; yajiiaib-by\n\nsacrifice;\n\nsarikirtana-congregational\n\nchanting\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nHare\n\nKr?�a\n\nmantra;\n\nprayaib-chiefly consisting of; yajanti-worship; hi-indeed; su-medhasabthose who are intelligent.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'In this age of Kali, those who are intelligent perform the congregational\n\nchanting of the Hare Knr;�a maha-mantra, worshiping the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, who appears in this age always describing the glories of Kr�r;�a.\nThat incarnation is yellowish in hue and is always associated with His plenary\n\n", "mad2#p0281": "Text 105]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n249\n\nexpansions [such as Sri Nityananda Prabhu], and personal expansions [such as\nGadadhara], as well as devotees and associates [such as Svarupa Damodara].'\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Srlmad-Bhagavatam (11.5.32) is explained by Sri jiva Gosvami in\n\nhis Krama-sandarbha, as quoted by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura in regard to the ex­\n\nplanation of Adi-lr/a, Third Chapter, verse 51.\n\nTEXT 104\n\n�cf•rccf1 ��rtc'Jf1 �t'Jf\"D�Oft'Jftft 1\n'111Jt�: \"ltc�1 fol�1-\"ltm-9f�t�ct: 11 � s 11\no\n\nsuvarf)a-varf)o hemango\n\nvararigas candanarigadr\n\nsannyasa-krc chama/:! santo\nni$tha-santi-parayaQa/:1\nSYNONYMS\nsuvarf)a-varf)a/:1-whose complexion is like gold; hema-ariga/:1-having a body\n\nlike molten gold; vara-ariga/:1-whose body is very beautifully constructed; candana-arigadl-smeared with the pulp of sandalwood; sannyasa-krt-accepting\n\nthe renounced order of life; sama/:1-self-controlled; santa/:1-peaceful; ni$tha­\n\nfirmly fixed; santi-bringing peace by propagating the Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra;\nparaya!Ja/:1-always in the ecstatic mood of devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'The Lord [in the incarnation of Gaurasundara1 has a golden complexion.\n\nIndeed, His entire body, which is very nicely constituted, is like molten gold.\nSandalwood pulp is smeared all over His body. He will take the fourth order of\nspiritual life (sannyasa) and will be very self-controlled. He will be distinguished from Mayavadi sannyasis in that He will be fixed in devotional service and will spread the sankirtana movement.'\n\n11\n\nPURPORT\nGopinatha Acarya quoted this verse from Mahabharata.\nTEXT 105\n\n�a �� �� <ti� err� �iSfil 1\n\n�-,_�t'! (;�� �Q ,�1�'1 ll �o(t II\n\n", "mad2#p0282": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n250\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\ntamara age eta kathara nahi prayojana\na�ara-bhamite yena bijera ropal)a\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara age-before you; eta-so many; kathara-of words; nahi-there is\nnot; prayojana-necessity; a�ara-bhamite-in barren land; yena-like; bijera-of\nthe seed; ropal)a-sowing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya then said: \"There is no need to quote so much evidence\nfrom the sastras, for you are a very dry speculator. There is no need to sow\nseeds in barren land.\nTEXT 106\n\n�����?tl�t�m1\n<J�'JI� �� 'WI�� �� n � o� n\ntamara upare tarira krpa yabe habe\ne-saba siddhanta tabe tumiha kahibe\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara upare-upon you; talira-the Lord's; krpa-mercy; yabe-when;\nhabe-there will be; e-saba-all these; siddhanta-conclusions; tabe-at that\ntime; tumiha-you also; kahibe-will quote.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the Lord will be pleased with you, you will also understand these\nconclusions and will quote from the sastras.\nTEXT 107\n\n� � fim � �' iftil� I\n�m f� �-�� ';fhlt11 �'J!'N 11 �o'l 11\ntamara ye si�ya kahe kutarka, nana-vada\nihara ki do�a-ei mayara prasada\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-your; ye-which; si�ya-disciples; kahe-say; ku-tarka-false arguments; nana-vada-jugglery of philosophy; ihara-their; ki-what; do�a-fault;\nei-this; mayara-of illusion; prasada-benediction.\n\n", "mad2#p0283": "The Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhatfadrya\n\nText 109]\n\n251\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The false arguments and philosophical word j ugglery of your disciples are\nnot faults of theirs. They have simply received the benediction of Mayavada\nphilosophy.\nTEXT 108\n\n��nti �� -.n�t� h. ��tlf-1f�<Wr-'¥:t<l:i �<�rn,\n\n�m c\"Rt� ��1�c\"1ff��.�r\"'ll \"'c'lft�\"'��ctl� � n\nyac-chaktayo vadataril vadinaril vai\nvivada-sarilvada-bhuvo bhavanti\n\nkurvanti cai�aril muhur atma-moharil\n\ntasmai nama 'nanta-guf)aya bhumne\nSYNONYMS\n\nyat-whose; saktaya�-potencies; vadatam-contending; vadinam-of the\n\nopposing disputants; vai-indeed; vivada-of opposition; sarilvada-of agree­\n\nment; bhuva�-objects; bhavanti-become; kurvanti-do; ca-also; e�am-of\n\nthem; muhu�-always; atma-moham-illusion of the self; tasmai-unto Him;\n\nnama�-obeisances; ananta-unlimited; guf)aya-who has qualities; bhamne­\n\nthe Supreme.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is full of unlimited qualities and whose different potencies bring\nabout agreement and disagreement between disputants. Thus the illusory energy again\n\nand\n\nagain\n\ncovers the\n\nself-realization of both\n\ndisputants.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (6.4.31 ).\nTEXT 109\n\n�� � 'f� 'f�ijf iSDf\"C� ;31t>ilict1 li� I\n'lftm� 1ffut�l{�� �'lf�t� f�� � �oq� II � ;� II\no\n\nyuktaril ca santi sarvatra\n\nbha�ante brahmaf)a yatha\n\nmayaril madiyam udgrhya\n\nvadataril kim nu durghatam\n\ndisputants.'\n\n", "mad2#p0284": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n252\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSYNONYMS\nyuktam-quite befitting; ca-also; santi-are; sarvatra-everywhere; bha?ante-speak;\n\nbrahmaQab-the learned;\n\nyatha-as much;\n\nmayam-illusion;\n\nmadiyam-of Me; udgrhya-accepting; vadatam-of the speculators; kim­\n\nwhat; nu-certainly; durghatam\n\n-\n\nimpossible.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'In almost all cases, whatever learned brahmaQas speak becomes accepted; nothing is impossible for one who takes shelter of My illusory energy\nand speaks under her influence.' \"\nPURPORT\nIn this verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.22.4), the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead explains that His illusory energy can perform the impossible; such is the\npower of the illusory energy. In many cases philosophical speculators have\ncovered the real truth and have boldly set forth false theories. In ancient times\n\nphilosophers like Kapila, Gautama, jaimini, Kar;�ada and similar brahmaQas pro­\n\npounded useless philosophical theories, and in modern days so-called scientists\nare setting forth many false theories about the creation, backed up by seemingly\nlogical arguments. This is all due to the influence of the Supreme Lord's illusory\nenergy. The illusory energy, therefore, sometimes appears correct because it is\nemanating from the Supreme Correct. To avoid the very bewildering illusory influence, one must accept the words of the Supreme Personality of Godhead as\nthey are . Only then can one escape the influence of the illusory energy.\n\nTEXT 110\n\n�\"'t ��ttj �, � '�tJit�� \"'(ti{ I\n\n�'t1frn i{fr;� �'1-�f� � fi{1f��r;'l u ��0 u\ntabe bhattacarya kahe, yaha gosaflira sthane\namara name gaQa-sahita kara nimantraQe\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; bhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bha!!acarya; kahe-says; yaha­\n\nplease go; gosaflira sthane-to the place of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; amara\nname-in\n\nnimantraQe\n\nmy\n-\n\nname;\n\ninvitation\n\ngaQa-sahita-with\n\nHis\n\nassociates;\n\nkara-make;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing this from Gopinatha Acarya, Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya said:\n\"First go to the place where Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is staying and invite\nHim here with His associates. Ask Him on my account.\n\n", "mad2#p0285": "Text 113]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya\n\n253\n\nTEXT 111\n\n�� �t�' � <1S�1� ..tt� �'t'11\n\n9f�e, �fli' �t1ltt1f <1S1f�� �'t'1 II ��� II\nprasada ani' tanre karaha age bhik�a\npa.Scat asi' amare karaiha sik�a\nSYNONYMS\nprasada ani'-bringing jagannatha-prasada; tanre-unto Him; karaha-make;\nage-first; bhik�a-acceptance; pascat-afterwards; asi'-coming here; amareunto me; karaiha-cause; sik�a-teaching.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Take j agannatha-prasada and first give it to Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His\nassociates. After that, come back here and teach me well.\"\nTEXT 112\n\n�tfit�-�f�9f�, agJta,<ti-�i�t� I\n�\"!i-�R!��� f-t-.1 <1S1ft'� �tfit� II ��� I\nacarya -bhagini-pati, syalaka -bhattacarya\nninda-stuti-hasye sik�a kara'na acarya\nSYNONYMS\nacarya-Gopinatha Acarya; bhagini-pati-sister's husband; sya/aka-wife's\nbrother; bhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; ninda-sometimes blaspheming; stuti-sometimes by praising; hasye-sometimes by laughing; sik�a-instruction; kara'na-causes; acarya-Gopinatha Acarya.\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya was the brother-in-law of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya;\ntherefore their relationship was very sweet and intimate. Under the circumstances, Gopinatha Acarya taught him by sometimes blaspheming him, sometimes praising him and sometimes laughing at him. This had been going on for\nsome time.\nTEXT 113\n\n�tfitt� ��� ll_<tt\"'1f �� �t�1� I\n�twtt� �tt�J 11t� '� l:tt�t�\" ���\"\n\n", "mad2#p0286": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n254\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nacaryera siddhante mukundera haila santo$a\nbhattacaryera vakya mane haila dubkha-ro$a\n\nSYNONYMS\nacaryera-of Gopinatha Acarya; siddhante-with the conclusions; mukundera-of\n\nMukunda\n\nDatta;\n\nhai/a-there\n\nwas;\n\nsanto$a-satisfaction;\n\nbhat­\n\ntacaryera-of Sarvabhauma Bha��acarya; vakye-by the words; mane-in the\nmind; hai/a-there was; dubkha-unhappiness; ro$a-and anger.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Mukunda Datta felt very satisfied to hear the conclusive statements of\nGopinatha Acarya, but he became very unhappy and angry to hear the statements put forward by Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya.\nTEXT 114\n\nc;�<fl3f \"8� �1i �&'I �t'i11fil I\n\nre�r;� ilt'r;1f �tr;J ��\"' �cf u ��s u\ngosafiira sthane acarya kaila agamana\nbhattacaryera name tanre kaila nimantraQa\n\nSYNONYMS\ngosafiira sthane-to the place where Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was staying;\nacarya-Gopinatha\n\nAcarya;\n\nkaila-did;\n\nagamana-coming;\n\nbhattacaryera\n\nname-on behalf of Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; ta/ire-unto Him; kaila-made;\nnimantraQa-invitation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAccording to the instructions of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, Gopinatha\nAcarya went to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and invited Him on the Bhatfacarya's\nbehalf.\nTEXT 115\n\n�-� �r;� ��� �ttl I\n��'!itt� f-1\"11 ��' 1fT;i{ �t<fl31 �Q!11l ��� ll\nmukunda-sahita kahe bhattacaryera katha\nbhattacaryera ninda kare, mane pafia vyatha\n\n", "mad2#p0287": "The Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\nText 117]\n\n255\n\nSYNONYMS\nmukunda-sahita-along\n\nwith\n\nMukunda;\n\nkatha-all the words of Sarvabhauma\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nBhattacarya;\n\nbhattacaryera\n\nbhattacaryera-of Sar­\n\nvabhauma Bha��acarya; ninda-defamation; kare-does; mane-in the mind;\npafia-getting; vyatha-some pain.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\nBhattacarya's\n\nstatements\n\nwere\n\ndiscussed\n\nbefore\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. Gopinatha Acarya and Mukunda Datta disapproved of the Bhattacarya's statements because they caused mental pain.\nTEXT 116\n\n�� ;j�l2i't_ �t� �t� 1fe. � I\n�t1fl �f?! 'e�t�il\" � �� II ��� II\nsuni mahaprabhu kahe aiche mat kaha\nama prati bhattacaryera haya anugraha\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni-hearing\n\nthem;\n\nmahaprabhu-Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkahe-says;\n\naiche-such; mat kaha -do not speak; ama prati -toward Me; bhattacaryera-of\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya; haya-there is; anugraha-mercy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing\nthat.\n\nthis,\n\nSri\n\nSarvabhauma\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\n\nsaid:\n\n\"Do\n\nBhattacarya\n\nhas shown\n\ngreat\n\naffection\n\nnot\n\nspeak\nand\n\nlike\n\nmercy\n\ntoward Me.\nTEXT 117\n\n�t� �ttJ'PI-� m� 11\"tf--tt\\! 1\n\n�te.�� <r>PN �m, � '���II ��'\\ II\namara sannyasa-dharma cahena rakhite\nvatsalye karuf)a karena, ki do�a ihate\n\nSYNONYMS\namara-My; sannyasa-dharma-regulative principles of sannyasa; cahena-he\nwants; rakhite-to keep; vatsa/ye-out of paternal affection; karuQa-mercy;\nkarena-does; ki-what; do�a-fault; ihate-in this connection.\n\n", "mad2#p0288": "256\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Out of paternal affection for Me, he wants to protect Me and see that I\nfollow the regulative principles of a sannyasi. What fault is there in this?\"\nTEXT 118\n\n� � �� o:e�-� I\n�t� <mi'li i9f'Stt'tQf � ll � �17\" ll\nara dina mahaprabhu bhattacarya-sane\nanande kari/a jagannatha darasane\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-the next day; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhattacaryasane-along with Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya; anande-in great pleasure; kariladid; jagannatha-to Lord Jagannatha; darasane-visit.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next morning, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\ntogether visited the temple of Lord Jagannatha. Both of them were in a very\npleasant mood.\nTEXT 119\n\n�t�-tl-�tr it� Jtf\"'t� <e:�tbnl\n�� ��i{ llf11i �t?fti{ �f'l� ll � �� ll\nbhattacarya-sarige tarira mandire aila\nprabhure asana diya apane vasila\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya-sarige-along with Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya; tarira-His (Lord\nJagannatha's); mandire-to the temple; ai/a-came; prabhure-unto Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; asana-sitting place; diya-giving; apane-personally;\nvasi/a-sat down.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen they entered the temple, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya offered Caitanya\nMahaprabhu a seat, while he himself sat down on the floor out of due respect\nfor a sannyasi.\n\n", "mad2#p0289": "Text 121]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n257\n\nTEXT 120\n\n(;�ffl91�i�t\\! �t� <:f!i�Rt. <llfie'fll\n�-te� <tiRf' �� �� <li�e'fl II �� o II\nvedanta pac;laite tabe arambha karila\n\nsneha-bhakti kari' kichu prabhure kahila\nSYNONYMS\n\nvedanta-Vedanta philosophy; pac;laite-to instruct; tabe-then; arambhabeginning; karila-made; sneha-affection; bhakti-and devotion; kari'-showing; kichu-something; prabhure-unto the Lord; kahila-said.\nTRANSLATION\nHe then began to instruct Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu on Vedanta philosophy, and out of affection and devotion, he spoke to the Lord as follows.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Vedanta- or Brahma-sOtra, written by Srila V yasadeva, is a book studied by\n\nall advanced spiritual students, especially by the sannyasis of all religious com­\n\nmunities (sampradayas). The sannyasis must read Vedanta-sOtra to establish their\n\nfinal conclusions concerning Vedic knowledge. Here, of course, the Vedanta mentioned is the commentary of Sarikaracarya, known\n\nas\n\nSariraka-bha$ya. Sar­\n\nvabhauma Bhanacarya intended to convert Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who was a\n\nVai�l)ava sannyasi, into a Mayavadi sannyasi. He therefore made this arrangement\n\nto instruct Him in Vedanta-sOtra according to the Sariraka commentary of\nSarikaracarya. All the sannyasis of the Sarikara-sampradaya enjoy seriously study­\n\ning the Vedanta-sOtra with the Sariraka-bhJ.$ya commentary. It is said, vedanta­\n\nvakye$u sada ramanta/:1: \"One should always enjoy the studies of the VedantasOtra.\"\n\nTEXT 121\n\n�m-�'1,-�� �� � 1\nf.{�m <R � �1� ��'Ill ��� 11\nvedanta-sravaQa, -ei sannyasira dharma\n\nnirantara kara tumi vedanta sravaf)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nvedanta-sravaQa-hearing of the Vedanta philosophy; ei-this; sannyasira-of\na person in the renounced order; dharma-factual occupation; nirantara-inces-\n\n", "mad2#p0290": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n258\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nsantly; kara-do; tumi-You; vedanta-of Vedanta philosophy; sravaQa-hearing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhaftacarya said: \"Hearing the Vedanta philosophy is a sannyasi's main\nbusiness. Therefore without hesitation You should study Vedanta philosophy,\nhearing it without cessation from a superior person.''\nTEXT 122\n\n�\\fl. <'f'�,-'� � <'f'1f �� I\n\n�� '� ��, � '� � 'fl: u'��� u\nprabhu kahe,- 'more tumi kara anugraha\nsei se kartavya, tumi yei more kaha'\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord replied; more-unto Me; tumi-you; kara-show;\nanugraha-mercy; sei se-that; kartavya-duty; tumi-you; yei-whatever;\nmore-unto Me; kaha-say.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya replied: \"You are very merciful to Me, and therefore I think it\nis My duty to obey your order.\"\nTEXT 123\n\n�� fife{ 911i� �t� �t1ti{ �t'l I\n'et�·';{\"f il�·�, <t\"fit' ';{tt! l$ti{ II ��� II\nsata dina paryanta aiche karena sravaQe\nbhala-manda nahi kahe, vasi' matra sune\n\nSYNONYMS\nsata dina-seven days; paryanta-up to; aiche-in this way; karena-does;\nsravaQe-hearing; bha/a-right; manda-wrong; nahi-not; kahe-says; vasi'sitting; matra-only; sune-hears.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus for seven days continuously, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu listened to the\nVedanta philosophy expounded by Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya. However,\n\n", "mad2#p0291": "Text 125]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhaftadrya\n\n259\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu did not say anything and did not indicate whether it\nwas right or wrong. He simply sat there and listened to the Bhattacarya.\n\nTEXT 124\n\n��-flf�Dt �� �!( )'!t�\\at I\n� � �f� c;�t� �'Ill ��811\n�tama-divase tatire puche sarvabhauma\nsiHa dina kara tumi vedanta sravaf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\na?tama-divase-on the eighth day; tatire-unto Him; puche-inquires; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; sata dina-seven days; kara-do; tumiYou; vedanta-the Vedanta philosophy; sraval')a-hearing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the eighth day, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya said to Caitanya Mahaprabhu:\n\"You have been listening to the Vedanta philosophy from me continuously for\nseven days.\nTEXT 125\n\n'et'Pi\"t � ��, � c;� 'lfil' I\n\n�' Rs iii �,-�� ��t:! iii ?tta- II ��<t II\nbhala-manda nahi kaha, raha mauna dhari'\nbujha, ki na bujha,-iha bujhite na pari\n\nSYNONYMS\nbha/a-manda-right or wrong; nahi kaha-not speak; raha-keep; maunasilence; dhari'-holding; bujha-understand; ki-or; na-not; bujha-understand; iha-this; bujhite-to understand; na-not; pari-1 am able.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You have simply been listening, fixed in Your silence. Since You do not say\nwhether You think it is right or wrong, I cannot know whether You are actually\nunderstanding Vedanta philosophy or not.\"\n\n", "mad2#p0292": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n258\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nsantly; kara-do; tumi-You; vedanta-of Vedanta philosophy; srava(Ja-hearing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhattacarya said: \"Hearing the Vedanta philosophy is a sannyasi's main\nbusiness. Therefore without hesitation You should study Vedanta philosophy,\nhearing it without cessation from a superior person!'\nTEXT 122\n\n<2f't_ ��,-'�11' � �11' �� I\n\n�� C� ��, � C� ���II'��� II\nprabhu kahe,- 'more tumi kara anugraha\nsei se kartavya, tumi yei more kaha'\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord replied; more-unto Me; tumi-you; kara-show;\nanugraha-mercy; sei se-that; kartavya-duty; tumi-you; yei-whatever;\nmore-unto Me; kaha-say.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya replied: \"You are very merciful to Me, and therefore I think it\nis My duty to obey your order.\"\nTEXT 123\n\n�'ti! ft;� ��oq �tli�t�� �'I I\n��-11\"' iltf�·��' ctfit' 1fti1i cet� n ��� u\nsata dina paryanta aiche karena srava(Je\nbha/a-manda nahi kahe, v.asi' miHra sune\n\nSYNONYMS\nsata dina-seven days; paryanta-up to; aiche-in this way; karena-does;\nsrava(Je-hearing; bha/a-right; manda-wrong; nahi-not; kahe-says; vasi'sitting; matra-only; sune-hears.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus for seven days continuously, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu listened to the\nVedanta philosophy\n\nexpounded by Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya. However,\n\n", "mad2#p0293": "Text 125]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhaffadrya\n\n259\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu did not say anything and did not indicate whether it\nwas right or wrong. He simply sat there and listened to the Bhatfacarya.\nTEXT 124\n\n'el�·flf<t� i� �l!i �t(��';f I\n\n����\"�_fit <;<!llft� �'l ll ��8 II\n�tama-divase tanre puche sarvabhauma\nsata dina kara tumi vedanta sravaf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\naHama-divase-on the eighth day; tar'lre-unto Him; puche-inquires; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; sata dina-seven days; kara-do; tumiYou; vedanta-the Vedanta philosophy; sravaf)a-hearing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the eighth day, Sarvabhauma Bhaffacarya said to Caitanya Mahaprabhu:\n\"You have been listening to the Vedanta philosophy from me continuously for\nseven days.\nTEXT 125\n\n'e�\"f � <IS�, � <;� 'ffil' I\n\n�' � il1 �,-�� ��t;! il1 �tfl' \" ��It \"\nbhala-manda nahi kaha, raha mauna dhari'\nbujha, ki na bujha,-iha bujhite na pari\n\nSYNONYMS\nbha/a-manda-right or wrong; nahi kaha-not speak; raha-keep; maunasilence; dhari'-holding; bujha-understand; ki-or; na-not; bujha-understand; iha-this; bujhite-to understand; na-not; pari-l am able.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You have simply been listening, fixed in Your silence. Since You do not say\nwhether You think it is right or wrong, I cannot know whether You are actually\nunderstanding Vedanta philosophy or not.\"\n\n", "mad2#p0294": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n260\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 126\n\n� ��- \"�!_��t�, e{t� �Tell\n<;i!'flf'Rf ��ti! 11t� �f.�� i!t<t'l 11 ���·11\nprabhu kahe-\"mOrkha ami, nahi adhyayana\ntamara ajfiate matra kariye sravaf)a\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord replied; mOrkha ami-1 am a fool; nahi-there is not;\nadhyayana-study; tamara-your; ajfiate-by the order; ma tra-only; kariye-1\ndo; sravaQa-hearing.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied: \"I am a fool, and consequently I do not\nstudy Vedanta-sutra. I am just trying to hear it from you because you have ordered Me.\nTEXT 127\n\n�1!1' �� \"ftf'l' i!t<t'l'll� Clift I\n'lfi{ <;����<\\'Sf, 1f'�i! iii 9ltfif II\" ��9 II\nsannyasira dharma lagi' sravaf)a matra kari\ntumi yei artha kara, bujhite na pari\"\nSYNONYMS\nsannyasira-of one in the renounced order of life; dharma-the occupation;\nlagi'-for the matter of; sravaf)a-hearing; matra-only; kari-1 do; tumi-you;\nyei-whatever; artha-meaning; kara-present; bujhite-to understand; nanot; pari-1 am able.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Only for the sake of executing the duties of the renounced order of sannyasa do I listen. Unfortunately, I cannot in the least understand the meaning\nyou are presenting.\"\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu presented Himself as if He were a sannyasi in name\nonly or, in other words, a number-one fool. Mayavadi sannyasis in India are very\n\n", "mad2#p0295": "Text 129]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattadrya\n\n261\n\naccustomed to declaring themselves jagad-gurus, teachers of the world, although\nthey have no information of the outside world and are limited in their experience\nto a small town or village, or perhaps to the country of India. Nor do such sannyasis have sufficient education. Unfortunately, at the present moment there are\n\nmany foolish sannyasis, both in India and elsewhere, who simply read and study\nVedic literature without understanding the purports. When Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwas having His discussion with the Chand Kazi, the Mohammedan magistrate of\nNavadvipa, He recited a verse from Vedic literature to the effect that the order of\nsannyasa is prohibited in this age of Kali. Only those who are very serious and\n\nwho follow the regulative principles and study Vedic literature should accept sannyasa Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu approved of a sannyasi's reading Vedanta-sutra,\n\nor\n\nBrahma-sutra,\n\nbut\n\nHe\n\ndid not approve\n\nthe\n\nSariraka commentary of\n\nSarikaracarya. Indeed, He said elsewhere, mayavadi-bha?ya sunile haya sarvanasa: \"If one hears the Sariraka-bha?ya of Sarikaracarya, he is doomed:' Thus a\n\nsannyasi, a transcendentalist, must read Vedanta-sutra regularly, but he should not\n\nread the Sariraka-bha?ya. This is the conclusion of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The\n\nreal commentary on Vedanta-sutra is Srimad-Bhagavatam. Artho 'yam brahmasutranam: Srimad-Bhagavatam is the original commentary on Vedanta-sutra writ­\n\nten by the author himself, Srila V yasadeva.\n\nTEXT 128\n\nre�t� <lit:�,-ii1<J�', '�il �til '{Rf 1\n���t1f �tf�' �� �fi: 'i_il<{t1f II ��lr II\nbhattacarya kahe, -na bujhi', hena jnana yara\nbujhibara lagi' seha puche punarbara\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya kahe-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya replied; na bujhi'-not understanding; hena-this; jnana-the knowledge;\n\nyara-of someone;\n\nbujhibara\n\n/agi'-just to understand; seha-he also; puche-inquires; puna/:1-bara-again.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya replied: \"I accept that You do not understand, yet\neven one who does not understand inquires about the subject matter.\nTEXT 129\n\n� �fil' �fil' � ,-aftiiJ{t!i �fit' I\n'l�� f'fi �ttli ��t1f, <J,_� il1 �fit II ��\"' II\n\n", "mad2#p0296": "�ri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n262\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\ntumi suni' suni' raha mauna matra dhari'\nhrdaye ki ache tamara, bujhite na pari\n\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-You;\n\nsuni'-hearing;\n\nsuni'-hearing;\n\nraha-keep;\n\nmauna-silence;\n\nmatra-only; dhari'-holding; hrdaye-in the heart; ki-what; ache-there is;\ntamara-Your; bujhite-to understand; na-not; pari-am able.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are hearing again and again, yet You keep silent. I cannot understand\nwhat is actually within Your mind!'\nTEXT 130\n\n� �,-\"��11' �4 1[m f-11(\"' 1\n(;C!� ��Ji ��' Jli{ 1/t� '!' ��i'f II ��o II\nprabhu kahe,-\"sutrera artha bujhiye nirmala\ntamara vyakhya suni' mana haya ta' vikala\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kah e-the Lord replied; sutrera artha-the meaning of the sutra; bu­\n\njhiye-1 can understand; nirmala-very clearly; tamara-your; vyakhya-explanation; suni'-hearing; mana-mind; haya-becomes; ta'-indeed; vika/adisturbed.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then revealed His mind, saying: \"I can understand the meaning of each sutra very dearly, but your explanations have\nsimply agitated My mind.\nPURPORT\nThe factual meaning of the verses of the Vedanta-sutra is as clear as sunshine.\nThe Mayavadi philosophers simply try to cover the sunshine with the clouds of interpretations imagined by Sarikaracarya and his followers.\nTEXT 131\n\n��11 �(� <1itl/t �<1itf-t�1 I\n'l_fi{, � �!lt-��11' �( ��firi'l II ��� II\n\n", "mad2#p0297": "Text 132]\n\n263\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\nsutrera artha bha?ya kahe prakasiya\ntumi, bha?ya kaha-sOtrera artha acchadiya\n\nSYNONYMS\nsutrera artha-meanings of the sOtras; bha?ya-the purport;\n\nkahe-one\n\nspeaks; prakasiya-clearly manifesting; tumi-you; bhfi$ya kaha-make a comment; sOtrera-of the verses; artha-the meanings; acchadiya-covering.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The meaning of the verses in the Vedanta-siitra contain clear purports in\nthemselves, but other purports you presented simply covered the meaning of\nthe siitra like a cloud.\nPURPORT\nPlease refer to Adi-li/a, Seventh Chapter, verses 106-146, for an explanation of\nthis verse.\n\nTEXT 132\n\n� '!_� ��if! <fl� ��Jtif I\n<l\"lim� '!_� l;!t�i <fl� �iWit� II��� II\nsOtrera mukhya artha na karaha vyakhyana\nkalpanarthe tumi taha kara acchadana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsOtrera-of\n\nthe\n\nverses;\n\nmukhya-direct;\n\nartha-of\n\nmeanings;\n\nna-not;\n\nkaraha-you do; vyakhyana-explanation; kalpana-arthe-because of imaginative meaning; tumi-you; taha-of that; kara-do; acchadana-covering.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You do not explain the direct meaning of the Brahma-siitras. Indeed, it appears that your business is to cover the real meaning.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is typical of all Mayavadis or atheists who interpret the meaning of Vedic\nliterature in their own imaginative way. The real purpose of such foolish people is\nto impose the impersonalist conclusion on all Vedic literature. The Mayavadi\natheists also interpret Bhagavad-gita. In every verse of Srimad Bhagavad-gita it is\n\nclearly stated that Kr�l)a is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In every verse,\n\n", "mad2#p0298": "264\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nV yasadeva says, sri bhagavan uvaca, \"the Supreme Personality of Godhead said;'\nor \"the Blessed Lord said.\" It is clearly stated that the Blessed Lord is the Supreme\nPerson, but MayavadT atheists still try to prove that the Absolute Truth is impersonal. In order to present their false, imaginary meanings, they must adopt so\nmuch word jugglery and grammatical interpretation that they finally become\nludicrous. Therefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu remarked that no one should hear\nthe Mayavadi commentaries or purports to any Vedic literature.\n\nTEXT 133\n\n���'t_·-ft<5f '�� �� �� �11 I\n�� �� ��J,-�·n�,t� �� �11 u �\\!)\\!) n\nupani?ad-sabde yei mukhya artha haya\nsei artha mukhya,-vyasa-sDtre saba kaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nupani?ad-of the Vedas; sabde-by the words; yei-whatever; mukhyadirect; ar tha-meaning; haya-is; sei-that; artha-meaning; mukhya-chief;\nvyasa-sDtre-in the Vedanta-sDtra; saba-all; kaya-describes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu continued: \"Vedanta-siitra is the summary of all the\nUpani�ads; therefore whatever direct meaning is there in the Upani�ads is also\nrecorded in the Vedanta-siitra or V yasa-siitra.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati has explained the word \"upani?ad\" in his\nAnubha?ya. Please refer to Adi-lila, Second Chapter, fifth verse, and Adi-li/a, Seventh Chapter, verses 106 and 108, for his explanation.\n\nTEXT 134\n\n1l_�Jtof �� �J ,'5t)ttt( �W�i I\n\n''e{�'-�� ��' �11' llft�f �tti ll �\\!)8 ll\nmukhyartha chagiya kara gauQartha kalpana\n'abhidha'-vrtti chagi' kara sabdera lak?ar)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nmukhya-artha-direct meaning; chagiya-giving up; kara-you do; gauQaartha-indirect meaning; ka/pana-imagining; abhidha-vrtti-the meaning that is\n\n", "mad2#p0299": "Text 135]\n\n265\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\nunderstood immediately; cha<:li'-giving up;\n\nkara-you do; sabdera-of the\n\nwords; /ak$aQa-interpretation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"For each verse the direct meaning must be accepted without interpretation. However, you simply abandon the direct meaning and proceed with your\nimaginative interpretation.\nTEXT 135\n\n�11tt'111' 11t�J <!II� �11\"t'l- �-rtil I\ni!tl� � ar_�( �t�, <;�� � �t'l II ��� II\npramaQera madhye sruti pramaQa-pradhana\nsruti ye mukhyartha kahe, sei se pramaQa\nSYNONYMS\n\npramaQera-of the evidences; madhye-in the midst; sruti-the Vedic version;\nprama1,1a-evidence; pradhana-chief; sruti-the Vedic version; ye-whatever;\nmukhya-artha-chief meaning; kahe-says; sei se-that indeed; pramaQa-evidence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although there is other evidence , the evidence given in the Vedic version\nmust be taken as foremost. Vedic versions understood directly are first-class\nevidence.\"\nPURPORT\n\nWorks that should be consulted are Srila ]iva Gosvami's Tattva-sandarbha\n\n(10-11), Srila Baladeva VidyabhO�I)a's commentary on that, and the following\nof the Brahma-sutra: sastra-yonitvat (Vs. 1.1.3), tarkaprati$thanat\n(Vs. 2.1.11) and srutes tu sabda-mulatvat (Vs. 2.1.27) as commented upon by Sri\n\nverses\n\nRamanujacarya,\n\nSri\n\nMadhvacarya,\n\nSri\n\nNimbarkacarya\n\nand\n\nSrila\n\nBaladeva\n\nVidyabho�al)a. In his book Sarva-sarilvadini, Srila ]iva Gosvami has noted that although there are ten kinds of evidence-direct perception, the Vedic version,\nhistorical reference, hypothesis, and so on-and although they are all generally\naccepted as evidence, the person presenting a hypothesis, reading the Vedic version, perceiving or interpreting by his experience is certain to be imperfect in four\nways. That is, he is subject to commit mistakes, to become illusioned, to cheat\nand to have imperfect senses. Although the evidence may be correct, the person\nhimself is in danger of being misled due to his material defects. Apart from the\ndirect presentation, there is a chance that an interpretation may not be perfect.\n\n", "mad2#p0300": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmfla\n\n266\n\n[Madhya-Jill, Ch. 6\n\nTherefore the conclusion is that only a direct presentation can be considered evidence. An interpretation cannot be accepted as evidence, but may be considered\n\nproof of evidence.\nIn Bhagavad-gita, at the very beginning it is stated:\ndhrtara?tra uvaca\ndharma-k?etre kuru-k?etre\nsamaveta yuyutsavab\nmamakab paf)(iavas caiva\nkim akurvata sanjaya\nThe statements of Bhagavad-gita are themselves proof that there is a place of\nreligious pilgrimage named Kuruk�etra where the Par:J<;lavas and Kurus met to\nfight. After meeting there, what did they do? This was Dhrtaragra's inquiry to\nSaiijaya. Although these statements are very clear, atheists try to interpret different meanings of the words dharma-k?etra and kuru-k?etra. Therefore Srila Jiva\nGosvami has warned us not to depend on any kind of interpretation. It is better to\ntake the verses as they are, without interpretation.\nTEXT 136\n\n�.,11' �-� �i:- �-,m� 1\n1!fi�m�J <;ltl it �-� �i \" ��� \"\njTvera asthi-vi?tha dui-sankha-gomaya\nsruti-vakye sei dui maha-pavitra haya\nSYNONYMS\njTvera-of\n\nthe\n\nliving\n\nentity;\n\nasthi-the\n\nbone;\n\nvi?tha-stool;\n\ndui-two;\n\nsankha-conchshell; go-maya-cow dung; sruti-vakye-in the words of the\nVedic version; sei-that; dui-two; maha-greatly; pav itra-pure; haya-are.\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu continued: \"Conchshells and cow dung are nothing\nbut the bones and the stool of some living entities, but according to the Vedic\nversion they are both considered very pure.\nPURPORT\nAccording to Vedic principles, bones and dung are generally considered very\nimpure. If one touches a bone or stool, he must take a bath immediately. That is\nthe Vedic injunction. Yet the Vedas also enjoin that a conchshell, although the\n\n", "mad2#p0301": "Text 137]\n\nThe Liberation of Slrvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n267\n\nbone of an animal, and cow dung, although the stool of an animal, are very\nsanctified. Even though such statements appear contradictory, we still accept the\nfact that conchshells and cow dung are pure and sanctified on the basis of the\n\nVedic version.\n\nTEXT 137\n\n�:$rt'l ����I\n'll(..'fi' W'f �:>21'111ttfl·� .i II ��\" II\nsvatab-pramal')a veda satya yei kaya\n\n'/ak�al')a' karile svatab-pramal')ya-hani haya\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvatab-pramal')a-self-evidence; veda-Vedic literature; satya-truth; yei­\n\nwhatever; kaya-say; /ak�al')a-interpretation; karile-by making; svatab-pramal')ya-self-evidential proof; hani-lost; haya-becomes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Vedic statements are self-evident. Whatever is stated there must be\naccepted. If we interpret according to our own imagination, the authority of\nthe Vedas is immediately lost!'\nPURPORT\nOut of four main types of evidence-direct perception, hypothesis, historical\n\nreference and the Vedas-Vedic evidence is accepted as the foremost. If we want\n\nto interpret the Vedic version, we must imagine an interpretation according to\n\nwhat we want to do. First of all, we set forth such an interpretation as a suggestion or hypothesis. As such, it is not actually true, and the self-evident proof is lost.\nSrila Madhvacarya,\n\ncommenting on\n\nthe\n\naphorism drsyate tu\n\nsarra 2.1.6), quotes the Bhavi$ya Pural')a as follows:\nrg-yajub-samatharvas ca\n\nbharatarh panca-ratrakam\n\nma/a-ramayal')arh caiva\n\nveda ity eva sabditab\n\npural')ani ca yaniha\n\nvai$1')avani vido vidub\n\nsvatab-pramal')yam ete�arh\nnatra kincid vicaryate\n\n(Vedanta­\n\n", "mad2#p0302": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n268\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 6\n\nThe �g Veda, Yajur Veda, Sarna Veda, Atharva Veda, Mahabharata, Pancaratra and\noriginal Ramayaf)a are all considered Vedic literature. The Pural)as (such as the\n\nBrahma-vaivarta Pural)a, Naradiya Puriil)a, Vi$1)U Pural)a and Bhagavata Pural)a) are\nespecially meant for V ai�Qavas and are also Vedic literature. As such, whatever is\nstated within the Pural)as, the Mahabharata and Ramayal)a is self-evident. There is\nno need for interpretation. Bhagavad-gita is also within the Mahabharata;\ntherefore all the statements of Bhagavad-gita are self-evident. There is no need for\ninterpretation, and if we do interpret, the entire authority of Vedic literature is\nlost.\n\nTEXT 138\n\n�-� �Q{-� ,t� f<llt'l I\n�r.� oetlJJ·�� <��t1f �rw-. \" ��\"' u\nvyasa-sutrera artha-yaiche suryera kiral)a\nsva-kalpita bha$ya-meghe kare acchadana\nSYNONYMS\nvyasa-sutrera-of the Vedanta-sutra by V yasadeva; artha-the meanings;\n\nyaic he -j us t as; suryera-of the sun; kiral)a-shining rays; sva-ka /pita -imaginative;\n\nbhii$ya-of the commentary; meghe - by the cloud; kare-does; ac­\n\nchadana -covering.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued: \"The Brahma-sutra, compiled by Srila\nVyasadeva, is as radiant as the sun. One who tries to interpret its meaning\nsimply covers that sunshine with a cloud.\nTEXT 139\n\n�-'1_1ftt'l <fit� <3'fi·�'Pf'l I\n� �'1i-���' �-it-.'111 ���II\nveda-pural)e kahe brahma-nirupal)a\nsei brahma-brhad-vastu, isvara-lak$af)a\nSYNONYMS\nveda-pural)e-in the Vedas and the Pural)as; kahe-it is stated; brahmaniru pal)a-ascertaining the Supreme; sei brahma -that Supreme; brhat-vastuthe greatest; isvara-lak$al)a-means the Supreme Personality.\n\n", "mad2#p0303": "Text 140]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya\n\n269\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"All Vedic literature and other literature that strictly follows the Vedic principles ascertain that the Supreme Brahman is the Absolute Truth, the greatest\nof all, and a feature of the Supreme Lord.\nPURPORT\nThe greatest of everything is Sri Kr�r;�a. Lord Kr�r;�a states in Bhagavad-gita, vedais\n\nca sarvair aham eva vedya/;1: \"By all the Vedas, I am to be known.\" (Bg. 15.15) In\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam it is said that the Absolute Truth is understood in three\n\nphases-namely, Brahman, Paramatma and Bhagavan, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead (brahmeti paramatmeti bhagavan iti sabdyate). Thus the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead is the last word in understanding the Absolute Truth, Brahman.\n\nTEXT 140\n\n�('.,.�-Ptfil�c( �1R �'$l�i'il.. I\n�'tf;f fim�f �fit' �I( ��t� II �So II\nsarvaisvarya-paripOrf)a svayaril bhagavan\n\nta.tire nirakara kari' karaha vyakhyana\n\nSY NONYMS\nsarva-aisvarya-paripurf)a-full with all opulences; svayam- personall y; bha­\n\ngavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tar'lre-Him; nirakara-impersonal;\n\nkari'-making; karaha\n\n-\n\nyou make; vyakhyana-explanation.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Actually, the Supreme Absolute Truth is a person, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, full with all opulences. You are trying to explain Him as impersonal and formless.\nPURPORT\nBrahman means brhattva, the greatest of all. The greatest of all is Sri Kr�r;�a, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. He possesses all potencies and opulence in full;\ntherefore the Absolute Truth, the greatest of all, is the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Whether one says \"Brahman\" or \"the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\" the fact is the same, for they are identical. In Bhagavad-gita, Arj una ac­\n\ncepted Kr�r;�a as pararil brahma pararil dhama. Although the living entities or material nature are sometimes described as Brahman, Pararh Brahma-the Supreme,\n\n", "mad2#p0304": "270\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nthe greatest of all Brahmans-is still Kr�t:Ja, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nHe is full with all opulences, and as such He possesses all riches, all strength, all\n\nreputation, all knowledge, all beauty and all renunciation. He is eternally a person\nand eternally supreme. If one tries to explain the Supreme impersonally, one dis­\n\ntorts the real meaning of Brahman.\n\nTEXT 141\n\n'fi1Mc�' irof �t� (;� (!ti�'$l'l I\n'i2!��· �fi{ � '�i2!t�i!' \"itt� II �8 � II\n'nirvise?a' tatire kahe yei sruti-gaf)a\n\n'prakrta' ni?edhi kare 'aprakrta' sthapana\n\nSYNONYMS\nnirvise?a-impersonal; tatire-Him; kahe-say; yei-whatever; sruti-gaQa­\n\nthe Vedas; prakrta-mundane; ni?edhi-forbidding; kare-does; aprakrta-transcendental; sthapana-confirmation.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Wherever there is an impersonal description in the Vedas, the Vedas mean\nto establish that everything belonging to the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nis transcendental and free of mundane characteristics.\"\nPURPORT\nThere are many impersonal statements about the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead. As stated in the Svetasvatara Upani?ad:\n\napaQi-pado javano grahita\n\npasyaty acak?ub sa swoty akarQab\n\nsa vetti vedyarh na ca tasyasti vetta\n\ntam ahur agryarh puru?arh mahantam\n(Svet. Up.\n\n3.19)\n\nAlthough the Supreme Lord is described as having no hands and legs, He none­\n\ntheless accepts all sacrificial offerings. He has no eyes, yet He sees everything. He\n\nhas no ears, yet He hears everything. When it is stated that the Supreme Lord has\n\nno hands and legs, one should not think that He is impersonal. Rather, He has no\nmundane hands or legs like ours. \"He has no eyes, yet He sees!' This means that\n\nHe does not have mundane, limited eyes like ours. Rather, He has such eyes that\nHe can see past, present and future, everywhere, in every corner of the universe\n\n", "mad2#p0305": "Text 143]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n271\n\nand in every corner of the heart of every living entity. Thus the impersonal de­\n\nscriptions in the Vedas intend to deny mundane characteristics in the Supreme\nLord . They do not intend to establish the Supreme Lord as impersonal .\nTEXT 142\n\n1ii 1ii ��'Siirf� f.rf<ic\"f��\n\n'fi 'ft�lf'7.:� 'ff<l7.:\"f�7.:'l{<l I\nf'1'S�7.:1it7.:5f 'ff\\5 � �t'ft�\n�Wli '1'���: 'ff<l7.:\"f�7.:'l{'1' U �s� 11\n\nya ya srutir jalpati nirvi5e$aril\nsa sabhidhatte savi5e$am eva\nvicara-yoge sati hanta tasaril\nprayo ba/Tyaf) savi5e$am eva\nSYNONYMS\n\nya ya-whatever; srutif)-the Vedic hymns; ja/pati-describe; nirvi5e$am-im­\n\npersonal truth; sa-that; sa-that; ab hidhatte -directly describes (like a dictio­\n\nnary meaning); sa-vi5 e$am -personality; eva-certainly; vicara-yoge-when ac­\n\ncepted by intelligence; sati-being; hanta-alas; tasam-of all the Vedic mantras;\n\nprayaf)-mostly; ba/Tyaf) -more powerful; sa-vi5e$am -personal variety; eva­\n\ncertainly.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued: \"'Whatever Vedic mantras describe\nthe Absolute Truth impersonally only prove in the end that the Absolute Truth\nis a person. The Supreme Lord is understood in two features-impersonal and\npersonal. If one considers the Supreme Personality of Godhead in both\nfeatures, he can actually understand the Absolute Truth. He knows that the\npersonal understanding is stronger beause we see that everything is full of\nvariety. No one can see anything that is not full of variety.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Sri Caitanya-candrodaya-nataka (6.67), by Kavi-Karl)apura.\nTEXT 143\n\ni!'li �� 'SftiJI f<!'ft, <31� �� I\n\nc;�� �- ��� � �'hl l'f1l II �8� II\n\n", "mad2#p0306": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n272\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nbrahma haite janme visva, brahmete jivaya\nsei brahme punarapi haye yaya laya\n\nSYNONYMS\nbrahma haite\n\n-\n\nfrom the Supreme Brahman; janme-emanates; visva-the\n\nwhole cosmic manifestation; brahmete-in the Absolute Truth; jivaya-exists;\nsei-that;\n\nbrahme-in the Absolute Truth;\n\npunarapi-again;\n\nhaye-being;\n\nyaya-goes; laya-to annihilation.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Everything in the cosmic manifestation emanates from the Absolute Truth.\nIt remains in the Absolute Truth, and after annihilation it again enters the Absolute Truth.\nPURPORT\nIn the Taittiriya Upani?ad, it is said, yato va imani bhutani jayante: \"The entire\nmaterial cosmic manifestation is born of the Supreme Brahman:' The Brahma-sutra\nalso begins with the verse janmady asya yatab: \"The Absolute Truth is that from\nwhom everything emanates.\"\n\n(Bs.\n\n1.1.2) That Absolute Truth is Kr�l)a. In\n\nBhagavad-gita, Kr�l)a says, aharh sarvasya prabhavo mattab sarvarh pravartate: \"I\nam the source of all spiritual and material worlds. Everything emanates from Me.\"\n(Bg.\n\n1 0.8) Therefore Kr�l)a is the original Absolute Truth, the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead. Again, Kr�l)a states in Bhagavad-gita, maya tatam idarh sarvarh jagad\navyakta-murtina: \"By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded:' (Bg.\n\n9.4) And as confirmed in Brahma-sarhhita, go/aka eva nivasaty\n\nakhilatma-bhatab:\n\n'�lthough the Lord always stays in His abode, Goloka\n\nVrndavana, He is still all-pervading:' (Bs.\n\n5.37) His all-pervasive feature is under­\n\nstood to be impersonal because one does not find the form of the Lord in that allpervasiveness. Actually, everything is resting on the rays of His bodily effulgence.\nThe Brahma-sarhhita also states:\nyasya prabha prabhavato jagad-aQ(fa-kotikoti?v ase?a-vasudhadi-vibhati-bhinnam\n\"Due to the rays of the Lord's bodily effulgence, millions of universes are created,\njust as planets are created from the sun.\" (Bs.\n\n5.40)\n\nTEXT 144\n\n'�'Pfilrti{', '<R'I', '��<R'i'·�� �i{ I\n\"e�tr;i{J lf�-tr;� \\!!����II �88 II\n\n", "mad2#p0307": "Text 1441\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n273\n\n'apadana,' 'karaQa,' 'adhikaraQa'-karaka tina\n\nbhagavanera savise�e ei tina cihna\n\nSYNONYMS\n\napadana-ablative;\n\nkaraQa-instrumental;\n\nadhikaraQa-locative;\n\nkaraka­\n\ncases; tina-three; bhagavanera-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; savise�a-in the personality; ei-these; tina-three; cihna-symptoms.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The personal features of the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof Godhead are\n\ncategorized in three cases-namely, ablative, instrumental and locative.\"\n\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura states in his Amrta-pravaha-bha�ya that according to\n\nthe injunction of the Upani�ads (\"the Supreme Absolute Truth is He from whom\n\neverything emanates\"), it is understood that the whole cosmic manifestation\n\nemanated from Brahman, the Supreme Absolute Truth. The creation subsists by\n\nthe energy of the Supreme Brahman and, after annihilation, merges into the\n\nSupreme Brahman. From this we can understand that the Absolute Truth can be\n\ncategorized in three cases-ablative, instrumental and locative. According to\n\nthese three cases, the Absolute Truth is positively personified. In this connection,\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati quotes the Aitareya Upani�ad (1.1.1):\natma va idam eka evagra asin\nnanyat kincanam i�at\n\nsa ik�ata lokan nu srja iti.\nSimilarly, in the Svetasvatara Upani�ad (4.9) it is stated:\nchandamsi yajna/:1 kratavo vratani\n\nbhotam bhavyam yac ca veda vadanti\n\nyasman mayi srjate visvam etat\n\ntasmims canyo mayaya sanniruddha/:1\n\nAnd in the Taittiriya Upani�ad (3.1.1):\nyato va imani bhotani jayante,\n\nyena jatani jivanti, yat prayanty abhisarhvisanti,\n\ntad vijijnasasva, tad brahma.\n\n", "mad2#p0308": "274\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nThis was the answer given by father Varut:�a when questioned by his son Varut:Ji\nBhrgu about the Absolute Truth. In this mantra, the word yata/:1, the Absolute\n\nTruth from which the cosmic manifestation has emanated, is in the ablative case;\nthat Brahman by which this universal creation is maintained is in the instrumental\n\ncase (yena); and that Brahman into which the whole cosmic manifestation merges\n\nis in the locative case (yat or yasmin). It is stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam:\n\nidarh hi visvarh bhagavan ivetaro\n\nyato jagat-sthana-nirodha-sambhava/:1\n\n\"The entire universal creation is contained in the gigantic form of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Everything emanates from Him, everything rests in His\n\nenergy, and after annihilation everything merges into His person!' (Bhag. 1.5.20)\n\nTEXTS 145-146\n\n��t-t C!{t( c� �r;� '�\"' 'l{i{ 1\n��·-tf9r;� �<11 C� �f;\"ft�i{ II �8� II\n,����,��,1{�1\n��l.fl<!f '�12fPI�' � (;i{ili·11i{ II �8� II\nbhagavan bahu haite yabe kaila mana\n\nprakrta-saktite tabe kaila vilokana\n\nse kale nahi janme 'prakrta' mano-nayana\n\nataeva 'aprakrta' brahmera netra-mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bahu-many; haite-to be­\n\ncome; yabe-when; kaila-made; mana-His mind; prakrta-material; saktite­\n\non the energy; tabe-at that time; kaila-did; vilokana-glancing; se kal e-at\n\nthat time; nahi-not; janme -in creation; prakrta-mundane; manal)-nayana­\n\nmind and eyes; ataeva-there fore; aprakrta-transcendental; brahmera-of the\nAbsolute Truth; netra-mana-eyes and mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued: \"When the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead wished to become many, He glanced over the material energy.\nBefore the creation there were no mundane eyes or mind; therefore the transcendental nature of the Absolute Truth's mind and eyes is confirmed.\n\n", "mad2#p0309": "Text 147]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n275\n\nPURPORT\nIn the Chandogya Upani$ad (6.2.3), it is said, tad aik$ata bahu syarh prajayeya.\nThis verse confirms the fact that when the Supreme Personality of Godhead wishes to become many, the cosmic manifestation arises simply by His glancing over\nmaterial energy. It may be noted that the Supreme lord glanced over the material\nnature before the creation of this cosmic manifestation. Before the creation there\nwere no material minds or material eyes; therefore the mind by which the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead desired to create is transcendental, and the eyes\nwith which He glanced over material nature are also transcendental. Thus the\nlord's mind, eyes and other senses are all transcendental.\nTEXT 147\n\n�-� � \"!_('!if�� ��<fti{_ l\n\n\"'�� ce�.,t�t_ ��,---tttm� �1ft'! \" �s'\\ \"\nbrahma-sabde kahe pim)a svayarh bhagavan\nsvayarh bhagavan k[$Qa, -sastrera pramaQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nbrahma-sabde-by the word \"Brahman\"; kahe-it is said; pOrQa-complete;\nsvayam-personally; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayam­\n\npersonally; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; k[$Qa-lord Kr�t:Ja;\nsastrera pramaQa-the verdict of all Vedic literature.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word 'Brahman' indicates the complete Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is Sri Kmta. That is the verdict of all Vedic literature.\nPURPORT\nThis is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (15.15), where the lord says, vedais ca\nsarvair aham eva vedyab. The ultimate object in all Vedic literature is Kr�t:Ja. Every­\n\none is searching for Him. This is also confirmed elsewhere in Bhagavad-gita:\nbahOnarh janmanam ante\njnanavan marh prapadyate\nvasudevab sarvam iti\nsa mahatma sudur/abhab\n\n'\\A-fter many births and deaths, he who is actually in knowledge surrenders unto\nMe, knowing Me to be the cause of all causes and all that is. Such a great soul is\nvery rare:' (Bg. 7.19)\n\n", "mad2#p0310": "276\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nWhen one has actually become wise through the study of Vedic literature, he\n\nsurrenders unto Vasudeva, Bhagavan Sri Kr�Qa. This is also confirmed in Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam (1.2.7-8):\n\nvasudeve bhagavati\n\nbhakti-yoga/:1 prayojita/:1\njanayaty asu vairagyarh\njfianarh ca yad ahaitukam\n\ndharma/:! svanu$thita/:l purhsarh\nvi$vaksena-kathasu ya/:1\n\nnotpadayed yadi ratirh\n\nsrama eva hi kevalam\n\nUnderstanding Vasudeva is real knowledge. By engaging in the devotional service\nof Vasudeva, Kr�Qa, one acquires perfect knowledge and Vedic understanding.\nThus one becomes detached from the material world. This is the perfection of\nhuman life. Although one may perfectly follow religious rituals and ceremonies,\nhe is simply wasting his time (srama eva hi kevalam) if he does not attain this per­\n\nfection.\nBefore the creation of the cosmic manifestation, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead possessed His totally transcendental mind and eyes. That Supreme Personality of Godhead is Kr�Qa. A person may think that there is no direct statement\n\nabout Kr�Qa in the Upani$ads, but the fact is that the Vedic mantras cannot be\n\nunderstood by people with mundane senses. As stated in the Padma PuraQa, ata/:1\n\nsri k[$Qa namadi na bhaved grahyam indriyai/:1: a person with mundane senses\n\ncannot fully understand the name, qualities, form and pastimes of Sri Kr�Qa. The\n\nPuraQas are therefore meant to explain and supplement Vedic knowledge. The\n\ngreat sages present the PuraQas in order to make the Vedic mantras understand­\n\nable for common men (stri-sOdra-dvija-bandhOnam). Considering that women,\n\nsOdras and dvija-bandhus (unworthy sons of the twice-born) cannot understand\n\nthe Vedic hymns directly, Srila Vyasadeva compiled Mahabharata. Actually the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is vede$U durlabham (untraceable in the Vedas),\n\nbut when the Vedas are properly understood or when Vedic knowledge is\nreceived from devotees, one can understand that all Vedic knowledge leads to Sri\nKr�r;�a.\n\nThe Brahma-sOtra (1.1.3) confirms this fact also: sastra-yonitvat Commenting\n\nupon this Brahma-satra code (sastra-yonitvat), Sri Madhvacarya says: \"The �g\n\nVeda, Yajur Veda, Sarna Veda, Atharva Veda, Mahabharata, Paficaratra and the\n\noriginal Valmiki RamayaQa are all Vedic literature. Any literature following the con­\n\nclusive statements of this Vedic literature is also to be considered Vedic literature.\nThat literature which does not conform to Vedic literature is simply misleading.\"\n\n", "mad2#p0311": "Text 149]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n277\n\nTherefore when reading Vedic literature, we must take the path traversed by\ngreat acaryas: mahajano yena gatab sa panthab. Unless one follows the path\ntraversed by great acaryas, he cannot understand the real purport of the Vedas.\nTEXT 148\n\nfil�� 'Cl�f 1_� �i � I\n'1_1«'1·-.m;�J 'JI� �� <R1( fil� II �81r II\n'�t�11'\n\nvedera niguc;fha artha bujhana na haya\npural)a-vakye sei artha karaya ni5caya\nSYNONYMS\n\nvedera-of the Vedic literature; niguc;f ha- co nfidential; art ha-meaning; bujhana-understanding; na-not; haya-is; pural)a-vakye-by the words of the\n\nPural)as; sei-that; art ha-meaning; karaya -makes; ni5caya-certain.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The confidential meaning of the Vedas is not easily understood by common men; therefore that meaning is supplemented by the words of the\nPura1;1as.\nTEXT 149\n\nI!{'C�i \\51�P!C�i (51�g •r'lfC�i9f31r.��'Tll( I\n\n�f'Jlijf� 9f�t-flf� 9),cf� � \"'1011�01'{ II � 8;::, II\naha bhagyam aha bhagyarh\nnanda-gopa-vrajaukasam\nyan-mitrarh paramanandarh\npOrl)arh brahma sanatanam\nSYNONYMS\naha-what great; bh a gyam-fortune; aha-what great; bhagyam-fortune;\n\nnanda-of Maharaja Nanda; gopa-of other cowherd men; vraja-okasam-of the\ninhabitants of V rajabhOmi; yat-of whom; mitram -f riend; parama-anandamthe\n\nsupreme\n\nbliss;\n\npOrl)am-complete;\n\nbrahma-the\n\nAbsolute\n\nTruth;\n\nsanatanam -eternal.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'How greatly fortunate are Nanda Maharaja, the cowherd men and all the\n\ninhabitants of Vrajabhumi! There is no limit to their fortune because the Ab-\n\n", "mad2#p0312": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n278\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nsolute Truth, the source of transcendental bliss, the eternal Supreme Brahman, has become their friend!\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.14.32) spoken by Lord Brahma.\nTEXT 150\n\n''C{9itf'l·�'·i!!i� �c;I!J( '�t�' 91tflt·Rtf I\n�:<lit�,� G�, �t1f � tit�'i II �<to II\n'apaQi-pada'-sruti varje 'prakrta' paQi-caraQa\n\npuna/:1 kahe, sighra cafe, kare sarva grahaQa\nSYNONYMS\napaQi-pada-sruti-the\n\nprakrta-material;\n\nsruti-mantra beginning\n\npaQi-caraQa-hands and legs;\n\napani-pada/:1;\n\nvarje-rejects;\n\npuna/:1-again;\n\nkahe-says;\n\nsighra cafe-walks very fast; kare-does; sarva-of everything; grahaQa-accept-\n\nin g.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" The Vedic 'apal)i-pada' mantra rejects material hands and legs, yet it states\nthat the Lord goes very fast and accepts everything offered to Him.\nTEXT 151\n\n'C{�JI� i!li� <li�, �-�� I\n'�' �t�' '�'lt't'! 11AA fil� II �<t� II\nataeva sruti kahe, brahma-savi5e$a\n\n'mukhya' cha{ii' 'fak$aQa'te mane nirvi5e$a\nSYNONYMS\n\nataeva-therefore; sruti-Vedic mantras; kahe-say; brahma-the Absolute\n\nTruth; sa-vi5e$a-personal; mukhya-direct meaning; cha{ii'-giving up; fak$al)a'te-by interpretation; mane-accept; nirvi5e$a-impersonal.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"All these mantras confirm that the Absolute Truth is personal, but the\nMayavadis, throwing away the direct meaning, interpret the Absolute Truth as\nimpersonal.\n\n", "mad2#p0313": "Text 152]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n279\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Svetasvatara Upani�ad (3.19):\n\napaQi-pado javano grahrta\npasyaty acak�u/:1 sa swoty akarQa/:1\nsa vetti vedyarh na ca tasyasti vetta\ntam ahur agryarh puru�arh mahantam\nThis Vedic mantra clearly states, puru�arh mahantam. The word puru�a means\n\n\"person.\" That person is confirmed in Bhagavad-gita by Arjuna when he addresses\n\nKr�f)a, puru�arh sasvatam: \"You are the original person.\" (Bg. 1 0.12) This puru�arh\n\nmahantam is Sri Kr�f)a. His hands and legs are not mundane, but are completely\n\ntranscendental. However, when He comes, fools take Him to be an ordinary per­\n\nson (avajananti marh mCu;fha manU$irh tanum asritam). One who has no Vedic\n\nknowledge, who has not studied the Vedas from the bona fide spiritual master,\n\ndoes not know Kr�f)a. Therefore he is a mCu;fha. Such fools take Kf�f)a to be an ordinary person (pararh bhavam ajananta/:1). They do not actually know what Kr�f)a\n\nis. Manu�yaQarh sahasre�u ka5cid yatati siddhaye. It is not possible to understand\nKr�f)a simply by studying the Vedas perfectly. One must have the mercy of a\n\ndevotee (yat padam). Unless one is favored by a devotee, he cannot understand\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Arjuna also confirms this in Bhagavad-grta:\n\n\"My Lord, it is very difficult to understand Your personality. \" The less intelligent\n\nclass of men cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead without\nbeing favored by His devotee. Therefore Bhagavad-gTta contains another injunc­\n\ntion (Bg. 4.34):\n\ntad viddhi praQipatena\npariprasnena sevaya\nupadek�yanti te jfianarh\njfianinas tattva-darsina/:1\nOne has to approach a bona fide spiritual master and surrender to him. Only then\ncan one understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead as a person.\n\nTEXT 152\n\n�'!_(�-��� ��t1( I\n<;�·�'Sf�i{ � �� f\"imt<litf ? ��� II\n$ar;i-aisvarya-p0rQananda-vigraha yanhara\nhena-bhagavane tumi kaha nirakara?\n\n", "mad2#p0314": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n280\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSYNONYMS\n$at aisvarya pDrQa\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nwith six opulences in full; ananda-blissful; vigraha­\n\nform; yar'lhara-whose; hena-bhagavane-unto that Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; tumi-you; kaha-said; nirakara-without any form.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Are you describing as formless that Supreme Personality of Godhead\nwhose transcendental form is complete with six transcendental opulencesJ\nPURPORT\nIf the Supreme Personality of Godhead is formless, how can He be said to walk\n\nvery fast and accept everything offered to Him? Rej ecting the direct meaning of\n\nthe Vedic mantras, the Mayavadi philosophers interpret them and try to establish\nthe Absolute Truth as formless . Actually, the Supreme lord has an eternal, per­\n\nsonal form, full of all opulence. The MayavadT philosophers try to interpret the Ab­\n\nsolute Truth as being without potency. However, in the SvetJsvatara Upani$ad it is\nclearly said, parasya saktir vividhaiva srDyate: \"The Absolute Truth has multipotencies:' (Svet. Up. 6.8)\nTEXT 153\n\n�tf<l� f� � �- �'fi P!Hll\n'f.!:-tf�<t-' �fit'�� ��� fill1611 ? �<t� II\nsvabhavika tina sakti yei brahme haya\n'ni/:!saktika' kari' tanre karaha ni5caya?\nSYNONYMS\nsvabhavika-by nature; tina-three; sakti-potencies; yei-which; brahme­\n\nin the Absolute Truth; haya-there are; ni/:!saktika-without potency; kari'making; tar'lre-Him; karaha\n\n-\n\nyou do; ni5caya-ascertainment.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead has three primary potencies. Are\nyou trying to ascertain that He has no potenciesJ\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu now quotes four verses from the Vi$QU PuraQa\n\n(6.7.61-63 and 1.12.69) to explain the different potencies of the Lord.\n\n", "mad2#p0315": "Text 155]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n281\n\nTEXT 154\n\n�\"tf&: 1�1 C·�\"l-&1 C'l'r\\!!��J1 �·<jj9f�1 I\n�f�l��'i����-� ��,l�1 \"'fi{Fnt�J� II �<tS II\nvi$f)U-saktib para prokta\nk$etra-jnakhya tatha para\navidya-karma-sarhji'ianya\ntrtiya saktir i$yate\nSYNONYMS\nvi$f)U-saktib-the internal potency of Lord Vi�Qu, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; para-spiritual; prokta-said; k$etra-ji'ia-the living entities; akhyaknown as; tatha-also; para-spiritual ; avidya-nescience or godlessness; kar,\n\nma-and fruitive activities; sariljfia-known as; anya\n\n-\n\nanother ; trtiya-third;\n\nsaktib-potency ; i$yate-is accepted as.\nTRANSLATION\nII\n\n'The internal potency of the Supreme Lord, vi,r,u, is spiritual, as verified\n\nby the sastras. There is another spiritual potency, known as kfetra-jna, or the\nliving entity. The third potency, which is known as n escience, makes the living\nentity godless and fills him with fruitive activity.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita, in Sri Kr�Qa's discourse on the k$etra and the k$etra-jfia, it is\nclearly stated that the k$etra-ji'ia is the living entity who knows his field of activities. The living entities in the material world are forgetful of their eternal relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This forgetfulness is called\navidya, or nescience. The avidya-sakti, the avidya potency of the material world,\nprovokes fruitive activity. Although this avidya-sakti (material energy, or nescience) is also an energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, it is especially\nintended to keep the living entities in a state of forgetfulness. This is due to\ntheir rebellious attitude toward the Lord. Thus although the living entities are\nconstitutionally spiritual, they come under the influence of the potency of\nnescience. How this happens is described in the following verse.\nTEXT 155\n��1 C'l'r\\!!�\"ffu;: 'i1 C<l��l OJ9f �5\\1 I\n\n'i�'il��i9fi'l��j;r�tt'l!li�J(Jf 'i��i\"!, II )U II\n\n", "mad2#p0316": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n282\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nyaya k?etra-jfia-sakti/:1 sa\nve?tita nrpa sarva-ga\nsarhsara-tapan akhilan\navapnoty atra santatan\nSYNONYMS\nyaya-by which; k?etra-jfia-sakti/:1-the living entities, known as the k?etra-jfia\npotency; sa-that potency; ve?tita-covered; nrpa-0 King; sarva-ga-capable\nof going anywhere in the spiritual or material worlds; sarhsara-tapan-miseries\ndue to the cycle of repeated birth and death; akhilan-all kinds of; avapnoti-obtains; atra-in this material world; santatan-arising from suffering or enjoying\nvarious kinds of reactions to fruitive activities.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'0 King, the k,etra-jiia-sakti is the living entity. Although he has the\n\nfacility to live in either the material or spiritual world, he suffers the threefold\nmiseries of material existence because he is influenced by the avidya\n[nescience] potency, which covers his constitutional position.\nTEXT 156\n\n\\!�1 f�t�tf��'{tti6 \"'ff'(i: C��'M'f!.,f�\"Wl I\n\n'f�'¥:� '¥:9fT� �t��t'I!Jo:t' <I�'! U � ¢-ll II\ntaya tirohitatvac ca\nsakti/:1 k?etra-jfia-sarhjfiita\nsarva-bhate?U bha-pala\ntaratamyena vartate\nSYNONYMS\ntaya-by her; tira/:1-hitatvat-from being freed from the influence; ca-also;\nsakti/:1\n\n-\n\nthe potency; k?etra-jfia-k?etra-jfia; sarhjfiita-known by the name; sar­\n\nva-bhate?u-in different types of bodies; bha-pa/a-0 King; taratamyena-in\ndifferent degrees; vartate-exists.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'This living entity, covered by the influence of nescience, exists in dif­\n\nferent forms in the material condition. 0 King, he is thus proportionately\nfreed from the influence of material energy, to greater or lesser degrees!\n\n", "mad2#p0317": "Text 157]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n283\n\nPURPORT\nThe material energy acts on the living entity in different degrees, according to\nhow he acquires the association of the three modes of material nature. There are\n8,400,000 species of life, some inferior, some superior and some mediocre. The\n\ngradations of the bodies are calculated according to the covering of material energy. In the lower categories-including aquatics, trees, plants, insects, birds and\nso forth- spiritual consciousness is almost nonexistent. In the mediocre category-the\n\nhuman\n\nform\n\nof\n\nlife-spiritual\n\nconsciousness\n\nis\n\ncomparatively\n\nawakened. In the superior life forms, spiritual consciousness is fully awakened.\nThen the living entity understands his real position and tries to escape the influence of material energy by developing Kr�l)a consciousness.\nTEXT 157\n\n��\"'� \"11�-ft \"11�� ��:<ra1 \"11�'1�\\!fr:� 1\n�tlf\"�i9f<11\"1l� foli!l1 �f� C0\\1 �'1-�f�r;� II �� � II\nh/adini sandhini samvit\ntvayy eka sarva-sarilsraye\nhlada-tapa-kari misra\ntvayi no guQa-varjite\nSYNONYMS\nhladini-the pleasure potency; sandhini-the eternity potency; samvit-the\nknowledge potency; tvayi-in You; eka-one spiritual (cit) potency; sarvasarilsraye-the shelter of everything; h/ada-pleasure; tapa-kari-causing displeasure; misra-mixed; tvayi-in You; no-not; guQa-varjite-devoid of all material qualities.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The Supreme Personality of Godhead is sac-cid-ananda-vigraha. This\nmeans that He originally has three potencies-the pleasure potency, the\npotency of eternality and the potency of knowledge. Together these are called\nthe cit potency, and they are present in full in the Supreme Lord. For the living\nentities, who are part and parcel of the Lord, the pleasure potency in the material world is sometimes displeasing and sometimes mixed. This is not the\ncase with the Supreme Personality of Godhead because He is not under\nthe influence of the material energy or its modes.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Vi?QU PuraQa (1.12.69).\n\n", "mad2#p0318": "284\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 158\n\n��tit\"llm � ��-0351�9f I\n� 'Cit.t-f ��f� ��it �9f II �<t\"\" II\nsac-cid-ananda-maya haya isvara-svarOpa\ntina arilse cic-chakti haya tina rupa\nSYNONYMS\nsat-cit-ananda-maya-full of eternity, knowledge and bliss; haya-is; isvaraof the Supreme Lord; svarupa-the transcendental form; tina arilse-in three\nparts; cit-sakti-the spiritual potency;\n\nhaya-becomes; tina-three; rupa­\n\nforms.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead in His original form is full of eternity,\nknowledge and bliss. The spiritual potency in these three portions [sat, cit\nand ananda] assumes three different forms.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the verdict of all Vedic literature, the Supreme Personality of Godhead , the living entity and the illusory energy (this material world) constitute the\nsubject matter of knowledge. Everyone should try to understand the relationship\nbetween them. First of all, one should try to understand the nature of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. From the sastras we understand that the nature\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the sum total of eternity, bliss and\nknowledge. As stated in verse 154 (vi$QU-saktib para prokta), the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the reservoir of all potencies, and His potencies are all\nspiritual.\nTEXT 159\n\n'el�t.t-t '�tflf�', ���t-f '�fili�; I\nfR�t-t '�flllte.', �tt1t 9Jtit <1Sf1' 1ft� II �<t� II\nanandarhse 'h/adini,' sad-arhse 'sandhini'\ncid-amse 'samvit', yare jnana kari mani\nSYNONYMS\nananda-arilse-in the part of bliss; hladini-the pleasure potency; sat-arilsein the part of eternity; sandhini-the sandhini potency; cit-arhse-in the part of\n\n", "mad2#p0319": "Text 160]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n285\n\nknowledge; samvit-the samvit potency; yare-which; jnana-as knowledge;\nkari mani-we accept.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The three portions of the spiritual potency are called hladini [the bliss\nportion], sandhini [the eternity portion] and samvit [the knowledge portion].\nWe accept knowledge of these as full knowledge of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead.\nPURPORT\nTo acquire knowledge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one must take\nshelter of the samvit potency of the Supreme Lord.\nTEXT 160\n\n·�'ft1rj f��' 1!�\"1'1-�� I\n--\n\n�flti-1ffili,-�ti{ �t1f '��r. II ��o II\nantaratiga-cic-chakti, tatastha-jiva- sakti\nbahiratiga-maya,-tine kare prema-bhakti\n\nSYNONYMS\nantaratiga-the internal potency; cit-sakti-the spiritual potency; tatastha­\n\nthe marginal potency; jiva-sakti-the living entities; bahiratiga-the external\npotency; maya-the illusory energy; tine-all three of them; kare-do; premabhakti -devotional service in love.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The spiritual potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead also appears\nin three phases-internal, marginal and external. These are all engaged in His\ndevotional service in love.\nPURPORT\nThe spiritual potency of the Lord is manifested in three phases-the internal or\nspiritual potency, the marginal potency, which is the living entities, and the external potency, known as maya-sakti. We must understand that in each of these\nthree phases the original spiritual potencies of pleasure, eternity and knowledge\nremain intact. When the potencies of spiritual pleasure and knowledge are both\nbestowed upon the conditioned souls, the conditioned souls can escape the\nclutches of the external potency, maya, which acts as a cover obscuring one's\n\n", "mad2#p0320": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n286\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nspiritual identity. When freed, the living entity awakens to Kr�r:Ja consciousness\nand engages in devotional service with love and affection.\n\nTEXT 161\n\n�,�'f�«-����-f� I\n� -t� i{� 1l'til,--�11 �-� II ��� II\n?aQ-vidha aisvarya -prabhuracic-chakti-vilasa\nhena sakti nahi mana, -parama sahasa\n\nSYNONYMS\n?at-vidha-six kinds; aisvarya-of opulences; prabhura-of the Lord; cit-saktivi/asa-enjoyment in the spiritual potency; hena sakti-such sublime potencies;\nnahi-not; mana-you accept; paramasahasa-great impudence.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In His spiritual potency, the Supreme Lord enjoys six kinds of opulence.\nYou do not accept this spiritual potency, and this is due to your great impudence.\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is full with six opulences. All of these\npotencies are on the transcendental platform. To understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead as impersonal and devoid of potency is to go completely\nagainst Vedic information.\n\nTEXT 162\n\n'Jftm�' '111m�'-�-��� 1\n�-tilt� �11'·�� <IIPi_ \"!' �� II ��� II\n'mayadhisa' 'maya-vasa'-isvare-jive bheda\nhena-jive isvara-saha kaha ta' abheda\n\nSYNONYMS\nmaya-adhisa-the Lord of energy; maya-vasa-subjected to the influence of\nmaya; isvare-in the Supreme Personality of Godhead; jive-in the living entities;\nbheda-the difference; hena-jive-such living entities; isvara-saha-with the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; kaha-you say; ta'-indeed; abheda-one and\nthe same.\n\n", "mad2#p0321": "Text 163]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya\n\n287\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Lord is the master of the potencies, and the living entity is the servant\nof them. That is the difference between the Lord and the living entity.\nHowever, you declare that the Lord and the living entities are one and the\nsame.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is by nature the master of all potencies.\nBy nature, the living entities, being infinitesimal, are always under the influence of\nthe Lord's potencies. According to the Murxlaka Upani$ad (3.1.1-2):\n\ndva suparf)a sayuja sakhaya\nsamanam vrk$an1 pari$a-svajate\ntayor anyab pippa/am svadv atty\nana5nann anyo 'bhicakasiti\nsamane vrk$e purU$0 nimagno\n'ni$aya socati muhyamanab\nju$tam yada pasyaty anyam isam\nasya mahimanam eti vita-soka/:1\nThe Muf)c;/aka Upani$ad completely distinguishes the Lord from the living entities.\nThe living entity is subjected to the reactions of fruitive activity, whereas the Lord\nsimply witnesses such activity and bestows the results. According to the living entity's desires, he is wandering from one body to another and from one planet to\nanother, under the direction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Param�tm�.\nHowever, when the living entity comes to his senses by the mercy of the Lord, he\nis awarded devotional service. Thus he is saved from the clutches of maya. At\nsuch a time he can see his eternal friend, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nand become free from all lamentation and hankering. This is confirmed in\n\nBhagavad-gita (18.54), where the Lord says, brahma-bhutab prasannatma na socati\nna kar'lk$ati: \"One who is thus transcendentally situated at once realizes the\nSupreme Brahman. He never laments nor desires to have anything.\" Thus it is\ndefinitely proved that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the master of all\npotencies and that the living entities are always subjected to these potencies.\nThat is the difference between mayadhisa and maya-vasa.\nTEXT 163\n\n�m �1'11� '-rf�' <fifif'� 1\n�m·�,��� ������\"\n\n", "mad2#p0322": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n288\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\ngita-sastre jiva-rupa 'sakti' kari' mane\nhena jive 'bheda' kara isvarera sane\nSYNONYMS\n\ngita sastre-in Bhagavad-gita; jiva-rOpa-the identity of the living entity; sak-\n\nti-potency; kari'-making; mane-accepts; hena-such; jive-living entity;\nbheda-different; kara-you make; isvarera-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sane -with.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In Bhagavad-gita the living entity is established as the marginal potency of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Yet you say that the living entity is completely different from the L ord.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Brahma-sutra states that according to the principle of sakti-saktimator\nabheda/:1, the living entity is simultaneously one with and different from the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Qualitatively the living entity and the Supreme\nLord are one, but in quantity they are different. According to Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's philosophy (acintya-bhedabheda-tattva), the living entity and the\nSupreme Lord are accepted as one and different at the same time.\nTEXT 164\n\n�f'lf�tr:9f�Of?:'i1 <tt1!_: �� 11?:011 �M<t � I\n\"!{��t� ��\"1�� C'lf f�1 �Wf�i1�1f111 )�8 II\nbhamir apo 'nalo vayu/:1\nkharil mano buddhir eva ca\nahar'lkara itiyaril me\nbhinna prakrtir·a$tadha\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhumi/:1-earth;\n\napa/:1-water;\n\nana/a/:1-fire;\n\nmana/:1-mind; buddhi/:1-intelligence;\n\nvayu/:1-air;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nca-and;\n\nkham-ether;\nahankara/:1-\n\nfalse ego; iti-thus; iyam-this; me-My; bhinna-separated; prakrti/:1-energy;\na$ta-dha -eightfold.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Earth , water, fire , air, ether, mind , intelligence and false ego are My\neightfold separated energies.\n\n", "mad2#p0323": "Text 166]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n289\n\nTEXT 165\n\n'!f9fC�'!f1!\\!i��g ��f\\!i� f<l'f� C'll 9f�tl{_ I\n�'1<1\"�\\!it� 'll�t<ttC�1 �C�'f� lfttfC\\!i �*' II ��¢ II\napareyam itas tv anyaril\nprakrtiril viJdhi me param\njiva-bhutaril maha-baho\nyayedaril dharyate jagat\nSYNONYMS\napara-inferior;\nprakrtim-nature;\n\niyam-this;\n\nitab-from\n\nviddhi-know;\n\nthis;\n\nme-My;\n\nbhatam-existing as the living entities;\n\ntu-but;\n\nanyam-another;\n\nparam-transcendental;\n\njiva­\n\nmaha-baho-0 mighty-armed one;\n\nyaya-by which; idam-this; dharyate-is sustained; jagat-material world.\nTRANSLATION\n11 'Besides these inferior energies, which are material, there is another energy, a spiritual energy, and this is the living being, 0 mighty-armed one. The\nentire material world is sustained by the living entities:\nPURPORT\nVerses 164 and 165 are quotations from Bhagavad-gita (7.4-5).\nTEXT 166\n\n���� <!!��� :Jff��t��t�i� I\n(;:Jf·��r;� �� :Jf1�T;� ��� II ��� II\nisvarera sri-vigraha sac-cid-anandakara\nse-vigrahe kaha sattva-guf)era vikara\nSYNONYMS\nisvarera-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sri-vigraha-the form; satciHinanda-akara-complete in eternity, cognizance and bliss; se-vigrahe-about\nthat form of the Lord; kaha-you say; sattva-guf)era-of the quality of material\ngoodness; vikara-transformation.\nTRANSLATION\n11The transcendental form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is complete in eternity, cognizance and bliss. However, you describe this transcendental form as a product of material goodness.\n\n", "mad2#p0324": "290\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 167\n\n�f<t� '� il1 �ti{, �l i!' �� I\n�,aw ��aw, '�l � ��� n ��\" u\nsri-vigraha ye na mane, sei ta' pa$af)c;fi\nadrsya asprsya, sei haya yama-daQc;fi\nSY NONYMS\nsri-vigraha-the form of the Lord; ye-anyone who; na-not; mane-accepts;\nsei-he; ta'-indeed; pa$aQc;fi-agnostic; adrsya-not to be seen; asprsya-untouchable; sei-he; haya-is; yama-daQc;fi-subject to be punished by Yamaraja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One who does not accept the transcendental form of the Lord is certainly\nan agnostic. Such a person should be neither seen nor touched. Indeed, he is\nsubject to be punished by Yamaraja.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic instructions, the Supreme Personality of Godhead has\nHis eternal, transcendental form, which is always blissful and full of knowledge.\nlmpersonalists think that \"material\" refers to the forms within our experience and\nthat \"spiritual\" refers to an absence of form. However, one should know that\nbeyond this material nature is another nature, which is spiritual. just as there are\nmaterial forms in this material world, there are spiritual forms in the spiritual world.\nThis is confirmed by all Vedic literature. The spiritual forms in the transcendental\nworld have nothing to do with the negative conception of formlessness. The conclusion is that a person is an agnostic when he does not agree to worship the transcendental form of the Lord.\nActually, at the present moment all systems of religion deny the worship of the\nform of the Lord due to ignorance of His transcendental form. The first-class materialists (the Mayavadis) imagine five specific forms of the Lord, but when they\ntry to equate the worship of such imaginary forms with bhakti, they are immediately condemned. Lord Sri Kmta confirms this in Bhagavad-gitii (7.15), where\nHe says, na mam du$krtino mu c;fh ab prapadyante naradhamab. Bereft of real\nknowledge due to agnosticism, the Mayavadi philosophers should not even be\nseen by the devotees of the Lord, nor touched, because those philosophers are\nliable to be punished by Yamaraja, the superintendent demigod who judges the\nactivities of sinful men. The Mayavadi agnostics wander within this universe in different species of life due to thelt nondevotional activities. Such living entities are\nsubjected to the punishments of Yamaraja. Only the devotees, who are always\nengaged in the service of the Lord, are exempt from the jurisdiction of Yamaraja.\n\n", "mad2#p0325": "Text 168]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n291\n\nTEXT 168\n\n�w en 'aftf�i c;<�)'5 � i!' iltf'!<�\"� 1\n\nc;�t� itl�<�\"�J·�W c;�'N1;<ti �fil<fi II ��\\r II\nveda na maniya bauddha haya ta' nastika\n\nvedasraya nastikya-vada bauddhake adhika\nSYNONYMS\n\nveda-the Vedic literature; na-not; maniya-accepting; bauddha-the Bud­\n\ndhists; haya-are; ta'-indeed; ncistika-agnostics; veda-asraya-taking shelter\nof Vedic civilization; nastikya-vada-agnosticism; bauddhake-even Buddhists;\nadhika-surpassing.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Buddhists do not recognize the authority of the Vedas; therefore they\nare considered agnostics. However, those who have taken shelter of the Vedic\nscriptures yet preach agnosticism in accordance with the Mayavada philosophy are certainly more dangerous than the Buddhists.\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough the Buddhists are directly opposed to V ai�r:Java philosophy, it can\n\neasily be understood that the Sar'lkarites are more dangerous because they accept\n\nthe authority of the Vedas yet act contrary to Vedic instruction. Vedasraya\nnastikya-vada means \"agnosticism under the shelter of Vedic culture\" and refers\n\nto the monistic philosophy of the Mayavadis. Lord Buddha abandoned the au­\n\nthority of the Vedic literature and therefore rejected the ritualistic ceremonies and\nsacrifices recommended in the Vedas. His nirvaf)a philosophy means stopping all\n\nmaterial activities. Lord Buddha did not recognize the presence of transcendental\nforms and spiritual activities beyond the material world. He simply described void­\n\nism beyond this material existence. The Mayavadi philosophers offer lip service to\n\nVedic authority but try to escape the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies. They concoct\n\nsome idea of a transcendental position and call themselves Narayar:Ja, or God.\n\nHowever, God's position is completely different from their concoction. Such\n\nMayavadi philosophers consider themselves above the influence of karma-kaQc;fa\n\n(fruitive activities and their reactions). For them, the spiritual world is equated\n\nwith the Buddhist voidism. There is very little difference between impersonalism\nand voidism. Voidism can be directly understood, but the impersonalism enunci­\n\nated· by Mayavadi philosophers is not very easily understandable. Of course,\n\nMayavadi philosophers accept a spiritual existence, but they do not know about\n\nthe spiritual world and spiritual beings. According to Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(10.2.32):\n\n", "mad2#p0326": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmfla\n\n292\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nye 'nye 'ravindak$a vimukta-manirias\n\ntvayy asta-bhavad avisuddha-buddhayab\n\naruhya krcchrel)a pararil padaril tatab\n\npatanty adho 'nadrta-yu$mad-ar'lghrayab\n\nThe intelligence of the Mayavadis is not purified; therefore even though they\npractice austerities for self-realization, they cannot remain within the impersonal\nbrahmajyoti. Consequently, they fall down again into this material world.\n\nThe Mayavadis' conception of spiritual existence is almost identical to the\nnegation of material existence. The Mayavadis believe that there is nothing positive in spiritual life. As a result, they cannot understand devotional service or the\nworship of the Supreme Person, sac-cid-ananda-vigraha The Ma.yavadi philoso­\n\nphers consider Deity worship in devotional service to be pratibimba-vada, or the\nworship of a form that is the reflection of a false material form. Thus the Lord's\ntranscendental form, which is eternally blissful and full of knowledge, is unknown\nto Mayavadi philosophers. Although the term Bhagavan is explicitly described in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, they cannot understand it. Brahmeti paramatmeti bhagavan\niti sabdyate: \"The Absolute Truth is called Brahman, Paramatma and Bhagavan:'\n\n(Bhag. 1.2.11) The Mayavadis try to understand Brahman only, or, at the most,\n\nParamatma. However, they are unable to understand Bhagavan. Therefore the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�Qa, says: mayayapahrta-jnanab. Because of\n\nthe Mayavadi philosophers' temperament, real knowledge is taken from them. Because they cannot receive the mercy of the Lord, they will always be bewildered\nby His transcendental form. Impersonal philosophy destroys the three phases of\nknowledge\n\n-\n\njnana, jneya and jnata. As soon as one speaks of knowledge, there\n\nmust be a person who is the knower, the knowledge itself and the object of\nknowledge. Ma.yavada philosophy combines these three categories; therefore the\nMayavadis cannot understand how the spiritual potencies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead act. Because of their poor fund of knowledge, they cannot\nunderstand the distinction in the spiritual world between knowledge, the knower\nand the object of knowledge. Because of this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu considers\nthe Mayavadi philosophers more dangerous than the Buddhists.\n\nTEXT 169\n\nlftt� � �' 'Jl ��I\n�rnrt�Rr·<e� �filtl'f � �� 11 ��\"' 11\njivera nistara lagi' sutra kaila vyasa\n\nmayavadi-bha$ya sunile haya sarva-nasa\n\n", "mad2#p0327": "Text 170]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n293\n\nSYNONYMS\njTvera-of the living entities; nistara-deliverance; lagi'-for the matter of;\n\nsutra-Vedanta-sutra; kaila-made;\n\nvyas a-Srila\n\nVyasadeva; mayavadi-of the\n\nimpersonalists; bha$ya- commentary; sunile-if hearing; haya\n\n-\n\nnasa-all destruction.\n\nbecomes; sarva­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srila Vyasadeva presented the Vedanta philosophy for the deliverance of\nconditioned souls, but if one hears the commentary of Sankaracarya, everything is spoiled.\nPURPORT\nFactually, the devotional service of the Lord is described in Vedanta-sOtra, but\nthe Mayavadi philosophers, the Sarikarites, prepared a commentary known as\nSarTraka-bha$ya, in which the transcendental form of the Lord is denied. The\n\nMayavadi philosophers think that the living entity is identical with the Supreme\n\nSoul, Brahman. Their commentaries on Vedanta-sOtra are completely opposed to\nthe principle of devotional service. Caitanya Mahaprabhu therefore warns us to\n\navoid these commentaries. If one indulges in hearing the Sarikarite SarTrakabha$ya, he will certainly be bereft of all real knowledge.\n\nThe ambitious Mayavadi philosophers desire to merge into the existence of the\n\nLord, and this may be accepted as sayujya-mukti. However, this form of mukti\nmeans denying one's individual existence. In other words, it is a kind of spiritual\n\nsuicide. This is absolutely opposed to the philosophy of bhakti-yoga. Bhakti-yoga\noffers immortality to the individual conditioned soul. If one follows the Mayavadi\nphilosophy, he misses his opportunity to become immortal after giving up the material body. The immortality of the individual person is the highest perfectional\nstage a living entity can attain.\nTEXT 170\n\n'\"Ptfil''tt1f·�'-�JI·� � I\n��� � i!Jf�\"Pt \"Ptft'fi! II �'lo II\n'pariQama-vada'-vyasa-sOtrera sammata\nacintya-sakti Tsvara jagad-rOpe pariQata\n\nSYNONYMS\npariQama-vada-the theory of transformation; vyasa-sOtrera-of the Vedanta­\n\nsOtra;\n\nsammata -purpose;\n\nacintya-sakti -inconceivable\n\npower;\n\nTsvara -the\n\n", "mad2#p0328": "294\n\nSri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; jagat-rupe-in the form of the cosmic\nmanifestation; pariQata-transformed.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Vedanta-sutra aims at establishing that the cosmic manifestation has\ncome into being by the transformation of the inconceivable potency of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nFor a further explanation of pariQama-vada, refer to Adi-lila, Seventh Chapter,\nverses 121-133.\n\nTEXT 171\n\n1ffit C� 'CI�� \\!l�<! �11f I\n1Sf'$ji!fi'Pf � �' \\!1_�<flt1f II �'\\� II\nmaQi yaiche avikrte prasabe hema-bhara\njagad-rupa haya isvara, tabu avikara\n\nSYNONYMS\nmaQi-the touchstone; yaiche-just as; avikrte-without being transformed;\nprasabe-produces;\n\nhema-bhara-volumes of gold; jagat-nJpa-the cosmic\n\nmanifestation; haya-becomes; isvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\ntabu-still; avikara-unchanged.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The touchstone, after touching iron, produces volumes of gold without\nbeing changed. Similarly, the Supreme Personality of Godhead manifests\nHimself as the cosmic manifestation by His inconceivable potency, yet He\nremains unchanged in His eternal, transcendental form.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the commentary of Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura, the\npurpose of the janmady asya verse in the Vedanta-sutra is to establish that the\ncosmic manifestation is the result of the transformation of the potencies of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The Supreme Lord is the master of innumerable\neternal energies, which are unlimited. Sometimes these energies are manifested,\nand sometimes they are not. In any case, all energies are under His control;\n\ntherefore He is the original energetic, the abode of all energies. A common brain\nin the conditioned state cannot conceive of how these inconceivable energies\n\n", "mad2#p0329": "Text 171]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n295\n\nabide in the Supreme Personality of Godhead, how He exists in His innumerable\nforms as the master of both spiritual and material energies, how He is the master\nof both manifest and potential powers and how contradictory potencies can\nabide in Him. As long as the living entity is within this material world, in the condition of illusion, he cannot understand the activities of the inconceivable energies\nof the Lord. Thus the Lord's energies, though factual, are simply beyond the\npower of the common brain to understand.\nWhen the atheistic philosophers or the Miiyiiviidis, being unable to understand\nthe inconceivable energies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, imagine an\nimpersonal void, their imagination is only the counterpart of materialistic thinking.\nWithin the material world, there is nothing inconceivable. High-thinking philosophers and scientists can tackle the material energy, but not being able to understand the spiritual energy, they can simply imagine an inactive state, such as the\nimpersonal Brahman. This is simply the negative side of material life. By such imperfect knowledge, the Miiy iiviidi philosophers conclude that the cosmic\nmanifestation is a transformation of the Supreme. Thus they must necessarily also\naccept the theory of the illusion of the Supreme (vivarta-vada). However, if we accept the inconceivable potencies of the Lord, we can understand how the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead can appear within this material world without\nbeing touched or contaminated by the three modes of material nature.\nFrom the sastras we learn that there is a stone or jewel called a touchstone that\ncan transform iron into gold. Although the touchstone tums iron into gold many\ntimes, it remains in its original condition. If such a material stone can maintain its\ninconceivable energy after producing volumes of gold, certainly the Supreme Personality of Godhead can remain in His original sac-cid-ananda form after creating\nthe cosmic world. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (9.10), He acts only through His\ndifferent energies. Mayadhyak�ef)a prakrti/:1: Kr�t:�a directs the material energy, and\nthat potency works in this material world. This is also confirmed in Brahmasarilhita (5.44):\nsr�ti-sthiti-pralaya-sadhana-saktir eka\nchayeva yasya bhuvanani vibharti durga\nicchanurupam api yasya ca ce�tate sa\ngovindam adi-puru�aril tam aharil bhajami\nThe durga-sakti (material energy) acts under the direction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and the universal creation, maintenance and destruction are\nbeing carried out by the durga-sakti. Kr�t:�a's direction is in the background. The\nconclusion is that the Supreme Personality of Godhead remains as He is, even\nthough directing His energy, which makes the diverse cosmic manifestation work\nso wonderfully.\n\n", "mad2#p0330": "296\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 172\n\n��-� �fiil' Clt� 1J,tiJI C5ft� flr�1 I\n\n'���' 'ltf� �·if! �1 II �'l� II\nvyasa-bhranta bali' sei sutre do$a diya\n'vivarta-vada' sthapiyache kalpana kariya\nSYNONYMS\n\nv yasa-Srila Vyasadeva; bhranta-mistaken; ba/i'-saying; sei-that; sutre-in\nVedanta-sutra; do$a-fault; diya -accusing; vivarta-vada-the theory of illusion;\nsthapiyache-has established; ka/pana-imagination; kariya-doing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sankaracarya's theory states that the Absolute Truth is transformed . By accepting this theory, the Mayavadi philosophers denigrate Srila Vyasadeva by\naccusing him of error. They thus find fault in the Vedanta-sutra and interpret it\nto try to establish the theory of illusion.\nPURPORT\nThe first verse of the Brahma-satra is athato brahma jijiiasa: \"We must now inquire into the Absolute Truth:' The second verse immediately answers, janmady\n\nasya yatal): \"The Absolute Truth is the original source of everything:' }anmady\nasya yatal) does not suggest that the original person has been transformed. Rather,\nit clearly indicates that He produces this cosmic manifestation through His inconceivable energy. This is also clearly explained in Bhagavad-gita, where Kr�oa says,\n\nmatta/:1 sarvaril pravartate: \"From Me, everything emanates:' (Bg. 10.8) This is also\nconfirmed in the TaittirTya Upani�ad: yato va imani bhatani jayante: \"The\nSupreme Absolute Truth is that from which everything is born.\" (Tait. Up. 3.1.1)\nSimilarly, in the Mur:u;faka Upani$ad (1.1.7), it is stated, yathorf)a-nabhi/:1 srjate grh­\n\nT)ate ca: \"[The Lord creates and destroys the cosmic manifestation] as a spider creates a web and draws it back within itself.\" All of these satras indicate the transformation of the Lord's energy. It is not that the Lord undergoes direct transformation, which is called parif)ama-vada. However, being very anxious to protect Srila\nVyasadeva from criticism, Sarikaracarya became a pseudo gentleman and put forward his theory of illusion (vivarta-vada). Sarikaracarya concocted this meaning of\n\nparif)ama-vada, and by word jugglery he endeavored very hard to establish\nparif)ama-vada as vivarta-vada.\nTEXT 173\n\nitt�l <;Wt� �t�� -� fll�1 ��I\n\"f'lt� '� fil� e;�, il'!fl� ��II �9� II\n\n", "mad2#p0331": "Text 173]\n\nThe Liberation of Slrvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n297\n\njivera dehe atma-buddhi-sei mithya haya\njagat ye mithya nahe, nasvara-matra haya\nSYNONYMS\n\njTvera-of the living entities; dehe-in the body; atma-buddhi-considering as\nthe self; sei-that; mithya-untruth; haya-is; jagat-the cosmic manifestation;\nye-that; mithya-untruth; nahe-not; nasvara-matra-only temporary; hayais.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The theory of illusion can be applied only when the living entity identifies\nhimself with the body. As far as the cosmic manifestation is concerned, it cannot be called false, although it is certainly temporary.\nPURPORT\n\nThe living entity is the eternal servant of Kr�r:-a . Being part and parcel of the\nLord, he is constitutionally pure, but due to his contact with material energy, he\nidentifies himself with either the gross or the subtle material body. Such identification is certainly false and constitutes the genuine platform of the theory of illusion . The living entity is eternal; he can never be subjected to the limits of time, as\nare his gross and subtle bodies. The cosmic manifestation is never false, but it is\nsubject to change by the influence of the time factor. For a living entity to accept\nthis cosmic manifestation as the field for his sense enjoyment is certainly illusory.\nThis material world is the manifestation of the material energy of the Lord. This is\nexplained by Kr�r:-a in Bhagavad-gita (7.4):\nbhomir apo 'nalo vayub\nkharh mano buddhir eva ca\naharikara itiyarh me\nbhinna prakrtir a$tadha\nThe material world is the inferior energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nbut it is not a fact that the Supreme Lord has been transformed into this material\nworld . The Mayavadr philosophers, devoid of true understanding, have confused\nthe theory of illusion and the theory of the cosmic manifestation by word jugglery.\nThe theory of illusion can be applied to a person who identifies himself with the\nbody. The living entity is the superior energy of the Supreme Lord, and the material world is the inferior energy. Both, however, are prakrti (energy). Although\nthe energies are simultaneously one with the Lord and different from Him, the\nLord never loses His personal form due to the transformation of His different\nenergies.\n\n", "mad2#p0332": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n298\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 174\n\n'c.2!'1�' '� lf�t�t�J-��1l � I\nc.2!'1� �� :��.(t��, 'Sf'$fe.·��� II �'18 II\n'praf)ava' ye maha-vakya-Tsvarera mOrti\npraf)ava haite sarva-veda, jagat-utpatti\n\nSYNONYMS\npraf)ava-omkara; ye-that which; maha-vakya-transcendental vibration;\nTsvarera-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; mOrti-the form; praf)avaomkara; haite-from; sarva-veda-all Vedic literature; jagat-of the material\nworld; utpatti-production.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The transcendental vibration omkara is the sound form of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. All Vedic knowledge and this cosmic manifestation\nare produced from this sound representation of the Supreme Lord.\nPURPORT\nOmkara is the representation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in sound.\nThis form of His holy name is accepted as the transcendental vibration (mahavakya) by virtue of which the temporary material manifestation has come into\nbeing. If one takes shelter of the sound representation of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead (omkara), he can realize his constitutional identity and engage in\ndevotional service even though in conditional life.\n\nTEXT 175\n\n'i!,lfflf'- �-<;�'!_ c.2!Wffil<ti �J I\n�� ift lftfil' i!1t11\" �� ��t�J II �'lO' II\n'tat tvam asi'-jTva-hetu pradesika vakya\npraf)ava na mani' tare kahe maha-vakya\n\nSYNONYMS\ntat tvam asi-you are the same; jTva-hetu-for the enlightenment of the conditioned soul; pradesika-subsidiary; vakya-vibration; praf)ava-the omkara incarnation; na-not; mani' -accepting; tare-that; kahe-says; maha-vakyatranscendental vibration.\n\n", "mad2#p0333": "The Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\nText 176]\n\n299\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The subsidiary vibration tat tvam asi [\"you are the same\"] is meant for the\nunderstanding of the living entity, but the principal vibration is orhkira. Not\ncaring for orhkira, Sai'lkaracarya has stressed the vibration tat tvam asi.\"\nPURPORT\nTat tvam asi is accepted as the primary vibration by one who does not accept\npraf)ava, the transcendental sauna incarnation of the holy name of the Lord, as\nthe chief principle in Vedic literature. By word jugglery, Sankaracarya tried to\ncreate an illusory presentation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His relationship with the living entities and the cosmic manifestation. Tat tvam asi is a\nwarning to the living entity not to mistake the body for the self. Therefore tat\ntvam asi is especially meant for the conditioned soul. The chanting of orilkara or\nthe Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra is meant for the liberated soul. Srila Ropa Gosvami has said,\nayi mukta-kulair upasyamanam (Nam�taka 1). Thus the holy name of the Lord is\nchanted by the liberated souls. Similarly, Parik�it Maharaja says, nivrtta-tar$air\nupagiyamanat (Bhag. 1 0.1.4). The holy name of the Lord can be chanted by those\nwho have fully satisfied their material desires or who are fully situated on the transcendental platform and devoid of material desire. The name of the Lord can be\nchanted by\n\none\n\nwho\n\nis\n\ncompletely\n\nfreed\n\n(anyabhila$ita-sanyaril jnana-karmady-anavrtam).\n\nfrom\n\nmaterial\n\ncontamination\n\nSankaracarya\n\nhas indirectly\n\nminimized the value of the principal Vedic mantra (orilkara) by accepting a subordinate vibration (tat tvam as1) as the most important Vedic mantra\nTEXT 176\n\n��11t'! �rn � -ti! (}lt� fir\"' ,\n��t� �('�� �� �fi\"f II �9� II\nei-mate ka/pita bha$ye sata dO$a di/a\nbhattacarya p0rva-pak$a apara karila\nSYNONYMS\nei-mate-in this way; ka/pita-imagined; bh�ye-in the commentary; satahundreds; do$a-of faults; di/a-gave; bhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya;\np0rva-pak$a-opposing elements; apara-unlimitedly; kari/a-manifested.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu criticized Sankaracarya's Sariraka-bh�ya as\nimaginary, and\n\nHe pointed out hundreds of faults in it. To defend\n\n", "mad2#p0334": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n300\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSankaracarya, however, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya presented unlimited opposition.\nTEXT 177\n\n�1, �' fi{��tllf �il<fi �� I\nlfCt �fu' <21'{ fi{i9f·11'! <;� \"'t� II �'l'l II\nvitar:u;Ja, chala, nigrahadi aneka uthaila\nsaba khar:u;Ji' prabhu nija-mata se sthapila\nSYNONYMS\n\nvitaf){ia-counter-arguments; chala -imaginary interpretations; nigraha-adirepulses to the opposite party; aneka -various; uthai/a-raised; saba-all; khal)­\n\n{fi'-refuting; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nija-mata-His own conviction; se-that; sthapi/a-established.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhattacarya presented various types of false arguments with pseudologic and tried to defeat his opponent in many ways. However, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu refuted all these arguments and established His own conviction.\nPURPORT\nThe word vitaf){ia indicates that a debater, not touching the main point or\nestablishing his own point, simply tries to refute the other person's argument .\nWhen one does not touch the direct meaning but tries to divert attention by\nmisinterpretation, he engages in chala. The word nigraha also means always trying\nto refute the arguments of the other party.\nTEXT 178\n\nre'St�-'�lllf'fi', re�-'��'(�' � 1\n,�111-'�iSfil', � �� �� II �'llr II\nbhagavan-'sambandha', bhakti-'abhidheya' haya\nprema-'prayojana', vede tina-vastu kaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sambandha-relationship;\nabhi dheya transcendental activities;· haya -is;\nthe ultimate goal of life; vede-the Vedas;\ntina- vastu -three subj ect matters; kaya -describe\nbhakti-devotional\n\nservice;\n\nprema-love of Godhead; prayojana\n\n-\n\n-\n\n.\n\n", "mad2#p0335": "Text 179]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n301\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued: \"The Supreme Personality of Godhead is the central point of all relationships, acting in devotional service to\nHim is one's real occupation, and the attainment of love of Godhead is the\nultimate goal of life. These three subject matters are described in Vedic\nliterature.\nPURPORT\nBhagavad-gita also confirms this statement (Bg. 15.15). Vedais ca sarvair aham\neva vedyaf): the actual purpose in reading the Vedas is to learn how to become a\ndevotee of the Supreme Lord. The Lord Himself advises, man-mana bhava madbhakto mad-yaji marh namaskuru (Bg. 9.34). Therefore, after studying the Vedas,\none must then execute devotional service by thinking always of the Supreme Lord\n(man-mana), becoming His devotee, worshiping Him and always offering Him\nobeisances. This is called vi$Qu-aradhana, and it is the supreme occupational duty\nof all human beings. It is properly discharged in the varQasrama-dharma system,\nwhich divides society into brahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha, sannyasa, and\nbrahmaQa, k$atriya, vaisya and sudra. This is the whole scheme of Vedic civilization. However, this institution is very difficult to establish in this age; therefore Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu advises that we not worry about the Vedic system of varQasrama-dharma. Rather, we should take directly to the chanting of the Hare Kr�l)a\nmantra and simply hear about the Supreme Personality of Godhead from pure\ndevotees. This is the process recommended by S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and this\nis the purpose for studying the Vedas.\nTEXT 179\n\n�� � �-f� <fi�, \"<15� <15.-ri I\n�:i2!1lt'l �-�<151 <fitP 'IIII&'N II �'l� II\nara ye ye-kichu kahe, sakala-i kalpana\nsvataf)-pramaf)a veda-vakye ka/pena /ak$a1Ja\nSYNONYMS\nara-except this; ye ye-whatever; kichu-something; kahe-says; saka/a-iall; ka/pana-imagination; svataf) pramaQa-self-evident; veda-vakye-in the\n-\n\nVedic version; kalpena-he imagines; /ak$aQa-an interpretation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If one tries to explain the Vedic literature in a different way, he is indulging\nin imagination. Any interpretation of the self-evident Vedic version is simply\nimaginary.\n\n", "mad2#p0336": "�ri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n302\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nPURPORT\nWhen a conditioned soul is purified, he is called a devotee. A devotee has his relationship only with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and his only occupational duty is to execute devotional service to satisfy the Lord. This service is rendered through the Lord's representative, the spiritual master: yasya deve para\nbhaktir yatha deve ta tha gurau. When the devotee executes devotional service\nproperly, he attains the highest perfection of life-love of Godhead: sa vai purilsaril para dharma yato bhaktir adhok�aje. The ultimate goal of understanding the\nVedas is to be elevated to the platform of rendering loving service to the Lord. The\nMayavadi philosophers, however, consider the central point of relationship to be\nthe impersonal Brahman, the function of the living entity to be the acquisition of\nknowledge of Brahman, resulting in detachment from material activity, and the\nultimate goal of life to be liberation, or merging into the existence of the Supreme.\nAll of this, however, is simply due to the imagination of the conditioned soul. It\nsimply opposes him to material activities. One should always remember that all\nVedic literatures are self-evident. No one is allowed to interpret the Vedic verses.\nIf one does so, he indulges in imagination, and that has no value.\n\nTEXT 180\n\n�� Qf� iftf�, �-� �l'f I\n\n��� �Wifl �fif' ift��dft?J � II �\"'\n\no\n\nII\n\nacaryera do�a nahi, isvara-ajna haila\nataeva kalpana kari' nastika-sastra kaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nacaryera-of S arikaracary a; dO$a-fault; nahi-there is not; isvara-ajfla-the\norder of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nhaila-there was; ataeva­\n\ntherefore; ka/pana-imagination; kari'-making; nastika-atheistic; sastra-scriptures; kaila -prepared.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Actually there is no fault on the part of �ankaracarya. He simply carried out\nthe order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He had to imagine some\nkind of interpretation, and therefore he presented a kind of Vedic literature\nthat is full of atheism.\nTEXT 181\n\n�t5tt�= <fmc'!�� �01t-,_ ��,�1,_ � 1\n�If! c�t� '�'� �t� ��r�rc���1u �IT� n\n\n", "mad2#p0337": "Text 182]\n\nThe liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n303\n\nsvagamai/:l kalpitais tvaril ca\njanan mad-vimukhan kuru\nmaril ca gopaya yena syat\ns($tir e$ottarottara\nSYNONYMS\nsva-agamai/:1-with your own theses; ka /pitai/:1 -imagined; tvam-you; caalso; janan-the people in general; mat-vimukhan-averse to Me and addicted\nto fruitive activities and speculative knowledge; kuru-make; mam-Me, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; ca-and; gopaya-just cover; yena-by\nwhich; syat-there may be; smi/:1-material advancement; e$a-this; uttarottara-more and more.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Addressing Lord Siva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead said, 'Please\nmake the general populace averse to Me by imagining your own interpretation\nof the Vedas. Also, cover Me in such a way that people will take more interest\nin advancing material civilization just to propagate a population bereft of\nspiritual knowledge.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Padma Puraf)a, Uttara-khaf)c;/a (62.31).\nTEXT 182\n\n1ft�i<ttlf\"l{'l'6fit�� t!l�� c<t'Nli:�n� 1\nm<� f<���� Clff<l <�>C\"f1 31t\"''i'lllf�\"�111 )lT� 11\nmayavadam asac-chastraril\npracchannaril bauddham ucyate\nmayaiva vihitaril devi\nkalau brahmaf)a-murtina\nSYNONYMS\nmayavadam-the philosophy of Mayavada; asat-sastram-false scriptures;\npracchannam-covered; bauddham-Buddhism; ucyate-it is said; maya-by\nme; eva-on! y; vihitam-executed; devi-0 goddess of the material world;\nkalau-in the age of Kali; brahmaf)a - mOrtin a-having the body of a brahmaf)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\" Lord Siva informed the goddess Durga, the superintendent of the material\nworld, 'In the age of Kali, I take the form of a brahmar:1a and explain the Vedas\nthrough false scriptures in an atheistic way, similar to Buddhist philosophy. ' \"\n\n", "mad2#p0338": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n304\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nPURPORT\nThe word brahmaQa-mOrtina in this verse refers to the founder of Mayavada\nphilosophy, Sarikaracarya, who was born in the Malabara district of southern\nIndia. Mayavada philosophy states that the Supreme Lord, the living entities and\nthe cosmic manifestation are all transformations of illusory energy. To support this\natheistic theory, the Mayavadis cite false scriptures, which make people bereft of\ntranscendental knowledge and addicted to fruitive activities and mental speculation.\nThis verse is a quotation from the Padma Puraf)a, Uttara-khaQc;/a (25.7).\nTEXT 183\n\n��, ��wr1i � 9l� �m 1\n�� i{j fiU�if �tift, � ��i! II �lr� II\nsuni' bhattacarya haila parama vismita\nmukhe na ni/:lsare vaQi, ha-ila stambhita\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing;\n\nbhattacarya-Sarvabhauma\n\nBhagacarya;\n\nhaila -became;\n\nparama-very much;\n\nvismita -astonished; mukhe-in the mouth; na-not;\n\nni/:lsare\n\nvaQi-words;\n\n- vibrates;\n\nha-ila- became;\n\nstambhita\n\n- stunned .\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya became very astonished upon hearing this. He\nbecame stunned and said nothing.\nTEXT 184\n\n� ��,-'etft;t1f, ill -.f �'lm I\n'e1Rtt� 'e� -�����( lrt� II �IrS II\nprabhu kahe, -bhattacarya, na kara vismaya\nbhagavane bhakti-parama-puru�artha haya\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe -the Lord said;\n\nbhattacarya-My dear Bha��acarya; na -not;\n\nkara-do; vismaya - astonishment; bhagavane-unto the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; bhakti-devotional service; parama-the Supreme; puru$a-arthahuman interest; haya-is.\n\n", "mad2#p0339": "Text 186]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacary a\n\n305\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitany a Mahaprabhu then told him: \"Do not be astonished. Actually, devotional service unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the\nhighest perfection of human activity.\nTEXT 185\n\n'�c:trt�'tll' � � Jr�� �tri{ I\n\n�ttl����� �tt�'lll �lr<i' II\n'iHmarama' paryanta kare isvara bhajana\naiche acintya bhagavanera gui)a-gaQa\n\nSYNONYMS\natma-rama-self-satisfied; paryanta-up to; kare-do; isvara bhajana-devotional service to the Lord; aiche-such; acintya-inconceivable; bhagavanera-of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; guQa-gaQa-transcendental qualities.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Even the self-satisfied sages perform devotional service to the Supreme\nLord. Such are the transcendental qualities of the Lord. They are full of inconceivable spiritual potency.\nTEXT 186\n\n\"'\n'lll�t�t'lt\"5 'I_OI'\"C�1 f;:r 1! \"(1 'lll�H!'<f!'\"C� I\n\n��·�ut��<f�� �fu;f1l���\"C<f1 �fl: II �lr� II\natmaramas ca munayo\nnirgrantha apy urukrame\nkurvanty ahaitukirh bhaktim\nittham-bhata-guQo harib\n\nSYNONYMS\natma-ramab-persons who take pleasure in being transcendentally situated in\nthe service of the Lord; ca-also; munayab-great saintly persons who have\ncompletely\n\nrejected\n\nmaterial\n\naspirations,\n\nfruitive\n\nactivities,\n\nand\n\nso\n\nforth;\n\nnirgranthab-without interest in any material desire; api-certainly; urukrameunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r;�a, whose activities are wonderful;\nkurvanti-do; ahaitukim-causeless, or without material desires; bhaktim-devo-\n\n", "mad2#p0340": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n306\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\ntional service; ittham-bhata-so wonderful as to attract the attention of the selfsatisfied; g w:JaQ -who has transcendental qualities; hariQ-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Those who are self-satisfied and unattracted by external material desires\n\nare also attracted to the loving service of Sri K���;�a, whose qualities are transcendental and whose activities are wonderful. Hari, the Personality of Godhead, is called K��;�a because He has such transcendentally attractive\nfeatures.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis is the famous atmarama verse (Bhag. 1.7.1 0).\nTEXT 187\n\n�fil' ���� ��,-'�i{, Jf� I\n�· �t<R �� �f.tt� ��i �11 II' �lr� II\nsuni' bhattacarya kahe,-'suna, mahasaya\nei s/okera artha sunite vancha haya'\n\nSY NONYMS\nsuni'-hearing this; bhattacarya kahe-Sarvabhauma Bha��aarya said; sunaplease hear; maha-asaya-my dear sir; ei slokera-of this verse; artha-the\nmeaning; sunite-to hear; vaflcha-a desire; haya-there is.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing the atmarama verse, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya addressed Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu: \"My dear sir, please explain this verse. I have a great\ndesire to hear Your explanation of it!'\nTEXT 188\n\n���,-'!_fit f� �Q{'�1f, �i �1t1t �fil' I\n� �fil·�rn� �� � � m ll'�lrlr II\nprabhu kahe, -'tumi ki artha kara, taha age suni'\npache ami kariba artha, yeba kichu jani'\n\n", "mad2#p0341": "Text 190]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n307\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; tumi-you; ki-what; artha-meaning; kara-do;\ntaha-that; age-first of all; 5uni'-hearing; pache-after that; ami-1; karibashall do; artha-meaning; yeba-whatever; kichu-something; jani-1 know.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord replied: \"First let Me hear your explanation. After that, I shall try\nto explain what little I know!'\nTEXT 189\n\n�fil' 'e�t�\"f1i \"'t� �f'P( �t'llt� I\n\n�-tliJi·'lf� �� ��'f �� II �lr� II\n5uni' bhattacarya 5/oka karila vyakhyana\ntarka-5astra-mata uthaya vividha vidhana\nSYNONYMS\n\n5uni'-hearing this; bhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya;\n\n5/oka-of the\n\nverse; kari/a-did; vyakhyana-explanation; tarka-5astra-scriptures dealing with\nlogic; mata-according to; uthaya-raises; vividha-various; vidhana-premises.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya then began to explain the atmarama verse, and,\naccording to the principles of logic, he raised various premises.\nTEXT 190\n\n��M� �� C<fifl -«� \"f�i I\n��' � �� � \"e, �tf��ill ��o II\nnava-vidha artha kaila 5astra-mata lana\n5uni' prabhu kahe kichu i$at hasiya\nSYNONYMS\n\nnava-vidha-nine kinds; artha-meanings; kaila-did; 5astra-mata-the principles of authorized scriptures; /ana-taking; 5uni'-after hearing that; prabhuLord Caitanya; kahe-began to speak; kichu-something; i$at-slightly; hasiyasmiling.\n\n", "mad2#p0342": "308\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhattacarya explained the atmarama verse in nine different ways on the\nbasis of scripture. After hearing his explanation, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nsmiling a little, began to speak.\nPURPORT\nThe atmarama verse was discussed at Naimi�aral)ya at a meeting of many great\nsages, headed by Saunaka ��i. They questioned Srila SOta Gosvami, who presided\n\nat the meeting, about why Srila Sukadeva Gosvami, a paramaharilsa already in the\ntranscendental position, was attracted to a discussion of the qualities of Kr�t:�a. In\n\nother words, they wanted to know why Sri Sukadeva Gosvami engaged in the\nstudy of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nTEXT 191\n\n'�wN', �tfj{ -1._fif �t-.te. �\"\"Pf� I\n-trnr�� <1iRt�'! ��ft <l'l�1fi ift� -tf• II���II\n'bhattacarya', jani-tumi sak?at brhaspati\n\nsastra-vyakhya karite aiche karo nahi sakti\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhattacarya-My dear Bhagacarya; jani-1 know; t u mi-you; sak�at-directly;\n\nbrhaspati-the learned priest of the demigods named Brhaspati; sastra-vyakhya­\n\nexplanation of the scriptures; karite-to do; aiche-such; karo-of anyone else;\nnahi-there is not; sakti-power.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said: \"My dear Bhattacarya, you are exactly like\nBrhaspati, the priest of the heavenly kingdom. Indeed, no one within this\nworld has the power to explain the scriptures in such a way.\nTEXT 192\n\n�. 't_fif �� C��Vf 9ftf�'!J·��'ei'� I\n\n� � <;� �� � �N;� II��� II\nkintu tumi artha kaile pary;Jitya-pratibhaya\niha va-i slokera ache aro abhipraya\n\n", "mad2#p0343": "Text 194]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n309\n\nSYNONYMS\nkintu-but; tumi-you;\n\nartha-meaning;\n\nkai/e-have shown;\n\npaQc;/itya­\n\nscholarly; pratibhaya-with prowess; iha va-i-besides this; 5/okera-of the\nverse; ache-there is; ar o-another; abhipraya-purport\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Bhattacarya, you have certainly explained this verse by the\nprowess of your vast learning, but- you should know that, besides this scholarly explanation, there is another purport to this verse!'\nTEXT 193\n\n��tt<'� �(�tti! � �Jt-oi '� I\niltl �<I �{.1ft-u �<fi if! ��'I II ��� II\nbhattacaryera prarthanate prabhu vyakhya kaila\ntanra nava artha-madhye eka na chunila\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacaryera-of Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya; prarthanate-on the request;\nprabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vyak hya-explanation; kai/a-made;\ntalira-his; nava artha-of the nine different types of explanations; madhye-in\nthe midst; eka-one; na-not; chulii/a\n\n-\n\ntouched .\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon the request of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nbegan to explain the verse, without touching upon the nine explanations\ngiven by the Bhattacarya.\nTEXT 194\n\n��t�t1f'l1'6-c;t(tt<fi '�<fit�' � � I\n\"1� \"1� '<fi� �� �� � II �y8 II\natmarama5 ca-5/oke 'ekada5a' pada haya\nprthak prthak kaila padera artha ni5caya\nSYNONYMS\natmaramas ca- known as such; 5/oke-in the verse; ekada.Sa-eleven; padawords; haya-there are; prthak prthak-separately one after another; kailamade; padera-of the words; artha-the meaning; ni5caya-certainty.\n\n", "mad2#p0344": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n310\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere are eleven\n\nwords\n\nin\n\nthe atmarama verse,\n\nand\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu explained each wor�, one after the other.\nPURPORT\nThe words in the atmarama verse are atmaramaf), ca, munaya/:1, nirgrantha/:1, api,\nurukrame, kurvanti, ahaitukim, bhaktim, ittham-bhOta-guf)a/:1 and hari/:1.\nTEXT 195\n\n��'f·l2ttlt ttl �·t�ft1{' flltlMti I\n\n..� ..� �fl ..�2t111 'f$1 II ��<t II\ntat-tat-pada-pradhanye 'atmarama' milana\na$tadasa artha kaila abhipraya lana\nSYNONYMS\ntat-tat-pada-all those items; pradhanye-principally; atmarama-the word atmarama;\n\nmi/ana-causing\n\nto\n\nmeet;\n\na$tada5a-eighteen;\n\nartha-meanings;\n\nkai/a-did; abhipraya-purpose; /ana-accepting.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu took each word specifically and combined it\nwith the word \"atmarama.\" He thus explained the word \"atmarama\" in eighteen different ways .\nTEXT 196\n\n�'5t�if., �rn -rr�, �rn �ct1tct 1\n�� ��t� �� .ifl �i1t �� II ��� II\nbhagavan, tanra sakti, tanra guf)a-gaf)a\nacintya prabhava tinera na yaya kathana\nSYNONYMS\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tanra sakti-His potencies;\ntanra\n\nguf)a-gaf)a-His\n\nprabhava-the\n\ninfluence;\n\nkathana-to speak.\n\ntranscendental\ntinera-of the\n\nqualities;\nthree;\n\nacintya-inconceivable;\nna-not;\n\nyaya-possible;\n\n", "mad2#p0345": "Text 198]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n311\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said: \"The Supreme Personality of Godhead, His\ndifferent potencies and His transcendental qualities all have inconceivable\nprowess. It is not possible to explain them fully.\nTEXT 197\n\n�tl 'f� l'ft�-��i{ <Tlfif' �t�i{ I\n�� � m �l'ft�t<tl1t 'lfi{ II�\"'� II\nanya yata sadhya-sadhana kari' acchadana\nei tine hare siddha-sadhakera mana\nSYNONYMS\nanya-other; yata-all; sadhya-sadhana-objectives and transcendental practices; kari'-doing; acchadana-covering; ei tine-these three; hare-take away;\nsiddha-successful; sadhakera-of the student engaged in spiritual activities;\nmana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"These three items attract the mind of a perfect student engaged in\nspiritual activities and overcome all other processes of spiritual activity.\"\nPURPORT\nSpiritual activities other than bhakti-yoga are divided into three categoriesspeculative activity conducted by the ji'iana-sampradaya (learned scholars), fruitive activity conducted by the general populace according to Vedic regulations,\nand the activities of transcendentalists not engaged in devotional service. There\nare many different branches of these categories, but the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, by His inconceivable potencies and transcendental qualities, attracts\nthe mind of the student engaged in the activities of karma, ji'iana, yoga, and so\nforth. The Supreme Lord is full of inconceivable potencies, which are related to His\nperson, His energies and His transcendental qualities. All of these are very attractive to the serious student. Consequently the Lord is known as Kr��a, the allattractive one.\nTEXT 198\n\n�fif-�<t�tW<!t �tt\\! �1{1'1 I\n\n��\\! i{tifl �� <tl�i{ <!lJt�Jtil ll �\"'\"\" II\n\n", "mad2#p0346": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n312\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nsanakadi-sukadeva tahate pramaf)a\n\nei-mata nana artha karena vyakhyana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsanaka-adi-the four sanas; sukadeva-and Sukadeva Gosvami; tahate-in\n\nthat; pramaf)a-the evidence; ei-mata-in this way; nana-varieties; arthameaning; karena-does; vyakhyana-explanation.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu explained the meaning of the verse by giving evidence concerning Sukadeva Gosvami and the four r�is Sanaka, Sanat-kumara,\nSanatana and Sanandana. Thus the Lord gave various meanings and explanations.\nPURPORT\nThat Kr�r:ta is all-attractive is verified by the activities of the four r�is and\n\nSukadeva Gosvami. All of them were liberated persons, yet they were attracted\n\nby the qualities and pastimes of the Lord. It is therefore said: mukta api fifaya\nvigraharh krtva bhagavantarh bhajante. (Cc. Madhya 24.112) Even liberated per­\n\nsons are attracted by the pastimes of Lord Kr�r:ta and thus engage in devotional\n\nservice. From the very beginning of their lives, Sukadeva Gosvami and the four\n\nKumaras, known as catu/:lsana, were liberated and self-realized on the Brahman\n\nplatform. Nonetheless, they were attracted by the qualities of Kr�Qa, and they\n\nengaged in His service. The four Kumaras were attracted by the aroma of the\nflowers offered at the lotus feet of Kr�Qa, and in this way they became devotees.\n\nSukadeva Gosvami heard Srimad-Bhagavatam by the mercy of his father,\n\nVyasadeva, and he was consequently attracted to Kr�r:ta and became a great\ndevotee. The conclusion is that the transcendental bliss experienced in the service of the Lord must be superior to brahmananda, the bliss derived from realizing\nthe impersonal Brahman.\n\nTEXT 199\n\n�f.{' �t�tt.f� 1ltil ��� �11e.�t� I\n\n�� �� iSftfi{' �t� �t'Pfil1 �ffflf II ��� II\nsuni' bhattacaryera mane haifa camatkara\n\nprabhuke kr�f)a jani' kare apana dhikkara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuni'-hearing this; bhattacaryera-of Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; mane-in the\n\nmind;\n\nhaifa-there was;\n\ncamatkara-wonder;\n\nprabhuke-Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�Qa; jani'-accepting as; kare-does; apana-him­\n\nself; dhikkara-condemnation.\n\n", "mad2#p0347": "Text 201]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n313\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing Caitanya Mahaprabhu's explanation of the atmarama verse,\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya was struck with wonder. He then understood Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to be Kr�r:ta in person, and he thus condemned himself in the following words.\nTEXT 200\n\n,�•tfti I!' �t-.te. \"'�,--'lf$i1i �fil11i I\n'lltti-�9f1tt'f ��il. �� �i u' � 11\no o\n\n'inho ta' sak$at k($Qa,-mufii na janiya\nmaha-aparadha kainu garvita ha-iya'\nSYNONYMS\ninho-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ta'-indeed; sak$at-directly; k($Qa-Lord\nKr�Qa; mufii-1; na-not; janiya-knowing; maha-aparadha-a great offense;\nkainu-did; garvita-proud; ha-iya-being.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Caitanya Mahaprabhu is certainly Lord Knr:ta Himself . Because I could not\nunderstand Him and was very proud of my own learning, I have committed\nmany offenses!'\nTEXT 201\n\n!fJIAl�i �fif' � �� llf�'l I\n��i �tt1f 'Wl \\21'-J �� 1fi1 U � � II\no\n\natma-ninda kari' laila prabhura saraf)a\nkrpa karibare tabe prabhura haila mana\nSYNONYMS\natma-ninda-self-indictment;\n\nkari'-doing;\n\n/ai/a-took;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nthe\n\nLord; sara1,1a-shelter; krpa-mercy; karibare-to do; tabe-then; prabhura-of\nthe Lord; hai/a-it was; mana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya denounced himself as an offender and took\nshelter of the Lord, the Lord desired to show him mercy.\n\n", "mad2#p0348": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n314\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 202\n\nfi{sr-�-Pt �-it� �\"\" w.(i{ 1\n�('�·�\"Pt ��1 '!� II � o� II\nnija-ropa prabhu tar'lre karaila darsana\ncatur-bhuja-rOpa prabhu haila takhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nnija-rOpa-personal form; prabhu-the Lord; tar'lre-unto him; karaila-made;\ndarsana-seeing; catutJ-bhuja-four-handed; rOpa-form; prabhu-the Lord; haila-became; takhana-at that time.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo show him mercy, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu allowed him to see His Vi�Qu\nform. Thus He immediately assumed four hands.\nTEXT 203\n\n'�Itt� 'itt� �'$f �t_l('iSr-�'Pt I\n\"Pttr;� �-���Itt ffi� �\"Pt II � o� II\ndekhaila tar'lre age catur-bhuja-rOpa\npache syama-varhsi-mukha svakiya svarOpa\n\nSYNONYMS\ndekhaila-showed; tar'lre-unto him;\n\nage-at first;\n\ncatur-bhuja-rOpa-the\n\nform with four hands; pache-afterwards; syama-blackish; varhsi-mukha-with\na flute to the mouth; svakiya-personal; svarOpa-form.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu first showed him the four-handed form and then\nappeared before him in His original form of K!lQa, with a blackish complexion\nand a flute to His lips.\nTEXT 204\n\nc;wf�' ��� \"�\" m' -Pt�' 1\n�: ��' '?If'! <!St1f l� <II� �' II � o8 II\n\n", "mad2#p0349": "Text 206]\n\n315\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\ndekhi' sarvabhauma daf)qavat kari' paqi'\npuna/:! uthi' stuti kare dui kara yuqi'\nSYNONYMS\ndekhi'-seeing that; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya;\n\ndaQ(/avat­\n\nobeisances; kari'-doing; paqi'-falling flat; puna/:1-again; uthi'-standing up;\nstuti-prayer; kare-does; dui-two; kara-hands; yuqi'-folding\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya saw the form of Lord Kr�r:Ja manifested in\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, he immediately fell down flat to offer Him obeisances.\nThen he stood up and with folded hands began to offer prayers.\nTEXT 205\n\n��9ft� �11f �� � �\" I\nift1l·0�11W�·'Cftfif �C.(i1 �, II �oct II\nprabhura krpaya tanra sphurila saba tattva\nnama-prema-dana-adi varf)ena mahattva\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of the Lord; krpaya-by the mercy; tanra-to him; sphuri/amanifested; saba-all; tattva\n\n-\n\ntruths; nama-the holy name; prema dana-dis\n-\n\ntribution of love of Godhead; adi-and so on; varf)ena\n\n-\n\n­\n\ndesc ribes; mahattva­\n\nthe importance.\nTRANSLATION\nBy the mercy of the Lord, all truths were revealed to Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, and he could understand the importance of chanting the holy name\nand distributing love of Godhead everywhere.\nTEXT 206\n\n-t� c;� '� �� w� i1i �ftt� 1\n��fl! �� <;ttt<fi i1i �tt� �Rftl! II �o� II\n5ata 5/oka kaila eka daf)qa na yaite\nbrhaspati taiche 5/oka na pare karite\n\n", "mad2#p0350": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n316\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSYNONYMS\n5ata-one hundred; 5foka-verses; kaifa-composed; eka-one; dary(la-a\nduration of twenty-four minutes; na-not; yaite-passing; brhaspati-Brhaspati,\nthe priest of the heavenly planets; taiche-such; 5foka-verses; na-not; pareable; karite-to compose.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya composed one hundred· verses in a very short\ntime. Indeed, not even Brhaspati, the priest of the heavenly planets, could\ncompose verses as quickly.\nPURPORT\nThe name of the book of one hundred beautiful verses composed by Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya is Su5foka-5ataka.\nTEXT 207\n\n�f�' ��� � ltt1f '� ��il I\n\n'e�� c;� � 'CI��'!il II � o9 II\n5uni' sukhe prabhu tanre kaifa alingana\nbhattacarya premave5e haifa acetana\nSYNONYMS\n\n5uni'-hearing; sukhe-in happiness; prabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ntal'lre-Sarvabhauma\n\nBhanacarya;\n\nkaifa-did;\n\nafingana-embracing;\n\nbhat­\n\ntacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; prema-ave5e-in the ecstasy of love of God;\nhaifa-became; acetana-unconscious.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing the one hundred verses, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu happily\nembraced Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, who was immediately overwhelmed in\necstatic love of Godhead and fell unconscious.\nTEXT 208\n\n'Cii!ti, �v, ��, ��' <��IOS'f �m 1\n\niftt�, 'Stt�, �' ��IJ �-?ffl 'fBt' II � olr II\n\na5ru, stambha, pufaka, sveda, kampa tharahari\nnace, gaya, kande, pa(le prabhu-pada dhari'\n\n", "mad2#p0351": "Text 210]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n317\n\nSYNONYMS\na.Sru-tears; stambha-a stunned condition; pu/aka-standing of hair; svedaperspiration; kampa-trembling; tharahari-with great shaking; n.'ice-dances;\ngaya-sings; kande-cries; pac;le-falls down; prabhu-pada-the lotus feet of\nthe Lord; dhari'-catching.\nTRANSLATION\nOut of ecstatic love of God, the Bhattacarya shed tears, and his body was\nstunned. He exhibited an ecstatic mood, and he perspired, shook and\ntrembled. He sometimes danced, sometimes chanted, sometimes cried and\nsometimes fell down to touch the lotus feet of the Lord.\nTEXT 209\n\nOfM' (;'it't�iftQlt� ��-� I\noelt�i(� �J �r.t' �t� � 'Sttl u �o� u\ndekhi' gopinathacarya hara�ita-mana\nbhattacaryera nrtya dekhi' hase prabhura gal)a\nSYNONYMS\ndekhi'-seeing this; gopinatha-acarya-Gopinatha Acarya; hara�ita-mana-a\npleased mind;\n\nbhattacayera-of Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya;\n\nnrtya-dancing;\n\ndekhi'-seeing; hase-laughs; prabhura gaQa-the associates of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya was in this ecstasy, Gopinatha Acarya was\nvery pleased. The associates of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu all laughed to see the\nBhattacarya dance so.\nTEXT 210\n\n(.�tl'titi( �� �� �� I\n'� �Wtt�� �t. �<litff �- 'St� u' �)o \"\ngopinathacarya kahe mahaprabhura prati\n'sei bhattacaryera prabhu kaile ei gati'\nSYNONYMS\ngopinatha-acarya-of\n\nthe\n\nname\n\nGopinatha\n\nAcarya;\n\nkahe-said;\n\nmaha­\n\nprabhura-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prati-to; sei bhattacaryera-of that Bhattacarya; prabhu-my Lord; kai/e-You have made; ei gati-such a situation.\n\n", "mad2#p0352": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n318\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya told Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu: \"Sir, You have brought\nall this upon Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya.\"\nTEXT 211\n\n� ��,-''lfif 'e9, � � � I\n'Sf�tl �·� �'Pfi � �1\"1iiC'! U' �)� ll\nprabhu kahe, -'tumi bhakta, tomara sanga haite\njagannatha inhare krpa kaila bhala-mate'\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; tumi bhakta-you are a devotee; tomara sanga\nhaite\n\n-\n\non account of your association; jagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; inhare­\n\nunto him; krpa-mercy; kai/a-showed; bhala-mate-very well.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied: \"You are a devotee. Because of your\nassociation, Lord Jagannatha has shown him mercy.\"\nTEXT 212\n\n!;!t� ��t�t� �'-�PI� �ij-., I\nfie ��1 ce��� l!IR! c�lf n �)� u\ntabe bhattacarye prabhu susthira karila\nsthira hana bhattacarya bahu stuti kaila\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then; bhattacarye-unto Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; prabhu-Lord Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; su sthira- pacification; kari/a-did; sthira halia-bei ng\n-\n\npacified; bhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; bahu-many; stuti -prayers;\nkaila-offered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA fter this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu pacified the Bhattacarya, and when he\nwas quieted, he offered many prayers to the Lord.\n\n", "mad2#p0353": "Text 215]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya\n\n319\n\nTEXT 213\n\n�'5t� �t�\n\n�,-� ��t'( I\n\n�tlfl �f1H:\"'' '{f1f,-� -t� �'I� II �)� II\n'iagat nistari/e tumi, -seha alpa-karya\nama uddharile tumi, -e sakti akarya\nSYNONYMS\njagat-the whole world; nistari/e-have delivered; tumi-You; seha-that;\na/pa-karya-minor activity; ama-me; uddharile-have delivered; tumi-You;\ne-this; sakti-power; akarya-wonderful.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya said: \"My dear Sir, You have delivered the entire\nworld, but that is not a very great task. However, You have also delivered me,\nand that is certainly the work of very wonderful powers.\nTEXT 214\n\n��-m� � �tfil, c� ,��� 1\n\n�1 ��W, 1fi', �� �' II �)8 II\ntarka-sastre jaqa ami, yaiche lauha-piQc;/a\nama dravaile tumi, pratapa pracaf)qa'\nSYNONYMS\ntarka-sastre-due to logical scriptures; jaqa-dull; ami-1; yaiche-just like;\nlauha-piQc;/a-an iron bar; ama-me; dravai/e-melted; tumi-You; pratapapower; pracaf)qa-very great.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I had become dull-headed due to reading too many books on logic . Con­\n\nsequently I had become like an iron bar. Nonetheless, You have melted me,\nand therefore Your influence is very great!'\nTEXT 215\n\n13� �fil' �� �sr <fPfl ..�� 1\n\n'e��t��� �..1 <1\"�\"'11 II ��� II\n\n", "mad2#p0354": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n320\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nstuti suni' mahaprabhu nija vasa aila\nbhattacarya acarya-dvare bhik�a karaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nstuti suni -aft e r hearing the prayers; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n'\n\nnija-own; vasa-to the residence; ai/a-returned; bha tta carya-Sarvabhauma\nBhagacarya;\n\nac ar ya-dvare-through\n\nGopinatha\n\nAcarya;\n\nbhik�a-luncheon;\n\nkarai/a-induced to take.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing the prayers offered by Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu returned to His residence, and the Bhatfacarya, through\nGopinatha Acarya, induced the Lord to accept lunch there.\nTEXT 216\n\n�111' flfif � C� IS1'Stit�·WPtti{ I\n\n� <fi� i9'f'Stit�·-tt�Jt� II �)� II\nara dina prabhu gela jagannatha-dara5ane\ndarsana karila jagannatha-sayyotthane\n\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-the next day; prabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ge/a-went;\njagannatha-darasane-to see Jagannatha in the temple; darsana karila-saw;\njagannatha-sayya-uttharie-the Lord's rising from bed early in the morning.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEarly the following morning, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to see Lord\nJagannatha in the temple, and He saw the Lord rise from His bed.\nTEXT 217\n\n� �tfeml1lttrl·��tWti mn I\n\\2l�i-� �lfPi !21'l � ���1 II �)9 II\npujari aniya mala-prasadanna dila\nprasadanna-ma/a pana prabhu har$a haifa\n\n", "mad2#p0355": "Text 219]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n321\n\nSYNONYMS\npOjari-the priest; aniya-bringing; mala-garlands; prasada-anna-remnants\nof food; dila-offered; prasada-anna-the prasada; mala-and garlands; paflagetting; prabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; har$a-pleased; haila-became.\nTRANSLATION\nThe priest there presented Him with garlands and prasada that had been\noffered to Lord Jagannatha. This pleased Caitanya Mahaprabhu very much.\nTEXT 218\n\nCltl \\2t�t��·1fti'fi �·r;;� �f'fi11i I\n�t��� �� �l'ii 'flt� �lfPi II �)17\" II\nsei prasadanna-mala ancale bandhiya\nbhattacaryera ghare aila tvarayukta hana\nSYNONYMS\nsei prasada-anna-those remnants of food; mala-and garlands; aflcale-in\n\nthe end of His cloth; bandhiya-binding; bhattacaryera-of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; ghare-to the house; aila-went; tvara-yukta-hasty; hafla-being.\nTRANSLATION\n\nCarefully tying the prasada and garlands in a cloth, Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nhastened to the house of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya.\nTEXT 219\n\n�ttfm·<fiM �'\"� �� �1$ret I\n\nC�l<15tr;� ��t�tr;-ti� �ail' \\Sft1t�'i II �.)� II\naruf)odaya-kale haila prabhura agamana\nsei-kale bhattacaryera haila jagaraQa\nSYNONYMS\naruQa-udaya-before sunrise; kale-at the time; haila-there was; prabhuraof Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; agamana-the coming; sei-kale-at that time;\nbhattacaryera-of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; haila-there was; jagaraQa-arising\n\nfrom bed.\n\n", "mad2#p0356": "322\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe arrived at the Bhattacarya's house a little before sunrise, just when the\nBhattacarya was arising from bed.\nTEXT 220\n\n,�, '\"' �� ��, �vt�< �r� I\n\n�·ilt� ��' �� �tillf! �f�� II ��o II\n'kr$Qa' 'kr$Qa' sphuta kahi' bhatta.carya jagila\n\nkr$Qa-nama suni' prabhura ananda ba{fila\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr$Qa kr$Qa-chanting the name of Kr�t:Ja; _ sphuta-distinctly; kahi'-saying;\nbhattacarya-Sarv abhau m a Bhattacarya; jagila-got up from the bed; kr$Qanama-the holy name of Lord Kr�t:�a; suni'-hearing; prabhura-of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; ananda-pleasure; ba{fi/a-increased.\nTRANSLATION\nAs Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya arose from bed, he distinctly chanted, \"Kr,Qa,\nKr�Qa.\" Lord Caitanya was very pleased to hear him chant the holy name of\nKr�Qa.\nTEXT 221\n\n'ft�� 12ft_l 'i�i 9lt'i:'1 w�-til 1\n�mB-m� �tf'1f' '<fi� R'l �\"til II � �� II\nbahire prabhura tenho paila darasana\naste-vyaste asi' kaila caraQa vandana\nSYNONYMS\nbahire-outside the house; prabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nter'lho-he; paila-got; darasana-sight; aste-vyaste-with great hurry; asi'coming there; kai/a-did; caraQa vandana-worshiping the lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhattacarya noticed Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu outside, and with great\nhaste he went to Him and offered prayers unto His lotus feet.\n\n", "mad2#p0357": "Text 224]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n323\n\nTEXT 222\n\n�� �t'l� Mti �t� �11\n12filtlfti �f�' �!. �t11' �I!� II ��� II\nvasite asana diya dunheta vasifa\nprasadanna khufi' prabhu tanra hate difa\nSYNONYMS\nvasite-to sit; asana-carpet; diya-offering; dunheta-both of them; vasifasat down; prasada-anna-the prasada; khu/i'-opening; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; tar'lra-his; hate-in the hand; difa-offered.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhattacarya offered a carpet for the Lord to sit upon, and hoth of them\nsat there. Then Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu opened the prasada and placed it in\nthe hands of the Bhaffadrya.\nTEXT 223\n\n��Wti ��1 ��r�tt�� ��\"f '� I\n�t�, �Ji, w�.q�� �'MM iii '<fi\"' 11 ��I!) 11\nprasadanna pana bhattacaryera ananda haifa\nsnana, sandhya, danta-dhavana yadyapi na kaifa\nSYNONYMS\nprasada-anna-the remnants of food; pat'ia-getting; bhattacaryera-of Sarv abhauma Bhanacarya; ananda-pleasure; haifa-there was; snana-bathing;\nsandhya-morning duties; danta-dhavana-washing the teeth; yadyapi-although; na-not; kaifa-finished.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, the Bhattacarya had not even washed his mouth, nor had he\ntaken his bath nor finished his morning duties. Nonetheless, he was very\npleased to receive the prasada of Lord Jagannatha.\nTEXT 224\n\n��-��t'tW � �� lllti5J {;'it\"f I\n�� '� ��' � �-.'! <!if.� II ��8 II\n\n", "mad2#p0358": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n324\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\ncaitanya-prasade manera saba jar;lya gela\nei sloka par;fi' anna bhak$al)a kari/a\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-prasade-by the mercy of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; manera-of\nthe mind; saba-all; jar;fya-dul lness; ge/a-went away; ei s/oka-these verses;\npar;li'-reciting; anna-remnants of food; bhak$aQa-eating; kari/a-did.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, all the dullness in the mind of\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya was eradicated. After reciting the following two\nverses, he ate the prasada offered to him.\nTEXT 225\n\n��� 9f(f\"li\\!i� 'Df9f \"11\\!i', �i ����: I\n\n<2ltf�'Ilt�'(Ji'1 C�1�<U� Olf'(Ji 'f1\"1f�Dt�'!1 II H ¢ II\nSU$kariJ paryu$itariJ vapi\nnitarh va dura-desata/:1\nprapti-matreQa bhoktavyarh\nnatra kala-vicaral)a\nSYNONYMS\nSU$kam-dry;\n\nparyu$itam-stale;\n\nva-or;\n\napi-although;\n\nnitam-brought;\n\nva-or; dura-desata/:1-from a distant country; prapti-miHreQa-only with the\nreceiving; bhoktavyam-to be eaten; na-not; atra-in this; ka/a-vicaraQa-consideration of time or place.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhattacarya said: \"'One should eat the maha-prasada of the Lord immediately upon receiving it, even though it is dried up, stale or brought from\na distant country. One should consider neither time nor place.\nTEXT 226\n01 Cl!\"\"ff;nr�� 01 <T>t<'� ron�'I!�Qf1 1\n\n2ft�1lll� �\"\\!)� f\"lr�r;;t��J� �r��31�1� 11 Hl! u\nna desa-niyamas tatra\nna kala-niyamas tatha\n\n", "mad2#p0359": "Text 228]\n\nThe liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya\n\n325\n\npraptam annaril drutaril 5i$tair\nbhoktavyaril harir abravlt\nSYNONYMS\nna-not; desa-of the country; niyamab-regulation; tatra-in that; na-not;\nkala-of time; niyamab-regulation; tatha-so also; praptam-received; an­\n\nnam-prasada; drutam-hastily; 5i$taib-by gentlemen; bhoktavyam-to be\n\neaten; harib-the Lord; abravTt-has said.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'The prasada of Lord K!l�a is to be eaten by gentlemen as soon as it is\n\nreceived; there should be no hesitation. There are no regulative principles\nconcerning time and place. This is ,the order of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead!\"\nPURPORT\nThese verses are quoted from the Padma Puraf)a.\n]EXT 227\n\n(;��' �t�ffl �a;r 11��� 11� I\n\n<;�11t�� �1!131 � C� �t� II ��'I II\ndekhi' anandita haila mahaprabhura mana\npremavi$ta hana prabhu kaila alingana\nSYNONYMS\ndekhi'-seeing\n\nthis;\n\nanandita-very\n\nmuch\n\npleased;\n\nhaila-was;\n\nmaha­\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mana-the mind; prema-avi$ta-ab­\n\nsorbed in the ecstasy of love of God; hana-be coming; prabhu-S ri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; kaila-did; a/ingana-embracing.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very pleased to see this. He became ecstatic\nin love of Godhead and embraced Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya.\nTEXT 228\n\n�iSft� 'ffil' '�.,·� �� �� I\n�t_-�\\!J '1.,·�1 \"\"9ft-(, c;tt�� 'tti'f 1li' II ��lr II\n\n", "mad2#p0360": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n326\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\ndui-jane dhari' dur'lhe karena nartana\nprabhu-bhrtya dur'lha sparse, dor'lhara phule mana\nSYNONYMS\ndui-jane-both of them; dhari'-embracing; dur'lhe-both; karena-do; nartana-dancing;\n\nprabhu-bhrtya-the master and the servant;\n\ndur'lha-both;\n\nspar5e-by touching each other; dor'lhara-of both of them; phule-were excited; mana-minds.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord and the servant embraced one another and began to dance.\nSimply by touching each other, they became ecstatic.\nTEXT 229\n\n'�W·<f.�·•i!ti 'Q·� �rr.r;ilt 'etf�\"'i 1\n\n'�lit�� ��1 �<f)� fftR1\"1i II ��� II\nsveda-kampa-asru dur'lhe anande bhasila\npremavi$ta hana prabhu kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\nsveda-perspiration; kampa-trembling; asru-tears; dur'lhe-both of them;\nanande-in transcendental bliss; bhasi/a-floated; prema-avi$ta-absorbed in\necstatic love of Godhead; hana-being; prabhu-the Lord; kahite-to speak;\nlagila -began.\nTRANSLATION\nAs they danced and embraced, spiritual symptoms manifested in their\nbodies. They perspired, trembled and shed tears, and the Lord began to speak\nin His ecstasy.\nTEXT 230\n\n\"�t� I{� �ilt�t� ��ii. fool� 1\n�t� l!f� <f)f�ii. '��� �tr;.�t�'1 II ��o II\n\"aji muni anayase jininu tribhuvana\naji muni karinu vaikuotha arohaoa\n\n", "mad2#p0361": "Text 231]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattadrya\n\n327\n\nSYNONYMS\naji-today; mut'ii-1; anayase-very easily; jininu-conquered; tri-bhuvanathe three worlds; aji-today; mut'ii-1; karinu-did; vaikuQtha-to the spiritual\nworld; arohaQa-ascending.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said: \"Today I have conquered the three worlds\nvery easily. Today I have ascende� to the spiritual world.\"\nPURPORT\nThe goal of human perfection is stated here in brief. One has to surpass all the\nplanetary systems of the material universe, pierce through the covering of the universe and reach the spiritual world known as VaikuQthaloka. The VaikuQthalokas\nare variegated spiritual planets situated in the Lord's impersonal bodily effulgence,\nknown as the brahmajyoti. One may aspire to elevate himself to a heavenly\nplanet within the material world, such as the moon, the sun or Venus, but if one is\nspiritually advanced in Kr�Qa consciousness, he does not wish to remain within\nthe material universe, even in a higher planetary system. Rather, he prefers to\npenetrate the covering of the universe and attain the spiritual world. He can then\nbe situated in one of the VaikuQtha planets there. However, the devotees under\nthe guidance of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu aspire to reach the topmost spiritual\nplanet, known as Goloka Vrndavana, the residence of Lord Sri Kr�Qa and His eternal associates.\n\nTEXT 231\n\n� (;11111\" '!_( �ft'f �(��'It� I\n�f�.)�IHl ��II{ ll�ti2!Jtt�� �'SttJt II ��� II\naji mora pOrf)a haila sarva abhil�a\nsarvabhaumera haila maha-prasade visvasa\nSYNONYMS\naji-today;\n\nmora-My ;\n\npurf)a-satisfied;\n\nhaila-became;\n\nsarva-all;\n\nabhila?a-desires; sarvabhaumera-of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; hai/a-there\nwas; maha-prasade-in the remnants of the Lord's food; visvasa-faith.\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu continued: \"I think that today all My desires have\nbeen fulfilled because I see that Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya has acquired faith\nin the maha-prasada of Lord Jagannatha.\n\n", "mad2#p0362": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n328\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 232\n\n�tf'f � �·?t� ��\"ff ?�t:!l111\n\n�� �t� fil•s-tc:G �oo ��'\"' � n ��� u\naji tumi ni$kapate haila k($Qasraya\nk($Qa aji ni�kapate toma haila sadaya\nSYNONYMS\naji-today; tumi-you; ni�kapate-without a doubt; hai/a-have become;\nkr�Qa-asraya-under the shelter of Lord Kr�Qa; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�Qa; aji-today;\nni�kapate-without reservation; toma-unto you; hai/a-has become; sa-dayavery merciful.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Indeed, today you have undoubtedly taken shelter of the lotus feet of\nKr�Qa, and Kf�l)a, without reservation, has become very merciful toward you.\nTEXT 233\n\n�t� '� �fu:J '�f1f'hf '��fw-�qti{ I\n\n�tfif � �� �<fi(;if ;rt11t� �qti{ ll ��� II\naji se khaQ(iila tamara dehadi-bandhana\naji tumi chinna kaile mayara bandhana\nSYNONYMS\n\naji-today;\n\nse-that;\n\nkhaQ(ii/a-dismantled;\n\ntamara-your;\n\ndeha-adi­\n\nbandhana-material bondage due to the bodily concept of life; aji-today;\ntumi-you;\n\nchinna-cut to pieces; kai/e-did;\n\nmayara-of illusory energy;\n\nbandhana-the shackles.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Bhattacarya, today you have been released from material bondage\nin the bodily conception of life; you have cut to pieces the shackles of the illusory energy.\nTEXT 234\n\n�fir ���f�-,�t� C�'\"l �f1ft� ;ril I\n�---�iff�· �<flt'\"f i2f�t'f �-.'I n\" ��s n\n\n", "mad2#p0363": "Text 235]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhaffacarya\n\n329\n\naji km')a-prapti-yogya haila tomara mana\nveda-dharma /anghi' kaile prasada bhak$af)a\"\nSYNONYMS\naji-today; kr$Qa-prapti-for attainment of the lotus feet of Kr�t:�a; yogya·-fit;\nhai/a-has become; tomara-your; mana-mind; veda-of the four Vedas; dharma-the principles; /ar'lghi'-surpassing; kaile-you have done; prasada-the\nremnants of food offered to Kr�t:�a; bhak$af)a -eating.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Today your mind has become fit to take shelter of the lotus feet of Kr,'.la\nbecause, surpassing the Vedic regulative principles, you have eaten the remnants of food offered to the Lord.\nTEXT 235\n\nc<r�rt.. 'l<.!f� �ffiot l'f1(r.�lf·r�:\n\n\"1!�f�<!f��9(Cif1 <JDf f.{�J\"''l<fi\"\\ I\n,� �ilt'lf��il� � '�'�r�r�\nC<!�t.. 'l:'lt�f'l:��: �5\\f\"'�C'ljiJ II �\"�\nye$arh sa e$a bhagavan dayayed anantab\nsarvatmanasrita-pado yadi nirvyalikam\nte dustaram atitaranti ca deva-mayarh\nnai$arh mamaham iti dhib sva-srgala-bhak$ye\nSYNONYMS\nye$am-unto those who are fully surrendered souls; sa/:1-He; e$a/:l-this;\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; dayayet-may show mercy;\nananta/:1-the unlimited; sarva-atmana-fully, without reservation; asrita-pada/:1those who have taken shelter of the Lord; yadi-if; nirvyalikam-without\nduplicity;\n\nte-such persons;\n\nca-also;\n\ndeva-mayam-the illusory material energy;\n\ndustaram-insurmountable;\n\natitaranti-surpass;\n\nna-not;\n\ne$am-this;\n\nmama aham-\"my\" and \"I\"; iti-such; dhi/:1-intelligence; sva-srgala-bhak$ye-in\nthe body, which is to be eaten by dogs and jackals.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When a person without reservation takes shelter of the lotus feet of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, the unlimited, merciful Lord bestows His\ncauseless mercy upon him. Thus one can pass over the insurmountable ocean\n\n", "mad2#p0364": "330\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nof nescience. Those whose intelligence is fixed in the bodily conception, who\nthink, \"I am this body,\" are fit food for dogs and jackals. The Supreme Lord\nnever bestows His mercy upon such people.' \"\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Lord never bestows His benediction upon those fixed in the\n\nbodily conception. As Bhagavad-grta clearly states:\n\nsarva-dharman parityajya\n\nmam ekaril saraf)aril vraja\n\naham tvaril sarva-papebhyo\nmok?ayi?yami ma suca/:1\n\n'�bandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver you\nfrom all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" (Bg. 18.66)\n\nIn this verse that Caitanya Mahaprabhu has quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(2.7.42), the meaning of Sri Kr�r:Ja's statement is explained. Kr�r:Ja bestowed His\n\ncauseless mercy upon Arjuna just to get him out of the bodily conception. This\n\nwas done at the very beginning of the Second Chapter of Bhagavad-gita\n(Bg. 2.13), where Kr�r:Ja says, dehino 'smin yatha dehe kaumararil yauvanaril jara.\n\nIn this body, there is an owner, and one should not consider the body to be the\nself. This is the first instruction to be assimilated by a devotee. If one is under the\nbodily conception, he is unable to realize his true identity and engage in the loving devotional service of the Lord. Unless one comes to the transcendental position, he cannot expect the causeless mercy of the Supreme Lord, nor can he cross\n\nover the vast ocean of material nescience. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-grta\n\n(7.14): mam eva ye prapadyante mayam etaril taranti te. Without surrendering\n\nunto the lotus feet of Kr�r:Ja, one cannot expect release from the clutches of maya,\n\nthe illusory energy. According to Srimad-Bhagavatam, Mayavadi sannyasis who\n\nfalsely think of themselves as liberated from the clutches of maya are called\nvimukta-manina/:1. Actually, they are not liberated, but they think that they have\n\nbecome liberated and have become NarayaQa Himself. Although they have apparently realized that they are not the material body but spirit soul, they nonetheless neglect the duty of the spirit soul, which is to render service to the\nSupreme Soul. Therefore their intelligence remains unsanctified. Unless one's intelligence is sanctified, he cannot apply it to understanding devotional service.\nDevotional service begins when the mind, intelligence and ego are completely\n\npurified. Mayavadi sannyasis do not purify their intelligence, mind and ego, and\nconsequently they cannot engage in the service of the Lord nor expect the cause­\n\nless mercy of the Lord. Although they rise to a very high position by executing\n\nsevere austerities and penances, they still hover in the material world without the\n\n", "mad2#p0365": "The Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhaftadrya\n\nText 226]\n\n331\n\nbenediction of the lotus feet of the Lord. Sometimes they rise to the Brahman\neffulgence, but because their minds are not completely purified, they must return\nto material existence.\n\nThe karmis are fully under the bodily conception of life, and the jnanis, al­\n\nthough theoretically understanding that they are not the body, also have no information about the lotus feet of the Lord because they overly stress impersonalism.\n\nConsequently both karmis and jlianis are unfit for receiving the mercy of the Lord\nand becoming devotees. Narottama dasa Thakura therefore says, jnana-kaf)c;ia\n\nkarma-kaf)r;fa, kevala Vi$era bhaf)c;ia: those who have taken to the process of karma-kaf)c;ia (fruitive activity) and jnana-kaf)c;ia (speculation on the science of tran­\n\nscendence) have simply eaten from poisoned pots. They are condemned to\nremain in material existence life after life until they take shelter of the lotus feet of\nKr�r:Ja. This is confirmed in Srimad Bhagavad-gita:\n\nbahunarh janmanam ante\njlianavan marh prapadyate\nvasudeva/:1 sarvam iti\nsa mahatma sudur/abha/:1\n'�fter many births and deaths, he who is actually in knowledge surrenders unto\nMe, knowing Me to be the cause of all causes and all that is. Such a great soul is\nvery rare!' (Bg. 7.19)\nTEXT 236\n\nIf!� <IS�' 'lf�t\\2!'- �tl� fil;r-'l'tti{ I\n\n� �� ��t�� 'tfu� ��'tti{ II �'el� II\neta kahi' mahaprabhu aila nija-sthane\nsei haite bhattacaryera khaQc;iila abhimane\nSYNONYMS\n\neta kahi -speaking in this way; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n'\n\nai/a-returned; nija-sthane-to His own residence; sei haite-from that time;\n\nbhattacaryera-of Sarvabhauma\nabhimane-false pride.\n\nBhanacarya;\n\nkhaQc;iila-was\n\ndismantled;\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter speaking to Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya in this way, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu returned to His residence. From that day on, the Bhatfadrya was\nfree because his false pride had been dismantled.\n\n", "mad2#p0366": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n332\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 237\n\n��·Ret �t� �tf� .-tt� �� I\nceRP �'lllfttm'l �'� iii �t'l �� 11 ��ct 11\ncaitanya-caraf)a vine nahi jane ana\nbhakti vinu sastrera ara na kare vyakhyana\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-caraf)a-the lotus feet of Lord Caitanya; vine-except; nahi-not;\njane-knows; ana-other; bhakti-devotional service; vinu-except; sastreraof the scripture; ara-any other; na-not; kare-does; vyakhyana-explanation.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom that day on, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya did not know anything but the\nlotus feet of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and from that day he could explain\nthe revealed scriptures only in accordance with the process of devotional service.\nTEXT 238\n\nc;<ijt��t��� it� ,���1 '�VI I\n'��''��'�fiT' i1tti � l!tfil flfm II ��lr II\ngopinathacarya tanra vai�f)avata dekhiya\n'hari' 'hari' bali' nace hate tali diya\nSYNONYMS\ngopinatha-acarya-Gopinatha Acarya, the brother-in-law of Sarvabhauma\nBhanacarya;\n\ntar'lra-of Sarvabhauma\n\nBhanacarya;\n\nvai�Qavata-firm\n\nfaith in\n\nVai�J)avism; dekhiya-seeing; hari hari-the holy name of the Lord; bali'-saying; nace-dances; hate tali diya-clapping his two hands.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing that Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya was firmly fixed in the cult of Vai�Qavism, Gopinatha Acarya, his brother-in-law, began to dance, clap his hands and\nchant, \"Hari! Hari!\"\nTEXT 239\n\n�AI\" � �tm �\"ff 5f� ,\n;r�t� iii c;5f�' �'11 ��it� II ��::;,II\n\n", "mad2#p0367": "Text 241]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n333\n\nara dina bhattacarya ai/a darsane\njagannatha na dekhi' aila prabhu-sthane\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-the next day; bhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; ai/a-came;\ndarsane-to see Lord Jagannatha; jagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; na dekhi'-without seeing; ai/a-came; prabhu-sthane-to the place of Lord SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, the Bhattacarya went to visit the temple of Lord Jagannatha,\nbut before he reached the temple, he went to see Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 240\n\n5f��e. �rn' � ��R� •!% 1\n'��� �Rf' <fit� �i!lf ,_('�f'! II �8\n\no\n\nII\n\ndaQc;iavat kari' kaila bahu-vidha stuti\ndainya kari' kahe nija pOrva-durmati\nSYNONYMS\ndaQc;iavat kari'-after offering obeisances by falling flat on the ground; kailahe did; bahu-vidha-various types of; stuti-prayers; dainya kari'-in great\nhumbleness; kahe-descr ibes; nija-his personal; pOrva-durmati-previous bad\ndisposition.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he met Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Bhattacarya fell down flat to\noffer Him respects. After offering various prayers to Him, he spoke of his previous bad disposition with great humility.\nTEXT 241\n\n!fjf9�t��-c;$ �� '�i'f flit I\n� �� � i{'fll·���� II �8� II\nbhakti-sadhana-sre�tha sunite haila mana\nprabhu upadesa kaila nama-satikirtana\n\n", "mad2#p0368": "334\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhakti-sadhana-in the execution of devotional service; sre�tha-the most im­\n\nportant item; sunite-to hear; haifa-it was; mana-the mind; prabhu-Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; upadesa-advice; kai/a-gave; nama-sankirtana-chanting of the holy name of the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen the Bhattacarya asked Caitanya Mahaprabhu: \"Which item is most\nimportant in the execution of devotional serviceJ\" The Lord replied that the\nmost important item was the chanting of the holy name of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nThere are nine items to be executed in devotional service. These are enumer­\n\nated in the following verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (7.5.32):\nsraVaQariJ kirtanariJ Vi$QOQ\n\nsmaraQaril pada-sevanam\n\narcanaril vandanaril dasyaril\n\nsakhyam atma-nivedanam\n\nHearing the glories of the Lord, chanting, remembering, serving the lotus feet of\nthe Lord, offering worship in the temple, offering prayers, becoming a servant of\nthe Lord, becoming the Lord's friend, and sarvatma-nivedana, offering oneself fully\nat the lotus feet of the Lord-these are the nine devotional processes. In The Nec­\n\ntar of Devotion, these are expanded into sixty-four items. When Sarvabhauma\n\nBhagacarya asked the Lord which item was most important, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu immediately answered that the most important item is the chanting\nof the holy names of the Lord-Hare Kr�Qa, Hare Kr�Qa, Kr�Qa Kr�Qa, Hare Hare/\nHare Rama, Hare- Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare. He then quoted the following\n\nverse from the Brhan-naradiya PuraQa (Thirty-eighth Chapter, verse 126) to confirm His statement.\n\nTEXT 242\n\n�r:��tl �a-1i'l �r:�-lrbr<�\" C<f\"<�'i;j\"l 1\n\n<fti;jl \"li?:�J\"<I\" �i�r\"<l\" �t�J\"<I\" 'itf��W'<!111 �8� II\nharer nama harer nama\n\nharer namaiva kevalam\n\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva\nnasty eva gatir anyatha\n\n", "mad2#p0369": "Text 242]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n335\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nhare/:! nama-the holy name of the Lord Hari; hare/:! nama-the holy name of\nthe Lord Hari; hare/:! nama-the holy name of the Lord; eva-certainly;\nkevalam-only; ka/au-in this age of Kali; na asti-there is not; eva-certainly; na\nasti-there is not; eva-certainly; na asti-there is not; eva-certainly; gati/:1means; anyatha- other.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy, the only means of deliverance is the\n\nchanting of the holy names of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no\nother way. There is no other way.' \"\nPURPORT\nBecause the people of this age are so fallen, they can simply chant the Hare\n\nKr�t:�a maha-mantra.ln this way they can rid themselves of the bodily conception\n\nof life and become eligible to engage in the Lord's devotional service. One cannot\nengage in the devotional service of the Lord without being purified of all contamination. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gita:\n\nye$arh tv anta-gataril paparil\njananarh pur:IYa-karmaQam\nte dvandva-moha-nirmukta\nbhajante marh drc;Jha-vrata/:1\n\"Persons who have acted piously in previous lives and in this life, whose sinful actions are completely eradicated and who are freed from the duality of delusion\nengage themselves in My service with determination.\"\n\n(Bg. 7.28) Sometimes\n\npeople are surprised to see young men and women take so seriously to the Kr�t:�a\nconsciousness movement. By giving up sinful activity-illicit sex, meat eating, intoxication and gambling-and strictly following the injunctions given by the\nspiritual master, they have become purified of all contamination. They can\ntherefore fully engage in the devotional service of the Lord.\n\nIn this age of Kali, hari-kirtana is very, very important. The importance of chant­\n\ning the holy name of the Lord is stated in the following verses from Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam:\n\nkaler do$a-nidhe rajann\nasti hy eko mahan guQa/:1\nkirtanad eva k{$f)asya\nmukta-sangab pararil vrajet\n\n", "mad2#p0370": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n336\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nkrte yad dhyayato vi$QUrh\ntretayarh yajato makhai/:1\ndvapare paricaryayarh\nka/au tad dhari-kirtanat\n\"The most important factor in this age of Kali, which is an ocean of faults, is that\none can be free from all contamination and become eligible to enter the kingdom\nof God simply by chanting the Hare Kr�t:�a mantra. The self-realization that was\nachieved in the Satya millennium by meditation, in the Treta millennium by the\nperformance of different sacrifices, and in the Dvapara millennium by worship of\nLord Kr�t:�a can be achieved in the age of Kali simply by chanting the holy names,\nHare Kr�t:Ja.\" (Bhag. 12.3.51-52)\n\nTEXT 243\n\n�- <;tttf;<tSJ 'C{( �il� �fiflli ��� I\n�f�' �ttl�ttl·11�� �� i1!e.<t5tl II �8� II\nei 5/okera artha 5unaila kariya vistara\n5uni' bhattacarya-mane haifa camatkara\n\nSYNONYMS\nei 5/okera-of this verse; artha-the meaning; 5unaila-made hear; kariyadoing;\n\nvis tara-extensive\n\ndescription;\n\n5uni'-hearing;\n\nbhattacarya-of\n\nSar­\n\nvabhauma Bhagacarya; mane-in the mind; haifa-there was; camatkarawonder.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu very elaborately explained the harer nama verse\nof the Brhan-naradiya Pura� and Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya was struck with\nwonder to hear His explanation.\nTEXT 244\n\n<;'Sftfbi{tfllwN ct�,-'C�tfil �'� �� I\n�if, ��t� �if <;Jl� '!' !{�\"f II' �88 II\ngopinathacarya bale,- 'ami purve ye kahila\n5una, bhattacarya, tamara sei ta' ha-ifa'\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopinatha-acarya-of\n\nthe\n\nname\n\nGopTnatha\n\nAcarya;\n\nba le-says;\n\nami-1;\n\npurve-previously; ye-what; kahi/a-said; 5una-hear; bhattacarya-my dear\nBhagacarya; tamara-your; sei-that; ta'-indeed; ha-ifa-has happened.\n\n", "mad2#p0371": "Text 246]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattaclrya\n\n337\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya reminded Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya: \"My dear Bhattacarya, what I foretold to you has now taken place!'\nPURPORT\n\nPreviously Gopinatha Acarya had informed Sarvabhauma Bha��acarya that\nwhen he would be blessed by the Lord, he would thoroughly understand the\ntranscendental process of devotional service. This prediction was now fulfilled.\nThe Bhattacarya was fully converted to the cult of Vai�l)avism, and he was following the principles automatically, without being pressured. In Bhagavad-gita (2.40)\nit is therefore said, svalpam apy asya dharmasya trayate mahato bhayat: simply by\nperforming a little devotional service, one can escape the greatest danger. Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya had been in the greatest danger because he had adhered\nto Mayavada philosophy. Somehow or other he came into contact with Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and became a perfect devotee. In this way he was saved\nfrom the great falldown of impersonalism.\nTEXT 245\n\n'e�t� <1i� � <fint' ii�IU I\n'� � �'t_ 'f9f1 ,�\"1 (;�� II �8� II\nbhattacarya kahe tanre kari' namaskare\ntamara sambandhe prabhu krpa kaila more\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya kahe-Sa rvabhauma Bhattacarya replied; tanre-unto Gopinatha\n\nAcarya; kari'-doing; namaskare-obeisances; tamara sambandhe-on account\nof your relationship; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; krpa-mercy; kai/ashowed; more-unto me .\nTRANSLATION\nOffering his obeisances to Gopinatha Acarya, the\n\nBhattacarya\n\nsaid:\n\n\"Because I am related to you and you are a devotee, by your mercy the Lord\nhas shown mercy to me.\nTEXT 246\n\n'1_fif-�t'$f�, �tf11 -��ltfi I\n� 'f9f1 ,�\"1 (;1ft7;t �t� �� II �8� II\ntumi-mahabhagavata, ami-tarka-andhe\nprabhu krpa kaila more tamara sambandhe\n\n", "mad2#p0372": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n338\n\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-you; maha-bhagavata-a first-class devotee; ami-1; tarka-andhe-in\nthe darkness of logical arguments; prabhu-the Lord; krpa-mercy; kai/ashowed; more-unto me; tomara-your; sambandhe-by the relationship.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are a first-class devotee, whereas I am in the darkness of logical arguments. Because of your relationship with the Lord, the Lord has bestowed His\nbenediction upon me.\"\nTEXT 247\n\nRil� �til' 't_t�J � �<fi\"f �f� I\n\n��,-�H$i <li11fl �11' Qllfil II �8\"1 II\nvinaya suni' tu�tye prabhu kaila aliilgana\nkahila,-yatia karaha isvara darasana\nSYNONYMS\nvinaya suni'\n\n-\n\nupon hearing this humbleness of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya;\n\ntu�tye-in satisfaction; prabhu-the Lord; kaila-did;\n\na/iilgana-embracing;\n\nkahila-said; yatia-going; karaha-do; isvara dara5ana-visiting the temple of\nLord Jagannatha.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very pleased with this humble statement.\nA fter embracing the Bhattacarya, He said: \"Now go see Lord Jagannatha in the\ntemple!'\nTEXT 248\n\n'sr� 5ftt�,-ll � ��i I\n�tt �� ��wt� ��ot �f� II �811' II\njagadananda damodara,-dui sailge lana\nghare aila bhattacarya jagannatha dekhiya\nSYNONYMS\njagadananda-of the name Jagadananda; damodara-of the name Damodara;\ndui-two persons; sar'lge-with him; /alia\n\n-\n\ntaking; ghare-to his home; ai/a­\n\nreturned; bhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bha��acarya; jagannatha-Lord Jagannatha;\ndekhiya-seeing in the temple.\n\n", "mad2#p0373": "Text 250]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya\n\n339\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter visiting the temple of Lord Jagannatha, Sarvabhauma Bhatfadrya\nreturned home with Jagadananda and Damodara.\nTEXT 249\n\nm �� � �\\! �fililf11\nfet��l2!-�t� ll i9fifl � flfilf111 �r,c;, 11\nuttama uttama prasada bahuta ani/a\nnija-vipra-hate dui jana sange dila\nSYNONYMS\nuttama uttama-very first-class; prasada-remnants of food offered to Jagannatha;\n\nbahuta-in great quantity;\n\nani/a-brought;\n\nnija-vipra-of his own\n\nbrahmaf)a servant; hate-in the hand; dui-two; jana-persons; sar'lge-with\nhim; di/a-gave.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhatfacarya brought large quantities of excellent food remnants\nblessed by Lord Jagannatha. All this prasada was given to his own brahmal)a\nservant, along with Jagadananda and Damodara.\nTEXT 250\n\n� � �� ,m �f� \\!ti'f� 1\n'��'�fit' flfi'f iSf'$fliftit\"f·�'! II �<to II\nnija krta dui sloka likhiya tala-pate\n'prabhuke diha' bali' dila jagadananda-hate\nSYNONYMS\nnija-by him; krta-composed; dui-two; 5/oka-verses; /ikhiya-writing;\ntala-pate-on a leaf of a palm tree; prabhuke diha-give to Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; ba/i'-saying this; di/a-gave it; jagadananda-hate-in the hands of\nJagadananda.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya then composed two verses on the leaf of a palm\ntree. Giving the palm leaf to Jagadananda Prabhu, he requested him to deliver\nit to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad2#p0374": "340\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 251\n\n�-.-ttil ��� fQ.\"'� $IT�-� G'f�1 I\n��Iff ft �if fi{G'( l!t� � ��1 II �<t � II\nprabhu-sthane ai/a dur'lhe prasada-patri lana\nmukunda datta patri nila tara hate pana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-sthane-to the place where SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu was residing;\nai/a-went back; dur'lhe-both Jagadananda and Damodara; prasada-the remnants of food; patri-the leaf of a palm tree; /ana-taking; mukunda datta-of\nthe name Mukunda Datta; patri-the leaf of a palm tree; ni/a-took; tara-of\nJagadananda; hate-in the hand; pana-receiving.\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda and Damodara then returned to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nbringing Him both the prasada and the palm leaf on which the verses were\ncomposed. But Mukunda Datta took the palm leaf from the hands of Jagadananda before he could deliver it to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 252\n\n\"rQ.l c;�� �t�-f�tl! f�f��i �� I\nl!t� !Sf'ijtftillff �� ���.t� ��1 fw� II �<t� II\ndui 5/oka bahira-bhite likhiya rakhila\ntabe jagadananda patri prabhuke lana dila\nSYNONYMS\ndui-two; 5/oka-verses; bahira-outside; bhite-on the wall; /ikhiya-writing; rakhila-kept; tabe-thereafter; jagadananda-Jagadananda Prabhu; patrithe palm leaf; prabhuke-to the Lord; /ana-taking; di/a-delivered.\nTRANSLATION\nMukunda Datta then copied the two verses on the wall outside the room.\nAfter this, Jagadananda took the palm leaf from Mukunda Datta and delivered\nit to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad2#p0375": "Text 254]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n341\n\nTEXT 253\n\n� � 9ff�' 9fi! �fu11i <;�fllf\"f I\n�� �f-t' �� �<I <;� <lit� '\"� II ��� II\nprabhu 5/oka pa(ii' patra chio(iiya phelila\nbhittye dekhi' bhakta saba 5/oka kaothe kaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-:-the Lord; 5/oka-verses; pa(ii'-reading; pat ra-the palm leaf; chio­\n\n(iiya -tearing to pieces; phelila-threw; bhittye-on the outside wall; dekhi'seeing; bhakta-the devotees; saba-all; 5/oka-verses; kaothe-within the\nneck; kai/a-kept.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu read the two verses, He immediately\ntore up the palm leaf. However, all the devotees read these verses on the outside wall, and they all kept them within their hearts. The verses read as\nfollows.\nTEXT 254\n\n�-mstJ-�1-fo:{l:lf-�fe;clrtst-f�Nc��= <PJ:.��: 'PJ:.lltct: 1\n��ts'!�\"'t�\"'\\lllf1�\"'\\ \"f?f�'lj���'Z �9ft� II � 1t 8 II\nvairagya-vidya-nija-bhakti-yoga5ik�artham eka/:1 puru�a/:1 puraoa/:1\n5ri-kr�oa-caitanya-5arira-dhari\nkrpambudhir yas tam aharil prapadye\n\nSYNONYMS\nvairagya-detachment from everything that does not help develop Kr�Qa consciousness;\n\nvidya-knowledge;\n\nnija-own; bhakti-yoga-devotional service;\n\n5ik$a-artham-just to instruct; eka/:1-the single person; puru$a/:l-the Supreme\nPerson; puraoa/:1-very old, or eternal; 5ri-k[$f)a-caitanya-of Lord SrT Kr�Qa\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; 5arira-dhari-accepting the body; krpa-ambudhi/:1-the\nocean of transcendental mercy; ya/:1-who; tam-unto Him; aham-1; prapadye-surrender\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Let me take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Km•a, who\nhas descended in the form of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu to teach us real\n\n", "mad2#p0376": "342\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nknowledge, His devotional service and detachment from whatever does not\nfoster Kr�r:'la consciousness. He has descended because He is an ocean of transcendental mercy. Let me surrender unto His lotus feet.\nPURPORT\nThis verse and the following verse are included in the Caitanya-candrodaya­\n\nnataka (6.7 4), by Sri Kavi-karl)apura.\nTEXT 255\n\n�tC'!'P-1�� 'S�t<rt*- fo;�� <r:\n·fit��_,� flj3Cs\\!i'W'O!Pt1 I\n\n�t� ��\"-1 9ftlft��\n....\n\n���� ��� <'f'l\"V\\!itt_ f��: II � U II\nkalan nil$tari1 bhakti-yogam nijari1 ya/:l\npradu$karturi1 k[$f)a-cai tanya-nama\navirbhatas tasya padaravinde\ngac;fham gac;fham liyatam citta-bhrnga/:1\nSYNONYMS\nkalat-from misuse of material propensities and attachment to fruitive activities\nand speculative knowledge over the course of time; na$tam-destroyed; bhakti­\n\ny ogam -the science of devotional service; nijam-which is applicable to Him\nonly; yal)-one who; pradu$kartum-to revive; k[$f)a-caitanya-nama-named\nLord Sri Kr�l)a Caitanya Mahaprabhu; avirbhutal)-who has appeared; tasya-His;\n\npada-aravinde-in the lotus feet; gac;fham gac;fham-very deeply; liyatam-let\nit be merged; citta-bhrngal)-my consciousness, like a honeybee.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Let my consciousness, which is like a honeybee, take shelter of the lotus\nfeet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who has just now appeared as Sri\nKr�r:'la Caitanya Mahaprabhu to teach the ancient system of devotional service\nto Himself . This system had almost been lost due to the influence of time.\"\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita:\n\nyada yada hi dharmasya\nglanir bhavati bharata\n\n", "mad2#p0377": "Text 256]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya\n\n343\n\nabhyutthanam adharmasya\ntadatmanarh srjamy aham\n\"Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, 0 descendant of\nBharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion-at that time I descend Myself:'\n(Bg.\n\n4.7)\n\nThis is also the case with Caitanya Mahaprabhu's appearance. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu appeared in this world as a disguised incarnation of Kr�r:Ja, but His\nappearance is confirmed in SrTmad-Bhagavatam, Mahabharata and other Vedic\n\nscriptures. He appeared to teach the fallen souls in this material world, for in this\nage of Kali almost everyone has become attached to fruitive and ritualistic activities and mental speculation. Consequently there was a great need to revive\nthe system of devotional service. The Lord Himself personally came down disguised as a devotee so that the fallen populace might take advantage of the Lord's\nexample.\n\nAt the conclusion of Bhagavad-gTta, Lord Kr�r:ta advised complete surrender\n\nunto Him, promising all protection to His devotee. Unfortunately, people are so\nfallen that they cannot accept the instructions of Lord Kr�r:ta; therefore Kr�r:ta\nreturned with the same mission, but He executed it in a different way. As Lord Sri\nKr�r:Ja, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, He ordered us to surrender unto Himself, but as Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, He taught us how to surrender to Kr�r:Ja.\n\nTherefore He is praised by the Gosvamis: nama maha-vadanyaya kr$f.la-prema­\n\npradaye te. Lord Sri Kr�r:ta is certainly the Personality of Godhead, but He is not as\nmagnanimous as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Lord Kr�r:ta simply gave orders for one\n\nto become His devotee (man-mana bhava mad-bhaktab), but Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu actually taught the process of Kr�r:ta consciousness. If one wants to\nbecome a devotee of Kr�Qa, he must first take shelter of the lotus feet of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, following in the footsteps of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\nand other exalted devotees.\n\nTEXT 256\n\n\\!!� � Ctf� -���� � I\n�� �f'E! '�tt� Rt�'ilt�t1f II �<Nt II\nei dui 5/oka-bhakta-kaf.lthe ratna-hara\nsarvabhaumera kTrti gho$e (lhakka-vadyakara\n\nSYNONYMS\nei dui 5/oka-these two verses; bhakta-kaQthe-on the necks of the devotees;\nratna-hara-pearl\n\nnecklaces;\n\nsarvabhaumera-of\n\nSarvabhauma\n\nBhattacarya;\n\nkirti-reputation; gho�e-declare; (lhakka-of a drum; vadya-of the sound;\nakara-in the form.\n\n", "mad2#p0378": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n344\n\nTRANSLATION\nThese two verses composed by Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya will always\ndeclare his name and fame as loudly as a pounding drum because they have\nbecome pearl necklaces around the necks of all devotees.\nTEXT 257\n\n�t<(����-.��1\nJf�� �-fcr-�1 i{� \\!Jrtcif �i{ n �Q'\\ n\nsarvabhauma haifa prabhura bhakta ekatana\nmahaprabhura seva-vina nahi jane ana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; haifa-became; prabhura-of the\nLord; bhakta-a devotee; ekatana-without deviation; maha-prabhura-of Lord\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nseva-service;\n\nvina-except;\n\nnahi-not; jane­\n\nknows; ana-anything else.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed,\n\nSarvabhauma\n\nBhattacarya became\n\nan unalloyed devotee\n\nof\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; he did not know anything but the service of the Lord.\nTEXT 258\n\n'll\"�� llf�'! ��' I\n�• '!Jti{, �� �9f, � �� ift1f n v�r n\n'sri-k[$f)a-caitanya saci-sDta guf)a-dhama'\nei dhyana, ei japa, faya ei nama\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-k[$f)a-caitanya-Lord Sri Kr�l)a Caitanya Mahaprabhu; saci-sDta-the son of\nmother Saci; guf)a-dhama-the reservoir of all good qualities; ei-this; dhyanameditation;\n\nei-this; japa-chanting;\n\nfaya-he takes;\n\nei-this;\n\nnama-holy\n\nname.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhatfacarya always chanted the holy name of Sri Km1a Caitanya, son of\nmother Saci and reservoir of all good qualities. Indeed, chanting the holy\nnames became his meditation.\n\n", "mad2#p0379": "Text 261]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n345\n\nTEXT 259\n\n��Pfi{ �t(�11 �-�tr;'$f �l'('l I\ni{11'...-tf <liRt' c;m ��t� �'it� II ��:;, II\neka-dina sarvabhauma prabhu-age aila\nnamaskara kari' sloka pa(iite lagila\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; prabhu-age-in\n\nfront of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ai/a-came; namaskara kari'-after offer­\n\ning obeisances; sloka-a verse; pa(iite lagila-began to recite.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOne day Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya came before Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and,\noffering obeisances, began to recite a verse.\nTEXT 260\n\n'et�� '�'1i�t<l'� c;tft<li ���I\nc;Jtt<!i·�� �� 'fii'J11·?!1� f���'li II �� II\no\n\nbhagavatera 'brahma-stave'ra sloka pa(iila\nsloka-se�e dui ak�ara-patha phiraila\nSYNONYMS\nbhagavatera-from Srimad-Bhagavatam; brahma-stavera-of the prayers of\n\nLord Brahma; sloka-a verse; par;lila-recited; sloka-se�e-at the end of the\n\nverse; dui ak�ara-of two syllables; patha-the reading; phiraila-changed.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHe began to quote one of Lord Brahma's prayers from Srimad-Bhagavatam,\nbut he changed two syllables at the end of the verse.\nTEXT 261\n\n�����009\\t� �\"·�t·l��wn ��t'l-ilWU\"f\\!i� R<>ti�ll 1\n\n�-n�1_flf<l'lf<f11�C� ��C<I'\\!i C'<rl i!fu;9fClf 'I lft�i!;'t<{lll\n\n", "mad2#p0380": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n346\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\ntat te 'nukamparh susamTk$amaQO\n\nbhufijana evatma-krtarh vipakam\n\nhrd-vag-vapurbhir vidadhan namas te\n\njTveta yo bhakti-pade sa daya-bhak\nSYNONYMS\n\ntat-therefore; te-Your; anukam pam-compassion; su-samfk$amaQab-hoping for; bhufijanab-enduring; eva-certainly; atma-krtam-done by himself;\nvipakam-fruitive results; hrt-with the heart; vak-words; vapurbhib-and\n\nbody; vidadhan-offering; namab-obeisances; te-unto You; jTveta-may live;\n\nyab-anyone who; bhakti-pade-in devotional service; sab-he; daya-bhak-a\n\nbona fide candidate.\nTRANSLATION\n[The verse read:] \"O ne who seeks Your compassion and thus tolerates all\nkinds of adverse conditions due to the karma of his past deeds, who engages\nalways in Your devotional service with his mind, words and body, and who always offers obeisances unto You is certainlt a bona fide candidate for becoming Your unalloyed devotee.\"\nPURPORT\nWheri reading this verse from SrTmad-Bhagavatam (1 0.14.8), Sarvabhauma\n\nBhagacarya changed the original reading from mukti-pade to bhakti-pade. Mukti\n\nmeans liberation and merging into the impersonal Brahman effulgence. Bhakti\nmeans rendering transcendental service unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Because of having developed pure devotional service, the Bhagacarya did\nnot like the word mukti-pade, which refers to the impersonal Brahman feature of\n\nthe Lord. However, he was not authorized to change a word in the SrTmadBhagavatam , as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu will explain. Although the Bhagacarya\n\nchanged the word in his devotional ecstasy, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu did not approve of it.\nTEXT 262\n\n121� �' ''if��' -bt �� � I\n\n'oef9�' c<fi'ti{ ��' f� (;t:!tllt11' �t-Ill II ��� II\nprabhu kahe, 'mukti-pade'-iha patha haya\n'bhakti-pade' kene par;fa, ki tamara asaya\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; mukti-pade-the word \"mukti-pade\"; iha-this;\n\npatha-the reading; haya-is; bhakti-pade-\"bhakti-pade\"; kene-why; par;fa­\n\nyou read; ki-w hat; tomara-your; asaya-intention.\n\n", "mad2#p0381": "Text 263]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n347\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu immediately pointed out: \"In that verse the word\nis 'mukti-pade,' but you have changed it to 'bhakti-pade.' What is your intentionl\"\nTEXT 263\n\n��t� <llt�,-'<ef�'·JI'If �� '!f�-�'f I\n'e�<!l'f����11' � �� �� II ��� II\nbhattacarya kahe,-'bhakti'-sama nahe mukti-phala\nbhagavad-bhakti-vimukhera haya daQr;/a kevala\nSYNONYMS\nbhatta.carya-Sa rvabhauma Bha!!acarya; kahe-said; bhakti-devotional service; sama-equal to;\n\nnahe-not;\n\nmukti-of liberation;\n\nphala-the result;\n\nbhagavat-bhakti-to the devotional service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vimukhera-of one who is averse to; haya-it is; daQr;/a-the punishment;\nkeva /a-only.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya replied: \"The awakening of pure love of Godhead, which is the result of devotional service, far surpasses liberation from\nmaterial bondage. For those averse to devotional service, merging into the\nBrahman effulgence is a kind of punishment.''\nPURPORT\nIn the BrahmaQr;/a PuraQa it is said:\nsiddha-lokas tu tamasa/:1\npare yatra vasanti hi\nsiddha brahma-sukhe magna\ndaityas ca hariQa hata/:1\n\"In Siddhaloka [Brahmaloka] there live two kinds of living entities-those who are\nkilled by the Supreme Personality of Godhead due to their having been demons in\ntheir previous lives and those who are very fond of enjoying the impersonal\neffulgence of the Lord!' The word tamasa/:1 means \"the coverings of the universe!'\nLayers of material elements cover the universe, and outside these coverings is the\nimpersonal Brahman effulgence . If one is destined to remain in the Lord's impersonal effulgence, he misses the opportunity to render service to the Personality of\n\n", "mad2#p0382": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n348\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nGodhead. Therefore devotees consider remaining in the impersonal Brahman\neffulgence a kind of punishment. Sometimes devotees think of merging into the\nBrahman effulgence, and consequently they are promoted to Siddhaloka. Because\nof their impersonal understanding, they are actually punished. Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya continues to explain the distinction between mukti-pada and bhakti-pada\nin the following verses.\nTEXTS 264-265\n\n�t-.� f.t� �� 'II�J ift� 1ftt� I\n\n� �\"ti·�fft'<fi <fi� rl� ��II ��811\n�� 'Ab w� �--'��·'lf•' 1\n�i1l' 'lf� �Q'f �t�, '�ll �t� �f9 II ��a- II\nk[$f)era vigraha yei satya nahi mane\nyei ninda-yuddhadika kare tatira sane\nsei duira daf)r;/a haya-'brahma-sayujya-mukti'\ntara mukti phala nahe, yei kare bhakti\nSYNONYMS\nknQera-of Lord SrT Kr�r;�a; vigraha-the transcendental form; yei-anyone\nwho; satya-as truth; nahi-not; mane-accepts; yei-anyone who; nindablaspheming; yuddha-adika-fighting and so forth; kare-does; tatira sane-with\nHim, Sri Kr�r;�a; sei-these; duira-of the two; daf)r;/a haya-there is punishment;\nbrahma-sayujya-mukti-merging into the Brahman effulgence; tara-of him;\nmukti-such liberation; phala-the result; nahe-not; yei-who; kare-executes; bhakti -devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhattacarya continued: \"The impersonalists, who do not accept the\ntranscendental form of Lord Sri Kr�r;�a, and the demons, who are always\nengaged in blaspheming and fighting with Him, are punished by being\nmerged into the Brahman effulgence. But that does not happen to the person\nengaged in the devotional service of the Lord.\nTEXT 266\n\n�tJ� 'lf ;{'• � 91··�<111( I\n\n�rtt\"'t<fil·lft�91J-��91J-:�ufi\":lfi�I!IJ � 11�����\n\n", "mad2#p0383": "Text 267]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya\n\n349\n\nyadyapi se mukti haya panca-parakara\nsa/okya-samipya-sarupya-sar$ti-sayujya ara\nSYNONYMS\nyadyap i-although; se-that; mukti-liberation; h aya-is; panca-parakara-of\nfive different varieties; salokya-of the name salokya; samipya-of the name\n\nsamipya; sarupya-of the name sarOpya; sar$ti-of the name sar$ti; sayujya-of\nthe name sayujya; ara-and.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are five kinds of liberation: salokya, samipya, sarupya, sar�fi and\nsayujya.\nPURPORT\nSalokya means that after material liberation one is promoted to the planet\nwhere the Supreme Personality of Godhead resides. 5amipya means remaining an\nassociate of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Sara pya means attaining a fourhanded form exactly like that of the Lord. Sar$ti means attaining opulences like\nthose of the Supreme Lord, and sayujya means merging into the Brahman\neffulgence of the Lord. These are the five types of liberation.\n\nTEXT 267\n\n'��' �Rf 'tfw � �1·1ffif I\n� <11��e. � <11\"t� �mB II ��9 II\n'salokyadi' cari yadi haya seva-dvara\ntabu kadacit bhakta kare angikara\nSYNONYMS\nsa/okya-adi\n\n-\n\nbeginning with salokya; cari-four kinds of liberation; yadi-if;\n\nhaya-are; seva-dvara-a means of rendering service to the Lord; tabu-still;\nkadacit-occasiona l ly; bhakta-a pure devotee; kare-makes; ar'l gikara-acceptance.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If there is a chance to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead, a pure\ndevotee sometimes accepts the salokya, sarupya, samipya or sar�fi forms of\nliberation, but never sayujya.\n\n", "mad2#p0384": "350\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 268\n\n':Jilt�' �f� 'e�� � �'tl-�� I\n�<lS .,t'!t�, �:II� ifl � II ��lr II\n'sayujya' sunite bhaktera haya ghwa-bhaya\nnaraka vatichaye, tabu sayujya na laya\nSYNONYMS\nsayujya-liberation by merging into the effulgence; sunite-even to hear;\nbhaktera-of the devotee; haya-there is; ghwa-hatred; bhaya-fear; narakaa hellish condition of life; vatichaye-he desires; tabu-still; sayujya-merging\ninto the effulgence of the Lord; na /aya-never accepts.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A pure devotee does not like even to hear about sayujya-mukti, which inspires him with fear and hatred. Indeed, the pure devotee would rather go to\nhell than merge into the effulgence of the Lord.\"\nPURPORT\nSrila Prabodhananda Sarasvati has sung: kaivalyarh narakayate. The impersonalist's conception of becoming one with the effulgence of the Lord is exactly\nlike hell. Therefore, of the five types of liberation, the first four (salokya, samipya,\nsara pya and sar�tt1 are not so undesirable because they can be avenues of service\nto the Lord. Nonetheless, a pure devotee of Lord Kr�t:�a rejects even these types of\nliberation; he only aspires to serve Kr�t:�a birth after birth. He is not very interested\nin stopping the repetition of birth, for he simply desires to serve the Lord, even in\nhellish circumstances. Consequently the pure devotee hates and fears sayujyamukti, merging into the effulgence of the Lord. This merging is due to an offense\ncommitted against the transcendental loving service of the Lord, and therefore\nit is not at all desirable for a pure devotee.\nTEXT 269\n\n�' � ll� �� �' ��t� I\n\n�-�J �i! ��·:ll �J fil� II � �� II\nbrahme, isvare sayujya dui ta' prakara\nbrahma-sayujya haite isvara-sayujya dhikkara\n\n", "mad2#p0385": "Text 269]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n351\n\nSYNONYMS\nbrahme-in the Brahman effulgence; isvare-in the body of the Lord; sayujya-merging;\n\ndui-two;\n\nta'-indeed;\n\nprakara-varieties;\n\nb ra hma -s ayujya ­\n\nmerging into the Brahman effulgence; haite-than; isvara-sayujya-merging into\nthe body of the Lord; dhikkara-more abominable.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya continued: \"There are two kinds of sayujya-mukti: merging into the Brahman effulgence and m erging into the personal body\nof the Lord. Merging into the Lord's body is even more abominable than\nmerging into His effulgence.''\nPURPORT\nAccording to the opinion of the Mayavacli Vedantists, the living entity's ultimate success is to merge into the impersonal Brahman. The impersonal Brahman,\nor bodily effulgence of the Supreme Lord, is known as Brahmaloka or Siddhaloka.\n\nAccording to Brahma-sarilhita (5.40), yasya prab ha prabhavato jagad-aQ(ia-koti:\n\nthe material universes are generated from the bodily rays of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead. Yogis who follow the principles of Patanjali accept the per­\n\nsonality of the Absolute Truth, but they want to merge into the transcendental\nbody of the Supreme Lord. That is their desire. Being the greatest authority, the\nSupreme Lord can easily allow many millions of living entities to merge into His\nbody. The origin of everything is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Bhagavan,\nand His bodily effulgence is known as the brahmajyoti, Brahmaloka or Siddhaloka.\nThus Brahmaloka or Siddhaloka is a place where many sparklike living entities,\nparts and parcels of the Supreme Lord, are assembled. Because these living entities\ndo not wish to keep their individual existences, they are combined and allowed to\nremain in Brahmaloka like so many atomic particles of sunshine emanating from\nthe sun.\nThe word siddha is very significant. Siddha refers to one who has realized the\nBrahman effulgence and who has complete knowledge that the living entity is not\n\na material atom but a spiritual spark. This understanding is described in Bhag a vad­\n\ngita as brahma-bhuta. In the conditioned state, the living entity is known as jivabhata, or \"the living force within matter.\" Brahma-bhata living entities are allowed\n\nto stay in Brahmaloka or Siddhaloka, but unfortunately they sometimes again fall\ninto the material world because they are not engaged in devotional service. This is\n\nsupported by Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.2.32): ye 'nye 'ravindak$a. These semi-liber­\n\nated souls falsely claim to be liberated, but unless one engages in devotional service to the Lord, he is still materially contaminated. Therefore these living entities\nhave been described as vimukta-maninab, meaning that they falsely consider\n\n", "mad2#p0386": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n352\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nthemselves liberated although their intelligence is not yet purified. Although these\nliving entities undergo severe austerities to rise to the platform of Siddhaloka, they\ncannot' remain there perpetually, for they are bereft of ananda (bliss). Even though\n\nthese living entities attain the brahma-bhata stage and realize the Supreme Personality of Godhead through His bodily effulgence, they nonetheless fall down\ndue to neglecting the Lord's service. They do not properly utilize whatever little\nknowledge they have of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Not attaining\n\nananda, or bliss, they come down to the material world to enjoy. This is certainly a\n\nfalldown for one who is actually liberated. The bhaktas consider such a falldown\nequal to achieving a place in hell.\n\nThe followers of the Patanjali yoga system actually want to merge into the\n\nbody of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This indicates that they do not\nwant to engage in His service despite their knowledge of Him, and thus their position is even more abominable than that of those who want to merge into the\nLord's effulgence. These yogis meditate on the four-handed Vi�r:JU form of the\n\nLord in order to merge into His body. The Patanjali system describes the form of\nthe Lord\n\nas\n\nklesa-karma-vipakasayair aparamr?ta/:1 puru?a-vise?a isvaraf): \"The\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is a person who does not partake of a miserable\n\nmaterial life.\" The yogis accept the eternity of the Supreme Person in their mantra,\n\nsa purve?am api guru!) kalanavac chedat: \"Such a person is always supreme and is\n\nnot influenced by the element of time.\" The followers of the Patanjali system\ntherefore accept the eternity of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, yet, according to them: puru?artha-sunyanarh pratiprasavaf) kaivalyarh svarupa-prati?tha va\n\nciti-saktir iti. They believe that in the perfectional stage, the conception of puru?a\n\nis vanquished. According to their description: citi-saktir iti. They believe that\n\nwhen one becomes perfect, he cannot remain a person. This yoga system is\n\ntherefore abominable because its final conception is impersonal. In the beginning,\n\nthese yogis accept the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but they ultimately give\nup this idea in order to become impersonal. They are most unfortunate because\nalthough they have a personal conception of the Absolute Truth, they neglect to\nrender devotional service to the Lord and thus they fall down again into the material world. This is supported by the Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.2.32). Aruhya-krc­\n\nchref)a pararil padaril tataf) patanty adho 'nadrta-yu?mad-arighrayaf): due to\n\nneglecting the lotus feet of the Lord, these yogis again fall down into the material\n\nexistence (patanty adhaf)). Consequently this path of yoga is more abominable\n\nthan the\n\nimpersonalists'\n\npath. This conclusion is also supported by Lord\n\nKapiladeva in the following verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.29.13).\nTEXT 270\n\n'l�J-�-:. 'li1l'19fr-'IT'1iC9fJ��\"ll\"-9JJ� 1\n\n�·�r�rt\"lt. 01' ��f� f<l\"l1 \"ll\"�-c'l�\"lt. �01t: n �., •\n\n", "mad2#p0387": "The Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\nText 272]\n\n353\n\nsalokya-sar$ti-samipyasar0pyaikatvam apy uta\ndiyamanarh na grhQanti\nvina mat-sevanarh jana/:l\nSYNONYMS\nsalokya- the liberation of living in the same planet as the Lord; sar?ti-to have\nopulence exactly like that of the Lo.rd; samipya-to associate always with the\nLord; sarOpya-to achieve a body like that of the Lord; ekatvam-to merge into\nthe body of the Lord; api-although; uta-it is said; diyamanam-be ing offered;\nna-not; grhQanti-do accept; vina-witho u t; mat-My; sevanam-service;\njana/:1-the pure devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya concluded: \" 'Even though he is offered all kinds\nof liberation, the pure devotee does not accept them. He is fully satisfied\nengaging in the service of the Lord.' \"\nTEXT 271\n\n� �,-'ll_f9�r.;5f'1f � �( l8l I\n'1[��--t� '�t�te. W'!l1f' �� II �'\\ � ll\nprabhu kahe, -'mukti-pade'ra ara artha haya\nmukti-pada-sabde 'sak?at isvara' kahaya\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe- the Lord said; mukti-padera-of the term \"mukti-pade\"; araanother;\n\nartha-meaning;\n\nhaya-there\n\nis;\n\nmukti-pada-sabde-by the\n\nword\n\n\"mukti-pada\"; sak$at - directly; isvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nkahaya-is said.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied:\n\n\"The word 'mukti-pade' has\n\nanother meaning. Mukti-pada directly refers to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\nTEXT 272\n\n'if� � �t1f, c;�t ''lf�915f' �I\n�� � �t( 'JJ\"f�1f' ��t� II �'\\� II\n\n", "mad2#p0388": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n354\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nmukti pade yanra, sei 'mukti-pada' haya\n\nkimva navama padartha 'muktira' samasraya\n\nSYNONYMS\nmukti-liberation; pade-at the lotus feet; yanra-of whom; sei-such a per­\n\nson; mukti-pada haya-is known as mukti-pada; kimva-or; navama-ninth;\npada-artha-subject matter; muktira-of liberation; samasraya-shelter.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"All kinds of liberation exist under the feet of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; therefore He is known as mukti-pada. According to another meaning, mukti is the ninth subject, and the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the\nshelter of liberation.\nPURPORT\nLord Sri Kr�Qa is also known as Mukunda, or He who gives transcendental bliss\n\nby offering all kinds of mukti. Srimad-Bhagavatam is divided into twelve cantos,\n\nand in the Ninth Canto different kinds of mukti are described. But the Tenth Can­\n\nto is the actual center of all discussions of mukti because the Personality of God­\n\nhead Sri Kr�Qa, who is the tenth subject discussed in Srimad-Bhagavatam, is the\n\nexclusive subject of the Tenth Canto. Since all types of muktis reside at the lotus\nfeet of Sri Kr�Qa, He may be called mukti-pada.\nTEXT 273\n\n�-�( '�' ��' (;�t� 9fti f�� I\n��� �,-'S·\"Ptii ��tl! �i 'Pft� II �'I� II\ndui-arthe 'kr�TJa' kahi, kene patha phiri\n\nsarvabhauma kahe, -o-patha kahite na pari\n\nSYNONYMS\ndui-arthe-by two interpretations; kr�Qa-Lord Sri Kr�Qa; kahi-1 accept;\n\nkene-why; patha-reading; phiri-changing; sarvabhauma kah e-Sarvabh auma\n\nreplied; o-patha-such a reading; kahite-to say; na-not; pari-am able.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Since I can understand Kr�r:-a according to these two meanings,\" Caitanya\nMahaprabhu said, \"what point is there in changing the versel\" Sarvabhauma\nBhaftacarya replied: \"I was not able to give that reading to the verse.\n\n", "mad2#p0389": "Text 276]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n355\n\nTEXT 274\n\n�9f �'f1rtt �(' �� � �� I\n\n��tf9t '�fn·,�tt�' � il1 �'hill �cts 11\nyadyapi tamara artha ei sabde kaya\ntathapi 'a5li$ya-do$e' kahana na yaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nyadyap i -although; tamara-Your; artha-meaning; ei-this; sabde-by the\n\nword; kaya-is said; tathap i-still; asfi$ya-dO$e-by the fault of ambiguity;\n\nkahana-to say; na-not; yaya-possible\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although Your explanation is correct, it should not be used because there\nis ambiguity in the word 'mukti-pada.'\nTEXT 275\n\n�f9t ''!f�'-�f fHl 9f. �f� I\nfifhr;'m <fi� �'�t�;' ��1� II �ct<t II\nyadyapi 'mukti'-sabdera haya panca vrtti\nrO{lhi-vrttye kahe tabu 'sayujye' pratiti\nSYNONYMS\n\nyadyapi-although; muk ti-liberat i on ; sabdera-of the word; h aya-there is;\npanca vrtti -five meanings; rO {lhi- vrt t ye\n\n-\n\nby the chief or direct meaning; kahe­\n\nit says; tabu- sti l l; sayujye-to become one with the Supreme; prat iti-the conception.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word 'mukti' refers to five kinds of liberation. Usually its direct meaning conveys the idea of becoming one with the Lord.\nTEXT 276\n\n11.� �t� 'lfti{ �11 �'tl·i1itll I\n<ef�-� ��� lltil �11 �' � II �ct� II\n\n", "mad2#p0390": "Sri Caitany a-caritamrta\n\n356\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nmukti-sabda kahite mane haya ghwa-trasa\nbhakti-sabda kahite mane haya ta' ullasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nmukti-sabda-the word mukti; kahite-by pronouncing; mane-in the mind;\nhaya-there is; ghwa-hatred; trasa-and fear; bhakti-sabda-the word bhakti;\nkahite-to speak; mane-in the mind; haya-there is; ta'-indeed; u//asa-transcendental joy.\nTRANSLATION\n\n.\n\n\"The very sound of the word 'mukti' immediately induces hate and fear, but\nwhen we say the word 'bhakti,' we naturally feel transcendental bliss within\nthe mind.\"\nTEXT 277\n\n�tit1li �:Jt� �'- ·�rti1f�·1lti' 1\n\n��� '�l'f �'- '\\S �Mtrt� II ��� II\nsuniya hasena prabhu anandita-mane\nbhattacarye kaila prabhu dr{iha alingane\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuniya-hearing this explanation; hasena-laughs; prabhu-SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; anandita-mane-with great pleasure in His mind; bhattacaryeunto Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; kai/a-did; prabhu-the Lord; dr{iha-firm;\na/irigane -embracing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing this explanation, the Lord began to laugh and, with great\npleasure, immediately embraced Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya very firmly.\nTEXT 278\n\n'� te� ��-�� \"Ptt� �� 1ffiltcfttw 1\nit1f �t1: �m �t1f ,G\\!11·��� II ��lr II\nyei bhattacarya pa(je pa(jaya mayavade\ntarira aiche vakya sphure caitanya-prasade\nSYNONYMS\n\nyei-that; bhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; pa{fe-reads; paqayateaches; mayavade-the philosophy of Mayavada impersonalism; tarira-his;\n\n", "mad2#p0391": "Text 280]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya\n\naiche-such; vakya-explanation;\n\nsphure-manifested;\n\n357\n\ncaitanya-prasade-by\n\nthe mercy of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed, that very person who was accustomed to reading and teaching\nMayavada philosophy was now even hating the word \"mukti.\" This was\npossible only by the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 279\n\n'llft�t<IS �<'le. \"\"Pf�' � �� �t� I\n\\!t�e. \"\"Pf-f�tf'l '<fl� �� if1 �� \" ��� \"\nlohake yavat sparsi' hema nahi kare\ntavat sparsa-maQi keha cinite na pare\nSYNONYMS\nlohake-iron; yavat-as long as; sparsi'-touching; hema-gold; nahi-not;\nkare-transforms; tavat-until then; sp arsa-maQ i-the touchstone; k eha-someone; cinite-to recognize; na-not; pare-is able.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs long as it does not turn iron into gold by its touch, no one can recognize\nan unknown stone to be a touchstone.\nTEXT 280\n\n��titt1l� C<!l��i!i 'tf�' �<(�� I\n12f�<fl�Srtfil\"f--'�i'JI51e. 81t��ii\"i�' U �1,-o U\nbhattacaryera vai�Qavata dekhi' sarva-jana\nprabhuke janila-'sak�at vrajendra-nandana'\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacaryera-of Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya; vai�Qavata-clear understanding\nof Vai�Qava philosophy; dekhi'-seeing; sarva-jana-all persons; prabhuke-Lord\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; janila-knew; sak�at\nKr�Qa, the son of Maharaja Nanda.\n\n-directly; vrajendra-nandana­\n\n", "mad2#p0392": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n358\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing transcendental Vai�Qavism in Sarvabhauma\n\nBhattacarya,\n\neveryone could understand that Lord Caitanya was none other than the son of\nNanda Maharaja, Kt�Qa.\nTEXT 281\n\n<fl�fifi!l-�tRf �'! �\"fjt)C!{'filt� I\nilf1f'l ilt� �t'iil �-� �tfil' II �lr� II\nkasi-misra-adi yata nilaca/a-vasi\nsaral')a la-ila sabe prabhu-pade asi'\n\nSYNONYMS\nkasi-misra-of the name KasT Misra; adi-heading the list; yata-all; nilaca/avasi-the residents of Jagannatha Purl; saraQa-shelter; /a-i/a-took; sabe-all;\nprabhu-pade-to the lotus feet of the Lord; asi'-coming.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this incident, all the inhabitants of Jagannatha Puri, headed by Kasi\nMisra, came to take shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord.\nTEXT 282\n\n�� � �� �tt'it �� '1!1(� I\n�t�<e�1l �t1t ��tfi �� (;�'iili{ II �lr� II\nsei saba katha age kariba varQana\nsarvabhauma kare yaiche prabhura sevana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei saba-all these; katha-narrations; age-later; kariba-1 shall make; varQana-description;\n\nsarvabhau ma-Sarvabhauma\n\nBhattacarya;\n\nkare-does;\n\nyaiche-as; prabhura-of the Lord; sevana-service.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLater I shall describe how Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya always engaged in the\nservice of the Lord.\nTEXT 283\n\n�Ti 9f(11'� 'fil'it1t f<e'tfii·fil��� I\n�ffili �tt'it '!t� �Rf'iil 'l!lcfil II �lr� II\n\n", "mad2#p0393": "Texts 284-285]\n\nThe Liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\n359\n\nyaiche paripati kare bhik$a-nirvahana\nvistariya age taha kariba vart;�ana\n\nSYNONYMS\nyaiche-how; paripati-perfectly; kare-does; bhik$a-of offering alms; nirvahana-the execution; vistariya-in full detail; age-later; taha-that; kariba\n\nvart;�ana-1 shall describe.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI shall also describe in full detail how Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya perfectly\n\nrendered service to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu by offering Him alms.\nTEXTS 284-285\n\n�� �1�1f �-�lt�'e�-� I\n�lrti c;� � �f1' �1ft� (!i�lj II �1r8 II\n�-�?ttllf � irt11 �t1ft� I\nre�f�1f fi!\"ft� �it1f 'il;!�51f'l II �lr� II\nei mahaprabhura li/a-sarvabhauma-milana\n\niha yei sraddha kari' karaye sravaQa\n\njnana-karma-pasa haite haya vimocana\nacire milaye tanre caitanya-caraQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; mahaprabhura-of Lord .Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; /ita-pastime; sar­\n\nvabhauma-milana-meeting with Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; iha-this; yei-any­\n\none who; sraddha-faith; kari'-having; karaye-does; sravat;�a-hearing; jfiana­\n\nkarma-of speculation and fruitive activities; pasa-the net; haite-from; haya­\n\nthere is; vimocana-liberation; acire-very soon; mi/aye-meets; talire-such a\ndevotee; caitanya-caraQa-the lotus feet of Lord Caitanya\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf one hears with faith and love these pastimes concerning Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's meeting with Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, he very soon is freed\nfrom the net of speculation and fruitive activity and attains the shelter of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's lotus feet.\n\n", "mad2#p0394": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n360\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 286\n\n1\\pt�'l_iltO!·�� � �t-t I\n�-��t�l! �� ��� II �lr� II\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kmJadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsri rupa -Srila Rupa Gosvami; raghunatha\n-\n\n-\n\nSrila Raghunatha dasa GosvamT;\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nk[$Qadasa-Srila\n\nKr�r;�adasa Kaviraja GosvamT.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�..,adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhya­\n\nlila, Sixth Chapter, describing the liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya.\n\n", "mad2#p0395": "References\nThe statements of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta are all confirmed by standard\nVedic authorities. The following authentic scriptures are quoted ,in this book\non the pages listed. Numerals in bold type refer the reader to Sri Caitanyacaritamrta's translations. Numerals in regular type are references to its\npurports.\n\nAitareya Upani�ad, 273\nAmrta-pravaha-bha�ya (Bhaktivinoda Thakura), 1,191,273\nAnubha�ya (Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati), 264\nBhagavad-gita, 30,35,37,46,48,52, 68,70,128,148,158,185,233,239,\n240,241,263-264,266,268,272,275,279,281,287,288,289,290,\n295,296,297,301,330,331,335,337,342-343,351\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (ROpa GosvamT), 36,104,198\nBhavi�ya Pural)a, 267\nBrahmal)c;/a Pural)a, 347\nBrahma-sarilhita, 72,233,236, 272,295,351\nBrahma-vaivarta Pural)a, 268\nBrhan-naradiya Pural)a, 268, 351\nCaitanya-candrodaya-nataka (Kavi-karQapura), 271, 341-342\nCaitanya-bhagavata, (Vrndavana dasa Thakura), 3, 5, 178, 179\nCaitanya-caritamrta (Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja), 71,245-246\nChandogya Upani�ad, 275\nHari-bhakti-vilasa (Sanatana GosvamT), 26-27\nKatha Upani�ad, 238\n\n361\n\n", "mad2#p0396": "362\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nLaghu-bhagavatamrta (ROpa Gosvami), 246\nMahabharata, 245, 249, 343\nMuQ(iaka Upani�ad, 287,296\nNama�taka (ROpa Gosvami), 299\nPadma Puraf}a, 236,276, 303, 324-325\nSarva-sarhvadini (Jiva Gosvami), 265-266\nSik?a�taka (Caitanya Mahaprabhu), 96\nSkanda Puraf}a, 178\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 41-42,48,64, 68-69,72,96,123,126,148,192,230,\n\n235,243,245,247, 248-249,251-255,269,274,277-278, 329-330,\n334,335-336,343,346,351,352,353\nSusloka-sataka (Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya), 316\nSvetasvatara Upani�ad, 270,273,279,280\nTaittiriya Upani?ad, 272,273,296\nTattva-sandarbha (Jiva Gosvami), 265\nUjjvala-nilamaf}i (ROpa Gosvami), 199\nVedanta-sutra, 272,276,288,294-295\nVi?QU Puraf}a, 280-283\n\n", "mad2#p0397": "Glossary\nA\nAbhi�eka-the bathing ceremony of the Deity.\nAcarya-a spiritual master who teaches by his own example.\nAcintya-bhedabheda-tattva-Lord Caitanya's \"simultaneously one and different\"\ndoctrine.\nAjita-the Supreme Lord who is unconquerable.\nAmrta-nectar.\nAnna-food grains.\nArca-murti-the form of the Lord made of material elements.\nArcana-Deity worship.\nArca-vigraha-See: Arca-marti.\nAsuto�a-Lord S iva who is very easily satisfied when one worships him.\nAtma-nivedana-the devotional process of sacrificing everything for the Lord.\nAtmaramas-those who are self-satisfied.\nAvatara-an incarnation of the Lord who descends from the spiritual sky.\nAvidya sakti-material energy, or nescience.\n-\n\n8\nBahirmukha jana-a person influenced by the external energy.\nBhagavan-Kr�l)a, who is full in six opulences.\nBhakti-yoga\n\n-\n\ndevotional service to the Lord.\n\nBhava-manifestation of ecstatic symptoms in the body of a devotee.\nBrahma-bhata-the state of being freed from material contamination.\nBrahmajyoti-the impersonal effulgence emanating from the body of Kr�l)a.\nBrahman- the all-pervading impersonal aspect of Kr�l)a.\nBrahmananda-the bliss derived from realizing the impersonal Brahman.\nBrahmaQas -the intelligent class of men.\nBrahmaQya-deva-the Supreme Lord of brahminical culture.\n\nc\nChanna-avatara-an incarnation in disguise.\n\nD\nDadhi -yogurt.\nDana-charity.\nDaQc;/a-bhariga-lila-the pastime of Lord Nityananda breaking the staff of Lord\nCaitanya.\n\n363\n\n", "mad2#p0398": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n364\n\nD aQt;ia vats-offering obeisances by falling flat like a stick.\nDasya-the devotional process of serving the Lord as a friend.\nDhamayita-the stage exhibited by a devotee when only one or two transformations are slightly present and it is possible to conceal them.\nOik?a-initiating a disciple with transcendental knowledge.\nDipta-the stage exhibited by a devotee when four of five ecstatic symptoms are\nmanifest.\nD ug dha-milk.\nD urg a-sakti-the material energy.\n\nDu?krti-a miscreant.\nDvij a-ba ndhus-unworthy sons of the twice-born.\nG\nCaut;la-maQt;iala-bhami-the places in Bengal where Lord Caitanya stayed.\nChrta-ghee.\nGovardhana-dhari-Kr�Qa, the lifter of Govardhana Hill.\n\nCrhasthas-householders.\nH\nHari-kirtana-See: Sankirtana.\nHladini sakti-the bliss portion of the Lord's spiritual potency.\nHr�ikesa-a name of Kr�t:Ja, the master of all senses.\n\nlndra-the king of the heavenly planets.\n\nJ\n} agya-the ecstatic symptom of loss of memory.\n}iva-bhata-the living force within matter.\n}iiana-knowledge.\n}iiana-kaQt;!a-the division of the Vedas dealing with empirical speculation in pursuit\nof truth.\n\n}iiani-one who is engaged in the cultivation of knowledge.\n}valita-the stage exhibited by a devotee when more than two or three transcendental transformations are manifest and it is possible to conceal them with\ndifficulty.\n\nK\nKali- yuga-the age of quarrel in which we are now living.\n\n", "mad2#p0399": "Glossary\n\n365\n\nKama-lust.\nKarma-action performed according to scriptural regulations.\nKarma-kaQc;fa-the division of the Vedas dealing with fruitive activities and their\nreactions.\nKirtana-the devotional process of chanting.\nKrodha-anger.\nKr$Qa-viraha-the feeling of spiritual separation from Kr�l)a.\nKr$Qe matir astu-greeting of Vai�l)ava sannyasis meaning \"Let y our attention be on\nKr�l)a.\"\nK�ira-cora-Lord Gopinatha the thief who stole the sweet rice.\nK�udha-t[$Qa-hunger and thirst.\nKOrma-the tortoise incarnation of the Lord.\n\nL\nUla-avatara-an incarnation of the Lord who performs a variety of activities without\nmaking any special endeavor.\nLobha-greed.\n\nM\nMaha-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance: Hare Kf�l)a, Hare Kf�l)a, Kr�l)a\nKr�l)a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nMaha-snana-a vast bath with ghee and water used to bathe the Deity.\nMaha-vakya-transcendental sound vibration.\nMatsarya-enviousness.\nMatsya-the fish incarnation of the Lord.\nMaya-illusion; an energy of Kr�l)a's which causes the living being to forget Him.\nMayadhisa-the Lord of all energy.\nMay avadis-impersonalists or voidists who believe that ultimately God is formless\nand without personality.\nMaya-vasa-subjected to the influence of the illusory energy.\nMoha-illusion.\nMOc;fha-a fool or rascal.\nMukti-liberation.\nMukti-pada-the Supreme Lord under whose feet exist all kinds of liberation.\nMukunda-the Lord who gives transcendental bliss by offering all kinds of mukti.\n\nN\nNama narayaQaya-greeting of Mayavadi sannyasis meaning \"I offer my obeisances\nto Narayal)a.\"\nNirvaQa-the cessation of all material activities.\n\n", "mad2#p0400": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n366\n\nNitya-baddhas -eternally conditioned living beings.\nNitya-siddha-bhaktas-the eternally liberated associates of the Lord.\nNrsirhhadeva-the half-man, half-lion incarnation of the Lord.\n\n0\nOrhkara-the transcendental sy llable which represents Kr��a.\n\np\nPada-sevana-the devotional process of serving.\nPanca-gavya-five kinds of products of the cow used to bathe the Deity.\nPancamrta-five kinds of nectar used to bathe the Deity.\nParamaharhsa-the highest stage of the renounced order of life.\nParamatma-the Supersoul, the localized aspect of the Supreme Lord within the\nheart of all living beings.\nParampara-the disciplic succession through which spiritual knowledge is transmitted.\nPariQama-vada-the theory of transformation in the creation of the universe.\nPathana-a brahmaQa's duty to be conversant with the Vedic scriptures.\nPrakrti -energy or nature.\nPraQava-See: Orhkara.\nPrasada-spiritualized foods offered to Kr�r:Ja.\nPratibimba-vada-the worship of a form that is the reflection of a false material form.\nPratigraha-the duty of a brahmaQa to accept contributions from his followers.\nPOrQa-complete.\nP u ru ?a-person or enjoy er.\n\nR\nRasa-lila -the group dancing of Kr�l)a and His cowherd girlfriends in His Vrndavana\npastimes.\n\ns\nSac-cid-ananda-vigraha-the transcendental form of the Lord which is eternal, full of\nknowledge and blissful.\n$ac;l-aisvarya-p0rQa-the Supreme Lord who is complete with six opulences.\nSahajiyas -pse u do devotees with a mundane conception of Kr��a's pastimes.\n-\n\nSa/okya-the liberation of being promoted to the planet where the Lord resides.\nSamipya-the liberation of becoming an associate of the Lord.\nSampradaya-disciplic succession through which spiritual knowledge is transmitted.\nSamvit-sakti-the knowledge portion of the Lord's spiritual potency.\n\n", "mad2#p0401": "Glossary\n\n367\n\nSandhini sakti-the eternity portion of the lord's spiritual potency.\nSar'lkirtana-congregational chanting of the glories of the lord.\nSannyasa-the fourth order of spiritual life.\nSannyasa-dar:l(;la-the staff carried by a sannyasi.\nSannyasis-those in the renounced order of life.\nSi.ir$ti-the liberation of attaining opulences like those of the Lord.\nSarupya-the liberation of attaining a four-handed form exactly like that of the Lord.\nSarvatma-nivedana-See: Atma-nivedana.\nS astra-revealed scripture.\nSayujya-mukti-merging into the Brahman effulgence of the Lord.\nSeva-puja-Deity worship.\nSiddha-one who has realized the Brahman effulgence.\nSiva-the personality in charge of the mode of ignorance .\nSravaQa-the devotional process of hearing.\nStri-women.\nSDddipta-the manifestation in a devotee of all eight ecstatic sy mptoms multiplied a\nthousand times and all visible at once.\nSudras-the laborer class of men.\nSvadhyaya-the reading of Vedic literature.\n\nT\nTamasab-the coverings of the universe.\nTattva-truth.\nTriyuga-a name of Vi�f)U meaning one who appears in only three yugas.\n\nu\nUddipta-the manifestation in a devotee of five, six or all eight ecstatic sy mptoms\nsimultaneously.\n\nv\nVaika/i-bhoga-food offered to the Deity at the end of the day.\nVaikuf)thalokas-variegated spiritual planets situated in the brahmajyoti.\nVairagya-renunciation.\nVai$Qava-a devotee of the Supreme Lord Vi�r:tu, or Kf�l)a.\nVaisyas-people engaged in agriculture and commerce.\nVanas-forests.\nVandana-the devotional process of praying.\nVaraha-the boar incarnation of the Lord.\nVedasraya nastikya-vada-agnosticism under the shelter of Vedic culture.\n\n", "mad2#p0402": "368\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\nVijita-?acf-gul)a-one who has conquered the six material qualities.\nVi?QOQ smaral)a-the devotional process of remembering.\nVrajendra-nandana-Kr�t:Ja, the son of Nanda Maharaja.\nVrndavana-the site of Kr�t:Ja's pastimes exhibited when He was present on earth\n5,000 years ago.\n\ny\nY ajana-the duty of a brahmal)a to assist others in performing ceremonies.\nYajana -the duty of a brahmal)a to perform Vedic rituals.\nYamaraja-the demigod who punishes sinful living beings after their deaths.\nYoga-linking the consciousness of the living being with the Supreme Lord.\nYoga-maya -the eternal creative potency of the Lord.\nY uga-avataras -the incarnations of the Lord in each millennium who prescribe the\nprocess of self-realization for that age.\n\n", "mad2#p0403": "Bengali Pronunciation Guide\nBENGALI DIACRITICAL EQUIVALENTS AND PRONUNCIATION\n\nVowels\n\n'C{a\n\n�ta\n\n�i\n\nii\n\n�u\n\n\\tau\n\n'r\n\n<.fie\n\n� ai �0\n\n�au\n\n( candra-bindu)\n\n: p (visarga)\n\n' ril (anusvara)\n\n•\n\nit\n\n�r\n\nConsonants\nGutterals:\n\n� ka\n\n� kha\n\n1f' ga\n\n� gha\n\n� ita\n\nPalatals:\n\ni ca\n\nfi cha\n\n'P ja\n\n� jha\n\n$ fia\n\nCerebrals:\n\n� ta\n\n� tha\n\n\"tJ' <;Ia\n\ni <;lha\n\nQf tha\n\nSf da\n\ntj l}a\n\n$f dha\n\n� na\n\n.pha\n��a\n\n�sa\n\n�bha\n�va\n�ha\n\n1{ rna\n\n1f ra\n\n�ba\ni'(Ia\n\nDentals:\nLabials:\nSemivowels:\nSibilants:\n\n� ta\n\n�pa\n�ya\n-t' sa\n\nVowel Symbols\nThe vowels are written as follows after a consonant:\n\nla f7 �� ... u\n\n' � ai '1o '\\au\n-.1 ka F. ki �ki � ku �ku ft kr\nFor example:\nJkf �ke �kai �1ko �lkau\n6--a\n\n<r\n\ntr\n\n369\n\ne\n\n", "mad2#p0404": "370\n\nThe letter a is implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\nThe symbol viriima (\"-) indicates that there is no final vowel.\n\n�k\n\nThe letters above should be pronounced as follows:\na -like the o in hot; sometimes like the o in go;\nfinal a is usually silent.\na -like the a in far.\ni, T -like the ee in meet.\nu, ii -like the u in rule.\nr -like the ri in rim.\nr -like the ree in reed.\ne -like the ai in pain; rarely like e in bet.\nai -like the oi in boil.\no -like the o in go.\nau -like the ow in owl.\nm -(anusviira) like the ng in song.\nI} -(visarga) a final h sound like in Ah.\nn -(candra-bindu} a nasal n sound\nlike in the French word bon.\nk -like the k in kite.\nkh -like the kh in Eckhart.\ng -like the g in got.\ngh -like the gh in big-house.\nIi. -like the n in bank.\nc -like the ch in chalk.\nch -like the chh in much-haste.\nj -like the j in joy.\njh -like the geh in college-hall.\nii -like the n in bunch.\n� -like the t in talk.\nth -like the th in hot-house.\n\n� -like the d in dawn.\n�h -like the dh in good-house.\n�-like the n in gnaw.\nt-as in talk but with the tongue against the\nthe teeth.\nth-as in hot-house but with the tongue against\nthe teeth.\nd-as in dawn but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\ndh-as in good-house but with the tongue\nagainst the teeth.\nn-as in nor but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\np -like the p in pine.\nph -like the ph in philosopher.\nb -like the b in bird.\nbh -like the bh in rub-hard.\nm -like the m in mother.\ny -like the j in jaw. lf\ny -like they in year. �\nr -like the r in run.\n!-like the l in law.\nv -like the b in bird or like the w in dwarf.\ns, � -like the sh in shop.\ns -like the s in sun.\nh-like the h in home.\n\nThis is a general guide to Bengali pronunciation. The Bengali transliterations in this\nbook accurately show the original Bengali spelling of the text. One should note, however,\nthat in Bengali, as in English, spelling is not always a true indication of how a word is pronounced. Tape recordings of His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhuplida\nchanting the original Bengali verses are available from the International Society for Krishna\nConscious�ess, 3959 Landmark St., Culver City, California 90230.\n\n", "mad2#p0405": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete alphabetical listing of the first and third line of each four-line\n\nverse and both lines of each two-line verse in Sri Caitanya-caritamrta. In the first column the trans-\n\n!iteration is given, and in the second and third columns respectively the chapter-verse references\nand page number for each verse are to be found.\n\nA\n\namake dekhile, ami rahiba sei sthane\namangala dura kari' karaila snana\n\na-ba/a-vrddha gramera /oka karaha bhojane\n'abhidha'-vrtti chac;li' kara sabdera lak�ara\nacamana diya dila vic;laka-saiicaya\nacamana diya se tambala nivedila\nacarya-bhajini-pati, syalaka\n\n4.83\n6.134\n4.80\n4.65\n6.112\n\n39\n264\n38\n29\n253\n\nama prati bhat!acaryera haya anugraha\namara bahu-prfti bac;le inhara upara\namara gramete keha na rahe upavasr\namara matr-svasa-grha-nirjana sthana\namara name gara-sahita kara nimantrare\n\nacarya kahe,-'anumane nahe rsvara-jiiane\nacarya kahe,-\"vastu-vi�aye haya vastu\nacarya kahe,-'vijiia-mata isvara-/ak�are'\niicaryera do�a nahi, isvara-iijiiii hai/a\niicaryera siddhiinte mukundera haila santo�a\n\n6.81\n6.89\n6.80\n6.180\n6.113\n\n232\n239\n231\n302\n254\n\namara sailge yabe, kimva amara /aka-sane\namara sannyasa-dharma cahena rakhite\nama-saba chac;li' age gela darasane\niimi akulina, !ira dhana-vidyii-hina\nami biilaka-sannyasr-bhiinda-manda niihi\n\nacintya prabhava tinera na yiiya kathana\nacintya-sakti rsvara jagad-rupe parit;Jata\nacire milaye liit;Jre caitanya-carara\nacire milaye tare gopala-carara\n'adhiruc;lha bhava' yiinra, tailra e vikara\n\n6.196\n6.170\n2.285\n5.160\n6.13\n\n310\n293\n359\n189\n198\n\nami-saba asiyiichi mahaprabhura sane\nami-saba piiche iiiliiil tiiilra anve�are\nami-saba pache yiiba, na yaba tamara sailge\niima uddhiirile tumi, -e sakti a5carya\nananda biic;lila mane, du�kha na garila\n\nadrsya asprsya, sei haya yama-darc;lr\nahankara itryarh me\naho bhagyam aho bhiigyarh\naiche acintya bhagavanera guQa-gara\n'aiche vat mukhe tumi nii iinibe !ira\n\n6.167\n6.164\n6.149\n6.185\n5.38\n\n290\n288\n277\n305\n131\n\nanandiirhse 'hliidini,' sad-arhse 'sandhini'\nanande candana liigi' kari/a yatana\nanande karila jagannatha darasane\niinande puri-gosiiiiira prema uthalila\niinande sarvabhauma tiiilra /aila pada-dhuli\n\niii/a sakala loka siik�i dekhibiire\naji k($Qa-prapti-yogya haila tamara mana\naji mora purra haila sarva abhilii�a\n\"aji muiii aniiyase jininu tri-bhuvana\naji muiii karinu vaikuQtha arohaQa\n\n5.109\n6.234\n6.331\n6.230\n6.230\n\n163\n329\n327\n326\n326\n\naneka ghata bhari' dila suvasita jala\nanna, ghrta, dadhi, dugdha,-griime yata\nanna-kO!a kare sabe hara$ita haiiii\nanna lana eka-griimera aila loka-gara\nanna-vyaiijana saba rahe ghrte bhasi'\n\naji saba mahiiprasiida kara asvadana\naji se kharc;lila tamara dehiidi-bandhana\naji tumi chinna kaile miiyiira bandhana\niiji tumi ni�kapa!e hailii kr�riisraya\naji ye haila amara bac;la-i vipatti\n\n6.45\n6.233\n6.233\n6.332\n6.61\n\n213\n332\n332\n328\n220\n\nantaranga-cic-chakti,-ta!asthii -jivaanumana pramiira nahe isvara-tattva-jiiane\nanya griimera /aka yata dekhite iii/a\nanya yata siidhya-siidhana kari' acchadana\nanye haite nahe, tumi calaha tvarite\n\najiia magi' gauc;la-dese karila gamana\najiiii magi' gelii gopiniitha acaryake /aiiii\niijiiii-piilana lagi' ha-i/a susthira\niijiia-sthiine kichu nahe vijiiera gocara\na/aukika prema citte /age camatkara\nama dravaile, pratapa pracaQc;la'\n\n4.109\n6.47\n4.46\n6.79\n4.178\n6.214\n\n55\n214\n21\n230\n91\n319\n\n371\n\nanyonye /okera mukhe ye kathii sunila\n'apadiina', 'karara', 'adhikaraQa'-kiiraka tina\niipane bahuta anna iini/a miigiyii\napane miidhava-puri kai/a abhi$eka\n'apaQi-piida'-sruti varje 'priikrta' paQi-carara\n\n5.98\n4.60\n6.116\n6.69\n4.28\n\n159\n27\n255\n224\n14\n\n6.65\n6.110\n6.62\n6.117\n6.24\n\n222\n252\n221\n255\n204\n\n5.22\n6.59\n6.21\n6.24\n5.155\n\n122\n220\n202\n204\n186\n\n6.213\n4.188\n6.159\n4.150\n6.118\n\n319\n96\n284\n78\n256\n\n4.175\n6.38\n4.76\n4.93\n4.90\n\n90\n210\n34\n45\n44\n\n4.92\n4.71\n6.160\n6.82\n4.85\n\n45\n32\n285\n234\n40\n\n6.197\n4.107\n6.25\n6.144\n\n311\n54\n204\n273\n\n4.11\n4.59\n6.150\n\n6\n26\n278\n\n", "mad2#p0406": "372\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\napareyam itas tv anyaril\n\n6.165\n4.31\n5.101\n6.239\n5.53\n\n189\n15\n160\n333\n138\n\n6.67\n5.48\n6.118\n6.216\n4.166\n\n223\n136\n256\n320\n85\n\n5.60\n4.122\n4.80\n4.66\n5.16\n\n141\n62\n38\n30\n119\n\n6.179\n5.52\n6.219\n5.21\n4.100\n\n301\n137\n321\n121\nso\n\n6.101\n4.89\n4.97\n4.24\n5.49\n\n247\n44\n49\n12\n136\n\nara-bara asi' ami ei bharxla la-iba\nara dina ajna magi' ca/i/a brahma(la\nara dina bhattacarya aila darsane\nara dina gramera /aka ekatra kari/a\n\n6.84\n5.71\n\n235\n145\n\n6.201\n6.185\n6.186\n6.194\n4.49\n\n313\n305\n305\n309\n22\n\n5.79\n4.52\n6.3\n4.138\n6.154\n\n149\n23\n193\n73\n281\n\n5.92\n6.255\n5.6\n4.29\n4.120\n\n156\n342\n114\n14\n61\n\n4.123\n4.123\n4.201\n4.197\n\n62\n62\n103\n100\n\n4.54\n5.112\nbac;Ja-vipra kahe,- \"kanya mora nija-dhana 5.29\n5.25\nbac;la-vipra kahe,-\"tumi na kara sarh5aya\n5.79\nbac;la-viprera mane,-'k[$(la bac;la dayavan\nbahirariga-maya,-tine kare prema6.160\n\n24\n165\n127\n124\n149\n285\n\n4.122\n6.221\n4.139\n4.39\n4.76\n\n62\n322\n73\n18\n34\n\n5.26\n6.7\n4.15\n4.188\n4.38\n\n125\n195\n8\n96\n18\n\n4.60\n6.41\n4.28\n4.26\n\n27\n211\n14\n13\n\nathJpi te deva padambuja-dvayaatma-kanya diba, keba pare ni$edhite\natma-ninda kari' laila prabhura sara()a\n'atmarama' paryanta kare isvara bhajana\natmaramas ca munayo\n\nara dina gopinatha prabhu sthane giya\nara dina laghu-vipra tarira ghare aila\nara dina mahaprabhu bhattacarya-sane\nara dina prabhu ge/a jagannatha-darasane\nara jana-dui deha, diba ye vetana\n\natmaramas ca-5/oke 'ekadasa pada haya\natyanta nivic;la kunja-nari pravesite\navasya mora vakya teriho karibe prama(la'\navara(la dOra kari' karila vidite\navese ca/i/a prabhu jagannatha-mandire\n\nara keha sarige nahi, ei sarige ekala\narati dekhiya puri kaila namaskara\narati kari/a Joke, kare jay a jaya\naratrika kari' kaila bahuta stavana\nara vipra-yuva, tanra karena sahaya\n\navese karila puri se k$ira bhak$a(la\navidya-karma-sariljnanya\navirbhava hana ami tahan sak$i diba\navirbhOtas tasya padaravinde\navi$la hana kai/a gopala stavana\n\nara ye ye-kichu kahe, sakala-i kalpana\n'are adhama! mora bhagni caha vivahite\naru(lodaya-kale haila prabhura agamana\nasambhava kaha kene, yei nahi haya\nasarikhya aise, nitya bac;lila bhii(lc;lara\n\nayacaka-jane ami diye ta' ahara\nayacita k$ira prasada a/pa yadi pai\nayacita paile kha'na, nahe upavasa\nayacita-vrlli puri-virakta, udasa\n'ayi dina', 'ayi dina' bale bara-bara\n\nasan var(las trayo hy asya\nasa-pasa gramera /aka dekhite aila\nasa-pa5a vraja-bhamera yata grama saba\nasi' age dhari' kichu bali/a hasiya\nas ina parama-bhaktye namaskara kari'\n\nayi dina-dayardra natha he\n\n8\nbac;la eka pathara p[$the avalamba di/a\n\nbac;la-vipra chota-vi pre kanya-dana kai/a\nasru, stambha. pulaka, sveda, kampa\na$fadasa artha kai/a abhipraya lana\na$tama-divase tarire puche sarvabhauma\naste-vyaste asi' kai/a cara(la vandana\naste-vyaste kale kari' nila nityananda\n\n6.208\n6.195\n6.124\n6.221\n4.199\n\n316\n310\n259\n322\n102\n\n6.146\n6.73\n6.56\n6.180\n6.86\n\n274\n226\n218\n302\n236\n\n4.20\n4.174\n6.151\n4.6\n4.9\n\n10\n89\n278\n4\n5\n\n5.20\n6.99\n6.95\n\n121\n245\n243\n\nbahire aila, kare kichu na kahila ara\nataeva 'aprakrta' brahmera netra-mana\nataeva bac;la sampradayera nahika apek$a\nataeva han tamara ami nija-dasa'\nataeva kalpana kari' n�tika-sastra kaila\nataeva isvara-tattva na para janite\n\nbahire prabhura teilho pai/a darasana\nbahir-vase bandhi' sei thikari rakhila\nbahu-dina tamara patha kari nirik$a(la\nbahu-dinera k$udhaya gopala khaila sakala\nbahu jnati-go$lhi tamara bahuta bandhava\n\nataeva nama haila 'k$ira-cora hari'\nataeva nama haila 'k$ira-cora' kari'\nataeva sruti kahe, brahma-savise$a\nataeva taha var(lile haya punarukti\nataeva tanra paye kari namaskara\n\nbahu-k$a(le caitanya nahe, bhogera kala\nbahu nrtya-gita kaila lana bhakta-ga(la\nbahu parisrame candana remu(la ani/a\nbahu sitala jale kara sri-ariga marjana\nbahu tai/a diya kai/a sri-ariga cikka(la\n\nataeva tomaya ami diba kanya-dana\nataeva 'tri-yuga' kari' kahi tara nama\nataeva 'tri-yuga kari' kahi vi$(lU-nama\n\nbahuta prasada sarvabhauma anaila\nbalaka kahe, -gopa ami, ei grame vasi\nbalakera saundarye purira ha-ila santo$a\n\n", "mad2#p0407": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n\"balya-ka/e mata mora nasa chidra kari'\nbata dekhe, se balaka punab na ai/a\nbhagavad-bhakti-vimukhera haya darc;Ja\nbhagavan bahu haite yabe kai/a mana\nbhagavane bhakti-parame puru�artha\nbhagavanera savi5ese ei tina cihna\nbhagavan-'sambandha', bhakti\nbhagavan, tanra 5akti, tanra gura-gara\nbhJgavata-bharata dui 5astrera pradhana\nbhagavatera 'brahma-stave'ra 5/oka pac;Jila\nbhagavatta-lak$af}era inhatei sima\nbhakta-gara avi�!a haiia, sabe nace gaya\nbhakta-gara-sange prabhu karena bhojana\nbhakta-gare dekhe-yena dunhe ekabhakta-gare kahe prabhu sei ta' akhyana\nbhakta-gare khaoyaite pafica k�ira /aila\nbhakta-gare 5unafia prabhu kare asvadita\nbhakta-sange aila prabhu mahesa dekhiiia\nbhakta-sange 5ri-mukhe prabhu kai/a\nbhakti dekhaite kaila prasada bhak�ara\nbhakti kari' bahu a/arikara kaila samarpare\nbhakti kari' kai/a prabhu tanra darasana\nbhakti kari' nana dravya bheta deya ani'\n'bhakti-pade' kene pac;Ja, ki tamara a5aya\nbhakti-5abda kahite mane haya ta' ullasa\nbhakti-sadhana-5re$!ha 5unite haifa mana\nbhakti vinu siistrera ara na kare vyakhyana\nbhala haifa aila ama kac;Jha savadhane\nbhala-manda nahi kaha, raha mauna dhari'\nbhala-manda nahi kahe, vasi' matra sune\nbhangana krodhe tenho irihake do�aya\nbharati-sampradaya iriho-hayena\nbha!!acarya acarya-dvare bhik$a karaila\n'bha!!acarya', jani-tumi saksat brhaspati\nbha!!iicarya kahe,-'bhakti'-sama nahe\nbha!!acarya kahe,-ekale tumi na yaiha\nbha!!acarya kahe,-'inhara prauc;Jha\nbha!!acarya kahe,-na bujhi', hena jfiana\nbha!!acarya kahe tanre kari' namaskare\nbha!!acarya premavese haifa acetana\nbha!!acarya pOrva-paksa apara karila\nbha!!acarya-sange tarira mandire iii/a\n'bha!!acarya' tumi inhiira nii jana mahima\n\n5.129\n4.33\n6.263\n\n373\n\n6.57\n6.277\n6.113\n6.218\n6.114\n\n219\n356\n254\n321\n254\n\n6.145\n6.184\n\n173\n16\n347\n274\n304\n\n6.144\n6.178\n6.196\n6.97\n6.260\n\n273\n300\n310\n244\n345\n\nbhartacaryera ninda kahe, mane pafia vyatha\n\n6.115\n6.209\n6.193\n6.280\n6.34\n\n254\n317\n309\n357\n208\n\n6.78\n5.145\n6.42\n5.135\n4.19\n\n229\n181\n211\n176\n10\n\n6.46\n4.11\nbhi�makera iccha,-kr�re kanya samarpite 5.28\nbhittye dekhi' bhakta saba 5/oka karthe kaila 6.253\n4.58\nbhoga-samagri ai/a sande5adi yata\n\n213\n6\n126\n341\n26\n\n4.206\n4.170\n5.143\n4.210\n4.208\n\n105\n88\n180\n107\n106\n\n4.181\n4.21\n6.164\n5.140\n6.143\n\n93\n11\n288\n178\n272\n\n5.125\n4.13\n4.99\n6.262\n6.276\n\n172\n7\nso\n346\n356\n\n4.84\n4.116\n5.24\nbrahmara-sevaya kr�rera priti bac;Ja haya\nbrahmarera pratijfia yaya-ei bac;Ja dubkha 5.89\n5.107\nbrahmarere kahe-\"tumi yaha nija-ghara\n\n40\n59\n123\n154\n163\n\n6.241\n6.237\n4.43\n6.125\n6.123\n\n333\n332\n20\n259\n258\n\n5.159\n5.88\nbrahma-5abde kahe pOrra svayam bhagavan 6.147\nbrahma-5ayujya haite i5vara-sayujya dhikkiira 6.269\n6.269\nbrahme, isvare sayujya dui ta' prakara\n\n188\n153\n275\n350\n350\n\n5.157\n6.72\n6.215\n6.191\n6.263\n\n187\n225\n\nbrhaspati taiche 5/oka na pare karite\n\n6.206\n6.12\n6.128\n5.156\n4.190\n\n315\n259\n261\n186\n97\n\n6.62\n6.74\n6.128\n\n221\n227\n261\n\n6.245\n6.207\n\n337\n316\n\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�radasa\n\n6.176\n6.119\n6.78\n\n299\n256\n229\n\ncaitanya-prasade manera saba jac;Jya gel a\n\n6.237\n4.213\n5.161\n6.286\n4.7\n6.224\n6.28\n\n332\n108\n189\n360\n4\n324\n205\n\n320\n308\n347\n\nbhartacarye kahe kichu vinaya vacana\nbhartacarye kaila prabhu drc;Jha alingane\nbhartacarye vakye mane haifa dubkha-ro�a\nbhartacaryera ghare aila tvarayukta haiia\nbhartacaryera name tanre kaila nimantrara\n\nbhartacaryera nrtya dekhi' hase prabhura\nbhartacaryera prarthanate prabhu vyakhya\nbha!!acaryera vai�ravata dekhi' sarva-jana\nbhavete avi�!a haifa prabhu nityananda\nbhik$a karafia acamana karaila\n\nbhik�a /agi' eka-dina eka grama giya\n\nbhoke rahe, tabu anna magifia na khaya\nbhramite, bhramite ge/a giri govardhana\nbhamir apo 'nato vayub\nbhuvane5vara-pathe yaiche kaila dar5ana\nbrahma haite janme vi5va, brahmete jivaya\nbrahmara-brahmari-gare age khaoyaila\nbrahmara kahila saba bhoga-vivarare\n\nbrahmarya-deva-gopa/era mahima ei dhanya\n\"brahmarya-deva tumi bac;Ja daya-maya\n\nbujha, ki na bujha,- iha bujhite na pari\nbujhibara lagi' seha puche punarbara\nbujhite na pare keha dui prabhura mati\nbujhi teo ama-sabara nahi adhikara\n\nc\ncaitanya-carara vine nahi jane ana\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�radasa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�radasa\ncaitanya-mangale yaha karila varrana\ncala, sabe yiii sarvabhaumera bhavana\n\n", "mad2#p0408": "374\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ncali ' cali' purl srl-nllacala\n\n4.143\n4.111\n4.154\n5.3\n5.147\n\n75\n56\n80\n113\n182\n\n4.177\n4.63\n6.33\n6.40\n4.10\n\n91\n29\n2el7\n210\n6\n\ndhac;lara ancale c;lhaka eka k�lra haya\n\n6.202\n5.81\n5.33\n5.26\n5.21\n\n314\n150\n129\n125\n121\n\ndlyamanam na grhQanti\n\n5.31\n5.17\n6.159\n4.15\n\n127\n120\n2.34\n8\n\ndui-iane dhari' duilhe karena nartana\n\nca/ila dak�iQe purl tailre dlk�a dina\ncalila madhava-purl candana lana\ncalite calite ai/a ya;apura-grama\ncalite calite prabhu ai/a 'ii!hiiranala'\ncandana pari' bhakta-srama karila saphala\ncandana, tu/asl, pu$pa-mala ailge dila\n'candanesvara' niia-putra dila sabara sa the\ncaraQa pakhali' prabhu asane vasila\ncari bhakta sailge kr�Qa-klrtana-kutuhale\ncatur-bhu;a-rupa prabhu ha-i/a takhana\ncho!a-vipra bale,-'patra karaha likhana\ncho!a-vipra bale,-\"!hakura, tumi mora\ncho!a-vipra bale,-\"tamara strl-putra saba\ncho!a-vipra kahe,-\"suna, vipra-mahasaya\ncho!a-vipra kahe,-\"yadi kanya dite mana\ncho!a-vipra kare sada tailhara sevana\ncid-amse 'samvit,' yare ;nana kari mani\ncuc;la pana mahaprabhura anandita mana\n\nD\ndadhi, dugdha, ghrta ai/a grame yata chi/a\ndadhi-dugdha-sandesadi yata kichu iii/a\ndainya kari' kahe ni;a purva-durmati\ndaive sarvabhauma tarihake kare darsana\ndaive sei k�aQe pailuil tamara darsana\n\n4.57\n4.64\n6.240\n6.5\n6.27\n\n25\n29\n333\n194\n205\n\n4.6\n5.158\n5.87\n4.66\n6.240\n\n4\n187\n153\n30\n333\n\n5.144\n4.40\n6.216\n4.69\n6.203\n\n181\n18\n320\n31\n314\n\n6.227\n6.209\n6.92\n4.51\n6.204\n6.6\n5.116\n\n325\n317\n241\n23\n315\n195\n167\n\n6.9\n4.86\n5.1\n5.35\n4.131\n\n196\n41\n112\n130\n67\n\n4.128\n5.59\n4.64\n5.60\n4.141\n\n65\n140\n29\n141\n74\n\n6.270\n4.172\n4.33\n6.273\n5.150\n\n353\n89\n16\n354\n184\n\ndui-vipra vara mage ananda-antara\n\n6.228\n5.47\n6.252\n5.16\n5.114\n\n326\n135\n340\n119\n167\n\ndui viprera dharma rakha hafia sadaya\n\n5.88\n\n5.82\n5.114\n\n153\n177\n176\n151\n167\n\n5.136\n5.136\n4.117\n5.12\n4.132\n4.161\n\n176\n176\n59\n117\n67\n83\n\n5.50\n5.104\n5.55\n5.80\n4.190\n\n137\n161\n139\n150\n97\n\n6.258\n6.256\n4.121\n6.94\n6.11\n\n344\n343\n61\n242\n197\n\ndekhiya cintita haila bhartacaryera mana\ndekhiya purlra prabhava lake camatkara\ndesam yayau vipra krte 'dbhuteham\ndese asi' dui-iane gela niia-ghare\ndhac;lara ailcala-tale paila sei k$1ra\n\ndhana dekhi ei du$!era laite haila mana\ndhapa, dipa, kari' nana bhoga lagaila\ndhutura khaoyana vape kari/a pagala\ndine /oka-bhic;la habe mora prati$!ha ;ani'\n\ndugdha-dana-chale kr$Qa yailre dekha di/a\ndugdha pana kari' bhiiQc;la dhuna rakhila\ndui-arthe 'kr�Qa' kahi, kene pii!ha phiri\ndui-;anara bhare daQr;ia khaQc;la khaQc;la haila\n\ndui rak$a kara, gopala, /ainu saraQa'\ndui 5/oka bahira-bhite likhiya rakhila\ndui-vipra-madhye eka vipra-vrddha-\n\nduriha dekhi' nityananda-prabhu maha-railge 5.138\n\ndunhara bhavavesa, durihe-candra-vadana 5.137\ndurihara sammati lana madhyastha rakhila\ndurihara satye LU$ta ha-iliiri, dunhe maga'\nduilhe-eka varQa, durihe-prakaQr;ia-\n\ndambha kari' varQi yadi taiche nahi sakti\ndaQc;ia-bhariga-lila ei-parama gambhlra\ndaQr;iavat kari' kahe saba vivaraQa\ndaQc;lavat kari' kaila atma-samarpaQa\ndaQr;iavat kari' kaila bahu-vidha stuti\ndaQr;iavat kari preme nacite lagila\ndarsana diya nistariba sakala samsara\ndarsana karila ;agannatha-sayyotthane\ndasa-vipra anna randhi' kare eka stUpa\ndekhai/a tiirire age catur-bhu;a-rupa\n\ndurihe-raktambara, durihara svabhava\ndvadasa mrt-patre bhari' amrta-samana\ndvadasa-vana dekhi' 5e$e gela vrndavana\ndvara diya grame ge/a sei k$1ra lana\ndvidha na bhaviha, na kariha kichu mane\n\nE\nebe kichu nahi kaha, ki tamara vicara'\nebe muni grame ainu, yaimu bhavana\nebe ye na dena, pucha irihara vyavahara'\nei buddhye dui-;ana ha-ila sammate\n\ndekhi' anandita hai/a mahaprabhura mana\ndekhi' goplnathacarya hara$ita-mana\ndekhi/e na dekhe tare bahirmukha ;ana\"\ndekhi' saba /aka haila anande vismita\ndekhi' sarvabhauma daQc;lavat kari' pac;li'\ndekhi' sarvabhauma haila vismita apara\ndekhite aila saba de sera loka-;ana\n\nei bhakti, bhakta-priya-kr�Qa-vyavahara\nei dhyana, ei ;apa, laya ei nama\nei dui 5/oka-bhakta-kaQ!he ratna hara\nei icchaya la;;a pana vi�Qu-smaraQa kaila\nei kali-kale vi�Qura avatara nai\nei kr�Qa-mahapremera sattvika vikara\n\n", "mad2#p0409": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n375\n\nei /agi' puchi/ena brahma!Jera sthane\nei /agi 'sak$i-gopa/a' nama haifa khyati\nei mahaprabhura /ila-sarvabhauma-milana\nei mata candana deya pratyaha gha$iya\nei-mata mahaprabhu calita nilacale\n\n4.116\n5.133\n2.284\n4.167\n4.10\n\n59\n175\n359\n86\n6\n\neta bali' gela balaka na dekhiye ara\neta bali' gopala gela, gosafii jagila\neta bali' namaskari' karila gamana\neta bali' par;le prabhu tatira krta 5/oka\neta bali' pi!ha-pana saba khaoyaila\n\n4.32\n4.162\n4.138\n4.191\n6.46\n\n15\n84\n73\n98\n213\n\nei-mata maha-ratige se ratri vaficiya\nei-mata nana artha karena vyakhyana\nei-mata vatsara dui karila sevana\nei mata vidyanagare sak$i-gopala\nei-mata vipra citte cintite lagila\n\n5.139\n6.198\n4.105\n5.119\n5.48\n\n177\n312\n53\n169\n136\n\neta bali' premavese par;lila bhamite\neta bali' se-balaka antardhana kaila\neta bhavi' sei vipra phiriya cahila\neta cinti' bhaJtacarya achena vasiya\neta cinti' namaskari' gela sva-bhavane\n\n4.45\n4.44\n5.106\n6.14\n5.128\n\n20\n20\n162\n199\n173\n\nei-mate ca/i' vipra nija-dese aila\nei-mate kat pita bhii$ye sata do$a dila\nei mOrti giya yadi ei sri-vadane\nei sloka kahiyachena radha-thakura!Ji\nei sloka par;li' anna bhak$a!Ja karila\n\n5.103\n6.176\n5.94\n4.194\n6.224\n\n161\n299\n156\n99\n324\n\neta jani' tumi sak$i deha, daya-maya\neta kahi' mahaprabhu aila nija-sthane\neta suni' gopinatha sabare lafia\neta suni' Ioker a mane ha-ifa sarilsaya\neta suni' nastika loka upahasa kare\n\n5.90\n6.236\n6.29\n5.63\n5.86\n\n155\n331\n206\n142\n152\n\nei sloka par;lite prabhu ha-ifa mOrcchite\nei 5/okera artha sunai/a kariya vistara\nei 5/okera artha sunite vaficha haya'\nei stoke ughar;lila premera kapata\nei ta' akhyane kahila dotihara mahima\n\n4.198\n6.243\n6.187\n4.203\n4.211\n\n102\n336\n306\n104\n107\n\neta suni' prabhu age ca/i/a sighra-gati\neta suni' puri-gosiifii paricaya dila\neta suni' sei vipra rahe mauna dhari'\neta suni' tatira putra vakya-cchala pafia\n\n5.156\n4.135\n5.51\n5.58\n\n186\n71\n137\n140\n\nei tara gar;Jha prema toke dekhaite\nei tine hare siddha-sadhakera mana\nei vakye sak$i mora ache maha-jana\nei vipra mora sevaya W$!a yabe haifa\nei vipra-satya-vakya, dharma-paraya!Ja\n\n4.187\n6.197\n5.76\n5.65\n5.83\n\n96\n311\n147\n143\n151\n\neta suni' viprera cintita haifa mana\netha nityananda-prabhu kai/a da�Jr;ia-bhatige\netha pOjari karai/a thakure sayana\nethaya rahiba ami, na yaba ata/:lpara\"\n\n5.46\n5.142\n4.125\n5.107\n\n135\n180\n64\n163\n\neka-dina nija-loka ekatra karila\neka-dina puri-gosafii delihila svapana\neka-dina sarvabhauma prabhu-age aila\neka-dinera udyoge aiche mahotsava kaila\neka eka dina sabe kare mahotsava\n\n5.37\n4.105\n6.259\n4.79\n4.97\n\n130\n53\n345\n37\n49\n\ngandha bar;Je, Iaiche ei slokera vicara\ngarur;Jera pase rahi' darsana kariba'\ngaur;Ja ha-ite aila dui vairagi brahma!Ja\ngayii, varaiJaSi, prayaga-saka/a kariya\nghare aila bhauacarya jagannatha dekhiya\n\n4.192\n6.63\n4.103\n5.11\n6.248\n\n98\n221\n52\n117\n338\n\neka eka vraja-vasi eka gabhi dila\neka kuiije lafia gela hatete dharifia\neka maha-dhani k$atriya karaila mandira\neka matha kari' tahiiti karaha sthapana\nekanta-bhave cinte vipra gopala-cara!Ja\n\n4.102\n4.35\n4.101\n4.38\n5.46\n\n51\n16\nso\n18\n135\n\nghare ani' pavitra sthane rakhila soyafia\ngha$ite gha$ite yaiche malayaja-sara\nghati-dani char;Jaite raja-patra dvare\ngita-sastre jiva-rOpa 'sakti' kari' mane\ngo-dohana karite cahi, sighra ami yaba\n\n6.8\n4.192\n4.153\n6.163\n4.31\n\n196\n98\n80\n288\n15\n\neka sannyasi asi' dekhi' jagannatha\neka-sera anna randhi' kariha samarpa!Ja\neka vipra, eka sevaka, candana vahite\nekeka dina ekeka grame /a-ita magifia\n\n6.15\n5.100\n4.152\n4.90\n\n200\n160\n79\n44\n\ngopala asiya kahe, -suna he madhava\ngopala-balaka eka dugdha-bha!Jr;Ja lafia\ngopala candana mage,-suni' bhakta-ga�Ja\ngopala-cara!Je mage,-'cala mora rajya\n\n4.158\n4.24\n4.150\n5.122\n\n82\n12\n78\n170\n\ne saba lila prabhura dasa vrndavana\ne-saba siddhanta tabe tumiha kahibe\neta bali' dui-jane calita de sere\n\n4.4\n6.106\n5.34\n\n3\n250\n129\n\ngopala dekhifia loka da!Jr;Javat kare\ngopala dekhiya saba prasada khaila\ngopala dekhiya sabara kha!Jr;Je du/:lkha-soka\n\n5.109\n4.85\n4.96\n\n163\n40\n48\n\nG\n\n", "mad2#p0410": "376\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ngopala-gopinatha-puri-gosiUiira guQa\n\n4.210\n\n107\n\ngopala kahe, puri amara tapa nahi yaya\n\n4.106\n\n53\n\ngopala /a-iya sei katake aila\n\n5.123\n\n171\n\ngopala-prabhave haya, anye na janila\n\n4.79\n\n37\n\ngopala prakata haifa, -dese sabda haifa\n\n4.89\n\n44\n\ngramera isvara tomara-govardhana-dhari\n\n4.48\n\n22\n\ngramera /oka ani' ama ka<;lha' kunja haite\n\n4.37\n\n17\n\ngramera nikata asi' manete cinti/a\n\n5.103\n\n161\n\ngramera sOnya-hate vasi' karena kirtana\n\n4.125\n\n64\n\ngramera yateka taQ<;iu/a, dali godhuma-cOrQa\n\n4.67\n\n30\n92\n\ngopala-prakata suni' nana desa haite\n\n4.98\n\n49\n\ngramya-varta-bhaye dvitiya-sanga-hina\n\n4.179\n\ngopa/a rahila, dunhe karena sevana\n\n5.116\n\n167\n\ngri�ma-kala-ante punaf:J ni/aca/e ge/a\n\n4.169\n\n87\n\ngopala-saundarya dekhi' haifa anandite\n\n5.5\n\n114\n\ngri�ma-kale gopinatha paribe candana\n\n4.165\n\n85\n\ngopala-saundarya dekhi' lake anandita\n\n5.110\n\n164\n\nguru-buddhye chota-vipra bahu seva kare\n\n5.34\n\n129\n\ngopala-saundarya dunhara mana ni/a hari'\n\n5.15\n\n119\n\nguru inhara kesava-bharati maha-dhanya\n\n6.71\n\n225\n\ngopala tanre ajna candana anite\n\n4.187\n\n96\n\ngopala yadi sak�i dena, apane asi' etha\n\n5.77\n\n148\n\ngopale paraiba'-ei ananda pracura\n\n4.182\n\n93\n\nharer nama harer nama\n\n6.242\n\n334\n\ngopalera age kaha e satya-vacana\"\n\n5.31\n\n127\n\n'hari' 'hari' bali' nace IJate tali diya\n\n6.238\n\n332\n\ngopalera age kaha e-satya vacana\n\n5.72\n\n146\n\nhase, kande, nace prabhu hunkara garjana\n\n5.146\n\n182\n\nhas ina gopala-deva tat hay a rahila\n\n5.106\n\n162\n\nhasina gopala kahe,-\"sunaha, brahmaQa\n\n5.97\n\n158\n\ngopalera age /oka aniya dharila\n\n4.93\n\n45\n\ngopalera age page daQc;/avat hana\n\n5.111\n\n164\n\nH\n\ngopalera age vipra kahite lagila\n\n5.32\n\n128\n\nhate hate bule madhava-purike cahina\n\n4.132\n\n67\n\ngopalera age yabe prabhura haya sthiti\n\n5.135\n\n176\n\nhena-bhagavane tumi kaha nirakara?\n\n6.152\n\n279\n\ngopalera purva-katha sune bahu range\n\n5.7\n\n115\n\nhena-jana candana-bhara vahi' lana yaya\n\n4.181\n\n93\n\nhena-jana gopalera ajnamrta pana\n\n4.180\n\n92\n\nhena jive 'bheda' kara isvarera sane\n\n6.163\n\n288\n\ngopalera sahaja-priti vraja-vasi-prati\n\n4.95\n\n47\n\ngopinathacarya ba/e,-'ami purve ye\n\n6.244\n\n336\n\ngopinathacarya kahe mahaprabhura prati\n\n6.120\n\n317\n\nhena-jive isvara-saha kaha ta' abheda\n\n6.162\n\n286\n\ngopinathacarya kahe,-navadvipe ghara\n\n6.51\n\n216\n\nhena-kale aila tahan gopinathacarya\n\n6.17\n\n200\n\ngopinathacaryake kahe sarvabhauma\n\n6.64\n\n222\n\nhena-ka/e bhoga sari' arati baji/a\n\n4.121\n\n61\n\nhena-kale sei bhoga thakure lagila\n\n4.119\n\n60\n\nhena-mate anna-kO!a karila sajana\n\n4.75\n\n34\n\ngopinath!icarya kichu kahite lagila\n\n6.77\n\ngopinathacarya tanra vai�Qavata dekhiya\n\n6.238\n\n332\n\ngopinatha acaryere kahe sarvabhauma\n\n6.50\n\n215\n\nhena sakti nahi mana,-parama sahas a\n\n6.161\n\n286\n\ngopinatha amara se eka-i anga haya\n\n4.160\n\n83\n\nhladini sandhini samvit\n\n6.157\n\n283\n\ngopinatha-caraQe kaila bahu namaskara\n\n4.155\n\n81\n\nhlada-tapa-kari misra\n\n6.157\n\n283\n\nhrdayaril tvad-aloka-katararil\n\n4.197\n\n100\n262\n\n229\n\n226\n\ngopinatha kahe,-inhara nahi bahyapek�a\n\n6.73\n\ngopinatha kahe-nama sri-kr�Qa-caitanya\n\n6.71\n\n225\n\nhrdaye ki ache tamara, bujhite na pari\n\n6.129\n\ngopinatha prabhu lana tahan vasa dila\n\n6.66\n\n222\n\nhrd-vag-vapurbhir vidadhan namas te\n\n6.261\n\n346\n\ngopinatha-rupe yadi kariyachena bhojana\n\n4.208\n\n106\n\nhunkara kariya uthe 'hari' 'hari' bali'\n\n6.38\n\n210\n\ngopinatha-sevaka dek he prabhura prema-\n\n4.203\n\n104\n\nhunkara karaye, hase, kande, nace, gaya\n\n4.200\n\n102\n\ngopinathera at'lge nitya karaha lepana\n\n4.163\n\n84\n\ngopinathera at'lge nitya karaha lepana\n\n4.159\n\n82\n\ngopinathera k�ira bali' prasiddha nama yara\n\n4.118\n\n60\n\niha anubhava kaila madhava gosani\n\n4.78\n\n36\n\ngopinathera sevaka-gaQe c;lakiya ani/a\n\n4.162\n\n84\n\niha asvadite ara nahi cautha-jana\n\n4.195\n\n99\n\ngosanira janite cahi kahan purva5rama\n\n6.50\n\n215\n\nihara ki do�a-ei mayara prasada\n\n6.107\n\n250\n\niha va-i slokera ache tiro abhipraya\n\n6.192\n\n30 8\n\ngosanira sthane acarya kaila agamana\n\n6.114\n\n254\n\niha ye sraddha kari' karaye sravaQa\n\n2.284\n\ngovinda-kuQ<;iera jala ani/a chanina\n\n4.55\n\n24\n\ninhake candana dile, gopala ha-ibe sitala\n\n4.164\n\ngramera brahmaQa saba nava ghata lana\n\n4.55\n\n24\n\ninhake candana dile habe mora tapa-k�aya\n\n4.160\n\n349\n84\n83\n\n", "mad2#p0411": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n377\n\n'inha more kanya dite karyache ailgikara\nihiili yadi rahena, tabu nahi kichu bhaya'\ninhiira puf)ye kr�f)e ani' sak�i bolaiba\ninh iira sarire saba isvara-lak�af)a\ninho kene daf)c;/a bhange, tenho kene\n\n5.55\n5.105\n5.85\n6.90\n5.157\n\n139\n162\n152\n240\n187\n\njaya jaya gauracandra jaya nityanadna\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njiti' kanya /abe, mora vyartha dharma haya'\njiva-bhotarh mahapbaho\njivera asthi-vi�tha dui-sankha-gomaya\n\n6.2\n5.2\n5.42\n6.165\n6.136\n\n193\n112\n133\n289\n266\n\n' inho ta' sak�at kr�f)a, -muni na janiya\ni$at calaye tul!i dekhi' dhairya haifa\ni$at krodha kari' kichu kahite lagila\niita-go�thi vicara kari, na kariha ro�a\n;5vara-darsane prabhu preme acetana\n\n6.200\n6.10\n5.152\n6.93\n6.26\n\n313\n197\n185\n242\n204\n\njivera dehe atma-buddhi-sei mithya haya\njivera nistara l!igi' sutra kaila vyiisa\njnana-karma-p!isa haite haya vimocana\njnati loka kahe,-'mora tom!ike chac;liba'\n\n6.173\n6.169\n2.285\n5.41\n\n297\n292\n359\n132\n\nisvara-sevaka mala-prasada ani' dila\nisvarera krpa-lesa haya ta' yahare\nisvarera krpa-lesa nahika tomate\nisvarera maya ei-bali vyavahara\nisvarera sri-vigraha sac-cid-anandakara\niti dvapara urvisa\n\n6.35\n6.83\n6.86\n6.91\n6.166\n6.102\n\n208\n235\n236\n240\n289\n247\n\nkabe iisi' madhava ama karibe sevana\nkabe ki baliyachi, mora nahika smaraf)a'\nkahan muni daridra, murkha, nica, kula-hina\nkahan tumi paf)c;/ita, dhani, parama kulina\nkahena yadi, punarapi yoga-patta diya\n\n4.39\n5.57\n5.67\n5.67\n6.76\n\n18\n140\n144\n144\n228\n\nkahilan tanra pade minati karina\nkahila, -yana karaha isvara darasana\nkalan na�tarh bhakti-yogarh nijarh ya�\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva\nkali-yuge avatara nahi, -siistra-jnana\n\n5.74\n6.247\n6.255\n6.242\n6.95\n\n147\n338\n342\n334\n243\n\nkali-yuge lilavatara na kare bhagavan\nka/panarthe tumi tahii kara acchadana\nkamala-pure iisi bharginadi-snana kaila\nkampa, sveda, pulakasru, stambha, vaivarf)ya\nkaf)the nii ni�sare vaf)i, netre asru-dhara\n\n6.99\n6.132\n5.141\n4.202\n4.201\n\n245\n263\n179\n103\n103\n\nkanya-dana-patra ami nii ha-i tamara\n'kany!i dite cahiyache-uthaila vacana\nkanya dite naribe, habe asatya-vacana\n'kanyii kene n!i deha, yadi diyacha vacana'\nkanyii paba,-mora mane iha niihi sukha\n\n5.23\n5.61\n5.70\n5.56\n5.89\n\n123\n141\n145\n139\n154\n\nkanya tore dilun, dvidh!i na kariha cite\nkapotesvara dekhite gela bhakta-gaf)a sailge\nkarpura-candana ami pailiima saba\nkarpura-candana yanra ailge cac;lai/a\nkarpura-sahita gha�i' e-saba candana\n\n5.71\n5.142\n4.158\n4.175\n4.159\n\n145\n180\n82\n90\n82\n\nkasi-misra-adi yata nilacala-viisi\nkata dine bac;la-vipra cintita an tare\nkata-dine remuf)ate uttarila giya\nkatake iii/a siik�i-gopala dekhite\n\n6.281\n5.35\n4.154\n5.5\n\n358\n130\n80\n114\n\nkatake gopala-seva karila sthapana\nkeha anna magi' khaya, keha dugdhahara\nkeha bac;la-bac;li-kac;li kare vipra-gaf)a\n\n5.124\n4.29\n4.70\n\n171\n14\n32\n\nJ\njagadananda damodara, -dui sange lana\njagad-rupa haya isvara, tabu avikara\njagannatha alingite calila dhana\njagannatha-darasane maha-sukha paya\njagannatha dekhi' preme ha-ifa asthire\n\n6.248\n6.171\n6.4\n4.144\n6.3\n\n338\n294\n194\n75\n193\n\njagann!itha dekhi' sabara ha-ifa ananda\njagannatha inhare krpa kaila bhala-mate'\njagannatha kaiche kariyachena bhojana\njagannatha na �ekhi' iii/a prabhu-sthane\n'jagannatha'-nama, padavi-'misra\n\n6.34\n6.211\n6.45\n6.239\n6.51\n\n208\n318\n213\n333\n216\n\njagann!ithe ani' dila miif)ikya-sirhhasana\njagannathera deula dekhi' avi�ta haifa\njagannathera sevaka yata, yateka mahiinta\njagat nistarile tumi,-seha alpa-karya\njagat ye mithya nahe, nasvara-matra haya\n\n5.124\n5.144\n4.149\n6.213\n6.173\n\n171\n181\n78\n319\n297\n\njagiya madhava-puri vicara karila\nja/a, jala-patradika sarva samadhiina kaila\niala nite stri-gaf)a tomare dekhi' gela\niana-panca randhe vyanjanadi nana supa\njana panca-sata ruti kare rasi-rasi.\n\n4.44\n6.66\n4.30\n4.69\n4.71\n\n20\n222\n14\n31\n32\n\nianati tattvarh bhagavan-mahimno\niani' sak�i nahi deya, tara papa haya\niayadvaitacandra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nJayadvaitacandra jay a gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nlayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nJaya jaya gauracandra jaya nityananda\n\n6.84\n5.90\n4.2\n5.2\n6.2\n4.2\n\n235\n155\n2\n112\n193\n2\n\nK\n\n", "mad2#p0412": "378\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nkeha bale, isvara-dayalu, asiteha pare\nkeha gaya, keha nace, mahatsava haifa\nkeha paka-bhaw;fara kaila, keha ta' pracira\nke-mate candana niba-nahi e vicara\nke-mate jani/e, ami kari upavasa\n\n5.86\n\n152\n\n4.57\n\n25\n\n4.101\n\n50\n\n4.184\n\n94\n\n4.27\n\n13\n\nkumbhakara ghare chi/a ye mrd-bhajana\nkw'ija dekhai'ia kahe,-ami ei kui'ije ra-i\n\n4.68\n\n31\n\n4.36\n\n17\n\nkui'ija kafi' dvara kari' kari/a pravese\nkunje ache, cala, tarire bahira ye kari\nkurvanti cai$arh muhur atma-maharh\n\n4.50\n\n22\n\n4.48\n\n22\n\n6.108\n\n251\n\n6.74\n\n227\n\n305\n\n118\n\nkurvanty ahaitukirh bhaktim\nkuthari kadali /aha dvara karite\n\n6.186\n\n5.14\n\n4.49\n\n22\n\n5.43\n\n133\n\n'kya kya bhaga /age?' brahmare puchila\n\n4.113\n\n58\n\nkhaile premavesa haya, -adbhuta kathana\nkiba ami age yai, na yaba sahite\n\n4.140\n\n73\n\n5.154\n\n186\n\nkiba gauracandra iha kare asvadana\nkiba nama irihara, sunite haya mana\nkichu bhaga lagaila karaila jala-pana\nkimva navama padartha 'muktira' samasraya\nkitikarere day a tava sarva-lake jane\n\n4.195\n\n99\n224\n\n4.88\n\n43\n\n6.272\n\n354\n\n'lak?ara' karile svata/:1-pramarya-hani haya\n6.137\nlahake yavat sparsi' hema nahi kare\n6.279\nlakera sarighatta dekhi' prabhura bahya haila 4.204\nlakere kahiba giya sak?ira agamana\n5.104\n\n267\n\n6.70\n\n5.115\n\n167\n\nkintu tumi artha kaile parc;litya-pratibhaya\nkan sampradaye sannyasa karyachena\nkrandana kariya tabe uthe gauracandra\nkrpa vina isvarere keha nahi jane\nk[?!Ja aji ni$kapate tama haila sadaya\n\n6.192\n\n308\n\n6.70\n\n224\n\n4.199\n\n102\n\n6.82\n\n234\n\n6.332\n\n328\n\nk[?!Ja kahe,-\"pratima cale, kathaha na\n\n5.95\n\n157\n\nk[$1Ja kahe, -vipra, tumi yaha sva-bhavane\n'kr?ra' 'kr?ra' sphuta kahi' bha.ttacarya jagila\nk[?!Ja-nama suni' prabhura ananda bac;lila\nkr?tJa-preme prati?tha cale sarige gac;lana\n\n5.91\n\n155\n\n6.220\n\n322\n\n6.220\n\n322\n\n4.147\n\n76\n\nk[$1Ja-pritye kari tamara seva-vyavahara\nk[$1Ja-varrarh tvi$ak[$1Jarh\nk[$1Ja ye irihara vasa, -haya yathocita\n'k[$1Je matir astu' bali' gasani kahila\nk[$1Jera vigraha yei satya nahi mane\n\n5.23\n\n123\n\n6.103\n\n248\n\n4.137\n\n72\n\nkemate sannyasa-dharma ha-ibe rak$a!Ja\nkesi-tirtha, kaliya-hradadike kaila snana\nke tamara sak?i dibe, cinta kara kise\n\nkrpa karibare tabe prabhura haila mana\nkrta-ghnata haya tamaya na kaile sammana\nk?aneka radana kari, mana kaila dhira\nk?are uthe, k?a!Je pac;le, nahi sthanasthana\n'ksira-cora gapinatha' prasiddha tarira nama\n\n6.48\n\n214\n\n6.264\n\n348\n\n6.201\n\n313\n\n5.20\n\n121\n\n4.46\n\n21\n\n4.22\n\n11\n\n4.19\n\n10\n\nk?ira dekhi' mahaprabhura ananda bac;lila\n\n4.206\n\n105\n\nk$ira diya pDjari tarire da!Jc;Javat haila\nk?ira eka rakhiyachi sannyasi-karara\nk$ira-iccha haila, tahe mane aparadhe\nk?ira /aha ei, yara nama 'madhava-puri'\n\n4.135\n\n71\n\n4.127\n\n65\n\n4.124\n\n63\n\n4.133\n\n68\n\n4.134\n\n69\n\n4.156\n\n81\n\n4.136\n\n71\n\nk$ira lana sukhe tumi karaha bhak$ane\nk?ira-prasada diya tarire bhik$a karaila\nk$irera vrttanta tiirire kahila pOjari\n\nL\n357\n104\n161\n\nM\nmadhava-purira citte ha-ila camatkara\nmadhava-puri sannyasi ache hatete vasina\n'madhava-puri sripada aila', -lake haila\n\n4.32\n\n15\n\n4.129\n\n66\n\n4.145\n\n76\n\nmadhurimaharikara-sarikacana/:1\nmagi' kene nahi khaa, kiba kara dhyana\n\n2.52\n\n202\n\n4.25\n\n12\n\nmaha-aparadha kainu garvita ha-iya'\nmaha-bhagavata haya caitanya-gasani\nmaha-bhari thakura-keha nare calaite\nmaha-daya-maya prabhu-bhakata-vatsala\nmaha-kulina tumi-vidya-dhanadi-pravira\n\n6.200\n\n313\n\n6.94\n\n242\n\nmaha-maha-bali$tha /aka ekatra karina\nmaha-mahatsava kaila anandita hana\nmahaprabhura bhakta teriha prabhu-tattvamahaprabhura seva-vina nahi jane ana\nmaha-prasada khaila asiya saba /aka\nmahaprasada-k?ira-labhe rahila prabhu tatha\nmaha-premavesa tumi pai'iacha darsana\nmaha-snana karaila sata ghata dina\nmaha-teja-maya durihe kamala-nayana\n\n4.52\n\n23\n\n4.177\n\n91\n\n5.22\n\n122\n\n4.53\n\n24\n\n5.132\n\n174\n\n6.18\n\n20 1\n\n6.257\n\n3 44\n\n4.96\n\n48\n\n4.18\n6.90\n\n9\n240\n\n4.61\n\n27\n\n5.137\n\n176\n\nmalayaja ana, yana nilacala haite\nmalayaja-candana /epa', tabe se juc;laya\n\n4.107\n\n54\n\n4.106\n\n53\n\nmam ca gapaya yena syat\nmandira kariya raja seva calaila\nmandire pac;lila preme avi?ta hana\n\n6.181\n\n303\n\nmareka candana, tala-viseka karpOra\nmarigala-arati dekhi' prabhiite calila\n'marikya-sirhhasana' nama aneka ratana\n\n5.118\n6.4\n4.182\n4.209\n5.121\n\n16 8\n\n19 4\n93\n106\n170\n\n", "mad2#p0413": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n379\n\nmat:�i yaiche avikrte prasabe hema-bhara\n\n6.171\n\n294\n\nnamaskara kari' 5/oka pac;lite /agi/a\n\n6.259\n\n345\n\nmanu�yera dehe dekhi,-bac;la camatkara\n\n6.13\n\n198\n\n'nama naraayat:Jaya' bali' namaskara kaila\n\n6.48\n\n214\n\nmathurara /aka saba bac;la bac;la dhani\n\n4.99\n\n50\n\nnana dravya lana /aka lagila asite\n\n4.98\n\n49\n\nmathurate iii/a dw\\he anandita hana\n\n5.11\n\n117\n\nnana-rupe pritye kaila prabhura sevana\n\n4.17\n\n'mayadhisa' 'maya-vasa'-isvare-jive\n\n6.162\n\n286\n\nnana-tantra-vidhanena\n\n6.102\n\n247\n\nmayaiva vihitam devi\n\n6.182\n\n303\n\nnana upahara, taha kahite pari kata\n\n4.58\n\n26\n\nmayam madiyam udgrhya\n\n6.109\n\n251\n\nnana vadya-bheri baje, stri-gat:Ja gaya gita\n\n4.56\n\n25\n\nmayavadam asac-chastraril\n\n6.182\n\n303\n\nnaraka vanchaye, tabu sayujya na laya\n\n6.268\n\n350\n\n9\n\nmayavadi-bh;isya sunile haya sarva-nasa\n\n6.169\n\n292\n\nnava sata-ghata jala kai/a upanita\n\n4.56\n\n25\n\n'misra purandara'tarira manya, hena jani\n\n6.54\n\n217\n\nnaumi tam gaura-candraril ya�\n\n6.1\n\n192\n\nmleccha-bhaye sevaka mora gela pa/ana\n\n4.42\n\n19\n\nnava vastra ani' tara upare patiya\n\n4.81\n\n38\n\nmleccha-desa dura patha, jagati apara\n\n4.184\n\n94\n\nnava-vastra pati' tahe palasera pata\n\n4 .72\n\n33\n307\n\nmleccha-dese karpura-candana anile janjala\n\n4.176\n\n90\n\nnava-vidha artha kai/a sastra-mata lana\n\n6.190\n\nmora aparadhe tamara dat:�da ha-i/a khat:�c;la\n\n5.151\n\n184\n\nnice kanya dile kula yaibeka nasa\n\n5.39\n\n131\n\n'mora dharma rak�a paya, na mare nija-jana\n\n5.47\n\n135\n\n'ni�saktika' kari' tarire karaha ni.icaya?\n\n6.153\n\n280\n127\n\n'mora pitara kanya dite yogya ki ihare'\n\n5.62\n\n142\n\nnija-dhana dite ni�edhibe kon jana\n\n5.29\n\nmukhe na ni�sare vat:Ji, ha-ila stambhita\n\n6.183\n\n304\n\nnija-du�kha-vighnadira na kare vicara\n\n4.186\n\n95\n\nmukhyartha chac;liya kara gaut:�artha kalpana\n\n6.134\n\n264\n\nnija krta dui 5/oka likhiya tala-pate\n\n6.250\n\n339\n\n'mukhya' chac;li' '/ak�at:Ja 'te mane nirvise�a\n\n6.151\n\n278\n\nnija krtya kari' pujari karila sayana\n\n4.126\n\n65\n\nmukta paranachila bahu yatna kari'\n\n5.129\n\n173\n\nnija-rupa prabhu tarire kairaila darsana\n\n6.202\n\n314\n\nmukti-pada-sabde 'sak�at isvara' kahaya\n\n6.271\n\n353\n\nnija-vipra-hate dui jana sarige di/a\n\n6.249\n\n339\n\nmukti pade yanra, sei 'mukti-pada' haya\n\n6.272\n\n354\n\nni/aca/e aila sarige ama-saba lana\n\n6.23\n\n203\n\nmukti-sabda kahite mane haya ghrt:�a-trasa\n\n6.276\n\n356\n\nnilaca/e ani' mora sabe hita kaila\n\n5.153\n\n185\n\nmukunda datta kahe,-prabhu, tumi yaha\n\n5.155\n\n186\n\nnilaca/e caturmasya anande rahila\n\n4.169\n\n87\n\nmukunda-datta lana ai/a sarvabhauma sthane\n\n6.68\n\n223\n\nniladri-gamana, jagannatha-darasana\n\n4.3\n\n3\n\nnilambara cakravartira hayena dauhitra\n\n6.52\n\n216\n\nmukunda datta patri ni/a tara hate pana\n\n6.251\n\n340\n\nmukunda dekhiya tarira ha-ila vismaya\n\n6.19\n\n201\n\nninda-stuti-hasye sik�a kara' na acarya\n\n6.112\n\n253\n\nmukunda kahe,-'mahaprabhu sannyasa\n\n6.23\n\n203\n\nnirantara irihake vedanta sunaiba\n\n6.75\n\n228\n\nmukunda kahe,-prabhura ihan haila\n\n6.21\n\n202\n\nnirantara kara tumi vedanta sravat:Ja\n\n6.121\n\n257\n\nmukunda-sahita kahe bhattacJ.ryera katha\n\n6.115\n\n254\n\nnirveda, vi�ada, jac;lya, garva, har�a, dainya\n\n4.202\n\n103\n\n'nirvise�a' tarire kahe yei sruti-gat:Ja\n\n6.141\n\n270\n\nmukunda-sahita purve ache paricaya\n\n6.19\n\n201\n\nmukunda tanhJ.re dekhi' kaila namaskara\n\n6.20\n\n202\n\nnityananda bale,-dat:�c;la haila tina khat:�c;la\n\n5.148\n\n183\n\nmuni bhik�a dimu aji maha-prasadanna\n\n6.39\n\n210\n\nnityanandadi simha-dvare mi/ila asiya\n\n6.14\n\n199\n\nmurcchita haila, cetana na haya sarire\n\n6.16\n\n200\n\nnityananda-gosanike acarya kaila namaskara\n\n6.22\n\n203\n\nnityananda-gosanire teriho kai/a namaskare\n\n6.31\n\n207\n\nnityananda-gosJ.ni yabe tirtha bhramila\n\n5.8\n\n115\n\nN\nnace, gaya, kande, pac;le prabhu-pada dhari'\n\n6.208\n\n316\n\nnityananda-hate prabhu dat:�c;la dharila\n\n5.141\n\n179\n\nna desa-niyamas tatra\n\n6.226\n\n324\n\nnityanande kahe prabhu,-deha mora\n\n5.148\n\n183\n\nnadiya-nivasi, visaradera jamata\n\n6.18\n\n201\n\nnityananda-mukhe suni' gopala-carita\n\n5.134\n\n175\n\nnadiya-sambandhe sarvabhauma hr�ta hai/a\n\n6.55\n\n218\n\nnityananda-vakta yara, srotJ.-sri-\n\n5.159\n\n188\n\nnahi kahi-na kahio e milhya-vacana\n\n5.44\n\n134\n\nnitya-siddha bhakte se 'suddipta bhava' haya 6.12\n\n197\n\nnama-prema-dana-adi vart:�ena mahattva\n\n6.205\n\n315\n\nnrtya-gita kai/a preme bahuta stavana\n\n5.4\n\n113\n\nnama-sarikirtane sei ratri goriai/a\n\n4.209\n\n106\n\nnrtya-gita kari' jaga-mohane vasi/J.\n\n4.113\n\n58\n\n", "mad2#p0414": "330\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nnupurera dhvani-matra amara suniba\nnupurera dhvani suni' anandita mana\nnyaya jinibare kahe asatya-vacana\n\n5.99\n5.102\n5.64\n\n159\n160\n143\n\np\n\nprabhu kahe,-'tumi bhakta, tomara sanga\nprabhu kahe,-'tumi ki artha kara, taha\n\n6.130\n6.211\n6.188\n\n'prabhuke diha' bali' dila jagadananda-hate\nprabhuke janila-'sak�at vrajendra-\n\n6.250\n6.280\n\n262\n318\n306\n339\n357\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"sutrera artha bujhiye\n\npache ami kariba artha, yeba kichu jani'\npache syama-varilsi-mukha svakiya svarupa\npadbhyam calan ya/:1 pratima-svarupo\npac;ficha marite tenho kaila nivaraQa\npanca-gavya, pancamrte snana karana\n\n6.188\n6.203\n5.1\n6.5\n4.61\n\n306\n314\n112\n194\n27\n\nprabhuke kr�Qa jani' kare apana dhikkara\nprabhu krpa kai/a more tomara sambandhe\nprabhura age ani' dila prasada bara k�ira\nprabhura ajna haila,-ei karpura-candana\nprabhura bhakta-vatsalya, ara bhakta-prema-\n\n6.199\n6.246\n4.205\n4.163\n4.211\n\n312\n337\n105\n84\n107\n\npanca-k�ira pane a-jane vantiya khaila\npaQc;fityadye isvara-tattva-jnana kabhu nahe'\nparaila mukta nasaya chidra dekhina\nparama santo�a paila gopale dekhina\nparama virakta, mauni, sarvatra udasina\n\n4.207\n6.87\n5.132\n5.117\n4.179\n\n106\n237\n174\n168\n92\n\nprabhura krpaya tanra sphurila saba tattva\nprabhura nikata aila bhojana karina\nprabhura prabhava dekhi' prema-rupa-guQa\nprabhura saundarya ara premera vikara\nprabhure asana diya apane vasila\n\n6.205\n6.47\n4.16\n6.6\n6.119\n\n315\n214\n9\n195\n256\n\nparaya sevaka saba ananda kariya\nparik�a karite gopala kaila ajna dana\npariksa kariya sese haila dayavan\n'pariQama-vada' -vyasa-sutrera sammata\nparvata-upari gela purl thakura lana\n\n4.167\n4.189\n4.189\n6.170\n4.53\n\n26\n97\n97\n293\n24\n\nprabhu sloka pac;fi' patra chiQc;fiya phelila\nprabhu-sthane aila dunhe prasada-patri lana\nprabhu upadesa kaila nama-sankirtana\npragac;fha-premera ei svabhava-acara\npragalbha ha-iya kahe sammukhe asina\n\n6.253\n6.251\n6.241\n4.186\n5.58\n\n341\n340\n333\n95\n140\n\nparvata-upari lana rakha bhala-mate\npa5cat asi' amare karaiha sik�a\npatharera simhasane thakura vasaila\npathe bac;fa bac;fa dani vighna nahi kare\npatra prak�alana kari' khaQc;fa khaQc;fa kaila\n\n4.37\n6.111\n4.54\n4.12\n4.139\n\n17\n253\n24\n7\n73\n\n'prakrta' nisedhi kare 'aprakrta' sthapana\nprakrta-saktite tabe kaila vilokana\n'prakrti-vinita, sannyasi dekhite sundara\npramaQera madhye sruti pramaQa pradhana\npraQava haite sarva-veda, jagat-utpatti\n\n6.141\n6.145\n6.69\n6.135\n6.174\n\n270\n274\n224\n265\n298\n\npayasa, mathani, sara pase dhari ani'\npi tara sambandhe dorihake pujya kari' mani\npitha-pana deha tumi iriha-sabakare\nprabhate cali/a mangala-arati dekhina\nprabhu-ajna pa/ibare gela purva-desa\n\n4.74\n6.54\n6.44\n5.139\n4.108\n\n33\n217\n212\n177\n55\n\npraQava na mani' tare kahe maha-vakya\n'praQava' maha-vakya-isvarera murti\npraptam annaril drutaril sistair bhoktavyaril\nprapti-matreQa bhoktavyaril\nprasada ani' tanre karaha age bhiksa\n\n6.175\n6.174\n6.226\n6.225\n6.111\n\n298\n298\n325\n324\n253\n\nprabhu-bhrtya duriha sparse, dorihara phule 6.228\n6.30\nprabhu dekhi' acaryera du/:lkha-har�a haila\nprabhu dekhi' pache kariba isvara darsana'\n6.28\nprabhu dekhi' sabara haila harasita mana\n6.32\nprabhu kahe,-bha11acarya na kara vismaya 6.184\n\n326\n206\n205\n207\n304\n\nprasadanna khuli' prabhu tanra hate dila\nprasadanna-mala pana prabhu har�a haila\nprasadanna pana bhattacaryera ananda haila\nprasada pana sabe haila anandita mane\nprata/:1-kale puna/:! taiche karila sevana\n\n6.222\n6.217\n6.223\n6.36\n4.92\n\n323\n320\n323\n209\n45\n\n6.63\n6.43\n6.122\n6.262\n6.271\n6.126\n4.171\n6.262\n\n221\n212\n258\n346\n353\n260\n88\n346\n\nprata/:1-snana kari' puri grama-madhye gela\nprati-dina eka-khani karena bhak�aQa\npratima calina ailii. -sunina vismita\npratima naha tumi,-saksat vrajendra-\n\n4.47\n4.140\n5.110\n5.96\n\n21\n73\n164\n157\n\npratisthara bhaye puri gela palana\npratisthara svabhava ei jagate vidita\npratiyuge karena kr�Qa yuga-avatara\n\n4.147\n4.146\n6.100\n\n76\n76\n246\n\nprabhu kahe,-'mandira bhitare na yaiba\nprabhu kahe,-more deha laphra-vyanjane\nprabhu kahe,-'more tumi kara anugraha\nprabhu kahe 'mukti-pade'-iha patha\nprabhu kahe,- 'mukti-pade'ra ara artha\nprabhu kahe,-\"murkha ami, nahi\nprabhu kahe,-nityananda, karaha vicara\nprabhu kahe, 'mukti-pade-iha patha haya\n\n", "mad2#p0415": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\npratyaha candana paraya, yavat haila anta\nprema dekhi' sevaka kahe ha-iya vismita\npremamrte trpta, k5udha-tr$1Ja nahi badhe\nprema-'prayojana', vede tina-vastu kaya\npremavese nrtya-gita kaila kata-k5af)a\npremave5e nrtya-gita karila apara\npremavese pac;lila tumi, tomare dharinu\npremavese prabhu-sarige raja-marge yaya\npremave5e uthe, pac;le, hase, nace, gaya\npremavi$ta hana prabhu kahite lagila\npremavi$!a hana prabhu kaila alirigana\npreme matta, -nahi tarira ratri-dina-jnana\npremete vi vasa hana padila bhumite\npremonmada hai/a, uthi' iti-uti dhaya\nprita hana gosanire kahite lagila\n\n4.168\n4.137\n4.124\n6.178\n5.6\n\n86\n72\n63\n300\n114\n\n4.155\n5.149\n5.145\n4.144\n6.229\n\n81\n183\n181\n75\n326\n\n6.227\n4.22\n4.198\n4.200\n6.55\n\n325\n11\n102\n102\n218\n\n6.194\n4.118\n6.85\n6.217\n4.88\n\n309\n60\n236\n320\n43\n\n6.150\n4.62\n6.204\n5.81\n6.36\n\n278\n28\n315\n150\n209\n\n5.70\n6.148\n4.156\n4.176\n4.25\n\n145\n277\n81\n90\n12\n\n381\n\n4.94\n4.18\n4.20\n4.21\n5.10\n\n47\n9\n10\n11\n116\n\n5.43\n5.19\n5.80\n5.28\n\n133\n120\n150\n126\n\n4.153\n4.151\n5.131\n5.128\n4.104\n\n80\n79\n174\n173\n52\n\n4.72\n4.193\n4.193\n4.91\n\n33\n99\n99\n45\n\n4.13\n4.112\n6.275\n5.27\n\n7\n57\n355\n125\n\n4.68\n5.61\n4.149\n6.177\n4.145\n5.54\n\n31\n141\n78\n300\n76\n138\n\n4.47\n6.32\n5.153\nsabe da(l(;ia-dhana chi/a, taha na rakhila\nsabe kahibe-'mora kichu nahika smaral)a' 5.44\n635\nsabe me/i' dhari tatire susthira kari/a\n\n21\n207\n185\n134\n208\n\n6.22\n4.84\n5.91\n6.158\n6.152\n6.161\n\n203\n40\n155\n284\n279\n286\n\npOrva-dina-praya vipra kari/a randhana\npOrve isvara-puri tarire kahiyachena katha\npOrve madhava-purira lagi' k5ira kaila curi\npOrve sri-madhava-puri iii/a vrridavana\npOrve vidya-nagarera dui ta' brahmaf)a\nputra bale,- \"pratima siik$i, seha dOra\nputreo pitara aiche na kare sevana\nputrera mane,-'pratima na asibe sak5i\nputrera virodhe kanya narila arpite\"\n\nR\nraja-lekha kari' dila puri-gosanira kare\nraja-patra-sane yara yara paricaya\nraja-saha mukta lana mandire ai/a\nratri-se5e gopa/a tarire kahena svapane\nraja-seva haya,-purira ananda bac;li/a\n\nprthak prthak kaila padera artha ni5caya\nprthivite aiche bhoga kahari nahi ara\nprthivite nahi paQc;lita tomara samana\npujari aniya mala-prasadanna-dila\npuna/:! dina-5e$e prabhura karai/a utthana\npuna/:! kahe, sighra cale, kare sarva grahaf)a\npuna/:! taila diya kaila sri-ariga cikkaf)a\npuna /:I u(hi' stuti kare dui kara yuc;li'\npuQa/:1 yena nahi ca/e e-saba vacana'\npunarapi aila sabe mahaprabhura sthane\npunarapi kahe vipra kariya yatana\npuraf)a-vakye sei artha karaya ni5caya\npuri dekhi' sevaka saba sammana karila\npuri du/:lkha pabe iha janiya gopala\npuri, ei dugdha lana kara tumi pana\n\nrandhi' randhi' tara upara rasi kaila bhata\nrasa-kavya-madhye taiche ei 5/oka gaQi\nratna-gaf)a-madhye yaiche kaustubha-maf)i\nratri-kale !hakurere karaiya 5ayana\nremuf)ate gopinatha parama-mohana\nremuf)ate kai/a gopinatha darasana\nrOc;lhi-vrttye kahe tabu 'sayujye' pratiti\nrukmiQira pita bhi5maka tahate pramaf)a\n\ns\nsaba anaila prate, cac;li/a randhana\nsaba dhana lana kahe-'core la-ila dhana'\nsabake kahi/a puri gopala-vrttanta\nsaba khaQc;li' prabhu nija-mata se sthapila\nsaba loka asi' tarire kare bahu bhakti\n\npuri-gosani ajna dila sakala brahmaf)e\npuri-gosani gopalere kai/a samarpaf)a\npuri-gosiifii kaila kichu gavya bhojana\npuri-gosani rakhi/a tare kariya yatana\npuri-gosanira sarige di/a sambala-sahite\npuri kahe, -ei dui gha$ibe candana\npuri kahe,-ke tumi, kahari tomara vasa\npurira prema dekhi' acarya ananda antare\npurira prema-parakastha karaha vicara\n\n4.83\n4.75\n4.91\n4.103\n4.152\n\n39\n34\n45\n52\n79\n\n4.166\n4.27\n4.110\n4.178\n\n85\n13\n55\n91\n\n4.171\n5.122\n4.86\n\n88\n170\n41\n\nsaba loka bac;la-vipre c;lakiya ani/a\nsaba /oka ekatra kari' kahite lagila\n\nsaba sahita yatha-yogya karila milana\n\nsabe meli' puche prabhura varta bara bara\nsabe vasi' krame bhojana karila\nsabha kari' more tumi kariha smaraf)e\n\npuri-sama bhagyavan jagate nahi ara\npuru$ottama-deva sei bac;la bhakta arya\npurva annakota yena haila sak$atkara\n\nsac-cid-ananda-maya haya isvara-svaropa\n$ac;l-aisvarya-p0rf)iinanda-vigraha yarihara\n$ac;l-vidha aisvarya-prabhura-cic-chakti-\n\n", "mad2#p0416": "382\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n·sahajei pujya tumi. are ta' sannyasa\n\nsahaya haria more tirlha karaila\n\n6.56\n4.5\n4.180\n4.102\n5.18\n\n218\n3\n92\n51\n120\n\nsaila parikrama kari' govinda-kur)Qe asi'\n\n4.23\n\nsaila-upari haite ama kurije lukaria\n\n4.42\n4.67\n4.87\n5.112\n5.105\n5.75\n5.94\n\n162\n147\n156\n\nsarva-prakare karibe amaya pa/ana\n\n5.118\n5.8\n\n168\n\nsastra-dr�rye kahi, kichu na la-iha do�a\n\n115\n\nsaslra-jria kariria tumi kara abhimane\n\nsahaje vicitra madhura caitanya-vihara\nsahasra krosa asi' bule candana magi ria\nsahasra sahasra gabhi gopalera haila\n\nsaka/a aniya dila parvata haila purr)a\nsakala brahmar)e purl vai�r)ava karila\nsakala lokera age gopala sak�i dila\nsak�ale na dekhile mane pratiti na haya\nsak�i bolaimu tomaya, ha-io savadhana\nsak�i deha yadi-tabe sarva-loka sune\n·sak�i-gopala' bali' tanra nama khyali haila\nsak�i-gopala dekhibare kataka ai/a\n\nsarvabhauma /aria gela apanara ghare\n\n6.26\n6.16\n\nsarvabhauma mane tabe upaya cintila\n\n6.7\n\n12\n\nsarvabhauma sarva-bhuma\n\n19\n30\n\nsarvabhauma parivesana karena apane\n\n42\n165\n\nsarvabhauma-sthane giya prabhuke dekhila\n\n6.1\n6.43\n6.33\n6.30\n6.31\n\n212\n207\n206\n207\n\nsarvabhauma /aria gela apana-bhavana\n\nsarvabhauma pathaila saba darsana karile\nsarvabhaume janaria saba ni/a abhyantare\nsarva-bhule�u bhU-pala\nsarvaisvarya-paripurr)a svayaril bhagavan\n\n5.9\n6.267\n6.266\n6.270\n5.63\n\n116\n\nsastra-vyakhya karite aiche karo nahi sakti\n\n349\n349\n353\n142\n\nsata dina kara tumi vedanta sravar)a\n\n6.155\n5.30\n6.76\n6.40\n6.198\n\n282\n127\n228\n210\n312\n\n4.117\n4.185\n4.62\n6.104\n6.127\n\n59\n95\n28\n249\n260\n\n4.110\n6.281\n4.3\nsarvabhauma bharracarya-prabhura milana\nsarvabhauma-ghare gela hara�ila haria\n6.29\nsarvabhauma-grhe prabhu,-anumana kai/a 6.25\n\n55\n358\n3\n206\n204\n\n6.331\n6.257\n6.88\n6.72\n6.53\n\n327\n344\n238\n225\n217\n\nsarvabhauma kahe, -o-patha kahite na pari 6.273\n\n354\n210\n358\n\nsak�i-gopalera kalha suni, loka-mukhe\n'sa/okyadi' cari yadi haya seva-dvara\nsalokya-samipya-sarupya-sar�ti-sayujya ara\nsalokya-sar�ti-samipya'sambhave,-dhana-lobhe /aka chalje\nsarilsara-tapan akhilan\nsarilsaya na kara tumi, karaha svikara\"\nsarilskara kariye uttama-sampradaye aniya'\nsamudra-snana kari' mahaprabhu sighra aila\nsanakadi-sukadeva tahate pramar)a\nsandhyaya bhoga /age k�ira-'amrta-ke/i'sange eka vara nahi ghati-dana dite\nsankha-gandhodake kaila snana samadhana\nsannyasa-krc chama/:! santo\nsannyasira dharma /agi' sravar)a matra kari\nsantipura aila advailacaryera ghare\n\nsararia la-ila sabe prabhu-pade asi'\n\nsarvabhaumera haila maha-prasade vis vasa\nsarvabhauma haila prabhura bhakta ekalana\nsarvabhauma kahe, -acarya, kaha\nsarvabhauma kahe,-'inhara nama\nsarvabhauma kahe, -nilambara cakravarti\n\nsarvabhauma kahe,-sighra karaha madyasarvabhauma kare yaiche prabhura sevana\n\n6.39\n6.282\n\n6.68\n6.256\n\n223\n343\n204\n200\n195\n\nsarvabhauma kichu tanre bali/a vacane\nsarvabhauma kirli gho�e ljhakka-vadyakara\n\n6.156\n6.140\n6.60\n6.93\n6.96\n\n193\n\n282\n269\n220\n242\n244\n\n6.191\n6.124\n6.123\n4.207\n6.206\n\n258\n106\n315\n\n6.268\n4.81\n6.67\n5.117\n6.133\n\n350\n38\n223\n168\n264\n\n6.210\n4.142\n6.139\n6.143\n5.158\n\n317\n72\n268\n272\n187\n\n5.130\n5.120\n6.97\nsei dui-grantha-vakye nahi avadhana\n6.98\nsei dui kahe kalite sak�at-avatara\nsei duira dar)Qa haya-'brahma-sayujya-m' 6.265\n\n174\n169\n244\n245\n348\n\n4.104\n6.236\n5.133\n4.43\n6.219\n\n52\n331\n175\n20\n321\n\n5.9\n5.150\n4.142\n\n116\n18 4\n74\n\nsata dina paryanta aiche karena sravar)e\nsata k�ira pujarike bahui;liya dila\nsala 5/oka kai/a eka dar)Qa na yaile\n'sayujya' sunite bhaklera haya ghrr)a-bhaya\nsayya karaila, nulana khata anaria\nsayyotthana darasana karaila /aria\nse desera raja aila a5carya suniria\nsei arlha mukhya,-vyasa-sulre saba kaya\n'sei bhauacaryera prabhu kaile e i gati'\nsei bhaye ratri-se�e calila sri-purl\nsei brahma-brhad vaslu, isvara-lak�ar)a\nsei brahme punarapi haye yaya laya\nsei bujhe, dunhara pade yanra bhakti dhira\nsei chidra adyapiha achaye nasale\n\nsei desa jini' nila kariya sangrama\n\nsei dui si�ya kari' seva samarpila\nsei haite bhauacaryera khar)i;lila abhimane\nsei haite gopalera karakete sthiti\nsei haile rahi ami ei kurija-sthane\nsei-kale bharracaryera haila jagarar)a\nsei katha kahena, prabhu sune maha-sukhe\nsei khar)qa kanha pai;lila, kichu na janila\nsei-khane gopinalhe dar)qaval kari'\n\n308\n259\n\n", "mad2#p0417": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nsei mukta paraha, yaha cahiyacha dite\"\nsei prasadanna-mala aiica/e bandhiya\nsei raja jini' nila tarira sirilhasana\nsei ratre devalaye karila sayana\nsei ratri tiihari prabhu karila vaiicana\nsei ratri tahari rahi' bhakta-gal)a-sarige\nsei sabde amara gamana pratili kariba\nsei sei seva-madhye saba niyojila\nsei se kartavya, tumi yei more kaha'\nsei saba katha age kariba varl)ana\nsei ta' isvara-tattva janibare pare\nse kale nahi janme 'prakrta' mano-nayana\nse mandire gopalera maha-seva haya\nse�a-kale ei sloka pathite pathite\nse�a-ratre tandrii haifa, -bahya-vrtti-laya\nse$a-riitri haile puri dekhila svapana\nseva arigikara kari' achena cira-kala\nseva arigikara kari' jagata tiiri/a\nsevara nirbandha-loka kari/a sthapana\nsevara sau�thava dekhi' iinandita mane\nse-vigrahe kaha sattva-gul)era vikara\nsiddhi-priipti haila purira 5/okera sahite\n5i$ya-gal)a kahe,- 'isvara kaha kona\nsi$ya kahe,- 'isvara-tattva sadhi anumane'\n5i$ya par;lichii-dviirii prabhu nila vahana\nsita-vmi-viitiignite maha-du�ka pai\nsloka-se�e dui ak�ara-patha phirai/a\nsnana kari' kapata khuli, mukta kaila dviira\nsnana kari, vrk$a-tale ache sandhyaya vasi'\nsnana, sandh ya, danta-dhiivana yadyapi nii\nsneha-bhakti kari' kichu prabhii\nsraddhii-yukta hanii ihii sune yei jana\nsraddha-yukta haiia iha sune yei jana\nsri-ariga marjana kari' vastra pariiila\nsri-gopala dekhi' tiihari karila visriima\n'sri-gopala' nama mora, -govardhanasri-gopala� pradurasid-vasa� san\n'sri-k[$1)a-Caitanya saci-suta gul)a-dhiima'\nsri-k[$1)a-caitanya-sarira-dharisri kr�l)a-caral)e sei paya prema-dhana\nsri-kr�l)ake dekhinu muili narinu cinite\nsri-mukhe madhava-purira amrta-carita\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\n\n5.130\n6.218\n5.121\n4.157\n4.17\n\n174\n321\n170\n81\n9\n\n5.7\n5.99\n4.87\n6.122\n6.282\n\n115\n159\n42\n258\n358\n\n6.83\n6.146\n5.13\n4.196\n4.34\n\n235\n274\n118\n100\n16\n\n4.157\n5.119\n4.173\n4.109\n4.114\n\n81\n169\n89\n55\n58\n\n6.166\n4.196\n6.80\n6.81\n6.8\n\n289\n100\n231\n232\n196\n\n4.36\n6.260\n4.130\n4.23\n6.223\n\n17\n345\n66\n12\n323\n\n6.120\n4.212\n5.160\n4.63\n5.14\n\n257\n108\n189\n29\n118\n\n4.41\n4.1\n6.258\n6.254\n4.212\n\n19\n344\n341\n709\n\nsupa-adi-vyanjana-bhal)r;la caudike dharila\n\n4.45\n4.170\n4.213\n\n20\n88\n108\n\nsutrera artha bhii$ya kahe prakiiSiya\n\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara liSa\nsri-vigraha ye na mane, sei La' p�al)r;fi\nsruti-vakye sei dui maha-pavitra haya\nsruti ye mukhyartha kahe, sei se pramal)a\nsthana /epi' k�ira lana ha-ifa bahira\nstri, putra, jnati, bandhu janibe ni5caya\nstri-putra kahe,-'vi�a khaiya mariba'\nstri-saba dugdha diya amare pat haifa\nsthira hana bhattacarya bahu stuti kaila\nstuti suni' mahaprabhu nija vasa aila\n'suddipta sattuika' ei nama ye 'pralaya'\nsukha pailii. rahe tahari dina dui-cari\nsuklo raktas tathii pita\nsak�ma tufa ani' niisa-agrete dharila\nsuna, bhattiiciirya, tomiira sei La' ha-ifa'\nsuni' anandita haila sevakera mana\nsuni' bhattiiciirya haifa parama vismita\nsuni' bhattacarya kahe, -'suna, mahasaya\nsuni' bhattacarya-mane haifa camatkara\nsuni' bhauacarya sloka karila vyakhyana\nsuni bhattiicaryera mane haifa camatkara\nsuni' gopiniitha-mukunda durihe du�kha\nsuni' hasi' sarvabhauma bali/a vacana\nsuni' kichu mahiiprabhu du�kha prakasila\nsuni' tarira sarige califa hari�e\nsuni mahaprabhu kahe aiche mat kaha\nsunina saka/a /oka camatkiira haifa\nsunina saka/a loka karibe upahasa'\nsuni' premavi$!a hai/a sri-miidhava-puri\nsuni' puri-gosiini kichu mane viciirila\nsuni' prabhu kahe kichu i$at hasiya\nsuni' saba go�thi tara kare haha-kara\nsuni' sabe jani/ii ei mahiiprabhura karya\nsuni' sarvabhauma mane vicara karila\nsuni' sukhe prabhu tarire kai/a a/ingana\nsuniya acarya kahe du�khi haiia mane\nsuniya hiisena prabhu iinandita-mane\nsu�kariJ paryU$ilariJ vapi\nsutra-rape sei lila kariye sacana\nsutrera mukhya artha na karaha vyakhyana\n\n383\n\n5.161\n6.286\n6.167\n6.136\n6.135\n\n189\n360\n290\n266\n265\n\n4.131\n5.36\n5.41\n4.30\n6.212\n\n67\n130\n132\n14\n318\n\n6.215\n6.12\n5.15\n6.101\n6.10\n\n320\n197\n119\n247\n197\n\n6.244\n4.165\n6.183\n6.187\n6.243\n\n336\n85\n304\n306\n336\n\n6.189\n6.199\n6.77\n6.92\n5.152\n\n307\n312\n229\n241\n185\n\n4.50\n6.116\n5.108\n5.39\n4.136\n4.119\n\n22\n255\n163\n131\n71\n16\n\n6.190\n5.38\n6.17\n6.49\n\n307\n131\n200\n215\n\n6.207\n6.96\n6.277\n4.73\n6.225\n\n316\n244\n356\n33\n324\n\n4.7\n6.131\n6.132\n\n4\n263\n263\n\n", "mad2#p0418": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n384\n\nsuvarl)a-tha/ira anna uttama vyanjana\n\n6.42\n\n211\n\ntabe sei dui vipre kahila isvara\n\n5.113\n\nsuvarl)a-vari)O hemango\n\n6.104\n\n249\n\ntabe sei /aghu-vipra kahite lagila\n\n5.54\n\n138\n\nsuvasita ja/a nava-patre samarpila\n\n4.65\n\n29\n\ntabe sei vipra yai nagare kahila\n\n5.108\n\n163\n\nsvJ.bhavika tina sakti yei brahme haya\n\n6.153\n\n280\n\ntabe sei viprere puchila sarva-jana\n\n5.56\n\n139\n\nsvada jani' taiche kira gopale lagai\n\n4.120\n\n61\n\ntabu ei vipra more kahe bara bara\n\n5.68\n\n144\n\ntabu kadacit bhakta kare angikara\n\n6.267\n\n349\n\nsvagamai/:1 kalpitais tvam ca\n\n6.181\n\n303\n\nsvajana-mrtya-bhaye kahe asatya-vacana\n\n5.84\n\n152\n\ntabu ta' isvara-jnana na haya tamara\n\n6.91\n\n240\n\nsva-kalpita bh�ya-meghe kare acchadana\n\n6.138\n\n268\n\ntabu tamara vakye karu na habe pratiti\n\n5.93\n\n156\n\nsvapane thakura asi' bali/a vacana\n\n4.126\n\n65\n\ntaha dite iccha, haifa, manete cintaya\n\n5.126\n\n172\n\nsvapna dekhi' pujari uthi' karila vicara\n\n4.130\n\n66\n\ntaha haite kaile tumi amara avyahati\"\n\n6.61\n\n220\n\ntahake ta'ei ksira sighra deha lana\n\n4.129\n\n66\n\nsvapna dekhi' puri-gosanira haifa premavesa\n\n4.108\n\n55\n\n165\n\nsvapne dekhe, sei balaka sammukhe asina\n\n4.35\n\n16\n\ntaha khanii tamara sange kariba gamana\n\n5.100\n\n160\n\nsvapne dekhi' sei riil)i riijiike kahila\n\n5.131\n\n174\n\ntiihiin asi' prabhu kichu biihya prakasilii\n\n5.147\n\n182\n\nsvarl)a, raupya, vastra, gandha, bhaksya-\n\n4.100\n\nso\n\ntiihan ediiila riija-patra dekhanii\n\n4.183\n\n94\n\nsvasa-prasvasa niihi udara-spandana\n\n6.9\n\n196\n\ntiihiin vasa deha, kara sarva samiidhana'\n\n6.65\n\n222\n\ntiihiira madhura-viikye ge/a bhoka-sosa\n\n4.26\n\n13\n\nsvata/:1-pramiil)a veda satya yei kaya\n\n6.137\n\n267\n\nsvata/:1-pramiil)a veda-viikye kalpena laksal)ii\n\n6.179\n\n301\n\ntahiite vikhyiita inho parama-isvara\n\n6.79\n\n230\n\nsvatantra isvara -tiinra ajnii se prabala\n\n4.164\n\n84\n\nLaiche anna-kuta gopala kari/a bhojana\n\n4.94\n\n47\n\nsva-viikya chiic;lite inhiira niihi kabhu mana\n\n5.84\n\n152\n\nLaiche bhiyane bhoga gopa/e /agaiba\n\n4.115\n\n58\n\nsvayam bhagaviin krsl)a-sastrera pramiil)a\n\n6.147\n\n275\n\ntiinhara mahisi iii/a gopiila-darsane\n\n5.125\n\n172\n\nsveda-kampa-asru durihe anande bhasilii\n\n6.229\n\n326\n\ntiirihiira nasiite bahu-mulya mukta hay a\n\n5.126\n\n172\n\nT\n\ntiirihiira santose bhakti-sampad biic;laya\"\n\n5.24\n\n123\n\ntiirihiira sevaya viprera tusta haifa mana\n\n5.17\n\n120\n\ntabe ami gopalere siiksi karina\n\n5.74\n\n147\n\ntariha sune lake kahe anyonye vat\n\n6.15\n\n200\n\ntabe ami kahiliiri drc;lha kari' mana\n\n5.72\n\n146\n\ntiirira aiche vakya sphure caitanya-prasade\n\n6.278\n\n356\n\ntabe ami kahiliin-suni, mahii-mati\n\n5.69\n\n145\n\ntiirira bhakti-vase gopala tiinre ajna dila\n\n5.123\n\n171\n\ntabe ami nyiiya kari' briihmanere jini'\n\n5.45\n\n134\n\ntanra hasta-sparse puna(ltemani ha-ila\n\n4.77\n\n35\n\ntabe bac;la-vipra kahe,-\"ei satya katha\n\n5.77\n\n148\n\ntarira krpaya sphuriyiiche miidhavendra-val)i\n\n4.194\n\n99\n\ntabe bhattiiciirya kahe, yiiha gosiinira sthane\n\n6.110\n\n252\n\ntiirira nava artha-madhye eka na churii/a\n\n6.193\n\n309\n\ntabe bha!fiiciirya kahe yuc;li' dui kare\n\n6.44\n\n212\n\ntarire niriikiira kari' karaha vyakhyana\n\n6.140\n\n269\n\ntabe bhattiicarye prabhu susthira karila\n\n6.212\n\n318\n\ntiirira pada-piidma nikata pral)iima karite\n\n4.14\n\n8\n\ntabe chota-vipra kahe,-\"suna, mahiijana\n\n5.64\n\n143\n\ntarira piiya apariidlia na ha-uk iimiira\n\n4.9\n\ntiirira puspa-cuc;lii pac;lila prabhura miithiite\n\n4.14\n\n8\n\ntabe chota-vipra kahe, -suna, sarva-jana\n\n5.83\n\n151\n\ntabe dui viprera satya pratijna riikhiba\n\n5.92\n\n156\n\ntarira putra kahe,-'ei bha/a viita haya'\n\n5.78\n\n149\n\ntabe ei dasi mukta nasiiya pariiita\n\n5.127\n\n172\n\ntarira putra marite aila hate thenga kari'\n\n5.51\n\n137\n\ntabe ei viprera satya-pratijnii rakhiba\n\n5.85\n\n152\n\ntiirira rupa dekhinii haila vihvala-mana\n\n4.112\n\n57\n\ntabe iriho gopalera iigete kahila\n\n5.73\n\n146\n\ntiirira sutre ache, teriha na kai/a varl)ana\n\n4.8\n\n5\n\ntabe jagadiinanda patri prabhuke lana dila\n\n6.252\n\n340\n\ntarira thani gopalera lukana kichu nai\n\n4.78\n\n36\n\ntarira thiini mantra laila yatana karina\n\n4.111\n\n56\n\ntabe kanya diba ami, janiha ni5caya\"\n\n5.78\n\n149\n\ntabe mahaprabhu sukhe bhojana kari/a\n\n6.41\n\n211\n\ntara mukti phala nahe, yei kare bhakti\n\n6.265\n\n348\n\ntabe muni nisedhinu, -suna, dvija-vara\n\n5.66\n\n143\n\ntara pache pache gopala karila gamana\n\n5.101\n\ntara piise dadhi, dugdha, mafhii, sikharil)i\n\n4.74\n\n160\n33\n\ntabe saba /oka me/i' patra ta' likhila\n\n5.82\n\n151\n\ntabe sei bac;la-vipra anandita hana\n\n111\n\n164\n\ntara pase ruti-rasira parvata ha-i/a\n\n4.73\n\n33\n\ntabe sei chota-vipra ge/a vrndavana\n\n5.87\n\n153\n\ntare magi' karpura-candana karila saflcaya\n\n4.151\n\n79\n\n", "mad2#p0419": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\ntarka-ni�tha hrdaya tamara nahika vicara\ntarka-sastra-mata uthaya vividha vidhana\ntarka-sastre ja<;la ami, yaiche /auha-piQ<;Ia\nta-sabara age saba vrttanta kahi/a\nta'-sabara sammati vina nahe kanya-dana\nta' sabare krpa kari' iii/a remuf)are\ntathapi 'a51i$ya-do�e' kahana na yaya\ntath!ipi utsaha bac;Ja candana lana yaite\ntathaya rahila puri tiivat paryanta\ntat-tat-pada-priidhiinye 'atmiiriima' milatiii\n\n385\n\n6.100\n6.189\n6.214\n5.37\n5.27\n\n246\n307\n319\n130\n125\n\n4.12\n6.274\n4.185\n4.168\n6.195\n\n7\n355\n95\n86\n310\n\n6.261\n6.175\n6.279\n6.156\n6.235\n\n346\n298\n357\n282\n329\n\n6.20\n4.51\n4.141\n4.204\n4.148\n\n202\n23\n74\n104\n77\n\ntulasi iidi, pu$pa, vastra iii/a aneka\n\n5.127\n4.205\n5.138\n5.53\n6.158\n4.172\n\n172\n105\n177\n138\n284\n89\n\ntumi jiina, ei vi pre kanyii ami dila\n\n5.143\n5.146\n5.10\n5.59\n5.36\n5.25\n\n180\n182\n116\n140\n130\n124\n\n5.30\n4.133\n6.105\n6.126\n6.59\n5.66\n\n127\n68\n250\n260\n220\n143\n\n6.27\n6.87\n4.128\n5.97\n5.19\n4.40\n\n205\n237\n65\n158\n120\n18\n\n5.62\n6.245\n6.60\n5.69\n\n142\n337\n220\n145\n\n6.106\n6.130\n6.107\n5.149\n5.33\n\n250\n262\n250\n183\n129\n\n4.134\n6.88\n5.65\n5.68\n4.82\n\n69\n238\n143\n144\n39\n\n6.37\n4.59\ntumi, bhii$ya kaha-siitrera artha acchiidiyii 6.131\n5.113\n\"tumi-dui-janme-janme iimara kilikara\n'tumi gosiitiire lana kariiiha dara5ana\n6.64\n\n209\n26\n263\n165\n222\n\n6.58\n5.73\n5.32\n6.98\n6.246\n5.50\n\n219\n146\n128\n245\n337\n137\n\n5.154\n6.129\n5.45\n6.127\n5.134\n\n186\n262\n134\n260\n175\n\n6.37\n5.98\n6.133\n4.82\n6.105\n4.127\n\n209\n159\n264\n39\n250\n65\n\n4.183\n5.120\n4.114\n5.102\n6.249\n\n94\n169\n58\n160\n339\n\ntamara sakala /aka karaha vicare\ntamara sambandhe prabhu krpa kai/a more\ntamara saliga /agi' mora ih!ili agamana\ntamara stri-putra-jtiatire na habe sammati\ntamara upare talira krpa yabe habe\ntamara vyakhya suni' mana haya ta' vikala\ntamara ye 5i$ya kahe kutarka, nana-vada\ntomii-saha sei daQ<;ia-upare pa<;linu\ntoma siik$i boliiimu, yadi anyathii dekhi\"\ntomii-sama bhagyaviin niihi tri-bhuvane\n\ntat te 'nukampiirh susarhk$amiif)o\n'tat tvam asi'-jiva-hetu pradesika vakya\ntavat sparsa-maf)i keha cinite na pare\ntayii tirohi tatviic ca\nte dustariim atitaranti ca deva-mayiirh\n\ntomate isvara-krpa ithe ki pramiif)e\n'tore ami kanyii diba' apane kahilii\ntore kanyii diluli, tumi karaha svikiira\ntrQa-!iiti diyii ciiri-dik avarila\ntrtiya prahare haila prabhura cetana\n\nteliho aliligiya puche prabhura samaciira\nthiikura dekhila mii!i-t[f)e iicchiidita\n'thiikura more k�ira dila-loka saba suni'\nthiikurera bhoga sari' iirati biijila\nthiikurera candana-siidhana ha-ila bandhana\n!hiikurera niisiite yadi chidra thiikita\nthiikure sayana kariitia piijari haila bahira\nthiiriithiiri kari' hiise bhakta-gaQa-salige\nthelia dekhi' sei vipra paliitiii gela\ntina arhse cic-chakti haya tina riipa\ntina-bare svapna asi' yiilire iijtia kaila\n\n'tumi jagad-guru-sarvaloka-hita-karta\n'tumi jiina, nija-kanyii ihare ami di/a'\ntumi kaha, -kalite nahi viwura praciira\ntumi-mahiibhiigavata, iimi-tarka'tumi more kanyii dite karyiicha aligikiira\ntumi-saba age yaha isvara dekhite\n\ntina khaQ<;ia kari' daQ<;ia di/a bhiisiitiii\ntina-krosa patha haila-sahasra yojana\ntirtha karibiire dulihe karila gamana\n'tirtha-yiitriiya pi tara salige chi/a bahu dhana\ntirthe vipre vakya diluli, -kemate satya\ntomake kanya diba ami, kari/a ni5caya\"\ntamake kanyii diba, sabiike kari' tiraskara\ntoma lagi' gopinatha k$ira kaila curi\nta mara age eta kathara nahi prayojana\ntamara iijtiate matra kariye sravaf)a\ntamara asraya niluli, guru kari' mani\ntamara kanyiira yogya nahi mutii vara\ntamara milane yabe iimara hai/a mana\ntamara nahika dog sastre ei kahe\ntamara na janila taha amara mayaya\ntamara pache piiche ami kariba gamana\ntamara prasade ami na pailama srama\ntamara prema-vase kari seva aligikara\n\ntumi suni' suni' raha mauna miitra dhari'\ntumi yadi kaha,-'iimi kichui na jiini'\ntumi yei artha kara, bujhite nii pari\"\ntU$(a hailii mahaprabhu svabhakta-sahita\n\nu\nucca kari' kare sabe niima-salikirtana\nulatiya ama tumi na kariha darasane\nupani$ad-sabde yei mukhya artha haya\nuparete eka tati diya acchiidila\nii�ara-bhiimite yena bijera ropaf)a\nuthaha, piijari, kara dvara vimocana\nutkalera d!ini rakhe candana dekhitiii\nutkalera raja puru$ottama-deva nama\nuttama bhoga lage-ethii bujhi anumane\nuttamanna piika kari' karaya bhojana\nuttama uttama prasada bahuta !inil!i\n\n", "mad2#p0420": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n386\n\n'visvambhara'-nama irihara, tarira iriho\n\nv\n\nvisvasa kari' candana deha amara vacane\nvita(lc;f!i, chala, nigrahadi aneka uthaila\n\nvairagya-advaita-marge pravesa karaiba\nvairagya-vidya-nija-bhakti-yogavai$Qava-sannyasi iriho, vacane janila\nvajrera sthapita, ami ih!iri adhikari\nvamana hana carida yena caha ta' dharite'\nvana-yatraya vana dekhi' dekhe govardhana\nvanya saka-phala-mule vividha vyafljana\nvaraha-thakura dekhi' karila pral)ama\nvasi' bha.ttacarya mane karena vicara\nvasi' nama laya puri, nidra nahi haya\n\n6.75\n6.254\n6.49\n4.41\n5.52\n5.12\n4.70\n5.3\n6.11\n4.34\n\n228\n341\n215\n19\n137\n117\n32\n113\n197\n16\n\n'vivarta-vada' sthapiyache ka/pana kariya\nvraja-vasi /okera kr$fle sahaja piriti\nvrndavana-dasa-mukhe amrtera dh!ira\nyndavane govinda-sthane maha-devalaya\nvyasa-bhranta bali' sei sutre do$a diya\nvyasa-sutrera artha-yaiche suryera kira(la\n\n6.222\n6.89\nvatsalye karuQa karena, ki do�a ihate\n6.117\nveda-dharma larighi' kai/e prasada bhak�a(la\" 6.234\nveda na m!iniya bauddha haya ta' nastika\n6.168\nvasite asana diya duriheta vasila\n\n323\n239\n255\n329\n291\n\nyac-chaktayo vadatam vadinaril vai\n\"yadi vara dibe, tabe raha ei sthane\nyadyapi gopala saba anna-vyafljana kh!iila\nyadyapi jagad-guru tumi-sastra-jflanavan\nyadyapi 'mukti'-sabdera haya paflca vrtti\nyadyapi se mukti hay a paflca-parakara\n\nvedanta pac;Jaite tabe arambha karila\nvedanta pac;Jao, sannyasira upakarta\nvedanta-sravaQa, -ei sannyasira dharma\nveda-puriiQe kahe brahma-nirupa(la\nveda.Sraya nastikya-vada bauddhake adhika\nvedera niguc;Jha artha bujhana na haya\n\n6.120\n6.58\n6.121\n6.139\n6.168\n6.148\n\n257\n219\n257\n268\n291\n277\n\nyadyapi tamara artha ei sabde kaya\nyadyapi udvega haila pal!iite mana\nyaiche iha bhoga /age, saka/a-i puchiba\nyaiche paripati kare bhik�a-nirvahana\nyajapure se ratri karil!i yapana\nyajflai/:lsarikirtana-prayair\n\nvicara-yoge sati hanta t.'isaril\nvinaya suni' tu�tye prabhu kaila alirigana\nvipra bale,-\"pratima hafla kaha kene v!i(li\nvipra bale,- \"sak�i bolana karibeka nyaya\nvipra bale,-\"tirtha vakya kemane kari ana\n\n6.142\n6.247\n5.95\n5.42\n5.40\n\n271\n338\n157\n133\n132\n\n5.18\n5.93\n5.57\n5.96\n5.49\n\n120\n156\n140\n157\n136\n\n6.53\n4.16\n6.154\n4.4\n6.283\n5.140\n\n217\n9\n281\n3\n359\n178\n\nyan-mitrarh paramanandarh\nyiirira lagi' gopiniitha kira kaila curi\nyiirira preme vasa hafla prakata ha-i/a\nyathii kathaflcit kari' se lila kathana\nyafira vakya satya kari mane tri-bhuvana\"\n\nvipra ba/e,-tumi mora bahu seva kaila\nvipra bale,-\"yadi hao caturbhuja-murti\nvipra kahe,-'suna, loka, mora nivedana\nvipra /agi' kara tumi akarya-kara(la\"\nvinaya karifla kahe kara dui yuc;Ji'\nvisaradera samadhyayi,-ei tafira khyati\nvismita ha-ila gopinathera dasa-ga(la\nvi�Qu-sakti/:1 para prokta\nvistari' kariyachena uttama varl)ana\nvistariya age tahii kariba varQana\nvistari' varQiyachena diisa-vrndavana\n\n216\n83\n300\n296\n\n4.95\n4.5\n5.13\n6.172\n6.138\n\n47\n4\n118\n296\n268\n\n6.108\n5.75\n5.115\n4.77\n6.85\n\n251\n147\n167\n35\n236\n\n6.275\n6.266\n6.274\n4.148\n4.115\n6.283\n\n355\n349\n355\n77\n58\n359\n\n5.4\n6.103\n6.149\n4.174\n4.173\n4.8\n\n113\n248\n277\n89\n89\n\n5.76\n4.1\n6.155\n6.142\n5.40\n6.278\n\n147\n2\n282\n271\n132\n356\n\n6.264\n4.191\n4.146\n6.235\n5.151\n6.109\n\n348\n98\n76\n329\n184\n251\n\ny\nyadi ei vipra more na dibe kanya-dana\n\nvastu-tattva-jflana hay a krpate pramal)a\n\n6.52\n4.161\n6.177\n6.172\n\nyasmai datum corayan k�ira-bhiiQc;Jarh\nyayii k�etra-jfla-sakti/:lsii\nya ya srutir jalpati nirvise�arh\nye hauk, se hauka, ami diba kanya-dana\"\nyei bhattacarya pac;Je pac;Jaya mayavade\nyei ninda-yuddh!idika kare tarire sane\nyei 5/oka-candre jagat karyiiche a/aka\nye na vanehe, tara haya vidh!itii-nirmita\nye�am sa e�a bhagavan dayayed ananta/:1\nye ucita haya, mora kara tara daQc;Ja\nyuktarh ca santi sarvatra\n\n", "mad2#p0421": "General Index\nNumerals in bold type indicate references to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\nverses. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\nAgnostics\n\nA\n\nBuddhists considered, 291-292\nthose who don't accept form of Lord\n\nAbhi�eka\ndescription of, 26-30\nAbhyutthanam adharmasya\nverses quoted, 343\nAbsolute Truth\nas original source of everything, 296\n\nare, 290\n\nAharh sarvasya prabhava/:1\nquoted, 272\nAharh tvarh sarva-papebhyo\nverses quoted, 330\nAhailkara itiyarh me bhinna\nverses quoted, 297\nAitareya Upani?ad\nquoted on nature of Absolute Truth,\n\ncategorized in three cases, 273-274\ndifference between relative truth and,\n68-69\nfollowers of Patafijali accept personality\n\n273\n\nof, 351\nis Kr�r:Ja, 272\n\nAjita-jito 'py asi tais tri-lokyam\nquoted, 72\n\nknowledge of as evidence of Lord's\n\nAmerica\n\nis a person, 269-270\n\nmercy, 239\n\ninstallation of Deities in, 43\n\nAmrta-pravaha-bha?ya\ncited on nature of Supreme Brahman,\n273\nsummary of Fourth Chapter in, 1\n\nknowledge of not derived by logical hypothesis, 232-234\nknown in three phases, 230, 269, 292\nMayavadis try to establish as formless,\n280\nMayavadis\n\nsummary of Sixth Chapter in, 191\ntry\n\nto\n\nprove\n\nimpersonal\n\nAnaliga-bhima, King\n\nnature of, 264, 278-279\n\ntemple of )agannatha Puri constructed\n\nSupreme Brahman is, 269\n\nby, 181\nAndha yathandhair upaniyamana/:1\n\nthe real philosophy of the, 192\n\nquoted, 69\n\ntranscendental nature of mind and eyes\n\nAnimals\n\nof, 274-275\nSee also Kr�r:Ja, Supreme Lord\nAcaryas\none must follow path traversed by, 277\n\nwithout God-consciousness humans are\nlike, 128\nAnnaku�a ceremony\n\nprevious to Caitanya accepted a daQ(ia,\n\ndescription of, 31-35\n\n188\nstatements of p r o o f\n\nleaders should execute, 46\nC a it an y a\n\nAnubha�ya\nword upani�ad explained in, 264\nAnyabhi la?i ta-sunyam\nquoted, 299\nApaQi-pado javano grahita\nverses quoted, 270, 279\n\nis\n\nSupreme Lord, 231\n\nSee also Spiritual master\nAcintya-bhedabheda-tattva\nCaitanya's philosphy of, 288\nActivities\nfour opulences as result of pious, 122\nAdhi ru(iha-mahabhava\nexplanation of, 199\nAdvaita Acarya\ninitiated by Madhavendra Puri, 56\n\nArjuna\naccepted Kr�r:Ja as Supreme Brahman.\n269\naccepts Kr�r:Ja as God, 232\naddresses Kr�r:Ja as original person. 279\n\n387\n\n", "mad2#p0422": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n388\n\nArjuna\n\nsecrets oi Gila disclosed to, 233\n\nvictorious by grace of Kr�r:Ja, 37\n\nlearned about Kr�r:ta by His mercy, 234,\n\n330\n\nAruhya-krcchreQa pararil padaril tata/:1\nquoted, 292, 352\n\nAryans\nKing Puru�ottama advanced in civilization of, 170\nAsita\n\naccepts Kr�r:ta as God, 232\n\nAsli�ya va pada-rataril pina�tu mam\n\nAtmarama verse\nquoted, 306\nAtma va idam eka evagra asit\nverses quoted, 273\n\nAusterity\nperformed by Mayavadis doesn't purify\ntheir intelligence, 292\n\nAvajananti maril muc;Jha\nverse quoted, 279\n\nAvidya-sakti\n\nprovokes fruitive activity, 281\n\nAyi mukta-kulair upasyamanam\nquoted, 299\n\nquoted, 96\n\nB\n\nAsramas\nobservance of Caturrnasya obligatory\nfor all, 87\n\nAsuto�a\n\nSiva known as, 178\n\nBahanaril janmanam ante\nverses quoted, 275\nverses quoted, 331\n\nAta/:1 sri-kf�Qa-namadi\n\nBaladeva V idyabho�ar:ta\n\nA�haranala\n\nBalarama\n\nverse quoted, 36, 236, 276\nas bridge at entrance of Jagannatha Puri,\n183\nNityananda broke Caitanya's staff at,\n\n111\n\nAtharva Veda\n\nas Vedic literature, 2p8, 276\n\ncited as reference, 265\nas /ila-avatara, 246\n\nrebuked Kr�r:ta for punishing Rukmi, 126\nBhagavad-gita\nArjuna\n\naccepted\n\nKr�r:ta\n\nBrahman in, 269\n\nas\n\nSupreme\n\nbrahma-bhata described in, 351\n\nAthato brahma jijiiasa\n\ncited on material elements as Lord's en­\n\nAtheism\n\nconclusion of, 240\n\nquoted, 296\n\nSarikaracarya presented Vedic literature\nfull of, 302-304\n\nSee also Impersonalism\nAtheists\n\ncan't understand how Deity eats, 35\n\ndon't believe in spiritual position of\nDeity, 134\n\nergy, 158\n\ndiscourse on k�etra and k?etra-jiia in,\n\n281\n\nduty of vaisyas described in, 46\n\ninterpreted by Mayavadis, 263\nis within Mahabharata, 268\n\nKr�r:ta declared to be God in, 263-264\n\nquoted on actual purpose of Vedas, 301\n\ninterpret Vedas imaginatively, 263-264\n\nquoted on approaching spiritual master,\n\nSee also lmpersonalists, Mayavadis\n\nquoted on auspicious presence of Kr�r:ta\n\nMayavadis are actually, 192\nAtmarama verse\neleven words in listed, 310\n\n279\n\nand Arjuna, 37\n\nquoted on brahma-bhata platform, 287\n\nexplained by Caitanya in eighteen\n\nquoted on deluded world not knowing\n\nexplained by Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya\n\nquoted on demons who don't sur­\n\nways, 192, 309-312\n\nin nine ways, 307-308\n\nKr�r:ta, 233\n\nrender to Kr�r:ta, 68\n\n", "mad2#p0423": "General Index\n\nBhagavad-gita\n\n389\n\nBhagavan\n\nquoted on difference between body\n\nas phase of Absolute Truth, 269\n\nquoted on example set by great men,\n\nexplicitly described in Bhagavatam, 292\n\nand self, 330\n\n185\n\nquoted on escaping danger by devotional service, 337\n\nquoted on food offered to Kr�r;�a, 35\n\nquoted on full surrender to Lord, 330\n\nquoted on inferior energy of Lord, 297\n\nquoted on Kr�r;�a as goal of Vedas, 275\n\nquoted on Kr�r;�a as source of everything, 272, 296\n\nquoted on Kr�r;�a being known by Vedas,\n\n269\nquoted on Kr�r;�a helping His devotee,\n148\nquoted on Kuruk�etra, 266\nquoted on living being as marginal\npotency, 288, 289\n\nbrahmajyoti as bodily effulgence of, 351\n\nKr�r;�a or Rama sometimes accepted as\nby MayavadTs, 232\n\nSee also Kr�r;�a\nBhagavata Pural)a\nes pecially meant for Vai�r;�avas, 268\nSee also Srimad-Bhagavatam\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\nloss of memory described in, 1 04\nquoted on Kr�r;�a's revealing Himself to\ndevotees, 36\n\nsOddipta-sattvika explained in, 198\nBhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT\n\ncited on invitation of Advaita, 56\n\ncited on nature of Absolute Truth, 273\nc i t e d on Ni t y a n a n d a ' s b r e a k i n g\nCaitanya's staff, 180\n\nquoted on Lord's not being exposed to\n\ncited on story of two brahmal)as and\n\nquoted on Lord working through His en­\n\ncited on transformation of energy, 294\n\neveryone, 239\nergies, 295\n\nSak�i-gopala, 124\n\ndal)c;ia-bhanga-lila explained by, 188\n\nquoted on principle followed in Battle\n\nquotes ROpa GosvamT on mahabhava\n\nquoted on qualifications for engaging in\n\nword sOddipta-sattvika explained by,\n\nof Kuruk�etra, 128\n\ndevotional service, 335\nquoted on rareness of knowing Kr�r;�a,\n\n275\n\n199\n\n198\n\nword \"upani�ad\" explained by, 264\nBhakti-yoga\n\nquoted on rascals who worship imagin­\n\nMayavadTs equate worship of imaginary\n\nquoted on reason for Lord's descent,\n\noffers immortality to conditioned soul,\n\nquoted on reciprocation between Kr�r;�a\n\nsenses purified to engage in, 51\n\nary forms of God, 290\n\n342-343\n\nand devotee, 48\n\nquoted on surrender of wise man to\nKr�r;�a, 331\n\nforms with, 290\n\n293\n\nspiritual activities other than, 311\nSee also Devotional service, Kr�r;�a consciousness\n\nquoted on those eligible for devotional\n\nBhakto 'si me sakha ceti\n\nquoted on transcending modes of\n\nBhaktivinoda Thakura\n\nservice, 241\nnature, 70\n\nquoted on understanding Lord by devotional service, 52\n\nreading of means to understand Kr�r;�a,\n\n237\nsecrets of disclosed to Arjuna, 233\n\nquoted, 233\ncited on nature of Supreme Brahman,\n\n273\n\nBhaktya mam abhijanati\nquoted, 52, 233\nBharatT sampradaya\n\nbrahmacaris named Caitanya in, 224\n\n", "mad2#p0424": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n390\n\nBharatT sampradaya\n\nin disciplic succession of Sankaracarya,\n\n226\nBhargTnadT River\nNityananda threw Caitanya's staff in,\n\n111 ' 1 79-1 80\nBhavi�ya Pura(la\nquoted on Vedas as self-evident, 267\n\nBhT�maka\n\nas father of Queen Rukmi�T, 125-126\nBhOmir apo 'nalo vayuf:r\nverses quoted, 297\n\nBhuvanesvara\n\nVrn d a v a n a d a s a d e sc r i b e d Lord's\njourney to, 178\nCaitanya visited temple of Siva at, 111\nBindu-sarovara\n\nBrahman\nas feature of Absolute Truth, 230, 269,\n\n292\nbliss derived from realizing, 312\n\nconsidered central point of relationship\nof MayavadTs, 302\n\nindicates Kr��a, 275-277\nknown as Brahmaloka, 351\n\nMayavadTs consider living beings identical with, 293\n\nmeans the greatest of all, 269-270\nmerging\n\nin as kind of punishment,\n\n347\nSee also Brahmajyoti\nBrahmananda\nas inferior to transcendental bliss, 312\nBrahmar:JaS\n\nas lake created by Siva, 179\n\ndevotees under protection of Lord are\n\nMayavadTs think Kr��a has, 232\n\ninitiated into Vai��ava cult by Madha­\n\naccepts Kr��a as God, 231-232\n\nKr��a arranged worship of Govardhana\n\nBody, material\nBrahma\n\nmade a mistake in understanding Kr��a,\n\n236\nprayers of quoted by Sarvabhauma, 345\nquoted on fortune of Nanda Maharaja,\n277-278\nBrahma-bhOta\ndescribed in Gila, 351\nBrahma-bhOtaf:r prasannatma\nverse quoted, 287\nBrahma-bhOyaya kalpate\nquoted, 70\nBrahmacaris\ndifferent kinds of, 227\nnamed Caitanya in BharatT sampradaya,\n\n224\n\nsometimes take sannyasa, 216\nBrahmajyoti\n\nautomatically, 189\n\nvendra PurT, 42-43\nHill and, 41-42\n\nKr��a pleased by service to, 123-124\nnot necessarily Vai��avas, 42-43\n\noffer obeisances to devotees, 71\nprasada offered first to, 40\n\nproper initiation of, 56-57\nsix duties of, 42-43\nBrahmar:u;ia Pura(la\nquoted on two kinds of beings in Siddhaloka, 347\nBrahma-sarhhita\nquoted on brahmajyoti as effulgence of\nLord, 233, 272\n\nquoted on energies of Lord, 295\n\nquoted on generation of material universes, 351\n\nquoted on Lord as all-pervasive, 272\n\nas bodily effulgence of Lord, 351\n\nquoted on pure devotee understanding\n\nVaiku��halokas situated in, 327\n\nquoted on understanding Kr��a by love,\n\nas cause of creation, 233\nSee also Brahman\n\nBrahmaloka\nSee Siddhaloka, 347\n\nBrahman\n\nas bodily rays of Kr��a, 232-233\n\nLord, 236\n\n72\nverses\n\nfrom\n\nchanted\n\nceremony, 27\nBrahma-sutra\nSee Vedanta-sutra\n\nat\n\nabhi�eka\n\n", "mad2#p0425": "General Index\n\n391\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nBrahma-vaivarta Pural)a\n\nespecially meant for Vai��avas, 268\n\necstatic feelings of came from Madhavendra Puri, 101\n\nBrahmeti paramatmeti bhagavan iti\n\necstatic symptoms of,\n\nquoted, 230, 292\n\n181-182,194,\n\n198-199\n\nBrhan-naradiya Pural)a\n\nCaitanya explained harer nama verse of,\n\n336\n\nexplained atmarama verse in eighteen\nways, 309-312\nHis bodily complexion was yellowish,\n\nquoted on chanting holy names, 335\n\n247, 249\n\nBrhaspati\nCaitanya compared Bhagacarya to, 308\nSarvabhauma composes verses quicker\nthan, 316\nBuddha\n\nHis philosophy of acintya-bhedabhedatattva, 288\n\nidentical with Gopinatha Deity, 106,\n\n176-177\nnever discussed rasa-lila publicly, 69\n\nas lila-avatara, 246\nrejected ritualistic ceremonies of Vedas,\n\nnot dependent on inferior or superior\nsampradaya, 229\n\n291\n\npersonally tasted qualities of Gopalaji,\n\nBuddhism\nSarikaracarya's philosophy similar to,\n\nGopinatha and Madhavendra Puri,\n\n107\n\n303\n\npleased to hear of marital dealings be­\n\nBuddhists\n\ntween devotees, 124\n\nconsidered agnostics, 291-292\n\nprocess recommended by, 301\nquoted on Kr��a being understood from\n\nc\n\ndevotees, 233\nquoted on real guru, 56\nquoted on qualification of guru, 71\n\nCaitanya-candrodaya-na!aka\n\nquoted on two features of Supreme\nLord, 271\nSarvabhauma's verses included\n\nPuri, 88, 91-97\nin,\n\n341-342\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nalways expressed ecstatic emotions of\nRadhara�i, 1 01\nand His devotees as paramahamsas, 188\nappearance of confirmed in Vedic scriptures, 343\nas covered incarnation 243-244, 246\nas Kr��a Himself, 180, 191, 227, 313,\n\n341-342, 358\n·associates of as nitya-siddhas, 166\nas son of mother Saci, 344\nconsiders Mayavadis more dangerous\nthan the Buddhists, 292\n\ncriticized S ariraka-bha�ya, 299-300\n\ndanced with Sarvabhauma, 326\n\ndoes not rely on external formality,\n226-227\n\nrelished characteristics of Madhavendra\nretained His brahmacari name, 224\nrevealed conclusion of Madhvacaryasampradaya, 1 01\nthings happen wonderfully by grace of,\n37-38\nthought Himself servant of the servant\nof God, 123\nverse understood only by R adhara�i.\nMadhavendra Puri and, 100-101\nCaitanya-bhagavata\n\nLord's journey\n\nto\n\nBhuvanesvara de­\n\nscribed in, 178,179\npastimes of Caitanya described in,\n\n3,5\nCaitanya-caritamrta\nquoted on lila-avataras, 245-246\nquoted on qualification of guru, 71\nCaitanya-matigala\n\nSee Caitanya-bhagavata\n\n", "mad2#p0426": "392\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nCandanesvara\n\nD\n\nas son of Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya,\n208\n\nCatuf:l-sana\n\nDadami buddhi-yogaril tam\n\nverses quoted, 48\n\nas lila-avatara, 246\n\nDamodara\n\nCaturmasya\nobservance of, 87\n\ntook prasada and verses to Caitanya,\n\nChaqiya-vai$1)avaseva nistara payeche\n\n339-340\n\nquoted, 123\n\nDal)qa\n\nChandarilsi yajiia/:1 kratavo vratani\n\nsignificance of, 188\nDal)c;la-bhariga-nadi\n\nverses quoted, 273\nChand Kazi\n\nRiver Bh arginadi n ow k n own as,\n\nCaitanya's discussion with, 261\n\n179-180\n\nDattatreya\n\nChandogya Upani$ad\n\nquoted on creation by Lord, 275\n\nas lila-avatara. 246\n\nChanting\n\nDehino 'smin yatha dehe\n\nverse quoted, 330\n\nidentical with devotional service, 64\n\nDeity\n\npublic encouraged by Caitanya, 69\nSee also Holy name\n\natheists don't believe in spiritual position of, 134\n\nCintamal)i-prakara-sadmasu\n\nbathing ceremony of described, 26-30\n\nverses quoted, 27\nCit potency\n\ncan act exactly as Lord in His original\nform, 158-159\n\ndescribed, 283\nConditioned souls\n\ndevotees should engage everyone in\n\nalmost all envious, 77\n\nservice of, 51\n\nSee also Human beings\n\nextends reality of transcendental princi-\n\nConjugal love\nc o n c e p tio n\n\nples, 189\nof\n\nintroduced\n\nin\n\nMadhvacarya-sampradaya, 101\n\nonly Vai�l)avas can worship, 43\nquarrels settled before, 128\nVai�l)avas\n\nCow\nas most important animal, 46\nDeity bathed with stool and urine of, 28\ndung of is pure, 266-267\nKr�l)a arranged worship of Govardhana\nHill and, 43-44\nCreation\nbrahmajyoti as cause of, 233\n\nby glance of Lord, 274-275\nK[�l)a's direction in background of, 295\nLord as one with and different from His,\n192\n\nscientists set forth false theories about,\n252\n\nsubsists by energy of Supreme Brahman, 273\nCuttak\nSee Ka�aka\n\ndon't\n\neat\n\nany thing\n\nnot\n\noffered to, 46\nworship\n\nof\n\nc o n sidered\n\nfalse\n\nby\n\nMayavadis, 292\nworship of described, 43\nworship of necessary to understand\nKr�r:Ja, 72\nworship of not neglected by disciple of\ntranscendental sannyasis, 57\nDemons\nturned into Vai�l)avas by taking prasada,\n46\n\nDevotees\nall godly qualities exist in, 148\nare already freed from sin, 241\nare automatically brahmal)as, 189\naspire to reach Goloka Vrndavana, 327\nbrahmat:�as offer obeisances to, 71\n\n", "mad2#p0427": "General Index\n\n393\n\nDevotional service\n\nDevotees\nconsider merging in Brahman a punishment, 348\n\nd o n 't c o n sider personal i n c o n veniences, 95-96\n\necstatic symptoms manifest by\n\nad­\n\nin conjugal love introduced by Madhavendra Puri, 101\nKr�t:�a conquered through, 72\nLord understood only by, 233\nmanifested by Caitanya, 106\n\nnine kinds of, 64, 334\n\nvanced, 198\nexpected to accept all nine processes of\n\nno titular superiority required to engage\n\ndevotional service, 64\n\nin, 227\n\nfollowing in footsteps of exalted, 343\nfour sampradayas of uncontaminated,\n\n101\n\nof Madhavendra\n\nPuri as subject of\n\nChapter Four, 1-109\n\none must be purified to engage in,\n\nKr�t:�a can deal with in any form, 159\n\n335\n\nKr�t:�a controlled by, 72\n\none not engaged in is materially con­\n\nKr�t:�a understood only by mercy of,\n\none who engages in transcends modes\n\nKr�t:�a reciprocates with, 48\n\ntaminated, 351\nof nature, 70\n\n279\nLord consents to be captured by, 236\nLord eats everything offered by, 35-36\nLord understood only by, 233\n\nmany are nitya-siddha, 166\n\nMayavadis should not be seen by, 290\n\nof\n\nCaitanya\n\nfollow\n\nin\n\nfootsteps of\n\nMadhavendra Puri, 92\n\npurified conditioned souls as, 302\nSarvabhauma's verses as necklaces on\nnecks of, 344\nshould engage people in service to the\nDeity, 51\nunderstand Kr�t:�a by revelation, 36\nSee also Pure devotees, Vai�t:�avas\n\nDevotional service\nafter studying Vedas one must execute,\n\n301\nas highest perfection of human activity,\n305\nas one's real occupation, 301\nbegins when mind is purified, 330\nbliss of superior to brahmananda, 312\n\nopulence of one's increases by pleasing\nLord, 123\n\nperfect knowledge acquired by, 276\nrendered through spiritual master, 302\nsaves one from danger, 337\n\nsystem of had been lost at time of\nCaitanya, 342\n\nthose averse to punished by merging in\nBrahman, 347\n\nunderstood by sense control, 228\nSee also Bhakti-yoga, Kr�t:�a consciousness\nDharma-k�etre kuru-k�etre\nquoted, 128, 266\nDharmam mahapuru�a pasi\nverses quoted, 243\n\nDhanvantari\n\nas lila-avatara, 246\nDharma/:! svanu�!hita/:1 pumsam\nverses quoted, 276\nork�a\ndefined, 57\n\nCaitanya descended to teach, 341-342\n\nDina-dayardra-natha\n\nchanting identical with, 64\n\nKr�t:�a known as, 1 01\nDrot:�acarya\n\nCaitanya fixed in, 249\n\nchanting holy name as most important\n\nYudhi��hira spoke like diplomat to\n\nitem of, 334\n\ndescribed in Vedanta, 293\nengagement in by taking shelter of\nomkara, 298\n\nDurga\n\n134-135\n\nSiv a e x p l a i n s\n\nhis\n\nappearance\n\nSarikaracarya to, 303\n\nas\n\n", "mad2#p0428": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n394\n\nForm of the Lord\n\nDvapara-yuga\n\nKr�r:Ja accepted blackish body in, 247\n\nworship of Govardhana Hill begun at\nend of, 41\nOvapare paricaryayarh\nverses quoted, 336\nOva suparf!a sayuja sakhaya\nverses quoted, 287\n\nE\n\nimpersonalists don't accept, 293, 348\n\nnever lost due to transformation of His\nenergies, 297\norhkara as sound, 298\n\none who does not accept is an agnostic,\n\n290\nshown by Caitanya to Sarvabhauma,\n314-315\nunknown to Mayavadis, 292\nFruitive activities\neveryone addicted to in Kali-yuga, 343\n\nEkamra-kanana\nas place given to Siva by Kr�t:Ja, 178-179\nElements\n\nLord can appear through material, 158\nEnergy\n\nhearing Sarvabhauma frees one from,\n360\n\nLord bestows results of, 287\nMayavadi scriptures make one addicted\nto, 304\n\nliving beings as marginal, 288, 289\nLord enjoys six kinds of opulence in His,\n\nG\n\n286\nLord's inferior described, 288\nmaterial acts on living beings in different degrees, 283\nmaterial world as manifestation of material, 297\nof Lord manifested in three phases,\n285-286\n\nGadadhara\nas personal expansion of Caitanya, 249\nGargamuni\nquoted on yuga-avataras, 247\nGau9a-mar:J9ala-bhumi\nequal to Vrajabhumi, 166\n\nof Lord sometimes manifest sometimes\n\nGau9iya-Madhva-sampradaya\n\npower of illusory, 252\n\nGauracandra\n\nglanced over material,\n274-275\nthree kinds of the Lord's, 280-283\n\nCaurangera sangi-gaf!e, nitya-siddha\n\nnot, 294-295\n\nSupreme\n\nEurope\ninstallation of Deities in, 43\nEvidence\nten kinds of, 265-266\nVedic accepted as foremost, 267-268\n\nF\n\nworship in separation in, 1 01\nSee: Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nverses quoted, 166\nGautama\n\nset forth false theories, 252\n\nGaya\nas place of pilgrimage, 117\nGodavari\nVidyanagara situated on bank of, 169\nColoka eva nivasaty akhi/atma-bhata/:1\nquoted, 272\nGoloka Vrndavana\n\nFame\nVai�r:Javas don't hanker after, 77\nFood\npreparation of nutritious, 46\nForm of the Lord\n\nas complete in eternity, knowledge and\nbliss, 289\n\ndevotees aspire to reach, 327\nLord always stays in, 272\nSee also: World, spiritual, Vrndavana\n\nGopala Deity\n\nCaitanya personally tasted qualities of,\n107\n\n", "mad2#p0429": "General Index\n\nGopala Deity\n\n395\n\nGopis\n\nestablished on Govardhana Hill, 1\n\napproached Lord out of lust, 69\n\nas directly son of Maharaja Nanda,\n158\n\nsymptoms of mahabhava exhibited by,\n199\n\nbrought to town of Kataka, 111\nCaitanya pleased with beauty of, 114\nCaitanya of same form as, 176-177\nhistory of, 19-20\nknown as Sak�i-gopala, 111\ngiven pearl by Queen of Puru�ottamadeva, 172-175\nnondifferent from Gopinatha Deity, 83\nnow situated in city of Kataka, 175\noriginally installed by grandson of Kr�r:Ja,\n2\nquarrel of love between jagannatha\nDeity and, 116\ntested love of Madhavendra Puri, 97\nwent back to Kataka, 171\nwhole world liberated by, 89\nGopinatha Acarya\nas brother-in-law of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, 253\nas son-in-law of Visarada, 201\nconvinced that Caitanya is Kr�r:Ja,\n226-227\necstatic to see Sarvabhauma as a devotee, 332\nestablished that Caitanya is Kr�r:Ja, 191\nfound residential quarters for Caitanya,\n222-223\nmet with Mukunda Datta, 202\npleased at ecstasy of Sarvabhauma,\n317-318\nGopinatha Deity\nCaitanya identical with, 106\nCaitanya personally tasted qualities of,\n107\nfamous sweet rice offered to, 60\ngiven sandalwood meant for Gopala\nDeity, 82-86\nhelmet of fell on head of Caitanya, 8\nMadhavendra Puri overwhelmed by\nbeauty of, 57\nnondifferent from Gopala Deity, 83\nopenly declared he was a thief, 68\nstory of summarized, 1\n\nGosvamis, the six\nas paramaharhsas, 62-63\nCaitanya praised by, 343\nchanted fixed number of rounds, 64\ntemples started by, 53\nGovernment\nKr�r:Ja conscious, 46-47\nGovardhana Hill\nGopala Diety established on top of, 1\nKr�r:Ja instituted worship of, 41-42\nGovinda\nKr�r:Ja known as, 233\nGovinda-kur:Jc;ia\nGopala Deity bathed with water from,\n25\nMadhavendra Puri took a bath at, 12\nGrhastha-brahmal)a\n\nworship of Vi�Qu by, 57\nGrhasthas\n\nmay be spiritual masters, 57\nsannyasis offered respect by, 218\nGupta-kasi\nvisited by Caitanya, 179\nGuru\nSee: Spiritual master\nGuru -kr�!Ja-prasade paya bhakti-lata­\n\nquoted, 233\n\nH\nHare Kr�r:Ja mantra\nSee also: Maha-mantra\nHari\nas name of Supreme Lord, 306\nSee also: Kr�r:Ja, Supreme Lord\nHari-bhakti-vilasa\ncited on bathing ceremony of Deity,\n26-27\nHams a\nas li/a-avatara, 246\nHare Kr�r:Ja mantra\nchanted by Caitanya on way to Puri, 6\n\n", "mad2#p0430": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n396\n\nHare Kr�r:Ja mantra\n\nlmpersonalism\n\ndevotees of Caitanya chanted, 209\n\nlittle difference between voidism and,\n\nHaridasa Thakura\n\n291-292\n\nchanted fixed number of rounds, 64\n\nSarvabhauma saved from great\nfalldown of, 337\n\nHayagriva\nSee: Hayasir�a\n\nlmpersonalists\n\nHayasir�a\n\npath of yoga more abominable than\npath of, 352\n\nas lila-avatara, 246\n\npunished by merging in Brahman, 348\n\nHoly name\nchanted by Sarvabhauma on arising\n\nthink \"spiritual\" refers to an absence of\n\nfrom bed, 322\n\nform, 290\n\nchanting of as most important item of\ndevotional service, 334\n\nIncarnations\n\nchanting of encouraged by Caitanya,\n\n69\n\nenumerated to Sanatana Gosvami, 246\nmagicians accepted as, 234\npseudo not referred to in sastras, 231\n\norilkara as form of, 298\none becomes purified by chanting, 69\nSarvabhauma\n\nSee also: Mayavadis\n\nalways\n\nchanted\n\nCaitanya's, 344\nSarvabhauma could understand importance of chanting, 315\nHr�ikesa\nserved by purified senses, 51\nHr�iker,Ja hr�ikesa-sevanaril bhaktir\nquoted, 51 '\nHuman beings\ndevotional service as highest perfection\nfor, 305\n\nIndia\ncustom of arranging marriage in, 128\nmany pseudo-incarnations in, 231\nsystem of marriage in, 122\nIndonesia\nVedic culture lost in, 54\nlndra\nworship of by cowherd men stopped\nby Kr�r:Ja, 41-42\nIntelligence\nof Mayavadis not purified, 292, 330\nTSvara Puri\n\nfour defects of, 265\n\nas disciple of Madhavendra Puri, 43\n\nlike animals without God conscious­\n\nCaitanya heard story of Madhavendra\n\nness, 128\nspiritual consciousness comparatively\nawakened in, 283\nsupreme occupational duty for all, 301\n\nPuri.from, 1, 10\necstatic\n\nfeelings\n\nof\n\nCaitanya\n\ncome\n\nthrough, 101\nJttharil nr-tiryag-r�i-deva-jha$iiVatarair\nverses quoted, 243\n\nJ\n\n!dam hi visvaril bhagavan ivetaro\nverses quoted, 274\nIllusion, theory of\nMayavadis try to establish, 296\nthe genuine platform of, 297\nImmortality\nof individual person as highest perfection, 293\nlmpersonalism\njt'ianis overly stress, 331\n\nJagadananda\ntook prasada and verses to Caitanya,\n\n339-340\nJagannatha Deity\nCaitanya fainted on entering temple of,\n\n191' 194\nCaitanya fainted on seeing, 194\nCaitanya fainted on seeing temple of,\n\n181\n\n", "mad2#p0431": "General Index\n\n]agannatha Deity\nCaitanya received garlands and prasada\nfrom, 321\n\n397\n\n]iva Gosvami\nwarns against interpreting scriptures,\n\n266\n\ndevotees of Caitanya go to see, 208\nGopinatha Acarya took Caitanya to see\nearly rising of, 223\n\n]iiana\n\nhelped King Puru�ottama, 111\nMadhavendra Puri overwhelmed with\necstasy on seeing, 77\nMal)ikya throne presented to, 171\nquarrel of love between Gopala Deity\n\n]iiana-kary;fa karma-kaQr;ia, kevala vi?era\nbhaQr;fa\n\nLord attracts those engaged in activities\nof, 311\n\nverse quoted, 331\n\n]iianis\n\noverly stress impersonalism, 331\n\nand, 116\nsandalwood and camphor used for,\n\n79\nSarvabhauma acquired faith in mahaprasada or, 327\nSarvabhauma pleased to r e c e i v e\nprasada or, 323\nshowed mercy to Sarvabhauma, 318\nvisited by Caitanya and Sarvabhauma,\n256\nvisited by Sarvabhauma, 339\nJagannatha Misra\nas father of Caitanya, 216\nJagannatha Puri\nbridge at entrance of, 183\nCaitanya chanted Hare K[�r:Ja on way to,\n6\nCaitanya went to, 3\ninhabitants of took shelter of Caitanya,\n358\nMadhavendra Puri collected sandalwood pulp at, 1\npresent temple of constructed by King\nAnaliga-bhima, 181\nRiver Bhargi six miles north of, 179\nvisited by Madhavendra Puri, 75-76\n]aimini\nset forth false theories, 252\n\n]anayaty asu vairagyarh\nverses quoted, 276\n\n]anmady asya yata/:1\nquoted, 272, 296\njava\n\nVedic culture lost in, 54\n]iva Gosvami\nas a brahmacari, 53\ncited as reference, 265\n\nK\nKaivalyarh narakayate\nquoted, 350\n\nKalatmana bhagavata\nverses quoted, 41\n\nKaler do?a-nidhe rajann\nverses quoted, 335\nKaliya-ghata\npilgrims bathe at, 119\nKali-yuga\nas ocean of faults, 336\nchanting holy names important in,\n335-336\neveryone in attached to fruitive activities in, 343\nLord appears in disguise in, 243\nmaha-man tra chanted in congregationally in, 248\nno lila avataras in, 246\norder of sannyasa prohibited in, 261\nSiva appears as Salikaracarya in, 303\nKalki\nas lila-avatara, 246\nKamalapura\nCaitanya visited, 111, 179\nKar:Jada\nset forth false theories, 252\nKapila\nas lila-avatara, 246\nKapila (atheist)\nset forth false theories, 252\nKapotesvara\nCaitanya visited temple of, 180\n\n", "mad2#p0432": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n398\n\nKarma\n\nKnowledge\n\nLord attracts those engaged in activities\n\nhearing Sariraka-bha$ya deprives one of,\n\nof, 311\n\nKarma-kaQc;ia jnana-kaQc;ia keva/a vi$era\nquoted, 124\n\n293\nKr�r:'a as ultimate goal of, 236\nMayavadis bereft of real, 290\n\nKarmis\n\nMayavadi scriptures make one bereft\n\nfully under bodily conception of life,\n\n331\n\nof, 304\nmust be cultivated to understand devotional service, 228\n\nKasi\nas place of pilgrimage, 117\n\nof summum bonum as evidence of\nLord's mercy, 239\n\nKasi Misra\ninhabitants of Puri led by take shelter of\n\nreal not attained by logical hypothesis,\n\n232-234\n\nCaitanya, 358\nKasiraja\nfight between Kr�r:'a and, 178\n\nsubject matter of, 284\n\nKataka\n\nVedic necessary to understand Kr�r:'a,\n\nGopala Deity now sitated in, 175\nKing of defeated by King Puru�ottama,\n\nKarha Upani�ad\n\nmercy, 238\n\nall Vedic knowledge leads to, 276\nArjuna victorious by grace of, 37\nas li/a-avatara, 246\n\nKaustubha-mar:'i\nverse of Madhavendra Puri compared\nto, 99\n\nnaraka, 342\n\nKr�r:'a\nAbsolute Truth is, 272\n\nquoted on understanding Kr�r:'a by His\n\nas author of\n\n279\nKo!i�v ase�a-vasudadhi-vibhati-bhinnam\nquoted, 272\n\n111\ntemple of sak�i-gopala at, 111\n\nKavi-karQapura\n\nunderstanding V asudeva as real, 276\n\nas son of Nanda Maharaja, 358\nas Supersoul knows everyone's desire,\n\nCaitanya-can drodaya­\n\nquoted on two features of Supreme\nLord, 271\n\n149\nas Supreme Brahman, 269-270\nas the all-attractive, 311\nas the greatest of everything, 269\nas ultimate goal of knowledge, 236\n\nKesava Bharati\n\nas ultimate object of Vedic literature,\n\nKesi-gha�a\n\nbegan Govardhana-pOja, 41-42\n\nCaitanya took sannyasa from, 224, 225\npilgrims bathe at, 119\n\nKiba vipra kiba nyasi sudra kene\nverses quoted, 56, 71 Kirtanad eva\nkr�r:'asya\nverses quoted, 335\n\nKlesa-karma-vipakasayair\nquoted, 352\nKnowledge\n\nacquired by taking shelter of samvit\npotency, 285\n\nall Vedic produced from orilkara, 298\nCaitanya descended to teach real,\n\n341-342\n\n275\nBrahman as bodily rays of, 232-233\nCaitanya appeared in original form of to\nSarvabhauma, 314-315\nCaitanya as, 180, 191, 227, 230, 313,\n\n341-342, 358\ncan appear in any material element,\n\n158-159\ncompared to sun, 158\nconsidered immoral by mundane rascals, 68\nc o n si d e r e d\n\nordinary\n\nhuman by\n\nMayavadis, 232\ncontrolled by devotees, 72\n\n", "mad2#p0433": "General Index\n\nKr�l)a\n\n399\n\nKuruk�etra, Battle of\n\ndeclared to Cod in Cita, 263-264\n\nprinciple followed in, 128\n\nestablished as Cod by statements from\nauthorized persons, 231-232\n\nL\n\nfeelings of separation from, 92\nColoka Vrndavana as residence of, 327\nhas transcendentally attractive features,\n\n306\n\nLiving beings\nas knowers of field of activities, 281\nas marginal potency, 288, 289\n\nknown as brahmal)ya-deva, 189\nknown as dina-dayardra natha, 101\n\nas servants of Lord's potencies, 287\n\nknown as Mukunda, 354\n\nas superior energy of Lord, 297\npleasure potency in, 283\n\nliberated souls attracted by qualities of,\n\n312\n\nsometimes described as Brahman, 269\n\nlove of in separation expressed\n\nsuffer threefold miseries, 282\n\nby\n\nRadharal)i, 101\n\ntat tvam asi meant for understanding,\n\n299\n\npleased when one is servant of His servant, 123, 124\n\ntwo kinds of, 166\n\nreading of Citii means understanding,\n\nLove of Cod\n\n237\n\nas ultimate goal of life, 301, 302\n\nreason for His descent, 342-343\n\nattained by hearing\n\nunderstood by purified senses, 36\n\nnarration about\n\nMadhavendra Puri, 108\n\nVajra as grandson of, 2\n\nawakened by devotional service, 72\n\nwhatever He does is all good, 68-69\n\nCaitanya danced in ecstasy of, 181\n\nword \"Brahman\" indicates, 275-277\n\nCaitanya overwhelmed with, 194-195\n\nSee also Absolute Truth, Supreme Lord\n\ncharacteristics of\n\nSee Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nin separation expressed by Radharal)i,\n\n101\n\nKr�l)a consciousness\nperfection\n\nthose who have\n\ndeveloped, 95-96\n\nKr�l)a Caitanya\n\nof\n\nhuman\n\nMadhavendra Puri mad in ecstasy of, 11\n\nc iv i l i z a t ion\n\ndepends on, 46-47\n\nMadhavendra Puri overwhelmed in\necstasy of, 75, 90\n\nreligion without as waste of time, 48\nspread by grace of Kr�l)a, 37-38\n\nmanifest in Madhavendra Puri, 56\n\nVrajabhOmi as ideal place to execute,\n\nSarvabhauma could understand importance of distributing, 315\n\n47\n\nSarvabhauma overwhelmed in 316-317\n\nSee also Devotional service\n\nsurpasses liberation, 347-348\n\nKrte yad dhyayato vi�l)um\n\nthe best example of, 92\n\nverses quoted, 336\nK�ira-cora-gopinatha\n\nCopinatha Deity known as, 1, 10, 90\n\nLust\ngopis approached Kr�l)a out of, 69\n\nKumaras\nattracted by flowers offered to Kr�l)a,\n\nM\n\n312\nKOrma\nas lila-avatiira, 246\nKuruk�etra, Battle of\nArjuna successful in by grace of Kr�l)a,\n\n37\n\nMadhvacarya\ncited as reference, 265\ncited on Vedic literatures, 276\ncited on Vedas as self-evident, 267-268\n\n", "mad2#p0434": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n400\n\nMadhvacarya-sampradaya\n\nMaha-mantra\n\nconception of conjugal love introduced\n\nMadhavendra PurT had acute interest in\n\nMadhavendra PurT belonged to, 43\n\nmeant for liberated soul, 299\n\nas sampradaya of author, 43\n\nto be chanted in Kali-yuga, 335-336\n\nin, 101\n\nmundane people should be given, 70\n\nMadhva-Gau<;lTya-sampradaya\n\nwe should take directly to chanting,\n\nMadhavendra PurT\n\nas king of Vai�f)avas, 77\n\n301\n\nSee also: Hare Kr�rJa mantra\n\nMadhavendra PurT\nbelonged to Madhva-sampradaya, 43\n\nCaitanya personally tasted qualities of,\n107\ncharacteristics of relished by Caitanya,\n88, 91-97\n\ndevotional service\n\nchanting, 64\n\nMaha-prasada\n\ndistributed\n\nby\n\nSarvabhauma\n\ngiven to the Bhanacarya by Caitanya,\n\n192\n\nof as subject\n\nChapter Four, 1-109\n\nof\n\necstatic feelings of Caitanya come from,\n\n101\n\ninjunctions for honoring, 342-325\nof )agannatha accepted by Caitanya,\n2 10-213\nSee also: Prasada\n\nfamous verse spoken by, 98-101\n\nMahapuru�a\n\nintroduced conception of conjugal love\n\nMaha-snana\n\nGopala tested love of, 97\nof God, 101\n\nCaitanya known as, 243\ndescribed, 28\n\nSrT Gopala pleased by love of, 2\n\nMalabara district\n\nverse understood only by Caitanya,\n\nMalaya\n\nstory of narrated by Caitanya, 1\nRadhararJT and, 1 00-101\n\nMahabharata\nappearance of Caitanya confirmed in,\n249, 343\n\nSarikaracarya born·in, 304\nsandalwood produced in is popular,\n\n54\nMalaysia\nVedic culture lost in, 54\n\nas Vedic literature, 268, 276\n\nMamakab pal)(iavas caiva\n\nCita is within, 268\n\nMaril ca yo 'vyabhicarel)a\n\ncompiled for common men, 276\nLord's appearance described in, 245\n\nMahabhava\nsymptoms of manifest only by eternal\nassociates of Lord, 199\n\nMahajanas\none should understand Lord through,\n\n234\n\nMahajano yena gatab sa panthaf)\nquoted, 277\n\nMaha-mantra\nCaitanya advised Sarvabhauma Bha��acarya to chant, 192\n\nchanted by Madhavendra PurT, 16\nchanted congregationally in age of Kali,\n248\n\nBha�­\n\n�acarya, 191\n\nverses quoted, 266\nverses quoted, 70\n\nMam eva ye prapadyante\nquoted, 330\n\nMaf)ikya-simhasana\n\npresented to Lord )agannatha, 171\nas throne won by King Puru�ottama,\n170\n\nMan-mana bhava mad-bhaktab\nverse quoted, 301, 343\n\nManu?yal)aril sahasre?u\nverse quoted, 279\nMarriage\narrangements for as karma-kal)(ia dealings, 124\n\nsystem of in India, 122\n\n", "mad2#p0435": "General Index\n\nMaterial nature\n\nMental speculation\n\nsometimes described as Brahman, 269\n\nMayavadi scriptures make one addicted\n\nMathur a\n\nto, 304\n\nas place of pilgrimage, 117\nKr�oa\n\n401\n\nleft\n\nV rndavana\n\nMercy\nto\n\naccept\n\nCaitanya as ocean of, 342\nknowledge of summum bonum as evi­\n\nkingdom of, 101\n\ndence of Lord's, 239\n\npeople of came to see Gopala Deity, 50\n\nKr�oa understood by His, 234-239\n\nMatsya\nas li/a-avatara, 246\n\nKr�oa understood only by devotee's,\n279\n\nMattah sarvaril pravartate\n\nLord showed Sarvabhauma His,\n\nquoted, 296\n\n313-314\n\nMaya\ndevotional service saves one from\n\nof Gopinatha Acarya praised by Sar­\n\nclutches of, 287\n\nvabhauma, 337\n\no b s c u res o n e 's s p i r it u a l i d e n t i t y ,\n\nof Lord )agannatha saved Sarvabhauma,\n318\n\n285-286\n\nof Lord not bestowed on those in bodily\n\nMayadhyak�ef)a prakrtih\nquoted, 295\n\nconcept of life, 329-331\n\nMayapura\n\nMayavadis can't receive Lord's, 292\n\ninhabitants of not different from inhabi­\n\nSarv abhauma's\n\ntants of Vrndavana, 166\nMaya tatam idaril sarvaril\n\nby\n\nas miracle food, 46\n\nMayavadi-bha�ya sunile haya sarva-nasa\n\nModes of nature\n\nquoted, 261\n\nLord untouched by, 295\n\nMayavadis\n\ntranscended by devotee, 70\n\nAbsolute Truth interpreted as impersonal by, 278-279\n\nDeity, 19\n\nare actually atheists, 192\nconsider Brahman as central point of\nrelationship, 302\nthat\n\nKr�oa\n\nhas\n\ninhabitants of Malaysia are, 54\nsome provinces of India governed by,\n83,91\n\ncover meaning of Vedanta, 263-264\nunderstand\n\nMohammedans\nattack of frightened priests of Gopala\n\naccuse Vyasadeva of error, 296\n\na\n\nspiritual body, 232\nimagine five specific forms of the Lord,\n290\nmore dangerous than Buddhists, 291\ntry to establish absolute as formless,\n280\nSee also: lmpersonalists\nMayayapahrta-jfianah\n\nMohini\nas lila-avatara, 246\nMonism\nSarvabhauma wanted to train Caitanya\nin, 228\nMoon\nverse of Madhavendra Puri compared\nto, 98\nMcu;Jho 'yam nabhijanati\n\nquoted, 292\n\nverses quoted, 233\n\nMental speculation\n\nMukta api lilaya vigraharil\n\neveryone addicted to in Kali-yuga, 343\nhearing of Sarvabhauma frees one from,\n360\n\ncleared\n\nMilk\n\nquoted, 272\n\ndon't\n\nmind\n\nCaitanya's, 324\n\nverse quoted, 312\nMukti-pada\nLord known as, 353-354\n\n", "mad2#p0436": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n402\n\nMukunda\n\nNaradiya Puraf)a\n\nLord known as, 354\n\nespecially meant for Vai�Qavas, 268\n\nMukunda Datta\n\nNara-Narayaoa\n\nangry at statements of Bhagacarya,\n\nas li/a-avatara, 246\n\n254, 255\ncopied verses of Sarvabhauma on wall,\n340\n\nNarayaoa\n\nhis t a l k w i t h G o p i n a t h a\n\nNarottama dasa Thakura\n\nAca r y a ,\n\n191\nmet with Gopinatha Acarya, 202\nMukunda Datta\ntold Caitanya to go ahead to Jagan­\n\nMayavadi sannyasis consider themselves, 291, 330\nquoted on associates of Caitanya, 166\nquoted on association of devotees,\n\n37\nquoted on being servant of servant of\nKr�oa, 123\n\nnatha Puri, 186\n\nquoted on karma-kaf)(ia sections of\n\nMur:u;iaka Upani�ad\n\nVedas, 124\n\nquoted on distinction between Lord\nand living beings, 287\n\nquoted on position of jr'ianis and karmis,\n\n331\n\nquoted on Kr�oa as source of every­\n\nNathadvara\n\nthing, 296\n\nGopala Deity situated at, 2\n\nN\nNadiya\n\nNavadvipa\nJagannatha Misra as resident of, 216\n\nNayam atma pravacanena labhyo\n\nGopinatha Acarya as resident of, 201\n\nNaharil prakasa/:1 sarvasya\nverses quoted, 233, 239\n\nverses quoted, 238\n\nNectar of Devotion, The\nsixty-four devotional processes, 334\n\nNaimi�araoya\n\nNidrahara-viharakadi-vijitau\n\natmarama verse discussed at, 308\nNai�a tarkef)a matir apaneya\n\nNilacala\n\nverses quoted, 238\n\nNama-gana-natibhi /:1\nquoted, 64\n\nNa maril du�krtino mudha/:1\nverses quoted, 68, 290\n\nNamaHaka\nquoted on chanting of holy name by\nliberated souls, 299\n\nNama brahmaf)ya-devaya·\nverses quoted, 189\n\nNama maha-vadanyaya\nverse quoted, 343\nNanda Maharaja\nbegan Govardhana-pOja, 42\nfortune of praised, 277-278\nGopala Deity as directly son of, 158\nKr�oa as son of, 358\naccepts Kr�oa as God, 232\nas lila-avatara, 246\n\nquoted, 62\n\nSee Jagannatha Puri\nNilambara Cakravarti\nas grandfather of Caitanya, 216\nVisarada as classmate of, 201\nNimbarkacarya\ncited as reference, 265\n\nNirvaf)a\nBuddha's philosophy on, 291\nNityananda\nasked by Caitanya to judge fortune of\nMadha vendra Puri, 88, 91-92\nas plenary expansion of Caitanya,\n\n248-249\nbroke\n\nsannyasa staff of Caitanya,\n\n111-112\nCaitanya heard story of Sak�i-gopala\nfrom, 111, 115-116\nCaitanya\n\nnarrated\n\nvendra Puri for, 1\n\nstory\n\nof\n\nMadha­\n\n", "mad2#p0437": "General Index\nNityananda\n\n403\n\nPadma PuraQa\n\nconsidered Caitanya's acceptance of\n\nquoted\n\nGopinatha Acarya offered obeisances\n\nPafica-gavya\n\nnearly fainted on seeing Lord )agan­\n\nParicakrosi V rndavana\n\nsannyasa useless, 185, 188\n\nto, 203\n\nnatha, 208\n\non\n324-325\n\ntemple of Gopala formerly at, 118\n\nPaficamrta\n\nremarked\n\nPaficaratra\n\non\n\nGopala\n\nDeity\n\nCaitanya as identical, 177\n\nand\n\ntook Caitanya on His lap, 102\n\nm a h a-p r a s a d a ,\n\ningredients of, 28\n\nSarvabhauma Bhagacarya offered obeisances to, 207\n\ntaking\n\ningredients of, 30\nas Vedic literature, 268, 276\nPararil brahma pararil dhama\n\nthrew Caitanya's staff in river, 179-180\n\nquoted, 269\n\nParamaharilsas\n\nNitya-siddha-bhaktas\nenjoy company of Lord in four relation­\n\nCaitanya and His devotees as,\n\nnever forget the Lord, 166\n\n188\ncan't give up chanting, 64\n\nships, 198\n\ndescribed, 62-63\n\nNondevotees\n\ninexperienced neophytes try to imitate,\n\nLord not exposed to, 233\n\n185\n\nNotpadayed yadi ratiril\n\nmust give up sannyasa staff, 180\n\nverses quoted, 276\n\nSee also Pure devotees\n\nNrsirhhadeva\n\nas li/a-avatara, 246\n\nParamatma\n\nas feature of Absolute Truth, 230, 269,\n\n292\n\n0\n\ntransmigration under direction of, 287\nSee also Supersoul\n\nOm bha gavate vasudevaya namab\nas\n\nmantra\n\nchanted\n\nceremony, 26-27\n\nat\n\na b hi�eka\n\nas lila-avatara, 246\n\nParasya saktir vividhaiva sruyate\n\nOrilkara\n\nas the sound form of the Lord, 298,\n\nOrissa\n\nParasurama\n\n299\n\nverse quoted, 239, 280\nParitraQaya sadhunaril\nquoted, 243\nPastimes of Caitanya\n\nSee Jagannatha Puri\n\nconsidered mundane by Sarvabhauma\nBhagacarya, 241\n\nlike a shower of nectar, 4\n\np\n\nPastimes of Kr��a\n\nare all good, 70\n\nPacyantaril vividhab pakab\n\nliberated souls attracted to, 312\n\nverses quoted, 41\n\nnot\n\nPadma PuraQa\n\nquoted on impossibility of understanding Kr��a with mundane senses,\n\n276\n\nquoted\n\n303\n\non\n\nunderstood\n\nresearch, 36\n\nas\n\nSiva,\n\nnondevotional\n\nnot understood with mundane senses,\n\n276\n\nSarikaracarya\n\nby\n\nwith gopis not to be discussed by common men, 69\n\n", "mad2#p0438": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n404\n\nPasupata-astra\n\nPure devotees\n\nas weapon baffled by Kr�r:Ja, 178\n\nwould rather go to hell than merge in\nBrahman, 350\n\nPatanjali\nfollowers want to merge, 351\n\nSee\n\nPatrarh pu?parh phalarh toyarh\nverses quoted, 35\nPrabodhananda SarasvatT\nquoted on merging in Brahman as\nhellish,350\nPrahlada Maharaja\nquoted on staunch devotee as most\nlearned scholar, 148\nPrasada\nas much as possible should be offered\nto Deity, 43\nCaitanya collected grains for prepara­\n\nalso Devotees, Spiritual master,\n\nVai�r:Javas\n\nPOrQasya pOrQam adaya\nquoted, 35\nPuru?iirtha-sunyanarh pratiprasava/:1\nquoted, 352\nPuru�ottama, King\nconquered King of Vidyanagara, 170\ndefeated King of Ka�aka, 111\nmanaged to control Orissa, 169\nQueen of gave pearl to Gopala Deity,\n172-175\nPuru�ottama-deva\nKing Puru�ottama known as,170\n\ntion of, 6\ngiven to Jagadar.anda by Sarvabhauma,\n\n339\ngiven to\n\nSarvabhauma\n\nof\n\n�o r d Ja g a n n at h a\n\nR\n\nby Caitanya,\n\n323-325\nimportance of distribution of, 46\noffered first to brahmaQas, 40\noffered to sannyasis by Sarvabhauma,\n219\nr e c e ived\n\nby\n\nCaitanya, 321\nSee also Maha-prasada\nPrataparudra, King\nRamananda Raya as governor during\ntime of.169\nPrayaga\nas place of pilgrimage,117\nPrsnigarbha\nas lila-avatara, 246\nPrthu\nas lila-avatara, 246\n\n�g Veda\nas Vedic literature,268,276\n�g-yaju/:1-samatharvas ca bharatarh\nverses quoted, 267\n��abha\nas lila-avatara, 246\nRukmT\nas elder brother of Rukmir:JT, 126\nstory.of her marriage to Kr�r:Ja,125-\n\n126\nRupa GosvamT\nlila-avataras enumerated by, 246\nmahabhava explained by, 199\nquoted on holy name, 299\nRadharar:JT\nCaitanya always expressed ecstatic\n\nPurar:Jas\nespecially meant for Vai�r:Javas, 268\nmeant for supplement Vedic knowledge,276\n\nemotions of on seeing Uddhava, 101\nCaitanya as Kr�r:Ja and, 180\nfeelings of separation of. 101\n\nPuriiQiini ca yaniha\nverses quoted,267\n\nverse of manifest in words of Madha­\n\nPure devotees\n\nverse understood only by Caitanya,\n\nas richest men in the world, 148\nhearing about the Lord from, 301\ntypes of liberation accepted by, 349\n\nvendra PurT, 99, 101\nMadhavendra PurT and, 100-101\nRaghavendra\nas lila-avatara, 246\n\n", "mad2#p0439": "General Index\nRajasld bhl�mako nama\n\n405\n\nSa guQan samaUtyaitan\n\nverses quoted, 126\n\nverse quoted, 70\n\nRamacandra\n\nSak�i-gopala\n\nas 11/a-avatara, 246\nsometimes accepted by Mayavadis as\nBhagavan, 232\n\nactivities of, 111-190\nfour points of instruction in story of,\n189\n\nRamananda Raya\n\nas governor during time of King Prataparudra, 169\n\nstayed in Vidyanagara for a long time,\n169\ntemple of is in Ka�aka, 111\nSee also Gopala Deity\n\nRamanujacarya\ncited as reference, 265\n\nSakti-sakimator abheda/:1\n\nas Vedic literature, 268, 276\n\nSamane vrk�e puru�o nimagno\n\nnever discussed publicly by Caitanya,\n\nSarna Veda\n\nRamayaQa\n\nquoted, 288\n\nRasa-It/a\n\n69\n\nas Vedic literature, 268, 276\n\nRasikananda Prabhu\n\nSampradayas\n\ntomb of at Remur;�a, 7\n\nfour named, 1 01\n\nRegulative principles\n\nbrahmaQas must strictly follow, 189\n\nfollowed unfailingly by Caitanya, 1 85,\n188\nnone for taking maha-prasada, 324-325\npurify one of contamination, 335\nReligion\npresent systems of deny worship of\nLord's form, 290\nnarrated\n\nknowledge acquired by taking shelter\nSanaka\n\nof, 285\n\nCaitanya gives as evidence, 312\nSanandana\nSanat-kumara\nCaitanya gives as evidence, 312\nSanatana\n\nRemur;�a\nvandra Puri at, 1\n\nSamvit potency\n\nCaitanya gives as evidence, 312\n\ncheating form of, 48\n\nCaitanya\n\nverses quoted, 287\n\nstory\n\nof\n\nMadha­\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 7\nvisited by Madhavendra Puri, 57\nRenunciation\nmust be cultivated to understand devotional service, 228\n\ns\n\nCaitanya gives as evidence, 312\nSanatana Gosvami\n\nCaitanya described ltla-avataras to,\n245\n\nSandalwood\nproduced in Malaya is popular, 54\nSarikaracarya\nas Lord Siva, 302-304\nborn in Malabara district, 304\n\nhad ten names for his sannyasa disciples, 226-227\n\nSac-cid-ananda-vigraha\n\nSaci\n\nSupreme Lord is, 283-284\nCaitanya as son of, 344\n\nSahajiyas\n\nfalsely present themselves as humble,\n77\n\nhis theory of illusion, 296, 297\nhis Vedanta commentary, 257\n\nstressed the vibration of tat tvam asi,\n299\n\nSarikara-sampradaya\n\nsannyasls in seriously study\n\n257\n\nVedanta,\n\n", "mad2#p0440": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n406\n\nSarikarites\n\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya\n\nSee Mayavadis\n\naccepted Caitanya as his master, 218\n\nSafikirtana\n\nacquired faith in maha-prasada of Lord\n\nspread by Caitanya, 249\n\nJagannatha, 327\n\nSannyasa\n\nas the reservoir of all bad logic, 193\n\nacceptance of by Caitanya considered\nuseless by Nityananda, 185\n\nCaitanya met with, 3\nCaitanya showed His Vi�t:�u form to,\n\nfour divisions of, 180\n\n314\n\norder of prohibited in age of Kali, 261\n\nchanged word in Bhagavatam, 346-347\n\nsometimes taken from brahmacari life,\n216\n\ncompared to Brhaspati by Caitanya,\n\ntaken by Caitanya from Kesava Bharati,\n\ncomposed verses for Caitanya on palm\nleaf, 339\n\n224\nSannyasis\nalways worshiped by householders, 218\nassisted by brahmacaris, 227\nCaitanya distinguished from Mayavadi,\n\nples of transcendental, 57\netiquette among, 214-215\n\nMayavadi customarily called jagad­\n\nMayavadi declare\n\ngurus, 260-261\n\ndefended Sarikaracarya, 299-300\ndiscussed\n\nVedanta\n\nwith\n\nCaitanya,\n\n191-192\n253\n\nDeity worship not neglected by disci­\n\nguru, 219\n\ndanced with Caitanya, 326\n\nGopinatha Acarya as brother-in-law of,\n\n249\nCaitanya set good example for, 185\n\nthemselves jagad­\n\nMayavadi enjoy studying Vedanta, 257\nMayavadi think themselves falsely liberated, 330\n\nliberation of as subject of Chapter Six,\n\n191-360\nV ai�t:�avism manifest in, 358\n\nSarva-dharman parityajya\nverses quoted, 330\nSarva-sarilvadini\n\ncited on direct evidence, 265-266\nSastras\nBrahman described as bodily rays of\nKr�t:�a in, 232-233\n\nmay take part in marriage ceremony to\nspread Kr�t:�a consciousness, 124\n\nnature of Lord described in, 284\none should understand Lord through,\n\nmust be detached from sense gratification, 228\n\n234\nspiritual master must be conversant in\n\nSarikaracarya had ten names for his,\n\nessence of, 57\nverify\n\n226\n\nLord's\n\ninternal\n\npotency\n\nas\n\nspiritual, 281\n\nSantipura\nMadhavendra\n\n308\n\nPuri\n\nvisited\n\nhouse\n\nof\n\nAdvaita at, 56\n\nSa pOrve�am api guruh kalanavac chediit\nquoted, 352\nSarasvati\n\nwarn against considering Deity to be\nmaterial, 158-159\n\nSee also Vedas\n\nSastra-yonitvat\n\nas goddess of music and learning, 226\n\nquoted, 276\n$at-karma-nipuQo vipro\n\nas Sarikaracarya's Vedanta commentary,\n\nSatyavadi\n\nSariraka-bha�ya\n257\n\nCaitanya criticized, 299-300\nform of Lord denied in, 293\none who hears is doomed, 261\n\nquoted, 42\nGopala Deity stationed at, 116\nSaunaka ��i\nsages at Naimi�arat:Jya headed by,\n\n308\n\n", "mad2#p0441": "General Index\n\nSa vai purilsaril para dharma\n\nSociety\n\nverse quoted, 302\n\ndivision of human,301\n\nSayujya-mukti\n\nSoul\n\nas spiritual suicide, 293\n\ntwo kinds of, 351-352\n\nSee Living beings\n\nSpiritual master\n\nScientists\n\ncan't understand spiritual energy, 295\n\ndevotee determined to execute order\nof, 95-96\n\nset forth false theories,252\n\ndevotional service rendered through,\n\nobservance of Giturmasya meant to\n\nmust be conversant in essence of sastra,\n\none can't protect sannyasa order when\n'\nattached to, 228\n\nSee also Pure devotees\n\nSense gratification\n\nminimize, 87\n\nparamaharilsa has conquered desire for,\n62-63\n\nrascals present so-called incarnation for\ntheir own,236\n\nquoted, 72\n\nSravar:Jaril kirtanaril Vi$r:JO�\nverses quoted,334\n\nSri-gaur;la-mar:Jr;/ala-bhami, yeba jane\n\npurified to engage in bhakti, 51\n\nVedic mantras not understood by mundane,276\n\nverses quoted,166\n\nSri-kr$r:Ja-caitayna, radha-kr$r:Ja nahe anya\nquoted, 180\n\nSeparation from K[�l)a\nfeelings of as prime success of life,\n92\n\nSevonmukhe hi jihvadau\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nappearance of Caitanya confirmed in,\n343\n\nas real commentary on Vedanta, 261\n\nverses quoted, 36,236,239\n\natmarama v e r s e of explained b y\n\nSiddhaloka\nBrahman known as, 351\n\nCaitanya, 192\n\ntwo kinds of beings in, 347\n\nBrahma's prayer in quoted, 346\n\nSik$a$taka\n\nquoted on determination of lover of\nKr�l)a,96\n\ncited on cheating form of religion, 48\ncited on Lord as all good, 68-69\ncited on nine kinds of devotional service, 64\n\ndevotees are freed from,241\n\ndivided into twelve cantos, 354\n\nSisupala\n\nheard\n\nRukmil)i was supposed to marry, 126\n\nvisited\n\ntemple\n\nof\n\nby\n\nSukadeva\n\nby\n\nmercy\n\nof\n\nVyasadeva, 312\nLord's appearance described in, 245\n\nappeared as Sarikaracarya, 302-304\nat\n\nBhuvanesvara, 111\nestablished Gupta-kasi as place of\npilgrimage, 179\n\nhelped Kasiraja in fight with K[�l)a, 178\n\nSkanda Pura\\)a\n\nKr�l)a's fight with Kasiraja described in,\n178\n\n5rava\\)adi suddha-citte karaye\n\n243\n\nof Lord all transcendental, 275\n\nCaitanya\n\n57\n\ncited on Vi�I)U appearance in Kali-yuga,\n\nK[�l)a understood by purified, 36\n\nSin\n\n302\n\nSridhara Svami\n\nSenses\n\nSiva\n\n407\n\nnine processes\n\nof devotional service\n\nlisted in, 334\nquoted on appearance of\n\nCaitanya,\n248-249\nquoted on blind leading blind, 69\nquoted on falldown of yogis, 352\nquoted on false logicians, 251-252\nquoted on fortune of Nanda Maharaja,\n\n277-278\n\n", "mad2#p0442": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n408\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nSupreme Lord\n\nquoted on import<Ince of chanting holy\nname, 335-336\nquoted\n\non\n\nimpure\n\nas central point of all relationships, 301\nas master of all potencies, 287\n\nintelligence\n\nof\n\nMayavadis, 292\nquoted on Kr�r:Ja being conquered by\ndevotee, 72\nquoted on marriage of Rukmir:Ji, 126\nquoted on mercy of Lord, 329-330\nquoted on nature of Absolute Truth,\n\n274\nquoted on pure devotee not accepting\nliberation, 353\n\nas\n\nmaster of innumerable energies,\n294-295\nas protector of brahminical culture, 154\nas reservoir of all potencies, 284\nas untraceable in Vedas, 276\ncompared to touchstone, 294-295\neats everything offered by devotees,\n35-36\nfull with six opulences, 230, 280 ,286\nglanced over material energy, 274-275\n\nquoted on semi-liberated souls, 351\n\nhas three primary potencies, 280-283\n\nquoted on serving devotee, 123\n\nHis qualities full of spiritual potency,\n\nquoted on staunch devotee as most\nlearned scholar, 148\nquoted on three phases of Absolute\nTruth, 230\nquoted on understanding Lord by His\nmercy, 235\nquoted on worship of Govardhana Hill,\n\n41-42\nquoted on worthy candidates for going\nback to Godhead, 96\n\n305\nimpersonal descriptions of, 270-271\nis all-pervading, 272\n\nis sac-cid-ananda-vigraha, 283-284\nknown as Kr�r:Ja, 306, 311\n\nknown as mukti-pada, 1, 353-354\nnot exposed to nondevotees, 233\nnot possible to fully explain, 311\nnot understood simply by scholarship,\n237-238\n\nquoted on yuga-avataras, 247\n\nomkara as sound form of, 298\n\nterm Bhagavan described in, 292\n\none with and different from His crea­\n\nthr,ee phases of Absolute described in,\n\n269\n\nSrinivasa Acarya\ncited on chanting, 64\n\nSr�ti-sthiti -pralaya-sadhana-saktir\nverses quoted, 295\n\nSoddipta-sattvika\n\ndescribed in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu,\n\nSOdras\n\n198\n\ntion, 192\norder of is all-powerful, 85\npersonal\n\nfeatures\n\nof categorized\n\nin\n\nthree cases, 273-274\nremains\n\nin\n\nsupreme position\n\nin\n\nall\n\ncircumstances, 229\n\nSee also Absolute Truth, Kr�r:Ja\n\nSusloka-sataka\n\nas book of verses by Sarvabhauma, 316\nSota Gosvami\n\nmay be spiritual masters, 57\n\nSukadeva Gosvami\n\nquestioned by sages of Naimi�arar:Jya,\n\n308\n\nCaitanya gives evidence from, 312\n\nSvalpam apy asya dharmasya\n\nKr�r:Ja compared to, 158\n\nSvarOpa Damodara\n\nquoted, 337\n\nSun\nSupreme Lord compared to, 68-69\nVedanta compared to, 268\n\nSupersoul\nknows everyone's desire, 149\nnot understood by erudite scholarship,\n\n238\n\nas associate of Caitanya, 249\n\nSvayam eva sphuraty ada/?\nquoted, 238\n\nSvetasvatara Upani�ad\nimpersonal statements about Lord in,\n\n270\n\n", "mad2#p0443": "General Index\n\nSvetasvatara Upani�ad\nquoted on Absolute Truth as a person,\n\n279\nquoted on multi-potencies of Absolute,\n280\nquoted on nature of Absolute Truth,\n273\nSyamananda Cosvami\nRasikananda Prabhu as chief disciple of,\n\n7\n\n409\n\nTe$am satata-yuktanam\nverses quoted, 48\n\nThreefold miseries\n\nliving beings suffer, 282\nTime\nmaterial world subject to change by,\n\n297\n\nTransmigration\n\nunder direction of Paramatma, 287\n\nTufas I\n\ngarlands of offered to Copala Deity, 29\n\nT\n\noffered by villagers to Copala Deity, 26\n\nTad aham bhakty-upahrtam\n\nu\n\nverses quoted, 35\n\nTad aik$ata bahu syam prajayeya\n\nUddhava\n\nverse quoted, 275\n\nTad brahma ni$ka/am anantam\n\nCaitanya expressed Radharar:ti's emotions on seeing, 101\n\nverses quoted, 233\n\nUjjvala-nilama(Ji\n\nTad viddhi pra(Jipatena\n\nexplanation of mahabhava in, 199\n\nverses quoted, 279\n\nUpadek$yanti te jnanam\n\nTaittirlya Upani$ad\n\nquoted on Kr�r:ta as source of everything, 296\n\nquoted on nature of Absolute Truth,\n\n273\nquoted on Supreme Brahman as source\nof everything, 272\n\nTatidera cara(Ja sevi bhakta-sane vasa,\nquoted, 37\n\nverse quoted, 279\n\nUpahrtya ba/ln sarvan\n\nverses quoted, 41\n\nUpani$ads\n\ndis c u s s e d\n\nby\n\nCai t a n y a\n\nand\n\nSar­\n\nvabhauma Bhattacarya, 191-192\n\nVedanta-sutra as summary of all, 264\n\nTan manye 'dhitam uttamam\n\nv\n\nquoted, 148\n\nTatha ca vyadadhub sarvair\nverses quoted, 41\n\nVadanti tat tattva-vidas\n\nverses quoted, 37\n\nVaikur:ttha\n\nquoted, 96\n\nVai�r:tavas\n\nTatra 'srir vijayo bhUtir\n\nverses quoted, 230\nplanets of situated in brahmajyoti, 327\n\nTat te 'nukampam susamlk$yamii!Jab\nTattva-sandarbha\n\napparent distress in is actually bliss, 96\n\nas servants of servant of Cod, 123\n\ncited as reference, 265\n\nTat tvam asi\n\ncaste brahma(Jas not necessarily, 42-43\n\nTattva-vadis\n\ndemons turned into by taking prasada,\n\nDeity worshiped only by, 43\n\nstressed by Sarikaracarya, 299\nCaitanya r e v e aled c o n c l u s ion\n\nMadhvacarya-sampradaya to, 101\n\nTe dvandva-moha-nirmukta\n\nverses quoted, 241, 335\n\nof\n\n46\n\ndon't eat anything not offered to Deity,\n\n46\n\ndon't hanker after fame, 77\n\n", "mad2#p0444": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n410\n\nVedanta-sutra\n\nVai�l)avas\n\nkarma-ka0(ia sections of Vedas unnecessary for, 124\n\nfirst verse of, 272\nMayavada commentaries on, 293\nMayavadis find fault in, 296\n\nKr�r:Ja pleased by service to, 124\n\nquoted on living beings' oneness with\n\nobserve Caturmasya, 87\n\nPura0as especially meant for, 268\n\nand difference from Lord, 288\n\nwant everyone to be Kr�r:Ja conscious,\n215\n\nquoted\n\non proper understanding of\n\nVedas, 276\n\nreal commentary on is Bhagavatam, 261\n\nSee also Devotees, Pure devotees\n\nstudied by Mayavadi sannyasis, 257\n\nVai�l)avism\nBhanacarya fully converted to cult of,\n\ntheory of transformation described in,\n\n294-295\n\n337\n\nverses of as clear as sunshine,262, 263\n\nmanifest in Sarvabhauma, 358\nSee also Kr�r:Ja consciousness\n\nVedantists\n\nVaisyas\n\nconsider merging in Brahman successful, 351\n\nduty of,46\n\nSee also Mayavadis\n\nVaitarar:Ji River\n\nVedas\n\nYajapura situated on, 113\nVajra\nGopala Deity originally installed by, 2,\n19\n\nBuddhists don't recognize authority of,\n\n291-292\nexplained through false scriptures by\n\nVallabhacarya\n\nSankaracarya, 303\n\nGopala Deity under management of descendants of,2\n\nkarma-ka0qa sections of as unnecessary, 124\n\nVamanadeva\n\nKr�r:Ja to be known by, 269\n\nas lila-avatara, 246\n\nLord not understood simply from state­\n\nVarahadeva\n\nments of, 238\n\nCaitanya visited temple of,113-114\n\nmust be studied from spiritual master,\n\nbrahma0as honored first in, 40\n\nproper understanding of, 276\n\ndivisions in,301\n\npurpose of impersonal descriptions in,\n\nVar0asrama system\n\n279\n\nVarur:Ja\n\n270\n\nquoted on nature of Absolute Truth,\n\n239\n\n274\n\nstatements·of as self-evident, 267-268\n\nVasudeva\n\nthree subject matters described in, 301\n\nwise man surrenders to,276\n\nVasudeva/:! sarvam iti\n\nultimate goal of understanding, 302\n\nverses quoted, 275,331\n\nunlimited\n\nVasudeve bhagavati\n\nof\n\nAbsolute\n\nac-\n\nSee also Sastras\n\nverses quoted,276\n\nVede?U durlabham adur/abham\n\nquoted,236,269,275,301\n\nquoted 72,236\n\nVedanta-sutra\n\nVedic civilization\n\nas summary of all Upani?ads, 264\n\ndevotional service described in, 293\nby\n\nenergies\n\ncepted in, 192\n\nVedais ca sarvair aham eva vedya/:1\n\ndiscus s e d\n\nstate Absolute has different potencies,\n\nCaitanya\n\nand\n\nSar-\n\nvabhauma Bhanacarya, 191-192\n\nwhole scheme of,301\nVedic literature\nKr�r:Ja not understood only by reading,\n72\n\n", "mad2#p0445": "General Index\nVedic literature\n\n411\n\nVrndavana dasa Thakura\npastimes of Caitanya described by, 3-5\n\nSee also Vedas\n\nVidyanagara\n\nVyasadeva\n\nstory of two brahmal)as from, 111\n\nSak�i-gopala stayed in for a long time,\n\naccepts Kr��a as God, 232\naccused of error by Mayavadis, 296\n\nas lila-avarara, 246\n\n1 69\n\ncompiled Mahabharata for common\n\nVisarada\n\nman, 276\n\nGopinatha Acarya as son-in-law of, 201\n\nVi��u\n\nCaitanya appeared in His form of to Sarvabhauma, 314\n\npresented Vedanta for deliverance of\nfallen souls, 293\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nincarnates for two purposes, 243\n\nwritten\n\nby,\n\n261\n\nSukadeva heard Bhagavatam by mer­\n\nknown as Triyuga, 243, 245\n\ncy of. 312\n\npotencies of, 280-283\n\nSukadeva heard Bhagavatam by mercy\n\nworship of by grhastha-brahmal)a, 57\n\nyogis want to merge into body of. 352\n\nof, 312\nVyasa-sutra\n\nSee Vedanta-sutra\n\nVi�l)u Pural)a\n\nespecially meant for Vai��avas, 268\nquoted on different potencies of Lord,\n280-283\n\nw\n\nquoted on potencies of Lord, 283\nVi�l)u-sakti� para prokta\n\nquoted, 284\n\nWomen\n\nas former name of Caitanya, 216\n\nWorld, material\n\nVisvambhara Misra\n\nMahabharata compiled for, 276\n\nVoidism\n\nalmost everyone in is envious, 77\n\ndescribed by Buddha, 291\nlittle difference between impersonalism\nand, 291-292\n\nin, 343\n\nVrajabhOmi\nfortune of\n\ninhabitants\n\nof\n\npraised,\n\nSee also Vrndavana\n\nliberated by Gopala Deity, 89\n\nKr��a known as; 158\n\nliving beings in forgetful of their rela­\n\nVrndavana\nas ideal place to execute Kr��a consciousness, 47\n\naccept\n\nkingdom\n\nof\n\nMathura, 1 01\n\nSee also Goloka Vrndavana\n\n247\n\nauthor offers obeisances to, 6\n178\n\nnothing is inconceivable within, 295\nsubject to change by influence oi time.\n\nVrndavana dasa Thakura\nLord's journey\n\nMayavadi sannyasis hover in, 330-331\npleasure potency existing in, 283\n\ntwelve forests of, 1 1 7-118\n\ndescribed\n\ntionship with God, 281\n\nnitya-siddhas within appear to work like\n\nordinary men, 166\n\nGau9a-ma�9ala-bhOmi equal to, 166\nto\n\n276\nimpersonalists fall again into, 292\n\nVrajendra-nandana\n\nleft\n\ndetachment from by devotional service,\nDurga as superintendent of, 303\n\n277-278\n\nKr��a\n\nas inferior energy of Lord, 297\n\nCaitanya appeared to teach fallen souls\n\nto\n\nsustained by living beings, 289\nKa�aka,\n\nWorld, spiritual\nequated with Buddhist voidism bv\nMayavadis, 291\n\n", "mad2#p0446": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n412\n\nWorld, spiritual\n\nYasya deve para bhaktir yatha deve\n\nKr��a understood only by those already\nin, 70\n\nverse quoted, 302\nYasya prabha prabhavato jagad-ar:)(;Ja­\n\nLord's stealing as source of bliss in, 68\nthere are spiritual forms in, 290\n\nverses quoted, 233,272,351\nYathorl)a-nabhib srjate grhaQate ca\nquoted, 296\n\ny\nYad yad acarati sre�thas\nquoted, 185\n\nYato ya imani bhlrtani jayante\nquoted,272,273,296\nYatra yogesvarab kr�f!ab\nverses quoted, 37\nYe 'nye 'ravindak�a vimukta-maninas\n\nYada yada hi dharmasya\n\nverses quoted,292, 351\n\nverses quoted, 342\n\nYesam tv anta-gatam papam\nverses quoted,241, 335\n\nYajapura\nCaitan y a passed through, 111, 113\nYajiia\n\nYoga\nLord attracts those engaged in activities\n\nas /ila-avatara, 246\nYamaraja\n\nof, 311\npath of more abominable than path of\nimpersonalists, 352\n\nagnostics subject to be punished by,\n290\nYam evai�a vwute tena labhyas\nverses quoted, 238\nYam labdhva caparam labham manyate\nquoted, 148\nYam tvam apab satva-dhrtir vatasi\nverses quoted, 238\nYamuna\nforests on banks of,118\n\nYoga-maya\nSupreme Lord covered by, 233\nYogis\nwant to merge in body of Lord, 351-352\nYudhi��hira\nspoke\n\nlike\n\ndiplomat\n\nto Dro�acary a,\n\n134-135\nYuga-avataras\ndescribed in Bhagavatam, 247\n\n", "mad2#p0447": "Other Books by His Divine Grace\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\na\nCOMPLETE EDITION\nwith the original Sanskrit text, Roman transliteration,\nEnglish equivalents, translation and elaborate purports\n\nThe International Society for Krishna Consciousness is pleased to announce the publication by the Macmillan Company of the long­\n\nawaited Complete Edition of Bhagavad-g[tii As\nIt Is. This most basic and essential of all spiritual\ntexts is now available in one complete, authoritative, beautifully illustrated 1,000-page volume.\n\nBhagavad-g[tii has long been appreciated as a\nscriptural literature of sublime importance by\nthoughtful men throughout the world, for its\neighteen chapters shower upon man the immortal nectar of the wisdom of the Absolute. In\nBhagavad-g[tii As It Is, the message of this timeless classic is now transmitted in its purity and\nfullness. By reading this book, one can attain\nthe perfection of human life.\n\n1, 000 pages, 44 full-color reproductions\nhardcover-$11.95; paperback-$7.95\n\nThe\n\nscience\n\nof God is greater than all\n\nother sciences, and this spiritual technology is\nrationally and authoritatively explained in the\n18,000 verses of Srimad-Bhiigavatam,\n\nIndia's\n\nsublime contribution of culture, philosophy,\npolitics, religion and love. His Divine Grace A.C.\nBhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupiida has undertaken the mighty task of rendering this supremely potent work into the English language\nalong with Sanskrit transliterations, word-forword synonyms and elaborate English purports.\nThus in each verse one will find new enlightenment regarding the Absolute Truth, the origin\nof all emanations.\n\n$7.95 per vol.\nFirst Canto-3 vols., Second Canto-2 vols.,\nThird Canto-4 vols., Fourth Canto-4 vols.\n\nAvailable from\nBhaktivedanta Book Trust\n3764 Watseka Ave., Los Angeles,\nCalif. 90034\n\n", "mad2#p0448": "MADHYA- LiLA\n\n\\Qlume2\n\nHIS DIVINE GRAoCE\n\nA.C. Bllaktivedanta\nSwami\nPrabltupada\n\nHis Divine Grace AC. Bhaktivedanta �wami Prabhupida,\nthe author of Bhagavad-g{tti As It Is, Snmad-Bhigavatam, The\nNecttll' of Devotion and many other spiritual texts, is the\n\nworld's most distinguished teacher of Vedic religion\nand thoug ht. He is the present representative of the chain of\nholy teachers from Lord Caitanya Mahiprabhu, and it\nis he who is directly responsible for bringing the teachings\nof Lord Caitanya to the West. He is the founder and spiritual\nmaster of the International Society for Krishna\nConsciousness, which has nearly one hundred centers\nthroughout the world.\n\n•\n\nTHE\nBHAKTIVEDANTA\nBOOK TRUST\n\n", "mad2#p0449": "", "mad3#p0001": "-\n\nMADHYA- LILA Volume 3\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n", "mad3#p0002": "YA-CAWT MR\nIt would not be inaccurate to say that Sri\nCaitanya-caritamrta is one of the most important works of historical and philosophical\nliterature ever written, in any language. It is\nthe principal work on the life and teachings\nof Sri Kr�t:Ja Caitanya, a divine incarnation of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Sri\nCaitanya is the pioneer of a great social and\n\nreligious movement which began in India a\nlittle less than five hundred years ago and\nwhich has directly and indirectly influenced\nthe subsequent course of religious and\nphilosophical thinking not only in India but\nin the recent West as well.\nAt a time when, in the West, man was\ndirecting his explorative spirit toward\ncircumnavigating the world in search of new\noceans and continents and toward studying\n\nthe structure of the physical universe, Sri\nKr�t:Ja Caitanya, in the East, was inaugurating\nand masterminding a revolution directed inward, toward a scientific understanding of\nthe highest knowledge of man's spiritual\nnature.\n\nW i t h i n his l i f e t i m e , S ri C a i t a n y a\ntransformed the face o f India i n four\nrespects: philosophically, by encountering,\ndefeating and converting the greatest philosophers and thinkers of his day; religiously,\nby organizing the largest, most widespread\ntheistic\n\nmovement\n\nin\n\nIndia's\n\nhistory;\n\nsocially, by his strong challenges against the\nreligious inequities of the caste system;\npolitically, by his organization of a massive\ncivil disobedience movement in Bengal, 450\nyears before Gandhi.\nThe text is divided into three sections\ncalled \"Iiias.\" Adi-Ii/a (the early period)\ntraces his life from birth through his accep­\n\ntance of the renounced order, sannyasa, at\nthe age of twenty-four. This part includes his\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and\nearly philosophical confrontations, as well as\nhis organization of the widespread\nsalikirtana movement and his civil disobe­\n\ndience\n\nagainst\n\nthe\n\nrepression\n\nMohammedan government.\n(continued on back flap)\n\nof\n\nthe\n\n", "mad3#p0003": "-\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAMRTA\n•\n\n", "mad3#p0004": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\nBhagavad-gTta As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-5 (15 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri TSopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr�Qa Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr�Qa, The Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nKrsna, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�Qa\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Kr�Qa Consciousness\nKrsna Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\nA complete catalogue is available upon request\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "mad3#p0005": "All Glory to Sri Guru and Gaurariga\n\nSRI CAITJ\\NYACARITAMRTA\n--\n\n•\n\nof Kn.,adasa Kaviraja Gosvami\n\nMadhya-lila\nVolume Three\n\n\"The lord's Tour\nof\nSouth India\"\n\nwith the original Bengali texL\nRoman transliterations, synonyms,\ntranslation and elaborate purports\n\nby\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Ac�ry a of the International Society lor Krishna Consciousness\n\ne\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew Y or k · Los Ang eles· London· Bombay\n\n", "mad3#p0006": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 WatsekaAvenue\nLosAngeles, California 90034\n\n©1975 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-93206\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-65-x\n\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "mad3#p0007": "Contents\n\nvi\n\nIntroduction\n\nChapter 7\nChapter 8\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n1\n\nTalks Between Sri Caitanya Mahaprabh u\nand Ramananda Raya\n\nChapter 9\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's Travels\n\n(part one)\n\nto the Holy Places\n\n79\n\n289\n\nReferences\n\n383\n\nGlossary\n\n387\n\nBengali Pronunciation G uide\n\n391\n\nIndex of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n393\n\nGeneral Index\n\n409\n\n", "mad3#p0008": "Introduction\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is the principal work on the life and teachings of Sri\n\nKr�t:�a Caitanya. Sri Caitanya is the pioneer of a great social and religious move­\n\nment which began in India a little less than five hundred years ago and which has\ndirectly and indirectly influenced the subsequent course of religious and philosophical thinking not only in India but in the recent West as well.\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is regarded as a figure of great historical significance.\n\nHowever, our conventional method of historical analysis-that of seeing a man as\n\na product of his times-fails here. Sri Caitanya is a personality who transcends the\nlimited scope of historical settings.\n\nAt a time when, in the West, man was directing his explorative spirit toward\n\nstudying the structure of the physical universe and circumnavigating the world in\nsearch of new oceans and continents, Sri Kr�t:�a Caitanya, in the East, was in­\n\naugurating and masterminding a revolution directed inward, toward a scientific\n\nunderstanding of the highest knowledge of man's spiritual nature.\n\nThe chief historical sources for the life of Sri Kr�t:�a Caitanya are the kac;facas (di­\n\naries) kept by Murari Gupta and Svaropa Damodara GosvamT. Murari Gupta, a\n\nphysician and close associate of Sri Caitanya's, recorded' extensive notes on the\n\nfirst twenty-four years of Sri Caitanya's life, culminating in his initiation into the\n\nrenounced order, sannyasa. The events of the rest of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's for­\n\nty-eight years are recorded in the diary of SvarOpa Damodora Gosvami, another of\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's intimate associates.\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is di�ided into three sections called lilas, which literally\n\nmeans \"pastimes\" -Adi-lila (the early period), Madhya-lila (the middle period)\nand Antya-li/a (the final period). The notes of Murari Gupta form the basis of the\n\nAdi-li/a, and Svaropa Damodara's diary provides the details for the Madhya- and\n\nAntya-li/as.\n\nThe first twelve of the seventeen chapters of Adi-li/a constitute the preface for\n\nthe entire work. By referring to Vedic scriptural evidence, this preface establishes\n\nSri Caitanya as the avatara (incarnation) of Kr�t:�a (God) for the age of Kali-the\n\ncurrent epoch, beginning five thousand years ago and characterized by material­\n\nism, hypocrisy and dissension. In these descriptions, Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\nis identical with Lord Kr�t:�a, descends to liberally grant pure love of God to the\nfallen\n\nsouls\n\nof\n\nthis\n\ndegraded\n\nage\n\nby\n\npropagating\n\nsar'lkirtana-literally,\n\n\"congregational glorification of God\"-especially by organizing massive public\n\nchanting of the maha-mantra (Great Chant for Deliverance). The esoteric purpose\n\nof Lord Caitanya's appearance in the world is revealed, his co-avataras and prin­\n\ncipal devotees are described and his teachings are summarized. The remaining\n\nportion of Adi-lila, chapters thirteen through seventeen, briefly recounts his\n\ndivine birth and his life until he accepted the renounced order. This includes his\n\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and early philosophical confrontations, as\n\nwell as his organization of a widespread sankirtana movement and his civil disobe­\n\ndience against the repression of the Mohammedan government.\n\nvi\n\n", "mad3#p0009": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\nThe subject of Madhya-IT/a, the longest of the three divisions, is a detailed narration of Lord Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels throughout India as a\nrenounced mendicant, teacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and mystic. During this period of six years, Sri Caitanya transmits his teachings to his principal disciples. He debates and converts many of the most renowned philosophers and\ntheologians of his time, including Sarikarites, Buddhists and Muslims, and incorporates their many thousands of followers and disciples into his own burgeoning\nnumbers. A dramatic account of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's miraculous activities at\nthe giant jagannatha Cart Festival in Orissa is also included in this section.\n\nAntya-/T/a concerns the last eighteen years of Sri Caitanya's manifest presence,\n\nspent in semiseclusion near the famous Jagannatha temple at jagannatha Puri in\nOrissa. During these final years, SrT Caitanya drifted deeper and deeper into\ntrances of spiritual ecstasy unparalleled in all of religious and literary history,\nEastern or Western. Sri Caitanya's perpetual and ever-increasing religious\nbeatitude, graphically described in the eyewitness accounts of Svan1pa Damodara\nGosvami, his constant companion during this period, clearly defy the investigative\nand descriptive abilities of modern psychologists and phenomenologists of\nreligious experience.\nThe author of this great classic, Kr�t;�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami, born in the year\n1507, was a disciple of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, a confidential follower of\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Raghunatha dasa, a renowned ascetic saint, heard and\nmemorized all the activities of Caitanya Mahaprabhu told to him by Svaropa\nDamodara. After the passing away of Sri Caitanya and Svan1pa Damodara,\nRaghunatha dasa, unable to bear the pain of separation from these objects of his\ncomplete devotion, traveled to Vrndavana, intending to commit suicide by jumping from Govardhana Hill. In Vrndavana, however, he encountered ROpa Gosvami\nand Sanatana Gosvami, the most confidential disciples of Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThey convinced him to give up his plan of suicide and impelled him to reveal to\nthem the spiritually inspiring events of Lord Caitanya's later life. Kr�t;�adasa Kaviraja\nGosvami was also residing in Vrndavana at this time, and Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami endowed him with a full comprehension of the transcendental life of Sri\nCaitanya.\nBy this time, several biographical works had already been written on the life of\nSri Caitanya by contemporary and near-contemporary scholars and devotees.\n\nThese included Sri Caitanya-carita by Murari Gupta, Caitanya-mangala by Locana\n\ndasa Thakura and Caitanya-bhagavata. This latter text, a work by Vrndavana dasa\nThakura, who was then considered the principal authority on Sri Caitanya's life,\nwas highly revered. While composing his important work, Vrndavana dasa, fearing\nthat it would become too voluminous, avoided elaborately describing many of\nthe events of Sri Caitanya's life, particulary the later ones. Anxious to hear of these\nlater pastimes, the devotees of Vrndavana requested Kr�t:�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami,\nwhom they respected as a great saint, to compose a book to narrate these\n\nvii\n\n", "mad3#p0010": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\nepisodes in detail. Upon this request, and with the permission and blessings of the\n\nMadana-mohana Deity of Vrndavana, he began compiling Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\nwhich, due to its biographical excellence and thorough exposition of Lord\nCaitanya's profound philosophy and teachings, is regarded as the most significant\nof biographical works on Sri Caitanya.\nHe commenced work on the text while in his late nineties and in failing health,\nas he vividly describes in the text itself: \"I have now become too old and disturbed in invalidity. While writing, my hands tremble. I cannot remember anything, nor can I see or hear properly. Still I write, and this is a great wonder.\" That\nhe nevertheless completed, under such debilitating conditions, the greatest literary gem of medieval India is surely one of the wonders of literary history.\nThis English translation and commentary is the work of His Divine Grace A C.\nBhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of Indian religious and philosophical thought. His commentary is based upon two\nBengali commentaries, one by his teacher Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami,\n\nthe eminent Vedic scholar who predicted, \"The time will come when the people\n\nof the world will learn Bengali to read Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\" and the other by\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta's father, Bhaktivinoda Thakura.\nHis Divine Grace A C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada is himself a disciplic\ndescendant of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and he is the first scholar to execute\nsystematic English translations of the major works of Sri Caitanya's followers. His\nconsummate Bengali and Sanskrit scholarship and intimate familiarity with the\nprecepts of Sri Kr�t:�a Caitanya are a fitting combination that eminently qualifies\nhim to present this important classic to the English-speaking world. The ease and\nclarity with which he expounds upon difficult philosophical concepts lures even a\nreader totally unfamiliar with Indian religious tradition into a genuine understanding and appreciation of this profound and monumental work.\nThe entire text, with commentary, presented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, represents a contribution of major importance to the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n\nviii\n\n", "mad3#p0011": "His Divine Crace\nA C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "mad3#p0012": "At the site where Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu met Sri Ramananda Raya, an altar displaying the Lord's\nfootprints has been erected.\n\n", "mad3#p0013": "GAL\n\n2..A·\n1\n5\n1\n\"\n'\nGI R l\n\nN\nA\nM\nD\nE\n£0\nT\nL\nSJ\n�\nt\nA\nv\nT\nU\nS\nV\nII\nA\nI\nPR\nINTS\nR\nP\nT\nO\no\nA .f\nCHAITANY\nHAIISA .\n\n.\n\n'(\n\nIII\nPARAM\nA\nW\nS\no\nG\nI\nT\nSVtA\nA\nR\nA\nS\nA\nT\nN\nA\nDH\nBHAKfl SID\n·\n\n.\n\n·\n\n.\n\nIN 19 1 0 .\n\nThe temple of Pana-nro:�..�ha, located inthe hi ��;n as Maligalagiri·\nnstall�tion �� -t . C a1tanya' fo tprints at Maligalag·rl..\nque co mmem\nby s�� !�t�s lddhanta Sa��s�����G osvamT M harCiJa Prabhupa�a' �he s pmtual master ofl His\nha k t1vedanta Swam i Prabhupad� . (p. 328)\nDivine G race\nABOVE·\nBELOW · A\n1930\n\nm\n\n·\n\n", "mad3#p0014": "The temple of Cidambaram, which was visited by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu on His tour of South India. (p. 332)\n\n", "mad3#p0015": "LEFT: The Tirupati temple, a famous holy place of pilgrimage in South India.\nRIGHT: Vyenka!esvara, the four-handed Deity of Lord Vi�f!u, located about eight miles from Tirupati. (p. 327)\n\n", "mad3#p0016": "The BrhatiSvara-siva-mandira, situated near the great lake known as Siva-ganga. (p. 335)\n\n", "mad3#p0017": "!\n\nSri Ranga-k�etra, the largest temple in India, where Lord Caitanya Mahaprahbu chanted and danced\nin ecstatic love of Godhead. (pp. 335-337)\n\n", "mad3#p0018": "PLATE ONE\n\"Seeing Lord Jagannatha, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nalso begged His permission to depart for South India.\nThe priest then immediately delivered prasada and a\ngarland to Lord Caitanya. Thus receiving Lord Jagannatha's permission in the form of a garland, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu offered obeisances, and in great jubilation\nprepared to depart for South India. Accompanied by\nHis personal associates and Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya,\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu circumambulated the altar of\nJagannatha. The Lord then departed on His South Indian tour.\" (p. 2 7)\n\n", "mad3#p0019": "", "mad3#p0020": "PLATE TWO\n\"There was also one brahmaQa named Vasudeva,\nwho was a great person but was suffering from leprosy.\nAlthough suffering from leprosy, Vasudeva was en­\n\nlightened. When he came to KOrma's house to see\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, he was informed that the Lord\n\nhad already left. The leper then fell to the ground unconscious. When Vasudeva, the leper brahmaQa, was\nlamenting due to not being able to see Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, the Lord immediately returned to that\nspot\n\nand\n\nembraced\n\nhim.\n\nWhen\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu touched him, both the leprosy and his\ndistress went to a distant place. Indeed, Vasudeva's\n\nbody became very beautiful, to his great happiness.\"\n(pp. 69-71)\n\n", "mad3#p0021": "", "mad3#p0022": "PLATE THREE\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu could understand that the\nperson who had come to bathe in the river was Ramananda Raya. The Lord wanted so much to meet him\nthat His mind immediately began running after him. Although Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was running after him\nmentally, He patiently remained sitting. Ramananda\nRaya, seeing the wonderful sannyasi, then came to see\nHim. Srila Ramananda Raya then saw Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu as brilliant as a hundred suns. The Lord\n\nwas covered by a saffron garment. He was large in\nbody and very strongly built, and His eyes were like\nlotus petals. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then embraced\n\nSri Ramananda Raya very firmly.\n\nIndeed, both the\n\nmaster and the servant almost lost consciousness due\nto ecstatic love.\" (pp. 88-91)\n\n", "mad3#p0023": "", "mad3#p0024": "PLATE FOUR\n'Then Gayatri, mother of the Vedas, having been\nmanifested by the divine sound of Sri Kr�rJa's flute, entered the\n\nlotus mouth of Brahma,\n\nthe self-born,\n\nthrough his eight earholes. The lotus-born Brahma\nreceived the gayatri-mantra, which had sprung from the\n\nsong of Sri Km1a's flute. Thus he attained twice-born\nstatus, having been initiated by the supreme spiritual\npreceptor,\n\nGodhead\n\nHimself.\n\nEnlightened\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nrecollection of that gayatri, which embodies the three\nVedas, Brahma became acquainted with the expanse of\n\nthe ocean of truth. Then he worshiped S ri Kr�Qa, the\nessence of all the Vedas, with a hymn.\" (p. 172)\n\n", "mad3#p0025": "", "mad3#p0026": "PLATE FIVE\n11\n\nAddressing Kr�Qa and Arjuna, Lord Maha-Vi�l)u [the\n\nMahapuru�a) said, 'I wanted to see both of you, and\ntherefore I have brought the sons of the brahmaf)a\nhere. Both of you have appeared in the material world\nto reestablish religious principles, and you have both\nappeared here with all your potencies. After killing all\nthe demons, please quickly return to the spiritual\nworld.' (pp. 180-181)\n11\n\n", "mad3#p0027": "", "mad3#p0028": "PLATE SIX\n\"The pastimes of Sri Radha and Krsna are self­\n\neffulgent. They are happiness personified, unlimited\nand all-powerful. Even so, the spiritual humors of such\n\npastimes are never complete without the gopis, the\nLord's personal friends. The Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead is never complete without His spiritual\n\npotencies; therefore unless one takes shelter of the\n\ngopis, one cannot enter into the company of Radha\nand Kr�Qa. Who can be interested in Their spiritual\npastimes without taking Their shelter? There is an inexplicable fact about the natural inclinations of the gopis.\nThe gopis never want to enjoy themselves with Kr�Qa\npersonally. The happiness of the gopis increases ten\nmillion times when they serve to engage Sri Sri Radha\nand Kr�Qa in Their transcendental pastimes.\"\n\n(pp. 218-219)\n\n", "mad3#p0029": "", "mad3#p0030": "PLATE SEVEN\n\"Lord Sri Kr�t:�a is the reservoir of all pleasure, and\n\nSrimati Radharat:�i is the personification of ecstatic love\n\nof Godhead. These two forms combined as one in Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. This being the case, Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu revealed His real form to Ramananda Raya. Upon seeing this form, Ramananda Raya\nalmost lost consciousness in transcendental bliss. Unable to remain standing, he fell to the ground.\"\n\n(pp. 270-271)\n\n", "mad3#p0031": "", "mad3#p0032": "PLATE EIGHT\n\"The Buddhists could understand that Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was a Vai�Qava, and\n\nthey\n\nreturned home very unhappy. Later, however, they\nbegan to plot against the Lord. Having made their plot,\nthe Buddhists brought a plate of untouchable food\nbefore Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and called it\n\nmaha-prasada.\n\nWhen the contaminated food was\n\noffered to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, a very large bird\nappeared on the spot, picked up the plate in its beak,\nand flew away. Indeed, the untouchable food fell upon\nthe Buddhists, and the large bird dropped the plate on\nthe head of the chief Buddhist teacher. When it fell on\nhis head, it made a big sound and cut him, and the\nteacher immediately fell to the ground unconscious.\"\n\n(pp. 320-323)\n\n", "mad3#p0033": "", "mad3#p0034": "CHAPTER 7\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\nIn his Amrta-pravaha-bha$ya, Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura summarizes the Seventh\nChapter as follows. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted the renounced order of\nlife in the month of Magha (January-February) and went to Jagannatha Puri in the\nmonth of Phalguna (February-March). He saw the Dola-yatra festival during the\nmonth of Phalguna, and in the month of Caitra He liberated Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya. During the month of Vaisakha, He began to tour South India. When He\nproposed to travel to South India alone, Sri Nityananda Prabhu gave Him a\nbrahmaQa assistant named Kr�r:Jadasa. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was begin­\n\nning His tour, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya gave Him four sets of clothes and requested Him to see Ramananda Raya, who was residing at that time on the bank\nof the River Godavari. Along with other devotees, Nityananda Prabhu accompanied the Lord to Alalanatha, but there Lord Caitanya left them all behind and\nwent ahead with the brahmaQa Kr�r:Jadasa. The Lord began chanting the mantra\n\"kr$Qa kr$Qa k($Qa k($Qa kr$Qa k($Qa km\"la he.\" In whatever village He spent the\n\nnight, whenever a person came to see Him in His shelter, the Lord implored him to\npreach the Kr�r:Ja consciousness movement. After teaching the people of one\nvillage, the Lord proceeded to other villages to increase devotees. In this way He\nfinally reached KOrma-sthana. While there, He bestowed His causeless mercy\nupon a brahmaQa called KOrma and cured another brahmaQa, named Vasudeva,\nwho was suffering from leprosy. After curing this brahmaf)a leper, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu received\n\nthe\n\ntitle Vasudevamrta-prada,\n\nmeaning\n\ndelivered nectar to the leper Vasudeva:'\n\nTEXT 1\n\n'fiJJt. \\!� 'ettfif ���� �t�t��e, �11�:ij') I\n\nil��'e, ����e, ref���e, Rt� �:II� II\ndhanyarh tarh naumi caitanyarh\nvasudevarh dayardra/:1-dhi\nna$ta-ku$tharh rapa-pu$tarh\nbhakti-tu$tarh cakara ya/:1\n\n1\n\n\"one\n\nwho\n\n", "mad3#p0035": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n2\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nSYNONYMS\ndhanyam-auspicious;\ncaitanyam-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\ntam-unto\n\nHim;\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nnaumi-1\n\noffer\n\nvasudevam-unto\n\nthe\n\nobeisances;\nbrahmaf)a\n\nVasudeva; daya-ardrab-dhi-being compassionate; na�ta-ku�tham -cured the\nleprosy; rupa-pu�tam-beautiful; bhakti-tu�tam-satisfied in devotional service;\ncakara-made; yab-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, being very compassionate toward a brahmaQa\nnamed Vasudeva, cured him of leprosy. He transformed him into a beautiful\nman satisfied with devotional service. I offer my respectful obeisances unto\nthe glorious Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 2\n\nQ Q ���tJ Q �� I\n\ntrnl�'4\\!�� � ,����\"f II� II\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-al l glories; sri-caitanya-to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-all\nglories; nityananda-to Lord Nityananda Prabhu; jaya advaita-candra-all glories\nto Advaita Acarya; jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda-all glories to the devotees of Lord\nCaitanya.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityananda\nPrabhu! All glories to Advaita Acarya! And all glories to the devotees of Lord\nCaitanya!\nTEXT 3\n\n�� ��)t111f fi{'J'R{ <flfil\"'' I\n�'lts'l·'$lllte� � �� �?l�\"' II � II\nei-mate sarvabhaumera nistara karila\ndak?if)a-gamane prabhura iccha upajila\n\n", "mad3#p0036": "Text 5]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n3\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mate-in this way; sarvabhaumera-of Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; nistarathe liberation; kari/a-was executed; dak�iQa-gamane-in going to South India;\nprabhura-of the Lord; iccha-a desire; upajila-arose.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter delivering Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, the Lord desired to go to South\nIndia to preach.\nTEXT 4\n\n���·�Ji?ft.. � � �J� I\n.-f�il tCftfirni C�\"f ��� � II 8 II\nmagha-sukla-pak�e prabhu karila sannyasa\nphalgune asiya kaila ni/aca/e vasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nmagha-suk/a-pak?e-in the waxing fortnight of the month of Ma.gha; prabhuthe Lord; karila-accepted; sannyasa-the renounced order of life; phalgune-in\nthe next month, Phalguna; asiya-coming; kaila-did; ni/aca/e-at jagannatha\nPuri; vasa-residence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted the renounced order during the waxing\nfortnight of the month of Magha. During the following month, Phalguna, He\nwent to Jagannatha Puri and resided there.\nTEXT 5\n\n•t•Cii'R �Of� � �i'f I\n<;$rt,�Q't ;:i� � �� � II <t II\nphalgunera se�e dola-yatra se dekhila\npremavese tariha bahu nrtya-gita kaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nphalgunera-of the month of Phalguna; se?e-at the end; dola-yatra-the\nDola-yatra festival; se-that; dekhila-saw; prema-avese-in the ecstasy of love\nof Godhead;\n\ntariha-there; bahu-much; nrtya-gita-chanting and dancing;\n\nkai/a-performed.\n\n", "mad3#p0037": "4\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\n·\n\nAt the end of the month of Phalguna, He witnessed the Dola-yatra\nceremony, and in His usual ecstatic love of God, He chanted and danced in\nvarious ways on the occasion.\nTEXT 6\n\n� if�' '�iff ll�;r-��il I\n�� ��;r �'I �� '�i'f ;rilll � II\ncaitre rahi' kaila sarvabhauma-vimocana\nvaisakhera prathame dak�il)a yaite haifa mana\nSYNONYMS\ncaitre-in the month of Caitra (March-April); rahi'-residing there; kaifa-did;\nsarvabhauma-vimocana-liberation of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; vaisakhera-of\nthe month of Vaisakha; prathame-in the beginning; dak�iQa-to South India;\nyaite-to go; haifa-it was; mana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nD uring the month of Caitra, while living at Jagannatha Puri, the Lord\ndelivered Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya, and in the beginning of the next month\n(Vaisakha), He decided to go to South India.\nTEXTS.7-8\n\n�'$ftf �tfil' �t� Rill! <fifi111 I\n�eril �fif' �11 ��!(! �fn111 \" 11\n�-ll� iSftfi{ �tfil �tftfif-.,s �' I\n�t'l � �t11, �t�i·ll<t1 �f�t� iii � II \\r' II\nnija-gaQa ani' kahe vinaya kariya\nalingana kari' sabaya sri-haste dhariya\ntoma-saba jani ami praQadhika kari'\npral)a chat;fa yaya, toma-saba chat;fite na pari\nSYNONYMS\nnija-gal)a ani'-calling all the devotees; kahe-said; vinaya-humbleness;\nkariya-showing; afingana kari'-embracing; sabaya-all of them; sri-haste-\n\n", "mad3#p0038": "Text 10]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n5\n\nwith His hands; dhariya-catching them; toma-saba-all of you; jani-1 know;\nami-1; praQa-adhika-more than My life; kari'-taking; praQa cha�a-giving up\nlife; yaya-is possible; toma-saba-all of you; cha�ite-to give up; na pari-1 am\nnot able.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu called all His devotees together and holding them\nby the hand humbly informed them: \"You are all more dear to Me than My\nlife. I can give up My life, but to give up you is diffic ult for Me.\nTEXT 9\n\n'{fif·�Cf ct. !;1{1� Cf·��J C�tt\"r I\nW �' <;11:1U iSfmtlQ{ ��ta;{ II � II\ntumi-saba bandhu mora bandhu-krtya kaile\nihan ani' more jagannatha dekhaile\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-saba-all of you; bandhu-friends; mora-My; bandhu-krtya-duties of\na friend; kaile-you have executed; ihan-here; ani'-bringing; more-to Me;\njagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; dekhaile-you have shown.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are all My friends, and you have properly executed the duties of\nfriends by bringing Me here to Jagannatha Puri and giving Me the chance to\nsee Lord Jagannatha in the temple.\nTEXT 10\n\n<.!ltct ��i·\"'AA 1{$11�� <.!!� wAA I\n\n�r;;ct <;1l:fi1' 'Cfl� ��' � wr-.t'l ·II �\n\no\n\nII\n\nebe saba-sthane muni magon eka dane\nsabe me/i' ajna deha, yaiba dak$iQe\nSYNONYMS\nebe-now; saba-sthane-from all of you; muni-1; magor'l-beg; eka daneone gift;\n\nsabe me/i'-all combining together;\n\nyaiba-1 shall go; dak$iQe-to South India.\n\najna deha-give permission;\n\n", "mad3#p0039": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n6\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I now beg all of you for one bit of charity. Please give Me permission to\nleave for a tour of South India.\nTEXT 11\n\n���-�t� >c�<�aw 'Citfi! �'M 1\n�<fi�'l' �<!, <fitc� �ttf if! �<I II � � II\nvisvarOpa-uddese avasya ami yaba\nekaki yaiba, kaho sarige na la-iba\n\nSYNONYMS\nvisva-rOpa-uddese-to find VisvarOpa; avasya-certainly; ami-1; yaba-shall\ngo; ekaki-alone; yaiba-1 shall go; kaho-someone; sarige-in association;\nna-not; /a-iba-1 shall take.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall go to search out Visvarupa. Please forgive Me, but I want to go\nalone; I do not wish to take anyone with Me.\nTEXT 12\n\n�'1_<1� '�\\! >c�tfi! il1 �t� �e, I\n\n�\"'t�'fl � �<I �<I �e, II �� II\nsetubandha haite ami na asi yavat\nnilaca/e tumi saba rahibe tavat\n\nSYNONYMS\nsetu-bandha-the extreme southern point of India; haite-from; ami-1; nanot; asi-returning; yavat-as long as; ni/aca/e-in jagannatha Puri; tumi-you;\nsaba-all; rahibe-should stay; tavat-that long.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Until I return from Setubandha, all of you dear friends should remain at\nJagannatha Puri.\"\nTEXT 13\n\n�'Sf��-AA-�f· tft'� \"'..\"I\n.,r..st-,.,-r �fit'! -.�� <.fll � 11 )'& ,,\n\n", "mad3#p0040": "Text 15]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n7\n\nvisvarOpa-siddhi-prapti janena sakala\ndak�iQa-desa uddharite karena ei chala\nSYNONYMS\n\nvisva-rupa-of\n\nVisvarOpa;\n\nsiddhi-of\n\nperfection;\n\nprapti-achievement;\n\njanena-the Lord knows; saka/a-everything; dak�iQa-desa-South India; uddharite-just to liberate; karena-makes; ei-this; cha/a-pretense.\nTRANSLATION\nKnowing everything , Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was aware that Visvarupa\nhad already passed away. A pretense of ignorance was necessary, however, so\nthat He could go to South India and liberate the people there.\nTEXT 14\n\n�f.nt1 �� lfti{ � �{t�:� 1\nfiu� �la,1, �t1t ���� � II �8 II\nsuniya sabara mane haila maha-du/:lkha\nni/:lsabda ha-ila, sabara sukaila mukha\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuniya-hearing this; sabara-of all the devotees; mane-in the minds; hai/athere was;\n\nmaha-du/:lkha-great unhappiness;\n\nni/:lsabda-silent;\n\nha-i/a-be­\n\ncame; sabara-of everyone; sukai/a-dried up; mukha-the faces.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing this message from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, all the devotees\nbecame very unhappy and remained silent with sullen faces.\nTEXT 15\n\nfi{i!Jtil'lt�,-_ �,-'�� '� � I\n\nI!I<�St� �lt<!I �' � ��1 � II �� II\nnityananda-prabhu kahe,- \"aiche kaiche hay a\nekaki yaibe tumi, ke iha sahaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nnityananda-prabhu kahe-Lord Nityananda Prabhu replied;\n\naiche kaiche\n\nhaya-how is this possible; ekaki-alone; yaibe-shall go; tumi-You; ke-who;\niha-this; sahaya-can tolerate.\n\n", "mad3#p0041": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n8\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nNityananda Prabhu then said: \"How is it possible for You to go alone? Who\ncan tolerate this 1\nTEXT 16\n\n�-\\!!� �t1f ��' il'1 ���-�I\n�mf �� 'Jt� 'Q� �� Q!'flm{ Jt?;flr II�� II\ndui-eka sange caluka, na paqa hatha-range\nyare kaha sei dui caluk tamara sange\nSYNONYMS\ndui-two; eka-or one; sange-with You; ca/uka-let go; na-do not; par;/afall; hatha-range-in the clutches of thieves and rogues; yare-whoever; kahaYou say; sei-those; dui-two; caluk-let go; tamara-You; sange-along with.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Let one or two of us go with You, otherwise You may fall into the clutches\nof thieves and rogues along the way. They may be whomever You like, but two\npersons should go with You.\nTEXT 1 7\n\nVf�'t� ���� � �� i!ftfi{ I\n\n�fit �., �' �� �1 m 1_f1t11\" �9 n\ndak$if)era tirtha-patha ami saba jani\nami sange yai, prabhu, ajfia deha tumi\"\nSYNONYMS\ndak$if)era-of South India;\n\ntirtha-patha -the ways to different places of\n\npilgrimage; ami-1; saba-all; jani-know; ami-1; sarige-with You; yai-go;\nprabhu-0 My Lord; ajfia-order; deha-give; tumi-You\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Indeed, I know all the paths to the different places of pilgrimage in South\nIndia. Just order Me, and I shall go with You!'\nTEXT 18\n\n� �t�, \"�fit-��' '[f1l-�i11� I\n1_fil ��r;� i{t�t�, �� i{� �t'll� II�,_ II\n\n", "mad3#p0042": "Text 20]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n9\n\nprabhu kahe, \"ami-nartaka, tumi-sOtra-dhara\ntumi yaiche nacao, taiche nartana amara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord replied; ami-1; nartaka-a dancer; tumi-You; sOtradhara-wire-puller; tumi-You; yaiche-just as; nacao-make dance; taiche-in\nthat way; nartana-dancing; amara-My.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord replied: \"I am simply a dancer, and You are the wire-puller.\nHowever You pull the wires to make Me dance, I shall dance in that way.\nTEXT 19\n\n\"��ron �f;f ��t� �'lit�� 1\n\n� � ��1 'Cit� 'f;l�\\!-�� II �� II\nsannyasa kariya ami ca/ilan vrndavana\ntumi ama lana aile advaita-bhavana\nSYNONYMS\nsannyasa kariya-after accepting the renounced order; ami-1; calilan-went;\nvrndavana-toward Vrndavana;\n\ntumi-You;\n\nama-Me;\n\n/ana-taking;\n\naile­\n\nwent; advaita-bhavana-to the house of Advaita Prabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A fter accepting the sannyasa order, I decided to go to Vrndavana, but You\ntook Me instead to the house of A dvaita Prabhu .\nTEXT 20\n\n� �� �� <etfifi£1 � �� I\n<;�tlfi·ll�t� 'mlJ·C'm� 'Cit� �t-ti·\"5\"F II �\n\no\n\nII\n\nnilacala asite pathe bhangila mora daQ{ia\ntoma-sabara gaqha-snehe amara karya-bhanga\nSYNONYMS\nnilaca/a-to Jagannatha\n\nPurl;\n\nasite-going\n\nthere;\n\npathe-on\n\nthe\n\nroad;\n\nbhangila-You broke; mora-My; daf)qa-sannyasa staff; toma-sabara-of all of\n\n", "mad3#p0043": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n10\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nyou; ga(iha-snehe-on account of the deep affection; amara-My; karyabhanga-disturbance of activities.\nTRANSLATION\n\"While on the way to Jagannatha Puri, You broke My sannyasa staff. I know\nthat all of you have great affecti.on for Me, but such things disturb My activities.\nTEXT 21\n\n•1N� m-. � �� 't.•tl� 1\n\n'� � � 'eti i�ti �� H �� R\njagadananda cahe ama vi�aya bhufijaite\nyei kahe sei bhaye cahiye karite\nSYNONYMS\njagadananda-Jagadananda; cahe-wants; ama-Me; vi�aya-sense gratification; bhufijaite-to cause to enjoy; yei ka he-whatever he says; sei-that;\nbhaye-out of fear; cahiye-1 want; karite-to do.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Jagadananda wants Me to enjoy bodily sense gratification, and out of fear I\ndo whatever he tells Me.\nTEXT 22\n\n•!. �� •·� �t<�SJ mr;i ���-ri,\nc;ilFtt'f fi!e( f� (;lftr;� e(� �r;� �Qfi II �� II\nkabhu yadi inhara vakya kariye anyatha\nkrodhe tina dina more nahi kahe katha\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes; yadi-if; inhara-of jagadananda; vakya-the words;\nkariye-1 do; anyatha-other than; krodhe-in anger; tina dina-for three days;\nmore-to Me; nahi-not; kahe-speaks; katha-words.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If I sometimes do something against his desire, out of anger he will not\ntalk to Me for three days.\n\n", "mad3#p0044": "Text 25]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n11\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�� me{ �:� (;lff�' ��-� 1\n\nf'?!il� lfttl! �til, �f1ic;'! llf�i{ II �I!) II\nmukunda hayena dubkhi dekhi' sannyasa-dharma\ntinabare site snana, bhOmite sayana\nSYNONYMS\nmukunda-Mukunda; hayena-becomes; dubkhi-unhappy; dekhi'-seeing;\nsannyasa-dharma-My regulative principles in the renounced order; tina-barethree times; site-in the winter;\n\nsnana-bath ;\n\nbhOmite-on\n\nthe ground;\n\nsayana-lying down.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Being a sannyasi, it is My duty to lie down on the ground and take a bath\nthree times a day, even during the winter. But Mukunda becomes very unhappy when he sees My severe austerities.\nTEXT 24\n\n�'Qf;;1t �:� ��\"'' iii� � �� I\n\n�111' �=� (;lf�' '1fi1t N�'l m �:c;-t 11 �s 11\nantare dubkhi mukunda, nahi kahe mukhe\nihara dubkha dekhi' mora dvi-guf)a haye dubkhe\nSYNONYMS\nantare-within himself; dubkhi-unhappy; mukunda-Mukunda; nahi-not;\nkahe-says; mukhe-in the mouth; ihara-of him; dubkha-the unhappiness;\ndekhi -seeing;\n'\n\nmora-My;\n\ndvi-guf)a-twice;\n\nhaye-there is;\n\ndubkhe-the\n\nunhappiness.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Of course , Mukunda does not say anything, but I know that he is very\nunhappy within, and upon seeing him unhappy, I become twice as unhappy.\nTEXT 25\n\n�fif '!'-�nm�, 'ftt1fti�-a�it 1\n:Jtif!1t'C� �'t1rt1t �9f1t f�·'f'G lfRf' II �� II\n\n", "mad3#p0045": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n12\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nami ta'-sannyasi, damodara-brahmacari\nsada rahe amara upara sik�a-daf)r;:/a dhari'\nSYNONYMS\nami ta'-1 indeed; sannyasi-in the renounced order of life; damodara-of the\nname Damodara; brahmacari-in a stage of complete celibacy; sada-always;\nrahe-remains; amara upara-on Me; sik$a-daf)r;:/a-a stick for My education;\ndhari'-keeping .\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although I am in the renounced order of life and Damodara is a\nbrahmacari, he still keeps a stick in his hand just to educate Me.\nTEXT 26\n\n�·�if �'tt'$1 �fir il1 �� �J�� I\n�·�n;it ifl �t1(1151q �fit<J �1� II�� II\nir'lhara age ami na jani vyavahara\ninhare na bhaya svatantra caritra amara\nSYNONYMS\ninhara age-in front of him; ami-1; na-not; jani-know; vyavahara-social\netiquette; inhare-for him; na-not; bhaya-exists; sva-tantra-independent;\ncaritra-character; amara-My.\nTRANSLATION\n\"According to Damodara, I am still a neophyte as far as social etiquette is\nconcerned; therefore he does not like My independent nature.\nTEXT 27\n\n��tt1111\\51 �t� �·� ?•?11\"1 �t\\! I\n�tfif �� �'. ifl �Rt �t�� II�\"' II\nJokapek�a nahi inhara kr�Qa-krpa haite\nami lokapek�a kabhu na pari char;lite\nSYNONYMS\nloka-apek�a-care for society; nahi-there is none; inhara-of Damodara;\nkr$Qa-krpa-the mercy of the Lord; haite-from; ami-1; loka-apek$a-depen-\n\n", "mad3#p0046": "Text 29]\n\nThe lord's Tour of South India\n\n13\n\ndence on public opinion; kabhu-at any time; na-not; pari-ab le; cha(iite-to\ngive up.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Damodara Par;1«.tita and others are more advanced in receiving the mercy of\nlord Kr�r;1a; therefore they are independent of public opinion . As such, they\nwant Me to enjoy sense gratification, even though it be unethical. But since I\nam a poor sannyasi, I cannot abandon the duties of the renounced order, and\ntherefore I follow them strictly.\nPURPORT\nA brahmacari is supposed to assist a sannyasi; therefore a brahmacari should\n\nnot try to instruct a sannyasi. That is the etiquette. Consequently Damodara\nshould not have advised Caitanya Mahaprabhu of His duty.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n�����������\nfifi{ �I! <c�tfir �� i!ifiR ��t\"'f II\" �lr II\nataeva tumi saba raha nilacale\ndina kata ami tirtha bhramiba eka/e\"\n\nSY NONYMS\nataeva-therefore; tumi-you; saba-all; raha-remain; nilacale-at Jagannatha Puri;\n\ndina-days; kata-some;\n\nami-1;\n\ntirtha-the sacred places of\n\npilgrimage; bhramiba-1 shall tour; eka/e-alone.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You should all therefore remain here in Nilacala for some days while I tour\nthe sacred places of pilgrimage alone.\"\nTEXT 29\n\n�·�-�� �llf �'t_ �� '� � �t'1 I\n��tt1ft�·�tq <f.t� �'1 �t�·tifti{ II�� II\nir'lha-sabara vasa prabhu haye ye ye guQe\ndO$aropa-ccha/e kare guQa asvadane\n\n", "mad3#p0047": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n14\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nSYNONYMS\ninha-sabara-of all the devotees; vasa-controlled; prabhu-the Lord; hayeis; ye ye-whatever; guQe-by the qualities; do?a-aropa-chale-on the plea of\nattributing faults; kare-does; g uQa-high qualities; asvadane-tasting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nActually the Lord is controlled by the good qualities of all His devotees. On\nthe pretense of attributing faults, He tastes all these qualities.\nPURPORT\nAll the accusations made by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu against His beloved\ndevotees actually showed His great appreciation of their intense love for Him. Yet\nHe mentioned these faults one after another as if He were offended by their intense affection. The personal associates of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sometimes\nbehaved contrary to regulative principles out of intense love for the Lord, and because of their love Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu Himself sometimes violated the\nregulative principles of a sannyasT. In the eyes of the public, such violations are\nnot good, but S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was so controlled by His devotees' love\nthat He was obliged to break some of the rules. Although accusing them, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was indirectly indicating that He was very satisfied with\ntheir behavior in pure love of Godhead. Therefore in verse twenty-seven He mentions that His devotees and associates place more importance on love of Kr�t:�a\nthan on social etiquette. There are many instances of devotional service rendered\nby previous acaryas who did not care about social behavior when intensely absorbed in love for Kr�t:�a. Unfortunately, as long as we are within this material\nworld, we must observe social customs to avoid criticism by the general\npopulace. This is Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's desire.\n\nTEXT 30\n\n��t�� l!i�·�te.�'i'J-�<fi�J·<fi�i{ I\n�t9fti{ '�t�J-��� <fit�i{ �'ti{ II �o II\ncaitanyera bhakta-vatsalya-akathya-kathana\napane vairagya-du/:lkha karena sahana\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanyera-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-vatsalya-the love for\nHis devotees; akathya-kathana-indescribable by words; apane-personally;\nvairagya-of\n\nthe\n\nsahana-toleration.\n\nrenounced\n\norder;\n\ndu/:lkha-unhappiness;\n\nkarena-does;\n\n", "mad3#p0048": "Text 32]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n15\n\nTRANSLATION\nNo one can properly describe Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's affection for\nHis devotees. He always tolerated all kinds of personal unhappiness resulting\nfrom His acceptance of the renounced order of life.\nTEXT 31\n\n,�� �:� c;w�' '�� �� �:� ?!� I\n,�� �:� �-rn -tt�J ��� �i �� II � :> II\nsei du/:lkha dekhi' yei bhakta du/:lkha paya\nsei du/:lkha tar'lra saktye sahana na yaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei du/:lkha-that unhappiness; dekhi'-seeing; yei-whatever; bhakta-the\ndevotees; du/:lkha-unhappiness; paya-get; sei du/:lkha-that unhappiness;\ntarira-His; saktye-by the power; sahana-toleration; na-not; yaya-possible.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe regulative principles observed by Caitanya Mahaprabhu were sometimes intolerable , and all the devotees became greatly affected by them. Although strictly observing the regulative principles, Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ncould not tolerate the unhappiness felt by His devotees.\nTEXT 32\n\n�t'l c;wtr:.�t��-�r;a; �<�i filt���1 1\n\n\\!!<lit� i!!ififr:.<t� �� '��t�J <�Sf11:m II �� II\nguf)e do?odgara-ccha/e saba ni?edhiya\nekaki bhramibena tirtha vairagya kariya\n\nSYNONYMS\ngul)e-in the good qualities; do?a-udgara-chale-on the plea of attributing\nfaults; saba-all of them; ni$edhiya-forbidding; ekaki-alone; bhramibenawill tour; tirtha-the sacred places of pilgrimage; vairagya-regulative principles\nof the renounced order of life; kariya-observing\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, to prevent them from accompanying Him and becoming unhappy, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu declared their good qualities to be faults.\n\n", "mad3#p0049": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n16\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nThe Lord wanted to tour all the places of pilgrimage alone and strictly observe\nthe duties of the renounced order.\nTEXT 33\n\n'Wf �tf.�i{ �f.t f�j% <��fifa; I\n\n\"'lli!� Jr\"f� �t_ <fi'l i{i �t�� II �� II\n\ntabe cari-jana bahu minati karila\nsvatantra Tsvara prabhu kabhu na manila\nSYNONYMS\n\ncari -jana -four men; bahu-many; minati -petitions;\nkarila-submitted; sva - tantra-independent; Tsvara-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kabhu-at any time; na-not;\nmanila-accepted.\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nTRANSLATION\nFour devotees then humbly insisted that they go with the Lord, but Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, being the independent Supreme Personality of Godhead, did not accept their request .\nTEXT 34\n\n'!� fii'!Jti{� \"<fit�,-(;� �t�1 c;'!t�� I\n\n��� �� � �@� \"<fi��J �t� II �8 II\ntabe nityananda kahe, -ye ajna tamara\ndul)kha sukha ye ha-uk kartavya amara\nSYNONYMS\n\nnityananda-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; kahe-says; ye\naji'ia-whatever order; ta ma ra-Your; dul)kha sukha-distress or happiness; yewhatever; ha-uk-let there be; kartavya-the duty; amara-My.\ntabe-thereupon;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereupon Lord Nityananda said: \"Whatever You order is My duty, regardless of whether it results in happiness or unhappiness.\nTEXT 35\n\nf<��• �� filt�i{ \"<fit1fi �t� �� I\nR�t� \"<f.a1ti i!�i fl ttSter1 �� 11 -e<t 11\n\n", "mad3#p0050": "Text 37]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n17\n\nkintu eka nivedana karon ara bara\nvicara kariya taha kara angikara\n\nSYNONYMS\nkintu-but; eka-one; nivedana-petition; karon-1 do; ara bara-again;\nvicara-consideration; kariya-giving; taha-that; kara-do; angikara-acceptance.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Yet I still submit one petition to You. Please consider it, and if You think it\nproper, please accept it.\nTEXT 36\n\n(;��il, ��(� 'CIHI �?tt\\11 I\n'CI� f�i; ift� ���, �t� �� � II �� II\nkaupina, bahir-vasa ara jala-patra\nara kichu nahi yabe, sabe ei matra\n\nSYNONYMS\nkaupina-loincloth; bahir-vasa-outer garments; ara-and; jala-patra-water\npot; ara kichu-anything else; nahi-not; yabe-will go; sabe-all; ei-this;\nmatra-only.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You must take with You a loincloth, external clothes and a water pot. You\nshould take nothing more than this.\nTEXT 37\n\n(;i!t1ft� l� �� �'¥i ilt1f-�'itil I\n\n'S?'f91'tijj-��(t� �f�t� (;<!i1ftil II �9 II\ntamara dui hasta baddha nama-gaQane\njala-patra-bahirvasa vahibe kemane\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-Your; dui-two; hasta-hands; baddha-engaged; nama-the holy\nname; gaQane-in counting; ja/a-patra-water pot; bahir-vasa-external garments; vahibe-will carry; kemane-how.\n\n", "mad3#p0051": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n18\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since Your two hands will always be engaged in chanting and counting the\nholy names, how will You be able to carry the water pot and external garments?\nPURPORT\n\nFrom this verse it is clear that Caitanya Mahaprabhu was chanting the holy\nnames a fixed number of times daily. The Gosvamis used to follow in the\nfootsteps of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and Haridasa Thakura also followed this\nprinciple. Concerning the Gosvamis-Srila ROpa Gosvami, SrTia Sanatana Gosvami,\nSrila Raghunatha Bhatta Gosvami, Srila Jiva Gosvami, Srila Gopala Bhatta Gosvami\nand Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami-Srinivasa Acarya confirms: sankhya-pur­\n\nvaka-nama-gana-natibhi/:1. ($a(i-gosvamy-a$taka, 6)\n\nIn addition to other duties,\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu introduced the system of chanting the holy name of the\nLord a fixed number of times daily, as confirmed in this verse (tamara dui hasta\n\nbaddha nama-gaf)ane). Caitanya Mahaprabhu used to count on His fingers. While\none hand was engaged in chanting, the other hand kept the number of rounds.\nThis is corroborated in the Caitanya-candramrta and also in Srila ROpa Gosvami's\n\nStava-ma/a:\nbadhnan prema-bhara-prakampita-karo granthin kaF(iorakai/:1\nsarikhyaturh nija-loka-mangala-hare-kr$Qeti namnarh japan\n(Caitanya-candramrta, 9)\nhare k[$f)ety uccai/:1 sphurita-rasano nama-gaf)ana-,\nkrta-granthi-sreri-subhaga-kati-sutrojjva/a-kara/:1\n(Caitanya$taka,, 5)\nTherefore devotees in the line of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu must chant at least\nsixteen rounds daily, and this is the number prescribed by the International\nSociety for Krishna Consciousness. Haridasa Thakura daily chanted 300,000\nnames. Sixteen rounds is about 28,000 names. There is no need to imitate\nHaridasa Thakura or the other Gosvamis, but chanting the holy name a fixed number of times daily is essential for every devotee.\nTEXT 38\n\n<;�1!Tt�t-t\n\n9ft�� �C.� 'f;{\"f;�i!il I\nl!l·ll� �t1l'dft <;i!t1lt11' <;<ti <f.t1f �-.'In ��r 11\n\npremavese pathe tumi habe acetana\ne-saba samagri tamara ke kare rak$af)a\n\n", "mad3#p0052": "Text 40]\n\nThe lord's Tour of South India\n\n19\n\nSYNONYMS\nprema-avese-in ecstatic love of God; pat he-on the way; t umi-You; habewill\n\nbe;\n\nacetana-unconscious;\n\ne-saba-all\n\nthis;\n\nsamagri-paraphernalia;\n\ntomara-Your; ke -who; kare -does; rak�aQa-protection.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When, along the way, You fall unconscious in ecstatic love of Godhead,\nwho will protect Your belongings-the water pot, garments and so forth l\"\nTEXT 39\n\n'���t�'-ilttlf <.£1� ��'1 �t'fi'l I\n�\"'t� �t5f <Tlfil' '1�, � �t<1�illl �c;, II\n'kr�Qadasa'-name ei sara/a brahmaQa\ninho safige kari' /aha, dhara nivedana\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa das a-name-named Kr�t:�adasa; ei-this; sara/a-simple; brahmaQa-\n\nbrahmaQa; ifiho-he; salige-with You; kari'-accepting; /aha-take; dharajust catch; nivedana-the petition.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Nity ananda Prabhu continued: \"Here is a simple brahmtu:�a named\nKr�r,adasa. Please accept him and take him with You. That is My request.\nPURPO RT\nThis Kr�t:�adasa, known as Kala Kr�t:�adasa, is not the Kala Kr�t:�adasa mentioned\nin the Eleventh Chapter, verse 37, of Adi-lila. The Kala Kr�t:�adasa mentioned in the\nEleventh Chapter is one of the twelve gopalas (cowherd boys) who appeared to\nsubstantiate the pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. He is known as a great\ndevotee of Lord Nityananda Prabhu. The brahmaQa named Kala Kr�t:�adasa who\nwent with Sri Caitanya to South India and later to Bengal is mentioned in the\nMadhya-lila, Tenth Chapter, verses 62-74. One should not take these two to be\nthe same person.\nTEXT 40\n\niSf'1'9fti:!i·<1� <1�' (;'!t�-llt5f � lt<1 I\n'� (;'!it�� ��1, <tl�, f<f.'i; i11 <1f'i't<1 II 8 o II\n\n", "mad3#p0053": "Sri Caitanya-caritampa\n\n20\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\njala-patra-vastra vahi' toma-sange yabe\nye tamara iccha, kara, kichu na balibe\n\nSYNONYMS\nja/a-patra-water pot; vastra-and garments; vahi'-carrying; toma-sar'lgewith You; yabe-will go; ye-whatever; tamara iccha-Your desire; kara-You\ndo; kichu na balibe-he will not say anything.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"He will carry Your water pot and garments. You may do whatever You like;\nhe will not say a word!'\nTEXT 41\n\ni!t� �a �t<�SJ �'t <�Sf�' ��<lite;� 1\nl!t�-'1�1 ��·1 <;�I 'lt���·'Clt� II 8� II\ntabe tar'lra vakya prabhu kari' ar'lgTkare\ntaha-saba lana gela sarvabhauma-ghare\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereupon;\n\ntanra-of Lord Nityananda Prabhu;\n\nvakya-the words;\n\nprabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kari'-doing; ar'lgTkare-acceptance; tahasaba-all of them; /ana-taking; ge/a-went; sarvabhauma-ghare-to the house\nof Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA ccepting the request of Lord Nityananda Prabhu, Lord Caitanya took all\nHis devotees and went to the house of Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya.\nTEXT 42\n\n�ll\"Jfif11' #lt(r;� �t'l� fi{t�fif� I\n#l�t<litr;� filf�' i!t<f �t'lt� <ffil� II 8� II\nnamaskari' sarvabhauma asana nivedila\nsabakare mi/i' tabe asane vasila\n\nSYNONYMS\nnamaskari'-offering\n\nobeisances;\n\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya;\n\nasana-sitting places; nivedila-offered; sabakare-all of them; mi/i'-meeting;\ntabe-after that; asane vasila-he took his seat.\n\n", "mad3#p0054": "The Lord's Tour of South India\n\nText 44]\n\n21\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as they entered his house, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya offered the\nLord obeisances and a place to sit. After seating all the others, the Bhatfacarya\ntook his seat.\nTEXT 43\n\niftit1 ?•<ti'tt �' �f� �t�t�1t I\n'<;i!t1lt1t �tf� �tl�ti! �t� 1ltf1t<!ltt1t II 8� II\nnana kr�Qa-varta kahi' kahila tanhare\n'tamara thani ailan ajna magibare\nSYNONYMS\nnana-various; kr?Qa-varta-topics on Lord Kr�l)a; kahi'-discussing; kahilaHe informed; tar'lhare-Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya; tamara thani-to your place;\nai/an-1 have come; ajfla-order; magibare-to beg.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter they had discussed various topics about Lord Kr�Qa, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu informed Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya: \"I have come to your place\njust to receive your order.\nTEXT 44\n\n�J� <15�' ���\"Pt Rt11tt� wf-.t'l 1\n\n�<I� <l'i�<l �tfil ri11t �t�t'l II 88 II\nsannyasa kari' visvarupa giyache dak�iQe\navasya kariba ami tanra anve�a(!e\nSYNONYMS\nsannyasa kari'-after accepting the sannyasa order; visva-rupa-Visvaropa (the\nelder brother of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu); giyache-has gone; dak�iQe-to\nSouth India; avasya-certainly; kariba-shall do; ami-1; tanra-of Him; anve�a(le-searching for.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My elder brother, Visvarupa, has taken sannyasa and gone to South India.\nNow I must go search for Him.\n\n", "mad3#p0055": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n22\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 45\n\n�'IWj <;��' 'Cl�· 'Cltfif 'ff-.t'l i� I\n�'t1lt1f �t•t� �t� '\"\" <e1tflt� n\" s� n\n'\n\najna deha, avasya ami dak�if,Je caliba\ntomara ajnate sukhe leuti' asiba'\nSYNONYMS\najna deha-please give permission; avasya-certainly; ami-1; dak�if,le-in\nSouth India; ca/iba-shall go; tamara-your; ajnate-by the order; sukhe-in\nhappiness; /euti'-returning; asiba-1 shall come.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please permit Me to go, for I must tour South India. With your permission,\nI shall soon return very happily.\"\nTEXT 46\n\n��' llt�e� �t'f1 �t;!� <litQ 1\nRt'l �tn1 <lit� R�t5f-� \" 8� \"\nsuni' sarvabhauma haila atyanta katara\ncaraQe dhariya kahe vi�ada-uttara\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing this; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; haila-became;\natyanta-greatly;\n\nkatara-agitated;\n\ncaraQe-the lotus feet; dhariya-taking;\n\nkahe-says; vi�ada-of lamentation; uttara-a reply.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing this, Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya became very agitated. Catching hold of the lotus feet of Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he gave this sorrowful\nreply.\nTEXT 47\n\n'��� 1_'f'J�r.;� 'Pft�if �tJf'Rf lief I\n�-� f� (;1(1� <!iRl'C'I<Ii � \" 8� \"\n\n", "mad3#p0056": "The Lord's Tour of South India\n\nText 49]\n\n23\n\n'bahu-janmera puQya-phale painu tamara sariga\nhena-sariga vidhi mora karileka bhariga\nSYNONYMS\n\nbahu-janmera-of many births; puQya-phale-as the fruit of pious activities;\npainu-1 got; tamara-Your; sariga-association; hena-sariga-such association;\nvidhi-providence; mora-my; karileka-has done; bhariga-breaking.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A fter many births, due to some pious activity, I got Your association. Now\nprovidence is breaking this invaluable association.\nTEXT 48\n\n� �- 9f� �f#, �(Ji 11Rf' �I\ni!t� :JI�, 'i!t11i� � � if! �'Rt II 8\\r II\nsire vajra pac;Je yadi, putra mari' yaya\ntaha sahi, tamara viccheda sahana na yaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nvajra-a thunderbolt; pac;Je-falls; yadi-if; putra-son;\nmari -dyin g; yaya-goes; taha-that; sahi-1 can tolerate; tamara-Your; viccheda-separation; sahana-enduring; na yaya-cannot be done.\nsire-on the head;\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" If a thunderbolt falls on my head or if my son dies, I can tolerate it. But I\ncannot endure the unhappiness of Your separation.\nTEXT 49\n\n'llti!!l·lr�� 'lf11 �fift� � I\n� <fitQ!i 11�, '�� c;i!'l� lHI'1' II 8� II\nsvatantra-isvara tumi karibe gamana\ndina katho raha, dekhi tamara caraQa'\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvatantra-isvara-the independent Supreme Personality of Godhead; tumiYou; karibe-will make; gamana-departure; dina-days; katho-some; rahaplease stay; dekhi-1 may see; tamara caraQa-Your lotus feet.\n\n", "mad3#p0057": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n24\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, You are the independent Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nCertainly You will depart. I know that. Still, I ask You to stay here a few days\nmore so that I can see Your lotus feet.\"\nTEXT 50\n\n��t� �ilt1l i2!t_1f ��&If �� �il I\n1f�&lf �� �t�, i11 ��\"f $1i1 II <to II\ntahara vinaye prabhura sithifa haifa mana\nrahifa divasa katho, na kaila gamana\nSYNONYMS\ntahara-of Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; vinaye-on the request; prabhura-of\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sithifa-slackened; haifa-became; mana-the\nmind;\n\nrahifa-stayed;\n\ndivasa-days;\n\nkatho-a\n\nfew;\n\nna-not;\n\nkaifa-did;\n\ngamana-departure.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya's request, Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nrelented. He stayed a few days longer and did not depart.\nTEXT 51\n\n�li� 'C{t�� <lifit' �ifil fj{Jt!'l I\n�� ?tt� <lif\"i' i2!t_?;<li <li1ft'il <;$il II <t :> II\nbhattacarya agraha kari' karena nimantral')a\ngrhe paka kari' prabhuke kara'na bhojana\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; agraha-eagerness; kari'-showing;\nkarena-did; nimantraQa-invitation; grhe-at home; paka-cooking; kari'doing; prabhuke-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kara'na-made; bhojana-eating.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhattacarya eagerly invited Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu to his home and\nfed Him very nicely.\n\n", "mad3#p0058": "Text 54]\n\n25\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\nTEXT 52\n\n-it�f '13t'll�, itf ift1f-'�t�� 1fti!i' I\n�tfifi' �i �� Qi-r;�, �ta61f it� ��i ����II\ntanhara brahmaQi, tanra nama-'�athira mat.a'\nrandhi' bhik�a dena tenho, ascarya tanra katha\nSYNONYMS\ntanhara brahmaQi-his wife; tanra nama-her name; �athira mata-the mother\nof SathT; randhi'-cooking; bhik�a dena-offers food; tenho-she; ascaryawonderful; tanra-her; katha-narration.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhattacarya's wife, whose name was �athimata (the mother of �athi),\ndid the cooking. The narrations of these pastimes are very wonderful.\nTEXT 53\n\n�tt'Sf �' ��� �WI <�Sfiml f�tf I\n<.!It� �� -2t� �r-.'1-lftijfi·�Jltm II �'!l II\nage ta' kahiba taha kariya vistara\nebe kahi prabhura dak$il')a-yatra-samacara\nSYNONYMS\nage-later; ta'-indeed; kahiba-1 shall speak; taha-all those incidents;\nkariya-doing;\n\nvist.ara-elaboration;\n\nebe-now;\n\nkahi-let\n\nme\n\ndescribe;\n\nprabhura-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dak$il')a-in South India; yatra-of the\ntouring; samacara-the narration.\nTRANSLATION\nLater I shall tell about this in elaborate detail, but at present I wish to describe Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's South Indian tour.\nTEXT 54\n\n� \"fti f�' <2ft_ �t�1f·\"'lit� I\nGfif�f 'ftf1t' �t!Jfi1ft�\"11 ��� II <l8 II\ndina panca rahi' prabhu bhattacarya-sthane\nca/ibara /agi' ajna magi/a apane\n\n", "mad3#p0059": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n26\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nSYNONYMS\ndina panca -five days; rahi' -staying; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nbhattacarya-sthane-at Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya's place; ca/ibara lagi'-for starting; ajna-order; magi/a-begged; apane-personally.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter staying five days at the home of Sarvabhauma Bhaffacarya, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu personally asked his permission to depart for South\nIndia.\nTEXT 55\n\n� 'Citc!tt� 'e� � �lfl I\n!2f!_ �tt� 'l'$1 �'$f't�·1fflfft � <;'$f'fill a a 11\nprabhura agrahe bhattacarya sammata ha-ila\nprabhu tanre lana jagannatha-mandire gela\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura agrahe-by the eagerness of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhattacaryaSarvabhauma Bhattacarya; sammata ha-ifa-became agreeable; prabhu·-Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; tanre-him (Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya); /ana-taking;\njagannatha-mandire-to the temple of Lord Jagannatha; ge/a-went.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter receiving the Bhattacarya's permission, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwent to see Lord Jagannatha in the temple. He took the Bhattacarya with Him.\nTEXT 56\n\n�� <fiBf' �tt�·'Pit-t �grj 1ftf'$f�1 I\n\n��� �� 1fta,i-� �tfil' fw�ill a� 11\ndarsana kari' thakura-pasa ajna magi/a\npujari prabhure ma/a-prasada ani' dila\nSYNONYMS\ndarsana kari'-visiting the Lord; thakura-pasa-from the Lord; ajna magi/abegged permission;\n\npujari-the\n\npriest;\n\nprabhure-unto\n\nLord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; mala-garland; prasada-remnants of food; ani'-bringing; di/adelivered.\n\n", "mad3#p0060": "The Lord's Tour of South India\n\nText 58]\n\n27\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing Lord Jagannatha, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu also begged His permission. The priest then immediately delivered prasada and a garland to Lord\nCaitanya.\nTEXT 57\n\n�-';11'fl ?tf�i �� i{11� �fit' I\n'fil1�� �F.'1·<;�� 5� <;� II <t\"' II\najna-mala pana har$e namaskara kari'\nanande dak$iQa-dese cafe gaurahari\nSYNONYMS\najna-mala-the garland of permission; pana-getting; har$e-in great jubilation; namaskara-obeisances; kari'-offering; anande-with great pleasure; dak$iQa-dese-to\n\nSouth\n\nIndia;\n\nca/e-goes;\n\ngaurahari-Lord\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThus receiving Lord Jagannatha's permission in the form of a garland, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu offered obeisances, and in great jubilation prepared to\ndepart for South India.\nTEXT 58\n\nceit�-� <fil't11 �'! ��'1 I\niSf'itit� ��'1 ��' �Rfilti �';{� II �b-' II\nbhattacarya-sange ara yata nija-gaQa\njagannatha pradak$iQa kari' karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya-sange-with Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; ara-and; yata-all; nijagaQa-personal devotees; jagannatha-Lord jagannatha; pradak$iQa-circumambulation; kari'-finishing; karila-made; gamana-departure.\nTRANSLATION\nAccompanied by His personal associates and Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu circumambulated the altar of Jagannatha. The Lord then\ndeparted on His South Indian tour.\n\n", "mad3#p0061": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n28\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 59\n\n:Jf'l(!l·�1f �?;11\" �tilltCf!iftQj'·�tt I\n:�tr-{t�'';f ��� ��t�·c;'itt�ift?;tt II a� II\nsamudra-tire tire alalanatha-pathe\nsarvabhauma kahilena acarya-gopinathe\n\nSYNONYMS\nsamudra-tire-on the shore of the sea; tire-on the shore; ala/anatha-patheon the path to the temple of Alalanatha; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; kahilena-sai d; acarya-gopinathe-to Gopinatha Acarya.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the Lord was going along the path to Alalanatha, which was located\non the seashore, Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya gave the following orders to\nGopinatha Acarya.\nTEXT 60\n\n�t� c;�t��-��('P( �1ltf� �?;1{ I\ni!�, 12i:Jtt�'ll{, i'f�i �:Jf ��tt1{ II�o II\ncari kopina-bahirvasa rakhiyachi ghare\ntaha, prasadanna, lana aisa vipra-dvare\n\nSYNONYMS\ncari\n\nkopina-bahirvasa-four\n\nsets\n\nof\n\nloincloths\n\nand\n\nexternal\n\nclothing;\n\nrakhiyachi-1 have kept; ghare-at home; taha-that; prasada-anna-remnants\nof food of Lord Jagannatha; /ana-taking; aisa-come here; vipra-dvare-by\nmeans of some brahmaQa.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Bring the four sets of loincloths and outer garments I keep at home, and\nalso some prasada of Lord Jagannatha's. You may carry these things with the\nhelp of some brahma�;�a.\"\nTEXT 61\n\ni!?;� :Jf��'';f �� �'l1f �1{?;'1 I\n�� 9ftf'f?;�, � �t1{ f���t� II�� II\ntabe sarvabhauma kahe prabhura caraQe\navasya palibe, prabhu, mora nivedane\n\n", "mad3#p0062": "The Lord's Tour of South India\n\nText 63]\n\n29\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\nprabhura caraQ e\n\n-\n\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma\n\nBhagacarya;\n\nkahe-said;\n\nunto the lotus feet of the Lord; avasya-certainly; pa/ibe-You\n\nwill keep; prabhu-my Lord; mora-my; nivedane-request.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was departing, sarvabhauma Bhattacarya submitted the following at His lotus feet: \"My L ord, I have one final\nrequest that I hope You will kindly fulfill.\nTEXT 62\n\n'flll illlft 1f'Al' � c;��rt-�tl: I\n\n�r�a'l' �t�il ,�t� f�Jtil�1( 11 �� 11\n'ramananda raya' ache godavari-tire\nadhikari hayena tenho vidyanagare\nSYNONYMS\nramananda raya-Ramanan da Raya; ache-there is; godavari-tire-on the bank\nof River Godavari; adhikari-a responsible officer; hayena-is; teriho-he; vidyanagare-in the town known as Vidyanagara.\nTRANSLATION\n\" In the town of Vidyanagara, on the bank of the Godavari, there is a responsible government officer named Ramananda R aya.\nPURPO RT\nIn the Amrta-pravaha-bha�ya, Bhaktivinoda Thakura states that Vidyanagara is\ntoday known as Poravandara. There is another Poravandara in western India in the\nprovince of Gujarat.\nTEXT 63\n\n� ��-wttil ��..-! iii �� I\n� ��il itt1f �tiff� II �� II\nsOdra vi�ayi-jnane upek�a na karibe\namara vacane tanre avasya milibe\nSYNONYMS\nsOdra-the fourth social division; vi�ayi-jfiane-by the impression of being a\nworldly man; upek�a-negligence; na karibe-should not do; amara-my;\n\n", "mad3#p0063": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n30\n\nvacane-on the request; tar'lre-him; avasya-certainly; mi/ibe-You should\nmeet.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please do not neglect him, thinking he belongs to a siidra family engaged\nin material activities. It is my request that You meet him without fail.\"\nPURPORT\nIn the varQasrama-dharma, the sudra is the fourth division in the social status.\n\nParicaryatmakarh karma sudrasyapi svabhava-jam (Bg. 18.44). Sudras are meant to\n\nengage in the service of the three higher cl asses\n\n-\n\nbrahmaQas, k?atriyas and\n\nvaisyas. Sri Ramananda Raya belonged to the karaQa class, which is the equivalent\n\nof the kayastha class in Bengal. This class is regarded all over India as sudra. It is\n\nsaid that the Bengali kayasthas were originally engaged as servants of brahmaQas\nwho came from North India to Bengal. Later, the clerical class became the\nkayasthas in Bengal. Now there are many mixed classes known as kayastha. Some­\n\ntimes it is said in Bengal that those who cannot claim any particular class belong to\nthe kayastha class. Although these kayasthas or karaQaS are considered sudras,\n\nthey are very intelligent and highly educated. Most of them are professionals such\n\nas lawyers or politicians. Thus in Bengal the kayasthas are sometimes considered\n\nk$atriyas. In Orissa, however, the kayastha class, which includes the karaQas, is\n\nconsidered in the sudra category. SrTia Ramananda Raya belonged to this karaQa\nclass; therefore he was considered a sudra. He was also the governor of South\nIndia under the regime of Maharaja Prataparudra of Orissa. In other words, Sarvabhauma Bhat�acarya informed Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu that Ramananda\nRaya, although belonging to the sudra class, was a highly responsible government\n\nofficer. As far as spiritual advancement is concerned, materialists, politicians and\nsudras are generally disqualified. Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya therefore requested\n\nthat Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu not neglect Ramananda Raya, who was highly advanced spiritually although he was born a sudra and a materialist.\n\nA vi$ayi is one who is attached to family life and is interested only in wife,\n\nchildren and worldly sense gratification. The senses can be engaged either in\nworldly enjoyment or in the service of the Lord. Those who are not engaged in\nthe service of the Lord and are interested only in material sense gratification are\n\ncalled vi�ayi. Srila Ramananda Raya was engaged in government service, and he\n\nbelonged to the karaQa class. He was certainly not a sannyasi in saffron cloth, yet\n\nhe was in the transcendental position of a paramaharhsa householder. Before be­\n\ncoming Caitanya Mahaprabhu's disciple, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya considered\nRamananda Raya an ordinary vi$ayi because he was a householder engaged in\n\ngovernment service. However, when the Bhattacarya was actually enlightened in\nVai�l)ava philosophy, he could understand the exalted transcendental position of\nSri Ramananda Raya; therefore he referred to him as adhikari. An adhikari is one\n\n", "mad3#p0064": "Text 66]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n31\n\nwho knows the transcendental science of Kr�r;�a and is engaged in His service;\ntherefore all grhastha devotees are designated as dasa adhikari.\nTEXT 64\n\n<;i!t1ft1l �tttt1f �m <;i!t�1 �� i5fi{ 1\n\ntoJr.t� 1f�<\\\"i 'e. i1t� it1f :J\\11 II �8 II\ntamara sangera yogya tenho eka jana\nprthivite rasika bhakta na.hi tanra sama\nSYNONYMS\n\ntamara-Your; sangera-of association; yogya-fit; tenho-he (Ramananda\nRaya); eka-one; jana-person; prthivite-in the world; rasika-ex pe rt in transcendental mellows; bhakta-devotee; nahi-there is none; tanra sama-like\nhim.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bha\"acarya continued: \"Riimananda Raya is a fit person to\nassociate with You; no other devotee can compare with him in knowledge of\nthe transcendental mellows.\nTEXT 65\n\n�fu'!J �t1f 'ef�1f:Jt\",-•tt� <;�tft1 �1{1 I\n�r�t\" ;srtfilt� '{fiT �tftt1f �11111 �� 11\n\npaQc;litya ara bhakti-rasa,-dunhera tenho sima\nsambha$ile janibe tumi tanhara mahima\nSYNONYMS\n\npaQc;litya-learning; ara-and; bhakti-rasa-the mellows of devotional service;\ndunhera-of these two; tenho-he; sima-the limit; sambha$ile-when You talk\nwith him; janibe-will know; tumi-You; tanhara-his; mahima- glories\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"He is a most learned scholar as well as an expert in devotional mellows.\nA ctually he is most exalted, and if You talk with him,You will see how glorious\nhe is.\nTEXT 66\n\n�'l)f�<fi ��J <;iji1 �'Rf i11 <Jf� I\n9f�t:Jt' <fflrn� it 1f '��' �� II �� II\n\n", "mad3#p0065": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n32\n\na/aukika vakya ce$ta tanra na bujhiya\nparihasa kariyachi tanre 'vai$1)ava' baliya\n\nSYNONYMS\na/aukika-uncommon;\nwithout;\n\nvakya-words;\n\nbujhiya-understanding;\n\nCe$ta-endeavor;\n\nparihasa-joking;\n\ntafira-his;\n\nna­\n\nkariyachi-1 have done;\n\ntanre-unto him; vai$1)ava-a devotee of the Lord; baliya-as.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I could not realize when I first spoke with Ramananda Raya that his topics\nand endeavors were all transcendentally uncommon. I made fun of him simply\nbecause he was a Vai$�ava.\"\nPURPORT\nAnyone who is a not a Vai�l)ava or unalloyed devotee of the Supreme Lord\nmust be a materialist. A Vai�l)ava living according to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\ninjunctions is certainly not on the materialistic platform. Caitanya means \"spiritual\nforce.\" All of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's activities were carried out on the platform of spiritual understanding; therefore only those who are on the spiritual platform are able to understand the activities of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Materialistic persons who cannot are generally known as karmis or jnanis. The jnanis\nare mental speculators who simply try to understand what is spirit and what is\nsoul. Their process is neti neti: \"This is not spirit, this is not Brahman.\" The jnanis\nare a little more advanced than the dull-headed karmis, who are simply interested\nin sense gratification. Before becoming a Vai�l)ava, Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya was\na mental speculator (jnani), and being such, he always cut jokes with Vai�l)avas. A\nVai�l)ava never agrees with the speculative system of the jnanis. Both the jnanis\nand karmis depend on direct sense perception for their imperfect knowledge. The\nkarmis never agree to accept anything not directly perceived, and the jnanis put\nforth only hypotheses. However, the Vai�l)avas, the unalloyed devotees of the\nLord, do not follow the process of acquiring knowledge by direct sense perception or mental speculation. Because they are servants of the Supreme Lord, devotees receive knowledge directly from the Supreme Personality of Godhead as He\nspeaks it in Bhagavad-gita, or sometimes as He imparts it from within as caityaguru. As stated in Bhagavad-gita:\nte$arh satata-yuktanarh\nbhajatarh priti-pOrvakam\ndadami buddhi-yogarh tarh\nyena mam upayanti te\n\n", "mad3#p0066": "Text 68)\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n33\n\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give the\nunderstanding by which they can come to Me.\" (Bg.\n\n10.10)\n\nThe Vedas are considered to have been spoken by the Supreme Lord. They\nwere first realized by Brahma, who is the first created being within the universe\n(tene brahma hrda ya adi-kavaye). Our process is to receive knowledge through\nthe parampara system, from Kr�Qa to Brahma, to Narada, Vyasa, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and the six Gosvamis. By disciplic succession, Lord Brahma was enlightened from within by the original person, Kr�rya. Our knowledge is fully perfect\ndue to being handed from master to disciple. A Vai�ryava is always engaged in the\ntranscendental loving service of the Lord, and as such neither karmis nor jnanis\ncan understand the activities of a Vai�ryava. It is said, vai$Qavera kriya-mudra vijfle\nna bujhaya: even the most learned man depending on direct perception of\nknowledge cannot understand the activities of a Vai�ryava After being initiated\ninto Vai�Qavism by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Bhanacarya realized what a mistake\nhe had made in trying to understand Rarnananda Ray a, who was very learned and\nwhose endeavors were all directed to rendering transcendental loving service to\nthe Lord.\n\nTEXT 67\n\n''!tlmf �w <.!1� �ll �t� � 1\n\n�vt� �t�� �11{ � �-. II �'\\ II\ntamara prasade ebe janinu tanra tattva\nsambha$ife janibe tatira yemana mahattva\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara prasade-by Your mercy; ebe-now; janinu-1 have understood;\ntatira-of him (Ramananda Raya);\n\ntattva-the truth;\n\nsambhJ$i/e-in talking\n\ntogether; janibe-You will know; taflra-his; yemana-such; mahattva-greatness.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhattacarya said: \"By Your mercy I can now understand the truth about\nRamananda Raya. In talking with him, You also will acknowledge his greatness.\"\nTEXT 68\n\n'filit<�St� <�SRI' �'- ��11{ �i� I\n�t� �wt� fif� �tt� '<fi'l 'filtfil�� II �IT' II\nangikara kari' prabhu tanhara vacana\ntanre vidaya dite tanre kai/a alingana\n\n", "mad3#p0067": "34\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nSYNONYMS\nangikara kari'-accepting this proposal; prabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ntanhara-of him (Sarvabhauma Bhaga�rya); vacana-the request; tanre-unto\nhim; vidaya dite-to offer farewell; tanre-him; kai/a-did; a/ingana-embracing .\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted Sarvabhauma Bhaffacarya's request\nthat He meet Ramananda Raya. Bidding him farewell, the Lord embraced him.\nTEXT 69\n\n\"1lt1f �� �f•' � <!iRf� �t�(tt� I\n\n�41ft� �f�' '�i{ 'i.!t1ft1t ��tt� u\" �� u\n\"ghare km:ra bhaji' more kariha asirvade\nnilacale asi' yena tomara prasade\"\nSYNONYMS\nghare-at home; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�r;�a; bhaji'-worshiping; more-unto Me;\nkariha-do; asirvade-blessing; nilaca/e-at Jagannatha Purl; asi'-retuming;\nyena-so that; tomara-your; prasade-by the mercy.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked the Bhattacarya's blessings while he was\nengaged in the devotional service of Lord Kr,.,a at home. The Lord wished to\nreturn again to Jagannatha Puri by his mercy.\nPURPORT\nThe word kariha asirvade means, \"continue to bestow your blessings upon Me!'\nBeing a sannyasi, Caitanya Mahaprabhu was on the highest platform of respect\nand adoration, whereas Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, as a householder, was on the\nsecond platform. Therefore a sannyasi is supposed to offer blessings to a grhastha.\nNow Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu by His practical behavior requested the blessings\nof a grhastha. This is the special significance of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's preaching. He gave equal status to everyone, regardless of material considerations. His\nmovement is thoroughly spiritual. Although apparently a grhastha (householder),\nSarvabhauma Bhatta�rya was unlike the so-called karmis interested in sense\ngratification. After being initiated by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Bhattacarya\nwas perfectly situated in the spiritual order; therefore it was quite possible for him\nto offer blessings even to a sannyasi. He was always engaged in the service of the\n\n", "mad3#p0068": "Text 71]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n35\n\nLord even at home. In our disciplic line we have the example of a perfect house­\n\nholder paramaharil sa-Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura. In his book SaraQagati, Bhakti­\n\nvinoda Thakura stated: ye dina grhe, bhajana dekhi', grhete go/aka bhaya\n\n(SaraQagati 31.6). Whenever a householder glorifies the Supreme Lord in his\n\nhome, his activities are immediately transformed into the activities of Goloka\n\nVrndavana, spiritual activities taking place in the Goloka Vrndavana planet of\nKr�l)a\n\nActivities exhibited by\n\nKf�l)a\n\nHimself\n\nat\n\nBhauma Vrndavana,\n\nthe\n\nVrndavana-dhama existing on this planet, are not different from His activities on\nthe planet Goloka Vrndavana. This is proper realization of Vrndavana anywhere.\n\nIn our Kf�l)a consciousness movement we inaugurated the New\n\nVrndavana activities wherein devotees are always engaged in the transcendental\nloving service of the Lord, and this is not different from Goloka Vrndavana. The\nconclusion is that one who acts strictly in the line of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is\ncompetent to offer blessings to sannyasis, even though he be a grhastha house­\n\nholder. Although he is in an exalted position, a sannyasi yet must elevate himself\n\nto the transcendental platform by rendering service to the Lord. By his actual\nbehavior, Caitanya Mahaprabhu begged the blessings of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya. He set the example of how one should expect blessings from a Vai�l)ava,\nregardless of his social position.\nTEXT 70\n\n�I! <ffGII' �� <fi� \"il'alil I\n\nIJ{� l(�11!1� 'Pff� �t{t�''lfll 'l0 II\neta bali' mahaprabhu karila gamana\nmarcchita hana tahan pac;lila sarvabhauma\nSYNONYMS\n\neta bali'-saying this; maha-prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karila-made;\nmurcchita-fainted;\nhana-becoming;\ntahan-there;\npac;lila-fell down; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya.\n\ngamana-departure;\n\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu departed on His tour, and Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya immediately fainted and fell to the ground.\nTEXT 71\n\n�ttif �-Ptm1 '�\"�!I -st11ill\nc;<\\'i '1f�tl! � 11l(tl!!f,_1( ��·11il II 'l � II\n\n", "mad3#p0069": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n36\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\ntanre upek$iya kaila sighra gamana\nke bujhite pare mahaprabhura citta-mana\nSYNONYMS\ntanre-unto Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; upek$iya-not paying serious attention; kai/a-did; sighra-very fast; gamana-walking; ke-who; bujhite-to\nunderstand; pare-is able; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; cittamana-the mind and intention.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Sarvabhauma Bhaftadrya fainted , Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu did\nnot take notice of him. Rather, He left quickly. Who can understand the mind\nand intention of Sri Caitanya MahaprabhuJ\nPURPORT\nIt was naturally expected that when Sarvabhauma Bhat�carya fainted and fell\nto the ground Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would have taken care of him and waited\nfor him to regain consciousness, but He did not do so. Rather, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu immediately started on His tour. It is therefore very difficult to understand the activities of a transcendental person. Sometimes they may seem rather\nodd, but a transcendental personality remains in his position, unaffected by material considerations.\nTEXT 72\n\n11���1t�1l �t�1l 'l51te'M IJI� �11 I\n�G!Pf-� <;�t�, ��i{ �111111 9� II\nmahanubhavera cittera svabhava ei haya\npu$pa-sama komala, kathina vajra-maya\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-anubhavera-of a great personality; cittera-of the mind; svabhava-the\nnature; ei haya-this is; pu$pa-sama-like a flower; komala-soft; kathinahard; vajra-maya-like a thunderbolt.\nTRANSLATION\nThis is the nature of the mind of an uncommon personality. Sometimes it is\nsoft like a flower, but sometimes it is as hard as a thunderbolt.\n\n", "mad3#p0070": "Text 74]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n37\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe softness of a flower and the hardness of a thunderbolt are reconciled in the\nbehavior of a great personality. The following quotation from Uttara-rama-racita\n\n(2.7) explains this behavior. One may also consult Madhya-lila, Third Chapter,\nverse 212.\nTEXT 73\n\n<t�lifM •nit�tf'l �'i_f'{ ��'ltlif9f 1\nC\"'tl:�tl8�t<!i� C��t� f'f C�1 � f<t�rt�.r\\\".(�: II 'I �II\nvajrad api kathoraQi\nmrduni kusumad api\nlokottaraQaril cetarilsi\nko nu vijfiatum isvarab\nSYNONYMS\n\nvajrat api-than a thunderbolt; kathoraQi-harder; mrduni-softer; kusumat\napi-than a flower; loka-uttaraQam-persons above the human platform of\nbehavior; cetarilsi-the hearts; kab-who; nu-but; vijfiatum-to understand;\nisvarab -able.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The hearts of those above common behavior are sometimes harder than a\nthunderbolt and sometimes softer than a flower. How can one accommodate\nsuch contradictions in great personalitiesl\"\nTEXT 74\n\nfimtil:llt �� �it�tt-ti ��Gil' I\n�HI �t<\\'illr;tr itr;11 �r;11 �1��� II '18 II\nnityananda prabhu bhattacarye uthaila\ntanra loka-sange tanre ghare pathaila\nSYNONYMS\n\nnityananda prabhu-Lord Sri Nityananda Prabhu; bhattacarye-Sarvabhauma\nBhattacarya;\n\nuthaila-raised;\n\ntanra-His; loka-sange-along with associates;\n\ntanre-him (the Bhattacarya); ghare-to his home; pathaila-sent.\n\n", "mad3#p0071": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n38\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Nityananda Prabhu raised Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, and with the help\nof His men saw him to his home.\nTEXT 75\n\n<e�'St'l lfr!l �tfjf' '� �'t_� �t� I\n<m-��1W \"f�1 i!t<l �1 <;'Stti!\\ilt� II 'l� II\nbhakta-gaf)a sighra asi' /aila prabhura satha\nvastra-prasada lana tabe aila gopinatha\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-gaQa-devotees;\n\nsighra-very\n\nswiftly;\n\nasi'-coming;\n\n/ai/a-took;\n\nprabhura-of the Lord; satha-the company; vastra-the garments; prasadaand Lord Jagannatha's\n\nprasada;\n\n/ana-with;\n\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nai/a-came;\n\ngopinatha-Gopinatha Acarya.\nTRANSLATION\nImmediately\n\nall\n\nthe\n\ndevotees\n\ncame\n\nand\n\npartook\n\nof\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's company. Afterwards, Gopinatha Acarya came with the garments and prasada.\nTEXT 76\n\n�ii!l1·�t� � i!t<l �t\"ft\"filt� ��\"til\n� �fif' i!tt � <l'l�fi! '�\"fill 9� II\nsaba-sange prabhu tabe a/alanatha aila\nnamaskara kari' tare bahu-stuti kaila\nSYNONYMS\nsaba-sar'lge-with all of them; prabhu-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tabethen; a/a/anatha-the place named Alalanatha; ai/a-reached; namaskara kari'offering obeisances; tare-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bahu-stuti-many\nprayers; kaila-offered.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees followed Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to a place known as\nAlalanatha. There they all offered respects and various prayers.\n\n", "mad3#p0072": "Text 79]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n39\n\nTEXT 77\n\n'1211ft�-t iji!J�� C<f.\"' <f.i!�'l I\n\n'�f�ti! 'Cil�\"'j i!l�i �� �i! �il II �� II\npremavese nrtya-gita kaila kata-k$af)a\ndekhite ai/a tahan vaise yata jana\nSYNONYMS\nprema-avese-in the great ecstasy of love of Godhead; nrtya-gita-dancing\n\nand chanting; kaila-performed; kata-k$af)a-for some time; dekhite-to see;\n\nai/a -came; tahan-there; vaise-who live; yata jana-all the men.\nTRANSLATION\nIn great ecstasy, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu danced and chanted for some\ntime. Indeed, all the neighbors came to see Him.\nTEXT 78\n\n'��ti! ll� '\"'t� �tilf '�' '��' I\n'<$rtt�t-t 'llt�J iji!J �t� ''it��fit II �lr II\ncaudikete saba /aka bale 'hari' 'hari'\npremavese madhye nrtya kare gaurahari\nSYNONYMS\ncaudikete-all around; saba /oka-all persons; bale-shout; hari hari-the\nholy name of the Lord; prema-avese-in ecstatic love; madhye-in the middle;\n\nnrtya kare-dances; gaura-hari-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll around Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is also known as Gaurahari,\npeople began to shout the holy name of Hari. Lord Caitanya, immersed in His\nusual ecstasy of love, danced in the midst of them.\nTEXT 79\n\n�t•il·ll,-1 ��' 'CI115'1 �:Jiil I\n�&'(�-��-<;�� l!�tr;i! ,_�'l II �� II\n\n", "mad3#p0073": "40\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nkaiicana-sadrsa deha, arul)a vasana\npulakasru-kampa-sveda tahate bh0$al)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nkancana-sadrsa-like molten gold; deha-a body; arul)a-saffron; vasanagarments; pu/aka-a5ru-standing of hair and crying; kampa-trembling; svedaperspiration; tahate-therein; bha$al)a-the ornaments.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe body of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was naturally very beautiful. It was\nlike molten gold dressed in saffron cloth. Indeed, He was most beautiful for\nbeing ornamented with the ecstatic symptoms, which caused His hair to stand\non end, tears to well in His eyes and His body to tremble and perspire all over.\nTEXT 80\n\n��m '\"ftt�11' Jfti( c�� �e.�rn 1\n\"� (;\"'t� �t�t:Jt, �� i(t� \"111 �11' II �o II\ndekhiya /akera mane haila camatkara\nyata /aka aise, keha nahi yaya ghara\n\nSYNONYMS\ndekhiya-seeing all this; lakera-af the people; mane-in the minds; hai/athere was;\n\ncamatkara-astonishment;\n\nyata-all;\n\n/oka-people;\n\naise-came\n\nthere; keha-anyone; nahi-not; yaya-goes; ghara-home.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone present was astonished to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's dancing\nand His bodily transformations. Whoever came did not want to return home.\nTEXT 81\n\n�� i(tt�, �� �' '1\\��' '(;'$11-Pt�' I\n(;�� �tfil� 00�,-'ft-��-�t�t� II r� II\nkeha nace, keha gaya, 'sri-k[$1)a' 'gopa/a'\npremete bhasila /aka, -stri-vrddha-abala\n\nSYNONYMS\nkeha nace-someone dances; keha gaya-someone chants; sri-k[$1)a-Lord Sri\nKr�t:�a's name; gapa/a-Goplila's name; premete-in love of Godhead; bhasila-\n\n", "mad3#p0074": "Text 83]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n41\n\nfloated; /oka-all the people; stri-women; vrddha-old men; a-ba/a-from the\nchildren.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone-including children, old men and women-began to dance and\nchant the holy names of Sri K���a and Gopala. In this way they all floated in\nthe ocean of love of Godhead.\nTEXT 82\n\n<;iff�' fili!J'til\"f c.2!'¥_ <fi� �9'm;'i I\n\nl.!l�1'1it� � �'$f � �tt�·�'tt1f II lr� II\ndekhi' nityananda prabhu kahe bhakta-gat)e\nei-rupe nrtya age habe grame-grame\n\nSYNONYMS\ndekhi'-seeing this; nityananda-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; prabhu -the Lord;\nkahe-says; bhakta-gaQe-unto the devotees; ei-rupe-in this way; nrtyadancing; age-ahead; habe-there will be; grame-grame-in every village.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing the chanting and dancing of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nLord Nityananda predicted that later there would be dancing and chanting in\nevery village.\nPURPORT\nThis prediction of Sri Nityananda Prabhu is applicable not only in India but also\nall over the world. That is now happening by His grace. The members of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness are now traveling from one village to\nanother in the Western countries and are even carrying the Deity with them.\nThese devotees distribute various literatures all over the world. We hope that\nthese devotees who are preaching the message of S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu will\nvery seriously follow strictly in His footsteps. If they follow the rules and regulations and chant sixteen rounds daily, their endeavor to preach the cult of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu will certainly be successful.\n\nTEXT 83\n\n�fi!<fi� ���' �<fi li.t�1 �1 � I·\n�t� f�Hil\"f-,'$f'Pltf� �f�fli ii�t� lllr� II\n\n", "mad3#p0075": "42\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila , Ch. 7\n\natikala hai/a, /aka cha{fiya na yaya\ntabe nityananda-gosani srjila upaya\nSYNONYMS\natikala-very late; haila-it was; /aka-the people in general; cha{iiya-giving\nup; na yaya-do not go; tabe-at that time; nityananda-Srila Nityananda\nPrabhu; gosani-the spiritual master; srji/a-invented; upaya-a means.\nTRANSLATION\nsee·ng that it was already getting late, lord Nityananda Prabhu, the spiritual\nmaster, invented a means to disperse the crowd.\nTEXT 84\n\n�'IJ1� �t'! c;��i �� \"J<J:Pi I\n\n�t�i c;��' ,a;rt� �t�t�� ,ij)fwt� �t�i 11 vs 11\nmadhyahna karite gela prabhuke lana\ntaha dekhi' /aka aise caudike dhana\nSYNONYMS\nmadhyahna karite-to take lunch at noon; ge/a-went; prabhuke-Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; /ana-taking; taha dekhi'-seeing that; /aka-the people\nin general; aise-came; caudike-all around; dhana-running.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen lord Nityananda Prabhu took Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu for lunch at\nnoon, everyone came running around Them.\nTEXT 85\n\n�'flt� �mi �tl� 'W�i!i-�f\"'t1f I\nf-1��'1 �t�f.t· ��i� Pf� ��\\'!.,�if II lr<t II.\nmadhyahna kariya aila devata-mandire\nnija-gaQa pravesi' kapata dila bahir-dvare\nSYNONYMS\nmadhyahna kariya-performing bathing, etc; ai/a-came back; devata-mandire-to the temple of the Lord; nija-gaQa pravesi'-allowing His own men;\nkapata di/a-shut; bahir-dvare-the outside door.\n\n", "mad3#p0076": "The Lord's Tour of South India\n\nText 87]\n\n43\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter finishing Their baths, They returned at noon to the temple. Admitting\nHis own men, Sri Nityananda Prabhu closed the outside door.\nTEXT 86\n\nl!!';<f ,<ijtiftilt� ��12l'l'� r�-.-� ��tl'i' 1\n12lif1'1' '� �lft�ilflft<f �tS' �i�� lllr� II\ntabe gopinatha dui-prabhure bhik�a karaila\nprabhura se�a prasadanna sabe bafiti' khai/a\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereupon;\n\ngopinatha-GopTnatha Acarya;\n\ndui-prabhure-unto the\n\ntwo Lords Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Nityananda Prabhu; bhik�a karaila-gav e\nprasada to eat; prabhura-of the Lord; se�a-the remnants; prasada-anna-food;\nsabe-all of them; baliti'-sharing; khaila-ate.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya then brought prasada for the two Lords to eat, and after\nThey ate, the remnants of the food were distributed to all the devotees.\nTEXT 87\n\n�fil' �fil' ''i't�·lf<f �tf:J� <f��T!';1'f I\n'\n\n'!t�' '!tRt' <ffa;J' ''i't� '�taort�'i' �t1'f II lr<l II\nsuni' suni' /oka-saba asi' bahir-dvare\n'hari' 'hari' bali' /oka kolahala kare\nSYNONYMS\nsuni' suni'-hearing this; /oka-saba-all the people; asi'-coming there; bahirdvare-to the outside door; hari hari-the holy name of the Lord; ba/i'-chanted;\n/oka-all the people; ko/aha/a-tumultuous sound; kare-made.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing about this, everyone there came to the outside door and began\nchanting the holy name, \"Hari! Hari!\" Thus there was a tumultuous sound.\n\n", "mad3#p0077": "44\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 88\n\n'!t� Jt�t�'t_ � �it�� {;Jltiji{ I\n�te{t� �tf�1 {;�t� �t�� 5f� ll1r1r II\ntabe mahaprabhu dvara karaila mocana\nanande asiya /aka paila dara5ana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-thereupon; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dvara-the door;\nkaraila-made; mocana-opening; anande-in great pleasure; asiya-coming;\n/oka-all the people; paila-got; darasana-sight.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter lunch, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu made them open the door. In this way\neveryone received His audience with great pleasure.\nTEXT 89\n\n��i! �J1 91�� \"\"� �tr;:Jf, �'111 I\n'��' �-� �t<f), ll!';� e{t!';�, �HI II lr� li\nei-mata sandhya paryanta /aka ase, yaya\n'vai$Qava' ha-ifa /aka, sabe nace, gaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; sandhya paryanta-until evening; /aka-people; ase\nyaya-come and go; vai$Qava-devotees; ha-ifa-became; /oka-all the people;\nsabe-all of them; nace-dance; gaya-and chant.\nTRANSLATION\nThe people came and went until evening, and all of them became Vai�r:tava\ndevotees and began to chant and dance.\nTEXT 90\n\n���!';� � �� 'e�'$1'l·�!';\"P I\n� iltful (:<$1ti$·t-�1 ���'41·ittot II �o II\nei-nipe sei thani bhakta-gaQa-sange\nsei ratri gonaila kr$Qa-katha-range\n\n", "mad3#p0078": "Text 92]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n45\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-rupe-in this way; sei thani-in that place; bhakta-gaQa-sange-with the\ndevotees; sei ratri-that night; gonai/a-passed; kr�Qa-katha-range-in great\npleasure discussing Lord Kr�r;�a.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then passed the n ight there and discussed the\npastimes of Lord Kr�.,a with His devotees with great pleasure.\nTEXT 91\n\n�t'!:�ttl'f � �fit' ���1 �1fil I\n��r;sj �Rl �i �fil' �t� II\"'� II\npratal)-kale snana kari' karila gamana\nbhakta-gaQe vidaya dila kari' alingana\nSYNONYMS\npratal)- ka/e -in the morning; snana-bath; kari'-after taking; kari /a-started;\n\ngamana-tour; bhakta-gaQe-to all the devotees; vidaya-farewell; di/a-gave;\nkari' -doing; a/ingana-embracing.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next morning, after taking His bath, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu started\non His South Indian tour. He bade farewell to the devotees by embracing\nthem.\nTEXT 92\n\n'IJ...�\\! �$i � 't_fil� �f$illi I\nftrti·��i �t;i{ �'t_ f�fit' iii �t�l'f1 II \"'� II\nmurcchita hana sabe bhumite pagi/a\ntanha-saba pane prabhu phiri' na cahila\nSYNONYMS\nmurcchita hafla-becoming unconscious; sabe-all; bhumite-on the ground;\npa{lila-fell down; tanha-saba-all o f them; pane-toward; prabhu-Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; phiri'- tu rni ng; na-not; cahila-saw.\n\n", "mad3#p0079": "46\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough they all fell to the ground unconscious, the Lord did not turn to\nsee them but proceeded onward.\nTEXT 93\n\nRf;�� �:rt�\"'f � ��\"'11 �=� �1!131 I\n\n9ltr;� ��ift:JJ �111 �\"'19lti! \"'11!131 II C\\)� II\nvicchede vyakula prabhu calila du/:lkhi hana\npache kr�Qadasa yaya jala-patra lana\n\nSYNONYMS\nvicchede-in separati on;\n\nvyaku/a-perturbed;\n\nprabhu-Lord Sri Cai tanya\n\nMahaprabhu; ca/i/a-went on; du/:lkhi-unhappy; hana-becoming; pachejust behind; kr�Qa-dasa-His servant named Kr�r:Jadasa; yaya-went; jala-patrathe water pot; /ana-taking.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn separation, the Lord became very perturbed and walked on unhappily.\nHis servant, Kr�r:Jadasa, who was carrying His water pot, followed behind.\nTEXT 94\n\nlftl�'l �9l�� i!�t� ���1 I\n�� flfr;i( l:� �1!131 �t�� ��� II �8 II\nbhakta-gaf)a upavasi tahani rahila\nara dine dul)khi hana ni/acale ai/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-gaf)a-the\n\ndevotees;\n\nupavasi-fasting;\n\ntahani-there;\n\nrahila­\n\nremained; ara dine-on the next day; du/:lkhi-unhappy; hana-becoming;\nni/acale-to )a gannatha Puri; ai/a-returned.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees remained there and fasted, but the next day they all unhappily returned to Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 95\n\nq���·�t11 � <fifil\"\"'f1 $ii( I\n<;��t-f �111 <fi�' i('t1f·:Jf���i( II C\\)(t II\n\n", "mad3#p0080": "The Lord's Tour of South India\n\nText 96]\n\n47\n\nmatta-sirhha-praya prabhu karila gamana\npremavese yaya kari' nama-satikirtana\n\nSYNONYMS\nmatta-sirhha-a mad lion;\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkari/a-did;\n\npraya-almost like; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\n\ngamana-touring;\n\nprema-avese-in ecstatic love;\n\nyaya-goes; kari'-performing; nama-satikirtana-chanting Kr�l)a's name.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlmost like a mad lion, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went on His tour\nfilled with ecstatic love and performing sankirtana, chanting Kr��a's names as\nfollows.\nTEXT 96\n\n�! ?�!��! �!�������!'�'\n�� ?�!�!�! ������!�II\n�!�� !�! �!��!�� ! �\"i'Ji 'Ilt'{_ I\n�!��!�!�! ��!��!9ft� 1lt''{_ll\n�t'Il ! �t'<!<! ! �t'Il ! �t'<f<! ! �t'Il ! �t'<!<! ! �\"i'Ji 'I!P{_ I\n\n� ! C<ll\"\"f'<! !��! C<ll\"f'<! ! �! C<ll\"\"t<! ! 9ft� 'Ilt'( II\nkr$Qal kr$Qal kr$Qal kr$Qal kr$Qal kr�Qal kr$Qal he\nkr$Qal kr$Qal kr$Qal kr$Qal kr$Qal kr$Qal kr$Qal he\nkr$Qal kr$Qal kr$Qal kr$Qal kr$Qal kr�Qal rak$a mam\nkr$Qal kr$Qal kr�Qal kr$Qal kr$Qal kr$Qal pahi mam\nramal raghaval ramal raghaval ramal raghaval rak$a mam\nkr$Qal kesaval kr�Qal kesaval kr$Qal kesaval pahi mam\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr$Qa-Lord Kr�l')a; he-0; rak$a-please protect; mam-me; pahi-please\nmaintain; rama-Lord Rama; raghava-descendant of King Raghu; kesava-killer\nof the Kesi demon.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord chanted:\nKr��a! Kn�a! Kn�a! Kr��� Kr��a! Kn�a! Kr��a! he\nKr��a! Kr��a! Kr��a! Kn�a! Kn�a! Kn�a! Kn�a! he\nKr��a! Kr��a! Kr��a! Kn�! Kr��a! Kn�a! rak�a mam\nKr��a! Kr��a! Km1a! Kr��a! Kr��a! Kr��a! pahi mam\n\n", "mad3#p0081": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n48\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nThat is, \"0 Lord K��Qa, please protect Me and maintain Me.\" He also chanted:\nRamal Raghaval Ramal Raghaval Ramal Raghaval r;ll,�a mam\nK��.,al Kesaval Kr�.,al Ke5aval Kr�r:tal Ke5aval pahi mam\nThat is, \"0 Lord Rama, descendant of King Raghu, please protect Me. 0\nKr�Qa, 0 Kesava, killer of the Ke5i demon, please maintain Me.\"\nTEXT 97\n\n�� �1� 91�' �� �fil'f1 ,�fm 1\n(;t'f't<f; c;�f1t' �� CIS�,- <liT '�f1f' '�fit' II �'\\ II\nei 51oka pa(ji' pathe calila gaurahari\nloka dekhi' pathe kahe, -bala 'hari' 'hari'\n\nSYNONYMS\nei 51oka pa(ji'-reciting this verse kr�Qa! kr�Qa!; pathe-on the way; cali/awent; gaura-hari-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; loka dekhi'-seeing other\npeople; pathe-on the way; kahe-He says; bala-say; hari hari-the holy name\nof Lord Hari.\n\nTRANSLATION\nChanting this verse, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, known as Gaurahari,\nwent on His way. As soon as He saw someone, He would request him to chant,\n\"Haril Haril\"\nTEXT 98\n\n(;:Jl� � (;\\2!11� ��i <l?;ilf '�fit' '��' I\n�1t 9117;- :Jl?;!Jf �� Wafi{·lllf� II �lr II\nsei loka prema-matta hana bale 'hari' 'kr�Qa'\nprabhura pache sar'lge yaya dar5ana-satr�Qa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei loka-that person; prema-matta-maddened in love of Godhead; hanabecoming; bale-says; hari kr�Qa-the holy name of Lord Hari and Lord Kr�r;�a;\nprabhura pache-behind the Lord; sar'lge-with Him; yaya-goes; dar5anasatr�Qa-being very eager to see Him.\n\n", "mad3#p0082": "Text 100]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n49\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhoever heard Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu chant, \"Hari, Hari/' also\nchanted the holy name of Lord Hari and Km•a. In this way, they all followed\nthe Lord, very eager to see Him.\nTEXT 99\n\n���'1 11�' 121'- i!1� �1�f1nl1 1\n�W1� <lifil \"f i!tt1 -tf� �•1fil1fl II �� II\nkata-k$af)e rahi' prabhu tare alirigiya\nvidaya karila tare sakti sancJ.riya\nSYNONYMS\nkata-k$aQe rahi '- after remaining for some time; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; tare-them; a /irigiya - embracing; vidaya karila-bade farewell;\ntare-in them; sakti-spiritual potency; saflcJ.riya-investing.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter some time, the Lord would embrace these people and bid them to\nreturn home, after investing them with spiritual potency.\nPURPORT\nIn his Amrta-pravaha-bha$ya, SrTla Bhaktivinoda Thakura explains that this\nspiritual potency is the essence of the pleasure potency and the eternity potency.\nBy these two potencies, one is empowered with devotional service. Lord Kr�r:Ja\nHimself, or His representative, the unalloyed devotee, can mercifully bestow\nthese combined potencies upon any man. Being thus endowed with such potencies, one can become an unalloyed devotee of the Lord. Anyone favored by Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was empowered with this bhakti-sakti. Thus the Lord's\nfollowers were able to preach Kr�r:Ja consciousness by divine grace.\nTEXT 100\n\n� �-�Jf ��111 �� I\n'*�' Clffl' �17;�, <lilt\"'' i{l� 'fS!ll� ll �\"\" ll\nsei-jana nija-grame kariya gamana\n'kr$Qa' bali' hase, kande, nace anuk$aQa\n\n", "mad3#p0083": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n50\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei-jana-that person; nija-grame-to his own village; kariya gamana-return\ning there;\n\n­\n\nk[$Qa ba/i'-saying the holy name of Lord Kr�r:Ja; hase-laughs;\n\nkilnde-cries; nace-dances; anu k$aQa-always.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing thus empowered, they would return to their own villages, always\nchanting the holy name of Kr�1.1a and sometimes laughing, crying and dancing.\nTEXT 101\n\n�f (;ift�, t:!'tt1f �!';�,-�� ��iftJf I\n\n�·J{t:! 'C���' C� 'I �� fil''h!tiJf II � \"� II\nyare dekhe, tare kahe, -kaha k[$Qa-nilma\nei-mata 'vai$Qava' kaila saba nija-grilma\n\nSYNONYMS\nyare dekhe-whomever he meets; tare-to him; kahe-he says; kaha kr$nanilma-kindly chant the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra; ei mata-in this way; vai$Qava-\n\ndevotees of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kaila-made; saba-all; nijagrama-his own village.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThese empowered people used to\n\nrequest everyone and anyone­\n\nwhomever they saw-to chant the holy name of Kr�Qa. In this way all the\nvillagers would also become devotees of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nIn order to become an empowered preacher, one must be favored by Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu or His devotee, the spiritual master. One must also request\neveryone to chant the maha-mantra. In this way, such a person can convert others\nto Vai�l)avism, showing them how to become pure devotees of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 102\n\n�t�t'ft c�ti! OTf�ci! �tt� �i! 'Sf� 1\n\nit1f �.fil·\"f� � �Hf �Jf II �\"� II\ngramantara haite dekhite ai/a yata jana\ntanra darsana-krpaya haya tanra sama\n\n", "mad3#p0084": "Text 104]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n51\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ngrama-antara haite -from different villages; dekhite-to see; ai/a-came; yata\njana-all the persons; tarira-his; darsana-krpaya-by the mercy of seeing him;\n\nhaya-become; tar'lra sama-similar Vai�l')avas.\nTRANSLATION\nSimply by seeing such empowered individuals, people from different\nvillages would become like them by the mercy of their glance.\nTEXT 103\n\n,� �tl' t!tt�11� 00� C�<f �� I\n���t� ��' �K� Qif�' C<f�<f �II �0� II\nsei yai' gramera loka vai$T)ava karaya\nanya-grami asi' tanre dekhi' vai$T)ava haya\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that Vai�l')ava; yai'-going to his own village;\n\ngramera /oka-all the\n\npeople of the village; vai$Qava-devotees; karaya-makes; anya-grami-inhabitants from different villages; asi'-coming there; tanre dekhi'-by seeing them;\n\nvai$T)ava haya-become devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen these individuals returned to their villages, the y also converted\nothers into devotees. When others came to see them, they also were converted.\nTEXT 104\n\n�t �t' � �ttl{ �7;11 IS�'l-t I\n�l\"ll� 'C��<t' C�\"f :Jl� wf't''l·<;Wllf II �oS II\nsei yai' ara grame kare upadesa\nei-mata 'vai$T)ava' haila saba dak$if)a-desa\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that man; yai'-going; <'Ira-different; grame-to the villages;\n\nkare­\n\ngives; upadesa-instruction; ei-mata-in this way; vai$Qava-devotees; haifabecame; saba-all; dak$if)a-desa-the people of South India.\n\n", "mad3#p0085": "Sri Caitanya-caritampa\n\n52\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, as those men went from one village to another, all the people of\nSouth India became devotees.\nTEXT 105\n\n��� �r;� �f{r;� -ti! -ti! \\91� I\n''<!�<!' <li� itt1f <!iRl' �tf�� II �o<t II\nei-mata pathe yaite sata sata jana\n'vai$Qava' karena tanre kari' alingana\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; pathe-on the way; yaite-while passing; sata satahundreds and hundreds; jan a-persons; vai$Qava-devotees; karena-makes;\ntanre-Him; kari'-doing; a/ingana-embracing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus many hundreds of people became Vai��;�avas when they passed the\nLord on the way and were embraced by Him.\nTEXT 106\n\n,�� �t� 11�' r�-.l <lit�� �t1t �t1f ,\n�� �tl:111f �� (;\"ft<!i �t�� '�\"tlf;1f 11�0�11\nyei grame rahi' bhik$.3 karena yanra ghare\nsei gramera yata /aka aise dekhibare\n\nSYNONYMS\nyei grame-in whatever village; rahi'-staying; bhik$a-alms; karena-accepts; yanra-w hose; ghare-at home; sei-that; gramera-of the village; yata\n/oka-all the persons; aise-come; dekhibare-to see.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn whatever village Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stayed to accept alms, many\npeople came to see Him.\nTEXT 107\n\n�1f ?�� � �t�t� I\n� �� ��� :tl�i �trn'f 19?'ite. 11 �o'l 11\n\n", "mad3#p0086": "Text 109]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n53\n\nprabhura krpaya haya mahabhagavata\nsei saba acarya hana tarifa jagat\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura\n\nkrpaya-by\n\nthe\n\nmercy\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\nhaya- beco me;\n\nmaha­\n\nbh agavata - first-class devotees; sei saba-all such persons; acarya-teachers;\n\nhana-becoming; tarifa-liberated; jagat-the whole world.\nTRANSLATION\nBy the mercy of the Supreme lord, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, everyone became a first-class devotee. later they became teachers or spiritual masters and\nliberated the entire world.\nTEXT 108\n\n�·\"at\\! �<fi'\"li �'M� <;'St�i (;ll'l_�ilfi I\nll�Wllf 'C���' ��'\"! � �lflftqj II � olr II\nei-mata kaifa yavat gefa setubandhe\nsarva-desa 'vai$f)ava' haifa prabhura sambandhe\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way;\n\nkaifa-performed;\n\nyavat-until;\n\ngefa -went;\n\nsetu­\n\nbandhe-to the southernmost part of India; sarva-desa-all the countries;\nvai$1')ava -devotees; haifa-became; prabhura-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nsambandhe-in connection with.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way the lord went to the extreme southern part of India, and He converted all the provinces to Vai,r:tavism.\nTEXT 109\n\nil��1;91 '�t llff� iii �<fi�i �<fittllf I\n,, -t� �tfit• �t�� wr-.'ttWtllf II �o� II\nnavadvipe yei sakti na kaila prakase\nse sakti prakasi' nistarifa dak$if)a-dese\nSYNONYMS\nnava-dvipe-at NavadvTpa; yei-that which; sakti-the potency; na-not;\n\nkai/a-did;\n\nprakase-manifestation;\n\nse-that;\n\nsakti-potency;\n\nmanifesting; nistari /a - delivered; dak$if)a-dese-South India.\n\nprakasi'­\n\n", "mad3#p0087": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n54\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu did not manifest His spiritual potencies at\nNavadvipa, but He did manifest them in South India and liberated all the\npeople there.\nPURPORT\nAt that time there were many smartas (nondevotee followers of Vedic rituals) at\nthe holy place of NavadvTpa, which was also the birthplace of Lord SrT Caitanya\nMahiiprabhu. Followers of the smrti-sastra are called smartas. Most of them are\nnondevotees, and their main business is following strictly the brahminical principles. However, they are not enlightened in devotional service. In NavadvTpa all\nthe learned scholars are followers of the smrti-sastra, and Lord Caitanya\nMahiiprabhu did not attempt to convert them. Therefore the author has remarked\nthat the spiritual potency Lord SrT Caitanya Mahiiprabhu did not manifest at\nNavadvipa was by His grace manifest in South India. Thus everyone there became\na V ai�r;�ava. By this it is to be understood that people are really interested in\npreaching in a favorable situation. If the candidates for conversion are too disturbing, a preacher may not attempt to spread Kr�r;�a consciousness amongst them. It\nis better to go where the situation is more favorable. This Kr�r;�a consciousness\nmovement was first attempted in India, but the people of India, being absorbed in\npolitical thoughts, did not take to it. They were entranced by the political leaders.\nWe preferred, therefore, to come to the West, following the order of our spiritual\nmaster, and by the grace of Lord Caitanya Mahiiprabhu this movement is becoming successful.\nTEXT 110\n\n�t<fi '� �iS'f, �t1f �111\" �'Pli � I\n'�� � �-� �� �J �' �� II ��o II\nprabhuke ye bhaje, tare tanra krpa haya\nsei se e-saba lila satya kari' laya\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhuke-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahiiprabhu; ye-anyone who; bhaje-wor­\n\nships; tare-unto him; tanra-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; krpa-the mercy;\nhaya-there is; sei se-such person; e-saba-all these; lila-pastimes; satyatruth; kari'-accepting as; laya-takes.\nTRANSLATION\nlord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's empowering of others can be understood\nby one who is actually a devotee of the lord and who has received His mercy.\n\n", "mad3#p0088": "Text 113]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n55\n\nTEXT 111\n\n�rr;;�f<fi�·alflllft1l �� if! � fcl� 1\n��'fRi, ��t'ft<fi I!� rt� �t-t II ��� II\nalaukika-lilaya yara na haya visvasa\niha-laka, para-/aka tara haya nasa\nSYNONYMS\na/aukika-uncamman; li/aya-in the pastimes; yara-of someone; na-not;\nhaya-there is; visvasa-faith; iha-laka-in this world; para-/aka-in the next\nworld; tara-of him; haya-there is; nasa-destruction.\nTRANSLATION\nIf one does not believe in the uncommon, transcendental pastimes of the\nLord, he is vanquished both in this world and in the next.\nTEXT 112\n\n��t1l� <fifrt'f �'lf �� � I\n��111! �tfilrt �-rte, �f-qi'l·t!i1l'l I I��� I\nprathamei kahila prabhura ye-nJpe gamana\nei-mata janiha yavat dak�il')a-bhramaQa\nSYNONYMS\nprathamei-at the beginning; kahi/a-1 have explained; prabhura-of Lord SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; ye-rupe-as; gamana-the touring; ei-mata-in this way;\njaniha-you should know; yavat-as long as; dak�iQa-bhramal')a-touring in\nSouth India.\nTRANSLATION\nWhatever I have stated about the beginning of the Lord's movement should\nalso be understood to hold for as long as the Lord toured South India.\nTEXT 113\n\n�i:11i! �1�ti! �1�1! '�i ��\"ltt� I\n� '��' �<fi'f itt� ��·�'itt1l I ��� I I\nei-mata yaite yaite gela kurma-sthane\nkarma dekhi' kaila tarire stavana-praQame\n\n", "mad3#p0089": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n56\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; yaite yaite-while passing; ge/a-He went; kurmasthane-to the place of pilgrimage known as Karma-�etra; karma dekhi'-seeing\nLord Karma; kaila-offered; tanre-unto Him; stavana-prayers; prat;�ame-and\nobeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu came to the holy place known as Kurma-k�etra, He saw the Deity and offered prayers and obeisances.\nPURPORT\nThis Karma-sthana is a well-known place of pilgrimage. There is a temple there\nof Karmadeva. In the Prapannamrta it is said that Lord JaganniUha took Sri\nRamanujacarya from jagannatha Puri and one night threw him to Karma-k�etra.\nThis Karma-�etra is situated on the line of the southern railway in India. One has\nto go to the railway station known as Cika Kola Road. From this station one goes\neight miles to the east to reach the holy place known as Karmacala. Those who\nspeak the Telugu language consider this holy place very important. This statement\nis reported in the government gazette known as Gafljama Manual. There is the\nDeity of Karma there, and Srila Ramanujacarya was thrown from jagannatha Puri\nto this place. At that time he thought that the Deity of Karma was Lord Siva's\ndeity; therefore he was fasting there. Later, when he understood that the kOrmamOrti was another form of Lord Vi�Qu, he instituted very gorgeous worship of Lord\n\nKarma. This statement is found in the Prapannamrta (Chapter Thirty-six). This holy\nplace of Karma-k�etra, or Karma-sthana, was actually reestablished by SrTpada\nRamanujacarya under the influence of Lord Jagannatha-deva at Jagannatha Puri.\nLater the temple came under the jurisdiction of the king of Vijaya-nagara. The\nDeity was worshiped by the Vai�Qavas of the Madhvacarya-sampradaya. In the\ntemple there are some inscriptions said to be written by SrT Narahari nrtha, who\nwas in the disciplic succession of Madhvacarya. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\nThakura explains those inscriptions as follows: (1) Sri Puru�ottama Yati appeared\nas the instructor of many learned men. He was a very favorite devotee of Lord\nVi�QU. (2) His preaching was accepted throughout the world with great respect,\nand by his power he would liberate many nondevotees with strong reason and\nlogic. (3) He initiated Ananda nrtha and converted many foolish men to accept\nsannyasa and punished them with his rod. (4) All his writings and words are very\n\npotent. He gave people devotional service to Lord Vi�QU, and liberation for elevation to the spiritual world. (5) His instructions in devotional service were able to\nelevate any man to the lotus feet of the Lord. (6) Narahari nrtha was also initiated\nby him, and he became the ruler of the Kalir'lga Province. (7) Narahari nrtha\nfought with the Savaras, who were car.1(;/alas, or hunters, and thus saved the\ntemple of Karma. (8) Narahari nrtha was a very religious and powerful king. (9) He\n\n", "mad3#p0090": "Text 115]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n57\n\ndied in the Saka Era 1203, in the month of Vaisakha in the fortnight of the moon's\nwaxing period, on the day of Ekada.ST, after the temple was constructed and dedicated to the holy name of Yogananda Nrsirhhadeva. The tablet is dated 1281\nA.D., 29 March, Saturday.\n\nTEXT 114\n\n'121���;-t IP(tf�' �tf\"l' �-� �\"''I I\n\n�f-t' :Jl( 'iftt<R f�� �e,�tif �'f II ��8 II\npremavese hasi' kandi' nrtya-gita kaila\ndekhi' sarva lokera citte camatkara haila\nSYNONYMS\n\nprema-avese-in great ecstasy of love of Godhead; hasi'-laughin g; kandi'­\n\ncrying; nrtya-gita-dancing and chanting; kai/a-performed; dekhi'-seeing; sarva lokera-of all the people there; citte-within the hearts; camatkara-astonish­\n\nment; hai/a-there was.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile at this place, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was in His usual ecstasy\nof love of Godhead and was laughing, crying, dancing and chanting . Everyone\nwho saw Him was astonished.\nTEXT 115\n\n�taG� ���j (;ftt� .. tt'l \"'f�tC1f I\n12ft_l1119f·(;i1!flf '\"f�' �� �-:�tt1f II ��It II\nascarya suniya /oka ai/a dekhibare\nprabhura rOpa-prema dekhi' haila camatkare\nSYNONYMS\n\nascarya-wonderful occurrence, suniya-hearing; /oka-people; ai/a-came;\ndekhibare-to see; prabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rupa-beauty;\n\nprema-and love of Godhead; dekhi'-seeing; hai/a-there was; camatkareastonishment.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing of these wonderful occurrences, everyone came to see Him\nthere. When they saw the beauty of the Lord and His ecstatic condition, they\nwere all struck with wonder.\n\n", "mad3#p0091": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n58\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 116\n\n�-fti{ '����' ��if, •t'f 't�' '�Rf' I\n\n<;�1ft7;.,7;llf ilt?;� �� ��\"'� �fif' II��� II\ndarsane 'vai�Qava' haifa, bale 'kr�Qa' 'hari'\npremavese nace /aka Ordhva bahu kari'\nSYNONYMS\ndarsane-in seeing; vai$Qava haifa-they became devotees; bale-started to\nsay; kr$Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; hari-Lord Hari; prema-avese-in the great ecstasy of\nlove of Godhead; nace-dance; /oka-all the people; urdhva bahu kari'-raising\nthe arms.\nTRANSLATION\nJust by seeing Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, everyone became a devotee.\nThey began to chant Km•a and Hari and all the holy names. They all were\nmerged in a great ecstasy of love, and they began to dance, raising their arms.\nTEXT 117\n\n�i$l �� �fi\\' ��� I\n<;�<;itt�'��' ��'I�� ll� �t� II��� II\nkr$Qa-nama /oka-mukhe suni' avirama\nsei /aka 'vai$Qava' kaila anya saba grama\nSYNONYMS\nkr$Qa-nama-the holy name of Lord Kr�r:Ja; loka-mukhe-from the mouth of\nthose people;\n\nsuni'-hearing;\n\navirama-always;\n\nsei /aka-those\n\nper sons;\n\nvai$Qava-devotees; kaila-made; anya-other; saba-all; grama-villages.\nTRANSLATION\nAlways hearing them chant the holy names of Lord Km1a, others also became Vai�..,avas in those villages.\nTEXT 118\n\n�l�'! 'Pf�t� Of-f '��' �&If I\n�ilt1lt�C!·�'R{ Of llf �if II �� 17- II\n\n", "mad3#p0092": "The Lord's Tour of South India\n\nText 120]\n\n59\n\nei-mata paramparaya desa 'vai$Qava' haila\nkr$Qa-namamrta-vanyaya desa bhasaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; paramparaya-by disciplic succession; desa-the country; vai$Qava haila-became devotees; kr$Qa-nama-amrta-of the nectar of the\nholy name of Kr�r:Ja; vanyaya-in the inundation; desa-the whole country;\nbhasai/a-overflooded.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy hearing the holy name of K�'�a, the entire country became Vai,�ava. It\nwas as if the nectar of the holy name of K�'�a overflooded the entire country.\nTEXT 119\n\nfl..t'l �\"fir�� ��� I\n\n't:� '�� �tt �'II� <fifi\"fln ��� n\nkata-k$af)e prabhu yadi bahya prakasi/a\nkurmera sevaka bahu sammana karila\n\nSYNONYMS\nkata-k$af)e-after some time; prabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yadiwhen; bahya-external consciousness; prakasila-manifested; kurmera-of the\nLord KOrma Deity; sevaka-a servant; bahu-much; sammana-respect; karilashowed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter some time, when Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu manifested His external consciousnes s, a priest of the Lord Kiirma Deity gave Him various offerings.\nTEXT 120\n\n'� �t11 ifl1t �ttl �t �� I\n�� ttMi �'f, ifl �f� �� �� II ��\nyei grame yaya tahan ei vyavahara\neka thani kahi/a, na kahiba ara bara\n\no\n\nII\n\n", "mad3#p0093": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n60\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nSYNONYMS\nyei grame-to whichever village; yaya-He goes; tahan-there; ei-this;\nvyavahara-behavior;\n\neka\n\nthi'lf'ii-one\n\nplace;\n\nkahi/a-described;\n\nna-not;\n\nkahiba-shall describe; ara-another; bara-time .\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's mode of preaching has already been explained,\nand I shall not repeat the explanation. In whichever village the Lord entered,\nHis behavior was the same.\nTEXT 121\n\n'�'·i{tr;'l{ �� 11ttc:'lf '<tf\\Ri t3t'l'i'l I\n<ttl �'Qii·�·J '<f.� �t1f ��'I II � � � II\n'kurma'-name sei grame vaidika brahmaQa\nbahu sraddha-bhaktye kaila prabhura nimantraf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nkarma-name-of the name Karma; sei-that; grame-in the village; vaidika\nbrahmaQa-a Vedic brahmaQa; bahu-much; sraddha-bhaktye-with faith and\ndevotion; kai/a-made; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nimantraQa-invitation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn one village there was a Vedic brahmar;�a named Kurma. He invited Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu to his home with great respect and devotion.\nTEXT 122\n\n�tif �1�' �1f '<l'it'f ?tt'f �� I\n\n<;�� I!Jf'l <t�llf-�fft� <l'i� �� II �� � II\nghare ani' prabhura kaila pada prak$alana\nsei ja/a varilsa-sahita karila bhak$aQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nghare\n\nani'-after\n\nbringing\n\nHim\n\nhome;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nLord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kai /a-did; pada prak$ alana-was hing of the lotus feet; sei ja/athat water; vamsa-sahita-with all the family members; karila bhak$af)a-drank.\n\n", "mad3#p0094": "Text 124]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n61\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis brahmaQa brought Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu to his home, washed His\nlotus feet and, with his family members, drank that water.\nTEXT 123\n\n��<li�<li� <;�t� f�'lf>i <li��'f I\n<;\"itt�f�� <;Ill� �<!�tllf ��'f II��� II\naneka-prakara snehe bhik�a karaila\ngosanira se�anna sa-varilse khaila\n\nSYNONYMS\naneka-prakara-various kinds; snehe-in affection; bhik�a-food; karailamade Him eat; gosat'iira-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; se�a-anna-remnants of\nfood; sa-varilse-with all the members of the family; khai/a-ate.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat Kurma brahmal\")a with great affection and respect made Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu eat all kinds of food. After that, the remnants were shared by all\nthe members of the family.\nTEXT 124\n\n'�� 9ft�9f'll (;�1f� � $ffi{ � I\n'� 9£1�9£'11 �t'i\\'ite. �la'lf (;1f� 'itt� II��8 II\n'yei pada-padma tamara brahma dhyana kare\nsei pada-padma sak�at aila mora ghare\n\nSYNONYMS\nyei-those; pada-padma-lotus feet; tamara-Your; brahma-Lord Brahma;\ndhyana kare-meditates on; sei pada-padma-those lotus feet; sak$at-directly;\nai/a-have come; mora-my; ghare-to the home.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmal\")a then began to pray: \"0 my Lord, Your lotus feet are meditated upon by Lord Brahma, and these very lotus feet have come into my\nhome.\n\n", "mad3#p0095": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n62\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 125\n\nCII'RI' �tr;\"m1l $T1 � � ��i{ I\n\n�tfl9f <}{t11' tlt�J 't�\"f �IJl-�·'li{ II ��<t II\nmora bhagyera sima na yaya kahana\naji mora slaghya haila janma-kula-dhana\nSYNONYMS\nmora-my; bhagyera-of the fortune; sima-the limit; na-not; yaya-possible; kahana\n\n-\n\ndescribing; aji-today; mora-my; .5/aghya-glorious; haila-be­\n\ncame; janma-birth; kula-family; dhana-and wealth.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, there is no limit to my great fortune. It cannot be described.\nToday my family, birth and riches have all been glorified.\"\nTEXT 126\n\n�9Ji ��' �'t_, G'lftt�, �t'! ���i-�t'f I\n\n��t\\! i{i �Rf �:� f�-\\!�t'f II' �� � II\nkrpa kara, prabhu, more, yan toma-sange\nsahite na pari du/:!kha vi$aya-tarange'\nSYNONYMS\nkrpa kara-kindly show favor; prabhu-0 my Lord; more-unto me; yan-1\ngo; toma-sal'lge-with You;\n\nsahite na pari-1 cannot tolerate; du/:!kha-the\n\ntroubles; vi$aya-tarange-in the waves of materialistic life.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahma.,a begged Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, \"My dear Lord, kindly\nshow me favor and let me go with You. I can no longer tolerate the waves of\nmisery caused by materialistic life.\"\nPURPORT\nThis statement is applicable for everyone, regardless of how rich or prosperous\none may be. Narottama dasa Thakura has confirmed this statement: sarhsaraVi$ana/e, diva-nisi hiya jvale. He states that the materialistic way of life causes a\nburning in the heart. One cannot make any provisions for the troublesome life of\n\n", "mad3#p0096": "Text 127]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n63\n\nthe material world. It is a fact that one may be very happy as far as riches are con­\n\ncerned and one may be very opulent in every respect, yet one has to manage the\nvi�ayas to meet the demands of the body and of so many family members and\n\nsubordinates. One has to take so much trouble to minister to others. Narottama\ndasa Thakura therefore prays: vi�aya chagiya kabe suddha ha'be mana. Thus one\nmust become freed from the materialistic way of life. One has to merge himself in\nthe ocean of transcendental bliss. In other words, one cannot relish transcendental bliss without being freed from the materialistic way of life. It appears that the\nbrahmaf)a named Karma was materially very happy, for he expressed his family\n\ntradition as janma-kula-dhana. Now, being glorified, he wanted to leave all these\nmaterial opulences. He wanted to travel with Sri Caitanya tv1ahaprabhu. According to the Vedic way of civilization, one should leave his family after attaining fifty\nyears of age and go to the forest of Vrndavana to devote the rest of his life to the\nservice of the Lord.\nTEXT 127\n\n� �t�, \"�l;Jil �t�, �'\"- ifl <t-� I\n� 1f�' ��·ilt� fi{1f�1f � II ��9 II\n-·\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"aiche vat kabhu na kahiba\ngrhe rahi' kr?Qa-nama nirantara Jaiba\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe -Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; aiche vat-such words; kabhu­\n\nat any time; na kahiba -you should not speak; grhe rahi -staying at home;\n'\n\nkr�Qa-nama-the holy name of the Lord; nirantara-always; /aiba-you should\n\nchant.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"Don't speak like that again. Better to\nremain at home and chant the holy name of K��Qa always.\nPURPORT\nIt is not advisable in this age of Kali to leave one's family suddenly, for people\nare not trained as proper brahmacarTs and grhasthas. Therefore Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu advised the brahmaf)a not to be too eager to give up family life. It\n\nwould be better to remain with his family and try to become purified by chanting\n\nthe Hare Kr�r;�a maha-mantra regularly under the direction of a spiritual master.\n\nThis is the instruction of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. If this principle is followed by\n\n", "mad3#p0097": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n64\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\neveryone, there is no need to accept sannyasa. In the next verse $rT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu advises everyone to become an ideal householder by offenselessly\n\nchanting the Hare Kr�l)a mantra and teaching the same principle to everyone he\nmeets.\nTEXT 128\n\n�tt1f (;lf-t, i!tt1f <f'� '��'·l!;��llf I\n\n�'tlrR{ � �111 �<.fPi i!t�' �·�II ��lr II\nyare dekha, tare kaha 'krgra'- upadesa\n\namara ajnaya guru hana tara' ei desa\n\nSYNONYMS\nyare-whomever; dekha-you meet; tare-him; kaha-tell; kmra-upadesa­\n\nthe instruction of Bhagavad-gita as it is spoken by the Lord or of SrimadBhagavatam, which advises one to worship Sri Kr�l)a; amara ajnaya- under My\n\norder; guru hana-becoming a spiritual master; tara'-deliver; ei desa-this country.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Instruct everyone to follow the orders of Lord Sri Knr:-a as they are given in\nBhagavad-gita and Srimad-Bhagavatarn. In this way become a spiritual master\nand try to liberate everyone in this land.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is the sublime mission of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness. Many people come and inquire whether they have to give up family life to\njoin the Society, but that is not our mission. One can remain comfortably in his\nresidence. We simply request everyone to chant the maha-mantra: Hare Kr�Qa,\n\nHare Kr�l)a, Kr�l)a Kr�l)a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare\n\nHare. If one is a little literate and can read Bhagavad-gita As It Is and Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam, that is so much the better. These works are now available in an\n\nEnglish translation and are done very authoritatively to appeal to all classes of\nmen. Instead of living engrossed in material activities, people throughout the\nworld should take advantage of this movement and chant the Hare Kr�Qa maha­\n\nmantra at home with their families. One should also refrain from sinful activities­\n\nillicit sex, meat-eating, gambling and intoxication. Out of these four items, illicit\nsex is very sinful. Every person must get married. Every woman especially must get\nmarried. If the women outnumber the men, some men can accept more than one\nwife. In that way there will be no prostitution in society. If men can marry more\n\n", "mad3#p0098": "Text 129]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n65\n\nthan one wife, illicit sex life will be stopped. One can also produce many nice\npreparations to offer Kr�rJa- grain, fruit, flowers and milk. Why should one indulge in unnecessary meat-eating and maintain horrible slaughterhouses? What is\nthe use of smoking and drinking tea and coffee? People are already intoxicated by\nmaterial enjoyment, and if they indulge in further intoxication, what· chance is\nthere for self-realization? Similarly, one should not partake in gambling and unnecessarily agitate the mind. The real purpose of human life is to attain the spiritual\n\nplatform and return to Godhead. That is the summum bonum of spiritual realiza­\n\ntion. The Kr�r;�a consciousness movement is trying to elevate human society to\nthe perfection of life by pursuing the method described by SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu in His advice to the brahma(la Karma. That is, one should stay at\nhome, chant the Hare Kr�rJa mantra and preach the instructions of Kr�rJa as they\nare given in Bhagavad-gita and Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nTEXT 129\n\n� iii �t� c;l!t1ft1t �-1!1t1f I\n\n��f� �l �f$ �� c;;�t1f � n\" ��� n\nkabhu na vadhibe tamara vi�aya-taranga\n\npunarapi ei thani pabe mora sanga\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-at any time; na-not; vadhibe-will obstruct; tamara-your; vi�aya­\n\ntaranga-materialistic way of life; punarapi-again; ei tha1ii-at this place;\npabe-you will get; mora-My; sanga-association.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu further advised the brahrnar;�a Kurrna, \"If you\nfollow this instruction, your materialistic life at home will not obstruct your\nspiritual advancement. Indeed, if you follow these regulative principles, we\nwill again meet here, or, rather, you will never lose My company.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is an opportunity for everyone. If one simply follows the instructions of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, under the guidance of His representative, and chants the\nHare Kr�r;�a mantra, teaching everyone as far as possible the same principle, the\ncontamination of the materialistic way of life will not even touch him. It does not\nmatter whether one lives in a holy place like Vrndavana, NavadvTpa or Jagannatha\nPuri or in the midst of European cities where the materialistic way of life is very\nprominent. If a devotee follows the instructions of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he\n\n", "mad3#p0099": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n66\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nlives in the company of the Lord. Wherever he lives, he converts that place into\n\nVrndavana and Navadvlpa. This means that materialism cannot touch him. This is\nthe secret of success for one advancing in Kr�oa consciousness.\nTEXT 130\n\nlfll11� �\"Rf � �tif �\" r�-.� 1\nc;�l �� �' tim� � lfll fiat'fl \" ��0 \"\nei mata yanra ghare kare prabhu bhik$.1\nsei aiche kahe, tMre karaya ei sik$a\nSYNONYMS\nei mata-in this way; yar'lra-of whom; ghare-at the home; kare-does;\n\nprabhu-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhik$a-accepting prasada; sei-that\n\nman; aiche-similarly; kahe-says; tar'lre-unto him; karaya-does; ei-this; sik$a-enlightenment.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt whosoever's house Sri Caitanya accepted His alms by taking praslda, He\nwould convert the dwellers to His sankirtana movement and advise them just\nas He advised the b rlhmat:�a named Kurma.\nPURPORT\nThe cult of Srl Caitanya Mahaprabhu is explained here very nicely. One who\n\nsurrenders to Him and is ready to follow Him with heart and soul does not need to\nchange his location. Nor is it necessary for one to change status. One may remain\n\na householder, a medical practitioner, an engineer or whatever. It doesn't matter.\n\nOne only has to follow the instruction of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, chant the\nHare Kr�oa maha-mantra and instruct relatives and friends in the teachings of\n\nBhagavad-gita and Srimad-Bhagavatam. One has to learn humility and meekness\n\nat home, following the instructions of Srl Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and in that way\none's life will be spiritually successful. One should not try to be an artificially advanced devotee, thinking, \"I am a first-class devotee:' Such thinking should be\n\navoided. It is best not to accept any disciples. One has to become purified at\nhome by chanting the Hare Kr�oa maha-mantra and preaching the principles\n\nenunciated by SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Thus one can become a spiritual master\nand be freed from the contamination of material life.\n\nThere are many sahajiyas who decry the activities of the six GosvamTs-Sr�a\n\nRupa, Sanatana, Raghunatha dasa, Bhatta Raghunatha, JTva and Gopala Bhatta\n\nGosvamTs-who are the personal associates of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu and who\n\nenlightened society by writing books on devotional service. Similarly, Narottama\n\ndasa Thakura and other great acaryas like Madhvacarya, Ramanujacarya and\n\n", "mad3#p0100": "Text 133]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n67\n\nothers accepted many thousands of disciples to induce them to render devotional\nservice. However, there is a class of sahajiyas who think that these activities are\n\nopposed to the principles of devotional service. Indeed, they consider such activities simply another phase of materialism. Thus opposing the principles of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, they commit offenses at His lotus feet. They should better\nconsider His instructions and, instead of seeking to be considered humble and\nmeek, should refrain from criticizing the followers of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwho engage in preaching. To protect His preachers, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has\ngiven much clear advice in these verses of Caitanya-carita.mrta.\nTEXTS 131-132\n\n�Qf ��t'! t;lif�t\"lt� �t� t;�� �tt11 I\n\n�t� �t� �'fli ��, t;�� 11�ti( II ��� II\n� '�� ��' � '� �.(iff� I\n�t�� �i(� �t�e. e{i ���1 t;�f� II ���II\npathe yaite deva/aye rahe yei grame\ny.Mra ghare bhik$a kare, sei maha-jane\nkurme yaiche riti, taiche kaila sarva-thani\nnilacale punal) yavat na aila gosani\nSYNONYMS\npathe yaite-while passing on the road; deva/aye-in a temple; rahe-He\n\nstays; yei grame-in any village; yanra ghare-at whose place; bhik$a kare­\n\ntakes alms or eats; sei maha-jane\n\n-\n\nto such a great personality; kurme-unto the\n\nbrahmaQa Karma; yaiche-just as; riti-the process; taiche-in the same way;\n\nkaila-did; sarva-thani-in all places; ni/aca/e-to Jagannatha Puri; puna/:1again; yavat-until; na-not; aila-retumed; gosani-the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile on His tour, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would spend the night at a\ntemple or on the roadside. Whenever He accepted food from a person , He\nwould give him the same advice He gave the brahma.,a named Kurma. He\nadopted this process until He returned from His South Indian tour to Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 133\n\n��� �� ���IS �ffil1 �� I\n\n��11\\! �t�r;� \\21� �.(i! � II ��� II\n\n", "mad3#p0101": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n68\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nataeva ihM kahi/M kariy� vis�ra\nei-mata j�nibe prabhura sarvatra vyavahara\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; ihan-here; kahi/�n-1 have described; kariy� vist�raelaborately; ei-mata-in this way; j�nibe-you will know; prabhura-of SrT\nCaitanya Mahiiprabhu; sarvatra-everywhere; vyavahara-the behavior.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have described the Lord's behavior elaborately in the case of Kiirma.\nIn this way, you will know Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's dealings throughout\nSouth India.\nTEXT 134\n\n�� ,:Jt� �tffli i!tt� �� I\n12!'ti!:<l'ittif �,_ �ti1 <fif.Wl �f'fi'fi II ��8 II\nei-mata sei r�tri t�hMi rahil�\npr�tab-k�le prabhu sn�na kariy� ca/il�\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; sei r�tri-that night; t�hat'li-there; rahi1�-stayed;\npr�tal)-ka/e-in the morning; prabhu-Srl Caitanya Mahiiprabhu; sn�na-bath;\nkariy�-taking; ca/i/�-again started.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would remain at night in one place and\nthe next morning, after bathing, start again.\nTEXT 135\n\n� ��' C!:� -.,� � ��i'11 I\n121,_ �tt� �'� <firn' �t� �ti�iiftn ��<? n\nprabhura anuvraji' karma bahu dura �il�\nprabhu �t'Jre yatna kari' ghare p�tMil�\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahiiprabhu; anuvraji'-following behind; karma-the brahmal')a named Karma; bahu-much; dura-distance; �;/�-came;\n\n", "mad3#p0102": "The Lord's Tour of South India\n\nText 137]\n\n69\n\nprabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; t.Mre-him; yatna kari'-taking much\ncare; ghare-to his home; pathaila-sent.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu left, the brahma1;1a Kurma followed Him a\ngreat distance, but eventually Lord Caitanya took care to send him �k home.\nTEXT 136\n\n'��<t'·i{l'lf ���iS? '11�'11f1 I\n��� 'Sf� ��' �t� ��t'llll II ��� II\n'vasudeva'-nama eka dvija mahasaya\nsarvange galita ku�tha, tate kic;Ja-maya\nSYNONYMS\nvasudeva-nama-of\nmahasaya-a great\n\nthe\n\nperson;\n\nname\n\nVasudeva;\n\nsarva-ange-all\n\neka\n\ndvija-one\n\nover his body;\n\nbrahmaf)a;\n\nga/ita-acute;\n\nku?tha-leprosy; tate-in that; kic;Ja-maya-full of living worms.\nTRANSLATION\nThere was also one brahma1;1a named Vasudeva, who was a great person but\nwas suffering from leprosy. Indeed, his body was filled with living worms.\nTEXT 137\n\n� ��� �� ��i �f�lli � I\n\n��t�i �� ��11f�-t '�� !t� II��'\\ II\nanga haite yei kic;Ja khasiya pac;Jaya\nuthana sei kic;Ja rakhe sei thana\nSYNONYMS\nanga haite-from his body; yei-which; kic;Ja-a worm; khasiya-drops;\npac;Jaya-falling off; uthana-picking up; sei-that; kic;Ja-worm; rakhe-places;\nsei thana-in the same place.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough suffering from leprosy, the brahma1;1a Vasudeva was enlightened.\nAs soon as one worm fell from his body, he would pick it up and place it back\nagain in the same location.\n\n", "mad3#p0103": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n70\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 138\n\n�fijjr;l! ���1 r.<i�1 r.�·�tfJp� �t�'a:fi{ I\n\nr.wf��tr;� ��� ��tr;'! �� ��� II �'!)lr II\nratrite sunila teriho gosanira agamana\ndekhibare aila prabhate kurmera bhavana\nSYNONYMS\nratrite-at night; suni/a-heard; teriho-he; gosanira-of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; agamana-the arrival; dekhibare-to see Him; ai/a-he came;\nprabhate-in the morning; karmera-of the brahmaQa named Karma; bhavanato the house.\nTRANSLATION\nThen one night Vasudeva heard of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu's arrival, and\nin the morning he came to see the Lord at the house of Kurma.\nTEXT 139\n\n� �� 't:jj-���1! ��<113 1\n'-� 9f�i �Q:�� JJ...� �<JPi II �'�� II\nprabhura gamana karma-mukhete sunina\nbhamite pa(lila dubkhe marcchita hana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gamana-the going; karmamukhete-from the mouth of the brahmaQa Karma; sunina-hearing; bhamiteon the ground; pa(lila-fell down; dubkhe-in great distress; murcchita-unconsciousness; hana-becoming.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the leper Vasudeva came to Kurma's house to see Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, he was informed that the Lord had already left. The leper then\nfell to the ground unconscious.\nTEXT 140\n\nf�t9f <ti� �tRt� I\n�\"'it'! '4!Sit�' � i!tr;1f �t�f� II �So II\n�'li 12t<tit�\n\n", "mad3#p0104": "71\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\nText 142]\n\naneka prakara vilapa karite fagifa\nsei-k$aQe asi' prabhu tanre alitigila\nSYNONYMS\n\naneka prakara-various kinds; vi/apa-lamentation; karite-to do; fagi/asei k$aQe-immediately; asi' coming back; prabhu-�rT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; tanre-him; alitigifa-embraced.\n\nbegan;\n\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Vasudeva, the leper brahmar;ta, was lamenting due to not being able\nto see Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Lord immediately returned to that spot and\nembraced him.\n\nTEXT 141\n\nt2i't·\"'9ftaf l��·�tflf �i �� <;'Stl'l I\n'Citil\"! ��t'! 'Cltf �'tf1f ��\"' II �8� II\nprabhu-sparse du/;lkha-satige ku$tha dare gefa\nananda sahite atiga sundara ha-ifa\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu-sparse-by the touch of � rT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; du/;lkha-satigealong with his unhappiness; ku$tha-the infection of leprosy; dare-to a distant\nplace; gefa-went; ananda sahite-with great pleasure; ati ga- whole body; sun­\n\ndara-beautiful; ha-ila\n\n-\n\nbecame\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu touched him, both the leprosy and his distress went to a distant place. Indeed, Vasudeva's body became very beautiful,\nto his great happiness.\nTEXT 142\n\nt2f'ti{ ��1 <;W�' �t� R1'Jl11 C�il � I\n<;tft� �f�' 9ltt11 �fit, �11t11 ��illl �8�.11\nprabhura krpa dekhi' tanra vismaya haifa mana\nsfoka par;li' paye dhari, karaye stavana\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhura-of Lord � rT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; krpa-the mercy; dekhi'brahmaQa Vasudeva; vismaya haifa mana there was\n\nseeing; tanra-of the\n\n-\n\n", "mad3#p0105": "72\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nastonishment in his mind; sloka pa<;/i'-reciting a verse; p�ye dhari-touching His\nlotus feet; karaye s tavana-offers prayers.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmar;�a Vasudeva was astonished to behold the wonderful mercy of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and he began to recite a verse from SrimadBhagavatam, touching the Lord's lotus feet.\nTEXT 143\n\n�t�� �f�<l'f: ?ft��rt01, � ?ll3: .!llf•n:<f�'Ol: 1\n\n�\"li�Rlf� \"llt�� <lt��m 9ff��f��: II H-:> II\nkv�harh daridra/:1 p�piyan\nkva k[$Qa/:l sri-niketana/:1\n\nbrahma-bandhur iti smaharh\nb�hubhy�rh parirambhita/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nkva-who; aham-1; daridra/:1-poor; p�pTy�n-sinful; kva-who; k[$f.labthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sri-niketana/:1-the transcendental form of\n\nall opulence; brahma-bandhu/:1-the friend of a br�hmaQa, not fit even to be\n\ncalled a brahmaQa; iti -thus; sma-certainly; aham-1; bahubhy�m-by the\n\narms; parirambhita/:1-embraced.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe said, \" 'Who am n A sinful, poor friend of a brahmar;ta. And who is\nK!l�a 'l The Supreme P ersonality of Godhead full in six opulences. Nonetheless, He has embraced me with His two arms.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis verse was spoken by Sudama Brahmal)a in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.81.16)\nin connection with his meeting lord Kr�l)a.\n\nTEXTS 144-145\n\n�'{ '!'§fi! �fil' ��,-'IS�, 5f11�11 I\nWt�;� l.fl� �'� �r�, c;\\!tlltt\\! l!l� �1111 �ss u\nc;1ftt� c;�M' '� \"ittl!ifi 9l;;rt11 9lt1l� I\n�-c;1ftt� \"\"Ptaf'\n\n'l_f1f,-:llll;!ll -'Q II �Bit II\n\n", "mad3#p0106": "73\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\nText 147]\n\nbahu stuti kari' kahe,-suna, daya-maya\n\njive ei gul)a nahi, tomate ei haya\n\nmore dekhi' mora gandhe palaya pamara\nhena-more spar5a' tumi,-svatantra isvara\nSYNONYMS\nbahu-many;\n\nstuti-prayers;\n\nkari'-presenting;\n\nkahe-says;\n\nsuna-kindly\n\nhear; daya-maya-0 greatly merciful Lord; jive-in the living entity; ei-this;\n\nguf)a-quality; nahi-there is not; tomate-in You; ei-this; haya-is; more\ndekhi'-by seeing me; mora gandhe-from smelling my body; palaya-runs\naway; pamara-even a sinful man; hena-more-such a person as me; sparsa'­\n\ntouch; tumi-You; sva- ta ntra-fully independent; isvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmar;�a Vasudeva continued: \"0 my merciful Lord, such mercy is\n\nnot possible for ordinary living entities. Such mercy can be found only in You.\nUpon seeing me, even a sinful person goes away due to my bad bodily odor.\nYet You have touched me. Such is the independent behavior of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\"\nTEXT 146\n\n�. �t��t� �� ��at ��1 I\n\\Jit� ��\"t� � �� �tf�� II �8� II\nkintu achilan bhala adhama hana\nebe aharikara mora janmibe asiya\nSYNONYMS\nkintu-but; achi/an-1 was; bha/a-all right; adhama-the lowest of mankind;\n\nhatia-being; ebe-now; aharikara-pride; mora-my; janmibe-will appear;\nasiya-coming.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBeing meek and humble, the brahma.,a Vasudeva worried that he would become proud after being cured by the grace of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 147\n\n�\" ��,- \"�'- <;i!t'al� iii�� �f15attill\nfil��� �� '!_fif '�' '�' ilfat II �.89 II\n\n", "mad3#p0107": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n74\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nprabhu kahe,- \"kabhu tomara na habe abhimana\nnirantara kaha tumi 'k($Qa' 'k($Qa' nama\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; kabhu-at any time; tomara-your; na-not;\nhabe-there will be;\n\nabhimana-pride;\n\nnirantara-incessantly; kaha-chant;\n\ntumi-you; k($Qa k($Qa nama-the holy name of Lord Kr�!)a.\nTRANSLATION\nTo protect the brlhmat:ta, Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu advised him to chant\nthe Hare Kr,r:Ja mantra incessantly. By doing so, he would never become unnecessarily proud.\nTEXT 148\n\n� ii�r;;�f-1' � ��1t fi1�1t I\n����1ft �fifr:;� ��11{ II\" �8\\r II\nk($Qa upadesi' kara jivera nistara\nacirate k($Qa toma karibena ar'lgikara\"\nSYNONYMS\nk($Qa upadesi'-instructing about Kr�!)a; kara-just do; jTvera-of all living entities; nistara-the liberation; acirate-very soon; k($Qa-Lord Kr�!)a; toma-you;\nkaribena-will make; ar'lgikara-acceptance.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahlprabhu also advised Vasudeva to preach about Kr,..,a and\nthus liberate living entities. As a result, Knr:Ja would very soon accept him as\nHis devotee.\nPURPORT\nAlthough Vasudeva vipra was a leper and had suffered greatly, still �rT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu cured him. The only return the Lord wanted was that Vasudeva\npreach the instructions of Kr�!)a and liberate all human beings. That is the process\nof the International Society for Krishna Consciousness. Each and every member of\nthis Society was rescued from a very abominable condition, but now they are\nengaged in preaching the cult of Kr�!)a consciousness. They are not only cured of\nthe disease called materialism but are also living a very happy life. E veryone accepts them as great devotees of Kr�!)a, and their qualities are manifest in their very\n\n", "mad3#p0108": "Text 150]\n\n75\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\nfaces. If one wants to be recognized as a devotee by Kr�Qa, he should take to\npreaching work, following the advice of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Then one will\nundoubtedly attain the lotus feet of SrT Kr�Qa Caitanya, lord Kr�Qa Himself, without delay.\nTEXT 149\n\n\\Jiti!<Ti <tSfUI � �� �('fti{ I\n\n�� f<f12t 'St�'Stf� <Ti� �!.1f �r;'l II �8� II\neteka kahiya prabhu kaila antardhane\ndui vipra galagali kande prabhura guQe\nSYNONYMS\neteka-so much; kahiya-speaking; prabhu-lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nkaila-made; an tardhane-disappearance; dui vipra-the two brahmaQas, Karma\nand Vasudeva; ga/aga/i-embracing one another; kande\n\n-\n\ncry; prabhura guQe­\n\ndue to the mercy of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter thus instructing the brahm;u:�a Vasudeva in that way, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu disappeared from that place. Then the two brahm;u:�as, Kurma\nand Vasudeva , embraced one another and began to cry, remembering the\ntranscendental qualities of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 150\n\n'��, \\JI� <r-f� �t�l'ti{ I\n'��r;��t'i!�' �� � ift11 II ��\" II\n'vasudevoddhara' ei kahila akhyana\n'vasudevamrta-prada' haila prabhura nama\nSYNONYMS\nvasudeva-uddhara-giving liberation to Vasudeva;\n\nei-this; kahila-is de­\n\nscribed; akhyana-narration; vasudeva-amrta-prada-the giver of nectar to\nVasudeva; hai/a-became ; prabhura nama-lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's holy\nname.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have described how Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu reclaimed the leper\nVasudeva and so received the name Vasudevamrta-prada.\n\n", "mad3#p0109": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n76\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 151\n\n�� �' <fi�i'f �� �tlf'll �'ll� I\n�-lR{IIfi{, ���-ntr;'lltii{ II ��� ll\nei ta' kahila prabhura prathama gamana\nkurma-dara.Sana, vasudeva-vimocana\nSYNONYMS\nei\n\nta' kahi/a-thus\n\nI\n\nhave\n\ndescribed;\n\nprabhura-of Lord SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; prathama gamana-the first tour; kurma-dara.Sana-visiting the\ntemple of Karma; vasudeva-vimocana-and liberating the leper br�hmat;�a of the\nname Vasudeva.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I end my description of the first tour of Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu, His\nvisiting the temple of Kurma and His liberating the leper brlhmal)a Vlsudeva.\nTEXT 152\n\n�� <JSft' �l ilfti'fi '� � ��'I I\n�fRtt� �f;i �tt1f C�·i§'1 II �<t� II\nsraddha kari' ei Iii� ye kare sravat;�a\nacir�te milaye t�re caitanya-carat;�a\nSYNONYMS\nsraddha kari'-with great faith; ei lil�-this pastime; ye-anyone; kare-does;\nsravat;�a-hearing;\n\nacir�te-very soon;\n\nmilaye-meets;\n\n�re-him;\n\ncaitanya­\n\ncarat;�a-the lotus feet of SrT Caitanya Mahiiprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who hears these pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu with great faith\nwill surely very soon attain the lotus feet of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahlprabhu.\nTEXT 153\n\n�� �fif-'CI.. �� lllr� I\n�l �' �� 'll�tt'O �� \"'Sfilll �<t� II\n\n", "mad3#p0110": "Text 154]\n\nThe Lord's Tour of South India\n\n77\n\ncaitanya-/Tii!ra adi-anta nahi jani\nSf::i fikhi, yei mahantera mukhe SUni\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-/Tiara-of the pastimes of SrT Caitanya Mahiiprabhu; adi-beginning;\nanta-and end; ni!hi-not; ji!ni-1 know; sei-that; /ikhi-1 write; yei-which;\nmaha-antera-of the great personalities; mukhe-from the mouths; suni-1 hear.\nTRANSLATION\nI admit that I do not know the beginning nor the end of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's pastimes. However, whatever I have written I have heard from\nthe mouths of great personalities .\nPURPO RT\nThe name Viisudeviimrta-prada is mentioned in the verses composed by Siirvabhauma Bhaniiciirya. When a person actually revives his consciousness with\nthoughts of Kf�l)a by the mercy of SrT Caitanya Mahiiprabhu, he revives his\nspiritual life and becomes addicted to the service of the Lord. Only then can he\nact as an acarya. In other words, everyone should engage in preaching, following\nin the footsteps of SrT Caitanya Mahiiprabhu. In this way one will be very much\nappreciated by Lord Kr�na and will quickly be recognized by Him. Actually a\ndevotee of SrT Caitanya Mahiiprabhu must engage in preaching in order to increase the followers of the Lord. By thus preaching actual Vedic knowledge all\nover the world, one will benefit all mankind.\nTEXT 154\n\n-t� �� calt� ifl \"'l'S, 'e�'$1'1 I\nQ!'tlfl·� R'l _,;rtt �� -t�'l II ��8 II\nithe aparadha mora na la-io, bhakta-gaf)a\ntomi1-sabara caraf)a-mora ekanta saraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nithe-in this; aparadha-offenses; mora-my; na la-io-do not take; bhaktagaf)a-0 devotees; toma-of your; sabara-of all; caraf)a-the lotus feet;\nmora-my; ekanta-only; saraf)a-shelter.\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 devotees, please do not consider my offenses in this regard. Your lotus\n\nfeet are my only shelter.\n\n", "mad3#p0111": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n78\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 155\n\n<IJ�?t·��-?fttif � �t-t I\n\n��ilifT-:!t.'! � ��\\if� II �<t<t II\nsrT-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe k[$Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsr i-rOpa-Sr�a Rapa GosvamT; raghunatha-Sr�a Raghunatha dasa GosvamT;\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nKr�l')adasa Kaviraja GosvamT.\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nk($Qa-dasa-Sr�a\n\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunltha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, K!lr;tadisa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritlm!'fa, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-carit:tmrta, Madhya­\n\nlila, Seventh Chapter, describing the liberation of the brahmal')a Vasudeva and the\n\nLord's tour of South India.\n\n", "mad3#p0112": "CHAPTER 8\n\nTalks Between Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nand Ramananda Raya\nThe summary of the Eighth Chapter is given by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura in the\n\nAmrta-pravaha-bha$ya.\nAfter visiting the temple of Jiya<;la-nrsirhha, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to\nthe banks of the River Godavari to a place known as V idyanagara. When Srila\nRamananda Raya went there to take his bath, they both met After being introduced, Sri Ramananda Raya requested Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to remain in\nthe village for some days. Honoring his request, Caitanya Mahaprabhu stayed\nthere in the home of some Vedic brahmal)as. In the evening, Srila Ramananda\nRaya used to come to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Ramananda Raya, who was\nclothed in ordinary dress, offered the Lord respectful obeisances. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu questioned him on the object and process of worship and also asked\nhim to recite verses from Vedic literature.\nFirst of all, Srila Ramananda Raya enunciated the system of the varl)asrama institution. He recited various verses about karmarpal)a, stating that everything\nshould be dedicated to the Lord. He then spoke of detached action, knowledge\nmixed with devotional service, and finally the spontaneous loving service of the\nLord. After hearing Srila Ramananda Raya recite some verses, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu accepted the principle of pure devotional service devoid of all the\nkinds of speculation. After this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked Ramananda Raya\nto explain the higher platform of devotional service. Then Srila Ramananda Raya\nexplained unalloyed devotional service, love of Godhead, serving the Lord with\npure servitude as well as in fraternity and parental love. Finally he spoke of serving\nthe Lord in conjugal love. He then spoke of how conjugal love can be developed\nin various ways. This conjugal love attains its highest perfection in Srimati\nRadharar:\"�i's love for Kr�r:\"la. He next described the position of Srimati Radharar:\"�i\nand the transcendental mellows of love of God. Srila Ramananda Raya then\nrecited one verse of his own concerning the platform of ecstatic vision, technically called prema-vilasa-vivarta. Srila Ramananda Raya also explained that all\nstages of conjugal love can be attained through the mercy of the residents of\nV rndavana, especially by the mercy of the gopis. All these subject matters were\nthus vividly described. Gradually Ramananda Raya could understand the position\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu exhibited His\nreal form, Ramananda Raya fell unconscious. After some days, Sri Caitanya\n\n79\n\n", "mad3#p0113": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n80\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nMahaprabhu asked Ramananda Raya to retire from government service and come\nto jagannatha Puri. These descriptions of the meetings between Ramananda Raya\nand Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are taken from the notebook of SvarOpa Damodara\nGosvami.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�·t\"� �t�tf<etf·��t�t�\n�f��t��t��tf.l I\n\n,��tnt�r;1!e\\!�i{1 ��e(..\nl'J�\"91Sl·Ht\"f11i!t� ��t� II � II\nsaricarya ramabhidha-bhakta-meghe\nsva-bhakti-siddhanta-cayamrtani\ngaurabdhir etair amuna vitirf)ais\ntaj-jnatva-ratnalayatarh prayati\nSYNONYMS\nsaricarya-by\n\nempowering;\n\nrama-abhidha-of the\n\nname\n\nRama;\n\nbhakta­\n\nmeghe-in the cloudlike devotee Raya; sva-bhakti-of His own devotional service; siddhanta-of conclusions; caya-all collections; amrtani-nectar; gauraa bdhib-the\n\nocean known as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\netaib-by these;\n\namuna-by the cloud known as Ramananda Raya; vi tirf)aib-distributed; tatjriatva-of knowledge of devotional service; ratna-alayatam-the quality of being\n\nan ocean containing valuable jewels; prayati-achieved.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is known as Gauranga, is the reservoir of all\nconclusive knowledge in devotional service. He empowered Sri Ramananda\nRaya, who may be likened to a cloud of devotional service. This cloud was\nfilled with all the conclusive purports of devotional service and was empowered by the ocean to spread this water over the sea. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu Himself was the ocean of knowledge of pure devotional service.\nTEXT 2\n\niSm ISf1T !!1\\t�\\!� iSf11 �i{� I\n\n'Sf�tC��!! iSf1l ,�)�e��\"' 11 � 11\n\n", "mad3#p0114": "Text 3]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n81\n\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-ali glories; sri-caitanya-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-ali\n\nglories; nityananda-to Lord Nityananda; jaya advaita-candra-ali glories to\nAdvaita Acarya; jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda-ali glories to the devotees of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityananda!\nAll glories to Advaita Acarya! And all glories to all the devotees of Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu!\nTEXT 3\n\n�(.fu'! �'l_ �(;'$f '$f� �fil�1 I\n'fi'rn�ijfil��'·''JISt<!i ��fwtil ''$f'li II '!) II\npOrva-rite prabhu age gamana karila\n'jiya(ia-nrsirhha'-k�etre kata-dine ge/a\nSYNONYMS\n\npOrva-rite-according to His previous program; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; age-ahead; gamana-going; karila-did; jiya(ia-nrsirhha-of the\nname Jiyac;la-nrsimha; k�etre-at the place of pilgrimage; kata-dine-after some\ndays; ge/a-arrived.\nTRANSLATION\nAccording to His previous program, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went\nforward on His tour and after some days arrived at the place of pilgrimage\nknown as Jiyac;la-nrsirilha.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Jiyac;la-nrsimha temple is situated on the top of a hill about five miles away\nfrom Visakha-pattana. There is a railway station on the South Indian Railway\nknown as Simhacala. The temple known as Simhacala is the best temple in the\nvicinity of Visakha-pattana. This temple is very affluent and is a typical example of\nthe architecture of the area. In one stone tablet it is mentioned that formerly a\nqueen covered the Deity with gold plate. This is mentioned in the Visakha-pat-\n\n", "mad3#p0115": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n82\n\ntana Gazetteer. About the temple, there are residential quarters for the priests and\ndevotees. Indeed, at the present moment there are many residential quarters to\naccommodate visiting devotees. The original Deity is situated within the depths\nof the temple, but there is another Deity, a duplicate, known as the vijaya-murti.\nThis smaller Deity can be moved from the temple and taken on public processions. Priests who generally belong to the Ramanuja-sampradaya are in charge of\nthe Deity worship.\nTEXT 4\n\nif��� ,���1 C<lii'f �cte.�stR! I\n(;�'l{ttctr;-t C<liQl ct• if!J·;f\\C!-�1% II 8 II\nnrsirilha dekhiya kaila daQ(iavat-praQati\npremavese kaila bahu nrtya-gTta-stuti\nSYNONYMS\n\nnrsirilha dekhiya-by seeing Lord Nrsimha in the temple; kai/a -did; daQ(iavatpraQati-offering of obeisances, falling flat before the Deity; premav ese-in\necstatic love; kai/a-did; bahu-all kinds of; nr t ya -dancing; gita -chanting;\n\nstuti -and offering of prayers.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter\n\nseeing\n\nthe\n\nDeity\n\nLord\n\nNrsirilha\n\nin\n\nthe\n\ntemple,\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu offered His respectful obeisances by falling flat. Then, in ecstatic\nlove, He performed various dances, chanted and offered prayers.\nTEXT 5\n\n\"�����' i9f1l ����' ISRIISf11 �fit�� I\n��ttW-f 'If� �'lftl!_��'ll�� II\" <t II\n\"sri-nrsirilha, jaya nrsirilha, jaya jaya nrsirilha\nprahladesa jaya padma-mukha-padma-bhrnga\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nsr i-nrsirh ha-Lord Nrsimha with La�mi; jaya nrsirh ha -all glories to Lord\nNrsimha;\n\njaya\n\njaya-again\n\nand\n\nagain\n\nglories;\n\nnrsirilha-to\n\nNrsirhhadeva;\n\nprah/ada isa -to the Lord of Prahlada Maharaj a; jaya-all glories; padma-of the\ngoddess of fortune; mukha-padma-of the lotuslike face; bhrnga -the bee.\n-\n\n", "mad3#p0116": "Text 6]\n\nTa lks Between the Lord and Ramananda Ray a\n\n83\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"All glori es to Nrsimhadeva! All glories to Nrsirilhadeva. who is the Lord of\nPrahlada Mahara j a and, like the honeybee, is always engaged in beho lding the\nlotuslike face of the goddess of fortune.\nPURPORT\nThe goddess of fortune is always embraced by Lord Nrsirhhadeva This is men­\n\ntioned in Srimad-Bhagavatam in the First and Tenth Cantos by the great commentator Srila Sridhara Svami. The following verse was composed by Sridhara Svami in\nhis commentary on Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.87.1 ).\nvag-isa yasya vadane\n\n/ak?mir yasya ca vak?asi\n\nyasyaste hrdaye samvit\n\ntam nrsimham aham bhaje\n\"Lord Nrsirhhadeva is always assisted by Sarasvati, the goddess of learning, and He\nis always embracing to His chest the goddess of fortune. The Lord is always complete in knowledge within Himself. Let us offer obeisances unto Nrsirhhadeva.\"\n\nSimilarly, in his commentary on the First Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.1.1),\n\nSridhara Svami describes Lord Nrsirhhadeva in this way:\nprah /ada-hrdayah/adam\n\nbhaktavidya-vidaraf)am\n\nsarad-indu-rucim vande\n\nparindra-vadanam harim\n\n\"Let me offer my obeisances unto Lord Nrsirhhadeva, who is always enlightening\nPrahlada Maharaja within his heart and who always kills the nescience that attacks\nthe devotees. His mercy is distributed like moonshine, and His face is like that of a\nlion. Let me offer my obeisances unto Him again and again.\"\nTEXT 6\n\n��$T�9fl�� l.!l�t�� ���j;;g OJ��.,.t�\"'tl\n\nC<lf\"f�,� �9ft�f'li11�'l1�1l.f_ ��il!0'1!: II � II\nugro 'py anugra evayam\n\nsva-bhaktanam nr-kesari\n\nkesariva sva-potanam\n\nanye?am ugra-vikrama/:1\n\n", "mad3#p0117": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\n84\n\n[Madhya-lila , Ch. 8\n\nSYNONYMS\nugrab-ferocious;\n\napi-although;\n\nanugrab-not ferocious;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nayam -this; sva-bhaktanam-to His pure devotees; nr-kesari-having the body\n\nof a human being and a lion; kesari iva-like a lioness; sva-potanam-to her\nyoung cubs; anye$am-to others; ugra-ferocious; vikramab-whose strength.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although very ferocious , the lioness is very kind to her cubs. Similarly, although very ferocious to nondevotees like Hira�;�yaka5ipu , Lord Nrsirilhadeva\nis very, very soft and kind to devotees like Prahlada Maharaja.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse was composed by Sridhara Svami in his commentary on Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam (7.9.1).\n\nTEXT 7\n\n�·�� iftifl �� ��' �F! ,�'1 I\n�e_�-�� �t�-�� �tfil' Pffl II 'I II\nei-mata nana sloka pa<;li' stuti kaila\n\nnrsirhha-sevaka mala-prasada ani' dila\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; nana-various; 5/oka-verses; pa<fi -reciting; stuti'\n\nprayers; kai/a-offered; nrsimha-sevaka-the priest of Lord Nrsirhhadeva in the\ntemple;\n\nmala-garlands;\n\nprasada-and\n\nNrsirhhadeva; ani'-bringing; di/a-offered.\n\nremnants\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nfood\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu recited different verses from the\nsastra. The priest of Lord Nrsirilhadeva then brought garlands and the remnants of the Lord's food and offered them to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 8\n\n�(�e, 'Cfl'til �@f � fiiJ�I'l I\n� 1ftfui �t�i ��' �fifilfi ${i{ II lr II\nparvavat kona vipre kaila nimantraQa\nsei ratri tahar'l rahi' karila gamana\n\n", "mad3#p0118": "Text 10]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n85\n\nSYNONYMS\npurva-vat-as\n\npreviously;\n\nnimantraQa-invitation;\n\nsei\n\nkona-some;\nratri-that\n\nvipre-brahmaQa;\n\nnight;\n\ntahati-there;\n\nkaila-made;\nrahi'-staying;\n\nkarila-did; gamana-touring.\nTR ANSLATION\nAs usual, a brahm�a offered Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu an invitation. The\nLord passed the night in the temple and then commenced His tour again.\nTEXT 9\n\n�ttl! i'il�m � �fill'li '�';Itt<!!� 1\n\nllf'$fJ'�� itl� � 1ftf�·fw<!lt� II� II\nprabhate uthiya prabhu cali/a premavese\ndig-vidik nahi jriana ratri-divase\nSYNONYMS\nprabhate-in\n\nthe\n\nmorning;\n\nuthiya-rising;\n\nprabhu-Lord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; caiila-went; prema-avese-in great ecstatic love; dik-vidik-the\nright or wrong direction; nahi-there was not; jriana-knowledge; ratri-divaseday and night.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next morning,\n\nin the great ecstasy of\n\nlove, Lord Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu started on His tour with no knowledge of the proper direction,\nand He continued the whole day and night.\nTEXT 10\n\n�e. '��<!!' �fif' �.( <;i'tt�'StttJ I\ni'$1titt<!lft-� � ��&!ti �fw� II � II\no\n\npurvavat 'vai?Qava' kari' sarva loka-gaQe\ngodavari-tire prabhu aila kata-dine\nSYNONYMS\npurva-vat-as previously; vai?Qava-devotees; kari'-making; sarva-all; iokagaQe-the people; godavari-tire-on the bank of the River Godavari; prabhuthe Lord; ai/a-arrived; kata-dine-after some days.\n\n", "mad3#p0119": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n86\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs previously, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu converted to Vai�l)avism many\npeople He met on the road. After some days, the Lord reached the banks of\nthe River Godavari.\nTEXT 11\n\nc;'mlf\"Mil 'm' ��\"' '�JJ...ili'·�1f'l ,\n� � (;��' �f! C� �\"f�i{ II ) � II\ngodavari dekhi' ha-i/a 'yamuna'-smaraf)a\ntire vana dekhi' smrti hai/a vrndavana\nSYNONYMS\ngodavari-the River Godavari; dekhi'-seeing; ha-i/a-there was; yamunasmaraQa-remembrance of the River Yamuna; tire-on the banks; vana-the\nforests; dekhi'-seeing; smrti-remembrance; hai/a-there was; vrndavana-SrT\nVrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen He saw the River Godavari, the Lord remembered the River Yamuna,\nand when He saw the forest on the banks of the river, He remembered Sri\nVrndavana-dhama.\nTEXT 12\n\n(;'!� �ti{ fl..'l �' ij�J·'mi1 I\n'�� � �$i i!ttl C�Gif �1i1 II )� II\nsei vane kata-k�af)a kari' nrtya-gana\ngodavari para hana tahan kaila snana\nSYNONYMS\nsei vane-in that forest; kata-k�aQa-for some time; kari'-performing; nrtyagana-dancing and chanting; godavari-the river; para hafia-crossing; tahalithere; kai/a-too k; snana-bath.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter performing His usual chanting and dancing for some time in this\nforest, the Lord crossed the river and took His bath on the other bank.\n\n", "mad3#p0120": "Text 15]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n87\n\nTEXT 13\n\ntl� li.t�' <fi\\!�� CCJr�·�fllitt� I\n�' �\" � ��t1f·���� II �� II\nghata cha<}i' kata-dure jala-sannidhane\nvasi' prabhu kare k($Qa-nama-sailkirtane\nSYNONYMS\n\nghata cha{ii'-leaving the bathing place; kata-dare-a short distance away;\njala-sannidhane-near the water; vasi'-sitting; prabhu-the Lord; kare-does;\nkr$Qa-nama-sailkirtane-chanting of the holy name of Lord Kr�!Ja.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter bathing in the river, the Lord walked a little distance from the bathing\nplace and engaged in chanting the holy name of Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 14\n\n,!{� �rn ��' �tJtt�\"' �t11 1\n� <lifil�� ��if!, <tti!lfifl � II �8 II\nhena-ka/e dolaya cadi' ramananda raya\nsnana karibare ai/a, bajana bajaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nhena-ka/e-at this time; dolaya ca{ii'-riding on a palanquin; ramananda\nraya-Srila Ramananda Raya; snana-bath; karibare-to take; ai/a-came there;\nbajana bajaya-accompanied by a musical band.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, accompanied by the sounds of music, Ramananda Raya came\nthere mounted on a palanquin to take his bath.\nTEXT 15\n\n�t� �ttr <ttl �tbrJ �fif� l3t'1i'l I\n��1ft'!'�� ,t:i�1 �tiltffl·l!� II �<t II\ntailra sailge bahu ai/a vaidika brahma(la\nvidhi-mate kaila teilho snanadi-tarpaQa\n\n", "mad3#p0121": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n88\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nSYNONYMS\ntanra sar'lge-with him;\n\nbahu-many;\n\nai/a-came; vaidika-following the\n\nVedic principles; brahmaf)a- brahmaf)as; vidhi-mate-according to ritualistic\nceremonies; kaila-did; tenho-he, Srila Ramananda Raya; snana-adi-tarpal)abathing and offering oblations, etc.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMany brahmaQas, following the Vedic principles, accompanied Ramananda\nRaya. According to the Vedic rituals, Ramananda Raya took his bath and\noffered oblations to his forefathers.\nTEXT 16\n\n�if. fttir �f�' �t�-�� ��nl I\n�t� fil�t'! �,� 1t� �' 'lnl II�� II\nprabhu tanre dekhi' janila-ei rama-raya\ntanhare milite prabhura mana uthi' dhaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tar'lre-him; dekhi'-seeing; janila-couid\nunderstand; ei-this; rama-raya-Srila Ramananda Raya; tar'lhare-him; militeto meet; prabhura-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mana-mind; uthi'-rising;\ndhaya-runs after.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu could understand that the person who had come\nto bathe in the river was Ramananda Raya. The Lord wanted so much to meet\nhim that His mind immediately began running after him.\nTEXT 17\n\n'!ottM '�11 ��' �'- �frt\"ff ��m 1\n11'11t�'ff <c�t�\"fi CCI�(��Jt� ���i II �'l II\ntathapi dhairya dhari' prabhu rahila vasiya\nramananda aila apurva sannyasi dekhiya\n\nSYNONYMS\ntathapi-still;\n\ndhariya dhari'-keeping patient;\n\nprabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; rahi/a-remained; vasiya-sitting; ramananda-Srila Ramananda\nRaya; iii/a-arrived; apurva-wonderful; sannyasi-renunciate; dekhiya-seeing.\n\n", "mad3#p0122": "Text 19]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n89\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was running after him mentally, He\npatiently remained sitting. Ramananda Raya, seeing the wonderful sannyasi,\nthen came to see Him.\nTEXT 18\n\nlJ:�-f\\!-�1{ <t�W�, �111'1 �'llil I\n�� �� ��' �1f\"''·,a,tijil II �lr' II\nsarya-sata-sama kanti, aruQa vasana\nsubalita prakaQc;ia deha, kamala-locana\nSYNONYMS\nsarya-sata-hundreds of\n\nsuns;\n\nsama-like;\n\nkanti-luster;\n\naruQa-saffron;\n\nvasana-garments; subalita-very strongly built; prakaQc;ia-big; deha-body;\nkamala-locana-eyes like lotus petals.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Ramananda Raya then saw Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as brilliant as a\nhundred suns. The Lord was covered by a saffron garment. He was large in\nbody and very strongly built, and His eyes were like lotus petals.\nTEXT 19\n\n'��i ��t� 1ltil G� �e,� I\n�t��i <IIRfllf ��e, � II �� II\ndekhiya tanhara mane haifa camatkara\nasiya karila daQc;iavat namaskara\nSYNONYMS\ndekhiya-seeing;\n\ntanhara-his;\n\nmane-in\n\nthe\n\nmind;\n\nhaifa-there\n\nwas;\n\ncamatkara-wonder; asiya-coming there; karifa-did; daQc;ia-vat-like a rod;\nnamaskara-obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Ramananda Raya saw the wonderful sannyasi, he was struck with\nwonder. He went to Him and immediately offered his respectful obeisances,\nfalling down flat like a rod.\n\n", "mad3#p0123": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n90\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 20\n\n��' �t_ �,-lsJ, <II� '�' 'fi�' I\n� �tfi'lfirti! �if lfi�11 �,� II � II\no\n\nuthi' prabhu kahe,-utha, kaha 'k[$1)a' 'k[$Qa'\ntare a/irigite prabhura hrdaya sat{$1)a\nSYNONYMS\nuthi'-rising; prabhu-the Lord; kahe-said; utha-get up; kaha-chant; k{$Qa\nk{$Qa-the\n\nholy\n\nname\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nKr��a;\n\ntare-him;\n\nalirigite-to\n\nembrace;\n\nprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; hrdaya-the heart; sa-t{$Qa-very\nmuch eager.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord stood up and asked Ramananda Raya to arise and chant the holy\nname of Kr�r;�a. Indeed, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very eager to embrace\nhim.\nTEXT 21\n\n'!Qitf9t ��,-� 1ft111ft;j�?\n\nc;fit� <lit�,-(;�� �� �t� �ill � II �� II\n\ntathapi puchila,-tumi raya ramananda?\nteriho kahe, -sei haria dasa sudra manda\nSYNONYMS\ntathapi-still; puchila-He i nquired; tumi-you; raya ramananda-Ramananda\nRaya; teriho kahe-he replied; sei haria-1 am that; dasa-servant; sudrabelo nging to the sudra community; manda-very low.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then inquired whether he was Ramananda Raya,\nand he replied, \"Yes, I am Your very low servant, and I belong to the sudra\ncommunity.\"\nTEXT 22\n\n'!t<l '!ttif i<r.'l �t_ \" ��i{ I\n(;$it� �t_-lf'!J &tt� �w;!i{ II �� II\n\n", "mad3#p0124": "Text 24]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n91\n\ntabe tare kaila prabhu drc;lha a/irigana\npremavese prabhu-bhrtya dorihe acetana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\n\ntare-him;\n\nkai/a-did;\n\nprabhu-Lord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; drc;lha-firm; a/irigana-embracing; prema avese-in ecstatic love;\n-\n\nprabhu-bhrtya-the\n\nservant\n\nand\n\nthe\n\nmaster;\n\ndorihe-both;\n\nacetana-un­\n\nconscious.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then embraced Sri Ramananda Raya very firmly.\nIndeed, both the master and the servant almost lost consciousness due to\necstatic love.\nTEXT 23\n\n�t�fcl� <;1.2111' ,��n1 I.!;�Bt �rn� 1\n\nl� �tfffii?m 'A·c;� �� �f�� II�� II\nsvabhavika prema dorihara udaya karila\nduriha a lirigiya durihe bhamite pac;lila\nSYNONYMS\nsvabhavika-natural;\n\nprema-love;\n\ndorihara-of both of them;\n\nudaya­\n\nawakening; karila-there was; duriha-both; a/irigiya-embracing; durihe-both\nof them; bhamite-on the ground; pac;lila-fell down.\nTRANSLATION\nTheir natural love for one another was awakened in them both, and they\nboth embraced and fell down on the ground.\nPURPORT\n\nS rila Ramananda Raya was an incarnation of the gopi Visakha. Since Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu was Lord Kr�l)a Himself, there was naturally an awakening of love\n\nbetween Visakha and Kr�l)a. S ri Kr�l)a Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the combination of\nSrimati Radharal)i and Kr�l)a. The gopi Visakha is a principal gopi assisting Srimati\nRadharal)i. Ramananda Raya and S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced since their\nnatural love also was awakened.\nTEXT 24\n\nQ, ��' �\\!15, �!I>Pf, �' ��(} I\n,·�t11' �� �fil' �5f '��'�( II �8 II\n\n", "mad3#p0125": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n92\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nstambha, sveda, asru, kampa, pulaka, vaivarf)ya\ndurihara mukhete suni' gadgada 'k[$/')a' varf)a\nSYNONYMS\nstambha-paralysis;\n\nsveda-perspiration;\n\nasru-tears;\n\nkampa-shivering;\n\npu/aka-palpitations;\n\nvaivarQya-paleness;\n\ndurihara-of\n\nboth\n\nmukhete-in the mouth;\n\nsuni'-hearing;\n\nof\n\nthem;\n\ngadgada-faltering; k[$/')a varl')a­\n\nKr�oa's name.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen they embraced one another, ecstatic symptoms-paralysis, perspiration,\n\ntears,\n\nshivering,\n\npalpitations\n\nand\n\npaleness-appeared.\n\nThe word\n\n\"Kr�Qa\" came from their mouths falteringly.\nTEXT 25\n\n,wr� i3�st�'Rf � ij1fe,<liHf 1\n�<li i3�� �'if <lit�i{ �ijt1f II �<t' II\ndekhiya brahmaQa-gaQera haila camatkara\nvaidika brahmaf)a saba karena vicara\nSYNONYMS\ndekhiya-seeing this; brahmaQa-gaQera-of the ritualistic brahmaf)as; hailathere\n\nwas;\n\ncamatkara-wonder;\n\nvaidika-followers\n\nof\n\nVedic\n\nritualistic\n\nceremonies; brahmaQa-the brahmaf)as; saba-all; karena-did; vicara-consideration.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the stereotyped, ritualistic brahmar;1as who were following the Vedic\nprinciples saw this ecstatic manifestation of love, they were struck with\nwonder. All these brahmar;1as began to reflect as follows.\nTEXT 26\n\n�� '!' �jl�1f �iSf c;wf-1 i3� I\nl�Jtt!f �t�ftn11 C<lit� <f.� \\ll'illfi{ II �� II\nei ta' sannyasira teja dekhi brahma-sama\nsadre a/irigiya kene karena krandana\n\n", "mad3#p0126": "Text 28]\n\n93\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Ray a\n\nSYNONYMS\nei ta'-this indeed; sannyasfra-of the sannyasf, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nteja-bodily effulgence; dekhi-we see; brahma-sama-exactly like Brahman;\nsOdre-a sOdra, or worker; a/ingiya-embracing; kene-why; karena-does;\nkrandana-crying.\nTRANSLATION\nThese brahma1;1as began to think, \"We can see that this sannyasi has a luster\nlike the effulgence of Brahman, but how is it He is crying upon embracing a\nsudra, a member of the fourth caste in the social order?\"\nTEXT 27\n\n�� lf�t��-'IJ�t�fu'!, '$ff\\1f I\n��11' �t'l'f � �'i'1 �fil� II �'l II\nei maharaja-maha-paw;lita, gambhrra\nsannyasfra sparse matta ha-i/a asthira\nSYNONYMS\nei maharaja-this Ramananda Raya, who is the Governor; maha-par:lC;Iita-a\nvery learned person; gambhfra-grave; sannyasfra sparse-by touching a sannyasi; matta-mad; ha-ila-became; asthira-restiess.\nTRANSLATION\nThey thought, \"This Ramananda Raya is the Governor of Madras, a highly\nlearned and grave person, a maha-pa1;1�ita, but upon touching this sannyasi he\nhas become restless like a madman.\"\nTEXT 28\n\n�� f.f.!f'$f'l �� '�Jti{ 1fil I\n���� �<fi �' � '<fii'f �'I II �lr II\nei-mata vipra-gaQa bhave mane mana\nvijatiya /aka dekhi, prabhu kaila sarhvaraQa\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; vipra-gaQa-aii the brahmaQas; bhave-think; mane\nmana-within their\n\nminds;\n\nvijatiya\n\n/aka-outside\n\npeople;\n\ndekhi-seeing;\n\nprabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kai/a-did; sarhvaraQa-restraining.\n\n", "mad3#p0127": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n94\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the brahmar;�as were thinking in this way about the activities of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and Ramananda Raya, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw the\nbrahmar;�as and restrained His transcendental emotions.\nPURPORT\nRamananda Raya was intimately related to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; therefore\nhe can be accepted as a sajatiya, a person within the intimate circle of the Lord.\nThe brahmal)as, however, were followers of the Vedic rituals and were not able to\nhave an intimate connection with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Consequently they\nare called vijatiya-loka.ln other words, they were not pure devotees. One may be\na highly learned brahmaQa, but if he is not a pure devotee he is a vij;Wya, an outcaste , one outside devotional service-in other words, a nondevotee. Although\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Ramananda Raya were embracing in ecstasy, the\nLord restrained His transcendental emotions upon seeing the outsider brahmal)as.\nTEXT 29\n\n� ��i \"6,·� <;�l � ctf�f'li I\n\n�� ��' 11�� �t� �f� II �� II\nsustha hafia durihe sei sthanete vasila\ntabe hasi' mahaprabhu kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\nsu-stha hari a-becoming steady; durihe-both of them; sei-that; sthanetein the place;\n\nvasi/a-sat down;\n\ntabe-then;\n\nhasi -s miling ;\n'\n\nmahaprabhu­\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; kahite-to speak; /agi/a-began.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen they regained their sanity, they both sat down, and Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu began to smile and speak as follows.\nTEXT 30\n\n'�t�ce't1!' ��t�t� �� <;i!t11t1f �t'l 1\n�t11tt1f fiffilt� (.;� �Btfl � II �o II\n'sarvabhauma bhattacarya kahila tamara gul)e\ntomare milite more karila yatane\n\n", "mad3#p0128": "Text 32]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n95\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma bhattacarya-of the name Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya; kahifa-has\nspoken; tamara-your; gw,1e-good qualities; tomare-you; mifite-to meet;\nmore-Me; karifa-made; yatane-endeavor.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya has spoken of your good qualities, and he has\nmade a great endeavor to convince Me to meet you.\nTEXT 31\n\n�'f';fj f1t� � ��i �$fi11\n�&�� ��&��, �mr.:� 9f1�( ii11� 11' �� 11\ntoma mifibare mora etha agamana\nbhafa haifa, anayase paifun darasana'\nSYNONYMS\ntoma-you; milibare-to meet; mora-My; etha-here; agamana-coming;\nbhafa haifa-it was very good; anayase-without difficulty; paifun-1 have gotten; dqra5ana-interview.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Indeed, I have come here just to meet you. It is very good that even without making an effort I have gotten your interview here.\"\nTEXT 32\n\n11Rt ·�rc;�,-�1-.{t�� <l'it11 �I!JSJtil: I\n\n�1ltt'll'� � f�tl! � �t<t�lil: II �� II\nraya kahe,-sarvabhauma kare bhrtya-jfiana\nparok�eha mora hite haya savadhana\nSYNONYMS\nraya\n\nkahe-Ramananda\n\nRaya\n\nreplied;\n\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma\n\nBhat­\n\ntacarya; kare-does; bhrtya-jfiana-thinks of me as his servant; parok�eha-in\nmy absence; mora-of me; hite-for the benefit; haya-is; savadhana-always\ncareful .\n\n", "mad3#p0129": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrfa\n\n96\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya replied, \"Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya thinks of me as his\nservant. Even in my absence he is very careful to do me good.\nTEXT 33\n\n�'Rt ?\"Ptt� \"Ptt�lf 'i!tll'Rt W1fllji{ I\n�tf;sr ��\"' ��� C�Tt1f 1llf�i9fil11 II �� II\ntanra krpaya painu tamara darasana\naji saphafa haifa mora manu$ya-janama\nSYNONYMS\ntanra krpaya-by his mercy; painu-1 have gotten; tamara-Your; darasanainterview;\n\naji-today; sa-phafa-successful; haifa-has become; mora-my;\n\nmanu$ya-janama-birth as a human being.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By his mercy I have received Your interview here. Consequently I consider\nthat today I have become a successful human being.\nTEXT 34\n\n�<ft'e�'ll' 'i!tllt1f ?9l'i,-l!t1f l!l- �� I\n�\"'9f lg] \"\"Pffalt� ��i �t1f 0�1l't�illl �8 II\n<\nsarvabhaume tamara krpa,-tara ei cihna\nasprsya sparsife haria tanra premadhrna\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhaume-unto Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya; tomara-Your; krpa-mercy;\ntara-of such mercy; ei-this; cihna-the symptom; asprsya-untouchable;\nsparsife-You have touched; haria-becoming; tanra-his; prema-adhTna-influenced by love.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I can see that You have bestowed special mercy upon Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya. Therefore You have touched me, although I am untouchable. This is\ndue only to his love for You.\n\n", "mad3#p0130": "Talks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\nText 36]\n\n97\n\nTEXT 35\n\n�itt �-�1..-te. �� il't1ft�'ll\n�it1 'lf$ -�lt�t�� R�'l- -ti!t�� 11 �a 11\nkahan tumi\nkahan m u iii\n\n-\n\nsak�at isvara narayal)a\nraj a-s evi vi�ayi sudradhama\n\n-\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nkaha.n-whereas; tumi-You; sak�at-directly; isvara narayaQa-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; kahan-whereas; mw'ii-1; raja-sevi-government servant; vi� ayi-m aterialist; sadra-adhama-worse than a sudra, or fourth-class man.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Narayat;�a Himself, and I am\nonly a government servant interested in materialistic activities. Indeed, I am\nthe lowest amongst men of the fourth caste.\nTEXT 36\n\n� �t-f il1 �f1ft'l �'li, ����� I\n�11' wafil ��1 <;�tW felt� II -e,� II\nmora sp ars e na karile ghwa veda-bhaya\n,\n\nmora darsana toma vede ni$edhaya\nSYNONYMS\nmora-of me; sparse-by the touch; na-not; karile-You did; ghwa-hatred;\n\nveda-bhaya-afraid of injunctions of the Vedas; mora-of me; darsana-seeing;\n\ntoma-You; vede-the Vedic injunctions; ni�edhaya-forbid.\nTRANSLA TION\n\"You do not fear the Vedic injunctions stating that You should not associate\nwith a sudra. You were not contemptuous of my touch, although in the Vedas\nYou are forbidden to associate with sudras.\nPURPO RT\n\nIn Bhaga v ad gita (9.32) the Lord says:\n-\n\n", "mad3#p0131": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n98\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nmarh hi partha vyapasritya\nye 'pi syu/:1 papa-yonaya/:1\nstriyo vaisyas tatha sudras\nte 'pi yanti pararh gatim\n\"0 son of Prtha, those who take shelter in Me, though they be of lower birth­\n\nwomen, vaisyas [merchants), as well as sudras [workers]-can approach the\nsupreme destination.\"\nThe word papa-yonaya/:1 means \"born of lower caste women.\" The vaisyas are\nmerchants, and the sDdras or workers are servants. According to Vedic classifications, they belong to a lower social order. A low life means a life without Kr�Qa\nconsciousness. High and low positions in society were calculated by considering a\nperson's Kr�Qa consciousness. A brahmaf)a is considered to be on the highest platform because he knows Brahman, the Absolute Truth. The second caste, the\n\nk�atriya caste, also know Brahman, but not as well as the brahmaf)as. The vaisyas\nand sudras do not clearly understand God consciousness, but if they take to Kr�r:Ja\nconsciousness by the mercy of Kr�Qa and the spiritual master, they do not remain\nin the lower castes (papa-yonaya/:1). It is clearly stated: te 'pi yanti pararh gatim.\n\nUnless one has attained the highest standard of life, one cannot return home,\n\nback to Godhead. One may be a sudra, vaisya or woman, but if he is situated in\nthe service of the Lord in Kr�Qa consciousness, he should not be considered stri,\n\nsudra, vaisya or one lower than a sudra. A person engaged in the Lord's servicethough from a lowborn family -should never be considered to belong to a\nlowborn family. The Padma Puraf)a forbids: vik�ate jati-samanyaU sa yati narakarh\n\ndhruvam. A person goes to hell quickly when he considers a devotee of the Lord\nin terms of birth. Although Sri Ramananda Raya supposedly took birth in a sudra\nfamily, he is not to be considered a sudra, for he was a great advanced devotee.\nIndeed, he was on the transcendental platform. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ntherefore embraced him. Out of spiritual humility, Sri Ramananda Raya presented\nhimself as a sudra (raja-sevi vi�ayi sudradhama). Even though one may engage in\ngovernment service or in any other pound-shilling-pence business-in short, in\nmaterialistic life-he need only take to Kr�Qa consciousness. Kr�Qa consciousness\n\nis a very simple process. One need only chant the holy names of the Lord and\nstrictly follow the principles forbidding sinful activity. In this way one can no\n\nlonger be considered an untouchable, a vi�ayi or a sudra. One who is advanced in\nspiritual life should not associate with nondevotees-namely men in government\nservice and men engaged in materialistic activity for sense gratification or in the\nservice of others. Such men are considered vi�ayi, materialistic. It is said:\n\nni�kiricanasya bhagavad-bhajanonmukhasya\npararh pararh jigami�or bhava-sagarasya\nsandarsanarh vi�ayif)am atha yo�itarh ca\nha hanta hanta vi�a-bhak�af)ato 'py asadhu\n\n", "mad3#p0132": "Text 38]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n99\n\n'� person who is very seriously engaged in cultivating devotional service with a\n\nview to crossing the ocean of nescience and who has completely abandoned all\nmaterial activities should never see a sudra, a vaisya or a woman.\" (Sri Caitanyacandrodaya-nataka 8.23)\n\nTEXT 37\n\n�Jtt1f �'PITII r.�tJlTII �1l1� �\"f\"Ri'i11\n�� � �flf, c;� i!lftC� r.�t'lft1l 'II(' II -e'\\ II\ntamara krpaya tomaya karaya nindya-karma\n\nsak$at isvara tumi, ke jane tamara marma\nSYNONYMS\n\ntamara krpaya-Yo u r mercy; tomaya-unto You; karaya-induces; nindya-kar­\n\nma-forbidden actions; sak$at isvara-di rectly the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead; tum i-You; ke jane-who can know; tamara-Your; marma-purpose.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself; therefore no one\ncan understand Your purpose. By Your mercy, You are touching me, although\nthis is not sanctioned by the Vedas.\nPURPO RT\nA sannyasi is strictly forbidden to see the Vi$ayis and materialistic people.\n\nHowever, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, out of His boundless and causeless mercy,\ncould show favor to anyone, regardless of birth and position.\nTEXT 38\n\n�'IIi ��1fit'! c;'!t1ml' �tl �'$11l� I\n9f11\"Jt-W��� �l!l!·?t'Ril II �17\"' ll\nama nistarite tamara ihan agamana\n\nparama-dayalu tumi patita-pavana\nSYNONYMS\n\nama nistarite-to deliver me;\npearance;\n\nparama daya/u-greatly\n-\n\ndeliverer of all fallen souls.\n\ntamara-Your;\nmerciful;\n\nihan-here;\n\ntumi-You;\n\nagamana-ap­\n\npatita-pavana-the\n\n", "mad3#p0133": "100\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"You have come here specifically to deliver me. You are so merciful that You\nalone can deliver all fallen souls.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Narottama dasa Thakura sings in his Prarthana (40):\nsri-k[$f)a-caitanya-prabhu daya kara more,\ntoma vina ke dayalu jagat sarhsare\npatita-pavana-hetu tava avatara,\nmo-sama patita prabhu na paibe ara\n\"My dear Lord, please be merciful to me. Who can be more merciful than Your\nLordship within these three worlds? You appear as an incarnation just to reclaim\nthe conditioned, fallen souls, but I assure You that You will not find a soul more\nfallen than me.\"\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's specific mission is to deliver fallen souls. Of course,\nin this age of Kali there is hardly anyone who is not fallen according to the calculations of Vedic behavior. In His instructions to ROpa Gosvami, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu described the so-called followers of Vedic religion in this way\n(Madhya 19.146):\nveda-ni$tha-madhye ardheka veda 'mukhe' mane\nveda-ni$iddha papa kare, dharma nahi gaf)e\nSo-called followers of Vedic principles simply accept the Vedas formally, but\nthey act against Vedic principles. This is symptomatic of this age of Kali. People\nclaim to follow a certain type of religion, saying formally, \"I am Hindu, I am\nMuslim, I am Christian, I am this or that;' but actually no one follows the principles\nenunciated in religious scriptures. This is the disease of this age. However, the\nmerciful Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has simply advised us to chant the Hare Kr�l)a\nmaha-mantra: harer nama harer nama harer nama eva keva/am. The Lord can\ndeliver anyone afld everyone, even though one may have fallen from the injunctions of revealed scriptures. This is Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's special mercy. Consequently He is known as patita-pavana, the deliverer of all fallen souls.\n\nTEXT 39\n\n1f��-� �· i!tRftl! ?lt111f I\n\ntil• <fii� � 1!,_��� l!t1f 1111: \"��\"\n\n", "mad3#p0134": "Text 40]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n101\n\nmahanta-svabhava ei tarite pamara\nnija karya nahi tabu yana tara ghara\nSYNONYMS\nmahanta-svabhava-the nature of saintly persons; ei-this; tarite-to deliver;\npamara-fallen souls; nija-own; karya-business; nahi-there is not; tabustill; yana-goes; tara-his; ghara-house.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is the general practice of all saintly people to deliver the fallen.\nTherefore they go to people's houses, although they have no personal business there.\nPURPORT\nA sannyasi is supposed to beg from door to door. He does not beg simply because he is hungry. His real purpose is to enlighten the occupant of every house\nby preaching Kr�t:�a consciousness. A sannyasi does not abandon his superior position and become a beggar just for the sake of begging. Similarly, a person in\nhouseholder life may be very important, but he may also voluntarily take to the\nmendicant way of life. ROpa Gosvami and Sanatana Gosvami were ministers, but\nthey voluntarily accepted the mendicant's life in order to humbly preach Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's message. It is said about them: tyaktva tarQam ase�amaQ(iala-pati-sreQirh sada tucchavat bhatva dina-gaQesakau karuQaya kaupinakanthasritau. Although the Gosvamis were very aristocratic, they became mendicants just to deliver the fallen souls according to the order of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. One should also consider that those who engage in the missionary\nactivities of Kr�t:�a consciousness are under the guidance of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. They are not actually beggars; their real business is to deliver fallen\nsouls. Therefore they may go from door to door just to introduce a book about\nKr�t:�a consciousness so that people can become enlightened by reading. Formerly\nbrahmacaris and sannyasis used to beg from door to door. At the present\nmoment, especially in the Western countries, a person may be handed over to the\npolice if he begs from door to door. In Western countries, begging is considered\ncriminal. Members of the Kr�t:�a consciousness movement have no business begging. Instead, they work very hard to introduce some literatures about Kr�t:�a consciousness so that people can read them and be benefited. However, if one gives\nsome contribution to a Kr�t:�a conscious man, he never refuses it.\nTEXT 40\n\n'll'ffl�Of� ?ctt� ��ctt� tflorr5�'1P( 1\n\"f;f:ti!f�'lni �$\\<l'!ltiJJ�1 <lr�t<::! m� II 8\n\n•\n\n", "mad3#p0135": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n102\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nmahad-vicalanarh nwarh\ngrhiQarh dina-cetasam\n\nni/:lsreyasaya bhagavan\n\nnanyatha kalpate kvacit\nSYNONYMS\n\nmahat-vicalanam-the\n\nbeings;\n\ngrhil)am-who\n\nwandering\nare\n\nof\n\nsaintly\n\nhouseholders;\n\npersons;\n\nnwam-of\n\nhuman\n\ndina-cetasam-low-minded;\n\nni/:lsreyasaya-for the ultimate benefit; bhagavan-0 my Lord; na anyatha-not\nany other purpose; kalpate-one imagines; kvacit-at any time.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'My dear Lord, sometimes great saintly persons go to the homes of house­\n\nholders, although these householders are generally low-minded. When a\nsaintly person visits their homes, one can understand that it is for no other\npurpose than to benefit the householders.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.8.4).\nTEXT 41\n\n\"'t'll'Tif �tlf ��'ttflf ��<'li � I\n\n�t1f st.ftil �tf ��� �il II 8� II\namara sange brahmal)adi sahasreka jana\n\ntamara darsane sabara dravi-bhata mana\nSYNONYMS\namara sange-with me; brahmal)a-adi-brahmal)as and others; sahasreka­\n\nmore than one thousand; jana-persons; tamara-of You; darsane-in seeing;\nsabara-of all of them; dravi-bhata-became melted; mana-the hearts.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Along\n\nwith\n\nme\n\nthere\n\nare\n\nabout\n\na\n\nthousand\n\nmen-including\n\nthe\n\nbrahmar;�as-and all of them appear to have had their hearts melted simply by\nseeing You.\nTEXT 42\n\n'�' '�' � �fif �HI' ��� I\n\n� �lf-�\"ff�, �{!15-il�til II 8� II\n\n", "mad3#p0136": "Text 43]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n103\n\n'km)a' 'kr�Qa' nama suni sabara vadane\n\nsabara ariga-pulakita, asru-nayane\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�Qa kr�Qa-K[�I)a, Kr�l)a; nama-the holy name; suni-1 hear; sabara-of\neveryone; vadane-in the mouths; sabara-of all; ailga-the bodies; pu/akitagladdened; asru-tears; nayane-in the eyes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I hear everyone chanting the holy name of Kr�r;�a. Everyone's body is\nthrilled with ecstasy, and there are tears in everyone's eyes.\nTEXT 43\n\n._t�t�-121�� C1!1\"1it1f if�·'f'l!i'f I\n\nmill� (.!It�� �'f II 8-e> II\nakrtye-prakrtye tamara isv ara -la k�a Qa\njive na sambhave ei aprakrta guQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nakrtye-in bodily features; prakrtye-in behavior; tamara-of You; isvara-of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; /ak�aQa-the symptoms; jive-in an ordinary living being; na-not; sambhave-possible; ei-these; aprakrta-transcendental; guQa-qualities.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear sir, according to Your bodily features and Your behavior, You are\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Such behavior and features are impossible for ordinary living beings , for they cannot possess such transcendental\nqualities.''\nPURPORT\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's bodily features were uncommon. Indeed, His body\nwas extraordinary in its measurements. The measurement of His chest as well as\nthe measurement of His forearms were the same length. This is called nyagrodha­\n\nparimaQc;lala. As far as His nature is concerned, He was kind to everyone. No one\nbut the Supreme Personality of Godhead can be kind to everyone. Therefore the\nLord's name is Kr�l)a, all-attractive. As stated in Bhagavad-gita (14.4), Kr�r:'la is kind\n\nto everyone. In every species of life (sarva-yoni�u), He is the original father, the\nseed-giver (bija-pradab pita). How, then, can He be unkind to any living entity?\n\n", "mad3#p0137": "104\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nOne may be a man, an animal or even a tree, but the Lord is kind to everyone.\n\nThat is God's qualification. He also says in Bhagavad-gita (9.29), samo 'ham sarva­\n\nbhate?u: the Lord is equally kind to everyone. And He advises sarva-dharman\n\nparityajya mam ekarh saraf)arh vraja. This instruction is meant not only for Arjuna\n\nbut for all living entities. Whoever takes advantage of this offer is immediately immune to all sinful activity and returns home, back to Godhead. While present on\nthis planet, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu made the same offer.\nTEXT 44\n\n121!_ ��,-'lfil11�·�t'$l'i!1CI!� I\n\nQ!t111J 'fllfcet �� � C�i'f 1{� II 8811\nprabhu kahe,- tumi maha-bhagavatottama\ntamara darsane sabara d rava haifa mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kah e-the Lord replied; tumi-you; maha-bhagavata-uttama-the best\n\nof the topmost devotees; tamara darsane-by seeing you; sabara-of everyone;\ndrava-melted; haifa-became; mana-the heart.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Lord replied to Ramananda Raya: \"Sir, you are the best of the topmost\ndevotees; therefore upon seeing you everyone's heart has melted.\nPURPORT\nUnless one is a first-class devotee, he cannot be a preacher. A preacher is\n\ngenerally a topmost devotee, but in order to meet the general populace, he has to\ncome to distinguish between devotees and nondevotees. Otherwise, an advanced devotee makes no such distinctions. Indeed, he always sees everyone\n\nengaged in the service of the Lord. When one engages in preaching work, he must\ndistinguish between people and understand that some people are not engaged in\n\nthe devotional service of the Lord. The preacher then has to take compassion\nupon such innocent people who do not know how to worship the Lord. In\n\nSrimad -Bhagavatam (11.2.45), the symptoms of a topmost devotee are described\n\nas follows:\n\nsarva-bhiite?U yah pasyed\n\nbhagavad-bhavam atmana/:1\n\nbhatani bhagavaty atmany\ne?a bhagavatottama/:1\n\n", "mad3#p0138": "Text 47]\n\n105\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n\"The advanced devotee sees that all living entities are part and parcel of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Everyone is in Kr�r:Ja, and Kr�r:Ja is also within\neveryone. Such a vision is possible only for a person who is very advanced in\ndevotional service.\"\nTEXT 45\n\n� � �ttl, 'Cflfif-'� �' I\n\n�fi{� <;\\!� -.rt-f ��-<;�tlt � II 8<t II\nanyera ki katha, ami\n\n-\n\n'mayavadi sannyasi'\n\namiha tamara sparse kr?Qa-preme bhasi\nSYNONYMS\nanyera-of others; ki katha-what to speak; ami-1; mayavadi sannyasi-a\nsannyasi of the Mayavadi sect; amiha-1; tamara-of you; sparse-by the touch;\nkr?Qa-of Kr�r:Ja; preme-in love; bhasi-float.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although I am a Mayavadi sannyasi, a nondevotee, I am also floating in the\nocean of love of Kr��;�a simply by touching you. And what to speak of othersl\nTEXT 46\n\n�l �S?t�'. (;11't1{ llfiliBl <;-tifllft'! I\n��111' ��t� <;\\!'tlrlt� fiff�l! II 8� II\nei jani' kathina mora hrdaya sodhite\nsarvabhauma kahilena tomare milite\nSYNONYMS\nei jani'-knowing\n\nthis;\n\nkathina-very\n\nhard;\n\nmora-My;\n\nhrdaya-heart;\n\nsodhite-to rectify; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; kahilena-asked;\ntomare-you; milite-to meet.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Knowing this, in order to rectify My heart, which is very hard, Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya asked Me to meet you.\"\nTEXT 47\n\n�lJI\\! 'lt� •f?! �� �·�-m �'I I\n'6..•TA. 'l� Wil� �'ti{flifl! �II 8'l II\n\n", "mad3#p0139": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n106\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nei-mata dunhe s tuti kare dunhara guQa\ndunhe dunhara darasane anandita mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way;\n\ndunhe-both of them;\n\nstuti-praise;\n\nkare-offer;\n\ndunhara-of both of them; guQa-qualities; dunhe-both of them; dunhara-of\n\nboth of them; darasane-by the seeing; anandita-pleased; mana-the minds.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn this way each of them praised the qualities of the other, and both of them\nwere pleased to see one another.\nTEXT 48\n\n,��tt\" c�fir<�S tJl � '��� i!It'fi'l 1\n\n\"��\\!, <�SRJ' C<fi\"f �t� �11!1'1 II Sir II\nhena-kale vaidika eka vai$Qava brahmaQa\ndaQc;iavat kari' kaila prabhure nimantraQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nhena-kale-at this time; vaidika-a follower of the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies;\neka-one; vai$Qava brahmaQa-a brahmaQa following Vai?!)ava principles; daQc;Javat-obe isances\n\noffered\n\nby\n\nfalling\n\nflat;\n\nkari'-offering;\n\nkaila-made;\n\nprabhure-unto Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nimantraQa-invitation.\nTRANSLATION\nAt this time, o ne brahmar;�a V ai�r;�ava, following the Vedic principles, came\nand offered obeisances. He fell flat before Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and invited Him for lunch.\nTEXT 49\n\nfitqcJ 1ftfi1\" �tt� c��� i!ftf.lm 1\nmtilt• � ��e. �tfilm 11 s� 11\nnimantraQa manila tanre vai$Qava janiya\nramanande kahe prabhu i$at hasiya\nSYNONYMS\n\nnimantraQa-the invitation; manila\n\n-\n\naccepted; tanre-him (the brahmaQa);\n\nvai$Qava-a devotee; janiya-understanding;\n\nramanande-unto Ramananda;\n\nkahe-said; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; i$at-a little; hasiya-smiling.\n\n", "mad3#p0140": "Texts 51-52]\n\nTalks Between the lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n107\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted the brahma�a's invitation, knowing him to be a devotee, and, slightly smiling, spoke as follows to Ramananda\nRaya.\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted the invitation of the Vai��ava brahmaQa.\nEven though one is a brahmaQa strictly following all the rules and regulations of\nbrahminical culture, if he is not a devotee, a follower of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\none should not accept his invitation. At the present moment, people have become so degraded that they do not even follow the Vedic principles, to say\nnothing of Vai��ava principles. They eat anything and everything-whatever they\nlike-and therefore the members of this Kr��a consciousness movement should\nbe very cautious about accepting invitations.\nTEXT 50\n\n�tf �� ����1 ��t'! � 11'� I\n�r;r �t� �� �1ft1f tif1f-f� II (to II\ntamara mukhe kr�Qa-katha sunite haya mana\npunarapi pai yena tamara darasana\nSYNONYMS\ntamara mukhe-in your mouth; kr�Qa-katha-talks on Kr��a; sunite-to hear;\nhaya-there is; mana-My mind; punarapi-again; pai-l may get; yena-if\npossible; tamara-your; darasana\n\n-\n\ninterview.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I wish to hear from you about lord Kr��a. Indeed, My mind is inclined to\ndesire this; therefore I wish to see you again.\"\nTEXTS 51-52\n\n111� ��,-�1�\"£1 �rw �11111 ,-.tfitt� ,\n�ttl! �\" �� '11t1f li � \" <t � \"\n�� ��-�t� 11f�' �11� 111t!(e{ I\n�� �'li �� '1ft11 \\!!� li 11i{ II <t� II\nraya kahe,-ai/a yadi pamara sodhite\ndar5ana-matre suddha nahe mora du�ta citte\n\n", "mad3#p0141": "Sri Caitanya-caritampa\n\n108\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\ndina panca-sata rahi' karaha marjana\ntabe suddha haya mora ei du$ta mana\n\nSY NONYMS\nraya kahe-Ramananda Raya replied; ai/a-You have come; yadi-although;\npamara-a fallen soul; sodhite-to rectify; darsana-matre-simply seeing You;\nsuddha nahe-not purified; mora-my; du$ta-polluted; citte-consciousness;\ndina-days; panca-sata-five or seven; rahi'-staying; karaha-kindly do; marjana-cleansing; tabe-then; suddha-pure; haya-it is; mora-my; ei-this;\ndu$ta-polluted; mana-mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya replied, \"My Lord, although You have come to correct me,\na fallen soul, my mind is not yet purified simply by seeing You. Please stay for\nfive or seven days and kindly cleanse my polluted mind. After that much time,\nmy mind will certainly be pure.\"\nTEXT 53\n\n�t1� Ftt�W '�HI' :Jt�� �i �t\" I\n�Qftf� �<te. <fiRr' t;fi;r'fi 11't1Aft\" ll <t� ll\nyadyapi viccheda donhara sahana na yaya\ntathapi dar:11;lavat kari' calila rama-raya\n\nSY NONYMS\nyadyapi-although;\nsahana-toleration;\n\nof\n\nthem;\n\nviccheda-separation;\n\ndonhara-of\n\nboth\n\nyaya-possible;\n\ntathapi-still;\n\ndar;JC;iavat-obei­\n\nna-not;\n\nsances; kari'-offering; ca/i/a-departed; rama-raya-Ramananda Raya.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough neither could tolerate the other's separation, Ramananda Raya\nnonetheless offered his obeisances to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and\ndeparted.\nTEXT 54\n\n� �t�' �l Ftl2!�t11' �'11\"1 '<f.'f I\n�� � �e.<r.�t\" �tf:Jt' :J!'tiJi �� ll <t8 ll\nprabhu yai' sei vipra-ghare bhik�a kaila\ndui janara utkaQthaya asi' sandhya haifa\n\n", "mad3#p0142": "Text 56]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n109\n\n'\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yiii'-going; sei-that; vipra-ghareto the house of the brahmaQa; bhik$a-lunch;\n\nkai/a-accepted;\n\ndui-two;\n\njanara-of the persons; utkaQthaya-in the impatience; asi'-coming; sandhyaevening; haifa-appeared.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then went to the house of the brahmaQa who\nhad invited Him and took His lunch there. When the evening of that day arrived, both Ramananda Raya and the Lord were eager to meet one another\nagain.\nTEXT 55\n\n121'- �ti{·*�J �fif' �ttii{ �r� ,\n��'t'!J-�'f �t� filfilif\\'1 �tf��i II �� II\nprabhu snana-krtya kari' achena vasiya\neka-bhrtya-sange raya milila asiya\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-the Lord; snana-krtya-the daily duty of bathing; kari'-finishing;\nachena-was; vasiya-sitting; eka-one; bhrtya-servant; sar'lge-with; rayaRaya Ramananda; mi/i/a-met; asiya-coming.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter finishing His evening bath, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sat down and\nwaited for Ramananda Raya to come. Then Ramananda Raya, accompanied by\none servant, came to meet Him.\nPURPORT\nA Vai�ryava who is supposed to be advanced in spiritual understanding-be he\n\na householder or sannyasi-must bathe three times a day: morning, noon and\nevening. When one is engaged in the service of the Deity, he must especially\nfollow the principles of Padma PuraQa and take regular baths. He should also, after\nbathing, decorate his body with the twelve tilakas.\nTEXT 56\n\ni{JI� '�\" ��' 121'- '�\" �fiferti{ I\n�t �i{ *•·�� �� ��:-.Ri{ II �� II\n\n", "mad3#p0143": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n110\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nnamaskara kaila raya, prabhu kaila alingane\ndui jane kmJa-katha kaya raha/:l-sthane\n\nSYNONYMS\nnamaskara-obeisances; kai/a-offered; raya-Ramananda Raya; prabhu-Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kai/a-did; a/ingane-embracing; dui-two; janethe persons; k[$Qa-katha-talks about Kr��a; kaya-discussed; raha/:l-sthane-in\na secluded place.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya approached Lord Sri Caitanya and offered his respectful\nobeisances, and the Lord embraced him. Then they both began to discuss\nKr�r:�a in a secluded place.\nPURPORT\nThe word rahaf:J-sthane, \"in a secluded place,\" is very significant. Talks about\nKr��a and His pastimes-especially His pastimes in Vrndavana and His dealings\nwith the gopis-are all very confidential. They are not subject matter for public\ndiscussion because those who have no understanding of the transcendental\nnature of Kr��a's pastimes always commit great offenses, thinking Kr��a to be an\nordinary human being and the gopis ordinary girls. Following the principle of Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who never discussed the dealings between Kr��a and\nthe gopis publicly, devotees in the Kr��a consciousness movement are enjoined\nnot to discuss the pastimes of Lord Kr��a in Vrndavana in public. For the general\npublic, sankirtana is the most effective method to awaken Kr��a consciousness. If\npossible, one should discuss the principles enunciated in Bhagavad-gita. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu followed this principle very strictly and discussed the philosophy of Bhagavad-gita with learned scholars like Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya and\nPrakasananda Sarasvati. However, He taught the principles of the bhakti cult to\nstudents like Sanatana Gosvami and ROpa Gosvami, and He discussed with Sri\nRamananda Raya the topmost devotional dealings between Kr��a and the gopis.\nFor the general populace, He performed sankirtana very vigorously. We must also\nfollow these principles in preaching Kr�l)a consciousness all over the world.\n\nTEXT 57\n\n� <15�,-� ,,.t<li �tt� f-Ief� I\"\n11'111 <15�,-\"l51�1it�11t'l f��f� �� II\" act II\nprabhu kahe,-\"par;ia 5/oka sadhyera nirQaya\"\nraya kahe,-\"sva-dharmacaraQe Vi$QU-bhakti haya\"\n\n", "mad3#p0144": "Text 57]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n111\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; pac;fa-just recite; 5/oka-a\nverse from the revealed scriptures; sadhyera-of the aim of life; nirQaya-an\nascertainment; raya kahe-Ramananda Raya replied; sva-dharma-acaraf)e-by\nexecuting one's occupational duty; Vi$QU-bhakti-devotional service to Lord\nVi�l)u; haya-there is.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ordered Ramananda Raya to recite a verse from\nthe revealed scriptures concerning the ultimate goal of life. Ramananda\nreplied that if one executes the prescribed duties of his social position, he\nawakens his original K��Qa consciousness.\nPURPORT\nIn this connection, Sri Ramanujacarya stated in the Vedartha-sarilgraha that\n\ndevotional service is naturally very dear to the living entity. Indeed, it is life's goal.\n\nThis devotional service is supreme knowledge, or Kr�r:Ja consciousness, and it\nbrings detachment from all material activity. In the transcendental position, a living being can perfectly acknowledge the superiority of serving the Supreme Lord.\nThe devotees attain the Supreme Lord only by devotional service. Having such\nknowledge, one engages in his occupational duty, and that is called bhakti-yoga.\nBy performing bhakti-yoga, one can rise to the platform of pure devotional service .\nA great saint, the father of Srila Vyasadeva, Parasara Muni, has specifically mentioned that devotional service to the Lord can ultimately be awakened in human\nsociety by the discharge of duties in accordance with the varf)asrama. The\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead instituted varf)asrama-dharma to give human\n\nbeings a chance to return home, back to Godhead. The Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Lord Sri Kr�r:Ja, who is known in Bhagavad-gita as Puru�ottama-the\ngreatest of all personalities-personally came and declared that the institution of\nvarf)asrama-dharma was founded by Him. As stated in Bhagavad-gita (4.13):\ncaturvarf)yaril maya smam\nguQa-karma-vibhagasaf)\ntasya kartaram api maril\nviddhy akartaram avyay.am\nElsewhere in Bhagavad-gita (18.45-46) the Lord says:\nsve sve karmaQy abhirataf)\nsarilsiddhiril labhate naraf)\n\n", "mad3#p0145": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n112\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nsva-karma-nirata/;1 siddhiril\nyatha vindati tac chwu\nyata/;l pravrttir bhatanaril\nyena sarvam idaril tatam\nsva-karmaf)a tam abhyarcya\nsiddhiril\n\nvindati manava/;l\n\nHuman society should be divided into four divisions - brahmaf)a, k$atriya,\nvaisya and sudra-and everyone should always engage in his occupational duty.\nThe Lord says that those engaged in their occupational duty can attain perfection\nsimply by rendering loving devotional service to the Lord while executing their\nparticular duty. Actually the modern ideal of a classless society can be introduced\nonly by Kr�r;�a consciousness. Let men perform their occupational duty, and let\nthem give their profits to the service of the Lord . In other words, one can attain\nthe perfection of life by discharging one's occupational duty and employing the\nresults in the service of the Lord. This method is confirmed by great personalities\nlike Bodhayana, Tanka, Drami<;la, Guhadeva, Kapardi and Bharuci. It is also confirmed by Vedanta-sutra.\nTEXT 58\n\n<lcfi��iDH<l�l �i?\"C'l'l \"[�: ��j\"{_ I\nf<l��H11fJ\"C\\5 \"f�l ���J�C;s1\"!�t�'1\"{_ II 1Ur II\nvarf)asramacaravata\npuru$ef)a para/;! puman\nVi$f)Uf aradhyate pantha\nnanyat tat-to$a-karaf)am\nSYNONYMS\nvarQa-asrama-acaravata-who behaves according to the system of four divisions of social order and four divisions of spiritual life; puru$ef)a-by a man;\npara/;1 -the\n\nsupreme;\n\npuman-person;\n\nVi$f)U/;l-Lord\n\nVi�r;�u;\n\naradhyate-is\n\nworshiped; pan tha-way; na-not; anyat - another; taHo$a-karaQam-cause of\nsatisfying the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead, lord Vi�r;tu, is worshiped by the\nproper execution of prescribed duties in the system of varr;ta and asrama.\nThere is no other way to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One\nmust be situated in the institution of the four Varr;taS and asramas.\"\n\n", "mad3#p0146": "Text 58]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n113\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Vi$f)U Puraf)a (3.8.9). As stated by Srila Bhaktivinoda\nThakura in his Amrta-pravaha-bha$ya: \"The purport is that one can realize life's\nperfection simply by satisfying the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\" This is also\nconfirmed in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.13):\n_\n\natab pumbhir dvija-sre$tha\nvarf)asrama-vibhagasab\nsvanu?thitasya dharmasya\nsamsiddhir hari-to?af)am\n\"0 best among the twiceborn, it is therefore concluded that the highest perfec­\n\ntion one can achieve, by discharging his prescribed duties [dharma] according to\ncaste divisions and order of life, is to please the Lord Hari.\"\nEvery man should perform his occupational duty in the light of his particular\ntendency. According to his abilities, one should accept a position in the varf)asrama institution. The divisions of brahmaQa, k$atriya, vaisya and sudra are\nnatural divisions within society. Indeed, everyone has a prescribed duty according\nto the varf)asrama-dharma. Those who properly execute their prescribed duties\nlive peacefully and are not disturbed by material conditions. The spiritual ordersbrahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha and sannyasa-are called asramas. If one executes his prescribed duty in both the social and spiritual order, the Supreme Personality of Godhead is satisfied. If one neglects his duties, however. he becomes a\ntransgressor and a candidate for a hellish condition. Actually we see that different\npeople are engaged in different ways; therefore there must be divisions according\nto work. To attain perfection, one must make devotional service the center of life.\nIn this way one can awaken his natural instincts by work, association and education. One should accept the varf)asrama divisions by qualification, not by birth.\nUnless this system is introduced, human activities cannot be systematically executed.\nThe brahmaf)as are the intellectuals who can understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead. They are always engaged in the cultivation of knowledge. It\ndoes not matter whether one is born in India or outside India. Those who are\nnaturally very heroic and who tend to rule over others are called k?atriyas. Those\nwho tend to produce food by agricultural methods, protect cows and other\nanimals and engage in trade are called vaisyas, or merchants. Those who are not\nsufficiently intelligent to be brahmaf)as, k?atriyas or vaisyas are required to serve a\nmaster and are called sudras. Thus everyone can engage in the service of the Lord\nand Kr�r:ta consciousness. If a society does not function according to such natural\ndivisions, the social orders become degraded. The conclusion is that the scientific\nmethod of varf)asrama-dharma should be adopted by society.\n\n", "mad3#p0147": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n114\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 59\n\nc!ft. ·�'- \"\\fl��1 ��' �tt'S'I' � � I\"\n� �1:�, \"�t� <TS'Sft'P{It--�-6rt-o-�11' n\" <t� 11\nprabhu kahe,-\"eho bahya, age kaha ara\"\nraya kahe, \"k($/)e karmarpal)a-sarva-sadhya-sara\"\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; eho-this; bahya-external; age-ahead; kahasay; ara-more ; raya kahe-Sri Ramananda Raya said; kr$Qe-unto Kr��a; karmaarpaQa-offering the results of activities; sarva-sadhya-sara-the essence of all\nmeans of perfection .\nTR ANSLATION\nThe Lord replied, \"This is external. You had better tell Me of some other\nmeans.\" Ramananda replied, \"To offer the results of one's activities to Kr��a\nis the essence of all perfection.\"\nTEXT 60\n\nl!� �r;�tflr l!lf'ttf'f l!�C�tflf lflft f;r l!� I\nl!�Of\"'TPr c�k�'ll �;:_ llR 1llf1'fl{. II �.\nyat karo$i yad asnasi\nyaj juho$i dadasi yat\nyat tapasyasi kaunteya\ntat kurU$Va mad-arpaQam\nSYNONYMS\nyat-whatever ; kafO$i-you do; yat-whatever; asnasi-you eat; yat-whatever; juho$i-you offer in sacrifice; dadasi-you give in charity; yat-whatever;\nyat\n\n-\n\nwhatever; tapasyasi-you perform as austerity; kaunteya-0 son of Kunti;\n\ntat-that; kuru$Va-j ust do; mat-unto Me; arpaQam-offering\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda R aya continued, \" '0 son of Kunti, all that you do, all that you\neat, all that you offer and give away, as well as all austerities that you may perform, should be done as an offering unto Me.' \"\nPURPO RT\nThe Lord has said that the varQasrama-dharma is not properly executed in this\nage of Kali; therefore He ordered Ramananda Raya to go further into the matter.\n\n", "mad3#p0148": "Text 61]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n115\n\nRamananda replied with this verse from Bhagavad-gita (9.27) that while remaining\n\nin the system of varl)asrama-dharma, one may offer the results of his activities to\n\nLord SrT Kr�r;�a in loving service. Naturally Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu was asking Ramananda Raya about the execution of devotional service. Ramananda Raya\nfirst enunciated the principle of varQasrama-dharma in consideration of ma­\n\nterialistic people. However, this conception is not transcendental. As long as one\n\nis in the material world, he must follow the principles of varQasrama-dharma, but\ndevotional service is transcendental. The system of varl)asrama-dharma refers to\n\nthe three modes of material nature, but transcendental devotional service is on\nthe absolute platform. SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu belonged to the spiritual world,\n\nand His methods for propagating the sankrrtana movement were also imported\n\nfrom the spiritual world. SrTia Narottama dasa Thakura has sung: golokera prema­\n\ndhana, hari-nama-sanklrtana, rati na janmila kene taya. This states that the\nsanklrtana movement has nothing to do with this material world. It is imported\n\nfrom the spiritual world, Goloka Vrndavana. Narottama dasa Thakura laments that\n\nmundane people do not take this sariklrtana movement seriously. Considering the\n\nposition of devotional service and the sanklrtana movement, SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu deemed the system of varQasrama-dharma to be material, although\n\nit aims at elevation to the spiritual platform. However, the sariklrtana movement\ncan raise one immediately to the spiritual platform. Consequently it is said that\n\nvarQasrama-dharma is external, and Caitanya Mahaprabhu requested Ramananda\nRaya to proceed deeper into the matter and uncover the spiritual platform.\n\nSometimes materialists consider Lord Vi�r;�u a material conception. lmpersonalists think that above Lord Vi�r;�u is the impersonal Brahman. The impersonalists misunderstand the worship of Lord Vi�r;�u. They worship Lord Vi�r;�u to\n\nmerge into His body. In order that Vi$QU-aradhana not be misunderstood, SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu requested that SrT Ramananda Raya proceed further and\nclear up the issue. Ramananda Raya quoted the verse from Bhagavad-gita stating\nthat the results of one's occupational duty may be offered to Lord Vi�r;�u or Kr�r;�a.\nIn Srrmad-Bhagavatam (1.2.8) it is also said:\n\ndharma/:! svanu$thital) purhsarh\nvi$vaksena-kathasu ya/:1\nnotpadayed yadi ratirh\nsrama eva hi kevalam\n\"If one executes the occupational duties of varQasrama-dharma but does not\ncultivate his dormant Kr�r;�a consciousness, his activities are futile. His occupation\nsimply becomes unnecessary labor.\"\n\nTEXT 61\n\n� <15�,-\"�t�i �t�,'�tr;'$f \"<15� �'Rf t\"\nifnt �' \"�$f�·i!Jt'$f,- �1: �t$fl·llt1f II\" �� II\n\n", "mad3#p0149": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n116\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"eho bahya, age kaha ara\"\n\nraya kahe, \"svadharma-tyaga, -ei sadhya-sara\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe-the Lord replied; eho-this; bahya-external; age-ahead;\n\nkaha-speak; ara-more; raya kahe-Ramananda Raya replied; sva-dharmatyaga-relinquishing\n\none's\n\noccupational\n\nduties;\n\nei-this;\n\nsadhya-sara-the\n\nessence of all perfection.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This is also external,\" Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said. \"Please proceed and\nspeak further on this matter.\" Ramananda Raya replied, \"To give up one's occupational duties in the var�;�asrama is the essence of perfection.\"\nPURPORT\nA brahmaf)a may renounce his family and accept sannyasa. Others also­\n\nk$atriyas and vaisyas-may also give up their families and take to Kr�r:Ja conscious­\n\nness. Such renunciation is called karma-tyaga. By such renunciation, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead is satisfied. However, this renouncing of one's activities to\nKr�r:Ja is not uncontaminated and is therefore on the material platform. Such ac­\n\ntivities are considered within the material universe because, according to Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, they refer to the material universe and are therefore external. To correct this, Ramananda Raya recommended that one take to the\nrenounced order of life in order to transcend material activities. This is supported\nby the following verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.11.32).\nTEXT 62\n\n'!f1mthJ<l:� �91-t C'f/'lli1l�tf'f�IOI\"f9f �� I\n���tot 'f��J�J <(: �q 'llt� �\"CiS!� 'I� '1�11: II�� II\najnayaivarh guf)an do$an\n\nmayadi$tan api svakan\n\ndharman sarhtyajya ya/:1 sarvan\nmarh bhajet sa ca sattamab\nSYNONYMS\naji'iaya-knowing perfectly;\n\nevam-thus;\n\nguf)an-qualities;\n\ndo$an-faults;\n\nmaya-by Me; adi$tan-instructed; api-although; svakan-own; dharmanoccupational duties;\n\nsarhtyajya-giving up;\n\nyab-anyone who;\n\nsarvan-all;\n\nmam-unto Me; bhajet-may render service; sa/:1-he; ca-and; sattama/:1-a\n\nfirst-class person.\n\n", "mad3#p0150": "Text 63]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n117\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya continued, \" 'Occupational duties are described in the\nreligious scriptures. If one analyzes them, he can fully understand their\nqualities and faults and then give them up completely to render service unto\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Such a person is considered a first-class\nman.'\nTEXT 63\n\n����J.\\. 9ffll\\!iJ�J 1ltC1!�� \"f�9� 3l� I\n\\5f�� �g '!�9ftC9fCi5Jl C�1t'l.'f-fiPJJtf11 l{'j �'D: II M il\nsarva-dharman parityajya\n\nmam ekam saraf)am vraja\n\naham tvam sarva-papebhyo\nmok$ayi$yami ma suca/;l\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarva-dharman-all kinds of occupational duties; parityajya-giving up; mam\n\nekam-unto Me only; saraf)am-as shelter; vraja-go; aham-1; tvam-unto\n\nyou; sarva-papebhyal;l-from all the reactions of sinful life; mok$ayi$yami-will\ngive liberation; rna-don't; suca/;l -worry.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"As stated in scripture [Bg. 18.66]: 'After giving up all kinds of religious\nand occupational duties, if you come to Me, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and take shelter, I will give you protection from all of life's sinful reactions. Do not worry.' \"\nPURPORT\nIn this connection, Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami instructs in his book Mana/;l­\n\nsik$a (2):\n\nna dharmam nadharmam sruti-gaf)a-niruktam kila kuru\nvraje radha-k[$Qa-pracura-paricaryam iha tanu\n\nHe has thus enjoined that we should not perform religious or irreligious activities\n\nas prescribed in the Vedas. The best course is to engage always in the service of\n\nLord Kr��a and Radhara�i. That is the perfection of everything in this life. Similarly,\nin Srimad-Bhagavatam (4.29.46) it is said by Narada Muni:\n\nyada yasyanugrhQati\n\nbhagavan atma-bhavital;l\n\nsa jahati matim Joke\n\nvede ca parini$thitam\n\n", "mad3#p0151": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n118\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\n\"When one actually takes to the loving service of the Supreme Personality ·of\nGodhead, he gives up all duties in the material world as well as all duties\nprescribed by Vedic literatures. In this way one is fixed in the service of the Lord.\"\n\nTEXT 64\n\n� �t�,-\"�t�i -n�, �rt-st �� � 1\"\nJn1 <fil;�, -\"191Mfif.!ti 'ef�-�t-o�11f II\" �8 II\nprabhu kahe,-\"eho bahya, age kaha ara\"\nraya kahe,-\"jfiana-misra bhakti-sadhya-sara\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; eho-this; bahya-external; age-ahead; kahasay; ara-more; raya kahe-Raya replied; jnana-misra bhakti-devotional service\nmixed with empiric knowledge; sadhya-sara-is the essence of perfection.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing Ramananda Raya speak in this way, Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu said, \"Go ahead and say s omething more.\" Ramananda Raya\nthen replied, \"Devotional service mixed with empiric knowledge is the\nessence of perfection.\"\nPURPORT\nDevotional service mixed with non-Vedic speculative knowledge is certainly\nnot pure devotional service. Therefore Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati in his\nAnubha$ya preached that self-realization following the execution of ritualistic\nceremonies is in the neutral stage between liberation and conditional life. It is the\nplace beyond this material world in the River Viraja, where the three modes of\nmaterial nature are subdued or neutralized in the unmanifest stage. However, in\nthe spiritual world is a manifestation of spiritual energy, known as Vaikur;�thaloka\nwhere there is no anxiety. The material world is known as brahmal)c;ia The material universe is the creation of the external energy. Between the two creationsthe material creation and the spiritual creation-is a river known as Viraja as well\nas a place known as Brahmaloka. Virajanadi and Brahmaloka are shelters for living\nentities disgusted with material life and inclined to impersonal existence by way\nof denying material variegatedness. Since these places are not situated in the\nVaikur;�thalokas or the spiritual world, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu proclaims them to\nbe external. In the Brahmaloka and Virajanadi, one cannot conceive of the\nVaikur;�thalokas.\n\nBrahmaloka and Virajanadi are also attained after difficult\n\nausterities, but in these realms there is no understanding of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His transcendental loving service. Without such spiritual\n\n", "mad3#p0152": "Text 66]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n119\n\nknowledge, simple detachment from material conditions is but another side of\nmaterial existence. From the spiritual point of view, it is all external. When Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu rejected this proposal, Ramananda Raya suggested that\ndevotional service based on philosophy and logic is a more progressed position.\nHe therefore quoted the following verse from Bhagavad-gita (18.54).\nTEXT 65\n\n�\\!: �'!ili�l 0{ C\"fi6f'5 0{ �f� I\n\n'!1{: '!C�l!_ �C� 1{� f'&� \"'!�\"C� 1�1\"{. U M II\nbrahma-bhOta/:1 prasannatma\nna socati na kailk�ati\nsama/:1 sarve�u bhOte�u\nmad-bhaktirh /abhate param\nSYNONYMS\nbrahma-bhOta/:1-freed from material conceptions of life but attached to an impersonal situation; prasanna-atma-fully joyful; na socati-he does not lament;\nna kailk?ati-he does not hanker;\n\nsama/:1-equally disposed;\n\nsarve?u-all;\n\nbhOte?u-to the living entities; mat-bhaktim-My devotional service; /abhateachieves; param-transcendental.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya continued, \"According to Bhagavad-gita: 'One who is\nthus transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme Brahman and becomes fully joyful. He never laments nor desires to have anything; he is\nequally disposed to every living entity. In that state he attains pure devotional\nservice unto Me.' \"\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita it is said that a person who accepts the theory of monismbeing always engaged in empiric philosophical discussions about spiritual lifebecomes joyful and is relieved from all material lamentation and hankering. At\nthat stage, one is equipoised. He sees all living entities as spiritual beings. After attaining this elevated stage, one can attain pure devotional service. The conclusion\nis that devotional service mixed with ritualistic fruitive activity is inferior to\nspiritual service based on empiric philosophic discussion.\nTEXT 66\n\n� ��' \"�!';� �f�, 'elt�;'it �� � I\"\nJt� ��;�,-\"e�til,_iJJi ��-�t��tJ u\" �� 11\n\n", "mad3#p0153": "120\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nprabhu kahe, \"eho bahya, age kaha ara\"\n\nraya kahe,-\"jnana-sunya bhakti-sadhya-sara\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; eho-this; bahya-external; age-ahead; kaha­\n\nspeak; ara-further; raya kahe-Ramananda Raya replied; jnana-sunya bhakti­\n\ndevotional service independent of logic and empiric philosophy; sadhya-sara­\n\nthe essence of the perfection of life.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing this, the Lord, as usual, rejected it, considering it to be external devotional service. He again asked Ramananda Raya to speak further, and\nRamananda Raya replied, \"Pure devotional service without any touch of\nspeculative knowledge is the essence of perfection.\"\nPURPORT\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura in his Anubha$ya commentary says that\nthis stage-devotional service mixed with speculative knowledge-is also external and not within the jurisdiction of pure devotional service as practiced in\nVaikuothaloka. As soon as there is some conception of materialistic thought-be\nit positive or negative-the service is not spiritual. It may be free from material\ncontamination, but because there is mental speculation the devotional service is\nnot pure and freed from the contamination of material life. A living entity who\nwants to be completely pure must be above this material conception. The negation of material existence does not necessarily mean spiritual existence. After material existence is negated, spiritual existence-namely sac-cid-ananda-still may\nnot be manifest. Until one comes to the stage of actually understanding one's\neternal relationship with the Supreme Lord, he cannot enter into spiritual life.\nSpiritual life means becoming detached from material life and engaging in the loving service of the Lord. SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu therefore asked Ramananda\nRaya to explain something transcendental to devotional service mixed with\nspeculative knowledge. A pure devotee is completely surrendered to the lotus\nfeet of the Lord, and only by his love does he conquer Kr�oa, who cannot be conquered by anyone. Kr�oa always stands victorious over everything. No one can\nconquer Him. One can attain the stage of pure devotion simply by fully surrendering. This is next corroborated by Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.14.3), wherein Lord\nBrahma, defeated by the potency of SrT Kr�oa, fully surrendered unto the Lord.\n\nTEXT 67\n\nglC'l ·�fllPilJ..If<>fl� 'l�� �<t\n�'1<tRg '���nr�t� i!;�l()'ll<�ti€tl{. 1\n\n", "mad3#p0154": "Text 68]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n121\n\n�teO! f��t: !1'�51�t� ���t11re�il%c� �t�c\"ft�f�� f�c�t�9fJPr ���C\"ft-.rpt » -�t'l 11\njnane prayasam udapasya namanta eva\njivanti san-mukharitarh bhavadiya-vartam\nsthane sthita/:1 sruti-gatarh tanu-vari-manobhir\nye prayaso 'jita jito 'py asi tais tri-lokyam\nSYNONYMS\n\njnane-in gaining knowledge; prayasam-unnecessary endeavor; udapasya­\n\nsetting far aside; namanta/:1 -completely surrendering; eva-certainly; jivantilive; sat-mukharitam-declared by great realized devotees; bhavadiya-vartamdiscussions about You, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sthane sthita/:1 -situ\n\n­\n\nated in their own positions; sruti-gatam-received aurally; tanu-vak-manobhi/:1by the body, words and mind; ye-those who; praya5al)-almost always; ajita0 my unconquerable Lord (beyond perception and unlimitedly independent);\n\njital)-conquered; api-in deed; asi-You are; tail)-by such pure devotees; trilokyam-within the three worlds.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya continued, \"Lord Brahma said, 'My dear Lord, those devotees who have thrown away the impersonal conception of the.A bsolute Truth\nand have therefore abandoned discussing empiric philosophical truths should\nhear from self-realized devotees about Your holy name, form, pastimes and\nqualities. They should completely follow the principles of devotional service\nand remain free from illicit sex, gambling, intoxication and animal slaughter.\nSurrendering themselves fully with body, words and mind, they can live in any\nasrama or social status. Indeed, You are conquered by such persons, although\nYou are always unconquerable.' \"\nTEXT 68\n\n12ft_ �t�,-\"l.!lt� �, �tt'St � �Ht t\"\n1tlll �t�, -•'(;�Jt�f�-ll(�t-u,'Rt II\" �1r II\nprabhu kahe,-\"eho haya, age kaha ara\"\nraya kahe,-\"prema-bhakti-sarva-sadhya-sara\"\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; eho haya-this is all right; age kaha ara-s peak\n\nsomething more; raya kahe-Raya replied; prema-bhakti\n\necstatic love in devo­\n\n-\n\ntional service to the Lord; sarva-sadhya-sara-the essence of all perfection.\n\n", "mad3#p0155": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n122\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt this point, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"This is all right, but still\nyou can speak more on the subject.\" Ramananda Raya then replied, \"Ecstatic\nlove for the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the essence of all perfection.\"\nPURPORT\nIn this connection, Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura in his Amrta-pravaha-bha�ya says\nthat after hearing Ramananda Raya, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, eho haya,\n\nage kaha ara. This means that this is the process accepted in devotional service,\n\nbut there is something more than this. Therefore Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu requested him to explain what was beyond. Simply executing the duties of all var­\n\nQas and asramas is not as good as offering all the results of one's activities to the\nLord. When one gives up all fruitive activity and fully surrenders to the Lord, he attains sva-dharma-tyaga, wherein he abandons the social order and takes to the\nrenounced order. That is certainly better. However, better than the renounced\norder is cultivation of knowledge mixed with devotional service. Yet all these activities are external to the activities of the spiritual world. There is no touch of\npure devotional service in them. Pure devotional service cannot be attained by\nempiric philosophy, nor can perfection be attained simply by good association.\nDevotional service by self-realization is a different subject matter. It is untouched\nby fruitive activity, for one surrenders the results of activities to the Lord, abandons prescribed duties and accepts the renounced order of life. Such devotional\nservice is situated on a higher platform than that of empiric philosophical speculation with a mixture of bhakti. This is verified by Srila ROpa Gosvami in his Bhakti­\n\nrasamrta-sindhu (1.1.11):\nanyabhila�ita-sunyarh\njnana-karmady-anavrtam\nanuka/yena kr�QanusT/anarh bhaktir uttama\n\"One should render transcendental loving service to the Supreme Lord Kr�r:Ja\nfavorably and without desire for material profit or gain through fruitive activities\nor philosophical speculation. That is called pure devotional service.\"\nDevotional activities, however, sometimes appear to be impure in the\nneophyte stage, but in the mature stage they are completely pure from material\nactivity. Therefore Ramananda Raya replied after hearing the last statement of Sri\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu:\n\nprema-bhakti-sarva-sadhya-sara.\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu actually accepted this verse (jnane prayasam) as the basic principle\nof perfection. One has to practice this principle in order to make further progress.\nWhen further progress is actually made, one comes to the platform of ecstatic\nloving service to the Lord. This first stage is technically called sadhana-bhakti, or\n\n", "mad3#p0156": "Text 70]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n123\n\ndevotional service in practice. The result of sadhana-bhakti must be ecstatic love,\nattachment for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, which is also called premabhakti. In the neophyte stage, sadhana-bhakti includes faith, association with\ndevotees, and practicing devotional service. Thus one is freed from all unwanted\nthings. One then becomes fixed in devotional service and increases his desire to\nact in devotional service. Thus one becomes attached to the Lord and His devotional service.\nTEXT 69\n\nO!teolt9fst�-f'!�O!'llt-&�c�t:\n\nC�lt�'l<t i5��'f�'Z ����'Z '311'1.. I\nl!t<t\" 'lf:i!'fu ��c� ��1 M9ft'11\n\n�l<t\" �� iS<tC�i 01� i5�J-C9ft1l II �;;.� U\nnanopacara-krta-pujanam arta-bandho/:1\npreml)aiva bhakta-hrdayarh sukha-vidrutarh syat\nyavat k?ud asti jathare jaratha pipasa\ntavat sukhaya bhavato nanu bhak?ya-peye\nSYNONYMS\nnana-upacara-by\n\nvarieties\n\nof\n\ningredients;\n\nkrta-performed;\n\npujanam­\n\nworshiping; arta-bandho/:1-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the\nfriend of all distressed persons; preml)a-by ecstatic love; eva-indeed; bhaktahrdayam-the heart of a devotee; sukha-vidrutam-melted in transcendental\nbliss; syat-becomes; yavat-as long as; k?ut-appetite; asti-there is; jatharein the stomach; jaratha-strong; pipasa-thirst; tavat-so long; sukhaya-for\nhappiness;\n\nbhavata/:1-are;\n\nnanu-indeed;\n\nbhak?ya-eatables;\n\npeye-and\n\ndrinkables.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya continued, \" 'As long as there is hunger and thirst, eating\nand drinking make one feel very happy. When the Lord is worshiped with pure\nlove, transcendental bliss is awakened in the heart of the devotee .'\nTEXT 70\n\n�i5f\"e'�'li5tf'l'!l �r\\!:\n\\£f''l�'!t-z <Tffr �c�t�f9f \"'i5JC\\! 1\n� C\"'T\"'J'llf 9f '\"'JC�<f\"!'Z\n\n�'JI�'.:rfc'!� \"��Jc� n ,\n\n•\n\n11\n\n", "mad3#p0157": "124\n\nSri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n[Madhya-1111, Ch. 8\n\nkr?Qa-bhakti-rasa-bhavita mati/:1\nkrTyatarh yadi kuto 'pi /abhyate\ntatra /au/yam api mOiyam ekalaril\njanma-koti-sukrtair na /abhyate\nSYNONYMS\nk[$Qa-bhakti-rasa-bhavita-absorbed in the mellows of executing devotional\nservice to Kr�r:ta; mati/:1-intelligence; krTyatam-let it be purchased; yadi-if;\nkuta/:1 api-somewhere; /abhyate-is available; tatra-there; /au/yam-greed;\napi-indeed;\n\nrna/yam-price;\n\neka/am-only; janma-koti-of millions of births;\n\nsukrtai/:1-by pious activities; na-not; labhyate-is obtained.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Pure devotional service in Kr�Qa consciousness cannot be had even by\npious activity in hundreds and thousands of lives. It can be attained only by\npaying one price-that is, intense greed to obtain it. If it is available somewhere, one must purchase it without delay.' \"\nPURPORT\nThe previous two verses are included in the Padyava/T (13,14) by Srila ROpa\nGosvami. Verse sixty-nine refers to devotional service in faith, and verse seventy\nrefers to devotional service rendered out of intense greed. The first is devotional\nservice rendered in accordance to the regulative principles, and the second refers\nto spontaneous loving service of the Lord without extraneous endeavor.\nHenceforward the basic principle underlying the talks between Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and Ramananda Raya will be spontaneous loving service to the Lord.\nThe regulative principles according to the injunctions of the sastras are necessary\ninsofar as one's original dormant Kr�r:ta consciousness is not spontaneously\nawakened. An example of spontaneous action is the flowing of rivers into the\nocean. Nothing can stop this flow of water. Similarly, when one's dormant Kr�r:ta\nconsciousness is awakened, it spontaneously flows to the lotus feet of Kr�r:ta without impediment. Whatever will be spoken henceforth by Ramananda Raya based\non spontaneous love will be agreeable to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and the Lord\nwill ask him more and more about this subject.\nTEXT 71\n\n121!:, �t�,-\"�t�1 �' �t� <fi� � I\"\nm '<fit�, \"�1\"·'\\2111'\n\n·-\n\n��1�Jlft11' u\" �� u\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"eho haya, age kaha ara\"\nraya kahe, \"dasya-prema -sarva-sadhya-sara\"\n\n", "mad3#p0158": "Text 72]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n125\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; eho haya-this is all right; age kaha ara-please\nspeak more; raya kahe-Ramananda Raya replied; dasya-pre ma-spontaneous\nlove in the humor of servitude; sarva-sadhya-sara-the essence of perfection.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing up to the point of spontaneous love, the Lord said, \"This is all right,\nbut if you know more, please tell Me.\" In reply, Ramananda Raya said,\n\"Spontaneous loving service in servitude-as exchanged by master and servant-is the highest perfection.\nPURPORT\nSpontaneous loving service to the Lord is called devotional service with an intimate attachment between the servitor and the served. This intimacy is called\n\nmamata. Between the servitor and the served, there is a feeling of oneness. This\nmamata begins with dasya-prema, service rendered to the master by the servant.\nUnless there is such a relationship, the loving affairs between the Lord and His\ndevotee are not actually fixed. When the devotee feels, \"The Lord is my master\"\nand renders service unto Him, Kr�r;�a consciousness is awakened. This fixed consciousness is on a higher platform than simple cognizance of love of Godhead.\nTEXT 72\n\nll'�tll\"!l'�ll\"tC\\Jl'l <Pj_\"llt-,_ �<tf� f;J'ii<'!: I\n�� ���9flf: f<�>�<1\"1 if\"tiitO!t\"I�<tfVt\"ID� II � � II\nyan-nama-sruti-matreQa\npuman bhavati nirmalaf)\ntasya tlrtha-padaf) kim va\ndasanam ava5i$yate\nSYNONYMS\n\nyat-of whom;\n\nnama-of the name;\n\nsruti-matre(1a-simply by hearing;\n\npuman-a person; bha vati-becomes; nirmalaf)-pure; tasya-of Him; tirthapadaf)-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, at whose lotus feet are all places\nof pilgrimage; kim-what; va-more; dasanam-of the servants; ava5i$ yat e-is\nremaining.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'A man becomes purified simply by hearing the holy name of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, whose lotus feet create the holy places of pilgrimage.\nTherefore what remains to be attained by those who have become His servants?'\n\n", "mad3#p0159": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n126\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (9.5.16) and is an admission by the\n\ngreat sage Durvasa Muni. Durvasa Muni, a caste brahmaQa and great yogi, used to\nhate Maharaja Ambari�a. When he decided to chastise Maharaja Ambari�a\n\nthrough his yogic powers, he was chased by the Sudarsana cakra of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. When things were settled, he said, \"When the holy name\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead is heard by any person, that person is immediately sanctified. The Supreme Lord is master of the devotees, and the devotees, under His shelter, naturally come to own His opulences.\"\n\nTEXT 73\n\n�<I�C�<I�D'i1fi�1l�H\n�\"'t�fol:r;\"(�'I(r;O{t��m: 1\nflt�hrftf�<lff.f�Jf<f...�:\n���fii1Jltf'I! '1f-'1N-iS1\")f<t�, II 'I�\nbhavantam evanucaran nirantaraf)\n\nprasanta-nibSe?a-mano-rathantaraf)\n\nkadaham aikantika-nitya-kirikaraf)\n\nprahar?ayi?yi'imi sa-natha-jivitam\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhavantam-You; eva-certainly; anucaran -serving; nirantaraf)-always; pra­\n\nsanta -pacified;\n\nnif)se?a -all;\n\nmanaf)-ratha -desires;\n\nantaraf) -other;\n\nkada­\n\nwhen; aham-1; aikantika-exclusive; nitya-eternal; kirikaraf)-servant; prahar?ayi?yi'imi-1 shall become joyful; sa-natha-with a fitting master; jivitam-living.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'By serving You constantly, one is freed from all material desires and is\n\ncompletely pacified. When shall we engage as Your permanent eternal servants and always feel joyful to have such a perfect master?'\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a statement made by the great saintly devotee Yamunacarya in his\n\nStotra-ratna (43).\n\nTEXT 74\n\n� ��,-\"�oo �, r�1 �'$1' � ,\n\n,\n\nJti ��,-'��·<;�$�'- �Jit�� II\" 98 II\n\n", "mad3#p0160": "Text 75]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n127\n\nprabhu kahe, -\"eho haya, kichu age ara\"\nraya kahe, -\"sak hya-prema -sarva-sadhya-sara\"\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; eho haya-this is also right; kichu-something;\nage-ahead; ara-more; raya kahe-Ramananda Raya replied; sakhya-prematranscendental loving service in fraternity; sarva-sadhya-sara-the highest perfectional stage.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this from Ramananda Raya, the Lord again requested him to go a\nstep further. In reply, Ramananda Raya said, \"Loving service to Kr$Qa rendered\nin fraternity is the highest perfection.\nPURPORT\nAs long as loving service is rendered to the Lord in the master-servant relationship, there is some fear, for the servant is always afraid of the master, despite the\nintimacy of self-interest. In this stage the servant is always afraid of the master and\nrespectful of Him. When the devotee is further advanced, he has nothing to fear.\nHe considers the Lord and himself on an equal level. At such a time, the devotee is\nfully convinced that Lord Kr�r:Ja is a friend and cannot at all be dissatisfied if the\ndevotee lives with Him on an equal level. This understanding is called visrambha,\nthat is, devoid of a respectful attitude. When this attitude is chosen, it becomes\nsakhya-prema, or love of Godhead in friendship. On this stage there is developed\nconsciousness of equality between the Lord and the devotee.\nTEXT 75\n\n��� 'f�t� ����T1 lf\"t�t '5\\\\!lt\"lt� 9f��lf\"�OI\" I\n1ft�t�\\!lt\"1t� Ol\"�lf\"t�r.<�>'1 'ftt(t ���.: \"f\\!l�<fT\"'iiit:n�dn\nittham satarh brahma-sukhanubhutya\ndasyarh gatanarh para-daivatena\nmayasritanarh nara-darakef)a\nsardham vijahrub krta-puf)ya-punjab\nSYNONYMS\nittham-in this way; satam-of persons who prefer the impersonal feature of\nthe Lord; brahma-of the impersonal effulgence; sukha-by the happiness;\nanubhatya-who is realized; dasyam-the mode of servitude; gatanam-of\nthose who have accepted; para-daivatena-who is the supreme worshipable\n\n", "mad3#p0161": "128\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\nDeity; maya-asritanam-for ordinary persons under the clutches of external energy; nara-darakeQa-with He who is like a boy of this material world; sardhamin friendship; vijahru/:1-played; krta puQya-puflja/:1-those who have accumu-\n\nlated volumes of pious activities.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Those who are engaged in self-realization, appreciating the Brahman\neffulgence of the lord, and those engaged in devotional service, accepting the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead as master, as well as those who are under the\nclutches of maya, thinking the lord an ordinary person, cannot understand\nthat certain exalted personalities-after accumulating volumes of pious activities-are now playing with the lord in friendship as cowherd boys.'\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a statement made by Sukadeva Gosvami (Bhag. 1 0.12.11), who appreciated the good fortune of the cowherd boys who played with Km1a and ate with\nHim on the banks of the Yamuna.\nTEXT 76\n\n�� �,-\"�� �' �'51' �� � I\"\n�tit �' \"�l!.�'tJ-G�- ��t� 11\"9� II\nprabhu kahe,-\"eho uttama, age kaha ara\"\nraya kahe, \"vatsalya-prema-sarva-sadhya-sara\"\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; eho uttama-it is very good; age-still further;\nkaha-speak; ara-more; raya kahe- Raya replied; vatsa/ya-prema-loving service to the Lord in the stage of paternal love; sarva-sadhya-sara-the highest perfectional stage .\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord said, \"This statement is very good, but please proceed even\nfurther.'' Ramananda Raya then replied, \"loving service to the Lord in the\nparental relationship is the highest perfectional stage.\"\nPURPORT\nThe stage of loving service to the Lord in paternal affection is an advanced\nstage of love in fraternity. In the fraternal relationship there is a sense of equality,\nbut when that sense of equality is advanced in affection , one attains the platform\n\n", "mad3#p0162": "Text 78]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n129\n\nof parental love. In this connection, the following verse is cited from SrimadBhagavatam (1 0.8.46), wherein Sukadeva GosvamT voices his appreciation of Nan­\n\nda Maharaja's and mother Ya5oda's intense love for Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 77\n\n'!\"If: f<f1!<fr�t'i{31'5lq c!!v l.!l�� 1!r�trn!'I( 1\n\n�r-rtlf1 <�\"11!�t-st� 9fr91� ��r: �'�� �f�: H'�'il\nnandal; kim akarod brahman\nsreya evarh mahodayam\n\nya5oda va maha-bhaga\n\npapau yasyal; stanarh haril;\nSYNONYMS\n\nnandai;-Nanda Maharaja; kim-what; akarot-has performed; brahman-0\n\nbrahmaf)a; sreya/;-auspicious activities; evam-thus; maha-udayam-rising to\nsuch an exalted position as the father of Kr�Qa; yasoda-mother Ya5oda; va-or;\n\nmaha-bhaga-most fortunate; papau-drank; yasyal;-of whom; stanam-by\n\nthe breasts; haril;-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\nRamananda Raya continued: \"'0 brahmar,a, what pious activities did Nanda Maharaj a perform by which he received the Supreme Personality of Godhead Kr�r,a as his son, and what pious activities did mother Ya5oda perform\nthat made the Absolute Supreme Personality of Godhead Kr�r,a call her\nmother and suck her breasts?'\nTEXT 78\neo�11� �R1��1 '� i!ir<t1 '� �� 9fJ'Jf\"!tl!!1 1\n\n�\"'llf� c��r� co;tr� �'8� �9( ��r�lft� u 'b' n\nnemarh vir;;ico na bhavo\n\nna srir apy ariga-sarhsraya\n\nprasadarh lebhire gopi\n\nyat tat prapa vimuktidat\nSYNONYMS\n\nna-not; imam-this (love of Godhead); virificai;-Lord Brahma; na-not;\n\nbhava/;-Lord Siva; na-nor; sri/;-the goddess of fortune; api-even; ariga-on\n\nthe chest of Vi�l)u; sarhsraya-who is sheltered; prasadam-favor; lebhire-have\n\n", "mad3#p0163": "Text 80]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n131\n\ntionships is completely manifest. Love of Godhead lacks nothing in the conjugal\nstage. The summary of this verse is that paternal love of Godhead is certainly\nhigher than fraternal love and that conjugal love is higher yet. It was when Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu requested Ramananda Raya to go further that he came to\nthe point of the conjugal relationship, which is the highest perfectional stage of\ntranscendental love.\nTEXT 80\n\nOft�� f�c�t�'f @ J\"l\\!ffl�?;\\!: '�Prt�r:\n\n\"lf?;�tf\"lf�t� \"lf\"f'f5\\��\"5t� �\\!i1��t: I\n�tt1ft� '!?;<!�� �����1\\!i<t>���tf-cr\"lft� � @lf5\\tlf,���iiii\\<f1' II 11-• II\nnayarh sriyo 'nga u nitanta-rate/:1 prasadal)\nsvar-yo�itarh nalina-gandha-rucarh kuto 'nyal)\nrasotsave 'sya bhuja-dary;Ja-grhita-kaQtha/abdhasi�arh ya udagad-vraja-sundariQam\nSYNONYMS\n\nna-not; ayam-this; sriyal)-of the goddess of fortune; ange-on the chest;\nu-alas; nitanta-ratel)-who is very intimately related; prasada/:1-the favor;\nsval)-of the heavenly planets; yo�itam-of women; nalina-of the lotus flower;\ngandha-having the aroma;\n\nrucam-and bodily luster;\n\nkutal)-much less;\n\nanyal)-others; rasa-utsave-in the festival of the rasa dance; asya-of Lord Sri\nKr�r:Ja;\n\nbhuja-daQc;/a-by the arms;\n\ngrhita-embraced;\n\nkaQtha-their\n\nnecks;\n\nlabdha-asi�am-who achieved such a blessing; yal;l-which; udagat-became\nmanifest; vraja-sundarif)am-of the beautiful gopis, the transcendental girls of\nVrajabhOmi.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When Lord Sri Kr�r:-a was dancing with the gopis in the rasa-lila, the gopis\nwere embraced by the arms of the Lord. This transcendental favor was never\nbestowed upon the goddess of fortune or the other consorts in the spiritual\nworld. Indeed, never was such a thing even imagined by the most beautiful\ngirls in the heavenly planets whose bodily luster and aroma resemble the lotus\nflower. And what to speak of worldly women who are very beautiful according\nto the material estimationl'\nPURPORT\nThis verse (Bhag. 1 0.47.60) was spoken by Uddhava when he visited Sri\nVrndavana to deliver a message from Kr�l)a to the gopis. Uddhava remained in\nVrndavana to observe the movements of the gopis there. When he saw the\n\n", "mad3#p0164": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n130\n\nobtained;\n\ngopi-mother\n\nYasoda;\n\nyat-which;\n\ntat-that;\n\nvimukti-dat-from the person who gives liberation.\n\nprapa-obtained;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The favor mother Ya5oda obtained from Sri Kr�r:Ja, the bestower of liberation, was never obtained even by Lord Brahma or Lord Siva, nor even by the\ngoddess of fortune, who always remains on the chest of the Supreme Personality of Godhead Vi�r:Ju.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis is a statement from Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.9.20). Kr�l)a agreed to be\n\nbound by mother Ya5oda after she had given up trying to bind Kr�l)a with ropes.\n\nThis is another appreciation made by Sukadeva Gosvami in his narration of the\npastimes of Kr�l)a before Maharaja Pari� it.\nTEXT 79\n\n� ��'- \"�r;� �' �tt'it <!!� �ftf I\"\n� ��' \"�rott:2i';f �(�J� II\" 9� II\nprabhu kahe,-\"eho uttama, age kaha ara\"\n\nraya kahe, \"kanta-prema sarva-sadhya-sara\"\nSY NONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe-the Lord replied; eho uttama-this is very good; age-ahead;\n\nkaha-speak; ara-more; raya kahe-Ramananda Raya replied; kanta-prema­\n\nloving service between husband and wife; sarva-sadhya-sara-the highest perfec­\n\ntional stage.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord said, \"Your statements are certainly getting better and better one\nafter the other, but surpassing all of them is another transcendental mellow,\nand you can speak of that as the most sublime.\" Ramananda Raya then replied,\n\"Conjugal attachment for Kr�r:Ja is the topmost position in love of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nIn general, love of Godhead is devoid of the intimacy of ownership. In the case\nof love in servitude, there is a want of confidence. There is a want of increased\naffection in the fraternal relationship, but when this affection increases in the\npaternal relationship, there is nonetheless a want of complete freedom. However,\nwhen one becomes a conjugal lover of Kr�l)a, everything lacking in the other rela-\n\n", "mad3#p0165": "132\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\necstatic love for Kf�l)a in separation manifested by the gopis, he appreciated their\nsupreme love and therefore expressed his feelings in this verse. He admitted that\n\nthe fortune of the gopis could not be compared even to the fortune of the goddess of fortune, to say nothing of the beautiful girls in the heavenly planets.\nTEXT 81\n\n�'ft�tm��1r'll: ··lpJ�to�,�r,.�= ,\n\n��\"h'�i:(if: �� 'IT'ff't1111��1!�: n I>\"� II\ntasam avirabhuc chaurih\n\nsmayamana-mukhambujah\n\npitambara-dharah sragvi\n\nsak�an manmatha-manmathah\nSYNONYMS\n\ntasam-among them; avirabhat-appeared; saurih-Lord Kf�l)a; smayamana­\n\nsmiling; mukha-ambujah-with a face like a lotus flower; pita-ambara-dharahwearing yellow garments; sragvi-garlanded with flowers; sak�at-directly; manmatha-of Cupid; manmathah-the bewilderer.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Suddenly, due to the gopis' feelings of separation, Lord Kr�r:-a appeared\namong them dressed in yellow garments and wearing a flower garland. His\nlotus face was smiling, and He was directly attracting the mind of Cupid.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.32.2). When the rasa dance was\n\ngoing on, Kf�l)a suddenly disappeared, and the gopis became so overwhelmed,\n\ndue to His separation and their intense love for Him, that Kr�l)a was obliged to appear again.\nTEXT 82\n\n�··i21tf�� �9N� �tlR'l � I\n\"2lt�-\\!�'!1lJ �\\! �ti� II \\r� II\nkr�Qa-praptira upaya bahu-vidha haya\n\nkr�Qa-prapti-taratamya bahuta achaya\n\n", "mad3#p0166": "Text 83]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n133\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-praptira-of achieving the lotus feet of Kr�Qa; upaya-means; bahuvidha-various; haya-there are; kr�Qa-prapti-of achieving the favor of Lord\nKr�Qa; taratamya-comparisons; bahuta-various; achaya-there are.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are various means and processes by which one may attain the favor\nof Lord Kr��;�a. All those transcendental processes will be studied from the\nviewpoint of comparative importance.\nTEXT 83\n\n�. �B �� 11'7'1, � �<(f�1l I\n\n��· �c113 ��tfif�'f, �tt� �1f·�1l II lr� II\nkintu yanra yei rasa, sei sarvottama\ntata-stha hafla vicari/e, ache tara-tama\nSYNONYMS\nkintu-nevertheless;\n\nyanra-of some\n\ndevotees;\n\nyei\n\nrasa-whatever\n\nthe\n\nmellow of exchanges of love; sei-that; sarva-uttama-the best; tata-sthaneutral; hafla-being; vicari/e-if considering; ache-there is; tara-tama-lower\nand higher levels.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is true that whatever relationship a particular devotee has with the Lord\nis the best for him; still, when we study all the different methods from a\nneutral position, we can understand that there are higher and lower degrees of\nlove.\nPURPORT\nIn this regard, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura explains that this verse\ndoes not advocate the whimsical invention of some methods of love of Godhead.\nSuch inventions cannot be accepted as topmost. Indeed, such concoctions are\n\nnot recommended in these verses. Srila ROpa Gosvami has said in the Bhaktirasamrta-sindhu (1.2.1 01):\nsruti-smrti-puraQadipaflcaratra-vidhirh vina\naikantikT harer bhaktir\nutpatayaiva kalpate\n\n", "mad3#p0167": "134\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nHe clearly mentions in this verse that one must refer to the Vedic literatures and\n\nother supplementary literatures and follow the conclusion of the Vedas. An in­\n\nvented devotional attitude simply creates disturbances in the transcendental\n\nrealm. If a person overly addicted to family life takes to Srimad-Bhagavatam or\n\nKr�l)a consciousness to earn a livelihood, his activity is certainly offensive. One\n\nshould not become a caste guru and sell mantras for the benefit of mundane\ncustomers, nor should one make disciples for a livelihood. All these activities are\noffensive. One should not make a livelihood by forming a professional band to\ncarry out congregational chanting, nor should one perform devotional service\nwhen one is attached to mundane society, friendship and love. Nor should one be\ndependent on so-called social etiquette. All of this is mental speculation. None of\nthese things can be compared to unalloyed devotional service. No one can compare unalloyed devotional service, Kr�l)a consciousness, to mundane activities.\nThere are many unauthorized parties pretending to belong to the Sri Caitanya\ncult, and some are known as: aula, baula, karttabhaja, ne(ia, daravesa, sarii,\nsakhibheki, smarta, jata-gosani, ativa(ii, cu(iadhari and gaurariga-nagari.\n\nMoreover, there are those who take the caste gosvamis' opinion of such parties\n\nas bona fide, comparing their opinions to those of the six Gosvamis headed by Sri\nROpa and Sri Sanatana. This is simply another cheating process. There are also\nnondevotees who compose unauthorized songs, who establish different temples\nfor money, who worship the Deity as priests for salaries, who accept caste\nbrahmanism as all in all and who do not know the value of a pure Vai�l)ava. Ac­\n\ntually the caste brahmaf)as of the smarta community are opposed to the principles\n\nof the Satvata-pancaratra. Furthermore, there are many Mayavadis and those\noverly addicted to material sense enjoyment. None of these can be compared to\na person who is purely engaged in preaching Kr�l)a consciousness. Every K[�l)a\nconscious person is constantly endeavoring to utilize different transcendental\ndevices in the service of the Lord. Such a devotee renounces all material enjoyment and completely dedicates himself to the service of his spiritual master and\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. He may be a perfect celibate, a restrained house­\n\nholder, a regulated vanaprastha, or a tridaQ(iJ-sannyasi in the renounced order. It\ndoesn't matter. The pseudo-transcendentalists and the pure devotees cannot be\ncompared, nor can one argue that a person can invent his own way of worship.\nThe purport in presenting this verse necessitates explaining the comparative\n\npositions of the transcendental mellows known as santa, dasya, sakhya, vatsalya\nand madhurya. All these rasas, or mellows, are situated on the transcendental plat­\n\nform. Pure devotees take shelter of one of them and thus progress in spiritual life.\nActually one can take shelter of such spiritual mellows only when one is completely uncontaminated by material attachment. When one is completely free\nfrom material attachment, the feelings of the transcendental mellows are\n\nawakened in the heart of the devotee. That is svarupa-siddhi, the perfection of\n\n", "mad3#p0168": "Text 84]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n135\n\none's eternal relationship with the Supreme Lord. Svarupa-siddhi, the eternal relationship with the Supreme Lord, may be situated in one of the transcendental\nmellows. Each and every one of them is as perfect as the others. However, by\ncomparative study an unbiased person can realize that the mellow of servitorship\nis better than the mellow of neutrality. The mellow of fraternity is better than the\nmellow of servitorship. Similarly, the mellow of paternity is better than that of fraternity. Above all the mellows is the mellow of conjugal love. However, these are\nall spiritually situated on the same platform because all these relationships of perfection in love are based on a central point-Kr�J;�a.\nThese mellows cannot be compared to the feelings one derives from demigod\nworship. Kr�J;�a is one, but the demigods are different. They are material. Love for\nKr�J;�a cannot be compared to material love for different demigods. Because\nMayavadis are on the material platform, they recommend the worship of Siva or\nDurga and say that worship of KaiT and Kr�J;�a are the same. However, on the\nspiritual platform there is no demigod worship. The only worshipable object is\nKr�t;�a. Therefore although there is no difference between a devotee in santa-rasa\nor dasya-rasa, v;Itsalya-rasa or madhurya-rasa, one can still make a comparative\nstudy of the intensity of love in these different transcendental positions. For example, it may be said that dasya-rasa is better than santa-rasa, yet transcendental\nlove of God is there in both of them. Similarly, we can judge that love of Godhead\nin fraternity is better than love of Godhead in neutrality and servitorship. Similarly,\nlove of Godhead in paternal affection is better than love in fraternity. And, as\nstated before, love of God in the conjugal rasa is superior to that in the paternal\nrasa.\nThe analysis of different types of love of Godhead has been made by expert\nacaryas who know all about devotional service on the transcendental platform.\nUnfortunately, inexperienced and unauthorized persons in the mundane world,\nnot understanding the transcendental position of pure love, try to find some material fault in the transcendental process. This is simply impudence on the part of\nspiritually inexperienced people. Such faultfinding is symptomatic of unfortunate\nmundane wranglers.\nTEXT 84\n\n�l:Qft��l:'l� _,t!ffu\"tl:�l'IJ!llJf9f I\ni1��t'!Ol�1 _,t.fl �t'IC� <11\"1f9f ��f'D� II 178 II\nyathottaram asau svadavise$ol/asa-mayy api\nratir vasanaya svadvT\nbhasate kapi kasyacit\n\n", "mad3#p0169": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n136\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nSYNONYMS\nyatha uttaram-one after another; asau-that; svada-vise?a-of particular\n\ntastes; u//asa-pleasing; mayi-empowered with; api-although; ratitJ-Iove;\nvasanaya-by desire;\n\nsvadvi-sweet;\n\nbhasate-appears;\n\nka api-someone;\n\nkasyacit-one of them.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Increasing love is experienced in various tastes, one above another. But\nthat love which has the highest taste in the gradual succession of desires\nmanifests itself in the form of conjugal love.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from SrTia ROpa GosvamT's Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (2.5.38), and it\nalso appears in the Adi-lila, Chapter Four, verse forty-five.\nTEXT 85\n\n'!_(.�1{t'l� �ct '?tCl '?tt� �11 I\n��-�i{ '5t'lt� �· '?t�� <f� 1117\"� II\n-\n\npurva-purva-rasera guQa-pare pare haya\ndui-tina gaQane pafica paryanta bar;Jaya\n\nSYNONYMS\npurva-purva-of each previous; rasera-of the mellow; guQa-the qualities;\n\npare pare-in each subsequent; haya-there are; dui-tina-two and then three;\ngatjane-in counting; pafica-f ive; paryanta-up to; bar;iaya-increases.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is a gradual order of improvement in transcendental mellows from\nthe initial ones to the later ones. In each subsequent mellow the qualities of\nthe previous mellows are manifest, counting from two, then three and up to\nthe point of five complete qualities.\nTEXT 86\n\n�ctt�l �t'ft�<fil <f� �R!-�� I\n-m!·'fP$·��J-<fte.�t�J1!1' �\" ';{� c�ulr'�u\nguQadhikye svadadhikya bar;Je prati-rase\nsanta-dasya-sakhya-vatsalyera gura madhurete vaise\n\n", "mad3#p0170": "Text 88]\n\n137\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\nSYNONYMS\ngul)a-adhikye-by the increase of transcendental qualities; svada-adhikya-in­\n\ncrease\n\nof\n\ntaste;\n\nbac;le-increases;\n\nprati-rase-in\n\neach\n\nmellow;\n\nsanta-of\n\nneutrality; dasya-of servitude; sakhya-of fraternity; vatsa/yera-and of pater­\n\nnal affection; gul)a-the qualities; madhurete-in the conjugal mellow; vaiseappear.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"As the qualities increase, so the taste also increases in each and every\nmellow. Therefore the qualities found in santa-rasa, dasya-rasa, sakhya-rasa\nand vatsalya-rasa are all manifest in conjugal love [madhurya-rasa].\nTEXT 87\n\n�t�t-ttflr� ·�ej �il �-� '!ti! I\n\n�-�il i?iitlf <1m,; �� �� II lr'l II\nakasadira gul)a yena para-para bhate\ndui-tina krame bac;le paiica prthivite\n\nSYNONYMS\nakasa-adira-of the sky, air, and so on; guQa-the qualities; yena-just as; para­\n\npara-one after another; bhate-in the material elements; dui-tina-two and\n\nthen three; krame-by gradations; bac;le-increase; paiica-all five; prthivite-in\nearth.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" The qualities in the material elements-sky, air, fire, water and earth-increase one after another by a gradual process of one, two and three, and at the\nlast stage, in the element earth, all five qualities are completely visible.\nTEXT 88\n\n���c(.���tf� �� '0�111' ��� I\n�� <:�rn <1-f �� -<tiC:� <et'$f� U 17'17' II\nparipOrQa-kr?Qa-prapti ei 'prema' haite\n\nei premara vasa kr?Qa-kahe bhagavate\n\nSYNONYMS\nparipOrQa-completely full; kr?Qa-prapti-achievement of the lotus feet of\n\nLord Kr�Da; ei-this; prema-love of Godhead; haite-from; ei premara-of this\n\ntype of love of Godhead; vasa-under the control; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�Da; kahe-it is\nsaid; bhagavate-in Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\n", "mad3#p0171": "138\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Complete attainment of the lotus feet of Lord Kr�l)a is made possible by\nlove of Godhead, specifically madhurya-rasa or conjugal love. Lord Kr�l)a is\nindeed captivated by this standard of love. This is also stated in SrimadBhagavatam.\nPURPORT\n\nTo explain the topmost quality of conjugal love, Srila Kr�l)adasa Kaviraja\nGosvami gives the example of the material elements-sky, air, fire , water and\nearth. In the sky (space) there is the quality of sound. Similarly, in air there are the\nqualities of sound and touch. In fire, there are three qualities-sound, touch and\nform. In water there are four qualities-sound, touch, form and taste. Finally, in\nearth there are all five qualities-sound, touch, form, taste and also smell. Now,\none can see that the quality of the sky is in all-namely in air, fire, water and earth.\nIn earth we can find all the qualities of material nature. The same can be applied\n\nto the rasa known as madhurya-rasa, or conjugal love. In conjugal love there are\n\nthe qualities of neutrality, servitorship, fraternity and paternity as well as conjugal\nlove itself. The conclusion is that through conjugal love, the Lord is completely\nsatisfied.\n\nConjugal love (madhurya-rasa) is also known as srngara-rasa. It is the conclusion\n\nof Srimad-Bhagavatam that in the complete combination of loving service to the\n\nLord-namely in conjugal love-the Supreme Lord fully agrees to be under the\ncontrol of the devotee. The highest form of conjugal love is represented by\nSrimati Radharal)i; therefore in the pastimes of Radha and Kr�l)a we can see that\nKr�l)a is always subjugated by Srimati Radharal)i's influence.\nTEXT 89\n\n1ffi �fu;f'� ��'t'lt1f���t� <!'�C\\5 I\nf;rgJ1<flft'f'l'li\"C\":!C�1 �<1'\\!i'l\"lt� ·�rlft9f01: II lr� �\nmayi bhaktir hi bhatanam\namrtatvaya kalpate\n\ndi?tya yad asin mat-sneho\n\nbhavatinaril mad-apana/:l\nSYNONYMS\n\nmayi-unto Me; bhakti/:l-devotional service; hi-certainly; bhatanam-of all\n\nliving entities; amrtatvaya-for becoming eternal; kalpate-is meant; di?tya-fortunately; yat-what; asit-there is; mat-sneha/:l-affection for Me; bhavatinamof all of you; mat-apana/:l-the means of getting My favor.\n\n", "mad3#p0172": "Text 90]\n\n139\n\nTalks Between the lord and Ramananda Raya\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"lord Km1a told the gopis: 'The means of attaining My favor is loving service unto Me, and fortunately you are all thus engaged. Those living beings\nwho render service unto Me are eligible to be transferred to the spiritual\nworld and attain eternal life with knowledge and bliss.'\nPURPORT\nThe fulfillment of human life is summarized in this verse from Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam (10.82.45). There are two important words in this verse: bhakti\n\n(devotional service) and amrtatva (eternal life). The aim of human life is to attain\nthe natural position of eternal life. This eternal life can be achieved only by devotional service.\nTEXT 90\n\n�?;;�� �f�� '\\i �<f'<l'ltt� �t� I\n<.� '�� �tiSf, �� �tt� <etiSf 'i!tli II �\n\no\n\nII\n\nk[$f)era pratijna dr(fha sarva-kale ache\n\nye yaiche bhaje, k[$f)a tare bhaje taiche\nSYNONYMS\n\nk[$f)era-of Lord Kr�l)a; pratijna-the promise; d r(fha-firm ; sarva-kale-in all\n\ntimes; ache-there is; ye-anyone; yaiche-just as; bhaje-renders service;\n\nk[$f)a-Lord Kr�l)a; tare-him; bhaje-reciprocates with; taiche-so for all time .\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"lord Kr�r,a has made a firm promise for all time. If one renders service\nunto Him, Kr�r,a correspondingly gives him an equal amount of success in\ndevotional service to the lord.\nPURPORT\nIt is a completely mistaken idea that one can worship Kr�l)a in any form or in\nany way and still attain the ultimate result by receiving the favor of the Lord. This\nis a decision made by gross materialistic men. Generally such men say that you\ncan manufacture your own way of worshiping the Supreme Lord and that any\ntype of worship is sufficient to approach the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nCertainly there are different means for attaining different results in fruitive activity,\n\nspeculative knowledge, mystic yoga, and austerity. Crude men therefore say that\nif one adopts any of these methods, one achieves the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead's favor. They claim that it doesn't matter what kind of method one\n\n", "mad3#p0173": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n140\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nadopts. A general example is given. If one wishes to arrive at a certain place, there\nare many roads leading there, and one can go to that place by any one of these\nroads. Similarly, these gross materialists say that there are different ways to attain\nthe favor of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. They claim that one can conceive of the Supreme Personality of Godhead as goddess Durga, goddess Kali,\nLord S iva, demigod Gat:�esa, Lord Ramacandra, Kr�t:Ja, impersonal Brahman or\nwhatever, and one can chant the Lord's name in any way and in any form and\nultimately become one. Such materialists claim that the result is the same. They\nalso say that a man may have different names, but he will answer if called by any\none of them. Therefore they claim that there is no need to chant the Hare Kr�t:�a\n\nmantra. If one chants the name of Kali, Durga, Siva, Gat:�esa or anyone else, the\nresult will be the same. Such claims made by mental speculators are no doubt\nvery pleasing to mental speculators, but those who are actually in knowledge do\nnot admit such conclusions, which are against the authority of the sastras. A bona\nfide acarya will certainly not accept such a conclusion. As Kr�t:�a clearly states in\n\nBhagavad-gita:\nyanti deva-vrata devan\npit(n yanti pitr-vratab\nbhatani yanti bhatejya\nyanti mad-yajino 'pi mam\n\"Those who worship the demigods will take birth among the demigods; those\nwho worship ghosts and spirits will take birth among such beings; those who\nworship ancestors go to the ancestors; and those who worship Me will live with\nMe.\" (Bg.\n\n9.25)\n\nOnly the devotees of the Lord can be admitted to His kingdom-not the\ndemigod worshipers, karmis, yogis, or anyone else. A person who desires elevation to the heavenly planets worships various demigods, and material nature may\nbe pleased to offer such devotees their desired positions. Consequently material\nnature gives one one's own nature by which he increases affection for different\ntypes of demigods. However, Bhagavad-gita says that demigod worship is meant\nfor men who have lost all their intelligence.\n\nkamais tais tair hrta-jnanab\nprapadyante 'nya-devata/:1\ntarh tarh niyamam asthaya\nprakrtya niyatab svaya\n\"Those whose minds are distorted by material desires surrender unto demigods\nand follow the particular rules and regulations of worship according to their own\nnatures.\" (Bg.\n\n7.20)\n\n", "mad3#p0174": "Text 90]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n141\n\nAlthough one may be elevated to the heavenly planets, the results of such\nbenediction are limited.\n\nantavat tu phalaril te�aril\n\ntad bhavaty alpa-medhasam\n\ndevan deva-yajo yanti\n\nmad-bhakta yanti mam api\n\n\"Men of small intelligence worship the demigods, and their fruits are limited and\ntemporary. Those who worship the demigods go to the planets of the demigods,\nbut My devotees ultimately reach My supreme planet.\" (Bg. 7.23)\nBeing elevated to the heavenly planets or other material planets does not mean\nattaining an eternal life of knowledge and bliss. At the end of the material world,\nall attainments of material elevation will also end. Again, according to Kr�r:Ja in\n\nBhagavad-gita, only those who engage in His loving devotional service will be ad­\n\nmitted to the spiritual world and return to Godhead, not others.\n\nbhaktya mam abhijanati\n\nyavan ya5 casmi tattvataf)\n\ntato maril tattvato jfiatva\nvisate tad-anantaram\n\n\"One can understand the Supreme Personality as He is only by devotional service.\nAnd when one is in full consciousness of the Supreme Lord by such devotion, he\ncan enter into the kingdom of God.\" (Bg. 18.55)\nlmpersonalists cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\ntherefore it is not possible for them to enter into the spiritual kingdom of God and\nreturn home, back to Godhead. Actually one attains different results by different\nmeans. It is not that all achievements are one and the same. Those interested in\n\nthe four principles of dharma, artha, kama and mok�a cannot be compared to\n\nthose interested in the unalloyed devotional service of the Lord. Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam therefore says:\n\ndharma/:! projjhita-kaitavo 'tra paramo nirmatsaraQaril sataril\n\nvedyaril vastavam atra vastu sivadaril tapa-trayonma/anam\n\nsrimad-bhagavate maha-muni-krte kim va parair isvara/:1\n\nsadyo hrdy avarudhyate 'tra krtibhi/:1 susra�ubhis tat-k�aQat\n\n\"Completely rejecting all religious activities which are materially motivated, this\n\nBhagavata PuraQa propounds the highest truth, which is understandable by those\n\ndevotees who are pure in heart. The highest truth is reality distinguished from illusion for the welfare of all. Such truth uproots the threefold miseries. This beautiful\n\n", "mad3#p0175": "142\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nBhagavatam, compiled by the great sage Sri Vyasadeva, is sufficient in itself for\nGod realization. As soon as one attentively and submissively hears the message of\n\nBhagavatam, he becomes attached to the Supreme Lord.\" (Bhag. 1.1.2)\n\nThose who aspire after liberation attempt to merge into the impersonal Brah­\n\nman. To this end they execute ritualistic religious ceremonies, but Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam considers this a cheating process. Indeed, such people can never\n\ndream of returning home, back to Godhead. There is a gulf of difference between\nthe goal of dharma, artha, kama and mok�a and the goal of devotional service.\n\nThe goddess Durga is the superintending deity of this material world, which is\nmade of material elements. The demigods are simply different directors engaged\nin operating the departments of material activities, and they are under the influence of the same material energy. Kr�r;�a's internal potencies, however, have\nnothing to do with the creation of this cosmic material world. The spiritual world\nand all spiritual activities are under the direction of the internal spiritual energy,\n\nand such activities are performed by yogamaya, the spiritual energy. Yogamaya is\n\nthe spiritual or internal energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Those\nwho are interested in being promoted to the spiritual world and engaging in the\n\nservice of the Lord attain spiritual perfection under the control of yogamaya.\n\nThose who are interested in material promotion engage in ritualistic religious\nceremonies and economic development to develop sense gratification. They\nultimately attempt to merge into the impersonal existence of the Lord. Such\npeople generally become impersonalists. They are interested in worshiping Lord\n\nSiva or goddess Durga, but their return is one hundred percent materialistic.\n\nFollowing the example of the gopis, the devotees sometimes worship the god­\n\ndess Katyayani, but they understand that Katyayani is an incarnation of yogamaya.\n\nThe gopis worshiped Katyayani, yogamaya, to attain Kr�r;�a for their husband. On\n\nthe other hand, it is stated in the Sapta-sati scripture that a k�atriya king named\n\nSuratha and a rich vaisya named Samadhi worshiped material nature in the form of\n\ngoddess Durga to attain material perfection. If one tries to mingle the worship of\n\nyogamaya with maha maya, considering them one and the same, he does not\n\nreally show very high intelligence. The idea that everything is one is a kind of\nfoolishness indulged in by those with less brain substance. Fools and rascals say\n\nthat the worship of yogamaya and maha maya is the same. This conclusion is\n\nsimply the result of mental speculation, and it has no practical effect. In the material world, sometimes one produces a title to an utterly worthless thing, and in\nBengal this is known as giving a blind child a name like Padmalocana, which means\n\"lotus eyed.\" One may foolishly call a blind child Padmalocana, but such an appellation does not bear any meaning.\nIn the spiritual world the Absolute Lord is always identical with His name, fame,\nform, qualities and pastimes. Such identity is impossible in the material world,\nwhere the name of a person is different from the person himself. The Supreme\nLord has many holy names like Paramatma, Brahman and the creator, but one who\n\n", "mad3#p0176": "Text 91]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n143\n\nworships the Lord as the creator cannot understand the relationship between a\ndevotee and the Lord in the five types of transcendental mellows, nor can he\nunderstand the conception of Kr��a. One cannot understand the six transcendental opulences of the Lord simply by understanding the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead as impersonal Brahman.\nImpersonal realization of the Absolute Truth is certainly transcendental, but this\ndoes not mean that one can understand the sac-cid-ananda form of the Lord.\nSimilarly, Paramatma realization is also an incomplete understanding of the Absolute Truth. The plenary expansion of the Absolute Truth within everyone's\nheart is the Paramatma feature of the Lord. A devotee of the Personality of Godhead Naraya�a cannot actually understand the transcendental attractive features\nof Kr��a. On the other hand, the devotee of Kr��a who is attached to the sublime\nattractive feature of the Lord does not consider Naraya�a very important. When\nthe gopis sometimes saw Kr��a in the form of Naraya�a, they were not very attracted to Him. The gopis never addressed Kr��a as Rukmi�i-rama�a. Kr��a's\ndevotees in Vrndavana address Him as Radharama�a, Nandanandana and Yasodanandana, but not as Vasudeva-nandana or Devaki-nandana. Although according\nto the material conception, Naraya�a, Rukmi�i-rama�a and Kr��a are one and the\nsame, in the spiritual world one cannot use the name of Kr��a in the place of Rukmi�i-rama�a or Naraya�a. If one does so out of a poor fund of knowledge, his\nmellow with the Lord becomes spiritually faulty and is called rasabhasa, an overlapping of transcendental mellows. The advanced devotee who has actually\nrealized the transcendental features of the Lord will not commit the mistake of\ncreating a rasabhasa situation by using one name for another. Because of the influence of Kali-yuga, there is much rasabhasa in the name of extravagance and\nliberal-mindedness. Such fanaticism is not very much appreciated by pure devotees.\n\nTEXT 91\nC'l �� 1ft� ·�9f�n� �t����� �'Gftl!� 1\n1T1! ��(t��tc� ��t: \"ft-4 11�-r: n :i.\\ � n\n\nye yatha maril prapadyante\ntams tathaiva bhajamy aham\nmama vartmanuvartante\nmanu�yal; partha sarvasaf)\nSYNONYMS\n\nye-they; yatha-as; mam -unto Me; prapad yante-surrender; tan-unto\nthem; tatha eva - in the same proportion; bhajami-bestow My favor; aham-1;\n\nmama-My; vartma-way; anuvartante-follow; manu�yaf) -m en; partha -My\ndear Arjuna; sarvasaf:J-in all respects.\n\n", "mad3#p0177": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n144\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"According to Lord K���;�a in Bhagavad-gita [4.11], 'All of them-as they surrender unto Me-l reward accordingly. Everyone follows My path in all\nrespects, 0 son of Prtha.'\nTEXT 92\n\n1.!1� ''121��,� �fi?f iff �'IT;� 'e� I\n'CI(!�<! '��' l8t-<IS'� �t�� II :;,�II\nei 'preme'ra anurapa na pare bhajite\nataeva 'rri' haya-kahe bhagavate\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; premera-of love of God; anurapa-e xactly to the proportion; nanot;\n\npare-is able;\n\nbhajite-to reciprocate;\n\nataeva-therefore;\n\nrri-debtor;\n\nhaya-becomes; kahe-is stated; bhagavate-in the Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In Srimad-Bhagavatam [10.32.22] it is said that Lord Kr��;�a cannot proportionately reciprocate devotional service in the madhurya-rasa; therefore He\nalways remains a debtor to such devotees.\nTEXT 93\n\"1 9fl�C���� fO{\"ll�'QP1'il._�t'\n\n'lf�ll!_�\\!ig Pf�tfl\"ll._�lf9f �: I\n�i 1!te� �\"IT-C't�\"\"J\"�aotj:\n�� ��J \"\\!�: �f'!<tt� 1ft��i II �..o II\n\nna paraye 'harh niravadya-sarhyujarh\n\nsva-sadhu-krtyarh vibudhayu$api val)\n\nya mabhajan durjaya-geha-srnkhala/:1\n\nsarhvrkya tad val) pratiyatu sadhuna\n\nSYNONYMS\nna-not; paraye-am able; aham-1; niravadya-without duplicity; sarhyu­\n\njam-meeting; sva-sadhu-krtyam-your own honest activities; vibudha-ayu�a\n\napi-even with a duration of life like that of the demigods; va/:1-you; ya-who;\n\nma-Me; abhajan-have worshiped; durjaya-difficult to surmount; geha-of\n\n", "mad3#p0178": "Text 95]\n\n145\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\nhousehold life; srnkhala/:1-the chains; sam vrscya-cutting off; tat-that; varyy our; pratiyatu-let there be a return; sadhuna-by pious activities.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the gopis were overwhelmed with dissatisfaction due to Lord\nKr�Qa's absence from the rasa-lila, Kr�Qa returned to them and told them, 'My\ndear gopis, our meeting is certainly free from all material contamination. I\nmust admit that in many lives it would be impossible for Me to repay My debt\nto you because you have cut off the bondage of family life just to search for\nMe. Consequently I am unable to repay you. Therefore please be satisfied\nwith your honest activities in this regard.'\nTEXT 94\n\n�fif9t �-!';'l�\"f1t -111�f \\_1i I\n\n�\\if� �'f �Bf �t�� 11t!_'1t II �8 II\nyadyapi kr$Qa-saundarya -madhuryera dhurya\nvraja-devira sange tanra bac;faye madhurya\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although;\n\nkr$Qa-saundarya-the\n\nbeauty\n\nmadhuryera-of sweetness; dhurya-the supermost;\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nK[�l)a;\n\nvraja-devira-the gopis;\n\nsange-in company with; tar'lra-His; bac;faye-increases; madhurya-the sweet­\n\nness.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although Kr�Qa's unparalleled beauty is the topmost sweetness of love of\nGodhead, His sweetness increases unlimitedly when He is in the company of\nthe gopis. Consequently Kr�Qa's exchange of love with the gopis is the topmost perfection of love of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nKr�l)a and His devotees become perfectly intimate in conjugal love of Godhead.\nIn other mellows, the Lord and the devotees do not enjoy transcendental bliss as\n\nperfectly. The next verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.33.6) will illustrate this\nverse.\nTEXT 95\n\n�<Iftf���l:� �t��5l�t9. c!fn\"'hr\\!: 1\n·�wfT ��'li� C��t�t� ��t�i\"il\"�C�1 'll�i U �<t U\n\n", "mad3#p0179": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n146\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\ntatratisusubhe tabhir\nbhagavan devaki-suta/:1\nmadhye maQinarh haimanarh\nmaha-marakato yatha\n\nSYNONYMS\ntatra-there; ati-susubhe-was very beautiful; tabhi/:1-by them; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; devaki-suta/:1-son of Devaki; madhye-in\nthe midst; maQinam-of valuable jewels; haimanam-lined with gold; mahamarakata/:1-the jewel of the name; yatha-as.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Although the son of Devaki, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is also\nthe. reservoir of all kinds of beauty, when He is among the gopis He nonetheless becomes more beautiful, for He resembles a marakata jewel surrounded\nby gold and other jewels.' \"\nTEXT 96\n\n12ft_ \"�' \\!I.\n\n--\n\n'Jtt'Ut�fif' �fii-R I\n\n�9ft ��' ��. �� 'f;ltt'St f\"i Q II �� II\nprabhu kahe, ei-'sadhyavadhi' suniscaya\nkrpa kari' kaha, yadi age kichu haya\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu\n\nkahe-Lord\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu replied;\n\nei-this;\n\nsadhya­\n\navadhi-the highest limit of perfection; su-ni5caya-ce rtainly; krpa kari'-being\n\nmerciful to Me; kaha-please speak; yadi-if; age-further; kichu haya-there is\nsomething.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"This is certainly the limit of perfection, but please be merciful to Me and speak more if there is more.\"\nTEXT 97\n\ntnl �r;�,--�Bf <f;!�'Sf �� � �i( I\n\nl.fli!Fifil ilt� ;srtf.f, �tm !_�til II �9 II\n\n", "mad3#p0180": "Text 99]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n147\n\nraya kahe,-ihara age puche hena jane\neta-dina nahi jani, achaye bhuvane\nSYNONYMS\nraya kahe-Rarnananda Raya replied; ihara age-beyond this point; pucheinquires; hena-such; jane-a person; eta-dina-until this day; nahi jani-1 did\n\nnot know; achaye-there is; bhuvane-within this material world.\nTRANSLATION\n\nRaya Ramananda replied, \"Until this day I did not know anyone within this\nmaterial world who could inquire beyond this perfectional stage of devotional\nservice.\nTEXT 98\n\n�·�'Rt ;rr;� � <;� -'�t�fit�tllf'i' I\n�� 1{�1fl ��� �t�tfi{ II �lr II\nilihara madhye radhara prema-'sadhya-siromaQi'\nyalihara mahima sarva-sastrete vakhani\nSYNONYMS\nilihara madhye-among the loving affairs of the gopis; radhara prema-the\nlove of Godhead of Srimati Radharar:ti; sadhya-siromaQi-the topmost perfection;\nyalihara-of which; mahima-the glorification; sarva-sastrete-in every scripture;\nvakhani-description.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Among the loving affairs of the gopis,\" Ramananda Raya continued, \" the\nlove of Srimati Radharal)i for Sri Kr�l)a is topmost. Indeed, the glories of\nSrimati Radharal)i are highly estimated in all revealed scriptures.\nTEXT 99\n\nlt�11lN1 f2i�1 f<l�f<:g':!Jj: ��� f2f�� ��1 I\n\n'!�C'i(T�� c;;r<l:W1 �Cll3i��J�'1S!�111 �� U\nyatha radha priya vi$QOs\ntasyal) kuQr;/am priyam tatha\nsarva-gopi$U saivaika\nvi$QOr atyanta-vallabha\n\n", "mad3#p0181": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n148\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nSYNONYMS\nyatha-just as; radha-Srimati Radharar;�i; priya-very dear; vi$QOb-to Lord\nKr�l)a; tasyab-Her; kuQ(Iam-bathing place; priyam-very dear; tatha-so also;\nsarva-gopi$u-among\n\nall\n\nthe\n\ngopis;\n\nsa-She;\n\neva-certainly;\n\neka-alone;\n\nvi$QOb-of Lord Kr�l)a; atyanta-val/abha-very dear.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Just as Srimati RadharaQi is most dear to Sri Kr�Qa, Her bathing place\nknown as Radha-kuQ�a is also dear to Him. Among all the gopis, Srimati\nRadharaQi is supermost and very dear to Lord Kr�Qa.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from the Padma PuraQa and is included in the Laghu-bhagavatamrta\n\n(2.45), by Srila ROpa Gosvami. It also appears in Adi-lila, Chapter Four, verse 215,\nand again in Madhya-lila, Chapter Eighteen, verse 8.\nTEXT 100\n\n�·nn�t�r�1 \"I_'�'� ����t\"t �f1l�,��= 1\n1!7:'111 ��nr C5f1��= atc�1 1!11\\'l�'t��= 11 �\n\no o\n\n11\n\nanayaradhito nOnaril\nbhagavan harir isvarab\nyan no vihaya govindab\nprito yam anayad rahab\nSYNONYMS\nanaya-by\n\nHer;\n\naradhitab-worshiped;\n\nnOnam-indeed;\n\nbhagavan-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; harib-Kr�r;�a; isvarab-the Lord; yat-from\nwhich; nab-us; vihaya-rejecting; govindab-Lord Sri Kr�r;�a; pritab-satisfied;\nyam-whom; anayat-brought; rahab-a secluded place.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the gopis began to talk among themselves, they said, 'Dear friends,\nthe gopi who has been taken away by Kr�Qa to a secluded place must have\nworshiped the Lord more than anyone else.' \"\nPURPORT\nThe name Radha is derived from this verse (Bhag. 10.30.28), from the word\nanayaradhitab, meaning \"by Her the Lord is worshiped.\" Sometimes the critics of\n\n", "mad3#p0182": "Text 102]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n149\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam find it difficult to find Radhara�i's holy name, but the secret is\n\ndisclosed here in the word aradhitab, from which the word Radha has come. Of\n\ncourse, the name of Radhara�i is directly mentioned in other Pural)as. This gopi's\nworship of Kr��a is topmost, and therefore Her name is Radha, or the topmost\nworshiper.\nTEXT 101\n\n�'f <1St�, -�tt'ft <IS�, �f� 9f� �t-t I\n\n��'!--it �t� C!tlft� �� ll :> :> ll\n0\n\nprabhu kahe, -age kaha, sunite pai sukhe\naparvamrta-nadi vahe tamara mukhe\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; age-ahead; kaha-please speak; sunite-to\n\nhear; pai-l get; sukhe-happiness; aparva-amrta-of unprecedented nectar;\nnadi-a river; vahe-flows; tamara mukhe-from your mouth.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Please speak on. I am very happy to\nhear you because a river of unprecedented nectar is flowing from your mouth.\nTEXT 102\n\n�f11: <IS�' �lftt<IS � ,'$ft�'$ft'f1t �� I\n'81iltt9f-.i � '��� '$1�\\!i e{i �� ll � o� II\ncuri kari' radhake nila gopi-gal)era c;lare\n\nanyapek�a haile premera gac;lhata na sphure\nSYNONYMS\ncuri kari'-stealing;\n\nradhake-Srimati Radharar:ti;\n\nni/a-took away;\n\ngopi­\n\ngal)era-of the gopis; c;lare-out of fear; anya-apek�a-dependence on others;\n\nhai/e-if there is; premera-of love; gac;lhata-the intensity; na-not; sphuremanifests.\nTRANSLATION\n\"During the rasa dance Sri Kr�r;�a did not exchange loving affairs with\nSrimati Radharar;�i due to the presence of the other gopis. Because of the\n\n", "mad3#p0183": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n150\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\ndependence of the others, the intensity of love between Radha and Kr��a was\nnot manifest. Therefore He stole Her away.\nPURPORT\nOut of fear of the other gopis, Lord Sri Kr�r:'la took Srimati Radharar:\"�i to a\n\nsecluded place. In this regard, the verse karilsarir api (the following verse 1 06) will\nbe quoted from the Gita-govinda of jayadeva Gosvami.\nTEXT 103\n\n11't�i �tr-sr· ,-sttii\\�11' �rw Jt1-.te. �� �n-sr 1\n'&� i97t�,-11't�Hl �t�11' 'St1\\i·��11'1'St II � o� II\nradha lagi' gopire yadi sak�at kare tyaga\ntabe jani,-radhaya kr�f.!era gac;iha-anuraga\nSYNONYMS\nradhi'i lagi'-for the sake of Srimati Radharar:\"�i; gopire-the gopis; yadi-if; sak�at-directly; kare-does; tyaga-rejection; tabe-then; jani-we can understand; radhi'iya-in Srimati Radharar:\"�i; kr�f.!era-of Lord Kr�r:\"�a; ga(iha-intense;\nanuraga-affection.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If lord Kr��a rejected the company of the other gopis for Srimati\nRadhara�i, we can understand that lord Sri Kr��a has intense affection for\nHer.\"\nTEXT 104\n\n11'11l �,-�� �� <;�1111' �� ��i I\n\nfuisr� 11't�-<;��11 iltf� ��1fi II �08 II\nraya kahe,-tabe suna premera mahima\ntri-jagate radha-premera nahika upama\nSYNONYMS\nraya kahe-Ramananda Raya replied; tabe-then ; suna-please hear; premera-of that love; mahima-the glories; tri-jagate-within the three worlds;\nradha-premera-of the loving affairs of Srimati Radharar:\"�i; nahika-there is not;\nupama-comparison.\n\n", "mad3#p0184": "Text 106]\n\n151\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya continued, \"Please therefore hear from me about the glories of Srimati Radharar:ti's loving a ffairs. They are beyond compare within\nthese three worlds.\nTEXT 105\n\nc;'$ft\"\"'ijr;'At 11t�·�J·1f�aifl �t� I\n11t'fl ��' �t� �r;;11 �Gift� <ti�� II �o<t II\ngopi-gaf)era rasa-nrtya-maf)c;iali chac;liya\nradha cahi' vane phire vilapa kariya\nSYNONYMS\n\ngopi-gaf)era-of the gopis; rasa-nrtya-of rasa dancing; maf)c;iali-the circle;\nchac;Jiya-rejecting;\n\nradha-Srimati RadharaQi;\n\ncahi'-desiring;\n\nvane-in the\n\nforest; phire-wan ders ; vilapa-lamentation; kariya-doing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Finding Herself treated equally with all the other gopis, Srimati Radharar:ti\ndisplayed Her tricky behavior and left the circle of the rasa dance. Missing\nSrimati Radharar:ti's presence, Knr:ta became very unhappy and began to\nlament and wander throughout the forest to search Her out.\nTEXT 106\n\n<f�'liR!�f9f if�'llHi'IOI't<r�\"'J:il\\fQ'!t' I\n�Nt11 Ni� �•rc� ��Jt� 3l��ilf�\"1: II � � II\n•\n\nkarhsarir api sarhsaravasana-baddha-srnkhalam\nradham adhaya hrdaye\ntatyaja vraja-sundari/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nkarhsari/:1-the enemy of Kamsa; api-moreover; sarilsara-vasana-desirous of\n\nthe essence of enjoyment (rasa-lila); baddha-srnkhalam-being perfectly at­\n\ntracted to such activities; radham-Srimati Radharal)i; adhaya-taking; hrdayewithin the heart; tatyaja-left aside; vraja-sundari/:1-the other beautiful gopis.\n\n", "mad3#p0185": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n152\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Lord K�H•a, the enemy of Kamsa, took Srimati Radhara�i within His heart,\n\nfor He desired to dance with Her. Thus He left the area of the rasa dance and\nthe company of all the other beautiful damsels of Vraja!\nTEXT 107\n\n�\\!i�&\\!i�&tlf���J � t N<f1\n\n-\n\n'lfO{'f<Tt<t31<t���lftO!�: I\n\n�\\!it�\\!it?j\": � <ff\"lilf\"lfilf\"l')\n\\!�t�<J!:Cil PPP!tlf lftlf<T: II � 'I II\n0\n\nitas-tatas tam anusrtya radhikam\nananga-val)a-vral)a-khinna-manasai)\nkrtanutapai) sa kalinda-nandini\ntatanta-kunje vi?asada madhavai)\nSY NONYMS\nitai)-tatai) -hither and thither; tam-Her; anusrtya-searching out; radhikam­\n\nSrimati Radharar:Ji; ananga-of Cupid; val)a-vral)a-by a wound from the arrow;\nkhinna-manasai) -whose\n\nheart\n\nis\n\ninjured;\n\nkrta-anutapai) -repentant\n\nfor\n\nmisbehavior; sai)-He (Lord Kr�r:Ja); kalinda-nandini-of the River Yamuna; tataanta -on the edge of the bank; kui'ije-in the bushes; vi?asada-lamented;\nmadhavai)-Lord Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Being afflicted by the arrow of Cupid and unhappily regretting His\n\nmistreating Radhara�i, Madhava, Lord Kr�r;�a, began to search for Srimati\nRadharar;�i along the banks of the Yamuna River. When He failed to find Her, He\nentered the bushes of V�ndavana and began to lament!\nPURPORT\n\nThese two verses are from the Cita-govinda (3.1,2), written by Jayadeva\nGosvami.\nTEXT 108\n\n<.!1� ��·,Dltt<ll� �� �itfilT;e'J �tf-1 I\n��i! �t� <;�i{ �T;i!J �� II � lr II\no\n\nei dui-5/okera artha vicarile jani\nvicarite uthe yena amrtera khani\n\n", "mad3#p0186": "Text 110]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n153\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-these; dui-two; 5/okera-of the verses; artha-the meanings; vicarile-if\nconsidering; jani-1 can understand; vicarite-while considering; uthe-arises;\nyena-like; amrtera-of nectar; khani-a mine.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Simply by considering these two verses one can understand what nectar\nthere is in such dealings. It is exactly like freeing a mine of nectar.\nTEXT 109\n\n��t$ c;'Stt'i\\·Jt�'f 1ftJt·�� I\nt:!1'1f ';fc-fJ t.fl�-�� 1ft� 1ft'ft·�'M II �o� II\nsata-koti gopi-sange rasa-vilasa\ntara madhye eka-mOrtye rahe radha-pasa\nSYNONYMS\nsata-koti-hundreds of thousands; gopi-sar'lge-with the gopis; rasa-vi/asadancing in the rasa dance; tara madhye-among them; eka-mOrtye-by one of\nHis transcendental forms; rahe-remains; radha-pasa-by the side of Srimati\nRadharal}i.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although Kw)a was in the midst of hundreds of thousands of gopis during\nthe rasa dance, He still kept Himself in one of His transcendental forms by the\nside of Srimati Radharal)i.\nTEXT 110\n\nJtt..-t1f'l·<;�til '\\fN ,� ':Jlil�i' I\n� �$�-c;�t\";J �ff '<ft';fi!i' II ��o II\nsadharal')a-preme dekhi sarvatra 'samata'\nradhara kutila-preme ha-ifa 'vamata'\nSYNONYMS\nsadharaQa-preme-in general love of Godhead; dekhi-we see; sarvatraeverywhere; samata-equality; radhara-of Srimati Radharal}i; kutila-preme-in\nthe crooked love of Godhead; ha-ifa-there was; vamata-opposition.\n\n", "mad3#p0187": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\n154\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�Qa is equal to everyone in His general dealings, but due to the\nconflicting ecstatic love of Srimati RadharaQi, there were opposing elements.\nTEXT 111\n\n�c�tl1<f 'iff\\!j: ''�'\\.¢f: ��1<f�ffl<'l1 ��<�, 1\n'!tC�1 C�C�t\"i�C�C�t\"D 'I_7:0!1�t\"l r,g�f� II � � � II\naher iva gatib premQab\nsvabhava-kutila bhavet\nato hetor ahetos ca\nyunor mana udancati\nSYNONYMS\n\naheb-of the snake; iva-like; gatib-the movement; preml)ab-of the loving\naffairs;\n\nsva-bhava-by nature; kutila-crooked; bhavet-is;\n\natab-therefore;\n\nhetob-from some cause; ahetob-from the absence of a cause; ca-and;\n\nyunob-of the young couple; manab-anger; udafi cati-appears.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'The progress of loving affairs between young couples is like the movement of a snake. On account of this, two types of anger arise between young\ncouples-anger with cause and anger without cause.'\nPURPORT\nDuring the rasa dance, one form of Kr�r;�a was between every two gopis.\nHowever, by the side of Srimati Radharar;�i there was only one Kr�r;�a. Although this\nwas the case , Srimati Radharar;�i still manifested disagreement with Kr�r;�a. This\n\nverse is from the Ujjvala-nilamal)i (Srrigara-bheda-kathana 1 02), written by Srila\nROpa Gosvami.\n\nTEXT 112\n\n(;i!!it� �Rf' �t� ��' (;�fli 1ltil �f�' I\n\n�tt� ili c;wf��i �J�� � ��Rf II��� II\nkrodha kari' rasa chac;fi' gela mana kari'\ntarire na dekhiya vyakula haila sri-hari\n\n", "mad3#p0188": "Text 114]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n155\n\nSYNONYMS\nkrodha kari'-becoming angry; rasa cha<;/i -leaving the rasa dance; gela'\n\nwent; mana kari'-being angry;\n\ntanre-SrTmati Radharai)T; na dekhiya-not\n\nseeing; vyakula-very much anxious; haila-became; sri-hari-Lord Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Radharar;�i, out of anger and resentment, left the rasa dance, Lord Sri\nKr�r;�a, not seeing Her, became very anxious.\nTEXT 113\n\n:JI�Jct!:Jit� <tt�ili �t·� 11t:JJ� I\n�tJI��i·<tt:Jiilttl! 1ftfif�i �� II ��� II\nsamyak-sara vasana kr�Qera rasa-lila\nrasa-lila-vasanate radhika srnkhala\nSYNONYMS\nsamyak-sara-the complete and essential; vasana-desire; kr�Qera-of Lord\nKr�Qa; rasa-lila-the dancing in the rasa-lila; rasa-lila-vasanate-in the desire to\ndance the rasa dance; radhika -SrTmatT RadharaQT; srnkhala-the medium of bondage.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�r:-a's desire in the rasa-lila circle is perfectly complete, but Srimati\nRadharar;�i is the binding link in that desire.\nTEXT 114\n\nt:i�i �il. �t:JJ�1 ift� � f�� I\n1i�fn 17lt��i <;�� �W1 �tlltm II ��8 II\ntanha vinu rasa-lila nahi bhaya citte\nmaQt;lali chat;liya gela radha anve�ite\nSYNONYMS\ntanha vinu-without Her; rasa-lila-the rasa dance; nahi-not; bhaya-illumi\nnates; citte-within the heart; maQt;lali chat;liya\n\n-\n\n­\n\nleavin g the circle of the rasa\n\ndance; gela-went; radha-SrTmatT RadharaQT; anve�ite-to search for.\n\n", "mad3#p0189": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n156\n\n[Madhya-lila , Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The rasa dance does not shine in the heart of Kr�l)a without Srimati\nRadharal)i. Therefore , He also gave up the circle of the rasa dance and went\nout to search for Her.\nTEXT 115\n\nlt!�i!: l!ifi!' �tt1 �t'l1 ifl 9ft�1 I\n��t� �11i{ <fit11<!1�'1 f� ��1 \" ��It \"\nitas-tatab bhrami' kahari radha na pana\nvi�ada karena kama-vaQe khinna hana\nSYNONYMS\nitab-tatab-here and there; bhrami'-wandering; kaha.ri-anywhere; radhaSrimati Radharat:Ji; na-not; pana-finding; vi�ada-lamentation; karena-does;\nkama-vaQe-by the arrow of Cupid; khinna-hurt; hana-becoming.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Kr�l)a went out to search for Srimati Radharal)i, He wandered here\nand there . However, not finding Her, He beca me afflicted by the arrow of\nCupid and began to lament .\nTEXT 116\n\n�$-<;�t� � �-��'1 I\n�t 1'i�ll1ftfit !\\�� � II ��� U\nsata-koti-gopite nahe kama-nirvapaQa\ntahatei anumani sri-radhikara guQa\nSYNONYMS\nsata-koti-hundreds and thousands; gopite-in the midst of gopis; nahethere is not;\n\nkama-nirvapaQa-satisfaction of lust;\n\ntahatei-by that way;\n\nanumani-we can imagine; sri-radhikara guua-the transcendental quality of\nSrimati Radharat:Ji.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since Kr�l)a's lusty desires were not satisfied even in the midst of\nhundreds of thousands of gopis and He was thus searching after Srimati\nRadharal)i, we can easily imagine how transcendentally qualified She is.\"\n\n", "mad3#p0190": "Text 119]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Ray a\n\n157\n\nTEXT 117\n\n�'{ �-� lftfit' �� (;�t1fl-� I\n\n� � �� � (;'Jftt alte{ II ��� II\nprabhu kahe-ye fagi' aifama toma-sthane\nsei saba tattva-vastu haifa mora jnane\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; ye fagi'-for the matter of which; aifama-1 have\ncome; toma-sthane-to your place; sei saba-all those; tattva-vastu-objects of\ntruth; haifa-we re ; mora-My; jnane-in knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing this, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu said to Ramananda Raya,\n\"That for which I have come to your residence has now become an object of\ntruth in My knowledge.\nTEXT 118\n\n�� (;'I �( �-,�·fil(� I\n\n�'Sf �tf � ��' �f� 11il' � II ��IT' II\nebe se janifuli sadhya-sadhana-nirQaya\nage ara ache kichu, sunite mana haya\nSYNONYMS\nebe-now; se-that; janifuli-1 have understood; sadhya-of the ultimate\ngoal; sadhana-and of the process; nirQaya-the ascertainment; age-ahead;\nara-more; ache-there is;\n\nkichu-something; sunite-to hear; mana-the\n\nmind; haya-it is.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now I have come to understand the sublime goal of life and the process of\nachieving it. Nevertheless, I think that there is something more ahead, and My\nmind is desiring to have it.\nTEXT 119\n\n'�J ��' �� '1ft� ��' I\n\n'11\"' (;�'fit 1!�, '<;<2111'-� I!'Qi� II ���II\n\n", "mad3#p0191": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n158\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\n'kr?Qera svarupa' kaha 'radhara svarOpa'\n'rasa' kon tattva, 'prema'-kon tattva-rupa\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qera-of Lord Kr�r:ta; svarupa-the transcendental features; kaha-speak;\nradhara-of Srimati Radharar:ti;\n\nsvarupa-the transcendental features; rasa­\n\nmellows; kon-what; tattva-that truth; prema-love of Godhead; kon-what;\ntattva-rupa-actual form.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kindly explain the transcendental features of Kr�r:ta and Srimati Radhara�i.\nAlso explain the truth of transcendental mellow and the transcendental form\nof love of Godhead.\nTEXT 120\n\n�?11 <IS�' If!� \\!' �� '!' �11: I\nQ!11f1-�ifl �� ��1 ��I! � ll �� ll\n0\n\nkrpa kari' ei tattva kaha ta' amare\ntoma-vina keha iha nirupite nare\nSYNONYMS\nkrpa kari'-showing your mercy; ei tattva-all these truths; kaha-explain;\nta'-certainly; amare-unto Me; toma-vina-except for you; keha-someone;\niha-this; nirupite-to ascertain; nare-not able.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kindly explain all these truths to Me. But for yourself, no one can ascertain\nthem.\"\nTEXT 121\n\nm ��,-��1 �1{ r�� if! m 1\n\n� ,�� <r.�'S, ,�� �r� �r1{ �i�\" ��� n\nraya kahe,-iha ami kichui na jani\ntumi yei kahao, sei kahi ami vaQT\nSYNONYMS\nraya kahe-Ramananda Raya said; iha-this; ami-1; kichui-something; nanot; jani-know; tumi-You; yei-whatever; kahao-make me say; sei-those;\nkahi-speak; ami-1; VaQT-words.\n\n", "mad3#p0192": "Text 123]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n159\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Ramananda Raya replied, \"I do not know anything about this . I simply\nvibrate the sound You make me speak.\nTEXT 122\n\n<;�t1f f-fllf!1t ��<;��<II\"-� I\n�'fte, �� t_fil, <;<f. � <;�!taltl if$ II �� � II\ntamara sik$aya pagi yena suka-patha\nsak$at isvara tumi, ke bujhe tamara na.ta\nSYNONYMS\ntamara sik$aya-by Your instruction; pagi-l read; yena-like; suka-pathathe reading of a parrot; sak$at-directly; isvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tumi-You; ke-who; bujhe-can understand; tamara-Your; nata-dramatic performance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I simply repeat like a parrot whatever instructions You have given me. You\nare the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. Who can understand Your\ndramatic performances l\nTEXT 123\n\n-.m o2fJct ��, �'l!ilrn <r.�� �t� 1\n\nf<ls �� •tl'f·'Jl\"f, �� i!1'8ftfj{ II ���II\nhrdaye preraQa kara, jihvaya kahao vaQi\nki kahiye bhala-manda, kichui na jani\nSYNONYMS\nhrdaye-within the heart; preraQa-direction; kara-You give; jihvaya-on the\ntongue; kahao-You make me speak; vaQi-words; ki-what; kahiye-l am\nspeaking; bha/a-manda-good or bad;\n\nkichui-something;\n\nna-not; jani-l\n\nknow.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You inspire me within the heart and make me speak with the tongue. I do\nnot know whether I am speaking well or badly.\"\n\n", "mad3#p0193": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n160\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 124\n\n121'- �,--1ft1tt�'tlf� �tfif I!' ��t� I\nre�l!'t ilt� �' 11t11t�tttf �@lu ��s 11\nprabhu kahe, -mayavadi ami ta' sannyasi\nbhakti-tattva nahi jani, mayavade bhasi\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe- the Lord said; mayavadi-a follower of the Mayavada philoso­\n\nphy; a mi-1; ta'-certainly; sannyasi-one in the renounced order of life; bhaktitattva-the truths of transcendental loving service;\n\nn ahi-not;\n\njani-1 know;\n\nmayavade-in the philosophy of impersonalism; bhasi-1 float.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"I am a Mayavadi in the renounced order\nof life, and I do not even know what transcendental loving service to the Lord\nis. I simply float in the ocean of Mayavada philosophy.\nTEXT 125\n\n�<(t��·Jltflr <;1ft11' 'llil fil'*'r �� I\n'��'ef9·1!'t <f.�', �t�11' ��II ��<t II\nsarvabhauma-sange mora mana nirmafa ha-ifa\n'kr?Qa-bhakti-tattva kaha,' tanhare puchifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma-sarige-in the company of Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya; mora­\n\nMy; mana\n\n-\n\nmind; nirmafa-clarified; ha-ifa -becam e; kr?Qa-bhakti-tattva-the\n\ntruths of traAscendental loving service to Kr�l)a; kaha -please explain; tarihareto him; puchifa-1 inquired.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Due to the association of Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya, My mind has been enlightened. Therefore I have asked Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya about the truths\nof transcendental loving service to Kr�l)a.\nTEXT 126\n\nclt� <ISt�-�tfil � ;grtf.l ��CIS� I\n� 1ft11til\"' trttil, cit�i iltf� (!JC!fj II ��� II\n\n", "mad3#p0194": "Talks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\nText 127]\n\n161\n\ntenho kahe-ami nahi jani kr�Qa-katha\nsabe ramananda jane, tenho nahi etha\nSYNONYMS\ntenho kahe-he replied; ami-1; nahi-not; jani-know; kr�Qa-katha-topics\nof Lord Kr�Qa; sabe-all; ramananda-Ramananda Raya; jane-knows; tenhohe; nahi-not; etha-here.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sarvabhauma Bhaffacarya told me, 'I do not actually know about the topics\nof Lord Kr�r;Ja. They are all known only to Ramananda Raya_ but he is not present here.'\"\nTEXT 127\n\n'l!t � �f<fP �itfft'! 'l!t1111f 1ff't1f! ��1li I\n\n'tf1l (;1l1t1f �fl! <!'if '�' �il1li II ��ct II\ntamara thaiii ai/ana tamara mahima suniya\ntumi more stuti kara 'sannyasi' janiya\nSYNONYMS\ntomara-thaiii-to\nmahima\n\n-\n\nglories;\n\nyour\n\npresence;\n\nsuniya-hearing;\n\nai/ana-1\ntumi-you;\n\nhave\n\ncome;\n\ntamara-your;\n\nmore-Me;\n\nstuti-praising;\n\nkara-do; sannyasi-a person in the renounced order of life; janiya-knowing as.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued: \"After hearing about your glories, I have come to your place. However, you are offering Me words of praise\nout of respect for a sannyasi, one in the renounced order of life.\nPURPORT\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura explains that a mundane person, being\nenriched by mundane opulences, must always know that the transcendental opulences of the advanced devotees are far more important than the materialistic\nopulences of a person like himself. A materialistic person with material opulences\nshould not be very proud or puffed up before a transcendental devotee. If one\napproaches a transcendental devotee on the strength of his material heritage,\nopulence, education and beauty and does not offer respect to the advanced\ndevotee of the Lord, the Vai�Qava devotee may offer formal respects to such a\nmaterially puffed-up person, but he may not deliver transcendental knowledge to\nhim. Indeed, the devotee sees him as a non-brahmaQa or sudra. Such a puffed-up\n\n", "mad3#p0195": "162\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nperson cannot understand the science of Kr�l)a. A proud person is deceived in\ntranscendental life and despite attaining a human form will again glide into hellish\nconditions. By His personal example, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu explains how one\nshould be submissive and humble before a Vai�l)ava, even though one may be\nsituated on a high platform. Such is the teaching of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as\nthe acarya of the world, the supreme spiritual master and teacher.\nTEXT 128\n\n�� ��!'!, f�� IJrt�'l\", � '<fiti{ em I\n�� �-.1!-.r;�i, Cl'l� '�111' 0 II ��'17' U\nkiba vipra, kiba nyasi, sadra kene naya\nyei k[$f)a-tattva-vetta, sei 'guru' haya\nSYNONYMS\nkiba-whether;\n\nvipra-a\n\nbrahmaf)a;\n\nkiba-whether;\n\nnyas1-a\n\nsannyas1;\n\nsadra-a sadra; kene-why; naya-not; yei-anyone who; k[$f)a-tattva-vetta-a\n\nknower of the science of Kr�l)a; sei-that person; guru-the spiritual master;\nhaya -is.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Whether one is a brahmar,a, a sannyasi or a sudra-regardless of what he\nis-he can become a spiritual master if he knows the science of Kr�r,a.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is very important to the Kr�l)a consciousness movement. In his\nAmrta-pravaha-bha$ya, Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura explains that one should not\n\nthink that because Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was born a brahmaf)a and was situated in the topmost spiritual order as a sannyasi, it was improper for Him to\nreceive instructions from Srila Ramananda Raya, who belonged to the sOdra caste.\nTo clarify this matter, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu informed Ramananda Raya that\nknowledge of Kr�l)a consciousness is more important than caste. In the system of\nvarf)asrama-dharma there are various duties for the brahmaf)as, k$atriyas and\nsOdras. Actually the brahmaf)a is supposed to be the spiritual master of all other\nvarf)as or sects, but as far as Kr�l)a consciousness is concerned, everyone is ca­\n\npable of becoming a spiritual master because knowledge in Kr�l)a consciousness is\non the platform of the spirit soul. To spread K[�l)a consciousness, one need only\nbe cognizant of the science of the spirit soul. It does not matter whether one is a\nbrahmaf)a, k$atriya, vaisya, sOdra, sannyasi, grhastha or whatever. If one simply\n\nunderstands this science, he can become a spiritual master.\n\n", "mad3#p0196": "Text 128]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n163\n\nIt is stated in the Hari-bhakti-vilasa that one should not accept initiation from a\nperson who is not in the brahminical order if there is a fit person in the brahminical\norder present. This instruction is meant for those who are overly dependent on\nthe mundane social order and is suitable for those who want to remain in mundane life. If one understands the truth of Kr�l)a consciousness and seriously\ndesires to attain transcendental knowledge for the perfection of life, he can accept a spiritual master from any social status, provided the spiritual master is fully\nconversant with the science of Kr�l)a. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura also\nstates that although one is situated as a brahma!Ja, k$atriya, vaisya, sadra,\n\nbrahmacarT, vanaprastha, grhastha or sannyasT, if he is conversant in the science of\n\nKr�l)a he can become a spiritual master as vartma-pradarsaka-guru, dTk$a-guru or\n\nsik$a-guru. One who first gives information about spiritual life is called the vartma­\n\npradarsaka-guru or spiritual master. The spiritual master who initiates according to\n\nthe regulations of the sastras is called dTk$a-guru, and the spiritual master who\n\ngives instructions for elevation is called sik$a-guru. Factually the qualifications of a\nspiritual master depend on his knowledge of the science of Kr�l)a. It does not matter whether he is a brahmaQa, k$atriya, sannyasT or sOdra. This injunction given by\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is not at all against the injunctions of the sastras. In the\n\nPadma PuraQa it is said:\n\nna sOdraf:r bhagavad-bhaktas\nte 'pi bhagavatottama/:1\n\nsarva-varQe$U te sOdra\n\nye na bhakta janardane\n\nOne who is actually advanced in spiritual knowledge of Kr�l)a is never a sudra,\neven though he may have been born in a sOdra family. However, if a vipra or a\n\nbrahmaf)a is very expert in the six brahminical activities (pathana, pathana, yajana,\n\nyajana, dana, pratigraha) and is also well versed in the Vedic hymns, he cannot become a spiritual master unless he is a Vai�l)ava. But if one is born in the family of\n\ncaQc;lalas yet is well versed in Kr�l)a consciousness, he can become a guru. These\n\nare the sastric injunctions, and strictly following these injunctions, Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, as a grhastha named Sri Visvambhara, was initiated by a sannyasT­\n\nguru named Tsvara Puri. Similarly, Sri Nityananda Prabhu was initiated by Madha­\n\nvendra Puri, a sannyasT. According to others, however, He was initiated by\nLak�mipati Tirtha . Advaita Acarya, although a grhastha, was initiated by Madha­\n\nvendra Puri, and Sri Rasikananda, although born in a brahmaQa family, was initiated\nby Sri Syamananda Prabhu, who was not born in a caste brahma!Ja family. There\nare many instances in which a born brahmaQa took initiation from a person who\n\nwas not born in a brahmaQa family. The brahminical symptoms are explained in\n\nSrTmad-Bhagavatam (7.11.35), wherein it is stated:\n\n", "mad3#p0197": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n164\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nyasya yal-lak$ar:mn proktaril\npurilso varf)abhivyanjakam\nyad anyatrapi drsyeta\ntat tenaiva vinirdiset\nIf a person is born in a sOdra family but has all the qualities of a spiritual master, he\nshould be accepted not only as a brahmaf)a but as a qualified spiritual master also.\nThis is also the instruction of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta\nThakura therefore introduced the sacred thread ceremony for all Vai�l)avas according to the rules and regulations.\nSometimes a Vai�l)ava who is a bhajananandi does not take the savitrasarilskara (sacred thread initiation), but this does not mean that this system should\nbe used for preaching work. There are two kinds of Vai�l)avas-bhajananandi and\ngo$thyanandi. A bhajananandi is not interested in preaching work, but a go$thyanandi is interested in spreading Kr�J;�a consciousness to benefit the people and increase the number of Vai�l)avas. A Vai�l)ava is understood to be above the position of a brahmaf)a. As a preacher, he should be recognized as a brahmaf)a; otherwise there may be a misunderstanding of his position as a Vai�l)ava. However, a\nVai�l)ava brahmaf)a is not selected on the basis of his birth but according to his\nqualities. Unfortunately, those who are unintelligent do not know the difference\nbetween a brahmaf)a and a Vai�l)ava. They are under the impression that unless\none is a brahmaf)a he cannot be a spiritual master. For this reason only, SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu makes the statement in this verse:\nkiba vipra, kiba nyasi, sadra kene naya\nyei k[$f)a-tattva-vetta, sei 'guru' haya\nIf one becomes a guru, he is automatically a brahmaf)a. Sometimes a caste guru\nsays that ye kr$Qa-tattva-vetta, sei guru haya means that one who is not a\nbrahmaf)a may become a sik$a-guru or a vartma-pradarsaka-guru but not an initiator guru. According to such caste gurus, birth and family ties are considered\nforemost. However, the hereditary consideration is not acceptable to Vai�l)avas.\nThe word guru is equally applicable to the vartma-pradarsaka-guru, sik$a-guru and\ndik$a-guru.\n\nUnless\n\nwe\n\naccept\n\nthe\n\nprinciple\n\nenunciated\n\nby\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, this Kr�J;�a consciousness movement cannot spread all over the\nworld. According to SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's intentions: prthivite ache yata\nnagaradi-grama sarvatra pracara haibe mora nama. SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's cult\nmust be preached all over the world. This does not mean that people should take\nto His teachings and remain sOdras or caf)c;falas. As soon as one is trained as a pure\nVai�l)ava, he must be accepted as a bona fide brahmaf)a. This is the essence of SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's instructions in this verse.\n\n", "mad3#p0198": "Texts 130-131] Talks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n165\n\nTEXT 129\n\n':ifut�' �fi'f�i '11t1:if �1 <liRf� �·� I\n��·ift$11·'!-. <ti�' ���if 'lfilll ��<:> II\n'sannyasi' baliya more na kariha vaficana\nk[$Qa-radha-tattva kahi' pDrQa kara mana\nSYNONYMS\nsannyasi-a person in the renounced order of life; ba/iya-taking as; moreMe; na kariha-do not do; vaficana-cheating; kr$Qa-radha-tattva-the truth\nabout Radha-Kr�r;�a; kahi'-describing; pDrQa-complete; kara-make; manamy mind.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"Please do not try to cheat me, thinking of Me as a learned sannyasi. Please satisfy My mind by just describing the\ntruth of Radha and Km1a!'\nTEXTS 130-131\n\n�'ilf� 1ft� - '�iff, 1l'�t�t'SI�\\! I\n\nitif 1fil ���1 ���if �t�t��\\! II ��o II\nl!�f� �'t_if tlil!il-�if11 �� I\n�Srtfi1t� it1�11if � �a;r �'11fi'l II ��� II\nyadyapi raya-premi, maha-bhagavate\ntanra mana kr$Qa-maya nare acchadite\ntathapi prabhura iccha-parama prabala\njanileha rayera mana haifa talamala\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; raya-Ramananda Raya; premi-a great lover of Kr�r;�a;\nmaha bhagavate-a topmost devotee; tailra-his; mana-mind; k[$Qa-maya-\n\nthe illusory energy of Kr�r;�a; nare-:-not able; acchadite-to cover; tathapi-still;\nprabhura iccha-the Lord's desire; parama prabala-very intense; janileha-even\nthough it was known; rayera mana-the mind of Ramananda Raya; hai/a-there\nwas; ta/ama/a-agitation.\n\n", "mad3#p0199": "Sri Caitanya-carita.mrta\n\n166\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nSriRamananda Raya was a great devotee of the Lord and a lover of God, and\nalthough his mind could not be covered by Kr�Qa's illusory energy, and al­\n\nthough he could understand the mind of the Lord, which was very strong and\n\nintense, Ramananda's mind became a little agitated.\nPURPORT\nThe perfect devotee always acts according to the desires of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. However, a materialistic man is carried away by the waves of\nthe material energy. Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura has said, mayara vase, yaccha\nbhese, khaccha habuc;Jubu, bhai.\nA person under the grip of the material energy is carried away by the waves of\nthat illusory energy. In other words, a person in the material world is a servant of\nmaya. However, a person in the spiritual energy is a servant of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nAlthough Ramananda Raya knew that nothing was\n\nunknown to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he nonetheless began to speak further on\nthe subject because the Lord desired it.\nTEXT 132\n\n�HI �t�-\"�1fil-��, �fil-,(J!'f1� I\n\n'� ';fi! �t��S, ��� �tf� �tf��t� II��� II\nraya kahe-\"ami-nata, tumi-sOtra-dhara\nyei mata nacao, taiche cahi nacibara\nSYNONYMS\nraya kahe-Ramananda Raya replied; ami-1; nata-dancer; tumi-You; sOtradhara-the puller of the strings; yei-whatever; mata-way; nacao-You make\nme dance; taiche-in that way; cahi-1 want; nacibara-to dance.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Ramananda Raya said, \"I am just a dancing puppet, and You pull the\nstrings. Whichever way You make me dance, I will dance.\nTEXT 133\n\n�i� f'f�1-�'11q, �-�'l1·'f'fit I\nQ!f1fm �� '� 15r;i, l!m. l561itR'f II� �� II\n\n", "mad3#p0200": "Text 135]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n167\n\nmora jihva-viQa-yantra, tumi-viQa-dhari\ntamara mane yei uthe, tahai uccari\n\nSYNONYMS\nmora jihva\n\n-\n\nmy tongue; viQa-yantra-a stringed instrument; tumi-You; viQa­\n\ndhari-the player of the stringed instrument; tamara mane-in Your mind; yei\nuthe-whatever arises; tahai-that; uccari-1 vibrate.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, my tongue is j ust like a stringed instrument, and You are its\nplayer. Therefore I simply vibrate whatever arises in Your mind.\"\n\nTEXT 134\n\n�11� �,� ��--��� 'e�<!tti{_l\n\n,-,(.�<!li!��' ll(<tSt1f'I·�•Hil II ��8 II\nparama isvara kr$Qa-svayarh bhagavan\nsarva-avatari, sarva-karaQa-pradhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nparama-supreme; isvara-controller; kr$Qa-Lord Kr�t:Ja; svayam-personally;\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sarva-avatari-the source of all\nincarnations; sarva-karaQa-pradhana-the supreme cause of all causes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya then began to speak on kr�t:�a-tattva. \"He is the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead,\" he said. \"He is personally the original Godhead, the\nsource of all incarnations and the cause of all causes.\n\nTEXT 135\n\n'elil� '���' �� �� �<!li!t� I\n���� i3'fit'G ��,- l1<11� �t�t� II ��q II\nananta vaikuQtha, ara ananta avatara\nananta brahmaQc;/a ihan,-sabara adhara\n\n", "mad3#p0201": "168\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nSYNONYMS\nananta vaikuQtha-innumerable VaikuQtha planets; ara-and; ananta avatarainnumerable incarnations; ananta brahmaQ(ia-innumerable universes; ihan-in\nthis material world; sabara-of all of them; adhara-the resting place.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are innumerable Vaikur;�tha planets as well as innumerable incarnations. In the material world also there are innumerable universes, and K��r;�a is\nthe supreme resting place for all of them.\nTEXT 136\n\n�fliOift�\"f·'!'l., �t�\\51�\"1� I\n\n�t(��-�(-tf�-���-�( u ��� u\nsac-cid-ananda-tanu, vrajendra-nandana\nsarvaisvarya-sarvasakti-sarvarasa-piJrQa\nSYNONYMS\nsat-cit-ananda-tanu-Kr�Qa's body is transcendental, full of knowledge, bliss\nand eternity; vrajendra-nandana-the son of Maharaja Nanda; sarva-aisvarya-all\nopulences; sarva-sakti-all potencies; sarva-rasa-piJrQa-the reservoir of all transcendental mellows.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The transcendental body of Sri K��r;�a is eternal and full of bliss and knowledge. He is the son of Nanda Maharaja. He is full of all opulences and potencies, as well as all spiritual mellows.\nTEXT 137\n\n�1Q: 9(Q�: �: 'l�lft\"Olilf���: I\n��tflf�tflf�'lfi�ilf: 'l\"<t<lltQ'I<'!'tQ'I't II �-.:�'\\ II\nisvarab paramab kr$Qab\nsac-cid-ananda-vigrahab\nanadir adir govindab\nsarva-karaQa-karaQam\nSYNONYMS\nisvarab-the controller; para mab -supreme; kr$ Qab - Lord Kr�Qa; sat-eternal\nexistence; cit-absolute knowledge; ananda-absolute bliss; vigrahab-whose\n\n", "mad3#p0202": "Talks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\nText 138]\n\n169\n\nform; anadib-without beginning; adib-the origin of everything; govindab-a\nname of Lord Kr�r;�a; sarva-al l ; karaQa-of causes; karaQam-He is the original\ncause.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Kr�r:Ja, who is known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has an\neternal, blissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all . He has no other origin,\nfor He is the prime cause of all causes.\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from the Brahma-sarhhita (5.1) and also appears in Adi-lila, Chapter\nTwo, verse 107.\nTEXT 138\n\n�\"ft<t�� '�<21t�\\! �� 1l'�il' I\n�t1l''ft1�iif. �t1l'��� �111' �91t�il II ��lr II\nvrndavane 'aprakrta navina madana'\nkama-gayatri kama-bije yatira upasana\nSYNONYMS\n\nvrndavane-in Vrndavana; aprakrta-spiritual; navina-new; madana-Cupid;\nkama-gayatri-hymns of desire; kama-bije-by the spiritual seed of desire called\nklim; yatira-of whom; upasana-the worship.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the spiritual realm of Vrndavana, Kr�r:Ja is the spiritual ever-fresh Cupid.\nHe is worshiped by the chanting of the kama-gayatri-mantra with the spiritual\nseed klim.\nPURPORT\nThis Vrndavana is described in the Brahma-sarhhita (5.56) in this way:\n\nsriyaQ kantab kantab parama-puru�aQ kalpa-taravo\ndruma bhumis cintamaQi-gaQa-mayi toyam amrtam\nkatha ganarh natyarh gamanam api varhsi priya-sakhi\ncid-anandarh jyotiQ param api tad asvadyam api ca\nsa yatra k�irabdhib sravati surabhibhya5 ca sumahan\nnime�ardhakhyo va vrajati na hi yatrapi samayab\nbhaje sveta-dviparh tam aham iha golokam iti yarh\nvidantas te santab k�iti-virala-carab katipaye\n\n", "mad3#p0203": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n170\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nThe spiritual realm of Vrndavana is always spiritual. The goddess of fortune and\nthe gopis are always present there. They are beloved by Kr?Qa, and all of them are\nequally spiritual like Kr?Qa. In Vrndavana, Kr?Qa is the Supreme Person and is the\nhusband of all the gopis and the goddess of fortune. The trees in Vrndavana are\nwish-fulfilling trees. The land is made of touchstone, and the water is nectar.\nWords are musical vibrations, and all movements are dancing. The flute is the\nLord's constant companion. The planet Goloka Vrndavana is self-luminous like the\nsun and is full of spiritual bliss. The perfection of life lies in tasting that spiritual existence;\n\ntherefore everyone should cultivate its knowledge.\n\nIn Vrndavana,\n\nspiritual cows are always supplying spiritual milk. Not a single moment is wasted\nthere-in other words, there is no past, present or future. Not a single particle of\ntime is wasted. Within this material universe, the devotees worship that transcendental abode as Goloka Vrndavana. Lord Brahma himself said, \"Let me worship\nthat spiritual land where Kr?Qa is present.\" This transcendental Vrndavana is not\nappreciated by those who are not devotees or self-realized souls because this\nVrndavana-dhama is all spiritual. The pastimes of the Lord there are also spiritual.\nNone are material. According to the prayer of Srila Narottama dasa Thakura\n(Prarthjlna 1):\nara kabe nitai-cafidera karuQa haibe\nsarhsara-vasana mora kabe tuccha ha'be.\n\"When will Lord Nityananda have mercy upon me so that I can realize the\nuselessness of material pleasure?\"\nvi�aya-chac;liya kabe suddha ha'be mana\nkabe hama heraba sri-vrndavana\n\"When will my mind be cleansed of all material dirt so that I will be able to feel\nthe presence of spiritual Vrndavana?\"\nrapa-raghunatha-pade haibe akuti\nkabe hama bujhaba se yugala-piriti\n\"When will I be attracted to the instructions of the Gosvamis so that I will be able\nto understand what is Radha and Kr?Qa and what is Vrndavana?\"\nThese verses indicate that one first has to be purified of all material desires and\nall attraction for fruitive activity and speculative knowledge if one wishes to\nunderstand Vrndavana.\nIn reference to the words aprakrta navina madana, \"aprakrta\" refers to that\nwhich is the very opposite of the material conception. The Mayavadis consider\nthis to be zero or impersonal, but that is not the case. Everything in the material\n\n", "mad3#p0204": "Text 138]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n171\n\nworld is dull, but in the spiritual world everything is alive. The desire for enjoyment is present both in Kr?Qa and in His parts and parcels, the living entities. In the\nspiritual world, such desires are also spiritual. No one should mistakenly consider\nsuch desires to be material. In the material world, if one is sexually inclined and\nenjoys sex life, he enjoys something temporary. His enjoyment vanishes after a\nfew minutes. However, in the spiritual world the same enjoyment may be there,\nbut it never vanishes. It is continually enjoyed. In the spiritual world such sex\ndesire appears to the enjoyer to be more and more relishable with each new\nfeature. In the material world, however, sex enjoyment becomes distasteful after a\nfew minutes only, and it is never permanent. Because Kr?Qa appears very much\nsexually inclined, He is called the new Cupid in the spiritual world. There is no material inebriety in such desire, however.\n\nCayantarh trayate yasmat gayatri tvariJ tatai) smrta: if one chants the gayatrimantra, he is gradually delivered from the material clutches. That which delivers\none from material entanglement is called gayatri. An explanation of the gayatri­\n\nmantra can be found in Madhya-lila, Chapter Twenty-one, text 125:\nkama-gayatri-mantra-rOpa,\n\nhaya kr�f)era svarOpa,\n\nsardha-cabisa ak�ara tara haya\nse ak�ara 'candra' haya,\n\nk[�f)e kari' udaya,\n\ntrijagat kaila kama-maya\nThis mantra is just like a Vedic hymn, but it is the Supreme Personality of Codhead Himself. There is no difference between the kama-gayatri and Kr?Qa. Both\nare composed of twenty-four and a half transcendental letters. The mantra\ndepicted in letters is also Kr?Qa, and the mantra rises just like the moon. Due to\nthis, there is a perverted reflection of desire in human society and among all kinds\nof living entities. In the mantra: kliriJ kama-devaya vidmahe pu�pa-baf)aya\n\ndhimahi tan no 'nanga/:! pracodayat, Kr?Qa is called Kama-deva or Madanamohana, the Deity who establishes our relationship with Kr?Qa. Govinda, or\n\npu�pa-baf)a, who carries an arrow made of flowers, is the Personality of Godhead\nwho accepts our devotional service . Ananga, or Gopijana-vallabha, satisfies all the\n\ngopis and is the ultimate goal of life. This kama-gayatri (kliriJ kama-devaya vidmahe pu�pa-baf)aya dhimahi tan no 'nanga/:! pracodayat) simply does not belong\nto this material world. When one is advanced in spiritual understanding, he can\nworship the Supreme Personality of Godhead with his spiritually purified senses\nand fulfill the desires of the Lord.\n\nman-mana bhava mad-bhakto\nmad-yaji marh namaskuru\nmam evai�yasi satyarh te\npratijane priyo 'si me\n\n", "mad3#p0205": "172\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\n·�lways think of Me and become My devotee. Worship Me and offer your\nhomage unto Me. Thus you will come to Me without fail. I promise you this because you are My very dear friend.\" (Bg.\n\n18.65)\n\nIn Brahma-sarhhita it is stated (5.27-28):\natha vef)u-ninadasya\ntrayi-mOrti-mayi gatib\nsphuranti pravivesasu\nmukhabjani svayarhbhuvab\ngayatrirh gayatas tasmad\nadhigatya saroja-jab\nsarhskrtas cadi-guruf)a\ndvijatam agamat tatab\ntrayya prabuddho 'tha vidhir\nvijfiata-tattva-sagarab\ntu$tava veda-saref)a\nstotref)anena kesavam\n\"Then Gayatri, mother of the Vedas, having been manifested by the divine sound\nof Sri Kr�r:Ja's flute, entered the lotus mouth of Brahma, the self-born, through his\neight earholes. The lotus-born Brahma received the gayatri-mantra, which had\nsprung from the song of Sri Kr�r:Ja's flute. Thus he attained twice-born status, having been initiated by the supreme primal preceptor, Godhead Himself. Enlightened\nby the recollection of that gayatri, which embodies the three Vedas, Brahma became acquainted with the expanse of the ocean of truth. Then he worshiped Sri\nKr�r:Ja, the essence of all the Vedas, with a hymn.\"\nThe vibration of Kr�r:Ja's flute is the origin of the Vedic hymns. Lord Brahma,\nwho is seated on a lotus flower, heard the sound vibration of Kr�r:Ja's flute and was\nthereby initiated by the gayatri-mantra.\nTEXT 139\n\n�' <;�H�e., f<fi�l \"it�t-trtrlf I\n�(.�'5t�ti �, �t'lltt. 1l\"ll�-1f�� II ��� U\npuru$a, yo�it, kiba sthavara-jangama\nsarva-cittakar�aka, sak�at manmatha-madana\n\nSYNONYMS\npuru�a-a male; yo�it-a female; kiba -all; sthavara-jar'lgama\n\n-\n\nliving entities\n\nwho cannot move and living entities who can move; sarva-of everyone; citta-\n\n", "mad3#p0206": "Text 139]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\nakar�aka-the attractor of the minds; sak� at\n\n-\n\n173\n\ndirectly; manmatha-madana-cap­\n\ntivator of Cupid himself.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The very name Kr�r;�a means that He attracts even Cupid. He is therefore\nattractive to everyone-male and female, moving and inert living entities. Indeed, Kr�r;�a is known as the all-attractive one.\nPURPORT\nJust as there are many orbs in the material world called stars or planets, in the\nspiritual world there are many spiritual planets called Vaikul)�halokas. The spiritual\nuniverse, however, is situated far, far away from the cluster of material universes.\nMaterial scientists cannot even estimate the number of planets and stars within\nthis universe. They are also incapable of traveling to other stars by spaceships. According to Bhagavad-gita, there is also a spiritual world:\nparas tasmat tu bhavo 'nyo\n'vyakto 'vyaktat sanatanal)\nyal) sa sarve�u bhCtte�u\nna5yatsu na vi nasyati\n\"Yet there is another nature, which is eternal and is transcendental to this\nmanifested and unmanifested matter. It is supreme and is never annihilated. When\nall in this world is annihilated, that part remains as it is!' (Bg. 8.20)\nThus there is another nature, which is superior to material nature. The word\nbhava or svabhava refers to nature. The spiritual nature is eternal, and even when\nall the material universes are destroyed, the planets in the spiritual world abide.\nThey remain exactly as the spirit soul remains even after the annihilation of the\nmaterial body. That spiritual world is called aprakrta, or the anti-material world. In\nthis transcendental spiritual world or universe, the highest planetary system is\nknown as Goloka Vrndavana. That is the abode of Lord Kr�r:Ja Himself, who is also\nall-spiritual. Kr�r:Ja is known there as Aprakrta-madana. The name Madan a refers to\nCupid, but Kr�r:Ja is the spiritual Madana. His body is not material like the body of\nCupid in this material universe. Kr�r:Ja's body is all-spiritual\n\n-\n\nsac-cid-ananda\n\n­\n\nvigraha. Therefore He is called Aprakrta-madana. He is also known as Manmathamadana, which means that He is attractive even to Cupid. Sometimes Kr�r:Ja's activities and attractive features are misinterpreted by gross materialists who accuse\nHim of being immoral because He danced with the gopis, but such an accusation\nresults from not knowing that Kr�r:Ja is beyond this material world. His body is saccid-ananda-vigraha, completely spiritual. There is no material contamination in His\nbody, and one should not consider His body a lump of flesh and bones. The\nMayavadi philosophers conceive of Kr�r:Ja's body as material, and this is an abominable, gross, materialistic conception. just as Kr�r:Ja is completely spiritual, the\ngopis are also spiritual, and this is confirmed in Brahma-sarilhita (5.37):\n\n", "mad3#p0207": "174\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nananda-cin-maya-rasa-pratibhavitabhis\ntabhir ya eva (lija-rupataya kalabhib\ngo/aka eva nivasaty akhilatma-bhato\ngovindam adi-puru�arh tam aharh bhajami\n\"I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord. He resides in His own realm, Goloka, with\nRadha, who resembles His own spiritual figure and who embodies the ecstatic\npotency [hladinil. Their companions are Her confidantes, who embody extensions of Her bodily form and who are imbued and permeated with ever-blissful\nspiritual rasa.\"\nThe gopis are also of the same spiritual quality (nija-rupataya) because they are\nexpansions of Kr�Qa's pleasure potency. Neither Kr�Qa nor the gopis have anything\nto do with lumps of matter or the material conception. In the material world, the\nliving entity is encaged within a material body, and due to ignorance he thinks\nthat he is the body. Lusty desire, enjoyment between male and female, is all material. One cannot compare the lusty desires of a materialistic man to the lusty\ndesires of Kr�Qa. Unless one is advanced in spiritual science, he cannot understand\nthe lusty desires between Kr�Qa and the gopis. In Caitanya-caritamrta the lusty\ndesire of the gopis is compared to gold. The lusty desires of a materialistic man, on\nthe other hand, are compared to iron. At no stage can iron and gold be compared.\nThe living entities-moving and nonmoving-are part and parcel of Kr�Qa;\ntherefore they originally have the same kind of lusty desire. However, when this\nlusty desire is expressed through matter, it is abominable. When a living entity is\nspiritually advanced and liberated from material bondage, he can understand\nKr�Qa in truth. As stated in Bhagavad-gita:\n\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevarh yo vetti tattvatab\n\ntyaktva deharh punar janma\nnaiti mam eti so 'rjuna\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does\nnot, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, but attains\nMy eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" (Bg. 4.9)\nWhen one can understand the body of Kr�Qa as well as the Lord's lusty desires,\none is immediately liberated. A conditioned soul encaged within the material\nbody cannot understand Kr�Qa. As stated in Bhagavad-gita:\n\nmanu�yal)arh sahasre�u\nka5cid yatati siddhaye\nyatatam api siddhanarh\nkascin marh vetti tattvatab\n\n", "mad3#p0208": "Text 139]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n175\n\n\"Out of many thousands among men, one may endeavor for perfection, and of\nthose who have achieved perfection, hardly one knows Me in truth.\" (Bg. 7.3)\nThe word siddhaye indicates liberation. Only after being liberated from material\nconditioning can one understand Kr�r:Ja. When one can understand Kr�r:Ja as He is\n\n(tattvataf)), one actually lives in the spiritual world, although apparently living\nwithin the material body. This technical science can be understood when one is\nactually spiritually advanced.\nIn his Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.187), Srila Rupa Gosvami says:\n\niha yasya harer dasye\nkarmaQa manasa gira\nnikhilasv apy avasthasu\njivan-mukta/:1 sa ucyate\nWhen a person in this material world desires only to serve Kr�Da with love and\ndevotion, he is liberated, even though functioning within this material world. As\n\nBhagavad-gita confirms:\nmam ca yo 'vyabhicareQa\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gunan samatityaitan\nbrahma-bhayaya kalpate\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in any\ncircumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and thus comes to\nthe level of Brahman.\" (Bg. 14.26)\nSimply by engaging in the loving service of the Lord one can attain liberation.\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (18.54): brahma-bhataf) prasannatma na socati na\n\nkank�ati. A person who is highly advanced in spiritual knowledge and who has attained the brahma-bhata stage neither laments nor hankers for anything material.\nThat is the stage of spiritual realization.\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura considered the brahma-bhata stage in two divisions-svarupa-gata and vastu-gata. When one has understood Kr�r:Ja in truth but\nis still maintaining some material connection, he is known to be situated in his\n\nsvarupa, his original consciousness. When that original consciousness is completely spiritual, it is called Kr�r:Ja consciousness. One who lives in such consciousness is actually living in Vrndavana. He may live any where; material location\ndoesn't matter. When by the grace of Kr�l)a one thus advances, he becomes completely uncontaminated by the material body and mind and at that time factually\nlives in Vrndavana. That stage is called vastu-gata.\nOne should execute his spiritual activities in the svarupa-gata stage of consciousness. He should also chant the cinmayi gayatri, the spiritual mantras: om\n\n", "mad3#p0209": "176\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nnama bhagavate vasudevaya, or klirh k($Qaya govindaya gopijana-va/labhaya\nsvaha. Klirh kamadevaya vidmahe pu$pa-ba.Qaya dhimahi tan no 'nanga/:! pracodayat. These are the kama-gayatri or kama-bija mantras. One should be initiated by a bona fide spiritual master and worship Kr��a with these transcendental\n\nmantras known as kama-gayatri or kama-bija.\nAs explained by Kr��adasa Kaviraj a Gosvami:\n\nvrndavane 'aprakrta navina madana'\nkama-gayatri kama-bije yanra upasana\npuru$a, yo$it, kiba sthavara-jangama\nsarva-cittakar$aka, sak$at manmatha-madana\n(Cc. Madhya\n\n8.138-139)\n\nA person who is properly purified and initiated by the spiritual master worships\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr��a, by this mantra. He chants the kama­\n\ngayatri with the kama-bija. As Bhagavad-gita confirms, one should engage in transcendental worship in order to be fit for being attracted by Kr��a, the allattractive.\n\nman-mana bhava mad-bhakto\nmad-yaji marh namaskuru\nmam evai$yasi satyarh te\npratijane priyo 'si me\n'�lways think of Me and become My devotee. Worship Me and offer your\nhomage unto Me. Thus you will come to Me without fail. I promise you this because you are My very dear friend.\" (Bg.\n\n18.65)\n\nSince every living entity is part and parcel of Kr�r;�a, Kr�r;�a is naturally attractive.\nDue to material covering, one's attraction for Kr�r;�a is checked. One is not usually\nattracted by Kr�r;�a in the material world, but as soon as one is liberated from material conditioning, he is naturally attracted. Therefore it is said in this verse, sarvacittakar$aka. Everyone is naturally attracted by Kr�r;�a. This attraction is within\neveryone's heart, and when the heart is cleansed, attraction is manifest (ceto-dar­\n\npaQa-marjanarh bhava-maha-davagni-nirvapaQam).\nTEXT 140\n\n�t'lt�t���c�rRl: \"i)��t\"�ll:�'t'�: '\n\n��t����= �1{1 'lt'i'ft��Q(-��Qj: u � 8.\ntasam avirabhoc chauri/:1\nsmayamana-mukhambuja/:1\n\n", "mad3#p0210": "177\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\nText 1·42]\n\npitambara-dharab sragvi\n\nsak$an manmatha-manmathab\nSYNONYMS\n\ntasam-among them; avirabhu t-appeared; saurib-Lord Kr�l)a; smayamana­\n\nsmiling; mukha-ambujab -lotus face; pita-ambara-dharab -dressed with yellow\ngarments;\n\nsragv i-decorated with a flower garland;\n\nmatha-of Cupid; manmathab-Cupid.\n\nsak�at-directly;\n\nman­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When Kr�r;�a left the rasa-lila dance, the gopis became very morose, and\nwhen they were grieving, Kr�r;�a reappeared dressed in yellow garments.\nWearing a flower garland and smiling, He was attractive even to Cupid. In this\nway Kr�r;�a appeared among the gopis.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.32.2).\nTEXT 141\n\ni1ti1i·�� 1f�rt�� il'tiltf<t'{ �� I\n\n'�t �� 1fllt��� '���' '�l!t�' II �8� II\nnana-bhaktera rasamrta nana-vidha haya\n\nsei saba rasamrtera 'vi�aya' 'asraya'\nSYNONYMS\n\nnana-bhaktera-of various types of devotees; rasa-amrta-the nectar of devo­\n\ntion or transcendental mellows; nana-vidha -different varieties; haya-there are;\n\nsei saba-all these; rasa-amrtera-of the nectar of devotion; vi�aya\nasraya -object.\n\n-\n\nsubject;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Each and every devotee has a certain type of transcendental mellow in\nrelation to Kr�r;�a. However, in all transcendental relationships the devotee is\nthe worshiper [asraya], and Kr�r;�a is the object of worship [vi�ya].\nTEXT 142\n\n��aPI�'ftlj'!'f�:\n��11:�-�fS��-�n�Pitf�: I\n\n", "mad3#p0211": "178\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\n<ff��-�t�H;'\"iorc�1\n�Ntl:2llt\"t f<l�j% U )8� II\nakhila-rasamrta-martib\nprasrmara-ruci-ruddha-taraka-palib\nkalita-syama-lalito\nradha-preyan vidhur jayati\nSYNONYMS\nakhila-rasa-amrta-martib-the reservoir of all pleasure, in which exist the\nmellows, namely santa, dasya, sakhya, vatsalya and madhurya; prasrmaraspreading forth;\n\nruci-by His bodily luster;\n\nruddha-who has subjugated;\n\ntaraka-the gopinamed Taraka; pa/ib-the gopinamed Pali; ka/ita-who has absorbed; syama-the gopi named Syama; lalitab-and the gopi named Lalita;\nradha-preyan-dearmost to Srimati Radharar;�i; vidhub-Kr�r;�a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; jayati-all glories to.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Let Kw;ta, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, be glorified! By virtue of\nHis expanding attractive features, He subjugated the gopis named Taraka and\nPali and absorbed Syama and Lalita. He is the most attractive lover of Srimati\nRadhara�;ti and is the reservoir of pleasure for all devotional mellows.'\nPURPORT\nEveryone has a particular transcendental mellow by which he loves and serves\nKr�r;�a. Kr�r;�a is the most attractive feature for every kind of devotee. He is\ntherefore called akhila-rasamrta-murti, the transcendental form of attraction for all\nkinds of devotees, whether the devotee be in the santa-rasa, dasya-rasa, sakhyarasa, madhurya-rasa or vatsalya-rasa.\nThis is the opening verse of Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu by Srila ROpa Gosvami.\nTEXT 143\n\n��-���-1!_�� I\n�i!�� �t11��'«-ll(.ro�-� II :>8� II\nsrrigara-rasaraja-maya-marti-dhara\nataeva atma-paryanta-sarvacitta-hara\nSYNONYMS\nsrrigara-rasa-raja-maya-consisting of the mellow of conjugal love, which is the\nking of mellows; murti-dhara-Kr�r;�a, the personified reservoir of all pleasure;\n\n", "mad3#p0212": "Text 144]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n179\n\nataeva-therefore; atma-paryanta-even up to His own self; sarva-all; citta-of\nhearts; hara-the attractor.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr��;�a is all-attractive for all devotional mellows because He is the per­\n\nsonification of the conjugal mellow. Kr��;�a is attractive not only to all the\ndevotees, but to Himself as well.\nTEXT 144\n\nf<lc,\"!ft'l� ��CO!'! ��mtt-rilfPPif'l<nt-\n\nCi!!f9)>$ t'latc<fit'lrati1'9f''!�11hr�'l�1�·r�� 1\n�� ����mn;���= �J'f1);tr�r'lf�=\n\n\"J''Tt�: 'i� lJ..f�'ltR.,. '\\Cifl 1J..C�1 �fi: tii'li¥f� n�ssu\nvisve?i'im anurafljanena janayann anandam indlvarasreQI-syamala-komalair upanayann arigair anarigotsavam\nsvacchandarh vraja-sundarrbhir abhitab pratyarigam alirigitab\nsrrigara/:1 sakhi murtiman iva madhau mugdho hari/:1 krrc;Jati\nSYNONYMS\nvisve?i'im-of all the goprs; anurafljanena-by the act of pleasing; janayanproducing; anandam-the bliss; indrvara-sreQI-Iike a row of blue lotuses;\nsyama/a-bluish black; koma/ai/:1-and soft; upanayan-bringing; arigai/:1-with\nHis limbs; anariga-utsavam-a festival for Cupid; svacchandam-without restriction; vraja-sundarrbhi/:1-by the young women of Vraja; abhita/:1-on both sides;\nprati-arigam-each limb; a/irigita/:1-embraced; srrigara/:1-amorous love; sakhi-\n\n0\n\nfriend;\n\nmurtiman-embodied;\n\niva-like;\n\nmadhau-in\n\nthe\n\nspringtime;\n\nmugdha/:1-perplexed; hari/:1-Lord Hari; krrc;Jati-plays.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear friends, just see how Sri Kr��;�a is enjoying the season of spring!\nWith the gopis embracing each of His limbs, He is like amorous love personified. With His transcendental pastimes, He enlivens all the gopis and the\nentire creation. With His soft bluish black arms and legs, which resemble blue\nlotus flowers, He has created a festival for Cupid.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from the Clta-govinda (1.11 ). See also Caitanya-caritJ.f!Jrta, Adilrla, Chapter Four, text 224.\n\n", "mad3#p0213": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n180\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 145\n\n\"1111il1<!it\"«tfW ��tt�Ht Wt �I\n�T-�tl1f�tit�t'Mf �� �t�'lll �8� II\nlak$mi-kantadi avatarera hare mana\nlak$mi-adi nari-gaf)era kare akar$af)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nlak$mi-kanta-adi-of the husband of the goddess of fortune (NarayaQa);\navatarera-of the incarnation; hare-He enchants; mana-the mind; /ak$mi-the\ngoddess of fortune; adi-headed by; nari-gaf)era-of all women; kare-does;\nakar$af)a -attraction.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"He also attracts Narayal)a, the incarnation of Sankar�al)a and the husband\nof the goddess of fortune. He attracts not only NarayaQa, but all women,\nheaded by the goddess of fortune, the consort of NarayaQa.\nTEXT 146\n\nf��Pll\"Sf1 Clf \"ll_'lCl frr��\"'l, lfrlli?f\"0\\��1 �� lf���C\"ll' I\n'1'<'!1'1��9t<r�c'1��i��l\"t;�c�� '¥_'l:i''Hirll\\!1lf� C'll: n � s�\ndvijatmaja me yuvayor didrk$uf)a\nmayopanita bhuvi dharma-guptaye\nkalavatirf)av avaner bharasuran\nhatveha bhayas tvarayetam anti me\n\nSYNONYMS\ndvija-atma-ja/:1-the sons of the brahmaf)a; me-by Me; yuvayo/:r-of both of\nyou; didrk$UQa-desiring the sight; maya-by Me; upanita/:r-brought; bhuviin the world; dharma-guptaye-for the protection of religious principles; kalawith all potencies; avatirf)au-who descended; avane/:r-of the world; bharaasuran-the heavy load of demons; hatva-having killed; iha-here in the\nspiritual world; bhuya/:1-again; tvaraya-very soon; itam-please come back;\nanti-near; me-Me.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Addressing Kr�l)a and Arjuna, Lord Maha-Vi�l)u [the Mahapuru�a] said, 'I\nwanted to see both of you, and therefore I have brought the sons of the\nbrahmal)a here. Both of you have appeared in the material world to reestablish\n\n", "mad3#p0214": "Talks Between the Lord and Ramananda Ray a\n\nText 147]\n\n181\n\nreligious principles, and you have both appeared here with all your potencies.\nAfter killing all the demons, please quickly return to the spiritual world.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.89.58) concerning Kr�r:ta's endeavor to take Arjuna beyond the material universe when Arjuna was searching\n\nfor the sons of a brahmaQa.\n\nLord Maha-Vi�l)u, who is situated beyond this material world, was also attracted by the bodily features of Kr�r:ta. Maha-Vi�I)U had actually stolen the sons\n\nof the brahmaQa in Dvaraka so that Kr�r:ta and Arjuna would come visit Him. This\n\nverse is quoted to show that Kr�r:ta is so attractive that He attracts Maha-Vi�I)U.\nTEXT 147\n\n<ll'�rt��tc�t�'l1 Of err� f<l'ij[r;�\n���r�}�<J,.\"\"'fil:'\"itrlf<ll't�= 1\n�����n �:i<'�Ol1'D!1�c9f'1\n\n��nl <llt'l\\iO! �fDil:� ��1 II ) 8 'I II\nkasyanubhavo 'sya na deva vidmahe\ntavatighri-reQu-sparasadhikarab\n\nyad-vanchaya srir /alanacarat tapa\n\nvihaya kaman suciraril dhrta-vrata\nSY NONYMS\n\nkasya-of what; anubhavab-a result; asya-of the serpent (Kaliya); na-not;\n\ndeva- my Lord; vidmahe-we know; tava-atighri-of Your lotus feet; reQu-of\n\nthe\n\ndust;\n\nsparasa\n\n-\n\nfor\n\ntouching;\n\nadhikarab-qualification;\n\nvanchaya-by desiring; srib-the goddess of fortune;\n\nwoman; acarat-performed ; tapab\n\n-\n\nyat-which;\n\n/a/ana-the topmost\n\nausterity; v i haya- giving up; kaman-all\n\ndesires; suciram-for a long time; dhrta-a law upheld; vrata-as a vow.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" '0 Lord, we do not know how the serpent Kaliya attained such an oppor­\n\ntunity to be touched by the dust of Your lotus feet. For this end, the goddess of\nfortune performed austerities for centuries, giving up all other desires and\ntaking austere vows. Indeed, we do not know how this serpent Kaliya got such\nan opportunity.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.1 6.36) was spoken by the wives of the\nKaliya demon.\n\n", "mad3#p0215": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n182\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 148\n\n<f;!t'Pfil·11t�'ft �� �'Piilt � 1fil I\n<f;!t'Pfil'l �'Pff.{ �tt� �f.� 'flltf�il II �817' II\napana-madhurye hare apanara mana\napana apani cahe karite alirigana\nSYNONYMS\napana-own;\nmana-mind;\n\nmadhurye-by sweetness;\napana-Himself;\n\nhare-steals; apanara-His own;\n\napani-He;\n\ncahe-wants;\n\nkarite-to\n\ndo;\n\na/irigana-embracing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�r;�a's sweetness is so attractive that it steals away His own mind.\nThus He even wants to embrace Himself.\nTEXT 149\n\n\"tl{9ffir����= <f\"R<t.<fi�..-t11\"'t\n��� 1\\1\\ �11�'1.1iC'Olll' 1\\i��: I\n\n'!{'�1\"11�1\\M �� C<fi�J �t, 'I_�CS'i!i:\n\"f�:S\"flJ_9fC<si�...,t. me� 11iNt<f� II � s 01 u\naparika/ita-purva/:1 kas camatkara-kari\nsphurati mama gariyan e?a madhurya-purab\nayam aham api hanta prek?ya yam lubdha-cetab\nsarabhasam upabhokturh kamaye radhikeva\nSYNONYMS\naparika/ita-purva/:1-not previously experienced; ka/:1-who; camatkara-karicausing wonder; sphurati-manifests; mama-My; gariyan-more great; e?a/:1this; madhurya-pura/:1-abundance of sweetness; ayam-this; aham-1; apieven;\n\nhanta-alas;\n\nbeing\n\nbewildered;\n\nprek?ya-seeing;\n\nyam-which;\n\nsa-rabhasam-impetuously;\n\n/ubdha-ceta/:1-My mind\nupabhoktum-to\n\nenjoy;\n\nkamaye-desire; radhika iva-like SrTmatT Radhara�T.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Upon seeing His own reflection in a bejeweled pillar of His Dvaraka\npalace, Kr�r;�a desired to embrace it, saying,\" Alas, I have never seen such a\n\n", "mad3#p0216": "Text 151]\n\n183\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\nperson before. Who is Hel Just by seeing Him I have become eager to\nembrace Him, exactly like Srimati Radharaf,'li.\" ' \"\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srila ROpa Gosvami's Lalita-madhava (8.34).\nTEXT 150\n':!' �Rt'!it'Pf\n\n���if ��1f 'Qi9f I\n�� ��t11St9f Cfi� �i{ 1ft'ft·�'Pf II �<to II\nei ta' sarik$epe kahi/a k($Qera svarupa\nebe sarik$epe kahi suna radha-tattva-rOpa\nSYNONYMS\nei ta'-thus; sarik$epe-in brief; kahi/a-1 have said; k($Qera-of Lord Kr�t;�a;\nsvarupa-the original form; ebe-now; sarik$epe-in summary; kahi-1 shall\nspeak; suna-please hear; radha-of Srimati Radharat;�i; tattva-rOpa-the actual\nposition.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Ramananda Raya then said, \"I have thus briefly explained the original\nform of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Now let me describe the position of Srimati Radharaf,'li.\nTEXT 151\n\n�'f �i{'@·-tf�, l!ttt:! f�- \\21..� I\n\n'��', '';f�', '�-t�'·e{tlf II �<t� II\nk($Qera ananta-sakti, tate tina-pradhana\n'cic-chakti', 'maya-sakti', 'jiva-sakti'-nama\nSYNONYMS\nk($Qera-of Lord Kr�r:Ja;\n\nananta-sakti-unlimited potencies;\n\ntate-in that;\n\ntina-three; pradhana-chief; cit-sakti -spiritual potency; maya-sakti -material\npotency; jiva-sakti-marginal potency, or living entities; nama-named.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Km1a has unlimited potencies, which can be divided into three main\nparts. These are the spiritual potency, the material potency and the marginal\npotency, which is known as the living entities.\n\n", "mad3#p0217": "Sri Caitany a-caritamrta\n\n184\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 152\n\n''GI\"l'Ret'l , '��1l1fj', 'i!hJ' <15� 'ftt1f I\nCl'ft'fl '�9f·-tf�'-� �9ftJ II �<t� II\n'antaranga', 'bahiranga', 'tatastha' kahi yare\nantaranga 'svarDpa-sakti'-sabara upare\nSYNONYMS\nantaraliga-internal; bahiranga-e xternal; tata-stha-margin al; kahi-we say;\nyare-to whom; antaranga-the internal potency; svarDpa-sakti-the personal\nenergy; sabara upare -above all.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In other words, these are all potencies of God-internal, external and\nmarginal. However, the internal potency is the lord's personal energy and\nstands over the other two.\nTEXT 153\n\n���: 9f�1 C 2tt�1 C'l�flli��Ji �Q(t9f�1 I\n���i-�'1���1 W�'h!1 ''lf�nt1JTC\\! II ')t¢ II\nvi�Qu-saktib para prokta\nk?etrajriakhya tatha para\navidya-karma-sarhjrianya\ntrtiya saktir i$yate\nSYNONYMS\nvi$f)u-saktib-the potency of Lord Vi��u; para-spiritual; prokta-it is said;\nk?etrajria-akhya-the potency known as k$etrajria; tatha-as well as; paraspiritual;\n\navidya-ignorance ;\n\nkarma-fruitive activities;\n\nsarhjria-known as;\n\nanya-other; trtiya-third; saktib-potency; i$yate-known thus.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The original potency of lord Vi��u is superior or spiritual. The living entity actually belongs to that superior energy, but there is another energy,\ncalled the material energy, and this third energy is full of ignorance.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Vi$f)U Puraf)a (6.7.61 ).\n\n", "mad3#p0218": "Text 156]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Ra ya\n\n185\n\nTEXT 154\n\n�f6bwii\\\"!�1t ��1( ��� I\n�1.§1� ��·llff'5' � � �� II ��8 II\nsac-cid-ananda-maya kr�TJera svarupa\nataeva svarupa-sakti haya tina rupa\nSYNONYMS\nsat-cit-ananda-maya-eternal bliss and knowledge; k[�Qera-of Lord Kr�r;Ja;\nsvarupa-the real transcendental form; ataeva -therefore; svarupa-sakti -His\nspiritual personal potency; haya-is; tina rupa-three forms.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Originally Lord K��Qa is sac-cid-ananda-vigraha, the transcendental form\nof eternity, bliss and knowledge; therefore His personal potency, the internal\npotency, has three different forms.\nTEXT 155\n\n�1i\\\"'t�tllf' '��', ll��tllf' '��� I\n�lf�tllf' '�f'{e,', �11;11: i!Btil �f�' � II ��� II\nanandarhse 'h/adini', sad-arhse 'sandhini'\ncid-arhse 'samvit', yare jnana kari' mani\nSYNONYMS\nananda-arhse-in bliss; hladini-the pleasure-giving potency; sat-amse-in\neternity; sandhini-the creative potency; cit-arhse-in knowledge; samvit-samvit; yare-which; jflana-knowledge; kari'-taking as; mani-l accept.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Hiadini is His aspect of bliss; sandhini, of eternal existence; and samvit, of\ncognizance, which is also accepted as knowledge.\nTEXT 156\n\n�tffr;r'\"' 1\\�oft 1\\�'t. �C<lT<f1 �'!�i!ID! I\n�t�t'1<f� f11�1 �R! COf1 �'l�Ti9!C� U �4� II\nh/adini sandhini samvit\ntvayy eka sarva-samsraye\n\n", "mad3#p0219": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n186\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nhlada-tapa-kari misra\ntvayi no guf)a-varjite\nSYNONYMS\nhladini-that which generates pleasure; sandhini-the potency of existence;\nsamvit-the potency of knowledge; tvayi-unto You; eka-principal internal\npotency; sarva-sarhsraye-You are the reservoir of all potencies; h/ada-pleasure;\ntapa-kari-generator of pains; misra-mixed; tvayi-unto You; no-never; guf)avarjite-You, transcendence, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear lord, You are the transcendental reservoir of all transcendental\nqualities. Your pleasure potency, existence potency and knowledge potency\nare actually all one spiritual internal potency. The conditioned soul, although\nactually spiritual, experiences sometimes pleasure, sometimes pain and\nsometimes a mixture of pain and pleasure. This is due to his being touched by\nmatter. However, because You are above all material qualities, these are not\nfound in You. Your superior spiritual potency is completely transcendental,\nand for You there is no such thing as relative pleasure, pleasure mixed with\npain, or pain itself.'\nPURPO RT\nThis is a quotation from the Vi$f)U Puraf)a (1.12.69).\nTEXT 157\n\n\"� 'Cit�t�, �'t'! iftl(-'�tfif�' I\n\n�� �-m� �� �tlllt t� �t9f� II ��'\\ II\nkr$f)ake ahlade, ta'te nama -'h/adini'\nsei sakti-dvare sukha asvade apani\nSYNONYMS\nk[$f)ake-unto Kr�r:'la; ahlade-gives pleasure; ta'te-therefore; nama-the\nname; h/adini-pleasure-giving potency; sei sakti-that potency; dvare-by\nmeans of; sukha-happiness; asvade-tastes; apani-Lord Kr�r:'la personally.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The potency called hladini gives Kr�r:'la transcendental pleasure. Through\nthis pleasure potency, Kr�r;'la personally tastes all spiritual pleasure.\n\n", "mad3#p0220": "Text 160]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n187\n\nTEXT 158\n\n��91 ti• �tt �� �t�tw� 1\n\n�'Sft'l �-t � ,.,.tflf�'-��tj II �<Hr II\nsukha-rupa km)a kare sukha asvadana\nbhakta-gaQe sukha dite 'h/adini'-karaQa\nSYNONYMS\nsukha-rupa-embodiment\n\nof\n\npleasure;\n\nkr$f.la-Lord\n\nKr�l)a;\n\nkare-does;\n\nsukha-happiness; asvadana-tasting; bhakta-gaQe-unto the devotee; sukhahappiness; dite-to give; hladini-the pleasure potency; karaQa-the cause.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�r:-a tastes all kinds of transcendental happiness, although He Himself is happiness personified. The pleasure relished by His pure devotee is also\nmanifest by His pleasure potency.\nTEXT 159\n\n�rtfif�t �a ��-r, '!t1f ''��' il\"f1f 1\n�il�f�11� '�t1f1f �t�Jtil II ��:;, II\nhladinira sara arhsa, tara 'prema' nama\nananda-cinmaya-rasa premera akhyana\nSYNONYMS\nhladinira-of this pleasure potency; sara-the essential; amsa-part; tara-its;\nprema-love of God; nama-name; ananda-full of pleasure; cit-maya-rasa-the\nplatform of spiritual mellows; premera-of love of Godhead; akhyana-the explanation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The most essential part of this pleasure potency is love of Godhead\n[prema]. Consequently, the explanation of love of Godhead is also a transcendental mellow full of pleasure.\nTEXT 160\n\n,��1{ ��·'Itt '1l�t��' <srt� I\n\n'�l �t���91\"1 1ft'fi·�t� II ��o II\n\n", "mad3#p0221": "188\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\npremera parama-sara 'mahabhava' jani\nsei mahabhava-rupa radha-thakurari\nSYNONYMS\npremera-of love of Godhead; parama-sara-the essential part; maha-bhavathe transcendental ecstasy of the name mahabhava; jani-we know; sei-that;\nmaha-bhava-rupa-the personification of the mahabhava transcendental ecstasy;\nradha-thakuraf)i -Srimati Radhara�i.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The essential part of love of Godhead is called mahabhava, transcendental\necstasy, and that ecstasy is represented by Srimati Radhara�i.\nTEXT 161\n\n�c�rt�1_J'5�11{ctfJ �tf'f<fi1 'l��tf!f<f1 1\n1{�1'5t��C9f�� �tct������'l� II ��') H\ntayor apy ubhayor madhye\nradhika sarvathadhika\nmahabhava-svarupeyarh\nguf)air ativariyasi\nSYNONYMS\ntayob-of them; ap i-even; ubhayob-of both (Candravali and Radhara�i);\nmadhye-in the middle; radhika-Srimati Radharar;Ji; sarvatha-in every way;\nadhika-greater; maha-bhava-svarupa-the form of mahabhava; iyam-this one;\nguQaib-with good qualities; ativariyasi-the best of all.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Among the gopis of Vrndavana, Srimati Radhara�i and another gopi are\nconsidered chief. However, when we compare the gopis, it appears that\nSrimati Radhara�i is most important because Her real feature expresses the\nhighest ecstasy of love. The ecstasy of love experienced by the other gopis\ncannot be compared to that of Srimati Radharar;ti.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srila ROpa Gosvami's Ujjvala-nilamaf)i (4.3).\n\n", "mad3#p0222": "Text 163]\n\nTalks Between the lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n189\n\nTEXT 162\n\n'!2tt1Af '1Qi'Pt·,�'-,�11·�<et�i! I\n��if '���·,<!ti1 'f� �17fi! ll ��� II\npremera 'svarupa-deha'-prema-vibhavita\nk($Qera preyasi-sre$tha jagate vidita\nSYNONYMS\n\npremera-love of Godhead; svarupa-deha-actual body; prema-by love of\nGodhead; vibhavita-influence; k($Qera-of Lord Kr�r:ta; preyasi-of the dear\nfriends; sre$tha-topmost; jagate-throughout the whole world; vidita-known.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The body of Srimati Radharar:�i is the veritable transformation of love of\nGodhead; She is the dearmost friend of Kr�r:�a, and this is known throughout\nthe world.\nTEXT 163\n\n�or�ts?r��1f- trr��r��rr�'(ij�1{ 1!1<1' f'Of��9f'�'l!1 �0'\\'i�: I\n\nC�CO'!i'1> 1!1<1' f0f<I''I'�Jf���C�1\nC'5ti���fir�'lf� ��� ��f1\\ U }�� U\nananda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhavitabhis\ntabhir ya eva nija-rupataya ka/abhib\ngoloka eva nivasty akhilatma-bhuto\ngovindam adi-puru$aril tam aharil bhajami\nSYNONYMS\nananda-bliss; cit-knowledge; maya-consisting of; rasa-mellows; pratievery second; bhavitabhib-who are engrossed with; tabhib-with those; yabwho; eva-certainly; nij a-ra pataya-with His own form; ka/abhib-who are parts\nof portions of His pleasure potency; go/oke-in Goloka Vrndavana; eva-certainly; nivasti- resides; akhila-atma-as the soul of all; bhatab-who exists;\n\ngovindam-Lord Govinda; adi-purU$am-the original personality; tam-Him;\naham-1; bhajami-worship\n\n.\n\n", "mad3#p0223": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n190\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who resides in His own realm,\nGoloka, with Radha, who resembles His own spiritual figure and who embodies the ecstatic potency [hladini]. Their companions are Her confidantes,\nwho embody extensions of Her bodily form and who are imbued and permeated with ever-blissful spiritual rasa.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Brahma-sarhhita (5.37).\nTEXT 164\n\n'�l �lfit<f � '�t1f�·�' I\n�-��1 �( � �l � �t1t II ��8 ll\nsei mahabhava haya 'cintamari-sara'\nkr�ra-vaficha pOrf)a kare ei karya tanra\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that;\n\nmaha-bhava-supreme\n\necstasy;\n\nhaya-is;\n\ncintamaf)i-sara-the\n\nessence of spiritual life; kr�ra-vaficha-all the desires of Lord Kr�r;�a; purra karefulfills; ei-this; karya-bu�iness; tanra-Her.\nTRANSLATION\n\"That supreme ecstasy of Srimati Radharar:-i is the essence of spiritual life.\nHer only business is to fulfill all the desires of Kr�r:-a.\nTEXT 165\n\n'J���-fmJJfit' 1ttffif ��� 1\n'ffifi!tfff ��1-c:i'Af <15t1l'!_JU� II ��<t II\n'mahabhava-cintamari' radhara svarupa\nla/itadi sakhi-tanra kaya-vyuha-rupa\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-bhava-of the topmost spiritual ecstasy; cinta-maf)i-the touchstone;\nradhara svarOpa-the transcendental form of Srimati Radhara�i; lalita-adi sakhithe gopi associates of Srimati Radharar;�i; tanra kaya-vy Oha-rOpa-expans i ons of\nHer spiritual body.\n\n", "mad3#p0224": "Text 166]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n191\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srimati Radharar;1i is the topmost spiritual gem, and the other gopisLalita, Visakha and so on -are expansions of Her spiritual body.\nTEXT 166\n\n�lf1·�� ��-(;�-�'$jf'fi ��il I\nt:!1'7;t:! �� �'$!� (}f�-i5!Jii�·�J'I II ��� II\nradha-prati kr$T)a-sneha -sugandhi udvartana\nta'te ati sugandhi deha\n\n-\n\nujjvala-varaf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nradha-prati -toward S rimati RadharaQi; kr$T)a-sneha-the affection of Lord\n\nKr�Qa; su-gandhi udvartana -perfumed massage; ta'te-in that; ati-very; sugandhi -perfumed; deha-the body; ujjva/a-brilliant; varaf)a -luster.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srimati Radharar;1i's transcendental body is brilliant in luster and full of all\ntranscendental flavors. Lord Kr�r:'la's affection for Her is like a perfumed\nmassage.\nPURPORT\nSugandhi udvartana refers to a paste made of several perfumes and flavored\n\noils. This paste is massaged all over the body, and in this way the body's dirt and\nperspiration are removed. Srimati RadharaQi's body is automatically perfumed, but\nwhen Her body is massaged with the scented paste of Lord Kr�Qa's affection, Her\nentire body is doubly perfumed and made brilliant and lustrous. This is the beginning of Kr�t:�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami's description of Srimati RadharaQi's transcendental body. This description is based on the book known as Premambhojamaranda compiled by Sri Raghunatha dasa Gosvami. Srila Kaviraja Gosvami's descriptions in verses 165-181 are based on this book. A translation of the original\nSanskrit as described by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura reads as follows:\n\"The love of the gopis for Kr�Qa is full of transcendentai ecstasy. It appears to be\na brilliant jewel, and enlightened by such a transcendental jewel, Radharal)i's body\nis further perfumed and decorated with kunkuma. In the morning Her body is\nbathed in the nectar of compassion, in the afternoon in the nectar of youth, and in\nthe evening in the nectar of luster itself. In this way the bathing is performed, and\nHer body becomes as brilliant as the cintamaf)i jewel. Her dress is composed of\nvarious kinds of silken garments, which may be compared to Her natural shyness.\n\n", "mad3#p0225": "192\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nHer beauty is more and more enhanced, being decorated with kunkuma, which is\ncompared to beauty itself, and with blackish musk, which is compared to conjugal\nlove. Thus Her body is decorated with different colors. The kunkuma is red, and\nthe musk is black. Her ornaments embody the natural symptoms of ecstasytrembling, tears, jubilation, stunning, perspiration, faltering of the voice, bodily\nredness, madness and dullness. In this way the entire body is bedecked with these\nnine different jewels. Over and above this, the beauty of Her body is enhanced by\nHer transcendental qualities, which hang as a flower garland on Her body. The\necstasy of love for Kr�r;�a is known as dhira and adhira, sober and restless. Such\necstasy constitutes the covering of Srimati Radharar;�i's body, and it is adorned by\ncamphor. Her transcendental anger toward Kr�r;�a is embodied as the arrangement\nof the hair on Her head, and the tilaka of Her great fortune shines on Her beautiful\nforehead. The earrings of Srimati Radharar;�i are the holy names of Kr�r;�a, as well as\nthe hearing of His name and fame. Her lips are always reddish due to the betel nut\nof ecstatic affection for Kr�rya. The black ointment around Her eyes is Her tricky\nbehavior with Kr�r;�a brought about by love. Her joking with Kr�r;�a and gentle smiling is the camphor with which She is perfumed. She sleeps in Her room with the\naroma of pride, and when She lies down in Her bed, the transcendental variety of\nHer loving ecstasies is like a jeweled locket in the midst of Her necklace of separation. Her transcendental breasts are covered by Her sari in the form of affection\nand anger toward Kr�r;�a. She has a stringed instrument known as a kacchapi-vif)a,\nwhich is the fame and fortune that actually dries up the faces and breasts of the\nother gopis. She always keeps Her hands on the shoulder of Her gopi friend, who\nis compared to Her youthful beauty, and although She is highly qualified with so\nmany spiritual assets, She is nonetheless a ffected by the Cupid known as Kr�r;�a.\nThus She is defeated. Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami offers his respectful obeisances to Srimati Radharar;�i, taking a straw in his mouth . Indeed, he prays, '0\nGandharvika, Srimati Radharar;�i, just as Lord Kr�r;�a never rejects a surrendered soul,\nplease don't reject me.' \" This is a summary translation of the Premambhojamaranda which Kaviraja Gosvami quotes.\nTEXT 167\n\n��5fJ1��1!11� wti{ �QJ'J( I\nI!'RP'IJ't1j!·Sf·tm �ti{ 'Jf'fJ'Jf II ��'l II\nkaruf)yamrta-dharaya snana prathama\ntaruf)yamrta-dharaya snana madhyama\nSYNONYMS\n\nkaruf)ya-amrta-of the nectar of mercy; dharaya-in the shower; snana-bath;\nprathama-first; taruf)ya-amrta-of the nectar of youth; dharaya-in the shower;\nsnana-bath; madhyama-in the middle.\n\n", "mad3#p0226": "Text 169]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n193\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srimati Radhara1;1i takes Her first bath in the shower of the nectar of compassion, and She takes Her second bath in the nectar of youth.\nPURPORT\n\nSrimati Radhara�i first smears Her body with the paste of affection for Kr��a.\nShe then takes Her bath in the water of mercy. After passing the paugaQ(ia age\n(from five to ten years), Srimati Radhara�i first appears as mercy. The second bath,\ntaken at noon, is taken in the water of taruQyamrta, or the nectar of youth. This is\nthe actual expression of Her new youthfulness.\nTEXT 168\n\nvrrt'IJ�\\!·Sfnrt1f \\!IQ9ffif �lif I\n�\"\"'Sii1·�t1f·9f�lf 1�·9ffif'fti{ II ��11- II\nlavaQyamrta-dharaya tad-upari snana\nnija-lajja-syama-pattasati-paridhana\nSYNONYMS\n\nlavaQya-amrta-dharaya-in the shower of the nectar of bodily luster; tatupari-over and above that; snana-the bath;\nsyama-blackish; patta\n\n-\n\nnija-own;\n\n/ajja-shyness;\n\nsilk; sati-garments; paridhana -wearing\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"After Her midday bath, Radhara1;1i takes another bath in the nectar of\nbodily luster, and She puts on the garment of shyness, which is exactly like a\nblack silk sari.\nPURPORT\n\nOver and above the other baths, the bath taken in the afternoon is taken in the\nnectar of full beauty. This nectar represents the personal qualities of beauty and\nluster. Thus there are three baths in different kinds of water. Radharal)i then puts\non two dresses-a lower and upper dress. The upper dress is Her attachment for\nKr��a, and the lower dress is Her shyness. That lower portion is compared to a\nblackish silk garment or a bluish sari, and Her upper garment is pinkish. That pink\ngarment is Her affection and attraction for Kr��a.\nTEXT 169\n\n\"·�'Bt'St � �?sf·<t� I\nC21sf�·1fti{·<fi��<f.Rl �-. ��i{ II ��� II\n\n", "mad3#p0227": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n194\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nk[$T)a-anuraga dvitiya aruf)a-vasana\npraf)aya-mana-kanculikaya vak$a acchadana\nSYNONYMS\nk[$T)a-anuraga -attraction for Kr�t:�a; dvitTya -second; aruf)a-vasana -pinkish\ngarment; praf)aya-of love; mana-and anger; kanculikaya-by a short blouse;\nvak $a-breasts; acchadana -covering.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srimati Radhara1.1i's affection for Kr�1.1a is the upper garment, which is\npinkish in color. She then covers Her breasts with another garment, comprised\nof affection and anger toward Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 170\n\n��� -�!ll, ��·�'!� l>\"fi{ I\n\nf'll��tf\"J -��' f!ti{-�tr Rti1!9fi{ II �'\\0 n\n\nsaundarya-kunkuma, sakhi-praf)aya-candana\nsmita-kanti-karpura, tine-ange vilepana\nSYNONYMS\nsaundarya-Her\n\npersonal\n\nbeauty;\n\nkunkuma-a\n\nred\n\npowder\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nkunkuma; sakhi-praf)aya-Her love for Her associates; candana-the sandalwood\npulp; smita-kanti-the sweetness of Her smile; karpara-camphor; tine-by\nthese three things; ange-on the body; vi/epana-smearing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srimati Radharal)i's personal beauty is compared to the reddish powder\nknown as kunkuma. Her affection for Her associates is compared to sandalwood pulp, and the sweetness of Her smile is compared to camphor. All these,\ncombined together, are smeared over Her body.\nTEXT 171\n\n���-�� �-�'itllW·�� I\n\n'� �'it11� R'�f\\Ji'! <fit�� n �'\\� n\nk[$T)era ujjvala-rasa-mrgamada-bhara\nsei mrgamade vicitrita kalevara\n\n", "mad3#p0228": "Text 173]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n195\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qera-of Lord Kr�t:�a; ujjvala-rasa-the conjugal mellow; mrga-mada-of\nmusk; bhara-an abundance; sei-that; mrga-made-made by the aroma of the\nmusk; vicitrita-decorated; kalevara-Her whole body.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Conjugal love for Kmta is just like an abundance of musk. By that musk,\nHer whole body is decorated.\nTEXT 172\n\n!2J�t-�'til �'a!J- 'Ifilii!·��:Jf I\n\n'tfhH��i�<r·' �'1--� ?tl}�t� I! �<I� II\npracchanna-mana vamya-dhammilla-vinyasa\n'dhiradhiratmaka' guQa-ailge pata-vasa\nSYNONYMS\npracchanna-covered; mana-anger; vamya-craftiness; dhammilla-of the\nbunches of hair;\n\nvinyasa-arrangement;\n\ndhira-adhira-atmaka-consisting of\n\nanger sometimes expressed and sometimes suppressed due to jealousy; guQathe quality; arige-on the body; pata-vasa-silk covering.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Covered anger and craftiness constitute the arrangement of Her hair. The\nquality of anger due to jealousy is just like the silk covering Her body.\nTEXT 173\n\n�t'St·'i!tlllif�i'Bitt'it �'f� �� I\nO$f�)$GU-�W.if �sw� n �<�� u\nraga-tambala-rage adhara ujjvala\nprema-kauti iya- netra-yugale kajjala\nSYNONYMS\nraga-of love; tambala-of the betel nut; rage-by the reddish color; adharalies; ujjvala-brilliant; prema-kautilya-the double dealings in loving affairs;\nnetra-yugale-on the two eyes; kajjala-the ointment.\n\n", "mad3#p0229": "196\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch . 8\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Her attachment for Kr�r:ta is the reddish color of. betel nuts on Her brilliant\nlips. Her double-dealings in loving affairs are just like the black ointment\naround Her eyes.\nTEXT 174\n\n'��-ll�<ti' �, �firfif 'll�t�1' 1\n\n�ll1<1 'e'R·�'lllct·'fS!f;tf 'ef�' II �'18 I\n'suddipta-sattvika' bhava, har$adi 'sancari'\nei saba bhava-bhO$af)a saba-arige bhari'\n\nSYNONYMS\nsu-uddipta-sattvika-blazing of goodness; bhava-the ecstasies; har$a-adilike jubilation; saficari-the continuously existing ecstasies; ei saba-all these;\nbhava-ecstasies; bhO$aQa-ornaments; saba-all; arige-body; bhari -filling\n'\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The decorated ornaments on Her body are the blazing ecstasies of goodness, and these constantly existing ecstasies are headed by jubilation . All\nthese ecstasies are like ornaments all over Her body.\nTEXT 175\n\ncf.qs'fr4f�'-$·��-,�� I\n�'fti!lllt·�-.r'lftl'l1 � \"!_��II �'I� I\n'kila-kincitadi'-bhava-virhsati-bhO?ita\nguQa-sreQi-pu$pama/a sarvarige purita\n\nSYNONYMS\nkila-kiiicita-adi-headed by kila-kiiicita; bhava-with the ecstasies; virhsatitwenty; bh0$ita-decorated; guf)a-sreQi-of Her attractive qualities; pu$pamala-as a garland of flowers; sarva-arige-all over the body; purita-filled.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"These bodily ornaments constitute twenty kinds of ecstatic symptoms,\nbeginning with kila-kincita. Her transcendental qualities are the flower garland hanging in fullness over Her body.\n\n", "mad3#p0230": "Text 177]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n197\n\nPURPORT\nThe twenty different moods headed by kila-kincita are described as follows.\nFirst, in connection with the body, there are bhava (ecstasy), hava (gestures) and\n\nhe/a (negligence); in relation to the self there are sobha (beauty), kanti (luster),\ndipti (brilliance), madhurya (sweetness), pragalbhata (impudence), audarya (magnanimity) and dhairya (patience); and in relation to nature, there are lila\n(pastimes), vilasa (enjoyment), vicchitti (breaking off) and vibhrama (puzzlement).\nThere are no English equivalents for the words kila-kincita, mottayita and kuttamita.\nA flower garland constitutes the qualities of Srimati Radharat:Ji and is divided\n\ninto mental, verbal and bodily parts. Her attitude of forgiveness and mercy is all\nmental. Her talks, which are very pleasing to the ear, are verbal. The physical\nqualities-age, beauty, luster and grace-are bodily qualities.\nTEXT 176\n\n�m-� �11'�� �'\n'<!fll'·�fG�-\"11'1, ���- \\!Pf II �'\\� II\nsaubhagya-tilaka caru-lalate ujjvala\nprema-vaicittya-ratna, hrdaya-tarala\nSYNONYMS\n\nsaubhagya-tilaka-the tilaka of good fortune; caru-beautiful; /alate-on the\nforehead; ujjva / a brilliant; prema-of love of Godhead; vai cittya-diversity; rat-\n\nna-the jewel; hrdaya-the heart; tara/a-the locket.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The tilaka of fortune is on Her beautiful broad forehead. Her various loving affairs are a gem, and Her heart is the locket.\nTEXT 177\n\n1Pfl-�, ��-�.. �1f·m 1\n\n\"�1-���-�� �-rst'Pftllt II �'l'l II\nmadhya-vayasa, sakhi-skandhe kara-nyasa\nk[$f)alila-manovrtti-sakhi asa-pasa\n\n", "mad3#p0231": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n198\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nmadhya-vayasa-middle age; sakhi-of a friend; skandhe-on the shoulder;\nkara-hand; nyas a\n\n-\n\nkeeping; kr$Qa-of Lord Kr�l)a; /i/a-the pastimes; manal)­\n\nof the mind; vrtti-activities; sakhi-gopis; asa-pasa-here and there.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Srimati Radhara�;'Ji's gopi friends are Her mental activities, which are concentrated on the pastimes of Sri Kt�I;'Ja. She keeps Her hand on the shoulder of\na friend, who represents youth.\nPURPORT\n\nRadharal)i's eight companions (a$ta-sakM are different varieties of pleasure\nconnected with the pastimes of Kr�l)a. Following those pastimes of Sri Kr�l)a are\nother activities, which are represented by the assistants of the gopis.\nTEXT 178\n\n�-r.-�)ftttl� 'SI(.:9f1i1J I\n�t't� �' �'tt�, :JI'f1 �t� ��:Jitr \" �'l!r \"\nnijanga-saurabhalaye garva-paryanka\nta'te vasi' ache, sada cinte kr$Qa-sanga\nSYNONYMS\n\nnija-atiga-Her personal body; saurabha-alaye-in the abode of aroma; garva-pride; parya tika-bed stead; ta'te-on that; vasi'-lying; ache-there is;\n\nsada-al ways; cinte-thinks; kr$Qa-satiga-the association of Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Srimati Radharal;'li's bedstead is pride itself, and it is situated in the abode\nof Her bodily aroma. She is always seated there thinking of Kt�r:-a's association.\nTEXT 179\n\n�·iftll·�'l·�-�<1��� <ll'tt'l I\nfl·ittll·�'l-�llf·��-<t�i{ \" �\"� \"\nkr$Qa-nama-guf)a-yasa -avatarhsa kaf)e\nkr$Qa-nama-guQa-yasa-pravaha-vacane\n\n", "mad3#p0232": "Text 181]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n199\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-of Lord Kr�l')a; nama-the holy name; guQa-the qualities; yasa-the\nfame; avatamsa-ornaments; kaQe-on the ear; kr�Qa-of Lord Kr�l')a; nama-of\nthe holy name; guQa-of the qualities; yasa-of the fame; pravaha-waves;\nvacane-in Her talking.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srimati Radharar;ti's earrings represent the name, fame and qualities of\nLord Km1a. The glories of Lord Kr�r:ta's name, fame and qualities are always inundating Her speech.\nTEXT 180\n\nflt<li <l'iJl� ag} t'JIJ1'f·'at!_�ti{ I\n\nfil1f•J �sf' <titJ ��11' 1t(�t\"at II �lro II\nkr�Qake karaya syama-rasa-madhu pana\nnirantara pOrQa kare kr�Qera sarva-kama\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qake-unto Kr�l')a; karaya-She induces; syama-rasa-of the mellow of\nconjugal love; madhu-the honey; pana-drinking; nirantara-constantly; parQa-complete; kare-makes; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�l')a; sarva-kama-all kinds of\nlusty desires.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srimati Radharar;ti induces Kr�r:ta to drink the honey of the conjugal relationship. She is therefore engaged in satisfying all the lusty desires of Kr�r:\"la.\nTEXT 181\n\n��� ��.-c;l!f1T-Jm �m 1\n\n��·�tf1t'l·�cf -.t�J II �lr� II\nkr�Qera visuddha-prema-ratnera akara\nanupama-guQagaQa-pOrQa kalevara\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qera-of Lord Kr�l')a; visuddha-prema-of pure transcendental love; ratnera-of the valuable jewel; akara-a mine; anupama-unparalleled; guQagaQa-of groups of qualities; pOrQa-full; ka/evara-transcendental body.\n\n", "mad3#p0233": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n200\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srimati Radharar;�i is exactly like a mine filled with valuable jewels of love\nfor Kr�J:ta. Her transcendental body is complete with unparalleled spiritual\nqualities.\nTEXT 182\n\n-.i flp\" �'1-v�fol�: ��') �tfif���i\n\n-.1, C����¢f111tf�<Ri Of '51iJJ'1 I\n\n��'lfi\"Jt.. c�-r:-.et �t \"!i1ta'l\\51 fol���t.. \"{CD�'$1\n�t�t��J ��1% �t� �1f���1 Of '5Wl n�tr� n\nka k($/')asya praf')aya-janibhab srlmati radhikaika\n\nkasya preyasy anupama-guQa radhikaika na canya\n\njaihmyaril kese drsi taralata ni$thuratvaril kuce 'sya\n\nvancha-partyai prabhavati hare radhikaika na canya\nSYNONYMS\n\nka-who; kr$Qasya-of Lord Kr�_l)a; praQaya-janibhab-the birthplace of love\n\nof Kr�r:Ja; srfmati-all-beautiful; radhika-Srimati Radharal)i; eka-alone; ka­\n\nwho; asya-His; preyasT-most dear friend; anupama-guQa-having unparalleled\nqualities; radhika-Srimati Radharal)i; eka-alone; na-not; ca-also; anyaanyone else; jaihmyam-crookedness; kese-in the hair; drsi-in the eyes;\n\ntara/ata-unsteadiness; ni�thuratvam-firmness; kuce-in the breasts; asyab­\n\nHer; vaficha-of the desires; pOrtyai-to fulfill; prabhavati-manifests; hareb-of\nLord Kr�r:Ja; radhika-Srimati Radharal)i; eka-alone; na-not; ca anya-anyone\n\nelse.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'If one asks about the origin of love of K�t:ta, the answer is that the origin\nis in Srimati Radharar;�i alone. Who is the most dear f riend of Kr�t:taJ The\nanswer again is Srimati Radharar;�i alone. No one else. Srimati Radharar;�i's hair\nis very curly, Her two eyes are always moving to and fro, and Her breasts are\nfirm. Since all transcendental qualities are manifest in Srimati RadharaQi, She\nalone is able to fulfill all the desires of Kr�J:ta. No one else.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Sri Covinda-/Tiamrta (11.122) by Kr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja\n\nGosvami. It is a verse in the form of questions and answers describing the glories\n\nof Srimati Radharal)i.\n\n", "mad3#p0234": "Text 185]\n\n201\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\nTEXTS 183-184\n\n�t1t �•tm·�\" �tt• �J� '\n�t1t W\"lfll � fitt� i3'f-J'i1flll �� II\n���·�If �tt'! �-�� I\n�tJ �ft't-� �- �Ji'rit II �\\r8 II\nyarira saubhagya-guQa vaiiche satyabhama\nyarira thani kala-vilasa sikhe vraja-rama\nyarira saundaryadi-guQa vaiiche lak$mi-parvati\nyanra pativrata-dharma vaiiche arundhati\nSYNONYMS\nyarira-whose;\n\nsaubhagya-of\n\nfortune;\n\nguQa-quality;\n\nvafiche-desires;\n\nsatyabhama-Satyabhama, one of the queens of Kr�r;�a; yarira thani-from whom;\nkala-vilasa-the\n\nsixty-four arts;\n\nVrndavana; yarira-whose;\n\nsikhe-learn;\n\nvraja-rama-all the\n\nsaundarya-adi-such as beauty;\n\ngopis in\n\nguQa-qualities;\n\nvafiche-desires; /ak$mi-the goddess of fortune; parvati-the wife of Lord Siva;\nyanra-whose;\n\npati-vrata-of chastity;\n\ndharma-principle;\n\nvafiche-desires;\n\narundhati-the wife of Vasi�tha Muni.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Even Satyabhama, one of the queens of Sri Kr�r;�a, desires the fortunate\nposition and excellent qualities of Srimati Radharar;ti. All the gopis learn the\nart of dressing from Srimati Radharar;�i, and even the goddess of fortune,\nLak�mi, and the wife of Lord Siva, Parvati, desire Her beauty and qualities. Indeed, Arundhati, the celebrated chaste wife of Vasi�tha, also wants to imitate\nthe chastity and religious principles of Srimati Radhara�i.\nTEXT 185\n\n1{11f ��et·'$f� ti• ifl �rn �t� 1\ntit1t � '$ff� �til �lit� n �,.t n\nyarira sadguQa-gaQane k($Qa na paya para\ntarira guQa gaQibe kemane jiva chara\nSYNONYMS\nyanra-whose; sat-guQa-good qualities; gaQane-in counting; k($Qa-Lord\nKr�r;�a; na-not; paya-obtains; para-the limit; tarira-Her; guQa-qualities;\n\n", "mad3#p0235": "202\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\ngaf)ibe-can count; kemane- how; jiva-a living entity; chara-most insignificant.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Even Lord Kr��a Himself cannot reach the limit of the transcendental\nqualities of Srimati Radhara�i. How, then, can an insignificant living entity\ncount them?\"\nTEXT 186\n\n� �.- 'ftfif( fl•·t1'fl·(;$1·'!'t I\n�� Jtf�i 1{�tt �'lt'l·�'t II �lr� II\nprabhu kahe,-janilun kr?Qa-radha-prema-tattva\nsunite cahiye dunhara vilasa-mahattva\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu k ahe-Lord Sri Caitanya replied; janilun-now I have understood;\nk[$f)a-of Lord Kr�r;�a; radha-of Srimati Radharar;�i; prema-of the loving affairs;\n\ntattva-the truth; sunite-to hear; cahiye-1 desire; dunhara-of both of Them;\nvilasa-mahattva-the greatness of the enjoyment.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"Now I have come to understand\nthe truth of the loving affairs between Radha and Kr��a. Nonetheless, I still\nwant to hear how both of Them gloriously enjoy such love.\"\nTEXT 187\n\nm �,-�-. � 'i1tf·'lf'f!' 1\n\n�� �flf�- �� Jfi'! II �lrct II\nraya kahe,-k[$f)a haya 'dhira-lalita'\nnirantara kama-kric;:/a-yanhara carita\n\nSYNONYMS\nraya kahe-Raya replied; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�r;�a; haya-is; dhira-lalita-a person\nwho can keep his girl friend always in subjugation by different qualities; niran­\n\ntara-constantly;\n\nkama-kric;:/a-pastimes of\n\nwhom; carita-the character.\n\nsexual\n\nenjoyment;\n\nyanhara-of\n\n", "mad3#p0236": "Text 189)\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n203\n\nTRANSLATION\nRaya Ramananda replied, \"Lord Kr�r:Ja is dhira-lalita, for He can always keep\nHis girl friends in a subjugated state. Thus His only business is in enjoying\nsense gratification.\nPURPORT\n\nWe should always remember that Kr�r:ta's sense gratification is never to be\ncompared to the sense gratification of the material world. As we have already explained, Kr�r:ta's sense gratification is just like gold. The perverted reflection of that\nsense gratification found in the material world is just like iron. The purport is that\nKr�r:ta is not impersonal. He has all the desires that are manifest in the perverted\nreflection within this material world. However, the qualities are different-one is\nspiritual, and the other is material. just as there is a difference between life and\ndeath, there is a difference between spiritual sense gratification and material\nsense gratification.\nTEXT 188\n\n���1 01�t�cr1: 9fr��t'l'-f.rotr��= 1\nf;{f\"5'� �-il\"ff<i�: �t� �t�: C·��'l''1�\"1: II �lrlrll\nvidagdho nava-taruQya/:1\nparihasa-visarada/:1\nniscinto dhira-/a/ita/:1\nsyat praya/:1 preyasi-vasa/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nvidagdha/:1-clever; nava-taruQya/:1 - always freshly youthful; parihasa-in joking; visarada/:1 -expert; niscinta/:1-without anxiety; dhira-/a/ita/:1-a hero in loving affairs; syat-is; praya/:1 - almost always; preyasi-vasa/:1-one who keeps His\n\ngirl friends subjugated.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nA person who is very cunning and always youthful, expert in joking and\n\nwithout anxiety, and who can keep his girl friends always subjugated, is called\ndhira-lalita.\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is from Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (2.1.230).\nTEXT 189\n\n1ftmt·fff� �t· �� � 1ft'fl·'lt1f I\n��'Qitnt � � � ��-� II �lr� II\n\n", "mad3#p0237": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n204\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nratri-dina kufije kric;/a kare radha-sar'lge\nkaisora vayasa saphala kaila kric;/a-range\nSYNONYMS\nratri-dina-day and night; kufije-in the gardens or bushes of Vrndavana;\nkric;/a-pastimes; kare-performs; radha-sange-with Radharar:Ji; kaisora-the\npre-youthful; vayasa-age; sa-pha/a-fruitful; kaila-made; kric;/a-railge-taking\npleasure in different pastimes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Day and night Lord Sri Kr��a e njoys the company of Srimati Radhara�i in\nthe bushes of Vrndavana. Thus His pre-youthful age was fulfilled through His\naffairs with Srimati Radhara�i.\nTEXT 190\n\n�l'6'1 �f�\"f��1��-�J5J�nn ·�nflf<ft�\n���'flf�'!-C\"!WoiT� f��'S1111C� '!�C'f� I\n�c>q>ti1i�\\J!c�farll:���9j\"ff�'!'J9ft�t. �=\n��C\"t�t. 'f1f\"l'l'1'C�t� <fi\"'�O{. l_C81 f��t�t. ��: II�� •II\nvaca sucita-sarvari-rati-kala-pragalbhyaya radhikarh\nvric;/a-kuficita-locanarh viracayann agre sakhinam asau\ntad-vak$oruha-citra-keli-makari-paQc;/itya-pararh gatab\nkaisorarh saphali-karoti kalayan kufije vihararh harib\nSYNONYMS\nvaca-by speech; sucita-revealing; sarvari-of the night; rati-in amorous\npastimes; kala-of the portion; pragalbhyaya-the importance; radhikamSrimati Radharar:Ji;\n\nvric;/a-from shame;\n\nkuficita-/ocanam-having Her eyes\n\nclosed; viracayan -making; agre-before; sakhinam-Her friends; asau-that\none;\n\ntat-of Her; vak$ab-ruha-on the breasts; citra-keli-with variegated\n\npastimes; makari-in drawing dolphins; paQc;/itya-of cleverness; param-the\nlimit; gatab-who reached; kaisoram-adolescence; sa-pha/i-karoti-makes successful; ka/ayan-performing; kufije-in the bushes; viharam-pastimes; haribthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Thus lord Sri Kr��a spoke of the sexual activities of the previous night. In\nthis way He made Srimati Radhara�i close Her eyes out of shyness. Taking this\n\n", "mad3#p0238": "Text 192]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Ray a\n\n205\n\nopportunity, Sri Kf�Qa painted various types of dolphins on Her breasts. Thus\nHe became a very expert ar tist for all the gopis. During such pastimes, the\nLord enjoyed the fulfillment of His youth.' \"\nPURPORT\n\nThis quotation is also found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (2.1.231).\nTEXT 191\n\ni!ft_ �,- <.!!� �i, �� \"f'� �11{ I\nml\"f't�,-bl� ��-���II��� II\nprabhu kahe,-eho haya, age kaha ara\nraya kahe,-iha va-i buddhi-gati nahi ara\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe\nkaha ara\niha va-i\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabh u said; eho haya-this is all right; age\n\nplease go forward and say more; raya kahe\n\n-\n\nRamanand a Raya replied;\n\nexcept this; buddhi-gati-movement of my intelligence; nahi-there is\n\nnot; ara-any more.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"This is all right, but please continue.\" A t\nthat time Raya Ramananda replied, \"I don't think m y intelligence goes\nbeyond this.''\nTEXT 192\n\n� ''12flff�tJf·��' �� �i I\n1!�1 �til' <;'!tm� �� �i, f\"f' if! �i 11 ��� n\nyeba 'prema-vilasa-vivarta' eka haya\ntaha suni' tamara sukha haya, ki na haya\nSYNONYMS\n\nyeba-w h atever; prema-vi/asa-vivarta-the resultant bewilderment or revolu­\n\ntion in the ecstasy of loving affairs; eka haya\nsu ni -hearing; tamara\n'\n\nhaya\n\n-\n\n-\n\nYour;\n\nsukha\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthere is one topic; taha -that;\n\nhappiness; haya-is; ki-or; na-not;\n\nis.\nTRANSLATION\n\nRaya Ramananda then informed Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu that there was\nanother topic, known as prema-vilasa-vivarta. \"You may hear of this from\n\n", "mad3#p0239": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n206\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nme,\" Ramananda Raya said. \"However, I do not know whether You will be\n\nhappy with it or not.\"\nPURPORT\nThese statements are set forth for our understanding, according to Srila Bhaktivinoda\n\nThakura\n\nin\n\nhis\n\nAmrta-pravaha-bha$ya.\n\nIn\n\nessence,\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu told Ramananda Raya, \"My dear Ramananda, the explanation you\nhave given a �out the goal of life and the pastimes of Srimati Radharal)i and Kr�l)a\n\nis certainly the truth. Although this is factual, you can continue telling Me more if\nthere is anything more to say.\" In reply, Ramananda Raya said, \"I do not think I\nhave anything to say beyond this, but there is a topic known as prema-vilasavivarta, wh:ch I may explain to You. I do not know whether it will bring You happiness or not.\"\nTEXT 193\n\n�i! �f�' �?ti{-�i! �� �� �tf� I\n<:\\21tJJ �� 'llf��� it� �� 'GI't!iitf� II ��� II\neta bali' apan a-krta gita eka gahila\npreme prabhu sva-haste tatira mukha acchadila\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; apana-krta-composed by himself; gita-song; ekaone;\n\ngahila-sang;\n\npreme-in\n\nlove\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nMahaprabhu; sva-haste-by His own hand;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\ntalira-his (Ramananda Raya's);\n\nmukha-mouth; acchadila-covered.\nTRANSLA TION\nSaying this, Ramananda llaya began to sing a song he had composed, but Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\nout of ecstasy of love of Godhead, immediately\n\ncovered Ramananda's mouth with His own hand.\nPURPORT\nThe topics that are about to be discussed between Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and Ramananda Raya cannot be understood by a materialistic poet,\nnor by intelligence or material perception. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura\nstates that the spiritual mellow can be realized only when one is situated on the\ntranscendental platform beyond the material stage of goodness. That platform is\n\ncalled visuddha-sattva (sattvarh visuddharh vasudeva-sabditam). Realization of the\nvisuddha-sattva is beyond the pale of the material world and is not perceived by\n\n", "mad3#p0240": "Text 193]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n207\n\nbodily senses or mental speculation. Our identification with the gross body and\nsubtle mind is different from spiritual understanding. Since the intelligence and\n\nmind are material, the loving affairs of Sri Radha and Kr�T;�a are beyond their per­\n\nception. (sarvopadhi-vinirmuktaril tat-paratvena nirmalam): when we are free\n\nfrom all material designations and our senses are completely purified by the bhak­\n\nti process, we can understand the sense activities of the Absolute Truth (h[$ikef)a\nh[$ikesa-sevanaril bhaktir ucyate).\n\nThe spiritual senses are beyond the material senses. A materialist can think only\n\nof the negation of material variety; he cannot understand spiritual variety. He\n\nthinks that spiritual variety simply contradicts material variety and is a negation or\nvoid, but such conceptions cannot even reach the precincts of spiritual realiza­\n\ntion. The wonderful activities of the gross body and subtle mind are always imper­\n\nfect. They are below the degree of spiritual understanding and are ephemeral. The\n\nspiritual mellow is eternally wonderful and is described as purf)a, suddha, nityamu kta\n\n-\n\nthat is completely purified and eternally liberated from all material con­\n\nceptions. When we are unable to fulfill our material desires, there is certainly sor­\n\nrow and confusion. This may be described as vivarta. However, in spiritual life\n\nthere is no sorrow, inebriety or imperfection. Srila Ramananda Raya was expert in\n\nrealizing the spiritual activities of Srimati Radharal)i and Kr�l)a, and Ramananda's\n\nspiritual experience was placed before Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as he inquired\n\nwhether the Lord approved his realization of spiritual truth.\n\nThere are three books prominent in this connection. One was written by Bhak­\n\nta dasa Baula and is called Vivarta-vilasa. Another was compiled by Jagadananda\n\nand is called Prema-vivarta. Sri Ramananda Raya's book is called Prema-vilasavivarta. The Vivarta-vilasa by Bhakta dasa Baula is completely different from the\n\nother two books. Sometimes a university student or professor tries to study these\ntranscendental literatures and attempts to put forth a critical analysis from the\n\nmundane view, with an end to receiving degrees like a Ph. D. Such realization is\ncertainly different from that of Ramananda Raya. If one actually wants to take a\n\nPh. D. degree from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and be approved by Ramananda\n\nRaya, he must first become free from all material designations (sarvopadhi-vinir­\n\nmuktaril tat-paratvena nirmalam). A person who identifies with his material body\n\ncannot understand these talks between Sri Ramananda Raya and Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. Man-made religious scriptures and transcendental philosophical\n\ntalks are quite different. Indeed, there is a gulf of difference between the two. This\n\nsubject matter has been very diligently described by Sriman Madhvacarya. Since\n\nmaterial philosophers are situated in the material prema of vilasa-vivarta, they are\nunable to realize the spiritual prema-vilasa-vivarta. They cannot accommodate an\n\nelephant upon a dish. Similarly, mundane speculators cannot capture the spiritual\n\nelephant within their limited conception. It is just like a frog's trying to measure\nthe Atlantic Ocean by imagining it so many times larger than his well. Materialistic\n\nphilosophers and sahajiyas cannot understand the talks between Ramananda\n\n", "mad3#p0241": "208\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nRaya and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu concerning the pastimes of Sri Radha and\nKr�r;a. The only tendency of the impersonalists or the prakrta-sahajiyas is to face\nthe platform of impersonalism. They cannot understand the spiritual. Consequently, when Ramananda Raya attempted to sing his own verses, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu stopped him by covering his mouth with His own hand.\nTEXT 194\n\n9f�tC'f� 1ft'$f illl�tW �'I I\n\n�� <ft\\S'f, �fil if! <;'$fq II\nil1 c;,-j 11'11'1, il1 �� 111fltf I\n�lll·'lfil 'lftilte� <;� �f.l' II\n� llf�, �-� t:�Jt<litf� I\n�Pl� ��� ��q i9ft�' II\nil1 c;-ift�( l!,_jf, il1 c;�ttr( �I\n'D..CJ�BI' f�til 1l$(J \\! � r��t'l 11\n��, �tf� �1ft'$f, ill c;�fq t!t I\n�-��·t:$ff� �iii �� II ��8 II\npahilehi raga nayana-bharige bhela\nanudina bafjhala, avadhi na gela\nna so ramaQa, na hama ramaQi\ndurihu-mana manobhava pe$ala jani'\ne sakhi, se-saba prema-kahini\nkanu-thame kahabi vichurala jani'\nna khorijaluri dati, na khorija/uri an\ndurihukeri milane madhya ta parica-baQa\nab sohi viraga, turihu bheli dati\nsu-purukha-premaki aichana riti\n\nSYNONYMS\npahi/ehi-in the beginning; raga-attract i on ; nayana-bharige-by activities of\nthe eyes; bhe/a-there was; anu-dina-gradually, day after day; bafjhala-in-\n\n", "mad3#p0242": "Text 194]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Ray a\n\n209\n\ncreased; avadhi-limit; na-not; ge/a-reached; na-not; so-He; ramaQa-the\nenjoyer;\n\nna-not;\n\nhama-l;\n\nramaQi-the enjoyed;\n\ndurihu-mana-both the\n\nminds; mana/:1-bhava-the mental situation; pe$ala-pressed together; jani'knowing; e-this; sakhi-My dear friend; se-saba-all those; prema-kahiniaffairs of love; kanu-thame-before Kr�r;�a; kahabi-you will say; vichurala-He\nhas forgotten; jani'-knowing;\n\nna-not;\n\nkhonjaluri-searched out;\n\nduti-a\n\nmessenger; na-not; khor'lja/uil-searched out; an-anyone else; dunhukeri-of\nboth of Us; milane-by the meeting; madhya-in the middle; ta-indeed; paricabaQa-five arrows of Cupid; ab-now; sohi-that; viraga-separation; turihuyou; bheli-became; duti-the messenger; su-purukha-of a beautiful person;\npremaki-of loving affairs; aichana-such; riti-the consequence.\nTRANSLAliON\n11\n\n'Alas, before We met there was an initial attachment between Us brought\n\nabout by an exchange of glances. In this way attachment evolved. That attachment has gradually begun to grow, and there is no limit to it. Now, that attachment has become a natural sequence between Ourselves. It is not that it is due\nto Kr�r;�a, the enjoyer, nor is it due to Me, for I am the enjoyed. It is not like\nthat. This attachment was made possible by mutual meeting. This mutual exchange of attraction is known as manobhava, or Cupid. Kr�r;�a's mind and My\nmind have merged together. Now, during this time of separation, it is very difficult to explain these loving affairs. My dear friend, Kr�r;�a might have forgotten all these things. However, you can understand and bring this message to\nHim, but during Our first meeting there was no messenger between Us, nor\ndid I request anyone to see Him. Indeed, Cupid's five arrows were Our via\nmedia. Now, during this separation, that attraction has increased to another\necstatic state. My dear friend, please act as a messenger on My behalf because\nif one is in love with a beautiful person, this is the consequence.'\nPURPORT\n\nThese verses were originally composed and sung by Ramananda Raya himself\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura suggests that during the time of enjoyment, the attachment might be compared to Cupid himself. However, during the period o'f separation, Cupid becomes a messenger of highly elevated love. This is called premavilasa-vivarta. When there is a separation, enjoyment itself acts like a messenger,\nand that messenger was addressed by Srimati Radharal)i as a friend. The essence\nof this transaction is simple: loving affairs aie as relishable during separation as\nduring enjoyment. When Srimati Radharar;�i was fully absorbed in love of Kr�r;�a,\nShe mistook a black tamala tree for Kr�l)a and embraced it. Such a mistake is called\nprema-vivarta-vilasa.\n\n", "mad3#p0243": "Sri Caitanya-caritampa\n\n210\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 195\n\n�t'fill1 '!i��-s ��tN�ot1 c�hr�7!191\"T ifl''llt>t\n\nl!.&��f:!f-f;p�:�-l��9j\"C� f.l(�-C\\!ilf��l{_l\nfsCJ�\"i� �ll�1Hil!lflt'� �'lff1�H1iltlfC1T\n��:c�tr���-�t�-��\"'���= \"'Jlftst-'lft11': ,�\"'t n��t\nradhaya bhavatas ca citta-jatuni svedair vilapya kramad\nyurijann adri-nikurija-kurijara-pate nirdhuta-bheda-bhramam\ncitraya svayam anvararijayad iha brahmaQc;ia-harmyodare\nbhOyobhir nava-raga-hingula-bharaib srngara-karub krti\nSYNONYMS\n\nradhayab-of SrTmati Radharai)T; bhavatab ca-and of You; citta-jatuni-the\ntwo minds like shellac; svedaib-by perspiration; vi/apya-melting; kramatgradually; yurijan-making; adri-of Govardhana Hill; nikurija-in a solitary place\nfor enjoyment; kurijara-pate-0 king of the elephants; nirdhuta-completely\ntaken away; bheda-bhramam-the misunderstanding of differentiation; citrayafor increasing the wonder; svayam-personally; anvararijayat-colored; iha-in\nthis world; brahmaQc;ia-of the universe; harmya-udare-within the palace;\n\nbhOyobhib-by varieties of means; nava-raga-of new attraction; hingulabharaib-by the vermilion; srngara-of love a ffairs; karub-the craftsman; krtivery expert.\nTRANSLA TION\n\" '0 my Lord, You live in the forest of Govardhana Hill, and, like the king of\n\nelephants, You are expert in the art of conjugal love. 0 master of the universe,\nYour heart and Srimati Radhara�i's heart are just like shellac and are now\nmelted in Your spiritual perspiration. Therefore one can no longer distinguish\nbetween You and Srimati Radhara�i. Now You have mixed Your newly invoked\naffection, which is like vermilion, with Your melted hearts, and for the benefit\nof the whole world You have painted both Your hearts red within this great\npalace of the universe.' \"\nPURPO RT\nThis verse quoted by Ramananda Raya is included in SrTia ROpa GosvamT's Uj­\n\njva/a-nilamaQi (14.155).\n\nTEXT 196\n\nl!ft_ �,-'�t-u�'IJ ��' �� � I\n� ���;rtf� �'1161111 ��� II\n\n", "mad3#p0244": "Text 198]\n\n211\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\nprabhu kahe, -'sadhya-vastura avadhi' ei haya\ntomara prasade iha janiluri ni5caya\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu confirmed; sadhya-vastura-of the\nobject of life; avadhi'-the limit; ei-this; haya-is; tamara-of you; prasadeby the mercy; iha-this; jani/uri-1 have understood; niscaya-conclusively.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu confirmed these verses recited by Sri Ramananda\nRaya, saying, \"This is the limit of the goal of human life. Only by your mercy\nhave I come to understand it conclusively.\nTEXT 197\n\n'�' ,,.'t1l�' f� c;<fi'i � � I\nJ'Pf'l -.fl' ��' m, �'tt �� II II ��'\\ II\n'sadhya-vastu' 'sadhana' vinu keha nahi paya\nkrpa kari' kaha, raya, pabara upaya\nSYNONYMS\nsadhya-vastu-the goal of life; sadhana vinu-without p racticing the process;\nkeha nahi paya-no one achieves; krpa kari'-very mercifully; kaha\n\n-\n\nplease ex­\n\npla.in; raya-My dear Ramananda Raya; pabara upaya-the means of achieving.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The goal of life cannot be achieved unless one practices the process. Now,\nbeing merciful upon Me, please explain that means by which this goal can be\nattained.\"\n\nTEXT 198\n\nIii�,-� <fi�, � <fi� �� I\nf• ..� �-�\"f, f<fi� ill ilrtfit II !>�lr' II\nraya kahe,- yei kahao, sei kahi va(li\nki kahiye bhala-manda, kichui na jani\nSYNONYMS\nraya kahe-Ra mananda Raya replied; yei-whatever; kahao-You make me\nspeak; sei-that; kahi-1 speak; va(li-message; ki-what; kahiye-1 am speaking; bhala-man da-good or bad; kichui na jani-1 do not know anything.\n\n", "mad3#p0245": "212\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Ramananda Raya replied, \" I do not know what I am saying, but You have\nmade me speak what I have spoken, be it good or bad. I am simply repeating\nthat message.\nTEXT 199\n\n�-Jft'IJ � � �il. ij'!J I\n\n� c;'!t�Rf Jtnti·ifttl� �-�� fin II �;;,� U\n\ntribhuvana-madhye aiche haya kon dhira\nye tamara maya-nate ha-ibeka sthira\nSYNONYMS\ntri-bhuvana-madhye-within the three worlds; aiche-so much; haya-there\nis;\n\nkon-who;\n\ndhira-patient;\n\nye-who;\n\ntamara-Your; maya-nate-in the\n\nmanipulation of different energies; ha-ibeka-will be; sthira-steady.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Within these three worlds who is so undisturbed that he can remain steady\nas You manipulate Your different energies?\nTEXT 200\n\nc;'lffi{ �� �1 '�_fir, 'l_fif � ,�1'!11\n\n� ���' ��, ��e{f ��II �oo 11\nmora mukhe vakta tumi, tumi hao srota\natyanta rahasya, suna, sadhanera katha\nSYNONYMS\nmora mu khe-in my mouth; vakta-speaker;\n\ntumi-You are; tumi-You;\n\nhao-are; srota-the hearer; atyanta rahasya-extremely mysterious; suna-now\nplease hear; sadhanera katha-the discussion of the process.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A ctually You are speaking through my mouth, and at the same time You are\nlistening. This is very mysterious. A nyway, kindly hear the explanation by\nwhich the goal can be attained.\n\n", "mad3#p0246": "Text 200]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n213\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Sanatana Gosvami has advised us to hear about Kr��a from a Vai��ava. He\nhas explicitly forbidden us to hear from an avai$Qava.\navai$Qava-mukhodgirQaril\nputaril hari-kathamrtam\nsravaQaril naiva kartavyaril\nsarpocchi$taril yatha payaf)\nThus quoting from Padma PuraQa, Srila Sanatana Gosvami warns that one should\nnot hear anything about Kr��a from an avai$Qava, however great a mundane\nscholar he may be. Milk touched by the lips of a serpent has poisonous effects;\nsimilarly, talks about Kr��a given by an avai$Qava are also poisonous. However, because a Vai��ava is surrendered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, his talks\nare spiritually potent. In Bhagavad-gita the Supreme Lord says,\nte$arh satata-yuktanaril\nbhajataril priti-purvakam\ndadami buddhi-yogaril tam\nyena mam upayanti te\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give the\nunderstanding by which they can come to Me.\" (Bg.\n\n10.10) When a pure\n\nVai��ava speaks, he speaks perfectly. How is this? His speech is managed by Kr��a\nHimself from within the heart. Srila Ramananda Raya accepts this benediction\nfrom Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; therefore he admits that whatever he was speaking was not derived from his own intelligence. Rather, everything was coming\nfrom S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. According to Bhagavad-gita:\nsarvasya caharil hrdi sannivi$tO\nmattaf) smrtir jfianam apohanaril ca\nvedais ca sarvair aham eva vedyo\nvedanta-krd veda-vid eva caham\n\"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowledge\n\nand forgetfulness. By all the Vedas I am to be known; indeed I am the compiler of\nVedanta, and I am the knower of the Vedas.\" (Bg.\n\n15.15)\n\nAll intelligence emanates from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Supersoul within the heart of everyone. Nondevotees want to ask the Supreme Lord for\nsense gratification; therefore nondevotees come under the influence of maya, the\nillusory energy. A devotee, however, is directed by the Supreme Personality of\n\n", "mad3#p0247": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n214\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nGodhead and comes under the influence of yogamaya. Consequently there is a\ngulf of difference between statements made by a devotee and those made by a\nnondevotee.\nTEXT 201\n\n�'ft�J �1 If!- � �J I\n'f�·�e.lWfJtfif·•� if1 U c;1ttn II �o� U\nradha-k[$Qera /ria ei ati guqhatara\ndasya-vatsalyadi-bhave na haya gocara\nSYNONYMS\nradha-kr$Qera /r/a-the pastimes of Radha and Kr�r:Ja; ei-this is; ati-very\nmuch; guqhatara-more confidential; dasya-of servitude; vatsalya-adi-and of\npaternal love, etc.; bhave-in the moods; na haya-is not; gocara-appreciated.\nTRANSLATION\n\" The pastimes of Radha and Knr:Ja are very confidential. They cannot be\nunderstood through the mellows of servitude, fraternity or paternal affection.\nTEXT 202\n\n� �� \"�'SttctJ �tl �r� 1\n\n11� '��rat�-� mtJ II �o� II\nsabe eka sakhr-gaQera ihan adhikara\nsakhr haite haya ei /Tiara vistJ.ra\nSYNONYMS\nsabe-only; eka-one; sakhr-gaQera-of the gopls; ihail-in this; adhikaraqualification;\n\nsakhr-the\n\ngopls;\n\nhaite-from;\n\nhaya-is;\n\nei /Tiara-of these\n\npastimes; vistara-the expansion.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Actually, only the gopis have the right to appreciate these transcendental\npastimes, and only from them can these pastimes be expanded.\nTEXT 203\n\n'I� �1 �t lfi\"ff ,_i ift� -� I\n11'1t � mtfl�, �� ���II � o� II\n\n", "mad3#p0248": "Texts 204-5]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n215\n\nsakhi vina ei lila pu$ta nahi haya\nsakhi lila vistariya, sakhi asvadaya\nSYNONYMS\nsakhi vina-without the gopis; ei lila-these pastimes; pu$ta-nourished; nahi\nhaya-are never ; sakhi-the gopis; lila-the pastimes; vistariya-expanding;\nsakhi-the gopis; asvadaya-taste this mellow.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Without the gopis, these pastimes between Radha and Kr�l)a cannot be\nnourished. Only by their cooperation are such pastimes broadcast. It is their\nbusiness to taste the mellows.\nTEXTS 204-205\n\n��f��l��tft� �I\n'I��'� �ttf �tt 'e!Wi.� U �0811\n11-rtP·!,·�·'ft'O' ''ll9f'AI I\n� � �-t� � iltf�<�S IS9f'AIII �0� D\nsakhi vina ei lilaya anyera na.hi gati\nsakhi-bhave ye tarire kare anugati\nradha-km1a-kunjaseva-sadhya sei paya\nsei sadhya paite ara nahika upaya\nSYNONYMS\nsakhi vina-without the gopis; ei lilaya-in these pastimes; anyera-of others;\nnahi-there is not; gati-entrance; sakhi-bhave-in the mood of the gopis; yeanyone who; tarire-Lord Kr�r:Ja; kare-does; anugati-following; radha-k($Qaof Radha and Kr�r:Ja;\n\nkunja-seva -of service in the kunjas, or gardens, of\n\nVrndavana; sadhya-the goal; sei paya-he gets; sei-that; sadhya-ac h ievement; paite-to receive; ara-other; nahika-there is not; upaya-means.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Without the help of the gopis, one cannot enter into these pastimes. Only\nhe who worships the Lord in the ecstasy of the gopis, following in their\nfootsteps, can engage in the service of Sri Sri Radha-Kr�l)a in the bushes of\nVrndavana. Only then can one understand the conjugal love between Radha\nand Kr�l)a. There is no other procedure for understanding.\n\n", "mad3#p0249": "216\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe means for returning home, for going back to Godhead, is devotional service, but everyone has a different taste in the Lord's service. One may be inclined\nto serve the Lord in servitude (dasya-rasa), fraternity (sakhya-rasa), or paternal\nlove (vatsalya-rasa), but all these cannot enable one to enter into the service of\nthe Lord in conjugal love. To attain such service, one has to follow in the footsteps\nof the gopis in the ecstasy of sakhi-bhava. Then only can one understand the\ntranscendental mellow of conjugal love.\nIn the Ujjva/a-nilamaQi, Srila ROpa Gosvami advises:\n\nprema-lila-viharaQarh\nsamyag vistarika sakhi\nvisrambha-ratna-peti ca\nOne who expands the conjugal love of Kr�t:�a and His enjoyment among the\n\ngopis is called a sakhi. Such a person is a confidential gopi in the conjugal affairs.\nSuch assistants are like jewels in the form of Kr�t:�a's confidence. The actual business of the sakhis is described thus in Ujjvala-nilamaf)i:\n\nmitha/:1 prema-guf)otkirtis\ntayor asakti-karita\nabhisaro dvayor eva\nsakhya/:1 k($Qe samarpaQam\nnarmasvasana-nepathyarh\nhrdayodghata-patavam\nchidra-sarhvrtir etasya/:1\npaty-ade/:1 parivaficana\nsik$a sangamanarh kale\nsevanarh vyajanadibhi/:1\ntayor dvayor upa/ambha/:1\nsandesa-pre?aQaril tatha\nnayika-praQa-sarhrak$a\nprayatnadya/:1 sakhi-kriya/:1\nIn the conjugal pastimes of Kr�t:Ja, Kr�t:�a is the hero (nayaka), and Radhika is the\nheroine (nayika). The first business of the gopis is to chant the glories of both the\nhero and the heroine. Their second business is to create gradually a situation in\nwhich the hero may be attracted to the heroine and vice versa. Their third busi-\n\n", "mad3#p0250": "Text 206]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n217\n\nness is to induce both of Them to approach one another. Their fourth business is\nto surrender unto Kr�r:Ja, the fifth is to create a jovial atmosphere, the sixth to give\nThem assurance to enjoy Their pastimes, the seventh to dress and decorate both\nhero and heroine, the eighth to show expertise in expressing Their desires, the\nninth to conceal the faults of the heroine, the tenth to cheat their respective husbands and relatives, the eleventh to educate, the twelfth to enable both hero and\nheroine to meet at the proper time, the thirteenth to fan both hero and heroine,\nthe fourteenth to sometimes reproach the hero and heroine, the fifteenth to set\nconversations in motion, and the sixteenth to protect the heroine by various\nmeans.\n\nSome material sahajiyas who cannot actually understand the pastimes of Radha\n\nand Kr�r:Ja manufacture their own life-styles without referring to authority. Such\n\nsahajiyas are called sakhi-bheki, and sometimes they are called gaura-nagari. They\nbelieve that the material body, which is fit to be eaten by jackals and dogs, is enjoyable for Kr�r:Ja. Consequently they artificially decorate the material body to attract Kr�r:Ja, thinking themselves sakhis. However, Kr�r:Ja is never attracted by the\n\nartificial grooming of the material body. As far as Srimati Radharar:Ji and Her gopis\nare concerned, their bodies, homes, dresses, ornaments, endeavors and activities\nare all spiritual. All of these are meant to satisfy the spiritual senses of Kr�r:Ja. In­\n\ndeed, they are so pleasing and endearing to Kr�r:Ja that He is subjugated by the influence of Srimati Radharar:Ji and Her friends. They have nothing to do with anything mundane within the fourteen planetary systems of the universe. Although\nKr�r:Ja is attractive to everyone, He is nonetheless attracted by the gopis and\nSrimati Radharar:Ji.\nOne should not be misled by mental concoctions, supposing his material\nbody to be perfect and deeming oneself a sakhi. This is something like\n\nahangrahopasana, that is, a Mayavadi's worship of his own body as the Supreme.\n\nSrila jiva Gosvami has cautioned mundaners to abstain from such conceptions. He\nalso warns that thinking oneself one of the associates of the Supreme without\nfollowing in the footsteps of the gopis is as offensive as thinking oneself the\nSupreme. Such thinking is an aparadha. One has to practice living in Vrndavana by\n\nhearing about the talks of the gopis with Kr�r:Ja . However, one should not consider\nhimself a gopi, for this is offensive.\n\nTEXT 206\n\n�'f� f9f ��\"�\": �l!!�tc--r1�f9f �1<1:\n'Jfct.llf9f 01 � itl'ft\"f�C�1�1111C� �1: I\nl!!<!�f� �'��� fsf,'¥\\!i\")ll!c�:\n�f� 01' 1>flf1lt'fl� �: Jf?()O!t� 11'1'�: Q �·�II\n\n", "mad3#p0251": "218\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nvibhur api sukha-rupa/J sva-prakaso 'pi bhavaf!\nk�aQam api na hi radha-kr�Qayor ya rte svaf!\npravahati rasa-pu�tirh cid-vibhatir ivesaf!\nsrayati na padam asarh ka/:1 sakhinarh rasa-jf1ai)\nSYNONYMS\n\nvibhufl-all-powerful; api-although; sukha-rupa/:1-happiness personified;\nsva-prakasafl-self-effulgent; api-although; bhavafl-the completely spiritual\nactivities; k�aQam api-even for a moment; na-never; hi-certainly; radhakr�Qayob-of Sri Radha and Kr�t:�a; ya/:1-whom; rte-without; sva/:1-His own\nentourage (the gopis); pravahati-leads to; rasa-pu�tim-completion of the highest humor; cit-vibhati/:1-spiritual potencies; iva-like; isa/:1-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; srayati-takes shelter of; na-not; padam-the position;\nasam-of them; ka/:1-who; sakhinam-of the personal associates; rasa-jfia/:1one who is conversant with the science of mellows.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The pastimes of Sri Radha and Kr��Ja are self-effulgent. They are happiness personified, unlimited and all-powerful. Even so, the spiritual humors of\nsuch pastimes are never complete without the gopis, the Lord's personal\nfriends. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is never complete without His\nspiritual potencies; therefore unless one takes shelter of the gopis, one cannot\nenter into the company of Radha and Kr��Ja. Who can be interested in Their\nspiritual pastimes without taking their shelter?'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Govinda-lilamrta (1 0.17).\nTEXT 207\n\n�� \"'f�t� �� �O!J·�� I\n�-� fj{-�� ilt� ��� Jli{ II � 0C! II\nsakhira svabhava eka akathya-kathana\nkr�Qa-saha nija-lilaya nahi sakhira mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsakhira-of the gopis; sva-bhava-natural inclination; eka-one; akathya-inexplicable; kathana-narration; kr�Qa-saha-with Kr�t:�a; nija-lilaya-in His personal pastimes; nahi-not; sakhira-of the gopis; mana-the mind.\n\n", "mad3#p0252": "Text 209]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n219\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is an inexplicable fact about the natural inclinations of the gopis.\nThe gopis never want to enjoy themselves with Kr�Qa personally.\nTEXT 208\n\n\" � 1ftfif�11l �&'fl <;� <f-1ft1t I\n\n�-�-t '� '!'tt� �;$���II �olr II\nkr$f)a saha radhikara lila ye karaya\nnija-sukha haite tate koti sukha paya\nSYNONYMS\nkr?f)a saha-with Kr�r:Ja; radhikara-of SrTmati Radharar:JT; lila-the pastimes;\nye-which; karaya-they bring about; nija-sukha-personal happiness; haitethan; tate-in that; koti-ten million times; sukha-the happiness; paya-they\nderive.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The happiness of the gopis increases ten million times when they serve to\nengage Sri Sri Radha and Kr�Qa in Their transcendental pastimes.\nTEXT 209\n\n1ft'ft1l q�-\"r;(!j1(-�-� 1\n\n��'$f'l PHI �til 9fJ1�·\"1_._,·9f\"ti!111 � o� II\nradhara svanJpa-kr?Qa-prema-kalpalata\nsakhi-gaf)a haya tara pallava-pu$pa-pata\nSYNONYMS\nradhara svarupa-the spiritual nature of Srimati Radharar:JT; kr?Qa-prema-of\nlove of Kr�r:Ja; kalpa-lata-a creeper; sakhi-gaf)a-the gopis; haya-are; tara-of\nthat creeper; pallava-the twigs; pu?pa-flowers; pata-and leaves.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By nature, Srimati Radhara1;1i is just like a creeper of love of Godhead, and\nthe gop is are the twigs, flowers and leaves of that creeper.\n\n", "mad3#p0253": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n220\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 210\n\n���llf't1J� �rw fl'i!tt� fll•� 1\nfi{�-�� ��t� ����tt'il1f <;�t$-�� �� II �)\n\no\n\nII\n\nkr?Qa-lilamrta yadi /atake sificaya\nnija-sukha haite pallavadyera koti-sukha haya\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr?Qa-lilamrta-the nectar of Kr�t:�a's pastimes; yadi-if; latake-the creeper;\nsificaya-sprinkles; nija-sukha haite-than personal happiness; pallava-adyeraof the twigs, flowers and leaves; koti-ten million times; sukha-the happiness;\nhaya-there is.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"When the nectar of Kr�r:'la's pastimes is sprinkled on that creeper, the happiness derived by the twigs , flowers and leaves is ten million times greater\nthan that derived by the creeper itself.\nPURPORT\n\nIn his Amrta-pravaha-bha?ya, Srila\n\nBhaktivinoda\n\nThakura states:\n\n\"Srimati\n\nRadharat:Ji is the creeper of love of Godhead, and the gopis are exactly like twigs,\nflowers and leaves. When water is sprinkled on the creeper, the twigs, flowers and\nleaves indirectly receive all the benefits of the creeper itself. However, water\nsprinkled directly on the twigs, leaves and flowers is not as effective as water\nsprinkled on the creeper's root. The gopis are not as pleased when they directly\nmix with Kr�t:�a as when they serve to unite Srimati Radhara1,1i with Kr�t:Ja. Their\ntranscendental pleasure lies in uniting Them.\"\nTEXT 211\n11�n: !tl·�n'N'�lll1 3!'9f�'irf.1\"r.lfl�(T i'if<{�-<1t1l\"tl:�:\n..\n\n'!l�l�\"f-Cf!1!��Jt: f�'l.,�ir\"!'l>j_SI'j!Tw�.,J1: ��Jt: I\nf'ltqt�t� �lll'-'l\"'l.,'fl]��'ff;r5hll'�if�J11f'lj)t�\n�Ji?;'!l�t'lt: �'C'!�tlil;i� �<!1lflf�� 'If� '1�11 f�, II�) �II\nsakhyab sri-radhikaya vraja-kumuda-vidhor hladini-nama-sakteb\nsararhsa-prema-vallyab kisalaya-dala-pu?padi-tulyab sva-tulyab\nsiktayarh kr?Qa-lilamrta-rasa-nicayair ullasantyam amu?yarh\njatollasab sva-sekac chata-guQam adhikarh santi yat tan na citram\n\n", "mad3#p0254": "Text 212]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n221\n\nSYNONYMS\nsakhyab-friends like Lalita and Visakha; sri-radhikayab-of Srimatr Radharal)i;\n\nvraja-kumuda-of the lotuslike inhabitants of VrajabhOmi; vidhob-of the moon\n(Kf�l)a); h/adini-pleasure-giving; nama-of the name; sakteb-of the potency;\nsara-arnsa-the active principle; prema-vallyab-of the creeper of love of Godhead; kisalaya-newly grown; da/a-leaves; pu�pa-flowers; adi-and so on;\ntulyab-equal to;\n\nsva-tulyab-equal to Herself;\n\nsiktayam-when sprinkled;\n\nkr�f)a-lila-of the pastimes of Kf�l)a; amrta -of the nectar; rasa-nicayaib-by\n\ndrops of the juice; ullasantyam-shining; amu�yam-of Her, Srimati Radharal)i;\njata-ullasab-having awakened pleasure; sva-sekat-than her own sprinkling;\n\nsata-guf)am-a hundred times; adhikam-more; santi-are; yat-which; tat­\n\nthat; na-not; citram-wonderful.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'All the gopis, the personal friends of Srimati Radhara�i, are equal to Her.\nKr�J;�a is pleasing to the inhabitants of Vrajabhumi, just as the moon is pleasing\nto the lotus flower. His pleasure-giving potency is known as ahladini, of which\nthe active principle is Srimati RadharaJ;�i. She is compared to a creeper with\nnewly grown flowers and leaves. When the nectar of Kr�Qa's pastimes is\nsprinkled on Srimati Radhara�i, all Her friends, the gopis, immediately appreciate the pleasure a hundred times more than if they were sprinkled themselves. Actually this is not at all wonderful!\nPURPORT\nThis verse is also from Govinda-lilamrta (1 0.16).\nTEXT 212\n\n�f9t ���-����I\nI!Qttf9t m� � �W{ �II �)�II\nyadyapi sakhira kr�f)a-satigame nahi mana\ntathapi radhika yatne karana sarigama\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; sakhira-of the gopis; kr$f)a-satigame-directly enjoying\nwith\n\nKf�l)a;\n\nnahi-not;\n\nmana-the\n\nmind;\n\ntathapi�still;\n\nradhika-Srimati\n\nRadharal)i; yatne-with great endeavor; karana-causes; sarigama-association\nwith Kr�l)a.\n\n", "mad3#p0255": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n222\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although the gopis, Srimati RadharaQi's friends, do not desire to enjoy\nthemselves directly with Kr�Qa, Srimati RadharaQi makes a great endeavor to\ninduce Kr�Qa to enjoy Himself with the gopis.\nTEXT 213\n\niftifl·� � c;��' �11 ��t11 I\n�..r�·llflt � �tflt-�� �II �)� II\nnana-ccha/e k($f)e preri' sangama karaya\natma-k($f)a-sanga haite koti-sukha paya\n\nSYNONYMS\nnana-cha/e-under\nsatigama-direct\n\ndifferent\n\nassociation;\n\npleas;\n\nkr$Qe-unto\n\nkaraya-induces;\n\nKr�r:Ja;\n\npreri'-sending;\n\natma-k($f)a-sanga-personal\n\nassociation with Kr�r:Ja; haite-than; koti-sukha-ten million times more happiness; paya-She gets.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Presenting various pleas for the gopis, Srimati RadharaQi sometimes sends\nthe gopis to Kr�Qa just to enable them to associate with Him directly. At such\ntimes, She enjoys a happiness ten million times greater than that enjoyed by\ndirect association.\nTEXT 214\n\n�� ��1fi c;tir;11 � � �� I\n\nti1·l1�1f c;� Otf-l' � � 1_� II ��8 II\nanyonye visuddha preme kare rasa pu$ta\ntan-sabara prema dekhi' k($f)a haya tu$ta\n\nSYNONYMS\nanyonye-by one another; visuddha-transcendental; preme-in love of Godhead; kare-makes; rasa-the mellow; pu$ta-nourished; tan-sabara-of all of\nthem; prema-the love of Godhead; dekhi'-seeing; k($f)a-Lord Kr�r:Ja; hayabecomes; tu$ta -satisfied.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" The transcendental mellow is nourished by that mutual behavior in transcendental love of Godhead. When Lord Kr�Qa sees how the gopis have\ndeveloped pure love for Him, He becomes very satisfied.\n\n", "mad3#p0256": "Text 216]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n223\n\nPURPORT\n\nSrimati Radharal)i and the gopis are not interested in their personal happiness\nderived from association with Kr�r:Ja. Rather, they become happy by seeing one\nanother associate with Kr�r:Ja. In this way their dealings are further nourished by\nlove of Godhead, and seeing this, Kr�r:Ja is very pleased.\nTEXT 215\n\n�- ,'5tt� (;$!',-� �i! <!11111\n\n<fi't1f��·JI'tt1U m <fif� '<�St1f'·iftllu �)<t\nsahaja gopira prema, -nahe prakrta kama\nkama-kri(ja-samye tara kahi 'kama'-nama\nSYNONYMS\n\nsahaja-natural; gopira-of the gopis; prema-love of Godhead; nahe-is not;\nprakrta-material; kama-lust; kama-kri(ja-lusty affairs; samye-in appearing\nequal to; tara-of such activities; kahi-1 speak; kama-nama-the name \"lust!'\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is to be noted that the natural characteristic of the gopis is to love the\nSupreme Lord. Their lusty desire is not to be compared to material lust. Nonetheless, because their desire sometimes appears to resemble material lust,\ntheir transcendental love for Kr�r;�a is sometimes described as lust.\nPURPORT\n\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura says that material lust should never be attributed to Kr�r:Ja, who is full of transcendental knowledge. Material lust cannot be\nengaged in the service of the Lord, for it is applicable to materialists, not to Kr�r:Ja.\nOnly prema, or love of Godhead, is applicable for the satisfaction of Kr�r:Ja. Prema\nis full service rendered unto the Lord. The lusty affairs of the gopis actually constitute the topmost love of Godhead because the gopis never act for their own\npersonal satisfaction. They are simply pleased by engaging other gopis in the service of the Lord. The gopis derive more transcendental pleasure from indirectly\nengaging other gopis in the service of Kr�r:Ja than from engaging in His service\nthemselves. That is the difference between material lust and love of Godhead.\nLust applies to the material world, and love of Godhead applies only to Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 216\n\ncf!t� c�t9f�t�'lt� '��'Pf ��J'5Ill'� �Q!tl\\_ 1\n�l:�lf't�t�c9fJ�� <1't�m ����f�t: n � �115 n\n\n", "mad3#p0257": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n224\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\npremaiva gopa-ramaQarh\nkama ity agamat pratham\nity uddhavadayo 'py etarh\n\n·\n\nvafichanti bhagavat-priyab\nSYNONYMS\nprema-love of Godhead; eva-certainly; gopa-ramaQam-of all the gopis;\nkamab-lust; iti-thus; agamat-became current; pratham-the process; itithus;\n\nuddhava-adayab-all\n\ndevotees,\n\nheaded by\n\nUddhava;\n\napi-certainly;\n\netam-this type of behavior; vafichanti-desire; bhagavat�priyab-those who are\nvery, very dear to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The dealings of the gopis with Kr�r;�a are on the platform of pure love of\nGodhead. However, they are sometimes considered to be lusty. But because\nsuch dealings are completely spiritual , all the dearmost devotees of the Lord\nlike Uddhava and others also desire to participate in them.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.285).\nTEXT 217\n\n�fern�� <�Sttllf '!te.�� 1\n\"��·'!te.� <;'Stt��-� II �)� II\nnijendriya-sukha-hetu kamera tatparya\nk($Qa-sukha-tatparya gopi-bhava-varya\nSYNONYMS\nnija-indriya-of one's own senses; sukha-of the happiness; hetu-for the\nreason; kamera-of lusty desire; tatparya-inte n tion; kr$Qa-of Kr�l)a; sukhathe happiness; tatpary a -intention; gopi-bhava-varya-the foremost mood of\nthe gopis.\nTRANSLATION\n\"lusty desires are experienced when one is concerned with his own personal sense gratification. The mood of the gopis is not like that. Their only\ndesire is to satisfy the senses of Kr�r;�a.\n\n", "mad3#p0258": "Text 219]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n225\n\nTEXT 218\n\n�·f!l\"w•1 e�t� \"�r� ,\n��\"ell�� �t1t �1f·fcl�t�\" ��lr\"\nnijendriya-sukha-vancha nahi gopikara\nkr?Qe sukha dite kare sar'lgama-vihara\nSYNONYMS\nnija-indriya-sukha-for personal\n\nsense\n\ngratification;\n\nvaflcha-the desire;\n\nnahi-there is not; gopikara-of the gopis; kr?Qe-unto Kr�r:Ja; sukha-happiness; dite-to give; kare-do; sar'lgama-vihara-mingling and enjoying with\nKr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Among the gopis, there is not a pinch of desire for sense gratification.\nTheir only desire is to give pleasure to Kr�t:Ja, and in this way they mingle with\nHim and enjoy Him.\nTEXT 219\n\n<!\"C\\8 �'Gfl\\!'Dil'ii'ti1>�� �COl'�\n\n�\")�j: \"1t01: f�� ifl()\"lff� ��I\n�\"�'��\"1!�r'f �llr�� 0{ r����\n�9frRr��f\"11 r� �<�ift\"l!_11't� 0{: n � :>� n\n...\n\nyat te sujata-caraQamburuhariJ stane?U\nbhital) sanail) priya dadhimahi karkase?U\ntenatavim atasi tad vyathate na kim svit\nkarpadibhir bhramati dhir bhavad-ayu?aril na/:1\nSYNONYMS\nyat-because; te-Your; sujata-delicate; caraQa-ambu-ruham-lotus feet;\nstane?u-on the breasts; bhita/:1-being afraid of; sanail)-very carefully; priya0 dear one; dadhimahi-we place; karkase?u-very rough and hard; t ena-by\n\nsuch lotus feet; atavim-the forest; atasi-You wander; tat vyathat e-that gives\nus pain; na\nstone;\n\n-\n\nnot; kim svit-whether; kurpa-adibhi/:1-by the small particles of\n\nbhramati-bewilders;\n\ndhi/:1-intelligence;\n\nbhavat-ayu?am-of persons\n\nwho consider You as the duration of life; na/:1-of us.\n\n", "mad3#p0259": "226\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"All the gopis said, 'Dear Kr�r;1a, we carefully hold Your delicate lotus feet\nupon our hard breasts. When You walk in the forest, Your soft lotus feet are\npricked by small bits of stone. We fear that this is paining You. You are our life\nand soul, and our minds are very disturbed when Your lotus feet are pained!\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.31.19).\nTEXT 220\n\nCJtl <;'Sft�!fj��t'! �Bf '���I\n<;<t'f�'11tilfl<fi c::!lf�' <;ll �� 'e'SRI II ��\n\no\n\nII\n\nsei gapi-bhavamrte yarira /obha haya\n\nveda-dharma-/aka tyaji' se kr$Qe bhayaja\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei-that; gapi-of the gapis; bhava-amrte-in the nectar of the ecstasy;\n\nyarira-whose; /obha-attachment; haya-is; veda-dharma-religious principles\n\nof the Vedas; /aka-popular opinion; tyaji'-giving up; se-he; kr$Qe-unto\nKr�t;�a; bhajaya-renders loving service.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"One who is attracted by that ecstatic love of the gopis does not care about\nthe regulative principles of Vedic life or popular opinion. R ather, he completely surrenders unto Kr�r:1a and renders service unto Him.\nTEXT 221\n\n1ft'Stt'l,'St·1ftt'Sf �rol' !fjT;iS? '� i9fi{ I\n\n(;�illfi{ �rn � �til?�i{ II��� II\nraganuga-marge tarire bhaje yei jana\n\nsei-jana paya vraje vrajendra-nandana\nSYNONYMS\nraga-anuga-of spontaneous attachment; marge-on the path; tarire-Kr�t;�a;\n\nbhaje-worships; yei-who; jana-a person; sei jana\n-\n\n-\n\nthat person; paya-gets;\n\nvraje-in Vrndavana; vrajendra-nandana-the son of Maharaja Nanda\n\n", "mad3#p0260": "Text 222]\n\n227\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If one worships the Lord on the path of spontaneous love and goes to\nVrndavana, he receives the shelter of Vrajendra-nandana, the son of Nanda\nMaharaja.\nPURPORT\nIn all, there are sixty-four items listed for the rendering of service unto Kr�t:�a,\nand these are the the regulative principles enjoined in the sastras and given by the\nspiritual master. One has to serve Kr�t:�a according to these regulative principles,\nbut if one develops spontaneous love for Kr�t:�a as exhibited in the activities of\nthose who live in VrajabhOmi, one attains the platform of raganuga-bhakti. One\nwho has developed this spontaneous love is eligible for elevation to the platform\nenjoyed by the inhabitants of Vrajabhomi. In Vrajabhomi, there are no regulative\nprinciples set forth for Kr�t:�a's service. Rather, everything is carried out in spontaneous, natural love for Kr�t:�a. There is no question of following the principles of\nthe Vedic system. Such principles are followed within this material world, and as\nlong as one is on the material platform, he has to execute them. However, spontaneous love of Kr�t:�a is transcendental. It may seem that the regulative principles\nare being violated, but the devotee is on the transcendental platform. Such service is called guQatita, or nirguQa, for it is not contaminated by the three modes of\nmaterial nature.\nTEXT 222\n\n131�� (;�� � Qf�i (;�l �� I\n\n�t'm '�Pi �t�i � � �II��� II\nvraja-lokera kona bhava lana yei bhaje\nbhava-yogya deha pana kr$Qa paya vraje\nSYNONYMS\nvraja-lokera-of the planet known as Goloka Vrndavana;\n\nkana-some;\n\nbhava-mood; /ana-accepting; yei-anyone who; bhaje-executes devotional\nservice; bhava-yogya-suitable for that spiritual attraction;\n\ndeha-a body;\n\npana-getting; kr$Qa-Lord Kr�t:�a; paya-gets; vraje-in Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In his liberated stage the devotee is attracted by one of the five humors in\nthe transcendental loving service of the Lord. As he continues to serve the\nLord in that transcendental mood, he attains a spiritual body to serve Kr�r:'la in\nGoloka Vrndavana.\n\n", "mad3#p0261": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n228\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 223\n\n��W! f�t'!-���� �f�'$ftj I\n\n�$1tt,f' �' 9ft�� �-!!il\"fi{ \" ��� \"\ntahate dr$tanta-upani?ad sruti-gal)a\nraga-marge bhaji' paila vrajendra-nandana\nSYNONYMS\ntahate-in this matter; dc$tanta-the example; upani$ad sruti-gal)a-the great\nsages known as the personified Upani?ads or srutis; raga- marge-on the path of\nspontaneous love; bhaji'-worshiping; pai/a-obtained; vrajendra-nandana-the\nlotus feet of Lord Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Those saintly persons who presented the Upani�ads are vivid examples of\nthis. By worshiping the Lord on the path of spontaneous love, they attained\nthe lotus feet of Vrajendra-nandana, the son of Nanda Maharaja.\nPURPORT\nIn the Goloka Vrndavana planet, Kr�r:Ja's servants are headed by Raktaka and\nPatraka . Kr�r:Ja's friends are headed by Sridama, Subala and others. There are also\nelderly gopis and the cowherd men headed by Nanda Maharaja, mother Ya5oda\n\nand others. All of these personalities are eternally engaged in the loving service of\nthe Lord in accordance with their specific attachments for Kr�r:Ja. One who wants\nto return home to serve the Lord directly is attracted to Kr�Qa as a servant, friend,\nfather or mother. By continuously serving Kr�r:Ja during this life in a particular\n\necstasy, one gives up the material body and attains a suitable spiritual body to\n\nserve Kr�r:Ja in terms of a particular attachment. One may serve as a servant,\nfriend, father or mother. In the same way, if one wants to serve Kr�Qa in conjugal\nlove, he can also attain a body under the guidance of the gopis. The most vivid\nexample in this connection is those saintly personalities known as srutis, who presented the Upani?ads. These srutis understand that without serving Kr�r:Ja and\nfollowing in the footsteps of the gopis, there is no possibility of entering the\nkingdom of God. Therefore they engage in spontaneous loving service unto Kr�oa\nand follow in the footsteps of the gopis.\nTEXT 224\n\nf.tl�1{�'JlC011�\"'1'lfPCl!l�lJ:.C�1 qfif l!iJI..<ill �9f1'1C� �lflCllt�f'Pj' l!ll_: \"'i!i1'1l� I\n\n", "mad3#p0262": "Text 225]\n\n229\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\nffl� �t��t���lf�f��-f��1\n•nr�f9f '� '1''1\\'t: '1''1\\''[C\"fl�� 'l't11t��lft: n � � s n\n....\n\nnibhrta-marun-mano 'k�a-drc;lha-yoga-yujo hrdi yan\nmunaya upasate tad arayo 'pi yayu/:l smaraQat\n\nstriya uragendra-bhoga-bhuja-daQc;la-vi�akta-dhiyo\n\nvayam api te sama/:l samadrso 'nghri-saroja-sudha/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nnibhrta-controlled; marut-the life air; mana/:1-the mind; ak�a-senses;\n\ndrc;lha-strong; yoga-in the mystic yoga process; yuja/:1-who are engaged;\n\nhrdi-within the heart; yat-who; munaya/:1-the great sages; upasate-wor­\n\nship; tat-that; araya/:1-the enemies; api-also; yayu/:1-obtain; smaraQat-from\nremembering;\n\ns triya/:1- the gopTs; uragendra-of serpents;\n\nbhoga- like the\n\nbodies; bhuja-the arms; daQc;la-like rods; vi�akta-fastened to; dhiya/:1whose minds; vayam api-we also;\n\nte-Your; samatJ-equal to them;\n\nsamadrsa/:1-having the same ecstatic emotions; anghri-saroja-of the lotus feet;\nsudhatJ-the nectar.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'By practicing the mystic yoga system and controlling their breath, the\ngreat sages conquered the mind and senses. Thus engaging in mystic yoga,\nthey saw the Supersoul within their hearts and ultimately entered into the impersonal Brahman. However, even the enemies of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead attain that position simply by thinking of the Supreme Lord. The\ndamsels of Vraja, the gopis, simply wanted to embrace Kr�.,a and hold His\narms, which are like serpents. Being attracted by the beauty of Kr�.,a, they\nultimately acquired a taste for the nectar of the Lord's lotus feet. We can also\ntaste the nectar of Kr�.,a's lotus feet by following in the footsteps of the gopis!\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from SrTmad-Bhagavatam (1 0.87.23) spoken by the srutis, the\n\npersonified Vedas.\n\nTEXT 225\n\n'�:'� � '� �� 'fSIII\"Stf�' I\n'�:'-� -.� i!11�J <;ostt\"bt�-i2ttf� �����It\n'samadrsa/:1'-sabde kahe 'sei bhave anugati'\n\n'samatJ'-sabde kahe srutira gopT-deha-prapti\n\n", "mad3#p0263": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n230\n\nSYNONYMS\nsama-drsa/:1- samadrsa/:1;\n\nsabde-by this word;\n\nkahe-it says;\n\nsei-that;\n\nbhave-in the emotion; anugati-following; samai)-samai); sabde-by this\nword; kahe-it says; srutira-of the persons known as the srutis; gopi-deha-the\nbodies of the gopis; prapti-attainment.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe word 'samadrsa�,' mentioned in the fourth line of the previous verse,\nmeans 'following the mood of the gopis.' The word 'sama�' means 'attaining a\nbody like those of the gopis.'\nTEXT 226\n\n'..U..- 9ftr� \"''t� '�·�Itt' I\n....\n\nW'flfttif ill �t1 � \"Rin ��� n\n'arighri-padma-sudha'ya kahe 'kr$Qa-sarigananda'\nvidhi-marge na paiye vraje kr$Qa-candra\n\nSYNONYMS\narighri-padma-sudhaya-by the nectar derived from the lotus feet of Kr�Qa;\nkahe-it says; kr$Qa-sarigananda-transcendental bliss by the association of\nKr�Qa; vidhi-marge-on the path of regulative principles; na paiye-one does not\nget; vraje-in Goloka Vrndavana; kr$Qa-candra-Lord Kr�Qa.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word 'anghri-padma-sudha' means 'associating intimately with\nKr�r:'la.' One can attain such perfection only by spontaneous love of God. One\ncannot obtain Kr�r:'la in Goloka Vrndavana simply by serving the Lord according to regulative principles.\nTEXT 227\n\nornr� ':{�9fl 'S�t-\\. Clff�;n� C'5'1lf9f\":�Jl��: I\n�lfototl��l�l\"llt. ll�l ;sf�1!\\!ilf1!� U H, II\nnayarh sukhapo bhagavan\ndehinarh gopika-suta/:1\njfianinarh catma-bhDtanarh\nyatha bhaktimatam iha\n\n", "mad3#p0264": "Text 229]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n231\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nna-not; ayam-this Lord Sri Kr�Qa; sukha-apab-easily available; bhagavan­\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; dehinam-for materialistic persons who\nhave accepted the body as the self; gopika-sutab-the son of mother Yasoda;\n\njrianinam-for\n\npersons\n\naddicted\n\nto\n\nmental\n\nspeculation;\n\nca-and;\n\natma­\n\nbhatanam-for persons performing severe austerities and penances; yatha-as;\n\nbhakti-matam-for persons engaged in spontaneous devotional service; iha-in\nthis world.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'The Supreme Personality of Godhead, K��1.1a, the son of mother Ya5oda, is\n\naccessible to those devotees engaged in spontaneous loving service, but He is\nnot as easily accessible to mental speculators, to those striving for selfrealization by severe austerities and penances, or to those who consider the\nbody the same as the self.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0. 9.21) is spoken by Srila Sukadeva\n\nGosvami. It concerns the statement about Kr�Qa's being subjugated by the gopis\nand thus glorifying them.\n\nTEXT 228\n\n'ell!�� ''t1�� ����I\n\nltfil·f�� f�t•lt-rt��·� fC�-.·tt II -\\�.Jr II\nataeva gopi-bhava kari ar'lgikara\n\nratri-dina cinte radha-kr�Qera vihara\nSYNONYMS\n\nataeva-therefore; gopi-bhava-the loving mood of the gopis; kari-making;\n\nar'!gikara-acceptance;\n\nratri-dina-day and night; cinte-one thinks; radha­\n\nk[$Qera-of Radha and Kr�Qa; vihara-the pastimes.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Therefore one should accept the mood of the gopis in their service. In\nsuch a transcendental mood, one should always think of the pastimes of Sri\nRadha and K��l)a.\nTEXT 229\n\nfi\\�t�t.. fif•' \"tt l!'lttf$ C.�Ciit I\n\n'l�ltCI 1'ftil lt-rftif.-.� R'l II -\\-\\\"' II\n\n", "mad3#p0265": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n232\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nsiddha-dehe cinti' kare tahar'dli sevana\nsakhr-bhave paya radha-k[$f)era caraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nsiddha-dehe-in the perfected stage; cinti'-by remembering; kare-does;\ntahanfli-in the spiritual world; sevana-service; sakhr-bhave-in mood of the\ngopTs; paya\n\n-\n\ngets; radha-k[$f)era-of Radha and Kr�r:Ja; caraf)a-the lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"After thinking of Radha and Kr�r;�a and Their pastimes for a long time and\nafter getting completely free from material contamination, one is transferred\nto the spiritual world. There the devotee attains an opportunity to serve Radha\nand Kr�r;�a as one of the gopis.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura comments that the word siddha-deha,\n\"perfected spiritual body,\" refers to a body beyond the material gross body composed of five elements and the subtle astral body composed of mind, intelligence\nand false ego. In other words, one attains a completely spiritual body fit to render\nservice to the transcendental couple Radha and Kr�r:Ja: sarvopadhi-vinirmuktarh\ntat-paratvena nirmalam.\nWhen one is situated in his spiritual body, which is bey ond this gross and subtle\nmaterial body, he is fit to serve Radha and Kr�r:Ja. That body is called siddha-deha.\nThe living entity attains a particular type of gross body in accordance with his past\nactivities and mental condition. In this life the mental condition changes in different ways, and the same living entity gets another body in the next life according to his desires. The mind, intelligence and false ego are always engaged in an\nattempt to dominate material nature. According to that subtle astral body, one attains a gross body to enjoy the objects of one's desires. According to the activities\nof the present body, one prepares another subtle body. And according to the\nsubtle body, one attains another gross body. This is the process of material existence. However, when one is spiritually situated and does not desire a gross or\nsubtle body, he attains his original spiritual body. As confirmed by Bhagavad-grta\n\n(4.9): tyaktva deharh punar janma naiti mam eti so 'rjuna.\nOne is elevated to the spiritual world by the spiritual body and is situated either\nin Goloka Vrndavana or in another Vaikur:Jtha planet. In the spiritual body there\nare no longer material desires, and one is fully satisfied by rendering service to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Radha and Kr�r:Ja. This is the platform of bhakti\n(h[$Tkef)a h[$Tkesa-sevanarh bhaktir ucyate). When the spiritual body, mind and\nsenses are completely purified, one can render service to the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead and His consort. In Vaikur:Jtha, the consort is Lak�mi, and in Goloka\n\n", "mad3#p0266": "Text 230]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n233\n\nV[ndavana the consort if Srimati Radhara�i. In the spiritual body, free from material contamination, one can serve Radha-Kr��a and Lak�mT-Naraya�a. When one\nis thus spiritually situated, he no longer thinks of his own personal sense gratification. This spiritual body is called siddha-deha, the body by which one can render\ntranscendental service unto Radha and Kr��a. The process is that of engaging the\ntranscendental senses in loving devotional service. This verse specifically mentions, sakhi-bhave paya radha-kmJera caral)a: only transcendentally elevated persons in the mood of the gopis can engage in the service of the lotus feet of Radha\nand Kr��a.\nTEXT 230\n\nc;'ltt�·�t'l..'Sf\\!1 �1 �'St�t� I\n\"ef.-c� ift� � �erillfl,illl ��o n\ngopi-anugatya vina aisvarya-jfiane\nbhajileha nahi paya vrajendra-nandane\nSYNONYMS\ngopi-anugatya-subservience to the gopis; vi na-without; aisvarya- jfiane-in\nthe knowledge of opulence; bhajileha-if serving the Supreme Lord; nahi-not;\npaya-gets; vrajendra-nandane-the son of Maharaja Nanda, Kr��a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Unless one follows in the footsteps of the gopis, he cannot attain the service of the lotus feet of Kr��a, the son of Nanda Maharaja. If one is overcome\nby knowledge of the Lord's opulence, he cannot attain the Lord's lotus feet,\neven though he is engaged in devotional service.\nPURPORT\nOne can worship Lak�mi-Naraya�a by the process of vidhi- marga, worshiping\nthe Lord with regulative principles according to the instructions of the sastra and\nthe spiritual master. However, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Radha-Kr��a,\ncannot be directly worshiped by this process. The dealings between Radha and\nKr��a and the gopis are devoid of the opulences of Lak�mi-Naray�a. The process\nof vidhi-marga, following the regulative principles, is utilized in the worship of\nLak�mi-Naraya�a, whereas the process of spontaneous service-following in the\nfootsteps of the gopis, who are the denizens of Vrndavana-is transcendentally\nmore advanced and is the process whereby Radha and Kr��a are worshiped. One\ncannot attain this elevated position while worshiping the Lord in His opulence.\nThose attracted by the conjugal love between Radha and Kr��a must follow in the\n\n", "mad3#p0267": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n234\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nfootsteps of the gopis. Only then is it possible to enter into the Lord's service in\n\nGoloka Vrndavana and directly associate with Radha and Kr��a.\nTEXT 231\n\n� 'rt\"Q-�) �fPI \"-. I\n��f9t if! �ft� � 13�!!il\"'il II ��� II\ntahate d[?tanta-lak$mi kari/a bhajana\ntathapi na paila vraje vrajendra-nandana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntahate-in that; dmanta-the evidence; /ak$mi-the goddess of fortune;\nkari/a-did;\n\nbhajana-worship;\n\ntathapi-still;\n\nna-not; paila-got; vraje-in\n\nVrndavana; vrajendra-nandana-the son of Maharaja Nanda, Kr��a.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"The unspoken example in this connection is the goddess of fortune, who\nworshiped Lord Kr�r:-a in order to attain His pastimes in Vrndavana. However,\ndue to her opulent life-style, she could not attain the service of Kr�r:-a in\nVrndavana.\nTEXT 232\n\nOlt�� �C\"lll�'Jf IS f;{'l!t�\"itt�: <f£'111!':\n'{�flr�t� \"l�\"l�� l1:�t�wt= 1\n�'f1�'fm\"' ��lf-G����­\n\n�f-1�1� � 'Slf�t't���Oli�1C!pt II ��� \"\nnayarh sriyo 'nga u nitanta-rateb prasadab\nsvar-yo$itarh nalina-gandha-rucarh kuto 'nyal)\nrasotsave 'sya bhuja-daQ(,ia-grhita-kaQtha/abdha5i$arh ya udagad vraja-sundariQam\nSYNONYMS\n\nna-not; ayam-this; sriyab-of the goddess of fortune; aflge-on the chest;\n\nu-alas; nitanta-rateb-who is very intimately related; prasadal)-the favor;\nsval)-of the heavenly planets; yo$itam-of women; nalina-of the lotus flower;\n\ngandha-having the\n\nflavor;\n\nrucam-and bodily luster;\n\nkutal)-much less;\n\nanyab-others; rasa-utsave-in the festival of the rasa dance; asya-of Lord Sri\n\n", "mad3#p0268": "Text 234]\nKr�l)a;\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n235\n\nbhuja-daQc;fa-by the arms; grhrta-embraced; kaQtha-their necks;\n\n/abdha-a5i$am-who achieved such a blessing; yab-which; udagat-became\n\nmanifest; vraja-sundarTI)am-of the beautiful gopTs, the transcendental girls of\nVrajabhomi.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When Lord Sri Kr�r:Ja was dancing with the gopis in the rasa-lila, the gopis\nwere embraced around the neck by the Lord's arms. This transcendental favor\nwas never enjoyed by the goddess of fortune or other consorts in the spiritual\nworld. Nor was such a thing ever imagined by the most beautiful girls from\nthe heavenly planets, whose bodily luster and flavor exactly resemble a lotus\nflower. And what to speak of worldly women, who are very beautiful according to the material estimationJ'\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srrmad-Bhagavatam (1 0.47.60).\nTEXT 233\n\n�\\!\"f.{'� �'ttf '� �tfiflli{ I\n� � '$lfrt'Stfif � i)li\"fi{ II ��-e II\neta suni' prabhu tailre kaila a/ingana\n\ndui jane galagali karena krandana\nSYNONYMS\n\neta sun i '-hearing so much; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tailre­\n\nunto Ramananda Raya; kai/a-did; a/iilgana-embracing; dui jane-both of\nthem; ga/aga/i-embracing shoulder to shoulder; karena-did; krandana-crying.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing this, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced Ramananda\nRaya, and both of them, clasping one another's shoulders, began to cry.\nTEXT 234\n\n�-1{\\! '�� ftf(JI c;'Stti!�'ft I\n�'!:�� �'f--·�'ttft l.·r.� c;� II ��8 II\nei-mata premavese ratri gonaila\n\nprataf)-kale nija-nija-karye dunhe gela\n\n", "mad3#p0269": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n236\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; prema-avese-in ecstatic love of Godhead; ratri-the\nnight; gonai/a-passed; prata/:1-ka/e-in the morning; nija-nija-karye-in their\nown respective duties; dunhe-both of them; ge/a-departed.\nTRANSLATION\nThe entire night was passed in this way, in ecstatic love of Godhead. In the\nmorning they both departed to tend to their respective duties.\nTEXT 235\n\n�ti-� � Rtcf -.fD1 I\nIPttil\"f 1fAt � Mil� � II '�� \"\nvidaya-samaye prabhura cara(le dhariya\nramananda raya kahe vinati kariya\nSYNONYMS\nvidaya-samaye-at the point of departure; prabhura caraQe-the lotus feet of\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dhariya-capturing; ramananda raya-Ramananda Raya; kahe-says ; vinati kariya-wi th great humility.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBefore departin g from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Ramananda Raya fell to\nthe ground and caught hold of the Lord's lotus feet. He then spoke submissively as follows.\n\nT.EXT 236\n\n'� �9(1 �t� � �tl �t� I\nf'fi' 'flit ��' Qltt� C1rtJ �� �il II '�� II\n'more krpa karite tamara ihan agamana\ndina dasa rahi' sodha mora du$ta mana\nSYNONYMS\nmore-unto me; krpa-mercy;\n\nkarite-to do;\n\ntamara-Your; ihan-here;\n\nagamana-coming ; dina da5a rahi -remaining at least ten days; sodha-purify;\n'\n\nmora-my; du$ta mana-polluted mind.\n\n", "mad3#p0270": "Text 238]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n237\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Ramananda Raya said, \"You have come here just to show me Your causeless mercy. Therefore stay here for at least ten days and purify my polluted\nmind.\nTEXT 237\n\n�1 f.r-ft q -.t� m �fitt'! 1\n� f� �'-' il1� \"t${ fW! II' �'!l'l II\ntoma vina anya nahi jiva uddharite\ntoma vina anya nahi kr�Qa-prema dite'\nSYNONYMS\ntoma vina-without You; anya-anyone else; nahi-there is not; jiva-the living entity; uddharite-to liberate; toma vina-without You; anya-anyone else;\nnahi-there is not; kr�Qa-prema dite-to bestow love of Kr�Qa.\nTRANSLATION\n\"But for You, there is no one who can deliver all the living entities, for You\nalone can deliver love of Kr�.,a.\"\nTEXT 238\n\n� �t�,-ll(tl'ltl! ��' c;�11ttt �'I I\n��Cit!��' �15 �tlc;e 1fif 11 �'!)tr u\nprabhu kahe, -ailana suni' tamara guf)a\nkr�Qa-katha suni, suddha karaite mana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; ai/ar'!a-1 have come; suni'-hearing; tamarayour; guQa-qualities; kr�Qa-katha-these topics about Kr�oa; suni-1 hear; suddha karaite-just to make pure; mana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord replied, \"Having heard about your good qualities, I have come\nhere. I have come to hear about Kr�.,a from you and thus purify My mind.\n\n", "mad3#p0271": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n238\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 239\n\n�� ��, ��� �\"( � 11�1111\n�-(;�IIPI·wt� 'f..fif � U ��� II\nyaiche sunilun, taiche dekhilun tamara mahima\nradha-kr�f.la-premarasa-jnanera tumi sima\nSYNONYMS\nyaiche-as much; sunilun-as I have heard; taiche-that much; dekhi/un-1\nhave seen; tamara mahima-your glories; radha-kr�Qa-prema-rasa-jnanera-of\ntranscendental knowledge about the loving affairs of Radha and Kr�Qa; tumiyou; sima-the ultimate goal.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Just as I have heard from you, I have also actually seen your glories. As far\nas Radha and K���a's pastimes in a loving mood are concerned, you are the\nlimit of knowledge.\"\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu found Ramananda Raya to be the best authority in\ntranscendental knowledge of the loving affairs between Radha and Kr�Qa. In this\nverse the Lord actually states that Ramananda Raya was the limit of this knowledge.\n\nTEXT 240\n\n�-t fiftq �-�Qf'l �� �fil �' I\n\n�t. � � �� ilt� II �So II\nda5a dinera ka-katha yavat ami jiba'\ntavat tamara sanga chac;fite nariba\nSYNONYMS\ndasa dinera-of ten days; ka-katha-what to speak; yavat-as long as; ami-1;\njiba-shall live;\n\ntavat-that long; tamara-of you;\n\nsatiga-the association;\n\nchac;fite-to give up; nariba-1 shall not be able.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"To say nothing of ten days, as long as\nI live I shall find it impossible to give up your company.\n\n", "mad3#p0272": "Text 243]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n239\n\nTEXT 241\n\n�1�'1 �-� -rtf�Cf �CIS-� I\n�� ''Sft�� � \"�fltl·'ttr II �8� II\nnilacale tumi-ami thakiba eka-sange\nsukhe gonaiba kala kr�Qa-katha-range\n\nSYNONYMS\nnilacale-in Jagannatha Puri; tumi-you; ami-1; thakiba-shall stay; ekasar'lge-together; sukhe-in happiness; gor'laiba-will pass; kala-time; kr�Qakatha-range-in the joy of talking about Kr�t:�a\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Both you and I shall remain together at Jagannatha Puri. We shall pass our\ntime together in joy, talking about Kr,t:�a and His pastimes!'\nTEXT 242\n\n�!,! CJfit' 'lr.� �-� �tt� ''Stl'rll\n\n'l'fi� !'llt �i{: �firnt fil� II �8� II\neta bali' dunhe nija-nija karye gela\nsandhya-kale raya punab asiya milila\n\nSYNONYMS\neta bali'-saying this; dunhe-both of them; nija-nija-their own respective;\nkarye-in the duties; gela-departe d; sandhya-kale-in the eve ning; rayaRamananda Raya; punab-again; asiya-c oming there; mi/ila-met.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way they both departed to perform their respective duties. Then, in\nthe evening, Ramananda Raya returned to see Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 243\n\n� fiffil' �.·� �!.! C�finn I\n\n�tlttft·,'$f1� �� �f\"t!.l �1$i II �8� II\nanyonye mi/i' dunhe nibhrte vasiya\nprasnottara-go�thi kahe anandita hana\n\n", "mad3#p0273": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n240\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nSYNONYMS\nanyonye-one another; mi/i'-meeting; durihe-both of them; nibhrte-in a\nsecluded\n\nplace;\n\nvasiya-sitting;\n\nprasna-uttara-of\n\nquestions and\n\nanswers;\n\ngo$thi-a discussion; kahe-spoke; anandita-jubilant; hat'ia-becoming.\nTRANSLATION\nThus they met time and time again, both sitting in a secluded place and\njubilantly discussing the pastimes of Kr�r;�a by the question and answer\nprocess.\nTEXT 244\n\n�'l. �i, 111fti{\"f �F{ �'ft I\nt!!llfi! '�� 1ft� �Qfl 9(1(� II �88 II\nprabhu puche, ramananda karena uttara\nei mata sei ratre katha paraspara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu puche-the Lord inquires; ramananda-Raya Ramananda; karenagives; uttara-answers; ei mata-in this way; sei ratre-on that night; katha-discussion; paraspara-mutual.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked the questions, and Sri Ramananda Raya\ngave the answers. In this way they were engaged in discussion throughout the\nnight.\nTEXT 245\n\n� �,-\"�ti{. f�tJi �tJi·lfi';'O �HI?\"\nf'tll.�,-\"�-.re� f�i{i �tJi i{t� � u\"�8�11\nprabhu kahe,-\"kon vidya vidya-madhye sara?\"\nraya kahe,-\"kr$Qa-bhakti vina vidya nahi ara\"\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord inquired;\n\nkon-what;\n\nvidya-knowledge;\n\nvidya­\n\nmadhye-in the midst of knowledge; sara-the most important; raya kaheRamananda Raya answered; k($f)a-bhakti-devotional service to Kr�Qa; vina-except; vidya-education; nahi-there is not; ara-any other.\n\n", "mad3#p0274": "Text 245]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n241\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn one occasion, the Lord inquired, \"Of all types of education, which is the\nmost important?\" Ramananda Raya replied, \"There is no education that is important other than the transcendental devotional service of Kr�r;1a.\"\nPURPORT\nTexts 245 to 257 are all questions and answers between Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and Ramananda Raya. In these exchanges there is an attempt to\nshow the difference between material and spiritual existence. Education in Kr�Qa\nconsciousness is always transcendental and is the best of all forms of education.\nMaterial education aims at increasing the activities of material sense gratification.\nBeyond material sense gratification is another negative form of knowledge called\nbrahma-vidya, or transcendental knowledge. However, beyond that brahma­\n\nvidya, or knowledge of the impersonal Brahman, is knowledge of devotional service to the Supreme Lord, Vi�QU. This knowledge is higher. And higher still is devotional service to Lord Kr�t:Ja, which is the topmost form of education. According to\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (4.29.49):\n\ntat karma hari-to?aril yat\nsa vidya tan-matir yaya\n\n\"Work meant for pleasing the Supreme Lord is best, and education that enhances\none's Krsna consciousness is the best.\"\n·\nAlso, �� cording to Srimad-Bhagavatam (7.5.23-24):\nsravaf)ariJ kirtanariJ Vi$f)OQ\n\nsmaraf)aril pada-sevanam\n\narcanaril vandanaril dasyam\n\nsakhyam atma-nivedanam\n\niti purilsarpita vi?Qau\n\nbhaktis cen nava-lak$af)a\n\nkriyeta bhagavaty addha\n\ntan manye 'dhitam uttamam\n\nThis is a statement given by Prahlada Maharaja in answer to a question raised by\nhis father. Prahlada Maharaja said, \"To hear or chant about Lord Vi�Qu, to remember Him, to serve His lotus feet, to worship Him, to offer prayers to Him, to be­\n\ncome His servant and His friend, to sacrifice everything for His service-all these\nare varieties of devotional service . One who is engaged in such activities is understood to be educated to the topmost perfection.\"\n\n", "mad3#p0275": "242\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 246\n\n'�-st'l·'lft'll �� '<�Stit �� M 1'\n\n'��'Ri �f'llr1 �� � �R! II' �8� II\n'kirti-gat)a-madhye jivera kon ba(ia kirti ?'\n'k[$Qa-bhakta baliya yar'lhara haya khyati'\nSYNONYMS\nkirti-gaQa-madhye-among glorious activities; jivera-of the living entity;\nkon-which; ba(ia-greatest;\n\nkirti-glory; k[$Qa-bhakta-a devotee of Lord\n\nKr�l)a; b aliya-as; yanhara-of whom; haya-there is; khyati-the reputation.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then asked Ramananda Raya, \"Out of all glorious\nactivities, which is the most gloriousJ\" Ramananda Raya replied, \"That person who is reputed to be a devotee of Lord Kr�r;�a's enjoys the utmost fame and\nglory.\"\nPURPORT\nThe greatest reputation a living being can have is to be a devotee of Kr�l)a's and\nto act in Kr�l)a consciousness. In the material world everyone is trying to be\nfamous by accumulating a large bank balance or material opulence. There is a\nsteady competition among karmis attempting to advance in a wealthy society.\nThe whole world is turning in accordance with that competitive mood. However,\nthis kind of name and fame is temporary, for it lasts only as long as the temporary\nmaterial body exists. One may become famous as a brahma-jfiani, an impersonalist scholar, or one may become a materially opulent person. In either case,\nsuch reputations are inferior to the reputation of Kr�l)a's devotee. In the Caru(ia\nPuraQa it is said:\nka/au bhagavatarh nama\ndurlabharh naiva /abhyate\nbrahma-rudra-padotkr$tarh\ngurul)a kathitarh mama\n\"In this age of Kali, the fame of one who is known as a great devotee is very rare.\nHowever, such a position is superior to that of the great demigods like Brahma and\nMahadeva. This is the opinion of all spiritual masters:'\nIn the ltihasa-samuccaya, Narada tells Pui)<;Jarika:\n\n", "mad3#p0276": "Text 246]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n243\n\njanmantara-sahasre�u\nyasya syad buddhir idrsi\ndaso 'ham vasudevasya\nsarval /okan samuddharet\n'�fter many, many births, when a person realizes that he is the eternal servant of\nVasudeva, he can deliver all the worlds:'\n\nIn the Adi PuraQa, in a conversation between Kr��a and Arjuna, it is said:\n\nbhaktanam anugacchanti\nmuktayab srutibhib saha\n\"The most exalted position of liberation is given by Vedic knowledge. Everyone\nfollows in the footsteps of the devotee.\"\n\nSimilarly, in the Brhan-naradiya PuraQa, it is further stated:\n\nadyapi ca muni-sre�tha\nbrahmadya api devatab\n\"Until now, even the great demigods like Brahma and Lord Siva did not know the\ninfluence of a devotee:'\n\nSimilarly, in the Carur;Ja PuraQa it is stated:\n\nbrahmaQanarh sahasrebhya/:1 satra-yaji visi�yate\nsatra-yaji-sahasrebhya/:1 sarva-vedanta-paraga/:1\nsarva-vedanta-vit-kotya vi�Qu-bhakto visi�yate\nvai�Qavanarh sanasrebhya ekanty eko visi�yate\n\"It is said that out of thousands of\n\nbrahmaQas, one is qualified to perform\n\nsacrifices, and out of many thousands of such qualified brahmaQas expert in\n\nsacrificial offerings, one learned brahmaQa may have passed beyond all Vedic\n\nknowledge. He is considered the best among all these brahmaQas. And y et, out of\n\nthousands of such brahmaQas who have surpassed Vedic knowledge, one person\n\nmay be a vi�Qu-bhakta, and he is most famous. Out of many thousands of such\n\nVai��avas, one who is completely fixed in the service of Lord Kr��a is most\nfamous. Indeed, a person who is completely devoted to the service of the Lord\ncertainly returns home, back to Godhead:'\n\nThere is also a statement in the Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.13.4), stating:\n\nsrutasya purhsarh sucira-sramasya\nnanv anjasa suribhir ir;iito 'rtha/:1\n\n", "mad3#p0277": "244\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\ntat-tad-gul)anusravaf)aril mukundapadaravindaril hrdaye�u ye�am\n\n'�fter much hard labor, a person highly learned in Vedic literature is certainly very\nfamous. However, one who is always hearing and chanting the glories of the lotus\nfeet of Mukunda within his heart is certainly superior.\"\nIn the Narayaf)a-vyaha-stava, it is said:\n\nnaharil brahmapi bhayasaril\ntvad-bhakti-rahito hare\n\ntvayi bhaktas tu ki.to 'pi\n\nbhayasaril janma-janmasu\n\n\"I do not aspire to take birth as a Brahma if that Brahma is not a devotee of the\nLord. I shall be satisfied simply to take birth as an insect if I am given a chance to\nremain in the house of a devotee.\"\n\nThere are many similar verses in Srimad-Bhagavatam, especially 3.25.38,\n\n4.24.29, 4.31 .22, 7.9.24, and 1 0.1 4.30.\n\nIt was Lord Siva who said: \"I do not know the truth about Kr?l)a, but a devotee\nof Lord Kr?l)a's knows all the truth. Out of all the devotees of Lord Kr?l)a, Prahlada\nis the greatest.\"\nAbove Prahlada, the Pal)c;lavas are supposedly more advanced. Above the Pal)c;lavas are the members of the Yadu dynasty, who are even more advanced. In the\nYadu dynasty, Uddhava is the furthest advanced, and above Uddhava are the\ndamsels of Vraja-dhama, the gopis themselves.\n\nIn the Brhad-vamana Pural)a, Bhrgu is told by Lord Brahma:\n\n�a�ti-var�a-sahasral)i\n\nmaya taptaril tapa!) pura\n\nnanda-gopa-vraja-stril)aril\npada-rei)Opalabdhaye\n\n\"I underwent meditation and austerities for 60,000 years just to understand the\n\ndust of the lotus feet of the gopis. Still, I could not understand them. To say\nnothing of me, even Lord Siva, Lord Se?a and the goddess of fortune Lak?mi could\nnot understand them.\"\n\nIn the Adi Pural)a the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself says:\n\nna tatha me priyatamo\n\nbrahma rudras ca parthiva\n\nna ca lak�mir na catma ca\nyatha gopi-jano mama\n\n", "mad3#p0278": "Text 247]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Ray a\n\n245\n\n\"Lord Brahma, Lord Siva, the goddess of fortune and even My own Self are not as\ndear to Me as the gopis.\" Of all the gopis SrTmati Radhara�i is the topmost. ROpa\nGosvami and Sanatana Gosvami are the most exalted servitors of Srimati\nRadhara�i and Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Those who adhere to their service\nare known as rOpanuga devotees. Caitanya-candramrta (127) gives the following\nstatement about Srila ROpa Gosvami:\n\nastarh vairagya-kotir bhavatu sama-dama-k$anti-maitry-adi-kotis\ntattvanudhyana-kotir bhavatu va vai$f)avi bhakti-koti/:1\nkoty-amso 'py asya na syat tad api guQa-gaQo yal) svata/:1-siddha aste\nsrimac-caitanyacandra-priya-cara(la-nakha-jyotir amoda-bhajam\nThe qualities of one engaged in the service of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhusuch as reputation, austerities, penances and knowledge-are not to be compared to the good qualities of others. Such is the perfection of a devotee always\nengaged in the service of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 247\n\n'��ffi 11t'fJ �� (';'Tilil, ��� ostf'l ?'\n'�'fttt� (';\\2111 �tf, '� �� 'I� II' �8ct II\n'sampattira madhye jivera kon sampatti gaQi?'\n'radha-k[$Qe prema yanra, sei bada dhani'\nSYNONYMS\n\nsampa ttira-riches; madhye -among; jivera-of the living entities; konwhat;\n\nsampatti-the\n\nwealth;\n\ngaQi-we\n\naccept;\n\nRadhara�i and Kr��a; prema-loving service; yanra\n\nradha-k[$Qe-to\n-\n\nSrimati\n\nwhose; sei-he; ba(fa­\n\nvery great; dhani-capitalist.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked, \"Of the many capitalists who possess great\nriches, who is the topmosH\" Ramananda Raya replied, \"He who is richest in\nlove for Radha and Kr�l)a is the greatest capitalist.\"\nPURPORT\nEveryone in this material world is attempting to acquire riches to satisfy the\nsenses. Actually no one cares for anything other than acquiring material possessions and maintaining them. The wealthy are generally accepted as the most important personalities in this material world, but when we compare a material man\n\n", "mad3#p0279": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n246\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nof wealth to one wealthy in devotional service to Radha and Kr�l')a, the latter is\nfound to be the greatest capitalist. According to Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.39.2):\n\nkim a/abhyarh bhagavati\nprasanne sri-niketane\ntathapi tat-para rajan\nna hi vafichanti kificana\n\"What is difficult for the devotees of Lord Kr�l')a, who is the shelter of the goddess\nof fortune? Although such devotees can obtain anything, 0 King, they do not\ndesire anything.\"\nTEXT 248\n\n'l:�·';{!';-o � 'l:� � �� ?'\n'��'e9·M� � l:� i{� �� �� II'�Slr II\n'dui)kha-madhye kona dui)kha haya gurutara?'\n'k[$f)a-bhakta-viraha vina dui)kha nahi dekhi para'\nSYNONYMS\n\ndui) kha-madhye among the miserable conditions of life; kona-what;\ndui) kha mise ry; haya-is; gurutara-more painful; k[$f)a-bhakta-virahaseparation from the devotee of Lord Kr�l')a; vina-besides; du/:lkha-unhappi\nness; nahi-there is not; dekhi-1 see; para-othe r.\n-\n\n-\n\n­\n\nTRAN SLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked, \"Of all kinds of distress, what is the most\npainful?\" Sri Ramananda Raya replied, \"Apart from separation from the devotee of Kr�r;�a, I know of no unbearable unhappiness.\"\nPURPORT\nConcerning this, Srimad-Bhagavatam states:\n\nmam anaradhya du/:lkharta/:1\nkutumbasakta-manasa/:1\nsat-sanga-rahito martyo\nvrddha-seva-paricyuta/:1\n'� person who does not worship Me, who is unduly attached to family and who\n\ndoes not stick to devotional service must be considered a most unhappy person.\n\n", "mad3#p0280": "Text 249]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n247\n\nSimilarly, one who does not associate with Vai�Qavas, or who does not render service to his superior, is also a most unhappy person:'\n\nThere is also a statement given in the Brhad-bhagavatamrta (1.5.44):\n\nsva-jivanadhikaril prarthyaril\nsri-vigw-jana-satigataf)\n\nvicchedena k�af)aril catra\n\nna sukharhsarh labhamahe\n\n\"Out of all kinds of desirable things experienced in the life of a living entity,\nassociation with the devotees of the Lord is the greatest. V\\hen we are separated\nfrom a devotee even for a moment, we cannot enjoy happiness.\"\nTEXT 249\n\n'�·'lf(;-rJ '� \"1� � <fiRf' 'aftf.{ ?'\n'�t� �111', � �Mt1ftJ!f'! II' �8� II\n'mukta-madhye kon jiva mukta kari' mani?'\n\n'kr�Qa-prema yatira, sei mukta-siromaQi'\nSYNONYMS\n\nmukta-madhye-among the liberated; kon-what; jiva-living entity ; muk­\n\nta-liberated; kari'-considering as; mani-we accept; kr�Qa- prema-one who\n\nloves Kr�Qa; yan ra-of whom; sei -such a person; mukta-siromaQi-the topmost\n.\n\nof all liberated souls.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then inquired, \"Out of all liberated persons, who\nshould be accepted as the greatesU Ramananda Raya replied, \"He who has\nlove for Kr�r;�a has attained the topmost liberation.\"\nPURPORT\nIn Srimad-Bhagavatam (6.14.5), it is said:\n\nmuktanam api siddhanarh\nnarayaQa-parayaQaf)\n\nsudur/abhab prasantatma\nkoti�v api mahamune\n\n", "mad3#p0281": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n248\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\n\"0 great sage, of the many millions of liberated persons and of the millions who\n\nhave attained perfection, he who is a devotee of Lord Narayal)a is very, very rare.\nIndeed, he is the most perfect and peaceful person.\"\nTEXT 250\n\n''$fti{·��-u �ti{ �ti{ -�� r� 'fSi ?'\n'�'ft�1t (;��f\"f'-� ;ft7;(!1t 11� ����oil\n'gana-madhye kana gana -jivera nija dharma?'\n'radha-km1era prema-ke/i'-yei gitera marma\nSYNONYMS\n\nkana gana-which song; jivera-of the living\ndharma-religion; radha-k[$f)era prema ke li-the loving\naffairs of Radha and Kf�l)a; yei-wh i ch; gitera-of the song; marma-purport.\ngana-madhye-among songs;\n\nentity; nija-his own;\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu next asked Ramananda Raya, \"Among many\nsongs, which song is to be considered the actual religion of the living entityl\"\nRamananda Raya replied, \" That song describing the loving affairs of Sri Radha\nand Kr�r;�a is superior to all other songs!'\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.33.37):\n\nanugrahaya bhutanarh\nmanu$arh deham asthita/:1\nbhajate tadrsi/:1 kric;fa\nya/:1 srutva tat-para bhavet\n\"Lord Kr�t:�a descends apparently as a human being, and He exhibits His transcendental pastimes in Vrndavana so that the conditioned soul may be attracted to\nhearing His transcendental activities.\" Nondevotees are strictly prohibited from\nparticipating in songs celebrating the loving affairs of Radha and Kf�l)a. Unless one\nis a devotee, it is very dangerous to hear the songs about the pastimes of Radha\nand Kr�t:�a that were written by Jayadeva Gosvami, Cat:�c;lidasa and other exalted\ndevotees. Lord Siva drank an ocean of poison, but one should not imitate this.\nOne must first become a pure devotee of Lord Kf�l)a. Only then can one enjoy\nhearing the songs of jayadeva and relish transcendental bliss. If one simply imitates the activities of Lord Siva and drinks poison, one will certainly meet with\ndeath.\n\n", "mad3#p0282": "Text 25'2]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n249\n\nTalks between Lord S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Ramananda Raya were\nmeant for advanced devotees only. Those who are on the mundane platform and\nwho study these talks in order to put forward some thesis for a Ph. D. will not be\nable to understand them. Instead, these conversations will have a poisonous\neffect .\nTEXT 251\n\n,,�·1ft${) '<IS� <;i!t�: �� � �Rf ?'\n'�-.�� � <;�: � �Rf II' �a� II\n'sreyo-madhye kona sreyab jivera haya sara?'\n'kr$f)a-bhakta-sanga vina sreyab nahi ara'\nSYNONYMS\nsreyab-madhye-among beneficial activities; kona-which; sreyab-beneficial\n\nfunction; jivera-of the living entity; haya-is; sara-the essence; kr$f)a-bhaktasanga-for associating with the devotees of Lord Kr�r:Ja; vina-except; sreyab­\n\nbeneficial activity; nahi-there is not; ara-another.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Out of all auspicious and beneficial activities, which is best for the living\nentity?\" Ramananda Raya replied, \"The only auspicious activity is association\nwith the devotees of Kr�Qa.\"\nPURPORT\nAccording to Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.2.30):\nata atyantikarh k$emarh\n\nprcchamo bhavato 'naghab\n\nsarhsare 'smin k$af)ardho 'pi\n\nsat-sangab sevadhir nwam\n\n\"We are asking the most perfect welfare activity from you. I think that in this material world, association with devotees-even if it be for a moment-is the\ngreatest treasure house for mankind:'\nTEXT 252\n\n'��� �'1 �� <!iRt� 'f!il'l\"''l 1'\n'?-.'-•rtlf-�'1-�\"11-�� \"11{'111' �Q'� 11\n\n", "mad3#p0283": "250\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\n'kanhara smara1,1a jiva karibe anuk$aQa?'\n\n'kr$Qa-nama-guQa-lila-pradhana smara1,1a'\nSYNONYMS\n\nkanhara-of whom; smaraQa-remembering; jiva-the living entity; karibe­\n\nshould do; anuk$aQa-constantly; kr$Qa-nama-the holy name of Lord Kr�Qa;\nguQa-/i/a-His\n\nqualities and pastimes;\n\npradhana\n\nsmaraQa-most important\n\nremembrance.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked, \"What should all living entities constantly\nremember?\" Ramananda Raya replied, \"The chief object of remembrance is\nalways the holy name of the Lord, His qualities and pastimes.\"\nPURPORT\nSrimad-Bhagavatam states (2.2.36):\ntasmat sarvatmana rajan\nhari/:l sarvatra sarvada\n\nsrotavya/:l kirtitavyas ca\n\nsmartavyo bhagavan nwam\n\nSukadeva Gosvami concludes: \"The business of the living entity is to always\nremember the Supreme Personality of Godhead in every circumstance. The Lord\nshould be heard about, glorified and remembered by all human beings:'\nTEXT 253\n\n''$fH1·1fOO itt� �J �1{. uti1 ?'\n\n'1ftl!ft\"9fWt'F-�-�� n' �<t� 11\n'dhyeya-madhye jivera kartavya kon dhyana?'\n\n'radha-kr$Qa-padambuja-dhyana -pradhana'\nSYNONYMS\n\ndhyeya-madhye-out of all types of meditation; jivera-of the living entity;\n\nkartavya-the duty; kon-what; dhyana-meditation; radha-kr$Qa-pada-ambuja-on the lotus feet of Radha and Kr�Qa; dhyana-med itation; pradhana-is the\n\nchief.\n\n", "mad3#p0284": "Text 2.54]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n251\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu further inquired, \"Out of many types of meditation, which is required for all living entitiesJ\" Srila Ramananda Raya replied,\n\"The chief duty of every living entity is to meditate upon the lotus feet of\nRadha and Kr�Qa.\"\nPURPORT\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam states (1.2.14):\ntasmad ekena manasa\n\nbhagavan satvatam pati/:1\n\nsrotavya/:1 kirtitavyas ca\n\ndhyeya/:1 pujyas ca nityada\n\nSota Gosvami replied to the sages headed by Saunaka: \"Everyone should very attentively listen to the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One\nshould glorify His activities and meditate upon Him regularly.\"\nTEXT 254\n\n'�<f'I!J�' itr;<!l1{ � <fiti �tJ� ?'\na�fif � � Jn�t1fPI u' �asn\n'sarva tyaji' jivera kartavya kahan vasa?'\nvraja-bhami vrndavana yahan lila-rasa'\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-everything; tyaji'-giving up; jivera-of the living entity; kartavya-to\n\nbe done; kahan-where; vasa-residence; vraja-bhumi-the land known as Vra­\n\njabhomi; vrndavana-the holy place named Vrndavana; yahan\n\nrasa- Lord Kr�Qa performed His rasa dance.\n\n-\n\nwhere; lila­\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked, \"Where should the living entity live, abandoning all other placesJ\" Ramananda Raya replied, \"The holy place known as\nVrndavana or Vrajabhiimi, where the Lord performed His rasa dance.\"\nPURPORT\nAccording to Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.47.61):\n\n", "mad3#p0285": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrfa\n\n252\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nasam aha caraQa-reQu-ju$c'im aharil\n\nsyaril vrndavane kim api gulma-latau$adhinam\n\nya dustyajaril svajanam arya-patharil ca hitva\n\nbhejur mukunda-padaviril srutibhir vimrgyam\n\n\"Let me become one of the herbs and plants of Vrndavana that the gopis trample,\ngiving up all connections with family and friends and deciding to worship the\nlotus feet of Mukunda. Those lotus feet are sought by all great saintly persons expert in the study of Vedic literature.\"\n\nTEXT 255\n\n'l!t<l'l'alt-u � � c;\\!ti �cj ?'\n'�'{�-c;��<fi� '<fi�1f'l1�i\\\" II' �<2'<2' II\n'sravaf)a-madhye jivera kon sre$tha sravaf)a ?'\n\n'radha-k[$Qa-prema-keli karf)a-rasayana'\nSYNONYMS\n\nsravaf)a-madhye-out of all topics for hearing; jivera-of the living entity;\n\nkon-what; sre$tha-most important; sravaf)a- topic of hearing; radha-k[$f)a­\n\nprema-keli-the loving affairs between Radha and Kr�t:�a; karf)a-rasa-ayanamost pleasing to the ear.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked, \"Out of all topics people listen to, which is\nbest for all living entities1\" Ramananda Raya replied, \"Hearing about the loving affairs between Radha and Kr�r:-a is m ost pleasing to the ear:'\nPURPORT\nAccording to Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.33.40):\n\nvikri(jitaril vraja-vadhobhir idaril ca Vi$QO/:l\n\nsraddhanvito 'nusrQuyad atha varf)ayed ya/:l\n\nbhaktiril pararil bhagavati pratilabhya kamaril\nhrd-rogam asv apahinoty aciref)a dhira/:l\n\n\"He who faithfully hears about the dealings between Lord Kr�t:�a and the gopis in\n\nthe rasa dance and he who describes these activities attain to the perfectional\nstage of devotional service and simultaneously lose material, lusty desires.\"\n\n", "mad3#p0286": "Text 256]\n\n253\n\nTalks Betwe en the Lord and Ramananda Ray a\n\nWhen one is liberated and hears of Lord Kr�Qa's and Radha's loving affairs, he is\nnot inclined to have lusty desires. One mundane rogue once said that when the\nVai�Qavas chant the name \"Radha, Radha,\" he simply remembers a barber's wife\nnamed Radha. This is a practical example. Unless one is liberated, he should not\ntry to hear about the loving affairs between Radha and Kr�Qa. If one is not liberated and listens to a relation of the rasa dance, he may remember his mundane ac­\n\ntivities and illicit connections with some woman whose name may also be Radha.\nIn the conditioned stage one should not even try to remember such things. By\npracticing the regulative principles, one should rise to the platform of spontaneous attraction for Kr�Qa. Then and only then should one hear about the\nradha-k($Qa-IT/a Although these affairs may be very pleasing both to conditioned\n\nand to liberated souls, the conditioned soul should not try to hear them. The talks\nbetween Ramananda Raya and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are conducted on the\nplatform of liberation.\n\nTEXT 256\n\n'��c� 11'00 c;�t-t �?t� �� ?'\n'c;�i ��-,'$f� '�ttt �' ilt� II' �Q'� II\n'upasyera madhye kon upasya pradhana?'\n\n'sre$tha upasya-yugala 'radha-k($Qa' nama'\n\nSYNONYMS\nupasyera-objects of\n\nworship;\n\nmadhye\n\n-\n\namong;\n\nkon-which;\n\nworshipable object; pradhana-the chief; sre$tha-the chief; upasya\n\n-\n\nupasyaworshipa\n\n­\n\nble object; yuga/a-the couple; radha-k($Qa nama-the holy name of RadhaKr�Qa, or Hare Kr�Qa.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked, \"Among all worshipable objects, which is\nthe chiefl\" Ramananda Raya replied, \"The chief worshipable object is the\nholy name of Radha and Kr�Qa, the Hare K\"l)a mantra.\"\nPURPORT\nAccording to SrTmad-Bhagavatam (6.3.22):\netavan eva Joke 'smin\n\npurilsaril dharmab parab smrtab\n\nbhakti-yogo bhagavati\n\ntan-nama-grahaQadibhib\n\n", "mad3#p0287": "254\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\n\"In this material world the living entity's only business is to accept the path of\nbhakti-yoga and chant the holy name of the Lord!'\n\nTEXT 257\n\n'JI�, \"� �t\"r;;ti! ,��, <fii�1 i·�t� '$f� ?'\n'\"'l•!F!1r;;�' <;W��� C�r;;li �<tf\"'fi! II' ��'l II\n'mukti, bhukti vafiche yei, kahail duilhara gati?'\n'sthavara-deha, deva-deha yaiche avasthiti'\n\nSYNONYMS\nmukti-liberation; bhukti-sense enjoyment; vafiche-desires; yei-one who;\n\nkahail-where; dunhara-of both of them;\n\ngati-the destination;\n\nsthavara­\n\ndeha-the body of a tree; deva-deha-the body of a demigod; yaiche-just as;\n\navasthiti-situated.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"And what is the destination of those who desire liberation and those who\ndesire sense gratificationl\" Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked. Ramananda Raya\nreplied, \" Those who attempt to merge into the existence of the Supreme Lord\nwill have to accept a body like that of a tree. And those who are overly inclined toward sense gratification will attain the bodies of demigods.\"\nPURPORT\nThose who desire liberation by merging into the existence of God do not desire\nsense gratification within the material world. On the other hand, they have no information about serving the lotus feet of the Lord. Consequently, they are\ndoomed to stand like trees for many thousands of years. Although trees are living\nentities, they are nonmoving. The liberated soul who attempts to merge into the\nexistence of the Lord is no better than the trees. Trees also stand in the Lord's existence because material energy and the L ord's energy are the same. Similarly, the\nBrahman effulgence is also the energy of the Supreme Lord. It is the same whether\none remains in the Brahman effulgence or in the material energy because in either\nthere is no spiritual activity. Better situated are those who desire sense gratification and promotion to the heavenly planets. Such people want to enjoy themselves like denizens of heaven in gardens of paradise. They at least retain their individuality in order to enjoy life, but the impersonalists, who try to lose their individuality, also love both material and spiritual pleasure. The stone is immovable\n\nand has neither material nor spiritual activity. As far as the hard-working karmis are\n\nconcerned, Srimad-Bhagavatam states (11.1 0.23):\n\n", "mad3#p0288": "Text 258]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n255\n\ni$tveha devata yajnai/:1\nsvar-lokarh yati yajnika/:1\nbhunjita devavat tatra\nbhogan divyan nijarjitan\n''l\\fter performing various sacrificial rituals for elevation to the heavenly planets,\nthe karmis go there and enjoy themselves with the demigods to the extent that\nthey have obtained the results of pious activities.\"\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (9.20-21):\ntrai-vidya marh soma-pa/:1 puta-papa\nyajnair i$tva svar-gatirh prarthayante\nte puf)yam asadya surendra-lokam\nasnanti divyan divi deva-bhogan\nte tarh bhuktva svarga-lokarh visalarh\nk?if)e puQye martya-lokarh visanti\nevarh trayi-dharmam anuprapanna\ngatagatarh kama-kama Jabhante\n\"Those who study the Vedas and drink soma juice, seeking the heavenly planets,\nworship Me indirectly. They take birth on the planet of lndra, where they enjoy\ngodly delights. When they have thus enjoy ed heavenly sense pleasure, they\nreturn to this mortal planet again. Thus, through the Vedic principles, they achieve\nonly flickering happiness.\"\nTherefore after finishing the results of pious activities, the karmis again return to\nthis planet in the form of rain, and they begin their life as grass and plants in the\nevolutionary process.\n\nTEXT 258\n�PHD �t<li �� �-filllif�� I\nPIS� c;�� � 021Jl�·1!_f:� II �<tlr II\narasa-jna kaka cO?e jnana-nimba-phale\nrasa-jna kokila khaya premamra-mukule\n\nSYNONYMS\narasa-jna-without mellows; kaka-the crows; cO?e-suck; jnana-of knowledge; nimba-phale-on the bitter nimba fruit; rasa-jna-who are humorous;\nkokila-the cuckoos; khaya-eat; prema-amra-mukule-the buds of the mango\nof love of Godhead.\n\n", "mad3#p0289": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n256\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya continued, \"Those who are devoid of all mellows are like\nthe crows that suck the juice from the bitter fruits of the nimba tree of knowledge, whereas those who enjoy mellows are like the cuckoos who eat the buds\nof the mango tree of love of Godhead!'\nPURPORT\nThe speculative process of empiric philosophy is as bitter as the fruit of the\n\nnimba tree. The tasting of this fruit is the business of crows. In other words, the\nphilosophical process of realizing the Absolute Truth is a process taken up by\ncrowlike men. The cuckoos have very sweet voices with which to chant the holy\nname of the Lord and taste the sweet fruit of the mango tree. Such devotees relish\nsweet mellows with the Lord.\nTEXT 259\n\n'C{-etRtm i!iJ� 'C{t�twt11 �· i!iltil 1\n�-<;�� �il <fi(;1l ��II �It� II\nabhagiya jnani asvadaye su�ka jnana\nkr�Qa-premamrta pana kare bhagyavan\nSYNONYMS\nabhagiya-unfortunate;\n\njnani-the\n\nphilosophical\n\nasvadaye­\n\nspeculators;\n\ntaste; su�ka-dry; jflana-empiric knowledge; k r� l)a pr ema-am rta\n-\n\n-\n\nthe nectar of\n\nlove of Kf�l)a; pana-drinking; kare-do; bhagyavan-the fortunate.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya concluded, \"The unfortunate empiric philosophers taste\nthe dry process of philosophical knowledge, whereas the devotees regularly\ndrink the nectar of love of Kr�r;�a. Therefore they are most fortunate of all!'\nTEXT 260\n\n���'! �� iSfil fl<li\"1·rot I\n�-�-�� C�� �fui-<;-t� II ��o II\nei-mata dui jana kr�Qa-katha-rase\nnrt ya-gi ta ro dane haifa ratri-se�e\n-\n\n", "mad3#p0290": "Text 262]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n257\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; dui jana-both of them (Lord Caitanya and Ramananda\n\nRaya); kr?Qa-katha-rase-in the mellows of discussing topics about Kr?Qa; nrtyagita-in dancing and chanting; rodane-in crying; hai/a-there was; ratri-se?e­\n\nthe end of the night.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way both Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Ramananda Raya passed the full\nnight relishing the mellow of k�H•a-katha, topics about K��l)a. While they\nwere chanting, dancing and crying, the night ended.\nTEXT 261\n\n,ftr;;� �iS'f-f�-�� �� �mill\n�'lilt<Jit1;'f i!'t1l �t �' fil�iifl �11{ flfti{ II��� II\ndorihe nija-nija-karye ca/ila vihane\nsandhya-kale raya asi' milila ara dine\nSYNONYMS\n\ndorihe-both of them; nija-nija-karye-in their respective duties; ca/i/adeparted; vihane-in the morning; sandhya-kale-in the evening; raya-Ramananda Raya; asi'-coming again; mi/i/a-met; ara-next; dine-on the day.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next morning they both departed to perform their respective duties,\nbut in the evening Ramananda Raya returned to meet the Lord again.\nTEXT 262\n\n��·<;'St� �<15�1 <15�' fl'Jfi'l I\n�'t_'Pflt $ffit' il't11 <litif f.l�tM II ��� II\ni?ta-go?thi kr?Qa-katha kahi' kata-k?aQa\nprabhu-pada dhari' raya kare nivedana\nSYNONYMS\ni?ta-g o? thi -spiritual discussion; kr?Qa-katha-topics of Kr?Qa; kahi'-talking;\nkata-k?aQa-for some time; prabhu-pada-the lotus feet of the Lord; dhari'­\n\ncatching; raya-Ramananda Raya; kare-makes; nivedana-submission.\n\n", "mad3#p0291": "258\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat next evening, after discussing the topic of Kr�r;�a for some time, Ramananda Raya caught hold of the lotus feet of the Lord and spoke as follows.\nTEXT 263\n\n'\"�\"'''1ft�,,, '<;��.. 'Jit1f' I\n,�,, '��.., ��� ��t1f ll ��� ll\n'kr?Qa-tattva', 'radha-tattva', 'prema-tattva-sara'\n'rasa-tattva' '/ila-tattva' vividha prakara\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-tattva -the truth about Kr�r:ta; radha-tattva -the truth about Radha;\nprema-tattva-sara-the essence of Their loving affairs;\n\nrasa-tattva-the truth\n\nabout transcendental mellow; li/a-tattva-the truth about the pastimes of the\nLord; vividha prakara-of different varieties.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is transcendental variety in talks about Kr�r;�a and Radharar;�i and\nTheir transcendental loving a ffairs, humors and pastimes.\"\nTEXT 264\n\n�i! �.. c;lt1f fit� ��'I ��t-t� I\n\n. �� �����a, iffift�\"' ����8 II\neta tattva mora citte kai/e prakasana\nbrahmake veda yena pac;Jaila narayaQa\nSYNONYMS\neta tattva-all these varieties of truth; mora citte-in my heart; kaile-you did;\n\np rakasana-manifesting; brahmake-unto Lord Brahma; veda-the Vedic knowledge; yena-as; pac;fai /a-taught; narayaQa-the Supreme Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya then a dmitted, \" You have manifested many transcendental truths in my heart. This is exactly the way Narayar;�a educated Lord\nBrahma!'\n\n", "mad3#p0292": "Text 2165]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n259\n\nPURPORT\nThe heart of Brahma was enlightened by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nThis is Vedic information given in the Svetasvatara Upani?ad (6.18):\nyo brahmaQarh vidadhati parvarh\n\nyo vai vedarhs ca prahiQoti tasmai\n\ntarh ha devam atma-buddhi-prakasarh\n\nmumUk$Uf vai saral')am ahariJ prapadye\n\n\"Because I desire liberation, let me surrender unto the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who first enlightened Lord Brahma in Vedic knowledge through Lord\nBrahma's heart. The Lord is the original source of all enlightenment and spiritual\n\nadvancement.\" In this connection there are other references given in SrimadBhagavatam 2.9.30-35, 11.14.3, 12.4.40 and 12.13.19.\nTEXT 265\n\n�\"��� 1(��11 �l �fi! m 1\n�tf�11 il1 �t�, �11'! ��� � II ��a- II\nantaryami isvarera ei riti haye\n\nbahire na kahe, vastu prakase hrdaye\nSYNONYMS\nantaryami-the Supersoul; isvarera-of the Personality of Godhead; ei-this;\n\nriti-the system; haye-is; bahire-externally; na kahe-does not speak; vastu­\n\nthe facts; prakase-manifests; hrdaye-within the heart.\nTRANSLATION\n\nRamananda Raya continued, \"The Supersoul within everyone's heart speaks\nnot externally but from within. He instructs the devotees in all respects, and\nthat is His way of instruction!'\nPURPORT\nHere Sri Ramananda Raya admits that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the Supersoul. It is the Supersoul that inspires the devotee; therefore He is the original\n\nsource of the gayatri mantra. In the gayatri it is stated: orh bhar bhuva/:1 sva/:1 tat\nsavitur vareQyaril bhargo devasya dhimahi dhiyo yo na/:1 pracodayat Savitr is the\n\noriginal source of all intelligence. That savitr is Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. This is\n\nconfirmed in Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.4.22):\n\n", "mad3#p0293": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n260\n\npracodita yena pura sarasvatT\n\nvitanvatajasya satlrh smrtirh hrdi\n\nsva-lak$aQa pradurabhot ki/asyata/:1\n\nsa me [$iQam [$abha/:l prasidatam\n\n\"May the Lord, who in the beginning of the creation amplified the potent knowledge of Brahma from within his heart and inspired him with full knowledge of\ncreation and His own self, and who appeared to be generated from the mouth of\nBrahma, be pleased with me.\" This was spoken by Sukadeva Gosvami when he invoked the blessing of the Supreme Personality of Godhead before delivering\nSrimad-Bhagavatam to Maharaja Parik�it.\n\nTEXT 266\n\n��� <rc�r��r�����rc��f-sUJ: �tt\n\nC�r;{ � �lfl <I' '151'lfrr<f�� ,�� <!'� �11�: I\nC�C'Gft<l'lfll'l]lfl� <1'�1 f<l�m1 <j'ij[ fur'!t�1[1f1\n'f'P-!1 c-,0{ 'flf'i ��i!g��<f� 'I\"�J� 9j'11� ��f� II� ��II\njanmady asya yato 'nvayad itaratas carthe$V abhijfia/:1 svara.t\ntene brahma hrda ya adi-kavaye muhyanti yat sOraya/:1\n\ntejo-vari-mrdarh yatha vinimayo yatra tri-sargo 'mr$a\n\ndhamna svena sada nirasta-kuhakarh satyarh pararh dhimahi\nSYNONYMS\n\njanma-adi-creation, maintenance and dissolution; asya-of this (the uni­\n\nverse); yata/:1-from whom; anvayat-directly from the spiritual connection;\n\nitarata/:1-indirectly from the lack of material contact; ca-also; arthe$u-in all\n\naffairs; abhijfia/:1-perfectly cognizant; sva-rat-independent; te ne-imparted;\n\nbrahma-the Absolute Truth; hrda-through the heart; ya/:1-who; adi-kavaye­\n\nunto Lord Brahma; muhyanti-are bewildered; yat-in whom; suraya/:1-great\n\npersonalities like Lord Brahma and other demigods or great brahmaQas; teja/:1-varimrdam-of fire, water an� earth; yatha-as; vinimaya/:1-the exchange; yatra-in\n\nwhom; tri-sarga/:1-the material creation of three modes; amr$a\nna-with\n\nthe\n\nabode;\n\nsvena-His\n\nown\n\npersonal;\n\n-\n\nfactual; dham­\n\nsada-al ways;\n\nnirasta­\n\nkuhakam-devoid of all illusion; satyam-the truth; param -absolute; dhimahi­\n\nlet us meditate upon.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'I offer my obeisances unto Lord Sri Kr�1.1a, son of Vasudeva, who is the\n\nsupreme all-pervading Personality of Godhead. I meditate upon Him, the\n\n", "mad3#p0294": "Text 268]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n261\n\ntranscendent reality, who is the primeval cause of all causes, from whom all\nmanifested universes arise, in whom they dwell and by whom they are\ndestroyed. I meditate upon that eternally effulgent Lord who is directly and\nindirectly conscious of all manifestations and yet is beyond them. It is He only\nwho first imparted Vedic knowledge unto the heart of Brahma, the first created\nbeing. Through Him this world, like a mirage, appears real even to great sages\nand demigods. Because of Him, the material universes, created by the three\nmodes of nature, appear to be factual, although they are unreal. I meditate\ntherefore upon Him, the Absolute Truth, who is eternally existent in His transcendental abode, and who is forever free of illusion.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis is the opening invocation of SrTmad-Bhagavatam (1.1.1).\nTEXT 267\n\n<.!!� �R-1� <;� ��� � I\n�� ��' � (;11tt1f t:!t� fil�� II ��'l II\neka sarhsaya mora achaye hrdaye\nkrpa kari' kaha more tahara niscaye\nSYNONYMS\neka sarhsaya-one doubt; mora-my; achaye-there is; hrdaye-in the heart;\nkrpa kari'-being merciful; kaha-please say; more-unto me; tahara-of that;\nni5caye-the ascertainment.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya then said that he had but one doubt within his heart, and\nhe petitioned the Lord, \"Please be merciful upon me and just remove my\ndoubt.\"\nTEXT 268\n\n��till' �( � �Jtfil·�11i� I\n\n<.!It<! (;1!1'1!1 (;\\if� 'lfc$ �11l·,'$ft�� II ��lr II\npahile dekhilun tamara sannyasi-svarupa\nebe toma dekhi mutii syama-gopa-tiipa\nSYNONYMS\n\npahile-in the beginning; dekhi/un-1 saw; tomara-Your; sannyasi-svarupaform as a person in the renounced order; ebe-now; toma-You; dekhi-see;\nmuni-1; syama-gopa-rupa-form as 5yamasundara, the cowherd boy.\n\n", "mad3#p0295": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n262\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. a\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya then told Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu: \"A t first I saw\nYou appear like a sannyasi, but now I am seeing You as Syamasundara, the\ncowherd boy.\nTEXT 269\n\n� �'tt-t �� <ft•il·�·tfil� I\nria ,��J �11 �<f�wr � n �\\!!� 11\ntamara sammukhe dekhi kancana-pancalika\ntailra gaura-kantye tamara sarva ailga ghaka\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-of You; sammukhe-in front; dekhi-l see; kancana-pancalika-a\ndoll made of gold; tailra-of it; gaura-kantye-by a white complexion; tamaraYour; sarva-all; ailga-body; ghaka-covering.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I now see You appearing like a golden doll, and Your entire body appears\n\ncovered by a golden luster.\nPURPORT\nSyamasundara is blackish, but here Ramananda Raya says that he saw Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu appear\n\ngolden.\n\nThe lustrous\n\nbody of Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu was covered by the bodily complexion of Srimati Radharal)i.\n\nTEXT 270\n\n�� (2f<fii (;lf(;-11 :Jf·��� �il I\n\niltifl � �·'I �� �-emil II �9 II\no\n\ntahate prakata dekhail sa-varilsT vadana\nnana bhave canca/a tahe kama/a-nayana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntahate-in that; prakata-manifested;\nflute; vadana-the face;\n\ndekhail-l see; sa-varilsf-with the\n\nnana bhave-in various modes;\n\ntahe-in that; kamala-nayana-the lotus eyes.\n\ncanca/a-restless;\n\n", "mad3#p0296": "Text 272]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n263\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I see that You are holding a flute to Your mouth, and Your lotus eyes are\nmoving very restlessly due to various ecstasies.\nTEXT 271\n\n�� � �' � �J:�e:<�Srn 1\n��9ft� ��' �'t_, �'I � II �9� II\nei-mata toma dekhi' haya camatkara\nakapate kaha, prabhu, karaQa ihara\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in\n\nthis\n\nway;\n\ntoma-You;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nhaya-there\n\nis;\n\ncamatkara-wonder; akapate-without duplicity; kaha-please tell; prabhu-my\nLord; karaQa-the cause; ihara-of this .\nTRANSLATION\n\"I actually see You in this way, and this is very wonderful. My Lord, please\ntell me without duplicity what is causing this!'\nTEXT 272\n\n<21'{ <157;�,-�. Q!'t1lt1t �$!' ·� I\n(;;2f1ft� �'R �� �Srtf� fil� II �9� II\nprabhu kahe, -k[$Qe tamara gac;Jha-prema haya\npremara svabhava ei janiha ni5caya\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe-the Lord replied; k[$Qe-unto Kr�t:�a; tamara-your; gac;Jhaprema-deep love; haya-there is; premara-of such transcendental love; svabhava-the nature; ei-this; janiha-please know; ni5caya-certainly.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"You have a deep love for Knr:Ja, and\none who has such deep ecstatic love for the Lord naturally sees things in such\na way. Please take this from Me to be certain.\n\n", "mad3#p0297": "264\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. a\n\nTEXT 273\n\n�� oo;� '11<1��� I\n\n� 15tt1 � itt ����-�ej II �'l� II\nmaha-bhagavata dekhe sthavara-jangama\ntahan tahan haya tanra sri-k[$f)a-sphuraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-bhagavata-a first-class advanced devotee;\n\ndekhe-sees;\n\nsthavara­\n\njangama-the movable and inert; tahan tahan-here and there; haya- is; talirahis; sr i-k[$ f)a-sphuraf)a-manifestation of Lord Kr�r:Ja.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"A devotee advanced on the spiritual platform sees everything' movable and\ninert as the Supreme Lord. For him, everything he sees here and there is but\nthe manifestation of Lord Kr�r:�a.\nTEXT 274\n\n�-� oo;-t, iii c;Wt� l!tt\n\n�I\n\n�(ijJ �� � ��-� II �'l8 II\n\nsthavara-jangama dekhe, na dekhe tara murti\nsarvatra haya nija i$ta-deva-sph0rti\nSYNONYMS\nsthavara-jangama-movable and inert; dekhe-he sees; na -not; dekhesees; tara-its; murti-form; sarvatra-everywhere; haya-there is; nija-his\nown; i$ta-dev a -worshipable Lord; sphurti-manifestation.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" The maha-bhagavata, the advanced devotee, certainly sees everything\nmobile and immobile, but he does not exactly see their forms. Rather, everywhere he immediately sees manifest the form of the Supreme Lord.\"\nPURPORT\nDue to his deep ecstatic love for Kr�r:Ja, the maha-bhagavata sees Kr�r:Ja every­\n\nwhere and nothing else. This is confirmed in Brahma-sarhhita (5.38): premafljana­\n\ncchurita-bhakti-vilocanena santa/:! sadaiva hrdaye$U vilokayanti.\n\n", "mad3#p0298": "Text 274)\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n265\n\nAs soon as a devotee sees something-be it movable or inert-he immediately\nremembers Kr�r;�a. An advanced devotee is advanced in knowledge. This knowledge is very natural to a devotee, for he has already read in Bhagavad-gita how to\nawaken Kr�oa consciousness. According to Bhagavad-gita:\n\nrasa 'ham apsu kaunteya\nprabhasmi sasi-suryayol)\npraQaval) sarva-vede�u\nsabdal) khe pauru�aril nr�u\n\"0 son of Kunti [Arjuna], I am the taste of water, the light of the sun and the\n\nmoon, the syllable om in the Vedic mantras; I am the sound in ether and ability in\nman!' (Bg. 7.8)\nThus when a devotee drinks water or any other liquid, he immediately remembers Kr�r;�a. For a devotee there is no difficulty in awakening Kr�r;�a consciousness\ntwenty-four hours a day. It is therefore said:\n\nsthavara jangama dekhe na dekhe tara murti\nsarvatra haya nija i�ta-deva-sphorti\nA saintly person, an advanced devotee, sees Kr�oa twenty-four hours a day and\nnothing else. As far as movable and inert things are concerned, a devotee sees\nthem all as transformations of Kr�oa's energy. As stated in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nbhumir apo 'nalo vayul)\nkharil mana buddhir eva ca\nahankara itiyaril me\nbhinna prakrtir a�tadha\n\"Earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence and false ego-all together these\neight comprise My separated material energies.\" (Bg. 7.4)\nActually nothing is separate from Kr�r;�a. When a devotee sees a tree, he knows\nthat the tree is a combination of two energies-material and spiritual. The inferior\nenergy, which is material, forms the body of the tree; however, within the tree is\nthe living entity, the spiritual spark, which is part and parcel of Kr�r;�a. This is the\nsuperior energy of Kr�Qa within this world. Whatever living thing we see is simply\na combination of these two energies. When an advanced devotee thinks of these\nenergies, he immediately understands that they are manifestations of the\nSupreme Lord. As soon as we see the sun rise in the morning, we arise and set\nabout doing our morning duties. Similarly, as soon as a devotee sees the energy of\nthe Lo.rd, he immediately remembers Lord Sri Kr�Qa. This is explained in this verse:\n\n", "mad3#p0299": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n266\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nsarvatra haya nija i$ta-deva-sphurti\nA devotee who has purified his existence through devotional service sees only\n\nKr��a in every step of life. This is also explained in the next verse, which is a\nquotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.2.45).\n\nTEXT 275\n\n'!�'¥?:� 'l!: 9f?:�'5t.,�l�1!1\"!r-i: I\n�'\\!if.:f i5'5f<t'\\!J'f'm�'lf \\5t'5t<t?:'\\!1�: n � � t 11\nsarva-bhate$U ya/:1 pasyed\nbhagavad-bhavam atmana/:1\nbhatani bhagavaty atmany\ne$a bh�gavatottama/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarva-bhate$u-in all objects (in matter, spirit, and combinations of matter and\nya/:1-anyone who; pasyet-sees; bhagavat-bhavam-the ability to be\nengaged in the service of the Lord; atmana/:1-of the supreme spirit soul or the\nspirit);\n\ntranscendence beyond the material conception of life; bhutani-all beings;\n\nbhagavati-in the Supreme Personality of Godhead; atmani-the basic principle\ne$a/:l -thi s; bhagavata-uttama/:1-a person advanced in devo­\n\nof all existence;\ntional service.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \" 'A person advanced in devotional\nservice sees within everything the soul of souls, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Sri Kr�Qa. Consequently he always sees the form of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead as the cause of all causes and understands that all\nthings are situated in Him:\nTEXT 276\n\n<l'*\\<1���<\\' ��f.{ ��'Z <l'J�Il�J �<\\' ��111rt: I\n�<j�i5��9f11!�'fl�t: C�1(�e�*{?:<\\'1 ��: \"31 II� '11\\!11\nvana-latas tarava atmani vi$QUrh\nvyanjayantya iva pu$pa-phala{fhya/:l\npraQata-bhara-vitapa madhu-dhara/:1\nprema-hf$ta-tanavo vaV[$U/:l sma\n\n", "mad3#p0300": "Text 277]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Ray a\n\n267\n\nSYNONYMS\nvana-latab-the herbs and plants; taravab-the trees; atmani-in the Supreme\nSoul; vi�Qum-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vyat'ijayantyab-manifesting; iva-like; pu�pa-phala-a(ihyab-filled with luxuriant fruits and flowers; praQ ata-bhara-bowed\n\ndown because of loads;\n\nvitapab-the trees;\n\nmadhu­\n\ndharab-showers; prema-hr�ta-inspired by love of Godhead; tanavab-whose\nbodies; vavr�uh-constantly rained; sma-certainly.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The plants, creepers and trees were full of fruits and flowers due to\necstatic love of Km1a. Indeed, being so full, they were bowing down. They\nwere inspired by such deep love for Kr�J:�a that they were constantly pouring\nshowers of honey. In this way the gopis saw all the forest of Vrndavana.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis verse (Bhag. 1 0.35.9) is one of the songs the gopis sang during Kr��a's absence. In Kr��a's absence the gopis were always absorbed in thought of Him.\nSimilarly, the bhagavata, the advanced devotee, sees everything as potentially\nserving the Lord. Srila Ropa Gosvami recommends:\nprapat'icikataya buddhya\nhari-sambandhi-vastunab\nmumuk�ubhib parityago\nvairagyarh phalgu kathyate\n(Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, 1.2.126)\nThe advanced devotee does not see anything that is not connected with Kr��a.\nUnlike the Mayavadi philosophers, a devotee does not see the material world as\nfalse. Rather, he sees everything in the material world connected to Kr��a. A devotee knows how to utilize such things in the service of the Lord, and this is characteristic of the maha-bhagavata. The gopis saw the plants, creepers and forest trees\nloaded with fruits and flowers and ready to serve Kr��a. In this way they immediately remembered their worshipable Lord Sri Kr��a. They did not simply see\nplants, creepers and trees the way a mundaner sees them.\nTEXT 277\n\nft�� � 11�� �I\n� � 1fP{t�-. <:�t11i� �� \" �99 \"\nradha-km)e tamara maha-prema haya\nyahan tahan radha-kr�Qa tomare sphuraya\n\n", "mad3#p0301": "268\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nSYNONYMS\nradha-kr�Qe-unto Radha and Kr�Qa; tamara-your; maha-prema-great love;\nhaya-there is; yahan tahan-anywhere and everywhere; radha-kr�Qa-Lord\nKr�Qa and Srimati RadharaQi; tomare-unto you; sphuraya-appear.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"My dear Raya, you are an advanced\ndevotee and are always filled with ecstatic love for Radha and Kr�Qa.\nTherefore whatever you see-anywhere and everywhere-simply awakens\nyour Kr�Qa consciousness!'\nTEXT 278\n\nft11 ��,-�'�_til �1� �tfil�fill\n� �tr;\"'t filiSR!i� ill � �filii �'liT' II\nraya kahe, -prabhu tumi char;la bhari-bhari\nmora age nija-rapa na kariha curi\nSYNONYMS\nraya kahe-Ramananda Raya replied; prabhu-my Lord; tumi-You; char;/agive up; bhari-bhari-these grave talks; mora-of me; age-in front; nija-rapaYour real form; na-not; kariha-do; curi-stealing.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya replied, \"My dear Lord, please give up all these serious\ntalks. Please do not conceal Your real form from me.\"\nTEXT 279\n\nftf� �tfu �'��I\n.�� � �Rrntfi ��tf II �'I� II\nradhikara bhava-kanti kari' angikara\nnija-rasa asvadite kariyacha avatara\nSYNONYMS\nradhikara-of Srimati RadharaQi; bhava-kanti-ecstatic love and luster; kari'making; ar'lgikara-acceptance;\n\nnija-rasa-Your own transcendental mellow;\n\nasvadite-to taste; kariyacha-You have made; avatara-incarnation.\n\n", "mad3#p0302": "Talks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n269\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya continued, \"My dear Lord, I can understand that You have\nassumed the ecstasy and bodily complexion of Srimati Radhara�;�i. By accepting this, You are tasting Your own personal transcendental humor and have\ntherefore appeared as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 280\n\n��� �-0211£ �t�il: I\n��,�������\\roll\nnija-g[J(jha-karya tomara-prema asvadana\nanu$ar'lge prema-maya kaile tribhuvana\nSYNONYMS\nnija-guc;lha-karya-own confidential business;\n\ntamara-Your; prema-tran­\n\nscendental love; asvadana-tasting; anu$ar'lge-simultaneously; prema-mayatransformed into love of God; kaile-You have made; tri-bhuvana-all the wo.r ld.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, You have descended in this incarnation of Lord Caitanya for\nYour own personal reasons. You have come to taste Your own spiritual bliss,\nand at the same time You are transforming the whole world by spreading the\necstasy of love of Godhead.\nTEXT 281\n\n�t�il: �t� �tt11 �rnti! - I\n�� \"'� �,-�t11 � � \" �lr� \"\napane aile more karite uddhara\nebe kapata kara,-tomara kana vyavahara\nSYNONYMS\napane-personally; aile-You have come; more-unto me; karite-to make;\nuddhara-deliverance; ebe-now; kapata-duplicity; kara-You do; tamaraYour; kana-what; vyavahara-behavior.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, by Your causeless mercy You have appeared before me to\ngrant me liberation. Now You are playing in a duplicitous way. What is the\nreason for this behaviorl\"\n\n", "mad3#p0303": "270\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 282\n\n� �fit' imJ 121\" \"'�t� GQ'i� I\n'tlttt�', '��t�'-� l!l<fi 1fi� II �17'� II\ntabe hasi' tanre prabhu dekhaila svarapa\n'rasa-raja', 'mahabhava'-dui eka rupa\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-therefore; hasi'-smiling; tanre-unto him (Ramananda Raya); prabhuthe Lord; dekhaila-showed; svarupa-His personal form; rasa-raja-the king of\nall transcendental humors; maha-bhava-the condition of ecstatic love; duitwo; eka-one; rupa\n\n-\n\nform.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri K��r;�a is the reservoir of all pleasure, and Srimati Radharar;�i is the\npersonification of ecstatic love of Godhead. These two forms combined as\none in Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. This being the case, Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu revealed His real form to Ramananda Raya.\nPURPORT\nThis is described as radha-bhava-dyuti-suvalitarh naumi kr�l)a-svarupam. Lord\nSri Kr�r;�a was absorbed in the features of Srimati Radharar;�T. This was disclosed to\nRamananda Raya when he saw Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. An advanced\ndevotee can understand srT-k[�l)a-caitanya, radha-kr�l)a nahe anya. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, being a combination of Kr�r;�a and Radha, is nondifferent from\n\nRadha-Kmi a combined. This is explained by SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami:\nradha kr�l)a-pral)aya-vikrtir h/adinT saktir asmad\nekatmanav api bhuvi pura deha-bhedarh gatau tau\ncaitanyakhyarh prakatam adhuna tad-dvayarh caikyam aptarh\nradha-bhava-dyuti-suvalitarh naumi kr�l)a-svarupam\n(Cc. Adi 1.5)\n\nRadha-Kr�r;�a is one. Radha-Kr�r;�a is Kr�r;�a and Kr�r;�a's pleasure potency combined.\nWhen Kr�r;�a exhibits His pleasure potency, He appears to be two-Radha and\nKr�r;�a. Otherwise, both Radha and Kr�r;�a are one. This oneness may be perceived\nby advanced devotees through the grace of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. This was\nthe case with Ramananda Raya, and such realization is possible for the advanced\ndevotee. One may aspire to attain such a position, but one should not try to imitate the maha-bhagavata.\n\n", "mad3#p0304": "Text 285]\n\n271\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\nTEXT 283\n\n�' �· � �t� �CI:! I\n'fRft� iii � '��' 9ff�l'fl �tl:! II �\" '!) II\ndekhi' ramananda haifa anande murcchite\ndharite na pare deha, pac;Jifa bhamite\nSYNONYMS\n\ndekhi'-seeing this form; ramananda-Ramananda Raya; haifa-there was;\nanande-in ecstasy; murcchite-fainting; dharite-to hold him; na-not; pareable; deha-the body; pac;Jifa-fell down; bhamite-on the ground.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing this form, Ramananda Raya almost lost consciousness in transcendental bliss. Unable to remain standing, he fell to the ground.\nTEXT 284\n\n� tft1 � �' � 'il:!il I\n�Jt� � 'wf-1' f� � � 11 �11-s n\nprabhu tanre hasta sparsi' karaifa cetana\nsannyasira ve?a dekhi' vismita haifa mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu-the Lord; tar'lre-unto Ramananda Raya; hasta-the hand; sparsi'touching;\n\nkaraifa-made;\n\ncetana-conscious;\n\nsannyasira-of\n\nthe\n\nsannyasi;\n\nve?a-the dress; dekhi'-seeing; vismita-struck with wonder; haifa-became;\nmana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen\n\nRamananda\n\nRaya\n\nfell\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nground\n\nunconscious,\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu touched his hand, and he immediately regained consciousness.\nHowever, when he saw Lord Caitanya in the dress of a sannyasi, he was struck\nwith wonder.\nTEXT 285\n\n��eril <15�' � �llf � 1\n\n�'tlli � �b9f iii ''ft� � II �11-<t II\n\n", "mad3#p0305": "Sri Caitan ya-caritam�a\n\n272\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nalingana kari' prabhu kaila asvasana\ntoma vina ei-rupa na dekhe anya-jana\nSYNONYMS\n\nalingana kari'-embracing him; prabhu-the Lord; kai/a\n\n-\n\ndid; asvasana­\n\npacifying; toma vina -but for you; ei-rupa-this form; na-not; dekhe-sees;\nanya-jana-anyone else.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter embracing Ramananda Raya, the Lord pacified him, informing him,\n\"But for you, no one has ever seen this form!'\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita it is stated:\n\nnaharh prakasal) sarvasya\nyoga-maya-samavrtal)\nmuc;Jho 'yam nabhijanati\n/oko mam ajam avyayam\n\"I am never manifest to the foolish and unintelligent. For them I am covered by\nMy eternal creative potency [yogamaya]; and so the deluded world knows Me\nnot, who am unborn and infallible:' (Bg.\n\n7.25)\n\nThe Lord always reserves the right of not being exposed to everyone. The\ndevotees, however, are always engaged in the service of the Lord, serving with\nthe tongue by chanting the Hare Kr�r:ta mantra and tasting maha-prasada. Gradually the sincere devotee pleases the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and the\nSupreme Lord reveals Himself. One cannot see the Supreme Lord by making personal efforts. Rather, when the Lord is pleased by the service of a devotee, He\nreveals Himself.\nTEXT 286\n\n� �'l-tori·PI �'11rn c;�tm I\n\n���� �bi� ��( �t� n ��r� n\nmora tattva-/ila-rasa tamara gocare\nataeva ei-rupa dekhailun tomare\n\n·\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nmora-My; tattva-li/a -truth and pastimes; rasa-and mellows; tamara-of\nataeva-therefore; ei-ni pa-this form;\ndekha.i/un-1 have shown; tomare-unto you.\n\nyou; gocare-within the knowledge;\n\n", "mad3#p0306": "Text 2'88]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n273\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu confirmed , \" All the truths about My pastimes and\nmellows are within your knowledge. Therefore I have shown this form to you.\nTEXT 287\n\nC:�1f � � c;1ft1{-1ftlftfJr·-.r� I\n<;'Stt �!!� � c:it� iii �t-f �� n��r9n\ngaura ariga nahe mora-radhariga-sparsana\ngopendra-suta vina teriho na sparse anya-jana\nSYNONYMS\n\ngaura-white; ariga-body; nahe-not; mora-My; radha-ariga-of the body\nof Srimati Radharar:Ji; sparsana-the touching; gopendra-suta-the son of Nanda\nMaharaja; vina-except; teriho-Srimati Radharar:Ji; na-not; sparse-touches;\nanya-jana-anyone else .\nTRANSLATION\n\"Actually My body does not have a white complexion. It only appears so because it has touched the body of Srimati Radharat;�i. However, She does not\ntouch anyone but the son of Nanda Maharaja.\nTEXT 288\n\n�tf �t<t -etf� ��' ��·11ill\n� r�-111� �fir �t��iln ��r�r n\ntanra bhave bhavita kari' atma-mana\ntabe nija-madhurya kari asvadana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntarira-of Srimati Radharar:Ji; bhave-in the ecstasy; bhavita-enlightened;\nkari'-making; atma-mana-body and mind; tabe-thereupon; nija-madhuryaMy own transcendental humor; kari-1 do; asvadana-tasting.\n\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" I have now converted My body and mind into the ecstasy of Srimati\nRadharar;�i; thus I am tasting My own personal sweetness in that form.\"\nPURPORT\n\nGaurasundara here informed Sri Ramananda Raya, \"My dear Ramananda Raya,\nyou were actually seeing a separate person with a white-complexioned body. Ac-\n\n", "mad3#p0307": "274\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\ntually I am not white. Being Sri Kr�r:Ja, the son of Nanda Maha.ra.ja, I am blackish,\nbut when I come in touch with SrTmati Ra.dha.ra.Qi I become white complexioned\neternally. Srimati Radha.rar:Ji does not touch the body of anyone but Kr�r:Ja. I taste\nMy own transcendental features by accepting the complexion of Srimati\nRa.dha.rar:Ji. Without Ra.dha.raQT, one cannot taste the transcendental pleasure of\nKr�r:Ja's conjugal love.\" In this regard, Srila Bhaktisiddha.nta SarasvatT Tha.kura comments on the prakrta-sahajiya-sampradaya, which considers Kr�r:Ja and Lord\nCaitanya to possess different bodies. They misinterpret the words gaura atiga\nnahe mora mentioned herein. From this verse we can understand that Lord\n\nCaitanya Maha.prabhu is nondifferent from Kr�r:Ja. Both are the same Supreme Personality of Godhead. In the form of Kr�r:Ja, the Lord enjoys spiritual bliss and\nremains the shelter of all devotees, vi�aya-vigraha. Kr�r:Ja in His Gaura.nga feature\ntastes separation from Kr�r:Ja in the ecstasy of SrTmati Ra.dha.ra.r:JT. This ecstatic form\nis Sri Kr�r:Ja Caitanya. SrT Kr�r:Ja is always the transcendental reservoir of all pleasure,\nand He is technically called dhira-lalita. Ra.dha.ra.Qi is the embodiment of spiritual\nenergy, personified as ecstatic love for Kr�Qa; therefore only Kr�r:Ja can touch\nSrimati Radha.raQT. The dhira-lalita aspect is not seen in any other form of the Lord,\nneither in Vi�QU nor in Na.rayaQa. Srimati Ra.dha.raQi is therefore known as Govinda-nandini and Govinda-mohinT, for She is the only source of transcendental\npleasure for Sri Kr�r:Ja. Indeed, She is the only person who can enchant His mind.\nTEXT 289\n\na:!'tlft� �tf� �t'lft� f�i �� itt� <fl� I\n\n�<fl�t� 0211f·<lt\"f �� �(1j� II �\\r� II\ntamara thani amara kichu gupta na.hi karma\nlukaile prema-bale jana sarva-marma\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara than i-before you;\n\namara-My; kichu-anything; gupta-hidden;\n\nnahi-is not; karma-action; /ukai/e-even if I conceal; prema-bale-by the\nforce of your love; jana-you know; sarva-marma-everything in detail.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu then admitted to His pure devotee, Ramananda\nRay a, \"Now there is no confidential activity unknown to you. Even though I try\nto conceal My activities, you can understand everything in detail by virtue of\nyour advanced love for Me.\"\n\n", "mad3#p0308": "Text 291]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n275\n\nTEXT 290\n\n�t� 1ft��' �ttl if! �� �1-t I\n\n�t�Bf <ft�-�� �tt� ��t� II ��o II\ngupte rakhiha, kahan na kario prakasa\namara batuJa-ce?ta Joke upahasa\nSYNONYMS\ngupte-in secret; rakhiha-keep; kahan-anywhere; na-not; kario-make;\nprakasa-exposure; amara-My; batuJa-ce?ta-activities like a madman; Jokeamong the general people; upahasa-laughter.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord then requested Ramananda Raya: \"Keep all these talks a secret.\nPlease do not ex pose them anywhere and everywhere. Since My activities appear to be like those of a madman, people may take them lightly and laugh!'\nTEXT 291\n\n�fif-\\!1� f!ft'{'i', �-�41ft� I\n�\\flf!f �Bl �1ffit �� ��'{'i' II��� II\nami-eka batuJa, tumi-dvitiya batuJa\nataeva tomaya amaya ha-i sama-tuJa\nSYNONYMS\nami-1; eka-one; batuJa-madman; tumi-you; dvitiya-second; batuJamadman; ataeva-therefore; tomaya-you; amaya-Me; ha-i-are; sama-tuJaon an equal level.\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu then said, \"Indeed, I am a madman, and you are also\na madman. Therefore both of us are on the sam<e platform.\"\nPURPORT\nAll\n\nthese\n\nconversations\n\nbetween\n\nRamananda\n\nRaya\n\nand\n\nS ri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu appear ludicrous to a common man who is not a devotee. The entire\nworld is filled with material conceptions, and people are unable to understand\nthese conversations due to the conditioning of mundane philosophy. Those who\n\n", "mad3#p0309": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n276\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nare overly attached to mundane activities cannot understand the ecstatic conversations between Ramananda Raya and Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Consequently the\nLord requested that Ramananda Raya keep all these conversations secret and not\nexpose them to the general populace. If one is actually advanced in Kr�t:�a consciousness, he can understand these confidential talks; otherwise they appear\ncrazy. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu therefore informed Ramananda Raya that they\nboth appeared as madmen and were therefore on the same platform. It is confirmed in Bhagavad-gita:\nya nisa sarva-bhOtanarh\ntasyarh jagarti sarhyami\nyasyarh jagrati bhutani\nsa nisa pasyato mune/:1\n\"What is night for all beings is the time of awakening for the self-controlled; and\nthe time of awakening for all beings is night for the introspective sage:' (Bg.\n\n2.69)\n\nSometimes Kr�t:�a consciousness appears like a type of madness to mundane\npeople, just as the activities of mundaners are considered a form of madness by\nKr�t:�a conscious men.\n\nTEXT 292\n\n�� 'f-Rftmt 111'11�-'f·'Jit� I\n�� c;\"Stt'!��1 � ���tHiter II ��� II\nei-rupa da5a-ratri ramananda-sange\nsukhe gonaila prabhu kr�tJa-katha-range\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-rupa-in this way; dasa-ratri-ten nights; ramananda sar'lge-with SrT Ramananda Raya;\n\nsukhe-in great happiness;\n\ngor'lai/a-passed; prabhu-Lord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; kr�Qa-katha-range-in transcendental pleasure by discussing talks of Kr�t:Ja.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor ten nights Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Ramananda Raya spent a\nhappy time discussing the pastimes of Km1a.\nTEXT 293\n\nfii'SJ1 attr� ��� r�rn 1\n��� ��' � � ��� �'Af II ��� II\n\n", "mad3#p0310": "Text 294]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n277\n\nnigur;Jha vrajera rasa-lilara vicara\naneka kahila, tara na pai/a para\n\nSYNONYMS\nnigur;Jha-very confidential;\n\nvrajera-of Vrndavana, or VrajabhOmi;\n\nrasa­\n\nli/ara-of the pastimes of conjugal love between Kr��Ja and the gopis; vicaraconsideration; aneka-various; kahila-spoke; tara-of that; na-not; pai/agot; para-the limit.\nTRANSLATION\nThe conversations between Ramananda Raya and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ncontain the most confidential subject matters touching the conjugat love between Radha and Km1a in Vrndavana [Vrajabhiimi1. Although both talked at\ngreat length about these pastimes , they could not reach the limit of discussion.\nTEXT 294\n\n�' ·t�i, ��' <;�1, 1f'Jfi'@11lf't I\nc;<fi� �fir <fittf <;<?tt�1 <?tt� ��-t� II ��8 II\ntama, kansa, ra pa, sona, ratna-cintamaQi\nkeha yadi kahan pota paya eka-khani\n\nSYNONYMS\ntama-copper; kansa-bell metal; rupa-silver; sona-gold; ratna-cintamaQithe best of all metals, touchstone; keha-somebody; yadi-if; kahan-somewhere; pota-buried; paya-finds; eka-khani-in one place.\nTRANSLATION\nActually these conversations are like a great mine wherefrom one can extract all kinds of metal-copper, bell metal , silver, gold, base metals and all\nothers. They are like a touchstone buried in one place.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura gives the following summary of the conversations\nbetween Ramananda Raya and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Ramananda Raya\nreplied to five questions of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, stated in verses 5 7-67. The\nfirst answer is compared to copper, and the fifth answer is most valuable because\nit deals with unalloyed devotion, the ultimate goal of devotional life, and illuminates the preceding four subordinate answers.\n\n", "mad3#p0311": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n278\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura points out that in VrajabhOmi there is\n\nthe Yamuna River with its sandy banks. There are kadamba trees, cows, Kr�r:Ja's\nsticks with which He herds cows, and Kr�r:Ja's flute. All of these belong to the santa-rasa, the mellow of neutrality in devotional service. There are also the direct\nservants of Kr�r:Ja named Citraka, Patraka and Raktaka, and these are the embodiments of service in the mellow of servitude. There are also friends like Sridama,\nSudama and others who embody service in fraternity. Nanda Maharaja and\nmother Yasoda are the embodiments of paternal love. Above all of these is Srimati\nRadharar:Ji and Her assistants, the gopis Lalita, Visakha and others. In this way all\n\nfive mellows- santa, dasya, sakhya, vatsalya and madhurya-exist eternally. They\n\nare also compared to metals like copper, bell metal, silver, gold and touchstone.\nSrila Kaviraja Gosvami therefore refers to a metal mine eternally existing in\nVrndavana, Vrajabhomi.\nTEXT 295\n\n������'t11\n�f;!i: �f;� '�� ��t1l�t� II ��<t II\nkrame uthaite seha uttama vastu paya\naiche prasnottara kaila prabhu-ramaraya\nSYNONYMS\nkrame-gradually;\n\nuthaite-to\n\nraise;\n\nseha-that\n\nperson;\n\nuttama-best;\n\nvastu-metal; paya-gets; aiche-so also; prasna-uttara-the questions and\nanswers; kai/a-have done; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rama-raya-and\nRamananda Raya.\nTRANSLATION\nBoth Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Ramananda Raya worked like miners,\nexcavating all kinds of valuable metals, each one better than the other. Their\nquestions and answers are exactly like that.\nTEXT 296\n\n� flfil m-'Pftf;-t �wrn 11tf$ti 1\n\nPtW�� <fitf;'f itf;� �� �t�i ��i II ��� II\nara dina raya-pase vidaya magi/a\nvidayera kale tal'!re ei ajna dila\n\n", "mad3#p0312": "Text 298]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n279\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nara dina-the next day; raya-pase-b e for e Ramananda Raya; vidaya magi/abegged farewell; vidayera kale-at the time of departure; tarire-un to him; ei­\n\nthis; ajria-order; di/a-gave.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu begged Ramananda Raya to give\nHim permission to leave, and at the time of farewell the Lord gave him the\nfollowing orders.\n.TEXT 297\n\n�� lit�m '[fil � �'lml'f 1\n�tfif ®of <l\"fif' i�i �t�<l �·<l\"tt� II ��'lll\nvi$aya cha(fiya tumi yaha ni/aca/e\nami tirtha kari' tariha asiba alpa-kale\nSYNONYMS\n\nvi$aya-material engagement; cha(fiya-giving up; tumi-you; yaha go;\nami-1; tirtha kari'-finishing My touring and\npilgrimage; tariha-there; asiba-shall return; a/pa-kale-very soon.\n-\n\nnilacale-to Jagannatha Puri;\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu told him, \"Give up all material engagements and\ncome to Jagannatha Puri. I will return there very soon after finishing My tour\nand pilgrimage.\nTEXT 298\n\n���,-c;� ��l'f 11f� IJI�lfttr I\n\":t-r ''lttl!�<l �ti'f ���Qfi-11ttr II ��IY II\ndui-jane nilacale rahiba eka-sarige\nsukhe goriaiba kala k[$1')a-katha-rarige\nSYNONYMS\n\ndui jane-bot h of us; ni/aca/e-at Jagannatha Puri; rahiba-shall stay; eka-\n\nsarige-together; sukhe-in happiness; goriaiba-shall pass; kala-tim e ; k[$1')a­\n\nkatha-rarige-in the pleasure of discussing topics about Kr�r;�a.\n\n", "mad3#p0313": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n280\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The two of us shall remain together at Jagannatha Puri and happily pass\nour time discussing Kr�r,ta.''\nTEXT 299\n\nl!li! �f'i;r' �� iflfil' �tfirt� I\n\nittf �� ���1 �fit� llf1li{ ll ��� ll\neta bali' ramanande kari' alir'lgana\ntatire ghare pathaiya karila sayana\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this;\na/ir'lgana-embracing;\n\nramanande-to Sri Ramananda Raya; kari'-doing;\n\ntar'lre-him;\n\nghare-to his home; pathaiya-sending;\n\nkarila-did; sayana-lying down.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then embraced Sri Ramananda Raya, and after\nsending him back to his home, the Lord took rest.\nTEXT 300\n\n· �:ifltt'l ��' � '��' �1ft-t I\n\nitt� �fit' �\" �f111it'l �filit112i�t'f ll �o o II\npratal)-kale uthi' prabhu dekhi' hanuman\ntar'lre namaskari' prabhu dak$iQe karila prayaQa\n\nSYN()NYMS\npratal)-kale-in\n\nthe\n\nmorning;\n\nuthi'-rising;\n\nprabhu-Lord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; dekhi'-visiting; hanuman-the village deity Hanuman; tar'lreunto him; namaskari'-offering obeisances; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ndak$iQe-to the south; karila-made; prayaQa-departure.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter rising from bed the next morning, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu visited\nthe local temple, where there was a deity of Hanuman. After offering him\nobeisances, the Lord departed for South India.\n\n", "mad3#p0314": "Talks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\nText 302]\n\n281\n\nPURPORT\nIn almost all the cities and towns of India there are temples of Hanumanji, the\neternal servant of Lord Ramacandra. There is even a temple of Hanuman near\nGovindaji temple in Vrndavana. Formerly this temple was in front of the Gopalaji\ntemple, but that Deity Gopalaji went to Orissa to remain as Sa�i-gopala. Being\nthe eternal servant of Lord Ramacandra, Hanumanji has been respectfully\nworshiped for many hundreds and thousands of years. Here even Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu set the example in showing how one should offer respects\n\nto Hanumanji.\nTEXT 301\n\n'�t�' il�1·1f� 00� �� � I\n�-�.fr;il '��' � ��' ��11� ll �0 � ll\n'vidyapOre' nana-mata loka vaise yata\nprabhu-darsane 'vai$Qava' haifa chaqi' nija-mata\nSYNONYMS\nvidyapOre-in the town of Vidyanagara; nana-mata-various opinions; /akapeople;\n\nvaise-reside;\n\nyata-all;\n\nprabhu-darsane-in\n\nseeing\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; vai$Qava-devotees of Lord Vi�l)u; haifa-became; chadi'-giving\nup; nija-mata-own opinions.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the residents of Vidyanagara were of different faiths, but after seeing Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\nthey\n\nabandoned\n\ntheir\n\nown\n\nfaiths\n\nand\n\nbecame\n\nVai�r:Javas.\nTEXT 302\n\n1ft1f�\"f ���� �� ��� R�� I\n�� Uftil � �� ��1 ��� ll �o� II\nramananda haifa prabhura virahe vihvala\nprabhura dhyane rahe vi$aya chaqiya saka/a\nSYNONYMS\nramananda-SrTia Ramananda Raya; haifa-became; prabhura-of Lord Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; virahe-in separation; vihva/a-ove rwhelmed; prabhura\n\n", "mad3#p0315": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n282\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\ndhyane-in meditation on Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rahe-remains; vi�ayaworldly business; cha<;/iya-giving up; saka/a-all.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Ramananda Raya began to feel separation from Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, he was overwhelmed. Meditating on the Lord, he gave up all his\nmaterial business.\nTEXT 303\n\n��c-.c�\n\n<tS� �rt1ftil'�� fifa;\"i{ 1\n\nfu!tft' ��i! il'� :Jf��-<f�i{ 11.�0� II\nsarik�epe kahiluri ramanandera milana\nvistari' varQite nare sahasra-vadana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarik�epe-in brief; kahi/uri-1 have described; ramanandera milana-meeting\nwith Srila Ramananda Raya; vistari'-expanding; vart,1ite-to describe; nare-not\nable; sahasra-vadana-Lord Se?a Naga, who has thousands of hoods.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have briefly described the meeting between Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and\nRamananda Raya . No one can actually describe this meeting exhaustively. It is\neven impossible for Lord Se� Naga, who has thousands of hoods.\nTEXT 304\n\n� '�iJifU-���� I\n\n�tlf1-.lf!·�fft i!tt� � �� II �o8 II\nsahaje caitanya-caritra -ghana-dugdha-pDra\nramananda-caritra tahe khal)<;/a pracura\n\nSYNONYMS\nsahaje-generally; caitanya-caritra-the activities of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nghana-dugdha-pDra-like\n\ncondensed milk;\n\nramananda-caritra-the\n\nstory\n\nof\n\nRamananda Raya; tahe-in that; khaQ<;/a-sugar candy; pracura-a large quantity.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe activities of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are like condensed milk, and the\nactivities of Ramananda Raya are like large quantities of sugar candy.\n\n", "mad3#p0316": "Text 307]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n283\n\nTEXT 305\n\n�-rt��-� ��-fil� I\n'et�ti{. �-' �t � ��II �oQ' II\nradha-kr$f)a-lila- tate karpura-milana\n\nbhagyavan yei, sei kare asvadana\nSYNONYMS\n\nradha-kr$Qa-li/a-the pastimes of Sri Radha and Kr�r:Ja; tate-in that composition; karpura-the camphor; milana-mixture; bhagyavan-fortunate; yei-one\nwho; sei-that person; kare-does; asvadana-tasting.\nTRANSLATION\nTheir meeting is exactly like a mixture of condensed milk and sugar candy.\nWhen they talk of the pastimes of Radha and K��r;ta, camphor is added. If one\ntastes this combined preparation, he is most fortunate .\nTEXT 306\n\n� t� ��<lRf f9tr;� �(�I\n� �( ''i't� t� lit�� itl �tr;JII �o�II\nye iha eka-bara piye karf)a-dvare\ntara karf)a lobhe iha chac;lite na pare\nSYNONYMS\n\nye-anyone; iha-this; eka-bara-once; piye-drinks; karf)a-dvare-through\n\naural reception; tara-his; karf)a-ears; /obhe-in greed; iha-this; chac;lite-to\ngive up; na-not; pare-are able.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis wonderful preparation has to be taken aurally. If one takes it, he becomes greedy to relish it even further.\nTEXT 307\n\n'J��-9J·te�' � t�� i!l<l�'i I\n\n''�l{'e�' � 1f't�1�1!( �f;'f II �o'l(l\n'rasa-tattva-jnana' haya ihara sravaf)e\n'prema-bhakti' haya radha-kf$f)era caraf)e\n\n", "mad3#p0317": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n284\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nrasa-tattva-jliana-transcendental knowledge of the humors of conjugal love of\nRadha and Kr�t:Ja; haya-is; ihara-of this; sravaQe-by hearing; prema-bhaktipure love of Godhead; haya-becomes possible; radha-kr$Qera caraQe-at the\nlotus feet of Radha and Kr�t:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\nBy hearing talks between Ramananda Raya and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\none is enlightened to the transcendental knowledge of the mellows of Radha\nand Kr�r,a's pastimes. Thus one can develop unalloyed love for the lotus feet\nof Radha and Kr�r,a.\nTEXT 308\n\n��i!'f;iJ� �til!, �tfi{ l�i C�� I\n��t� �rn' 'ei{, �\"' i{i �fit� �tl?i II �olr II\ncaitanyera gur;Jha-tattva jani iha haite\nvisvasa kari' suna, tarka na kariha citte\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaitanyera-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gur;Jha-tattva-the confidential\ntruth; jani-we can learn; iha haite-from these talks; visvasa kari -having firm\n'\n\nfaith; suna-hear; tarka-arguments; na-not; kariha-do; citte-within the\nheart.\nTRANSLATION\nThe author requests every reader to hear these talks with faith and without\nargument. By studying them in this way, one will be able to understand the\nconfidential truth of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 309\n\n�t'l)�� � �l �� fi{OSJ,tJ I\n�ttlf �-t�, �t� � � II �o� II\nalaukika IT/a ei parama nigur;Jha\nvisvase paiye, tarke haya bahu-dora\nSYNONYMS\n\nalaukika-uncommon;\n\nIT/a-pastimes;\n\nei-this; parama-most; nigur;Jha­\n\nconfidential; visvase-by faith; paiye-we can get; tarke-by argument; hayais; bahu-dOra-far away.\n\n", "mad3#p0318": "Text 310]\n\nTalks Between the Lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n285\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis part of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's pastimes is most confidential. One\ncan derive benefit quickly only by faith; otherwise by arguing one will always\nremain far away.\nTEXT 310\n\n<iJ��il-�\"t·'el�·�'l I\n�� :JI�, �tt1{ fif�'f �� 'fi{ II ��\n\no\n\nII\n\nsri-caitanya-nityananda-advaita-caral)a\nyanhara sarvasva, tar'lre mile ei dhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-caitanya-of Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nityananda-of Lord Nityananda; advaita-caraQa-and the lotus feet of SrT Advaita Prabhu; yar'lhara sarva-svawhose everything; tanre-him; mile-meets; ei-this; dhana-treasure.\nTRANSLATION\nHe who has accepted as everything the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, Nityananda Prabhu and Advaita Prabhu can attain this transcendental treasure.\nPURPORT\nSri Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura says that Kr�r:Ja is obtainable for the\nfaithful, but for those who are accustomed to argue, Kr�r:Ja is far, far away. Similarly,\nthese talks between Ramananda Raya and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu can be\nunderstood by a person who has firm faith. Those who are not in the disciplic succession, the asauta-panthis, cannot have faith in these talks. They are always\ndoubting and engaging in mental concoctions. These talks cannot be understood\nby such whimsical people. Transcendental topics remain far, far away from those\nengaged in mundane arguments. In this regard, the Vedic mantras in the Katha\nUpani�ad (1.2.9) state, nai�a tarkel)a matir apaneya proktanyenaiva sujtianaya\npre�tha. According to the MUI)Qaka Upani�ad (3.2.3), nayam atma pravacanena\nlabhyo na medhaya na bahuna srutena I yam evai?a vwute tena labhyas tasyai?a\natma vivwute tanOrh svam. And according to the\n\nBrahma-sOtra\n\n(2.1.11),\n\ntarkaprati?thanat.\n\nAll Vedic literatures declare that transcendental subjects cannot be understood\n\nsimply by argument or logic. Spiritual matters are far above experimental knowl­\n\nedge. If one is interested in the transcendental loving affairs of Kr�r:Ja, it is only by\nKr�r:Ja's mercy that he can understand them. If one tries to understand these transcendental topics simply by using one's material brain substance, the attempt will\n\n", "mad3#p0319": "286\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nbe futile. It doesn't matter whether one is a prakrta-sahajiya, a mundane opportunist or a scholar; one's labor to understand these topics by mundane means will\n\nultimately be frustrated. One therefore has to give up all mundane attempts and\ntry to become a pure devotee of Lord Vi�r;Ju. When a devotee follows the regulative principles, the truth of these talks will be revealed to him. This is confirmed:\nata/:1 sri-kr?Qa-namadi\nna bhaved grahyam indriyai/:1\nsevonmukhe hi jihvadau\nsvayam eva sphuraty ada/:1\n(Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, 1.2.1 09)\nOne cannot understand the holy name of the Lord, His pastimes, form,\nqualities, and entourage by blunt material senses. However, when the senses are\npurified by the constant rendering of service, the spiritual truth of the pastimes of\nRadha and Kr�r;Ja are revealed. As confirmed in the MuQt;iaka Upani�ad: yam\nevai�a vwute tena labhyas. Only one who is favored by the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead can understand the transcendental features of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 311\n\n1'l\"t1ltil\"f � � � il1l� I\n�t1'1\" �-t �llf � 11�1'1\" ��t1'1\" II��� II\nramananda raye mora koti namaskara\nyarira mukhe kaila prabhu rasera vistara\nSYNONYMS\nramananda raye\n\nunto Sri Ramananda Raya; mora-my; koti-ten million;\n\n-\n\nnamaskara-obeisances; yarira mukhe\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\n-\n\nin whose mouth; kai /a-did; prabhu­\n\nrasera vistara-the expansion of transcendental\n\nmellows.\nTRANSLATION\nI offer ten million obeisances unto the lotus feet of Sri Ramananda Raya because from his mouth much spiritual information has been expanded by Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 312\n\n�tt1lmt·lliff;t'Pt11 �-�'l.� I\n\n1ft1{til\"f-�-� �� ��tt1'1\" II��� II\n\n", "mad3#p0320": "Text 312]\n\nTalks Between the lord and Ramananda Raya\n\n287\n\ndamodara-svarOpera kac;faca-anusare\nramananda-milana-lila kari/a pracare\n\nSYNONYMS\ndamodara-svarapera-of Svarapa\n\nDamodara\n\nGosvami;\n\nkac;faca-with the\n\nnotebooks; anusare-in accordance; ramananda-milana-lila-the pastimes of the\nmeeting with Ramananda; karila-have done; pracare-distribution.\nTRANSLATION\nI have tried to preach the pastimes of lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's meeting with Ramananda Raya in accordance with the notebooks of Sri Svarupa\nDamodara.\nPURPORT\nAt the end of every chapter, the author admits the value of the disciplic succession. He never claims to have written this transcendental literature by carrying out\nresearch work. He simply admits his indebtedness to the notes taken by SvarOpa\nDamodara, Raghunatha dasa Gosvami and other authoritative persons. This is the\nway of describing transcendental literatures, which are never meant for so-called\nscholars and research workers. The process is mahajano yena gataf) sa panthaf):\none has to strictly follow great personalities and acaryas. Acaryavan puru?o veda:\none who has the favor of the acarya knows everything. This statement made by\nKaviraja Gosvami is very valuable for all pure devotees. Sometimes the prakrtasahajiyas claim that they have heard the truth from their guru. However, one can­\n\nnot have transcendental knowledge simply by hearing from a guru who is not\nbona fide. The guru must be bona fide, and he must have heard from his bona fide\nguru. Only then will his message be accepted as bona fide. This is confirmed in\nBhagavad-gita:\nsri bhagavan uvaca\nimarh vivasvate yogarh\nproktavan aham avyayam\nvivasvan manave praha\nmanur ik?vakave 'bravit\n\n\"The Blessed Lord said: I instructed this imperishable science of yoga to the sungod, Vivasvan, and Vivasvan instructed it to Manu, the father of mankind, and\nManu in turn instructed it to l�vaku:' (Bg. 4.1)\nIn this way the message is transmitted in the bona fide spiritual disciplic succession from bona fide spiritual master to bona fide student. SrTia Kaviraja Gosvami\ntherefore as usual concludes this chapter by reasserting his faith in the lotus feet\nof the six Gosvamis. Thus he is able to set forth this transcendental literature,\nCaitanya-caritamrta.\n\n", "mad3#p0321": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n288\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 313\n\n���-��·n�-�r;� �'Rf �t-t 1\n�;m����� � �\\fPTII ��� II\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr?Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsri rupa-S rila Ropa Gosvami; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n-\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr?Qa-dasa-Srila\n\nKr��adasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�r;�adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhya­\n\nlila, Eighth Chapter, describing the talks between Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and\nRamananda Raya.\n\n", "mad3#p0322": "CHAPTER 9\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\nTravels to the Holy Places\nA summary of the Ninth Chapter is given by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura. After\nleaving Vidyanagara, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu visited such places of pilgrimage as\nGautami-galiga, Mallikarjuna, Ahovala-nrsirhha, Siddhava�, Skanda-�etra, Trima�ha, Vrddhakasi, Bauddha-sthana, Tripati, Trimalla, Pana-nrsirhha, Siva-kanci,\nVi�Qu-kafici, Trikala-hasti, Vrddhakola, Siyali-bhairavi, Kaveri-tira and Kumbhakarl)a-kapala.\nFinally the Lord went to Sri Raliga-�etra, where He converted a brahmaf)a\nnamed Vyelika�a Bha��a, who, along with his family, became a devotee of Kr�Qa.\nAfter leaving Sri Raliga, Caitanya Mahaprabhu reached ��abha-parvata, where He\nmet Paramananda Puri, who later arrived at Jagannatha PurL Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu then proceeded farther, arriving at Setubandha Ramesvara. At Sri\nSaila-parvata, the Lord met Lord Siva and his wife Durga in the dress of a brahmaf)a\nand brahmal)i. From there He went to Kamako��hi-puri and later arrived at\nsouthern Mathura. A brahmal)a devotee of Lord Ramacandra talked with Him.\nThen the Lord took His bath in the River Krtamala. On the hill known as\nMahendra-saila, the Lord saw Para.Surama Then the Lord went to Setubandha and\ntook His bath at Dhanus-tirtha. He also visited Ramesvara, where He collected\nsome papers connected with Sitadevi, whose illusory form was kidnapped by\nRaval)a. The Lord next visited the places known as Pal)<;lya-desa, Tamraparl)i,\nNayatripadi, Ciya<;latala, TilakaficT, Gajendra-mok�al)a, Panaga<;li, Camtapura, Sri\nVaikul)�ha, Malaya-parvata and Kanyakumari. The Lord then met the Bha��atharis\nat Mallara-desa and saved Kala Kr�t:�adasa from their clutches. The Lord also collected Brahma-sarhhita, Fifth Chapter, on the banks of the Payasvini River. He then\nvisited Payasvini, Srngavera-puri-ma�ha and Matsya-tirtha. At the village of U<;lupi,\nHe saw the Gopala installed by SrT Madhvacarya. He then defeated the Tattvavadis in sastric conversation. The Lord next visited Phalgu-tirtha, TritakOpa,\nPaficapsara, SOrparaka and Kolapura. At Sri Raligapuri the Lord received news of\nSalikararal)ya's disappearance. He then went to the banks of the Kr�t:�avel)va\nRiver, where He collected from among the Vai�l)ava brahmal)as a book written by\nBilvamaligala, K($f)a-karl)amrta. The Lord then visited Tapti, Mahi�mati-pura, Narmada-tira and �wamoka-parvata. He entered Dat:�<;lakaral)ya and liberated the\nseven palm trees. From there He visited a place known as Pampa-sarovara and\nvisited Paficava�i, Nasika, Brahmagiri and also the source of the Godavari River,\n\n289\n\n", "mad3#p0323": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n290\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nKusavarta. Thus the Lord visited almost all the holy places in South India. He finally\nreturned to Jagannatha Puri by taking the same route, after visiting Vidyanagara\nagain.\n\nTEXT 1\n\nil''tifl1li!t11�<1l�ti{. �t�'N'i!��9lti{. I\n�?tt�'fi ���Ji!ti{_ (';���t\\lii �'��til_ ll�ll\nnana-mata-graha-gras tan\ndak$iQatya-jana-dvipan\nkrpariQa vimucyaitan\ngauras cakre sa vai$Qavan\n\nSYNONYMS\nnana-mata-by various philosophies; graha-like crocodiles; grastan-cap­\n\ntured; dak$iQatya-jana-the inhabitants of South India; dvipan-like elephants;\nkrpa-ariQa-by His disc of mercy; vimucya- liberating; etan-all these; gaura�­\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ncakre-converted;\n\nsa�-He;\n\nvai$Qavan-to the\n\nVai�l)ava cult.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu converted the inhabitants of South India.\nThese people were as strong as elephants, but they were under the clutches of\nthe crocodiles of various philosophies-such as the Buddhist, Jaina and\nMayavada philosophies. By His disc of mercy, the Lord converted all of them\ninto Vai�Qavas, devotees of the Lord.\nPURPORT\nHerein it is stated that the Lord delivered the Gajendra, the elephant, who was\nbeing attacked by crocodiles. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu visited southern India, almost all the residents were under the claws of crocodiles presenting Buddhist, Jaina and Mayavada philosophy. Although Kaviraja Gosvami states that\nthese people were as strong as elephants, they were actually under the clutches\nof death because they were being attacked by the crocodiles of various philosophies. However, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saved the elephant from the clutches\nof the crocodiles by His mercy.\n\n", "mad3#p0324": "Text 4]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n291\n\nTEXT 2\n\niSf1l iSf1l � ��i!� iSf1l fil'i!Jtilit! I\n\ni'Jf1lt��i!Ti!§f iSf1l (;�,����� ll � ll\n\njaya jaya srT-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; srT-caitanya-to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-all\nglories; nityananda-unto Nityananda Prabhu; jaya advaita-candra-all glories to\nAdvaita Prabhu; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Lord\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityananda\nPrabhu! All glories to Sri Advaita Prabhu! And all glories to the devotees of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu!\nTEXT 3\n\niff'lli't��i{ �� �� f<t�'115J I\n:If�� :If�� ��,<li� �il ll � ll\ndak$il)a-gamana prabhura ati vilak$al)a\nsahasra sahasra Urtha kaila darasana\nSYNONYMS\ndak$il)a-gamana-touring in South India; prabhura-of the Lord; ati-very;\nvi/ak$al)a-ext rao rdina ry; sahasra sahasra- thousands of thousands; Urtha-holy\nplaces; kai/a-did; darasana-visit.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's tour of South India was certainly very extraordinary because He visited many thousands of places of pilgrimage there.\nTEXT 4\n\n(;:If� � �4 �' ���'� I\n� lrlf;'\"f (;:If� c;wr;-t� c;�t<li fil'�fil� ll 8 ll\n\n", "mad3#p0325": "292\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nsei saba tirtha sparsi' maha-tirtha kaila\nsei chale sei desera /aka nistarila\nSYNONYMS\nsei saba-all those; tirtha-holy places; sparsi'-touching; maha-tirtha-into\n\ngreat places of pilgrimage; kaila-made them; sei chale-under that plea; sei\ndesera-of those countries; /aka-the people; nistarila-He delivered.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord visited all those holy places, He converted many thousands\nof residents. Thus many people were delivered. Simply by touching the holy\nplaces, He made them into great places of pilgrimage.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIt is said: tirthi-kurvanti tirthani. A tirtha, or holy place, is a place where great\nsaintly personalities visit or reside. Although the holy places were already places\nof pilgrimage, they. were all purified by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's visit. Many\npeople go to these holy places and leave their sinful activities there, thus becoming free from contamination. When these contaminations pile up, they are counteracted by the visit of great personalities like Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His\nstrict followers. Many kinds of patients come to a hospital, which may be infected\nby many types of disease. Actually the hospital is always infected, but the expert\nphysician keeps the hospital sterilized by his expert presence and management.\nSimilarly, places of pilgrimage are always infected by the sins left by the sinners\nwho go there, but when a personality like Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu visits such a\nplace, all contaminations vanish.\nTEXT 5\n\n(;J1� � �� illi1f (fi�t\\! il1 �Rf I\n'ff-.'1-� ®�'$f1li{ � Qli1l'tt\"'Rf II � II\nsei saba tirthera krama kahite na pari\ndak?iQa-vame tirtha-gamana haya pherapheri\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei saba-all those; tirthera-of holy places; krama-the chronological order;\nkahite-to tell of; na pari-1 am unable; dak?ioa-vame-left and right; tirthagaman a-visiting the holy places; haya-is; pherapheri-going and coming back.\n\n", "mad3#p0326": "Texts 7-81\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n293\n\nTRANSLATION\nI cannot chronologically record all tile places of pilgrimage visited by Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. I can only summarize everything by saying that the\nLord visited all holy places right and left, coming and going.\nTEXT 6\n\n�i!�<t iltlf·ll� <tifil'�� 'it'lil I\n<t'i��i! iii -Ptt f1f i!t1'f �� �iJlill II � II\nataeva nama-matra kariye ga1,1ana\nkahite na pari tara yatha anukrama\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; nama-matra-only as a token record; kariye ga1,1ana-l\ncount;\n\nkahite-to\n\ntell;\n\nna pari-1\n\nam\n\nunable;\n\ntara-of\n\nthat;\n\nyatha-as;\n\nanukrama-chronological order.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause it is impossible for me to record all these places in chronological\norder, I simply make a token gesture of recording them.\nTEXTS 7-8\n\n�(<te, -Pt�� �t�ti! C� -Ptt11 �11-tef I\nC� �ttll �111, CJf �it1l1'f �i! iSfil II 'l II\n\n:Jt� ,<!1�<1 ��' �� '��' '�fil'' I\n�� �ll �m� �� ''�<t' m' 111r 11\npDrvavat pathe yaite ye paya darasana\nyei grame yaya, se gramera yata jana\nsabei vai$Qava haya, kahe 'kr$f.la' 'hari'\nanya grama nistaraye sei 'vai�1,1ava' kari'\nSYNONYMS\npOrva-vat-as done previously; pathe-on the way; yaite-while going; yeanyone who; paya-gets;\n\ndarasana-audience;\n\nyei-which; grame-in the\n\nvillage; yaya-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu goes; se-that; gramera-of the\n\n", "mad3#p0327": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n294\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nvillage; yata-all; jana-people; sabei-all of them; vai$f)ava haya-become\ndevotees; kahe-say; k($f)a hari-the holy names of Lord Kr�r:'la and Hari; anya\ngrama-other villages; nistaraye-delivers; sei-He; vai$Qava-devotees; kari'making.\nTRANSLATION\nAs previously stated, all the residents of the villages visited by Lord\nCaitanya became Vai,�;�avas and beg an to chant Hari and Kr,�;�a. In this way, in\nall the villages visited by the Lord, everyone became a Vai,�;�ava, a devotee.\nPURPORT\nThe holy names of Kr�r:'la and Hari, or the chanting of the Hare Kr�r:'la mahamantra, are so spiritually powerful that even today, as our preachers go to remote\nparts of the world, people immediately begin chanting Hare Kr�r:\"�a. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu was the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. There cannot be\nanyone who can compare to Him or His potencies. However, because we are\nfollowing in His footsteps and are also chanting the Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra, the\neffect is almost as potent as during the time of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Our\npreachers mainly belong to European and American countries, yet by the grace of\nLord Caitanya they have tremendous success wherever they go to open\nbranches. Indeed, everywhere people are very seriously chanting Hare Kr�r:Ja, Hare\nKr�r:Ja, Kr�r:'la Kr�r:Ja, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nTEXT 9\n\nW�'i <;�t-t11 <;� �til� �<!St11 I\n\n,�� sr�, ,�� ��, �t�� �?H11u � u\ndak$if)a desera /aka aneka prakara\nkeha jfiani, keha karmi, pa$aQc;/i apara\nSYNONYMS\ndak$if)a\nvarieties;\n\ndesera-of\n\nSouth\n\nkeha-someone;\n\nIndia;\n\n/aka-people;\n\naneka-many;\n\nprakara­\n\njfiani-philosophical speculator; keha-someone;\n\nkarmi -fruitive worker; pa$af)c;/i -nondevotees; apara-innumerable.\nTRANSLATION\nIn South India there were many types of people. Some were philosophical\nspeculators, and some were fruitive workers, but in any case there were innumerable nondevotees.\n\n", "mad3#p0328": "Text 11]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n295\n\nTEXT 10\n\n� �<( (;i'\\'t<!i �'t_1f �.f.l��tt<l I\nfiliSf-�-111! ��' l(i:� C<l�t<!f II �\n\n0\n\nII\n\nsei saba /aka prabhura darsana-prabhave\nnija-nija-mata char;li' ha-ifa vai?f)ave\nSYNONYMS\nsei saba /aka-all those people; prabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ndarsana-prabhave-by the influence of His visit; nija-nija-their own; malaopinion; char;li'-giving up; ha-ifa-became; vai?f)ave-devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nBy the influence of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, all these people abandoned\ntheir own opinions and became Vai��avas, devotees of Kr��a.\nTEXT 11\n\n�t<l1f llt'IJ 1ft1l-�9lt�� � I\nC<fil( 'i!,<ltWT', (;� � '�.�<1' II �� II\nvai$f)avera madhye rama-upasaka saba\nkeha 'tattvavadi', keha haya 'sri-vai?f)ava'\nSYNONYMS\nvai?f)avera madhye-amongst Vai�r:'Javas; rama-upasaka saba-all worshipers\nof Lord Sri Ramacandra; keha-someone; tattva-vadi-followers of Madhvacarya;\nkeha-someone; haya-is; sri-vai?f)ava-devotees following the disciplic succession of Sri Ramanujacarya\nTRANSLATION\nAt the time, all the South Indian Vai��avas were worshipers of Lord Ramacandra. Some were Tattvavadis, and some were followers of Ramanujacarya.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sar asvati Thakura points out that Tattvavadi refers to the\nfollowers of Srila Madhvacarya To distinguish his disciplic succession from the\nMayavadi followers of Sankaracarya, Srila Madhvacarya named his party the Tattvavada. Impersonal monists are always attacked by these Tattvavadis, who at-\n\n", "mad3#p0329": "296\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\ntempt to defeat their philosophy of impersonalism. Generally, they establish the\nsupremacy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Actually the disciplic succession of Madhvacarya is known as the Brahma-Vai��ava sect; that is the sect coming down from Lord Brahma. Consequently the Tattvavadis, or followers of\nMadhvacarya, do not accept the incident of Lord Brahma's illusion, which is\n\nrecorded in the Tenth Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam. Srila Madhvacarya has pur­\n\nposefully avoided commenting on that portion of Srimad-Bhagavatam in which\n\nbrahma-mohana, the illusion of Lord Brahma, is mentioned. Srila Madhavendra\nacaryas in the Tattvavada disciplic succession, and he\n\nPuri was one of the\n\nestablished the ultimate goal of transcendentalism to be attainment of pure devotional service, love of Godhead. Those Vai��avas. belonging to the Gauc;liyasampradaya, the disciplic succession following Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, are distinct from the Tattvavadis, although they belong to the same Tattvavada\n\nsampradaya. The followers of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are therefore known as\n\nthe Madhva-Gauc;liya-sampradaya.\n\nThe word pa�arxJi refers to those who are opposed to pure devotional service.\n\nIn particular, these are the Ma.yavadis, the impersonalists. A definition of pa�ar:u;Jiis\n\ngiven in the Hari-bhakti-vilasa (1.73), wherein it is stated:\n\nyas tu narayaQaril devaril\nbrahma-rudradi-daivatai/:1\nsamatvenaiva vik�eta\nsa pa�af)<;ii bhaved dhruvam\nA pa$aQ<;ii is one who thinks that the Supreme Lord Naraya�a, the Personality of\nGodhead, is on the same level with the demigods headed by Lord Brahma and\nLord Siva. The devotee never considers Lord Naraya�a to be on the same platform\nwith Lord Brahma and Lord Siva The Madhvacarya-sampradaya and Ramanujasampradaya are mainly worshipers of Lord Ramacandra, although the Sri\nVai��avas are supposed to be worshipers of Lord Naraya�a and Lak�mi and the\nTattvavadis are supposed to be worshipers of Lord Kr��a. At present, in most of\nthe monasteries belonging to the Madhva-sampradaya, Lord Ramacandra is\nworshiped.\n\nIn the book known as Adhyatma-ramayaQa, there are statements in Chapters\n\nTwelve to Fifteen about the worship of the Deities Sri Ramacandra and Sita. There\n\nit is stated that during Lord Ramacandra's time, there was a brahmaQa who took a\n\nvow refusing to accept breakfast until he saw Lord Ramacandra. Sometimes, due\nto business, Lord Ramacandra was absent from His capital for a full week and\n\ncould not be seen by citizens during that time. Because of his vow, the brahmaQa\ncould not take even a drop of water during that week. Later, after eight or nine\ndays, when the brahmaQa could see Lord Ramacandra personally, he would break\n\nhis fast. Upon observing the brahmaQa's rigid vow, Lord Sri Ramacandra ordered\n\n", "mad3#p0330": "Text 12]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n297\n\nHis younger brother Lak�ma�a to deliver a pair of .Sita-Rama Deities to the\nbrahmaf)a. The brahmaf)a received the Deities from Sri Lak�ma�aji and worshiped\nthem faithfully as long as he lived. At the time of his death, he delivered the,\nDeities to Sri Hanumanji, who, for many years, hung Them around his neck and\nserved Them with all devotion. After many years, when Hanumanji departed on\nthe hill known as Gandha-madana, he delivered the Deities to Bhimasena, one of\nthe Pa�c;lavas, and Bhimasena brought Them to his palace, where he kept Them\nvery carefully. The last king of the Pa�c;lavas, K�emakanta, worshiped the Deities in\nthat palace. Later, the same Deities were kept in the custody of the kings of\nOrissa known as Gajapatis. One of the acaryas, known as Narahari Tirtha, who\nwas in the disciplic succession of Madhvacarya, received these Deities from the\nKing of Orissa .\nIt may be noted that these particular Deities of Rama and Sita have been\nworshiped from the time of King l�vaku. Indeed, they were worshiped by the\nroyal princes even before the appearance of Lord Ramacandra. Later, during Lord\nRamacandra's presence, the Deities were worshiped by Lak�ma�a. It is said that\njust three months before his disappearance, Sri Madhvacarya received these\nDeities and installed them in the Uc;lupi temple. Since then the Deities have been\nworshiped by the Madhvacarya-sampradaya at that monastery. As far as the Sri\nVai��avas are concerned, beginning with Ramanujacarya, they also worshiped\nDeities of Sita-Rama. Sita-Rama Deities are also being worshiped in Tirupati and\nother places. From the Sri Ramanuja-sampradaya there is another branch known\nas Ramanandi or Ramat, and the followers of that branch also worship Deities of\nSita-Rama very rigidly. The Ramanuja-sampradaya Vai��avas prefer the worship of\nLord Ramacandra to Radha-Kr��a.\nTEXT 12\n\n,,� � '<t�<t ��'-11' w-ff;il 1\n��-��t:Jl� �'f, 'f� ?�iltt1f II ��II\nsei saba vai$Qava mahaprabhura darsane\nkr$Qa-upasaka haifa, Jaya kr$Qa-name\nSYNONYMS\nsei saba-all those;\nMahaprabhu;\n\nvai$Qava-devotees;\n\ndarsane-by seeing;\n\nmahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya\n\nkr$Qa-upasaka-devotees of Lord Kr��a;\n\nhaifa-became; /aya-took; kr$Qa-name-the holy name of Lord Kr��a.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter meeting Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, all those different Vai�r:�avas became devotees of Kr�r:�a and began chanting the Hare Kr�r:ta maha-mantra.\n\n", "mad3#p0331": "298\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 13\n\n�t11 ! \"ill�!� ! �t11 ! �t<r<r ! �111 ! �t<r<r ! 9(1� 111, I\nl� ! C<f\"f<f ! � ! C<fi\"t<r I � ! C<fi\"f� ! �� \"llt' II � � II\nramal raghaval ramal raghaval ramal raghaval pahi mam\nk[$f)al ke5aval k[$f)al ke5aval k[$f)al ke5aval rak$a mam\n\nSYNONYMS\nrama-0 Rama; raghava-descendant of Raghu; pahi-please protect; mam­\n\nme; k[$f)a-0 Kr�r:Ja; ke5ava-killer of KesT; rak$a-protect; mam-me.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 Lord Ramacandra, descendant of Maharaja Raghu, kindly protect me! 0\n\nLord Kr�r;�a, killer of the Kesi demon, kindly protect me!\"\nTEXT 14\n\n�� 00<\\'i �� �f�' <li� �'f I\nc;�1Tt-�errn �' '<l'i\" �til: u �su\nei 5/oka pathe pacji' karila prayaf)a\ngautami-gangaya yai' kaila ganga-snana\n\nSYNONYMS\nei 5/oka-this Sanskrit verse; pathe-on the way; pacji'-reciting; karila-did;\nprayaQa-going; gautami-gangaya-to the bank of the Gautami-gariga; yai'­\n\ngoing; kai/a-did; gariga-snana-bathing in the Ganges.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile walking on the road, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu used to chant this\nRama Raghava mantra. Chanting in this way, He arrived at the banks of the\nGautami-ganga and took His bath there.\nPURPORT\nThe Gautami-gariga is another branch of the River Godavari. Formerly a great\nsage named Gautama ��i used to live on the bank of this river opposite the city of\nRajamahendri, and consequently this branch was called the Gautami-gariga.\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura says that Srila Kaviraja Gosvami has recorded the\nnames of the holy places visited by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu but that there is no\nchronological order of the places visited. However, there is a notebook of Govirt-\n\n", "mad3#p0332": "Text 16]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n299\n\nda dasa's containing a chronological order and references to geographical positions. Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura requests the readers to refer to that book. According to Govinda dasa, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to Trimanda from the\nGautami-gariga. From there He went to Qhut:�c;lirama-tirtha, another place of\npilgrimage. According to this book, after visiting Gautami-gariga, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu went to Mallikarjuna-tirtha.\nTEXT 15\n\n'al�tiS(i{·®t(� t�' 'a!� �'I I\n'!tti �<t G:i'ftt� ��i{ta{ fi\"S��i'f II �� II\nmallikarjuna-tirthe yai' mahesa dekhi/a\ntahan saba lake kr�Qa-nama /aoyaila\nSYNONYMS\nmallikarjuna-tirthe-to the holy place known as Mallikarjuna; yai'-going;\nmahesa-the deity of Lord Siva; dekhila-He saw; tahan-there; saba /oke-all\nthe people; kr�Qa-nama-Lord Kr�t:�a's holy name; laoyaila-He induced to chant.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then went to Mallikarjuna-tirtha and saw the\ndeity of Lord Siva there. He also induced all the people to chant the Hare\nKr�r:Ja maha-mantra.\nPURPORT\nMallikarjuna is also known as Sri Saila. It is situated about seventy miles south of\nKart:�ula on the right bank of the Kr�t:Ja River. There are great walls all around the\nvillage, and within the walls resides the deity known as Mallikarjuna. It is a deity of\nLord Siva and is one of the Jyotirlirigas.\nTEXT 16\n\n� �rott<t �� �pti{ I\n\n�t�'t<t'l·��t�1f .t\"'Pl1 'St'ali{ II �� II\nramadasa mahadeve karila darasana\nahovala-nrsirhhere karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\nrama-dasa-Ramadasa; maha-deve-of Mahadeva; karila-did; darasanaseeing; ahovala-nrsirhhere-to Ahovala-nrsirhha; karila-did; gamana-going.\n\n", "mad3#p0333": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n300\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLAliON\nThere he saw Lord Mahadeva [Siva], the servant of Lord Rama. He then went\nto Ahovala-n�sirilha.\nTEXT 17\n\n�Pl�� ��VI���\" i{F!·'IF! I\n\n�t '� �tt1 � �ttt�fl! II �9 II\nnrsimha dekhiya tatire kaila nati-stuti\nsiddhavata gela yahati murti sTtapati\n\nSYNONYMS\nnrsimha dekhiya-after seeing the Lord Nrsirhha Deity; tatire-unto Him;\n\nkai/a-did; nati-stuti-offering of various prayers; siddha-vata-to Siddhavata;\nge/a-He went; yahati-where; murti-the Deity; sTta-pati-Lord Ramacandra.\n\nTRANS LA liON\nAfter seeing the Ahovala-n�iri1ha Deity, Caitanya Mahaprabhu offered\nmany prayers unto the Lord. He then went to Siddhavata, where He saw the\nDeity of Ramacandra, the Lord of Sitadevi.\nPURPORT\n\nThis Siddhavata is ten miles east of the village Ku<;lapa. It is also known as\nSidhauta. Previously this place was also known as southern Benares. There is a\ngreat banyan tree there, and it is therefore known as Siddhavata. Vata means\nbanyan tree.\nTEXT 18\n\n1f'.i{tttl �f-t' ��l'f 12t-tF! ·� I\n'!tti �<fi �12t �11' �'f fi{1!PJ'I II �lr II\nraghunatha dekhi' kaila pral)ati stavana\ntahati eka vipra prabhura kaila nimantral)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nraghu-natha dekhi'-after seeing Lord Ramacandra, the descendant of Mahara­\n\nja Raghu; kai/a-offered; pral)ati-obeisances; stavana-prayers; tahati-there;\neka-one;\n\nvipra-brahmal)a;\n\nprabhura-to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nkaila-did; nimantral)a -invitation.\n\n", "mad3#p0334": "Text 20]\n\n301\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\nTRANSLATION·\nAfter seeing the Deity of Lord Ramacandra, the descendant of King Raghu,\nthe Lord offered His prayers and obeisances. Then a brahmar;�a invited the\nLord to take lunch.\nTEXT 19\n\n(;�� �\\2f �'lfiftaf fimR 'lJ I\n'm' '�at' �1 ��� �� il1 � u �� u\nsei vipra rama-nama nirantara laya\n'rama' 'rama' vina anya vaQi na kahaya\nSYNONYMS\nsei vipra-that brahmal)a; rama-nama-the holy name of Lord Ramacandra;\nnirantara-constantly; /aya-chants; rama rama-the holy names Rama Rama;\nvina-without; anya-other; vaQi-vibration; na-does not; kahaya-speak.\nTRANSLATION\nThat brahmaQa constantly chanted the holy name of Ramacandra. Indeed,\nbut for chanting Lord Ramacandra's holy name, that brahmar;�a did not speak a\nword.\nTEXT 20\n\n(;J1� Pfi{ �1J '&ltJ �' f''fl ��' I\n�mf �� ��' �t�'5t �f'l'li (;'St�� \" � \"\n0\n\nsei dina tanra ghare rahi' bhik?a kari'\ntanre krpa kari' age ca/ila gaurahari\nSYNONYMS\nsei dina-on that day; tanra ghare-the house of that brahmal)a; rahi'-staying; bhik?a kari'-accepting prasada; tanre -unto him;\nmercy;\n\nage-ahead;\n\nca/i/a-departed;\n\nkrpa kari'-showing\n\ngaura-hari-Lord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThat day, Lord Caitanya remained there and accepted prasada at his house.\nAfter bestowing mercy upon him in this way, the Lord proceeded ahead.\n\n", "mad3#p0335": "302\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 21\n\n'\"t�·�?;.('��l'f � �� I\nfpi ��l'fi, �1ti ��' ffl� II �) II\nskanda-k$etra-tirthe kaila skanda darasana\ntrimatha aila, tahari dekhi' trivikrama\nSYNONYMS\nskanda-k$etra-tirthe-in the holy place known as Skanda-�etra; kai/a- did;\nskanda darasana -visiting Lord Skanda (Karttikeya, son of Lord Siva); trimatha-at\n\nTrimatha; aila -arrived; tahari-there; dekhi\n\n'-\n\nseein g; trivikrama-a form of Lord\n\nVi�r:Ju, Trivikrama.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the holy place known as Skanda-k�etra, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nvisited the temple of Skanda. From there He went to Trimafha, where He saw\nthe Vi�r;�u Deity Trivikrama.\nTEXT 22\n\n�: �ll � � ��·�?;11\" I\nc;ll� �� ��iftlt VAl fim� II �� II\npunab siddhavata aila sei vipra-ghare\nsei vipra km1a-nama laya nirantare\nSYNONYMS\npunab-again;\n\nsiddha-vata-to\n\nthe place known as\n\nSiddhavata;\n\niii/a­\n\nreturned; sei-that; vipra-ghare-in the house of the brahmaf)a; sei vipra-that\nbrahmaf)a; k[$f)a-nama-the holy name of Lord Kr�r:Ja; /aya-chants; nirantare­\n\nconstantly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter visiting the temple of Trivikrama, the Lord returned to Siddhavafa,\nwhere He again visited the house of the brahmar;�a, who was now constantly\nchanting the Hare Kr�r;�a maha-mantra.\nTEXT 23\n\n�..-1 �ft' 'II�� �tt1f � '�i'f I\n\"� ��' c.!!� <;�t�t1f �11f.. \"-ti � II �� II\n\n", "mad3#p0336": "Text 25]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n303\n\nbhik$a kari' mahaprabhu tarire prasna kaila\n\"kaha vipra, ei tamara kon da5a haifa\nSYNONYMS\nbhik$a kari'-after accepting lunch; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ntanre-unto him; prasna kaila-asked a question; kaha vipra-My dear brahmaf)a\nfriend, please say; ei-this; tamara-your; kon-what; dasa-situation; haifabecame.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter finishing His lunch there, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked the\nbrahma�a, \"My dear friend, kindly tell Me what your position is now.\nTEXT 24\n\n�('{fif feint � 1ftafi«1r I\n�t<� �ti{ f.IJ\"ft l'f'$ ••i{t1f u\" �s u\npurve tumi nirantara /aite rama-nama\nebe kene nirantara lao k($Qa-nama\"\nSYNONYMS\npurve-formerly; tumi-you;\n\nnirantara-constantly; /aite-used to chant;\n\nrama-nama-the holy name of Lord Ramacandra; ebe-now; kene-why; nirantara-constantly; lao-you chant; k($Qa-nama-the holy name of Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Formerly you were constantly chanting the holy name of Lord Rama. Why\nare you now constantly chanting the holy name of Kr,�a J\"\nTEXT 25\n\n�� <lt'f,-�� �t1ft1f �.f.f-�tc<!l\n�t1fi ,�, ''Jtl'( � �� �'ett<! u �(2' u\nvipra bale, -ei tamara darsana-prabhave\ntoma dekhi' gela mora ajanma svabhave\nSYNONYMS\nvipra bale-the brahmaf)a replied; ei-this; tamara darsana-prabhave-by the\ninfluence of Your visit; toma dekhi'-after seeing You; ge/a-went; mora-my; ajanma-from childhood; sva-bhave-nature.\n\n", "mad3#p0337": "304\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmaQa replied, \"This is all due to Your influence, sir. After seeing\nYou, I have lost the long practice of my life.\nTEXT 26\n\n�IIO�fif 1ft�iftlf·�tl �t�tJ I\n� ,�, �·i1� ��l'f ���II�� II\nbalyavadhi rama-nama-grahaQa amara\ntoma dekhi' kr�Qa-nama aila eka-bara\nSYNONYMS\nbalya-avadhi-since the days of my childhood; rama-nama-grahaQa-chanting\nthe holy name of Lord Ramacandra; amara-my; toma dekhi'-after seeing You;\nkr�Qa-nama-the holy name of Lord Kr�t:Ja; ai/a-came; eka-bara-once only.\nTRANSLATION\n\"From my childhood I have been chanting the holy name of lord Ramacandra, but after seeing You I began to chant the holy name of lord Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 27\n\n� �� �·i1� �ttl!�� I\n�·i11� �' �� � ''St'ft II �'I II\nsei haite kr�Qa-nama jihvate vasila\nkr�Qa-nama sphure, rama-nama dare gela\nSYNONYMS\nsei haite-since that time; kr�Qa-nama-the holy name of Lord Kr�t:Ja; jihvateon the tongue; vasi/a-was seated tightly; kr�Qa-nama-the holy name of Lord\nKr�t:Ja; sphure-automatically comes; rama-nama-the holy name of Lord Ramacandra; dare-far away; ge/a-went.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since then, the holy name of Kr�r;�a has been tied to my tongue. Indeed,\nwhen I chant the holy name of Kr�r;�a, the holy name of Lord Ramacandra goes\nfar away.\n\n", "mad3#p0338": "Text 29]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n305\n\nTEXT 28\n\n���cart����� I\n�� 1f�-� �00 �·i II �lr II\nbalya-ka/a haite mora svabhava eka haya\n\nnamera mahima-sastra kariye saficaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nbalya-kala haite-from my childhood; mora-my; sva-bhava-practice; eka­\n\none; haya-there is; namera-of the holy name; mahima-concerning the glories; sastra-the revealed scriptures; kariye saficaya-1 collect.\nTRANSLATION\n\"From my childhood I have been practicing this chanting and have been\ncollecting the glories of the holy name from revealed scriptures.\nTEXT 29\n\n'!�J�\"Cilf fs�f� 1\n�f� �1l�'CWt'!l ��� �t���� II � ;� n\n�11-c� c�tf��1���\n\nramante yogino 'nante\n\nsatyanande cid-atmani\n\niti rama-padenasau\n\npararil brahmabhidhiyate\nSYNONYMS\n\nramante-take pleasure;\n\nyoginab-transcendentalists;\n\nanante-in the un­\n\nlimited; satya-anande-real pleasure; cit-atmani-in spiritual existence; iti-thus;\n\nrama-Rama; padena-by the word; asau-He; param-supreme; brahma­\n\ntruth; abhidhiyate-is called.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The Supreme Absolute Truth is called Rama because the transcendentalists take pleasure in the unlimited true pleasure of spiritual existence.'\nPURPORT\nThis is the eighth verse of the Satanama-stotra of Lord Ramacandra, which is\n\nfound in the Padma PuraQa.\n\n", "mad3#p0339": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n306\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 30\n\n�flf�.,..<lt\"D�: \"IC�1 �\"fi for{fu<11D\"�: I\n�C�1mJ� 9(�� � � ��Jf��'llC� II Oo II\nkr�ir bhU-vacaka/:1 sabdo\n\nf)as ca nirvrti-vacaka/:1\ntayor aikyaril pararil brahma\nkr�Qa ity abhidhiyate\nSYNONYMS\nkr�i/:1-the verbal root kr�; bhU-attractive existence; vacak a/:1-signi fyi ng;\nsabda/:1-word;\n\nf)a/:1-the\n\nsyllable\n\nf)a;\n\nca-and;\n\nnirvrti-spiritual pleasure;\n\nvacaka/:1-indi cati ng; tayo/:1-of both; aikyam-amalgamation; param-supreme;\n\nbrahma-Absolute Truth; kr�Qa/:1-Lord Kr�r;�a; iti-thus; abhidhiyate-is called.\nTRANSLATION\n11 'The word 11k\"\" is the attractive feature of the Lord's existence, and 11Qa\"\nmeans spiritual pleasure. When the verb 11kr�\" is added to the affix 11Qa,\" it\nbecomes Kr�Qa, which indicates the Absolute Truth.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from the Udyoga-parva (71.4) of the Mahabharata.\nTEXT 31\n\n?f��� ��ilt1f �'lftil �� I\n\n':l-': �� -ttt� f<lii �t-t� �\"!\"II�� II\npararil brahma dui-nama samana ha-ila\npuna/:! ara sastre kichu vise�a pai/a\nSYNONYMS\n\nparam brahma-the Absolute Truth; dui-nama-two names (Rama and Kr�r;�a);\nsamana-on an equal level; ha-ila-were; puna/:1-again; ara-further; sastre-in\nrevealed scripture; kichu-some; vise�a-specificatio n; paila-is found.\nTRANSLATION\n1\n1 As far as the holy names of Rama and Kr�Qa are concerned, they are on an\nequal level, but for further advancement we receive some specific information\nfrom revealed scriptures.\n\n", "mad3#p0340": "Text 33]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n307\n\nTEXT 32\n\n�tO\\ �t?:'l [\\!i �tC11 [\\!i \"?f?:'l{ �t?:'l 'lf?:<\\�?:0\\ I\n'!��0\\t'II[��<'Ig \"?tt\"IT<\\1'1 'l:�t<\\?:<1 II o� II\nrama rameti rameti\nrame rame manorame\nsahasra-namabhis tulyarh\nrama-nama varanane\nSYNONYMS\nrama- Rama; rama- Rama; iti-thus; rama - Rama; iti -th u s; rame-1 enjoy;\nrame-in the holy name of Rama;\n\nmana/:1-rame-most beautiful;\n\nsahasra­\n\nnamabhi/:1-with the one thousand names; tu/yam-equal; rama-nama-the holy\nname of Rama; vara-anane -0 lovely-faced woman.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Siva addressed his wife Durga as Varanana and explained, 'I chant the\nholy name of Rama, Rama, Rama and thus enjoy this beautiful sound. This\nholy name of Ramacandra is equal to one thousand holy names of Lord Vi,r;�u.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from the Brhad-Vi$QU-sahasranama-stotra (72.335) in the UttarakhaQt;ia of the Padma Puraf)a.\nTEXT 33\n\n'!�0\\l!lt� 1_9J10Tt'- f��H'!iJ1 � <i� 'li'<'l' I\n<.!l�t�J1 � �lp-,) 0\\tr'lf�' \\!i� ���f\\!i II o..:� II\nsahasra-namnarh puQyanarh\ntrir-avrttya tu yat phalam\nekavrttya tu kr$Qasya\nnamaikarh tat prayacchati\nSYNONYMS\nsahasra-namnam-of one thousand names; puQyanam -holy ; tri/:1-avrttya-by\nthrice chanting; tu-but; yat-which; pha/am-result; eka-avrttya-by one\nrepetition; tu-but; k($f)asya-of Lord Kr�r:Ja; nama- holy name; ekam-only\none; tat-that result; prayacchati-gives.\n\n", "mad3#p0341": "308\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'ta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The pious results derived from chanting the thousand holy names of\nVi,Qu three times can be attained by only one repetition of the holy name of\nKr,r:Ja.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse from the Brahmaf)c;la Puraf)a is fo und in the Laghu-bhagavatamrta\n\n(1.354), by ROpa Gosvami. For every three times one chants the holy name of\nRama, one can attain the same results simply by chanting the name of Kr�r:Ja once.\n\nTEXT 34\n\nt.flt �<ISJ \"i{tT;lAf 1f�ll1 �?tt1f I\nl!'ftf9l 'f�T;i! i{tRf, �i{ �l_ l!t1f II �8 II\nei vakye k($f)a-namera mahima apara\ntathapi /a-ite nari, suna hetu tara\n\nSYNONYMS\nei vakye-in this statement; k($f)a-namera-of the holy name of Kr�r:Ja;\nmahima-glories; apara-unlimited ; tathapi-still; la-ite-to chant; nari-1 am\nunable; suna-j ust hear; hetu-the reason; tara-of that.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"According to the statement of the sastras, the glories of the holy name of\nKr,Qa are unlimited. Still I could not chant His holy name. Please hear the\nreason for this.\nTEXT 35\n\n��m �'If, itt i{tT;1:/ �� � 1\n�� 9ft�1 �t1lifl1f �t�tlfi{ oij� II �tt II\ni$ta-deva rama, tatira name sukha pai\nsukha pana rama-nama ratri-dina gai\n\nSYNONYMS\ni$ta-deva-my worshipable Lord; rama-Lord Sri Ramacandra; tatira name-in\nHis holy name; sukha pai-l get happiness; sukha pana-getting such transcendental happiness; rama-nama-the' holy name of Lord Rama; ratri-dina-day and\nnight; gai-l chant.\n\n", "mad3#p0342": "Text 37]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n309\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My worshipable Lord has been Lord Ramacandra, and by chanting His holy\nname I received happiness. Because I received such happiness, I chanted the\nholy name of Lord Rama day and night.\nTEXT 36\n\nQ!'tlrt1t 5f�il �� ?�ilt11 �i�� I\nI!AA 11f� 1!7;� �5fr;� 'fif'$1� II �� II\ntamara darsane yabe kr�Qa-nama aila\ntahara mahima tabe hrdaye lagila\nSYNONYMS\ntamara dar5ane-by meeting You; yabe-when; kr�Qa-nama-the holy name\nof Kr�l)a; ai/a-appeared; tahara-His; mahima-glories; tabe-at that time;\nhrdaye-in the heart; /agi/a-became fixed.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By Your appearance, Lord K!ll)a's holy name also appeared, and at that\ntime the glories of Kr�Qa's name awoke in my heart.\"\nTEXT 37\n\nc;�� �� 1_fil :m ..te.-��· fil(t�� I\n�� <t�&' �� �ifi.1t ��'I �f�� II �9 II\nsei kr�Qa tumi sak�at-iha nirdharila\neta kahi' vipra prabhura caraQe pa{iila\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; kr�Qa-the Personality of Godhead, Kr�r:Ja; tumi-You; sak�atdirectly; iha-this; nirdharila-ascertained; eta kahi'-saying this; vipra-the\nbrahmaQa; prabhura-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; caraQe-at the lotus feet;\npagi/a-fell down.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmal)a concluded, \" Sir, You are that Lord Kr�l)a Himself. This is my\nascertainment.\" Saying this, the brahmal)a fell down at the lotus feet of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad3#p0343": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n310\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 38\n\n�tt1f ��<IS�'�\" l>� �t1f fifti{ I\n��� �t�' '<f.ll'l f-t�·�11-fti{ II �lr II\ntarire krpa kari' prabhu calila ara dine\nvrddhakasi asi' kaila siva-darasane\nSYNONYMS\n\ntarire-unto him; krpa kari'-showing mercy; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; ca/i/a-traveled; ara dine-the next day; vrddhakasi-to Vrddhakasi; asi'-coming; kai/a-did; siva-darasane-visiting Lord Siva's temple.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter showing mercy to the brahmat:�a, lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu left\nthe next day and arrived at Vrddhakasi, where He visited the temple of Lord\nSiva.\nPURPORT\n\nVrddhakasi's present name is Vrddhacalam. It is situated in the southern Arkata\ndistrict on the bank of the River Mal)imukha. This place is also known as Kalahastipura. Lord Siva's temple there was worshiped for many years by Govinda, the\ncousin of Ramanujacarya.\nTEXT 39\n\nl:!iti �\\:! t>f'l' �� <;�Gift �<IS �� I\n�'t-�iSf '!tt1, ��\" R<!tit� II �� II\ntahari haite ca/i' age gela eka grame\nbrahmaQa-samaja tahari, karila visrame\nSYNONYMS\ntahari hai te-fro m there; ca/i'-going; age-forwards; ge/a-went; eka-one;\ngrame-to a village; brahmaQa-samaja-assembly of brahmaQas; tahari-there;\nkarila visrame-He rested.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then left Vrddhakasi and proceeded further\n\nahead. In one village He saw that most of the residents were brahmat:�as, and\nHe took His rest there.\n'\n\n", "mad3#p0344": "Text 42]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n311\n\nTEXT 40\n\n� �� � 'fll� �Piti11\n�'lit-(� ''lt<fi 'fll�tlf il1 �t� 'St� II 8 II\no\n\nprabhura prabhave loka aila darasane\nlak$arbuda loka aise na yaya gaQane\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prabhave-by the influence;\n/oka-people; ai/a-came; darasane-to see Him; /ak$a-arbuda-many millions;\n/aka-persons; aise-came; na-not; yaya gaQane-can be counted.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDue to the influence of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, many millions of men\ncame j ust to see Him. Indeed, the assembly was so unlimited that its members\ncould not be counted.\nTEXT 41\n\n(;'St'Pltf$� � (;'ff-t' �!ttl! (;�tt<l-t I\n\n�t<f '\"' �' '���' C� :Jt� II 8� II\ngosar'iira saundarya dekhi' tate premavesa\nsabe 'k[$Qa' kahe, 'vai$Qava' haifa sarva-desa\n\nSYNONYMS\ngosaflira-of the Lord; saundarya-the beauty; dekhi'-seeing; tate-in that;\nprema-avesa-ecstatic love; sabe-everyone;\n\nk[$Qa kahe-uttered the holy\n\nname of Kr�l)a; vai$Qava-Vai�l)ava devotees; haifa-became; sarva-desaeveryone.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord's bodily features were very beautiful, and in addition He was always in the ecstasy of love of Godhead. Simply by seeing Him, everyone\nbegan chanting the holy name of KnQa, and thus everyone became a Vai,Qava\ndevotee.\nTEXT 42\n\n1!�<\\'i·��:Jt<fi, �I! 11nt�tfif�t'l I\nlfte.-t:J, 9f1'i!Wllf, -.f'l!, ����' �t'Stlf II 8� II\n\n", "mad3#p0345": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\n312\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\ntarkika-mimarhsaka, yata mayavadi-gar)a\nsankhya, patarijala, smrti, puraQa, agama\nSYNONYMS\ntarkika-logicians; mimarhsaka-followers of mimarhsa philosophy; yata-all;\nmayavadi-gaQa-followers\n\nof\n\nSankaracafya;\n\nsankhya-followers\n\nof\n\nKapila;\n\npatarija/a-followers of mystic yoga; smrti-supplementary Vedic literatures;\npuraQa-PuriiQas; agama-the tantra-sastras.\nTRANSLATION\nThere are many kinds of philosophers. Some are logicians who follow\nGautama or Ka�ada. Some follow the mimarilsa philosophy of Jaimini. Some\nfollow the Mayavada philosophy of Sankaracarya, and others follow Kapila's\nsankhya philosophy or the mystic yoga system of Pataiijali. Some follow the\nsm!1i-sastra composed of twenty religious scriptures, and others follow the\nPura�as and the tantra-sastra. In this way there are many different types of\nphilosophers.\nTEXT 43\n\nfi{'F·fi{'l'·-t\"tt'!'lt'{,�� �� $'G I\nlt(1(i! lfil' � <f� -t'G �II 8� I\nnija-nija-sastrodgrahe sabai pracaQ<;/a\nsarva mata du$i' prabhu kare khaQ<;/a khaQ<;/a\nSYNONYMS\nnija-nija-their own; sastra-of the scripture; udgrahe-to establish the conclusion; sabai-all of them; pracaf)<;/a-very powerful; sarva-all; mata-opinions; du�i'-condemning; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kare-does; khaQ<;fa khaQ<;/a-breaking to pieces.\nTRANSLATION\nAll of these adherents of various scriptures were ready to present the conclusions of their respective scriptures, but Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu broke all\ntheir opinions to pieces and established His own cult of bhakti based on the\nVedas, Vedanta, the Brahma-siitra and the philosophy of acintya-bhedabhedatattva.\nTEXT 44\n\n�ii 'It�� ��<tf�� I\n�� �� �� if! � -tfut'! II 88 II\n\n", "mad3#p0346": "Text 46]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n313\n\nsarvatra sthapaya prabhu vai$f)ava-siddhante\nprabhura siddhanta keha na pare khaf)Qite\nSYNONYMS\nsarvatra-everywhere;\n\nsthapaya-establishes;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; vai�f)ava-siddhante-the conclusion of the Vai�l!avas; prabhuraof Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; siddhanta-conclusion; keha-anyone; na\npare-is not able; khaf)Qite-to defy.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu established the devotional cult everywhere. No\none could defeat Him.\nTEXT 45\n\n�m' �, (%j't1lQ'! <fit1fil ��,\n� l'alt'! '��' (%j<t_ � �� � II 8� II\nhari' hari' prabhu-mate karena pravesa\nei-mate 'vai�f)ava' prabhu kaila dak�if)a desa\n\nSYNONYMS\nhari' hari'-being defeated;\n\nprabhu-mate-into the cult of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; karena pravesa-enter; ei-mate-in this way; vai�f)ava-Vai�l!ava\ndevotees; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kaila-made; dak�if)a-South\nIndia; desa-country.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing thus defeated by Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, all these philosophers and their followers entered into His cult. In this way Lord Caitanya\nmade South India into a country of Vai,r;�avas.\n\nTEXT 46\n\n�t� 'CI�i'f � ��J �fil�i I\n1t<(<fifi(' �'I' � ��'$flj '1�1 II 8� II\npa$af)Qi ai/a yata paf)Qitya suniya\ngarva kari' aila sange si�ya-gaf)a /aria\n\n", "mad3#p0347": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n314\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nSYNONYMS\npa?aQQi-nonbelievers;\n\nai/a-came\n\nthere;\n\nyata-all;\n\npaQ{iitya-erudition;\n\nsuniya-hearing; garva kari -with great pride; ai/a-came there; sar'lge-with;\n'\n\nsi�ya-gaQa-disciples; lana-taking.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the nonbelievers heard of the erudition of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nthey came to Him with great pride, bringing their disciples with them.\nTEXT 47\n\nc;���i1'li ';!tt19ffu\\! fil'f il�\";{t\\! I\n<21� ·�rtt� �l{.�t!{ <fifif' �1f'$\\ffi �fit� n s� 11\nbauddhacarya maha-paQ{iita nija nava-mate\nprabhura age udgraha kari' lagila balite\nSYNONYMS\n\nbauddha-acarya-the leader in Buddhist philosophy; maha-paQ{iita-greatly\nlearned\n\nscholar;\n\nnija-own;\n\nnava-nine;\n\nmate-philosophical\n\nprabhura age-before Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nconclusions;\n\nudgraha-argument;\n\nkari'-making; /agi/a-began; balite-to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nOne of them was the leader of a Buddhist cult and was a very learned\nscholar. To establish their nine philosophical conclusions, he came before the\nLord and began to speak.\nTEXT 48\n\n�� ��vt1JJ c;C��� ��� c;lff'lt\\! I\n\\!�1f9f �f�&'f'l <2l'f '$\\( '1�1�t\\! II Sir II\nyadyapi asambha�ya bauddha ayukta dekhite\ntathapi bali/a prabhu garva khaQ{iaite\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; asambha?ya-not fit for discussion; bauddha-f�llowers\nof Buddha's philosophy; ayukta-not fit; dekhite-to see; tathapi-stil l; bali/aspoke; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; garva-pride; khaQ{iaite-to\ndiminish.\n\n", "mad3#p0348": "Text 49]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n315\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the Buddhists are unfit for discussion and should not be seen by\nVai�Qavas, Caitanya Mahaprabhu spoke to them just to decrease their false\npride.\nTEXT 49\n\n�-�� �\\,-till 'il� 1lt'!' I\nl!t·� �� �!_, il1 �� \"'tf� II sc;, II\ntarka-pradhana bauddha-sastra 'nava mate'\ntarkei khar:u;lila prabhu, na pare sthapite\nSYNONYMS\ntarka-pradhana-argumentative; bauddha-sastra-scriptures of the Buddhist\ncult; nava mate-in nine basic principles; tarkei-by argument; khary;lilarefuted; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nna-not; pare-can; sthapite­\n\nestablish.\nTRANSLATION\nThe scriptures of the Buddhist cult are chiefly based on argument and logic,\nand they contain nine chief principles. Because Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ndefeated them in their argument, they could not establish their cult.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura states that according to the Buddhist cult there are\ntwo ways of understanding philosophy. One is called hinayana, and the other is\ncalled mahayana. Along this path, there are nine principles. (1) The creation is\neternal; therefore there is no need to accept a creator. (2) This cosmic manifestation is false. (3) \"I am\" is the truth. (4) There is repetition of birth and death. (5)\nLord Buddha is the only source of understanding the truth. (6) The principle of nirvaQa, or annihilation, is the ultimate goal. (7) The philosophy of Buddha is the only\nphilosophical path. (8) The Vedas are compiled by human beings. (9) Pious activities, showing mercy to others and so on are advised.\nNo one can attain the Absolute Truth by argument. One may be very expert in\nlogic, and another person may be even more expert in the art of argument. Because there is so much word jugglery in logic, one can never come to the real conclusion about the Absolute Truth by argument. The followers of Vedic principles\nunderstand this. However, it is seen here that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu defeated\nthe Buddhist philosophy by argument. Those who are preachers in ISKCON will\ncertainly meet many people who believe in intellectual arguments. Most of these\n\n", "mad3#p0349": "316\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamtta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\npeople do not believe in the authority of the Vedas. Nevertheless, they accept intellectual speculation and argument. Therefore the preachers of Kr�t:�a consciousness should be prepared to defeat others by argument, just as Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu did. In this verse it is clearly said, tarkei khar:u;fila prabhu. Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu put forward such a strong argument that they could not\ncounter Him to establish their cult.\n\n·\n\nTheir first principle is that the creation is always existing, but if this is the case,\nthere can be no theory of annihilation. The Buddhists maintain that annihilation or\ndissolution is the highest truth. If the creation is eternally existing, there is no\nquestion of dissolution or annihilation. This argument is not very strong because\nby practical experience we see that material things have a beginning, a middle\nand an end. The ultimate aim of the Buddhist philosophy is to dissolve the body.\nThis is proposed because the body has a beginning. Similarly, the entire cosmic\nmanifestation is also a gigantic body, but if we accept the fact that it is alway s existing, there can be no question of annihilation. Therefore the attempt to annihilate everything in order to attain zero is an absurdity. By our own practical experience we have to accept the beginning of creation, and when we accept the\nbeginning, we must accept a creator. Such a creator must possess an all-pervasive\nbody, as pointed out by Bhagavad-gita:\nsarvata/:1 paui-padarh tat\nsarvato 'k�i-siro-mukham\nsarvata/:1 s rutimal loke\nsarvam avrtya ti$thati\n\"Every where are His hands and legs, His eyes and faces, and He hears every thing.\nIn this way the Supersoul exists.\" (Bg. 13.14)\nThe Supreme Person must be present everywhere. His body existed before the\ncreation; otherwise He could not be the creator. If the Supreme Person is a created being, there can be no question of a creator. The conclusion is that the cosmic manifestation is certainly created at a certain time, and the creator existed\nbefore the creation; therefore the creator is not a created being. The creator is\nPararh Brahman, or the Supreme Spirit. Matter is not only subordinate to spirit but\nis actually created on the basis of spirit. When the spirit soul enters the womb of a\nmother, the body is created by material ingredients supplied by the mother. Everything is created in the material world, and consequently there must be a creator\nwho is the Supreme Spirit and who is distinct from matter. It is confirmed in\nBhagavad-gita that the material energy is inferior and that the spiritual energy is\nthe living entity. Both inferior and superior energies belong to a supreme person.\nThe Buddhists argue that the world is false, but this is not valid. The world is\ntemporary, but it is not false. As long as we have the body, we must suffer the\n\n", "mad3#p0350": "Text 49]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n317\n\npleasures and pains of the body, even though we are not the body. We may not\ntake these pleasures and pains very seriously, but they are factual nonetheless.\nWe cannot actually say that they are false. If the bodily pains and pleasures are\nfalse, the creation would be false also, and consequently no one would take very\nmuch interest in it. The conclusion is that the material creation is not false or\nimaginary, but it is temporary.\nThe Buddhists maintain that the principle \"I am\" is the Ultimate Truth, but this\nexcludes the individuality of \"I\" and \"you.\" If there is no \"I\" and \"you;' or individuality, there is no possibility of argument. The Buddhist philosophy depends\non argument, but there can be no argument if one simply depends on \"I am!'\nThere must be a \"you;' or another person also. The philosophy of duality-the existence of the individual soul and the Supersoul-must be there. This is confirmed\nin the Second Chapter of Bhagavad-gita, wherein the Lord says:\n\nna tv evaham jatu nasarh\nna tvaril neme janadhipa/:1\nna caiva na bhavi$yamaf:!\nsarve vayam ata/:1 param\n\"Never was there a time when I did not exist, nor you, nor all these kings; nor in\nthe future shall any of us cease to be!' (Bg. 2.12)\nWe existed in the past in different bodies, and after the annihilation of this\nbody, we shall exist in another body. The principle of the soul is eternal, and it exists in this body or in another body. Even in this lifetime we experience existence\nin a child's body, a youth's body, a man's body and an old body. After the annihilation of the body, we acquire another body. The Buddhist cult also accepts the philosophy of transmigration, but the Buddhists do not properly explain the next\nbirth. There are 8,400,000 species of life, and our next birth may be in any one of\nthem; therefore this human body is not guaranteed.\nAccording to the Buddhist's fifth principle, Lord Buddha is the only source for\nthe attainment of knowledge. We cannot accept this, for Lord Buddha rejected\nthe principles of Vedic knowledge. One must accept a principle of standard\nknowledge because one cannot attain the Absolute Truth simply by intellectual\nspeculation. If everyone is an authority, or if everyone accepts his own intelligence as the ultimate criterion-as is presently fashionable-the scriptures will be\ninterpreted in many different ways, and everyone will claim his own philosophy\nsupreme. This has become a very great problem, and everyone is interpreting\nscripture in his own way and setting up his own basis of authority. Yata mata tata\n\npatha. Now everybody and anybody is trying to establish his own theory as the\nUltimate Truth. The Buddhists theorize that annihilation, or nirvaf)a, is the ultimate\ngoal. Annihilation applies to the body, but the spirit soul transmigrates from one\n\n", "mad3#p0351": "318\n\nSri Caitanya-caritampa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nbody to another. If this were not the case, how can so many multifarious bodies\ncome into existence? If the next birth is a fact, the next bodily form is also a fact.\nAs soon as we accept a material body, we must accept the fact that that body will\nbe annihilated and that we will have to accept another body. If all material bodies\nare doomed to annihilation, we must obtain a nonmaterial body, or a spiritual\nbody, if we wish the next birth to be anything but false. How the spiritual body is\n\nattained is explained in Bhagavad-gita:\n\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevarh yo vetti tattvata/:l\n\ntyaktva deharh punar janma\nnaiti ma m eti so 'rjuna\n\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does\nnot, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, but attains\nMy eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\" (Bg. 4.9)\nThis is the highest perfection by which one can transcend the transmigration of\nmaterial bodies and return home, back to Godhead. It is not that existence becomes void or zero: Existence continues, but if we positively want to annihilate\nthe material body, we have to accept a spiritual body; otherwise there can be no\neternality for the soul.\nWe cannot accept the theory that the Buddhist philosophy is the only way, for\nthere are so many defects in that philosophy. A perfect philosophy is one that has\nno defects, and that is Vedanta philosophy. No one can point out any defects in\nVedanta philosophy, and therefore we can conclude that Vedanta is the supreme\nphilosophical way of understanding the truth. According to the Buddhist cult, the\n\nVedas are compiled by ordinary human beings. If this were the case, they would\n\nnot be authoritative. From Vedic literatures we understand that shortly after the\n\ncreation, Lord Brahma was instructed in the Vedas. It is not that the Vedas were\n\ncreated by Brahma, although Brahma is the original person in the universe. If\nBrahma did not create the Vedas, but he is acknowledged as the first created\n\nbeing, wherefrom did Vedic knowledge come to Brahma? Obviously the Vedas\n\ndid not come from an ordinary person born in this material world. According to\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, tene brahma hrda ya adi-kavaye: after the creation, the\n\nSupreme Person imparted Vedic knowledge within the heart of Brahma. There\nwas no person in the beginning of the creation other than Brahma, yet he did not\ncompile the Vedas; therefore the conclusion is that the Vedas were not compiled\n\nby any created being. Vedic knowledge was given by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who created this material world. This is also accepted by Sarikaracarya,\nalthough Sarikaracarya is not a V ai�Qava.\nIt is stated that mercy is one of the qualities of a Buddhist, but mercy is a relative thing. We show our mercy to a subordinate or to one who is suffering more\n\n", "mad3#p0352": "Text 51]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n319\n\nthan ourselves. However, if there is a superior person present, the superior person\ncannot be the object of our mercy. Rather, we are objects for the mercy of the\nsuperior person. Therefore showing compassion and mercy is a relative activity. It\nis not the Absolute Truth. Apart from this, we also must know what actual mercy\nis. To give a sick man something forbidden for him to eat is not mercy. Rather, it is\ncruelty. Unless we know what mercy really is, �may create an undesirable situation. If we wish to show real mercy, we will preach Kr�r:Ja consciousness in order\nto revive the lost consciousness of human beings, the living entity's original consciousness. Since the Buddhist philosophy does not admit the existence of the\nspirit soul, the so-called mercy of the Buddhists is defective.\nTEXT 50\n\n�� '�<f ��' �<I ��i'f I\nW �-� � � -t'G ��llf II cto II\nbauddhacarya 'nava prasna' saba uthaila\ndrr;iha yukti-tarke prabhu khal)r;ia khal)r;ia kaila\nSYNONYMS\n\nbauddha-acarya-the teacher of the Buddhist cult; nava. prasna-nine different\nty pes of questions; saba-all; uthaila-raised; drr;iha-strong; yukti-argument;\ntarke-with logic; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitany a Mahaprabhu; khal)r;ia khal)r;ia\nkaila-broke into pieces.\nTRANSLATION\nThe teacher of the Buddhist cult set forth nine principles, but Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu broke them to pieces with His strong logic.\nTEXT 51\n\n�t-f� �f�� �<t1l �tlfl �11t<srn I\n� �� <f.t11, � ��ilf f�Vif1·� II ct� II\ndarsanika pal)r;iita sabai paila parajaya\nlake hasya kare, bauddha paila lajja-bhaya\nSYNONYMS\n\ndarsanika-philosophical speculators; pa(1r;iita-scholars; sabai-ail of them;\npai/a parajaya-were defeated; toke-people in general; hasya kare-laugh;\nbauddha-the Buddhists; paila-got; /ajja-shame; bhaya-fear.\n\n", "mad3#p0353": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n320\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll mental speculators and learned scholars were defeated by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu , and when the people began to laugh, the Buddhist philosophers\nfelt both shame and fear.\nPURPORT\nThese philosophers were all atheists, for they did not believe in the existence of\nGod. Atheists may be very expert in mental speculation and may be so-called\ngreat philosophers, but they can be defeated by a Vai�l)ava firmly situated in his\nconviction and God consciousness. Following in the footsteps of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, all the preachers engaged in the service of ISKCON should be very\nexpert in putting forward strong arguments and defeating all types of atheists.\nTEXT 52\n\n�� C�� .r�' � �t1f <;'*'l I\n��\" �t'i filf't' '!t� �s'ti c<r-\"f 11 a� 11\nprabhuke vai�f)ava jani' bauddha ghare gela\nsakala bauddha mi/i' tabe kumantraf)a kaila\nSYNONYMS\nprabhuke-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vai�f)ava jani -knowing to be a\n'\n\nVai�l)ava; bauddha-the Buddhists; ghare ge/a-returned home; sakala baud­\n\ndha-all the Buddhists; mi/i'-coming together; tabe-thereafter; ku-mantraf)aplot; kaila-made.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Buddhists could understand that Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was a\nVai�Qava, and they returned home very unhappy. Later, however, they began\nto plot against the Lord.\nTEXT 53\n\n��\\JI �- �<\\'i �tt! <emil\n\nC2ft_·'fittt'5t fi{if 'JT�t�'Jfilf' �fir� II <2� II\napavitra anna eka thalite bhariya\nprabhu-age nila 'maha-prasada' baliya\nSYNONYMS\n\napavitra-polluted;\n\nanna-food ;\n\neka-one ; tha/ite-plate; bhariya-filling;\n\nprabhu-age-in front of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ni/a-brought; mahaprasada ba/iya-cal ling it maha-prasada.\n\n", "mad3#p0354": "Text 54]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n321\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaving made their plot, the Buddhists brought a plate of untouchable food\nbefore Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and called it maha-prasada.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word apavitra anna refers to food that is unacceptable for a Vai�Qava. In\nother words, a Vai�Qava cannot accept any food offered by an avai$Qava in the\nname of maha-prasada. This should be a principle for all Vai�Qavas. When asked,\n\"What is the behavior of a Vai�Qava?\" Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, '11.\nVai�Qava must avoid the company of an avai$Qava [asatl.\" The word asat refers to\nan avai$Qava, that is, one who is not a Vai�Qava. Asat-sariga-tyaga,-ei vai$Qavaacara (Cc. Madhya 22.87). A Vai�Qava must be very strict in this respect and\nshould not at all cooperate with an avai$Qava. If an avai$Qava offers food in the\nname of maha-prasada, it should not be accepted. Such food cannot be prasada\nbecause an avai$Qava cannot offer anything to the Lord. Sometimes preachers in\nthe Kr�Qa consciousness movement have to accept food in a home where the\nhouseholder is an avai$Qava; however, if this food is offered to the Deity, it can be\ntaken. Ordinary food cooked by an avai$Qava should not be accepted by a\nVai�Qava. Even if an avai$Qava cooks food without fault, he cannot offer it to Lord\nVi�Qu, and it cannot be accepted as maha-prasada. According to Bhagavad-gita:\npatrarh pu$parh phalarh toyarh\nyo me bhaktya prayacchati\ntad aharh bhakty- upahrtam\nasnami prayatatmanaf:r\n\"If one offers Me with love and devotion a leaf, a flower, fruit or water, I will accept it.\" (Bg.\n\n9.26)\n\nKr�Qa can accept anything offered by His devotee with devotion. An avai$Qava\nmay be a vegetarian and a very clean cook, but because he cannot offer the\nfoodstuff to Vi�QU, the food he cooks cannot be accepted as maha-prasada. It is\nbetter that a Vai�Qava abandon such food as untouchable.\nTEXT 54\n\n'��ttl'f Jl�<fiti �<fi 1>1� �� I\n\n'itd; m' �� ottf'f 'f$1 ''if'f II QS II\nhena-ka/e maha-kaya eka pak$i aila\nthorite kari' anna-saha thali lana gela\n\n", "mad3#p0355": "322\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kale-at this time; maha-kaya-having a large body; eka-one; pak�ibird; ai/a-appeared there; thonte kari'-by the beak; anna-saha-with food;\nthali-the plate; lana-taking; gel a-went away.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the contaminated food was offered to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, a\nvery large bird appeared on the spot, picked up the plate in its beak and flew\naway.\nTEXT 55\n\n���'111\" �?!tJ �- ?ft�J �-o �i I\n��tilt� 1l1� \"tfif ?�fiJI( �1f�i 11 aa 11\nbauddha-gaf)era upare anna page amedhya haiya\nbauddhacaryera mathaya thali pagila bajiya\n\nSYNONYMS\nbauddha-gaf)era-all the Buddhists; upare-upon; anna-the food; pagebegan to fall down; amedhya-untouchable; haiya-being; bauddha-acaryeraof the teacher of the Buddhists; mathaya-on the head; thali-the plate; pagilafell down; bajiya-making a great sound.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed, the untouchable food fell upon the Buddhists, and the large bird\ndropped the plate on the head of the chief Buddhist teacher. When it fell on\nhis head, it made a big sound.\nTEXT 56\n\n<;l!m 9ff�J'I �,-1ll'li �, c;'St'l 1\n\n'l(lilil! r($1 �1i't� 't_filtl! 9ff�'l II a� II\nterache pagila thali,-matha kati' gela\nmOrcchita hafia acarya bhamite pagila\n\nSYNONYMS\nterache-at an angle; pagila-fell down; thali-the plate; matha-the head;\nkati'-cutting;\n\nge/a-went;\n\nmurcchita -unconscious;\n\nhafia-becoming;\n\nacarya-the teacher; bhamite-on the ground; pagila-fell down.\n\n", "mad3#p0356": "Text 58]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n323\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe plate was made of metal, and when its edge hit the head of the teacher,\nit cut him, and the teacher immediately fell to the ground unconscious.\nTEXT 57\n\n�tf <15ff' � :JII� fii1JJ'$f'l I\n� �1�' �-91t� � llf�'l II �9 II\nhahakara kari' kande saba si?ya-gaQa\nsabe asi' prabhu-pade la-ila saraQa\nSYNONYMS\nhaha-kara-a roaring sound; kari'-making;\n\nkande-cry;\n\nsaba-all;\n\nsi?ya­\n\ngaQa-disciples; sabe-all of them; asi'-coming; prabhu-pade-to the lotus feet\nof Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; /a-i/a-took; saraQa-shelter.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the teacher fell unconscious, his Buddhist disciples cried aloud and\nran to the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu for shelter.\nTEXT 58\n\n1_fif l'f'Q �t..t�, � �91� I\n� �t'lft1f �tl, <15�� �:Jilt� II �lr II\n�'\n\ntumi ta' isvara sak�at, k�ama aparadha\njiyao amara guru, karaha prasada\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-You; ta'-indeed; isvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sak�at-directly; k�am a-ple ase excuse; aparadha-offense; jiyao-bring back to\nconsciousness; amara-our; guru-spiritual master; karaha-do; prasada-this\nmercy.\nTRANSLATION\nThey all prayed to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, addressing Him as the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead Himself and saying, \"Sir, please excuse our\noffense. Please have mercy upon us and bring our spiritual master back to\nlife.\"\n\n", "mad3#p0357": "324\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 59\n\n�t. ��,-Jft<!l' 'Cfi� ,,,.. ,,.., 'm' 1\n�HI'�t( 'Cfi� \"i$( �ili �' II ct� II\nprabhu kahe, -sabe kaha 'kr$Qa' 'kr$Qa' 'hari'\nguru-karf)e kaha kr$t:Ja-nama ucca kari'\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; sabe-all of you; kahachant; kr$Qa kr$Qa hari-the holy names of Lord Kr�t:�a and Hari; guru-karue-near\n'\nthe ear of your spiritual master; kaha-chant; kr$1)a-nama-the holy name of Lord\nKr�t:Ja; ucca kari'-very loudly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord then replied to the Buddhist disciples: \"You should all chant the\nnames of Kr�r:'la and Hari very loudly near the ear of your spiritual master.\nTEXT 60\n\n�11li-� '\"' t!t<!l' � � I\n�<if <;Oil� fiffl'l' \"ii'it1f ,..,.rf!�il II �o II\ntoma-sabara 'guru' tabe paibe cetana\nsaba bauddha mi/i' kare kr$ua-sankirtana\nSYNONYMS\ntoma-sabara-all of you; guru-the spiritual master; tabe-then; paibe-will\nget; cetana-consciousness; saba bauddha-all the Buddhist disciples; mi/i'coming together; kare-do; kr$t:Ja-safikirtana-chanting of the Hare Kr�t:�a mantra.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By this method your spiritual master will regain his consciousness.\"\nFollowing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's advice, all the Buddhist disciples began\nto chant the holy name of Kr�r:'la congregationally.\nTEXT 61\n\n�tJ-\"ii'itcf' \"ii'i� �<if'�' '11111' '�fil' I\n'�il �t��Pi � <!ftt'f '�fil' '�'II�� II\n\n", "mad3#p0358": "Text 61]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n325\n\nguru-kar(le kahe sabe 'k($Qa' 'rama' 'hari'\ncetana pana aca r y a bale 'hari' 'hari'\n\nSYNONYMS\nguru-karQe-into the ear of the spiritual master; kahe-they said; sabe-all\n\ntogether; kr$Qa rama hari-the holy names of the Lord, Kr�t:Ja, Rama and Hari;\ncetana-consciousness; pafla-getting;\n\nacarya-the teacher;\n\nbale-chanted;\n\nhari hari-the name of Lord Hari.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all the disciples chanted the holy names Kr�..,a, Rama and Hari, the\nBuddhist teacher regained consciousness and immediately began to chant the\nholy name of Lord Hari.\nPURPORT\nSri Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura comments that all the Buddhist disciples\nwere actually initiated by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to chant the holy name of\nKr�t:Ja, and when they chanted, they actually became different persons. At that\ntime they were not Buddhists or atheists but Vai�t:�avas. Consequently they immediately accepted Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's order. Their original Kr�t:�a consciousness was revived, and they were immediately able to chant Hare Kr�t:Ja and\nbegin worshiping the Supreme Lord Vi�t:Ju.\nIt is the spiritual master who delivers the disciple from the clutches of maya by\ninitiating him into the chanting of the Hare Kr�t:�a maha-mantra. In this way a\nsleeping human being can revive his consciousness by chanting Hare Kr�t:Ja, Hare\nKr�t:Ja, Kr�t:�a Kr�t:Ja, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare. In\nother words, the spiritual master awakens the sleeping living entity to his original\nconsciousness so that he can worship Lord Vi�t:JU. This is the purpose of dik$a, or\ninitiation. Initiation means receiving the pure knowledge of spiritual consciousness.\nOne point to note in this regard is that the spiritual master of the Buddhists did\nnot initiate his disciples. Rather, his disciples were initiated by Sri Kr�t:�a Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, and they in turn were able to initiate their so-called spiritual master.\nThis is the parampara system. The so-called spiritual master of the Buddhists was\nactually in the position of a disciple, and after his disciples were initiated by Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, they acted as his spiritual masters. This was possible only\nbecause the disciples of the Buddhist acarya received the mercy of Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Unless one is favored by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in the\ndisciplic succession, one cannot act as a spiritual master. We should take the instructions of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the spiritual master of the whole universe,\nto understand how one becomes a spiritual master and a disciple.\n\n", "mad3#p0359": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n326\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 62\n\n��fir'��� �tF{ �-m I\n��m � \"'Rs � f� II�� II\nk[$f)a bali' acarya prabhure karena vinaya\ndekhiya sakala /aka ha-ifa vismaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nk[$Qa ba/i'-chanting the holy name of Kr�Qa; acarya-the so-called spiritual\nmaster of the Buddhists;\n\nprabhure-unto Lord\n\nS ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nkarena-does; vinaya-submission; dekhiya-seeing this; sakala /aka-all the\npeople; ha-ifa-became; vismaya-astonished.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the spiritual master of the Buddhists began to chant the holy name of\nKr�r:\"la and submitted to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, all the people who\nwere gathered there were astonished.\nTEXT 63\n\n�--fit'?t �� ��' -tm � I\n-(� ��'f, <;�� il'1 ?tAl�� II�� II\nei-rupe kautuka kari' sacira nandana\nantardhana kai/a, keha na paya darsana\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-rupe-in this way; kautuka kari'-making fun; sacira nandana-the son of\nmother\n\nS aci; antardhana kai/a-disappeared; keha-anyone; na-does not;\n\npaya-get; darsana-audience.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the son of Sacidevi, then suddenly and strangely\ndisappeared from everyone's sight, and it was impossible for anyone to find\nHim.\nTEXT 64\n\n111Ui21!_ ifllf' ����1 fur�-f\\lltll I\ni1:'l,'- � �' <;�ttifJ Rif II �8 II\n\n", "mad3#p0360": "Text 65]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n327\n\nmahaprabhu ca/i' aila tripati -trimalle\ncatur-bhuja murti dekhi' vyenkatadrye cafe\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; cafi' ai/a\n\n-\n\narrived by walking; tri­\n\npati-trimalle-at the holy places named Tripati and Trimalla; catub-bhuja-fourhanded;\n\nmurti-Deity;\n\ndekhi -seeing;\n'\n\nvyenkata-adrye-to the holy place\n\nVyerikata Hill; cafe-began to proceed.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu next arrived at Tirupati and Trimalla, where He\nsaw a four-handed Deity. Then He next proceeded toward Vyelikafa Hill.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura has actually described the chronological\norder of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu's visit. The Tirupati temple is sometimes\ncalled Tirupatura. It is situated on the northern side of Arkata in the district of\nCandragiri. It is a famous holy place of pilgrimage. In pursuance of His name,\n\nVyerikatesvara, the four-handed Lord Vi�r:tu, the Deity of BalajT, with His potencies\n\nnamed Sri and BhO, is located on Vyerikata Hill, about eight miles from Tirupati.\nThis Vyerikatesvara Deity is in the form of Lord Vi�r:tu, and the place where He is\nsituated is known as Vyerikata-�etra. There are many temples in southern India,\n\nbut this Balaji temple is especially opulent. A great fair is held there in the months\nof September and October. There is a railway station called Tirupati on the\nsouthern railway. Nimna-tirupati is located in the valley of the Vyerikata Hill. There\nare several temples there also, among which are Govindaraja and the Deity of\nLord Ramacandra.\nTEXT 65\n\n�� <e1tfirnt �\" !lm �-.i{ 1\n\n�llt-t·'eltt'it ��'I <21'lt1l �� II �<t II\ntripati asiya kaifa sri-rama darasana\nraghu-natha-age kaifa praf)ama stavana\nSYNONYMS\ntripati asiya-coming to Tripati; kaifa sri-rama darasan a-visited the temple of\n\nRamacandra; raghu-natha-age-before Lord Ramacandra; kai/a\nobeisances; stavana-offering prayers.\n\n-\n\ndid; pral)ama­\n\n", "mad3#p0361": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n328\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter arriving at Tripati, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu visited the temple of\nLord Ramacandra. He offered His prayers and obeisances before Ramacandra,\nthe descendant of King Raghu.\nTEXT 66\n\n'.15l��tt<!f '\"ft�-ll� \"fl't�1 �� I\n�tifl·��f� ��1 � \\iBI't111 II �� II\nsva-prabhave loka-sabara karalia vismaya\npana-nrsirhhe ai/a prabhu daya-maya\nSYNONYMS\nsva-prabhi]ve-by His own influence; /oka-sabara-of all the people; karaliainducing;\n\nvismaya-astonishment;\n\npana-nrsirhhe-to the Lord named Pana­\n\nnrsirhha; ai/a-came; prabhu -Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; daya-ma ya-the\nmost merciful.\nTRANSLATION\nEverywhere Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went, His influence astonished everyone. He next arrived at the temple of Pana-nrsirilha. The Lord is so merciful.\nPURPORT\nThis Pana-nrsirhha, or Panakal-narasirhha, is located in the district of Kr�Qa in the\nhills known as Marigalagiri, about seven miles from a city known as Vejaoyada.\nOne must climb six hundred steps to reach the temple. It is said that when the\nLord is offered food with syrup here, He does not take more than half. Within this\ntemple is a conchshell presented by the late king of Tai'ljor, and it is said that this\nshell was used by Lord Kr�Qa Himself. During the month of March, a great fair\ntakes place in this temple.\nTEXT 67\n\n���t� �'t�-�� '�1lt� C�'l I\n\n�� �'eitf;<!{ � ijl(e,�tf � II �'\\ II\nnrsirhhe praQati-stuti premavese kaila\nprabhura prabhave /oka camatkara haila\n\n", "mad3#p0362": "Text 69]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n329\n\nSYNONYMS\nnrsirilhe-unto Lord Nrsirilha; praQati-stuti -obeisances and prayers; premaavese-in ecstatic love; kai/a-offered; prabhura-of the Lord; prabhave-by the\ninfluence; /oka-the people; camatkara haifa-were astonished.\nTRANSLATION\nIn great ecstatic love, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu offered obeisances and\nprayers unto Lord Nrsirilha. The people were astonished to see Lord Caitanya's\ninfluence.\nTEXT 68\n\nf-R<ft� �t�m '� f-R ��-r� r\n��tr;� '��' �� Jl� ��'$1'1 II �lr II\nsiva-kaiici asiya kaila siva darasana\nprabhave 'vai�Qava' kaila saba saiva-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nsiva-kanci-to the holy place named Siva-kanci; asiya-coming; kaila-did;\nsiva darasana-visiting the temple of Lord Siva; prabhave-by His influence;\nvai�Qava kai/a-turned into Vai�l)avas; saba-all; saiva-gaQa-the devotees of\nLord Siva.\nTRANSLATION\nArriving at Siva-kaiici, Caitanya Mahaprabhu visited the deity of Lord Siva.\nBy His influence, He converted all the devotees of Lord Siva into Vai��avas.\nPURPORT\nThis Siva-kanci is also known as Kanjibhiram, or the Benares of southern India. In\nSiva-kanci there are hundreds of symbolic representations of Lord Siva, as well as a\ntemple that is supposed to be very, very old.\nTEXT 69\n\n��� �tfil' �f� �-�t�'11\n�'tt11 <lSIDli ,<15'1' �� �� II �� II\nvi�Qu-kaiici asi' dekhila lak$mi-narayaQa\npraQama kariya kaila bahuta stavana\n\n", "mad3#p0363": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n330\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nSYNONYMS\nvi$QU-kafici-to the holy place named Vi�l)u-kiiiici; as i'-coming; dekhiJa-the\nLord saw; Jak$mi- narayaQa-the Deity of Lord Narayal)a with mother La�mi, the\ngoddess of fortune; pral)ama kariya-after offering obeisances; kaiJa-made;\nbahuta stavana-many prayers.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord then visited a holy place known as Vi�Qu-kaiici. He saw there\nLak�mi-NarayaQa Deities, and He offered His respects and many prayers to\nplease Them.\nPURPORT\nVi�l)u-kaiici is situated about five miles away from Kaiijibhiram. It is here that\nLord Varadaraja, another form of Lord Vi�I)U, resides. There is also a big lake\nknown as Ananta-sarovara.\nTEXT 70\n\no��tt� if!J·�� ��� �fil-ii( 1\n�il·'l� ��' 'iiflt<ti '?��·' '<tiiif II 'l o II\npremavese nrtya-gita bahuta kariJa\ndina-dui rahi' Joke 'k[$1)a-bhakta' kaiJa\nSYNONYMS\nprema-avese-in ecstatic love; nrtya -gita-dancing and chanting; bahutamuch; kariJa-performed; dina-dui-for two days; rahi'-staying; Joke-the\npeople in general; k[$1)a-bhakta-devotees of Lord Kr�l)a; kaiJa-made.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stayed at Vi�Qu-kanci for two days, He\ndanced and performed kirtana in ecstasy. When all the people saw Him, they\nwere converted into devotees of Lord Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 71\n\nfi!1fiif1! �f-1' ''$fii(1 fi!�tiif��-\"'tl';il I\n��Wf� ��' I!� <ti� �'It�;� II 'I� II\ntrimaJaya dekhi' geJa trikaJa-hasti-sthane\nmahadeva dekhi' tanre karila pral)ame\n\n", "mad3#p0364": "Text 72]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n331\n\nSYNONYMS\ntrimalaya dekhi -after seeing Trimalaya; ge/ a-went ; tri-kala-hasti-sthane-to\n'\n\nthe place named Trikala-hasti; maha-deva-Lord Siva; dekhi'-seeing; tarireunto him; karila pra(1ame-offered obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter visiting Trimalaya, Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to see Trikala-hasti. It\nwas there that He saw Lord Siva and offered him all respects and obeisances.\nPURPORT\nTrikala-hasti is situated about twenty-two miles northeast of Tirupati. On its\nnorthern side is a river known as Suvarl)a-mukhi. The temple of Trikala-hasti is\nlocated on the southern side of the river. The place is generally known as Sri\nKalahasti or Kalahasti and is famous for its temple of Lord Siva. There he is called\nVayuliriga-siva.\nTEXT 72\n\n���Qf�' c�� � �1{-fi{ 1\n�'li!f·®t(�f;<!f <ti�ill1 ���i{ II 'I� II\npak?i-tirtha dekhi' kaila siva darasana\nvrddhakola-tirthe tabe karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\npak?i-tirtha dekhi'-after visiting the place known as Pa�i-tirtha; kai/a-did;\nsiva darasana-visiting the temple of Lord Siva; vrddhakola-tirthe-to the holy\nplace known as Vrddhakola; tabe-then ; karila gamana-went.\nTRANSLATION\nAt Pak�i-tirtha, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu visited the temple of Lord\nSiva. Then He went to the V�ddhakola place of pilgrimage.\nPURPORT\nThis Pak�i-tirtha is also called Tiruka<;li-kul)<;lam and is located nine miles\nsoutheast of Cirhlipat. It has a five-hundred-foot elevation and is situated in a\nchain of hills known as Vedagiri or Vedacalam. There is a temple of Lord Siva there,\nand the deity is known as Vedagirisvara. It is said that two birds come there daily\nto receive food from the temple priest, and it is claimed that these birds have\nbeen coming since time immemorial.\n\n", "mad3#p0365": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n332\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch . 9\n\nTEXT 73\n\n''!f���t� '\\iff�, �tr;� �\"Jff�' I\n��tlif�·f-t�·\"lf7;il ,��1 (;��Bf II '\\� II\nsveta-varaha dekhi, tanre namaskari'\npitambara-siva-sthane gela gaurahari\nSYNONYMS\n\nsveta-varaha-the white boar incarnation; dekhi-seeing; tar'lre-unto Him;\nnamaskari'-offering respect; pita-ambara-dressed with yellow garments; sivasthane-to the temple of Lord Siva; ge/a-went; gaura-hari-Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAt Vrddhakola, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu visited the temple of Svetavaraha, the white boar. After offering Him respects, the Lord visited the\ntemple of Lord Siva, wherein the deity is dressed with yellow garments.\nPURPORT\n\nThe temple of the white boar incarnation is situated at Vrddhakola. The temple\nis made of stone and is located about one mile south of an oasis known as Balipitham. There is a Deity of the white boar incarnation, above whose head Se�a\n\nNaga serves as an umbrella. The deity of Lord Siva is known as Pitambara, and is\n\nalso known as Cidambaram. This temple is located twenty-six miles south of\nKuc,jalora, and the deity there is also known as Akasalinga The deity is in the form\nof Lord Siva. This temple is situated on about thirty-nine acres of land, and all this\nland is surrounded by a wall sixty feet high.\nTEXT 74\n\nf-t11t� ���� ,.; � <tiBl' ��-til I\n<titr;�it� �r;� ��\"fi -t�� il\"fil II '\\8 II\nsiyali bhairavi devi kari' darasana\nkaverira tire ai/a sacira nandana\nSYNONYMS\nsiyali\n\nbhairavi-Si yali-bhairavi;\n\ndevi- goddess;\n\nkari'\n\ndarasana-visiting ;\n\nkaverira tire-on the bank of the River Kaveri; ai/a-came; sacira nandana-the\nson of mother Saci.\n\n", "mad3#p0366": "Text 76]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n333\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter visiting the temple of Siyali-bhairavi [another form of the goddess\nDurga], Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the son of mother Saci, went to the bank of\nthe River Kaveri.\nPURPORT\nSiyali-bhairavT is located in the Tanjor district, about forty-eight miles east of\n\nTanjor City. There is a very celebrated temple of Lord Siva there and also a very\n\nlarge lake . It is said that one small boy, a devotee of Lord Siva, came to that\ntemple, and the goddess Durga, known as Bhairavi, gave him her breast to suck.\n\nAfter visiting this temple, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to the bank of the River\n\nKaveri via the district of TricinapaiiT. The Kaveri is mentioned in SrimadBhagavatam (11.5.40) as a very pious river.\n\nTEXT 75\n\n<;'$li·,�� f-t<t Cliff�' ��1 <;<!fWt<t� I\n1l'�tW<!f <;W�' �tc;1t <ti�ffl �15!� II '\\� II\ngo-samaje siva dekhi' aila vedavana\n\nmahadeva dekhi' tanre karila vandana\n\nSYNONYMS\ngo-samaje-at the place named Go-samaja; siva dekhi'-seeing the deity of\n\nLord Siva; aila vedavana-He arrived at Vedavana; maha-deva dekhi'-seeing\nLord Siva; tanre-unto him; karila vandana-offered prayers.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord then visited a place known as Go-samaja, where He saw Lord\nSiva's temple. He then arrived at Vedavana, where He saw another deity of\nLord Siva and offered him prayers.\nPURPORT\nGo-samaja is a place of pilgrimage for the devotees of Lord Siva It is very im­\n\nportant and is located next to Vedavana .\n\nTEXT 76\n\n��Mtr-f-t<t \"'�' �i1f� <tifit'Ql I\nll<!f f-t<ttQ'fr;;� '���� ''���' ��Ql II '\\� II\n\n", "mad3#p0367": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n334\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\namrtalinga-siva dekhi' vandana karila\nsaba siva/aye saiva 'vai?Qava' ha-ila\nSYNONYMS\namrta-linga-siva-the Lord Siva deity named Amrtaliriga; dekhi'-see ing ; vandana kari/a-offe red obeisances; saba siva-a/aye-in all the temples of Lord Siva;\nsaiva-devotees of Lord Siva; vai�Qava ha-i/a\n\n-\n\nbecame devotees of Lord Kr�l)a.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the Siva deity named Amrtalir'lga, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu offered\nHis obeisances. Thus He visited all the temples of Lord Siva and converted the\ndevotees of Lord Siva into Vai�r;�avas.\nTEXT 77\n\n,�.,'\"ltt� �tf�' C<fi� �ll ��� I\n�-C'il�t.,� �t'Jf �1�i c;'$fi� �il\"''l II 'l'l II\ndeva-sthane asi' kai/a Vi?QU darasana\nsri-vai�Qavera sange tahan go�thi anuk?aQa\nSYNONYMS\ndeva-sthane-to the place known as Deva-sthana; asi'-coming; kai/a-did;\nVi?QU darasana-visiting the temple of Lord Vi�l)u; sri-vai�Qavera sar'lge-with the\nVai�l)avas in the disciplic succession of Ramanuja; tahan-there; go?thi-discussion; anuk�aQa-always.\nTRANSLATION\nAt Deva-sthana, Caitanya Mahaprabhu visited the temple of Lord Vi�r;�u, and\nthere He talked with the Vai�r;�avas in the disciplic succession of Ramanujacarya. These Vai�r;�avas are known as Sri Vai�r;�avas.\nTEXT 78\n\n�,<f.(..<ll9ftt� c;�f�' �t�t� I\nf-l<t·t;'ifit\\!1 f-t� t;�t� t;\"iil�ttf�\"if11' II 'llr II\nkumbhakarQa-kapale dekhi' sarovara\nsiva-k�etre siva dekhe gauranga-sundara\n\n", "mad3#p0368": "Text 79]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n335\n\nSYNONYMS\nkumbhakarl)a-kapale-at\n\nKumbhakarr:Ja-kapala;\n\ndekhi' -after\n\nseeing;\n\nsarovara-the lake; siva-k$etre-at Siva-k�etra; siva-Lord Siva; dekhe-sees;\ngauranga-sundara-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAt Kumbhakarr;1a-kapala, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw a great lake and\nthen the holy place named Siva-k,etra, where a temple of Lord Siva is located.\nPURPORT\n\nKumbhakarr:Ja is the name of the brother of Ravar:Ja. At the present moment the\ncity of Kumbhakor:Jam is situated twenty miles northeast of the city of Tanjor.\nThere are twelve temples of Lord Siva located at Kumbhakor:Jam as well as four\nVi�QU temples and one temple to Lord Brahma. Siva-�etra, within the city of\nTanjor, is situated near a big lake known as Siva-ganga. There is a large temple to\nLord Siva there known as Brhatisvara-siva-mandira.\nTEXT 79\n\n�t�il�il �� �� lf1flltil I\n\n�11trt\"fiti1i 1!(;<1 \"<1i�1 �1fi' II '\\� II\npapa-nasane vi$1)U kaila darasana\nsri-ranga-k$etre tabe karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\npapa-nasane-at the place named Papanasana; vi$1)U-Lord Vi�r:Ju; kai/a-did;\ndarasana -visiti n g; sri-ranga-k$etre-to the holy place named Sri Rariga-k�etra;\n\ntabe-then; karila-did; gamana-departure.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter visiting the holy place named Siva-k�tra, Caitanya Mahaprabhu arrived at Papanasana and there saw the temple of Lord Vi,r;lu. Then He finally\nreached Sri Ranga-k�etra.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to some, the place known as Papanasana was located eight miles\nsouthwest of Kumbhakor:Jam. Others say that in the district of Tinebheli there is a\ncity known as Palamakota. Twenty miles west of there is a holy place known as\n\n", "mad3#p0369": "336\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nPapanasana near the river named Tamraparl)i. Sri Ranga-�etra is a very famous\nplace. Near Tricinapalli is a river named Kaveri, or Kolirana. A city known as Sri\nRangam is located on this river in the district of Tanjor about ten miles west of\nKumbhakol)am. The Sri Ranga temple is the largest in India, and there are seven\nwalls surrounding it. There are also seven roads leading to Sri Ranga. The ancient\nnames of these roads are the road of Dharma, the road of Rajamahendra, the road\nof Kulasekhara, the road of Alina<;lana, the road of Tiruvikrama, the Tirubi<;li road of\nMa<;lama<;li-gaisa, and the road of A<;la-iyavala-indana. The temple was founded\nbefore the reign of Dharmavarma, who reigned before Rajamahendra. Many\ncelebrated kings like Kulasekhara, and others such as Alabandaru, resided in the\ntemple of Sri Rangam. 'Tamunacarya, Sri Ramanuja, Sudarsanacarya and others also\nsupervised this temple.\nThe incarnation of the goddess of fortune known as Godadevi, who was one of\nthe twelve liberated persons known as divya-sOris, was married to the Deity, Lord\nSri Ranganatha. Later she entered into the body of the Lord. An incarnation of Karmuka, Tirumanga (one of the Alovaras), acquired some money by stealing, and\nbuilt the fourth boundary wall of Sri Rangam. It is said that in the year 289 of the\nage of Kali, the Alovara of the name Tol)<;lara<;lippa<;li was born. While engaged in\ndevotional service, he became victim to a prostitute, and Sri Ranganatha, seeing\nHis devotee so degraded, sent one of His servants with a golden plate to that\nprostitute. When the golden plate was discovered missing from the temple, there\nwas a search, and it was found in the prostitute's house. When the devotee saw\nRanganatha's mercy upon this prostitute, his mistake was rectified. He then prepared the third boundary wall of Ranganatha temple and cultivated a tulasi\ngarden there.\nThere was also a celebrated disciple of Ramanujacarya's known as KOresa. Sri\nRamapillai was the son of KOresa, and his son was Vagvijaya Bha��a, whose son\nwas Vedavyasa Bhatta, or Sri Sudarsanacarya. When Sudarsanacarya was an old\nman, the Mohammedens attacked the temple of Ranganatha and killed about\ntwelve hundred Sri Vai�l)avas. At that time the Deity Ranganatha was transferred\nto the temple of Tirupati in the kingdom of Vijaya-nagara. The governor of Gingi,\nGoppal)arya, brought Sri Ranganatha from the temple of Tirupati to a place\nknown as Sirhha-brahma, where the Lord was situated for three years. In the year\n1293 Saka the Deity was again reinstalled in the Ranganatha temple. On the\n\neastern wall of the Ranganatha temple is an inscription written by Vedanta-desika\nrelating how Ranganatha was returned to the temple.\nTEXT 80\n\n��� 'm� �fl' OO't' 1{\"f�t� I\n�f%-�'tf% �fit' ;rtfewt1 ��t( II lr o II\n\n", "mad3#p0370": "Lord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\nText 82]\n\n337\n\nkaverite snana kari' dekhi' rariganatha\nstuti-praf)ati kari' manila krtartha\nSYNONYMS\nkaverite-in the river known as Kaveri; snana kari'-aft er bathing; dekhi'visiting; rariga-natha-the Rariganatha temple; stuti -prayers;\n\npraf)ati -obei­\n\nsances; kari'-offering; manila-thought Himself; krta-artha-very successful.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter bathing in the River Kaveri, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw the temple\nof Raliganatha and offered His ardent prayers and obeisances. Thus He felt\nHimself successful.\nTEXT 81\n\n'l!f1ftt�t-t C�� ��'! 'ijtil il� I\n'��' ij1fe.�Bf � �� <;\"ftt�if 1fil II lr� II\npremavese kaila bahuta gana nartana\ndekhi' camatkara haifa saba /okera mana\nSYNONYMS\nprema-avese-in the ecstasy of love; kai/a-did; bahuta-various; ganasongs; nartana\n\n-\n\ndancing; dekhi'-seeing which; camatkara- astonis hed ; haifa­\n\nwere; saba-all; /okera-of persons; mana-minds.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the temple of Ranganatha, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu chanted and danced\nin ecstatic love of Godhead. Seeing His performance, everyone was struck\nwith wonder.\nTEXT 82\n\n!\\l-c�� ��,-',<�J� <eij' ilt1f 1\nl!f'{tif ���s'l c<!(:� �Btm \"''lltil 11 ,..� 11\nsri-vai�f)ava eka, -'vyerikata bhatta' nama\nprabhure nimantraf)a kaila kariya sammana\nSYNONYMS\nsn-vai�f)ava\nvyerikata\n\neka-one devotee\n\nbhatta-Vye ri kata\n\nbelonging\n\nBhatta;\n\nto the\n\nnama-named;\n\nRamanuja-sampradaya;\nprabhure-unto\n\nLord\n\n", "mad3#p0371": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n338\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nnimantraQa-invitation;\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nkai/a-did;\n\nkariya-offering;\n\nsam mana -great respect.\nTRANSLATION\nOne Vai�r:-ava known as\n\nVyenkata\n\nBhatta then invited Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu to his home with great respect.\nPURPORT\nSri Vyer'lkata Bhatta was a Vai�l)ava brahmaQa and an inhabitant of Sri Rar'lgak�etra. He belonged to the disciplic succession of Sri Ramanujacarya Sri Rar'lga is\none of the places of pilgrimage in the province of Tamila-desa. The inhabitants of\nthat province do not retain the name Vyenkata. It is therefore supposed that\nVyenkata Bhatta did not belong to that province, although he may have been\nresiding there for a very long time. Vyer'lkata Bhana was in a branch of the\nRamanuja-sampradaya known as Ba9agala-i. He had a brother in the Ramanujasampradaya known as Sripada Prabodhananda Sarasvati. The son of Vyer'lkata\nBhatta was later known in the Gau9Jya-sampradaya as Gopala Bhana Gosvami,\nand he established the Radharamal)a temple in Vrndavana. More information\nabout him may be found in a book known as Bhakti-ratnakara\n\n(1.1 00) by\n\nNarahari Cakravarti.\nTEXT 83\n\n�-11?;� ��1 �� �!21� I\n�� \"� ��1 C<!i\"f �<t�?;-t �� II \"\"� II\nnija-ghare lana kaila pada-prak�alana\nsei ja/a lana kaila sa-varhse bhak�aQa\nSYNONYMS\nnija-ghare-to his own home; /ana-bringing; kai/a-did; pada-prak$alanawashing of the feet; sei ja/a-that water; /ana-taking; kai/a-did; sa-varilsewith all the family members; bhak�aQa-drinking.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Vyenkata Bhatta took Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to his home. After he\nwashed the Lord's feet, all the members of his family drank the water.\nTEXT 84\n\nf�-.1 <tS�H�i f�� C� fi{r;<tW� I\n��t� �tf�' !2lt_, C�� t:i;?t�;f II lr8 II\n\n", "mad3#p0372": "Text 86]\n\nlord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n339\n\nbhik�a karana kichu kaila nivedana\ncaturmasya asi' prabhu, haila upasanna\nSYNONYMS\nbhik�a karan a-after offering lunch; kichu-some; kai/a-did; nivedana-submission; caturmasya-the period of Caturmasya; asi'-coming; prabhu-my\nLord; hai/a upasanna-has already arrived.\nTRANSLATION\nA fter offering lunch to the lord, Vyenkata Bhatta submitted that the period\nof Caturmasya had already arrived.\nTEXT 85\n\n��W$ ??fi m' �� ,�-Rt �1;� 1\n��<li�1 <li�' �?I'm ��t�' �t�� II lr<t II\ncaturmasye krpa kari' raha mora ghare\nkr�TJa-katha kahi' krpaya uddhara' amare\nSYNONYMS\ncaturmasye-during this period of Caturmasya; krpa kari'-being merciful;\nraha-please stay; mora ghare-at my place; kr�Qa-katha-topics of Lord Kr�t;�a;\nkahi'-speaking; krpaya-by Your mercy; uddhara' amare-kindly deliver me.\nTRANSLATION\nVyenkata Bhatta said, \"Please be merciful to me and stay at my house during Caturmasya. Speak about lord Kr�Qa's pastimes and kindly deliver me by\nYour mercy.\"\nTEXT 86\n\n�Rt �� �� (2f� ��<li�1-�t� I\n\nlf)�l'fter ''ltti!j� �t� tHfif �tt� lllr� II\ntalira ghare rahila prabhu kr�Qa-katha-rase\nbhatta-salige goliaila sukhe c;:ari mase\nSYNONYMS\ntalira\n\nghare-in\n\nhis\n\nhome;\n\nrahila-stayed;\n\nprabhu-Lord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kr�Qa-katha-rase-enjoying the transcendental mellow of discuss-\n\n", "mad3#p0373": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n340\n\ning Lord Kr�r:'la's pastimes;\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nbhatta-sarige-with Vyenka�a Bhana;\n\ngoriai/a­\n\npassed; sukhe-in happiness; cari mase-four months.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu remained at the house of Vyenkata Bhatta for four\ncontinuous months. The Lord passed His days in great happiness, enjoying the\ntranscendental mellow of discussing Lord K\"r:ta's pastimes.\nTEXT 87\n\n.r�� � �f1f' I)� � I\n��-. '��� �t1fil il�-. lllr9 II\nkaverite snana kari' srT-rar'lga darsana\nprati-dina premavese karena nartana\nSYNONYMS\nkaverite-in the river known as KaverT; snana kari'-taking a bath; sri-rariga\ndarsana-visiting the temple of �rT Ranga; pra ti-dina-every day; prema-avesein great happiness; karena-does perform; nartana-dancing.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile there, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took His bath in the River Kaveri and\nvisited the temple of Sri Ranga. Every day the Lord also danced in ecstasy.\nTEXT 88\n\nc;��tfif c;�-t �f't, �<{f;'f� I\n�Rf� lfi1tl�, C5ft'f, � l:�H.;� lllrlr II\nsaundaryadi premavesa dekhi, sarva-loka\ndekhibare aise, dekhe, khar:u;fe dubkha-soka\nSYNONYMS\nsaundarya-adi-the beauty of the body, etc.; prema-avesa-His ecstatic love;\ndekhi-seeing;\n\nsarva-/oka-all men; dekhibare-to see;\n\naise-corne there;\n\ndekhe-and see; khaQ{ie dubkha-soka-are relieved from all unhappiness and\ndistress.\nTRANSLATION\nThe beauty of Lord Caitanya's body and His ecstatic love of God were witnessed by everyone. Many people used to come see Him, and as soon as they\nsaw Him, all their unhappiness and distress vanished.\n\n", "mad3#p0374": "Text 91]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n341\n\nTEXT 89\n\n'f.. 'f111 <;'ft<fi �·tt'f i{tifl·�llf �� I\n�r;� �ift1f �� �t<fi �f� II lr� II\n/ak�a /ak�a /aka aila nana-desa haite\nsabe kmJa-nama kahe prabhuke dekhite\nSYNONYMS\nlak�a /ak�a-many hundreds of thousands; /aka-of people; ai/a-came there;\nnana-desa-different countries; haite-from; sabe-all of them; kr�f)a-nama\nkahe-chant the Hare Kr�Qa maha-mantra; prabhuke-the Lord; dekhite-seeing.\nTRANSLATION\nMany hundreds of thousands of people from various countries �arne to see\nthe Lord, and after seeing Him, they all chanted the Hare K�f�a maha-mantra.\nTEXT 90\n\n�ift1f � <;� i{t� <fit� �t11 I\n\n�� �� �tf,-(;i'ft� 1>1{e;�t11 II �o II\nkr�IJa-nama vina keha nahi kahe ara\nsabe kr�f)a-bhakta haila,-loke camatkara\nSYNONYMS\nk($f)a-nama vi na-without chanting the Hare Kr�Qa maha-mantra; keha-anyone; nahi-does not; kahe-speak; ara-anything else; sabe-all of them; kr�f)abhakta-Lord Kr�Qa's devotees; haifa-became; toke-the people; camatkaraastonished.\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed, they did not chant anything but the Hare K��a maha-mantra, and\nall of them became Lord K�f�a's devotees. Thus the general populace was\nastonished.\nTEXT 91\n\n�111ft� C�tll �i! ���-�111!1'1 I\n�� �� flfi{ �r;� �<\\'i'f �1'1 II � � II\nsri-rar'lga-k�etre vaise yata vai�f)ava-brahmaf)a\neka eka dina sabe kaila nimantraf)a\n\n", "mad3#p0375": "342\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nS ri Rariga-� etra; vaise-residing; yata-all; vai$/)ava­\n\nsri-ranga-k$etre-in\n\nbrahmal)a-Vai�r)aVa brahmal)as; eka eka dina-every day; sabe-all of them;\n\nkaifa nimantral)a-invited the Lore\\.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the Vai�Qava brahmaQas residing in Sri Ranga-k�etra invited the Lord to\ntheir homes every day.\nTEXT 92\n\n�<fi �<fi fifte� �t'l_�� �(� I\n\n<fi\\!<fi �'� r�-.1 ftt\"r;'! il1 �t� u �� u\neka eka dine caturmasya purl)a haifa\nkataka brahmal)a bhik$a dite na paifa\nSYNONYMS\n\neka eka dine-day by day; caturmasya-the period of Citurmasya; purl)a\nhaifa-became filled; kataka brahmal)a-some of the brahmal)as; bhik$a dite-to\noffer Him lunch; na-did not; paifa-get the opportunity.\nTRANSLATION\nEach day the Lord was invited by a different brahmaQa, but some of them\ndid not get the opportunity to offer Him lunch because the period of Caturmasya came to an end.\nTEXT 93\n\n(';�� ,..� �� �<fi C���-��'l I\n(;W��� ��' <fif;� �'!1 ��� ll �� ll\nsei k$etre rahe eka vai$1)ava-brahmal)a\ndevafaye asi' kare gita avartana\nSYNONYMS\nsei\n\nk$etre-in\n\nthat\n\nholy\n\nplace;\n\nrahe-there\n\nwas;\n\neka-one;\n\nvai$1)ava­\n\nbrahmal)a-a brahmal)a following the Vai�r)ava cult; deva-afaye-in the temple;\nasi'-coming; kare-does; gita-of Bhagavad-gita; avartana-recitation.\n\n", "mad3#p0376": "Text 95]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n343\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the holy place of Sri Ranga-k�etra, a brahmal)a Vai�r:-ava used to visit the\ntemple daily and recite the entire text of Bhagavad-gita.\nTEXT 94\n\n��iw-tt� �� 'GI'til�·�tr;�r;-t 1\n��� �t�il', �a;rt<!i <!i� ���tlf II :;,s II\na$tadasadhyaya pac;le ananda-avese\nasuddha pac;lena, /aka kare upahase\nSYNONYMS\n\na$tadasa-adhyaya-eighteen chapters; pac;le-reads; ananda-avese-in great\necstasy; a5uddha pac;lena-could not pronounce the text correctly; /aka-people\nin general; kare-do; upahase-joking.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmar:-a regularly read the eighteen chapters of Bhagavad-gita in\ngreat transcendental ecstasy, but because he could not pronounce the words\ncorrectly, people used to joke about him.\nTEXT 95\n\n<;<15� �tr;lf, <;� fiff;.�, i!t�i il't� lftti{ I\n\n�t�� ��i ;fii!i �� �i{�\\!·'llti{ II :;,([ II\nkeha hase, keha ninde, taha nahi mane\naVi$ta hafia grta pac;fe anandita-mane\nSYNONYMS\n\nkeha hase-someone laughs; keha ninde-someone criticizes; taha-that;\nnahi mane-he does not care for; avi$ta hafia-being in great ecstasy; grta\npac;le-reads Bhagavad-gita; anandita-in great happiness; mane-his mind.\nTRANSLATION\nDue to his incorrect pronunciation, people sometimes criticized him and\nlaughed at him, but he did not care. He was full of ecstasy due to reading\nBhagavad-gita and was personally very happy.\n\n", "mad3#p0377": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'la\n\n344\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 96\n\n��'�APt, (;�lif,-��e, \"?t�ill\n<;liff�' �terr�.� 11�t�� 11il II�� II\npufakasru, kampa, sveda, -yavat pathana\ndekhi' anandita haifa mahaprabhura mana\n\nSYNONYMS\npufaka-standing of the hairs of the body; asru-tears; kampa-trembling;\n\nsveda-perspiration; yavat-during; pathana-the reading of the book; dekhi'seeing\n\nthis;\n\nanandita-very\n\nhappy;\n\nhaifa-became;\n\nmahaprabhura-of SrT\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; mana-the mind.\n\nTRANSLAliON\nWhile reading the book, the brahmaJ:Ja experienced transcendental bodily\ntransformations. His hair stood on end, tears welled in his eyes, and his body\ntrembled and perspired as he read. Seeing this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu became very happy.\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough the brahmaQa could not pronounce the words very well due to il­\n\nliteracy, he still experienced ecstatic symptoms while reading Bhagavad-gita. SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was very pleased to observe these symptoms, and this indicates that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is pleased by devotion, not by\nerudite scholarship. Even though the words were imperfectly pronounced, SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, Lord Kr��a Himself, did not think this very serious. Rather,\n\nthe Lord was pleased by the bhava (devotion). In Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.5.11) this\nis confirmed:\n\ntad-vag-visargo janatagha-vipfavo\n\nyasmin prati-sfokam abaddhavaty api\n\nnamany anantasya yaso 'nkitani yat\n\nswvanti gayanti gwanti sadhavab\n\n\"On the other hand, that literature which is full of descriptions of the transcendental glories of the name, fame, forms and pastimes of the unlimited Supreme\nLord is a different creation, full of transcendental words directed toward bringing\nabout a revolution in the impious lives of this world's misdirected civilization.\nSuch transcendental literatures, even though imperfectly composed, are heard,\nsung and accepted by purified men who are thoroughly honest.\"\n\n", "mad3#p0378": "Text 98]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n345\n\nThe purport to this verse may be considered for further information on this subject.\nTEXT 97\n\n11��'- ��rot, �i{, 11�tllf111\n�i\"i\\. �� 'Sft�' ��11� l!l� �� �11 II�'! II\nmahaprabhu puchila tanre, suna, mahasaya\nkon artha jani' tamara eta sukha haya\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; puchi/a-inquired; tanre-from him;\nsuna-please hear; maha-asaya-My dear sir;\n\nkon-what;\n\nartha-meaning;\n\njani'-knowing; tom.ira-your; eta-so great; sukha-happiness; haya-is.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked the brahmaQa , \"My dear sir, why are you in\nsuch ecstatic love? Which portion of Bhagavad-gita gives you such transcendental pleasure?\"\nTEXT 98\n\n�� ��,-�!._( �tfj{, llf\"'ft� if! 'Sft� I\n�'it�'l �1 \"Pt�, ��-�t�1111fil' \" �lr \"\nvipra kahe,-mDrkha ami, sabdartha na jani\nsuddhasuddha grta par:;li, guru-ajiia mani'\nSYNONYMS\nvipra kahe-the brahmaQa replied; mDrkha ami-1 am illiterate; sabda-arthathe meaning of the words; na jani-1 do not know; suddha-a5uddha-sometimes\ncorrect and sometimes not correct; gita-Bhagavad-grta; par:;li-1 read; guruajiia-the order of my spiritual master; mani'-accepting.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmaQa replied , \"I am illiterate and therefore do not know the meaning of the words. Sometimes I read Bhagavad-gita correctly and sometimes incorrectly, but in any case I am doing this in compliance with the orders of my\nspiritual master.\"\n\n", "mad3#p0379": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n346\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a good example of a person who had become so successful that he was\n\nable to capture the attention of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu even while reading\n\nBhagavad-gita incorrectly. His spirityal activities did not depend on material things\n\nsuch as correct pronunciation. Rather, his success depended on strictly following\n\nthe instructions of his spiritual master.\n\nyasya deve para bhaktir\n\nyatha deve tatha gurau\ntasyaite kathita hy artha/:1\npraka.Sante mahatmana/:1\n\n\"Only unto those great souls who have implicit faith in both the Lord and the\n\nspiritual\n\nmaster\n\nrevealed.\"(Svet.\n\nare\n\nall\n\nUp. 6.23)\n\nthe\n\nimports\n\nof\n\nVedic\n\nknowledge\n\nautomatically\n\nActually the meaning of the words of Bhagavad-gita or Srimad-Bhagavatam are\n\nrevealed to one strictly following the orders of the spiritual master. They are also\n\nrevealed to one who has equal faith in the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In\nother words, being ·faithful to both Kr�r:\"�a and the spiritual master is the secret of\n\nsuccess in spiritual life.\n\nTEXT 99\n\n'f;l��� �ttl! fl �� ��� I\n���� �W! c;i!'I\\J �t1T'f �\"'� ll :;,:;, ll\narjunera rathe kr�Qa haya rajju-dhara\nvasiyache hate totra syamala sundara\nSYNONYMS\n\narjunera-of Arjuna; rathe-in the chariot; k($Qa-Lord Kr�r;�a; haya-is; rajjudhara-holding the reins; vasiyache-He was sitting there; hate-in the hand;\ntotra-a bridle; syama/a-blackish; sundara-very beautiful.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmar,a continued, \"Actually I only see a picture of Lord Kr,r,a sitting\non a chariot as Arjuna's charioteer. Taking the reins in His hands, He appears\nvery beautiful and blackish .\nTEXT 100\n\n�til� �f�i!� �\\!-�� I\n�� c;wf-1' � <;� 'f;ltil\"f·��llf ll �oo ll\n\n", "mad3#p0380": "Text 102]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n347\n\narjunere kahitechena hita-upadesa\ntanre dekhi' haya mora ananda-ave5a\nSYNONYMS\narjunere -unto Arjuna; kahitechena-He is speaking; hita-upadesa-good instruction; tar'lre-Him; dekhi' - seeing; haya-there is; mora-my; ananda-tran scendental happiness; avesa-ecstasy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When I see the picture of Lord Kf,�a sitting in a chariot and instructing\nArjuna, I am filled with ecstatic happiness.\nTEXT 101\n\n1ft�e. �·1, �e. �t� -it� �� I\n\n�� 'ftHt' �1-�ti i11li:tt� <;'If� 'lfil II � � II\no\n\nyavat paqon, ta.vat pana tanra darasana\nei lagi' gita-patha na chaqe mora mana\nSYNONYMS\nyavat-as long as; paqon-1 read; tavat-so long; pana-1 get; tar'lra-His;\ndarasana-audience; ei lagi'-for this reason; gita-patha-reading Bhagavad-gita;\nna chaqe-does not quit; mora mana-my mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"As long as I read Bhagavad-gita, I simply see the Lord's beautiful features.\nIt is for this reason that I am reading Bhagavad-gita, and my mind cannot be\ndistracted from this!'\nTEXT 102\n\n� �t�,-�·�tti Q!t'lft� �� I\n'lfil <;ll i!Jftil� �� o$ft'!� �*lit� II � � II\no\n\nprabhu kahe, -gita-pathe tomara-i adhikara\ntumi se janaha ei gitara artha-sara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu k ahe-the lord replied; gita-pathe-in reading Bhagavad-gita; tomara-i\nadhikara-you have the proper authority; tumi-you; se-that; janaha-know;\nei-this; gitara-of Bhagavad-gita; artha-sara-the real purport.\n\n", "mad3#p0381": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n348\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu told the brahmar;ta, \"Indeed, you are an authority\nin the reading of Bhagavad-gita. Whatever you know constitutes the real purport of Bhagavad-gita.\"\nPURPORT\nAccording to the sastras: bhaktya bh�gavatarh grahyarh na buddhya na ca\n\ntikaya. One should understand Bhagavad-gita and Srimad-Bhagavatam by hearing\n\nthem from a real devotee. One cannot understand them simply by erudite scholarship or sharp intelligence. It is also said:\n\ngitadhita ca yenapi\n\nbhakti-bhavena cetasa\n\nveda-sastra-puraf)ani\n\ntenadhitani sarvasai)\n\nTo one who reads Bhagavad-gita with faith and devotion, the essence of Vedic\nknowledge is revealed. According to the Svetasvatara Upani�ad (6.23):\n\nyasya deve para bhaktir\n\nyatha deve tatha gurau\n\ntasyaite kathita hy arthai)\n\nprakasante mahatmanai)\n\nAll Vedic literatures are to be understood with faith and devotion, not by mun­\n\ndane scholarship. We therefore present Bhagavad-gita As It Is. There are many so­\n\ncalled scholars and philosophers who read Bhagavad-gita in a scholarly way. They\nsimply waste their time and mislead those who read their commentaries.\nTEXT 103\n\n�� <�fff' <;'I� �r;� � �f� I\n\n�'t_-�tf 'ff11' �� �r;1{� <;1{t\\if� II � o� II\neta bali' sei vipre kaila aliligana\n\nprabhu-pada dhari' vipra karena rodana\nSYNONYMS\n\neta ba/i'-saying this; sei vipre-that brahmaf)a; kaila alirigana-He embraced;\n\nprabhu-pada-the lotus feet of Lord S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dhari'-catching ;\nvipra-the brahmaf)a; karena-does; rodana-crying .\n\n", "mad3#p0382": "Text 105]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n349\n\nTRANSLATION\nA fter saying this, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced the brahma�;�a, and\nthe brahma�;�a, catching the lotus feet of the Lord, began to cry.\nTEXT 104\n\nQ!'t1rl �f-t' �1� '�t'! �18'1 �� �� I\n\n�� �· �,-� '1ft1( 11ti{ \"At \" �<>8 \"\ntoma dekhi' taha haite dvi-guQa sukha haya\nsei kr�Qa tumi,-hena mora mane laya\n\nSYNONYMS\ntoma dekhi'-by seeing You; taha haite-than the vision of Lord Kr��a; dviguQa-twice as much; sukha-happiness; haya-there is; sei kr�Qa-that Lord\nKr��a; tumi-You are; hena-such; mora-my; mane-in the mind; /aya-takes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahma�;�a said, \"Upon seeing You, my happiness is doubled. I take it\nthat You are the same Lord Kr��;�a.\"\nTEXT 105\n\n�·��J �11( 1fi( �<$� fi\\iit'f I\n�'!�� � �.. 'Sftfiwr lt<\\5'1 \" �\"It \"\nkr�Qa-sphartye tarira mana haiiache nirmala\nataeva prabhura tattva janila sakala\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-sphartye-by\n\nrevelation\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nKr��a;\n\ntalira-his;\n\nmana-mind;\n\nhaiiache-did become; nirma/a-purified; ataeva-therefore; prabhura-of Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tattva-truth; janila-could understand; saka/a-all.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahma�;�a's mind was purified by the revelation of Lord Kr��;�a, and\ntherefore he could understand the truth of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in all\ndetails.\n\n", "mad3#p0383": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n350\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 106\n\n�� 'Jf��¥. fitt� ��ill f� I\n\n�l �11! �1ti if!��� ��1-tilll �o� II\n'\n\n'\n\ntabe mahaprabhu tanre karaila sik�aQa\nei vat kahan na kariha prakasana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then;\n\nmahapraqhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ntar'lre-unto\n\nthe\n\nbrahmaQa; karaila-made; sik�aQa-instruction; ei vat-this version; kahananywhere; na-do not; kariha-do; prakasana-revelation.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then taught the brahmaJ:!a very thoroughly and requested him not to disclose the fact that He was Lord K��r;�a Himself.\nTEXT 107\n\n'�- fcf� 'Jf�t�� �� re� � 1\n�Rf 1ft� �!:'�� �¥.if! W� II �o't II\nsei vipra mahaprabhura bac;Ja bhakta haila\ncari masa prabhu-sanga kabhu na chac;Jila\nSYNONYMS\nsei vipra-that\nbac;Ja-big;\n\nbrahmaQa;\n\nbhakta-devotee;\n\nmahaprabhura-of\nhaila-became;\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ncari masa-for four months;\n\nprabhu-sanga-association of the Lord; kabhu-at any time; na-did not;\nchac;Ji/a-give up.\nTRANSLATION\nThat brahmar;�a became a great devotee of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and for\nfour continuous months he did not give up the Lord's company.\nTEXT 108\n\n�l1l1! re{i�t� � '�� 1\n�����·�?;�?���til� II �olr II\nei-mata bhatta-grhe rahe gauracandra\nnirantara bhatta-sange kr�Qa-kathananda\n\n", "mad3#p0384": "Text 110]\n\n351\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; bhatta-grhe-in the house of Vyerikata Bhatta; raheremained; gaura-candra-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nirantara-constantly; bhatta-sarige-with Vyerikata Bhatta; k[$Qa-katha-ananda-the transcendental bliss\nof talking about Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu remained at the house of Vyenkata Bhatta and\nconstantly talked about Lord K!l�a. In this way He was very happy.\nTEXT 109\n\n'�·�<!!' 'e� (;�t<l i'f�·�t�'l I\ni!t1t �� �r-t' �,.� �� '�ill' 11il \" � � \"\n0\n\nsri-vai$Qava' bhatta seve fak$mi-narayaQa\ntanra bhakti dekhi' prabhura tu$ta haifa mana\nSYNONYMS\nsri-vai$Qava-a devotee of the Ramanuja-sampradaya; bhatta-Vyerikata Bhatta; seve-used to worship; fak$mi-narayaQa-the Deities of Lord Narayal)a and\nthe goddess of fortune, Lak�mi; tar'lra-his; bhakti-devotion; dekhi'-seeing;\nprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tu$ta-happy; haifa-became;\nmana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing a Vai��ava in the Ramanuja-sampradaya, Vyenkata Bhatta worshiped\nthe Deity of Lak�mi and Naraya�a. Seeing his pure devotion, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu was very satisfied.\nTEXT 110\n\nf��� i!t� �t'f �\"' ��J�t<tl\n\n��·9ffil�1t� i,·t� �t'l� \"1f�t<!lll ��o II\nnirantara tanra sarige haifa sakhya-bhava\nhasya-parihase dunhe sakhyera svabhava\nSYNONYMS\nnirantara-constantly; tanra sarige-being associated with him; haifa-there\nwas; sakhya-bhava-a friendly relationship; hasya-laughing; parihase-joking;\ndunhe-both of them; sakhyera-of fraternity; sva-bhava-nature.\n\n", "mad3#p0385": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n352\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nConstantly associating with one another, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and\nVyenka�a Bhatfa gradually developed a friendly relationship. Indeed, sometimes they laughed and joked together.\nTEXT 111\n\n�\" <fit�,-'etf, '\\!'tll1� ��-���t� I\n�-�-.:fwl\\!1, �f!(!J\\!1·fitt11tlffslll ���II\nprabhu ka he, -bhatta, tomara lak?mi-thakurari\nkanta-vak?ab-sthita, pativrata-siromaf)i\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu ka he-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; bhatta-My dear Bhattacarya; tomara-your; /ak?mi-thakuraQi-goddess of fortune; kanta-of her\nhusband, Narayal)a;\n\nv ak?ab-sthita-situated on the chest; pati-vrata-chaste\n\nwoman; siromal)i-the topmost.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu told Bha��acarya, \"Your worshipable goddess of\nfortune, Lak�mi, always remains on the chest of Narayar;�a, and she is certainly\nthe most chaste woman in the creation.\nTEXT 112\n\n�tift� � �-.-,\"itt�, <;\"iti·�t�<fi I\nJ�t� ��1 <;<ri� �it� i�t� l1'f\";f I ��� I\namara thakura kr?Qa-gopa, go-caraka\nsadhv i hana kene cahe talihara sangama\nSYNONYMS\namara .thakura-My worshipable Deity; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�l)a; gopa-cowherd;\ngo-caraka-a tender of cows; sadhv i halia-being so chaste; ken e-why; cahewants; talihara -His; sangama-association.\nTRANSLATION\n\"However, my lord is lord Sri Kr�r;�a, a cowherd boy who is engaged in\ntending cows. Why is it that lak�mi, being such a chaste wife, wants to associate with My lord?\n\n", "mad3#p0386": "Text 114]\n\n353\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\nTEXT 113\n\n�� \"Jtf'$1' ��t�t'$1 �f�' ���·tl'f I\n�-fil111f �'I!���� 'f;{� II��� II\nei lagi' sukha-bhoga chac;fi' cira-ka/a\nvrata-niyama kari' tapa kariia apara\nSYNONYMS\nei lagi'-for this reason; sukha-bhoga-the enjoyment of Vaikur:t!ha; chac;fi'­\n\ngiving up; cira-kala-for a long time; vrata-niyama-vows and regulative principles; kari -acc epting; tapa-austerity; karila apara-performed unlimitedly.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Just to associate with Kr�r:Ja, Lak�mi abandoned all transcendental happiness in Vaikur:Jtha and for a long time accepted vows and regulative principles\nand performed unlimited austerities.''\nTEXT 114\n\n<fi�l�>stc<tl�� <� Clt'<t f<rll!r�,�<tt� r:��-nr\"ttN<filQ\": 1\n<i�t��l .!\\)-.{C'!'ItHt:.1K9fi, f<r�t� <fit�t-,_ �f5�� ��31�111 � � 8 U\nkasyanubhavo 'sya na deva vidmahe\ntavanghri-reQu-sparasadhikarab\nyad-vaflchaya srir /a/anacarat tapa\nvihaya kaman sucirarh dhrta-vrata\nSYNONYMS\nkasya-of what; anubhavab-a result; asya-of the serpent (Kaliya); na-not;\ndeva-0 Lord; vidmahe-we know; tava anghri-of Your lotus feet; reQu-of\n\nthe\n\ndust;\n\nsparasa-for\n\ntouching;\n\nadhikarab -qualification;\n\nyat-which;\n\nvanchaya-by desiring; srib-the goddess of fortune; /a/ana-the topmost\n\nwoman; acarat-p erformed; tapab -austerity; vihaya-giving up; kama n-ail\ndesires; su-ciram-for a long time; dhrta-a law upheld; vrata-as a vow.\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu then said, \" '0 Lord, we do not know how the serpent Kaliya attained such an opportunity to be touched by the dust of Your\nlotus feet. Even the goddess of fortune, for this end, performed austerities for\ncenturies, giving up all other desires and taking austere vows. Indeed, we do\nnot know how the serpent Kaliya got such an opportunity.' \"\n\n", "mad3#p0387": "354\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.16.36) spoken by the wives of\nthe Kaliya serpent.\nTEXT 115\n\n�� <fit�, �-.-•rt1ft�'l-l!l<�Sl �1'fi?t 1\n�t-.t� �fit<�S ��-,�if�;t�1'fi?t II��� II\nbhatta kahe, kr?Qa-narayaf)a-eka-i svarupa\nkr?Qete adhika lila-vaidagdhyadi-rupa\nSYNONYMS\nbhatta kahe-Vyerikata Bhatta said; kr?Qa-narayaf)a-Kmla and Narayar:Ja;\neka-i svaropa-one and the same; kr?Qete-in Lord Kr�r:Ja; adhika-more; lilapastimes; vaidagdhya-adi-rupa-sportive nature.\nTRANSLATION\nVyenkata Bhafta then said, \"Lord Kr�'.la and Lord NarayaQa are one and the\nsame, but the pastimes of Kr�'.la are more relishable due to their sportive\nnature.\nTEXT 116\n\n� t1f \"'Pft-f itt� �til ?tfl!lHI·� I\n\n�� � t;tt� �� �lf\";f II ��� II\ntara sparse nahi yaya pativrata-dharma\nkautuke lak?mi cahena k[$f)era sangama\nSYNONYMS\ntara sparse-by the touching of Kr�r:Ja by Lak�mi; nahi-does not; yaya-disappear; pati-vrata-dharma-the vow of chastity; kautuke-in great fun; lak?mithe goddess of fortune; cahena-wants; k[$f)era-of Lord Kr�r:Ja; sangamaassociation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since Kr�J:Ja and Narayar;�a are both the same personality, Lak�mi's association with Kr�J:Ja does not break her vow of chastity. Rather, it was in great fun\nthat the goddess of fortune wanted to associate with Lord Kr�Qa.\"\n\n", "mad3#p0388": "Text 117]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n355\n\nPURPORT\nThis is an answer to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's question, and from this we\ncan understand that Vyelikata Bhatta knew the truth. He told Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu that Narayal)a is a form of Kr�l)a associated with transcendental opulence. Although Kr�l)a is two-armed and Narayal)a four-armed, there is no difference in the person. They are one and the same. Narayal)a.is as beautiful as\nKr�l)a, but Kr�l)a's pastimes are more sportive. It is not that the sportive pastimes\nof Kr�l)a make Him different from Narayal)a. Lak�mi's desiring to associate with\nKr�l)a was perfectly natural. In other words, it is understandable that a chaste\nwoman wants to associate with her husband in all his different dresses. Therefore\none should not criticize Lak�mi for wanting to associate with Kr�l)a.\n\nTEXT 117\n\nfl'l�l��_,-C'SClf�.f?f �\"t-f���?f?:\"lli: I\n�?:'l?:OiiC:.f\"li\"Jr:� ��'W\\\"ll\"i �\"J!f��: II ) �'I II\nsiddhantatas tv abhede 'pi\nsrisa-kr?Qa-svarupayo/:1\nrasenotkr?yate kr?Qarupam e?a rasa-sthiti/:1\nSYNONYMS\nsiddhantata/:1-in reality;\n\ntu-but;\n\nsri-isa-of the husband of\n\nLak�mi,\n\nabhede-no difference;\nNarayal)a;\n\napi-although;\n\nkr?Qa-of Lord Kr�l)a;\n\nsva­\n\nrupayo/:1-between the forms; rasena-by transcendental mellows; utkr?yate-is\nsuperior; kr?Qa-rupam-the form of Lord Kr�l)a; e?a-this; rasa-sthiti/:1-reservoir\nof pleasure.\nTRANSLATION\nVyeilkata Bhatta continued, \" 'According to transcendental realization,\nthere is no difference between the forms of Naray;u:.a and Kr�r;�a. Yet in Kr�r;�a\nthere is a special transcendental attraction due to the conjugal mellow, and\nconsequently He surpasses Narayar;�a. This is the conclusion of transcendental\nmellows!\nPURPORT\nThis verse quoted by Vyelikata Bhana is also found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\n(1.2.59).\n\n", "mad3#p0389": "356\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 118\n\n\"'ltlf 9l�i-� i{t!{ ifM I\n\n�� 'ftfj ?t1lt�, � �� II ��\\r II\nkr?Qa-sarige pativrata-dharma nahe nasa\nadhika labha paiye, ara rasa-vilasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-sarige-in the as�ociation of Lord Kr�Qa; pati-vrata-of chastity; dharma-vow; nahe-is not; nasa-lost; adhika-more; /abha-profit; paiye-1 get;\nara-also; rasa-vilasa-the enjoyment in the rasa dance.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The goddess of fortune considered that her vow of chastity would not be\ndamaged by her relationship with Km1a. Rather, by associating with K!lQa she\ncould enjoy the benefit of the rasa dance.\"\nTEXT 119\n\n�tiflfif� � � ����I\nbttl! � ��' '<liti{ <li� ?tfi!{tll l ��� II\nvinodini /ak?mira haya kr?Qe abhila?a\nihate ki do$a, kene kara parihasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nvinodini-the enjoyer; /ak?mira-of the goddess of fortune; haya-there is;\nkr$Qe-for Lord Kr�Qa; abhila$a-desire; ihate-in this; ki-what; do?a-fault;\nkene-why; kara-You do; parihasa-joking.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVyenkata Bhatfa further explained, \"Mother Lak�mi, the goddess of fortune,\nis also an enjoyer of transcendental bliss; therefore if she wanted to enjoy herself with Kr�r,a, what fault is there? Why are You joking so about this?\"\nTEXT 120\n\n� �t!{,-(;\"� �' � �tfir '&ft� I\nltll ill ?itli'f �' -tiUr .!{1 �fi{ II �� II\no\n\n", "mad3#p0390": "Text 121]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n357\n\nprabhu kahe, -do?a na.hi, iha ami jani\nrasa na paila lak?mi, sastre iha suni\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe-the Lord replied; do?a nahi- there is no fault; iha ami jani- this I\nknow; rasa na paila /ak?mi -Lak�mi , the goddess of fortune, could not join the\n\nrasa dance; sastre iha suni-we get this information from revealed scriptures.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"I know that there is no fault on the\npart of the goddess of fortune, but still she could not enter into the rasa dance.\nWe hear this from revealed scriptures.\nTEXT 121\n\nom� f�r�t�tr � f;r�t��r\\!>: <fl�tlf:\n�r�t��t� flM'l'if�il'Si� <l:C�1��t: I\nmc'ft�'fr��� ��w��i!\\Ri2-\n\n\"l'!�Jf�tt. � �1fsttl{����'1<tt, II H � II\nnayaril sriyo 'tiga u nitanta-rateb prasadab\nsvar-yo?itaril na/ina-gandha-rucaril kuto 'nyab\nrasotsave 'sya bhuja-dar;u;Ja-grhita-ka(lthalabdha5i$arh ya udagad vraja-sundari(lam\nSYNONYMS\nna-not; ayam -this; sriya b-of the goddess of fortune; atige-on the chest;\nu-alas; nitanta-rateb-one who is very intimately related; prasadab-the favor;\nsvab-of the heavenly planets; yo$itam-of women; nalina-of the lotus flower;\n\ngandha -having the aroma;\n\nrucam-and bodily luster;\n\nkutab-much less;\n\nanyab- others; rasa-utsave-in the festival of the rasa dance; asya-of Lord Sri\nKr�l)a;\n\nbhuja-da(lc;fa-by the arms;\n\ngrhita- embraced; ka(\"ltha-their necks;\n\nlabdha-a5i?am-who achieved such a blessing; yab- which; udagat-became\nmanifest; vraja-sundari(lam-of the beautiful gopis, the transcendental girls.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'When Lord Sri Kr�Qa was dancing with the gopis in the.rasa-lila, He put\nHis arms around their necks and embraced them. This transcendental favor\nwas never granted to the goddess of fortune or other consorts in the spiritual\n\n", "mad3#p0391": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n358\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nworld. Nor was such a thing ever imagined by the most beautiful girls from\nthe heavenly planets, girls whose bodily luster and aroma exactly resemble\nlotus flowers. And what to speak of worldly women who may be very, very\nbeautiful by material estimation?'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.47.60).\n\nTEXT 122\n\n���� �� �1 �if, -� � \"'t�t! I\nI!� <f'Rf' '�� �� 'Pf�ii'f �'St'l II ��� II\n/ak�mi kene na paila, ihara ki karaf)a\ntapa kari' kaiche kr�Qa paila sruti-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\n/ak�mi-the goddess of fortune; kene-why; na-did not; pai /a -get; ihara­\n\nki w hat; karaQa-cause; tapa kari'-undergoing severe austerities;\nkaiche-how; kr�Qa-Lord Kr��a; pai/a-attained; sruti-gaQa-Vedic authorities.\n\nof this;\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"But can you tell me why the goddess of fortune, Lak�mi, could not enter\nthe rasa dance? The authorities of Vedic knowledge could enter the dance and\nassociate with Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 123\n\nf.l��-c\"��'fflf!i\"C<!f$\\l!_r�rj �fif <!� �9f'f'IC� ��nlt�f9r <!� ��f<:. I\nfif� @�$\\�-c�N��It'��W-N'C'{J\n��m � '111r: '�'�'�-c\"ft�� '!'C�l��'(r: u '.> <--:J u\n...\n\nnibhrta-marun-mano 'k$a-drc;fha-yoga-yujo hrdi yanmunaya upasate tad arayo 'pi yayu/:1 smaraQat\nstriya uragendra-bhoga-bhuja-daQr;ia-vi$akta-dhiyo\nvayam api te samai) samadrso 'nghri-saroja-sudha/:1\nSYNONYMS\nnibhrta-controlled; marut-the life air; mana/:1-the mind; ak$a-the senses;\n\ndrc;fha -strong ; y oga-in the mystic yoga process; yujai)-who are engaged;\n\n", "mad3#p0392": "Text 124]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n359\n\nhrdi-within the heart; yat-who; munayab-the great sages; upasate-wor­\n\nship; tat-that; araya/:1-the enemies; api-also; yayu/:1-obtain; smaraQat-from\n\nremembering; striya/:1-the gopis; vraga-indra-of serpents; bhoga-like the\n\nbodies; bhuja-the arms; daQ(ia-like rods; vi�akta-fastened to; dhiya/:1-\n\nwhose minds; vayam api-we also; te-Your; samab-equal to them; samadrsa/:1-having the same ecstatic emotions; arighri-saroja-of the lotus feet;\nsudhab-the nectar.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Great sages, by practicing the mystic yoga system and controlling the\nbreath, conquer the mind and senses. Thus engaging in mystic yoga and\nseeing the Supersoul within their hearts, they ultimately enter into impersonal\nBrahman, along with the enemies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nHowever, the damsels of Vraja, the gopis, want to embrace Knr:�a and His\narms, which are like serpents. Being attracted by the beauty of K��r:�a, the\ngopis ultimately tasted the nectar of the lotus feet of the Lord. The Upani�ads\nhave also tasted the nectar of His lotus feet by following in the footsteps of the\ngopis.' \"\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.87.23).\nTEXT 124\n\nl!tlf?! �' l'!lli'f i{j ?tnt, �� � <roftj I\n\n�� ��,--�i (2jt�f-tt\\! ilit1 <;1ft1' 11illl��81l\nsruti paya, lak�mi na paya, ithe ki karaQa\n\nbhatta kahe,-iha pravesite nare mora mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsruti paya-the Vedic authorities got admission; /ak�mi na paya-and the god­\n\ndess of fortune could not get admission; ithe ki karaQa-what must be the reason\n\nfor this; bhatta kahe-Vyerika�a Bha��a replied; iha-this; pravesite-to enter;\nnare-is not able; mora-my; mana-mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaving been asked by Caitanya Mahaprabhu why the goddess of fortune\ncould not enter into the rasa dance whereas the authorities on Vedic knowledge could, Vyenkata Bhafta replied, \"I cannot enter into the mysteries of this\nbehavior.\"\n\n", "mad3#p0393": "360\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 125\n\n�tfil ��,-'!l:ft�, ��tllf 'elM if I\n\n�1t1111 ��-,�t$�i:ft-'$1Vm \" ��� \"\nami jiva, -k�udra-buddhi, sahaje asthira\nisvarera lila-koti-samudra-gambhira\n\nSYNONYMS\nami jiva-1 am an ordil)ary living being; k�udra-buddhi-possessing limited intelligence; sahaje asthira-very easily agitated; isvarera lila-the pastimes of the\nLord; koti-samudra-as millions of oceans; gambhira-as deep.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVyenkata Bhafta then admitted, \"I am an ordinary human being. Since my\nintelligence is very limited and I am easily agitated, my mind cannot enter\nwithin the deep ocean of the pastimes of the L ord.\nTEXT 126\n\n'lf1J �i��Vtt. '�� ,�, � ��� I\n�t1t �' '�� 'lrtt� '�t';{iif �'1111�\" �����\ntumi sak�at sei kr?Qa, jana nija-karma\nyare janaha, sei jane tamara li/a-marma\n\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-You ; sak?at-directly; sei-that; kr�Qa-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; jana-You know; nija-karma\n\n-\n\nYour activities; yare janaha-and unto\n\nwhom You make it known; sei-that person; jane-knows; tamara-Your; /i/amarma-the purport of the pastimes.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead Kr�r:ta Himself. You know the\npurpose of Your activities, and the person whom You enlighten can also\nunderstand Your pastimes.\"\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead Kr�r:'la and His pastimes cannot be understood by blunt material senses. One has to purify the senses by rendering transcendental loving service unto the Lord. When the Lord is pleased and reveals\n\n", "mad3#p0394": "Text 128]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n361\n\nHimself, one can understand the transcendental form, name, qualities and\npastimes of the Lord. This is confirmed in the Katha Upani$ad (2.23) and in the\nMurxiaka Upani$ad (3.2.3): yam evai$a vwute tena /abhyas tasyai$a atma vivwute\ntanam svam. ':-\\nyone who is favored by the Supreme Personality of Godhead can\nunderstand His transcendental name, qualities, form and pastimes.\"\nTEXT 127\n\n� <15?;;�,-�r;;�f �� �te� � ..'II\n�1ft�1t �( �� <157;;11' ��-t{lj II ��'l II\nprabhu kahe, -kmJera eka svabhava vilak$aQa\nsva-madhurye sarva citta kare akar$aQa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord replied; k[$Qera-of Lord Kr�l)a;\nbhava-characteristic;\n\nvi/ak$aQa-specific;\n\neka-one;\n\nsva­\n\nsva-madhurye-His conjugal love;\n\nsarva-all; citta-hea rts; kare-does; akar$aQa-attra c tio n .\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord replied , \"Lord Kr�r:-a has a specific characteristic. He attracts\neveryone's heart by the mellow of His personal conjugal love.\nTEXT 128\n\na���� i� R'll\nitt;� ��f �fi' � i9fl'ti1 � II ��1r II\nvraja-lokera bhave paiye tarihara caraQa\ntarire isvara kari' nahi jane vraja-jana\nSYNONYMS\nvraja-lokera-of the inhabitants of Goloka Vrndavana; bhave-in the ecstasy;\npaiye-one gets; tarihara-Lord Kr�l)a's; caraQa-lotus feet; tarire-unto Him;\nisvara-the Supreme Person; kari'-accepting; nahi-do not; jane-kn ow; vrajajana-the inhabitants of VrajabhOmi.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By following in the footsteps of the inhabitants of the planet known as Vrajaloka or Goloka Vrndavana one can attain the shelter of the lotus feet of Sri\nKr�r:-a. However, in that planet the inhabitants do not know that Lord Kr�r:-a is\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "mad3#p0395": "362\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 129\n\nc;� �mf �ijf·�tte{ ���'I �rot; I\n�� ��-� fiSff.l' ���HI � II ���II\nkeha tanre putra-jiiane udukhale bandhe\nkeha sakha-jiiane jini' cac;le tanra kandhe\nSYNONYMS\nkeha-someone; tar'lre-Him; putra-jiiane-by accepting as a son; udukhaleto a big mortar; bandhe-ties; keha-someone; sakha-jiiane-by accepting as a\nfriend; jini'-conquering; cac;le-gets up; tar'lra-His; kandhe-on the shoulder.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There someone may accept Him as a son and sometimes bind Him to a\ngrinding mortar. Someone else may accept Him as an intimate friend and, attaining victory over Him, playfully mount His shoulders.\nTEXT 130\n\n'EJ��' ��' � iSfttil � I\n\n�..-� i{t� c;�ti{ ��·'Jfti{i{\" ��0 \"\n'vrajendra-nandana' bali' tanre jane vraja-jana\naisvarya-jiiane nahi kana sambandha-manana\nSYNONYMS\nvrajendra-nandana-the son of Nanda Maharaja, the King of Vrajabhomi;\nba/i'-as; tar'lre-Him; jane-know; vraja-jana-the inhabitants of VrajabhOmi;\naisvarya-jiiane-in opulence; nahi-there is not; kana-any; sambandha-relationship; manana-regarding.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The inhabitants of Vrajabhumi know Kr�Qa as the son of Maharaja Nanda,\nthe King of Vrajabhumi, and they consider that there can be no relationship\nwith the Lord in the rasa of opulence.\nTEXT 131\n\n�tl'ftt�� 'e� � ��� �'Sri{ I\n�l 'Sri{ 9ft1l �� ��� \" ��� \"\n\n", "mad3#p0396": "Text 132]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n363\n\nvraja-lokera bhave yei karaye bhajana\nsei jana paya vraje vrajendra-nandana\nSYNONYMS\n\nvraja-lokera-of the inhabitants of VrajabhOmi; bhave-in the ecstasy; yeianyone who; karaye\n\n-\n\ndoes; bhajana-worship; sei jana-that person; paya-at­\n\ntains; vraje-in Vraja; vrajendra-nandana-Lord Kr��a, the son of Maharaja Nanda.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One who worships the lord by following in the footsteps of the inhabitants of Vrajabhumi attains the lord and gets to know Him as He is known in\nthe transcendental planet of Vraja. There He is known as the son of Maharaja\nNanda.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThe inhabitants of VrajabhOmi, or Goloka Vrndavana, know Kr��a as the son of\nMaharaja Nanda. They do not accept Him as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord is the supreme maintainer of everyone and the chief personality\namong all personalities. In VrajabhOmi Kr��a is certainly the central point of love,\nbut no one knows Him there as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Rather, a\nperson may know Him as a friend, son, lover or master. In any case, the center is\nKr��a. The inhabitants of VrajabhOmi are related to the Lord in servitude, friendship, paternal love and conjugal love. A person engaged in devotional service may\naccept any one of these transcendental relationships, which are known as\nmellows. One who is in the perfectional stage may return home, back to Godhead, and attain his pure spiritual identity.\nTEXT 132\n\nOlnl� ��l:�i 'S5l<fA. Ciff't-Tt� C'5\\tf?f<ft�: I\nllltf.lolt� ���t01t� ��i 'Sl��� II ��� II\nnayarh sukhapo bhagavan\ndehinarh gopika-sutab\njfianinarh catma-bhatanarh\nyatha bhaktimatam iha\nSYNONYMS\n\nna-not; ayam-this Lord Sri Kr��a; sukha-apab-easily available; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; dehinam-for materialistic persons who\n\n", "mad3#p0397": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n364\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nhave accepted the body as the self; gopika-suta/:1-the son of mother Yasoda;\njnaninam-for\n\npersons\n\naddicted\n\nto\n\nmental\n\nspeculation;\n\nca-and;\n\natma­\n\nbhatanam-for persons performing severe austerities and penances; yatha-as;\n\nbhaktimatam-for persons engaged in spontaneous devotional service; iha-in\nthis world.\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu then quoted, \" 'The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�Qa, the son of mother Ya5oda, is accessible to those devotees\nengaged in spontaneous loving service, but He is not as easily accessible to\nmental speculators, to those striving for self-realization by severe austerities\nand penances, or to those who consider the body to be the same as the self.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse, also given in Madhya-lila 8.227, is quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(10.9.21).\nTEXT 133\n\n�f!'Sttf (;'Stt\"i\\'Stt'l� �'l.'Stl! r(�i I\n�19!�1! lf!itll! (;'Stt�lf!i� l'f�i\" ���\"\nsruti-gaQa gopi-gaQera anugata hana\n\nvrajesvari-suta bhaje gopi-bhava lana\nSY NONYMS\n\nsruti-gaQa-the\n\nauthorities of Vedic hymns;\n\ngopi-gaQera-of the gopis;\n\nanugata hana-following in the footsteps; vrajesvari-suta-the son of mother\n\nYasoda; bhaje-worship; gopi-bhava-the ecstasy of the gopis; /ana-accepting.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"The authorities in Vedic literatures known as sruti-gaQa worshiped Lord\nKr�Qa in the ecstasy of the gopis and followed in their footsteps.\nPURPORT\nThe authorities in Vedic literature known as sruti-gaQa desired to enter into Lord\n\nSri Kr�r:Ja's rasa dance; therefore they began to worship the Lord in the ecstasy of\n\nthe gopis. In the beginning, however, they were unsuccessful. When they could\n\nnot enter the dance simply by thinking of Kr�r:Ja in the ecstasy of the gopis, they\nactually accepted bodies like those of the gopis. They even took birth in V ra-\n\n", "mad3#p0398": "Text 135]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n365\n\njabhomi just like the gopis and consequently became engrossed in the ecstasy of\nthe gopis'love. In this way they were allowed to enter into the rasa-lila dance of\nthe Lord.\nTEXT 134\n\n��t� c;'it tlftt'f'l \"elt'lr �<I 911�\"1 I\n\n,,. c;�'l ��'tt'f 111'1�� �\"'II ��8 II\nbahyantare gopi-deha vraje yabe paila\nsei dehe kr�Qa-sar'lge rasa-kri(ia kaila\nSYNONYMS\nbahya-antare-externally and internally;\n\ngopi-deha-the body of a gopi;\n\nvraje-in Vrajabhomi; yabe-when; paila-they got; sei dehe-in that body;\nkr�Qa-sar'lge-with Kr�l)a; rasa-kri(ia-pastimes of the rasa dance; kaila-performed.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The personified authorities on the Vedic hymns acquired bodies like those\nof the gopis and took birth in V rajabhumi. In those bodies they were allowed\nto enter into the Lord's rasa-lila dance.\nTEXT 135\n\nc;'itt�R! ��' c;'ittlft-c;l2!1!� lit'lnt I\n� � � if\" if! <I\"� ��nt II ��� II\ngopa-jati kr$Qa, gopi-preyasi tar'lhara\ndevi va anya stri kr$Qa na kare ar'lgikara\nSYNONYMS\ngopa-jati-belonging to the cowherd community; kr�Qa-Lord K[�l)a; gopithe damsels of VrajabhOmi, the gopis; preyasi-dearmost; tar'lhara-His; devithe wives of the demigods; va-or; anya-other; stri-women; k($Qa-Lord\nKr�l)a; na-does not; kare-do; ar'lgikara- ac ceptance.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�Qa belongs to the cowherd community, and the gopis are the dearmost lovers of Kr�Qa. Although the wives of the denizens of the heavenly\n\n", "mad3#p0399": "366\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamf{a\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nplanets are most opulent within the material world, neither they nor any other\nwomen in the material universe can acquire K��r.ta's association.\nTEXT 136\n\nQl(� � ,� �� �t�� �1r'all\n,�tf��i·�� �<1Pi iii �Qif �i�Jfi{ II ���II\nlak?mi cahe sei dehe kr?Qera sangama\ngopika-anuga hafia na kaila bhajana\n\nSYNONYMS\nlak?mi-the goddess of fortune; cahe-wants; sei-that; dehe-in the body;\nkr?Qera sangama-the association of Kr�l)a;\n\ngopika-of the gopis; anuga­\n\nfollower; hafia-becoming; na-did not; kaila-perform; bhajana-worship.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The goddess of fortune, Lak�mi, wanted to enj oy K��r.ta and at the same\ntime retain her spiritual body in the form of Lak�mi. However, she did not\nfollow in the footsteps of the gopis in her worship of K��r_ta.\nTEXT 137\n\n�� (;Wt� iii 'Pf�t11 �t�'ft� I\n�i!�� 'ifhl�' 'Nt� �� '��l{ II ��'l II\nanya dehe na paiye rasa-vilasa\nataeva 'nayarh' 5/oka kahe veda-vyasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nanya dehe-in a body other than those of the gopis; na-not; paiye-one\ngets; rasa-vilasa-the pastimes of the rasa dance; ataeva-therefore; nayambeginning with the word nayam; 5/oka-the Sanskrit verse; kahe-says; vedavyasa-Dvaipayana Vedavyasa.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"V yasadeva, the supreme authority on Vedic literature, composed a verse\nbeginning 'nayaril sukhapo bhagavan' because no one can enter into the rasalila dance in any body other than the bodies of the gopis.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse confirms a verse of Bhagavad-gita (9.25):\n\n", "mad3#p0400": "Text 139]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n367\n\nyanti deva-vrata devan\npitfn yanti pitr-vratab\nbhOtani yanti bhOtejya\nyanti mad-yajino 'pi mam\n\"Those who worship the demigods will take birth among the demigods; those\nwho worship ghosts and spirits will take birth among such beings; those who\nworship ancestors go the ancestors; and those who worship Me will live with\nMe.\"\nOnly when one regains his original spiritual body can one enter into the\nspiritual kingdom. As far as the rasa-lila pastimes of the Lord are concerned, it is\nfutile to attempt to imitate the Lord's dances within the material world. One has\nto attain a spiritual body like the gopis to enter into the pastimes of rasa-lila In the\nnayarh sukhapo verse, the devotees are referred to as bhaktimat, that is, they are\nfully engaged in devotional service and are devoid of material contamination.\nSimply by artificially imitating Kr�Qa's rasa-lila dance or artificially thinking oneself\nKr�Qa and dressing oneself up like a sakhi, one cannot enter into His rasa-lila\ndance. Kr�Qa's rasa-lila dance is completely spiritual. It has nothing to do with material contamination; therefore no one can enter into the pastimes by artificial material means. That is the instruction of this verse.\nTEXT 138\n\n�(oetl1f 1ft� IJI� �\" ��'lfti{ 1\n'��t1fill'l' � t� ��·te'St<ltl{. II ��\\r II\npurve bhattera mane eka chi/a abhimana\n'sri-narayaQa' hayena svayam-bhagavan\nSYNONYMS\npurve-before this; bhattera-of Vyerikata Bhatta; mane-in the mind; ekaone; chi/a-there was; abhimana-an impression; sri-narayaQa-the form of the\nLord as NarayaQa; hayena-is; svayam-personally; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nBefore this explanation was given by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Vyetikata\nBhatta thought that Sri Narayar,a was the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 139\n\n�m1f � ��-<l'l-.i � 1\n'�-���'11' 'e�� �J�l :J�tcft9ffif �� II ��._, II\n\n", "mad3#p0401": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n368\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\ntanhara bhajana sarvopari-kak$a haya\n'sri-vai$f)ave'ra bhajana ei sarvopari haya\n\nSYNONYMS\n\\\n\ntanhara bhajana-worship of Narayal)a; sarva - upari-topmost; kak$a-department; haya-is; sri-vai$f)avera-of the followers of Ramanujacarya; bhajanaworship; ei-this; sarva-upari haya-is the topmost.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThinking in this way, Vyeilkafa Bhaffa believed that worship of NarayaQa\nwas the supreme form of worship, superior to all other processes of devotional service, for it was followed by the Sri Vai�Qava disciples of Ramanujacarya.\nTEXT 140\n\n�� �til' $(� <fi�t'! -t�� I\n�fil��� ��Rt ��.,�II �So II\nei tanra garva prabhu karite khaf)c;iana\nparihasa-dvara uthaya eteka vacana\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; tanra-his (Vyerikata Bhaga's); garva-pride; prabhu-Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; karite khaf)c;iana-to curb; parihasa-dvare-by joking; uthayaraises; eteka-so many; vacana-words.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had understood this misconception of Vyeilkafa\nBhafta, and to correct it the Lord talked so much in a joking way.\nTEXT 141\n\n� �,-��, � ifl <fif� ��-ti I\n,..��-��.,1-r � �� '!' f� II �8� II\nprabhu kahe, -bhatta, tumi na kariha sarhsaya\n'svayarh-bhagavan' k[$f)a ei ta' niscaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; bhatta-My dear Vyerikata Bhaga; tum i-you; na\nkariha-do not do;\n\nsarhsaya-doubt;\n\nsvayam-bhagavan-the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead; k[$f)a-is Lord Kr�l)a; ei ta' ni5caya-this is the conclusion.\n\n", "mad3#p0402": "Text 143]\n\n369\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord then continued, \"My dear V yenkata Bhatta, please do not continue doubting. Lord K��r:aa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and this is\nthe conclusion of Vedic literatures.\nTEXT 142\n\n�11 ���-1!� (!\\)•rti!t�'l 1\n�i!l.fl� \"1-.J'l--�11 �til <;ift 1l:il II �8� II\n-\n\nkr?Qera vilasa-murti -sri-narayaf)a\nataeva Jak�mi-adyera hare tenha mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr?Qera-of Lord Kr�r:Ja; vi/asa-murti-form for enjoyment; sri-narayaQa-Lord\nNarayal)a; ataeva-therefore; Jak?mi-adyera-of the goddess of fortune and her\nfollowers; hare-attracts; tefiha-He (Lord Narayal)a); mana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Narayar;�a, the opulent form of K��r;�a, attracts the mind of the goddess\nof fortune and her followers.\nTEXT 143\n<11c�\n\nst�\"t<f<'ft: 1_�'1: �� �'if<rtOj_ 'lf'lll( 1\n\n��t�'fJn::\"'� C\"'t<f� lJI¥�fu �\"C'il �C'if II � 81:1 II\nete camsa-kalab pumsab\nkr?Qas tu bhagavan svayam\nindrari-vyakulam lokam\nmrr;fayanti yuge yuge\nSYNONYMS\n\nete-these; ca-and; amsa-plenary portions; ka/ab-parts of plenary portions;\n\npumsab-of\n\nthe\n\npuru?a-avataras;\n\nkr?Qab-Lord\n\nKr�r:Ja;\n\ntu-but;\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayam-Himself; indra-arithe enemies of Lord lndra; vyaku/am-full of; /okam-the world; mrr;fayantimake happy; yuge yuge-at the right time in each age.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'All these incarnations of Godhead are either plenary portions or parts of\nthe plenary portions of the puru�a-avataras. But K��r:aa is the Supreme Per-\n\n", "mad3#p0403": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n370\n\n£Madhya-Ina, Ch. 9\n\nsonality of Godhead Himself. In every age He protects the world through His\ndifferent features when the world is disturbed by the enemies of lndra!\nPURPORT\n\n'\n\n\\\n\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.3.28).\nTEXT 144\n\n�tf'rn'l �� ��11 'CI�lffif'l �'I I\n'CI��(! f(� �t� ��i ��-.'Ill �88 ll\nnarayal)a haite kr�f)era asadharaf)a gul)a\nataeva lak�mira kr�l)e tr�l)a anuk�al)a\nSYNONYMS\nnarayal)a haite-:-over and above Narayal)a; kr�l)era-of Lord Kr�l)a; asadharal)a\ngul)a-uncommon qualities; ataeva --;-therefore; /ak�mira-of the goddess of fortune; kr�Qe-unto Kr�l)a; tr�Qa-desire; anuk�al)a-always.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because Kr�r:Ja has four extraordinary qualities not possessed by Lord\nNarayar:Ja, the goddess of fortune, Lak�mi, always desires His company.\nPURPORT\nLord Narayal)a has sixty transcendental qualities. Over and above these, Kr�l)a\nhas four extraordinary transcendental qualities absent in Lord Narayal)a. These\nfour qualities are:\n\n(1) wonderful pastimes that are compared to an ocean; (2)\n\nassociation in the circle of supreme devotees in conjugal love (the gopis); (3) Lord\nK[�l)a's playing on the flute whose vibration attracts the three worlds; (4) Lord\nKr�l)a's extraordinary beauty, which surpasses the beauty of the three worlds. Lord\nKr�l)a's beauty is unequaled and unsurpassed.\nTEXT 145\n\n� � 9ff�i \"'t�, � � �'I I\n�� (;Jtt � ��� '��-�� l!j�� ll �8(t ll\ntumi ye pa(ii/a 5/oka, se haya pramal)a\nsei slake aise 'kr�l)a-svayaril bhagavan'\n\n", "mad3#p0404": "Text 147]\n\n371\n\nL ord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-you; ye\n\n-\n\nwhich; pac;fi la-have recited; 5/ oka\n\n-\n\nverse; se-that; haya­\n\nis; pramaQa-evidence; sei s la ke -in that verse; aise kr�Qa\n\n-\n\nK r?r:J a is; svayam\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You have recited the sloka beginning with 'siddhantatas tv abhede 'pi.'\nThat very verse is evidence that Kr�Qa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 146\n\nPl�ffl\\!i�l:iSI:lf�f9f .!\\l\"t-���9fl:\"lli: I\n�1:'\\I:O!i�W\"§I:� �9fl:\"ll\"lfi �'If��: II � 8� II\nsiddhantatas tv abhede 'pi\nsrisa-kr�Qa-svarapayo/:1\nrasenotkr�yate kr�Qarapam e�a rasa-sthiti/:1\nSYNONYMS\nsiddhantata/:1-in reality;\n\ntu-but; abhede-no difference; api-although;\n\nsri-isa-of the husband of Lak�mT, Narayar:Ja; kr�Qa-of Lord Kr?r:Ja; svarupayo/:1between the forms; rasena-by transcendental mellows; utkr�yate-is superior;\nkr�Qa-rapam-the form of Lord Kr�l)a; e�a-this; rasa-sthiti/:1-the reservoir of\npleasure.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'A ccording to transcendental realization, there is no difference between\nthe forms of Kr�Qa and NarayaQa. Yet in Kr�Qa there is a special transcendental\nattraction due to the conjugal mellow, and consequently He surpasses\nNarayaQa. This is the conclusion of transcendental mellows.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.59).\nTEXT 147\n\n'�� 'e�ti{_ '?�' ��11' if�11' 11il I\n\n(;'$t1f�t11' 11il ���I! il� 'ilt11't11'1' II �8� II\n\n", "mad3#p0405": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n372\n\n[Madhya-Iii�, Ch. 9\n\nsvayaril bhagavan 'kmJa' hare /ak�mira mana\ngopikara mana harite nare 'narayaQa'\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvayam bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kr�Qa-is Lord Kr�l)a;\nhare-attracts;\n\n/ak�mira-of\n\nthe\n\ngoddess\n\nof\n\nfortune;\n\nmana-the\n\nmind;\n\ngopikara-of the gopis; mana-the minds; harite-to attract; nare-is not able;\nnarayaQa-Lord Narayal)a.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kf'l;la, attracts the mind of the goddess of fortune, but Lord N�rayar;\"�a cannot attract the minds of the gopis. This\nproves the superexcellence of Kr�r:'la.\nTEXT 148\n\ne{tmt'\\11' �1 ��' I)\" �t� I\nc;'Stt�<15� �\"ll ��'! � 'ift1ft1lt:�' II �8\"' II\nnarayaQera ka katha, sri-k[�Qa apane\ngopikare hasya karaite haya 'narayaQe'\n\nSYNONYMS\nnarayaQera-of Lord Narayal)a; ka katha-what to speak; sri-km)a-Lord Sri\nKr�r:Ja;\n\napane-Himself; gopikare-the gopis;\n\nhasya karaite-to make them\n\njubilant; haya-becomes; narayaQe-in the form of Narayal)a.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"To say nothing of Lord Nariiyar;\"�a personally, Lord Kf'l;la Himself appeared\nas Narayar;\"�a just to play a joke on the gopis.\n\nTEXT 149\n\n'�'!_'(''f-'!f'!' c;�� c;'Stt�'Jtr;;ctt �tr;'St I\n\n� ·�' c;'Stt�� �� �'l,ftt:'St II �8� II\n'catur-bhuja-marti' dekhaya gopi-gaQera age\nsei 'kr�Qe' gopikara nahe anurage\n\nSYNONYMS\ncatu/:1-bhuja-murti-four-handed form;\n\ndekhaya-exhibits; gopi-gaQera-of\n\nthe gopis; age-in front; sei kr�Qe-unto that Kr�r:Ja; gopikara-of the gopis;\nnahe-not; anurage-attraction.\n\n", "mad3#p0406": "Text 150]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n373\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although Kr�t:�a assumed the four-armed form of Naraya.,a, He could not\nattract the serious attention of the gopis in ecstatic love.\nTEXT 150\n\nc'i\\t�-.,t� 9f�K1�01\"!\"1�rll1 ;;st�� <f'(gt� ��'1\nf<f�t�� 'i'f1lC� lJi;��?t'l'<fl'l�tRI�: cflft!ii�P{_I\n\\5{tf<l��f� c���'11lf1 ��� �f�ot �ciSif�;p�fiS­\n\n�t'lt� �{g \"Ei�\"il���\"rfS� �tc'i\\t'!'�: ��� u � �.\ngopinarh pasupendra-nandana-ju�o bhavasya kas tarh krti\nvijriaturh k�amate duruha-padavi-saricariQa/:1 prakriyam\navi�kurvati vai�Qavim api tanurh tasmin bhujair ji�Qubhir\nyasarh hanta caturbhir adbhuta-rucirh ragodayab kuricati\nSYNONYMS\ngopinam-of the gopis; pasupendra-nandana-ju�ab-of the service of the son\nof Vraja's King, Maharaja Nanda; bhavasya-ecstatic; kab-what; tam-that;\nkrti-learned man; vijriatum-to understand; k�amate-is able; duruha-very\ndifficult to understand;\n\npadavi-the position; saricariQa/:1-which provokes;\n\nprakriyam-activity; avi�kurvati-He manifests; vai�Qavim-of Vi�r;�u; api-certainly; tanum-the body; tasmin-in that; bhujai/:1-with arms; ji�Qubhi/:1-very\nbeautiful; yasam-of whom (the gopis); hanta-alas; caturbhib-four; adbhutawonderfully; rucim-beautifu l; raga-udaya/:1-the evoking of ecstatic feelings;\nkuricati -cripples.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Once Lord Sri Kr�t:Ja playfully manifested Himself as Narayat:Ja with four\n\nvictorious hands and a very beautiful form. When the gopis saw this exalted\nform, however, their ecstatic feelings abated. A learned scholar, therefore,\ncannot understand the gopis' ecstatic feelings, which are firmly centered\nupon the original form of Lord Kr�t:Ja as the son of Nanda Maharaja. The wonderful feelings of the gopis in ecstatic parama-rasa with Kr�t:Ja constitute the\ngreatest mystery of spiritual life.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse spoken by Narada Muni in La/ita-madhava-nataka (6.14), a drama\nwritten by Srila ROpa Gosvami. This verse clarifies the verse siddhantatas tv\nabhede 'pi, which Kaviraja Gosvami quotes from Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu. Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu Himself spoke it to Vyerikata Bhatta. The verse was quoted\n\n", "mad3#p0407": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n374\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nby Lord Caitanya long before Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu was composed, and in this\nregard Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura points out that all these verses were current at\nthe time and were quoted by devotees long before Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu was\ncomposed.\nTEXT 151\n\n(fl\\! ��, �� it� '$f(�c( <lSrnm ,\n\nitt��� Nt\\! �� f�t� ��tl�111 ���II\neta kahi' prabhu tanra garva cOrQa kariya\ntanre sukha dite kahe siddhanta phiraiya\n\nSYNONYMS\neta kahi\n\n'-\n\nsaying this; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tanra-his (of\n\nVyerikata Bhatta); garva-pride; cOrQa kar iya-smashing into pieces; tanre-unto\nhim; sukha dit e-to give happiness; kah e\n\n-\n\nsays; siddhanta phiraiya\n\n-\n\ntuming the\n\nwhole conversation.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu deflated the pride of Vyenkata\nBhatta, but just to make him happy again, He spoke as follows.\nTEXT 152\n\nl�� ifl �t�, <e§, c�( 9frn�� 1\n-tt?1l�'ffl �il, �tt\\! C�<l-� II �<t� II\ndul)kha na bhaviha, bhatta, kailun parihasa\nsastra-siddhanta suna, yate vai�Qava-visvasa\n\nSYNONYMS\ndu/:lkha-unhappiness;\n\nna-do\n\nnot;\n\nbhaviha-bear;\n\nbhatta-My\n\ndear\n\nVyerikata Bhatta; kailun parihasa-1 was simply making a joke; sastra-siddhantathe conclusion of the revealed scriptures; suna-hear; yate-in which; vai�Qavavisvasa -the faith of the Vai�l)avas.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord pacified Vyenkata Bhatta by saying, \"Actually whatever I have said\nis by way of jest. Now you can hear from Me the conclusion of the sastras, in\nwhich every Vai�r;�ava devotee has firm faith.\n\n", "mad3#p0408": "Text 155]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n375\n\nTEXT 153\n\n�-�tm-1'1, '�r;!i �<li� �111� I\n\n<;�t�·\"'lllif'1·�� �t� � �fl� II ��\\!)II\nkr�Qa-narayaf)a, yaiche eka-i svarupa\ngopi-/ak�mi-bheda nahi haya eka-rupa\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-narayaf)a-Lord Kr�l)a and Lord Narayal)a; yaiche-as; eka-i-one; svarupa-form; gopi-the gopis; /ak�mi-the goddess of fortune;\n\nbheda-dif­\n\nference; nahi-there is not; haya-there is; eka-rupa-one form.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is no difference between Lord Kr�r;�a and Lord Narayar;ta, for They are\nof the same form. Similarly, there is no difference between the gopis and the\ngoddess of fortune, for they also are of the same form.\nTEXT 154\n\n'��� \"1�'1 �� ���er�� 1\n�m <;'eW �tf� � 'CI�t$f II ��8 II\ngopi-dvare lak�mi kare kr�Qa-sangasvada\nisvaratve bheda manile haya aparadha\nSYNONYMS\ngopi-dvare-through the gopis; /ak�mi-the goddess of fortune; kare-does;\nkr�Qa-saliga-asvada-tasting the sweetness of the association of Lord Kr�l)a;\nisvaratve-in the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bheda-difference; manileif one considers; haya-there is; aparadha-offense.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The goddess of fortune enjoys the association of Kr�Qa through the gopis.\nOne should not make distinctions between the forms of the Lord, for such\nconceptualizing is offensive.\nTEXT 155\n\n�� �\"'f�- �r;�� $fJt�·�fl111� I\n�<fl� f<tc!tr;� <li� �t�t�� 111� II ��<t II\n\n", "mad3#p0409": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n376\n\n[Madhya-lila , Ch. 9\n\neka isvara-bhaktera dhyana-anurOpa\neka-i vigrahe kare nanakara rOpa\n\nSYNONYMS\neka isvara-the Lord is one; bhaktera-of the devotees; dhyana\nanura pa\n\n-\n\n-\n\nmeditation;\n\naccording to; eka-i-one; vigrahe-in form; kare-exhibits; nana­\n\nakara-different; rapa\n\n-\n\nforms.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is no difference between the transcendental forms of the Lord. Different forms are manifest due to different attachments of different devotees.\nActually the Lord is one, but He appears in different forms ju�t to satisfy His\ndevotees.\nPURPORT\nIn Brahma-sarhhita (5.33) it is stated:\nadvaitam acyutam anadim ananta-rapam\nadyarh puraQa-puru?arh nava-yauvanarh ca\nThe Lord is advaita, without differentiation. There is no difference between the\nforms of Kr�r:'la, Rama, Narayar:'la and Vi�r:\"�U. All of them are one. Sometimes foolish\npeople ask whether when we chant \"Rama\" in the Hare Kr�r:'la mantra we refer to\nLord Ramacandra or Lord Balarama. If a devotee says that the name Rama in the\nHare Kr�r:'la maha-mantra refers to Balarama, a foolish person may become angry\nbecause to him the name Rama refers to Lord Ramacandra. Actually there is no\ndifference between Balarama and Lord Rama. It doesn't matter if one chants Hare\nRama referring to Balarama or Lord Ramacandra, for there is no difference between Them. However, it is offensive to think that Balarama is superior to Lord\nRamacandra or vice versa. Neophyte devotees do not understand this sastric conclusion, and consequently they unneccesarily create an offensive situation. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu clarifies this in a very lucid way: isvaratve bheda manile\nhaya aparadha. It is offensive for one to differentiate between the forms of the\nLord. On the other hand, one should not think that the forms of the Lord are the\nsame as the forms of the demigods. This is certainly offensive. As confirmed by\nthe Vai?Qava-tantra:\nyas tu narayal)arh devarh\nbrahma-rudradi-daivatai/:1\nsamatvenaiva vik?eta\nsa pa?aQ(Ii bhaved dhruvam\n\n", "mad3#p0410": "Text 156]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n377\n\n\"A pa�arxii is one who considers the great demigods such as Lord Brahma and Lord\n\nSiva equal to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Narayal)a\" (Hari-bhakti­\n\nvilasa 1.117) The conclusion is that we should not differentiate between the\n\nforms of the Lord. However, we should not equate the forms of the Lord with the\n\nforms of demigods or human beings. For instance, sometimes foolish sannyasis\n\nequate daridra-narayaQa with Narayal)a, and this is certainly offensive. To think of\nthe body of the Lord as material is also offensive. Unless one is instructed by a\nbona fide spiritual master, he cannot perfectly understand these different forms.\n\nBrahma-sarhhita confirms, vede�u dur/abham adur/abham ;Hma-bhaktau. One\n\ncannot understand the differences between the forms of the Lord simply by\nacademic study or by reading Vedic literature. One must learn from a realized\ndevotee. Only then can one learn how to distinguish between one form of the\nLord and another. The conclusion is that there is no difference between the forms\nof the Lord, but there is a difference between His forms and those of the\ndemigods.\nTEXT 156\n\n�f<t��rl ��tr'it'f ;f\\<'!�tfrr�('!>: 1\n'iji9(?;�lf�'1'1r>l!ttf\\5 �nt'f?;�Wt'S'<lt�J\\!1: II � ¢ � II\nmaQir yatha vibhagena\nnila-pitadibhir yutab\n\nrapa-bhedam avapnoti\n\ndhyana-bhedat tathacyutab\nSYNONYMS\n\nmaQib-jewel,\n\nspecifically\n\nthe\n\njewel\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nvaidurya;\n\nyatha-as;\n\nvibhagena-separately; ni/a-blue; pita-yellow; ad ibhib-and with other col­\n\nors; yutab-joined; rapa-bhedam-difference of form; avapno ti-gets ; dhyana­\n\nbhedat-by different types of meditation; tatha-similarly; acyutab-the in­\n\nfallible Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'When the j ewel known as vaidiirya touches other materials, it appears to\n\nbe separated into different colors. Consequently the forms also appear different. Similarly, according to the meditational ecstasy of the devotee, the\nLord, who is known as Acyuta [infallible], appears in different forms, although\nHe is essentially one.'\n\n11\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse quoted form Sri Narada-paficaratra.\n\n", "mad3#p0411": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n378\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 157\n\n�V <fit�,-<fi'fti �tf� �� � I\n<fitt1 �fif �l ��,-�H-.te, �� II ��'I II\nbhatta kahe, -kahan ami jiva pamara\nkahan tumi sei kr�Qa, -sak�at isvara\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhatta kahe- Vyen kaJ:q Bhana said; kahan-whereas ; ami-1; j iva-an ordinary living being; pamara-fallen; kahan-whereas; tumi-You; sei kr�Qa-the\nsame Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r:Ja; sak�at isvara-directly the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVyelikata.Bhatfa then said, \"I am an ordinary fallen living entity, but You are\nKm1a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself.\nTEXT 158\n\n�'ittl{ ��ifi �� ifl rsrtfil1\n'{fit �l <fi�, �� �I!J <fif1(' �fi{ II ��lr II\nagadha isvara-li/a kichui na jani\ntumi yei kaha, sei satya kari' mani\n\nSYNONYMS\nagadha-u n fathomable; isvara / i/a\n-\n\n-\n\npastimes of the Lord; kichui\n\n-\n\nan ything;\n\nnajani-1 do not know; tumi-You; yei-whatever; kaha-say; sei satya-that is\nright; kari' mani-1 accept.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The transcendental pastimes of the L ord are unfathomable, and I do not\nknow anything about them. Whatever You say I accept as the truth.\nPURPO RT\nThis is the way to understand the truth about the Supreme Personality of Godhead. After hearing Bhagavad-gita, Arjuna said very much the same thing:\nsarvam etad rtarh manye\nyan marh vadasi kesava\n\n", "mad3#p0412": "Text 160]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n379\n\nna hi te bhagavan vyaktirh\nvidur deva na danavab\n\"0 Kr��a, I totally accept as truth all that You have told me. Neither the gods nor\n\ndemons, 0 Lord, know Thy personality.\" (Bg. 1 0.14)\n\nVyerikata Bhatta says very much the same thing to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. It\n\nis not possible to understand the truth about the pastimes of the Lord simply by\nusing our own logic, argument and academic education. We must receive bona\nfide information from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, just as Arjuna\nreceived information when Kr��a spoke Bhagavad-gita. We have to accept\nBhagavad-gita or any other Vedic literature in good faith. These Vedic literatures\nare the only source of knowledge. We must understand that we cannot comprehend the Absolute Truth by the speculative process.\nTEXT 159\n\n� �( ��� '<\\'Sill' a,�-�tm'l 1\niftf ������fl. (;\\!t1ft1f �1f'I·W1f-t� II �<ti\\l II\nmore purf)a krpa kaila lak�mi-narayaQa\ntatira krpaya painu tamara caraf)a-dara5ana\nSYNONYMS\nmore-unto\n\nme;\n\npurf)a-complete;\n\nkrpa-mercy;\n\nkaila-did;\n\n/ak�mi­\n\nnarayaQa-the Deity of mother goddess of fortune and Naraya�a; tatira krpayaby Their mercy; painu-1 have gotten; tamara-Your; caraf)a-darasana-vision of\nthe lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have been engaged in the service of Lak�mi-Narayar,a, and it is due to\nTheir mercy that I have been able to see Your lotus feet.\nTEXT 160\n\n�'Pfi \"<tSRf' <fif�C\"f <;1ftC1f �C�1f 11\"�111 I\n\n�t1f 11i�-��'I�C�1f <;\"<1'5� �1 � �111 II ��o II\nkrpa kari' kahile more kf$f)era mqhima\n\nyatira rupa-guQaisvaryera ke li a na paya sima\nSYNONYMS\n\nkrpa kari -showing causeless mercy; kahile-You have spoken; more-unto\n'\n\nme; k($f)era-of Lord Kr��a; mahima-the glories; yatira-whose; rupa-guQa-\n\n", "mad3#p0413": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n380\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\naisvaryera-of forms, qualities and opulence; keha-anyone; na-not; paya­\n\ngets; sima-the limit.\n\nTRANSLATION\n'\n\n\"Out of Your causeless mercy You have told me of the glories of Lord Kr��a.\nNo one can reach the end of the opulence, qualities and forms of the Lord.\nTEXT 161\n\n��- ,� �tfil-t �-.�r� �t(f9f� 1\n\n�t� <fiffia;'r, '�tt� <IS�t� �9fi ��'II ��� II\nebe se janinu k[$f)a-bhakti sarvopari\n\nkrtartha karile, more kahi/e krpa kari'\nSYNONYMS\n\nebe-now; se-that; janinu-1 understand; kr.�Qa-bhakti-devotional service\n\nto Lord Kr��a; sarva-upari-above all; krta-artha-successful; karile-You have\n\nmade; more-unto me; kahile-You have spoken; krpa kari'-by Your causeless\n\nmercy.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I can now understand that devotional service unto Kr,r:�a is the supreme\nform of worship. O ut of Your causeless mercy You have made my life successful simply by explaining the facts.\"\nTEXT 162\n\n�'! �fff' �� 9f� 12ft_� ��t'i I\n\n�9fi <fi�' 12ft_ ilt� C�� �t�illl ���II\neta bali' bhatta pac,:fila prabhura caraf)e\nkrpa kari' prabhu tanre kaila alingane\nSYNONYMS\n\neta ba/i'-saying this; bhatta-Vyerikata Bhatta; pa<;/i/a-fell down; prabhura\n\ncaral)e-at the lotus feet of the Lord; krpa kari'-showing him mercy; prabhu­\n\nLord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tanre-unto him; kai/a-did; alirlgane-embrac­\n\ning.\n\n", "mad3#p0414": "Text 164]\n\nlord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n381\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Vyenkafa Bhaffa fell down before the lotus feet of the\nlord, and the lord, out of His causeless mercy, embraced him.\nTEXT 163\n\n�t'l_�t� �c(���' 'e�·�t� ��i I\n�f'lf'l ���i � �1t� <;��111 II ��� II\ncaturmasya pDrQa haifa, bhatta-ajna lana\ndak$iQa ca/ila prabhu srT-raliga dekhiya\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaturmasya-the period of Citurmasya; pDrQa haifa-bec ame completed;\nbhatta-ajna /ana-taking permission from Vyerikata Bhatta;\n\ndak$iQa-south;\n\nca/i/a-proceeded; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; srT-raliga dekhiya-visiting Sri Rariga.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the period of Caturmasya was completed, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ntook permission to leave Vyelikafa Bhaffa, and after visiting Sri Ranga, proceeded further towards southern India.\nTEXT 164\n\n��'li <e�, �1 �t� ��!';e{ I\n�tf;1t f.!{�� N�1 �t. �f;if<l'i ��� II ��8 II\n\n�tr!';i!\n\nsaligete ca/ila bhatta, na yaya bhavane\ntalire vidaya dila prabhu aneka yatane\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaligete-along with Him; ca/i/a-began to go; bhatta-Vyerikata Bhatta; na\nyaya bhavane-does not return to his home; talire-unto him; vidaya di/a-gave\nfarewell; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; aneka yatane-w ith great endeavor.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVyenkata Bhatfa did not want to return home but also wanted to go with\nthe lord. It was with great endeavor that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu bade him\nfarewell.\n\n", "mad3#p0415": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n382\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 165\n\n�� ��tt\"it 'e� C� �t�i!i( I\n�� ��i;li <fit� -t�� il\"fil II ��<1' II\nprabhura viyoge bhatta haifa acetana\nei rariga-lila kare sacira nandana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura viyoge-on account of separation from SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nbhatta-Vyerikata\n\nBhatta;\n\nhaifa-became;\n\nrariga-/i/a-pastime at SrT Rariga-�etra; kare\n\nacetana-unconscious;\n-\n\nei-this;\n\nd oes ; sacira nandana-the son of\n\nmother SacT.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen He did so, Vyenkata Bhafta fell down unconscious. Such are the\npastimes of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the son of mother Saci, at Sri\n'\n\nRanga-k�etra.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the SrT Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhya­\n\nlila, Ninth Chapter, First Part, describing Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's travels to\nthe holy places.\nCONTINUED IN THE NEXT VOLUME.\n\n", "mad3#p0416": "References\nThe statements of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta are all confirmed by standard Vedic\nauthorities. The following authentic scriptures are quot�d in this book on the\npages listed. Numerals in bold type refer the reader to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\ntranslations. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\n\nAdhyatma-ramayaQa, 296-297\nAdi PuraQa, 243-245\nAmrta-pravaha-bha�ya (Bhaktivinoda Thakura), 1,29,49,79-80,113,122,220\nAnubha�ya (Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati), 118,120\nBhagavad-gita, 30,32-33,35,64-65,97,103-104,110,111-112,114-115,117,119,\n140,141' 144,171-172,173, 174-175,176,213,232,255,265,272,276,287,\n316,317,318,321' 343-348,367, 378-379\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (ROpa GosvamT), 122,133-134,136,175,178,203,204-205,\n224,267,286,355,371\n\nBhakti-ratnakara (Narahari CakravartT), 338\nBrahma-sarhhita, 169,172,174,190,264,376,377\nBrhad-bhagavatamrta (Sanatana GosvamT), 247\nBrhad-vamana PuraQa, 244\nBrhan-naradiya PuraQa, 243\nCaitanya-candramrta (Prabodhananda SarasvatT), 18,245\nGaruc;Ja PuraQa, 242,243\nGita-govinda Oayadeva GosvamT), 152,179\nGovinda-lilamrta (Kr��adasa Kaviraja), 200, 218,221\nHari-bhakti-vilasa (Sanatana GosvamT), 163,377\nltihasa-samuccaya, 243\n\n383\n\n", "mad3#p0417": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n384\n\nKatha Upani�ad, 285,361\nLaghu-bhagavatamrta, (ROpa Gosvami), 148\nLalita-madhava-nataka, 182-183,373\nMahabharata, 306\nManaf:J-sik�a (Raghunatha dasa Gosvami), 117\nMw:u;Jaka Upani�ad, 285,286, 361\nNarada-paficaratra, 377\nNarayaf)a-vyuha-stava, 244\nPadma Puraf)a, 98, 109,148,163,213,305,307\nPremambhoja-maranda (Raghunatha dasa Gosvami), 191-192\nPrapannamrta, 56-57\nPrarthana (Narottama dasa Gosvami), 100\nPuraf)as, 149\nSapta-sati, 142\nSaraf)agati (Bhaktivinoda Thakura), 35\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 64-65,72, 117, 126,128,129,130,131,132, 134,138,139,\n144,146,164, 177,180-181,226,229,231,235,241,243-244,246-248,\n249,253-254,255,260,260-261,266,267,333,353,359,364,369-370\n\nStava-mala, 18\nStotra-ratna, 126\nSvetasvatara Upani�ad, 259,346\nUjjvala-ni/amaf)i (ROpa Gosvami), 154,188,210\n\n", "mad3#p0418": "References\n\nUttara-rama-racita, 37\nVai?Qava-tantra, 376-377\nVedartha-sangraha, 111\nVi?QU PuraQa, 112, 184, 186\n\n385\n\n", "mad3#p0419": "Glossary\nA\nAcarya-a spiritual master who teaches by his own example.\nAcyuta-the infallible Lord.\nAdhikari-one who knows the science of Kr�r:Ja and is engaged in His service.\nAdhira-restless ecstasy of love for Kr�r:Ja.\nAdvaita-without differentiation.\nAhanghrahopasana-a Mayavadi's worship of his own body as the Supreme.\nAkhila-rasamrta-murti-the transcendental form of attraction for all kinds of devotees.\nAparadha-an offense.\nApavitra-anna-food that is unacceptable for a Vai�l)ava.\nAprakrta-the spiritual or anti-material world.\nAmrtatva-eternal life.\nArtha-economic development.\nAsramas-the spiritual orders of life.\nAsraya-the worshiper.\nAvai$Qava-one who is not a Vai�l)ava.\n\n8\nBhakti-love of God; purified service of the senses of the Lord by one's own senses.\nBhakti-sakti-the spiritual potency which is the essence of the pleasure potency and\nthe eternity potency.\nBhajananandi-a Vai�l)ava who is not interested in preaching work.\nBhava-the preliminary stage of transcendental love of God.\nBrahma-bhata-state of being freed from material contamination; characterized by\ntranscendental happiness and engagement in the service of the Lord.\nBrahma-jfiani-an impersonalist scholar.\nBrahma-vidya-transcendental knowledge.\nBrahmaQas-the intelligent class of men.\n\nc\nCaitanya-spiritual force.\nCaitya-guru-the spiritual master within.\nCaQ<;/a/as-dog-eaters.\n\nD\nOasya-rasa-loving relationship with Kr�r:Ja in servitorship.\n\n387\n\n", "mad3#p0420": "388\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nDharma-the capacity to render service, which is the essential quality of a living\nbeing.\nOhira-ecstasy of sober love for Kr��a.\nOik�a -spiritual initiation.\nOik�a-guru -the spiritual master who initiates according to the regulations of the\nsastras.\n\nG\nGayatri-that which delivers one from material entanglement.\nGopis-the transcendental girls of VrajabhOmi.\nGo�thyanandi-a V ai��ava who is interested in spreading Kr��a consciousness.\nGuQatita-See: NirguQa.\nGuru-spiritual master.\n\nH\nHladini-Kr��a's pleasure potency.\n\nJ\n}nanis-mental speculators who simply try to understand what is spirit and what is\nmatter.\n\nK\nKacchapi-viQa-the stringed instrument of Radhara�i.\nKama-sense gratification.\nKarma-tyaga-renunciation of family life to take up Kr��a consciousness.\nKarmis-fruitive workers whose only aim is sense gratification.\nKr�Qa-katha -topics about Kr��a.\nK�atriyas-the ruling and administrative class of men.\n\nL\nLila-pastimes.\n\nM\nMad ana-Cupid.\nMadhurya-rasa-relationship with Kr��a in conjugal love.\nMaha-bhagavata-a devotee in the highest stage of devotional life.\nMahabhava-highest perfectional stage of love of God.\n\n", "mad3#p0421": "Glossary\n\n389\n\nMahamaya-the superintendent of the material world.\nMaha-parxfita-a very learned person.\n\nMaha-prasada-remnants of foodstuff offered on the plate of the Deity.\n\nMamata-the feeling of oneness between the servitor and the served in devotional\nservice.\n\nMok?a-liberation.\n\nN\nNeti neti-the process of the jfianis: \"This is not spirit, this is not Brahman.\"\n\nNirguQa-uncontaminated by the three modes of material nature.\nNirvaQa-the end of the process of materialistic life.\n\np\nParampara-the chain of disciplic succession beginning with Kr�t:�a Himself.\n\nPa?aQQi-one who thinks that Narayat:Ja is on the same level with the demigods.\n\nPatita-pavana-Lord Caitanya, the deliverer of all fallen souls.\nPaugaQQa-the age from five to ten years.\nPrema-unalloyed love of God.\n\nPrema-bhakti-loving service to Krst:�a without expectation of reward or return.\n\nR\nRadha-kut:�9a-the bathing place of SrTmati Radharat:JT.\n\nRaganuga-bhakti-devotional service in spontaneous love for Kr�t:Ja.\n\nRasa-relationship between the Lord and the living entities.\nRasabhasa-an overlapping of transcendental mellows.\nRDpanugas-followers of SrTia ROpa GosvamT.\n\ns\nSac-cid-ananda-eternal existence, knowledge and bliss.\n\nSadhana-bhakti-devotional service in practice.\n\nSahajiyas-a class of so-called devotees who try to imitate the Lord's pastimes.\n\nSajatiya-a person within the intimate circle of the Lord.\n\nSakhi-one who expands the conjugal love of Kr�t:�a and His enjoyment among the\ngopis.\n\nSakhya-prema-love of God in friendship.\n\nSamvit-the Supreme Lord's aspect of cognizance.\n\nSandhini-the Supreme Lord's aspect of eternal existence.\n\nSanta-rasa-relationship with Kr�t:�a in the mood of awe and veneration.\n\n", "mad3#p0422": "390\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nSastras -revealed scriptures.\nSiddha-deha-a perfected spiritual body.\n\nSik�a-guru-the spiritual master who gives instructions for elevation.\nSmartas-nondevotee followers of Vedic rituals.\n\nSrngara-rasa -See: Madhurya-rasa.\nSruti-gaQa-the authorities in Vedic literatures.\nStri-a woman.\n\nSOdras-the laboring or servant class of men.\nSvarOpa-gata-the stage of understanding Kr�r;�a in truth while still maintaining some\nmaterial connection.\nSvarOpa-siddhi -the perfection of one's eternal relationship with the Supreme Lord.\n\nT\nTaruQyamrta-the nectar of youth.\nTattvavadis-the followers of Madhvacarya.\nTilaka-sacred clay markings on the body of a V ai�r;�ava.\nTirtha-a holy place where great saintly personalities reside.\n\nv\nVaisyas -the agricultural and mercantile class of men.\nVarQas-the four social orders of life: brahmaQa, k�atriya, vaisya, sudra.\nVartma-pradarsaka-guru -the one who first gives information about spiritual life.\nVastu-gata-the stage of being completely uncontaminated by the material body\nand mind.\nVatsa/ya-rasa-Ioving relation of a devotee to Kr�r;�a as His parent.\nVidhi-marga-worshiping the Lord with regulative principles.\nVijatiya-one who is outside of devotional service.\nVipra-a brahmaQa.\nVi�aya-the object of worship.\nVi�ayi-one who is interested only in material sense gratification.\nVisrambha-devotional service devoid of a respectful attitude toward the Lord.\nVisuddha-sattva-the platform of unalloyed goodness.\nVivarta-sorrow and confusion due to unfulfillment of material desires.\n\ny\nYogamaya-the spiritual or internal energy of the Lord.\n\n", "mad3#p0423": "Bengali Pronunciation Guide\nBENGALI DIACRITICAL EQUIVALENTS AND PRONUNCIATION\n\nVowels\n\n.. a\n\n�ta\n\n-i\n\n.i\n\n�u\n\nta\n\n'fr\n\n<.fie\n\n�ai\n\n�0\n\n�au\n\n' m (anusviira)\n\n•\n\nil (\n\ncandra-bindu)\n\n._r\n\n: p (visarga)\n\nConsonants\nGutterals:\n\n<IS ka\n\n� kha\n\n'f' ga\n\n� gha\n\n� na\n\nPalatals:\n\n� ca\n\n'i cha\n\ni!r ja\n\n� jha\n\n\"t!i c;la\n\nTi c;lha\n\n� tha\n\nW da\n\n${ dha\n\n.pha\nIra\n��a\n\n�ba\ni'( Ia\n�sa\n\n�bha\n� va\n�ha\n\n$na\ntj {la\ni{ na\n1f rna\n\nCerebrals:\n\nt ta\n\nDentals:\n\n� ta\n\nLabials:\n\n9f' pa\n\nSemivowels:\nSibilants:\n\n� ya\n-f sa\n\nJ tha\n\nVowel Symbols\nThe vowels are written as follows after a consonant:\n\nla f7 �I .... u �ii <r t f 'e � ai 't0 ')au\n-.tka �ki ..,ki �ku lkii ft kr\n'kf �ke �kai C.1 ko �) kau\n\nFor example:\n\n391\n\n", "mad3#p0424": "392\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nThe letter a is implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\nThe symbol virama (\"-) indicates that there is no final vowel.\n\n�k\n\nThe letters above should be pronounced as follows:\na -like the o in hot; sometimes like the o in go;\n\nq -like the d in dawn.\n\nfinal a is usually silent.\na -like the a in fa r.\n\ngh -like the dh in gooo-house.\n\ni, T -like the ee in meet.\nu, ii -like the u in rule.\n\nt-as in talk but with the tongue against the\nthe teeth.\nth-as in hot-house but with the tongue against\nthe teeth.\nd-as in dawn but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\ndh-as in gooo-house but with the tongue\nagainst the teeth.\n\nr -like the ri in rim.\n\nr -like the ree in reed.\n\ne -like the ai in pain; rarely like e in bet.\n\nai -like the oi in boil.\no -like the o in go.\n\nau -like the ow in owl.\nm -(anusvara) like the ng in song.\n\n� -(visarga) a final h sound like in Ah.\n\nn -(candra-bindu) a nasal n sound.\nlike in the French word bon.\nk -like the k in kite.\nkh -like the kh in Eckhart.\ng -like the g in got.\ngh -like the gh in big-house.\n\nn -like the n in bank.\nc -like the ch in chalk.\nch -like the chh in much-haste.\nj -like thej in joy.\njh -like the geh in college-hall.\n\nii -like the n in bunch.\n\nt -like the t in talk.\n\nth -like the th in hot-house.\n\n!). -like the n in gnaw.\n\nn-as in nor but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\np -like the p in pine.\nph -like the ph in philosopher.\nb -like the b in bird.\nbh -like the bh in rub-hard.\nm -like the m in mother.\ny -like thej in jaw.�\ny -like they inyear. �\nr -like the r in run.\n\nI -like the l in law.\nv -like the b in bird or like the w in dwarf.\ns, �-like the sh in shop.\ns -like the s in sun.\nh-like the h in home.\n\nThis is a general guide to Bengali pronunciation. The Bengali transliterations in this\nbook accurately show the original Bengali spelling of the text. One should note, however,\nthat in Bengali, as in English, spelling is not always a true indication of how a word is pronounced. Tape recordings of His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhuplida\nchanting the original Bengali verses are available from the International Society for Krishna\nConsciousness, 3959 Landmark St., Culver City, California 90230.\n\n", "mad3#p0425": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete alphabetical listing of the first and third line of each four-line\n\nterse and both lines of each two-line verse in Sri Caitanya-caritamrta. In the first column the transiteration is given, and in the second and third columns respectively the chapter-verse references\nmd page number for each verse are to be found.\n\nA\n\nami jiva, -k�udra-buddhi, sahaje asthira\nami lokapek�a kabhu na pJ.ri char;lite\n\nabhagiya ji'ianl asvadaye su�ka jnana\nab sohi viraga, turihu bheli diitf\nacirate km:Ja toma karibena ariglkara\"\nacirilte milaye tare caitanya-carara\nadhika filbha piliye, ilra rasa-vilas a\nadhikilrl hayena hayena teriho vidyanagare\nagadha Tsvara-11/il kichui nil jilni\nage ara ache kichu, sunite mana haya\nage ta' kahiba taha kariya vistara\naharil tvilril sarva-pilpebhyo\n\n8.259\n8.194\n7.148\n7.152\n9.118\n7.62\n9.158\n8.118\n7.53\n8.63\n\n256\n208\n74\n76\n356\n29\n378\n157\n25\n117\n\nami sarige yai, prabhu, ajna deha tumi'\nami ta'-sannyasi, damodaraami tirtha kari' tariha ilsiba alpa-kille\namrtaliriga-siva dekhi' vandana kari/a\nanildir ildir govindab\nilnanda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhavitilbhis\nananda-cinmaya-rasa premera akhyana\nanandarilse 'hliidini', sad-arilse 'sandhini'\nananda sahite ariga sundara ha-ifa\nanande ilsiya /oka pJ.ila darasana\n\n8.111\n9.16\n8.295\naiche prasnottara kaila prabhu-ramaraya\naisvarya-jMne nahi kona sambandha-manana 9.130\n7.125\naji mora slaghya haifa janma-kula-dhana\naher iva gatib premQab\n\nahovala-nrsirilhere kari/a gamana\n\n154\n299\n278\n362\n62\n\nanande dak�iQa-dese cafe gaurahari\nananta brahmiiQr;/a ihari, -sabar adhara\nananta vaikuQtha, ara ananta avatara\nanayilradhito no\naneka kahi/a, tara nil paila pJ.ra\n\naji sapha/a haifa mora manu�ya-janama\najnil deha, avasya ami dak�il)e caliba\najilil-mala pJ.M har�e namaskilra kari\"\najilayaivaril gul)iln do�iln\nakapate kaha, prabhu, kilraQa. ihara\naka5adira gura yena para-para bhate\nakhila-rasamrta-murtib\nakrtye-prakrtye tamara lsvara-lak�aQa\na/aukika lila ei parama nigur;lha\na/aukika-11/aya yilra na haya visvasa\n\n8.33\n7.45\n7.57\n8.62\n8.271\n8.87\n8.142\n8.43\n8.309\n7.111\n\n96\n22\n27\n116\n263\n137\n178\n103\n284\n55\n\naneka-prakara snehe bhik�a karaila\naneka prakilra vililpa karite lagila\nariga haite yei klr;la khasiya par;laya\n'arighri-padma-sudha'ya kahe 'kr�Qaariglkilra kari' prabhu tarihara vacana\nantardhana kaila, keha nil pJ.ya darsana\nantare dubkhi mukunda, nilhi kahe mukhe\nantaryilmi isvarera ei riti haye\nanudina bar;lha/a, avadhi nil ge/a\nanupama-guQagaQa-pOrQa kalevara\n\nalaukika vakya ce�ta tarira nil bujhiyil\na/irigana kari' prabhu kaila asvasana\na/irigana kari' sabtiya sri-haste dhariya\nama nistarite tamara ihari agamana\namilra ajMya guru haila tara' ei desa\n\n7.66\n8.285\n7.7\n8.38\n7.128\n\n32\n272\n4\n99\n64\n\nanu�arige prema-maya kaile tribhuvana\nanya dehe na paiye rilsa-vilasa\nanya grama nistaraye sei 'vai�Qava' kari'\nanya-grilmi asi' tarire dekhi' vai$f;lava haya\nanyapek�il hai/e premera gar;lhata na sphure\n\namara batula-ce�ta toke upahasa\namara sarige brahmaQadi sahasreka jana\namara thakura kr�IJa-gopa, gop-caraka\namara vacane tiirire avasya milibe\nami-eka batu/a, tumi-dvitlya batula\namiha tamara sparse kr�Qa-preme bhasi\n\n8.290\n8.41\n9.112\n7.63\n8.291\n8.45\n\n275\n102\n352\n29\n275\n105\n\n393\n\nanyera ki katha, ami -mayavadi sannyilsl'\nanyonye mi/i' durihe nibhrte vasiya\nanyonye visuddha preme kare rasa pu� ta\napanil apani cahe karite a/irigana\napana-madhurye hare apanara mana\n\n9.125\n7.27\n7.17\n7.25\n8.297\n\n360\n12\n8\n12\n279\n\n9.76\n8.137\n8.163\n8.159\n8.155\n\n334\n168\n187\n187\n185\n\n7.141\n7.88\n7.57\n8.135\n8.135\n\n71\n44\n27\n167\n167\n\n8.100\n8.293\n7.123\n7.140\n7.137\n\n148\n277\n61\n71\n69\n\n8.226\n7.68\n9.63\n7.24\n8.265\n\n230\n33\n326\n11\n259\n\n8.194\n8.181\n8.280\n9.137\n9.8\n\n208\n199\n269\n366\n293\n\n7.103\n8.102\n8.45\n8.243\n\n51\n149\n105\n239\n\n8.214\n8.148\n8.148\n\n222\n182\n182\n\n", "mad3#p0426": "394\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\napane aile more karite uddhara\napane vairagya-du/:lkha karena sahana\naparika/ita-purva/:1 kas camatkara-kari\napavitra anna eka thalite bhairya\napurvamrta-nadi vahe tomiira mukhe\n\n8.281\n7.30\n8.149\n9.53\n8.101\n\n269\n14\n182\n320\n149\n\nbahu sraddha-bhaktye kai/a prabhura\nbahu stuti kari' kahe, -suna, daya-maya\nbahyantare gopi-deha vraje yabe paila\nbiilya-kala haite mora svabhava eka haya\nbalyavadhi rama-nama-grahaQa amara\n\n7.121\n7.144\n9.134\n9.28\n9.26\n\n60\n73\n365\n305\n304\n\nara dina raya-piise vidaya magi/a\nara dine du/:lkhi hafia nilaca/e ai/a\nara kichu n!ihi yabe, sabe ei matra\narasa-jfia kaka cu�e jfiana-nimba\narjunera rathe kr�Qa haya rajju-dhara\n\n8.296\n7.94\n7.36\n8.258\n9.99\n\n278\n46\n17\n255\n346\n\nbauddhaciirya maha-paQr;/ita nija nava-mate\nbauddhacarya 'nava prasna' saba uthaila\nbauddhiicaryera mathiiya thali pac;li/a bajiya\nbauddha-gaQera upare anna pac;le amedhya\nbhagyavan yei, sei kare asvadana\n\n9.47\n9.50\n9.55\n9.55\n8.305\n\n314\n319\n322\n322\n283\n\narjunere kahitechena hita-upadesa\n!!Scarya suniya loka aila dekhibare\niisiy!i karila daQc;/avat namaskara\nasprsya sparsile hafia tarira premadhina\na$tiidasadhyaya pac;le ananda-avese\n\n9.100\n7.115\n8.19\n8.34\n9.94\n\n347\n57\n89\n96\n343\n\nbhajileha nahi paya vrajendra-n<Jndane\nbhakta-ga(Ja 'sighra asi' laila prabhura satha\nbhakta-gaQa upavasi tiiharii rahi/a\nbhakta-gaQe sukha dite 'h/adini'-kara(Ja\nbhakta-ga(Je vidaya dila kari' alirigana\n\n8.230\n7.75\n7.94\n8.158\n7.91\n\n233\n38\n46\n187\n45\n\nasuddha pac;lena, loka kare upahiise\nataeva atma-paryanta-sarvacitta-hara\nataeva ei-rupa dekhiiiluri tomiire\nataeva gopi-bhava kari arigikara\nataeva ihari kahiliiri kariya vistara\n\n9.94\n8.143\n8.286\n8.228\n7.133\n\n343\n178\n272\n231\n68\n\nbhakti-tattva nahi jani, mayavade bhasi\nbhala haifa, a'nayase pailuri darasana'\nbhattacarya agraha kari' karena nimantraQa\nbhattacarya-sarige ara yata nija-gaQa\nbhatta kahe, -iha pravesite nare mora\n\n8.124\n8.31\n7.51\n7.58\n9.124\n\n160\n95\n24\n27\n359\n\nataeva lak$mi-adyera hare teriha mana\nataeva lak$mira kr�t:Je tr�t:Jii anuk$a(Ja\nataeva nama-matra kariye gaQana\nataeva 'nayam' sloka kahe veda-vyiisa\nataeva prabhura tattva jiinila sakala\n\n9.142\n9.144\n9.6\n9.137\n9.105\n\n369\n370\n293\n366\n349\n\n9.157\nbhatta kahe,-kahari ami jiva piimara\nbhatta kahe, kr$Qa-niiriiyaQa-eka-i svarCJpa 9.115\n9.86\nbhatta-sarige gonai/a sukhe cari mase\n8.73\nbhavantam evanucaran nirantara/:1\n8.222\nbhava-yogya deha piifia kr$t:Ja paya vraje\n\n378\n354\n339\n126\n227\n\nataeva 'rt:Ji' haya-kahe bhiigavate\nataeva svarupa-sakti hay a tina rupa\nataeva tomaya amaya ha-i sama-tula\nataeva tumi saba raha nilaca/e\natikala haifa, /oka chac;liya na yaya\n\n8.92\n8.154\n8.291\n7.28\n7.83\n\n144\n185\n275\n13\n42\n\nbhik$!l karafiii kichu kaila nivedana\nbhik$il kari' mahaprabhu tilrire prasna kaila\nbhUmite par;/i/a du/:lkhe murcchita hafiii\nbhUtani bhagavaty atmany\nbhUyobhir nava-raga-hirigu/a-bharai/:1\n\n9.84\n9.23\n7.139\n8.275\n8.195\n\n339\n303\n70\n266\n210\n\natma-kr$Qa-sariga haite koti-sukha piiya\nato hetor ahetos ca\natyanta rahasya, suna, sadhanera katha\navasya kariba ami tarira anve$a(Je\navasya palibe, prabhu, mora nivedane\n\n8.213\n8.111\n8.200\n7.44\n7.61\n\n222\n154\n212\n21\n28\n\nbrahma-bandhur iti smaham\nbrahma-bhuta/:1 prasannatma\nbrahmake veda yena par;/aila narayaQa\nbrahmaQa-samaja tahiiri, karila visrame\n\n7.143\n8.65\n8.264\n9.39\n\n72\n119\n258\n310\n\navi$kurvati vai$Qavim api Ianum tasmin\n\n9.150\n\n373\n\navi$!a hafia gita pac;le anandita-mane\nayam aham api hanta prek�ya yam lubdha-\n\n9.95\n8.149\n\n343\n182\n\n8.313\n7.155\n7.153\n\n288\n78\n77\n\n7.30\n8.308\n7.6\n7.54\n\n14\n284\n4\n25\n\n8\nbahire nil kahe, vastu prakase hrdaye\n'bahu-janmera puQya-phale painu tamara\n\n8.265\n7.47\n\n259\n23\n\nc\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$Qadasa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$Qadasa\ncaitanya-lilara adi-anta nahi jani\ncaitanyera bhakta-vatsalya-akathyacaitanyera guc;lha-tattva jani iha haite\ncaitre rahi' kaila sarvabhauma-vimocana\ncalibiira lagi' ajfia mmagila apane\n\n", "mad3#p0427": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n7.46\n7.60\nc:iri masa prabhu-sanga kabhu n:i chac;/ila\n9:107\n'catur-bhuja-murti' dekht.ya gopi-ga�Jera age 9.149\ncatur-bhuja murti dekhi' vyenkatadrye ca/e\n9.64\n\n22\n28\n350\n372\n327\n\n9.84\n9.163\n9.85\n7.78\n9.61\n\n339\n381\n339\n39\n325\n\n8.151\n8.155\n8.102\n\n183\n185\n149\n\ncaraf,)e dhariya kahe vi�:ida-uttara\n\nc:iri kopina-bahirv:isa r:ikhiy:ichi ghare\n\ncaturmasya asi' prabhu, haila upasanna\nc:Iturmasya pur�Ja hai/a, bha,!la-ajna lana\ncaturmasye krpa kari, raha mora ghare\ncaudikete saba /aka bale 'hari' 'hari'\ncetana pana acarya bale 'hari' 'hari'\n'cic-chakti,' maya-sakti', jiva-sakti'-nama\ncid-arhse 'samuit', y:ite jn:Ina kari mani\ncuri kari' radhiike ni/a gopl-ga�Jera c;/are\n\n395\n\ndev:ilaye asi' kare gila :ivartana\ndeva-sthane asi' kai/a vi�IJU darasana\ndevi v:i anya stri kr�l!a na kare angikara\ndhanyarh tam naumi caitanyarh\ndharite na pare deha, pac;lila bhumite\ndharman sarhtyajya ya/:1 sarvan\n'dhira dhiratmaka' gu�Ja-ange pata-vasa\n'dhyeya-madhye jivera kartavya kon\ndig-vidik nahi jnana riitri-divase\ndina dasa rahi' sodha mora du�ta mana\ndina-dui rahi' lake 'krwa-bhakta' kaila\ndina kata ami tirtha bhramiba eka/e\"\ndina katho raha, dekhi tamara caraiJa'\ndina panca rahi' prabhu bhattacarya-sthane\ndina p:Inca-sata rahi' karaha marjana\n\nD\ndak�if)a calila prabhu sri-ranga dekhiya\ndak�i�Ja-desa uddharite karena ei chala\ndak�i�Ja de sera /aka aneka prakara\ndak�i�Ja-gamana prabhura ati vilak�a(la\n\ndi�tya yad asin mat-sneho\n\n9.163\n7.13\n9.9\n9.3\n\n381\n7\n294\n291\n\ndonhe nija-nija-karye ca/i/a vihane\ndo�aropa-cchale kare gu�Ja asvadane\ndrc;lha yukti-tarke prabhu kha�Jc;/a kha�Jc;/a\n'dul)kha-madhye kana du/:lkha haya\ndul)kha na bhaviha, bha,!la, kailwi parihasa\n\ndak�i�Ja-gamane prabhura iccha upajila\n\n7.17\n8.312\n8.48\n\n2\n292\n8\n287\n106\n\n7.56\n8.51\n7.116\n9.51\n8.240\n\n26\n107\n58\n319\n238\n\n8.201\n9.%\n7.138\n9.88\n9.81\n7.82\n\n214\n344\n70\n340\n337\n41\n\n8.283\n7.114\n7.77\n8.25\n7.80\n9.62\n8.19\n\n271\n57\n39\n92\n40\n326\n89\n\n7.3\n\ndak�i�Ja-vame tirtha-gamana haya pherapheri 9.5\ndak�i�Jera tirtha-patha ami saba jani\ndamodara-svarupera kac;laca-anusare\nda�Jc;/avat kari' kai/a prabhure nimantraiJa\ndarsana kari' thakura-pasa ajna magi/a\ndarsana-matre suddha nahe mora du�ta citte\ndarsane 'vaiwava' hai/a, bale 'kr�IJa' 'hari'\nd:irsanika pa�Jc;/ita sabai paila parajaya\ndasa dinera ka-katha yavat ami jiba'\ndasya-vasaly!ldi-bhave na haya gocara\ndekhi' anandita haila mahaprabhura mana\ndekhibare aila prabhate kurmera bhavana\ndekhibare aise, dekhe, kha�Jc;/e dul)kha-soka\ndekhi' camatkara hai/a saba /okera mana\ndekhi' nityananda prabhu kahe bhakta-ga�Je\n\ndul)kha sukha ye ha-uk kartavya amara\ndui-eka sange ca/uka, na pac;la hatha-range\ndui jan:ira utka�Jthaya asi' sandhya kaila\ndui jane galagali karena krandana\ndui jane kr��Ja-katha kaya raha/:1-sthane\ndui-jane ni/aca/e rahiba eka-sange\ndui-tina ga�Jane panca paryanta bac;laya\ndui vipra galagali kande prabhura gu�Je\ndunha :ilingiya dunhe bhUmite pac;/ila\ndunhara mukhete suni' gadgada 'kr�IJa' variJa\ndunhe dunhara darasane anandita mana\ndunhukeri milane madhya ta parica-baQa\ndunha-mana manobhava pe�a/a jani'\ndvijatmaja me yuvayor didrk�uf)a\n\n9.93\n9.77\n9.135\n7.1\n8.283\n\n342\n334\n365\n\n8.62\n8.172\n8.253\n8.9\n8.236\n\n116\n195\n250\n85\n236\n\n9.70\n7.28\n7.49\n7.54\n8.52\n8.89\n\n330\n13\n23\n25\n108\n135\n\n8.261\n7.29\n9.50\n8.248\n9.152\n\n257\n13\n319\n246\n374\n\n7.34\n7.16\n8,54\n8.233\n\n16\n8\n108\n235\n\n8.56\n8.298\n8.85\n7.149\n8.23\n\n110\n279\n136\n75\n91\n\n8.24\n8.47\n8.194\n8.194\n8.146\n\n92\n106\n208\n208\n180\n\n7.146\n7.53\n8.281\n9.24\n7.10\n8.150\n\n73\n25\n269\n303\n5\n183\n\n271\n\nE\ndekhi' ramananda hai/a anande murcchite\ndekhi' sarva lokera citte camatkara haila\ndekhite :iila t:ihan vaise yata jana\ndekhiya br:ihma�Ja-ga�Jera hai/a camatkilra\ndekhiya lokera mane haila camatkara\ndekhiya sakala /aka ha-i/a vismaya\ndekhiya tanhara mane hai/a camatkara\n\nebe ahankara mora janmibe asiya\nebe kahi prabhura dak�if)a-yatra-samacara\nebe kapata kara,-tamara kana vyavahilra\nebe kene nirantara lao kr��Ja-nama\"\nebe saba-sthane muni magon eka dane\nebe sank�epe kahi suna radha-tattva-rupa\n\n", "mad3#p0428": "396\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nebe se janiluri sadhya-sadhana-nirQaya\n\n8.118\n\n157\n\nebe se janinu kr$Qa-bhakti sarvopari\n\n9.161\n\n380\n\nebe toma dekhi muili syama-gopa-rOpa\n\n8.268\n\n261\n\nei vakye kf$Qa-namera mahim!i apiira\n\n9.34\n\nei vat kahari na kariha prakasana\n\n9.106\n\n350\n\neka-bhrtya-sarige raya mififa asiya\n\n8.55\n\n109\n\n308\n\nei dui-5/okera arrha vicarile jani\n\n8.108\n\n152\n\neka eka dina sabe kaila nimantraQa\n\n9.91\n\n341\n\nei jani' kathina mora hrdaya sodhite\n\n8.46\n\n105\n\neka eka dine caturmasya pOrQa haifa\n\n9.92\n\n342\n\nei fagi' gita-p!itha n!i chiil}e mora mana\n\n9.101\n\n347\n\neka isvara-bhaktera dhyana-anurOpa\n\n9.155\n\nei lagi' sukha-bhoga chal}i cira-kafa\n\n376\n\n9.1H\n\n353\n\neka-i vigrahe kare nanakara rOpa\n\nei maharaja-mahii-paQI}ita, gambhira\n\n9.155\n\n376\n\n8.27\n\n93\n\nekaki bhramibena tirtha vairagya kariya\n\n7.32\n\n15\n\nei-mata bhatta-grhe rahe gauracandra\n\n9.108\n\n350\n\nekaki yaiba, kaho sarige na fa-iba\n\n7.11\n\n6\n\nei-mata dui jana kr$Qa-kath!i-rase\n\n8.260\n\n256\n\nekaki y!iibe tumi, ke iha sahaya\n\n7.15\n\n7\n\nei-mata durihe stuti kare durihara guQa\n\n8.48\n\n106\n\neka samsaya mora achaye hrdaye\n\n8.267\n\n261\n\nei-mata janibe prabhura sarvatra vyavahara\n\n7.133\n\n68\n\neka thani kahila, na kahiba ara bara\n\n7.120\n\n59\n\nei-mata j!iniha yavat dak�ir:ta-brahmar:ta\n\n7.112\n\n55\n\nekavrttya tu krwasya\n\n9.33\n\n307\n\nei-mata kaila yavat gel!i setubandhe\n\n7.108\n\n53\n\ne-saba samagri tamara ke kare rak$aQa\n\n7.38\n\n18\n\nei-mata nana sfoka pal}i' stuti kai/a\n\n8.7\n\n84\n\ne sakhi, se-saba prema kahini\n\n8.194\n\n208\n\nei-mata paramparaya desa 'vai$Qava' haifa\n\n7.118\n\n59\n\neta bali' apana-krta gita eka gahi/a\n\n8.193\n\n206\n\nei-mata pathe yaite sara sata jana\n\n7.105\n\n52\n\neta bali' bha�ta pal}ila prabhura carar:te\n\n9.162\n\n380\n\nei-mata premavese r!itri goriai/a\n\n8.234\n\n235\n\neta bali' durihe nija-nija karye gefa\n\n8.242\n\n239\n\nei-mata sandhya paryanta /aka ase, yaya\n\n7.89\n\n44\n\neta bali' mahaprabhu karila gamana\n\n7.70\n\n35\n\nei-mata sei r!itre katha paraspara\n\n8.244\n\n240\n\neta bali' r!im!inande kari' alirigana\n\n8.299\n\n280\n\nei-mata sei ratri taharii rahi/a\n\n7.134\n\n68\n\neta bali' sei vi pre kaila alirigana\n\n9.103\n\n348\n\nei-mata toma dekhi' haya camatkara\n\n8.271\n\n263\n\neta-dina nahi jani, achaye bhuvane\n\n8.97\n\n147\n\nei-mata 'vai$Qava' haifa saba dak$iQa-desa\n\n7.104\n\n51\n\neta kahi' prabhu tarira garva cOrr:ta kariya\n\n9.151\n\n374\n\nei-mata 'vai$Qava' kai/a saba nija-gr!ima\n\n7.101\n\nso\n\neta kahi' vipra prabhura caraQe pal}ila\n\n9.37\n\n309\n\nei-mata vipra-gaQa bhave mane mana\n\n8.28\n\n93\n\neta suni' prabhu tanre kai/a alirigana\n\n8.233\n\n235\n\nei-mata yaite yaite gel!i kOrma-sthiine\n\n7.113\n\n55\n\neta tattva mora citte kaile praka5ana\n\n8.264\n\n258\n\nei-mata yanra ghare kare prabhu bhik$a\n\n7.130\n\n66\n\nete camsa-kafa/:1 pumsa/:1\n\n9.143\n\n369\n\nei-mate sarvabhaumera nistara karila\n\n7.3\n\neteka kahiya prabhu kaila antardhane\n\n7.149\n\n75\n\nei-mate 'vai$Qava' prabhu kai/a dak�ir:ta desa\n\n9.45\n\n313\n\nei premara vasa k[$Qa-kahe bhiigavate\n\n8.88\n\n137\n\nei 'preme'ra anurOpa na pare bhajite\n\n8.92\n\n144\n\nei ranga-/ila kare sacira nandana\n\n9.165\n\n382\n\n'gana-madhye kana gana-jivera nija\n\n8.250\n\n248\n\nei-rOpa dasa-ratri ramiinanda-sarige\n\n8.292\n\n276\n\ngarva kari' iii/a sarige 5i$ya-gaQa lana\n\n9.46\n\n313\n\nei-rOpe kautuka kari' sac ira nandana\n\n9.63\n\n326\n\ngaura ariga nahe mora -radh!inga-sparsana\n\n8.287\n\n273\n\nei-rOpe nrtya age habe grame-griime\n\n7.82\n\n41\n\ngaurabdhir etair amuna vitirr:tais\n\n8.1\n\n80\n\ngautami-gahgiiya y!ii' kaifa gangii-sn!ina\n\n9.14\n\n298\n\n2\n\nG\n\nei-rOpe sei thani bhakta-gaQa-sarige\n\n7.90\n\n44\n\nei saba bhiiva-bho$aQa saba-arige bhari'\n\n8.174\n\n196\n\nghare ani' prabhura kaila pada prak$afana\n\n7.122\n\n60\n\nei sfoka pal}i' pathe calila gaurahari\n\n7.97\n\n48\n\n\"ghare kr�r:ta bhaji' more kariha asirvade\n\n7.69\n\n34\n\nei 5/oka pathe pal}i' kari/a prayaQa\n\n9.14\n\n298\n\nghata chal}i' kata-dOre jalasannidhane\n\n8.13\n\n87\n\nei ta' kahila prabhura prathama gamana\n\n7.151\n\n76\n\ngodavari dekhi' ha-ifa 'yamuna'-smaraQa\n\n8.11\n\n86\n\nei t!irira garva prabhu karite khaQI}ana\n\n9.140\n\n368\n\ngodavari para hana t!ih!iri kaila sn!ina\n\n8.12\n\n86\n\nei ta' sat'lk$epe kahila kr$Qera svarOpa\n\n8.150\n\n183\n\ngodavari-tire prabhu iii/a kala-dine\n\n8.10\n\n85\n\nei ta' sannyasira dekhi brahma-sama\n\n8.26\n\n92\n\ngo/aka eva nivasty akhil!itma-bhuto\n\n8.163\n\n189\n\n", "mad3#p0429": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\ngopa-j!iti kr�!Ja, gopi-preyasi tiinhiira\ngopendra-suta vin!i tenho na sparse anyagopi-!inugatya vina aisvarya-jnane\ngopi-dvare /ak�mi kare k($1)a-sangiisvada\ngopi-gal)era riisa-nrtya-mal)c;/ali chadiy!i\ngopika-anuga haM nii kaila bhajana\ngopikil.ra mana harite niire 'n!iriiyal)a'\ngopikiire hasya kariiite haya 'narayal)e'\ngopi-lak$mi-bheda niihi haya eka-riipa\ngopiniirh pasupendra-nandana-ju�e\ngo-samiije siva dekhi' iii/a vedavana\ngosanira saundarya dekhi' tate premiivesa\ngos!inira se�iinna sa-varhse khaila\ngriimantara haite dekhite iii/a yata jana\ngrhe paka kari' prabhuke karii'na bhojana\ngrhe rahi' k[$1)a-nama nirantara /aibii\ngul)iidhikye sviidiidhikya bac;le prati rase\ngul)a-srel)i-pu�pamalii sarvange purita\ngul)e do�odgiira-cchale saba ni�edhiya\ngupte rakhiha, kahan nii kario prakasa\nguru-karl)e kaha kr�ra-nama ucca kari'\nguru-karl)e kahe sabe 'kr�!Ja' 'rama' 'hari'\n\n397\n\n9.135\n8.287\n8.230\n9.154\n8.105\n\n365\n273\n233\n375\n151\n\ninhiira age ami na j!ini vyavahiira\n\n9.136\n9.147\n9.148\n9.153\n9.150\n\n366\n372\n372\n375\n373\n\ni�ta-deva riima, tiiflra name sukha pai\n\n9.75\n9.41\n7.123\n7.102\n7.51\n7.127\n\n333\n311\n61\nso\n24\n63\n\n8.86\n8.175\n7.32\n8.290\n9.59\n9.61\n\n136\n196\n15\n275\n324\n325\n\ninhiira madhye riidhiira prema-'sadhyainhare nii bhaya svatantra caritra amara\ninha-sabiira vasa prabhu haye ye ye gune\ninho sange kari' /aha, dhara nivedana\n\ni$ta-go$thi kr�l)a-kathii kahi' kata-k$al)a\nisvara/:1 parama/:1 kr�!Ja/:1\nisvaratve bheda manile haya apariidha\nisvarera lila-koti-samudra-gambhira\nitas-tata/:1 bhrami' kiihan riidhil nii panii\nitas-tatas tam anusrtya radhikiim\nithe apariidha mora na la-io, bhakta-gal)a\niti riima-padeniisau\nittharh satarh brahma-sukhanubhiitya\nity uddhavadayo 'py etarh\n\njagadananda ciihe amil vi�aya bhunj!iite\njaganniltha pradak$il)a kari' karila gamana\njaihmyam kese drsi tara/atii ni�thuratvarh\njala-piitra-bahirviisa vahibe kemane\njala-piitra-vastra vahi' toma-sange yabe\n\n7.26\n8.98\n7.26\n7.29\n7.39\n\n12\n147\n12\n13\n19\n\n9.35\n8.262\n8.137\n9.154\n9.125\n\n308\n257\n168\n375\n360\n\n8.115\n8.107\n7.154\n9.29\n8.75\n8.216\n\n156\n152\n77\n305\n127\n224\n\n7.21\n7.58\n8.182\n7.37\n7.40\n\n10\n27\n200\n17\n20\n\n8.131\n8.266\n7.2\n8.2\n9.2\n7.2\n\n165\n260\n2\n81\n291\n2\n\n8.2\n9.2\n8.3\n9.58\n\n81\n291\n81\n323\n\n7.144\n8.43\n8.67\n8.227\n9.132\n\n73\n103\n121\n230\n363\n\n7.129\n7.22\n\n65\n10\n\nH\nj!inileha rayera mana haifa talamala\nhilhiikara kari' kande saba si�ya-gal)a\n'hari' 'hari' bali' loka kolahala kare\nhiiri' hiiri' prabhu-mate karena pravesa\nhiisya-parihiise dunhe sakhyera svabhilva\nhena-kale dolaya cac;li' riimiinanda raya\nhena-ka/e vaidika eka vai�l)ava briihmara\n\n9.57\n7.87\n9.45\n9.110\n8.14\n8.48\n\n323\n43\n313\n351\n87\n106\n\njanmady asya yato 'nvayiid itaratas\n\n7.145\n7.47\n8.156\n8.159\n8.156\n8.123\n\n73\n23\n186\n187\n185\n159\n\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jay a nityiinanda\n\njayiidvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\njayiidvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\njayiidvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityiinanda\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityiinanda\n\nhena-more sparsa' tumi, -svatantra isvara\nhena-sanga vidhi mora kari/eka bhanga\nhliida-tapa-kari misra\nh/adinira sara arhsa, tara 'prema' nama\nhladini sandhini samvit\nhrdaye prerara kara, jihviiya kahiio vari\n\n'jiyac;la-nrsirhha'-k$etre kata-dine gela\njiyao amara guru, karaha prasada\njive ei gul)a niihi, tomiite ei haya\njive na sambhave ei aprakrta gul)a\njnane prayasam udapasya namanta eva\njnaninarh catma-bhutaniiril\njn!ininiirh catma-bhiitiiniiril\n\niha-loka, para-loka tara haya nasa\nihan ani' more jagannatha dekhaile\nihara du/:lkha dekhi' mora dvi-gura haye\nihiite ki dog kene kara parihiisa\nindrari-vyakularh /okarh\n\n7.111\n7.9\n7.24\n9.119\n9.143\n\n55\n5\n11\n356\n369\n\nK\nkabhu nii viidhibe tomiira vi$aya-taranga\nkabhu yadi inhara vakya kariye anyatha\n\n", "mad3#p0430": "398\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nkadaham aikantika-nitya-kinkara/:1\nkah:it'J mufli-riija-sevi Vi$ayi s{JdrJdhama\nkahiin tumi-sak$iit isvara narayaQa\nkahJn tumi sei kr$Qa, -silk$ilt isvara\n\"kaha vipra, ei tomara kon dasa haifa\n\n8.73\n8.36\n8.35\n9.157\n9.23\n\n126\n97\n97\n378\n303\n\nkintu yanra yei rasa, sei sarvottana\n'kirti-gaQa-madhye jivera kon bat;fa kirti?'\nkon artha jani' tomara eta sukha haya\nkrame uthaite seha uttama vastu paya\nkrodha kari' rasa chiit;fi gela mana kari'\n\n8.83\n8.246\n9.97\n8.295\n8.112\n\n133\n242\n345\n278\n154\n\nkahite na pari tara yatha anukrama\nkaisora vayasa saphala kai/a krit;fa-range\nkalavau·�au avaner bharasuran\nkalita-syama-lalito\nkama-gayatri kama-bije yanra upasana\n\n9.6\n8.189\n8.146\n8.142\n8.138\n\n293\n204\n180\n178\n169\n\nkrodhe tina dina more nahi kahe kath:i\nkrpa kara, prabhu, more, yan toma-sange\nkrpa kari' ei tattva kaha ta' amare\nkrpa kari' kaha more tiihara ni5caye\nkrpa kari' kaha, riiya, pabara upiiya\n\n7.22\n7.126\n8.120\n8.267\n8.197\n\n10\n62\n158\n261\n211\n\nkiima-krit;fa-samye tara kahi 'kama'-nama\nkarhsarir api sarhsarakiiflcana-sadrsa deha, aruQa vasana\n'kanhiira smaraQa jiva karibe anuk$aQa?'\nkanta-vaksa/:1-sthitii, pativrata-siromaQi\n\n8.215\n8.106\n7.79\n8.252\n9.111\n\n223\n151\n40\n250\n352\n\nkrpa kari' kaha, yadi age kichu haya\nkrpa kari' prabhu tanre kaila alingane\nkrpariQa vimucyaitan\nkr$ake karaya syama-rasa-madhu pana\nkrsir bha-vacaka/:1 sabdo\n\n8.96\n9.162\n9.1\n8.180\n9.30\n\n146\n380\n290\n199\n306\n\nkanu-thame kahabi vichurala jani'\nkaruQyamrta-dhiiraya snana prathama\nkasyanubhJvo 'sya na deva vidmahe\nkasyanubhiivo 'sya na deva vidmahe\nkataka brahmaQa bhiksa dite na piiila\n\n8.194\n8.167\n8.147\n9.114\n9.92\n\n208\n192\n181\n353\n342\n\nk($Qa-anuraga dvitiya aruQa-vasana\nkr$Qe bali' acarya prabhure karena vinaya\n'kr$Qa' bali' hase, kande, nace anuksaQa\n'krsQa-bhakta baliya yanhara haya khyati'\n'k($Qa-bhakta-sanga vina sreya/:1 nahi ara'\n\n8.169\n9.62\n00\n8.246\n8.251\n\n194\n326\n49\n242\n249\n\nkata-ksaQe prabhu yadi bahya prakiiSila\nkata-ksaQe rahi' prabhu tare alingiya\nkaupina, bahir-vasa ara jala-patra\nkautuke laksmi cahena krsQera sangama\nkaverira tire aila sacira nandana\n\n7.119\n7.99\n7.36\n9.116\n9.74\n\n59\n49\n17\n354\n332\n\n'krsQa-bhakta-viraha vina du/:lkha nahi dekhi\nkrsQa-bhakti-rasa-bhavita mati/:1\n'kr$Qa-bhakti-tattva kaha,' tanhiire puchila\n'k($Qadasa'-name ei sara/a brahma(la\nk($Qa-katha suni, suddha karaite mana\n\n8.248\n8.70\n8.125\n7.39\n8.238\n\n246\n124\n160\n19\n237\n\nkaverite snana kari' dekhi' ranganatha\nkaverite snana kari' sri-ranga darsana\nke bujhite pare mahiiprabhura citta-mana\nkeha hase, keha ninde, tahii nahi mane\nkeha jflani, keha karmi, pasaf)t;ii apara\n\n9.80\n9.87\n7.71\n9.95\n9.9\n\n337\n340\n36\n343\n\nkr$Qake ahlade, tii'te niima-h/adini\nkrsrJa! kesava! krsrJa! kesava! krma! kesava!\nkrsQa! kesava! krsQa! kesava! krsQa! kesava!\n\n294\n\nkr$Qa-kathii kahi' krpaya uddhara' amare\nkr$Qa! krsQa! kr$Qa! kr$Qa! krwat kr$Qa!\n\n8.157\n7.96\n9.13\n9.85\n7.96\n\n186\n47\n298\n339\n47\n\nkeha niice, kahe gaya, 'sri-krsrJa' 'gopala'\nkeha sakhii.-jflane jini' cat;fe tanra kandhe\nkeha tanre putra-jfliine udukhale bandhe\nkeha 'tattvavadi', keha haya 'sri-vaisQava'\nkeha yadi kahan pota pay a eka-khani\n\n7.81\n9.129\n9.129\n9.11\n8.294\n\n40\n362\n362\n295\n277\n\n'krsrJa' 'krma' nama suni sabiira vadane\nkr$na! krsrJa! krsrJa! krsrJa! krsrJa! krsrJa!\nkr$Qa! kr$Qa! krsrJa! kr$(1<11 kr$Qa! krsQa!\nkrmalila-manovrtti-sakhi asapasa\nkrsQa-lilamrta yadi Iatake siflcaya\n\n8.43\n7.96\n7.%\n8.177\n8.210\n\n103\n47\n47\n197\n220\n\nkesariva sva-potanam\nkiba vipra, kiba nyasi, sudra kene naya\nki kahiye bhala-manda, kichui nii jani\nki kahiye bhala-manda, kichui na jani\n\n8.6\n8.128\n8.198\n8.123\n\n83\n162\n211\n159\n\n'k($Qa-nama-guQa-lila-pradhana smaraQa'\nkrsQa-nama-guQa-yasa -avatarhsa kiiQe\nk($Qa-nama-guQa-yasa-pravaha-vacane\nkrsQa-nama /oka-mukhe suni' avirama\n\n8.252\n8.179\n8.179\n7.117\n\n250\n198\n198\n58\n\n'kila-kiflcitadi'-bhava-virh5ati-bhasita\nkintu achilan bhiila adhama hana\nkintu eka nivedana karon ara bara\n\n8.175\n7.146\n7.35\n\n196\n73\n17\n\nkrma-nama sphure, rama-nama dare gela\nkrsrJa-namamrta-vanyaya desa bhasaila\nk($Qa-nama vina keha nahi kahe ara\n\n9.27\n7.118\n9.90\n\n304\n59\n341\n\n", "mad3#p0431": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nkrwa-narayarJa, yaiche eka-i svarupa\nk[$1Ja-praptira upaya bahu-vidha haya\nkrwa-prapti-taratamya bahuta achaya\nkr$rJa-premamrta pana kare bhagyavan\n'krwa-prema yanra, sei mukta-siromarJi'\nkrwa-radhil-tattva kahi' pOrTJa kara mana\nkr$rJa-saha nija-lilaya nahi sakhTra mana\nkr$1Ja saha radhikara lila ye karaya\nk[$r)a-sange pativrata-sarma nahe nasa\nkrwa-sphartye tanra mana hariache nirmala\nk[$r)a-sukha-tatparya gopi-bhflva-varya\n'k[$1Ja-tattva', 'radha-tattva', 'prema-tattvakr$1Ja upade�i' kara jivera nistara\nkr$TJa-upasaka kai/a, laya kr$1Ja-namd\nkrwa-vancha pOrr)a kore ei karya tanra\nkrwera ananta-sakti, tato tina-pradhana\nkr$1Jera pratijria drr;lha sarva-kale ache\nk[$1Jera preyasi-sre$!hil jagate vidita\n'k[$1Jera svarupa' kaha 'radhara svarupa'\nk[$r)era-ujjvala-mrgamada-bhara\n\n9.153\n8.82\n8.82\n8.259\n8.249\n\n375\n132\n132\n256\n247\n\n8.129\n8.207\n8.208\n9.118\n9.105\n\n165\n218\n219\n356\n349\n\n399\n\nloka dekhi' pathe kahe, -bala 'hari' 'hari'\nlokapek$fl nahi inhare kr$rJa-krpa haite\nJoke hasya kare, bauddha paila lajja-bhaya\nlokottarar)flrh cetarilsi\n/ukai/e prema-bale jana sarva-marma\n\nkrwera visuddha-prema-ratnera flkara\nkrwe sukha dite kare sangama-vihara\nkr$TJete adhika lila-vaidagdhyadi-rupa\nkrtanutapab sa ka/inda-nandini\n\nmadhyahna karite gela prabhuke /aria\nmadhyahna kariya aila devata-mandire\nmadhya-vayasa, sakhi-skandhe kara-nyasa\nmadhye mar)inam haimanam\n\n8.217\n8.263\n7.148\n9.12\n8.164\n\n224\n258\n74\n297\n190\n\n8.151\n8.90\n8.162\n8.119\n8.171\n\n183\n139\n189\n158\n194\n\n9.142\n8.181\n8.218\n9.115\n8.107\n\n369\n199\n225\n354\n152\n\nmahaprabhu puchila tanre, suna, mahasaya\n\n9.161\n9.78\n7.151\n7.113\n7.121\n\n380\n334\n76\n55\n60\n\nmatta-sirilha-praya prabhu karila gamana\n\n7.119\n7.132\n7.143\n\n59\n67\n72\n\nmagha-sukla-pak$e prabhu karila sannyasa\nmaha-bhflgavata dekhe sthavara-jangama\n'mahabhava-cintamar)i' radhara svarupa\nmahabhava-svarupeyaril\nmahadeva dekhi' tanre karila nandana\nmahadeva dekhi' tanre karila pral)flme\nmahad-vica/anam nrrJaril\nmahanta-svabhflva ei tarite pamara\nmahanubhavera cittera svabhava ei hay a\n\nmallikarjuna-tirthe yai' mahesa dekhila\nmama vartmanuvartante\nmaTJr;/ali chflr;liya gela radha anve$ite\nma(lir yatha vibhagena\n\nkrtartha karile, more kahile krpa kari'\nkumbahkarr)a-kapale dekhi' sarovara\nkurma-darasana, vasudeva-vimocana\nkarma dekhi' kaila tanre stavana-pra(lame\n'kurma'-name sei grame vaidika brahmar)a\n\nmayasritanaril nara-darakerJa\nmayi bhaktir hi bhatanam\nmora age nija-rupa na kariha curi\nmora bhagyera sima na yaya kahana\n\nkurmera sevaka bahu sammana karila\nkurme yaiche rTti, raiche kaila sarva-thflrii\nkvaharil daridrab papiyan\n\nmora darsana toma vede ni$edhaya\nmora jihva-virJa-yantra, tumi-virJamora mukhe vakta tumi, tumi hao srota\nmora sparse na karile ghrt:Jfl, veda-bhaya\n\nL\n/ak$a /ak$a loka ai/a mana-desa haite\n/ak$flrbuda loka aise na yay a gar)ane\n/ak$ml-adi nari-ga(lera kare akar$ar)a\nlak$mi cahe sei de he kr$1Jera sangama\n/ak$mi-kanta-adi avatflrera hare mana\nlak$mi kene na paila, ihara ki karar)a\nlalitadi sakhi-tanra kaya-vyuha-rupa\n/avar)yamrta-dhflraya tad-upari snana\n\nmora tattva-lila-rasa tamara gocare\n\n9.89\n9.40\n8.145\n9.136\n8.145\n9.122\n8.165\n8.168\n\n341\n311\n180\n366\n180\n358\n190\n193\n\n48\n12\n319\n37\n274\n\n7.84\n7.85\n8.177\n8.95\n7.4\n\n42\n42\n197\n146\n3\n\n8.273\n8.165\n8.161\n9.75\n9.71\n\n264\n190\n188\n333\n330\n\n8.40\n8.39\n7.72\n9.64\n9.97\n\n102\n101\n36\n327\n345\n\n9.15\n8.91\n8.114\n9.156\n7.95\n\n299\n143\n155\n377\n47\n\n8.75\n8.89\n8.278\n7.125\n8.26\n\n127\n138\n268\n62\n97\n\n8.133\n8.200\n8.36\n8.286\n7.145\n\n167\n212\n97\n272\n73\n\n8.236\n9.159\n8.249\n8.257\n7.23\n9.56\n\n236\n379\n247\n254\n11\n322\n\nM\n\nmahaprabhu ca/i' aila tripati-trimal/e\nkrwera vilasa-murti-sri-narayarJa\n\n7.97\n7.27\n9.51\n7.73\n8.289\n\nmore dekhi' mora gandhe palaya pamara\n'more krpa karite tamara ihan agamana\nmore pOrrJa krpa kaila /ak$mi-narayaTJa\n'mukta-madhye kon jiva mukta kari' mani ?'\n'mukti, bhukti vat'iche yei, kahan dunhflra\nmukunda hayena dubkhi dekhi' sannyasamurcchita haria acarya bhamite par;li/a\n\n", "mad3#p0432": "400\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nmurcchita hana sabe bhumite pac;/ila\n\n7.92\n7.70\n\nmurcchita hana tahan pac;lila sarvabhauma\n\n45\n35\n\nnija-sukha haite tate ko!i sukha paya\nnijendriya-sukha-hetu kamera tatparya\nnijendriya-sukha-vancha nahi gopikara\nnilacala asite pathe bhangila mora da(lc;/a\n\nN\n\nnilacale asi' yena tamara prasade\"\n\n8.194\n8.56\n7.76\n7.42\n9.28\n\n208\n110\n38\n20\n305\n\n8.141\n8.270\n8.213\n7.43\n9.1\n\n177\n262\n222\n21\n290\n\n8.77\n8.69\n8.93\n9.144\n9.148\n\n129\n123\n144\n370\n372\n\n8.194\n7.1\n7.109\n8.80\n8.232\n\n208\n1\n53\n131\n234\n\n9.121\n8.227\n9.132\n8.78\n8.22\n\n357\n230\n363\n129\n414\n\n8.293\n7.14\n8.40\n7.7\n\n277\n7\n102\n4\n\n7.85\n9.83\nnija-ghare lana kaila pada-prak$iilana\nnija-guc;lha-karya tomara-prema asvadana 8.280\n8.29\nnija karya nJhi tabu yana tara ghara\n8.168\nnija-lajj!i-syama-pa!tasa!i-paridhana\n\n42\n338\n269\n101\n193\n\n8.178\n9.10\n9.43\n8.279\n\n198\n295\n312\n268\n\nna khonjalun duti, na khonjalun an\nnamaskara kaila raya, prabhu kaila alingane\nnamaskara kari' tare bahu-stuti kaila\nnamaskari' sarvabhauma asana nivedila\nnamera mahima-sastra kariye sancaya\n\nnilacale punab yavat na aila gosani\nnilacale tumi-ami thakiba ekjl-sange\nnilacale tumi saba rahibe tavat\nnimantra(la manila tanre vai$(1ava janiya\nnirantara bha!la-sange krwa-kathananda\n\nnana-bhaktera rasamrta nana-vidha haya\nnana bhave caneala tahe kamala-nayana\nnana-cchale kr$(1e preri' sangama karaya\nnana kr$(1a-varta kahi' kahila tanhare\nnana-mata-graha-grastan\n\nnirantara kaha tumi 'k($(1a' 'krwa' nama\nnirantara kama-kric;/a-yanhara carita\nnirantara pur(la kare k($(1era sarva-kama\nnirantara tanra sange haila sakhya-bhava\nni5cinto dhira-lalitab\n\nnandab kim akarod brahman\nnanopacara-krta-pujanam arta-bandhob\nna paraye 'ham niravadya-sarhyujarh\nnaraya(la haite kr$(1era asadhara(la gu(la\nnaraya(lera ka katha, sri-k($(1a apane\n\nnityananda prabhu bha!tacarye u!haila\nnityananda-prabhu kahe, -'aiche kaiche\nnrsirhha dekhiya kaila da(lc;/avat-pra(lati\nnrsirhha dekhiya tanre kaila nati-stuti\nnrsirhha-sevaka mala-prasada ani' dila\n\nna so rama(la, na hama rama(li\nna$!a-ku$tharh rupa-pu$1arh\nnavadvipe yei sakti nil kai/a prakase\nnayarh sriyo 'nga u nitanta-rateb prasadab\nnayarh sri yo 'nga u nitanta-rateb prasadab\n\nnrsirhhe pra(lati-stuti premavese kaila\nnrtya-gita-rodane haila ratri-5e$a\n\nnayarh sukhapo bhagavan\nnayarh sukhapo bhagavan\nnemarh virinco na bhavo\nnibhrta-marun-mano 'k$a-drc;/ha-yoga-yujo\nniguc;lha vrajera rasa-lilara vicara\nnibsabda ha-ila, sabara sukaila mukha\nnibsreyasaya bhagavan\nnija-ga(la ani' kahe vi naya kariya\n\npahile dekhilun tamara sannyasi-svarupa\npahilehi raga nayana-bhange bhela\npak$itirtha dekhi' kaila siva darasana\npana-nrsirhhe aila prabhu daya-maya\npa(lc;/itya ara bhakti-rasa, -dw'lhera teilho\npapa-nasane vi$(1U kaila darasana\nparama-dayalu tumi patita-pavana\nparama isvara kr$(1a-svayarh bhagavan\npararh brahma dui-nama samana ha-ila\nparihasa-dv!ire uthaya eteka vacana\n\nnija-ga(la pravesi' kapil!a dila bahir-dvare\n\nparihasa kariyachi tanre 'vai$(1ava' baliya\nparipur(la-k($(1a-prapti ei 'prema' haite\nparok$eha mora hite haya s!ivadhana\npii$a(lc;/i aila yata pa(lc;/itya suniya\npathe yaite devalaye rahe yei grame\n\nnijanga-saurabhalaye garva-paryanka\nnija-nija-mata chac;/i' ha-ila vai$(1ave\nnija-nija-sastrodgrahe sabai praca(lc;/a\nnija-rasa asvadite kariyacha avat!ira\n\n219\n22\n22\n9\n34\n\n7.132\n8.241\n7.12\n8.49\n9.108\n\n67.\n239\n6\n106\n350\n\n7.147\n8.187\n8.180\n9.110\n8.188\n\n74\n202\n199\n351\n203\n\n7.74\n7.15\n8.4\n9.17\n8.7\n9.67\n8.260\n\n37\n7\n82\n300\n84\n328\n256\n\n7.93\n8.268\n8.194\n9.72\n9.66\n7.65\n\n46\n261\n208\n331\n328\n31\n\n9.79\n8.38\n8.134\n9.31\n9.140\n\n335\n99\n167\n306\n368\n\n7.66\n8.88\n8.32\n9.46\n7.131\n\n32\n137\n95\n313\n67\n\n7.4\n7.5\n8.140\n\n3\n3\n177\n\np\npache k($(1adasa yaya jala-patra lana\n\nnayarh sriyo 'ilga u nitanta-rateb prasadab\n\n8.208\n8.217\n8.218\n7.20\n7.69\n\nphalgune !isiya kaila nil!icale vasa\nphalgunera 5e$e dola-yatra se dekhila\npitabara-dharab sragvi\n\n", "mad3#p0433": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n8.81\n9.73\n8.9\n9.68\n9.53\n\n132\n332\n85\n329\n320\n\n8.301\n8.101\nprabhu kahe,-\"aiche vat kabhu na kahiba 7.127\nprabhu kahe,-ai/ana suni' tamara guQa\n8.238\nprabhu kahe, \"ami-nartaka, tumi-sutra- 7.18\n\n281\n149\n63\n237\n9\n\npit!imbara-dhara/:1 sragvi\npitambara-siva-sthane gefa gaurahari\nprabhate uthiya prabhu ca/i/a premavese\nprabhave 'vaiHJava' kai/a saba 5aiva-gaQa\nprabhu-age nifa 'maha-prasada' baliya\nprabhu-darsane 'vai�Qava' haifa char;li' nija-\n\nprabhu kahe-age kaha, sunite pili sukhe\n\nprabhu kahe,-bhatta, tamara fak�mi-\n\n9.111\n\nprabhu kahe,-bhatta, tumi nil kariha\n\n9.141\n9.120\n8.59\n8.61\n\nprabhu kahe,-da�a nahi, iha ami jani\nprabhu kahe,-\"eha bahya, age kaha !ira\"\nprabhu kahe,-\"eha bahya, age kaha !ira\"\nprabhu kahe,-\"eha bahya, age kaha !ira\"\nprabhu kahe, \"eha bahya, age kaha ara\"\nprabhu kahe-\"eha haya, age kaha ara\"\nprabhu kahe,-\"eha haya, age kaha ara\"\nprabhu kahe,-eha haya, age kaha !ira\n\n8.64\n8.66\n8.68\n8.71\n8.191\n\n352\n368\n357\n114\n116\n118\n120\n121\n124\n205\n\n7.55\n7.135\n8.302\n7.139\n7.142\n\n26\n68\n281\n70\n71\n\n7.107\n7.98\n9.40\n\n53\n48\n311\n\n9.67\n7.115\n7.86\n\n328\n57\n43\n\n9.44\n9.165\n\n313\n382\n\n9.82\n8.55\nprabhu-sparse duf:Jkha-sange ku�tha dure gefa 7.141\nprabhu tanre dekhi' jani/a-ei rama-raya\n8.16\nprabhu tanre hasta sparsi' karaifa cetana\n8.284\n\n337\n109\n71\n88\n271\n\npracchanna-mana vamya-dhammilla-\n\n7.55\n7.135\n8.54\n8.172\n\n26\n68\n108\n195\n\nprahfadesa jaya padma-mukha-padma-\n\n8.5\n\n82\n\npraQa char;la yaya, tama-saba chac;lite na pari\n\n7.8\n9.69\n8.276\n8.169\n8.78\n8.243\n8.234\n\n4\n329\n266\n194\n129\n239\n235\n\n7.134\n7.91\n8.300\n7.112\n9.87\n\n68\n45\n280\n55\n340\n\n8.206\n8.307\n8.216\n8.173\n\n218\n283\n224\n195\n\n8.272\n8.176\n7.114\n\n263\n197\n57\n\nprabhura agrahe bhattae<irya sammata ha-ifa\nprabhura anuvraji' kurma bahu dura aifa\nprabhura dhyane rahe vi�\nprabhura gamana kurma-mukhete suniila\nprabhura krpa dekhi' tanra vismaya haifa\nprabhura krpaya haya mahabhagavata\nprabhura pache sange yaya darsana-sat[�Qa\nprabhura prabhave /aka ai/a darasane\nprabhura prabhave /aka camatkara haifa\nprabhura rupa-prema dekhi' haifa camatkare\nprabhura se�a prasadanna sabe banW khaifa\nprabhura siddhanta keha na pare khal)r;/ite\nprabhura viyage bhatta haifa acetana\nprabhure nimantraQa kai/a kariya sammana\nprabhu snana-krtya kari' achena vasiya\n\nprabhu tanre lana jagannatha-mandire gefa\nprabhu tarire yatna kari' gharc pathaifa\n\n8.74\n8.76\nprabhu kahe-\"eha uttama, age kaha ara\" 8.79\nprabhu kahe, ei-'sadhyavadhi' suni5caya 8.96\nprabhu kahe,-gita-pa!he tamara-i adhikara 9.102\nprabhu kahe,-\"eha haya, kichu age ara\"\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"eha uttama, age kaha !ira\"\n\n127\n128\n130\n146\n347\n\nprabhu yai' sei vipra-ghare bhik�a kaila\n\npraQama kariya kaila bahuta stavana\nprabhu kahe,-\"kabhu tamara nil habe\n\n8.186\n4.147\n\n202\n74\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"kan vidya vidya-madhye\n\n8.245\n\n240\n\nprasadamfebhire gapi\n\nprabhu kahe, -k[$(lera eka svabhava\n\n9.127\n8.272\n\n361\n263\n\nprasnattara-ga$!hi kahe anandita haila\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"par;la sfaka sadhyera\n\n.124\n8.57\n\nprabhu kahe, -sabe kaha 'krwa' 'kr�f.la'\n\n9.59\n\n160\n110\n324\n\n8.196\nprabhu kahe,-tumi mah:i-bhagavatattama 8.44\n\n211\n104\n\nprathamei kahila prabhura ye-rupe gamana\n\n8.117\n9.52\n7.110\n\n157\n320\n54\n\npravahati rasa-pu�(irh cid-vibhutir ivesa/:1\n\nprabhu kahe,-janilurl krwa-radh:i-prema-\n\nprabhu kahe,-k[$(le tamara gar;lha-prema\nprabhu kahe, -mayavadi ami ta' sannyasi\n\nprabhu kahe,-'sadhya-vastura avadhi ei\n\nprabhu kahe-ye fagi' ailama tama-sthane\nprabhuke vai$Qava jani' bauddha ghare ge/a\nprabhuke ye bhaje, tare tarlra krpa haya\n\npra(lata-bhara-vi!apa madhu-dhara/:1\npraQaya-mana-kailcufikaya vak$a acchadana\n\nprata/:1-ka/e nija-nija-karye durlhe gefa\nprata/:1-kafe prabhu snana kariya cafifa\nprata/:1-kafe snana kari' karila gamana\nprata/:1-kafe uthi' prabhu dekhi' hanuman\nprati-dina premavese karena martana\n\n'prema-bhakti' haya radha-kr$Qera cara(le\npremaiva gapa-ramaQarh\nprema-kautifya-netra-yugale kajjafa\n\nprabhu-pada dhari' raya kare nivedana\nprabhu-pada dhari' vipra karena rodana\nprabhu puche, ramananda karena uttara\nprabhura age udgraha kari' fagifa balite\n\n8.262\n9.103\n8.244\n9.47\n\n257\n348\n240\n314\n\n401\n\npremara svabhava ei janiha ni5caya\nprema-vaicittya-ratna, hrdaya-tarafa\npremavese hasi' kandi' nrtya-gita kaila\n\n", "mad3#p0434": "402\n\nSri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\npremavese kaila bahu nrtya-gita-stuti\n\n8.4\n9.81\n7.78\n7.116\n9.70\n\n82\n337\n39\n58\n330\n\nradham adhaya hrdaye\n\n7.77\n7.38\n8.22\n7.5\n7.95\n\n39\n18\n91\n3\n47\n\nradhikara bhiiva-kanti kari' ar'lgikara\n\n8.193\n8.160\n8.162\n7.81\n7.64\n\n206\n188\n189\n40\n31\n\nraghunatha dekhi' kai/a prar:rati stavana\n\n7.56\n7.79\n9.96\n9.31\n9.22\n\n26\n40\n344\n306\n302\n\n7.129\n8.50\n8.139\n8.85\n8.3\n\n65\n107\n172\n136\n81\n\npremavese kai/a bahuta gana nartana\npremavese madhye nrtya kare gaurahari\npremavese nace /aka urdhya bahu kari'\npremavese nrtya-gita bahuta karila\npremavese nrtya-gita kaila kata-k$ar:ra\npremavese pat he tumi habe ecetana\npremavese prabhu-bhrtya dor'lhe acetana\npremavese tanha bahu nrtya-gita kaila\npremavese yaya kari' nama-sar'lkirtana\npreme prabhu sva-haste tiir'lra mukha\npremera parama-siira 'mahabhava' jiini\npremera 'svarupa-deha'-prema-vibh!ivita\npremete bhiisila loka, -stri-vrddha-iibala\nprthivite rasika bhakta nahi tiir'lra sama\n\n153\n219\n210\n\n8.279\n8.223\n8.221\n8.173\n9.65\n\n268\n228\n226\n195\n327\n\n9.18\n7.50\n9.16\n8.17\n8.304\n8.302\n\n300\n24\n299\n88\n282\n281\n\nramananda kahe prabhu T$at hasiya\n\n8.312\n7.62\n8.235\n8.311\n8.49\n\n287\n29\n236\n286\n106\n\nramante yogino 'nante\n\n9.29\n\n305\n298\n47\n301\n307\n\nradhara kurila-preme ha-ila 'vamatJ'\nradhara svarupa-km:ra-prema-kalpalata\nradhaya bhavatas ca citta-ja�uni svedair\n\nraga-marge bhaji' pai/a vrajendra-nandana\nraganuga-marge tiir'lre bhaje yei jana\nraga-tambala-rage adhara ujjvala\nraghu-natha-iige kaila prafJ!ima stavaa\n\nrahi/a divasa katho, na kaila gamana\nramadasa mahadeve karila dara5ana\nramananda aila apurva sannyasi dekhiya\nramananda-caritra tahe khar:rr;la pracura\nramananda haila prabhura virahe vihvala\n\npujari prabhure mala-prasada ani' dila\npulakasru-kampa-sveda tahate bho$ar:ra\npulakasru, kampa, sveda-yavat pathana\npunah ara sastre kichu vise$a paila\npunah siddhavata iii/a sei vipra-ghare\npunarapi ei th!iiii piibe mora sar'lga\"\npunarapi pai yena tamara darasana\npurug yo$it, kiba sthiivara-jar'lgama\npurva-purva-rasera gur:ra-pare pare haya\npurva-rite prabhu age gamana karilii\npurvavat kana vipre kaila nimantrar:ra\npurvavat pathe yaite ye paya dara5ana\npurvavat 'vaiw;lVa' kari' sarva loka-gar:re\npurve bha!!era mane eka chi/a abhimana\npurve tumi nirantara laite rama-niima\npu$pa-sama kamala, kathina vajra-maya\n\n8.8\n9.7\n8.10\n9.138\n9.24\n7.72\n\n84\n293\n85\n367\n303\n36\n\nradha cahi' vane phire vilapa kariya\nradhii-kr$r:ra-kuiijasevii-sadhya sei piiya\nradha-kr$r:ra-lila-tiite karpura-mi/ana\n'radhii-kr$r:ra-padambuja-dh yana'riidha-kr$Qa-prema-keli karr:ra-rasiiyana'\nradha-k[$Qa-premarasa-jilanera tumi sima\n'radha-kr$r:re prema yar'lra, sei bar;la dhani'\nradha-kr$r:rera lila ei ati gur;lhatara\n'radha-kr$Qera prema-keli'-yei gitera\nradha-kr$Qe tomare maha-prema hay a\nradhii lagi' gop ire yadi sak$at kare tyaga\n\nramananda-milana-lila kari/a pracare\n'ramananda raya' ache godavari-tire\nramananda raya kahe vinati kariya\nramananda raye mora koti namaskara\n\nramal raghaval ramal raghaval ramal raghaval 9.13\nramal raghaval ramal raghaval ramal raghaval 7.96\n'rama' 'rama' vina anya vaQT na kahaya\nrama rameti riimeti\n\nrasa-jila kokila khaya premamra-mukule\n'rasa kon tattva, 'prema'-kon tattva-rupa\nrasa-lila vasanate radhika srr'lkha/a\nrasa na piiila /ak$mi, sastre iha suni\n\n'rasa-tattva-jnana' haya ihara sravar:re\n\n8.106\n8.205\n8.305\n8.253\n\n151\n215\n283\n250\n\n8.255\n8.239\n8.247\n8.201\n8.250\n8.277\n8.103\n\n252\n238\n245\n214\n248\n267\n150\n\n9.19\n9.32\n\n8.258\n8.119\n8.113\n9.120\n\n25\n255\n158\n155\n357\n\n8.282\n8.307\n8.263\n9.117\n9.146\n8.80\n\n270\n283\n258\n355\n371\n131\n\n8.232\n9.121\n8.84\n8.228\n8.189\n7.138\n8.51\n\n234\n357\n135\n231\n204\n70\n107\n\nrandhi' bhik$a dena ter'lho, ascarya tiir'lra kath!i 7.52\n\n'rasa-raja', 'mahabhava'-dui eka rupa\n\nR\n\n151\n191\n\n8.106\n8.166\n8.110\n8.209\n8.195\n\nradha-prati kmra-sneha-sugandhi\n\n'rasa-tattva' '/i/a-tattva' vividha prakara\nrasenotkr$yate kr$r:rarasenotkr$yate kr$r:ra\nrasotsave 'sya bhuja-dar:rr;la-grhita-kar:rtha\nrasotsave 'sya bhuja-daQr;la-grhita-kaQtharasotsane 'sya bhuja-daQr;/a- grhito-kar:rtharatir vasanaya svadvi\nratri-dina citne radh!i-kr$r:rera vihiira\nratri-dina kuiije krir;la kare radha-sar'lge\nratrite sunila ter'lho gosanira agamana\nraya kahe, -iii/a yadi pamara sodhite\n\n", "mad3#p0435": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n403\n\nraya kahe-\"ami-nata, tumi-sOtrariiya kahe, \"dasya-prer:na-sarva-siidhyariiya kahe,-ihii ami kichui na j!ini\nraya kahe,-ihii va-i buddhi-gati niihi !ira\nriiya kahe,-iha va-i buddhi-gati niihi !ira\n\n8.132\n8.71\n8.121\n8.191\n8.191\n\n166\n124\n158\n205\n205\n\nsahaja gop ina prema, -nahe prakrta kama\nsahaje caitanya-caritra-ghana-dugdhasahasra-namabhis tulyam\nsahasra-namnaril puQyiinaril\nsahasra sahasra tirtha kaila darasana\n\n8.215\n8.304\n9.32\n9.33\n9.3\n\n223\n242\n307\n307\n291\n\nraya kahe,-ihiira age puche hena jane\nraya kahe,-\"jnana-misra bhaktiriiya kahe,-\"jnana-sunya bhaktiraya kahe, \"kiinta-prema sarva-sadhya-sara\"\nraya kahe,-\"kr�Qa-bhakti vina vidyii niihi\n\n8.97\n8.64\n8.6616\n8.79\n8.245\n\n146\n118\n120\n130\n240\n\nsahite na pari du/:lkha vi�aya-tarange'\nsaka/a bauddha mili' tabe kumantraQJ. kaila\nsakhi-bhave paya radha-kr�Qera caraQa\nsakhi-bhave ye tailre kare anugati\nsakhi-gaQa haya tara pallava-pu�pa-pata\n\n7.126\n9.52\n8.229\n8.204\n8.209\n\n62\n320\n232\n215\n219\n\nraya kahe,-kr�t:Ja haya 'dhTra-lalita'\nraya kahe, \"kr�t:Je karmiirpaQa-sarvaraya kahe,-\"prema-bhakti-sarvaraya kahe,-prabhu tumi chiic;la bhiiri-bhOri\nraya kahe,-\"sakhya-prema -sarva-\n\n8.187\n8.59\n8.68\n8.278\n8.74\n\n202\n114\n121\n268\n127\n\nsakhi haite haya ei lilara vistara\nsakhi lila vistariya, sakhi asvadaya\nsakhi vina ei lila pu�ta niihi haya\nsakhi vina ei /ilaya anyera nahi gati\nsakhira svabhava eka akathya-kathana\n\n8.202\n8.203\n8.203\n8.204\n8.207\n\n214\n215\n215\n215\n218\n\nriiya kahe,-sarvabhauma kare bhrtyaraya kahe,-\"sva-dharmiicaraQe vi�QUraya kahe, \"svadharma-tyaga, -ei sadhyaraya kahe,-!abe suna premera mahima\nraya kahe, \"vatsalya-prema-sarva-sadhya-\n\n8.32\n8.57\n8.61\n8.104\n8.76\n\n95\n110\n116\n150\n128\n\nsakhya/:1 sri-radhikaya vraja-kumuda-vidhor\nsak�at isvara tumi, ke bujhe tamara nata\nsak�at isvara tumi, ke jane tamara marma\n'samii/:1'-sabde kahe srulira gopi-deha-prapli\nsama/:1 sarve�u bhOte�u\n\n8.211\n8.122\n8.37\n8.225\n8.65\n\n220\n159\n99\n229\n119\n\nraya kahe, -yei kahiio, sei kahi viiQi\nrOpa-bhedam avapnoli\n\n8.198\n9.156\n\n211\n377\n\n'samadrsa/:1'-sabde kahe 'sei bhiive anugati'\nsambh�i/e janibe tanra yemana mahattva\nsambh�ile janibe tumi tanhara mahima\n'sampatlira madhye jivera kon sampatli\nsamudra-tire tire a/alanatha-pathe\n\n8.225\n7.67\n7.65\n8.247\n7.59\n\n229\n33\n31\n245\n28\n\nsaba bauddha mili' kare kr�Qa-sankirtana\nsaba-sange prabhu tabe ala/anatha aila\nsaba siva/aye saiva 'vai�Qava' ha-ifa\nsabakare mi/i' tabe asane vasila\nsabiira anga-pulakita, asru-nayane\n\n9.60\n7.76\n9.76\n7.42\n8.42\n\n324\n38\n334\n20\n103\n323\n214\n293\n341\n311\n\n8.113\n8.1\n8.261\n8.242\n9.164\n\n155\n80\n257\n239\n381\n\nsabe asi' prabhu-pade la-ila saraQa\nsabe eka sakhi-gaQera ihiin adhikara\nsabei vai�Qava haya, kahe 'kr�t:Ja' 'hari'\nsabe kr�Qa-bhakta haifa,-lake camatkara\nsabe 'krma' kahe, 'vai�Qava' haifa sarva-desa\n\n9.57\n8.202\n9.8\n9.90\n9.41\n\nsamyak-sara vasana kr�Qera rasa-lila\nsancarya ramabhidha-bhakta-meghe\nsandhya-kale raya asi' milila ara dine\nsandhya-kale raya puna/:1 asiya milila\nsailgete cali/a bhana, na yaya bhavane\n\n9.89\n7.10\n8.126\n8.154\n8.136\n\n9.42\n8.303\n7.44\n7.19\n. 8.129\n\n312\n282\n21\n9\n165\n\nsabe kr�Qa-nama kahe prabhuke dekhite\nsabe meli' ajna deha, yaiba dak�iQe\nsabe ramananda jane, tenho nahi etha\nsac-cid-ananda-maya kr�Qera svaropa\nsac-cid-ananda-tanu, vrajendra-nandana\n\n341\n5\n161\n185\n168\n\nsankhya, patanjala, smrti, puraQa, agama\nsank�epe kahilun ramanandera mi/ana\nsannyasa kari' visvarOpa giy!iche dak�iQe\nsannyasa kariya ami ca/ilan vrndavana\n'sannyasi' baliya more na kariha vancana\nsannyasira sparse matta ha-ifa asthira\nsanny!isira ve�a dekhi' vismita haifa mana\nsanta-dasya-sakhya-vatsalyera guQa\nsarva-avatari, sarva-karaQa-pradhana\nsarvabhauma kahilena acarya-gopinathe\n\n8.27\n8.284\n8.86\n8.134\n7.59\n\n93\n271\n136\n167\n28\n\nsada rahe amara upara sik�a-daQc;ia dhari'\nsiidharaQa-preme dekhi sarvatra 'samata'\nsadhvi hana kene cahe tanhiira sangama\n'sadhya-vastu' 'sadhava' vinu keha nahi paya\n\n7.25\n8.110\n9.112\n8.197\n\n12\n153\n352\n211\n\nsarvabhauma bhanaciirya kahila tamara guQe 8.30\n8.46\nsarvabhauma kahilena tomare milite\n8.125\nsarvabhauma-sange mora mana nirmala\n\n94\n105\n160\n\ns\n\n", "mad3#p0436": "404\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n8.34\n8.275\nsarva-cittakar�aka, silk�ilt manmatha-madana 8.139\nsarva-desa 'vaiwava' hai/a prabhura\n7.108\n\n96\n266\n172\n53\n\n8.63\n8.99\n9.43\n8.254\n\n117\n147\n312\n251\n\n8.136\n7.136\n\n168\n96\n\nsarvabhauma tamara krpa, -tara ei cihna\n\nsarva-bhiite�u ya/l pasyed\n\n7.124\n7.90\n8.8\n\n61\n44\n84\n\n7.107\n9.10\n8.141\n8.117\n9.4\n\n53\n295\n177\n157\n292\n\n9.5\n9.12\n8.205\n7.109\n8.157\n\n292\n297\n215\n53\n186\n\n7.110\n9.145\n8.12\n9.22\n9.107\n\n54\n370\n86\n302\n350\n\n9.19\n7.104\n7.103\n7.12\n8.229\n\n301\n51\n51\n6\n232\n\n9.117\n9.146\n9.17\n8.211\n7.48\n\n355\n371\n300\n220\n23\n\n9.68\n9.78\n9.74\n9.21\n7.142\n\n329\n334\n332\n302\n71\n\n8.170\n8.14\n7.152\n8.255\n8.256\n\n194\n87\n76\n252\n253\n\n'sreyo-madhye kana sreya/l jivera haya sara?' 8.251\n\n249\n285\n367\n82\n\nsei pada-padma sak�at aila mora ghare\nsei ratri gonai/a kr�IJa-katha-range\nsei riltri tilhan rahi' kari/a gamana\nsei saba ilcarya haila tariJa jagat\n\nsarva-dharmiln parityajya\nsarva-gopi�u saivaikil\nsarva mala du�i' prabhu kare khal)c;ia khal)c;ia\n'sarva tyaji' jivera kartavya kahan viis a?'\nsarvaisvarya-sarvasakti-sarvarasa-purl)a\nsarvange gal ita ku�tha, !il!e k1c;la-maya\n\nsei saba loka prabhura darsana-prabhave\nsei saba rasamrtera 'vi�aya' 'ilSraya'\nsei saba tattva-vastu hai/a mora jililne\nsei saba tirtha sparsi' maha-tirtha kaila\nsei saba tirthera krama kahite na pari\nsei saba vai�l)aVa mahaprabhura darsane\n\nsarvatra haya nija i�ta-deva-sphurti\nsarvatra sthilpaya prabhu vai�l)ava-siddhante\nsastra-siddhiinta suna, yiite vai�l)ava-visv!isa\nsata-koti gopi-sange r!isa-vilasa\nsata-koti-gopite nahe kiima-nirvilpal)a\nsaubhagya-tilaka caru-lalilte ujjvala\n\n8.274\n9.44\n9.152\n8.109\n8.116\n8.176\n\n264\n313\n374\n153\n156\n197\n\n8.170\n9.88\n7.130\n9.4\n9.134\n\n194\n340\n66\n292\n365\n\n9.20\n7.31\n7.31\n8.220\n7.106\n\n301\n15\n15\n226\n52\n\n9.27\n9.83\n7.122\n7.100\n8.221\n\n304\n338\n60\n49\n226\n\n9.131\n9.149\n9.104\n9.37\n7.140\n\n363\n372\n349\n309\n71\n\n9.93\n7.153\n7.98\n7.117\n8.164\n8.160\n8.171\n\n342\n77\n48\n58\n190\n188\n194\n\nsei sadhya paite ilra nilhika upilya\nse sakti prakasi' nistari/a dak�il)a-dese\nsei sakti-dvare sukha asvade apani\nsei se e-saba lila satya kari' laya\nsei sloke !lise 'kr�l)a-svayarh bhagavan'\nsei vane kata-k�al)a kari' nrtya-gana\n\nsaundarya-kunkuma, sakhi-pral)aya\nsaundaryadi premiivesa dekhi, sarva-loka\nsei aiche kahe, tanre karaya ei sik�ii\nsei chale sei desera loka nistilrila\nsei dehe kr�l)a-sat'Jge rasa-kric;la kaila\n\nsei vipra kr�IJa-nilma laya nirantare\nsei vipra mahilprabhura bac;la bhakta hai/a\nsei vipra riima-nama nirantara laya\nsei yili' ara grame kare upadesa\nsei yai' gramera loka vai�Qava karaya\n\nsei dina tanra ghare rahi' bhik�il kari'\nsei du/lkha dekhi' yei bhakta du/:lkha paya\nsei du/lkha t:it'lra saktye sahana nil yaya\nsei gopi-bhiivamrte yanra lobha haya\nsei gramera yata /aka !lise dekhibare\n\nsetubandha haite ami nil !lsi yilvat\nsiddha-dehe cinti' kare tilhilt'Jili sevana\nsiddhantatas tv abhede 'pi\nsiddhilntatas tv abhede 'pi\nsiddhavata gelil yahan murti sitilpati\n\nsei haite kr�l)a-niima jihvilte vasilil\nsei jala /ailil kai/a sa-varhse bhak�al)a\nsei jala varhsa-sahita kari/a bhak�al)a\nsei-jana nija-grame kariya gamana\nsei-jana paya vraje vrajendra-nandana\n\nsiktayarh kr�Qa-lrlamrta-rasa-nicayair\nsire vajra pac;le yadi, putra mari' yilya\nsiva-kanci ilsiyii kaila siva darasana\nsiva-k�etre siva dekhe gauranga-sundara\nsiyali bhairavi devi kari' darasana\n\nsei jana pilya vraje vrajendra-nandana\nsei 'kr�fJa' gopikiira nahe anuriige\nsei kr�l)a tumi, -hena mora mane laya\nsei kr�IJa tumi siik�iit-ihil nirdhiirila\nsei-k�al)e asi' prabhu tanre alingila\n\nskanda-k�etra-tirthe kaila skanda darasana\ns/oka pac;li' paye dhari, karaye stavana\nsmita-kilnti-karpara, tine-ange\nsnana karibare !lila, biljanil bajilya\nsraddhil kari' ei lila ye kare sraval)a\n\nsei k�etre rahe eka vai�l)ava-brahmal)a\nsei likhi, yei mahilntera mukhe suni\nsei loka prema-matta hailil bale 'hari' 'kr�IJa'\nsei /aka 'vai�l)ava' kai/a anya saba grilma\nsei mahiibhiiva haya 'cintilmal)i-silra'\nsei mahabhava-rupil radha-thakuriil)i\nsei mrgamade vicitrita kalevara\n\n'sraval)a-madhye jivera kon sre�tha sraval)a?'\n'sre�tha upiisya-yugala 'radha-kr�IJa'\n\nsri-caitanya-nityilnanda-advaita-caral)a\n'srl-nilrilyaQa' hayena svayarh-bhagaviln\n\"srl-nrsirhha, jaya nrsirhha, jaya jaya nrsirhha\n\n8.310\n9.138\n8.5\n\n", "mad3#p0437": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nsri-rariga-k$elre tabe karilil gamana\nsri-rariga-k$etre vaise yata vai$Qavasri-rOpa-raghuniltha-pade yilra asa\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yilra asa\nsri-vai$Qava' bhatta seve lak$mi-narayaQa\nsri-vai$Qava eka,-'vyerikata bhatta' nama\nsri-vai$Qavera sarige tilhilri go$!hi anuk$aQa\nsringara-rasarilja-maya-mOrti-dhara\nsruti-gaQa gopi-gaQera anugata hana\n\n9.79\n9.91\n7.155\n8.313\n9.109\n9.82\n9.77\n8.143\n9.133\n\n335\n341\n78\n288\n351\n337\n334\n178\n364\n\n405\n\nT\ntabe cari-jana bahu minati karila\ntabe gopinatha dui-prabhure bhik$il karilila\ntabe hilsi' mahaprabhu kahite lilgilil\ntabe hilsi' tarire prabhu dekhaila svarOpa\ntabe jani, -radhaya kr$Qera gilc;lha-anurilga\ntabe mahaprabhu dvara karaila moe ana\ntabe mahaprabhu tarire karilila sik$a/)a\n\n9.124\n8.24\n8.67\nsthilne sthitilb sruti-gataril tanu-vari8.257\nsthavara-deha, deva-deha yaiche avasthiti'\nsthavara-jarigama dekhe, nil dekhe tara mOrti 8.274\nsruti paya, lak$mi nil paya, ithe ki kiiraQa\nstambha, sveda, asru, kampa, pulaka,\n\n359\n92\n121\n254\n264\n\ntabe nija-madhurya kari asvadana\ntabe nityananda-gosani srjilil upaya\ntabe nityananda kahe,-ye iljna tamara\ntabe siirvabhauma kahe prabhura caraQe\ntabe suddha haya mora ei du$!a mana\n\nstriya uragendra-bhoja-bhuja-daQc;/a-vi$aktastriya uragendra-bhoga-bhuja-daQc;/astuti-praQati kari' manila krtartha\nsubalita prakiiQc;/a deha, kamala-locana\nsuddhasuddha gila pac;li, guru-iljnii mani'\n\n8.224\n9.123\n9.80\n8.18\n9.98\n\n229\n358\n337\n89\n345\n\ntabe tarira viikya prabhu kari' arigikare\ntabe tare kaila prabhu drc;lha a/irigana\ntad-vak$oruha-citra-keli-makari-piiQc;/ityatahil dekhi' /aka aise caudike dhanii\ntahari eka vipra prabhura kai/a nimantraQa\n\nsaddipta-siittvika' bhava, har$ildi 'sancari'\nS0dra Vi$ayi-jnane upek$ii nil karibe\nsOdre alirigiya kene karena krandana\nsukha pana rama-nama ratri-dina gai\nsukha-rupa kr$Qa kare sukha asvildana\n\n8.174\n7.63\n8.26\n9.35\n8.158\n\n196\n29\n92\n308\n187\n\ntiihilri haite ca/i' age gelii eka grame\ntahilri saba toke kr$Qa-nama laoyaila\ntahari tahari haya tarira sri-kr$Qa-sphuraQa\ntaha, prasadanna, lana aisa vipra-dvare\ntiihara mahima tabe hrdaye lagila\n\nsukhe goriaiba kala kr$Qa-katha-rarige\nsukhe goriaiba kala kr$Qa-katha-rarige\nsukhe goriailil prabhu kr$Qa-katha-rarige\nsuni' sarvabhauma haifa atyanta katara\n'suni' 'suni' /aka-saba asi' bahir-dvare\n\n8.241\n8.298\n8.292\n7.46\n7.87\n\n239\n279\n276\n22\n43\n\ntahara vinaye prabhura sithi/a haifa mana\ntaha-saba lana gela siirvabhauma-ghare\ntaha sahi, tamara viccheda sahana nil yaya\ntaha suni' tamara sukha haya, ki nii haya\ntahate df$!anta-lak$mi karila bhajana\n\nsunite ciihiye durihiira vililsa-mahattva\nsuniya sabara mane haifa mahii-dubkha\nsu-purukha-premaki aichana riti\nsDrya-sata kanti, aruQa vasana\nsustha hanil durihe sei sthanete vasilil\n\n8.186\n7.14\n8.194\n8.18\n8.29\n\n202\n7\n208\n89\n94\n\ntilhate dr$!iinta-upani$ad sruti-gaQa\ntilhatei anumani sri-radhikara guQa\ntahate praka!a dekhori sa-varilsi vadana\ntama, karilsa, rupa, sana, ratna-cintamaQi\ntilrihara bhajana sarvopari-kak$a haya\n\nsvilbhavika prema dorihara udaya kari/a\nsvacchandaril vraja-sundaribhir abhitab\nsva-madhurye sarva citta kare akar$aQa\nsva-prabhave loka-sabara kar!ifia vismaya\n\n8.23\n4.144\n9.127\n9.66\n\n91\n179\n361\n328\n\n7.33\n7.49\n9.141\n9.147\n\n16\n23\n368\n372\n\ntilrihiira brahmaQi, tiirira nama-'$ilthira\ntarihare milite prabhura mana uthi'dhaya\ntilriha-saba pane prabhu phiri' na cahi/a\ntariha vinu rilsa-lila nahi bhaya citte\n\nsvatantra isvara prabhu kabhu nil manila\nsvatantra-isvara tumi karibe gamana\n'svayaril-bhagavan' kr$Qa ei ta' niscaya\nsvayaril bhagavan 'kr$Qa' hare /ak$mira mana\n\ntilrira bhakti dekhi' prabhura IU$!a haifa mana\ntilrira bhave bhavita kari' atma-mana\ntarira darsana-krpaya haya tarira sama\ntilrira gaura-kantye tamara sarva ariga c;lhaka\n\n7.33\n7.86\n8.29\n8.282\n8.103\n\n16\n43\n94\n270\n150\n\n7.88\n9.106\n8.288\n7.83\n7.34\n\n44\n350\n273\n42\n16\n\n7.61\n8.52\n7.41\n8.22\n8.190\n\n28\n108\n20\n91\n204\n\n7.84\n9.18\n9.39\n9.15\n8.273\n\n42\n300\n310\n299\n264\n\n7.60\n9.36\n7.50\n7.41\n7.48\n\n28\n309\n24\n20\n23\n\n8.192\n8.231\n8.223\n8.116\n8.270\n\n205\n234\n228\n156\n262\n\n8.294\n9.139\n7.52\n8.16\n7.92\n\n277\n368\n25\n88\n45\n\n8.114\n9.109\n8.288\n7.102\n8.269\n\n155\n351\n273\nso\n262\n\n", "mad3#p0438": "406\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ntarira ghare rahila prabhu kmJa-katha-rase\n\n9.86\n\n339\n\ntatratisusubhe tabhir\n\ntarira gura garibe kemane jiva chara\n\n8.185\n\n201\n\n8.95\n\n146\n\ntarira krpaya painu tomara darasana\n\ntavat tomara sariga chac;lite nariba\n\n8.33\n\n96\n\n8.240\n\n238\n\ntayor aikyarh pararh brahma\n\ntarira krpaya painu tomara darasana\n\n9.30\n\n9.159\n\n379\n\n306\n\ntayor apy ubhayor madhye\n\n8.161\n\ntarira /oka-sarige tarire ghare pathai/a\n\n188\n\n7.74\n\n37\n\ntejo-vari-mrdarh yatha vinimayo yatra tri-\n\n8.266\n\n260\n\ntilrira mana kr�ra-maya nare acchadite\n\n8.130\n\n165\n\n225\n\n8.15\n\n87\n\ntenatavim a.tasi tad vyathate na kirh svit\nteriho kahe-ami nahi jani kr�(JJ-katha\n\n8.219\n\ntiirira sa riga bahu ai/ii vaidika brahmara\n\n8.126\n\n161\n\ntarire dekhi' hay a mora ananda-avesa\n\n9.100\n\n347\n\nteriho kahe,-sei haria dasa sudra manda\n\n8.21\n\n90\n\ntarire ghare pathaiya kari/a sayana\n\n8.299\n\n280\n\nterache pac;lila thali,-matha kati' gela\n\n9.56\n\n322\n\ntarire isvara kari' nahi jane vraja-jana\n\n9.128\n\n361\n\ntharite kari' anna-saha thiili lana gela\n\n9.54\n\n321\n\ntarire krpa kari' age ca/i/a gaurahari\n\n9.20\n\n301\n\ntinabare site snana, bhamite sayana\n\n7.23\n\n11\n\ntiirire krpa kari' prabhu calila ara dine\n\n9.38\n\n310\n\ntire vana dekhi' smrti haifa vrndavana\n\n8.11\n\n86\n\ntiirire na dekhiya vyakula haifa sri-hari\n\n8.112\n\n154\n\ntama dekhi' gela mora iijanma svabhave\n\n9.25\n\n303\n\ntarire namaskari' prabhu dak�i(Je karila prayara8.300\n\n280\n\ntoma dekhi' kr�ra-niima iii/a eka-bara\n\n9.26\n\n304\n\ntarire sukha dite kahe siddhanta phiraiya\n\n9.151\n\n374\n\ntoma dekhi' tiiha haite dui-gura sukha haya\n\n9.104\n\n349\n\ntarire upek�iya kaila sighra gamana\n\n7.71\n\n36\n\ntama milib!ire mora etha agamana\n\n8.31\n\n95\n\ntarire vidaya di/a prabhu aneka yatane\n\n9.164\n\n381\n\ntomara ajn!ite sukhe leuW asiba'\n\n7.45\n\n22\n\ntarire vi daya dite tarire kaila alingana\n\n7.68\n\n33\n\ntomara darsane sabara drava haifa mana\n\n8.44\n\n104\n\ntiiri-sabara prema dekhi' kr�ra haya tu�ta\n\n8.214\n\n222\n\ntomara darsane sabara dravi-bhata mana\n\n8.41\n\n102\n\ntapa kari' kaiche kr�ra paila sruti-gara\n\n9.122\n\n358\n\ntamara darsane yabe kr�ra-nama ai/a\n\n9.36\n\n309\n\ntara karra labhe iha ch�c;lite na pare\n\n8.306\n\n283\n\ntomara dui hasta baddha niima-garane\n\n7.37\n\n17\n\ntara madhye eka-mOrtye rahe radha-piisa\n\n8.109\n\n153\n\ntamara krpaya tomaya karaya nindya-karma\n\n8.37\n\n99\n\ntara sparse nahi yaya pativrata-dharma\n\n9.116\n\n354\n\ntomara mane yei uthe, tiihai uccari\n\n8.135\n\n167\n\ntare alingite prabhura hrdaya satr�ra\n\n8.20\n\n90\n\ntomara mukhe kr�ra-katha sunite haya mana\n\n8.50\n\n107\n\ntarka-pradhana bauddha-sastra 'nava mate'\n\n9.49\n\n315\n\ntomara prasade ebe janinu tarira tattva\n\n7.67\n\n33\n\ntarkei kharc;li/a prabhu, na pare sthapite\n\n9.49\n\n315\n\ntomiira prasade iha janiluri ni5caya\n\n8.196\n\n211\n\ntarkika-mimarhsaka, yata mayavadi-gara\n\n9.42\n\n312\n\ntomara sammukhe dekhi kancana-panca/ikii\n\n8.269\n\n262\n\ntaruryamrta-dhiiraya snana madhyama\n\n8.167\n\n192\n\ntomara sangera yogya tenho eka jana\n\n7.64\n\n31\n\ntasam avirabhoc chaurib\n\n8.81\n\n132\n\ntamara sik�aya pac;li yena suka-patha\n\n8.122\n\n159\n\ntasya tirtha-padab kirh vii\n\n8.72\n\n125\n\ntamara thani ailari ajna magibare\n\n7.43\n\n21\n\ntata-stha hana vicarile, ache tara-tama\n\n8.83\n\n133\n\ntomara thani ail!ina tamara mahima suniya\n\n8.127\n\n161\n\nta'te ati sugandhi deha-ujjvala-varara\n\n8.166\n\n191\n\ntamara thani amara kichu gupta nahi karma\n\n8.289\n\n274\n\nta'te vasi' ache, sada cinte kr�ra-sanga\n\n8.178\n\n198\n\ntomare milite more kari/a yatane\n\n8.30\n\n94\n\ntathapi bali/a prabhu garva kharc;laite\n\n9.48\n\n314\n\ntoma-saba jani ami prariidhika kari'\n\n7.8\n\n4\n\ntathapi darc;lavat kari ca/ila rama-raya\n\n8.53\n\n108\n\ntoma-sabara carara-mora ekiinta sarara\n\n7.154\n\n77\n\ntama-sabara gac;lha-snehe amara karya-\n\n7.20\n\n9\n\ntathapi dhariya dhari' prabhu rahila vasiya\n\n8.17\n\n88\n324\n\ntathapi la-ite nari, suna hetu tara\n\n9.34\n\n308\n\ntoma-sabara 'guru' tabe paibe cetana\n\n9.60\n\ntathiipi na paila vraje vrajendra-nandana\n\n8.231\n\n234\n\ntomii vinii anya nahi jiva uddharite\n\n8.237\n\n237\n\ntathiipi prabhura iccha-parama prabala\n\n8.131\n\n165\n\ntoma vinii anya niihi k[$f)a-prema dite'\n\n8.237\n\n237\n\ntoma vina ei-rOpa na dekhe anya-jana\n\n8.285\n\n272\n\ntathiipi puchila,-tumi raya riimiinanda?\n\n8.21\n\n90\n\ntomii-vinii keha iha nirOpite nare\n\n8.120\n\n158\n\ntathapi radhikii yatne karana sarigama\n\n8.212\n\n221\n\ntribhuvana-madhye aiche haya kon dhira\n\n8.199\n\n212\n\ntatra /au/yam api mOlyam ekalarh\n\n8.70\n\n124\n\ntri-jagate radha-premera nahika upamii\n\n8.104\n\n150\n\n", "mad3#p0439": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\ntrimalaya dekhi' gela trikala-hasti-sthane\ntrimatha aila, tahilti dekhi' trivikrama\ntripati asiya kai/a sri-rama darasana\ntumi ama /aiia aile advaita-bhavana\ntumi more stuti kara 'sannyasi' janiya\ntumi-saba bandhu mora bandhu-krtya kaile\ntumi sak�at sei kr�Qa, jana nija-karma\ntumi se janaha ej gitara artha-sara\ntumi ta' isvara silk�ilt, k�ama aparadha\ntumi yaiche nilcilo, taiche nartana ilmara\ntumi yei kahao, sei kahi ami vaQi\ntumi yei kaha, sei satya kari' mani\ntumi ye pac;lila 5/oka, se haya pramilQa\n\n407\n\n9.71\n9.21\n9.65\n7.19\n8.127\n\n330\n302\n327\n9\n161\n\nvidaya-samaye prabhura caraQe dhariya\n\n7.9\n9.126\n9.102\n9.58\n7.18\n\n5\n360\n347\n323\n9\n\nvijatiya /aka dekhi, prabhu kaila sariwaraQa\n\n8.121\n9.158\n9.145\n\n158\n378\n370\n\nVi$aya chilc;liya tumi yaha nilaca/e\n\n8.235\n8.296\n8.226\n8.15\n8.301\n\n236\n278\n230\n87\n281\n\n8.28\n9.119\nvipra bale, -ei tamara darsana-prabhave\n9.25\nvipra kahe, -murkha ami, sabdiirtha nil jilni 9.98\nVi$ada karena kama-viiQe khinna haiia\n8.115\n\n93\n356\n303\n345\n156\n\n8.297\n9.69\n8.58\n8.303\n7.13\n\n279\n329\n112\n282\n7\n\nvisve$am anuraiijanena janayann anandam\n\n7.11\n8.308\n8.309\n8.144\n\n6\n284\n284\n179\n\nvraja-bhumi vrndavana yahiiti lila-rasa'\n\n8.254\n\n251\n\nvidayera kale tatire ei ajtiJ dila\nvidhi-marge na paiye vraje krma-candra\nvidhi-mate kaila tetiho snanadi-tilrpaQa\n'vidyapure' nana-mata /aka vaise yata\n\nvinodini lak�mira haya kr�t:�e abhilil$a\n\nVi$Qu-kaiici iisi' dekhila /ak$mi-narayaQa\nvi$QUr aradhyate pantha\nvistari' varQite nare sahasra-vadana\nvisvarupa-siddhi-prapti janena sakala\n\nu\nugro 'py anugra evayaril\n'upiisyera madhye kon upasya pradhana?'\nuthaiia sei kic;la rakhe sei thana\nuthi' prabhu kahe, -u(ha, kaha 'kr$t:�a'\n\n8.6\n8.256\n7.137\n8.190\n\n83\n253\n69\n204\n\nv\nvaca sucita-sarvari-rati-kala-pragalbhyaya\nvaidika brahmaQa saba karena vicara\nvaisakhera prathame dak$iQa yaite haifa\n'vai$Qava' ha-ifa /aka, sabe niice, gay a\n'vai$Qava' karena tiltire kari' alitigana\n\nvisvarupa-uddese avasya ami yaba\nvisvasa kari' suna, tarka na kariha citte\nvisviise paiye, tarke haya bahu-dura\n\n145\n8.94\n9.128 361\nvraja-lokera bhave yei karaye bhajana\n9.131 363\nvraja-lokera kana bhava /aiiii yei bhaje\n8.222 227\n'vrajendra-nandana' bali' tiltire jane vraja-jana 9.130\n362\n\nvraja-devira satige tatira bac;laye madhurya\n\n8.190\n8.25\n7.6\n7.89\n7.105\n\n204\n92\n4\n44\n52\n\n9.11\n7.73\n8.276\n8.58\n8.13\n\n295\n37\n266\n112\n87\n\n9.99\n7.75\n7.150\n7.136\n7.150\n\n346\n38\n75\n69\n75\n\n8.220\n8.206\n7.35\n8.108\n7.93\n8.188\n7.99\n\n226\n218\n17\n152\n46\n203\n49\n\nvraja-lokera bhave piiiye tatihilra caraQa\n\nvrajesvari-suta bhaje gopi-bhava /aiiii\nvai$Qavera madhye rama-upiisaka saba\nvajrad api kathorilQi\nvana-latiis tarava atmani vimum\nvarQasramacaravata\nvasi' prabhu kare kr$Qa-nama-satikirtane\nvasiyache hate totra syamala sundara\nvastra-prasada /aiiil tabe iii/a gopiniltha\n'viisudevamrta-prada' haifa prabhura nama\n'viisudeva'-nama eka dvija mahasaya\n'viisudevoddhiira' ei kahila akhyana\nveda-dharma-/aka tyaji' se kr�Qa bhajaya\nvibhur api sukha-rupab sva-prakaso 'pi\nvicara kariya taha kara atigikara\nvicarite uthe yena amrtera khani\nvicchede vyaku/a prabhu ca/ilil dubkhi haiia\nvidagdho nava-taruQyab\nvidaya kari/a tare sakti saiicariyii\n\nvrata-niyama kari' tapa karila apara\nvrddhakasi iisi' kaila siva-darasane\nvrddhako/a-tirthe tabe karila gamana\nvrndiivane 'aprakrta navina madana'\n\n9.133\n9.113\n9.38\n9.72\n8.138\n\n364\n353\n310\n331\n169\n\n8.147\n9.114\n9.48\n8.94\n8.130\n\n181\n353\n314\n144\n165\n\n8.212\n8.53\n8.277\n8.239\n7.21\n8.93\n\n221\n108\n267\n238\n10\n144\n\ny\nyad-vaiichayii srir /alanacarat tapa\nyad-viiiichayii srir /a/anacarat tapa\nyadyapi asambhil$ya bauddha ayukta\nyadyapi kr$Qa-saundarya-madhuryera\nyadyapi riiya-premi, maha-bhagavate\nyadyapi sakhira krma-satigame nahi mana\nyadyapi viccheda dotihara sahana na yaya\nyahilti tahati radha-kr$Qa tamara sphuraya\nyaiche suniluti, taiche dekhiluti tamara\nyai kahe sei bhaye cahiye karite\nya mabhajan durjaya-geha-srnkhalab\n\n", "mad3#p0440": "408\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nyarihara mahima sarva-sastrete vakhani\n\n8.98\n8.310\n8.72\n8.100\n7.131\n8.311\n\n147\n285\n125\n148\n67\n286\n\n8.184\n9.160\n\n201\n379\n\nyeba 'prema-vi/asa-vivarta' eka haya\n\n8.185\n8.183\n8.184\n8.183\n\n201\n201\n201\n201\n\nyei grame yay a, sei gramera yata jana\n\nyilrihara sarvasva, tilrire mile ei dhana\nyan-nama-sruti-matreQa\nyan no vihay a govindab\nyilrira ghare bhik$a kare, sei maha-jane\nyilrira mukhe kaila prabhu rasera vistara\n\nyathottaram asau svadayat karo$i yad asnasi\nyat tapasyasi kaunteya\nyat t e sujata-cara(lamburuharh stane$U\nyavat k$ud asti ja!hare jaratha pipasa\nyavat pa<;/ori, tavat pari tarira darasana\n\nyarira pativrata-dharma vifnche arundhati\nyarira rupa-guQaisvaryera keha na paya sima\nyarira sadguQa-gaQane kr$1Ja na paya para\nyarira saubhagya-guQa vanehe satyabhama\nyarira saundaryadi-guQa vaneh e lak$miyarira thani kala-vilasa sikhe vraja-rama\n\nyei grame rahi' bhik$a karena yilrira ghare\nyei grame yaya tahilri ei vyavahara\nye iha eka-bara piye karQa-dvare\nyei k[$Qa-tattva-vettJ, sei 'guru' haya\n\nyare dekha, tare kaha 'k[$Qa'-upadesa\nyare dekhe, tare kahe, -kaha k[$Qa-nama\nyare janaha, sei jane tamara lila-marma\nyare kaha sei dui caluk tamara sarige\nyasada va maha-bhaga\nyata /aka aise, keha nahi yaya ghara\nyatha radha priya viwas\n\n7.128\n7.101\n9.126\n7.16\n8.77\n7.80\n8.99\n\n64\n50\n360\n8\n129\n40\n147\n\nyei mata nacao, taiche cahi nacibara\n'yei pada-padma tomara brahma dhyana\nye tamara iccha, kara, kichu nil balibe\nye tamara maya-nate ha-ibeka sthira\nye yaiche bhaje, k[$Qa tare bhaje taiche\ny e yatha marh prapadyante\n\n8.84\n8.60\n8.60\n8.219\n8.69\n\n135\n114\n114\n225\n123\n\n9.101\n8.192\n7.106\n9.7\n7.120\n\n347\n205\n52\n293\n59\n\n8.306\n8.128\n8.132\n7.124\n\n283\n162\n166\n61\n\n7.40\n8.199\n8.90\n8.91\n\n20\n212\n139\n143\n\n", "mad3#p0441": "General Index\nNumerals in bold type indicate references to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\nverses. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\nAhovala-nrsimha\n\nA\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 300\n\nAkhi /a-rasamrta-murti\n\nKr��a known as, 178\n\nAbsolute Truth\nbrahmaf}a knows, 98\n\nAlalanatha\n\ndevotees followed Caitanya to, 38\n\ncalled Rama, 305\n\nimpersonal realization of transcendental, 143\n\nAmbari�a Maharaja\n\nprotected from Durvasa Muni, 125-126\n\nAmrtaliriga\n\nKrsna indicates, 306\n·\nn �t attainable by argument, 315\n\nas deity of Siva, 334\n\nSarvabhauma instructed\n\nunderstanding sense activities of, 207\n\nAcarya on path to, 28\n\nSee also: Kr��a\n\nAcaryas\n\nhave analyzed types of love of God,\n\n135\n\none must follow, 287\nsometimes disregard social etiquette,\n\n14\n\nGopinatha\n\nAmrta-pravaha-bha�ya\n\ncited on devotional service, 122\n\ncited on Ramananda Raya instrucing\nCaitanya, 162\n\ncited on spiritual potency, 49\ncited on Vidyanagara, 29\n\nSee also: Spiritual master\n\nquoted on Radha as creeper of love of\n\nverse quoted, 287\n\nquoted on satisfying the Lord, 113\n\nAcaryavan puru$o veda\n\nGod, 220\n\nAcintya-bhedabheda-tattva\nphilosophy of as basis of bhakti cult,\n\nSeventh Chapter summarized in, 1\n\nsummary of Eighth Chapter in, 79-80\n\nAnanda-cin-maya-rasa\n\n312\nAcyuta\nKr��a known as, 377\n\nverses quoted, 174\n\nAntavat tu phalaril te�aril tad\nverses quoted, 141\n\nAdhikaris\n\ngrhasthas known as, 30-31\nAdhyatma-ramayaf}a\n\nAnubha�ya\n\ncited on Deities of Rama and Sita,\n\n296-297\n\ncited on mixed devotional service, 118,\n\n120\nAnugrahaya bhatanaril manu�aril\n\nAdi Puraf}a\n\nverses quoted, 248\n\nquoted on glory of a devotee, 243\n\nAnyabhila�ita-sunyam jnana\n\nquoted on glory of gopis, 244-245\n\nverses quoted, 122\n\nAdvaita Acarya\n\nCaitanya taken to house of against His\nwill, 9\n\ninitiated by Madhavendra Puri, 163\nAdvaitam acyutam anadim ananta\n\nAprakrta-madana\n\nKrsna known as, 1 73\n·\nA ra kab� nitai-candera karuf}a\nverses quoted, 1 70\n\nArjuna\n\nverses quoted, 376\n\nKrsna's offer to, 104\n\nM�ha-Vi��u\n\naddressed Kr��a\n180-181\nreceives information from Kr��a,\n\nAdyapi ca muni-sre$thii\nverses quoted, 243\n\nAhanghrahopasana\ndefined, 217\n\n379\n\n409\n\nand,\n\n", "mad3#p0442": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n410\n\nBhagavad-gitii\n\nArundhati\nwants to imitate chastity of Radha, 201\n\nquoted on demigod worship, 140, 141,\n\nAsam aho caraQa-re�w-ju�am aham\nverses quoted, 252\nAsramas\nnamed, 113\n\nquoted on devotees as madmen to\n\nAssociation of devotees\n\nquoted\n\n367\nmundaners, 276\nquoted on disciplic succession, 287\n\nas only auspicious activity, 249\n\non\n\nelevation\n\nto\n\nheavenly\n\nplanets, 255\n\nimportance of, 246-247\nAstam vairagya-kotir bhavatu\nverses quoted, 245\nAta atyantikam k�emam prcchamo\nverses quoted, 249\nAta/:1 pumbhir dvija-sre�tha\nverses quoted, 113\nAta/:1 sri-kr�Qa-namadi na bhaved\nverses quoted, 286\nAtah veQu-nivadasya trayi\nverses quoted, 172\n\nquoted on food offerable to Kr�oa, 321\nquoted on full surrender to Kr�oa, 1 04\nquoted on individuality of soul and\nGod, 317\n\nquoted on Kr�Qa as knower of Vedas,\n\n213\nquoted on Kr�oa as taste in water, 265\nquoted on Lord helping His devotee,\n\n32-33, 213\nquoted on Lord's kindness to everyone,\n\n103-104\n\nAtheists\n\nquoted on Lord's not being disclosed to\n\ncan be defeated by Vai�oavas, 320\n\neveryone, 272\nquoted on lowborn approaching the\n\nAusterity\nMukunda unhappy at Caitanya's, 11\n\nAvai�Qava-mukhodgirQam putam\nverses quoted, 213\n\nLord, 97\nquoted on material energies of Lord,\n\n265\nquoted on nature of spiritual world, 173\n\nB\n\nquoted on no one knowing Lord, 378-\n\n379\nquoted on rareness of understanding\n\nBadhnan prema-bhara-prakampita\nverses quoted, 18\n\nKr�oa, 174-175\n\nquoted on sudras, 30\n\nBegging\nconsidered criminal in Western countries, 101\n\n174\n\nBengal\n\nquoted\n\nsocial statuses in, 30\n\nBhagavad-gita\n\nLord Himself speaks knowledge in, 32\norders of Kr�oa given in, 64-65\nquoted by Ramananda Raya, 114 115 ,\n-\n\n117, 119, 144\nquoted on all-pervasiveness of creator,\n\n316\nquoted on attaining spiritual body, 232,\n318\nquoted on becoming devotee of Kr�oa,\n\n171-172, 176\nquoted on coming to level of Brahman,\n\n175\n\nquoted on understanding Kr�oa in truth,\non\n\nvarQasrama-dharma, 111-\n\n112\nread by illiterate brahmaQa, 343-348\nto be discussed with general public,\n110\nBhagavata PuraQa\nSee: Srimad-Bhagavatam\nBhakta dasa Baula\n\nas author of Vivarta-vi/asa, 207\nBhaktanam anugacchanti muktaya/:1\nverse quoted, 243\nBhakti\ntaught by Caitanya to ROpa Gosvami,\n\n110\nSee also: Devotional service\n\n", "mad3#p0443": "General Index\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\n411\n\nBhakti-yoga\npure devotional service attained by,\n\nquoted by Caitanya, 371\n\n111\n\nquoted by Ramananda Raya, 136, 178,\n203, 204-205, 224\n\nSee also: Devotional service\nof\n\nBhaktya bhagavatam grhyam na\n\nquoted on Kr�oa surpassing Narayaoa,\n\nBhaktya mam abhijanati yavan\n\nquoted\n\non\n\nfollowing\n\nconclusion\n\nquoted, 348\n\nVedas, 133-134\n\nverses quoted, 141\n\n355\nquoted on liberation even in material\n\nmethod of work confirmed by, 112\n\nworld, 175\nquoted on pure devotional service, 122\nquoted\n\non\n\nBharuci\n\nunderstanding\n\nKr�oa\n\nby\n\nBhauma Vrndavana\nSee: Vrndavana\nBhatani bhagavaty atmany\n\npurified senses, 286\nquoted on vision of devotee, 267\nBhakti-ratnakara\n\nverses quoted, 104\nBodhayana\n\ncited on Vyerikata Bhatta, 338\n\nmethod of work confirmed by, 112\n\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\nBody, spiritual\n\ncited on bona fide spiritual master, 163\n\nattained by devotee, 227\n\ncited on Caitanya as Kr�Qa, 274\n\nbeyond gross and subtle material body,\n\ncited on concocted methods of love of\nGod, 133\ncited on Kr�oa's freedom from material\nlust, 223\n\n232\nhow one attains, 318\nBrahm a\nenlightened by Narayaoa, 258-259\n\ncited on mellows in Vrndavana, 278\n\ngayatri-mantra received by, 172\n\ncited on mixed devotional service, 118\n\nhis prayer to Kr�oa, 121\n\ncited on opulences\n161-162\n\nmeditates on lotus feet of Caitanya, 61\n\nof\n\ndevotees,\n\nVedas first realized by, 33\n\ncited on realizing spiritual mellow,\n\nYasoda more fortunate than, 130\n\n206-207\ncited on spiritual body, 232\n\nBrahma-bhata\nattaining stage of, 175\n\ncited on Tattvavadis, 295\ndescribed Caitanya's South Indian visit,\n\nBrahmacaris\nformerly\n\n327\nexplained inscriptions at Kurma-k�etra,\n\nbegged\n\nfrom\n\ndoor-to-door,\n\n101\npeople not trained as in age of Kali, 63\n\n56-57\nintroduced sacred thread ceremony for\n\nBhaktivinoda Thakura\ncited on Buddhist philosophy, 315\nconsidered two divisions of brahma-\n\nbrahmal)a knows, 98\nCaitanya had effulgence like, 93\ncoming to level of, 175\n\nbhuta stage, 175\nquoted on influence of maya, 166\nbetween\n\nCaitanya and Ramananda Raya, 277\ntranslation of Premambhoja-maranda\nby, 191-192\n\nlies between two creations, 118\nBrahman\nas a holy name of the Lord, 142\n\nas perfect householder, 35\n\nconversation\n\nsupposed to assist sannyasis, 13\nBrahmaloka\n\nall Vai�Qavas, 164\nsays Kr�na obtainable for faithful, 285\n\nsummarizes\n\nworships Vrndavana, 170\n\nconception of does not include opulences of Lord, 143\nconsidered\n\nabove\n\nVi�Qu\n\nsonalists, 115\nno spiritual activity in, 254\n\nby\n\nimper­\n\n", "mad3#p0444": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n412\n\nBrahmaf!a\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta\n\nas spiritual master of all castes, 162\n\nCaitanya\n\ngives\n\nclear\n\ncan become spiritual master, 162-164\n\npreachers in, 67\n\ncan't be a spiritual master unless he is a\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nVai�l)ava, 163\n\nactivities\n\nduties of, 113\n\none should not accept invitation of\nnondevotee, 107\nno\n\ncondensed\n\nmilk,\n\nadvised chanting of maha-mantra, 1 00\n\nmay renounce family, 116\n\nhas\n\nlike\n\nHis\n\n282-283\n\nknows Brahman, 98\n\noutsider\n\nof\n\nadvice to\n\nconnection\n\nwith\n\nCaitanya, 94\n\nand Ramananda Raya as madmen,\n276-277\nas brilliant as a hundred suns, 89\nas combination of Radha and Kr�!Ja, 91\nas Kr�!Ja, 309\n\nsudras serve, 30\n\nVai�l)ava preacher should be recognized as a, 164\n\nas Kr�!Ja Himself, 91, 103-104, 159,\n274, 349-350, 378\nas ocean of knowledge of devotional\n\nBrahmary;ia Purar;a\n\nquoted on chanting holy name, 308\nBrahma-sam hita\n\nquoted by Ramananda Raya, 169, 190\nquoted on gayatrl-mantra, 172\nquoted on many forms of the Lord, 376\nquoted on Radha and gopls, 174\nquoted on understanding forms of Lord,\n377\nquoted on vision of devotee, 264\nBrahma-sutra\n\nas basis of bhakti cult, 312\nquoted on faith in Kr�!Ja, 285\nBrhad-bhagavatamrta\n\nquoted on association of devotees, 247\nBrhad-vamana Purar;a\n\nquoted on glories of gopls, 244\nBrhan-naradrya Puraf!a\n\nquoted on glory of a devotee, 243\nBuddhist philosophy\ndefeated by Caitanya, 315-318\nnine principles of, 315\nSouth India in clutches of, 290\n\nservice, 80\n\nas son of S aci, 326\nas spiritual master of whole universe,\n325\nassumed comple xion o f Radha,\n269-270, 273-274\nas Supreme Lord, 24\nas the acarya of the world, 162\nas the independent Supreme Lord, 16\nbasis of His bhakti cult, 312\nchanted holy names a fixed number of\ntimes daily, 18\ncompared to mad lion, 47\ncompared to miner, 278\ncontrolled by good qualities of\n\nHis\n\ndevotees, 14\ncovered by complexion of Radha, 262\ndevotees of must engage in preaching,\n77\necstatic symptoms manifest by, 40, 57\nidentifies Himself as Mayavadi, 160\ninvested people with spiritual potency,\n49\nknown as Gaurahari, 39, 48\nknown as Gaurariga, 80\n\nc\n\nknown as patita-pavana, 100\n\nCaitanya-candramrta\n\nknown as Vasudevamrta-prada, 75\n\nquoted on chanting of Caitanya, 18\n\nmeans spiritual force, 32\n\nquoted on ROpa Gosvami, 245\n\nNavadvipa as birthplace of, 54\n\nCaitanya-candrodaya-nataka\n\nq u o t e d on a v o i d i n g\nassociation, 98-99\n\norders everyone to become spiritual\nmaterialistic\n\nmaster, 64\nperfection of devotee engaged in service of, 245\n\n", "mad3#p0445": "General Index\n\nquoted on behavior of Vai�Qavas, 321\n\n413\n\nCupid\nKr�Qa as ever-fresh, 169, 171\n\nrenounced order of life accepted by, 3\n\nKr�Qa attracts mind of, 132, 173, 177\n\nunauthorized parties pretending to\n\nKr�Qa created a festival for, 179\n\nbelong to cult of, 134\nuncommon bodily features of, 103-104\n\nD\n\nwas hard as a thunderbolt, soft as a\nflower, 36-37\n\nDadami buddhi-yogarri tarri\nverses quoted, 32\n\nCaQ<;Iala\ncan become guru, 163\nCapitalist\n\nDamodara PaQ<;lita\ndid not like independent nature\n\n245-246\nCaturmasya\nCaitanya stayed at house of Vyerikata\nBhatta during, 339-340\nCaturvarQyarri maya smam\nverses quoted, 111\nCeto-darpaQa-marjanarri bhava\nverse quoted, 176\n\nof\n\nCaitanya, 12-13\n\nlover of Radha and Kr�Qa as greatest,\nDeity\n\ncarried\n\nfrom village to\n\nvillage\n\nby\n\nWestern devotees, 41\nthose who serve must bathe regularly,\n\n109\nunauthorized worship of for salaries,\n\n134\nDemigods\nbodies of attained by pious activities,\n\nCitraka\nas servant of Kr�Qa, 278\nConjugal love\nas special feature of Kr�Qa, 371\nas topmost rasa, 136-138\nbetween Radha and Kr�Qa understood\nthrough gopis, 215-217\n\n254-255\ndevotees superior to, 242\nforms of Lord not same as forms of.\n\n376-377\nlove of not equal to love of God, 135\nMayavadis recommend worship of, 135\n\ncompared to abundance of musk, 195\n\nnot on same level as NarayaQa, 296\n\ndevotional service in, 130-131\n\nthose who worship take birth among,\n\nKr�Qa and devotees perfectly intimate\nin, 145\nKr�Qa as personification of, 179\nKr�Qa attracts everyone's heart by, 361\nKr�Qa expert in art of, 210\nRadha induces Kr�Qa to drink honey of,\n\n199\nthose attracted to must follow gopis,\n\n233-234\nwithout Radha one can't taste, 274\nCowherd boys\ngood fortune of, 128\nCreation\nBuddhist theory of, 316\nCrows\nmental speculators, 256\nCupid\nfive arrows of, 209\nKr�Qa afflicted by arrow of, 152 , 156\n\n140\nunder influence of material energy, 142\nDetachment\nfrom material conditions as external.\n\n119\nDevaki-nandana\nVrndavana devotees don't address\nKr�Qa as, 143\nDevan deva-yajo yanti mad-bhakta\nverses quoted, 141\nDeva-sthana\nvisited by Caitanya, 334\nDevotees\nadmitted to kingdom of God, 140,\n\n141\nand Kr�na perfectly intimate in conjugal\nlove, 145\nas most perfect and peaceful persons,\n\n248\n\n", "mad3#p0446": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n414\n\nDevotional service\n\nDevotees\nCaitanya controlled by good qualities of\nHis, 14\n\nCaitanya could not tolerate unhappiness of His, 15\n\ncompared to cuckoos, 256\nconvert every place into Vrndavana,\n65-66\n\ndedicate\n\nthemselves to service of\n\nspiritual master, 134\n\neach have certain rasa with Kr�t:Ja, 177\n\nenlightened from within by Supersoul,\n259-260\n\nhave greatest reputation, 242-245\n\nhearing from recommended by Brahma,\n121\nKr�t:�a as debtor to those in madhurya­\n\nliberation attained by, 175\n\nLord understood only by, 141\n\nmixed\n\nwith\n\nempiric\n\nk n owledge,\n\n118-119\n\nnine processes of, 241\none empowered\n\nwith\n\nRamananda Raya expert in mellows of,\n31\n\nRamananda Raya likened to cloud of, 80\n\nsix Gosvamis wrote books on, 66\nsixty-four items of, 227\n\nsmartas not enlightened in, 54\n\ntranscendental to modes of nature, 115\n\nwith no touch of speculative knowledge, 120\n\nrasa, 144-145\n\nDharmab projjhita-kaitavo 'tra\n\ntimes daily, 18\n\nDharmab svanu�thitab purilsaril\n\nmust chant holy name fixed number of\nmust follow in footsteps of Caitanya, 41\nNrsimha kills nescience that attacks, 83\n\nof Caitanya must engage in preaching,\n77\nof Caitanya very dear to Him, 5\npreachers as topmost, 104-1 OS\n\nreceive knowledge directly from the\n\nverses quoted, 141\nverses quoted, 115\nDhira-la/ita\nKr�t:Ja as, 203, 274\nDisciplic succession\n\nauthor admits value of, 287\n\nDola-yatra\n\nwitnessed by Caitanya, 4\n\nLord, 32\n\nDrami<;la\n\npastimes publicly, 110\n\nDurga\n\nshould not discuss Kr�t:�a's Vrndavana\nsometimes worship Katyayani, 142\nsymptoms of, 1 OS\n\nunder influence of yogamaya, 213-214\nworship Goloka Vrndavana, 170\n\nDevotional service\n\nas goal of life, 111-112\n\nby spiritual\n\npotency of the Lord, 49\n\nmethod of work confirmed by, 112\naddressed by Siva, 307\nas\n\nsuperintending deity\n\nof material\n\nworld, 142\n\nimpersonalists chant name of, 140\n\nMayavadis recommend worship of, 135\n\nDurvasa Muni\n\nas most important education, 241\n\nquoted on power of holy name, 126\n\ncompared to flowing of river, 124\n\nE\n\nas supreme form of worship, 380\n\ndescription of pure, 122-123\n\neternal life attained only by, 139\n\neveryone has different taste in, 216\n\nin conjugal love, 130-131\n\nin fraternity, 127-128\n\nin madhurya-rasa makes Kr�t:Ja a debtor,\n144-145\n\nin paternity, 128-130\n\nin servitude, 125-126\n\nEcstatic symptoms\n\nby chanting holy name, 103\nmanifest by Caitanya, 40, 57\n\nmanifest by illiterate brahmaQa reading\nGitii, 344\nof Caitanya and Ramananda Raya, 92\nRadha's body decorated with, 196-197\n\ntwenty described, 197\n\n", "mad3#p0447": "General Index\n\n415\n\nGodavari River\n\nEducation\ndevotional service\n\nas\n\nmost important,\n\nreminded Caitanya of Yamuna, 86\nGoddess of fortune\n\n241\n\nalways embraced by Nrsirhhadeva, 83\n\nElements\ndevelopment of material, 137\nEnergy, internal\nthree forms of, 185-188\nEtavan eva loke 'smin purhsarh\nverses quoted, 253\n\nF\n\nattracted to Kr�r:Ja, 180\ncouldn't\n\nattain\n\nservice\n\nof\n\nKrsna\n· ·\n\nin\n\n·\n\nVrndavana, 234\ngopis more fortunate than, 131\nKr�r:Ja as husband of, 170\nGoloka Vrndavana\nas the highest planet in spiritual sky,\n\n173\nis self-luminous, 170\n\nFaith\nGita must be accepted with, 379\nin Lord and spiritual master, 346\nnecessary to obtain Kr�r:Ja, 285-286\nsadhana-bhakti includes, 123\nFraternity\ndevotional service, 127-128\n\nG\nGajendra\nas elephant saved by Lord, 290\nGar:Jesa\nimpersonalists chant name of, 140\nGarur;ia Pura(1a\nquoted on fame of devotee, 242, 243\nGaurahari\nCaitanya known as, 39, 48\nGaurariga\nCaitanya known as, 80\nGautami-gariga\nCaitanya arrived on bank of, 298-299\nGayantarh trayate yasmat tvarh\nverse quoted, 171\nGayatri\nas mother of Vedas, 172\nGayatri-mantra\nreceived by Brahma, 172\nSupersoul as source of, 259\nGayatrirh gayatas tasmad adhigatya\nverses quoted, 172\nGitadhita ca yenapi bhakti-bhavena\nverses quoted, 348\nGita-govinda\nquoted by Ramananda Raya, 152,\n\n179\n\nKr�r:Ja's associates in, 228\nnot attained by following regulative\nprinciples, 230\nsarikirtana imported from, 115\nSee also: Vrndavana\nGolokera\n\nprema-dhana,\n\nhari-nama­\n\nverse quoted, 115\nGopala Bhana Gosvami\nas son of Vyerikata Bhana, 338\nchanted holy names fixed number of\ntimes daily, 18\nGopinatha Acarya\nbrought\n\ngarments\n\nand\n\nprasada\n\nto\n\nCaitanya, 38\ninstruction of Sarvabhauma to, 28\nGopis\nas expansions of body of Radha, 191\nas expansions of pleasure potency, 174\nas mental activities of Radha, 198\nattracted by beauty of Kr�r:Ja, 229\nembraced by Kr�r:Ja in rasa-lila, 235\nfollowing in footsteps of, 217, 228-231,\n\n233\ngood fortune of, 131-132\nGopijana-vallabha satisfies all, 171\nKr�r:Ja appeared as Narayaf)a before,\n\n372-373\nKr�r:Ja as husband of all, 170\nKr�rJa embraced by, 179\nKr�r:Ja's exchange of love with, 145-146\nKr�r:Ja's pastimes with as very confidential, 110\nKr�r:Ja unable to repay, 145\nlearn art of dressing from Radha, 201\nlike twigs, flowers and leaves, 219-221\n\n", "mad3#p0448": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n416\n\nCopis\n\nH\n\nlove of described as lust, 223-224\nlusty desire of compared to gold, 174\nmore advanced than Uddhava, 244\n\nHanuman\nCaitanya offered respects to, 280-281\n\nno one can enter rasa-lila except\nin bodies of, 366-367\n\nHare kr�Qety ucchaib sphurita-rasano\nverses quoted, 18\n\nnot attracted to Naraya�a form, 143\npastimes of Radha and Kr��a under-\n\nHarer nama harer nama harer nama\nverse quoted, 100\n\nstood through, 214-217\nRadha as chief of, 188\n\nHari\nCaitanya requested people to chant\n\nRadha induces Kr��a to enjoy with, 222\n\nname of, 48\n\nsong of quoted, 267\nspiritual quality of, 173-174\nsruti-gaQa worshiped Lord in ecstasy of,\n\nperfection of life is to please, 113\nHari-bhakti-vilasa\ncited on accepting initiation from a\n\n364-365\n\nb rahmara, 163\n\nUpani�ads followed in footsteps of,\n\n359\nworshiped Katyayani, 142\nGo-samaja\nvisited by Caitanya, 333\nGosvamTs\n\nquoted on pa�aQ(iis, 377\nHaridasa Thakura\nchanted a fixed number of holy names\ndaily, 18\nHearing\nabout Radha and Kr��a very pleasing,\n\nbecame mendicants to deliver fallen\n\n252-253\n\nsouls, 101\n\nrecommended by Brahma, 121\n\nchanted holy names a fixed number of\ntimes daily, 18\nsahijiyas decry activities of, 66-67\n\nHell\none who considers devotee in terms of\nbirth goes to, 98\n\nGovardhana Hill\nKr��a lives forest of, 210\nGovinda\nKr��a known as, 169, 171\nCovinda-lilamrta\nquoted by Ramananda Raya, 200, 218,\n\n221\nGovinda-mohinT\nRadha known as, 274\nGovinda-nandinT\nRadha known as, 274\nCrhasthas\ndesignated as dasa adhikari, 30-31\npeople not trained as in age of Kali,\n63\nsannyasis supposed to bless, 34-35\nGuhadeva\nmethod of work confirmed by, 112\nGuru\none should not become a caste,\n134\nSee also: Spiritual master\n\nHira�yakasipu\nNrsirilha ferocious to, 84\nHladini\nas pleasure potency of Lord, 186-187\nRadha embodies, 174\nHoly name\nas chief object of remembrance, 250\nCaitanya asked Ramananda Raya to\nchant, 90\nchanted by Caitanya, 47, 87\nchanted by Caitanya a fixed number of\ntimes daily, 18\nempowered devotees always chant, 50\nglories of, 308-309\nnectar of overflooded South India, 59\npurification by hearing, 125-126\nHouseholders\nideal Kr��a conscious, 64-66\nsaintly persons visit homes of, 102\nHr�ikera hr�ikesa-sevanaril bhaktir\nverse quoted, 207, 232\n\n", "mad3#p0449": "General Index\n\n417\n\nJagannatha Puri\nCaitanya wanted His disciples to remain\nImam vivasvate yogaril\n\nat, 6\n\nverse quoted, 287\n\ndevotees return to when Caitanya left\n\nlmpersonalists\n\non tour, 46\nLord wanted to remain with Ramanan­\n\ncan't enter kingdom of God, 141\n\nda Raya in, 239\n\nlove pleasure, 254\n\nRamanujacarya thrown to Kurma-k�etra\n\nthink Brahman is above Vi�8u, 115\n\nfrom, 56\n\nIncarnations\n\njaina philosophy\n\ninnumerable, 168\n\nSouth India in clutches of, 290\n\nInitiation, spiritual\nas receiving pure knowledge of spiritual\n\n}anma karma ca me divyam\n\nverses quoted, 174,318\n\nconsciousness, 325\nby bona fide spiritual master, 176\n\n}anmantara-sahasre�u yasya syad\n\nIntelligence\n\nverse quoted, 243\njiva Gosvami\n\nemanates from Supersoul, 213\n\nchanted holy names fixed number of\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Conscious­\n\ntimes daily, 18\n\nness\nchanting\n\nof\n\nsixteen\n\nrounds\n\nwarned\n\ndaily\n\nmembers\n\nof\n\ntravel\n\nagainst\n\nthinking\n\noneself\n\nan\n\nassociate of the Lord, 217\n\nprescribed by, 18\nfrom village\n\nto\n\nJiyac;la-Nrsirilha\nas temple visited by Caitanya, 81-85\n\nvillage, 41\npreachers in should be expert, 320\n\n}nan is\n\nVai�8avas never agree with, 32\n\nthe process of, 74\nthe sublime mission of, 64-65\nIntoxication\n\nK\n\ndanger of, 65\nTSvara Puri\n\nKala Kr�8adasa\n\nVisvambhara initiated by, 163\n\nas\n\nquoted on glory of a devotee, 243\n\nwho\n\naccompanied\n\nfollowed behind Caitanya on His tour,\n\nlti purilsarpita vi�Qau bhaktis\n\nverses quoted, 241\n\nb r a h m af}a\n\nCaitanya t o South India, 19\n\nltihasa-samuccaya\n\n46\nKa/au bhagavataril nama durlabharil\n\nverses quoted, 242\nKali\nmaterialists chant name of, 140\nJagadananda\nas author of Prema-vivarta, 207\nwanted Caitanya to enjoy sense gratification, 10\nJagannatha Deity\nthrew Ramanujacarya from Jagannatha\nPuri to KOrma-k�etra, 56\nvisited by Caitanya, 26-27\nJagannatha Puri\n\nworshiped by Mayavadis, 135\nKaliya serpent\ngood fortune of. 353\nprayer by wives of, 181\nKali-yuga\neveryone is fallen in, 100\nfame of devotee rare in, 242\none should not leave his family suddenly in, 63-64\n\nCaitanya desired to return to,\n\nrasabhasa due to influence of. 143\n\n34\nCaitanya resided at, 3\n\nvarf}asrama-dharma not\n\necuted in, 114-115\n\nproperly ex­\n\n", "mad3#p0450": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n418\n\nKama-deva\nKr�Qa known as, 171\n\nKnowledge\nmankind benefitted by preaching of\nVedic, 77\n\nKamais tais tair hrta-jiianab\nverses quoted, 140\n\nof devotees received directly from Lord,\n\n32-33\n\nKama-gayatri-mantra\nKr�Qa worshiped by chanting of, 169,\n\n171-172\nKama-gayatri-mantra-rapa\nverses quoted, 171\n\nof jiianis and karmis imperfect, 32\nthe Supreme Lord's aspect of, 185\nKr�Qa\nas dhira-lalita, 203\nas enemy of Kamsa, 152\n\nKarnsa\nKr�Qa as enemy of, 152\n\nas ever-fresh Cupid, 169\nas killer of Kesi demon, 48\n\nKapardi\nmethod of work confirmed by, 112\nKarmis\n\nas only worshipable object, 135\nas son of Nanda, 362-363\n\njust interested in sense gratification, 32\n\nas son of Yasoda, 231\n\nmay be elevated to heavenly planets,\n\nas the all-attractive one, 17 3\n\n254-255\nnot admitted to kingdom of God, 140\nsteady competition among, 242\nKatha Upanisq.d\ncited on understanding Kr�Qa, 361\nquoted on faith in Kr�Qa, 285\nKatyayani\nworshiped by gopis, 142\nKaveri River\n\nattracted to Himself, 182-183\nattractive even to Himself, 179\ncalled akhi/a-rasamrta-murti, 178\ncalled dhira-la/ita, 274\nCaitanya as, 91, 103-104, 159, 274,\n\n309, 349-350, 370\ncan't reach limit of Radha's qualities,\n\n202\ncaptivated by conjugal love, 138\n\nCaitanya bathed in, 340\n\nconquered by love of devotee, 120-121\n\nCaitanya went to bank of, 333\n\nd e s c r i b e d by\n\nKesava\n\nRa m a n a n d a R a y a ,\n\n168-175\n\nKr�Qa known as, 48\nKiba vipra, kiba nyasi, sudra kene\nverses quoted, 164\nKim a/abhyam bhagavati prasanne\n\ndevotee of NarayaQa can't understand,\n\n143\nfour extraordinary qualities of, 370\nHis arms like serpents, 229\n\nverses quoted, 246\n\nHis beauty as topmost sweetness of\n\nas seed of kama-gayatri-mantra, 169\n\nknown as Acyuta, 377\n\nKlim\n\nlove of God, 145\n\nKlim kama-devaya vidmahe\nmantra quoted, 1 71, 1 76\nK/im kmraya govindaya gopijana\nmantra quoted, 176\nKnowledge\ndevotional service mixed with empiric,\n\n118-119\ndevotional service with no touch of\nspeculative, 120\ndry process of philosophical, 256\nin Kr�Qa consciousness is on platform of\nspirit soul, 162\nlevels of, 241\n\nknown as Aprakrta-madana, 173\nknown as Gopijana-vallabha, 171\nknown as Govinda, 169, 171\nknown as Kesava, 48\nknown as Madana-mohana, 171\nknown as Vrajendra-nandana, 227\nlowborn elevated by mercy of, 98\nname equal to chanting Vi�Qu three\ntimes, 308\nname explained, 306\nNarayaQa as opulent form of, 369\nno difference\nand, 171\n\nbetween\n\nkama-gayatri\n\n", "mad3#p0451": "419\n\nGeneral Index\nKr�oa\n\nLak�mi-Narayaoa\n\norders of given in Citii and Bhagavatam,\n\nVyerika�a Bhana worshiped Deity of,\n351\n\n64-65\nRadha touches no one but, 273\nspecific characteristic of, 361\nthree main potencies of, 183-184\n\nworship of, 233\nLaksmipati nrtha\nsome say Nityananda was initiated by,\n\nvarQasrama-dharma founded by, 111\nKr�oa consciousness\nappears like madness to mundaners,\n\nabsorbed by Kr�oa, 178\nas expansion of body of Radha, 191\n\n276\nas\n\n163\nLalita\n\nsimple process, 98\n\nideal of classless society possible by,\n\nLalita-madhava-nataka\nquoted by Caitanya, 373\nquoted by Ramananda Raya, 182-183\n\n112\nknowledge in is on platform of spirit\nsoul, 162\n\nLiberation\ndestination of those desiring, 254-255\n\npositions in society calculated by one's\n98\nKr�f.la! kr�f.la! kr�f.la! kr�f.la! kr�f.la! kr�f.la!\nkr�f.la! he\n\neven while in material world, 175\nlover of Kr�oa attains topmost, 247-248\nneutral stage between conditioned life\nand, 118\n\nverses chanted by Caitanya, 47\nK�atriya\n\ntalks with Ramananda Raya on platform\nof, 253\n\nduties of, 113\n\nthose who are after attempt to merge\n\nknows Brahman somewhat, 98\nmay renounce family, 116\nsOdra serves, 30\n\ninto Brahman, 142\nLiving beings\nas marginal potency, 183\n\nKumbhakaroa-kapala\n\nbest meditation for, 251\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 335\nKOrma\n\nbest place to live for, 251-252\nbest topics of hearing for, 252-253\n\nfollowed Caitanya but was sent home,\n\nbusiness of in material world, 254\nchief object of remembrance for, 250\n\n69\n\nmost auspicious activity for, 249-250\n\nKOrma-k�etra\nvisited by Caitanya, 56\nKOrma-mOrti\n\noriginal lusty desire of, 174\nsong which\n\nas form of Vi�QU, 56\n\nis actu al religion\n\nfor,\n\n248-249\nvision of by advanced devotees, 1 OS\n\nL\n\nLove of Cod\nanalysis of different types of, 133-135\nas essence of all perfection, 122-123\n\nLaghu-bhagavatamrta\nquoted by Ramananda Raya, 148\nLak�mi\n\nas essential part of pleasure potency,\n187\nas topmost liberation, 247-248\n\nas Lord's consort in Vaikuo�ha, 232\n\nCaitanya danced in, 4\n\ncan't understand gopis, 244\n\nCaitanya filled with, 47\n\ndesired to associate wit h K r � o a ,\n\ndevotees eat buds of mango tree of,\n\n352-353\ndesires qualities of Radha, 201\ndidn't follow in footsteps of gopis, 366\nenjoys Kr�oa through gopis, 375\n\n256\ndevotees sometimes neglect social etiquette due to intense, 14\ngopis' described as lust, 233-224\n\n", "mad3#p0452": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n420\n\nLove oi God\nKr�r:Ja's beauty as topmost sweetness\nof, 145\n\nlacks nothing in conjugal stage, 131\n\nCaitanya advised chanting of, 100\nCaitanya induced Buddhists to chant,\n\n324-325\n\nlusty affairs of gopis as topmost, 223\n\nchanted under direction of spiritual\n\nRadha as mine filled with jewels of, 200\n\npotency of, 294\n\nmahabhava as essential part of, 188\nRadha as personification of, 270\n\nLust\n\nMaha-mantra\n\nRadha like creeper of, 219-221\nhearing about rasa dance frees one\nfrom, 252-253\n\nlove of gopis described as, 223-224\nmaterial compared to iron, 174\n\nmaster, 63\n\nprotects one from unnecessary pride,\n\n74\npurification at home by chanting, 66-67\nMahamaya\nd i f f e r ence between worship of\n\nyogamaya and, 142\nMaha-prasada\n\nfood cooked by avai?Qava can't be, 321\n\nM\nMadana-mohana\nthe Deity who establishes our relationship with Kr�r:Ja, 171\n\ntasted by devotees, 272\n\nMaha-Vi�ryu\n\nattracted to Kr�rya, 180-181\n\nMallikarjuna-tirtha\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 299\n\nMadhva-Gau<;liya-sampradaya\n\nMam anaradhya duhkartah\n\nMadras\n\nMaril hi partha vyapasritya\n\nMadhava\n\nManah-sik?a\n\nMadhvacarya\n\nMan-manabhava mad-bhakto\n\nfollowers of Caitanya known as, 296\nRamananda Raya as Governor of, 93\n\nKr�r:Ja known as, 152\n\naccepted thousands of disciples, 66-67\n\nverses quoted, 246\nverses quoted, 98\nquoted on perfection of life, 117\nverses quoted, 171, 176\n\ncited on mundane speculators, 207\n\nManu?yaQaril sahasre$U kascid\n\nNarahari Tirtha in disciplic succession\nof, 56\n\nMaterialists\n\nMadhavendra Puri\nAdvaita Acarya initiated by, 163\nNityananda initiated by, 163\n\nverses quoted, 174\ncan't understand spiritual variety, 207\ncarried away by waves of maya, 166\n\ngenerally disqualified from spiritual advancement, 30\n\nMadhurya-rasa\nKr�r:Ja as debtor to devotees in, 144-145\n\nmanufacture their own form of worship,\n139-140\n\nMaha-bhagavata\nsees everything as Kr�r:Ja, 264-266\n\nthose who are not Vai�l)avas must be,\n32\n\nMahabharata\nquoted on name Kr�rya, 306\nMahabhava\nas essential part of love of God, 188\nMahadeva\n\nSee: Siva\n\nMahajano yena gatah sa pathah\nquoted, 287\nMaha-mantra\nas chief worshipable object, 253-254\n\nMaya\nmaterialist as servant of, 166\n\nnondevotees under influence of, 213\nMayara vase, yaccha bhese, khiiccha\nverse quoted, 166\nMayavadis\ncan't be compared to Vai�ryavas, 134\nconsider Kr�r:Ja's body material,\n173\n\n", "mad3#p0453": "General Index\n\n421\n\nN\n\nMayavadis\nconsider opposite of material concepNa\n\ntion to be zero, 170\n\nown bodies\n\nn a d h armaril\n\nsruti-g aQa­\n\nverses quoted, 117\n\nsee material world as false, 267\nSouth India in clutches of, 290\nworship their\n\ndh armaril\nnirkutaril\n\nrecommend demigod worship, 135\n\nNaharil brahmapi bhiiyasaril\nas\n\nthe\n\nverses quoted, 244\nNaham prakasab sarvasya yoga-maya\n\nSupreme, 217\n\nverses quoted, 272\n\nMeditation\n\nNai�a tarkeQa matir apaneya\n\non lotus feet of Radha and Kr�r:Ja, 251\n\nverse quoted, 285\n\nMercy\nas a relative thing, 318-319\n\nNa sadrab bhagavad-bhaktas te\n\nCaitanya showed a favor to anyone by\nHis, 99-100\n\nverses quoted, 163\nNa tv evaharil jatu nasaril\nverses quoted, 317\n\nCaitanya's special, 100\nCaitanya wished to return to Puri by\n\nNanda Maharaja\ngood fortune of, 129\n\nSarvabhauma's, 34\nLord's empowering of others understood by His, 54\n\nKr�r:Ja as son of, 186, 227, 362-363\nNandanandana\n\nof Caitanya bestowed on Sarvabhauma,\n\ndevotees in Vrndavana address Kr�r:Ja\nas, 143\n\n96\nof Caitanya on leper Vasudeva, 72, 73\n\nNarada Muni\n\nof Nrsirilha compared to moonshine, 83\n\nquoted on devotional service, 11 7\n\nof the glance of a devotee, 51\nlove affairs of Kr�r:Ja understood by His,\n\nreceived knowledge from Brahma, 33\n\nlowborn elevated by spiritual master's,\n\nNarahari Tirtha\n\nSouth India delivered by Caitanya's,\n290\n\nNarayar:Ja\n\nMithab prema-guQ otkirtis tayor\n\nas opulent form of Kr�r:Ja, 369\n\nverses quoted, 216\n\nattracted to Kr�r:Ja, 180\n\nModes of nature\n\nBrahma enlightened by, 258-259\nto,\n\n115\nsubdued in Viraja River, 118\nMonism\none who accepts becomes joyful, 119\nMukUinam api siddhanaril narayaQa\nverses quoted, 247\nMukunda\nunhappy to see austerities of Caitanya,\nMuQr;/aka Upani�ad\ncited on understanding Kr�r:Ja, 361\n\ninscriptions written at KOrma-k�etra by,\n56-57\n\nworld liberated by Caitanya's, 53\n\n11\n\nNarahari Cakravarti\nas author of Bhakti-ratnakara, 338\n\n98\nRadha appears first as, 193\n\ndevotional service transcendental\n\nNarada-pancaratra\nquoted by Caitanya, 377\n\n285-286\n\nCaitanya as, 97\ndemigods not on same level as, 296\ndevotee of can't understand Kr�r:Ja, 143\nhas sixty transcendental qualities, 370\nKr�r:Ja a p p e a r e d b e f o r e g o pis a s ,\n372-373\nsurpassed by Kr�r:Ja, 355\nNarayaQa-vyaha-stava\nquoted on glory of a devotee, 244\nNarmasvasa na-nepath yam h rdayodghata\nverses quoted, 216\nNarottama dasa Thakura\n\nquoted on faith in Kr�r:Ja, 285\n\naccepted thousands of disciples, 66-67\n\nquoted on understanding Kr�r:Ja, 286\n\nquoted on Lord's mercy, 100\n\n", "mad3#p0454": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n422\n\nNarottama dasa Thakura\n\np\n\nquoted on miseries of material life, 62\nquoted on sankirtana, 115\nquoted on understanding Vrndavana,\n\nPadma Pural)a\nquoted on bona fide spiritual master,\n\n170\n\n163\n\nNa tatha me priyatamo brahma\n\nquoted on considering a devotee in\n\nverses quoted, 244\n\nterms of birth, 98\n\nNavadvipa\n\nquoted on hearing about Kr�t:�a from\n\nas birthplace of Caitanya, 54\nCaitanya\n\ndid\n\nnot\n\nmanifest\n\nVai�t;�avas, 213\n\nspiritual\n\nquoted on name Rama, 305, 307\n\npotencies at, 54\ndevotee converts any place into, 65-66\nNayam atma pravacanena labhyo\nverse quoted, 285\nNayika-pral)a-samrak�a\nverse quoted, 216\nNew Vrndavana\nnot different from Goloka Vrndavana,\n35\n\nquoted by Ramananda Raya, 148\nrules for bathing in, 109\nPadyavali\nquoted by Ramananda Raya, 123-124\nPak�i-tirtha\nvisited by Caitanya, 331\nPali\nsubjugated by Kr�t;�a, 178\nPana-nrsirhha\n\nNilacala\nSee: )agannatha Puri\n\nCaitanya visited temple of, 328\n\nNi�kiiicanasya bhagavad-bhajanonmukhasya\n\nPat;�<;lavas\n\nverses quoted, 98\nNityananda\n\nPapanasana\n\nas the spiritual master, 42\nbroke sannyasa staff of Caitanya, 10\nCaitanya accepts request of, 16-20\ninitiated by Madhavendra Puri, 163\nlament�d Caitanya's leaving for South\nIndia, 8\npredicted dancing and chanting in\nevery village, 41\nNondevotees\nask Lord for sense gratification, 213\ndevotees should not associate with, 98\nNrsirhha ferocious to, 84\npreacher distinguishes between devotees and, 1 04-105\nNrsirhhadeva\nCaitanya offered prayers to, 329\nCaitanya worshiped Deity of, 82-85\n\n0\nOm bhor bhuva/:1 sval) tat savitur\nverse quoted, 259\nOm nama bhagavate vasudevaya\none should worship Kr�t:�a with this\nmantra, 176\n\nmore advanced than Prahlada, 244\nCaitanya visited, 335-336\nParamatma\nas a holy name of the Lord, 142\nrealization\n\nof\n\nas\n\nincomplete\n\nunder­\n\nstanding of Absolute, 143\nParampara\nknowledge received by, 33\nParasara Muni\ncited on varl)asrama-dharma, 111\nParicaryatmakam karma sadrasyapi\nverse quoted, 30\nParvati\ndesires qualities of Radha, 201\nPaternity\ndevotional service in, 128-130\nPatita-pavana\nCaitanya known as, 100\nPatita-pavana-hetu tava avatara\nverses quoted, 100\nPatraka\nas servant of Kr�t;�a, 228, 278\nPastimes of Caitanya\none who does not believe in is vanquished, 55\none who hears attains His lotus feet, 76\n\n", "mad3#p0455": "423\n\nGeneral Index\n\nPastimes of Kr�r:Ja\nand Radha compared to camphor,\n283\nare all spiritual, 170\nas chief object of remembrance, 250\nas unfathomable, 378-379\nCaitanya questioned Ramananda Raya\nabout, 240\ndiscussed by Caitanya and His devotees, 45\ndiscussed by Caitanya and Vyelika�a\nBhana, 340\nmind of Radha fixed on, 198\nnarrated by Sukadeva Cosvami, 130\nnectar of sprinkled on creeper of love of\nCod, 220-221\nnot understood by blunt senses,\n360-361\nnot understood by mundane speculators, 207-208\nof Kr�r:Ja more relishable than those of\nNarayar:Ja, 354\none should always think of, 231-233\nRamananda Raya as limit of knowledge\n\nPrahlada-hrdayahladarh bhaktavidya\n\nverses quoted, 83\nPrakasananda Sarasvatl\nCaitanya discussed principles of Cita\nwith, 110\nPrapancikataya buddhya hari\n\nverses quoted, 267\nPrapannamrta\n\ncited on Kurma-k�etra, 56-57\nPrarthana\n\nquoted on Lord's mercy, 100\nPrasada\n\nCaitanya instructed those who gave\nHim, 66,67\nCaitanya received )agannatha's, 27\nPrataparudra Maharaja\nRamananda Raya as governor of South\nIndia under, 30\nPrayers\nof Brahma to Kr�r:Ja, 121\noffered by Caitanya to Deity of\nNrsimha, 83-84\nPrema-bhakti\n\ndescribed, 123\n\nof, 238\ntalk about is confidential, 110\nto attract conditioned souls, 248\ntruth of within knowledge of Ramanan-\n\nPremambhoja-maranda\ndescription of Radha's body in, 191-192\n\nda Raya, 273\nwhole creation enlivened by, 179\nwith Radha as self-effulgent, 218\nwith Radha understood through gopis,\n214-217\n\nPrema-vilasa-vivarta\n\nPatrarh pu�parh phalarh toyarh\n\nverses quoted, 321\nPhilosophers\nmany kinds of named, 312\n\nPoliticians\ngenerally disqualified from spiritual advancement, 30\nPoravandara\nVidyanagara known today as, 29\nPracodita yena pura sarasvati\nverses quoted, 260\nPrahlada Maharaja\nNrsimhadeva as Lord of, 83-84\nPi!r:J<;lavas more advanced than, 244\nquoted on nine processes of devotional\nservice, 241\n\nPremanjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\n\nverse quoted, 264\nas book by Ramananda Raya, 207\nPrema-vivarta\n\nas book by )agadananda, 207\nProstitution\nhow to eliminate, 64-65\nPrthivite ache yata nagaradi-grama\nverse quoted, 164\nPuriiQas\n\nname of Radharar:Ji directly mentioned\nin, 149\nPure devotees\nact according to desires of Lord, 166\ncan bestow spiritual potency on anyone, 49\nKr�r:Ja conquered by love of, 120-121\npleasure relished by manifest by Lord's\npleasure potency, 187\npseudo-transcendentalists\n\ncan't\n\ncompared to, 134\nsee Radha and Kr�r:Ja as one, 270\n\nbe\n\n", "mad3#p0456": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n424\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\nPuru�ottama\n\nquoted on perfection of life, 117\n\nKr�Da known as, 111\n\nRaktaka\n\nPurusottama Yati\n\ni nitiated Ananda Tirtha, 56\n\nas servant of Kr�Qa, 228, 278\nRama\n\nR\n\nAbsolute Truth called, 305\nRamacandra\n\nRadharaQi\nas dearmost friend of Kr�Qa, 189\nas Lord's consort in Vrndavana, 233\nas personification of love of God, 270\nas topmost of gopis, 245\nCaitanya assumed complexion of, 91,\n\n269-270, 273-27 4\nCaitanya covered by complexion of,\n262\nderivation of name, 148-149\ndescription of qualities of, 191-202\nembodies ecstatic potency, 174\nemgaging in service of Kr�Da and, 117\ngopis as expansions of body of, 191\nhighest form of conjugal love represented by, 138\ninduces Kr�Da to enjoy with gopis, 222\nknown as Govinda-nandini and Govinda-mohini, 274\nKr�Da as lover of, 178\n\n204-205\n\ntemple of at Tripati, 328\nRamananda Raya\nactivities of like sugar candy, 282-283\nand Caitanya as madmen, 276-277\nas author of Prema-vilasa-vivarta, 207\nas best of topmost devotees, 104\nas cloud of devotional service, 80\nas Governor of Madras, 93\nas incarnation of Visakha, 91\nas resident of Vidyanagara, 29\ncompared to miner, 278\ncompares himself to dancing puppet,\n\n166-167\nconsidered a sadra, 30\nmeeting between Caitanya and, 87-92\nSarvabhauma\n\nlike a creeper of love of God, 219-221\nlove of for Kr�Da is topmost, 147-148\nmahabhava represented by, 188-190\nmistook tama/a tree for Kr�Qa, 209\nKr�Da\n\nfrom\n\nrasa dance,\n\n149-156\ntouches no one but Kr�Qa, 273\nRadharamaQa\ndevotees in Vrndavana address Kr�Da\nas, 143\n\nrequested Caitanya to\n\nmeet with, 30-33\nsong composed by, 206-210\nRamanujacarya\naccepted thousands of disciples, 66-67\nCaitanya talked to those in line of, 334\ncited on devotional service as goal of\nlife, 111\nSouth Indian Vai�Qavas as worshipers\nof, 295-297\nthrown from Jagannatha Puri to KOrma­\n\nRaghunatha Bhaga Gosvami\nchanted holy name fixed number of\ntimes daily, 18\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami\nauthor\n\nstory of Deities of Sita and, 296-297\n\ncompares himself to parrot, 159\n\nKr�Da painted dolphins on breasts of,\n\nas\n\nHanuman as eternal servant of, 281\nSouth Indian Vai�Qavas as worshipers\nof, 295-297\n\nbaths taken by, 193\n\nstolen by\n\nas descendant of King Raghu, 48\nCaitanya saw Deity of, 301\n\nof\n\nPremambhoja-maranda,\n\n191\nauthor's indebtedness to, 287\nchanted holy name fixed number of\ntimes daily, 18\n\nk�etra, 56\nRamanuja-sampradaya\npriests of care for temple of Sirhhacala,\n\n82\nRama Raghava mantra\nchanted by Caitanya, 298\nRamal raghaval ramal raghaval ramal\nraghaval rak$a mam\nverses chanted by Caitanya, 48\n\n", "mad3#p0457": "General Index\n\n425\n\nRariga-k�etra\n\nReputation\ngreatest is to be a devotee, 242-245\n\nRasabhasa\n\nRukmiQi-rama(la\n\nRasa dance\n\nROpa Gosvami\nas author of Ujjvala-nilama(li, 154\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 335-337\n\ngopis never address Kr�oa as, 143\n\ndue to influence of Kali-yuga, 143\nSee: Rasa-lila\n\nas most exalted servitor of Radha, 245\n\nRasa-lila\n\nCaitanya described so-called followers\n\nas completely spiritual, 366-367\n\nof Vedas to, 100\nCaitanya taught principles of bhakti to,\n\ndidn't shine in Kr�oa's heart without\nRadha, 156\n\n110\n\ngopis embraced by Kr�oa in, 235\n\nchanted holy name fixed number of\n\ngopis lamented Kr�oa's absence from,\n\n145\n\nhearing about frees one\n\nfrom\n\ntimes daily, 18\n\nquoted on vision of devotee, 267\n\nlust,\n\nvoluntarily accepted mendicant's life,\n\n252-253\n\n101\n\nKr�oa danced with gopis in, 131\nKr�oa reappeared in, 177\n\nRupa-raghunatha-pade haibe akuti\nverses quoted, 170\n\nKr�oa stole Radha from, 149-156\nLak�mT desired to enjoy, 356\n\nperformed in Vrndavana, 251\n\ns\n\nsruti-ga(la desired to enter, 364-365\nRasikananda\n\ninitiated by Syamananda, 163\n\nRaso 'ham apsu kaunteya\n\nSacT\n\nCaitanya as son of, 326\n\nverses quoted, 265\n\nSac-cid-ananda\n\naccepted by Lak�mi, 353\n\n$ac;:l-gosvamy-a�taka\nquoted on regulated\n\nchanting\n\nSadhana-bhakti\nas devotional\n\nin\n\nKr�oa is, 173,185\n\nRegulative principles\nCaitanya's\n\nassociates\n\nsometimes\n\nbehaved contrary to, 14\n\ndevotees must strictly follow, 41\n\nelevate one to spontaneous attraction\nfor Kr�oa, 253\n\nfollowing of recommended by Brahma,\n121\n\ngiven by spiritual master, 227\n\nGoloka Vrndavana not attained by,\n230\nnecessary to awaken love of God, 124\n\nGosvamis, 18\n\nservice\n\nSahajiyas\ndecorate material body to attract Kr�oa,\n\n217\n\ndecry activities of six Gosvamis, 66-67\nSamo 'ham sarva-bhute�u\nverse quoted, 104\nSarilsara-vi�anale, diva-nisi hiya\n\nmaterially motivated rejected from\n\nSanatana Gosvami\n\nBhagavatam, 141\n\nso-called followers of, 100\n\nsong which is living being's actual,\n\npractice,\n\n122-123\n\nstrictly followed by Caitanya, 15\n\nReligion\n\nof\n\nquoted, 62\n\nadvises hearing about Krsna from a\nVai�oava, 213\n\nas most exalted servitor of Radha,\n\nRemembrance\n\n245\nCaitanya taught principles of bhakti to,\n\nRenunciation\n\nchanted holy name fixed number of\n\n248-249\n\nchief object of, 250\n\nSupreme Lord satisfied by, 116\n\n110\n\ntimes daily, 18\n\n", "mad3#p0458": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n426\n\nSanatana Gosvami\nvoluntarily accepted mendicant's life,\n101\n\nSarikaracarya\naccepted Lord as creator of material\n\nworld, 318\nSatikhya-purvaka-nama-gana-natibhib\nverses quoted, 18\n\nSatikirtana\n\nawakens Kr��Ja consciousness in general\npublic, 110\nCaitanya converted everyone to, 66-67\nimported from spiritual world, 115\nperformed by Caitanya, 47\nSannyasa\nPuru�ottama Yati converted many fools\nto accept, 56\n\nno need to take in Kali-yuga, 64\ntaken by Visvaropa, 21\nSannyasis\nbrahmacaris supposed to assist, 13\n\ncan become spiritual master, 162-164\nduties of, 11\nforbidden to associate with sudras,97,\n99\npurpose of begging of, 101-102\nsupposed to bless householders, 34-35\n\nSanta-rasa\n\nthose belonging to, 278\nSapta-sau\nstory of Suratha and Samadhi in, 142\nSaral)agati\nquoted on Kr��Ja conscious householder\nlife, 35\nSarasvati\nNrsirilhadeva always assisted by, 83\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya\nasked Caitanya to meet Ramananda\nRaya, 105\n\nCaitanya desired to go to South India\nafter delivering. 3,4\n\nCaitanya discussed principles of Gita\nwith, 110\nCaitanya visited with before leaving for\nSouth India, 21-28\nfainted on departure of Caitanya for\nSouth India, 35-36\nhis instruction to Gopinatha Acarya, 28\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya\nRamananda Raya recommended to\nCaitanya by, 160-161\nrecommended meeting of Caitanya and\n\nRamananda Raya, 9 5-96\nrequested Caitanya to meet with Ramananda Raya, 30-33\nused to cut jokes with Vai�l)avas, 32\nSarva-bhlite�u yab pasyed\nverses quoted, 104\nSarva-dharman parityajya\nverse quoted, 1 04\nSarvam etad rtarh manye\nverses quoted, 378-379\nSarvasya caharh hrdi sannivi�to\nverses quoted, 213\nSarvatab pal)i-padarh tat\nverses quoted, 316\n\nSarvopadhi-vinirmuktarh tat-paratvena\n\nquoted, 207\n\nSa$ti-var$a-sahasriil)i maya\n\nverses quoted, 244\nSathimata\n\nas wife of Sarvabhauma, 25\nSatyabhama\ndesires position of Radha, 201\nSa yatra k$irabdhib sravati\nverses quoted, 169\nScientists\nincapable of traveling to other stars,\n173\nScriptures\n\nRadha's glories highly estimated in, 147\nSenses\ngopis only desire to satisfy Kr��Ja's,\n224\n\npurified by devotional service, 2B6\nspiritual are beyond material, 207\ntwo kinds of engagement for, 30\nSense gratification\nDamodara wanted Caitanya to enjoy,\n13\n\ndestination of those desiring. 254-255\nenjoyed by Kr��Ja like gold, 203\ngopis have no desire for, 225\nJagadananda wanted Caitanya to enjoy,\n10\nkarmis just interested in, 32\n\n", "mad3#p0459": "General Index\n\nSense gratification\nmaterial education increases activities\nof, 241\n\nnondevotees ask Lord for, 213\n\nritualistic ceremonies to develop, 142\nSeparation\n\nfeelings of felt by Caitanya, 46\nfrom\n\ndevotee as greatest distress,\n\n427\n\nSiyaiT-bhairavT (Durga)\ntemple of visited by Caitanya, 333\n\nSkanda-k�etra\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 302\n\nSmartas\n\nnot enlightened in devotional service,\n54\nSmrti-sastra\n\nfollowers of called smartas, 54\n\n246-247\nServitude\n\nSociety\n\nSe�a Naga\n\nSong\n\ndevotional service in, 125-126\n\ncan't understand gopis, 244\n\nunable to describe meeting of Caitanya\nand Ramananda Raya, 282\nSex\n\nspiritual, 171\n\nSiddhavata\nvisited by Caitanya, 300, 302\nSik�a sarigamanaril kale sevanaril\nverses quoted, 216\nSimhacala\ntemple of described, 81-82\none should refrain from, 64-65\nsurrender to Kr�JJa frees one from reacSiva\n\nwhich\n\nis\n\nreligion\n\nof\n\nliving\n\nbeing,\n\n248-249\nSouth India\nin clutches of bogus philosophies, 291\n\ndiffere nce b e t w e e n m aterial and\nillicit as very sinful, 64-65\n\nSin\n\nfour divisions of human, 112\n\ntion to, 104\ncan't understand gopis, 244\ndevotees of converted to Vai�JJavas,\n329, 334\n\nSpiritual master\n\nCaitanya orders everyone to become,\n64\ndelivers disciple from maya, 325\ndevotee dedicates himself to service of,\n134\nhow to become, 66-67\n\ninitiation by, 176\n\nlowborn elevated by mercy of, 98\nnecessity of faith in, 346\nNityananda as the, 42\none is empowered to preach by, 50\nqualifications for becoming, 162-164\nregulative principles given by, 227\nthree kinds of, 163\n\nSpiritual potency\n\nCaitanya invested people with, 49\n\nimpersonalists chant name of, 140\n\nSravaf!aril kirtanaril vi�f!OQ\n\nMayavadTs recommend worship of, 135\n\nSrTdama\n\nMallikarjuna-tirtha as temple of, 299\nquoted on glory of a devotee, 244\n\nverses quoted, 241\n\nas friend of Kr�rya, 228, 278\n\nquoted on name Rama, 307\n\nSrTdhara SvamT\n\ntemple of at Go-samaja, 333\n\nquoted on Lord Nrsirhhadeva, 83, 84\n,\nSri-kr$f!a-caitanya-prabhu daya\n\ntemple of at Pak�i-tirtha, 331\ntemple of at Siva-k�etra, 335\n\nverses quoted, 100\n\ntemple of at Trikala-hastT, 331\n\nSri-kr$1!a-caitanya, radha-kr$f!a nahe anya\n\nYasoda more fortunate than, 130\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\ntemple of at VrddhakasT, 310\n\nSiva-kaiicT\nvisited by Caitanya, 329\n\nSiva-k�etra\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 335\n\nquoted, 270\n\ncited by Ramananda Raya, 144\ncited on conjugal love of God, 138\n\ncited on KaverT River, 333\n\nleper Vasudeva recited a verse from, 72\n\n", "mad3#p0460": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n428\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nSri Vai�1,1avas\nin line of Riimiinujiicarya, 334\n\nopening invocation of, 260-261\n\nSriyab kantab kantab parama\n\norders of K[�l,la given in, 64-65\n\nverses quoted, 169\n\nprofessional reciters of, 134\nquoted by Caitanya, 266, 267, 359,\n\nSrutasya purhsarh sucira-sramasya\nverses quoted, 243-244\n\n364, 369-370\nquoted by Ramananda Raya, 117, 126,\n128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 139, 146,\n177, 180-181, 226, 229, 231, 235\nquoted on\n\nassociation of devotees,\n246-247, 249\nquoted on best education, 241\nquoted on Brahma's enlightenment, 260\nquoted on brahminical symptoms, 164\nquoted on c h a nt i n g h o l y n ame,\n253-254\nquoted on desirelessness of devotee,\n\n246\nquoted on devotees most perfect per­\n\nSruti-gal)a\n\nworshiped K[�l,la in ecstasy of go pis\n\n,\n\n364-365\n\nSru ti-smrti -pural)adi-pancaratra\nverses quoted, 133\n\nStava-ma/a\n\nquoted on chanting of Caitanya, 18\n\nSthavara jatigama dekhe na dekhe\nverses quoted, 265\n\nStriya vaisyas tatha siidras\nverses quoted, 98\n\nStotra-ratna\n\nquoted on love of God in servitude,\n\nson, 247-248\nquoted\n\non\n\nelevation\n\nto\n\nheavenly\n\nplanets, 255\n\nas friend of Kr�1,1a, 228\n\nquoted on fortune of Kaliya, 353\n\nSudama\n\nquoted on glory of a devotee, 243-244\n\nquoted on hearing about rasa dance,\n\n252\n\nas friend of Kr�1,1a, 278\nSudama Brahma1,1a\nverse spoken by quoted, 72\n\nSiidra\n\nquoted on living in Vrndavana, 252\nquoted\n\n126\nSubala\n\non\n\nm a t e r i a ll y\n\nmotivated\n\ncan approach supreme destination, 98\ncan become spiritual master, 162-164\n\nreligious activities, 141-142\nquoted on meditation on Radha and\nKr�1,1a, 25<1\n\nduties of, 113\nmeant to serve higher classes, 30\n\nquoted on occupational duties, 115\n\none in knowledge of Kr�1,1a is never a,\n\nquoted on pastimes of Kr�1,1a, 248\n\n163\n\nquoted on pleasing Lord Hari, 113\n\nRamananda Raya as, 93, 97 98\n\nquoted on remembering Lord, 250\n\nRiimananda Raya identified himself as,\n\n-\n\nquoted on saints visiting homes of\nhouseholders, 102\nquoted on symptoms of topmost devotee, 1 04-1OS\nquoted\n\non\n\nappreciated good fortune of cowherd\nboys, 128\n\ntranscendental\n\nliterature,\n\nSupersoul\nas all-pervasive, 316\n\n344\nsufficient in itself for God-realization,\n\nintelligence emanates from, 213\n\nverses quoted, 141\nSrinivasa Acarya\non\n\nregulative\n\nGosvamis, 18\n\nen lightens devotees from with i n ,\n259-260\n\n141-142\n\nSrimad-bhagavate maha-muni-krte\n\nquoted\n\n90,97-98\nSukadeva Gosvami\n\nSupreme Lord\nCaitanya as, 16, 24\nchanting\n\nof\n\nsome names of, 142\n\nVedas considered to be spoken by, 33\n\n", "mad3#p0461": "General Index\n\nSva-jivanadhikaril prarthyaril\nverses quoted, 247\n\nSvarOpa Da.modara\n\nauthor's indebtedness to, 287\n\nCaitanya's meetings with Ra.ma.nanda\nRa.ya described by, 80\n\nquoted on oneness of Ra.dha. and Kr��a,\n\n270\n\nSve sve karmaf)y abhirata/:1\nverses quoted, 111\n\nSvetasvatara Upani�ad\n\n429\n\nTilaka\nVai��ava marks his body with, 109\n\nTrai-vidya maril soma-pal)\nverses quoted, 255\nTransmigration\n\nof spirit soul, 317-318\n\nTrayya prabuddho 'tha vidhir\nverses quoted, 172\n\nTrikala-hastT\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 331\nTrimalaya\n\nquoted on Brahma.'s enlightenment, 259\nquoted on faith in spiritual master, 346\n\nSveta-vara.ha\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 331\nTrimalla\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 327\n\nCaitanya visited temple of, 332\n\nTrima�ha\n\nabsorbed by Kr��a, 178\n\nTripati\n\nRasikananda initiated by, 163\n\nTrivikrama\n\nSya.ma.\n\nSyama.nanda\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 302\nvisited by Caitanya, 327, 328\n\nSya.masundara\n\nCaitanya appeared as to Rama.nanda\nRa.ya, 262-263\n\ntemple of visited by Caitanya, 302\n\nTyaktva deharil punar janma naiti\nverse quoted, 232\n\nTyaktva tCirQam ase�a-maQr;lala\n\nT\n\nverses quoted, 101\n\nu\n\nTad-vag-visargo janatagha\nverses quoted, 344\n\nUddhava\n\nTarika\n\ndesires to participate in Kr��a's dealings\n\nTa.raka.\n\nmore advanced than Yadus, 244\n\nmethod of work confirmed by, 112\n\nsubjugated by Kr��a, 178\n\nTasmad ekene manasa bhagavan\nverses quoted,\n\nTasmat sarvatmana rajan hari/:1\nverses quoted, 250\n\nTat karma hari-to�aril yat sa\nverses quoted, 241\n\nTato maril tattvato jtiatva visate\nverses quoted, 141\n\nTattvavadTs\n\nSouth Indian Vai��avas as, 295-297\n\nTene brahma hrda ya adi kavaye\nquoted, 33, 318\n\nwith gopis, 224\n\nquoted on fortune of gopis, 131-132\n\nUjjvala-nilamaf)i\n\nquoted by Ramananda Raya, 154, 188,\n\nquoted on business of sakhis, 216-217\n\n210\n\nUpani$ads\nfollowed in footsteps of gopis, 359\nthose who presented attained love of\nGod, 228\n\nUttara-rama-racita\nquoted\n\non\n\nbehavior\n\nsonalities, 37\n\nv\n\nTe�aril satata-yuktanaril bhajataril\nverses quoted, 32, 213\n\nTe tam bhuktva svarga-lokaril\nverses quoted, 255\n\nVag-isa yasya vadane lak�mir\nverses quoted, 8 3\n\nof\n\ngreat\n\nper­\n\n", "mad3#p0462": "Sri Caitanya-caritamfla\n\n430\n\nVaikuotha\n\nVasudeva\n\ninnumerable planets in, 168\n\nLak�mi as Lord's consort in, 232\n\nno anxiety in, 118\n\nas leper cured by Caitanya, 2, 69-7 4\n\nVasudevamrta-prada\nCaitanya known as, 75\n\nVai�oavas\n\nVasudeva-nandana\n\nall of South India became, 59\n\nVrndavana devotees don't address\n\nassociation with, 246-247\natheists can be defeated by, 320\nbehavior of, 321\ndevotees of Siva converted to, 329, 334\nhearing about Kr�oa from, 213\n\nmust bathe three times a day, 109\nresidents of Vidyanagara became, 281\nsacred thread ceremony introduced for\nall, 164\n\nSarvabhauma enlightened in philosophy\nof, 30\nSarvabhauma used to cut jokes with, 32\n\nKr�oa as, 143\nVeda-ni$tha-madhye ardheka veda\nverses quoted, 100\nVedanta-siitra\n\nas basis of bhakti cult, 312\n\nmethod of work confirmed by, 112\nVedartha-sarhgraha\ncited on devotional service as goal of\nlife, 111\n\nVedas\nas basis of Caitanya's cult, 312\n\nconsidered to be spoken by Lord, 33\n\nshouldn't deliver knowledge to puffed-\n\nconsidered human compilations by\n\nSouth India converted into, 295\n\nforbid\n\nup materialists, 161-162\n\nthose embraced by Him became, 53\n\ntwo kinds of, 164\n\nBuddhists, 315\nassociation\n\nof\n\nsannyasis\n\nand\n\nsiidras, 97, 99\n\nGayatri as mother of, 172\n\nVai$Qava-tantra\nquoted on considering demigods equal\nto Lord, 376-377\nVai$Qavera kriya-mudra vijne na bujhaya\n\ngayatri-mantra embodies the three, 172\nKrsna as knower of, 213\n·\nn �t compiled by created being, 318\none must follow conclusion of, 134\n\nquoted, 33\n\nVedavana\n\nCaitanya converted many poeple to,\n\nVede$U durlabham adurlabham atma-bhak­\n\nVai�oavism\n\n86\nCaitanya converted provinces in South\nIndia to, 53\n\ndevotees convert others to, 50\nVaisya\ncan approach supreme destination, 98\nduties of, 113\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 333\n\ntau\nquoted, 377\n\nVedic civilization\n\na man retires to forest at fifty in, 63\n\nVidyanagara\n\nas residence of Ramananda Raya, 29\n\nresidents of became Vai�oavas, 281\n\nmay renounce family, 116\n\nVikrir;litarh vraja-vadhiibhir idarh\n\nVaisyas\n\nverses quoted, 252\n\nsiidras serve, 30\n\nVik$ate jati-samanyat\n\nDurga addressed as, 307\n\nViraja River\n\nVaranana\n\nverse quoted, 98\n\nVarQasrama-dharma\nfounded by Kr�oa, 111\n\nnot properly executed\n\nwhere modes of nature are subdued,\n\nin\n\nKali-yuga,\n\n114-115\nsiidra as fourth division in social status\nin, 30\n\nVi�QU worshiped by, 112-113\n\n118\nVisakha\n\nas expansion of body of Radha, 191\n\nRamananda Raya as incarnation of, 91\n\nVisakha-patana Gazetteer\ncited, 81-82\n\n", "mad3#p0463": "General Index\nVi�aya cha{fiya kabe suddha ha'be\n\n431\n\nVrndavana\n\nquoted, 63\n\nhow devotees in address K[�l)a, 143\n\nverses quoted, 170\n\nK[�l)a and Radha enjoy in bushes of,\n204\n\nVi�I)U\nimpersonalists consider Brahman above,\n115\nkOrma-murti as form of, 56\nname of Rama equal to one thousand\nnames of, 307\noriginal potency of, 184\ntemple of at Papanasana, 335-336\nworshiped by varf)asrama-dharma,\n112-113\nYi�l)u-kaiici\nvisited by Caitanya, 330\nVi$f!U Puraf)a\n\nK[�l)a's pastimes in very confidential,\n110\none has to practice living in, 217\none should retire to at age of fifty, 63\nproper realization of anywhere, 35\nRadha as Lord's consort in, 233\nVyasadeva\nBhagavatam compiled by, 142\nParasara Muni as father of, 111\nquoted on rasa dance, 366\nreceived knowledge from Narada, 33\nVyenka�a Bhana\n\nquoted by Ramananda Raya, 184, 186\n\nCaitanya stayed at house of, 338-340\n\nquoted on varf)asrama-dharma, 112\n\nworshiped Deity of Lak�mi-Narayal)a,\n\nVisvambhara\ninitiated by TSvara Puri, 163\nYisvarupa\nCaitanya desired to find, 6\n\n351\nVyenka�a Hill\nvisited by Caitanya, 327\n\nhad already passed away, 7\ntook sannyasa and went to South India,\n21\nVivarta-vi/asa\nas book by Bhakta dasa Baula, 207\nYrajabhumi\nfollowing in footsteps of inhabitants of,\n361-363\nK[�l)a pleasing to inhabitants of, 221\nno regulative principles in, 227\nVrajaloka\nSee: Goloka Yrndavana\nVrajendra-nandana\nK[�l)a known as, 227\nVrddhakasi\nvisited by Caitanya, 310\nVrddhakola\nvisited by Caitanya, 331-332\nYrndavana\nas best place to live, 251-252\nCaitanya reminded of by forest on bank\nof Godavari, 86\n\nw\nWorld, material\nbusiness of living being in, 254\ncompetitive mood in, 242\ndevotees\n\nshould\n\nobserve\n\nsocial\n\ncustoms in, 14\nDurga as superintending deity of, 142\neverything is dull in, 170-1 71\nimitation of Lord's dancing in, 367\nK[�l)a's desires reflected pervertedly in,\n203\nlust applies to, 223\nmaterial elevation ends with end of,\n141\nno provisions for troublesome life of,\n62-63\nperson in as servant of maya, 166\nreason\n\nfor\n\nK[�l)a's\n\nappearance\n\nin,\n\n180-181\nvarf)asrama-dharma must be followed\nin, 115\n\ndescribed, 169-170\n\nVedic principles followed in, 227\n\ndevotee converts any place into, 65-66\n\nwealthy as most important personalities\n\nfive mellows in, 278\ngoddess of fortune couldn't attain service of K[�l)a in, �34\n\nin, 245\nWorld, spiritual\neverything is alive in, 171\n\n", "mad3#p0464": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n432\n\nWorld, spiritual\n\nYa nisa sarva-bhutanaril tasyaril\n\nLord identical with His name, form, etc.\n\nverses quoted, 276\nYanti deva-vrata devan pitrn\n\nin, 142\nsankirtana imported from, 115\nunder direction of yogamaya, 142\nVaikul)�halokas in, 173\nWomen\nall attracted to K[�l)a, 180\nall must be married, 64-65\ncan approach supreme destination, 98\n\nverses quoted, 140, 367\nYasoda\ngood fortune of, 129-130\nKrsna as son of, 231\nYasod�·�andana\ndevotees in Vrndavana address Kr�l)a\nas, 143\nYas tu narayal)aril devaril\nverses quoted, 376\n\ny\n\nYasya deve para bhaktir yatha deve\nverses quoted, 346, 348\n\nYada yasyanugrhQati bhagavan\nverses quoted, 117\nYadu dynasty\nmore advanced than Pal)c;lavas, 244\nYam evai�a vwute tena /abhyas\nquoted, 286\nverse quoted, 361\nYamunacarya\nquoted on love of God in servitude, 126\nYamuna River\ncowherd boys ate with K[�l)a on banks\nof, 128\nGodavari River reminded Caitanya of,\n\n86\nK[�l)a sought Radha on banks of, 152\n\nYasya ya/-/ak�al)aril proktaril purilso\nverses quoted, 164\nYata/:1 pravrttir bhatanaril\nverses quoted, 112\nYe dina grhe, bhajana dekhi', grhete\nquoted, 35\nYo brahmal)aril vidadhati purvaril\nverses quoted, 259\nYogamaya\ndevotees under influence of, 213-214\nspiritual world under influence of, 142\nYogis\nnot admitted to kingdom of God,\n\n140\n\n", "mad3#p0465": "(continued from front flap)\nMadhya-lila (the middle period), the\nlongest of the three, is a detailed narration of\nSri Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels\n\nthroughout India as a renounced mendicant,\nteacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and\n\nmystic. Finally, Antya-lila (the final period)\nconcerns the last eighteen years of Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's manifest presence, spent in\n\nsemiseclusion in jagannatha Puri, Orissa.\nDuring these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted\n\ndeeper and deeper into trances of spiritual\necstasy unparalleled in all of religious and\n\nliterary history, Eastern or Western.\n\n, Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja Gosvami, the author of\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta, was a great saint and\n\na confidential disciple and student of\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami, the renowned\nascetic saint who was one of the most inti­\n\nmate disciples of Sri Caitanya. He com­\n\nmenced work on the text while in his late\n\nnineties and in failing health, as he vividly\ndescribes in the text itself: \"I have now be­\n\ncome too old and disturbed in invalidity.\nWhile writing, my hands tremble. I cannot\nremember anything, nor can I see or hear\nproperly. Still I write, and this is a great\nwonder.\" That he nevertheless completed,\nunder such debilitating conditions, the\ngreatest literary gem of medieval India is\n\nsurely one of the wonders of literary history.\n\nThe English translation and commentary is\nthe work of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhakti­\n\nvedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's\nmost distinguished scholar and teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought.\nHe himself is a disciplic descendant of Sri\nCaitanya, and his intimate familiarity with\nthe precepts of Caitanya Mahaprabhu eminently qualifies him to present this important classic to the English-speaking world.\nThe ease and clarity with which he expounds upon Sri Caitanya's precepts lures\n\neven a reader totally unfamiliar with Indian\nreligious tradition into a genuine understanding and appreciation of this profound\nand monumental work.\nThe entire text, with commentary, pre­\n\nsented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\n\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust,\nrepresents a contribution of major importance to the intellectual, cultural and\nspiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n", "mad3#p0466": "MADHYA-LILA\nVolume3\n\nBl\nTANYAT\n&M\n\nYJ� Ilj\n\n��ULUu�\n\n��\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bbaktlvedanta\nSwami\nPrabbupada\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is the authorized work on the life and teachings of Sri\nK�Qa Caitanya-the philosopher, saint, spiritual preceptor, mystic and divine\nincarnation who pioneered a great social and religious movement in Sixteenth\nCentury India. His teachings, which embody the highest philosophical and\ntheolgoical truths, have affected centuries of religious and philosophical\nthinkers until the present day.\nThis translation and commentary on the original Bengali text is the work of\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada (pictured above), the\nworld's most distinguished scholar and teacher of Indian thought and culture\n\nand author of the best-selling Bhagavad-gita As It Is. This translation of Sri\nCaitanya-caritamrta represents a contribution of major importance to the\n\nintellectuat cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n•\n\nTHE\nBHAKTIVEDANT A\nBOOK TRUST\n\n", "mad3#p0467": "", "mad4#p0001": "-\n\nSRI CAITANYACAR TAMRTA\n-\n\nMADHYA- LiLA Volume 4\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n", "mad4#p0002": "SRI CAITANYA-CARITAMRTJl\nIt would not be inaccurate to say that Sri\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta is one of the most important works of historical and philosophical\nliterature ever written, in any language. It is\n\nthe principal work on the life and teachings\nof Sri Kr�t:�a Caitanya, a divine incarnation of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Sri\nCaitanya is the pioneer of a great social and\nreligious movement which began in India a\n\nlittle less than five hundred years ago and\n\nwhich has directly and indirectly influenced\nthe subsequent course of religious and\n\nphilosophical thinking not only in India but\nin the recent West as well.\nAt a time when, in the West, man was\ndirecting his explorative spirit toward\ncircumnavigating the world in search of new\noceans and continents and toward studying\n\nthe structure of the physical universe, Sri\nKr�t:�a Caitanya, in the East, was inaugurating\n\nand masterminding a revolution directed inward, toward a scientific understanding of\nthe highest knowledge of man's spiritual\nnature.\nW i t h i n his l i f e t i m e , S r i C a i t a n y a\ntransformed the face o f India i n four\n\nrespects: philosophically, by encountering,\ndefeating and converting the greatest phi­\n\nlosophers and thinkers of his day; religiously,\nby organizing the largest, most widespread\ntheistic\n\nmovement\n\nin\n\nIndia's\n\nhistory;\n\nsocially, by his strong challenges against the\nreligious inequities of the caste system;\n\npolitically, by his organization of a massive\n\ncivil disobedience movement in Bengal, 450\nyears before Gandhi.\n\nThe text is divided into three sections\ncalled \"/i/as.\" Adi-li/a (the early period)\n\ntraces his life from birth through his accep­\n\ntance of the renounced order, sannyasa, at\nthe age of twenty-four. This part includes his\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and\n\nearly philosophical confrontations, as well as\nhis organization of the widespread\nsarikirtana movement and his civil disobedience against the repression of the\nMohammedan government.\n\n(continued on back flap )\n\n", "mad4#p0003": "-\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAMRTA\n•\n\n", "mad4#p0004": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-5 (15 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri TSopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr�oa Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr�r;�a, The Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nKrsna, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nTh·� Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�oa\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Krsna Consciousness\nKr�oa Conscia'�sness: The Matchless Gift\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\nA complete catalogue is available upon request\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "mad4#p0005": "All Glory to SrT Guru and Gaurariga\n\n--\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAIRTA\n•\n\nof Kr,.,adasa Kaviraja Gosvami\n\nMadhya-IT/a\nVolume Four\n\n\"The Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\"\n\nwith the original Bengali tex�\nRoman transliterations, synonyms,\ntranslation and elaborate purports\n\nby\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London· Bombay\n\n", "mad4#p0006": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka A venue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n© 1975 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-93206\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-66-8\n\nFirst printing, 1975: 20,000 copies\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "mad4#p0007": "Contents\n\nIntroduction\n\nChapter 9\n\nvi\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n1\n\n(part 2)\nChapter 10\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n109\n\nChapter 11\n\nThe Be(ia-kirtana Pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\n207\n\nReferences\n\n335\n\nGlossary\n\n337\n\nBengali Pronunciation Guide\n\n341\n\nIndex of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n343\n\nGeneral Index\n\n359\n\n", "mad4#p0008": "Introduction\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is the principal work on the life and teachings of SrT\n\nKr?Qa Caitanya. Sri Caitanya is the pioneer of a great social and religious move­\n\nment which began in India a little less than five hundred years ago and which has\n\ndirectly and indirectly influenced the subsequent course of religious and philosophical thinking not only in India but in the recent West as well.\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is regarded as a figure of great historical significance.\n\nHowever, our conventional method of historical analysis-that of seeing a man as\n\na product of his times-fails here. Sri Caitanya is a personality who transcends the\nlimited scope of historical settings.\n\nAt a time when, in the West, man was directing his explorative spirit toward\n\nstudying the structure of the physical universe and circumnavigating the world in\nsearch of new oceans and continents, Sri Kr?Qa Caitanya, in the East, was in­\n\naugurating and masterminding a revolution directed inward, toward a scientific\n\nunderstanding of the highest knowledge of man's spiritual nature.\n\nThe chief historical sources for the life of Sri Kr�Qa Caitanya are the ka(iacas (di­\n\naries) kept by Murari Gupta and Svaropa Damodara GosvamT. Murari Gupta, a\n\nphysician and close associate of Sri Caitanya's, recorded extensive notes on the\nfirst twenty-four years of Sri Caitanya's life, culminating in his initiation into the\n\nrenounced order, sannyasa. The events of the rest of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's for­\n\nty-eight years are recorded in the diary of SvarOpa Damodora Gosvami, another of\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's intimate associates.\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is divided into three sections called lilas, which literally\n\nmeans \"pastimes\"-Adi-/i/a (the early period), Madhya-lila (the middle period)\nand Antya-lila (the final period). The notes of Murari Gupta form the basis of the\n\nAdi-li/a, and SvarOpa Damodara's diary provides the details for the Madhya- and\n\nAntya-li/as.\n\nThe first twelve of the seventeen chapters of Adi-lila constitute the preface for\n\nthe entire work. By referring to Vedic scriptural evidence, this preface establishes\nSri Caitanya as the avatara (incarnation) of Kr�Qa (God) for the age of Kali-the\n\ncurrent epoch, beginning five thousand years ago and characterized by material­\n\nism, hypocrisy and dissension. In these descriptions, Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\nis identical with Lord Kr�Qa, descends to liberally grant pure love of God to the\n\nfallen souls of this degraded age by propagating sankTrtana-literally,\n\"congregational glorification of God\"-especially by organizing massive public\nchanting of the maha-mantra (Great Chant for Deliverance). The esoteric purpose\n\nof Lord Caitanya's appearance in the world is revealed, his co-avataras and prin­\n\ncipal devotees are described and his teachings are summarized. The remaining\n\nportion of Adi-lila, chapters thirteen through seventeen, briefly recounts his\ndivine birth and his life until he accepted the renounced order. This includes his\n\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and early philosophical confrontations, as\n\nwell as his organization of a widespread sankirtana movement and his civil disobe­\n\ndience against the repression of the Mohammedan government.\n\nvi\n\n", "mad4#p0009": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\nThe subject of Madhya-lila, the longest of the three divisions, is a detailed nar­\n\nration of Lord Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels throughout India as a\nrenounced mendicant, teacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and mystic. During this period of six years, Sri Caitanya transmits his teachings to his principal disciples. He debates and converts many of the most renowned philosophers and\ntheologians of his time, including Sarikarites, Buddhists and Muslims, and incorporates their many thousands of followers and discjples into his own burgeoning\nnumbers. A dramatic account of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's miraculous activities at\nthe giant jagannatha Cart Festival in Orissa is also included in this section.\n\nAntya-lila concerns the last eighteen years of Sri Caitanya's manifest presence,\n\nspent in semiseclusion near the famous Jagannatha temple at jagannatha Puri in\nOrissa. During these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted deeper and deeper into\n\ntrances of spiritual ecstasy unparalleled in all of religious and literary history,\nEastern or Western. Sri Caitanya's perpetual and ever-increasing religious\nbeatitude, graphically described in the eyewitness accounts of SvanJpa Damodara\nGosvami, his constant companion during this period, clearly defy the investigative\nand descriptive abilities of modern psychologists and phenomenologists of\nreligious experience.\nThe author of this great classic, Kr�t;�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami, born in the year\n1507, was a disciple of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, a confidential follower of\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Raghunatha dasa, a renowned ascetic saint, heard and\nmemorized all the activities of Caitanya Mahaprabhu told to him by SvarOpa\nDamodara. After the passing away of Sri Caitanya and SvanJpa Damodara,\nRaghunatha dasa, unable to bear the pain of separation from these objects of his\ncomplete devotion, traveled to Vrndavana, intending to commit suicide by jumping from Govardhana Hill. In Vrndavana, however, he encountered ROpa Gosvami\n\nand Sanatana Gosvami, the most confidential disciples of Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nThey convinced him to give up his plan of suicide and impelled him to reveal to\nthem the spiritually inspiring events of Lord Caitanya's later life. Kr�t;�adasa Kaviraja\nGosvami was also residing in Vrndavana at this time, and Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami endowed him with a full comprehension of the transcendental life of Sri\nCaitanya.\nBy this time, several biographical works had already been written on the life of\nSri Caitanya by contemporary and near-contemporary scholars and devotees.\n\nThese included Sri Caitanya-carita by Murari Gupta, Caitanya-mangala by Locana\n\ndasa 'fhakura and Caitanya-bhagavata. This latter text, a work by Vrndavana dasa\n\nThakura, who was then considered the principal authority on Sri Caitanya's life,\nwas highly revered. While composing his important work, Vrndavana dasa, fearing\n\nthat it would become too voluminous, avoided elaborately describing many of\n\nthe events of Sri Caitanya's life, particulary the later ones. Anxious to hear of these\nlater pastimes, the devotees of Vrndavana requested Kr�t;�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami,\n\nwhom they respected as a great saint, to compose a book to narrate these\n\nvii\n\n", "mad4#p0010": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\nepisodes in detail. Upon this request, and with the permission and blessings of the\nMadana-mohana Deity of Vrndavana, he began compiling Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\n\nwhich, due to its biographical excellence and thorough exposition of Lord\nCaitanya's profound philosophy and teachings, is regarded as the most significant\nof biographical works on Sri Caitanya.\nHe commenced work on the text while in his late nineties and in failing health,\nas he vividly describes in the text itself: \"I have now become too old and disturbed in invalidity. While writing, my hands tremble. I cannot remember anything, nor can I see or hear properly. Still! write, and this is a great wonder.\" That\nhe nevertheless completed, under such debilitating conditions, the greatest literary gem of medieval India is surely one of the wonders of literary history.\nThis English translation and commentary is the work of His Divine Grace A. C.\nBhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of Indian religious and philosophical thought. His commentary is based upon two\nBengali commentaries, one by his teacher Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami,\nthe eminent Vedic scholar who predicted, \"The time will come when the people\n\nof the world will learn Bengali to read Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\" and the other by\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta's father, Bhaktivinoda Thakura.\n\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada is himself a disciplic\ndescendant of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and he is the first scholar to execute\nsystematic English translations of the major works of Sri Caitanya's followers. His\nconsummate Bengali and Sanskrit scholarship and intimate familiarity with the\nprecepts of Sri Kr�l)a Caitanya are a fitting combination that eminently qualifies\nhim to present this important classic to the English-speaking world. The ease and\nclarity with which he expounds upon difficult philosophical concepts lures even a\nreader totally unfamiliar with Indian religious tradition into a genuine understanding and appreciation of this profound and monumental work.\nThe entire text, with commentary, presented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, represents a contribution of major importance to the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n-The Publishers\n\nviii\n\n", "mad4#p0011": "His Divine Crace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "mad4#p0012": "The Ramesvara temple in southern Mathura (Madura), where Caitanya Mahaprabhu bestowed His mercy upon a great devotee of Lord\nRamacandra. (p. 7)\n\n", "mad4#p0013": "The Minak�i-Devi temple in Madura. (p. 7)\n\n", "mad4#p0014": "The Ramesvara temple in Setubandha, where Lord Caitanya took possession of the original manuscript of the Karma Purarya. (p.1 7)\n\n", "mad4#p0015": "A monument commemorating the site where Caitanya Mahaprabhu first saw the )agannatha Puri\ntemple.\n\n", "mad4#p0016": "PLATE ONE\nSri �ac;lbhuja, the six-armed form of the Supreme\nLord, was revealed by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu during\nHis stay on this planet. In two of His hands He holds a\nbow and arrow, the symbols of Lord Ramacandra; two\nhands hold a flute, the symbol of Lord Kr�r:Ja; and two\nhands hold a\n\ndary:;Ja and waterpot, the symbols of\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. By manifesting this form, Lord\nCaitanya conclusively proves that he is Bhagavan, the\noriginal Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "mad4#p0017": "", "mad4#p0018": "PLATE TWO\n\"It was in Sri Saila that Lord Siva and his wife Durga\nlived in the dress of brahmaf)as, and when they saw Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, they became very pleased. Lord\nSiva, dressed like a brahmaf)a, gave alms to Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and invited Him to spend three days in a\nsolitary place. Sitting there together, they talked very\nconfidentially. After talking with Lord Siva, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu took his permission to leave.\" (pp.S-6)\n\n", "mad4#p0019": "", "mad4#p0020": "PLATE THREE\n\"Srimati Sitadevi is the mother of the three worlds\nand the wife of Lord Ramacandra. Among chaste\nwomen, she is supreme, and she is the daughter of King\njanaka. When Ravar;�a came to kidnap mother Sita and\nshe saw him, she took shelter of the fire-god, Agni. The\n\nfire-god covered the body of mother Sita, and in this\nway she was protected from the hands of Ravar;�a. The\nfire-god, Agni, took away the real Sita and brought her\n\nto the place of Parvati, goddess Durga. An illusory form\nof mother Sita was then delivered to Ravar;�a, and in\n\nthis way Ravar;�a was cheated. After Ravar;�a was killed\n\nby Lord Ramacandra, Sitadevi was brought before the\n\nfire. When the illusory Sita was brought before the fire\nby Lord Ramacandra, the fire-god made the illusory\n\nform disappear and delivered the real Sita to Lord\nRamacandra.\" (pp.18-20)\n\n", "mad4#p0021": "", "mad4#p0022": "PLATE FOUR\n\"Sripada Madhvacarya is the fifth acarya in the dis­\n\nciplic\n\nsuccession bearing his name\n\n(the Madhva­\n\ngaU<;liya-sampradaya). His devotion to the Lord and his\nerudite scholarship are known throughout India. After\ntraveling\n\nall\n\nover\n\nIndia,\n\nMadhvacarya\n\nwent\n\nto\n\nBadarikasrama, where he met Vyasadeva and explained\nhis commentary on Bhagavad-gitii before him. Thus he\n\nbecame a great scholar by studying before Vyasadeva.\n\nAside from his great spiritual power, it is also said that\nthere was no limit to his bodily strength, and he performed many astonishing pastimes testifying to this\nfact. His disciple Padmanabha nrtha followed him in\nthe disciplic succession.\" (pp.41-44)\n\n", "mad4#p0023": "", "mad4#p0024": "PLATE FIVE\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then visited a place within the forest called Saptatala.. All the trees there were\nvery old, very bulky and very high. After seeing the\nseven palm trees, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced\nthem. As a result, they all returned to Vaikul)�haloka,\nthe spiritual world. After the seven palm trees departed\nfor the Vaikul)�has, everyone was astonished to see\nthem gone. The people then began to say, 'This sannyasi called Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu must be an incarnation of Lord Ramacandra. Only Lord Ramacandra has\nthe power to send seven palm trees to the spiritual\nVaikul)�ha planets.' \" (pp.81-82)\n\n", "mad4#p0025": "", "mad4#p0026": "PLATE SIX\n\" 'Fulfilling my desire and sacrificing His own promise, He got down from the chariot, took up its wheel,\nand ran toward me hurriedly, just as a lion goes to kill\nan elephant. He even dropped His outer garment on\nthe way.'\nKr�t:�a promised not to fight in the Battle of Kuruk�etra, but in order to break Kr�t:�a's promise, Bhi�ma attacked Arjuna in such a vigorous way that Kr�t:�a was\nobliged to take up a chariot wheel and attack Bhi�ma.\nThe Lord did this to show that His devotee was being\nmaintained at the sacrifice of His own promise.\"\n(p.196)\n\n", "mad4#p0027": "", "mad4#p0028": "PLATE SEVEN\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, accompanied by His personal associates, met all the Vai�r:Javas on the road\nwith great jubilation. First Advaita Acarya offered\nprayers to the lotus feet of the Lord, and the Lord immediately embraced Him in ecstatic love. After this, all\nthe devotees, headed by Srlvasa Thakura, offered\nprayers to the lotus feet of the Lord, and the Lord\nembraced each and every one of them in great love\nand ecstasy. The Lord addressed all the devotees one\nafter another and took all of them with Him into the\nhouse. Since the residence of Kasl Misra was insufficient, all the assembled devotees were very overcrowded. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu made all the devotees sit at His side, and with His own hand He offered\nthem garlands and sandalwood pulp.\" (pp.277-280)\n\n", "mad4#p0029": "", "mad4#p0030": "PLATE EIGHT\nII\n\nAfter this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to meet\n\nHaridasa Thakura, and He saw him engaged in chanting\nthe maha-mantra with ecstatic love. Haridasa chanted,\n'Hare Kr��a, Hare Kr��a, Kr��a Kr��a, Hare Hare/ Hare\nRama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.' As soon as\nHaridasa Thakura saw Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he immediately fell down like a stick to offer Him obeisances, and Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu raised him\nup and embraced him. Then both the Lord and His servant began to cry in ecstatic love. Sri Caitanya took\nHaridasa Thakura within the flower garden, and there,\nin a very secluded place, He showed him his residence.\n\nThe Lord requested: 'Remain here and chant the Hare\nKr��a maha-mantra. I shall personally come here to\nmeet you daily. Remain here peacefully and look at the\n\ncakra on the top of the temple and offer obeisances. As\nfar as your prasada is concerned, I shall arrange to have\nthat sent here.'\n\nII\n\n(pp.305-311)\n\n", "mad4#p0031": "", "mad4#p0032": "PLATE EIGHT\n\"The inhabitants of Vrndavana,\n\nunder the leadership of Nanda\n\nMaharaja, once wanted to go to the bank of the Sarasvati on a pilgrimage.\nNanda Maharaja was fasting, and he lay down near the forest. At that\ntime a serpent, who was formerly cursed by Angirasa ��i, appeared. This\nserpent had formerly been named Sudarsana, and he had belonged to the\nGandharvaloka planet. However, because he joked with the r�i, he was\ncondemned to take on the body of a big snake. When this serpent attacked Nanda Maharaja, Nanda Maharaja began to call, 'Kr�r;�a! Help!'\nKr�r;�a immediately appeared and began to kick the serpent with His lotus\nfeet. Due to being touched by the Lord's lotus feet, the serpent was immediately freed from the reactions of his sinful life. Being freed, he again\nassumed his original form of Sudarsana, the Gandharva.\" (p.338)\n\n", "mad4#p0033": "", "mad4#p0034": "CHAPTER 9\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\nTravels to the Holy Places\n(continued from the previous volume)\n\nTEXT 166\n\n'�!���'! �f'iir' ��a,i <;�'n1�fit I\n�t11'1 <;5ff� iit� il�·�f'! <flfil' II ���II\nr?abha-parvate cali' aila gaurahari\nnarayaQa dekhila tanha nati-stuti kari'\nSYNONYMS\nr?abha-parvate-to the ��abha Hill; ca /i'-walking; ai/a-arrived; gaura-hari­\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; narayaQa-the Deity of Lord Narayal)a; dekhilasaw; tanha-there; nati-stuti kari'-offeri n g obeisances and prayers.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord arrived at ��abha Hill, He saw the temple of Lord Narayar;�a\nand offered obeisances and various prayers.\nPURPORT\n��abha Hill is in southern Karl)ata in the district of Madura. Twelve miles north\nof Madura City is a place called Anaga<;la-malaya-parvata, which is situated within\nthe forest of Kutakacala. Within this forest Lord ��abhadeva burned Himself to\nashes. Now this place is known as Palni Hill.\nTEXT 167\n\n9fPI�\"'�� '!tti 11'?;� ��tlf I\n��· ��'t�f <;�'i'1 ��-<;�t�tf�J 9ftllfII ��'lll\nparamananda-puri tahan rahe catur-masa\nsuni' mahaprabhu gela puri-gosafiira pasa\n\n1\n\n", "mad4#p0035": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n2\n\nSYNONYMS\nparam ananda-puri-Paramananda Puri; tahan-there; rahe-remained; catubmasa-four months; suni -hea ring; mah aprab hu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n'\n\ngela -went; puri-Paramananda Puri; gosanira-the spiritual master; pasa-near.\n\nTRANSLATION\nParamananda Puri was staying at ��abha Hill, and when Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu heard this, He immediately went to see him.\nTEXT 168\n\n�-c;'$ft�tf�� �'f '<'li� lj�fj ���I\n,���� �i1 c;'$ft�tf� tit�� c<tS� �tf�\"� �� ����\npuri-gosanira prabhu kaila carat;�a vandana\npreme puri gosatii tanre kaila alitigana\n\nSYNONYMS\npuri-gosanira-of\n\nParamananda\n\nPuri;\n\nprabhu -Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkai/a -did; caraQa vandana-worship of the lotus feet; preme-in ecstasy; puri\n\ngosatii-Paramananda Puri; tatire-unto Him; kai/a-did; a/itigana-embracing\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon meeting Paramananda Puri, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu offered him all\nrespects, touching his lotus feet, and Paramananda Puri embraced the Lord in\necstasy.\nTEXT 169\n\nf��flf;{ c;���� c;�tc;� �<'li�1·�� I\n\nG:JI� ��-��� c;�tc;� ���\"��II��� II\ntina-dina preme dotihe kr�Qa-katha-range\n\nsei vipra-ghare dotihe rahe eka-satige\n\nSYNONYMS\ntina-dina-three days; prem e-i n ecstasy; dotihe-both; kr�Qa- ka tha-discussing topics of Kr�r:Ja; range-in jubilation; sei vipra-ghare-in the home of a\nbrahmaQa; dotihe-both of them; rahe\n\n-\n\nstayed; eka-satige-together.\n\n", "mad4#p0036": "Text 171]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n3\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stayed with Paramananda Puri in a brahmaQa's\nhouse where Paramananda Puri was residing. Both of them passed three days\nthere discussing topics of K��Qa.\nTEXT 170\n\n�-(/itt�tf� �7;�,-�tfit �i� �<f!t�i�?;';! I\n�t�t�� Oiif�' ,�,� �1<1 ��i�tl;i{ ll �9° ll\npuri-gosarii bale, -ami yaba puru?ottame\npuru?ottama dekhi' gauc;Je yaba ganga-snane\nSYNONYMS\npuri-gosarii-Paramananda Puri; bale-said; ami-1; yaba-shall go; purU?Ottame-to Jagannatha Puri; puru?ottama dekhi'-after visiting Jagannatha Puri;\ngauc;:le yaba-1 shall go to Bengal; ganga-snane-for bathing in the Ganges.\nTRANSLATION\nParamananda Puri informed Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu that he was going to\nsee Puru�ottama at Jagannatha Puri. After seeing Lord Jagannatha there, he\nwould go to Bengal to bathe in the Ganges.\nTEXT 171\n\n�'l <ti�,-'t_fif �i{: ��� ���� I\n�tfif '�'§.�qj c�tt! �fil<t ��<!itt� u �9� u\nprabhu kahe, -tumi punab aisa nilacale\nami setubandha haite asiba alpa-kale\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu\n\nkahe-the\n\nLord\n\nnilacale-to Jagannatha\n\nsaid;\n\nPuri;\n\ntumi-you ;\n\nami-1;\n\npunab-again;\n\nsetubandha\n\naisa-come;\n\nhaite-from Ramesvara;\n\nasiba-shall return; alpa-kale-very soon.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then told him, \"Please return to Jagannatha Puri,\nfor I will return there very soon from Ramesvara [Setubandha].\n\n", "mad4#p0037": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n4\n\n[Madhya-lill, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 172\n\n��nt fil�ti 1{�,-,�� �'!1 � I\n�&l(t�� �t�t<l �7;1{ �11131 �II �'l� II\ntamara nikate rahi, -hena vancha haya\nnilaca/e asibe more hana sadaya\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara nikate-with you; rahi-1 may stay; hena-such; vancha haya-is My\ndesire; nilaca/e-to Jagannatha Puri;\n\nasibe-please come;\n\nmore-unto Me;\n\nhana-being; sa-daya-merciful.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is My desire to stay with you, and therefore if you would return to Jagannatha Puri, you would show great mercy upon Me!'\nTEXT 173\n\n1.!1\\! <IM' �tf �t� l.!ll �te�1 ft1113i I\n�f-.t'l �f'lilli � �1{�\\! �1113 II �'l� II\neta bali' tanra thani ei ajna lana\ndak�iQe calila prabhu har�ita hana\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; tanra thani-from him; ei ajna /ana-taking permission;\ndak�iQe\n\nca/i/a-departed for southern India;\nMahaprabhu; hara�ita hana-being very p lease d\n\nprabhu-Lord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter talking in this way with Paramananda Puri, the Lord took his permission to leave and departed for southern India. The Lord Himself was very\npleased.\nTEXT 174\n\n�11til\"' � l!t<l ��1 �i'ftitff I\n11�� �fir �fir �t�'li �Clllt'lll �98 II\nparamananda puri tabe ca/ila nilacale\nmahaprabhu ca/i cali aila sri-saile\n\n", "mad4#p0038": "Text 176]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n5\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nparamananda puri-Paramananda Puri; tabe-then; ca/ila ni/aca/e-departed\nfor )agannatha Puri; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ca/i ca/i-walking;\nai!a-came; sri-saile-to Sri Saila.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Paramananda Puri started for Jagannatha Puri, and Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu began walking toward Sri Saila.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura remarks, \"Which Sri Saila is being indicated by Kr�l)adasa Kaviraja Gosvami is not clearly understood. There is no temple\nof Mallikarjuna in this area because the Sri Saila located in the district of\nDharava<;la cannot possibly be there. That Sri Saila is on the southern side of\nBelagrama, and the Siva temple of Mallikarjuna is located there. (Refer to text fifteen of this chapter.) It is said that there on that hill Lord Siva lived with Devi. Also\nLord Brahma lived there with all the demigods!'\nTEXT 175\n\nfit�-'b:� 1ft� � 81t��1f �Q'f I\n��'t_ '�f-1' '�t�iif ��;; ���� II �9� II\nsiva-durga rahe tahan brahmaQera vese\nmahaprabhu dekhi' donhara ha-ifa ullase\nSYNONYMS\n\nsiva-durga-Lord\n\nSiva\n\nand his wife\n\nDurga;\n\nrahe\n\ntahail-stayed there;\n\nbrahmaQera vese-in the dress of brahmaQas; mahaprabhu dekhi'-seeing Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; donhara-of both of them; ha-i/a-there was; u//asegreat pleasure.\n1 (ANSLATION\n\nIt was in Sri Saila that Lord Siva and his wife Durga lived in the dress of\nbrahmar;tas, and when they saw Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, they became very\npleased.\nTEXT 176\n\nfi!i( ffli( f%..-1 fii;; �fit' f'il�i'l I\nf'irtti! �fit' '@���1 �t� l� 'Sfi( II �9� II\n\n", "mad4#p0039": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n6\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\ntina dina bhik$a dila kari' nimantraf)a\nnibhrte vasi' gupta-varta kahe dui jana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntina dina-for three days; bhik$J dila-offered alms; kari' nimantraf)a-inviting\nHim; nibhrte-in a solitary place; vasi'-sitting together; gupta-varta-confidential talks; kahe-speak; dui jana-both of them.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Siva, dressed like a brahmar;�a, gave alms to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nand invited Him to spend three days in a solitary place . Sitting there together,\nthey talked very confidentially.\nTEXT 177\n\n�� �ttr �t�t_ <1iBt ��t� I\n\n�1� �� �1113 �� '1:� <1i1Jit�� 11�'1'111\ntarira sarige mahaprabhu kari i$tago$thi\ntarira ajna lana aila puri kamako$thi\n\nSYNONYMS\ntarira sarige-with him; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kari i$tago$thi-discussing spiritual subject matter; tarira-his; ajna-order; /ana-taking;\naila -came; puri kamako$thi-to KamakoHhi-puri.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter talking with Lord Siva, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took his permission\nto leave and went to Kamako�thi-puri .\nTEXT 178\n\nwf-.'I·J��1 � t�\"f1 <1itJ�t�t� ��ti! 1\ni!1�1 <;W1l1 ��\"fIJI� -a'lt�'i-��tl! II �'llr II\ndak$if)a-mathura ai/a kamakO$thi haite\ntahari dekha haila eka brahmaf)a-sahite\n\nSYNONYMS\ndak$if)a-mathura-at southern Mathura; ai/a-arrived; kama-ko$thi haitefrom Kamako?thi; tahari-there; dekha haila-He met; eka-one; brahmaf)asahite -with a brahmaf)a.\n\n", "mad4#p0040": "Text 180]\n\n7\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\n\narrived\n\nat\n\ns outhern\n\nMathura\n\nfrom\n\nKamako�thi, He met a brahmaQa.\nPURPORT\nThis southern Mathura, presently known as Madura, is situated on the banks of\nthe Bhagai River. This place of pilgrimage is specifically meant for the devotees of\nLord Siva; therefore it is called Saivak�etra, that is, the place where Lord Siva is\nworshiped. In this area there are mountains and forests. There are also two Siva\ntemples, one known as Ramesvara and the other known as Sundaresvara. There is\nalso a temple to Devi called Minak�i-Devi, which is a very great architectural\nachievement. It was built under the supervision of the kings of the Par:t<;lya\nDynasty, and when the Mohammedans attacked this temple,\n\nas\n\nwell as the\n\ntemple of Sundaresvara, great damage was done . In the Christian year 1372, a\nking named Kampanna Udaiyara reigned on the throne of Madura. Long ago, Emperor Kulasekhara ruled this area, and during his reign he established a colony of\nbrahmaQas. A well-known king named Anantagur:ta Par:tc;lya is an eleventh generation descendant of Emperor Kulasekhara\nTEXT 179\n\n(;:Jf� �� ��t�'-r;� C�� fil11�'1 I\nm� '� ��- ��'@ �%fi{ u �'�� u\nsei vipra mahaprabhuke kaila nimantraQa\nrama-bhakta sei vipra-virakta mahajana\nSYNONYMS\nsei\n\nvipra-that\n\nbrahmaQa;\n\nmahaprabhuke-unto\n\nLord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kai/a-did; nimantraQa-invitation; rama-bhakta-devotee of Lord\nRamacandra; sei-that; vipra-brahmaQa; virakta-very detached; mahajana-a\ngreat devotee and authority.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmaQa who met Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu invited the Lord to his\nhome. This brahmaQa was a great devotee and authority on Lord Sri Ramacandra. He was always detached from material activities.\nTEXT 180\n\n?'!1lt�'hl �t� ��' ��� iit� �r;� I\n\n�..-J f<fl fifr;�� ��,-�tf� �f� <f.l;� ll �11'0 ll\n\n", "mad4#p0041": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n8\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nkrtamalaya snana kari' aila tatira ghare\nbhik�a ki dibena vipra, -paka nahi kare\n\nSYNONYMS\nkrta-malaya-in the Krtamala River; snana kari'-bathing; ai/a-came; tatiraof the brahmaQa; ghare-to the home; bhik�a-offering of alms; ki dibenawhat shall give; vipra-the brahmaQa; paka-cooking; nahi kare-did not do.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter bathing in the River K!'famala, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to the\nbrahmal)a's house, but before taking lunch, He saw that the food was\nunprepared because the brahmal)a had not cooked it.\nTEXT 181\n\n��12i't_ �� �,-�il ��t-t11 I\n�'Ut� �' '� 9ft� ilt� � II �lr� II\nmahaprabhu kahe tatire, -suna mahasaya\nmadhyahna haifa, kene paka nahi haya\n\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhu kahe-S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; tatire-unto him; suna\nmahasaya-please hear, My dear sir; madhya-ahna haifa-it is already noon;\nkene-why; paka nahi haya-you did not cook.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"My dear sir, please tell me why\nyou have not cooked. It is already noon!'\nTEXT 182\n\n�� 1'it�,-� '�t1f �t'IJ <t�� I\n�<R ��&f <ttil il1 fif� ��R; II �lr� II\nvipra kahe, -prabhu, mora araQye vasati\npakera samagri vane na mile samprati\n\nSYNONYMS\nvipra kahe-the brahmaQa replied; prabhu-0 Lord; mora-my; araQye-in\nthe forest;\n\nvasati-residence;\n\npakera samagri-the ingredients for cooking;\n\nvane-in the forest; na mile-are not available; samprati-at this time.\n\n", "mad4#p0042": "Text 185]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n9\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmar;�a replied, \"My dear Lord, we are living in the forest. For the\ntime being we cannot get all the ingredients for cooking.\nTEXT 183\n\n� -tt<fl·�'i'-� �t�c;� 'i'�'l I\n� �1 <f-ffi�i{ 9ft<f.·�� II �lr� II\nvanya saka-phafa-mufa anibe fak$maf)a\ntabe sita karibena paka-prayojana\nSYNONYMS\nvanya-of the forest; saka-vegetables; phafa-mufa-fruits and roots; anibewill bring; fak$maQa-Lak�mat;�a; tabe-that time; sita-mother Sita; karibenawill do; paka-prayojana-the necessary cooking.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Lak�mar;�a brings all the vegetables, fruits and roots from the forest,\nSita will arrange the necessary cooking!'\nTEXT 184\n\nlit1f @9f� �fi{' � 'l� C�'i'1 I\n\n��-<m� '� f<!t� �qji{ <lifit'i'111 ��rsu\n\ntanra upasana suni' prabhu tu$ta haifa\naste-vyaste sei vipra randhana karifa\nSYNONYMS\ntanra-his; upasana-method of worship; suni'-hearing; prabhu-Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; tu$ta haifa-was very much pleased; aste-vyaste-with\ngreat haste; sei-that; vipra- brahmaQa; randhana karifa-began to cook.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very satisfied to hear about the brahmar;�a's\nmethod of worship. Finally the brahmaQa hastily made arrangements for cooking.\nTEXT 185\n\n�, �..1c<li'i' � �m,�� 1\n��� c;l{� R� @�t� <flt1111 �lrQ' II\n\n", "mad4#p0043": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n10\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nprabhu bhik$a kaila dinera trtiya-prahare\nnirviQQa sei vipra upavasa kare\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Lord\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nbhik$a\n\nkaila-took\n\nHis\n\nluncheon;\n\ndinera-of the day; trtiya-prahare-at about three o'clock; nirviQQa-sorrowful;\nsei-that; vipra-brahmaQa; upavasa kare-fasted.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took His lunch at about three o'clock, but the\nbrahmaQa, being very sorrowful, fasted.\n\nTEXT 186\n\n�\" ��,-�� �tt� �� ���� I\n<;<!Stil \\.fl� �;�, <;�til <iii�� 'l�t-1\" II �lr� II\nprabhu kahe,-vipra kanhe kara upavasa\nkene eta duf:Jkha, kene karaha hutasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; vipra-My dear brahmaQa;\nkarihe-why;\n\nkara\n\nupavasa-you are\n\nfasting;\n\nkene-why;\n\neta-so much;\n\nduf:Jkha-unhappiness; kene-why; karaha hutasa-you express so much worry.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the brahmaQa was fasting, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked him,\n\"Why are you fastingl Why are you so unhappyl Why are you so worriedl\"\n\nTEXT 187\n\n�� �t�,-��til �'Rl ilt� �11tiSfil I\n\n�f'U·<sttif �t�M �� �il II �lr9 II\nvipra kahe, -jivane mora nahi prayojana\nagni-ja/e pravesiya chac;iiba jivana\n\nSYNONYMS\nvipra kahe-the brahmaQa said; jivane mora-for my life; nahi-there is not;\nprayojana-necessity;\n\nagni-in\n\nfire;\n\nchac;liba-1 shall give up; jivana-life.\n\nja/e-in\n\nwater;\n\npravesiya-entering;\n\n", "mad4#p0044": "Text 190]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n11\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmar,a replied, \"I have no reason to live. i shall give up my life by\nentering either fire or water.\nTEXT 188\n\n\\ST�iJit'!i ��t�l �i-� t��t� I\n\n�t'ili�� ��� ��,-�� �t?;� �f.{ II �11·1r II\njagan-mata maha-lak�mi sita-thakurari\nrak�ase sparsila talire, -iha kane suni\nSYNONYMS\njagat-mata-the mother of the universe; maha-1aiqmi-the supreme goddess\nof fortune; sita-thakura('li-mother Sita; rak�ase-the demon RavaDa; sparsi/atouched; talire-her; iha-this; kane suni-1 have heard.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear sir, mother Sita is the mother of tht! universe and the supreme\ngoddess of fortune. She has been touched by the demon Ravar,a, and I ain\ntroubled upon hearing this news.\nTEXT 189\n\n\\!1 � ..��t� <li\"\" �1 �111 I\n\nl!l� 'lgr;� 'Si� '��' �t'l �r� �1111 �lr� 11\ne sarira dharibare kabhu na yuyaya\nei dubkhe jvale deha, prara nahi yaya\nSYNONYMS\ne sarira -this body; dharibare-to keep; kabhu-ever; na-not; yuyayadeserve; ei dubkhe-in this unhappiness; jvale deha-my body is burning;\npra('la-my life; nahi yaya-does not go away.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sir, due to my unhappiness I cannot continue living. Although my body is\nburning, my life is not leaving.''\nTEXT 190\n\n� �,-\\!� �t� � �Pot� �� I\n�f�'! ��i (;��� ifl ��ft ���II ��o II\n\n", "mad4#p0045": "12\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\nprabhu kahe, -e bhavana na kariha ara\npaf)r;iita haiia kene na karaha vicara\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; e bhavana-this kind of thinking; na-do not;\nkariha-do; ara-anymore; paQr;iita haiia-being a learned paf)r;iita; kena-why;\nna karaha-you do not make; vicara-consideration.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"Please do not think this way any longer.\nYou are a learned pat;�� ita . Why don't you consider the case?\"\nTEXT 191\n\n��-(;�\"' �-f�t� I\n�tt�-���� �t� ��t� ift� -t� �������\nisvara-preyasi sita -cid-ananda-murti\nprakrta-indriyera tanre dekhite nahi sakti\n\nSYNONYMS\nisvara-preyasi-the dearmost wife of the Lord; sita-mother Sita; cit-anandamurti-spiritual blissful form; prakrta-mater i al; indriyera-of the senses; tanreher; dekhite-to see; nahi-there is not; sakti-power.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"Sitadevi, the dearmost wife of the\nSupreme Lord.Ramacandra, certainly has a spiritual form full of bliss. No one\ncan see her with material eyes, for no one material has such power.\nTEXT 192\n\n� �t� ��' i{j 9f\"hl �af-t I\n� �tf�·1ft111 �f11:if �'1 II ��� II\nsparsibara �arya achuka, na paya darsana\nsitara akrti-maya harila ravaf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nsparsibara-to touch; karya-business; achuka-let it be; na-does not;\npaya-get; darsana-sight; sitara-of mother Sita; akrti maya-the form made of\n-\n\nmaya; harila-took away; ravaf)a-the demon Raval)a.\n\n", "mad4#p0046": "Text 194]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n13\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"To say nothing of touching mother Sita, a person with material senses cannot even see her. When RavaQa kidnapped her, he kidnapped only her material\nillusory form.\nTEXT 193\n\n��'i �tf�t'!� � ��(le{ C�\"f I\n�'A{ ��'51 1Tt�1-��1 �iil�'i II �&>\\� II\nravaQa asitei sita antardhana kaila\nravaQera age maya-sita pathaila\nSYNONYMS\nravaQa-the demon Raval)a; asitei-as soon as he arrived; sita-mother Sita;\nantardhana kai/a-disappeared; ravaQera age-before the demon Raval)a; mayasita-illusory material form of Sita; pathaila-sent.\nTRANSLATION\n\"As soon as RavaQa arrived before Sita, she disappeared . It was just to cheat\nRavaQa that she sent an illusory material form.\nTEXT 194\n\n��t�\\! <I� ilt� �t�·c;\"'tW1{ I\n�-�1{�'f(;\\! '-!�� �r;� fil�1{ II ��8 II\naprakrta vastu nahe prakrta-gocara\nveda-puraQete ei kahe nirantara\nSYNONYMS\naprakrta-spiritual;\n\nvastu-substance;\n\nnahe-not;\n\nprakrta-of\n\nmatter;\n\ngocara-within the j urisdiction; veda-puraQete-the Vedas and the PuraQas; eithis; kahe-say; nirantara-always.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Spiritual substance is never within the jurisdiction of the material conception. This is always the verdict of the Vedas and Pural)aS!'\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Katha Upani$ad (2.3.9,12):\n\n", "mad4#p0047": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n14\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nna sarildrse ti$thati rupam asya\n\nna cak$U$a pasyati ka5canainam\n\nhrda mani$a manasabhik/pto\n\nya etad vidur amrtas te bhavanti\n\nnaiva vaca na manasa\n\nprapturh sakyo na cak$U$a\n\n\"Spirit is not within the jurisdiction of material eyes, words or mind:'\nSimilarly in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.84.13):\n\nyasyatma-buddhi/:1 kuQape tri-dhatuke\n\nsva-dhi/:1 kalatradi$U bhauma-ijya-dhi/:1\n\nyat-tirtha-buddhi/:1 sa/ile na karhicij\n\njane$V abhijfie$U sa eva go-kharal)\n\nSpiritual substance cannot be seen by the unintelligent because they do not have\nthe eyes or the mentality to see spirit soul. Consequently they think that there is\nno such thing as spirit. However, followers of the Vedic injunctions take their information from Vedic statements,\n\nUpani$ad.\n\nas\n\nfound in Srimad-Bhagavatam and Katha\n\nTEXT 195\n\n�'!ltJf <ti1f� � �t�t11 �lit� I\n��1f� �-���i �i ��� �� ll ��(!' ll\nvisvasa karaha tumi amara vacane\n\npunarapi ku-bhavana na kariha mane\nSYNONYMS\n\nvtsvasa karaha-believe;\n\ntumi-you;\n\namara-My; vacane-in the words;\n\npun arapi-again ; ku-bhavana-misconception; na kariha-do not do; mane-in\nthe mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then assured the brahmaQa, \"Have faith in My\nwords and do not burden your mind any longer with this misconception.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis is the process of spiritual understanding. Acintya khalu ye bhava na tams\n\ntarkeQa yojayet. We should not try to understand things beyond our material con-\n\n", "mad4#p0048": "Text 197]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n15\n\nception by argument and counter argument. Mahajano yena gataf) sa panthai): we\nhave to follow in the footsteps of great authorities coming down in the parampara\nsystem. If we approach a bona fide acarya and keep faith in his words, spiritual\nrealization will be easy.\nTEXT 196\n\n� � f�t� �fl' �--� I\n� �1!'(, �\"f i\\�i('f �-ret II ��� II\nprabhura vacane viprera ha-ifa visvasa\nbhojana karifa, haifa jTvanera asa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura vacane-in the words of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; viprera-of\nthe brahmal)a; ha-ifa-was; visvasa-faith; bhojana karifa-he took his lunch;\nhaifa-there was; jTvanera-for living; asa-hope.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the brahmaJ;�a was fasting, he had faith in the words of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and accepted food. In this way his life was saved.\nTEXT 197\n\ntitt11 �� � � '5t1li( I\n�11� W'tit �� �tta,; �\"ti( II ��'I II\ntafire asvasiya prabhu karifa gamana\nkrtamafaya snana kari aila durvasana\nSYNONYMS\ntanre\n\nasvasiya-assu ri ng\n\nhim;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkarifa\n\ngamana-departed; krta-mafaya-in the river known as Krtamala; snana karibathing; ai la-came ; durvasana-to Durvasana.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter thus assuring the brahmaQa, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu proceeded\nfurther into southern India and finally arrived at Durva5ana, where He bathed\nin the River K!'famala.\n\n", "mad4#p0049": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n16\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nPresently this Krtamala River is known as the River Bhagai. This river has three\ntributaries, named SuruiT, VarahanadT and Ba!!illa-gul)c;lu. The River Krtamala is also\n\nmentioned in Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.5.39) by the sage Karabhajana.\n\nTEXT 198\n\n-���,��1{1\n�!!-� ��1ftm ,•., �\"!� II ��\\r II\ndurvasane raghunathe kaila darasana\n\nmahendra-saile parasuramera kaila vandana\nSYNONYMS\n\ndurvasane-at Durva5ana; raghu-nathe-Lord Ramacandra; kaila dara5ana-SrT\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\n\nvisited;\n\nmahendra-saile-on\n\nMahendra-saila;\n\nramera-to Lord Parasurama; kai/a vandana-offered prayers.\n\nparasu­\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt Durva5ana Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu visited the temple of lord Ramacandra, and on the hill known as Mahendra-saila, He saw lord Para5urama.\nPURPORT\nIn Durvasana, or Darbha5ayana, there is a temple of Lord Ramacandra, located\nseven miles east of Ramanada. The temple overlooks the ocean. The hill known as\nMahendra-saila is near Tinebheli, and at the end of this hill is a city known as Tricinaguc;li. West of Mahendra-saila is the territory of Tribarikura. There is mention\nof Mahendra-saila in the RamayaQa.\n\nTEXT 199\n\n(';�� �t�' '�\"' �fi� �t� I\n1f\"tt'lf\"f� ,��' i!� <I\"Rfi'f ��1'1{ II ��� II\nsetubandhe asi' kaila dhanustirthe snana\nramesvara dekhi' tahan karila visrama\nSYNONYMS\nsetu-bandhe asi' -coming to Setubandha; kai/a-did; dhanu/:1-tirthe snana­\n\nbathing at the holy place known as Dhanustirtha; ramesvara d ekhi'-visi ting the\nholy place Ramesvara; tahan-there; karila visrama-took rest.\n\n", "mad4#p0050": "Text 200]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n17\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then went to Setubandha [Ramesvara], where He\ntook His bath at a place called Dhanustirtha. From there He visited the\nRamesvara temple and then took rest.\nPURPORT\nThe path through the ocean to the islands known as Mal)<;lapam and Pambam\nconsists partly of sand and partly of water. The island of Pambam is about eleven\nmiles long and six miles wide. From the Pambam Harbor four miles to the north is a\ntemple known as Ramesvara. It is said, devi-pattanam arabhya gaccheyu/:1 setubandhanam: '�fter visiting the temple of the goddess Durga, one should go to the\ntemple of Ramesvara.\" In this area there are twenty-four different holy places, one\nof which is Dhanustirtha, located about twelve miles southeast of Ramesvara. It is\nnear the last station of the South Indian Railway, a station called Ramanada. It is\nsaid that here, due to the request of Vibhi�af)a, the younger brother of Ravaf)a,\nLord Ramacandra destroyed a small bridge with His bow upon returning to His\ncapital. If one visits Dhanustirtha, he is liberated from the cycle of birth and death.\nIt is also said that if one bathes at Dhanustirtha, he gets all the fruitive results of\nperforming the yajria known as agni$toma.\nSetubandha is on the island of Pambam. There is a temple of Lord Siva there\ncalled Ramesvara. This indicates that Lord Siva is a great personality whose\nworshipable Deity is Lord Rama. Thus the Lord Siva found in the temple of\nRamesvara is a great devotee of Lord Ramacandra.\nTEXT 200\n\n��·ll'ei11 �f;il ��i �-�ttl I\n�:!a 1{00 �1bfi 'Pifi!�·�'Pft'!Jtil II � o o II\nvipra-sabhaya sune taliha kurma-puraf)a\ntara madhye ai/a pativrata-upakhyana\nSYNONYMS\nvipra-sabhaya-among the assembly of brahmaf)as; sune-hears; talihathere; kurma-puraf)a-the Karma PuraQa; tara madhye\n\n-\n\nwithin that book; ai/a­\n\nthere was; pati-vrata-of the chaste woman; upakhyana-narration.\nTRANSLATION\nThere, among the brahmar;�as, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard the Kurma\n\nPurar;Ja, wherein was mentioned the chaste woman's narration.\n\n", "mad4#p0051": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n18\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura remarks that in the KOrma Pural)a there\n\nare only two khal)r;/as, namely the POrva-khal)r;/a and Uttara-khal)r;/a. Sometimes it\n\nis said that the KOrma Pural)a contains six thousand verses, but originally the Kurma Pural)a contains seventeen thousand verses. According to Srimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nthere are seventeen thousand verses in the Kurma Pural)a, which is one of the\n\neighteen Maha-pural)as. The Kurma Pural)a is considered the fifteenth of these\nMaha-pural)as.\n\nTEXT 201\n\n���·f-tttf't1ff'i 'fi{�·i{fltt� I\n'sr'Sfl:�il' Jft�1 � -1{1� 'J�� II � � II\no\n\npativrata-siromaQi janaka-nandini\n\njagatera mata sita-ramera grhiQi\nSYNONYMS\npati-vrata-chaste woman; siromal)i-the topmost; janaka-nandini-is the\n\ndaughter of King Janaka; jagatera-of all the three worlds; mata-the mother;\nsita-Sita; ramera-of Lord Ramacandra; grhiQi-wife.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSrimati Sitadevi is the mother of the three worlds and the wife of Lord\nRamacandra. Among chaste women, she is supreme, and she is the daughter\nof King Jan aka.\nTEXT 202\n\n�'I '�f-rn1 � C,i'f'l �fR -t1l''l I\n�'I � �fU '�� �� �t�il''l II � o� II\nravaf)a dekhiya sitii /ai/a agnira saral)a\n\nravaQa haite agni kaila sitake avaraQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nraval)a dekhiya-af ter seeing RavaQa; sita-mother Sita; /ai/a-took; agnira­\n\nof fire; saral)a-shelter; raval)a-RavaQa; haite-from; agni-fire; kai/a-did;\nsitake-unto mother Sita; avaraQa-covering.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Ravar;�a came to kidnap mother Sita and she saw him, she took shelter\nof the fire-god, Agni. The fire-god covered the body of mother Sita, and in this\nway she was protected from the hands of Ravar;�a.\n\n", "mad4#p0052": "Text 205]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n19\n\nTEXT 203\n\n'1frn1�i!l' �'I fewr, ��i �t�Jtti1 1\n�fil' �� � �fl'fi! �i{ II � o� II\n'maya-sita' raval)a ni/a, sunila akhyane\nsuni' mahaprabhu haifa anandita mane\nSYNONYMS\nmaya-sita-false,\n\nillusory\n\nSTta;\n\nravaQa-the\n\ndemon\n\nRavaQa;\n\nni/a-took;\n\nsuni/a-heard; akhyane-in the narration of the Karma PuraQa; suni -hearing\n'\n\nthis; mahaprabhu-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; haifa-became; ananditavery happy; mane-within the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing from the Kiirma Purar:ta how Ravar:ta had kidnapped the false\nform of mother Sita, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu became very satisfied.\nTEXT 204\n\n�i!i \"'�i 11tf�i(i{ �� � I\n'1f111't�l!1' flml �fit �r.\"i 111�t'i II � oS II\nsita lana rakhilena parvatira sthane\n'maya-sita' diya agni vancila raval)e\nSYNONYMS\nsita /ana-taking away mother STta; rakhi/ena-kept; parvatira sthane-with\nmother ParvatT, or goddess Durga; maya-sita-the false, illusory form of STta;\ndiya-delivering; agni-fire-god; vanci/a-cheated; ravaQe-the demon RavaQa.\nTRANSLATION\nThe fire-god, Agni, took away the real Sita and brought her to the place of\nParvati, goddess 'Ourga. An illusory form of mother Sita was then delivered to\nRavar:ta, and in this way Ravar:ta was cheated.\nTEXT 205\n\n� ��' �� mt'l 1ft� I\n'Cifit·�'l\"� tifti! � �l!ttil �tfiWf II � o � II\n\n", "mad4#p0053": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n20\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nraghunatha asi' yabe ravaQe marila\nagni-parik?a dite yabe sitare ani/a\nSYNONYMS\nraghu-natha-Lord Ramacandra; asi'-coming; yabe-when; ravaQe-Ravar:Ja;\nmari/a-killed; agni-parik?ii-test by fire; dite-to give; yabe-when; sitareSita; ani/a-brought.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Ravar;�a was killed by lord Ramacandra, Sitadevi was brought before\nthe fire.\nTEXT 206\n\n� 'lft�t� �f'U �ff �('le{ I\n\n1'1'!J·lft'!1 'eft�' fW'l 1lt;j'·�'iJ11'fi{ II �o� II\ntabe maya-sita agni kari antardhana\nsatya-sita ani' dila rama-vidyamana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; maya-sita-the illusory form of Sita; agni-the fire-god;\nkari-doing;\n\nantardhana-disappearing;\n\nsatya-sita-real\n\nSita;\n\nani'-bringing;\n\ndi/a-delivered; rama-of Ramacandra; vidyamana-in the presence.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the illusory Sita was brought before the fire by lord Ramacandra, the\nfire-god made the illusory form disappear and delivered the real Sita to lord\nRamacandra.\nTEXT 207\n\n���1 � �tilfit!\\! '� ;j'i( I\n111Wt�·�12111 ��111(�'( \"JRJIJ II �oct II\nsunina prabhura anandita haila mana\nramadasa-viprera katha ha-i/a smaraQa\nSYNONYMS\nsunina-hearing;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; anandita-very\n\npleased; hai/a-became; mana-the mind; rama-dasa-viprera-of the brahmaQa\nknown as Ramadasa; katha-words; ha-i/a smaraQa-He remembered.\n\n", "mad4#p0054": "Text 209]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n21\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard this story, He was very pleased, and\nHe remembered the words of Ramadasa Vipra.\nTEXT 208\n\n�-� �� �fil' 12f� �� � I\n\na-'Al 'ltt� 1ftf'$1' �t 9fijS � II � olr' II\ne-saba siddhanta suni' prabhura ananda haila\nbrahmal')era sthane magi' sei patra nila\nSYNONYMS\ne-saba siddhanta-all these conclusive statements; suni'-hearing; prabhuraof\n\nLord\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ananda-happiness; haila-there was;\n\nbrahmal')era sthane-from the brahmal')as; magi'-asking; sei-those; patraleaves; nila-took.\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed, when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard these conclusive statements\nfrom Kiirma Purar,a, He felt great happiness. After asking the brahmaQa's permission, He took possession of those manuscript scrolls. In this way Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu received the old manuscript of the Kiirma Purar,a.\nTEXT 209\n\n� 9fijS t';it-rl\"�1 �� �� I\n� 'l'tf'$1' �1ffi!� 9fijS lftf'$1' � II � o � II\nnutana patra lekhana pustake deoyaila\npratiti lagi' puratana patra magi' nila\nSYNONYMS\n(\n\nnutana-new; patra-leaves; /ekhafla-getting written; pustake-the book;\ndeoyaila-He gave; pratiti lagi'-for direct evidence; puratana-the old; patraleaves; magi'-requesting; nila-He took.\nTRANSLATION\nSince the Kiirma Purar,a was very old, the manuscript was also very old. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu took possession of the original leaves in order to have\ndirect evidence. The text was copied on to a new scroll in order that the\nPura.,a be replaced.\n\n", "mad4#p0055": "22\n\nSri Caitanya·caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya·lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 210\n\n9fijf i'f�1 �: tif�-11�1rl �i'fi I\n1«11\"1� f�� � 9fijf � N'fi II �) II\no\n\npatra lana puna/:! dak�ir;a-mathura ai/a\nramadasa vipre sei patra ani dila\nSYNONYMS\npatra /ana-taking those leaves; puna/:l-again; dak�il)a-mathura-to southern\nMathura; ai/a-came; rama-dasa vipre -unto the brahmal)a known as Ramadasa;\nsei patra-those leaves; ani-bringing back; di/a-delivered.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned to southern Mathura [Madura] and\ndelivered the original manuscript of the Kiirma PuraQa to Ramadasa Vipra.\nTEXTS 211·212\n\n\"1J���t�t��1 <l'f��t�i-\"1J'l�t)'(�'l�\"l<l, I\n�t� ��� iM$'1<1': �I <1'�1_�� \"if�i II � � � II\n9f�'l\"l'i-1f1fc� <�'�� �nrl-1f'l�, �r.<f\"t 1fi 1\n\n<1'�: 1f'l�t� '11ftoft� �<:, '1._��tlfO!'l<nl<l, II � � � II\nsitayaradhito vahnis\nchaya-sitam ajijanat\ntarh jahara dasa-grivaf:J\nsita vahni-purarh gata\nparik�a-samaye vahnirh\nchaya-sita vivesa sa\nvahni/:1 sitarh samaniya\ntat-purastad aninayat\nSYNONYMS\nsitaya-by mother Sita; aradhita/:1-being called for; vahni/:1-the fire-god;\nchaya-sitam-the illusory form of mother Sita; ajijanat-created; tam-her;\njahara-kidnapped;\n\ndasa-griva�1-the\n\nten-faced\n\nRavaQa;\n\nsita-mother Sita;\n\nvahni-puram-to the abode of the fire-god; gata--departed; parik�a-samaye-at\n\n", "mad4#p0056": "Text 214]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n23\n\nthe time of testing; vahnim-the fire; chaya-sita-the illusory form of Sita;\nvivesa-entered; sa-she; vahniQ-the fire-god; sitam-the original mother Sita;\nsamaniya-bringing back; tat-purastat-in His presence; aninayat-brought back.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When he was petitioned by mother Sita, the fire-god, Agni, brought forth\nan illusory form of Sita, and Ravar;ta, who had ten heads, kidnapped the false\nSita. The original Sita then went to the abode of the fire-god. When Lord\nRamacandra tested the body of Sita, it was the false illusory Sita that entered\nthe fire. At that time the fire-god brought the original Sita from his abode and\ndelivered her to Lord Ramacandra.\"\nPURPORT\nThese two verses are taken from the Karma Puraf)a\nTEXT 213\n\n� \"Ptt�i Rt$ '.:ill'�\"!!! ';{i{ I\n\n� ffi'l �' �1tt� \\!li'ii1 II �)� II\npatra pana viprera haifa anandita mana\nprabhura caraf)e dhari' karaye krandana\nSYNONYMS\npatra pana-getting the leaves; viprera-of the brahmaQa; hai/a-there was;\nanandita-pleased; mana-mind; prabhura caraf)e-the lotus feet of Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; dhari'-taking; karaye-does; krandana-crying.\nTRANSLATION\nRamadasa Vipra was very pleased to receive the original scrolls of the Kurma Purar;ta, and he immediately fell down before the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and began to cry.\nTEXT 214\n\n�� ��,-�fiT �-.te, �11'!\\'1\"1� I\n�ffJ� � '1ftt1f flri'l'i m� II �)8 II\nvipra kahe, -tumi sak�at sri-raghunandana\nsannyasira ve�e more dila darasana\n\n", "mad4#p0057": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n24\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nSYNONYMS\nvipra kahe-the brahmaf)a said; tumi-You; sak�at-directly; sri-raghunandana-Lord Sri Ramacandra;\n\nsannyasira ve�e-in the dress of a mendicant;\n\nmore-unto me; di/a-You gave; darasana-audience.\nTRANSLATION\nA fter receiving the manuscript, the brahma�;�a, being very pleased, said,\n\" Sir, You are Lord Ramacandra Himself and have come in the dress of a sannyasi to give me audience.\nTEXT 215\n\n��1-l:� ��t'! c�tt11' �ftfi'fl til� 1\n�� C11'Rf �� f� <R �� II �)It II\nmaha-du/:lkha ha-ite more karila nistara\naji mora ghare bhik�a kara angikara\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-du/:lkha-great unhappiness; ha-ite-from; more-me; karila nistaraYou delivered; aji-today; mora-my; ghare-at home; bhik�a-lunch; karado; angikara-accept.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear sir , You have delivered me from a very unhappy condition. I request that You take Your lunch at my place. Please accept this invitation.\nTEXT 216\n\n11�:t-t <etllf �..-! ifl ffl'l Cl1� fflti{ I\nC1ffif <ett'StJ �f9f � �11'� II �)� II\nmano-du/:lkhe bhala bhik�a na dila sei dine\nmora bhagye punarapi pailun darasane\nSYNONYMS\nmano-du/:lkhe-out of great mental distress; bha/a bhik�a-good lunch; na\ndi/a-could not give You; sei dine-that day; mora bhagye-because of my fortune; punarapi-again; pai/un-1 have gotten; darasane-visit.\n\n", "mad4#p0058": "Text 218]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n25\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Due to my mental distress I could not give You a very nice lunch the other\nday. Now, by good fortune, You have come again to my home.\"\nTEXT 217\n\n�� �fif' � �� �-r � C<fillf I\n\n��� �t1f � f�'lfl \"<fi�llf II �Yl II\neta bali' sei vipra sukhe paka kaila\nuttama prakare prabhuke bhik?ii karai/a\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; sei vipra-that brahmaQa; sukhe-in great happiness;\npaka kai/a-cooked;\n\nuttama prakare-very nicely;\n\nprabhuke-unto lord Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; bhik?a-lunch; karai/a-gave.\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, the brahmaQa very happily cooked food, and a first-class dinner\nwas offered to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 218\n\n<;�� 1ftfi11!1t1 t�' iiu �911 �fit' I\n9froroft-t �·9fiff ,'Sf� <;\"St)tm u �)�r 11\nsei ratri tahan rahi' tanre krpa kari'\npJ.Qr;/ya-dese tamraparQi gela gaurahari\nSYNONYMS\nsei rcitri-that night; tahan-there; rahi'-staying; tanre-unto the brahmaQa;\nkrpa kari'-showing mercy; paQr;/ya-dese-in the country known as Par.l<;lyadesa; tamra-parQi-to the place named Tamraparl')i; ge/a-went; gaura-harilord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu passed that night in the house of the brahma�a.\nThen, after showing him mercy, the Lord started toward Tamrapar�i in PaQc;lya-desa.\n\n", "mad4#p0059": "26\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lil a , Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nPar:J<;lya-desa is situated in the southern part of India known as Kerala . In all\n\nthese areas there were many kings with the title Pa�ya who ruled over places\n\nknown as Madura and Ramesvara. In the Ramayal')a the name of Tamraparl)i is\n\nmentioned. Tamraparr:Ji is also known as Purur:Jai and is situated on the bank of the\n\nTinebheli River. This river flows into the Bay of Bengal. Tamraparl)i is also mentioned in SrTmad-Bhagavatam (11.5.39).\n\nTEXT 219\n\n\\!��� -,� �Rf' �9f�·�f;1f I\nem f!�ft! ��' � ��i'f II �)� II\ntamrapari')T snana kari' tamraparQHTre\n\nnaya tripati dekhi' bule kutahale\nSYNONYMS\n\ntamra-parQT-in the Tamraparl)i River; snana kari'-taking a bath; tamra-parQT­\n\ntTre-on the bank of the Tamraparr:Ji River; naya tripati\n\n-\n\nthe Deity named Naya­\n\ntripati; dekhi'-after seeing; bu/e-wandered on; kutahale-in great curiosity.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThere was also a temple of Lord Vi��u at Naya-tripati on the bank of the\nRiver Tamrapar�i, and after bathing in the river, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nsaw the Deity with great curiosity and wandered on.\nPURPORT\nThis Naya-tripati is also called Alovara Tirunagari. It is a town about seventeen\n\nmiles southeast of Tinebheli. There are nine temples there of Sripati, or Vi�r:Ju. All\n\nthe Deities of the temples assemble together during a yearly festival in the town.\nTEXT 220\n\n����i �t� 'w�' l\\1ft1r·\"'\"\"'l 1\n\nf�t� �fit' '<IIi'{ � �� \" ��\" \"\nciya(iata/a tTrthe dekhi' srT-rama-/ak$mal')a\n\ntilakar'icT asi' kaila siva darasana\n\n", "mad4#p0060": "Text 221]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n27\n\nSYNONYMS\nciya(lataia-named Ciya<;latala; tirthe-at the holy place; d ekhi '\n\n-\n\nsee ing; sri­\n\nrama-lak?maQa-the Deity of Lord Rama and Lak�mar:Ja; tilakaiici-to TilakancT;\n\nasi'-coming; kaila-did; siva dara5 ana-visiting the temple of Lord Siva\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to a holy place known\n\nas\n\nCiyac;fatala, where He saw the Deities of the two brothers, Lord Ramacandra\nand Lak�ma�;�a. He then proceeded to Tilakanci, where He saw the temple of\nLord Siva.\nPURPORT\nCiya<;latala is sometimes known as Cheratala. It is near the city of Kaila, and\n\nthere is a temple there dedicated to lord SrT Ramacandra and His brother\nLa�mar:Ja. T1lankancr is about thirty miles northeast of the city of Tinebheli.\nTEXT 221\n\n�!!OO'Jl5'1-�( �f� �,'IL.� I\n�'tift'if�·�t� �t�' '��� ��f% II��� II\ngajendra-mok?aQa-tirthe dekhi vi?QU-murti\npanaga(li-tirthe asi' dekhi/a sitapati\n\nSYNONYMS\ngajendra-mok$aQa-tirthe-at\n\nthe\n\nholy\n\nplace\n\nnamed\n\nGajendra-mo�ar:Ja;\n\ndekhi-seeing; vi?QU-murti-the Deity of Lord Vi�r:Ju; panaga(li-tTrthe-to the\nholy place Panaga<;li; asi'-coming; dekhila-saw; sita-pati-Lord Srr Ramacandra\nand STtadevi.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then visited the holy place named Gajendramok�a�;�a, w.,ere He went to a temple of Lord Vi��;�u. He then came to\nPanagac;li, a holy place where He saw the Deities of Lord Ramacandra and Sita.\nPURPORT\nThe Gajendra-mo�ar:Ja temple is sometimes mistaken for a temple of Lord Siva.\nIt is about two miles south of the city of Kaivera. Actually the Deity is not of Lord\n\nSiva but of Vi�r:JU. Panaga<;li is about thirty miles south of the Tinebheli. Formerly\n\nthe temple there contained the Deity of Srr Ramacandra, but later the devotees of\n\n", "mad4#p0061": "Sri Caitanya-caritampa\n\n28\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nLord Siva replaced Lord Ramacandra with a deity of Lord Siva named Ramesvara\nor Ramaliriga Siva.\nTEXT 222\n\n�'i.t1f �, 'm' llJ111-�'1 1\n��� 'Citfit' �'I' Pl'f �llfi{ II��� II\ncamtJ.pure asi' dekhi' sri-rama-lak$maf)a\nSfi-vaikUQthe asi' kai/a Vi$f)U darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\ncamtapure�to\n\nCamtapura;\n\nasi'-coming;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nsri-rama-\n\nlak$maQa-Lord Ramacandra and Lak�mal)a; sri-vaikuf)the asi'-coming to Sri\n\nVaikuQ�ha; kai/a-did; Vi$f)U dara5ana-seeing the temple of Lord Vi�QU.\nTRANSLATION\nLater the Lord went to Camtapura, where He saw the Deities of Lord Ramacandra and Lak�mat:�a. He then went to Sri Vaikur;�tha and saw the temple of\nLord Vi�r;�u there.\nPURPORT\nThis Camtapura is sometimes called Ceriganura and is located in the state of\nTribarikura. A temple of Lord Ramacandra and Lak�maQa is located there. Sri\nVaikuQ�ha-about four miles north of Aloyara Tirunagari and sixteen miles\nsoutheast of Tinebheli- is situated on the bank of the TamraparQT River.\nTEXT 223\n\n�-�i! �'f 'CI'it�J·�\"'i{ I\n�t'lftft i� �'f tifpfi{ II��� II\nmalaya-parvate kaila agastya-vandana\nkanya-kumari tanhan kaila darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\nmalaya-parvate-in the Malaya Hills; kai/a-did; agastya-vandana-obeisances\n\nto Agastya Muni; kanya-kumari-K anyakumari; tanhan-there; kaila dara5anavisited.\n\n", "mad4#p0062": "Text 224]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n29\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then went to Malaya-parvata and offered prayers\nto Agastya Muni. He then visited a place known as Kanyakumari [presently\nCape Comorin].\nPURPORT\nThe range of mountains in South India beginning at Kerala and extending up to\nCape Comorin is called Malaya-parvata. Concerning Agastya there are four opinions: (1) There is a temple of Agastya Muni in the village of Agastyam-palli in the\ndistrict of Taf\\jor . (2) There is a temple of Lord Skanda on a hill known as Sivagiri,\nand it is supposed to have been established by Agastya Muni . (3) Some say that\nnear Cape Comorin there is a hill known as Pa�hiya, which was supposed to have\nserved as Agastya Muni's residence. (4) There is another place known as Agastyamalaya, which is a range of hills on both sides of the Tamrapart;�i River. Cape Comorin itself is known as Kanyakumari.\n\nTEXT 224\n\n��\"frn 'W�' ��t11 ,<$1)�fif I\n\n;mt�-�� �tl'it �� ���f1f It ��8 It\namlitalaya dekhi' sri-rama gaurahari\nmallara-desete aila yatha bha ttat h ari\nSYNONYMS\n\nam/ita/aya-at Amlitala;dekhi'-seeing; sri-rama-the Deity of Ramacandra;\ngaur a-har i -Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ma//ara-desete-to Mallara-desa; ai/acame; yatha-where; bhattathari-the Bhattathari community.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter visiting Kanyakumari, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu came to Amlitala,\nwhere He saw the Deity of Sri Ramacandra. Thereafter He went to a place\nknown as Mallara-desa, where a community of Bhattatharis lived.\nPURPORT\nNorth of Mallara-desa is South Kanac;la. To the east is Kurga and MahisOra . To\nthe south is Kocina, and to the west is the Arabian Sea. As far as the Bhattatharis\nare concerned, they are a nomadic community. They camp wherever they like and\nhave no fixed place of residence. Outwardly they take up the dress of sannyasis,\nbut their real business is stealing and cheating. They alh.Jre others to supply\n\n", "mad4#p0063": "30\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nwomen for their camp, and they cheat many women and keep them within their\ncommunity. In this way they increase their population. In Bengal also there is a\nsimilar community. Actually, all over the world there are nomadic communities\nwhose business is simply to allure, cheat and steal innocent women.\nTEXT 225\n\n'!1ft\"f·��� ��' �� ��� I\n���'�<tf•'fl ��II��([II\ntamala-kartika dekhi' ai/a vetapani\nraghunatha dekhi' ta.han vancila rajani\nSYNONYMS\n\ntama/a-kartika-the place named Tamala-kartika; dekhi'-seeing; ai/a-came;\nvetapani-to Vetapani; raghu-natha dekhi'-seeing the temple of Lord Ramacandra; tahan-there ; vancila rajan i-passed the night.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter visiting Mallara-desa, Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to Tamala-kartika\nand then to Vetapani. There He saw the temple of Raghunatha, Lord Ramacandra, and passed the night.\nPURPORT\n\nTamala-kartika is forty-four miles south of Tinebheli and two miles south of the\nAramavalli mountain. It is located within the jurisdiction of Tobala. There is situated there a temple of Subrahmal)ya, or Lord Kartika, the son of Lord Siva.\nVetapani, or V atapal)i, is north of Kaila in the Tribarikura state. It is known also as\nBhatapal)<;li and is within the jurisdiction of the Tobala district. It is understood\nthat formerly there was a Deity of Lord Ramacandra there. Later the Deity was\nreplaced with a deity of Lord Siva known as Ramesvara or Bhatanatha.\nTEXT 226\n\n''5t11rtf�� Jfttr �� �� �'I I\n\n���fif-� '!ttJ '��pte{ II��� II\ngosanira sange rahe k[$f)adasa brahmaf)a\nbhattathari-saha tahan haila dara5ana\n\n", "mad4#p0064": "Text 228]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n31\n\nSYNONYMS\ngosariira-the Lord; sar'lge-with; rahe-there was; kr�Qa-dasa brahmaQa-a\nbrahmaQa servant named Kr�r:Jadasa; bhattathari-saha-with the Bhattatharis;\ntahar'l-there; haila-there was; darasana-a meeting.\nTRANSLATION\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\n\nwas\n\naccompanied\n\nby\n\nHis\n\nservant\n\ncalled\n\nKr�r;�adasa. He was a brahmar:-a, but he met with the Bhaffatharis there.\nTEXT 227\n\nit'{i{ 'lf�<.fPi �fl{ '�t� iSfilrtt� I\n� � �t�� <Jf� '��II��� II\nstri-dhana dekharia tar'lra lobha janmaila\narya sara/a viprera buddhi-nasa kaila\nSYNONYMS\nstri-dhana-women; dekharia-showing; tar'lra-his; /obha-attraction; janmai/a-they\n\ncreated;\n\narya-gentleman;\n\nsara/a-simple;\n\nviprera-of\n\nthe\n\nbrahmaQa; buddhi-nasa-loss of intelligence; kaila-they made.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhattatharis allured the brahmar:-a Kr�r;�adasa, who was simple and gentle. By virtue of their bad association, they polluted his intelligence.\nTEXT 228\n\n�t� �' �tt�i f<f� ���tRf·'CII:� I\n\n� �t'lfl:l't � �tt� �II��IT' II\nprate uthi' aila vipra bhattathari-ghare\ntahara uddese prabhu aila satvare\nSYNONYMS\nprate-in\n\nthe\n\nmorning;\n\nuthi'-rising\n\nfrom\n\nbed;\n\nai/a-came;\n\nvipra-the\n\nbrahmaQa Kr�r:Jadasa; bhattathari-ghare-to the place of the Bhanatharis; tahara\nuddese-for him; prabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ai/a-came; satvarevery soon.\n\n", "mad4#p0065": "32\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe allured Kr,..,adasa went to their place early in the morning. Just to find\nhim out, the Lord also went there very quickly.\nTEXT 229\n\n�m � � ���tf1l'itt'f 1\n�t�'Rf l3tlfi'i 'l_fif �� f� <mi'C'i II��:;, II\nasiya kahena saba bhattathari-gaQe\namara brahmaQa tumi rakha ki karaQe\n\nSYNONYMS\nastya-coming; kahena-He said; saba-all; bhattathari-gaQe-to the Bhattatharis; amara-My; brahmaQa-brahmaQa assistant; tumi-you; rakha-are\nkeeping; ki-for what; karaQe-reason.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon reaching their community, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked the Bhaftatharis, \"Why are you keeping My brahma..,a assistanH\nTEXT 230\n\n�t� ��Of�, 'I_�� I\n'11't7;� l:� Of�,-�I!Bf '�' iltf� <ttf'it' ����oil\nami-ha sannyasi dekha, tumi-ha sannyasi\nmore dul)kha deha,-tomara 'nyaya' nahi vasi\n\nSYNONYMS\nami-ha-l; sannyasi-in the renounced order of life; dekha-you see; tumiha-you; sannyasi-in the renounced order of life; more-unto Me; dui)khapains; deha-you give; tomara-your; nyaya-logic; nahi vasi-1 do not find.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am in the renounced order of life, and so are you. Yet you are pur­\n\nposefully giving Me pain, and I do not see any good logic in this.\"\nTEXT 231\n\n�il' �<I ���fif �� �� ��1 I\n\n�tfFrt� �� �e<t �fifflfc� 'ft�1 II��� II\n\n", "mad4#p0066": "Text 233]\n\n33\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\nsuna' saba bhattathari uthe astra lana\nmaribare aila sabe cari-dike dhana\nSYNONYMS\nsuna'-hearing;\n\nsaba-all;\n\nbhattathari-nomads;\n\nuthe-rise\n\nup;\n\nastra­\n\nweapons; /ana-taking; maribare-to kill; ai/a-came; sabe-all; cari-dike-all\naround; dha.na-running.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, all the Bhattatharis carne running,\nwith weapons in their hands, desiring to hurt the Lord.\nTEXT 232\n\n��'l'lll!t��r;er �m� 1\n� � �� <ei'ltfit �� � � II ��� II\ntara astra tara ange pacje hata haite\nkhaQcja khaQcja haifa bhattathari palaya cari bhite\nSYNONYMS\ntara astra-their weapons; tara ar'lge-on their bodies; pacje-fall; hata haitefrom their hands; khaQcja khaQcja-cut into pieces; haifa-became; bhattatharithe nomads; palaya-run away; cari bhite-in the four directions.\nTRANSLATION\nHowever, their weapons fell from their hands and struck their own bodies.\nWhen some of the Bhattathar!s were thus cut to pieces, the others ran away in\nthe four directions.\nTEXT 233\n\n��fif-�t� � @{i� �\"!i{ I\n<;�?;lit $ffif' Rt� �lfl31 �Bfllf ��� II ��� II\nbhattathari-ghare maha uthila krandana\nkese dhari' vipre lana karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\nbhattathari-ghare-at the home of the Bha��atharis; maha.-great; uthilathere arose; krandana-crying; kese dhari'-catching by the hair; vipre-the\nbrahmal')a Kr�r:Jadasa; /ana-taking; kari/a-did; gamana-departure.\n\n", "mad4#p0067": "34\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile there was much roaring and crying at the Bhattathari community, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu grabbed Kr�t:�adasa by the hair and took him away.\nTEXT 234\n\n� fif� ��' ��\"'i ���-� I\n�t-. ��, ,-stfli �trw��-�t11'\" ��s\"\nsei dina ca/i' aifa payasvinr-tire\nsnana kari' gefa adi-kesava-mandire\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei dina-on that very day; cafi'-walking; ai/a-came; payasvinT-tire-to the\nbank of the Payasvini River; snana kari'-bathing; gefa-went; adi-kesava-mandire-to the temple of Adi-kesava.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat very night, Sri Catianya Mahaprabhu and His assistant Kr�t:�adasa arrived at the bank of the Payasvini River. They took their bath and then went to\nsee the temple of Adi-kesava.\nTEXT 235\n\n'�llj� '���i 'c2tt� �tR� �i I\n��' '!@�, �1, �' � � II ��� II\nkesava dekhiya preme aVi$ta haifa\nnati, stuti, nrtya, gita, bahuta karifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nkesava dekhiya-after seeing the Deity of Lord Kesava; preme-in ecstasy;\navi$ta haifa-became overwhelmed; nati-obeisances; stuti-prayer; nrtyadancing; gita-chanting; bahuta karifa-performed in various ways.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord saw the Adi-ke5ava temple, He was immediately overwhelmed with ecstasy. Offering various obeisances and prayers, He chanted\nand danced.\n\n", "mad4#p0068": "Text 238]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n35\n\nTEXT 236\n\n'� �' �<fi � �i·�';fe.<fS'Rf I\n\n��� 't�\"'' (2J,_1t 'Pf1t';f �e.<fi11t II ��� II\nprema dekhi' Joke haifa maha-camatkara\nsarva-loka kaila prabhura parama satkara\n\nSYNONYMS\nprema dekhi'-seeing His ecstatic features; Joke-people; haifa-became;\nmaha-camatkara-greatly\n\nastonished;\n\nsarva-loka-all\n\np eople;\n\nkai/a-did;\n\nprabhura-of Lord S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; parama satkara-great reception.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the people there were greatly astonished to see the ecstatic pastimes of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. They all received the Lord very well.\nTEXT 237\n\n��!l�§o'$fsp,� ��1 ''$l1� � I\n'��f�l!i�Ji11'·1N 1!1�1 'Pfi�\"'' II ��ct II\nmaha-bhakta-gaQa-saha tahan go$thT kaila\n'brahma-sarhhitadhyaya'-punthi tahan paila\n\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-bhakta-gaQa-saha-among highly advanced devotees;\ngo$thT kai/a-discussed;\n\ntahan-there;\n\nbrahma-sarhhita-adhyaya-one chapter of Brahma­\n\nsarhhita; punthi-scripture; tahan-there; paila-found.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the temple of Adi-ke5ava, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu discussed spiritual\nmatters among highly advanced devotees. While there, He found a chapter of\nthe Brahma-sarilhita.\nTEXT 238\n\n1N 'Pft�i (2j� � �til\"f �'Pft1t I\n\n<f.�<!li·,�W·��-�\"''<fi f�11t II ��.,_ II\n\n", "mad4#p0069": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n36\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\npunthi pana prabhura haifa ananda apara\nkampasru-sveda-stambha-pulaka vikara\n\nSYNONYMS\npunthi\n\npana-getting\n\nthat\n\nscripture;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nLord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; hai/a-there was; ananda-happiness; apara-unlimited; kampatrembling; asru-tears; sveda-perspiration; stambha-being stunned; pu/akajubilation; vikara-transformations.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was greatly happy to find a chapter of that scripture, and symptoms of ecstatic transformation-trembling, tears, perspiration, trance and jubilation-were manifest in His body.\nTEXTS 239-240\n\ntl,m--ttsr ilt� '131����1'f � 1\n\nc;'ltt��i wtt�f � �tf'l ll ��� II\n�\"t'lrof �� fil�'l ��J I\n\n�-�·�'st·llt'U � �� ll �So II\nsiddhanta-sastra nahi 'brahma-sarilhita'ra sama\ngovinda-mahima jrianera parama karaQa\nalpiik$are kahe siddhanta apara\nsakala-vai$Qava-sastra-madhye ati sara\n\nSYNONYMS\nsiddhanta-sastra -conclusive scripture; nahi-there is not; brahma-sarilhitara\nsama-like the scripture Brahma-sarilhita; govinda-mahima-of the glories of Lord\nGovinda; jnanera-of knowledge; parama-final; karaf)a-cause; a/pa-ak$arebriefly; kahe-expresses; siddhanta-conclusion; apara-unlimited; saka/a-all;\nvai$Qava-sastra-devotional scriptures; madhye-among; ati sara-very essential.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere is no scripture equal to the Brahma-sarilhita as far as the final spiritual\nconclusion is concerned. Indeed, that scripture is the supreme revelation of\nthe glories of Lord Govinda, for it reveals the topmost knowledge about Him.\nSince all conclusions are briefly presented in Brahma-sarilhita, it is essential\namong all the Vai�r;�ava literatures.\n\n", "mad4#p0070": "Text 241]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n37\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe Brahma-sarhhita is a very important scripture. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu acquired the Fifth Chapter from the Adi-kesava temple. In that Fifth Chapter, the\nphilosophical conclusion oi acintya-bhedabheda-tattva (simultaneous oneness\nand difference) is presented. The chapter also presents methods of devotional\nservice, the eighteen-syllable Vedic hymn, discourses on the soul, the Supersoul\nand fruitive activity, an explanation of kama-gayatrT, kama-bTja and the original\nMaha-Vi�Qu, and a specific description of the spiritual world, specifically Goloka\nVrndavana.\n\nBrahma-sarhhita\n\nalso\n\nexplains\n\nthe\n\ndemigod\n\nGaQeSa,\n\nthe\n\nGarbhodakasayi Vi�Qu, the origin of the Gayatri mantra, the form of Govinda and\nHis transcendental position and abode, the living entities, the highest goal, the\ngoddess Durga, the meaning of austerity, the five gross elements, love of Godhead, impersonal Brahman, the initiation of Lord Brahma, and the vision of transcendental love enabling one to see the Lord. The steps of devotional service are\nalso explained. The mind, yoga-nidra, the goddess of fortune, devotional service\nin spontaneous ecstasy, incarnations beginning with Lord Ramacandra, Deities,\nthe conditioned soul and its duties, the truth about Lord Vi�QU, prayers, Vedic\nhymns, Lord Siva, Vedic literature, personalism and impersonalism, good behavior\nand many other subjects are also discussed. There is also a description of the sun\nand the universal forms of the Lord. All these subjects are conclusively explained\nin a nutshell in this Brahma-sarhhita.\nTEXT 241\n\n�- � � �fit fili'l (;li'l�tl1li I\n\n'�i{··�' 'Cil�i'f1 Qm �$111 �s)\"\nbahu yatne sei puilthi nila /ekhaiya\n'ananta padmanabha' aila har�ita hana\nSYNONYMS\n\nbahu yatne-with great attention; sei p utithi -that scripture; ni/a-took;\n/ekhaiya-having it copied; ananta-padmanabha -to Ananta Padmanabha; aila­\n\ncame; hara�ita-in great happiness; hafla-being.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu copied the Brahma-sarilhita and afterwards, with\ngreat pleasure, went to a place known as Ananta Padmanabha.\nPURPORT\n\nConcerning Ananta Padmanabha, one should refer to Madhya-IT/a, Chapter\nOne, text 115.\n\n", "mad4#p0071": "38\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 242\n\nr�-� 9f11ril1t'Q ��I'( � 1\n� c;�� 'elttl'f'l l)tri{t(i{ II �8� II\ndina-d ui padmanabhera kat/a darasana\nanande dekhite aila sri-janardana\nSYNONYMS\n\ndina-dui-two days; padma-nabhera-of the Deity known as Padmanabha;\nkaila darasana--visited the temple; anande-in great ecstasy; dekhite-to see;\nai/a-c ame; sri-janardana-to the temple of SrT janardana\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu remained for two or three days at Ananta Padmanabha and visited the temple there. Then , with great ecstasy, He went to\nsee the tempie of Sri Janardana.\nPURPORT\nThe temple of Sri janardana is situated twenty-six miles north of Trivandrama\n\nnear the Varkala railway station.\nTEXT 243\n\nfifi{·'lt � ��' �� I\n�f� �t�i1 \"'t� -IQ ilt1{ti'1 II �8-e II\ndina-dui tahan kari' kirtana-nartana\npayasvini asiya dekhe sankam narayaQa\nSYNONYMS\n\ndina-dui-two days; tahan-there; kari'-performing; kirtana-nartana-chanting and da n ci ng; payasvini a siya-com i ng to the bank of the PayasvinT; dekhesees; sankara narayaQa-the temple of 5ankara-narayar;�a.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu chanted and danced at Sri Janardana for two days.\nHe then went to the bank of the Payasvini River and visited the temple of\nSalikara-narayaJ:�a.\n\n", "mad4#p0072": "lord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\nText 244]\n\n39\n\nTEXT 244\n\n-Jt:8Pf�·';ft� �t�'fl -t'Am�-\"1� I\n';(e,�-�� ��, � 'l\"�Rl �'tr;i{ \" �88 \"\nsrr'lgeri-mathe aila sankaracarya-sthane\nmatsya-tirtha dekhi' kaila tungabhadraya snane\nSYNONYMS\nsrngeri-mathe-to the 5rngeri monastery; aila-came; sankaracarya-sthane-at\n\nthe place of Sarikaracarya; matsya-tirtha-the holy place named Matsya-tirtha;\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nTurigabhadra.\n\nkai/a-did;\n\ntungabhadraya\n\nsnane-bathing\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nRiver\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere He saw the monastery known as Srngeri-matha, the abode of Acarya\nSankara. He then visited Matsya-tirtha, a place of pilgrimage, and took a bath\nin the River Tungabhadra.\nPURPORT\nThe monastery known as Srrigeri-ma�ha is situated in the province of Mysore\n(MahisOra) in the district of Simoga. This monastery is located on the left bank of\n\nthe River Turigabhadra, seven miles south of Harihara-pura. The real name of this\nplace is Srriga-giri or Srrigavera-puri, and it is the headquarters of Sarikaracarya.\nSarikaracarya had four principal disciples, and he established four centers under\ntheir management.\nIn North India at Badarikasrama, the monastery named Jyotir-ma�ha was\nestablished. At Puru�ottama, the Bhogavardhana or Govardhana monastery was\nestablished. In Dvaraka, the Sarada monastery was established, and the fourth\n\nmonastery, established in South India, is known as Srrigeri-ma�ha. In the Srrigerima�ha, the sannyasis assume the designations Sarasvati, Bharati and PurL They are\nall ekadal)r;fi-sannyasis, distinguished from the Vai�r:Java sannyasis, who are\nknown as tridal)r;fi-sannyasis. The Srrigeri-ma�ha is situated in South India in a portion of the country known as Andhra, Dravi<;la, Karr:Ja�a and Kerala. The com­\n\nmunity is called BhOvibara, and the dynasty is called BhOr-bhuva�. The place is\ncalled Ramesvara, and the slogan is \"Aharh brahmasmi.\" The Deity is Lord Varaha,\n\nand the energetic power is Kama�i. The acarya is Hastamalaka, and the\nbrahmacari assistants of the sannyasis are known as Caitanya. The place of\n\npilgrimage is called Turigabhadra, and the subject for Vedic study is the Yajur\nVeda.\n\n", "mad4#p0073": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n40\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nThe list of the disciplic succession from Sarikaracarya is available, and the names\nof the acaryas and their dates according to the Saka Era (or Sakabda) are as\n\nfollows: Sarikaracarya, 622 Saka;\nJnanadhanacarya,\n\n768;\n\nSuresvaracarya, 630; Bodhanacarya, 680;\n\nJnanottama-sivacarya,\n\n827;\n\njnanagiri\n\nAcarya,\n\n871;\n\nSirhhagiri Acarya, 958; Tsvara Tirtha, 1019; Narasirhha Tirtha, 1067; Vidyatirtha\nVidyasarikara, 1150;\n\nBharati-Kr�Qa Tirtha, 1250; VidyaraQya Bharati, 1253;\n\nCandrasekhara Bharati, 1290; Narasirhha Bharati, 1309; Puru�ottama Bharati,\n1328; S arikarananda, 1350; Candrasekhara Bharati, 1371; Narasimha Bharati,\n1386; Puru�ottama Bharati, 1394 ; Ramacandra Bharati, 1430; Narasirhha Bharati,\n1479; Narasirhha Bharati, 1485; Dhanama<;li-narasirhha Bharati, 1498; Abhinava­\n\nnarasirhha Bharati, 1521; Saccidananda Bharati, 1544; Narasirhha Bharati, 1585;\nSaccidananda Bharati, 1627; Abhinava-saccidananda Bharati, 1663; Nrsirhha\nBharati, 1689; Saccidananda Bharati, 1692; Abhinava-saccidananda Bharati, 1730;\nNarasirhha Bharati, 1739; Saccidananda Sivabhinava Vidya-narasirhha Bharati,\n1788.\n\nRegarding Sarikaracarya, it is understood that he was born in the year 608 of\n\nthe Sakabda Era in the month of Vaisakha, on the third day of the waxing moon, in\na place in South India known as Kala<;li. His father's name was Sivaguru, and he lost\nhis father at an early age. When Sarikaracarya was only eight years old, he completed his study of all scriptures and took sannyasa from Govinda, who was resid­\n\ning on the banks of the Narmada. After accepting sannyasa, S arikaracarya stayed\nwith his spiritual master for some days. He then took his permission to go to\nVaraQasi and from there went to Badarikasrama, where he stayed until his twelfth\nyear. While there, he wrote a commentary on Brahma-sutra, as well as ten\nUpani�ads and Bhagavad-gita. He also wrote Sanat-sujatiya and Nrsirilha-tapini.\n\nAmong his many disciples, his four chief disciples are Padmapada, Suresvara,\nHastarnalaka and Trotaka. After departing from VaraQasi, Sarikaracarya went to\nPrayaga, where he met a great learned scholar called Kumarila Bhana.\nSarikaracarya wanted to discuss the authority of the scriptures, but Kumarila Bhatta, being on his deathbed. sent him to his disciple MaQ<;lana, in the city of\nMahi�mati. It was there that Sarikaracarya defeated MaQ<;lana Misra in a discussion\nof the sastras. MaQ<;lana had a wife named Sarasvati, or Ubhaya-bharati, who\n\nserved as mediator between Sarikaracarya and her husband. It is said that she\nwanted to discuss erotic principles and amorous love with S arikaracarya, but\nSarikaracarya had been a brahmacarT since birth and therefore had no experience\n\nin amorous love. He took a month's leave from Ubhaya-bharati and, by his mystic\npower, entered the body of a king who had recently died. In this way\nSarikaracarya experienced the erotic principles. After attaining this experience, he\nwanted to discuss erotic principles with Ubhaya-bharati, but without hearing his\n\ndiscussion, she blessed him and assured the continuous existence of the Srrigerimatha. She then took leave of material life. Afterwards, MaQ<;lana Misra took the\norder of sannyasa from S arikaracarya and became known as Suresvara.\n\n", "mad4#p0074": "Text 245)\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n41\n\nSatikaracarya defeated many scholars throughout India and converted them to his\nMayavada philosophy. He left the material body at the age of thirty-three.\nAs far as Matsya-tirtha is concerned, it was supposedly situated beside the\nocean in the district of Malabara.\nTEXT 245\n\nJf ..1m·\"'tti{ �1•'fl ��1 'l!,ctt�',\n\n�,...� 'fi•' ,�r�, l!'tt1 � ,�1ft-Jft�'h,�s<t\nmadhvacarya-sthane aila yanha 'tattvavadi'\nuc;fupite 'kr�Qa' dekhi, tahan haifa premonmadi\nSYNONYMS\n\nmadhva-acarya-sthane-at the place of Madhvacarya; ai/a -arrived; yanhawhere; tattva-vadi-philosophers known as Tattvavadis; uc;Jupite-at the place\nknown as Uc;iupi; kr�Qa-the Deity of Lord Kr�l)a; dekhi-seeing; tahan-there;\nhaifa-became; prema-unmadi-mad in ecstasy.\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu next arrived at the place of Madhvacarya, where the\nphilosophers known as Tattvavadis resided. He stayed there at a place known\nas UQupi, where he saw the Deity of Lord Kr��;�a and became mad with ecstasy.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSripada Madhvacarya took his birth at Uc;iupi, which is situated in the South\nKanac;ia district of South India, just west of Sahyadri. This is the chief city of the\nSouth Kanac;ia province and is near the city of Matigalore, which is situated to the\nsouth of Uc;iupi. In the city of Uc;iupi is a place called Pajaka-�etra, where\nMadhvacarya took his birth in a sival/i-brahmaQa dynasty as the son of\nMadhyageha Bhatta, in the year 1040 of Sakabda. According to some, he was\nborn in the year 1160 Sakabda.\nIn his childhood, Madhvacarya was known as Vasudeva, and there are some\nwonderful stories surrounding him. It is also said that his father piled up many\ndebts, and Madhvacarya converted tamarind seeds into actual coins to pay them\noff. When he was five years old, he was offered the sacred thread. One demon\nnamed Mal)iman lived near his abode in the form of a snake, and at the age of five\nMadhvacarya killed that snake with the toe of his left foot. When his mother was\nvery disturbed, he would appear before her in one jump. He was a great scholar\neven in childhood, and although his father did not agree, he accepted sannyasa at\nthe age of twelve. After receiving sannyasa from Acyuta Pre�a, he received the\n\n", "mad4#p0075": "42\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nname POrt;�aprajfia nrtha. After traveling all over India, he finally discussed scriptures with Vidyasarikara, the exalted leader of Srngeri-matha. Vidya5arikara was\nactually diminished in the presence of Madhvacarya Accompanied by Satya\nnrtha, Madhvacarya went to Badarikasrama. It was there that he met Vyasadeva\nand explained his commentary on Bhagavad-grta before him. Thus he became a\ngreat scholar by studying before Vyasadeva.\nBy the time he came to the Ananda-matha from Badarikasrama, Madhvacarya\nhad finished his commentary on Bhagavad-grta. His companion Satya nrtha wrote\ndown the entire commentary. When Madhvadirya returned from Badarikasrama,\nhe went to Gafijama, which is on the bank of the River Godavari. He met there\nwith two learned scholars named Sobhana Bhatta and Svami Sastri. Later these\nscholars became known in the disciplic succession of Madhvacarya as Padmanabha nrtha and Narahari nrtha. When he returned to U<;lupi, he would sometimes bathe in the ocean. On such an occasion he composed one prayer in five\nchapters. Once, while sitting beside the sea engrossed in meditation upon Lord Sri\nKr�t:Ja, he saw that a large boat containing goods for Dvaraka was in danger. He\ngave some signs by which the boat could approach the shore, and it was saved.\nThe owners of the boat wanted to give him a present, and at the time\nMadhvacarya agreed to take some gopi-candana. He received a big lump of gopicandana, and as it was being brought to him, it broke apart and revealed a large\nDeity of Lord Kr�t:Ja. The Deity had a stick in one hand and a lump of food in the\nother. As soon as Madhvacarya received the Deity of Kr�t:�a in this way, he composed a prayer. The Deity was so heavy that not even thirty people could raise it.\nMadhvacarya personally brought this Deity to U<;lupi. Madhvacarya had eight disciples, all of whom took sannyasa from him and became directors of his eight\nmonasteries. Worship of the Lord Kr�t:Ja Deity is still going on at U<;lupi according\nto the plans Madhvacarya established.\nMadhvacarya then for the second time visited Badarikasrama. \\Yhile he was\npassing through Maharawa, the local king was digging a big lake for the public\nbenefit. As Madhvacarya passed through that area with his disciples, he was also\nobliged to help in the excavation. After some time, when Madhvacarya visited the\nking, he engaged the king in that work and departed with his disciples.\nOften in the province of Gariga Pradesh there were fights between Hindus and\nMohammedans. The Hindus were on one bank of the river, and the Mohammedans on the other. Due to the community tension, no boat was available for\ncrossing the river. The Mohammedan soldiers were always stopping passengers\non the other side, but Madhvacarya did not care for these soldiers. He crossed the\nriver anyway, and when he met the soldiers on the other side, he was brought\nbefore the king. The Mohammedan king was so pleased with him that he wanted\nto give him a kingdom and some money, but Madhvacarya refused. While walking on the road, he was attacked by some dacoits, but by his bodily strength he\n\n", "mad4#p0076": "Text 245]\n\n43\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\nkilled them all. When his companion Satya Tirtha was attacked by a tiger,\n\nMadhvacarya separated them by virtue of his great strength. When he met\n\nVyasadeva, he received from him the salagrama-sila known as AHamOrti. After\nthis, he summarized the Mahabharata.\n\nMadhvacarya's devotion to the Lord and his erudite scholarship are known\n\nthroughout India. Because of this, the owners of the Srngeri-matha established by\nSarikaracarya became a little perturbed. At that time the followers of Sarikaracarya\n\nwere afraid\n\nof\n\nMadhvacarya's rising\n\npower,\n\nand\n\nthey\n\nbegan\n\nto\n\ntease\n\nMadhvacarya's disciples in many ways. There was even an attempt to prove that\n\nthe disciplic succession of Madhvacarya was not in line with Vedic principles. One\nperson named Put:�<;larika Puri, a follower of the Mayavada philosophy of\nSarikaracarya, came before Madhvacarya to discuss the sastras. It is said that all of\n\nMadhvacarya's books were taken away, but later they were found with the help\n\nof King jayasirhha, ruler of Kumla. In discussion, Put:�<;larika Puri was defeated by\n\nMadhvacarya. A great personality named Trivikramacarya, who was a resident of\nVi�t:�umarigala, became Madhvacarya's disciple,\n\nand his son later became\n\nNarayat:�acarya, the composer of SrT Madhva-vijaya. After the death of Tri­\n\nvikramacarya, the younger brother of Narayat:�acarya took sannyasa and later be­\n\ncame known as Vi�t:�u Tirtha.\n\nAt that time it was reputed that there was no limit to the bodily strength of POr­\n\nt:�aprajiia, Madhvacarya There was a person named Ka<;laiijari who was famed for\n\npossessing the strength of thirty men. Madhvacarya placed the big toe of his foot\n\nupon the ground and asked the man to separate it from the ground, but the great\n\nstrong man could not do so even after great effort. Srila Madhvacarya passed from\n\nthis material world at the age of eighty while writing a commentary on the\nAitareya Upani?ad. For further information about Madhvacarya, one should read\nMadhva-vijaya by Naray3t:�a Acarya. The acaryas of the Madhva-sampradaya\n\nestablished U<;lupi as the chief center, and the monastery there was known as\n\nUttarara<;lhi-matha. A list of the different centers of the Madhvacarya-sampradaya\n\ncan be found at U<;lupi, and their matha commanders are (1) Vi�t:�u Tirtha (Soda­\n\nmatha), (2) janardana Tirtha (Kr�t:�apura-matha), (3) Vamana Tirtha (Kanura­\n\nmatha), (4) Narasirhha Tirtha (Adamara-matha), (5) Upendra Tirtha (Puttugimatha), (6) Rama Tirtha (Sirura-matha), (7) Hr�ikesa nrtha (Palimara-matha), and\n\n(8)\n\nA�obhya\n\nTirtha\n\n(Pejavara-matha).\n\nThe\n\ndisciplic\n\nsuccession\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nMadhvacarya-sampradaya is as follows: (1) Harhsa Paramatma; (2) Caturmukha\n\nBrahma; (3) Sanakadi; (4) Durvasa; (5) jnananidhi; (6) Garu<;la-vahana; (7) Kaivalya\n\nTirtha; (8) jnanesa Tirtha; (9) Para Tirtha; (1 0) Satyaprajiia Tirtha; (11) Prajiia\n\nTirtha; (12) Acyuta Pre�acarya Tirtha; (13) Sri Madhvacarya, 1040 Saka; (14) Pad­\n\nmanabha, 1120; Narahari, 1127; Madhava, 1136; and A�obhya, 1159; (15) Jaya\nTirtha, 1167; (16) Vidyadhiraja, 1190; (17) Kavindra, 1255; (18) Vagisa, 1261;\n\n(19) Ramacandra, 1269; (20) Vidyanidhi, 1298; (21) Sri Raghunatha, 1366; (22)\n\n", "mad4#p0077": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n44\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nRayuvarya (who spoke with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu), 1424; (23) Raghattama,\n1471; (24) Vedavyasa, 1517; (25) Vidyadhisa, 1541; (26) Vedanidhi, 1553; (27)\nSatyavrata, 1557; (28) Satyanidhi, 1560; (29) Satyanatha, 1582; (30)\nSatyabhinava, 1595; (31) SatyapOrl)a, 1628; (32) Satyavijaya, 1648; (33)\nSatyapriya, 1659; (34) Satyabodha, 1666; (35) Satyasandha, 1705; (36) Satyavara,\n1716; (37) Satyadharma, 1719; (38) Satyasar'lkalpa, 1752; (39) Satyasantu�ta,\n1763; (40) Satyaparayal)a, 1763; (41) Satyakama, 1785; (42) Satye�ta, 1793; (43)\nSatyaparakrama, 1794; (44) SatyadhTra, 1801; (45) Satyadhira Tirtha, 1808.\nAfter the sixteenth acarya (Vidyadhiraja nrtha), there was another disciplic\nsuccession, including Rajendra nrtha, 1254; Vijayadhvaja; Puru�ottama;\nSubrahmal)ya; Vyasa Raya, 1470-1520. The nineteenth acarya, Ramacandra\nnrtha, had another disciplic succession, including Vibudhendra, 1218; jitamitra,\n1348; Raghunandana; Surendra; Vijendra; Sudhindra; Raghavendra nrtha, 1545.\nTo date, in the U<;iupi monastery there are another fourteen Madhva-tirtha sannyasis. As stated, U<;lupi is situated in South Kana<;la, about thirty-six miles north of\nMarigalore. It is situated beside the sea. This information is available from the\nSouth Kana(ia Manual and the Bombay Gazette.\n\nTEXT 246\n\n'e{�� <;'itt�M c;wr;� �11'1!·<;1f�ti{ I\n\n1f�t�tt1i \"lf� flf�1 <c�t� �111' \"11te{ II �8� II\nnartaka go pa la dekhe parama-mohane\nmadhvacarye svapna diya aila tanra sthane\n\nSYNONYMS\nnartaka\n\ngopa/a-dancing\n\nGopala;\n\ndekhe-saw;\n\nparama-mohane-most\n\nbeautiful; madhva-acarye-unto Madhvacarya; svapna diya-appearing in a\ndream; ai/a-came; tar'lra-his; sthane-to the place.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile at the U�upi monastery, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw \"dancing\nGopala,\" a most beautiful Deity. This Deity appeared to Madhvacarya in a\ndream.\nTEXT 247\n\n<;'itt���i{·i!t� <c�tr-� f�Strtti! I\n1f�l�t� c;�l ?� �l� (;�1fti! II �8'lll\n\n", "mad4#p0078": "Text 249]\n\n45\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\ngopi-candana-tale achila (iingate\nmadhvacarya sei kr�Qa paila kana-mate\nSYNONYMS\ngopi-candana-tale-under heaps of gopi-candana (yellowish clay used for\ntilaka); achila-came; (iingate-in a boat; madhva-acarya-Madhvacarya; sei\nkr�Qa-that Kr�Da Deity; paila-got; kana-mate-somehow or other.\nTRANSLATION\nMadhvacarya had somehow or other acquired the Deity of KnQa from a\nheap of gopi-candana that had been transported in a boat.\nTEXT 248\n\n�t�t�t1i �tM' �tr;� �fitqj •t� I\n�'Mt<ffit '� �t� \\!1�t�'$f'l II �81r II\nmadhvacarya ani' tanre karila sthapana\nadyavadhi seva kare tattvavadi-gal)a\nSYNONYMS\nmadhva-acarya-Madhvacarya; ani'-bringing; tar'lre-Him; karila sthapanainstalled; adya-avadhi-to date; seva kare-worship; tattva-vadi-gal)a-the Tattva vadis.\nTRANSLATION\nMadhvacarya brought this dancing Gopala Deity to U«;;upi and installed\nHim in the temple. To date, the followers of Madhvacarya, known as Tattvavadis, worship this Deity.\nTEXT 249\n\n�1!_� '\"5fr.t' � �� ?f�q I\n<;�tt<ft-t <f'l-.'1 �J-;ft'! ?;<fiq ll �so;, II\nkr�Qa-murti dekhi' prabhu maha-sukha paila\npremavese bahu-k�af)a nrtya-gita kaila\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-murti dekhi'-seeing the Deity of Lord Kr�r:Ja; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\nmaha-sukha-great\n\nhappiness;\n\npaila-got;\n\nprema-avese-in\n\n", "mad4#p0079": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n46\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\necstatic love; bahu-k$aQa-for a long time; nrtya-gita-dancing and singing;\nkaifa -performed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu received great pleasure in seeing this beautiful\nform of Gopala. For a long time He danced and chanted in ecstatic love.\nTEXT 250\n\nl!-.�tfif'5t'1 �if.t� 'll�1�' �t(;i{ I\n�'!Jf �r;i{ �� il1 ��i'f �Vt�t'1 II�<to II\ntattvavadi-gaQa prabhuke 'mayavadi' jnane\nprathama darsane prabhuke na kaifa sambha$a/)e\n\nSYNONYMS\ntattva-vadi-gaQa-the\n\nTattvavadis;\n\nprabhuke-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nmayavadi jnane-considering as a MayavadT sannyasi; prathama darsane-in the\nfirst meeting; prabhuke-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; na-did not; kaifa-do;\nsambha$aQe -addressing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt first sight, the Tattvavadi Vai�Qavas considered Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\na Mayavadi sannyasi. Therefore they did not talk to Him.\nTEXT 251\n\n9f�� ,��Ht�llf ��' '�� iJfe.�tJ I\n\n���·�ttil � �fti'f �e.m II��� II\npache premavesa dekhi' haifa camatkara\nvai$Qava-jnane bahuta karifa satkara\n\nSYNONYMS\npache-later; prema-avesa-ecstatic love; dekhi'-seeing; haifa camatkarabecame struck with wonder; vai$Qava-jnane-understanding\n\nas\n\na Vai�l)ava;\n\nbahuta-much; karifa-did; satkara-reception.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLater, after seeing Sri Caitanya Mahiprabhu in ecstatic love, they were\nstruck with wonder. Then, considering Him a Vai�r:tava, they gave Him a nice\nreception.\n\n", "mad4#p0080": "Text 254]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n47\n\nTEXT 252\n\n'��t!1' �� �t1f '$f('\"fil' I\n�� �fj,1fl f�i �� <;'Sf�f't II �<t� II\n'vai$T)avata' sabara antare garva jani'\ni$at hasiya kichu kahe gauramaf)i\nSYNONYMS\nvai$Qavata-Vai�l)avism; sabara-of all of them; antare-within the mind; garva-pride;\n\njani'-knowing;\n\ni$at-mildly;\n\nhasiya-smiling;\n\nkichu-something;\n\nkahe-says; gaura-maf)i-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu could understand that the Tattvavadis were very\nproud of their Vai,Qavism. He therefore smiled and began to speak to them.\nTEXT 253\n\n�1-�111' ��t1f 'Sf.(atfil c;'Sf� I\n�1·��1-�ttr c;'Sf1\" ���·II �<t� II\ntar'l-sabara antare garva jani gauracandra\ntar'l-saba-sar'lge go$thi kari/a arambha\nSYNONYMS\ntar'l-sabara-of all of them, antare-within the mind; garva-pride; janiknowing; gaura-candra-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tar'l-saba-sar'lge-with them;\ngo$thi-discussion; kari/a-made; arambha -beginning.\nTRANSLATION\nConsidering them very proud, Caitanya Mahaprabhu began His discussion.\nTEXT 254\n\nf!,<ltWT ��t�-� -ttt?Atf! ��'II\n�rot �lSt �<fi'f <21!. �$1 � � II �<t8 II\ntattvavadi acarya-saba sastrete pravif)a\ntar'lre prasna kaila prabhu hana yena dina\n\n", "mad4#p0081": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n48\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nSYNONYMS\ntattva-vadi acarya-the chief preacher of the Tattvavada community; saba­\n\nall; sastrete-in revealed scriptures; pravi(Ja-experienced; tatire-unto him;\n\npra5na-q uestion; kaila-did; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; haria-becom­\n\ning; yena-as if; dina-very humble.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe chief acarya of the Tattvavada community was very learned in the\nrevealed scriptures. Out of humility, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu questioned\nhim.\nTEXT 255\n\n:JfilU·:Jfttr-1 �tfif ifl �t� �\\! I\n:JfttU·:Jft�·<;· � �1t\\! II ��� II\nsadhya-sadhana ami na jani bhala-mate\nsadhya-sadhana-sre�tha janaha amate\nSYNONYMS\nsadhya-sadhana-the aim of life and how to achieve it; ami-1; na-not; jani­\n\nknow; bhala-mate-very well; sadhya-sadhana-the aim of life and how to\nachieve it; sre.gha-the best; janaha-kindly explain; amate-unto Me.\n\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"I do not know very well the aim of life and how\nto achieve it. Please 1ell me of the best ideal for humanity and how to attain\nit.\"\nTEXT 256\n\n1iftfit-ti ��,--'�(t1$f�, �� :Jf';{�' I\n�� �ll �� ,. ':Jft�il' II ��� II\nacarya kahe, -'varQasrama-dharma, kr�Qe samarpaQa'\nei haya kr�Qa-bhaktera sre�tha 'sadhana'\nSYNONYMS\nacarya kahe-the acarya said; varQa-asrama-dharma-the institution of four\n\ncastes and four asramas; kr�Qe -unto Kr�l)a; samarpaf)a-to dedicate; ei haya­\n\nthis is; kr�Qa-bhaktera-of the devotee of Kf�l)a; sre�tha sadhana-the best\nmeans of achievement.\n\n", "mad4#p0082": "Text 258]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n49\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe acarya replied, \"When the activities of the four castes and the four\nasramas are dedicated to Kr�r:ta, they constitute the best means whereby one\ncan attain the highest goal of life.\nTEXT 257\n\n,�.R.. '{�' ?11$1 �� � I\n'�J-<;<!l�' �,-�t �-��'Ill��� II\n'parica-vidha mukti' paria vaikuQthe gamana\n'sadhya-sre$tha' haya, -ei sastra-nirOpaQa\nSYNONYMS\nparica-vidha mukti-five kinds of liberation; paria-getting; vaikuQthe-in the\nspiritual world;\n\ngamana-transference;\n\nsadhya-sre$tha haya-is the highest\n\nachievement of the goal of life; ei-this; sastra-nirOpaQa-the verdict of all\nrevealed scriptures.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When one dedicates the duties of varr:tasrama-dharma to Kr�r:ta, he is eligible for five kinds of liberation. Thus he is transferred to the spiritual world\nin Vaikur:ttha. This is the highest goal of life and the verdict of all revealed\nscriptures.\"\nTEXT 258\n\nl!f!_ ��,-llftaf <fit� �'!-�� I\nti•t���·�lll1f '�·�t�' II ��lr II\nprabhu kahe, -sastre kahe sravaQa-kirtana\nkr$Qa-prema-seva-pha/era 'parama-sadhana'\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; sastre kahe-in the sastra it\nis said; sravaQa-kirtana-the process of chanting and hearing; kr$Qa-premaseva-of loving service to Lord Kr�Qa; pha/era-of the result; parama-sadhanabest process of achievement.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, IIAccording to the verdict of the sastras, the\nprocess of hearing and chanting is the best means to attain loving service to\nKr�r:ta.\n\n", "mad4#p0083": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n50\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Tattvavadis, the best process is to execute the duties of the\nfour varQas and asramas. In the material world, unless one is situated in one of the\nvarQas (brahmaQa, k$atriya, vaisya and sudra) one cannot manage social affairs\nproperly to attain the ultimate goal. One also has to follow the principles of the\nasramas (brahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha and sannyasa), which are considered\nessential for the attainment of the highest goal. In this way the Tattvavadis\nestablish that the execution of the principles of varQa and asrama for the sake of\nKr��a is the best way to attain the topmost goal. The Tattvavadis thus established\ntheir principles in terms of human society. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, however, differed when He said that the best process is hearing and chanting about Lord\nVi��u. According to the Tattvavadis, the highest goal is returning home, back to\nGodhead, but in Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's opinion the highest goal is attaining\nlove of Godhead, either in the material or spiritual world. In the material world this\nis practiced according to sastric injunction, and in the spiritual world the real\nachievement is already there.\nTEXTS 259-260\n\n�ct� '1''1io{� ��j: \"'Jf�'t� 9filfC'I<!\"l' 1\n'!ISO!�<!�\"!� lfi�� 'I\"�J�f.!\"C<!lf\"l' 11 �u II\n�f� ��'!if9r�·l �ClJ!l iSlWC�ll�'ll'ct1 1\nfiili\"C�� iS'i\\�J�1 \\�'lK'lJ�I(t�ll_�� 11 �\"'· II\nsraVaQariJ kirtanarh Vi$QOQ\nsmaraQarh pada-sevanam\narcanarh vandanarh dasyarh\nsakhyam atma-nivedanam\niti purhsarpita vi$Qau\nbhaktis cen nava-lak$aQa\nkriyeta bhagavaty addha\ntan manye 'dhitam uttamam\nSYNONYMS\nsravaQam-hearing of the holy name, form, qualities, entourage and pastimes,\nwhich must pertain to Lord Vi��u; kirtanam-vibrating transcendental sounds\npertaining to the holy name, form, qualities and entourage, and inquiring about\nthem (these also should be only in relationship to Vi��u); Vi$QO/:l-of Lord Vi��u;\nsmaraQam-remembering the holy name, form and entourage, and inquiring\nabout them, also only for Vi��u; pada-sevanam -executing devotional service according to time, circumstances and situation, only in relationship with Vi��u; ar-\n\n", "mad4#p0084": "Text 261]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n51\n\ncanam-worshiping the Deity of Lord Kr�r:'la, Lord Ramacandra, Lak�mi-Naray�a\n\nor the other forms of Vi�r:\"�u; vandanam- offering prayers to the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead; dasyam-always thinking oneself an eternal servant of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; sakhyam-making friends with the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; atma-nivedanam-dedicating everything (body, mind\n\nand soul) for the service of the Lord; iti-thus; purhsa-by the human being; arpita-dedicated; vi$Qau-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�r:\"�u;\n\nbhaktib-devotional service; cet-if; nava-/ak$a(la-possessing nine different\n\nsystems, as above mentioned; kriyeta-one should execute; bhagavati-unto the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; addha-directly (not indirectly through karma,\n\njfiana or yoga); tat-that; manye-l understand; adhitam-studied; uttamamfirst class.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'This process entails hearing, chanting and remembering the holy name,\n\nform, pastimes, qualities and entourage of the Lord, offering service according to the time, place and performer, worshiping the Deity, offering prayers,\nalways considering oneself the eternal servant of Kr�J;�a, making friends with\nHim and dedicating everything unto Him. These nine items of devotional service, when directly offered to Kr�J;�a, constitute the highest attainment of life.\nThis is the verdict of revealed scriptures.'\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu quoted these verses from Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(7.5.23-24).\nTEXT 261\n\n�'!-� ft� � ft� '0�1f1' I\n\n'��·'aT �t�-���� � II��� II\nsravaQa-kirtana ha-ite k($(1€ haya 'prema'\n\nsei paficama puru$artha -puru$arthera sima\n\nSYNONYMS\nsravaQa-kirtana-hearing and chanting; ha-ite-from; kr$Qe-unto Lord Kr�r:\"�a;\n\nhaya-there is; prema-transcendental love; sei-that; paficama puru$a-artha­\n\nthe fifth platform of perfection of life; puru$a-arthera sima-the limit of goals of\nlife.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When one comes to the platform of loving service to Lord Kr�J;�a by executing these nine processes, he has attained the fifth platform of success and\nthe limit of life's goals.\n\n", "mad4#p0085": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n52\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nEveryone is after success in religion, economic development, sense gratification\nand ultimately merging into the existence of Brahman. These are the general practices of the common man, but according to the strict principles of the Vedas, the\nhighest attainment is to rise to the platform of sravaf)am, kirtanam\n\n-\n\nchanting and\n\nhearing about the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is confirmed in Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam (1.1.2):\n\ndharma/:1 projjhita-kaitavo 'tra paramo nirmatsaraQarh satarh\nvedyarh vastavam atra vastu sivadarh tapa-trayonmO/anam\nsrimad-bhagavate mahamuni-krte kim va parair isvara/:1\nsadyo hrdy avarudhyate 'tra krtibhi/:1 susrO$ubhis tat-k$aQat\n\"Completely rejecting all religious activities which are materially motivated, this\n\nBhagavata PuraQa propounds the highest truth, which is understandable by those\ndevotees who are pure in heart. The highest truth is reality distinguished from illusion for the welfare of all. Such truth uproots the threefold miseries. This beautiful\n\nBhagavatam, compiled by the great sage Sri Vy�sadeva, is sufficient in itself for\n\nGod realization. As soon as one attentively and submissively hears the message of\n\nBhagavatam, he becomes attached to the Supreme Lord.\"\n\nAccording to Sridhara Sv�mi, the material conception of success (mok$a or\n\nliberation) is desired by those in material existence. Not being situated in material\nexistence, the devotees have no desire for liberation.\nA devotee is always liberated in all stages of life because he is always engaged\n\nin the nine items of devotional service (sravaQam, kirtanam, etc.). Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's philosophy holds that devotional service to Kr?l)a always exists in\n\neveryone's heart. It simply has to be awakened by the process of sravaQarh\n\nkirtanarh Vi$QOQ. SravaQadi suddha-citte karaye udaya (Cc. Madhya 22.107).\n\nWhen a person is actually engaged in devotional service, his eternal relationship\nwith the Lord, the servant-master relationship, is awakened.\n\nTEXT 262\n\n<11��3l�: ,-f�v\"lt\"tf-�,i&n\n�t�t�iltr.'i\\1 ��rs� �r56: ,\n�'!�n:�l c�tffr� c��f� 'i\\nr­\n\n�r'l!tlf'�!I<'!Tf� C\"\"fl��t�: II ��� II\nevarh-vrata/:1 sva-priya-nama-kirtya\njatanurago druta-citta uccaib\n\n", "mad4#p0086": "Text 263]\n\n53\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\nhasaty atho roditi rauti gayaty\n\nunmadavan nrtyati /oka-bahya/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nevam-vrata/:1-when one thus engages in a vow to chant and dance; sva­\n\nown; priya-very dear; nama-holy name; k irtya-by chanting; jata-in this way\n\ndevelops; anuraga/:1-attachment; druta-citta/:1-very eagerly; uccai/:1-loudly;\n\nhasati-laughs; atho-also;\n\nroditi-cries; rauti-becomes agitated; gayati­\n\nchants; unmada-vat-like a madman; n r tyati-dances; /o ka bahya/:1-without\n-\n\ncaring for outsiders.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When a person is actually advanced and takes pleasure in chanting the\nholy name of the Lord, who is very dear to him, he is agitated and loudly\nchants the holy name. He also laughs, cries, becomes agitated and chants just\nlike a madman, not caring for outsiders.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.2.40).\nTEXT 263\n\n��fil'f!t, ���Jt-st, �m �� 1\n� �i! '��f9 �� �, il� ll ��� ll\nkarma-ninda, karma-tyaga, sarva-sastre kahe\n\nkarma haite prema-bhakti kmJe kabhu nahe\nSYNONYMS\nkarma-ninda-condemnation of fruitive activities; karma-tyaga-renunciation\n\nof fruitive activities; sarva-sastre k ahe-is announced in every revealed scripture;\n\nkarma haite-from\n\nfruitive\n\nactivities;\n\npre ma bhakti-devotional\n-\n\nservice\n\necstatic love; kr$1Je -for Kr�r:Ja; kabhu nahe-can never be achieved.\n\nin\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In every revealed scripture there is condemnation of fruitive activity. It is\nadvised everywhere to give up engagement in fruitive activity, for by'it no one\ncan attain the highest goal of life, love of Godhead.\n\n", "mad4#p0087": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n54\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Vedas there are three kaQgas, or divisions: karma-kaQga, jnana-kaQga,\nand upasana-kal')ga. The karma-kal')ga portion stresses the execution of fruitive\nactivities, although ultimately it is advised that one abandon both karma-kaQga\nand jnana-kaQ(ia (speculative knowledge) and accept only upasana-kaQga, or\nbhakti-kaQ(ia. One cannot attain love of Godhead by executing karma-kal')ga or\njnana-kaQ(ia. However, by dedicating one's karma, or fruitive activities, to the\n\nSupreme Lord, one may be relieved from the polluted mind. But when one is actually free from mental pollution, one must be elevated to the spiritual platform. It\nis then that one needs the association of a pure devotee, for only by a pure devotee's association can one become a pure devotee of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Kr�l)a. When one comes to the stage of pure devotional service, the\nprocess of sravaf)arh kirtanam is very essential. By executing the nine items of\ndevotional service, one is completely purified. Anyabhi/a�ita-sunyarh jnana-karmady-anavrtam (B.r.s. 1.1.12). Only then is one able to execute the order of\n\nKr�r:Ja.\nman-mana bhava mad-bhakto\nmad-yaji marh namaskuru\nmam evai�yasi satyam te\npratijane priyo 'si me\n\n\"Always think of Me and become My devotee. Worship Me and offer your\nhomage unto Me. Thus you will come to Me without fail. I promise you this because you are My very dear friend.\" (Bg. 18.65)\nsarva-dharman parityajya\nmam ekarh saral')aril vraja\naharh tvarh sarva-papebhyo\nmok?ayi?yami ma suca/:1\n\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver you\nfrom all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" (Bg. 18.66)\nIn this way one develops his original constitutional position by which he can\nrender loving service to the Lord. One cannot be elevated to the highest platform\nof devotional service by karma-kaQ(ia or jnana-kaQQa. Pure devotional service can\nbe understood and attained only through the association of pure devotees. In this\nregard, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura states that there are two types of\nkarma-kaQga activities-pious and impious. Pious activities are certainly preferred\n\nto impious activities, but even pious activities cannot assure one ecstatic love of\nGod, Kr�r:Ja. Pious and impious activities can bring about material happiness or distress, but there is no possibility in one's becoming a pure devotee simply by acting\npiously or impiously. Bhakti, devotional service, means satisfying Kr�l)a. In every\n\n", "mad4#p0088": "Text 264]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n55\n\nrevealed scripture-whether jnana-kaQc;fa or karma-kaQc;fa is stressed-the principle of renunciation is always praised. The ripened fruit of Vedic knowledge,\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, is the supreme Vedic evidence. In Srimad-Bhagavatam it is\nsaid:\n\nnai$karmyam apy acyuta-bhava-varjitarh\nna sobhate jnanam alarh niranjanam\nkutal) puna/:! sa5vad abhadram isvare\nna carpitarh karma yad apy akaraQam\n\n\"Knowledge of self-realization, even though freed from all material affinity, does\nnot look well if devoid of a conception of the Infallible [God]. What, then, is the\nuse of fruitive activities, which are naturally painful from the very beginning and\ntransient by nature, if they are not utilized for the devotional service of the Lord?\"\n\n(Bhag. 1.5.12) This means that even knowledge, which is superior to fruitive ac­\n\ntivity, is not successful if it is devoid of devotional service. In all scriptures-in the\n\nbeginning, middle and end-karma-kaQc;fa and jnana-kaQc;fa are condemned. In\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam it is said: dharma/:! projjhita-kaitavo 'tra.\n\nThis is explained in the following verses taken from Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(11.11.32) and Bhagavad-gita (18.66).\n\nTEXT 264\n\n'!t�tbt<lt.. ��t\"l_ Ci!\"l�t11�tf'ifh;rf9t ��t\"l_ I\n�t'#lt\"l_ ��J�J <1: ��t11t � iS��� � \"S �'e11: 1\\ ��8 II\najnayaivarh guQan do$an\nmayadi$tan api svakan\ndharman santyajya ya/:1 sarvan\nrr.arh bhajet sa ca sattama/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\najnaya-knowing perfectly; evam-thus; guQan-qualities; do$an -faults;\nmaya -by Me; adi$tan-instructed; api-although; svakan-own; dharmanoccupational duties; santyajya-giving up; ya/:1-anyone who; sarvan-all;\nmam-unto Me; bhaj et-may render service; sa/:1-he; ca-and; saHama/:1first-class person.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Occupational duties are described in the religious scriptures. If one\nanalyzes them, he can fully understand their qualities and faults and then give\nthem up completely to render service unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. A person who does so is considered to be a first-class man.'\n\n", "mad4#p0089": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n56\n\n£Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 265\n\n'1�'1�i, 9ffil�J�J 'lliC 'll � � ·•!l�� �� I\n\"!!!�� �r� '1�9ftc9fr�Ji C'lli'!t'Rl'li'Jtf'll 'lli �s: n ��t 11\nsarva-dharman parityajya\nmam ekarh saral)arh vraja\naharh tvarh sarva-papebhyo\nmok?ayi?yami ma suca/:1\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-dharman-all kinds of occupational duties; parityajya-giving up; mam\nekam-unto Me only; saraQam-as shelter; vraja-go; aham-1; tvam-unto\nyou; sarva-papebhya/:1-from all the reactions of sinful life; mok?ayi?yami-will\ngive liberation; ma-do not; suca/:1-worry.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall\n\ndeliver you from all sinful reaction. Do not fear.'\nTEXT 266\n\n�t<!(!, <!l�tf'l �<�1� 'l f.1T<rc� �t<��i 1\n1!�\n\n<!5'�1-i!I<!'IW!'l '<!1 ��1 <tt<l11 iSlt�c� II ��� II\ntavat karmal)i kurvita\nna nirvidyeta yavata\nmat-katha-sravaQadau va\nsraddha yavan na jayate\n\nSYNONYMS\ntavat-up to that time; karmaQi-fruitive activities; kurvita-one should execute; na nirvidyeta-is not satiated; yavata-as long as; mat-katha-of discourses\nabout Me; sravaQa-adau-in the matter of sravaQam, kirtanam, and so on; va-or;\nsraddha-faith; yavat-as long as; na-not; jayate-is awakened.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n' As long as one is not satiated by fruitive activity and has not awakened\n\nhis taste for devotional service by sravar:taril kirtanaril vi�r:to�, one has to act\naccording to the regulative principles of the Vedic injunctions.'\n\n", "mad4#p0090": "Text 268]\n\n57\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.20.9).\nTEXT 267\n\n�.�.. llf'� '!Ji'St <fit� ��'St'l I\n�� <fi�' '��' m� iOO;<Ti� �� II ��'I II\npafica-vidha mukti tyaga kare bhakta-gaQa\n\nphalgu kari' 'mukti' dekhe narakera sama\nSYNONYMS\n\npafica-vidha-five kinds of; mukti -liberation; tyaga kare-give up; bhakta­\n\ngaQa-devotees;\n\npha/gu-insignificant;\n\nkari'-considering;\n\ndekhe-see; narakera-to hell; sama-equal\n\nmukti -liberation;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Pure devotees reject the five kinds of liberation; indeed, liberation for\nthem is very insignificant because they see it as hellish.\nTEXT 268\n\n'ltcm�r- 'ltft-:.\"'tll'l9fr-\"'l't'1i�9fJ<ll\"':i 1l1_J� 1\n\n�\"ll1lt\"O\\\"� 01\" 'IJ�fu f�\"l\"i ll�C'l�O\\\"'Z �0\\\"t: II � �b\nsalokya-sar�ti-samipya­\n\nsanJpyaikatvam apy uta\n\ndiyamanarh na grhQanti\n\nvina mat-sevanarh janab\nSYNONYMS\n\nsalokya-to live on the same planet as the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nsar�ti-to possess equal opulence;\n\nsamipya-always associating\n\nwith the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; sarupya-possessing equal bodily features;\n\nekatvam-merging into the body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; api­\n\neven; uta-certainly; di yamanam-being offered; na-never; grhQanti -accept;\nvina-without; mat-My; sevanam-devotional service; janab-devotees\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Pure devotees always reject the five kinds of liberation, which include\nliving in the spiritual Vaikur:'tha planets, possessing the same opulences\n\n", "mad4#p0091": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n58\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\npossessed by the Supreme Lord, having the same bodily features as the Lord,\nassociating with the Lord and merging into the body of the Lord. The pure\ndevotees do not accept these benedictions without the service of the Lord.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.29.13).\nTEXT 269\n\nc�1 �J�11, f'l'ff�����O!t'<fwtlt\"t\n\n<ftt'<f'Jt� �� ��-.K�: �rnl1<!f.\"'f1<t>1\"{_ I\ncO(�OJ9f��rs�� 1{�\\!t� ��vC1f<!t��'€'�'lt1!�r<lt�r9f <r�: II ��� II\nyo dustyajan k�iti-suta-svajanartha-daran\n\nprarthyarh sriyarh sura-varaib sadayavalokam\n\nnaicchan nrpas tad ucitarh mahatarh madhu-dvitsevanurakta-manasam abhavo 'pi phalgub\nSYNONYMS\ny ab-one who;\n\ndustyaja n-very difficult to give up; k�iti-land; suta­\n\nchildren; s vajana-relatives; artha-riches; daran-and wife; prarthyam-desir­\n\nable; sriyam- fortu ne; sura-varaib-by the best of the demigods; sa-daya-mer­\n\nciful; ava/okam-whose glance; na aicchat-did not desire; nrpab-the King\n(Maharaja Bharata);\n\ntat-that; ucitam-is befitting; mahatam-of great per­\n\nsonalities; madhu-dvit-of the killer of the demon Madhu; seva-anuraktaengaged in the service; manasam-the minds of whom; abhavab-cessation of\nthe repetition of birth and death; api-even; pha/gub-insignificant.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'It is very difficult to give up material opulence, land, children, society,\nfriends, riches, wife, or the blessings of the goddess of fortune, which are\ndesired even by great demigods. King Bharata did not desire such things, and\nthis was quite befitting his position because for a pure devotee whose mind is\nalways engaged in service of the Lord, even liberation or merging into the existence of the Lord is insignificant. And what to speak of material opportunity?'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (5.14.44) concerning the glorification of\n\nKing Bharata, whom Sukadeva Gosvami was describing to King Parik�it.\n\n", "mad4#p0092": "Text 271]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n59\n\nTEXT 270\n\n'lf11f��9f\"ilt: 'K� 01 ��\"DOl R<sJf� I\n\n'losft9f�osf;ar;��f9f �<1JN1ff>ot01: II :( �\n\n•\n\nnarayaf)a-parai) sarve\n\nna kutakana bibhyati\n\nsvargapavarga-narake,s-v\n\napi tu/yartha-darsina/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nnarayaf)a-parai)-persons who are devotees of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead Narayat:Ja; sarve-all; na-never; kutascana-anywhere; bibhyati-are\n\nafraid; svarga-in the heavenly planetary system; apavarga-on the path of\nliberation; narake?u-or in a hellish condition of life; api-even; tu/ya-equal;\nartha-value; darsinai)-seers of.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'A person who is a devotee of Lord Naraya.,a is not afraid of a hellish condition because he considers it the same as elevation to heavenly planets or\nliberation. The devotees of Lord Naraya.,a are accustomed to seeing all these\nthings on the same level.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (6.17.28) regarding the personality\nCitraketu. Once when Citraketu saw the goddess Parvati sitting on the lap of Lord\nSambhu (Siva), he became a little ashamed and criticized Lord Siva, who was sitting just like an ordinary man with his wife on his lap. For this reason Citraketu was\ncursed by Parvati. Later he became a demon named Vrtrasura. Citraketu was a\nvery powerful king and a devotee, and he could certainly retaliate even against\nLord Siva, but when ParvatT cursed him, he immediately accepted the curse with a\nbowed head. When he agreed to accept this curse, Lord Siva praised him and told\nParvati that a devotee of Lord Narayat:Ja is never afraid of accepting any position\nprovided there is a chance to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is\n\nthe purport of narayaf)a-parab sarve na kuta5cana bibhyati.\nTEXT 271\n\n�' <tl1f-'l. 0!1'3 � !fl9'$f'l I\n'�· 'll� 'lt�''tr11 '�tlfJ', '�${i{' II �'l� II\nmukti, karma-dui vastu tyaje bhakta-gaf)a\n\nsei dui sthapa' tumi 'sadhya', 'sadhana'\n\n", "mad4#p0093": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n60\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nSYNONYMS\nmukti-liberation; karma-fruitive activities; dui-two; vastu-things; tyajegive up; bhakta-gaQa-the devotees; sei-those; dui-two; sthapa'-establish;\ntumi-you; sadhya-the goal of life; sadhana-the process of achievement.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Both liberation and fruitive activity are rejected by devotees. You are trying to establish these things as life's goal and the process to attain it.\"\nTEXT 272\n\nQ.Jfllt �f� � �� �� I\nifl <IS�'\\!� �J-�t'{i{�llf'lll �'\\�II\nsannyasi dekhiya more karaha vaticana\nna kahifa tetii sadhya-sadhana-fak$al)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nsannyasi-a person in the renounced order of life; dekhiya-seeing; moreunto Me; karaha-you do; vaticana-duplicity; na kahifa-did not describe;\ntetii-therefore;\n\nsadhya-objective;\n\nsadhana-process of achievement;\n\nfak­\n\n$aQa-symptoms.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued speaking to the Tattvavadi acarya:\n\"Seeing that I am a mendicant in the renounced order of life, you have been\nplaying with Me in a duplicitous way. You have not actually described the process and ultimate objective.\"\nTEXT 273\n\n��' \\!�� �llti �'GtJ 'Iliff:! I\n� '��\\!i 00�, �-llti RfiiJI'! II �'\\� II\nsuni' tattvacarya haifa antare faj ita\nprabhura vai$ Qavata dekhi, ha-ifa vismita\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; tattva-acarya-the acarya of the Tattvavada sam pradaya; haifa-became; antare-within the mind; fajjita-ashamed; prabhura-of Lord Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; vai$Qavata-devotion in Vai�l)avism; dekhi-seeing; haifa-became; vismita-struck with wonder.\n\n", "mad4#p0094": "Text 275]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n61\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing\nsampradaya\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the acarya of the Tattvavada\nvery ashamed.\nUpon observing S ri Caitanya\n\nbecame\n\nMahaprabhu's rigid faith in Vai�r:Javism, he was struck with wonder.\nTEXT 274\n\n'Cl�� �r;�,-� '�� ��' � �� Q I\n\n:Jt(-tttsr ��� �J�� ��� u �\"'su\nacarya kahe,-tumi yei kaha, sei satya haya\nsarva-sastre vai�Qavera ei suniscaya\nSYNONYMS\nacarya kahe-the Tattvavadi acarya said; tumi-You; yei-whatever; kahasay; sei-that; satya-truth; haya-is; sarva-sastre-in all revealed scriptures;\nvai�Qavera-of the devotees of Lord Vi�l)u; ei-this; su-niscaya-conclusion.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Tattvavadi acarya replied, \"What You have said is certainly factual. It is\nthe conclusion of all the revealed scriptures of the Vai�r:Javas.\nTEXT 275\n\n�Q!t� 11tfirt�it ,� �m�tt� f.\\('.fi 1\n\n<;:Jt� 'Cl��t� �t� ��1�·�'6 II �\"'<t II\ntathapi madhvacarya ye kariyache nirbandha\nsei acariye sabe sampradaya-sambandha\n\nSYNONYMS\ntathapi-still; madhva-acarya-Madhvacarya; ye-whatever; kariyache-formulated; nirbandha-rules and regulations; sei-that; acariye-we practice;\nsabe-all; sampradaya- party; sambandha-relationship.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Still, whatever Madhvacarya has ascertained to be the formula for our\nparty, we practice as a party policy.\"\n\n", "mad4#p0095": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n62\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 276\n\n121\" �,-<fi�, �,-�- 'ef� I\n\nQ!t� :��•tt� c;�ftt c;:lt� � �li! \" ���\"\nprabhu kahe, -karmi, jfiani, -dui bhakti-hina\ntamara sampradaye dekhi sei dui cihna\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; karmi-fruitive worker;\njfiani-mental\n\nspeculator;\n\ndui-both\n\nof\n\nthem;\n\nbhakti-hina-nondevotees;\n\ntamara-your; sampradaye-in the community; dekhi-1 see; sei-those; duiboth; cihna-symptoms.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Both the fruitive worker and the speculative philosopher are considered nondevotees. We see both elements present\nin your sampradaya.\nTEXT 277\n\n�tcf, �<IS �tJ � Q!'tlltlf � I\n�t:!J��� <�Sa' � <!S11� fil� II ��� II\nsabe, eka guQa dekhi tomara sampradaye\nsatya-vigraha kari' isvare karaha ni5caye\nSYNONYMS\nsabe-in\n\nall;\n\neka-one;\n\nguQa-quality;\n\ndekhi-1\n\nsee;\n\ntamara-your;\n\nsampradaye-in the party; satya-vigraha-the form of the Lord as truth; kari'accepting;\n\nisvare-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nkaraha-you do;\n\nni5caye-ascertain.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The only qualification that I see in your sampradaya is that you accept the\nform of the Lord as truth.\"\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted to point out to the Tattvavadi acarya, who\nbelonged to the Madhvacarya-sampradaya, that their general behavior did not\n\n", "mad4#p0096": "Text 279]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n63\n\nfavor pure devotional service, which must be devoid of the taints of fruitive activity and speculative knowledge. As far as fruitive activity is concerned, the contamination is elevation to a higher standard of life, and for speculative knowledge\nthe contamination is merging into the existence of the Absolute Truth. The Tattvavada sampradaya of the Madhvacarya school sticks to the principle of var ­\n\nf)asrama-dharma, which involves fruitive activity. Their ultimate goal (mukti) is\nsimply a form of desire. A pure devotee should be free from all kinds of desire. He\nsimply engages in the service of the Lord. Nonetheless, Caitanya Mahaprabhu was\npleased that the Madhvacarya-sampradaya, or the Tattvavada sampradaya, accepted the transcendental form of the Lord. This is the great qualification of these\nVai�l)ava sampradayas.\nIt is the Mayavada sampradaya that does not accept the transcendental form of\nthe Lord. If a Vai�l)ava sampradaya is also carried away by that impersonal attitude, that sampradaya has no position at all. It is a fact that there are many socalled Vai�l)avas whose ultimate aim is to merge into the existence of the Lord.\nThe sahajiyas' Vai�l)ava philosophy is to become one with the Supreme. Sri\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\n\npoints\n\nout\n\nthat\n\nSri\n\nMadhavendra\n\nPuri\n\naccepted\n\nMadhvacarya only because his sampradaya accepted the transcendental form of\nthe Lord.\nTEXT 278\n\n1!1�11'! it1t 'Clt1f '$f(�c( ��' I\n·�t� iWf � ��1 ''it�� II �'tlr' II\nei-mata tanra ghare garva curf)a kari'\nphalgu-tirthe tabe cali aila gaurahari\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; tanra ghare-at his place; garva-pride; curf)a-broken;\nkari'-mak ing ; phalgu-tirthe-to the holy place named Phalgu-tirtha; tabethen; ca/i-walking; ai/a-came; gaura-hari-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu broke the pride of the Tattvavadis to pieces.\nHe then went to the holy place known as Phalgu-tirtha.\nTEXT 279\n\nm�� r�� �, met 1\n�·t\"'�-�(� -tit1f il\"!il II �9� II\n\n", "mad4#p0097": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n64\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\ntritakupe visalara kari' darasana\npancapsara-tTrthe aila sacTra nandana\nSYNONYMS\ntritakupe-to Tritakopa; visalara-of the Deity named Visala; kari'-doing;\ndarasana-visiting; panca-apsara-tTrthe-to Pancapsara-tirtha; aila-came; sacTra\nnandana-the son of mother Saci.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the son of mother Saci, went to Tritakupa, and\nafter seeing the Visala Deity there, He went to the holy place known as\nPancapsara-tirtha.\nPURPORT\nThe Apsaras, denizens of the heavenly planets, are generally known as dancing\ngirls. The girls in the heavenly planets are exquisitely beautiful, and if a woman on\nearth is found to be very beautiful, she is compared to the Apsaras. There were\nfive Apsaras named Lata, Budbuda, Samici, Saurabheyi and Varr:Ja. It is said that\nthese five beautiful dancing girls were sent by lndra to break the severe austerity\nof a saintly person called Acyuta ��i. This action was typical of lndra, the King of\nheaven. Whenever lndra discovered someone undergoing severe austerities, he\nwould begin to fear for his post. lndra is always anxious about his position, fearing\nthat if someone becomes more powerful than him, he would lose his elevated\nposition. As soon as he would see a saint undergoing severe austerities, he would\nsend dancing girls to distract him. Even the great saint Visvamitra Muni fell victim\nto his plan.\nWhen the five Apsaras went to break Acyuta ��i's meditation, they were all\nchastised and cursed by the saint. As a result, the girls turned into crocodiles in a\nlake that came to be known as Pancapsara. Lord Ramacandra also visited this\nplace. From Sri Narada Muni's narration, it is understood that when Arjuna went to\nvisit the holy places, he learned about the condemnation of the five Apsaras. He\ndelivered them from their abominable condition, and from that day the lake came\nto be known as Pancapsara, and it became a place of pilgrimage.\nTEXT 280\n\n<;�( f� �f-t' �tl'f1 ��9f1�� I\nlJ:\"Pltt��c( �'f11Jtf1fflattftJ�f'f ll �17-o ll\ngokarf)e siva dekhi' ai/a dvaipayani\nsurparaka-tTrthe aila nyasi-siromaf)i\n\n", "mad4#p0098": "Lord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\nText 281]\n\n65\n\nSYNONYMS\ngokarue-in the place named Gokarl)a; siva-the temple of Lord Siva; dekhi'seeing; ai /a-came; dvaipayani-to Dvaipayani; surparaka-tirthe-to the holy\nplace named SOrparaka; ai/a-came; nyasi-siromaui-the best of the sannyasis,\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter seeing Paficapsara, S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to Gokarr;�a. While\nthere, He visited the temple of Lord Siva, and then He went to Dvaipayani. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, the crown jewel of all sannyasis, then went to Siirparaka-tirtha.\nPURPORT\nGokarl)a is situated in North Kanac;Ja in the Mahara�tra province. It is about\ntwenty miles southeast of Karaoyara. This place is very famous for the temple of\nLord Siva known as Maha-balesvara. Hundreds and thousands of pilgrims come to\nsee this temple. SOrparaka is about twenty-six miles north of Bombay. In the\nMahara�tra province near Bombay is a district known as Thana and a place known\n\nas Sopara. SOrparaka is mentioned in the Mahabharata ( Santi-parva, Chapter\n41, verses\n\n66-67).\nTEXT 281\n\n<;�1\"ft� \"(� c;wf�' '��il �-<e�� I\n\"ltef-�c;'i-t <;W�' <;Wf;�il �t�·9ft(� II �lr� II\nkolapure /ak?mi dekhi' dekhena k?ira-bhagavati\nlanga-gauesa dekhi' dekhena cora-parvati\nSYNONYMS\nkolapure-at Kolapura;\n\n/ak?mi-the goddess of fortune;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\ndekhena-he visited; k?ira-bhagavati-the temple of K�ira-bhagavati; /angagauesa-the deity Lariga-gal)esa; dekhi'-seeing; dekhena-He sees; cora-parvati-the\n\ngoddess Parvati, who is known as a thief.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then visited the town of Kolapura, where He saw\nthe goddess of fortune in the temple of K�ira-bhagavati and Lailga-gar;�esa in\nanother temple, known as Cora-parvati.\n\n", "mad4#p0099": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n66\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\n\nKolapura is a town in the Maharagra province formerly known as Bombay Pradesh. Formerly it was a native state, and it is bordered on the north by the district\nof Salitara, on the east and south by the district of Belagama, and on the west by\nthe district of Ratnagiri. In this place there is a river named Url)a. From the Bombay\nGazette it is understood that there were about 250 temples there, out of which\nsix are very famous. These are (1) Ambabai, or Mahalak�mi Mandira, (2) Vithoba\nMandira, (3) Temblai Mandira, (4) Mahakali Mandira, (5) Phirariga-i, or Pratyarigira\nMandira, and (6) Yyallamma Mandira.\n\nTEXT 282\n\n91rn��� � ,�i!! 1\n��\"t-�t�� 'W�' �� 'til'til\"! II �lr� II\n\n�Q)'I �\n\ntatha haite pal)garapure aila gauracandra\nviththala-thakura dekhi' paila ananda\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ntatha haite-from there; pal)gara-pure-to Par:Jc.Jarapura; ai/a-came; gauracandra-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; viththala-thakura-the Deity known as\nViththala; dekhi'-seeing; paila-got; ananda-great happiness.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nFrom there Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to Par:J\"arapura, where He happily saw the temple of Vifhfhala Thakura.\nPURPORT\n\nThis city of Par:u;larapura is situated on the River Shima. It is said that Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu initiated Tukarama when He visited Par:Jc.Jarapura. This\nTukarama Acarya became very famous in the Mahara�tra province, and he spread\nthe sarikirtana movement all over the province. The sarikirtana party belonging to\nTukarama is still very popular in Bombay in the province of Maharawa. Tukarama\nwas a disciple of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and his book is known as Abhariga. His\nsarikirtana party exactly resembles the Gauc.Jiya-Vai�l)ava sarikirtana parties, for\nthey chant the holy name of the Lord with mrdariga and karatalas.\nThe Lord Viththaladeva mentioned in this verse is a form of Lord Vi�I)U with\nfour hands. He is Narayal)a.\n\n", "mad4#p0100": "Text 285]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n67\n\nTEXT 283\n\n<;<$rttC�t-t 'CI'illf Clf(i! ��-� I\n\n�ttl �CI'i �121 it� 'CI'illf �q'f n �\"\"� ll\npremavese kaila bahuta kirtana-nartana\ntahan eka vipra tanre kaila nimantraQa\nSYNONYMS\nprema-avese-in the great ecstasy of love; kai/a-performed; bahuta-much;\nkirtana-nartana-chanting\n\nand\n\ndancing;\n\ntahan-there;\n\neka-one;\n\nvipra­\n\nbrahmaQa; tanre-unto Him; kai/a-did; nimantraQa-invitation.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu chanted and danced in various ways as usual, and\none brahmaQa, seeing Him in ecstatic love, was very pleased. He even invited\nthe Lord to his home for lunch.\nTEXT 284\n\n<!�'! �tWt� ��� f�'Jf01 <ll�t�\"' I\n\nf�'Jfil <flBt' ��i �<II ��Cit�i 'Pft�i'f ll �IrS ll\nbahuta adare prabhuke bhik�a karaila\nbhik�a kari' tatha eka subha-varta paila\nSYNONYMS\nbahuta\n\nadare-with\n\ngreat\n\nlove;\n\nprabhuke-unto\n\nLord\n\nS ri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; bhik�a karaila-offered lunch; bhik�a kari'-after finishing His\nlunch; tatha-there; eka-one; subha-varta-auspicious news; pai/a-got.\nTRANSLATION\nThis brahmaQa offered Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu food with great respect\nand love. After finishing His lunch, the Lord received auspicious news.\nTEXT 285\n\nltt�C�-�l\"� f-t1JJ '���·�l\"' ililt I\n,�� l!lttlt ��'1t� <f.t�il f<ti!tt� ll �lr<t ll\n\n", "mad4#p0101": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n68\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nmadhava-purira si�ya 'sri-ranga-puri' nama\nsei grame vipra-grhe karena visrama\nSYNONYMS\nmadhava-purira si�ya-one disciple of Madhavendra Puri; sri-ranga-puri-Sri\nRariga Puri; nama-named; sei grame-in that village; vipra-grhe-in the house\nof a brahmaQa; karena visrama-rests.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu received word that Sri Ranga Puri, one of the disciples of Sri Madhavendra Puri, was present in that village at the home of a\nbrahmat:Ja.\nTEXT 286\n\n�fil�1�>��� �t �tt� c;w��tt� 1\n\n��'SJ� ��' �tt!iil, c;w�� it�tt� II �lr� II\nsuniya ca/ila prabhu tanre dekhibare\nvipra-grhe vasi' achena, dekhila tanhare\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing; ca/i/a-went; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tanrehim; dekhibare-to see; vipra-grhe-at the house of the brahmaQa; vasi'-sitting; achena-was; dekhila-saw; tanhare-him.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this news, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu immediately went to see Sri\nRanga Puri at the brahmat:�as home. Upon entering, the Lord saw him sitting\nthere.\nTEXT 287\n\nc;��tt�-t �t11 titt11 W�·�'tt1f I\n\n�i!ti, �<ti, <ti�, �tt� �� �11{ II �lr'lll\npremavese kare tanre darda-paraf)ama\nasru, pulaka, kampa, sarvange pade ghama\nSYNONYMS\nprema-avese-in\n\necstatic\n\nlove;\n\nparaQama-obeisances, falling flat;\n\nkare-does;\n\ntanre-unto\n\nhim;\n\ndaQ{ia­\n\nasru-tears; pu/aka-jubilation; kampa-\n\n", "mad4#p0102": "Text 289]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n69\n\ntrembling; sarva-ange-all over the body; par;/e-there was; ghama-perspiration.\nTRANSLATION\nA s soon as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw the brahma.Qa, He immediately\nbegan to offer him obeisances in ecstatic love, falling flat to the ground. The\nsymptoms of transcendental transformation were visible-namely, tears,\njubilation, trembling and perspiration.\nTEXT 288\n\n�r-tm �ffi ��� �11'f·�� �it 1\n'�n ��tw' �fa,' �M�1 ��it II �trtr II\ndekhiya vismita haifa sri-ranga-purira mana\n'uthaha sripada' bali' bali/a vacana\nSYNONYMS\ndekhiya-seeing; vismita-astonished; haifa-became; sri-ranga-purira-of Sri\nRariga Puri; mana-the mind; uthaha-get up; sri-pada-Your Holiness; ba/i'saying; bali/a vacana-began to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in such an ecstatic mood, Sri Railga\nPuri said, \"Your Holiness, please get up.\nTEXT 289\n\n��tw, �� <;�111 <;'$ft�tf�11 �lit\"' 1\n� �it1 'C{�\\!1 itt� �� <;�11 'ij'fi II �lr� II\nsripada, dhara mora gosafiira sambandha\ntaha vina anyatra nahi ei premara gandha\nSYNONYMS\nsri-pada-0 Your Holiness; dhara-You hold;\n\nmora-my; gosafiira-with Sri\n\nMadhaven dra Puri; sambandha-relationship; taha vina-without him; anyatraelsewhere; nahi-there is not; ei-this; premara-of ecstasy; gandha-flavor.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Your Holiness is certainly related to Sri Madhavendra Puri, without whom\nthere is no flavor of ecstatic love.\"\n\n", "mad4#p0103": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n70\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura remarks that in the disciplic succession\nof Madhvacarya -up to the advent of His Holiness Sripada Lak�mipati nrthaonly Lord Kr�Da was worshiped. After Srila Madhavendra Puri, worship of both\nRadha and Kr�Da was established. For this reason Sri Madhavendra Puri is accepted\nas the root of worship in ecstatic love. Unless one is connected to the disciplic\nsuccession of Madhavendra Puri, there is no possibility of awakening the\nsymptoms of ecstatic love. The word gosafii is significant in this connection. The\nspiritual master who is fully surrendered unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead and has no business other than the Lord's service is called the best of the\nparamaharhsas. A paramaharhsa has no program for sense gratification; he is interested only in satisfying the senses of the Lord. One who has control of the\nsenses in this way is called a gosani or a gosvami, master of the senses. The senses\ncannot be controlled unless one is engaged in the service of the Lord; therefore\nthe bona fide spiritual master, who has full control over his senses, engages twenty-four hours a day in the Lord's service. He can therefore be addressed as gosani\nor gosvami. The title gosvami cannot be inherited but can be given only to a bona\nfide spiritual master.\nThere were six great Gosvamis of Vrndavana-Srila ROpa, Sanatana, Bhatta\nRaghunatha, Sri ]iva, Gopala Bhatta and Dasa Raghunatha-and none of them inherited the title of gosvami. All the Gosvamis of Vrndavana were bona fide\nspiritual masters situated on the highest platform of devotional service, and for\nthat reason they were called gosvamis. All the temples of Vrndavana were certainly started by the six Gosvamis. Later the worship in the temples was entrusted\nto some householder disciples of the Gosvamis, and since then the hereditary title\nof gosvami has been used. However, only one who is a bona fide spiritual master\nexpanding the cult of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Kr�Da consciousness movement, and who is in full control of his senses can be addressed as a gosvami. Unfortunately, the hereditary process is going on; therefore at the present moment,\nin most cases the title is being misused due to ignorance of the word's etymology.\n\nTEXT 290\n\nIll\\! <tf\"l' ��� IS�t�1 '�\"' �tf\"l�� I\n\n'$f\"('f'$f� �fil' ro_·�� �R�il ill'�� II ��o II\neta bali' prabhuke uthana kai/a a/ingana\ngalagali kari' dunhe karena krandana\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; prabhuke-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; uthalia-getting up; kai/a-did; a/itigana-embracing; ga/aga/i-shoulder to shoulder; kari'doing; dunhe-both of them; karena-do; krandana-crying.\n\n", "mad4#p0104": "Text 292]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n71\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Sri Raliga Puri lifted Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and\nembraced Him. When they both embraced, they began to cry in ecstasy.\nTEXT 291\n\n-.r;;srr;;� ·�rtr;;�-t it�' �t�t11' ��� ��\"' 1\n\n�11'-�11 �llf� <;�·t�tf� iSftiff�\"f II��� II\nk�af)eke avesa chac;fi' dunhara dhairya haifa\nisvara-purira sambandha gosani janaifa\nSYNONYMS\nk�aQeke-after just\n\na few moments; avesa-ecstasy; chat;fi'-giving up;\n\ndunhara-of both of them; dhairya-patience; haifa-there was; isvara-puriraof Tsvara Puri;\n\nsambandha-relationship; gosarii-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\njanaifa-disclosed.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter some moments, they came to their senses and became patient. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu then informed Sri Raliga Puri about His relationship\nwith Isvara Puri.\nTEXT 292\n\n�\"'�i! (;�';111' ��i ��� ��f\"f\"f I\n\n�·r;;� 11t� ��, �·r;;� �tilt� �fil \"f II ��� II\nadbhuta premera vanya dunhara uthafifa\ndunhe manya kari' dunhe anande vasila\nSYNONYMS\nadbhuta-wonderful;\n\npremera-of love of Godhead;\n\nvanya-inundation;\n\ndurihara-of both of them; uthafifa-arose; durihe-both of them; manya kari'offering respect; dunhe-both of them; anande-with great happiness; vasifasat down.\nTRANSLATION\nThey were both inundated by the wonderful ecstasy of love, which was\naroused in both of them. They finally sat down and respectfully began to converse.\n\n", "mad4#p0105": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n72\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 293\n\n�� iS'fCil ?�<11�1 <lit� 1rtfl!i·1lftil I\n��'all;'! '�NH�\"f �tli-�lt'� fwtil II ��� II\ndui jane kr?Qa-katha kahe ratri-dine\nei-mate gonaila panca-sata dine\nSYNONYMS\ndui jane-both the persons; kr?Qa-katha-topics of Kr�l')a; kahe-speak; ratridine-day and night; ei-mate-in this way; gor'l ai/a-passed; panca-sata-five to\nseven; dine-days\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way they discussed topics about Lord Kr��a continuously for five to\nseven days.\nTEXT 294\n\n,<!i,�'<ll � �tt1f �\"' IS?\"Wiltill\n'�:Jtt� '<li�t:<li <11� 'il<l�9f' ilt'alll ��8 II\nkautuke puri tanre puchila janma-sthana\ngosaiii kautuke kahena 'navadvipa' nama\nSYNONYMS\nkautuke-out of curiosity; puri-Sri Ranga Puri; ta r'l re-H im; puchi/a-asked;\njanma-sthana-the place of birth; gosaiii-Sri C aitanya Mahaprabhu; kautukeas a matter of course; kahena-said; nava-dvipa-Navadvipa; nama-name.\nTRANSLATION\nOut of curiosity, Sri Ranga Puri asked Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu about His\nbirthplace, and the Lord informed him that it was Navadvipa-dhama.\nTEXT 295\n\n!i'alt't<l·��1f :Jt� ��-�� I\n�<(�t�1ft�\"fi ,-:lt�i iiWT11i·il'$f� II �M II\nsri-madhava-purira sange sri-ranga-puri\nparve asiyachi/a tenho nadiya-nagari\n\n", "mad4#p0106": "Text 297]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n73\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-madhava-purira s arige -with Sri Madhavendra\n\nPuri;\n\nsri-rariga-puri-Sri\n\nRariga Puri; pOrve-formerly; asiyachi/a-came; teriho-he; nadiya-nagari-to\nthe city of Nadia.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Rariga Puri had formerly gone to Navadvipa with Sri Madhavendra Puri,\nand he therefore remembered the incidents that took place there.\nTEXT 296\n\n�\"'tjt'<f��---n;� �-.1 '� �fil� 1\n\n��(��\"A! �c'ij �ttl<;� ���II��� II\njagannatha-misra-ghare bhik?ii ye karila\napOrva mocara ghal)ta tahari ye khaila\nSYNONYMS\njagannatha-misra-ghare-in the house of Sri Jagannatha Misra; bhik?ii-lunch;\nye-that; karila-took; apOrva-unprecedented; mocara ghaQ ta-curry made of\nplantain flowers; tahari-there; ye-that; khai/a -ate.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Sri Rariga Puri recalled Navadvipa, he also recalled accompanying Sri Madhavendra Puri to the house of Jagannatha Misra, where he took\nlunch. He even remembered the taste of an unprecedented curry made of\nbanana flowers.\nTEXT 297\n\n�\"'tjtt'<l� ��' c;il�-11�i-?tfi!��1 I\n<lte.:Jtt� ��i{ c;il� (;�i{ 'ST\"'tiJ!t�i II��'l II\njagannathera brahmaQi, teriha-maha-pativrata\nvatsalye hayena teriha yena jagan-mata\nSYNONYMS\njagannathera-of Jagannatha Misra;\n\nbrahmaQi-wife;\n\nteriha-she;\n\nmaha­\n\ngreat; pati-vrata-devoted to her husband; vatsa/ye-in affection; hayena-was;\nteriha-she; yena-as if; jagat-mata-the mother of the whole universe.\n\n", "mad4#p0107": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n74\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Railga Puri also remembered the wife of Jagannatha Misra. She was very\ndevoted and chaste. As for her affection, she was exactly like the mother of\nthe universe.\nTEXT 298\n\n�'li� ��1 �1·lf11 e�tflt �til I\n\n��11 � ��illfiiJt�-c;�t�illl ��17- II\nrandhane nipuQa tali-sama nahi tribhuvane\nputra-sama sneha karena sannyasi-bhojane\nSYNONYMS\nrandhane-in cooking; nipuQa-very expert; tali-sama-like her; nahi-there\nis none; tri-bhuvane-in the three worlds; putra-sama-like to her own sons;\nsneha karena-she was affectionate; sannyasi-bhojane-in feeding the sannyasis.\nTRANSLATION\nHe also remembered how Sri Jagannatha Misra's wife, Sacimata, was expert\nin cooking. He recalled that she was very affectionate toward the sannyasis\nand fed them exactly like her own sons.\nTEXT 299\n\n�tt �� c;\"t'SIJ �6-.� �fit�� lfi�Jtlf I\n'�ttt'fJ' il111 �� ���� crnlf II ��� II\ntalira eka yogya putra kariyache sannyasa\n'salikararaQya' nama talira a/pa vayasa\nSYNONYMS\ntalira-her;\n\neka-one;\n\nyogya-deserving;\n\nputra-son;\n\nkariyache-has ac­\n\ncepted; sannyasa-the renounced order of life; salikara-araQya-SarikararaQya;\nnama-named; talira-his; a/pa-little; vayasa-age.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Ranga Puri also understood that one of her deserving sons accepted the\nrenounced order at a very young age. His name was Sailkararar:Jya.\n\n", "mad4#p0108": "Text 301]\n\nlord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n75\n\nTEXT 300\n\n�� �-f -tQ't�'f:Rf fllf•<2Nf� � I\n��tt� !l1flf·11Jif �t\\!<Ti <\\'i� II �o o II\nei tirthe sankararaf)yera siddhi-prapti haifa\nprastave sri-ranga-puri eteka kahifa\nSYNONYMS\nei urthe-in this holy place; sankararaf)yera-of 5ankararat:�ya; siddhi-praptiattainment of perfection; haifa-became fulfilled; prastave-in the course of conversation; sri-ranga-puri-SrT Rariga PurT; eteka-thus; k ahifa-spoke\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Ranga Puri informed Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu that in this holy place,\nPal)c;larapura, the sannyasi named Sankararar:Jya attained perfection.\nPURPORT\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's elder brother was named VisvarOpa. He left home\nbefore SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu and accepted the sannyasi order under the name\nof Sarikararat:�ya SvamT. He traveled all over the country and finally went to Pat:�c;larapura, where he passed away after attaining perfection. In other words, he entered the spiritual world after giving up his mortal body at Pat:�c;larapura.\nTEXT 301\n\n� �,-��� <;i� <;ll\"RI\" \\!iti!'l I\n'Sf1tit-t fiT�-��� <;ll\"Rf f9l�111 �o� II\nprabhu kahe, -purvasrame tenha mora bhrata\njagannatha misra-pDrvasrame mora pita\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu\n\nkahe-the Lord replied;\n\npurva-asrame-in\n\ntetiha-He; mora bhrata-My brother; jagannatha misra\n\nMy previous\n\nasrama;\n\nJ agannatha Misra; pur­\n\n-\n\nva-asrame-in My previous asrama; mora pita-My father.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"In My previous asrama, Sankararal)ya was\nMy brother, and Jagannatha Misra was My father.\"\n\n", "mad4#p0109": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrfa\n\n76\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 302\n\n�� l�� ��t� <tiRf' I\n�1 Cliff�� 111f'r� \"�0�\"\nei-mata dui-jane i$ta-go$thi kari'\ndvaraka dekhite ca/ila sri-rar'!ga-puri\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; dui-jane-both of them; i$ta-go$thi kari'-discussing\nmany topics; dvaraka dekhite-to see Dvaraka; ca/i/a-started; sri-ranga-puriSrT Rariga PurT.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter finishing his talks with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Sri Raliga Puri\nstarted for Dvaraka-dhama.\nTEXT 303\n\nm �rn �� �<Ti �tr� Ertt��ct 1\n�� �tif �' �if �,�if w-f'if \"�0� \"\ndina cari tatha prabhuke rakhila brahmaf)a\nbhima-nadi snana kari' karena viththala darsana\nSYNONYMS\ndina-days; cari-four; tatha-there; prabhuke-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nrakhila-kept; brahmaQa-the brahmaQa; bhima-nadi-in the River BhTma; snana\nkari'-bathing; karena-does; viththala darsana-visit the temple of Viththala.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Sri Raliga Puri departed for Dvaraka, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nremained with the brahmar:Ja at Piir:J�arapura for four more days. He took His\nbath in the Bhima River and visited the temple of Viththala.\nTEXT 304\n\n� \"t��1-m 1\nertif'l t!'T� Clf�' �ttl (;�1·1f�� II �o8 II\n�� �ti21t:.\n\n", "mad4#p0110": "Lord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\nText 305]\n\n77\n\ntabe mahaprabhu ai/a k(�l)a-Vei)Va-tire\nnana tirtha dekhi' tahari devata-mandire\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ai/a-came; kr�Qavel)va-tire-to the bank of the River Kr�r:Ja-vel)va; nana-various; t irtha-holy\nplaces; dekhi'\n\n-\n\nseeing; tahari-there; devata-mandire-in the temples of some\n\ngods.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu next went to the bank of the Kr�Qa-veQva River,\nwhere He visited many holy places and the temples of various gods.\nPURPORT\nThis river is another branch of the River Kr�r:Ja. It is said that Thakura\nBilvamangala resided on the banks of this river. This river is sometimes called the\nVir:Ja, the Vel)i, the Sina and the Shima.\nTEXT 305\n\na-r�-� ��-��-�r� 1\n\n�� �� �� 'fl�(t.i!' II �o� II\nbrahmaQa-samaja saba-vai�Qava-carita\nvai?Qava sakala par;ie 'kr�Qa-karl)amrta'\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmal)a-samaja-the community of brahmal)as; saba-all; vai?l)ava-caritapure devotees; vai?l)ava sakala\n\n-\n\nall the Vai�l)avas; par;ie-study; k[?Qa-kar­\n\nl)amrta-the Kr?Qa-karQamrta of Bilvamangala Thakura.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmaQa community there was composed of pure devotees, who\nregularly studied a book entitled Kr�Qa-karQamrfa, which was composed by\nBilvamangala Thakura.\nPURPORT\nThis book was composed by Bilvamangala Thakura in 112 verses. There are two\nor three other books bearing the same name, and there are also two commen-\n\n", "mad4#p0111": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n78\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\ntaries on Bilvamarigala's book. One commentary was written by Kr�t:Jadasa Kaviraja Gosvami and the other by Caitanya dasa Gosvami.\nTEXT 306\n\n�<f'(� �fil' �� ��\"! �� I\n1111�!{ <f'ffln �� (}'f�t�1 ''��'�' \"�0� \"\nkr?Qa-karf)amrta suni' prabhura ananda haifa\nagraha kariya pwithi fekhafia faila\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-karf)amrta suni'-after hearing K[$f)a-karf)amrta; prabhura -of Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; ananda haifa-there was great happiness; agraha kariyawith great eagerness; puilthi-the book; fekhana-getting copied; fai/a-took.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very pleased to hear the book Kr�r;�a-karr;�amrta, and with great eagerness He had it copied and took it with Him.\nTEXT 307\n\n'�(�'-�If �· �t� fflt_�T;� I\n�� � Q � �11it�tt� \"�O'\\ \"\n'karf)amrta'-sama vastu nahi tribhuvane\nyaha haite haya k[$1)€ suddha-prema-jfiane\nSYNONYMS\nkarQamrta-Kr?Qa-karQamrta; sama-like; vastu nahi\n\n-\n\nthere is nothing; tri­\n\nbhuvane-in the three worlds; yaha haite-from which; haya-there is; kr?Qeunto Lord Kr�t:Ja; suddha-prema-jfiane-knowledge of pure devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\nThere is no comparison to Kr�r;�a-karr;�amrta within the three worlds. By\nstudying this book, one is elevated to the knowledge of pure devotional service to Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 308\n\n�-1ft�-��'ftt �� I\n,,._ '8ft�, '� '<f'(•' � f�ft{ \" \"�olr n\n\n", "mad4#p0112": "Text 310]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n79\n\nsaundarya-madhurya-kr�f)a-lilara avadhi\nsei jane, ye 'karf)amrta' pacje niravadhi\nSYNONYMS\nsaundarya-beauty; madhurya-swee tness; kr�f)a-lilara-of the pastimes of\nLord Kr�l)a; avadhi-limit; sei jane-he knows; ye-one who; karf)amrta-the\nbook Kr�f)a-karf)amrta; pacje-studies; niravadhi-constantly.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who constantly reads Kr�r;�a-karr;�amrta can fully understand the beauty\nand melodious taste of the pastimes of Lord Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 309\n\n'�71��', '�(\"IV!'�� �N �r$1 I\n1f�tft:ll11 � �� liter lll$111 �o� II\n'brahma-sarhhita', 'karf)amrta' dui puilthi pafia\nmaha-ratna-praya pai ai/a sange lafia\nSYNONYMS\nbrahma-samhita-the book Brahma-samhita; karf)amrta-the book Kr�f)a-karf)amrta; dui-two; puilthi-books; pafia-getting; maha-ratna-praya-like the\nmost valuable jewels; pai-ge tting; ai/a-came back; salige-with Him; /anataking.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Brahma-samhita and Kr�r;�a-karr;�amrta were two books that Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu considered to be most valuable jewels. Therefore He took them\nwith Him on His return trip.\nTEXT 310\n\nl!t� � �R' � 1ft�Tit� I\niftifl �c( �N l!1ti �m m II �) o 11\ntapi snana kari' aila mahi�mati-pure\nnana tirtha dekhi tahali narmadara tire\nSYNONYMS\ntapi-in the Tapi River; snana kari'-taking a bath; ai/a-arrived; mahi�matipure-at Mahi�mati-pura;\n\nnana\n\ntirtha-many\n\nholy\n\nplaces;\n\ndekhi-seeing;\n\ntahali-there; narmadara tire-on the bank of the River Narmada.\n\n", "mad4#p0113": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n80\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu n ext arrived at the banks of the River Tapi. After\nbathing there, He went to Mahi�mati-pura. While there, He saw many holy\nplaces on the banks of the River Narmada.\nPURPORT\nThe River TapT is presently known as Tapti. The river's source is a mountain\ncalled Multai, and the river flows through the state of Saura�tra and into the\nwestern Arabian Sea. Mahi�matT-pura is mentioned in Mahabharata in connection\nwith Sahadeva's victory. Sahadeva, the youngest brother of the Par;�c;lavas, conquered that part of the country. As stated in Mahabharata:\ntato ratnany upadaya\npurirh mahi$matirh yayau\ntatra nilena rajfia sa\ncakre yuddharh narar$abhab\n\"After acquiring jewels, Sahadeva went to the city of Mahi�matT, where he fought\nwith a king called NTia.\"\nTEXT 311\n\n${ii_�( c;'f�' �� fi{�'fiJt!';� � I\n����·Htfit �f(\"ff 'f'G��r;'IJ II �� � II\ndhanus-tirtha dekhi' karila nirvindhyate snane\nf$yamaka-giri aila da(lc;lakara(lye\nSYNONYMS\ndhanub-tirtha -Dhanus-tTrtha; dekhi'-seeing; karila-did; nirvindhyate-in\nthe River Nirvindhya; snane-bathing; r$yamuka-giri-at the ��yamOka Mountain; ai/a-arr i ved ; da(lc;laka-ara(lye-in the forest known as Dar;�c;lakarar;�ya.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord next arrived at Dhanus-tirtha, where He took His bath in the River\nNirvindhya. He then arrived at ��yamuka Mountain and then went to DaQc;fakaraQya.\nPURPORT\nAccording to some opinions, ��yamOka is a chain of mountains beginning at the\nvillage of Hampi-grama in the district of Belari. The mountain chain begins along\n\n", "mad4#p0114": "Text 313]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n81\n\nthe bank of the River TUiigabhadra, which gradually reaches the state of Hyderabad. According to other opinions, this hill is situated in Madhya Pradesh and\nbears the present name of Rampa. Dar;Jc)akarar;Jya is a spacious tract of land which\nbegins north of Khande5a and extends up to the southern Ahammada-nagara\nthrough Nasika and Aurangabada. The Godavari River flows through this tract of\nland, and there is a great forest there where Lord Ramacandra lived.\nTEXT 312\n\n'Jt$\\!tif·�.., Oft� �i{-�'!� I\n�� �' �f! 1'f, �� �� II��� II\n'saptatala-vrk�a' dekhe kanana-bhitara\nati vrddha, ati stha/a, ati uccatara\nSYNONYMS\nsapta-ta/a-vrk�a-seven palm trees; dekhe-sees; kanana bhitara-within the\nforest; ati vrddha-very old; ati sthula-very bulky; ati uccatara-very high.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then visited a place within the forest called Saptalala. All the trees there were very old, very bulky and very high.\nPURPORT\nThe name Saptatala is mentioned in the Ki�kindhya-kaf)c)a Chapter of the\nRamayaf)a and is described in the eleventh and twelfth sections of this chapter.\nTEXT 313\n\n:JI��fif c;��' �'t_ �t�i{ '�I\n\n�llfitt� �·$<!t'l '��r;-b �M'f II��� II\nsaptatala dekhi' prabhu a/irigana kaila\nsasarire saptatala vaikuQthe calila\nSYNONYMS\nsapta-tala dekhi'-after seeing the seven palm trees; prabhu-Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; a/irigana kai/a-embraced; sa-sarire-with their bodies; saptata/a-the seven palm trees; vaikuQthe ca/i/a-returned to Vaikur;J�haloka.\n\n", "mad4#p0115": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n82\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter seeing the seven palm trees, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced\nthem. As a result, they all returned to Vaiku�;�thaloka, the spiritual world.\nTEXT 314\n\n-J.�•G�� Ot�' \"'tt�� ��\" �e.�rn 1\n'\"�� �t�, (Jl �int� -�tlf-'Cl<fi!a II ��8 II\nsunya-sthala dekhi' lokera haifa camatkara\nJoke kahe, e sannyasi-rama-avatara\nSYNONYMS\nsanya-sthala-the vacant place;\ngeneral;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\n/okera-of the people in\n\nhaifa-there was; camatkara-astonishment; Joke kahe-all people\n\nbegan to say; e sannyasi -this sannyasi; rama-avatara-incarnation of Lord Ramacandra.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the seven palm trees departed for the Vaiku�;�thas, everyone was\nastonished to see them gone. The people then began to say, \"This sannyasi\ncalled Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu must be an incarnation of Lord Ramacandra.\nTEXT 315\n\n�� '!ti'f '� ���-� I\n�tit -t� �nf l81, f�i (Jl� 11tlf II ��<t II\nsasarire tala gela sri-vaikuf)tha-dhama\naiche sakti kara haya, vina eka rama\nSYNONYMS\nsa-sarire-with the material body; tala-the palm trees; ge/a-went; srivaikuf)tha-dhama-to the spiritual kingdom, known as Yaikul)tha; aiche-such;\nsakti-power; kara-whose; haya-is; vina-without; eka-one; rama-Lord\nRamacandra.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Only Lord Ramacandra has the power to send seven palm trees to the\nspiritual Vaiku�;�tha planets.\"\n\n", "mad4#p0116": "Text 317]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n83\n\nTEXT 316\n\n� �' �<�'iii{ 91�1-�� OWti{ I\n91.� �tf11, �tti ��\"' �C!tt1 \" ��� \"\nprabhu asi' kaila pampa-sarovare snana\npaiicavati asi, tahari karila visrama\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nasi'-coming;\n\nkai/a-did;\n\npampa­\n\nsarovare-in the lake known as Pampa; snana-bathing; paiicavati asi-then\ncoming to Paiicavati; tahari-there; karila-took; visrama-rest.\nTRANSLATION\nEventually Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu arrived at a lake known as Pampa,\nwhere He took His bath. He then went to a place called Pancavati, where He\nrested.\nPURPORT\nAccording to some, the old name of the Tur'tgabhadra River was Pamba. According to others, Vijaya-nagara, the capital of the state, was known as Pampatirtha. Yet according to others, there is a lake near AnaguQc;Ji in the direction of\nHyderabad. The River Tur'tgabhadra also flows through there. There are many different opinions about the lake called Pampa-sarovara.\nTEXT 317\n\nilt� i!Jlllf� '(ff�' '� �'1if�� I\n\n�j;q'<'j �� �ttivfllf\"fl ''5ttlft;qif II ��'l II\nnasike tryambaka dekhi' gela brahmagiri\nkusavarte aila yahari janmila godavari\nSYNONYMS\nnasike-at the holy place Nasika; tryambaka-a deity of Lord Siva; dekhi'after seeing; ge/a-went;\n\nbrahmagiri-to the place known as Brahmagiri;\n\nkusavarte ai/a-then He came to the holy place known as Kusavarta; yahariwhere; janmila-took birth; godavari-the River Godavari.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then visited Nasika, where He saw the deity\nTryambaka. He then went to Brahma-giri and then to Kusavarta, the source of\nthe River Godavari.\n\n", "mad4#p0117": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n84\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nKusavarta is located in the western ghata, at Sahyadri. It is near Nasika, a holy\nplace, but according to some it was situated in the valley of Vindhya.\nTEXT 318\n\n�• ,-m.-rdl\" �'\" m' �� � ,\n\n�fPt � �!_ �m� II �}lr II\nsapta godavari ai/a kari' tirtha bah\"utara\npunarapi aila prabhu vidyanagara\nSYNONYMS\nsapta godavari-to the place known as Sapta-godavari; aila-came; kari' Urtha\nbahutara-visiting\n\nS\n\nvarious holy places;\n\npunarapi-again;\n\nai/a-came back;\n\nprabhu- ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vidya-nagara-to the place where He met\nRamananda Raya.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter visiting many other holy places, the Lord went to Sapta-godavari. At\nlast he returned to Vidyanagara.\nPURPORT\nIn this way\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu traveled from the source of the Godavari\n\nRiver and eventually visited the northern side of Hyderabad state. He finally arrived at the state of Kaliriga\nTEXT 319\n\n11�t� 111i ��' � �1t11-. I\n�t�t\"f �t� ��'f �� � II e�� II\nramananda raya suni' prabhura agamana\nanande asiya kaila prabhu-saha milana\nSYNONYMS\nramananda\n\nraya-Ramananda\n\nRaya;\n\nsuni'-hearing;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nLord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; agamana-return; anande-in great happiness; asiyacoming; kai/a-did; prabhu-saha-with Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mi/anameeting.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Ramananda Raya heard of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's arrival, he was\nvery pleased, and he immediately went to see Him.\n\n", "mad4#p0118": "Text 322]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n85\n\nTEXT 320\n\n1ro�\" �$1 � Rtct 'fmn 1\n�fif1r� ,�'1 ��ttl ��lfP1 II �� o II\ndar:u;favat hana page caral)e dhariya\nalirigana kaila prabhu tarire uthana\nSYNONYMS\ndal)gavat hafla-like a stick; page-fell; caral)e-the lotus feet; dhariyacatching; a/irigana-embracing; kaila-did; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ntarire-him; uthafla-getting up.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Ramananda Raya fell flat, touching the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, the Lord immediately raised him to his feet and embraced him.\nTEXT 321\n\n��,${����\n'�� fitN'f � �·� 11� II ��� II\ndui jane premavese karena krandana\npremanande sith i la haila durihakara mana\nSYNONYMS\ndui jane-both of them; prema-avese-in ecstatic love; karena-do; krandana-crying; prema-anande-in ecstatic love; sithila haila-became slackened;\ndurihakara-of both of them; mana-minds.\nTRANSLATION\nIn great ecstatic love they both began to cry, and thus their minds were\nslackened.\nTEXT 322\n\nfl'll't'll� Will�� fl$11\n�� �it'5tl\" � ��il ��� II ��� II\nkata-k�al)e dui jana sus thira hana\nnana i� ta go� th i kare ekatra vasiya\n-\n\n", "mad4#p0119": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n86\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nSYNONYMS\nkata-k�al)e-after some time; dui-two; jana-people; su-sthira hafia-coming to their senses; nana-various; i�ta-go�thf-discussions; kare-do; ekatratogether; vasiya-sitting.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter some time, they both regained their senses and sat together to discuss\nvarious subjects.\nTEXT 323\n\n���·�Qli (2j� � � I\n�cr�, ����t,-� �f'l fitl'f1u ��� u\ntfrtha-yatra-katha prabhu sakala kahila\nkarQamrta, brahma-sarhhita, -dui putithi dila\nSYNONYMS\ntfrtha-yatra-katha-topics\n\nof\n\nHis\n\npilgrimage;\n\nprabhu-Lord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; sakala kahi/a-described everything; karQamrta-the book named\nKr�Qa-karQamrta; brahma-sarhhita -the book named Brahma-sarhhita; dui-two;\npurithi-scriptures; di/a-delivered.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu gave Ramananda Raya a vivid description of His\ntravels to the holy places and told him how He had acquired the two books\nnamed Kr�r:-a-karr;�am�a and Brahma-sarhhita. The Lord delivered the books to\nRamananda Raya.\nTEXT 324\n\n� �,-'{f11 � fitm ��\"' ,\n\n����Nc;Jt·���t� � ����su\nprabhu kahe, -tumi yei siddhanta kahi/e\nei dui putithi sei saba sak�r dile\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; tumi-you; yei-whatever; siddhanta-conclusion; kahi/e-informed; ei dui-these two; purithi-books; sei-that; sabaeverything; sak�f-evidence; di/e-gave.\n\n", "mad4#p0120": "Lord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\nText 326]\n\n87\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord said, \"Whatever you have told Me about devotional service is all\nsupported by these two books.\"\nTEXT 325\n\n11:�11: �� � �<IS �11\n\n�-� �' 1ftf� fiff't11i II ��a- II\nrayera ananda haifa pustaka paiya\nprabhu-saha asvadifa, rakhifa fikhiya\nSYNONYMS\nrayera-of Raya Ramananda; ananda-happiness; haifa-there was; pustaka\npaiya-getting those two books; prabhu-saha-with the Lord; asvadifa-tasted;\nrakhifa-kept; fikhiya-writing.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya was very happy to receive these books. He tasted their\ncontents along with the Lord and made a copy of each.\nTEXT 326\n\n''m�tf<$' ��1' �11 � ,�� '\n\n�t<li �f� (}'ft<fi � �\" ��� \"\n'gosMii' aifa' grame haifa kofahafa\nprabhuke dekhite foka aifa sakafa\nSYNONYMS\n\nS\n\ngosani- ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; aifa'-has returned; grame-in the village;\nhaifa-there\n\nwas;\n\nkofahafa-commotion;\n\nprabhuke-Lord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; dekhite-to see; foka-people; aifa-came there; sakafa-all.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNews spread in the village of Vidyanagara about Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\narrival, and everyone came to see Him once again.\n\n", "mad4#p0121": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n88\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 327\n\n� �' 1ftlrti1\"f <;'St\"'i fi{;gr.��� I\n1f'fJtt� 19�'11 ��llli1 <llmtt� II -e�'t II\n/aka dehki' ramananda gela nija-ghare\nmadhyahne uthila prabhu bhik$i'i karibare\nSYNONYMS\n/aka\n\ndekhi'-seeing\n\nthe\n\npeople;\n\nramananda-Raya\n\nRamananda;\n\nge/a­\n\ndeparted; nija-ghare-to his own home; madhyahne-at noon; uthi/a prabhuSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu got up; bhik$i'i karibare-to take His lunch.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter seeing the people who gathered there, Sri Ramananda Raya returned\nto his own home. At noon, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu got up to take His lunch.\nTEXT 328\n\n��� �ti �: ?;�ill �'St1fil I\n\nlltrtil \"<!ltilti �� .-t�tJ II -e�1r II\nratri-ka/e raya punai) kai/a agamana\ndui jane kr$f.la-kathaya kaila jagaraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nratri-kale-at\n\nnight;\n\nraya-Ramananda\n\nRaya;\n\npuna/:1-again;\n\nkai/a-did;\n\nagamana-coming; dui jane-the two of them; k[$f)a-kathaya-in discourses on\ntopics of Kr��a; kai/a-did; jagaraf)a-keeping the night.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Ramananda Raya returned at night, and both he and the Lord discussed\ntopics concerning Kr��;�a. Thus they passed the night.\nTEXT 329\n\n� trtil \"<IS�\"� �ffi-fiftill\n�-� c;'Still 9ft�-� fiftilll -e�� \"\ndui jane k[$f)a-katha kahe ratri-dine\nparama-anande gela panca-sata dine\n\n", "mad4#p0122": "Text 331]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n89\n\nSYNONYMS\ndui jane- both of them; kr�Qa-katha-topics of Kr��a; kahe-speak; ratridine-day and night; parama-anande-in great happiness; ge/a-passed; paricasata dine-five to seven days.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu discussed Kr�Qa day and\nnight, and thus they passed from five to seven days in g reat happiness.\nTEXT 330\n\n11� ��,-12lif? '%1�111 'fj{terj ��i I\n11't.tt� fiff�( �tfif f.i1ern ��m 11 ��0 11\nramananda kahe, -prabhu, tomara ajfia pafia\nrajake likhiluri ami vinaya kariya\nSYNONYMS\nramananda kahe-Ramananda Raya said; prabhu-my dear Lord;\n\ntamara\n\najfia-Your permission; pafia-gett i ng; rajake likhiluri-have written a letter to\nthe king; ami-1; vinaya kariya-with great humility.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya said, \"My dear Lord, with Your permission I have already\nwritten a letter to the king with g reat humility.\nTEXT 331\n\n� �� �- flf\"f �� i{tlt'! I\n�f\"'� i:i;'f.t�'it 'fj{tfil 'ftf'ifm� ��tl! 11 ��� n\nraja more ajfia dila nilaca/e yaite\ncalibara udyoga ami lagiyachi karite\nSYNONYMS\nraja-the king; more-unto me; ajfia dila-has given an order; nilacale yaiteto go to Jagannatha Puri;\n\ncalibara-to go;\n\nudyoga-arrangement;\n\nami-1;\n\nlagiyachi-began; karite-to do.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The king has already given me an order to return to Jagannatha Puri, and I\nam making arran gements to do this.\"\n\n", "mad4#p0123": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n90\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 332\n\n<$i. ��,-�ttl �t1f �-�fil� �$1i{ I\n�111 'flfP1 �it;'f �fil� � II \\!)�� II\nprabhu kahe, -etha mora e-nimitte agamana\ntoma lana nilaca/e kariba gamana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; etha-here; mora-My; enimitte-for this reason;\n\nagamana-coming back;\n\ntoma /ana-taking you;\n\nni/acale-to Jagannatha Purl; kariba-1 shall do; gamana-going.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then said, \"It is for this purpose alone that I have\nreturned. I want to take you with Me to Jagannatha Puri.\"\nTEXT 333\n\n�111 �,-� �wst i'f �m\" 1\n�11{ � �-<;\"t�, �<;�t\"ft�t'f II \\!)�\\!)II\nraya kahe, -prabhu, age ca/a nilacale\nmora sange hati-ghofja, sainya-kolahale\n\nSYNONYMS\nraya kahe-Ramananda Raya replied; prabhu-Lord; age ca/a-You go ahead;\nnilacale-to Jagannatha Purl; mora sar'lge-with me; hati-ghofja-elephants and\nhorses; sainya-soldiers; ko/aha/e-tumultuous roaring.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya said, \"My dear Lord, it is better that You proceed to Jagannatha Puri alone because with me there will be many horses, elephants and\nsoldiers, all roaring tumultuously.\nTEXT 334\n\nflfi{�tat bl·�H �f�' �1ft'fti( I\nQ!11li1l' 'NU �� �fif �� �1lt'lll \\!)\\!)8 II\ndina-dase iha-sabara kari' samadhana\ntamara pache pache ami kariba prayaf)a\n\n", "mad4#p0124": "Text 336]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n91\n\nSYNONYMS\ndina-dase-within ten days; iha-sabara-of all of this; kari' samadhana-making adjustment; tamara-You; pache pache-following; ami-1; kariba-shall do;\nprayaQa-going.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall make arrangements within ten days. Following You, I shall go to\nNilacala without delay.\"\nTEXT 335\n\n�<��'ll�� \\ltt1( �\\! �1 mn ,\n�'I' �f'f'fi �'- �tilfit!\\! ��i II��<2' II\ntabe mahaprabhu tarire asite ajfia diya\nni/aca/e ca/i/a prabhu anandita hafia\nSYNONYMS\ntab e-t h en; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tarire -unto him; asiteto come; ajfla diya-giving an\n\norder; nilacale-to )agannatha Puri; ca/i/J­\n\ndeparted; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; anandita hafia-with great\npleasure.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGiving orders to Ramananda Raya to come to Nilacala, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu departed for Jagannatha Puri with great pleasure.\nTEXT 336\n\n� �-. � � �'1'1 �t�'llill\n� �-t � ��' ��<11�'1 II��� 11\nyei pathe purve prabhu kaila agamana\nsei pathe cali/a dekhi, sarva vai$Qava-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nyei pathe-the path by which; purve-formerly; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; kai la agamana-came; sei pathe-by that way; ca/i/a-departed;\nde k hi-seeing; sarva-all; vai$Qava-gaQa-Vai�r;�avas.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned by the same road .He formerly took to\nVidyanagara, and all the Vai�r:tavas along the way saw Him again.\n\n", "mad4#p0125": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n92\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 337\n\n�1 �, �� ta .:Rf� �rn' 1\n�f-f' ���-1fit �1 c;��� II ��'\\ II\nyahari yaya, /aka uthe hari-dhvani kari'\ndekhi' anandita-mana haifa gaurahari\nSYNONYMS\nyahari yaya-wherever He goes; /aka uthe-people stand up; hari-dhvani\nkari'-vibrating the holy name of Hare Kr�t:la mantra; dekhi'-by seeing; anandita-happy; mana-in mind;\n\nMahaprabhu.\n\nhaifa-became;\n\ngaura-hari-Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nTRANSLATION\nWherever Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went, the holy name of Sri Hari was\nvibrated. Seeing this, the Lord became very happy.\nTEXT 338\n\n�ifttQf �' �-.�Wt ?t't� I\n\n�..,_�tfif fi{ar'iftcj c;�tf(t� II ��lr' II\na/alanathe asi' k[$f)adase pathaila\nnityananda-adi nija-gaf)e bolaila\nSYNONYMS\nalalanathe-to the place known as Alalanatha; asi'-coming; k[$1)a-daseKr�t:ladasa, His assistant; pathaila-sent ahead; nityananda-Lord Nityananda;\nadi-and others; nija-gal)e-personal associates; bo/ai/a-called for.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord reached Alalanatha, He sent His assistant Kr�r;�adasa ahead to\ncall for Nityananda and other personal associates.\nTEXT 339\n\n� �${i{ 'efi{' fii'!Jtilltf 1fti I\n• i�, c;�1f � � ?f'Alll �-!J� II\nprabhura agamana suni' nityananda raya\nuthiya calila, preme theha nahi paya\n\n", "mad4#p0126": "Text 341]\n\nlord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n93\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; agamana-arrival; suni'-hearing;\nnityananda raya-Lord Nityananda; uthiya caJila-got up and started; preme-in\ngreat ecstasy; theha-patience; nahi paya-does not get.\nTRANS LA liON\nAs soon as Nityananda received news of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's arrival,\nHe immediately got up and started out to see Him. Indeed, He was very impatient in His great ecstasy.\nTEXT 340\n\n-�, \"tt'lftQ·'lfu�, � I\n\nift�VI �'11(1, C'f� en � � II �So II\njagadananda, damodara-paQc;iita, mukunda\nnaciya caJila, dehe na dhare ananda\nSYNONYMS\n\njagadananda-Jagadananda; damodara-parc;fita-Damodara Par:u;lita; mukunda-Mukunda; naciya-dancing; caJiJa-departed; dehe-the body; na dharedoes not hold; ananda-happiness.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Nityananda Raya, Jagadananda, Damodara Par;tc;lita and Mukunda all became ecstatic in their happiness, and dancing along the way, they went to\nmeet the lord.\nTEXT 341\n\n,��� �� 'Ciiilre.t\\! �$11\n�fit��� 'It� 'f't'ij, �$111 �8� II\ngopinathacarya ca/iJa anandita hana\nprabhure miJiJa sabe pathe Jag pana\nSYNONYMS\n\ngopinatha-acarya-Gopinatha Acarya; caJiJa-departed; anandita-in happiness; hafla-being; prabhure-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; miJiJa-met;\nsabe-all; pathe-along the way; Jag-contact; pafla-getting.\n\n", "mad4#p0127": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n94\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya also went in a very happy mood. They all went to meet\nthe Lord, and they finally contacted Him on the way.\nTEXT 342\n\n� c;$tt� � � \"ftfittril' I\nc;�l,<tQit :JI'<i!t <fi� 'Cftil'\"f-�il' II �8� II\nprabhu premavese sabaya kai/a alingana\npremavese sabe kare ananda-krandana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nprema-avese-in\n\necstatic\n\nlove;\n\nsabaya-all of them; kaila a/ir'lgana-embraced; prema-avese-in ecstatic love;\nsabe kare-all of them did; ananda-krandana-crying in pleasure.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord was also filled with ecstatic love, and He embraced them all. Out\nof their love, they began to cry with pleasure.\nTEXT 343\n\n�rt��1f oe�t� ��\"' � 1\n� ®� �tflt' � fit�1 11�8� II\nsarvabhauma bhattacarya anande calila\nsamudrera tire asi' prabhure milila\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma bhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; anande-in pleasure;\nca/i/a-went;\n\nsamudrera\n\ntire-on the beach by the ocean;\n\nasi'-coming;\n\nprabhure mi/i/a-met the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya also went to see the Lord with great pleasure, and\nhe met Him on the beach by the sea.\nTEXT 344\n\n�t��1f 1f�tl2!� � mtf 1\n12!1_ �� ��t$1 '� �fit�rt-. II -e88 II\n\n", "mad4#p0128": "Text 346]\n\n95\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\nsarvabhauma mahaprabhura par;iila caraQe\nprabhu tanre uthana kaila alingane\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; mahaprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; par;iila-fell down; caraQe-at the feet; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; tanre-him; utha fi a-getting up; kaila alingane-embraced.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya fell down at the lotus feet of the Lord, and the\nLord pulled him up and embraced him.\nTEXT 345\n\n<;$IT� 'lt(c� <15� '�� I\n��1·� �i'fl � �-�� II �8� ll\npremavese sarvabhauma karila rodane\nsaba-sange aila prabhu isvara-darasane\nSYNONYMS\nprema-avese-in ecstatic love; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma; karila rodanecried;\n\nsaba-sange-with\n\nall\n\nof\n\nthem;\n\nai/a-came;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nMahaprabhu; isvara-darasane-to see the Jagannatha temple\n\nCaitanya\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya cried in great ecstatic love. Then, accompanied\nby them all, the Lord went to the temple of Jagannatha.\nTEXT 346\n\ntr'Stlt'f·�11� '�Jftt� '� I\n\n�·•h:;;�-�� � �tfilit U �8� II\njagannatha-darasana premavese kaila\nkampa-sveda-pulakasrute sarira bhasila\nSYNONYMS\njagannatha-darasana-visiting Lord jagannatha; prema ave5e-in ecstatic love;\n-\n\nkaila-made;\n\nkampa-trembling;\n\nsveda-perspiration;\n\npu/aka-jubilation;\n\nasrute-with tears; sarira-the whole body; bhasila-was inundated.\n\n", "mad4#p0129": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n96\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nDue to ecstatic love experienced upon visiting Lord Jagannatha, inundations of trembling, perspiration, tears and jubilation swept the body of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 347\n\n� �\"!J�i! '� 02f1ftf� �$11\n�t'Gt?ft\"t 'CI:tbt � ;jt�'lt� 'f$1 \" �8� \"\nbahu nrtya-gita kaila premavi�ta haiia\npaf)c;ia-pa/a ai/a sabe mala-prasada lana\nSYNONYMS\n\nkai/a-pe rformed ; premaavi�ta-in ecstatic love; haiia-being; paf)c;ia-pala-the priests and attendants;\nai/a-came; sabe-all; ma/a-prasada-a garland and remnants of the food of\nJagannatha; /aiia -offering.\nbahu-much; nrtya-gita-dancing and chanting;\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn ecstatic love Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu danced and chanted. At that time\nall the attendants and priests came to offer Him a garland and the remnants of\nLord Jagannatha's food.\nPURPORT\nThose who are priests engaged in Lord Jagannatha's service are called paf)(las or\npaf)Qitas, and they are brahmaf)as. The attendants who look after the temple's external affairs are called palas. Both priests and attendants went together to see Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 348\n\n1ftilf1·:lfllf\\if ?ft$1 �'t_ \"af'O ��lift I\nl!lr'5f1HtQlf ��<!\" �� 'CI:t�t\"f fiff'f\"'i II �8\\r II\nmala-prasada paiia prabhu susthira ha-ila\njagannathera sevaka saba anande milila\nSYNONYMS\n\nmala-prasada-the garland and prasada; paiia-getting; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nsu-sthira ha-ila-became patient; jagannathera-of Lord Jagannatha; sevaka-servants; saba-all; anande milila-met Him in great pleasure.\nMahaprabhu;\n\n", "mad4#p0130": "Text 350]\n\nlord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n97\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu became patient after receiving the garland and\nprasada of Lord Jagannatha. All the servants of Lord Jagannatha met Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu with great pleasure.\nTEXT 349\n\n��fifC!l ..-t�' c!J'{J � rn'l 1\n�ttl �fit' �'- �ttJ C<f.ilf �1� II �8<:1 II\nkasi-misra asi' prabhura pac;li/a caraQe\nmanya kari' prabhu tailre kaila alingane\nSYNONYMS\n\nkasi-misra-Kasr Misra; asi'-coming; prabhura-of the Lord; pac;lila-fell\ndown ; caraQe-at the feet; manya kari'-with great respect; prabhu-Lord Srr\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; tailre-unto him; kai/a-did; a/ir'lgane-embracing.\nTRANSLATION\nAfterward, Kasi Misra came and fell down at the lotus feet of the Lord, and\nthe lord respectfully embraced him.\nTEXT 350\n\n� ff�1 ��� �-�tif <;� I\n001f �tif � �fif' fi{llS'l �111 ��\n\no\n\nII\n\nprabhu lana sarvabhauma nija-ghare gela\nmora ghare bhik?a bali' nimantraQa kaila\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu /ana-taking Lord Srr Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nsarvabhauma-Sar­\n\nvabhauma Bhattacarya; nija-ghare-to his own home; ge/a-went; mora-my;\nghare-at home; bhik?a-luncheon; ba/i'-s aying; nimantraQa kai/a-invited.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya then took the Lord with him to his home, saying,\n\"Today's luncheon will be at my home.\" In this way he invited the lord.\n\n", "mad4#p0131": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n98\n\nTEXT 351\n\nflf� �t��tw �til� �M�i't I\n\nJftti-� �11f i!lf�_. '� � II�<?� II\ndivya maha-prasada aneka anai/a\npitha-pana adi jagannatha ye khaila\n\nSYNONYMS\ndivya-very nice; maha-prasada -remnants of food from Jagannatha; anekavarious; anai/a-brought; pitha-pana adi-such as cakes and condensed milk;\njagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; ye\n\n-\n\nwhich; khai la-ate\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya brought various types of food remnants that had\nbeen left by lord Jagannatha. He brought all kinds of cakes and condensed\nmilk preparations.\nTEXT 352\n\n� �fPrl � fi{i11f'Sf'1 'f$1 I\n\n��,1l-�t1f �..-1 �fil'f1 �� II�<t� II\nmadhyahna karila prabhu nija-gaQa lafia\nsarvabhauma-ghare bhik�a karila asiya\n\nSYNONYMS\nmadhyahna-noon\n\nlunch;\n\nkari/a-performed;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; nija-gaQa /alia-accompanied by associates; sarvabhauma-ghareat the home of Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; bhik�a-lunch; karila -performed;\nasiya -coming.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAccompanied by all His associates, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya's house and took His noon lunch there.\nTEXT 353\n\n�..-� �t$1litt1f ��ftt'l -mill\n\n�� �· <litf 9ft5f� II�<?� II\n\n", "mad4#p0132": "Text 355]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n99\n\nbhik?a karana ta/'lre karaila sayana\napane sarvabhauma kare pada-sarhvahana\nSYNONYMS\nbhik?a karana-after giving lunch; tar'lre-Him; karaila-made; sayana-lie\ndown to rest;\n\napane-personally;\n\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya;\n\nkare-does; pada-sarhvahana-massaging the legs.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter offering food to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\nmade Him lie down to rest, and he personally began to massage the legs of the\nLord.\nTEXT 354\n\n�'{ �tt� ?ftit.'f cetiSfe{ �rntl! I\n\n�l �tful lim �t� ��'fi fit� <!btl! II �<t8 II\nprabhu tanre pathaila bhojana karite\nsei ratri tanra ghare rahila tanra prite\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\ntar'lre-him;\n\npathaila-sent;\n\nbhojana\n\nkarite-to take lunch; sei ratri-that night; tanra ghare-at his home; rahilaremained; tanra prite-just to satisfy him.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then sent Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya to take his\nlunch, and the Lord remained that night in his home just to please him.\nTEXT 355\n\n��·lltllr � ��1 filiSf'if'i I\n®�'Rl1-�Q)1 ��' C�\"f iSft�'i II ��(t II\nsarvabhauma-sange ara lana nija-gaf)a\ntirtha-yatra-katha kahi' kaila jagaraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma-sarige-with Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya;\n\nara-and;\n\nlana nija­\n\ngaQa-taking His own associates; tirtha-yatra-katha-topics of the pilgrimage;\nkahi'-telling; kaila-did; jagaral)a-keeping the night.\n\n", "mad4#p0133": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n100\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His personal associates remained with Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya. They stayed awake the entire night hearing the narration of the Lord's pilgrimage.\nTEXT 356\n\n� �,-�� �(,<ti( �1jl;� I\nQ:!�-� ,�<1 � �( �<fi'Sfi{ II �Q� II\nprabhu kahe, -eta tirtha kailun paryatana\ntoma-sama vai?f)ava na dekhilun eka-jana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; eta tirtha-to so many holy places; kailun\nparyatana-1 have traveled; toma-sama-like you; vai?f)ava-devotee; na-not;\ndekhi/un-1 could see; eka-jana-one man.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord told Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, \"I have traveled to many holy\nplaces, but I could not find a Vai�Qava as good as you anywhere.\"\nTEXT 357\n\n�<15 m1i{\"f m <tw: ��if 1\n'e� �,-�� 'ft�' film�� II��\"' II\neka ramananda raya bahu sukha di/a\nbhatta kahe, -ei lagi' milite kahila\nSYNONYMS\neka-one; ramananda raya-Ramananda Raya; bahu sukha-much pleasure;\ndila-gave; bhatta kahe-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya replied; ei lagi'-for this\nreason; milite-to meet; kahi/a-1 requested.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"I received much pleasure from the\ntalks of Ramananda Raya.\" Bhattacarya replied, \"For this reason I requested\nthat You meet him.\"\n\n", "mad4#p0134": "Text 358]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n101\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Sri Caitanya-candrodaya (eighth part) Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said,\n\n\"Sarvabhauma, I have traveled to many holy places, but I cannot find a Vai�l)ava\n\nas good as you anywhere. However, I must admit that Ramananda Raya is won­\n\nderful.\"\n\nSarvabhauma Bha��acarya replied, \"Therefore, my Lord,l requested that You see\n\nhim.\"\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then said, \"There are, of course, many Vai�l)avas in\n\nthese holy places, and most of them worship Lord Narayal)a. Others, who are\n\ncalled Tattvavadis, are also La�mi-Narayal)a worshipers, but they do not belong\n\nto the pure Vai�l)ava cult. There are many worshipers of Lord Siva, and there are\nalso many atheists. Regardless, My dear Bhanacarya, I very much like Ramananda\nRaya and his opinions.\"\n\nTEXT 358\n\n�-<fiQI1l!l� � :111ft� I\n:JR�� �·�(, � il1 � <!lcli{ II �<t\\r' II\ntirtha-yatra-katha ei kailuri samapana\nsarik$epe kahiluri, vistara na yaya var(1ana\nSYNONYMS\ntirtha-yatra-katha-topics of the pilgrimage; ei-these; kailuri samapana-1\n\nhave finished; sarik$epe kahi/uri-1 have described in brief; vistara-expansively;\nna yaya var Qana-it is not possible to describe.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have\n\nended my\n\nnarration\n\nabout\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's\n\npilgrimage, describing it in brief. It cannot be described very broadly.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura points out that in the seventy-fourth\n\nverse of this chapter it is stated that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu visited the temple\n\nof Siyali-bhairavi, but actually at Siyali, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu visited the\n\ntemple of Sri Bho-varaha. Near Siyali and Cidambaram there is a temple known as\nSri Mu�l)am. In this temple there is a Deity of Sri BhO-varaha. In the jurisdiction of\n\nCidambaram there is a district known as southern Arka�a. The town of Siyali is in\n\nthat district. There is a temple of Sri BhO-varahadeva nearby, not Bhairavi-devi.\nThis is Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura's conclusion.\n\n", "mad4#p0135": "102\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 359\n\n�� �� �� i{J i!Jftfi{ I\n\n�'e � 'ft�i ����II �a� II\nananta caitanya-li/a kahite na jani\n\nlobhe lajja khana tara kari tanatani\nSYNONYMS\n\nananta-unlimited; caitanya-lila-pastimes of Lord Caitanya; kahite-to\nspeak; na jani-1 do not know; lobhe-out of greed; lajja khana-becoming\nshameless; tara-of them; kari-1 do; tanatani-some attempt only.\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of lord Caitanya are unlimited. No one can properly describe\nHis activities, yet I make the attempt out of greed. This but reveals my\nshamelessness.\nTEXT 360\n\n� ��·�-ti �til � i!Jfi{ I\nC�Rt'f ?ft� 1ttJ <;\\21� II ��o II\nprabhura tirtha-yatra-katha sune yei jana\n\ncaitanya-caraQe paya gac;lha prema-dhana\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\ntirtha-yatra-touring of sacred\npilgrimages; katha-topics about; sune-hears; yei-who; jana-person;\ncaitanya-caraQe-at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; paya-gets;\ngac;Jha-deep; prema-dhana-riches of ecstatic love.\nTRANSLATION\nWhoever hears of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's pilgrimage to various holy\nplaces attains the riches of very deep ecstatic love.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura remarks, \"The impersonalists imagine\nsome forms of the Absolute Truth through the direct perception of their senses.\nThe impersonalists worship such imaginary forms, but neither Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n", "mad4#p0136": "Text 360]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n103\n\nnor SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepts this sense gratificatory worship to be of any\n\nspiritual significance.\" The MayavadTs imagine themselves to be the Supreme.\n\nThey imagine that the Supreme has no personal form and that all His forms are\n\nimaginary like the will-o'-the-wisp or a flower in the sky. Both MayavadTs and\nthose who imagine forms of God are misguided. According to them, worship of\n\nthe Deity or any form of the Lord is a result of the conditioned soul's illusion.\n\nHowever,\n\nSrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\n\nconfirms\n\nthe\n\nconclusion\n\nof\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhagavatam on the strength of His philosophy of acintya-bhedabheda-tattva. That\n\nphilosophy holds that the Supreme Lord is simultaneously one with and different\nfrom His creation. That is to say, there is unity in diversity. In this way SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu proved the impotence of fruitive workers, speculative empiric phi­\n\nlosophers and mystic yogis. The realization of such men is simply a waste of time\nand energy.\n\nTo set the example, SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally visited temples in\n\nvarious holy places. Wherever He visited, He immediately exhibited His ecstatic\nlove for the Supreme Personality of Godhead. When a Vai�r;ava visits the temple\n\nof a demigod, his vision of that demigod is different from the vision of the imper­\n\nsonalists and MayavadTs. Brahma-sarhhita supports this. A Vai�r;ava's visit to the\n\ntemple of Lord Siva is different from a nondevotee's visit. The nondevotee con­\n\nsiders the deity of Lord Siva an imaginary form because he ultimately thinks that\nthe Supreme Absolute Truth is void. However, a Vai�r;ava sees Lord Siva as being\n\nsimultaneously one with and different from the Supreme Lord. In this regard, the\nexample of milk and yogurt is given. Yogurt is actually nothing but milk, but at the\n\nsame time it is not milk. It is simultaneously one with milk yet different from it.\n\nThis is the philosophy of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and it is confirmed by\nBhagavad-gita:\nmaya tatam idarh sarvarh\njagad avyakta-martina\nmat-sthani sarva-bhutani\nna caharh te$V avasthita/:r\n\"By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All beings are\n\nin Me, but I am not in them.\" (Bg. 9.4)\n\nThe Absolute Truth, God, is everything, but this does not mean that everything\n\nis God. For this reason SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His followers visited the\ntemples of all the demigods, but they did not see them in the same way an imper­\n\nsonalist sees them. Everyone should follow in the footsteps of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and visit all temples. Sometimes mundane sahajiyas suppose that\n\nthe gopis visited the temple of KatyayanT in the same way mundane people visit\n\nthe temple of DevT. However, the gopis prayed to KatyayanT to grant them Kr�r;a\n\nas their husband. Mundaners visit the temple of KatyayanT to receive some ma-\n\n", "mad4#p0137": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n104\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nterial profit. That is the difference between a Vai�l)ava's visit and a nondevotee's\nvisit.\nNot understanding the process of the disciplic succession, so-called logicians\nput forward the theory of henotheism (paiicopasana); that is, they believe that\nthe worship of one god does not deny the existence of other gods. Such philosophical speculation is not accepted by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu or by Vai�l)avas.\nlmpersonalists may accept any number of deities, but Vai�l)avas only accept Kr�t:�a\nas the Supreme and rej ect all others. Mayavada deity worship is certainly idolatry,\nand their imaginary deity worship has recently been transformed into Mayavada\nimpersonalism. For want of Kr�l)a consciousness, people are victimized by the\nMayavada philosophy, and consequently they sometimes become staunch\natheists. However,\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu established the process of self­\n\nrealization by His own personal behavior. As stated in Caitanya-caritamrta:\nsthavara-jarigama dekhe, na dekhe tara murti\nsarvatra haya nija i$ta-deva-sphurti\n\"The maha-bhagavata, the advanced devotee, certainly sees everything mobile\nand immobile, but he does not exactly see their forms. Rather, everywhere he\nsees the form of the Supreme Lord immediately manifest. Seeing the energy of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, the Vai�l)ava immediately remembers the transcendental form of the Lord.\" (Cc. Madhya 8.274)\nTEXT 361\n\nCG'!tJGRII! �i{ �-�tv <fifil'' I\n11t��fi li� ;g� � '�fil'' '�fil'' II -e�� II\ncaitanya-carita suna sraddha-bhakti kari'\nmatsarya chac;iiya mukhe ba/a .'hari' 'hari'\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaitanya-carita-the activities of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; suna\n\n-\n\nhear;\n\nsraddha-faith; bhakti-devotion; kari'-accepting; matsarya-envy; chac;iiyagiving up; mukhe\n\n-\n\nby the mouth; ba/a-say; hari hari\n\n-\n\nthe holy name of the\n\nLord (Hari, Hari).\nTRANSLATION\n\nPlease hear the transcendental pastimes of lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwith faith and devotion. Giving up envy of the lord, everyone chant the lord's\nholy name, Hari.\n\n", "mad4#p0138": "Text 362]\n\nLord Caitanya' s T ravels to the Holy Places\n\n105\n\nTEXT 362\n\n�t �ffl�fl � Rf itt� '<fi'fi{ � I\n'��' C�<!l-ttSJ, �t <l\"t� \"'� Il l!) � � II\nei kali-kale ara nahi kona dharma\n\nvai$Qava, vai$Qava-sastra, ei kahe marma\nSYNONYMS\n\nei ka/i-kale-in this age of Kali; ara-other; nahi kona-there is not any; dharma-religious\n\nprinciple;\n\nvai$Qava-devotee;\n\nliterature; ei kahe marma-this is the purport.\n\nvai$Qa va-sastra-devotional\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this age of Kali, there are no genuine religious principles. There are only\nthe Vai�l)ava devotees and the Vai�l)ava devotional scriptures. This is the sum\nand substance of everything.\nPURPORT\n\nOne must have firm faith in the process of devotional service and the scriptures\nthat support it. If one hears the activities of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu with faith,\n\nhe can be freed from his envious position. Srimad-Bhagavatam is meant for such\n\nnonenvious persons (nirmatsaraQarh satam). In this age a person should not envy\n\nS ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's movement but should chant the holy names of Hari\nand Kr�r)a, the maha-mantra. That is the sum and substance of eternal religion,\n\nknown as sanatana-dharma. The real V ai�l')ava is a pure devotee and fully realized\n\nsoul, and a V ai�l')ava sastra refers to sruti, or the Vedas, which are called sabda-pramaQa, the evidence of transcendental sound. If one strictly follows the Vedic\n\nliterature and chants the holy name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he\nwill actually be situated in the transcendental disciplic succession. Those who\n\nwant to attain life's ultimate goal must follow this principle. In Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(11.19.17), it is said:\nsrutii) pratyak$am aitihyam\nanumanarh catu$tayam\n\npramaf)e$V anavasthanad\nvikalpat sa virajyate\n\n\"Vedic literature, direct perception, history and hypothesis are the four kinds of\nevidential proofs. Everyone should stick to these principles for the realization of\nthe Absolute Truth.\"\n\n", "mad4#p0139": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n106\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 363\n\n���� �-fJI�t�, �� I\n�llf <li�t'! ilt�,- al9fr-f �' �11' II ��� II\ncaitanya-candrera lrla-agadha, gambhira\npravesa karite nari, -sparsi rahi' tira\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-candrera lila-the\n\npastimes of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nagadha-unfathomable; gambhira-deep; pravesa karite-to enter into; nari-1\nam unable; sparsi-1 touch; rahi' tTra-standing on the bank.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are just like an unfathomable\nocean. It is not possible for me to enter into them. Simply standing on the\nshore, I am but touching the water.\nTEXT 364\n\nC�\\!t]��\\! ��'111 �til� 'fil I\n�t\\!<li ��tc.1J, \\!\\! ?f� <;<!l'al'fi' II ��8 II\ncaitanya-caritra sraddhaya sune yei jana\nyateka vicare, tata paya prema-dhana\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-carita-the pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sraddhaya-with\nfaith;\n\nsune-hears;\n\nyei jana-which\n\nanalytically studies; tata-so\necstatic love.\n\nperson;\n\nyateka vicare-as far as he\n\nfar; paya-he gets; prema-dhana-the riches of\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhoever hears the pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu with faith,\nanalytically studying them, attains the ecstatic riches of love of Godhead.\nTEXT 365\n\n�11i?f·�,_ilt�-?ft� �t1f 'fSlt-t I\n���\\! �� ���t� II ��� II\n\n", "mad4#p0140": "Text 365]\n\nLord Caitanya's Travels to the Holy Places\n\n107\n\nsri-rupa-raghunatha pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri rupa\n-\n\n-\n\nSrila ROpa Gosvami; raghunatha\n\n-\n\nSr ila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr�Qa-dasa-Srila\n\nKr�t:�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha and always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�r:'ladasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrfa, following in their\nfootsteps.\nPURPORT\n\nAs usual the author concludes the chapter by reciting the names of Sri ROpa\nand Raghunatha and reinstating himself at their lotus fe et.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhya­\n\nlila, Ninth Chapter, describing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's travels t; many holy\nplaces in South India.\n\n", "mad4#p0141": "CHAPTER 10\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\nWhile Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was traveling in South India, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya had many talks with King Prataparudra. When Maharaja Prataparudra requested the Bhattacarya to arrange an interview with the Lord, Bhattacarya\nassured him that he would try to do so as soon as Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned\nfrom South India. When the Lord returned to Jagannatha Puri from His South Indian tour, He lived at the home of Kasi Misra. Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya introduced many Vai�r;Javas to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu after His return. The father\nof Ramananda Raya, Bhavananda Raya, offered another son named Var;Jinatha Pattanayaka for the Lord's service. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu informed His associates\nabout the pollution of Kr�r;Jadasa brought about by his association with the Bhattatharis, and thus the Lord proposed to give him leave. Nityananda Prabhu sent\nKr�r;Jadasa to Bengal to inform the Navadvipa devotees about the Lord's return to\nJagannatha Puri. All the devotees of Navadvipa thus began arranging to come to\nJagannatha Puri. At this time Paramananda Puri was at Navadvipa, and immediately upon hearing news of the Lord's return, he started for Jagannatha Puri\naccompanied by a brahmal')a named Kamalakanta. Puru�ottama Bhattacarya, a\nresident of Navadvipa, was educated at Varar;Jasi. He accepted the renounced\norder from Caitanyananda, but he himself took the name of SvarOpa. Thus he arrived at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. After the demise of Sri Tsvara\nPuri, his disciple Govinda, following his instructions, went to see Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. Due to his relationship with Kesava Bharati, Brahmananda Bharati\nwas also respectfully received by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. When he arrived at\nJagannatha Puri, he was advised to give up the deerskin clothing he wore. When\nBrahmananda understood Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu correctly, he accepted Him as\nKr�r;Ja himself. However, when Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya addressed Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu as Kr�r;Ja, the Lord immediately protested. In the meantime, Kasisvara\nGosvami also came to see Caitanya Mahaprabhu. In this chapter, devotees from\nmany different areas come to see Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and they are exactly like\nmany rivers that come from many places to finally flow into the sea.\n\nTEXT 1\n\nI!� <!ff;l'f ��1f�\"''W� �\"ll � W-f�tJ)�: I\n\n�t<t�Qtil·��-l\"ll$��e. II � II\n109\n\n", "mad4#p0142": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n110\n\ntam vande gaura-ja/adarh\nsvasya yo darsanamrtaib\nvicchedavagraha-mlanabhakta-sasyany ajTvayat\nSYNONYMS\n\ntam-unto Him; vande-1 offer my respectful obeisances; gaura-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; ja/a-dam-rain cloud; svasya-of Himself; yab-He who; darsanaamrtaib-by the nectar of the audience; viccheda-because of separation;\n\navagraha-scarcity\n\nof\n\nrain;\n\nmlana-morose,\n\ndried\n\nup;\n\nbhakta- devotees;\n\nsasyani-food grains; ajivayat-saved.\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is\ncompared to a cloud that pours water on fields of grain, which are like devotees suffering due to a shortage of rain. Separation from Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu is like a drought, but when the Lord returns, His presence is like\na nectarean rain that falls on all the grains and saves them from perishing.\nTEXT 2\n\nllr� iSf� ���'!� � �t�'W I\n\n'lrntC�'!�� iSf� ,���� II � II\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; sri-caitanya-to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-all\n\nglories; nityananda-to Nityananda Prabhu; jaya-all glories; advaita-candra-to\nAdvaita Acarya; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrndra-to all the devotees of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Lord Caitanya. All glories to Nityananda. All glories to\nAdvaitacandra. And all glories to all the devotees of Lord Caitanya.\nTEXT 3\n\n�� Jf�t� �M'i1 �f'f-t'i I\n�f\\!t� �iSf\"l 'Wt G;�t��� �� II� II\n\n", "mad4#p0143": "Text 5]\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n111\n\nparve yabe mahaprabhu ca/ila dak�iQe\nprataparudra raja tabe bolaila sarvabhaume\n\nSYNONYMS\npurve-formerly;\nca/i/a-departed;\n\nyabe-when;\ndak�iQe-for\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri\n\nHis\n\nSouth\n\nIndian\n\nCaitanya\ntour;\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nprataparudra-Pra­\n\ntaparudra; raja-the King; tabe-at that time; bo/ai/a-called for; sarvabhauineSarvabhauma Bhattacarya.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu departed for South India, King Prataparudra called Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya to his palace.\nTEXT 4\n\n<!file;'! 'CI� fif� �Rf' �� I\n�t�\"� <It� � �� -i�c;f II 8 II\nvasite asana dila kari' namaskare\nmahaprabhura varta tabe puchi/a tarihare\n\nSYNONYMS\nvasite-to sit; asana-sitting place; di/a-offered; kari'-doing; namaskareobeisances; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; varta-news; tabe-at\nthat time; puchi/a-inquired; tarihare-from him.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya met with the King, the King offered him a\nseat with all respects and inquired about news of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 5\n\n��\\§ � �c;f �� 11� I\n\n'� � �' '�� 1l�·�9ft;m II � II\nsunilaria tamara ghare eka mahasaya\ngau(la ha-ite ai/a, teriho maha-krpamaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni/aria-1\n\nhave\n\nmahasaya-great\n\nheard;\n\npersonality;\n\ntamara-your;\n\nghare-at\n\nhome;\n\ngau(la ha-ite-from Bengal;\n\nteriho-He; maha-krpa-maya-very merciful.\n\neka-one;\n\nai/a-has come;\n\n", "mad4#p0144": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n112\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King said to the Bhattacarya, \"I have heard that one great personality\nhas come from B engal and is staying at your home. I have also heard that He is\nvery, very merciful.\nTEXT 6\n\n�r;� � �� '�\"fl, � � I\n�9f1 ��' �� '� i!�f �.fil ll � ll\ntomare bahu krpa kaila, kahe sarva-jana\nkrpa kari' karaha more tanhara darsana\nSYNONYMS\ntomare-unto you; bahu krpa-great mercy; kaila-showed; kahe-says; sarva-jana-everyone; krpa kari'-being merciful; karaha-arrange; more-for me;\ntanhara-His; darsana-interview.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have also heard that this great personality has shown you great favor. At\nany rate, this is what I hear from many different people. Now, being merciful\nupon me, you should do me the favor of arranging an interview.\"\nTEXT 7\n\n� �,-<;� �fil\"fl �����I\ntia- waf'il <;i!tiffif ��il ifl � ll 9 ll\nbhat.ta kahe,- ye suni/a saba satya hay a\ntanra darsana tamara ghatana na haya\nSYNONYMS\nbhat.ta kahe-Bhattacarya replied; ye-what; sunila-you have heard; sabaall;\n\nsatya-true;\n\nhaya-is;\n\ntanra\n\ndarsana-His\n\ninterview;\n\ntamara-of you;\n\nghatana-happening; na haya-is not.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhattacarya replied, \"All that you have heard is true, but as far as an interview is concerned, it is very difficult to arrange.\n\n", "mad4#p0145": "Text 10]\n\n113\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\nTEXT 8\n\n�� � c;it� � f.¥afte' I\n�1t� il1 �t1fil c;il� �-tti' II IT' II\nvirakta sannyasi tenho rahena nirjane\nsvapneha na karena tenho raja-darasane\nSYNONYMS\nvirakta-detached; sannyasi-in the renounced order; teriho-He; rahenakeeps Himself; nirjane-in a solitary place; svapneha-even in dreams; na-does\nriot; karena-do; teriho-he; raja-darasane-interview with a king.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is in the renounced order and is very much\ndetached from worldly affairs. He stays in solitary places, and even in dreams\nHe does not grant interviews to a king.\nTEXT 9\n\n'!�tr;r 121� (;'!'!11 <Af��'t11 �-til I\n��� ��1 c;��1 5ffllfitt $filii � II\ntathapi prakare toma karaitama darasana\nsamprati karila tenho dak�if)a gamana\nSYNONYMS\ntathapi-yet; prakare-somehow or other; toma-you; karaitama-1 would\nhave\n\narranged;\n\ndarasana-interview;\n\nsamprati-recently;\n\nkarila-has done;\n\nteriho-He; dak�if)a-to the southern part of India; gamana-departure.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Still, I would have tried to arrange your interview, but He has recently left\nto tour South India.\"\nTEXT 10\n\n� �t�,-'f�t� �f�' � <;'Stilf1 I\n'e� �-1f�t�f �� �� � II �o II\n\n", "mad4#p0146": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1 o\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n114\n\nraja kahe, -jagannatha cha{ii kene gela\n'\n\nbhat.ta kahe, -mahantera ei eka lila\nSYNONYMS\n\nraja kahe- the King said; jagannatha cha{ii -le aving the palace of Lord jagan'\n\nnatha; kene gela-why did He leave; bhatta kahe-Sarvabhauma Bhanacar ya\nreplied; mahantera-of a great person; ei-this; eka\n\n-\n\none ; lila-pastime\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King asked, \"Why has He left Jagannatha PurH\" Bhattacarya replied,\n\"Such are the pastimes of a great personality.\nTEXT 11\n\n�< 9l�JI <15� � ®<t!flf'l I\n� lif;Vf fii'<I'Sif;� ��lf1fi� \\lri{ II �� II\ntirtha pavitra karite kare tirtha-bhramaQa\nsei chale nis taray e sarhsarika jana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntirtha-holy places; pavitra karite-to purify; kare-does; tirtha-bhramaQatouring in places of pilgrimage; s ei chale-on that p lea; nis taraye-delivers; sarhsarika- conditioned; jana-souls.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Great saints go to holy places of pilgrimage in order to purify them. For\nthat reason Caitanya Mahaprabhu is visiting many tirthas and delivering many,\nmany conditioned souls.\nTEXT 12\n\n�<t�lfl �rsr���\"'l���i: �� f<l��1 1\n�\"'j���f'� �\"'j�jf;{ �j�:qO{ 'il'if'i��1 II H II\nbhavad-vidha bhagavatas\ntirthi-bhata/:1 svayarh vibho\ntirthi-kurvanti tirthani\nsvanta/:1-sthena gadabhrta\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhavat-your good self; vidha/:1-like; bhagavata/:1-devote es ; tirthi-as holy\nplaces of pilgrimage; bhata/:1-existing; svayam-themselves; vibho-0 al mighty\n\n", "mad4#p0147": "The lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\nText 13]\n\n115\n\none; tirthi-kurvanti-make into holy places of pilgrimage; tirthani-the holy\n\nplaces; sva-antab-sthena-being situated in their hearts; gada-bhrta-by the Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Saints of your caliber are themselves places of pilgrimage. Because of\ntheir purity, they are constant companions of the lord, and therefore they can\npurify even the places of pilgrimage.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse spoken by Maharaja Yudhi�thira to Vidura in the Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1.13.1 0) is also quoted in the Adi-lila (1.63).\n\n·\n\nTEXT 13\n\n�rn �� � �� � �\"f 1\n�� i\\� �i{, �i{ �� �� II �'® II\nvai?f)avera ei haya eka svabhava ni5cala\n\ntenho jiva nahena, hana svatantra isvara\nSYNONYMS\nvai?f)avera-of great devotees; ei-this; haya-is; eka-one; sva-bhava­\n\nnature; nisca/a-unflinching; tenho-he; jiva-conditioned soul; nahena-is not;\nhana-is; svatan t ra- independent; isvara- controller.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"A Vai�r;�ava travels to places of pilgrimage to purify them and reclaim\nfallen conditioned souls. This is one of the duties of a Vai�r;�ava. Actually, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is not a living entity but the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead Himself. Consequently, He is a fully independent controller, yet in\nHis position as a devotee, He carries out the activities of a devotee.\"\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura points out that because there are many\npermanent residents in holy places who do not precisely follow the rules and\nregulations governing living in a sacred place, exalted devotees have to go to\nthese places to reclaim them. This is the business of a Vai�l)ava A Vai�l)ava is\nunhappy to see others materially enmeshed. Although Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is\nthe worshipable Deity of all Vai�l)avas, the activities of a Vai�l)ava were taught by\nHim. Nonetheless, He is the complete and independent Supreme Personality of\n\n", "mad4#p0148": "116\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nGodhead. He is pDrl)a/:l suddho nitya- mukta/:l. He is complete, completely uncontaminated and eternal. He is sanatana, for He has no beginning or end.\nTEXT 14\n\n1!f�1 ��,-�t1:1!f � �1:� (;<fiQ{ fift'l I\n?th1 ��' �If <tiRf' �� � 1!ftf�\"f II �8 II\nraja kahe, -tanre tumi yaite kene dile\npaya pa(li' yatna kari' kene na rakhi/e\nSYNONYMS\nraja kahe-the King said; talire-Him; tumi-you; yaite-to go; kene-why;\ndile-allowed; paya-at His lotus feet; pa(li'-falling; yatna kari'-endeavoring\nvery much; kene-why; na-not; rakhile-kept.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing this, the King replied, \"Why did you allow Him to leave?\nWhy didn't you fall at His lotus feet and keep Him here?\"\nTEXT 15\n\n�t�t1f �'i,-t;�r;� �� � �� I\n�te. �fl, (;�1:'i1 �1:'i ��!Z II�<t II\nbhattacarya kahe, -tenho svayarh Tsvara svatantra\nsak$at srT-k[$1)a, tenho nahe para-tantra\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya kahe-Sarvabhauma replied; tenho-He; svayam-personally;\nTsvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; svatantra-independent; sak?atdirectly; srT-k[?l)a-Lord Kr�r:Ja; teliho-He; nahe-is not; para-tantra-dependent on anyone.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma\n\nBhattacarya\n\nreplied,\n\n\"Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu is\n\nthe\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead Himself and is completely independent.\nBeing Lord Kr��a Himself, He is not dependent on anyone.\nTEXT 16\n\nI!�� 11ft�?:� �mt �- � �<ti( I\n\nJf\"'1:1!fl ��!Z ��, 1!ftMr;� �fir( II�� II\n\n", "mad4#p0149": "Text 17]\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n117\n\ntathapi rakhite tatire bahu yatna kailuti\nisvarera svatantra iccha, rakhite nariluti\nSYNONYMS\ntathapi-still;\n\nrakhite-to\n\nkeep;\n\ntatire-Him;\n\nbahu-various;\n\nyatna-en­\n\ndeavors; kai/uti-1 made; isvarera-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; svatantra-independent; iccha-desire; rakhite-to keep; nari/uti-1 was unable.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Still, I endeavored very hard to keep Him here, but because He is the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and completely independent, I was not successful.\"\nTEXT 17\n\n1{t�1 ���,-� � R!iiM�t1ffil I\n\n'!_fif fi� '�' �' C!tC� lf\\!J 1ft� II �'I II\nraja kahe, -bhatta tumi vijna-siromaQi\ntumi tatire 'k($Qa' kaha, tate satya mani\nSYNONYMS\nraja kahe-the King said; bhatta-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; tumi-you; vijnasiromaQi-the most experienced learned scholar; tumi-you; tatire-Him; k($1Ja\nkaha-address as Lord Kr�l)a; tate-your statement; satya mani-1 accept as true.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King said, \"Bhattacarya, you are the most learned and experienced person I know. Therefore when you address Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as Lord\nKr��a, I accept this as the truth.\nPURPORT\nThis is the way to advance in spiritual science. One must accept the words of\nan acarya, a bona fide spiritual master, to clear the path for spiritual advancement.\nThis is the secret of success. However, one's guide must be a spiritual master who\nis actually an unalloyed devotee strictly following the instructions of the previous\nacarya without deviation. Whatever the spiritual master says must be accepted by\n\nthe disciple. Only then is success certain. This is the Vedic system.\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya was a brahmaQa and a realized soul, whereas Prataparudra was a k$atriya. K?atriya kings used to obey very faithfully the orders of\nlearned brahmaQas and saintly persons, and in this way they would rule their\n\n", "mad4#p0150": "118\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\ncountry. Similarly, vaisyas used to follow the king's orders, and the sudras used to\nserve the three higher castes. In this way the brahmal)as, k$atriyas, vaisyas and\nsudras used to live cooperatively performing their respective duties. Consequently society was peaceful, and people were able to discharge the duties of\nKr�r:Ja consciousness. Thus they were happy in this life and able to return home,\nback to Godhead.\nTEXT 18\n\n��M ltl �t� ,�,� �${i( I\nt!l<Ti� c;w�' <fi� 'l�a;r il�il II�lr' II\npunarapi ihan tanra haile agamana\neka-bara dekhi' kari saphala nayana\nSYNONYMS\n\npunarapi-again; ihan-here; tanra-His; haile-when there is; agamana-arrival; eka-bara-once; dekhi'-seeing; kari-1 make; sa-pha/a-f ru itful; nayanamy eyes.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returns again, I wish to see Him just once\nin order to make my eyes perfect.\"\nTEXT 19\n\n·t� ��,-�r;�i 'f;{tP,� ��lit I\n1{� itr;� t!l<fi 'ltil ��� R�� II�� II\nbhattacarya kahe,\n\n-\n\ntenho asibe alpa-kale\n\nrahite tanre eka sthana cahiye virale\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhat.tacarya kahe-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya replied; tenho-He; asibe-will\ncome; a/pa-kale-very soon; rahite-to keep; tanre-Him; eka-one; sthanaplace; cahiye-1 want; vira/e-secluded.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSarvabhauma\n\nBhattacarya\n\nreplied,\n\n\"His\n\nHoliness\n\nlord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu will return very soon. I wish to have a nice place ready for Him, a\nplace solitary and peaceful.\n\n", "mad4#p0151": "Text 22]\n\nThe lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n119\n\nTEXT 20\n\nit� �' � ��t<!l filts{c;t I\n�� f.l(l! �fil' <;W�' �� \"'tti II � II\no\n\nthakurera nikata, ara ha-ibe nirjane\ne-mata nirf)aya kari' deha' eka sthane\nSYNONYMS\nthakurera nikata-near the place of Lord Jagannatha; ara-also; ha-ibe-must\nbe; nirjane-secluded; e-mata-in this way; nirf)aya kari'-considering carefully;\ndeha'-please give; eka sthane-one place.\nTRANSLATION\n\"lord Caitanya's residence should be very secluded and also near the\ntemple of Jagannatha. Please consider this proposal and give me a nice place\nfor Him.\"\nTEXT 21\n\n�tiSf1 �,-�t� �filt� �i{ I\n\n�m f.l<ti�, �ll �11 f.IIS(i{ II �� II\nraja kahe, -aiche kasi-misrera bhavana\nthakurera nikata, haya parama nirjana\nSYNONYMS\nraja kahe-the King replied; aiche-exactly like that; kasi-misrera bhavanathe house of Kasi Misra; thd.kurera nikata-near Lord Jagannatha; haya-is;\nparama-very; nirjana-secluded.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King replied, \"Kasi Misra's house is exactly what you require. It is near\nthe temple and is very secluded, calm and quiet.\"\nTEXT 22\n\n�I! <f'�' �tiSf1 �t� i:se.�f�i! ��11\n��tti� �tJbfift� <fi� �Wrn1 II �� II\neta kahi' raja rahe utkaQthita hana\nbhattacarya kasi-misre kahila asiya\n\n", "mad4#p0152": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n120\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1 o\n\nSYNONYMS\neta kahi -saying this; raja-the King; rahe-remained; utkaQthita-very anx'\n\nious;\n\nhafia-being; bhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; ka5i-misre-unto\n\nKasi Misra; kahila-said; asiya\n\n-\n\ncoming.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, the King became very anxi ous for the lord to return. Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya then went to Kasi Misra to convey the King's desire.\nTEXT 23\n\n��fi{� <lit�,-�fi{ �� �'$fFfti{, I\n<;1l� \"J:t� '��' �� � II�� II\nkasi-misra kahe, -ami ba(la bhagyavan\nmora grhe 'prabhu-padera' habe avasthana\nSYNONYMS\nkasi-misra kahe-Kasi Misra said; ami-1; ba(la-very much; bhagyavan-fortunate; mora g rhe-in my home; prabhu-padera-of the Lord of the prabhus;\nhab e-there will be; avasthana-staying.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Kasi Misra heard the proposal, he said, \"I am very fortunate that Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, the lord of all prabhus, will stay at my home.\"\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word Prabhupada, referring to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, is significant. Regarding this, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami Prabhupada comments, \"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself,\nSri Kr�t:�a, and all His servants address Him as Prabhupada. This means that there\nare many prabhus taking shelter under His lotus feet.\" The pure Vai�t:�ava is addressed as prabhu, and this address is an etiquette observed between Vai�t:�avas.\nWhen many prabhus remain under the shelter of the lotus feet of another prabhu,\nthe address Prabhupada is given. Sri Nityananda Prabhu and Sri Advaita Prabhu are\nalso addressed as Prabhupada. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Sri Advaita Prabhu and\nSri Nityananda Prabhu are all vi�Qu-tattva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nLord Vi�J)U. Therefore all living entities are under Their lotus feet. Lord Vi�t:�u is the\neternal Lord of everyone, and the representative of Lord Vi�J)U is the Lord's confidential servant. Such a person acts as the spiritual master for neophyte Vai�J)avas;\n\n", "mad4#p0153": "Text 25]\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n121\n\ntherefore the spiritual master is as respectable as Sri Kr��a Caitanya or Lord Vi��u\nHimself. For this reason the spiritual master is addressed as Orh Vi��upada or\n\nPrabhupada. The acarya, the spiritual master, is generally respected by others as\nSripada, and the initiated Vai��avas are addressed as Prabhu. Prabhu, Prabhupada\n\nand Vi��upada are described in revealed scriptures like Srimad-Bhagavatam,\nCaitanya-caritamrta and Caitanya-bhagavata. In this regard, these scriptures pre­\n\nsent evidence accepted by unalloyed devotees.\n\nThe prakrta-sahajiyas are not even worthy of being called Vai��avas. They think\n\nthat only caste gosvamis should be called Prabhupada. Such ignorant sahajiyas call\n\nthemselves vai�Qava-dasa-anudasa, which means the servant of the servant of the\nVai��avas. However, they are opposed to addressing a pure Vai��ava as Prabhupada. In other words, they are envious of a bona fide spiritual master who is addressed as Prabhupada, and they commit offenses by considering a bona fide\nspiritual master an ordinary human being or a member of a certain caste. Srila\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura describes such sahajiyas as most unfortunate.\nBecause of their misconceptions, they fall into a hellish condition.\nTEXT 24\n\n(!!��\\! ��� �\\! \\Sfil I\n�t<fi fil�\\! ��� �e.�f �\\! � II �8 II\nei-mata puru�ottama-vasi yata jana\n\nprabhuke milite sabara utkaQthita mana\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; puru�ottama-vasi-the residents of jagannatha Puri;\nyata-all; jana-persons; prabhuke-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; milite-to\n\nmeet; sabara-of everyone; utkaQthita-anxious; mana-mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThus all the residents of Jagannatha Puri, which is also known as Puru�ottarna, were very anxious to meet Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu again.\nTEXT 25\n\n�i'ftt�� �e.��1 �� �� �'I I\n1{�� �..'1 '�t\\! '!�fit � II �� II\nsarva-lokera utkaQtha yabe atyanta bac)ila\nmahaprabhu dak�iQa haite tabahi aila\n\n", "mad4#p0154": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n122\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1 o\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-fokera-of all people; utkaQtha-anxieties; yabe-when; atyanta-very\nmuch;\n\nba{iifa-increased;\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ndak?iQa\n\nhaite-from South India; tabahi-at that very time; aifa-returned.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile all the residents of Jagannatha Puri were thus anxious, the Lord\nreturned from South India.\nTEXT 26\n\n� �' �tilf�� C�\"f lf�t<tit� �il I\nlit<!! �rfif' lft(r;�)� C<ti\"f filt<!!Willl �� 11\nsuni' anandita haifa sabakara mana\nsabe asi' sarvabhaume kaifa nivedana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing;\nmana-the\n\nminds;\n\nanandita-happy;\nsabe\n\nhaifa-were;\n\nasi'-everyone\n\ncoming;\n\nsabakara-of\n\neveryone;\n\nsarvabhaume-unto\n\nSar­\n\nvabhauma Bhattacarya; kaifa-did; nivedana-submission.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing of the Lord's return, everyone became very happy, and they all\nwent to Sarvabhauma Bhaffacarya and spoke to him as follows.\nTEXT 27\n\n� llf'it� �t�1-lf.,� ��t� fil\"fill\n�� �ttw �f� �� ��'t II �9 II\nprabhura sahita ama-sabara karaha mifana\ntamara prasade pai prabhura caraQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura sahita-with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ama-sabara-of all of us;\nkaraha-arrange; mifana-meeting; tamara-your; prasade-by mercy; pai-we\nget; prabhura caraQa-the lotus feet of the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please arrange our meeting with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. It is only by\nyour mercy that we can attain the shelter of the lotus feet of the lord.\"\n\n", "mad4#p0155": "Text 30]\n\nThe lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n123\n\nTEXT 28\n\n<eDt�t� <til;�, -<lit� <lit��t\\!t1f 'lilt1f I\n�'f. ��il, l!tti �\"ft� �<ft1;1f II �lr II\nbhattacarya kahe, -kali kasi-misrera ghare\n\nprabhu yaibena, tahan milaba sabare\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhattacarya kahe-Bhattacarya rep lied; kali-tomorrow; kasi-misrera gharein the house of Kasi Misra; prabhu-the Lord; yaibena-will go; tahan-there;\n\nmilaba sabare-1 shall arrange for a meeting with all of you.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Bhatfacarya replied to the people, \"Tomorrow the lord will be at the\nhouse of Kasi Misra. I shall arrange for you all to meet Him.\"\nTEXT 29\n\n�� fi;i{ �t� <eDt�� I\n\nISf�ltQf �il �� �� II �� II\nara dina mahaprabhu bhattacaryera sange\njagannatha darasana kaila maha-range\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-the next day ; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhattacaryera\nsange-with\n\nSarvabhauma\n\nBhattacarya;\n\njagannatha-of\n\nLord\n\njagannatha;\n\ndarasana-visiting the temple; kai/a-did; maha-range-with great enthusiasm.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu arrived and went with S arvabhauma\nBhattacarya, with great enthusiasm, to see the temple of lord Jagannatha.\nTEXT 30\n\n�t��tw flfm �ttl fil�a,i ���<l'i�'t 1\n��� ��t<litr;1f ��a'1 �tffl�il II \\!lo II\nmaha-prasada diya tahali milila sevaka-gaQa\nmahaprabhu sabakare kaila alingana\n\n", "mad4#p0156": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n124\n\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-prasada-remnants of the food of Lord Jagannatha; diya-delivering;\ntaheiri-there;\n\nmilila-met;\n\nsevaka-ga(1a-the\n\nservants of Lord Jagannatha;\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sabakare-unto all of them; kai/a-did;\na/irigana-embracing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the servants of Lord Jagannatha delivered remnants of the Lord's food to\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. In return, Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced them all.\nTEXT 31\n\n�af� ��' ��� �fi;{a;j <11�t� I\n\n�� �t�tor � �1ittfif·�·�t� u �� u\ndarsana kari' mahaprabhu calila bahire\nbhattacarya ani/a tarire kasi-misra-ghare\n\nSYNONYMS\ndarsana\n\nkari'-seeing\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nLord\n\nca/i/a-departed;\n\njagannatha;\nbahire-outside;\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nbhattacarya-Sarvabhauma\n\nBhanacarya; ani/a-brought; tarire-Him; kasi-misra-ghare-to the house of Kasi\nMisra.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter seeing Lord Jagannatha, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu left the temple.\nBhatfacarya then took Him to the house of Kasi Misra.\nTEXT 32\n\n�tittfiti!t �1f'il' ��tor� �t't I\n��-':f(� �� itt� '� filt<l'ft� u �� u\nkasi-misra asi' pac;lila prabhura cara('1e\ngrha-sahita atma tarire kaila nivedane\n\nSYNONYMS\nkasi-misra-Kasi Misra; asi'-coming; pac;lila-fell down; prabhura-of Lord Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; cara(1e-at the lotus feet; grha-sahita-with his house;\natma-his personal self; tarire-unto Him; kai/a-did; nivedane-submit.\n\n", "mad4#p0157": "The lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\nText 34]\n\n125\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu arrived at his house, Kasi Misra immediately fell down at His lotus feet and surrendered himself and all his\npossessions.\nTEXT 33\n\n� �-'i9r·1J...� titr;1f (}f�� I\n�te. ._,..fit' �tr;1f �fil'eril c�\"f n 1!)1!) 11\nprabhu catur-bhuja-mDrti tatire dekhaila\natmasat kari' tare a/itigana kaila\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya\ntatire-unto\n\nhim;\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ndekhaila-showed;\n\ncatu/:1-bhuja-mDrti-four-armed\natmasat\n\nkari'-accepting;\n\nform;\n\ntare-him;\n\na/itigana kaila-embraced.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then showed Kasi Misra His four-armed form.\nThen, accepting him for His service, the lord embraced him.\nTEXT 34\n\n� �t�t_ �1 ���til I\n\n�flrt� �f:iji!f1 ��Jtil�tfW ��'$ft'l II �8 II\ntabe mahaprabhu tahati vasila asane\ncaudike vasila nityanandadi bhakta-gaf)e\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tahan-there;\nvasila-sat down; asane-on His seat;\n\ncau-dike-on four sides; vasila-sat\n\ndown; nityananda-adi-headed by lord Nityananda; bhakta-gaf)e-all the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu next sat down at the place prepared for Him, and\nall the devotees, headed by lord Nityananda Prabhu, surrounded Him.\n\n", "mad4#p0158": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n126\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 35\n\n�� � 'ii�' �<I� ��\"'ti{ I\n� � � �� :Jt(.ll1lt� II�� II\nsukhi haifa dekhi' prabhu vasara sarhsthana\nyei vasaya haya prabhura sarva-samadhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsukhi haifa-became very happy; dekhi'-by seeing; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\nvasara-of the residential quarters;\n\nsarhsthana-situation;\n\nyei\n\nvasaya-at which place; haya-there is; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nsarva-samadhana-fulfillment of all necessities.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very happy to see His residential quarters, in\nwhich all His necessities were taken care of.\nTEXT 36\n\n:Jtt<tt�\\11 <!i�:�,-�'t, ,�m �t1lfif � 1\n� 'f!;I�<IS'Rf ��,-<!it�filc;i!t� �t-!1 II�� ll\nsarvabhauma kahe, -prabhu, yogya tamara vasa\ntumi arigikara kara, -kasi-misrera asa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; kahe-said; prabhu-my dear Lord;\nyogya-just befitting;\n\ntomara-Your;\n\nvasa-residential quarters;\n\ntumi-You;\n\narigikara kara-accept; kasi-misrera asa-the hope of Kasi Misra.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya said, \"This place is just befitting You. Please accept it. It is the hope of KasiMisra that You do.\"\nTEXT 37\n\n�'{ �'- �l �� �t1!1·�<1t<!it� I\n� � <!i�, �� :JI'IF� �t1lfif II �'l II\nprabhu kahe, -ei deha toma-sabakara\nyei tumi kaha, sei sammata amara\n\n", "mad4#p0159": "Text 39]\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n127\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; ei deha-this body; tomasabakara-of all of you; yei-whatever; tumi-you; kaha-say; sei-that; sammala amara-accepted by Me.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"My body belongs to all of you. Therefore I\nagree to whatever you say.\"\nTEXT 38\n\n�� ��� � wr-.sr-�ttt'lf ��, 1\n\nfiTil�'! �tf�� �� �?r;� ����t� II �lr II\ntabe sarvabhauma prabhura dak?iQa-parsve vasi'\nmilaite lagila saba puru?ottama-vasi\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; dak?iQa-parsve-by the right side; vasi'-sitting; milaite-to introduce; /agi/a-began; saba-all; puru?ottama-vasi-residents of Puru�ottama\nOagannatha PurT).\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, Sarvabhauma 8hattacarya, sitting at the right hand of the Lord,\nbegan to introduce all the inhabitants of Puru�ottama, Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 39\n\n�� �� �t�, � '�� �t�� I\n���f�� ��tr;� �r;� <;i!�i f�� II�� II\nei saba loka, prabhu, vaise nilacale\nutkaQthita hatiache sabe toma milibare\nSYNONYMS\nei saba loka-all these people; prabhu-my Lord; vaise-reside; ni/aca/e-at\nJagannatha PurT; utkaQthita hatiache-they have become very anxious; sabe-all;\ntoma-You; milibare-to meet.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhattacarya said, \"My dear Lord, all these people who are residents of\nNilacala, Jagannatha Puri, have been very anxious to meet You.\n\n", "mad4#p0160": "128\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 40\n\n'f�'! �iR '�r;;� <lit� �� t<11 t � I\n\nCi!t� \\!!� �, -�<1 <tl1'f �efl<fi� II 8\n\n°\n\nII\n\nt($ita cataka yaiche kare hahakara\ntaiche ei saba, -sabe kara angikara\n\nSYNONYMS\ntr$ita-thirsty; cataka-the cataka bird; yaiche-just as; kare-does; hahakara-vibration of disappointment;\n\ntaiche-similarly;\n\nei saba-all of these;\n\nsabe-all of them; kara a r'lgikara-kindly accept.\n\nTRANSLA liON\n\"In Your absence all these people have been exactly like thirsty cataka birds\ncrying in disappointment. Kindly accept them.\"\nTEXT 41\n\n19f'$fit�·t;:Jf<f<fi \\!!�, il'tlf \\9f�t('il I\n��� <fi� ��1'1: ��-�<Iii II 8� II\n-\n\njagannatha-sevaka ei, nama-janardana\nanavasare kare prabhura sri-anga-sevana\n\nSYNONYMS\njagannatha-sevaka-servitor\n\nof Lord Jagannatha;\n\nei-this;\n\nnama-named;\n\njanardana-)anardana; anavasare-during the time of renovation; kare-does;\nprabhura-of the Lord; sri-anga-of the transcendental body; sevana-service.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya first introduced Janardana, saying, \"Here is Janardana, servant of lord Jagannatha. He renders service to the lord when it is\ntime to renovate His transcendental body.\"\nPURPORT\nDuring Anavasara, after the Snana-yatra ceremony, Lord Jagannatha is absent\nfrom the temple for fifteen days so He can be renovated. This occurs annually.\n)anardana, who is here being introduced to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, was rendering this service at the time. The renovation of Lord )agannatha is also known as\nNava-yauvana, which indicates that the Jagannatha Deity is being fully restored to\nyouth.\n\n", "mad4#p0161": "The Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\nText 43]\n\n129\n\nTEXT 42\n\n\"wt�·•rtll' �� �(..��li� 1\n\n�f� 1l't��-ilt1l �� ��il'tfit� II 8� II\nkr$Qadasa-nama ei suvarQa-vetra-dhari\nsikhi mahati-nama ei likhanadhikari\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-dasa-Kr�r:Jadasa;\n\nnama-named;\n\nei-this;\n\nsuvarQa-golden;\n\nvetra­\n\ndhari-carrier of the cane; sikhi mahati-Sikhi Mahiti; nama-named; ei-this;\nlikhana-adhikari-entrusted with writing.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya continued, \"This is K��r:-adasa, who carries a\ngolden cane, and here is Sikhi Mahiti, who is in charge of writing.\n.\n\nPURPORT\nThe person in charge of writing is also called deu/akaraQa-padaprapta karmacari.\nHe is employed especially to write a calendar called Matala-panji.\nTEXT 43\n\n��llitifi!t �·� '��� �� I\n\n'8r'$fmQ!1f �-� �·� '�' ilt1lll s� n\npradyumna-misra inha vai?Qava pradhana\njagannathera maha-soyara inha 'dasa' nama\nSYNONYMS\npradyumna-misra-Pradyumna Misra; ir'lha-this person; vai?Qava pradhanachief of all the Vai�l)avas; jagannathera-of Lord jagannatha; maha-soyara-great\nservitor; ir'lha\n\n-\n\nthis; dasa nama-designated as dasa.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"This is Pradyumna Misra, who is chief of all Vai�r:-avas. He is a great servitor of Jagannatha, and his name is dasa.\nPURPORT\nIn Orissa most of the brahmaQas have the title dasa. Generally it is understood\nthat the word dasa refers to those other than the brahmaQas, but in Orissa the\n\n", "mad4#p0162": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n130\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nbrahmaQas use the dasa title. This is confirmed by Culli Bhaga. Actually, everyone\n\nis dasa because everyone is a servant of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In\nthat sense, the bona fide brahmaQa has first claim to the appellation dasa.\nTherefore in this case the designation dasa is not incompatible.\nTEXT 44\n\n�ft 1ft�'tf?! �·� -fitf� � I\n�R'I��'5t��ll8811\nmurari mahati iriha-sikhi-mahatira bhai\ntomara caraQa vinu ara gati nai\n\nSYNONYMS\nmurari mahati-Mura ri Mahiti; iriha-this;\n\nsikhi-mahatira-of Sikhi Mahiti;\n\nbhai-younger brother; tomara-Your; caraQa-lotus feet; vinu-without; araany other; gati-destination; nai-he does not have.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This is Murari Mahiti, the brother of Sikhi Mahiti. He has nothing other\nthan Your lotus feet.\nTEXT 45\n\n�il�, fit��' �Rf �'I I\n\n��,-t·� 'Uml (.\\!t1fRt R'l II 8� II\ncandanesvara, sirilhesvara, murari brahmaQa\nvi�Qu-dasa, -iriha dhyaye tomara caraQa\n\nSYNONYMS\ncandanesvara-Candanesvara;\n\nthe\n\nbrahmaQa\n\nnamed\n\nMurari;\n\nsirilhesvara-Sirhhesvara; murari brahmaQa­\n\nvi�Qu-dasa-Vi��udasa;\n\niriha-all\n\nof\n\nthem;\n\ndhyaye- meditate; tomara-Your; caraQa-on the lotus feet.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Here are Candanesvara, Sirithesvara, Murari BrahrnaQa and Vi�Qudasa.\nThey are all constantly engaged in meditating on Your lotus feet.\n\n", "mad4#p0163": "Text 47]\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n131\n\nTEXT 46\n\n��ttr ��t� �·� ;r�t;IT\\! I\n�\"! �� �·�f �R�f! ll 8� ll\nprahara-raja maha-patra inha maha-mati\nparamananda maha-patra inhara samhati\nSYNONYMS\nprahara-raja-Prahararaja; maha-patra-Mahapatra; iliha-this; maha-mativery intelligent; paramananda maha-patra-Paramananda Mahapatra; inhara-of\nhim; sarilhati-combination.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This is Paramananda Prahararaja, who is also known as Mahapatra. He is\nvery, very intelligent.\nPURPORT\nPrahararaja is a designation given to brahmal)as who represent the king when\nthe throne is vacant. In Orissa, between the time of a king's death and the en­\n\nthronement of another king, a representative must sit on the throne. This repre­\n\nsentative is called Prahararaja. The Prahararaja is generally selected from a family\n\nof priests close to the king. During the time of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the\nPrahararaja was Paramananda Prahararaja.\nTEXT 47\n\n�-Jt� ��-IJI� �'iii�� �'I I\n��t\"t� f� �r;� �� R'l ll 8'l ll\ne-saba vai,sl)ava-ei k,setrera bhu,sal)a\nekanta-bhave cinte sabe tomara caraQa\nSYNONYMS\ne-saba vai,sQava-all these pure devotees; ei k,setrera-of this holy place;\nbha,saQa-ornaments;\n\nekanta-bhave-without\n\ndeviation;\n\ncinte-meditate;\n\nsabe-all; tamara caraQa-on Your lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All these pure devotees serve as ornaments to Jagannatha Puri. They are always undeviatingly meditating upon Your lotus feet.\"\n\n", "mad4#p0164": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n132\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 48\n\ni!t� �� 'P' � ��e, �<.!P1 I\n\n� �tf'f� �t_ �,nt �firnt II Sir II\ntabe sabe bhame pac;le daQc;lavat hana\nsaba alingila prabhu prasada kariya\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nsabe-all of them;\n\nbhame-on the ground; pac;le-fell\n\ndown; daQc;la-vat-flat like rods; hana-becoming; saba-all of them; a/ingi/aembraced; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prasada kariya-being very merciful.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this introduction, everyone fell to the ground like rods. Being very\nmerciful upon them all, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced each and every\none of them.\nTEXT 49\n\n��ttCif ��Cif11!� re�t� � 1\n\n�tl1f�i1i·:JI� 9fr;� 1l��� 9ft� II 8� II\nhena-ka/e ai/a tatha bhavananda raya\ncari-putra-sange pac;le mahaprabhura paya\nSYNONYMS\nhena-ka/e-at this time; ai/a-came; tatha-there; bhavananda raya-Bhavananda\n\nRaya;\n\ncari-putra-sang e-with\n\nhis\n\nfour\n\nsons;\n\npac;le-fell\n\ndown;\n\nmahaprabhura paya-at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAt this time Bhavananda Raya appeared with his four sons, and all of them\nfell down at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nPURPORT\nBhavananda Raya had five sons, one of whom was the exalted personality\nknown as Ramananda Raya. Bhavananda Raya first met Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nafter His return from South India. At that time Ramananda Raya was still serving at\n\n", "mad4#p0165": "Text 51]\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagan natha Puri\n\n133\n\nhis government post; therefore when Bhavananda Raya went to see Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, he went with his other four sons. They were named Val)inatha,\nGopinatha, Kalanidhi and Sudhanidhi. A description of Bhavananda Raya and his\nfive sons is given in the Adi-lila (1 0.1 33).\nTEXT 50\n\n��)�� ��,-�� 1!1nl ��t�\"f I\n�·� �tt�� �-1!1nl 1!itJJ�\"f II �o II\nsarvabhauma kahe, -ei raya bhavananda\ninhara prathama putra-raya ramananda\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma kahe-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya continued to speak; ei-this\nperson; raya bhavananda-Bhavananda Raya; inhara-his; prathama putra-first\nson; raya ramananda-Ramananda Raya\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya continued, \"This is Bhavananda Raya, the father\nof Sri Ramananda Raya, who is his first son.\"\nTEXT 51\n\nI!� �12i't_ ;:!� '<tia, �����I\n\n�f! �B.' <tit� 1!itJJt�·�1!1'l II�� II\ntabe mahaprabhu tanre kaila a/ingana\nstuti kari' kahe ramananda-vivaral)a\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereupon; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tanre-unto him;\nkai/a-did; a/ingana-embracing; stuti kari'-praising very highly; kahe-said;\nramananda-of Ramananda Raya; vivaraf)a-description.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced Bhavananda Raya and with great\nrespect spoke of his son Ramananda Ray a.\n\n", "mad4#p0166": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n134\n\nTEXT 52\n\n1ftJI�Iif-�i{ �'I ��� �i{11 I\n�t� 1(f� �tt<�S <IS� iii �1111 <t� II\nramananda-hena ratna yarihara tanaya\ntarihara mahima toke kahana na yaya\nSYNONYMS\nramananda-hena-like\ntanaya-son;\n\nRamananda\n\ntarihara-his;\n\nRaya;\n\nratna-jewel;\n\nmahima-glorification;\n\nyarihara-whose;\n\ntoke-within this world;\n\nkahana-to describe; na-not; yaya-is possible.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu honored Bhavananda Raya by saying, \"The glories\nof a person who has a jewel of a son like Ramananda Raya cannot be described\nwithin this mortal world.\nTEXT 53\n\n�t'JIIte. �\"' �' c;�tJI� 9f<jl � I\n9l�9lt�<t '�� 9f�� 1(�f� II <t� II\nsak�at pai)QU tumi, tamara patni kunti\npanca-pal)c;iava tamara panca-putra maha-mati\nSYNONYMS\nsak�at paQc;iu-directly Maharaja Par:tcJu; tumi-you; tamara-your; patniwife;\n\nkunti-like\n\nKuntidevi;\n\npanca-paQc;iava-five\n\nPar:tr,iavas;\n\ntomara-your;\n\npanca-putra-five sons; maha-mati-all highly intellectual.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are Maharaja Pa�;Jc;tu himself, and your wife is Kuntidevi herself. All\nyour highly intellectual sons are representatives of the five Pa�;Jc;tavas.\"\nTEXT 54\n\n1ft1i �r;;�,-�tfif �' ��i\\-,��1( I\n\n1!1_� �-(,-�� ��-�'ifi'i 11 as 11\nraya kahe, -ami sudra, vi�ayi, adhama\ntabu tumi sparsa, -ei isvara-tak�al)a\n\n", "mad4#p0167": "Text 54]\n\nThe lord's Return to )agannatha Puri\n\n135\n\nSY NONYMS\nraya kahe-Bhavananda Raya replied; ami sudra-1 belong to the fourth class of\n\nthe social divisions; vi$ayi-engaged in mundane affairs; adhama-very fallen;\ntabu-still; tumi-You;\n\nsparsa-touch;\n\nei-this;\n\nisvara-lak$af)a-sign of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's praise, Bhavananda Raya submitted, \"I am in the fourth class of the social order, and I engage in mundane\naffairs. Although I am very fallen, You have still touched us. This is proof that\nYou are the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\"\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (5 .18):\nvidya-vinaya-sampanne\n\nbrahmaf)e gavi hastini\n\nsuni caiva svapake ca\n\npaQ{iita/:1 sama-darsina/:1\n\n\"The humble sage, by virtue of true knowledge, sees with equal vision a learned\n\nand gentle brahmaf)a, a cow, an elephant, a dog and a dog-eater [outcastel.\"\n\nThose who are highly advanced in spiritual understanding do not care about a\nperson's material condition. A spiritually advanced person sees the spiritual identity of every living being, and consequently he makes no distinction between a\nlearned brahmaf)a, a dog, a caf){ia/a or anyone else. He is not influenced by the\n\nmaterial body but sees a person's spiritual identity. Consequently Bhavananda\nRaya appreciated Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's statement, which showed that the\nLord did not consider the social position of Bhavananda Raya, who belonged to\n\nthe sudra caste engaged in mundane activities. Rather, the Lord considered the\n\nspiritual position of Bhavananda Raya, Ramananda Raya and his brothers. The servant of the Lord is also similarly inclined. He gives shelter to any person-any liv­\n\ning entity- regardless of whether one belongs to a brahmaf)a family or is a caQ{ia/a. The spiritual master reclaims all people and encourages everyone in spiritual\n\nlife. By taking shelter of such a devotee, one can make his life successful. As confirmed in Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.4.18):\n\nkirata-hOQandhra-pulinda-pulkasa\n\nabhira-sumbha yavana/:1 khasadaya/:1\n\nye 'nye ca papa yad-apasrayasraya/:1\n\nsudhyanti tasmai prabhavi$f)ave nama/:1\n\n", "mad4#p0168": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n136\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\n\"Kirata, HOr;Ja, Andhra, Pulinda, Pulkasa, Abhira, Sumbha, Yavana and the Khasa\nraces, and even others who are addicted to sinful acts, can be purified by taking\nshelter of the devotees of the Lord due to His being the supreme power. I beg to\noffer my respectful obeisances unto Him.\"\nWhoever takes shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead or His pure\ndevotee is elevated to the spiritual order and purified from material contamination. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (9.32):\n\nmarh hi partha vyapasritya\n\nye 'pi syu/:l papa-yonaya/:1\nstriyo vaisyas tatha sudras\nte 'pi yanti pararh gatim\n\n\"0 son of Prtha, those who take shelter in Me, though they be of lower birth­\n\nwomen, vaisyas [merchants], as well as sudras [workers]-can approach the\n\nsupreme destination.\"\nTEXT 55\n\n�-'1�-�-�-�·�-�� I\n'f;l1\\1li ���\"( �tfif �111' �117;'1 II <t<t II\nnija-grha- vitta-bhrtya-paiica-putra- sane\n\natma samarpiluiJ ami tamara cara1,1e\nSY NONYMS\n\nnija-own; grha-house; vitta-wealth; bhrtya-servants; paiica-putra-five\n\nsons; sane-with; atma-self; samarpi/uiJ-surrender; ami-1; tamara-Your;\ncara1,1e -at the lotus feet.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAppreciating Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's f avor, Bhavananda Raya also said,\n\"Along with my home, riches, servants and five sons, I surrender myself at\nYour lotus feet.\nPURPORT\nThis is the process of surrender. As Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura sings:\nmanasa, deha, geha, yo kichu mora\n\narpilun tuya pade nanda-kisora!\n\n(SaraQagati)\n\n", "mad4#p0169": "Text 57]\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n137\n\nWhen one surrenders unto the lotus feet of the Lord, he does so with everything\nin his possession-his house, his body, his mind and whatever else he possesses. If\nthere is any obstruction to this surrendering process, one should immediately give\nit up without attachment. If one can surrender with all his family members, there\nis no need to take sannyasa. However, if the surrendering process is hampered by\nso-called family members, one should immediately give them up to complete the\nsurrendering process.\nTEXT 56\n\n�l �t�t� ��t� �t� �t'l I\n� '�l �t;g;,;1, 1!1�1 <!if.� '��il II a� II\nei vaf}inatha rahibe tamara caraf}e\nyabe yei ajfia, taha karibe sevane\nSYNONYMS\n\nei va f}inatha-this Val)inatha; rahibe-will remain; tamara caral)e-at Your\nlotus feet; yabe-when; yei-whatever; ajfia-order; taha-that; karibe-will\nexecute; sevane-service.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This son Va�inatha will remain at Your lotus feet to always immediately attend to Your orders and serve You.\nTEXT 57\n\n�tih1f·;g;,jtf;il �tt� �\"t�W il1 <fiOO I\n\n'�l �� ��' i!t� '�l �te;j1 �� II Q9 II\natmiya-jfiane more sarikoca na karibe\nyei yabe iccha, tabe sei ajfia dibe\nSYNONYMS\n\natmiya-jfiane-by considering as a relative; more-me; sarikoca-hesitation;\nna-do not; karibe-do; yei-whatever; yabe-whenever; iccha-Your desire;\ntabe-then; sei-that; ajfia-order; dibe\n\n-\n\nkindly give.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, please consider me Your relative. Do not hesitate to order\nwhatever You desire at any time You desire it.\"\n\n", "mad4#p0170": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n138\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 58\n\n�<lit�,-f<li �tl!:t�, 'tfif il� �1l I\n�t'lf iS'ftiJl � �tllt� ���\"Q't f�q II Qlr II\nprabhu kahe,-ki sankoca, tumi naha para\njanme janme tumi amara savariJSe kinkara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord replied; ki sankoca-what hesitation; tumi-you;\nnaha-are not; para-outsider; janme janme-birth after birth; tumi-you;\namara-My; sa-vamse-with family members; kinkara-servant.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted Bhavananda Raya's offer, saying, \"I accept without hesitation because you are not an outsider. Birth after birth you\nhave been my servant along with your family members.\nTEXT 59\n\nflril·�t�·�t'! �'!t1f �tfitt� �t�til\"f I\n�� �t'f �( �t� �t�t� �il\"f II <l� II\ndina-pailca-sata bhitare asibe ramananda\ntanra sange purf,!a habe amara ananda\nSYNONYMS\ndina-panca-sata-five or seven days; bhitare-within; asibe-will come; ramananda-Ramananda; tanra sailge-with him; purf,!a habe-will be full; amaramy; ananda-pleasure.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sri Ramananda Raya is coming within five to seven days. As soon as he arrives, my desires will be fulfilled. I take great pleasure in his company.\"\nTEXT 60\n\n�'! �f�' � �mf �<!i� �'fill\n\n�tf �������'I II �o II\n\n", "mad4#p0171": "Text 62]\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n139\n\neta bali' prabhu tarire kaila alirigana\ntarira putra saba sire dharila caraf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\neta bali'-saying this; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tarire-unto him;\nkaila-did; alirigana-embracing; tarira putra-his sons; saba-all; sire-on the\nhead; dharila-kept; caraf)a-His feet.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced Bhavananda Raya. The Lord\nthen touched the heads of his sons with His lotus feet.\nTEXT 61\n\nI!�� Jf�t�� �� ��� �t�l\"f I\n\n���-��·H�� fil<lit� �tf'!a, II � � II\ntabe mahaprabhu tarire ghare pathaila\nvaf)inatha-pattanayake nikate rakhila\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tarire-him (Bhavananda Raya); ghare-to his home; pa,thaila-sent back; vaf)inatha-pat.tanayakeVat:Jinatha Pananayaka; nikate-near; rakhila-kept.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then sent Bhavananda Raya back to his home, and\nHe kept only Viit:�inatha Patfaniyaka in His personal service.\nTEXT 62\n\n��� � �<ti �wrn <fi�\"� 1\n� �� <!it\"'i·?�Wtt� �t\"ftlllf II �� ll\nbhattacarya saba lake vidaya karaila\ntabe prabhu kala-kr�f)adase bo/aila\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya-Sarvabhauma\n\nBhanacarya;\n\nsaba\n\nlake-all\n\npersons;\n\nvidaya\n\nkaraila-asked to leave; tabe-at that time; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkala-kr�f!adase-Kala Kr�t:�adasa; bo/aila-called for.\n\n", "mad4#p0172": "140\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya then asked all the people to leave. Afterward, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu called for Kala Kr�r:'ladasa, who accompanied the Lord\nduring His South Indian tour.\nTEXT 63\n\n� <llt�,-'e��t�, �il� �·�RI' G�� I\ntiff� f'il1ltf!l'\"l �·� �11t11' �f� II�� II\nprabhu kahe, -bhattacarya, sunaha inhara Carita\ndak?iQa giyachila inha amara sahita\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; bhattacarya-My dear Bhattacarya; sunaha-just hear; inhara carita-his character; dak?iQa giyachila-went\nto South India; iflha-this man; amara sahita-with Me.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"My dear Bhattacarya, just consider this\nman's character. He went with Me to South India.\nTEXT 64\n\n���tBf·<fittll <=� �11' lit� I\n\n��fif ��� �·�t1f �tfif( @�ffi1ll �8 II\nbhattathari-kache gela amare char;:liya\nbhattathari haite inhare anilun uddhariya\nSYNONYMS\nbhattathari-kache-in the associaton of the Bhagatharis; ge/a-he went; amare\nchar;:/iya-giving up My company; bhattathari haite-from the Bhagatharis; inhare-him; ani/un-1 brought; uddhariya-after rescuing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He left My company to associate with the Bhattatharis, but I rescued him\nfrom their company and brought him here.\n\n", "mad4#p0173": "Text 66]\n\nT he lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n141\n\nTEXT 65\n\n1.!1� � lti �tfil• <�Sfitiiftl§ �Wt11 I\n\n�tti ��' �' �1-�t� �t� � Wt11 ll �a- ll\nebe ami ihan ani' karilana vidaya\nyahan iccha, yaha, ama-sane nahi ara daya\nSYNONYMS\nebe-now; ami-1; ihan-here; ani'-bringing; karilana vidaya-have asked to\ngo away; yahan iccha-wherever he likes; yaha-go; ama-sane-with Me; nahi\nara-there is no more; daya-responsibility.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now that I have brought him here, I am asking him to leave. Now he can go\nwherever he likes, for I am no longer responsible for him.\"\nPURPORT\nKala Kr�l)adasa was influenced and allured by nomads or gypsies, who enticed\nhim with women. Maya is so strong that Kala Kr�l)adasa left SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's company to join gypsy women. Even though a person may associate with SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he can be allured by maya and leave the Lord's\ncompany due to his slight independence. Only one who is overwhelmed by maya\ncan be so unfortunate as to leave SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's company, yet unless\none is very conscientious, the influence of maya can drag one away, even though\nhe be the personal assistant of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. And what to speak of\nothers? The Bhattatharis used to increase their numbers by using women to allure\noutsiders. This is factual evidence showing that it is possible at any time to fall\ndown from the Lord's association. One need only misuse his little independence.\nOnce fallen and separated from the Supreme Personality of Godhead's association, one becomes a candidate for suffering in the material world. Although rejected by SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Kala Kr�l)adasa was given another chance, as\nthe following verses relate.\nTEXT 66\n\n�� �fil' ��'ft:Jf <�Stf\"ft� iltf'SWf I\n\no;put� <�Sfil't'! o;r�t� �fit' (;'$fi( ll �� ll\neta suni' kr�Qadasa kandite lagila\nmadhyahna karite mahaprabhu cali' gela\n\n", "mad4#p0174": "142\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1 o\n\nSYNONYMS\neta suni'-hearing this; kr�Qadasa-Kala Kr��adasa; kandite /agi/a-began to\ncry; madhyahna-noon lunch; karite-to execute; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; ca/i' ge/a-left.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing the Lord reject him, Kala Kr�1;1adasa began to cry. However, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, not caring for him, immediately left to take His noon\nlunch.\nTEXT 67\n\nf�1fil\"f, 1Sf'it5ftil\"f, �'f:\"!, 'ftt1ft'f� I\n\nitf�til � l!t<t <tim� �� II �'\\ II\nnityananda, jagadananda, mukunda, damodara\ncari-jane yukti tabe karila antara\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda-Lord Nityananda Prabhu;\nda-Mukunda;\n\ndamodara-Damodara;\n\njagadananda-Jagadananda; mukuncari-jane-four persons;\n\nyukti-plan;\n\ntabe-thereupon; kari/a-did; antara-within the mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, the other devotees-headed by Nityananda Prabhu, Jagadananda, Mukunda and Damodara- began to consider a certain plan.\nPURPORT\nEven though a person is rejected by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\ndevotees of the Lord do not reject him; therefore the Lord's devotees are more\nmerciful than the Lord Himself. Srila Narottama dasa Thakura thus sings, cha(iiya\nvai�Qava-seva nistara payeche keba: one cannot be relieved from material\nclutches without engaging in the service of pure devotees. The Lord Himself may\nsometimes be very hard, but the devotees are always kind. Thus Kala Kr��adasa\nreceived the mercy of the four devotees mentioned above.\n\nTEXT 68\n\n<;�txt ��I! �t� �<ti'Sfil I\n'�t�'t<ti �f�<t ��' �'.� �t'it';{illl �lr II\n\n", "mad4#p0175": "Text 70]\n\nThe lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n143\n\ngauc;fa-dese pathaite cahi eka-jana\n'ai'ke kahibe yai, prabhura agamana\n\nSYNONYMS\ngauc;fa-dese-to Bengal; pathaite-to send; cahi-we want; eka-jana-one\nperson; aike-mother SacTdevT; kahibe-will inform; yai-going; prabhura-of\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; agamana-arrival.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord's four devotees considered, \"We want a person to go to Bengal\njust to inform Sacimata about Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's arrival at Jagannatha\nPuri.\nTEXT 69\n\n��l!·��t�tflf � �•'fst I\n�!;� 'Cft� �fi{' �,� �t'f11il II �� II\nadvaita-srivasadi yata bhakta-gaf)a\nsabei asibe suni' prabhura agamana\n\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-Advaita Prabhu; srivasa-adi-and all the devotees like SrTvasa; yataall;\n\nbhak ta-gaf)a-devotees;\n\nsabei-all;\n\nasibe-will\n\ncome;\n\nsuni'-hearing;\n\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; agamana-arrival.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAfter hearing news of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's arrival, devotees like\n\nAdvaita and Srivasa will certainly come to see Him.\nTEXT 70\n\n1.!1� ��'f'tt� flf� ,'f�lf �t�i I\n�i! <\\'i�' � ���il �t-st@rni II 'I\n\no\n\nII\n\nei kr�TJadase diba gauc;fe pathafia\neta kahi' tare rakhilena asvasiya\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-this;\n\nk[$f)adase-Kala\n\nKr�l)adasa;\n\ndiba-away;\n\ngauc;fe-to\n\nBengal;\n\npathafia-let us send; eta kahi'-saying this; tare-him; rakhilena-they kept;\nasvasiya-giving assurance.\n\n", "mad4#p0176": "144\n\nSri Caitanya-c aritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Let us therefore send Kr�Qadasa to Bengal.\" Saying this, they kept\nKr�Qadasa engaged in the service of the Lord and gave him assurance.\nPURPORT\nBecause SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu rejected him, Kala Kr�Qadasa became very,\nvery sorry and began to cry. Therefore the Lord's devotees took compassion upon\nhim, gave him assurance and encouraged him to continue to engage in the Lord's\nservice.\nTEXT 71\n\n� f�i{ �'.'lite{ '<li� fil�i{ I\n..t9l1 Qifrt' '��-,�-t �i�i� �<ti'St'i{ II '\\ � ll\nara dine prabhu-sthane kai/a nivedana\najna deha' gauc;la-dese pathai eka-jana\nSYNONYMS\nara dine-next day; prabhu-sthane-before Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkai/a-did; nivedana-submission; ajna deha' - please give permission; gauc;lades e- to Bengal; pathai-we may send; eka-jana-one person.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, all the devotees asked Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, \"Please give\npermission for a person to go to Bengal.\n\nTEXT 72\n\n�1lt� wf�·�i{ �fil' � '��' I\nCCI� � :Jf<1 'Ciltrii l:� �t·' II '\\� II\ntamara dak?iQa-gamana suni' sacT 'ai'\nadvaitadi bhakta saba ache du/:lkha pai'\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-Your; dak?iQa-gamana-South Indian tour; su ni '-hearing; sacT aimother SacT; advaita-adi-SrT Advaita Prabhu and others; bhakta-devotees;\nsaba-all; ache-remain; du/:lkha pai '-in great unhappiness.\n\n", "mad4#p0177": "Text 74]\n\n145\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Mother Saci and all the devotees headed by Advaita Prabhu are all very\nunhappy due to not receiving news about Your return from Your South Indian\ntour.\nTEXT 73\n\nIf!� ��' �� �<e ;Jf1!� I\n\n� �,-�� �f, � � �'Rf II '\\� II\neka-jana yai' kahuk subha samacara\nprabhu kahe, -sei kara, ye iccha tamara\nSYNONYMS\neka-jana -one person; yai -going; kahuk-may inform; subha samacara -this\n'\n\nauspicious news; prabhu kahe-the Lord replied; sei kara-do that; ye-whatever; iccha-desire; tamara-your.\nTRANSLATION\n\" One person should go to Bengal and inform them about the auspicious\nnews of Your return to Jagannatha Puri.\" Upon hearing this, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu replied, \"Do whatever you decide.\"\nTEXT 74\n\nl;!t<t ';Jf� ?•wt� ,ostlr;� �1�if 1\n\n�<I·�� fwt� 11�$Wf ffll'f II '\\8 II\ntabe sei k[$1)adase gaw;:le pathai/a\nvai$1)ava-sabake dite maha-prasada di/a\nSY NONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nsei-that;\n\nknQadase-Kr��adasa;\n\ngau(ie-to\n\nBengal;\n\npathaila-sent; vai$1)ava-sabake-to all the Vai��avas; dite-to deliver; mahiiprasada-the remnants of jagannatha's food; dila-they gave.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Kala Kr�r;�adasa was sent to Bengal, and he was given sufficient\nquantities of Lord Jagannatha's food remnants to distribute there.\n\n", "mad4#p0178": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n146\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 75\n\n!;!� ''it�t\\Wit � �tGII1·��W� I\n�t9f ''itQ'f � �-�·9ft-!' II 'l(t II\ntabe gauc;:Ja-dese aila ka/a-kr?Qadasa\nnavadvTpe ge/a teriha sacT-ai-pasa\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then;\n\ngauc;:Ja-dese-to\n\nBengal;\n\nai/a-came;\n\nkala-kr?Qadasa-Kala\n\nKr�t:�adasa; navadvTpe-to Navadvipa; ge/a-went; teriha-he; sacT-aT-pasa­\n\nbefore mother Saci.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Kala Kr�r:Jadasa went to Bengal, and he first went to Navadvipa to see\nmother Saci.\nTEXT 76\n\n���t��tw �m itt1 �Vf �\"JJ'1t 1\ntiff� �t!;! � <2l't_,- <fit� ���t�� II 'l� II\nmaha-prasada diya tarire kaila namaskara\ndak?if)a haite aila prabhu, -kahe samacara\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-prasada diya-delivering the maha-prasada; tarire-unto Sacimata; kaila\nnamaskara-he offered respects by bowing down; dak?if)a haite-from the South\n\nIndia tour; ai/a-came back; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kahe\nsamacara-he delivered this news.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon reaching mother Saci, Kala Kr�r:Jadasa first offered his obeisances and\ndelivered the food remnants [maha-prasada]. He then informed her of the\ngood news that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had returned from His South Indian\ntour.\nTEXT 77\n\n���1 �t�f\"f!;! �� -t� Iii{ I\n��tfif 'Cftl � � 'e�'it'l II 'l'l II\nsuniya a nandita haifa sacTmatara mana\nsrTvasadi ara yata yata bhakta-gaf)a\n\n", "mad4#p0179": "The lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\nText 79]\n\n147\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing;\n\nanandita-very\n\nhappy;\n\nhaila-became;\n\nsaci-matara-of\n\nmother Saci; mana-mind; srivasa-adi-headed by Srivasa; ara-an d others; yata\nyata-all; bhakta-gaua-devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nThis good news gave much pleasure to mother Saci, as well as to all the\ndevotees of Navadvipa, headed by Srivasa Thakura.\nTEXT 78\n\n�ferni ��tf � �� �It� I\n\n�m-�1i·'Jt� '1t\"i ��� t� u 'llr u\nsuniya sabara haila parama ul/asa\nadvaita-acarya-grhe gela kr�uadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing; sabara-of all; hai/a-there was; parama-supreme; u//asahappiness; advaita-acarya-of Advaita Acarya Prabhu; grhe-to the home;\nge/a-went; kr�uadasa-Kr�r:Jadasa.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing of lord Caitanya's return to Puri, everyone became very glad.\nKr�Qadasa next went to the house of Advaita Acarya.\nTEXT 79\n\n�t��11' �:J�t5f mi �fi1' il� 1\n:Jf� ��� 11��¥_11' Jt1lt�t11' ll 'I� ll\nacaryere prasada diya kari' namaskara\nsamyak kahila mahaprabhura samacara\nSYNONYMS\nacaryere-unto SrT Advaita Acarya; prasada-the remnants of jagannatha's\nfood; diya-delivering; kari'-making; namaskara-obeisances; samyak-completely;\n\nkahi/a-informed;\n\nsamacara-news.\n\nmahaprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\n", "mad4#p0180": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n148\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter paying Him respectful obeisances, Kr�Qadasa offered maha-prasada to\nAdvaita Acarya. He then informed Him of the news of lord Caitanya in complete detail.\nTEXT 80\n\n�fil' <e:�Wt�·c;'$f1:Jltf�� <e:t1� ��i'f I\n,���r;-t ��t� <�� �1-;ft� c<fi'i' u \" \" u\nsuni' acarya-gosariira ananda ha-ifa\npremavese hunkara bahu nrtya-gita kaifa\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; acarya-Advaita\n\nA carya; gosafiira-of the spiritual master;\n\nananda ha-ifa-there was much jubilation;\nhunkara-rumbling sound; bahu-various;\n\nprema-avese-in great ecstasy;\n\nnrtya-gita-chanting and dancing;\n\nkaifa-performed.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Advaita Acarya Gosvami heard of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's return,\nHe became very pleased. In His great ecstasy of love, He made a rumbling\nsound and danced and chanted for a long time.\nTEXT 81\n\n�Bt�l'f �t��� C�i'f ��� <e:ttilitf I\n<11�<1 5f�, �� �t�, (;:Jiil fit<tt� \" 11'� \"\nharidasa thakurera haifa parama ananda\nvasudeva datta, gupta murari, sena sivananda\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa\n\nthakurera-of Haridasa Thakura;\n\nhaifa-was;\n\nparama-topmost;\n\nananda-ecstasy; vasudeva datta-Vasudeva Datta; gupta murari-Murari Gupta; sena sivananda-Sivananda Sena.\nTRANSLATION\nAlso hearing this auspicious news, Haridasa Thakura became very pleased.\nSo also did Vasudeva Datta, Murari Gupta and Sivananda Sena.\n\n", "mad4#p0181": "Text 84]\n\nThe lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n149\n\nTEXT 82\n\n��\"' �t� �fui! <rc�� 1\n�t�, �� �f�i! 'ij�t� 1111-� II\nacaryaratna, ara par:lC;/ita vakresvara\nacaryanidhi, ara par:lC;fita gadadhara\nSYNONYMS\n\nacaryaratna-Acaryaratna; ara-and; pary;fita vakresvara-Vakresvara Pa�c;Jita;\nacaryanidhi-Acaryanidhi; ara-also; paf.lr;fita gadadhara-Gadadhara Pat:�c;Jita.\nTRANSLATION\nAcaryaratna, Vakresvara Par:u;lita, Acaryanidhi and Gadadhara Par:\"�«;lita were\nall very pleased to hear this news.\nTEXT 83\n\n�1ftll 'Ptf�i! �t� �fui! �lCll�� I\n�lltet �fui!, �t� ���, �� II 11-� II\nsrirama paf)r;fita ara paf)r;/ita damodara\nsriman paf,lr;fita, ara vijaya, sridhara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri-rama paf.lr;fita-Srirama PaQc)ita; ara-and; paf.lr;fita damodara-Damodara\nPaQc)ita; sriman paQr;fita-Sriman Pa�c;Jita; ara-and; vijaya-Vijaya; sridharaSridhara.\nTRANSLATION\nSrirama PaQc;lita, Damodara P�c;lita, Sriman P�c;lita, Vijaya and Sridhara\nwere also very pleased to hear it.\nTEXT 84\n\nm��f�i!, �t� �tGt� il\"fi{ 1\n�ti!'<fi ��� �t� � � 'ijtj II 11-8 II\n\nraghava-paf)r;fita, ara acarya nandana\nkateka kahiba ara yata prabhura gaf,la\n\n", "mad4#p0182": "150\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nSYNONYMS\nraghava-paQc;/ita-Raghava Pai)Qita; ara-an d; acarya nandana-the son of\nAdvaita Acarya; kateka-how many; kahiba-shalll describe; ara-other; yataall; prabhura gaQa-associates of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghava Par:u;lita, the son of Advaita Acarya and all the devotees became\nvery satisfied.\nTEXT 85\n\n�f.ml ��i1f �'i' �1T �t� 1\n�� (}{f\"f' <;'$1\"(1 �'fil��'!� �tllf II lr<t II\nsuniya sabara haifa parama ullasa\nsabe me/i' gefa sri-advaitera pasa\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing; sabara-of everyone; haifa-there was; parama u//asa-great\necstasy; sabe mefi'-all together; gefa-went; sri-advaitera pasa-to the house\nof Sri Advaita Acarya.\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone was very much pleased, and together they arrived at the house of\nAdvaita Acarya.\nTEXT 86\n\n�m� �� '<li'i' ��� �'Wi{ 1\n�rt�t1i·G'ift�t� :JI�rof '<15\"f 'filtfifer� II lr� II\nacaryera sabe kaifa caraQa vandana\nacarya-gosani sabare kaifa afitigana\nSYNONYMS\nacaryera-of Advaita Acarya; sabe-all; kai/a-did; caraQa vandana-offering\nobeisances at the lotus feet; acarya-gosatii-Advaita Acarya; sabare-to all;\nkai/a-did; afitigana-embracing.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees offered respectful obeisances at the lotus feet of Advaita\nAcarya, and in return Advaita Acarya embraced them all.\n\n", "mad4#p0183": "Text 89]\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n151\n\nTEXT 87\n\nfwil �-fi!il �wt� �t�te,� ��I\n\n�\"115e'f �t� �t�� W• W �\"'' II lr9 II\ndina dui-tina acarya mahotsava kaila\nnilacala yaite acarya yukti drdha kaila\n\nSYNONYMS\ndina dui-tina-for two or three days; acarya-Advaita Acarya; mahotsavafestival; kai/a-performed; nilacala-to jagannatha Puri; yaite-to go; acaryaAdvaita Acarya; yukti-consideration; drcjha-firm; kai/a-made.\n\nTRANSLATION\n.\nAdvaita Acarya then held a festival that lasted two or three days. Thereafter,\nthey all made a firm decision to go to Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 88\n\n���fa,' il�t\"Pt ��ll! ��i I\n�\"(tfijf �fi'l\"'' \"ll!��ii!i� �1i�i \"''�i lllrb- II\nsabe me/i' navadvipe ekatra hana\nniladri calila sacimatara ajna lana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsabe-all; me/i'-meeting;\n\nnavadvipe-at Navadvipa;\n\nekatra hana-being\n\ntogether; niladri-to Jagannatha Puri; ca/i/a-departed; saci-matara-of mother\nSaci; ajna-permission; /ana-taking.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees met together at Navadvipa and, with mother Saci's permission, departed for Niladri, Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 89\n\n�� ll�tm �fil' \"-��t�� 1\nlt\\!J�ti9f·��til\"l filf�1llt� �t�' II lr� II\nprabhura samacara suni' kulina-grama-vasi\nsatyaraja-ramananda milila sabe asi'\n\n", "mad4#p0184": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n152\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nsamacara-news; suni'-hearing;\n\nkulina-grama-vasi-the inhabitants of Kulina-grama; satyaraja -Satyaraja; ramananda-Ramananda; milila-met; sabe-all; asi'-coming.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of Kulina-grama-Satyaraja, Ramananda and all the other\ndevotees there-came and joined Advaita Acarya.\nTEXT 90\n\n11_�, i{��fif, ��i{i'fi{ �� �� I\n\n�t�tt�� �f� �a,i ��a, �ilt'! II � o II\nmukunda, narahari, raghunandana kharxia haite\nacaryera thani aila nilaca/a yaite\n\nSYNONYMS\nmukunda-Mukunda;\n\nnarahari-Narahari;\n\nraghunandana-Raghunandana;\n\nkhar:)(;ia haite-from the place known as Kha!)c;la; acaryera thani-to Advaita\nAcarya; ai/a-came; nilacala yaite-to go to Nilacala (Jagannatha Puri).\n\nTRANSLATION\nMukunda, Narahari, Raghunandana and all the others came from Kha�c.Ja to\nAdvaita Acarya's home to accompany Him to Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 91\n\n(;�� 5ff�'l ��� ����� I\n\n\"itef�-�� ��i i{Wl�i il�it II �� II\nse-kale dak�if)a haite paramananda-puri\nganga-tire-tire aila nadiya nagari\n\nSYNONYMS\nse-ka/e-at that time; dak�if)a haite-from the South; paramananda-puriParamananda Puri; ganga-tire-tire-along the bank of the Ganges; ai/a-came;\nnadiya nagari-to the town of Nadia.\n\n", "mad4#p0185": "Text 93]\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n153\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time Paramananda Puri also came from South India. Traveling along\nthe banks of the Ganges, he ultimately reached the town of Nadia.\nTEXT 92\n\n�tli! �t1t �t� �fif�i �<!tt1f I\n�1� � �..-1 N�i �f.�i :Jt'llti{ II �� II\naira mandire sukhe karila visrama\nai tatire bhik$a dila kariya sammana\nSYNONYMS\naira mandire-at the house of Sacimata; sukhe-in happiness; karila-took;\nvisrama -lodging; ai -mother 5aci; tanre-unto him; bhik$a dila-gave boarding; kariya sammana-with great respect.\nTRANSLATION\nAt Navadvipa, Paramananda Puri took his board and lodging at the house of\nSacimata. She provided him with everything very respectfully.\nTEXT 93\n\n�� �'if1fi{ ,�� l!tttf� �f� I\n�!! ��� �t�ti! �11t l�i � II �� II\nprabhura agamana tetiha tahatirii sunila\nsighra nilaca/a yaite tatira iccha haila\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura agamana-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's return; tetiha-he; tahatiriithere; suni/a-heard; sighra-very soon; nilaca/a-to jagannatha Puri; yaite-to\ngo; tatira-his; iccha-desire; haila-became.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile residing at the house of Sacimata, Paramananda Puri heard the news\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's return to Jagannatha Puri. He therefore decided\nto go there as soon as possible.\n\n", "mad4#p0186": "154\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 94\n\n�'t_� 1.!1� ��\n\n-\n\n��� <fi1l'it��' ilt1l' I\n\ni�� �<!Pi �'11�7;� �fit� �1lt'1 II �8 II\nprabhura eka bhakta-'dvija kama/akanta' nama\ntarire lana nilaca/e karila prayaf)a\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\neka bhakta-one devotee;\n\ndvija\n\nkama/akanta-Dvija Kamalakanta; nama-named; tarire-him; /ana-accepting\nas his companion; nilaca/e-to Jagannatha Puri; karila-did; prayal)a-departure.\nTRANSLATION\nThere was a devotee of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu named Dvija Kamalakanta,\nwhom Paramananda Puri took with him to Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 95\n\n�� �t��i <;�� f;tf� �r;;� I\n\n���til���� 9tt<1Pi it��� II �a- II\nsatvare asiya teriha milila prabhure\nprabhura ananda haifa pana tarihare\n\nSYNONYMS\nsatvare-very soon; asiya-coming; teriha-he; milila-met; prabhure-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; anan da-happi\n\n­\n\nness; haifa-was; pana-getting; tarihare-him.\nTRANSLATION\nParamananda Puri very soon arrived at Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's place.\nThe Lord was very happy to see him.\nTEXT 96\n\n<;�1l�<'t7;l't C�� it� ��'l <l�il I\n\n'� <;�1lit:<t7;llt C<f.� �.,t::<j1 �tfGif1?il II �� II\n\n", "mad4#p0187": "Text 98]\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n155\n\npremavese kaila tanra caraQa vandana\ntenha premavese kaila prabhure alingana\nSYNONYMS\nprema-avese-in great ecstasy;\n\nkai/a-did;\n\ntanra-his;\n\ncaraQa vandana­\n\nworshiping the feet; tenha-Paramananda Puri; prema-avese-in great ecstasy;\nkai/a-did; prabhure-unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; a/ingana-embracing.\nTRANSLATION\nIn a great ecstasy of love, the Lord worshiped the lotus feet of Paramananda\nPuri, and in turn Paramananda Puri embraced the Lord in great ecstasy.\nTEXT 97\n\n�'- �t�,-<;l!ilti-�ttr 1f�t'!i <1i'l!i �� I\n<;1ftt1f �'Pfi ��' �1{ �fftfGf �i�� II �'l II\nprabhu kahe, -toma-sange rahite vancha haya\nmore krpa kari' kara niladri asraya\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; toma-sange-with you; rahite­\n\nto stay; vancha haya-1 desire; more-unto Me; krpa kari'-doing a favor; karaaccept; niladri -at )agannatha Puri; asraya-shelter.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Please stay with Me and thus show Me\nfavor, accepting the shelter of Jagannatha Puri.\"\nTEXT 98\n\n�jl �,--�i1ti-�ttr ��t'!i <1i'l!i ��' I\n<;� � i�' �t�\"!il! ��i!f-�i)\" II ��II\npuri kahe, -toma-sange rahite vancha kari'\ngaur;Ja haite cali' ailana nilacala-puri\nSYNONYMS\npuri kahe-Paramananda Puri replied; toma-sange-with You; rahite-to stay;\nvancha kari'-desiring; gaur;Ja haite-from Bengal; ca/i'-traveling; ai/ana-1 have\ncome; nilacala-puri-to )agannatha Puri.\n\n", "mad4#p0188": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n156\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTRANSLATION\nParamananda Puri replied, \"I also wish to stay with You. Therefore I have\ncome from Bengal, Gau�a, to Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 99\n\n�f�'l C�l! �fil' 'l!'t1mt 'fift'ijJI� I\n\n-t� �tilf\"f'!, �rn �I! ��'ijlj II �� II\ndak$iQa haite suni' tamara agamana\nsaci anandita, ara yata bhakta-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\ndak?iQa haite-from South India;\n\nsuni'-hearing;\n\ntamara agamana-Your\n\nreturn; saci-mother SacT; anandita-very happy; ara-and; yata-all ; bhaktagaQa -devotees.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A t Navadvipa, mother Saci and all the other devotees were very glad to\nhear about Your return from South India.\nTEXT 100\n\n:117;\"' �tf�t\\!�il �t1ftt� ��tl! I\n\nii·ll\"'t� ��lllit ��' ���'! ,ftro! II �oo\nsabe asitechena tomare dekhite\ntan-sabara vilamba dekhi' ailana tvarite\nSYNONYMS\nsabe-all;\n\nasitechena-are\n\ncoming;\n\ntomare-You;\n\ndekhite-to see;\n\ntan­\n\nsabara-of all of them; vi/amba-delay; dekhi'-seeing; ai/ana-1 have come;\ntvarite-very quickly.\nTRANSLATION\nThey are all coming here to see You, but seeing that they were delayed, I\ncame alone very quickly.\"\nTEXT 101\n\n�filr;� ��ti:JI fil,t'! (fl� ��I\n� � f�, �rn �rn R-� 11 �0� 11\n\n", "mad4#p0189": "Text 102]\n\nThe lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n157\n\nkasi-misrera avase nibhrte eka ghara\nprabhu tanre dila, ara sevara kinkara\nSYNONYMS\nkasi-misrera-of Kasi Misra; avase-at the house; nibhrte-solitary; eka-one;\nghara- room; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\ntanre-unto Paramananda\n\nPuri; di /a- gave; ara-and; sevara-to serve him; kinkara-one servant.\nTRANSLATION\nThere was a solitary room at Kasi Misra's\n\nhouse,\n\nand Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu gave it to Paramananda Puri. He also gave him one servant.\nTEXT 102\n\nqojjt� fifti{ qojjttifi �� �ftt1lmf I\n<21,.� qojj\\!J� 111ft, �t�� ��� II �\"� II\nara dine aila svarapa damodara\nprabhura atyanta marmi, rasera sagara\nSYNONYMS\nara dine-ne x t day;\n\nai /a-came; svarupa damodara-SvarOpa Damodara;\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; atyanta-very; marmi-intimate friend;\nrasera-of transcendental mellows; sagara-ocean.\nTRANSLATION\nSvariipa Damodara also arrived the next day. He was a very intimate friend\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and he was an ocean of transcendental mellows.\nPURPORT\nSvarOpa is the name of a brahmacari in Sar'lkaracarya's disciplic succession. In\nthe Vedic discipline there are ten names for sannyasis, and it is customary for a\nbrahmacari assisting a sannyasi of the designation nrtha or Asrama to receive the\ntitle SvarOpa. Damodara SvarOpa was formerly a resident of Navadvipa, and his\nname was Puru�ottama Acarya When he went to V arar:Jasi, he took sannyasa\nfrom a sannyasi designated nrtha. Although he received the title SvarOpa in his\nbrahmacari stage, he did not change his name when he took sannyasa. Actually as\na sannyasi he should have been called nrtha, but he chose to retain his original\nbrahmacari title as SvarOpa.\n\n", "mad4#p0190": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n158\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1o\n\nTEXT 103\n\n'� t�t� �t1i' it� �t1f �l!ttl I\n���t� ��i <:� �� Rt'lll � o� II\n'p urU?Ottama acarya' tafira nama pOrvasrame\nnavadvipe chi/a tefiha prabhura caraQe\nSYNONYMS\npurU?Ottama acarya\n\n-\n\nPuru�ottama Acarya; ta rira-his ; nama-name; parva­\n\nasrame -in the previous asrama; navadvipe-at Navadvipa; chi/a-was; telihahe; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; caraQe-at the feet.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Svarupa Damodara was residing at Navadvipa under the shelter of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, his name was Puru�ottama Acarya.\nTEXT 104\n\n�� �m� �f�' �IJI� ��i 1\n\n���'IC��t'l�f�i II �0811\nprabhura sannyasa dekhi' unmatta hafia\nsannyasa grahaQa kaila varaQasi giya\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sannyasa dekhi'-when he saw\nthe sannyasa order; unmatta hafia-he became just like a madman; sannyasa\ngrahaQa kaila-he also accepted the renounced order of life; varaQasi-to\nVarar:Jasi; g iya-going.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter seeing that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted the renounced order,\nPuru�ottama Acarya became like a madman and immediately went to Varar;�asi\nto take sannyasa.\nTEXT 105\n\n'�tltil\"f' �� i� �� �� itt� I\n�� ���i ��t� ��� c;c'ftt�tf II � o� II\n\n", "mad4#p0191": "The Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\nText 107]\n\n159\n\n' caitanyananda' guru tarira ajria dilena tanre\nvedanta pac;fiya pac;fao samasta lokere\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-ananda-of the name Caitanyananda Bharati; guru-spiritual master;\ntanra-his; ajti a-order; dilena-gave; tanre-to him; vedanta pac;fiya\n\nthe Vedanta-sutra; pac;fao-teach; samasta-all; /okere-people\n\n-\n\nreading\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the conclusion of his sannyasa, his spiritual master, Caitanyananda\nBharati, ordered him, \"Read Vedanta-siitra and teach it to all others.\"\nTEXT 106\n\n9l1f11 f� '� ?t�11 ?tf�'! I\n��t� �tf$1Cli (!\\��-�Rf'! II � o� II\nparama virakta tenha parama paf)c;fita\nkaya-mane asriyache sri-k[�f)a-carita\nSYNONYMS\nparama-very;\n\nvirakta-renounced;\n\ntenha-he;\n\nparama-great;\n\npaQc;fita­\n\nlearned scholar; kaya-mane-with body and mind; asriyache-took shelter of;\nsri-k[�f)a-carita-the Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara was a great renunciate as well as a great learned scholar.\nWith heart and soul he took shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nSri K��l)a.\nTEXT 107\n\n'fi{� � ��' �t '!' <t-at'! 1\n� �� '� �Jtlf ��C'l II �o'\\ II\n'ni5cinte kr�Qa bhajiba' ei ta' karaf)e\nunmade karila tenha sannyasa grahaf)e\nSYNONYMS\nniscinte-without disturbance; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�l)a; bhajiba-1 shall worship;\n\nei-for this;\n\nta'-certainly;\n\nkaraf)e-reason;\n\nunmade-ecstatic;\n\nteriha-he; sannyasa-the renounced order of life; grahaQe-taking.\n\nkarila-did;\n\n", "mad4#p0192": "160\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe was very enthusiastic to worship Sri Kr�r;�a without disturbance;\ntherefore it was almost in madness that he accepted the sannyasa order.\nTEXT 108\n\n�;(� �Rt\"'l fit�1-,i!'!Jt�-�� I\n\n(;1ft�11� il1 fil\"', ilt;r '� '!3l!�11' II � otr II\nsannyasa karifa sikha-sutra-tyaga-rupa\nyoga-patta na nifa, nama haifa 'svarapa'\n\nSYNONYMS\nsannyasa karifa-accepted the sannyasa order; sikha-tuft of hair; sutrasacred thread; tyaga-giving up; rupa-in the form of; yoga-patta-saffron colored dress; na nifa-did not accept;\n\nnama-name; haifa-was; svarupa­\n\nSvarOpa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon accepting sannyasa, Puru�ottama Acarya followed the regulative\nprinciples by giving up his tuft of hair and sacred thread, but he did not accept the saffron colored dress. Also, he did not accept a sannyasi title but\nremained as a nai�fhika-brahmacari.\nPURPORT\nThere are regulative principles governing the renounced order. One has to perform eight kinds of sraddha. One must offer oblations to one's forefathers and\nperform the sacrifice of viraja-homa. Then one must cut off the tuft of hair called a\nsikha and also give up the sacred thread. These are preliminary processes in the\nacceptance of sannyasa, and SvarOpa Damodara accepted all these. However,\nPuru�ottama Acarya did not accept the saffron color, a sannyasi name or a daf)qa.\nHe retained his brahmacari name. Actually Puru�ottama Acarya did not accept the\nsannyasa order formally, but he renounced worldly life. He did not want to be disturbed by the formality of the sannyasa order. He simply wanted to worship Lord\nSrT Kr�r:Ja without disturbance; therefore with heart and soul he took up the\nrenounced order but not the formalities accompanying it. Renunciation means\nnot doing anything but serving the Supreme Personality of Godhead, SrT Kr�r:Ja.\nWhen one acts on this platform, trying to please the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one is both a sannyasi and a yogi. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (6.1):\n\n", "mad4#p0193": "Text 110]\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n161\n\nsri bhagavan uvaca\nanasrita/:1 karma-phalaril\nkaryaril karma karoti ya/:1\nsa sannyasi ca yogi ca\nna niragnir na cakriya/:1\n\"The Blessed Lord said: One who is unattached to the fruits of his work and who\nworks as he is obligated is in the renounced order of life, and he is the true mystic,\nnot he who lights no fire and performs no work.\"\nTEXT 109\n\n��-�1� �tgj11ftHt' �1�\"1\"1 �\"ft�t\"f I\n\n11\"t00ifti{ ?•t�';f-�til\"f-��tilf ll � 0� ll\nguru-thani ajna magi' ai/a nilacale\nratri-dine kr$1)a-prema-ananda-vihvale\nSYNONYMS\nguru-thani-from his spiritual master; ajna magi'-asking permission; ailacame; nilaca/e-to jagannatha Puri; ratri-dine-day and night; kr$1)a-premaananda-by ecstatic love of Kr�r:ta; vihva/e-overwhelmed.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter taking permission from his sannyasa-guru, Svarupa Damodara went to\nNilacala and accepted the shelter of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Then all day\nand night, in ecstatic love of Kr�r:ta, he enjoyed transcendental mellows in the\nloving service of the Lord.\nTEXT 110\n\n?ttf'Gtl:!Rf ���' �1<\\'iJ i11� �tt11\" � I\n�--til il\"�i, (;\"f1<fi � i11� iSHtil ll � � 0 ll\npal)gityera avadhi, vakya nahi karo sane\nnirjane rahaye, /aka saba nahi jane\nSYNONYMS\npal)gityera avadhi-the limit of learned scholarship; vakya nahi\n\n-\n\nno word; karo\n\nsane-with anyone; nirjane-in a solitary place; rahaye-stays; /aka-people in\ngeneral; saba-a l l; nahi jane-do not know.\n\n", "mad4#p0194": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n162\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara was the limit of all learned scholarship, but he did not\nexchange words with anyone. He simply remained in a solitary place, and no\none could understand where he was.\nTEXT 111\n\n���-i!..·�i, G5f�-<;c21J��9f I\n\n�'lite.�� f�� �9( ll ��� ll\nk($f)a-rasa-tattva-vetta, deha -prema-rapa\nsak?at mahaprabhura dvitiya svarupa\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-rasa-of transcendental mellows in relationship with Kr�r:Ja; tattva-of\nthe truth; vetta-cognizant; deha-body; prema-rupa-personified prema; sak?iit-directly; mahaprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dvitiya-second; svarupa-representation.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Svarupa Damodara was the personification of ecstatic love, fully cognizant of the transcendental mellows in relationship with Kr��a. He directly\nrepresented Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as His second expansion.\nTEXT 112\n\n�' C�t<ll, ;fti! C<ti� �'t_·9ftt-t �'ttil I\n\n�9( �..1 �<ti�, � � 'etilll ��� ll\ngrantha, 5/oka, gita keha prabhu-pase ane\nsvarupa parik?a kaile, pache prabhu 5une\nSYNONYMS\ngrantha-scriptures;\n\n5/oka-verses;\n\ngita-songs;\n\nkeha-anyone;\n\nprabhu­\n\npa5e-to SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ane-brings; svarupa-SvanJpa Damodara;\nparik?a\n\nkaile-after\n\nhe\n\nexamined;\n\npache-later;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; 5une-hears.\nTRANSLATION\nIf someone wrote a book or composed verses and songs and wanted to\nrecite them before Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Svarupa Damodara would first\n\n", "mad4#p0195": "Text 114]\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n163\n\nexamine them and then correctly present them. Only then would Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu agree to listen.\nTEXT 113\n\n��-�111., �� 11'J'It� I\n�fi{ti! iii � � f�� ��t� II � �� II\nbhakti-siddhanta-viruddha, ara rasabhasa\nsunite na haya prabhura cittera ullasa\nSYNONYMS\nbhakti-siddhanta-conclusive statements about the science of devotional service; viruddha-opposing; ara-and; rasa-abhasa-overlapping of transcendental\nmellows; sunite-to hear; na-not; haya-becomes; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; cittera-of the heart; u//asa-jubilation.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was never pleased to hear books or verses opposed to the conclusive statements of devotional service. The Lord did not\nlike hearing rasabhasa, the overlapping of transcendental mellows.\nPURPORT\nBhakti-siddhanta-viruddha refers to that which is against the principle of unity\nin diversity, philosophically known as acintya-bhedabheda-simultaneously oneness and difference. Rasabhasa may appear to be a transcendental mellow, but\nactually it is not. Those who are pure Vai�r;tavas should avoid these things opposed to devotional service. These misconceptions practically parallel the\nMayavada philosophy. If one indulges in M ayavada philosophy, he gradually falls\ndown from the\n\nplatform of devotional service.\n\nBy overlapping\n\nmellows\n\n(rasabhasa) one eventually becomes a prakrta-sahajiya and takes everything to be\nvery easy. One may also become a member of the bau/a community and gradually become attracted to material activities. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has\ntherefore advised us to avoid bhakti-siddhanta-viruddha and rasabhasa. In this\nway the devotee can remain pure and free from falldowns. Everyone should try to\nremain aloof from bhakti-siddhanta-viruddha and rasabhasa.\nTEXT 114\n\n�i!�'!l q� �tt'5f �tif ��..tj I\n\n�� � �flf, �1;11' �11't'il �tj II ��8 II\n\n", "mad4#p0196": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'la\n\n164\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nataeva svarOpa age kare parik$ar:la\nsuddha haya yadi, prabhure kara'na sravaQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; svarOpa-SvarOpa Damodara; age-at first; kare-does;\nparik$aQa - examination; suddha-pure; haya-is; yadi-if; prabhure-unto Lord\n\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kara'na-causes; sra vaQa-hearing.\nTRANSLATION\nIt was the practice for Svariipa Damodara Gosvami to examine all literatures\nto find out whether their conclusions were correct. Only then would he allow\nthem to be heard by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nPURPORT\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura says that if something impedes the execution of devotional service, it should be understood to be impure. Pure devotees\nof the Lord do not accept impure principles. Impure devotees accept rasabhasa, or\noverlapping, contradictory mellows, and other principles opposed to the bhakti\npath. The followers of such impure principles are never accepted as pure devotees. There are many parties following the path of rasabhasa, and the followers are\nsometimes adored by ordinary men. Those who adopt the conclusions of\nrasabhasa and bhakti-siddhanta-viruddha are never accepted as devotees of SrT\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nSvarOpa\n\nDamodara GosvamT never approved such\n\nfollowers as Gau<;lTya Vai�t:�avas, nor did he allow them even to meet the Supreme\nLord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 115\n\n�Wtsotfi!, ��WtJY, �;jti!t'm�lff I\n�i: fi!i{ � <r.ift'i{ �,.� �til\"f ll � �<t ll\nvidyapati, CaQr;iidasa, Sfi-gita-govinda\nei tina gite kara'na prabhura ananda\n\nSYNONYMS\nvidya-pati-an old Vai�t:�ava poet from the province of Mithila; caQr;ii-dasa-a\n\nBengali Vai�t:�ava poet born in the village of Nannura in the Birbhum district; srigita-govinda-a celebrated poem by jayadeva GosvamT; ei-these; tina-three;\n\ngite-songs; kara'na-cause; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; anandahappiness.\n\n", "mad4#p0197": "Text 117]\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n165\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Svarupa Damodara used to read the poems of Vidyapati and CaQcJidasa\nand Jayadeva Gosvami's Sri Gita-govinda. He used to make Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu very happy by singing these songs.\nTEXT 116\n\n�tm'!-��(-�1l, -tttm ��f! 1\nWtt1lt�·�1l �1� iftf� 1l�11l� II ��� II\nsaligite-gandharva-sama, sastre brhaspati\ndamodara-sama ara nahi maha-mati\nSYNONYMS\nsaligite-in music; gandharva-sama-just like the Gandharvas; sastre-in discussions of revealed scriptures; brhaspati-like Brhaspati, the priest of the\nheavenly demigods; damodara-sama-equal to Svaropa Damodara; ara-anyone\nelse; nahi-there is not; maha-mati-great personality.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara was as expert a musician as the Gandharvas, and in\nscriptural discussion he was just like Brhaspati, the priest of the heavenly\ngods. Therefore it is to be concluded that there was no great personality quite\nlike Svarupa Damodara.\nPURPORT\nSvarOpa Damodara Gosvami was very expert in music as well as Vedic scriptures. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu used to call him Damodara because of his expert\nsinging and musical skills. The name Damodara was given by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and added to the name given by his sannyasa-guru. He was\ntherefore known as SvarOpa Damodara, or Damodara SvarOpa. He compiled a\nbook of music named Saligita-damodara.\nTEXT 117\n\n�'!·fil�t\"f1f 9f�1l f��\\!1{1\n��t�tflr ���'!� �� �t'l·�1lll ��'\\ II\nadvaita-nityanandera parama priyatama\nsrivasadi bhakta-gar,Jera haya praf)a-sama\n\n", "mad4#p0198": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n166\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-of Advaita\n\nAcarya;\n\nnityanandera-of Lord Nityananda Prabhu;\n\nparama-very much; priya-tama-dear; 5rivasa-adi-beginning with Srivasa;\nbhakta-gal)era-of the devotees; haya-is; pral)a-sama-exactly like the life and\nsoul.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Svarupa Damodara was very dear to Advaita Acarya and Nityananda\nPrabhu, and he was the life and soul of all the devotees, headed by Srivasa\nThakura.\nTEXT 118\n\n(;�l tftr;�tiRf �tf�' i�<te, C�'f't I\nRf;'l �f��i (;�� �t� �f� II ��\\r II\nsei damodara asi' dal)c;/avat haila\ncaral)e pac;liya 5/oka pac;lite lagila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei damodara-that SvarOpa Damodara; asi'-coming; dal)c;/a-vat haila-fell\nflat to offer obeisances; caral)e pac;liya-falling down at the lotus feet; 5/oka-a\nverse; pac;lite lagila-began to recite.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt was Svarupa Damodara who came to Jagannatha Puri and fell flat before\nthe lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, offering Him obeisances and reciting a verse.\nTEXT 119\n\n,�.,t�.,_r.r�-c�\"i!\"'lrl f<l\"t\"if\"'lli c�ton'1<'�\"if\"iDl\"t\"if\"'ll1\n\"ti'l\"Jlil!ii��<�tlf''lli �-r\"if\"vi f�trrc�t-JTt\"if\"vi '\n\n\"f\"1�f�f�lf\"l!1 'f-\"I{lf''l!1 \"I{tlj_�'l�tlf\"l!i\n�tp�'lJ lf\"l!iRc\\f �<I \"if\"'l!i �'lltlf'<l\"C\"'ftlf''l!i II ) ) 01 II\nheloddhanita-khedaya vi5adaya pronmilad-amodaya\n5amyac-chastra-vivadaya rasadaya cittarpitonmadaya\n5a5vad-bhakti-vinodaya sa-madaya madhurya-maryadaya\n5ri-caitanya daya-nidhe tava daya bhoyad amandodaya\n\n", "mad4#p0199": "The Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\nText 119]\n\n167\n\nSYNONYMS\nhe/a-very\n\neasily;\n\nuddhOnita-driven\n\naway;\n\nkhedaya-lamentation;\n\nvisadaya-which purifies everything; pronmi/at-awakening; amodaya-tran­\n\nscendental bliss; samyat-mitigating ; sastra-of revealed scriptures; vivadaya­\n\ndisagreements; rasa-daya-distributing all transcendental mellows; citta-in the\nheart; arpita-fixed; unmadaya-jubilation; sasvat-always; bhakti-devotional\n\nservice; vinodaya-stimulating; sa-madaya-full of ecstasy; madhurya-of con­\n\njugal love; maryadaya-the limit; sri-caitanya-0 Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ndaya-nidhe-ocean of mercy; tava-Your; daya-mercy; bhayat-let it be;\namanda-of good fortune; udaya-in which there is awakening.\nTRANSLA TION\n\n\"0 ocean of mercy, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! Let there be an awakening of\n\nYour auspicious mercy, which easily drives away all kinds of material lamentation. By Your mercy, everything is made pure and blissful. It awakens transcendental bliss and covers all gross material pleasures. By Your auspicious\nmercy, quarrels and disagreements arising among different scriptures are vanquished. Your auspicious mercy causes the heart to jubilate by pouring forth\ntranscendental mellows. Your mercy always stimulates devotional service,\nwhich is full of joy. You are always glorifying the conjugal love of God. May\ntranscendental bliss be awakened within my heart by Your causeless mercy.\"\nPURPO RT\nThis important verse quoted from Sri Caitanya-can drodaya-nataka (8.1 0)\nspecifically describes the Lord's causeless mercy. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\nThakura explains that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is the most magnanimous\nPersonality of Godhead, distributes His causeless mercy in three ways to the conditioned soul. Every living entity is morose in the material world because he is always in want. He undergoes a great struggle for existence and tries to minimize\nhis miserable condition by squeezing the utmost pleasure out of this world.\nHowever, the living entity is never successful in this endeavor. While in a miserable condition, a person sometimes seeks the favor of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, but this is very difficult for materialistic people to obtain. However,\nwhen one becomes Kr�r:Ja conscious by the grace of the Lord, the flavor of the\nlotus feet of the Lord expands, and in this way a materialist may gain freedom\nfrom his miseries. Actually his mind is cleansed by his transcendental connection\nwith the lotus feet of the Lord. At such a time one is enlightened by the loving ser­\n\nvice of the Lord.\n\nThere are many different kinds of scripture, and by reading them one often becomes puzzled. However, when one receives the mercy of the Lord, his confusion\nis mitigated. Not only are scriptural disparities resolved, but a kind of transcenden-\n\n", "mad4#p0200": "168\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1 o\n\ntal bliss is awakened, and in this way one is fully satisfied. The transcendental loving service of the Lord constantly engages the conditioned soul in serving the\nLord's lotus feet. Through such fortunate engagement, one's transcendental love\nfor Kf�l)a is increased. One's position is thus completely purified, and one is filled\nwith transcendental bliss accompanied by the spirit soul's jubilation.\nThus the transcendental causeless mercy of Lord Kf�l)a is manifest in the heart\nof the devotee. At such a time, material needs no longer exist. The lamentation\nthat invariably accompanies material desires also vanishes. By the grace of the\nLord one is elevated to the transcendental position, and then the transcendental\nmellows of the spiritual world are manifest in him. One's devotional service then\nbecomes firm, and one engages in the Lord's transcendental loving service with\ngreat determination. All these combine to fully awaken the devotee's heart with\nlove of Kr�t;�a.\nIn the beginning, a conditioned soul is bereft of Kr�t:�a consciousness and is always morose in his material activities. Later, by associating with a pure devotee,\none becomes inquisitive to know the Absolute Truth. In this way one begins to\nengage in the transcendental service of the Lord.\nIt is by the Lord's grace that all misconceptions are vanquished and the heart\ncleansed of all material dirt. It is only then that the pleasure of transcendental bliss\nis awakened. By the Lord's mercy one is finally convinced of the value of devotional service. When one can see the pastimes of the Lord everywhere, he is firmly\nsituated in transcendental bliss. Such a devotee is relieved of all kinds of material\ndesires, and he preaches the glories of the Lord all over the world. Kr�t:�a conscious\nactivities separate one from material activities and the desire for liberation. At\nevery step the devotee feels himself connected with the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Although such a devotee may sometimes be involved in household life,\nhe is untouched by material existence due to his constant engagement in devotional service. Thus everyone is advised to take shelter of devotional service to\nbecome happy and liberated.\nTEXT 120\n\n�t�1 ;j��\" C� �t�fJ!i{ I\n�efCi{ <;�<!le-t C�\"f ��\\!i{ II �� II\no\n\nuthafia mahaprabhu kai/a a/ingana\ndui-jane premavese haila acetana\n\nSYNONYMS\nuthafia-after ra1smg him;\n\nmahaprabhu-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nkai/a-made; a/ir'lgana-embracing; dui-jane-two persons; prema-avese-in\nthe ecstasy of love; haila-became; acetana-unconscious.\n\n", "mad4#p0201": "The Lord's Return to )agannatha Puri\n\nText 123]\n\n169\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu raised Svarupa Damodara to his feet and\nembraced him. They both became ecstatic in love and fell unconscious.\nTEXT 121\n\n<IS\"t'� l� � Fo �� c� 1\n� 1l'�f fl'- fimf ��tl! \"ftf\"if'\"f1 I ��) II\nkata-k$af)e dui jane sthira yabe haila\ntabe mahaprabhu tanre kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\nkata-k$af)e-after some time; dui jane-both persons; sthira-patient; yabewhen;\n\nhaila-became;\n\ntabe-at\n\nthat\n\ntime;\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; tanre-unto him; kahite-to speak; /agi/a-began.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter they had both regained their patience, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nbegan to speak.\nTEXT 122\n\n'!_fil � �t�t�. �t� �t�tl! t;��\"' I\n�t� C��' �'lit;� l� t;il\\:!1 9ft�� II ���II\ntumi ye asibe, aji svapnete dekhila\nbha/a haila, andha yena dui netra paila\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-you;\n\nye-that; J.sibe-will come; aji-today; svapnete-in dream;\n\ndekhi/a-1 saw; bha/a haila-it is very good; andha-a blind man; yena-as if;\ndui-two; netra-eyes; pai/a-got back.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"I saw in a dream that you were coming, and\nso this is very auspicious. I have been like a blind man, but your coming here\nrestores My vision.\"\nTEXT 123\n\n\"'ll�9f <1St�,-�� �t� -.�' �9\\�� I\n�t1l'i �t�' �iJ.lij t;\"'tii_, �� �1l'f� II ���II\n\n", "mad4#p0202": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n170\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nsvarupa kahe, -prabhu, mora k?ama' aparadha\ntoma chac;li' anyatra genu, karinu pramada\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa\n\nkahe-SvarOpa\n\nDamodara\n\nsaid;\n\nprabhu-my\n\nLord;\n\nmora-my;\n\nk?ama'-please excuse; aparadha-offense; toma-You; chac;/i'-giving up; anyatra-elsewhere; genu-1 went; karinu-1 have done; pramada-great mistake.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa said, \"My dear lord, please excuse my offense. I gave up Your\ncompany to go elsewhere, and that was my great mistake.\nTEXT 124\n\n�'t11t� 1>�?;'1 <:'al� itt� <:�'al-<:'\"1-f I\n<;i!'tlli �tf�' �t;n ;(� <:�il_ lii{� <:� II ��8 II\ntamara caraQe mora nahi prema-lesa\ntoma chac;li' papi mufii genu anya desa\nSYNONYMS\ntamara caraQe-at Your lotus feet; mora-my; nahi-there is not; prema/esa-a trace of love; toma-You; chac;/i'-giving up; papi-sinful; mufii-1;\ngenu-went; anya desa-to another country.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear lord, I do not even possess a trace of love at Your lotus feet. If I\ndid, how could I go to another country? I am therefore a most sinful man.\nTEXT 125\n\n\"if� �t'ali ��f�'\"'' � <:�rot en �t�\"'i 1\n�'Pfi-�t-t �1:� �tfl!ifi' 1>�'1 �f-1'\"1111 ��a- II\nmufii toma chac;li/a, tumi more na chac;lila\nkrpa-pasa gale bandhi' caraQe ani/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nmufii-1; toma-You; chac;/i/a-gave up; tumi-You; more-me; na-did not;\nchac;/i/a-give up; krpa-of mercy; pasa-by the rope; gale-by the neck;\nbandhi'-binding; cara('le-at Your lotus feet; ani/a-You brought back.\n\n", "mad4#p0203": "Text 128]\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n171\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I gave up your company, but You did not give me up. By Your merciful\nrope You have bound me by the neck and brought me back again to Your lotus\nfeet.\"\nTEXT 126\n\n� ��� C<fi� ��t�� ��� �l'fi{ I\n\n�-�e�\"'�'- C<fi� 02ilf·�-tf�iftri{ II ��� II\ntabe svarupa kaila nitaira caraf)a vandana\nnityananda-prabhu kaila prema-alirigana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; svarupa-SvarOpa Damodara; kai/a-did; nitaira-of Nityananda Prabhu;\n\ncaraf)a-of the lotus feet;\n\nvandana-worship;\n\nnityananda­\n\nprabhu-Lord Nityananda; kai/a-did; prema-alirigana-embracing in love.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara then worshiped the lotus feet of Nityananda Prabhu, and\nNityananda in turn embraced him in the ecstasy of love.\nTEXT 127\n\niSf'ihfM\"!, �'t:\"', -r;�, �t(i;�\\lf I\n\n��-�r;� ��t'StJ <fi�� fil� II ��'\\ II\njagadananda, mukunda, sarikara, sarvabhauma\nsaba-sanse yatha-yogya karila milana\nSYNONYMS\njagadananda-Jagadananda;\n\nmukunda-Mukunda;\n\nsarikara-Sarikara;\n\nsar­\n\nvabhauma-Sarvabhauma; saba-sarige-with all; yatha-yogya-as is befitting;\nkarila-did; mi/ana-meeting.\nTRANSLATION\nA fter worshiping Nityananda Prabhu, Svarupa Damodara met Jagadananda,\nMukunda, Salikara and Sarvabhauma, as was befitting.\nTEXT 128\n\n��ti{l'f \"J_it� C<fi\"'' lj�� �i{ I\n\"J_it-,'St�i� iitr;� C<fi\"l '\\!flf-�t�i{ II ��\\r' II\n\n", "mad4#p0204": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n172\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nparamananda purira kai/a caraf)a vandana\npuri-gosani tatire kaila prema-alirigana\nSYNONYMS\nparamananda purira-of Paramananda PurT; kai/a-he did; caraf)a vandanaworshiping the lotus feet; puri-gosalii-Paramananda PurT; tarire-unto him;\nkai/a-did; prema-a/irigana-embracing in love.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara also offered his worshipful prayers at the lotus feet of\nParamananda Puri, who, in return, embraced him in ecstatic love.\nTEXT 129\n\n�� � ;:i� fi:l� _,��� I\n'f\"ftN·9f���i Vftf�' fifii' �� f�•� II ��� II\nmahaprabhu dila tarire nibhrte vasa-ghara\njaladi-paricarya lagi' dila eka kirikara\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ndi/a-gave;\n\ntarire-unto\n\nhim;\n\nnibhrte-in a solitary place; vasa-ghara-residential quarters; ja/a-adi-supplying\nwater, etc.; paricarya-service; /agi'-for the purpose of; di/a-gave; eka-one;\nkirikara-servant.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then gave Svarupa Damodara residence in a solitary place and ordered one servant to serve him with a supply of water and\nother necessities.\nTEXT 130\n\n�t� � �t(r;�)l{-�tf5f ��·�tlf I\n_,firni �tt!iil �t� ����i-� II ��o II\nara dina sarvabhauma-adi bhakta-sarige\nvasiya achena mahaprabhu kr$Qa-katha-rarige\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-the next day; sarvabhauma-adi-headed by Sarvabhauma Bha!!acarya;\n\nbhakta-sarige-with\n\nthe\n\ndevotees;\n\nvasiya\n\nachena-was\n\nsitting;\n\n", "mad4#p0205": "Text 132]\n\n173\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kr�Qa-katha-rarige-engaged in discussions of topics concerning Kr�r:Ja.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sat with all the devotees, headed by\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya, and they discussed the pastimes of Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 131\n\n�il�'tt\"f ''lttf<lr.;�� �\"'' �t'lt1lil I\n��e, ��' �r.;� �il�-�il II ��� II\nhena-kafe govindera haifa agamana\ndaQr;/avat kari' kahe vinaya-vacana\n\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kafe-at\nagamana-arrival;\n\nthat\n\ntime;\n\ngovindera-of\n\ndaQr;/avat kari'-offering\n\nGovinda;\n\nobeisances;\n\nhaifa-there\nkahe-says;\n\nwas;\nvinaya­\n\nvacana-submissive words.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time Govinda appeared on the scene, offered his respectful obeisances and spoke submissively.\nTEXT 132\n\n��-�'l\"� lf�J,-','IttPf�' '1lt� ilt1ll\n�it.,'ltt�tfJp� �t9tt� �t�� 'i!t1l� \"'iilll ���II\nisvara-purira bhrtya, -'govinda' mora nama\npuri-gosafiira ajfiaya ainu tamara sthana\n\nSYNONYMS\nisvara-purira bhrtya-servant of Tsvara Puri; govinda mora nama-my name is\nGovinda; puri-gosafiira-oflsvara Puri; ajfiaya-on the order; ainu-1 have come;\ntamara-to your; sthana-place.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am the servant of Tsvara Puri. My name is Govinda, and, following the orders of my spiritual master, I have come here.\n\n", "mad4#p0206": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n174\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 133\n\nfil��tf�<fit� <;'it�t� 'fSI� C<f.a;r c;�tt1t I\n\n�t��-fil�� �� ��� it�1t I ���II\nsiddha-prapti-kale gosafii ajfia kaila more\nkr�Qa-caitanya-nikate rahi seviha tanhare\n\nSYNONYMS\nsiddhi-prapti-kale-at the time of his departure from this mortal world to\nachieve the highest perfection of life; gosafii-my spiritual master; ajfia-order;\nkai/a-made; more-unto me; kr�Qa-caitanya-nikate-at the place of Sri Kr�f)a\nCaitanya; rahi -remaining; seviha -render service; tanhare-unto Him.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Just before his departure from this mortal world to attain the highest perfection, ISvara Puri told me that I should go to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and\nrender service unto Him.\nTEXT 134\n\n��� �t�� �� �� C:W�111I\n��� ;(� 'fSlt�-t c;��1·?tt��t�1����811\nkasTsvara asibena saba tTrtha dekhiya\nprabhu-ajfiaya mufii ainu toma-pade dhafia\n\nSYNONYMS\nkasTsvara -KasiSvara;\ndekhiya-visiting;\n\nasibena-will come;\n\nsaba-all;\n\ntTrtha-holy\n\nplaces;\n\nprabhu-ajfiaya-under the order of my spiritual master;\n\nmufii-1; ainu-have come; toma-to your; pade-lotus feet; dhafia-running.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kasisvara will also come here after visiting all the holy places. However,\nfollowing the orders of my spiritual master, I have hastily come to be present\nat Your lotus feet.\"\nTEXT 135\n\nc;'ittJttf� �a,, '���' �te,�a,J <lit� �ttf I\n�� <!i�' <;1ffit �tf� �t�t�a;r1 c;�tt� ����([II\n\n", "mad4#p0207": "The lord's Return to Jagannatha Purl\n\nText 136]\n\n175\n\ngosani kahi/a, 'purisvara' vatsa/ya kare more\nkrpa kari' mora thani pathaila tomare\n\nSYNONYMS\ngosani kahi/a-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; purisvara-Tsvara Puri; vatsa/ya-paternal affection; kare-does; more-unto Me; krpa kari'-being merciful; mora thani-to My place; pathaila-sent; tomar e-you\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"My spiritual master, isvara Purl, always\nfavors me with paternal affection. Therefore, out of his causeless mercy, he\nhas sent you here.\"\nTEXT 136\n\n�� ��' ���� ����I\n\n�.,.-,�� -J.<!·,��� ·� �' �tf�� �������\neta suni' sarvabhauma prabhure puchila\npuri-gosani sOdra-sevaka kanhe ta' rakhila\n\nSYNONYMS\neta suni '-hearing this; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; prabhureunto the Lord; puchi/a-inquired; puri-gosani-Tsvara Puri; sodra-sevaka-a servant who is a sOdra; kanhe ta'-why; rakhila-kept.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter\n\nhearing\n\nthis,\n\nSarvabhauma\n\nBhatfacarya\n\nasked\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, \"Why did isvara Purl keep a servant who comes from a sudra\nfamily?\"\nPURPORT\nBoth KasiSvara and Govinda were personal servants of TSvara Puri. After Tsvara\nPuri's demise, KasiSvara went to visit all the holy places of India. Following the orders of his\n\nspiritual\n\nmaster,\n\nGovinda\n\nimmediately\n\nwent\n\nto\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu for shelter. Govinda came from a sOdra family, but because he was\ninitiated by TSvara Puri, he was certainly a brahmaf)a. Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\nhere asked Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu why TSvara Puri accepted a disciple from a\nsOdra family. According to the smrti-sastra, which gives directions for the manage­\n\nment of the varf)asrama institution, a brahmaf)a cannot accept a disciple from the\nlower castes. In other words, a k�atriya, vaisya or sudra cannot be accepted as a\n\n", "mad4#p0208": "176\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nservant. If a spiritual master accepts such a person, he is contaminated. Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya therefore asked why Tsvara Puri accepted a servant or disciple born of a sadra family.\nIn answer to this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied that his spiritual master,\nTsvara Puri, was so empowered that he was as good as the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. As such, Tsvara Puri was the spiritual master of the whole world. He was\nnot a servant to any mundane rule or regulation. An empowered spiritual master\nlike Tsvara Puri can bestow his mercy upon anyone, irrespective of caste or creed.\nThe conclusion is that an empowered spiritual master is authorized by Kr�r;�a and\nshould be considered to be as good as the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. That is the verdict of V isvanatha Cakravarti: sak?ad-dharitvena samastasastraih. An authorized spiritual master is as good as Hari, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. If Hari is free to act as He likes, the empowered spiritual master is also\nfree. As Hari is not subject to the criticism of mundane rules and regulations, the\nspiritual master empowered by Him is also not subjected. According to Caitanyacaritamrta (Antya-lila\n\n7.11): kr?Qa-sakti vina nahe tara pravartana. An authorized\n\nspiritual master empowered by Kr�r:ta can spread the glories of the holy name of\nthe Lord, for he has power of attorney from the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nIn the mundane world, anyone possessing his master's power of attorney can act\non behalf of his master. Similarly, a spiritual master empowered by Kr�r:ta through\nhis bona fide spiritual master should be considered as good as the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. That is the meaning of sak?ad-dharitvena. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu therefore describes the activities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the bona fide spiritual master as follows.\n\nTEXT 137\n\n� <15�.-� � ��� � I\n�t'H �� e{t� ��-� II �\\!/'\\ II\nprabhu kahe, -isvara haya parama svatantra\nisvarera krpa nahe veda-paratantra\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; isvara-the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead or TSvara Puri; haya-is; parama-supremely; svatantra-independent; isvarera-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead or of Tsvara Puri; krpathe mercy; nahe-is not; veda-paratantra-subjected to the Vedic rules.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Both the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nand the spiritual master, isvara Puri, are completely independent. Therefore\n\n", "mad4#p0209": "Text 139]\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n177\n\nthe mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and Isvara Puri is not subjected to any Vedic rules and regulations.\nTEXT 138\n\n�t1f1f �911 rsrt�·�-..rtfif iii �ttil 1\n��1f \\1� �<p �i1fa;j '<et�illl ��lr II\nisvarera krpa jati-kuladi na mane\nvidurera ghare kr?Qa karila bhojane\n\nSYNONYMS\nisvarera krpa-the mercy of the Lord; jati-caste; kula-adi-family, etc.; na\nmane-does not obey; vidurera-of Vidura; ghare-at the home; kr?Qa-Lord\nKr�l)a; karila-did; bhojane-eating.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is not restricted to the\njurisdiction of caste and cre ed. Vidura was a sudra, yet Kr�Qa accepted lunch\nat his home.\nTEXT 139\n\n��-,�tt��i �t\\!i ��<f3·��t1f I\n'��-!\" �<1131 <f.t1f ��� �t�t� II ��<;l II\nsneha-lesapek$a matra sri-kr?Qa-krpara\nsneha-vasa hana kare svatantra acara\n\nSYNONYMS\nsneha-of affection; /e5a-on a trace; apek?a-reliance; matra-only; sri�\nkr?Qa-of Lord SrT Kr�l)a; krpara-of the mercy; sneha-vasa-obliged by affection; hafla-being; kare-does; svatantra-independent; acara-behavior.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�Qa's mercy is dependent only on affection. Being obliged only by\naffection, Lord Kr�Qa acts very independently.\nPURPORT\nLord SrT Kr�l)a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is merciful, but His mercy\ndoes not depend on mundane rules and regulations. He is dependent only on\n\n", "mad4#p0210": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n178\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\naffection and nothing else. Service to Lord Kr�t:�a can be rendered in two ways.\n\nOne can serve the Lord in affection or in veneration. When service is rendered in\naffection, it is the Lord's special mercy. When service is rendered in veneration, it\n\nis doubtful whether Kr�t:�a's mercy is actually involved. If Kr�t:�a's mercy is there, it\nis not dependent on any prescribed caste or creed. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwanted to inform Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya that Lord Kr�t:Ja is the spiritual master\nof everyone, and He does not care for mundane caste or creed. Therefore Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu cited the example of Lord Kr�t:�a's accepting food at the\nhouse of Vidura, who was a sudra by birth. By the same token, Tsvara Puri, an empowered spiritual master, could show mercy to anyone. As such, he accepted\nGovinda, although the boy was born in a sudra family. When Govinda was initiated, he became a brahmaQa and was accepted as Tsvara Puri's personal servant.\nIn the Hari-bhakti-vi/asa, Sri Sanatana Gosvami states that if one is initiated by a\nbona fide spiritual master, he immediately becomes a brahmaQa. A pseudo\nspiritual master cannot transform a person into a brahmaQa, but an authorized\nspiritual master can do so. This is the verdict of sastra, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nand all the Gosvamis.\n\nTEXT 140\n\n11-litwi c�t� '<f)t$ �� '��-�'�Ht'l 1\n9f'11'11\"lil\"'!- �� �111' •r!'ll·��t'l II �So II\nmaryada haite koti sukha sneha acaraQe\nparamananda haya yara nama-sravaQe\n-\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nmaryada hait e-greater than veneration and awe; koti-millions of times;\nsukha-happiness; sneha-with affection; acaraQe-in dealings; parama-ananda-transcendental bliss; haya-there is; yara-whose; nama-holy name; sraVaQe-by hearing.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In conclusion, dealings in affection with the Supreme Personality of Godhead bring happiness many millions of times greater than dealings with Him\nin awe and veneration. Simply by hearing the holy name of the Lord, the devotee is merged in transcendental bliss.\"\nTEXT 141\n\n�� �M' ,�tf1c;�t11' C<f)a;' �tfa;�il I\n'�t� �fita; 12l'l11' �11''1 �il II �8� II\n\n", "mad4#p0211": "The Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\nText 143]\n\n179\n\neta bali' govindere kaila alirigana\ngovinda karila prabhura caraQa vandana\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i\nembracing;\n\n'-\n\nsaying this;\n\ngovindere-unto Govinda;\n\ngovinda-Govinda;\n\nkari/a-did;\n\nkai/a-did;\n\na/irigana­\n\nprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; caraQa vandana- worshiping the lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced Govinda, and Govinda in turn offered his respectful obeisances unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\nlotus feet.\nTEXT 142\n\n� <157;�,--<e�Wt�, <f.�� �m I\n�?� f�'5� �1l �� <;� �t�t� II �8� II\nprabhu kahe, -bhattacarya, karaha vicara\ngurura kirikara haya manya se amara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; bhattacarya-My dear Bhattacarya; karaha vicara-just consider; gurura kirikara-the servant of the spiritual\nmaster; haya-is; manya\n\n-\n\nrespectable; se-he; amara-to Me.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then continued speaking to Sarvabhauma Bhaffacarya. \"Consider this point. The servant of the spiritual master is always\nrespectable for Me.\nTEXT 143\n\nit�t� �t�-,��1 ��t�t� il1 �t1l I\n�? �rr� fw1ltt\\riil, f� �ftf iS9ft1l n �8� n\ntarihare apana-seva karaite na yuyaya\nguru ajna diyachena, ki kari upaya\nSYNONYMS\ntari hare-him; apana-seva-personal service; karaite-to engage to do; na\nyuyaya-is not befitting; guru-the spiritual master; aj fl a-order; diyachenahas given; ki-what; kari-can I do; upaya-remedy\n\n.\n\n", "mad4#p0212": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n180\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"As such, it is not befitting that the guru's servant should engage in My personal service. Yet My spiritual master has given this order. What shall I do?\"\nPURPORT\nIf a guru's servant or disciple becomes Godbrother to another disciple, they\nrespect one another as prabhu, or master. No one should disrespect his\nGodbrother. For this reason Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya what to do about Govinda. Govinda was the personal servant of Tsvara\nPuri, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's spiritual master. Tsvara Puri ordered Govinda to\nbecome Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's personal servant, so what was to be done? Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was therefore inquiring from Bhanacarya, an experienced\nfriend.\nTEXT 144\n\n�� <1St�,-�� ��1 � �'tit I\n��·�tGfl �1 �f�t11, -tt�-��t'i II �88 II\nbhatta kahe,-gurura ajna haya balavan\nguru-ajna na langhiye, sastra-pramal)a\nSY NONYMS\nbhatta kahe-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya said; gurura ajna-the order of the\nspiritual master; haya-is; ba/avan-strong; guru-ajna-the order of the spiritual\nmaster; na-not; /anghiye-we can disobey; sastra-scriptural; pramal)a-injunction.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya said, \"The order of the spiritual master is very\nstrong and cannot be disobeyed. That is the injunction of the sastras, the\nrevealed scriptures.\nTEXT 145\n'! ��<!t'llt�f� �tfr<�'l fr�f;rc�t5\\t� ���� f��� 1\n\n��J��'11'f-1t�\"li'10f� �'it� I �Mt� �f<fst�:rt�1 II� 8 �II\nsa susruvan matari bhargavel)a\npitur niyogat prahrtarh dvi�advat\npratyagrhid agraja-sasanarh tad\najna gurGQarh hy avicaraQiya\n\n", "mad4#p0213": "Text 146]\n\n181\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\nSYNONYMS\nsab-He;\n\nsusruvan-the brother of Lord Ramacandra;\n\nmatari-unto the\n\nmother; bhargaveQa-by Parasurama; pitub-of the father; niyogat-by the\norder; prahrtam-killing; dvi?at-vat-like an enemy; pratyagrhit-accepted; agraja-sasanam-the order of the elder brother; tat-that; ajfia-order; gurOQam-of\nsuperior\n\npersons,\n\nsuch\n\nas\n\nthe\n\nspiritual\n\nmaster\n\nor\n\nfather;\n\nhi-because;\n\navicaraQiya-to be obeyed without consideration.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Being ordered by his father, Para5urama killed his mother, Re�uka, just as\nif she were an enemy. Lak�ma�a, the younger brother of Lord Ramacandra,\nimmediately engaged Himself in the service of His elder brother and accepted\nHis orders. The order of the spiritual master must be obeyed without consideration.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the PuraQas (Raghu-varilsa 14.46). Lord Ramacandra's\nstatement to Sita given below is from the RamayaQa (Ayodhya-kaQc;/a 22.9).\nTEXT 146\n\nf\"i�Si�� �c�i�i'M1 \"1!�1 <fiitf1 \"1l�t�: 1\n'��1 c�<�;� �<��Ji\"o \"1!1! CD<l: f<lc\"'��= 11 � sl\\l 11\nnirvicararil guror ajfia\nmaya karya mahatmanab\nsreyo hy evaril bhavatyas ca\nmama caiva vise?atab\nSYNONYMS\nnirvicaram-to be obeyed without consideration; gurob-of the spiritual\nmaster; ajfia-the order; maya-by Me; karya-must be done; maha-atmanabof the great soul; sreyab-good fortune; hi-indeed; evam-thus; bhavatyabfor\n\nyou;\n\nca-and;\n\nmama-for\n\nMe;\n\nca-also;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nvi5e$atab­\n\nspecifically.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The order of a great personality like a father must be executed without\nconsideration because there is good fortune in such an order for both of us. In\nparticular, there is good fortune for Me.'\"\n\n", "mad4#p0214": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n182\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1 o\n\nTEXT 147\n\n�� 'al�t\\2f� �� '�� �ert<lit� I\n�t�-��-��ill �� �fit<rof ll �8� ll\ntabe mahaprabhu tatire kaila arigikara\napana-sri-ariga-sevaya dila adhikara\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-after that; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tarire-unto Govinda; kai/a-did; arigikara-acceptance; apana-personal; sri-ariga-of the transcendental body; sevaya-in the service; di/a-gave; adhikara-responsibility.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter\n\nSarvabhauma\n\nBhaftacarya\n\nsaid\n\nthis,\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\n\nembraced Govinda and engaged him in the service of His personal body.\nTEXT 148\n\n\\2t�� f� �i!J <liBf' lft� <lit� �ti{ I\n�<li� '���� ''lttf<t� <li� �'alt� ll �Sir ll\nprabhura priya bhrtya kari' sabe kare mana\nsaka/a vai$Qavera govinda kare samadhana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; priya-dear; bhrtya-servant;\nkari'-understanding;\n\nsabe-all;\n\nkare-do;\n\nmana-respect;\n\nsakala-all;\n\nvai$Qavera-of devotees; govinda-Govinda; kare-does; samadhana-service.\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone respected Govinda as the dearest servant of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, and Govinda served all the Vai�Qavas and saw to their needs.\nTEXT 149\n\n'lit�-�w-��.rt�1-�� �rnw� 1\n�'alt�, ililit� �t� ''lttf<ttil!� ?fM II �8� II\nchota-bac;Ja-kirtaniya-dui haridasa\nramai, nandai rahe govindera pasa\n\n", "mad4#p0215": "183\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\nText 151]\n\nSYNONYMS\nchota-bac;ia-junior and senior; kirtaniya-musicians; dui-two; hari-dasaHaridasa; ramai-Ramai; nandai-Nandai;\n\nrahe-stay; govindera pasa-with\n\nGovinda.\nTRANSLATION\nBoth Haridasa senior and Haridasa junior, who were musicians, as well as\nRamai and Nandai, used to stay with Govinda.\nTEXT 150\n\n<;�t�T;\"f� � <fi� �� ��i{ I\n<;���� �t�1li i1i �t11 �sli{ II �<to II\ngovindera sarige kare prabhura sevana\ngovindera bhagya-sima na yaya var(lana\nSYNONYMS\ngovindera\n\nsarige-with\n\nGovinda;\n\nkare-do;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; sevana-service; govindera-of Govinda; bhagya-sima-the limit\nof fortune; na-not; yaya var(lana-can be described.\nTRANSLATION\nThey all remained with Govinda to serve Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ntherefore no one could estimate the good fortune of Govinda.\nTEXT 151\n\n�� � �!_�� <fiT;� �'t� \"'tti{ I\n�\"f-lb�� �t-�i <;l!t� ��i{ II �<t� II\nara dine mukunda-datta kahe prabhura sthane\nbrahmananda-bharati ai/a tamara darasane\nSYNONYMS\nara\n\ndine-the\n\nnext day;\n\nmukunda-datta-Mukunda\n\nDatta;\n\nkahe-said;\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sthane-at the place; brahmanandabharati-Brahmananda Bharati; ai/a-has come; tamara darasane-to see You.\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\nnext\n\nday Mukunda\n\nDatta\n\ninformed\n\n\"Brahmananda Bharati has come to see You.\"\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\n", "mad4#p0216": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n184\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 152\n\n'f;{tigifj ,��, �rw �tr;;� �tf.lr;;� ��t� 1\n\n�� <tir;;�,-�115 '��' �t� ti� �t� II ��� II\najna deha' yadi tatire aniye ethai\nprabhu kahe, -guru teriha, yaba tarira thani\nSYNONYMS\najna deha'-order; yadi-if; tarire-him; aniye-1 can bring; ethai-here;\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; guru teriha-he is My spiritual\nmaster; yaba-1 shall go; tarira thani-to his place.\nTRANSLATION\nMukunda Datta then asked the Lord, \"Shall I bring him here?\" Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu said, \"Brahmananda Bharati is like My spiritual master. It is better that I go to him.\"\nTEXT 153\n\n�� �M' �t�\" ��'i't'i·ll� I\n�M' �t�erti l31-:fit�\"!-�t1t�� �'it II �Q� 11\neta bali' mahaprabhu bhakta-gaf)a-sarige\nca/i' aila brahmananda-bharatira age\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-gaQasarige-with the devotees; ca/i'-walking; ai/a-came; brahmananda-bharatiraof Brahmananda Bharati; age-in the presence.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His devotees came before\nthe presence of Brahmananda Bharati.\nTEXT 154\n\n�t�iff 9ff.�tr;;� �'i't�1'1f� I\n'!t�1 c;��' �f �:� 9ft�a;r1 �'@� II ��8 II\nbrahmananda pariyache mrga-carmambara\ntaha dekhi' prabhu duf)kha pai/a antara\n\n", "mad4#p0217": "The Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\nText 156]\n\n185\n\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmananda-Brahmananda; pariyache-did wear; mrga-carma-ambara-a\ngarment made of deerskin; taha dekhi'-seeing that; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; du/;lkha-unhappiness; paila-got; antara-within Himself.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His devotees approached him, they\nsaw that he was\n\ncovered with a deerskin.\n\nSeeing this,\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu became very unhappy.\nPURPORT\nBrahmananda Bharati belonged to the Sarikara-sampradaya. The title bharati indicates one of the ten sannyasis in the Sarikara-sampradaya. It is customary for a\nperson who has renounced the world to cover his body with a deerskin or the\nbark of a tree. This is enjoined by Manu-sarhhita. However, if a sannyasi who has\nrenounced the world simply wears a deerskin and does not spiritually advance, he\nis simply puffed up and conceited. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu did not like to see\nBrahmananda Bharati wearing a deerskin.\nTEXT 155\n\nc;wf�1 �, �wn C<ll� c;:fl� c;ift;� �tflfP 1\n\nll_�t'i!?;;� ��,-<f·t�1 ���-c;�tJttM3 II ���II\ndekhiya ta' chadma kaila yena dekhe nafii\nmukundere puche, -ka/ ;an bharati-gosafii\nSYNONYMS\ndekhiya-seeing;\n\nta'-certainly;\n\nchadma\n\nkai/a-pretended;\n\nyena-as\n\nif;\n\ndekhe-sees; nafii-not; mukundere puche-inquired from Mukunda; kahanwhere; bharati-gosafii-Brahmananda Bharati, my spiritual master.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing Brahmananda Bharati thus attired, Caitanya Mahaprabhu pretended\nnot to see him. Instead, He asked Mukunda Datta, \"Where is Brahmananda\nBharati, My spiritual master?\"\nTEXT 156\n\n�'if <IS�,-�� �tt� (;if� ��1ft� I\n�<IS�,- (;�� �t;�i{, '!fif �t�1lti{ II ���II\n\n", "mad4#p0218": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n186\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1o\n\nmukunda kahe,-ei age dekha vidyamana\nprabhu kahe, -tenha nahena, tumi ageyana\nSYNONYMS\nmukunda\n\nkahe-Mukunda\n\nsaid;\n\nei\n\nage-here\n\nin\n\nfront;\n\ndekha-see;\n\nvidyamana-present; prabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; ter'lha\nnahena-he is not; tumi ageyana-you are incorrect.\nTRANSLATION\nMukunda Datta replied, \"Here is Brahmananda Bharati, in Your presence.\"\nThe Lord replied, \"You are incorrect. This is not Brahmananda Bharati.\nTEXT 157\n\n��� �� <!i�, �t� ''Wft� �t� I\n\n�1{®-,��t� '<!i� 9tfm� �� II �a� II\nanyere anya kaha, nahi tomara jnana\nbharati-gosani kene paribena cama\nSYNONYMS\nanyere-another; anya kaha-you talk of someone else; nahi-there is not;\ntomara -your; jnana -knowledge; bharati -Brahmananda Bharati; gosani-My\nspiritual master; kene-why; paribena-should wear; cama-skin.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You must be talking of someone else, for this is surely not Brahmananda\nBharati. You simply have no knowledge. Why should Brahmananda Bharati\nwear a deerskin?\"\nTEXT 158\n\n�til' af�fi{\"f <fir;1{ � f<1�t� 1\n<;�H �m �1( ifl � 1(•fti't1{ II � <tlr II\nsuni' brahmananda kare hrdaye vicare\nmora carmambara ei na bhaya ir'lhare\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing;\n\nbrahmananda-Brahmananda;\n\nkare-does;\n\nhrdaye-within\n\nhimself; vicare-consideration; mora-my; carma-ambara-deerskin garment;\nei-this; na-not; bhaya-is approved; inhare-by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad4#p0219": "The Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\nText 160]\n\n187\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Brahmananda Bharati heard this, he thought, \"My deerskin is not approved by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\"\nTEXT 159\n\n�t\"f �f;�i{,-�·aJ:tlllil� lf'V �f�' �fit I\n\n�tlllil�·�Rf�7;i{ �o�i� i{i �fit' II ��� II\nbhala kahena, -carmambara dambha lagi' pari\ncarmambara-paridhane sarhsara na tari\nSYNONYMS\nbha/a-well;\n\nkahena-He said;\n\ncarma-ambara-the garment of deerskin;\n\ndambha-prestige; lagi'-for the matter of; pari -I put on; carma-ambaraparidhane-by putting on a garment of skin; sarhsara-the material world; na\ntari-1 cannot cross.\nTRANSLATION\nThus admitting his mistake, Brahmananda Bharati thought, \"He spoke well.\nI put on this deerskin only for prestige. I cannot cross over the ocean of ne­\n\nscience simply by wearing a deerskin.\nTEXT 160\n\n�t� '� i{i �fit� �� �lltlllil� I\n\n� �� �ti{��i 'Sftfil11i ��11 II ��o II\naji haite na pariba ei carmambara\nprabhu bahirvasa anaila janiya antara\nSYNONYMS\naji haite-from today; na pariba-1 shall not put on; ei-this; carma-ambaradeerskin garment; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bahi/:1 vasa-the cloth of a\n-\n\nsannyasT; anai la-had someone bring; janiya-know ing; antara-his contemplation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"From today on I shall not wear this deerskin.\" As soon as Brahmananda\nBharati decided this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, understanding his mind, immediately sent for the robes of a sannyasi.\n\n", "mad4#p0220": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n188\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 161\n\n�if'('lit� it�' <3'fi'ti{\"f �� � I\n\n� �tfil' ��\"f �!a R'f �i{ II ��� II\ncarmambara cha(ii' brahmananda pari/a vasana\nprabhu asi' kaila tarira cara(la vandana\nSYNONYMS\ncarma-ambara\n\ncha(ii'-givin g\n\nBrahmananda BharatT;\n\nup\n\nthe deerskin\n\npari/a-put on;\n\nbrahmananda­\n\ngarment;\n\nvasana-cloth garment;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; asi -comi ng; kaila-did; tarira-his; cara(la vandana'\n\nworshiping the feet.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Brahmananda Bharati gave up his deerskin and covered himself\nwith sannyasi robes, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu came and offered His respects\nat his lotus feet.\nTEXT 162\n\n�� �t�,- ,iWf� �tm �� f-t�t\\! 1\n�: if! �f�� i{f'!, 'e1l �t� f� II ��� II\nbharati kahe,-tomara acara loka sikhaite\npuna/:! na karibe nati, bhaya paria citte\nSYNONYMS\nbharati kahe-Brahmananda Bharati said;\n\ntamara-Your;\n\nacara-behavior;\n\n/aka-people in general; sikhaite-to teach; puna/:1 -agai n; na-not; karibewill do; nati-obeisances; bhaya -fear; paria-1 get; citte-within the mind.\nTRANSLATI ON\nBrahmananda Bharati said, \"You instruct the general populace by Your\nbehavior. I will not do anything against Your wishes; otherwise You will not\noffer me respects but will neglect me. I am afraid of this.\nTEXT 163\n\n�f\\!� '� <3\"'' �t1 '�i�i'f' I\n\ni!Jf'ij�HQf-��i'f <3'fi, 1_flf '!' �i'f II ��� II\n\n", "mad4#p0221": "Text 165]\n\nThe lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n189\n\nsampratika 'dui brahma' ihan 'calaca/a'\njagannatha-acala brahma, tumi ta' sacala\nSYNONYMS\nsampratika-at the present moment; dui brahma-two Brahmans, or spiritual\nidentities; ihan-here; ca/a-aca/a-moving and not moving; jagannatha-Lord\n)agannatha; aca/a brahma-not moving Brahman; tumi-You; ta'-but; sa-ca/amoving Brahman.\nTRANSLATION\n\"At the present moment I see two Brahmans. O ne Brahman is lord Jagannatha, who does not move and the other Brahman, who is moving, is You. lord\nJagannatha is arca-vigraha, the worshipable Deity, and it is He who is the nonmoving Brahman. However, You are lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and You\nare moving here and there. Both of You are the same Brahman, master of material nature, but You are playing two parts-one moving and one not moving.\nIn this way two Brahmans are now residing at Jagannatha Puri, Puru�ottama.\nTEXT 164\n\n'[fi{-,��c(, '�-�t�'l��'i I\n� i3?;;'11 �� �� iSf'Ste,-�t�'i II ��8 II\ntumi -gaur a-varua, tenha -syamala-varua\ndui brahme kaila saba jagat-taraua\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-You; gaura-varua-h3Ving a golden or fair complexion; teilha-He;\nsyama/a-varua-having a blackish complexion;\n\ndui brahme-both Brahmans;\n\nkai/a-performed; saba jagat-of the whole world; taraua-deliverance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"O f the two Brahmans, You are fair complexioned, and the other, lord\nJagannatha, is blackish. However, both of You are delivering the whole\nworld.\"\nTEXT 165\n\n� <R�,-��J <!i�, �t�t� �'St\"at?;;ill\n�� i3'11 �<li$� ���r;;�t� II ��a II\n\n", "mad4#p0222": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n190\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nprabhu kahe, -Satya kahi, tamara agamane\ndui brahma prakati/a sri-purU?Ottame\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; satya kahi-1 speak the\ntruth; tamara agamane-by your presence; dui brahma-two Brahmans; prakati/a-appeared; sri-purU$Ottame-at Jagannatha Puri.\nTRANSLATION\nlord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"Actually, to tell you the truth, due\nto your presence there are now two Brahmans at Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 166\n\n'a�\"'' e�t� �-,om�-atfi '�' 1\n�t��s( 'Sf'lt�� �f�tt�i! '��li'f'II :>��II\n'brahmananda' nama tumi-gaura-brahma 'cala'\nsyama-var/')a jagannatha vasiyachena 'aca/a'\nSYNONYMS\nbrahman anda-Brahmananda; nama tumi-your name; gaura-brahma-the\nBrahman of the name Gaura; ca/a-both of them are moving; syama-varl')a-of\nblackish hue; jagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; vasiyachena-is sitting; aca/a-without movement.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Both Brahmananda and Gaurahari are moving, whereas the blackish lord\nJagannatha is sitting tight and immobile.\"\nPURPORT\nBrahmananda Bharati wanted to prove that there is no difference between the\nSupreme Lord and the jiva, and Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted to prove that He\nand Brahmananda Bharati were jivas. Although the jivas are Brahman, they are\nmany, but the Supreme Lord, the Supreme Brahman, is one. On the other hand,\nBrahmananda\n\nBharati wanted to prove that Jagannatha and Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu are one, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but to fulfill His mission, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu appeared to be moving, whereas Lord Jagannatha\nappeared to be inert. However, both of them are one and the same. Thus this jolly\n\nargument was going on. Finally, Brahmananda Bharati referred the whole matter\nto Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya for a final decision.\n\n", "mad4#p0223": "Text 168)\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n191\n\nTEXT 167\n\n�HI� <\\'it�,-�t���, ��\"8: �c$1 I\n\n�·� �til �t�t� '�'hi' ��' � �11111 :>�9 II\nbharati kahe, -sarvabhauma, madhyastha haria\ninhara sane amara 'nyaya' bujha' mana diya\nSYNONYMS\nbharati kahe-Brahmananda Bharati said; sarvabhauma-0 Sarvabhauma Bhat.\ntacarya; madhya-stha haria-becoming a mediator; ifihara sane-with Lord S ri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; amara-my; nyaya-logic; bujha'-try to understand;\nmana diya-with attention\n\n.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBrahmananda Bharati said, \"My dear Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, please become the mediator in this logical argument between Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nand me.\"\nTEXT 168.\n\n'�9ij' '��<fi'·�tt� '�'·'i3ft�' iSft� I\n��-�9ij, a�-�Jt�<fi, -ttt'riftl! �t�t� II :>�11- II\n'vyapya' 'vyapaka'-bhave 'jiva'-'brahme' jani\njiva-vyapya, brahma-vyapaka, sastrete vakhani\nSYNONYMS\nvyapya-localized; vyapaka -all-pervading; bhave-in this way; jiva-living\nentity;\n\nbrahme-the Supreme Lord;\n\nvyapya-localized;\n\nbrahma-the\n\njani-1\n\nknow;\n\njiva-the living entity;\n\nSupreme\n\nLord;\n\nvyapaka-all-pervading;\n\nsastrete-in the revealed scripture; vakhani-description.\nTRANSLATION\nBrahmananda Bharati continued, \"The living entity is localized, whereas the\nSupreme Brahman is all-pervading. That is the verdict of the revealed scriptures.\nPURPORT\nBrahmananda Bharati drew Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya's attention because he\nwanted him to judge the argument. He then stated that Brahman, the Supreme\nLord, is all-pervading. This is confirmed by Bhagavad-gita:\n\n", "mad4#p0224": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n192\n\nk$etrajriarh capi marh viddhi\nsarva-k$etre$u bharata\nk$etra-k$etrajriayor jrianarh\nyat taj jrianarh matarh mama\n\"0 scion of Bharata, you should understand that I am also the knower in all\n\nbodies, and to understand this body and its owner is called knowledge. That is My\nopinion.\" (Bg.\n\n13.3)\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead in His Paramatma feature is expanded\neverywhere.\n\nThe\n\nBrahma-sarhhita\n\nsays,\n\nar:)(;fantara-stha-paramaQu-cayantara­\n\nstham: by virtue of His all-pervasive nature, the Supreme Lord is within the universe as well as within all elements of the universe. He is even within the atom. In\nthis way the Supreme Lord Govinda is all-pervasive. On the other hand, the living\nentities are very, very small. It is said that the living entity is one ten-thousandth of\nthe tip of a hair. Therefore the living entity is localized. Living entities rest on the\nBrahman effulgence, the bodily rays of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 169\n\n� ��<113 �<f.� �t;rt� '-tt� I\n\n'�t� <!!Jt9ij·<!!Jt�<!it, �� �' �t1'f'111 ���II\ncarma ghucaria kaila amare sodhana\ndonhara vyapya-vyapakatve ei ta' karaQa\nSYNONYMS\ncarma-deers\n\nkin; ghucaria-taking away;\n\nsodhana-purification;\n\ndonhara-of both\n\nkaila-did;\n\nof us;\n\namare-unto\n\nvyapya-being\n\nme;\n\nlocalized;\n\nvyapakatve-being all-pervasive; ei-this; ta'-indeed; karaQa-the cause.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu purified me by taking away my deerskin. This is\nproof that He is all-pervasive and all-powerful and that I am subordinate to\nHim.\nPURPORT\nBrahmananda Bharati herein asserts that\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the\n\nSupreme Brahman and that he is the subordinate Brahman. This is confirmed in\nthe Vedas: nityo nityanarh cetanas cetananam. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is Brahman or Pararh Brahman, the chief of all living entities. Both the\nSupreme Brahman, or the Personality of Godhead, and the living entities are persons, but the Supreme Brahman is the predominator, whereas the living entities\nare predominated.\n\n", "mad4#p0225": "Text 171]\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n193\n\nTEXT 170\n\n�q:<f<n:cf1 c��tc�1 <rilt\"5f\"l)�•rt�l() 1\n'1-:ITi'l��: \"ft�1 f;j�1-\"tif'�Pf�1�<t: II ) �\n\n•\n\nII\n\nsuvan;a-varQo hemango\nvarangas candanangadi\nsannyasa-krc chama/:! santo\nni?tha-santi-parayaQa/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuvarQa-of gold; varQa/:1-having the color; hema-atiga/:1 -whose body was\n\nlike molten gold; vara-atiga/:1 -having a most beautiful body; candana-angadiwhose body was smeared with sandalwood;\n\nsann yasa-krt-practicing the\n\nrenounced order of life; sama/:1-equipoised; santa/:1-peaceful; ni?tha-of devotion; santi-and of peace; parayaQa/:1-the highest resort.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'His bodily hue is golden, and His whole body is like molten gold. Every\npart of His body is very beautifully constructed and smeared with sandalwood\npulp. Accepting the renounced order, the Lord is always equipoised. He is\nfirmly fixed in His mission of chanting the Hare Kr�r;�a mantra, and He is firmly\nsituated in His dualistic conclusion and in His peace.'\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quote from the Mahabharata, Vi?Qu-sahasra-nama-stotra (127.92.75).\n\nTEXT 171\n\n�� �� iltt�� �·� �� fil�t\"\"9f� I\nl)�ilt� ��tif-c;t5t�-�,.t'S'f �\"!if II �'l� II\nei saba namera inha haya nijaspada\ncandanakta prasada-<;iora-sri-bhuje angada\nSYNONYMS\n\nei saba-all these;\n\nnamera-of names;\n\ninha-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nhaya-is; nija-aspada-the reservoir; candana-akta-smeared with the pulp of\nsandalwood; prasada-<;iora-the thread received from Jagannatha temple; sri­\n\nbhuje-on His arms; a tigada-ornaments.\n\n", "mad4#p0226": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n194\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"All the symptoms mentioned in the verse from Vi�Qu-sahasra-nama-stotra\nare visible in the body of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. His arms are decorated\nwith ornamental bangles made of sandalwood pulp and with the thread\nreceived from the Sri Jagannatha Deity.\"\nTEXT 172\n\n'e�t�� <11�,-'eHI�, <;!ifN <;���� iS711 1\n�'t_ �1;�,-<;�� <!l�, <;�� � �� II �'l� II\nbhattacarya kahe, -bharati, dekhi tamara jay a\nprabhu kahe,-yei kaha, sei satya haya\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya kahe-Bhattacarya said; bharati-0 Brahmananda Bharati; dekhil see; tamara jaya-your victory; prabhu kahe-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu said;\n\nyei kaha-whateve r you say; sei-that; satya-true; haya-is.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing this, Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya rendered his judgment, saying,\n\"Brahmananda\n\nBharati,\n\nI\n\nsee\n\nthat\n\nyou\n\nare\n\nvictorious.\"\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu immediately said, \"I accept whatever Brahmananda Bharati has\nsaid. It is quite all right with Me.\"\nTEXT 173\n\n��-f.tw-� �� f-tt'JJ� ��tiSffi 1\n\n�t�i!) <lit�,- �t� il't�, �iHJ � � II �'l� II\nguru-si?ya-nyaye satya si?yera parajaya\nbharati kahe,-eho nahe, anya hetu haya\nSYNONYMS\nguru-si?ya-nyaye-when there is a logical argument between the spiritual\nmaster and the disciple; satya\n\n-\n\ncertainly; si?yera-of the disciple; parajaya­\n\ndefeat; bharati kahe-Brahmananda Bharati said; eho nahe-in this case it is not\nthe fact; anya hetu-another cause; haya-there is.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu thus posed Himself as a disciple and accepted\nBrahmananda Bharati as His spiritual master. He then said, \"The disciple is\n\n", "mad4#p0227": "Text 175]\n\nThe L ord's R eturn to Jagannatha Puri\n\n195\n\ncertainly defeated in an argument with the spiritual master.\" Brahmananda\nBharati immediately countered these words, saying, \"This is not the cause of\nYour defeat. There is another cause.\nTEXT 174\n\n�� �� �t�' �,-� (;i!it�� ��t� I\n�� �� �il � �9lil ��� II )'\\8 II\nbhakta thafii hara' tumi, -e tamara svabhava\nara eka suna tumi apana prabhava\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta thafii-in the presence of a devotee; hara'-become defeated; tumiYou;\n\ne-this;\n\ntamara-Your;\n\nsva-bhava-nature;\n\nara-another;\n\neka-one;\n\nsuna-hear; tumi-You; apana prabhava-Your own influence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This is Your natural characteristic. You accept defeat at the hands of Your\ndevotee. There is is also another glory of Yours, which I ask You to hear attentively.\nTEXT 175\n\n�I!J!'Jf �fifil ;{<.fl3 'f.RI\"t<fi�'·$iltil I\n(;l!'t1fl (;W�' '?�' '�� <;�� �l'QJ�til II �'la- II\najanma karinu mufii 'nirakara'-dhyana\ntoma dekhi' 'kr$Qa' haifa mora vidyamana\nSYNONYMS\na-Janma-since my birth; karinu-have done; mufii-1; nirakara-dhyanameditation on impersonal Brahman; toma dekhi'-by seeing You; kr$Qa-Lord\nKr�r:Ja; haifa-became; mora-my; vidyamana-experience.\nTRANSLATION\n\" I have been meditating on the impersonal Brahman since my birth, but\nsince I have seen You, I have fully experienced Kr�r:-a.\"\nPURPO RT\nBrahmananda BharatT admitted that when there is an argument between the\nspiritual master and the disciple, the spiritual master is naturally victorious, al-\n\n", "mad4#p0228": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n196\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1 o\n\nthough the disciple may put forward a strong argument. In other words, it is\ncustomary that the words of the spiritual master are more worshipable than the\nwords of a disciple. Under the circumstances, since Brahmananda Bharati was in\nthe position of a spiritual master, he emerged victorious over Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, who considered Himself Brahmananda Bharati's disciple. However,\nBrahmananda Bharati reversed the argument and took the position of a devotee,\nadmitting that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r:Ja. This means that the Lord was voluntarily defeated out of affection for\nthe devotee. He was defeated voluntarily because no one can defeat the\n\nSupreme Lord. Concerning this, the words of Bhi�ma in Srimad-Bhagavatam are\nimportant:\nsva-nigamam apahaya mat-pratijriam\n\nrtam adhikartum avapluto ratha-stha/:1\n\ndhrta-ratha-caral)o 'bhyayac caladgur\n\nharir iva hantum ibharil gatottariya/:1\n\n\"Fulfilling my desire and sacrificing His own promise, He got down from the\nchariot, took up its wheel, and ran toward me hurriedly, just as a lion goes to kill\n\nan elephant. He even dropped His outer garment on the way.\" (Bhag.\n\n1.9.37)\n\nKr�r:Ja promised not to fight in the Battle of Kuruk�etra, but in order to break\nKr�r:Ja's promise, Bhi�ma attacked Arjuna in such a vigorous way that Kr�r:Ja was\nobliged to take up a chariot wheel and attack Bhi�ma. The Lord did this to show\nthat His devotee was being maintained at the sacrifice of His own promise.\nBrahmananda Bharati said, \"Since the beginning of my life I was attached to impersonal Brahman realization, but as soon as I saw You, I became very much attached to the Personality of Godhead, Kr�r:Ja.\" Therefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nis Lord Kr�r:Ja Himself, and thus Brahmananda Bharati became His devotee.\nTEXT 176\n\n�iftlf � �� , ';f7;il <;iltl! �· I\n\n��tt<fS l!<!li� <;\\iff�' '8W1l- � II ��� II\nkr?Qa-nama sphure mukhe, mane netre kr?Qa\ntomake tad-rapa dekhi' hrdaya-satr?Qa\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-nama-the holy name of Lord Kr�r:Ja; sphure-is manifest; mukhe-in\n\nthe mouth; mane-in the mind; netre-before the eyes; kr?Qa-the presence of\nLord Kr�r:Ja; tomake-You; tat-rupa-His form; dekhi'-1 see; hrdaya-my heart;\n\nsa-tr?Qa-very eager.\n\n", "mad4#p0229": "Text 177]\n\n197\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\nTRANSLATION\nBrahmananda Bharati continued, \"Since I have seen You, I have been feeling\nLord Kr�r;�a's presence in my mind and have been seeing Him before my eyes. I\nnow want to chant the holy name of Lord Kr�r;�a. Over and above this, within\nmy heart I consider You to be Kr�r;�a, and I am therefore very eager to serve\nYou.\nTEXT 177\n\nf�� �'f � 5fl't1 �t9fi{� I\n\n� ��' �l5fl'ti �� �nl' II �99 II\nbifvamangafa kaifa yaiche dasa apanara\nihan dekhi' sei dasa ha-ifa amara\nSY NONYMS\nbifva-mangafa-Bilvamarigala;\n\nkaifa-did;\n\nyaiche -as;\n\ndasa-condition;\n\napanara-his own; ihan-here; dekhi'-1 see; sei dasa-that condition; ha-ifabecame; amara-mine.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Bilvarnailgala Thakura abandoned his impersonal realization for the\nrealization of the Personality of Godhead. I now see that my condition is similar to his, for it has already changed.\"\nPURPORT\nIn his early life, Bilvamarigala Thakura was an impersonalist monist, and he used\nto meditate upon the impersonal Brahman effulgence. Later he became a devotee\nof Lord Kr�r:Ja, and his explanation for this change is given in a verse [text 178] that\nis quoted in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu.\n\nGradually one comes to the stage of\n\nBhagavan realization, realization of the Supreme Person, after having attained the\nlower stages of\n\nrealization-impersonal\n\nBrahman\n\nrealization and localized\n\nParamatma realization. This is described in Caitanya-candramrta (5) by Prabodhananda Sarasvati:\nkaivafyarh narakayate tridasa-pur akasa-pu$payate\ndurdantendriya-kafa-sarpa-patafi protkhata-damwayate\nvisvarh pOrQa-sukhayate vidhi-mahendradis ca ki.tayate\nyat-karuQya-katak$a-vaibhava-vatarh tam gauram eva stama/:1\nKaivafya, oneness in the effulgence of Brahman, appears hellish to the devotee.\nThe heavenly planets, the abodes of the demigods, appear to a devotee like\n\n", "mad4#p0230": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n198\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1 o\n\nphantasmagoria. The yogis meditate for sense control, but for the devotee the\nsenses appear like serpents with broken teeth. The devotee doesn't have to control his senses, for his senses are already engaged in the Lord's service. Consequently there is no possibility that the senses will act like serpents. In the material\ncondition, the senses are as strong as poisonous snakes. When the teeth are\nbroken, the snake is no longer dangerous. The entire world is a replica of\nVaiku�tha for the devotee because he has no anxiety. He sees that everything\n\nbelongs to Kr��a, and he does not want to enj oy anything for himself. He does not\n\neven aspire for the position of Lord Brahma or lndra. He simply wants to engage\neverything in the service of the Lord; therefore he has no problem. He stands in\nhis original constitutional position. All this is possible when one receives Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's merciful glance.\nIn the Caitanya-candramrta there are many more verses illustrating this same\nprinciple.\n\ndhik kurvati ca brahma-yoga-vidu�as tam gauracandraril numab\ntavad brahma-katha vimukta-padavi tavan na tiktibhavet\ntavac capi visrnkhalatvam ayate no loka-veda-sthitib\ntavac chastra-vidaril mithab ka/aka/o nana-bahir-vartmasu\nsri-caitanya-padambuja-priya-jano yavan na dig-gocarab\ngauras caurab sakala-maharat ko 'pi me tivra-viryab\nA discussion of the impersonal Brahman is not very palatable to a devotee. The\nso-called regulations of the sastras also appear null and void to him. There are\nmany people who argue over the sastras, but for a devotee such discussions are\nbut tumultuous roaring. By the influence of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, all these\nproblems disappear.\nTEXT 178\n\n�h�<�:���9f�C<l'W9ft\"2ft:, \"lft'l�Pl��t'l'l-\"f�i'l'!ft: I\n\"tr:�'l C<fi\"ltf9f <1:�� �UOI, ift'l�� C'>\\i9f\"<l:l(�?:�'l II� �17'11\nadvaita-vithi-pathikair upasyab\nsvananda-sirilhasana-/abdha-dik�ab\nsathena kenapi vayaril hathena\ndasi-krta gopa-vadhO-vitena\nSYNONYMS\n\nadvaita-vithi-of\n\nthe\n\nupasyab-worshipable;\n\npath\n\nof\n\nmonism;\n\nsva-ananda-of\n\npathikaib-by\n\nself-realization;\n\nthe\n\nwanderers;\n\nsirilhasana-on\n\nthe\n\n", "mad4#p0231": "Text 180]\n\n199\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\nthrone; /abdha-dik.�a/:1-being initiated; sathena-by a cheater; kenapi-some;\nvayam-1; hathena-by force; dasi-krta-made into a maidservant; gopa-vadhUvitena-by a boy engaged in joking with the gopis.\nTRANSLATION\nBrahmananda Bharati concluded, \"'Although I was worshiped by those on\nthe path of monism and initiated into self-realization through the yoga\nsystem, I am nonetheless forcibly turned into a maidservant by some cunning\nboy who is always joking with the gopis.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse written by Bilvamarigala Thakura. It is found in Bhakti-rasamrtasindhu (3.1.44).\nTEXT 179\n\n� <fit�,-�t� (;\\!it;f1� '$f'tlJ c;��i �11 I\n�'ft1 � �r.;�, � �� � II �'l� II\nprabhu kahe, -kr�Qe tamara gac;lha prema hay a\nyahar'l netra pac;le, tahar'l sri-k[�f)a sphuraya\nSY NONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied;\n\nkr�Qe-unto Kr�r:Ja;\n\ntamara-your; gac;/ha-deep; prema-love; haya-there is; yahar'l-wherever;\nnetra-eyes; pac;/e-fall; tahar'l-there; sri-k[?f)a-Lord Sri Kr�r:Ja; sphuraya-becomes manifest.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"You have a deep ecstatic love for\nKr��a; therefore wherever your eyes turn, you simply heighten your Kr��\nconsciousness.''\nTEXT 180\n\n��t�t� <fi�,-c;�t�� ���J �ill\n�'$f �flf �� �il �\"'te, ��-til II �\"'\" II\nbhattacarya kahe,-donhara susatya vacana\nage yadi kr?f)a dena sak�at darasana\n\n", "mad4#p0232": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n200\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya kahe-Sarvabhauma Bha��acarya said;\nsatya-correct;\n\ndoilhara-of both; su­\n\nvacana-statements; age-first; yadi--if;\n\nkr,s(la-Lord Kr�t:Ja;\n\ndena-gives; sak,sat-direct; darasana-audience.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya said, \"Both Your statements are correct. Kr�r;�a\ngives direct audience through His own mercy.\nTEXT 181\n\n(;�1{ � � ilt� �� �t'lfte,�t� I\n\n�·�1� �91tt'! � �11'-til �·�� II �lr� II\nprema vina kabhu nahe tailra sak,satkara\niilhara krpate haya darasana iilhara\nSYNONYMS\nprema v ina-without ecstatic love; kabhu nahe-there is never; tailra-His;\nsak,satkara-direct\n\nmeeting;\n\niilhara krpate-by the mercy\n\nof Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; haya-becomes possible; darasana-visit; iilhara-of Brahmananda\nBharati.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Without having ecstatic love for Kr�r;�a, one cannot see Him directly.\nTherefore through the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Brahmananda\nBharati has acquired direct vision of the Lord.\"\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"You are Brahmananda Bharati, an advanced\ndevotee who ecstatically loves the Supreme Lord. Therefore you see Kr�t:�a everywhere, and there is no doubt about it.\" Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya was a mediator\nbetween Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Brahmananda Bharati, and his judgment\nwas that an advanced devotee like Brahmananda Bharati sees Kr�t:�a by Kr�t:�a's\nmercy. Kr�t:�a directly presents Himself before the vision of an advanced devotee.\nSince Brahmananda Bharati was an advanced devotee, he saw Kr�t:�a in the person\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. In the words of Brahma-sarhhita (5.38):\npremaiijana-cchurita-bhak ti-vi /ocanena\nsantab sadaiva hrdaye,su vilokayanti\nyarh syamasundaram acintya-gu(la-svaraparh\ngovindam adi-puru,sarh tam aharh bhajami\n\n", "mad4#p0233": "The lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\nText 183]\n\n201\n\n\"I worship the primeval Lord Govinda, who is always seen by the devotee whose\neyes are anointed with the pulp of love. He is seen in His eternal form of Syamasundara situated within the heart of the devotee.\"\nTEXT 182\n\n� ��,- '�1_3' �' � ����I\n'��f�' �11l.!ll fi{\"!Bf \"1-.'1 II �\\r� II\n'\n\n,\n\nprabhu kahe,-'vi?QU' 'vi?QU', ki kaha sarvabhauma\n'ati-stuti' haya ei nindara /ak?aQa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; vi?QU vi?QU-0 Lord Vi��u, Lord\nVi��u; ki kaha - what are you speaking;\n\ntacarya;\n\nati-stuti-overly\n\nglorifying;\n\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhat­\n\nhaya-is;\n\nei-this;\n\nnindara\n\n/ak�aQa­\n\nsymptom of blasphemy.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya, what are you\nsaying? lord Vi�r;�u, save Me! Such glorification is simply another form of\nblasphemy.\"\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was a little embarrassed by Bhattacarya's statement;\ntherefore He uttered the name Vi�t:�u to save Himself. The Lord herein confirms\nthat if one is overestimated, glorification is just another form of blasphemy. In this\nway He protests this so-called offensive statement.\nTEXT 183\n\nl.!l� �fi;J' ��m ��1 r�-<�t� �t�� ,\n�®·(;'m�f� �� fir�r;;� �&�II �lr� II\neta bali' bharatire lana nija-vasa aila\nbharati-gosani prabhura nikate rahila\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i -saying this; bharatire-Brahmananda Bharati; /ana-taking with Him;\n'\n\nnija-vasa ai /a-returned to His own residence; bharati-gosani-Brahmananda\nBharati; prabhura nikate-in the shelter of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rahilaremained.\n\n", "mad4#p0234": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n202\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1 o\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took Brahmananda Bharati with\nHim to His residence. From that time on, Brahmananda Bharati remained with\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 184\n\n��wr�, �-rn �'5t� �11t� 1\n\n�-� �� \"'·� lit�' �(�t� II �IrS II\nramabhadracarya, ara bhagavan acarya\nprabhu-pade rahi/a durihe chacji' sarva karya\nSYNONYMS\nramabhadra-acarya-Ramabhadra\n\nAcarya;\n\nara-and;\n\nbhagavan-acarya­\n\nBhagavan Acarya; prabhu-pade-under the shelter of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nrahila-remained; durihe-both of them; cha�:li'-giving up; sarva karya-all\nother responsibilities.\nTRANSLATION\nLater, Ramabhadra Acarya and Bhagavan Acarya also joined them, and, giving up all other responsibilities, remained under Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\nshelter.\nTEXT 185\n\n�Jb� c�tf<fP �� �rn oo 1\n�'lit� <!i��i � m�� fifSf \"'t!:� II �lr<t II\nkasisvara gosani aila ara dine\nsammana kariya prabhu rakhi/a nija sthane\nSYNONYMS\nkasisvara gosatii-another devotee; ai/a-came; ara dine-next day; sammana\nkariya-giving all respect; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rakhila-kept;\nnija sthane-at His own place.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, Kasisvara Gosai'ii also came and remained with Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, who received him with great respect.\n\n", "mad4#p0235": "Text 188]\n\nThe Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\n203\n\nTEXT 186\n\n�� \"f�i ��'il � � I\n�'$f '-._\"ft<f.·�� ll� �fif' ��rRI''I II �lr� II\nprabhuke /aria kara'na isvara darasana\nage loka-bhic;ia saba kari' nivaraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nprabhuke-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; /aria-taking; kara'na-helps in; isvara\ndarasana-visiting Lord Jagannatha; age-in front of; loka-bhic;ia-crowds of\npeople; saba-all; kari' nivaraQa-restraining.\nTRANSLATION\nKasisvara used to usher Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu into the Jagannatha\ntemple. He would precede the Lord into the crowd and keep the people from\ntouching Him.\nTEXT 187\n\nC�tli ll�tl!f fit� I\n� �t\\!1,.� �� �tti �ttl �1f II �lr9 II\n\n� il\\f il�\n\nyata nada nadi yaiche samudre milaya\naiche mahaprabhura bhakta yahafi tahafi haya\nSYNONYMS\nyata-all; nada nadi-rivers; yaiche-as; samudre-in the sea; mi/aya-meet;\naiche-similarly; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-devotees; yahafi tahan-wherever; haya-they were.\nTRANSLATION\nAs all the rivers flow into the sea, all the devotees throughout the country\nfinally came to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's shelter.\nTEXT 188\n\n�� �tfll' filf\"f\"ti \\!!�����'II\n\n� �\"Pti �fif' �t1f ��\"' �'Sf �il II � lrlr II\n\n", "mad4#p0236": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n204\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 1 o\n\nsabe asi' milila prabhura sri-caraf)e\nprabhu krpa kari' sabaya rakhila nija sthane\nSYNONYMS\nsabe-all; asi'-coming; milila-met; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nsri-caraQe-under the shelter; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; krpa kari'showing mercy; sabaya-every one of them; rakhila-kept; nija sthane-under\nHis protection.\nTRANSLATION\nSince all the devotees came to Him for shelter, lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu showed them all mercy and kept them under His protection.\nTEXT 189\n\n�· <!' <ti� �� C�<t-f1li'(il I\nl�i ��� �ti', �t� Col!�-'fi�'l 11 �17-� 11\nei ta' kahila prabhura vai$Qava-milana\niha yei sune, paya caitanya-caraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nei\n\nta'-thus;\n\nkahi/a-1\n\nhave\n\ndescribed;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nLord\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; vai$Qava-milana-meeting with all the Vai�l)avas; iha-this narration; yei-anyone who; sune-hears; paya-gets; caitanya-caraQa-the shelter\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have described the meeting of all the Vai�r;�avas with Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. Whoever hears this description ultimately attains His shelter.\nTEXT 190\n\n!!\\1��-�t�·�tif �a �'flit 1\nC'fii!�tif��l! <tit��-.�� II ��0 II\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-Srila ROpa Gosvami; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrta-\n\n", "mad4#p0237": "The Lord's Return to Jagannatha Puri\n\nText 190]\n\nthe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe\n\nde scri b e s ;\n\n-\n\n205\nkr$Qadasa-Srila\n\nKr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kmtadasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritam�a, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhyalila, Tenth Chapter, describing the Lord's meeting the Vai$Qavas upon His return to\n)agannatha Puri from South India.\n\n", "mad4#p0238": "CHAPTER 11\n\nThe Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\n\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nBhaktinivoda Thakura summarizes the Eleventh Chapter in his Amrta-pravaha­\n\nbha�ya.\nWhen Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya tried his best to arrange a meeting between\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu and King Prataparudra, the Lord flatly denied his request. At this time SrT Ramananda Raya returned from his governmental post, and\nhe praised King Prataparudra highly in Lord Caitanya's presence. Because of this,\nthe Lord became a little soft. The King also made promises to Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, who hinted how the King might meet the Lord. During Anavasara, while\nLord jagannatha was resting for fifteen days, SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, being unable to see Lord Jagannatha, went to Alalanatha. Later, when the devotees from\nBengal came to see Him, He returned to jagannatha PurT. While Advaita Acarya\nand the other devotees were coming to Jagannatha PurT, SvarOpa Damodara and\nGovinda, SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's two personal assistants, went to receive all\nthe devotees with garlands. From the roof of his palace, King Prataparudra could\nsee all the devotees arriving. GopTnatha Acarya stood on the roof with the King,\nand, following Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya's instructions, identified each and every\ndevotee. The King discussed the devotees with GopTnatha Acarya, and he mentioned that the devotees were accepting prasada without observing the regulative principles governing pilgrimages. They accepted prasada without having\nshaved, and they neglected to fast in a holy place. Nonetheless, the King arranged\nresidential quarters for all the devotees and saw to their prasada. SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu talked very happily with Vasudeva Datta and other devotees.\nHaridasa Thakura also came, and due to his humble and submissive attitude, SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu gave him a nice solitary place near the temple. After this,\nthe lord began performing sarikirtana, dividing all the devotees into four divisions.\nAfter sarikirtana, all the devotees left for their residential quarters.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��� �t��� c;'it)����\n\nt� �t�� ����� I\n207\n\n", "mad4#p0239": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n208\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nilt�tii,i!t�� lllf�tlj1\n�i!ji R'!f� '���-fil�'ttiJ. II � II\natyuddarxiarh tal)(iavarh gauracandraf)\nkurvan bhaktaif) sri-jagannatha-gehe\nnana-bhavalankrtangaf) sva-dhamna\ncakre visvarh prema-vanya-nimagnam\nSYNONYMS\nati-very much; udda!)(iam-high jumping; tal)(iavam-very graceful dancing;\ngaura-candraf)-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kurvan-performing; bhaktaif)with the devotees; sri-jagannatha-gehe-in the temple of Lord Jagannatha; nanabhava-alankrta-angaf) -having many ecstatic symptoms manifested in His transcendental body; sva-dhamna-by the influence of His ecstatic love; cakremade; visvam-the whole world; prema-vanya-nimagnam-merged into the inundation of ecstatic love.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu merged the entire world into the ocean of ecstatic\nlove by performing His beautiful dances within the temple of Jagannatha. He\ndanced exquisitely and jumped high.\nTEXT 2\n\n� iST� <!\\l�l)i!� iST� fii�Jtil\"' I\n\niST�t�l)!§f � C:���\"' II � II\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; sri-caitanya-to Lord Caitanya; jaya-all glories; nityananda-to Nityananda Prabhu; jaya-all glories; advaita-candra-to Advaita\nPrabhu; jaya-all glories;\n\ngaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Lord SrT\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to lord Nityananda\nPrabhu! All glories to Sri Advaita Prabhu! And all glories to the devotees of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu!\n\n", "mad4#p0240": "Text 5]\n\nThe Bec;la-kirtana Pastimes\n\n209\n\nTEXT 3\n\n'f;ft1t firil �.(t�� �t� �GB:ttil I\n\n���·�til c;��' �fir, �RI filt�til II � II\nara dina sarvabhauma kahe prabhu-sthane\nabhaya-dana deha' yadi, kari nivedane\n\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-the next day; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya; kahe-says;\nprabhu-sthane-in the presence of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; abhaya-danathe charity of fearlessness; deha'-You give; yadi-if; kari-1 do; nivedane-submission.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya requested Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu to give him permission to submit a statement without fear.\nTEXT 4\n\n!2i't_ ��,- �� �' ilt� f�i 'e� I\n\n<:�'$fJ ��til �f.�, �t�t'$fJ ��til il� II 8 II\nprabhu kahe, -kaha tumi, nahi kichu bhaya\nyogya haile kariba, ayogya haile naya\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; kaha tumi-yes you can\n,\n\nspeak; nahi-there is not; kichu-any; bhaya-fear; yogya-befitting; haile-if it\nis; kariba-1 shall grant; ayogya-not befitting; haile-if it is; naya-then I shall\n\nnot.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord gave the Bhatfacarya assurance that He could speak without fear,\nbut added that if his statement were suitable He would accept it, and if it were\nnot, He would reject it.\nTEXT 5\n\n�t.(t�)'lf <lit�-�� �i!t�t!f 1tt� I\n��<f-�1 �l$lt�, c;i!'t1li fiffil<!ftt1t m II <t II\n\n", "mad4#p0241": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n210\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nsarvabhauma kahe-ei prataparudra raya\nutkaQtha hafiache, toma milibare caya\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma kahe-Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya said;\nraya\n\n-\n\nei-this;\n\nprataparudra\n\nKing Prataparudra of Jagannatha P uri; utkaQtha hafiache-has been very\n\nanxious; toma-You; milibare-to meet; caya-he wants.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhaffacarya said, \"There is a king named Prataparudra Raya.\nHe is very anxious to meet You, and he wants Your permission.\"\nTEXT 6\n\n<fit(�� OOti �'t_ �1f 'iiHI't11'1' I\n�rt�re)1{, <fi� <;<fiil �t�t'$fJ <t�il u � u\nkarQe hasta diya prabhu smare 'narayaQa'\nsarvabhauma, kaha kena ayogya vacana\nSYNONYMS\nkarQe-on\n\nthe\n\nears;\n\nhasta-hands;\n\ndiya-placing;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; smare-remembers; narayaQa-the holy name of Lord Narayar;ta;\nsarvabhauma-My dear Sarvabhauma;\n\nkaha-you say;\n\nkena-why; ayogya\n\nvacana-a request that is not suitable.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA s soon as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard this proposal, He immediately\ncovered His ears with His hands and said, \"My dear Sarvabhauma, why are\nyou requesting such an undesirable thing from Me?\nTEXT 7\n\nm� �Jt:il't �t� 1{�·tif1f-til 1\n\n?it-tit1f-til-lt1{ f<l�1f �-.'1 ll 9 ll\nvirakta sannyasi amara raja-darasana\nstri-darasana-sama vi?era bhak?aQa\n\n", "mad4#p0242": "The Bec;fa-kirtana Pastimes\n\nText 8]\n\n211\n\nSYNONYMS\nvirakta-unattached; sannyasi-person in the renounced order; amara-My;\nraja-darasana-meeting a king; stri-darasana-meeting a woman; sama-like;\nvi�era-of poison; bhak�aQa-drinking\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since I am in the renounced order, it is as dangerous for Me to meet a king\nas to meet a woman. They are both just like drinking poison.\"\nTEXT 8\n\nf-1 ��'!� i55(<t'!;�l:0!10JL��\n9ft�� 9(�� f�51PtC\"lf1,;<t'!t5f�� I\n'!\"If-f#!� f<l\"lf R!<!Pl'<l C<TtPl\\!it�\n�� �� �� f�<r��9?:�9fJ'!t� II IT II\nni�k;;icanasya bhagavad-bhajanonmukhasya\nparam param jigami�or bhava-sagarasya\nsandarsanam vi�ayiQam atha yo�itam ca\nha hanta hanta vi�a-bhak�aQato 'py asadhu\nSYNONYMS\nni�kiiicanasya-of a person who has completely detached himself from material enjoyment; bhagavat-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhajana-in\nserving; unmukhasya-who is eager to be engaged; param-to the other side;\nparam-distant;\n\njigami�of:J-who is desiring to go;\n\nbhava-sagarasya-of the\n\nocean of material existence; sandarsanam-the seeing (for some material purpose); vi�ayiQam-of persons engaged in material activities; atha-as well as;\nyo�itam-of women; ca-also; ha-alas; hanta hanta-e xpression of great lamentation;\n\nVi$a-bhak�aQataf:J-than\n\nthe\n\nact\n\nof\n\ndrinking\n\npoison;\n\napi-even;\n\nasadhu-more abominable.\nTRANSLATION\nGreatly lamenting, the Lord then informed Sarvabhauma Bhaffacarya,\n\" 'Alas, for a person who is seriously desiring to cross the material ocean and\nengage in the transcendental loving service of the Lord without material motives, seeing a materialist engaged in sense gratification and seeing a woman\nwho is similarly\nwillingly.' \"\n\ninterested is more abominable than drinking poison\n\n", "mad4#p0243": "212\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from\n\nSri Caitanya-candrodaya-nataka (8.23). Thus Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu enunciates the principles for a sannyasi renouncing the ma­\n\nterial world for spiritual advancement. Spiritual advancement is not meant for\nmagic shows and jugglery but for crossing the material world and being trans­\n\nferred to the spiritual world. Pararil pararil jigami$OQ means desiring to go to the\nother side of the material world. There is a river called Vaitarar:Ji, and on one side\nof this river is the material world, and on the other side is the spiritual world. Since\nthe Vaitarar:Ji River is compared to a great ocean, it is named bhava-sagara, the\n\nocean of repeated birth and death. Spiritual life aims at stopping this repetition of\nbirth and death and entering into the spiritual world, where one can live eternally\ncognizant and blissful.\nUnfortunately, the general populace does not know anything about spiritual life\n\nor the spiritual world. The spiritual world is mentioned in Bhagavad-gita (8.20):\n\nparas tasmat tu bhavo 'nyo\n'vyakto 'vyaktat sanatana/:1\nya/:1 sa sarve$U bhute$U\nnasyatsu na vinasyati\n\"Yet there is another nature, which is eternal and is transcendental to this\nmanifested and unmanifested matter. It is supreme and is never annihilated.\nWhen all in this world is annihilated, that part remains as it is.\"\nThus there is a spiritual nature beyond this material world, and that spiritual\nnature exists eternally. Spiritual advancement means stopping material activities\n\nand entering into spiritual activities. This is the process of bhakti-yoga. In the ma­\n\nterial world, the via media for sense gratification is mainly a woman. One who is\n\nseriously interested in spiritual life s�ould strictly avoid women. A sannyasi should\nnever see a man or a woman for material benefit. In addition, talks with materialistic men and women are also dangerous, and they are compared to drinking\npoison. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very strict on this point. He therefore\nrefused to see King Prataparudra, who was naturally always engaged in political\nand economic affairs. The Lord even refused to see the King despite the request of\n\na personality like Sarvabhauma Bha��acarya, who was the Lord's intimate friend\nand devotee.\nTEXT 9\n\n�� ��,-��J � �il I\ni!f�t'!·<;Jl<t<!i �i!fi f�� ��11 II � II\n\n", "mad4#p0244": "The Be«;ta-kirtana Pastimes\n\nText 10]\n\n213\n\nsarvabhauma kahe, -satya tamara vacana\njagannatha-sevaka raja kintu bhaktottama\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma kahe-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya replied; satya-true; tamaraYour; vacana-statement; jagannatha-sevaka-servant of Lord Jagannatha; rajathe King; kintu-but; bhakta-uttama-a great devotee.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya replied, \"My dear Lord, what You have said is\ncorrect, but this King is not an ordinary king. He is a great devotee and servant\nof Lord Jagannatha.\"\nTEXT 10\n\n�<tit!{,- ��r� � �ll�� 1\n<tit��t�·\"\"Pft-f C�li ��t'S'f f�11l II �\n\n0\n\nII\n\nprabhu kahe,-tathapi raja kala-sarpakara\nka$tha-nari-sparse yaiche upaje vikara\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; tathapi-still; raja-the\nKing; kala-sarpa-akara-just like a venomous snake; ka$tha-nari-a woman made\nof wood; sparse-by touching; yaiche-as; upaje-arises; vikara-agitation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Although it is correct that the King is a\ngreat devotee, he is still to be considered a venomous snake. Similarly, even\nthough a woman be made of wood, one becomes agitated simply by touching\nher form.\nPURPORT\nSri Car:Jakya Par:J<;lita in his moral instructions has stated: tyaja durjana-sarhsargarh bhaja sadhu-samagamam. This means that one has to abandon the\nassociation of materialistic people and associate with spiritually advanced people.\nHowever qualified a materialist may be, he is no better than a venomous serpent.\nEveryone knows that a snake is dangerous and poisonous, and when its hood is\ndecorated with jewels, it is no less poisonous or dangerous. However qualified a\nmaterialist may be, he is no better than a snake decorated with jewels. One\n\n", "mad4#p0245": "214\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nshould therefore be careful in dealing with such materialists, just as one would be\ncareful in dealing with a bejeweled serpent.\nEven though a woman be made of wood or stone, she becomes attractive\nwhen decorated. One becomes sexually agitated even by touching the form.\nTherefore one should not trust his mind, which is so fickle that it can give way to\nenemies at any moment. The mind is always accompanied by six enemiesnamely, kama, krodha, mada, moha, matsarya and bhaya-that is, lust, anger,\nintoxication, illusion, envy and fear. Although the mind may be merged in spiritual\nconsciousness, one should always be very careful in dealing with it, just as one is\ncareful in dealing with a snake. One should never think that his mind is trained\nand that he can do whatever he likes. One interested in spiritual life should always\nengage his mind in the service of the Lord so that the enemies of the mind, who\nalways accompany the mind, will be subdued. If the mind is not engaged in Kr�r:Ja\nconsciousness at every moment, there is a chance that it will give way to its\nenemies. In this way we become victims of the mind.\nChanting the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra engages the mind at the lotus feet of Kr�r:Ja\nconstantly; thus the mind's enemies do not have a chance to strike. Following Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's example in these verses, we should be very careful in\ndealing with the mind, which should not be indulged in any circumstance. Once\nwe indulge the mind, it can create havoc in this life, even though we may be\nspiritually advanced. The mind is specifically agitated through the association of\nmaterialistic men and women. Therefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, through His\npersonal behavior, warns everyone to avoid meeting a materialistic person or a\nwoman.\nTEXT 11\n\n\"151t<f1�1-rf9r c���T\" �'lctt� ��Ri'I11!M 1\n���C��'\\'1: C\"ljit���1 ���C<::!�f9f II � � II\nakarad api bhetavyaril\nstril)aril vi?ayiQam api\nyathaher manasa/:1 k?obhas\ntatha tasyakrter api\nSYNONYMS\n\nakarat-from bodily features; api-even; bhetavyam-to be feared; stril)amof women; vi?ayiQam-of materialistic persons; api-even; yatha-as; ahe/:1from a serpent; manasa/:1-of the mind; k?obha/:1-agitation; tatha-so; tasya-of\nit; akrte/:1-from the appearance; api-even.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'Just as one is immediately frightened upon seeing a live serpent or even\nthe form of a serpent, one endeavoring for self-realization should similarly\n\n", "mad4#p0246": "Text 14]\n\nThe Be«;;a-kirtana Pastimes\n\n215\n\nfear a materialistic person and a woman. Indeed, he should not even glance at\ntheir bodily features.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Sri Caitanya-candrodaya-nataka (8.24).\nTEXT 12\n\n�� �i! 'i_�iff� �� �i �tf�<l I\n<15� �fff, i!{;<t �tlffil ��1 �i c;w�t<tll �� 11\naiche vata punarapi mukhe na anibe\nkaha yadi, tabe amaya etha na dekhibe\nSYNONYMS\naiche vata-such a request; punarapi-again; mukhe-in the mouth; na-do\nnot; anibe-bring; kaha yadi-if you speak; tabe-then; amaya-Me; ethahere; na-not; dekhibe-you will see.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Bhaf!acarya, if you continue to speak like this, you will never see Me here\nagain. Therefore you should never let such a request come from your mouth.''\nTEXT 13\n\n�t�i �(� f� �?;1!1: c;�i I\n<llJtffi fmli \"'�t�� flj�i! �i'fill �� II\n\n��\n\nbhaya pana sarvabhauma nija ghare gefa\nvasaya giya bhattacarya cintita ha-ifa\nSYNONYMS\nbhaya pana-being afraid; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma; nija-own; ghare-to\nhome; gefa-returned; vasaya giya-reaching his residential place; bhattacaryaBhanacarya; cintita ha-ifa-became meditative.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing afraid, Sarvabhauma returned home and began to meditate on the\nmatter.\nTEXT 14\n\nc;�� <!51?;� �i!t9f?\\Jf �r;��?;1f �t��i I\n�ti!-m·�\"f if� u-f� ��i II �8 II\n\n", "mad4#p0247": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n216\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nhena kale prataparudra puru�ottame aila\npatra-mitra-sange raja darasane calila\nSYNONYMS\nhena kale -at this time; prataparudra-King Prataparudra; puru�ottame-at\nJagannatha Purr; ai/a -arrived; patra-mitra-sange-accompanied by his secretaries, ministers, military officers and so on; raja -the King; darasane-to visit Lord\nJagannatha; cali/a\n\n-\n\ndeparted.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAt this time, Maharaja Prataparudra arrived at Jagannatha Puri, Puru�ottama, and, accompanied by his secretaries, ministers and military officers,\nwent to visit the temple of Lord Jagannatha.\nPURPORT\nIt appears that Maharaja Prataparudra used to live at Kataka, his capital. Later he\nshifted his capital to Khurda, a few miles from Jagannatha Purr. Presently there is a\nrailway station there called Khurda Road.\nTEXT 15\n\n��til�t� �fl1 ���1 '5tiSf9f�·�ter 1\n\n��r;1{� �,t� �tflt' fiffa;ra;j <1'l�t'Jf II �<t II\nramananda raya aila gajapati-sange\nprathamei prabhure asi' milila bahu-ralige\nSYNONYMS\nramananda raya -Ramananda Raya; aila -came; gaja-pati-salige-with the\nKing;\n\nprathamei-in\n\nthe\n\nfirst\n\ninstance;\n\nprabhure -unto\n\nLord\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; asi -coming; milila-met; bahu ralige -with great pleasure.\n-\n\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen King Prataparudra returned to Jagannatha Puri, Ramananda Raya also\ncame with him. Ramananda Raya immediately went to meet Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu with great pleasure.\nPURPORT\nAll Indian kings are given titles. Sometimes they are known as Chatrapati, sometimes Narapati and sometimes Asvapati. The King of Orissa is addressed as Gajapati.\n\n", "mad4#p0248": "Text 18]\n\nThe Bec;ta-kirtana Pastimes\n\n217\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�t11 �'ff! '�'\"'' �� C<f-'\"1 �tf�� I\n\nl� iSf� '��tr;� ��� l!iil'f� II �� II\nraya praf)ati kaifa, prabhu kaifa afingana\ndui jane premavese karena krandana\nSYNONYMS\nraya praQati kaifa-Ramananda Raya offered his obeisances; prabhu-the Lord;\nkai/a-did; afir'lgana-embracing; dui jane-both of them; prema-avese-in\necstatic love; karena-did; krandana-crying.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon meeting Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Ramananda Raya offered his obeisances. The Lord embraced him, and both of them began to cry in the great\necstasy of love.\nTEXT 17\n\n�t�·�er ��� '\"�' �-�J��t11 1\n\n��'Stt'RI' ';ft� � ��e.�nt II �'l II\nraya-sange prabhura dekhi' sneha-vyavahara\nsarva bhakta-gaQera mane haifa camatkara\nSYNONYMS\nraya-sange-with Ramananda Raya; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ndekhi'-seeing; sneha-vyavahara-very intimate behavior; sarva-all; bhaktagaf)era-of all the devotees; mane-in the mind; haifa-there was; camatkaraastonishment.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's intimate dealings with Sri Ramananda Raya, all the devotees there were astqnished.\nTEXT 18\n\n�t11 �?;�,- Q!t�nt �ti9i1 �t� �� I\n'��t11 ��t� �iSf1 '�t� � �'\"' ll �11\" ll\n\n", "mad4#p0249": "Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n218\n\nraya kahe, -tamara ajfia rajake kahila\ntamara icchaya raja mora vi�aya cha(faila\nSYNONYMS\nraya kahe-Ramananda Raya said; tamara ajfia-Your order; rajake kahi/a-1 informed the King; tamara icchaya-by Your grace; raja-the King; mora-my;\nvi�aya-material activities; cha(fai/a-gave me relief from.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya said, \"I duly informed King Prataparudra of Your order for\nme to retire from service. By Your grace, the King was pleased to relieve me of\nthese material activites.\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu requested Ramananda Raya to retire from his governorship, and according to the Lord's desire, Ramananda Raya petitioned the King.\nThe King was very pleased to give him relief, and thus Ramananda Raya retired\nfrom service and received a pension from the government.\nTEXT 19\n\n� ��,- �lli C�� if! � '�' I\n\nC�ffi'i �i, �fir �t�i � II �� II\nami kahi, -ama haite na haya 'vi�aya'\ncaitanya-caraQe rahori, yadi ajfia haya\nSYNONYMS\nami kahi-1 said; ama haite-by me; na-not; haya-is possible; vi�ayagovernment\n\nservice;\n\ncaitanya-caraQe-at\n\nthe\n\nlotus\n\nfeet\n\nof\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; rahori-1 may stay; yadi ajfia haya-if you kindly give me permission.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I said, 'Your Majesty, I am now not willing to engage in political activities.\nI desire only to stay at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Kindly give\nme permission.'\nTEXT 20\n\n�tll� iif1f �fil' 1ftiSfl �tilf'ltti! C�\"f I\n��i{ C�t� �fi' � 'Cit!irlli{ '�\"' II �\n\n0\n\nII\n\n", "mad4#p0250": "Text 22]\n\nThe Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\n\n219\n\ntamara nama suni' raja anandita haifa\nasana haite uthi' more afitigana kaifa\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-Your; nama-name; suni'-hearing; raja-the King; anandita-very\npleased; haifa-became; asana haite-from his throne; uthi'-standing; moreme; afitigana kaifa-embraced.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When I submitted this proposal, the King, immediately upon hearing Your\nname, was very pleased. Indeed, he instantly arose from his throne and\nembraced me.\nTEXT 21\n\n(7!11T� �t1T ��' C�� �-<;�1t1t<ll't I\n\n�� �i! .mt' �� f9f�f� �t-t� II �) II\ntamara nama suni' haifa maha-premavesa\nmora hate dhari' kare piriti vise?a\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-Your; nama-name; suni'-hearing; haifa-became; maha-great;\nprema-avesa-ecstasy of love; mora hate-my hand; dhari'-catching; karedoes; piriti-loving symptoms; vise?a-specific.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear lord, as soon as the King heard Your holy name, he was immediately overwhelmed by a great ecstatic love. Catching my hand, he displayed all the symptoms of love.\nTEXT 22\n\n�1ft�<;�·���, �1{ �l'l'<a <;�����I\nr�r�� ��1 '@i� c�i!t�� �11'1 11 �� 11\ntamara ye vartana, tumi khao sei vartana\nniscinta hana bhaja caitanyera caraQa\n\n", "mad4#p0251": "220\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ntomara-Your;\n\nye-whatever;\n\nvartana-remuneration;\n\ntumi-you;\n\nkhao­\n\ntake; sei-that; vartana-pension; niscinta hafia-without anxiety; bhaja-just\nworship; caitanyera-of Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; caraQa-the lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\" A s soon as he heard my petition, he immediately granted me a pension\nwithout reductions. Thus the King granted me a full salary as a pension and requested me to engage without anxiety in the service of Your lotus feet.\nTEXT 23\n\n�tfit -fit�, '�t�J il� it��� I\n\nitc11' �� �ti!lf it11 �tl'Q'( iSTI_,til II �'!l II\nami-chara, yogya nahi tanra darasane\ntanre yei bhaje tanra saphala jivane\nSYNONYMS\n\nami-1; chara-very fallen; yogya-fit; nahi-not; tanra-His; darasane-for\ninterviewing; tanre-Him; yei-anyone who; bhaje-worships; tanra-his; sapha/a-successful; jivane-life.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Then Maharaja Prataparudra very humbly said, 'I\n\nam\n\nmost fallen and\n\nabominable, and I am unfit to receive an interview with the Lord. O ne's life is\nsuccessful if one engages in His service.'\nTEXT 24\n\n�� ??!�'i� �t�il�il I\n\n�til·i!lft\" 00t11' �_,lW flrt_,il \\if� II �8 II\nparama krpalu tenha vrajendra-nandana\nkona-janme more avasya dibena darasana\nSYNONYMS\n\nparama-very much; krpa/u-merciful; tenha-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nvrajendra-nandana-the son of Maharaja Nanda; kona-janme-in some future\nbirth; more-unto me; avasya-certainly; dibena-will give; darasana-interview.\n\n", "mad4#p0252": "The Bec;fa-kirtana Pastimes\n\nText 26]\n\n221\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The King then said, 'Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is K��r:ta, the son of Maharaja Nanda. He is very merciful, and I hope that in a future birth He will allow me\nan interview.'\nTEXT 25\n\n� i'l� c;l${-�t�\n\nor�( c;�tlrt� 1\n\n�t1t 11l<fi (;�J!-(;'1-t' il�� �tJ!�� II �<t II\nye tarihara prema-arti dekhiluri tomate\ntara eka prema-lesa nahika amate\nSYNONYMS\nye-whatever; tarihara-his; prema arti-painful feelings of love of Godhead;\n-\n\ndekhi/uri-1 saw; tomate-unto You; tara-of that; eka-one ; prema-/esa-fraction of love; nahika-there is not; amate-in me.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My Lord, I don't think that there is even a fraction of Maharaja Prataparudra's loving ecstasy in me.\"\nTEXT 26\n\n�'-<fit�,- 'Jfil ?�-����t{til I\n�1ftt\"� c;� &jl� <fit1t, �� ��i{, .II �� II\nprabhu kahe,- tumi kr?Qa-bhakata-pradhana\ntomake ye priti kare, sei bhagyavan\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-L ord S rT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; tumi-you; kr?Qa-bhakatapradhana-the chief of the devotees of Lord Kr�r:ta; tomake-unto you; ye-anyone who; priti kare-shows love; sei-such a person; bhagyavan-most fortunate.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then said, \"My dear Ramananda Raya, you are the\nforemost of all the devotees of K��r:ta; therefore whoever loves you is certainly\na very fortunate person.\n\n", "mad4#p0253": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n222\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 27\n\n<;i!tlmi! <;� �i! �f?! ��111 �t'Sft� I\n\n�� �t'l \"t� citt� �f�t� �tfr�Bf II �'l II\ntomate ye eta priti ha-ifa rajara\nei guf)e kr?Qa talire karibe aligikara\nSYNONYMS\n\ntomate-unto you; ye-that; eta-so much; priti-love; ha-ifa-was; rajaraof the King; ei guf)e-for this reason; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�l)a; tanre-him; karibe\naligikara-will accept.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because the King has shown so much love for you, Lord Kr�l)a will certainly accept him.\nPURPORT\n\nKing Prataparudra requested an interview with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nthrough the Bhattacarya, who duly submitted the request. The Lord, however, immediately refused this interview. Now when Ramananda Raya informed the Lord\nhow eager the King was to see Him, the Lord was immediately pleased. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu requested Ramananda Raya to retire from his government\npost and come to Sri Puru�ottama-k�etra (Jagannatha Puri) to live with Him. When\nthis proposal was submitted to King Prataparudra, he immediately accepted it and\nalso encouraged Ramananda Raya by allowing him a full pension. This was very\nmuch appreciated by the Lord, and this confirms the fact that the Lord is more\npleased when one serves the servant of the Lord. In ordinary parlance it is said, \"If\nyou love me, love my dog.\" To approach the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\none has to go through His confidential servant. This is the method. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu clearly says, \"Because the King loves you, Ramananda Raya, he is\nvery fortunate. Kr�l)a will certainly accept him due to his love for you.\"\nTEXT 28\n\nC<j' C'l ���j: 9f1� � C'l �'&i\"D C� �'It:· I\n'li!�i•\\1� C<l' i5�lC'(g C'l ii;��'l1 '1�1: II �lr II\nye me bhakta-jana/:1 partha\nna me bhaktas ca te jana/:1\nmad-bhaktanarh ca ye bhaktas\nte me bhaktatama mata/:1\n\n", "mad4#p0254": "The Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\n\nTexts 29-30]\n\n223\n\nSYNONYMS\nye-those who; me-My; bhakta-janab-devotees; partha-0 Partha; nanot; me-My; bhaktab-devotees; ca-and; te-those; janab-persons; matbhaktanam-of My devotees; ca-certainly; ye-those who; bhaktab-devotees; te-such persons;\n\nme-My;\n\nbhaktatamab-most advanced devotees;\n\nmatab-that is My opinion.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�r;�a told Arjuna, 'Those who are My direct devotees are actually not\nMy devotees, but those who are the devotees of My servant are factually My\ndevotees.'\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu quotes this verse from the Adi PuraQa. The verse is\nalso included in the Laghu-bhagavatamrta (2.6).\nTEXTS 29-30\n\nl!l'tl'f�: 9fR!�tft�t� 1!����<101101\"{. I\n\"l���l�JN:f1 1f�'¥l:'-3� \"l'lrf'-3: II <.� II\n\"IT���osrcse1 � <�:sm \"IT�r.<t�<f\"t 1\n\"1-qrsf<t� �0{1!: 1!�<1'1�f<�<��'1\"\\ 11 \"•\nadarab paricaryayarh\nsarvarigair abhivandanam\nmad-bhakta-pujabhyadhika\nsarva-bhDte?U man-matib\nmad-arthe?v ariga-ce?ta ca\nvacasa mad-guQeraQam\nmayy arpaQarh ca manasab\nsarva-kama-vivarjanam\nSYNONYMS\nadarab-respect, care; paricaryayam-in service; sarva-arigaib-by all the parts\nof the body; abhivandanam-offering obeisances; mat-bhakta-of My devotees;\npuja-worshiping; abhyadhika-very high; sarva-bhate?u-in all living entities;\nmat-matib-realization of having a relationship with Me; mat-arthe?u-for the\nsake of My service; ariga-ce?tab-engaging the bodily energy; ca-and; vacasaby words; mat-gu(la-ira(lam-describing My glories; mayi-unto Me; arpa(lamdedicating; ca-and; manasab-of the mind; sarva-kama-all material desires;\nvivarjanam-giving up.\n\n", "mad4#p0255": "224\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'My devotees take great care and respect in rendering Me service. They\noffer obeisances to Me with all their bodily limbs. They worship My devotees\nand find all living entities related to Me. For Me they engage the entire energy\nof their bodies. They engage the power of speech in the glorification of My\nqualities and form. They also dedicate their minds unto Me and try to give up\nall kinds of material desires. Thus My devotees are characterized.'\nPURPORT\n\nThese two verses are quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.19.21-22). They\n\nwere spoken by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Kr��a, who was\n\nanswering Uddhava's inquiry about devotional service.\nTEXT 31\n\n'(!{t�H'I't'l't'Z '!r.��t'Z �r.�llft�N.,-oz 9f�\"{,l\n\n�\"iit:; 9f���� Clff<! �lflllt'l't'Z '!�SOl\"( II \"� II\naradhananarh sarve?arh\n\nVi$f)Of aradhanarh param\n\ntasmat paratararh devi\n\ntadiyanarh samarcanam\nSYNONYMS\n\naradhananam-of varieties of worship; sarve$am-all; vi$fJOb-of Lord Vi��u;\n\naradhanam-worship; param-the most exalted; tasmat-and above such wor­\n\nship of Lord Vi?I)U; parataram-of greater value; devi-0 goddess; tadiyanam­\n\nof persons in relationship with Lord Vi��u; samarcanam-rigid and firm worship.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Lord Siva told the goddess Durga, 'My dear Devi, although the Vedas\nrecommend worship of demigods, the worship of Lord Vi�r;�u is topmost.\nHowever, above the worship of Lord Vi�r;�u is the rendering of service to\nVai�r;�avas, who are related to Lord Vi�r;�u.'\nPURPORT\n\nThe Vedas are divided into three divisions-karma-kar)Q'a, jnana-kaf)r;ia and\n\nupasana-kaf)r;ia. These are activities dealing with fruitive work, empiric philosophi­\n\ncal speculation and worship. There are recommendations in the Vedas for the\nworship of various demigods as well as Lord Vi��u. Lord Siva answers Durga's\n\nquestion in this quotation from Padma Puraf)a. This verse is also included in Laghu-\n\n", "mad4#p0256": "Text 32]\n\nThe Bec;ta-kirtana Pastimes\n\n225\n\nbhagavatamrta (2.4) by Srila ROpa Gosvami. The words Vi$f)Or aradhanam refer to\nthe worship of L'Ord Vi�r:tu, or Kr�r:ta. Thus the supreme form of worship is the\nsatisfaction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead Sri Kr�r:ta. It is further con­\n\ncluded that the worshiper of Lord Vi�r:tu renders better service by worshiping the\n\ndevotee of Lord Kr�r:ta. There are different types of devotees-those in the santa­\n\nrasa, dasya-rasa, sakhya-rasa, vatsalya-rasa and madhurya-rasa. Although all the\nrasas are on the transcendental platform, the madhurya-rasa is the supreme transcendental mellow. Consequently it is concluded that the worship of devotees\nengaged in the Lord's service in the madhurya-rasa is the supreme spiritual ac­\n\ntivity. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His followers mainly worship Lord Kr�r:ta in\nthe madhurya-rasa. Other Vai�r:tava acaryas recommended worship up to the vat­\n\nsalya-rasa. Therefore Srila ROpa Gosvami in his Vidagdha-madhava (1.2) describes\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's cult as supreme:\n\nanarpita-carirh cirat karuQayavatirQa/:1 ka/au\nsamarpayitum unnatojjvala-rasarh sva-bhakti-sriyam\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu appeared in this age of Kali to exhibit the superexcellence of madhurya-rasa, a gift never previously bestowed by any acarya or in­\n\ncarnation. Consequently Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is accepted as the most mag­\n\nnanimous incarnation. It is He only who distributed love of Kr�r:ta while exhibiting\n\nthe superexcellence of loving Kr�r:ta in the conjugal rasa.\nTEXT 32\n\n��19fi ���9f'T: C'l<l.'l C<f1:�<!�--\"':( II\n<n:�i9f5fr'll'C� f;r�J� ClPWfC<l.'l �Ojj;f;{: II \"� II\ndurapa hy a/pa-tapasa/:1\nseva vaikuQtha-vartmasu\nyatropagiyate nityarh\ndeva-devo janardana/:1\nSYNONYMS\ndurapa-very difficult to achieve; hi-certainly; a/pa-tapasa/:1-by a person not\n\nadvanced in spiritual life; seva-service; vaikuQtha-vartmasu-unto persons on\nthe path back home, back to Godhead; yatra -wherein; upagiyate-is worshiped\nand glorified; nityam-regularly; deva-deva/:1-the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead; janardana/:1 -Lord Kr�r:ta.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Those whose austerity is meager can hardly obtain the service of the pure\ndevotees progressing on the path back to the kingdom of Godhead, the\n\n", "mad4#p0257": "Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n226\n\nVaikur:Jfhas. Pure devotees engage one hundred percent in glorifying the\nSupreme lord, who is the lord of the demigods and the controller of all living\nentities.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(3.7.20). This was spoken by\n\nVidura in his conversation with Maitreya ��i, a great devotee of the Lord.\nTEXT 33\n\n��' ���·<;'ijt�tf�, 'lilfi�, �\\!Jt� I\niSf�\"f, ��\"ftf'W �� �i@�\"f II�� II\npuri, bharati-gosafii, svarapa, nityananda\n\njagadananda, mukundadi yata bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\npuri-Paramananda PurT; bharati-Brahmananda Bharati; gosafii-on the level\n\nof the spiritual master; svarapa-Svaropa Damodara Gosvami; nityananda-Lord\nNityananda Prabhu; jagadananda-Jagadananda; mukunda-Mukunda; adi-and\n\nothers; yata-all; bhakta-vrnda-devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nParamananda\n\nPuri,\n\nB rahmananda\n\nBharati\n\nGosaiii,\n\nS varupa\n\nDamodara\n\nGosaiii, lord Nityananda, Jagadananda, Mukunda and others were present\nbefore the lord at that time.\nTEXT 34\n\n�fit <;'ijt�tr�� '<15a;- m ij�'J �\"'i{ 1\n\n��tt�t'ijJ �� �t�� <lSf.� �i{ II�8 II\ncari gosafiira kaila raya caraua vandana\n\nyatha-yogya saba bhaktera karila milana\nSYNONYMS\n\ncari gosafiira-of the four gosafiis, or spiritual masters; kai/a-did; raya-Rama­\n\nnanda Raya; caraua vandana-worshiping the lotus feet; yatha-yogya-as it is\nbefitting; saba-all; bhaktera-of the devotees; kari/a-did; mi/ana-meeting.\n\n", "mad4#p0258": "Text 36]\n\nThe Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\n\n227\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Ramananda Raya therefore offered his obeisances to all the Lord's devotees, in particular to the four spiritual masters. Thus Ramananda Raya suitably\nmet all the devotees.\nPURPORT\nThe four spiritual masters referred to in this verse are Paramananda Puri,\nBrahmananda BharatT, SvarOpa Damodara and Lord Nityananda.\nTEXT 35\n\n� �!{,- �-rn, ,�r-t� <llJ��erni{ 1\n1\\1� � -�7;� �t· 9ft� �pfi{ ll �<t ll\nprabhu kahe, -raya, dekhile kamala-nayana?\nraya kahe-ebe yai paba darasana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; raya-My dear Ramananda Raya; dekhile-have\nyou seen; kamala-nayana-the lotus-eyed Lord Jagannatha; raya kahe-Ramananda Raya replied; ebe yai-now I shall go; paba darasana-1 shall visit the\ntemple.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu next asked Ramananda Raya, \"Have you already\nvisited the temple of the lotus-eyed Lord Jagannatha ?\" Ramananda Raya\nreplied, \"I shall now go visit the temple.\"\nTEXT 36\n\n�t. ��, -�rn, � f<fl <lltli <ll�t� ?\n\n�'1(� if! '��' '�i{ �t� ��1 �t�t� ? �� II\nprabhu kahe, -raya, tumi ki karya kari/e?\nisvare na dekhi' kene age etha aile?\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; raya-My dear Ramananda Raya;\ntumi-you ; ki karya-what; kari/e-have done; isvare-the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; na dekhi -witho ut seeing; kene-why; age-first; etha-here;\n'\n\naile-you came.\n\n", "mad4#p0259": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n228\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"What have you done, My dear Raya?\nWhy did you not first see Lord Jagannatha and then come here? Why have you\ncome here first?\"\nTEXT 37\n\nm ��, �t'l-t�, �if�-,ti!N 1\n\n� �t$1 �rn, '!'tt1 �rn ��-t� 11 �'l 11\nraya kahe, caraQa-ratha, hrdaya-sarathi\nyahan lana yaya, tahan yaya jiva-rathi\nSYNONYMS\nraya\n\nkahe-Ramananda\n\nhrdaya-the\n\nheart;\n\nyaya-goes;\n\ntahan-there;\n\nRaya\n\nreplied;\n\ncaraQa-the\n\nsarathi-chariot driver;\n\nlegs;\n\nyahali-wherever;\n\nratha-chariot;\n/ana-taking;\n\nyaya-goes; jiva-rathi-the living entity on the\n\nchariot.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya said, \"The legs are like the chariot, and the heart is like\nthe charioteer. Wherever the heart takes the living entity, the living entity is\nobliged to go.\"\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita (18.61) Lord Kr�r;�a explains:\nisvarab sarva-bhatanarh\nhrd-dese 'rjuna ti�thati\nbhramayan sarva-bhatani\nyantrara(fhani mayaya\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arj una, and is directing the\nwanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a machine made of material\nenergy.\"\nThus the living entity wanders within this universe riding upon a chariot (the\nbody) bestowed by material nature. A similar explanation is given in the Katha\nUpani�ad (1.3.3,4):\n\natmanarh rathinarh viddhi\nsarirarh ratham eva tu\nbuddhirh tu sarathirh viddhi\nmanab pragraham eva ca\n\n", "mad4#p0260": "Text 39]\n\nThe Bec,fa-kirtana Pastimes\n\n229\n\nindriyaf)i hayan ahur\nvi?ayarhs te?u gocaran\natmendriya-mano-yuktarh\nbhoktety ahur mani?iQab\n\"The individual is the passenger in the car of the material body, and intelligence is\nthe driver. Mind is the driving instrument, and the senses are the horses. The self is\nthus the enjoyer or sufferer in the association of the mind and senses. In this way\nit is understood by great thinkers.\"\nThus the living entity is the charioteer and the body the chariot offered by material nature. The mind is the reins controlling the horses, and the senses are the\n\nhorses. Thus the living entity is the false enj oyer of the material world. One who is\nadvanced in Kr��a consciousness can control the mind and intelligence. In other\nwords, he can control the reins and the horses (the senses), even though the\nhorses are very powerful. One who can control the senses by his mind and intelligence can very easily approach the Supreme Personality of Godhead, or Vi��u,\nwho is the ultimate goal of life. Tad vi?Qob paramarh padarh sada pasyanti sDrayab.\nThose who are actually advanced approach Lord Vi��u, their ultimate goal. Such\npeople are never captivated by Lord Vi��u's external energy, the material world.\nTEXT 38\n\n<crtfif f� �f1�, 1!i{ �1 ��1 �t�� I\n�'itrt�-�� f<t�1t i{1 c<li� u ��r u\nami ki kariba, mana ihan lana ai/a\njagannatha-darasane vicara na kaila\nSYNONYMS\nJ.mi-1; ki-what; kariba-shall do; mana-my mind; ihali-here; /ana-taking; iii/a-arrived; jagannatha-darasane-to see Lord Jagannatha; vicara-consideration; na-did not; kai/a-make.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Ramananda Raya continued, \"What shall I do? My mind has brought me\nhere. I could not consider going first to lord Jagannatha's temple.\"\nTEXT 39\n\n� ��,-� f'it111 �11' �pti{ I\n�f;!i �11' �t�' <R ��lif fil�i{ ll �� ll\n\n", "mad4#p0261": "230\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nprabhu kahe, -sighra giya kara dara5ana\naiche ghara yai' kara kutumba milana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; sighra giya-going hastily;\nkara darasana-see Lord Jagannatha; aiche-similar ly; ghara yai'-going home;\nkara-just do; kutumba-family; mi/ana-meeting\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu advised, \"Immediately go to Lord Jagannatha's\ntemple to see the Lord. Then go home and meet your family members.\"\nTEXT 40\n\n121'. �91i 11t�i �t� �� W�ti1 I\n1ftr;�11 <;i!!f�<e�-'i\\� �� C<Tilet iSfl';i{ II 8 II\no\n\nprabhu ajna pana raya calila darasane\nrayera prema-bhakti-riti bujhe kon jane\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu ajfia-the Lord's permission; pafia-getting; raya-Ramananda Raya;\nca/i/a-departed;\n\ndarasane-to see Lord Jagannatha;\n\nrayera-of Ramananda\n\nRaya; prema-bhakti-of ecstatic love for Kr�l)a; riti-process; bujhe-understands; kon j ane-what person.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving received Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's permission, Ramananda Raya\nhastily went to the temple of Lord Jagannatha. Who can understand the devotional service of Raya Ramananda?\nTEXT 41\n\n�ti11 ��' m1 :Jft<(r;�r;;r C<tt\"ft�if! I\n\n�t� �fif' �m� ��II 8� II\nk�etre asi' raja sarvabhaume bolaila\nsarvabhaume namaskari' tanhare puchila\n\n", "mad4#p0262": "Text 43]\n\nThe Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\n\n231\n\nSYNONYMS\nk�etre-to jagannatha Puri; asi' -coming; raja -the King; sarvabhaume-for\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya;\n\nbo/ai /a-ca lled;\n\nsarvabhaume-unto Sarvabhauma\n\nBhattacarya; namaskari'-offering obeisances; talihare puchila-he asked him.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen King Prataparudra returned to Jagannatha Puri, he called for Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya. When Bhattacarya went to see the King, the King\noffered him respects and made the following inquiries.\nTEXT 42\n\nc1rt1 l'ftf�' ��tw ��\" fil� ?\n\n��� �t�, -��'I. �til<lS �i!illl 8� II\nmora lagi' prabhu-pade kaile nivedana?\nsarvabhauma kahe, -kainu aneka yatana\nSYNONYMS\nmora lagi'-on my behalf; prabhu-pade-at the lotus feet of the Lord; kaile\nnivedana-did you\n\nsubmit my\n\npetition;\n\nsarvabhauma kahe-Sarvabhauma\n\nreplied; kainu-1 did; aneka yatana- much endeavor.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King asked, \"Have you submitted my petition to the Lord?\" Sarvabhauma replied, \"Yes, with much endeavor I have tried my best.\nTEXT 43\n\ni!�tf� iii �t1f C�� ��-��-til I\n�� it�' �tt� �: �� �ff f��illl 8� II\ntathapi na kare teliha raja-darasana\nk�etra cha(ii' yabena puna/:! yadi kari nivedana\nSYNONYMS\ntathapi-yet; na kare-does not do; teliha-He; raja-darasana- visiting a king;\nk�etra cha(ii'-leaving Jagannatha-k�etra; yabena-He will go away; puna/:1-\n\nagain; yadi-if; kari nivedana-1 req uest.\n\n", "mad4#p0263": "232\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Yet despite my great endeavor, the Lord would not agree to see a king. Indeed, He said that if He were asked again, He would quit Jagannatha Puri and\ngo elsewhere.\"\nTEXT 44\n\n�fern1 �t<srnt 11-r;il ��� ��� 1\n��� <tiRrn1 f� <fif�'! �tf'itit II 88 II\nsuniya rajara mane duf)kha upajila\nvi�ada kariya kichu kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing; rajara-of the King; mane-in the mind; duf)kha-unhappiness; upajila-arose; vi�ada-lamentation; kariya-doing; kichu-something;\nkahite-to speak; /agi/a-began.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, the King became very unhappy and, greatly lamenting, began\nto speak as follows.\nTEXT 45\n\n�ii\\ �� ��ti! �� �<1\"� I\ni9f'if1� 1ft�� �� <fi�\"f! ��tf II 8� II\npapi nica uddharite tanra avatara\njagai madhai tenha karila uddhara\nSYNONYMS\npapi-sinful; nica-lowborn; uddharite-to deliver; tal'lra-His; avatara-incarnation; jagai-Jagai; madhai-Madhai; tenha-he; karila uddhara-delivered.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King said, \"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has descended just to deliver all\nkinds of sinful, lowborn persons. Consequently He has delivered sinners like\nJagai and Madhai.\n\n", "mad4#p0264": "Text 47]\n\nThe Bec;ta-kirtana Pastimes\n\n233\n\nTEXT 46\n\n��ill lit�' <ti�� 'Sf'ite. ��·� I\n\n�� �f\\eool <tim' <1iRf�t�fii{ ���t� ? s� 11\nprataparudra chagi' karibe jagat nistara\nei pratijna kari' kariyachena avatara?\nSYNONYMS\nprataparudra chagi'-except for Prataparudra; karibe-he will do; jagat-of the\nwhole universe; nistara-deliverance; ei pratijna-this promise; kari'-making;\nkariyachena-has made; avatara-incarnation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Alas, has Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu incarnated to deliver all kinds of sinners with the exception of a king named Maharaja Prataparudra?\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's mission is thus described by Narottama dasa\nThakura: patita-pavana-hetu tava avataral mo-sama patita prabhu na paibe ara. If\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu descended to reclaim sinners, then one who is the most\nsinful and lowborn is the first candidate for the Lord's consideration. Maharaja Prataparudra considered himself a most fallen soul because he had to deal with material things constantly and enjoy material profits. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's business was the deliverance of the most fallen. How, then, could He reject the King?\nThe more fallen a person is, the more he has the right to be delivered by the\nLord-provided, of course, he surrenders unto the Lord. Maharaja Prataparudra\nwas a fully surrendered soul; therefore the Lord could not refuse him on the\ngrounds that he was a worldly pounds-shillings man.\nTEXT 47\n\nlf'cf'l�ilt 01 f9r 01'1 s�t\\!i'lot\n1f��'l�c� �� \\!i�tf9f COI.I'lt\"l{_ I\n�\n\n'lC'f<f�<Sf� �9( nr�J�'lf\\!i\nfO!cfli1 f<ls\"� C'l�<!\\!i\\!it� Clf<!: II 8 '\\ II\nadarsaniyan api nica-jatin\nsarhvik?ate hanta tathapi no mam\n\n", "mad4#p0265": "234\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\nmad-eka-varjarh krpayi�yatiti\n\nnirQiya kim so 'vatatara deval)\nSYNONYMS\n\nadarsaniyan-upon those who are unfit to be seen; api-although; nica­\n\njatin-the lower class of men; sarhvik�ate-puts His merciful glance; hanta-alas;\n\ntatha pi-still; no-not; mam-upon me; mat-myself; eka-alone; varjam-re­\n\nj ecting; krpayi�yati-He will bestow His mercy;\n\niti-thus; nirQiya-deciding;\n\nkim-whether; sa/:l-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; avatatara-has descended;\n\ndeva/:1 -the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Alas, has Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu made His advent deciding that He will\ndeliver all others with the exception of me? He bestows His merciful glance\nupon many lower-class men who are usually not even to be seen.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in the Sri Caitanya-candrodaya-nataka (8.28).\nTEXT 48\n\nit11 �fi!9i1 �tt1t ifl �f1ft� ��-til I\n'1ft1t �1%9§1- t�1 �il1li:t�� ��il u 817' u\n-\n\ntanra pratijtia-more na karibe darasana\n\nmora pratijtia-tanha vina cha<;fiba jivana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntanra pratijtia-His determination; more-unto me; na-not; karibe-will do;\n\ndarasana-seeing;\n\nmora pratijtia-my\n\ncha<;:liba-1 will give up; jivana-life.\n\npromise;\n\ntanha vina\n\n-\n\nwithout\n\nHim;\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Prataparudra continued, \"If Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is determined not to see me, then I am determined to give up my life if I do not see\nHim.\nPURPORT\nA devotee with Maharaja Prataparudra's determination will certainly be vic­\n\ntorious in advancing in Kr�r:ta consciousness. Sri Kr�r:ta confirms this in Bhagavad­\n\ngita (9.14):\n\n", "mad4#p0266": "Text 50]\n\nThe Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\n\n235\n\nsatatam kirtayanto mam\n\nyatantas ca drc;Jha-vratab\n\nnamasyantas ca mam bhaktya\nnitya-yukta upasate\n\n\"Always chanting My glories, endeavoring with great determination, bowing\ndown before Me, these great souls perpetually worship Me with devotion.\"\n\nThese are the symptoms of a mahatma engaged in the Lord's service in full\n\nKr�l)a consciousness. Thus Maharaja Prataparudra's determination is very exalted\nand is called drc;Jha-vrata. Because of this determination, he was finally able to\n\nreceive Lord Caitanya's direct mercy.\n\nTEXT 49\n'\n\n�rw �� 11�t�� il1 9ft� ?9fi·'lil 1\nf� 11:t�J, f<fi<!t1 '��,-�<!t �<fit11:� II 8� II\nyadi sei mahaprabhura na pai krpa-dhana\n\nkiba rajya, kiba deha, -saba akaraf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nyadi-if; sei-that; mahaprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; na­\n\nnot; pai-l get; krpa-dhana-the treasure of mercy; kiba rajya -what is the value\nof my kingdom; kiba deha-what is the value of this body; saba akaral)a-every­\n\nthing useless.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If I do not receive Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's mercy, my body and my\nkingd�m are certainly useless.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is an excellent example of drc;Jha-vrata, determination. If one does not\nreceive the Supreme Personality of Godhead's mercy, one's life is defeated. In\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(5.5.5) it is said: parabhavas tavad abodha-jato yavan na\n\njijnasata atma-tattvam. Unless one inquires into spiritual life, everything is useless.\nWithout spiritual inquiry, our labor and the object of our labor are simply a waste\nof time.\n\nTEXT 50\n\n\\fli! �fil' :ift(�)1! ��G'fi �f� I\n1ft�t11: �lf.11:t'$f ��' ��Gifi �f\"iii! II <to II\n\n", "mad4#p0267": "236\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\neta suni' sarvabhauma ha-ifa cintita\n\nrajara anuraga dekhi' ha-ifa vismita\nSYNONYMS\n\neta suni'-hearing this; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma; ha-ifa-became; cin­\n\ntita-very thoughtful; rajara-of the King; anuraga-attachment; dekhi -seeing;\n'\n\nha if a-became; vismita-astonished.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing King Prataparudra's determination, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya became thoughtful. Indeed, he was very astonished to see the King's determination.\nPURPORT\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya was astonished because such determination is not\npossible for a worldly man attached to material enjoyment. The King certainly had\nample opportunity for material enjoyment, but he was thinking that his kingdom\nand everything else was useless if he could not see SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. This\n\nis certainly sufficient cause for astonishment. In Srimad-Bhagavatam it is stated\n\nthat bhakti, devotional service, must be unconditional. No material impediments\ncan actually check the advancement of devotional service, be it executed by a\ncommon man or a king. In any case, devotional service rendered to the Lord is always complete, despite the devotee's material position. Devotional service is so\nexalted that it can be executed by anyone iri any position. One simply must be\n\ndrdha-vrata, firmly determined.\n\nTEXT 51\n\nt:eit�� <!St�.-,�4!1 iii <IS���� I\nc;t:et�� �� 'til<ii-JJ ��t<il �llt\\if II�� II\nbhattacarya kahe-deva na kara vi�ada\n\ntomare prabhura avasya ha-ibe prasada\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhattacarya kahe-Bhattacarya said; deva-0 King; na kara vi�ada-do not be\nworried;\n\ntomare-unto you; prabhura-of Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\navasya-certainly; ha-ibe-there must be; prasada-mercy.\nTRANSLATION\nFinally Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya said, \"My dear King, do not worry. Because of your firm determination, I am sure that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\nmercy will definitely be bestowed upon you.\"\n\n", "mad4#p0268": "Text 52]\n\nThe Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\n\n237\n\nPURPORT\nDue to King Prataparudra's firm determination, Bhagacarya predicted that SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's mercy would be there without fail. As confirmed\n\nelsewhere in Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhya, 19.151), guru-kr�Qa-prasade paya\n\nbhakti-lata-bija: \"By the mercy of the spiritual master and Kr�r:ta, one gets the seed\n\nof devotional service.\" Bhagacarya was supposed to be the spiritual master of\nKing Prataparudra, and he gave his blessings to the effect that the Lord would be\nmerciful upon the King. The mercy of the spiritual master and Kr�r:ta combine to\ngrant success to a devotee engaged in Kr�r:ta consciousness. This is confirmed by\n\nthe Vedas:\n\nyasya deve para bhaktir\n\nyatha deva tatha gurau\n\ntasyaite kathita hy artha/:1\n\nprakasante mahatmana/:1\n\n\"Only unto those great souls who have implicit faith in both the Lord and the\nspiritual master are all the imports of Vedic knowledge automatically revealed.\"\n\n(Svetasvatara Upani�ad 6.23)\n\nMaharaja Prataparudra had firm faith in Bhattacarya, who declared SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu to be the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Having firm faith in Bhattacarya as his spiritual master, King Prataparudra immediately accepted SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu as the Supreme Lord. Thus he began worshiping SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu in his mind. This is the process of devotional service. According to Bhagavad-gita (9.34):\n\nman-mana bhava mad-bhakto\nmad-yaji marh namaskuru\n\nmam evai�yasi yuktvaivam\n\natmanarh mat-parayaQa/:1\n\n\"Engage your mind always in thinking of Me, become My devotee, offer obeisances and worship Me. Being completely absorbed in Me, surely you will come\nto Me.\"\nThis process is very simple. One need only be firmly convinced by the spiritual\nmaster that Kr�r:ta is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. If one decides this, he\ncan make further progress by thinking of Kr�r:ta, chanting of Kr�r:ta and glorifying\nHim. There is then no doubt that such a fully surrendered devotee will receive the\nblessings of Lord Kr�r:ta. SrTia Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya explains this further.\n\nTEXT 52\n\n��- '�lft�i{, 'i!tlf'Rf '�1{- ��� I\n�<I� �fift<li{ �9f'j �t� �� II <!'� II\n\n", "mad4#p0269": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\n238\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\ntenha-premadhina, tamara prema-gar;Jhatara\navasya karibena krpa tamara upara\nSY NONYMS\ntenha-He (Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu); prema-adhina-under the control of\nlove; tamara prema-your love;\n\ngar;Jha-tara-very deep;\n\navasya-certainly;\n\nkaribena krpa-He will bestow mercy; tamara upara-u pon you.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Bhattacarya saw the King's firm determination, he declared,\n\"The Supreme Lord is approached only by pure love. Your love for Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is very, very deep; therefore without a doubt He will be\nmerciful upon you.\"\nPURPORT\nSuch determination is the first qualification. As confirmed by ROpa Gosvami\n(Upadesamrta, 3): utsahan ni5cayad dhairyat. One must first have firm determination, firm faith. When one engages in devotional service, he must maintain this\nfirm determination. Then Kr�t:�a will be pleased with his service. The spiritual\nmaster can show the path of devotional service. If the disciple follows the principles rigidly and undeviatingly, he will certainly rece!ve the mercy of Kr�t:Ja. This is\nconfirmed by the sastras.\nTEXT 53\n\n��r;r <ll� �fif �<ll �� I\n\n�� �� <ll�' �'- �Nr;<t �� II <t� II\ntathapi kahiye ami eka upaya\nei upaya kara' prabhu dekhibe yahaya\nSY NONYMS\ntathapi-still; kahiye-say; ami-1; eka upaya-one means; ei upaya-this\nmeans; kara'-try to adopt; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dekhibewill see you; yahaya-by that.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya then suggested, \"There is one means by which\nyou can directly see Him.\n\n", "mad4#p0270": "Text 56]\n\nThe Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\n\n239\n\nTEXT 54\n\n1{tl�rlijj1·ffl� � �., �� '1'�1 I\n\n:s!\"Cit·�tt� �J <f)Rrt� <;12t1ftf<i�\"��1 II <t8 II\nratha-yatra-dine prabhu saba bhakta /aria\nratha-age nrtya karibena premavi�ta haria\nSYNONYMS\nratha-yatra-dine-on the day of the car festival ceremony;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; saba-all; bhakta-devotees; /aria-taking with Him;\nratha-the chariot; age-in front of; nrtya karibena-will dance; prema-avi�ta\nharia - in great ecstatic love.\nTRANSLATION\n\"On the day of the car festival, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu will dance before\nthe Deity in great ecstatic love.\nTEXT 55\n\n(;�lltt� ��tt�ttil <f)Rrt.,il �� I\n\n��<f)tt'i' �<f)t'i' � �f�' :sf't�.,-t II (t<t II\npremavese pu�podyane karibena pravesa\nsei-kale ekale tumi cha(.li' raja-vesa\nSYNONYMS\nprema-avese-in ecstatic love; pu�pa-udyane-into the garden at Gul)<;iica\nwhere the Lord stays; karibena pravesa-will enter; sei-kale-at that time;\neka/e-alone; tumi-you; cha(ii'-giving up; raja-vesa-the royal dress.\nTRANSLATION\n\"On that Ratha-yatra festival day, after dancing before the Lord, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu will enter the Gur;u;fica garden. At that time you should\ngo there alone, stripped of your royal dress.\nTEXT 56\n\n'�··11\"1���t�Jt�' <f)f1fti! 91iil I\n\n�� ��' 11�t�,11\" �firt., �11\"'1 II <t� II\n\n", "mad4#p0271": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n240\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\n'kr?Qa-rasa-pancadhyaya' karite pathana\n\nekale yai' mahaprabhura dharibe caraf)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr?Qa-rasa-panca-adhyaya-the five chapters in the Tenth Canto of Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam in which Lord Kr�r:Ja's pastimes of the rasa dance are described; karite\npathana-to recite; eka/e yai'-going alone; mahaprabhura-of Lord Srr Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; dharibe ca raf)a-catch hold of the lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu enters the Gu•:u;lica, you should also go\nthere and read five chapters about Lord Km•a's dancing with the gopis. In this\nway you can catch hold of the Lord's lotus feet.\nTEXT 57\n\n�uttil ilt�, �-�'ft� �-.ilt� �fil' I\n�fi'f'Jril <15fif�il �111 '�•�' i9ftfil' \" <t<t \"\nbahya-jnana nahi, se-ka/e kr?Qa-nama suni'\nalirigana karibena tomaya 'vai?f)ava' jani'\nSYNONYMS\n\nbahya-jnana nahi-without external consciousness; se-kale-at that time;\n\nkr?Qa-nama suni\n\n'-\n\nby hearing the holy name of Lord Kr�r:Ja; alirigana karibena­\n\nHe will embrace; tomaya\n\n-\n\nyou; vai?f)ava jani'-taking you to be a Vai�l)ava.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu will be in a mood of ecstatic love without\nexternal consciousness. At that time you should begin to recite those chapters\nfrom Srimad-Bhagavatam. Then He will embrace you, knowing you to be a\npure Vai�r;�ava.\nPURPORT\nA Vai�l)ava is always ready to help another Vai�l)ava progress toward realiza­\n\ntion of the Absolute Truth. Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya could understand the King's\nposition as a pure Vai�l)ava. The King was always thinking of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, and Bha��acarya wanted to help him approach the Lord. A Vai�l)ava\nis always compassionate, especially when he sees a prospective devotee very\ndetermined (dr(iha-vrata). Consequently Bha��acarya was ready to help the King.\n\n", "mad4#p0272": "Text 58]\n\nThe Bec;la-kirtana Pastimes\n\n241\n\nTEXT 58\n\n1tt11til\"f 1tt11, �� '�t11t1t ,�11·�'1 I\n�!_-�'It �f� ��1t f<rfit' ''It� 1l'il II <Hr II\nramananda raya, aji tamara prema-guQa\n\nprabhu-age kahite prabhura phiri' gela mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nramananda raya\n\n-\n\nRamananda Raya; aji\n\n-\n\ntoday; tamara-your; prema-guQa­\n\nquality of love; prabhu-age-in front of the Lord; kahite-when he described;\n\nprabhura-of Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; phiri' ge/a-became changed;\nmana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Lord has already changed His mind due to Ramananda Raya's descrip­\n\ntion of your pure love for Him.\"\nPURPORT\nAt first the Lord did not want to see the King, but due to Bhanacarya's and\nRamananda Raya's earnest endeavors, the Lord's mind was changed. The Lord\nalready declared that Kr�l')a would be merciful upon the King due to the King's service to the devotees. This is the process by which one can advance in Kr�l')a consciousness. First there must be the devotee's mercy; then Kr�l)a's mercy will de­\n\nscend. Yasya prasadad bhagavat-prasadol yasyaprasadan na gatib kuto 'pi. Our\nfirst duty, therefore, is to satisfy the spiritual master, who can arrange for the\nLord's mercy. A common man must first begin to serve the spiritual master or the\ndevotee. Then, through the mercy of the devotee, the Lord will be satisfied. Unless one receives the dust of a devotee's lotus feet on one's head, there is no\npossibility of advancement. This is also confirmed by a statement of Prahlada\nMaharaja in Srimad-Bhagavatam (7.5.32):\n\nnai�arh matis tavad urukramatighrirh\nsprsaty anarthapagamo yad-artha/:l\n\nmahiyasarh pada-rajo 'bhi�ekarh\n\nni�kiricananarh na vrQita yavat\n\nUnless one approaches a pure devotee, he cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Maharaja Prataparudra worshiped both Ramananda Raya\nand Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya. Thus he touched the lotus feet of pure devotees\nand was able thereby to approach SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad4#p0273": "242\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 59\n\n�fil' '$f�9ff�� 11t� �� t:i;9ffiS1'i\" I\n�'t_t� f11�ti! �l11!i!'N W C� II <tiil II\nsuni' gajapatira mane sukha upajila\nprabhure milite ei mantraf)a drr;Jha kaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; gaja-patira-of King Prataparudra; mane-in the mind; sukhahappiness; up ajila-awa kened; prabhure-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; milite-to\nmeet; ei-this; mantral)a-instruction; drr;Jha kaila-decided to accept rigidly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Prataparudra took Bhatfacarya's advice and firmly decided to\nfollow his instructions. Thus he felt transcendental happiness.\nTEXT 60\n\n�'fil�t� <li'� �� �'i\" �t�� I\n�i <!ir;�,-1%� fw� <c�t�t11 �fijjtr;� II �o II\nsnana-yatra kabe habe puchila bhattere\nbhatta kahe, -tina dina achaye yatrare\n\nSYNONYMS\nsnana-yatra-the bathing ceremony of Lord jagannatha; kabe-when; habewill be; puchila-he inquired; bhattere-from Bhattacarya; bhatta kahe-Bhat­\n\ntacarya said; tina dina-t h ree days; achaye-there are still; yatrare-until the\nfestival.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the King asked Bhattacarya when the bathing ceremony [Snanayatral of lord Jagannatha would take place, Bhatfacarya replied that there\nwere only three days left before the ceremony.\nTEXT 61\n\n�t� rt� <2lt�tfil111 �i ''$1� fil�t'11l 1\n��t\\!ii-fwt� �'t.� �1�1lf \"i\\if11 II �� II\n\n", "mad4#p0274": "The Bec;Ja-kirtana Pastimes\n\nText 62]\n\n243\n\nrajare prabodhiya bhatta gefa nijafaya\nsnana-yatra-dine prabhura ananda hrdaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nrajare-the King; prabodhiya-encouraging; bhatta-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; gefa-departed; nija-afaya-to his own home; snana-yatra-dine-on the\nday of the bathing ceremony of Lord jagannatha; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; ananda-full of happiness; hrdaya-heart.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter thus encouraging the King, Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya returned home.\nOn the day of Lord Jagannatha's bathing ceremony, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwas very happy at heart.\nTEXT 62\n\n�til�� c;wf�' �� �� �� �� 1\n\n�r;�� '���:Jt�' �� �� ��� II �� II\nsnana-yatra dekhi' prabhura haifa baqa sukha\nisvarera 'anavasare' paifa baqa dui)kha\n\nSYNONYMS\nsnana-yatra-the bathing ceremony of Lord Jagannatha;\n\ndekh i'- seeing;\n\nprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; haifa-became; baqa-very much;\n\nsukha-happiness; isvarera-of the Lord; anavasare-during the pastime of\nretirement; paifa-got; baqa-very much; du/:lkha-unhappiness.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter seeing the bathing ceremony of Lord Jagannatha, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu became very happy. But when Lord Jagannatha retired after the\nceremony, Lord Caitanya became very unhappy because He could not see\nHim.\nPURPORT\n\nAfter the bathing ceremony of Sri Jagannatha, which takes place just a fortnight\nbefore the Ratha-yatra ceremony, the body of the Lord Jagannatha Deity is\nrepainted, and this takes just about a fortnight to complete. This period is called\nAnavasara. There are many who visit the temple to see Lord jagannatha regularly\nevery day, and for them His retirement after the bathing ceremony is unbearable.\n\n", "mad4#p0275": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n244\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu felt Lord Jagannatha's absence from the temple very\nmuch.\nTEXT 63\n\n,om.;nrett;<1 ��� �\"- <11t�a;- ��i 1\n�t�tt;Q! <;\"ita;'i �\" �<11� lritf��i II �� II\ngopi-bhave virahe prabhu vyakula hana\nalalanathe gela prabhu sabare chaqiya\nSYNONYMS\ngopi-bhave-in the mood of the gopis; virahe-in separation; prabhu-Lord\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nvyaku/a-agitated;\n\nhaiia-being;\n\na/alanathe-to\n\nAlalanatha; ge/a-went; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\ns abare-all;\n\nchaqiya -having given up.\nTRANSLATION\nDue to the separation of Lord Jagannatha, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu felt\ngreat anxiety such as the gopis feel in separation from Kr��;�a. In this condition\nHe gave up all association and went to Alalanatha.\nTEXT 64\n\n�� � fil<f'TJ �t�'i'i �•\"11'1 I\n\n,�� �� �� ��,,-- C<f''i' ��Willi �8 II\npache prabhura nikata aila bhakta-gal)a\ngauqa haite bhakta aise, -kaila nivedana\nSYNONYMS\npache-behind; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nikata-in the presence; aila-came; bhakta-gaQa-the devotees; gauqa haite-from Bengal; bhakta-devotees; aise-come; kaila nivedana-submitted.\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees following the Lord came into His presence and requested Him\nto return to Puri. They submitted that the devotees from Bengal were coming\nto Puru�ottama-k�etra.\n\n", "mad4#p0276": "Text 671\n\nThe Bec;fa-kirtana Pastimes\n\n245\n\nTEXT 65\n\n�u-<�� �\"'t�?;� ��\"fl � ��i 1\n� �\"fj,- �fiS'fi·it� <lif�'i'il fmti II �(t II\nsarvabhauma ni/aca/e aila prabhu lana\nprabhu aila, -raja-thani kahilena giya\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; nilaca/e-to Jagannatha Puri; ai/acame; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; /alia-taking; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; ai/a-arrived; raja-thafii-to the King; kahilena-said; giya-after\ngoing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya brought Lord Caitanya back to Jagannatha Puri. He then went to King Prataparudra and informed him of the Lord's\narrival.\nTEXT 66\n\n�� �\"i '!�i ''Stt�t�� I\n�� ·�rtJil(\"tlf �' �t�,- �il ���t� II ��II\nhena-kale ai/a tatha gopinathacarya\nrajake asirvada kari' kahe, -suna bhattacarya\n\nSYNONYMS\nhena-ka/e-during this time; ai/a-came; tatha-there; gopinatha-acaryaGopinatha Acarya; rajake-unto the King; asirvada kari'-offering a benediction;\nkahe-said; suna bhattacarya-my dear Bhattacarya, kindly listen.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt this time, Gopinatha Acarya came there while Sarvabhauma Bhaffacarya\nwas with King Prataparudra. Being a brahmaQa, he offered his benediction to\nthe King and addressed Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya as follows.\nTEXT 67\n\n'�� ru'! �� ��tiil � I\nJt�� 'eqgi ��-��<et�'! II �� II\n\n", "mad4#p0277": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n246\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\ngauc;fa haite vai�Qava asitechena dui-sata\nmahaprabhura bhakta saba- maha-bhagavata\nSYNONYMS\ngauc;Ja haite-from Bengal; vai�Qava-devotees; asitechena-are coming; duisata-numbering about two hundred;\n\nmahaprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; bhakta-the devotees; saba-all; maha-bhagavata-greatly advanced devotees.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAbout two hundred devotees are coming from Bengal. All of them are\n\ngreatly\n\nadvanced\n\ndevotees\n\nand\n\nspecifically\n\ndevoted\n\nto\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 68\n\n� �tfit�1 � C�� �f6Jlfti{ I\n\nlii-�mt � � �:Jttw·:Jt'llt�'ti{ II �IT' II\nnarendre asiya sabe haifa vidyamana\ntan-sabare cahi vasa prasada-samadhana\nSYNONYMS\nnarendre-on the bank of Lake Narendra; asiya-coming; sabe-all of them;\nhaifa vidyamana-staying; tan-sabare-for all of them; cahi-1 want; vasa-residential quarters; prasada-for distributing prasada; samadhana-arrangement\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAll of them have already arrived on the bank of Lake Narendra and are\n\nwaiting there. I desire residential quarters and prasada arrangements for\nthem.\"\nPURPORT\nNarendra is a small lake still existing in Jagannatha Puri, where the Candanayatra festival takes place. Up to the present date, all the Bengali devotees who\nvisit the jagannatha temple first take their bath in the lake. There they wash their\nhands and feet before entering the temple.\nTEXT 69\n\n� ��,-��t?;� �fl{ � flt<l I\n� �tflf � �f��,- ���i :Jl<l flt<l II �� II\n\n", "mad4#p0278": "Text 71]\n\nThe Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\n\n247\n\nraja kahe, -paqichake ami ajfia diba\nvasa adi ye cahiye, -paqicha saba diba\nSYNONYMS\nraja kahe-the King said; paqichake-unto the attendant; ami-1; ajfia dibashall give orders; vasa-residential quarters; adi-and other arrangements; ye\ncahiye-whatever you want; paqicha-the attendant; saba-everything; dibawill supply.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King replied, \"I shall give orders to the attendant in the temple. He will\narrange for everyone's residential quarters and prasada, as you desire.\nTEXT 70\n\nw� '51'1 �� ..� ,�� � 1\noelti111, �t� �t� �-rt� � n 9\n\no\n\nn\n\nmahaprabhura gaQa yata ai/a gauqa haite\nbhattacarya, eke eke dekhaha amate\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\ngaQa-associates;\n\nyata-all;\n\naila-who have come; gauqa haite-from Bengal; bhattacarya-Sarvabhauma\nBhanacarya; eke eke-one after another; dekhaha-please show; amate-to me.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sarvabhauma BhaJtacarya, please show me, one after another, all of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's devotees who are coming from Bengal.\"\nTEXT 71\n\n� ��,-��fii<!it� <R ���tf I\nc;'5tt�Qf fijr;i{ :fl�t�' �1ft� � ll 9 � ll\nbhatta kahe, -attalikaya kara arohaQa\ngopinatha cine sabare, karabe darasana\nSYNONYMS\nbhatta kahe-Bhanacarya said; attalikaya-on the roof of the palace; kara\narohaQa-just get up; gopinatha-Gopinatha Acarya; cine-knows; sabareeveryone; karabe darasana-he will show.\n\n", "mad4#p0279": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n248\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya requested the King, \"Go up on the roof of the\npalace. Gopinatha Acarya knows every one of the devotees. He will identify\nthem for you.\nTEXT 72\n\n�tflf �t�l ill� ��' f�fil� 1fi{ � I\n<;��t�1t·��� ��t't� 'PtfiiR II 9� II\nami kaho nahi cini, cinite mana haya\ngopinathacarya sabare kara'be paricaya\nSYNONYMS\nami-1; kaho-anyone; nahi-do not; cini-know; cinite mana haya-1 desire\nto know; gopinatha-acarya-GopTnatha Acarya; sabare-all of them; kara'be\nparicaya-will identify.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Actually I do not know any of them, although I have a desire to know\nthem. Since Gopinatha Acarya knows them all, he will give you their names.\"\n\nTEXT 73\n\n�� �r.t' � i9fi\\' ���'111 ��if I\n\n���'I����� �t� ��if II 9� II\neta bali' tina jana attalikaya cac;iila\nhena-kale vai�f)ava saba nikate aila\nSYNONYMS\neta\n\nba/i'-saying\n\nthis;\n\ntina jana-the three persons (namely, the King,\n\nGopTnatha Acarya and Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya); attalikaya-on the roof of the\npalace; cac;iila-got up; hena-kale-at this time; vai�f)ava-the Vai�l)ava devotees; saba-all; nikate-nearby; aila-came.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Sarvabhauma said this, he went up to the top of the palace with the\nKing and Gopinatha Acarya. At this time all the Vai��;�ava devotees from Bengal\ndrew closer to the palace.\n\n", "mad4#p0280": "Text 76]\n\nThe Bec;ia-kirtana Pastimes\n\n249\n\nTEXT 74\n\nm'al�-���, ,'$ft�\"l,-�� IS'fi{ 1\n'alt�-121� �lfl3i ��' �ttl ����'! II '18 II\ndamodara-svarupa, govinda, -dui jana\nmala-prasada lana yaya, yahan vai�Qava-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\ndamodara-svarupa-Svaropa Damodara; govinda-Govinda; dui jana-two\npersons; ma/a-prasada-flower garlands and remnants of Lord Jagannatha's food;\n/aria-taking; yaya-went; yahari-where; vai�Qava-gaQa-the Vai�r:tavas.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara and Govinda, taking the flower garlands and prasada of\nLord Jagannatha, proceeded to where all the Vai�l)avas were standing.\nTEXT 75\n\n��l:'alt� 'al�ti21\" �t� �·�tr;11: I\n11'� <I'll:�,<.!!�� '�let f�� 'Clt'altt1f II 'I� II\nprathamete mahaprabhu pathai/a durihare\nraja kahe, ei dui kon cinaha amare\nSYNONYMS\nprathamete-at first; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; pathaila-sent;\ndurihare-two persons; raja kahe-the King said; ei dui-these two; kon-who\nare they; cinaha-kindly identify; amare-to me.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu first sent them both in advance. The King inquired, \"Who are these two? Please let me know their identity.\"\nTEXT 76\n\n��t� <fit�,-<.!!� ���·'ftt1lllif1f I\n\n��� � �·� �m <flt�� II '1� II\nbhattacarya kahe, -ei svarupa-damodara\nmahaprabhura haya iriha dvitiya kalevara\n\n", "mad4#p0281": "Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n250\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya kahe-Bhagacarya said; ei-this gentleman; svarupa-damodarahis name is SvarOpa Damodara; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nhaya-is; iriha-he; dvitiya-the second; ka/evara-expansion of the body.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sarvabhauma Bhalfacarya replied, \"Here is Svarupa Damodara, who is\npractically the second expansion of the body of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 77\n\nN®�, (;'itt�lff- �J, �tt ,�� f�1 I\n��1 �-&t�t?;fi� � ,�,�� �fit�11l '\\'\\ ll\ndvitrya, govinda-bhrtya, ihari doriha diya\nmala pathanachena prabhu gaurava kariya\nSYNONYMS\ndvitiya-the second; govinda-Govinda; bhrtya-personal servant; iharihere;\n\ndoriha\n\ndiya-through\n\nthese\n\ntwo\n\npersons;\n\nmala-flower\n\ngarlands;\n\npathanachena-has sent; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gaurava kariyagiving much honor.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"The second person is Govinda, Lord Caitanya's personal servant. The Lord\nhas sent garlands and remnants of Lord Jagannatha's food with these two persons simply to honor the devotees from Bengal.\"\nTEXT 78\n\n<f;lt?;�� �t�1 <f;lt��?;11' 1151111� ���'I I\n\n�li 'mfcllff ��� �t�1 <f;ttfil' �t?;1t fifllf ll'\\trn\nadau mala advaitere svarupa parai/a\npache govinda dvitrya mala ani' tarire dila\nSYNONYMS\n\nadau-in the beginning; mala-a garland; advaitere-unto Advaita Acarya;\nsvarupa-SvarOpa Damodara; parai/a-offered; pache-after that; govinda-the\nLord's personal servant named Govinda; dvitTya-a second; mala-garland;\nani'-bringing; tarire di/a-delivered to him.\n\n", "mad4#p0282": "The Bec;fa-kirtana Pastimes\n\nText 80]\n\n251\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the beginning, Svarupa Damodara came forward and garlanded Advaita\nAcarya. Govinda next came and offered a second garland to Advaita Acarya.\nTEXT 79\n\nt!� ''iftR\"l ��<1e. '\"� �t� I\n\n-i� ilt� mil 'f;ltt>i1i, �flillf �r;1ft�t1f II 'I� II\ntabe govinda darxfavat kaila acaryere\ntanre nahi cine acarya, puchila damodare\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; govinda-Govinda; daQ<;favat-fal ling flat to offer obeisances; kai/a-did; acaryere-unto Advaita Acarya; tanre-him; nahi-not;\ncine-reco gnized; acarya\n\n-\n\nAdvaita Acarya; puchi/a-inq u ired; damodare-to\n\nSvaropa Damodara.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Govinda offered his obeisances by falling down flat before Advaita\nAcarya, Advaita Acarya asked Svarupa Damodara about his identity, for He\ndid not know Govinda at that time.\nTEXT 80\n\n�t11t�1f <lit�,-\"� �til\" '''iftR\"f' � I\n\n-'ft1f·� ��<!i �i! �'i�ij_ lllr0 II\n\ndamodara kahe, -ihara 'govinda' nama\nisvara-purira sevaka ati guQavan\nSYNONYMS\ndamodara kahe\nthe name;\n\n-\n\nDam odara said; ihara-of him; govinda-Govinda; nama­\n\nisvara-purira sevaka-servant of Tsvara PurT; ati guQavan-very\n\nqualified.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara informed Him, \"Govinda was the servant of Isvara Puri.\nHe is very highly qualified.\n\n", "mad4#p0283": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n252\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 81\n\n�� (;:JI<f1 <fiBt� � �te�1 �ill' I\n��(.fl<f �\" �·�11;� �<fit� �tf--tlf lllr� II\nprabhura seva karite puri ajfia dila\nataeva prabhu inhake nikate rakhila\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; seva-the service; karite-to perform;\npuri-Tsvara PurT; ajfia dila-ordered; ataeva-therefore; prabhu-SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; inhake-him; nikate-by His side; rakhila-kept.\nTRANSLATION\n\"isvara Puri ordered Govinda to serve Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Thus the\nlord keeps him by His side.\"\nTEXT 82\n\n�� <fit�,-�11;� �t\"f1 �ff ��'!� I\n�� �;r, <fl!p If��,-�� (;<fit�{.�? lr� II\nraja kahe, -yanre mala dila dui-jana\nascarya teja, bac;la mahanta, -kaha kon jana?\nSYNONYMS\nraja kahe-the King inquired; yalire-unto which person; mala-garlands;\ndila-offered; dui-jana-SvarOpa Damodara and Govinda; ascarya teja-wonderfully effulgent; bac;la mahanta-a very great devotee; kaha kon jana-kindly let\nme know who He is.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King inquired, \"To whom did Svarupa Damodara and Govinda offer the\ntwo garlands? His bodily effulgence is so great that He must be a very great\ndevotee. Please let me know who He is.\"\nTEXT 83\n\n�t� �t�,- �·� �'t11 ��� �wtfi I\n\n��� lft\"�\\Ji, ll.(.f-tt�t�t� II lr� II\n\n", "mad4#p0284": "The Bec;la-kirtana Pastimes\n\nText 85]\n\n253\n\nacarya kahe, -irihara nama advaita acarya\nmahaprabhura manya-patra, sarva-sirodharya\nSYNONYMS\nacarya\n\nkahe-Gopinatha\n\nAcarya said;\n\nirihara nama-His name;\n\nadvaita\n\nacarya-Advaita Acarya; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; manyapatra-honorable; sarva-sirodharya-the topmost devotee.\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya replied, \"His name is Advaita Acarya. He is honored even\nby Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and He is therefore the topmost devotee.\nTEXT 84\n\n��·�ful! �·�, �ful!·��'!i� I\n�lifJt��-���' �·� �ful!·mtttt� II IrS II\nsrivasa-paQc;fita iriha, paQc;fita-vakresvara\nvidyanidhi-acarya, iriha paQc;fita-gadadhara\nSYNONYMS\nsrivasa-paQc;fita -Srivasa Pal)c)ita; iriha-here; paQc;fita-vakresvara-Vakresvara\nPal)c)ita;\n\nvidyanidhi-acarya-Vidyanidhi\n\nAcarya;\n\niriha-here;\n\npaQc;fita-\n\ngadadhara-Gadadhara Pal)<;! ita.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Here are Srivasa Pa�c;lita, Vakresvara Pa�c;lita, Vidyanidhi Acarya and\nGadadhara Pa�c;lita.\nTEXT 85\n\n��ft �·�, �f�l!-�\"i� I\n\n'$1trtlif� �ful! �t�, �f�l!·'ll!� II \"� II\nacaryaratna iriha, paQc;fita-purandara\ngarigadasa paQc;fita iriha, paQc;fita-sarikara\nSYNONYMS\nacaryaratna-Candrasekhara; iriha-here; paQc;fita-purandara-Purandara Pal)c)ita; garigadasa paQc;fita-Garigadasa Pal)<;lita; iriha-here; paQc;fita-sarikaraSarikara Pal)c)ita.\n\n", "mad4#p0285": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrfa\n\n254\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Here are Acaryaratna, Purandara Par;tc;lita, Gangadasa Par;tc;lita and Sankara\nPar;�c;lita.\nTEXT 86\n\nLfl� � ��, �·� ?tful! iltm'l 1\n��� ��� �·� '.�il?tt�illl lr� II\nei murari gupta, iliha paQc;/ita narayal)a\nharidasa thakura iliha bhuvana-pavana\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-this;\n\nmuran\n\ngupta-Murari\n\nGupta;\n\niilha-here;\n\npaQc;/ita\n\nnarayal)a­\n\nNarayal)a Pal)<;lita; haridasa thakura-Haridasa Thakura; iilha-here; bhuvanapavana-deliverer of the whole universe.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Here are Murari Gupta, Par;�c;lita Narayar;�a and Haridasa Thakura, the\ndeliverer of the whole universe.\nTEXT 87\n\nLfl� ��-��, Lfl� ����til\"! I\nLfl� �t�t�� ��' Lfl� f-t��\"' II \"IT 9 II\nei hari-bhatta, ei sri-nrsirilhananda\nei vasudeva datta, ei sivananda\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; hari-bhatta-Hari BhaHa; ei-this; sri-nrsirilhananda-Srr Nrsirhhananda; ei-this; vasudeva datta-Vasudeva Datta; ei-this; sivananda-Sivananda.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Here is Hari Bhatfa, and there is Nrsirilhananda. Here are Vasudeva Datta\nand Sivananda Sena.\nTEXT 88\n\n<;'$l�\"t, �${� <;'fili�, Lfl� ��t'fil� I\nf�il ��� <ft�til �� �tt�illlt�t� II lrlr II\n\n", "mad4#p0286": "Text 89]\n\nThe Bet;fa-kirtana Pastimes\n\n255\n\ngovinda, madhava gho?a, ei vasu-gho?a\ntina bhaira kirtane prabhu payena santo?a\nSYNONYMS\n\ngovinda-Govinda Ghosh; madhava gho?a-Madhava Ghosh; ei-this; vasugho?a-Vasudeva Ghosh; tina bhaira-of the three brothers; kirtane-in the\nsarikirtana; prabhu-the Lord; payena santo?a-gets very much pleasure.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Here also are Govinda Ghosh, Madhava Ghosh and Vasudeva Ghosh. They\nare three brothers, and their sankirtana, congregational chanting, pleases the\nlord very much.\nPURPORT\n'\n\nGovinda Ghosh belonged to the kayastha dynasty of the Uttara-ra<;lhTya section, and he was known as Ghosh Thakura. Even to the present day there is a\nplace named AgradvTpa, near Katwa, where a fair takes place and is named after\nGhosh Thakura. As far as Vasudeva Ghosh is concerned, he composed many nice\nsongs about Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and these are all authorized Vai�l)ava\nsongs, like the songs of Narottama dasa Thakura, Bhaktivinoda Thakura, Locana\ndasa Thakura, Govinda dasa Thakura and other great Vai�l)avas.\nTEXT 89\n\nm<t �f�l!, �·� �wt� il\"'ill\n\n��'til �f�i! ��' !!\\l<tiffl, ilRmt't II IT'� II\nraghava paf)c;iita, iriha acarya nandana\nsriman paf)c;iita ei, srikanta, narayaf)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nraghava paQc;iita-Raghava Pal)<;lita; iriha-here; acarya nandana-Acarya Nandana; sriman paQc;iita-SrTman Pal)<;lita; ei-this; sri-kanta-SrTkanta; narayaf)aand also Narayal)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Here is Raghava Pat:��ita, here is Acarya Nandana, there is Sriman Pat:�t;fita,\nand here are Srikanta and NarayaQa.\"\n\n", "mad4#p0287": "256\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nPURPORT\n\nNarottama dasa Thakura, honoring the personal associates of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, has sung as follows (Prarthana 13):\ngaurangera sang1-gaf)e\n\nnitya-siddha kari' mane\n\nse yaya vrajendra-suta-pasa\nOne who is intelligent understands that all the personal associates and devotees\nof Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are ever liberated. This means that they do not\nbelong to this material world because they are always engaged in the devotional\nservice of the Lord. One who is engaged in the Lord's devotional service twentyfour hours daily and never forgets the Lord is called nitya-siddha. Srila ROpa\nGosvamT also confirms this statement:\niha yasya harer dasye\nkarmaf)a manasa gira\nnikhi/asv apy avasthasu\njivan-muktab sa ucyate\n\"A person acting in the service of Kr?r:Ja with body, mind, intelligence and words is\n\na liberated person even within the material world, although he may be engaged in\nmany so-called material activites.\" (Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, 1.2.187)\nA devotee is always thinking of how better to serve Lord Kr?r:Ja, the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead, and how to broadcast His name, fame and qualities\nthroughout the world. One who is nitya-siddha has no business other than broadcasting the glories of the Lord all over the world according to his ability. Such\npeople are already associates of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Therefore Narottama\ndasa Thakura says, nitya-siddha kari' mane. One should not think that because Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was personally present five hundred years ago, only His\nassociates were liberated. Rather, Srila Narottama dasa Thakura says that anyone\nis a nitya-siddha if he acts on behalf of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu by spreading the\nglories of the holy name of the Lord. We should respect those devotees preaching\nthe glories of the Lord as nitya-siddha and should not consider them conditioned.\n\nmarh ca yo 'vyabhicaref)a\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa guf)an samatityaitan\nbrahma-bhayaya kalpate\n(Bg. 14.26)\nOne who has transcended the material modes of nature is supposed to be on the\nBrahman platform. That is also the platform of nitya-siddha. The nitya-siddha not\n\n", "mad4#p0288": "Text 92]\n\n257\n\nThe Be«;;a-kirtana Pastimes\n\nonly stays on the Brahman platform but also works on that platform. Simply by accepting the associates of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu as nitya-siddha, one can\nvery easily go back home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT 90\n\n�JitQ C(if�, l.fl� �..�' f<liST1l I\nqt'e·(;:Jfi{, l.fl� �t��' :Jffl� II � o II\nsuk/ambara dekha, ei sridhara, vijaya\nvallabha-sena, ei puru?ottama, safljaya\nSYNONYMS\nsuk/ambara - Suklambara; dekha-see; ei-this; sr idhara - Sridhara; vijaya­\n\nVijaya;\n\nva//abha-sena-Vallabha Sena;\n\nsanjaya-Sa nj aya.\n\nei-this;\n\npuru?ottama-Puru�ottama;\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya continued to point out the devotees. \"Here is Suklambara. See, there is Sridhara. Here is Vijaya, and there is Vallabha Sena. Here is\nPuru�ottama, and there is Saiijaya.\nTEXT 91\n\n�-@1Rft� l.fl� ll\\!ftl�-�� I\n�-'Cftflf :Jft<l Of� f<ttJ� II � � II\nkulina-grama-vasi ei satyaraja-khana\nramananda-adi sabe dekha vidyamana\nSYNONYMS\nkulina-grama-vas i -residents of the village known as Kulina-grama; ei-these;\nsatyaraja-khana-Satyaraja\n\nKhan;\n\nramananda-adi-headed\n\nby\n\nRamananda;\n\nsabe-everyone; dekha-you see; vidyamana-present.\nTRANSLATION\n\"And here are all the residents of Kulina-grama, such as Satyaraja Khan and\nRamananda. Indeed, all of them are present here. Please see.\nTEXT 92\n\n'l_��tll, il��rn, ����il 1\n\n��� �11Wt<t, �rn �ta-rt� II �� II\n\n", "mad4#p0289": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n258\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nmukunda-dasa, narahari, sri-raghunandana\nkhar:u;fa-vasi cirafijiva, ara sulocana\nSYNONYMS\nmukunda-dasa-Mukunda\n\ndasa;\n\nnarahari-Narahari;\n\nsri-raghunandana-Sri\n\nRaghunandana; khaQQ'a-vasi -residents of Khar:Jc_ja; cirafijiva-Cirafijiva; araand; su/ocana-Sulocana.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Here are Mukunda dasa, Narahari, Sri Raghunandana, Ciraiijiva and\nSulocana, all residents of Kha��a.\nTEXT 93\n\n<rSti!<li <15�, t!!l <;W'l � iS?il I\n�i!t�J 'it'!, �-���Wt�illl ��II\nkateka kahiba, ei dekha yata jana\ncaitanyera gaQa, saba-caitanya-jivana\nSYNONYMS\nkateka kahiba-how many I shall speak; ei-these; dekha-see; yata jana-all\nthe persons; caitanyera gaQa-associates of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; saba-all\nof them; caitanya-jivana-consider Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu their life and soul.\nTRANSLATION\n\"How many names shall I speak to you? All the devotees you see here are\nassociates of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is their life and soul.\"\nTEXT 94\n\n1l� <15�-c;w�' � � �e,<ffil I\n���t�J �tli <;i!'Sf �f'l ilt� �fi1 II � 8 II\nraja kahe-dekhi' mora hai/a camatkara\nvai$Qavera aiche teja dekhi nahi ara\nSYNONYMS\nraja kahe-the King said; dekhi'-after seeing; mora-my; hai/a-there is;\ncamatkara-astonishment; vai$Qavera-of the devotees of the Lord; aichesuch; teja-effulgence; dekhi-1 see; nahi-not; ara-anyone else.\n\n", "mad4#p0290": "Text 96]\n\nThe Be �a-kirtana Pastimes\n\n259\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King said, \"Upon seeing all these devotees, I am much astonished, for I\nhave never seen such an effulgence.\nTEXT 95\n\nG;��1i·ll� ll�-���-��'l I\n���� ��11��� ll �(t ll\nkoti-surya-sama saba -ujjvala-varaf)a\nkabhu nahi suni ei madhura kirtana\nSYNONYMS\n\nkoti surya-sama-equal to the shining of millions of suns; saba-all of them;\n-\n\nujjvala-varaf)a-very bright luster; kabhu nahi suni-1 have never heard; ei-this;\nmadhura kirtana-such melodious performance of congregational chanting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Indeed, their effulgence is like the brilliance of a million suns. Nor have I\never heard the Lord's names chanted so melodiously.\nPURPORT\n\nSuch are the symptoms of pure devotees when they are chanting. All the pure\ndevotees are as bright as sunshine, and their bodily luster is very effulgent. In addition, their performance of salikirtana is unparalleled. There are many professional\nchanters who can perform congregational chanting with various musical instruments in an artistic and musical way, but their chanting cannot be as attractive as\nthe congregational chanting of pure devotees. If a devotee sticks strictly to the\nprinciples governing Vai�l)ava behavior, his bodily luster will naturally be attractive, and his singing and chanting of the holy names of the Lord will be effective.\nPeople will appreciate such kirtana without hesitation. Even dramas about the\npastimes of Lord Caitanya or S ri Kr�l!a should be played by devotees. Such dramas\nwill immediately interest an audience and be full of potency. The students of the\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness should note these two points and\ntry to apply these principles in their spreading of the Lord's glories.\n\nTEXT 96\n\n�tfi ,l$f, �tfi �J, �\"� �rn�fil1\n�'tt1 ett� �' �tfi <t�ttl ilt� �filu �� u\n\n", "mad4#p0291": "260\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\naiche prema, aiche nrtya, aiche hari-dhvani\nkahan nahi dekhi, aiche kahan nahi suni\nSYNONYMS\n\naiche-such; prema-ecstatic love; aiche nrtya-such dancing; aiche haridhvani -such vibration of the chanting of the holy name; kahar'l - anywhere;\nnahi dekhi-1 have never seen; aiche-such; kahar'l - anywhere; nahi suni-1\n\nnever heard.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have never before seen such ecstatic love, nor heard the vibration of the\n\nholy name of the lord chanted in such a way, nor seen such dancing during\nsalikirtana.\"\nPURPORT\n\nBecause the temple of Lord Jagannatha is situated at jagannatha Puri, many\ndevotees from all parts of the world came to perform sankirtana in glorification of\nthe Lord. All these devotees were certainly seen and heard by Maharaja Prataparudra, but he herein admits that the kirtana performed by the associates of\nthe Lord was unique. He had never before heard such sankirtana nor seen such attractive features manifest by the devotees. The members of the International\nSociety for Krishna Consciousness should go to India during the birthday\nceremony of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu at Mayapur and perform sankirtana congregationally. This will attract the attention of all the important personalities in\nIndia, just as the beauty, bodily luster and sankirtana performance by the associates of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu attracted the attention of Maharaja Prataparudra.\nThe associates of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu were unlimited during the Lord's presence on this planet, but anyone who is pure in life and devoted to the mission of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is to be understood as a nitya-siddha associate of the\nLord.\nTEXT 97\n\n�vt�'fi �'(;� �� �� � 1\n,11\\!t� �fi- �� 021�-�,..fl� II i\\l'l II\nbhattacarya kahe ei madhura vacana\ncaitanyera sr?ti-ei prema-sankirtana\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya;\n\nkahe-replied;\n\nei-this;\n\nmadhura\n\nvacana - trans cendental sweetness of the voice; caitanyera sr?ti -the creation of\n\n", "mad4#p0292": "Text 99]\n\nThe Bec;la-kirtana Pastimes\n\n261\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ei-this; prema-satikirtana-chanting in the\n\necstasy of love of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya replied, \"This sweet transcendental sound is a\nspecial creation of the Lord known as prema-sankirtana, congregational\nchanting in love of Godhead.\nTEXT 98\n\n�<!��' '��� '<fl� �11121��'1 I\n<!i�M �lj- ?�e{ttl·����i{ II �IT' II\navatari' caitanya kaila dharma-pracaraQa\nkali-kale dharma-kr�Qa-nama-satikirtana\n\nSYNONYMS\navatari'-descending; caitanya-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kai/a-did; dhar­\n\nma-pracaraQa-preaching of real religion; kali-kale-in this age of Ka l i; dharma­\n\nreligious principle; kr�Qa-nama-of the holy name of Lord Kr�r:ta; satikirtanachanting.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this age of Kali, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has descended to preach the\nreligion of Kr�r:-a consciousness. Therefore the chanting of the holy names of\nLord Kr�r:-a is the religious principle for this age.\nTEXT 99\n\n����i{-�i9i3 it?;;� <!if;� �ffi�i{ I\n'�� �' �?;;t� 1, �t�-��'Sfi{ II �� II\nsatikirtana-yajne tatire kare aradhana\n\nsei ta' sumedha, ara-kali-hata-jana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsatikirtana-yajne-in the performance of congregational chanting; tatire-unto\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kare-does; aradhana-worship; sei ta'-such a per­\n\nson; su-medha-sharply intelligent; ara-others; ka/i-hata-jana-victims of this\nage of Kali.\n\n", "mad4#p0293": "262\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Anyone who worships Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu by congregational\nchanting should be understood to be very intelligent. One who does not do so\nmust be considered a victim of this age and bereft of all intelligence.\nPURPORT\nRascals propose that anyone can invent his own religious process, and this\nproposition is condemned herein. If one actually wants to become religious, he\nmust take up the chanting of the Hare Kr�t:�a maha-mantra. The real meaning of\n\nreligion is stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (6.3.19-22).\n\ndharmarh tu sak?ad-bhagavat-praQitarh\nna vai vidur r?ayo napi devaf:r\nna siddha-mukhya asura manu?yaf:r\nkutas ca vidyadhara-caraQadayaf:r\nsvayambhar naradaf:r sambhuf:r\nkumaraf:r kapilo manuf:r\nprah/ado janako bhi?mo\nbalir vaiyasakir vayam\ndvadasaite vijanimo\ndharmarh bhagavatarh bhataf:r\nguhyarh visuddharh durbodharh\nyarh jnatvamrtam asnute\netavan eva Joke 'smin\npurhsarh dharmaf:r paraf:r smrtaf:r\nbhakti-yogo bhagavati\ntan-nama-grahaQadibhi/:r\nThe purport of these verses is that dharma, or religion, cannot be manufactured\nby a human being. Religion is the law or code of the Lord. Consequently religion\n\ncannot be manufactured even by great saintly persons, demigods or siddha­\n\nmukhyas, and what to speak of asuras, human beings, Vidyadharas, Carat:�as, and\n\nso on. The principles of dharma, religion, come down in the parampara system\nbeginning with twelve personalities-namely, Lord Brahma; the great saint\nNarada; Lord Siva; the four Kumaras; Kapila, the son of Devahoti; Svayambhuva\nManu;\n\nPrahlada Maharaja; King janaka;\n\ngrandfather Bhi�ma; Bali Maharaja;\n\nSukadeva Gosvami; and Yamaraja. The principles of religion are known to these\n\ntwelve personalities. Dharma refers to the religious principles by which one can\n\n", "mad4#p0294": "Text 100]\n\nThe Bec;ja-kirtana Pastimes\n\n263\n\nunderstand the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Dharma is very confidential, un­\n\ncontaminated by all material influence, and very difficult for ordinary men to\nunderstand. However, if one actually understands dharma, he immediately be­\n\ncomes liberated and is transferred to the kingdom of God. Bhagavata-dharma, or\n\nthe principle of religion enunciated by the parampara system, is the supreme prin­\n\nciple of religion. In other words, dharma refers to the science of bhakti-yoga,\n\nwhich begins by the novice's chanting the holy name of the Lord (tan-namagrahaQadibhi/:1).\n\nIn this age of Kali it is recommended in Caitanya-caritamrta, kali-ka/e dharma­\n\n-kr?Qa-nama-sankirtana. In the age of Kali the chanting of the holy name of the\n\nLord is the method of religion approved by all Vedic scriptures. In the next text of\n\nthis Caitanya-caritamrta, from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.5.32), it is further stressed.\n\nTEXT 100\n\n��<tcf� N\"\"lft���� 1JtC\\l1<>ff'Jf1�9fitflf'{_ I\n<�r'!Jl: ��'11<>ti\"�·21th��f� � �-c'T\\f�: n �\n\no o\n\nkr?Qa-varQarh tvi?akr?Qarh\n\nsangopangastra-par?adam\n\nyajnai/:1 sankirtana-prayair\nyajanti hi sumedhasa/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr?Qa-varQam-repeating the syllables kr?-Qa; tvi?a-with a luster; akr?Qam­\n\nnot black (golden); sa-anga-along with associates; upanga-servitors; astra­\n\nweapons; par?adam-confidential companions; yajnai/:1-by sacrifice; sankirtanaprayai/:1-consisting chiefly of congregational chanting; yajanti-they worship;\nhi-certainly; su-medhasa/:1-intelligent persons.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'In the age of Kali, intelligent persons perform congregational chanting to\nworship the incarnation of Godhead who constantly sings the name of Kr��a.\nAlthough His complexion is not blackish, He is Kr��a Himself. He is accompanied by His associates, servants, weapons and confidential companions.'\"\n\nPURPORT\nFor an explanation of this verse, refer to Adi-li/a, Chapter Three, verse 52.\n\n", "mad4#p0295": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n264\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 101\n\n�� �,-llft��1ltt'1 C�'!i} ��·I\n\n'!t<t (;<!itil �f�'! �<t ti�'ttl! ��· ? � o � II\nraja kahe, -sastra-pramaQe caitanya hana kr�IJa\ntabe kene paQc;/ita saba tanhate vitr�IJa?\nSYNONYMS\n\nraja kahe-the King said; sastra-pramaQe -by the evidence of revealed scripture; caitanya-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; hana-is; kr�Qa-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Kr�r:ta; tabe-therefore; kene-why; paQc;/ita-socalled learned scholars; saba-all; tanhate-unto Him; vitr�Qa-indifferent.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King said, \"According to evidence given in revealed scriptures, it is\nconcluded that Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is Lord Kr�r;�a Himself. Why,\nthen, are learned scholars sometimes indifferent to Him?\"\nTEXT 102\n\n�v <lit�,- tm �?11-� �1t �ltt 1\n�� � �i�it� '�•' <!iRf' \"'lt'! ��II �o� II\nbhatta kahe, -tanra krpa-Iesa haya yanre\nsei se tanhare 'kr�IJa' kari' Ja-ite pare\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhatta kahe-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya said; tanra krpa-of Lord Kr�r:ta's\nmercy; /esa-even a fraction; haya-there is; yanre-unto whom; sei se-that\nperson only; tanhare-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kr�Qa kari'-accepting as\nKr�r:ta; Ja-ite pare-can take up.\nTRANSLATION\nBhattacarya replied, \"Only a person who has received but a small fraction\nof mercy from the Lord can understand that Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is\nKr�r;�a. No one else can.\nPURPORT\nThe sankirtana movement can be spread by a person who is especially favored\nby Lord Kr�r:ta (kr�Qa-sakti vina nahe tara pravartana). Without first obtaining the\n\n", "mad4#p0296": "Text 103]\n\nThe Bec;fa-kirtana Pastimes\n\n265\n\nmercy of the Lord, one cannot spread the holy name of the Lord. One who can\nspread the Lord's name is called labdha-caitanya in the words of Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasavti. The labdha-caitanya is one who has actually awakened his original consciousness, Kr?�a consciousness. The influence of the pure devotees in Kr?�a consciousness is such that it can awaken others to become immediately Kr?�a conscious and engage themselves in the transcendental loving service of Kr?�a. In this\nway the descendants of pure devotees increase, and Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ntakes much pleasure in seeing the increase of His devotees. The word sumedhasa/:1 means \"sharply intelligent.\" When one's intelligence is sharp, he can increase the interests of common men in loving Caitanya Mahaprabhu and through\nHim in loving Radha-Kr?�a. Those not interested in understanding Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu are simply material in their attempts at professional chanting and\ndancing for money, despite their supposed artistry. If one does not have full faith\nin Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he cannot properly chant and dance in the sankirtana\nmovement. Artificial chanting and dancing may be due to sentiments or sentimental agitation, but this cannot help one advance in Kr?�a consciousness.\nTEXT 103\n\n�nf �� il�rt �t��' �f'Gi! il�� <.;<ri�il I\n�r�u;a, �til�� �t�� '�'!f�' iii �t�il 11 � o� 11\ntanra krpa nahe yare, paQc;lita nahe kene\ndekhile sunileha tanre 'isvara' na mane\nSYNONYMS\ntanra krpa-His mercy; nahe-there is not; yare-unto whom; paQc;litalearned scholar; nahe-even though; kene-nevertheless; dekhile-even by\nseeing; sunileha-even by listening; tanre-Him; isvara-as the Supreme Personality of Godhead; na mane-does not accept.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is not bestowed upon a personregardless of how learned a scholar that person may be and regardless of his\nseeing or listening-he cannot accept the lord as the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\nPURPORT\nThe same principles can be applied to demoniac persons, even though they be\nin the sampradaya of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Without receiving the Lord's\nspecial power, one cannot preach His glories all over the world. Even though one\n\n", "mad4#p0297": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n266\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nmay celebrate himself as a learned follower of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and even\nthough one may attempt to preach the holy name of the Lord all over the world, if\nhe is not favored by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu he will find fault with the pure\ndevotee and will not be able to understand how a preacher is empowered by\nLord Caitanya. One must be considered bereft of the mercy of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu when he criticizes the Kr?�a consciousness movement now spreading all over the world or finds fault with this movement or the leader of the movement.\nTEXT 104\n\n��if9f '� '�� 9f�1liS!�'li\\�P!1�C\"i.'f\"l't���,� c!l� f� I\n�1011r� ��� �5���r����-�\n01 l>i'll' c!l'C'11i�f9J ffilf'- f�W41_ II �\n\no\n\n8 II\n\nathapi te deva padambuja-dvayaprasada-lesanugrhita eva hi\n\njanati tattvaril bhagavan-mahimno\n\nna canya eko 'pi ciraril vicinvan\nSYNONYMS\n\natha-therefore;\n\napi-ind eed;\n\nte-Your;\n\ndeva-my\n\nLord;\n\npada-ambuja­\n\ndvaya-of the two lotus feet; prasada-of the mercy; /esa-by only a trace;\n\nanugrhita/:1-favored; eva-certainly; hi-indeed; janati-one knows; tattvam­\n\nthe truth; bhagavat-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; mahimna/:1-of the\ngreatness;\n\nna-never; ca-and;\n\nanya/:1-another; eka/:1-one; api-although;\n\nciram-for a long period; vicinvan-speculating.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'My Lord, if one is favored by even a slight trace of the mercy of Your lotus\nfeet, he can understand the greatness of Your personality. But those who\nspeculate to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead are unable to\nknow You, even though they continue to study the Vedas for many years.' \"\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse is a quotation from the Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.14.29).1t is explained\n\nin the Madhya-lila, in the Sixth Chapter, text 84.\n\n", "mad4#p0298": "The Bec;fa-kirtana Pastimes\n\nText 107]\n\n267\n\nTEXT 105\n\n:m� �t�,--:Jtt� �'Slit� iii <;Wf�11\n\n,�,�� �t:Jti-�� �� �t�ill �\"� II\nraja kahe, -sabe jagannatha na dekhiya\ncaitanyera vasa-grhe calila dhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nraja kahe-the King said; sabe-all of them; jagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; na\ndekhiya-without visiting; caitanyera-of Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vasagrhe-to the residential place; ca/i/a-they went; dharia-running.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King said, \"Instead of visiting the temple of lord Jagannatha, all the\ndevotees are running toward the residence of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\"\n\nTEXT 106\n\nte� �t�,- �- I!' �tret�� <;�-�� 1\n��� fiffi!f�t� �e,��� 'ful! II�\"� II\nbhatta kahe, -ei ta' svabhavika prema-rita\nmahaprabhu milibare utkaQthita cita\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhatta kahe-Bhattacarya replied; ei ta'-this is; svabhavika-spontaneous;\nprema-rita-attraction\n\nof\n\nlove;\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nmilibare-for meeting; utkaQthita-anxious; cita-mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya replied, \"This is spontaneous love. All the devotees are very anxious to meet Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 107\n\n�t'St �tt� fiffail' :Jtt� itt� :Jtttf ilf�il\n\n�� J�t'f �'Stit� (;Wf��il Rfm II �\"'\\ II\n\n", "mad4#p0299": "268\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nage tarire mi/i' sabe tarire sarige lana\ntarira sarige jagannatha dekhibena giya\nSYNONYMS\nage-first; tarire-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mi/i'-meeting; sabe-all the\ndevotees; tarire-Him; sarige-with them; /ana-taking; tarira sarige-with Him;\njagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; dekhibena-they will see; giya-going.\nTRANSLATION\n\"First the devotees will meet Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and then take Him\nwith them to the temple to see Lord Jagannatha.\"\nTEXT 108\n\n�tt?i �,-��<rtilt\"f� �� <rt�� 1\n$f·llf llf$i �� �� �t�·�tl! II �otr II\nraja kahe, -bhavanandera putra Vaf)inatha\nprasada lana sarige cafe parica-sata\nSYNONYMS\nraja kahe-the King said;\nvaQinatha-Var:JTnatha;\n\nbhavanandera putra-the son of Bhavananda;\n\nprasada\n\n/ana-taking\n\nmaha-prasada;\n\nsarige-along;\n\ncafe-goes; parica-sata-five or seven men.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King said, \"The son of Bhavananda Raya named Var;1inatha, along with\nfive or seven other men, is going there to take the remnants of Lord Jagannatha's food.\nTEXT 109\n\n�t�� �t� �f� �Jiil I\n�'! Jt�t��t\\if �f�'-�� f� ��'l II �o� II\nmahaprabhura a/aye karila gamana\neta maha-prasada cahi'-kaha ki karaf)a\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; a/aye-the residential place;\nkarila gamana-he has already gone; eta-so much; maha-prasada-mahaprasada; cahi'-requiring; kaha-please tell; ki karaQa-what is the reason.\n\n", "mad4#p0300": "Text 111]\n\nThe Bec;la-kirtana Pastimes\n\n269\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Indeed, Va�;�inatha has already gone to the residence of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and has taken a huge quantity of maha-prasada. Please let me\nknow the reason for this.\"\nTEXT 110\n\n�i ��,-��<ij5f �t�if �Srt��i I\n121� �tift'! 121�� � ��i if�i II ��o II\nbhatta kahe, -bhakta-gal)a aila janiiia\nprabhura irigite prasada yaya tarira lana\nSYNONYMS\nbhatta kahe-Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya said; bhakta-gal)a-all the devotees;\nai/a-have come; janiiia-knowing; prabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nirigite-by the indication; prasada-remnants of the food of jagannatha; yayago; tarira-all of them; lana -taking.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhaffacarya said, \"Understanding that all the devotees have\ncome, Lord Caitanya gave the sign, and therefore they have brought such\ngreat quantities of maha-prasada.\"\nTEXT 111\n\n�t'Sri �t�,-ts�-ttJt, '� -�t� R�'ti{ I\n\\!� iii �� '�til �t�<t �-�til II ��� II\nraja kahe, -upavasa, k�aura-tirthera vidhana\ntaha na kariya kene khaiba anna-pana\nSYNONYMS\nraja\n\nkahe-the\n\nKing\n\nsaid;\n\nupavasa-fasting;\n\nk�aura-shaving;\n\ntirthera\n\nvidhana-this is the regulation for visiting a holy place; taha-that; na kariyawithout performing; kene-why; khaiba-they shall eat; anna-pana-solid and\nliquid food.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King then asked Bhaffacarya, \"Why have they not observed the regulations for visiting the pilgrimage place, such as fasting, shaving and so on?\nWhy have they first eaten prasada?\"\n\n", "mad4#p0301": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n270\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 112\n\n�� �t�,-- � ,�( ��' �� ��·'t1i I\n�l �t'Sf�tt� �tfi ��-� n � �� n\nbhatta kahe,-tumi yei kaha, sei vidhi-dharma\nei raga-marge ache sOk?ma-dharma-marma\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhatta kahe-B hattaca rya said; tumi yei kaha-whatever you say; sei vidhidharma-that is a regulative principle; ei raga-marge-in this spontaneous love;\n\nache-there are;\n\nsOk?ma-dharma-marma-subtle intricacies of the religious\n\nsystem.\nTRANSLATION\nBhattacarya told the King, \"What you have said is right according to the\nregulative principles governing the visiting of holy places, but there is another\npath, which is the path of spontaneous love. According to those principles,\nthere are subtle intricacies involved in the execution of religious principles.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the Vedic regulative principles, one has to be celibate before entering a holy place of pilgrimage. Generally people are very much addicted to\nsense gratification, and unless they have sex at night, they cannot sleep. The\nregulative principles therefore enjoin that before a common man goes to a holy\nplace of pilgrimage, he should observe complete celibacy. As soon as one enters a\nholy place, he must observe fasting for the day, and after shaving his head clean,\nhe must take a bath in a river or ocean near the holy place. These methods are\nadopted to neutralize the effects of sinful activities. V isiting a holy place of\npilgrimage means neutralizing the reactions of a sinful life. Those who go to holy\nplaces of pilgrimage actually unload the reactions of their sinful lives, and consequently holy places are overloaded with sinful activities left there by visitors.\nWhen a saintly person or pure devotee visits such a holy place, he absorbs the\nsinful effects left by the common man and again purifies the holy place. 17rthi-kurvanti tirthani (Bhag.\n\n1.13.10). Therefore a common man's visit to a holy place and\n\nan exalted saintly person's visit there are different. The common man leaves his\nsins in the holy place, and a saintly person or devotee cleanses these sins simply\nby his presence. The devotees of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu were not common\nmen, and they could not be subjected to the rules and regulations governing the\nvisiting of holy places. Rather, they exhibited their spontaneous love for Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Immediately upon arrival at the holy place, they went to\n\n", "mad4#p0302": "Text 114]\n\n271\n\nThe Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\n\nsee Lord Caitanya, and by His order they took maha-prasada without following\nthe regulations governing holy places.\n\nTEXT 113\n\n�1:1f1{ 'Pft1ft-. �� -�, �t'Pf�'l I\n� ,t'J1ite. �tefi-�Jfllf·c;��� II :>:>� II\nisvarera parok$a ajt'ia-k$aura, upO$al)a\nprabhura sak$at ajna-prasada-bhojana\nSYNONYMS\nisvarera-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; parok$a-indirect; ajt'iaorder;\n\nk$aura-shaving;\n\nupo$al)a-fasting;\n\nprabhura-of the Lord;\n\nsak$at­\n\ndirect; ajt'ia-order; prasada-bhojana-to take the prasada.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The scriptural injunctions for shaving and fasting are indirect orders of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. However, when there is a direct order from\nthe Lord to take prasada, naturally the devotees take prasada as their first duty.\n\nTEXT 114\n\nl:!tti �'Pf<tt,, ��i �t� 'lf�t�,tw 1\n�t_-�tefi·:2f,t5f·\\!J'tt'it � ��t-r II :>:>8 II\ntahati upavasa, yahati nahi maha-prasada\nprabhu-ajna-prasada-tyage haya aparadha\nSYNONYMS\ntahati-there; upavasa-fasting; yahati-where; nahi-there is not; mahaprasada-remnants of foodstuffs of the Lord; prabhu-ajna-direct order of SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nprasada-remnants of foodstuffs;\n\ntyage-giving up;\n\nhaya-there is; aparadha-offense.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When maha-prasada is not available, there must be fasting, but when the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead orders one directly to take prasada, neglecting such an opportunity is offensive.\n\n", "mad4#p0303": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n272\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 115\n\nf�� ��til! �t_ <fit� 9ff1ft�llfi{ I\n\n\"ft<e litf�' �ti{, �� lSt9f1�'f I I��<t II\n\n�i!\n\nvise�e sri-haste prabhu kare parivesana\neta labha chat;ii' kon kare upo�af)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nvise�e-especially; sri-haste-with His transcendental hands;\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nprabhu-Srr\n\nkare-does; parivesana-distribution; eta-so much;\n\n/abha-profit; chat;ii'-giving up; kon-who; kare-does; upo�af)a-fasting.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is distributing prasada with His transcendental hand, who will neglect such an opportunity and accept the regulative\nprinciples of fasting?\nTEXT 116\n\n�� � ��-���@{'�I\n�ti! � �fit' �tfif '� �� �t�� II��� II\npOrve prabhu more prasada-anna ani' dila\nprate sayyaya vasi' ami se anna khaila\nSYNONYMS\n\nparve-before this;\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; more-unto me;\n\nprasada-anna-rice maha-prasada; ani'-bringing; di/a-delivered; prate-early\nin the morning; sayyaya-on my bed; vasi'-sitting; ami-1; se-that; annarice; khaila-ate.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Previously the lord gave me maha-prasada rice one morning, and I ate that\njust sitting on my bed, without having even washed out my mouth.\nTEXT 117\n\nii� ��1 �Rf' �t�i{ �t� ,��'1 I\n\nfltl!t� �' liiW �W·\"\"�-� II��� II\n\n", "mad4#p0304": "Text 118]\n\nThe Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\n\n273\n\nyanre krpa kari' karena hrdaye preraQa\n\nkr�Qasraya haya, chacje veda-/aka-dharma\nSYNONYMS\n\nyanre-in\n\nwhomever;\n\nkrpa-mercy;\n\nkari'-bestowing;\n\nkarena-does;\n\nhrdaye-in the heart; preraQa-inspiration; kr�Qa-asraya-shelter of Lord Kr�l)a;\n\nhaya-there is; chacje-he gives up; veda-Vedic principles; /aka-dharma­\n\nsocial etiquette.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The man to whom the Lord shows His mercy by inspiring him within the\nheart takes shelter only of Lord Kr��;�a and abandons all Vedic and social\ncustoms.\nPURPORT\nThis is also the teaching of Bhagavad-gita:\nsarva-dharman parityajya\n\nmam ekarh saraf)arh vraja\n\naharh tvarh sarva-papebhyo\nmok�ayi$yami ma sucaf:!\n\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver you\nfrom all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" (Bg. 18.66) Such firm faith in the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead is possible only by the mercy of the Lord. The Lord is sit­\n\nting within everyone's heart, and when He personally inspires His devotee, the\n\ndevotee does not stick to the Vedic principles or social customs but rather\n\ndevotes himself to the transcendental loving service of the Lord. This is confirmed\nin the following verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (4.29.47).\n\nTEXT 118\n\n'tll!'l'tl���t� ;s5f<ft01t�\"5tf<r�: I\n'T 'Sf�tf� 1\\f�'Z C<'ftC<f C<fCl!' \"D 9fR1'[orl%�t'{_ II � � l7 II\n\nyada yam anugrhQati\n\nbhagavan atma-bhavita/:1\n\nsa jahati matirh toke\n\nvede ca parini$thitam\n\n", "mad4#p0305": "274\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nSYNONYMS\nyada-when; yam-to whom; anugrhQati-shows special favor; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; atma-bhavita/:1-who is seated in everyone's heart; sa/:1-that person; jahati-gives up; matim-attention; Joke-to\nsocial behavior; vede-to Vedic injunctions; ca-also; parini$thitam-attached.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When one is inspired by the lord, who is sitting in everyone's heart, he\ndoes not care for social custom or Vedic regulative principles.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis instruction was given by Narada Gosvami to King Pracinabarhi in connection with the story of Purafijana. Without the mercy of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, one cannot extricate himself from the fruitive activities that are under\nthe jurisdiction of the Vedas. Even personalities like Lord Brahma, Lord Siva, Manu,\nthe Prajapatis headed by Dak�a, the four Kumaras, Marici and even Narada himself\ncould not properly receive the causeless mercy of the Lord.\nTEXT 119\n\n�� � ��tfi;t�1 �� �t� �t�1 I\n\n<fit�fl{�, '1�ti1·�1t\\J, r{r.� ��'1111 ��� II\ntabe raja attal ika haite talete aila\nkasi-misra, pac;licha-patra, dunhe anaila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; raja-the King; attalika haite-from the top of the palace;\ntalete-to the ground; ai/a-came down; kasi-misra-of the name Kasi Misra;\npac;licha-patra-the inspector of the temple; dunhe-both of them; anai/acalled for.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, King Prataparudra came down from the top of his palace to the\nground and called for Kasi Misra and the inspector in the temple.\nTEXTS 120-121\n\n�i!t\"l�Jf �t5SI flra, <;�� �� �il I\n�'t_·\"'lttil �tf'l�tttiil �i! �� 'itt'! II �� II\no\n\n", "mad4#p0306": "Text 122]\n\n275\n\nThe Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\n\n�tt1f ��\"' err�, ��\"' �:Jttw 1\n-.r�'lf 5f.fil <ti�l�, ill';� '�il eft� II ��) II\nprataparudra ajfia di/a sei dui jane\nprabhu-sthane asiyachena yata prabhura gaQe\nsabare svacchanda vasa, svacchanda prasada\nsvacchanda darsana karaiha, nahe yena badha\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nprataparudra-King Prataparudra; ajfia dila-ordered; sei dui jane-to those\ntwo persons;\n\nprabhu-sthane-at the place of Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nasiyachena-have arrived; yata-all the devotees who; prabhura gaQe-associates of the Lord; sabare-to all of them; svacchanda-convenient; vasa-residential place; svacchanda-convenient; prasada-remnants of the food of Jagannatha; svacchanda darsana-convenient visit; karaiha-arrange for; nahe yena\nbadha-so that there will not be any difficulties.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nMaharaja Prataparudra then told both Kasi Misra and the temple inspector,\n\"Provide all the devotees and associates of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu with\ncomfortable residences, convenient eating facilities for prasada and convenient visiting arrangements at the temple so that there will not be any difficulty.\nTEXT 122\n\n�� �1 �t�� 'tr;� :Jft�� ��1 I\n�1�1 ill';�, i!<j_ ���' lfifi! ��i II ��� II\nprabhura ajfia paliha durihe savadhana hafia\najfia nahe, tabu kariha, irigita bujhiya\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ajfia-the order; pa/iha-carry\nout; durihe-both of you; savadhana-careful; hafia-becoming; ajfia nahe-although there is no direct order; tabu-still; kariha-do; irigita-indication; bujhiya-understanding.\n\n", "mad4#p0307": "276\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The orders of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu must be carefully carried out. Although the lord may not give direct orders, you are still to carry out His\ndesires simply by understanding His indications.\"\nTEXT 123\n\n�� �fi;J' f<iift11 fi;a, <;:ff� 'D:�·�il I\n:f{�� '��/;���a, C�<t·fifait(;i�U ��� ll\neta bali' vidaya di/a sei dui-jane\nsarvabhauma dekhite aila vai$Qava-milane\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; vidaya di/a-granted permission to go; sei dui-jane-to\nthose two persons; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; dekhite-to see;\nai/a-came; vai$Qava-milane-in the meeting of all the Vai�t:�avas.\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, the King gave permission to them to leave. Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya also went to see the assembly of all the Vai�r;�avas.\n\nTEXT 124\n\n<;'5tt;ne�t�t�t( ��t�( �rt�t�lf I\n� ��' �r;� �� ciil�<t·fil� u ��s u\ngopinathacarya bhattacarya sarvabhauma\ndare rahi' dekhe prabhura vai$Qava-milana\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopinatha-acarya-Copinatha\n\nAcarya;\n\nbhattacarya\n\nsarvabhauma-Sar-\n\nvabhauma Bhattacarya; dare rahi'-standing a little off; dekhe-see; prabhuraof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vai$Qava-mi/ana-meeting with the Vai�t:�avas.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom a distant place both Gopinatha Acarya and Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya\nwatched the meeting of all the Vai�r;�avas with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad4#p0308": "Text 127]\n\nThe Bec;ja-kirtana Pastimes\n\n277\n\nTEXT 125\n\nr����rn tSt�r;;� ijt�' �� '<����'� 1\n<li�fif@!t-�·?tr;;� <!i�'ii $Ti( II ��([II\nsirhha-dvara c;lahine chac;/i' saba vai�Qava-gaQa\nkasi-misra-grha-pathe karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\nsirhha-dvara c;lahine-on the right side of the lion gate; chac;/i'-leaving aside;\nsaba-all; vai�Qava-gaQa-devotees of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kasi-misragrha-to the house of Kasi Misra; pathe-on the way; k arila gamana-began to\nproceed.\nTRANSLATION\nBeginning from the right side of the lion gate, or the main gate of the\ntemple, all the Vai�r;�avas began to proceed toward the house of Kasi Misra.\nTEXT 126\n\n�il<!it� �t� ���'!·�� I\n'<t�r;;� fifM-.,1 �t�' ?tr;;��t{1tt� u ��� u\nhena-kale mahaprabhu nija-gaQa-sarige\nvai�Qave mili/a asi' pathe bahu-rarige\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kale-at this time; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nija-gaQasarige-in the association of His personal assistants; vai�Qave-all the Vai�r;avas;\nmili/a-met; asi'-coming; pathe-on the road; bahu-rarige-in great jubilation.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the meantime, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, accompanied by His personal\nassociates, met all the Vai�r;�avas on the road with great jubilation.\nTEXT 127\n\n'61c� <lima, �� R'l ��� 1\n��wlt11' '� �t. '�JT-�t��� u ��9 u\n\n", "mad4#p0309": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n278\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nadvaita karila prabhura caraQa vandana\nacaryere kaila prabhu prema-alingana\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-Advaita\nMahaprabhu;\nAdvaita\n\nAcarya;\n\nkarila-did;\n\ncaraQa-of the lotus feet;\n\nAcarya;\n\nkai/a-did;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nLord\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nvandana-worship; acaryere-unto\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nprema­\n\na/ingana-embracing in ecstatic love.\nTRANSLATION\nFirst Advaita Acarya offered prayers to the lotus feet of the Lord, and the\nLord immediately embraced Him in ecstatic love.\nTEXT 128\n\n'12f\"'� ��i �\"''� \"Pt1t\"' �ru 1\n\n:��-;rn '��nn 12t� ���1 � � 11 ��\"' 11\npremanande hai/a dunhe parama asthira\nsamaya dekhiya prabhu hai/a kichu dhira\nSYNONYMS\nprema-anande-in ecstatic love;\n\nhai/a-became;\n\ndunhe-both of them;\n\nparama asthira-greatly agitated; samaya-the time; dekhiya-seeing; prabhuthe Lord; haila-became; kichu-a little; dhira-patient.\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Advaita Acarya displayed agitation\ndue to ecstatic love. Seeing the time and circumstance, however, Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu remained patient.\nTEXT 129\n\n�<tt:��tflf �fif� 12f� ��'I <t\"fi{ I\n12t'�'� �rn� 12ft ,:21��·�tf�il 11 ��c;, u\nsrivasadi karila prabhura caraQa vandana\npratyeke kari/a prabhu prema-alingana\nSYNONYMS\nsrivasa-adi-devotees headed by SrTvasa Thakura; kari/a-did; prabhura-of SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; caraQa vandana-worshiping the lotus feet; pratyeke-to\n\n", "mad4#p0310": "The Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\n\nText 131]\n\neveryone; kari/a-did; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\n279\n\nprema-a/itigana­\n\nembracing in love.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, all the devotees, headed by Srivasa Thakura, offered prayers to\nthe lotus feet of the lord, and the lord embraced each and every one of them\nin great love and ecstasy.\nTEXT 130\n\n�t� �I;� �(�t• C�iif �'VI�'1 I\n��1 'f<fl31 'f;l��t1f �� '$f1{i{ II ��o II\neke eke sarva-bhakte kaila sambha?aQa\nsaba lana abhyantare kari/a gamana\n\nSYNONYMS\neke eke-one after another; sarva-bhakte-to every devotee; kai/a-did;\nsambha?aQa-address; saba /ana-ta king all of them; abhyantare-inside; karila\ngamana -entered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord addressed all the devotees one after another and took all of them\nwith Him into the house.\nTEXT 131\n\nfifti!tf �t� �� � 'f;l.. \"'ti{ I\n'f;l��-tl �� �t�1 '�ill' 9lf1t�t'1 II ��� II\nmisrera avasa sei haya a/pa sthana\nasatikhya vai?Qava tahati haifa parimaQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nmisrera avasa-the residence of Kasi Misra; sei-that; haya-is; a/pa sthanainsufficient\n\nplace;\n\nasatikhya -unlimited;\n\nvai?Qava -devotees;\n\ntahati -there;\n\nhaiIa -were; parimaQa-overcrowded.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince the residence of Kasi Misra was insufficient, all the assembled devotees were very overcrowded.\n\n", "mad4#p0311": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n280\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 132\n\n�t�il-fi{\"r;� � �1 ��� I\n�t�fi{ ��� �11: �t'iJ·�qt flt;;-1 II ��� II\napana-nikate prabhu saba vasaila\napani sri-haste sabare malya-gandha dila\nSYNONYMS\napana-nikate-by His own side; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; saba-all\nof them; vasai/a-made sit; apani-personally Himself; sri-haste-with His hand;\nsabare-unto everyone;\n\nma/ya-garland;\n\ngandha-sandalwood pulp;\n\ndi/a­\n\noffered.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu made all the devotees sit at His side, and with His\nown hand He offered them garlands and sandalwood pulp.\n\nTEXT 133\n\n���1i, �t1i �7;<1 ��<2!'l1f \"iiltil I\n��tr;��J fifM;;-1 :if<!ft\"t11: :iftil II ��� 11\nbhattacarya, acarya tabe mahaprabhura sthane\nyatha-yogya milila sabakara sane\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya; acarya-Gopinatha Acarya; tabethereafter; mahaprabhura sthane-at the place of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nyatha-yogya-as\n\nit is befitting;\n\nmilila-met;\n\nsabakara sane-with all the\n\nVai�l)avas assembled there.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, Gopinatha Acarya and Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya met all the\nVai�Qavas at the place of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in a befitting manner.\nTEXT 134\n\n��11: <f-m � �� �il 1\n\n� �fif ':!� ��;;11! '��t11: �t��tilll��811\n\n", "mad4#p0312": "The Bec;fa-kirtana Pastimes\n\nTexts 135-136]\n\n281\n\nadvaitere kahena prabhu madhura vacane\naji ami purf}a ha-ilana tamara agamane\n\nSYNONYMS\nadvaitere-unto Advaita Acarya Prabhu; kahena-says; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; madhura vacane-in sweet language; aji-today; ami-1; pOrQaperfect; ha-ilana-became; tamara-Your; agamane-on arrival.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu addressed Advaita Acarya Prabhu, saying sweetly,\n\"My dear sir, today I have become perfect because of Your arrival.\"\n\nTEXTS 135-136\n\n� �,-Jr'!ftH �� lilt�� I\n�Wf9f �� �( ��� II �'!J� II\n1!-ttf?t ��1;1f � ��tift� I\n<e�·�f;'f � fii!J ��� fcl�t� II �'!J� II\nadvaita kahe, -lsvarera ei svabhava haya\nyadyapi apane pDrQa, sarvaisvarya-maya\ntathapi bhakta-sange haya sukhollasa\nbhakta-sange kare nitya vividha vilasa\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita kahe-Advaita Acarya Prabhu said; lsvarera-of the Lord; ei-this; svabhava-feature; haya-becomes; yadyapi-although; apane-Himself; pOrQaall-perfect; sarva-aisvarya-maya-full of all opulences; tathapi-still; bhaktasange-in the association of devotees; haya-there is; sukha-ul/asa-great jubilation; bhakta-sailge-with devotees;\n\nkare-does; nitya-eternally; vividha­\n\nvarious; vi/asa-pastimes.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya Prabhu replied, \"This is a natural characteristic of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Although He is personally complete and full\nof all opulences, He takes transcendental pleasure in the association of His\ndevotees, with whom He has a variety of eternal pastimes.\"\n\n", "mad4#p0313": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n282\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 137\n\n���� c;wf-t' � �t�flft� ��i I\n�tc;� � <fi� �� �t\" �� flrni II ��9 II\nvasudeva dekhi' prabhu anandita hana\ntatire kichu kahe tatira atige hasta diya\n·SYNONYMS\nvasudeva-Vasudeva;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nprabhu-Lord\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; anandita halia-becoming very much pleased; tatire-unto him;\nkichu kahe-says something; tatira atige-on his body; hasta diya-placing His\nhand.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw Vasudeva Datta, the father of\nMukunda Datta, He immediately became very happy and, placing His hand on\nhis body, began to speak.\nTEXT 138\n\n�� II_�Ift-�t1fl-�r,� fit� ru(! I\n�t� ru(! �fif<fi �� �til� '\"�ti! ����lrll\nyadyapi mukunda-ama-satige sisu haite\ntatiha haite adhika sukha tomare dekhite\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; mukunda-Mukunda; ama-satige-with me; sisu haitefrom childhood; tatiha haite-than him; adhika-still more; sukha-happiness;\ntomare dekhite-to see you.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Although Mukunda is My friend from\nchildhood, I nonetheless take greater pleasure in seeing you than in seeing\nhim.\"\nPURPORT\nVasudeva Datta was the father of Mukunda Datta, who was the childhood\nfriend of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. It is naturally a great pleasure to see a friend,\nbut SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu informed the father that although it was His\npleasure to see His friend, His pleasure was increased by seeing the father.\n\n", "mad4#p0314": "Text 141]\n\nThe Bec;la-kirtana Pastimes\n\n283\n\nTEXT 139\n\n�t� �,�,-��\"' �ror� -Ptt�\"' c:!t� �\" 1\nQ!t11� R'l �\"' c;lf� ��ill II �\\!)�II\nvasu kahe, -mukunda adau paifa tamara saliga\ntamara caral)a paifa sei punar-janma\nSYNONYMS\n\nvasu kahe-Vasudeva Datta said; mukunda-Mukunda; adau-in the beginning; paifa-got; tamara saliga-Your association; tomara caral)a-Your lotus\nfeet; paifa-got; sei-that; punab-janma-transcendental rebirth.\nTRANSLATION\nVasudeva replied, \"Mukunda got Your association in the beginning. A s\nsuch, he has taken shelter at Your lotus feet. That is his transcendental\nrebirth.\"\nTEXT 140\n\n00� ��1 11_� �t� � �� � I\nQ!t11t11\" ��t�t\\!1 l!tt\\! �(�t'l O�i II �go II\nchota hana mukunda ebe haifa amara jye�tha\ntomara krpa-patra tate sarva-gul)e sre�tha\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nchota hafla-being junior; mukunda-Mukunda; ebe-now; haifa-has become; amara-my; jye�tha-senior; tomara-Your; krpa-patra-favorite; tatetherefore; sarva-gul)e-in all good qualities; sre�tha-superior.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Vasudeva Datta admitted his inferiority to Mukunda, his son.\n\"A lthough Mukunda is my junior,\" he said, \" he first received Your favor. Consequently he became transcendentally senior to me. Besides that, You very\nmuch favored Mukunda. Thus he is superior in all good qualities.\"\n\nTEXT 141\n\n�: �t_ ��-�fir Q!t11� filfilt� I\n� ��� ettf.rntfil '5ff�jjij' � II �8� II\n\n", "mad4#p0315": "284\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\npuna/:1 prabhu kahe-ami tamara nimitte\ndui pustaka aniyachi 'dak�if,la' ha-ite\nSYNONYMS\n\npuna/:1-again; prabhu kahe-the Lord said; ami-1; tamara nimitte-for your\nsake; dui-two; pustaka-books; aniyachi-have brought; dak�if,la ha ite-from\n-\n\nSouth India.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord said, \"For your sake only, I have brought two books from South\nIndia.\nTEXT.142\n\n'Qit� i� �tti, � i!1 fif��11\n\n��'\\ifCI �m �� �tfl3111 �8� II\nsvarupera thani ache, /aha ta likhiya\nvasudeva anandita pustaka pana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvarupera thani-in the possession of SvarOpa Damodara; ache-they are;\n/aha-you take; ta-them; likhiya-copying; vasudeva-Vasudeva; ananditavery glad; pustaka-the books; pana-getting\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The books are kept with Svarfipa Damodara, and you can get them\ncopied.\" Hearing this, Vasudeva became very glad.\nTEXT 143\n\n� ��� :Jit� filf� �\"'' I\n� � � � :J�(ll �f?f\"f II �8� II\npratyeka vai�Qava sabe likhiya la-ila\nkrame krame dui grantha sarvatra vyapila\nSYNONYMS\n\npratyeka-each and every; vai�f,Java-devotee; sabe-all; likhiya\n\ncopying;\n\n-\n\n/a-i/a-took; krame krame-by and by; dui grantha-the two books; sarvatraeverywhere; vyapila-become broadcast.\n\n", "mad4#p0316": "Text 145]\n\nThe Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\n\n285\n\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed, each and every Vai�r;tava copied the two books. By and by, the two\nbooks [Brahma-sarilhita and Sri K��r;ta-karr;tam�ta] were broadcast all over\nIndia.\nTEXT 144\n\n��\"Pttt�J � � �fil'' �t�� I\n� �-�tl� �tfif 't�� ��� II �88 II\nsrivasadye kahe prabhu kari' maha-prita\ntamara cari-bhaira ami ha-inu vikrita\nSYNONYMS\nsrivasa-adye-unto the Srivasa and his three brothers; kahe-says; prabhuthe Lord; kari'-giving; maha-prita-great love; tamara-of you; cari-bhaira-of\nfour brothers; ami-1; ha-inu-became; vikrita-purchased.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord addressed Srivasa and his brothers with great love and a ffection,\nsaying, \"I am so obliged that I am purchased by you four brothers.\"\n\nTEXT 145\n\n��� �,- '<liCil <li't �� I\n. ��-�1 �fil' �t� � 'C!t1la � II �8� II\nsrivasa kahena, -kene kaha viparita\nkrpa-mulye cari bhai ha-i tamara krita\nSYNONYMS\nsrivasa kahena-Srivasa Thakura replied; kene-why; kaha viparita-do You\nspeak just the opposite; krpa-mulye-by the price of Your mercy; cari bhai-we\nfour brothers; ha-i-become; tamara-of You; krita-purchased.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrivasa then replied to the Lord, \"Why are You speaking in a contradictory\nway? Rather, we four brothers have been purchased by Your mercy.\"\n\n", "mad4#p0317": "286\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 146\n\n� Off'li'l �'{ �� �ftlft�tt I\n\n�t��-�� �t11t11' <;l!t1lt11' ii�tt II �8� II\nsankare dekhiya prabhu kahe damodare\nsagaurava-priti amara tamara upare\nSYNONYMS\nsankare dekhiya-seeing Sarikara; prabhu-the Lord; kahe-says; damodareunto Damodara; sa-gaurava-priti-affection with awe and reverence; amaraMy; tamara upare-upon you.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter seeing Sankara, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu told Damodara, \"My\naffection for you is on the platform of affection with awe and reverence.\nPURPORT\nHere the Lord is addressing Damodara Par:t<;lita, who is different from SvarOpa\nDamodara. Damodara Par:t<;lita is the elder brother of Sarikara. Thus the Lord informed Damodara that His affection toward him was on the platform of awe and\nreverence. However, the Lord's affection toward his younger brother, Sarikara,\nwas on the platform of pure love.\nTEXT 147\n\n�·��ill·<;��-�� I\n��111� (;� � tt-t� llflJtt II �8'1 II\nsuddha kevala-prema sankara-upare\nataeva tamara sange rakhaha sankare\nSYNONYMS\nsuddha\n\nkeva/a-prema-pure\n\nunalloyed\n\nSarikara; ataeva-therefore ; tamara sar'l ge\n\n-\n\naffection;\n\nsankara-upare-upon\n\nalong with you; rakhaha-keep;\n\nsankare-Sankara.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Therefore keep your younger brother Sankara with you because he is connected to Me by pure unalloyed love.\"\n\n", "mad4#p0318": "Text 150]\n\nThe Be<;fa-kirtana Pastimes\n\n287\n\nTEXT 148\n\n�� �,- wfl¥� c;� �t'lf1 �� I\n�t� � �iJ �ft � ��t� II �817' II\ndamodara kahe, -sarikara chota ama haite\nebe amara bac;la bhai tamara krpate\nSYNONYMS\n\ndamodara\n\nkahe-Damodara\n\nPat:�9ita\n\nreplied;\n\nsarikara-Sarikara;\n\nchota­\n\nyounger; ama haite-than me; ebe-now; amara-my; bac;Ia bhai-elder\nbrother; tamara-of You; krpate-by the mercy\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDamodara PaQ<;fita replied, \"Salikara is my younger brother, but from today\nhe becomes my elder brother because of Your special mercy upon him.\"\nTEXT 149\n\nfirt'ti{tllf <li� �-�tift� �� I\n'rtt\\J �� �, iSftfi{ �tt� '�f;i!\" �8� \"\nsivanande kane prabhu, -tama ra amate\n\nga c;lha anuraga haya, jani age haite\nSYNONYMS\n\nsivanande-unto Sivananda Sena; kahe-says; prabhu-the Lord; tama ra\n\n­\n\nyour; amate-upon Me; ga c;lha anuraga-deep affection; haya-there is; jani-1\nknow; age haite-from the very beginning.\nTRANSLATION\nThen turning toward Sivananda Sena, the lord said, \"I know that from the\nvery beginning your affection for Me has been very great.\"\nTEXT 150\n\n��' �llf-� c;�11t�� ��1 I\n��e, ��1 �I!P c;Jft<!i ��II �<!'o ll\nsuni' sivananda-sena premavi�ta hana\ndaQc;/avat hana pac;le 5/oka pac;liya\n\n", "mad4#p0319": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n288\n\nMadhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni -hearing; sivananda-sena-Sivananda Sena; prema-avi�ta hatia-becom'\n\ning absorbed in pure love;\n\ndaQ(iavat hatia-offering obeisances; pa(ie-falls\n\ndown; 5/oka-a verse; pa(iiya\n\n-\n\nreciting\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nImmediately upon hearing this, Sivananda Sena became absorbed in\necstatic love and fell down on the ground, offering obeisances to the Lord. He\nthen began to recite the following verse.\nTEXT 151\n\nf;p:pliif1:\\!it�\"l� �<ftcl<lt�f's�t� C1\\\" ���<ftf'l <;�: I\n��tf9f ��� �5\\<fRilf1<l\"f1l�\\91\\\"� 9f1<1if11\"lf� lf�t�t: II��� II\nnimajjato 'nanta bhavarQavantas\nciraya me ka/am ivasi labdha/:l\ntvayapi /abdham bhagavann idanim\nanuttamam patram idam dayaya/:l\nSYNONYMS\n\nnim ajjata/:l-being immersed; ananta-0 unlimited one; bhava-arQava-anta/:lwithin the ocean of nescience; cir aya-after a long time; me-of me; ka/amthe shore; iva-like; asi-You are; /abdha/:l-obtained; tvaya by You; api also;\n/abdham-has been gained; bhagavan-0 my Lord; idanim-now; anuttamamthe best; patram-candidate; idam-this; dayaya/:l-for showing Your mercy.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 my Lord! 0 unlimited one! A lthough I was merged in the ocean of ne­\n\nscience, I have now, after a long time, attained You, just as one may attain the\nseashore. My dear Lord, by getting me, You have obtained the right person\nupon whom to bestow Your causeless mercy.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse composed by Alabandaru Yamunacarya One's relationship with\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead may be reestablished even after one has\nfallen into the ocean of nescience, which is the ocean of material existence involving the repetition of birth, death, old age and disease, all arising out of the acceptance of the material body. There are 8,400,000 species of material life, but in\nthe human body one attains a chance to get release from the repetition of birth\nand death. When one becomes the Lord's devotee, he is rescued from this\n\n", "mad4#p0320": "The Bef;la-kirtana Pastimes\n\nText 153]\n\n289\n\ndangerous ocean of birth and death. The Lord is always prepared to show His\nmercy upon fallen souls struggling against miserable material conditions. As stated\nin Bhagavad-gita:\nmamaivarhso jiva-loke\njiva-bhuta/:1 sanatana/:1\nmana/:1-�a�thanindriyaQi\nprakrti-sthani kar�ati\n\"The living entities in this conditioned world are My eternal, fragmental parts. Due\nto conditioned life, they are struggling very hard with the six senses, which include the mind.\" (Bg.\n\n15.7)\n\nThus every living being is struggling hard in this material nature. Actually the living entity is part and parcel of the Supreme Lord, and when he surrenders unto\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, he attains release from the ocean of birth\nand death. The Lord, being very kind to fallen souls, is always anxious to get the\nliving entity out of the ocean of nescience. If the living entity understands his\nposition and surrenders to the Lord, his life becomes successful.\n\n. TEXT 152\n\n\\21�!';1l �tRf·�$ 12i't_� i{j f11'firn1t\n\n�t�ml! ��' �� ���e, ��1 II �a-� II\nprathame murari-gupta prabhure na miliya\nbahirete pa(ii' ache daQ(iavat hana\nSYNONYMS\nprathame-at first; murari-gupta-Murari Gupta; prabhure-to Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; na-without; mi/iya\ndown; ache-was there; daQ(iavat\n\n-\n\n-\n\nmeeting; bahirete-outside ; pa(ii\n\n'-\n\nfalling\n\nfalling flat like a stick; halia-becoming so.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMurari Gupta at first did not meet the Lord but rather remained outside the\ndoor, falling down like a stick to offer obeisances.\n\nTEXT 153\n\n�I�trn i11 '��m 12i't. �r;� �t�'l 1\n�Rf '1.!';1! -rt�1 ��'11 ��II �a-� II\n\n", "mad4#p0321": "290\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nmurari na dekhiya prabhu kare anve?al)a\nmurari la-ite dhana aila bahu-jana\nSYNONYMS\nmurari-Murari; na-without; dekhiya-seeing; prabhu-the Lord; karedoes; anve?al)a-inquiry; murari-Murari Gupta; la-ite-to take; dhana-running; ai/a-came; bahu-jana-many persons.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu could not see Murari amongst the\ndevotees, He inquired about him. Thereupon many people immediately went\nto Murari, running to take him to the Lord.\n\nTEXT 154\n\n�'1 'O:l�� 1!.1!ftfif �il $iBrni I\n\nJt�t� ��'$f c� Clif��il ��i 11 �as 11\ntwa dui-guccha murari dasane dhariya\nmahaprabhu age ge/a dainyadhina hana\nSYNONYMS\ntwa-of straw; dui-two; guccha-bunches; murari-Murari; dasane-in his\nteeth; dhariya-catching; mahaprabhu-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; age-in\nfront; ge/a-went; dainya-adhina-under obligation of meekness; hana-becoming.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Murari Gupta, catching two bunches of straw in his teeth, went before\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu with humility and meekness.\n\nTEXT 155\n\n�fif cwf�1 �� ��\"fi fiff\"ft� 1\n� ��'$f �<rtfu, \"ftf'$f\"fi ��II �a<t II\nmurari dekhiya prabhu aila milite\npache bhage murari, lagila kahite\n\n", "mad4#p0322": "Text 157]\n\nThe Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\n\n291\n\nSYNONYMS\nmurari-Murari; dekhiya-seeing; prabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ai/acame out; milite-to meet; pach e-therea fter; bhage-runs away; murariMurari; /agi /a -began; kahite-to speak.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing Murari come to meet Him, lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went\nup to him, but Murari began to run away and speak as follows.\nTEXT 156\n\n''ll\"t� � �·�, �t_, 1![� �' �1t I\n\nCi!talt1t \"\"Pf-fr;;�t'StJ i(� �t� �f;�f II �a� II\nmore na churiiha, prabhu, muiii ta' pamara\ntomara sparsa-yogya nahe papa kalevara\nSYNONYMS\nmore-me; na churiiha-do not touch; prabhu-my Lord; muiii-1; ta'-certainly; pamara-most abominable; tamara-of You; sparsa-yogya-fit to be\ntouched; nahe-not; papa-sin ful; ka/evara-body\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My lord, please do not touch me. I am most abominable and am not fit for\nYou to touch because my body is sinful.\"\n\nTEXT 157\n\n�'{ ��;�,-��' � � �llif1t'l I\n'i!tlltf �� Of�' C1ft1t f�( � 'l{i( II � <!9 II\nprabhu kahe, -murari, kara dainya sarilvaraQa\ntamara dainya dekhi' mora vidirQa haya mana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; murari-My dear Murari; kara dainya sarilvaraQaplease restrain your great humility; tamara-your; dainya- humility; dekhi'seeing; mora-My; vidirQa haya mana-mind becomes distorted.\n\n", "mad4#p0323": "292\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord said, \"My dear Murari, please restrain your unnecessary humility.\nMy mind is disturbed to see your meekness.\"\nTEXT 158\n\n<.!!� �f�' �it�;� �� �� I\n\n�<II� �#ft�1 <li� Gl!f #f'llfsfi{ II �<tlr II\neta bali' prabhu tanre kaila alingana\nnikate vasana kare anga sammarjana\nSYNONYMS\n\neta ba/i'-saying this; prabhu-the Lord; talire-him; kai/a-did; alinganaembrace; nikate-nearby; vasai'ia-making sit down; kare-does; anga-of his\nbody; sammarjana-cleansing.\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, the lord embraced Murari and had him sit down by His side.\nThe Lord then began to cleanse his body with His own hands.\nTEXT 159-160\n\n<c�t�t1i�, f<lw:rtfil�, �fu� ��� 1\n'Sf1r�, �rn�v, �Wt� �� II �<t� II\n<2Jc;�r;<!l ����fit'' �'1 �fi{ I\n�� �: �tMfinn �fit'� #f'llfi{ II ��o 11\nacaryaratna, vidyanidhi, paQc;iita gadadhara\ngangadasa, hari-bhatta, acarya purandara\npratyeke sabara prabhu kari' guQa gana\npunaf:r punaf:r alingiya karila sammana\nSYNONYMS\n\nacaryaratna-Acaryaratna; vidyanidhi-Vidyanidhi; paQc;fita gadadhara-Paryc;lita Gadadhara; galigadasa-Garigadasa; hari-bhatta-Hari Bhatta; acarya purandara-Acarya Purandara; pratyeke-each and every one of them; sabara-of all\nof them; prabhu-the Lord; kari' guQa gana-glorifying the qualities; punaf:r\npunaf:r-again and again; a/iligiya-embracing; karila-did; sammana-honor.\n\n", "mad4#p0324": "Text 162]\n\nThe Be<;la-kirtana Pastimes\n\n293\n\nTRANSLATION\nlord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then again and again embraced all the devotees, including Acaryaratna, Vidyanidhi, Pa�;�<;tita Gadadhara, Gangadasa, Hari\nBhaHa and Acarya Purandara. The lord described their good qualities and\nglorified them again and again.\nTEXT 161\n\n't�1l :Jt'ltt�' �'f1l � �lft't I\n\nll{�ttlf ifl �f� ��,-�� ��Wt:Jt II��� II\nsabare sammani' prabhura ha-ila ullasa\nharidase na dekhiya kahe, -kahari haridasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsabare sammani'-respecting everyone; prabhura-of the Lord; ha-i/a-there\nwas;\n\nu//asa-jubilation;\n\nharidase-Haridasa\n\nThakura;\n\nna\n\ndekhiya-without\n\nseeing; kahe-says; kahari haridasa-where is Haridasa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter thus offering respect to each and every devotee, lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu became very jubilant. However, not seeing Haridasa Thakur a, He\ninquired, \"Where is Haridasa?\"\nTEXT 162\n\n� �t'! �Rf\\ift:Jt <;'itt�tt<1P �f�'Wl I\n11���-�tt\"-i �' �tt� �<!!e. �1$111 ��� II\ndOra haite haridasa gosafie dekhiya\nrajapatha-prante paqi' ache daQqavat hafia\n\nSYNONYMS\ndOra haite-from a distance; haridasa gosafie-Haridasa Thakura; dekhiyaseeing; rajapatha-prante-at the side of the common road; paqi'-falling down;\nache-he was; daQ(iavat hafia-offering obeisances.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then saw in the distance that Haridasa Thakura\nwas lying down flat on the road offering obeisances.\n\n", "mad4#p0325": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n294\n\nTEXT 163\n\nf�il·\"i'ttil �Tfif' � il1 fil� I\n�9l�·�tt� �� 9l�i �� II ���II\nmilana-sthane asi' prabhure na milila\nrajapatha-prante dare pac;liya rahila\n\nSYNONYMS\nmilana-sthane-in the meeting place; asi -coming; prabhure-unto Lord Sri\n'\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; na-not; mi/i/a-did meet; rajapatha-prante-on the side\nof the common road; dare-at a distant place; pac;:liya-falling flat; rahilaremained.\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura did not come to the Lord's meeting place but remained\nfallen flat on the common road at a distance.\nTEXT 164\n\n� �� $ft�i �� �� � I\n\n�'- ��t';!'hl filfflt� m�, � �� II ��8 II\nbhakta saba dhana aila haridase nite\nprabhu tomaya milite cahe, calaha tvarite\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-devotees;\n\nsaba-all;\n\ndhafla-r unning;\n\niii/a-came;\n\nharidase­\n\nHaridasa; nite-to take; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tomaya-you;\nmilite-to meet; cahe-wants; ca/aha-just come; tvarite-very soon.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees then went to Haridasa Thakura, saying, \"The Lord wants to\nmeet you. Please come immediately.\"\nTEXT 165\n\n�mt� �t�,-af� ��� m- 1\nJffif!�·fir<fltTJ ��� �';!� ilt� �fil� ����ttn\nharidasa kahe, -mufli nica-jati chara\nmandira-nikate yaite mora nahi adhikara\n\n", "mad4#p0326": "Text 166]\n\nThe Be«;fa-kirtana Pastimes\n\n295\n\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa kahe-Haridasa Thakura said; mufii-1; nica-jati-low caste; charaabominable; mandira-nikate-near the temple; yaite-to go; mora-my; nahithere is not; adhikara-authority.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura replied, \"I cannot go near the temple because I am a lowcaste abominable person. I have no authority to go there.\"\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough Haridasa Thakura was such a highly exalted Vai�l)ava that he was addressed as Haridasa Gosvami, he still did not like to disturb the common sense of\nthe general populace. Haridasa Thakura was so exalted that he was addressed as\nthakura and gosani, and these titles are offered to the most advanced Vai�l)avas.\nThe spiritual master is generally called gosafii, and thakura is used to address the\nparamaharilsas, those in the topmost rank of spirituality. Nonetheless Haridasa\nThakura did not want to go near the temple, although he was called there by Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu Himself. The Jagannatha temple still accepts only those\nHindus who are in the varQasrama order. Other castes, especially those who are\nnot Hindu, are not allowed to enter the temple. This is a long-standing regulation\nand thus Haridasa Thakura, although certainly competent and qualified to enter\nthe temple, did not want even to go near it. This is called Vai�l)ava humility.\n\nTEXT 166\n\nf�� '��·Jtt•fJ � �flf �tl! I\nt;!tti ��' 1\\'1:�, �<llti'f '<llti'f C'ittl!t'! II ��� II\nnibhrte tota-madhye sthana yadi pana\ntahan pagi' raho, ekale kala gonana\n\nSYNONYMS\nnibhrte-in a solitary place; tota-madhye-within the gardens; sthana-place;\nyadi-if; pana-1 get; tahari-there; pagi' raho-1 shall stay; ekale-alone; kalatime; goriaria-1 shall pass.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura then expressed his desire: \"If I could just get to a solitary\nplace near the temple, I could stay there alone and pass my time.\n\n", "mad4#p0327": "296\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 167\n\n�SrmiT�·�<ft<fi11\" Ql\"t11\" �af � � I\n� ��' 11\"tti,-(;� �� <ft�1 � II ��9 II\njagannatha-sevakera mora sparsa nahi haya\ntahan paqi' rahon, -mora ei vMicha haya\nSYNONYMS\njagannatha-sevakera-of the servants of Lord jagannatha; mora-my; sparsatouching; nahi-not; haya-takes place; tahail-there; paqi' rahon-1 stay;\nmora-my; ei-this; vaficha-desire; haya-is.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I do not wish the servants of Lord Jagannatha to touch me. I would remain\nthere in the garden alone. That is my desire.\"\nTEXT 168\n\n�� <fiQf'l � fml1 �tt11\" <fi� I\n�f-1111\\!!f� 'If������� II ��lr II\nei katha loka giya prabhure kahila\nsuniya prabhura mane baqa sukha ha-ifa\nSYNONYMS\nei katha-this message; /aka-people; giya-going; prabhure-unto Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; kahi/a-informed; suniya-hearing; prabhura mane-in\nthe mind of the Lord; baqa-very much; sukha-happiness; ha-ifa-became.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen this messa g e was relayed to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu by the people,\nthe Lord became very happy to hear it.\nTEXT 169\n\n�<fitr;� �fil�, ��1,-� iSfif I\n'f;lt� �Rfi'l l!!f�f R'l <f\"fi{ II ��� II\nhena-ka/e kasi-misra, paqicha, -dui jana\nasiya karila prabhura caraQa vandana\n\n", "mad4#p0328": "Text 171]\n\n297\n\nThe Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\nSYNONYMS\n\nhena-kale-at this time; kasi-misra-Kasi Misra; par;licha-the superintendent;\ndui jana-two persons; asiya-coming;\n\nkarila-did;\n\nprabhura-of Lord Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; caraQa vandana-worshiping the lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nAt this time, Kasi Misra, along with the superintendent of the temple, came\nand offered his respects unto the lotus feet of lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 170\n\n��<f (;lif�' ��<I�� I\n��m :�t�1-,til' �\"' fif�111 �9\n\no\n\n11\n\nsarva vai�Qava dekhi' sukha bar;la paila\nyatha-yogya saba-sane anande milila\nSYNONYMS\nsarva vai�Qava-all the Vai�r;1avas; dekhi'-seeing; sukha-happiness; bar;lavery much; paila-got; yatha-yogya-as is befitting; saba-sane-along with\neveryone; anande-in happiness; milila-met.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing all the Vai�r:-avas together, both Kasi Misra and the superintendent became very happy. With great happiness they met with them in a befitting manner.\nTEXT 171\n\n�'-�t� 'I� � '� filt<llftil' I\n�ta1 �',-'�� <ISRf ,1f'ttfi;i{ II �9� II\nprabhu-pade dui jane kai/a nivedane\najfia deha', -vai�Qavera kari samadhane\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-pade-unto the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dui jane-both\nof\n\nthem;\n\nkai/a-did;\n\nnivedane-submission;\n\najfia\n\ndeha'-please\n\norder;\n\nvai$Qavera-of all the Vai�r;1avas; kari-let us do; samadhane-accommodation.\n\n", "mad4#p0329": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n298\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\nBoth submitted to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu: \"Please give us orders so\nthat we may make proper arrangements to accommodate all the Vai�r:Javas.\nTEXT 172\n\n� <liBrnt� �-�-\"1� I\n\n1l�t��� ll<ft<limf <�iff ll1rt'ftil II �'l� II\nsabara kariyachi vasa-grha-sthana\nmaha-prasada sabakare kari samadhana\nSYNONYMS\nsabara-for all of them; kariyachi-we have arranged; vasa-grha-sthana-residential place for staying; maha-prasada-remnants of foodstuff of Jagannatha;\nsabakare-to all of them; kari-let us do; samadhana-distribution.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Accommodations have been arranged for all the Vai�r;�avas. Now let us distribute maha-prasada to all of them.\"\n\nTEXT 173\n\n� <lit�,-,'$ft�iftot, �t�' ���4!{ l'f�il\n�1 �tti <lit� �tlli, i!ittl '��' 't�1 II �'l� II\nprabhu kahe, -gopinatha, yaha' vai�Qava lana\nyahan yahan kahe vasa, tahan deha' lana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu said;\n\ngopinatha-My dear\n\nGopTnatha; yaha'-please go; vai$Qava /ana-taking all the Vai��avas; yahan\nyahan-wherever; kahe-they say; vasa-staying place; tahail-there; deha'give; /ana-accepting.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu immediately told Gopinatha Acarya, \"Please go\nwith the Vai�r;�avas and accommodate them in whatever residence Kasi Misra\nand the temple superintendent offer.\"\n\n", "mad4#p0330": "Text 176]\n\nThe Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\n\n299\n\nTEXT 174\n\n1t�\\21�t5f'fj � <ft�itt!t·'lt� I\n\n��� �·1;� ��� �'Itt� II �'l8 II\nmaha-prasadanna deha vaQinatha-sthane\nsarva-vai$Qavera inho karibe samadhane\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-prasada-anna-the\n\nremnants\n\nof\n\nfood;\n\ndeha-deliver;\n\nvaf)inatha­\n\nsthane-unto Vat:�inatha; sarva-vai$Qavera-unto all the Vai�l)avas; inho-he;\nkaribe-will do; samadhane-distribution.\nTRANSLATION\nThen the Lord told Kasi Misra and the temple superintendent, \"As for the\nremnants of food left by Jagannatha, let them be delivered to Var;�inatha Raya's\ncharge, for he can take care of all the Vai�r;�avas and distribute maha-prasada\nto them.\"\nTEXT 175\n\n�� fi{�t� �· �!S91� -il' I\n\n���fil 'il1f �t� �-�� II :>'l<t II\namara nikate ei pu$pera udyane\neka-khani ghara ache parama-nirjane\nSYNONYMS\namara nikate-nearby My place; ei-this; pu$pera udyane-in a garden of\nflowers; eka-khani-one; ghara-room; ache-there is; parama-nirjane-in a\nvery solitary place.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then said, \"Nearby My place in this garden of\nflowers is one single room that is very solitary.\nTEXT 176\n\n� 'il1f �1tit� ��'--�'tt� �t� I\nfi!lf� <��m �tt �m �'� 11 =>'l� 11\n\n", "mad4#p0331": "300\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nsei ghara amake deha'-ache prayojana\nnibhrte vasiya tahan kariba smaraQa\nSYNONYMS\nsei ghara -that room; amake deha' -please give to Me; ache prayojana-there\nis necessity; nibhrte-in the solitary place; vasiya -sitting; tahan-there; kariba\nsmaraQa-1 shall remember the lotus feet of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please give that room to Me, for I have need for it. Indeed, I shall remember the lotus feet of the Lord sitting in that solitary place.\"\nPURPORT\nThis statement of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is significant. Nibhrte vasiya tahan\nkariba smaraQa: \"I shall sit down there in that solitary place and remember the\nlotus feet of the Lord.\" Neophyte students are not to imitate sitting in a solitary\nplace and remembering the lotus feet of the Lord by chanting the Hare Kr�r:Ja\nmaha-mantra. We should always remember that it was Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nHimself who wanted such a place, either for Himself or Haridasa Thakura. No one\ncan suddenly attain the level of Haridasa Thakura and sit down in a solitary place\nto chant the Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra and remember the lotus feet of the Lord.\nOnly an exalted person like Haridasa Thakura or Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is\npersonally exhibiting the proper behavior for an acarya, can engage in such a practice.\nAt the present moment we see that some of the members of the International\nSociety for Krishna Consciousness are tending to leave their preaching activities in\norder to sit in a solitary place. This is not a very good sign. It is a fact that Srila\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura has condemned this process for neophytes. He\nhas even stated in a song: prati�thara tare, nirjanera ghare, tava hari-nama keva/a\nkaitava. Sitting in a solitary place intending to chant the Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra is\nconsidered a cheating process. This practice is not possible for neophytes at all.\nThe neophyte devotee must act and work very laboriously under the direction of\nthe spiritual master, and he must thus preach the cult of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nOnly after maturing in devotion can he sit down in a solitary place to chant the\nHare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu Himself did. Although Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, He nonetheless\ntraveled all over India continuously for six years and then retired at jagannatha\nPuri to teach us a lesson. Even at Jagannatha Puri the Lord chanted the Hare Kr�r:Ja\nmaha-mantra in a great meeting at the jagannatha temple. The point is that one\nshould not try to imitate Haridasa Thakura at the beginning of one's transcendental life. One must first become very mature in devotion and thus receive the ap-\n\n", "mad4#p0332": "Text 178]\n\nThe �a-kirtana Pastimes\n\n301\n\nproval of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Only at such a time may one actually sit down\npeacefully in a solitary place to chant the Hare Kr��a maha-mantra and remember\nthe lotus feet of the Lord. The senses are very strong, and if a neophyte devotee\nimitates Haridasa Thakura, his enemies (kama, krodha, lobha, moha, mada and\nmatsarya) will disturb and fatigue him. Instead of chanting the Hare Kr��a mahamantra, the neophyte will simply sleep soundly. Preaching work is meant for advanced devotees, and when an advanced devotee is further elevated on the\ndevotional scale, he may retire to chant the Hare Kr��a mantra in a solitary place.\nHowever, if one simply imitates advanced spiritual life, he will fall down, just like\nthe sahajiyas in Vrndavana.\n\nTEXT 177\n\nfif� <fi�,-�<f <;\\!'tllt1{, m f<fi <fit1f�'f ?\n�t?ti{-� \"'�' � �'t11t1f � ll �99 ll\nmisra kahe, -saba tamara, caha ki karaf)e?\napana-icchaya /aha, yei tamara mane\n\nSYNONYMS\nmisra\n\nk ahe-KasT Misra said; saba-everything; tomara-Yours; caha ki\n\nkaraf)e-why do You beg; apana-icchaya-by Your own will; /aha-You take;\nyei-whatever; tamara mane-is in Your mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKasi Misra then told Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu: \"Everything belongs to You.\nWhat is the use of Your begging? By Your own will You can take whatever You\nlike.\nTEXT 178\n\n�tfif·�� � �t'llt1f �t� �tatt<fitit I\n<;� m, �� �i �' �?ti <fi�' II �'\\\\,- II\nami-dui ha-i tamara dasa ajnakari\nye caha, sei ajna deha' krpa kari'\n\nSYNONYMS\nam1-we;\n\ndui-two; ha-i-are; tamara-Your;\n\ndasa-servants; ajfia-kari­\n\norder-carriers; ye caha-whatever you want; sei ajfia-that order; deha'-give;\nkrpa kari -being merciful.\n'\n\n", "mad4#p0333": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n302\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My Lord, we are Your two servants and are here just to carry out Your orders. By Your mercy, please tell us to do whatever You want.\"\nTEXT 179\n\n<t��' � i9ftil r<t�rn �G�t 1\n<;'m��' �t�ift�-•lt� � fila, II �9<;� ll\n�t:!\n\neta kahi' dui jane vidaya /a-ila\ngopinatha, val)inatha-dunhe sange nila\n\nSYNONYMS\neta kahi'-saying this; dui jane-both of them; vidaya la-ila-took departure;\ngopinatha-Gopinatha Acarya; val)inatha-Var:tinatha Raya; dunhe sange ni/a­\n\ntook both of them with them.\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, Kasi Misra and the temple inspector took their departure, and\nGopinatha and Var;�inatha went with them.\nTEXT 180\n\n,�t�iltt� '���Gil����-�� I\n��1�-itf� f'if'f \\!f�t� R�� ll �lro II\ngopinathe dekhaila saba vasa-ghara\nval)inatha-that'ii dila prasada vistara\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopinathe-unto\nghara-residential\n\nGopinatha\nplaces;\n\nAcarya;\n\ndekhaila-showed;\n\nval)inatha-thafii-unto\n\nsaba-all;\n\nVar:tinatha\n\nRaya;\n\nvasadi/a­\n\ndelivered; prasada vistara-remnants of food in large quantity.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha was then shown all the residential places, and Var;�inatha was\ngiven large quantities of food [ maha-prasada] left by Lord Jagannatha.\nTEXT 181\n\n��ift� �t·� �'l \\!t�t� f� '1�1 I\n,m�� ��'11 ��1 ��<�JJ� <t�f� 11 ��r�\"\n\n", "mad4#p0334": "Text 183]\n\nThe Be«;;a-kirtana Pastimes\n\n303\n\nViif)inatha ai/a bahu prasada pitha /aria\ngopinatha aila vasa sarhskara kariya\n\nSYNONYMS\nvaf)inatha-Va r:Jina tha;\nprasada-remnants\n\nof\n\ngopinatha-Gopinatha\n\nai/a-returned;\nfood;\n\npitha\n\nA ca ry a;\n\nbahu-a\n\niaria-also\n\nai/a-returned;\n\nvery\n\nlarge\n\nquantity\n\ntaking\n\ncakes\n\nwith\n\nvasa-residential\n\nof;\n\nthem;\nplaces;\n\nsarhskara kariya-cleansing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Var;�inatha Raya returned with large quantities of Lord Jagannatha's\nfood remnants, along with cakes and other good eatables. Gopinatha Acarya\nalso returned after cleansing all the residential quarters.\n\nTEXT 182\n\n11'�1� �!(,-��,�(�<!'it'll\n�--f�-� � �� �� II �lr� II\nmahaprabhu kahe, -suna, sarva vai$f)ava-gaf)a\nnija-nija-vasa sabe karaha gamana\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhu kahe-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; suna-kindly listen;\nsarva vai�f)ava-gaf)a-all Vai�r:Javas; nija-nija-vasa-to the respective residential\nquarters; sabe-all of you; karaha-make; gamana-departure\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then addressed all the Vai�r,avas and requested\nthat they listen to Him. He said, \"Now you can go to your respective residential quarters.\n\nTEXT 183\n\n��i{ ��' <l'iif � �pti{ I\n�� �'tftr tt �1�' ��t<l '�1'Pi{ II �lr\\!l II\nsamudra-snana kari' kara cac;ia darasana\ntabe aji ihail asi' karibe bhojana\n\n", "mad4#p0335": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n304\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nSYNONYMS\nsamudra-snana-bathing in the sea;\n\nkari'-finishing;\n\nkara-just do; cCu;la\n\ndarasana-observing the top of the temple; tabe-thereafter; aji-today; ihanhere; asi'-coming back; karibe bhojana-take your lunch.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Go to the sea and bathe and look at the top of the temple. After so doing,\nplease come back here and take your lunch.\"\n\nTEXT 184\n\n� ��' �� �tJttt'! ij� I\n<;�tQ!wtfi �?;� �t�·\"lte( flf'fl II �17'8 II\nprabhu namaskari' sabe vasate calila\ngopinathacarya sabe vasa-sthana dila\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu namaskari' -after offering obeisances to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nsabe-all the devotees; vasate ca/i/a-departed for their residential quarters;\ngopinatha-acarya-Copinatha\n\nAcarya;\n\nsabe-to everyone;\n\nvasa-residential\n\nquarters; sthana-place; di/a-delivered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter offering obeisances to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, all the devotees\ndeparted for their residences, and Gopinatha Acarya showed them their\nrespective quarters.\nTEXT 185\n\n�t� ��if1 '!7;� ���-�I\n�f.�t� <flt1f (;�7;1{ i(t1f·����7;i( II �lr<t II\nmahaprabhu aila tabe haridasa-milane\nharidasa kare preme nama-sankirtane\n\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nai/a-came;\n\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nharidasa-milane-to meet Thakura Haridasa; haridasa-Thakura Haridasa; karedoes; preme-in ecstatic love; nama-sankirtane-chanting of the holy name.\n\n", "mad4#p0336": "Text 187]\n\nThe Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\n\n305\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to meet Haridasa Thakura, and He\nsaw him engaged in chanting the maha-mantra with ecstatic love. Haridasa\nchanted, \"Hare Kr�r;�a, Hare Kr�r;�a, Kr�r;�a Kr�r;�a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare\nRama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\"\nTEXT 186\n\n� ,wf-t• �� �TI;'$f W'G�e. ��i I\n� �fi;r�if �\"' it� ��t�i II �lr� II\nprabhu dekhi' page age daQgavat hana\nprabhu aliligana kaila tatire uthana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu dekhi'-after seeing the Lord; page-fell down; age-in front of Him;\ndaQgavat-flat like a stick; hafl a -becoming; prabhu-Lord SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; alitigana kai/a-embraced; tatire-him; ut hafl a-raising him up.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Haridasa Thakura saw Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he immediately\nfell down like a stick to offer Him obeisances, and Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu raised him up and embraced him.\nTEXT 187\n\n��� '�tt�t-t <flt1fil ilfilfftil I\n�-�t'l � fil<fl�, � �I!J·�t'lll �lr'l II\ndui-jane premavese karena krandane\nprabhu-guQe bhrtya vikala, prabhu bhrtya-guQe\nSYNONYMS\ndui- jane-both of them; prema-avese-in loving ecstasy; karena krandane­\n\nwere crying; prabhu-guQe-by the quality of the Lord; bhrtya-servant; vika/atransformed; prabhu-the Lord; bhrtya-guQe-by the quality of the servant.\nTRANSLATION\nThen both the Lord and His servant began to cry in ecstatic love. Indeed,\nthe Lord was transformed by the quality of His servant, and the servant was\ntransformed by the quality of his master.\n\n", "mad4#p0337": "306\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nPURPORT\nThe MayavadT philosophers say that the living entity and the Supreme Lord are\nnondifferent, and therefore they equate the transformation of the living entity\nwith the transformation of the Lord. In other words, MayavadTs say that if the living entity is pleased, the Lord is also pleased, and if the living entity is displeased,\nthe Lord is also displeased. By juggling words in this way, MayavadTs try to prove\nthat there is no difference between the living entity and the Lord. This, however,\nis not a fact. In this verse Kr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja GosvamT explains: prabhu-guQe\nbhrtya vikala, prabhu bhrtya-guQe. The Lord and the living entity are not equal, for\nthe Lord is always the master, and the living entity is always the servant. Transformation takes place due to transcendental qualities, and it is thus said that the servant of the Lord is the heart of the Lord, and the Lord is the heart of the servant.\nThis is also explained in Bhagavad-gita:\nye yatha marh prapadyante\ntarhs tathaiva bhajamy aham\nmama vartmanuvartante\nmanu�ya/:1 partha sarvasa/:1\n\"All of them-as they surrender unto Me-l reward accordingly. Everyone follows\nMy path in all respects, 0 son of Prtha.\" (Bg.\n\n4.11)\n\nThe Lord is always eager to congratulate the servant because of the servant's\ntranscendental quality. The servant pleasingly renders service unto the Lord, and\nthe Lord also very pleasingly reciprocates, rendering even more than the servant.\nTEXT 188\n\nm�t� <fit�,-�'-' ifl ��� �tt� 1\n\n'lf$-�, �aoapf<.., ��11 �t11c;�\" �lrlr\"\nharidasa kahe, -prabhu, na chunio more\nmufii-nica, asprsya, parama pamare\nSYNONYMS\n\nharidasa kahe-Haridasa Thakura said; prabhu-my dear Lord; na chunio\nmore-please do not touch me; mufii-1; nica-most fallen; asprsya-untouchable; parama pamare-the lowest of mankind.\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura said, \"My dear Lord, please do not touch me, for I am\nmost fallen and untouchable and am lowest among men.\"\n\n", "mad4#p0338": "Text 189]\n\n307\n\nThe Bec;ta-kirtana Pastimes\nTEXT 189\n\n!2ft_ <l\"t�,- c;!1111 \"\"Pi� �� �t� I\n<;�t11'11f �� �S! .m� �i� ll �lr� ll\nprabhu kahe, -toma sparsi pavitra ha-ite\ntamara pavitra dharma nahika amate\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe-the lord said; toma sparsi-1 touch you; pavitra ha-ite-just to\nbecome\n\npurified;\n\ntamara-your;\n\npavitra-purified;\n\ndharma-occupation;\n\nnahika-is not; amate-in Me.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord said, \"I wish to touch you just to be purified, for your purified activities do not exist in Me.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis is an example of the reciprocation of feelings between master and servant.\nThe servant thinks that he is most impure and that the master should not touch\nhim, and the master thinks that because He has become impure by associating\nwith so many impure living entities, He should touch a pure devotee like Haridasa\nThakura just to purify Himself. Actually both the servant and the master are\nalready purified because neither of them is in touch with the impurities of material\nexistence. They are already equal in quality because both of them are the purest.\nThere is a difference in quantity, however, because the master is unlimited and\nthe servant is limited. Consequently the servant always remains subordinate to\nthe master, and this relationship is eternal and undisturbed. As soon as the servant\nfeels like becoming the master, he falls into maya. Thus it is by misuse of free will\nthat one falls under the influence of maya.\nThe Mayavadi philosophers try to explain the equality of master and servant in\nterms of quantity, but they fail to explain why, if the master and servant are equal,\nthe servant falls victim of maya. They try to explain that when the servant, the living entity, is out of the clutches of maya, he immediately becomes the so-called\nmaster again. Such an explanation is never satisfactory. Being unlimited, the\nmaster cannot become a victim of maya, for in such a case His unlimitedness is\ncrippled or limited. Thus the Mayavada explanation is not correct. The fact is that\nthe master is always master and unlimited, and the servant, being limited, is sometimes curtailed by the influence of maya. Maya is also the master's energy and is\nalso unlimited; therefore the limited servant or limited living entity is forced to\nremain under the master or the master's potency, maya. Being freed from maya's\n\n", "mad4#p0339": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n308\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\ninfluence, one can again become a pure servant and equal qualitatively to the\nLord. The relationship between master and servant continues due to their being\nunlimited and limited respectively.\nTEXT 190\n\n� �(�r;�� I\n'lit'! 'lit'! �1l � ��·l!t�·Wtil II �� II\n-.t'l -.t'l �1l\n\no\n\nk�aQe k�aQe kara tumi sarva-tirthe snana\nk�aQe k�aQe kara tumi yajna-tapo-dana\nSYNONYMS\nk�aQe k�aQe-at every moment; kara-do; tumi-you; sarva-tirthe snanabathing in all the holy places of pilgrimage; k�aQe k�aQe-at every moment;\nkara-perform; tumi-you; yajfia-sacrifices; tapa/:1-austerities; dana-charity.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu exalted Haridasa Thakura, stating, \"At every\nmoment you take your bath in all the holy places of pilgrimage, and at every\nmoment you perform great sacrifices, austerity and charity.\nTEXT 191\n\nf.{�� �1l � (;<!� �'IJ1lil I\n\n�tr-tJtlft �ti! � �-'Pf�il II��� II\nnirantara kara cari veda adhyayana\ndvija-nyasi haite tumi parama-pavana\nSYNONYMS\nnirantara-constantly;\n\nkara-you\n\ndo;\n\ncari-four;\n\nveda-of\n\nthe\n\nVedas;\n\nadhyayana-study; dvija-brahmaQa; nyasi-sannyasi; haite-than; tumi-you;\nparama-pavana -supremely pure.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are constantly studying the four Vedas, and you are far better than any\nbrahmar;�a or sannyasi.\"\n\n", "mad4#p0340": "Text 192]\n\nThe Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\n\n309\n\nTEXT 192\n\n<;5[C�1 <t� �9fC5t�C�1 'i\\�'1�t1_\nl!f�tnt <t�c� 01t� �-sr� 1\nc�<PJ:.�9fc� i!l:�1: �...mt\n�t\"!_�-l'tll\" �'!� Cl! C� II �f)� U\naha bata sva-paco 'to gariyan\nyaj-jihvagre vartate nama tubhyam\ntepus tapas te juhuvu/:1 sasnur arya\nbrahmanucur nama grf)anti ye te\nSYNONYMS\naha bata-how wonderful it is; sva-paca/:1-dog-eaters; ata/:1-than the initiated brahmaf)a; gariyan-more glorious; yat-of whom; jihva-agre-on the\ntongue;\n\nvartate-remains;\n\nnama-holy name;\n\ntubhyam-of You, my Lord;\n\ntepu/:1-have performed; tapa/:1-austerity; te-they; juhuvu/:1-have performed\nsacrifices; sasnu/:1-have bathed in all holy places; arya/:1-really belonging to the\nAryan race; brahma-all the Vedas; an ucu /:1 -hav e studied; nama - holy name;\ngwanti-chant; ye-who; te-they.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then recited the following verse:\" 'My dear lord,\none who always keeps Your holy name on his tongue becomes greater than an\ninitiated brahmat;�a. Although he may be born in a family of dog-eaters and\ntherefore by material calculation may be the lowest among men, he is still\nglorious. This is the wonderful effect of chanting the holy name of the lord. It\nis therefore concluded that one who chants the holy name of the lord should\nbe understood to have performed all kinds of austerities and great sacrifices\nmentioned in the Vedas. He has already taken his bath in all the holy places of\npilgrimage. He has studied all the Vedas, and he is actually an Aryan.' \"\nPURPORT\nThe word Aryan means advanced. Unless one is spiritually advanced, he cannot\nbe called an Aryan, and this is the difference between Aryan and non-Aryan. NonAryans are those who are not spiritually advanced. By following the Vedic culture,\nby performing great sacrifices and by becoming a strict follower of the Vedic instructions, one may become a brahmaf)a, a sannyasi or an Aryan. It is not possible\nto become a brahmaf)a, sannyasi or Aryan without being properly qualified.\n\n", "mad4#p0341": "310\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nBhagavata-dharma never allows one to become a cheap brahmaQa, sannyasi or\n\nAryan. The qualities or qualifications described herein are quoted from SrimadBhagavatam\n\n(3.33.7) and were spoken by DevahOti, the mother of Kapiladeva,\n\nwhen she understood the influence of devotional service (bhakti-yoga). In this\nway DevahOti praised the devotee, pointing out his greatness in all respects.\nTEXT 193\n\nl!li! �� f>ttJ \"f�i �� �IIIPitUfti{ I\n�f! �,ti! f>ttJ ffl\"Ji ��i·'lttil II ��'!) II\neta bali tanre lana gela pu?podyane\nati nibhrte tanre dila vasa-sthane\n\nSYNONYMS\neta bali-saying this; tanre laiia\n\n-\n\ntaking him; gela\n\n-\n\nwent;\n\npu?pa-udyane-in\n\nthe flower garden; ati nibhrte-in a very secluded place; tanre-unto him; diladelivered; vasa-sthane-a place to remain.\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took Haridasa Thakura within the\nflower garden, and there, in a very secluded place, He showed him his residence.\nTEXT 194\n\nl!l.'lttil J�' �� ift1f ����I\n��fifil �tf�' � �rn� �il II ��8 II\nei-sthane rahi' kara nama sarikirtana\nprati-dina asi' ami kariba milana\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-sthane-in this place; rahi -remaining; kara-pe rf orm; nama sankirtana'\n\nchanting of the holy name;\n\nprati-dina\n\n-\n\nevery day;\n\nasi'-coming ;\n\nami-1;\n\nkariba-shall do; milana-meeting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu requested Haridasa Thakura: \"Remain here and\nchant the Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra. I shall personally come here to meet you\ndaily.\n\n", "mad4#p0342": "Text 195]\n\nThe Bec;la-kirtana Pastimes\n\n311\n\nTEXT 195\n\n1lfi'f�11' �ilfi Off-t' -.:fifi{f( �'tt1t I\n\n�l �1f<� ,1!� 'fiftfiltcf �tl ll ��<t ll\nmandirera cakra dekhi' kariha prauama\nei thaiii tamara asibe prasadanna\nSYNONYMS\n\nmandirera-of the temple of Jagannatha; cakra-the wheel on the top;\ndekhi'-seeing; kariha prauama-offer your obeisances; ei thaiii-in this place;\ntomara-your; asibe-will come; prasada-anna-remnants of foodstuff of Jagannatha.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Remain here peacefully and look at the cakra on the top of the temple and\noffer obeisances. As far as your prasada is concerned, I shall arrange to have\nthat sent here.\"\nPURPORT\n\nSince he was born in a Mohammedan family, Srila Haridasa Thakura could not\nenter the temple of Jagannatha due to temple restrictions. Nonetheless, he was\nrecognized by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as Namacarya Haridasa Thakura. Haridasa\nThakura, however, considered himself unfit to enter the Jagannatha temple. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu could have personally taken Haridasa Thakura in the Jagannatha temple if He wished, but the Lord did not like to disturb a popular custom.\nConsequently the Lord asked His servant simply to look at the Vi�r:\"�U wheel on top\nof the temple and offer obeisances (namaskara). This means that if one is not\nallowed to enter the temple, or if he thinks himself unfit to enter the temple, he\ncan look at the wheel from outside the temple, and that is as good as seeing the\nDeity within.\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu promised to come daily to see Srila Haridasa Thakura,\nand this indicates that Srila Haridasa Thakura was so advanced in spiritual life that,\nalthough considered unfit to enter the temple, he was being personally visited by\nthe Lord every day. Nor was there any need for his going outside his residence to\ncollect food. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu assured Haridasa Thakura that the remnants of His foodstuffs would be sent there. Yoga-k�emam vahamy aham\n(Bg.\n\n9.22). As stated in Bhagavad-gita, the Lord arranges all life's necessities for His\n\ndevotees.\n\nOne reference is made here for those who are very anxious to imitate the\nbehavior of Thakura Haridasa in an unnatural way. One must receive the order of\n\n", "mad4#p0343": "312\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu or His representative before adopting such a way of life.\nThe duty of a pure devotee or a servant of the Lord is to carry out the order of the\nLord. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked Nityananda Prabhu to go to Bengal and\npreach, and He asked the Gosvamis, ROpa and Sanatana, to go to Vrndavana and\nexcavate the lost places of pilgrimage. In this case the Lord asked Haridasa\nThakura to remain there at Jagannatha Puri and constantly chant the holy names\nof the Lord. Thus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu gave different persons different orders,\nand consequently one should not try to imitate the behavior of Haridasa Thakura\nwithout being ordered by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu or His representative. Srila\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura condemns such imitations in this way:\n\ndu�ta mana! tumi kisera vai�Qava?\nprati�thara tare,\nnirjanera ghare,\ntava hari-nama kevala kaitava\n\"My dear mind, you are trying to imitate Haridasa Thakura and chant the Hare\nKr�Da mantra in a secluded place, but you are not worth being called a Vai�J)ava\nbecause what you want is cheap popularity and not the actual qualifications of\nHaridasa Thakura. If you try to imitate him you will fall down, for your neophyte\nposition will cause you to think of women and money. Thus you will fall into the\nclutches of maya, and your so-called chanting in a secluded place will bring about\nyour downfall.\"\nTEXT 196\n\n[i{�\"f, �'$f��'t, ��11', � I\n�Rf�i� fiffil' :Jit� �� ���\" ���\"\nnityananda, jagadananda, damodara, mukunda\nharidase mi/i' sabe paila ananda\nSYNONYMS\n\nnityananda-Nityananda; jagadananda-jagadananda; damodara-Damodara;\nmukunda-Mukunda; haridase-Haridasa; mi/i'-meeting; sabe-all of them;\npai/a-got; ananda-great pleasure.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Nityananda Prabhu, )agadananda Prabhu, Damodara Prabhu and\nMukunda Prabhu met Haridasa Thakura, they all became very much pleased.\n\n", "mad4#p0344": "313\n\nThe Bec;la-kirtana Pastimes\n\nText 199]\n\nTEXT 197\n\n�� �fif' � lflllli!f1 � Wflti{ I\n\nlfll�tfif <;� � �fif-st� 'fitti{ II ��9 II\nsamudra-snana kari' prabhu ai/a nija sthane\nadvaitadi gela sindhu karibare snane\nSYNONYMS\nsamudra-snana\n\nkari'-after\n\nbathing\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nsea;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; ai/a-came; nija sthane-to His own place; advaita-adi-devotees,\n\nheaded by Advaita Prabhu; ge/a-went; sindhu-to the ocean; karibare-just to\ntake; snane-bath.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned to His residence after taking a\nbath in the sea, all the devotees, headed by Advaita Prabhu, went to bathe in\nthe sea.\nTEXT 198\n\n�fit' i!f�tt�� �� �i \"f�� I\n�f11' ._.�tt� lfilt� �W! <;�ti!f� I ��,.II\nasi' jagannathera kaila cuqa darasana\n\nprabhura avase aila karite bhojana\nSYNONYMS\nasi'-coming back;\n\njagannathera-of\n\nLord Jagannatha; kai/a-did; cuqa\n\ndarasana-looking at the top of the temple;\n\nprabhura-of Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; avase-at the residence; ai/a-came; karite bhojana-to take their\nluncheon.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter bathing in the sea, all the devotees, headed by Advaita Prabhu,\nreturned, and on their return they saw the top of the Jagannatha temple. They\nthen went to the residence of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to take their luncheon.\nTEXT 199\n\n� �ll'\"fl �'{ <;�t'StJ \\lli� �fif' I\n\n1\\1�\"1 9ffil�� C�� <;�f�Rl II ���II\n\n", "mad4#p0345": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n314\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nsabare vasaila prabhu yogya krama kari'\nsri-haste parivesana kaila gaurahari\nSYNONYMS\nsabare-all\n\nthe\n\ndevotees;\n\nvasai/a-made\n\nto\n\nsit;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; yogya-befitting; krama-in order, one after another; kari'-setting;\n\nsri-haste-by His own transcendental hand;\n\nparivesana-distribution;\n\nkai/a-did; gaurahari-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nOne after the other, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu made all the devotees sit in\n\ntheir proper places. He then began to distribute prasada with His own transcendental hand.\nTEXT 200\n\n� lilit � lil�t� fwtl! �'t_� �tt'! I\n\n�-f� �� (;� (!j� �� �tt'! II �\n\no o\n\nII\n\nalpa anna nahi aise dite prabhura hate\ndui-tinera anna dena eka eka pate\nSYNONYMS\na/pa anna-a small quantity of prasada; nahi-does not; aise-come; dite-to\ngive; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; hate-in the hand; dui-two;\ntinera-or of three; anna-food; dena-He delivers; eka eka pate-on each and\nevery plantain leaf.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees were served prasada on plantain leaves, and Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu distributed on each leaf a quantity suitable for two or three men\nto eat, for His hand could not distribute less than that.\nTEXT 201\n\n� il1 -rt�t'i' (;�� i!1 �t� (;!f>� I\n��\":�t� �' �� �!f>�'St51 II � � II\no\n\nprabhu na khai/e keha na kare bhojana\nDrdhva-haste vasi' rahe sarva bhakta-gaQa\n\n", "mad4#p0346": "Text 203]\n\nThe Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\n\n315\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; na khai/e-without eating; keha-anyone;\nna-not; kare-does; bhojana-eating; ardhva-haste-raising the hand; vasi'sitting; rahe-remain; sarva-all; bhakta-gaf)a-devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nA ll the devotees kept their hands raised over the prasada distributed to\nthem, for they did not want to eat without seeing the lord eat first.\nTEXT 202\n\n��-,�<lP �� C<f.� f.l�tifil I\n\n� iii �fiftif <;� iii � (;'e�il II � o � II\nsvarapa-gosarii prabhuke kaila nivedana\ntumi na vasile keha na kare bhojana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvarapa·-gosani-SvarOpa Damodara Gosafii;\n\nprabhuke-unto Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kai/a-did; nivedana-submission; tumi-You; na vasile-if not sitting; keha-anyone; na-not; kare-does; bhojana-eating.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara Gosvami then informed Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu:\n\"Unless You sit and take prasada, no one will accept it.\nTEXT 203\n\n�1·JI?;tf � �� ��rt� �'I I\n<;'lt�t��� fitt� ��11tt� f.lqtj II � o� II\ntoma-sange rahe yata sannyasira gaf)a\ngopinathacarya tafire kariyache nimantraf)a\nSYNONYMS\n\ntoma-salige-along with You; rahe-remain; yata-as many as; sannyasira\ngaf)a-rank of sannyasis; gopinatha-acarya-Copinatha Acarya; talire-all of\nthem; kariyache-has done; nimantraf)a-invitation.\n\n", "mad4#p0347": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n316\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Gopinatha Acarya has invited all the sannyasis who remained with You to\ncome and take prasada.\nTEXT 204\n\n� �finrt�i{ � l$f11ftl lfl$1 I\n�' � �� �� �t� crsfiml II� oS\nacarya asiyachena bhik?ara prasadanna /alia\npuri, bharati achena tamara apek?a kariya\nSYNONYMS\nacarya-Gopinatha Acarya;\n\nasiyachena-has come;\n\nbhik?ara-for eating;\n\nprasada-anna /alia-taking the remnants of all kinds of food; puri-Paramananda\nPuri;\n\nbharati-Brahmananda Bharati;\n\nachena-are;\n\ntamara-for You; apek?a\n\nkariya-waiting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Gopinatha Acarya has already come bringing sufficient remnants of food\nto distribute to all the sannyasis, and sannyasis like Paramananda Puri and\nBrahmananda Bharati are waiting for You.\nTEXT 205\n\n�� 'fl$1 �llfl crs�� � 1_flt\" 1\n�•m �f� ��tl!fi � 11 �oa 11\nnityananda /alia bhik?a karite vaisa tumi\nvai?Qavera parivesana karitechi ami\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda /alia-taking along Sri Nityananda Prabhu;\n\nbhik?a-luncheon;\n\nkarite-to take; vaisa-sit down; tumi-You; vai?Qavera-to all the devotees;\nparivesana-distribution of prasada; karitechi-am doing; ami-1.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Y ou may sit down and accept the luncheon with Nityananda Prabhu, and I\nshall distribute the prasada to all the Vai�r;�avas.\"\n\n", "mad4#p0348": "Text 208]\n\nThe Bec;fa-kirtana Pastimes\n\n317\n\nTEXT 206\n\n18� � �twtt '��i! fifwl1 I\n�em' •RI\"t�-� �'fill � � n\n..\n\ntabe prabhu prasadanna govinda-hate dila\nyatna kari' haridasa-thakure pathaila\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-thereafter; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prasada-anna-remnants\nof Jagannatha's food; govinda-hate-in the hand of Govinda; di/a-delivered;\nyatna kari'-with great attention; haridasa-thakure-unto Haridasa Thakura;\npathaila-sent.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu carefully delivered some prasada into\nthe hands of Govinda to be given to Haridasa Thakura.\nTEXT 207\n\n�t� �r� � �1�m l'flfl!11\n\n't�.. � �� �flfi! -�111�oct II\napane vasila saba sannyasire lana\nparivesana kare acarya hara�ita hana\nSYNONYMS\n\napane-personally; vasi/a-sat down; saba-all; sannyasire /ana-taking with\nHim the sannyasis; parivesana kare-distributes; acarya-Gopinatha Acarya;\nhara�ita hana-with great pleasure.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally sat down to accept lunch with\nthe other sannyasis, and Gopinatha Acarya began to distribute the prasada\nwith great pleasure.\nTEXT 208\n\ni�Qi'l ''ltt�tf�, �1l'tlfJ, \"� I\n�� 'lOOt-t ��-�II�\"\"\" II\n\n", "mad4#p0349": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n318\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nsvarupa gosiifii, damodara, jagadananda\nvai�Qavere parivese tina jane-ananda\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa\n\ngosafii-Svar o pa\n\nGosani;\n\ndamodara-Damodara;\n\njagadananda­\n\nJagadananda; vai�Qavere parives e-distribut ed to the Vai�l)avas; tina jane - the\nthree persons; ananda-very jubilant.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Svarupa Damodara Gosvami, Damodara Pa•:u;lita and Jagadananda all\nbegan to distribute prasada to the devotees with great pleasure.\nTEXT 209\n\niftifl r�it9j'tirl -t-rn �t<fi� �mi 1\nllt'U llt'U ''t�' �� oet�� �$iII �o� II\nnana pitha-pana khaya akaQtha puriya\nmadhye madhye 'hari' kahe anandita hafia\n\nSYNONYMS\nnana -various ;\n\npitha-pan a-cakes\n\nand sweet rice;\n\nkhaya - eat;\n\nakaQtha\n\npu riya-filling up to the throat; madhye madhye-occasionally; hari-the holy\n\nname of Kr�l)a; kahe-they speak; anandita hafia - in great jubilation.\nTRANSLATION\nThey ate all kinds of cakes and sweet rice, filling themselves up to their\nthroats, and at intervals they vibrated the holy name of the lord in great\njubilation.\nPURPORT\nIt is the practice of Vai�l)avas while taking prasada to chant the holy name of\nLord Hari at intervals and also sing various songs, such as sarira avidya-jala. Those\nwho are honoring prasada, accepting the remnants of food offered to the Deity,\nmust always remember that prasada is not ordinary food. Prasada is transcendental. We are therefore reminded:\nmaha-prasade govinde\nnama-brahmaQi vai�Qave\nsva/pa-puQya-vatam rajan\nvisvaso naiva jayate\n\n", "mad4#p0350": "Text 211]\n\nThe Bec;ta-kirtana Pastimes\n\n319\n\nThose who are not pious cannot understand the value of maha-prasada and the\nholy name of the Lord. Both prasada and the Lord's name are on the Brahman or\nspiritual platform. One should never consider prasada to be like ordinary hotel\ncooking. Nor should one touch any kind of food not offered to the Deity. Every\nVai�t:�ava strictly follows this principle and does not accept any food that is not\nprasada. One should take prasada with great faith and should chant the holy\nname of the Lord and worship the Deity in the temple, always remembering that\nthe Deity, maha-prasada and the holy name do not belong to the mundane platform. By worshiping the Deity, eating prasada and chanting the Hare Kr�t:Ja mahamantra, one can always remain on the spiritual platform (brahma-bhayaya kalpate).\n\nTEXT 210\n\n�� :JI';ft� �'��'I' �t� I\n�� �'l � 'lft'fl·P'ti{ ll �) 0 ll\nbhojana samapta haila, kaila acamana\nsabare parai/a prabhu malya-candana\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhojana-lunch; samapta-ending; hai/a-there was; kai/a-did; acamanawashing the mouth; sabare-on everyone; parai/a-put; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; malya-candana-a garland and sandalwood pulp.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter everyone had finished his lunch and washed his mouth and hands, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu personally decorated everyone with flower garlands\nand sandalwood pulp.\nTEXT 211\n\nfiti!lt1l �� � �� �� <;'$li'(il\n�� �tfi,' � � flf� ll �����\nvisrama karite sabe nija vasa gela\nsandhya-kale asi' puna/:! prabhuke milila\n\nSYNONYMS\nvisrama karite-going to take rest; sabe-all the Vai�t:�avas; nija-to their own;\nvasa-residential quarters; ge/a-went; sandhya-ka/e-in the evening; asi'coming; puna/:1-again; prabhuke milila-met Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad4#p0351": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n320\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter thus accepting prasada, they all went to take rest at their respective\nresidences, and in the evening they again came to meet Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 212\n\n<;��� �\"' �t� �-�I\n\n� fif'ltl.. t� � ���'itt'! II �)� II\nhena-kale ramananda aila prabhu-sthane\nprabhu milaila tanre saba vai?Qava-gaQe\nSYNONYMS\nhena-ka/e-at\nsthane-at\n\nthis\n\ntime;\n\nthe place\n\nof\n\nramananda-Ramananda;\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nai/a-came;\n\nprabhu­\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; mi/ai/a-caused to meet; tanre-him (Sri Ramananda Raya); sabaall; vai?Qava-gaQe-the devotees of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nAt this time Ramananda Raya also came to meet Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nand the Lord took the opportunity to introduce all the Vai�Qavas to him.\nTEXT 213\n\n�1 ..JP1 <;'Stir! � i!Jf'5titCI!tl'm I\n\n� � �ot1 ��'f 1T�\"P't11 II ��'!> II\n\nsaba lana gela prabhu jagannathalaya\nkirtana arambha tatha kaila mahasaya\nSYNONYMS\nsaba /ana-taking all of them; ge/a-went; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\njagannatha-alaya-to the temple of Lord Jagannatha; kirtana-congregational\nchanting; arambha-beginning; tatha-there; kai/a-did; mahasaya-the great\npersonality.\nTRANSLATION\nThe great Personality of Godhead, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, then took all\nof them to the temple of Jagannatha and began the congregational chanting of\nthe holy name there.\n\n", "mad4#p0352": "Text 216]\n\nThe �a-kirtana Pastimes\n\n321\n\nTEXT 214\n\n��-rr� (;lf�' �'Rf� ,��� '\n�� �' �� flr�t 1ftffJ·�il II �)8 II\nsandhya-dhupa dekhi' arambhila sankirtana\npa(ficha asi' sabare dila malya-candana\nSYNONYMS\nsandhya-dhDpa-dhDpa-arati just in the beginning of the evening; dekhi'they all saw; arambhila-began; sar'lkirtana-congregational chanting; pa(fichathe inspector of the temple; asi -coming; sabare-unto everyone;\n'\n\ndila­\n\noffered; malya-candana-flower garlands and sandalwood pulp.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter seeing the dhupa-arati of the Lord, they all began congregational\nchanting. Then the pa<;ticha, the superintendent of the temple, came and\noffered flower garlands and sandalwood pulp to everyone.\nTEXT 215\n\nitflflft� itfir �nt <m{il � I\nlltlfJ if!J �� � �� ill(fi{ II �)It II\ncari-dike cari sampradaya karena kirtana\nmadhye nrtya kare prabhu sacira nandana\nSYNONYMS\ncari-dike-in the four directions; cari-four; sampradaya-groups; karenaperformed; kirtana-congregational chanting; madhye-in the middle; nrtya\nkare-dances; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sacira nandana-the son of\nmother Saci.\nTRANSLATION\nFour parties were then distributed in four directions to perform sankirtana,\nand in the middle of them the Lord Himself, k nown as the son of mother Saci,\nbegan to dance.\nTEXT 216\n\n� � �' �fupat �1fi!tl't I\n�'fiffi{ � ,t<!l, �t'f- �' � II �)� II\n\n", "mad4#p0353": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n322\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\na$ta mrdanga baje, batrisa karata/a\nhari-dhvani kare sabe, bale-bhala, bhala\nSYNONYMS\na$ta\n\nmrdanga-eight\n\nkaratala- cymbals;\n\nmrdangas;\n\nbaje-sounded;\n\nbatrisa-thirty-two;\n\nhari-dhvani-vibrating the transcendental sound; kare­\n\ndoes; sabe-every one of them; bale-says; bhala bhala-very good, very good.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the four groups there were eight mrdangas and thirty-two cymbals. All\ntogether they began to vibrate the transcendental sound, and everyone said,\n\"Very good! Very good!\"\nTEXT 217\n\n��� � �\"\" �� I\n�'t_W-t � ��' l3�'ru cefifllf II �)9 II\nkirtanera dhvani maha-mangala uthila\ncaturdasa /aka bhari' brahmaf)c;ia bhedila\nSYNONYMS\nkirtanera dhvani-the vibration of the sankirtana; maha-mangala uthila-all\ngood\n\nfortune\n\nawakened;\n\ncatu/:1-dasa-fourteen;\n\n/aka-planetary\n\nsystems;\n\nbhari'-filling up; brahmaf)c;ia-the whole universe; bhedi/a-penetrated.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the tumultuous vibration of sankirtana resounded, all good fortune\nimmediately awakened, and the sound penetrated the whole universe through\nthe fourteen planetary systems.\n\nTEXT 218\n\n��-�tV '�11 ��fir' �� I\n\nil)ffti� <:'�� -rt$i ��if II �)lr II\nkirtana-arambhe prema uthali' ca/ila\nnilaca/a-vasi /aka dhana aila\n\n", "mad4#p0354": "Text 220]\n\n323\n\nThe Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\n\nSYNONYMS\nkirtana-arambhe-in the beginning of the sarikirtana; prema-ecstasy of love;\nuthafi'-overpowering; cafifa-began to proceed; nifacafa-vasi-all the residents\nof jagannatha Puri; foka-people; dhaiia-running; ai/a-came.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the congregational chanting began, ecstatic love immediately overflooded everything, and all the residents of Jagannatha Puri came running.\nTEXT 219\n\n�� Of�' �<mf 11� � Glle.�Hf I\n� �t� �f-t �Oi '12lt111f �� II �)� II\nkirtana dekhi' sabara mane haifa camatkara\nkabhu nahi dekhi aiche premera vikara\nSYNONYMS\nkirtana dekhi'-seeing the performance of sarikirtana; sabara -of all of them;\nmane-in the mind; haifa-there was; camatkara-astonishment; kabhu-at any\ntime; nahi-never; dekhi-see; aiche-such; premera-of ecstatic love; vikaratransformation.\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone was astonished to see such a performance of sailkirtana, and they\nall agreed that never before had kirtana been so performed and ecstatic love\nof God so exhibited.\nTEXT 220\n\n� � 'lf-stmtt1f 11f\"f1f �f�m 1\n\n$� �'�ii����1U��o II\ntabe prabhu jagannathera mandira bec;liya\npradak?iQa kari' bufena nartana kariya\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jagannathera-of Lord\nJagannatha; mandira-temple; bec;liya-walking all around; pradak?iQa-circumambulation ; kari'-doing; bufena-walks; nartana kariya-dancing\n\n.\n\n", "mad4#p0355": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n324\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt this time Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu circumambulated the temple of\nJagannatha and continuously danced about the whole area.\nTEXT 221\n\n�tt'it·?t1t� '$11i{ �� �fif ��� I\n\n!CI�� �tC\"' 'ft� ��ill'! m II ��� II\nage-pache gana kare cari sampradaya\nachac;Jera kale dhare nityananda raya\nSYNONYMS\nage-pache-in front and in the rear; gana-singing; kare-do; cari-four;\nsampradaya-groups; achac;Jera-of falling down; kale-at the time; dhare-captures; nityananda raya-Lord Sri Nityananda Prabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAs the circumambulation was performed, the four kirtana parties sang in\nfront and in the rear. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu fell down to the ground,\nSri Nityananda Raya Prabhu lifted Him up.\nTEXT 222\n\n�(!!�, ��' �IIIPJ, c;\"ii�, � 'l'¥R I\nc;�t� mt11' �f'l' � �'ale.�111' II ��� II\nasru, pulaka, kampa, sveda, gambhira hunkara\npremera vikara dekhi' Joke camatkara\nSYNONYMS\nasru-tears;\ngambhira\n\nhunkara-deep\n\ntransformation;\n\nastonished.\n\npu/aka-jubilation;\n\nkampa-trembling;\n\nresounding;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\npremera-of\n\nJoke-all\n\nthe\n\nsveda-perspiration;\n\necstatic love;\n\npeople;\n\nvikara­\n\ncamatkara-were\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile kirtana was going on, there was a transformation of ecstatic love and\nmuch tears, jubilation, trembling, perspiration and deep resounding in the\nbody of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Upon seeing this transformation, all the\npeople present became very much astonished.\n\n", "mad4#p0356": "Text 225]\n\nThe Bec;la-kirtana Pastimes\n\n325\n\nTEXT 223\n\n�,'CIItfif-tmfl ��' �\\!ti i(�?;i( I\n�fiffift�� ''i't� �� ��� fi1i(t-,;i( II ���II\npickari-dhara jini' asru nayane\ncari-dikera /oka saba karaye sinane\nSYNONYMS\n\npickari-dhara- like water coming in force from a syringe; jini'-conquering;\n\nasru-tears; nayane-in the eyes; cari-dikera-in all four directions; /akapeople; saba -all ; karaye sinane-moistened.\nTRANSLATION\nThe tears from the eyes of the lord came out with great force, like water\nfrom a syringe. Indeed, all the people who surrounded Him were moistened\nby His tears.\nTEXT 224\n\n'��i!J' W�lfl. �fir' 'Ciii!� I\n11f\"!tn' 'Pftt� �f�' ��� � II ��8 II\n'bec;Ja-nrtya' mahaprabhu kari' kata-k$aQa\nmandirera pache rahi' karaye kirtana\nSYNONYMS\n\nbec;Ja-nrtya-the dancing surrounding the temple; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; kari'-performing; kata-k$aQa -fo r some time; mandirera pache­\n\nat the rear of the temple; rahi'-staying; karaye-performed; kirtana-congregational chanting.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter circumambulating the temple, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu for some\ntime remained at the rear of the temple and continued His sankirtana.\nTEXT 225\n\n�tfitf�� �� ��wrn ����t1f '$1m 1\n\n11t$6 i!t'G�·iJ'!J �t1f ,'Sfln-t� II ��ct II\n\n", "mad4#p0357": "326\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\ncari-dike cari sampradaya uccai/:lsvare gaya\nmadhye taQc;/ava-nrtya kare gauraraya\nSYNONYMS\n\ncari-dike-on four sides; cari sampradaya-the four groups; uccai/:1-svarevery loudly; gaya-chant; madhye-in the middle; taQc;/ava-nrtya-jumping and\ndancing; kare-performs; gauraraya-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nOn all four sides the four sankirtana groups chanted very loudly, and in the\nmiddle Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu danced, jumping high.\nTEXT 226\n\n�'l� ��J <l'ifif' �\" f\"O '�Cif1 I\n\n�fif ���t� '!t� �tf�t\\! ��1 fiiCif'lll � �� II\nbahu-k$aQa nrtya kari' prabhu sthira haifa\ncari mahantere tabe nacite ajfia difa\nSYNONYMS\n\nbahu-k$aQa-for a long period; nrtya kari'-dancing; prabhu-SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; sthira haifa-became silent; cari mahantere-to four great personalities; tabe-then; nacite-to dance; ajfia difa-ordered.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter dancing for a long time, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu became still and ordered four great personalities to begin to dance.\nTEXT 227\n\n11l� ��tt� �t� f.I'!Jt�ltf-�t� I\n\n�-��t1t �����II��'\\ II\neka sampradaye nace nityananda-raye\nadvaita-acarya nace ara sampradaye\nSYNONYMS\n\neka sampradaye-in one group; nace-dances; nityananda-raye-Lord Nityananda; advaita-acarya-Advaita Acarya Prabhu; nace-dances; ara-another;\nsampradaye-in a group.\n\n", "mad4#p0358": "The Bec;la-kirtana Pastimes\n\nText 230]\n\n327\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn one group Nityananda Prabhu began to dance, and in another group\nAdvaita Acarya began to dance.\nTEXT 228\n\n�� ��tt11 •n'\"t� �f�i!-�t� 1\n��� iftt� �t1f ��i1l·�i!1f ll ��IT' ll\nara sampradaye nace par:u;fita-vakresvara\nsrivasa nace ara sampradaya-bhitara\n\nSYNONYMS\nara sampradaye-in another sampradaya, or group; nace-dances; par:)(;fitavakresvara-Vakresvara Pa�c,iita; srivasa-SrTvasa Thakura; nace-dances; araanother; sampradaya-bhitara-in the middle of a group.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn another group Vakresvara Par;�c;lita and in another group Srivasa Thakura\nbegan to dance.\nTEXT 229\n\n1ft'U 1f�' �t� �r;;�il �� I\n\ni!i(1 (!!� � r:i� ft�i'f �� ll ��� ll\nmadhye rahi' mahaprabhu karena darasana\ntahari eka aisvarya tarira ha-ifa prakatana\n\nSYNONYMS\nmadhye rahi'-keeping in the middle; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkarena\n\ndarasana-looks\n\nover;\n\ntahari-there;\n\neka-one;\n\naisvarya-miracle;\n\ntanra-of Him; ha-ifa-became; prakatana-exhibited.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile this dancing was going on, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu watched them\nand performed a miracle.\nTEXT 230\n\n�tf11'ftt � iji!J�t! �t1f � �il I\n� �-r,-�'- �7;1f �tt1f �� ll ��0 ll\n\n", "mad4#p0359": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n328\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\ncari-dike nrtya-gita kare yata jana\nsabe dekhe, -prabhu kare amare darasana\nSYNONYMS\n\ncari-dike-on four sides; nrtya-gita-chanting and dancing; kare-d oes; yata\njana-all\n\npeople;\n\nsabe\n\ndekhe-everyone\n\nsees;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kare-does; amare darasana-looking at me.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stood in the middle of the dancers, and all the\ndancers in all directions perceived that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was looking\nat them.\nTEXT 231\n\nlitfil\" � � c;wf�Ci! �11 'CI� I\n'� 'CI�tt� �t11 �'It� �l�t-t II��� II\ncari janera nrtya dekhite prabhura abhila�a\nsei abhila�e kare aisvarya prakasa\nSYNONYMS\n\ncari janera-of the four persons; nrtya-dancing; dekhite-to see; prabhuraof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; abhi/a�a-desire; sei abhila�e-for that purpose;\nkare-does; aisvarya prakasa-exhibition of a miracle.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWanting to see the dancing of the four great personalities, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu exhibited Himself in such a way to appear as if He were seeing\neveryone.\nTEXT 232\n\nw.ft� 'Citt� � �, 11t� iliFAA 1\n\n'�'lfti{ ,ij)flft� �t�,-�� iflf� ��II��� II\ndarsane avesa tanra dekhi' matra jane\nkemane caudike dekhe, -iha nahi jane\nSYNONYMS\n\ndarsane-while looking over; avesa-emotional ecstasy; tanra-His ; dekhi'seeing;\n\nmatra jane-only knows;\n\nkemane-how;\n\ndekhe-He sees; iha nahi jane-one does not know.\n\ncau-dike-on four sides;\n\n", "mad4#p0360": "Text 234]\n\nThe Bef;ia-kirtana Pastimes\n\n329\n\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone who saw Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu could understand that He was\nperforming a miracle, but they did not know how it was that He could see\nfrom all four sides.\nTEXT 233\n\n���-<;�� <;�� ?• 11'U·\"':tt� I\n<;t;lfifr;<t'i� ll� <t'i�,--�11ftt� ��� II��� II\npulina-bhojane yena kr�l)a madhya-sthane\ncaudikera sakha kahe, -amare nehane\nSYNONYMS\npulina-bhojane-eating on the bank of Yamuna; yena-as; kr�Qa-Lord Kr��a;\nmadhya-sthane-sitting in the middle;\n\ncau-dikera-on four sides;\n\nsakha­\n\ncowherd boy friends; kahe-say; amare nehane-just seeing me.\nTRANSLATION\nIn His own pastimes in Vrndavana, when Kr�r:'la used to eat on the bank of\nthe Yamuna and sit in the center of His friends, every one of the cowherd boys\nwould perceive that Kr�r:'la was looking at him. In the same way, when\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was dancing, everyone saw that Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwas facing him.\nTEXT 234\n\niji!J <fi� �� �tllll�� I\n11'tt�, <fit� �tt� \"�tfiifttt� II ��8 II\nnrtya karite yei aise sannidhane\nmahaprabhu kare tar1re drc;Jha a/ingane\nSYNONYMS\nnrtya karite-dancing; yei-anyone who; aise-comes; sannidhane-nearby;\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kare-does; tanre-unto him; drc;Jha­\n\ntight; a/ingane-embracing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen someone came nearby while dancing, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwould tightly embrace him.\n\n", "mad4#p0361": "330\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 235\n\n1l��J, 11�1$l, 1llt'tlf�� I\nOtf-1' c;<2!1ltt<tt-t 'eWl �t�·�i{ II ��<t II\nmaha-nrtya, maha-prema, maha-sankirtana\ndekhi' premavese bhase nilacala-jana\nSYNONYMS\n\nmaha-nrtya-great dancing; maha-prema-great love; maha-safikirtana-great\ncongregational chanting; dekhi'-seeing; prema-avese-in ecstatic love; bhaseflow; nilacala-jana-all the residents of Jagannatha PurT.\nTRANSLATION\n\nUpon seeing the great dancing, great love and great sankirtana, all the\npeople of Jagannatha Puri floated in an ecstatic ocean of love.\nTEXT 236\n\n��9ff'i! fl•1 �fil' �-1llt.. I\n��tfir<ls1 ��' m� -.r�'l·ll� II��� II\ngajapati raja suni' kirtana-mahattva\nattalika cac;li' dekhe svagaQa-sahita\nSYNONYMS\n\ngajapati raja-the King of Orissa; suni'-hearing; kirtana-mahattva-the greatness of sankirtana; attalika cac;li'-ascending to the top of the palace; dekhesees; svagaQa-sah ita -along with his personal associates.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHearing the greatness of the sankirtana, King Prataparudra went up to the\ntop of his palace and watched the performance with his personal associates.\nTEXT 237\n\n�� Off�1l11f� � �e.�rn 1\n��� f1lM ���1 <tt� ��rn 11.� -e'l 11\nkirtana dekhiya rajara haifa camatkara\nprabhuke milite utkaQtha bac;lila apara\n\n", "mad4#p0362": "Text 239]\n\n331\n\nThe Bec;la-kirtana Pastimes\nSYNONYMS\n\nkirtana dekhiya-seeing the performance of kirtana; rajara-of the King;\nhai/a-there\n\nwas;\n\ncamatkara-astonishment;\n\nprabhuke-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; milite-to meet; utkaQtha-anxiety; bacji/a-increased; aparaunlimitedly.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King was very astonished to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's kirtana, and\nthe King's anxiety to meet Him increased unlimitedly.\nTEXT 238\n\n�-�'llt�J � ��' �II!Pft-� I\n\nll(�<!l ilf�1 �\" �'11 <!It� �fi'l' II �'!)r II\nkirtana-samaptye prabhu dekhi' pu�panjali\nsarva vai�Qava lana prabhu aila vasa ca/i'\nSYNONYMS\nkirtana-samaptye-at the end of the performance of kirtana; prabhu-SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; dekhi'-after seeing; pu�panjali-offering flowers to the\nLord Jagannatha Deity; sarva vai�Qava-all the devotees; /ana-accompanying;\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ai/a-returned; vasa-to His residential place;\nca/i'-going.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the sankirtana ended, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu watched the offering\nof flowers to the lord Jagannatha Deity. Then He and all the Vai��avas\nreturned to His residence.\nTEXT 239\n\n��1 ��1 firllf �lf(lf ��� I\n:Jt<!ltt1f � \\!re flft'li{ � II �-e� II\npacjicha aniya dila prasada vistara\nsabare balitiya taha dilena isvara\nSYNONYMS\npacjicha-the superintendent of the temple; aniya-bringing; di/a-delivered;\nprasada-of remnants of Jagannatha's food; vistara-a large quantity; sabare-\n\n", "mad4#p0363": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nunto everyone; baritiya-distributing; taha-that;\n\ndilena-gave; isvara-the\n\n332\n\nLord.\nTRANSLATION\nThe superintendent of the temple then brought large quantities of prasada,\nwhich Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally distributed to all the devotees.\nTEXT 240\n\n�t1f �m r\"\"' �� -tF{ 1\n��I! iflilli �tif �if �� II �So II\nsabare vidaya dila karite sayana\nei-mata lila kare sacira nandana\nSYNONYMS\nsabare-unto everyone; vidaya-bidding farewell; dila-gave; karite sayanato take rest; ei-mata-in this way; lila-pastimes; kare-performed; sacira nandana-the son of Saci.\nTRANSLATION\nFinally they\n\nall departed to rest in bed. In this way Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, the son of Sacimata, performed His pastimes.\nTEXT 241\n\n�e, �tflt'li �� Ji��·ltt1f I\n\n·�fl!ffl� �tJ�I! �tif ��·1fttr II �8� II\nyavat achila sabe mahaprabhu sarige\n-\n\nprati-dina ei-mata kare kirtana-rarige\nSYNONYMS\nyavat-so long;\n\nachila-remained;\n\nsabe-all the devotees;\n\nmahaprabhu­\n\nsarige-along with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prati-dina-every day; ei-mata-in\nthis way; kare-performed; kirtana-rarige-sarikirtana in great pleasure.\nTRANSLATION\nAs long as the devotees remained at )agannatha Puri with Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, the pastime of sankirtana was performed with great jubilation\nevery day.\n\n", "mad4#p0364": "Text 243]\n\nThe Be�a-kirtana Pastimes\n\n333\n\nTEXT 242\n\n\\Jl� '!' <lS� � ��-�� I\n,�� �� �?;il, �� '�\\!?;iJJ� 'T� II �8� II\nei ta' kahiluri prabhura kirtana-vilasa\nyeba iha sune, haya caitanyera dasa\nSYNONYMS\nei ta' kahiluri-thus I have explained; prabhura-of the Lord; kirtana-vilasapastimes in sarikirtana; yeba-anyon e who; iha-this; sune-listens to; hayabecomes; caitanyera dasa-a servant of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way I have explained the lord's pastime of sankirtana, and I bless\neveryone with this benediction: By listening to this description, one will\nsurely become a servant of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 243\n\n���-��ilt�-�7;� �t� �t-t I\n'�\\!iJJ�rn'!t�� <ll7;� ��w� 11 �8� 11\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr?Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rOpa-Srila ROpa Gosvami; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr?Qadasa-Srila\n\nKr��adasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�r:Jadasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhyalila, Eleventh Chapter, describing the bec;la-kirtana pastimes of\nMahaprabhu.\n\nSri Caitanya\n\n", "mad4#p0365": "References\nThe statements of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta are all confirmed by standard Vedic\nauthorities. The following authentic scriptures are quot�d in this book on the\npages listed. Numerals in bold type refer the reader to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\ntranslations. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\nAdi PuraQa, 223\nBhagavad-gita, 03,135,136,166,192\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (ROpa GosvamT), 197, 199\nBrahma-sarhhita, 37, 87, 103,192, 200-201\nCaitanya-bhagavata (Vrndavana dasa Thakura), 121\nCaitanya-candramrta (Prabhodhananda SarasvatT), 197,198\nCaitanya-candrodaya-nataka (Kavi Karr:Japura), 101,212,214-215, 234\nHari-bhakti-vi/asa (Sanatana GosvamT), 178\nKatha Upani�ad, 14, 228-229\nKurma PuraQa, 19, 23\nLaghu-bhagavatamrta (ROpa GosvamT), 223, 224\nMahabharata, 65, 80, 193\nManu-sarhhita, 185\nPadma PuraQa, 224\nRamayana, 16,81,181\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 14,18, 52, 53, 58,59,1 OS, 115,135-6,196,224, 241,262,\n263,273-274\n\nSvetasvatara Upani�ad, 237\nUpadesamrta (ROpa GosvamT), 238\nVidagdha-madhava (ROpa GosvamT), 225\n\n335\n\n", "mad4#p0366": "Glossary\nA\nAcarya-spiritual master who teaches by his example.\nAcintya-bhedabheda-tattva-simultaneous oneness and difference.\nAgni-the fire-god.\nAnavasara-period of a fortnight between bathing ceremony and Ratha-yatra when\nthe body of )agannatha Deity is repainted.\nApsaras-beautiful dancing girls on heavenly planets.\nArca-vigraha-the worshipable Deity.\nAryan-a person who believes in advancing in spiritual life.\nAsramas-four orders of spiritual life-brahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha and sannyasa.\nAsuras-demons.\n\nB\nBaula community-one of the apa-sampradayas, or unauthorized devotional groups.\nBhakti-siddhanta-viruddha-that\n\nwhich\n\nis against the philosophy of acintya­\n\nbhedabheda.\nBhagavata-dharma-the transcendental religion that is the eternal function of the living being.\nBhakti-devotional service.\nBhava-sagara-the ocean of repeated birth and death.\nBrahma-the first living being in and the creator of this universe.\nBrahmacari-celibate student.\nBrahman-the Lord's all-pervading feature.\nBrahmaf)a-the intelligent class of men.\nBhaya-fear.\n\nc\nCakra-wheel of Vi�r;JU on top of temples.\n\nD\nDasa-servant.\nDharma-religious principles by which one can understand the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead.\nDasya-rasa-relationship with Kr�r:Ja in servitude.\nDevahOti-mother of Kapiladeva.\n\n337\n\n", "mad4#p0367": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n338\n\nDhapa-arati-ceremony of offering incense and a flower to the Deity.\nDrr;iha-vrata -firm determination.\n\nG\nCopi-candana-type of clay used for tilaka.\nCosafii-See: CosvamT.\nCosvami-Master of the senses.\nCovinda-the name of Kr�r;�a which means \"He who pleases the senses and the\ncows\".\nGuru-the spiritual master.\n\nlndra-the King of the heavenly planets.\n\nJ\n}iva-the spirit soul.\n}fiana-kaQ(ia-the section of the Vedas which deals with empiric philosophical\nspeculation.\n\nK\nKaivalya-oneness in the effulgence of Brahman.\nKama-lust.\nKaQ(ias-three divisions of the Vedas.\nKaratalas-hand cymbals.\nKarma -material activities subject to reaction.\nKarma-kaQ(ia-the section of the Vedas which deals with fruitive activites.\nKrodha-anger.\nK�atriya-the administrative and warrior class of men.\n\nL\nLobha-greed.\n\nM\nMada-intoxication.\nMadhurya-rasa-relationship with Kr�r;�a in conjugal love.\n\n", "mad4#p0368": "Glossary\n\n339\n\nMaha-bhagavata-a devotee in the highest stage of devotional life.\n\nMaha-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance: Hare Kr�f)a, Hare Kr�f)a, Kr�f)a\nKr�f)a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\n\nMatsarya-enviousness.\nMoha-illusion.\n\nMok$a-liberation.\n\nMrdaliga-a double-headed drum.\n\nN\nNitya-siddha-eternal perfection attained by never forgetting Kr�f)a.\n\np\nPaQ'icha-superintendent of the temple.\n\nPa/as-attendants who look after a temple's external affairs.\n\nPaiicopasana-worship of the five deities (Vi�f)u, Siva, Durga, Ganesa and SOrya)\nwhich is performed by MayavadTs.\n\nPaQQ'as-See: PaQQ'itas.\n\nPaQQ'ita-a learned scholar.\n\nPaQQ'ya...:..title of kings who ruled over Madura and Ramesvara.\nParamaharhsa-the topmost class of God-realized devotees.\n\nParam Brahman-the Supreme Lord, the chief of all living entities.\nParampara-disciplic succession.\nPrabhu -master.\n\nPrabhupada-master at whose feet all other masters surrender.\n\nPraharaja-a designation given to brahmaf)as who represent the king when the\nthrone is vacant.\n\nPrajapatis- progenitors of mankind.\n\nPrakrta-sahajiya-a materialistic devotee.\n\nPrema-salikirtana-a special creation of the Lord of congregational chanting in love\nof Godhead.\n\nR\nRasa-mellow, or the sweet taste of a relationship.\n\nRasabhasa-incompatible overlapping of transcendental mellows.\n\ns\nSabda-pramaQa-the evidence of transcendental sound.\n\n", "mad4#p0369": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n340\n\nSakhya-rasa-relationship with Kr�l')a in friendship.\n\nSalagrama-sila-a Deity of Narayal')a in the form of a small stone.\nSampradaya -a line of disciplic succession.\n\nSanatana-eternal, having no beginning or end.\n\nSanatana-dharma-eternal religion, the sum and substance of which is chanting the\nmaha-mantra.\n\nSatikirtana-congregational chanting of the Lord's holy names.\nSannyasa-the renounced order of spiritual life.\n\nSanta-rasa -relationship with Kr�l')a in neutral appreciation.\n\nSaptatala-the seven palm trees in Ramacandra's forest.\nSastras -the revealed scriptures.\n\nSnana-yatra-the bathing ceremony of Lord Jagannatha.\nSruti-the Vedas.\n\nSOdra-the working or servant class of men.\n\nT\nTattvavadis-the followers of Madhvacarya's suddha-dvaita philosophy.\nnrtha-holy place of pilgrimage.\n\nu\nUpasana-kaf)c;/a-section of the Vedas dealing with processes of worship.\n\nv\nVaikuQtha-the place without anxiety-the spiritual world.\nVaisya-the mercantile and farming class of men.\n\nVarf)as-the four social orders of society-brahmaf)as, k?atriyas, vaisyas, sOdras.\n\nVarf)asrama-dharma-the four castes and four orders of spiritual life.\n\nVatsa/ya-rasa-relationship with Kf�l')a in the mood of parenthood.\nVidyadharas-attendants of Lord Siva.\n\nVi?QU-tattva-a primary expansion of Kf�l')a having full status as Godhead.\n\ny\nYajfia-sacrifice.\n\nYoga-nidra-mystic slumber in which Maha-Vi�l')u creates universes.\n\n", "mad4#p0370": "Bengali Pronunciation Guide\nBENGALI DIACRITICAL EQUIVALENTS AND PRONUNCIATION\n\nVowels\n\nce:(a\n\n�u\n\n.ii\n\ncart' a\n\n-i\n\n-�\n\n't\n\n�e\n\n� ai 'eo �au\n\n' m (anusvara)\n\n•\n\niJ.\n\n( candra-bindu)\n\n�f\n\n: p (visarga)\n\nConsonants\nGutterals:\n\n� ka\n\n-t kha\n\n1f' ga\n\n� gha\n\n� il.a\n\nPalatals:\n\ni ca\n\nfi cha\n\n?fl jha\n\nt ta\nC:S ta\n9f'pa\n�ya\nwf sa\n\nJtha\n�tha\n.pha\n1{ ra\n��a\n\nilfja\n'15 r)a\nSf da\n�ba\ni'(Ia\n�sa\n\n$na\n'1 Qa\n� na\n1{ rna\n\nCerebrals:\nDentals:\nLabials:\nSemivowels:\nSibilants:\n\n'J r)ha\n\n${ dha\n\n.bha\n� va\n�ha\n\nVowel Symbols\nThe vowels are written as follows after a consonant:\n\nla fi �i .... u ._ii �f tr 'e �ai '1o '\\au\nFor example:\n-.1ka �ki �, ki f. ku ,ku 9 kr\nfkf �ke �kai �ko �)kau\n341\n\n", "mad4#p0371": "342\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nThe letter a is implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\nThe symbol viriima (\"-) indicates that there is no final vowel.\n\n�k\n\nThe letters above should be pronounced as follows:\na -like the o in hot; sometimes like the o in go;\nfinal a is usually silent.\na -like the a in far.\ni, T -Like the ee in meet.\nu, ii -like the u in rule.\nr -Like the ri in rim.\nr -Like the ree in reed.\ne -Like the ai in pain; rarely like e in bet.\nai -like the oi in bail.\no -like the o in go.\nau -like the ow in owl.\nm -(anusviira) like the ng in song.\nI} -(visarga) a final h sound like in Ah.\nn -(candra-bindu) a nasal n sound\nlike in the French word bon.\nk -like the k in kite.\nkh -like the kh in Eckhart.\ng -like the g in got.\ngh -like the gh in big-house.\nn -like the n in bank.\nc -like the ch in chalk.\nch -like the chh in much-haste.\nj -like thej injoy.\njh -like the geh in college-hall.\nn -like the n in bunch.\n! -like the t in talk.\n!h -like the th in hot-house.\n\nq -like the d in dawn.\ngh -like the dh in good-house.\n1). -like the n in gnaw.\nt-as in talk but with the tongue against the\nthe teeth.\nth-as in hot-house but with the tongue against\nthe teeth.\nd-as in dawn but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\ndh-as in good-house but with the tongue\nagainst the teeth.\nn-as in nor but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\np -like the p in pine.\nph -like the ph in philosopher.\nb -like the b in bird.\nbh -like the bh in rub-hard.\nm -like the m in mother.\ny -like thej injaw.�\ny -like they inyear.�\nr -like the r in run.\nI -like the l in law.\nv -like the b in bird or like the w in dwarf.\ns, �-like the sh in shop.\ns -like the s in sun.\nh-like the h in home.\n\nThis is a general guide to Bengali pronunciation. The Bengali transliterations in this\nbook accurately show the original Bengali spelling of the text. One should note, however,\nthat in Bengali, as in English, spelling is not always a true indication of how a word is pronounced. Tape recordings of His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhuplida\nchanting the original Bengali verses are available from the International Society for Krishna\nConsciousness, 3959 Landmark St., Culver City, California 90230.\n\n", "mad4#p0372": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete alphabetical listing of the first and third line of each four-line\n\nverse and both lines of each two-line verse in Sri Caitanya-caritamrta. In the first column the trans-\n\n!iteration is given, and in the second and third columns respectively the chapter-verse references\nand page number for each verse are to be found.\n\nA\nabhaya-dana deha' yadi, kari nivedane\nacarya asiyachena bhik�ara prasadanna /aiia\nacarya-gosJ.ii sabare kaila a/irigana\nacarya kahe,-irihara nama advaita acarya\nacarya kahe,-tumiyei kaha, sei satya haya\n\n11.3\n11.204\n10.86\n11.83\n9.274\n\n209\n316\n150\n253\n61\n\nacarya kahe,-'varl)asrama-dharma, kr�l)e\nacaryanidhi, ara paQc;/ita gadadhara\nacaryaratna, ara paQc;/ita vakresvara\nacaryaratna iriha, pal)c;/ita-purandara\nacaryaratna, vidyanidhi, paQc;/ita gadadhara\n\n9.256\n10.82\n10.82\n11.85\n11.159\n\n48\n149\n149\n253\n291\n\nacaryera sabe kai/a caral)a vandana\nacaryere kaila prabhu prema-alirigana\nacaryere prasada diya kari' namaskara\nachac;lera kale dhare nityananda raya\nadarab paricaryayarh\n\n10.86\n11.127\n10.79\n11.221\n11.29\n\n150\n278\n147\n324\n223\n\nadar5aniyan api nica-jatin\nadau mala ad.vaitere svarupa paraila\nadbhuta premera vanya durihara uthali/a\nadvaita-acarya-grhe ge/a kr�Qadasa\nadvaita-acarya nace ara sampradaye\n\n11.47\n11.78\n9.292\n10.78\n11.227\n\n233\n250\n71\n147\n326\n\nadvaitadi bhakta saba ache dubkha pai'\nadvaitadi ge/a sindhu karibare snane\nadvaita kahe,-Tsvarera ei svabhava haya\nadvaita karila prabhura caral)a vandana\nadvaita-nityanandera parama priyatama\n\n10.72\n11.197\n11.135\n11.127\n10.117\n\n144\n313\n281\n278\n165\n\nadvaita-srivasadi yata bhakta-gal)a\nadvaita-vithi-pathikair upasyab\nadvaitere kahena prabhu madhura vacane\nadyavadhi seva kare tattvavadi-gal)a\nage loka-bhic;/a saba kari' nivaral)a\n\n10.69\n10.178\n11.134\n9.248\n10.186\n\n143\n198\n281\n45\n203\n\nage-pache gana kare cari sampradaya\nage tanre mi/i' sabe tarire sarige /aiia\nage yadi kr�Qa dena sak�at darasana\nagni-jale pravesiya chac;liba jivana\nagni-parik�a dite yabe snare ani/a\n\n11.221 324\n11.107 268\n10.180 199\n9.187\n10\n9.205\n20\n\n343\n\n78\n9.206\nagraha kariya pwithi /ekhaiia /aila\n9.265\naham tvam sarva-papebhyo\n56\n11.192 309\naho bata sva-paco 'to gariyan\n11.39 230\naiche ghara yai' kara kutumba milana\naiche mahaprabhura bhakta yahari tahari haya 10.187 203\naiche prema, aiche nrtya, aiche hari-dhvani\naiche sakti kara haya, vina eka rama\naiche vata punarapi mukhe na anibe\n'ai' ke kahibe yai, prabhura agamana\naira mandire sukhe karila visrama\n\n11.96\n9.315\n11.12\n10.68\n10.92\n\n260\n82\n215\n143\n153\n\nai tarire bhik�a dila kariya sammana\najanma karinu muiii 'nirakara'-dhyana\naji ami purl)a ha-ilaria tamara agamane\naji haite na pariba ei carmambara\naji mora ghare bhik�a kara arigikara\n\n10.92\n10.175\n11.134\n10.160\n9.215\n\n153\n195\n281\n187\n24\n\najiia deha' gauc;la-dese pathai eka-jana\najiia deha',-vai�l)avera kari samadhane\najiia deha' yadi tarire aniye ethai\najiia nahe, tabu kariha, irigita bujhiya\najiiayaivarh gul)an do�an\n\n10.71\n11.171\n10.152\n11.122\n9.264\n\n144\n297\n184\n275\n55\n\nakarad api bhetavyam\nala/ana the asi' kr�Qadase pathaila\nalalanathe ge/a prabhu sabare chac;/iya\na/irigana kaila prabhu tarire uthaiia\na/irigana karibena tomaya 'vai$1)ava' jani'\n\n11.11\n9.338\n11.63\n9.320\n11.57\n\n6\n92\n244\n85\n240\n\na/pa anna nahi aise dite prabhura hate\na/pak�are kahe siddhanta apara\namara brahmal)a tumi rakha ki karal)e\namara nikate ei pu�pera udyane\nami-chara, yogya nahi tarira darasane\nami-dui ha-i tamara dasa ajiiakari\n\n11.200 314\n9.240\n36\n32\n9.229\n11.175 299\n11.23 220\n11.178 301\n\nami-ha sannyasT dekha, tumi-ha sannyasi\nami kahi, -ama haite na hay a 'vi�aya'\nami kaho nahi cini, cinite mana haya\nami ki kariba, mana ihari /aiia ai/a\nami setubandha haite asiba alpa-kale\namlitalaya dekhi' sri-rama gaurahari\nanande asiya kaila prabhu-saha mi/ana\n\n9.230\n11.19\n11.72\n11.38\n9.171\n9.224\n9.319\n\n32\n218\n248\n229\n3\n29\n84\n\n", "mad4#p0373": "344\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\nanande dekhite aila sri-janardana\n\n9.242\n38\n9.359 102\n37\n9.241\n10.41 128\n10.157 186\n\nananta caitanya-11/a kahite na jani\n'ananta-padmanabha' ai/a hara$ila haiia\nanavasare kare prabhura sri-anga-sevana\nanyere anya kaha, nahi tomara jiiana\napana-icchaya /aha, yei tomara mane\napana-nikate prabhu saba vasaila\napana-sri-anga-sevaya dila adhikara\napane sarvabhauma kare pada-sarhvahana\napane vasila saba sannyasire /aiia\n\n11.177\n11.132\n10.147\n9.353\n11.207\n\n301\n280\n182\n99\n317\n\na�talika cac;li' dekhe svagaQa-sahita\natyuddaQc;/arh taQc;/avarh gauracandra/:1\navasya karibena krpa tomara upara\navatari' caitanya kaila dharma-pracaral)a\n\naprakrta vastu nahe prakrta-gocara\napurva mocara ghaQta tahan ye khai/a\naradhananarh sarve$arh\n!ira dina mahaprabhu bhattacaryera sange\n\n11.132 280\n13\n9.194\n9.296\n73\n11.31 224\n10.29 123\n\nbahirete pac;li' ache daQc;/avat haiia\nbahu-k$al)a nrtya kari' prabhu sthira haifa\nbahu nrtya-gita kai/a premavi$ta haiia\nbahu yatne sei punthi nila lekhaiya\nbahya-jiiana nahi, se-kale k($1)a-nama suni'\n'bec;/ii-nrtya' mahiiprabhu kari' kata-k$al)a\nbhakta saba dhiiiiii iii/a haridase nile\nbhakta-sange kare nitya vividha vilasa\n\n!ira dina siirvabhauma-adi bhakta-sange\n!ira dina sarvabhauma kahe prabhu-sthiine\n!ira dine aila svarupa damodara\n!ira dine mukunda-datta kahe prabhura\n!ira dine prabhu-sthane kai/a nivedana\n\n10.130\n11.3\n10.102\n10.151\n10.71\n\n172\n209\n157\n183\n144\n\nbhakta thaiii h!ira' tumi,-e tomara\nbhakti-siddhanta-viruddha, ara rasabhasa\nbhala kahena,-carmambara dambha lagi'\nbhiila haifa, andha yena dui netra piii/a\nbhiirati-gosiiii kene paribena cama\n\n!ira eka suna tumi apana prabhiiva\nara sampradiiye niice paQc;/ita-vakresvara\narcanarh vandanarh dasyarh\narya sara/a viprera buddhi-nasa kaila\niisana haite uthi' more a/ingana kai/a\nasankhya vai$Qava tahan haifa parimal)a\nascarya teja, bac;la mahanta, -kaha kon\nasi' jagannathera kaila cuc;la darasana\nasiya kahena saba bhattathari-gaQe\nasiya karila prabhu caral)a vandana\nasru, pulaka, kampa, sarvange pac;le ghiima\nasru, pulaka, kampa, sveda, gambhira\nasta mrdanga baje, batrisa karatala\nataeva prabhu inhake nikate rakhila\nataeva svarupa age kare parik$al)a\n\n10.174 195\n11.228 327\n50\n9.259\n31\n9.227\n11.20 219\n11.131\n11.82\n11.198\n9.229\n11.169\n\n279\n252\n313\n32\n296\n\n9.287\n11.222\n11.216\n11.81\n10.114\n\n68\n324\n322\n252\n164\n\nbharati-gosaiii prabhura nikate rahi/a\n\nathapi te deva padambuja-dvaya\nati nibhrte tanre dila vasa-sthane\n'ati-stuti' haya ei nindara /ak$al)a\nati vrddha, ati stho/a, ati uccatara\n\n11.147\n11.104\n11.193\n10.182\n9.312\n\n286\n266\n310\n201\n81\n\n10.55\n10.33\n10.57\n\n136\n125\n137\n\natmasat kari' tare alingana kaila\natmiya-jiiane more sankoca na karibe\n\n11.57 240\n11.224 325\n11.164 294\n11.136 281\n10.174 195\n10.113\n10.159\n10.122\n10.157\n10.183\n\n163\n187\n169\n186\n201\n\n10.173 194\n10.167 191\n10.162 188\nbharati kahe,-tomara acara loka sikhaite\nbha�tacarya, acarya tabe mahaprabhu sthane 11.133 280\nbha�tacarya ani/a tanre kiiSi-misra-ghare\n10.31 124\nbharati kahe,-sarvabhauma, madhyastha\n\n11.70\n10.172\n11.51\nbhattacarya kahe,-deva na kara Vi$iida\nbhattacarya kahe,-donhara susatya vacana 10.180\n11.97\nbhattacarya kahe ei madhura vacana\n\n247\n194\n236\n199\n260\n\n11.76\n10.28\n10.19\n10.15\n10.22\n10.62\n\n249\n123\n118\n116\n119\n139\n\n10.64\n10.64\n11.71\n11.110\n9.357\n11.106\n\n140\n140\n247\n269\n100\n267\n\nbhattacarya, eke eke dekhaha amate\n\nbha�tacarya kahe,-bharati, dekhi tomara\n\nbhattacarya kahe, -ei svarupa-damodara\nbhattacarya kahe,-kali kasi misrera ghare\nbhattacarya kahe,-tenho asibe alpa-kale\nbhattacarya kasi-misre kahila asiya\nbha�tacarya saba /oke vidaya karai/a\nbha�tahari haite inhare anifun uddhariya\nbha�tahari-kache gela amare chac;liya\nbha�ta kahe, -attiilikaya kara iirohaQa\n\natma samarpilun ami tomara caraQe\n\n11.152 289\n11.226 326\n96\n9.347\n67\n9.284\n9.241\n37\n\nbharati kahe, -eho nahe, anya hetu haya\n\nbha�tacarya kahe,-tenho svayarh isvara\nataeva tomara sange rakhaha sankare\n\n330\n208\n238\n261\n\n8\n\nbahuta adare prabhuke bhik$a karaila\napani sri-haste sabare malya-gandha dila\n\n11.236\n11.1\n11.52\n11.98\n\nbhaua kahe,-bhakta-gal)a ai/a janiiia\nbha�ta kahe, -ei lagi' milite kahi/a\nbhatta kahe, -ei ta' svabhavika prema-rita\n\n", "mad4#p0374": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n345\n\nbhatta kahe,-gurura ajna haya balavan\nbhatta kahe,-mahantera ei eka lila\nbhatta kahe,-tiiilra krpa-le5a haya yiiilre\nbhatta kahe,-tumi yei kaha, sei vidhibhatta kahe,-ye 5unila saba satya haya\n\n10.144\n10.10\n11.102\n11.112\n10.7\n\n180\n114\n264\n270\n112\n\ncara(le pac;Jiyii 5/oka pac;Jite /agil!i\ncJri-dike cari sampradaya karena kirtana\ncari dike cari sampradiiya uccai�svare gaya\ncari-dike nrtya-gita kare yata jana\ncari-dikera /aka saba karaye sinane\n\n10.118\n11.215\n11.225\n11.230\n11.223\n\n166\n321\n326\n328\n325\n\nbhattathari-ghare maha uthila krandana\nbhattathari-saha tahari haila dara5ana\nbhatte kahe,-tina dina iichaye yatrare\nbha11ad-vidhii bhagavatas\nbhaya pana sarvabhauma nija ghare gelii\n\n9.233\n9.226\n11.60\n10.12\n11.13\n\n33\n30\n242\n114\n215\n\ncari gosanira kaila raya caraQa vandana\ncari janera nrtya dekhite prabhura abhila$a\ncari-jane yukti tabe karila antara\ncari mahantere tabe n!icite ajna dilii\ncari-putra-sarige pac;Je mahiiprabhura pay a\ncarma ghuciina kaila amare 5odhana\n\n11.34\n11.231\n10.67\n11.226\n10.49\n10.169\n\n226\n328\n142\n326\n132\n192\n\nbhik$a karana !afire karaila 5ayana\nbhik$a kari' tatha eka 5ubha-varta paila\nbhik$a ki dibena vipra, -paka nahi kare\nbhima-nadi sniina kari' karena viththala\nbhojana kari/a, haifa jivanera asa\n\n9.353\n9.284\n9.180\n9.303\n9.196\n\n99\n67\n8\n76\n15\n\ncarmambara ch!ic;/i' brahmiinanda pari/a\ncarmambara-paridhane sarhsara na tari\ncaturda5a loka bhari' brahmal)c;/a bhedila\ncaudikera sakha kahe, -amare nehiine\n\n10.161\n10.159\n11.217\n11.233\n\n188\n187\n322\n329\n\nbhojana samapta haifa, kaila acamana\nbilvamarigala kaila yaiche da5a apanara\nbrahmananrla-hhiirati ai/a tamara dar5ane\n'brahmiinanda' nama lumi-gaura-brahma\nbrahmananda pariyache mrga-carmiimbara\n\n11.210 319\n10.177 197\n10.151 183\n10.166 190\n10.154 184\n\ncaudike vasila nityanandadi bhakta-gal)e\nchota-bac;Ja-kirtaniya -dui haridiisa\nchota hana mukunda ebe haifa amara jye$tha\nciyac;latala tirthe dekhi' 5ri-rama-lak$mal)a\n\n10.34 125\n10.149 182\n11.140 283\n9.220\n26\n\nbrahmal)a-samaja saba-vai$1)ava-carita\nbriihmal)era sthane magi' sei patra nila\n'brahma-sarhhitiidhyiiya'-purithi tiihiiri p!iila\n'brahma-sarhhita', 'karl)amrta' dui-purithi\n\n9.305\n9.208\n9.237\n9.309\n\n77\n21\n35\n79\n\ncaitanya-candrera li/a-agadha, gambhira\ncaitanya-caral)e paya-gac;lha prema-dhana\ncaitanya-caral)e rahori, yadi ajnii haya\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$1)adasa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe k($1)adasa\n\n9.363\n9.360\n11.19\n9.365\n10.190\n\ncaitanya-carit!imrta kahe k($1)adiisa\ncaitanya-carita 5raddhaya 5une yei jana\ncaitanya-carita 5una 5raddha-bhakti kari'\n'caitanyiinan.da' guru tiirira ajna di/ena tiirire\ncaitanyera gal)a, saba-caitanya-jivana\ncaitanyera Sf$ti-ei-prema-sarikirtana\ncaitanyera viisa-grhe ca/ila dhana\nca/i' ai/a brahmananda-bharatira age\ncalibara udyoga ami lagiyachi karite\ncamtapure asi' dekhi' 5ri-rama-lak$mal)a\ncandanakta prasada-c;Jora-5rf-bhuje\ncandane5vara, sirhhe5vara, murari brahmal)a\n\nD\ndak$il)a giyachila iriha iimiira sahita\ndak$il)a haite ailii prabhu,-kahe samiicara\ndak$il)a haite 5uni' tamara agamana\ndak$il)a-mathurii iii/a kiimako$thi haite\ndak$il)e calilii prabhu hara$ila hana\n\n10.63\n10.76\n10.99\n9.178\n9.173\n\n140\n146\n156\n6\n4\n\n106\n102\n218\n107\n204\n\ndamodara kahe, -ihara 'govinda' nama\ndamodara kahe,-5arikara chota ama haite\ndamodara-sama ara nahi maha-mati\ndamodara-svarapa, govinda,-dui jana\ndal)c;Javat hanii pac;le caral)e dhariyii\n\n11.80\n11.148\n10.116\n11.74\n9.320\n\n251\n287\n165\n249\n85\n\n11.243\n9.364\n9.361\n10.105\n11.93\n11.97\n\n333\n106\n104\n159\n258\n260\n\ndal)c;iavat hana 5/oka pac;Jiy!i\ndal)c;Javat kari' kahe vinaya-vacana\ndar5ana kari' mahiiprabhu calila bahire\ndar5ane ave5a tanra dekhi' matra jane\ndekhi' anandita-mana haifa gaurahari\ndekhi/e 5uni/eha tarire 'i5vara' na mane\n\n11.150\n10.131\n10.31\n11.232\n9.337\n11.103\n\n287\n173\n124\n328\n92\n265\n\n11.105\n10.153\n9.331\n9.222\n10.171\n10.45\n\n267\n184\n89\n28\n193\n130\n\ndekhi' premave5e bhase ni/acala-jana\ndekhiyii Ia' chadma kai/a yena dekhe nani\ndekhiya vismita haifa 5ri-rariga-purira mana\ndhanus-lirtha dekhi' kari/a nirvindhyate\ndharman santyajya ya/:l sarvan\ndina cari tathii prabhuke rakhila brahmal)a\n\n11.235 330\n10.155 185\n69\n9.288\n9.311\n80\n55\n9.264\n76\n9.303\n\nc\n\n", "mad4#p0375": "346\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ndina-dase iha-sabara kari' samadhana\n\n9.334\n9.242\n9.243\n10.87\n10.59\n\ndina-dui padmanabhera kaila darasana\ndina-dui tahan kari' kirtana-nartana\ndina dui-lina acarya mahatsava kaila\ndina-panca-sata bhitare asibe ramananda\ndivya maha-prasada aneka anaila\ndiyamanaril na grhQanti\ndanhara vyapya-vyapakatve ei ta' kara(la\ndui brahma praka!ila sri-puru�allame\ndui brahme kaila saba jagaHara(la\ndui jane kr�Qa-katha kahe ralri-dine\ndui jane kr�Qa-katha kahe ratri-dine\ndui jane kr�Qa-kathaya kaila jagara(la\ndui-jane premavese haila acetana\ndui jane premavese karena krandana\ndui jane premavese karena krandana\ndui-jane prem!ivese karena krandane\ndui pus taka aniyachi 'dak�iQa' ha-ite\ndui-tinera anna dena eka pate\ndunhe m!inya kari' dunhe anande vasila\ndura haite haridasa gasane dekhiya\ndurapa hy alpa-tapasa�\ndure rahi' dekhe prabhura vai�Qava-milana\ndurvasane raghunathe kaila darasana\ndviirakii dekhite calila sri-ranga-puri\ndvija-nyasi haite tumi parama-piivana\ndvitiya, gavinda-bhrtya, ihan danha diya\n\n90\n38\n38\n151\n138\n\n9.351\n98\n57\n9.268\n10.169 192\n10.165 190\n10.164 189\n72\n9.293\n9.329\n88\n9.328\n88\n10.120 168\n9.321\n85\n\nei-mate ganaila palica-sata dine\nei murari gupta, inha paQr;/ita narayaQa\nei pralijna kari' kariyachena avatara?\nei raga-marge ache suk�ma-dharma-marma\nei saba laka, prabhu, vaise nilacale\nei saba namera inha haya nijaspada\nei-sthane rahi' kara nama sank Triana\nei ta' kahila prabhura vai�Qava-milana\nei Ia' kahilun prabhura kTrtana-vilasa\nei !hani tamara asibe prasadanna\nei tina gile kara'na prabhura ananda\nei lirthe sankar!iQyera siddhi-prapli haila\nei upaya kara' prabhu dekhibe yahaya\nei vaQin!itha rahibe tamara cara(le\nei vasudeva dalta, ei s·ivananda\n\n9.357\n11.227\n11.130\neke eke sarva-bhakte kaila sambh�apa\n10.20\ne-mata nirQaya kari' deha' eka sthane\ne-saba siddhiinta suni' prabhura ananda hail a 9.208\n\n100\n326\n279\n119\n21\n\n10.47\n9.189\n10.183\n10.141\n10.193\n\n131\n11\n201\n179\n184\n\neka-bara dekhi' kari saphala nayana\n\n11.162\n11.32\n11.124\n9.198\n9.302\n11.191\n11.77\n\n293\n225\n276\n16\n76\n308\n250\n\neka ramananda raya bahu sukha dila\n\neka-jana y!ii' kahuk subha samacara\neka-khani ghara ache parama-nirjane\nekale y!ii' mah!iprabhura dharibe cara(la\nekanta-bhave cinte sabe tamara cara(la\n\neka sampradaye nace nityananda-raye\n\ne-saba vai�Qava-ei k�etrera bhD�aQa\neta bali' bharalire lana nija-vasa aila\neta bali' gavindere kaila alingana\neta bali' mahaprabhu bhakta-gaQa-sange\n\nebe ami ihan ani' karilana vidaya\nei du�khe jvale deha, pra(la nahi yaya\nei dui pulilhi sei saba sak�i dile\nei guQe kr�IJa tanre karibe angikara\n\n11.148 287\n10.65 141\n11\n9.189\n86\n9.324\n11.27 222\n\neta bali' prabhuke uthana kaila alingana\neta bali' prabhu tanre kaila alingana\neta bali' prabhu tanre kaila alirigana\neta bali' sei vipra sukhe paka kaila\neta bali' tanra thani ei ajna lana\n\nei hari-bhaua, ei sri-nrsirilhananda\nei haya kr�Qa-bhaktera sre�tha 'siidhana\nei kali-kale ara nahi kana dharma\nei katha laka giya prabhure kahila\nei kr�Qadase diba gaur;le path/ina\n\n11.87\n9.256\n9.362\n11.168\n10.70\n\n254\n48\n105\n296\n143\n\neta bali' tan re lana gela pu�padyane\neta bali' tina jana aualikaya car;lila\neta bali' vid!iya dila sei dui-jane\neta kahi' dui jane vidaya la-ila\neta kahi' raja rahe utka(l!hita hana\n\nei-mata dui-jane i�!a-ga�!hi kari'\nei-mata lila kare sacira nandana\nei-mata puru�allama-vasi yata jana\nei-mata tanra ghare garva cDrQa kari'\n\n76\n9.302\n11.240 332\n10.24 121\n63\n9.278\n\n10.115 164\n9.300\n75\n11.53 238\n10.56 137\n11.87 254\n118\n145\n299\n240\n131\n\n217\n305\n284\n314\n71\n\ne sarira dharibare kabhu na yuyaya\n\nebe amara bar;la bhai tamara krpate\n\n10.171 193\n11.194 310\n10.189 204\n11.242 333\n11.195 311\n\n10.18\n10.73\n11.175\n11.56\n10.47\n\n11.16\n11.187\n11.141\n11.200\n9.202\n\nE\n\n72\n9.293\n11.86 254\n11.46 233\n11.112 270\n10.39 127\n\neta kahi' tar.e rakhilena asvasiya\neta labha char;li' kan kare upo�a(la\neta maha-prasada cahi' -kaha ki karaQa\n\n70\n9.290\n10.60 139\n11.158 291\n25\n9.217\n4\n9.173\n11.193 310\n11.73\n11.123\n11.179\n10.22\n\n248\n276\n302\n119\n\n10.70 143\n11.115 272\n11.109 268\n\n", "mad4#p0376": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\neta suni' krwadasa kandite lagila\neta suni' sarvabhauma ha-ifa cintita\neta suni' sarvabhauma prabhure puchila\nevaril-vrata/;l sva-priya-nama-kirtya\n\n10.66 141\n11.50 23 6\n10.136 175\n52\n9.262\n\nguru-ajila na latighiye, sastra-pramaQa\ngurura kitikara haya manya se amara\nguru-5i$ya-nyaye �atya siJyera parajaya\nguru-thiini ajna magi' aila nilacale\n\ngac;lha anuraga haya, jani age haite\ngajendra-mokJaQa-tirthe dekhi vi$QU-m0rti\ngalagali kari' dutihe karena krandana\ngangadasa, hari-bhatta, ilcarya purandara\ngangadasa paQr;/ila itiha, paQr;/ila-satikara\nganga-tire-tire ai/a nadiya nagari\ngaur;la-dese pathilite cahi eka-jana\ngaur;/a ha-ite ai/a, tetiho mahii-krpamaya\ngaur;/a haile bhakla aise, -kaila nivedana\n\n11.149 287\n11.236 330\n27\n9.221\n9.290\n70\n11.159 291\n\nharidasa kahe, -muili nica-jali chara\nharidasa kahe, -prabhu na chutiio more\nharidasa kare preme nama-satikirtane\nharidasa thiikura itiha bhuvana-pavana\nharidasa thiikurera haifa parama ananda\n\n11.85\n10.91\n10.68\n10.5\n11.64\n\n253\n152\n143\n111\n244\n\n10.98\n11.67\n9.280\n11.63\n9.247\n\n155\n246\n64\n244\n45\n\n11.181\n11.124\n9.341\n11.72\n11.184\n\n303\n2i6\n93\n248\n304\n\nhena-kale vai$Qava saba nikate aila\n\n11.203\n11.71\n11.179\n11.180\n9.326\n\n315\n247\n302\n302\n87\n\nihiiti dekhi' sei dasa ha-ifa amara\n\nharidase mili' sabe paila ananda\nharidase na dekhiya kahe,-kahilti haridasa\nhari-dhvani kare sabe, bale-bha/a, bhala\nhasaly alho rodili rauli gayaly\nheloddhanita-khedaya visadaya pronmiladhena-kale aila talha bhavananda raya\n\ngaur;/a haite cali' ailatia nilacala-puri\ngaur;/a haile vaiJQava asilechena dui-sata\ngokarQe siva dekhi' iii/a dvaipayani\ngopi-bhave virahe prabhu vyakula hana\ngopi-candana-lale achila c;litigale\n\nhena-kale ai/a lalha gopinathacarya\nhena-kale govindera haifa agamana\nhena-kale kasi-misra, pac;licha, -dui jana\nhena-kale mahaprabhu nija-gaQa-satige\nhena-kale ramananda aila prabhu-slhane\n\ngopinatha aila vasa sarilskara kariya\ngopinalhaciirya bhattacarya sarvabhauma\ngopinathilcarya calila anandila hana\ngopiniilhiiciirya sabiire kara'be paricaya\ngopiniilhacarya sabe vasa-slhana dila\ngopinalhacarya liitire kariyache nimanlraQa\ngopiniilha cine sabare, karabe darasana\ngopinalha, vaQiniitha-dutihe satige nita\ngopiniithe dekhaila saba vasii-ghara\n'gosaili' ai/a' griime haifa koliihala\ngosaili kahila, 'purisvara' viilsalya kare more\ngosani kautuke kahena 'navadvipa' nama\ngosailira satige rahe k[$Qadasa brahmaQa\ngovinda kari/a prabhura caraQa vandana\ngovinda, madhava ghog ei vasu-ghoJa\ngovinda-mahima jilanera parama karaQa\n\n10.135 175\n72\n9.294\n9.226\n30\n10.141 179\n11.88 255\n36\n9.239\n\niha yei sune, paya cailanya-caraQa\nitihiira krpiile haya darasana itihara\nitihara pralhama pulra-ray a riimiinanda\nitihiira sane amara 'nyaya' bujha' mana diya\n\ngovindera satige kare prabhura sevana\ngranlha, 5/oka, gila keha prabhu-pase iine\ngrha-sahila alma liitire kaila nivedane\nguru ajna diyachena, ki kari upaya\n\n180\n179\n194\n161\n\n11.165\n11.188\n11.185\n11.86\n10.81\n\n294\n306\n304\n254\n148\n\n11.196\n11.161\n11.216\n9.262\n10.119\n10.49\n\n312\n293\n322\n52\n166\n132\n\n11.66\n10.131\n11.169\n11.126\n11.212\n11.73\n\n245\n173\n296\n227\n320\n248\n\n10.177\n10:189\n10.181\n10.50\n10.167\n\n197\n204\n200\n133\n191\n\n9.252\n47\n9.191\n12\nisvara-purira bhrlya,-'govinda' mora nama 10.132 173\nisvara-purira sevaka ali guQavan\n11.80 251\nisvare na dekhi' kene age elha aile?\n11.36 227\n\ni$al hasiya kichu kahe gauramaQi\n\nisvara-preyasi sita-cid-ananda-mOrli\n\nisvarera 'anavasare' pai/a bac;la du�kha\ngovindera bhagya-sima na yay a varQana\n\n10.144\n10.142\n10.173\n10.109\n\nH\n\nG\n\ngajapati raja suni' kirlana-mahattva\n\n347\n\n10.150\n10.150\n10.112\n10.32\n10.143\n\n183\n183\n162\n124\n179\n\nisvarera krpa jali-kuladi na mane\nisvarera krpa nahe veda-paralanlra\nisvarera parok$a ajilii-k$aUra, UpOJana\nisvarera svalanlra iccha, rakhile nari/uti\niti purilsarpila viJQau\n\n11.62\n10.138\n10.137\n11.113\n10.16\n9.260\n\n243\n177\n176\n271\n117\n50\n\n", "mad4#p0377": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n348\n\nJ\njagadananda, damodara-paQc;/ita, mukunda\njagadananda, mukundadi yata bhakta-vrnda\njagadananda, mukunda, sarikara\njagai madhai teriha karila uddhara\njagan-mata maha-lak�mi sita-thakuraQi\n\n93\n9.340\n11.33 226\n10.127 171\n232\n11.45\n11\n9.188\n\njagannatha-acala-brahma, tumi ta' sacala\njagannatha darasana kaila maha-rarige\njagannatha-darasana premavese kaila\njagannatha-darasane vicara na kaila\njagannatha-misra-ghare bhik�a ye kari/a\n\n10.162 189\n10.29 123\n9.346\n95\n11.38 229\n73\n9.296\n\njagannatha misra-parva.Srame mora pita\njagannatha-sevaka ei, nama-janardana\njagannatha-sevaka raja kintu bhaktottama\njagannatha-sevakera mora sparsa nahi haya\njagannathera brahmaQi, teriha-maha-\n\n75\n9.301\n10.41 128\n213\n11.9\n11.167 296\n9.297\n73\n\njagannathera maha-soyara iriha 'dasa' nama\njagannathera sevaka saba iinande mililii\njaladi-paricarya lagi' dila eka kirikara\njanati tattvari1 bhagavan-mahimno\njanme janme tumi amara savamse kirikara\n\n10.43\n9.348\n10.129\n11.104\n10.58\n\n129\n96\n172\n266\n138\n\njayiidvaita-candra jay a gaura-bhakta-vrnda\njayadvaita-candra jay a gaura-bhakta-vrnda\njaya jay a sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jay a nityiinanda\njiva-vyapya, brahma-vyapaka, sastrete\n\n10.1\n11.2\n10.2\n11.2\n10.168\n\n110\n208\n110\n208\n191\n\nkabhu nahi dekhi aiche premera vikara\nkabhu nahi suni ei madhura kirtana\nkahari nahi dekhi, aiche kahan nahi suni\nkaha yadi, tabe amaya ethii na dekhibe\nkali-kale dharma-kr�Qa-nama-sarikirtana\nkampa.Sru-sveda-stambha-pulaka vikara\n\n11.219\n11.95\n11.96\n11.12\n11.98\n9.238\n\n323\n259\n260\n215\n261\n36\n\nkampa-sveda-pulakasrute sarira bhasila\nkanya-kumari tarihari kaila darasana\nkarma haite prema-bhakti kr�Qa kabhu nahe\nkarma-ninda, karma-tyaga, sarva-sastre kahe\nkar(l!ll]\"lrta, brahma-samhita,-dui purithi\n'karQamrta'-sama vastu nahi tribhuvane\n\n9.346\n9.223\n9.263\n9.263\n9.232\n9.307\n\n95\n28\n53\n53\n86\n78\n\nK\n\nkarl)€ hasta diya prabhu smare 'narayaQa'\nka.ST-misra asi' pac;Jila prabhura caraQe\nka.Si-misra asi' prabhura pac;Jila caraQe\nka.ST-misra grha-pathe kari/a gamana\nka.Si-misra kahe,-ami bac;Ja bhagyavan\n\n11.6\n10.32\n9.349\n11.125\n10.23\n\nka.Si-misra, pac;licha-patra, durihe anaila\nka.Si-misrera avase nibhrte eka ghara\nka.Sisvara asibena saba tfrtha dekhiya\nka.Sisvara gos.Mi ai/a ara dine\nk�tha-nari-sparse yaiche upaje vikara\n\n11.119 274\n10.101 157\n10.134 174\n10.185 202\n11.10 213\n\nkata-k�aQe dui jana susthira haiia\nkata-k�aQe dui jane sthira yabe haifa\nkateka kahiba ara yata prabhura gaQa\nkateka kahiba, ei dekha yata jana\nkautuke puri tarire puchila janma-sthana\n\n85\n9.322\n10.121 169\n10.84 149\n11.93 258\n72\n9.294\n\nkaya-mane asriyache sri-kr�Qa-carita\nkemane caudike dekhe,-iha nahi jane\nkena kale prataparudra puru�ottame aila\nkene eta dul)kha. kene karaha hutasa\nkese dhari' vipre lana karila gamana\n\n10.106 159\n11.232 328\n11.14 216\n10\n9.186\n9.233\n33\n\nkeseva dekhiya preme avi�ta haifa\nkhaQc;/a khaQc;/a haifa bhattathari palaya cari\nkhaQc;/a-vasi ciraiijiva, ara sulocana\nkiba rajya, kiba deha, -saba akaraQa\nkirtana arambha tatha kaila mahasaya\n\n9.23\n34\n9.232\n33\n11.92 258\n11.49 235\n11.213 320\n\nkirtana-arambhe prema utha/i' calila\nkirtana dekhi' sabara mane haifa camatkara\nkirtana-samiiptye prabhu dekhi' pu�panjali\nkirtanera dhvani maha-marigala uthi/a\nkolapure /ak�mi dekhi' dekhena k�Tra-\n\n11.218 322\n11.219 323\n11.238 331\n11.217 322\n9.281\n65\n\nkona-janme more avasya dibena darasana\nkoti-sOrya-sama saba -ujjvala-varaQa\nkrame krame dui grantha sarvatra vyapila\nkriyeta bhagavaty addha\nkrpa kari' karaha more tanhara darsana\nkrpa kari' mora thaiii pathaila tomare\n\n11.24 220\n11.95 259\n11.143 284\n50\n9.260\n112\n10.6\n10.135 175\n\nkrpa-malye cari' bhai ha-i tomara krita\nkrpa-pasa gale bandhi' caraQe ani/a\nkr�Qa-caitanya-nikate rahi seviha tarihare\nkr�Qadasa-nama ei suvarQa-vetra-dharT\nkr�Qa-karQamrta suni' prabhura ananda haifa\nkr�Qa-mOrti dekhi' prabhu maha-sukha paila\nkr�Qa-nama sphure mukhe, mane netre kr�t:Ja\n\n11.145\n10.125\n10.133\n10.42\n9.306\n9.249\n10.176\n\n210\n124\n97\n277\n120\n\n285\n170\n174\n129\n76\n45\n19\n\n", "mad4#p0378": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n349\n\nkr�ra-prema-seva-phalera 'parama-sadhana'\n'krwa-rasa-pancadhyaya' karite pathana\nkrwa-rasa-tattva-vetta, deha-prema-rOpa\nkrwasraya haya, char;le veda-/aka-dharma\nkrwa-varrarh tvi$ak[$t:Jarh\n\n9.258\n11.56\n10.110\n11.117\n11.100\n\n49\n240\n162\n273\n263\n\nmaha-nrtya, maha-prema, maha-satikirtana\nmahaprabhu age gela dainyadhina hana\nmahaprabhu ai/a tabe haridasa-mi/ane\nmahaprabhu ca/i cali !lila sri-saile\nmahaprabhu dak$it:Ja haite tabahi aila\n\n11.235 330\n11.154 290\n11.185 304\n\nkrtamalaya snana kari aila durva5ana\nkrtamalaya snana kari' !lila tatira ghare\nk$aQeke avesa chiir;li' dutihara dhairya haila\nk$aQe k$at:Je kara tumi sarva-tirthe sniina\nk$aQe k$aQe kara tumi yajna-tapo-dana\n\n15\n9.197\n9.180\n8\n71\n9.291\n11.190 308\n11.190 308\n\nmahaprabhu dekhi' dotihara ha-ila ullase\nmahaprabhu dila t!ltire nibhrte vasa-ghara\nmahaprabhu kahe, -suna, sarva vai$Qavamahaprabhu kahe t!ltire, -suna mahasaya\nmahaprabhu.kare t!ltire drr;iha alitigane\n\n5\n9.175\n10.129 172\n11.182 303\n9.181\n8\n11.234 329\n\nk$etra char;li' yabena puna/:! yadi kari\nk$elre asi' raja siirvabhauma bolaila\nkulina-grama-vasi ei satyaraja-khana\nkusavarte ai/a yahati janmi/!1 godavari\n\n11.43\n11\n11.91\n9.317\n\nmahaprabhu milibare utkaQthita cita\nmahaprabhura a/aye karila gamana\nmahaprabhura bhakta saba-mahiimahaprabhura gaQa yata aila gaur;la haite\nmahaprabhura haya itih,a dvitiya kalevara\n\n11.106\n11.109\n11.67\n11.70\n11.76\n\n267\n268\n246\n247\n249\n\nmahaprabhura manya-patra, sarva-sirodharya\nmahaprabhura varta tabe puchila tatihare\nmahaprabhu sabakare kai/a alitigana\nmaha-prasiida diya tahati mili/a sevaka-gaQa\nmaha-prasada diya tiitire kaila namaskara\n\n11.83\n10.4\n10.30\n10.30\n10.76\n\n253\n111\n123\n123\n146\n\nmaha-prasadiinna deha viiQinatha-sthiine\nmaha-prasiida sabakare kari samiidhiina\nmaha-ratna-priiya pai aila satige lana\nmahendra-sai/e parasuramera kai/a vandana\nmala pathanachena prabhu gaurava kariyii\n\n11.174 299\n11.172 298\n9.309\n79\n16\n9.198\n11.77 250\n\nmala-prasada lana yaya, yahati vai$Qava-gaQa\nmala-prasada panii prabhu susthira ha-ila\nmalaya-parvate kaila agastya-vandana\nmal/ara-desete iii/a yathii bhattathari\nmandira-nikate yiiite mora nahi iidhikiira\n\n11.74 249\n9.348\n96\n9.223\n28\n29\n9.224\n11.165 294\n\nmandirera cakra dekhi' kariha praQama\nmandirera pache rahi' karaye kirtana\nmano-dul)khe bhala bhik$a na di/a sei dine\nmanya kari' prabhu tatire kai/a alitigane\nmaribare aila sabe cari-dike dhana\nmaryada haite koti sukha sneha-acaraQe\n\n11.195 311\n11.224 325\n9.216\n24\n97\n9.349\n9.231\n33\n10.140 178\n\nmat-katha-sravaQadau va\nmatsarya chac;Jiyii mukhe ba/a 'hari' 'hari'\nmatsya-tirtha dekhi' kaila tutigabhadraya\n'maya-sita' diyii agni vanci/a ravaQe\n'maya-sita' riivaQa nila, sunila akhyane\nmayy arpaQarh ca manasa/:1\nmi/aite lagila saba puru$Otlama-vasi\n\n9.266\n9.361\n9.244\n9.204\n9.203\n11.30\n10.38\n\n231\n230\n257\n83\n\nL\nlanga-gaQesa dekhi' dekhena cora-parvati\nlobhe lajja khana tara kari tanatani\nloka dekhi' ramananda gela nija-ghare\nJoke kahe, e sannyasi-rama-avatara\n\n9.281\n9.359\n9.327\n9.314\n\n65\n102\n88\n82\n\nM\nmad-arthe$v atiga-Ce$tii ca\nmad-bhaktiinarh ca ye bhaktas\nmad-bhakta-pOjabhyadhika\nmad-eka-varjarh krpayi$yatiti\nmadhava-purira si�ya 'sri-ratiga-puri' niima\n\n11.30\n11.28\n11.29\n11.47\n9.285\n\n223\n222\n223\n234\n68\n\nmadhvacarya ani' tiitire kari/a sthapana\nmadhvacarya sei k[$Qa pai/a kona-mate\nmadhvacarya-sthiine iii/a yiitiha 'tattvadi'\nmadhvacarye svapna diya aila tiitira sthane\nmadhyiihna haila, kene paka nahi haya\n\n9.248\n9.247\n9.245\n9.246\n9.181\n\n45\n45\n41\n44\n8\n\nmadhyahna kari/a prabhu nija-gaQa lana\nmadhyahna karite mahaprabhu cali' gela\nmadhyahne uthi/a prabhu bhik$ii karibiire\nmadhye madhye 'hari' kahe anandita hana\nmadhye nrtya kare prabhu sacira nandana\n\n9.352\n98\n10.66 141\n88\n9.327\n11.209 318\n11.215 321\n\nmadhye rahi' mahaprabhu karena darasana\nmadhye taQc;Java-nrtya kare gauraraya\nmaha-bhakta-gaQa-saha tahan go$1hi kaila\nmaha-dul)kha ha-ite more karila nistara\n\n11.229 327\n11.225 326\n9.237\n35\n9.215\n24\n\n10.25\n\n121\n\n56\n104\n39\n19\n19\n223\n127\n\n", "mad4#p0379": "350\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\nmilana-sthiine asi' prabhure na mililii\n\n11.163\n11.177\n11.131\n9.216\n10.158\n\n294\n301\n279\n24\n186\n\n9.350\n10.23\n11.21\n11.42\n11.48\n\n97\n120\n219\n231\n234\n\nmisra kahe,-saba tamara, caha ki karaQe?\nmisrera iiviisa sei haya a/pa sthiina\nmora bhagye punarapi piiiluri darasane\nmora carmambara ei na bhaya irihare\nmora ghare bhik$a bali' nimantraQa kailii\nmora grhe 'prabhu-padera' habe avasthana\nmora hate dhari' kare piriti vi5e$a\nmora lagi' prabhu-pade kaile nivedana?\nmora pratijiia-tariha vina chiic;liba jivana\n\n90\n9.333\n32\n9.230\nmore krpa kari' kara niladri asraya\n10.9 7 155\nmore na chw'Jiha, prabhu, muiii ta' piimara\n11.156 291\nmukti, karma-dui vastu tyaje bhakta-gaQa 9.271\n59\n\nnavadvipe gela teriha saci-ai-pasa\nnaya tripati dekhi' bu/e kutahale\nnibhrte totii-madhye sthana yadi piiria\nnibhrte vasi' gupta-viirta kahe duijana\nnibhrte vasiya tahari kariba smaraQa\nnija-grha-vitta-bhrtya-panca-putra-sane\nnija-nija-vasa sabe karaha gamana\nnikate vasana kare ariga sammarjana\nnilacala-vasi taka dhana ai/a\nnilacala yaite_ acarya yukti drdha kaila\n\nmora sarige hati-ghoc;lii, sainya-koliihale\n\nnilacale iisibe more haiiii sadaya\n\nmore du�kha deha,-tamara 'nyaya' nahi\n\nnilaca/e ca/i/a prabhu iinandita hana\n\nmukunda-dasa, narahari, sri-raghunandana\nmukunda kahe, -ei age dekha vidyamana\nmukunda, narahari, raghunanc;lana khaQc;la\nmukundere puche,-kiihilri bhilrati-gosaiii\nmuiii-nica, asprsya, parama piimare\nmuiii toma chac;lila, tumi more nii chiic;lilii\nmurari dekhiya prabhu iii/a milite\nmurari /a-ite dhaiia ai/a bahu-jana\nmurari mahati iriha-sikhi-mahatira bhai\nmurari nil dekhiya prabhu kare anve$aQa\n\nniladri ca/ila sacimatara ajiia /aiiii\nnimajjato 'nanta bhaviirQaviintas\nnirantara kara cari veda adhyayana\n\n11.92\n10.156\n10.90\n10.155\n11.188\n\n258\n186\n152\n185\n306\n\nnirjane rahaye, /aka saba nahi jane\n\n10.125\n11.155\n11.153\n10.44\n11.153\n\n170\n290\n290\n230\n290\n\nni$kiiicanasya bhagavad-bhajanonmukhasya\n\nnirvicararh guror ajiia\nnirviQQa sei vipra upavasa kare\nniscinta haiia bhaja caitanyera caraQa\n'ni5cinte k($Qa bhajiba' ei ta' karaQe\n\nnityananda-adi nija-gaQe bolaila\nnityananda, jagadananda, damodara\nnityananda, jagadananda, mukunda\nnityananda /aiiii bhik$ii karite vaisa tumi\nnityananda-prabhu kai/a prema-a/irigana\n\nN\n\nnrtya karite yei aise sannidhiine\nnOtana patra lekhaiia pustake deoyiiila\n\nnaciya ca/i/a, dehe nii dhare ananda\nnaicchan nrpas tad ucitarh mahatarh madhunii kahi/a teiii sadhya-siidana-lak$aQa\nnana-bhiivalarikrtariga� sva-dhamna\nnana i$!a-go$!hi kare ekatra vasiya\n\n9.340\n9.269\n9.272\n11.1\n9.322\n\n93\n58\n60\n208\n85\n\nniina tirtha dekhi' tahari devata-mandire\nnana tirtha dekhi tahari narmadara tire\nnarayaQa dekhila tariha nati-stuti kari'\nnarayaQa-para� sarve\n\n11.209 318\n77\n9.304\n9.310\n79\n9.166\n59\n9.270\n\npache bhiige muriiri, liigila kahite\npache prabhura nikata iii/a bhakta-gaQa\npiiche premiivesa dekhi' haifa camatkiira\npac;licha asi' sabare dila malya-candana\npiikera samagri vane nil mile samprati\npanagac;li-tirthe asi' dekhila sitapati\n\nnarendre asiya sabe haifa vidyamiina\nnartaka gopala dekhe parama-mohane\nnasike tryambaka dekhi' gela brahmagiri\nnati, stuti, nrtya, gita, bahuta karila\nnavadvipe chi/a teriha prabhura caraQe\n\n11.68 246\n9.246\n44\n9.317\n83\n9.235\n34\n10.103 158\n\n10.55 136\n11.182 303\n11.158 291\n11.218 322\n10.87 151\n9.172\n4\n9.335\n91\n10.88 151\n11.151 288\n11.191 308\n10.110 161\n10.146 181\n9.185\n10\n11.22 219\n10.107 159\n11.8\n211\n9.338\n92\n11.196 312\n10.67 142\n11.205 316\n10.126 171\n11.234 329\n9.209\n21\n\np\n\npache govinda dvitiya mala ani' tanre di/a\nnana pithii-pana khiiya akaQtha puriya\n\n10.75 146\n9.219\n26\n11.166 295\n9.176\n6\n11.176 300\n\npaiica-piiQc;lava tamara paiica-putra mahapaiicapsara-tirthe iii/a sacira nandana\npaiicavati asi, taharl karila visrama\n'paiica-vidh;J mukti' piiiia vaikuQthe gamana\npaiica-vidha mukti tyaga kare bhakta-gaQa\n\n11.155 290\n11.78 250\n11.64 244\n9.251\n46\n11.214 321\n9.182\n8\n9.221\n10.53\n9.279\n9.316\n9.257\n9.267\n\n27\n134\n64\n83\n49\n57\n\n", "mad4#p0380": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\npaQc;/a-pala ai/a sabe ma/a-prasada lana\npaQc;/ita hana kene nil karaha vicara\npilQc;/ityera avadhi, vakya nahi karo sane\np:iQc;/ya-dese tamraparf)i gela gaurahari\npapi nTca uddharite tfltira avatara\nparama-anande ge/a p:itica-sata dine\nparama krpalu tetiha vrajendra-nandana\nparamananda haya yara nama-sravaf)e\nparamananda maha-patra itihara sarhhati\nparamananda purira kai/a caraf)a vandana\nparamananda puri tabe ca/ila nilaca/e\nparamananda puri tahati rahe catur-masa\nparama virakta tetiha parama paQc;/ita\nparik$a-samaye vahnirh\nparivesana kare acarya hara$ita hana\npativrata-siromaf)i janaka-nandini\npatra lana puna!) dak$if)a-mathura aila\npatra-mitra-satige raja darasane ca/i/a\npatra pana viprera haifa anandita mana\npaya pac;li' yatna kari' kene nil rakhile\npayasvini asiya dekhe satikara-narayaf)a\nphalgu kari' 'mukti' dekhe narakera sama\nphalgu-tirthe tabe ca/i aila gaurahari\npickari-dhara jini' asru nayane\npitha-pana adi jagannatha ye khaila\nprabhu-age kahite prabhura phiri' gela mana\nprabhu aila, -raja-thani kahilena giya\nprabhu ajna pana raya ca/i/a darasane\nprabhu-ajna-prasada-tyage haya aparadha\nprabhu-ajnaya muni ainu toma-pade dhana\nprabhu alitigana kai/a tanre uthana\nprabhu asi' kaila pampa-sarovare snana\nprabhu asi' kai/a tatira caraf)a vandana\nprabhu bahir-vasa anai/a janiya antara\nprabhu bhik$fl kai/a dinera trtiya-prahare\nprabhu catur-bhuja-murti tfltire dekhai/a\nprabhu dekhi' pac;Je age daf)c;/avat hana\nprabhu-guf)e bhrtya vikala, prabhu bhrtyaprabhu kahe, -bhattacarya, karaha vicara\nprabhu kahe,-bhattacarya, sunaha itihara\nprabhu kahe, -e bhavana nil kariha ara\nprabhu kahe, -ei deha toma-sabakara\n\n9.356\n9.332\n11.173\nprabhu kahe, -gopinatha, yaha' vai$Qava\nprabhu kahe, -guru tetiha, yaba tfltira thani 10.152\nprabhu kahe, -isvara haya parama svatantra 10.137\n\n100\n90\n298\n184\n176\n\n11.4\n9.276\n10.58\n10.179\n11.157\n\n209\n62\n138\n199\n291\n\n96\n9.347\n12\n9.190\n10.110 161\n25\n9.218\n11.45 232\n\nprabhu kahe, -eta tirtha kailuti paryatana\n\n9.329\n11.24\n10.140\n10.46\n10.128\n\nprabhu kahe,-kaha tumi, nahi kichu bhaya\n\n88\n220\n178\n131\n172\n\n351\n\nprabhu kahe, -etha mora e-nimitte\n\nprabhu kahe, -karmi, jnani, -dui bhaktaprabhu kahe, -ki sat'Jkoca, tumi naha para\nprabhu kahe, -kr$Qe tomara gac;Jha prema\nprabhu kahe, -murari, kara dainya\n\n4\n9.174\n9.167\n10.106 159\n22\n9.212\n11.208 317\n\n75\n9.301\n11.35 227\n11.36 227\nprabhu kahe, -raya, tumi ki karya karile?\n49\n9.258\nprabhu kahe-sastre kahe sravaf)a-kirtana\nprabhu kahe, -satya kahi, tomara agamane 10.165 190\n\n9.201\n9.210\n11.14\n9.213\n10.14\n\n10.73\n11.39\n11.10\nprabhu kahe, -tathapi raja kala-sarpakara\nprabhu kahe, -tetiha nahena, tumi ageyana 10.156\n10.97\nprabhu kahe, -toma-satige rahite vancha\n\n18\n22\n216\n23\n116\n\n38\n9.243\n57\n9.267\n9.278\n63\n11.223 325\n9.351\n98\n11.58\n11.65\n11.40\n11.114\n10.134\n\n241\n245\n230\n271\n174\n\n11.186 305\n9.316\n83\n10.161 188\n10.160 187\n10\n9.185\n10.33\n11.186\n11.187\n10.142\n\n125\n305\n305\n179\n\n10.63\n9.190\n10.37\n\n140\n12\n126\n\nprabhu kahe, -pOrvasrame tetiha mora\nprabhu kahe, -raya, dekhi/e kamala-\n\nprabhu kahe, -sei kara, ye iccha tomara\n\nprabhu kahe, -sighra giya kara darasana\n\nprabhu kahe, -toma sparsi pavitra ha-ite\nprabhu kahe, -tumi kr$Qa-bhakataprabhu kahe, -tumi puna!) aisa nilacale\nprabhu kahe, -tumi yei siddhiinta kahile\nprabhu kahe,-'vimu' 'vi$QU', ki kaha\nprabhu kahe, -yei kaha, sei satya haya\nprabhuke lana kara'na isvara darasana\nprabhuke dekhite loka aila saka/a\nprabhuke milite sabara utkaQthita mana\nprabhuke milite utkaf)tha badiila apara\nprabhu krpa kari' sabaya rakhi/a nija sthane\nprabhu lana sarvabhauma nija-ghare gela\nprabhu na khaile keha na kare bhojana\nprabhu namaskari' sabe vasate ca/i/a\nprabhu-pade dui jane kai/a nivedane\nprabhu-pade rahi/a dutihe chac;li' sarva karya\nprabhu premavese sabaya kaila a/itig_ana\nprabhura agamana suni' nityananda raya\nprabhura agamana tetiha tahanni sunila\nprabhura ajna paliha dutihe savadhana hana\nprabhura ananda haifa pana t:itihare\nprabhura atyanta marmi, rasera sagara\n\n145\n230\n213\n186\n155\n\n11.189 307\n11.26 221\n9.171\n3\n9.324\n86\n10.182 201\n10.172\n10.186\n9.326\n10.24\n11.237\n\n194\n203\n87\n121\n330\n\n10.188 204\n9.350 97\n11.201 314\n11.184 304\n11.171 297\n10.184 202\n94\n9.342\n92\n9.339\n10.93 153\n11.122 275\n10.95 154\n10.162 157\n\n", "mad4#p0381": "352\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\nprabhura avase aila karite bhojana\n11.198\nprabhura carar)e dhari' karaye krandana\n9.213\nprabhura eka bhakta-'dvija kamalakanta' nama 10.94\nprabhura itigite prasada yaya tanra lana\n11.118\nprabhura priya bhrtya kari' sabe kare mana\n10.148\n\n313\n23\n154\n269\n182\n\npratyeke sabara prabhu kari' gur)a gana\npravesa karite nari, -sparsi rahi' trra\nprema dekhi' Joke haila maha-camatkilra\npremilnande hail!! dw'lhe parama asthira\npremanande sithi/a haila dur\\hakilra mana\n\n11.160 291\n9.363 106\n9.236\n35\n11.128 278\n85\n9.321\n\nprabhura sahita ama-sabara karaha mi/ana\nprabhura sak�at ajna-prasada-bhojana\nprabhura samacara suni' kulina-grama-vasT\nprabhura sannyasa dekhi' unmatta hana\nprabhura seva karite puri ajna dila\n\n10.27\n11.113\n10.89\n10.104\n11.81\n\n122\n271\n151\n158\n252\n\npremavese bahu-k�ar)a nrtya-gita kaila\npremavese hur\\kara bahu nrtya-gita kaila\npremavese kaila bahuta kirtana-nartana\npremavese kaila tanra caraQa vandana\npremavese kare tanre daQr;/a-parar)ilma\n\n9.249\n10.80\n9.283\n10.96\n9.287\n\nprabhura tirtha-yatra-katha sune yei jana\nprabhura vacane viprera ha-i/a visvasa\nprabhura vai�Qavata dekhi, ha-ila vismita\nprabhure milila sabe pathe lag pafla\nprabhure milite ei mantrar)il drr;lha kaila\n\n9.360\n9.196\n9.273\n9.341\n11.59\n\n102\n15\n60\n93\n242\n\npremilvese pu$podyane karibena pravesa\npremavese sabe kare ilnanda-krandana\npremavese sarvabhauma karila rodane\nprema vina kabhu nahe tilr\\ra sak�atkara\npreme puri gosili'!i tilr\\re kaila a/ir\\gana\npremera vikara dekhi' Joke camatkara\n\n11.55 239\n9.342\n94\n9.345\n95\n10.181 200\n2\n9.168\n11.222 324\n\npulina-bhojane yena kr$r)a madhya-sthane\npuna/:1 nil karibe nati, bhaya pilr\\a citte\npuna/:1 prabhu kahe-ami tamara nimitte\npuna/:1 puna/:1 alir\\giya karila sammana\n\n11.233 329\n10.162 188\n11.141 284\n11.160 291\n\npunarapi ai/a prabhu vidyanagara\npunarapi ihar\\ tilr\\ra haile agamana\npunarapi ku-bhavana na kariha mane\npur\\thi pana prabhura haila ananda apilra\npurT, bharati achena tamara apek$a kariya\n\n9.318\n84\n10.18 118\n14\n9.195\n9.238\n36\n11.204 316\n\n87\nprabhu-saha asvadila, rakhila likhiya\n9.325\nprabhu-sthane asiyachena yata prabhura gar)e 11.120 275\n10.101 157\nprabhu tar\\re dila, ara sevara kir\\kara\n99\n9.354\nprabhu tanre pathaila bhojana karite\n95\n9.344\nprabhu tanre uthanil kaila alir\\gane\n\n45\n148\n67\n155\n68\n\nprabhu tomaya milite cahe, ca/aha tvarite\nprabhu yaibena. tahan milaba sabare\npradak$ir)a kari' bulena nartana kariya\npradyumna-misra ir\\ha vai$r)ava pradhana\nprahara-raja maha-patra ir\\ha maha-mati\n\n11.164\n10.28\n11.220\n10.43\n10.46\n\nprakrta-indriyera tar'Jre dekhite nahi sakti\nprasada lana satige ca/e par\\ca-sata\nprastave sri-rar\\ga-puri eteka kahi/a\nprataparudra ajfla di/a sei dui jane\nprataparudra char;li' karibe jagat nistara\n\n9.191\n12\n11.108 268\n75\n9.300\n11.120 275\n11.46 233\n\npuri, bharati-gosili'!i, svarOpa, nityananda\npuri-gosani bale, -ami yaba puru$ottame\npuri-gosanira iljnaya ainu tamara sthana\npuri-gosaflira prabhu kaila carar)a vandana\npurT-gosili'!i sOdra-sevaka kanha ta' rakhila\n\n11.33 226\n9.170\n3\n10.132 173\n2\n9.168\n10.136 175\n\nprataparudra raja tabe bolaila sarvabhauma\nprate sayyaya vasi' ami se anna khaila\nprate uthi' aila vipra bhattathari-ghare\nprathama darsane prabhuke na kai/a\nprathamei prabhure asi' mili/a bahu-rar\\ge\n\n111\n10.3\n11.116 272\n9.228\n31\n46\n9.250\n11.15 216\n\npuri-gosani tatire kaila prema-alir\\gana\npuri kahe, -toma-sar\\ge rahite vili'!cha kari'\n'puru$ottama acarya' tilr\\ra nama pOrvasrame\npuru$ottama dekhi' gaur;le yaba gar\\ga-snane\n\n10.128 172\n10.98 155\n10.103 158\n9.170\n\nprathame murari-gupta prabhura na miliya\nprathamete mahaprabhu pathaila dur\\hare\nprati-dina asi' ami kariba milana\nprati-dina ei-mata kare kirtana-rar\\ge\npratiti /agi' puratana patra magi' nila\n\n11.152\n11.75\n11.194\n11.241\n9.209\n\npOrve asiyachila ter\\ho nadiya-nagari\npOrve prabhu more prasada-anna ani' dila\npOrve yabe mahaprabhu calila dak$ir)e\nputra-sama sneha karena sannyasi-bhojane\n\n72\n9.295\n11.116 272\n111\n10.3\n74\n9.298\n\npratyagrhid agraja-sasanarh tad\npratyeka vai�r)ava sabe likhiya la-ila\npratyeke karila prabhu prema-alir\\gana\n\n10.145 180\n11.143 284\n11.129 278\n\n294\n123\n323\n129\n131\n\n289\n249\n310\n332\n21\n\nR\nraghava-paQr;/ita, ara ilcarya nandana\nraghava par)r;/ita. ir\\ha acilrya nandana\nraghunatha asi' yabe rilvar)e mari/a\n\n10.84\n11.89\n9.205\n\n149\n255\n20\n\n", "mad4#p0382": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nraghun�tha dekhi' t�han vailcil� rajani\nrahite !afire eka sthana c�hiye virale\nr�j� kahe, -aiche kMi-misrera bhavana\nraja kahe,-bhatta tumi vijila-siromar;�i\nraja kahe,-bhavanandera putra var;�inatha\nraja kahe,-dekhi' mora haifa camatkara\nraja kahe, ei dui kon cinaha amare\nraja kahe,-jagannatha chac;li' kene gela\nraja kahe,-pac;lichake ami ajila diba\nraja kahe,-sabe jagannatha na dekhiya\n\n9.225\n10.19\n10.21\n10.17\n11.108\n\n30\n118\n119\n117\n268\n\n11.94\n11.75\n10.10\n11.69\n11.105\n\n258\n249\n114\n247\n267\n\n11.101\n10.14\n11.111\n11.82\n11.66\n\n264\n116\n269\n252\n245\n\n353\n\nraya prar;�ati kaila, prabhu kaila alitigana\n\n10.54\n11.35\n9.333\n11.18\n11.16\n\n134\n227\n90\n218\n217\n\nraya-satige prabhura dekhi' sneha-vyavahara\n\n11.17\n\n217\n228\n87\n230\n\nr�ya kahe, -ami Siidra, Vi$ayi, adhama\nr�ya kahe, -ebe yai paba darasana\nr�ya kahe, -prabhu, age cala nilacale\nraya kahe, -tomara ajila rajake kahi/a\n\nraye kahe, carar;�a-ratha, hrdaya-sarathi 11.37\n\n9.325\n11.40\n9.166\n9.311\n\nrayera ananda haifa pustaka paiya\nrayera prema-bhakti-riti bujhe kon jane\nr$abha-parvate ca/i' aila gaurahari\nr$yamiika-giri ai/a dar;�c;lakarar;�ye\n\nraja kahe, -sastra-pramar;�e caitanya hana\nraja kahe, -tanre tumi yaite kene dile\nr�j� kahe, -upav�sa, k$aura-tirthera\nr�ja kahe, -yanre m�l� dila dui-jana\nraj�ke Mirv�da kari' kabe,-suna\n\ns\n10.48\n11.130\n11.213\n11.172\n11.239\n\n132\n279\n320\n298\n331\n\n11.210\n11.161\nsabare svacchanda vasa, svacchanda prasiida 11.121\n11.199\nsabiire vasaila prabhu yogya krama kari'\n11.240\nsabiire vidaya dila karite sayana\n\n319\n293\n275\n314\n332\n\n9.345\n10.127\n10.188\n10.26\n10.100\n\n95\n171\n204\n122\n156\n\n11.230\n9.277\n10.69\n10.85\n10.88\n\n328\n62\n143\n150\n151\n\nsaba alitigila prabhu prasada kariya\nsaba lana abhyantare kari/� gamana\n\nr�jake /ikhiluti �i vinaya kariy�\nr�ja more �jn� dila nilacale yaite\nr�japatha-prante diire pac;liya rahi/a\nrajapatha-prante pac;li' ache dar;�c;lavat\nrajara anuraga dekhi' ha-ifa vismita\n\n89\n9.330\n9.331\n89\n11.163 294\n11.162 293\n11.50 236\n\nsaba lana gela prabhu jagannathalaya\nsabara kariyachi vasa·grha-sthana\nsabare bantiya taha dilena isvara\nsabare pariii/a prabhu miilya-candana\n\nsabare sammani' prabhura ha-ifa u/lasa\nrajare prabodhiya bhatta gela nijalaya\nrak$aSe sparsi/a tanre,-iha kane suni\nramabhadracarya, �ra bhagavan acarya\nrama-bhakta sei vipra-virakta mahajana\nramadasa-viprera katha ha-ifa smarar;�a\n\n11.61 243\n11\n9.188\n10.184 202\n7\n9.179\n20\n9.207\n\nsaba-satige ailii prabhu isvara-darasane\nsabii-satige yatha-yogya kari/a mi/ana\n\nramadasa vipre sei patra ani dil�\nramai, nandai rahe govindera pMa\nr�ananda-adi sabe dekha vidyamana\nramananda-hena ratna yanhara tanaya\nramananda kahe, -prabhu, tomara ajila\n\n22\n9.210\n10.149 182\n11.191 257\n10.52 134\n89\n9.330\n\nsabe iisi' mili/a prabhura sri-carar;�e\nsabe asi' sarvabhaume kaila nivedana\nsabe asitechena tomare dekhite\nsabe dekhe, -prabhu kare amare darasana\nsabe, eka gur;�a dekhi tomara sampradiiye\n\nramananda raya ai/a gajapati-satige\nr�ananda raya, aji tomara prema-gur;�a\nramananda ray a suni' prabhura agamana\nramesvara dekhi' tahan kari/a visr�a\nrandhane nipur;�a tan-sama nahi tribhuvane\n\n11.15\n11.58\n9.319\n9.199\n9.298\n\n216\n241\n84\n16\n74\n\nsabei asibe suni' prabhura agamana\nsabe meli' gelii sri-advaitera pasa\nsabe meli' navadvipe ekatra hailii\nsaci iinandita, iira yata bhakta-gar;�a\nsadhya-siidhana ami nii jani bhala-mate\n\nratha-age nrtya karibena premavi$ta haila\nratha-yatra-dine prabhu saba bhakta lana\nratri-dine kr$r;�a-prema-ananda-vihvale\nriitri-kale raya punal) kai/a agamana\n\n11.54 239\n11.54 239\n10.109 161\n88\n9.328\n\nsadhya-sadhana-sre$tha janiiha amate\n\n13\n18\n18\n13\n\nsakala-vai$1)ava-sastra-madhye ati sara\n\n'sadhya-sre$tha' haya, -ei siistra-niriipar;�a\nsagaurava-priti iimiira tomiira upare\nsa jahati matirilloke\n\nravar;�a asitei sita antardhana kaila\nravar;�a dekhiya sit� /ai/a agnira sarar;�a\nr�var;�a haite agni kaila sit�ke �varar;�a\nr�var;�era �ge m�y�·sita pathai/a\n\n9.193\n9.202\n9.202\n9.193\n\n80\n\nsakala vai$r;�avera govinda kare samiidhana\nsak$!l! mahaprabhura dvitiya svariipa\nsilk$!!! par;�c;lu tumi, tomiira patni kunti\n\n�\n\n10.99 156\n48\n9.255\n48\n9.255\n9.257\n49\n11.146 286\n11.118\n9.240\n10.148\n10.110\n10.53\n\n273\n36\n182\n162\n134\n\n", "mad4#p0383": "354\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\nstik$tit sri-kr�(la, terlho nahe para-tantra\n\n10.15\n9.268\n11.128\n10.185\n10.162\n\n116\n57\n278\n202\n189\n\n10.9\n11.183\n11.197\n9.343\n10.79\n\n113\n303\n313\n94\n147\n\n11.8\n11.214\n11.211\n10.116\n9.299\n\n211\n321\n319\n165\n74\n\n11.146\n11.99\n9.350\n10.104\n10.108\n\n286\n261\n101\n158\n160\n\nsalokya-sar�ti-samipya\nsamaya dekhiya prabhu haifa kichu dhira\nsammana kariya prabhu rakhi/a nija sthane\nsampratika 'dui brahma' iharl 'ca/aca/a'\nsamprati karila terlho dak�i(la gamana\nsamudra-snana kari' kara cuc;la darasana\nsamudra-snana kari' prabhu aila nija sthane\nsamudrera tire asi' prabhure milila\nsamyak kahila mahaprabhura samacara\nsandarsanam vi�ayi(ltim atha yo�itam ca\nsandhya-dhupa dekhi' arambhi/a sarlkirtana\nsandhya-kale asi' punab prabhuke mili/a\nsarlgite-gandharva-sama, sastre brhaspati\n'sarlkarara(lya' nama tarlra a/pa vayasa\nsarlkare dekhiya prabhu kahe damodare\nsarlkirtana-yajne tanre kare aradhana\nsarlk$epe kahilwi, vistara na yaya var(lana\nsannyasa graha(la kaila vara(lasi giya\nsannyasa karila sikha-sutra-tyaga-rupa\nsannyasa-krc chamab santo\nsannyasi dekhiya more karaha vancana\nsannyasira ve$e more dila darasana\nsapta godavari aila kari' tirtha bahutara\nsaptata/a dekhi' prabhu alirlgana kaila\n'saptatala-vrk$a' dekhe kanana-bhitara\nsarva bhakta-garera mane haifa camatkara\nsarvabhauma bhattacarya anande ca/i/a\nsarvabhauma dekhite ai/a vai�(lava-milane\nsarvabhauma-ghare bhik$a karila asiya\n\n10.170 193\n9.272\n60\n23\n9.214\n84\n9.318\n81\n9.313\n81\n9.312\n11.17 217\n94\n9.343\n11.123 276\n98\n9.352\n11.6\n11.5\n10.50\n11.42\n\n210\n210\n133\n231\n\nsarvabhauma kahe, -prabhu, yogya tamara 10.36\n\n126\n213\n95\n245\n99\n\nsarvabhauma, kaha kena ayogya vacana\nsarvabhauma kahe,-ei prattiparudra raya\nsarvabhauma kahe,-ei raya bhavananda\nsarvabhauma kahe, -kainu aneka yatana\n\nsarvabhaume namaskari' tarlhare puchila\nsarva-dharman parityajya\nsarva-loka kaila prabhura parama satkara\nsarva-lokera utka(ltha yabe atyanta bac;lila\nsarva-sastre vai�(lavera ei suni5caya\nsarva vai�(lava dekhi' sukha bac;la paila\nsarva-vaimava irlho karibe samadhane\nsarva vai�(lava lana prabhu aila vasa cali'\nsasarire saptatala vaiku(llhe calila\nsasarire tala gela sri-vaiku(ltha-dhama\nsa susruvan matari bhargave(la\nsasvad-bhakti-vinodaya sa-madaya\nsathena kenapi vayam hathena\nsatvare asiya tanha milila prabhure\nsatyaraja-ramananda milila sabe asi'\nsatya-sita ani' dila rama-vidyamana\nsatya-vigraha kari' isvare karaha ni5caye\nsaundarya-madhurya-kr�(la-li/ara avadhi\nsei abhilii$e kare aisvarya prakasa\nsei acariye sabe sampradaya-sambandha\nsei chafe nistaraye samsarika jana\nsei damodara asi' da(lc;/avat haifa\nsei dina ca/i' iii/a payasvini-trre\nsei dui sthapa' tumi 'sadhya', 'sMhana'\nsei ghara amake deha'-ache prayojana\n\nsarvabhauma nilacale aila prabhu lana\n\n11.9\n9.344\n11.65\n\nsarvabhauma-sarlge ara lana nija-ga(la\n\n9.355\n\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\n\n11.243 333\n9.222\n28\n10.77 146\n10.117 165\n\nsarvabhauma kahe,-satya tamara vacana\n\nsri-vaikU(lthe Jsi' kaifa Vi$(1U darasana\nsrivasadi :ira yata bhakta-ga(la\nsrivasadi bhakta-garera haya pra(la-sama\n\n230\n56\n35\n121\n61\n\n11.170 297\n11.174 299\n11.238 331\n81\n9.313\n82\n9.315\n10.145\n10.119\n10.178\n10.95\n10.89\n\n180\n166\n198\n154\n151\n\n20\n9.206\n9.277\n62\n79\n9.308\n11.231 328\n9.275\n61\n10.11 114\n10.118 166\n9.234\n34\n59\n9.271\n11.176 300\n\nsei pancama puru�artha-puru�arthera sima\n\n9.285\n9.308\n11.55\n9.261\n\n68\n79\n239\n51\n\nsei pathe calila dekhi, sarva vai�(lava-ga(la\n\n9.336\n\n91\n\nsei ratri taharl rahi' tarlre krpa kari'\n\n25\n9.218\n99\n9.354\n11.102 264\n11.99 261\n2\n9.169\n\nsei grame vipra-grhe karena visrama\nsei jane, ye 'kar(lamrta' pac;le niravadhi\nsei-kale ekale tumi chac;li' raja-vesa\n\nsei ratri tarlra ghare rahila tanra prite\nsei se tiirlhare 'kr�(la' kari' la-ite pare\nsei ta' sumedha, ara-kali-hata-jana\nsei vipra-ghare dorlhe rahe eka-sarlge\n\nsarvabhauma mahaprabhura pac;lila cara(le\n\n11.41\n9.265\n9.236\n10.25\n9.274\n\nsei vipra mahaprabhuke kaila nimantra(la\nse-ka/e dak�i(la haite paramananda-puri\nsetubandhe asi' kaila dhanustirthe snana\nsiddhanta-sastra nahi 'brahma-samhita'ra\nsiddha-prapti-kale gosani ajna kaila more\nsighra nilaca/a yaite ttirlra iccha haifa\nsikhi mahati-nama ei likhanadhikari\nsimha-dvara c;lahine chac;li' saba vai�(lava-\n\n9.179\n10.91\n9.199\n9.239\n\n7\n152\n16\n36\n\n10.133\n10.93\n10.42\n11.125\n\n174\n153\n129\n277\n\n", "mad4#p0384": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nsiva-durgJ rahe tJhati brJhmar)era vese\nsivJnande kahe prabhu, -tomJra amate\nsita lafia rakhi/ena parvatlra sthane\nsitara akrti-maya harila rava(la\nsitayaradhito vahnis\n\n5\n9.175\n11.149 287\n19\n9.204\n9.192\n12\n9.211\n22\n\nsnana kari' gela adi-kesava-mandire\nsnana-yatra dekhi' prabhura haifa bac;/a sukha\nsnana-yatra-dine prabhura ananda hrdaya\nsnana-yatra kabe puchila bha�tere\nsneha-lesapek�a matra srl-kr�(la-krpara\n\n9.234\n11.62\n11.61\n11.60\n10.139\n\nsneha-vasa hafia kare svatantra acara\nsparsibara karya achuka, na paya darsana\nsrava(la-kirtana ha-ite kr�(le haya 'prema'\nsrava(larh kirtanarh Vi$(10Q\nsreyo hy evarh bhavatyas ca\n\n10.139 177\n9.192\n12\n51\n9.261\n50\n9.259\n10.146 181\n\nsri-haste parivesana kaila gaurahari\nsri-madhava-purira satige srl-ratiga-puri\nsriman pa(lc;/ita, ara vijaya, sridhara\nsriman pa(lc;/ita ei, srikanta, naraya(la\nsripada, dhara mora gosafiira sambandha\n\n11.199 314\n72\n9.295\n10.83 149\n11.89 255\n9.289\n69\n\nsrirama-pa(lc;/ita ara pa(lc;/ita damodara\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\nsrlvasadi karila prabhura cara(la vandana\nsrlvasadye kahe prabhu kari' maha-prita\n\n10.83\n9.365\n10.190\n11.129\n11.144\n\n149\n107\n204\n278\n285\n\nsrlvasa kahena, -kene kaha viparita\nsrivasa nace ara sampradaya-bhitara\nsrivasa-pa(lc;/ita iriha, pa(lc;/ita-vakresvara\nsrrigerimathe aila satikaracarya-sthane\nstri-darasana-sama Vi$era bhak�a(la\n\n11.145\n11.228\n11.84\n9.244\n11.7\n\n285\n327\n253\n39\n210\n\nstri-dhana dekhiiiia tanra /obha janmaila\nstuti kari' kahe ramananda-vivara(la\nsuddha haya yadi, prabhure kara'na srava(la\nsuddha kevala-prema satikara-upare\nsukhi haifa dekhi' prabhu vasara sarhsthana\n\n9.227\n10.51\n10.114\n11.147\n10.35\n\nsuklambara dekha, ei srldhara, vijaya\nsuna' saba bhattathari uthe astra /alia\nsuni' acarya-gosaiiira ananda ha-ila\nsuni' anandita haifa sabakara mana\n\n11.90\n9.231\n10.80\n10.26\n\nsuni' brahmananda kare hrdaye vicare\nsuni' gajapatira mane sukha upaji/a\nsunilana tamara ghare eka mahasaya\nsuni' mahaprabhu gela puri-gosaiiira pasa\n\n10.158 186\n11.59 242\n111\n10.5\n9.167\n\n355\n\nsuni' mahaprabhu haifa Jnandita mane\nsuniiia prabhura anandita haifa mana\nsuni' sivananda-sena premaVi$ta hafia\nsuni' tattvacarya haila antare /ajjita\nsunite na haya prabhura cittera ullasa\n\n9.203\n19\n9.207\n20\n11.150 287\n9.273\n60\n10.113 163\n\nsuniya anandita haifa saci-matara mana\nsuniya calila prabhu tanre dekhibare\nsuniya prabhura mane bac;/a sukha ha-ila\nsuniya rajara mane dubkha upajila\nsuniya sabara haifa parama ullasa\n\n10.77\n9.286\n11.168\n11.44\n10.78\n\n146\n68\n296\n232\n147\n\nsuniya sabara haifa parama ul/asa\nsunya-sthala dekhi' lokera haifa camatkara\nsurparaka-tirthe aila nyasi-siroma(li\nsuvar(la-var(lo hemango\nsvacchanda darsana karaiha, nahe yena\nsvapneha na karena tetiha raja-darasane\n\n10.85\n9.314\n9.280\n10.170\n11.121\n10.8\n\n150\n82\n64\n193\n275\n113\n\nsvargapavarga-narake�v\nsvarupa gosaiii, damodara, jagadananda\nsvarupa-gosaiii, prabhuke kaila nivedana\nsvarupa kahe, -prabhu, mora k$ama'\nsvarupa parik�a kai/e, pache prabhu sune\nsvarupera thani ache, /aha ta likhiya\nsyama-var(la jagannatha vasiyachena 'aca/a'\n\n9.270\n11.208\n11.202\n10.123\n10.112\n11.142\n10.166\n\n59\n318\n315\n170\n162\n284\n190\n\ntabe aji ihari asi' karibe bhojana\ntabe gauc;/a-dese aila kala-kr�(ladasa\ntabe govinda da(lc;/avat kaila acaryere\ntabe kene pa(lc;/ita saba tarihate vitr�(la?\ntabe mahaprabhu ai/a kr$(1a-ve(1va-tire\n\n11.183\n10.75\n11.79\n11.101\n9.304\n\n303\n146\n251\n264\n77\n\n31\n133\n164\n286\n126\n\ntabe mahaprabhu tahan vasila asane\ntabe mahaprabhu tarire asite ajiia diya\ntabe mahaprabhu tarire ghare pathai/a\ntabe mahaprabhu tanre kahite lagila\ntabe mahaprabhu tarire kaila alirigana\n\n10.34\n9.335\n10.61\n10.121\n10.51\n\n125\n91\n139\n169\n133\n\n257\n33\n148\n122\n\ntabe mahaprabhu tarire kaila arigikara\ntabe maya-sita agni kari antardhana\ntabe prabhu jagannathera mandira bec;/iya\ntabe prabhu kala-kr�(ladase bolai/a\n\n10.147 182\n9.206\n20\n11.220 323\n10.62 139\n\ntabe prabhu prasadanna govinda-hate dila\ntabe raja attalika haite talete aila\ntabe sabe bhame pac;/e da(lc;/avat haiia\ntabe sarvabhauma prabhura dak$i(1a-parsve\n\n11.206\n11.119\n10.48\n10.38\n\n34\n243\n243\n242\n177\n\nT\n\n�\n\n317\n274\n132\n127\n\n", "mad4#p0385": "356\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ntabe sei kr�tJadase gauc;le pathai/a\ntabe sita karibena paka-prayojana\ntabe svarupa kai/a nitaira cara(la vandana\ntabu tumi sparsa-ei isvara-lak�a(la\ntaha dekhi' prabhu duhkha pili/a antara\ntaha nil kariya kene khaiba anna-piina\n\n10.74\n9.183\n10.126\n10.54\n10.154\n11.111\n\ntahari dekha haifa eka brahma(la-sahite\ntahari eka aisvarya tarira ha-ifa prakatana\ntahari eka vipra tarire kaila nimantra(la\ntahiiri pac;li' raho, ekale kala goriaria\ntiihari pac;li' rahori,-mora ei vancha haya\n\ntara madhye iii/a pativrata-upakhyana\ntasmat paratararh devi\ntatha haite pa(lc;larapure !lila gauracandra\ntathapi bhakta-sarige haya sukhollasa\ntathapi kahiye ami eka upaya\n\n17\n9.200\n11.31 224\n&&\n9.282\n11.136 281\n11.53 238\n\n6\n9.178\n11.229 327\n9.283\n67\n11.166 295\n11.1& 7 296\n\ntath!lpi madhvacarya ye kariyache nirbandha\ntathapi na kare teriha raja-darasana\ntathapi prakare toma karaitama darasana\ntathapi rakhite tiirire bahu yatna kailuri\ntattvavadi acarya-saba-sastrete pravi(la\ntattvavadi-ga(la prabhuke 'mayavadi' jnane\n\n9.275\n11.43\n10.9\n10.16\n9.254\n9.250\n\ntiihari upaviisa, yiihiiri nahi mahii-prasiida\ntahara uddese prabhu ai/a satvare\ntiihii vinii anyatra niihi ei premiira gandha\ntaiche ei saba, -sabe kara arigikara\ntamala-kartika dekhi' !lila vetapani\n\n11.114 271\n9.228\n31\n9.289\n69\n10.40 128\n9.225\n30\n\ntavat karmii(li kurvita\nteriha-premadhina, tomara premateriha premavese kaila prabhure alirigana\nteriho jiva nahena, hana svatantra isvara\ntepus tapas te juhuvuh sasnur arya\n\n5&\n9.2&&\n11.52 238\n10.96 155\n10.13 115\n11.192 309\n\ntiirh jahara dasa-grivah\ntiimrapar(li sniina kari' tiimrapar(li-tire\ntarh vande gaura-jaladarh\ntiiriha haite adhika sukha tomiire dekhite\ntiirihiira mahima toke kahana nil yaya\n\n9.211\n22\n2&\n9.219\n10.1\n110\n11.138 282\n10.52 134\n\nthiikurera nikata, ara ha-ibe nirjane\nthiikurera nikata, haya parama nirjana\nti/akiinci iisi' kaila siva darasana\ntina bhiiira kirtane prabhu payena santo�a\ntina dina bhik�ii dila kari' nimantra(la\n\n10.20\n10.21\n9.220\n11.88\n9.17&\n\n119\n119\n2&\n255\n&\n\ntiirihare apana-seva karaite nil yuyaya\ntarira ajna lana iii/a puri kamako$lhi\ntiirira darsana tomara ghatana nii hay a\ntarira eka yogya putra kariyiiche sannyasa\ntiirira krpa nahe yare, pa(lc;lita nahe kene\n\n10.143 179\n6\n9.177\n112\n10.7\n74\n9.299\n11.103 2&5\n\ntina-dina preme dorihe krwa-katha range\ntirtha pavitra karite kare tirtha bhrama(la\ntirtha-yatra-katha ei kailuri samapana\ntirtha-yiitrii-kathii kahi' kaila jagara(la\ntirtha-yiitra-katha prabhu sakala kahila\n\n9.169\n10.11\n9.358\n9.355\n9.323\n\n2\n114\n101\n99\n8&\n\ntarira pratijnii -more nil karibe darasana\ntiirira putra saba sire dharila cara(la\ntiirira sarige jagannatha dekhibena giya\ntiirira sarige mahaprabhu kari i$tago$lhi\ntiirira sarige pur(la habe amara iinanda\n\n11.48\n10.60\n11.107\n9.177\n10.59\n\n234\n139\n268\n6\n138\n\ntirthi-kurvanti tirthani\ntoma chiic;li' anyatra genu, karinu pramada\ntoma chiic;li' papi muni genu anya desa\ntomii dekhi' 'kr�!Ja' haifa mora vidyamana\ntomake tad-rupa dekhi' hrdaya-satr�tJa\n\n10.12 114\n10.123 170\n10.124 170\n10.179 199\n10.176 196\n\ntiirire ilSvasiya prabhu karila gamana\ntilrire kichu kahe tarira arige hasta diya\ntiirire lana nilaca/e karilii prayii(la\ntarire nahi cine acarya, puchi/a damodare\ntarire prasna kaila prabhu hana yena dina\ntiirire yei bhaje tilrira saphala jivane\n\n9.197\n11.137\n10.94\n11.79\n9.254\n11.23\n\n15\n282\n154\n251\n47\n220\n\ntomiike ye priti kare, sei bhagyavan\ntoma lana nilacale kariba gamana\ntomara cara(la paila sei punar-janma\ntomiira cara(la vinu iira gati nai\n\n11.2& 221\n9.332\n90\n11.139 283\n10.44 130\n\ntiiri-sabara antare garva jani gauracandra\ntari-sabara vilamba dekhi' iii/aria tvarite\ntiiri-sabare cahi vasa prasada-samiidhiina\ntari-saba-sarige go�thi karila arambha\ntiipi sniina kari' !lila mahi�mati-pure\ntara astra tara arige pac;le hata haite\ntara eka prema-lesa nahika amiite\n\n9.253\n47\n10.100 156\n11.68 246\n47\n9.253\n79\n9.310\n9.232\n33\n11.25 221\n\ntomara cara(le mora nahi prema-lesa\ntomara cari-bhaira ami ha-iriu vikrita\ntomara dainya dekhi' mora vidir(la haya\ntomiira dak$i(la-gamana suni' sacT 'ai'\ntomara icchaya raja mora vi�aya chac;lai/a\n\n10.124 170\n11.144 285\n11.157 291\n10.72 144\n11.18 218\n\ntomiira krpii-piitra tate sarva-gu(le sre�tha\ntomara nama suni' haifa maha-premavesa\ntomara nikate rahi, -hena vancha haya\n\n11.140 283\n11.21 219\n9.172\n4\n\n145\n9\n171\n134\n184\n2&9\n\n&1\n231\n113\n117\n47\n4&\n\n", "mad4#p0386": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\ntomara pache pache ami kariba prayal)a\ntomara pavitra dharma nahika amate\ntomara prasade pai prabhura caral)a\ntomara sampradaye dekhi sei dui cihna\ntomara sparsa-yogya nahe papa kalevara\ntomara ye vartana, tumi khao sei vartana\ntomare bahu krpa kaila, kahe sarva-jana\ntomare prabhura avaiya ha-ibe prasada\ntoma-sama vai�Qava na dekhiluri eka-jana\ntomate ye eta priti ha-ifa riljara\ntritakope visalara kari' darasana\ntwa dui-guccha murari dasane dhariyil\ntr�ita cataka yaiche kare hahakilra\ntumi arigikilra kara,-kasi-misrera asa\n\n9.334\n90\n11.189 307\n10.27 122\n9.276\n62\n11.156 291\n11.22\n10.6\n11.51\n9.356\n11.27\n\n219\n112\n236\n100\n222\n\n9.279\n64\n11.154 290\n10.40 128\n10.36 126\n\n357\n\n11.90\n11.181\n10.61\n11.180\n9.183\n\n257\n303\n139\n302\n9\n\n11.69\n11.13\n10.4\nvasite asana di/a kari' namaskare\nvasiya achena mahaprabhu kr�Qa-katha-rarige 10.130\n11.142\nvasudeva anandita pustaka p!liia\n\n247\n215\n111\n172\n284\n\nvallabha-sena, ei puru�ottama, saiijaya\nVaQinatha aila bahu prasada pitha lana\nval)inatha-pattanayake nikate rakhila\nval)inatha-thaiii dila prasada vistara\nvanya silka-phala-miJ/a ilnibe /ak�mal)a\nvasa ildi ye cahiye, -par;licha saba diba\nvasaya giya bhattacarya cintita ha-ifa\n\nvasu kahe,-mukunda adau pili/a tomara\nvatsalye hayena teriha yena jagan-mata\nvedanta par;liya par;lao samasta /okere\n\ntumi-gaura-varl)a, teriha-syamalatumi nil vasile keha na kare bhojana\ntumi tiirire 'kr�Qa' kaha, tate satya mani\ntumi ye asibe, aji svapnete dekhi/a\ntvayapi labdharil bhagavann idanim\n\n10.164\n11.202\n10.17\n10.122\n11.151\n\n189\n315\n117\n169\n288\n\nveda-puriil)ete ei kahe nirantara\nvicchedavagraha-m/anavidurera ghare kr�Qa karila bhojane\nvidyanidhi-acarya, iriha paQr;/ita-gadadhara\nvidyapati, Cal)r;/idasa, sri-gita-govinda\n\nu\n\nvipra-grhe vasi' achena, dekhila t!lrihare\nvipra kahe,-jivane mora nahi prayojana\n\nur;fupite 'kr�Qa' dekhi, tahiiri haifa\nunmade karila teriha sannyasa grahal)e\nOrdhva-haste vasi' rahe sarva bhakta-gal)a\n'uthaha sripada' bali' bali/a vacana\nuthaiia mahaprabhu kaila !ilirigana\n\n41\n9.245\n10.107 159\n11.201 314\n9.288\n69\n10.120 168\n\nvipra kahe,-prabhu, mora araQye vasati\nvipra kahe, -tumi sak�at sri-raghunandana\nvipra-sabhaya sune tariha kiJrma-purill)a\nvirakta sannyasi amara raja-darasana\nvirakta sannyasi teriho rahena nirjane\n\nuthiyii ca/i/a, preme theha nahi paya\nutkal)lha haiiache, tomil milibare caya\nutkaQthita haiiache sabe toma milibilre\nuttama prakare prabhuke bhik�a karaila\n\n9.339\n11.5\n10.39\n9.217\n\n93\n210\n127\n25\n\nvi�ada kariya kichu kahite lagila\nvise�a sri-haste prabhu kare parivesana\nvi�Qu-diisa, -iriha dhyaye tomara caral)a\nvisrama karite sabe nija vasa gela\nvisvasa karaha tumi amara vacane\n\nv\n\nviththala-thakura dekhi' paila ananda\n'vyapya' 'vyapaka'-bhave 'jiva'-'brahme'\n\nvai�Qava-jiiane bahuta karila satkara\nvai�Qava-sabake dite maha-prasada di/a\nvai�Qava sakala par;le 'kr�Qa-karl)amrta'\n'vai�Qavata' sabara antare garva jani'\nvai�Qava, vaiwava-sastra, ei kahe marma\n\n9.251\n10.74\n9.305\n9.252\n9.362\n\n46\n145\n77\n47\n105\n\nvai�Qave milila asi' pathe bahu-rarige\nvai�Qavera ei haya eka svabhava ni5cala\nvai�Qavera parivesana karitechi ami\nvai�Qavere parivese tina jane-ananda\n\n11.126\n11.94\n10.13\n11.205\n11.208\n\n277\n258\n115\n316\n318\n\n9.194\n10.1\n10.138\n11.84\n10.5\n\n13\n110\n177\n253\n164\n\n9.286\n9.187\n9.182\n9.214\n9.200\n\n68\n10\n8\n23\n17\n\n11.7\n10.8\n11.44\n11.115\n10.45\n\n210\n113\n232\n272\n130\n\n11.211 319\n14\n9.195\n9.282\n66\n10.168 191\n\ny\nyabe yei ajiia, taha karibe sevane\nyada yam anugrhQati\n\nvai�Qavera aiche teja dekhi nahi ara\n\n148\n11.137 282\n11.139 283\n73\n9.297\n10.105 159\n\nvasudeva datta, gupta murari, sena sivananda 10.81\nvasudeva dekhi' prabhu anandita haiia\n\nyadi sei mahaprabhura nil pili krpa-dhana\nyadyapi apane piJrl)a sarvaisvarya-maya\nyadyapi mukunda-ilmil-sarige sisu haite\nyaha haite haya kr�Qa suddha-prema-jiiane\nyahari iccha, yaha, ama-sane nahi ara daya\n\n10.56\n11.118\n11.49\n11.135\n11.138\n9.207\n10.65\n\n137\n273\n235\n281\n282\n78\n141\n\n", "mad4#p0387": "358\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\nyahiin lana yaya, tahan yaya jiva-rathi\n\n11.37\n10.179\n11.173\n9.337\n11.100\n\n228\n199\n298\n92\n263\n\n11.117\n10.187\n9.36\n11.11\n\n273\n203\n106\n214\n\nyei tumi kaha, sei sammata amara\n\n11.133\n11.34\n11.170\n11.206\n\n280\n226\n297\n317\n\nye tanhara prema-arti dekhilun tomate\n\nyahan netra par;Je, tahan sri-kmJa sphuraya\nyahan yahiin kahe vasa, tahan deha' lana\nyahan yaya, loka uthe hari-dhvani kari'\nyajnaih sankirtana-prayair\nyanre krpa kari' karena hrdaye preral)a\nyata nada nadi yaiche samudre milaya\nyateka vicare, tata paya prema-d�na\nyathaher manasah k$obhas\nyathii-yogya milita sabakara sane\nyatha-yogya saba bhaktera karila milana\nyatha-yogya saba-sane anande mili/a\nyatna kari' haridasa-thakure pathiii/a\n\nyatropagiyate nityarh\nyavat achila sabe mahaprabhu-sange\nyeba iha sune, haya caitanyera dasa\nye caha, sei ajna deha' krpa kari'\nyei pathe pOrve prabhu kaila agamana\n\nyei vasaya haya prabhura sarva-samadhiina\nyei yabe iccha, tabe sei ajna dibe\nye me bhakta-janah partha\n\nyo dustyajan k$iti-suta-svajanartha-daran\nyoga-pa�ta na nita, nama haifa 'svaropa'\nyogya haile kariba, ayogya haile naya\n\n11.32 225\n11.241 332\n11.242 333\n11.178 301\n9.336\n91\n10.37\n10.35\n10.57\n11.28\n\n126\n126\n137\n222\n\n11.25 221\n9.269\n58\n10.108\n11.4\n\n", "mad4#p0388": "General Index\nNumerals in bold type indicate references to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\nverses. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\nA\n\nthree kinds of described in Vedas, 224\nbrahmaf!a detached from material, 7\nAcyuta ��i\n\nAbsolute Truth\n\nhis meditatio·n broken, 64\n\nfour principles for realization of, 1 OS\nmerging into existence of as contamina­\n\nAdi-kesava\nCaitanya discusses spiritual matters at,\n\ntion, 63\nthought to be void by nondevotees,\n\n35\nCaitanya overwhelmed by temple of,\n\n103\nSee also: Kr�r:Ja, Supreme Lord\n\n34\n\nAcarya Nandana\n\nAdi Pura!Ja\nquoted on devotees of Kr�r:Ja's servant,\n\nidentified by GopTnatha Acarya, 255\nAcaryanidhi\n\n223\nAdvaita Acarya\n\npleased to hear of Caitanya's return,\n\nhonored by Caitanya, 253\n\n149\n\nas vi�IJU-tattva, 120\n\nAcaryaratna\n\nglorified by Caitanya, 281\n\nembraced and glorified by Caitanya,\n\nembraced the devotees of NavadvTpa,\n\n293\nidentified by GopTnatha Acarya, 253\npleased to hear of Caitanya's return,\n149\n\n150\nexhibited ecstatic symptoms, 148\nGovinda offers garland to, 251-252\nheld a festival, 151\n\nAcaryas\n\noffered prayers to Caitanya, 278\n\ncan chant in solitary place, 300\n\nordered to dance by Caitanya, 327\n\nin line of Sarikaracarya named, 40\n\nSvarupa Damodara very dear to, 166\n\nof Madhva-sampradaya establish U<:JupT\n\nunhappy due to not receiving news of\n\nmonastery, 43\n\nCaitanya's return, 145\n\nrespected as SrTpada, 121\n\nAgastya Muni\n\nspiritual master follows previous, 117\n\nfour opinions concerning, 29\n\nof TattvavadTs learned in scripture, 48\n\nprayers offered to, 29\n\nSee also: Spiritual master, Pure devo-\n\nAgni\n\ntees\n\nas fire-god, 18\n\nAcintya-bhedabheda-tattva\n\nSTta takes shelter of, 18\n\nphilosophy of explained, 103-104\n\ntook STta to ParvatT, 19\n\npresented in Brahma-samhita, 37\n\nAham brahmasmi\n\nAcintya khalu ye bhava\n\nas slogan of Ramesvara, 39\n\ncited on process of spiritual under­\n\nAlabandaru Yamunacarya\n\nstanding, 14\n\nSivananda Sena recites verse by, 288\n\nActivities\n\nAlalanatha\n\nimpious can cause material happiness\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 92, 244\n\nor distress, 54\n\nAmlitala\n\nof castes and asramas dedicated to\nKr�r:Ja, 49\n\nof Vai�r:Javas taught by Caitanya, 115\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 29\nAnanta Padmanabha\nCaitanya visits, 37-38\n\npious activities preferred to impious, 54\n\n359\n\n", "mad4#p0389": "360\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nAnarpita-cariril cirat karut:Jayavatis-t:Ja/:1\n\n8\n\nverses quoted, 225\n\nAnasrta/:1 karma-phalaril\nverses quoted, 161\n\nAnavasara\nas period of retirement of jagannatha,\n243\n\nAt:J9antara-stha-paramat:Ju\nquoted, 192\nAnger\nas enemy of mind, 214\nAnxiety\nof Caitanya in jagannatha's absence,\n244\n\nAnyabhila�ita-sunyam\nquoted, 54\nApsaras\nsent by lndra to Acyuta ��i, 64\nAryan\none who chants the holy name is actually an, 309\nArjuna\nKr�t:�a fought to protect, 196\nstatement of Kr�t:�a to quoted, 223\n\nAsramas\nactivities of four dedicated to Kr�t:Ja, 49\nbest to execute duties of, 50\nAssociation\n\nBadarikasrama\nmonastery of Jyotir-ma�ha established\nat, 39\nSarikaracarya visits, 40\nvisited by Madhvacarya, 42\nBali Maharaja\nas part of parampara, 262\nBeauty\nwomen with great compared to Apsaras, 64\nBehavior\ngood discussed in Brahma-sarilhita, 3 7\nBengal\ncommunity of Bha��atharis in, 29\ndevotees arrive at Narendra Lake from,\n246\n\ndevotees coming to Puru�ottama-k�etra\nfrom, 244\nGopinatha Acarya identifies devotees\nfrom, 248\nhonor given to devotees of, 250\nKala Kr�t;�adasa sent to, 144-145\nParamananda plans pilgrimage to, 3\n\nBhagavad-gita\ncited on Lord arranging for necessities\nof His devotees, 311\n\nof pure devotee necessary for complete\npurification, 54\n\ncommentary on by Sarikaracarya, 40\nMadhvacarya's commentary on, 42\n\none can't leave the Lord's at any time,\n\nquoted, 306\nquoted on acintya-bhedabheda-tattva,\n\n141\n\nSupreme Lord takes pleasure in, 281\nwith Caitanya as means of liberation,\n256\n\nwith Lord as liberation, 58\n\nAtmanaril rathinaril viddhi\nverses quoted, 228\nAtom\nSupreme Lord is in, 192\nAttachment\nobstructing surrendering process must\nbe given up, 137\nAuthority\nfollowing in footsteps of, 15\nAusterity\nmeaning of given in Brahma-sarilhita, 37\nthose with meager can't obtain service\nof devotees, 225-226\n\n103\n\nquoted on always thinking of Kr�t:Ja, 237\nquoted on approaching supreme\ndestination, 136\nquoted on body as machine, 228\nquoted on determination of devotee,\n235\n\nquoted on Lord as knower in all bodies,\n192\n\nquoted on nature of spiritual world, 212\nquoted on receiving mercy, 273\nquoted on struggle with six senses, 289\nquoted on transcendental vision, 135\nquoted on true sannyasa, 161\nBhagavan Acarya\nremained under shelter of Caitanya,\n202\n\n", "mad4#p0390": "361\n\nGeneral Index\nBhagavata-dharma\nas supreme principle of religion, 263\nnever allows one to become cheap\nbriihmaQa, sannyiisi or Aryan, 310\n\nBhanatharis\n\nas nomads, 141\n\ncharacteristics of, 29\n\ncommunity of at Mallara-desa, 29\n\nBhiigavata PuriiQa\npropounds the highest truth, 52\nSee also: Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nBhakti\nmeans satisfying Kr�r:Ja, 54\nmust be unconditional, 236\nSee also: Devotional service\n\ncut to pieces, 33\n\nKala K r �r:J a d a s a r e s c u e d from b y\nCaitanya, 140\n\nmeet Kala Kr�r:Jadasa, 31-34\nmet by Caitanya, 32-34\n\nBhavananda Raya\n\nand sons meet Caitanya, 132-133\n\nBhakti-kiiQr;ia\nsame as upiisanii-kiiQr;:la, 54\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\nconversion of Bilvamar'lgala Thakura explained in, 197\n\nas father of Ramananda Raya, 132-133\nas Par:Jc;!u Maharaja, 134\n\nas sDdra, 135\n\nCaitanya touches heads of sons with\nlotus feet, 139\n\nquoted on conversion of Bilvamar'lgala\nThakura, 199\n\nBhakti-yoga\nas dharma, 263\nbegins with chanting, 263\n\nsurrenders to Caitanya, 136\n\nBhima River\n\nLord Caitanya bathes in, 76\n\nBhi�ma\n\nas part of parampara, 262\n\nquoted on Lord's favor to His devotee,\n\nprocess of described, 212\n\nSee also: Devotional service\n\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\ncited on Caitanya's mercy, 167\n\ncited on Caitanya's visit to Deity, 101\n\n196\n\nBhotanatha\n\nas name of Siva, 30\n\nBilvamar'lgala Thakura\nabandoned\n\ncited on impediments to devotional service, 164\n\nimpersonal\n\nrealization,\n\n197-198\n\nKr�Qa-karQamrta composed by, 77\n\ncited on karma-kJQr;ia activities, 54\n\ncited on Karma PuriiQa, 18\n\nresided on banks of Kr�r:Ja-venva River,\n\ncited on preachers, 265\n\nquoted on his becoming a maidservant\n\ncited on pilgrimage of Vai�r:Java, 115\ncited on Radha-Kr�r:Ja worship, 70\ncited on Sri Saila, 5\n\ndescribes sahajiyiis as most unfortunate,\n\n121\nquoted on Caitanya as Prabhupada, 120\nquoted on imitation of H a r i d a s a\nThakura, 311\n\nquoted on Mayavadi worship of imaginary forms, 102-103\nBhakti-siddhiinta-viruddha\npractically parallels Mayavada philosophy, 163\nBhaktivinoda Thakura\nas Vai�r:Java song writer, 255\nquoted on total surrender, 136-13 7\nBharata Maharaja\ndescribed by Sukadeva to Parik�it, 58\n\n77\n\nBirth\n\nof Kr�r:Ja, 199\nchance for release from in human body,\n\n288\n\nof Madhvacarya, 41\n\nvisiting Dhanustirtha liberates one from,\n\n17\nBlasphemy\n\nglorification can be form of, 201\n\nBody, material\n\nacceptance of gives rise to material existence, 288\n\ncompared to chariot, 228-229\n\nBrahma\n\nas part of parampara, 262\n\nas unable to receive the Lord's mercy,\n\n274\n\n", "mad4#p0391": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n362\n\nBrahma\ndevotee doesn't aspire for position of,\n\n198\ninitiation of described in\nsamhita, 37\nlived at Sri Saila, 5\n\nBrahma­\n\nCaitanya visited, 183-188\nhis deerskin not approved by Caitanya,\n\n185-188\n226-227\nremained at residence of Caitanya, 202\n\nquoted, 319\n\nBrahma-samhita\n\nBrahm acari\n\nas assistant of sannyasis, 39\n\na chapter of found by Caitanya, 35\n\nas supreme revelation of Govinda's glo-\n\nSarikaracarya as since birth, 40\nSvarOpa as name of in Sarikaracarya's\ndisciplic succession, 157\n\nries, 36\nCaitanya acquired Fifth Chapter of, 37\nCaitanya copies, 37\n\nBrahma-giri\n\nconsidered a jewel by Caitanya, 79\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 83\n\ncontents of Fifth Chapter of described,\n\nBrahman\n\nas bodily rays of the Lord, 192\n\n37\ncopied by Vai�l)avas, 285\n\nattained by transcending modes, 256\ndescribed in Brahma-samhita, 37\n\ngiven to Ramananda Raya by Caitanya,\n\njivas are, 190\n\n86\n\nmeditated on by Brahmananda Bharati\nsince birth, 195-196\nmerging in as hellish to devotee, 197\n\nquoted on all-pervasive nature of Lord,\nquoted on vision of devotee, 200-201\n\nn itya-siddha\n\nacts on platform of,\n256-257\nSupreme is all-pervading, 191-192\ntwo parts of seen by Brahmananda\nBharati, 189\n\nsupports devotional service, 87\n\nsupports Vai�l)ava vision of demigods,\n\n103\n\nBrahma-sutra\ncommentary on by Sarikaracarya, 40\nBrhaspati\n\nBrahmal)a\n\nas one of four var(Jas, 50\nParamananda\n\nkept by SvarOpa Damodara, 284\n\n192\n\nmerging into existence of, 52\n\nand\n\nacquired direct vision of Lord, 200\n\nRamananda Raya offers obeisances to,\n\nBrahma-bhUyaya kalpate\n\nCaitanya\n\nBrahmananda Bharati\n\nas priest of the heavenly gods, 165\nstay\n\nin\n\nSvaropa Damodara compared to, 165\n\nhouse of, 3\ncan't accept disciple from lower castes,\n\nc\n\n175-176\ncolony of established, 7\nGovinda as a, 175\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nBrahma­\n\nKr�Qadasa as, 31\n\nacquired Fifth Chapter of\n\none who\n\naffection of for Damodara Pal)c;iita, 286\n\nof Orissa called dasa, 129-130\nkeeps holy name on his\n\ntongue is greater than, 309\nPrahararaja as designation given to, 131\nSarvabhauma as, 117\nSiva and Durga lived like, 5\nspiritual initiation makes one, 178\nBrahmananda Bharati\naccepted by Caitanya as His spiritual\nmaster, 194-195\n\nsamhita, 37\n\nand Sarvabhauma\n\nvisit\n\nJagannatha\n\ntemple, 123\nand Sri Rariga Puri discuss Kr�Qa, 72\narrives at southern Mathura, 7\nas always glorifying conjugal love of\nGod, 167\n\nas Brahman, 189-190\n\nas crown jewel of sannyasis, 65\n\n", "mad4#p0392": "General Index\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\n363\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nas incarnation of Lord Ramacandra, 82\n\nas Kr�oa Himself, 116, 196, 197, 221,\n\n263-264\n\nas life and soul of devotees, 258\n\nas Lord of all prabhus, 120\nas mendicant, 60\n\ndelivered\n\nprasada\n\nto\n\nGovinda\n\nfor\n\nHaridasa, 317\n\ndelivers conditioned souls, 114\ndelivers\n\nKurma\n\nVipra, 22\n\nPuriiQa to\n\nRamadasa\n\ndescends in age of Kali, 261\n\nas Supreme Brahman, 192\n\ndescribes travels to Ramananda Raya,\n\nasked by devotees to send a person to\nBengal, 144-145\n\n86\ndevotees request return to PurT by, 244\n\nas son of SacT, 64\n\ndiscuss.ed Kr�oa day and night with\n\nas vi?Qu-tattva, 120\n\ndiscusses spiritual matters at Adi­\n\nbathes at DhanustTrtha, 17\n\ndistributed prasada Himself, 314, 332\n\nas very merciful, 112\n\nRamananda Raya, 89\n\nbathed in sea with devotees, 313\nbathes in BhTma River, 76\n\nkesava, 35\n\necstatic meeting of Paramananda PurT\n\nbathes in Pampa Lake, 83\n\nand, 155-156\n\nbathes in PayasvinT River, 34\n\necstatic meeting with devotees after His\n\nbathes in Tur'lgabhadra River, 39\n\necstatic meeting with Ramananda Raya,\n\nbathes in TapT River, 80\n\nbecame happy hearing vibration of Hari,\n\n92\n\nbecame\n\npatient\n\nprasada, 97\n\nbecame\n\nvery\n\nwhen\n\nHe\n\nreceived\n\nhappy\n\non\n\nseeing\n\nVasudeva Datta, 282\n\nBhavananda Raya surrenders to, 136\n\nbirthplace of, 72\n\ntravels, 93-95\n\n85\n\necstatic symptoms exhibited by, 96\nelder brother VisvarOpa, 75\n\nembraced and glorified devotees, 293\n\nembraced seven palm trees, 82\neverything belongs to, 301\n\nexhibited ecstatic love in various holy\nplaces, 103\n\nbreaks pride of TattvavadTs, 63\n\nexhibited ecstatic symptoms, 278\n\n284\ncannot understand pride of TattvavadTs,\n47\n\nexperienced ecstatic symptoms visiting\n\ncompared to a cloud, 110\n\nexquisite dancing of, 208\n\nbrought two books for Vasudeva Datta,\n\ncomplexion of, 263\nconfirms\n\nconclusion\n\nof\n\nS rimad­\n\nBhagavatam, 103\n\nconsidered a MayavadT, 46\n\nconsidered Brahma-sarilhita and Kr?QakarQiimrta as jewels, 79\n\nexhibited transformations of ecstatic\nlove during kirtana, 324\nLord Jagannatha, 96\n\nfeels absence of Jagannatha, 244\n\nfinds Brahma-sarilhitii chapter, 35\n\ngave Paramananda PurT one servant,\n\n157\n\nGovinda as personal servant of, 250,\n\n252\n\ncopies Brahma-sarilhitii, 37\n\nhonors Advaita Acarya, 253\n\ncould not see Murari and inquired, 290\n\ninforms SrT Rar'lga PurT of relationship\n\ndanced and chanted before Lord Jagannatha, 96\n\ndanced in middle of four sarikirtana parties, 321-331\n\ndecorated devotees with garlands and\nsandalwood pulp, 319\n\nwith Tsvara PurT, 71\n\ninquires on aim of life, 48\n\ninstructed GopTnatha Acarya to accommodate Vai�oavas, 298\n\nintroduced all the Vai�oavas to Ramananda Raya, 320\n\n", "mad4#p0393": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n364\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\ninvited to luncheon by Sarvabhauma\nBhagacarya, 97\nis not living entity, 115\nTSvara Puri as spiritual master of, 175\nleft Jagannatha Puri, 114\nmade very happy by singing of SvarOpa\nDamodara, 165\nmanifests ecstatic symptoms, 36\nmeeting of Vai��avas and, 276-303\nmeets with Bhagatharis, 32-34\nmeets Paramananda Puri, 2-4\nmet Vai��avas on road with great\njubilation, 277\nmind of disturbed by Murari Gupta's\nmeekness, 292\nmission of, 232-233\nMukunda much favored by, 283\nnarrates His pilgrimage for His personal\nassociates, 100\nnever pleased by rasabhasa, 163\nnitya-siddha as missionary of, 260\noffered garlands and sandalwood pulp\nto devotees, 280\noffered Lord jagannatha's remnants, 96\norders of must be carefully carried out,\n276\n\norders Ramananda Raya to Jagannatha\nPuri, 90-91\noverwhelmed by temple at Adi-Kesava,\n34\n\nperforms miracle, 327-328\nphilosophy of confirmed by Bhagavadgita, 103\n\nphilosophy of differs from Tattvavadis,\nso\n\npleased by talks with Ramananda Raya,\n100-101\n\npraises Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya as\nbest Vai��ava, 100-101\npraises Bhavananda Raya, 134\npreaches Kr��a consciousness religion,\n261\n\nprocess established by his example, 1 04\npurchased by Srivasa and brothers, 285\npure devotees undeviatingly meditate\nupon, 131\nquotes verses on devotional service, 51\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nRamananda Raya fulfills desires of, 138\nrasabhasa and bhakti-siddhanta-viruddha followers never accepted as\ndevotees of, 164\nreceives alms from Siva, 6\nreceives old manuscripts of Kurma\nPura(Ja, 21\n\nr e c o g n ized Haridasa Thakura as\nNamacarya, 311\nrejects Kala Kr��adasa, 141\nrelishes Kr?Qa-karQamrta, 78\nremained in Sarvabhauma Bha��acarya's\nhome, 99\nrequests solitary room in Jagannatha\nPuri, 300\nrescued Kala Kr��adasa from Bha��atharis, 140\nresidents of Jagannatha Puri anxious to\nmeet, 121-122\nrespectfully embraces Kasi Misra, 97\nreturned to Vidyanagara, 84\nreturns to· Jagannatha Puri, 245\nreveals four-armed form to Kasi Misra,\n125\n\nsaid He became perfect because of\nAdvaita's arrival, 281\nsaw deity Tryambaka in Nasika, 83\nseen again by Vai��avas on road to\nVidyanagara, 91\nsees bathing of Jagannatha, 243\nsees \"dancing Gopala\" Deity, 44\nsees goddess of fortune, 65\nsees Lariga-ga�esa, 65\nsees temple of Vi�h�hala Thakura, 66\nsends Kr��adasa ahead from Alalanatha,\n92\n\nshames Tattvavadi acarya, 60-61\nshould reside near Jagannatha, 119\nshowed Haridasa Thakura His residence, 310\nSivananda Sena's affection for great\nfrom the beginning, 287\nspecial mercy of on $arikara, 287\nspiritual master as respectable as,\n121\n\nSrivasa and other\nprayers to, 279\n\nVai��avas offer\n\n", "mad4#p0394": "General Index\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nstrictly follows rules for sannyasa order,\n113\nSvarOpa Damodara expansion of body\nof, 250\nSvarOpa Damodara second expansion\nof, 162\ntook lunch with associates at Sarvabhauma's house, 98\ntouches lotus feet to heads of sons of\nBhavananda Raya, 139\ntransformed by quality of His servant,\n305\ntwo books carried by, 79\nunderstood by mercy, 264-266\nuttered name of Vi�ou to save Himself,\n201\nVaoinatha as servant of, 137, 139\nv i s i o n of r e s t o r e d by S v a rop a\nDamodara, 169\nvisited Brahma-giri, 83\nvisited Nasika, 83\nvisited Sapta-godavari, 84\nvisited temples of all the demigods, 1 03\nvisited temples to set example, 103\nvisits Alalanatha, 244\nvisits Ananta Padmanabha, 37-38\nvisits Ciyac.Jatala, 27\nvisits Daoc.Jakaraoya, 80\nvisits Dhanustirtha, 80\nvisits Dvaipayani, 65\nvisits Grakaroa, 65\nvisits house of Kasi Misra, 124\nvisits Kamako��hi-puri, 6-7\nvisits Kalapura, 65\nvisits Kusavarta, 83\nvisits Malaya-parvata, 29\nvisits Mallara-desa, 29\nvisits Mahi�mati-pura, 80\nvisits Matsya-tirtha, 39\nvisits Paiicapsara-tirtha, 64\nvisits Paoc.Jarapura, 66\nvisits Ramesvara, 17\nvisits �wamuka mountain, 80\nvisits Saptatala, 81\nvisits Setubandha, 17\nvisits Siva temple at Lilakaiici, 27\nvisits Sri Rariga Puri, 68\n\n365\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nvisits Srrigeri-ma�ha, 39\nvisits Surparaka-tirtha, 65\nvisits Tamala-kartika, 30\nvisits temple of Jagannatha, 95\nvisits temple of K�ira-bhagavati, 65\nvisits temple of Ramacandra, 16\nvisits temple of Sri janardana, 38\nvisits temple of Vi�h�hala, 76\nvisits Urthas, 114\nvisits Tritakopa, 64\nvisits Uc_jupi, 41\nvisits Vetapani, 30\nvisits Vi�ou temple at Gajendramoh�aoa, 27\nwalks to Sri Saila, 5\nworships Kr�oa in madhurya-rasa, 225\nCaitanya-bhagavata\naddresses of respect described in, 121\nCaitanya-candramrta\nquoted on merging in Brahman as\nhellish, 197, 198\nCaitanya-candrodaya-nataka\nquoted on danger of looking at women,\n214-215\nquoted on mercy of Caitanya, 234\nquoted on principles of renunciation,\n212\nCaitanya-caritamrta\naddresses of respect described in,\n121\nquoted on empowered spiritual master,\n176\nquoted on mercy of spiritual master,\n237\nquoted on servant-master relationship,\n52\nquoted on vision of Vai�oavas, 104\nCaitanya dasa Gosvami\nwrote commentary on Bilvamarigala's\nbook, 78\nCaitanyananda Bharati\na s s p i r i t u al m a s t er of S v a rop a\nDamodara, 159\nCakra\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked\nHaridasa Thakura to offer obeisances\nto, 311\n\n", "mad4#p0395": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n366\n\nCamatpura\nvisited by Caitanya, 28\nCa�akya Pa�<;iita\nquoted on bad association, 213\nCa�<;iTdasa\npoems of made Caitanya happy, 165\nCape Comorin\nsame as KanyakumarT, 29\nCelibacy\nrequired on pilgrimage, 270\n\nChac;Jiya vai�Qava-seva nistara\nquoted, 142\nChanting\n\nabout Kr��a as highest attainment, 52\nadvanced devotees take pleasure in,\n53\n\nas approved method in age of Kali, 263\nas a profession, 265\nas best means to attain service to Kr��a,\n49\n\nas principle of religion, 261\nas process of devotional service, 51\nas worship for intelligent, 262-263\nfixes mind on Kr��a, 214\nin solitary place not for neophytes, 300\nof pure devotee is effective, 259\nsituates one in disciplic succession, 1OS\nChastity\nas quality of SacTmata, 74\n\nof women narrated in Karma PuriiQa, 17\nof women unsurpassed by STta, 18\nChildren\n\nD\nDak�a\nas head of Prajapatis, 274\nas unable to receive the Lord's mercy,\n274\n\nDamodara Pa�<;iita\nheads plan to help Kala Kr��adasa, 142\nas elder brother of Sarikara, 286\nCaitanya's affection for, 286\necstatic meeting of Caitanya and, 93-95\npleased to hear of Caitanya's return,\n149\n\nSarikara transcendentally\n\nolder then,\n\n287\n\nDamodara Svarupa\nSee: Svarupa Damodara\n\"Dancing Gopala\"\nDeity installed by Madhvacarya, 45\nDeity seen by Caitanya, 44\nDa�<;iakara�ya\nLord Ramacandra lives in forest of, 81\nSaptatala in forest of, 81\nvisited by Caitanya, 80\nDeath\nchance for release from in human body,\n288\n\nof Madhvacarya, 43\nof Sarikaracarya, 41\nvisiting DhanustTrtha liberates one from,\n17\n\nDeity\n\ndifficult to give up, 58\nCiraiijTva\n\nappears to Madhvacarya in dream, 44\nassemblage for festival, 26\n\nidentified by GopTnatha Acarya, 258\nCitraketu\ncursed by ParvatT, 59\nCiya<;iatala\nCaitanya visits, 27\n\nCaitanya as worshipable, 115\nCaitanya sees Visala, 64\ndiscussed in Brahma-sarilhita, 37\nof \"dancing Gopala\", 44\n\nConditioned souls\ndelivered by Caitanya, 114\n\nduties of discussed in Brahma-sarilhita,\n37\n\npreacher devotees are not considered\nas, 256\nCora-parvatT\nvisited by Caitanya, 65\n\nof Gopala worshiped by TattvavadTs, 45\nof Kr��a at U<;iupT, 41\nof Ramacandra and Lak�ma�a, 28\nof Ramacandra and STta, 27\nof Ramacandra at Amlitala, 29\nof Ramacandra at Vetapani, 30\nof Ramacandra replaced with Siva\nDeity, 27-28\nof Sr.rigeri-ma�ha, 39\n\n", "mad4#p0396": "General Index\n\nDeity\none can always remain on spiritual pi<\nform by worshiping, 319\n\nDevotees\n\neyes of anointed with pulp of love, 201\n\nfrom Bengal identified by Gopinatha\nAcarya, 248-258\n\nrevealed in gopi-candana, 42, 45\nworship as process of devotional ser­\n\n367\n\nhighly advanced, 35\n\nl:aiva/ya as hellish to, 197\n\nvice, 51\n\nKr��a's favor to His, 196\n\nDemigods\nabodes of as phantasmagoria to devo­\n\nKr��a presents Himself before vision of\n\ntee, 197-198\ndesire blessings of goddess of fortune,\n\nadvanced, 200-201\nmeditate on lotus feet of Caitanya, 130\nmercy of Kr��a gotten by mercy of, 241\n\n58\nlived at Sri Saila, 5\n\nneophyte should work hard, 300\n\nVedas recommend worship of, 224-225\n\nof Kha�c;la accompanied Advaita to\n\nDemon\nManiman as, 41\n\nJagannatha Puri, 152\nof Navadvipa became happy hearing of\n\nmay be in Caitanya's sampradaya, 265\nDesire\n\nCaitanya's .return, 147\nof Navadvipa decided to go to Jagan­\n\n·\n\nmukti as form of for Tattvavadis, 63\npure devotee free from material, 63\nDetermination\n\nnatha Puri, 151\nof Navadvipa, departed for Jagannatha\nPuri, 151\n\nof King Prataparudra, 234-238\nDevahOti\n\nof Navadvipa embraced by Advaita,\n150\n\nas mother of Kapila, 262\nunderstood influence of devotional service, 310\n\nof\n\nNavadvipa\n\npleased\n\nto\n\nhear\n\nof\n\nCaitanya's return, 148-150\npreaching work meant for advanced,\n\nDevi\n\n301\n\n.prayed to by mundaners for material\n\nqualities of, 224\n\nprofit, 103\n\nRamananda Raya as foremost of, 221\n\nSee also: Durga\n\nreal as servants of Kr��a's servant, 223\n\nDevotees\n\nreject liberation, 60\n\naccept any position without fear, 59\nall came to Caitanya's shelter, 203-204\nalways liberated, 52\nassembled\n\nin\n\nKasi Misra's residence\n\novercrowded, 279\nCaitanya accepts defeat at hands of His,\n195\nCaitanya is life and soul of, 258\ncompared to fields of grain, 110\ncompared to rivers, 109\nconsider hell, heaven, and liberation the\nsame, 59\ndifferent types of, 225\ndo not belong to material world, 256\ndo not reject a person rejected b- the\nLord, 142\nexhibit spontaneous love, 267\n\nrequest Caitanya's return to Puri, 244\nrescued from birth and death, 288289\nsee liberation as hellish, 57\nSupreme Lord takes pleasure in association with, 281\nSvarOpa Damodara as the life and soul\nof, 166\nunderstand highest truth, 52\nunhappy due to not receiving news of\nCaitanya's return, 145\nuntouched by material existence, 168\nvision of explained, 1 04\nDevotional service\na w ake ned\n\nby\n\nsrav af)aril kirta n am\n\nvi�f)o/:1, 52\nbecomes firm, 168\n\n", "mad4#p0397": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n368\n\nDevotional service\n\nCaitanya not pleased by statements\nagainst, 163\n\nDevahoti understood influence of, 310\nfirm determination in, 238\n\nfruitive activities must be used for, 55\n\ngetting seed of, 237\n\nimpediments to understood to be impure, 164\nknowledge of gained by studying Kr?Qaof\n\npresented in\n\ndescribed in Brahma-samhita, 37\n\nDurvasana\n\nCaitanya arrives at, 19\n\nCaitanya visited temple at, 16\n\nDu$(a mana! tumi kisera vai?Qava?\nquoted, 312\nDuties\n\nman, 55\n\nBrahma­\n\nof Vai�Qava, 115\n\nsamhita, 37\nnine processes of named, 51\n\none engaged in is called nitya-siddha,\n\n256\npure not favored by Madhvacarya\nsampradaya, 62-63\n\nsraval')arh kirtanam essential in, 54\n\nstimulated by Caitanya's mercy, 167\nsupported by\n\nas wife of Siva, 5\n\noccupational given up by first-class\n\nkarQamrta, 78\n\nmethods\n\nDurga\nas Parvati, 19\n\nof varl')asrama-dharma dedicated to\nKr�Qa, 49\n\nDvaipayani\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 65\n\nDvaraka\n\nboat heading for is saved, 42\n\nGovardhana monastery established at,\n\nBrahma-samhita and\n\nKr?t:�a-kart:�amrta, 87\n\nDhanustirtha\n\n39\n\nDvija Kamalakanta\n\ntaken by Paramananda Puri to )agannatha Puri, 154\n\nCaitanya bathes at, 17\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 80\nDharma\n\nE\n\nSee: Religion\nDharmab projjhita-kaitavo 'tra\nquoted, 52,55\n\nEconomic development\neveryone after success in, 52\n\nDharmam tu sak?ad-bhagavat-praQitarh\nquoted, 262\n\nDisciplic succession\n\nEcstatic symptoms\n\nexhibited by Advaita, 148\n\nfrom Salikaracarya, 40\n\nexhibited by Advaita and Caitanya, 278\n\nlogicians do not understand, 104\n\nexhibited by Sivananda Sena, 288\n\nof Madhavendra Puri connected with\n\nmanifested by Caitanya, 36, 69, 96, 169\n\nworship in ecstatic love, 70\n\nof one taking pleasure in chanting holy\n\nof Madhvacarya, 42\n\nof Madhvacarya-sampradaya named,\n\nname, 53\n\nEffulgence\nof devotees described, 259\n\n43-44\nof Madhvacarya subject to criticism, 43\nqualifications for situation in, 1 OS\n\nDisease\nchance for release from in human body,\nDream\n\n288\n\nDeity appears to Madhvacarya in, 44\n\nDurga\n\naddressed by Siva, 224\n\nEkadaQ(ii-sannyasis\ndistinguished from Vai�Qava sannyasis,\n\n39\n\nElements\n\nfive gross described in Brahma-samhita,\nEnvy\n\n37\nas enemy of mind, 214\n\nhearing with faith frees one from, 105\n\n", "mad4#p0398": "General Index\nEnvy\nof bona fide spiritual master by sahajiyas, 121\n\nF\nin scriptures necessary, 1 OS\npastimes\n\nFruitive activities\ncontamination associated with, 63\ndedicated to Lord, 54\nexecution of stressed in karma-kaf)qa,\n54\nfavored by Madhvacarya-sampradaya,\n62-63\nknowledge superior to, 55\n\nFaith\nhearing Caitanya's\n104-105\n\n369\n\nwith,\n\nin Caitanya required for sanklrtana, 265\nin Caitanya saves life of brahmaf)a, 15\nin words of acarya, 15\npossible through mercy of Lord, 273\nFasting\n\nmercy needed for extrication from, 2 74\nmust be utilized for devotional service,\n55\nrejected by devotees, 60\nFruitive workers\nrealization of as waste of time, 103\n\nas indirect order of Supreme, 271\nas regulation for pilgrimage, 269-270\nperformed by Ramacandra's devotee\nbrahmaf)a, 10-15\nrequired in absence of maha-prasada,\n271\nFather\norder of to be executed without consideration, 181\nFear\nas enemy of mind, 214\ndevotee accepts any position withou,\n59\nof losing post by lndra, 64\nsurrender without, 56\nFire, god of\nAgni as, 18\nbrahmaf)a to give up life by, 11\nSita brought before, 20, 23\nFood\n\nCaitanya receives remnants of Jagannatha's, 124\nCaitanya's unprepared, 8\ncooked for Caitanya, 25\noffered by brahmaf)a to Caitanya, 67\nSee also: Prasada\nForm of Lord\nCaitanya reveals four-armed to KasT\nMisra, 125\nrejected by Mayavada sampradaya, 63\nFruitive activities\nas painful and transient by nature, 55\ncondemned in all scripture, 53, 55\n\nG\nGadadhara Pa�c;lita\nembraced and glorified by Caitanya,\n293\nidentified by GopTnatha Acarya, 253\npleased to hear of Caitanya's return,\n149\nGajendra-mok�a�a\nCaitanya visits Vi��u temple at, 27\nGandharvas\nSvarOpa Damodara as expert a musician\nas, 165\nGa�esa\nexplained in Brahma-sarilhita, 37\nGarigadasa Pa�c;lita\nembraced and glorified by Caitanya,\n293\nidentified by GopTnatha Acarya, 254\nGanges\nParamananda plans to bathe in, 3\nGarbhodakasayT Vi��u\nexplained in Brahma-sarilhita, 37\nGauc;lTya-Vai��ava\nsanklrtana parties of, 66\nGaurangera sangi-gaf)e\nquoted, 256\nGaurahari\nas name of Caitanya, 190\nGayatrT mantra\norigin of explained in Brahma-sarilhita,\n37\n\n", "mad4#p0399": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n370\n\nGlorification\n\nGovinda\n\ncan be form of blasphemy, 201\ndevotees engage power of speech in,\n\nseen by devotee with eyes of love, 201\nGovinda\nas a sadra, 175-176\n\n224\n\nas Caitanya's personal servant, 250, 252\n\nGodavari River\nflows through DaQc;JakaraQya, 81\n\nas servant of TSvara Purl, 173-176, 251\n\nKusavarta source of, 83\n\noffers garland to\n\nGoddess of fortune\n\nAdvaita\n\nAcarya,\n\n251-252\n\nblessings of desired by demigods, 58\n\nserved all the Vai�Qavas, 182\n\ndescribed in Brahma-samhita, 37\n\ntakes prasada of JaganniHha, 249-250\n\nseen by Caitanya, 65\n\nGovinda dasa Thakura\nas Vai�Qava song writer, 255\n\nSita as supreme, 11\nGokarl)a\n\nGovinda Ghosh\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 255\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 65\nGoloka Vrndavana\n\nGuru-km;a-prasade paya\nquoted, 237\n\ndescribed in Brahma-samhita, 37\nGopi-candana\nreceived by Madhvacarya, 42, 45\n\nH\n\nGopinatha Acarya\nbenedicts Prataparudra, 245\nCaitanya instructs to serve Vai�Qavas,\n\nHappiness\nachieved by discharging duties of Kr�Qa\n\n298\ncleansed all the residential quarters, 303\n\nconsciousness, 118\nof affectionate dealings with Lord, 178\n\necstatic meeting of Caitanya and, 94-95\nidentifies Bengali devotees, 248\ninvited Caitanya and sannyasis, 316\nmet Vai�Qavas at Caitanya's place, 280\n\npious activities as cause of material, 54\nHare Kr�Qa mantra\nCaitanya fixed in His mission of chanting, 193\n\nshown all residential places, 302\n\nreligion means chanting, 262\n\nwatched meeting of Caitanya and\n\nSee also: Holy name\n\nVai�Qavas, 276\nHari\n\nGopis\nprayed to Katyayani to get Kr�Qa, 103\nseparation of from K[�l)a like Caitanya's,\n244\n\nspiritual master is as good as, 176\nSee also: K[�l)a, Supreme Lord\nHari-bhakti-vilasa\ncited on spiritual initiation, 178\n\nGosaiii\nSee: Gosvami\nGosvami\nsahajiyas call caste Prabhupada, 121\nspiritual master as, 70\ntitle of cannot be inherited, 70\nGosvamis, Six\nof Vrndavana named, 70\nGovinda\nHis form, position, and abode discussed\nin Brahma-samhita, 37\nHis glories revealed in Brahma-samhita,\n36\nis all-pervasive, 192\n\nHari Bhana\nembraced and glorified by Caitanya,\n293\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 254\nHaridasa Thakura\nbetter than any brahmaf)a or sannyasi,\n308\nborn in Mohammedan family, 311\nCaitanya happy to hear desire of, 296\nCaitanya showed His residence to, 310\nconsidered himself most fallen, 306\ndesire of expressed, 295-296\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 254\n\n", "mad4#p0400": "General Index\n\nHaridasa Thakura\noffered obeisances to Caitanya in the\n\n371\n\nHumility\n\nexemplified by Haridasa Thakura, 295\n\nroad, 293\n\none cannot imitate, 3' -312\n·,\n\npersonally visited by Caitanya every\nday, 311\n\npleased to hear of Caitanya's return,\n\nIllusion\n\nrecognized by Caitanya as Namacarya,\n\nlmpersonalism\n\n148\n\nas enemy of mind, 214\nBilvamaligala Thakura gave up,\n\n311\nrefused to come near temple, 295\nsolitary chanting of not to be imitated,\n300\nstayed with Govinda, 183\n\nHearing\n\nabout Kr�r:Ja as highest attainment, 52\nas process of devotional service, 51\n\nBhagavatam attaches one to Supreme\nLord, 52\n\nHeart\n\ncompared to charioteer, 228-229\n\nSyamasundara seen in devotee's, 201\n\nHeaven\n\n197-198\ndiscussed in Brahma-samhita, 37\n\npeople victimized by, 104\n\nlmpersonalists\n\nBhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT q1 •oted on,\n102-103\n\nIncarnations\n\ndiscussed in Brahma-samhita, 37\n\nIndependence\n\nmisused, 141\n\nIndia\n\ntitles of kings of, 216\n\nlndra\n\nSee: Heavenly planets\n\ndevotee doesn't aspire for position of,\n\nas phantasmagoria to devotee, 197-198\n\nsends Apsaras to Acyuta ��i, 64\n\nHeavenly planets\n\nsame as hell and liberation to devotee,\n59\n\nHell\n\nsame as heaven and liberation to devotee, 59\n\nHenotheism\n\nput forward by logicians, 104\n\nHoly name\n\nadvanced devotees take pleasure in\nchanting, 53\n\napproved method is chanting of, 263\n\nbhakti-yoga begins with chanting of,\n263\n\nchanted with mrdanga and karatalas,\n66\nhearing of merges devotee in bliss, 178\n\nof Hari vibrated wherever Caitanya\nwent, 92\n\npure devotee chants effectively, 259\nreligious principle is chanting of, 261\n\nHouseholders\n\ntemple worship entrusted to, 70\n\n198\nlndriyal)i hayan ahur\nverses quoted, 229\n\nInitiation, spiritual\n\none becomes a brahmal)a by, 178\n\nIntelligence\n\ncompared to driver of car, 229\n\nof Kr�r:Jadasa polluted, 31\nof\n\nParamananda\n\n131\n\nPrahararaja\n\npraised,\n\nused in service of Kr��a liberates one,\n256\nused to make devotees, 265\n\nworship without chanting shows lack\nof, 262\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\nmembers of leaving preaching activities,\n300\n\nIntoxication\n\nas enemy of mind, 214\n\nTsvara Puri\n\nas spiritual master of Caitanya, 175\n\n", "mad4#p0401": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n372\n\nTSvara Puri\n\nJagannatha Puri\n\nCaitanya informs Sri Rariga Puri of His\nrelationship with, 71\nGovinda as servant of, 173-176, 251\norders Govinda to serve Caitanya, 252\nTsvara/:r sarva-bhiitanaril\nverses quoted, 228\n\nAdvaita and devotees of Navadvipa\ntravel to, 152\nalso known as Puru�ottama, 121\nCaitanya awaited by residents of,\n\n121-122\nCaitanya left, 114\nCaitanya returns to, 245\nCaitanya should reside near, 119\n\nJ\n\ndescription given of sarikirtana at, 260\n\ndevotees informed of Caitanya's return\nto, 143-155\n\nJagadananda\necstatic meeting of Caitanya and, 93-95\n\ndevotees request Caitanya's return to,\n\nheads plan to help Kala Kr�oadasa, 142\n\n244\n\nmet SvarOpa Damodara, 171\n\nParamananda plans pilgrimage to, 3-5\n\nRamananda Raya offered obeisances to,\n\npure devotees serve as ornaments to,\n\n131\n\n226-227\nJagai and Madhai\ndelivered by Caitanya, 232\nJagannatha Deity\nas Brahman, 189-190\nCaitanya feels absence of, 244\nCaitanya receives remnants of food\nfrom servants of, 124\nCaitanya's dancing in temple of, 208\nCaitanya sees bathing of, 243\nCaitanya wore thread from, 194\nJanardana renovates body of, 128\nKasiSvara ushered Caitanya into temple\nof, 203\nPradyumna Misra as great servitor of,\n\n129\n\nresidents of compared to cataka birds,\n\n128\nSarvabhauma introduces inhabitants of,\n\n127\njanaka\n\nas part of parampara, 262\n\njanardana\nrenovates body of Jagannatha, 128\nJayadeva Gosvami\n\nas author of Sri Gita-govinda, 165\n}fiana-kanda\ncondemned in all scripture, 55\nlove of God not attained by, 54\n\nJunior Haridasa\nstayed with Govinda, 183\n\nPrataparudra inquires about bathing of,\n\n242\n\nK\n\nPrataparudra Raya as servant of, 213\nPrataparudra visits temple of, 216\nRamananda Raya went to temple of,\n\n230\nsuperintendent of temple of offered\nrespects to Caitanya, 297\nsuperintendent of temple of requested\norders from Caitanya, 298\nSvarOpa Damodara and Govinda take\n\nprasada of, 249-250\n\ntemple visited by Caitanya and Sarvabhauma, 123\nJagannatha Misra\nSri Rariga Puri and Madhavendra Puri\nvisited house of, 73\n\nKaivalya\nas hellish to devotee, 197\nKaivalyaril narakayate tridasa-pur\nverses quoted, 197\nKala Kr�oadasa\naccompanied Caitanya on His South Indian tour, 140\nallured by gypsies' women, 141\nas carrier of golden cane, 129\nas servant accompanying Caitanya, 31\nbathes in Payasvini River, 34\nCaitanya c o n s i d e r s c h a r a cter o f ,\n\n140-141\n\n", "mad4#p0402": "General Index\n\nKala Kr�r:Jadasa\nCaitanya grabs hair of, 34\nCaitanya refuses responsibility for,\n141\ncries upon being rejected by Caitanya,\n142, 144\nmet with Bhattatharis, 31-34\nsent to Bengal, 145\nwent first to Sacimata in Navadvipa,\n146\nKalapura\nvisited by Caitanya, 65\nKali-kale-dharma\n\nquoted, 263\nKali-yuga\nchanting as approved method in age of,\n263\nno genuine religious principles in, 105\npurpose of Caitanya's appearance in,\n225, 261\nKama-gayatri\n\ndiscussed in Brahma-sarilhita, 37\nKamako��hi-puri\nCaitanya visits, 6-7\nKarxlas\n\nas divisions of Vedas, 54\nKanyakumari\nsame as Cape Comorin, 29\nvisited by Caitanya, 29\nKapila\nas part of parampara, 262\nas son of DevahOti, 262\nKarma\n\ndedicated to Lord, 54\nsame as fruitive activities, 54\nSee also: Fruitive activities\nKarma-karxla\n\ncondemned in all scripture, 55\nlove of God not attained by, 54\nKasi Misra\nCaitanya reveals four-armed form to,\n125\nCaitanya visits house of, 124\nmeets Sarvabhauma, 120\noffered respects to Caitanya, 297\nParamananda Puri stayed at house of,\n157\nresidence of insufficient for assembled\ndevotees, 279\n\n373\n\nKasi Misra\nr e s p e c t f u l l y e m b r a c e d by Lo r d\nCaitanya, 97\nrequested orders from Caitanya, 298\nspecial qualificiations of house of, 119\nVai�r:Javas proceeded toward house of,\n277\nKasisvara\nas servant of lsvara Puri, 174-176\nholy places visited by, 174, 175\nushered Caitanya into Jagannatha\ntemple, 203\nKa�aka\nas former capitol of King Prataparudra;\n216\n_\n\nKatha Upani�ad\n\nquoted on nature of spirit, 14\nquoted on soul as passenger in car of\nbody, 228-229\nKatyayani\nprayed to by gopis to get Kr�r:Ja, 103\nKhar:J9a\ndevotees of accompanied Advaita to\nJagannatha Puri, 152\nGopinatha Acarya identifies residents\nof, 258\nKhurda\nas capitol of King Prataparudra, 216\nKing\none in renounced order shouldn't meet,\n211-214\nKirata, hDQiindhra-pulinda, pulkasa\n\nverse quoted, 135\nKnowledge\nas superior to fruitive activities, 55\nas understanding body and its owner,\n192\nBhagavatam as fruit of Vedic, 55\nKr�Qa-karQamrta\n\nCaitanya's reaction to hearing, 78\ncomposed by Bilvamarigala Thakura,\n77\nconsidered a jewel by Caitanya, 79\ncopied by Vai�r:Javas, 285\ncopy of kept by SvarOpa Damodara,\n284\ngiven to Ramananda Raya by Caitanya,\n86\nother books with same name as, 77\n\n", "mad4#p0403": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n374\n\nKulina-grama\n\nKr$f)a-karf)iimrta\nstudying of elevates one to knowledge\nof pure devotional service, 78\n\nsupports devotional service, 87\n\nas part of paramparii, 262\n\nKr�!Jadasa Kaviraja Gosvami\n\nunable to receive the Lord's mercy, 274\n\ncalls himself greedy and shameless, 102\nwrote commentary on Bilvamaligala's\nbook, 78\n\nas spiritual master of everyone, 178\nCaitanya and Sri Raliga Puri discuss, 72\n263-264\n\nas wife of Bhavananda Raya, 134\ncontains chaste woman's narration, 17\n\nLord Caitanya visits holy places of, 77\nKr��Ja\n\nas,\n\nKunti\nKarma Puriif)a\n\nKr��Ja-vel)va River\n\nCaitanya\n\ninhabitants of join Advaita, 152\nKumaras\n\n1 16, 196, 197,\n\n221,\n\nCaitanya receives old manuscripts of,\n21\n\ncited on Raval)a kidnapping Sita, 19\nquoted on deliverance of Sita to Ramacandra, 23\nKuruk�etra, Battle of\n\nchanting fixed mind on, 214\n\nKr��Ja broke promise not to fight in, 196\n\ncomplexion of, 263\n\nKusavarta\n\nDeity of at Uc;lupi, 41\nDeity of holds lump of food, 42\ndependent on His affection, 177-178\ngives direct audience through His mer-\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 83\nKutakacala\nas forest where ��abhadeva burned, 1\n\ncy, 200\n\nL\n\nMadhvacarya's meditation on, 42\nmercy of gotten by mercy of devotee,\nLaghu-bhagavatamrta\n\n241\nquoted on qualities of devotees, 224\nstatement of to Arjuna, 223\nworshiped by Caitanya in miidhuryarasa, 225\nquoted, 176\n\naccepted orders of Ramacandra, 181\n\nDeity of at Camatpura, 27, 28\n\nKrtamala River\n\nLamentation\n\nCaitanya bathes in, 8, 15\n\naccompanying material desire also\n\nK�atriya\nas one of four varf)as, 50\n\ncan't be disciple of briihmaf)a, 175-176\nPrataparudra as, 117\nof\n\nsaintly\n\npersons,\n\n117-118\nK�etrajnaril ciipi miiril viddhi\nverses quoted, 192\nK�ira-bhagavati\ntemple of visited by Caitanya, 65\nKulasekhara\n\nas ruler of Madura, 7\n\nKulina-grama\nGopinatha Acarya identifies residents\nof, 257\n\nLak�mal)a\nbrought food from forest for Caitanya,\n9\n\nKr�f)a-sakti vinii nahe tara\n\norders\n\n223\nquoted on service to Vai�l)avas, 224\n\nworshiped alone, 70\n\nfollows\n\nquoted on devotees of Kr��Ja's servant,\n\nvanishes, 168\nLaliga-gal)esa\nseen by Caitanya, 65\nLeaders\ntake instruction from saintly persons,\n\n117-118\nLiberation\nby understanding dharma, 263\ndedication of duties to Kr��Ja makes one\neligible for, 49\ndevotee always on platform of, 52\nfive kinds described, 57-58\ninsignificant to pure devotee, 58, 60\nof associates of Caitanya, 256\n\n", "mad4#p0404": "General Index\nLiberation\nsame as hell and heaven to devotee, 57,\n\n375\n\nMadhavendra Puri\n\naccepted Madvhacarya-sampradaya,\n63\n\n59\n\nLion gate\n\nas root of worship in ecstatic love,\n\nLiving entities\n\nas spiritual master of Sri Ranga Puri, 68\n\nas main gate of jagannatha temple, 277\n\nvisited house of jagannatha Misra, 73\n\nas localized, 191-192\n\nas predominated, 192\nattain\n\nrelease\n\nupon\n\nSupreme Lord, 289\n\nMadhurya-rasa\nsurrender\n\nto\n\nCaitanya is not one of, 115\n\ncompared to charioteers, 228-229\n\ndescribed in Brahma-sarhhita, 37\nsize of, 192\n\nstruggling hard in material nature, 167,\n289\nLocana dasa Thakura\n\nas supreme spiritual activity, 225\n\nMadhvacarya\n\nas authority on party policy, 61\n\nCaitanya visits place of, 41\ndreams of Deity, 44\n\nlife history of summarized, 41-44\n\nMadhvacarya-sampradaya\n\naccepted by Madhavendra Puri, 63\n\naccepts transcendental form of God, 63\n\nas Vai�J)ava song writer, 255\n\nMadhva-vijaya\n\nchanting engages mind at, 214\n\nMadura\n\nLotus feet of Kr��Ja\n\nmind cleansed by connection with, 167\n\nLove of God\n\nas highest goal according to Caitanya,\n50\n\nCaitanya's dancing merged world in,\n208\n\n<;aitanya inundated by ecstasy of, 71\ndescribed in Brahma-sarhhita, 37\n\nas reference on Madhvacarya, 43\nSee: Mathura\n\nMaha-balesvara\n\nas famous temple of Siva, 65\n\nMahabharata\n\ncited on Sorparaka, 65\n\nquoted on qualities of Caitanya, 193\nquoted on Sahadeva's victory, 80\n\nsummarized by Madhvacarya, 43\n\ndevotees exhibit spontaneous, 267\n\nMahajano yena gatab sa\n\nKr��Ja seen directly by, 200-201\n\nMaha-mantra\n\ndistributed by Caitanya, 225\n\nMadhavendra Puri as root of worship in\necstatic, 69-70\n\nnot attained by karma-kar:u;la or jt'ianaka�Jr;:/a, 54\n\nprema-satikirtana as chanting in, 261\nSri Ranga Puri inundated by ecstasy of,\n\ncited on accepting authority, 15\nchanted by Haridasa Thakura, 305\nMaha-prasada\nimpious cannot understand value of\nholy name and, 319\n\nMaha-prasade govinde\nverse quoted, 318\n\n71\n\nMaharawa\n\ntaparudra, 219\n\nMahatma\n\nsymptoms of displayed by King Pravision of divine described in BrahmaLust\n\n69-70\n\nsatikirtana spread in province of, 66\n\nsymptoms of, 235\n\nSee also: Devotee, Pure devotees\n\nsarhhita, 37\nas enemy of mind, 214\n\nMaha-Visnu\n·\nthe � riginal\n\np �esented in\n\nBrahma­\n\nsarhhita, 37\n\nM\nMadhava Ghosh\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 255\n\nMahendra-saila\n\nCaitanya saw Parasurama at, 16\n\nMahi�mati-pura\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 80\n\n", "mad4#p0405": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n376\n\nMalaya-parvata\nvisited by Caitanya, 29\n\nMallara-desa\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 29\nMaril ca yo 'vyabhicarel)a\nquoted, 256\nMaril hi partha vyapasritya\nverse quoted, 136\nMamaivarilso jiva-loke\nverses quoted, 289\nManasa, deha, geha, yo kichu mora\nquoted, 136\nManiman\nas demon, 41\nMan-mana bhava mad-bhakto\nverses quoted, 54, 237\n\nManu\n\nMayapura\ndevotees should perform sankirtana at,\n\n260\n\nMayavada philosophy\nbad results of indulging in, 163\n\ncauses atheism, 104\n\nPuo<;larika Puri as follower of, 43\n\nSarikaracarya converts scholars to, 41\n\nMayavadis\n\nbelieve that the Deity is illusion, 103\nCaitanya mistaken for one of, 46\n\nreject transcendental form of Lord, 63\n\ntry to prove there is no difference between the living entity and Lord, 306\n\nMeditation\n\nof Acyuta ��i broken, 64\n\nof devotees on lotus feet of Caitanya,\n\nas unable to receive the Lord's mercy,\n\n274\nManu-sarilhita\ncited on dress of renounced person,\nMarici\n\n185\n\nunable to receive the Lord's mercy, 274\n\nMaterial existence\n\narising out of acceptance of the mate­\n\n130\n\nof pure devotees upon Caitanya is undeviating, 131\n\nMental speculation\n\nas useless in understanding God, 266\n\ncontamination associated with, 63\n\nMercy\n\ndevotees more merciful than the Lord,\n\n142\n\nrial body, 288\n\nKr�oa gives direct audience through His,\n\nimpurities of, 307\n\nneeded for extrication from fruitive ac­\n\nneither servant nor master in touch with\nMaterialists\n\nas venomous snakes, 213-214\n\nseeing of compared to drinking poison,\n\n211-214\nMathura\nCaitanya arrives at southern, 1\nCaitanya delivers Kurma Pural)a to\nRamadasa Vipra there, 22\n\nMatsya-tirtha\n\nCaitanya visits, 39\nMaya\n\n200\n\ntivities, 274\n\nnot properly received by great devotees, 274\n\nof Caitanya drives away material lamentation, 167\n\nof Caitanya for Brahmananda Bharati,\n\n200\n\nof Caitanya shown to His devotees, 204\nof Kr�Da gotten by devotee's, 241\n\nof Lord not subjected to Vedic regulations, 176-178\n\nbeing freed from one can again become\n\nof Sarvabhauma needed to attain the\n\ncan allure one away from Caitanya, 141\n\nof spiritual master and Kr�oa, 237\n\na pure servant, 308\n\none falls under influence of by misuse\nof free will, 307\n\nunlimited, 307\n\nMaya tatam idaril sarvaril\nquoted, 103\n\nLord's shelter, 122\n\nof spiritual master can be bestowed on\nanyone, 176\n\nof Supreme Lord always available to\nfallen souls, 289\n\nof the glance of Caitanya, 198\n\n", "mad4#p0406": "General Index\nMercy\none's life defeated without Lord's, 235\nrequired for faith, 273\nrequired to u n d e rstand Caitanya,\n264-266\nSriviisa and brothers purchased by\nCaitanya's, 285\nMerging\nas insignificant to pure devotee, 58\ninto Lord's body as liberation, 58\nMind\ncleansed by connection with lotus feet\nof Lord, 167\ncompared to driving instrument, 229\ndistress of interferes with service of\nbrahmaQa, 25\nexplained in Brahma-sarhhita, 37\nof devotee dedicated to Kr�rya, 224\nof pure devotee fixed in service, 58\npolluted relieved by dedicating karma\nto Lord, 54\nPrataparudra worshiped Caitanya in his,\n237\nsix enemies of, 214\nused in service of Kr�rya liberates one,\n256\nMiseries\nthreefold uprooted, 52\nMukti\nas form of desire for Tattvavadis, 63\nMukunda\nas friend of Caitanya's from childhood,\n282\ncame from Kharyc;la to accompany\nAdvaita to ]agannatha Puri, 152\necstatic meeting of Caitanya and, 93-95\nheads plan to help Kala Kr�ryadasa, 142\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 258\nmet SvarOpa Damodara, 171\nmuch favored by Caitanya, 283\nRamananda Raya offered obeisances to,\n226-227\ntranscendental rebirth of, 283\nMurari Brahmarya\nas constantly meditating on Caitanya,\n130\nMurari Gupta\ndid not meet the Lord at first, 289\n\n377\n\nMurari Gupta\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 254\npleased to _hear of Caitanya's return,\n148\nran away from Caitanya, 291\nrequested by Caitanya to restrain\nhumility, 292\nwent before Caitanya with humility,\n290\nMurari Mahiti\nas brother of Sikhi Mahiti, 130\n\nN\nNandai\nstayed with Govinda, 183\nNai�arh matis tavad urukramarighrirh\nverses quoted, 241\nNarendra Lake\ndevotees from Bengal arrive at, 246\nNarottama dasa Thakura\nas Vai�ryava song writer, 255\nmission of Caitanya described by, 233\nsong of quoted on serving devotees,\n142\nquoted on associates of Caitanya, 256\nNarada Muni\nas part of parampara, 262\nas unable to receive the Lord's mercy,\n274\ninstructs Pracinabarhi, 274\nNarahari\ncame from Kharyc;la to accompany\nAdvaita to Jagannatha Puri, 152\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 258\nNarayarya\ndevotee of accepts any position without fear, 59\ndevotees of consider hell, heaven, and\nliberation the same, 59\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 255\nVi�h�hala Thakura as form of, 66\nNarmada River\nvisited by Caitanya, 80\nNa sarhdrse ti�thati rapam asya\nverses quoted, 14\n\n", "mad4#p0407": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n378\n\nNasika\nCaitanya visited, 83\nNavadvipa\nas birthplace of Caitanya, 72\nvisited by Sri Rariga Puri and Madhavendra Puri, 73\nNaya-tripati\nas location of Vi�Qu temple, 26\nNilacala\nSee: Jagannatha Puri, 91\nNirvindhya River\nCaitanya bathed in, 80\nNityananda\naddressed as Prabhupada, 120\nas vi�Qu-tattva, 120\necstatic meeting of Caitanya and, 93-95\nembraced SvarOpa Damodara in ecstasy\nof love, 171\nheads plan to help Kala Kr�Qadasa, 142\nordered to dance by Caitanya, 327\nRamananda Raya offered obeisances to,\n226-227\nSvarOpa Damodara very dear to, 166\nwith Caitanya at Kasi Misra's house, 125\nNitya-siddha\n\nas missionary of Caitanya, 260\ndevotee is called, 256\npreaching as business of, 256\nworks on Brahman platform, 256-257\nNitya-siddha kari' mane\n\nquoted, 256\n\np\nPaqicha\n\noffered garlands and sandalwood pulp\nto everyone, 321\nPadma PuriiQa\n\nquoted on service to Vai�Qavas, 224\nPampa Lake\nCaitanya bathed in, 83\nPanagac;li\nCaitanya sees Deities at, 27\nDeities of Ramacandra and Sita at, 27\nPaiicapsara-tirtha\nvisited by Caitanya, 64\nvisited by Ramacandra, 64\nPaiicopasana\nexplained, 104\nPaQc;iarapura\nas place where Sarikaracarya attained\nperfection, 75\nvisited by Caitanya, 66\nPaQc;iavas\nas sons of Bhavananda Raya, 134\nPaQc;lita NarayaQa\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 254\nPaQc;iu Maharaja\nas Bhavananda Raya, 134\nPaQc;iya-desa\nTamraparQi in, 25\nParabhavas tavad abodha-jato yavan\n\nNityo nityanarh cetanas cetananam\n\nquoted, 192\nNrsirhhananda\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 254\n\n0\nOffenses\ncommitted against spiritual master, 121\nOld age\nchance for release from in human body,\n288\nOpulences\ndifficult to give up material, 58\npossessing same as Lord's as liberation,\n57-58\n\nquoted, 235\nParamananda Prahararaja\nalso known as Mahapatra, 131\nParamananda Puri\necstatic meeting of Caitanya and,\n155-156\nexpresses desire to stay with Caitanya,\n156\nmeets Caitanya, 2-4\nplans pilgrimage, 3\nRamananda Raya offered obeisances to,\n226-227\nstayed at Kasi Misra's house, 157\nstays at ��abha Hill, 2\nSvaropa Damodara offered prayers to,\n'172\ntraveled along the Ganges, 153\n\n", "mad4#p0408": "General Index\n\nParamaharilsas\n\naddressed by title Thakura, 295\n\nfree from sense gratification, 70\nParamatma\nis expanded everywhere, 192\n\nPrataparudra arranges for devotees',\n246-247\nserved on plantain leaves, 314\ntaken by Var:Jinatha, 268-269\nthe Lord orders devotees to take, 271\ntranscendental, not ordinary food, 318\nPrataparudra\narranges for devotees' prasada, 246-247\nas fully surrendered soul, 233\nas k�atriya, 117\nas servant of Jagannatha, 213\nbenedicted by Gopinatha Acarya, 245\ndesires audience with Caitanya, 112\ndetermination of, 234-238\nfollows instruction of Sarvabhauma,\n242\n\ninquires about bathing of Jagannatha,\n242\nmeets Sarvabhauma, 111-119\nreleased Ramananda Raya from service,\n218-220\n�arvabhauma requested Caitanya to\nmeet, 210-213\nvisits temple of Jagannatha, 216\n\nwatched satikirtana from top of palace,\n330\n\nPrayers\ncomposed by Madhvacarya, 42\ndiscussed in Brahma-sarilhita, 37\noffered to Agastya Muni, 29\noffered to Caitanya by Advaita first, 278\noffered to Caitanya by Srivasa Thakura\nand other Vai�r:Javas, 279\noffered to Paramananda Puri by SvarOpa\nDamodara, 172\noffering as process of devotional service, 51\nPremaiijana-cchurita-bhakti\n\nverses quoted, 200\nPrema-satikirtana\n\nas chanting in love of God, 261\nPural)as\n\ncited on spiritual substance, 13\n\n379\n\nPur!iQas\nquoted on orders of spiritual master,\n\n181\nPurandara Acarya\nembraced and glorified by Caitanya,\n293\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 253\n\nPure devotees\ndo not accept impure principles, 164\nfree from all desire, 63\nmind·of fixed in service, 58\nno relief from maya without service of,\n142\nobtaining service of, 225-226\nperform unparalleled satikirtana, 259\npurify holy places, 270\nreject five kinds of liberation, 57\nserve as ornaments to Jagannatha Puri,\n131\n\nstudy Kr�Qa-karQamrta, 77\nPurification\nassociation of devotees necessary for,\n54\nof places of pilgrimage by saints, 115\nof those addicted to sinful acts, 136\nParampara\npersonalities of named, 262\nprinciples of religion handed down in,\n262\n\nSee also: Disciplic succession\nParas tasmat tu bhavo 'nyo\nverses quoted, 212\nParasurama\nkilled his mother, 181\nParik�it\nSukadeva described King Bharata to, 58\nParvati\nas goddess Durga, 19\ncurses Citraketu, 59\nPastimes of Caitanya\nas unlimited, 102\nnot properly describable, 102\nresult of analytical study of, 106\n\nPastimes of Kr�r:Ja\ncan be seen everywhere, 168\n\nd i s c u s s e d by S a r v a b h a u m a a n d\nCaitanya, 173\nthe Lord takes pleasure in, 281\n\n", "mad4#p0409": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n380\n\nPastimes of Kr��a\nunderstood by reading Kr$Qa-karQamrta,\n79\nPatita-pavana-hetu tava avatara\nverses quoted, 233\nPayasvini River\nCaitanya and K[�r)adasa bathe in, 34\ntemple of Sarikara-narayar)a at bank of,\n\n38\nPeace\nCaitanya firmly situated in His, 193\nPersonalism\ndiscussed in Brahma-samhita, 37\nPhalgu-tirtha\nCaitanya visits, 63\nPleasure\nof chanting holy name, 53\nPrabhu-guQe bhrtya vika/a, prabhu bhrtyeguQe\nquoted, 306\n\nPrabhupada\nNityananda addressed as, 120\nsahajiyas don't address Vai��avas as,\n121\nsame as Om Vi��upada, 121\nPrabodhananda Sarasvati\nas author of Caitanya-candramrta, 197\nPracinabarhi\ninstructed by Narada, 274\nPradyumna Misra\nas great servitor of Jagannatha, 129\n\nPrahlada Maharaja\nas part of parampara, 262\nquoted on mercy of pure devotee, 241\nPrakrta-sahajiya\n\nby engaging in rasabhasa, one becomes\na, 163\nPrasada\nCaitanya sent Haridasa, 311\n\nKala Kr�r;1adasa distributed Lord Jagannatha's, 145\nnever to be considered like ordinary\nhotel cooking, 319\n\noffense committed by neglecting to\ntake, 271-272\nof J a g a n natha t a k e n by Svarupa\nDamodara and Govinda, 249-250\npilgrimage of saints meant for, 114\n\nPOrQaQ suddho nityah-muktah\n\nquoted, 116\nPuru�ottama\nat Jagannatha Puri, 3\n\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 257\nsame as Jagannatha Puri, 121\n\nSarvabhauma introduces inhabitants of,\n127\nPuru�ottama Acarya\nas Svarupa Damodara, 15 7\nbecame madman when Caitanya took\nsannyasa, 158\nremained as a nai$thika-brahmacari, 160\n\nR\nRaghava Par;1<;lita\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 255\n\nRaghunananda\naccompanied Advaita to Jagannatha\nPuri, 152\nRaghunatha\ntemple of at Vetapa�i, 30\nRamabhadra Acarya\nremained under shelter of Caitanya,\n202\n\nRamacandra\n\nAgni delivered Sita to, 23\nas worshipable Deity of Siva, 17\nkilled Ravar)a, 20\nbrahmaQa meeting Caitanya as great\ndevotee of, 1\nCaitanya as incarnation of, 82\nDeity of at Amlitala, 29\nDeity of at Camatpura, 28\nDeity of at Panaga<;li, 27\nDeity of at Vetapar)i, 30\nin dress of sannyasi, 24\n\nLak�mar)a accepted orders of, 181\nlived in forest of Dar;1<;lakaranya, 81\ntemple of at Durvasana, 16\nvisited Pai'icapsara, 64\nRamadasa Vipra\nCaitanya remembers words of, 21\nfell down at feet of Caitanya, 23\nreceives Kurma PuriiQa from Caitanya,\n22\n\n", "mad4#p0410": "General Index\nRi'lmi'li\nstayed with Govinda, 183\nRi'lmalir'lga Siva\nalso known as Ri'lmesvara, 28\nRi'lmi'lnanda Ri'lya\nas foremost of all devotees, 221\nas resident of Kulina-gri'lma, 257\n\nas son of Bhavi'lnanda Raya, 132-133\ndiscussed Kr�t:�a day and night with\nCaitanya, 89\nembraced by Caitanya, 85\n\nfulfills desires of Caitanya, 138\nhears description of Caitanya's travels,\n86\njoined Advaita, 152\nmeeting of Caitanya and, 216-217\nmoves to )agannatha Puri, 90-91\n\noffers obeisances to devotees, 227\npleased by Caitanya's return, 84\nreceives Brahma-sarilhita and KmJa-kar-\n\n(lamrta from Caitanya, 86\nreleased from service by King Prataparudra, 218-220\ntalks with please Caitanya, 100-1 01\nwent to )agannatha temple, 230\nRamayana\ncited on Mahendra-saila, 16\nquoted on order of spiritual master, 181\nSaptati'ila mentioned in, 81\n\nRi'lmesvara\nalso known as Ramalinga Siva, 28\nas name of Siva, 30\nas Siva temple, 7\nCaitanya visits, 17\nsame as Setubandha, 3\nslogan of, 39\n\nRi'lvana\nkilled by Ramacandra, 20\nSita touched by, 11\nReligion\nabandoning all varieties of, 56\nas law of God, 262\n\nBhagavata-dharma as supreme principle\n\nof, 263\ncannot be manufactured, 262\nchanting as principle of, 261\n\ncharacteristics of described, 263\neveryone after success in, 52\ninvented by rascals, 262\nof Kr�t:�a consciousness preached by\nCaitanya, 261\nmaterially motivated rejected, 52\nno principles of in Kali-yuga, 105\n\nparampara gives principles of, 262\nRenounced order\ngoverned by regulative principles, 160\nSee also: Sannyasa\nRet:�uka\nas mother of Parasurama, 181\nRenunciation\nmeaning of, 160\nprinciples of for sannyasis, 211 214\nprinciple of praised in all scripture, 55\n��abhadeva\nburned to ashes, 1\n��abha Hill\nCaitanya arrives at, 1\nParamananda Puri stays at, 2\n��yamoka Mountain\nCaitanya visits, 80\n-\n\nRasas\n\nfive named, 225\nRasabhasa\nCaitanya did not like to hear, 163\nfollowers of sometimes adored by com­\n\nmon men, 164\nRatha-yatra\noccurrence of explained, 243\nRavat:�a\n\nas older brother of Vibhi�at:Ja, 17\n\nhas ten heads, 23\nkidnapped illusory form of Siti'l, 13, 19\n\n381\n\ns\nSabda-prama(la\n\nVedas called, 1 OS\nSacimata\nas mother of Caitanya, 64\nbecame happy hearing of Caitanya's\nreturn, 147\n\nqualities of, 74\nrespectfully provided everything for\nParamananda Puri, 153\n\n", "mad4#p0411": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n382\n\nSacimata\nunhappy due to not receiving news of\nCaitanya's return, 145\nvisited by Kala Kr�Qadasa, 146\nSahadeva\nvictory of at Mahi�mati-pura, 80\nSak�ad-dharitvena samasta-sastrai/:1\n\nquoted, 176\nSahajiyas\n\ndon't address Vai�Qava as Prabhupada,\n121\nequate gopis with mundaners, 103\nphilosophy of to become one with\nSupreme, 63\nSamapradaya\n\nqualification of Vai�Qava, 63\n\nSanatana-dharma\n\nchanting maha-mantra as the sum and\nsubstance, 1OS\nSatigita-damodara\n\nas book of music compiled by SvarOpa\nDamodara, 165\nSanjaya\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 257\nSarikara\nmet SvarOpa Damodara, 171\nspecial mercy of Caitanya on, 287\nDamodara PaQ<;lita as elder brother of,\n286\nSarikaracarya\ndisciplic succession from, 40\nestablished four centers, 39\nlife history of, 40-41\nSvarOpa name of a brahmacari in disciplic succession of, 157\nSarikara-narayarya\nCaitanya visits temple of, 38\nSarikara Pary<;lita\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 254\nSarikararaQya\naccepted sannyasa at young age, 74\nas son of Sacimata, 74\nas VisvarOpa, 75\nattained perfection at PaQ<;larapura, 75\nSarikara-sampradaya\nBrahmananda Bharati belonged to, 185\nSatikirtana\n\nastonished residents of Puri, 323, 330\n\nSatikirtana\n\nat Jagannatha Puri described, 260\nmovement spread by Tukarama, 66\nof Gho�a brothers pleases Caitanya,\n255\nof pure devotees unparalleled, 259\none must be favored to perform,\n264-266\nparties of Gau<;liya-Vai�Qavas, 66\npenetrated fourteen planetary systems,\n322\nperformed on basis of faith, 265\nperformed with great jubilation every\nday at Puri, 332\nPrataparudra watched from top of\npalace, 330\nshould be performed at Mayapura, 260\nSannyasa\n\naccepted by Madhvacarya, 41\ngranted by Sarikaracarya to MaQ<;lana\nMisra, 40\nMadhvacarya initiates disciples into\norder of, 42\nnot required in surrendered family, 137\nreceived by Sarikaracarya from Govinda, 40\ntaken by Vi�QU nrtha, 43\nSannyasi\n\nRamacandra in dress of, 24\nassumes designations, 39\nbrahmacari assistants of, 39\nSannyasis\n\nCaitanya as crown jewel of, 65\nprinciples of renunciation for, 211-214\nSacimata affectionate towards, 74\nten in Sarikara-sampradaya, 185\nten names for in the Vedic discipline,\n157\nSa pta-godavari\nvisited by Caitanya, 84\nSaptatala\nmentioned in RamayaQa, 81\nreturned to VaikuQthaloka, 82\ntrees of described, 81\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya\naccepted as authority on Kr�rya, 117\nand Caitanya visit Jagannatha temple,\n123\n\n", "mad4#p0412": "General Index\nS�rvabhauma Bhan�c�rya\n\nScriptures\n\nas brahma(la, 117\n\nSvarupa\n\nasked people to leave, 140\nastonished at determination of King Pra­\n\nmust include conception of God, 55\n\nSense gratification\n\nas addiction, 270\n\n245\n\neveryone after success in, 52\n\nparamaharilsa is free from, 70\n\nwith, 173\n\neats without washing, 272\n\nwoman as via medium for, 212\nSenses\n\nhears narration of Caitanya's pilgrimage,\n\ncompared to horses, 229\ncontrolled by devotional service, 70\n\n100\ninstructs Prataparudra, 242\n\nlike serpents with broken teeth to devo-\n\nintroduces inhabitants of Jagann�tha\nPuri, 127\ninvited Caitanya to luncheon, 97\n\ntee, 198\nvery strong, 301\nSeparation\n\nmassaged Lord Caitanya's legs, 99\n\nfrom Caitanya compared to drought,\n\nmediated dispute between Brahm�nan-\n\n110\n\nof Caitanya and Jagannatha, 243-244\n\nda Bharau, 191, 194\nmeets K�si Misra, 120\nmeets Prat�parudra, 111-119\n\nSetubandha\nCaitanya visits, 17\n\nmet Svarupa Damodara, 171\n\nSetubandha\n\npraised by Caitanya as best Vai�t:�ava,\n\nSex\n\nmet Vai�t:�ava at Caitanya's place, 280\n\n100-101\nrequested Caitanya to meet Ram�nan­\n\ninduces sleep, 270\nas brother of Murari Mahiti, 130\n\nda Raya, 210-213\n\nin charge of writing, 129\nSimhesvara\n\nas constantly meditating on Caitanya,\n\nwent to see assembly of Vai�t:�avas,\n\n276\n\nSarva-dharman parityajya\n\n130\nSin\n\nverse quoted, 54, 273\n\nKr�t:�a delivers one from reaction to, 56\n\nSarira avidya-jala\nquoted, 318\n\nSastras\n\nquoted on order of spiritual master,\n\n180-181\n\nSatataril kirtayanto maril\nverses quoted, 235\nSatyar�ja Kh�n\nas resident of Kulina-grama, 257\njoined Advaita, 152\n\nScriptures\n\ndisagreements among vanquished by\nCaitanya's mercy, 167\n\nmany different kinds of, 167\n\nsame as Ramesvara, 3\n\nSikhi Mahiti\n\nshelter of the Lord attained by mercy of,\n\n122\n\nas expert in as\n\nSelf-realization\n\nCaitanya discussed pastimes of Kr�t:�a\n\necstatic meeting of Caitanya and, 94-95\n\nD�modara\n\nBrhaspati, 165\n\nt�parudra, 236\nbrings Caitanya back to Jagannatha Puri,\n\n383\n\nsna\n\nneutralizing effects of, 270\narranged cooking for Caitanya, 9\nas daugther of Janaka, 18\n\nas supreme goddess of fortune, 11\nas wife of Ramacandra, 12, 18\nbrought before fire, 20, 23\ncan not be seen with material eyes, 12\n\nDeity of at P�naga<;Ji, 27\n\ndelivered to Ramacandra, 23\nin real form delivered to R�macandra,\n\n20\n\nkidnapped by Ravat:�a, 13, 19\ntaken by Agni to Parvati, 19\n\n", "mad4#p0413": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n384\n\nSita\n\nSpiritual master\n\nas confidential servant of the Lord, 120\n\ntakes shelter of Agni, 18\n\nas gosvami, 70\n\nSiva\nalso\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nRamesvara\n\nand\n\nBhOtanatha, 30\n\nand Durga lived as brahmaQas, 5-6\nas part of parampara, 262\n\nas unable to receive the Lord's mercy,\n\n274\ndiscussed in Brahma-samhita, 37\nf a m o u s temple of c a l l e d Mahabalesvara, 65\ngives alms to Caitanya, 6\nhis worshipable Deity is Rama, 17\n\nBharati\n\nconsidered by\n\nCaitanya as His, 184, 185\n\nCaitanya\n\naccepted\n\nBrahmananda\n\nBharati as His, 194-195\n\ncan bestow mercy on anyone, 176\nencourages everyone in spiritual life,\n\n135\ngenerally called gosafii, 295\nhas power of attorney from the Lord,\n\n176\nmercy of, 237\n\nlived with Devi at Sri Saila, 5\n\nmust follow previous acaryas, 117\n\nquoted on service to Vai�oava, 224\n\nour first duty is to satisfy, 241\n\npraises Citraketu, 59\n\norder of is very strong, 180-181\n\nseen by Vai�oavas as one with and dif-\n\nrespected as Sripada, 121\n\ntemple of at Gokaroa, 65\n\nservant\n\nferent from the Supreme Lord, 103\n\ntemple of at Pambam, 17\ntemple at Tilakanci seen by Caitanya,\n\n27\ntemples of named, 7\nSivananda Sena\naffection for Caitanya great from beginning, 287\n\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 254\n\npleased to hear of Caitanya's return,\n\n148\nrecites verse to Caitanya, 288\n\nSleep\n\nsahajiyas envious of bona fide, 121\n\nof is always respectable,\n179-180\nshows path of devotional service, 238\nwords of more worshipable than those\nof disciple, 195-196\n\nSravaQadi fuddha-citte\nquoted, 52\n\nSravaQam kirtanam\nnecessary in pure devotional service, 54\nawakens devotional service, 52\n\nSri Bhu-Varaha Deity\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 1 01\n\nSri Caitanya-candrodaya-nataka\n\ninduced by sex, 270\n\nquoted on Caitanya's praise of Sar­\n\ndirections for managing varl')asrama in,\n\nverses quoted on Caitanya's mercy, 167\n\nSmrti-sastra\n\n175-176\nSnana-yatra\nas annual ceremony of jagannatha, 128\n\nSpeculation\n\nSee: Mental speculation\n\nSpirit soul\nSoul\n\nBrahmananda\n\ncannot be seen by unintelligent, 14\ndiscourses on in Brahma-samhita, 37\n\nSpirit\n\nvabhauma Bhagacarya, 101\n\nSr!dara\n\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 257\n\npleased to hear of Caitanya's return,\n\n149\nSrldhara Svaml\ncited on material conception of success, 52\n\nSri Gita-govinda\nCaitanya made happy by singing of,\n\n165\n\nnever subject to material conception,\n\n13\nSpiritu�l master\n\nas best of the paramahamsas, 70\n\nSri Janardana\n\nCaitanya visits temple of, 38\n\nSrikanta\n\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 255\n\n", "mad4#p0414": "General Index\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\naddresses of respect described in, 121\nas ripened fruit of Vedic knowledge, 55\nCaitanya confirms conclusion of, 103\ncited on chanting, 263\ncited on condemnation of cheating\nreligions, 55\ncited on River Krtamala, 16\ncompiled by Vyasadeva, 52\nmeant for nonenvious persons, 1OS\nquoted, 309-310\nquot�d on Citraketu, 59\nquoted on ecstatic symptoms of chanting, 53\nquoted on four kinds of evidential\nproofs, 1 OS\nquoted on glroification of King Bharata,\n58\nquoted on hearing and chanting, 52\nquoted on importance of devotional\nservice, 55\nquoted on inspiration, 273-274\nquoted on liberation, 58\nquoted on Lord's favor to His devotee,\n196\nquoted on mercy of pure devotee, 241\nquoted on nature of spirit, 14\nquoted on processes of devotional service, 51\nquoted on purification, 115\nquoted on qualities of devotees, 224,\n225-226\nquoted on religion, 262\nquoted on spiritual inquiry, 235\nquoted on taking shelter of devotees,\n135-136\nquoted on understanding the Supreme,\n266\nquoted on Vedic regulative principles,\n56-57\n�riman Pal)c;lita\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 255\n�ripati\nsame as Vi�IJU, 26\n�ri Raghunandana\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 258\n�rirama Pal)c;lita\npleased to hear of Caitanya's return,\n149\n\n385\n\nSri Rariga Puri\nand Caitanya discuss Kr�IJa, 72\nas disciple qf Madhavendra Puri, 68\ndeparts for Dvaraka, 76\ninformed of relationship between\nCaitanya and TSvara Puri, 71\nremembers �acimata's qualities, 74\nvisited by Caitanya, 68\nvisited house ·of jagannatha Misra, 73\nSri Saila\nas location of Siva temple, 5\nas residence of Brahma, 5\nCaitanya walks to, 5\nSrivasa Thakura\nbecame happy hearing of Caitanya's\nreturn, 147\nCaitanya purchased by, 285\nembraced by Caitanya, along with\nVai�l)avas, 279\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 253\nordered to dance by Caitanya, 327\nSvarOpa Damodara very dear to, 166\nSri VaikurJtha\nvisited by Caitanya, 28\nSrrigeri-matha\nCaitanya visits, 39\nSruti/:1 pratyak�am aitihyam\n\nverses quoted, 1 OS\nStrength\nof Madhvacarya described, 42-43\nSthavara-jangama dekhe\n\nverses quoted, 104\n\nSOdra\n\nas one of four varQas, 50\nBhavananda Raya as, 135\ncan approach supreme destination, 136\ncan't be disciple of brahmaQa, 175-176\nGovinda as a, 175-176\nserves higher castes, 118\nVidura as a, 177-178\nSukadeva\nas part of parampara, 262\ndescribes King Bharata to Parik�it, 58\n,\nSuklambara\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 257\nSulocana\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 258\nSun\ndescribed in Brahma-sarhhita, 37\n\n", "mad4#p0415": "386\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nSundaresvara\nas Siva temple, 7\nSupreme Lord\naccepted by His mercy, 265-266\nas completely independent, 116-117\nas one, jivas as many, 190\ncharacteristics of, 115-116\ndirect and indirect orders of, 271\neveryone is servant of, 130\ngives inspiration, 273\nno one can defeat, 196\ntwo ways to render service to, 178\nas kind to fallen souls, 289\ndevotees more merciful than, 142\neager to congradulate servant, 306\nenergy of reminds Vai��ava of His form,\n104\nfavor of difficult for materialist to obtain, 167\nhas variety of eternal pastimes with\ndevotees, 281\nhearing and chanting about as highest\nattainment, 52\nmay sometimes be very hard, 142\none fallen away from a candidate for\nsuffering, 141\nservant of is heart of, 306\nsimultaneously one with and different\nfrom His creation, 1 03\nSurparaka-tirtha\nCaitanya visits, 65\nSurrender\nKasi Misra gives himself to Caitanya in\nfull, 125\nof Bhavananda Raya to Caitanya, 136\none must give up obstructions to process of, 137\nwithout fear, 56\nSva -nigamam apahiiya mat-pratijnam\nverses quoted, 196\nSvarOpa Damodara\naccepted sannyasa almost in madness,\n160\n\naccepted shelter of Caitanya after taking sannyasa, 161\nas different from Damodara Pa�9ita,\n286\n\nSvarOpa Damodara\nas expansion of Caitanya's body, 250\nas expert a musician as Candharvas,\n165\nas expert in scriptures as Brhaspati, 165\nas intimate friend of Caitanya, 157\nas life and soul of all the devotees\nheaded by Srivasa, 166\nbegs pardon for his offense, 170\nCaitanyananda BharatT spiritual master\nof, 159\ncalled Puru�ottama Acarya when under\nCaitanya's shelter at Navadvipa, 158\nchose to retain his bramacari title, 157\ndirectly represented Caitanya as His\nsecond expansion, 162\nenjoyed transcendental mellows in service of Lord, 161\nexamined all literary works before presenting them to Caitanya, 162-164\ngarlands Advaita Acarya, 251-252\ngiven residence by Caitanya, 172\nidentifies Covinda, 251\nkept copies of the two books, 284\nmet Sarvabhauma, 171\n\nnever approved rasabhasa or bhakti-sidd h a n t a-virud dha f o l l o w e r s as\nCau9iya Vai��avas, 164\noffered prayers to Paramananda Puri,\n172\npaid obeisances and recited verse to\nCaitanya, 166-167\nRamananda Raya offered obeisances to,\n226-227\nrestored Caitanya's vision, 169\nsang poems of Ca�Qidasa to Caitanya,\n165\ntakes prasada of jagannatha, 249-250\nworshipped lotus feet of Nityananda,\n171\nSvayambhuva Manu\nas part of parampara, 262\nSveUisvatara Upani�ad\nquoted on mercy of spiritual master,\n237\nSyamasundara\nseen in devotee's heart, 201\n\n", "mad4#p0416": "General Index\n\n387\n\nT\nTad vi�Qob paramarh padarh sada\nquoted, 229\nTamala-kartika\nvisited by Caitanya, 30\nTamrapari)T River\nCaitanya baths in, 26\nSrT Vaikul)tha situated on, 28\nthe Lord starts for, 25\nTan-mama-grahat:Jiidibhib\nquoted, 263\nTapT River\nCaitanya bathed in, 80\ntato ratnany upadaya\n\nu\nUc,iupT\nvisited by Caitanya, 41\nUniversal form\ndescribed in Brahma-sarhhita, 37\nUpadesamrta\nquoted on firm faith, 238\nUpani�ads\ncommentary on by Sar'lkaracarya, 40\nUpasana-kiiQqa\nsame as bhakti-kiit:Jqa, 54\n\nUtsahiin ni5cayiid dhairyiit\nquoted, 238\n\nverses quoted, 80\nTattvavadTs\nadvocate executing duties of van;as\nand asramas, 50\nas followers of Madhvacarya, 45\n\nas worshipers of Lak�mT-Narayal)a, 101\nconsidered Caitanya a MayavadT, 46\n\nnot pure Vai�l)avas, 101\n\nv\nVaikul)tha\nentire world like to devotee, 198\nliving in as liberation, 57\n\nspiritual world is in, 49\nVai�Qava\n\naccepts only Kr�l)a as Supreme, 104\n\nproud of their Vai�l)avism, 47\n\naccepts only prasiida, 319\n\nresidence of, 41\n\naddressed as prabhu, 120\n\ntbeir leader learned in scripture, 48\n\nas copied two books, 285\n\nworship \"dancing Gopala\", 45\n\nalways ready to help other Vai�l)avas,\n\nThakura\nas title to address the paramaharhsas,\n295\n\nTilakai'icT\nCaitanya visits Siva temple at, 27\nTirthi-kurvanti tirthani\nquoted, 270\nTridaQqi-sannyasis\nas Vai�l)avas, 39\nTritakOpa\nCaitanya visits, 64\nTryambaka deity\nvisited by Caitanya, 83\nTukarama\nspreads satikirtana movement, 66\nTungabhadra River\n\nCaitanya bathes in, 39\n\nTyaja durajana-sarhsargarh bhaja\nquoted, 213\n\n240\n\nCaitanya as rigid, 61\nCaitanya\n\npraises\n\nSarvabhauma\n\ntacarya as best of, 100-101\n\nBhat­\n\nchant holy name at intervals while taking prasada, 318\n\nduty of, 115\nGovinda served all the, 182\nmeeting of Caitanya and, 276-303\nmet KasT Misra and superintendent of\n)agannatha temple, 297\nPradyumna Misra as chief of, 129\npilgrimage of, 115\nqualification of sampradiiyas, 63\nremember transcendental form of the\nLord, 104\nrendering service to, 224-225\n\nsahajiyas not worthy of being called,\n121\n\n", "mad4#p0417": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n388\n\nVai�ryava\n\nVasudeva Datta\n\nsannyasis known as tridar:u;fi-sannyasis,\n\npleased to hear of Caitanya's return,\n148\n\n39\nshould avoid rasabhasa and bhakti-sid­\n\nVasudeva Gho�a\ncomposed Vai�ryava songs, 255\n\ndhanta viruddha, 163\n\nsong writers named, 255\n\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 255\n\nTattvavadis not pure, 101\n\nVedas\n\ncited on spiritual substance, 13\n\nVaisya\n\nas one of four varQas, 50\n\ncited on sravaQam, kirtanam, 52\n\ncan approach supreme destination, 136\n\nHaridasa Thakura constantly studying,\n308\n\ncan't be disciple of brahmaf!a, 175-176\nfollows king's orders, 118\nVaitararyi River\n\nhymns of discussed in Brahma-samhita,\n\n·\n\n37\n\nseparates material and spiritual worlds,\n\nquoted on Supreme and subordinate\nBrahman, 192\n\n212\nVakresvara Pandita\n·\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 253\n\nrecommend demigod worship, 224-225\nr e g u l ative principles of must be\n\nordered to dance by Caitanya, 327\n\npleased to hear of Caitanya's return,\n149\n\nsutdy of, 266\n\nVallabha Sena\n\nthree divisions of, 54, 224\n\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 257\n\nVedic culture\n\nVaryinatha\n\nten names for sannyasis in, 157\n\nas servant of Caitanya, 137, 139\n\nVetapani\n\nas son of Bhavananda Raya, 137\ndistributed\n\nfollowed, 56\nspeculators cannot understand God by\n\nm a h a-prasada\n\nto\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 30\nthe\n\nVai�ryavas, 299\ngiven large quantities of maha-prasada,\n302\ntakes maha-prasada, 268-269\nVararyasi\nSarikaracarya visits, 40\nVaraha\nDeity of at Srrigeri-matha, 39\n\nVibhi�ana\nas younger brother of Ravarya, 17\nVidagdha-madhava\n\nquoted on Caitanya's cult as supreme,\n225\nVidura\nas a sudra, 177-178\nquoted\n\non\n\nqualities\n\nof\n\ndevotees,\n\n225-226\nYudhi�thira spoke of purification to,\n\nVarl)as\n\nbest to execute duties of, 50\nfour named, 50\nVart:Jasrama-dharma\n\nduties of dedicated to Kr�rya, 49\nMadhvacarya school follows principle\n\n115\nVidyanagara\nCaitanya's return to, 84\nVidyanidhi Acarya\nembraced and glorified by Caitanya,\n293\n\nof, 63\nrules for managing smrti-sastra, 175-176\nVasudeva Datta\nadmitted his inferiority to his son, 283\nas father of Mukunda, 282\nCaitanya took greater pleasure seeing\nhim than seeing his son, 282\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 254\n\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 253\nVidyapati\npoems of made Caitanya happy, 165\nVidya-vinaya-sampanne\n\nverse quoted, 135\nVijaya\nidentified by Gopinatha Acarya, 257\n\n", "mad4#p0418": "General Index\nVijaya\npleased to hear of Caitanya's return,\n149\nVisa Ia\nDeity of seen by Caitanya, 64\nVi�QU\nalso known as Sripati, 26\nas ultimate goal of life, 229\nCaitanya uttered name of to save Himself, 201\nspiritual master as respectable as, 121\ntemple of Gajendra-mah�aQa, 27\ntemple of at Naya-tripati, 26\ntemple at Sri VaikuQtha, 28\ntruth about discussed in Brahmasarilhita, 37\n\nViththala Thakura as form of, 66\nworship of as topmost, 224-225\nVi�Qudasa\nas constantly meditating on Caitanya,\n130\nVi$QU-tattva\n\nCaitanya, Advaita, and Nityananda as,\n120\n\nVisvamitra Muni\nfell victim to lndra's plan, 64\nVisvanatha Cakravarti\nquoted on spiritual master as good as\nHari, 176\nVisvaropa\nas SankararaQya Svami, 75\nViththala Thakura\nas form of NarayaQa, 66\nas form of Vi�Qu, 66\ntemple of seen by Caitanya, 66\ntemple visited by Lord Caitanya; 76\nVrndavana\nGosvamis started temples of, 70\nVyasadeva\ncompiled Srimad-Bhagavatam, 52\ngives salagrama-sila to Madhvacarya, 43\nmeets with Madhvacarya, 42\n\n389\n\nWomen\nbeautiful compared to Apsaras, 64\ncan approach supreme destination, 136\ncheated by Bhattatharis, 28-29\ndistract saints, 64\neven made of wood are agitating,\n213-214\n\nnarration of chaste mentioned in Kurma\nPuraQa, 17\n\none in renounced order shouldn't meet,\n211-214\n\nSita as supreme of chaste, 18\nWorld, material\ndevotees do not belong to, 256\nliving being as false enjoyer of, 229\nliving entity morose in, 167\nlove of God in, 50\nwoman as via medium for sense gratification, 212\nWorld, spiritual\ndescribed as Brahma-sarhhita, 37\ndescribed in Gita, 212\nlove of God in, 50\none eligible for liberation is transferred\nto,49\nWorship\nby chanting is intelligent, 262-263\nCaitanya pleased with method of\nbrahmaQa's, 9\nin temples entrusted to householders,\n70\n\nof both Radha and Kr�Qa established,\n70\n\nof Deity at Uc;lupi, 42\nof Deity by Tattvavadis, 45\nsupreme form of, 224-225\n\ny\nYamaraja\nas part of parampara, 262\nYajur Veda\n\nas subject for Vedic study, 39\n\nw\nWomen\nas via media for sense gratification, 212\n\nYasya prasadad bhagavat-prasado\n\nquoted, 241\n\n. Yasyatma-buddhi/:1 kuQape\n\nverses quoted, 14\n\n", "mad4#p0419": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n390\n\nYe yatha mam prapadyante\nverse quoted, 306\nYoga-k$emam vahamy aham\nquoted, 311\nYoga-nidra\nexplained in Brahma-samhita, 37\n\nYogis\nmeditate for sense control, 198\nrealization of a waste of time and energy, 103\nYudhi��hira\nquoted on purification, 115\n\n", "mad4#p0420": "(continued from front flap)\nMadhya-lila (the middle period), the\n\nlongest of the three, is a detailed narration of\nSri Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels\nthroughout India as a renounced mendicant,\n\nteacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and\n\nmystic. Finally, Antya-IT/a (the final period)\n\nconcerns the last eighteen years of Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's manifest presence, spent in\nsemiseclusion in Jagannatha Puri, Orissa.\nDuring these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted\n\ndeeper and deeper into trances of spiritual\necstasy unparalleled in all of religious and\nliterary history, Eastern or Western.\n\n, Kr�oadasa Kaviraja Gosvami, the author of\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta, was a great saint and\n\na confidential disciple and student of\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami, the renowned\nascetic saint who was one of the most intimate disciples of Sri Caitanya. He commenced work on the text while in his late\nnineties and in failing health, as he vividly\ndescribes in the text itself: \"I have now become too old and disturbed in invalidity.\nWhile writing, my hands tremble. I cannot\nremember anything, nor can I see or hear\nproperly. Still I write, and this is a great\nwonder.\" That he nevertheless completed,\nunder such debilitating conditions, the\ngreatest literary gem of medieval India is\nsurely one of the wonders of literary history.\nThe English translation and commentary is\nthe work of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's\nmost distinguished scholar and teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought.\n\nHe himself is a disciplic descendant of Sri\nCaitanya, and his intimate familiarity with\nthe precepts of Caitanya Mahaprabhu eminently qualifies him to present this impor­\n\ntant classic to the English-speaking world.\nThe ease and clarity with which he expounds upon Sri Caitanya's precepts lures\n\neven a reader totally unfamiliar with Indian\n\nreligious tradition into a genuine understanding and appreciation of this profound\nand monumental work.\n\nThe entire text, with commentary, presented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust,\n\nrepresents a contribution of major impor­\n\ntance to the intellectual, cultural and\n\nspiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n", "mad4#p0421": "MADHYA-LILA\nVolume4\n\nSm\nCAI MYA­\n\nCAHITAMRTA\n•\n\n3M\n\nYaU#/�¥\n.��d'6'muu1�\na&��\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nt\\.C. Bhaktlvedanta\nSwami\nPrabhupada\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is the authorized work on the life and teachings of �ri\nKr��Ja Caitanya-the philosopher, saint, spiritucil preceptor, mystic and divine\nincarnation who pioneered a great social and religious movement in Sixteenth\nCentury India. His teachings, which embody the highest philosophical and\ntheolgoical truths, have a ffected centuries of religious and philosophical\nthinkers until the present day.\nThis translation and commentary on the original Bengali text is the work of\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupclda (pictured above), the\nworld's most distinguished scholar and teacher of Indian thought and culture\nand author of the best-selling Bhagavad-gita As It Is. This translation of Sri\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta represents a contribution of major importance to the\nintellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n•\n\nTHE\nBHAKTIVEDANTA\nBOOK TRUST\n\n", "mad4#p0422": "", "mad5#p0001": "-\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAMRTA\nMADHYA- LILA \\blume 5\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n", "mad5#p0002": "SRI CAITANYA-CARITAM6TA\nIt would not be inaccurate to say that Sri\nCaitanya-caritamrta is one of the most important works of historical and philosophical\nliterature ever written, in any language. It is\nthe principal work on the life and teachings\nof Sri Kr�l)a Caitanya, a divine incarnation of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Sri\nCaitanya is the pioneer of a great social and\nreligious movement which began in India a\nlittle less than five hundred years ago and\nwhich has directly and indirectly influenced\nthe subsequent course of religious and\n\nphilosophical thinking not only in India but\nin the recent West as well.\nAt a time when, in the West, man was\n\ndirecting his explorative spirit\n\ntoward\n\ncircumnavigating the world in search of new\noceans and continents and toward studying\nthe structure of the physical universe, Sri\nKr�l)a Caitanya, in the East, was inaugurating\nand masterminding a revolution directed inward, toward a scientific understanding of\nthe highest knowledge of man's spiritual\nnature.\nWithin his lifetime,\n\nSri Caitanya\n\ntransformed the face o f India i n four\nrespects: philosophically, by encountering,\ndefeating and converting the greatest philosophers and thinkers of his day; religiously,\nby organizing the largest, most widespread\ntheistic\n\nmovement\n\nin\n\nIndia's\n\nhistory;\n\nsocially, by his strong challenges against the\nreligious inequities of the caste system;\npolitically, by his organization of a massive\ncivil disobedience movement in Bengal, 450\nyears before Gandhi.\n\nThe text is divided into three sections\n\ncalled\n\n\"li/as.\" Adi-li/a\n\n(the early period)\n\ntraces his life from birth through his accep­\n\ntance of the renounced order, sannyasa, at\nthe age of twenty-four. This part includes his\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and\nearly philosophical confrontations, as well as\nh i s organization of the widespread\n\nsankirtana movement and his civil disobeof the\n\ndience against the repression\nMohammedan government.\n\n(continued on back flap)\n\n", "mad5#p0003": "-\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAMRTA\n•\n\n", "mad5#p0004": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\n\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-5 (15 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri Tsopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr�r;�a Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr�r;�a, The Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nKr�r;�a, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�r;�a\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Krsna Consciousness\nKrsna Consci��sness: The Matchless Gift\nB�ck to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\nA complete catalogue is available upon request\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "mad5#p0005": "All Glory to Sri Guru and Gaurariga\n\nSRI CAITJ\\NYJ\\CARITAIRTA\n•\n\nof K��Qadasa Kaviraja Gosvami\n\nMadhya-lila\nVolume Five\n\n\"The Pastimes of the lord at Ratha-yatra\nand the Gu�;��ica Temple\"\n\nwith the original Bengali lex�\nRoman rranslileralions, synonyms,\ntranslation and elaborate purports\n\nby\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the lnlernalional Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York ·los Angeles ·london· Bombay\n\n", "mad5#p0006": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 WatsekaAvenue\nLosAngeles, California 90034\n\n© 1975 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-93206\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-67-6\n\nFirst printing, 1975: 20,000 copies\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "mad5#p0007": "Contents\n\nvi\n\nIntroduction\n\nChapter 12\n\nThe Cleansing of the GuQ<;Iica Temple\n\n1\n\nChapter 13\n\nThe Ecstatic Dancing of the Lord at Ratha-yatra\n\n113\n\nChapter 14\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n223\n\nReferences\n\n347\n\nGlossary\n\n349\n\nBengali Pronunciation Guide\n\n355\n\nIndex of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n357\n\nGeneral Index\n\n375\n\nThe Author\n\n389\n\nv\n\n", "mad5#p0008": "Introduction\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is the principal work on the life and teachings of Sri\n\nKr�l)a Caitanya. Sri Caitanya is the pioneer of a great social and religious move­\n\nment which began in India a little less than five hundred years ago and which has\ndirectly and indirectly influenced the subsequent course of religious and phi­\n\nlosophical thinking not only in India but in the recent West as well.\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is regarded as a figure of great historical significance.\n\nHowever, our conventional method of historical analysis-that of seeing a man as\n\na product of his times-fails here. Sri Caitanya is a personality who transcends the\nlimited scope of historical settings.\n\nAt a time when, in the West, man was directing his explorative spirit toward\n\nstudying the structure of the physical universe and circumnavigating the world in\nsearch of new oceans and continents, Sri Kr�l)a Caitanya, in the East, was in­\n\naugurating and masterminding a revolution directed inward, toward a scientific\n\nunderstanding of the highest knowledge of man's spiritual nature.\n\nThe chief historical sources for the life of Sri Kr�l)a Caitanya are the ka(facas (di­\n\naries) kept by Murari Gupta and Svaropa Damodara Gosvami. Murari Gupta, a\n\nphysician and close associate of Sri Caitanya's, recorded extensive notes on the\nfirst twenty-four years of Sri Caitanya's life, culminating in his initiation into the\nrenounced order, sannyasa. The events of the rest of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's for­\n\nty-eight years are recorded in the diary of SvarOpa Damodora Gosvami, another of\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's intimate associates.\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is divided into three sections called lilas, which literally\n\nmeans \"pastimes\" -Adi-lila (the early period), Madhya-lila (the middle period)\nand Antya-/ila (the final period). The notes of Murari Gupta form the basis of the\n\nAdi-li/a, and SvarOpa Damodara's diary provides the details for the Madhya- and\n\nAntya-lilas.\n\nThe first twelve of the seventeen chapters of Adi-lila constitute the preface for\n\nthe entire work. By referring to Vedic scriptural evidence, this preface establishes\n\nSri Caitanya as the avatara (incarnation) of Kr�l)a (God) for the age of Kali-the\n\ncurrent epoch, beginning five thousand years ago and characterized by material­\n\nism, hypocrisy and dissension. In these descriptions, Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\n\nis identical with Lord Kr�l)a, descends to liberally grant pure love of God to the .\nfallen\n\nsouls\n\nof\n\nthis\n\ndegraded\n\nage\n\nby\n\npropagating\n\nsankirtana-literally,\n\n\"congregational glorification of God\"-especially by organizing massive public\n\nchanting of the maha-mantra (Great Chant for Deliverance). The esoteric purpose\nof Lord Caitanya's appearance in the world is revealed, his co-avataras and prin­\n\ncipal devotees are described and his teachings are summarized. The remaining\nportion of Adi-li/a, chapters thirteen through seventeen, briefly recounts his\n\ndivine birth and his life until he accepted the renounced order. This includes his\n\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and early philosophical confrontations, as\n\nwell as his organization of a widespread sankirtana movement and his civil disobedience against the repression of the Mohammedan government.\n\nvi\n\n", "mad5#p0009": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\nThe subject of Madhya-lila, the longest of the three divisions, is a detailed narration of Lord Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels throughout India as a\nrenounced mendicant, teacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and mystic. During this period of six years, Sri Caitanya transmits his teachings to his principal disciples. He debates and converts many of the most renowned philosophers and\ntheologians of his time, including Sar'lkarites, Buddhists and Muslims, and incorporates their many thousands of followers and disciples into his own burgeoning\nnumbers. A dramatic account of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's miraculous activities at\nthe giant Jagannatha Cart Festival in Orissa is also included in this section.\n\nAntya-lila concerns the last eighteen years of Sri Caitanya's manifest presence,\nspent in semiseclusion near the famous Jagannatha temple at Jagannatha Purl in\nOrissa During these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted deeper and deeper into\ntrances of spiritual ecstasy unparalleled in all of religious and literary history,\nEastern or Western. Sri Caitanya's perpetual and ever-increasing religious\nbeatitude, graphically described in the eyewitness accounts of SvanJpa Damodara\n\nGosvami, his constant companion during this period, clearly defy the investigative\nand descriptive abilities of modern psychologists and phenomenologists of\nreligious experience.\nThe author of this great classic, Kr�r;�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami, born in the year\n1507, was a disciple of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, a confidential follower of\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Raghunatha dasa, a renowned ascetic saint, heard and\nmemorized all the activities of Caitanya Mahaprabhu told to him by SvarOpa\nDamodara. After the passing away of Sri Caitanya and SvanJpa Damodara,\nRaghunatha dasa, unable to bear the pain of separation from these objects of his\ncomplete devotion, traveled to Vrndavana, intending to commit suicide by jumping from Govardhana Hill. In Vrndavana, however, he encountered ROpa Gosvami\nand Sanatana Gosvami, the most confidential disciples of Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThey convinced him to give up his plan of suicide and impelled him to reveal to\nthem the spiritually inspiring events of Lord Caitanya's later life. Kr�r;�adasa Kaviraja\nGosvamT was also residing in Vrndavana at this time, and Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami endowed him with a full comprehension of the transcendental life of Sri\nCaitanya.\nBy this time, several biographical works had already been written on the life of\nSri Caitanya by contemporary and near-contemporary scholars and devotees.\n\nThese included Sri Caitanya-carita by Murari Gupta, Caitanya-mar'lgala by Locana\n\ndasa Thakura and Caitanya-bhagavata. This latter text, a work by Vrndavana dasa\nThakura, who was then considered the principal authority on Sri Caitanya's life,\nwas highly revered. While composing his important work, Vrndavana dasa, fearing\nthat it would become too voluminous, avoided elaborately describing many of\nthe events of Sri Caitanya's life, particulary the later ones. Anxious to hear of these\nlater pastimes, the devotees of Vrndavana requested Kr�r;�adasa Kaviraja GosvamT,\nwhom they respected as a great saint, to compose a book to narrate these\n\nvii\n\n", "mad5#p0010": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\nepisodes in detail. Upon this request, and with the permission and blessings of the\nMadana-mohana Deity of Vrndavana, he began compiling Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\n\nwhich, due to its biographical excellence and thorough exposition of Lord\nCaitanya's profound philosophy and teachings, is regarded as the most significant\nof biographical works on SrT Caitanya.\nHe commenced work on the text while in his late nineties and in failing health,\nas he vividly describes in the text itself: \"I have now become too old and disturbed in invalidity. While writing, my hands tremble. I cannot remember anything, nor can I see or hear properly. Still I write, and this is a great wonder.\" That\nhe nevertheless completed, under such debilitating conditions, the greatest literary gem of medieval India is surely one of the wonders of literary history.\nThis English translation and commentary is the work of His Divine Grace A. C.\nBhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of Indian religious and philosophical thought. His commentary is based upon two\nBengali commentaries, one by his teacher SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT GosvamT;\nthe eminent Vedic scholar who predicted, \"The time will come when the people\n\nof the world will learn Bengali to read Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\" and the other by\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta's father, Bhaktivinoda Thakura.\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada is himself a disciplic\ndescendant of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and he is the first scholar to execute\nsystematic English translations of the major works of SrT Caitanya's followers. His\nconsummate Bengali and Sanskrit scholarship and intimate familiarity with the\nprecepts of SrT Kr�t:Ja Caitanya are a fitting combination that eminently qualifies\nhim to present this important classic to the English-speaking world. The ease and\nclarity with which he expounds upon difficult philosophical concepts lures even a\nreader totally unfamiliar with Indian religious tradition into a genuine understanding and appreciation of this profound and monumental work.\nThe entire text, with commentary, presented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, represents a contribution of major importance to the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n-The Publishers\n\nviii\n\n", "mad5#p0011": "His Divine Crace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "mad5#p0012": "The Gur:t<;lica temple, situated two miles northeast of the ]agannatha Puri temple, where Lord ]agannatha stays for one week at the\ntime of the Ratha-yatra festival.\n\n", "mad5#p0013": "The great annual Ratha-yatra festival at Jagannatha Puri in Orissa, unchanged since the time of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad5#p0014": "The same Ratha-yatra festival observed by Caitanya Mahaprabhu has been introduced to cities all\nover the Western world by His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the\nfounder-acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness.\n\n", "mad5#p0015": "One of the many gardens near the Guo<:Jica temple where Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu used to perform the pastimes of Vrndavana.\n\n", "mad5#p0016": "PLATE ONE\n\"One day, Lord Sri Kr�Qa and His cowherd boys and flocks of animals\nwere present on the pasturing grounds near Mathura. At that time the\ncowherd boys, being a little hungry, requested food, and Lord Kr�Qa\n\nasked them to go to the brahmaQas who were engaged nearby in per­\n\nforming yajiia, or sacrifice, and to get some food from that yajiia. Being so\nordered by the Lord, the cowherd boys went to the brahmaQas and asked\n\nthem for food, but they were denied. After this, the cowherd boys\nbegged food from the wives of the brahmaQas. All these wives were very\nmuch devoted to Lord Kr�Qa in spontaneous love, and as soon as they\nheard the request of the cowherd boys and understood that Kr�Qa\nwanted some food, they immediately left the place of sacrifice. They\nwere very much chastised for this by their husbands, and they were ready\nto give up their lives. It is the nature of a pure devotee to sacrifice his life\nfor the transcendental loving service of the Lord.\" (pp.16-17)\n\n", "mad5#p0017": "", "mad5#p0018": "PLATE TWO\n\"After Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and all the Vai�l)avas cleansed the\ntemple for the second time, the Lord was very happy to see the cleansing\nwork. While the temple was being swept, about a hundred men stood\nready with filled waterpots, and they simply awaited the Lord's order to\nthrow them. As soon as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu called for water, all the\nmen immediately brought the hundred waterpots, which were completely filled, and delivered them before the Lord. In this way, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu first washed the main temple and then thoroughly washed\nthe ceiling, the walls, the floor, the sitting place (simhasana) and everything else within the room. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu Himself and His\ndevotees began to throw water onto the ceiling. When this water fell, it\nwashed the walls and the floor. Then Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began to\nwash the sitting place of Lord Jagannatha with His own hands, and all the\ndevotees began to bring water to the Lord. In this way all the rooms were\ncleansed with a hundred waterpots. After the rooms had been cleansed,\nthe minds of the devotees were as clean as the rooms. When the temple\nwas cleansed, it was purified, cool and pleasing, just as if the Lord's own\nmind had appeared.\" (pp.46-51)\n\n", "mad5#p0019": "", "mad5#p0020": "PLATE THREE\n\"The very strongly built dayitas (carriers of the Jagannatha Deity) were\nas powerful as drunken elephants. Th�y manually carried Lord Jagannatha\nfrom the throne to the car. While carrying the Deity of Lord Jagannatha,\nsome of the dayitas took hold of the shoulders of the Lord, and some\ncaught His lotus feet. The Lord Jagannatha Deity was bound at the waist\nby a strong, thick rope made of silk. From two sides the dayitas caught\nhold of this rope and raised the Deity. While the Lord was being carried\nfrom the throne to the car, King Prataparudra personally engaged in the\nLord's service by cleansing the road with a broom that had a golden\nhandle. The King sprinkled the road with sandalwood-scented water.\nAlthough he was the owner of the royal throne, he engaged in menial service for the sake of Lord Jagannatha. Although the King was the most exalted, respectable person, still he accepted menial service for the Lord; he\ntherefore became a suitable candidate for receiving the Lord's mercy.\"\n(pp.117-121)\n\n", "mad5#p0021": "", "mad5#p0022": "PLATE FOUR\n\"When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu danced and jumped high, roaring like\n\nthunder and moving in a circle like a wheel, He appeared like a circling\nfirebrand. Wherever Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stepped while dancing, the\nwhole earth, with its hills and seas, appeared to tilt. When Caitanya\nMahaprabhu danced,\n\nHe\n\ndisplayed\n\nvarious,\n\nblissful\n\ntranscendental\n\nchanges in His body. Sometimes He appeared as though stunned. Sometimes the hairs of His body stood on end. Sometimes He perspired, cried,\ntrembled and changed color, and sometimes He exhibited symptoms of\nhelplessness, pride, exuberance and humility. Nityananda Prabhu would\nstretch out His two hands and try to catch the Lord when He was running\nhere and there. Advaita Acarya would walk behind the Lord and loudly\nchant, 'Hari bol! Hari bol!' again and again.\" (pp.155-15 7)\n\n", "mad5#p0023": "", "mad5#p0024": "PLATE FIVE\n\"All the inhabitants of Vrndavana-dhama- My mother, father,\ncowherd boy friends and everything else-are like My life and soul. And\namong all the inhabitants of Vrndavana, the gopis are My very life and\nsoul.\" (p.193)\n\n", "mad5#p0025": "", "mad5#p0026": "PLATE SIX\n\"Maharaja Prataparudra was so humble that with folded hands he first\ntook permission from all the devotees. Then, with great courage, he fell\ndown and touched the lotus feet of the Lord. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nwas lying on the ground with His eyes closed in ecstatic love and emo­\n\ntion, and the King very expertly began to massage His legs. The King\n\nbegan to recite verses about the rasa-lila from Srimad-Bhagavatam. He\n\nrecited the chapter beginning with the words 'jayati te 'dhikam.'When Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu heard these verses, He was pleased beyond limits,\nand He said again and again,\n(pp.226-228)\n\n'Go on reciting, go on reciting.'\"\n\n", "mad5#p0027": "", "mad5#p0028": ",PLATE SEVEN\n1\n\n\"Oytside the garden, when it was time to pull jagannatha's car, all the\n\nworkers cplled gauc;Jas tried to pull it, but it would not move forward.\n\nWhen the gauc;Jas saw that they could not budge the car, they abandoned\n\nthe attempt. Then the King arrived in great anxiety, and he was accompanied by his officers and friends. The King then arranged for big wrestlers\nto try to pull the car, and even the King himself joined in, but the car\ncould not be moved. Becoming even more eager to move the car, the\nKing had very strong elephants brought forth and harnessed to it. The\nstrong elephants pulled with all their strength, but still the car remained at\na standstill, not budging an inch. As soon as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nheard this news, He went there with all His personal associates. They then\nstood there and watched the elephants try to pull the car. The elephants,\nbeing beaten by the elephant goad, were crying, but still the car would\nnot move. The assembled people cried out, 'Alas!' At that time, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu let all the elephants go free and placed the car's\n\nropes in the hands of His own men. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then went\nto the back of the car and began to push with His head. It was then that\nthe car began to move and ramble along, making a rattling sound. Indeed,\nthe car began to move automatically, and the devotees simply carried the\nrope in their hands. Since it was moving effortlessly, they did not need to\npuli it. When the car moved forward, everyone began to chant with great\npleasure, 'All glories! All glories!' and 'All glories to Lord jagannatha!' No\none could hear anything else.\" (pp.248-252)\n\n", "mad5#p0029": "", "mad5#p0030": "PLATE EIGHT\n\"There were many gardens near the GuQ<;lica temple, and Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu\n\nand His devotees used to perform the pastimes of\n\nVrndavana in each of them. In the lake named lndradyumna, He sported\nin the water. The Lord personally splashed all the devotees with water,\nand the devotees, surrounding Him on all sides, also splashed the Lord.\nSometimes two would pair off to fight in the water. One would emerge\nvictorious and the other defeated, and the Lord would watch all this\nfun. The first sporting took place between Advaita Acarya and Nityananda Prabhu, who threw water upon one another. Advaita Acarya was defeated, and He later began to rebuke Nityananda Prabhu, calling Him bad\nnames. SvarOpa Damodara and Vidyanidhi also threw water upon one\nanother, and Murari Gupta and Vasudeva Datta also sported in that way.\nAnother duel took place between Srivasa Thakura and Gadadhara PaQ<;lita, and yet another between Raghava PaQ<;lita and Vakresvara PaQ<;lita.\nThus they all engaged in throwing water. Indeed, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya engaged in water sports with Sri Ramananda Raya, and they both\nlost their gravity and became like children.\" (pp.260-263)\n\n", "mad5#p0031": "", "mad5#p0032": "PLATE NINE\n\"Whenever Srimati Radhara�i leaves Her house, She is always welldressed and attractive. It is Her womanly nature to attract Sri Kr��a's attention, and upon seeing Her so attractively dressed, Sri Kr�r;Ja desires to\ntouch Her body. The Lord then finds some fault in Her and prohibits Her\nfrom going to a river crossing and stops Her from picking flowers. Such\nare the pastimes between Srimati Radharar;Ji and Sri Kr�r;Ja. Being a\ncowherd girl, Srimati Radharar;Ji regularly carries a container of milk and\noften goes to sell it on the other side of the Yamuna. To cross the river,\nShe has to pay the boatman, and the spot where the boatman collects his\n\nfares is called the dana-ghiiti. Lord Sri Kr��a stops Her from going, telling\n\nHer, 'First You have to pay the fee; then You will be allowed to go.' This\npastime is called dana-keli-lila.\" (pp.JOS-306)\n\n", "mad5#p0033": "", "mad5#p0034": "CHAPTER 12\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gul)�ica Temple\nIn his Amrta-pravaha-bha?ya, Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura summarizes this chapter\nas follows. The King of Orissa, Maharaja Prataparudra, tried his best to see Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Srila Nityananda Prabhu and the other devotees informed\nthe Lord about the King's desire, but Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would not agree to\nsee him. At that time Sri Nityananda Prabhu devised a plan, and He sent a piece of\nthe Lord's outward garment to the King. The next day, when Ramananda Raya\nagain entreated Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to see the King, the Lord, denying the\nrequest, asked Ramananda Raya to bring the King's son before Him. The prince\nvisited the Lord dressed like a Vai�r)ava, and this awakened remembrance of\nKr�r)a. Thus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu delivered the son of Maharaja Prataparudra.\nAfter this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu washed the Gur)c;lica house before the\nRatha-yatra took place. He then took His bath at lndradyumna and partook of\nprasada in the garden nearby. While Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu washed the temple\n\nof Gur)c;lica, some Gauc;liya Vai�r)ava washed the lotus feet of the Lord and drank\nthe water. This incident is very significant, for it awoke within the devotee\necstatic love. Then again, the son of Advaita Prabhu named Gopala fainted during\nkirtana, and when he did not come to his senses, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nfavored him by awakening him. There was also some humorous talk between\nNityananda Prabhu and Advaita Prabhu during prasada. Advaita Prabhu said that\nNityananda Prabhu was unknown to anyone and that it was not the duty of a\nhouseholder brahmal)a to accept dinner with a person unknown in society. In\nanswer to this humorous statement, Sri Nityananda Prabhu replied that Advaita\nAcarya was a monist and that one could not know how his mind could be turned\nby eating with such an impersonal monist. The conversation of these two\nprabhus-Nityananda Prabhu and Advaita Prabhu-carried a deep meaning that\n\nonly an intelligent man can understand. After all the Vai�r)avas finished their\nluncheon, SvarOpa Damodara and others took their prasada within the room. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu took great pleasure when He saw the jagannatha Deity\nafter the Deity's retirement. At that time He was accompanied by all the devotees, and all of them were very pleased.\nTEXT 1\n\n��fu�i·1f�1t1f��\n111:.�� 'l!ititili!: 11 ,�: I\n1\n\n", "mad5#p0035": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n2\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\n\"lffi'$�16\"1J:4A8f(.\n�t�9ffir� �<ISHI II � II\nsri-gur:u;iica-mandiram atma-vrndaih\nsammarjayan k�a/anatah sa gaurah\nsva-cittavac chita/am ujjvalarh ca\nkr?Qopavesaupayikarh cakara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri-guQc;iica-known as Gu�c;Jica; mandiram-the temple; atma-vrndaih-with\nHis associates; sammarjayan-washing; k?alanatah-by cleansing; sah-that;\n\ngaurah-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sva-citta-vat-like His own heart; sita/amcool and calm; ujjva/am-bright and clean; ca-and; kr?Qa-of Lord Sri Kr��a;\n\nupavesa-for the sitting; aupayikam-befitting; cakara-made.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu washed and cleansed the Gu•:u;lica temple with\nHis devotees and associates. In this way He made the temple as cool and\nbright as His own heart, and thus He made the place befitting for lord Sri\nKr�r:ta to sit.\nTEXT 2\n\n8 � ,��i!! � fi116J'til\"f I\n\ntr�l6�i!! i9RI ,���\"f II � II\njaya jaya gauracandra jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\n\njaya\n\njaya-all\n\nglories;\n\ngauracandra-to\n\nGauracandra,\n\nLord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; jaya-all glories; nityananda-to Nityananda Prabhu; jaya-all glories; advaita-candra-to Advaita Prabhu; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrndato the devotees of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Gauracandra! All glories to Nityananda! All glories to Advaitacandra! And all glories to the devotees of lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu!\nTEXT 3\n\n'srn 'srn ���fir '�'5t'i I\n\n-tf� �,-<�Sfit � C� �c(il II �II\n\n", "mad5#p0036": "Text 5]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gu�f;lica Temple\n\n3\n\njaya jaya srivasadi gaura-bhakta-gal)a\nsakti deha, -kari yena caitanya varl)ana\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; srivasa-adi-headed by Srivasa Thakura; gaura-bhaktagaQa-to the devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sakti deha -plea se give me\n\npower; kari yena-so that I may do; caitanya-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; varl)ana -description.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to the devotees of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, headed by\nSrivasa Thakura! I beg their power so that I can properly describe Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 4\n\n�(wf-.'1 �\\! � �t� �&11 1\n�ttif fir� 'ifiSf�f! �e:<lif�l! ��II 8 II\npurve dak$il)a haite prabhu yabe ai/a\ntanre mifite gajapati utkaQthita haifa\n\nSYNONYMS\npurve-f ormerl y; dak$il)a haite-from South India; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; yabe-when; ai/a-returned; tali re -H im; mifite-to meet; gajapat i-the King of Orissa; utkaQthita-full of anxieties; haifa-became.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned from His South Indian tour,\nMaharaja Prataparudra, the King of Orissa, became very anxious to meet Him.\nTEXT 5\n\n�\\;� '�ti! �it fit� �t����·ttf$ I\n�� 011�1 �� �rw, ,�r�tr;;� � 11 <t 11\nkataka haite patri difa sarvabhauma-thafii\nprabhura ajfia haya yadi, dekhibare yai\n\nSYNONYMS\nkataka haite-from Kataka, the capital of Orissa; patri-a letter; difa-sent; sarvabhauma-of Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; thafii-to the plac e ; prabhura-of Sri\n\n", "mad5#p0037": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n4\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; ajt'ia-order; haya-there is; yadi-if; dekhibare yai-1\ncan go and see.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King sent a letter from his capital, Kafaka, to Sarvabhauma Bhaffacarya,\nentreating him to obtain the Lord's permission so that he could go and see\nHim.\n\nTEXT 6\n\noeitm filf�, -\\21�� �51 �1 � I\n�f9t �tiSfl �tt� �® 9ft�t�� II � II\nbhattacarya likhi/a, -prabhura ajtia na haifa\npunarapi raja tanre patri pathaila\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya\n\n/ikhi/a-Sarvabhauma\n\nBhagacarya\n\nreplied;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; ajt'ia-order; na-not; haifa-there is; punarapi-again;\nraja-the King; tar'lre-unto him; patri-a letter; pathai/a-dispatched.\nTRANSLATION\nReplying\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nKing's letter,\n\nBhaffacarya\n\nwrote\n\nthat\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu had not given His permission. After this, the King wrote him\nanother letter.\nTEXT 7\n\n� �� �tt� �� ���'! I\n�t� �tf�' i1-�<ttt� <tS�� �� II 'I II\nprabhura nikate ache yata bhakta-gaf!a\nmora lagi' tan-sabare kariha nivedana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura nikate-in the place of Sri Ca itanya Mahaprabhu; ache-there are;\nyata-all; bhakta-gat:�a-devotees; mora lagi'-for me; tan-sabare-unto all of\nthem; kariha-please submit; nivedana-petition.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this letter the King requested Sarvabhauma Bhaffacarya, \"Please appeal\nto all the devotees associated with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and submit this\npetition to them on my behalf.\n\n", "mad5#p0038": "Text 10]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur;��ica Temple\n\n5\n\nTEXT 8\n\nc;� �<� \\if�t� c;1ftt� ��1 �w� 1\nc;1ft� i.'iftf'$f' �9ft\\if �Rt<l f<til� II tr II\nsei saba dayalu more hafia sadaya\nmora lagi' prabhu-pade karibe vinaya\nSYNONYMS\nsei saba-all of them; da ya/u -merciful;\n\nmore-unto me; hafi a-becoming;\nsa-daya-favorably disposed; mora l agi -for me; prabhu-pade-at the lotus feet\nof Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karibe-will do; vina ya -humble submission.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If all the devotees associated with the lord are favorably disposed toward\nme, they can submit my petition at the lotus feet of the lord.\n\nTEXT 9\n\ntf-��)11' ��\\if fifti.'if �� 9ft11 I\n\n��9f1 f<fili c;� � ilt� � II � II\ntari-sabara prasade mile sri-prabhura paya\nprabhu-krpa vina mora rajya nahi bhaya\nSYNONYMS\ntan-sabara pras ade -by the mercy of all of them; mile-one gets; sri-prabhura\n\npaya-the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prabhu-krpa -the mercy o\"f the\nLord; vina-without; mora-my; rajya-kingdom; nahi-does not; bh aya -ap\npeal to me.\n­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"By the mercy of all the devotees, one can attain the shelter of the lotus feet\nof the lord. Without His mercy, my kingdom does not appeal to me.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n�rw cattt� �9fi il1 �rnt� ,'$f�•rn ,\n�i9rJ ��' �� ��' ��<! ��RI'l\" II �\n\no\n\nII\n\n", "mad5#p0039": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n6\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nyadi more krpa na karibe gaurahari\nrajya cha(ii' yogi ha-i' ha-iba bhikhari\nSYNONYMS\nyadi-if; more-unto me; krpa-mercy; na-not; karibe-will do; gaurahariSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rajya cha(ii'-giving up the kingdom; yogi-mendicant; ha-i'-becoming; ha-iba-1 shall become; bhikhari-a beggar.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If Gaurahari, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, will not show mercy to me, I\nshall give up my kingdom, become a mendicant and beg from door to door.\"\nTEXT 11\n\n�t�t'fi <?t® Of�' �fu� ��1 I\n��'it't·'?ft-t c;'itffi �� <?t® ��1 II � � II\nbhattacarya patri dekhi' cintita hafia\nbhakta-gaQa-pasa gela sei patri lana\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; patri-the letter; dekhi'-seeing; cintita hafia-becoming very anxious; bhakta-gaQa-all the devotees; pasa-near;\nge/a-went; sei-that; patri-letter; /afia-taking.\nTRANSLAliON\nWhen Bhattacarya received this letter, he became very anxious. He then\ntook the letter and went to the devotees of the Lord.\nTEXT 12\n\n��rotti{f�m <li�� �-��'11\nf�� (;:JI� �· �� <IS�� ��llfi{ II �� II\nsabare miliya kahila raja-vivaraQa\npiche sei patri sabare karaila darasana\nSYNONYMS\nsa bare -everyone; miliya-meeting; kahi/a -said; raja-vivaraQa-description\nof the King's desire; piche-later; sei patri-that letter; sabare-unto everyone;\nkaraila darasana-showed.\n\n", "mad5#p0040": "The Cleansing of the Gur:J<:fica Temple\n\nText 14]\n\n7\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya met with all the devotees and described the\nKing's wishes. Then he presented the letter to all of them for inspection.\nTEXT 13\n\n� '�f�' ��1� �il �� �� I\nq� ���� �'! �r\\§i lt1l \" �� 11\npatri dekhi' sabara mane ha-ila vismaya\nprabhu-pade gajapatira eta bhakti hay a!!\nSYNONYMS\npatri-the letter; dekhi'-seeing; sabara-of everyone; mane-in the mind;\nha-i/a-there was; vismaya-astonishment; prabhu-pade-unto the lotus feet of\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gajapatira-of the King of Orissa; eta-so much; bhakti-devotion; haya-there is.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon reading the letter, everyone was astonished to see that King Prataparudra had\n\nso\n\nmuch devotion\n\nfor\n\nthe\n\nlotus feet\n\nof\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 14\n\n�t� �,-� iirof �'f. il1 fitfift� I\nCf;!tf'if·�� �f!{ �flf, �:� ,, 'lltfilt� II �8 II\nsabe kahe,-prabhu tanre kabhu na milibe\nami-saba kahi yadi, duf:rkha se manibe\nSYNONYMS\nsabe kahe-everyone said; prabhu-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tarireunto him; kabhu-at any time; na-not; milibe-would see; ami-saba-all of us;\nkahi-say; yadi-if; duf:rkha-unhappiness; se-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nmanibe-will feel.\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees gave their opinion and said, \"The Lord would never meet the\nKing, and if we requested Him to do so, the Lord would surely feel very\nunhappy.\"\n\n", "mad5#p0041": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n8\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 15\n\n��� ��,-�� iill' �<Rt11' I\nfifM �1 ���, � 1ft<sr·� II �� II\nsarvabhauma kahe, -sabe cala' eka-bara\nmilite na kahiba, kahiba raja-vyavahara\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma kahe-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya said; sabe ca/a'-let all of us go;\neka-bara-once; milite-to meet; na kahiba-we shall not request; kahiba-we\nshall simply describe; raja-vyavahara-the behavior of the King.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya then said, \"We shall go once again to the Lord,\nbut we shall not request Him to meet the King. Rather, we shall simply describe the good behavior of the King.\"\nTEXT 16\n\n�i! �' �� <:� �t�� Ol(tt� I\n���:! @'l_'t �t�, eo �� � II �� II\neta bali' sabe gela mahaprabhura sthane\nkahite unmukha sabe, na kahe vacane\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-deciding like this; sabe-all of them; ge/a-went; mahaprabhura-of\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sthane-to the place; kahite-to speak; unmukhaready; sabe-all; na-do not; kahe-say; vacane-any word.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving thus reached a decision, they all went to the place of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. There, although ready to speak, they could not even utter a\nword.\nTEXT 17\n\n� �,-f<li <li�i! �t11' ..-t$1it I\n<:wfm ���:! �,-eo �' � �t1f'l ? �'l 11\n\n", "mad5#p0042": "Text 19]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur;�<Jica Temple\n\n9\n\nprabhu kahe,-ki kahite sabara agamana\ndekhiye kahite caha, -na kaha, ki karal)a?\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; ki-what; kahite-to speak;\nsabara-of all of you; agamana-there is the presence here; dekhiye-1 see;\nkahite caha-you want to speak; na kaha-but do not speak; ki karaQa-what is\nthe reason.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter they arrived at Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's place, the lord, seeing\nthem, said, \"What have you all come here to say? I see that you want to say\nsomething, but you do not speak. What is the reason?\"\nTEXT 18\n\nfil�\"f �t�,-�nt � �fiftl! I\nifl �� 1(�1! il:tfif, �fitt'! � �t� II �lr II\nnityananda kahe,-tomaya cahi nivedite\nna kahile rahite nari, kahite bhaya citte\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda kahe-Lord Nityananda said; tomaya-unto You; cahi-we want;\nnivedite-to submit; na kahile-if we do not speak; rahite nari-we cannot stay;\nkahite-but to speak; bhaya citte-we are very fearful.\nTRANSLAliON\nNityananda Prabhu then said, \"We want to tell You something. Although we\ncannot stay without speaking, we are still very much afraid to speak.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n��t'St:J (;'!'!1l'rn �<!f lit� �fiftl! I\n�� ifl fir�tif �� m� (;�t� �t\\! II �� II\nyogyayogya tomaya saba cahi nivedite\ntoma na milile raja cahe yogr haite\n\n", "mad5#p0043": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n10\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSYNONYMS\nyogya-befitting; ayogya-not befitting; tomaya-unto You; saba-we all;\ncahi-want; nivedite-to submit; toma-You; na milile-if he does not meet;\nraja-the King; cahe-wants; yogi haite-to become a mendicant.\nTRANSLATION\n\"We want to submit before You something that may or may not be befitting.\nThe matter is this: unless he sees You, the King of O rissa will become a mendicant.\"\nTEXT 20\n\n�tt'l �ilfl �' llf$ �l<l fe�tit 1\n��'Sf i{t� fu;� �iii <;���fir II � II\no\n\nkaf)e mudra la-i' muni ha-iba bhikhari\nrajya-bhoga nahe citte vina gaurahari\nSYNONYMS\nkaf)e mudra-a kind of earring; /a-i'-taking; mufli-1; ha-iba-shall become;\nbhikhari-a\n\nbeggar;\n\nrajya-bhoga-enjoyment of the kingdom;\n\nnahe-not;\n\ncitte-in the mind; vina-without; gaurahari-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNityananda Prabhu continued, \"The King has decided to become a mendicant and accept the sign of a mendicant by wearing an ivory earring. He does\nnot want to enjoy his kingdom without seeing the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\"\nPURPORT\nIn India there is still a class of professional mendicants who are very much like\nthe gypsies of Western countries. They know some magical art and mystical processes, and their business is to beg from door to door, sometimes pleading and\nsometimes threatening. Such mendicants are sometimes called yogis and sometimes kaQaphata yogis. The word kaQaphata refers to one who has put a hole in\nhis ear to wear an earring made of ivory. Maharaja Prataparudra was so depressed\nby not getting to see SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu that he decided to become such a\nyogi. Ordinary men think that a yogi must have an ivory earring in his ear, but this\nis not the sign of a real yogi. Maharaja Prataparudra also thought that to become a\nmendicant yogi, one must wear such an earring.\n\n", "mad5#p0044": "Text 23]\n\nThe Cleansing of the GuQ�ica Temple\n\n11\n\nTEXT 21\n\nQff� (;lf 1l.�i!! emi{ �mn 1\n\nl(m ,� �'Pf1118m � 11 �) 11\ndekhiba se mukha-candra nayana bhariya\ndhariba se pada-padma hrdaye tuliya\nSYNONYMS\ndekhiba-1\n\nshall\n\nsee;\n\nse-that;\n\nmukha-candra-moonlike\n\nnayana\n\nface;\n\nbhariya-to the fulfillment of the eyes; dhariba-1 shall catch; se-those; padapadma-lotus feet; hrdaye-on my heart; tu/iya-raising.\nTRANSLATION\nNityananda Prabhu continued, \"The King also expressed his desire to see\nthe moonlike face of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to his eye's full satisfaction. He\n·\n\nwould like to raise the lotus feet of the Lord to his heart.\"\nTEXT 22\n\n��f'Pf �f.ml � <;�t'll\"f � 1'{i{ I\ni!�r;r (It���� f�\"'1f (lij� I �� II\nyadyapi suniya prabhura komala haya mana\ntathapi bahire kahe ni?thura vacana\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi\n\n-\n\na l though;\n\nsuniya-hearing;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nLord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; koma/a-softened; haya-becomes; mana-mind ; tathapi-sti l l ;\nbahire-externa l ly; kahe-He says; ni?thura vacana-hard words.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing all these statements, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's mind was certainly\nsoftened, but externally He wished to speak some harsh words.\nTEXT 23\n\n<;l!t�i-�(lt1f �1,-�� �00� llt�il\n\n1ft������� ��i! fmr! II �� II\ntoma-sabara iccha, -ei amare lana\nrajake milaha ihan katakete giya\n\n", "mad5#p0045": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n12\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSYNONYMS\ntoma-sabara-of all of you; iccha-the desire; ei-is; amare /ana-taking Me;\nrajake-the King; mi/aha-meet; ihari-here; katakete giya-by going to Kataka.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"I can understand that you all desire to take\nMe to Kataka to see the King.\"\nPURPORT\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu is naturally the reservoir of all kindness, and as soon as\nHe heard the statement made by the King, His heart immediately softened. Thus\nthe Lord was ready to go see the King even at Kataka. He did not even consider\nallowing the King to come from Kataka to Jagannatha PurT to see Him. It is significant that SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu was so kind that He was ready to go see the\nKing at Kataka. Apparently it was never expected that the King wanted to see the\nLord at His place, but by way of being externally harsh, the Lord indicated that if\nall the devotees so desired, He would go to Kataka to see the King.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�4 Qf't�<Ti -G�t?;;'<Ti <TiRfc<l �il I\n(;l'ftt<ll �\\( ·-�t?;;1rtlf�'<!if.<�t<� ��,...� II �8 II\nparamartha thakuka-loke karibe nindana\nJoke rahu-damodara karibe bhartsana\n\nSYNONYMS\nparama-artha thakuka-what to speak of spiritual advancement; Joke-people\nin general; karibe nindana-will blaspheme; Joke rahu-what to speak of people\nin general; damodara-Damodara Par:J9ita; karibe-will do; bhartsana-chastisement.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"What to speak of spiritual advancement-all the people will blaspheme Me. And what to speak of all the\npeople- Damodara would chastise Me.\nTEXT 25\n\n(;i!'tlfl·�<lt1f �111 �'tf;{ if! fiffoor ��1?;;� I\n\n�t1fmt '<��?;;� �' fifM ��itt� u �<t u\ntoma-sabara aji'iaya ami na mili rajare\ndamodara kahe yabe, mili tabe tarire\n\n", "mad5#p0046": "Text 26]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gu��ica Temple\n\n13\n\nSYNONYMS\ntoma-sabara-of all of you; ajnaya-by the order; ami-1; na-not; mili-shall\nmeet; rajare-the King; damodara-Damodara Pat:Jc;iita; kahe -says; yabewhen; mi/i-1 shall meet; tabe-then; tar'lre-him.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall not meet the King at the request of all the devotees, but I shall do so\n\nif Damodara will give his permission.\"\nPURPORT\nFrom the spiritual point of view, a sannyasi is strictly forbidden to see materialistic people, especially a king who is always engaged in counting pounds,\nshillings and pence. Indeed, the meeting between a sannyasi and a king is always\nconsidered abominable. A sannyasi is always subjected to public criticism, and a\nsmall fault on his part is taken seriously by the public. People actually expect a\nsannyasi to preach and not take part in any social or political matters. If a sannyasi\nis subject to public criticism, his preaching will not be fruitful. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu specifically wanted to avoid such criticism so that His preaching\nwork would not be hampered. It so happened that while the Lord was talking to\nHis disciples at that time, the devotee Damodara Pat:Jc;iita was present. This\nDamodara Pat:Jc;iita was a very faithful devotee and a staunch lover of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. Whenever there was anything that might touch or taint the\ncharacter of the Lord, Damodara Pat:Jc;iita would immediately point it out, not even\nconsidering the exalted position of the Lord. It is sometimes said that fools rush in\nwhere angels dare not, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted to point out\nDamodara Pat:Jc;iita's foolishness in coming forward to criticize the Lord. Thus the\nLord indirectly hinted that if Damodara Pat:Jc;iita would give Him permission, He\nwould go to see the King. There was deep meaning in this statement, for it is a\nwarning that Damodara should not dare criticize the Lord any more, for it was not\nbefitting his position as a devotee. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was considered the\nguide and spiritual master of all the devotees living with Him. Damodara Pat:Jc;iita\nwas one of them, and the Lord rendered Damodara Pat:Jc;iita a special favor by\nwarning him to avoid criticizing Him any further. A devotee or a disciple should\nnever attempt to criticize the Lord or His representative, the spiritual master.\nTEXT 26\n\nwtr;1ft5t1t <fl�,-l_flt G5l� � 1\n\n��� �� �t11t1t �'$ft�l II �� II\ndamodara kahe, -tumi svatantra isvara\nkartavyakartavya saba tamara gocara\n\n", "mad5#p0047": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n14\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSYNONYMS\ndamodara kahe-Pal)c;lita Damodara said; tumi-You; svatantra -fully independent; isvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kartavya-duty which is permissible; akartavya-duty which is not permissible: saba-all; tamara-of You;\ngocara-within knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\nDamodara immediately replied, \"My Lord, You are the fully independent\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Since everything is known to You, You know\nwhat is permissible and what is not permissible.\nTEXT 27\n\n�1 fif '<li\"tit '!Gf��, 'i!taltt<li �� �� ?\n�t'Pf� fif� fs�, �1'S Off� II�'\\ II\nami kon k�udra-jiva, tomake vidhi diba?\napani milibe tafire, tahao dekhiba\nSYNONYMS\nami kon-1 am just some; k�udra-jiva-insignificant living entity; tomakeunto You; vidhi-injunction; diba-1 shall give; apani-You; milibe-will meet;\ntalire-the King; tahao dekhiba-1 shall see it.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am merely an insignificant jiva, so what power do I have to give directions to You? By Your own personal choice You will meet with the King. I shall\nsee it.\nTEXT 28\n\n�tiSfl 'i!11ftt1' �� <li�, �-��llf I\n\n�� �� <li�� fs� 'i!tJ!� 'Pf11llf II �IT' II\nraja tomare sneha kare, tumi-sneha-vasa\ntafira snehe karabe tafire tamara parasa\nSYNONYMS\nraja-the King; tomare-You; sneha kare-loves; tumi-You; sneha-vasacontrolled by love and affection; talira-his; snehe-by love; karabe-will do;\ntalire-unto him; tamara-Your; parasa-touching.\n\n", "mad5#p0048": "Text 30]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur;��ica Temple\n\n15\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The King is very much attached to You, and You are feeling affection and\nlove toward him. Thus I can understand that by virtue of the King's affection\nfor You, You will touch him.\nTEXT 29\n\n�f� �� 1._fif �� �i!S I\ni!�tf� llil�tt� � '�·�S ll �� ll\nyadyapi isvara tumi parama svatantra\ntathapi svabhave hao prema-paratantra\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; isvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tumi-You;\nparama-supremely; svatantra-independent; tathapi-still; sva-bhave-by You'\nnature; hao-You become; prema-paratantra-subordinate to love.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A lthough You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead and are completely\nindependent, still You are dependent on the love and affection of Your devotees. That is Your nature.\"\nTEXT 30\n\nfifi!r�� <lit�-�tli �� �i!:. iSfi{ 1\n'� 'i!t1l� <lit�, 'fl1f�'f�-t�' ll �o II\nnityananda kahe-aiche haya kon jana\nye tomare kahe, 'kara raja-darasana'\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda kahe-Nityananda Prabhu said; aiche-such; haya-there is; kon\njana-any person; ye-who; tomare-unto You; kahe-orders; kara-do; rajadarasana-meeting the King.\nTRANSLATION\nNityananda Prabhu then said, \"Who is there in the three worlds who can ask\nYou to see the King?\n\n", "mad5#p0049": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n16\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�. �if�t;n �\"R' \"5f�t� lfl<fi � I\n�� �i ��'f filiSf �'1 <;lt �� II �� II\nkintu anuragi lokera svabhava eka haya\ni�ta na paile nija pral)a se chac;Jaya\nSYNONYMS\nkintu-still; anuragi-affectionate; lokera-of the people; sva-bhava-nature;\neka-one; haya-there is; i�ta-desirable; na pai/e-without getting; nija-own;\npral)a-life; se-he; chac;Jaya-gives up.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Still, isn't it the nature of an attached man to give up his life if he does not\nattain his desired object?\nTEXT 32\n\n���T3t'lfi� � �� c$11'1 I\n� 'ftRf' ��-�'Sf fit�t'f<fi 12tttf II �� II\nyajriika-brahmal)i saba tahate pramal)a\nkr�f!a lagi' pati-age chac;lileka pral)a\nSYNONYMS\nyajriika-brahmaQi-the wives of the brahmal)as who were engaged in performing great sacrifices; saba-all; tahate-in that connection; pramal)a-evidence;\nkr�f!a lagi'-for the matter of Kr�r:ta; pati-age-in front of their husbands;\nchac;Jileka pral)a-gave up their lives.\nTRANSLATION\n\"For instance, some of the wives of the brahmar:tas who were performing\nsacrifices gave up their lives in the presence of their husbands for the sake of\nKr�r:ta.\"\nPURPORT\nThis refers .to the day Lord Sri Kr�r:ta and His cowherd boys and flocks of animals\nwere present on the pasturing grounds near Mathura. At that time the cowherd\nboys, being a little hun.gry, requested food, and Lord Kr�r:ta asked them to go to\n\n", "mad5#p0050": "Text 34]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gu�;�c;fica Temple\n\n17\n\nthe brahmaQas who were engaged nearby in performing yajna, or sacrifice, and to\nget some food from that yajna. Being so ordered by the Lord, all the cowherd boys\nwent to the brahmaQas and asked them for food, but they were denied. After this,\nthe cowherd boys begged food from the wives of the brahmaQas. All these wives\nwere very much devoted to Lord Kr�l)a in spontaneous love, and as soon as they\nheard the request of the cowherd boys and understood that Kr�l)a wanted some\nfood, they immediately left the place of sacrifice. They were very much chastised\nfor this by their husbands, and they were ready to give up their lives. It is the\nnature of a pure devotee to sacrifice his life for the transcendental loving service\nof the Lord.\nTEXT 33\n\n�� lf'� �t!i, �flf �� ��� I\n'lfif en fir�� �tt�, �t� �t1 \\21t'lu �� u\neka yukti ache, yadi kara avadhana\ntumi na milileha tatire, rahe tarira praQa\nSYNONYMS\neka yu kti-one plan; ache-there is; yadi-if; kara avadhana-You consider it;\ntumi-You; na milileha-may not meet; tarire-with him; rahe-remains ; tarirahis; praQa-life.\nTRANSLATION\nNityananda Prabhu then submitted one suggestion for the Lord's consideration. \"There is a way,\" He suggested, \"by which You need not meet the King\nbut which would enable the King to continue living.\nTEXT 34\n\n����eft���(;��' �9N <ffif' I\ni!t�1 �t 1t'1 \\21 t'l �tt� (;i!t�tl �t-tl 'tfif' ll �8 II\neka bahirvasa yadi deha' krpa kari'\ntaha pana pral)a rakhe tamara asa dhari'\nSYNONYMS\neka bahirvasa-one outward covering; yadi-if; deha'-You give; krpa kari'by Your mercy; taha pafla-getting that; praQa rakhe-he would live; tamara asa\ndhari'-hoping to meet You some time in the future.\n\n", "mad5#p0051": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n18\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If You, out of Your mercy, send one of Your outward garments to the King,\nthe King would live hoping to see You some time in the future.\"\n\nPURPO RT\nSri Nityananda Prabhu was thus very tactfully suggesting that Caitanya\nMahaprabhu give a piece of His old clothing to the King. Even though the King\nwas not fit to meet the Lord, the King would then be pacified by receiving such a\ncloth. The King was very much anxious to see the Lord, yet it was not possible for\nthe Lord to see him. just to resolve the situation, Nityananda Prabhu suggested\nthat the Lord send an old piece of clothing. Thus the King would understand that\nthe Lord was showing mercy to him. The King would then not do anything drastic\nlike giving up his life or becoming a mendicant.\n\nTEXT 35\n\n�'. �,-�-'Jf� 9f1t� f<l� I\n� �t� �' ,,� �� ll�t�ti( II '!><t II\nprabhu kahe,-tumi-saba parama vidvan\nyei bha/a haya, sei kara samadhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord replied; tumi-saba-all of you; parama vidvan-greatly\nlearned personalities;\n\nyei-whatever;\n\nbhala haya-is right;\n\nsei-that;\n\nkara\n\nsamadhana -execute.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord said, \"Since you are all very learned personalities, whatever you\ndecide I shall accept.\"\nTEXT 36\n\n�� fii�Jti(lf!·,'$1tllt� ''$1tf<ltlf!1t � I\n�tfmn �� �� �� ��� n '!)� u\ntabe nityananda-gosafii govindera pasa\nmagiya /a-ila prabhura eka bahirvasa\n\n", "mad5#p0052": "Text 38]\n\n19\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gut:�<;lica Temple\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; nityananda-gosafii-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; govindera\npasa-from Govinda, the personal servant of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; magiyarequesting; /a-i/a-took; prabhura-of the Lord; eka-one; bahirvasa-outer garment.\nTRANSLATION\nlord Nityananda Prabhu then obtained an external garment used by the\nlord by requesting it from Govinda.\nTEXT 37\n\n� <l�'tlf �<el��t-t fifa;r I\n:Jt� <::Jt� <�m �t�� �'\"!' II �9 II\nsei bahirvasa sarvabhauma-pasa dila\nsarvabhauma sei vastra rajare patha'la\nSYNONYMS\nbahirvasa-garment;\n\nsei-that;\nvabhauma\n\nBhattacarya;\n\nsarvabhauma-pasa-in\n\ndi/a-delivered;\n\nthe\n\nof\n\ncare\n\nsarvabhauma-S arvabhauma\n\ntacarya; sei-that; vastra-cloth; rajare-unto the King; patha'/a-sent\n\nSar­\n\nBhat­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Nityananda Prabhu delivered the old cloth to the care of Sarvabhauma\nBhatfacarya, and Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya sent it to the King.\nTEXT 38\n\n<1'111 �t�i ��� C�71 �ti{�i! �i{ I\n\n\\21�� �fit'�� �� II �lr II\nvastra pafia rajara haila anandita mana\nprabhu-rOpa kari' kare vastrera pOjana\nSYNONYMS\n\nvastra pafia\nmana-very\n\n-\n\ngetting that cloth; rajara-of the King; hai/a-there was; anandita\n\nhappy\n\nmind;\n\nprabhu-rOpa\n\nkari'-accepting\n\nas\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu Himself; kare-executes; vastrera-of the cloth; pOjana-worship.\n\n", "mad5#p0053": "20\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the King received the old cloth, he began to worship it exactly as he\nwould worship the Lord personally.\nPURPORT\nThis is also the conclusion of the Vedic injunctions. Since the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the Absolute Truth, everything in relation to Him is also on\nthe same platform. The King had great affection for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and\nalthough he did not see the Lord, he had nonetheless already attained the conclusion of devotional service. Immediately upon receiving the cloth from Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya, the King began to worship it, accepting it as Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. The Lord's clothing, bedding, slippers and everything required as an\nordinary necessity are all transformations of Se�a, Vi�I)U, the expansion of Sri\nBaladeva. Thus the cloth and other paraphernalia of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead are but other forms of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Everything\nconnected to the Lord is worshipable. S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu instructs us that\njust as Kf�l)a is worshipable, Kf�l)a's place, Vrndavana, is also worshipable. And as\nVrndavana is worshipable, similarly the paraphernalia in Vrndavana-the trees,\n\nroads, river, everything-is worshipable. A pure devotee thus sings, jaya jaya\n\nvrndavana-vasi yata jana: \"All glories to the residents of Vrndavana.\" If a devotee\n\nhas a staunch devotional attitude, all these conclusions will be awakened or\nrevealed within the heart.\n\nyasya deve para bhaktir\n\nyatha deve tatha gurau\n\ntasyaite kathita hy artha�\n\nprakasante mahatmana�\n\n\"Only unto those great souls who have implicit faith in both the Lord and the\nspiritual master are all the imports of Vedic knowledge automatically revealed.\"\n\n(Svetasvatara Upani?ad, 6.23)\n\nThus following in the footsteps of Maharaja Prataparudra and other devotees,\nwe should learn to worship everything belonging to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. This is referred to by Lord Siva as tadiyanam. In the Padma Pural)a it is\nsaid:\n\naradhananarh sarve?arh\n\nVi$1)0f aradhanarh param\n\ntasmat paratararh devi\n\ntadiyanarh samarcanam\n\n", "mad5#p0054": "Text 40]\n\nThe Cleansing of the GuJ;�c.fica Temple\n\n21\n\n\"0 Devi, the most exalted system of worship is the worship of Lord Vi�I)U. Greater\n\nthan that is the worship of tadiya, or anything belonging to Vi�l)u.\" S ri Vi�r:tu is\nsac-cid-ananda-vigraha. Similarly, the most confidential servant of Kr�r:ta, the\nspiritual master, and all devotees of Vi�r:tu are tadiya. The sac-cid-ananda-vigraha,\nguru, Vai�r:tavas, and things used by them must be considered tadiya and without\na doubt worshipable by all living beings.\nTEXT 39\n\n11\"11f� �rrn �t<� '5fRI&'1' '� ��i 1\n\n�t'Jr 11'�\\! mtt� fiff;�ffl�i II \\!>� II\nramananda raya yabe 'dak�iQa' haite aila\nprabhu-sange rahite rajake nivedila\nSYNONYMS\n\nramananda raya-Ramananda\n\nRaya;\n\nyabe-when;\n\ndak�iQa-South\n\nIndia;\n\nhaite-from; ai/a-returned; prabhu-sange-with Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nrahite-to stay; rajake-unto the King; nivedila-requested.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter returning from his service in South India, Ramananda Raya requested\nthe King to allow him to remain with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n)\nTEXT 40\n\n\\!t<f 11'1'Sfl ��t� �t11' tel� � I\n� fil�e{ \"f1f'st' lft� i'ftf�\"fi II 8 II\no\n\ntabe raja santo�e tanhare ajna dila\napani milana Jagi' sadhite lagila\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-at that time; raja-the King; santo�e-in great satisfaction; tanhareunto Ramananda Raya; ajna dila-gave the order; apani - personally; milana\nlagi'-to meet; sadhite /agi /a-began to solicit.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Ramananda Raya requested the King to allow him to stay with the\nLord, the King immediately gave him permission with great satisfaction. As for\n\n", "mad5#p0055": "22\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nthe King himself, he began to solicit Ramananda Raya to make a meeting arrangement.\nTEXT 41\n\n��'{ �t�'Pfi <rot-. <;�'tlf� I\n\n(;1l� fiffior�� �� ��!';� �� ll 8� ll\nmahaprabhu maha- k rpa karena tomare\nmore milibare avasya sadhibe tanhare\n\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabh u-S rT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; maha- krpa -great mercy; karena­\n\ndoes; tomare-unto you; more-me; milibare-for meeting; avasya-certainly;\nsadhibe-you must solicit; tanhare-Him.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King told Ramananda Raya, \"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is very, very\nmerciful to you. Therefore please solicit my meeting with Him without fail.\"\nTEXT 42\n\n�<li� � I!Jfi{ (;'il'!';\\!f �� � I\n\n�t1l� �ill � �11 fif�i ll 8� ll\neka-sange dui jana k�etre yabe aila\nramananda raya tabe prabhure mili/a\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-sar'lge-together; dui jana-these two persons; k�etre-at Jagannathak�etra (Jagannatha PurT); yabe-when; ai/a-came back; ramananda raya-Ramananda Raya; tabe-at that time; prabhure-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mili/amet.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King and Ramananda Raya returned together to Jagannatha-k�etra\n[Puril, and Sri Ramananda Raya met Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 43\n\n��<;�19ft-.� 1ft� I\n� ��i ��<Iii;��� ll 8� II\n\n", "mad5#p0056": "The Cleansing of the Gur:u:fica Temple\n\nText 44]\n\n23\n\nprabhu-pade prema-bhakti janaila rajara\nprasanga pMia aiche kahe bara-bara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-pade-unto the lotus feet of the Lord; prema-bhakti-ecstatic love;\njanaila-informed; rajara-of the King; prasatiga-discussion; pafia-getting;\naiche-thus; kahe-says; bara-bara-again and again.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, Ramananda Raya informed Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu about the\necstatic love of the King. Indeed, as soon as there was some opportunity, he\nrepeatedly informed the Lord about the King.\nTEXT 44\n\n� �\"l-��� fil� I\n��f\\! ��' ilf�llf � 11\"� \" 88 \"\nraja-mantri ramananda-vyavahare nipuf)a\nraja-priti kahi' dravaila prabhura mana\nSYNONYMS\nraja-mantri-diplomatic\n\nminister;\n\nramananda-Sri\n\nRamananda\n\nRaya;\n\nvyavahare-in general behavior; nipuQa-very expert; raja-priti-the love of the\nKing\n\nfor\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkahi'-describing;\n\ndravai/a-softened;\n\nprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Ramananda Raya was indeed a diplomatic minister for the King. His\ngeneral behavior was very expert, and simply by describing the King's love for\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he gradually softened the Lord's mind.\nPURPORT\nA diplomat in the material world knows how to deal with people, especially in\n\npolitical affairs. Some of the great devotees of the Lord-like Ramananda Raya,\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami, Sanatana Gosvami and ROpa Gosvami -were government officers and had a background of very opulent householder life. Consequently they knew how to deal with people. In many instances we have seen the\ndiplomacy of ROpa Gosvami, Raghunatha dasa Gosvami and Ramananda Raya employed in the service of the Lord. When Raghunatha dasa Gosvami's father and\nuncle were to be arrested by government officials, Raghunatha dasa Gosvami hid\n\n", "mad5#p0057": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n24\n\nthem and personally met the government officers and settled the affair\ndiplomatically. This is but one instance. Similarly, Sanatana Gosvami, after resigning his ministership, was thrown in jail, and he bribed the attendant of the jail so\nhe could leave the clutches of the Nawab and live with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nNow we see Ramananda Raya, a most confidential devotee of the Lord,\ndiplomatically soften the heart of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, despite the fact that\nthe Lord definitely decided not to meet the King. The diplomacy of Ramananda\nRaya and entreaties of Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya and all the other great devotees\nsucceeded. The conclusion is that diplomacy used for the service of the Lord is a\nform of devotional service.\nTEXT 45\n\n�e.<fi�� $19fft iftt1f 11'� I\n1ftJitil\"f ��� � fit� II Sit II\nutkaQthate prataparudra nare rahibare\nramananda sadhilena prabhure milibare\nSYNONYMS\nutkaQthate-in great anxiety; prataparudra-King Prataparudra; nare rahibarecould\n\nnot\n\nstay;\n\nramananda-Sri\n\nRamananda\n\nRaya;\n\nsadhi/ena-solicited;\n\nprabhure-unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; milibare-to meet.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Prataparudra, in great anxiety, could not endure not seeing the\nLord; therefore Sri Ramananda Raya, by his diplomacy, arranged a meeting\nwith the Lord for the King.\nTEXT 46\n\nttJ!t-�\"f �-�rn ��\"f r�� 1\n�<fi<ffi{ �\\!t�i!f '��� RIJ II 8� II\nramananda prabhu-paya kaila nivedana\neka-bara prataparudre dekhaha caraQa\nSYNONYMS\nramananda-Ramananda;\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkai/a-did;\n\nprabhu-paya-at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nnivedana-submission;\n\neka-bara-once only;\n\npra­\n\ntaparudre-linto Maharaja Prataparudra; dekhaha-show; caraQa-Your lotus\nfeet.\n\n", "mad5#p0058": "The Cleansing of the Gu�(Jica Temple\n\nText 48]\n\n25\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Ramananda Raya frankly requested Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, \"Please\nshow Your lotus feet to the King at least once.\"\nTEXT 47\n\n� �,-1ft1lt�\"f, <ti� �ijtfirn11\n�tt<ti fil�� �m ��JP�'l' ��1 ? 8� 11\nprabhu kahe, -ramananda, kaha vicariya\nrajake milite yuyaya sannyasi haria?\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe- S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; ramananda-My dear Ramananda; kaha-please ask Me; vicariya-after due consideration; rajake-the King;\nmilite-to meet; yuyaya-is it befitting; sannyasi-in the renounced order of life;\nharia-be ing\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"My dear Ramananda, you should make\nthis request after duly considering whether it is befitting for a sannyasi to\nmeet a king.\nTEXT 48\n\n� �� f��� � '�<ti ifM I\n�� 1ft(, � <tit� lij?f�,. II 8\\r II\nrajara milane bhik�ukera dui Joka nasa\npara/aka rahu, Joke kare upahasa\nSYNONYMS\nrajara milane-by meeting with a king; bhik�ukera-of the mendicant; dui\n/oka-in two worlds; nasa-destruction; para-/aka-spiritual world; rahu-let\nalone; Joke-in this material world; kare-do; upahasa\n\n-\n\njoking\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If a mendicant meets a king, this world and the next world are both\n\ndestroyed for the mendicant. Indeed, what is there to say of the next world?\nIn this world, people will joke if a sannyasi meets a king.\"\n\n", "mad5#p0059": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n26\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 49\n\nft111il't! ��,-'tfil � �� I\n<11iU C!tll� �' 'l_fif � 9f�llll 8� II\nramananda kahe, -tumi isvara svatantra\nkare tamara bhaya, tumi naha paratantra\n\nSYNONYMS\nramananda kahe-Ramananda said; tumi-You; isvara-the Supreme Lord;\nsvatantra-independent; kare tamara bhaya-why should You be afraid of anyone; tumi naha-You are not; para-tantra-dependent.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya replied, \"My Lord, You are the supreme independent personality. You have nothing to fear from anyone because You are not dependent\non anyone.\"\nTEXT 50\n\n� �t�,-�tfif Jl1l3B ��til �� I\n<fi'R11ft�t<11J Cl�� 'ei C�tfit II <to II\nprabhu kahe, -ami manu�ya asrame sannyasi\nkaya-mano-vakye vyavahare bhaya vasi\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; ami manu�ya-1 am a human being; asrame-in\nthe social order; sannyasi-a renounced person; kaya-manab-vakye-with My\nbody, mind and words; vyavahare-in general dealings; bhaya-fear; vasi-1 do.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Ramananda Raya addressed Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Caitanya Mahaprabhu objected, saying, \"I am not the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead but an ordinary human being. Therefore I\nmust fear public opinion in three ways-with My body, mind and words.\nTEXT 51\n\n�� 'llflf·�\"!_ � iff � I\n\n�� � � �<!it'ltt<11 � II �!> II\n\n", "mad5#p0060": "Text 53]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gul)�ica Temple\n\n27\n\nsukla-vastre masi-bindu yaiche na lukaya\nsannyasira alpa chidra sarva-loke gaya\nSYNONYMS\nsukla-vastre-on white cloth; masi-bindu-a spot of ink; yaiche-as much as;\nna-does not; lukaya-become hidden; sannyasira-of a sannyasi; alpa-a very\nlittle; chidra-fault; sarva-loke-the general public; gaya-advertise.\nTRANSLATION\n\" A s soon as the general public finds a little fault in the behavior of a sannyasi, they advertise it like wildfire. A black spot of ink cannot be hidden on a\nwhite cloth. It is always very prominent.\"\nTEXT 52\n\nm ��,-� 9ft� ��1� �fi! 1\n\n�1f-� �tal� <e• �9f� II �� II\nraya kahe, -kata pap ira kariyacha avyahati\nisvara-sevaka tamara bhakta gajapati\nSYNONYMS\nraya kahe-Ramananda Raya replied; kata papira-of numberless sinful persons; kariyacha-You have done; avyahati-deliverance; isvara-sevaka-a servitor of the Lord; tamara-Your; bhakta-devotee; gajapati-the King.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya replied, \"My dear Lord, You have delivered so many sinful\npeople. This King Prataparudra, the King of O rissa, is actually a servitor of the\nLord and Your devotee.\"\nTEXT 53\n\n� �,-'!_(�- � �i'flf I\n�t�9ftr;;l! � if1 ��II �� II\nprabhu kahe, -piJrQa yaiche dugdhera kalasa\nsura-bindu-pate keha na kare parasa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord replied; purQa-completely filled; yaiche-just as;\ndugdhera-of milk; ka/asa-container; sura-bindu-pate-with simply a drop of liquor; keha-anyone; na kare-does not; parasa-touch.\n\n", "mad5#p0061": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n28\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then said, \"There may be much milk in a big pot,\nbut if it is contaminated by a drop of liquor, it is untouchable.\nTEXT 54\n\n�f?f $f?fft-�\"@�-t I\ni� 11filil � �� 'Jti!Jf'l'·ilt1111 �8 II\nyadyapi prataparudra -sarva-guQavan\ntanhare malina kai/a eka 'raja'-nama\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although;\n\nprataparudra-the\n\nKing;\n\nsarva-guQa-van-qualified in\n\nevery respect; tanhare-unto him; malina kaila-makes impure; eka-one; rajanama-the n ame \"king.\"\nTRANSLATION\n\"The King certainly possesses all good qualities, but simply by taking up\nthe name 'king,' he has infected everything.\nTEXT 55\n\n��t� '�11111( �fW 11!tt �� !ti I\n�� �tfif f11� 't_f11 im1f � II �<t II\ntathapi tamara yadi mahagraha haya\ntabe ani' milaha tumi tanhara tanaya\nSYNONYMS\ntathapi-still; tamara-your; yadi-if; maha-agraha-great eagerness; hayathere\n\nis;\n\ntabe-then;\n\nani'-bringing;\n\nmilaha-cause to\n\nmeet;\n\ntumi-you;\n\ntanhara-his; tanaya-son.\nTRANSLATION\n\"But if you are still very eager for the King to meet with Me, please first\nbring his son to meet Me.\nTEXT 56\n\n\"� � � 'J._i!i:\"- til� llftS4ttztl I\n\n�m f1ll'ltil '�il f1lf� �t?tf-111 �� 11\n\n", "mad5#p0062": "The Cleansing of the GuQ<,Iica Temple\n\nText 58]\n\n29\n\n\"J.tma vai jayate putra/:1\"-ei sastra-VJ.f)i\n\nputrera milane yena milibe apani\nSYNONYMS\n\nJ.tma vai jayate putra/:1 - his self appears as the son; ei-this; sastra-VJ.f)i-the\nindication of revealed scriptures; putrera milane-by meeting the son; yena-as\nif; milibe-he will meet; apan i - personally.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is indicated in the revealed scriptures that the son represents the father;\ntherefore the son's meeting with Me would be just as good as the King's meeting with Me.\"\nPURPORT\n\nIn Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.78.36) it is said: atma vai putra utpanna 1t1\n\nvedanusasanam. The Vedas enjoin that one is born as his own son. The son is non­\n\ndifferent from the father, and this is admitted in every revealed scripture. ln Christian theology it is believed that Christ, the son of God, is also God. Both of them\nare identical.\nTEXT 57\n\n� �'At �tl' :Jict �� �'Iii\n\n!2f�l �� 'i� � i'f�i ��i II �'l II\ntabe raya yai' saba rajare kahila\n\nprabhura ajnaya tarira putra lana aila\nSYNONYMS\n\n-thereafte ; raya -Ramananda Raya; ya i -going; saba -everything; rajare-unto the King; kahila -described; prabhura ajnaya under the order of the\nLord; tarira putra -his son; lana ai/a -he brought with him.\ntabe\n\nr\n\n'\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya then went to inform the King about his talks with Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, and, following the Lord's orders, brought the King's\nson to see Him.\nTEXT 58\n\n��' �t\\9ffif �-I�.J'Il{i'f·����\n\nf�'-ttJ �JI, �'If �1ll'(irn� II �lr II\n\n", "mad5#p0063": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n30\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nsundara, rajara putra-syamafa-varaf)a\nkisora vayasa, dirgha kamafa-nayana\nSYNONYMS\nsundara-beautiful;\n\nraJara putra-the son of the King;\n\nsyamafa-varal)a­\n\nblackish complexion; kisora vayasa-the age just before youth; dirgha-long;\nkamafa-nayana-lotus eyes.\nTRANSLATION\nThe prince, just entering upon his youth, was very beautiful. He was\nblackish in complexion and had large lotus eyes.\nTEXT 59\n\n�f!Q, � �., n-�11''1 1\n�flt-�'1 � ,�1 '�9lil' II a� II\npitambara, dhare ange ratna-abharaf)a\nsri-kr�Qa-smaraf)e tenha haifa 'uddipana'\nSYNONYMS\npita-ambara-dressed in yellow cloth; dhare-carries; ange-on the body; ratna-abharaQa-o rnaments of jewels;\n\nsri-kr�Qa-smaraf)e-for remembering Sri\n\nKr?t:Ja; tenha-he; haifa-was; uddipana-stimulatio n\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe prince was dressed in yellow cloth, and there were jeweled ornaments\ndecorating his body. Therefore anyone who saw him would remember lord\nKm1a.\nTEXT 60\n\nitt11' ,�r�, �� fl-,r� � 1\n<;��tllf ift1f fiffit' <li� \"ftf'ijif II �o II\ntanre dekhi, mahaprabhura kr�Qa-smrti haifa\npremavese tanre mili' kahite fagifa\nSYNONYMS\ntanre dekhi\n\n-\n\nsee i ng him; mahaprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nkr�Qa-smrti-remembrance of Kr?t:Ja; haifa-there was; prema-avese-in ecstatic\nlove; tanre-him; mifi'-meeting; kahite fagifa-began to say.\n\n", "mad5#p0064": "Text 61]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gut:1�ica Temple\n\n31\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the boy, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu immediately remembered Kr�r:'la.\nMeeting the boy in ecstatic love, the Lord began to speak.\nTEXT 61\n\n��-��'Sf�,�� it-fti{ I\n��i{\"!i{·..� fl� �(�te{ II �� II\nei-maha-bhagavata, yarihara darsane\n\nvrajendra-nandana-smrti haya sarva-jane\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-here is; maha-bhagavata-a first-class devotee; yarihara darsane-by the\n\nsight of whom; vrajendra-nandana-of the son of the King of Vraja; smrti­\n\nremembrance; haya-becomes; sarva-jane-for everyone.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Here is a great devotee,\" Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said. \"Upon seeing\nhim, everyone can remember the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r:'la, son\nof Maharaja Nanda.\"\nPURPORT\nIn his Anubha�ya, SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura states that a materialist mistakenly accepts the body and mind as the source of material enjoyment. In other words, a materialist accepts the bodily conception of life. SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu did not regard the son of Maharaja Prataparudra with the\nidea that he was a materialist, being the son of a materialist. Nor did He consider\nHimself the enjoyer. MayavadT philosophers make a great mistake by assuming\n\nthat the sac-cid-ananda-vigraha, the transcendental form of the Lord, is like a ma­\n\nterial body. However, there is no material contamination in transcendence, nor is\nthere any possibility of imagining a spirituality in matter. One cannot accept matter\n\nas\n\nspirit.\n\nAs\n\nindicated\n\nby\n\nthe\n\ntechnical\n\nwords\n\nbhauma\n\nijya-dhii)\n\n(Bhag. 10.84.13), materialistic MayavadTs imagine the form of God in matter, al­\n\nthough according to their imagination, God is unlimitedly formless. This is simply\nmental speculation. Even though SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, He placed Himself in the position of a gopi. He also accepted\nthe King's son directly as the son of Maharaja Nanda, Vrajendra-nandana Hari. This\nis perfect vision according to the direction of the Vedic culture, as confirmed in\n\nSrimad Bhagavad-gita (parxiitai) sama-darsinai)). Such acceptance of the Absolute\n\nTruth according to Vai?r:Java philosophy is explained in both the MuQcjaka\n\nUpani�ad (3.2.3) and the Katha Upani�ad (1.2.23) in the following words:\n\n", "mad5#p0065": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n32\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nnayam atma pravacanena labhyo\nna medhaya na bahuna srutena\nyam evai�a vwute tena labhyas\ntasyai�a atma vivwute tanam svam\n\"The Supreme Lord is not obtained by expert explanations, by vast intelligence,\nnor even by much hearing. He is obtained only by one whom He Himself chooses.\nTo such a person He manifests His own form.\"\nThe living entity is entangled in material existence due to his lack of such\nspiritual vision. Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura has sung in his Kalyal)a-kalpataru: sarhsare asiya prakrti bhajiya 'puru�a' abhimane mari. When the living entity comes to\nthe material world, he thinks himself the enjoyer. Thus he becomes more and\nmore entangled.\nTEXT 62\n\n�� �� <e�tfiT l*� �I\n�\\! �·�:��lit �er� II� II\nkrtartha ha-i/aria ami irihara darasane\neta bali' puna/:! tare kaila alirigane\nSYNONYMS\nkrta-artha ha i/aria-have become very much obligated; ami-1; irihara-of this\n-\n\nboy; darasane-by seeing;\n\neta ba/i -saying this; puna/:1-again; tare-him;\n\nkai/a-did ; a/irigane-embrace\n\n'\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"I have become very much obligated\njust by seeing this boy.\" After saying this, the Lord again embraced the\nprince.\nTEXT 63\n\n����� <;$rt� I\n�' <!ISII\"Pf, �' Q, �� � II �'!> II\nprabhu-sparse raja-putrera haila premavesa\nsveda, kampa, asru, stambha, pulaka vise�a\n\n•\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-sparse-because of being· touched by the Lord; raja-putrera-of the\nKing's son; hai/a-there was; prema-avesa-ecstatic love; sveda-perspiration;\n\n", "mad5#p0066": "Text 65]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur:Jc,fica Temple\n\n33\n\nkampa-trembling; a5ru-tears; stambha-being stunned; pu/aka-jubilation;\nvi5e$a-specifically.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as the prince was touched by lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nsymptoms of ecstatic love immediately manifested themselves in his body.\nThese symptoms included perspiration, trembling, tears, being stunned and\njubilation.\nTEXT 64\n\n'�' '�•' �'em�,� ��i{ ,\n\n�ftf 'et'itJ �f-t' ;t� �t1f �'it'i II �8 II\n'k[$Qa' 'k[$Qa' kahe, nace, karaye rodana\ntanra bhagya dekhi' 5/agha kare bhakta-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nk[$Qa k[$Qa-O Kr�l)a, 0 Kr�l)a; kahe-chants; nace-dances; karaye-does;\nrodana-crying; tanra-his; bhagya-fortune; dekhi'-seeing; 5/agha-praise;\nkare-do; bhakta-gaQa-all the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nThe boy began to cry and dance, and he chanted, \"K��r:Ja! K��r:Ja!\" Upon\nseeing his bodily symptoms and his chanting and dancing, all the devotees\npraised him for his great spiritual fortune.\nTEXT 65\n\n� � !l'- itt1r ��1i �'f I\n\nf.m �' �1l\"ht filfil�-�� �erl � 11�<111\ntabe mahaprabhu tanre dhairya karaila\nnitya asi' amaya miliha-ei ajfia dila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tanre-the boy;\ndhairya-patient; karai/a-caused to be; nitya-daily; asi'-coming; amayaMe; miliha-meet; ei ajfia-this order; di/a-gave.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu calmed the youth and ordered him to\ncome there daily to meet Him.\n\n", "mad5#p0067": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n34\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 66\n\n� �$111111 �� ��(Jf ff$11\n� �-t ��ff �tlfl1f �i1 or�mu �� u\nvidaya haiia raya aila raja-putre lana\nraja sukha pai/a putrera ce?ta dekhiya\nSYNONYMS\nvidaya haiia-taking leave; raya-Ramananda Raya; ai/a-came back; rajaputre /aiia-taking the King's son; raja-the King; sukha paila-felt great happiness; putrera-of his son; ce?ta-activities; dekhiya-seeing.\nTRANSLATION\nThey then departed from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and Ramananda Raya\ntook the boy back to the King's palace. The King was very happy when he\nheard of his son's activities.\nTEXT 67\n\n� �e!� �fit' '�i � I\n�e, � �� oat�� �'f111 ��:! II\nputre alin gana kari' premavi?ta haifa\nsak?at parasa yena mahaprabhura paila\nSYNONYMS\nputre\n\n-\n\nhis son; a/i ngana-embr acing; kari -d oing; prema-avi?ta haifa-he be'\n\ncame ecstatic; sak?at-directly; parasa\n\ntouch; yena-as if; mahaprabhura-of\n\n-\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; pai/a-he got.\nTRANSLATION\njust by embracing his son, the King was filled with ecstatic love, just as if he\nhad touched Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu directly.\nTEXT 68\n\n� ��� <et� 1f1lJrt1f il\"f� I\n��'Sf'i·11'1;�J � �� II �IY II\n'\n\nsei haite bhagyavan rajara nandana\nprabhu-bhakta-gaQa-madhye haifa eka-jana\n\n", "mad5#p0068": "Text 69)\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gu�<;lica Temple\n\n35\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei haite-from that day; bhagyavan-the most fortunate; rajara nandana-the\nson of the King; prabhu-bhakta-gaQa-madhye-among the intimate devotees of\nthe Lord; haifa-became; eka-jana-one of them.\nTRANSLATION\nSince then, the fortunate prince was one of the most intimate devotees of\nthe Lord.\nPURPORT\nIn this regard, Srila Prabodhananda Sarasvati wrote: yat-karuQya-katak?avaibhava-vatam. If Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu simply glanced at someone for a\nmoment, that person immediately turned into one of the most confidential devotees of the Lord. The prince came to see the Lord for the first time, but by the\nLord's mercy the boy immediately became a topmost devotee. This was not in\ntheory but in practice. We cannot apply the nagna-matrka-nyaya formula. This\nstates that if one's mother was naked in her childhood, she should continue to\nremain naked, even though she has become a mother of so many children. If a\nperson is actually benedicted by the mercy of the Lord, he can immediately become a topmost devotee of the Lord. The logic of nagna-matrka states that if a\nperson is not elevated on such and such a date, he cannot become an exalted\ndevotee overnight, as it were. This particular instance offers evidence to contradict that theory. On the previous day, the boy was simply an ordinary prince,\nand the next day he was counted as one of the topmost devotees of the Lord.\nThis was all made possible by the causeless mercy of the Lord. The Lord is omnipotent, all-powerful and almighty, and He can act as He likes.\nTEXT 69\n\n�� 11�� �'$l'i�\" I\nfi{�'{J� � �t1f �0��� \"��\"\nei-mata mahaprabhu bhakta-gaQa-sarige\nnirantara kri(ia kare sarikirtana-rarige\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-gaQasarige-in the society of His pure devotees; nirantara-constantly; kri(ia kareperforms pastimes; sarikirtana-rarige-in the course of His sarikirtana movement.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu acts in the society of His pure devotees, performing His pastimes and spreading the sailkirtana movement.\n\n", "mad5#p0069": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n36\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 70\n\n'C$t1itfif �· �tt �'t_t1f ��tf I\n� '!tt1 �ll!i1 �tt '1�1 �9'$ftf II 'I\n\no\n\nII\n\nacaryadi bhakta kare prabhure nimantraf)a\ntahan tahan bhik?a kare lana bhakta-gaf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nacarya-adi-headed\n\nby\n\nAdvaita\n\nAcarya;\n\nbhakta-devotees;\n\nkare-do;\n\nprabhure-unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nimantraf)a-invitation; tahan tahanhere and there; bhik?a kare-takes His lunch; /alia-taking; bhakta-gaf)a-ail the\ndevotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSome of the prominent devotees like Advaita Acarya used to invite Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu to take His meals at their homes. The Lord accepted\nsuch invitations accompanied by His devotees.\nTEXT 71\n\n�� iftifltte? f� �'! <;'$f� I\n<s1�\"tt� 1f��tl)li fi{�{; �a, II 'I� II\nei-mata nana range dina kata gela\njagannathera ratha-yatra nikata ha-ifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; nana range-in great jubilation; dina kata-some days;\nge/a-passed; jagannathera-of Lord Sri jagannatha; ratha-yatra-the car festival;\nnikata ha-ifa-became nearer.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, the Lord passed some days in great jubilation. Then the car\nfestival of Lord Jagannatha approached.\nTEXT 72\n\n�� �t��i!t ���'It-a, I\n�f��-�1!, llt��)tlf ,.,�t�1 �i'f II 'I� II\nprathamei kasi�misre prabhu bo/ai/a\npar;licha-patra, sarvabhaume bolana ani/a\n\n", "mad5#p0070": "The Cleansing of the Gu�;�c;tica Temple\n\nText 74]\n\n37\n\nSYNONYMS\nprathamei\n\n-\n\nin the beginning; kasi-misre-KasT Misra; prabhu-SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; bo/ai/a-called for;\n\npac;licha-patra-the superintendent of the\n\ntemple; sarvabhaume-of the name; bo/afia-calling; ani/a-brought.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu first of all called for Kasi Misra, then for the\nsuperintendent of the temple, then for Sarvabhauma Bhaffacarya.\nTEXT 73\n\n���·�llf � �1f�1 �� I\n�fui1·1f�1t·;rt��-c;� ;rt�' fewt II 'l� II\ntina-jana-pase prabhu hasiya kahila\ngul')c;/ica-mandira-marjana-seva magi' nita\n\nSYNONYMS\ntina-jana-pase-in the presence of the three persons; prabhu\n\n-\n\nthe Lord;\n\nhasiya-smiling; kahila-said; guQc;/ica-mandira-marjana-of washing the temple\n\nknown as Gul)c,iica; seva-service; magi' nita-obtained by begging.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen these three people came before the Lord, He begged them to wash\nthe temple known as Gu�;�c;tica.\nPURPORT\nThis Gul)c,iica temple is situated two miles northeast of the Jagannatha temple.\nAt the time of the Ratha-yatra festival, Lord Jagannatha goes to the Gul)c,iica\ntemple from His original temple and stays there for one week. After one week, He\nreturns to His original temple. It is understood by hearsay that the wife of lndradyumna, the King who established the Jagannatha temple, was known as Gul)c,iica. There is also mention of the name of the Gul)c,iica temple in authoritative\nscripture. The area of the Gul)c,iica temple is estimated to be 288 cubits by 215\ncubits. The main temple inside is about 36 cubits by 30 cubits, and the meeting\n1all is thirty-two cubits by thirty cubits.\n\nTEXT 74\n\n��Iii �t�,-�tfil·lf� c;lf�� c;i!t1ft1f I\n� c;i!� -� '�� �� �Jit1J II 'l8 II\n\n", "mad5#p0071": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n38\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\npac;ficha kahe, -ami-saba sevaka tamara\nye tamara iccha sei kartavya amara\n\nSYNONYMS\npac;ficha\n\nkahe-the\n\nsuperintendent\n\nsaid;\n\nami-saba-we\n\nare\n\nall;\n\nsevaka\n\ntamara-Your servants; ye tamara-whatever Your; iccha-desire; sei-that; kartavya amara-our duty.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing the Lord's request for them to wash the Gu•:u;tica temple, the\npac;Jicha, the superintendent of the temple, said, \"My dear sir, we are all Your\nservants. Whatever You desire is our duty to perform.\nTEXT 75\n\n�� � �i !Pl�ttli �\"tlrtt1f I\n\n� �i'Sii '�' �� Jt\\1!1 ��tt1f II 'l<t II\nvise�e rajara ajna hanache amare\nprabhura ajna yei, sei sighra karibare\n\nSYNONYMS\nvi5e$e-specifically;\n\nrajara-of the King;\n\najr'ia-order; har'iache-there is;\n\namare-upon me; prabhura-of Your Lordship; ajr'ia-order; yei-whatever;\nsei-that; sighra karibare-to execute without delay.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The King gave a special order for me to do without delay whatever Your\nLordship orders.\nTEXT 76\n\nQ!t� �'StJ '�� ��IPl 1if'tt1f·1fill{� I\n\n�� �� 'fi'fl �1f, � ,\\!11{11{ 11� II 'l� II\ntamara yogya seva nahe mandira-marjana\nei eka lila kara, ye tamara mana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-of You; yogya-befitting; seva-service; nahe-not; mandira-marjana-washing the temple; ei-this; eka-one; lila-pastime; kara,-You perform; ye tamara mana-as You like.\n\n", "mad5#p0072": "Text 78]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur;�c;lica Temple\n\n39\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, washing the temple is not service befitting You. Nonetheless, if You wish to do so, it is to be accepted as one of Your pastimes.\n\nTEXT 77\n\nf�• 'il�, �'1liiS(� � �f�:c;11 I\n� Qf�-�� :Jt� �t1 �tf.{ flft11 II '1'1 II\nkintu ghata, sammarjani bahuta cahiye\najfia deha-aji saba ihari ani diye\nSYNONYMS\n\nkintu-but;\n\nghata-waterpots;\n\nsammarjani -brooms;\n\nbahuta -many;\n\ncahiye-You require; ajfia deha-just order; aji-immediately today; sabaeverything; ihari-here; ani diye-1 shall bring and deliver.\nTRANSLATION\n\"To wash the temple, You need many waterpots and brooms. Therefore\norder me. I can immediately bring all these things to You.\"\n\nTEXT 78\n\niJ._� \\!!� 'il�, lift:! �'�� I\n\n�� �tfirni fifllf � � �' II 'llr II\nnOtana eka-sata ghata, sata sammarjani\npa(ficha aniya dila prabhura iccha jani'\nSYNONYMS\n\nnutana-new;\n\neka-sata-one hundred;\n\nsammarjani-brooms;\n\nghata-waterpots;\n\npa(ficha-the superintendent;\n\nsata-hundred;\n\naniya-bringing;\n\ndi/a­\n\ndelivered; prabhura-of the Lord; iccha-the desire; jani'-knowing.\nTRANSLATION\nA s soon as the superintendent understood the desire of the Lord, he immediately delivered a hundred new waterpots and a hundred brooms for\nsweeping the temple.\n\n", "mad5#p0073": "40\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 79\n\n����it� '1�1 �-�'1 I\n\n��� �� �IP �llfl � II 9� II\nara dine prabhate lana nija-gaQa\nsri-haste sabara arige lepila candana\nSYNONYMS\nara dine-on the next day; prabhate-in the morning; /ana-taking; nijagaQa-His personal devotees; sri-haste-by His own hand; sabara arige-on\neveryone's body; lepila candana-smeared pulp of sandalwood.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, early in the morning, the lord took His personal associates\nwith Him and, with His own hand, smeared sandalwood pulp on their bodies.\nTEXT 80\n\n!\\� fifl!f lRttl c.fl� c.fl� 11tsf'� I\n��'I llf�1 � �1 �t� II t,-o II\nsri-haste di/a sabare eka eka marjani\nsaba-gaQa lana prabhu cali/a apani\nSYNONYMS\nsri-haste-by His own hand; di/a-delivered; sabare-unto every one of them;\neka eka-one by one; marjani-a broom; saba-gaQa-all the associates; /anataking; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ca/i/a-went; apani-personally.\nTRANSLATION\nHe then gave each devotee a broom with His own hand, and, taking all of\nthem personally with Him, the lord went to Gur:u;lica.\nTEXT 81\n\n�fuWI·11�� <:� �f.�� 11�i{ I\n\n�O!t1111ti!J(� ��1 ��ill CllfNilll t,-� II\nguQc;iica-mandire gela karite marjana\nprathame marjani lana karila sodhana\n\n", "mad5#p0074": "Text 83]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur;��ica Temple\n\n41\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nguQc;iica-mandire-to the temple known as Gur:t c;lica; ge/a-went; karite-to\ndo; marjana-washing; prathame-in the first instance; marjan i-the brooms;\n/afia-taking; kari/a-did; .Sodhana-cleansing.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way the Lord and His associates went to cleanse the Gur;��ica temple.\nAt first they cleansed the temple with the brooms.\nTEXT 82\n\n� t{f'JQ ��,-:Jf� � I\nfit��Jtif 1ltfir' �� \"1(19J'il <ff:pr II lr� II\nbhitara rriahdira upara, -sakala majila\nsirilhasana maji' puna/:! sthapana karila\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhitara mandira-of the interior of the temple; upara-the ceiling; saka/a maji/a-cleansed everything; sirilhasana-the sitting place of the Lord; maji'cleansing; puna/:l-again; sthapana- setting down; kari/a-did.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord cleansed everything inside the temple very nicely, including the\nceiling. He then took up the sitting place [sirilhasana], cleansed it and again\nput it in its original place.\nTEXT 83\n\n�1}-�-1l�1f � 1ll.-if·��if I\n\n� �tli �� ��'Stt1� lllr� II\nchota-bac;fa-mandira kaila marjana-sodhana\npache taiche sodhila sri-jagamohana\nSYNONYMS\n\nchota-bac;fa-mandira-all the small and big temples; kai/a-did; marjanasodhana-proper cleansing;\n\npache-thereafter;\n\ntaiche-in the similar way;\n\nsodhi/a-cleansed; sri-jagamohana-the place between the original temple and\nthe meeting hall.\n\n", "mad5#p0075": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n42\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus the lord and His companions cleansed and swept all the temple's\nbuildings, big and small, and finally cleansed the area between the temple and\nthe meeting place.\nTEXT 84\n\nitfil'fift<li � � �R1f�·�t1l I\n�t� <;-ttt� � filt-tt'i{ �� II IrS II\ncari-dike sata bhakta sammarjani-kare\napani sodhena prabhu, sikha'na sabare\nSYNONYMS\ncari-dike-all around;\n\nsata-hundreds of;\n\nbhakta-devotees;\n\nsammarJanl­\n\nkare-do the cleansing work; apani-personally; sodhena- c i eanses; prabhuthe Lord; sikha'na sabare-teaches all others.\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed, hundreds of devotees were engaged in cleansing all around the\ntemple, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was personally carrying out the operation just to instruct others.\nTEXT 85\n\n<;�t1lt� Q&ttr;�, � ��� I\n�'St'i 'fi�' <lit�, <lit� fj{iSf-� II lr� II\npremo/lase sodhena, /ayena kr?Qa-nama\nbhakta-gaQa 'kr?Qa' kahe, kare nija kama\n-\n\nSYNONYMS\nprema-u//ase-in\n\ngreat\n\njubilation;\n\nsodhena-cleanses;\n\n/ayena-chants;\n\nkr?Qa-Hare Kr�l)a; nama-name; bhakta-gaQa-the devotees; kr?Qa kahechant Kr�l)a; kare-do; nija-kama-their own duty.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu washed and cleansed the temple in great jubilation, chanting the holy name of lord Kr��a all the time. Similarly, all the devotees were also chanting and at the same time performing their respective\nduties.\n\n", "mad5#p0076": "Text 88]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur:u:fica Temple\n\n43\n\nTEXT 86\n\n'!_fit·� � �f� ,..� I\n� �tt1 �� �t1f ���if II 'lr� II\ndhU/i-dhUsara tanu dekhite sobhana\nkahan kahari asru-jale kare sammarjana\nSYNONYMS\ndhO/i-dust; dhOsara-dirt;\n\ntanu-body;\n\ndekhite-to see;\n\nsobhana-very\n\nbeautiful; kahari kahari-somewhere; asru-jale-with tears; kare-does; sammarjana-washing.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe entire beautiful body of the Lord was covered with dust and dirt. In this\nway it became transcendentally beautiful. At times, when cleansing the\ntemple, the Lord shed tears, and in some places He even cleansed with those\ntears.\nTEXT 87\n\ncet'St1lfi'f � �' Qlttfl{lf !!fttftj I\n\n�����'lift� II 'lr'\\ II\nbhoga-mandira sodhana kari' sodhila prarigaQa\nsakala avasa krame karila sodhana\nSYNONYMS\nbhoga-mandira-the place where food is placed; sodhana kari'-cleansing;\nsodhila prarigaQa-cleansed the yard;\n\nsakala-all; avasa-residential places;\n\nkrame-one after another; karila sodhana-cleansed.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter this, the place where the Deity's food was kept [bhoga-mandira] was\ncleansed. Then the yard was cleansed, and then all the residential quarters,\none after the other.\nTEXT 88\n\n'f'l, '!_fir, f��' �� �� � I\n\n�f�t� 'f�1 �'li1l �t�l �fun II 'lr'lr II\n\n", "mad5#p0077": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n44\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\ntwa, dhali, jhirikura, saba ekatra kariya\nbahirvase lana phelaya bahira kariya\nSYNONYMS\n\nl\nk g on His personal cloth;\n\ntwa-straws; dhali-dust; jhirikura- rains of sand; saba-a l; ekatra-in one\n\nr\n\nplace;\n\nc\n\ni g\n\ng\n\nka iya- om b nin ;\n\nbahirvase\n\n/ana-ta in\n\nphelaya-throws; bahira kariya-outside.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu collected all the straw, dust and grains of\nsand in one place, He gathered it all in His cloth and threw it outside.\nTEXT 89\n\n�� �'Sttf ��' �-� I\n'if'!, r{'f <ft�t1f �t� 9f�1f rtfWt II lr� II\nei-mata bhakta-gaf)a kari' nija-vase\ntwa, dhali bahire phelaya parama hari?e\nSYNONYMS\nei mata-similarly; bhakta-gaf)a-all the devotees; kari -doin ; nija-vase-in\n-\n\ng\n\n'\n\ntheir own cloths; twa-straw;\n\ndhali-dust; bahire phelaya-throw outside;\n\nt\n\nparama hari?e-wi h great jubilation.\nTRANSLATION\nFollowing the example of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, all the devotees, in\ngreat jubilation, began to gather straws and dust with their own cloths and\nthrow them outside the temple.\nTEXT 90\n\n� �!(,-� �\\! �mttli �R1ft9i{ I\nIf'!, '!_f'i!f \"'f� � 9fRt� II �o II\nprabhu kahe, -ke kata kari yacha sammarjana\ntrf)a, dhali dekhilei janiba parisrama\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said;\n\nc\n\nkariya ha\n\n-\n\nhave\n\ndone;\n\nke-every one of you;\n\nc\n\nsammarjana- leansin ;\n\ng\n\nkata-how much;\n\ntwa-straw;\n\ndhali-dust;\n\n", "mad5#p0078": "Text 92]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur:u;lica Temple\n\n45\n\ndekhilei-when I see; janiba-1 can understand; parisrama-how much you have\nlabored.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord then told the devotees, \"I can tell how much you have labored and\nhow well you have cleansed the temple simply by seeing all the straw and dust\nyou have collected outside.\"\nTEXT 91\n\n�� �� (;��1 <1J<f5ijl <15�llf I\n��1 �ti! � �WI ��<15 �i'f II �� II\nsabara jhyantana bojha ekatra karila\nsaba haite prabhura bojha adhika ha-i/a\nSYNONYMS\n\nsabara-of all; jhyantana-the dirt collected; bojha-load; ekatra-combined\nin one place; kari/a-made; saba haite-than all of them; prabhura bojha-the\npile of dirt collected by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; adhika ha-ila-was greater.\nTRANSLA liON\nEven though all the devotees collected dirt in one pile, the dirt collected by\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was much greater.\nTEXT 92\n\n�� �'eJ\"-1� <�Sf� 11i'f� I\n��: �<lt<fi� fir'f <15fimt <1c6� II �� II\nei-mata abhyantara karila marjana\npunah sabakare dila kariya vaQtana\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; abhyantara-inside; kari/a-did; marjana-cleansing;\npunah-again; sabakare-to all of them; di/a-gave; kariya vaQtana-allotting\nareas.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the inside of the temple was cleansed, the lord again allotted areas for\nthe devotees to cleanse.\n\n", "mad5#p0079": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n46\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 93\n\n\\\"\"'!_�if, If'!, .'t<Ti11', �� <Ti� � I\n'e�t'! � � ��·�II �� II\ns0k$ma dhali, trQa, karikara, saba karaha dOra\nbha/a-mate sodhana karaha prabhura antabpura\nSYNONYMS\ns0k$ma dhali-fine dust; twa-straw; karikara-grains of sand; saba-all;\nkaraha-do; dOra-away; bhala-mate-very well; sodhana-cleansing; karahado; prabhura-of the Lord; antabpura-inside.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord then ordered everyone to cleanse the inside of the temple very\nperfectly by taking finer dust, straws and grains of sand and throwing them\noutside.\nTEXT 94\n\n� ��� \"l�i �� ��111' �'I I\n\n��' �t� 1ft� �t�� �� II �S II\nsaba vai$Qava lana yabe dui-bara sodhila\ndekhi' mahaprabhura mane santo$a ha-i/a\nSYNONYMS\nsaba-all; vai$Qava-devotees; /alia-taking; yabe-when; dui-bara-for the\nsecond time; sodhi/a-cleansed; dekhi'-seeing; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; mane-in the mind; santo$a-satisfaction; ha-i/a-there was.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and all the Vai�r:�avas cleansed the temple\nfor the second time, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very happy to see the\ncleansing work.\nTEXT 95\n\n�11' -t'! � -t'! �r;T; �� �' I\n\n<2f�� '1�1 �tt!i: � �t�-.1 �fif' II \"'� II\nara sata jana sata ghate jala bhari'\nprathamei lana ache kala apek$a kari'\n\n", "mad5#p0080": "Text 97]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur:ujica Temple\n\n47\n\nSYNONYMS\nara-other; sata jana-about one hundred men; sata ghate-in a hundred\n\nwaterpots; ja/a-water; bhari'-filling; prathamei-in the first instance; /anataking; ache-were; kala-the time; apek?a kari'-awaiting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the temple was being swept, about a hundred men stood ready with\nfilled waterpots, and they simply awaited the Lord's order to throw them.\nTEXT 96\n\n� �, ��, � �\\21'- �r� 1\n�� � �� �tfi{' t21if.·�tr;'St Rf\"f ll �� ll\n'jala ana' bali' yabe mahaprabhu kahila\n\ntabe sata ghata ani' prabhu-age dila\n\nSYNONYMS\njala ana-bring water; ba/i'-saying; yabe-when; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kahila-ordered; tabe-at that time; sata ghata-one hundred\npots; ani'-bringing; prabhu-age-before the Lord; di/a-delivered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu called for water, all the men immediately brought the hundred waterpots, which were completely filled, and\ndelivered them before the Lord.\nTEXT 97\n\nt2l�tll � �. �\"111' \\2l'fit\"fi( I\n�'fif':�t'li ��' 'J�·Il'(l, P,e,�tl'{i( ll �'l ll\nprathame karila prabhu mandira prak?alana\n\nCtrdhva-adho bhitti, grha-madhya, sirilhasana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprathame-in\n\nthe\n\ntirst\n\ninstance;\n\nkari/a-did;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; mandira prak?alana-washing of the temple; Ctrdhva-on the ceiling;\n\nadhaf)-on the floor;\n\nbhitti-walls;\n\nsirilhasana-the sitting place of the Lord.\n\ngrha-madhya-within\n\nthe home;\n\n", "mad5#p0081": "48\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu first washed the main temple and then\nthoroughly washed the ceiling,\n\nthe walls,\n\nthe floor, the sitting place\n\n[simhasana] and everything else within the room.\nTEXT 98\n\n�� 'eRrni i9filf ��, �'11�'1 I\n\n,� � \\9�' Qlttflt �f� �..tfir'lll �lr II\nkhapara bhariya jala urdhve calaila\nsei jale urdhva .Sodhi bhitti prak�alila\n\nSYNONYMS\nkhapara-basin; bhariya-filling; jala-water; urdhve-on the ceiling; ca/ai/abegan to throw; sei ja/e-with that water; urdhva sodhi-washing the ceiling;\nbhitti-walls and floor; prak�a/ila-washed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu Himself and His devotees began to throw water\nonto the ceiling. When this water fell, it washed the walls and floor.\nTEXT 99\n\n��� ��i{ ��-�tiRf 1lltf'i{ I\n� �tr;'$f � �t�' �� 'e�'$f'l II �� II\nsri-haste karena sirilhasanera marjana\nprabhu age jala ani' deya bhakta-gaf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-haste-with his own hand; karena-does; sirilhasanera marjana-washing\nof the sitting place of the Lord; prabhu age-before the Lord; ja/a-water; ani'bringing; deya-deliver; bhakta-gaf)a-all devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began to wash the sitting place of Lord\nJagannatha with His own hands, and all the devotees began to bring water to\nthe Lord.\n\n", "mad5#p0082": "Text 102]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gu�c;lica Temple\n\n49\n\nTEXT 100\n\n�·'$flj �t� �-1{� \\!1-.t'i'i{ I\n\nfi{� fi{;sr �t� �t� 1ff� 1ftiS(� II �\n\no o\n\nII\n\nbhakta-gaQa kare grha-madhya prak?alana\nnija nija haste kare mandira marjana\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-gaQa-devotees; kare-do; grha-madhya-within the room;\n\nprak­\n\n?alana-washing; nija nija-each one of them; haste-in the hand; kare-does;\nmandira marjana-cleansing of the temple.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees within the temple began to wash. Each one had a broom in\nhis hand, and in this way they cleansed the temple of the lord.\nTEXT 101\n\n� iSf\"f �tfil' �W1l �� �� I\n��� � m �a ��'1-��t� 11 �0 � n\nkeha jala ani' deya mahaprabhura kare\nkeha ja/a deya tafira caraQa-upare\nSYNONYMS\nkeha-someone; jala ani'-bringing water; deya-delivers;\n\nmahaprabhura\n\nkare-to the hand of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; keha-someone; jala deyapours water; talira-His; caraQa-upare-on the lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nSomeone brought water to pour into the hands of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nand someone poured water on His lotus feet.\nTEXT 102\n\n�� ��I!P1 <mf �li!Jf� � I\n�� 'aftf<$f' 'l1l, �� �t\" �� W� II � � II\no\n\nkeha lukafia kare sei jala pana\nkeha magi' laya, keha anye kare dana\n\n", "mad5#p0083": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n50\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSYNONYMS\nkeha-someone; /ukafia-concealing himself; kare-does; sei jala-of that\nwater; pana-drinking; keha-someone; magi' /aya-begging, takes; kehaanother; anye-to another; kare-gives; dana-in charity.\nTRANSLATION\nThe water that fell from the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was\ndrunk by someone who hid himself. Someone else begged for that water, and\nanother person was giving that water in charity.\nTEXT 103\n\n'it1!: !_�' �'ttf�<lit� i&f\"f �t�' fir\" I\n(;:1'1� � �11f't :1'1� �mt11!:� ll � 0� ll\nghara dhui' praQalikaya jala cha{ii' dila\nsei jale prarigaQa saba bhariya rahila\nSYNONYMS\nghara dhui'-washing the room; praQalikaya-unto the outlet; ja/a-water;\ncha{fi' dila-let ·go; sei jale-by that water; prarigaQa-the yard; saba-all;\nbhariya-filled; rahi/a-remained.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the room was washed, the water was let out through an outlet, and it\nthen flowed and filled the yard outside.\nTEXT 104\n\n�i&f·�c;!ll ��i'f � 'Pt :J'I�lf!�il I\n'al�tt�'. �i&f·<�c;m lf!f�ff f:l'l���il u �os u\nnija-vastre kaila prabhu grha sammarjana\nmahaprabhu nija-vastre majila sirhhasana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; grha-room; sammarjana-mopping; mahaprabhu-S rT Caitanya\nnija-vastre-by\n\nHis\n\nown\n\ngarment;\n\nkaila-did;\n\nMahaprabhu; nija-vastre-by His own garment; maji/a-polished; sirhhasanathrone.\n\n", "mad5#p0084": "Text 107]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gu��ica Temple\n\n51\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord mopped the rooms with His own clothes, and He polished the\nthrone with them also.\nTEXT 105\n\na¢! �T; �'I �� �� �'S(il I\n\nJtf\"Rf �f'f11 ,<11�-� f.liSf Jtilll �\"�II\nsata ghata jafe haifa mandira marjana\nmandira sodhiya kaifa-yena nija mana\nSYNONYMS\nsata-one hundred; ghata-of waterpots; jafe-by the water; haifa-became;\nmandira-the temple;\n\nmarjana-cleansed;\n\nmandira-the temple;\n\nsodhiya­\n\ncleansing; kaifa-did; yena-as if; nija mana-h i s own mind.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way all the rooms were cleansed with a hundred waterpots. After the\nrooms had been cleansed, the minds of the devotees were as clean as the\nrooms.\nTEXT 106\n\nf.liit, �i!\"f, m �� 1tf\"'�� 1\n�t'Pfil·lfi�� '�il � �� II � o� II\nnirmafa, sitafa, snigdha karifa mandire\napana-hrdaya yena dharifa bahire\nSYNONYMS\nnirmafa-purified; sitafa-cool; snigdha-pleasing; karifa-made; mandirethe temple; apana-hrdaya-own heart; yena-as if; dharifa-kept; bahire-outside.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the temple was cleansed, it was purified, cool and pleasing, just as if\nthe Lord's own pure mind had appeared.\nTEXT 107\n\n-t� -t� i9fil ISfit � ��t<ft� I\n\n�� 'ltil iltf't, �� �� iSf'f � II �\"'t II\n\n", "mad5#p0085": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n52\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nsata sata jana jala bhare sarovare\nghate sthana nahi, keha kOpe jala bhare\nSYNONYMS\nsata sata jana-hundreds of men; jala bhare-draw water; sarovare-from the\nlake; ghate-on the bank; sthana-place; nahi-there is not; keha-someone;\nkOpe-from the well; ja/a bhare-draws the water\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince hundreds of men were engaged in bringing water from the lake, there\nwas no place to stand on the banks. Consequently someone began to draw\nwater from a well.\nTEXT 108\n\n'!_c( � ill<$1 �t� -ti! ��'it'! I\n1_t.J �t \"l<$1 � � llfi! � II �olr II\npOrQa kumbha /alia aise sata bhakta-gaQa\nsOnya ghata /alia yaya ara sata jana\nSYNONYMS\npOrQa kumbha-a filled waterpot; /alia-taking; aise-come; sata bhaktagaQa-hundreds of devotees; sOnya ghata-an empty waterpot; /alia-taking\nback; yaya-go; ara-another; sata jana-hundreds of men.\nTRANSLATION\nHundreds of devotees brought water in the pots, and hundreds took the\nempty pots away to fill them up again.\nTEXT 109\n\n�Jt�, ��' �9f, �1ft�,� I\n\n�·�1 f� �t1t �� �fti{ 'Sfill �ftt' II �o� II\nnityananda, advaita, svarOpa, bharati, puri\niriha vinu ara saba ane jala bhari'\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda-Nityananda Prabhu; advaita-Advaita Acarya; svarOpa-SvarOpa\nDamodara;\n\nbharati-Brahmananda Bharati;\n\npuri -Paramananda PurT;\n\niriha-\n\n", "mad5#p0086": "Text 111]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur:t�ica Temple\n\n53\n\nthese; vinu-except; ara-others; saba-all; ane-bring; ja/a - water; bhari'filling up.\nTRANSLATION\nWith the exception of Nityananda\nDamodara,\n\nBrahmananda\n\nBharati\n\nand\n\nPrabhu,\n\nAdvaita\n\nParamananda\n\nAcarya,\n\nPuri,\n\nSvariipa\n\neveryone\n\nwas\n\nengaged in filling the waterpots and bringing them there.\nTEXT 110\n\n'itt� 'itt� ar�, <Til! 'il� �fir' '�\" 1\n!If\\! !If'! 'il� <;i'rt<Ti l!tt1 \"�1 �\" ����0 ll\nghate ghate theki' kata ghata bhangi' gela\nsata sata ghata /oka tahan lana aila\nSYNONYMS\n\nghate ghate theki'-when there was a collision between one pot and another;\nkata-so many; ghata-pots; bhangi' ge/a-became broken; sata sata-h undred s\nof; ghata-pots ; /oka-people; tahan-there; /ana-bring i ng; ai/a- c ame .\nTRANSLATION\nMany of the waterpots were broken when people collided with one another,\nand hundreds of men had to bring new waterpots to fill.\nTEXT 111\n\n� <e?;11', 'il11' <;'ft�, �t1{ ��'fi'fil I\n\n'��' '��' 'fi'� fcfil1 remr i{� �� u ��� n\n\njala bhare, ghara dhoya, kare hari-dhvani\n'kr�f)a' 'hari' dhvani vina ara nahi suni\nSYNONYMS\n\njala bhare-they were drawing water; ghara dhoya-washing the rooms; kare\nhari-dhvani -chanting the holy name of Hari; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r)a; hari-the holy\nname of Hari; dhvani-vibration; vina -except; ara-anyth ing else; nahi-there\nwas not; suni-hearing.\nTRANSLATION\nSome people were filling the pots, and others were washing the rooms, but\neveryone was engaged in chanting the holy name of Kr�r:ta and Hari.\n\n", "mad5#p0087": "54\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 112\n\n'��' '�•' �fft' �� �tR �t� I\n' �•' '��' �fft' � �lJ �Jf� II ��� II\n'kr�Qa' 'kr�Qa' kahi' kare ghatera prarthana\n'kr�Qa' 'kr�Qa' kahi' kare ghata samarpaQa\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa kr�Qa kahi'-while chanting Kr�r:Ja Kr�r:Ja; kare-do; ghatera-for the\nwaterpots; prarthana-begging; kr�Qa kr�Qa-the holy name of Lord Kr�r:Ja;\nkahi'-chanting; kare-does; ghata-of the waterpots; samarpaQa-delivery.\nTRANSLATION\nOne person begged for a waterpot by chanting the holy names Km1a,\nKr�r:\"la, and another delivered a pot while chanting Kr�r:\"la, Kr�r:\"la.\nTEXT 113\n\n� � ��' \"'l �� �ifttl\n�·iHJJ �i'f �t1Ji! �-<fittlf II ��� II\nyei yei kahe, sei kahe kr�Qa-name\nkr�Qa-nama ha-ifa sanketa saba-kame\nSYNONYMS\nyei yei kahe-anyone who was speaking; sei-he; kahe-says; kr�Qa-nameby uttering the holy name of Kr�r:Ja; kr�Qa-nama ha-ifa-the holy name of Kr�r:Ja\nbecame; sar'lketa-indication; saba-kame-for everyone who wanted something.\nTRANSLATION\nWhenever anyone had to speak, he did so by uttering the holy name of\nKr�r:\"�a. Consequently, the holy name of Kr�r:\"la became an indication for everyone who wanted something.\nTEXT 114\n\n<;�tllf �� � '��' '�'·irt1f I\nl1l<fit'f '���� �11 -li!'Srtil11 �til II ��811\npremavese prabhu kahe 'kr�Qa' 'kr�Qa'-nama\nekafe premavese kare sata-janera kama\n\n", "mad5#p0088": "Text 116]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur:t�ica Temple\n\n55\n\nSYNONYMS\nprema-avese-in ecstatic love;\n\nprabhu-Lord\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nkahe-says; kmJa kr$Qa-nama-the holy name of Lord Kr�r:Ja; eka/e-alone;\nprema-avese-in ecstatic love;\n\nkare-does;\n\nsata-janera kama-the work of\n\nhundreds of men.\nTRANSLATION\nAs Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was vibrating the holy name of Kr�r:ta in\necstatic love, He Himself was performing the work of hundreds of men.\nTEXT 115\n\n�-!t�� ��� �� 'JII�·'Ili\\!(� I\n\n�fl:!iSfi{·9ltt-t ��' ��\"ti{ fit'lf''l II �� <t II\nsata-haste karena yena k$alana-marjana\npratijana-pase yai' karana sik$ �Qa\nSYNONYMS\nsata-haste-with one hundred hands; karena-He does; yena-as if; k$alanamarjana-rinsing and washing; pratijana-pase yai'-going to the side of everyone; karana sik$aQa-He was teaching them.\nTRANSLATION\nIt appeared as though Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu were cleansing and washing with a hundred hands. He approached everyone just to teach them how to\nwork.\nTEXT 116\n\n� �� 'WM' � �t11' �:Jt�� I\n'ITt� ifl fil� � ��\\l �e,�� II��� II\nbhala karma dekhi' tare kare prasarhsana\nmane na milile kare pavitra bhartsana\nSYNONYMS\nbha/a-good;\n\nkarma-work;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\ntare-to\n\nhim;\n\nkare-does;\n\nprasarhsana-praising; mane-in His mind; na-not; mi/i/e-being approved;\nkare-He does; pavitra-purified, ungrudgingly; bhartsana-chastisement.\n\n", "mad5#p0089": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n56\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen He saw someone doing nicely, the lord praised him, but if He saw\nthat someone was not working to His satisfaction, He immediately chastised\nthat person, not bearing him any grudge.\nTEXT 117\n\n'!fir � <lif't�tfi, fit�t� ·�rr;�f 1\n\n�� 'e� <lijj ,�r;�i �� �r;1{ II ��9 II\ntumi bhala kariyacha, sikhaha anyere\nei-mata bhala karma seho yena kare\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-you; bha/a kariyacha-have done well; sikhaha anyere-teach others;\nei-mata-in this way; bha/a karma-good work; seho-he also; yena-so that;\nkare -performs.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord would say, \"You have done well. Please teach this to others so that\nthey may act in the same way.\"\nTEXT 118\n\n�-<ti�1 �film �� �,�'! �1$i 1\n<etl'f·1l� �jj �r;f �'alii flf�i \" � �lr \"\ne-katha suniya sabe sarikucita hafia\nbhala-mate karma kare sabe mana diya\nSYNONYMS\ne-katha suniya-hearing these words;\n\nsabe-all;\n\nsarikucita hafia-being\n\nashamed; bha/a-mate-very well; karma kare-do work; sabe-all; mana diyawith attention.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as they heard Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu say this, everyone became\nashamed. Thus they began to work with great attention.\nTEXT 119\n\n� �llfit&ll� ,�'1 1\\�\"Str;'lft�� I\n\n'�t'St1l�·�tflr '!r;� '�\" �llfit� \" ��\"' \"\n\n", "mad5#p0090": "Text 121]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur;�c;lica Temple\n\n57\n\ntabe prak$alana kaila sri-jagamohana\nbhoga-mandira-adi tabe kaila prak$alana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; prak$alana -washing; kaila -performed; sri-jagamohana -in\nfront of the temple; bhoga-mandira-the place where food is offered; adi-all\nsuch places; tabe-then; kaila prak$alana-washed.\nTRANSLATION\nThey washed the Jagamohana area and then the place where food was kept.\nAll other places were also washed.\nTEXT 120\n\netti-ft1'fl !l' �'I rnf·i2fttf'i I\n\n�att'li·...tfif <f'Rf' <f'fif'f 12!-.t'fil II ��\n\no\n\nII\n\nnatasala dhui' dhuila catvara-prangaQa\npakasa/a-adi kari' kari/a prak$alana\nSYNONYMS\nnata-sa/a-the meeting place;\n\ndhui'-washing;\n\ndhuila-washed;\n\ncatvara­\n\nprangaQa-the yard and the raised sitting place; paka-sa/a-the kitchen; adiand so on; kari'-making; karila prak$alana-washed.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way the meeting place was washed, the entire yard, the raised sitting\nplaces, the kitchen and every other room.\nTEXT 121\n\nll�rnf �nf� �\"t1'fit ��'I I\n\n� ...�:'-.1f �� '�\" II ��� II\nmandirera catur-dik prak$alana kaila\nsaba anta/:lpura bhala-mate dhoyaila\nSYNONYMS\nmandirera-the temple; catu/:1-dik-all around; prak$alana kaila-washed;\nsaba-all; anta/:lpura-inside the rooms; bha/a-mate-with great care; dhoyailawashed.\n\n", "mad5#p0091": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n58\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus all places around the temple were thoroughly washed within and without.\nTEXT 122\n\nc;��<m\"f c;�1 <!1� � � I\n�� R'f-�r;'$f �\"'' �-'f\"f II �� � II\nhena-ka/e gaw;fiya eka subuddhi sara/a\nprabhura cara(la-yuge dila ghata-ja/a\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kale-at this time; gaw;fiya-Vai�l)ava from Bengal; eka-one; su-buddhi-very intelligent; sara/a-simple; prabhura cara(la-yuge-on the lotus feet of\nthe Lord; di/a-poured; ghata-jala-one potful of water.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter everything was thoroughly washed, a Vai�r;Java from Bengal, who was\nvery intelligent and simple, came and poured water on the lotus feet of the\nLord.\nTEXT 123\n\n� � \"''$1 �t�r;� 9Jii{ C<ti\"f I\n� '�f�' � � ':� c;�� �II� �� II\nsei jala lana apane pana kaila\ntaha dekhi' prabhura mane du/:lkha ro�a haifa\nSYNONYMS\nsei ja/a-that water; /ana-taking; apane-personally; pana kai/a-drank; taha\ndekhi'-seeing that; prabhura-of the Lord; mane-in the mind; duhkhaunhappiness; ro�a-anger; haifa-there was.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Gau<;liya Vai�r;Java then took that water and drank it himself. Seeing\nthat, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu felt a little unhappy and was also outwardly\nangry.\n\n", "mad5#p0092": "Text 126]\n\n59\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gu�c;lica Temple\n\nTEXT 124\n\n�� ,�tJtt� \\!tt� �J:Pt�fi ���t� I\n..,sl��·t�i{ i'ftRt' <!It�� ��mtt� ll ��8 ll\nyadyapi gosafli tare hanache santo$a\ndharma-sarhsthapana lagi' bahire maha-ro$a\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; gosafli-the Lord; tare-with him; hanache-became;\nsanto$a-satisfied; dharma-sarhsthapana lagi'-for establishing the etiquette of\nreligious principles; bahire-externally; maha-ro$a-very angry.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the lord was certainly satisfied with him, He became angry externally in order to establish the etiquette of religious principles.\nTEXT 125\n\nfiit..-1 i'ftf'it' ��� tS.tf�' <\\'i� ���� I\n\n�� �\"tt ,t;!t�rn ,,�,� <!IJ<!f�� u ��� u\nsik$a lagi' svarupe qaki' kahila tatihare\nei dekha tamara 'gau(iiya'ra vyavahare\nSYNONYMS\nsik$a lagi'-for instruction; svarupe-unto SvarOpa Damodara; qaki'-calling;\nkahila-said; tatihare-unto him;\n\nei dekha-just see here;\n\ntamara-your;\n\ngau(iiyara-of this Vai�r;1ava from Bengal; vyavahare-behavior.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord then called for Svarfipa Damodara and told him, \"Just see the\nbehavior of your Bengali Vai��ava.\nTEXT 126\n\n�� � �� '�tt'f I\n,JI� � �1�� i'fJ:P1 � ��� ll ��� ll\nisvara-mandire mora pada dhoyaila\nsei ja/a apani lana pana kaila\n\n", "mad5#p0093": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n60\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSYNONYMS\nisvara-mandire-in the temple of the Lord; mora-My; pada-feet; dhoyailawashed; sei ja/a-that water; apani-personally; /afia\n\n-\n\ntaking; pana kai/a­\n\ndrank.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This person from Bengal has washed My feet within the temple of the Personality of Godhead. Not only that, but he has drunk the water himself.\nTEXT 127\n\n�· ��'f <;� �tt1 �� 'Stfi! I\n<;i!� '<;�1' <IS� �ti!� '\"� l ���II\nei aparadhe mora kahan habe gati\ntamara 'gauqiya' kare eteka phaijati!\nSYNONYMS\nei aparadhe-by such an offense; mora-of Me; kahan-where; habe-will\nbe; gati-destination;\neteka\n\n-\n\nsuch; phaijat i\n\n-\n\ntamara gauqiya -your Bengali Vai�l)ava; kare-does;\nimplication.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"I now do not know what My destination is because of this offense. Indeed,\nyour Bengali Vai�r;�ava has greatly implicated Me.\"\nPURPORT\nIt is significant that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu told SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami\nthat the Bengali Vai�l)ava was \"your Gau<;liya Vai�l)ava.\" This means that all\nGau<;liya Vai�l)avas who are followers of the Caitanya cult are subordinate to\nSvarOpa Damodara Gosvami. The parampara system is very strictly observed by\nGau<;liya Vai�l)avas. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's personal secretary was SvarOpa\nDamodara Gosvami. The next group of devotees was the six Gosvamis, then\nKaviraja Gosvami. It is necessary to observe the parampara system of the Caitanya\ncult. There are many offenses one can commit while serving the Lord, and these\nare described in the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, Hari-bhakti-vilasa and other books.\nAccording to the rules and regulations, no one should accept obeisances in the\ntemple of the Lord before the Deity. Nor is it proper for a devotee to offer obeisances and touch the feet of the spiritual master before the Deity. This is considered an offense. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu Himself was personally the Supreme\n\n", "mad5#p0094": "Text 129]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur;�c;lica Temple\n\n61\n\nPersonality of Godhead; therefore it was not actually offensive to wash His lotus\nfeet in the temple. However, because He was playing the part of an acarya, the\nLord considered Himself an ordinary human being. He also wanted to give instructions to ordinary human beings. The point is that even though one plays the part\nof a spiritual master, he should not accept obeisances or permit a disciple to wash\nhis feet before the Deity. This is a matter of etiquette.\nTEXT 128\n\nl!t� � <;'ltt�f� � �� � fif�11\n\nOJ<11 1ftf'i' �m �t�� �tf-tta'Ji1 '1'�1 II ��\\r II\ntabe svarupa gosafii tara ghac;fe hata diya\nc;fheka mari' purira bahira rakhilena lana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; svarupa gosani -SvarO pa Damodara Gosaiii; tara-of him;\nghac;fe -on the neck; hata diya -touching with the hand; c;fheka mari '-pushing a\nlittle; purira bahira -out of the temple of Gut:�<;lica PurT; rakhilena -kept; /anataking.\nTRANSLATION\nAt this point Svarupa Damodara Gosvami caught the Gauc;liya Vai�r;�ava by\nthe neck and, giving him a little push, ejected him from the Gur;�c;lica Puri\ntemple and made him stay outside.\nTEXT 129\n\n�: 'fJftfif' � � �fPI �i1� I\n'�·��t-f' �lli <fi\"Rft'! �rn II��� II\npuna/:1 asi' prabhu paya karila vinaya\n'ajna-aparadha' k$ama karite yuyaya\nSYNONYMS\n\npuna/:1 as i '-again coming back; prabhu paya -at the lotus feet of the Lord;\nkarila vinaya -made a submission; ajna-aparadha -offense by innocent person;\nk$ama ka rite -to be excused; yu yaya -deserves.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Svarupa Damodara Gosvami returned within the temple, he requested\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to excuse that innocent person.\n\n", "mad5#p0095": "62\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 130\n\n� ��� �� :Jtr;� �'fir\n\n:Jftfif �fif' � �ttllf :Jf�tt1f �t� II ��o II\ntabe mahaprabhura mane santo�a ha-ifa\nsari kari' dui pase sabare vasaifa\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mane-in the\nmind; santo�a ha-ifa-there was satisfaction; sari kari'-making a line; dui paseon two sides; sabare-all of them; vasaifa-made to sit.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this incident, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very satisfied. He then\nasked all of the devotees to sit down in two lines on both sides.\nTEXT 131\n\n�9(� � �' �t9fift11' �'tr;i! I\n\nlf'l, <Jtfl, � �tRt� f�r;� II ��� II\napane vasiya majhe, apanara hate\ntwa, kankara, kuta fagifa kugaite\nSYNONYMS\napane-personally; vasiya majhe-sitting in the middle; apanara hate-with\nHis own hand; twa-straw; kankara-grains of sand; kuta-dirt; fagifa-began;\nkugaite-to pick up.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord then personally sat down in the middle and picked up all kinds of\nstraw, grains of sand and dirty things.\nTEXT 132\n\n� �\\!�':If� Ill�()� �fif� I\n� qr, � �$ ��-9ftifl �� II �� � II\nke kata kugaya, saba ekatra kariba\nyara afpa, tara thaiii pitha-pana fa-iba\n\n", "mad5#p0096": "Text134]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur;��ica Temple\n\n63\n\nSYNONYMS\nke kata kur;laya-how much one has collected; saba-all; ekatra-in one place;\nkariba-1 shall gather; yara-of whom; a/pa-small; tara tha n i-from him; pithapana /a-iba-1 will ask for cakes and sweet rice as a fine.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was picking up the straws and grains of\nsand, He said, \"I shall gather everyone's collections, and I shall ask whoever\nhas collected less than all the others to pay a fine of sweet cakes and sweet\nrice.\"\nTEXT133\n\nt!l� 1{i! � � �� Q'tt� I\nJb'!'f, � � -� �-1{� II �� � II\nei mata saba purl kari/a sodhana\nsrtala, nirmala kai/a-yena nija-mana\nSYNONYMS\nei mata-in this way; saba pur l-all of Gul)c;lica Puri; karila sodhana-they\ncleansed; sita/a-cool; nirma/a-clean; kaila-made; yena-as; nija-mana-his\nown mind.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way all the quarters of the Gur;��ica temple were completely cleansed\nand cleared. All quarters were cool and spotless, like one's cleansed and\npacified mind.\nTEXT 134\n\n�'11��1 fit�' �fit �t� ��� I\n���,��� fif� II ��811\npraQalika char;li' yadi pani vahaila\nnOtana nadl yena samudre milila\nSYNONYMS\npraQalika-water from the outlets; char;/i -releasing; yadi-when; pant'\n\nwater; vahaila-flowed; nOtana-new; nadl-river; yena-as if; samudre-in the\nocean; milila-met.\n\n", "mad5#p0097": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the water from the different rooms was finally let out through the\nhalls, it appeared as if new rivers were rushing out to meet the waters of the\nocean.\nTEXT 135\n\nc.!!�� �t�·�tt\"it �� �� I\n� Q&tt�, � '<fi �c;<l � II ��� II\nei-mata puradvara-age patha yata\n\nsaka/a sodhila, taha ke varQibe kata\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; pura-dvara-of the gateway of the temple; age-in\n\nfront; patha yata- as many avenues; sakala-all; s odhila-were cleansed; taha­\n\nthat; ke varQibe-who can describe; kata-how much.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOutside the gateway of the temple, all the roads were also cleansed, and no\none could tell exactly how this was done.\nPURPORT\n\nIn commenting on the cleansing of the Gul)<;lica temple, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvati Thakura says that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was personally giving instructions on how one should receive Lord Kr�r:Ja, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, within one's cleansed and pacified heart. If one wants to see Kr�r:Ja\nseated in his heart, he must first cleanse the heart, as prescribed by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu in His Sik�a�taka (ceto-darpaQa-marjanam). In this age, everyone's\n\nheart is unclean, as confirmed in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (hrdy anta/:1-stho hy\n\nabhadraQi). To wash all dirty things accumulated within the heart, Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu advised everyone to chant the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra. The first result will\n\nbe that the\n\nheart is\n\ncleansed\n\n(ceto-darpaQa-marjanam).\n\nBhagavatam (1.2.17) also confirms this statement:\n\nSimilarly,\n\nSrimad­\n\nswvataril sva-katha/:1 kr�Qa/:1\npuQya-sravaQa-kirtana/:1\n\nhrdy anta/:1-stho hy abhadraQi\nvidhunoti suhrt-satam\n\"Sri Kr�r:Ja, the Personality of Godhead, who is the Paramatma [Supersoull in\neveryone's heart and the benefactor of the truthful devotee, cleanses desire for\n\n", "mad5#p0098": "Text 135]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur:J«..ica Temple\n\n65\n\nmaterial enjoyment from the heart of the devotee who relishes His messages,\nwhich are in themselves virtuous when properly heard and chanted.\"\nIf the devotee at all wants to cleanse his heart, he must chant and hear the glories of the Lord, SrT Kf�l)a (swvataril sva-kathab kr�f!aQ). This is a simple process.\nKf�l)a Himself will help cleanse the heart because He is already seated there. Kf�l)a\nwants to continue living within the heart, and the Lord wants to give directions,\nbut one has to keep his heart as clean as Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu kept the\nGul)c;iica temple. The devotee therefore has to cleanse his heart just as the Lord\ncleansed the Gul)c;iica temple. In this way one can be pacified and enriched in\ndevotional service. If the heart is filled with straw, grains of sand, weeds or dust (in\nother words, anyabhila�a-pOrQa), one cannot enthrone the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead there. The heart must be cleansed of all material motives brought\nabout through fruitive work, speculative knowledge, the mystic yoga system and\nso many other forms of so-called meditation. The heart must be cleansed without\nulterior motive. As SrTia ROpa GosvamT says:\n\nanyabhila�ita-sunyaril jriana-karmady-anavrtam. In other words, there should not be any external motive. One\n\nshould not attempt material upliftment, understanding the Supreme by speculative knowledge, fruitive activity, severe austerity and penance, and so on. All\nthese activities are against the natural growth of spontaneous love of Godhead.\nAs soon as these are present within the heart, the heart should be understood to\nbe unclean and therefore unfit to serve as Kr�l)a's sitting place. We cannot perceive the Lord's presence in our hearts unless our hearts are cleansed.\nA material desire is explained as a desire to enjoy the material world to its fullest\nextent. In modern language, this is called economic development. An inordinate\ndesire for economic development is considered to be like straws and grains of\nsand within the heart. If one is overly engaged in material activity, the heart will\nalways remain disturbed. As stated by Narottama dasa Thakura:\n\nsarilsara vi�anale,\ndiva-nisi hiya jvale,\njw;iaite na kainu upaya\nIn other words, endeavor for material opulence is against the principle of devotional service. Material enjoyment includes activities such as great sacrifices for\nauspicious activity, charity, austerity, elevation to the higher planetary system,\nand even living happily within the material world.\nModernized material benefits are like the dust of material contamination. When\nthis dust is agitated by the whirlwind of fruitive activity, it overcomes the heart.\nThus the mirror of the heart is covered with dust. There are many desires to perform auspicious and inauspicious activities, but people do not know how life after\nlife they are keeping their hearts unclean. One who cannot give up the desire for\nfruitive activity is understood to be covered by the dust of material contamination. Karmis generally think that the interaction of fruitive activities can be coun-\n\n", "mad5#p0099": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n66\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nteracted by another karma, or fruitive activity. This is certainly a mistaken conception. If one is deluded by such a conception, he is cheated by his own activity.\nSuch activities have been compared to an elephant's bathing. An elephant may\nbathe very thoroughly, but as soon as it comes out of the river, it immediately\ntakes some sand from the land and throws it all over its body. If one suffers due to\nhis past fruitive activities, he cannot counteract his suffering by performing\nauspicious activities. The sufferings of human society cannot be counteracted by\nmaterial plans. The only way suffering can be mitigated is by Kr�r:Ja consciousness.\nWhen one takes to Kr�r:Ja consciousness and engages himself in the devotional\nservice of the Lord-beginning with chanting and hearing the glories of the\nLord- the cleansing of the heart begins.\nImpersonal speculation, monism (merging into the existence of the Supreme),\nspeculative knowledge, mystical yoga and meditation are all compared to grains\nof sand. They simply cause irritation to the heart. No one can satisfy the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead by such activities, nor do we give the Lord a chance to sit\nin our hearts peacefully. Rather, the Lord is simply disturbed by them. Sometimes\nyogis and jlianis in the beginning take to the chanting of the Hare Kr�r:Ja mahamantra as a way to begin their various practices. However, when they falsely think\nthat they have attained release from the bondage of material existence, they give\nup chanting. They do not consider that the ultimate goal is the form of the Lord or\nthe name of the Lord. Such unfortunate creatures are never favored by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, for they do not know what devotional service\nis. They are described in Bhagavad-gita in this way:\ntan aharh dvi?ata/:1 kruran\nsarhsare?u naradhaman\nk?ipamy ajasram asubhan\nasuri?V eva yoni?U\n\"Those who are envious and mischievous, who are the lowest among men, are\ncast by Me into the ocean of material existence, into various demoniac species of\nlife.\" (Bg. 16.19)\nThe\n\ndemons are always envious of the Lord and are therefore most\n\nmischievous. By His practical example, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has shown us\nthat all the grains of sand must be picked up thoroughly and thrown outside. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu also cleansed the outside of the temple, fearing that the\ngrains of sand would again come within.\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura explains that even though one may become free from the desire for fruitive activity, sometimes the subtle desire for fruitive activity comes into being within the heart. One often thinks of conducting\nbusiness to improve devotional activity. However, the contamination is so strong\nthat it may later develop into misunderstanding, described as kuti-nati (faultfind-\n\n", "mad5#p0100": "Text 135]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur:u;lica Temple\n\n67\n\ning) and prati�thasa (the desire for name and fame and for high position), jiva-hirhsa (envy of other living entities), ni�iddhacara (accepting things forbidden in the\nsastra), kama (desire for material gain) and puja (hankering for popularity). The\nword kuti-nati means duplicity. As an example, one may attempt to imitate Srila\nHaridasa Thakura by living in a solitary place. One's real desire may be for name\nand fame-in other words, one thinks that fools will accept one to be as good as\nHaridasa Thakura just because one lives in a solitary place. These are all material\ndesires. A neophyte devotee is certain to be attacked by other material desires as\nwell-women and money. In this way the heart is again filled with dirty things\nand becomes harder and harder, like that of a materialist. Gradually one desires to\nbecome a reputed devotee or an avatara (incarnation).\nThe word jiva-hirhsa (envy of other living entities) actually means stopping the\npreaching of Kr��a consciousness. Preaching work is described as paropakara,\nwelfare activity for others. Those who are ignorant of the benefits of devotional\nservice must be educated by preaching. If one stops preaching and simply sits\ndown in a solitary place, he is engaging in material activity. If one desires to make\na compromise with the Mayavadis, he is also engaged in material activity. A devotee should never make compromises with nondevotees. By acting as a professional guru, mystic yogi or miracle man, one may cheat and bluff the general\npublic and gain fame as a wonderful mystic, but all this is considered to be dust,\nstraw and grains of sand within the heart. In addition, one should follow the\nregulative principles and not desire illicit sex, gambling, intoxicants and meat.\nTo give us practical instructions, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu cleansed the\ntemple twice. His second cleansing was more thorough. The idea was to throw\naway all the stumbling blocks on the path of devotional service. He cleansed the\ntemple with firm conviction, as is evident from His using His own personal garments for cleaning. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted to see personally that the\ntemple was thoroughly cleansed as clean as marble. Clean marble gives a cooling\neffect. Devotional service means attaining peace from all disturbances caused by\nmaterial contamination. In other words, it is the process by which the mind is\ncooled. The mind can be peaceful and thoroughly cleansed when one no longer\ndesires anything but devotional service.\nEven though all dirty things may be cleansed away, sometimes subtle desires\nremain in the mind for impersonalism, monism, success and the four principles of\nreligious activity (dharma, artha, kama and mok�a). All these are like spots on clean\ncloth. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu also wanted to cleanse all these away.\nBy His practical activity, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu informed us how to cleanse\nour hearts. Once the heart is cleansed, we should invite Lord Sri Kr��a to sit down,\nand we should observe the festival by distributing prasada and chanting the Hare\nKr��a maha-mantra. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu used to teach every devotee by His\npersonal behavior. Everyone who spreads the cult of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepts a similar responsibility. The Lord was personally chastising and praising in-\n\n", "mad5#p0101": "68\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\ndividuals in the course of the cleaning, and those who are engaged as acaryas\nmust learn from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu how to train devotees by personal example. The Lord was very pleased with those who could cleanse the temple by\ntaking out undesirable things accumulated within. This is called anartha-nivrtti,\ncleansing the heart of all unwanted things. Thus the cleansing of the Gur;t<;licamandira was conducted by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to let us know how the\nheart should be cleansed and soothed to receive Lord Sri Kr�r:ta and enable Him to\nsit within the heart without disturbance.\nTEXT 136\n\n�flt��\"'�·f'fji!�·�t� '-tt� I\n'1!5t'f� ��� <lifil' �i!J �t� II ��� II\nnrsirhha-mandira-bhitara-bahira sodhila\nk�aueka visrama kari' nrtya arambhila\nSYNONYMS\nnrsirhha-mandira-the temple of Nrsimhadeva; bhitara-inside; bahira-outside; sodhila-cleansed; k�aQeka-for a few moments; visrama\n\n-\n\nrest; kari'­\n\nafter taking; nrtya -dancing; arambhila -began.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu also cleansed the Nrsirilha temple inside and outside. Finally, He rested a few minutes and then began dancing.\nPURPORT\nThe Nrsimha temple is a nice temple, just outside the Gur;t<;lica temple. In this\ntemple there is a great festival on the day of Nrsimha-caturdasi. There is also a\nNrsimha temple at Navadvipa where the same festival is observed, as described\nby Murari Gupta in his book Caitanya-carita.\nTEXT 137\n\nitfiffift� �9'$f'l � �� I\n1lt'U � <lit1r-1 � 11�flf��·l111 II �e9 II\ncari-dike bhakta-gaQa karena kirtana\nmadhye nrtya karena prabhu matta-sirhha-sama\n\n", "mad5#p0102": "Text 139]\n\n69\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur;t�ica Temple\n\nSYNONYMS\ncari-dike-all around; bhakta-gaQa-devotees; karena-performed; kirtanacongregational chanting;\n\nmadhye-in the middle; nrtya-dancing; karena­\n\ndoes; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; matta-sirilha-sama-just like a maddened lion.\nTRANSLATION\nAll around Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu all the devotees performed congregational chanting. The lord, just like a maddened lion, danced in the middle.\nTEXT 138\n\n�' �' '�(Jt� ��<ti, 'l�t� I\n\n�-� {(' �tr;� � �1!ti'tt� n �'!>�r n\nsveda, kampa, vaivarQyasru pufaka, hunkara\nnija-anga dhui' age cafe asru-dhara\nSYNONYMS\nsveda-perspiration;\n\nkampa-trembling;\n\nvaivarQya-fading;\n\nasru-tears;\n\npufaka -jubilation; hunkara-roaring; nija-anga-personal body; dhui'-washing; age-forward; cafe-goes; asru-dhara-a flow of tears.\nTRANSLATION\nAs usual, when Caitanya Mahaprabhu danced, there were perspiration,\ntrembling, fading, tears, jubilation and roaring. Indeed, the tears from His\neyes washed His body and those before Him.\nTEXT 139\n\n��� <e�·�lr '�ilf � I\n\\!tt�� (;�'it �e{ <fit� �fil�'l II �'-!>� II\ncari-dike bhakta-anga kaifa prak�afana\nsraval)era megha yena kare vari�al)a\nSYNONYMS\ncari-dike-all around; bhakta-anga-the bodies of the devotees; kaifa-did;\nprak�afana-washing; sravaQera megha-exactly like a cloud in the month of 5ra­\n\nvat:Ja (July-August); yena-as if; kare vari�aQa-pour.\n\n", "mad5#p0103": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n70\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu washed the bodies of all the devotees\nwith the tears from His eyes. The tears poured like rains in the month of Sravar:'la.\nTEXT 140\n\n�-���� �t<fit-t �� I\n� � \"fir<tS� � ll �So ll\nmaha-ucca-sarikirtane akasa bharifa\nprabhura uddaQqa-nrtye bhami-kampa haifa\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-ucca-sarikirtane-by a great and loud performance of chanting; akasathe sky; bharifa-became filled; prabhura-of Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; uddaQqa-nrtye-by dancing and jumping high; bhami kampa-earthquake; haifa-\n\nthere was.\nTRANSLATION\nThe sky was filled with the great and loud chanting of sankirtana, and the\nearth shook from the jumping and dancing of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 141\n\n��r;� �-� �tt� �1 �'11f I\n�t� � if!J\n\n<lit� ,�� ll �8� ll\n\nsvarapera ucca-gana prabhure sada bhaya\nanande uddaQqa nrtya kare gauraraya\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupera-o_f SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT; ucca-gana-loud singing;\nprabhure-to SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sada bhaya-always very pleasing;\n\nanande-in jubilation; uddaQqa nrtya-j u mping high and dancing; kare-per­\n\nforms; gauraraya-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu always liked the loud chanting of Svarupa\nDamodara.\n\nTherefore\n\nwhen\n\nSvarupa\n\nDamodara\n\nMahaprabhu danced and jumped high in jubilation.\n\nsang,\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\n", "mad5#p0104": "The Cleansing of the Gur:u:fica Temple\n\nText 144]\n\n71\n\nTEXT 142\n\n��J{i! <\\'Si!-.'1 iji!J � � I\n�\\!ttl{ <ISRf\"f! �\" lf1rn���111 �8� II\nei-mata kata-k$af.la nrtya ye kariya\nvisrama karila prabhu samaya bujhiya\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; kata-k$af,la-for some time; nrtya-dan cing; ye-that;\nkariya-after\n\nperforming;\n\nvisrama\n\nkari/a-rested;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; samaya bujhiya-understanding the time.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord thus chanted and danced for some time. Finally, understanding\nthe circumstances, He stopped.\nTEXT 143\n\n'Cft�t�·<;'$ftJft�J � ilt'itt�·i{� I\n� <�Sfifti! itc;� 'C{t� fifl'f <;�'ft1f II �8� II\nacarya-gosafiira putra sri-gopala-nama\nnrtya karite tafire ajfia dila gauradhama\nSYNONYMS\nacarya-gosafiira -of Sri Advaita Acarya; putra -son; sri-gopala-nama -named\nSri Gopala; nrtya karite-to dance; talire-unto him; ajfia-order; dila-gave;\ngauradhama-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then ordered Sri Gopala, the son of Advaita\nAcarya, to dance.\nTEXT 144\n\n<;i$1'<il'at � <�Sfif' � �i! I\n�i!i{ ��1 ���II �88 II\npremavese nrtya kari' ha-i/a murcchite\nacetana hafia tenha pac;lila bhDmite\n\n", "mad5#p0105": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n72\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSYNONYMS\nprema-avese-in ecstatic love;\n\nnrtya\n\nkari'-dancing;\n\nha-ifa murcchite­\n\nfainted; acetana hana-being unconscious; teriha-he; paqila-fell; bhamiteon the ground.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile dancing in ecstatic love, Sri Gopala fainted and fell to the ground unconscious.\nTEXT 145\n\n��-� �wt'(i itt� '<ti� �tC5'f I\n\n..PI\"-� ��' �� � R<ti� II �8<1' II\naste-vyaste acarya tarire kaila kale\nsvasa-rahita dekhi' acarya haifa vikale\nSYNONYMS\naste-vyaste-with great haste; acarya-Advaita Acarya; tarire-him; kailatook;\n\nkale-on\n\nHis\n\nlap;\n\nsvasa-rahita-without\n\nbreathing;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nacarya-Advaita Acarya; haifa-became; vikale-agitated.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Gopala fainted, Advaita Acarya hastily took him upon His lap.\nSeeing that he was not breathing, He became very agitated.\nTEXT 146\n\n��m q ��' JJ� �-fitS 1\n\ntOOt'SI'il � �� �t11 �' II �8� II\n\nnrsirhhera mantra paqi' mare jala-chariti\nhurikarera sabde brahmaQ(ia yaya phati'\nSYNONYMS\nnrsirhhera mantra-prayers to Nrsirhhadeva; paqi'-chanting; mare-throws;\nja/a-chariti-sprinkling of water; hurikarera sabde-by the sound of roaring; brahmaQ(ia-the whole universe; yaya-becomes; phati'-cracking.\n\n", "mad5#p0106": "Text 148]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur:u;lica Temple\n\n73\n\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya and others began to chant the holy name of lord Nrsirilha\nand sprinkle water. The roaring of the chant was so great that it seemed to\nshake the entire universe.\nTEXT 147\n\n�til� �Rilf, � ili � � I\n�t�'f1i �tt\"fil, �tt\"f·� �•1t'f II �89 II\naneka kari/a, tabu na haya cetana\nacarya kandena, kande saba bhakta-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\n\naneka karila-much endeavor was done; tabu-still; na haya-there was not;\ncetana-consciousness; acarya kandena-Advaita Acarya began to cry; kandecried; saba bhakta-gaQa-all the other devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the boy did not regain consciousness after some time, Advaita Acarya\nand the other devotees began to cry.\nTEXT 148\n\n!!� 11�t<21t_ tia 1t<ti � � 1\n\n'� c;'$lt�' ��· �:� �f�ilf II �8\\r II\ntabe mahaprabhu tarira buke hasta dila\n'uthaha gopa/a' bali' uccai/:lsvare kahila\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-at that time; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tarira buke-on\nhis chest; hasta-hand; di/a-placed; uthaha gopa/a-stand up, Gopala; ba/i'saying; uccai/:1-svare-very loudly; kahila-said.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu placed His hand on the chest of Sri Gopala\nand said loudly, \"Gopala, stand up.\"\n\n", "mad5#p0107": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n74\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 149\n\n�fi{t� ,�t�� � <;i� I\n'rtf�' ctf'l' ij'!J ctit1t ���'f II �8� II\nsunitei gopalera ha-ifa cetana\n'hari' bali' nrtya kare sarva-bhakta-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nsunitei-upon hearing; gopalera-of Sri Gopala; ha-ifa-there was; cetanaconsciousness; hari ba/i'-chanting the holy name of Hari; nrtya kare-danced;\nsarva-bhakta-gaQa-all the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Gopala heard the voice of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he immediately came to his senses. All the devotees then began to dance, chanting\nthe holy name of Hari.\nTEXT 150\n\n1.!1. � �� � �tcti{ I\n��ct ��t-.9f �fif' cti� �cf'illl ��0 11\nei lila varQiyachena dasa vrndavana\nataeva saflk$epa kari' kari/un varQana\nSYNONYMS\nei\n\n/i/a\n\n-\n\nth is\n\npastime;\n\nvarQiyachena-has\n\ndescribed;\n\ndasa\n\nvrndavana­\n\nVrndavana dasa Thakur a; ataeva -therefore; saflk$epa -briefly; kari' -doing;\nkarilun varQana-1 have described.\nTRANSLATION\nThis incident has been described in detail by Vrndavana dasa Thakura.\nTherefore I have described it only in brief.\nPURPORT\nThis is a matter of etiquette. If a previous acarya has already written about\nsomething, there is no need to repeat it for personal sense gratification or to outdo the previous acarya. Unless there is some definite improvement, one should\nnot repeat.\n\n", "mad5#p0108": "75\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gu��ica Temple\n\nText 153]\n\nTEXT 151\n\n� �� -.r;'l� R� m�1 1\n'W� ��tt1f ''ltili 1fti'$f'i ff$111 �<t� II\ntabe mahaprabhu k?aQeka visrama kariya\nsnana karibare gela bhakta-gaQa lana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; mahaprabhu- SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; k?aQeka-for some\ntime; visrama kariya-taking rest; snana karibare-for bathing;\n\ngela-went;\n\nbhakta-gaQa lana-taking all the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter taking rest, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and all the devotees departed to\ntake their baths.\nTEXT 152\n\nm�,����·�Jt�l\n�e_�-� �Rf' '� ��� II �<t� II\ntire uthi' parena prabhu su?ka vasana\nnrsirhha-deve namaskari' gela upavana\nSYNONYMS\ntire uthi'-getting on the bank;\nMahaprabhu;\n\nsu?ka\n\nvasana-dry\n\nparena-puts on;\ngarments;\n\nprabhu- S rT Caitanya\n\nnrsirhha-deve-unto\n\nLord\n\nNrsirhhadeva; namaskari'-offering obeisances; gela upavana-entered a garden.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter bathing, the lord stood on the bank of the lake and put on dry garments. After offering obeisances to lord Nrsirilhadeva, whose temple was\nnearby, the lord entered a garden.\nTEXT 153\n\n�tt��f1tt�t1 ��'$f't 't<$1 I\n� ��tf �� 11��� 'f$111 �<t'!> II\nudyane vasila prabhu bhakta-gaQa lana\ntabe vaQinatha aila maha-prasada lana\n\n", "mad5#p0109": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n76\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSYNONYMS\nudyane-in the garden; vasi/a-sat down; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nbhakta-gaQa /ana-with the devotees; tabe-at that time; val')inatha-Var:tTnatha\nRaya; ai/a-came; maha-prasada /ana-bringing all kinds of maha-prasada.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the garden, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sat down with the other devotees.\nVaQinatha Raya then came and brought all kinds of maha-prasada.\nTEXTS 154-155\n\n�1Jfrfil�, �-��-� � I\n�·-fi! �� �� � <;���8 II\n� ��-f�ii-�tifl �., � I\n00�' �� � �tl{ �� II ��<t II\nkasi-misra, tulasi-pa(licha-dui jana\npanca-sata /aka yata karaye bhojana\ntata anna-pitha-pana saba pathai/a\ndekhi' mahaprabhura mane santo$a ha-ila\nSYNONYMS\nkasi-misra-KasT Misra;\n\ntulasi-pa(licha-TulasT, the superintendent of the\n\ntemple; dui jana-two persons; panca-sata /oka-five hundred men; yata-as\nmuch; karaye bhojana-eat; tata-so; anna-pitha-pana-rice, cakes and sweet\nrice; saba-all; pathaila-sent; dekhi'-seeing; mahaprabhura-of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; mane-in the mind; santo�a-satisfaction; ha-i/a-there was.\nTRANSLATION\nBoth Kasi Misra and Tulasi, the superintendent of the temple, brought as\nmuch prasada as five hundred men could eat. Seeing the large quantity of\nprasada, which consisted of rice, cakes, sweet rice and a variety of vegetables,\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very satisfied.\nTEXT 156\n\n�it·<:�f$, 11�� 'et11i!1731'fitil\"! I\n���-�' � �-�Jtil\"' II ��� II\n\n", "mad5#p0110": "Text 158]\n\n77\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gut;��ica Temple\npuri-gosafii, mahaprabhu, bharati brahmananda\nadvaita-acarya, ara prabhu-nityananda\n\nSYNONYMS\npuri-gosafii-Paramananda Purr;\n\nmahaprabhu -Srr Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nbharati brahmananda-Brahmananda Bharatr; advaita-acarya -Advaita Acarya;\nara-and; prabhu-nityananda-Nityananda Prabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAmong the devotees present with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu were Paramananda Puri, Brahmananda Bharati, Advaita Acarya and Nityananda Prabhu.\nTEXT 157\n\n���' ���' I)��' '$flfrof I\nII!Q, i{\"fift�, 'Cft1f 1ft��, �� II ��9 II\nacaryaratna, acaryanidhi, srivasa, gadadhara\nsankara, nandanacarya, ara raghava, vakresvara\n\nSYNONYMS\nacaryaratna-Candrasekhara;\n\nacaryanidhi-Acaryanidhi;\n\nsrivasa-Srrvasa\n\nThakura; gadadhara-Gadadhara Pa�<;lita; sankara-Sarikara; nandana-acaryaNandanacarya; ara-and; raghava-Raghava Pa�<;lita; vakresvara-Vakresvara.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAcaryaratna, Acaryanidhi, Srivasa Thakura, Gadadhara Pat;��ita, Sankara,\nNandanacarya, Raghava Pat;��ita and Vakresvara were also present.\nTEXT 158\n\n�-��1 9f't$1 �� �t� ��� I\nf�'Rf ��t1f �t_ '�JI if$1 !ftl'$f'l II ��lr II\nprabhu-ajfia pafia vaise apane sarvabhauma\npiQ(iara upare prabhu vaise lafia bhakta-gal)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-ajfia-the order of the Lord; pafia-getting; vaise-sits down; apanepersonally; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya; piQ(iara upare-on raised\n\n", "mad5#p0111": "78\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nplatforms; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vaise-sits; /aria-along with;\nbhakta-gal)a-all the devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nReceiving the permission of the lord, Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya sat down.\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and all His devotees sat on raised wooden seats.\nTEXT 159\n\nl!t1f l!t;O'{, � � <1i'Rt' �� I\n�t� �fit' �� �� �f.�l! '�tiSTi{ II �<ti'>l II\ntara tale, tara tale kari' anukrama\nudyana bhari' vaise bhakta karite bhojana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntara tale-below them; tara tale-below them; kari'-in this way; anukramaconsecutively; udyana bhari'-filling the entire garden; vaise-sit; bhakta-all the\ndevotees; karite bhojana-to take lunch.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way all the devotees sat down to take their lunch in consecutive\nlines, one beside the other.\nTEXT 160\n\n'!l��t�' ��' � � �� �� I\n� ��' �fif� <rot ��� II ��o II\n'haridasa' bali' prabhu (\"lake ghane ghana\ndare rahi' haridasa kare nivedana\n\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa ba/i'-calling Haridasa; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; (\"lakecalls; ghane ghana-repeatedly; dare rahi'-standing at a distance; haridasaThakura Haridasa; kare nivedana-submitted.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was repeatedly calling, \"Haridasa, Haridasa,\" and\nat that time Haridasa, standing at a distance, spoke as follows.\n\n", "mad5#p0112": "Texts 163-164]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur:t�ica Temple\n\n79\n\nTEXT 161\n\n��·�H.;'f � �il (ff:Jftlf �'A{ I\n\n�-� �flw! <;�'$fJ il� 1{1$� II��� II\n\nbhakta-sange prabhu karuna prasada angikara\ne-sange vasite yogya nahi mufii chara\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-sange prabhu-let Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sit down with the devotees; karuna-let Him do; prasada-of remnants of food; angikara-accepting; esange-with this batch; vasite-to sit down; yogya-befitting; nahi-am not;\nmufii-1; chara-most abominable.\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura said, \"Let lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu take His lunch\nwith the devotees. Since I am abominable, I cannot sit down among you.\nTEXT 162\n\n?(� (;lrtt� �:Jftlf '�\"' N� ��/mf I\n\n1Jil ��' � �: il1 �� tit� II ��� II\n\npache more prasada govinda dibe bahirdvare\nmana jani' prabhu puna/:! na bali/a tanre\nSYNONYMS\npache-at last; more-unto me; prasada-remnants of food; govinda-the\npersonal servant of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dibe-will deliver; bahirdvareoutside the door; mana jani'-understanding the mind; prabhu-SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; puna/:1-again; na-not; ba/i/a-called; tanre-him.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Govinda will give me prasada later, outside the door.\" Understanding his\nmind, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu did not call him again.\nTEXTS 163-164\n\n�?f·<;'Stt�tf$, 'Sf'St\\Ttil\"f, \\T'tt1l �� I\n��, <;'Stt�ilt�, �t�ilt�, -tQ II��� II\n\n", "mad5#p0113": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n80\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\n�fft�llfi{ �t1( t:!1t1 �- J'f� I\nJ£c;-.J Jfro ��'ftfir�t1( oe•'St'l 11 ��s 11\nsvarupa-gosafii, jagadananda, damodara\nkasisvara, gopinatha, Val)inatha, sarikara\nparivesana kare tahari ei sata-jana\nmadhye madhye hari-dhvani kare bhakta-gaQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-gosafii-SvarOpa Damodara\ndamodara-Damodara\n\nPat:�<;! ita;\n\nsarikara-Gopinatha,\n\nVat:�inatha\n\nGosvami;\n\njagadananda-Jagadananda;\n\nkasisvara-KasiSvara;\nand\n\nSarikara;\n\ngopinatha,\n\nparivesana\n\nvaQinatha,\n\nkare-distribute;\n\ntahari-there; ei-these; sata-jana-seven persons; madhye madhye-at intervals; hari·dhvani-resounding of the holy name of Hari; kare-do; bhakta-gaQaall the devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara Gosvami, Jagadananda, Damodara Par:Jc.Jita, Kasisvara,\nGopinatha, Var:Jinatha and Sankara distributed prasada, and the devotees\nchanted the holy names at intervals.\nTEXT 165\n\n'i_fiti{·<;$� �-. �'�fi �&If I\n�� �1 ��t_1( Jft� ..!% '� ll ��� ll\npulina-bhojana kr�Qa purve yaiche kaila\nsei lila mahaprabhura mane smrti haifa\n\nSYNONYMS\npulina-in the forest; bhojana-eating; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�t:Ja; purve-formerly;\nyaiche-as; kai/a-performed; sei lila-the same pastime; mahaprabhura-of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; mane-in the mind; smrti haifa-there was remembrance.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Kr�r:Ja had previously taken His lunch in the forest, and that very\npastime was remembered by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad5#p0114": "Text 167]\n\n81\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur:u;tica Temple\nTEXT 166\n\n�f9t <;�1l� � �.n..f I\n�1( <jf��1 � � f<T'i � II ��� II\nyadyapi premavese prabhu haifa asthira\nsamaya bujhiya prabhu haifa kichu dhira\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although;\n\nprema-avese-in ecstatic love;\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; haifa-became; asthira -agitated; samaya bujhiya -understanding\nthe time and circumstances; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; haifa-became;\nkichu -somewhat; dhira -patient.\nTRANSLATION\nJust by remembering the pastimes\n\nof Lord Sri\n\nKr�r;1a,\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu was agitated by ecstatic love. However, considering the time and\ncircumstance, He remained somewhat patient.\nTEXT 167\n\n� ��,-<;Jlt'f <;lf�' �,1{1·�·ti{ I\nf9tJ1-�1, ��-�� �' <e�'itt'lll ��9 II\nprabhu kahe, -more deha' faphra-vyarijane\npitha-pana, amrta-gutika deha' bhakta-gaQe\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; more-unto Me; deha'-give; faphra-vyarijaneordinary vegetable; pitha-pana-cakes and sweet rice; amrta-gutika-and the\npreparation named amrta-gutika; deha' -deliver; bhakta-gaQe -to the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"You can give me the ordinary vegetable\nknown as laphra-vyanjana, and you may deliver to all the devotees better preparations like cakes, sweet rice and amrta-gufika.\"\nPURPORT\nThis faphra-vyarijana is a combination of several green vegetables all mixed\ntogether. It is often mixed with rice and delivered to poor men. Amrta-gutika is a\n\n", "mad5#p0115": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n82\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\npreparation of thick puri mixed with condensed milk. It is also known as amrtarasavali.\nTEXT 168\n\n�- � � �rot '�l �rn 1\ntrot itt� � �m '3lf1fi�·�t11 II ��lr II\nsarvajfia prabhu janena yanre yei bhaya\ntanre tanre sei deoyaya svarupa-dvaraya\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-jfia prabhu-the omniscient Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; janenaknows; yanre-to whom; yei-whatever; bhaya-appeals; tanre talire-unto\neach person; sei-that; deoyaya-orders to administer; svarupa-dvaraya-by\nSvaropa Damodara.\nTRANSLATION\nSince Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is omniscient, He knew what type of\npreparation each person liked. He therefore had Sva:rupa Damodara deliver\nthese preparations to their full satisfaction.\nTEXT 169\n\n'Sf'$1�� '�t11 �fttr;�il ft\\! I\n\n� �\\! <et\"!-i!t� �il �t�flltt\\! II ��c;, II\njagadananda ber;laya parivesana karite\nprabhura pate bhala-dravya dena acambite\nSYNONYMS\njagadananda-Jagadananda;\n\nber;/aya-walks;\n\nprasada; karite-to do; prabhura pate\n\n-\n\nparivesana-distribution\n\nof\n\non the plate of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nbhala-dravya-the first-class preparations; dena-puts; acambite-s u ddenly\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda went to distribute prasada, and suddenly he placed all the\nfirst-class preparations on the plate of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 170\n\n�r� m\" � i� �� (;1f� 1\n�-�\"! \\!<J._ (}fil, flft\"' � �� II �'l o II\n\n", "mad5#p0116": "Text 172]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gul)�ica Temple\n\n83\n\nyadyapi dile prabhu tarire karena ro$a\nbale-chafe tabu dena, dile se santo$a\nSYNONYMS\n\nyadyapi -a l though;\n\ndile-by\n\nsuch\n\ndeliverance;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; tarire-unto him; karena-does; ro�a-anger; bale-chafe-somehow or other (sometimes by tricks, sometimes by force); tabu-st i ll; denadelivers; dile-when he delivers; se santo$a-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very\npleased.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen such nice prasada was put on the plate of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nthe lord was outwardly very angry. Nonetheless, when the preparations were\nplaced on His plate sometimes by tricks and sometimes by force, the lord was\nsatisfied.\nTEXT 171\n\n� <;�� ilt�J �� fi4ft�'f I\n�'R( � �� �11� te'lf'ill ���II\npunarapi sei dravya kare nirik$af)a\ntarira bhaye prabhu kichu karena bhak$af)a\nSYNONYMS\n\npunarapi-again; sei dravya\n\n-\n\nthat very thing; kare nir ik$af)a -sees carefully;\n\ntarira bhaye-out of fear of Jagadananda; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkichu-something; karena-does; bhak$af)a -eating.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the food was thus delivered, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu looked at it for\nsome time. Being afraid of Jagadananda, He finally ate something.\nTEXT 172\n\n�1 �t-t'f �mrtil\"! �11ft� ��� I\n\n�111 �tr;'St f� �It'�-� � ii� II ��� II\nna khaile jagadananda karibe upavasa\ntarira age kichu kha'na-mane ai trasa\n\n", "mad5#p0117": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n84\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSYNONYMS\nna khaile -if He did not eat; jagadananda -Jagadananda; karibe-will observe;\nupavasa-fasting; tafira age-before him; kichu kha'na-eats something; manewithin the mind; ai-that; trasa-fear.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord knew that if He did not eat the food offered by Jagadananda,\nJagadananda would certainly fast. Being afraid of this, Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu ate some of the prasada he offered.\nTEXT 173\n\nGl5ffi9f·(;�fi!P �ti'f fil���tw O'fi!Pi I\n\n��f.{�� �t1f �tt'ij lift�ti!Pi ll �'\\� ll\nsvarupa-gosani bha/a mi�ta-prasada lana\nprabhuke nivedana kare age darxlana\nSYNONYMS\nDamodara;\n\nsvarupa-gosani-SvarOpa\nsweetmeats;\n\n/ana-taking;\n\nbhala-first-class;\n\nprabhuke-unto\n\nLord\n\nmi�ta-prasada­\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nnivedana kare -offered; age -in front of Him; daQQ'ana-standing.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara Gosvami then brought some excellent sweetmeats, and,\nstanding before the Lord, offered them to Him.\nTEXT 174\n\n�· 11�t$filf �· �� �� I\n'\"�' ilf�tQf '�� <Rltt� Qe� ll �'\\8 ll\nei maha-prasada a/pa karaha asvadana\ndekha, jagannatha kaiche karyachena bhojana\nSYNONYMS\nei maha-prasada-this maha-prasada; alpa-a little; karaha asvadana-You\nmust taste;\n\ndekha-just\n\nsee;\n\njagannatha-Lord Jagannatha;\n\nkaryachena-has done; bhojana-eating.\n\nkaiche-how;\n\n", "mad5#p0118": "Text 176]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur;�c;fica Temple\n\n85\n\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara Gosvami then said, \"Just take a little of this mahaprasada, and see how it is that lord Jagannatha has accepted it.\"\nTEXT 175\n\n�I! �fil' �'St f<\\'ii <rot �1{� I\n�a Cfit� � f<fii <mfi{ '� u :>'l<t u\neta bali' age kichu kare samarpaf)a\ntanra snehe prabhu kichu karena bhojana\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; age-in front; kichu-something; kare samarpaQaoffers;\n\ntanra-of him;\n\nsnehe-out of affection;\n\nprabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kichu-some; karena bhojana-eats.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon saying this, Svarupa Damodara Gosvami placed some food before the\nlord, and the lord, out of affection, ate it.\nTEXT 176\n\n�·11\"! � <fi� �tf�t11: I\n�� �lll ��� Cfi�·� II !>'l� ll\nei mata dui-jana kare bara-bara\nvicitra ei dui bhaktera sneha-vyavahara\nSYNONYMS\nei mata-in this way; dui-jana-both persons (SvarOpa Damodara and Jagadananda); kare-do; bara-bara-again and again; vicitra-uncommon; ei-these;\ndui-two; bhaktera-of devotees; sneha-vyavahara-affectionate behavior.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara and Jagadananda again and again offered the lord some\nfood. Thu' they behaved affectionately with the lord. This was very, very un­\n\ncommon.\n\n", "mad5#p0119": "86\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 177\n\n�)tlf � �t�ttfl� �-�ro-t I\n� ret�� � 'wf�' �rt�toe)1f �tlf 11 �'I'\\ 11\nsarvabhaume prabhu vasafiachena vama-pase\ndui bhaktera sneha dekhi' sarvabhauma hase\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhaume-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; prabhu-the Lord; vasafiachenamade to sit; vama-pase-on His left side; dui bhaktera-of the two devotees;\nsneha-the affection; dekhi'-seeing; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya;\nhase-smiles.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord made Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya sit on His left side, and when Sarvabhauma saw the behavior of Svarupa Damodara and Jagadananda, he\nsmiled.\nTEXT 178\n\n���'til rot�� ��tw �� I\n�� �ff' 4ffiRt� � ,oet� II �'\\lr' II\nsarvabhaume deyana prabhu prasada uttama\nsneha kari' bara-bara karana bhojana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhaume-unto Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya;\n\ndeyana-causes others to\n\ndeliver; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prasada-remnants of food; uttama-first-class; sneha kari'-out of affection; bara-bara-again and again;\nkarana-causes; bhojana -his eating.\n\nTRANSLATION\nlord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu also wanted to offer Sarvabhauma Bha��acarya first-class food; therefore, out of affection, He had the servers put\nfirst-class food on his plate again and again.\nTEXT 179\n\n''$t1��1�11i � 1f�t��tw �tfil' I\n�t�1f ��i �� ���� �11tt II �'I� II\n\n", "mad5#p0120": "Text 180]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur;�c;fica Temple\n\n87\n\ngopinathacarya uttama maha-prasada ani'\nsarvabhaume diya kahe silmadhura vaQi\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopinatha-acarya-Gopinatha Acarya;\n\nuttama-first-class;\n\nmaha-prasada­\n\nremnants of food; ani'-bringing; sarvabhaume-to Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya;\ndiya-delivering; kahe-says; su-madhura-very sweet; vaQi-words.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya also brought first-class food and offered it to Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya while speaking sweet words.\nTEXT 180\n\n� 'e�� �'f�\"U�� I\n� �� �1{�,-� f��f II �lro II\nkahari bhattacaryera purva jac;la-vyavahara\nkahari ei paramananda, -karaha vicara\n\nSYNONYMS\nkahari-where; bhattacaryera-of Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; purva-previous;\njaga-vyavahara-material behavior; kahari-where; ei-this; parama-anandatranscendental bliss; karaha vicara-just try to consider.\n\nTRANS LAliON\nAfter serving Bhaftacarya with first-class prasada, Gopinatha Acarya said,\n\"Just imagine what Bhaftacarya's previous mundane behavior must have\nbeen! Just consider how at present he is enjoying transcendental bliss.\"\nPURPORT\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya was previously a smarta-brahmaQa-that is, one who\nstrictly follows the Vedic principles on the mundane platform. On the mundane\nplatform, one cannot believe that prasada is transcendental, that Govinda is the\noriginal form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, or that a Vai�t:Java is a liberated person. These transcendental considerations are out of the ordinary Vedic\nscholar's jurisdiction. Most scholars are called Vedantists. So-called followers of\nVedanta philosophy consider the Absolute Truth to be impersonal. They also\nbelieve that a person born in a particular caste cannot change his caste until he\ndies and takes rebirth. The smarta-brahmaQas also reject the fact that mahaprasada (food offered to the Deity) is transcendental and materially uncontaminated. Originally, Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya was subjected to all the rules and\n\n", "mad5#p0121": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n88\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nregulations of the Vedic principles on the mundane platform. Now Gopinatha\nAcarya pointed out how Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya had been converted by the\ncauseless mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Being converted, Sarvabhauma partook of prasada with the Vai�l')avas. Indeed, he sat by the side of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 181\n\n�� �,-�fif m� � 1\n�1f $fAA \"'ftf � ��e.-tJtr. II �lr� II\nsarvabhauma kahe, -ami tarkika kubuddhi\ntomara prasade mora e sampat-siddhi\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma kahe-Sarvabhauma\n\nBhattacarya replied;\n\nami-1;\n\ntarkika-a\n\nmundane logician; ku-buddhi-less intelligent; tomara prasad e-by your mercy;\nmora-my; e-this; sampat-opulence; siddhi-perfection.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhaftaciirya replied, \"I was simply a less intelligent logician.\nHowever, by Your grace, I have received this opulence of perfection.\nTEXT 182\n\nwq � '\"'� e«� tnft1m 1\n�tt�tt '5t�!J �tt,- ��'\"'tit Q II �lr� II\nmahaprabhu vina keha nahi dayamaya\nkakere garuc;:Ja kare, -aiche kon hay a\n\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vina-except; keha-anybody;\nnahi-there is not; daya-maya-so merciful; kakere-unto a crow; garuc;:Ja-the\nbiggest eagle; kare-transformed; aiche-such; kon haya-who is another.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"But for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\" Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya continued,\n\"who is so merciful? He has converted a crow into a Garuc;fa. Who could be so\nmerciful?\n\n", "mad5#p0122": "Text 184]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gu r:u;t ica Temple\n\n89\n\nTEXT 183\n\n��-�-\"\"\" ce�,'etl �ff 1\n� 'i_t� \\!!� � �� '��' '�fif' II�� II\ntarkika-srgala-safige bheu-bheu kari\nsei mukhe ebe sada kahi 'kr?Qa' 'hari'\nSYNONYMS\n\ntarkika-logician; srga/a-jackals; salige-in the association of; bheu-bheu\nkari-barking; sei mukhe-in that very mouth; ebe-now; sada-always; kahispeak; kr?Qa-the holy name of Lord Kr�r:Ja; hari-Hari.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the association of the jackals of logic, I simply continued to bark a\nresounding bheu bheu. Now, from the same mouth I am chanting the holy\nnames Kr�r:-a and Hari.\nTEXT 184\n\n� ctf�� m�·f-AJ'if'l-� ,\n�\\!It �.,-�'ft-�Jti!f·1;!1lt.,- II�17'8 II\nkahan bahirmukha tarkika-si?yagaQa-safige\nkahafi ei safiga-sudha-samudra-tarafige\nSYNONYMS\n\nkahali-whereas; bahi/:1-mukha-nondevotees; tarkika-of logic; si?ya-gaQadisciples; salige-with; kahafi-now; ei-this; saliga-association; sudha-of\nnectar; samudra-of the ocean; taralige-in the waves.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Whereas I associated with the disciples of logic, all nondevotees, I am\nnow merged in the waves of the nectarean ocean of the association of devotees.\"\nPURPORT\n\nAs Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura explains, the word bahirmukha refers\nto a person who is very busy tasting material enjoyment. Such a person always\nposes himself as an enjoyer of the external energy of the Supreme Personality of\n\n", "mad5#p0123": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n90\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nGodhead. Being attracted by external opulence, the nondevotee always forgets\nhis intimate relationship with Kr�r:Ja. Such a person does not like the idea of be­\n\ncoming Kr�r:Ja conscious. This is explained by SrTia Prahlada Maharaja in Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam (7.5.30):\n\nmatir na k($f)e parata/:1 svato va\n\nmitho 'bhipadyeta grha-vratanam\n\nadanta-gobhir visatarh tamisrarh\n\npuna/:! punas carvita-carvaf)anam\n\nMaterialists who are overly attracted to the material body, material world and material enjoyment, who cannot control their material senses, are carried to the\ndarkest regions of material existence. Such people cannot become Kr�r:Ja conscious, neither by themselves nor by congregational effort. Such people do not\nunderstand that the goal of life for a human being is to understand the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Vi�r:Ju. A human life is especially meant for this purpose,\nand one has to go through all kinds of penances and austerities and set aside the\npropensity for sense gratification. Materialists always remain blind because they\nare always guided by blind rascals. A materialistic person considers himself free to\nact as he likes. He does not know that he is rigidly controlled by the stringent laws\nof nature, nor does he know that he has to transmigrate from one body to another\nand perpetually rot in material existence. Such rascals and foolish people are lured\nby the prayers of their foolish leaders for sense gratification, and they cannot\nunderstand what is meant by Kr�r:Ja consciousness. The material world exists outside the spiritual sky, and a foolish materialist cannot estimate the extent of this\nmaterial sky. What, then, can he know of the spiritual sky? Materialists simply\nbelieve their imperfect senses and do not take instructions from the revealed\nscriptures. According to Vedic civilization, one has to see through the authority of\nthe revealed scriptures. Sastra-cak$UQ: one should see everything through the\n\nmedium of the Vedic literature. In this way, one can distinguish between the\nspiritual world and material world. If one ignores such instructions, he cannot be\nconvinced of the existence of the spiritual world. Because they have forgotten\ntheir spiritual identity, materialists take this material world as the all in all. They are\n\ntherefore called bahirmukha.\n\nTEXT 185\n\n���,-�('fit� �t� <;�� c!ilf� I\n�t11i·� �i·�� �.. �� 11� II �lr� II\nprabhu kahe, -purve siddha kr$Qe tomara priti\ntoma-sange ama-sabara haila kr$f!e mati\n\n", "mad5#p0124": "The Cleansing of the Gu�u;lica Temple\n\nText 187]\n\n91\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; purve-previously; siddha-perfecte d; kmJe-in\n\nKr��a consciousness; tamara-your; priti-love for Kr��a; toma-s ari g e-by your\n\nama-sabara-of all of us; haifa-there was; kr?f.le-unto Kr��a;\nmati-consciousness.\n\nassociation;\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"From your previous birth you have been\nin Kr�1.1a consciousness. Thus you love Kr�1.1a so much that simply by your\nassociation we are all developing Kr�1.1a consciousness.\"\nTEXT 186\n\n'e9·'1ff� ���' �· -�� � I\n11�121!_ �1 q ift� �'$ft\\! \" �lr� \"\nbhakta-mahima ba<;laite, bhakte sukha dite\nmahaprabhu vina anya nahi trijagate\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhakta-mahima-the glories of the devotees; ba(iaite-to increase; bhaktesukha dite-to give pleasure; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya\nMahaprahbu; vina-except; anya-anyone else; nahi-there is no one; trijagat e-within these three worlds.\n\nunto the devotees;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus there is no one within these three worlds-save for Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu-who is always so willing to increase the glories of the devotees\nand give them satisfaction.\nPURPORT\nIn this regard, one should consult the discussion between Kapiladeva and\n\nDevahOti on the subject matter of devotional service. This is found in Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam Third Canto.\n,\n\nTEXT 187\n\n� �12ft'!�, � � ifPf 'f�11\n\nf�i1-� '\"'-Sllt�'f ��'llf �Rmt\" �\"'\" \"\ntabe prabhu pratyeke, saba bhaktera nama lana\npitha-pana deoyai/a prasada kariya\n\n", "mad5#p0125": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n92\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; pratyeke-individually;\nsaba bhaktera-of all the devotees; nama-the names; /ana-calling; pithapana-cakes and sweet rice; deoyai/a-administered; prasada-remnants of\nfood; kariya-making.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then took all the remnants of food offered to\nJagannatha, such as cakes and sweet rice, and distributed them to all the other\ndevotees, calling them individually.\nTEXT 188\n\n�m-r�:rt� �r�tt�� tfl� �tr�JP 1\n�;ft� ��·�'!� i'Jt�llf t!� II �lrlr II\nadvaita-nityananda vasiyachena eka thani\ndui-jane kric;fa-kalaha lagila tathai\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-nityananda-Advaita Acarya and Nityananda Prabhu; vasiyachenasat; eka thani-in one place; dui-jane-those two persons; kric;fa-kalaha-mock\nfighting; /agi/a-began; tathai-there.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Advaita Acarya and Nityananda Prabhu sat side by side, and when\nprasada was being distributed, They both engaged in a type of mock fighting.\nTEXT 189\n\n� ��' -���1f Jlt'f tfl� 9l�f� I\n<;��� �fi(, �11Sftfi{ ���'tit ostf! II �lr� II\nadvaita kahe, -avadhatera sange eka pankti\nbhojana karilun, na jani habe kon gati\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita kahe-Advaita Acarya said; avadhatera sange-with a mendicant; eka\npankti-in one line; bhojana kari/un-1 am taking My food; na jani-1 do not\nknow; habe-will be; kon-what; gati-destination.\n\n", "mad5#p0126": "Text 191)\n\n93\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gu•:u;lica Temple\n\nTRANSLATION\nFirst Advaita Acarya said, \"I am sitting in line with an unknown mendicant,\nand because I am eating with Him, I do not know what kind of destination is\nawaiting Me.\nTEXT 190\n\n·\n\n�'t. �' �' � �a � ��i111\n�-,�t� ��� �1� iff� �1111 ��o II\nprabhu ta' sannyasi, unhara nahi apacaya\nanna-do�e sannyasira do�a nahi haya\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Lord\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nta'-indeed;\n\nsannyast-m\n\nthe\n\nrenounced order of life; wihara-for Him; nahi-there is not; apacaya-any discrepancy; anna-do�e-by contamination of food; sannyasira-of a person in the\nrenounced order; do�a-fault; nahi-not; haya-there is.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is in the renounced order of life. Consequently\nHe does not recognize discrepancies. As a matter of fact, a sannyasi is not\naffected by eating food from anywhere and everywhere.\nTEXT 191\n\n\"ilttt5f1t�'l 11..fl\"-�� -tiS·�'I I\n\n� �' '1�\"1·i3ft'l\\'1, �111tt'�·\"'1illl ���II\n\"nanna-do�el)a maskari\" - ei sastra-pramal)a\nami ta' grhastha-brahmal)a, amara do�a-sthana\n\nSYNONYMS\nna anna-do�el)a maskari-a sannyasi does not become affected by faulty ac­\n\nceptance of food; ei-this; sastra-pramaQa-evidence of revealed scriptures;\nami -I; ta'-indeed; grhastha-brahmal)a -a householder brahmal)a; amara -My;\ndo$a-f aulty; sthana-situation.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"According to sastras, there is no discrepancy in a sannyasi's eating at\nanother's house. However, for a householder brahmar;�a, this kind of eating is\nfaulty.\n\n", "mad5#p0127": "94\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 192\n\n••'f!l�\"wtif en �� �1� 1\nQ �ttr �� ��f�-�� ��'Rf II ��� II\njanma-ku/a-si/acara na jani yahara\ntara sarige eka parikti-bac;fa anacara\nSYNONYMS\njanma-birth; ku la- family; si/a-character; acara-behavior; na-not; jani-1\nknow; yahara-of whom; tara sarige-with him; eka parikti-in one line; bac;fa\n\nanacara -a great discrepancy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is not proper for householders to dine with those whose previous birth,\nfamily, character and behavior are unknown.\"\nTEXT 193\n\n�1� �,-'�fiT �-�I\n'�m-���' �1� ����t1i II ��� II\nnityananda kahe-tumi advaita-acarya\n'advaita-siddhante' badhe suddha-bhakti-karya\nSYNONYMS\n\nnityananda kahe-Srila Nityananda Prabhu said; tumi-You ; advaita-acaryaAdvaita Acarya, or a teacher of impersonal monism; advaita-siddhante-in that\nmonistic conclusion; badhe-is greatly hindered; suddha-bhakti-karya-the matter of pure devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\nNityananda Prabhu immediately refuted Srila Advaita Acarya, saying, \"You\nare a teacher of impersonal monism, and the monistic conclusion is a great\nhindrance to progressive, pure devotional service.\nTEXT 194\n\n�'Rf f�-\"\" � � l9ttil I\n'��' � �\n\n(;�l 'f��' ift� � II ��8 II\n\ntomara siddhanta-sariga kare yei jane\n'eka' vastu vina sei 'dvitiya' nahi mane\n\n", "mad5#p0128": "Text 194]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur;t�ica Temple\n\n95\n\nSY NONYMS\ntomara-Your; siddhanta-sanga-acceptance of the conclusion; kare-does;\nyei jane-the person who; eka-one; vastu-substance; vina -e xcept ; sei­\n\nsuch a person; dvitiya-a second thing; nahi mane-does not accept.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One who participates in Your impersonal monistic philosophy does not\naccept anything but the one Brahman.\"\nPURPORT\nThe impersonal monist does not believe that God is the only object of worship\nand that the living entities are His eternal servants. According to the monists, God\n\nand the devotee may be separate in the material state, but when they are\nspiritually situated, there is no difference between them. This is called advaita-siddhanta, the conclusion of the monists. Monists consider devotional service of the\n\nLord to be material activity; therefore they consider such devotional activities to\nbe the same as karma, or fruitive activity. This monistic mistake is a great stumbling block on the road to devotional service.\nActually this discussion between Advaita Acarya and Nityananda was a mock\nfight to serve as a great instruction for all devotees. Sri Nityananda Prabhu wanted\nto point out that Advaita Acarya, a pure devotee, did not agree with the monistic\nconclusion. The conclusion of devotional service is:\nvadanti tat tattva-vidas\ntattvarh yaj jnanam advayam\nbrahmeti paramatmeti\nbhagavan iti sabdyate\n\n\"Learned transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth call this nondual substance Brahman, Paramatma or Bhagavan.\" (Bhag. 1.2.11)\n\nAbsolute knowledge consists of Brahman, Paramatma and Bhagavan. This con­\n\nclusion is not the same as that of the monists. Srila Advaita Acarya was given the\ntitle of acarya because He spread the bhakti cult, not the philosophy of monism.\nThe true conclusion of advaita-siddhanta is not the same as the philosophy of the\nmonists. Here advaita-siddhanta means advaya-jnana, or oneness in variety. Actually Srila Nityananda Prabhu was praising Srila Advaita Acarya through friendly\nmock fighting.\n\nHe was giving the Vai�r:Java conclusion in terms of the\n\nBhagavatam's conclusive words, vadanti tat tattva-vidas. This is also the conclusion\n\nof a mantra in the Chandogya Upani�ad, ekam evadvitiyam.\nA devotee knows that there is oneness in diversity. The mantras of the sastras\ndo not support the monistic conclusions of the impersonalists, nor does Vai�r:Java\nphilosophy accept impersonalism without variety. Brahman is the greatest He\n\n", "mad5#p0129": "96\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nwho includes everything, and that is oneness. As Kr�r:Ja says in Bhagavad-gita (7.7),\n\nmatta/:1 parataram nanyat: there is no one superior to Kr�r:Ja Himself. He is the\n\noriginal substance because every category emanates from Him. Thus He is\nsimultaneously one with and different from all other categories. The Lord is always\nengaged in a variety of spiritual activities, but the monist cannot understand\nspiritual variety. The conclusion is that although the powerful and the power are\none and the same, within the energy of the powerful there are varieties. In those\nvarieties there is a difference between one's personal self, between types of the\nsame category and between types of different categories. In other words, there is\nalways variety in the categories, which are understood as knowledge, the knower\nand the knowable. Due to the eternal existence of knowledge, the knower and\nthe knowable, devotees everywhere know about the eternal existence of the\nform, name, qualities, pastimes and entourage of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Devotees never agree with the monist's preaching of oneness. Unless one\nadheres to the conceptions of the knower, the knowable and knowledge, there is\nno possibility of understanding spiritual variety, nor can one taste the transcendental bliss of spiritual variety.\nThe philosophy of monism is an adjustment of the Buddhist philosophy of voidism. In a mock fight with Sri Advaita Acarya, Sri Nityananda Prabhu was refuting\nthis type of monistic philosophy. Vai�l)avas certainly accept Lord Sri Kr�r:Ja as the\n\nultimate one, and that which is without Kr�r:Ja is called maya, or that which has no\n\nexistence. External maya is exhibited in two phases-jiva-maya, the living entities,\n\nand guQa-maya, the material world. In the material world there is prakrti (material\n\nnature) and pradhana (the ingredients of material nature). However, when one\n\nbecomes Kr�r:Ja conscious, material and spiritual variety do not exist. An advanced\ndevotee like Prahlada Maharaja sees everything as one-Kr�r:Ja. As stated in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam: kr�Qa-graha-grhitatma na veda jagad idrsam (Bhag. 7.4.37).\n\nOne who is in full Kr�r:Ja consciousness does not distinguish between things material and spiritual. He takes everything to be related to Kr�r:Ja and therefore spiritual.\nBy advaya-jnana-darsana, Srila Advaita Acarya has glorified pure devotional ser­\n\nvice. Srila Nityananda Prabhu herein sarcastically condemns the philosophy of the\nimpersonal monists and praises the correct nondual philosophy of Sri Advaita\nPrabhu.\nTEXT 195\n\n(;� Q!'t1lt1f lfCW c;fR ��tll �� I\niii �fit, Q!'f1lt1f �t'f '<f.t5 �� 11illl ��<t II\nhena tamara sailge mora ekatre bhojana\n\nna jani, tamara sailge kaiche haya mana\n\n", "mad5#p0130": "Text 196]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gu r:u;t ica Temple\n\n97\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nhena-thus;\n\ntamara-Your;\n\nsarige-in\n\nassociation;\n\nmora-My;\n\nekatre­\n\ntogether; bhojana-eating ; na jani-1 do not know; tomara sarige-by Your\nassociation; kaiche-how; haya mana-My mind will turn.\nTRANSLATION\nNityananda Prabhu continued: \"You are such a monist! A nd now I am eating beside You. I do not know how My mind will be affected in this way.\"\nPURPO RT\n\nSarigat sanjayate kama/:! (Bg.\n\n2.62). One develops his consciousness according\n\nto society and association. As SrTia Nityananda Prabhu admits, a devotee should\nbe very careful when associating with those who are not devotees. When asked\nby a householder devotee what the behavior of a devotee should be, SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu immediately replied:\nasat-sariga-tyaga, -ei vai�Qava-acara\n'stri-sarigi'-eka asadhu, 'kr�Qabhakta' ara\n(Cc. Madhya 22.87)\nA Vai�r:tava, a devotee, should simply discard intimate association with nondevotees. In his Upadesamrta, SrTia ROpa GosvamT has described the symptoms of\nintimate relationships in this way:\ndadati pratigrhQati\nguhyam akhyati prcchati\nbhurikte bhojayate caiva\n$ac;/-vidharh priti-lak�aQam\nThe words bhurikte bhojayate indicate that one should eat with devotees. One\nshould carefully avoid eating food offered by nondevotees. Indeed, a devotee\nshould be very strict in not accepting food from a nondevotee, especially food\nprepared in restaurants or hotels or on airplanes. SrTia Nityananda Prabhu's\nreference in this connection is meant to emphasize that one should avoid eating\nwith MayavadTs and covert MayavadTs like the sahijiya Vai�r:tavas, who are materially affected.\nTEXT 196\n\n�-11� �� � �fif I\nCU'ttr·'!lf! �t1f �·�, �if �1ttfif II ��� II\n\n", "mad5#p0131": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n98\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nei-mata dui-jane kare balabali\nvyaja-stuti kare dunhe, yena galagali\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; dui-jane-two persons; kare-do; ba/aba/i-accusing\nand counter-accusing; vyaja-stuti-praise in the form of accusations; kare-do;\ndunhe-both of Them; yena-as if; ga/aga/i-exchanges of ill names.\nTRANSLATION\nThus They both went on talking and praising one another, although Their\npraise appeared negative, for it appeared as if They exchanged ill names.\nTEXT 197\n\nC!t<!{ � �(..�t<!{1f �11f 1'(1$1 I\n\n1f�$fllf �� �-�C! fitf.i1 II ��'\\ II\ntabe prabhu sarva-vai$1)avera nama lana\nmaha-prasada dena maha-amrta sinciya\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sarva-vai$1)avera-of all\nthe Vai�r:Javas; nama- n ames; /ana-calling; maha-prasada-the remnants of the\nfood of Lord ]agannatha; dena-delivers; maha amrta- transcendental nectar;\n-\n\nsinciya-sp rinkling.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, calling all the Vai�Qavas, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu distributed\nmaha-prasada as if sprinkling nectar. At that time the mock fight between\nAdvaita Acarya and Nityananda Prabhu became more and more delicious.\nTEXT 198\n\n� ��' �ti � l(�'fil� �' I\n�fl\"'fllfil • � 'llil\"'Jl� <efl\"' II ��lr II\nbhojana kari' uthe sabe hari-dhvani kari'\nhari-dhvani uthi/a saba svarga-martya bhari'\n\n", "mad5#p0132": "Text 200]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gu�;�c;lica Temple\n\n99\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhojana kari '- after eating; u the- stood up; sabe-all; hari-dhvani-the\nsound of Hari; kari '-making; hari-dhvani-the sound of Hari; uthila-rose;\nsaba-all; svarga-martya-the upper and lower planetary systems; bhari '-filling.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter taking their lunch, all the Vai��;�avas stood up and chanted the holy\nname of Hari, and the resounding noise filled all the upper and lower planetary systems.\nTEXT 199\n\n� ��!_ �� fi{;gr-��'1 I\n�� k� fif'fl 11�-� II ��� II\ntabe mahaprabhu saba nija-bhakta-gaQe\nsabakare sri-haste dila malya-candane\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; mahaprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; saba -all ; nijasri-haste-with\nHis own hand; di/a-delivered; malya-candane-flower garlands and sandalwood pulp.\nbhakta-gaQ e-personal devotees; sabakare-unto all of them;\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu offered flower garlands and sandalwood pulp to all His devoted personal associates.\nTEXT 200\n\nl!t<f �t<J-t� �fif � �I\n\n�Q � '�\" � '�tsfi{ II �\n\noo\n\n11\n\ntabe parivesaka svarapadi sata jana\ngrhera bhitare kaila prasada bhojana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-thereafter; parivesaka -the distributers of prasada; svarDpa-adiheaded by SvarOpa Damodara; sata jana-seven men; grhera bhitare-within the\nroom; kai/a - did ; prasada bhojana-eating of prasada.\n\n", "mad5#p0133": "100\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe seven persons headed by Svarupa Damodara who were engaged in distributing prasada to others then took their meals within the room.\nTEXT 201\n\n� 'Cl�,at� <;'$ft� m� ..m1 1\n\"'� 'filtf rJ:f1Ntco� f� flf'f 'f�111 � � II\no\n\nprabhura avase?a govinda rakhila dhariya\nsei anna haridase kichu dila lana\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; avase?a-remnants; govindaGovinda; rakhila-saved; dhariya-keeping; sei anna-that prasada; haridaseunto Haridasa Thakura; kichu-some; di/a-delivered; /alia-taking.\nTRANSLATION\n\nGovinda saved some remnants of food left by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and\nkept them carefully. later, one portion of these remnants was delivered to\nHaridasa Thakura.\nTEXT 202\n\n�'$f'1 <;'$ft�-� � 1ftRf' �'f I\n<;� <2!�rt�� <;'$f1�\"f 'Clt�fi{ �t� II � � II\no\n\nbhakta-gaf)a govinda-pasa kichu magi' nila\nsei prasadanna govinda apani paila\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhakta-gaQa-all the other devotees; govinda-pasa-from Govinda; kichu-a\nlittle; magi'-begging; ni/a-took; sei-those; prasada-anna-remnants of food;\ngovi nda-Govinda; apani-personally; pai Ia-partook.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe remnants of food left by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu were later distributed among devotees who begged for them, and finally Govinda personally took the last remnants.\n\n", "mad5#p0134": "Text 204]\n\n101\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur;�c.fica Temple\nTEXT 203\n\n\"ff!l -'Q � � i1te0 ,.n I\n\n''-mrt�..n' iftlt �'I �· �� � II � o� II\nsvatantra isvara prabhu kare nana khela\n'dhoya-pakhala' nama kaila ei eka lila\nSYNONYMS\nsvatantra isvara-the\n\nindependent\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; kare-performs; nana-various; khe/a-pastimes; dhoyapakhala-washing and cleansing; nama-named; kaila-performed; ei-this;\neka-one; lila-pastime.\nTRANSLATION\nThe fully independent Supreme Personality of Godhead performs various\ntypes of pastimes. The pastime of washing and cleansing the Gur;�c;lica temple\nis but one of them.\nTEXT 204\n\n� flfti{ car'5ttt-m '�e.�' i1't11' 1\n'att�e.� � <et�' �tf-� II � oS II\nara dine jagannathera 'netrotsava' nama\nmahotsava haifa bhaktera praf)a-samana\nSYNONYMS\nara dine-the next day; jagannathera-of Lord Jagannatha; netra-utsava-the\nfestival of seeing the eyes; nama-named; mahotsava-great festival; haifa-per\n\n­\n\nformed; bhaktera-of the devotees; praf)a samana-the life and soul.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day marked the performance of the festival of Netrotsava. This\ngreat festival was the life and soul of the devotees.\nPURPORT\nAfter the bathing ceremony of Lord Jagannatha, during the fortnight before the\nRatha-yatra ceremony, the body of Lord Jagannatha, having been washed, needs\nrepainting. This is known as atiga-raga. The Netrotsava festival performed\n\n", "mad5#p0135": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n102\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\ngorgeously in the early morning of the Nava-yauvana day, constitutes the life and\nsoul of the devotees.\nTEXT 205\n\n9f-.� t:� � �11\" 'fJI�.ftil I\n�� �1 �� �-t 9f�l'f 'lftilll � o(t II\npak$a-dina duf)khi /aka prabhura adarsane\ndarsana kariya /aka sukha paila mane\nSYNONYMS\npak$a dina-for a fortnight; duf:Jkhi-unhappy; /aka-devotees; prabhura-of\n-\n\nLord Jagannatha; adarsane-without the sight; darsana kariya-by seeing; /akaall the devotees; sukha-happiness; pai/a-got; mane-in the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone was unhappy for a fortnight because they could not see the Deity\nof lord Jagannatha. Upon seeing the lord at the festival, the devotees were\nvery happy.\nTEXT 206\n\n'Jf�t�t. �t-t 1'1$1 � oe•ostet 1\nIIP'St.tQf·�� (fi�l'f1 '$f'Jfi{ II � o� II\nmahaprabhu sukhe lana saba bhakta-gaQa\njagannatha-darasane karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sukhe-in great happiness; /anataking; saba-a l l; bhakta-gaQa-devotees; jagannatha-darasane-for visiting Lord\nJagannatha; kari/a gamana-went\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn this occasion, greatly happy, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took all the\ndevotees with Him and visited the lord in the temple.\nTEXT 207\n\n'fJittost �� �'hl � �m 1\n\n� <;� � IIPI'f·� 1'1$111 � o� II\n\n", "mad5#p0136": "Text 209]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur:u;lica Temple\n\n103\n\nage kasisvara yaya /aka nivariya\npache govinda yaya jala-karanga lana\nSYNONYMS\nage-in front; kasisvara-KasiSvara; yaya-goes; /oka-the crowd; nivariyachecking; pache-at the end; govinda-Govinda; yaya-goes; jala-of water;\nkaranga-a pitcher carried by saintly persons; /ana-taking.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to visit the temple, Kasisvara walked\nin front, checking the crowds of people, and Govinda walked in the rear,\nbringing the sannyasis pitchers filled with water.\nPURPORT\nThe karanga is a kind of waterpot especially carried by Mayavadi sannyasis and\ngenerally carried by all other sannyasis.\nTEXT 208\n\n• �'it�' 'e�,- 'll·� $li{ I\n'llfl9f, 'fll�,-�·�1f 9f'tt( �·iSfilll � ot,- II\nprabhura age puri, bharati, -dunhara gamana\nsvarDpa, advaita, -dunhera parsve dui-jana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura age-in front of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; puri-Paramananda\nPuri; bharati-Brahmananda Bharati; dunhara gamana -first they went; svarDpaSvaropa Damodara; advaita-Advaita Acarya; dunhera-of both; parsve-on the\ntwo sides; dui-jana-two persons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went toward the temple, Paramananda Puri\nand Brahmananda Bharati walked in front of Him, and at His two sides walked\nSvarupa Damodara and Advaita Acarya.\nTEXT 209\n\n� 9ftt� �' 1ffil �� 'e�'it'l I\n\n�e:<ti-b'ttl! <;� � \"f'5tittf·�� II � o� II\n\n", "mad5#p0137": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n104\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\npache pache ca/i' yaya ara bhakta-gaQa\nutkaQthate gela saba jagannatha-bhavana\nSYNONYMS\npache pache-following; ca/i' yaya-walk; ara-other; bhakta-gaQa-devotees; utkaQthate-in great anxiety; ge/a-they went; saba-all; jagannathabhavana -in the temple of Lord Jagannatha.\nTRANSLATION\nWith great anxiety all the other devotees followed them into the temple of\nlord Jagannatha.\nTEXT 210\n\nm-�r;'! �fi{' 111iN� �� 1\nC6t'$f·�t� �NP1 �if i)� \\l� II ��o II\ndarsana-lobhete kari' maryada Janghana\nbhoga-maQ(iape yaiia kare sri-mukha darsana\nSYNONYMS\ndarsana-lobhete-being\n\nvery\n\nanxious\n\nto\n\nsee;\n\nkari'-doing;\n\nmaryada\n\n/anghana-transgressions of regulative principles; bhoga-maQ(iape-in the room\nfor offering food; yaiia-going; kare-do; sri-mukha darsana-seeing the lotus\nface.\nTRANSLATION\nOut of great eagerness to see the lord, they all neglected the regulative\nprinciples and, just to see the lord's face, went to the place where the food\nwas offered.\nPURPORT\nThere are many regulative principles of Deity worship. For example, one is not\nallowed to enter the room where food is offered to Lord jagannatha. However, in\nthis case, being very anxious because of not having seen the Lord for fifteen days,\nall the people overruled the regulative principles and entered the room.\nTEXT 211\n\n�t� �'t_1( 'if\\! �-1!_� I\n-\n\n� ,.-rn Mr;� �1( �-�11� II��� II\n\n", "mad5#p0138": "Text 212]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur:Jc;tica Temple\n\n105\n\ntr�arta prabhura netra-bhramara-yugala\nga<;lha tr�Qaya piye kr�Qera vadana-kamala\nSYNONYMS\ntr�a-arta-thirsty; prabhura-of Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; netra-eyes;\nbhramara-yugala-like two bumblebees; gac;lha-deep; tr�Qaya-in thirst; piyedrinks; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�l)a; vadana-kama/a-the lotuslike face.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very thirsty to see the Lord, and His eyes became like two bumblebees drinking the honey from the lotuslike eyes of Lord\nJagannatha, who is Kr�r:Ja Himself.\nTEXT 212\n\n�-� �f.l' �-�� I\n���f't-lf'P['I·<!itr. � �i'f�if II �)� II\npraphul/a-kama/a jini' nayana-yugala\nnilamaQi-darpaQa-kanti gaQ<;Ia jhalamala\nSYNONYMS\npraphulla-kamala-blossoming\n\nlotus\n\nflower;\n\njini -conq uering;\n'\n\nnayana­\n\nyugala-two eyes; ni/amaQi-sapphire; darpaQa-mirror; kanti-luster; gaQ<;Ianeck; jha/ama/a-bright.\nTRANSLATION\nThe eyes of Lord Jagannatha conquered the beauty of blossoming lotus\nflowers, and His neck was as lustrous as a mirror made of sapphires.\nPURPORT\nLord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu usually saw Lord Jagannatha from a distance,\nstanding behind the column of Garu<;ia. However, upon not seeing Lord Jagannatha for fifteen days, Caitanya Mahaprabhu felt great separation from Him. In\ngreat anxiety, Caitanya Mahaprabhu crossed the meeting hall and entered the\nroom where food was offered, just to see the face of Lord Jagannatha. In verse\n21 0, this action is called maryada-/arighana, a violation of the regulative principles.\n\nThis indicates that one should not come very near a superior. The Deity of the\nLord and the spiritual master should be seen from a distant place. This is called\nmaryada. Otherwise, as is said, familiarity breeds contempt. Sometimes coming\ntoo near the Deity or the spiritual master degrades the neophyte devotee. Per-\n\n", "mad5#p0139": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n106\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nsonal servants of the Deity and the spiritual master should therefore always be\nvery careful, for negligence may overcome them in their duty.\nLord\n\nSrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's eyes have\n\nbeen\n\ncompared to thirsty\n\nbumblebees, and SrT jagannatha's eyes have been compared to blossoming lotus\nflowers. The author has made these comparisons in order to describe Lord SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu while the Lord was deeply absorbed in ecstatic love for\nLord Jagannatha.\nTEXT 213\n\n�'1�11 !'I ��' � �tr I\n�e. �i! �tf\"'-�i!·i!'Sitr II �)� II\nbandhulira phula jini' adhara suratiga\ni?at hasita kanti -amrta-taratiga\nSYNONYMS\nbandhulira phula-a kind of red flower named bandhuli; jini'-conquering;\nadhara-chin; su-ratiga-buff color; i?at-mild; hasita-smiling; kanti-luster;\namrta -nectar; taratiga-waves.\nTRANSLATION\nThe chin of the Lord, tinged with buff color, conquered the beauty of the\nbandhuli flower. This increased the beauty of His mild smiling, which was like\nlustrous waves of nectar.\nTEXT 214\n\nll�i_'t·��fu <t'ttf ..t'l �'I I\n,���-\"' �� 11'1_� II �)8 II\nsri-mukha-sundara-kanti ba(ihe k?al)e k?al)e\nkoti-bhakta-netra-bhrtiga kare madhu-pane\nSYNONYMS\nsri-mukha-of His beautiful face; sundara-kanti-attractive luster; ba(ihe-increases; k?al)e k?al)e-at every moment; koti-bhakta-of millions of devotees;\nnetra-bhrtiga-eyes like bumblebees; kare-engaged; madhu-pane-in drinking\nthe honey.\nTRANSLATION\nThe luster of His beautiful face increased at every moment, and the eyes of\nhundreds and thousands of devotees drank its honey like bumblebees.\n\n", "mad5#p0140": "Text 215]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur:-�ica Temple\n\n107\n\nTEXT 215\n\n��,�A�1�t,� I\n11_..� � � il1 � �m u �)<t u\nyata piye tata l($Qii bar;Jhe nirantara\n\nmukhambuja char;li' netra na yaya antara\nSYNONYMS\nyata-as much; piye-they drink; tata-so much; t($Qa-thirst; bar;/he-in­\n\ncreases; nirantara- incessantly; mukha-ambuja-the lotuslike face; char;/i'-giving up; netra-the eyes; na-do not; yaya-go; antara-separate.\nTRANSLATION\nAs their eyes began to drink the nectarean honey of His lotus face, their\nthirst increased. Thus their eyes did not leave Him.\nPURPORT\nIn the Laghu-bhagavatamrta (1.5.538) , Srila ROpa Gosvami has described the\n\nbeauty of the Lord in this way:\n\nasamanordhva-madhuryataratigamrta-varidhib\n\njatigama-sthavaro/lasi-\n\nrilpo gopendra-nandanab\n\n\"The beauty of the son of Maharaja Nanda is incomparable. Nothing is higher than\nHis beauty, and nothing can equal it. His beauty is like waves in an ocean of nectar. This beauty is attractive both for moving and for nonmoving objects.\"\n\nSimilarly, in the Tantra-sastra, there is another description of the Lord's beauty:\n\nkandarpa-koty-arbuda-rilpa-sobhanirajya-padabja-nakharh calasya\n\nkutrapy adma-sruta-ramya-kanter\n\ndhyanarh pararh nanda-sutasya vak$ye\n\n\"I shall relate the supreme meditation upon Lord Sri Kr�r:Ja, the son of Nanda\n\nMaharaja. The tips of the toes of His lotus feet reflect the beauty of the bodies of\nunlimited millions of Cupids, and His bodily luster has never been seen or heard of\nanywhere.\"\n\nOne may also consult Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.29.14) in this connection.\n\n", "mad5#p0141": "108\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 216\n\n�t'afi! 11�� \"t$1 re��'l 1\n� �. � 1)11._� 'fPtilll �)� II\nei-mata mahaprabhu lana bhakta-gal)a\nmadhyahna paryanta kaila sri-mukha darasana\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; /ana-taking;\nbhakta-gal)a-His associates; madhyahna paryanta-up to midday; kai/a-performs; sri-mukha darasana-seeing the face of Lord jagannatha.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His devotees enjoyed transcendental\nbliss upon seeing the face of Jagannatha. This continued to midday.\nTEXT 217\n\n�' <fil'l9f, �l!li-illf'l ��'I I\n\ntif\"af� � � <lit1f JtQ't II �Y:l II\nsveda, kampa, asru-jala vahe sarva-k?al)a\ndarsanera lobhe prabhu kare sarhvaral)a\nSYNONYMS\nsveda-perspiring; kampa-trembling; asru-jala-tears from the eyes; vaheflowed; sarva-k�al)a-always; darsanera-of seeing; /obhe-by greed; prabhuSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kare-does; sarhvaral)a -checking.\nTRANSLATION\nAs\n\nusual,\n\nthere\n\nwere\n\ntranscendental\n\nblissful symptoms i\"n\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's body. He perspired and trembled, and a constant flow of tears\nfell from His eyes. However, the Lord checked these tears so they would not\ndisturb His seeing the face of the Lord.\nTEXT 218\n\n1lt'fl 1lt'fl �� iftt�, 1lt'fl � I\n\n�'It�� �<lit�� �� II ��r II\n\n", "mad5#p0142": "Text 220]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur:Jc.lica Temple\n\n109\n\nmadhye madhye bhoga /age, madhye darasana\nbhogera samaye prabhu karena kirtana\nSYNONYMS\nmadhye madhye-at intervals; bhoga /age-there were offerings of food;\nmadhye-sometimes; darasana-seeing; bhogera samaye-at the time of offering prasada; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karena kirtana\n\n-\n\npe rfor med con­\n\ngregational chanting.\nTRANSLATION\nTheir looking at the face of Lord Jagannatha was interrupted only when He\nwas offered food. Afterwards they would again look upon His face. When the\nfood was being offered to the Lord, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu performed His\nkirtana.\nTEXT 219\n\nw�-�� �'- :Jt� �t:Jt�1 1\n���'11f'!Jt� �� �� \"1'�1 ''$f\"1111 �)� II\ndarsana-anande prabhu saba pasarila\nbhakta-gaQa madhyahna karite prabhure lana gela\nSYNONYMS\ndarsana-anande-because of pleasure due to seeing the face of the Lord;\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; saba-everything; pasarila-fo r got; bhaktagaQa-the\n\ndevotees;\n\nmadhyahna-noonti me\n\nlunch;\n\nkarite-to\n\naccept;\n\nprabhure-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; lana ge/a-took.\nTRANSLATION\nFeeling such great pleasure upon seeing the face of Lord Jagannatha, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu forgot everything. The devotees, however, took Him to\nHis lunch at noontime.\nTEXT 220\n\n�t�:�a, �Q!�f(!j �� iSft��j I\n\n��� \"ft'm� '�'$f N�'l �fil-�1 II ��\npratab-ka/e ratha-yatra habeka janiya\nsevaka lagaya bhoga dviguQa kariya\n\n0\n\nII\n\n", "mad5#p0143": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n110\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSYNONYMS\nprata/:1-kafe-in the morning; ratha-yatra-the car festival; habeka-would\ntake place; j aniya-kno w ing; sevaka-the priestly servants of the Lord; fagayaoffer; bhoga-food; dvi-guf!a kariya-i n creasing to double.\nTRANSLATION\nKnowing that the car festival would take place in the morning, all the servants of Lord Jagannatha were doubling their offerings of food.\nTEXT 221\n\n�fu�1·1ftiS(il-� ��t-.t� ��Gil I\n� Qff�' �fi{' �t,;n� ��� C�'f II ��) II\nguf!(iica-marjana-fifa sar'lk?epe kahila\nyaha dekhi' suni' papira kr?f!a-bhakti haifa\nSYNONYMS\nguf!(iica-marjana-fifa-the pastimes of washing the Guf)c;lica temple; sar'lk?epe\nkahifa-1 have described in brief; yaha dekhi' suni'-by seeing and hearing which;\npapira-of sinful men; kr?f!a-bhakti haifa-there was awakening of Kr�f)a consciousness.\nTRANSLATION\nI have briefly described the pastimes of the Lord in washing and cleansing\nthe Gur;��ica temple. By seeing or hearing these pastimes, even sinful men can\nawaken their Kr�r;�a consciousness.\nTEXT 222\n\n!!l)��-�tQf·�� �11{ � I\n�����t�� �t� �'ft:Jt II ��� II\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr?f!adasa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rOpa-SrTia ROpa GosvamT; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nKr�f)adasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr?f!adasa-Srila\n\n", "mad5#p0144": "Text 222]\n\nThe Cleansing of the Gur;tc.fica Temple\n\n111\n\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�r:tadasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhyalila, Chapter Twelve, describing the washing and cleansing of the Cur:u;Jica temple.\n\n", "mad5#p0145": "CHAPTER 13\n\nThe Ecstatic\nDancing of the Lord at Ratha-yatra\nA summary of this chapter is given by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura in his Amrta-pravaha-bha�ya as follows.\n\nAfter bathing early in the morning, Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu saw the Deities (Jagannatha, Baladeva and Subhadra) get aboard\nTheir three carts. This function is called Pat:�<;lu-vijaya. At that time, King Prataparudra took a broom with a golden handle and began to cleanse the road. Lord\nJagannatha took permission from the goddess of fortune and then started in the\ncar for the Gut:�<;lica temple. The road to the temple led along a broad, sandy\nbeach, and on both sides of the road were residential quarters, houses and gardens. Along that road the servants called gauc;fas began to pull the cars. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu divided His sarikirtana party into seven divisions. With two\nmrdarigas in each division, there were altogether fourteen mrdarigas. While performing kirtana, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu exhibited various symptoms of transcendental ecstasy, and Jagannatha and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu exchanged\nTheir feelings very blissfully. When the cars reached the place known as Balagat:J<;li, the devotees offered the Deities simple food. At this time, in a nearby garden,\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His devotees took a brief rest from the dancing.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��ft. fl����� ���� � �: I\n��'$fi!R ro\\Ji� i!f�t'ctt�f� �f'll�: II� II\nsa jiyat kr�Qa-caitanya/:1\nsri-rathagre nanarta ya/:1\nyenasij jagatarh citrarh\njagannatho 'pi vismita/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nsa/:1-He;\n\njiyat-may\n\nlive\n\nlong;\n\nkr�Qa-caitanya/:1-Lord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; sri-ratha-agre-in the front of the car; na narta-danced; ya/:1who; yena-by whom; asit-there was; jagatam-of the whole universe;\n\n113\n\n", "mad5#p0146": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n114\ncitram-wonder;\n\njagannathaf)-Lord\n\njagannatha;\n\nastonished.\n\napi-also;\n\nvismitaf)-was\n\nTRANSLATION\nMay the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Kr�.;�a Caitanya, who danced\nin front of the car of Sri Jagannatha, be all glorified! By seeing His dancing, not\nonly was the whole universe held in wonder, but lord Jagannatha Himself became very much astonished.\nTEXT 2\n\n���������It! I\n�����,����II� II\njaya jaya sri-kr�l)a-caitanya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\n\njaya\n\njaya-all\n\nglories;\n\nsri-kr�Qa-caitanya-to\n\nLord\n\nSri\n\nKr�r:Ja\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; nityananda-to Nityananda Prabhu; jaya-all glories; advaitacand ra-to Advaita Acarya; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Kr�.;�a Caitanya and Prabhu Nityananda! All glories to\nAdvaitacandra!\n\nAnd\n\nall\n\nglories to\n\nthe\n\ndevotees\n\nof\n\nlord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu!\nTEXT 3\n\n\"11 '��'St'l, ��' <liRf' �<li 1fi{ I\n���()ffil ��J �if �i(� �� II � II\njaya srota-gal)a, suna, kari' eka mana\nratha-yatraya nrtya prabhura parama mohana\nSYNONYMS\n\njaya-all glories; srota-gal)a-to the listeners; suna-please hear; kari'-keeping yourself; eka mana -in one attention; ratha-yatraya -in the car festival;\nnrtya-dancing; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; parama-extremely;\nmohana -enchanting.\n\n", "mad5#p0147": "Text 5)\n\n115\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\nTRANSLATION\n\nAll glories to the listeners of Caitanya-caritamrta. Please hear the description of the dancing of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu at the Ratha-yatra festival.\nHis dancing is very enchanting. Please hear of it with great attention.\nTEXT 4\n\n� � 11�� ��1 �l{fi{ I\nJtr;(Jl ��' �51-llt'Jf �\"'\" �:'Wti{ II 8 II\nara dina mahaprabhu hafia savadhana\nratre uthi' gal)a-sarige kaila prataf:r-snana\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-the next day; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; hafia-becoming; savadhana-very careful; ratre uthi'-getting up at night; gal)a-sarigewith His personal devotees; kai/a-took; prataf:r-snana-bathing early in the\nmorning.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His personal associates got up\nin the dark and attentively took their early morning baths.\nTEXT 5\n\n��...��f���l\n\"'$fWt'if � �� �t�' flf��t�i{ II � 11\npal)r;/u-vijaya dekhibare karila gamana\njagannatha yatra kai/a chaqi' sirhhasana\nSYNONYMS\npal)r;/u-vijaya-the ceremony named Par:t9u-vijaya; dekhibare-for seeing;\nkarila-did;\n\ngamana-go;\n\njagannatha-Lord\n\nJagannatha;\n\nyatra-departure;\n\nkaila-did; char;/i'-leaving; sirhhasana-the throne.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His personal associates then went to see the\nceremony of Par;�c.Ju-vijaya. During this ceremony, Lord Jagannatha leaves His\nthrone and gets up onto the car.\n\n", "mad5#p0148": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n116\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 6\n\n�'Pffi{ �'!t'Pf1?� ilf�1 'Pf�'$1'f I\n��� '$1!';'1 � f�-� II � II\napani prataparudra lana patra-gaQa\nmahaprabhura gaQe karaya vijaya-darsana\nSYNONYMS\napani-personally; prataparudra-King Prataparudra; /aiia-taking with him;\npatra-gaQa-his associates; mahaprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gaQeassociates; karaya-causes; vijaya-darsana-seeing the Pa!!9u-vijaya ceremony.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Prataparudra in person, as well as his entourage, allowed the Par;��u-vijaya ceremony to be seen by all the associates of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 7\n\n��'!, fil'!tl �tflf �r;� ��'!t'l I\n�� ��t�'l <;Wr;� i?11f·'!t�i{ II 9 II\nadvaita, nitai adi sarige bhakta-gaQa\nsukhe mahaprabhu dekhe isvara-gamana\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-Advaita\nby;\n\nsarige-with;\n\nA cary a;\n\nnitai -Lord\n\nNityananda\n\nbhakta-gaQa-devotees;\n\nPrabhu;\n\nsukhe -in\n\ngreat\n\nadi-headed\nhappiness;\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dekhe-sees; isvara-gamana-how the\nLord is starting.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His prominent devotees-Advaita Acarya,\nNityananda Prabhu and others-were very happy to observe how Lord Jagannatha began the Ratha-yatra.\nTEXT 8\n\n�Mi wfir�t'�'l-<;�i{ �� �t� 1\n!Sf�tQf R'Sf11 �1ft11 <f.Rf' �t'!�t� II \\r' II\n\n", "mad5#p0149": "Text 9]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n117\n\nbali$!ha dayita' gal)a-yena matta hati\njagannatha vijaya karaya kari' hatahati\nSYNONYMS\nbafi$!ha dayita' gaQa-very strong dayitas, or carriers of Jagannatha; yena-as\nif; matta hat i-drunken elephants; jagannatha-of Lord Jagannatha; vijayadeparture; karaya -cause; kari' -performing; hatahati -hand to hand.\nTRANSLATION\nThe very strongly built dayitas [carriers of the Jagannatha Deity] were as\npowerful as drunken elephants. They manually carried lord Jagannatha from\nthe throne to the car.\nPURPORT\nThe word dayita refers to one who has received the mercy of the Lord. Lord\njagannatha has a number of stalwart servants known as dayitas. These servants do\nnot come from very high-caste families (brahmal)as, k$atriyas or vaisyas), but because they are engaged in the service of the Lord, they have been elevated to a\nrespected position. Thus they are known as dayitas. These servants of Lord Jagannatha take care of the Lord from the day of the Snana-yatra up to the time the\nLord is carried from the throne to the Ratha car. In the K$etra-mahatmya these\ndayitas are said to come from the sabaras, a caste that keeps and sells pigs.\nHowever, among the dayitas there are also many who come from the brahmal)a\ncaste. Those dayitas coming from the brahmal)a families are called dayita-patis, or\nleaders of the dayitas. The dayita-patis offer food such as sweetmeats to Lord\nJagannatha during the anavasara, the resting period after Snana-yatra. They also\nmake the early morning offering of sweetmeats daily. It is said that during the\nanavasara Lord Jagannatha suffers from fever and that the dayita-patis offer Him\nan infusion of drugs represented by fruit juice. It is said that in the beginning Lord\nJagannatha was worshiped by the sabaras and was known as the Deity NTia\nMadhava. Later, when the Deity was established in the temple, the Lord became\nknown as Jagannatha. Because the Deities were taken from the sabaras, all the\nsabara devotees were elevated to the position of dayitas.\nTEXT 9\n\n�i!<!i Wfili!1 �t1f �� �T\"flllifi{ I\n<Iii!� Wfili!i �1f �9f'!r·R'1 II � II\nkataka dayita kare skandha alambana\nkataka dayita dhare sri-padma-caral)a\n\n", "mad5#p0150": "118\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSYNONYMS\nkataka dayita-some of the dayitas; kare-do; skandha-of the shoulders;\na/ambana-capturing; kataka-some; dayita-servants called dayitas; dharecatch; sri-padma-caraQa-the lotus feet of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile carrying the Deity of Lord Jagannatha, some of the dayitas took hold\nof the shoulders of the Lord, and some caught His lotus feet.\nTEXT 10\n\n<1\"$1!-r;l; �'ti, ,-IS \"Ff 'Pf�tft I\n� fit� W�l!t�'l @�Hl l!t�1 'tRl' II �\" II\nkati-tate baddha, drc;iha sthala patta-c;iori\ndui dike dayita-gaQa uthaya taha dhari'\nSYNONYMS\nkati-tate-on the waist; baddha-bound; drc;iha-strong; stha/a-thick; pattac;iori-rope made of silk; dui dike-from two sides; dayita-gaQa-the dayitas;\nuthaya-raise; taha-that rope; dhari'-catching.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord Jagannatha Deity was bound at the waist by a strong, thick rope\nmade of silk. From two sides the dayitas caught hold of this rope and raised\nthe Deity.\nTEXT 11\n\n\\!;51i � 1_� �� 'Pftf�' \"ltt� \"ltt� I\n\n�� � 't�l! 11fhl �� 1_�t� �tti{ II �� II\nucca drc;iha tuli saba pati' sthane sthane\neka tuli haite tvaraya ara tulite ane\nSYNONYMS\nucca-puffed up; drc;iha-strong; tu/i\n\n-\n\npads made of cotton; saba-all; pati'­\n\nspreading; sthane sthane-from one place to another; eka tuli-one pad; haitefrom; tvaraya-very soon; ara-next; tulite-on the pad; ane-bring.\n\n", "mad5#p0151": "Text 13]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n119\n\nTRANSLATION\nStrong, puffed-up cotton pads called tulis were spread out from the throne\nto the car, and the heavy Deity of Lord Jagannatha was carried from one\npillow-like pad to the next by the dayitas.\nTEXT 12\n\n�?f��ttl:! '!_� � � �'G I\nt_� �<1 ��' �t11, � � ��'G II :>� II\nprabhu-padaghate tuli haya kharx:la khaQ(ia\ntu/a saba u(ii' yaya, sabda haya pracaf)(ia\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-pada-aghate-by the kicking of Lord )agannatha;\n\ntu/i-the pads;\n\nhaya-become; khaQ(ia khaQ(ia-broken to pieces; tu/a-cotton from inside;\nsaba-all; u(ii' yaya-rises; sabda-sound; haya-there is; pracaf)(ia-very much.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the dayitas carried the heavy Jagannatha Deity from one pad to the\nnext, some of the pads broke, and the cotton contents floated into the air.\nWhen they broke, they made a heavy, cracking sound.\nTEXT 13\n\nf�o •-sts.tt'l <;<IS �t�t\\! ?ftt1f ?\n\n..-t?fi{ t�n. �t� <�Sfft\\! Rmf 11 :>� 11\nvisvambhara jagannathe ke calaite pare?\napana icchaya cale karite vihare\nSYNONYMS\nvisvambhara-the maintainer of the universe; jagannathe-Lord )agannatha;\nke-who; ca/aite-cause to be carried; pare-can; apana-personal; icchayaby His will; ca/e-moves; karite-to act; vihare-in pastimes.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Jagannatha is the maintainer of the whole universe. Who can carry Him\nfrom one place to another? However, the Lord moves by His personal will just\nto perform His pastimes.\n\n", "mad5#p0152": "120\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�t� '�f't;rj' '�f't�i' <fit� � I\ne{fiiHI'�J-��t�a, f<fi� i{i �� II �8 II\nmahaprabhu 'maQima' 'maQima' kare dhvani\nnana-vadya-kolahale kichui na suni\nSYNONYMS\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nmaQima-Mar;tima;\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nmaQ/ma­\n\nMar;tima; kare-makes; dhvani-the sound; nana-various; vadya-of musical\ninstruments; kolahale-by the tumultuous sound; kichui\n\n-\n\nanything; na-not;\n\nsuni-can hear.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the Lord was transported from the throne to the car, tumultuous\nsounds were made on various musical instruments. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwas chanting \"Mar;�ima Mar;�ima,\" but He could not be heard.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word maQima is used to address a respectable person in Orissa. Lord )agannatha was being respectfully addressed by SrT Caitanya in this way.\nTEXT 15\n\n\\!� ��11iill <fi� �t�e{ ��il I\n\n�c(..�� i'f�i <fit� �0! ��e{ II �<t II\ntabe prataparudra kare apane sevana\nsuvarQa-marjani lana kare patha sammarjana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-at this time; prataparudra-King Prataparudra; kare-does; apane-personally;\n\nsevana-service;\n\nsuvarQa-golden;\n\nmarjan i-broom;\n\n/alia-taking;\n\nkare -does; patha-road; sammarj�na -cleansing.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the Lord was being carried from the throne to the car, King Prataparudra personally engaged in the Lord's service by cleansing the road with\na broom that had a golden handle.\n\n", "mad5#p0153": "Text 18]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n121\n\nTEXT 16\n\ni\"'�·'S!t'i't'! �t11' �� f'i(r;�it� I\n\n'{!iii c;ll<ti � <tf�' 11'tsf·���tll� II �� II\ncandana-jalete kare patha ni$eCane\ntuccha seva kare vasi' raja-sirhhasane\nSYNONYMS\n\ncandana-jalete-with\n\nsandalwood\n\nwater;\n\nkare-does;\n\npatha-road;\n\nni$ecane-sprinkling; tuccha-insignificant, menial; seva-service; kare-performs; vasi'-although in possession of; raja-sirhhasane-the royal throne.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King sprinkled the road with sandalwood-scented water. Although he\nwas the owner of the royal throne, he engaged in menial service for the sake of\nLord Jagannatha.\nTEXT 17\n\ni!� ��111'l'S!1 <lit� ttlili �� I\n���<t i9r�:{tt�1f �9ft11' �t;sr� II �C! II\nuttama hana raja kare tuccha sevana\nataeva jagannathera krpara bhajana\nSYNONYMS\n\nuttama haiia-although very respec table; raja-the King; kare-accepts; tuccha-menial; sevana-service; ataeva-therefore; jagannathera-of Lord Jagannatha; krpara-in the matter of mercy; bhajana-suitable candidate.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the King was the most exalted respectable person, still he accepted menial service for the Lord; he, therefore, became a suitable candidate\nfor receiving the Lord's mercy.\nTEXT 18\n\n11�t12tt_ �� ��\"' c;l!·'ll<ti c;wf� 1\n\n�t�1f �911 �a, 'l!·c;l!<ti ��t� II �,_ II\n\n", "mad5#p0154": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n122\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nmahaprabhu sukha paifa se-seva dekhite\nmahaprabhura krpa haifa se-seva ha-ite\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sukha pai /a\n\nfelt very happy; se­\n\n-\n\nseva-that kind of service; dekhite-to see; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; krpa-mercy; haifa-there was; se-seva ha-ite-because of that\nservice.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon\n\nseeing\n\nthe\n\nKing\n\nengaged\n\nin\n\nsuch\n\nmenial\n\nservice,\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu became very happy. Simply by rendering this service, the King\nreceived the mercy of the lord.\nPURPORT\nUnless one receives the mercy of the Lord, he cannot understand the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead or engage in His devotional service.\nathapi te deva padambuja-dvayaprasada-fesanugrhita eva hi\njanati tattvarh bhagavan-mahimno\nna canya eko 'pi cirarh vicinvan\n(Bhag. 1 0.14.29)\nOnly a devotee who has received a small fraction of the mercy of the Lord can\nunderstand Him. Others may engage in theoretical speculation to understand the\nLord, but they can not know anything about Him. Although Maharaja Prataparudra was very eager to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Lord refused to see\nhim. However, when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw the King engaged in menial\nservice for Lord Jagannatha, He became very happy. Thus the King became eligible to receive Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's mercy. If a devotee accepts Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu as the universal guru and Lord Jagannatha as the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead Kr?�a, he is benefited by the combined mercy of Kr?�a\nand guru. That is stated by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in His instructions to ROpa\nGosvami. (Cc. Madhya 19.151)\nbrahmaQ(ia bhramite kana bhagyavan jiva\nguru-kr�Qa-prasade paya bhakti-fata-bija\nThe seed of devotional service fructifies and becomes a transcendental creeper.\nFinally it reaches the lotus feet of the Lord in the spiritual sky. This seed is obtained\n\n", "mad5#p0155": "Text 20]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n123\n\nby the mercy of the Lord and the guru. By the Lord's mercy one gets the association of a bona fide guru, and by the mercy of the guru, one gets a chance to\nrender devotional service. Devotional service, the science of bhakti-yoga, carries\none from this material world to the spiritual world.\nTEXT 19\n\n1fl:tt1f l1tl9rfi{ C5f�' �� �e.�11{ I\ni{lif �11� 1-r-�!:1RII·'C!t� II :>� II\nrathera sajani dekhi' toke camatkara\nnava hemamaya ratha-sumeru-akara\nSYNONYMS\nrathera-of the car; sajani-decoration; dekhi'-by seeing; toke-everyone;\ncamatkara-astonished; nava-new; hema-maya-golden; ratha-chariot car;\nsumeru-akara-as high as the mountain Sumeru.\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone was astonished to see the decorations on the Ratha car. The car\nappeared to be newly made of gold, and it was as high as Mount Sumeru.\nPURPORT\nIn the year 197 3 there was a gorgeous Ratha-yatra festival in London, England,\nand the car was brought to Trafalgar Square. The London daily newspaper the\nGuardian published a front-page photo caption: \"ISKCON Ratha-yatra is rival to\nthe Nelson Column in Trafalgar Square.\" The Nelson Column is a very impressive\nstatue of Lord Nelson and can be seen from a good distance. just as the residents\nof Puri compared the Ratha-yatra car to Mount Sumeru, the residents of London\nconsidered the car rival to the Nelson Monument.\nTEXT 20\n\n-t� � �-�M'-��'1 � I\n\ntA9f1:1 9fi!'Rit c;-ttr.;!f5 i'roftll1 f� II � II\n•\n\nsata sata su-camara-darpaf)e ujjvata\nupare pataka sobhe caridoya nirmata\n\n", "mad5#p0156": "124\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSYNONYMS\nsata sata-hundreds upon hundreds; su-camara-beautiful white whisks; darpa(1e-with mirrors;\n\nujjva/a-very bright;\n\nupare-on the top; pataka-flag;\n\nsobhe-looks beautiful; catidoya-canopy; nirma/a-thoroughly cleansed.\nTRANSLATION\nThe decorations included bright mirrors and hundreds and hundreds of\ncamaras [white whisks made of yak tails]. On top of the car were a neat and\nclean canopy and very beautiful flag.\nTEXT 21\n\n'ft�l, ��� �t�, \"tcG'tf •fl!i! I\n\nil�1 fi1Jf·��r;;tl(1f� �� II �� II\nghaghara, kitikiQi baje, ghaQtara kvaQita\nnana citra-patta-vastre ratha vibhD�ita\nSYNONYMS\nghaghara-gongs; kitikiQi-ankle bells; baje-were sounding; ghaQtara-of\nbells; kva(1ita-tinkling sound; nana-various; citra-pictures; patta-vastre-with\nsilken cloth; ratha-the car; vibha�ita-decorated.\nTRANSLATION\nThe car was also decorated with silken cloth and various pictures. Many\nbrass bells, gongs and ankle bells rang.\nTEXT 22\n\n� �� �� 1ff;�� �9f1f I\n� �� 1ft� �t� ��\\!f1, �i'f'{� II �� II\nlilaya cac;fi/a isvara rathera upara\nara dui rathe cac;fe subhadra, haladhara\nSYNONYMS\nlilaya-for the matter of pastimes; cac;fi/a-got up; isvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; rathera-a car; upara-aboard; ara dui-another two;\nrathe-in the cars; cac;fe-got up; subhadra-the sister of Lord Jagannatha;\nha/adhara-Balarama.\n\n", "mad5#p0157": "Text 24]\n\n125\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor the pastimes of the Ratha-yatra ceremony, Lord Jagannatha got aboard\none car, and His sister, Subhadra, and elder brother, Balarama, got aboard two\nother cars.\nTEXT 23\n\n?f•w-t Ni{ � ��t\"l� ��1 I\n\n�'Rf � ��1 C� ��ti! <!tfi,1l1 II �� ll\npanca-dasa dina isvara maha-lak$mi lana\ntarira sarige kric;Ja kaila nibhrte vasiya\nSYNONYMS\n\npanca-dasa dina-fifteen days; isvara-the Lord; maha-/ak?mi-the supreme\ngoddess of fortune; /ana-with; tarira sari ge-in her company; kric;Ja-enjoy\nment; kai/a-performed; nibhrte-in a solitary place; vasiya-sitting\n\n­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor fifteen days the Lord had remained in a secluded place with the supreme\ngoddess of fortune and had performed His pastimes with her.\nPURPORT\n\nThe fifteen-day period of anavasara is also called nibhrta, in honor of the solitary\nplace where the supreme goddess of fortune lives. After living there a fortnight,\nLord Jagannatha took permission from the goddess of fortune to leave.\nTEXT 24\n\n�'R{ �� '\"1�1 �· �� fltti! I\nIt'll ��' <!ttf6 C�\"i ��'Rf <:tiBfti! II �8 II\ntanhara sammati lana bhakte sukha dite\nrathe cac;Ji' bahira haila vihara karite\nSYNONYMS\n\ntarihara sammati\n\n-\n\nher permission; /ana-taking; bhakte-the devotees; sukha\n\ndite-to please; rathe cac;Ji -rid i n g on the car; bahira haila-came out; vihara\n'\n\nkarite-to perform pastimes.\n\n", "mad5#p0158": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n126\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaving taken permission from the goddess of fortune, the lord came out to\nride on the Ratha car and perform His pastimes for the pleasure of the devotees.\nPURPORT\nIn this connection, SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura comments that as an\nideal husband, Lord jagannatha remained fifteen days in a secluded place with His\nwife, the supreme goddess of fortune. Nonetheless, the Lord wanted to come out\nof seclusion to give happiness to His devotees. The Lord enjoys Himself in two\nways, known as svakiya and parakiya. The Lord's conjugal love in the svakiya-rasa\nrelates to the regulative principles observed in Dvaraka. There the Lord has many\nmarried queens, but in Vrndavana the conjugal love of the Lord is not with His\nmarried wives but with His girl friends, the gopis. Conjugal love with the gopis is\ncalled parakiya-rasa. Lord jagannatha leaves the secluded place where He enjoys\nthe company of the supreme goddess of fortune in svakiya-rasa, and He goes to\nVrndavana where He enjoys the parakiya-rasa. Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura\ntherefore reminds us that the Lord's pleasure in parakiya-rasa is superior to His\npleasure in svakiya-rasa.\nIn the material world, parakiya-rasa, or loving affairs with unmarried girl friends,\nis a most degraded relationship, but in the spiritual world this type of loving affair\nis considered the supreme enjoyment. In the material world everything is but a\nreflection of the spiritual world, and that reflection is perverted. We cannot\nunderstand the affairs of the spiritual world on the basis of our experience in the\nmaterial world. The Lord's pastimes with the gopis are therefore misunderstood\nby mundane scholars and word-wranglers. The parakiya-rasa of the spiritual world\nshould not be discussed except by one who is very advanced in pure devotional\nservice. The parakiya-rasa in the spiritual world and that in the material world are\nnot comparable. The former is like gold, and the latter is like iron. Because the difference between the two is so great, they cannot actually be compared.\nHowever, one can easily distinguish the value of gold by seeing the value of iron.\nOne who has the proper realization can easily distinguish the transcendental activities of the spiritual world from material activities.\nTEXT 25\n\n� C'li!��'Pft� '1_� � I\nit�����' ��-,�i{ ��f<ti{ u �a 11\nsOk�ma sveta-ba/u pathe pulinera sama\ndui dike tota, saba-yena vrndavana\n\n", "mad5#p0159": "Text 27]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n127\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuk�ma-fine; s'veta-bafu-white sand; pathe-on the path; pufinera samajust like the bank of the Yamuna; dui dike-on two sides; tota-gardens; sabaall; yena-like; vrndavana-the holy place Vrndavana.\nTRANSI.AT ION\nThe fine, white sand spread all over the path resembled the bank of the\nYamuna, and the small gardens on both sides looked just like those in\nVrndavana.\nTEXT 26\n\nftQ{ �fi$' i9f'$fittf �fifllf1 � I\n\n��tt'( '��' ��� �f��-'alil II �� II\nrathe cac;fi' jagannatha karifa gamana\ndui-parsve dekhi' cafe anandita-mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nrathe cac;fi'-riding on the car; jagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; karifa gamanawas passing; dui-parsve-on both sides; dekhi'-seeing; cafe-goes; ananditafull of pleasure; mana-mind.\nTRANSLATION\nAs lord Jagannatha rode in His car and saw the beauty on both sides, His\nmind was filled with pleasure.\nTEXT 27\n\n''�' �� �tf l;'tti{ �firnl �� I\n'15�'1 � �� ��' '!Sr.;'I ·�t4'( 11\"! II �� II\n'gauc;fa' saba ratha tane kariya ananda\nk�al)e sighra cafe ratha, k�al)e cafe manda\nSYNONYMS\n\ngauc;fa-the pullers of the car; saba-all; ratha-the car; tane-pull; kariyafeeling; ananda-happiness; k�al)e-sometimes; sighra cafe-goes very fast;\nratha-the car; k�al)e-sometimes; cafe-goes; manda-very slow.\n\n", "mad5#p0160": "128\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe pullers of the car were known as gau«.fas, and they pulled with great\npleasure. However, the car sometimes went very fast and sometimes very\nslow.\nTEXT 28\n\n-.r;tJ f'O �1$1 �' ttf� il1 WI I\n\n�-� ��' il1 �til �tm � II�lr II\nk�aQe sthira hafia rahe, tanileha na cafe\nisvara-icchaya cafe, na cafe karo bale\nSYNONYMS\nk�aQe-sometimes; sthira-still; hafia-becoming; rahe-stays; tanileha-in\nspite of being pulled; na cafe-does not go; isvara-icchaya-by the will of the\nLord; cafe-goes; na cafe-does not go; karo-of anyone; bale-by the strength.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes the car would stand still and not move, even though it was\npulled very vigorously. The chariot therefore moved by the will of the Lord,\nnot by the strength of any ordinary person.\nTEXT 29\n\n�� �tl!lt_ � \"1<$1 'fti1ttJ I\n� �tl'f ���-��II�� II\ntabe mahaprabhu saba lana bhakta-gaQa\nsvahaste paraila sabe malya-candana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; mahaprabhu- S rT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; saba-all; /aliataking; bhakta-gaQa-devotees; sva-haste-by His own hand; parai/a-decorated; sabe-everyone; malya-candana-with flower garlands and pulp of sandalwood.\nTRANSLATION\nAs the car stood still, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu gathered all His devotees\nand, with His own hand, decorated them with flower garlands and sandalwood\npulp.\n\n", "mad5#p0161": "Text 32]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n129\n\nTEXT 30\n\n�� �' 111t� <eBf� �\"' I\n\nI)�� 'Pfl<.fPi �� <c�'til\"' II �o II\nparamananda puri, ara bharati brahmananda\nsri-haste candana pana baqifa ananda\nSYNONYMS\nparamananda puri-Paramananda Purr;\n\nara-and;\n\nbharati brahmananda­\n\nBrahmananda BharatT; sri-haste-by the hand of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; candana-sandalwood pulp; pana -getting; baqifa -increased; ananda -transcendental bliss.\nTRANSLATION\nParamananda Puri and Brahmananda Bharati were both personally given\ngarlands and sandalwood pulp\n\nfrom the\n\nvery hands of\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. This increased their transcendental pleasure.\nTEXT 31\n\n�m-�t�, �r� �-�i!Jtil\"' 1\nI)��·\"\"Pft.f �·� �� �'til\"t II �:> II\nadvaita-acarya, ara prabhu-nityananda\nsri-hasta-sparse dunhara ha-ifa ananda\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-acarya-Advaita Acarya; ara-and; prabhu-nityananda-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; sri-hasta-sparse-by the touch of the transcendental hand of Lord\nCaitanya; dunhara-of both of Them; ha-ifa-there was; ananda-transcendental bliss.\nTRANSLATION\nSimilarly, when Advaita Acarya and Nityananda Prabhu felt the touch of the\ntranscendental hand of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, They were both very\npleased.\nTEXT 32\n\n�11t�t'i fif\"f 1lt\"fl·li'til I\n��' !)��,-� IJ..� i(tril II �� II\n\n", "mad5#p0162": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n130\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nkirtaniya-gaQe dila malya-candana\nsvarupa, srivasa,-yahari mukhya dui-jana\nSYNONYMS\nkirtaniya-gaQe-unto the performers of sarikirtana; dila -gave; malya-candana-garlands\n\nand\n\nsandalwood\n\npulp;\n\nsvarupa-Svaropa;\n\nsrivasa-Srivasa;\n\nyahari-where; mukhya-principal; dui-jana-two persons.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord also gave garlands and sandalwood pulp to the performers of\nsankirtana. The chief two performers were Svarupa Damodara and Srivasa\nThakura.\nTEXT 33\n\n�tfl �11!1Wtt11 � �f�-t 'itt1i{ I\nii: '9:� 11t(fir� '�if �� i9fil ll �� II\ncari sampradaye haila cabbisa gayana\ndui dui mardarigika hai/a a�ta jana\nSYNONYMS\ncari sampradaye-in the four parties; hai/a-there were; cabbisa-twentyfour; gayana-performers of kirtana; dui dui-two in each party; mardarigikaplayers of mrdariga drums; hai/a-there were; a�ta jana-eight persons.\nTRANSLATION\nThere were altogether four parties of kirtana performers, comprasmg\ntwenty-four chanters. In each party there were also two mrdanga players,\nmaking an additional eight persons.\nTEXT 34\n\nl!t� �� 11ti{ � �RI11i I\n\n�fil �5ft11 fifil 'ift1{i{ cl�1 II �8 II\ntabe mahaprabhu mane vicara kariya\ncari sampradaya dila gayana baritiya\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-after this; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mane-in the mind;\nvicara kariya-considering; cari sampradaya-four parties; di/a-gave; gayana\nbaritiya-dividing the singers.\n\n", "mad5#p0163": "Text 37]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n131\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the four parties were formed, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, after some\nconsideration, divided the chanters.\nTEXT 35\n\n�Jtil\"f, ��, �fflt'f, �r;1l!i'!tt� I\nlHRf �i{ �fil �� �J �Rf�tu' U �(t II\nnityananda, advaita, haridasa, vakresvare\ncari jane ajna dila nrtya karibare\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda-Lord Nityananda; advaita-Advaita Acarya; haridasa-Haridasa\nThakura; vakresvare-Vakresvara Pa�c;iita; cari jane-to these four persons; ajna\ndila-the Lord gave an order; nrtya karibare-to dance.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ordered Nityananda Prabhu, Advaita Acarya,\nHaridasa Thakura and Vakresvara Pa•:u;tita to dance in each of the four respective parties.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n!!i-t'If �'!!!Wit� ��Gil ��'pt -�� I\n� 'Pf� fW\" �a �@t'Sfti{ u �� u\nprathama sampradaye kaila svarupa-pradhana\nara panca-jana dila tanra paligana\nSYNONYMS\nprathama sampradaye-in the first party;\n\nkai/a-fixed;\n\nsvarupa-Svaropa\n\nDamodara; pradhana-as the chief; ara-another; panca-jana-five per sons;\ndila-gave; tar'lra-his; pa/igana-responders.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara was chosen as the leader of the first party and was given\nfive assistants to respond to his chanting.\nTEXT 37\n\nliftt1lt5f�, i{�'l, lif� c;'Stt� I\nm� �fu'!, � �t-stt�\"'te{\"' 11 �\"� u\n\n", "mad5#p0164": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n132\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\ndamodara, narayal)a, datta govinda\nraghava pal)(iita, ara sri-govindananda\nSYNONYMS\ndamodara -Damodara Par:\"�<;lita; narayal)a -Narayar:\"�a; datta govinda-Govinda\nDatta;\n\nraghava\n\npaQ(iita-Raghava Par:\"�<;lita;\n\nara-and;\n\nsri-govindananda-SrT\n\nGovindananda.\nTRANSLATION\nThe five who responded to the singing of Svariipa Damodara were\nDamodara Par:-�ita, Narayar:-a, Govinda Datta, Raghava Par:-�ita and Sri Govindananda.\nTEXT 38\n\n��tl!t1f �J �ftt�tt� �911 fifilf I\n����-�'{� �t� ��111 �i'f II �lr II\nadvaitere nrtya karibare ajiia dila\nsrivasa-pradhana ara sampradaya kaila\nSYNONYMS\nadvaitere-unto Advaita Acarya; nrtya-dancing; karibare-for performing;\naj n a-ord er;\n\ndila-gave;\n\nsrivasa-Srivasa\n\nThakura;\n\npradhana\n\n-\n\nchief;\n\nara­\n\nanother; sampradaya-group; kaila-formed.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya Prabhu was ordered to dance in the first group. The Lord\nthen formed another group with Srivasa Thakura as the chief man.\nPURPORT\nIn the first group, Damodara SvarOpa was appointed chief singer, and the responding singers were Damodara Par:\"�Qita, Narayar:\"�a, Govinda Datta, Raghava\nPar:\"�Qita and Govindananda. Sri Advaita Acarya was appointed as a dancer. The\nnext group was formed, and the chief singer was Srivasa Thakura.\nTEXT 39\n\n'ittr\"tlft:Jt, �f.�t:JJ, �'lftit, ��\"f I\n\n�Jt1( 9ff\"SI!, l!tt1 il:� fi{I!Jti{\"f II �� II\n\n", "mad5#p0165": "The Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\nText 41]\n\n133\n\ngafigadasa, haridasa, sriman, subhananda\nsri-rama paf)c;iita, taha!i nace nityananda\n\nSYNONYMS\ngangadasa -Garigadasa; haridasa -Haridasa; sriman -Srlman; subhanandaSubhananda; sri-rama paf)c;iita- Sri Rama Par:Jc;lita; tahali-there; nace-dances;\nnityananda-Lord Nityananda.\nTRANSLATION\nThe five singers who responded to the singing of Srivasa Thakura were\nGangadasa, Haridasa, Sriman, Subhananda and Sri Rama Par:u;Jita. Sri Nityananda Prabhu was appointed as a dancer.\n\nTEXT 40\n\n���, '�t�iltQf, �ltfif �ti �til I\n�\"f-(2j'ftil � �� � II So II\nvasudeva, gopinatha, murari yaha!i gaya\nmukunda-pradhana kaila ara sampradaya\nSYNONYMS\nvasudeva-Vasudeva;\nwhere;\n\ngaya-sing;\n\ngopinatha-Goplnatha;\n\nmukunda-Mukunda;\n\nmurari-Murari;\n\npradhana-chief;\n\nyahali­\n\nkai/a-formed;\n\nara-another; sampradaya -group.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAnother group was formed consisting of Vasudeva, Gopinatha, and Murari.\nAll these were responsive singers, and Mukunda was the chief singer.\n\nTEXT 41\n\nl)�t., �����il �til� l9fil I\n��-�1� �fti <mfil il� II 8� II\nsrikanta, vallabha-sena ara dui jana\nharidasa-thakura taha!i karena nartana\n\n", "mad5#p0166": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n134\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSYNONYMS\nsrikanta, vallab ha sena-Srikanta and Vallabha Sena; ara\n-\n\n-\n\nanother; dui jana­\n\ntwo persons; haridasa-thakura-Haridasa Thakura; tahari-there; karena-per\nforms; nartana\n\n-\n\ndancing\n\nI\n\n.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAnother two persons, Srikanta and Vallabha Sena, joined as responsive\nsingers. In this group, Haridasa Thakura [the senior] was the dancer.\nPURPORT\nIn the third group, Mukunda was appointed the chief singer. This party was\ncomposed of Vasudeva, Gopinatha, Murari, Srikanta and Vallabha Sena. The\nsenior Haridasa Thakura was the dancer.\n\nTEXT 42\n\nc;'St�\"'-<;'lil�-!2f'{\"til '�\"f �111' �� I\n\n��' �'ft�, 1ft'lil�, �tl 'Stt� II 8� II\ngovinda-gho�a-pradhana kaila ara sampradaya\nharidasa, vi�Qudasa, raghava, yahari gaya\n\nSYNONYMS\ngovinda-gho�a-Govinda Ghosh; pradhana-the chief; kai/a-for med; araanother;\n\nsampradaya-group;\n\nharidasa-the younger Haridasa;\n\nvi�Qudasa­\n\nVi�t:Judasa; raghava-Raghava; yahari-where; gaya-sing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord formed another group, appointing Govinda Ghosh as leader. In\nthis group the younger Haridasa, Vi�l)udasa and Raghava were the responding\nsingers.\nTEXT 43\n\n'aft�, �t'f�·<;'lil�,-'l� �t�1f I\n\niji!J �� '!ttl ?tfu'!-�ti!ii'fl1f II 8� II\nmadhava, vasudeva-ghog -dui sahodara\nnrtya karena tahari paQ(iita-vakresvara\n\n", "mad5#p0167": "Text 45]\n\n135\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\nSYNONYMS\nmadhava-Madhava; vasudeva-gho�a-Vasudeva Ghosh; dui sahodara-two\nbrothers; nrtya karena-dances; tahari-there; paQc;iita-vakresvara-Vakresvara\nPal)<;lita.\nTRANSLATION\nTwo brothers named Madhava Ghosh and Vasudeva Ghosh also joined this\ngroup as responsive singers. Vakresvara PaQ�ita was the dancer.\nTEXT 44\n\n'f:�-$tt1l� �� �1��-�'alt'S? I\n'!'ttl if!J �� �1111�, �'!J�� II 88 II\nkulina-gramera eka kirtaniya-samaja\ntahari nrtya karena ramananda, satyaraja\nSYNONYMS\nkulina-gramera-of the village known as KuiTna-grama; eka-one; kirtaniyasamaja-sarikirtana party; tahari-there; nrtya karena-dances; ramanandaRamananda; satyaraja-Satyaraja Khan.\nTRANSLATION\nThere was a salikirtana party from the village known as Kulina-grama, and\nRamananda and Satyaraja were appointed the dancers in this group.\nTEXT 45\n\n-rtf•� �twtt�11\" �� ��'AI I\n��\"' �tti '!Q!'t, �t� �� '5ttlll sa 11\nsantipurera acaryera eka sampradaya\nacyutananda nace tatha, ara saba gaya\nSYNONYMS\nsantipurera-of\n\nSantipura;\n\nacaryera-of\n\nAdvaita\n\nAcarya;\n\neka-one;\n\nsampradaya-group; acyutananda-the son of Advaita Acarya; nace-dances;\ntatha-there; ara-the rest; saba-all; gaya-were'singing.\n\n", "mad5#p0168": "136\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere was another party that came from Santipura and was formed by\nAdvaita Acarya. Acyutananda was the dancer, and the rest of the men were\nsingers.\nTEXT 46\n\n�� �-1� <fltil\" �iN! � I\n�fit iftt� \\!1fl !�)�'!_�II 8� I\nk�Q��Qm��������k�m\nnarahari nace tahan sri-raghunandana\n\nSYNONYMS\nkhaQc)era-of the place named Kha�c,ia; sampradaya-party; kare-performs;\nanyatra-in a different place;\n\nkirtana-chanting; narahari-Narahari; nace­\n\ndances; tahan-there; sri-raghunandana-Raghunandana.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAnother party was formed by the people of Kha��a. These people were\nsinging in a different place. In that group, Narahari Prabhu and Raghunandana\nwere dancing.\nTEXT 47\n\nI!Jf�� �tt� �1Rf ��1� '$ft1l I\n\n� \"Pttr;-t �t, \"Pttt- �� �lf!f5frn I 8� I\njagannathera age cari sampradaya gaya\ndui pa5e dui, pache eka sampradaya\n\nSYNONYMS\njagannathera age-in front of the Deity Lord Jagannatha; cari sampradaya\ngaya-four groups were chanting; dui pase-on two sides; dui-another two\ngroups; pache-at the rear; eka sampradaya-another group.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFour parties chanted and danced in front of Lord Jagannatha, and on both\nsides were two other parties. Another was at the rear.\n\n", "mad5#p0169": "Text 50]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n137\n\nTEXT 48\n\n'lti! '1-t� C�ttiSf �� 1ft5fif I\n� � �fil' �.<II �� �'*\" II 81r II\nsata sampradaye baje caudda madafa\nyara dhvani suni' vai$Qava haifa pagafa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsata sampradaye-in seven groups; baje-were beating; caudda-fourteen;\nmadafa-drums; yara-of which; dhvani-the sound; suni'-hearing; vai$Qava-,all the devotees; haifa-became; pagafa-mad.\nTRANSLATION\nThere were altogether seven parties of sankirtana, and in each party two\nmen were beating drums. Thus fourteen drums were being played at once.\nThe sound was tumultuous, and all the devotees bacame mad.\nTEXT 49\n\n�� m-�trn !'t•\" �\" 1\n��l'f �CI C�t1i <;���if ll 8� ll\nvai$Qavera megha-ghataya ha-ifa badafa\nkirtananande saba var$e netra-jafa\nSYNONYMS\n\nvai$Qavera-of the devotees; megha-ghataya-by the assembly of clouds; haifa-there was;\n\nbadafa-rainfall;\n\nkirtana-anande-in the blissful situation of\n\nchanting; saba-all of them; var$e-rain; netra-jafa-tears from the eyes.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the Vai�Qavas came together like an assembly of clouds. As the devotees\nchanted the holy names, tears fell in great ecstasy li!<e rainfall from their eyes.\n\nTEXT 50\n\n�� <e�' �t� -.ft�ti@ 'fif� I\n\"''tJ �Jtf\\Rf 'flffil ��� if! �� ll � ll\n0\n\n", "mad5#p0170": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n138\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSYNONYMS\ntri-bhuvana bhari'-filling the three worlds; uthe-arose; kirtanera dhvanivibration of\n\nsankirtana;\n\nanya-other;\n\nvadya-adira-of musical instruments;\n\ndhvani -the sound; kichui-anything; na -not; suni-hears.\nTRANSLAliON\nWhen the salikirtana resounded, it filled the three worlds. Indeed, no one\ncould hear mundane sounds or musical instruments other than the salikirtana.\nTEXT 51\n\n�11! �ifc.!P �'f � 'I{Rf' '�fir' �fit' I\n'� ��lttl', �t� Ill�� 't['llf' II <t� II\nsata thafii bule prabhu 'hari' 'hari' bali'\n'jaya jagannatha', balena hasta-yuga tuli'\nSYNONYMS\nsata\n\nthafii-in\n\nthe\n\nseven\n\nplaces;\n\nbu/e-wanders;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; hari hari ba/i'r-chanting the holy names Hari, Hari; jaya jagannatha-all glories to Lord jagannatha; balena-says; hasta-yuga-His two arms;\ntu/i'-raising.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu wandered through all seven groups chanting the\nholy name, \"Hari, Hari!\" Raising His arms, He shouted, \"All glories to Lord\nJagannatha!\"\nTEXT 52\n\n� �� -tf9 � �fif'f � I\n\n���tt\"f �\\! �tfc.!P �fif\"f �� II <t� II\nara eka sakti prabhu karila prakasa\neka-kale sata thafii kari/a vilasa\nSYNONYMS\nara-another;\n\neka-one; sakti-mystic power; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; karila-made; prakasa-manifest; eka-ka/e-simultaneously; sata\nthafii-in seven places; kari/a-performed; vi/asa-pastimes.\n\n", "mad5#p0171": "Text 54]\n\n139\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu then exhibited another mystic power by performing pastimes simultaneously in all seven groups.\nTEXT 53\n\n�� �,---�t_ �� '\"lfl1{ � I\n• Jtf$ itt� �t'e{ �tilt� �m II �� II\nsabe kahe, -prabhu achena mora sampradaya\nanya thani nahi ya'na amare dayaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nsabe kahe-everyone said; praohu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; achena-is\npresent; mora sampradaya-in my group; anya thani-in other places; nahidoes not; ya'na-go; amare-unto me; dayaya-bestows His mercy.\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone said, \"Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu is present in my group. Indeed,\nHe does not go anywhere else. He is bestowing His mercy upon us.\"\nTEXT 54\n\n.\n\n� \"f�tl! itlt1l �1( �f�J·-tf� I\n��f1r-� iSftte{, �t1l \"�� II �8 II\nkeha /akhite nare prabhura acintya-sakti\nantaranga-bhakta jane, yanra suddha-bhakti\nSYNONYMS\n\nkeha-anyone;\n\n/akhite-see;\n\nnare-cannot;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; acintya-inconceivable; sakti-power; antaraliga-intimate; bhakta-devotee; jane-knows; yanra-whose; suddha-bhakti-pure devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\nActually, no one could see the inconceivable potency of the Lord. Only the\nmost confidential devotees, those in pure, unalloyed devotional service, could\nunderstand.\n\n", "mad5#p0172": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n140\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 55\n\n�� <;��11!Jf�t� ��� I\n��<til� �� �� <li��1 'If� II <M II\nkirtana dekhiya jagannatha hara�ita\nsarikirtana dekhe ratha kariyJ sthagita\nSYNONYMS\n\nkirtana dekhiya-by seeing the performance of sarikirtana; jagannatha-lord\n]agannatha;\n\nhara?ita -very\n\npleased;\n\nsarikirtana -performance of\n\nsarikirtana;\n\ndekhe-sees; ratha-the car; kariya sthagita-stopping.\nTRANSLATION\n\nlord Jagannatha was very pleased by the sankirtana, and He brought His car\nto a standstill just to see the performance.\nTEXT 56\n\n<2f\\!i'Pf11''(Jf� ��iif � f� I\n\n�f�����(;�ll<t�ll\nprataparudrera haifa parama vismaya\ndekhite vivasa raja haifa premamaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nprataparudrera-of King Prataparudra; haifa-there was; parama-very much;\nvismaya-astonishment;\n\ndekhite-to see;\n\nvivasa-inactive;\n\nraja-the\n\nKing;\n\nhaifa-became; prema-maya-in ecstatic love.\nTRANSLATION\n\nKing Prataparudra also was astonished to see the sankirtana. He became inactive and was converted to ecstatic love of Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 57\n\n�tift� � �i!lf1 � 11fi(111 I\n�fit� �,-(;t!'t1mf �� � � ll<t'\\11\nkasi-misre kahe raja prabhura mahima\nkasi-misra kahe,-tomara bhagyera nahi sima\n\n", "mad5#p0173": "Text 59]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n141\n\nSYNONYMS\nkasi-misre-unto KasT Misra; kahe-said; raja-the King; prabhura mahimathe glories of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nkasi-misra kahe-KasT Misra said;\n\ntamara-your; bhagyera-of fortune; nahi-there is not; sima-a limit.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the King informed Kasi Misra of the glories of the Lord, Kasi Misra\nreplied, \"0 King , your fortune has no limit!\"\n\nTEXT 58\n\n�-�er i!NI �t11 ia1itfif I\n�Bf '�� �t� � '�\\!tt11f � \" ct\\r \"\nsarvabhauma-safige raja kare tharathari\nara keha nahi jane caitanyera curi\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma-safige-with Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya; raja-the King; karedoes; tharathari-indication;\n\nara-further;\n\nkeha-anyone;\n\nnahi-not; jane­\n\nknows; caitanyera-of Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; curi-tricks.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King and Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya were both aware of the Lord's activities, but no one else could see the tricks of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 59\n\n� itf ¥fi, � trtfil�1f 'Pfttl I\n�\"Ptl f� !3'lftfiRi ��rt�tl i1'tt1f \" <t� \"\nyare tanra krpa, sei janibare pare\nkrpa vina brahmadika janibare nare\nSYNONYMS\nyare-upon whom; talira-His; krpa-mercy; sei-that person; janibare-to\nknow;\n\npare-is\n\nable;\n\nkrpa-mercy;\n\nvina-without;\n\nbrahma-adika-the\n\ndemigods, headed by Lord Brahma; janibare-to know; nare-are not able.\n\n", "mad5#p0174": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n142\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnly a person who has received the mercy of the Lord can understand.\nWithout the Lord's mercy, even the demigods, headed by Lord Brahma, cannot understand.\nTEXT 60\n\n11t'.t1 � � Offit' �..� 1_� 1fit I\n�- �' ��� � '11ft'l1·5f�' II �o II\nrajara tuccha seva dekhi' prabhura tu�ta mana\nsei ta' prasade paila 'rahasya-darsana'\nSYNONYMS\n\nrajara-of the King;\n\ntuccha-insignificant, menial; seva-service; dekhi'­\n\nseeing; prabhura-of Srr Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tu$ta-satisfied; mana-mind;\nsei-that; ta'-indeed; prasade-by mercy; paila-got; rahasya-darsana-seeing\nof the mystery of the activities.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very satisfied to see the King accept the\nmenial task of sweeping the street, and for this humility, the King received the\nmercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. He could therefore observe the mystery of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's activities.\nPURPORT\n\nThe mystery of the Lord's activities is described by Srrla Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvatr Thakura. Lord Jagannatha was astonished to see the transcendental\ndancing and chanting of Srr Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and He stopped His car just to\nsee the dancing. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu then danced in such a mystical way\nthat He pleased Lord jagannatha. The seer and the dancer were one and the same\nSupreme Person, but the Lord, being one and many at the same time, was exhibiting the variegatedness of His pastimes. This is the meaning behind His mysterious\nexhibition. By the mercy of Srr Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the King could understand\nhow both of Them were enjoying each other's activities. Another mysterious exhibition was Srr Caitanya Mahaprabhu's simultaneous presence in seven groups.\nBy the mercy of Srr Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the King could understand that also.\nTEXT 61\n\n�'I'W! ift \"'� C5f-ri, �·I!' 5f�11\n<;� ·�.f� �� �GI!IJJ�!!11 m II �� II\n\n", "mad5#p0175": "Text 62]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n143\n\nsak�ate na deya dekha, parok?e ta' daya\n\nke bujhite pare caitanya-candrera maya\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsak�ate-directly;\n\nna-not;\n\ndeya-gives;\n\ndekha-interview;\n\nparok?e-in­\n\ndirectly; ta'-indeed; daya-there was mercy; ke-who; bujhite-to under­\n\ncaitanya-candrera-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nstand; pare-is able;\n\nmaya-internal potency.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the King was refused an interview, he was indirectly bestowed\ncauseless mercy. Who can understand the internal potency of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu1\nPURPORT\n\nAs Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was playing the part of a world teacher, He did not\nagree to see the King because a king is a mundane person interested in money\nand women. Indeed, the very name \"king\" suggests one who is always sur­\n\nrounded by money and women. As a sannyasi, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was\n\nafraid of both money and women. The very word \"king\" is repugnant to one who\nis in the renounced order of life. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu refused to see the King,\nbut indirectly, by the Lord's causeless mercy, the King was able to understand the\nLord's mysterious activities. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu's activities were exhibited\nsometimes to reveal Him as the Supreme Personality of Godhead and sometimes\nto show Him as a devotee. Both kinds of activity are mysterious and appreciated\nonly by pure devotees.\nTEXT 62\n\n��)11, �fif�,-� �t-Al I\n� 121�1lf OfM' ��'fl � II �� II\nsarvabhauma, kasi-misra, -dui mahasaya\n\nrajare prasada dekhi' ha-ifa vismaya\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma\n\nBhattacarya;\n\nmahasaya-two great personalities;\n\nMisra;\ndui\nprasada-mercy;\n\nkasi-misra-Kasi\n\nrajare-unto the King;\n\ndekhi'-seeing; ha-ifa-became; vismaya-astonished.\n\n", "mad5#p0176": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n144\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the two great personalities Sarvabhauma Bhaffacarya and Kasi Misra\nsaw Caitanya Mahaprabhu's causeless mercy upon the King, they were\nastonished.\nTEXT 63\n\n��11\\! � ��ill' �-.tJ I\n�t�il �il, ilt�t'il f.I'Sf·��'$ftj II �� II\nei-mata lila prabhu kaila kata-k?af)a\napane gayena, naca'na nija-bhakta-gaf)a\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way;\n\nlila- pastimes;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nkai/a-performed; kata-k?af)a-for some time; apane gayena- personally sings;\nnaca'na-made to dance; nija-bhakta-gaf)a-His own personal devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu performed His pastimes for some time in this\nway. He personally sang and induced His personal associates to dance.\n\nTEXT 64\n\n�'{ �� �' �'{ � �--� I\n\n�-�lf$fi� �'{ ��� -tf� II �8 II\nkabhu eka mOrti, kabhu hana bahu-marti\nkarya-anurapa prabhu prakasaye sakti\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes;\n\neka mOrti-one form;\n\nkabhu-sometimes;\n\nhana-be-\n\ncomes; bahu - mOrti-many forms; karya-anurapa-according to the program of\nactivities; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prakasaye-exhibits; saktiHis internal potency.\nTRANSLATION\nAccording to His need, the Lord sometimes exhibited one form and sometimes many. This was being executed by His internal potency .\n\n'­\n\n", "mad5#p0177": "The Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\nText 65]\n\n145\n\nTEXT 65\n\n�t�-t �itt� fil��'llit� I\n� �fi{ '.;1&1fl -t�' � '11lt-rt� II �ct II\nlilavese prabhura nahi nijanusandhana\n\niccha jani 'lila sakti' kare samadhana\nSYNONYMS\nlila-avese-in the\n\necstasy\n\nof transcendental\n\npastimes;\n\nprabhura -of Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; nahi-there was not; nija-anusandhana-understanding\nabout His personal self; iccha jani-knowing His desire; lila sakti\n\nknown as lila-sakti; kare-does; samadhana-all arrangements.\n\n-\n\nthe potency\n\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed, the Personality of Godhead forgot Himself in the course of His transcendental pastimes, but His internal potency [lila-5akti], knowing the intentions of the lord, made all arrangements.\nPURPORT\nIt is stated in the Upani?ads:\nparasya saktir vividhaiva sruyate\nsvabhaviki jfiana-bala-kriya ca\n\n\"The Supreme Lord has multi-potencies which act so perfectly that all consciousness,\n\nstrength\n\nand activity\n\n(Svetasvatara Upani?ad 6.8)\n\nare\n\nbeing\n\ndirected\n\nsolely\n\nby\n\nHis\n\nwill.\"\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu exhibited His mystic power in presenting Himself\n\nsimultaneously in each and every sankirtana group. Most people thought that He\nwas one, but some saw that He was many. The internal devotees could under­\n\nstand that the Lord, although one, was exhibiting Himself as many in the different\n\nsankirtana groups. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu danced, He forgot Himself and\n\nwas simply absorbed in ecstatic bliss. However, His internal potency arranged\neverything perfectly. This is the difference between the internal and external\npotency. In the material world, the external potency (material energy) can act\nonly after one endeavors at great length, but when the Supreme Lord desires,\neverything is performed automatically by the internal potency. By His will, things\nhappen so nicely and perfectly that they appear to be carried out automatically.\nSometimes the activities of the internal potency are exhibited in the material\n\n", "mad5#p0178": "146\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nworld. In fact, all the activities of material nature are actually performed by the inconceivable energies of the Lord, but so-called scientists and students of material\nnature are unable to understand ultimately how things are happening. They\nevasively conclude that everything is being done by nature, but they do not know\nthat behind nature is the potent Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is explained in Bhagavad-gita:\n\nmayadhyak?el)a prakrtib\nsOyate sa-caracaram\nhetunanena kaunteya\njagad viparivartate\n\"This material nature is working under My direction, 0 son of Kunti, and it is producing all moving and unmoving beings. By its rule this manifestation is created\nand annihilated again and again.\" (Bg.\n\n9.10)\n\nTEXT 66\n\n�� �,tfif �1 C�i'f ��ti' I\n��� �\"1'1 t;'St� '�� '1151;'1 'lit'! ll �� ll\npOrve yaiche rasadi lila kaila vrndavane\nalaukika lila gaura kaila k?al)e k?al)e\nSYNONYMS\npOrve-formerly; yaiche-as; rasa-adi lila-the rasa-lila and other pastimes;\nkai /a-perfor med;\npastimes;\n\nvrndavane-at\n\nVrndavana;\n\nalaukika - uncommon ;\n\nlila­\n\nkaila-performed ;\n\nk?al)e\n\ngaura- Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nk?aQe-moment after moment.\nTRANSLATION\nJust as Lord Sri Kr�r:Ja formerly performed the rasa-lila dance and other\npastimes at Vrndavana, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu performed uncommon\npastimes moment after moment.\nTEXT 67\n\n��, i{t� 'Sftti{ �ti{ I\n����·lltt?l �mt� <211lt'i II �q II\n\n�'St'l\n\nbhakta-gaQa anubhave, nahi jane ana\nsri-bhagavata-sastra tahate pramal)a\n\n", "mad5#p0179": "The Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\nText 68]\n\n147\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-gaQa-all devotees; anubhave-could perceive; nahi jane-do not\n\nknow;\n\nana-others;\n\nsri-bhagavata-sastra-the\n\nrevealed\n\nscripture\n\nBhagavatam; tahate-in that connection; prama(la-evidence.\n\nSrimad­\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's dancing before the Ratha-yatra car could be\nperceived only by pure devotees. Others could not understand. Descriptions\nof Lord K��r:Ja's uncommon dancing can be found in the revealed scripture\nSrimad-Bhagavatam.\nPURPORT\nLord Sri Kr�r:Ja expanded Himself into many forms while engaged in the rasa-lila\n\ndance, and He also expanded Himself when He married 16,000 wives in Dvaraka.\n\nThe same process was adopted by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu when He expanded\n\nHimself into seven forms to dance in each and every group of the sailkirtana\n\nparty. These expansions were appreciated by pure devotees, including King Pra­\n\ntaparudra. Although for reasons of external formality Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nrefused to see King Prataparudra because he was a king, King Prataparudra be­\n\ncame one of the Lord's most confidential devotees by the Lord's special mercy\n\nupon Him. The King could see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu simultaneously present in\nall seven groups. As confirmed in Srimad-Bhagavatam, one cannot see the expan­\n\nsions of the transcendental forms of the Lord unless one is a pure devotee of the\n\nLord.\n\nTEXT 68\n\n�lat� �t� <mr �-�r;er 1\n�fbf lR '\"t� '12itll� !Qt8r II �lr II\nei-mata mahaprabhu kare nrtya-railge\nbhasaila saba /aka premera tarailge\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kare-per­\n\nforms; nrtya-railge-dancing in great pleasure; bhasai/a-inundated; saba-all;\n/aka-people; premera tararige-in waves of ecstatic love.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn this way Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu danced in great jubilation and inundated all the people with waves of ecstatic love.\n\n", "mad5#p0180": "148\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 69\n\nIll� ��\" �·� It-t ��tf I\n�� .. tt'5t � il�'f 'e�'5t'l II �� II\nei-mata hai/a kmJera rathe arohaua\ntara age prabhu nacai/a bhakta-gaua\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; haila-there was; kr�uera-of Lord Sri Kr�f)a; rathe-on\nthe car; arohaua-getting up; tara age-before it; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprab hu ; nacai/a-caused to dance; bhakta-gaua-all devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Lord Jagannatha mounted His car, and Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ninspired all His devotees to dance in front of it.\nTEXT 70\n\n._.tt'5t �i{ W'5tJtt� •f��·$Ji{ I\n1!1� �'5t � �� �fPrl � II 'I o II\nage suna jagannathera guu(iica-gamana\ntara age prabhu yaiche karila nartana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuna -hear; jagannathera-of Lord Jagannatha;\nguu(iicato the G u f)Qica temple; tara age-before that; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; yaiche-as; kari/a-did; nartana-dancing.\nage -ahead;\n\ngamana- goi ng\n\nTRANSLATION\nNow please hear about Lord Jagannatha's going to the Gur:-�ica temple\nwhile Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu danced before the Ratha car.\nTEXT 71\n\n��1(1! � � <liro, <li�'llStf I\n�t�il-�rn'tt'5t ift�t�� ��'5t'i II 'I� II\nei-mata kirtana prabhu karila kata-k�aua\napana-udyoge naf:aila bhakta-gaua\n\n", "mad5#p0181": "Text 73]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n149\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; kirtana-chanting; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkarifa-performed; kata-k�aQa-for some time; apana-personal; udyoge-by\nendeavor; nacaifa-caused to dance; bhakta-gaQa-all the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord performed kirtana for some time and, through His own endeavor,\ninspired all the devotees to dance.\nTEXT 72\n\n�t9ffi{ i{ff� �� �11\" 1{i{ ��'f I\n�1\\! �� \\!?;� \\Jl<li� <fi�i'f II 'l� ll\napani nacite yabe prabhura mana haifa\nsata sampradaya tabe ekatra karifa\nSYNONYMS\napani-personally; nacite-to dance;\n\nyabe-when;\n\nprabhura-of Lord SrT\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; mana-mind; haifa-became; sata sampradaya-aii the\nseven parties; tabe-at that time; ekatra karifa-combined.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord Himself wanted to dance, all seven groups combined\ntogether.\nTEXT 73\n\n��t�, 1ft�t�, 11\"�? (;�t�-w, ll_�\"f I\n\n�m�, ,�tRiiitil\"f, 1ft${�, ,�tf� u 'l-el u\nsrivasa, ramai, raghu, govinda, mukunda\nharidasa, govindananda, madhava, govinda\nSYNONYMS\nsrivasa-SrTvasa; ramai-Ramai; raghu-Raghu; govinda-Govinda; mukunda-Mukunda; haridasa-Haridasa; govindananda -Govindananda; madhavaMadhava; govinda-Govinda.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord's devotees-including Srivasa, Ramai, Raghu, Govinda, Mukunda,\nHaridasa, Govindananda, Madhava and Govinda-all combined together.\n\n", "mad5#p0182": "150\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 74\n\n�'lf�·�\\!J �� ��� �\"\" 1fil I\n��� �er fif\"J �� � �� II �8 II\nuddaQqa-nrtye prabhura yabe haifa mana\nsvarupera sange difa ei nava jana\n\nSYNONYMS\nuddaQqa-nrtye-in the dancing with high jumps; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; yabe-when; haifa mana-it was the mind; svarupera-SvarOpa\nDamodara; sailge-with; di/a-gave; ei-these; nava jana-nine persons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu desired to jump high while dancing, He\nplaced these nine people in the charge of Svarupa Damodara.\nTEXT 75\n\n�- � � � � '$fl�, 'ft� I\n<c�t� �� ��1� �� f�� 'Sft� II �<t II\nei dasa jana prabhura sange gaya, dhaya\nara saba sampradaya cari dike gaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nei dasa jana-these ten persons; prabhura-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sailgewith; gaya-chant; dhaya-run; ara-others; saba-all; sampradaya-groups of\nmen; cari dike-all around; gaya-chant.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThese devotees [Svarupa Damodara and the devotees in his charge] sang\nalong with the Lord, and they also ran beside Him. All the other groups of men\nalso sang.\nTEXT 76\n\n��e. �fif, � W�' 'l. �1\\! I\n\n-\"'�'l .� � <;W�' �'St.-ttl II �� II\ndaQ(iavat kari, prabhu yuqi' dui hata\nOrdhva-mukhe stuti kare dekhi' jagannatha\n\n", "mad5#p0183": "The Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\nText 78]\n\n151\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ndarxiavat\n\nkari -offering\n\nobeisances;\n\nprabhu -Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nyuQ'i - fo l ding; dui hata-two hands; Ordhva-mukhe-raising the face upward;\n'\n\nstuti kare-offers prayer; d ekhi -seeing; jagannatha-the Deity of Lord jagan'\n\nnatha.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOffering\n\nobeisances\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nLord\n\nwith\n\nfolded\n\nhands,\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu raised His face toward Jagannatha and prayed as follows.\nTEXT 77\n\n0{1.:111 31\"'li�J'Cl!'<tlV C�li�i\"'li� ���T� \"S I\n\n�����l� f'lll!� C'ilif<t\"W1V 011.:111 O\\'l{: II 'I 'I U\nnama brahmaQya-devaya\ngo-brahmaQa-hitaya ca\njagad-dhitaya kr�Qaya\ngovindaya nama namab\nSYNONYMS\n\nnamab-all obeisances; brahmaQya-devaya-to the Lord worshipable by persons in brahminical culture; go-brahmaQa-for cows and brahmaQas; hitayabeneficial; ca -also; jagat-hitaya-to one who always is benefiting the whole\nworld; kr�Qaya-unto Kr�r:Ja; govindaya-unto Govinda; namab namab-repeated obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto Lord Kr�r;ta, who is the\nworshipable Deity for all brahminical men, who is the well-wisher of cows\nand brahmar;tas, and who is always benefiting the whole world. I offer my\nrepeated obeisances to the Personality of Godhead, known as Kr�r:ta and\nGovinda.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Vi�Qu PuraQa (1.19.65).\nTEXT 78\n\nllillf� W�f'i! ClfC<t1 Cl!''l'�,O{ilfC'Oll�C'Il\n�ll� �ll� f�l ����\"f�i()?[: I\n\n", "mad5#p0184": "152\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\n�\"ll f� �'llf� Cll'<l'!D1'Il\"\"': C<ft'Il\"\"'lC!Jf1\n\n�\"ll� � \"ll f � 'PJit�t�O!lC\"t1 'L_�: II '1\\:r II\njayati jayati devo devaki-nandano 'sau\njayati jayati kr$QO Vf$Qi-varhsa-pradipaf,J\njayati jayati megha-syamalaf,J koma/ango\njayati jayati prthvi-bhara-naso mukundaf,J\nSYNONYMS\njayati-all glories; jayati-all glories; devaf,J-to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; devaki-nandanaf,J-the son of Devaki; asau-He; jayati jayati-all glories; kr$Qaf,J -to Lord Kr�t;�a; Vf$Qi-varhsa-pradipaf,J -the light of the dynasty of\nVr�t;�i; jayati jayati-all glories; megha-syamalaf,J-to the Surpeme Personality of\nGodhead, who looks like a blackish cloud; koma/a-angaf,J-with a body as soft as\na lotus flower; jayati jayati-all glories; prthvi-bhara-nasaf,J-to the deliverer of\nthe whole world from its burden; mukundaf,J-the deliverer of liberation to everyone.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'All glories unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead who is known as the\nson of Devakl. All glories to the Supreme Personality of Godhead who is\nknown as the light of the dynasty of Vr�r;�i. All glories to the Supreme Personality of Godhead whose bodily luster is like that of a new cloud and whose\nbody is as soft as a lotus flower. All glories to the Supreme Personality of Godhead who appeared on this planet to deliver the world from the burden of\ndemons and who can offer liberation to everyone.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from the Mukunda-mala (3).\nTEXT 79\n\n�\"llf� �;;f;r<ltCJf1 Clf\"<1<11'1�'ll\"<!Wf1\n��\"<��<tRrlf-:. c�>ftf;s��:�<1�l(l\n\nf,_���f191•rSI: �f\"ll\\!i-�'i_\"C�O!\n31��1Hf0!\\!i10!1� \"<!�'{ �1'Il\"C\"lf'\"<ll{_ U 'I 01 U\njayati jana-nivaso devaki-janma-vado\nyadu-vara-pari$at svair dorbhir asyann adharmam\nsthira-cara-vrjina-ghnaf,J susmita-sri-mukhena\nvraja-pura-vanitanarh vardhayan kama-devam\n\n", "mad5#p0185": "Text 80]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n153\n\nSYNONYMS\njayati - eternally lives gloriously; jana-nivasa/:1-He who lives among human\nbeings like the members of the Yadu dynasty and is the ultimate reasort of all living entities; devaki-janma-vada/:1-known as the son of DevakT (No one can actually become the father or mother of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTherefore devaki-janma-vada means that He is known as the son of DevakT.\nSimilarly, He is also known as the son of mother Yasoda, Vasudeva or Nanda\nMaharaja.); yadu-vara-pari$at -served by the members of the Yadu dynasty or\n\nthe cowherd men of Vrndavana (all of whom are constant associates of the\nSupreme Lord and are the Lord's eternal servants); svai/:1 dorbhi/:1-by His own\n\narms, or by His devotees like Arjuna who are just like His own arms; asyan-kill­\n\ning; adharmam-demons or the impious; sthira-cara-vrjina-ghna/:1-the destroyer\n\nof all the ill fortune of all living entities, moving and not moving; s u-smita-always\n\nsmiling; sri-mukhena-by His beautiful face; vraja-pura-vanitanam-of the dam­\n\nsels of Vrndavana; vardhayan-increasing; kama-devam-the lusty desires.\nTRANSL A TION\n\n\" 'Lord Sri Kr�r;�a is He who is known as jana-nivasa, the ultimate resort of all\nliving entities, and who is also known as Devaki-nandana or Yasoda-nandana,\nthe son of Devaki and Ya5oda. He is the guide of the Yadu dynasty, and with\nHis mighty arms He kills everything inauspicious as well as every man who is\nimpious. By His presence He destroys all things inauspicious for all living entities, moving and inert. His blissful smiling face always increases the lusty\ndesires of the gopis of Vrndavana. May He be all glorious and happy!'\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.90.48).\n\nTEXT 80\n\n01i�'- �\"C�1 01 l) 01�9fh\"41f9f C�C�JI 01 \"Jp!1\n01�� �·t1 0{ l) �9(f�-c\"41 �01C�1 <1f�<t1 I\nf<fi� c�lrvf11f��'1�\"ll101�9J...<f1��1�­\n\nc'!ft���--: 9f\"lf<fi\"ll�t\"lli'fi11lf1�rrt'l: lilT•\nnaharh vipro na ca nara-patir napi vaisyo na sadro\n\nnaharh varf)i na ca grha-patir no vanastho yatir va\n\nkintu prodyan-nikhila-paramananda-pOrf)amrtabdher\ngopi-bhartu/:1 pada-kamalayor dasa-dasanudasa/:1\n\n", "mad5#p0186": "154\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSYNONYMS\nna-not; aham-1; viprab-a brahmaf)a; na-not; ca-also; nara-patib-a king\nor k?atriya; na-not; api-also; vaisyab-belonging to the mercantile class; nanot; 5adrab-belonging to the worker class; na-not; aham-1; varf)i-belonging\nto any caste, or brahmacari (A brahmacari may belong to any caste. Anyone can\nbecome a brahmacari or lead a life of celibacy.); na-not; ca-also; grha-patibhouseholder; no-not; vana-sthab-vanaprastha, one who, after retirement from\nfamily life, goes to the forest to learn how to be detached from family life; yatibmendicant or renunciant; va-either; kintu-but; prodyan-brill i ant; nikhi/auniversal; parama-ananda-with transcendental bliss; pu rf)a-co mplete; amrtaabdheb-who is the ocean of nectar; gopi-bhartub -of the Supreme Person, who\nis the maintainer of the gopis; pada-kamalayob-of the two lotus feet; dasa-of\nthe servant; dasa-anudasab-the servant of the servant.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'I am not a brahmar:Ja, I am not a k�atriya, I am not a vaisya or a si:idra. Nor\nam I a brahmacari, a householder, a vanaprastha or a sannyasi. I identify\nMyself only as the servant of the servant of the servant of the lotus feet of lord\nSri Kr�r:Ja, the maintainer of the gopis. He is like an ocean of nectar, and He is\nthe cause of universal transcendental bliss. He is always existing with\nbrilliance.'\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in the Padyavali (7 4).\nTEXT 81\n\n<.!li! ��' �f� �fit� �'ttlf I\n\n�t��t� �'5t'i �t\"f �'5t�'ti{,ll 17'� II\neta paf;ii' punarapi karila praf)ama\nyofja-hate bhakta-gaf)a vande bhagavan\nSYNONYMS\neta paqi'-reciting these; punarapi-again; karila-the Lord offered; praf)ama-obeisances; yof;ia-hate-with folded hands; bhakta-gaf)a-all the devotees; vande-offer prayer; bhagavan-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving recited all these verses from scripture, the lord again offered His\nobeisances, and all the devotees, with folded hands, also offered prayers to\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n·\n\n", "mad5#p0187": "Text 83]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n155\n\nTEXT 82\n\n- � <2ft_ �f1ml tltt:t1f 1\n�i:lli-i!'ifif i!'it� C�� �t�·�t�t� 1117-� II\nuddarxfa nrtya prabhu kariya hurikara\ncakra-bhrami bhrame yaiche alata-akara\nSYNONYMS\nuddal)c;fa -jumping;\nkariya-making;\n\nnrtya-dancing;\n\nhurikara-loud\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nvibration;\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ncakra-bhrami-making\n\na\n\ncircular\n\nmovement like a wheel; bhrame-moves; yaiche-as if; alata-akara-circle of\nfire.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu danced and jumped high, roaring like\nthunder and moving in a circle like a wheel, He appeared like a circling firebrand.\nPURPORT\nIf a burning cinder of a firebrand is whirled about very swiftly, it gives the appearance of a circle of fire. This is called a/ata-akara, or a firebrand circle. This\nwhole circle is not actually made of fire but is a single fire in motion. Similarly, Lord\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu is a single personality, but when He danced and jumped\nhigh in a circle, He appeared like the alata-cakra.\nTEXT 83\n\n� <21� �'ft1 �� �� 'Pflif!l'l I\n\n:Jt�'St�·CIIf\"f �� �t� ��\"' lllr� II\nnrtye prabhura yahari yariha pac;fe pada-tala\nsasagara-saila mahi kare talamala\nSYNONYMS\nnrtye-while dancing; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yahari yarihawherever; pac;fe-steps; pada-tala-His foot; sa-sagara-with the oceans; sai/ahills and mountains; mahi-the earth; kare-does; ta/ama/a-tilting.\nTRANSLATION\nWherever Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stepped while dancing, the whole\nearth, with its hills and seas, appeared to tilt.\n\n", "mad5#p0188": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n156\n\nTEXT 84\n\n•v, c;�w, �<:fi, �i!li, <fi�, �.,.,(j 1\ni{1i{1·<e� �<��, � �' 'tw� n�rsn\nstambha, sveda, pulaka, asru, kampa, vaivarl)ya\nnana-bhave vivasata, garva, har�a, dainya\n\nSYNONYMS\nstambha-being\n\nstunned;\n\nsveda-pers pirat ion;\n\npu/aka-j u bilat ion;\n\nasru­\n\ntears; kampa-trembling; vaivarQya-change of color; nana-bhave-in various\nways;\n\nvivasata-helplessness;\n\ngarva-pride;\n\nhar�a-exuberation;\n\ndainya­\n\nhumility.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Caitanya Mahaprabhu danced, He displayed various blissful transcendental changes in His body. Sometimes He appeared as though stunned.\nSometimes the hairs of His body stood on end. Sometimes He perspired,\ncried, trembled and changed color, and sometimes He exhibited symptoms of\nhelplessness, pride, exuberance and humility.\nTEXT 85\n\n�� �1�1 � 'f?;1! 'Stf\"$' �111 I\n\n�<!(.?!('� C�� �?;11?;� c;a,t�\"hl II lr� II\nachaqa khana paqe bhame gaqi' yaya\nsuvarQa-parvata yaiche bhamete lotaya\nSYNONYMS\nachaqa khaiia-crashing; paqe-falls; bhame-on the ground; gaqi'-rolling;\nyaya-goes ; suvarQa-parvata-a golden mountain; yaiche-as if; bhamete-on\nthe ground; lotaya-rolls.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu fell down with a crash while dancing, He\nwould roll on the ground. At such times it appeared that a golden mountain\nwas rolling on the ground.\n\n", "mad5#p0189": "Text 88]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n157\n\nTEXT 86\n\nfiii!J1il\"f� � �t\\! ��tfurt I\n�� 'ffttl:! itt� �?ftllf 'ft\\fP1 II t,-� II\nnityananda-prabhu dui hata prasariya\nprabhure dharite cahe asa-pasa dhana\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda-prabhu-Lord\n\nNityananda\n\nPrabhu;\n\ndui-two;\n\nhata-hands;\n\nprasariya-stretching; prabhure-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dharite-to\ncatch; cahe-wants; asa-pasa-here and there; dhai'ia-running.\nTRANSLATION\nNityananda Prabhu would stretch out His two hands and try to catch the\nLord when He was running here and there.\nTEXT 87\n\n�-� �!;i'f �� ���1 �·� 1.\n'��<ttlll' '�ffi�' <!17;\"1 <ttl <!ttl II t,-9 II\nprabhu-pache bule acarya kariya hw'lkara\n'hari-bola' 'hari-bola' bale bara bara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-pache-behind the Lord; bu/e-was walking; acarya-Advaita Acarya;\nkariya-making; hw'lkara-a loud vibration; hari-bola hari-bola-chant the holy\nname of Hari; bale-says; bara bara-again and again.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya would walk behind the Lord and loudly chant \"Hari boll\nHari boll\" again and again.\nTEXT 88\n\n\"\"t<!li fil�tRf� C�\"l fl:!i{ 1l'G\"l I\n\n��·1l'Gt\"l � ����\"l II t,-1r II\nloka nivarite haifa tina mal)c;iala\nprathama-mal)c;iale nityananda maha-bala\n\n", "mad5#p0190": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n158\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSYNONYMS\n/oka-the people; nivarite-to check; hai/a-there were; tina-three; maQ<;ia/a -circles; prathama-maQ<;iale-in the first circle; nityananda-Lord Nityananda; maha-ba/a-of great strength.\nTRANSLATION\nJust to check the crowds from coming too near the Lord, they formed three\ncircles. The first circle was guided by Nityananda Prabhu, who is Balarama\nHimself, the possessor of great strength.\nTEXT 89\n\n�� ''$ft�\"' tfif �i! �'§t'$flj I\n�ti!t�tf?! m' ��'I �� ��'I II 17'� II\nkasisvara govindadi yata bhakta-gaQa\nhatahati kari' haifa dvitiya avaraQa\nSYNONYMS\nkasisvara-KasiSvara; govinda-adi-headed by Govinda; yata-all; bhaktagaQa-devotees; hatahati-linked hand to hand; kari'-doing; haifa-became;\ndvitiya-a second; avaraQa-covering circle.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees headed by Kasisvara and Govinda linked hands and formed\na second circle around the Lord.\nTEXT 90\n\ncttf�t� ��1fiilf ��1 �t�'$f'l I\n�'G� ��1 �� �t� �t�'l II �\n\no\n\nII\n\nbahire prataparudra lana patra-gaQa\nmaQ<;iala hana kare Joka nivaraQa\nSYNONYMS\nbahire-outside; prataparudra-King Prataparudra; /ana-taking; patra-gaQahis own associates; maQ<;ia/a-circle; hana-becoming; kare-does; /oka-of the\ncrowd; nivaraQa-checking.\n\n", "mad5#p0191": "Text 92]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n159\n\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Prataparudra and his personal assistants formed a third circle\naround the two inner circles just to check the crowd from coming too near.\nTEXT 91\n\n�RfP'fte:(11 �t'ifi �� ��lllf1 I\n\n� �� �t-t 11� �t�� �<113i II �� II\nharicandanera skandhe hasta alambiya\nprabhura nrtya dekhe raja avi$ta hana\n\nSYNONYMS\nharicandanera-of Haricandana;\n\nskandhe-on the shoulder;\n\nhasta-hand;\n\na/ambiya-putting; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nrtya dekhe-sees\nthe dancing; raja-Maharaja Prataparudra; avi$ta hana-in great ecstasy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith his hands on the shoulders of Haricandana, King Prataparudra could\nsee lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu dancing, and the King felt great ecstasy.\nTEXT 92\n\n��tt'f �fil�� <;\\!f�t��-1l'il I\n11� �tt'$f 11�' �t-t • e:(�if II �� II\nhena-kafe srinivasa premaVi$ta-mana\nrajara age rahi' dekhe prabhura nartana\n\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kale-at this time; srinivasa-Srivasa Thakura; prema-avi$ta-mana-with\na greatly ecstatic mind; rajara age-in front of the King; rahi'-keeping himself;\ndekhe-sees; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nartana-the dancing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the King beheld the dancing, Srivasa Thakura, standing in front of\nhim, became ecstatic as he saw the dancing of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad5#p0192": "160\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 93\n\n�nt �t�;� ���\"'i{ ru-t �fif<!l� 1\nI(� �tt1f ·•I'M' ��,-l('e ��-� II �� II\nrajara age haricandana dekhe srinivasa\nhaste tarire sparsi' kahe, -hao eka-pasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nraJara age-in front of the King; haricandana-Haricandana; dekhe-sees;\nsrinivasa-SrTvasa Thakura; haste-with his hand; tarire-him; sparsi'-touching;\nkahe-says; hao-please come; eka-pasa-to one side.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing Srivasa Thakura standing before the King, Haricandana touched\nSrivasa with his hand and requested him to step aside.\nTEXT 94\n\nif!Jt� �f.l� ��- i{1 � I\n�f �nt (;��' Qi�;l(i (;\\!lit'f \"'\" 1fti{ II �8 II\nnrtyavese srinivasa kichui na jane\nbara bara thefe, teriho krodha haifa mane\n\nSYNONYMS\nnrtya-avese-fully absorbed in seeing the dancing of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nsrinivasa-SrTvasa Thakura; kichui-anything; na-does not; jane-know; bara\nbara-again and again; thefe-when he pushes; teriho-SrTvasa; krodha-angry;\nhaifa-became; mane-in the mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAbsorbed in watching Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu dance, Srivasa Thakura\ncould not understand why he was being touched and pushed. After he was\npushed again and again, he became angry.\nTEXT 95\n\n�� 111��1 � �� fi1�\"Rf'l I\n�9f� -rt<fPi �...� �I(� ��� II �<t II\n\n", "mad5#p0193": "Text 97]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n161\n\ncapac;Ja mariya tare kaila nivaral)a\ncapac;fa khaiia kruddha haila haricandana\nSYNONYMS\ncapac;fa\n\nmariya-slapping;\n\ntare-him;\n\nkaila\n\nnivaral)a-stopped;\n\ncapac;fa\n\nkhafia-getting the slap; kruddha-angry; haila-became; haricandana-Hari­\n\ncandana.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrivasa Thakura slapped Haricandana to stop him from pushing him. In\nturn, this made Haricandana angry.\nTEXT 96\n\n�6-.• ��i �ror r�� � �fif� 1\n\n�?ffi{ �9f�ift ��t� � II �� II\nkruddha hafia tanre kichu cahe balibare\napani prataparudra nivarila tare\nSYNONYMS\nkruddha hafia-becoming angry; tanre-unto Srivasa Thakura; kichu-some­\n\nthing; cahe-wants; balibare-to speak; apani-personally; prataparudra-King\nPrataparudra; nivarila-stopped; tare-unto him.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs the angered Haricandana was about to speak to Srivasa Thakura, Prataparudra Maharaja personally stopped him.\nTEXT 97\n\n•tm�ttt 1__fif �·�� ��-� ?tt�\"f1 1\n·-\n\n� �'m itt�, 1,_fif ��(� II �'l II\nbhagyavan tumi-inhara hasta-sparsa paila\namara bhagye nahi, tumi krtartha haila\nSYNONYMS\nbhagyavan tumi-you are very fortunate; inhara-of Srivasa Thakura; hastaof the hand; sparsa-touch; pai/a-have received; amara bhagye-in my fortune;\nnahi-there is no such thing; tumi-you; krta-artha haila-have become graced.\n\n", "mad5#p0194": "162\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nKing Prataparudra said, \"You are very fortunate, for you have been graced\nby the touch of Sri vasa Thakura. I am not so fortunate. You should feel obliged\nto him.\"\nTEXT 98\n\n� �i!J !';��' �tt<!i �� �e.<lint I\n'CiiJ �' �'St,-tt�� �t�\"f �� II �lr II\nprabhura nrtya dekhi' lake haifa camatkara\nanya achuk, jagannathera ananda apara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of\n\nSrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nnrtya-dancing;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nlake-everyone; haifa-became; camatkara-astonished; anya achuk-let alone\nothers; jagannathera-of Lord Jagannatha; ananda apara-there was extreme\nhappiness.\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone was astonished by the dancing of Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and even\nLord Jagannatha became extremely happy to see Him.\nTEXT 99\n\n,� m '�' �ost ill <litf � 1\n\n�fii�-C�� <!it1f �i!J �� II �� II\nratha sthira kaila, age na kare gamana\nanimi?a-netre kare nrtya darasana\nSYNONYMS\nratha-the car; sthira kai/a-stopped; age-forward; na-not; kare-does;\ngamana-moving; animi?a-unblinking; netre-with eyes; kare-does; nrtyaof the dancing; darasana -seeing.\nTRANSLATION\nThe car came to a complete standstill and remained immobile while Lord\nJagannatha, with unblinking eyes, watched the dancing of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad5#p0195": "Text 102]\n\n163\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\nTEXT 100\n\n��1·�� f8wt11 �\"1� I\n\n� �f't' l� !Sfi{t1f !il�� � II �o o II\nsubhadra-balaramera hrdaye ullasa\nnrtya dekhi' dui janara sri-mukhete hasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsubhadra-of the goddess Subhadra; balaramera-and of Balarama; hrdaye-in\n\nthe hearts; u//asa-ecstasy; nrtya-dancing; dekhi'-seeing; dui janara-of the\ntwo persons; sri-mukhete-in the beautiful mouths; hasa-smiling.\nTRANSLATION\nThe goddess of fortune, Subhadra, and Lord Balarama both felt great happiness and ecstasy within Their hearts. Indeed, They were seen smiling at the\ndancing.\nTEXT 101\n\n� �'!J � ��.._'! �tf I\n�� � t�<l'l <et� �11 �11 �11<\\'lt'f II �o � II\nuddaQ(ia nrtye prabhura adbhuta vikara\na�ta sattvika bhava udaya haya sama-kala\nSYNONYMS\nuddaQ(ia-jumping;\n\nnrtye-by\n\ndancing;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; adbhuta-wonderful; vikara-transformations; a�ta sattvika -eight\ntranscendental\n\nsimultaneously.\n\nkinds;\n\nbhava -ecstasy ;\n\nudaya\n\nhaya -awa ken;\n\nsama-ka/a­\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Caitanya Mahaprabhu danced and jumped high, eight wonderful\ntransformations indicative of divine ecstasy were seen in His body. All these\nsymptoms were visible simultaneously.\nTEXT 102\n\n11t��·l3'1 �11 �11!1\"1 �f<l'l'! I\n�� �'IIi <;� �eG<Ti·��� II �o� II\n\n", "mad5#p0196": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n164\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nmarilsa-vraQa sama roma-vrnda pulakita\nsimu/ira V(k?a yena kaQtaka-Ve?tita\nSYNONYMS\nmarilsa-skin;\n\nvraQa-pimples;\n\nsama-like;\n\nroma-vrnda-the hairs of the\n\nbody; pulakita-erupted; simulira vrk?a-cotton tree; yena-as if; kaQtaka-by\nthorns; ve?tita-surrounded.\nTRANSLATION\nHis skin erupted with goose pimples, and the hairs of His body stood on\nend. His body resembled the simuli [silk cotton tree], all covered with thorns.\nTEXT 103\n\n�� �� �tfl' �IPPf �wf� i'ftt:'$f 'e11 1\n�it� �' \\if'@ �� �film � II � o-e II\neka eka dantera kampa dekhite /age bhaya\n/oke jane, danta saba khasiya pac;Jaya\nSYNONYMS\neka\n\neka-one\n\nafter\n\nanother;\n\ndantera-of\n\nteeth;\n\nkampa-movement;\n\ndekhite-to see; /age-there is; bhaya-fear; /oke jane-the people understood;\ndanta-the teeth; saba-all; khasiya-being loosened; pac;Jaya-fall down.\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed, the people became afraid just to see His teeth chatter, and they\neven thought that His teeth would fall out.\nTEXT 104\n\n��'f ��\\if it:� l!lt:i! ��Jf I\n'� '$f'$f' '�'Sf '$f'$f' -'$f'Stt;·�� II � 8 II\no\n\nsarvatige prasveda chute tate raktodgama\n'jaja gaga' 'jaja gaga'-gadgada-vacana\nSYNONYMS\nsarvatige-all over the body; prasveda-perspiration; chute-flows; tatealong with it; rakta-udgama-oozing out of blood; jaja gaga jaja gaga-a sound\n\n", "mad5#p0197": "The Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\nText 106]\n\n•\n\n165\n\nindicating the name jagannatha; gadgada-choked up due to ecstasy; vacanawords.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's whole body flowed with perspiration and at the\nsame time oozed blood. He made the sounds \"jaja gaga, jaja gaga\" in a voice\nchoked with ecstasy.\nTEXT 105\n\niSf�!l·'tfft '�t� � �� I\n\n�-'Pftt-1' �� �� f�� lt� II �o<t II\njalayantra-dhara yaiche vahe asru-jala\nasa-pase /oka yata bhijila sakala\nSYNONYMS\njala-yantra-from a syringe; dhara-pouring of water; yaiche-as if; vahe-are\nflowing; asru-jala-tears from the eyes; asa-pase-on all sides; /oka-people;\nyata-as many as there were; bhijila-become wet; saka/a-all.\nTRANSLATION\nTears came forcefully from the eyes of the lord, as if from a syringe, and all\nthe people surrounding Him became wet.\nTEXT 106\n\n,��-�·w'� ,'51Bt�cf' , �r� �1fi'i 1\n�� ...,stf\"! �f� �� 'lffil'<fi1·��lf'lfll �o� II\ndeha-kanti gaura-var�;a dekhiye arw;a\nkabhu kanti dekhi yena mallika-pu�pa-sama\nSYNONYMS\ndeha-kanti-of the luster of the body;\n\ngaura-varQa-white complexion;\n\ndekhiye-everyone saw; aruQa-pink; kabhu-sometimes; kanti-the luster;\ndekhi-seeing; yena-as if; ma//ika-pu�pa-sama-resembling the mallika flower.\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone saw the complexion of His body change from white to pink, so\nthat His luster resembled that of the mallika flower.\n\n", "mad5#p0198": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n166\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 107\n\n�,_ �' � � 'tf� ��t11 I\n�·���-��if! D'R! II �o'\\11\nkabhu stambha, kabhu prabhu bhumite lotaya\nsu?ka-ka?tha-sama pada-hasta na calaya\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes; stambha-stunned;\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nkabhu-sometimes;\n\nprabhu-Lord\n\nbhamite-on the ground; lotaya-rolls; su?ka-dry;\n\nka?tha-wood; sama-like; pada-hasta-legs and hands; na-do not; ca/ayamove.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes He appeared stunned, and sometimes He rolled on the ground.\nIndeed, sometimes His legs and hands became as hard as dry wood, and He\ndid not move.\nTEXT 108\n\n���c;�,��t� �1l� I\n�� �' ��tf� �t'l � ..,.'l II �olr II\nkabhu bhame page, kabhu svasa haya hina\nyaha dekhi' bhakta-gaQera praQa haya k?iQa\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes; bhame-on the ground; page-falls down; kabhusometimes; svasa-breathing; haya-becomes; hina-nil; yaha dekhi'-seeing\nwhich; bhakta-gaQera-of the devotees; praQa-life; haya-becomes; k?iQa'\nfeeble.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the lord fell on the ground, sometimes His breathing almost\nstopped. When the devotees saw this, their lives also became very feeble.\nTEXT 109\n\n� �iJI ift�t11 i!Jt\"f, �� 9f1::� �i{ I\n�� � ���?;llif �� c;� II �o� II\n\n", "mad5#p0199": "Text 111]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n167\n\nkabhu netre nasaya ja/a, mukhe pac;le phena\namrtera dhara candra-bimbe vahe yena\n\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes; netre-from the eyes; nasaya-from the nostrils; ja/awater; mukhe-from the mouth; pac;/e-fell; phena-foam; amrtera-of nectar;\ndhara-torrents; candra-bimbe-from the moon; vahe-flow; yena-as if.\nTRANSLATION\nWater flowed from His eyes and sometimes through His nostrils, and foam\nfell from His mouth. These flowings appeared to be torrents of nectar descending from the moon.\nTEXT 110\n\n� � \"'$i �'eti{\"f C<fi� � I\n�r;���<!i ,�r;� �t'et�J<fi\"i!_ll ��\" II\nsei phena lana subhananda kaila pana\nk(�l)a-prema-rasika tenho maha-bhagyavan\nSYNONYMS\nsei phena-that foam; /ana-taking; subhananda-a devotee named subhananda; kai/a-did; pana-drinking; k(�l)a-prema-rasika-relisher of ecstatic love\nof Kr�Da; tenho-he; maha-bhagyavan-very fortunate.\nTRANSLATION\nThe foam which fell from the mouth of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was taken\nand drunk by Subhananda because he was very fortunate and expert in relishing the mellow of ecstatic love of Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 111\n\n<11��� �t��-;� C<f.i'f <!il!'lfi'l I\n�-����r;��Jfi{ II��� II\nei-mata tal)c;/ava-nrtya kaila kata-k�al)a\nbhava-vise�e prabhura pravesila mana\n\n", "mad5#p0200": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n168\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; taQ<;iava-nrtya-devastating dancing; kai/a-performed;\nkata-k$aQa-for some time; bhava-vi5e$e-in a particular ecstasy; prabhura-of\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; pravesila mana-the mind entered.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter performing His devastating dance for some time, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's mind entered into a mood of ecstatic love.\nTEXT 112\n\n��-�'!J ��' ��c;?tt1t � fif\"f I\n118W� iSftfi{�1 ��?t '$ft�� \"ftf'*\"' II � �� H\ntaQ<;iava-nrtya cha<;ii' svarupere ajfia dila\nhrdaya janiya svarupa gaite lagila\nSYNONYMS\ntaQ<;iava-nrtya cha<;ii'-giving up such devastating dancing; svarupere-unto\nSvarOpa Damodara; ajfia di/a-gave an order; hrdaya-mind; janiya-knowing;\nsvarupa-SvarOpa Damodara; gaite /agi/a-began to sing.\nTRANSlATION\nAfter abandoning the dancing, the Lord ordered Svarupa Damodara to sing.\nUnderstanding His mind, Svarupa Damodara began to sing as follows.\nTEXT 113\n\n\"c;�l t;! ?t�t\"i·i{f� ?t��il\n�t�1 'ftRf' lfWi{·W�c;i{ � n.' <;�II\" ��� II .!li II\n\"'\n\n\"sei ta para1,1a-natha painu\nyaha lagi' madana-dahane jhuri' genu\"\nSYNONYMS\nsei ta-that indeed; para1,1a-natha-the master of My life; painu-1 have gotten; yaha lagi'-for whom; madana-dahane-being burned by Cupid; jhuri'\ngenu-1 became dried up.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now I have gained the Lord of My life, in the absence of whom I was being\nburned by Cupid and was withering away.\"\n\n", "mad5#p0201": "Text 115]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n169\n\nPURPORT\nThis song refers to Srimati Radharal)i's meeting with Kr�r:Ja at the holy place of\nKuruk�etra, where Lord Sri Kr�r:Ja and His brother and sister came to visit when\nthere was a solar eclipse. It is a song of separation from Kr�r:Ja. When Radharar:Ji\nmet Kr�r:Ja at Kuruk�etra, She remembered His intimate association in Vrndavana,\nand She thought, \"Now I have gained the Lord of my life. In His absence I was\nbeing burned by the arrow of Cupid, and thus I was withering away. Now I have\nMy life again.\"\nTEXT 114\n\n�� � ��:\"'if�1l 'itt1l �t�1ft�1l I\n� �� � <fit1ti{ ifwtt1l II ��8 II\nei dhuya uccilib-svare gaya damodara\nanande madhura nrtya karena isvara\nSYNONYMS\nei dhuya-this refrain; uccaib-svare-loudly; gaya-sings; damodara-Svaropa\nDamodara;\n\nanande-in great ecstasy;\n\nmadhura-rhythmic;\n\nnrtya-dancing;\n\nkarena-performs; isvara-the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen this refrain was loudly sung by Svarupa Damodara, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu again began rhythmically dancing in transcendental bliss.\nTEXT 115\n\n�� fh� iSf'St�H� �t� 'St11i{ I\n'fitt�'$f iji!J �fJ' � -t� i{\"fi{ II ��<! II\ndhire dhire jagannatha karena gamana\nage nrtya kari' catena sacira nandana\nSYNONYMS\ndhire dhire-slowly, slowly; jagannatha-Lord Jagannatha;\n\nkarena-does;\n\ngamana-movement; age-in front; nrtya-dancing; kari -performing; calena'\n\ngoes forward; sacira nandana-the son of mother Saci.\nTRANSLATION\nThe car of lord Jagannatha began to move slowly while the son of mother\nSaci went ahead and danced in front.\n\n", "mad5#p0202": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n170\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 116\n\n'lr'Jtltt� � f�1 �� ilttt;, 'Jttll I\n\n���ll1 �� �t_ �tt� �tt� �tll I ��� II\njagannathe netra diya sabe nace, gaya\nkirtaniya saha prabhu pache pache yaya\nSYNONYMS\n\njagannathe-on Lord )agannatha; netra -the eyes; diya-keeping; sabe-all\nthe\n\ndevotees;\n\nnace\n\ngaya-dance and sing;\n\nkirtaniya-the\n\nperformers of\n\nsarikirtana; saha-with; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; pache pache-at the\nrear; yaya -goes forward.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile dancing and singing, all the devotees in front of lord Jagannatha kept\ntheir eyes on Him. Caitanya Mahaprabhu then went to the end of the procession with the salikirtana performers.\nTEXT 117\n\nsr�tr;qf J�1t !21t_1l illlil·�5fll 1\n\n!J��'Jt <!il';1l �t�1l �f'eilllll ��9 II\njagc.nnathe magna prabhura nayana-hrdaya\nsri-hasta-yuge kare gitera abhinaya\nSYNONYMS\n\njagannathe-into Lord Jagannatha;\n\nmagna-absorbed;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nLord\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; nayana-hrdaya-the eyes and mind; sri-hasta-yuge-with\nHis two arms; kare-performed; gitera-of the song; abhinaya-dramatic movement.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHis eyes and mind fully absorbed in lord Jagannatha, Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nbegan to play the drama of the song with His two arms.\nTEXT 118\n\nGosft1l �f?f �� t;tiit, �t1f �ll f•r;1l I\n<;'Jt� 'fSitt'Jt t;tiit, �t1f t;� �1';1l-� II ��lr II\n\n", "mad5#p0203": "Text 119]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n171\n\ngaura yadi pache cafe, syama haya sthire\ngaura age cafe, syama cafe dhire-dhire\nSYNONYMS\n\ngaura-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yadi-if; pache cafe-goes behind; syamaJagannatha; haya-becomes; sthire-still; gaura-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; age\ncafe-goes forward; syama-Lord jagannatha; cafe-goes; dhire-dhire-slowly.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Caitanya Mahaprabhu was dramatically enacting the song, He would\nsometimes fall behind in the procession. At such times, Lord Jagannatha\nwould come to a standstill. When Caitanya Mahaprabhu again went forward,\nLord Jagannatha's car would slowly start again.\nTEXT 119\n\nIJI�� ,��-�t,�, ,,� a��fit 1\n��� �t11� 11tt� <;�� 11�'111 � �� II\nei-mata gaura-syame, dorihe thefathefi\nsvarathe syamere rakhe gaura maha-bafi\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; gaura-syame-Lord Jagannatha and Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; dorihe-between both of Them; thefathefi-competition of pushing forward; sva-rathe-in His own car;\n\nsyamere-Lord jagannatha; rakhe­\n\nkeeps; gaura-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; maha-bafi-greatly powerful.\nTRANSLATION\nThus there was a sort of competition between Caitanya Mahaprabhu and\nLord Jagannatha in seeing who would lead, but Caitanya Mahaprabhu was so\nstrong that He made Lord Jagannatha wait in His car.\nPURPORT\n\nAfter giving up the company of the gopis in Vrndavana, Sri Kr�r:Ja, the son of\nMaharaja Nanda, engaged in His pastimes at Dvaraka. When Kr�r:Ja went to Kuruk�etra with His brother and sister and others from Dvaraka, He again met the inhabitants of Vrndavana. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is radha-bhava-dyuti-suvafita,\nthat is, Kr�r:Ja Himself assuming the part of Srimati Radharar:Ji in order to understand Kr�r:Ja. Lord Jagannatha-deva is Kr�r:Ja, and Sri Kr�r:Ja Caitanya Mahaprabhu is\nSrimati Radharal)i. Caitanya Mahaprabhu's leading Lord Jagannatha toward Cur)-\n\n", "mad5#p0204": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n172\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\n<;Jica temple corresponded to Srimati Radharal)i's leading Kr�l)a toward Vrndavana.\nSri K�etra, )agannatha Puri, was taken as the kingdom of Dvaraka, the place where\nKr�l)a enjoys supreme opulence. However, He was being led by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu to Vrndavana, the simple village where all the inhabitants are filled\nwith ecstatic love for Kr�l)a. Sri K�etra is a place of ai5varya-fifa, just as Vrndavana\nis the place of madhurya-fifa. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's following at the rear of\nthe ratha indicated that Lord )agannatha, Kr�l)a, was forgetting the inhabitants of\nVrndavana. Although Kr�l)a neglected the inhabitants of Vrndavana, He could not\nforget them. Thus in His opulent Ratha-yatra, He was returning to Vrndavana. In\nthe role of Srimati Radharal)i, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was examining whether\nthe Lord still remembered the inhabitants of Vrndavana.\n\nWhen Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu fell behind the Ratha car, )agannatha-deva, Kr�l)a Himself, understood the mind of Srimati Radharal)i. Therefore, )agannatha sometimes fell behind\nthe dancing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to indicate to Srimati Radharal)i that He had\nnot forgotten. Thus Lord )agannatha would wait on the ratha for their forward\nmarch. In this way Lord )agannatha agreed that without the ecstasy of Srimati\nRadharal)i He could not feel satisfied. While )agannatha was thus waiting, Gaurasundara, Caitanya Mahaprabhu, in His ecstasy of Srimati Radharal)i, immediately\ncame forward to Kr�l)a. At such times, Lord )agannatha would proceed ahead very\nslowly. These competitive exchanges were all part of the love affair between\nKr�l)a and Srimati Radharal)i. In that competition between Lord Caitanya's ecstasy\nfor\n\n)agannatha\n\nand\n\n)agannatha's\n\necstasy\n\nfor\n\nSrimati\n\nRadharal)i,\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu emerged successful.\n\nTEXT 120\n\ne{t�t'! e{tfutt;! � '�'fl <et��J I\n\n� �' (;Jtt� 9ft� �fif' ��:�J II ��\n\no\n\nII\n\nnacite nacite prabhura haifa bhavantara\nhasta tufi' 5foka page kari' uccaif:!-svara\nSYNONYMS\nnacite nacite-while dancing; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; haifathere was; bhava-antara-a change of ecstasy; hasta tufi'-raising the arms; 5foka\npage-recites one verse; kari'-making; uccaif:!-svara-loud voice.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was dancing, His ecstasy changed. Raising\nHis two arms, He began to recite the following verse in a loud voice.\n\n", "mad5#p0205": "Text 122]\n\n173\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\nTEXT 121\n'tj: C<fiT'Ilt���= \" 1.!1<1: � <1:��1 1.!1<1: CDi]!'l!'9f1-\n\nc� cst�i�f\"l'!1l1\"f�\"'t��iS�: c·�fl't: <f'if�tfo!\"'t: 1\n'11 �S<ttf� �'4tf<>f �J! ���<l:Tt<>ft�a;\"'ta;t�C�l\nC�<t1-C�t�Pf C<l:�,ft���C\"f c�: '!li_'!.<f�C� II H.� II\nyai) kaumara-harai) sa eva hi varas ta eva caitra-k$apas\nte conmilita-malati-surabhayai) prau<;lhai) kadambanilai)\nsa caivasmi tathapi tatra surata-vyapara-lila-vidhau\nreva-rodhasi vetasi-taru-tale cetai) samutkaQthate\n\nSYNONYMS\nyal)-that same person who; kaumara-harai)-the thief of my heart during\nyouth; sal)-he; eva hi-certainly; varal)-lover; tal)-these; eva-certainly;\ncaitra-k$apai)-moonlit nights of the month of Caitra; te-those; ca-and;\nunmilita-fructified;\n\nmalati-of\n\nmalati\n\nflowers;\n\nsurabhayai)-fragrances;\n\nprau<;lhai)-full; kadamba-with the fragrance of the kadamba flower; anilai)the breezes; sa-that one; ca-also; eva-certainly; asmi-1 am; tathapi-still;\ntatra-there;\n\nsurata-vyapara-in\n\nintimate\n\ntransactions;\n\nlila-of\n\npastimes;\n\nvidhau-in the manner; reva-of the river named Reva; rodhasi-on the bank;\nvetasi-of the name Vetasi; taru-tale-underneath the tree; cetai)-my mind;\nsamutkaQthate-is very eager to go.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"That very personality who stole away my heart during my youth is now\nagain my master. These are the same moonlit nights of the month of Caitra.\nThe same fragrance of malati flowers is there, and the same sweet breezes are\nblowing from the kadamba forest. In our intimate relationship, I am also the\nsame lover, yet still my mind is not happy here. I am eager to go back to that\nplace on the bank of the Reva under the Vetasi tree. That is my desire.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse appears in the Padyavali (382), by Srila ROpa Gosvami.\n\nTEXT 122\n�� � ��t� � �tf � l\n\n� � �� <;<ll� if! i9f� bft II��� II\n\n", "mad5#p0206": "174\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nei 51oka mahaprabhu pac;le bara bara\nsvarDpa vina artha keha na jane ihara\nSYNONYMS\nei 51oka-this verse; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; pac;/e-recites;\nbara bara-again and again; svarDpa vina-except for SvarOpa Damodara; arthameaning; keha-anyone; na jane-does not know; ihara-of this.\nTRANSLATION\nThis verse was recited by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu again and again. But for\nSvarupa Damodara, no one could understand its meaning.\nTEXT 123\n\nl.fl. �� ��fflltfii �Jt� I\n��11 �t(�ft �((����II :>��II\nei 51okartha pDrve kariyachi vyakhyana\n51okera bhavartha kari sank�epe akhyana\nSYNONYMS\nei 51oka-artha-the meaning of this verse; purve-previously; kariyachi-1\nhave done; vyakhyana-explanation; 51okera-of the same verse; bhava-arthapurport; kari-1 do; sar'lk�epe-in brief; akhyana-description.\nTRANSLATION\nI have already explained this verse. Now I shall simply describe it in brief.\n\nPURPORT\nIn this connection, see Madhya-lila, Chapter One, verses 53, 77-80 and 82-84.\nTEXT 124\n\n�� �t\\1 �� c;�'$flj I\n�11 �� �$1 �'! ';ii{ II :>�8 II\npDrve yaiche kuruk�etre saba gopi-gaQa\nkr�Qera dar5ana paiia anandita mana\n\n", "mad5#p0207": "Text 126]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n175\n\nSYNONYMS\npurve yaiche-as previously; kuru-k$etre-in the holy place known as Kuruk�etra; saba gopi-gaQa-all the gopis of Vrndavana; k($(1era-of Lord Kr�r:Ja; darsana-interview; pat'ia-getting; anandita mana-very much pleased within the\nmind.\nTRANSLAliON\nFormerly, all the gopis of Vrndavana were very pleased when they met with\nKr�r;�a in the holy place Kuruk�etra.\nTEXT 125\n\n'lf'SfitQf \"'�' �t_1t � 'et� �1Pf I\n� 1:6t��� ·��i � 'itt'S11�i'f II ��� II\njagannatha dekhi' prabhura se bhava uthila\nsei bhavavi$ta hatia dhuya gaoyaila\nSYNONYMS\njagannatha dekhi'\n\n-\n\nby seeing Lord Jagannatha; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; se bhava-that ecstasy;\n\nuth i/a-awakened; sei-that;\n\nbhava­\n\navi$ta-absorbed in that ecstasy; hat'ia-becoming; dhuya-re frain; gaoyai/acaused to sing.\nTRANSLATION\nSimilarly, after seeing Lord Jagannatha, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu awoke\nwith the ecstasy of the gopis. Being absorbed in this ecstasy, He asked\nSvarupa Damodara to sing the refrain.\nTEXT 126\n\n��'� 11t-o �� <mf �i{ I\n\n�l '{fif, '� �tfif, '� it� :Jflf1f II ��� II\navese$e radha k($(1e kare nivedana\nsei tumi, sei ami, sei nava sarigama\nSYNONYMS\navase$e-at last; radha-Srimati Radharal)i; k($Qe-unto Lord Kr�l)a; karedoes; nivedana-submission; sei tumi-You are the same Kr�r:Ja; sei ami-1 am\n\n", "mad5#p0208": "176\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nthe same Radharar;.T; sei nava sangama-We are meeting in the same new spirit as\nin the beginning.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu spoke thus to Lord Jagannatha: \"You are the same\nKr��a, and I am the same Radhara�i. We are meeting again in the same way\nthat We met in the beginning of O ur lives.\nTEXT 127\n\n'!�tf?t �� � m � 1\n�\"ft�� ��i �ft'S �t�·R'f II ��'I II\ntathapi amara mana hare vrndavana\nvrndavane udaya karao apana-caral)a\nSYNONYMS\ntathapi-yet;\n\namara-my;\n\nmana-mind;\n\nhare-attracts;\n\nVrndavana; vrndavane-at Vrndavana; udaya karao\n\n-\n\nvrndavana-SrT\n\nplease cause to reappear;\n\napana-caraQa-the brilliance of Your lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although We are both the same, My mind is still attracted to Vrndavanadhama. I wish that You will please again appear with Your lotus feet in\nVrndavana.\nTEXT 128\n\n� �<fitit'fJ, �' ��i, 1{�� I\n� �tit'fJ, 'ftr·f��-i{� �fi{ II ��lr II\nihan lokaraQya, hati, ghor;fa, ratha-dhvani\ntahan pU$piiral)ya, bhrnga-pika-nada suni\nSYNONYMS\nihan-at this place, Kuruk�etra; /oka-araQya-too great a crowd of people;\nhati-elephants; ghoqa-horses; ratha-dhvani-the rattling sound of chariots;\nUihan-there, in Vrndavana; pu$pa-araQya-the garden of flowers; bhrnga-of\nbumblebees; pika-of the birds; nada-sound; suni-1 hear.\n\n", "mad5#p0209": "Text 130]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n177\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kuruk�etra is crowded with people, their elephants and horses, and the\nrattling of chariots. In Vrndavana, however, there are flower gardens, and the\nhumming of the bees and chirping of the birds can be heard.\nTEXT 129\n\nlt1 �iSf·�, �'f �., ..�'$ftf I\nl!tt1 <;'$ft��' :J'!t'f �-.,� II ��� II\nihari raja-vesa, sarige saba k?atriya-gaQa\ntahari gopa-vesa, sarige murali-vadana\nSYNONYMS\nihari-here, at Kuruk�etra; raja-vesa-dressed like a royal prince; sarige-with\nYou; saba-all; k?atriya-gaQa-great warriors; tahari-there, in Vrndavana; gopavesa-dressed like a cowherd boy; sarige-with You; murali-vadana-the blowing of Your transcendental flute.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Here at Kl,lruk�etra You are dressed like a royal prince, accompanied by\ngreat warriors, but in Vrndavana You appeared just like an ordinary cowherd\nboy, accompanied only by Your beautiful flute.\nTEXT 130\n\n���\"��'f-� 1\n�- ����lti il� �<ti <ti'l II ��o II\nvraje tamara sarige yei sukha-asvadana\nsei sukha-samudrera ihari nahi eka kaQa\nSYNONYMS\nvraje-at Vrndavana; tamara-of You; sarige-in the company; yei-what;\nsukha-asvadana-taste of transcendental bliss; sei-that; sukha-sumudrera-of\nthe ocean of transcendental bliss; ihari-here, at Kuruk�etra; nahi-there is not;\neka-one; kaQa-drop.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Here there is not even a drop of the ocean of transcendental happiness that\nI enjoyed with You in Vrndavana.\n\n", "mad5#p0210": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n178\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 131\n\n�1 lt<$1 �: �lfi � ��·�\"� I\n� ��� 1lti{t�t'1 Q '!' �t'l II ��� II\nama lana puna/:! lila karaha vrndavane\n\ntabe amara mano-vancha haya ta' puraQe\nSYNONYMS\nama\n\n/ana-taking\n\nMe;\n\npuna/:1-again;\n\nlila-pastimes;\n\nkaraha-perform;\n\nvrndavane-at Vrndavana; tabe-then; amara mana/:1-vancha-the desire of My\n\nmind; haya-becomes; ta'-indeed; puraQe-in fulfillment.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"I therefore request You to come to Vrndavana and enjoy pastimes with Me.\nIf You do so, My ambition will be fulfilled.\"\nTEXT 132\n\n�� � � 1ftfif<1i1-� I\n\n�(�� �'0 �firnt� �(i{ II ��� II\nbhagavate ache yaiche radhika-vacana\n\npurve taha sutra-madhye kariyachi varQana\nSYNONYMS\nbhagavate-in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam;\n\nache-there\n\nis;\n\nyaiche-as;\n\nradhika­\n\nvacana-the statement of Srimati Radhika; purve-previously; taha-that; sutramadhye-in the synopsis; kariyachi varQana-1 have described.\nTRANSLATION\nI have already described in brief Srimati RadharaJ:ti's statement from\nSrimad-Bhagavatam.\nTEXT 133\n\n� <et�llf � 91� �11 �� I\nc;�l lf� c;=tt�� �( i{� � � II ��� II\nsei bhavavese prabhu pac;le ara sloka\n\nsei saba 5/okera artha nahi bujhe /aka\n\n", "mad5#p0211": "Text 135]\n\n179\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that;\n\nbhava-ave5e-in\n\npage-recites; ara-another;\n\necstasy;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\n5/oka-verse;\n\nCaitanya\n\nsei-those;\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nsaba 5/okera-of all\n\nverses; artha-meaning; nahi-do not; bujhe-understand; /oka-people in\ngeneral.\nTRANSLATION\nIn that ecstatic mood, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu recited many other verses,\nbut people in general cannot understand their meaning.\nTEXT 134\n\nI!Qi�·<;;'itt�tf$ illfte{, it!��(� I\n���·<;;'it�<$�� � �• �� \" �-es n\nsvarupa-gosafii jane, na kahe artha tara\n5ri-rupa-gosafii kaila se artha pracara\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-gosatii-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami; jane-knows; na-does not;\nkahe-say; artha-the meaning; tara-of those verses; 5ri-rupa-gosatii-Sri ROpa\nGosvami; kai/a-did; se-that; artha-of meaning; pracara-broadcasting.\nTRANSLATION\nThe meaning of those verses was known to Svarupa Damodara Gosvami,\nbut he did not reveal it. However, Sri Rupa Gosvami has broadcast the meaning.\nTEXT 135\n\nI!Qi� ��tit �(�� ��'fflil I\n�-u ,�� G:Jtt� �� � \" ��tt \"\nsvarupa sange yara artha kare asvadana\nnrtya-madhye sei 5/oka karena pathana\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa sange-in the association of SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami; yara-of\nwhich; artha-meaning; kare-does; asvadana-taste; nrtya-madhye-in the\nmidst of dancing; sei 5/oka-that verse; karena pathana-recites.\n\n", "mad5#p0212": "180\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile dancing, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu again began to recite that verse,\nwhich He tasted in the association of Svariipa Damodara Gosvami.\nTEXT 136\n\n�1�� c� OJ\"M'I\"-'I\"i�\n\n'1rr��ow�\n\ncm5\\'1r��\"ffl' �fS�J'lf'ifN-c�ibf: 1\n'�\" 'li��'19ff�-c�i�� '!i�a<!�'Z\n\nC'if�\" ��t'lfM 'lf'I\"�Jfinlic:. '!1't'1 0{: II ')�� II\nahus ca te nalina-nabha padaravindam\n\nyogesvarair hrdi vicintyam agadha-bodhaib\n\nsarhsara-kupa-patitottaraf)avalambarh\n\ngeharh ju�am api manasy udiyat sada nab\n\nSYNONYMS\nahub-the gopis said; ca-and; te-Your; na/ina-nabha-0 Lord, whose navel\n\nis just like a lotus flower; pada-arav indam-lotus feet; yoga-isvaraib-by great\nmystic yogis; hrdi-w ithin the heart; vicintyam-to be meditated upon; agadha­\n\nbodhaib-who are highly learned philosophers; sarhsara-kupa-in the dark well\n\nof material existence; patita-of those fallen; uttaraf)a-for deliverance; ava/am­\n\nbam-the only shelter; geham-in family affairs; ju�am-of those engaged; api­\n\nalthough; manasi-in the minds; udiyat-let be awakened; sada\n\n-\n\nalways; nab­\n\nour.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The gopis spoke thus: 'Dear lord, whose navel is just like a lotus flower,\nYour lotus feet are the only shelter for those who have fallen into the deep well\nof material existence. Your feet are worshiped and meditated upon by great\nmystic yogis and highly learned philosophers. We wish that these lotus feet\nmay also be awakened within our hearts, although we are only ordinary persons engaged in household affairs.' \"\nPURPO RT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.82.49). The gopis were never\n\ninterested in karma-yoga, jfiana-yoga, or dhyana-yoga. They were simply in­\n\nterested in bhakti-yoga. Unless they were forced, they never liked to meditate on\n\n", "mad5#p0213": "T ext 137]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n181\n\nthe lotus feet of the Lord. Rather, they preferred to take the lotus feet of the Lord\nand place them on their breasts. Sometimes they regretted that their breasts were\nso hard, fearing that Kr�C�a might not be very pleased to keep His soft lotus feet\nthere. When those lotus feet were pricked by the grains of sand in the Vrndavana\npasturing ground, the gopis were pained and began to cry. The gopis wanted to\nkeep Kr�l)a at home always, and in this way their minds were absorbed in Kr�l)a\nconsciousness. Such pure Kr�Cia consciousness can arise only in Vrndavana. Thus\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began to explain His own mind, which was saturated in\nthe ecstasy of the gopis.\nTEXT 137\n\n�tRI' '8lfi-Jtil,\n\n� �-�\"!�,\n'�' '�til' (j'j� �fit' ��Ptfi{ I\n�� �fif �i,\n\nIS'It1 �t1t �'\n\nl!t\"it �tJmf '1_( ��11t� II ��'\\ II\nanyera hrdaya-mana,\n\nmora mana-vrndavana,\n\n'mane' 'vane' eka kari' jani\ntahan tamara pada-dvaya,\n\nkaraha yadi udaya,\n\ntabe tamara pOrf)a krpa mani\nSYNONYMS\n\nanyera-of others; hrdaya-consciousness; mana-mind; mora mana-My\nmind; vrndavana-Vrndavana consciousness; mane-with the mind; vane-with\nVrndavana; eka kari'-as one and the same; jani-1 know; tahail-there, at\nVrndavana; tomara-Your; pada-dvaya-two lotus feet; karaha-You do; yadiif; udaya-appearance; tabe-then; tomara-Your; purf)a-complete; krpamercy; mani-1 accept.\nTRANSLA TION\nSpeaking in the mood of Srimati Radhara�i, Caitanya Mahaprabhu said,\n\" 'For most people, the mind and heart are one, but because My mind is never\nseparated from Vrndavana, I consider My mind and Vrndavana to be one. My\nmind is already Vrndavana, and since You like Vrndavana, will You please\nplace Your lotus feet there? I would deem that Your full mercy.\nPURPORT\n\nOnly when the mind is free from designations can one desire the association of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. The mind must have some occupation. If a\n\n", "mad5#p0214": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n182\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nperson is to be free of material things, his mind cannot be vacant; there must be\nsubject matters for thinking, feeling and willing. Unless one's mind is filled with\nthoughts of Kr�r;�a, feelings for Kr�r;�a and a desire to serve Kr�r;�a, the mind will be\nfilled with material activities. Those who have given up all material activities and\nhave ceased thinking of them should always retain the ambition to think of Kr�r;�a.\nWithout Kr�r;�a, one cannot live, just as a person cannot live without some enjoyment for his mind.\nTEXT 138\n\n�t�tQl, �i{ �tt l'f� f.l� I\n�-� l(Wi{,\n'!ttl �� �'\n\ni{1 �l�T;'I i{11ftft ��i{ II ��.,_. ll·l!li II\npraQa-natha, suna mora satya nivedana\nvraja-amara sadana,\n\ntahari tamara sarigama,\n\nna paile na rahe jivana\n\nSYNONYMS\npraQa-natha-0 My Lord, master of My life; suna-please hear; mora-My;\nsatya-true; nivedana -submission; vraja -Vrndavana; amara-My; sadanaplace; tahari-there; tamara-Your; sarigama-association; na paile-if I do not\nget; na-not; rahe-does remain; jivana-life.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear lord, kindly hear My true submission. My home is Vrndavana,\nand I wish Your association there. But if I do not get it, then it will be very difficult for Me to keep My life.\nTEXT 139\n\n�(��-�'\n\n1!1� l'ft'l'te. �tt,\n\n,�t�·ami{ ��\"1 �?trn 1\nI!Jfti{ft �t'lft t ffj��,\n,_fif- �5f15, ��1{�,\n(;1ftT;t �� �f�'! i{1 � II ��\"' II\npurve uddhava-dvare,\n\nebe sak?at amare,\n\nyoga-jnane kahila upaya\n\n", "mad5#p0215": "The lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\nText 140]\n\ntumi-vidagdha, krpamaya,\n\n183\n\njanaha amara hrdaya,\n\nmore aiche kahite na yuyaya\nSYNONYMS\n\npurve-previously; uddhava-dvare\n\n-\n\nthrough Uddhava; ebe-now; sak?at­\n\ndirectly; amare-unto Me; yoga-mystic yogic meditation; jfiane-philosophical\nspeculation; kahila-You have said; upaya-the means; tumi-You; vidagdhavery humorous; krpa-maya-merciful; janaha-You know; amara-My; hrdayamind; more-unto Me; aiche-in that way; kahite-to speak; na yuyaya-is not\nat all befitting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear Kr�1.1a, formerly, when You were staying in Mathura, You sent\nUddhava to teach Me speculative knowledge and mystic yoga. Now You Yourself are speaking the same thing, but My mind doesn't accept it. There is no\nplace in My mind for jnana-yoga or dhyana-yoga. A lthough You know Me very\nwell, You are still instructing Me in jnana-yoga and dhyana-yoga. It is not right\nfor You to do so.' \"\nPURPO RT\n\nThe process of mystic yoga, the speculative method for searching out the\nSupreme Absolute Truth, does not appea'l to one who is always absorbed in\nthoughts of Kr�r;�a. A devotee is not at all interested in speculative activities. Instead of cultivating speculative knowledge or practicing mystic yoga, a devotee\nshould worship the Deity in the temple and continuously engage in the Lord's service. Temple Deity worship is realized by the devotees to be the same as direct\nservice to the Lord. The Deity is known as arca-vigraha or arca-avatara, an incarnation of the Supreme Lord in the form of a material manifestation (brass, stone or\nwood). Ultimately there is no difference between Kr�r;�a manifest in matter or\nKr�r;�a manifest in spirit because both are His energies. For Kr�r;�a, there is no distinction between matter and spirit. His manifestation in material form, therefore, is\nas good as His original form, sac-cid-ananda-vigraha. A devotee constantly\nengaged in Deity worship according to the rules and regulations laid down in the\nsastras and given by the spiritual master realizes gradually that he is in direct contact with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus he loses all interest in socalled meditation, yoga practice and mental speculation.\nTEXT 140\n\nr� �, � ,�, r� m� 1ft�,\n�'I ��' �t� �tf\\R'tt1f I\n\n", "mad5#p0216": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n184\n\n� � fitll!i1 Cfl�t�,\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\n'� �t<$11!11,\n\n'ltilt\"lfil ifl C\\'il ��tl II �So II\ncitta kac;ihi' toma haite,\n\nvi�aye cahi lagaite,\n\nyatna kari, nari kac;ihibare\ntare dhyana sik�a karaha,\n\n/aka hasaiia mara,\n\nsthanasthana na kara vicare\nSYNONYMS\ncitta kac;ihi -withdrawing the consciousness; toma haite-from You; vi�aye'\n\nin mundane subj ect matters; cahi-1 want; lagaite-to engage; yatna kari-1 endeavor; nari kac;ihibare-1 cannot withdraw; tare-to such a servant; dhyana-of\nmeditation;\nhasaiia\n\n-\n\nsik�a-instruction;\n\nkaraha-You give;\n\n/aka-people in general;\n\nlaugh ; mara-You kill; sthana-asthana-proper or improper place; na\n\nkara-You do not make; vicare-consideration.\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu continued: \"'I would like to withdraw My consciousness from You and engage it in material activities, but even though I try,\nI cannot do so. I am naturally inclined to You only. Your instructions for Me to\nmeditate on You are therefore simply ludicrous. In this way, You are killing\nMe. It is not very good for You to think of Me as a candidate for Your instructions.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila ROpa Gosvami says in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.1.11):\nanyabhila�ita-sunyam\njiiana-karmady-anavrtam\nanaka/yena kr�Qanusilanarh bhaktir uttama\n\nFor a pure devotee, there is no scope for indulgence in mystic yoga practice or the\ncultivation of speculative philosophy. It is indeed impossible for a pure devotee to\nengage his mind in such unwanted activities. Even if a pure devotee wanted to,\nhis mind would no.t allow him to do so. That is a characteristic of a pure devotee-he is transcendental to all fruitive activity, speculative philosophy and\nmystic yoga meditation. The gopis therefore expressed themselves as follows.\n\n", "mad5#p0217": "Text 141]\n\nThe lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n185\n\nTEXT 141\n\nilt� <;'$lt� <;�tt'$l�,\n\n�� �'\n\n<;'!'Pia �t<tiJ-�ft��,\n\nl!t1{ 'Jit'fl ��,\n\n'Uti{ <fiR'�� I\n\n�fil' <;'$lt� �111 �tt\\i �� II �8� II\nnahe gopi yogesvara,\n\npada-kamala tamara,\n\ndhyana kari' paibe santo�a\ntamara vakya-paripati,\n\ntara madhye kutinati,\n\nsuni' gopira aro baqhe ro�a\nSY NONYMS\n\nnahe-not; gopi-gopis; yogesvara-masters of mystic yoga practice; padakama/a tomara-Your lotus feet; dhyana kari -by meditation; paibe santo$a-we\nget satisfaction; tamara-Your; vakya-words; paripati-very kindly composed;\n'\n\ntara madhye -within that; kutinati-duplicity; suni -hearing; gopira-of the\n'\n\ngopis; aro·-more and more; baqhe-increases; ro$a-anger.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The gopis are not like the mystic yogis. They will never be satisfied\nsimply by meditating on Your lotus feet and imitating the so-called yogis.\nTeaching the gopis about meditation is another kind of duplicity. When they\nare instructed to undergo mystic yoga practice, they are not at all satisfied. On\nthe contrary, they become more angry with You.' \"\nPURPORT\nSrila Prabodhananda Sarasvati has stated (Caitanya-candramrta 5):\n\nkaivalyarh narakayate tridasa-par akasa-pu$payate\ndurdantendriya-ka/a-sarpa-patali protkhata-darh$tfayate\nvisvarh pOrf)a-sukhayate vidhi-mahendradis ca kitayate\nyat karuf)ya-katak$a-vaibhava-vatarh tarh gauram eva stumab\nFor a pure devotee who has realized Kr�t:�a consciousness through Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, the monistic philosophy by which one becomes one with the\nSupreme appears hellish. The mystic yoga practice by which the mind is controlled and the senses subjugated also appears ludicrous to a pure devotee. The\ndevotee's mind and senses are already engaged in the transcendental service of\n\n", "mad5#p0218": "186\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nthe Lord. In this way the poisonous effects of sense activities are removed. If one's\nmind is always engaged in the service of the Lord, there is no possibility that one\nwill think, feel or act materially. Similarly, the fruitive workers' attempt to attain\nheavenly planets is nothing more than phantasmagoria for the devotee. After all,\nthe heavenly planets are material, and in due course of time they will all be dissolved. Devotees do not care for such temporary things. They engage in transcendental devotional activities because they desire elevation to the spiritual world,\nwhere they can live eternally and peacefully and with full knowledge of Kr�r:Ja. In\nVrndavana, the gopis, cowherd boys and even the calves, cows, trees and water\nare fully conscious of Kr�r:Ja. They are never satisfied with anything but Kr�r:Ja.\n\nTEXT 142\n\n:J1��11''f:\"Pt �tti 1!111',\n�-�f! � �11',\nt:!t� '� iii �tt� �lllt11' I\n�-ft:!fift\"irt\"f fit�,\n�-'II@'·�,\nc;�t�'5fttj c;il�' 1!111' 91111' II � 8� II\n\ndeha-smrti nahi yara,\n\nsarhsara-kupa kahan tara,\n\ntaha haite na cahe uddhara\nviraha-samudra-jale,\n\nkama-timifigile gile,\n\ngopi-gaQe neha' tara para\nSYNONYMS\nd eha- smrti-bodily concept of life; nahi-not; yara-one whose; samsarakupa - blind well of material life; kahan-where is; tara - his; taha haite-fro m\nthat; na-does not; cahe-want; uddhara-liberation; viraha-samudra-jale-in\nthe water of the ocean of separation; kama-timifigile-the transcendental Cupid\nin the form of timifigila fish; gi/e-swallow; g opi-gaQe-the gopis; n eha' - please\ntake out; tara para-beyond that.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued: \"'The gopis are fallen in the great\nocean of separation, and they are being devoured by the timingila fish, which\nrepresent their ambition to serve You. The gopis are to be delivered from the\nmouths of these timingila fish, for they are pure devotees. Since they have no\nmaterial conception of life, why should they aspire for liberation? The gopis\ndo not want that liberation desired by yogis and jiianis, for they are already\nliberated from the ocean of material existence.\n\n", "mad5#p0219": "Text 143]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n187\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe bodily conception is created by the desire for material enjoyment. This is\n\ncalled vipada-smrti, which is the opposite of real life. The living entity is eternally\nthe servant of Kr�r:Ja, but when he desires to enjoy the material world, he cannot\n\nprogress in spiritual life. One can never be happy by advancing materially. This is\nalso stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (7.5.30): adanta-gobhir visatarh tamisrarh punah\npunas carvita-carvaQanam. Through the uncontrolled senses, one may advance\n\none's hellish condition. He may continue to chew the chewed; that is, repeatedly\naccept birth and death. The conditioned souls use the duration of life between\n\nbirth and death only to engage in the same hackneyed activities-eating, sleep­\n\ning, mating and defending. In the lower animal species, we find the same ac­\n\ntivities. Since these activities are repeated, engaging in them is like chewing that\n\nwhich has already been chewed. If one can give up his ambition to engage in\nhackneyed material life and take to Kr�r:Ja consciousness instead, he will be liber­\n\nated from the stringent laws of material nature. One does not need to make a\n\nseparate attempt to become liberated. If one simply engages in the service of the\nLord, he will be liberated automatically. As Srila Bilvamangala Thakura therefore\n\nsays, muktih svayarh mukulitanjali sevate 'sman: \"Liberation stands before me\n\nwith folded hands, begging to serve me.\"\n\nTEXT 143\n\n�i-��i{, �'\n� �- �tlftflf� � I\n�t'!i, f�i, �,�If,\n,� i3� �'\n�� �i!, '��?;i{ �a� II �8� II\n\n�tllli{, ,�t�(i{,\n\nvrndavana, govardhana,\n\nyamuna-pulina, vana,\n\nsei kunje rasadika lila\n\nsei vrajera vraJa-Jana,\n\nmata, pita, bandhu-gaQa,\n\nbac;ia citra, kemane pasarila\nSYNONYMS\n\nvrndavana-the transcendental land known as Vrndavana;\n\ngovardhana­\n\nGovardhana Hill; yamuna-pulina-the bank of the Y amuna; vana-all the forests\n\nwhere the pastimes of the Lord took place; sei kunje-in the bushes in that\nforest; rasa-adika lila-the pastimes of the rasa dance; sei-that; vrajera-of\n\nVrndavana;\n\nvraja-jana-inhabitants;\n\nmata-mother;\n\npita-father;\n\nbandhu­\n\ngaQa-friends; bac;Ja citra-most wonderful; kemane pasarila-how have You\n\nforgotten.\n\n", "mad5#p0220": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n188\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'It is amazing that You have forgotten the land of Vrndavana. A nd how is it\n\nthat You have forgotten Your father, mother and friends? How have You\nforgotten Govardhana Hill, the bank of the Y amuna, and the forest where You\nenjoyed th€ rasa-lila dance?\nTEXT 144\n\n�Jt!'!', f�q, <:TSP!,\n��q, �' :JUf.�'l,\n,fif, '� il't� �ro�� 1\nI!� � '1!111-m 1!il',\n\n•rt� � �'\n'�-�11!11t lW<t-� II �88 II\n\nvidagdha, mrdu, sad-guf)a,\n\nsusila, snigdha, karuf)a,\n\ntumi, tamara nahi da�abhasa\ntabe ye tamara mana,\n\nnahi smare vraja-jana,\n\nse-amara durdaiva-vilasa\nSYNONYMS\nvidagdha-mast refined; mrdu-gentle; sat-guQa-endawed with all good\nqualities;\n\nsnigdha -softhearted;\n\nsu-si/a -well-behaved;\n\nkaruf)a-merciful;\n\ntumi-You; tamara-Your; nahi-there is not; da�a-abhasa-even a tinge of\nfault;\n\ntabe-still;\n\nye-indeed;\n\nmana-mind;\n\ntamara-Your;\n\nnahi-does not;\n\nsmare-remember; vraja-jana-the inhabitants of Vrndavana; se-that; amaraMy; durdaiva-vilasa-suffering of past misdeeds.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Kr�r;�a, You are certainly a refined gentleman with all good qualities. You\n\nare well-behaved, softhearted and merciful. I know that there is not even a\ntinge of fault to be found in You, yet Your mind does not even remember the\ninhabitants of Vrndavana. This is only My misfortune, and nothing else.\nTEXT 145\n\nif1 �f't �t?til'-�:�,\n\nOf�' �ttS!�-11._�,\n\nT3�til1t '8�� f�t1t I\n\n��111-m'����,\n\nf<:TS<t1 �1rt'S � �tfli',\n\n'<:Tiil' ��tiS l:-t ��il<tmt? �sa- 11\n\n", "mad5#p0221": "Text 146]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\nna gaf}i apana-du/:lkha,\n\n189\n\ndekhi' vrajesvari-mukha,\n\nvraja-janera hrdaya vidare\nkiba jiyao vraje asi',\n\nkiba mara' vraja-vasi,\n\nkena jiyao duf:Jkha sahaibare?\nSYNONYMS\n\nna gaQi-1 do not care; apana-du/:lkha-My personal unhappiness; dekhi'seeing; vrajesvari-mukha-the face of mother Yasoda; vraja-janera-of all the inhabitants of Vrndavana; hrdaya vidare-the hearts break; kiba-whether; mara'\nvraja-vasi-You want to kill the inhabitants of Vrndavana; kiba-or; jiyao-You\nwant to keep their lives; vraje asi'-coming in Vrndavana; kena-why; jiyao­\n\nYou let them live; du/:lkha sahaibare-just to cause to suffer unhappiness.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'I do not care for My personal unhappiness, but when I see the morose\nface of Your mother Y asoda and the hearts of all the inhabitants of Vrndavana\nbreaking because of You, I wonder whether You want to kill them all. Is it that\nYou want to enliven them by coming there? Why is it You are simply keeping\nthem alive in a state of suffering?\nTEXT 146\n\n�\"' :Jttlf, �� ,'flit,\nQ!111111' '� �� �'\n�� �'{ �t� �'At I\n'i!t111 �1 Of�ti'f m,\n��fif �tf�i! i{iU,\n\n�Sf'SH;;�1l f<li ����'At II �8� II\ntamara ye anya vesa,\n\nanya sariga, anya desa,\n\nvraja-jane kabhu nahi bhaya\nvraja-bhami chaqite nare,\n\ntoma na dekhile mare,\n\nvraja-janera ki habe upaya\nSYNONYMS\n\ntamara-Your; ye-that; anya vesa\n\n-\n\ndi fferent dress; anya sariga-other asso­\n\nciates; anya desa-other countries; vraja-jane-to the inhabitants of Vrndavana;\nkabhu-at any time; nahi-does not; bhaya-appeal; vraja-bhami-the land of\nVrndavana; chaqite nare-they do not like to leave; toma-You; na-not;\ndekhile-seeing; mare-they die; vraja-janera-of the inhabitants of Vrndavana;\nki-what; habe-will be; upaya-means.\n\n", "mad5#p0222": "190\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'The inhabitants of Vrndavana do not want You dressed like a prince, nor\ndo they want You to associate with great warriors in a different country. They\ncannot leave the land of Vrndavana, and without Your presence, they are all\ndying. What is their condition to bel\nTEXT 147\n\n�- EltQ �'\n\nEl'SRftti!Jf� �'t'fi!,\n\n�fif StiSRf � �IR9flt I\n�t�' �'$ a�,\n��t� ��t11' 1li{,\nElti9'f � � fi!i9'f-�'lf ll �89 II\ntumi-vrajera jivana,\n\nvraja-rajera praf)a-dhana,\n\ntumi vrajera saka/a sampad\nkrpardra tamara mana,\n\nasi' jiyao vraja-jana,\n\nvraje udaya karao nija-pada\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-You; vrajera jiva na-the life and soul of Vrndavana; vraja-rajera-and of\nthe King of Vraja, Nanda Maharaja; praf)a-dhana-the only life; tumi-You; vrajera-of Vrndavana; sakala sampad-all opulence; krpa-ardra-melting with\nkindness; tamara mana-You r mind; asi'-coming; jiyao-give life; vraja-janato all the inhabitants of Vrndavana; vraje-in Vrndavana; udaya karao-cause to\nappear; nija-pada-Your lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear Kr�r;�a, You are the life and soul of Vrndavana-dhama. You are especially the life of Nanda Maharaja. You are the only opulence in the land of\nVrndavana, and You are very merciful. Please come and let them all live.\nKindly keep Your lotus feet again in Vrndavana.'\nPURPORT\nSrTmati Radharai)T did not express Her personal unhappiness at being separated\nfrom Kr�r:Ja. She wanted to evoke Kr�r:Ja's feelings for the condition of all others in\nVrndavana-dhama-mother Yasoda, Maharaja Nanda, the cowherd boys, the\ngopis, the birds and bees on the banks of the Yamuna, the water of the Y amuna,\nthe trees, forests and all other paraphernalia associated with Kr�r:Ja before He left\nVrndavana for Mathura. These feelings of SrTmati Radharai)T were manifested by\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and therefore He invited Lord Jagannatha, Kr�r:Ja, to\n\n", "mad5#p0223": "Text 149]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n191\n\nreturn to Vrndavana. That is the purport of the Ratha-yatra car's going from )agannatha Purr to the Gur:\"�<;lica temple.\nTEXT 148\n\n��1111� �'\n\n�firni ��-�Itt,\n\n� �ttfi't� ��-l{i{ I\nS�<f'� <;12l11 � �',\n\n'Cit9fil'tt<li '�llf' 11t�',\n\n<f'tif � 'itt11 'Cii�il' II �Sir II\nsuniya radhika-vaf)i,\n\nvraja-prema mane am,\n\nbhave vyakulita deha-mana\nvraja-lokera prema suni;\n\napanake 'wi' mani',\n\nkare k[$f)i1 tarire asvasana\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-after hearing; radhika-Vaf)i-the statement of Srrmatr Radharar:\"�T; vrajaprema-the love of Vraja; mane ani-remembering; bhave-in that ecstasy;\nvyakulita-very much perturbed;\n\ndeha-mana-the body and mind;\n\nvraja­\n\n/okera-of the inhabitants of Vrndavana; prema suni'-after hearing of the loving\naffairs; apanake-Himself; ff)i mani'-considering very indebted; kare-does;\nkf$Qa-Lord Kr�r:'la; tarire-unto Her; asvasana-pacification.\nTRANSLATION\n\"After hearing Srimati Radharar:ti's statements, Lord Kr�r:�a's love for the inhabitants of Vrndavana was evoked, and His body and mind became very perturbed. After hearing of their love for Him, He immediately thought Himself\nto be always indebted to the residents of Vrndavana. Then Kr�r:�a began to\npacify Srimati Radharar:�i as follows.\nTEXT 149\n\n12lt'tfi2lt�, �il', <;11t111Jl·�i!J·� I\n\n�-11\"ffif �\"'\n\n��i 1J[� 11tfu!flftil',\n\n� ��� ii'11Sfttil � iSfi{ II �8� II c!li II\npraf)a-priye, suna, mora e-satya-vacana\ntoma-sabara smaraf)e,\n\njhurori muni ratri-dine,\n\nmora du/:lkha na jane kana jana\n\n", "mad5#p0224": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n192\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSYNONYMS\npraf)a-priye-0 My dearmost; suna-please hear; mora-of Me; e-satyavacana-this\n\ntrue\n\nstatement;\n\ntoma- sabara-of\n\nall\n\nof\n\nyou;\n\nsmaraf)e-by\n\nremembrance; jhurori-cry; muni-1; ratri-dine-both day and night; mora\nduf:rkha-My distress; na jane-does not know; kana jana-anyone.\nTRANSLATION\n' 'My dearest Srimati Radharar;1i, please hear Me. I am speaking the truth. I\ncry day and night simply upon remembering all you inhabitants of Vrndavana.\nNo one knows how unhappy this makes Me.'\nPURPORT\nIt is said: vrndavanarh parityajya padam ekarh na gacchati. In one sense, Kr�r:Ja,\nthe original Personality of Godhead (isvaraf:r paramaf:r kr�Qa/:r sac-cid-anandavigrahaf:r), does not even take one step away from Vrndavana. However, in order\nto take care of various duties, Kr�r:Ja had to leave Vrndavana. He had to go to\nMathura to kill Karhsa, and then He was taken by His father to Dvaraka, where He\nwas busy with state affairs and disturbances created by demons. Kr�r:Ja was away\nfrom Vrndavana, and He was not at all happy, as He plainly disclosed to SrTmatT\nRadharar:JT. She is the dearmost life and soul of SrT Kr�r:Ja, and He expressed His\nmind to Her as follows.\nTEXT 150\n\n211�, f�1, ��'Sf'!,\n\n��� � �'\n\n�t<!f �� 001 �t$f'lf I\n\ntt1f 'lft'IJ ''Stt�'St'l,\n\n�e. c;1ft1f �<!fi{,\n\n� '1ft11' �<!ftil� �<!fi1 II �<!' II\no\n\nvraja-vasi yata jana,\n\nmata, pita, sakha-gaf)a,\n\nsabe haya mora praf)a-sama\ntarira madhye gopi-gaf)a,\n\nsak�at mora jivana,\n\ntumi mora jivanera jivana\nSYNONYMS\nvraja-vasi yata jana-all the inhabitants of Vrndavana-dhama; mata-mother;\npita-father; sakha-gaf)a-boy friends; sabe-all; haya-are; mora praf)a-samaas good as My life; tarira madhye-among them; gopi-gaf)a-the gopis; sak�atdirectly; mora jivana-My life and soul; tumi-You; mora jivanera jivana-the life\nof My life.\n\n", "mad5#p0225": "Text 151]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n193\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sri Km1a continued: ' All the inhabitants of Vrndavana-dhama-My\nmother, father, cowherd boy friends and everything else-are like My life and\nsoul. And among all the inhabitants of Vrndavana, the gopis are My very life\nand soul. Among the gopis, You, Srimati Radharar;�i, are the chief. Therefore\nYou are the very life of My life.\nPURPORT\n\nSrimatT Radharat:Ji is the center of all Vrndavana's activities. In Vrndavana, Kr�t:Ja\nis the instrument of Srimati Radharat:Ji; therefore all the inhabitants of Vrndavana\nstill chant \"Jaya Radhe.\" From Kr�t:Ja's own statement given herein, it appears that\nRadharat:Ji is the Queen of Vrndavana and that Kr�t:Ja is simply Her decoration.\nKr�t:Ja is known as Madana-mohana, the enchanter of Cupid, but Srimati Radhar5.t:Ji\nis the enchanter of Kr�t:Ja. Consequently Srimati Radharat:Ji is called Madanamohana-mohini, the enchanter of the enchanter of Cupid.\nTEXT 151\n\nQ!11rl·lf\"ftf ,���1ftlt,\n\n�� m\" �,\n\n�fir c:!� �ifiil ��'1 I\n� �-,Sft-t l'ftfPi,\n\nQ!tlli·�i ��tfPi,\n\nftf����ll�<!'�ll\ntoma-sabara prema-rase,\n\namake karila vase,\n\nami tamara adhina kevala\ntoma-saba chac;Jana,\n\nama dura-dese lana,\n\nrakhiyache durdaiva prabala\nSY NONYMS\n\ntoma-sabara-of all of you; prema-rase-by the ecstasy and mellows of loving\naffairs;\n\namake-Me;\n\nkarila-you\n\nhave\n\nmade;\n\nvase-subservient;\n\ntamara-of you; adhina-subservient; keva/a-only;\n\nami-1;\n\ntoma-saba-from all of\n\nyou; chac;Jafia-separating; ama-Me; dura-dese-to distant countries; /anataking; rakhiyache-has kept; durdaiva-misfortune; prabala-very powerful.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear Srimati Radharar;�i, I am always subservient to the loving affairs\nof all of you. I am under your control only. My separation from you and residence in distant places have occurred due to My strong misfortune.\n\n", "mad5#p0226": "194\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 152\n\nf� �-� �'\nf�1 f121�·�er�ill,\niftf� ��,-� �1!1 1211rt'i I\n�11f �• �-t1 m,\n�11f w-t1 � �'\n�· � 'lr.� 1ttr.-t 12lt'i II ��� II\npriya priya-sanga-hina,\n\npriya pnya-sanga vma,\n\nnahi jiye, -e satya pramaf)a\nmora dasa sane yabe,\n\ntanra ei dasa habe,\n\nei bhaye dunhe rakhe praf)a\nSYNONYMS\npriya-a woman beloved; priya-sanga-hina-being separated from the man\nbeloved; priya-the man beloved; priya-sanga vina-being separated from the\nwoman beloved; nahi jiye-cannot live; e satya pramaQa-this is factual evidence; mora-My; dasa-situation; sane yabe-when one hears; tanra-his;\nei-this;\n\ndasa-situation; habe-there will be; ei bhaye-out of this fear;\n\ndunhe-both; rakhe praf)a-keep their life.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When a woman is separated from the man she loves or a man is separated\nfrom his beloved woman, neither of them can live. It is a fact that they live\nonly for one another, for if one dies and the other hears of it, he or she will die\nalso.\nTEXT 153\n\n,,. � <;12111�,\n\n<;12111-tti{. �· �'\n\n�r.�tr.'St <;� <fttU! f121�-f�t:! I\n\n<ttr.� f�·�-t,\n\nil1 'Str.'i �t9fil·l:�,\n\n,,� ll filr.� �1t'tr.t:! II ��� II\nsei sati premavati,\n\npremavan sei pati,\n\nviyoge ye vanche priya-hite\nna gaf)e apana-dui}kha,\n\nvanche priyajana-sukha,\n\nsei dui mile acirate\nSYNONYMS\nsei sati-that chaste wife; prema-vati-full of love; prema-van-loving; sei\npati-that husband; viyoge-in separation; ye-who; vanche-desire; priya-\n\n", "mad5#p0227": "Text 155]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n195\n\nhite-for the welfare of the other; na ga(le-and do not care; apana-duhkha-fo r\npersonal unhappiness; vatiche-desire; priya-jana-sukha-the happiness of the\ndearmost beloved; sei-those; dui-two; mile-meet; acirate-without delay.\nTRANSLATION\n11 'A\n\nloving, chaste wife and a loving husband who desire all welfare for\n\neach other in separation and do not care for personal happiness, desire only\none another's well-being. Such a pair certainly meet again without delay.\nTEXT 154\n\n:rtf�� it�il,\n\n�f<t 'flltfil ilt�rt11tf,\n� llft�J �tfil fil�-�� I\n�f� �t� '1��,\n\n�t11 -� � �ff',\n\n� '[fir �� �rn � 11 �qs 11\nrakhite tamara jivana,\n\nsevt amt narayaQa,\n\ntanra saktye asi niti-niti\ntoma-sane kric;la kari',\n\nniti yai yadu-puri,\n\ntaha tumi manaha mora spharti\nSYNONYMS\nrakhite-just to keep; tamara jivana-Your life; sevi ami narayaQa-1 always\nworship Lord Narayat:Ja; tanra saktye-by His potency; asi niti-niti-1 come to\nYou daily; toma-sane-with You; kric;la kari'-enjoying pastimes; niti-daily; yai\nyadu-puri-1 return to Dvaraka-dhama, known as Yadu-purT; taha-that; tumiYou; manaha-experience; mora-My; spharti-manifestation.\nTRANSLATION\n11 'You are My most dear, and I know that in My absence You cannot live for\n\na moment. Just to keep You living, I worship lord Narayar;'la. By His merciful\npotency, I come to Vrndavana every day to enjoy pastimes with You. I then\nreturn to Dvaraka-dhama. Thus You can always feel My presence here in\nVrndavana.\nTEXT 155\n\n� �m �-r�11,\n\n<;t:!t1fm � ,�11 �11,\n� <;�1f-�11f �<!'I' I\n��1 �1111 'fllttil,\n., Cl'ill11 �11(1-�til,\n�<lit� �tfilt<t �'flll �qq II\n\n", "mad5#p0228": "196\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nmora bhagya mo-vi$aye,\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\ntamara ye prema haye,\n\nsei prema -parama praba/a\nlukana ama ane,\n\nsatiga karaya toma-sane,\n\nprakateha anibe satvara\nSYNONYMS\nmora bhagya-My fortune; mo-vi$aye-in relation with Me; tamara-Your;\nye-whatever; prema-love; haye-there is; sei prema\n\nthat love; parama pra­\n\n-\n\nbala-very powerful; /ukana-secretly; ama ane-brings Me; satiga karayaobliges Me to associate; toma-sane-with You; prakateha-directly manifested;\nanibe-will bring; satvara-very soon.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Our love affair is more powerful because of My good fortune in receiving\nNarayar:Ja's grace. This allows Me to come here unseen by others. I hope that\nvery soon I will be visible to everyone.\nPURPORT\nKr�t:Ja has two kinds of presence-prakata and aprakata, manifest and unmanifest. Both are identical to the sincere devotee. Even if Kr�t:Ja is not physically\npresent, the devotee's absorption in the affairs of Kr�t:Ja makes Him present. This is\nconfirmed in Brahma-sarilhita (5.38):\npremanjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\nsantab sadaiva hrdaye$u vilokayanti\nyam syamasundaram acintya-guf)a-svaruparil\ngovindam adi-puru$ari1 tam aharil bhajami\nDue to his intense love, the pure devotee always sees Lord Kr�t:Ja present within\nhis heart. All glories to Govinda, the primeval Personality of Godhead! When\nKr�t:Ja is not manifest before the inhabitants of Vrndavana, they are always absorbed in thoughts of Him. Therefore even though Kr�t:Ja was living at that time at\nDvaraka, He was simultaneously present before all the inhabitants of Vrndavana.\nThis was His aprakata presence. Devotees who are always absorbed in thoughts\nof Kr�t:Ja will soon see Kr�t:Ja face to face without a doubt. Devotees who are always engaged in Kr�t:Ja consciousness and are fully absorbed in thoughts of Kr�t:Ja\ncertainly return home, back to Godhead. They then see Kr�t:Ja directly, face to\nface, take prasada with Him and enj oy His company. This is confirmed in\nBhagavad-gita: tyaktva deharil punar janma naiti mam eti so 'rjuna (Bg. 4.9).\nDuring his lifetime, a pure devotee is always speaking of Kr�t:Ja and engaging in\nHis service, and as soon as he gives up his body, he immediately returns to Goloka\nVrndavana, where Kr�t:Ja is personally present. He then meets Kr�t:Ja directly. This\n\n", "mad5#p0229": "Text 157]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n197\n\nis successful human life. This is the meaning of prakateha anibe satvara. The pure\ndevotee will soon see the personal manifestation of Lord Sri Kr�t:Ja.\nTEXT 156\n\n�I!�� ���9f-.,\n\n�� �9f111i,\n\nl!t� �tfil ��( �<l llf'f I\n\n�� ��-�tfi{ �'\nI!� 1ITRf' �'\n�'fill �tfit, rsrt�� ��II �ct� II\nyadavera vipak?a,\n\nyata du?ta karilsa-pak?a,\n\ntaha ami kailuri saba k?aya\nache dui-cari jana,\n\ntaha mari' vrndavana,\n\nailama ami, janiha niscaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nyadavera vipak?a-all the enemies of the Yadu dynasty; yata -all; du?tamischievous; karilsa-pak?a-the party of Kamsa; taha-them; ami-1; kailuri saba\nk?aya-have annihilated all; ache-there are still; dui-cari jana -:-two or four\ndemons; taha mari '-after killing them; vrndavana-to Vrndavana; ai/ama ami-1\nam coming very soon; janiha nisca ya-please know it very well.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'I have already killed all the mischievous demons who are enemies of the\nYadu dynasty, and I have also killed Karilsa and his allies. However, there are\ntwo or four demons still living. I want to kill them, and after doing so I shall\nvery soon return to Vrndavana. Please know this for certain.\nPURPORT\n\njust as Kr�t:�a does not take a step away from Vrndavana, Kr�t:�a's devotee also\ndoes not like to leave Vrndavana. However, when he has to tend to Kr�t:�a's business, he leaves Vrndavana. After finishing his mission, a pure devotee returns\nhome, back to Vrndavana, back to Godhead. Kr�t:�a assured Radharat:�i that after\nkilling the demons outside Vrndavana, He would return. \"I am coming back very\nsoon,\" He promised, \"as soon as I have killed the few remaining demons.\"\nTEXT 157\n\n�'Sf� 1ftf�t'!,\n,�� llfiP'$f'l �1!,\n1f� 1ftt� ���� ��1 I\n\n", "mad5#p0230": "198\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\n,��1 it-�ijj-�it,\n�� �iSfJ �t�tf,\n���'Rf � t� �m11 II ��� II\nsei satru-gaQa haite,\n\nvraja-jana rakhite,\n\nrahi rajye udasina hana\nyeba stri-putra-dhane,\n\nkari rajya avaraQe,\n\nyadu-gaQera santo?a lagiya\nSYNONYMS\nsei-those; satru-gaQa haite-from enemies; vraja-jana-to the inhabitants of\nVrndavana; rakhite-to give protection; rahi-1 remain; rajye-in My kingdom;\nudasina -indifferent; hana-becoming; yeba -whatever; stri-putra-dhane -with\nwives, sons and wealth; kari rajya avaraQe-1 decorate My kingdom; yadugaQera-of the Y adu dynasty; santo?a-satisfaction; lagiya-for the matter of.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'I wish to protect the inhabitants of Vrndavana from the attacks of My\n\nenemies. That is why I remain in My kingdom; otherwise I am indifferent to\nMy royal position. Whatever wives, sons and wealth I maintain in the kingdom\nare only for the satisfaction of the Yadus.\nTEXT 158\n\n�t11' �11{1 ���sj,\n�t1f'Rf '� '1211f�tf,\n�fett<l �fit� �llf f<�t-t I\n��= ��' �<It�,\nt3'SR'Lc;'!'t\"a�1-�t�,\n�if�� 1FS7�·fif<�t:�t II ��lr II\ntomara ye prema-guQa,\n\nkare ama akar?aQa,\n\nanibe ama dina dasa bise\npunal) asi' vrndavane,\n\nvraja-vadho toma-sane,\n\nvi/asiba rajani-divase\nSYNONYMS\ntomara-Your; ye-whateve r; prema-guQa-qualities in ecstatic love; karedo; ama-Me; akar?aQa-attract i ng; anibe-will bring; ama-Me; dina dasa\nbise-within ten or twenty days; puna/:1-again; asi'-coming; vrndavane-to\nVrndavana; vraja-vadho-all the damsels of Vrndavana; toma-sane-with You;\nvi/asiba-1 shall enjoy; rajani-divase-both day and night.\n\n", "mad5#p0231": "Text 160]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n199\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Your loving qualities always attract Me to Vrndavana. Indeed, they will\nbring Me back within ten or twenty days1 and when I return I shall enjoy both\nday and night with You and all the damsels of Vrajabhumi.'\nTEXT 159\n\nat� �i�tl! ll<::f•,\n\n�I! � �� �'\n\n�<li � ?tfl!i'' �ifl-ilf I\n\n� � ��' 1f1-n,\n\n�fuit l(<fi\"f �'\"'\n\nt•�� 12i�f?! ��ill II�<?� II\neta talire kahi kr�Qa,\n\nvraje yaite satr�Qa,\n\neka 5/oka pagi' 5unai/a\nsei 5/oka 5uni' radha,\n\nkhaQr;iila sakala badha,\n\nkr�Qa-praptye pratiti ha-ifa\nSYNONYMS\neta-so much; tanre-unto Radhara�i; kahi-speaking; kr�Qa-:-Lord Kr��a;\nvraje-in Vrndavana;\n\nyaite-to go; sa-tr�Qa-very anxious; eka 5/oka-one\n\nverse; par;li'-reciting; 5unai/a-making Her hear; sei 5/oka-that verse; 5uni'hearing; radha-Srimati Radhara�i; khaQr;ii/a-disappeared; saka/a-all kinds of;\nbadha-hindrances; kr�Qa-praptye-in achieving Kr��a; pratiti ha-ifa-there was\nassurance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"While speaking to Srimati Radharar:-i, Kr�r:-a became very anxious to return\nto Vrndavana. He made Her listen to a verse which banished all Her. difficulties\nand which assured Her that She would again attain Kr�r:-a.\nTEXT 160\n\n�R! ��� '¥:�t;rl�1J�'Wi <f�C� I\nfir�J1ll�tifl'll�C'l!C�1 ����;rt� �ift\"f;r: II )�o U\nmayi bhaktir hi bhutanam\namrtatvaya ka/pate\ndi�tya yad asin mat-sneho\nbhavatinam mad-apanaf:J\n\n", "mad5#p0232": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n200\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nmayi-unto Me; bhaktih-the nine kinds of devotional service, such as sravaf)a,\n\nkirtana and smaraf)a; hi-certainly; bhatanam-of all living entities; amrtatvaya­\n\nfor becoming eternal associates of the Lord; kalpate-is quite befitting; di�tya­\n\nby good fortune; yat-whatever; asit-there was; mat-snehah-love and affec­\n\ntion for Me; bhavatinam-of all you gopis; mat apanah-the cause for getting Me\n-\n\nback.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"lord Sri Kr��a said: 'Devotional service unto Me is the only way to attain\nMe. My dear gopis, whatever love and affection you have attained for Me by\ngood fortune is the only reason for My returning to you.' \"\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.82.45).\n\nTEXT 161\n\n���'fil�����l\nftmt·fift� �t1' �fJI' <fit1' � II ��� II\nei saba artha prabhu svarupera sane\n\nratri-dine ghare vasi' kare asvadane\nSYNONYMS\n\nei saba-all these;\n\nartha-mea n ings;\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nsvarupera sane-with SvarOpa Damodara; ratri-dine-both day and night; ghare\n\nvasi'-sitting within His room; kare-does; asvadane-taste\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would sit in His room with Svarupa Damodara and\ntaste the topics of these verses day and night.\n\nTEXT 162\n\n�J� � � 'f;ftf<t� �tfP11\nOO<fi ��' �t� iSf'5tlt�-az._� 'GitfP111 ��� II\nnrtya-kale sei bhave avi�ta hana\n\ns/oka pac;li' nace jagannatha-mukha cana\n\n", "mad5#p0233": "Text 164]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n201\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nnrtya-kale-while da n cing; sei bhave-in such ecstasy; avi�ta-absorbed;\nhafia-becoming; sloka pac;li -reci ting these verses; nace-dances; jagannatha'\n\nmukha-the face of Jagannatha; cafia-looking upon.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu danced completely absorbed in ecstatic emotion.\nWhile looking at the face of Lord Jagannatha, He danced and recited these\nverses.\nTEXT 163\n\n�-<;-sttlrtf�'f 'et'StJ iii �rn �(il 1\n\n�f;'! �i �t'f �'RI, ��' ililll ���II\nsvarOpa-gosafiira bhagya na yaya van;ana\nprabhute avi�ta yanra kaya, vakya, mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvarOpa-gosafiira-of Svaropa Damodara GosvamT; bhagya-the fortune; nanot; yaya varf)ana-can be described; prabhute-in the service of the Lord;\navi�ta-fully absorbed; yanra-of whom; kaya-body; vakya-words; manamind.\nTRANSLATION\nNo one can describe the good fortune of Svarupa Damodara Gosvami, for\nhe is always absorbed in the service of the Lord with his body, mind and\nwords.\nTEXT 164\n\n��� tf!tt1l � f�fm!'Sttf I\n\n�i ��i �� 'Sttil·'e�Ntlifilll ��8 II\nsvarOpera indriye prabhura nijendriya-gaf)a\navi�ta hana kare gana-asvadana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvarOpera-of Svaropa Damodara ; indriye-in the senses; prabhura-of SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; nija-indriya-gaf)a-own senses; avi�ta hana-be i ng fully\nabsorbed; kare-does; gana-the singing; asvadana-tasting\n\n.\n\n", "mad5#p0234": "202\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe senses of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu were identical with the senses\nof Svarupa. Therefore Caitanya Mahaprabhu used to become fully absorbed in\ntasting the singing of Svarupa Damodara.\nTEXT 165\n\n'etc� �� � �fittt:! �flml l\nft� � f�-t �t'ftl!'t ��i II ��<t II\nbhavera avese kabhu bhamite vasiya\ntarjanite bhume likhe adhomukha hana\nSYNONYMS\nbhavera ave.Se-because of ecstatic emotion; kabhu-sometimes; bhumiteon the ground; vasiya-sitting; tarjanite-with the ring finger; bhOme-on the\nground; /ikhe-writes; adhomukha hana-looking down.\nTRANSLATION\nIn emotional ecstasy, Caitanya Mahaprabhu would sometimes sit on the\nground and, looking down, would write on the ground with His finger.\nTEXT 166\n\n�tt:! �t:! m �' 5f� 1\n\n·� fi{'f-� ��-�II ���II\natigulite k�ata habe jani' damodara\nbhaye nija-kare nivaraye prabhu-kara\nSYNONYMS\natigulite-on the finger; k�ata-injury; habe-will take place; jani'-knowing;\ndamodara -SvarOpa Damodara; bhaye-out of fear; nija-kare-by his own hand;\nnivaraye-checks; prabhu-kara-the hand of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nFeeling that the Lord would injure His finger by writing in this way, Svarupa\nDamodara checked Him with his own hand.\n\n", "mad5#p0235": "Text 169]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n203\n\nTEXT 167\n\n� �fi9f �� '5tte{ I\n�� ,� � l;!re �t1t 1J.�i!t-t u ��9 u\nprabhura bhavanurupa svarupera gana\nyabe yei rasa taha kare murtiman\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nbhava-anurupa-following\n\nthe\n\necstatic emotions; svarupera-of SvarOpa Damodara; gana-the singing; yabewhen; yei-whatever; rasa-mellow; taha-that; kare-makes; murtiman-personified.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara used to sing exactly according to the ecstatic emotion of\nthe lord. Whenever a particular mellow was being tasted by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, Svarupa Damodara would personify it by singing.\nTEXT 168\n\ni1tr�tt� �t� ��·�\"f I\nl;!t� �� �\"'� if�i1�'5t\"f ll ��\"' ll\nsri-jagannathera dekhe sri-mukha-kamala\ntahara upara sundara nayana-yugala\nSYNONYMS\nsri-jagannathera-of Lord jagannatha; dekhe-sees; sri-mukha-kamala-the\nlotuslike face; tahara upara-upon this; sundara-beautiful; nayana-yugala-a\npair of eyes.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu looked upon the beautiful lotuslike face and eyes\nof Lord Jagannatha.\nTEXT 169\n\nlit� f��'l\\_� �t1t �� I\n'aft'fJ, �?Jt, fWcu ��.a, 9f�� ll ��� ll\n\n", "mad5#p0236": "204\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nsuryera kiraf)e mukha kare jhalamala\nmalya, vastra, divya a/arikara, parimala\nSYNONYMS\nsOryera-of the sun; kiraQe-by the rays of sunshine; mukha-the face; karedoes; jha/ama/a-glittering; ma/ya-garland; vastra-garments; divya a/ankarabeautiful ornaments; parima/a-surrounded by a fragrance.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Jagannatha was garlanded, dressed with nice garments and adorned\nwith beautiful ornaments. His face was glittering from the rays of sunshine,\nand the entire atmosphere was fragrant.\nTEXT 170\n\n� � ��'Jt �'lfiti'f I\n�., �.-!-� \\!e,�tj ��II ��o II\nprabhura hrdaye ananda-sindhu uthali/a\nunmada, jhanjha-vata tat-k$af)e uthila\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura hrdaye-in the heart of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ananda-sindhuthe ocean of transcendental bliss; uthalila-arose; unmada-madness; jhanjhavata-hurricane; tat-k?af)e-immediately; uthi/a-intensified.\nTRANSLATION\nAn ocean of transcendental bliss expanded in the heart of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, and symptoms of madness immediately intensified like a hurricane.\n\nTEXT 171\n\n��� �irn � �tr I\n�tii1-�'R-� ��ffil �-1!1tr II ��� I\nanandonmade uthaya bhavera tarariga\nnana-bhava-sainye upajila yuddha-rariga\nSYNONYMS\nananda-unmade-the madness of transcendental bliss; uthaya-causes to\narise; bhavera-of emotion; tarariga-waves; nana-various; bhava-emotions;\nsainye-among soldiers; upaji/a-there appeared; yuddha-rariga-fighting.\n\n", "mad5#p0237": "Text 173]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n205\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe madness of transcendental bliss created waves of various emotions.\nThe emotions appeared like opposing soldiers staging a fight.\nTEXT 172\n\n��' �-tift!, �N, -tt�\"'J I\n\n�'111ft, �tf�, \"'ill'l\" ��·�\"'J II �'l� II\nbhavodaya, bhava-santi, sandhi, sabalya\nsaficari, sattvika, sthayi svabhava-prabalya\nSYNONYMS\nbhava-udaya-awakening\n\nof\n\nemotion;\n\nbhava-santi-emotions\n\nof peace;\n\nsandhi-the junction of different emotions; saba/ya-mixing of all emotions;\nsaficari-impetuses for all kinds of emotion; sattvika-transcendental; sthayiprevalent; svabhava-natural emotion; praba/ya-increase.\nTRANSLATION\nThere was an increase in all the natural emotional symptoms. Thus there\nwere awakening emotions, peacefulness, joined, mixed, transcendental and\nprevalent emotions, and impetuses for emotion.\nTEXT 173\n\n�� llfil� �i{ ��-t;�t�ii'f I\n�-��11 �t� �� �<tiii'f II �'l� II\nprabhura sarira yena suddha-hemacala\nbhava-pu�pa-druma tahe pu�pita sakala\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sarira-body; yena-as if; suddhatranscendental;\n\nhemaca/a-Himalayan\n\nmountain;\n\nbhava-emotional;\n\npu�pa­\n\ndruma-flower trees; tahe-in that situation; pu�pita-blooming with flowers;\nsaka/a-all.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's body appeared like a transcendental Himalayan\nmountain bearing ecstatic emotional flower trees, all of them blooming.\n\n", "mad5#p0238": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n206\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 174\n\n(}f�� �t�-ti1;1f � f�·� I\nO��tV!�t�J �t_ f�• :Jl� � II �9 8 II\ndekhite akar$aye sabara citta-mana\npremamrta-vmye prabhu since sabara mana\nSYNONYMS\ndekhite-by seeing; akar$aye\n\n-\n\nattracts; sabara-of everyone; citta-mana­\n\nmind and consciousness; prema-amrta-vmye-by pouring of the nectar of transcendental love for God; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; since-sprinkled;\nsabara-everyone ' s ;\n\nmana\n\n-\n\nmind\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing all these symptoms, everyone's mind and consciousness were\nattracted. Indeed, the Lord sprinkled everyone's mind with the nectar of transcendental love of Godhead.\nTEXT 175\n\n'f'Stit�-��� � ��\\1l�'i I\n�i!� �' �Ciftp� �� � II �9<1' II\njagannatha-sevaka yata raja-patra-gaf)a\nyatrika /oka, nilacala-vasi yata jana\nSYNONYMS\njagannatha-sevaka-the servants of Lord Jagannatha; yata-all; raja-patragaQa-and the government officers; yatrika-pilgrim visitors; /oka-people in\ngeneral; ni/aca/a-vasi-the residents of Jagannatha Puri; yata jana-as ma11y\npeople as there were.\nTRANSLATION\nHe sprinkled the minds of the servants of Lord Jagannatha, the government\nofficers, the pilgrim visitors, the general populace and all the residents of\nJagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 176\n\n� � (;�� c;wr.t' 11:1f �e,<fl\"f I\nflt� �� � �'tf II �9� II\n\n", "mad5#p0239": "Text 178]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n207\n\nprabhura nrtya prema dekhi' haya camatkara\nkr�Qa-prema uchalila hrdaye sabara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nnrtya-dancing;\n\nprema-love;\n\ndekhi'-seeing; haya-become; camatkara-astonished; kr�Qa-prema-love of\nKr�r:ta; ucha/i/a-infatuated; hrdaye-in the hearts; sabara-of everyone.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter seeing the dancing and ecstatic love of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\neveryone became astonished. In their hearts they became infatuated with love\nof Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 177\n\n<;� il'tW, 1tt1t, c;\"!�, � �� I\n\n�� ij'!J ��' � �\"f �a, II :>99 II\npreme nace, gaya, /aka, kare kolahala\nprabhura nrtya dekhi' sabe anande vihvala\n\nSYNONYMS\npreme-in ecstatic love; nace-dance; gaya-chant; /aka-people in general;\nkare-make; kolahala-a great noise; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nnrtya-dancing; dekhi'-seeing; sabe-everyone;\n\nanande-in transcendental\n\nbliss; vihvala-overwhelmed.\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone danced and chanted in ecstatic love, and a great noise resounded.\nEveryone was overwhelmed with transcendental bliss just to see the dancing\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 178\n\n�� f� �t�, i!f'St,-t�·�'l� I\n\nc!!f� ij'!J �' �'t �fit'li 1{� II :>91r II\nanyera ki kaya, jagannatha-haladhara\nprabhura nrtya dekhi' sukhe ca/ila manthara\n\n", "mad5#p0240": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n208\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSYNONYMS\nanyera ki kaya-apart from the actions of others; jagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; ha/adhara-Balarama; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nrtya-the\ndancing; dekhi'-seeing; sukhe-in great happiness; ca/i/a-moved; mantharaslowly.\nTRANSLATION\nApart from the others, even lord Jagannatha and lord Balarama, with great\nhap piness, began to move very slowly upon seeing the dancing of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 179\n\n� �� ijl!� �t;� �� 1ttf-t' I\n�\n\n'� <;lf Qff�, � i!t1t �� n �ct� n\n\nkabhu sukhe nrtya-railga dekhe ratha rakhi'\nse kautuka ye dekhi/a, sei tara sak�i\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes; sukhe-in great happiness; nrtya-railga-amusement in\ndancing;\n\ndekhe-sees;\n\nratha-the\n\ncar;\n\nrakhi'-stopping;\n\nse kautuka-that\n\namusement; ye-anyone who; dekhila-saw; sei-he; tara-of that; sak�i-witness.\nTRANSLATION\nlord Jagannatha and lord Balarama sometimes stopped the car and happily\nobserved lord Caitanya's dancing. Anyone who was able to see Them stop\nand watch the dancing bore witness to Their pastimes.\nTEXT 180\n\n��i! �� iji!J <!i� i!ifit!;i! I\n�i!t�� �� �tf�i'fi ?t� n �lr\" n\nei-mata prabhu nrtya karite bhramite\nprataparudrera age lagila pac;lite\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nrtya karitedancing; bhramite-wandering; prataparudrera-of King Prataparudra; age-in\nfront; /agi/a-began; pac;lite-to fall down.\n\n", "mad5#p0241": "Text 182]\n\n209\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was dancing and wandering in this\nway, He fell down in front of Maharaja Prataparudra.\nTEXT 181\n\n� �i!t� '� �fP{ I\n\nt�� OO�t'! ���a��\" 11 �tr� 11\nsambhrame prataparudra prabhuke dhari/a\ntarihake dekhite prabhura bahya-jriana ha-ila\nSYNONYMS\nsambhrame -with\n\ngreat\n\nrespect;\n\nprataparudra -King\n\nPrataparudra;\n\nprabhuke-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dhari/a-picked up; tarihake-Him;\ndekhite-to see; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bahya-jriana-externai\nconsciousness; ha-i/a-there was.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Prataparudra picked the Lord up with great respect, but upon\nseeing the King, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu came to His external senses.\nTEXT 182\n\n1ft� OfM' 11�� <fitF{ fwt� I\n\nfii, fii, ��m \"\"Ptaf �l� �t1f� II �tr� II\nraja dekhi' mahaprabhu karena dhikkara\nchi, chi, vi�ayira sparsa ha-ila amara\nSYNONYMS\nraja dekhi'-by seeing the King; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkarena-does; dhik-kara-condemnation; chi chi-how pitiable it is; vi?ayiraof a person interested in mundane affairs; sparsa ha-ila-there has been touching;\namara-of Me.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter seeing the King, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu condemned Himself, saying, \"Oh, how pitiful it is that I have touched a person who is interested in\nmundane affairs.\"\n\n", "mad5#p0242": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n210\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 183\n\n'611,;q,atr;� fem�\"' il1 �\"1'1 �t;qtftt� 1\n\n\"<qi�1f·<;'ltt�\"f �fii\"'i �tJ·'Itt� II �� II\navesete nityananda na haifa savadhane\nkasisvara-govinda achifa anya-sthane\nSYNONYMS\navesete-in great ecstasy; nityananda-Nityananda Prabhu; na-not; haifabecame; savadhane-careful; kasisvara-KasiSvara; govinda-Govinda; achifawere; anya-sthane-in another place.\nTRANSLATION\nNot even Lord Nityananda Prabhu, Kasisvara or Govinda took care of lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu when He fell down. Nityananda was in great ecstasy,\nand Kasisvara and Govinda were elsewhere.\nTEXT 184\n\nW� � <;Wf�' �t� �� I\n� �$t� �1U fir� '�fit II �IrS II\nyadyapi rajara dekhi' hac;/ira sevana\nprasanna hanache tarire mifibare mana\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; rajara-of the King; dekhi'-seeing; hac;lira sevana-the\nservice of a sweeper; prasanna hanache-was satisfied; tanre mifibare-to see\nhim; mana-His mind.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had already been satisfied by the King's behavior,\nfor the King had accepted the service of a sweeper for lord Jagannatha.\nTherefore lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu actually desired to see the King.\nTEXT 185\n\n��9f ��·'Stt'l -;qift� � I\n� �� <;11�� ,�\"1'1 'e�tl{. II �lr� II\n\n", "mad5#p0243": "Text 186]\n\n211\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\ntathapi apana-gaf)e karite savadhana\nbahye kichu ro$abhasa kaila bhagavan\nSYNONYMS\ntathapi-still; apana-gaf)e-to personal associates; karite-to do; savadhanawarning; bahye-externally; kichu -some; ro$a-abhasa -apparent anger; kailashowed; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nHowever, just to warn His personal associates, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, externally expressed feelings of anger.\nPURPORT\nWhen Maharaj a Prataparudra asked to see the Lord, S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nimmediately refused, saying:\nni$kincanasya bhagavad-bhajanonmukhasya\npararil pararil jigami$or bhava-sagarasya\nsandarsanaril vi$ayiQam atha yo$itaril ca\nha hanta hanta vi$a-bhak$af)ato 'py asadhu\n(Cc. Madhya\n\n11.8)\n\nThe word ni$kincanasya refers to a person who has finished his material activities.\nSuch a person can begin to execute his activities in Kr�r:Ja consciousness to cross\nover the ocean of nescience. It is very dangerous for such a person to have intimate relationships with mundane people or to become intimately related with\nwomen. This formality is to be observed by anyone who is serious about going\nback home, back to Godhead. To teach His personal associates these principles,\n\nS ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu expressed external anger when touched by the King.\nSince the Lord was very satisfied with the humble behavior of the King, He intentionally allowed the King to touch Him, but externally He expressed anger just to\nwarn His personal associates.\nTEXT 186\n\n� ��t� �1ft� � �ll I\n�t� <fS�,-� it! <fi11 ��-111 1 �lr� II\nprabhura vacane rajara mane haifa bhaya\nsarvabhauma kahe,-tumi na kaya sarilsaya\n\n", "mad5#p0244": "212\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura vacane-by the words of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rajara-of the\nKing; mane-in the mind; haifa-there was; bhaya-fear; sarvabhauma kaheSarvabhauma Bhagacarya said; tumi-you (the King); na kaya sarhsaya-do not\nbe worried.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Prataparudra became frightened when lord Caitanya showed external\nanger, but Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya told the King, \"Don't worry.\"\nTEXT 187\n\n�i1ft11' �� � �� � l\n\n�Jli \"f..J <m' f-t�ID1� �-�'Ill �lr'l II\ntamara upare prabhura suprasanna mana\ntoma /ak�ya kari' sikhayena nija gaQa\nSYNONYMS\ntamara upare-upon you; prabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; suprasanna-very satisfied; mana-the mind; toma-you; lak�ya kari'-pointing\nout; sikhayena-He teaches; nija gaQa-His personal associates.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya informed the King, \"The lord is very satisfied\nwith you. By pointing you out, He was teaching His personal associates how to\nbehave with mundane people.\"\nPURPORT\nAlthough outwardly the King was a mundane man interested in money and\nwomen, internally he was purified by devotional activities. He showed this by\nengaging as a street sweeper to please Lord Jagannatha. A person may appear to\nbe a pounds-and-shillings man interested in money and women, but if he is actually very meek and humble and surrendered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he is not mundane. Such a judgment can be made only by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and His very confidential devotees. As a general principle, however,\nno devotee should intimately mix with mundane people interested in money and\nwomen.\nTEXT 188\n\n��:1(1{ l!lftfil' �fif �� �� I\n�t� 1ftt' �m ��� � II �lrlr II\n\n", "mad5#p0245": "Text 190]\n\nThe lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n213\n\navasara jani' ami kariba nivedana\nsei-ka/e yai' kariha prabhura milana\nSYNONYMS\navasara jani'-understanding an opportune moment; ami-1; kariba-shall do;\nnivedana-submission; sei-ka/e-at that time; yai'-coming; kariha-you do;\nprabhura milana-meeting with Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya continued, \"I shall submit your petition when\nthere is an opportune moment. It will then be easy for you to come and meet\nthe lord.\"\nTEXT 189\n\n�:!!;� �� 1{Qf �� �Rrnll\n1{Qf·�� ��' � iftQf 1fttti flfm II �lr� II\ntabe mahaprabhu ratha pradak?il;a kariya\nratha-pache yai' the/e rathe matha diya\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ratha-the car;\npradak?iQa-circumambulation; kariya-doing; ratha-pache-to the rear of the\ncar; yai'-going; the/e-pushes; rathe-on the car; matha diya-by placing the\nhead.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter circumambulating Jagannatha, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went behind\nthe car and began pushing it with His head.\nTEXT 190\n\na� i� 1{Qf ,�, ,�, �fil' 1\n�����'�R''�' II ��0 II\nthelitei cali/a ratha 'har;ia' 'har;ia' kari'\ncatur-dike loka saba bale 'hari' 'hari'\nSYNONYMS\nthelitei-as soon as He pushed; ca/i/a-departed; ratha-the car; har;ia har;ia\nkari'-making a rattling noise; catu/:1-dike-all around; /aka-people in general;\nsaba-all; bale-chant; hari hari-the holy name of the Lord, Hari Hari.\n\n", "mad5#p0246": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n214\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as He pushed, the car immediately started to move, making a rattling noise. The people all around began to chant the holy name of the lord,\n\"Hari! Hari!\"\nTEXT 191\n\n1!7;� � fi{'f-�'51'1 '1'�1 �r;� I\n��-���� if!J �t11' 11'1:'f II��� II\ntabe prabhu nija-bhakta-gaQa lana sange\nba/adeva-subhadragre nrtya kare range\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-at that time; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nija-personal; bhaktagaQa-devotees; /a fia- taki ng; s ange\n\n-\n\nwith Him; baladeva-of Lord Balarama;\n\nsubhadra-of the goddess of fortune Subhadra; agre\n\n-\n\nin front; nrt ya\n\n-\n\ndancing;\n\nkare-performed; range-in great amusement.\nTRANSLATION\nAs the car began to move, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took His personal\nassociates in front of the cars occupied by lord Balarama and Subhadra, the\ngoddess of fortune. Greatly inspired, He then began to dance in front of\nThem.\nTEXT 192\n\n� if!J \"fif' iSf'St�t� 'Cltr;'$f 'Cl�'l1 I\n'Sf�t� �f�' iJ'!l �ffi'! 'l'tRf't1 II ��� II\ntahan nrtya kari' jagannatha age ai/a\njagannatha dekhi' nrtya karite Jagila\nSYNONYMS\ntahan-there; nrtya k ari -after performing the dance; jagannatha-of Lord\n'\n\n)agannatha; age-in front; ai/a-appeared; jagannatha dekhi'-seeing Lord )agannatha; nrtya-dancing; karite-to perform; /agi/a-began\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter finishing the dance before lord Baladeva and Subhadra, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu came before lord Jagannatha's car. Upon seeing lord Jagannatha, He began to dance again.\n\n", "mad5#p0247": "Text 194]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n215\n\nTEXT 193\n\nifinn �ilf 1fQI '�'l'St�'-'tttit I\n\n�'Stit-t 1f-t 1ftr-f' m-t �St� �'�� 11 �\"'� 11\ncaliya aila ratha 'balagaQqiL sthane\njagannatha ratha rakhi' dekhe qahine vame\nSYNONYMS\ncaliya-moving; ai/a-came; ratha-the car; balagaQqi-sthane-at the place\nknown as Balagal)<;li; jagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; ratha-car; rakhi'-after stopping; dekhe-sees; qahine vame-left and right.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen they reached the place called Balaga•:u;fi, Lord Jagannatha stopped His\ncar and began to look left and right.\nTEXT 194\n\n�Df-'R�it'' itt�<flil(·� I\n151� I!' ��tw'tit � ��it II �0>18 II\nvame-'vipra-sasana' narikela-vana\nqahine ta' pu�podyana yena vrndavana\nSYNONYMS\nvame-on the left; vipra-sasana-the place known as vipra-sasana; narikelavana-coconut grove; qahine-on the right side; ta'-indeed; pu�pa-udyanaflower gardens; yena-as if; vrndavana-Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\nOn the left side, Lord Jagannatha saw the neighborhood of brahmar:ras\nknown as vipra-sasana and the coconut tree grove. On the right side, He saw\nnice flower gardens resembling those in the holy place Vrndavana.\nPURPORT\nVipra-sasana is a name generally used in the Orissa province for the quarters\nwhere brahmal)as live.\n\n", "mad5#p0248": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n216\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 195\n\n�'51 if!J <�Sr.;� t';'$1� \"'t$1 �'51'1 I\n�� �f�· iSf'5ttft� ��i{ 'Nfllfi{ II �0\\l<t II\nage nrtya kare gaura lana bhakta-gaQa\nratha rakhi' jagannatha karena darasana\nSYNONYMS\nage-in front; nrtya kare-dances; gaura-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; /ana-accompanied by; bhakta-gaQa-the devotees; ratha rakhi'-after stopping the car;\njagannatha-Lord jagannatha; karena darasana-sees.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His devotees were dancing in front of the car,\nand, having stopped the car, Lord jagannatha watched the dancing.\nTEXT 196\n\n<;� \"'r;Cif r;�t'5t \"{tr;'$1,-� ��� I\n�$ �'51 iSf'5t:tt� �� �t�e{ II �0\\l� ll\nsei sthale bhoga /age, -achaye niyama\nkoti bhoga jagannatha kare asvadana\nSYNONYMS\nsei stha/e-in that place; bhoga /age-food is offered; achaye niyama-it is the\ncustom; koti bhoga-millions of dishes; jagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; karedoes; asvadana-tasting.\nTRANSLATION\nIt was customary that food be offered to the Lord at vipra-sasana. Indeed,\ninnumerable dishes of food were offered, and Lord jagannatha tasted each one\nof them.\nTEXT 197\n\n�'5t\"tr;�� r;��·�i5 �� ��'51'1 I\n\nfim f� @��-r;�t'5t �� lf�� II �<ll9 ll\njagannathera chota-bac;fa yata bhakta-gaQa\nnija nija uttama-bhoga kare samarpaQa\n\n", "mad5#p0249": "Text 199]\n\nThe lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n217\n\nSYNONYMS\njagannathera-of Lord J agannatha; chota-neophyte; baqa -advanced; yataall; bhakta-gal)a -devotees; nija nija -personally cooked; uttama-bhoga -firstclass food; kare-do; samarpal)a-offering.\nTRANSLATION\nAll kinds of devotees of lord Jagannatha-from neophytes to the most advanced-offered their best cooked food to the lord.\n\nTEXT 198\n\n�,�t�����,��' ���I\n��t�<rt�-=t �I! �tfl·�\\5 �� II ��lr II\nraja, raja-mahi$i-vrnda, patra, mitra-gal)a\nnilaca/a-vasi yata chota-baqa jana\nSYNONYMS\nraja- the King; raja-mahi$i-vrnda-the quee n s of t he King; p<Hra-mi n isters;\nmitra-gal)a-friends; nilaca/a-vasi-all the residents of J agannatha Puri; yata-as\nmany; chota-baqa-small and big; jana-persons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis included the King, his queens, his ministers and friends and all other\nbig and small residents of Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 199\n\n�tifl·�?;;-t� � �I! �fu!<I'S !Sr� I\n�-f-1�-c;�t� �!ttl <\\'SC� ��� II��� II\nnana-desera desi yata yatr i ka jana\nnija-nija-bhoga tahan kare samarpal)a\nSYNONYMS\nnana-desera-of various countries; desi-local; yata-all kinds of; yatr i kavisiting;\n\njana-people;\n\nnija-nija-personally cooked;\n\nthere; kare-do; samarpal)a-offering.\n\nbhoga-food;\n\ntahari­\n\n", "mad5#p0250": "218\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLA liON\nAll the visitors who had come from different countries to Jagannatha Puri, as\nwell as the local devotees, offered their personally cooked food to the lord.\nTEXT 200\n\n�tr;� 9ftr;i, � 9ftr;{ �lllPitwt�·�r;� I\n\n� �� 9ft11, �t�t11,-�� firnt1l II �\n\no o\n\nII\n\nage pache, dui parsve pufipodyana-vane\nyei yaha paya, lagaya,-nahika niyame\nSYNONYMS\nage pache-in front or at the end; dui parsve-on two sides; pufipa-udyanavane-in the flower gardens; yei-one who; yaha paya-gets the opportunity;\nlagaya-offers; nahika niyame-there are no hard-and-fast rules.\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees offered their foods everywhere, in front and behind the car,\non the two sides and within the flower garden. Wherever possible, they made\ntheir offering to the lord, for there were no hard-and-fast rules.\nTEXT 201\n\nc;�tt� lf1l11 �tr;� 11�1 flfj� C� I\n\n�J it�' 11�� ��� <;� II � o� II\nbhogera samaya lokera maha bhiqa haila\nnrtya chaqi' mahaprabhu upavane gela\nSYNONYMS\nbhogera samaya-at the time the food was offered; lokera-of all the people;\nmaha-great; bhiqa-crowd; hai/a-there was; nrtya chaqi'-giv ing up His dancing; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; upavane ge/a-went to a nearby\ngarden.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the food was being offered, a large crowd of people gathered. At that\ntime Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stopped His dancing and went to a nearby\ngarden.\n\n", "mad5#p0251": "The Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\nText 204]\n\n219\n\nTEXT 202\n\n<:12t�r;�tllt ��i2!'t_ ��<!� �t<$1 I\n�llf:J'tt� 'J��rn �� �f� II � o � II\npremavese mahaprabhu upavana pafia\npu�podyane grha-piQc;iaya rahila pac;iiya\nSYNONYMS\n\nprema-avese-in\n\necstatic\n\nlove;\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nupavana pafia -having come to a nice nearby garden; pu�pa-udyane-in that\nflower\npac;iiya\n\ngarden;\n\ngrha-piQc;iaya-on\n\nthe\n\nraised\n\nplatform;\n\nrahi/a-remained;\n\nfalling flat.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to the garden. Immersed in a great ecstatic\nemotion, He fell flat on a raised platform there.\nTEXT 203\n\n�i!J-�fifl!tr;� �'l� c;�r;� �� �� I\n��fifi ��·<ltll_� �<Iii II � o e II\nnrtya-parisrame prabhura dehe ghana gharma\nsugandhi sitala-vayu karena sevana\nSYNONYMS\n\nnrtya-parisrame-by fatigue due to dancing;\nMahaprabhu;\n\ndehe-on the body;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nghana g har ma\n\n-\n\nmuc h\n\nSrT Caitanya\n\nperspiration;\n\nsu­\n\ngandhi-fragrant; sitala-vayu-cool breeze; karena sevana-enj oyed very much.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord was very fatigued from the hard labor of dancing, and there was\nperspiration all over His body. He therefore enjoyed the fragrant, cool breeze\nof the garden.\nTEXT 204\n\n� oe� ��1 ��m �1fttlf 1\n\n�f\\e�'*'l!l;il �<I�� �\\!ttr;'l{ II � o8 II\n\n", "mad5#p0252": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n220\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nyata bhakta kirtaniya asiya arame\nprati-vrk?a-tale sabe karena visrame\nSYNONYMS\nyata bhakta-all the devotees; kirtaniya-who were performing sankirtana;\nasiya-coming; arame-in the resting place; prati-vrk?a-tale-under each and\nevery tree; sabe-all of them; karena-take; visrame-rest\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees who were performing sankirtana came there and took rest\nunder each and every tree.\nTEXT 205\n\n�� t;!' �f� �� 11'���� I\nI!Jr�Q!� 'CI't7;'$f '�� �r.� ..�.. ll � ([ ll\n0\n\nei ta' kahila prabhura maha-sankirtana\njagannathera age yaiche karila nartana\nSYNONYMS\nei ta\n\n'-\n\nin this way; kahi/a-1 have described; prabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMaha prabhu;\n\nmaha-sankirtana-the\n\ngreat\n\ncongreg ational\n\nnathera age-in front of Lord Jagannatha; yaiche\n\n-\n\nchanting;\n\njagan.­\n\nas; karila-He did; nartana­\n\ndancing.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have described the great performance of congregational chanting by\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as He danced in front of Lord Jagannatha.\nTEXT 206\n\n���� � '�r;� �RfO'f1 il� I\n'G�tJt�� ��-(;�f� �� <t(il ll � o� ll\nrathagrete prabhu yaiche karila nartana\ncaitanya?take rupa-gosarii karyache van)ana\nSYNONYMS\nratha-agrete-in front of the car; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yaicheas; kari/a-performed; nartana-dancing; caitanya-a?take-in the prayer named\n\n", "mad5#p0253": "Text 207]\n\nThe Lord's Dancing at Ratha-yatra\n\n221\n\nCaitanya$taka; rOpa-g osa tii- ROpa Gosvami; karyache-has done; varQana-a\nvivid description.\nTRANSLATION\nIn his prayer known as the Caitanya�taka, Srila Riipa Gosvami has given a\nvivid description of the Lord's dancing before the car of Jagannatha.\nPURPORT\nSrila ROpa Gosvami composed three prayers, each with the title Caitanya$taka.\nThe verse next quoted is from the first of the Caitanya$taka prayers included in\nthe book Stava-mala.\nTEXT 207\n\n��t�\\1'21t�t'l!'�'11'ff<1' <1¥IT5C1<>f'C��l'fi£\\'C'�'C'lttf�r�ft1�<1\\;r:;rtm�F<f<1\"[: 1\n���� 5\\t�r;g: '1f���-���qll3<j'��01:\n\n� C�iJJ: f<li� C'I! �OI�f<>f �r:\"ft�t'21� 9fl'f\"\\_ll � • 'I II\nratharo(fhasyarad adhipadavi nilacala-pater\nadabhra-premormi-sphurita-natanol/asa-vivasab\nsahar$aril gayadbhib parivrta-tanur vai$Qava-janaib\nsa caitanyab kim me punar api drsor yasyati padam\nSYNONYMS\n\nratha-arO(ihasya-of the Supreme Lord, who was placed aboard the car; aratin front; adhipadavi-on the main road; nilacala-pateb-of Lord jagannatha, the\nLord of Nilacala; adabhra-great; prema-urmi-by waves of love of Godhead;\nsphurita-which was manifested; natana-ullasa-vivasab-being overwhelmed by\n\nthe transcendental bliss of dancing; sa-har$am-with great pleasure; gayadbhib­\n\nwho were singing; parivrta-surrounded; tanub-body; vai$Qava-janaib-by the\ndevotees; sab cai tanyab- that Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kim-whether;\nme-my; punab api-again; drsob-of vision; yasyati-will enter; padam-the\npath.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu danced down the main road in great ecstasy\nbefore Lord Jagannatha, the master of Nilacala, who was sitting on His car.\nOverwhelmed by the transcendental bliss of dancing and surrounded by\nVai�Qavas who sang the holy names, He manifested waves of ecstatic love of\nGodhead. When will Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu again be visible to my vision?\"\n\n", "mad5#p0254": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n222\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 208\n\nbi ��til� ��!J �I\n�W mt�-� '���� � II � olr II\niha yei sune sei sri-caitanya paya\n\nsudrc;iha visvasa-saha prema-bhakti haya\nSYNONYMS\niha-this;\n\nyei-anyone who;\n\nsune-hears;\n\nsei-that person;\n\nsri-caitanya\n\npaya-will achieve Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; su-drc;iha-firm; visvasa-conviction; saha-with; prema-bhakti-devotional service in great love; haya-there is.\nTRANSLATION\nAnyone who hears this description of the car festival will attain Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. He will also attain the elevated state by which he will have firm\nconviction in devotional service and love of Godhead.\nTEXT 209\n\n����·�tQf·� � �-t I\n�!Jifif� � ��t� II � o� II\nsri-rDpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\n\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr?Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-Srila ROpa Gosvami; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrta­\n\nthe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr?Qadasa-Srila\n\nKr�t:�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�Qadasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhya­\n\nlila, Thirteenth Chapter, describing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's ecstatic dancing at\nLord Jagannatha's car festival.\n\n", "mad5#p0255": "CHAPTER 14\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\nDressing himself as a Vai�l)ava, Maharaja Prataparudra entered a garden alone and\n\nbegan reciting verses from Srimad-Bhagavatam. He then took the opportunity to\nmassage the lotus feet of the Lord. The Lord, in His ecstatic love for Kr�r:Ja, immediately embraced the King and thus bestowed mercy upon him. When there\n\nwas an offering of prasada in the garden, Lord Caitanya also partook of it. After\n\nthis, when Lord jagannatha's Ratha car stopped moving, King Prataparudra called\nfor many elephants to pull it, but they were unsuccessful. Seeing this, Lord\nCaitanya began to push the car from behind with His head, and the chariot began\nmoving. Then the devotees began pulling the chariot with ropes. Near the Gul)c;lica temple is a place known as Ai�o�a. This place was fixed up for. SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu to rest in. When Lord jagannatha was seated at Sundaracala, SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu saw it as Vrndavana. He performed sporting pastimes in\nthe water of the lake known as lndradyumna. For nine continuous days during\nRatha-yatra, the Lord remained at jagannatha PurT, and on the fifth day He and\nSvarOpa Damodara observed the pastimes of Lak�mT, the goddess of fortune. Dur­\n\ning that time, there was much talk about the pastimes of the gopis. When the\n\nratha was again being drawn and the chanting resumed, Ramananda Vasu of\n\nKuiTna-grama and Satyaraja Khan were requested to bring silk ropes every year for\nthe Ratha-yatra ceremony.\n\nTEXT 1\n\nc;�: ?f·=-���\"f: �'f�f<t�'�te.�� I\n� c;'m��t�' '3�: c;�'t1 i{i{� �: II � II\ngaura/:1 pasyann atma-vrndai/:1\nsri-lak�mi-vijayotsavam\nsrutva gopi-rasol/asarh\nhma/:1 premQa nanarta sa/:!\nSYNONYMS\n\ngaura/:1-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; pasyan-by seeing; atma-vrndai/:1-\n\nwith His personal associates; sri-lak�mi-of the goddess of fortune; vijaya-223\n\n", "mad5#p0256": "224\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nutsavam-the grand festival; srutva-by hearing; gopi-of the gopis; rasaullasam-the superexcellence of the mellows; hr�tab-being very pleased; premQa-in great ecstatic love; nanarta-danced; sab- H e Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n,\n\nTRANSLATION\nAccompanied by His personal devotees, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to\nthe festival known as Lak�mi-vijayotsava. There He discussed the superexcellent love of the gopis. just by hearing about them, He became very pleased\nand danced in great ecstatic love for the lord.\nTEXT 2\n\n'\"' '111 ,��i!l �?����� I\n'\"' '111 �i!Jtil� �� �fJ II � II\njaya jaya gauracandra sri-kr�Qa-caitanya\njaya jaya nityananda jayadvaita dhanya\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-aii glories; gauracandra-to Gauracandra; sri-kr�Qa-caitanya-Lord\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya jaya-aii glories; nityananda-to Nityananda\nPrabhu; jaya-all glories; advaita-to Advaita Acarya; dhanya-exalted.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, known as Gauracandra! All glories\nto lord Nityananda Prabhu! All glories to Advaita Acarya, who is so exalted!\nTEXT 3\n\n\"' '111 �<lt�fw ,�<e�'$'f'f I\n\n'\"'G;�tl!t'$'f'1,-�'t11 G;'$'f� �t'f� II� II\njaya jaya srivasadi gaura-bhakta-gaQa\njaya srota-gaQa, -yarira gaura praQa-dhana\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-aii glories; srivasa-adi-headed by SrTvasa; gaura-bhakta-gaQa-to\nthe devotees of Lord Caitanya; jaya-aii glories; srota-gaQa-to the hearers;\nyanra-of whom; gaura-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; praQa-dhana-the life and\nsoul.\n\n", "mad5#p0257": "Text 5]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n225\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to all the devotees, headed by Srivasa Thakura! All glories to the\nreaders who have taken Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as their life and soul.\nTEXT 4\n\n�� � �tt� C�� ��I\n��'f ��t�i!f �� �t�llf II 8 II\nei-mata prabhu achena premera avese\nhena-kale prataparudra karila pravese\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; prabhu -Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; achena-was;\npremera avese-in the ecstatic emotion of love; hena-kale-at this time; prataparudra-King Prataparudra; karila pravese-entered\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was resting in ecstatic love, Maharaja Prataparudra entered the garden.\nTEXT 5\n\n��il-��tllf Tit�' �ti!Jft�llf I\n<.!1�1 '��·�-t �� �t�-t II <t II\nsarvabhauma-upadese chac;li' raja-vesa\neka/a vai�Qava-vese karila pravesa\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma-of Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya;\n\nupadese -under instructions;\n\ncha c;li'-giving up; raja-vesa -the royal dress; eka/a -a l one; vai�Qava-vese-in\nthe dress of a Vai�r;�ava; karila pravesa-entered.\nTRANSLATION\nFollowing Sarvabhauma Bhalfacarya's instructions, the King had given up\nhis royal dress. He now entered the garden in the dress of a Vai�r;�ava.\nPURPORT\n\nSometimes members of the International Society for Krishna Consciousnessespecially in the Western countries-find it difficult to approach people to dis-\n\n", "mad5#p0258": "226\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\ntribute books because people are unfamiliar with the traditional saffron robes of\nthe devotees. The devotees have therefore inquired whether they can wear European and American dress before the general public. From the instructions given to\nKing Prataparudra by Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, we can understand that we may\nchange our dress in any way to facilitate our service. When our members change\ntheir dress to meet the public or to introduce our books, they are not breaking the\ndevotional principles. The real principle is to spread this Kr�l)a consciousness\nmovement, and if one has to change into regular Western dress for this purpose,\nthere should be no objection.\nTEXT 6\n\n�·� �-1 � (;�·ftt� 't$11\n\n�-� 'ffif' �� JltftJI <TSfit�1 II � II\nsaba-bhaktera ajfia nila yoga-hata haiia\nprabhu-pada dhari' page sahasa kariya\nSYNONYMS\n\nsaba-bhaktera-of all the devotees; ajfia nila -took permission; yoga-hata\nha iia\n\n-\n\nwith folded hands; prabhu-pada dhari'\n\n-\n\ncatching the feet of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; page-falls; sahasa ka riya-with great courage.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Prataparudra was so humble that with folded hands he first took\npermission from all the devotees. Then, with great courage, he fell down and\ntouched the lotus feet of the Lord.\nTEXT 7\n\n�tr-t arfir' \\2ft_ '\\21t1{ '-.filt� �ti1 1\n\ni�fl! ��CfJ <f.t� �t\\if·l'llliftfti{ II 'l II\nankhi mudi' prabhu preme bhumite sayana\nnrpati naipuf)ye kare pada-sarilvahana\nSYNONYMS\n\nankhi mudi'-with closed eyes; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; preme-in\necstatic love; bhamite-on the ground; sayana-lying down; nrpati-the King;\nnaipuoye-very expertly; kare-performs; pada-sarilvahana-massaging the legs.\n\n", "mad5#p0259": "Performance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\nText 9]\n\n227\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was lying on the ground with His eyes closed in\necstatic love and emotion, and the King very expertly began to massage His\nlegs.\nTEXT 8\n\nli�fhift� 'Jtt<1i �' <1it1fi{ �� I\n\"'\"'fC! � fif<1i�\" ��� �il 9liil II lr II\nrasa-li/ara sloka par;fi' karena stavana\n\n\"jayati te 'dhikarh\" adhyaya karena pathana\nSYNONYMS\n\nrasa-li/ara-of the rasa-lila dance; sloka-verses; pa r;fi'-reciting; karena­\n\noffers; stavana-prayers; jayati te 'dhikam -beg i nning with the words jayati te\n'dhikam; adhyaya -chapter; karena -does; pathana -recitation.\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\nKing\n\nbegan\n\nto recite\n\nverses\n\nabout\n\nthe\n\nrasa-lila\n\nfrom\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhagavatam. He recited the chapter beginning with the words \"jayati te\n'dhikam.\"\nPURPORT\nThese verses from Srimad-Bhagavatam, Canto Ten, Chapter Thirty-one, con­\n\nstitute what is known as the Copi-gita.\n\nTEXT 9\n\n�� �� �� �� �9l� I\n'�, �'f' �fil' �t_ �� �� �11' II e;, II\nsunite sunite prabhura santo�a apara\n\n'bala, bala' bali' prabhu bale bara bara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsunite sunite-by hearing; prabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; san­\n\nto�a apara-great satisfaction; bala bala-go on reciting; bal i '-saying; prabhuLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bale -says; bara bara-again and again.\n\n", "mad5#p0260": "228\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard these verses, He was pleased beyond\nlimits, and He said again and again, \"Go on reciting, go on reciting.\"\nTEXT 10\n\n\"\\!'i!t <fi��'!�\" ,;t<fi tt� � �� I\n\n�' '<$rtt�� � �t�er� '�� II �\n\no\n\nII\n\n\"tava kathamrtaril\" sloka raja ye pac;lila\nuthi' premavese prabhu a/irigana kaila\nSYNONYMS\n\ntava kathamrtam-beginning with the words tava kathamrtam; 5/oka-the\nverse; raja-the King; ye pac;lila-as he recited; uthi'-getting up; prema-avesein ecstatic love; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; alirigana kaila-embraced.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as the King recited the verse beginning with the words \"tava\nkathamrtam,\" the Lord immediately arose in ecstatic love and embraced him.\nTEXT 11\n\nt_fif � Rf� �'l � Ji!� I\n(;1fA' f<fii; flfti! ��' fW\"( �t�� II�� II\ntumi more dile bahu amulya ratana\nmora kichu dite nahi, diluri a/irigana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntumi-you; more-unto Me; di/e-delivered; bahu-various; ama/ya-incalculable; ratana-gems; mora-of Me; kichu-anything; dite-to give; nahithere is not; di/uri-1 give; a/irigana-embracing.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing the verses recited by the King, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said,\n\"You have given Me invaluable gems, but I have nothing to give you in return.\nTherefore I am simply embracing you.\"\n\n", "mad5#p0261": "Text 13]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n229\n\nTEXT 1 2\n\n���,������Afl\n�«il� �ttr �' � il?� II �� II\neta bali' sei 5/oka pac;fe bara bara\ndui-janara afige f<ampa, netre jala-dhara\nSYNONYMS\n\neta ba/i'-saying this; sei 5/oka-that verse; pac;fe-recites; bara bara-again\nand again; dui-janara-of both of them (Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and the King\nPrataparudra); alige-in the bodies; kampa-trembling; netre-in the eyes; jaladhara-flow of water.\nTRANSLATION\nA fter saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began to recite the same verse\nagain and again. Both the King and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu were trembling,\nand tears were flowing from their eyes.\nTEXT 13\n� <!i\"Qf'f11�� ����<fOI�, <ff<l\"l%i') f\"'¥�� <fi'i!<li9f�l{_ I\n\n�<f'l1f'M� .!b1Tlfi���. �� �<jf� C'l �11lf1 �011: \\1)-:l\ntava kathamrtarh tapta-jivanarh\nkavibhir ic;fitarh kalma�apaham\nsravaQa-mafigalarh srimad-atatarh\nbhuvi gwanti ye bharida janah\nSYNONYMS\n\ntava-Your; katha-amrtam-the nectar of words; tapta-jivanam-life for persons very much aggrieved in the material world; kavibhih-by greatly exalted\npersons; ic;fitam-described; ka/ma�a-apaham-that which drives away all kinds\nof sinful reaction; sravaQa-maliga/am-giving all spiritual benefit to anyone who\nhears; sri-mat-filled with all spiritual power; atatam-broadcast all over the\nworld; bhuvi-in the material world; gwanti-chant and spread; ye-those who;\nbhuri-dah-most beneficent; janah-persons.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My Lord, the nectar of Your words and the descriptions of Your activities\nare the life and soul of those who are always aggrieved in this material world.\n\n", "mad5#p0262": "�·�---j\n\n230\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nThese narrations are transmitted by exalted personalities, and they eradicate\nall sinful reactions. Whoever hears these narrations attains all good fortune.\nThese narrations are broadcast all over the world and are filled with spiritual\npower. Those who spread the message of Godhead are certainly the most\nmunificent welfare workers.\"\nPURPO RT\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.31.9).\nTEXT 14\n\n'�1niii' '�Wi' <tf�' <!'it� �tf� I\nl·t�i ift� � tti{ lttl �� '<!'it�{. <ari{ 11 �s n\n,\n\n'bhorida' 'bhorida' bali' kare a/irigana\n\niriho nahi jane, -ihori haya kon jana\nSYNONYMS\nbhuri-da-the most munificent; bhuri-da-the most munificent; ba/i'-crying;\n\nkare-does; aUfigana-embracing; iriho-Srl Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nahi jane­\n\ndoes not know; ihori-Prataparudra Maharaja; haya-is; kon jana-who.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter hearing the recitation of this verse, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu immediately embraced the reciter, King Prataparudra, and cried, \"You are the\nmost munificent! You are the most munificent!\" At this point Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu did not even know who the King was.\nTEXT 15\n\n�'� <;��' -it�� ?�i ��f�ff I\n�llfiti{ f<li{i ?�-��t� <l'i� II �<t II\nparva-seva dekhi' tarire krpa upajila\n\nanusandhana vina krpa-prasada karila\nSYNONYMS\n\npOrva-seva-previous service; dekhi'-seeing; tarire-unto him; krpa-mercy;\n\nupaji/a-awakened;\n\nanusandhana-inquiry;\n\nprasada-grace; karila-bestowed.\n\nvina-without;\n\nkrpa-of mercy;\n\n", "mad5#p0263": "Text 16]\n\n231\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's mercy was aroused because of the King's previous service. Therefore without even asking who he was, the Lord immediately bestowed His mercy upon him.\nTEXT 16\n\n�· '!if'{,-,�� ��-11�'1 I\n� 'Cl'l_:JJ'fi'ti{ Rift �1ft11 :Jf�'f II �� II\nei dekha, -caitanyera krpa-mahaba/a\ntara anusandhana vina karaya saphala\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; dekha-just see; caitanyera-of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; krpa­\n\nmaha-bala-how greatly powerful is the mercy; tara anusandhana\n\nabout him; vina-without; karaya-He makes; sa-pha/a-successfuL\n\n-\n\ninquiring\n\nTRANSLATION\nHow powerful is the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! Without even inquiring about the King, the Lord made everything successful.\nPURPORT\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's mercy is so powerful that it acts automatically. If a\nperson renders loving service to Kr�r:Ja, it never goes in vain. It is recorded in a\n\nspiritual account, and in due time it will fructify. This is confirmed by Bhagavadgita (2.40). Svalpam apy asya dharmasya trayate mahato bhayat: \"In this endeavor\n\nthere is no loss or diminution, and a little advancement on this path can protect\none from the most dangerous type of fear.\"\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has particularly bestowed upon all fallen souls in this\n\nage the most potent method of devotional service, and whoever takes to it\n\nthrough the mercy of S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is immediately elevated to the\ntranscendental position. Srimad-Bhagavatam recommends: yajfiaih salikirtanaprayair yajanti hi su-medhasah (Bhag. 11.5.32).\n\nA student of Kr�r:Ja consciousness must receive S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's mer­\n\ncy; then his devotional service will quickly succeed. This was the case with King\n\nPrataparudra. One has to be noticed by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and a little ser­\n\nvice with sincere efforts will convince the Lord that one is a proper candidate for\nreturning home, back to Godhead. Maharaja Prataparudra did not have a chance\n\nto meet Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, but when the Lord saw that the King was serv-\n\n", "mad5#p0264": "232\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\ning Lord )agannatha as a menial sweeper, the Lord's mercy upon the King became\na solid fact. When Maharaja Prataparudra, in the dress of a Vai�l)ava, was serving\nthe Lord, the Lord did not even inquire who he was. Rather, He had compassion\nupon him and began to embrace him.\nKr�l)adasa Kaviraja Gosvami wants to point out that nothing could compare to\nthe Lord's mercy toward Maharaja P1·ataparudra; therefore he uses the word\ndekha (\"just see\") and caitanyera krpa-mahabala (\"how powerful is the mercy of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\"). This is also confirmed by Prabodhananda Sarasvati:\nyat-karuf)ya-katiik?a-vaibhava-vatam (Caitanya-candramrta, 5). Even a little of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's mercy serves as a great asset for spiritual advancement.\nTherefore the Kf�l)a consciousness movement must be spread through the mercy\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. When ROpa Gosvami experienced the mercy and\nmagnanimity of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he said:\nnama maha-vadanyaya\nkr?Qa-prema-pradaya te\nkr?Qiiya kr$Qa-caitanyanamne gaura-tvi$e namab\n\"I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Lord Sri Kf�l)a Caitanya who is\n\nmore magnanimous than any other avatara, even Kr�l)a Himself, because He is\nbestowing freely what no one else has ever given-pure love of Kf�l)a.\" Srila\nLocana dasa Thakura has also sung, parama karuf)a, pahuri dui jana, nitai-gauracandra: \"The two brothers Nitai and Gaura are sq kind that no one can compare\n\nto them.\" Similarly, Srila Narottama dasa Thakura has sung:\nvrajendra-nandana yei,\n\nsaci-suta haifa sei,\n\nbalarama ha-ifa nitai,\ndina-hina yata chi/a,\n\nhari-name uddhari/a,\n\nta'ra siik$i jagai-madhai\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's special mission is the deliverance of all fallen souls in\nKali-yuga. Devotees of Kr�l)a must persistently seek the favor and mercy of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu to become fit to return home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT 17\n\n� ��,-� �' <l'iBti'li � �?\n��r;� �t�' f\"Ptm--s �·�a��� r )ct \"\nprabhu bale, -ke tumi, karila mora hita?\nacambite asi' piyao kr?Qa-lilamrta?\n\n", "mad5#p0265": "Text 18]\n\nPerformance of the V�ndavana Pastimes\n\n233\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu bale-the Lord said; ke tumi-who are you; karila-you have done;\nmora-My; hita-welfare; acambite-all of a sudden; asi'-coming; piyao-you\nmake Me drink; kr�Qa-lila-amrta-the nectar of the pastimes of Lord Kr�r:'la.\nTRANSLATION\nFinally Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Who are you? You have done so\nmuch for Me. A ll of a sudden you have come here and made me drink the nectar of the pastimes of Lord K��r;�a.\"\nTEXT 18\n\n� <lit�,-�tfil �t� m� �'t'fPI I\n\n� 'fi!J <fi�,-�� �� � II �\\J\" 0\nraja kahe, -ami tamara dasera anudasa\nbhrtyera bhrtya kara, -ei mora asa\nSYNONYMS\n\nraja kahe-the King said; ami-1; tamara-Your; dasera anudasa-most obedient servant of Your servant; bhrtyera bhrtya-servant of the servant; karamake (mel; ei-this; mora asa-my desire.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King replied, \"My Lord, I am the most obedient servant of Your servants. It is my ambition that You will accept me as the servant of Your servants.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThe greatest achievement for a devotee is to become a servant of the servants.\nActually no one should desire to become the direct servant of the Lord. That is\nnot a very good idea. When Prahlada Maharaja was offered a benediction by\nNrsimhadeva, Prahlada rejected all kinds of material benediction, but he prayed to\nbecome the servant of the servant of the Lord. When Dhruva Maharaja was\noffered a benediction by Kuvera, the treasurer of the demigods, Dhruva could\nhave asked for unlimited material opulence, but he simply asked for the benediction of becoming the servant of the servants of the Lord. Kholaveca Sridhara was a\nvery poor man, but when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted to give him a\nbenediction, he also prayed to the Lord to be allowed to remain a servant of the\nservants of the Lord. The conclusion is that being the servant of the servants of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead is the highest benediction one can desire.\n\n", "mad5#p0266": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n234\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 19\n\nI!� ��'t_ � ��\"'i c;vf� I\n'<fi'tt11� il1 ��, �� �� �� 11 )� n\ntabe mahaprabhu tarire aisvarya dekhai/a\n'kareha na kahibe' ei ni�edha karila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time;\n\nmah aprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tarire-to the\n\nKing; aisvarya-divine power; dekhaila-showed; kareha na kahibe-do not\n\nspeak to anyone; ei-this; ni�edha karila-forbade.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAt that time, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu displayed some of His divine opulences to the King, and He forbade him to disclose this to anyone.\nTEXT 20\n\n'11�1'-�il ��til � il1 '<flilf �� I\n\n��til ��ill 'fttiil, �tfit:t11 �W't� II �\n'raja'\n\n-\n\no\n\nI\n\nhena jfiana kabhu na kaila prakasa\n\nantare sakala janena, bahire udasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nraja-the King; hena jfiana-such knowledge; kabhu-at any time; na-not;\n\nkaila\n\nprakasa-manifested;\n\nantare-within\n\nthe\n\nheart;\n\njanena -knows; bah ire -externally; udasa -indifferent.\n\nsaka/a-everything;\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough within His heart Caitanya Mahaprabhu knew everything that was\nhappening, externally He did not disclose it. Nor did He disclose that he knew\nHe was talking with King Prataparudra.\nTEXT 21\n\n�t�ti!11 �'iij c;vf�' 'e��'l I\nl'ttrtt11 �'t� �t� �tilf\"fl!�1ftil II �'!> ll\nprataparudrera bhagya dekhi' bhakta-gal')e\n\nrajare prasamse sabe anandita-mane\n\n", "mad5#p0267": "Text 23]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n235\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nprataparudrera-of King Prataparudra; bhagya-the fortune; dekhi'-seeing ;\nbhakta-gaQe-all the devotees; rajare-the King; pra.Samse-praised; sabe-all;\nanandita-mane-with blissful minds.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the Lord's special mercy upon King Prataparudra, the devotees\npraised the King's fortune, and their minds became open and blissful.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a characteristic of a Vai�l)ava. He is never envious if one receives the\nmercy and strength of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. A pure Vai�l)ava is very happy to\nsee a person elevated in devotional service. Unfortunately, there are many socalled Vai�l)avas who become envious to see someone actually recognized by Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. It is a fact that no one can preach Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\nmessage without receiving the special mercy of the Lord. This is known to every\nVai�l)ava, yet there are some envious people who cannot tolerate the expansion\nof this Kf�l)a consciousness movement all over the world. They find fault with a\npure devotee preacher and do not praise him for the excellent service he renders\nin fulfilling Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's mission.\nTEXT 22\n\n\"�e. �fif' � ��� �f;;� I\n� �� <f'Rf' ���?;'Sit� �f\"'� II�� II\ndaQgavat kari' raja bahire cali/a\nyoga hasta kari' saba bhaktere vandila\nSYNONYMS\n\ndaQgavat kari'-offerin g obeisances; raja-the King; bahire-outside ; ca/i/adeparted; yoga-folded; hasta\n\n-\n\nhands; kari\n\n'-\n\nmaking; saba-all; bhaktere­\n\nunto the devotees; vandi/a-offered prayers.\nTRANSLATION\nSubmissively offering prayers to the devotees with folded hands and offering obeisances to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the King went outside.\nTEXT 23\n\n'lf-ot� �f.� �t_ \"1\\fPi ��'1 I\n��t� ��ttif �\\fPi �<fi� �t�lfi{ II � � II\n\n", "mad5#p0268": "236\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nmadhyahna karila prabhu lana bhakta-gaf)a\nVaf)inatha prasada /ana kai/a agamana\nSYNONYMS\n\nmadhyahna karila-accepted lunch; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; /anaaccompanied by; bhakta-gaf)a-all the devotees; vaf)in<Hha-Va�Tnatha; prasada\n/ana-taking all kinds of remnants of jagannatha's food; kai/a-did; agamana-arrival.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, Var;tinatha Raya brought all kinds of prasada, and Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu accepted lunch with the devotees.\nTEXT 24\n\n�rt�-��\"1-�i�ili\"ttt fif11i 1\n� �tit''f 11'isti �'! �f111i II �8 II\nsarvabhauma-ramananda-vaf)inathe diya\nprasada patha'/a raja bahuta kariya\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; ramananda-Ramananda Raya;\nvaf)inathe diya-through Va�Tnatha Raya; prasada-prasada; patha'/a-had sent;\nraja-the King; bahuta kariya-in a large quantity.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King also sent a large quantity of prasada through Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, Ramananda Raya and Var;tinatha Raya.\nTEXT 25\n\n'�'$1fu c;�t'$1'11' �71i�-�1l, �il� I\n'fi{·71��' $ftlf ��\"!', �11' iltfft ��II �<t II\n'balagaQc;:/i bhoge'ra prasada -uttama, ananta\n'ni-sakac;:li' prasada aila, yara nahi anta\nSYNONYMS\n\nbalagaf)c;:/i bhogera-of food offered at Balaga�c,ii; prasada-remnants; uttama-all of the foremost quality; ananta-of all varieties; ni-sakac;:li-uncooked\n\n", "mad5#p0269": "Text 27]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n237\n\nfood like milk products and fruits; prasada-remnants of food; ai/a-arrived;\nyara-of which; nahi-there is not; anta-end.\nTRANSLATION\nThe prasada sent by the King had been offered at the Balaga�c;fi festival and\nincluded uncooked milk products and fruits. It was all of the finest quality,\nand there was no end to the variety.\nTEXT 26\n\n�i{1, �i, c?f�, 'Cl'tlr, i!'l'ffi�\"' •tit\" 1\n\nitliftM-. �Wi'f�, � �i!ilf·'!ti'f II �� II\nchana, pana, pai<;la, amra, narikela, karithala\nnana-vidha kadalaka, ara bija-ta/a\nSYNONYMS\nchana-curd; pana-fruit juice; pai<;la-coconut; amra-mango; narike/adried coconut; karitha/a-jackfruit; nana-vidha-various kinds of; kada/akabananas; ara-and; bija-tala-palm fruit seeds.\nTRANSLATION\nThere was curd, fruit juice, coconut, mango, dried coconut, jackfruit,\nvarious kinds of bananas and palm fruit seeds.\nPURPORT\nThis is the first list of prasada offered to Lord Jagannatha.\nTEXT 27\n\nemttr, ''i:t'itr, �t�i, ��'11, �iSf�1f I\n�5ft1l, Oit�tifi, i!ft'lft, f?f'G��t II �'I II\nnarariga, cholariga, taba, kamala, bija-pura\nbadama, chohara, drak$a, piQ<;ia-kharjura\nSYNONYMS\nnaranga-oranges;\n\ncho/ariga-grapefruits;\n\ntaba-another type of orange;\n\nkama/a-tangerines; bija-pura-another type of tangerine; badama-almonds;\nchohara-dried fruit; drak$a-raisins; piQ<;ia-kharjura-dates.\n\n", "mad5#p0270": "-\n\n238\n\n----.\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere were also oranges, grapefruit, tangerines, almonds, dried fruit,\nraisins and dates.\nTEXT 28\n\n1fe;��i·i'1'1� �ifw \"llft�<ll �<li11'1' I\n6._\n����$<tii·�1fw, ���i �9f11'1' II �lr II\nmanohara-Jac;Ju adi sateka prakara\namrta-gutika-adi, k?irasa apara\nSYNONYMS\nmanohara-lac;Ju-a kind of sandesa; adi-and others; sateka prakara-hundreds\nof varieties; amrta-gutika-round sweetmeats; adi-and others; k?irasa-condensed milk; apara-of various qualities.\nTRANSLATION\nThere were hundreds of different types of sweetmeats like manohara-la<;lu,\nsweets like amrta-gutika and various types of condensed milk.\nTEXT 29\n\n����'Gi, ����' �t1f �1J.�·�if I\n�1f��, �1f�tiSfi, �11f �11�� II �� II\namrta-maf)ga, saravati, ara kumc;Ja-kuri\nsaramrta, sarabhaja, ara sarapuri\nSYNONYMS\namrta-maf)ga-a variety of papaya; saravati-a kind of orange; ara-and; kumc;Ja-kuri-crushed squash; saramrta-cream; sara-bhaja-fried cream; ara-and;\nsara-puri -a kind of puri made with cream.\nTRANSLATION\nThere were also papayas and saravati, a type of orange, and also crushed\nsquash. There was also regular cream, fried cream and a type of puri made\nwith cream.\n\n", "mad5#p0271": "Perf ormance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\nText 31]\n\n239\n\nTEXT 30\n\n�Rf�JI'e, c;�t�f'!, <\\'i�, 'lftiif&\\ I\nl5t�11fff��� il�t'!, ���II �o II\nhari-vallabha, senoti, karpura, malati\ncja/ima marica-/acju, navata, amrti\nSYNONYMS\nhari-vallabha-a sweetmeat like bread fried in ghee (like a doughnut); senotia sweetmeat made of a kind of fragrant flower; karpura-a flower; rna/auanother flower; cja/ima-pomegranate; marica-/acju-a sweetmeat made with\nblack pepper; navata-another kind of sweetmeat, made with fused sugar;\namrti-a preparation generally called amrti-jilipi, made with rice powder and\nchick-pea flour, mixed with yogurt, fried in ghee and immersed in sugar water.\nTRANSLATION\nThere were also sweets like hari-vallabha and sweets made of senoti\nflowers, karpura flowers and malati flowers. There were pomegranates, sweets\nmade with black pepper, sweets made with fused sugar, and amrti-j ilipi.\nTEXT 31\n\n9i'll�fil, �!9<\\'itfu, ��1, ��lint I\nfulRI, <fi't_'l{i, f'!'ft�t<srt1f 12l<��t1f I �� II\npadmacini, candrakanti, khaja, khaQcjasara\nviyari, kadma, tilakhajara prakara\nSYNONYMS\npadma cini-sugar obtained from lotus flowers; candra-kanti-a kind of bread\n-\n\nmade from urad dahl; khaja-a crispy sweetmeat; khaQcja-sara-sugar candy;\nviyari-a sweetmeat made from fried rice; kadma-a sweetmeat made from\nsesame seeds;\n\ntilakhajara-cookies made from sesame seeds;\n\nprakara-all\n\nvarieties.\nTRANSLATION\nThere was lotus flower sugar, a kind of bread made from urad dahl, crispy\nsweetmeats, sugar candy, fried rice sweets, sesame seed sweets and co okies\nmade from sesame seeds.\n\n", "mad5#p0272": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n240\n\nTEXT 32\n\nil�et·,�t�·�tllt·�f;�� �t�� I\n\n!\"f-�\"f-�� �f;�� Pf�� II �� II\nnarafiga-cholafiga-amra-vrk$era akara\nphula-pha/a-patra-yukta khaQ(iera vikara\n\nSYNONYMS\nnarafiga-cholafiga-amra-vrk$era akara -sweetmeats in the shape of varieties of\n\noranges, lemons and mangoes; phula-phala-patra- yu kta\n\n-\n\ndressed with fruits,\n\nflowers and leaves; khaQ(iera vikara -made from sugar candy.\nTRANSLATION\nThere were sweetmeats made from sugarcane candy in the form of oranges,\nlemons and mangoes along with fruits, flowers and leaves.\nTEXT 33\n\n�' ��' il�, '!\\1ii, ��ta,1, f-t�fif� I\n�-i'l'ct'l ���, ��1 �tf.l �tf-:111 �� 11\ndadhi, dugdha, nani, takra, rasa/a, sikhariQi\nsa-lavaQa mudgafikura, ada khani khani\n\nSYNONYMS\ndadhi\n\n-\n\nyogurt; dugdha - milk; nani-butter; takra-buttermilk; rasa/a-fruit\n\njuice; sikhariQi-a preparation made of fried yogurt and sugar candy; sa-/avaQasalty; mudga-afi kura -mung dahl sprouts; ada-ginger; khani khani-cut into\npieces.\nTRANSLATION\nThere was yogurt, milk, butter, buttermilk, fruit juice, a preparation made\nof fried yogurt and sugar candy, and salty mung dahl sprouts with shredded\nginger.\nTEXT 34\n\n�-\"t:'l'·�tf� iltil1-�� �� I\n�f�r;;'! il1 9ftRt �� �r;� ��� II �8 II\n\n", "mad5#p0273": "Text 36]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n241\n\nlembu-kula-adi nana-prakara acara\nlikhite na pari prasada kateka prakara\nSYNONYMS\n/embu-lemon; kula-berries; adi-and so on; nana-prakara-varieties of;\nacara-pickles; fikhite-to write; na\n\n-\n\nnot;\n\npari-! am able; prasada-food\n\noffered to Jagannatha; kateka praka ra-how many varieties.\nTRANSLATION\nThere were also various types of pickles-lemon pickle, berry pickle and so\non. Indeed, I am not able to describe the variety of food offered to lord Jagannatha.\nPURPORT\nIn verses 26-34, the author describes the various foods offered to Lord Jagannatha. He has described them as far as possible, but he finally admits his inability\nto describe them completely.\nTEXT 35\n\n�tlf �� ��'f <c�.{�9j� I\n\n�f't�i �c;�� �ff 1lrt1�1f 11� II �(t II\nprasade purita ha-ifa ardha upavana\ndekhiya santo�a haifa mahaprabhura mana\nSYNONYMS\nprasade-with all the prasada; purita ha-ifa-became filled; ardha upavanahalf of the garden; dekhiya-seeing; santo�a-satisfaction; haifa-there was;\nmahaprabhura mana\n\n-\n\nin the mind of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw half the garden filled with a variety of\nprasada, He was very satisfied.\nTEXT 36\n\n�� \"'Sf11tQf �m � 1\n�· �� 1l�t�1f � �� II �� II\n\n", "mad5#p0274": "242\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nei-mata jagannatha karena bhojana\nei sukhe mahaprabhura juc;iaya nayana\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; jagannatha-lord jagannatha; karena bhojana-accepts\nHis food; ei sukhe-in this happiness; mahaprabhura-of lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; juc;iaya-become fully satisfied; nayana-the eyes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was fully satisfied just to see how lord\nJagannatha accepted all the food.\nPURPORT\nFollowing in the footsteps of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, a Vai�f)ava should be\nfully satisfied simply to see a variety of food offered to the Deity of jagannatha or\nRadha-K[�f)a. A Vai�f)ava should not hunger for a variety of food for his own sake;\nrather, his satisfaction is in seeing various foods being offered to the Deity. In his\nCurv-a�taka, Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura writes:\ncatur-vidha-sri-bhagavat-prasadasvadv-anna-trptan hari-bhakta-sarighan\nkrtvaiva trptirh bhajataf:r sadaiva\nvande gurof:r sri-caraQaravindam\n\"The spiritual master is always offering K[�f)a four kinds of delicious food\n[analyzed as that which is licked, chewed, drunk and sucked]. When the spiritual\nmaster sees .that the devotees are satisfied by eating bhagavat-prasada, he is\nsatisfied. I offer my respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of such a spiritual\nmaster.\"\nThe spiritual master's duty is to engage his disciples in preparing varieties of\nnice food to offer the Deity. After being offered, this food is distributed as prasada\nto the devotees. These activities satisfy the spiritual master, although he himself\ndoes not eat or require such a variety of prasada. By seeing to the offering and distribution of prasada, he himself is encouraged in devotional service.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n\"'��-Cift� � �� �-� I\nc.!l� c.!l� � �llf � �,-�1! �I! II �9 II\nkeya-patra-droQi aila bojha parica-sata\neka eka jane dasa dona di/a, -eta pata\n\n", "mad5#p0275": "Text 39]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n243\n\nSYNONYMS\nkeya-patra-droQi-plates made of leaves of the ketaki tree; ai/a-arrived; bojha-in loads; par'lca-sata-five or seven; eka eka jane-to each and every man;\ndasa dona dila-ten such plates were given; eta pata-so many dishes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere then arrived five or seven loads of plates made of the leaves of the\nketaki tree. Each man was supplied ten of these plates, and in this way the\ndishes were served.\nTEXT 38\n\n�vm ��1f �, c;�m 1\ntl-'1� ��t�t\\! <21'-11: 1lil 'It� II �lr' II\nkirtaniyara parisrama jani' gauraraya\ntari-sabare khaoyaite prabhura mana dhaya\nSYNONYMS\nkirtaniyara-of all the singers; parisrama-labor; jani'-knowing; gauraraya­\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tari-sabare-all of them; khaoyaite-to fill; prabhuraof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mana dhaya-the mind was very eager.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu understood the labor of all the kirtana chanters;\ntherefore He was very eager to feed them sumptuously.\nTEXT 39\n\n\"ftf'! .rtf'! <fiRf' 'e�'$l\"t'i <1��\"1'\"1 I\n�f1\";qllfil <f'Rf'CI� ��il llftf'S!\"!i II �� II\npariti pariti kari' bhakta-gaQe vasaila\nparivesana karibare apane lagila\n\nSYNONYMS\npariti pariti kari'-in different lines; bhakta-gaQe-all the devotees; vasai/a·\nmade seated; parivesana-distribution; karibare-to do; apane-personally;\nlagila-began.\n\n", "mad5#p0276": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n244\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees sat down in lines, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally\nbegan to distribute the prasada.\nTEXT 40\n\n121'{ il1 �tllf, '�� il1 � � I\n�-,'$1'11ftf$ � � �il II 8o II\nprabhu na khaile, keha na kare bhojana\nsvarupa-gosani tabe kai/a nivedana\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; na khaile-without eating; keha-anyone;\nna -not;\n\nkare\n\nbhojana-accepts\n\nthe\n\nprasada;\n\nsvarupa-gosani -SvarOpa\n\nDamodara GosvamT; tabe-at that time; kaila nivedana-submitted.\nTRANSLATION\nHowever, the devotees could not accept the prasada until Caitanya\nMahaprabhu took it. It was Svarupa Gosvami who informed the lord of this.\nTEXT 41\n\n'Cft'Pftil ��' �'-' ��il �ti! I\n\n,_fi{ il1 'lt-tllf, '�� il1 9ftt� �t-ti! II 8� II\napane vaisa, prabhu, bhojana karite\ntumi na khai/e, keha na pare khaite\nSYNONYMS\n\napane vaisa-You personally sit down; prabhu-my Lord; bhojana karite-to\neat; tumi na khaile-without Your eating; keha-anyone; na pare-is not able;\nkhaite-to eat.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara said, \"My lord, would You please sit down. No one will\neat until You do.\"\nTEXT 42\n\ni!� 11�t�t �t� fiii!Jf'St'l 'f$1 I\n� �llf � -.t�� 'i_fBf II 8� II\n\n", "mad5#p0277": "Text 44]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n245\n\ntabe mahaprabhu vaise nija-gaf)a lana\n\nbhojana karaila sabake akaQtha puriya\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vaise-sits; nija­\n\ngaf)a /ana-with His personal associates; bhojana karaila-fed; sabake-all of\n\nthem; akaQtha puriya-filling to the neck.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sat down with His personal associates and fed everyone of them very sumptuously until they were filled to the\nnecks.\nTEXT 43\n\n� �' �filtn ��'�I\n� t�\"' �111 �i!{<'!l � \" 8� \"\nbhojana kari' vasila prabhu kari' acamana\n\nprasada ubari/a, khaya sahasreka jana\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhojana kari'-after eating; vasi/a prabhu-the Lord sat down; kari'-finishing;\n\nacamana-washing the mouth; prasada-remnants of food; ubari/a-there was\nso much excess; khaya-ate; sahasreka jana-thousands of men.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter finishing, the Lord washed His mouth and sat down. There was so\nmuch extra prasada that it was distributed to thousands.\nTEXT 44\n\n� � (;'$f� W\\e{-� �I\n� � �1fil' \"fl11{ (.�tf'i{ \" 88 \"\nprabhura ajnaya govinda dina-hina jane\n\nduhkhi kangala ani' karaya bhojane\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhura ajnaya-on the order of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; govinda-His per­\n\nsonal servant; dina-hina jane-unto all poor men; duhkhi-unhappy; kanga/abesgars; ani'-inviting; karaya bhojane-fed sumptuously.\n\n", "mad5#p0278": "246\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nFollowing the orders of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Govinda, His personal\nservant, called for all the poor beggars, who were unhappy due to their poverty, and fed them sumptuously.\nTEXT 45\n\n<fitllrttffil <;���·�fir <;�t� <;osfr��fif I\n'�f�<tt'\"l' ��' \\!t� ��-t <fiRf u 8� \"\nkatigalera bhojana-ratiga dekhe gaurahari\n'hari-bola' bali' tare upadesa kari\nSYNONYMS\n\nkatigalera-of the beggars; bhojana-ratiga-process of eating; dekhe-sees;\ngaurahari-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; hari-bola ba/i'-chanting \"Hari bol\"; tarethem; upadesa kari-instructs.\nTRANSLATION\nObserving the beggars eating prasada, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu chanted,\n\"Hari bol!\" and instructed them to chant the holy name.\nPURPORT\n\nIn a song, SrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura chants:\nmiche mayara vase,\n\nyaccha bhese',\n\nkhaccha habuc;Jubu, bhai\njiva km;a-dasa,\n\ne vtsvasa,\n\nka'r/e ta' ara du/:lkha nai\n\"Everyone is captivated by the waves of the ocean of nescience, but if everyone\nwould immediately accept Lord SrT Kr��a as their eternal master, there would be\nno chance of being carried away by the waves of illusion. Then all sufferings\nwould stop.\" Kr��a conducts the material world under the three modes of material nature, and consequently there are three platforms of life-higher, middle\nand lower. On whatever platform one may be situated, one is tossed by the\nwaves of material nature. Someone may be rich, someone may be middle class,\nand someone may be a poor beggar-it doesn't matter. As long as one is under\nthe spell of the three modes of material nature, he must continue to experience\nthese divisions.\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu therefore advised the beggars to chant \"Hari boll\"\nwhile taking prasada. Chanting means accepting one's self as the eternal servant\n\n", "mad5#p0279": "Performance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\nText 46]\n\n247\n\nof Kr�l)a. This is the only solution, regardless of social position. Everyone is suffering under the spell of maya; therefore the best course is to learn how to get out of\nthe clutches of maya. That is the verdict of Bhagavad-gita (14.26):\n\nmarh ca yo 'vyabhicarel)a\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa gul)an samatityaitan\nbrahma-bhayaya kalpate\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in any\ncircumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and thus comes to\nthe level of Brahman.\"\nOne can overcome the spell of maya and attain the transcendental platform by\nagreeing to engage in the devotional service of the Lord. Devotional service\nbegins with sraval)aril kirtanam; therefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu advised the\nbeggars to chant the Hare Kr�l)a maha-mantra for elevation to the transcendental\nposition. On the transcendental platform, there is no distinction between the rich,\nthe middle class and the poor.\nTEXT 46\n\n'���' <tfif' � C�tJ! qj5t�' � I\n\n��� �•..,.'! �'il �t1f c�t� n s� n\n'hari-bola' bali' karigala preme bhasi' yaya\naichana adbhuta lila kare gauraraya\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nhari-bola bali'\n\n-\n\nby chanting \"Hari bol\"; karigala\n\n-\n\nthe poor section of people;\n\npreme-in ecstatic love; bhasi' yaya -began to float; aichana-such; adbhutawonderful;\n\nlila -pastimes;\n\nkare -performs ;\n\ngauraraya-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as the beggars chanted the holy name, \"Hari bol,\" they were immediately absorbed in ecstatic love of Godhead. In this way Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu performed wonderful pastimes.\n\nPURPORT\nTo feel the emotion of ecstatic love of God is to be on the transcendental platform. If one can keep himself in that transcendental position, he will surely return\n\n", "mad5#p0280": "248\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nhome, back to Godhead. In the spiritual world there are no higher, middle or\nlower classes. This is confirmed by isopani$ad, Mantra Seven:\nyasmin sarvaQi bhutany\natmaivabhDd vijanata/:1\ntatra ko moha/:1 ka/:1 soka\nekatvam anupasyata/:1\n\"One who always sees all living entities as spiritual sparks, in quality one with the\nLord, becomes a true knower of things. What, then, can be illusion or anxiety for\nhim?\"\nTEXT 47\n\n�(1 i9f��1t 1t�·�it-� I\n<;-m� �4!1 1t� lJ�it, ��'$f itt� �� II 8't II\nihan jagannathera ratha-ca/ana-samaya\ngau(ia saba ratha tane, age nahi yaya\nSYNONYMS\nihan -outside the garden; jagannathera -of Lord jagannatha; ratha-calanasamaya-at the time of drawing the car; gau(ia\n\n-\n\nthe workers named gaugas who\n\ndraw the car; saba-all; ratha tane-pull the car; age-forward; nahi yaya-it\ndoes not go.\nTRANSLATION\nOutside the garden, when it was time to pull Jagannatha's car, all the\nworkers called gau�as tried to pull it, but it would not move forward.\nTEXT 48\n\nttfiu;l! ifl �ml' <;osh�, 1t� 1ft�' � 1\n�t1!-� i'£$1 �ti9f1 <!!J� �$1 �� II 8\"' II\ntanite na pare gau(ia, ratha cha(ii' dila\npatra-mitra lana raja vyagra hana aila\nSYNONYMS\ntanite na pare-they could not pull; gau(ia-the gau(ias; ratha cha(ii' dilagave up the attempt; patra-mitra-all the officers and friends; /ana-taking with\nhim; raja-the King; vyagra-in great anxiety; hana-being; ai/a-arrived.\n\n", "mad5#p0281": "Text 51]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n249\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the gau<.Jas saw that they could not budge the car, they abandoned\nthe attempt. Then the King arrived in great anxiety, and he was accompanied\nby his officers and friends.\nTEXT 49\n\n'lf�CI'itt'i flif\"f 1f� �t� I\n\n�t�t� �� 1f�, iii �tt1f Ut�tl;! II 8� II\nmaha-malla-gaQe di/a ratha calaite\napane lagila ratha, na pare tanite\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-malla-gaQe-unto\n\nthe\n\nbig\n\nwrestlers;\n\ndi/a-gave;\n\nratha-the\n\ncar;\n\nca/aite-to pull out; apane-personally; /agi/a-engaged; ratha-the car; na pare\ntanite-could not move.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King then arranged for big wrestlers to try to pull the car, and even the\nKing himself joined in, but the car could not be moved.\nTEXT 50\n\n<!IJ� �<JPi �� � �-�'it'! I\n\n11� �� 1ft� �if � II �o II\nvyagra hafia ane raja matta-hati-gaQa\nratha calaite rathe karila yojana\nSYNONYMS\nvyagra hafia-with eagerness; ane-brings; raja-the King; matta-hati-gaQavery strong elephants; ratha ca/aite-to make the car move; rathe-to the car;\nkarila yojana-harnessed.\nTRANSLATION\nBecoming even more eager to move the car, the King had very strong\nelephants brought forth and harnessed to it.\nTEXT 51\n\n�-��'it'! Utt� � �i! � I\n�� � iii �\"' ��' �if �� \" �� \"\n\n", "mad5#p0282": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n250\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nmatta-hasti-gaf)a tane yara yata bala\neka pada na cafe ratha, ha-ifa acala\nSYNONYMS\nmatta-hasti-gaf)a-the strong elephants; tane-started pulling; yara yata ba/awith whatever strength they had; eka pada-a single step; na cafe-does not\nmove; ratha-the car; ha-ifa-was; aca/a-still.\nTRANSLATION\nThe strong elephants pulled with all their strength, but still the car\nremained at a standstill, not budging an inch.\nTEXT 52\n\n�fil' �� �'1'1 filflr'$f'l �$i I\n\n1l'$tt� �'f tl\"tet,-�t� 'f�t�i II <1� II\nsuni' mahaprabhu aila nija-gaf)a lana\nmatta-hasti ratha tane, -dekhe daf)qafia\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-after hearing;\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ai/a-came;\n\nnija-gaf)a /afia-with His personal devotees; matta-hasti-strong elephants; ratha\ntane-trying to pull the car; dekhe-He saw; daf)r;iafia-standing there.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard this news, He went there with all\nHis personal associates. They then stood there and watched the elephants try\nto pull the car.\nTEXT 53\n\n�� '1i1l !It� �1ft� fi��t1f I\n�-. ift� �' \"'t� � �tfflt1f u � n\nankusera ghaya hasti karaye citkara\nratha nahi cafe, toke kare hahakara\nSYNONYMS\nankusera-of the elephant-goad; ghaya-by striking; hasti-the elephants;\n\nkaraye-made; citkara-crying; ratha-the car; nahi cafe-does not move;\n/oke-all the people; kare-exclaim; haha-kara-alas.\n\n", "mad5#p0283": "Text 55]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n251\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe elephants, being beaten by the elephant-goad, were crying, but still the\ncar would not move. The assembled people cried out,\" Alas!\"\nTEXT 54\n\nI!� 'II��'- :Jt� �� ��a;r I\n\nf.liSf'5tt'i 1f�·<litfil fmil�1f � II <t8 II\ntabe mahaprabhu saba hasti ghucaila\nnija-gaQe ratha-kachi tanibare dila\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-at that time; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; saba-all; hastithe elephants; ghucaila-let free; nija-gaQe-to His own men; ratha-kachi-the\nrope of the car; tanibare dila-gave to pull.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu let all the elephants go free and\nplaced the car's ropes in the hands of His own men.\n\nTEXT 55\n\n�t'Pttil 1fttl� 'Pltt� ,ro, 1ftttl f-.rnl I\n�' �' <15�, 1ft!� �m II <t<t II\napane rathera pache thele matha diya\nhad had kari, ratha calila dhaiya\n\nSYNONYMS\n\napane-personally; rathera pache-at the back of the car; the/e-pushes;\nmatha diya-with His head; had had kari-making a rattling sound; ratha-the\ncar; ca/i/a-began to move; dhaiya-running.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then went to the back of the car and began to\npush with His head. It was then that the car began to move and ramble along,\nmaking a rattling sound.\n\n", "mad5#p0284": "252\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 56\n\n'fti'5t'l �t� �� �' 1fti11 � I\n\n�� �fi.r'f 11'�, ttferr;� it1 �rn II�� II\nbhakta-gaQa kachi hate kari' matra dhaya\napane calila ratha, tanite na paya\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-gaQa-all the devotees; kachi-the rope; hate-in the hand; kari'taking; matra-only; dhaya-run; apane-automatically; calila-moved;rathathe car; tanite-to pull; na paya-they had no chance.\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed, the car began to move automatically, and the devotees simply carried the rope in their hands. Since it was moving effortlessly, they did not\nneed to pull it.\nTEXT 57\n\n� �11'� <:\"1� 'iS?�' '�'-�fif I\n'� iSf'5t�Qf' � �� il t� � filn �\" n\nanande karaye /aka 'jaya' 'jaya'-dhvani\n'jaya jagannatha' ba-i ara nahi suni\nSYNONYMS\nanande-in great pleasure; karaye-do; /oka-all the people; jaya jayadhvani-the sound of \"all glories, all glories\"; jaya jagannatha-all glories to Lord\nJagannatha; ba-i-except for this; ara nahi suni-no one could hear anything else.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the car moved forward, everyone began to chant with great pleasure,\n\"All glories! All glories!\" and \"All glories to Lord Jagannatha!\" No one could\nhear anything else.\nTEXT 58\n\nfilt11t� �' ,� 11'Qf �f�m �t11' 1\n\n�-��9f cwf-1' \"\"t� �1fe.�t11' II �lr II\n\n", "mad5#p0285": "Text 60]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n253\n\nnime$e ta' geta ratha gur:)(;licara dvara\ncaitanya-pratapa dekhi' toke camatkara\nSYNONYMS\nnime$e-in a moment; ta'-indeed; geta-arrived; ratha-the car; guQc;licara\ndvara-at the door of the Gul)<;iica temple; caitanya-pratapa-the strength of Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\ntoke-all\n\nthe people;\n\ncamatkara­\n\nastonished.\nTRANSLATION\nIn a moment the car reached the door of the Gur;��ica temple. Upon seeing\nthe uncommon strength of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, all the people were\nstruck with wonder.\nTEXT 59\n\n'ern <;'St�',\"'i571l ������il' I\n\n\\11�\\! �l'f� (.\"l'{tt� � � II �� II\n'jaya gauracandra', 'jaya sri-k[$Qa-caitanya'\nei-mata kotahata toke dhanya dhanya\nSYNONYMS\njaya gauracandra-all glories to Gaurahari; jaya sri-k[$Qa-caitanya-all glories to\nLord\n\nSri Kr�l)a\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nei-mata-in\n\nthis\n\nway;\n\nkotahata-a\n\ntumultuous sound; toke-people in general; dhanya dhanya-began to chant,\n\"Wonderful, wonderful!\"\nTRANSLATION\nThe crowd made a tumultuous vibration, chanting, \"Jaya Gauracandra! Jaya\nSri Kr�!Ja Caitanya!\" Then the people began to chant, \"Wonderful! Wonderful!\"\nTEXT 60\n\n,mm �t�iPi!f �-fill!-� ,\n� 'al�1fi ��' <;� �l'f �ttr II �o II\ndekhiya prataparudra patra-mitra-sarige\nprabhura mahima dekhi' preme phute arige\n\n", "mad5#p0286": "254\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nSYNONYMS\ndekhiya-seeing; prataparudra-King Prataparudra; patra-mitra-sarige-with\nhis ministers and friends; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mahima-the\ngreatness; dekhi'-by seeing; preme-in love; phu/e-eruptions; arige-on the\nbody.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the greatness of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Prataparudra Maharaja\nand his ministers and friends were so moved by ecstatic love that their hair\nstood on end.\nTEXT 61\n\n� � � �t� ��'Stt'l I\n...\n\n\"''Sti{tot ���i fmli �-���i{ II�� II\npaQc;/u-vijaya tabe kare sevaka-gaQe\njagannatha vasila giya nija-sirhhasane\n\nSYNONYMS\npaQc;/u-vijaya-the getting down from the car; tabe-at that time; kare-do;\nsevaka-gaQe-all the servants; jagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; vasi/a-sat; giyagoing; nija-sirhhasane-on His own throne.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the servants of lord Jagannatha then took Him down from the car, and\nthe lord went to sit on His throne.\nTEXT 62\n\n�'el!fi·�\"f1ftlf �iSf·f���t�ti{ ��� I\niSf�Q)� �'ti{t�t'St ��t� \"ftf'St\"'i II �� II\nsubhadra-balarama nija-sirhhasane aila\njagannathera snana-bhoga ha-ite lagila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsubhadra-balarama-Subhadra\n\nand\n\nBalarama;\n\nnija-own;\n\nsirhhasane-on\n\nthrones; ai/a-arrived; jagannathera-of Lord Jagannatha; snana-bhoga-bathing\nand offering food; ha-ite /agi/a-began to take place.\n\n", "mad5#p0287": "Text 64]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n255\n\nTRANSLATION\nSubhadra and Balarama also sat on their respective thrones. There followed\nthe bathing of Lord Jagannatha and finally the offering of food.\nTEXT 63\n\n.m-tfiltt'! 1f�t�tt_ i'f�i 'e�'$1'1 I\n��\"' 'Cii1l'l C<f.i!f il�il-��il II �� II\nanginate mahaprabhu lafia bhakta-gal')a\nanande arambha kaila nartana-kirtana\nSYNONYMS\nanginate-in the yard of the temple; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n/aiia bhakta-gaQa-with His devotees;\n\nanande-in great pleasure; arambha\n\nkai/a-began; nartana-kirtana-chanting and dancing.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Lord Jagannatha, Lord Balarama and Subhadra sat on their respective\nthrones, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His devotees began to perform\nsailkirtana with great pleasure, chanting and dancing in the yard of the\ntemple.\nTEXT 64\n\n'eltilt:\"l �� <;$f �Qftfli'f I\n<;lfM' � '� (;�1f-�t'$1t1l �t�i!f II �8 II\nanande mahaprabhura prema utha/ila\ndekhi' saba loka prema-sagare bhasila\nSYNONYMS\nanande-in\n\ngreat ecstasy;\n\nmahaprabhura-of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nprema-love; utha/i/a-flooded; dekhi'-seeing; saba /oka-all people; premasagare-in the ocean of love of Godhead; bhasila-were flooded.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was chanting and dancing, He was overwhelmed with ecstatic love, and all the people who saw Him were also\nflooded in the ocean of love of Godhead.\n\n", "mad5#p0288": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n256\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 65\n\nif!J ��, �'lfiJ't<littaor ��fl! ���\"\" 1\n�lt��1 �tf�' �'l ��'tll �fita;y II �<l' II\nnrtya kari' sandhya-kale arati dekhila\naitota asi' prabhu visrama karila\n\nSYNONYMS\nnrtya kari'-after dancing; sandhya-ka/e-in the evening; arati dekhila-observed the arati ceremony; aitota asi'-coming to the place known as Aitota;\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; visrama karila-took rest for the night.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the evening, after finishing His dancing in the yard of the Gur:t«;;ica\ntemple, the lord observed the arati ceremony. Thereafter He went to a place\ncalled Aitota and took rest for the night.\nTEXT 66\n\n��fff ��'5t'i �'I �\"'' I\nIJ._�J IJ._'lJ it��� fWet �'f II�� II\nadvaitadi bhakta-gaQa nimantraQa kaila\nmukhya mukhya nava jana nava dina paila\n\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-adi-headed\n\nby\n\nAdvaita\n\nAcarya;\n\nbhakta-gaQa-the\n\ndevotees;\n\nnimantraQa kai/a-invited Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mukhya mukhya-chief\nand important; nava jana-nine persons; nava dina-nine days; paila-got.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor nine days, nine chief devotees, headed by Advaita Acarya, got an opportunity to invite the lord to their homes.\nTEXT 67\n\n� 'e9'5t'l �1._*� � fWet I\n<11� <1l<ti �it �Rf' �� �.f;it II�'\\ II\nara bhakta-gaQa caturmasye yata dina\neka eka dina kari' karila baQtana\n\n", "mad5#p0289": "Text 69)\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n257\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nara bhakta-gaQa-the remaining devotees; caturmasye-in the four months of\nthe rainy season; yata dina-all the days; eka eka dina kari'-one day each; karita\nbaQtana-shared.\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the four months of the rainy season, the remaining devotees extended invitations to the Lord for one day each. In this way they shared invitations.\nTEXT 68\n\n�fif 1ftt�11' llfil ��J�� -.li$' �'f I\n�t1f 'e�'it'l ��11' iii 9ft�'f II �lr II\ncari masera dina mukhya-bhakta barW' nita\nara bhakta-gaQa avasara na paita\nSYNONYMS\n\ncari masera dina-the days of four months; mukhya-bhakta-the chief devotees; bariV nita-shared among themselves; ara bhakta-gaQa-other devotees;\navasara-opportunity; na paita-did not get.\nTRANSLATION\nFor the four-month period, all the daily invitations were shared among the\nimportant devotees. The rest of the devotees did not get an opportunity to extend an invitation to the Lord.\nTEXT 69\n\n�<1i fifil �'I <mf �-f!til fiff'f' I\n��� 11�t�� �'1-�fi.f II �� II\neka dina nimantraQa kare dui-tine miti'\nei-mata mahaprabhura nimantraQa-keti\nSYNONYMS\n\neka dina-one day; nimantraQa-invitation; kare-make; dui-tine-two or\nthree persons; miti'-combining; ei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhura-of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; nimantraQa-invitation; ke/i-pastimes.\n\n", "mad5#p0290": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n258\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince they could not get one day each, two or three devotees combined to\nextend\n\nan\n\ninvitation.\n\nThese\n\nare\n\nthe\n\npastimes\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's acceptance of invitations.\nTEXT 70\n\n�:�i\"t1'J �� <fiRf' 'WRI' ISf'StitQf I\n\n��� � <fit� <e�'$f'l �Qf II 'l\n\no\n\nII\n\npratab-kale snana kari' dekhi' jagannatha\nsankirtane nrtya kare bhakta-gaQa satha\nSYNONYMS\npratab-kale-in the morning; snana kari'-taking a bath; dekhi'-after seeing;\njagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; sankirtane -in the performance of sankirtana;\nnrtya kare-dances; bhakta-gaQa satha-with the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter taking His bath early in the morning, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would\ngo see Lord Jagannatha in the temple. Then He would perform salikirtana with\nHis devotees.\nTEXT 71\n\n�'- �tl! errm, � fil�t\"! 1\n� �fiflftt� ettm, �'- �J'!�\"f II 'l � II\nkabhu advaite nacaya, kabhu nityanande\nkabhu haridase nacaya, kabhu acyutanande\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes; advaite-Advaita Acarya; nacaya-made dance; kabhu\nnityanande-sometimes Nityananda Prabhu; kabhu haridase nacaya-sometimes\nmade Haridasa Thakura dance; kabhu-sometimes; acyutanande-Acyutananda.\nTRANSLATION\nBy chanting and dancing, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu induced Advaita Acarya\nto dance. Sometimes He induced Nityananda, Haridasa Thakura and Acyutananda to dance.\n\n", "mad5#p0291": "Text 74]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n259\n\nTEXT 72\n\n�'- �1f, �� �rn �ostt'l 1\nf�..ut ��� <tit1f �fut;i·�\"ft'f II 'l� II\nkabhu vakresvare, kabhu ara bhakta-gaf)e\ntrisandhya kirtana kare guf.lc;fica-prangaf.le\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu vakresvare-sometimes Vakresvara Par:J9ita; kabhu-sometimes; ara\nbhakta-gaf)e-other devotees; tri-sandhya-three times (morning, evening and\nnoon); kirtana kare-performs kirtana; guf.lc;fica-prarigaf.Je-in the yard of the\nGur:J9ica temple.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu engaged Vakresvara and other devotees in chanting and dancing. Three times daily-morning, noon and evening-He would perform sankirtana in the yard of the GUI:u;tica temple.\nTEXT 73\n\n�1� �1��i ��-(fl� \\21'-1t � I\n��if R�-� '�� ��ti{ II 'l� II\nvrndavane aila kr?f.la-ei prabhura jnana\nkr?f.lera viraha-sphurti haifa avasana\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavane-at Vrndavana; ai/a kr?f.la-Kr�r:Ja arrived; ei prabhura jnana-this is\nconsciousness of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kr?f.lera-from Lord Kr�r:Ja;\nviraha-spharti-feelings of separation; haifa avasana-ended.\nTRANSLATION\nAt this time Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu felt that lord Kr�r:'la had returned to\nVrndavana. Thinking this, His feelings of separation from Kr�r:'la subsided.\nTEXT 74\n\n1f1'ft·�tlr �-��i- (fl� C�� 91Jtt� I\n(fl� � 1f'U � �� ct1� II 'l8 II\n\n", "mad5#p0292": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n260\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nradha-sarige k($f)a-lila-ei haila jnane\nei rase magna prabhu ha-i/a apane\nSYNONYMS\nradha-sarige-with Radhara�T; k($f)a-lila -pastimes of Lord Kr��a; ei haila\njnane-this was His consciousness; ei rase magna-merged in this mellow;\nprabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ha-i/a apane-remained personally.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was always thinking of the pastimes of Radha and\nKr�t:Ja, and He remained personally merged in this consciousness.\nTEXT 75\n\nctt iftwtti{ '\"'� �llf�i{-�11\n'��V'a'·�1'1't�t1f �1'1' �� II 'I� II\nnanodyane bhakta-sarige vrndavana-lila\n'indradyumna'-sarovare kare ja/a-khela\nSYNONYMS\nnana-udyane-in\n\nvarious\n\ngardens;\n\nbhakta-sarige-with\n\nthe\n\ndevotees;\n\nvrndavana-lila-pastimes of Vrndavana; indradyumna-lndradyumna; sarovarein the lake; kare jala-khela-performed sports in the water.\nTRANSLATION\nThere were many gardens near the Gu�;�c;fica temple, and Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and His devotees used to perform the pastimes of Vrndavana in\neach of them. In the lake named lndradyumna, He sported in the water.\nTEXT 76\n\n<elt9fti{ Jl�'l 'et9 tift.� fifVII\n� re��'l filt• ,�)�t� '���111 'I� 1\napane sakala bhakte since jala diya\nsaba bhakta-gaf)a since caudike bec;fiya\nSYNONYMS\napane-personally;\n\nsakala bhakte-all the devotees;\n\nsince-sprinkles; jala\n\ndiya-with water; saba bhakta-gaf)a-all the devotees; since-sprinkle; cau-dike\nbec;fiya-surrounding the Lord on all sides.\n\n", "mad5#p0293": "Text 79]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n261\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord personally splashed all the devotees with water, and the devotees,\nsurrounding Him on all sides, also splashed the lord.\nTEXT 77\n\n<r.\" �� �'G�, �1_ �r;; il � �'G� I\n�'fii'G �-�'iJ �� �tiSft� ��i!'t � II '\\'\\ II\n�\nkabhu eka maQ(ia/a, kabhu aneka maQ(iala\njala-maQ(iDka-vadye sabe bajaya karatala\nSYNONYMS\n\nkabhu eka maQ(ia/a-sometimes one circle; kabhu-sometimes; aneka maQ(ia/a-various circles; jala-maQ(iDka-vadye-like the croaking sound of frogs in\nthe water; sabe-all of them; bajaya-play; karatala -cymbals .\nTRANSLATION\nWhile in the water they sometimes formed a circle and sometimes many\ncircles, and while in the water they used to play cymbals and imitate the\ncroaking of frogs.\nTEXT 78\n\n�-�� iSftil <:�f'l' �t11 iSf'r-�'1 I\n� m�, ,�� �-� �r;11 �� u \"\"\" 11\ndui-dui jane me/i' kare jala-raQa\nkeha hare, keha jine-prabhu kare darasana\nSYNONYMS\n\ndui-dui jane-forming a party of two men; me/i'-joining; kare-do; ja/araQa - fighting in the water; keha hare-someone is defeated; keha jine -some one is victorious; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kare darasana-sees.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes two would pair off to fight in the water. One would emerge victorious and the other defeated, and the lord would watch all this fun.\nTEXT 79\n\n�c.i!-fili!ltil� iSf'l-�f'r I\n�� �Brni �li <f.t11 'Stt�t'ittf&'f II '\\� II\n\n", "mad5#p0294": "262\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nadvaita-nityanande jala-phelaphe/i\nacarya hariya pache kare galagali\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-nityanande-both\n\nAdvaita\n\nAcarya and\n\nNityananda\n\nPrabhu;\n\njala­\n\nphe/apheli-throwing water on each other; acarya hariya-Advaita Acarya, after\nbeing defeated; pache-at the end; kare-does; ga/aga/i-accusing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe first sporting took place between Advaita Acarya and Nityananda\nPrabhu, who threw water upon one another. Advaita Acarya was defeated, and\nHe later began to rebuke Nityananda Prabhu, calling Him bad names.\n\nTEXT 80\n\n�tfiiT'Rf �<llf'f ���� �-,;� I\n��-if?;� �t<��M �t� �� �� lllr\" 11\nvidyanidhira jala-keli svarupera sane\ngupta-datte jala-ke/i kare dui jane\n\nSYNONYMS\nvidyanidhira-of Vidyanidhi; jala-ke/i-water sports; svarupera sane-with\nSvarOpa Damo\n\n�ra; gupta-datte-both Murari Gupta and Vasudeva Datta; ja/a­\n\nkeli-water sports; kare-do; dui jane-two persons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSvariipa Damodara and Vidyanidhi also threw water upon one another, and\nMurari Gupta and Vasudeva Datta also sported in that way.\n\nTEXT 81\n\n��t�-,� � (;� ��tlf� I\nm�·�f�'! � c;-tt\"f �t<J.ii� II lr� II\nsrivasa-sahita jala khele gadadhara\nraghava-paQc;fita sane khele vakresvara\n\n", "mad5#p0295": "Text 83]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n263\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsrivasa-sahita-with Srivasa Thakura; jala khe/e-performs this water sport;\ngadadhara-Gadadhara Par:J<;lita; raghava-paQc;/ita sane-with Raghava Par:J<;lita;\nkhe/e-sports; vakresvara-Vakresvara Par:J<;lita.\nTRANSLATION\nAnother duel took place between Srivasa Thakura and Gadadhara Par;�«;fita,\nand yet another between Raghava Par;t«;fita and Vakresvara Par;�«;fita. Thus they\nall engaged in throwing water.\nTEXT 82\n\n�n(t��1f-�twr <;-.tt\" mt�\"'-1ft� 1\n<$ftflii <;� '*t�, � fi't�121rn II \\r� II\nsarvabhauma-sange khele ramananda-raya\ngambhirya ge/a donhara, haila sisu-praya\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarvabhauma-sange-with Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; khe/e-sports; ramanan­\n\nda-raya-Sri\n\nRamananda\n\nRaya;\n\ngambhirya-gravity;\n\nge/a-disappeared;\n\ndonhara-of both of them; hai/a-became; sisu-praya-iike children.\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya engaged in water sports with Sri Ramananda Raya, and they both lost their gravity and became like children.\nTEXT 83\n\n1f�ti2f't. t1 '�t11 �•i'(J ,�r� 1\n<;'$ft��wtt1i f�i ��� ��111 \\r� II\nmahaprabhu tan donhara cancalya dekhiya\ngopinathacarye kichu kahena hasiya\nSYNONYMS\n\nmahaprabhu- Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tan donhara-of these two persons;\ncaflca/ya-restlessness;\n\ndekhiya-seeing;\n\ngopinatha-acarye-unto Gopinatha\n\nAcarya; kichu-something; kahena-says; hasiya-smiling.\n\n", "mad5#p0296": "264\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw the exuberance of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya and Ramananda Raya, He smiled and spoke to Gopinatha Acarya.\nTEXT 84\n\n��, 'S1fi, �\"'r;��t'lftf't� iSfi{ I\n�-�·ifl �' ��t� �rg(illllr'S II\npaQc;/ita, gambhira, dunhe-pramaQika jana\nbala-caiica/ya kare, karaha varjana\n\nSYNONYMS\npaQc;/ita-learned scholars; gambhira-very grave; dunhe-both of them; pramaQika jana-authoritative persons; bala-caiica/ya kare-sport like children;\nkaraha varjana-ask them to stop.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Tell Bhaftacarya and Ramananda Raya to stop their childish play because\nthey are both learned scholars and very grave and great personalities.\"\nTEXT 85\n\n''5ft�ilt� ��,-�t'lfH �'Pfi-�tf�'J[I\n����l.tl\"'f�lllr'<tll\ngopinatha kahe,-tamara krpa-mahasindhu\nuchalita kare yabe tara eka bindu\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopinatha kahe-Copinatha Acarya replied; tamara krpa-of Your mercy;\nmaha-sindhu-the great ocean; uchalita kare-rises; yabe-when; tara-of that;\neka bindu -a drop.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya replied, \" I believe that one drop of the ocean of Your\ngreat mercy has swelled up upon them.\nTEXT 86\n\n''lf111·'1{1tf�-� ��rn �� l!�i 1\nl.tli: �i:-'51�·,-t'i, i:u� �i ��i II lr� II\n\n", "mad5#p0297": "Text 88]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n265\n\nmeru-mandara-parvata c;lubaya yatha tatha\nei dui-gaQc;/a-saila, ihara ka katha\nSYNONYMS\nmeru-mandara-Sumeru and Mandara; parv ata-big mountains; c;lubayadrowns; yatha tatha-anywhere; ei dui-these two; gaQc;/a saila-very small\n-\n\nhills; ihara ka katha-what to speak of these.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A drop from the ocean of Your mercy can drown great mountains like\nSumeru and Mandara. Since these two gentlemen are little hills by comparison, there is no wonder that they are being drowned in the ocean of Your\nmercy.\nTEXT 87\n\n�·'!�·�fi'f �t�l:l! �� '\"'I� it� I\n\ntit�:����\\! f�m�,-� ��i 'l!t�t1t II \\r9 II\nsu�ka-tarka-kha/i khaite janma gela yanra\ntanre lilamrta piyao, -e krpa tamara\nSYNONYMS\nsu�ka-tarka-of dry logic; khali-oil cakes; khaite-eating; janma-the whole\nlife; ge/a-passed; yanra-of whom; tanre-him; lila-amrta-the nectar of Your\npastimes; piyao-You caused to drink; e-this; krpa-mercy; tamara-Your.\nTRANSLATION\n\"logic is like a dry oil cake from which all the oil has been extracted. Bhaff�karya passed his life in eating such dry cakes, but now You have made him\ndrink the nectar of transcendental pastimes. It is certainly Your great mercy\nupon him.\"\nTEXT 88\n\n�fil' ��t� i!/;<11 ���!:\\! �tfil� I\niSff;� ��� itt� '-��--��Ji C<fi� II lr\\r II\nhasi' mahaprabhu tabe advaite ani/a\njalera upare tanre se�a-sayya kaila\nSYNONYMS\nhasi'-smiling; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tabe-at that time;\nadvaite ani/a-called for Advaita Acarya; ja/era upare-on the surface of the\nwater; tanre-Him; se�a sayya-the Se�a Naga bed; kaila-made.\n-\n\n", "mad5#p0298": "266\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Gopinatha Acarya finished talking, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu smiled\nand, calling for Advaita Acarya, made Him act like the Se�a Naga bed.\nTEXT 89\n\n�t9ftil � ij}9f1t <f)fit� -f1lil I\n\n'�1���1' �'-'<f)\" �<TS�il lllr� \"\napane tanhara upara karila sayana\n'se�a-sayi-lila' prabhu kaila prakatana\nSYNONYMS\napane-personally; tanhara upara-upon Advaita Acarya; karila sayana-lay\ndown; se�a-sayi-/i/a-the pastimes of Se�asayi Vi�I)U; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; kaila prakatana-demonstrated.\nTRANSLATION\nLying down on Advaita Prabhu, who was floating on the water, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu demonstrated the pastime of Se�asayi Vi�1.1u.\nTEXT 90\n\n� fii'Sf·-tf� �<TS� <f)�111 I\nJt�t�'t_ ff$1 �'Sf��'! �t�1l1\" �0\"\nadvaita nija-sakti prakata kariya\nmahaprabhu lana bule jalete bhasiya\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-Advaita Acarya; nija-sakti-His personal potency; prakata kariyaafter manifesting; mahaprabhu /ana-carrying Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bu/emoves; jalete-on the water; bhasiya-floating.\nTRANSLATION\nManifesting His personal potency, Advaita Acarya floated about on the\nwater, carrying Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 91\n\n\\!!�'! �� <f)f.� <f)\\!'11'� I\nCC��tD$1 �ililli � ff$1 ��ost'ln �� n\n\n", "mad5#p0299": "Text 93]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n267\n\nei-mata jala-kric;ia kari' kata-k�aQa\naitota aila prabhu lana bhakta-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; jala-kric;ia-sporting in the water; kari'-after performing; kata-k$aQa-for some time; aitota-to the place named Ai�o�a; aila-came\nback; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; lana bhakta-gaQa-accompanied by\nthe devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter sporting in the water for some time, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nreturned to His place at Ai!o!a, accompanied by His devotees.\nTEXT 92\n\n'i_Jt, 'e111� � �'! �� ���'l I\n�t�tt�1t fil1l11t'l <fi�\"f1 �t�i( II Cil� II\npuri, bharati adi yata mukhya bhakta-gaQa\nacaryera nimantra(,le karila bhojana\nSYNONYMS\npuri-Paramananda Puri; bharati-Brahmananda Bharati; adi-beginning with;\nyata-all; mukhya-chief; bhakta-gaQa-devotees; acaryera-of Advaita Acarya;\nnimantraQe-by the invitation; karila bhojana-accepted their lunch.\nTRANSLATION\nParamananda Puri, Brahmananda Bharati and all the other chief devotees of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took lunch at the invitation of Advaita Acarya.\nTEXT 93\n\n��i(tQf �t1t � <!!!� �tfil\"f I\n11�t2l� �tj '�� ��tW �t�\"' II�� II\nVa(,linatha ara yata prasada ani/a\nmahaprabhura gaQe sei prasada khaila\nSYNONYMS\nvaQinatha-Vat;�inatha Raya; ara-extra; yata-whatever; prasada-remnants\nof food; ani/a-brought; mahaprabhura gaQe-the personal associates of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; sei-those; prasada-remnants of food; khaila-ate.\n\n", "mad5#p0300": "268\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhatever extra prasada was brought by VaQinatha Raya was taken by the\nother associates of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 94\n\n�?l�tt �flt' '�i'f w.(i{, i{�i{ 1\n� �i{ �flt' �� -t� II �8 II\naparahne asi' kaila darsana, nartana\nnisate udyane asi' karila sayana\nSYNONYMS\naparahne-in the afternoon; asi'-coming; kai/a-performed; darsana nartana-visiting the Lord and dancing; nisate-at night; udyane-in the garden;\nasi'-coming; karila sayana-took rest.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the afternoon, the Lord went to the GuQ�ica temple to visit the Lord and\ndance. At night He went to the garden to take rest.\nTEXT 95\n\n�11 flfi{ �tfil' ��'I �� �i{ I\n�'I �\\!1-�i! '�� �'!-.'1 II �(l II\nara dina asi' kaila isvara darasana\nprangal)e nrtya-gita kaila kata-k�al)a\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-the next day; asi'-coming; kai/a-performed; isvara darasanaseeing the Lord;\n\nprangal)e-in the yard; nrtya-gita-chanting and dancing;\n\nkai/a-performed; kata-k�al)a-for some time.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu also went to the temple of GuQ�ica\nand saw the Lord. He then chanted and danced in the yard for some time.\nTEXT 96\n\n.,.\"ittf·�H;;8f <2i't_ �'GJtf;i{ �tfll11i I\n\n�_,i{· ��� �� �\"itt! \"'�i II <;l� U\n\n", "mad5#p0301": "Text 97]\n\n269\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\nbhakta-gaf)a-sangeprabhu udyane asiya\nvrndavana-vihara kare bhakta-gaf)a lana\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-gaQa-sange-with\n\nthe\n\ndevotees;\n\nprabhu-Lord\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; udyane-in the garden; asiya-coming; vrndavana-vihara-the\npastimes of Vrndavana; kare-performs; bhakta-gaf)a /afia-with all the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nAccompanied by His devotees, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then went into the\ngarden and enjoyed the pastimes of Vrndavana.\nPURPORT\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura has pointed out that this vrndavanavihara- the pastimes of Vrndavana-does not refer to Kr�C�a's mixing with the\ngopis or the transcendental mellow of parakiya-rasa. SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\nvrndavana-lila in the garden of )agannatha Puri did not involve association with\nwomen or with other people's wives in the fashion transcendentally demonstrated by SrT Kr�f)a. In His vrndavana-li/a, SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu conceived\nof Himself as the assistant of SrTmatT Radharai)T. When SrTmatT Radharaf)T enjoyed\nthe company of Kr�f)a, Her maidservants were very pleased. One should not compare SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's vrndavana-vihara in the garden of )agannatha\nwith the activities of the gauranga-nagaris.\nTEXT 97\n\n�<�tif ��� �1t \\fit-tt� I\n'f\"·f?t� 'itt�, <it� �����II �9 II\nvrk�a-valli praphullita prabhura darasane\nbhrnga-pika gaya, vahe sitala pavane\nSYNONYMS\nvrk�a-valli-trees and creepers; praphullita-joyful; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; darasane-by the sight; bhrnga-bumble bees; pika-birds; gayachant; vahe-were blowing; sita/a-cool; pavane-breezes\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere were multifarious trees and creepers in the garden, and they were all\njubilant to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Indeed, the birds were chirping, the\nbees were buzzing, and a cool breeze was blowing.\n\n", "mad5#p0302": "270\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 98\n\n121�·�11fii!t� �t_ �t�il: il:� I\n�ct·W� Jl'li! �t� 'Stt1il: II Cil'j,- II\nprati-vrk�a-tale prabhu karena nartana\nVasudeva-datta matra karena gayana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprati-vrk�a-ta/e-underneath each tree; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkarena\n\nnartana-dances;\n\nvasudeva-datta-Vasudeva\n\nDatta;\n\nmatra-only;\n\nkarena-performs; gayana-chanting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu danced beneath each and every tree, Vasudeva\nDatta sang alone.\nTEXT 99\n\nIf!� �� �llfi� �� �� 'mil �111 I\n'Pi1flt-��t-t ��i il:'tt� <;�Hht II Ci!Cil II\neka eka vrk�a-tale eka eka gana gaya\nparama-avese eka nace gauraraya\n\nSYNONYMS\neka eka vrk�a-tale-under each and every tree; eka eka-a different; ganasong; gaya-sings; parama-avese-in great ecstasy; eka-alone; nace-dances;\ngauraraya-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs Vasudeva Datta sang a different song beneath each and every tree, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu danced there alone in great ecstasy.\nTEXT 100\n\n� cttiili..t1t � ��� il:t�i! I\n�tliii� �' � 'ftRf� '$f��� II �\ntabe vakresvare prabhu kahila nacite\nvakresvara nace, prabhu lagila gaite\n\no o\n\nII\n\n", "mad5#p0303": "Text 102]\n\n271\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nvakresvare-unto\n\nVakresvara Par:Jc.Jita;\n\nprabhu-Lord Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; kahi/a-ordered; nacite-to dance; vakresvara nace\nVakresvara Par:Jc.Jita began to dance; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; /agi/a­\n\n­\n\nbegan; gaite-to sing.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then ordered Vakresvara Par:u;fita to dance, and as\nhe began to dance, the lord began to sing.\nTEXT 101\n\n��\"' ��9li'N ��m � 1\nfif��� e{t� etti{ <;�1{1t ��'11111 �o � II\nprabhu-sange svarapadi kirtaniya gaya\ndik-vidik nahi jflana premera vanyaya\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-sange-with\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nSvarOpa Damodara; kirtaniya-chanters;\ncircumstances;\n\nnahi-not;\n\nsvarapa-adi-headed\n\nby\n\ngaya-sing; dik-vidik-of time and\n\njflana-knowledge;\n\npremera-of\n\necstatic\n\nlove;\n\nvanyaya-by inundation.\nTRANSLATION\nThen devotees like Svarupa Damodara and other kirtana performers began\nto sing along with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Being inundated with ecstatic\nlove, they lost all consideration of time and circumstance.\nTEXT 102\n\n�� �� <fi�-.\"1 �fif �-�iifi I\niiT;1ti!i·lfm� <:�iif1 �fit� ���Qflll �o� II\nei mata kata-k?af)a kari' vana-lila\nnarendra-sarovare gela karite jala-khela\nSYNONYMS\nei mata-in this way; kata-k?aQa-for some time; kari - performing; vana/i/a-pastimes in the garden; narendra-sarovare-in the lake known as Narendra'\n\nsarovara; ge/a-they went; karite-to do; ja/a-khe/a-sporting in the water.\n\n", "mad5#p0304": "272\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter thus performing pastimes in the garden for some time, they all went to\na lake called Narendra-sarovara and there enjoyed sporting in the water.\nTEXT 103\n\n�� �fit'�: ��ifi\\5� I\n�t�'lifl C� � �c!P1 ��'Sttf II �o� II\njala-kric;ia kari' puna/:! aila udyane\nbhojana-lila kaila prabhu lafia bhakta-gaf)e\nSYNONYMS\n\njala-kric;ia -sporting in the water;\n\nkari'-performing; puna/:1-again; ai/a­\n\ncame; udyane-in the garden; bhojana-lila-pastimes of accepting prasada;\nkai/a-performed; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; /afia bhakta-gaf)e-with\nall the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter sporting in the water, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned to the garden\nand accepted prasada with the devotees.\nTEXT 104\n\n�fife{ �f\\s�tc;� 1lr::� iSfmtt� I\n\n��� � �� �r;;1l ��·lit� II �o8 II\n\nnava dina guQc;iicate rahe jagannatha\nmahaprabhu aiche lila kare bhakta-satha\nSYNONYMS\n\nnava dina-nine days; guQc;iicate-in the temple of Gul)c;lica; rahe-stays;\njagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; aiche-in\nthe above-mentioned way; lila-pastimes; kare-performs; bhakta-satha-with\nHis devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nFor nine continuous days His lordship Sri Jagannatha-deva stayed at the\nGur;�c;tica temple. During this time Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu also stayed there\nand performed the pastimes with His devotees that have already been described.\n\n", "mad5#p0305": "Text 107]\n\n273\n\nPerformance of the V�ndavana Pastimes\nTEXT 105\n\n'\"��-�\"' e�t� �� ���� I\n� fflil �t1fil � i!� �l!tt� ll � 0 � ll\n'jagannatha-vallabha' nama bac;Ja pu?parama\nnava dina karena prabhu tathai visrama\nSYNONYMS\njagannatha-va//abha-jagannatha-vallabha;\npu?pa-arama-garden;\n\nnava\n\ndina-nine\n\nnama-named;\n\ndays;\n\nbac;fa-very big;\n\nkarena-does;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; tathai-there; visrama-resting.\nTRANSLATION\nThe garden of His pastimes was very large and was named Jagannathavallabha. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took his rest there for nine days.\nTEXT 106\n\n'�-9f.�'1f f� �t� i9ftfim11\n��flrr;\\!l �t� m1 � �f1rn1n �o� n\n'hera-paricami'ra dina aila janiya\nkasi-misre kahe raja sayatna kariya\nSYNONYMS\nhera-paricamira dina-the day of Hera-pancamT; ai/a-was nearing; janiyaknowing; kasi-misre-unto KasT Misra; kahe-says; raja-the King; sa-yatna\nkariya-with great attention.\nTRANSLATION\nKnowing that the Hera-pancami festival was drawing near, King Prataparudra attentively talked with Kasi Misra.\nTEXT 107\n\n<�\"QII1 '�·9f•�' m � ��i 1\n\n�t� �t,� � c;�il �'f. ilt� rti ll �o9 II\nkalya 'hera-paricami' habe /ak$mira vijaya\naiche utsava kara yena kabhu nahi haya\n\n", "mad5#p0306": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n274\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nSYNONYMS\nkalya-tomorrow; hera-pancami-the function of Hera-pancami; habe-will\nbe; /ak�mira-of the goddess of fortune; vijaya-welcome; aiche-such; utsava-festival; kara-perform; yena-as; kabhu-at any time; nahi haya-did\nnot take place.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Tomorrow will be the function of Hera-paiicami or Lak�mi-vijaya. Hold\nthis festival in a way that it has never been held before.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis Hera-pancami festival takes place five days after the Ratha-yatra festival.\nLord )agannatha has left His wife, the goddess of fortune, and gone to Vrndavana,\nwhich is the Gur:Jc;lica temple. Due to separation from the Lord, the goddess of fortune decides to come to see the Lord at Gur:Jc;lica. The coming of the goddess of\nfortune to Gur:Jc;lica is celebrated by Hera-pancami. Sometimes this is misspelled as\nHara-pancami in the section known as ativa(ii. The word hera means \"to see\" and\nrefers to the goddess of fortune going to see Lord )agannatha. The word pancami\nmeans \"the fifth day\" and is used because this takes place on the fifth day of the\nmoon.\nTEXT 108\n\n�e,�� � �i!tt;i �tllf� �I\n(;��' 'll�t� �� � �e,� II � \"' II\n\"\n\nmahotsava kara taiche vise�a sambhara\ndekhi' mahaprabhura yaiche haya camatkara\n\nSYNONYMS\nmahotsava-the festival;\n\nkara-perform;\n\ntaiche-in such a way;\n\nvise�a\n\nsambhara-with great gorgeousness; dekhi'-after seeing; mahaprabhura-of\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yaiche-so that; haya-there is; camatkaraastonishment.\nTRANSLATION\nKing Prataparudra said, \"Hold this festival in such a gorgeous way that upon\nseeing it, Caitanya Mahaprabhu will be completely pleased and astonished.\n\n", "mad5#p0307": "Text 111]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n275\n\nTEXT 109\n\n�� <ero� � �t�t� �tr;� 1\n��-·�f.�, �t� li�·�t�r;� II�o� II\nthakurera bhar:1t;iare ara amara bhaQcjare\ncitra-vastra-kinkiQi, ara chatra-camare\nSYNONYMS\nthakurera-of the Deity; bhaQcjare-in the storehouse; ara-and; amara-my;\nbhaQcjare-in the storehouse; citra-vastra-printed cloth; kinkiQi-small bells;\nara-and; chatra-umbrellas; camare-yak-tail whisks.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Take as many printed cloths, small bells, umbrellas and camaras as there\nare in my storehouse and in the Deity's storehouse.\nTEXT 110\n\n�'t1:1lf·'Pfi!�i-�cGt� ��� lfGi{ I\n\ni{filt�·iji!J·(;'f� � �i!lfi{ II��o II\ndhvajavrnda-pataka-ghaQtaya karaha maQcjana\nnana-vadya-nrtya-dolaya karaha sajana\nSYNONYMS\ndhvaja-vrnda-all kinds of flags; pataka-big flags; ghaQtaya-with ringing\nbells; karaha-make; maQcjana-decoration; nana-vadya-all kinds of musical\nparties; nrtya-dancing; dolaya-on the carrier; karaha sajana-decorate attractively.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Collect all kinds of small and large flags and ringing bells. Then decorate\nthe carrier and have various musical and dancing parties accompany it. In this\nway decorate the carrier attractively.\nTEXT 111\n\n�st �mi � �� �� 1\n\n�� � �?;li � �11e,�fl{ II��� II\n\n", "mad5#p0308": "276\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\ndviguQa kariya kara saba upahara\nratha-yatra haite yaiche haya camatkara\nSYNONYMS\ndvi-guQa kariya-making a double portion; kara-make; saba-ail kinds of;\nupahara-presentations; ratha-yatra haite-than the car festival; yaiche-so that;\nhaya-it becomes; camatkara-more wonderful.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You should also double the quantity of prasada. Make so much that it will\neven surpass the Ratha-yatra festival.\nTEXT 11 2\n\n�i!' �ft�,- �t_ '1�1 <e�'$1'1 I\n�Iff��'�� �i1 �� II ���II\nseita' kariha,-prabhu lafia bhakta-gaQa\nsvacchande asiya yaiche karena darasana\nSYNONYMS\nseita' kariha-do that; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; /afia bhakta-gaQataking with Him all the devotees; svacchande-freeiy; asiya-coming; yaicheas; karena darasana-pays a visit to the temple.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A rrange the festival in such a way that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu may freely\ngo with His devotees to visit the Deity without difficulty.\"\nTEXT 113\n\n12lti!:�� ���� fj{1Sf'ijsj 'i�il\n'f�� �i1 '<fi� �\"f��t� �t�ill ���II\npratab-kale mahaprabhu nija-gaQa /afia\njagannatha darsana kaila sundaraca/e yafia\nSYNONYMS\npratab-kale-in the morning; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nija­\n\ngaQa /afia-taking His associates; jagannatha darsana-visiting Lord Jagannatha;\nkai/a-performed; sundaraca/e-to the Gut:�c;lica temple; yafia-going.\n\n", "mad5#p0309": "Text 115]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n277\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the morning, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took His personal associates with\nHim to see lord Jagannatha at Sundaracala.\nPURPORT\nSundaracala is the Gul)c;lica temple. The temple of Jagannatha at Jagannatha\nPuri is called Nilacala, and the temple at Gul)c;lica is called Sundaracala.\nTEXT 114\n\n�� �� �ilg �'SI't·�'f I\nOtf� �e,��1 �-9l•� ror u :>:>su\nnilaca/e ai/a punah bhakta-gal)a-sange\ndekhite utkal)tha hera-pancamlra range\nSYNONYMS\nnilacale-to Jagannatha Puri;\nsange-with His devotees;\n\nai/a-returned;\n\ndekhite-to\n\nsee;\n\npunah-again;\n\nbhakta-gaQa­\n\nutkaQtha-very eager;\n\nhera­\n\npancamlra range-performance of the festival known as Hera-pancami.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His personal devotees returned to Nilacala\nwith great eagerness to see the Hera-paiicami festival.\nTEXT 115\n\n�flli!l �� �'i �\"ffl1t <t5finn 1\n�'SI'i·�� �-\"'I� ���� \"l$111 :>:><t II\nkasl-misra prabhure bahu adara kariya\nsvagaQa-saha bhala-sthane vasaila lana\nSYNONYMS\nkasl-misra-Kasi Misra; prabhure-unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bahu-very\n\nmuch; adara kariya-offering respect; sva-gal)a-saha-with His associates; bhalasthane-in a nice place; vasai/a-made seated; /ana-taking.\nTRANSLATION\nKasi Misra received Caitanya Mahaprabhu with great respect, and taking\nthe lord and His associates to a very nice place, he had them seated.\n\n", "mad5#p0310": "278\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 116\n\np(��� � �f-It(! 1fil � I\n\n\"� � �·'f�t� ��I ��� I\n\nrasa-vise�a prabhura sunite mana haifa\ni�at hasiya prabhu svarupe puchifa\nSYNONYMS\nrasa-vise�a-a particular mellow; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nsunite-to hear; mana haifa-there was a desire; i�at hasiya-smiling mildly;\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; svarupe puchifa-inquired from SvarOpa\nDamodara.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter taking His seat, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted to hear about a particular mellow of devotional service; therefore, mildly smiling, He began to\nquestion Svarupa Damodara.\n\nTEXTS 117-118\n\n�f� 'Sf�iftQf <!it�il f4t�<!it11 f� I\n�� �<!i� �t� �11 ��II �:>'lll\n(!Qfi'f9t _,���·1!t$U �11 �<!i_,� I\n�'tft_,il c;wf� lit1f ����1 'CI�� I :>:>17' II\nyadyapi jagannatha karena dvarakaya vihara\nsahaja prakata kare parama udara\ntathapi vatsara-madhye haya eka-bara\nvrndavana dekhite tarira utkaQtha apara\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; jagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; karena-does; dvarakayain Dvaraka-dhama; vihara-enjoyment; sahaja-natural; prakata-manifestation;\nkare-does; parama-sublime; udara-liberal; tathapi-still; vatsara-madhyewithin a year; haya-becomes; eka-bara-once; vrndavana dekhite-to visit\nVrndavana; tarira -His; utkaQtha -eagerness; apara-unlimited.\n\n", "mad5#p0311": "Text 120]\n\nPerformance of the V�ndavana Pastimes\n\n279\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although Lord Jagannatha enjoys His pastimes at Dvaraka-dhama and\nnaturally manifests sublime liberality there, still, once a year, He becomes unlimitedly eager to see V�ndavana.\"\nTEXT 119\n\n�-�11' �� i§�il-�'1 I\n��� c;wf-t�1f i§e:<fi$i! �� lfil II � �� II\nvrndavana-sama ei upavana-gaf)a\ntaha dekhibare utkaQthita haya mana\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavana-sama-exactly resembling Vrndavana;\ngal)a-neighboring\n\ngardens;\n\ntaha-those\n\ngardens;\n\nei-all these;\ndekhibare-for\n\nupavanaseeing;\n\nutkaf)thita-very eager; haya mana-His mind becomes.\nTRANSLATION\nPointing out the neighboring gardens, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"All\nthese gardens exactly resemble V�ndavana; therefore Lord Jagannatha is very\neager to see them again.\nTEXT 120\n\n�fb' � �t1f 1f'i�1·ii'f I\n�� tffit �\"lit�' �tp{ II ��\" II\nbahira ha-ite kare ratha-yatra-chala\nsundaracale yaya prabhu cha(fi' ni/aca/a\nSYNONYMS\nbahira ha-ite-externally; kare-makes; ratha-yatra-chala-an excuse to enjoy\nthe car festival; sundaraca/e-to Sundaracala, the Gur;�<;lica temple; yaya-goes;\nprabhu-Lord Jagannatha; cha(fi'-leaving; ni/aca/a-Jagannatha Puri.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Externally He gives the excuse that He wants to participate in the Rathayatra festival, but actually He wants to leave Jagannatha Puri to go to Sundaracala, Gu•:u;fica temple, the replica of V�ndavana.\n\n", "mad5#p0312": "280\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 121\n\niftifi·����PitWttil ��1 '� 1ftfijj·fwte�t\n\"'�'ltw� llttr ift� ifi f<li <li�t'l ? :>�) II\nnana-pu�podyane tatha khele ratri-dine\n/ak�midevire sange nahi /aya ki karal)e?\nSYNONYMS\nnana-pu�pa-udyane-in the various flower gardens; tatha-there; khele-He\nplays; ratri-dine-both day and night; /ak�mi-devire-Lak�mTdevT, the goddess of\nfortune; sange-with Him; nahi-does not; /aya-take; ki karaQe-what is the\nreason.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The lord enjoys His pastimes day and night in various flower gardens\nthere. But why did He not take lak�midevi, the goddess of fortune, with\nHim?\"\nTEXT 122\n\n�� �,-�il, � <!i�'l �� I\n\n�il·�� \"'.,n� ift� 'Cifif<!i� II :>�� II\nsvarDpa kahe, -suna, prabhu, karaQa ihara\nvrhdavana-kric;late /ak�mira nahi adhikara\nSYNONYMS\nsvarDpa kahe-SvarOpa replied; suna-please hear; prabhu-0 my Lord;\nkaraQa ihara-the\n\nreason for this;\n\nvrndavana-kric;late-in the pastimes of\n\nVrndavana; /ak�mira-of the goddess of fortune; nahi-there is not; adhikaraadmission.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara replied, \"My dear lord, please hear the reason for this.\nlak�midevi, the goddess of fortune, cannot be admitted to the pastimes of\nVrndavana.\nTEXT 123\n\n��·ift\"!ti �� � ''Stt��'l I\n''Stt��tf � �� �fift� iltt� �il II :>�� II\n\n", "mad5#p0313": "Text 125]\n\n2B1\n\nPerformance of the V�ndavana Pastimes\nvrndavana-lilaya kr�f)era sahaya gopi-gaf)a\ngopi-gaf)a vina kr�f)era harite nare mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nvrndavana-lilaya-in the pastimes of Vrndavana;\n\nkr�Qera-of Lord Kr�f.la;\n\nsahaya-assistants; gopi gaf)a-all the gopis; gopi-gaf)a vina\n-\n\n-\n\ne xcept for the\n\ngopis; kr�f)era-of Lord Kr�r_1a; harite-to attract; nare-no one is able; manathe mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the pastimes of V�ndavana, the only assistants are the gopis. But for the\ngopis, no one can attract the mind of K���a.\"\nTEXT 124\n\n� ��,-��-�'1 ?r;�� 'itJti�; I\n� �t1f �' �\" l� �il n ��s n\nprabhu kahe,- yatra-chale kr�f)era gamana\nsubhadra ara baladeva, safige dui jana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; yatra-chale-on the plea of the\ncar festival; kr�f)era-of Lord Kr�r_1a; gamana-depa rt u re ; subhadra-His sister;\nara-and; baladeva-His brother; sa lige-with Him; dui jana-two persons.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord said, \"Using the car festival as an excuse, K���a goes there with\nSubhadra and Baladeva.\nTEXT 125\n\n<;'itt\"tt·ltr;tr �� �� �11 ��� I\nfiiW �1f � c<ti� �� ;mil \" ��a- \"\ngopi-safige yata lila haya upavane\nnigcu;:lha kr�f)era bhava keha nahi jane\nSYNONYMS\ngopi-salige-with the gopis; yata lila\n\n-\n\nall pastimes; haya upavane-that are in\n\nthose gardens; niguc;fha-very confidential; kr�f)era-of Lord Kr�r_1a; bhavaecstasies; keha-anyone; nahi-does not; jane-know.\n\n", "mad5#p0314": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n282\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"All the pastimes with the gopis that take place in those gardens are very\nconfidential ecstasies of lord Kr�Qa. No one knows them.\nTEXT 126\n\n'fil�l.tl<f �if �mJ ett� � � 1\n\n� c;�ti{ 'f..Trr;� � �� c;� ? ���II\nataeva kr?f)era prakatye nahi kichu do?a\ntabe kene lak?midevi kare eta ro?a?\nSYNONYMS\n\nataeva-since; kr?Qera-of Lord Kr��a; prakatye-by such a manifestation;\nnahi-there is not;\n\nkichu-any;\n\ndo?a-fault;\n\ntabe-therefore;\n\nkene-why;\n\n/ak?mi-devi-the goddess of fortune; kare-does; eta-so much; ro?a-anger.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since there is no fault at all in Kr�Qa's pastimes, why does the goddess of\nfortune become angry?\"\nTEXT 127\n\n'lffi� <fi�,-c;��<1'�if �� �' \"fret<�' 1\n\n�if �W�·<;a'ftllt � c;i?lit.. re1<1' 11 ��'l 11\nsvarapa kahe, -premavatira ei ta' svabhava\nkantera audasya-lese haya krodha-bhava\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa kahe-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami replied; prema-vatira-of the girl\nwho is too afflicted by love; ei-this; ta'-indeed; sva-bhava-the nature; kantera-of the beloved; audasya-of negligence; lese-even by a fractional part;\nhaya-there is; krodha-bhava-anger.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara replied, \"It is the nature of a girl afflicted by love to become immediately angry upon finding neglect on the part of her lover.\"\n\n", "mad5#p0315": "Text 130]\n\n283\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\nTEXT 128\n\nm��' �flii! �tt� �f<ttf ��i{ 1\n\n�(� � �Rt' �tm�'l II ��17- II\nhena-ka/e, khacita yahe vividha ratana\nsuvarQera caudo/a kari' arohaQa\nSYNONYMS\nhena-ka/e-while Svaropa Damodara and Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu were\ntalking; khacita-were bedecked; yahe-on which; vividha-varieties; ratanagems; suvarQera-made of gold; caudola-a palanquin carried by four men; kari'\naroha(la-riding upon.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Svarupa Damodara and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu were talking, the\nprocession of the goddess of fortune came by. She was riding upon a golden\npalanquin carried by four men and bedecked with a variety of jewels.\nTEXT 129\n\nO·itJt�-��1 �i!t<ml' 'St'l I\n\nitti{�t'il·�tr;'St �� ��'St'lll ��� II\nchatra-camara-dhvaja patakara gaQa\nnana-vadya-age nace deva-dasi-ga(la\nSYNONYMS\nchatra-of umbrellas; camara-and whisks; dhvaja-and flags; patakara-and\nbig flags; ga(la-congregation; nana-vadya-varieties of musical parties; age-in\nfront; nace-dance; deva-dasi-ga(la-dancing girls.\nTRANSLATION\nThe palanquin was also surrounded by people carrying umbrellas, camara\nwhisks and flags, and it was preceded by musicians and dancing girls.\nTEXT 130\n\n�e...�-��' <lltRt, �Sie{, � I\n�� lift� a&ti!, � fif�J '-�tllllf� II ��\n\no\n\nII\n\n", "mad5#p0316": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n284\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\ntambD/a-samputa, jhari, vyajana, camara\nsathe dasi sata, hara divya bhD?ambara\nSYNONYMS\ntamba/a samputa-boxes containing the ingredients for betel nut preparation;\n-\n\njhari\n\n-\n\nwater pitchers; vyajana-fans; camara\n\n-\n\nwhisks; sathe\n\n-\n\nalong with; dasi­\n\nmaidservants; sata-hundreds; hara-necklaces; divya-valu able; bhD?ambaradresses.\nTRANSLA liON\nThe maidservants were carrying water pitchers, camara whisks and boxes\nfor betel nuts. There were hundreds of maidservants, all attractively dressed\nwith valuable necklaces.\nTEXT 131\n\n�<1l �� :Jft'Jf <!f'f·9f�<!!Rf I\nillS._� ��1 if�� ��iii fiR� II ��� II\nalaukika aisvarya salige bahu-parivara\nkruddha haria lak?midevi aila sirilha-dvara\nSYNONYMS\na/auki ka-unco mmon; aisvarya-o pulence; salige-accompanied by; bahuparivara\n\n-\n\nmany members of the family; kruddha haria\n\ndevi-the goddess of fortune; ai /a\n\n-\n\n-\n\nbeing angry; lak?mi­\n\narrived ; sirilha-dvara-at the main gate of\n\nthe temple.\nTRANSLATION\nIn an angry mood, the goddess of fortune arrived at the main gate of the\ntemple accompanied by many members of her family, all of whom exhibited\nuncommon opulence.\nTEXT 132\n\n'f'ifi'tt� 31�1 ll._-t1 �\\! 'f�J�'f I\n\ni'f'llltlt� �'Sf'f � <!!� II ��� II\njagannathera mukhya mukhya yata bhrtya-gaf)e\n/ak?midevira dasi-gaf)a karena bandhane\n\n", "mad5#p0317": "Text 134]\n\nPerformance of the V�ndavana Pastimes\n\n285\n\nSYNONYMS\njag�nnathera-of Lord Jagannatha; mukhya mukhya-the principal; yata-all;\nbhrtya gaQe-servants; /ak$mi-devira-of the goddess of fortune; dasi-gaQa-\n\nmaidservants; karena bandhane-arrested.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the procession arrived, the maidservants of the goddess of fortune\nbegan to arrest all the principal servants of Lord Jagannatha.\nTEXT 133\n\n�� �fern! ��� ;!(� Rt'll\n� '�i{ �� �' Cl(1l iftifl·� 11 ��� 11\nbandhiya aniya pac;le /ak$mira caraQe\ncore yena daQc;/a kari' laya nana-dhane\nSYNONYMS\nbandhiya-after binding;\n\naniya-bringing;\n\npac;/e-make them fall down;\n\nlak$mira caraf)e-at the lotus feet of the goddess of fortune; core-a thief;\nyena-as if; daf)c;/a kari -after punishing; /aya-take away; nana-dhane-all\n'\n\nkinds of riches.\nTRANSLATION\nThe maidservants bound the servants of Jagannatha, handcuffed them, and\nmade them fall down at the lotus feet of the goddess of fortune. Indeed, they\nwere arrested just like thieves who have all their riches taken away.\nPURPORT\nWhen Lord Jagannatha starts His car festival, He gives assurance to the goddess\nof fortune that He will return the next day. When He does not return, the goddess\nof fortune, after waiting two or three days, begins to feel that her husband has\nneglected her. She naturally becomes quite angry. Gorgeously decorating herself\nand her associates, she comes out of the temple and stands before the main gate.\nAll the principal servants of Lord Jagannatha are then arrested by her maidservants, brought before her and forced to fall down at her lotus feet.\nTEXT 134\n\n����e, '!�� <fi��i{ l!t� I\ni{'filflfl! 'Stt� � �-�ti{ 11 ��8 11\n\n", "mad5#p0318": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n286\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nacetanavat tare karena taqane\nnana-mata gali dena bhal)ga-vacane\n\nSYNONYMS\nacetana-vat-almost unconscious; tare-unto the servants; karena-does;\nta(fane-chastisement; nana-mata-various kinds of; ga/i-amusement; denaspeaks; bhal)(ia-vacane-various loose language.\nTRANSLATION\n\n'\n\nWhen the servants fall down before the lotus feet of the goddess of fortune,\nthey almost fall unconscious. They are chastised and made the butt of jokes\nand loose language.\nTEXT 135\n\n��-� ��� ��� ''ff-t� I\n��� �t�'t_11' �'i �� � fir�1 II ��<t II\nlak�mi-salige dasi-gal)era pragalbhya dekhiya\nhase mahaprabhura gal)a mukhe hasta diya\nSYNONYMS\nlak�mi-salige-in the company of the goddess of fortune; dasi-gal)era-of the\nmaidservants;\n\npraga/bhya-impudence;\n\ndekhiya-after seeing;\n\nhase-smile;\n\nmahaprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gaQa-the companions; mukheon their faces; hasta-hands; diya-covering.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's associates saw such impudence exhibited\nby the maidservants of the goddess of fortune, they covered their faces with\ntheir hands and began to smile.\nTEXT 136\n\n\\lt�� ��,-�� 'ftti{11' �<!St1'f I\nm�i! \"<lltti �� �� �fi( 'C{i1'f II ��� II\ndamodara kahe, -aiche manera prakara\ntrijagate kahali nahi dekhi suni ara\n\n", "mad5#p0319": "Text 138]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n287\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ndamodara kahe-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami said; aiche-such; manera-of\negoistic pride; prakara-kind; tri-jagate-within the three worlds; kahan-anywhere; nahi-not; dekhi-1 see; suni-1 hear; ara-other.\nTRANSLATION\nSvariipa Damodara said, \"There is no egoistic pride like this within the\nthree worlds. At least I have neither seen nor heard of it.\nTEXT 137\n\n11tfil� ��e,� it� f�'l I\n� �til' i{t� '��' 11M�-�� II �'-!)� II\nmanini nirutsahe cha<;ie vibhD�aQa\nbhome vasi' nakhe /ekhe, malina-vadana\nSYNONYMS\n\nmanini-proud, egoistic woman;\n\nnirutsahe-because of disappointment;\n\ncha<;ie-gives up; vibhO�aQa-all kinds of ornaments; bhume vasi'-sitting on the\nfloor; nakhe-with the nails; /ekhe-marks lines; malina-vadana-with a morose\nface.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When a woman is neglected and disappointed, out of egoistic pride she\ngives up her ornaments and morosely sits down on the floor, marking lines on\nit with her nails.\nTEXT 138\n\n�<( ��'t1mf �� ���.. 1fti{ I\n�iS? <;<ijt�'ift'Rt 1fti{-�,�� �..ti{ II �'!llr II\npOrve satyabhamara suni evarh-vidha mana\nvraje gopi-gaQera mana-rasera nidhana\nSYNONYMS\n\npurve-previously;\n\nsatyabhamara-of\n\nQueen\n\nevarh-vidha mana-this kind of egoistic pride;\ngaQera-of the\n\ngopis;\n\nhumorous mellows.\n\nmana-pride;\n\nsuni-1\n\nhear;\n\nvraje-in Vrndavana;\n\nSatyabhama;\n\ngopi­\n\nrasera nidhana-the reservoir of\n\nall\n\n", "mad5#p0320": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n288\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have heard of this kind of pride in Satyabhama, Kr�r;�a's proudest Queen,\nand I have also heard of it in the gopis of Vrndavana, who are the reservoirs of\nall transcendental mellows.\nTEXT 139\n\n�·� filtr·�� �� �<fiT; <ffim1 I\nR!ftn- �� �'Rl � �tiS1tlfli \"�-e�\"\niriho nija-sampatti saba prakata kariya\npriyera upara yaya sainya sajar'ia\nSYNONYMS\niriho-this; nija-sampatti-her opulence; saba\ning; priyera upara\n\n-\n\n-\n\nall; prakata kariya-manifest\n\nagainst her beloved husband; yaya-goes; sainya sajana\n\n­\n\nac\n\n-\n\n­\n\ncompanied by soldiers.\nTRANSLATION\n\"But in the case of the goddess of fortune, I see a different kind of pride.\nShe manifests her own opulences and even goes with her soldiers to attack her\nhusband.\"\nPURPORT\nAfter seeing the impudence of the goddess of fortune, SvarOpa Damodara\nGosvamr wanted to inform Srr Caitanya Mahaprabhu about the superexcellence\nof the gopis' loving affairs. He therefore said, \"My Lord, I never experienced anything like the behavior of the goddess of fortune. We sometimes see a beloved\nwife becoming proud of her position and then frustrated due to some neglect.\nShe then gives up caring for her appearance, accepts dirty clothes and morosely\nsits on the floor and draws lines with her nails. We have heard of such egoistic\npride in Satyabhama and the gopis of Vrndavana, but what we see in the goddess\nof fortune here at Jagannatha Purr is completely different. She becomes very angry\nwith her husband, and attacks Him with her great opulence.\"\nTEXT 140\n\n� �t�,-� �� lfttil1f �<fit1f I\n��� <\\'i?;�,-(;'lttiJ\\Jttil•iiWl �Sft1f II �8° II\nprabhu kahe, -kaha vrajera manera prakara\nsvarupa kahe, -gopi-mana-nadi sata-dhara\n\n", "mad5#p0321": "Text 142]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n289\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said;\n\nkaha-please\n\ntell;\n\nvrajera-of\n\nVrndavana;\n\nmanera-of the egoistic pride; prakara-the varieties; svarupa kahe-Svaropa\nDamodara replied; gopi-mana-the pride of the gopis; nadi-like a river; satadhara-with hundreds of branches.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Please tell me of the varieties of egoistic\npride manifest in Vrndavana.\" Svarupa Damodara replied, \"The pride of the\ngopis is like a river flowing with hundreds of tributaries.\nTEXT 141\n\ni{t�<li� \"ll�t�, '��!:� � (;'eitif I\n\nc;�- c;;�ttif �1-�<lit� �ttil� �l';'tif II �8� II\nnayikara svabhava, prema-vrtte bahu bheda\nsei bhede nana-prakara manera udbheda\nSYNONYMS\nnayikara-of the heroine; sva-bhava-nature; prema-vrtte-in the matter of\nloving affairs; bahu-many; bheda-varieties; sei-that; bhede-in each variety;\nnana-prakara-various types;\n\nmanera-of the jealous anger of a woman;\n\nudbheda-subdivisions.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The characteristics and modes of love are different in different women.\nTheir jealous anger also takes on different varieties and qualities.\nTEXT 142\n\n�J� c;;�tf\"Pt<lit� �ti{ i{j lft11 <!i�il I\n\n<.!l<!i·�l·c;;�tif <!ifi( ftif�,·W�ll!il II �8� II\nsamyak gopikara mana na yaya kathana\neka-dui-bhede kari dig-darasana\nSYNONYMS\nsamyak-fully; gopikara-of the gopis; mana-jealous anger; na-not; yayais possible; kathana-to speak; eka-dui-one, two; bhede-in different types;\nkari-1 make; dik-darasana-indication.\n\n", "mad5#p0322": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n290\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is not possible to give a complete statement about the different types of\njealous anger manifest by the gopis, but a few principles may serve as an indication.\nTEXT 143\n\n1f'ttil '� � '��1', '�� '!' '��111' I\n\n1.!1� �-�tlif, '� � '�tt�1' II �8� II\nmane keha haya 'dhira,' keha ta' 'adhira'\nei tina-bhede, keha haya 'dhiradhira'\nSYNONYMS\nmane-on the platform of jealous anger; keha-some women; haya dhira-are\nvery sober; keha ta'-and some of them; adhira-very restless; ei tina-bhedeand there is a third division; keha haya-some are; dhira-adhira-a mixture of\nsober and restless.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are three types of women experiencing jealous anger: sober\nwomen, restless women and women both restless and sober.\nTEXT 144\n\n''fun' � � �M' �t� c2ltf�til I\n��� ��til, �tt ��il c2lliftil l �88 II\n'dhira' kante dare dekhi' kare pratyutthana\nnikate asi/e, kare asana pradana\nSYNONYMS\ndhira-the sober; kante-the hero; dare-from a distance;\n\ndekhi'-after\n\nseeing; kare pratyutthana-stands up; nikate asi/e-when the hero comes nearby; kare-does; asana-of a seat; pradana-offering.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When a sober heroine sees her hero approaching from a distance, she immediately stands up to recieve him. When he comes near, she immediately\noffers him a place to sit.\n\n", "mad5#p0323": "Text 147]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n291\n\nTEXT 145\n\nte'ft� (;�9f, �� �� 1f� ��i{ I\nf�� 'eltfiffirf;i!, i!i\"t� �f;� �tffltfi{ II �8� II\nhrdaye kopa, mukhe kahe madhura vacana\npriya alingite, tare kare alingana\nSYNONYMS\nhrdaye-within the heart;\n\nkopa-anger;\n\nmukhe-in the mouth;\n\nkahe­\n\nspeaks; madhura-sweet; vacana-words; priya-lover; alingite-when embracing; tare-him; kare alingana-embraces.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The sober heroine conceals her anger within her heart and externally\nspeaks sweet words. When her lover embraces her, she also returns his\nembrace.\nTEXT 146\n\n� ���' � 1f'tti{� (;�lj I\n\n�1 �til �-�tr;�J �� fc.211l·fi{if:Jfi{ II �8� II\n....\n\nsara/a vyavahara, kare manera po�aQa\nkimva solluQtha-vakye kare priya-nirasana\nSYNONYMS\nsara/a vyavahara-plain dealings;\n\nkare-does;\n\nmanera-of jealous anger;\n\npo�aQa-maintenance; kimva-or; so//uQtha-smiling a little; vakye-by words;\nkare-does; priya-of the lover; nirasana-refutation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The sober heroine is very simple in her behavior. She keeps her jealous\nanger within her heart, but with mild words and smiles she refutes the advances of her lover.\nTEXT 147\n\n'��' �....�-��<IIJ <tS�� oee,\"':Jti{ 1\n�c(te,� 1!11;�, � �t� � II �8\" II\n\n", "mad5#p0324": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n292\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\n'adhira' ni$thura-vakye karaye bhartsana\nkarr:wtpale tar;le, kare malaya bandhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nadhira-the restless heroine; ni$thura-vakye-by cruel words; karaye-d oes;\nbharts ana-chastisement;\nma /a ya\n\n-\n\nkarQa-utpale\n\nta r;/e-p ulls\n\near;\n\nthe\n\nkare-does;\n\nwith a garland; bandhana-binding\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The restless heroine, however, sometimes chastises her lover with cruel\nwords, sometimes pulls his ear and sometimes binds him with a flower garland.\nTEXT 148\n\n'��1' ��-<ttt�J �1{ ��t� I\n�'f.���' �'f. ti{\"f1, � � �� II �Sir II\n'dhiradhira' vakra-vakye kare upahasa\nkabhu stuti, kabhu ninda, kabhu va udasa\n\nSYNONYMS\ndhira-adhira-the heroine who is a combination of sobriety and restlessness;\nvakra-vakye kare upahas a-j ok es with equivocal words; kabhu stuti-sometimes\n\npraise; kabhu ni nda-som etime s blasphemy; kabhu va udasa-som etimes indifference.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The heroine who is a combination of sobriety and restlessness always\njokes. with equivocal words. She sometimes praises her lover, sometimes\nblasphemes him and sometimes remains indifferent.\nTEXT 149\n\n'�', '�$f11', '�'$1'(:ei',--Fe� �tr��f1f �w 1\n'�1Ai1' �t� �f;� �tt�� �<li1AiJ·�t�i II �8� II\n'mugdha', 'madhya', 'pragalbha', -tina nayikara bheda\n'mugdha' nahi jane manera vaidagdhya-vibheda\n\nSYNONYMS\nmug dha-captivated;\n\nmadhya- i nter m ediate; praga/bha-im pudent; tina­\n\nthree; nayikara-of heroines; bheda-d i visions; mug dha\n\nthe captivated; nahi\n\n-\n\n", "mad5#p0325": "Text 151]\n\nPerformance of the V�ndavana Pastimes\n\n293\n\njane-does not know; manera-of jealous anger; vaidagdhya-vibheda-the intricacies of cunning behavior.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Heroines may also be classified as captivated, intermediate and impudent.\nThe captivated heroine does not know very much about the cunning intricacies of jealous anger.\nTEXT 150\n\n11.� ��mu <15t� ,'fi� ,�twill\n<15'tt�� f�11<tt<I5J �fi{' �11 9f��� II �ao II\nmukha acchadiya kare kevala rodana\nkantera priya-vakya suni' haya parasanna\nSYNONYMS\n\nmukha acchadiya-covering the face; kare-performs; kevala-only; rodana­\n\ncrying; kantera-of the lover; priya-vakya-sweet words; suni'-hearing; hayabecomes; parasanna -satisfied.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The captivated heroine simply covers her face and goes on crying. When\nshe hears sweet words from her lover, she is very satisfied.\nTEXT 151.\n\n'�'Ul' '�'$!��1' ..t� �flf·��w 1\n�� llt'U �<!� <lil�t� f%il �W II �<t� II\n'madhya' 'pragalbha' dhare dhiradi-vibheda\ntara madhye sabara svabhave tina bheda\nSYNONYMS\n\nmadhya-the intermediate; pragalbha-the impudent; dhare-contain; dhiraadi-vibheda-the three divisions of dhira, adhira and dhiradhira; tara madhye­\n\namong them; sabara-of all of them; sva-bhave-in nature; tina bheda-three\ndivisions.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Both the intermediate and impudent heroines can be classified as sober,\nrestless and both sober and restless. All their characteristics can be further\nclassified in three divisions.\n\n", "mad5#p0326": "294\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 152\n\n'<li� '��1', �� '��', '� � '�111' I\n\n�-� ?�� il� ,�·�\"111 II ��� II\nkeha 'prakhara', keha 'mrdu', keha haya 'sama'\nsva-svabhave kr�l)era bac;iaya prema-sima\nSYNONYMS\nkeha-some; prakhara-very talkative; keha-some; mrdu-very mild; keha\nhaya-some of them are; sama-equipoised;.sva-svabhave-by their own characteristics; kr�l)era-of Lord Kr�l)a; bac;iaya-increases; prema-sima-limit of loving\necstasy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Some of them are very talkative, some are mild, and some are equipoised.\nEach heroine, according to her own character, increases Sri Kr�Qa's loving\necstasy.\nTEXT 153\n\n�t�1i, 11t('il, �t11J ��t� fi{t('� I\n�� '�� �t1;� ??;;� ��t� ��� II ��� II\nprakharya, mardava, samya svabhava nirdo�a\nsei sei svabhave kr�l)e karaya santo�a\nSYNONYMS\nprakharya-talkativeness; mardava-mildness; samya-being equipoised; svabhava-nature; nirdo�a-faultless; sei sei sva-bhave-in those transcendental\nqualities; kr�Qe-Lord Km1a; karaya-they make; santo�a-happy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although some of the gopis are talkative, some mild and some equipoised,\nall of them are transcendental and faultless. They please Kr�Qa by their unique\ncharacteristics.\"\nTEXT 154\n\n�<li� �fe{m �� �\"' ��� 1\n'�, �' ��',-�'1' � ilt1f II ��8 II\n\n", "mad5#p0327": "Text 156]\n\n295\n\nPerformance of the V�ndavana Pastimes\ne-katha suniya prabhura ananda apara\n'kaha, kaha, damodara', -bale bara bara\nSYNONYMS\n\ne-katha\n\nsuniya-hearing\n\nthis\n\ndescription;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSrr\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; ananda apara-unlimited happiness; kaha kaha-please go on\nspeaking; damodara-My dear Damodara; bale bara bara-He said again and\nagain.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu felt unlimited happiness upon hearing these descriptions, and He again and again requested Svarupa Damodara to continue\nspeaking.\n\nTEXT 155\n\n�111lfl ��' -\" 1ffil�tl't-t1f I\npt-��<IS, 1f�-� II �<t<t II\ndamodara kahe, -kr�Qa rasika-sekhara\nrasa-asvadaka, rasamaya-kalevara\nSYNONYMS\ndamodara kahe-Damodara said;\n\nkr�Qa-Lord\n\nKr�l)a;\n\nrasika-sekhara-the\n\nmaster of transcendental mellows; rasa-asvadaka-the taster of transcendental\nmellows; rasa-maya-kalevara-whose body is made of all transcendental bliss.\nTRANSLATION\nDamodara Gosvami said, \"K��Qa is the master of all transcendental\nmellows. He is the taster of transcendental mellows, and His body is composed of transcendental bliss.\nTEXT 156\n\n<;$11m·<��'1.�� <e•o���� 1\n,��' pt�\"f;lj, <;omf��i�'l II �<t� II\npremamaya-vapu kr�Qa bhakta-premadhina\nsuddha-preme, rasa-guf)e, gopika-pravif)a\n\n", "mad5#p0328": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n296\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nSYNONYMS\nprema-maya-vapu-body of love and ecstasy; kr�Qa- Lord Kr�r:Ja; bhaktaprema-adhina-always subordinate to the loving feelings of His devotees; suddha-preme-in pure uncontaminated love; rasa guQe-and in the qualities of\ntranscendental mellows; gopika-the gopis; praviQa-very experienced.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r:'la is full of ecstatic love and always subordinate to the love of his\ndevotees. The gopis are very experienced in pure love and in the dealings of\ntranscendental mellows.\nTEXT 157\n\n''5ttM<fit� '�� i{f� �,�,.-� ll{ I\n��!�<if �?;�� <fit1f <?l�� :Jt?;�i� II �(t� II\ng opikara preme nahi rasabhasa-do�a\nataeva kr�Qera kare parama santo�a\nSYNONYMS\ngopikara·-of the gopis; preme �in the loving affairs; nahi-there is not; rasaabhasa-of an adulte�ated taste of mellow; do�a-fault; ataeva-therefore;\nkrg;era --of Lord Kr�r:J a ; kare-they do; parama santo�a -highest satisfaction.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is no flaw or adulteration in the love of the gopis; therefore they\ngive Kr�r:'la the highest pleasure.\nPURPORT\nRasabhasa occurs when one's relationship with Kr�r:Ja is adulterated. There are\ndifferent types of rasabhasa-first-, second- and third-class. The word rasa means\n\"mellow,\" and abhasa means \"a shadow.\" If one tastes one kind of mellow and\nsomething extra is imposed, that is uparasa. If something is derived from the\noriginal mellow, it is called anurasa. If something is appreciated that is far removed\nfrom the original mellow, it is called aparasa. Uparasa, anurasa and aparasa are,\nrespectively, first-, second- and third-class rasabhasas. As stated in Bhaktirasamrta-sindhu (4.9):\npOrvam evanusi�tena vikala rasa-lak�aQa\nrasa eva rasabhasa rasa-jfiair anukirtita/:1\nsyus tridhoparasas canurasas caparasas ca te\nuttama madhyama/:1 prokta/:1 kani�thas cety ami kramat\n\n", "mad5#p0329": "Text 158]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n297\n\nTEXT 158\n1.!1<1''\n\n..r-..r�r' �f<nnf�\\!51 f<T\"ti:\n\n-\n\n1f 'l�J<fiC'l{f��if'!li<1'1i5\\'l: I\n\nPlc<T<l\" '!lt��<1'i!'%-C1fh\\!J:\n1\\<tt: \"f��<f1<1'J<f�nPili!!lll1: I! )¢lr II\nevam sasankamsu-virajita nisa/:r\n\nsa satya-kamo 'nuratabala-gaQa/:r\n\nsi?eva atmany avaruddha-saurata/:r\n\nsarva/:r sarat-kavya-katha-rasasraya/:r\nSYNONYMS\n\nevam-thus; sasar'lka-amsu-with rays of moonshine; virajita/:r-beautifully ex­\n\nisting; nisJ/:r-nights; sa/:r-He; satya-ka ma/:r-the Absolute Truth; anurata-to\n\nwhom are attracted; aba/a-gaQa/:r-women; si?eva-performed; atmani-in His\n\nown self; avaruddha-saurata/:r-His transcendental erotic love was checked; sarva/:r\n\n-\n\nall; sarat-in autumn; kavya-poetic; katha-words; rasa-asraya/:r-full of\n\nall transcendental mellows.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Lord Sri Kr�r:�a, who is the Absolute Truth, enjoyed His rasa dance every\nnight during the autumn season. He performed this dance in the moonlight\nand with full transcendental mellows. He used poetic words and surrounded\nHimself with women who were very much attracted to Him.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.33.26). The gopis are all\ntranscendental spirit souls. One should never think that the gopis and Kr?r)a have\nmaterial bodies. Vrndavana-dhama is also a spiritual abode, and there the days\nand nights, the trees, flowers, water and everything else are spiritual. There is not\neven a trace of material contamination. K(\"?r_1a, who is the Supreme Brahman and\nSupersoul, is not at all interested in anything material. His activities with the gopis\nare all spiritual and take place within the spiritual world. They have nothing to do\nwith the material world. Lord K[?r_1a's lusty desires and all His dealings with the\ngopis are on the spiritual platform. One has to be transcendentally realized before\neven considering relishing the pastimes of Kr?r)a with the gopis. One who is on\n\nthe mundane platform must first purify himself by following the regulative principles. Only then can he try to understand Kr?r)a and the gopis. Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu and SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami are here talking about the relationship between Kr?r)a and the gopis: therefore the subject matter is neither mun-\n\n", "mad5#p0330": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n298\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\ndane nor erotic. Being a sannyasi, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very strict in His\ndealings with women. Unless the gopis were on the spiritual platform, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu would have never even mentioned them to SvarOpa\nDamodara Gosvami. Therefore these descriptions do not at all pertain to material\nactivity.\nTEXT 159\n\n'<lt111' <11� <;'itt��'!, 'titf'JIIIf1' <11� �If I\nilti11·<ett� �1tt11 �1:� 1t� �tlfi{ II ��� II\n'vama' eka gopi-gaQa, 'dak�iQa' eka gaQa\nnana-bhave karaya kr�Qe rasa asvadana\nSYNONYMS\nvama-left wing; eka-one; gopi-gaQa-party of gopis; dak�iQa-right wing;\neka-another; gaQa-party of gopis; nana-bhave-in varieties of ecstatic love;\nkaraya-cause to do; kr�Qe-unto Kr�t:Ja; rasa asvadana-tasting of transcendental mellows.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The gopis can be divided into a left wing and a right wing. Both wings induce Kr�r:ta to taste transcendental mellows by various manifestations of\necstatic love.\nTEXT 160\n\n<;�t��lf-11tlfJ c(!!� �tlf1-��1tt� 1\nfifSi\"''·�-1t�·,�11·1t1�� II ��o II\ngopi-gaQa-madhye sre�tha radha-thakural)i\nnirmala-ujjvala-rasa-prema-ratna-khani\nSYNONYMS\ngopi-gal)a-madhye-of all the gopis; sre�tha -the chief; radha-thakural)iSrimati\n\nRadharat:Ji;\n\nnirmala -purified;\n\nujjvala -brilliant;\n\nrasa-in\n\nmellows;\n\nprema-of ecstatic love; ratna-khani-the jewel mine.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Of all the gopis, Srimati Radharar;ti is the chief. She is a jewel mine of\necstatic love and the source of all purified transcendental conjucal mellows.\n\n", "mad5#p0331": "Text 161]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n299\n\nTEXT 161\n\n� ''al'fJ111' cflr;�1 ...�� '�' I\n� ,��� ,��1 fil11'�11' '�1' ll ��� ll\nvayase 'madhyama' tenho svabhavete 'sama'\ngac;Jha prema-bhave tenho nirantara 'vama'\nSYNONYMS\n\nvayase madhyama-grown up; tenho-Srimati Radharar;�i; sva-bhavete-in\ncharacter; sama-equipoised;\n\ngac;Jha-deep; prema-bhave-in ecstatic love;\n\ntenho-She; nirantara-constantly; vama-of the group of the left-wing gopis.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Radhara�i is grown up, and Her character is equipoised. She is always\ndeeply absorbed in ecstatic love and always feeling in the mood of a left-wing\ngo pi.\nPURPORT\n\nThe left wing and right wing of the gopis has been explained by ROpa Gosvami\nin Ujjva/a-nilamaQi. The left wing is described in this way:\nmana-grahe sadodyukta\ntac-chaithilye ca kopana\nabhedya nayake prayah\nkrura vameti kirtyate\n\"A gopi who is always eager to be jealously angered, who is very enthusiastic for\n\nthat position, who immediately becomes angry when defeated, who is never\nunder the control of a hero and who always opposes Him is called vama, or a leftwing gopi.\"\nSrila ROpa Gosvami describes the right-wing gopis in this way:\nasahya mana-nirbandhe\nnayake yukta-vadini\nsamabhis tena bhedya ca\ndak�iQa parikirtita\n\"A gopi who cannot tolerate womanly anger, who speaks suitable words to the\n\nhero and who is satisfied by His sweet words is called a dak�iQa, or a right-wing\ngopi.\"\n\n", "mad5#p0332": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n300\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 162\n\nCftaiJ·llifettCf 11ti{ �a fil1f� 1\n!!t1f 1tt'fl �� �t�� ��J�t� II ��� ll\nvamya-svabhave mana uthe nirantara\ntara madhye uthe k[$Qera ananda-sagara\nSYNONYMS\nvamya svabhave-because of left-wing character; mana-womanly anger;\n-\n\nuthe-awakens;\n\nnirantara-al ways;\n\ntara madhye-in that dealing;\n\nuthe-is\n\nawakening; k[$Qera-of Lord Kr�r;a; ananda-sagara-an ocean of transcendental\nbliss.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because She is a left-wing gopi, Her womanly anger is always awakening,\nbut Kr�r;�a derives transcendental bliss from Her activities.\nTEXT 163\n\n��Rr<t 51�: c�!'l(ot: �;st•r��-.,1 ;sr<t� 1\n'I!{C\\�\"1 C�\"C�t'll\"C�\"C�\"51[_f.Of1'lft0! �lf�f� II ��� II\naher iva gati/:1 premQa/:1\nsvabhava-kutila bhavet\nato hetor ahetos ca\nyunor mana udaficati\nSYNONYMS\nahe/:1-of the snake; iva-like; gati/:1-the movement; preml)a/:1-of the loving\naffairs; sva-bhava-by nature; kutila\n\n-\n\ncrooked; bhavet-is; ata/:1-therefore;\n\nheto/:1-from some cause; aheto/:1-from the absence of a cause; ca-and;\nyuno/:1-of the young couple; mana/:1-anger; udaficati-appears.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The progress of loving affairs between young couples is by nature\ncrooked, like the movement of a snake. Because of this, two types of anger\narise between young couples-anger with a cause and anger without a\ncause.'\"\n\n", "mad5#p0333": "Text 165]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n301\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srila ROpa Gosvami's Ujjvala-nilamal)i (Srngara-bheda­\n\nprakaral)a, 1 02).\n\nTEXT 164\n\n�� ��' � � �til'\"f·�tt� I\n'�,�II:' �t� � � lif�1lll ��8 II\neta suni' bar;le prabhura ananda-sagara\n\n'kaha, kaha' kahe prabhu, bale damodara\nSYNONYMS\n\neta\n\nsuni'-hearing\n\nthis;\n\nbar;/e-increased;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; ananda-sagara-the ocean of transcendental bliss; kaha kaha-go\n\non speaking; kahe prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued to request; bale\ndamodara-Damodara Gosvami continued to reply.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard these talks, His ocean of transcen­\n\ndental bliss increased. He therefore told Svarupa Damodara, \"Go on speaking, go on speaking.\" And thus Svarupa Damodara continued.\nTEXT 165\n\n'�� ��'-ttf'R't1l Cl2l1f I\n��-, ��' �ti ffit'l � II ��� II\n'adhirur;Jha mahabhava'-radhikara prema\n\nvisuddha, nirmala, yaiche dasa-val)a hema\nSYNONYMS\n\nadhirur;lha maha-bha va-highly elevated ecstatic love; radhikara prema-the\nloving affairs of Srimati Radhara�i; visuddha-completely uncontaminated; nirmala-purified ; yaiche-as if; dasa-val)a-ten times purified; hema-gold.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srimati Radharal)i's love is a highly advanced ecstasy. All Her dealings are\ncompletely pure and devoid of material tinge. Indeed, Her dealings are ten\ntimes purer than gold.\n\n", "mad5#p0334": "302\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 166\n\n�� w-f-1 �� 'Pft11 ��� 1\n\nil'ti{i·�t<l·�\"'��� �� f<l,f�l! II ��� II\nkr�Qera darsana yadi paya acambite\nnana-bhava-vibhu�al)e haya vibhD�ite\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qera-of Lord Kr�t:Ja; darsana-interview; yadi-if; paya-gets; acambiteall of a sudden; nana-various; bhava-ecstatic; vibhD�aQe-with ornaments;\nhaya-is; vibhD�ite-decorated.\nTRANSLATION\n\"As soon as Radhara�i gets a chance to see Kr��a, Her body is suddenly\ndecorated with various ecstatic ornaments.\nTEXT 167\n\n�� '��<fi', � '��' �� I\n'�� '�', f<l�� '�t�'·��t1111 ��'l II\na�ta 'sattvika', har�adi 'vyabhicari' yanra\n'sahaja prema', virhsati 'bhava'-alankara\nSYNONYMS\na�ta-eight; sattvika-transcendental symptoms;\n\nhar�a-adi-like jubilation;\n\nvyabhicari-distinctive features; yanra-of whose; sahaja prema-natural love;\nvirhsati-twenty; bhava-of ecstasy; a/ankara-ornaments.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The transcendental ornaments of Srimati Radhara�i's body include the\neight sattvikas, or transcendental symptoms, the thirty-three vyabhicaribhavas, beginning with har�a, or jubilation in natural love, and the twenty\nbhavas, or ecstatic emotional ornaments.\nPURPORT\nThe thirty-three vyabhicari-bhavas, bodily symptoms manifest in ecstatic love,\nare as follows: (1) nirveda, indifference; (2) vi�ada, moroseness; (3) dainya, meekness;\n\n(4) glani, a feeling that one is in a faulty position; (5) srama, fatigue; (6)\n\n", "mad5#p0335": "Text 169]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n303\n\nmada, madness; (7) garva, pride; (8) sanka, doubt; (9) trasa, shock; (1 0) a vega, in­\n\ntense emotion; (11) unmada, craziness; (12) apasmara, forgetfulness; (13) vyadhi,\ndisease; (14) moha, bewilderment; (15) mrti, death; (16)\n\na/asya, laziness; (17)\n(18) vric;/a, shame; (19) avahittha, concealment; (20) smrti,\nremembrance; (21) vitarka, argument; (22) cinta, contemplation; (23) mati, attention; (24) dhrti, forbearance; (25) har?a, jubilation; (26) autsukya, eagerness; (27)\naugrya, violence; (28) amar?a, anger; (L9) asDya, jealousy; (30) capalya, impudence; (31) nidra, sleep; (32) supti, deep sleep and (33) prabodha, awakening.\n\njac;lya, invalidity;\n\nTEXT 168\n\n'��ffltJII', 't.i�', 'f�illt�', '�I!' I\n\n'f.rc;��','�itfilll', �'Rf ''��', '����,u��\" n\n'kila-kincita', 'kuttamita', 'vilasa', 'Ialita'\n'vivvoka', 'mottayita', ara 'maugdhya', 'cakita'\nSYNONYMS\nki/a-kincita-a particular type of ornament at the time of seeing Kr�r:Ja; kut­\n\ntamita-the symptom explained in verse 197; vi/asa-the symptom explained in\n\nverse 187; /a/ita-the symptom explained in verse 192; viv voka - neglecting the\npresentation given by the hero; mottayita-awakening of lusty desires by the\n\nremembrance and words of the hero; ara-and; maugdhya-assuming the posi­\n\ntion of not knowing things although everything is known; cakita-a position in\nwhich the heroine appears very afraid although she is not at all afraid.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Some of the symptoms critically explained in the following verses are kilakincita, kutfamita, vilasa, Iaiita, vivvoka, motfayita, maugdhya and cakita.\nTEXT 169\n\n\\Jill � \"� ll1fM � I\n\n�f� ��t;ilf ���-tt�·i!1ffiP II��� II\neta bhava-bhD?aya bhD?ita sri-radhara anga\ndekhite uthale kr?Qa-sukhabdhi-taranga\nSYNONYMS\neta-so many; bha va-bhD?aya-with the ornaments of ecstasy; bhD?ita­\n\ndecorated; sri-radhara-of SrTmatT Radharar:JT; anga -the body; dekhite-to see;\n\n", "mad5#p0336": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n304\n\nutha/e-awakens;\n\nkr�Qa-sukha-abdhi-of\n\nthe\n\nocean\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nof\n\nK[�l)a's\n\nhappiness;\n\ntarariga-waves.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Srimati RadharaQi's body manifests the ornaments of many ecstatic\nsymptoms, the ocean of Kr�r:Ja's happiness immediately displays transcendental waves.\nTEXT 170\n\n��r•�tfif-�tr:�f �il' f.rof'l 1\n� ce�-� 1ftSf1 �� fl·';fi{ II ��o II\nkila-kincitadi-bhavera suna vivaraf)a\nye bhava-bha�aya radha hare kr�Qa-mana\nSYNONYMS\nkila-kincita adi-beginning with the ecstasy named kila-kincita; bhavera-of\n-\n\necstasies; suna -hear; vivaraf)a-the description; ye bhava-bha�aya-with these\necstatic ornaments; radha-S rTmatT Radharai)T; hare-enchants; kr�Qa-mana-the\nmind of Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now hear a description of different ecstasies, beginning with kila-kificita.\nWith these ecstatic ornaments, Srimati RadharaQi enchants the mind of Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 171\n\nmi ��' �� �flf �·�� <fit� ';fil' I\n\n1f'tiNt�-�� �\"' �igfi{ $fil' II ��� II\nradha dekhi' kr�Qa yadi churiite kare mana\ndana-ghati-pathe yabe varjena gamana\nSYNONYMS\nradha-S rTmatT Radharai)T; dekhi'-after seeing; kr�Qa-lord K[�l)a; yadi-if;\nchuriite-to touch; kare mana-desires; dana-ghati-pathe-on the way leading\ntoward the spot from where one crosses the river to the other side; yabe-when;\nvarjena-prohibits; gamana -going.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Sri Kr�r:Ja sees Srimati RadharaQi and wants to touch Her body, He\nprohibits Her from going to the spot where one can cross the River Yamuna.\n\n", "mad5#p0337": "Text 173]\n\nPerformance of the V�ndavana Pastimes\n\n305\n\nTEXT 172\n\n� �t�' 1ftifl �� �!PPI @it�?;;i! I\n\n��·'fiftt� �t� �flf �t?;;� �ti! flr?;;i! II �\"'� II\nyabe asi' mana kare pu�pa uthaite\nsakhi-age cahe yadi gaye hata dite\nSYNONYMS\nyabe-when; asi'-coming nearby; mana kare-prohibits; pu�pa uthaite-to\npick up flowers; sakhi-age-in front of the friends of SrimatT Radharal)i; cahewants; yadi-if; gaye-in the body; hata dite-touch with the hand.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nApproaching Her, K��r:-a prohibits Srimati Radharar;�i from picking flowers.\n\nHe may also touch Her in front of Her friends.\nTEXT 173\n\n1.!1� ..-t?;;� 'RslilRsf.i!' @5f'$jJ� I\n1!1� '�' �•tft-'IJ!f �t11:'1 II �\"'� II\nei-saba sthane 'kila-kificita' udgama\nprathame 'har�a' saficari-mD/a karaf)a\nSYNONYMS\nei-saba sthane-in such places; kila-kificita-of the symptom of the ecstasy\nknown as ki/a-kificita; udgama-awakening; prathame-in the beginning; har�a-jubilation; saficari-ecstatic emotion; mula karaf)a-the root cause.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAt such times, the ecstatic symptoms of kila-kincita are awakened. First\n\nthere is jubilation in ecstatic love, which is the root cause of these symptoms.\nPURPORT\nWhenever Srimati Radharal)i leaves Her house, She is always well-dressed and\nattractive. It is Her womanly nature to attract Sri Kr�l)a's attention, and upon\nseeing Her so attractively dressed, Sri Kr�l)a desires to touch Her body. The Lord\nthen finds some fault in Her and prohibits Her from going to a river crossing and\nstops Her from picking flowers. Such are the pastimes between Srimati Radharal)i\nand Sri Kr�l)a. Being a cowherd girl, Srimati Radharal)i regularly carries a container\n\n", "mad5#p0338": "306\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nof milk and often goes to sell it on the other side of the Yamuna. To cross the river,\nShe has to pay the boatman, and the spot where the boatman collects his fares is\ncalled the dana-ghati. Lord Sri Kr�C�a stops Her from going, telling Her, \"First You\nhave to pay the fee; then You will be allowed to go.\" This pastime is called danake/i-lila. Similarly, if Srimati Radharal)i wants to pick a flower, Sri Kr�C�a claims to be\nthe garden's proprietor and prohibits Her. This pastime is called kila-kincita.\nRadharal)i's shyness arises due to Sri Kr�C�a's prohibitions, and ecstatic loving\nbodily symptoms called kila-Wicita-bhava are manifest at this time. These\necstatic symptoms are explained in the following verse, which is from Srila ROpa\nGosvami's Ujjvala-nilamaQi (Anubhava-prakaraQa,\n\n44).\n\nTEXT 174\n\n���'1ill�Rf�f\"'l!�i��j�H1�1{P{_ I\n11�n��'�� ��r�sn� r�.,r�r��, n � '18 \"\ngarvabhila$a-ruditasmitasuya-bhaya-krudham\nsankari-karaQaril har$ad\nucyate ki/a-kilicitam\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ngarva-pride;\n\nabhila$a-ambition;\n\nrudita-crying;\n\nsmita-smiling;\n\nasuya­\n\nenvying; bhaya-fearing; krudham-anger; sankari-karaQam-the act of shrinking away; har$at-because of jubilation;\n\nucyate-is called;\n\nkila-kincitam­\n\necstatic symptoms known as kila-kincita.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'Pride, ambition, weeping, smiling, envy, fear and anger are the seven\necstatic loving symptoms manifest by a jubilant shrinking away, and these\nsymptoms are called kila-kincita-bhava.'\n\nTEXT 175\n\n�111' lfl� !6t<t �tfit' �I!Jr � I\n���t<t-�f'Pfti{ '��' ��\" �9(t\"\nara sata bhava asi' sahaje milaya\na$ta-bhava-sammilane 'mahabhava' haya\n\n", "mad5#p0339": "Text 177]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n307\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nara-other; sata-seven; bhava-ecstatic symptoms; asi'-coming together;\nsahaj e\n\nnaturally; milaya-become mixed; a�ta-bhava-of eight kinds of ecstatic\n\n-\n\nemotional symptoms; sammilane-by the combining; maha-bhava haya-there is\nmahabhava.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are seven other transcendental ecstatic symptoms, and when they\ncombine on the platform of jubilation, the combination is called mahabhava.\nTEXT 176\n\n-st.{, �f*lfl(, �' �'fllfir! I\n�,���,���II�C!�II\ngarva, abhila�a, bhaya, su�ka-rudita\nkrodha, asuya haya, ara manda-smita\nSYNONYMS\n\ngarva-pride;\n\nabhi/a�a-ambition;\n\nbhaya-fear;\n\nsu�ka rudita-dry\n-\n\n,\n\nartificial\n\ncrying; krodha-anger; asuya-envy; haya-there is; ara-also; manda-smitamild smiling.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The seven combined ingredients of mahabhava are pride, ambition, fear,\ndry artificial crying, anger, envy and mild smiling.\nTEXT 177\n\nilti11·� 'Cii<e� (fj�i1! � I\n�11 'Cit\"mW If� � \"·'ll'if II�C!C! II\nnana-svadu a�ta-bhava ekatra milana\nyahara asvade trpta haya kr�Qa-mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nnana-various;\n\nsvadu-tasteful;\n\na�ta-bhava-eight\n\nkinds\n\nof\n\necstatic\n\nsymptoms; ekatra-at one place; mi/ana-meeting; yahara-of which; asvadeby the tasting; trpta\n\n-\n\nsatisfied; haya-is; kr�Qa-mana-the mind of Kr��a.\n\n", "mad5#p0340": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n308\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are eight symptoms of ecstatic love on the platform of transcendental jubilation, and when they are combined and tasted by Kr�r:ea, the Lord's\nmind is completely satisfied.\nTEXT 178\n\n5f�, ��' �' 1f'J:, 1'111�, �� I\n��- fif'ftil C�ti � 1f� II �'\\lr II\ndadhi, khaQ(ia, ghrta, madhu, marica, karpura\nelaci-milane yaiche rasa/a madhura\nSYNONYMS\ndadhi-yogurt; khaQ(ia-candy; ghrta-ghee; madhu-honey; marica-black\npepper; karpura-camphor; e/aci-cardamom; milane-by combining together;\nyaiche-as; rasa/a-very tasteful; madhura-and sweet.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Indeed, they are compared to a combination of yogurt, candy, ghee,\nhoney, black pepper, camphor and cardamom, which, when mixed together,\nare very tasty and sweet.\nTEXT 179\n\n�� �t�-� c;5ff�' 111..-t'll·il�il I\n�UI1f :ft�tl! �� 9f't1l c;�t$-�'1 II �'\\� II\nei bhava-yukta dekhi' radhasya-nayana\nsangama ha-ite sukha paya koti-guQa\nSYNONYMS\nei bhava-with these ecstatic symptoms; yukta-combined together; dekhi'seeing; radha-asya-nayana-the face and eyes of Srimati RadharaJ;�i; sangama haite-than direct embracing; sukha p aya-enj oys happiness; koti-guQa-millions\nof times more.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Sri Kr�r:ea is thousands upon thousands of times more satisfied when\nHe sees Srimati Radharar:ei's face light up from this combination of ecstatic\nlove than He is by direct union with Her.\n\n", "mad5#p0341": "309\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\nText 181]\n\nPURPORT\nThis is further explained in the following verse from the Ujjvala-nilamaf')i\n(Anubhava-prakaraf')a,\n\n46) of Srila ROpa Gosvami.\nTEXT 180\n\n'15l�:r:���r�t�\"'1 ��·rq-Jt�'lof9f\"!'l1t�1\nf�f�vtt���t�\"f1 �P!�r��f\"!�&l 9.!;11': ���, 1\n��n: 9f� 1ttlfr<1� 1l�HJ�ltr\\!Jtnt;s�1\n\n�Nnm f'll\"'f'll\"f���<�r�.rt wr�t: r��� \"<�\"= f�t����l>'·n\nantab smeratayojjvala jala-kaQa-vyakirQa-pak?mankura\nkiiicit patalitafica/a rasikatotsikta purab kuiicati\nruddhayab pathi madhavena madhura-vyabhugna-torottara\nradhayab ki/a-kiiicita-stavakini d r?tib sriyarh vab kriyat\nSYNONYMS\nantab-internally or not manifested; smerataya ujjva/a-brightened by mild\nsmiling; ja/a-kaQa-with drops of water; vyakirQa-sca ttered; pak?ma-ankurafrom the eyelashes; kificit-very little; patalita-aficala-a tinge of redness, mixed\nwith whiteness, on the borders of the eyes; rasikata-utsikta-being merged in the\ncunning behavior of the Lord; purab-in the front;\ndhayab-having been blocked;\n\nkuiicati-shrinks; rud­\n\npathi-on the way; madhavena-by Kr�r:ta;\n\nmadhura-sweet;\n\nvyabhugna-curved;\n\nSrTmatT Radharar:tT;\n\nkila-kiiicita-the ecstatic\n\ntora-uttara-the\nsymptom\n\neyes;\n\nradhayab-of\n\nnamed\n\nkila-kificita;\n\nstavakini-like a bouquet of flowers; dr?tib-glance; sriyam-good fortune;\nvab-of all of you; kriyat-may perform.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'May the sight of Srimati Radharal)i's kila-kificita ecstasy, which is like a\nbouquet, bring good fortune to all. When Sri Kr�r:\"la blocked Radharal)i's way\nto the dana-ghati, there was laughter within Her heart. Her eyes grew bright,\nand fresh tears flowed from Her eyes, reddening them. Due to Her sweet relationship with Kr�l)a, Her eyes were enthusiastic, and when Her crying subsided, She appeared even more beautiful.'\nTEXT 181\n\n<1\"109( <! ;1� f\"!� i�<ft�\"'\"D\"'?;\"il�� �?;J'jf�jf)j��\n\nc�r\"'t�t\"!5'1N�� �IU����,��f��� 1\n\n", "mad5#p0342": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n310\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\n�i'fillt: f<farf<ff��i��'I!C'Il ��'l'fiJiO!O!� \"'l'lf1!11T't0!�� \\!i\"l!<lt?f c<fit��M\\!i� c�r��:� �cfto�: 11)17-�11\nba$pa-vyakulitaruf)afica/a-ca/an-netrarh raso/lasitarh\nhelollasa-ca/adhararh kutilita-bhru-yugmam udyat-smitam\nradhayab kila-kificitaficitam asau vik$yananarh sarigamad\nanandarh tam avapa koti-guf)itarh yo 'bhan na gir-gocarab\n\nSYNONYMS\nbawa-by tears;\n\nvyakulita-agitated;\n\naruf)a-aficala-with a reddish tinge;\n\nca/an-moving; netram-eyes; rasa-ullasitam-because of being agitated by\ntranscendental mellows;\n\nhe/a-u//asa-because of neglectful jubilation;\n\nadharam -moving\n\nlips;\n\nkutilita -c u rved;\n\nudyat-awakening;\n\nsmitam -smiling;\n\nbhru-yugmam-two\n\nradhayab -of\n\nSrimati\n\ncala­\n\neyebrows;\n\nRadharal)i;\n\nkila­\n\nkin cita-with the ecstatic symptom named kila-kificita; aficitam-expression;\nasau-He (Kr�r:Ja); vik$ya-after glancing over; ananam-the face; sarigamat­\n\neven than embracing;\n\nanandam\n\n-\n\nhappines s;\n\ntam-that;\n\navapa-got;\n\nkoti­\n\nguf)itam -millions upon millions times more; yah - whi ch; abhat-became; na­\n\nnot; gil)-gocarab -the subject of being described.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Agitated by tears, Srimati Radharar:'li's eyes were tinged with red, just like\nthe eastern horizon at sunrise. Her lips began to move with jubilation and\nlusty desire. Her eyebrows curved, and Her lotuslike face smiled mildly.\nSeeing Radharar:'li's face exhibit such emotion, lord Sri Kr�r:'la felt a million\ntimes happier than when He embraced Her. Indeed, lord Sri Kr�r:'la's happiness is not at all mundane.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Govinda-li/amrta\n\n(9.18).\n\nTEXT 182\n\n�\\! 'e�' � ����i Clti1fi't'! ';{e{ I\n\n��tf<t� �$i �11it� �<li� ���II �\\r� II\neta suni' prabhu haila anandita mana\nsukhavi$ta hafia svarupe kaila alirigana\n\nSYNONYMS\neta suni\n\n'-\n\nhearing this; p rabhu -Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; hai/a -be came;\n\nanandita mana -ve ry happy in His mind; sukha-avi$ta hafia-being absorbed in\n\n", "mad5#p0343": "Text 184]\n\n311\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\nhappiness; svarupe-unto SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami; kai /a\n\n-\n\ndid; a/ir'lgana­\n\nembracing.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu became very happy, and,\nbeing absorbed in this happiness, He embraced Svarupa Damodara Gosvami.\nTEXT 183\n\n'f�tflr'·�t�·�1f � I!' il'fi'i I\n<;�� �'tt� 1ftlfl �t1f <;'ittf�\"!1f lfil? �� II\n'vilasadi'-bhava-bh0$ara kaha ta' lak$af)a\nyei bhave radha hare govindera mana?\nSYNONYMS\n\nvi/asa-adi-beginning with transcendental enjoyment;\nbh0$ara-of the ornaments;\n\nkaha-please speak;\n\nbhava-of ecstasy;\n\nta'-indeed;\n\n/ak$af)a-the\n\nsymptoms; yei bhave-by which symptoms; radha-Srimati Radharar:Ji; hareenchants; govindera mana-the mind of Sri Govinda.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then asked Svarupa Damodara, \"Please speak of\nthe ecstatic ornaments decorating the body of Srimati Radhara�i, by which\nShe enchants the mind of Sri Govinda.\"\nTEXT 184\n\n� '!' lli�9f-c;'it�t� �� iltf� I\n\n�fil' � �'5t'i �t�� ��111 �lr8 II\ntabe ta' svarupa-gosaiii kahite lagila\nsuni' prabhura bhakta-gaf)a maha-sukha paila\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-at that time; ta'-indeed; svarupa-gosaiii -SvarOpa Damodara; kahite\nlagila -began to speak; suni' -hearing; prabhura -of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nbhakta-gaQa-all the devotees; maha-sukha paila -achieved great happiness.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing thus requested, Svarupa Damodara began to speak. All the devotees\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu were very happy to hear him.\n\n", "mad5#p0344": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nSri Caita11ya-caritamrta\n\n312\n\nTEXT 185\n\n�H�1 �fif' �l:!i, f�� �\"'t�ti{ �t11 I\n\n'!'tt1 �� �t��l:'! ?�·tH${ �II �lr(t II\nradha vasi' ache, kiba vrndavane yaya\ntahan yadi acambite kr�Qa-darasana paya\nSYNONYMS\nradha vasi' ache-SrTmati Radharai)T is sitting; kiba-or; vrndavane yaya-is\ngoing to Vrndavana; tahan-there; yadi�if; acambite-all of a sudden; kr�Qadarasana paya -gets the opportunity to see Kf�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sometimes when Srimati Radharar:ti is sitting or when She is going to\nVrndavana, She sometimes sees Kr�r:-a.\nTEXT 186\n\n�f�'! i{ti{1·�t<t �11 �\"1i'l I\n� '�a,wqsr.;\"'J� i{t'll '�a;rtll'·'t_�'l II :>lr� II\ndekhite nana-bhava haya vilak�al)a\nse vailak�aQyera nama 'vilasa'-bha�aQa\nSYNONYMS\ndekhite-while seeing; nana-bhava-of various ecstasies; haya-there are;\nvilak�aQa-symptoms;\n\nse-those;\n\nvailak�aQyera-of\n\n·\n\ndifferent\n\nsymptoms;\n\nnama-the name; vilasa-vilasa; bha�aQa-ornaments.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The symptoms of various ecstasies that become manifest at that time are\ncalled vilasa.\nPURPORT\nThis\n\nis\n\ndescribed\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nfollowing\n\nverse,\n\ntaken\n\nfrom\n\nthe\n\nnilamaQi (Anubhava-prakaraQa, 31).\nTEXT 187\n\n'iffu\"1:tO!t'l'ltiftO!t� ��l\"l:<l�tN��\"fpt I\no;et�<l'tfO'f�� C<rF�I�g RO'ft:JT: f��'l'f�1(_ II �lr�\n\nUjjvala­\n\n", "mad5#p0345": "Performance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\nText 189]\n\n313\n\ngati-sthanasanadinarh\nmukha-netradi-karmaQam\ntatkalikarh tu vaisi?tyarh\nvilasal) priya-sarigajam\nSYNONYMS\n\ngati-moving; sthana-standing; asana-adinam-and of sitting and so on;\nmukha-of the face; netra-of the eyes; adi-and so on; karmaQam-of the activities;\n\ntat-kalikam-relating\n\nto\n\nthat\n\ntime;\n\ntu-then;\n\nvaisi?tyam-various\n\nsymptoms; vilasal)-of the name vilasa; priya-sariga-jam-produced from meeting her beloved.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'The various symptoms manifested in a woman's face, eyes, and the other\nparts of her body and the way she moves, stands or sits when she meets her\nbeloved are called vilasa.'\"\nTEXT 188\n\nl'f'i.li! , ��, ���' �, <1ro, �� 1\n�\\! �� fi{�' �t({t� �·����II �17'11- II\n/ajja, har?a, abhila?a, sambhrama, vamya, bhaya\neta bhava mili' radhaya caficala karaya\nSYNONYMS\n\n/ajja-timidity;\n\nhar?a -jubilation; abhila?a -ambition;\n\nsambhrama -respect;\n\nvamya-characteristics of the left-wing gopis; bhaya-fear; eta-these; bhavaecstatic symptoms; mili'-coming together; radhaya-SrTmatT Radhara1;T; cafica/a\nkaraya-agitate.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara said, \"Timidity, jubilation, ambition, respect, fear and\nthe characteristics of the left-wing gopis were all ecstatic symptoms combined to agitate Srimati Radharal)i.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is explained in the following verse found in the Covinda-/ilamrta (9.11 ).\nTEXT 189\n\n\"J:_�: 'fll3fC<'ll<t>t� 1:f'5f\\!i��<'li�i 5ff\\!i���\nf\\!i�\"!S'l<l� 'fll3t�11lf11��� .!\\l·lr:�r�rf9f 1\n\n", "mad5#p0346": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n314\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\n�\\St1f� \"'lftil� Of�Ofl!_'>t�>;tR\\f� '11\n\n�O'ft'ft�J-�iO'f��'1<fM�11f'l<:. ffl'lll]pr II �17'� II\npurab kr?Qalokat sthagita-kutilasya gatir abhut\ntirascinarh kr?Qambara-dara-vrtarh sri-mukham api\ncalat-tararh sphararh nayana-yugam abhugnam iti sa\nvilasakhya-svalankaraQa-valitasit priya-mude\nSYNONYMS\n\npurab-in front of Her; kr?Qa-alokat-by seeing Lord Kr?�a; sthagita-kutilastopped and assumed an attitude of crookedness; asyab-of Srimati Radhara�i;\ngatib-the progress;\n\nabhut-became; tira5cinam-bei ng crooked; kr?Qa-am­\n\nbara-by a blue cloth; dara-vrtam-covered; sri-mukham api- Her face also;\nca/at-taram-like moving stars; spharam-wid e; nayana-yugam-the pair of\n\neyes; abhugnam-very curved; iti-thus; sa-She (Radhara�i); vilasa-akhyanamed vilasa; sva-a/ankaral)a-by personal ornaments; valita-deco rated; asitwas; priya-mude-just to increase the pleasure of Sri Kr?�a.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When Srimati Radharii1;1i saw lord Kr�':'la just before Her, Her progress\nstopped, and She assumed an attitude of opposition. Although Her face was\nslightly covered by a blue garment, Her two starry eyes were agitated, being\nwide and curved. Thus She was decorated with the ornaments of vilasa, and\nHer beauty increased to give pleasure to Sri Kr�1;1a, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.'\nTEXT 190\n\n\"-�r;;'$f 1ft�1 �� �� �t�t$11\n\n�-'C{tlf·� �� 1!11 itt�$111 ��o II\nkr?Qa-age radha yadi rahe daQc;/ana\ntina-anga-bhange rahe bhru nacana\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-age-in front of Kr?�a;\n\nradha-Srimati Radhara�i; yadi-if; rahe­\n\nremains; daQc;/ana-stand i ng; tina-anga-bhange-with three bends in the body;\nrahe-remains; bhru- ey ebrows; nacana-danc i ng.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Srimati Radharii1;1i stands before Kr�1;1a, She stands bent in three\nplaces-Her neck, waist and legs-and Her eyebrows dance.\n\n", "mad5#p0347": "Text 192]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n315\n\nTEXT 191\n\n��H;i«;()f � iftifl-�AA� �5f'$lt� I\n\n<.!I� <llt�·�tc�� �t� ''\"f�'·CI'i''Jt� ����� II\nmukhe-netre haya nana-bhavera udgara\nei kanta-bhavera nama '/alita'-alarikara\nSYNONYMS\n\nmukhe-on the mouth; netre-on the eyes; haya-there are; nana-bhaveraof various ecstasies; udgara-the awakening; ei-this; kanta-bhavera-of the\ncondition of the female; nama-the name; fa/ita-of Ialita; a/arikara-the ornament.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When there is an awakening of various ecstatic features on Srimati\nRadhara�;�i's face and in Her eyes, the Iaiita ornaments are manifest.\nTEXT 192\n\nf<l:�t'l-���'fi'lt� �f<l:\"fi'l-11\"C\"1i��� I\n��'1tQ\"·I �C<l\"lf..�J! '1��� �lli:ll'1��\"\\. II ��<. II\nvinyasa-bharigir ariganarh\nbhrD-vilasa-manohara\nsukumara bhaved yatra\nlalitarh tad udahrtam\nSYNONYMS\n\nvinyasa-in arrangement;\n\nbharigi/:1-curvature;\n\nariganam-of bodily limbs;\n\nbhrO-vi/asa-due to the pastimes of the eyebrows; manohara-very beautiful;\nsu-kumara-delicate; bhavet-may be; yatra-where; /a/itam-lalita; tat-that;\nudahrtam -called.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When the bodily features are delicate and expertly curved, and when the\neyebrows are very beautifully agitated, the ornament of charm, called lalitaalankara, is manifest'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is from Ujjvala-nilamaQi (Anubhava-prakaraQa, 56).\n\n", "mad5#p0348": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n316\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 193\n\n'IMi!·'.� 1tt� Qft� �rw � 1\n�·r;;� ,·� fit��tt11' me{ � II ��� II\nlalita-bho?ita radha dekhe yadi kr?Qa\ndunhe dunha milibare hayena satr?Qa\nSYNONYMS\nla/ita-bha?ita-decorated\n\nwith\n\n/a/ita-a/ankara;\n\nradha-Srimati\n\nRadharar:Ji;\n\ndekhe-sees; yadi-if; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; dunhe-both of Them; dunha-the\ntwo of Them; milibare-to meet; hayena-become; sa-tr?Qa-very anxious.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When lord Sri Kr��a happens to see Srimati Radhara�i decorated with\nthese Iaiita ornaments, They both anxiously want to meet one another.\nTEXT 194\n\nf��i f��5f,- Z1<l'1-H'1-<f'�--s,f't-�'ll!j_�1\nS<1fooi!'1- �il\"'t·lffa'r�-�f�O!ir.'<ltf��-'f�: I\nf��-c �r:'l'ti! tc1ffir f'f�-\"fM�t\"''tfa;�-��=\nf���h�J 1Jt'1\"'11li:flf�\"ff\"f�t<'IW���111 �;;�s II\nhriya tiryag-griva-caral)a-kati-bhangi-sumadhura\ncalac-ci/li-val/i-dalita-ratinathorjita-dhanuh\npriya-premollasol/asita-/alita/alita-tanuh\npriya-prityai sasid udita-Jalitalankrti-yuta\nSYNONYMS\nhri ya-by Her attitude of shyness; tiryak-going crosswise; griva -of the neck;\ncaral)a-of the knees; kati-of the waist; bhangi-by the curve; su-madhuravery sweet; ca/at-cil/i-of moving eyebrows; valli-by the creepers; da/ita-conquered; rati-natha-of Cupid; Orjita-powerful; dhanuh-by which the bow;\npriya-prema-ullasa-because of the loving attitude of the beloved; ul/asitabeing inspired; fa/ita-by the mood known as Ialita; a/alita-tanuh-whose body is\ncovered;\nRadharal)i;\n\npriya-prityai-for the sake of pleasing the beloved;\nasit-was;\n\n/a/ita-a/ankara.\n\nudita-awakened;\n\nsa-Srimati\n\n/alita-alankrti-yuta-possessing the\n\n", "mad5#p0349": "Text 196]\n\n317\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When Srimati Radharar;�i was decorated with the ornament of lalitaalankara, just to increase Sri Kr�r;�a's love, an attractive curve was manifest by\nHer neck, knees and waist. This was brought about by Her timidity and apparent desire to avoid Kr�r;�a. The flickering movements of Her eyebrows\ncould conquer the powerful bow of Cupid. To increase the joy of Her\nbeloved's love, Her body was decorated with the ornaments of lalitaalankara.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is quoted from Covinda-l ilam r ta\n\n(9.14).\n\nTEXT 195\n\n�� <crtfit' � �t' �· ���'1 I\n...\n\n�� �Jf, ,t-.1 � �'1 II �M II\nlobhe asi' kr?Qa kare kancukakar?al)a\nantare ul/asa, radha kare nivaral)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nlobhe-in greed; asi'-coming; kr?Qa-Lord Kr��a; kare-does; kancuka-akar?aQa-snatching the border of Her sari;\n\nantare-within;\n\nu//asa-very much\n\npleased; radha-SrTmatT Radhara�T; kare-does; nivaral)a-stopping.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Kr�r;�a comes forward and greedily snatches at the border of\nRadharar;�i's sari, She is actually very pleased within, but overtly She tries to\nstop Him.\nTEXT 196\n\n��� �m-1·<;�-., � �-t 1fti{ I\n\n'�Dfif'!'·i{t1{ �� ��-�\"�tct II ��� II\nbahire vama ta - krodha, bhitare sukha mane\n\n'kuttamita'-nama ei bhava-vibhO?al)e\nSYNONYMS\n\nbahire-externally;\n\nvamata-opposition;\n\nsukha-happiness; mane-in the mind;\n\nkrodha-anger;\n\nbhitare-within;\n\nkuttamita-kuttamita; nama-named;\n\nei-this; bhava-vibhO?aQe-ornament of an ecstatic attitude.\n\n", "mad5#p0350": "318\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"This ecstatic dress of Srimati Radhariil)i's is called kutfamita. When it is\nmanifest, She externally tries to avoid Kr�l)a, and She apparently becomes\nangry, although She is very happy within.\nTEXT '197\n\n�O{t�tfft'��l:\"l ��£lt�t�f9f 'rn'Il't� I\n��:ci!Ftr:'f1 �JR��� c�t'6'� �inr�� �t'f: 11 ��, 11\nstanadharadi-grahaQe\nhrt-pritav api sambhramat\nbahil; krodho vyathitavat\nproktarh kuttamitarh budhai/;l\nSYNONYMS\nstana-breasts; adhara-lips; adi-and so on; grahaQe-when capturing; hrtpritau-satisfaction of the heart; api-even though; sambhramat-because of\nrespectfulness; bahi/:l -externally; krodha/;l -anger; vyathita-aggrieved; vat -as\nif; proktam-called; kuttamitam-the technical term kuttamita; budhai/;l-by\nlearned scholars.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When the border of Her sari and the cloth veiling Her face are caught,\nShe externally appears offended and angry, but within Her heart She is very\nhappy. Learned scholars call this attitude kutfamita.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Ujjvala-nilamaQi (Anubhava-prakaraQa, 49).\nTEXT 198\n\n�··�t�1 �sf�' �t1f ?ttf't·�t$f I\n� �il\"f 1lttfl, �f?mf <ft11J-(;� II ��lr II\nkr�Qa-vaficha pDrQa haya, kare paQi-rodha\nantare ananda radha, bahire vamya-krodha\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-vaficha-the desire of Lord Kr�l)a; pOrQa-fulfilled; haya-let it be;\nkare-does; paQi-rodha-checking with Her hand; antare-within the heart;\n\n", "mad5#p0351": "Text 200]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\nananda-transcendental\n\nbliss;\n\nradha-SrTmatT\n\nRadharat:JT;\n\n319\n\nbahire-externally;\n\nvamya-opposition; krodha-and anger.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although Srimati Radharar:Ji was checking Her sari with Her hand, internally She was thinking, 'Let Kr�r:Ja satisfy His desires.' In this way She was very\npleased within, although She externally displayed opposition and anger.\nTEXT 199\n\n'IU� ��1' �11' � �· ��� I\n\n�e, �� ?t• �tf� oee,\"�� n ��� n\nvyatha pafia' kare yena su�ka rodana\ni�at hasiya kr�f!e karena bhartsana\nSYNONYMS\nvyatha pafia'-being offended; kare-does; yena-as if; su�ka-dry; rodanacrying;\n\ni�at-mildly;\n\nhasiya-smiling;\n\nkr�Qe-unto\n\nKr�t:Ja;\n\nkarena-does;\n\nbhartsana-admonition.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srimati Radharar:Ji externally displays a kind of dry crying, as if She is\noffended. Then She mildly smiles and admonishes Lord Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 200\n\n9ftf<tc�Nllf<n:�tN\\!J�t�� �c:..\"'Rt\"D 1llJ_�f\"l!\\!55\\�t: 1\n1lN�� l:li'C� <\\\" i�C�t��t Rl ���N\\!5� \"!PI�f9f II �\n\n0 0\n\nII\n\npaQi-rodham avirodhita-vat'icharil\nbhartsanas ca madhura-smita-garbhai)\nmadhavasya kurute karabhorur\nhari su�ka-ruditaril ca mukhe 'pi\nSYNONYMS\npaQi-the hand; rodham-obstructing; avirodhita-unobstructed; vai'ichamthe desire of Kr�t:Ja; bhartsanai)-admonitions; ca-and; madhura-sweet; smitagarbhai)-containing a gentle smiling attitude;\n\nmadhavasya-of Sri Kr�t:Ja;\n\nkurute-does; karabha-Orui)-whose thigh is like the trunk of a baby elephant;\nhari-charming;\napi-also.\n\nsu�ka-ruditam-dry crying; ca-and;\n\nmukhe-on the face;\n\n", "mad5#p0352": "320\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'Actually She has no desire to stop Kr�l)a's endeavor to touch Her body\nwith His hands, yet Srimati Radharal)i, whose thighs are like the trunk of a\nbaby elephant, protests His advances and, sweetly smiling, admonishes Him.\nAt such times She cries without tears on Her charming face.'\nTEXT 201\n\n��� �'Rf Jf� �1�·�'1 I\n�tllt'IT;� 't_�� tt'fl �� �-. �til II � � II\no\n\nei-mata ara saba bhava-vibhu�af)a\nyahate bhu�ita radha hare kr�Qa mana\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; ara-also; saba-all; bhava-vibha�af)a-ecstatic ornaments; yahate-by which; bhu�ita-being decorated; radha-Srimati Radharal)i;\nhare-attracts; kr�f)a mana-the mind of Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this way, Srimati Radharal)i is ornamented and decorated with various\necstatic symptoms, which attract the mind of Sri Kr�l)a.\nTEXT 202\n\n� �1f �\"1 il1 � �(il I\n\n'f;lt� �(il �flf 'Jf�i!!f��il' II � � II\no\n\nananta kr�f)era lila na yaya varf)ana\napane varf)ena yadi 'sahasra-vadana'\nSYNONYMS\nananta-unlimited; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�l)a; IT/a-pastimes; na-not; yaya-is\npossible; varf)ana-description; apane-personally; varf)ena-describes; yadiif; sahasra-vadana-the thousand-mouthed Se�a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is not at all possible to describe the unlimited pastimes of Sri Kr�l)a,\neven though He Himself describes them in His incarnation of Sahasra-vadana,\nthe thousand-mouthed Se�a Naga.''\n\n", "mad5#p0353": "Text 205]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n321\n\nTEXT 203\n\nt!il�� �� �t�,-�il, �f I\n�t� �1l �� :JI�� �II �o� II\nsrivasa hasiya kahe,-suna, damodara\namara /ak$mira dekha sampatti vistara\nSYNONYMS\nsrivasa-SrTvasa Thakura; has iy a-smil i ng; kahe-says; suna-p l ease hear;\ndamodara-0 Damodara GosvamT; amara /ak$mira-of my goddess of fortune;\ndekha-just see; sampatti vistara-the great opulence.\nTRANSLATION\nThis time, Srivasa Thakura smiled and told Damodara Par:u;lita, \"My dear sir,\nplease hear! just see how opulent my goddess of fortune is!\nTEXT 204\n\n1\"ff'ilti11 �� ��,-�18Pi·��� I\n\nf'5t��fitf��·�W'flli'f·111{ II �08 II\nvrndavanera sampad dekha, -pu$pa-kisalaya\ngiridhatu-sikhipiccha-gunjaphala-maya\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavanera-of Vrndavana;\n\nsampad-the opulence; dekha-see;\n\npu$pa­\n\nkisalaya-a few flowers and twigs; giri-dhatu-some minerals from the hills;\nsikhi-piccha-some peacock feathers; gunja-phala-maya-some gunja-phala.\nTRANSLATION\n\"As far as Vrndavana's opulence is concerned, it consists of a few flowers\nand twigs, some minerals from the hills, a few peacock feathers and the plant\nknown as guiija.\nTEXT 205\n\n�\"ft�il Off�11 c;'5tl'f1 llr'5ttt� I\n�fil' �'\\-� 1ftil �i'( �tt�t� II �ot I\n\n", "mad5#p0354": "322\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nvrndavana dekhibare gela jagannatha\nsuni' lak?mi-devira mane haifa asoyatha\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavana-Vrndavana-dhama; dekhibare-to see; ge/a-went; jagannathaLord Jagannatha; suni'-hea rin g; lak?mi-devira-of the goddess of fortune;\nmane-in the mind; hai/a-there was; asoyatha-envy\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Jagannatha decided to see Vrndavana, He went there, and upon\nhearing this, the goddess of fortune experienced restlessness and jealousy.\nTEXT 206\n\n�i! ,.\"PfM !lit�' f;<fi ?;i{ <;'*'l1 �� I\n\nitt� �t� <tiBJI:i! a,� <tiRJa,1 ,.tiSfi{ II � ·� II\neta sampatti chac;li' kene gela vrndavana\ntanre hasya karite lak?mi kari/a sajana\nSYNONYMS\neta sampatti-so much opulence; chac;li'-giving up; kene-why; ge/a-He\nwent;\n\nvrndavana-to\n\nVrndavana;\n\ntanre\n\nhasya\n\nkarite-to\n\nmake\n\nHim\n\na\n\nlaughingstock; /ak?mi-the goddess of fortune; kari /a-made; sajana-so much\ndecoration.\nTRANSLATION\n\"She wondered, 'Why did lord Jagannatha give up so much opulence and\ngo to Vrndavana?' To make Him a laughingstock, the goddess of fortune\nmade arrangements for much decoration.\nTEXT 207\n\n\"<;i!t11t� �t��' C'f� �i! �fu �tf�' I\n�-�·!;;f·<;a,t?;'fj <;� �IIIPI�t� II � o� II\n\"tamara thakura, dekha eta sampatti chac;li'\npatra-phala-phula-lobhe gela pu?pa-bac;fi\n\n", "mad5#p0355": "Text 209]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n323\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ntamara thakura-your Lord; dekha-just see; eta sampatti chaQ'i'-giving so\nmuch opulence; patra-pha/a-phula-leaves, fruits and flowers; lobhe-for the\nsake of; ge/a-went; pu�pa-baQ'i-to the flower garden of Gur:J9ica.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Then the maidservants of the goddess of fortune said to the servants of\nlord Jagannatha, 'Why did your lord Jagannatha abandon the great opulence\nof the goddess of fortune and, for the sake of a few leaves, fruits and flowers,\ngo see the flower garden of Srimati Radhara1.1H\nTEXT 208\n\n�• � <mf �tti m�-f-tr;:�rtllf'l?\n� ��r;� fi{� �'{t� �' 'f;ltfi{' ll\"�olr' II\nei karma kare kahan vidagdha-siromaQi?\n/ak�mira agrete nija prabhure deha' ani'\n\nII\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-this; karma-work; kare-does; kahan-where; vidagdha-siromaQi-the\nchief of all experts; lak�mira-of the goddess of fortune; agrete-in front; nijayour own; prabhure-master; deha'-present; ani'-bringing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Your master is so expert at everything, but why does He do such things?\nPlease bring your master before the goddess of fortune.'\nTEXT 209\n\n�� �fi;(' 1f�t��� �it tft�'itt't I\n4-� ittfifi' 'f;ltti{ � f��'l II �o � II\neta bali' maha-/ak�mira saba dasi-gaQe\nkati-vastre bandhi' ane prabhura nija-gaf)e\nSYNONYMS\n\neta ba/i'-saying this; maha-lak�mira-of the goddess of fortune; saba-all;\ndasi-gaQe-maidservants; kati-vastre-by their waist clothes; bandhi'-binding;\nane-bring; prabhura-of )agannatha; nija-gaQe-personal servants.\n\n", "mad5#p0356": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n324\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this way all the maidservants of the goddess of fortune arrested the servants of Jagannatha, bound them around the waist and brought them before\nthe goddess of fortune.\nTEXT 210\n\n�1r Rr;'i �fil' �t11 �'i� I\n�-(if� �' �t� �t� fi!il'f% II �� o II\nlak?mira caraf)e ani' karaya praQati\ndhana-daw;la laya, ara karaya minati\nSYNONYMS\nlak?mira caraf)e-at the lotus feet of the goddess of fortune; ani\n\n'-\n\nbringing;\n\nkaraya praQati-made to bow down; dhana-daQ<;/a laya-take a fine; ara-also;\nkaraya-make them perform; minati-submission.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When all the maidservants brought lord Jagannatha's servants before the\nlotus feet of the goddess of fortune, the lord's servants were fined and forced\nto submit.\nTEXT 211\n\n1ft� i!;�1r <fi� 5fr;'�� i!t�il' I\n�-12tt11 <fir;� iSf'$f�r;� (;�<!1'�'$f'i II �) � II\nrathera upare kare daQ<;/era ta<;lana\ncora-praya kare jagannathera sevaka-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nrathera upare-on the car; kare-do; daQ<;/era ta<;/ana-chastisement by sticks;\ncora-praya-almost like thieves;\n\nkare-they treated; jagannathera-of Lord\n\nJagannatha; sevaka-gaQa-the personal servants.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All the maidservants began to beat the Ratha car with sticks, and they\ntreated the servants of lord jagannatha almost like thieves.\n\n", "mad5#p0357": "Text 214]\n\nPerformance of the V�ndavana Pastimes\n\n325\n\nTEXT 212\n\n,.��'it&t �,-<:�� �rn' �ti! 1\n\"tfiot �� fif� <:i!t11� �'Sf iS?'rtitQf' II �)� II\nsaba bhrtya-gaQa kahe,-yo(ia kari' hata\n'kali ani diba tamara age jagannatha'\nSYNONYMS\n\nsaba bhrtya-gaQa kahe-all the servants said; yo(ia kari' hJ.ta-folding the\nhands; kali-tomorrow; ani-bringing; diba-we shall give; tamara-of you;\nage_.:in front; jagannatha-Lord jagannatha.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Finally all of lord Jagannatha's servants submitted to the goddess of fortune with folded hands, assuring her that they would bring lord Jagannatha\nbefore her the very next day.\nTEXT 213\n\n� -tffl ��1 'I� � fi{iSf �� I\n� �'l1f �-�J·'f;lt'SftR II �:>� II\ntabe santa hana /ak?mi yaya nija ghara\namara /ak?mira sampad-vakya-agocara\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-then; santa hana-being pacified; /ak?mi-the goddess of fortune;\nyaya-goes back; nija ghara-to her own apartment; amara-my; /ak?mira-of\nthe goddess of fortune; sampad-the opulence; vakya-agocara-beyond description.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Being thus pacified, the goddess of fortune returned to her apartment. Just\nsee! My goddess of fortune is opulent beyond all description.\"\nTEXT 214\n\n�11i ��' wfif 11t� <:i!t11tJ <:'Sft�'itt'l 1\n\n�t11tJ ��t� �t:if ��f:JJ�rtt:iftil II �:>8 II\n\n", "mad5#p0358": "326\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\ndugdha auti' dadhi mathe tamara gopi-gaQe\namara thakuraQi vaise ratna-sirhhasane\nSYNONYMS\ndugdha auti'-boiling milk; dadhi-into yogurt; mathe-chum; tamara-your;\ngopi-gaQe-gopis; amara-my; thakuraQi-mistress; vaise-sits down; ratnasirhhasane-on a throne of gems.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrivasa Thakura continued to address Svarupa Damodara: \"Your gopis are\nengaged in boiling milk and churning it to turn it into yogurt, but my mistress,\nthe goddess of fortune, sits on a throne made of jewels and gems.\"\nTEXT 215\n\n�t1'1\\'f·�?f� c!n-tt:JJ �t1'1 9f�Jt I\n�fil' m:JJ ;r�� �� fi{i!Jr·it:JJ II �)� II\nnarada-prakrti srivasa kare parihasa\nsuni' hase mahaprabhura yata nija-dasa\nSYNONYMS\nnarada-prakrti-with the nature of Narada Muni; srivasa-·Srivasa Thakura;\nkare-does; parihasa-joking; suni'-hearing; hase-smile; mahaprabhura-of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yata-all; nija-dasa-personal servants.\nTRANSLATION\nSrivasa Thakura, who was enjoying the mood of Narada Muni, thus made\njokes. Hearing him, all the personal servants of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nbegan to smile.\nTEXT 216\n\n�� ��,-��tll, c;��� �-'35ll!i� I\n\n��'tt� <;;�'f1ftt�, �-$t<!l II �)� II\nprabhu kahe, -srivasa, tomate narada-svabhava\naisvarya-bhave tomate, isvara-prabhava\n\n", "mad5#p0359": "Text 218]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n327\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu says; srivasa-My dear Srivasa; tomate-in you; narada-svabhava-the nature of Narada; aisvarya-bhave-the\nmood of full opulence; tomate-in you; isvara-prabhava-the power of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then told Srivasa Thakura, \"My dear Srivasa, your\nnature is exactly like that of Narada Muni. The Supreme Personality of Godhead's opulence is having a direct influence upon you.\nTEXT 217\n\n�·� �tt��1t·��-��-�� I\n�if! �ti{ �·r;� ���Dl �fit' II �)'Ill\niriho damodara-svarupa -suddha-vrajavasi\naisvarya na jane iriho suddha-preme bhasi'\nSYNONYMS\n\niriho-here; damodara-svarupa-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami; suddha-vrajavasi-a pure inhabitant of Vrndavana; aisvarya na jane-he does not know opulence; iriho-he; suddha-preme_:in pure devotional service; bhasi'-floating.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Svarupa Damodara is a pure devotee of Vrndavana. He does not even\nknow what opulence is, for he is simply absorbed in pure devotional service.\"\nTEXT 218\n\n�1fi� �,-�'!��, �i{ ��tf;i{ I\n�l'ft<!fi{'l� '\\!t� i{t� �t� 1ftil ? �)lr II\nsvarupa kahe, -srivasa, suna savadhane\nvrndavana-sampad tamara nahi pac;le mane?\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvarupa kahe-SvarOpa\nsavadhane-carefully\n\nDamodara said;\n\nplease\n\nhear;\n\nsrivasa-my dear Srivasa;\n\nvrndavana-sampad-the\n\nopulence\n\nVrndavana; tamara-your; nahi-not; pac;le-falls; mane-in the mind.\n\nsuna\nof\n\n", "mad5#p0360": "328\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara then retorted, \"My dear Srivasa, please hear me with attention. You have forgotten the transcendental opulence of Vrndavana.\nTEXT 219\n\n��t�� �rt��� � �e.�! 1\n\n�t�<fl·,�sb-�e.-i!t11 ���iii_ II�)� II\nvrndavane sahajika ye sampat-sindhu\ndvaraka-vaikuf)tha-sampat-tara eka bindu\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavane-at Vrndavana; sahajika-natural; ye-whatever; sampat-sindhuocean of opulence; dvaraka-of Dvaraka; vaikuf)tha-sampat-all the opulence of\nthe spiritual world; tara-of that; eka bindu-one drop.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The natural opulence of Vrndavana is just like an ocean. The opulence of\nDvaraka and Vaikur:efha is not even to be compared to a drop.\nTEXT 220\n\n��������\n� �� � i5ft1 ���-� II��\n\no\n\nII\n\nparama puro?attama svayarh bhagavan\nkr?f)a yahari dhani tahari vrndavana-dhama\nSYNONYMS\nparama\n\npuru�a-uttama-the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nsvayam\n\nbhagavan-personally the Lord; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�t:Ja; yahan--where; dhani-actually opulent; tahari-there; vrndavana-dhama-Vrndavana-dhama.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sri Kr�r:-a is the Supreme Personality of Godhead full of all opulences, and\nHis complete opulences are exhibited only in Vrndavana-dhama.\nTEXT 221\n\nl%\"it�f'ttrn � �1:1� ��� I\n��t�f't'$f� Wtllr·���-,_�'1 II��� II\n\n", "mad5#p0361": "Text 223]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n329\n\ncintamal)i-maya bhumi ratnera bhavana\ncintamal)i-gal)a dasi-caral)a-bhO�al)a\nSYNONYMS\n\ncintamal)i-maya-made of transcendental touchstone; bhOmi-the ground;\nratnera-of\n\ngems;\n\nbhavana-the\n\noriginal\n\nsource;\n\ncintamal)i-gal)a-such\n\ntouchstones; dasi-caral)a-bhO�al)a-foot decorations of the maidservants of\nVrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Vrndavana-dhama is made of transcendental touchstone. Its entire surface\nis the �ource of all valuable jewels, and the cintamal)i stone is used to decorate\nthe lotus feet of the maidservants of Vrndavana.\nTEXT 222\n\n<fSII�'f'·\"''i!tf- �t1 �t��<fS·<!Iil I\n\n�GIPJ-tli\"'' �il1 '<fS� il1 Jfi\"t'$f �� 'fil II ��� II\nkalpavrk�a-latara-yahan sahajika-vana\npu�pa-pha/a vina keha na mage anya dhana\nSYNONYMS\n\nka/pa-vrk�a-/atara-of creepers and kalpa-vrk�a, or desire trees; yahan-where;\nsahajika-vana- natural forest; pu�pa-phala vina-e xcept for fruits and flowers;\nkeha-anyone; na mag e-does not want; anya-any other; dhana-riches.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Vrndavana is a natural forest of desire trees and creepers, and the inhabitants do not want anything but the fruits and flowers of those desire trees.\nTEXT 223\n\n�� <fStJ!t�i[ i!tti �tf <!!til <!!til I\n\n�Jft\\l 'iii, '<fS� il1 J�t1:1t �� �l:il II ��� II\nananta kama-dhenu tahan phire vane vane\ndugdha-matra dena, keha na mage anya dhane\nSYNONYMS\n\nananta-unlimited; kama-dhenu-cows that can fulfill all desires; tahanthere; phire-graze; vane vane-from forest to forest; dugdha-matra dena-\n\n", "mad5#p0362": "330\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\ndeliver milk only; keha-anyone; na-not; mage-wants; anya dhane-any\nother riches.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In Vrndavana there are cows that fulfill all desires [kama-dhenus], and\ntheir number is unlimited. They graze from forest to forest and deliver only\nmilk. The people want nothing else.\nTEXT 224\n\n��i!Jf ��GI�'SI ��1-iftti fw�J·�'! I\n�� '$fJ�i{ ��,-,�Gifi if!J��\\! II ��8 II\nsahaja /okera katha-yahan divya-gita\nsahaja gamana kare, -yaiche nrtya-pratita\n\nSYNONYMS\nsahaja /okera katha-the talks of all the plain people; yahan-where; divyagita-transcendental music; sahaja gamana-natural walking; kare-they do;\nyaiche-like; nrtya-pratita-appearing like dancing.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In Vrndavana, the natural speech of the people sounds like music, and\ntheir natural motion resembles a dance.\nTEXT 225\n\n� iSrif-�nt� ��'!-�Jrti11\nf�\"' �t�: �-�111_� II ��<t II\nsarvatra jala-yahan amrta-samana\ncid-ananda jyoti/:1 svadya-yahan murtiman\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvatra-everywhere; ja/a-the water; yahan-where; amrta-samana-equal\nto nectar; cit-ananda-transcendental bliss; jyoti/:1-effulgence; svadya-perceived; yahan-where; murtiman-assuming a form.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The water in Vrndavana is nectar, and the brahmajyoti effulgence, which is\nfull of transcendental bliss, is directly perceived there in its form.\n\n", "mad5#p0363": "Text 227]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n331\n\nTEXT 226\n\n��'�'I�� �..11 :JI� I\n�-ct�� <ill� � f�:JY�·<!fi� II ��� II\nlak�mi jini' guQa yahafi lak�mira samaja\nkr�Qa-varhsi kare yahafi priya-sakhi-kaya\nSYNONYMS\n/ak�mi-the goddess of fortune; jini'-conquering; guQa-qualities; yaha.liwhere; /ak$mira samaja-the society of the gopis; k[$ Qa-varhsi-Lord SrT Kr�t:Ja's\nflute; kare-in His hand; yaha.li-where; priya-sakhi-kaya-a dear companion.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The gopis there are also goddesses of fortune, and they surpass the goddess of fortune who abides in Vaiku.;ttha. In Vrndavana, Lord Kr�.;ta is always\nplaying His transcendental flute, which is His dear companion.\nTEXT 227\n\nf�ll: <ft�t: '<fit�: <ill��ll'\"lf: <f��ll'C<I'l\n�'ll1 '¥R\\f-6�tl!M'il'I'I!Vt C\\!it�ll��\"{,l\n<!i�l 5fi\"l!..\n\n\"lt�J' 'il'll\"f'TM <t�ill f��'l�'l\n\nf�'!'t\"l\"'!!.. C�Jtf\\!i: <ill''I!f<i \\!i'ft�t�'Tf9f 5 II � � � II\nsriya/:1 kanta/:1 kanta/:1 parama-puru�a/:1 kalpa-taravo\ndruma bhumis cintamaQi-gaQa-mayi toyam amrtam\nkatha ganarh natyam gamanam api varhsi priya-sakhi\ncid-anandam jyoti/:1 param api tad asvadyam api ca\nSYNONYMS\nsriya/:1-the goddess of fortune; kanta/:1-the damsels; kanta/:1-the enjoyer;\nparama-puru$a/:!-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ka/pa-tarava/:1-desire\ntrees; druma/:1-all the trees; bhami/:1-the land; cintamaQi-gaQa-mayi-made of\nthe transcendental touchstone jewel;\n\ntoyam-the water;\n\namrtam-nectar;\n\nkatha-talking; ganam-song; natyam-dancing; gamanam-walking; api-also;\nvamsi-the flute; priya-sakhi-constant companion; cit-anandam-transcendental\n\nbliss;\n\njyoti/:1-effulgence;\n\nparam-the\n\nsupreme;\n\nasvadyam-everywhere perceived; api ca-also.\n\napi-also;\n\ntat-that;\n\n", "mad5#p0364": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n332\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The damsels of Vrndavana, the gopis, are super goddesses of fortune.\nThe enjoyer in Vrndavana is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Kr�r;�a. The\ntrees there are all wish-fulfilling trees, and the land is made of transcendental\ntouchstone. The water is all nectar, the talking is singing, the walking is dancing, and the constant companion of Kr�r;�a is His flute. The effulgence of transcendental bliss is experienced everywhere. Therefore Vrndavana-dhama is\nthe only relishable abode.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Brahma-sarhhita (5.56).\nTEXT 228\n\nfu�t'lf<r'\"5� <j�l{ \"1''l!FOJi\"li�\n\"):5fnr-s>J:..\"9f��<�;:g�<j': ��r<ft\"t 1\n�OI!T<IC01 ��Pf\"l� '1� <!ii'l'C�:i-\n\n�ifftf'Ol C'Df� ��f'l1i:�C�1 f.:l�f�: U Hlr II\ncintamaQis caraQa-bha�aQam angananarh\nsrngara-pu�pa-taravas tarava/:1 suraf}am\nvrndavane vraja-dhanarh nanu kama-dhenuvrndani ceti sukha-sindhur aho vibhDti/:1\nSYNONYMS\ncintamaQi/:1-transcendental\nbha�aQam-the\n\nornament;\n\nsrngara-for dressing;\n\ntouchstone;\n\ncaraQa-of\n\nangananam-of all\n\nthe\n\nlotus\n\nfeet;\n\nthe women of Vrndavana;\n\npu�pa-tarava/:1-the flower trees;\n\ntarava/:1-the trees;\n\nsuraQam-of the demigods (desire trees); vrndavane-at Vrndavana; vrajadhanam-the special wealth of the inhabitants of Vraja; nanu-certainly; kamadhenu-of kama-dhenu cows that can deliver unlimited milk; vrndani-g roups;\nca-and; iti-thus; sukha-sindhu/:1-the ocean of happiness; aho-oh, how\nmuch; vibhuti/:1-opulence\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The anklets on the damsels of Vraja-bhumi are made of cintamar;�i stone.\nThe trees are wish-fulfilling trees, and they produce flowers with which the\ngopis decorate themselves. There are also wish-fulfilling cows\n\n[kama­\n\ndhenus], which deliver unlimited quantities of milk. These cows constitute\nthe wealth of Vrndavana. Thus Vrndavana's opulence is blissfully exhibited.'\"\n\n", "mad5#p0365": "Text 230]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n333\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a verse written by Bilvamarigala Thakura.\nTEXT 229\n\n��' (;���-t �J <fit� �f.l�t:JI I\n�'lfil!tfi!l ��' �� ��-�� � II ��� II\nsuni' premavese nrtya kare srinivasa\nkak�a-tali bajaya, kare aua-aua hasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuni'-hearing; prema-ave se\n\nin ecstatic love; nrt ya-dancing; kare-does;\n\n-\n\nsrinivasa-Srivasa Thakura; kak�a-tali-his armpits with his palms; bajayasounds; kare-does; atta-atta hasa-very loud laughing.\nTRANSLATION\nSrivasa then began to dance in ecstatic love. He vibrated sounds by slapping his armpits with the palms of his hands, and he laughed very loudly.\n\nTEXT 230\n\n1ftstt� �'R:JI � ��t-t �f.{� I\n<?f� �-t �'t � �t1ff� II ��\" II\nradhara suddha-rasa prabhu avese sunila\nsei rasavese prabhu nrtya arambhila\nSYNONYMS\n\nradhara-of Srimati RadharaQi; suddha-rasa-pure transcendental mellows;\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; avese sunila\n\nthat;\n\nrasa-avese-in\n\nabsorption\n\nMahaprabhu; nrtya arambhila\n\n-\n\nin\n\n-\n\necstatic\n\nheard with great ecstasy; seilove;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nbegan dancing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard these discussions about the pure transcendental mellow of Srimati RadharaQi. Absorbed in transcendental ecstasy,\nthe Lord began to dance.\n\n", "mad5#p0366": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n334\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 231\n\n�Oit � �, ;qr;� � I\n'CS'f' 'CI'f' <ilf'l' 12l't_ �t'! �i!r-�Cf II ��� II\nrasavese prabhura nrtya, svarapera gana\n'bala' 'bala' bali' prabhu pate nija-kaQa\nSYNONYMS\nrasa-avese-in ecstatic mellows; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nnrtya-the dancing; svarupera gana-and singing by SvarOpa Damodara; bala\nbala -go on speaking, go on speaking; bali'-saying; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; pate-extends; nija-kaQa-own ear.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was dancing in ecstatic love and Svarupa\nDamodara was singing, the lord said, \"Go on singing! Go on singing!\" The\nlord then extended His own ears.\nTEXT 232\n\nr!ftt�·;n'! �fer <;<2Pl ��f\"\"' 1\n\n���1f�'I1T 12lt_ <;12tt1f �llf II �-e� II\nvraja-rasa-gita suni' prema uthalila\npuru�ottama-grama prabhu preme bhasaila\nSYNONYMS\nvraja-rasa-gita -songs about the mellows of Vrndavana-dhama; suni'-hearing; prema-transcendental bliss; uthalila-awakened; puru�ottama-grama-the\nplace\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nPuru�ottama,\n\nJagannatha\n\nPuri;\n\nprabh u-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; preme-with ecstatic love; bhasaila-inundated.\nTRANSlATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's ecstatic love was awakened by hearing the\nsongs of Vrndavana. In this way He inundated Puru�ottama, Jagannatha Puri,\nwith love of Godhead.\nTEXT 233\n\n�-�\" �tf1�tt'f (;� f.li!r·�1f I\n� ij'!J Cl5t1f, (;�if � � II ��� II\n\n", "mad5#p0367": "Text 235]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n335\n\n/ak$mi-devi yatha-kale gela nija-ghara\nprabhu nrtya kare, haila trtiya prahara\nSYNONYMS\n/ak$mi-devi-the goddess of fortune;\nge/a-returned;\n\nher\n\nnija-ghara-to\n\nyatha-ka/e-in due course of time;\napartment;\n\nprabh u-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; nrtya kare -dances; haila-there arrived; trtiya prahara-the third\nperiod of the day, the afternoon.\nTRANSLATION\nFinally the goddess of fortune returned to her apartment. In due course of\ntime, as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was dancing, afternoon arrived.\nTEXT 234\n\nm �ll!ffl111 �i{ �fil' � � '� 1\n\n�� c;�tt�-t �'I �t�\"f II ��8 II\ncari sampradaya gana kari' bahu sranta hai/a\nmahaprabhura premavesa dviguQa bac;lila\nSYNONYMS\ncari sampradaya-four groups of sarikirtana parties; gana ka ri'-after singing;\nbahu-much;\n\nsranta haila-were fatigued;\n\nmahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; prema-avesa-the ecstatic love; dvi-guQa-twofold; bac;li/a-increased.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter much singing, all four sankirtana parties grew fatigued, but Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's ecstatic love increased twofold.\nTEXT 235\n\nmi-o�l1ftt<1f;llf � � �• � 1\n\nfimtil\"f � ��' �f«ifil �� II ��It II\nradha-premavese prabhu haila sei murti\nnityananda dare dekhi' karilena stuti\nSYNONYMS\nradha-prema-avese-in\n\necstatic\n\nlove\n\nof\n\nSrimati\n\nRadharal)i;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; hai /a-became; sei murti-exactly that same form; nitya-\n\n", "mad5#p0368": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n336\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nnanda -Lord Nityananda; diire dekhi'-seeing from a distant place; karilena\nstuti-offered prayers.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile dancing absorbed in Srimati Radhara�i's ecstatic love, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu appeared in Her very form. Seeing this from a distant place,\nNityananda Prabhu offered prayers.\nTEXT 236\n\n�\"' (;lfmi � te�-r 1\n\nfil<fi� � �t:Jf, f� f<t-i; �t�llf II��� II\nnityananda dekhiya prabhura bhavavesa\nnikate na aise, rahe kichu diira-desa\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda-Lord Nityananda; dekhiya-seeing; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; bhava-avesa-the ecstatic love; nikate-nearby; na aise-does not\ncome; rahe-keeps; kichu-a little; diira-desa-far away.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the ecstatic love of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Nityananda Prabhu\ndid not approach but remained a little distance away.\nTEXT 237\n\n[i{�\"f �i � � (;<fit�{, iSfi{ I\n\n� ��llf � �' � 11'� � II��'l II\nnityananda vina prabhuke dhare kon jana\nprabhura avesa na yaya, na rahe kirtana\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda vina-except for Nityananda Prabhu; prabhuke-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\ndhare-can catch;\n\nkon jana-what person;\n\nprabhura-of Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; avesa-the ecstasy; na yaya-does not go away; na\nrahe-could not be continued; kirtana-kirtana.\nTRANSLATION\nOnly Nityananda Prabhu could catch Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, but the\necstatic mood of the Lord would not stop. At the same time, kirtana could not\nbe continued.\n\n", "mad5#p0369": "Text 240]\n\nPerformance of the V�ndavana Pastimes\n\n337\n\nTEXT 238\n\n•fir �fi' \"ff1fi� �� C!t1l' iSft•rt�'f 1\n'69'$ltt!11' C!t1l' �N' � <�1� C�'f II � �lr II\nbhangi kari' svarupa sabara srama janaila\nbhakta-gaf)era srama dekhi' prabhura bahya haifa\nSYNONYMS\nbhangi kari'-showing an indication; svarupa-SvarOpa Damodara; sabara-of\neveryone; srama-the fatigue; janaila-made known; bhakta-gaf)era-of the\ndevotees;\n\nsrama-the\n\nfatigue;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nprabhura-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; bahya haifa-become externally conscious.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara then informed the Lord that all the devotees were\nfatigued. Seeing this situation, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu came to His external\nsenses.\nTEXT 239\n\n�<I 'e� 'ft!Pi �\" c;'$fi'l1 ��t� I\n�� �fbi C�'l111t'Utf�� Wi{ II ��� II\nsaba bhakta lana prabhu gela pu�podyane\nvisrama kariya kaila madhyahnika snane\nSYNONYMS\nsaba bhakta /ana -with all the devotees; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nge/a-went; pu�pa-u dyane -in the flower garden; visrama kariya-resting;\nkai/a-performed; madhyahnika snane-bath in the afternoon.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then entered the flower garden with all His devotees. After resting there for some time, He finished His afternoon bath.\nTEXT 240\n\n�'Stiffi;� �t� ��\" <tillS� I\n\n'I���� �t�\" f<t�� ��til: II �So II\njagannathera prasada aila bahu upahara\n/ak�mira prasada aila vividha prakara\n\n", "mad5#p0370": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n338\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nSYNONYMS\njagannathera prasada-the\nbahu\n\n-\n\nman y; upahara\n\n-\n\nprasada offered\n\nto Jagannatha;\n\nofferings; lak�mira prasada\n\n-\n\nai/a-arrived;\n\nfood offered to Lak�mrdevr;\n\nai/a-arrived; vividha prakara-all varieties.\nTRANSLATION\nThen there arrived in large quantities a variety of food that had been\noffered to Sri Jagannatha and a variety that had been offered to the goddess of\nfortune.\nTEXT 241\n\n:Jt�i \"f<fli1 ilii11·m �fi1\"fi c;�i�Stil 1\n:Jt'liJI �il �fif' '�\" sr�iftQt if�-tiln �8� 11\nsaba lana nana-rarige karila bhojana\nsandhya snana kari' kai/a jagannatha darasana\nSYNONYMS\nsaba /a li a-with all the devotees; nana-rarige-in great jubilation; karila bhojana -took the prasada; sandhya snana kari' -after taking an evening bath;\nkaila- made ; jagannatha darasana-visit to Lord Jagannatha.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu finished His afternoon lunch, and after His\nevening bath, He went to see Lord Jagannatha.\nTEXT 242\n\n��,-tQt <;��' <fit11il il�-<li'l�il I\nilt1f(;i!!f �i!!i'1� �� 'f<ftii 'e.. �'l II �8� II\njagannatha dekhi' karena nartana-kirtana\nnarendre ja/a-kric;fa kare lana bhakta-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\njagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; dekhi'-after seeing; karena-performs; nartana-kirtana-chanting and dancing; narendre-in the lake known as Narendrasarovara; jala-kric;fa-s porting in the water; kare\nwith the devotees.\n\n-\n\nperfo rms; lana bhakta-gaQa­\n\n", "mad5#p0371": "Text 244]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n339\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as He saw lord Jagannatha, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began to\nchant and dance. Afterward, accompanied by His devotees, the lord enjoyed\nsporting in the lake called Narendra-sarovara.\nTEXT 243\n\n� �firni c<tSrr �-ce� 1\n<.tl�� � C<fi\"f �\"��fit� II �8� II\nudyane asiya kaila vana-bhojana\nei-mata kri(ia kaila prabhu a�ta-dina\nSYNONYMS\nudyane-to the garden; asiya-coming; kai/a-performed; vana-bhojanapicnic in the forest; ei-mata-in this way; kri(ia-pastimes; kai/a-performed;\nprabhu-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; a�ta-dina-constantly for eight days.\nTRANSLATION\nThen, entering the flower garden, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took His meal.\nIn this way He continuously performed all kinds of pastimes for eight days.\nTEXT 244\n\n�'Rf fflte{ illf�� foei!11:·RiSf� 1\nft� fi�' 'Sf'Stit� fiti'l �II �88 II\nara dine jagannathera bhitara-vijaya\nrathe cadi' jagannatha ca/e nijalaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nara dine-on the next day; jagannathera-of Lord jagannatha; bhitara-vijayacoming out from inside the temple; rathe ca(ii'-riding on the car; jagannathaLord Jagannatha; ca/e-returns; nija-alaya-to His own home.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day lord Jagannatha came out from the temple and, riding on the\ncar, returned to His own abode.\n\n", "mad5#p0372": "340\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 245\n\n�e. ��\"'' � \"''lfP1 �'$ftj I\n9f'f1i �� �� �-�II �8<t II\npurvavat kaila prabhu lana bhakta-gaQa\nparama anande karena nartana-kirtana\nSYNONYMS\npurva-vat-as previously;\n\nkaila-did;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\n/ana-taking; bhakta-gaQa-all the devotees; parama anande-in great pleasure;\nkarena-performs; nartana-kirtana-chanting and dancing.\nTRANSLATION\nAs previously, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His devotees again chanted\nand danced with great pleasure.\nTEXT 246\n\nSf���: ��;R'� �\"' I\n�� �� ���tif �1�1 �$· '� II �8� II\njagannathera puna/:! paQc;/u-vijaya ha-ifa\neka guti patta-c;lori tanha tuti' gela\nSYNONYMS\njagannathera-of Lord Jagannatha; puna/:1-again; paQc;/u-vijaya-the function\nof carrying the Lord; ha-ifa-there was; eka guti-one bunch; patta-c;lori-ropes\nof silk; tar'lha-there; tuti' ge/a-broke.\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the Par;�f,lu-vijaya, Lord Jagannatha was carried, and while He was\nbeing carried, a bunch of silken ropes broke.\nTEXT 247\n\n�;'��'I_� '151�-� � I\n�'$fjtt� � �1 �� �� II �8� II\npaQc;/u-vijayera tuli phati-phuti yaya\njagannathera bhare tufa uc;liya palaya\n\n", "mad5#p0373": "Text 249]\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\n\n341\n\nSYNONYMS\n\npaQc;/u-vijayera-of the ceremony of Pat:�<Ju-vijaya; tuli -batches of cotton;\nphati-phuti yaya-become broken; jagannathera bhare-by the weight of Lord\nJagannatha; tu/a-the cotton; uc;liya palaya-floats in the air.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Jagannatha Deity is carried, at intervals He is placed on cotton\npads. When the ropes broke, the cotton pads also broke due to the weight of\nLord Jagannatha, and the cotton floated in the air.\nTEXT 248\n\n�� �'t11t�, �i!J�tiSf �i( I\n�� 1ilt'eli Rf'f � �rnm � II �817\" II\nkulina-grami ramananda, satyaraja khanna\ntafire ajfia dila prabhu kariya sammana\nSYNONYMS\n\nkulina-grami-the inhabitants of the village known as Kulina-grama; ramananda-Ramananda; satyaraja khanna-Satyaraja Khan; talire-to them; ajfia dilagave an order; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kariya sammana-showing\ngreat respect.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda and Satyaraja Khan were present from Kulina-grama, and Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, with great respect, gave them the following orders.\nTEXT 249\n\n�� �(5tfur 'tfil � � I\n��!<!e.�� �tfilt� ''�St�' �fil� f'il*'l II �8� II\nei patta-c;Jorira tumi hao yajamana\nprati-vatsara anibe 'c;lori' kariya nirmaQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nei patta-c;Jorira-of these patta-c;Joris, silken ropes; tumi-you; hao-become;\nyajamana-the worshipers; prati-vatsara-every year; anibe-you must bring;\nc;/ori-ropes; kariya nirmaQa-manufacturing.\n\n", "mad5#p0374": "342\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ordered Ramananda and Satyaraja Khan to become the worshipers of these ropes and every year bring silken ropes from\ntheir village.\nPURPORT\nIt is understood that silken rope was being manufactured by the local inhabitants of KuiTna-grama; therefore SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked Raman anda Vasu\nand Satyaraja Khan to get ropes every year for Lord Jagannatha's service.\nTEXT 250\n\n<.!!� �, PT'i' iirof ��1 �iro<s� 1\n�� �' �fit� �t� �F! \" �fit' II �<to II\neta bali' dila tanre chif)c;ia patta-c;iori\niha dekhi' karibe c;iori ati drc;iha kari'\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; di/a-delivered; tanre-to them; chif)c;ia-broken; pattac;iori-silken ropes; iha dekhi'-seeing this; karibe-you must make; c;iori-the\nropes; ati-very much; drc;iha kari'-making strong.\nTRANSLATION\nA fter telling them this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu showed them the broken\nsilken ropes, saying, \"Just look at this sample. You must make ropes that are\nmuch stronger.\"\nTEXT 251\n\n<.!It ��l!ffit'lro� �� '�'-�� 1\n\n�-t-� ��1 '�GI�i '�'� �'il�ti{_ II �<t� II\n\nei patta-c;iorite haya 'se�a'-adhi�thana\ndasa-murti hafia yenho seve bhagavan\nSYNONYMS\nei p atta-c;iorite-in this rope; haya-there is; se�a-adhi�thana-the abode of\nSe�a Naga; dasa-murti hafia-expanding into ten forms; yenho-who; seveworships; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "mad5#p0375": "Text 253]\n\n343\n\nPerformance of the Vrndavana Pastimes\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then informed Ramananda and Satyaraja Khan\nthat this rope was the abode of Lord Se�a, who expands Himself into ten forms\nand serves the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nFor a description of Se�a Naga, refer to Adi-lrla (5.123-124).\nTEXT 252\n\n�t�'flt �� �� ftlflil\"f I\n��·�15.11 9ft�1 �l'f �11'1f-�til\"f II �<t� II\nbhagyavan satyaraja vasu ramananda\nseva-ajna pana haila parama-ananda\nSYNONYMS\nbhagyavan-very fortunate;\nnanda\n\nVasu;\n\nseva-ajna-order\n\nsatyaraja -S atyaraj a; vasu ra mananda - Ramafor\n\nservice;\n\npana-getting;\n\nhai/a-became;\n\nparama-supremely; ananda-happy.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter receiving orders from the Lord for the rendering of service, the fortunate Satyaraja and Ramananda Vasu were highly pleased.\nTEXT 253\n\n�� �e.:JB\" �fu� ��'!-� I\n\n�tit l'f�i ce1� �� �1:! mr 11 �� n\nprati vatsara gur)(;/icate bhakta-gal)a-sange\npatta-c;lori lana aise ati bac;Ja range\nSYNONYMS\n\nprati vatsara-every year;\n\nguQc;licate-to the Gur;�<;lica temple cleansing\n\nceremony; bhakta-gal)a-sange-with other devotees; patta-c;lori-silken rope;\n/ana-taking; aise-came; ali-extremely; bac;:Ja-great; range-with pleasure.\n\n", "mad5#p0376": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n344\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nEvery year thereafter, when the Gu•:u;fica temple was being cleansed,\nSatyaraja and Ramananda Vasu would come with other devotees and with\ngreat pleasure bring silken rope.\nTEXT 254\n\n� i9f� ��' <�tflwn fit�� I\n\nW� �� �\"''i \"f�1 �'$ft'i II �<t8 II\ntabe jagannatha yai' vasila simhasane\nmahaprabhu ghare aila lana bhakta-gaQe\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\n\njagannatha-Lord\n\nja gannatha;\n\nyai'-going;\n\nvasi/a-sat;\n\nsimhasane-on His throne; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ghare-to\nHis residence; ai/a-went back; /ana-taking; bhakta-gaQe-the devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Lord Jagannatha returned to His temple and sat on His throne while Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu returned to His residence with His devotees.\nTEXT 255\n\n�� �9'$ft'i �'tt§i ��� I\n�'it'i llf$1 �t<!fil:·�fir �II �<t<t II\nei-mata bhakta-gaQe yatra dekhaila\nbhakta-gal)a lana vrndavana-keli kaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; bhakta-gaQe-to all the devotees; yatra-the Rathayatra festival;\n\ndekhaila-showed;\n\nbhakta-gaQa-the\n\ndevotees;\n\n/ana-with;\n\nvrndavana-keli-pastimes of Vrndavana; kai/a-performed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu showed the Ratha-yatra ceremony to His\ndevotees and performed the Vrndavana pastimes with them.\n\n", "mad5#p0377": "Text 257]\n\n345\n\nPerformance of the V�ndavana Pastimes\n\nTEXT 256\n\n�-<;ost#rtf�11' �-��, �� I\n'��i!:f·<!llifit' �11' ift� ��II �0'� II\ncaitanya-gosafiira lila-ananta, apara\n'sahasra-vadana' yara nahi paya para\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaitanya-gosafiira-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; lila-the pastimes; ananta-unlimited; apara-without end; sahasra-vadana-Lord Se� a who has thou,\n\nsands of hoods; yara-of which; nahi-not; paya-gets; para-the limit.\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of lord Caitanya are unlimited and endless. Even Sahasravadana, lord Se�a, cannot reach the limits of His pastimes.\nTEXT 257\n\n���9f·�iftQI·� � � I\n���� <!II� �-.tiftJf II �0''1 II\nsri-rDpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri-rupa-Srila Ropa Gosvami; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr$Qadasa-Srila\n\nKr?r:Jadasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, K��r;�adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritam�a, following in their\nfootsteps.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhyalila, Fourteenth Chapter, describing the Hera-paficami-yatra.\n\n", "mad5#p0378": "References\nThe statements of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta are all confirmed by standard Vedic\nauthorities. The following authentic scriptures are quot�d in this book on the\npages listed. Numerals in bold type refer the reader to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\ntranslations. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\n\nAmrta-pravaha-bha�ya (Bhaktivinoda Thakura), 1,113\nAnubha�ya (Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvatil, 31\nBhagavad-gita, 31, 66, 96, 97,196,231,247\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (ROpa GosvamT), 184, 296\nBrahma-sarilhita, 196, 332\nCaitanya-candramrta (Prabodhananda SarasvatT), 185,232\nCaitanya�taka (ROpa Gosvamil, 221\nChandogya Upani�ad, 95\nGovinda-lilamrta (Kr�r:\"�adasa Kaviraja), 310, 314, 317\nGurv-a�taka (Visvanatha CakravartT), 242\nKalyaQa-kalpataru (Bhaktivinoda Thakura), 32\nKatha Upani�ad, 32\nLaghu-bhagavatamrta (ROpa GosvamT), 107\nMukunda-mala-stotra (Kulasekhara), 152\nMuQc;iaka Upani�ad, 32\nPadma PuraQa, 20\nPadyavali (ROpa GosvamT), 154,173\nSik�a�taka (Caitanya Mahaprabhu), 64\n\n347\n\n", "mad5#p0379": "348\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 31,64-65,90,91,95,96,107,147,153,178,180,187,\n227,229-230,231,297\n\nSvetasvatara Upani?ad, 20,145\nTantra-sastra, 107\nUjjvala-nilamaQi (ROpa Gosvamil, 299,300-301,306,309,318\nUpadesamrta (ROpa Gosvamil, 97\nVi?QU PuraQa, 151\n\n", "mad5#p0380": "Glossary\nA\nAbhasa-a shadow.\nAdvaita-siddhanta-conclusion of the monists that God and the devotee are separate in the\nmaterial state, but that when they are spiritually situated there is no difference between them.\nAisvarya-lila-the Lord's pastimes of opulence.\nA/asya-laziness, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nAmar?a-anger, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nAmrta-gutika-thick puri (fried cakes) mixed with condensed milk.\nAnartha-nivrtti-cleansing the heart of all unwanted things.\nAnavasara-period of retirement of Lord Jagannatha after Snana-yatra.\nAriga-raga-repainting of the body of Lord Jagannatha.\nAnurasa-second-class type of rasabhasa occurring when something is derived from the\noriginal mellow.\nAparasa-third-class type of rasabhasa occurring when something is appreciated which is far\nremoved from the original mellow.\nApasmara-forgetfulness, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nAprakata-unmanifest presence of Kr�r:Ja.\nArca-vigraha-an incarnation of the Supreme Lord in the form of a material manifestation\n(brass, stone or wood).\nAstiya-jealousy, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nAugrya -violence, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nAutsukya-eagerness, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nAvahittha-concealment, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nAvatara-incarnation.\nAvega-intense emotion, a vyabhicari-bhava.\n\n8\nBalagar:J<;li festival-the festival when everyone offers various opulent foodstuffs to Lord\nJagannatha at Balagar:J<;ii during the Ratha-yatra parade.\nBalarama-the elder brother of Kr�r:Ja, present as one of the three Jagannatha Deities.\nBhavas-ecstatic emotional ornaments.\nBhoga-mandira-the place where the Deity's food is kept.\nBrahmaQas-the intelligent class of men.\n\nc\nCakita-a position in which the heroine appears very afraid although she is not at all afraid.\nCapalya-impudence, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nCinta-contemplation, a vyabhicari-bhava.\n\n349\n\n", "mad5#p0381": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n350\n\nD\nDainya-meekness, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nDak?iQa-right-wing group of gopis, who cannot tolerate womanly anger.\nDayitas-servants who carry the Deity of Lord )agannatha to His car.\nDayita-patis-leaders of the dayitas coming from brahmaQa caste.\nDevaki-nandana-name for Kr�r:Ja indicating that He is the son of Devaki.\nDhrti -forbearance, a vyabhicari-bhava.\n\nG\nCarva -pride, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nCauc;fas-pullers of Lord Jagannatha's car.\nCaurariga nagaris-the name of a particular sahajiya sampradaya.\n-\n\nClani-a feeling that one is in a faulty position, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nGovinda-Kr�r:Ja in His original form as pleaser of the cows and the senses.\nCuQa-maya-the material world.\nGuru-Spiritual master.\n\nH\n\"Hari bo/\"-\"Chant the holy name.\"\nHar?a -jubilation, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nHera-paiicami festival-celebration of the coming of the goddess of fortune to the Cur:Jc,Jica\ntemple.\n\nJ\nJac;fya -invalidity, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nJagamohana -area in front of the temple.\n)agannatha-a Deity form of Kr�r:Ja.\n)ana-nivasa-name for Kr�r:Ja indicating that He is the ultimate resort of all living entities.\n}iva-himsa-envy of other living entities.\n}iva-maya-the living entities.\n\nK\nKama -desire for material gain.\nKama-dhenus-desire-fulfilling cows in Vrndavana.\nKaQapha!a yogis-beggars similar to gypsies who wear ivory earrings.\nKarariga\n\nwaterpot carried by sannyasis.\n\n-\n\nKila-kiiicita-type of ecstatic symptom manifested at the time of seeing Kr�r:Ja.\nKuti-na!i-duplicity or fault-finding.\nKut�amita-happy within the heart, but externally angry and offended.\n\n", "mad5#p0382": "Glossary\n\n351\n\nl\nLak�mi-vijayotsava festival-pastime of Lak�mi during the Ratha-yatra festival.\nLa/ita-a/ankara -charm.\nLaphra-vyat'ijana-combination of green vegetables, often mixed with rice.\nLila-sakti-Kr�l)a's various subordinate potencies which assist Him in His pastimes.\n\nM\nMada-madness, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nMadana-mohana- Kr�l)a, the enchanter of Cupid.\nMadana-mohana-mohini-Radharal)i, the enchanter of the enchanter of Cupid.\nMadhurya-li/a-Kr�l)a's pastimes of conjugal love.\nMahabhava-topmost transcendental ecstatic symptom.\nMaha-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance: Hare Kr�l)a, Hare Kr�l)a, Kr�l)a Kr�l)a, Hare\nHare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nMallika-a sweet-scented flower of Vrndavana.\nMarima-an address used for respectable persons in Orissa.\nMaryada-latighana-a violation of the regulative principles.\nMathura-the city near Vrndavana where Kr�l)a exhibited many pastimes.\nMati-attention, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nMaugdhya-assuming the position of not knowing things although everything is known.\nMaya-illusion; an energy of Kr�l)a's which deludes the living entity into forgetfulness of the\nSupreme Lord.\nMoha-bewilderment, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nMottayita-awakening of lusty desires by the remembrance and words of the hero.\nMrdanga-two-headed drum used in kirtana performances.\nMrti-death, a vyabhicari-bhava.\n\nN\nNagna-matrka-nyaya-theory stating that one cannot become an exalted devotee overnight.\nNava-yauvana day-the day on which Lord Jagannatha, Subhadra and Lord Balarama enter\nseclusion for fifteen days before Ratha-yatra.\nNetrotsava festival-the festival of painting the eyes of Lord Jagannatha during the Navayauvana ceremony.\nNidra-sleep, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nNirveda-indifference, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nNi�iddhacara-accepting things forbidden in the sastra.\nNrsirhha-caturdasi festival-the appearance day of Lord Nrsirhha.\n\np\nPar;licha-superintendent of a temple.\nParr;lu-vijaya-the function of carrying Lord Jagannatha to His car.\n\n", "mad5#p0383": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n352\n\nParakiya-rasa-the Lord's conjugal love with the gopis.\nPrabodha-awakening, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nPradhana -ingredients of material nature.\nPrakata-manifest presence of Km1a.\nPrakrti -material nature.\nPrati�thasa -desire for name and fame or high position.\nPuja-hankering for popularity.\n\nR\nRasa-mellow; relationship with Kr�t:Ja.\nRasabhasa -adulterated relationship with Kr�t:Ja.\nRatha-yatra-the festival celebrating Kr�t:�a's return to Vrndavana, in which the Deity of Lord\nJagannatha is pulled in a car.\n\ns\nSac-cid-ananda-vigraha-the transcendental form of the Lord, which is eternal, full of knowledge and full of bliss.\nSastra-cak�ub-seeing everything through the medium of the Vedic literature.\nSahasra-vadana-the thousand-mouthed snake incarnation, called Se�a Naga.\nSarika-doubt, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nSarikirtana-congregational chanting of the holy names of the Lord.\nSattvikas-transcendental symptoms.\nSimhasana-sitting place.\nSimu/i-silk cotton tree.\nSmarta-brahmaQa-one who strictly follows the Vedic principles on the mundane platform.\nSmrti -remembrance, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nSnana-yatra-the bathing ceremony of Lord Jagannatha.\nSrama-fatigue, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nSubhadra-the younger sister of Kr�t:Ja, one of the three Jagannatha Deities.\nSupti -deep sleep, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nSvakiya-rasa-the Lord's conjugal love according to the regulative principles observed in\nDvaraka.\n\nT\nTadiyanam-worship of everything belonging to the Lord.\nTrasa-shock, a vyabhicari-bhava.\n\nu\nUnmada-craziness, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nUparasa-first-class type of rasabhasa occurring when one tastes one kind of mellow and\nsomething extra is imposed.\n\n", "mad5#p0384": "Glossary\nv\nVarna-left-wing group of gopis, who are eager to be jealously angered.\nVi/asa-symptoms manifested in a woman's body when she meets her lover.\nVi�ada-moroseness, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nVitarka -argument, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nVivvoka-neglecting the presentation given by the hero.\nVriga-shame, a vyabhicari-bhava.\nVrndavana-vihara-pastimes of Vrndavana.\nVyabhicari-bhavas-the thirty-three bodily symptoms manifest in ecstatic love.\nVyadhi-disease, a vyabhicari-bhava.\n\ny\nYajiia -sacrifice.\nYamuna-sacred river at which Kr�!Ja performed many pastimes.\nYasoda-nandana-name for Kr�!Ja indicating that He is the son of Yasoda.\n\n353\n\n", "mad5#p0385": "Bengali Pronunciation Guide\nBENGALI DIACRITICAL EQUIVALENTS AND PRONUNCIATION\n\nVowels\n\n.. a\n\n..-ta\n\n-i\n\n-i\n\n�u\n\n\"ii\n\n't\n\n�e\n\n� ai �0\n\n�au\n\n' ril (anusvara)\n\n•\n\nil ( candra-bindu)\n\n�r\n\n: j1 (visarga)\n\nConsonants\nGutterals:\n\n� ka\n\n� kha\n\n� ga\n\n'l gha\n\n'! na\n\nPalatals:\n\n� ca\n\nfi' cha\n\n� jha\n\nCerebrals:\n\nt ta\n\nJtha\n_, tha\n.pha\n�ra\n1{ �a\n\n.ja\ntS <;Ia\nSf da\n�ba\n'fia\n�sa\n\n�na\ntj Qa\ni{ na\n1{ rna\n\nDentals:\n\nt.l ta\n\nLabials:\n\n�pa\n\nSemivowels:\n\n�ya\n\nSibilants:\n\n-f sa\n\n1J <;lha\n\n${ dha\n\n�bha\n� va\n�ha\n\nVowel Symbols\nThe vowels are written as follows after a consonant:\n\nla\n\nfi �I .... u ._ii <r t f 'e �ai '10 '\\au\n� ka � ki �ki !, ku l\nt5 kr\nfkr �ke �kai �1 ko �� kau\nkii\n\nFor example:\n\n355\n\n", "mad5#p0386": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n356\n\nThe letter\n\na is implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\n\nThe symbol virama (') indicates that there is no final vowel.\n\n�k\n\nThe letters above should be pronounced as follows:\na -like the o in hot; sometimes like the o in go;\n\na is usually silent.\na -like the a in far.\nfinal\n\nq -like the d in dawn.\nqh -like the dh in good-house.\n\nI] -like the n in gnaw.\n\ni, T -like the ee in meet.\n\nt-as in talk but with the tongue against the\n\nr -like the ri in rim.\n\nth-as in hot-house but with the tongue against\n\ne -like the ai in pain; rarely like e in bet.\n\nd-as in dawn but with the tongue against the\n\no -like the o in go.\n\ndh-as in good-house but with the tongue\n\nu, u -like the u in ru le.\n\nf -like the ree in reed.\n\nai -like the oi in boil.\n\nau -like the ow in owl.\n\nm -(anusvara) like the ng in song.\n\n� -(visarga) a final h sound like in Ah.\nn -(candra-bindu) a nasal n sound.\nlike in the French word bon.\nk -like the k in kite.\nkh -like the kh in Eckhart.\ng -like the g in got.\ngh -like the gh in big-house.\n\nri -like the n in bank.\nc -like the ch in chalk.\nch -like the chh in much-haste.\nj -like thej injoy.\n\njh -like the geh in college-hall.\n\nn -like the n in bunch.\n\n! -like the t in talk.\n\nth -like the th in hot-house.\n\nthe teeth.\nthe teeth.\nteeth.\nagainst the teeth.\nn-as in nor but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\np -like the p in pine.\nph -like the ph in philosopher.\n\nb -like the b in bird.\n\nbh -like the bh in rub-hard.\nm -like the m in mother.\ny -like thej injaw.l(\ny -like they inyear. �\nr -like the r in run.\n\nI -like the I in law.\n\nv -like the b in bird or like the w in dwarf.\n\ns, �-like the sh in shop.\ns -like the s in sun.\nh-like the h in home.\n\nThis is a general guide to Bengali pronunciation. The Bengali transliterations in this\nbook accurately show the original Bengali spelling of the text. One should note, however,\nthat in Bengali, as in English, spelling is not always a true indication of how a word is pronounced. Tape recordings of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nchanting the original Bengali verses are available from the International Society for\nKrishna Consciousness, 3764 Watseka Ave., Los Angeles, California 90034.\n\n", "mad5#p0387": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete alphabetical listing of the first and third line of each four-line\n\nverse and both lines of each two-line verse in Sri Caitanya-caritamrta. In the first column the trans­\n\nliteration is given, and in the second and third columns respectively the chapter-verse references\nand page number for each verse are to be found.\n\nA\nacambite asi' piyaa krwa-11/amrta?\nac!iryadi bhakta kare prabhure nimantraoa\nacarya-gas!iilira putra sri-gap!ila-n!ima\nacarya hilriy!i p!iche kare ga/aga/i\nacarya kiindena, kiinde saba bhakta-gaoa\n\n14.17 232\n36\n12.70\n12.143 71\n14.79 262\n12.147 73\n\nac!iryaratna, !ic!iryanidhi, srTv!isa, gadadhara\nacaryera nimantral)e karil!i bhajana\nacetana hail!! teriha par;li/!1. bhOmite\nacetanavat tare karena tar;lane\nachar;fa khilil!i par;fe bhOme gar;li' yaya\n\n12.157 77\n14.92 268\n12.144 71\n14.134 286\n13.85 156\n\nache dui-c!iri jana, taha mari' vrndavana,\n'adhTr!i' ni$!hura-vakye karaye bhartsana\nacyut!inanda n!ice tath:i, !ira saba gaya\n'adhirOr;fha mahabhava' -radhik!ira prema\nadvaita-acarya, !ira prabhu-nityananda\n\n13.156\n14.147\n13.45\n14.165\n12.156\n\n197\n292\n135\n301\n77\n\nadvaita-acarya, !ira prabhu-nity!inanda\nadvaitadi bhakta-gaoa nimantraoa kaila\nadvaita kahe, -avadhOtera sarige eka parikti\nadvaita nija-sakti prakata kariy!i\nadvaita, nit!ii adi sarige bhakta-gaoa\n\n13.31\n14.66\n12.189\n14.90\n13.7\n\n129\n256\n92\n266\n116\n\nadvaita-nity!inande jala-phel!ipheli\nadvaita-nity!inanda vasiy!ichena eka !hani\n'advaita-siddhante' badhe suddha-bhaktiadvaitere nrtya karibare ajil!i dila\nage kasTsvara yaya /aka nivariya\n\n14.79 262\n12.188 92\n12.193 94\n13.38 132\n12.207 103\n\nage nrtya kare gaura /ail!! bhakta-gaoa\nage nrtya kari' calena sacTra nandana\nage pache, dui parsve pu$podyana-vane\nage suna jagannathera gul)r;/ica-gamana\naher iva gati/:1 premoa/:1\n\n13.195\n13.115\n13.200\n13.70\n14.163\n\n216\n169\n218\n148\n300\n\nahus ca te nalina-niibha pad!iravindaril\naichana adbhuta IT/a kare gauraraya\naiche utsava kara yena kabhu nahi haya\naisvarya-bh:ive tamate, Tsvara-prabhava\naisvarya n!i jane iriha suddha-preme bh:isi'\n\n13.136\n14.46\n14.107\n14.216\n14.217\n\n188\n246\n273\n326\n327\n\n!ii!a!ii ai/a prabhu /ail!! bhakta-gaoa\n!ii!at!i !lsi' prabhu vi�r!ima karila\n'ajila-apar!idha' k$am!i karite yuyaya\najil!i deha-!iji saba ihan ani diye\nalaukika aisvarya sarige bahu-pariv!ira\n\n14.91 268\n14.65 256\n12.129 61\n39\n12.77\n14.131 284\n\na/aukika /1/ii gaura kaila k$al)e k$al)e\n!im!i /ail!! puna/:1111!1. karaha vrnd!ivane\n!im!ira bhagye nahi, tumi krt!irtha hail!!\nam!ira lak$mlra dekha sampatti vistara\namara lak$mfra sampad-vakya-agacara\n\n13.66\n13.131\n13.97\n14.203\n14.213\n\n!!mara !hakur!il)f vaise ratna-sirilhasane\nami kan k$udra-jiva, tamake vidhi diba?\nami-saba kahi yadi, du/:lkha se m!inibe\n!imi ta' grhastha-br!ihmal)a, !!mara da$aamrta-gu!ik!i-adi, k$Tras!i apara\n\n14.214 326\n14\n12.27\n12.14\n7\n12.191 93\n14.28 238\n\namrta-mal)r;/!1., saravati, !ira kumr;Ja-kurT\namrtera dh:ira candra-bimbe vahe yena\nanande !irambha kaila nartana-kfrtana\nanande karaye /aka 'jaya' 'jaya'-dhvani\nanande madhura nrtya karena isvara\n\n14.29\n13.109\n14.63\n14.57\n13.114\n\n238\n167\n255\n252\n169\n\n!inande mah:iprabhura prema uthali/a\n!inande uddaor;la nrtya kare gaurar!iya\n!inandanmade uth:iya bh:ivera tarariga\nananta kiima-dhenu t!ihari phire vane vane\nananta k[$1)era IT/a n!i y!iya varoana\n\n14.64\n12.141\n13.171\n14.223\n14.202\n\n255\n70\n204\n329\n328\n\naneka karila, tabu nil haya cetana\nanginate mah:iprabhu /ail!! bhakta-gaoa\narigulite k$ata habe j!ini' d!imadara\nanimi$a-netre kare nrtya darasana\nankhi mudi' prabhu preme bhOmite sayana\n\n12.147\n14.63\n13.166\n13.99\n14.7\n\n73\n255\n202\n162\n226\n\narikusera gh!iya hastT karaye citkara\nanna-da$e sanny!isfra da$a nahi haya\nanta/:1 smeratayajjval!i jala-kaoaantarariga-bhakta jane, y!irira suddha-\n\n14.53 250\n12.190 93\n14.180 309\n13.54 139\n\nantare !inanda radha, biihire vamya-kradha\nantare sakala j!inena, bahire udasa\nantare ullasa, radha kare niv!iraoa\n\n14.198 318\n14.20 234\n14.195 317\n\n357\n\n146\n278\n161\n321\n325\n\n", "mad5#p0388": "358\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nanusandhana vinil krpa-prasada karila\n\n14.15\n13.98\n13.53\n13.50\n13.137\n\n23\n162\n139\n137\n181\n\n13.178\n12.106\n13.13\n13.71\n14.56\n\n207\n51\n119\n148\n252\n\n13.63\n14.49\n14.55\n14.76\n14.89\n\n144\n249\n251\n260\n266\n\nanya achuk, jagannilthera ananda apilra\nanya !hiliii nilhi ya'na ilmilre dayaya\nanya vadyadira dhvani kichui nil suni\nanyera hrdaya-mana,\n\nmara mana-\n\nanyera ki kaya, jagannatha-haladhara\napana-hrdaya yena dhari/a b:lhire\nilpana icchaya cafe karite vihilre\napana-udyage nacaila bhakta-ga(la\nilpane calita ratha, tanite nil paya\n\niJ$1.1 'sil!Lvika', har�adi 'vyabhicarl' yanra\nilste-vyaste ilcilrya tanre kaila kale\nataeva jagannilthera krpara bhiljana\nataeva kr�l)era kare parama santa�a\nataeva krwera prilkat�ye nilhi kichu da�a\nataeva sarik�epa kari' kariluri var(lana\nata hetar ahetas ca\n\"iltmil vai jilyate putrab\"-ei silstra-vilQI\navasara jani' ami kariba nivedana\navese�e rildhil kr�l)e kare nivedana\navesete nityananda nil haifa silvadhane\n\napane gayena. naca'na nija-bhakta-gaQa\nilpane /agi/a ratha, nil pare !ilnite\napane rathera pache thele mathil diya\nilpane sakala bhakte since jala diya\napane tilrihilra upara karila sayana\n\navi�ta hana kare gana-ilsvadana\n\napane varQena yadi 'sahasra-vadana'\nilpane vasiyil majhe, ilpanilra hate\napani mi/ana lagi' sadhite lagila\nilpani milibe tilrire, tilhila dekhiba\n\n14.41 244\n14.202 320\n12.131 62\n12.40\n21\n14\n12.27\n\nbahib krodha vyathitavat\nbilhira ha-ite kare ratha-yiltril-chala\nbahire pratilparudra lana piltra-gaQa\nbilhire vamatil-kradha, bhitare sukha mane\nbahirvilse lana phelaya bahira kariyil\n\napani nilcite yabe prabhura mana haila\napani pratilparudra lana piltra-gaQa\napani pratilparudra nivarila tare\napani sadhena prabhu, sikha'na sabare\naparilhne ilsi' kai/a darsana, nartana\n\n13.72\n13.6\n13.96\n12.84\n14.94\n\n149\n116\n161\n42\n268\n\n14.68\n14.67\n14.95\n13.4\n14.244\n\n257\n256\n268\n115\n339\n\n12.204\n12.79\n13.22\n13.52\n13.58\n13.36\n\n101\n40\n124\n138\n141\n131\n\n13.75\n14.175\n12.95\n13.105\n14.175\n13.101\n\n150\n306\n46\n165\n306\n163\n\nbahye kichu ro�abhilsa kaila bhagavan\n'bala, bala' bali' prabhu bale bara bilra\n'bala' 'bala' bali' prabhu pate nija-ki!Qa\nbala-cancalya kare, karilha varjana\nbaladeva-subhadrilgre nrtya kare rarige\n\nilra bhakta-gaQa avasara na pili/a\nilra bhakta-gal)a caturmilsye yaya dina\nilra dina asi' kai/a isvara darasana\nilra dina mahaprabhu haiiil savadhilna\nara dine jagannathera bhitara-vijaya\n\nbalagaQdi bhage'ra prasada-u!Lama, ananta\nbale-chafe tabu dena, dile se santa�a\nbali�!ha dayita' ga(la-yena ma!La hatl\nbandhiya aniya pilde lak�mira caraQe\nbandhulira phula jini' adhara surariga\n\nara dine jagannathera 'netratsava' nama\nilra dine prabhilte lana nija-ga(la\nilra dui rathe cade subhadril, haladhara\nilra eka sakti prabhu karila prakilsa\nilra keha nahi jane caitanyera curi\nilra paiica-jana dila tilrira paligana\n\nbara bilra the/e, teriha krodha haifa mane\nb�pa-vyakulitaruQMcala-calan-netraril\nbhagavate ache yaiche ri!dhika-vacana\nbhagyavan satyarilja vasu rilmilnanda\nbhagyvan tumi -irihara hasta-sparsa pili/a\nbhakta-gaQa anubhave, nahi jane ana\n\nilra saba sampradilya cilri dike gaya\nilra silta bhava ilsi' sahaje milaya\nilra sata jana sata ghate jala bhari'\ni!Sa-pi!Se /aka yata bhiji/a sakala\niJ$!a-bhava-sammilane 'mahabhilva' haya\na$ta sil!Lvika bhava udaya haya sama-kala\n\n12.150 74\n14.163 300\n29\n12.55\n13.188 213\n13.126 175\n13.183 210\n13.164 201\n\n8\nbadama, chaharil, drak�il. piQda-kharjura\n\napane vaisa, prabhu, bhajana karite\n\n14.167 302\n12.145 72\n13.17 121\n14.157 296\n14.126 282\n\nbhakta-ga(la gavinda-pilsa kichu magi' nita\nbhakta-ga(la kachi hate kari' miltra dhaya\nbhakta-ga(la kare grha-madhye prak�alana\nbhakta-ga(la 'kr�(la' kahe, kare nija-kama\nbhakta-ga(la lanil vrndavana-keli kai/a\nbhakta-gaQa madhyahna karite prabhure\n\n14.27 237\n14.197 318\n14.120 279\n13.90 158\n14.196 317\n12.88\n44\n13.185 211\n14.9\n227\n14.231 334\n14.84 264\n13.191\n14.25\n12.170\n13.8\n14.133\n\n214\n236\n83\n117\n285\n\n12.213 106\n13.94 160\n14.181 310\n13.132 178\n14.252 343\n13.97 161\n13.67 146\n12.202 100\n14.56 252\n12.100 49\n12.85\n42\n14.255 344\n12.219 109\n\n", "mad5#p0389": "358\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\nanusandhana vina krpa-prasada kari/a\nanya achuk, jagannathera ananda apara\nanya !hani nahi ya'na amare dayaya\nanya vadyadira dhvani kichui na suni\nanyera hrdaya-mana, mora mana-\n\n14.15\n13.98\n13.53\n13.50\n13.137\n\n23\n162\n139\n137\n181\n\niJ$Ia 'sattvika', har$adi 'vyabhicari' yanra\naste-vyaste acarya t.!irire kaila kole\nataeva jagannathera krpara bhajana\nataeva krH1era kare parama santo$a\nataeva krHlera prakat�ye nahi kichu do$a\n\n14.167\n12.145\n13.17\n14.157\n14.126\n\n302\n72\n121\n2%\n282\n\nanyera ki kaya, jagannatha-haladhara\napana-hrdaya yena dhari/a bahire\napana icchaya cafe karite vihare\napana-udyoge nacaila bhakta-gaQa\napane calila ratha, tanite na paya\n\n13.178\n12.106\n13.13\n13.71\n14.56\n\n207\n51\n119\n148\n252\n\napane gayena, naca'na nija-bhakta-gal)a\napane lagila ratha, na pare tanite\napane rathera pache thele matha diya\napane sakala bhakte since jala diya\napane tarihara upara karila sayana\n\n13.63\n14.49\n14.55\n14.76\n14.89\n\n144\n249\n251\n260\n266\n\nataeva sarik$epa kari' kari/uri varQana\nato hetor ahetos ca\n\"alma vai jayate putra/)''-ei Siistra-Viil)i\navasara jani' ami kariba nivedana\nave5e$e radha kr$1Je kare nivedana\navesete nityananda na haifa savadhane\naVi$!a hana kare gana-asvadana\n\n12.150\n14.163\n12.55\n13.188\n13.126\n13.183\n13.164\n\n74\n300\n29\n213\n175\n210\n201\n\napane vaisa, prabhu, bhojana karite\napane varl)ena yadi 'sahasra-vadana'\napane vasiya majhe, apanara hate\napani mi/ana /agi' sadhite lagila\napani milibe tilrire, tahao dekhiba\n\n14.41 244\n14.202 320\n12.131 62\n12.40\n21\n14\n12.27\n\napani nacite yabe prabhura mana haifa\napani prataparudra lana patra-gal)a\napani prataparudra nivarila tare\napani sodhena prabhu, sikha'na sabare\naparahne asi' kaila darsana, nartana\n\n13.72\n13.6\n13.96\n12.84\n14.94\n\n149\n116\n161\n42\n268\n\n!ira bhakta-gal)a avasara na paila\nara bhakta-gal)a caturmasye yay a dina\n!ira dina asi' kaila isvara darasana\nara dina mahaprabhu hana savadhana\nara dine jagannathera bhitara-vijaya\n\n14.68\n14.67\n14.95\n13.4\n14.244\n\n257\n256\n268\n115\n339\n\n!ira dine jagannathera 'netrotsava' nama\n!ira dine prabhate lana nija-gaQa\nara dui rathe cac;le subhadra, haladhara\n!ira eka sakti prabhu karila prakasa\n!ira keha nahi jane caitanyera curi\n!ira panca-jana dila tarira paligana\n\n12.204\n12.79\n13.22\n13.52\n13.58\n13.36\n\n101\n40\n124\n138\n141\n131\n\n!ira saba sampradaya cari dike gaya\n!ira sara bhava asi' sahaje milaya\n!ira sata jana sata ghate jala bhari'\nasa-pase loka yata bhijila sakala\niJ$!a-bhava-sammilane 'mahabhava' haya\na$ta sattvika bhava udaya haya sama-kala\n\n13.75\n14.175\n12.95\n13.105\n14.175\n13.101\n\n150\n306\n46\n165\n306\n163\n\n8\nbadama, chohara, drak$.!i. pil)c;/a-kharjura\nbahib krodho vyathitavat\nbahira ha-ite kare ratha-yatra-chala\nbahire prataparudra lana patra-gal)a\nbahire vamata-krodha, bhitare sukha mane\n\n14.27 237\n14.197 318\n14.120 279\n13.90 158\n14.196 317\n\nbahirvase lana phelaya bahira kariya\nbahye kichu ro$abhasa kaila bhagavan\n'ba/a, ba/a' bali' prabhu bale bara bara\n'ba/a' 'ba/a' bali' prabhu pate nija-kal)a\nbala-cancalya kare, karaha varjana\n\n12.88\n13.185\n14.9\n14.231\n14.84\n\n44\n211\n227\n334\n264\n\nbaladeva-subhadragre nrtya kare rarige\nbalagal)c;/i bhoge'ra prasada-uttama, ananta\nbale-chafe tabu dena, dile se santo$a\nbafi$!ha dayita' gaQa-yena malta Mti\nbandhiya aniya pac;le /ak$mira caral)e\n\n13.191\n14.25\n12.170\n13.8\n14.133\n\n214\n236\n83\n117\n285\n\nbandhulira phula jini' adhara surariga\nbara bara thele, teriho krodha haifa mane\nbaspa-vyakulitarul)ancala-calan-netram\nbhagavate ache yaiche radhika-vacana\nbhagyavan satyaraja vasu ramananda\nbhagyvan tumi-irihara hasta-sparsa paila\n\n12.213\n13.94\n14.181\n13.132\n14.252\n13.97\n\n106\n160\n310\n178\n343\n161\n\nbhakta-gal)a anubhave, nahi jane ana\nbhakta-gal)a govinda-pasa kichu magi' ni/a\nbhakta-gaQa kachi hate kari' matra dhaya\nbhakta-gal)a kare grha-madhye prak$.!ifana\nbhakta-gal)a 'kr$Qa' kahe, kare nija-kama\nbhakta-gaQa lana vrndavana-keli kaila\nbhakta-gal)a madhyahna karite prabhure\n\n13.67 146\n12.202 100\n14.56 252\n12.100 49\n42\n12.85\n14.255 344\n12.219 109\n\n", "mad5#p0390": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n12.11\n6\n14.96 269\n14.238 337\nbhakta-gaoera srama dekhi' prabhura bahya\nbhakta-mahima bar;Jaite, bhakte sukha dite\n12.186 91\n79\nbhakta-sange prabhu karuna prasada angikara 12.161\n\n359\n\nbhakta-gal)il-p-lla gela sei patri lalla\n\ncalat-tararil sphararil nayana-yugam\n\nbhakta-gal)il-sange prabhu udyane asiya\n\ncaliya iii/a ratha 'balagal)r;li' sthane\n\nbhala karma dekhi' tare kare prasarilsana\nbhala-mate karma kare saba mana diya\nbhala-mate sodhana karaha prabhura\nbhangi kari' svaropa sabara srama janaila\nbhasai/a saba /oka premera tarange\n\n12.116 55\n12.118 56\n12.93\n46\n14.238 337\n13.68 147\n\ncandana-jalete kare patha ni$ecane\ncapar;Ja khalla kruddha hai/a haricandana\ncapar;Ja mariya tare kaila nivara!Jil\ncari-dike bhakta-anga kaila prak$iilana\ncari-dike bhakta-gal)a karena kirtana\ncari-dike sata bhakta sammarjani-kare\ncari jane ajlla dila n[!ya karibare\ncari masera dina mukhya-bhakta banr;' ni/a\n\n12.6\n4\n12.11\n6\n13.173 205\n13.111 167\n13.165 202\n\ncari sampradaya di/a gayana bantiya\n\nbhavodaya, bhava-san!i, sandhi, sabalya\n\n13.172 205\n13.166 202\nbhitara mandira upara, -sakala miijila\n41\n12.82\nbhoga-mal)r;lape yana kare sri-mukha darsana 12.210 104\nbhoga-mandira-adi tabe kaila prak$iilana\n12.119 57\n\nchatra-camara-dhvaja patakara gal)a\n\nbhaye nija-kare nivaraye prabhu-kara\n\nchi, chi, vi$ayira sparsa ha-ila amara\n\nbhattacarya likhila,-prabhura ajlla na haila\nbhattacarya patri dekhi' cintita halla\nbhava-pu$pa-druma tahe pu$pita sakala\nbhava-vi5e$e prabhura pravesila mana\nbhavera iivese kabhu bhumite vasiya\n\nbhoga-mandira sodhana kari' sodhila\nbhogera samaya lokera maha bhir;Ja hai/a\nbhogera samaye prabhu karena kirtana\nbhojana karaila sabake akal)tha pOriya\nbhojana kariluti, na nani habe kon ga!i\nbhojana kari' uthe sabe hari-dhvani kari'\nbhojana kari' vasi/a prabhu kari' acamana\nbhojana-lila kailii prabhu lalla bhakta-gaoe\nbhrnga-pika gaya, vahe sitala pavane\nbh[!yera bhrtya kara,-ei mora asa\nbhome vasi' nakhe lekhe, malina-vadana\n'bhurida' 'bharida' bali' kare alingana\n\n43\n12.87\n13.201 218\n12.218 109\n14.42 245\n12.189 92\n12.198 98\n14.43\n14.103\n14.97\n14.18\n14.137\n14.14\n\n245\n272\n269\n233\n287\n230\n\ncari sampradaya gana kari' bahu sranta haila\ncari sampradaye hai/a cabbisa gayana\ncatur-dike /oka saba bale 'hari' 'hari'\nchana, panii, pair;Ja, amra, narikela, kanthala\n\nchota-bar;Ja-mandira kai/a marjana-sodhana\ncid-ananda jyoti/:1 svadya-yahan mOrtiman\ncintiimal)i-gal)a dasi-caral)a-bhO$al)a\ncintamani-maya bhOmi ratnera bhavana\ncintamal)is caral)il-bh0$al)am angananam\ncitra-vastra-kinkil)i, !ira chatra-camare\ncitta kar;Jhi' toma haite,\n\nvi$aye cahi lagaite\n\ncora-praya kare jagannathera sevaka-gal)a\ncore yena dal)r;la kari' laya nana-dhane\n\ndadhi, dugdha, nanf, takra, rasa/a, sikharil)i\nr;Jahine ta' pu$podyana yena vrndavana\ndamodara kahe,-aiche manera prakara\n\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$1)adasa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$1)adasa\ncaitanya-gosanira IT/a-ananta, apara\n\n12.222\n13.209\n14.257\n14.256\n\n110\n222\n345\n345\n\ndamodara kahe,-tumi svatantra isvara\ndamodara kahe yabe, mili tabe tatire\ndamodara, narayal)il, datta govinda\ndana-ghati-pathe yabe varjena gamana\n\ncaitanya-pratapa dekhi' /oke camatkara\ncai!anyastake rupa-gosalli karyache varl)ilna\ncakra-bhrami bhrame yaiche a/ata-iikara\n\n14.58 253\n13.206 220\n13.82 155\n\n12.139 69\n12.137 68\n12.84\n42\n13.35 131\n14.68 257\n13.34\n13.234\n13.33\n13.90\n14.26\n\n130\n335\n130\n213\n237\n\n14.129\n13.182\n12.83\n14.225\n14.221\n\n283\n209\n41\n330\n329\n\n14.221\n14.228\n14.109\n13.140\n14.211\n14.133\n\n329\n332\n275\n184\n324\n285\n\n14.33\n\n240\n\ndadhi, khaor;Ja, gh[!a, madhu, marica, karpOra 14.187 308\n\ndamodara kahe,-kr$1Jil rasika-sekhara\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$1)adasa\n\n374\n215\n121\n161\n161\n\nD\n\nr;Jalima marica-lar;Ju, navata, amr!i\n\nc\n\n14.189\n13.193\n13.16\n13.95\n13.95\n\ndal)r;lavat kari, prabhu yur;Ji' dui hata\ndal)r;lavat kari' raja bahire calila\ndarsana-anande prabhu saba piisarila\n\n13.194 215\n14.30 239\n14.136 286\n14.155 295\n13\n12.26\n12\n12.25\n13.37 132\n14.171\n13.76\n14.22\n12.219\n\n304\n150\n235\n109\n\n", "mad5#p0391": "360\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ndarsana kariya /oka sukha paila mane\ndarsana-lobhete kari' maryada langhana\ndarsanera /obhe prabhu kare sarhvaraQa\nda5a-murti hana yenho seve bhagavan\ndeha-kanti gaura-varQa dekhiye aruQa\n\n12.205\n12.210\n12.217\n14.251\n13.106\n\n102\n104\n108\n342\n165\n\n13.142 186\ndeha-smrti nahi yara, sarhsara-kupa\ndekha, jagannatha kaiche karyachena bhojana 12.174 84\n2.21\ndekhiba se mukha-candra nayana bhariya\n11\ndekhi' mahilprabhura mane santo�a ha-ila\n12.94\n46\ndekhi' mahaprabhura mane santo�a ha-i/a\n12.155 76\n\ndekhi' mahaprabhura yaiche haya camatkara\ndekhi' saba /oka prema-siigare bhiisi/a\ndekhite akar�aye sabara citta-mana\ndekhite nanti-bhilva haya vilak�aQa\ndekhite uthale kr�Qa-sukhabdhi-taranga\n\n14.108\n14.64\n13.174\n14.86\n14.169\n\n274\n255\n206\n312\n303\n\ndekhite utkaQtha herti-pancamira range\ndekhite viva5a rtija haifa premamaya\ndekhiya prattiparudra patra-mitra-satige\ndekhiya santo�a haifa mahaprabhura mana\ndekhiye kahite caha, -na kaha, ki karaQa?\n\n14.114\n13.56\n14.60\n14.35\n12.17\n\n277\n140\n253\n241\n9\n\ndhana-daQc;fa laya, ara karaya minati\ndhariba se pada-padma hrdaye tuliyti\ndharma-sarhsthapana lagi' btihire maha-ro�a\nc;fheka mari' purira bahira rakhilena lana\n'dhiradhira' vakra-vakye kare upahiisa\n'dhira' kante dure dekhi' kare pratyutthana\n\n14.210 324\n12.21\n11\n12.124 59\n12.128 61\n14.148 292\n14.144 290\n\ndhire dhire jagannatha karena gamana\n'dhoya-pakhala' nama kaila ei eka filii\ndholi-dhosara tanu dekhite sobhana\ndhvajavrnda-pattika-ghaQ!tiya karaha\ndik-vidik nahi jntina premera vanytiya\n\n13.115\n12.203\n12.86\n14.110\n14.101\n\n169\n101\n43\n275\n271\n\ndi�tya yad lisin mat-sneho\ndugdha au!i' dadhi mathe tomara gopi-gaQe\ndugdha-matra dena, keha na mage anya\ndul)khi kangtila tini' karaya bhojane\ndui bhaktera sneha dekhi' sarvabhauma hiise\ndui dike dayita-gaQa uthilya taha dhari'\n\n13.160\n14.214\n14.223\n14.44\n12.177\n13.10\n\n199\n326\n329\n245\n86\n118\n\ndui dike totii, saba-yena vrndavana\ndui-dui jane meli' kare jala-ral)a\ndui dui mardangika haifa asia jana\ndui-janara ange kampa, netre jala-dhilra\ndui-jane kric;lti-kalaha lagila tathai\ndui-parsve dekhi' cafe anandita-mana\n\n13.25\n14.78\n13.33\n14.12\n12.188\n13.26\n\n126\n261\n130\n229\n92\n127\n\ndui pase dui, pache eka sampradaya\ndw'lhe dunhil milibare hayena sat[$Qa\ndure rahi' haridasa kare nivedana\ndvaraka-vaikuQtha-sampat-tara eka bindu\ndviguQa kariya kara saba upahilra\n\n13.47\n14.193\n12.160\n14.219\n14.111\n\n136\n316\n78\n328\n276\n\nE\nei aparadhe mora ktihan habe gati\nei bh;iva-yukta dekhi' rtidhiisya-nayana\nei da5a jana prabhura sange gaya, dhilya\nei dekha, -caitanyera krpti-mahilbala\nei dekha tomara 'gauc;liyii,ra vyavahare\n\n12.127 60\n14.179 308\n13.75 150\n14.16 231\n12.125 59\n\nei dhuyti uccail)-svare gtiya damodara\nei dui-gaQc;fa-sai/a, ihara kti kathil\nei eka /ilti kara, ye tomtira mana\nei kanta-bhavera nama '/alita'-a/ankara\nei karma kare kahan vidagdha-siromaQi?\n\n13.144\n14.86\n12.76\n14.191\n14.208\n\nei filii varQiyachena diisa vrndavana\nei -mahil-bhagavata, ytinhara darsane\nei maha-prasada alpa karaha tisvadana\nei-mata abhyantara karila marjana\nei-mata ara saba bhava-vibhu�aQa\n\n12.150 74\n31\n12.61\n12.174 84\n45\n12.92\n14.201 328\n\nei-mata bhakta-gaQa kari' nija-vtise\nei-mata bhakta-gaQe yatra dekhaila\nei-mata bhala karma seho yena kare\nei mata dui-jana kare btira-bara\nei-mata dui-jane kare balabali\n\n44\n12.89\n14.255 344\n12.117 56\n12.176 85\n12.196 98\n\nei-mata gaura-syame, donhe thelatheli\nei-mata haifa kr�Qera rathe arohaQa\nei-mata jagannatha karena bhojana\nei-mata jala-kric;la kari' kata-k$aQa\nei mata kata-k�aQa kari' vana-lila\n\n12.119\n13.69\n14.36\n14.91\n14.102\n\n171\n148\n242\n268\n271\n\nei-mata kata-k�aQa nrtya ye kariya\nei-mata kirtana prabhu kari/a kata-k�Qa\nei-mata kolaha/a Joke dhanya dhanya\nei-mata kric;fa kaila prabhu �ta-dina\nei-mata lila prabhu kaila kata-k�aQa\n\n12.142\n13.71\n14.59\n14.243\n13.63\n\n71\n148\n253\n339\n144\n\nei-mata mahaprabhu bhakta-gaQa-sange\nei-mata mahilprabhu kare nrtya-ratige\nei-mata mahaprabhu /anti bhakta-gaQa\nei-mata mahilprabhura nimantral)a-keli\nei-mata nana range dina kata gela\n\n35\n12.69\n13.68 147\n12.216 108\n14.69 257\n12.71\n36\n\n169\n265\n38\n315\n323\n\n", "mad5#p0392": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nei-mata prabhu achena premera :lvese\nei-mata prabhu n(tya karite bhramite\nei-mata puradvara-:lge patha yata\nei mata saba purl kari/a sodhana\nei-mata t:ll)r;/ava-nrtya kaila kata-k$al)a\n\n14.4\n225\n13.180 208\n12.135 64\n12.133 63\n13.111 167\n\nei pana-r;Jorira tumi hao yajamana\nei patta-r;JorTte haya 'se$a'-adhi$f_h:lna\nei rase magna prabhu ha-il:! apane\nei saba artha prabhu svarOpera sane\nei-saba sthane 'kila-kincita' udgama\n\n14.249\n14.251\n14.74\n13.161\n14.173\n\n341\n342\n260\n200\n305\n\nei 5/oka mahaprabhu par;/e bara bara\nei 5/okartha purve kariyachi vyakhyana\nei sukhe mahaprabhura jur;/:lya nayana\nei ta' kahila prabhura maha-sankirtana\nei tina-bhede, keha haya 'dhiradhlra'\n\n13.122\n13.123\n14.36\n13.205\n14.143\n\n174\n174\n242\n220\n290\n\neka bahirv:lsa yadi deha' krpa kari'\neka-bara prat:lparudre dekhiiha caral)a\neka dina nimantral)a kare dui-tine mi/i'\neka-dui-bhede kari dig-dara5ana\neka eka dantera kampa dekhite /age bhaya\n\n17\n12.34\n24\n12.46\n14.69 257\n14.142 289\n13.103 164\n\neka eka dina kari' karila bal)tana\neka eka jane da5a dona dila, -eta pata\neka eka vrk$a-tale eka eka gana gaya\neka gu!i patta-r}orl tMha tuti' gela\neka-ka/e sata thani karila vilasa\n\n14.67\n14.37\n14.99\n14.246\n13.52\n\nekala vai$1)ava-vese kari/a pravesa\nekale premavese kare sata-janera kama\neka pada nii cafe ratha, ha-ifa acala\neka-satige dui jana k$etre yabe ail:!\ne-katha suniya prabhura ananda apara\n\n225\n14.5\n12.114 54\n14.51 256\n12.42\n22\n14.154 295\n\ne-katha suniya sabe sankucita hana\neka tu/1 haite tvar:lya :Ira tu/Tte ane\n'eka' vastu vinii sei 'dvitiya' nahi mane\neka yukti ache, yadi kara avadhana\nelaci-mi/ane yaiche rasa/a madhura\ne-sange vasite yogya nahi muni chara\n\n12.118 56\n13.11 118\n12.194 94\n17\n12.33\n14.178 308\n12.161 79\n\neta bali' age kichu kare samarpal)a\neta bali' di/a tatire chil)r}:l patta-r,lorl\neta bali' maha-lak$mlra saba d:lsl-gal)e\neta bali' puna/:1 tare kaila alingane\neta bali' sabe gela maMprabhura sthane\neta bali' sei 5/oka par;/e bara bara\neta bMva-bhO$:lya bh0$ita 5ri-r:ldhara atiga\n\n12.175\n14.250\n14.209\n12.62\n12.16\n14.12\n14.169\n\n256\n242\n270\n340\n138\n\n85\n342\n323\n32\n8\n229\n303\n\n361\n\n14.188\n13.81\n14.206\n14.164\n14.182\n13.159\n14.158\n\n313\n154\n322\n301\n310\n199\n297\n\ngar;Jha prema-bMve tenho nirantara 'v:lma'\ngar;/ha tr$1):lya piye kr$1)era vadana-kamala\ngambhlrya gela donhara, haifa 5i5u-praya\ngatigadasa, haridasa, sriman, 5ubhananda\ngarva, abhi/ag bhaya, SU$ka-rudita\n\n14.161\n12.211\n14.82\n13.39\n14.176\n\n299\n105\n263\n133\n307\n\ngarvabhilasa-ruditagati-sthanasaniidinaril\ngaur;/a saba ratha t:lne, age n:lhi y:lya\n'gaur;/a' saba ratha tane kariya ananda\ngaura age cafe, 5yama cafe dhire-dhire\n\n14.174\n14.187\n14.47\n13.27\n13.188\n\n306\n313\n248\n127\n171\n\ngaura/:1 pa5yann atma-vrndai/:1\ngaura yadi pache cafe, syama haya sthire\nghaghara, kinkil)i baje, ghal)tara kval)ita\nghara dhui' pral)alikaya ja/a char;li' dila\nghate ghate theki' kata ghata bhangi' gela\n\n14.1\n223\n13.118 171\n13.21 124\n12.103 50\n12.110 53\n\nghate sthana nahi, keha kope jala bhare\ngiridhatu-sikhipiccha-gunjaphala-maya\ngopi-gal)a-madhye sre$!ha r:ldM-thakur:ll)l\ngopi-gal)a vin:l kr$Qera harite n:lre mana\ngopikara preme nahi rasabhasa-do$a\ngopin:lthacarya uttama maha-prasada :lni'\n\n12.107\n14.204\n14.160\n14.123\n14.157\n12.179\n\n52\n321\n298\n281\n296\n87\n\ngopin:lthacarye kichu kahena hasiya\ngopin:ltha kahe, -tamara krpa-mahasindhu\ngopi-satige yata IT/a haya upavane\ngovinda-gho$a-pradhana kaila :Ira\ngrhera bhitare kaila pras:lda bhojana\ngurx;lic:l-mandira-m:lrjana-seva magi' nila\n\n14.83\n14.85\n14.125\n13.42\n12.20\n12.73\n\n263\n264\n281\n134\n99\n37\n\ngurx;/ic:l-mandire gefa karite m:lrjana\ngurx;lica-marjana-lila sal'lk$epe kahila\ngupta-datte jala-keli kare dui jane\n\n40\n12.81\n12.221 110\n14.80 262\n\neta bhava mi/i' radMya cailcala karaya\neta par;/i' punarapi karila pral):lma\neta sampaW char;li' kene gel:! vrnd:lvana\neta suni' bar;/e prabhura :lnanda-s:lgara\neta 5uni' prabhu hail:! :lnandita mana\neta tMre kahi kr$1Ja, vraje y:lite satr$1)a\nevaril sa5ankam5u-vir:ljita ni5:l/:l\n\nG\n\nH\nhar;/ har;l kari, ratha cali/a dMiy:l\n'hari' bali' nrtya kare sarva-bhakta-gal)a\n\n14.55 251\n12.149 74\n\n", "mad5#p0393": "362\n\n'hari-bo/a' bali' kang�la preme bhasi' y�ya\n'hari-bola' bali' tMe upadesa kari\n'hari-bo/a' 'hari-bola' bale b�ra b�ra\nharicandanera skandhe hasta �lambiy�\n'harid�a' bali' prabhu r;l�ke ghane ghane\nharid�a, govindananda, madhava, govinda\nharid�a-th�kura tah�rl karena nartana\nharid�a, vi$(1Ud�a, raghava, yahan g�ya\nhari-dhvani uthila saba svarga-martya bhari'\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n14.46\n14.45\n13.87\n13.91\n\n247\n246\n157\n159\n\n12.160 78\n13.73 149\n13.41 133\n13.42 134\n12.198 98\n\nrsvara-icch�ya cafe, n� cafe k�ro bale\nrsvara-mandire mora pada dhoy�ila\nrsvara-sevaka tom�ra bhakta gajapati\n\nJ\njagadananda ber;l�ya parivesana karite\njagad-dhitaya kr$�ya\njagann�tha-darasane karil� gamana\njagann�tha darsana kaila sundar�ca/e yaft�\n\nhari-vallabha, serloti, karpOra, m�latr\nh�e mahaprabhura ga(la mukhe hasta diya\nh�i' mahaprabhu tabe advaite �nita\nhasta tu/i' sloka par;le kari' uccaib-svara\nhaste tanre sparsi' kahe, -hao eka-pasa\n\n14.30\n14.135\n14.88\n13.120\n13.93\n\n239\n286\n265\n172\n160\n\n13.89\n12.122\n14.128\n14.4\n13.92\n\n158\n58\n283\n225\n159\n\n12.195\n14.106\n13.112\n14.145\n14.194\n12.146\n\n96\n273\n168\n291\n316\n72\n\njagann�tha dekhi' karena nartana-krrtana\njagann�tha dekhi' nrtya karite /�gila\njagannatha dekhi' prabhura se bhava uthila\njagannatha ratha r�khi' dekhe r;lahine vame\njagann�tha-sevaka yata rilja-piltra-ga(la\n\nhatilhati kari' haifa dvitiya ilvara(la\nhena-kale gaur;liya eka subuddhi sara/a\nhena-kiile, khacita y�he vividha ratana\nhena-kale pratilparudra kari/a pravese\nhena-kale srinivasa premavi$ta-mana\n\n'jaganniltha-vallabha' nama bar;la pu$pilrilma\njagannatha vasi/a giya nija-sirilh�ane\njagannatha vijaya karaya kari' hatahilti\njagannatha yiltra kaila char;li' sirilh�ana\njagannathe magna prabhura nayana-hrdaya\n\nhena tamara sarlge mora ekatre bhojana\n'hera-paftcamr'ra dina aila janiy�\nhrdaya jilniya svarOpa gaite lagila\nhrdaye kopa, mukhe kahe madhura vacana\nhriyil tiryag-grivacara(la-kati-bhangrhurlkilrera sabde brahmil(lr;/a yilya phati'\n\njagannathe netra diyil sabe n�ce, gaya\njagann�thera age cilri sampradilya gaya\njagannilthera age yaiche karila nartana\njagannilthera bhare tufa ur;/iy� palaya\njagannathera chota-bar;la yata bhakta-ga(la\njagannilthera mukhya mukhya yata bhrtyajagann�thera prasilda iii/a bahu upahMa\njagannilthera punab pil(lr;/u-vijaya ha-ifa\n\niccha jilni 'lila sakti' kare samildhilna\niha dekhi' karibe r;lorr ali drr;lha kari'\nihan jagann�thera ratha-calana-samaya\nihan /okilra(lya, hilti, ghor;/il, ratha-dhvani\nihan r�ja-vesa, sange saba k$atriya-ga(la\n\n13.65\n14.250\n14.47\n13.128\n13.129\n\n145\n342\n248\n176\n177\n\njagannilthera ratha-yiltril nikata ha-ifa\njagannilthera snilna-bhoga ha-ite lagilil\n'jaja gaga' 'jaja gaga'-gadgada-vacana\n'jala ana' bali' yabe mah�prabhu kahila\njala bhare, ghara dhoya, kare hari-dhvani\n\niha yei sune sei sri-caitanya paya\n'indradyumna'-sarovare kare jala-khelil\nirlha vinu �ra saba �ne jala bhari'\nirlho dilmodara-svarOpa-suddha-vrajav�r\nirlho nahi jane, -ihorl haya kon jana\n\n13.208\n14.75\n12.109\n14.217\n14.14\n\n222\n260\n52\n327\n230\n\n14.139\n12.213\n14.199\n14.116\n12.31\n\n288\n106\n319\n278\n16\n\njala-krrr;la kari' punab iii/a udyilne\njala-ma(lr;/Oka-vadye sabe biljilya karatilla\njalayantra-dharil yaiche vahe asru-jala\njalera upare tanre 5e$a-sayya kaila\njanma-kula-sililcilra n� jilni yilhMa\n\nirlho nija-sampatti saba prakata kariyil\nf$al hasita k�nti-amrta-tararlga\nf$al h�iy� kr$(1e karena bhartsana\nf$al h�iya prabhu svaropa puchi/a\ni$la na p�ile nija pril(la se char;laya\n\n13.28 128\n12.126 59\n12.52\n27\n\njayildvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\njay�dvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\n'jaya gauracandra', 'jaya sri-kf$(1a·Caitanya'\n'jaya jaganniltha', balena hasta-yuga tuli'\n'jaya jaganniltha' va-i ilra nilhi suni'\n\n12.169\n13.77\n12.206\n14.113\n14.242\n\n82\n151\n102\n276\n338\n\n13.192\n13.125\n13.193\n13.175\n14.105\n\n214\n175\n215\n206\n273\n\n14.61\n13.8\n13.5\n13.117\n13.116\n\n254\n117\n115\n170\n170\n\n13.47\n13.205\n14.247\n13.197\n14.132\n\n136\n220\n346\n216\n284\n\n14.240 337\n14.246 340\n36\n12.71\n14.62 254\n13.104 164\n12.96\n12.111\n14.103\n14.77\n13.105\n14.88\n\n47\n53\n272\n261\n165\n265\n\n12.192\n12.2\n13.2\n14.59\n13.51\n14.57\n\n94\n2\n114\n253\n138\n252\n\n", "mad5#p0394": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\njaya jaya gauracandra jaya nityananda\njaya jaya gauracandra srT-km;�a-caitanya\njaya jaya nityananda jayadvaita dhanya\njaya jaya srl-k(Hl<l-caitanya nityananda\njaya jaya srlvasadi gaura-bhakta-ga(Hl\njaya jaya srlvilsadi gaura-bhakta-ga(Hl\njaya srota-gat;�a, suna, kari' eka mana\njaya srata-gat;�a,-yilrira gaura prat;�a-dhana\njayati jana-nivilsa devakl-janma-vada\njayati jayati deva devakl-nandana 'sau\njayati jayati megha-syamalab kamalilriga\n\"jayati te 'dhikaril\" adhyaya karena pathana\n\n363\n\n12.2\n14.2\n14.2\n13.2\n12.3\n14.3\n\n2\n224\n224\n114\n3\n224\n\n'kilreha nil kahibe' ei ni�edha karila\n\n13.3\n14.3\n13.79\n13.78\n13.78\n14.8\n\n114\n224\n152\n152\n152\n227\n\nkilST-misra prabhure bahu adara kariya\n\nkilre tamara bhaya, tumi naha paratantra\nkarrx>tpale ta9e, kare malaya bandhana\nkartavyilkartavya saba tamilra gocara\nkarya-anurupa prabhu prakasaye sakti\n\nkilST-misra, tulas1-pa9ichil-dui jana\nkilST-misre kahe rilja prabhura mahima\nkilST-misre kahe raja sayatna kariya\nkilSTsvara, gapinatha, vat;�inatha, satikara\nkilSTsvara gavindadi yata bhakta-gat;�a\nkataka dayita dhare srl-padma-carat;�a\nkataka dayita kare skandha alambana\n\nkabhu advaite nilcaya, kabhu nityanande\nkabhu eka mat;�9ala, kabhu aneka mat;�9ala\nkabhu eka miirti, kabhu hana bahu-miirti\nkabhu bhiime pa9e, kabhu svilsa haya hina\nkabhu haridilse nacaya, kabhu acyutilnande\n\n14.71\n14.77\n13.64\n13.108\n14.71\n\n258\n261\n144\n166\n258\n\n13.106\n13.109\n12.132\n13.107\n14.148\n13.179\n\n165\n167\n259\n166\n292\n208\n\nkataka haite patrl dila sarvabhauma-thani\nkatha ganaril natyaril gamanam api varilsi\nkati-tate baddha, dr9ha sthiila pana-9ari\nkati-vastre bandhi' !lne prabhura nija-gaQe\nkaya-mana-vakye vyavahilre bhaya vilsi\n\nkabhu kilnti dekhi yena mallika-pu�pa-sama\nkabhu netre nilsaya jala, mukhe pa9e phena\nkabhu ratri-kale kichu upayaga\nkabhu stambha, kabhu prabhu bhumite\nkabhu stuti, kabhu ninda, kabhu va udasa\nkabhu sukhe n[lya-ranga dekhe ratha rakhi'\n\nke bujhite pilre caitanya-candrera maya\nkeha hilre, keha jine-prabhu kare darasana\nkeha jala ilni' deya mahaprabhura kare\nkeha jala deya tilrira carat;�a-upare\nkeha lakhite nare prabhura acintya-sakti\nkeha lukil!ia kare sei jala pana\n\nkabhu vakresvare, kabhu ara bhakta-gat;�e\n'kaha, kaha, damodara', -bale bara bara\n'kaha, kaha' kahe prabhu, bale damadara\nkahati bahirmukha tarkika-si�yagaQ<l-sange\nkahan bhattacaryera piirva ja9a-vyavahilra\n\n14.72 259\n14.154 295\n14.164 301\n12.184 89\n12.180 87\n\nkeha magi' laya, keha anye kare dana\nkeha 'prakhara', keha 'mrdu', keha hay a\nke kata ku9aya, saba ekatra kariba\nkeya-patra-drot;�T !lila bajhil pilrica-sata\nkhawera sampradaya kare anyatra klrtana\n\nkahilri ei paramananda, -karaha vicara\nkahan ei sanga-sudha-samudra-tarange\nkahati kahan a5ru-jale kare sammarjana\nkahite unmukha sabe, nil kahe vacane\nkilkere garu9a kare,-aiche kan haya\nkak�a-tali bajaya, kare atta-atta hilsa\n'kali ani diba tamara age jagannatha'\nkalpavrk�a-latara-yahilri sahajika-vana\nkalya 'hera-pailcami' habe lak�mira vijaya\nki!Qe mudra la-i' muili ha-iba bhikhari\nkangalera bhajana-ranga dekhe gaurahari\nkilntera audilsya-lese haya kradha-bhilva\nkilntera priya-vakya suni' haya parasanna\n\n12.180 87\n12.184 89\n12.86\n.43\n12.16\n8\n12.182 88\n14.229 333\n14.212\n14.222\n14.107\n12.20\n14.45\n14.127\n14.158\n\n325\n529\n273\n10\n247\n282\n293\n\n140\n14.115 277\n12.154 76\n13.57 140\n14.106 273\n\nki!Si-misra kahe, -tamara bhilgyera nahi sima 13.57\n\nkilSTsvara-gavinda ilchila anya-sthilne\n\nK\n\n14.19 234\n26\n12.49\n14.147 292\n13\n12.26\n13.64 144\n\nkhapara bhariya jala Ordhve calaila\nkiba mara' vraja-vilsi,\n\nkiba jiy!la vraje !lsi'\n\nkila-kiilcitadi-bhavera suna vivaraQa\n'kila-kiilcita', 'kuttamita', 'vilasa' 'Iaiita'\nkimva sollut;�tha-vilkye kare priya-nirasana\nkintu anuragi lakera svabhava eka haya\nkintu ghata, sammarjanl bahuta cahiye\nkintu pradyan-nikhila-paramanandakirtana dekhiya jagannatha hara�ita\nklrtanilnande saba var�e netra-jala\nklrtanlya-gat;�e dila malya-candana\nkirtaniyilra parisrama jani' gauraraya\n\n12.163\n13.183\n13.89\n13.9\n13.9\n\n80\n210\n158\n117\n117\n\n12.5\n14.227\n13.10\n14.209\n12.50\n13.61\n\n3\n331\n118\n328\n26\n143\n\n14.78 261\n12.101 49\n12.101 49\n13.54 139\n12.102 49\n12.102 49\n14.152 294\n12.132 62\n14.37 242\n13.46 136\n12.98\n13.145\n14.170\n14.168\n14.146\n12.31\n\n48\n189\n304\n303\n291\n16\n\n12.77\n13.80\n13.55\n13.49\n13.32\n14.38\n\n39\n153\n140\n137\n130\n243\n\n", "mad5#p0395": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n364\n\nkirtaniy� saha prabhu p�che p�che yaya\nkisora vayasa, dirgha kamala-nay ana\nkoti-bhakta-netra-bh[liga kare madhu-pane\nkoti bhoga jagannatha kare asvadana\nkrodha, astiya haya, ara manda-smita\nkrp�rdra tom�ra mana, jasi' jiyao vraja-jana,\nkrp� vin� brahmadika janib�re n�e\nkr$Qa-age radha yadi rahe d�Qc;/aiia\n'kr$Qa' 'hari' dhvani vina ara n�hi suni\n'kr$Qa' 'kr$Qa' kahe, nace, karaye rodana\n'kr$Qa' 'kr$Qa' kahi' kare gha!a\nkr$Qa /agi' pati-age chac;lileka pr�f)a\nkr$Qa-nama ha-ifa sanketa saba-k�me\nkr$Qa-prema-rasika tenho maha-bhagyavan\nkr$Qa-prema uchalila hrdaye sabara\nkr$Qa-varilsi kare yahati priya-sakhi-k�ya\n\n13.116\n12.58\n12.214\n13.196\n14.176\n\n170\n30\n106\n216\n307\n\n13.147 190\n13.59 141\n14.190 314\n12.111 53\n12.64\n33\n12.112 54\n12.32\n16\n12.113 54\n13.110 167\n13.176 207\n14.226 331\n\nlembu-kula-�di n�na-prakara �cMa\nlikhite na pari prasada kateka prakMa\nlila-vese prabhura nahi nijanusandhana\nlilaya cac;lila isvara rathera upara\nlobhe as;' krHia kare kancuk�kar$a(la\n/aka nivMile haifa tina maQc;/ala\nJoke jane, danta saba khasiya pac;laya\nJoke rahu-damodara karibe bhartsana\nlukana �m� ane,\n\nsanga karaya toma-sane,\n\nkr$Qa-vancha ptirra haya, kare\nkr$Qera darsana pana anandita mana\nkr$Qera dar5ana yadi paya acambite\nkr$Qera viraha-sphtirti haifa avasana\n\n14.198\n14.220\n13.124\n14.166\n14.73\n\n318\n328\n174\n302\n259\n\nmadhavasya kurute karabhorur\nmadhava, vasudeva-ghog -dui sahodara\nmadhyahna kari/a prabhu lana bhakta-gaf)a\nmadhyahna paryanla kaila sri-mukha\n\nmadhye madhye bhoga l�e, madhye\nmadhye madhye hari-dhvaf)i kare bhaktamadhye nrtya karena prabhu matta-sirilham�iy� /a-i/a prabhura eka bahirvasa\nmaha-malla-gaQe dila ratha calaite\n\nkrtartha ha-ilana ami ilihMa dara5ane\nkruddha han� lak$midevi ai/a sirilha-dvMa\nkruddha hana tanre kichu c�he baliMre\nk�Qeka visrama kari' Qrtya arambhila\nk$af)e sighra cafe ratha, k$af)e cafe manda\n\n32\n12.62\n14.131 284\n13.96 161\n12.136 68\n13.27 127\n\nmahaprabhu aiche lila kare bhakta-s�tha\nmahaprabhu ghare �i/a lana bhakta-gaf)e\nmahaprabhu lana bule jalete bhasiya\nmahaprabhu maha-krpa karena tomare\nmahaprabhu 'maf)ima' 'maQima' kare dhvani\n\nk�Qe sthira hana rahe, tJnileha nil cafe\nkulina-gramera eka kirtaniya-sam�ja\nkulina-grami ramananda, satyaraja khanna\n'ku!!amita'-nama ei bhava-vibhti$af)e\n\n13.28\n13.44\n14.248\n14.196\n\n128\n135\n341\n317\n\nmahaprabhu nija-vastre m�jila sirilhasana\nmahaprabhura gaf)e karaya vijaya-darsana\nmahaprabhura gaQe sei prasada khaila\nmahaprabhura krpa haifa se-seva ha-ite\nmahaprabhura premavesa dvigura Mc;lila\n\nL\n\nmahaprabhu sukha paila se-seva dekhite\n\n14.188\n14.132\n14.121\n14.233\n14.226\n\n313\n284\n280\n335\n331\n\n14.208\nlak$mira caraf)e ani' karaya praf)ati\n14.210\nlak$mira prasilda !lila vividha prakMa\n14.240\nlak$mi-satige dasf-gaQera prilgalbhya dekhiya 14.135\n/alita-bhti$ila rildhil dekhe yadi kr$t;Ja\n14.193\n\n323\n324\n337\n286\n316\n\nlajj!l, harg abhil3$a, sambhrama, vamya,\n/ak$midevira dasi-gaQa karena bandhane\nlak$midevire sange nahi laya ki k�aQe?\nlak$mi-devi yath�-kale gela nija-ghara\nlak$mi jini' guf)a yahan lak$mira samaja\n\nmahaprabhu sukhe lana saba bhakta-gaQa\nmahaprabhu tan donhara caticalya dekhiya\nmahaprabhu vina anya nahi trijagate\nmahaprabhu vina keha nahi dayamaya\nmaha-prasilda dena maha-amrt.a sinciyil\n\nlak$mira agrete nija prabhure deha' ani'\"\n\n241\n241\n145\n124\n317\n\n13.88 157\n13.103 164\n12\n12.24\n13.155 196\n\nM\n\n'madhya' 'pragalbha' dhare dhiradi-vibheda\nkr$Qa y�han dhani tahati vrndavana-dhama\n\n14.34\n14.34\n13.65\n13.22\n14.195\n\nmaha-ucca-satikirtane ilkMa bharila\nmahotsava haifa bhaktera praf)a-samana\nmahotsava kara taiche vise$a sambhara\nmalya, vastra, divya a/ankara, parimala\nmamsa-vraf)a sama roma-vrnda pulakita\n\n14.200\n13.43\n14.23\n12.216\n14.151\n\n319\n134\n236\n108\n293\n\n12.218 109\n12.164 80\n12.137 68\n12.36\n18\n14.49 249\n14.104\n14.254\n14.90\n12.41\n13.14\n\n272\n344\n266\n22\n120\n\n12.104\n13.6\n14.93\n13.18\n14.234\n\n50\n116\n268\n122\n335\n\n13.18 122\n12.206 102\n14.83 263\n12.186 91\n12.182 88\n12.197\n12.140\n12.204\n14.108\n13.169\n12.102\n\n98\n70\n101\n274\n204\n164\n\n", "mad5#p0396": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n365\n\nmana jAni' prabhu puna/:1 n� bali/� Wrre\nmary;lala han� kare loka nivMal)a\nmandira sodhiy� kaifa-yena nija mana\nmandirera catur-dik prak�illana kaifa\nmAne keha haya 'dhrr� keha ta' 'adhira'\n\n12.162 79\n13.90 158\n12.105 51\n12.121 57\n14.143 290\n\nnA11�-desera desr yata y�trika jana\nnAn�-mata g�li dena bhai)C;/a-vacane\nnana-pu�pody�ne tatM khele ratri-dine\nnAnil-sv�du a$ta-bMva ekatra mifana\nnilnil-vadya-�ge nace deva-dasi-gava\n\nmane n� milile kare pavitra bhartsana\nmAnini nirutsilhe chilc;Je vibh0$al)a\nmanohara-lilc;Ju ildi sateka prakMa\nmatta-hasti-gal)a tane yilra yata bala\nmatta-hasti ratha �ne,-dekhe dai)C;/�iia\n\n12.116\n14.137\n14.28\n14.51\n14.52\n\n55\n287\n238\n250\n250\n\nnAn�-vadya-kolahale kichui n� suni\n13.14\nnAnil-vildya-nrtya-dol�ya karaha siljana\n14.110\nnan�-vidha kadalaka, �ra bija-t�la\n14.26\n\"nAnna-dO$e/)a maskarT\"-ei silstra-pramill)a 12.191\nnAnodyane bhakta-sange vrndilvana-/ila\n14.75\n\n120\n275\n237\n93\n260\n\nmayi bhaktir hi bhOtanam\nmeru-mandara-parvata c;Jubaya yatM tatha\nmilite na kahiba, kahiba r�ja-vyavaMra\nmora bh�ya mo-Vi$aye, tomara ye prema\nmora da5a sone yabe, tanra ei da5a habe,\n\n13.160\n14.86\n12.15\n13.155\n13.152\n\n199\n265\n8\n196\n194\n\nn� p�ife n� rahe jrvana\nnMada-prakrti srrvilsa kare parihilsa\nnarahari nace tilhilt'l srr-raghunandana\nnaranga-cholanga-�ra-vrk$era ��ra\nnManga, cholanga, t�ba, kamala, bija-pura\n\n13.138\n14.215\n13.46\n14.32\n14.27\n\n182\n326\n136\n240\n237\n\nmora kichu dite nahi, dilun �litigana\nmora lagi' prabhu-pade karibe vinaya\nmora /agi' tan-sabare kariha nivedana\nmore milibMe ava5ya s�dhibe tanhare\n'mugdM', 'madhyil', 'pragalbh�',-tina\n\n14.11 228\n12.8\n5\n4\n12.7\n12.41\n22\n14.149 292\n\nnarendra-sarovare gel� karite jala-khela\nnarendre ja/a-kric;l� kare lana bhakta-gava\nn�ta5ala dhui' dhuifa catvara-pr�tigal)a\nnava dina gul)c;licate rahe jagannatha\nnava dina karena prabhu tathili visrama\n\n14.102\n14.242\n12.120\n14.104\n14.105\n\n271\n338\n57\n272\n273\n\n'mugdM' n�hi j�ne manera vaidagdhyamukha acch�diy� kare kevala rodana\nmukh�buja chac;li' netra na y�ya antara\nmukhe-netre haya nAn�-bhilvera udgara\nmukhya mukhya nava jana nava dina pili/a\nmukunda-pradhAna kaifa �ra sampradaya\n\n14.149\n14.150\n12.215\n14.191\n14.66\n12.40\n\nnava hemamaya ratha-sumeru-��ra\nnayik�ra svabhilva, prema-vrtte bahu bhede\nniguc;Jha kr$1)era bhiiva keha n�hi jane\nnija-atiga dhui' ilge cafe asru-dhara\nnija-gave ratha-k:Jchi tanibare dila\n\n13.19\n14.141\n14.125\n12.138\n14.5.4\n\n123\n289\n281\n69\n251\n\nnija-nija-bhoga t�han kare samarpava\nnija nija haste kare mandira m�rjana\nnija nija uttama-bhoga kare samarpal)a\nnija-vastre kaifa prabhu grha sammarjana\nnikate asi/e, kare ilsana pradana\n\n13.199 217\n12.100 49\n13.197 216\n12.104 50\n14.144 290\n\nnikate na :lise, rahe kichu dura-desa\nnilacala-vilsr yata chota-bac;Ja jana\nnilacale �if� puna/:1 bhakta-gal)a-satige\nnilamal)i-darpal)a-kAnti gai)C;/a jhalamala\nnime$e ta' gela ratha gul)c;lic�ra dv�ra\nnirantara kric;la kare sankirtana-ratige\n\n14.236\n13.198\n14.114\n12.212\n14.58\n12.69\n\n336\n217\n277\n105\n253\n35\n\nnirmala, sitala, snigdha karifa mandire\nnirmala-ujjvala-rasa-prema-ratna-khani\n'ni-sakac;li' pras�da :lila, yMa n�hi anta\nnisilte udy�ne :lsi' karif� sayana\nnitya :lsi' �m�ya mi/iha-ei �jn� dila\nnityAnanda, advaita, haridilsa, vakresvare\nnityananda, advaita, svarupa, bharatr, purr\n\n12.106\n14.160\n14.25\n14.94\n12.65\n13.35\n12.109\n\n51\n298\n236\n268\n33\n131\n52\n\n292\n293\n107\n315\n256\n133\n\nN\n13.120\nnacite n�cite prabhura hail� bhiivantara\nn� gal)e �pana-du/:lkha, v�nche priyajana- 13.153\n13.145\nn� gal)i �pana-dul)kha, dekhi' vrajesvari13.80\nnahariJ vipro na ca nara-patir n�i vaisyo na\nnahe gopr yogesvara, pada-kamala tom�ra, 13.141\n\n172\n194\n189\n153\n185\n\nna j�ni, tom�ra satige kaiche haya mana\nna kahife rahite n�ri, kahite bhaya citte\nn� khaile jagadAnanda karibe upavilsa\nnamo brahmal)ya-dev�ya\nnAna-bh�va-sainye upajifa yuddha-ratiga\n\n12.195 96\n12.18\n9\n12.172 83\n13.77 151\n13.171 204\n\nnAn�-bhava-vibhO$al)e haya vibh0$ite\nnAn�-bh�ve karaya kr$Qe rasa ilsv�dana\nnA11�-bh�ve viva5at� Parva, harg dainya\nnAn� citra-patta-vastre ratha vibh0$ita\n\n14.166\n14.159\n13.84\n13.21\n\n302\n298\n156\n124\n\n13.199 217\n14.134 286\n14.121 280\n14.177 307\n14.129 283\n\n", "mad5#p0397": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n366\n\nnityananda kahe-aiche haya kon jana\nnityananda kahe,-tomaya cahi nivedite\nnityananda kahe-tumi advaita-acarya\n\n14.236 336\n14.235 335\n15\n12.30\n9\n12.18\n12.193 94\n\nnityananda-prabhu dui hata prasariya\nnityananda vina prabhuke dhare kon jana\nnrpati naipuQye kare pada-sarilvahana\nnrsirilha-deve namaskari' gela upavana\nnrsirilha-mandira-bhitara-bahira sodhila\n\n13.86 157\n14.237 336\n14.7\n226\n12.152 75\n12.136 68\n\nnrsirilhera mantra par;fi' mare jala-chatiti\n\n12.146\n13.201\n13.100\n13.162\n13.43\n14.65\n\nnityananda dekhiya prabhura bhavavesa\nnityananda dare dekhi' karilena stuti\n\nnrtya char;fi' mahaprabhu upavane gela\nnrtya dekhi' dui janara sri-mukhete hasa\nnrtya-kale sei bhave avi$ta hana\nnrtya karena tahan paQr;fita-vakresvara\nnrtya kari' sandhya-kale arati dekhila\n\n72\n218\n163\n200\n134\n256\n\nnrtya karite tatire ajna dila gauradhama\n12.143 71\n13.135 179\nnrtya-madhye sei sloka karena pathana\nnrtya-parisrame prabhura dehe ghana gharma 13.203 219\n13.94 160\nnrtyavese srinivasa kichui na jane\n13.83 155\nnrtye prabhura yahiiti yatiha par;fe pada-tala\n39\nnatana eka-sata ghata, sata sammarjani\n12.78\n12.134 63\nnutana nadi yena samudre milila\n\np\n12.207 103\npache govinda yaya jala-karatiga lana\npache mora prasada govinda dibe bahirdvare 12.162 79\n12.209 104\npache pache ca/i' yaya ara bhakta-gaQa\n12.82\n41\npache Iaiche sodhila sri-jagamohana\n\nparaloka rahu, loke kare upahasa\nparama anande karena nartana-kirtana\nparama-avese eka nace gauraraya\nparamananda puri, ara bharali brahmananda\n\n25\n12.48\n14.245 340\n14.99 270\n13.30 129\n\nparama puro$allama svayaril bhagavan\nparamartha thakuka-loke karibe nindana\nparivesana kare tahan ei sata-jana\nparivesana karibare apane lagila\npatra-mitra lana raja vyagra hana ai/a\n\n14.220 328\n12.24\n12\n12.164 80\n14.39 243\n14.48 248\n\npatra-phala-phula-lobhe gela pu$pa-bJ.r;fi\npatri dekhi' sabara mane ha-ila vismaya\n\n14.207 322\n12.13\n7\n14.253 343\n14.32 240\n12.12\n6\n\npatta-r;fori lana aise ali bar;fa range\nphula-phala-patra-yukta khaQr;fera-vikara\npiche sei patri sabare karaila dara5ana\n\n77\n30\n81\n91\n48\n\npitha-pana, amrta-gutika deha' bhakta-gaQe\npitha-pana deoyaila prasada kariya\nprabhu age jala ani' deya bhakta-gaQa\n\n12.158\n12.59\n12.167\n12.187\n12.99\n\nprabhu-ajna pana vaise apane sarvabhauma\nprabhu-bhakta-gaQa-madhye haila eka-jana\nprabhu kahe, -ami manu$ya asrame sannyasi\nprabhu kahe, -kaha vrajera manera prakara\nprabhu kahe,-ke kala kariyacha sammarjana\n\n12.158 77\n12.68\n34\n26\n12.50\n14.140 288\n44\n12.90\n\nprabhu kahe, -ke tumi, karila mora hita?\nprabhu kahe,-ki kahite sabara agamana\nprabhu kahe,-more deha' laphra-vyanjane\nprabhu kahe,-pOrQa yaiche dugdhera kalasa\nprabhu kahe,-parve siddha kr$1Je tamara\n\n14.17 232\n9\n12.7\n12.167 81\n12.53\n27\n12.185 90\n\nprabhu kahe, -ramananda, kaha vicariya\nprabhu kahe,-srivasa, tomate naradaprabhu kahe,-tumi-saba parama vidvan\nprabhu kahe, -yatra-chale kr$Qera gamana\nprabhuke nivedana kare age daQr;fana\n\n25\n12.47\n14.216 326\n18\n12.35\n14.124 281\n12.173 84\n\npiQr;fara upare prabhu vaise lana bhakta-gaQa\npitambara, dhare atige ratna-abharaQa\n\npar;ficha aniya dila prabhura iccha jani'\npar;ficha kahe,-ami-saba sevaka tamara\npar;ficha-patra, sarvabhaume bolana ani/a\npadmacini, candrakanti, khajJ, khaQr;fasara\npaka5ala-adi kari' karila prak$alana\n\n12.78\n39\n38\n12.74\n12.72\n36\n14.31 239\n12.120 57\n\npak$a-dina dul)khi loka prabhura adar5ane\npanca-da5a dina isvara maha-lak$mi lana\npanca-5ata loka yata karaye bhojana\npaQr;fita, gambhira, dwihe-pramaQika jana\npJQr;fu-vijaya dekhibare karila gamana\n\n12.205\n13.23\n12.154\n14.84\n13.5\n\n102\n125\n76\n264\n115\n\nprabhu-krpa vina mora rajya nahi bhaya\nprabhu na khaile, keha na kare bhojana\nprabhu nrtya kare, haila trliya prahara\nprabhu-pache bule acarya kariya hutikara\nprabhu-pada dhari' par;fe sahasa kariya\n\n12.9\n14.40\n14.233\n13.87\n14.6\n\npJQr;fu-vijaya tabe kare sevaka-gal)e\npJQr;fu-vijayera tuli phati-phuti yaya\npJQi-rodham avirodhita-vancham\npanti piititi kari' bhakta-gane vasai/a\n\n14.61\n14.247\n14.200\n14.39\n\n254\n340\n319\n243\n\nprabhu-padaghate tuli haya khaQr;fa khanr;fa\nprabhu-pade gajapatira eta bhakti haya!!\nprabhu-pade prema-bhakti janaila rajara\nprabhura age puri, bharali,-dutihara gamana\n\n13.12 119\n7\n12.13\n23\n12.43\n12.208 103\n\n5\n244\n335\n157\n226\n\n", "mad5#p0398": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nprabhura �jil� haya yadi, dekhib�re y�i\nprabhura �jil�ya govinda dina-hina\nprabhura ajn<Iya t�tlra putra fail;} �if�\nprabhura �jil� yei, sei sighra karib;}re\nprabhura ava5e$a govinda r�khifa dhariy�\n\n12.5\n3\n14.44 245\n12.57\n29\n12.75\n38\n12.201 100\n\nprabhura �vesa n� yaya, n� rahe kirtana\nprabhura bhav�nurOpa svarOpera g�na\nprabhura caral)a-yuge dila ghata-jala\nprabhura hrdaye iinanda-sindhu uthalila\nprabhura mahim� dekhi' preme phule atlge\n\n14.237\n13.167\n12.122\n13.170\n14.60\n\n336\n203\n58\n204\n253\n\nprabhura nikate ache yata bhakta-gal)a\nprabhura nrtya dekhe r�j� avi$ta hail�\nprabhura nrtya dekhi' lake haifa camatk�ra\nprabhura nrtya dekhi' sabe anande vihvala\nprabhura nrtya dekhi' sukhe calif� manthara\n\n12.7\n13.91\n13.98\n13.177\n13.178\n\n4\n159\n162\n207\n207\n\nprabhura nrtya prema dekhi' haya camatk�ra\nprabhura pate bhala-dravya dena �cambite\nprabhura sarira yena suddha-hem�cala\nprabhura uddal)r;/a-nrtye bhOmi-kampa haifa\nprabhura vacane raj�ra mane haifa bhaya\n\n13.176 207\n12.169 82\n13.173 205\n12.140 70\n13.186 211\n\nprabhure dharite cahe as�iiSa dhana\nprabhu-ropa kari' kare vastrera pOjana\nprabhu-satlge rahite r�j�ke nivedifil\nprabhu-sarlge svarOpadi kirtanTya gaya\nprabhu-sparse raja-putrera haifa premilve5a\n\n13.86 157\n19\n12.38\n12.39\n21\n14.101 271\n12.63\n32\n\nprabhu ta' sannyasi, utlhara nahi apacaya\nprabhute avi$!a yiirlra k�ya, vakya, mana\nprakharya, mardava, s�mya svabhava nirdo$a\npral)alika char;/i' yadi pani vahaifa\npral)a-niltha, suna mora satya nivedana\n\n12.190 93\n13.163 201\n14.153 294\n12.134 63\n13.138 182\n\npral)a-priye, suna, mora e-satya-vacana\nprangal)e nrtya gita kaifa kata-k$al)a\npraphulla-kamala jini' nayana-yugala\npras�da patha'/a raja bahuta kariya\nprasada ubarila, khilya sahasreka jana\n\n13.149\n14.95\n12.212\n14.24\n14.43\n\nprasade pOrita ha-ifa ardha upavana\nprasarlga paila aiche kahe bara-bara\nprasanna hailache tatlre milibare mana\nprata/:1-kii/e mah�rabhu nija-gal)a /ailii\n\n14.35 241\n12.43\n25\n13.184 210\n14.113 276\n\npr�ta1)-k�le ratha-yatra habeka janiya\nprata/:1-ka/e snana kari' dekhi' jagannatha\nprat�arudrera age lagif� par;lite\nprat�arudrera bhagya dekhi' bhakta-gal)e\n\n12.220\n14.70\n13.180\n14.21\n\n191\n268\n105\n236\n245\n\n109\n258\n208\n234\n\n367\n\nprat�arudrera haifa parama vismaya\nprathama-mal)r;/ale nitymanda maha-bala\nprathama samprad�ye kaifa svarOpaprathame 'har�a' sailc�ri-mOia kiiral)a\nprathamei kiiST-misre prabhu bol�i/a\nprathamei lana ache k�/a apek�a kari'\n\n13.56\n13.88\n13.36\n14.173\n12.72\n12.95\n\nprathame karifa prabhu mandira praka$afana\nprathame marjani lana karila sodhana\npratijana-piiSe yai' kar�na sik$al)a\nprati-vatsara �nibe 'r;/ori' kariy� nirmal)a\nprati vatsara gul)r;/ic�te bhakta-gana-sarlge\n\n12.97\n47\n12.81\n40\n12.115 55\n14.249 341\n14.253 343\n\nprati-vrk$a-tale prabhu karena nartana\nprati-vrk$a-tale sabe karena visrame\npremamaya-vapu k[$1)a bhakta-premadhina\npremamrta-vr$tye prabhu since sabara mana\nprem�vese mahaprabhu upavana pana\n\n14.98\n13.204\n14.156\n13.174\n13.202\n\npremavese nrtya kari' haifa murcchite\nprem�vese prabhu kahe 'k[$Qa' 'k[$Qa'-nilma\npremavese tanre mi/i' kahite lagila\npreme nace, gaya, /aka, kare kofilhala\npremollase sodhena, layena k[$1)a-niima\n\n12.144 71\n12.114 54\n30\n12.60\n13.177 207\n42\n12.85\n\npriya alirlgite, tare kare alingana\npriya-premollasollasita-lalitaWita-tanu/:l\npriyii priya-sarlga-hina, priya priya-sanga\npriyera upara yaya sainya sajana\npufina-bhojana k[$1)a pOrve yaiche kai/a\n\n14.145\n14.194\n13.152\n14.139\n12.165\n\npuna/:! asi' prabhu p�ya karifa vinaya\npuna/:! asi' vrndavane, vraja-vadho toma\npuna/:! sabakare dila kariya val)tana\npunarapi raja tatlre patri pathaila\npunarapi sei dravya kare nirik$al)a\n\n12.129 61\n13.158 198\n45\n12.92\n4\n12.6\n12.171 83\n\npura/:1 k[$1).1/okat sthagita-kutilasya gatir\npuri, bhilrati adi yata mukhya bhakta-gal)a\npuri-gosani, mah�rabhu, bharati\npilrl)a kumbha lana :lise sata bhakta-gal)a\npuru$Ottama-grama prabhu preme bhasaila\npurva-seva dekhi' tatlre krpa upajifa\n\n14.189\n14.92\n12.156\n12.108\n14.232\n14.15\n\n314\n268\n77\n52\n334\n230\n\npOrvavat kaifa prabhu lana bhakta-gaQa\npOrve dak$il)a haite prabhu yabe :lila\npOrve satyabham�ra suni evaril-vidha mana\npOrve tahil sOtra-madhye kariyachi varl)ana\npOrve uddhava-dv�re, ebe sak$ilt �miire,\npOrve yaiche kuruk$etre saba gopi-gal)a\npOrve yaiche r<Isadi IT/� kaifa vrnd�vane\n\n14.245\n12.4\n14.138\n13.132\n13.139\n13.124\n13.66\n\n340\n3\n287\n178\n182\n174\n146\n\n140\n157\n131\n305\n36\n46\n\n270\n220\n295\n206\n219\n\n291\n316\n194\n288\n80\n\n", "mad5#p0399": "368\n\nSri Caitanya-caritlm!1a\n\npu�pa-phala vin3 keha nil m.1ge anya dhana\npu�pody:lne grha-pi/XJilya rahilil par;liyil\nputre alingana kari' premilvi�la hail:!\nputrera mi/ane yena milibe :lpani\n\n14.222 329\n13.202 219\n12.67\n34\n29\n12.56\n\nR\nrildha dekhi' kr�r:ra yadi chunite kare mana\nrildh:l-premilvese prabhu hail:! sei murti\nrildhara suddha-rasa prabhu :lvese sunila\nradha-sange kr�r:ra-/i/:1.-ei haifa jnane\nradha vasi' ache, kiba vrndilvane yay a\n\n14.171\n14.235\n14.230\n14.74\n14.185\n\n304\n335\n333\n260\n312\n\nradhayil/:1 kila-kincit:lncitam asau\nraghava par:rr;lita, ara sri-govind!inanda\nraghava-par:rr;lita sane khele vakresvara\nraja dekhi' mahaprabhu karena dhikkara\n'raja'-hena jnana kabhu na kaila prakasa\n\n14.181\n13.37\n14.81\n13.182\n14.20\n\n310\n132\n262\n209\n234\n\nraja kahe, -:lmi tomilra d:lsera anud:lsa\nrajake milaha ihan ka!akete giya\nrajake milite yuyaya sannyasi han:!?\nr!ija-mantri r:lmilnanda-vyavahare nipur:ra\nrilja-priti kahi' dravaila prabhura mana\n\n14.18\n12.23\n12.47\n12.44\n12.44\n\n233\n11\n25\n23\n23\n\n13.93\nrajara age haricandana dekhe sriniv:lsa\n13.92\nrajara age rahi' dekhe prabhura nartana\nraja. raja-mahi�i-vrnda, patra, mitra-gara\n13.198\nrajara milane bhik�ukera dui loka nasa\n12.48\nrajara tuccha seva dekhi' prabhura tu�la mana 13.60\n\n160\n159\n217\n25\n142\n\nrajare prasada dekhi' ha-ila vismaya\nrajare prasarilse sabe anandita-mane\nraja sukha pili/a putrera ce�l3 dekhiya\nraja tomare sneha kare, tumi-sneha-va5a\nrajya-bhoga nahe citte vina gaurahari\n\n13.62\n14.21\n12.66\n12.28\n12.20\n\n143\n234\n34\n14\n10\n\nrajya char;Ji' yogi ha-i' ha-iba bhikhari\nrakhite tomara jivana, sevi ami narayar:ra,\nriimananda kahe, -tumi isvara svatantra\nriimananda prabhu-paya kaila nivedana\nriimananda r:lya tabe prabhura milila\nriimananda r:lya yabe 'dak�ir:ra' haite :lila\nriim:lnanda s:ldhilena prabhure milibare\nrasa-:lsv:ldaka, rasamaya-kalevara\nrasa-lil:lra 5/oka par;Ji' karena stavana\nrasavese prabhura nrtya, svarOpera g:lna\nrasa-vise�a prabhura sunite mana haila\n\nratha c:ll:lite rathe karila yojana\nrath.1grete prabhu yaiche kari/:1. nartana\nratha n:lhi cale, toke kare h:lh:lk:lra\nratha-pache y:li' 1he/e rathe m:lthil diyil\nratha rakhi' jagann:ltha karena dara5ana\n\n14.50\n13.206\n14.53\n13.189\n13.195\n\n249\n220\n250\n213\n216\n\nratharur;lhasyar:ld adhipadavi nllilcala-pater\nratha sthira kai/a, :lge nil kare gamana\nratha-yiltr:l haite yaiche haya camatkilra\nratha-yiltr:lya nrtya prabhura parama mohana\nrathe car;li' b:lhira haifa vihara karite\n\n13.207\n13.99\n14.111\n13.3\n13.24\n\n221\n162\n276\n114\n125\n\nrathe car;/i' jagann:ltha cafe nij:llaya\nrathe car;Ji' jagann:ltha kari/a gamana\nrathera s:ljani dekhi' loke camatkara\nrathera upare kare dar:rr;Jera t:lr;Jana\n\n14.244\n13.26\n13.19\n14.211\n\n339\n127\n123\n324\n\nratre U!hi' gar:ra-salige kai/a pr:lta/:1-snana\nriltri-dine ghare vasi' kare :lsvadane\nraya kahe,-kala paplra kariy:lcha avyiihati\nruddhaya/:1 pathi madhavena madhura-\n\n13.4\n115\n13.161 200\n12.52\n27\n14.180 309\n\ns\n57\n260\n337\n226\n325\n\nsaba antal)pura bh:lla-mate dhoyai/a\nsaba bhakta-gar:ra since caudike ber;liya\nsaba bhakta lana prabhu gela pu�podyane\nsaba-bhaktera ajna nita yor;la-hata hana\nsaba bhrtya-gar:ra kahe,-yor;Ja kari' hata\n\n12.121\n14.76\n14.239\n14.6\n14.212\n\nsaba-gar:ra lan:l prabhu calila apani\nsaba haite prabhura bojha adhika ha-ifa\nsabak:lre sri-haste dila m:llya-candane\nsaba lan3 nana-range karila bhojana\nsabara jhyilll!!lna bojh:l ekatra karila\n\n40\n12.80\n45\n12.91\n12.199 99\n14.241 338\n45\n12.91\n\n6\n12.10\n13.154 195\n8.49\n26\n24\n12.46\n22\n12.42\n\nsabare miliy:l kahi/a raja-vivarar:ra\nsaba vai$r:rava lana yabe dui-b:lra sodhila\nsabe kahe, -prabhu achena mora\nsabe kahe,-prabhu tanre kabhu na milibe\nsa caivasmi tath:lpi tatra surata-vy:lpara-lilasahaja gamana kare,-yaiche n[tya-pratita\n\n6\n12.12\n46\n12.94\n13.53 139\n7\n12.14\n13.121 173\n14.224 330\n\n12.39\n12.45\n14.155\n14.8\n14.231\n14.116\n\nsahaja lokera kath:l-y:lhan divya-glta\nsahaja prakata kare parama ud:lra\n'sahaja prema', virilsati 'bh:lva'-alatik:lra\nsahar�aril gayadbhi/:1 parivrta-tanur vai�rava'sahasra-vadana' yara n:lhi paya para\nsa jiyat kr�ra-caitanya/:1\n\n14.224\n14.117\n14.167\n13.207\n14.256\n13.1\n\n21\n24\n295\n227\n334\n278\n\n330\n278\n302\n221\n345\n113\n\n", "mad5#p0400": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n369\n\nsakala .1v.lia krame karifa sodhana\nsakala sodhi/a, t.1h.1 ke var(Jibe kata\nsakhi-.1ge c.1he yadi gaye hata dite\ns.1k�ate n.1 deya dekha, parok�e ta' daya\ns.1k�at para5a yena mahaprabhura paifa\n\n12.87\n43\n12.135 64\n14.172 305\n13.61 143\n34\n12.67\n\ns.1ta samprad.1ye b.1je caudda m.1dala\nsata sata ghata loka t.1hM lail.1 .1ifa\nsata sata jana jala bhare sarovare\nsata sata su-camara-darpa(Je ujjvala\nsata lha.ili bule prabhu 'hari' 'hari' bali'\n\n13.48 137\n12.110 53\n12.107 52\n13.20 123\n13.51 138\n\nsakti deha, -kari yena caitanya var(Jana\nsa-lava(Ja mudgMkura, ada khani khani\nsamaya bujhiya prabhu haif.1 kichu dhira\nsambhrame prat.1parudra prabhuke dharifa\nsarilsara-kiipa-patitottara(J!ivalambaril\n\n12.3\n3\n14.33 240\n12.166 81\n13.181 209\n13.136 180\n\nSathe d.1si sata, hara divya bhii�ambara\nsei anna haridase kichu dila lana\nsei bahirvasa s.1rvabhauma-pasa dila\nsei bhav.1vese prabhu page .1ra sloka\nsei bh.1v.1vi�ta hail.1 dhuy.1 gaoy.1ifa\n\n14.130\n12.201\n12.37\n13.133\n13.125\n\nsamyak gopik.1ra mana na yaya kathana\nsailcari, s.1ttvika, sthayi svabhava-pr.1balya\nsandhya sn.1na kari' kai/a jagann.1tha darasana\nsatigama ha-ite sukha p.1ya koti-gu(Ja\nsatikara, nandan.1c.1rya, .1ra raghava,\n\n14.142\n13.172\n14.241\n14.179\n12.157\n\n289\n205\n338\n308\n77\n\nsei bhede nan.1-prak.1ra manera udbheda\nsei haite bhagyav.1n r.1j.1ra nandana\nsei jala apani /ail.1 p.1na kaifa\nsei jala /ail.1 .1pane p.1na kaifa\nsei jale prMga(Ja saba bhariy.1 rahila\n\n14.141 289\n12.68\n34\n12.126 59\n12.123 58\n12.103 so\n\nsatikari-kara(Jaril har�.1d\nsatikirtana dekhe ratha kariy.1 sthagita\nsatikirtane nrtya kare bhakta-ga(Ja s.1tha\nsanny.liira alpa chidra sarva-loke gaya\ns.1ntipurera acaryera eka sampradaya\n\n14.174\n13.55\n14.70\n12.51\n13.45\n\n306\n140\n258\n27\n135\n\nsei jale iirdhva sodhi bhitti prak�.1/ila\nsei-kale y.1i' kariha prabhura milana\nse kautuka ye dekhifa, sei t.1ra s.1k�i\nsei /i/.1 mahaprabhura mane smrti haifa\nsei mukhe ebe sad.1 kahi 'kr�(Ja' 'hari'\n\n12.98\n48\n13.188 213\n13.179 208\n12.165 80\n12.183 89\n\nsara/a vyavahara, kare m.1nera po�a(Ja\nsaramrta, sarabhaj:J, .1ra sarapuri\nsari kari' dui p.15e sabare vas.1i/.1\nsarvabhauma kahe, -.1mi tarkika kubuddhi\nsarvabhauma kahe,-sabe ca/a' eka-b.1ra\n\n14.146 291\n14.29 238\n12.130 62\n12.181 88\n12.15\n8\n\nsei phena /ail.1 subhananda kaila pana\nsei prasadanna govinda .1pani p.1ila\nsei ras.1vese prabhu nrtya arambhi/a\nsei saba day.11u more hail.1 sadaya\nsei sabe 5/okera artha n.1hi bujhe loka\n\n13.110\n12.202\n14.230\n12.8\n13.133\n\n167\n100\n333\n5\n178\n\ns.1rvabhauma kahe,-tumi na kaya sarilsaya\nsarvabhauma k.1si-misra,-dui mah.15aya\nsarvabhauma-r.1m.1nanda-vil(Jin.1the diy.1\nsarvabhauma-satige khele r.1mananda-r.1ya\nsarvabhauma-satige r.1j.1 kare thar.1thari\n\n13.186\n13.62\n14.24\n14.82\n13.58\n\nsei sati premavati, premavan sei pati,\nsei satruga(Ja haite, vraja-jana rakhite,\nsei sei svabh.1ve kr�(Je kar.1ya santo�a\nsei sloka suni' radh:J, kha(Jgila sakala\nsei sthale bhoga l.1ge, -.1chaye niyama\n\n13.153\n13.157\n14.153\n13.159\n13.196\n\n194\n198\n294\n199\n216\n\nsarvabhauma sei vastra raj.1re p.1!h.1'/a\ns.1rvabhauma-upadese chat;li' r.1ja-vesa\nsarvabhaume deyana prabhu pras.1da uttama\nsarvabhaume diy.1 kahe sumadhura vil(Ji\n\n19\n12.37\n225\n14.5\n12.178 86\n12.179 87\n\nsarvabhaume prabhu vas.1il.1chena bamasarvajna prabhu j.1nena y.1tire yei bhaya\nsarvMge prasveda chute tate raktodgama\nsarvatra jala-y.1h.1ti amrta-sam.1na\n\n12.177 86\n12.168 82\n13.104 164\n14.225 330\n\nsei sukha-samudrera iharl n.1hi eka ka(Ja\nseita' kariha,-prabhu /an.1 bhakta-ga(Ja\n\"sei ta par.1(Ja-natha p.1inu\nsei ta' prasade p.1ifa 'rahasya-dar5ana'\nsei tumi, sei .1mi, sei nava satigama\nj.1t:J, pit:J, bandhu\nsei vrajera vraja-jana,\n\n13.130\n14.112\n13.113\n13.60\n13.126\n13.143\n\n179\n276\n168\n142\n175\n187\n\nsas.1gara-saila mahi kare talamala\nsata ghata jale haifa mandira m.1rjana\nsata-haste karena yena k�alana-marjana\nsata samprad.1ya tabe ekatra karifa\n\n13.83 155\n12.105 51\n12.115 55\n13.72 149\n\n'se�a-s.1yi-li/.1' prabhu kaifa prakatana\nsev.1-.1jn.1 pana haifa parama-.1nanda\nsevaka lag.1ya bhoga dvigu(Ja kariya\nse vailak�a(Jyera n.1ma 'vii.Ua'-bhii�a(Ja\nsik�.1 /.1gi' svariipe 9.1ki' kahila tanhare\nsirilhasana maji' punab sth.1pana karila\nsimulira vrk�a yena ka(Jtaka-ve�tita\n\n14.89\n14.252\n12.220\n14.186\n12.125\n12.82\n13.102\n\n266\n343\n109\n312\n59\n41\n164\n\n211\n143\n236\n263\n141\n\n284\n100\n19\n178\n175\n\n", "mad5#p0401": "370\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nsi�eva atmany avaruddha-saurata/:1\nsi!ala, nirmala kaifa-yena nija-mana\nsloka pa(,fi' nace jagannatha-mukha cana\ns/okera bhavartha kari sank�epe akhyana\nsnana karibare gela bhakta-gat;�a lana\n\n14.158 297\n12.133 63\n13.162 200\n13.123 174\n12.151 75\n\nsneha kari' bara-bara karana bhojana\nsravat;�a-mangalam srimad atatam\nsravat;�era megha yena kare vari�at;�a\nsri-bhagavata-s!istra tahate pramilt;la\nsri-gut;�r;iica-mandiram atma-vrndai/:1\n\n12.178 86\n14.13 229\n12.139 69\n13.67 146\n2\n12.1\n\nsuni' lak�mi-devira mane haifa !isoyatha\nsuni' mahaprabhu !lila nija-gat;�a lana\n\nsri-hasta-sparse dunhara ha-ifa ananda\nsri-hasta-yuge kare gitera abhinaya\nsri-haste candana pana bar;Jifa ananda\nsri-haste difa sabare eka eka marjani\nsri-haste karena simhasanera marjana\n\n13.31 129\n13.117 170\n13.30 129\n40\n12.83\n48\n12.99\n\nsunite sunite prabhura san!O$a apara\nsuniya radhika-vilt;li, vraja-prema mane ani,\nsOnya ghata lana yaya ara sata jana\nsura-bindu-pate keha na kare para5a\nsiiryera kirat;�e mukha kare jhalamala\n\n14.9\n227\n13.148 191\n12.108 52\n12.53\n27\n13.169 204\n\nsri-haste sabara ange lepila candana\nsri-jagannathera dekhe sri-mukha-kama/a\nsrikanta, vallabha-sena ara dui jana\nsri-kmla-smarat;�e tenha haifa 'uddipana'\nsri-mukha-sundara-kanti bar;Jhe k$at;�e k$at;�e\n\n40\n12.79\n13.168 203\n13.41 133\n30\n12.59\n12.214 106\n\nSU$ka-kil$tha-sama pada-hasta na calaya\nsu$ka-tarka-kha/i khaite janma gela yanra\nsuvart;�a-marjani lana kare patha sammarjana\nsuvart;�a-parvata yaiche bhomete lotaya\nsuvart;�era cauda/a kari' arohat;�a\n\n13.107\n14.07\n13.15\n13.85\n14.128\n\n166\n265\n120\n156\n283\n\nsri-rtima pat;�r;iita, tahan nace nityananda\nsri-rOpa-gosani kaifa se arrha pracara\nsri-riipa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\n\n13.39 133\n13.134 179\n12.222 110\n13.209 222\n\nsvacchande asiya yaiche karena dara5ana\nsva-cittavac chrtalam ujjvalam ca\nsvagat;�a-saha bhala-sthane vasaila lana\nsvahaste paraila sabe malya-candana\nsvarathe syamere rakhe gaura maha-ba/T\n\n14.112\n12.1\n14.115\n13.29\n13.119\n\n276\n2\n277\n128\n171\n\nsri-riipa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\nsrivasa hasiya kahe,-suna, damodara\nsriv!isa-pradhana !ira sampradaya kaila\nsriv!isa, ramai, raghu, govinda, mukunda\nsriv!isa-sahita jala khele gadadhara\nsriya/:1 kanta/:1 kanta/:1 parama-puru�a/:1\n\n14.257\n14.203\n13.38\n13.73\n14.81\n14.227\n\n345\n321\n132\n149\n262\n331\n\nsvarupa, advaita,-dunhera parsve dui-jana\nsvarupa-gosani bhala mi$ta-prasada lana\nsvarupa-gosani, jagadananda, damodara\nsvarupa-gosani jane, na kahe artha tara\nsvarupa-gosanira bhagya na yaya vart;�ana\n\n12.208 103\n12.173 84\n12.163 80\n13.134 179\n13.163 201\n\nsrutva gopi-rasollasam\nstambha, sveda, pulaka, a5ru, kampa,\nstanadharadi-grahat;�e\nsubhadra ara baladeva, sange dui jana\nsubhadra-bafarilma nija-simhasane !lila\nsubhadra-bafaramera hrdaye ulfasa\n\n223\n14.1\n13.84 156\n14.197 318\n14.124 281\n14.62 254\n13.100 163\n\nsvarupa-gosani tabe kaila nivedana\nsvarupa-kahe,-gopi-m!ina-nad1 sata-dhara\nsvarupa kahe,-premavatira ei ta' svabhava\nsvarupa kahe,-srTv!isa, suna savadhilne\nsvarupa kahe,-suna, prabhu, kilrat;�a ihara\nsvarupa sange yara artha kare asvadana\n\n14.40\n14.140\n14.127\n14.218\n14.122\n13.135\n\n244\n288\n282\n327\n280\n179\n\nsuddha-preme, rasa-gut;�e, gopika-pravTQa\nsudrcjha visv!isa-saha prema-bhakti haya\nsugandhi si!ala-vayu karena sevana\nsukhavi$ta hana svarupe kaifa illingana\nsukhe mahaprabhu dekhe isvara-gamana\nsukla-vastre masi-bindu yaiche nil lukaya\nsiik$ma dhD/i, twa, kankara, saba karaha dura\n\n14.156\n13.208\n13.203\n14.182\n13.7\n12.51\n12.93\n\n295\n222\n219\n310\n116\n27\n46\n\nsvarupa, srivasa,-yahan muk hya dui-jana\nsvarupa vina arrha keha nil jane ihara\nsvarupera indriye prabhura nijendriya-gat;�a\nsvarupera sange dila ei nava jana\nsvarupera ucca-gana prabhure sada bhaya\nsvasa-rahita dekhi' ilcarya haifa vikafe\nsva-svabhave kr$t;�era bar;Jaya prema-sTmil\n\n13.32\n13.122\n13.164\n13.74\n12.141\n12.145\n14.152\n\n130\n174\n201\n150\n70\n72\n294\n\n13.25\n14.192\n14.120\n12.58\n14.215\n\n126\n315\n279\n30\n326\n\n14.205\n14.52\nsuni' prabhura bhakta-gat;�a maha-sukha pili/a 14.184\nsuni' premavese nrtya kare srinivasa\n14.229\nsunitei gopalera ha-ifa cetana\n12.149\n\n322\n250\n311\n333\n74\n\nsuk�ma sveta-balu pathe pulinera sama\nsukumara bhaved yarra\nsundaracale yaya prabhu char;ii' nilacala\nsundara, ra;ara putra-syamala-varat;�a\nsuni' hase mahaprabhura yata nija-dasa\n\n", "mad5#p0402": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nsvatantra isvara prabhu kare nana khela\nsveda, kampa, asru-jala vahe sarva-k�af)a\nsveda, kampa, a5ru, stambha. pulaka vise�a\nsveda, kampa, vaivarf)yasru pulaka, hunkara\n\n12.203 101\n12.217 108\n32\n12.63\n12.138 69\n\nT\ntabe amara mano-vancha haya ta' puraf)e\ntabe ani' milaha tumi tanhara tanaya\ntabe jagannatha yai' vasila sirilhasane\ntabe kene lak�midevi kare eta ro�a?\ntabe mahaprabhu k�af)eka viSrama kariya\n\n13.131 178\n12.55\n28\n14.254 344\n14.126 282\n12.151 75\n\ntabe mahaprabhura mane santo�a ha-ila\ntabe mahaprabhu mane vicara kariya\ntabe mahaprabhu ratha pradak�if)a kariya\ntabe mahaprabhu saba hasti ghucaila\ntabe mahaprabhu saba lana bhakta-gaf)a\n\n12.130\n13.34\n13.189\n14.54\n13.29\n\ntabe mahaprabhu saba nija-bhakta-gaf)e\ntabe mahaprabhu tanra buke hasta dila\ntabe mahaprabhu tanre aisvarya dekhaila\ntabe mahiiprabhu tanre dhairya karaila\ntabe mahaprabhu vaise nija-gaf)a lana\n\n12.199 99\n12.148 73\n14.19 234\n12.65\n33\n14.42 245\n\ntabe nityananda-gosani govindera pasa\ntabe parivesaka svarupadi sata jana\ntabe prabhu nija-bhakta-garya lana sange\ntabe prabhu pratyeke, saba bhaktera nama\ntabe prabhu sarva-vai�f)avera nama lana\n\n12.36\n18\n12.200 99\n13.191 214\n12.187 91\n12.197 98\n\ntabe prak�alana kaila sri-jagamohana\n!abe prataparudra kare apane sevana\ntabe raja santo�e tanhare ajna dila\ntabe raya yai' saba rajare kahila\n!abe santa hana lak�mi yaya nija ghara\n\n12.119 57\n13.15 120\n21\n12.40\n12.57\n29\n14.213 325\n\ntabe sata ghata ani' prabhu-age dila\ntabe svarupa gosani tara ghat;le hata diya\ntabe ta' svarupa gosani kahite lagila\ntabe vakresvare prabhu kahila nacite\ntabe vaf)inatha aila maha-prasada lana\n\n47\n12.96\n12.128 61\n14.184 311\n14.100 270\n12.153 75\n\n62\n130\n213\n251\n128\n\ntabe ye tamara mana. nahi smare vraja13.144 188\ntaha dekhibare utkaf)thita haya mana\n14.119 279\ntaha dekhi' prabhura mane dubkha ro�a haila 12.123 58\ntahan gopa-vesa, sange muraiT-vadana\n13.129 177\ntahan nrtya karena ramananda. satyaraja\n13.44 135\ntahan nrtya kari' jagannatha age aila\n13.192 214\n\n371\n\ntahan pu�paraf)ya, bhrnga-pika-nada suni\ntahan tahan bhik�a kare lana bhakta-gaf)a\ntahan tamara pada-dvaya.\nkaraha yadi\ntahan yadi acambite kr�rya-darasana pay a\ntaha pana praf)a rakhe tamara asa dhari'\n\n13.128 176\n12.70\n36\n13.137 101\n14.185 312\n17\n12.34\n\ntahara upara sundara nayana-yugala\ntambala-samputa. jhari, vyajana, camara\ntilf)t;lava-nrtya chat;li' svarupere ajna dila\ntanhake dekhite prabhura bahya-jnana ha-ila\ntanhara sammati lana bhakte sukha dite\n\n13.168\n14.130\n13.112\n13.181\n13.24\n\ntanhare malina kaila eka 'ra;a'-nama\ntanite na pare gaut;la, ratha chat;li' dila\ntanra age kichu kha'na-mane ai trasa\ntanra bhagya dekhi' slagha kare bhakta-garya\ntanra bhaye prabhu kichu karena bhak�af)a\n\n28\n12.54\n14.48 248\n12.172 83\n33\n12.64\n12.171 83\n\ntanra madhye gopi-gaf)a, sak�at mora\ntanra sange krit;la kaila nibhrte vasiya\ntanra snehe karabe tanre tamara parasa\ntanra snehe prabhu kichu karena bhojana\ntanre ajna dila prabhu kariya sammana\n\n13.150 192\n13.28 125\n12.28\n14\n12.175 85\n14.248 341\n\ntanre dekhi, mahaprabhura krwa-smrti haila\ntanre hiisya karite lak�mi karila siijana\ntanre lilamrta piyao, -e krpa tamara\ntanre milite gajapati utkaf)thita haila\ntanre tanre sei deoyaya svarupa-dvaraya\n\n12.60\n30\n14.206 322\n14.87 265\n12.4\n3\n12.168 82\n\ntan-sabara prasiide mile sri-prabhura paya\ntan-sabare khaoyaite prabhura mana dhaya\ntara anusandhana vina karaya saphala\ntara madhye sabara svabhave tina bheda\ntara madhye uthe kr�f)era ananda-sagara\n\n12.9\n14.38\n14.16\n14.151\n14.162\n\ntara sange eka pankti-bat;la anacara\ntara tale, tara tale kari' anukrama\ntare dhyana sik�a karaha. loka hasana mara.\ntarjanite bhame likhe adhomukha hana\ntarkika-srgala-sange bheu-bheu kari\n\n12.192 94\n12.159 78\n13.140 184\n13.165 202\n12.183 89\n\ntata anna-pitha-pana saba pathaila\ntathapi amara mana hare vrndavana\ntathapi apana-gaf)e karite savadhana\ntathapi bahire kahe ni�thura vacana\n\n12.155 76\n13.127 176\n13.185 211\n11\n12.22\n\ntathapi svabhave hao prema-paratantra\ntathapi tamara yadi mahagraha haya\ntathapi vatsara-madhye haya eka-bara\n\n15\n12.29\n28\n12.55\n14.118 278\n\n203\n284\n168\n209\n125\n\n5\n243\n231\n293\n300\n\n", "mad5#p0403": "372\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ntatka/ikari'l tu vaiSi5tyari1\nt.1ra age prabhu nacaila bhakta-gal)a\nt.1ra age prabhu yaiche karila nartana\n\"tava kathamrtari'l\" sloka raja ye pal;iila\ntava kathamrtari'l tapta-jlvanari'l\n\n14.187\n13.69\n13.70\n14.10\n14.13\n\nthakurera bh.1QI;/are ara amara bh.1QI;/are\nthelitei cali/a ratha 'haqa' 'haqa' kari'\ntina-anga-bhange rahe bhrO nacana\ntina-jana-pase prabhu Msiya kahila\ntire u/hi' parena prabhu su5ka vasana\n\n14.109 275\n13.190 213\n14.190 314\n12.72\n37\n12.152 75\n\ntoma lak$ya kari' sikhayena nija gal)a\ntoma na milile raja cahe yogi haite\ntom.1ra 'gauqiya' kare eteka phaijati!\ntom.1ra prasade mora e sampat-siddhi\ntom.1ra siddhanta-sariga kare yei jane\n\n13.187 212\n9\n12.19\n12.127 60\n12.181 88\n12.194 94\n\n\"tomara thakura, dekha eta sampatti chaqi'\ntom.1ra upare prabhura suprasanna mana\ntomara vakya-paripa!f, tara madhye\ntom.1ra ye anya vesa, anya sariga, anya\ntom.1ra ye prema-gul)a, kare ama akar$a/)a\n\n14.207\n13.187\n13.141\n13.146\n13.158\n\n313\n148\n148\n228\n229\n\n322\n212\n185\n189\n198\n\ntom.1ra yogya seva nahe mandira-marjana\n12.76\n38\n13.151 193\ntoma-saba chal;lan� ama dora-dese /an�\ntoma-sabara ajnaya ami na mili rajare\n12.25\n12\n11\ntoma-sabara icch� -ei amare lana\n2.23\ntoma-sabara prema-rase, amake karila va5e, 13.151 193\n191\n195\n90\n137\n286\n259\n\ntoma-sabara smaral)e, jhurori muili ratritoma-sane krTqa kari', niti yai yadu-purl,\ntoma-sarige ama-sabara haila kr51Je mati\ntribhuvana bhari' uthe klrtanera dhvani\ntrijagate kahari nahi dekhi suni ara\ntrisandhya kTrtana kare gul)qica-prarigal)e\n\n13.149\n13.154\n12.185\n13.50\n14.136\n14.72\n\ntrQa, dholi bahire phelaya parama hari5e\nt(l)a, dhO/i dekhilei j.1niba parisrama\nt((la, dhO/i, jhirikura, saba ekatra kariya\ntwa. kankara, kuta 1.1gi/a kul;laite\ntr5arta prabhura netra-bhramara-yugala\ntuccha seva kare vasi' raja-simhasane\n\n44\n12.89\n12.90\n44\n12.88\n44\n12.131 62\n12.211 105\n13.16 121\n\ntula saba uqi' yaya, sabda haya pracal)qa\ntumi bhala kariyacha, sikhaha anyere\ntumi more dile bahu amulya ratana\ntumi na khaile, keha na p.1re khaite\ntumi na milileha tarire, rahe tarira pri!Qa\ntumi-vidagdha, krpamaya, janaha amara\ntumi-vrajera jlvana, vraja-rajera pral)a-\n\n13.12 119\n12.117 56\n14.11 228\n14.41 244\n17\n12.33\n3.139 183\n13.147 190\n\nu\n118\n264\n155\n163\n150\n\nucca drl;iha tu/T saba pati' sth.1ne sthane\nuchalita kare yabe tara eka bindu\nuddaQI;/a nrtya prabhu kariya hwikara\nuddal)l;/a nrtye prabhura adbhuta vikara\nuddal)l;/a-ryrtye prabhura yabe hai/a mana\n\n13.11\n14.85\n13.82\n13.101\n13.74\n\nudy.1na bhari' vaise bhakta karite bhojana\nudy.1ne asiya kaila vana-bhojana\nudyane vasila prabhu bhakta-gal)a lana\nunmada, jhanjh.1-vata tat-k�Qe uthila\nupare pataka sobhe catidoya nirmala\nOrdhva-adho bhitti, grha-madhya, simhasana\n\n12.159 78\n14.243 339\n12.153 75\n13.170 204\n13.20 123\n47\n12.97\n\nOrdhva-mukhe stuti kare dekhi' jagannatha\n'u!haha gopala' bali' uccai�svare kahila\nu/hi' premavese prabhu a/irigana kaila\nutkaQthate ge/a saba jagannatha-bhavana\nutkaQthate prataparudra nare rahibare\nuttama hana raja kare tuccha sevana\n\n13.76\n12.148\n14.10\n12.209\n12.45\n13.17\n\n150\n73\n228\n104\n24\n121\n\nv\nvai5Qavera megha-ghataya ha-ila badala\nvakresvara nace, prabhu /agi/a gaite\n'varna' eka gopT-gal)a, 'dak$i1Ja' eka gaQa\nvame-'vipra-sasana' n.1rikela-vana\nvamya-svabhave mana uthe nirantara\n\n13.49 137\n14.100 270\n14.159 298\n13.194 215\n14.162 300\n\nv.11)Inatha ara yata prasada ani/a\nv.11)Tnatha prasada lana kaila agamana\nvastra pana rajara haila anandita mana\nvasudeva-datta matra karena gayana\nvasudeva, goplnatha, murari yahan gaya\n\n14.93\n14.23\n12.38\n14.98\n13.40\n\nvayase 'madhyama' teriho svabhavete 'sama'\nvicitra ei dui bhaktera sneha-vyavah.1ra\nvidagdha, mrdu, sad-gul)a, suslla, snigdha,\nvidaya hana raya aila raja-putre lana\nvidy.1nidhira jala-keli svarupera sane\n'vi/asadi'-bhava-bh0$.1ra kaha ta' lak$al)a\n\n14.161 299\n12.176 85\n13.144 188\n34\n12.66\n14.80 262\n14.183 311\n\nvinyasa-bharigir ariganam\nviraha-samudra-ja/e, kama-timirigile gile,\nvise5e rajara ajna hanache amare\nvisrama karila prabhu samaya bujhiya\nvisrama kariya kaila madhyahnika snane\nvisuddha, nirmala, yaiche dasa-val)a hema\n\n14.192\n13.142\n12.75\n12.142\n14.239\n14.165\n\n268\n236\n19\n270\n133\n\n315\n186\n38\n71\n337\n301\n\n", "mad5#p0404": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nvisvambhara jagannathe ke calaite pare?\n\n13.13\n\n119\n\n'vivvoka', 'mottilyita', ilra 'maugdhya', 'cakita' 14.168 303\n\nvraja-lokera prema suni'\n\nyadi more krpa nil karibe gaurahari\nyadyapi dile prabhu tilt'lre karena ro$a\n\n239\n\nyadyapi gosilf!i tare hailache santo$a\n\ntomil nil dekhile 13.146 189\n\nyadyapi 1svara tumi parama svatantra\n\nviyari, kadmil, tilakhajara prakara\nvraja-bhOmi chil{iite nare,\n\n373\n\napanake 'WI'\n\n14.31\n\n13.148 191\n\nyadyapi jaganniltha karena dvarakaya vihilra\n\n13.79\n14.232\nvraja-vils1 yata jana,\nmiltil, pitil, sakhil-gal)a, 13.150\nvraje gop1-gal)era mana-rasera nidhilna\n14.138\nvrajendra-nandana-smrti haya sarva-jane\n12.61\n\n152\n334\n192\n287\n31\n\nyadyapi pratilparudra-sarva-gul)aviln\n\n13.130\n14.97\n14.205\n14.118\n13.143\n\n177\n269\n322\n278\n187\n\nyahil dekhi' suni' pilp1ra k($1)a-bhakti hai/a\n\nvrndavana-vihilra kare bhakta-gal)a lana\n\n14.122\n14.123\n14.119\n14.218\n14.96\n\n280\n281\n279\n327\n269\n\nvrndavane iii/a krsl)a-ei prabhura jilana\n\n14.73\n\n259\n\nyata piye tata tr$1Jil bil{ihe nirantara\n\nvrndavanera sampad dekha. -pu$pa-kisalaya 14.204 321\n\nyatrika loka, nT/acala-vilsi yata jana\n\nvraja-pura-vanitanaril vardhayan kamavraja-rasa-glta suni' prema uthalila\n\nvraje tomara satlge yei sukha-asvadana\nvrk$a-vall1 praphullita prabhura darasane\nvrndavana dekhibilre gela jagannatha\nvrndavana dekhite tMra utkal)thil apilra\nvrndavana, govardhana,\n\nyamuna-pulina,\n\nvrndavana-kri{iate /ak$m1ra nilhi adhikara\nvrndavana-11/aya krmera sahaya gop1-gal)a\nvrndavana-sama ei upavana-gal)a\nvrndavana-sampad tomara nilhi pa{ie mane?\n\nvrndavane sahajika ye sampat-sindhu\nvrndavane udaya karao apana-caral)a\n\n14.219 328\n13.127 176\n\nyadyapi premilvese prabhu haila asthira\nyadyapi rajara dekhi' ha{iira sevana\nyadyapi suniya prabhura komala haya mana\nyahil dekhi' bhakta-gal)era prill)a haya k$11)a\n\nya/:1 kaumara-hara/:1 sa eva hi varas til eva\nyahil lagi' madana-dahane jhuri' genu\"\nyilhara asvade trpta haya kr$1Ja-mana\nyahilte bh0$ita radha hare kr$1Ja mana\nyiljilika-brahmal)1 saba tahate pramill)a\nyara a/pa, tara thilf!i pithil-pana la-iba\nyilra dhvani suni' vai$1)ava haila pagala\nyare tanra krpa, sei janibilre pare\nyata bhakta-kTrtaniya asiya arame\n\nyebii stri-putra-dhane,\n\nkari rajya avaral)e,\n\nye bhava-bh0$ilya radha hare k($1)a-mana\nyei bhala haya, sei kara samadhana\n\nvrndavane vraja-dhanaril nanu kama-dhenuvyagra haila ane raja matta-hiltT-gal)a\nvyaja-stuti kare dwihe, yena gali!gali\nvyatha piiilil' kare yena SU$ka rod ana\n\n14.228 332\n14.50 249\n12.196 98\n14.199 319\n\nyei bhave radha hare govindera mana?\nyei yaha paya, lagaya, -nahika niyame\nyei yei kahe, sei kahe kr$1Ja-name\nyenils1j jagatilril citraril\n\ny\n\nye tomara icchil sei kartavya amara\nye tomilre kahe, 'kara raja-darasana'\n\n14.172 305\nyabe yei rasa taha kar� miirtimiln\n13.167 203\nyadavera vipakg\nyata du$ta karilsa-pakg 13.156 197\nyabe ilsi' mana kare pu$pa uthaite\n\nyo{la hasta kari' saba bhaktere vandila\nyo{ia-hate bhakta-gal)a vande bhagavan\nyogyayogya tomaya saba cahi nivedite\n\n12.10\n6\n12.170 83\n12.124 59\n12.29\n5\n14.117 278\n12.54\n28\n12.166 81\n13.184 210\n11\n12.22\n13.108 166\n12.221\n13.121\n13.113\n14.177\n14.201\n\n110\n173\n168\n307\n320\n\n12.32\n16\n12.132 62\n13.48 137\n13.59 141\n13.204 220\n12.215\n13.175\n13.157\n14.170\n12.35\n\n107\n206\n198\n304\n18\n\n14.183 311\n13.200 218\n12.113 54\n13.1\n113\n12.74\n38\n12.30\n14.22\n13.81\n12.19\n\n15\n235\n154\n9\n\n", "mad5#p0405": "General Index\nNumerals in bold type indicate references to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\nverses. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\nAnyabhila�ita-sanyam\n\nA\n\nquoted, 65, 184\n\nAradhananaril sarve�aril\n\nquoted, 20\n\nAbsolute Truth\nas the Supreme Lord, 20\nSee also: Kr��Ja, Supreme Lord\n\nArca-avatara\n\nAcarya\n\nAsahya mana-nirbandhe\n\nSee: Arca-vigraha\n\none should not repeat writing of previous, 74\nSee also: Spiritual master\nActivities\nCaitanya can't engage in material, 184\nof conditioned souls, 187\nAcyutananda\nas sankirtana dancer, 136\n\nquoted, 299\n\nAsamanordhva-madhurya\n\nquoted, 107\nAssociation\nof guru achieved by the Lord's mercy,\n123\nAthapi te deva padambuja\n\nquoted, 122\n\nAdanta-gobhir visataril\n\nAtma vai putra utpanna\n\nquoted, 187\nAdvaita Acarya\nas prominent devotee of Caitanya, 116\nas sankirtana dancer, 131\nchants \"Hari bol\", 157\ndances in first kirtana group, 132\nengaged in mock fight with Nityananda,\n92-98\nfeels Caitanya's touch, 129\nformed 5antipura sankirtana party, 136\n\nquoted, 29\nAusterity\nas material enjoyment, 65\n\n8\n8alagal)c;li\nJagannatha car stops at, 215\nBalarama\nascends Ratha car, 125\nas Nityananda, 158\nwatches Caitanya dancing, 163\n\nAdvaita-siddhanta\n\nexplained, 95\nAi�o�a\nCaitanya took rest at, 256\n•\n\nBhagavad-gita\n\ncited on perfect vision, 31\nquoted on consciousness, 97\nquoted on destination of envious, 66\nquoted on escaping maya, 247\nquoted on fruit of devotional service,\n231\nquoted on Kr��Ja's superiority, 96\nquoted on returning back to Godhead,\n196\nBhagavan\nas part of absolute knowledge, 95\n\nAmrta-pravaha-bha�ya\n\nThirteenth Chapter summarized in, 113\nTwelfth Chapter summarized in, 1\nAnger\nexperienced by three types of women,\n290-292\nof SrTvasa Thakura and Haricandana,\n160-161\ntwo types of, 300\n\n· Anubhil�ya\nquoted on materialists, 31\n\n375\n\n", "mad5#p0406": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n376\n\nBhagavan\nSee also: Kr�oa\n\nCaitanya-candramrta\nquoted on devotee's absorption in\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\nquoted on mind of pure devotee, 184\nquoted on rasabhasa, 296\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta\n\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\ncited on Caitanya's vrndavana-li/a, 269\ncited on Lord jagannatha as ideal husband, 126\n\nN rsirhha temple at Navadvipa described\nin, 68\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nabsorbed in ecstasy of gopis, 175\n\ncited on materialists, 89-90\ncited on receiving Kr�oa in the heart,\n64-68\ndescribes mystery of the Lord's activities, 142\n\naccepted as universal guru, 122\n\nalways satisfies and glorifies devotees,\n\n91\n\nand associates see Paoc;lu-vijaya, 115\n\nand\n\nBhaktivinoda Thakura\n\nLord Jagannatha compete for\n\nleadership, 171\n\nquoted on remedy for suffering, 246\n\nappears in RadharaQi's form, 336\n\nas independent Supreme Lord, 14\n\nBhakti-yoga\nSee: Devotional service\n\nas RadharaoT, 1 71-172, 176\n\nas servant of the servant, 154\n\nBhauma ijya-dhi/:1\nquoted, 31\n\nas son of Saci, 169\n\nBilvamarigala Thakura\n\nas world teacher, 143\n\nquoted on liberation, 187\n\nbody of compared to Himalayan moun-\n\nquoted on Vrndavana, 332\n\ntain, 205\n\nBrahma\n\ncan't engage in material activities, 184\n\nas head of demigods, 142\n\nchants \"Maoima\", 120\n\ncleanses Guoc;lica temple, 2\n\nBrahmacari\nCaitanya not, 154\n\nconverted a crow into a Garuc;la, 88\n\nBrahmajyoti\ndirectly\n\ndevotional service, 185\ncited on mercy of Kr�oa and guru, 122\n\nperceived\n\nin\n\nits\n\nform\n\nin\n\nVrndavana, 330\n\nBrahman\n\nas part of absolute knowledge, 95\nBrahmal)a\nCaitanya not, 154\ndayita not, 117\n\nKr�oa well-wisher of, 151\n\nBrahmananda Bharati\nreceives garland and sandalwood, 129\nBrahmal)r;Ja bhramite kona\nquoted, 122\n\ndances in front of Lord jagannatha, 114,\n\n142, 155-168, 201, 207-209\ndancing of perceived by pure devotees,\n\n147\n\ndeclares\n\nHimself an ordinary human\n\nbeing, 26\n\ndecorates devotees, 128\ndesires to jump, 150\n\ndiscussions of SvarOpa Damodara with,\n\n200, 278-283\n\ndistributes prasada, 244\n\nestablishes rei igious etiquette, 59\n\neyes of compared to bumblebees, 105\n\nBrahma-sarhhita\nquoted on Kr�oa's presence, 196\nquoted on Vrndavana, 332\n\nfeelings of separation of, 259\n\nin pastime of Se�asayT Vi�Qu, 266\n\ninspires devotees to dance, 148-149\ninstructs the beggars, 246-248\n\nc\nCaitanya-candramrta\nquoted on Caitanya's mercy, 232\n\ninstructs ROpa Gosvami on mercy, 122\n\nmanifests ecstatic symptoms, 156\n\no ff e r s benediction\nSridhara, 233\n\nto\n\nKholaveca\n\n", "mad5#p0407": "General Index\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\noffers prayers to Jagannatha Deity,\n151-154\nperforms uncommon pastimes, 146\npushes Lord Jagannatha's car, 213,\n251-253\nquoted on devotee behavior, 97\nrequests permission to cleanse Gul)<;lica\ntemple, 37\nrevives Sri Gopala, 71-74\nsenses of identical with those of\nSvarOpa Damodara, 202\nunderstood through His mercy, 142\nwanders t h r o u g h kirtana groups,\n138-139\nCaitanyii$taka\n\nprayers of, 221\nquoted on Caitanya's dancing, 221\nCaitra\nRadhara�Ji remembers nights in month\nof, 173\nCatur-vidha-sri-bhagavat-prasada\nverses quoted, 242\nCeto-darpaQa-marjanam\nquoted, 64\nChiindogya Upani$ad\n\nquoted on nature of Absolute Truth, 95\nChanting'\nholy names produced devotees' tears,\n137\nmeans accepting self as eternal servant\nof Kr�!Ja, 246\nCharity\nas material enjoyment, 65\nConditioned souls\nengage in hackneyed activities, 187\nConsciousness\ndevelops according to association, 97\nCupid\nburning of, 168-169\nenchanted by Kr��Ja and Radhara!Ji, 193\n\nD\nDadati pratigrhQiiti\n\nverses quoted, 97\n\n377\n\nDamodara Pal)<;lita\nresponded to SvarOpa Damodara's singing, 132\nwarned against criticizing the Lord, 13\nDana-keli-lila\n\npastime described, 305-306\nDayitas\n\ncompared to drunken elephants, 117\nDeity\nKr�!Ja worshipable for all brahminical\nmen, 151\noffenses to, 60-61\nshould be seen from a distant place,\n105\nDemigods\ncan't understand Caitanya, 142\nDemons\nworld delivered from burden of, 152\nDesires\nfor material enjoyment create bodily\nconcept, 187\nKr��Ja's smile increases gopis' lusty,\n153\nDevahOti\ndiscussion of cited, 91\nDevaki\nas mother of Supreme Lord, 152\nDevaki-nandana\nSee: Kr��Ja\nDevotees\nas diplomats, 23-24\nautomatically liberated, 187\ncan change dress to facilitate service,\n226\ndecorated by Caitanya, 128\ngreatest achievement of, 233\ninspired to dance by Caitanya, 148-149\nknowledge revealed in heart of staunch,\n20\nmust seek Caitanya's favor persistently,\n232\nneophyte degraded by closeness to\nDeity, 105\nnot interested in speculation or yoga,\n183\nof Vi�I)U as tadiya, 21\nshould not associate with nondevotees,\n97, 212\n\n", "mad5#p0408": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n378\n\nDevotees\nshould refuse food prepared by nondevotees, 97\nwould not accept prasada before\nCaitanya, 244\nDevotional service\n\nCaitanya exhibits different, 144\n\nas only way to attain Kr�IJa, 200\nbegins with sravaf)am kirtanam, 247\ndiplomacy a form of, 24\nreal principle of to spread Kr�IJa consciousness, 226\ntransports one to spiritual world,\n122-123\nDhruva Maharaja\nprayed to become servant of the servant, 233\nDhyana-yoga\ngopis not interested in, 180\nRadharaiJT receives instruction on, 183\nDuties\nKr�IJa leaves Vrndavana to perform\nspecial, 192\nDvaraka\ncompared with )agannatha PurT, 172\nNanda Maharaja takes Kr�IJa to, 192\nsvakiya-rasa related to, 126\n\nE\nEcstatic symptoms\ncaused by chanting, 137\nexhibited by SrTvasa, 333\nmanifested by Caitanya, 69-71, 108,\n156, 163-167, 202, 204-207\nmanifested by son of Prataparudra\nMaharaja, 33\nEnjoyment\nbodily concept created by desire for\n\nEnvy\n\nFood\noffered to Lord )agannatha during\nanavasara, 117\nForms\n\nmaterial, 187\nnecessary for the mind, 182\ninterferes with preaching, 67\n\nKr�IJa's compared with Caitanya's, 147\nno difference between Kr�IJa's material\nand spiritual, 183\n\nG\nGangadasa\nresponded to SrTvasa Thakura's singing,\n133\nGauranga-nagaris\nCaitanya's activities not comparable to,\n269\nGaurasundara\nSee: Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nGoddess of fortune\nanger of explained, 285\negoistic pride of, 287\nopulence of compared to Vrndavana,\n321-326\nprocession of described, 283-286\nremains secluded with Lord )agannatha,\n125\nSubhadra as, 163\nGopTnatha Acarya\nas responsive kirtana singer, 133\nremarks on Sarvabhauma's behavior, 87\nGopis\nas life and soul of Kr�IJa, 193\nas o n l y assistants in Vrndavana\npastimes, 281\nas transcendental and faultless, 294\nattract mind of Kr�IJa, 281\nCaitanya absorbed in ecstasy of, 175\nCaitanya maintains, 154\nconjugal love with, 126\ndiscuss Kr�IJa's lotus feet; 180-181\ndon't aspire for liberation, 186\n\nF\n\nKr�IJa's smile increases lust of, 153\nleft-wing and right-wing described, 299\nno flaw in love of, 296\n\nCaitanya appears like circle of, 155\n\nnot like yogis, 185\nnot understandable by those on mundane platform, 297\n\nFire\n\n", "mad5#p0409": "General Index\nGopis\n\npride of compared to river, 289\nGopi-gitii\nas part of Tenth Canto Bhagavatam, 227\nGovardhana Hill\nforgotten by Kr��a, 188\nGovinda\nSee: Kr��a\nGovinda (servant)\nas charge of SvarOpa\n\nDamodara,\n\n149-150\ndelivered remnants to Haridasa\nThakura, 100\nheads circle formation around Caitanya,\n158\n\nGovinda Datta\nresponded to SvarOpa Damodara's singing, 132\nGovinda Ghosh\nas sankirtana leader, 134\nGovindananda\nas charge of SvarOpa Damodara,\n149-150\nGovin'da-/ilamrta\nquoted on Kr��a's happiness, 310\nquoted on Ialita, 317\nquoted on vi/asa, 314\nGu�<;lica temple\ncompared to the Lord's pure mind, 51\ncompared with Vrndavana, 171-172,\n279\n\nhundreds of devotees cleanse, 42\ninner meaning of Caitanya's cleansing\nof, 64-68\nLord Jagannatha goes to, 148\nRatha-yatra car transported to, 190-191\nsituation and history of, 37\nGuru\nSee: Spiritual master\nGurv-11�taka\n\nquoted on spiritual master, 242\n\nH\nHappiness\nnot attained materially, 187\nof Subhadra and Balarama at Rathayatra, 163\n\n379\n\nHappiness\npersonal renounced in marriage, 195\n\nHaricandana\nsees Caitanya dancing, 159-161\nHaridasa Thakura\nas charge of SvarOpa Damodara,\n149-150\nas kirtana dancer, 134\nas responsive kirtana singer, 134\nas sankirtana dancer, 131\ngiven remnants of prasada, 79, 100\n\nresponded to Srivasa Thakura's singing,\n133\n\nHeart\nas one with mind, 181\n\npure devotees see Kr��a within, 196\nHeavenly planets\nattainment of as phantasmagoria for\ndevotee, 186\nHera-paiicami festival\nmeaning of described, 274\nHoly name\ndevotees' tears caused by chanting of,\n137\nHouseholder\n\nCaitanya not, 154\nHrdy anta/:1-stho hy abhadrilf! i\n\nquoted, 64\nHumility\n\nof Prataparudra Maharaja, 226\n\nImpersonal monism\nas adjustment of Buddhist philosophy,\n96\nexplanation of, 95-96\n\nlndradyumna\nestablished Jagannatha temple, 37\n\nlndradyumna Lake\nCaitanya's pastimes in, 260-267\nisvara/:1 parama/:1 kr�f!a/:1\nquoted, 192\n\nJ\nJagadananda\nCaitanya accepted prasada from, 82-84\n\n", "mad5#p0410": "380\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nJagannatha Deity\naccepted as Supreme Lord Kr�!Ja, 122\nand Caitanya compete for leadership,\n171\n\nas Kr�!Ja Himself, 105, 171-172, 176\nas maintainer of universe, 119\nascends Ratha car, 125-126, 148\nastonished at Caitanya's dancing, 114,\n142\n\nCaitanya absorbed in, 170\nCaitanya offers prayers to, 151-154\ncarried by dayitas, 8-11\ndescription of, 105, 204\nfirst known as Nila Madhava, 117\nfood offered to at vipr a-sasana,\n216-218\n\nmind of filled with pleasure, 127\nobserved dancing of Caitanya, 162,\n201\n\nPrataparudra performs menial service\nfor, 121-122\nreceives s p e c i al o f f e r i n g s during\nanavasara, 117\n\nsankirtana performed before, 136\n\nstays one week at Gu!J<;Jica temple,\n37\n\nstops Ratha car, 140\nJagannatha-k�etra\nSee: Jagannatha Puri\nJagannatha Puri\ncompared with Dvaraka, 172\nPrataparudra Maharaja and Ramananda\nRaya returned to, 22\nRatha-yatra car transported from,\n190-191\n\nJagannatha-vallabha\nas garden of Caitanya's pastimes, 273\nJana-nivasa\nSee: Kr�Qa\n)aya jaya vrndavana-vasi, yata jana,\n\nquoted, 20\nJaya Radhe\nchanted by inhabitants of Vrndavana,\n193\n\n)nana-yoga\n\ngopis not interested in, 180\nRadhararJi receives instruction on,\n183\n\nK\nKaivalyaril narakayate\n\nquoted, 185\n\nKa/yaQa-kalpataru\n\nBhaktivinoda Thakura author of, 32\nquoted on living entity as enjoyer, 32\nKamsa\nkilled at Mathura, 192, 197\nKaQaphata-yogis\n\ndescribed, 10\nKandarpa-koty-arbuda-rupa-sobha\n\nverses quoted, 107\nKapiladeva\ncited, 91\nKarma-yoga\n\ncompared to an elephant's bathing,\n65-66\n\ngopis not interested in, 180\n\nKasi Misra\nastonished by Caitanya's mercy, 144\ninformed of glories of the Lord, 141\n.\nKasisvara\nheads circle formation around Caitanya,\n158\n\nKa�aka\nas capital of Orissa, 4\nKatha Upani�ad\n\nquoted on manifestation of Supreme\nLord, 32\nKharJ<;ia\nsankirtana party from, 136\nKholaveca Sridhara\nprayed to become servant of the servant, 233\nKila-kincita\n\nas symptom of Radhara!Ji, 305-306\npastimes exemplifying, 305-306\nKr�!Ja\nalways subordinate to love of devotees,\n296\n\nanxious tci return to Vrndavana,\n199\n\nas cowherd boy in Vrndavana, 177\nas decoration of Radhara!Ji, 193\nas life and soul of Vrndavana, 190\nas Lord Jagannatha, 171-172, 176\n\n", "mad5#p0411": "General Index\n\nKr�r:Ja\nas master of transcendental mellows,\n\nLak�midevi\ncannot be in Vrndavana pastimes,\n280\n\n295\nas original substance, 96\n\nLalita\npastimes exemplifying, 314-317\n\nas prince in Kuruk�etra, 177\nattained by devotional service, 200\n\nLeaders\nsannyasis shun government, 143\n\nbeauty of like waves of nectar, 107\ncomplete opulence of seen only in\n\nLiberation\n\nYrndavana, 328\n\nas automatic for devotee, 187\ngopis don't aspire for, 186\n\ncontrolled by residents of Yrndavana,\n\n192-193\nforgets Vrndavana, 188-189\nglorified by Caitanya, 151-153\nindebted to residents of Yrndavana,\n191\ninstructs Radharar:Ji in yoga, 183\nmaintains opulence to please Yadus,\n198\nmeets with Radharar:Ji at Kuruk�etra,\n\n381\n\nLila-sakti\narranges Caitanya's pastimes, 145\nLocana dasa Thakura\nquoted on Caitanya's mercy, 232\nLogic\ncompared to a dry oil cake, 265\nLotus feet of Kr�r:Ja\nCaitanya as servant of, 154\ndiscussed by gopis, 180-181\nLove of God\n\n169\nmind of attracted by gopis, 281\n\nactivities against, 65\n\nno one superior to, 96\n\nmind\n\nof\n\nCaitanya\n\nenters\n\nmood\n\nof\n\nconverted\n\nto\n\necstatic, 168\n\npresence of, 196\n\nPrataparudra\n\nseated in the heart, 65\n\nMaharaja\n\necstatic, 140\n\nKr�r:Ja consciousness\npure in Yrndavana, 181\n\nrasas of conjugal, 126\nLust\n\nKm1a-graha-grhrtatma\nquotes, 96\n\nof gopis increased by Kr�Qa's smile, 153\n\nK�atriya\nCaitanya not, 154\n\nM\n\ndayita not, 117\nKulina-grama\nsatikirtana party from, 135\n\nMadhava\nas\n\nKuruk�etra\ndescription of, 177\nmeeting of Kr�r:Ja and gopis at, 175\nmeeting of Kr�r:Ja and Radharar:Ji at, 169\n\ncharge of\n149-150\nMadhava Ghosh\n\nSvarupa\n\nDamodara,\n\nas responsive kirtana singer, 135\nMahabhava\n\nKuttamita\npastimes exemplifying, 317-318\n\nseven ingredients of, 307\nMaha-prasada\n\nKuvera\nas treasurer of demigods, 233\n\nas food offered to the Deity, 87\n\noffers benediction to Dhruva Maharaja,\n\nmaterially uncontaminated, 87\nSee also: Prasada, Food\n\n233\n\nMalau\n\nL\nLaghu-bhagavatamrta\nquoted on Kr�r:Ja's beauty, 107\n\nRadharaQi remembers fragrance of\nflowers, 173\nMarh ca yo 'vyabhicareQa\nverses quoted, 247\n\n", "mad5#p0412": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n382\n\nMana-grahe sadodyukta\nverses quoted, 299\nMaQima\nchanted by Caitanya, 120\nMaterialists\n\nMukunda\ncharge of SvarOpa Damodara,\n149-150\nas chief singer of sankirtana, 133\nas\n\nMukunda-ma/a\n\naccept bodily condition of life, 31\nbelieve their imperfect senses, 90\nMathura\n\nquoted on Kr�Qa's qualities, 152\nMul)c;iaka Upani�ad\nquoted on manifestation of Supreme\n\nKarilsa killed at, 192\nKr�Qa stays at, 183\nMatir na kr�fle parata/:1 svato va\nverses quoted, 90\n\nLord, 32\nMurari Gupta\nas author of Caitanya-carita, 68\nas responsive kirtana singer, 133\n\nMatta/:! paratararh nanyat\nquoted, 96\n\nN\n\nMaya\novercome by devotional service, 247\nMayavadis\n\nNagna-matrka-nyaya\n\nimagine form of God in matter, 31\nMental speculation\npure devotees transcendental to, 184\n\ntheory explained, 35\nNama maha-vadanyaya\nverses quoted, 232\nNarahari Prabhu\n\nMercy\nno one can preach without receiving\nCaitanya's, 235\nof Caitanya acts automatically, 231\nof Caitanya compared to ocean, 265\nof Caitanya as powerful, 231-232\nof guru and Supreme Lord, 123\nrequired to understand Caitanya, 122,\n\nas sankirtana dancer, 136\nNarayaQa\nresponded to SvarOpa Damodara's singing, 132\nworshiped by Kr�Qa, 195\nNarendra-sarovara Lake\nCaitanya's pastimes in, 272, 339\nNarottama dasa Thakura\n\n142\nMiche mayara vase, yaccha bhese'\nverses quoted, 246\n\nquoted on Caitanya's mercy, 232\nNayam atma pravacanena labhyo\nverses quoted, 32\n\nMind\nas one with heart, 181\nenjoyment necessary for the, 182\nof Caitanya absorbed in Jagannatha\n\nas life and soul of devotees, 101\nNila Madhava\njagannatha Deity first known as, 117\n\nDeity, 170\nof Caitanya enters mood of ecstatic\nlove, 168\n\nNetrotsava festival\n\n·\n\nNityananda\nas Balarama, 158\n\nof Lord Jagannatha filled with pleasure,\n\nas prominent devotee of Caitanya,\n\n127\nof SvarOpa Damodara absorbed in\n\n116\nas sankirtana dancer, 131, 133\n\ndevotional service, 201\nMonism\nas hellish, 185\nMoon\nCaitanya's tears are nectar from, 167\nMukti/:1 svayarh mukulitaiijali\nquoted, 187\n\nengaged in mock fight with Advaita\nAcarya, 92-98\nfeels Caitanya's touch, 129\ntries to catch Caitanya, 157\nNrsirilhadeva\noffered\n\nb e n ediction\n\nMaharaja, 233\n\nto\n\nPrahlada\n\n", "mad5#p0413": "General Index\nNrsirhha temple\ncleansed by Caitanya, 68\n\n0\nOpulences\nof Kr�r:ta maintained to please Yadus,\n198\n\np\nPadma Puraf!a\nquoted on worship, 20\nPadyavali\nquoted on Caitanya as servant of the\nservant, 154\nquoted on Radharar;tT's remembrance of\nKr�r;ta, 173\nPandita/:l sama-darsina/:l\nquoted, 31\nPar;t<;lu-vijaya\nropes broke during, 341\nseen by Caitanya and associates, 115\nParama karuf!a, pahuti dui jana\nquoted, 232\nParamananda PurT\nreceives garland and sandalwood, 129\nParamatma\nas part of absolute knowledge, 95\nSee also: Supersoul\nParamparil\nsystem strictly observed by Gau<;lTya\nVai�r;tavas, 60-61\nParilsya saktir vividhaiva srOyate\nquoted, 145\nPastimes of Caitanya\nas uncommon, 146\nKr�r:ta consciousness awakened by\nseeing, 110\nSahasra-vadana cannot reach limits of,\n345\nthe Lord forgets Himself in course of,\n145\nvariegatedness of exhibited, 142\nPastimes of Kr�Qa\nas unlimited, 320\n\n383\n\nPastimes of Kr�Qa\nCaitanya always thinking of, 260\ncompared with Caitanya's, 146\nno fault in, 282\nremembered by Caitanya, 80-81\nwith wives of brahmaf!as mentioned,\n16-17\nPleasure\nin\n\nparakiya-rasa superior to that in\nsvakiya-rasa, 126\nLord jagannatha's mind filled with, 127\n\nPotencies\n/ila-sakti as one of Caitanya's, 145\npure devotees understand the Lord's inconceivable, 139\nPrabodhananda Sarasvati\nas author of Caitanya-candr!lmrta, 232\nquoted on immediate elevation, 35\nPrahlada Maharaja\nas advanced devotee, 96\nprayed to become servant of the servant, 233\nquoted on materialists, 90\nPrakateha anibe satvara\nquoted, 197\nPrasada\ndistributed to beggars, 246-247\noffered to Lord jagannatha, 237-241\noffering and distribution of encourages\nspiritual master, 242\nserving of, 243-247\ntaken with Kr�r;ta, 196\nPrataparudra Maharaja\nallows Par;t<;lu-vijaya to be seen by\nCaitanya, 116\nanxious to meet Caitanya, 3\nappeals to devotees, 4-5\nas King of Orissa, 3\nCaitanya picked up by, 209-210\ncleanses road, 120-122, 232\nconverted to ecstatic love, 140\ncould see Caitanya's tricks, 141-142\ndecides to become mendicant, 6, 10\necstatic symptoms exhibited by, 229,\n254\nembraced by Caitanya, 228\nentered garden in dress of Vai�r;tava,\n225\n\n", "mad5#p0414": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n384\n\nPrataparudra Maharaja\ngives instructions for Hera-paiicamT\nfestival, 273\nobserves Caitanya dancing, 159\npermitted Ramananda Raya to stay with\nCaitanya, 21\nrecited Bh a gavatam to Caitanya,\n227-230\nstops fight between SrTvasa Thakura\nand Haricandana, 161-162\nwas refused interview with Caitanya,\n143\nworshiped Caitanya's cloth, 18-20\nPrayers\noffered to Jagannatha Deity b y\nCaitanya, 151-154\nPremafijana-cchurita-bhaktiquoted, 196\nPride\nof goddess of fortune, 288\nof gopls compared to river, 289\n\nRadhara�JT\ncharacter of, 299\necstatic ornaments of, 304-310\ninstructed in yoga, 183\nmeets Kr��Ja at Kuruk�etra, 169\nRaghava Pal)c;lita\nas responsive klrtana singer, 134\nresponded to Svarupa Damodara's singRaghu\nas\n\ning, 132\ncharge\n\nof\n\nSvarupa\n\nDamodara,\n\n149-150\n\nRaghunandana\nas sankrrtana dancer, 136\nRamai\nas charge of Svarupa\n149-150\n\nDamodara,\n\nRamananda Raya\nas sanklrtana dancer, 135\nbrought Prataparudra's son to Caitanya,\n29\n\nof Satyabhama, 288\nPure devotees\nas transcendental to fruitive activity,\n\nRamananda Vasu\nordered by Caitanya to supply ropes,\n341-344\n\nspeculation and yoga, 184-186\nCaitanya's Ratha-yatra dancing perceived by, 147\nleave Vrndavana, 197\nsacrifice their lives for service, 17\nsee everything as Kr��Ja, 96\nsee Kr�!Ja within the heart, 196\nunderstand the Lord's inconceivable\npotency, 139\nPOrvam evanusi�tena vikala\n\nRasabhasa\n\nverses quoted, 296\n\nR\n\nexplanation of, 296\nRasa-Ilia\n\nas pastime at Vrndavana, 146\nKr��Ja forgets forest of, 188\nRatha-yatra\nas Kr��Ja's return to Vrndavana, 172\ncar described, 123-124\ncar transported from Jagannatha PurT to\nGu�Jc;lica, 190-191\npure devotees perceived Caitanya's\ndancing at, 147\nspiritual benefits for those who hear,\n222\nReva\n\nRadhara�JT\nas a cowherd girl, 305\nas Caitanya, 171-172, 176\nas chief of gopls, 298\nas left-wing gopl, 300\nas life of Kr��Ja's life, 193\nas Queen of Vrndavana, 193\nbodily ornaments of, 301-320\n\nRadharii!JT desires to return to bank of,\n173\nRupa GosvamT\nas author of Caitanya�taka, 221\nas author of Laghu-bhagavatamrta, 107\nas author of Ujjvala-nllamal)i, 299\nbroadcast meaning of Caitanya's recitation, 179\ninstructed on mercy by Caitanya, 122\n\n", "mad5#p0415": "General Index\nRopa Gosvami\nquoted on Caitanya's mercy, 232\nquoted on external motive, 65\n\ns\nSaci\n\n385\n\nSenses\nuncontrolled lead to hell, 187\nSeparation\nof K[�l)a from Vrndavana, 190\nof lovers, 194-195\n\nsong of from K[�l)a, 169\nSe�a Naga\n\nAdvaita's pastime as, 266\n\nas mother of Caitanya, 169\n\nas expansion of Sri Baladeva, 20\n\nSacrifices\n\nropes from Kulina-grama the abode of,\n\nSahajiyas\nas covert Mayavadis, 97\n\nt h e L o r d ' s o r d i n a r y necessities a\n\nas material enjoyment, 65\n\nSahasra-vadana\n\nas thousand-mouthed Se�a Naga, 320\n\ncannot reach the limits of Caitanya's\npastimes, 345\n\nSamsare asiya prakrti bhajiya\nquoted, 32\nSangat sanjayate kama/:!\nquoted, 97\nSankirtana\nCaitanya expands in different groups of,\n145, 147\nperformed before Lord ]agannatha, 136\nRatha-yatra party described, 130-139\n\nresounds throughout three worlds, 138\n\nSannyasi\nafraid of money and women, 143\nCaitanya not, 154\n\nexpected to preach, 13\nfaulty behavior in widely advertised, 27\n\nforbidden to see materialists, 13\nSantipura\n\nsankirtana party from, 136\n\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya\n\n343\n\ntransformation of, 20\n\nSe�asayi Vi�l)u\n\nCaitanya's pastime as, 266\nSik�a�taka\nquoted on cleansing the heart, 64\nSmiirta-briihmaQas\nbeliefs of, 87\nSniina-yiitrii\ndayitas care for ]agannatha from day of,\n117\n\nSpiritual master\nduty of to engage disciples, 242\nmercy of, 123\n\nshould be seen from a distant place,\n105\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\ncited as Gopi-gitii, 227\ncited on beauty of K[�l)a, 107\ncited on devotional service, 91\ncited on material and spiritual worlds,\n96\ncited on Mayavadis, 31\n\ncited on Radharal)i's statement on\nKr�l)a, 178\n\nastonished by Caitanya's mercy, 144\n\ndescribes Kr�l)a's dancing, 147\n\nexplains Caitanya's external anger,\n\nquoted on gopis, 297\n\ncould see Caitanya's tricks, 141-142\n\n212\nSiittvikas\ndescribed, 302-320\nSatyabhama\nas K[�l)a proudest queen, 288\nSatyaraja Khan\nas sankirtana dancer, 135\n\nordered by Caitanya to supply ropes,\n\n341-344\n\nquoted on chewing the chewed, 187\nquoted on K[�l)a's qualities, 153\n\nquoted on lotus feet of K[�l)a, 180\nquoted on materialists, 90\nquoted on nature of Absolute Truth,\n95\n\nquoted on sankirtana, 229-230, 231\n\nquoted on unclean heart, 64-65\nSri Gopala\n\nfaints and is revived by Caitanya, 71-74\n\n", "mad5#p0416": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n386\n\nSri Govindananda\nresponded to SvarOpa Damodara's singing, 132\nSrikanta\nas responsive kirtana singer, 133\n\nSri K�etra\nSee: Jagannatha Puri\nSriman ParJc;Jita\nresponded to Srivasa Thakura's singing,\n133\nSri Rama ParJc;Jita\nresponded to Srivasa Thakura's singing,\n133\nSrivasa Thakura\nas\n\ncharge of SvarOpa Damodara,\n149-150\nas chief performer of sankirtana, 130,\n132-133\necstatic symptoms of, 333\nenjoys mood of Narada Muni, 321-326\nsees Caitanya dancing, 159-160\n\nSvalpam apy asya dharmasya\n\nquoted, 231\nSvarOpa Damodara\nabsorbed in devotional service, 201\nas chief performer of sankirtana, 130,\n131-132\nas pure devotee of Vrndavana, 327\nCaitanya liked loud chanting of, 70\ndescribes Vrndavana's opulence,\n328-332\n\ndiscussion of Caitanya and on Herapaiicaml, 278-283\ndiscussion of Caitanya with, 200\nin charge of devotees, 149-150\n\nsinging of, 168-169\nunderstands Caitanya's recitation, 174,\n179\nSvetasvatara Upani�ad\nquoted on faith, 20\nquoted on the Lord's potencies, 145\n\nSr1,1vataril sva-katha/:1 kr�f.la/:1\n\nverses quoted, 65\nSubhadra\nascends Ratha car, 125\nas goddess of fortune, 163\nwatches Caitanya's dancing, 163\nSubhananda\ndrank foam from Caitanya's mouth, 167\nresponded to Srivasa Thakura's singing,\n133\n\nSudra\n\nCaitanya not, 154\nSuffering\nof inhabitants of Vrndavana, 189-190\nSundaracala\nSee: GurJc;Jica temple\nSupreme Lord\nas Absolute Truth, 20\nas son of Devaki, 152\n\ndependent on love of devotees, 15\n\neternal existence of, 96\nmercy of, 123\nmoves by personal will, 119\nRatha car moves by will of, 128\nservant of servants of, 233\nunderstood by mercy, 122\n\nT\nTadiyanam\n\nas worship of everything belonging to\nthe Lord, 20-21\n\nTan aharil dvi�ata/:1 kruran\n\nverses quoted, 66\n\nTantra-sastra\n\nquoted on beauty of Kr�rJa, 107\nTulasi\nas superintendent of the temple, 76\n\nTyaktva deharil punar\n\nquoted, 196\n\nu\nUddhava\n\ninstructs Radhara!Ji in yoga, 183\n\nUjjva/a-ni/ama1,1i\n\nquoted on anger, 300-301\nquoted on kila-kificita-bhava, 306, 309\nquoted on kuttamita, 318\nquoted on left- and right-wing gopis,\n299\n\n", "mad5#p0417": "General Index\n\nUpadesamrta\n\nquoted on intimate relationships, 97\n\nv\nVadanti tat tattva-vidas\n\nverses quoted, 95\nVai�Qavas\nassembled like clouds, 137\nGau<;liya, strictly observe parampara\nsystem, 60-61\nGau<;liya, subordinate to SvarupaDamodara Gosvami, 60-61\nsatisfied to see food offered to Deity,\n242\n\n387\n\nVrndavana\nas worshipable as Kr�Qa, 20\ncompared with GuQ<;lica, 171-172\ndescription of, 177\neverything fully Kr�Qa conscious in, 186\nforgotten by Kr�Qa, 188\nin pastimes of, gopis only assistants,\n281\nKr�Qa anxious to return to, 199\nKr�Qa controlled by residents of,\n192-193\nKr�Qa indebted to residents of, 191\nKr�Qa as life and soul of, 190\nmotion of people like dancing in, 330\nopulence of described, 328-332\nopulence of Dvaraka and VaikuQ�ha\ncompared to, 328\n\nnonenviousness characteristic of, 235\nVai?ya\nCaitanya not, 154\ndayita not, 117\n\npastimes of performed by Caitanya,\n260\n\nVakresvara PaQ<;lita\nas sarikirtana dancer, 131,135\n\npure devotees leave, 197\npure Kr�Qa consciousness in, 181\n\nVallabha Sena\nas responsive kirtana singer, 133\nVama\n\nrasa-lila as pastime at, 146\n\nas left-wing gopis, 299\n\nparakiya-rasa related to, 126\n\nRatha-yatra gardens resemble, 127\nspeech of people sounds like music in,\n330\n\nVanaprastha\n\nVrndavanaril parityajya padam\n\nCaitanya not, 154\nVariety, spiritual\n\nquoted, 192\nvr�Qi\nKr�Qa light of dynasty of, 152\nVyabhicari-bhavas\nlisted, 302-303\n\nexplained, 96\nVasudeva Ghosh\nas responsive kirtana singer, 133, 135\nVetasi\nRadharaQi desires to return to place\nunder tree, 173\nVilasa\npastimes exemplifying, 312-314\nVi�Qudasa\nas responsive kirtana singer, 134\nVi?QU Purar;a\n\nquoted on Kr�Qa's qualities, 151\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura\nas author of Gurv-a?taka, 242\nVrajabhumi\nSee: Vrndavana\nVrajendra-nandana yei\nquoted, 232\n\nw\nWomen\nbehavior of captivated class of, 293\nbehavior of intermediate class of, 292\nbehavior of restless, 292\nbehavior of sober, 291\nbehavior of when neglected, 287\nCaitanya strict in dealings with, 298\nintimate relations with dangerous, 211\nkings interested in, 143\nthree types of experiencing jealous\nanger, 290-292\n\n", "mad5#p0418": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n388\n\nWorld, material\n\nYadu dynasty\n\ndevotional service transports one from,\n\nKr�IJa guide of, 153\n\n122-123\nexists outside of spiritual sky, 90\nparakiya-rasa in, 126\nWorld, spiritual\ndevotees desire elevation to, 186\ndevotional service transports one to,\n122-123\n\nK r ��Ja's o p u l e n c e\n\nYajnaih sarikirtana-prayair\nquoted, 231\nYamuna\nforgotten by Kr�IJa, 188\nRatha-yatra path resembles bank of,\n\none can see, through Vedic literature,\n\n90\n\nmaintained for\n\nsatisfaction of, 198\n\n127\nYasoda\n\nparakiya-rasa in, 126\nWorship\n\nsuffering in separation from Kr��Ja,\n\n189\n\nof Deity same as direct service, 183\nof everything that is connected to the\nLord, 20-21\nregulative principles of overruled, 104\n\ny\nYadu dynasty\nenemies of killed, 197\n\nYasya deve para bhaktir\nverses quoted, 20\nYat-karuQya-katak�a-vaibhava-vatam\nquoted, 35\nYoga\nas ludicrous, 185\nmystic, causes irritation to the heart, 66\nnot liked by gopis, 185\npure devotees transcendental to, 184\n\n", "mad5#p0419": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada appeared in this world\nin 1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvati Gosvami, in Calcutta in 1922. Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati, a prominent\ndevotional scholar and the founder of sixty-four Gau<;liya Mathas (Vedic Institutes), liked this educated young man and convinced him to dedicate his life to\nteaching Vedic knowledge. Srila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven\nyears later (1933) at Allahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in 1922, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura requested\nSrila Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge through the English language. In\n\nthe years that followed, Srila Prabhupada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavad­\n\ngita, assisted the Gau<;liya Matha in its work and, in 1944, without assistance,\n\nstarted an English fortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and\nchecked the galley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies freely and\nstruggled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the magazine never stopped;\nit is now being continued by his disciples in the West.\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical\n\nlearning and devotion, the\n\nGau<;liya V ai�r:tava Society honored him in 1947 with the title \"Bhaktivedanta.\" In\n\n1950, at the age of fifty-four, Srila Prabhupada retired from married life, and four\nyears later he adopted the vanaprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his\n\nstudies and writing. Srila Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of Vrndavana,\nwhere he lived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and writing.\nHe accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in 1959. At Radha-Damodara,\n\nSrila Prabhupada began work on his life's masterpiece: a multivolume translation\nand commentary on the eighteen thousand verse\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Bhagavata Pural')a). He also wrote Easy Journey to Other Planets.\n\nAfter publishing three volumes of Bhagavatam, Srila Prabhupada came to the\n\nUnited States, in 1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual master. Since that time,\nHis Divine Grace has written over forty volumes of authoritative translations,\ncommentaries and summary studies of the philosophical and religious classics of\nIndia.\n\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Srila Prabhupada\nwas practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great difficulty that he\nestablished the International Society for Krishna Consciousness in July of 1966.\nUnder his careful guidance, the Society has grown within a decade to a world­\n\nwide confederation of almost one hundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes\n\nand farm communities.\nIn 1968, Srila Prabhupada created New Vrndavana, an experimental Vedic community in the hills of West V irginia. Inspired by the success of New Vrndavana,\nnow a thriving farm community of more than one thousand acres, his students\nhave since founded several similar communities in the United States and abroad.\n\n389\n\n", "mad5#p0420": "390\n\nSri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and second­\n\nary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in Dallas, Texas. The\nschool began with 3 children in 1972, and by the beginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\nSrila Prabhupada has also inspired the construction of a large international\ncenter at Sridhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also the site for a\nplanned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the magnificent Kr�t:�aBalarama Temple and International Guest House in Vrndavana, India. These are\ncenters where Westerners can live to gain firsthand experience of Vedic culture.\nSrila Prabhupada's most significant contribution, however, is his books. Highly\nrespected by the academic community for their authoritativeness, depth and\nclarity, they are used as standard textbooks in numerous college courses. His\nwritings have been translated into eleven languages. The Bhaktivedanta Book\nTrust, established in 1972 exclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace,\nhas thus become the world's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian\nreligion and philosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Srila Prabhupada's\nmost recent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-completed\n\nby Srila Prabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali religious classic Sri\nCaitanya-caritamrta.\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Srila Prabhupada has circled\nthe globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to six continents. In\nspite of such a vigorous schedule, Srila Prabhupada continues to write prolifically.\nHis writings constitute a veritable library of Vedic philosophy, religion, literature\nand culture.\n\n", "mad5#p0421": "(continued from front flap)\nMadhya-IT/a (the middle period), the\n\nlongest of the three, is a detailed narration of\nSri Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels\nthroughout India as a renounced mendicant,\n\nteacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and\n\nmystic. Finally, Antya-lrla (the final period)\n\nconcerns the last eighteen years of Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's manifest presence, spent in\n\nsemiseclusion in Jagannatha Puri, Orissa.\nDuring these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted\ndeeper and deeper into trances of spiritual\n\necstasy unparalleled in all of religious and\nliterary history, Eastern or Western.\n\n, Kr�t:�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami, the author of\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta, was a great saint and\n\na confidential disciple and student of\nRaghunatha dasa GosvamT, the renowned\n\nascetic saint who was one of the most inti­\n\nmate disciples of Sri Caitanya. He commenced work on the text while in his late\n\nnineties and in failing health, as he vividly\ndescribes in the text itself: \"I have now become too old and disturbed in invalidity.\n\nWhile writing, my hands tremble. I cannot\n\nremember anything, nor can I see or hear\n\nproperly. Still I write, and this is a great\nwonder.\" That he nevertheless completed,\nunder such debilitating conditions, the\n\ngreatest literary gem of medieval India is\nsurely one of the wonders of literary history.\nThe English translation and commentary is\n\nthe work of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhakti­\n\nvedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's\nmost distinguished scholar and teacher of\n\nIndian religious and philosophical thought.\nHe himself is a disciplic descendant of Sri\n\nCaitanya, and his intimate familiarity with\nthe precepts of Caitanya Mahaprabhu emi­\n\nnently qualifies him to present this important classic to the English-speaking world.\n\nThe ease and clarity with which he ex­\n\npounds upon Sri Caitanya's precepts lures\neven a reader totally unfamiliar with Indian\nreligious tradition into a genuine understanding and appreciation of this profound\nand monumental work.\nThe entire text, with commentary, pre­\n\nsented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust,\n\nrepresents a contribution of major importance to the intellectual, cultural and\nspiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n", "mad5#p0422": "MADHYA- LILA\n\n\\blume5\n\nSRI\nCAITANYACARITAMI.ITA\n(fiM\n\n�¥\n��\n��\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta\nSwami\nPrabhupada\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is the authorized work on the life and teachings of SrT\n\nKr�rya Caitanya-the philosopher, saint, spiritual preceptor, mystic and divine\nincarnation who pioneered a great social and religious movement in Sixteenth\n\nCentury India. His teachings, which embody the highest philosophical and\ntheolgoical truths, have affected centuries of religious and philosophical\nthinkers until the present day.\n\nThis translation and commentary on the original Bengali text is the work of\n\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada (pictured above), the\nworld's most distinguished scholar and teacher of Indian thought and culture\n\nand author of the best-selling Bhagavad-gTta As It Is. This translation of Sri\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta represents a contribution of major importance to the\n\nintellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n•\n\nTHE\nBHAKTIVEDANTA\nBOOK TRUST\n\n", "mad5#p0423": "", "mad6#p0001": "-\n\nSRI CAITA ICARITAM TA\nMADHYA- LILA VOlume 6\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n", "mad6#p0002": "SRI CAITANYA-CARITAM6TA\nIt would not be inaccurate to say that Sri\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta is one of the most im­\n\nportant works of historical and philosophical\nliterature ever written, in any language. It is\nthe principal work on the life and teachings\nof Sri Kr�Qa Caitanya, a divine incarnation of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Sri\nCaitanya is the pioneer of a great social and\nreligious movement which began in India a\nlittle less than five hundred years ago and\nwhich has directly and indirectly influenced\nthe subsequent course of religious and\nphilosophical thinking not only in India but\nin the recent West as well.\nAt a time when, in the West, man was\ndirecting\n\nhis\n\nexplorative\n\nspirit toward\n\ncircumnavigating the world in search of new\noceans and continents and toward studying\nthe structure of the physical universe, Sri\nKr�Qa Caitanya, in the East, was inaugurating\nand masterminding a revolution directed inward, toward a sciehtific understanding of\nthe highest knowledge of man's spiritual\nnature.\nWithin\n\nhis lifetime,\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\ntransformed the face o f India i n four\nrespects: philosophically, by encountering,\ndefeating and converting the greatest philosophers and thinkers of his day; religiously,\nby organizing the largest, most widespread\ntheistic\n\nmovement\n\nin\n\nIndia's\n\nhistory;\n\nsocially, by his strong challenges against the\nreligious inequities of the caste system;\npolitically, by his organization of a massive\ncivil disobedience movement in Bengal, 450\nyears before Gandhi.\nThe text is divided into three sections\n\ncalled \"/i/as.\"\n\nAdi-lila\n\n(the\n\nearly period)\n\ntraces his life from birth through his accep­\n\ntance of the renounced order, sannyasa, at\nthe age of twenty-four. This part includes his\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and\nearly philosophical confrontations, as well as\nhis\n\norga n izati on\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nwidespread\n\nsarikirtana movement and his civil disobe­\n\ndience\n\nagainst\n\nthe\n\nrepression\n\nMohammedan government.\n\n(continued on back flap)\n\nof\n\nthe\n\n", "mad6#p0003": "-\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAMRTA\n•\n\n", "mad6#p0004": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace AC. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-5 (15 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri TSopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr�Qa Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr�Qa, The Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nKr�Qa, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�Qa\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Kr�Qa Consciousness\nKr�Qa Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\nA complete catalogue is available upon request\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "mad6#p0005": "All Glory to Srl Guru and Gauranga\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAMRTA\n•\n\nof Kr�r;�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami\n\nMadhya-IT/a\nVolume Six\n\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu Leaves for Vrndavana\"\n\nwith the original Bengali tex�\nRoman transliterations, synonyms,\ntranslation and elaborate purports\n\nby\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London· Bombay\n\n", "mad6#p0006": "Readers interested in the subj ect matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n© 1975 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-93206\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-68-4\n\nFirst printing, 1975: 20,000 copies\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "mad6#p0007": "Contents\n\nvi\n\nIntroduction\n\nChapter 15\n\nThe Lord Accepts Prasada at the House of\nSarvabhauma Bhagacarya\n\nChapter 16\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n1\n159\n\nReferences\n\n305\n\nGlossary\n\n307\n\nBengali Pronunciation Guide\n\n311\n\nIndex of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n313\n\nGeneral Index\n\n329\n\nThe Author\n\n345\n\nv\n\n", "mad6#p0008": "Introduction\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is the principal work on the life and teachings of Sri\n\nKr�r;�a Caitanya. Sri Caitanya is the pioneer of a great social and religious movement which began in India a little less than five hundred years ago and which has\ndirectly and indirectly influenced the subsequent course of religious and philosophical thinking not only in India but in the recent West as well.\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is regarded as a figure of great historical significance.\nHowever, our conventional method of historical analysis-that of seeing a man as\na product of his times-fails here. Sri Caitanya is a personality who transcends the\nlimited scope of historical settings.\nAt a time when, in the West, man was directing his explorative spirit toward\nstudying the structure of the physical universe and circumnavigating the world in\nsearch of new oceans and continents, Sri Kr�r;�a Caitanya, in the East, was inaugurating and masterminding a revolution directed inward, toward a scientific\nunderstanding of the highest knowledge of man's spiritual nature.\n\nThe chief historical sources for the life of Sri Kr�r;�a Caitanya are the ka{facas (di­\n\naries) kept by Murari Gupta and SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami. Murari Gupta, a\nphysician and close associate of Sri Caitanya's, recorded extensive notes on the\nfirst twenty-four years of Sri Caitanya's life, culminating in his initiation into the\nrenounced order, sannyasa. The events of the rest of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's for­\n\nty-eight years are recorded in the diary of SvarOpa Damodora Gosvami, another of\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's intimate associates.\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is divided into three sections called IT/as, which literally\n\nmeans \"pastimes\" -Adi-lila (the early period), Madhya-IT/a (the middle period)\nand Antya-lila (the final period). The notes of Murari Gupta form the basis of the\n\nAdi-lila, and SvarOpa Damodara's diary provides the details for the Madhya- and\nAntya-IT/as.\n\nThe first twelve of the seventeen chapters of Adi-lila constitute the preface for\n\nthe entire work. By referring to Vedic scriptural evidence, this preface establishes\n\nSri Caitanya as the avatara (incarnation) of Kr�r;�a (God) for the age of Kali-the\n\ncurrent epoch, beginning five thousand years ago and characterized by materialism, hypocrisy and dissension. In these descriptions, Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\nis identical with Lord Kr�r;�a, descends to liberally grant pure love of God to the\nfallen\n\nsouls\n\nof\n\nthis\n\ndegraded\n\nage\n\nby\n\npropagating\n\nsankirtana-literally,\n\n\"congregational glorification of God\"-especially by organizing massive public\n\nchanting of the maha-mantra (Great Chant for Deliverance). The esoteric purpose\n\nof Lord Caitanya's appearance in the world is revealed, his co-avataras and prin­\n\ncipal devotees are described and his teachings are summarized. The remaining\n\nportion of Adi-li/a, chapters thirteen through seventeen, briefly recounts his\ndivine birth and his life until he accepted the renounced order. This includes his\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and early philosophical confrontations, as\n\nwell as his organization of a widespread sankirtana movement and his civil disobe­\n\ndience against the repression of the Mohammedan government.\n\nvi\n\n", "mad6#p0009": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\nThe subject of Madhya-lila, the longest of the three divisions, is a detailed narration of Lord Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels throughout India as a\nrenounced mendicant, teacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and mystic. During this period of six years, Sri Caitanya transmits his teachings to his principal disciples. He debates and converts many of the most renowned philosophers and\ntheologians of his time, including Sankarites, Buddhists and Muslims, and incorporates their many thousands of followers and disciples into his own burgeoning\nnumbers. A dramatic account of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's miraculous activities at\nthe giant jagannatha Cart Festival in Orissa is also included in this section.\n\nAntya-lila concerns the last eighteen years of Sri Caitanya's manifest presence,\n\nspent in semiseclusion near the famous jagannatha temple at jagannatha Purl in\nOrissa. During these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted deeper and deeper into\ntrances of spiritual ecstasy unparalleled in all of religious and literary history,\nEastern or Western. Sri Caitanya's perpetual\n\nand ever-increasing religious\n\nbeatitude, graphically described in the eyewitness accounts of SvarOpa Damodara\nGosvami, his constant companion during this period, clearly defy the investigative\nand descriptive abilities of modern psychologists and phenomenologists of\nreligious experience.\nThe author of this great classic, Kr�t:�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami, born in the year\n1507, was a disciple of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, a confidential follower of\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Raghunatha dasa, a renowned ascetic saint, heard and\nmemorized all the activities of Caitanya Mahaprabhu told to him by SvarOpa\nDamodara. After the passing away of Sri Caitanya and SvarOpa Damodara,\nRaghunatha dasa, unable to bear the pain of separation from these objects of his\ncomplete devotion, traveled to Vrndavana, intending to commit suicide by jumping from Govardhana Hill. In Vrndavana, however, he encountered ROpa Gosvami\nand Sanatana Gosvami, the most confidential disciples of Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThey convinced him to give up his plan of suicide and impelled him to reveal to\nthem the spiritually inspiring events of Lord Caitanya's later life. Kr�t:�adasa Kaviraja\nGosvami was also residing in Vrndavana at this time, and Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami endowed him with a full comprehension of the transcendental life of Sri\nCaitanya.\nBy this time, several biographical works had already been written on the life of\nSri Caitanya by contemporary and near-contemporary scholars and devotees.\n\nThese included Sri Caitanya-carita by Murari Gupta, Caitanya-mangala by Locana\n\ndasa Thakura and Caitanya-bhagavata. This latter text, a work by Vrndavana dasa\n\nThakura, who was then considered the principal authority on Sri Caitanya's life,\nwas highly revered. While composing his important work, Vrndavana dasa, fearing\nthat it would become too voluminous, avoided elaborately describing many of\nthe events of Sri Caitanya's life, particulary the later ones. Anxious to hear of these\nlater pastimes, the devotees of Vrndavana requested Kr�t:�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami,\n\nwhom they respected as a great saint, to compose a book to narrate these\n\nvii\n\n", "mad6#p0010": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\nepisodes in detail. Upon this request, and with the permission and blessings of the\nMadana-mohana Deity of Vrndavana, he began compiling Sri Caitanya-caritii mrta,\n\nwhich, due to its biographical excellence and thorough exposition of Lord\nCaitanya's profound philosophy and teachings, is regarded as the most significant\nof biographical works on Sri Caitanya.\nHe commenced work on the text while in his late nineties and in failing health,\nas he vividly describes in the text itself: \"I have now become too old and disturbed in invalidity. While writing, my hands tremble. I cannot remember anything, nor can I see or hear properly. Still I write, and this is a great wonder.\" That\nhe nevertheless completed, under such debilitating conditions, the greatest literary gem of medieval India is surely one of the wonders of literary history.\nThis English translation and commentary is the work of His Divine Grace A C.\nBhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of Indian religious and philosophical thought. His commentary is based upon two\nBengali commentaries, one by his teacher Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami,\nthe eminent Vedic scholar who predicted, \"The time will come when the people\n\nof the world will learn Bengali to read Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\" and the other by\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta's father, Bhaktivinoda Thakura.\nHis Divine Grace A C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada is himself a disciplic\ndescendant of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and he is the first scholar to execute\nsystematic English translations of the major works of Sri Caitanya's followers. His\nconsummate Bengali and Sanskrit scholarship and intimate familiarity with the\nprecepts of Sri Kr��a Caitanya are a fitting combination that eminently qualifies\nhim to present this important classic to the English-speaking world. The ease and\nclarity with which he expounds upon difficult philosophical concepts lures even a\nreader totally unfamiliar with Indian religious tradition into a genuine understanding and appreciation of this profound and monumental work.\nThe entire text, with commentary, presented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, represents a contribution of major importance to the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n-The Publishers\n\nviii\n\n", "mad6#p0011": "His Divine Crace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "mad6#p0012": "The place known as Yajapura on the bank of the Vaitarar;li River, where great sages formerly performed sacrifices. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu visited this tirtha on His way to Vrndavana. (p.231)\n\n", "mad6#p0013": "The house of Sri Raghava Pal)<;lita, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu's original follower, located in Pal)iha�i, West Bengal. (p.259)\n\n", "mad6#p0014": "PLATE SEVEN\n\"When the king heard that the Lord was leaving that evening, he immediately made arrangements for some elephants with small tents on\ntheir backs to be brought there. Then all the ladies of the palace got on\nthe elephants. All these ladies went to the road the Lord was taking and\nremained there in a line. That evening, the Lord departed with His devotees. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to the bank of the river Citrotpala to take His bath, all the queens and ladies of the palace offered their\nobeisances to Him. Upon seeing the Lord, they all felt themselves overwhelmed with love of Godhead, and, tears pouring from their eyes, they\nbegan to chant the holy name, 'Kr��a! Kr��a!'\" (pp.216-217)\n\n", "mad6#p0015": ",...\n\n·-\n\n-\n\n.\n\n-\n\n'\n\n. -\n\n----\n\n'\n'\n.\n\n'f'�·.;:,.��-.\"\"n\n\n�.�...�'- w�\n...\n�·�.....\n\n·;··!-t\":.·�:-�··:-.·\n\n.\n\n'\n\n:,�\"'�-.·:\n\n· ... ..\n\n...v· ··�.:· ..·• • • ••\n\nr\n\n-=--\"\"'�.\n\n.\n\n_ ....\n\n", "mad6#p0016": "PLATE EIGHT\n\"Gadadhara Pa�c;iita Gosvami traveled alone, but when they all arrived\nat Kataka, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu called him, and he went in the Lord's\ncompany.\n\nNo\n\none\n\ncan\n\nunderstand\n\nthe\n\nloving\n\nintimacy\n\nbetween\n\nGadadhara Pa�c;iita and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Gadadhara Pa�c;iita\ngave up his vow and service to Gopinatha just as one gives up a piece of\nstraw. Gadadhara Pa�c;iita's behavior was very pleasing to Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's heart. Nevertheless, the Lord took his hand and spoke to\nhim, displaying the anger of love. 'You have abandoned Gopinatha's service and broken your vow to live in Puri. All that is now complete\nbecause you have come so far. Your wanting to go with me is simply a\ndesire for sense gratification. In this way, you are breaking two religious\nprinciples, and because of this I am very unhappy. If you want My happiness, please return to Nilacala. You will simply condemn Me if you say\nany more about this matter.' Saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu got\ninto a boat, and Gadadhara Pa�c;Jita immediately fell down in an unconscious state.\" (pp.224-22 7)\n\n", "mad6#p0017": "", "mad6#p0018": "A reconstruction of the house in Halisahara where Srivasa Thakura lived feeling separation from Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu after the Lord accepted sannyasa. (p.259)\n\n", "mad6#p0019": "In Santipura, a reconstruction of the house of Sri Advaita Acarya (left) and a temple commemorating the site where He resided (right).\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu visited Advaita Acarya there before returning to ]agannatha Puri. (p.265)\n\n", "mad6#p0020": "The Sri Sri Kr�Qa-Balarama Mandira and International Guest House in Vrndavana, established by His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta\nSwami Prabhupada to broadcast to the world that worship of Gaura-Nitai is the same as worship of Kr�Qa-Balarama. (p.299)\n\n", "mad6#p0021": "The Deities of Sri Sri Kr?Qa-Balarama, installed in Vrndavana on April 20, 1975, by His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami\nPrabhupada, founder-acarya of the International Societ y for Krishna Consciousness. (p.299)\n\n", "mad6#p0022": "PLATE ONE\n\"The devotees celebrated the festival of Janma��ami, Kr�r:Ja's birthday,\nwhich is also called Nanda-mahotsava, the festival of Nanda Maharaja. At\nthat time Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His devotees dressed themselves\nas cowherd boys. It was at this time that Srila Advaita Acarya said, 'Please\ndo not be angry. I speak the truth. I shall know whether You are a\ncowherd boy only if You can wheel this rod about.' Accepting Advaita\nAcarya's challenge, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took a big rod and began to\nwheel it around and around. Again and again He threw the rod into the\nsky and caught it when it fell. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wheeled and\nthrew the rod, sometimes over His head, sometimes behind His back,\nsometimes in front of Him,· sometimes to His side and sometimes between His legs. Indeed, all the people laughed to see this.\" (pp.9-12)\n\n", "mad6#p0023": "", "mad6#p0024": "PLATE TWO\n\"On the victory day celebrating the conquest of Larika-a day known\nas Vijaya-dasami-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu dressed up all His devotees\nlike monkey soldiers. Displaying the emotions of Hanuman, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu took up a large tree branch, and, mounting the walls of\nLanka fort, began to dismantle it. In the ecstasy of Hanuman, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu angrily said, 'Where is the rascal RavaQa? He has kidnapped\nthe universal mother, Sita. Now I shall kill him and all his family.' Everyone\nbecame very astonished to see the emotional ecstasy of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, and everyone began to chant, 'All glories! All glories!' again\nand again.\" (pp.16-17)\n\n", "mad6#p0025": "", "mad6#p0026": "PLATE THREE\n\"Kr�Qa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the origin of all incarnations and the source of everything. He is pure transcendental love itself,\nand He is the reservoir of all pleasure. Kr�Qa is the reservoir of all transcendental qualities. He is like a mine of gems. He is expert at everything, very\nintelligent and sober, and He is the summit of all humors. His character is\nvery sweet, and His pastimes are melodious. He is expert in intelligence,\nand thus He enjoys all His pastimes and mellows.\" (pp. 73-74)\n\n", "mad6#p0027": "", "mad6#p0028": "PLATE FOUR\n\"Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya had a son-in-law named Amogha, who was\nthe husband of his daughter named Sathi. Although born in an aristocratic\nbrahmaf)a family, this Amogha was a great faultfinder and blasphemer.\nAmogha wanted to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu eat, but he was not\nallowed to enter. Indeed, Bhagacarya guarded the threshold of his house\nwith a stick in his hand. However, as soon as Bhagacarya began distributing prasada and was a little inattentive, Amogha came in. Seeing the\nquantity of food, he began to blaspheme. 'This much food is sufficient to\nsatisfy ten or twelve men, but this sannyasi alone is eating so much!' As\nsoon as Amogha said this, Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya turned his eyes upon\nhim. Seeing Bhagacarya's attitude, Amogha immediately left. Bhattacarya\nran after him to strike him with a stick, but Amogha fled so fast that Bhattacarya could not catch him. Bhagacarya then began to curse and call his\nson-in-law ill names. When Bhagacarya returned, he saw that Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu was laughing to hear him criticize Amogha. When �athi's\nmother, Bhagacarya's wife, heard of this incident, she immediately began\nto strike her head and chest, saying again, 'Let �athi become a widow!'\nSeeing the lamentation of both husband and wife,\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu tried to pacify them. According to their desire, He ate the\nprasada and was very satisfied.\" (pp.125-129)\n\n", "mad6#p0029": "", "mad6#p0030": "PLATE FIVE\n\"Gopinatha Acarya went to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and the Lord\nasked him about the events taking place in Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya's\nhouse. Gopinatha Acarya informed the Lord that both the husband and\nwife were fasting and that their son-in-law Amogha was dying of cholera.\nAs soon as Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard that Amogha was going to die,\nHe immediately ran to him in great haste. Placing His hand on Amogha's\nchest, He spoke to him as follows. 'The heart of a brahmaf)a is by nature\nvery clean; therefore it is a proper place for Kr�r:Ja to sit. Why have you\nallowed jealousy to sit there also? Because of this, you have become like\na caQc;/a/a, the lowest of men, and you have also contaminated a most\n\npurified place-your heart: However, due to the association of Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya, all your contamination is now vanquished. When\na person's heart is cleansed of all contamination, he is able to chant the\nmaha-mantra, Hare Kr�r:Ja. Therefore, Amogha, get up and chant the Hare\n\nKr�r:Ja maha-mantra! If you do so, Kr�r:Ja will unfailingly bestow mercy\n\nupon you.' After hearing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and being touched by\nHim, Amogha, who was on his deathbed, immediately stood up and\nbegan to chant the holy name of Kr�r:Ja. Thus he became mad with\necstatic love.\" (pp.141-146)\n\n", "mad6#p0031": "", "mad6#p0032": "PLATE SIX\n\"Pur;J<;iarika Vidyanidhi initiated Gadadhara Par;J<;iita for the second time,\nand on the day of Odana-�a�thi he saw the festival. When Pur;J<;iarika\nVidyanidhi saw that Lord Jagannatha was given a starched garment, he\nbecame a little hateful. In this way his mind was polluted. That night the\nbrothers Lord Jagannatha and Balarama came to Pur;J<;iarika Vidyanidhi\nand, smiling, began to slap him. Although his cheeks were swollen from\nthe slapping, Pur;J<;iarika Vidyanidhi was very happy within.\" (pp.200-201 )\n\n", "mad6#p0033": "", "mad6#p0034": "CHAPTER 15\n\nThe Lord Accepts Prasada\nat the House of Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya\nThe following summary of this chapter is given by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura in\nhis Amrta-pravaha-bha$ya. After the Ratha-yatra festival, SrT Advaita Acarya\nPrabhu worshiped Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu with flowers and tulasi. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, in return, worshiped Advaita Acarya with the flowers and tulasi that\nremained on the offered plate and said a mantra, yo 'si so 'si (\"What You are, You\nare\"). Then Advaita Acarya Prabhu invited Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu for prasada.\nWhen Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His devotees performed the Nandotsava ceremony, the Lord personally dressed Himself as a cowherd boy. Thus the\nceremony was very jubilant. Then the Lord and His devotees observed Vijayadasami, the day of victory when Lord Ramacandra conquered Lanka. The devotees all became soldiers of Lord Ramacandra, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, in the\necstasy of Hanuman, manifested various transcendentally blissful activities.\nThereafter, the Lord and His devotees observed various other ceremonies.\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then asked all the devotees to return to Bengal. Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sent Nityananda Prabhu to Bengal for preaching and\nalso sent Ramadasa, Gadadhara dasa and several other devotees with Him. Then\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, with great humility, sent some jagannatha prasada and\na cloth from Lord Jagannatha to His mother through Srivasa Thakura. When the\nLord bade farewell to Raghava Paf)c;iita, Vasudeva Datta, the residents of Kulinagrama and other devotees, He praised them for their transcendental qualities.\nRamananda Vasu and Satyaraja Khan asked some questions, and Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu instructed them that all householder devotees must engage themselves in the service of Vai�f)avas exclusively devoted to chanting the holy name\nof the Lord. He also directed the Vai�f)avas from Khaf)c;ia, instructed Sarvabhauma\nBhanacarya and Vidya-vacaspati, and praised Murari Gupta for his firm faith in the\nlotus feet of Lord Ramacandra. Considering the humble prayer of Vasudeva Datta,\nHe established that Lord Sri Kr�f)a is qualified to deliver all the conditioned souls.\nThereafter, when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was accepting prasada at the house\nof Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya, Sarvabhauma's son-in-law, Amogha, created trouble\nin the family with his criticisms. The following morning, he was attacked by the\ndisease of visucika (cholera). Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu very kindly saved him\nfrom death and enlivened him in chanting the holy name of Lord Kr�f)a.\n\n1\n\n", "mad6#p0035": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n2\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch.15\n\nr\"EXT1\n\n�t'e��t� 'ftPi\\. �f�1ft���11. I\n��� \"'�t� fittlii c;'$1�� �� ��<!!� ll � II\nsarvabhauma-grhe bhunjan\nsva-nindakam amoghakam\nangikurvan sphutaril cakre\ngaurab svaril bhakta-vasyatam\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma-grhe-at the house of Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; bhunjanwhiie eating; sva-nindakam-a person who was criticizing Him; amoghakamnamed Amogha; angikurvan-accepting; sphutam-manifested; cakre-made;\ngaurab-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; svam-His; bhakta-vasyatam-obligation to His devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was accepting prasada at the house of Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya, Amogha criticized Him. At that time the Lord also\nshowed how much He was obliged to His devotees.\n\n·\n\nTEXT 2\n\n\\Sf� ���fi\\!11 \\Sf� fi{l!�\"' I\n\\Sf��!! 19f� c;'$1��·� ll � ll\n\n�\n\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-ail glories; sri-caitanya-to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-ail\nglories; nityananda-unto Nityananda Prabhu; jaya advaita-candra-ail glories to\nAdvaita Prabhu; jaya-ail glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityananda\nPrabhu! All glories to Advaitacandra! And all glories to all the devotees of\nLord Caitanya!\n\n", "mad6#p0036": "Text 5]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n3\n\nTEXT 3\n\n'AI ��\"iR�V&,�ti!t�tf I\n\n���- �� �t'f1filll � II\njaya sri-caitanya-caritamrta-srota-gal)a\n\ncaitanya-caritamrta-yanra pral)a-dhana\nSYNONYMS\n\njaya-all glories;\n\nsri-caitanya-caritamrta-srota-gal)a-to the listeners of Sri\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta; caitanya-caritamrta-Caitanya-caritamrta; yanra -of whom;\npral)a-dhana-the life and soul.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to the listeners of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta who have accepted it\nas their life and soul.\n\nTEXT 4\n\n�-'If<! ��'t_ �·�'1-�tf I\n�'ltit\"f 11'�' �t11 �J��·11't'tf II 8 II\nei-mata mahaprabhu bhakta-gaQa-sange\n\nnilacale rahi' kare nrtya-gita-range\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-gal)a­\n\nsange-with His devotees; nilaca/e rahi'-staying at NTiacala, Jagannatha PurT;\nkare-performs; nrtya-gita-range-chanting and dancing with great pleasure.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stayed at Jagannatha Puri, He constantly\nenjoyed chanting and dancing with His devotees.\nTEXT 5\n\n��t�lft11' 'lr�ilt41·�P!i{ I\n\n�� �11' ��?l11'ltlf, � II <l' II\nprathamavasare jagannatha-darasana\n\nnrtya-gita kare dal)<;/a-paral)ama, stavana\n\n", "mad6#p0037": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n4\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\nprathama-avasare-in the beginning; jagannatha-darasana\n\nLord Jagannatha;\n\n-\n\nseeing the Deity of\n\nnrtya-gita kare-performs chanting and dancing;\n\ndaQ(ia­\n\nparaQama-offering obeisances; stavana-offering prayers.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the beginning, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw the Deity of Lord Jagannatha in the temple. He offered Him obeisances and prayers and danced and\nsang before Him.\nTEXT 6\n\n'i!i;9Jllft'et�' iltf�� �t1t �f�til f� I\n�ftf� fitfir' ��tlf �9fi{ fiWRt II � II\n'upala-bhoga' /agile kare bahire viyaja\nharidasa mili' aise apana nilaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nupala-bhoga /agile-when there is an offering of food known as upala-bhoga;\nkare\n\nbahire\n\nvijaya-He\n\nremains outside;\n\nharidasa mi/i'-meeting\n\nHaridasa\n\nThakura; aise-comes back; apana nilaya-to His residence.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter visiting the temple, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would remain outside\nduring the upala-bhoga offering. He would then go meet Haridasa Thakura\nand return to His residence.\nPURPORT\nAt noon, when there was an upala-bhoga offering in a place called bhogavardhana-khaQ(ia, SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu would go outside the temple. Before\n\ngoing outside, He used to stand near the Garu<;la-stambha column and offer His\n\nobeisances and prayers. Afterwards, the Lord would visit Siddha-bakula, where\nHaridasa Thakura lived. After visiting with Haridasa Thakura, the Lord would\nreturn to His own place at the abode of KasT Misra.\nTEXT 7\n\n�t1t ��� �til �'t. •rt-arlfft�i11\n. �� �f:J�11i �til �if '1_i9fi111 '\\ II\n\n", "mad6#p0038": "Text 9]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya O ffers Prasada to the Lord\n\n5\n\nghare vasi' kare prabhu nama sarikirtana\nadvaita asiya kare prabhura pDjana\nSYNONYMS\nghare vasi'-sitting in His room; kare-performs; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; nama sarikirtana-chanting on beads; advaita-Advaita Acarya;\nasiya-coming; kare-performs; prabhura pDjana-worship of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nSitting in His room, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would chant on His beads,\nand Advaita Prabhu would come there to worship the Lord.\nTEXT 8\n\n�1tf�-�fift\"f '�i{ 'Pftw, �� 1\n�(n <;\"f'Pft� �'-� �1tr.ti �� 111r 11\nsugandhi-salile dena padya, acamana\nsarvarige lepaye prabhura sugandhi candana\nSYNONYMS\nsu-gandhi-salile-with scented water; dena-offers; padya-water for washing the feet; acamana-washing the mouth; sarva-arige-all over the body;\nlepaye-smears; prabhura-of the Lord; su-gandhi candana-fragrant sandalwood pulp.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile worshiping Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Advaita Acarya would offer\nHim scented water to wash His mouth and feet. Then Advaita Acarya would\nsmear very fragrant sandalwood pulp all over His body.\n\nTEXT 9\n\n'Stt'l 'lft'li (;tire{, 'lft'l� '{iii�·'II'Wit I\n�iJ� �� � 'Pf� i{'lf��' II C\\1 II\ngale mala dena, mathaya tulasi-mafijari\nyoc;fa-hate stuti kare pade namaskari'\n\n", "mad6#p0039": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\ngale-on the neck;\n\nmala-garland; dena-offers; mathaya-on the head;\n\ntu/asi-manjari-flowers of tulasi; yoga-hate-with folded hands; stuti kareoffers prayers; pade-unto the lotus feet; namaskari'-offering obeisances.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Advaita Prabhu would also place a flower garland around the lord's neck\nand tulasi flowers [manjaris] on His head. Then, with folded hands, Advaita\nAcarya would offer obeisances and prayers unto the lord.\nTEXT 10\n\n��·'Piltiji �'9l·'l_� �� '� �� I\n� � \"�i � �tm �firl'f \" �0 \"\npuja-patre pu�pa-tulasi se�a ye achi/a\nsei saba lana prabhu acarye pujila\n\nSYNONYMS\npuja-patre-on the dish that holds flowers and tulasi; pu�pa-tulasi-flowers\nand tulasi; 5e�a-remaining; ye achi/a-whatever there were; sei saba-all of\nthem;\n\n/ana-taking;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nacarye\n\npuji/a­\n\nworshiped Advaita Acarya.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter being worshiped by Advaita Acarya, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would\ntake the dish containing flowers and tulasi and, with whatever paraphernalia\nremained, would also worship Advaita Acarya.\nTEXT 11\n\n\"�fit ��fit ilf;11�'@ <;i!\" �� 1111 � I\n'i�'ttJ <IS�' � �t:Jft11 �t�t�� \" �� \"\n\"yo 'si so 'si nama 'stu te\" ei mantra page\nmukha-vadya kari' prabhu hasaya acaryere\n\nSYNONYMS\nyah asi-whatever You are; sah asi-so You are; namah astu te-l offer My\nrespects unto You; ei mantra page-chants this mantra; mukha-vadya kari'-making a sound within the mouth; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; hasayacauses to laugh; acaryere-Advaita Acarya.\n\n", "mad6#p0040": "Text 13]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n7\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would worship Advaita Acarya by chanting the\nmantra, \"Whatever You are, You are-but I offer My respects unto You.\" In\naddition, the lord would make some sounds within His mouth that would\n\nmake Advaita Acarya laugh.\nTEXT 12\n\n��111! �t�tiJ �t11il il�..111 I\n�'{til fil\"lfl'l �11 �1�� � �111 II �� II\nei-mata anyonye karena namaskara\nprabhure nimantral)a kare acarya bara bara\nSY NONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; anyonye-to one another; karena-offer; namaskaraobeisances; prabhure-unto Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nimantral)a-invitation;\nkare-does; acarya-Advaita Acarya; bara bara-again and again.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way both Advaita Acarya and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would offer\nTheir respectful obeisances unto one another. Then Advaita Acarya would extend invitations to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu again and again.\nTEXT 13\n\n�t� fifll1T'l-��-��il I\n�Rf' �ftl�I'�Tiil W�·l\"f�il II ��II\nacaryera nimantral)a -ascarya-kathana\nvistari' varQiyachena dasa-vrndavana\nSY NONYMS\nacaryera nimantraQa-the invitation of Advaita Acarya; ascarya-kathanawonderful\n\nstory;\n\nvistari'-very\n\nvividly;\n\nvarQiyachena-described;\n\ndasa­\n\nvrndavana-Vrndavana dasa Thakura.\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed, Sri Advaita Acarya's invitation is another wonderful story. It has\nbeen very vividly described by Vrndavana dasa Thakura.\n\n", "mad6#p0041": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n8\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 14\n\n�111f� ��' \\!\"� ifl �( �cf'il I\n�Hf �•-st'l <11';11' �� [i{J!!J'lll �8 II\npunarukti haya, taha na kailun varQana\nara bhakta-gaQa kare prabhure nimantraQa\n\nSYNONYMS\npunab -ukti-reputat ion; haya-there is; taha-that; na-not; kai/un-1 have\n\ndone;\n\nvarQana- descripti on;\n\nara\n\nbhakta-gaQa-other\n\ndevotees;\n\nkare-do;\n\nprabhure-unto Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nimantraQa-invitation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince Advaita Acarya's invitation has been described by Vrndavana dasa\nThakura, I shall not repeat the story. However, I shall say that other devotees\nalso extended invitations to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 15\n\n�� �� � �<II �<li �·� 1f\"f;�e,� I\n\n�-�tf \\!'ttl �t'Sfi{ �� � :JI� II �<t II\neka eka dina eka eka bhakta-grhe mahotsava\nprabhu-sange tahan bhojana kare bhakta saba\n\nSYNONYMS\neka eka dina-each and every day; eka eka bhakta-grhe-in the house of one\n\ndevotee\n\nafter\n\nanother;\n\nmahotsava-festiva l ;\n\nprabhu-sange-with\n\nLord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; tahan-there; bhojana- iunch; kare-acce pt; bhaktadevotees; saba-all.\nTRANSLATION\nEvery day one devotee after another would invite Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nand the other devotees to lunch and would also hold a festival.\nTEXT 16\n\nitftatt:JI �1 �����I\n\n\"'S00�1f iltifl �1\\!1 Clif� �1� II � � II\n\n", "mad6#p0042": "Text 18]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n9\n\ncari-masa rahi/a sabe mahaprabhu-sange\n\njagannathera nana yatra dekhe maha-range\n\nSYNONYMS\ncari-masa-four months; rahi/a-remain; sabe-all the devotees; mahaprabhu­\n\nsange-with Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, jagannathera-of Lord Jagannatha; nana\nyatra-many festivals; dekhe-they see; maha-ralige-with great pleasure.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees remained at Jagannatha Puri for four continuous months,\nand they observed all lord Jagannatha's festivals with great pleasure.\nTEXT 17\n\n���i-fifti{ il\"'·1lt�te,�� I\n(;'$ft9ft�-t �'1'1 12t'- 'l'�i 'e� � II �9 II\nkr�Qa-janma-yatra-dine nanda-mahotsava\ngopa-vesa haifa prabhu lana bhakta saba\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-janma-yatra-observance of the birth of Lord Kr�r:'la; dine-on the day\n\nof; nanda-mahotsava-the festival observed by Nanda Maharaja, the father of\nKr�r:'la; gopa-vesa haifa-dressed Himself as a cowherd boy; prabhu-SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; /ana-taking; bhakta saba-all the devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees also celebrated the festival of Janma�fami, Kr�.,a's birthday,\nwhich is also called Nanda-mahotsava, the festival of Nanda Maharaja. At that\ntime Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His devotees dressed themselves as\ncowherd boys.\nTEXT 18\n\n��,q-� �r;� r�-�· �rn· 1\n�e,��-\"'tr;i{ �� �M 'f�f�' '�nt' II �1r II\ndadhi-dugdha-bhara sabe nija-skandhe kari'\nmahotsava-sthane ai/a bali 'hari' 'hari'\n\n", "mad6#p0043": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n10\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\ndadhi-dugdha-of milk and yogurt; bhara-carriers; sabe-all of them; nijaskandhe-on their shoulders; kari'-keeping; mahotsava-sthane-to the place of\nthe festival; ai/a-came; bali hari hari-chanting Hari, Hari.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving dressed up like cowherd boys, all the devotees carried pots of milk\nand yogurt balanced on rods over their shoulders. Thus they all arrived at the\nfestival grounds chanting the holy name of Hari.\nTEXT 19\n\n�tiftM!-�i �t�i{ 'i{\"f'·'<l-t �fif' I\n�'itit�-��t�t� ��tt�i{ '�t��'=t' II ��II\nkanafii-khutiya achena 'nanda'-ve5a dhari'\njagannatha-mahati hafiachena 'vrajesvari'\nSYNONYMS\nkanafii-khutiya-Kanaiii Khutiya; achena-is; nanda-vesa dhari'-in the dress\nof Nanda Maharaja; jagannatha-mahati-Jagannatha Mahati; hafiachena-was;\nvrajesvari -mother Yasoda.\nTRANS LA liON\nKanaiii Khufiya dressed himself like Nanda Maharaja, and Jagannatha\nMahati dressed himself as mother Yasoda.\nTEXT 20\n\n�� <2ll!t�i!f, �� ��-�� I\nlft��' �� ���-�t()l 1_111� II � o II\napane prataparudra, ara misra-kasi\nsarvabhauma, ara pac;licha-patra tulasi\nSYNONYMS\napane prataparudra-personally King Prataparudra; ara-and; misra-kasi-Kasr\nMisra;\n\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma\n\nBhanacarya;\n\nara-and;\n\ntu/asi-Pa<)ichapatra Tulasi, the temple superintendent.\n\npac;licha-patra\n\n", "mad6#p0044": "Text 22]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the lord\n\n11\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, King Prataparudra was also personally present with Kasi Misra,\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya and Tulasi Pa�ichapatra.\nTEXT 21\n\nl·�� iif�1 <2l'f �� if!J·� I\n�fif-� �f.�·�ilf �t� � �er II �) II\niriha-saba lana prabhu kare nrtya-rariga\ndadhi-dugdha haridra-jale bhare sabara ariga\n\nSYNONYMS\niriha-saba /alia-taking all of them; prabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kare\nnrtya-rariga-performed dancing in jubilation; dadhi-yogurt; dugdha-milk;\nharidra-turmeric; ja/e-with water; bhare-covered; sabara-of all of them;\nariga-bodies.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs usual, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu danced jubilantly. Everyone was\ncovered with milk, yogurt and yello� turmeric water.\nTEXT 22\n\n��(! ��,-�J ��, ifl �Rf� '�t� I\nilf�� fifi� 9frn, '!� iS'ftf� '�t� II �� II\nadvaita kahe, -Satya kahi, na kariha kopa\nlaguc;:la phiraite para, tabe jani gopa\n\nSY NONYMS\nadvaita kahe-Advaita Acarya says; satya kahi-1 speak the truth; na kariha\nkopa-please do not be angry; /aguc;:la-stick, staff; phiraite para-if You can\nwheel around; tabe jani-then I shall understand; gopa-cowherd boy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt was at this time that Srila Advaita Acarya said, \"Please do not be angry. I\nspeak the truth. I shall know whether You are a cowherd boy only if You can\nwheel this rod about.\"\n\n", "mad6#p0045": "S ri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n12\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�� \"�\" l'f�1 �t_ f�� 'ftf'Stl'(1 I\n�H � �t�tt-t �fil' �� 'f� II �� ll\ntabe lagu<;ia lana prabhu phiraite lagila\nbara bara akase phe/i' luphiya dharila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then; /agut;ia-rod; /ana-taking; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nphiraite lagila-began to wheel it around; bara bara-again and again; akase-in\nthe sky; phe/i'-throwing; luphiya-tossing; dharila-He captured.\nTRANSLATION\nAccepting Advaita Acarya's challenge, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took a big\nrod and began to wheel it around and around. Again and again He threw the\nrod into the sky and caught it when it fell.\nTEXT 24\n\n� ��' �' ��'�--�I\n�'f\"J �rn �\",- '�' �t� fi� II �8 II\nsirera upare, pr�the, sammukhe, dui-pase\npada-madhye phiraya lagu<;ia, -dekhi' loka hase\nSYNONYMS\nsirera upare-over the head; pr�the-behind the back; sammukhe-in front;\ndui-pase-on the two sides; pada-madhye-between the two legs; phirayawheels around; /agut;ia-the rod; dekhi'-seeing; loka hase-all the people\nbegan to laugh.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wheeled and threw the rod, sometimes over His\nhead, sometimes behind His back, sometimes in front of Him, sometimes to\nHis side and sometimes between His legs. Indeed, all the people laughed to\nsee this.\nTEXT 25\n\n��·�t\\!ii� � Q'f�\" f� I\nOf�' ��t�·fut� �1fe:<l'lt� �II �<t II\n\n", "mad6#p0046": "Text 27]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya Offers Prasada to the lord\n\n13\n\na/ata-cakrera praya laguqa phiraya\ndekhi' sarva-loka-citte camatkara paya\nSYNONYMS\na/ata-cakrera-the circle of a firebrand; praya-like; laguqa phiraya-wheels\nthe rod; dekhi\n\n'-\n\nseeing; sarva-loka-all the people; citte-within the heart;\n\ncamatkara paya-became very astonished.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu whirled the rod in a circle like a firebrand,\nthe heart of everyone who saw it was astonished.\nTEXT 26\n\n<.fl� fif!lti{l5f f� ill�� I\n� ��\"' i� l•l(t1f (;���t� '5J_!J II�� II\nei-mata nityananda phiraya laguqa\nke bujhibe tanha dunhara gopa-bhava guqha\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; nityananda-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; phiraya /aguqawheels a rod; ke-who; bujhibe-will understand; tar'lha-there; dunhara-of\nboth of Them; gopa-bhava-the ecstasy of the cowherd boys; guqha-very\ndeep.\nTRANSLATION\nNityananda Prabhu also played at whirling the rod. Who can understand\nhow They were ecstatically immersed in the deep emotions of the cowherd\nboys?\nTEXT 27\n\n�l!t��<!f1f 'CitSiRI ��1·'Ff� I\ni!f�� $TtW·�m <.fl<fi ill�i �� II �'l II\nprataparudrera ajnaya paqicha-tulasi\njagannathera prasada-vastra eka lana asi\nSYNONYMS\nprataparudrera-of King Prataparudra; ajnaya-on the order; paqicha-tulasithe temple superintendent named TulasT; jagannathera-of Lord jagannatha;\nprasada-vastra-used cloth; eka-one; /a li a-tak ing; asi-came.\n\n", "mad6#p0047": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n14\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\nFollowing the orders of Maharaja Prataparudra, the temple superintendent\nnamed Tulasi brought one of Lord Jagannatha's used cloths.\nTEXT 28\n\n<�'� <�'Sf �fll �<\\'i <rt�\"f I\n�fW ��� ��� �t�� II �\"\" II\nbahu-mulya vastra prabhu-mastake bandhila\nacaryadi prabhura gal)ere parai/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nbahu-mulya-very valuable; vastra-cloth; prabhu-mastake-on the head of\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bandhila-wrapped; acarya-adi-headed by Advaita\nAcarya; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gaQere-on the associates;\nparaila-put.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis valuable cloth was wrapped around the head of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. The other devotees, headed by Advaita Acarya, also had cloths\nwrapped about their heads.\nTEXT 29\n\n<l'itittflfP-�m, iSf�tQf,-�� 1\n\n�l'tt�-t f<ti'ft.\"f �t� �\"f � ._i{ II �� II\nkanani-khutiya, jagannatha, -dui-jana\navese bilaila ghare chi/a yata dhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nkanani-khutiya-Kanaiii Khutiya; jagannatha-Jagannatha Mahati; dui-janatwo persons; avese-in ecstatic love; bi/ai/a-distributed; ghare-at home;\nchi/a-was; yata-all; dhana-riches.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn ecstasy, Kanani Khufiya, who was dressed as Nanda Maharaja, and Jagannatha Mahati, who was dressed as mother Yasoda, distributed all the riches\nthey had stocked at home.\n\n", "mad6#p0048": "Text 32]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the lord\n\n15\n\nTEXT 30\n\n�f�' � 2l'l <!fi!p ��t� 9ft�'f1 I\n1ft\\!t�1� '6,·� illf..� C<11\"f1 II l!lo II\ndekhi' mahaprabhu bac;fa santo�a paila\nmata-pita-jfiane dunhe namaskara kaila\nSYNONYMS\ndekhi'-seeing; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bac;fa-very much;\nsanto�a-satisfaction;\n\npaila-felt;\n\nmata-pita-jfiane-accepting as father and\n\nmother; dunhe-unto both of them; namaskara kai/a-offered obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was greatly satisfied to see this. Accepting them\nboth as His father and mother, He offered them obeisances.\nTEXT 31\n\n�-�t� � ��\"(1 f�-�� I\n\\J:I� � �� <;�1ftlffi\"t� II '!>� II\nparama-avese prabhu aila nija-ghara\nei-mata IT/a kare gauranga-sundara\nSYNONYMS\nparama-avese-in great ecstasy; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ai/areturned; nija-ghara-to His own residence; ei-mata-in this way; IT/a-pastimes;\nkare-performed; gauranga-sundara-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nIn great ecstasy, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned to His residence. In this\nway, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, known as Gauranga-sundara, performed\nvarious pastimes.\nTEXT 32\n\n�-�-�-�i!m111 fflCil I\n�11-� C<!fi� � 111�1 ��'517;'1 II \\!)� II\nvijaya-dasamT-Ianka-vijayera dine\nvanara-sainya kaila prabhu lana bhakta-gaf)e\n\n", "mad6#p0049": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n16\n\nSYNONYMS\nvijaya-victory; dasami-tenth day; lanka-vijayera dine-on the day celebrating the conquering of Lanka; vanara-sainya-monkey soldiers; kaila-arranged;\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; lana bhakta-gaQe-taking all the devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the victory day celebrating the conquest of Lanka-a day known as Vijaya-dasami-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu dressed up all His devotees like\nmonkey soldiers.\nTEXT 33\n\n�'el� � �-.-tt-tl 'flfrlil\n��-� �;RJ' ,� � oetftrm 11 \\!)\\!) 11\nhanuman-avese prabhu vrk$a-sakha lana\nlanka-gac;Je cac;ii' phele gac;Ja bhangiya\n\nSYNONYMS\nhanuman-avese-in the emotion of being Hanuman; prabhu-SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; vrk$a-sakha /ana-taking a large branch of a tree; lanka-gac;Je-on\nthe\n\nLanka\n\nfort;\n\ncac;ii'-ascending;\n\nphe/e-breaks\n\ndown;\n\ngac;Ja -the\n\nfort;\n\nbhangiya-dismantling.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDisplaying the emotions of Hanuman, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took up a\nlarge tree branch, and, mounting the walls of the Lanka fort, began to dismantle it.\nTEXT 34\n\n'�'fttt� �t<t,'tl' �'f �� (;��-t I\n'i9?'$f1Jit'!1 �1t 9ft�, 1ftfif11_ �<���-t 11' 1!>8 11\n'kahanre ravQa' prabhu kahe krodhavese\n'jagan-mata hare papi, marimu savarhse'\n\nSYNONYMS\nkahanre ravQa-where is the rascal Ravar:'la; prabhu-SrTCaitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkahe-says; krodha-avese-in great anger; jagat-mata-the mother of the universe; hare-kidnaps; papi-sinful; marimu-1 shall kill; sa-variJse-with all his\nfamily.\n\n", "mad6#p0050": "Text 36]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaf!acarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n17\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the ecstasy of Hanuman, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu angrily said, \"Where\nis the rascal Ravar:Ja? He has kidnapped the universal mother, Sita. Now I shall\nkill him and all his family.\"\nTEXT 35\n\n<;\"itPftf�11' 'fitlt�-t (;��' (;�� \\)'If\\!.�t11' I\n\n�<15 �· '�' � � �t11' II �<t II\ngosanira avesa dekhi' Joke camatkara\nsarva-loka 'jaya' 'jaya' bale bara bara\nSYNONYMS\ngosanira-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; avesa-ecstasy; dekhi'-by seeing;\nJoke-all people; camatkara-astonished; sarva-loka-all people; jaya jaya-all\nglories; bale-speak; bara bara-again and again.\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone became very astonished to see the emotional ecstasy of S ri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, and everyone began to chant, \"All glories! All glories!\" again and again.\nTEXT 36\n\n����\\! �' � �9ft� I\nl;}qle{-'Wfib� �f� ��fi;{ II �� II\nei-mata rasa-yatra, ara dipavali\nutthana-dvadasi-yatra dekhila sakali\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; rasa-yatra-rasa dancing of Lord Kr�r:ta; ara-and; dipaavali-a row of lights, the day of Dipavali; utthana-dvadasi-yatra-the festival of\nUtthana-dvadasi; dekhila saka/i-participated in all of them.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His devotees participated in all the festivals\nknown as Rasa-yatra, Dipavali and Utthana-dvada5i.\n\n", "mad6#p0051": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n18\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nPURPORT\nThe DTpavaiT festival takes place on the dark-moon night in the month of Karttika (October-November). The Rasa-yatra, or rasa dancing of Kr�t:Ja, takes place on\nthe full-moon night of the same month. Utthana-dvadasT takes place the day after\nEkadasT in the waxing fortnight of the moon in the same month. All the devotees\nof SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu participated in all these festivals.\nTEXT 37\n\nc.!l<1lflfil ��12i't_ fii'!J�\"f if�1 I\n\n� �- W� �\"'if fil� �fit�i II �\"' II\neka-dina mahaprabhu nityanande lana\ndui bhai yukti kai/a nibhrte vasiya\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina -one day;\n\nmahaprabhu -SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nnityanande\n\n/alia-taking Lord Nityananda Prabhu; dui bhai-two brothers; yukti kaila-consulted; nibhrte vasiya-sitting in a solitary place.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day the two brothers, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Nityananda\nPrabhu, consulted one another, sitting together in a solitary place.\n\nTEXT 38\n\nr�� w-� ��\" '9..r.�, , <15� ilt� � ,\n�T'.\"f �'11{til � C�\" �•'Str.'l II �17' II\nkiba yukti kaila durihe, keha nahi jane\nphale anumana pache kai/a bhakta-gaQe\nSYNONYMS\nkiba yukti kaila - what consultation They had; durihe-both of Them; keha\nnahi jane-no one knows; phale-by the result; anumana-guess; pache-later;\nkaila-did; bhakta-gaQe-all the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nNo one could understand what the brothers discussed between Themselves, but later all the devotees could guess what the subject matter was.\n\n", "mad6#p0052": "Text 41]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n19\n\nTEXT 39\n\ni!� 1l�� �� �t� 'ctt�il� I\nc;�f;11f � �� fi11lt11 �fifll'f II �� II\ntabe mahaprabhu saba bhakte bolaila\ngauqa-dese yaha sabe vidaya karila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe mahaprabhu-thereafter Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; saba-all; bhaktethe devotees; bo/ai/a-called; gauqa-dese-to Bengal; yaha-return; sabe-all\nof you; vidaya karila-bade farewell.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu called for all the devotees and asked\nthem to return to Bengal. In this way, He bade farewell to them.\nTEXT 40\n\n�� �� �-�'!Pil �tf�i I\n\n�f�ii (;Iff��� �tJlrof fif�i II So II\nsabare kahila prabhu-pratyabda asiya\nguQc;fica dekhiya yabe amare miliya\nSYNONYMS\nsabare-to all of them; kahila-said; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; pratiabda-every year; asiya-coming; guQc;fica-the function at the Cu�<;iica temple;\ndekhiya-seeing; yabe-you should go; amare miliya-after meeting Me.\nTRANSLATION\nBidding farewell to all the devotees, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu requested\nthem to return to Jagannatha Puri every year to see Him and then see the\ncleansing of the Gur:\"�c:fica temple.\nTEXT 41\n\n��� �i ffliif �f1rni �til I\n'�-�� �fif ���f• fif� lltil' II 8� II\nacaryere ajfia dila kariya sammana\n'a-caQc;fala adi kr�Qa-bhakti dio dana'\n\n", "mad6#p0053": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n20\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\nacaryere-unto Advaita Acarya; ajna dila-ordered; kariya sammana-with\ngreat respect; a-carxfa/a-even to the lowest of men, known as the carxiala;\nadi-beginning with; kr?Qa-bhakti-Kr�r:ta consciousness, or devotional service to\nLord Kr�r:ta; dio-deliver; dana-in charity.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith great respect, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu requested Advaita Acarya,\n\"Give Kr�Qa consciousness, devotion to Kr�Qa, even to the lowest of men\n[caQ�alas].\"\nPURPORT\nThis is Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's order to all His devotees. Kr?Qa-bhakti, devotion to Kr�r:ta, is open to everyone, even low-class men like caf)qalas. One should\nfollow this order in the disciplic succession stemming from Sri Advaita and Nityananda\n\nPrabhu\n\nand\n\ndistribute\n\nKr�r:ta\n\nconsciousness\n\nwithout discrimination\n\nthroughout the world.\nThere are different kinds of men, beginning with the brahmaf)a and going down\nto the lowest platform known as caf)qala. Whatever one's position, everyone in\nthis age of Kali needs to be enlightened in Kr�r:ta consciousness. That is the\ngreatest need of the day. Everyone is acutely feeling the pangs of material existence. Even in the ranks and files of the American Senate, the pinpricks of material\nexistence are felt, so much so that April 30, 1974, was actually set aside as Prayer\nDay. Thus everyone is feeling the resultant pinpricks of Kali-yuga brought about\nby human society's indulging in illicit sex, meat-eating, gambling and intoxication.\nNow is the time for the members of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness to distribute kr?Qa-bhakti all over the world and thus follow the orders\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The Lord has ordered everyone to become a guru\n(Cc. Madhya 7.128): amara ajnaya guru hana tara' ei desa. Everyone in every\ntown and village should be enlightened by the instructions of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\n\nKr�r:ta\n\nconsciousness should be\n\ndistributed\n\nto everyone in­\n\ndiscriminately. In this way, the entire world will be peaceful and happy, and\neveryone will glorify Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, as He desires.\nThe word caf)qala actually refers to a dog-eater, who is considered the lowest\nof men. Even caf)qalas can be enlightened in Kr�r:ta consciousness due to Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's benedictions. Kr?Qa-bhakti is not the monopoly of a certain caste. Everyone is eligible to receive this great benediction given by Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Everyone should be given a chance to receive it and be\nhappy.\nThe word dana, meaning \"charity,\" is also significant in this verse. Whoever\nengages in the distribution of Kr�r:ta consciousness is a charitable person. Profes-\n\n", "mad6#p0054": "Text 42]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n21\n\nsional men recite Srimad-Bhagavatam and discuss kr�Qa-bhakti for an exchange of\nmoney. They cannot distribute such exalted transcendental property to everyone\nand anyone. Only pure devotees who have no motive other than serving Kr�l)a\ncan give such transcendentally valuable benedictions out of charity.\nTEXT 42\n\n��lt� �'tWI fifff,-'�� c;'5t)�tiftllt I\n��'I c;$l�f� �Bt'ft ��tt-t II 8� II\nnityanande ajna di/a,- 'yaha gaw;ia-dese\nanargala prema-bhakti kariha prakase\nSYNONYMS\nnityanande-unto\n\nNityananda\n\nPrabhu;\n\naJna\n\ndila -Lord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu ordered; yaha gauc;Ja-dese-go to Gauc;la-desa (Bengal); anarga/a­\n\nwithout restriction; prema-bhakti-devotional service in love of Godhead; kariha\n\nprakase -manifest.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ordered Nityananda Prabhu, \"Go to Bengal and,\nwithout restriction, manifest devotional service to the lord, Kr�r;�a consciousness.\"\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu thus ordered Nityananda Prabhu to deliver all the\n\nBengalis to devotional service. In Bhagavad-gita (9.32) it is said:\n\nmam hi partha vyapasritya\nye 'pi syu/:1 papa-yonaya/:1\nstriyo vaisyas tatha sudras\nte 'pi yanti param gatim\n\"0 son of Prtha, those who take shelter in Me, though they be of lower birth­\n\nwomen,\n\nvaisyas [merchants], as well as sudras [workers]-can approach the\n\nsupreme destination.\" Whoever takes to Kr�l)a consciousness and follows the\nregulative principles can return home, back to Godhead.\n\nIn his Anubha�ya, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura writes: \"There is a\n\nclass of so-called devotees called prakrta-sahajiyas who think that Nityananda\n\nPrabhu is an ordinary human being. They have spread the news that Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu ordered Nityananda Prabhu to return to Bengal from Orissa just to\n\n", "mad6#p0055": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrfa\n\n22\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nmarry and beget children. This is certainly a great offense against Nityananda\nPrabhu.\"\nSuch an offense is called pa�arxfa-buddhi, or an atheistic remark. Offenders\nconsider Nityananda Prabhu to be like one of them, an ordinary human being.\nThey do not know of Nityananda Prabhu's identity with the vi�l)u-tattva. Thinking\nNityananda Prabhu to be an ordinary human being is the business of mental\nspeculators known as kul)apatma-vadis. These people accept the material body,\nwhich is a bag of three material elements (kul)ape tridhatuke), as themselves.\nThey think that Nityananda Prabhu's body was similarly material and that it was\nmeant for sense gratification. Whoever thinks in this way is a candidate for the\ndarkest regions of hell. Those who hanker after women and money, who are selfinterested and have the mentality of merchants, can certainly discover many\nthings with their fertile brains and speak against the authorized revealed scriptures. They also engage in some moneymaking businesses to cheat innocent\npeople, and they try to support their business programs by making such offensive\nstatements. Actually Nityananda Prabhu, being the expansion of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, is the most munificent incarnation. No one should consider Him an\nordinary human being or an entity like the prajapatis, who were ordered by\nBrahma to increase generation. Nityananda Prabhu should not be considered instrumental for sense gratification. Although professional so-called preachers support this, such statements are not found in any authorized revealed scriptures. Actually there is no support for these statements made by sahajiyas or other professional distributors of kr�l)a-bhakti.\nTEXT 43\n\n�, ost'ft'f11\" �trw <'IS\\! 'Sfl;ill\n\nc;\\!t1lt11\" � �f'$1' flf��t11\" �til II 8� II\nrama-dasa, gadadhara adi kata jane\ntamara sahaya lagi' dilu tamara sane\n\nSYNONYMS\nrama-dasa-Ramadasa; gadadhara-Gadadhara dasa; adi-and others; kata\njane-some people; tamara-Your; sahaya-assistants; lagi'-as; di/u-1 give;\ntamara sane-with You.\nTRANSLATION\nNityananda Prabhu was given assistants like Ramadasa, Gadadhara dasa and\nseveral others. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"I give them to You to assist\nYou.\n\n", "mad6#p0056": "Text 46]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya O ffers Prasada to the Lord\n\n23\n\nTEXT 44\n\n'lft'fJ 'alt-u �flf �� fi{�t �� I\n\n�P.r;'! �fit' �t1ft� �J <;iff�' II 88 II\nmadhye madhye ami tamara nikata yaiba\nalak?ite rahi' tamara nrtya dekhiba'\nSYNONYMS\nmadhye madhye-at intervals; ami-1; tamara nikata-near You; yaiba-shall\ngo; alak?ite rahi'-keeping invisible; tamara nrtya-Your dancing; dekhiba-1\nshall see.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall also go to see You at intervals. Keeping Myself invisible, I shall\nwatch You dance.\"\nTEXT 45\n\n��ll·�fu� � �fif' �tfillfil I\n�T;� ..fif' <JS� �t� 1f� �� II 8� II\nsrivasa-paQc;fite prabhu kari' alirigana\nkaQthe dhari' kahe tarire madhura vacana\nSYNONYMS\nsrivasa-paQc;fite-unto Srivasa Pa�<;lita; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkari'-doing; alirigana-embracing; kaQthe dhari'-catching his neck; kahesays; tarire-unto him; madhura vacana-sweet words.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then embraced Srivasa Par;��ita and, with His arm\nabout his neck, began to speak to him in sweet words.\nTEXT 46\n\nQ!�� '1� �W:I �fif fi{i;!J � I\n\n,_fif �� ��' �� c;� if! �f� II 8� II\ntamara ghare kirtane ami nitya naciba\ntumi dekha pabe, ara keha na dekhiba\n\n", "mad6#p0057": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrfa\n\n24\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara ghare-in your house; kirtane-in the performance of congregational\nchanting; ami-1; nitya-daily; naciba-shall dance; tumi-you; dekha pabewill be able to see; ara-else; keha-anyone; na dekhiba-will not see.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu requested Srivasa Thakura, \"Perform congregational chanting daily, and be assured that I shall also dance in your presence.\nYou will be able to see this dancing, but not others.\nTEXT 47\n\n����f�',������ I\n��e. �ff' <c�T11'!1f 11!5';ft�� 'CI� II 8� II\nei vastra matake diha', ei saba prasada\ndar:u;iavat kari' amara k$amaiha aparadha\nSYNONYMS\nei vastra-this cloth; matake diha'-deliver to My mother, Sacidevi; ei saba\nprasada-all these remnants of the food of Jagannatha; daQr;lavat kari'-offering\nobeisances; amara-My; k$amaiha-cause to be excused; aparadha-offenses.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Take this prasada of Lord Jagannatha's and this cloth and deliver them to\nMy mother, Sacidevi. A fter offering her obeisances, please request her to excuse My offenses.\nTEXT 48\n\ntt1f '�i �f\"' <c�tf1f �fir�t� � 1\n$fSi ift�, �fif � tf1f f� 'f�·i{tllf II SlY' II\ntalira seva char;li' ami kariyachi sannyasa\ndharma nahe, kari ami nija dharma-nasa\nSYNONYMS\ntalira seva char;/i'-giving up her service; ami-1; kariyachi-accepted; sannyasa-the renounced order of life; dharma nahe-it is not My religion; kariperform; ami -I; nija dharma-nasa-destruction of My religious principles.\n\n", "mad6#p0058": "Text 50]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n25\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have given up the service of My mother and have ;tccepted the sannyasa\norder. Actually I should not have done this, for by so doing, I have destroyed\nMy religious principles.\nTEXT 49\n\nttif c;l2!�� �tfil, �� ��i- � I\n�1 fitf�' �firntf- ;qt'{�'Af �� II 8� II\ntanra prema-vasa ami, tanra seva-dharma\ntaha chac;fi' kariyachi vatu/era karma\nSYNONYMS\ntanra prema-vasa-subordinate to her love; ami-1; tanra seva-her service;\ndharma-My religion; taha chac;fi'-giving up that;\n\nkariyachi-1 performed;\n\nvatu/era karma-the acts of a madman.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am subordinate to the love of My mother, and it is My duty to serve her in\nreturn. Instead of doing so, I have accepted this renounced order. Certainly\nthis is the act of a madman.\nTEXT 50\n\n�if �t�\"fl 'alti!1 ift� l'Al c;lf\"tl{ I\n�.!!l �f.{' 'altl!i �� if1 �1m '�� II �\n\no\n\nII\n\nvatu/a ba/akera mata nahi laya do�a\nei jani' mata more na karaya ro�a\nSYNONYMS\nvatu/a ba/akera-of a mad son; mata-mother; nahi-does not; /aya-accept;\ndo�a-fault; ei jani'-knowing this; mata-mother; more-unto Me; na karaya\nro�a-is not at all angry.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nA mother is not offended by her mad son, and, knowing this, My mother is\n\nnot offended by Me.\n\n", "mad6#p0059": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n26\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 51\n\nf� � � ,�, ,�1{ f��� I\n�·<fttl'l �Wt '�\"(, -� � � II <t� II\nki kaya sannyase mora, prema nija-dhana\nye-kafe sannyasa kaifuri, channa haifa mana\nSYNONYMS\nki kaya-what business; sannyase-in the renounced order; mora-of Me;\nprema-love; nija-dhana-My real wealth; ye-kafe-at which time; sannyasa\nkaifuri-1\n\naccepted the\n\nrenounced\n\norder;\n\nchanna-deranged;\n\nhaifa-was;\n\nmana-mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I had no business in accepting this renounced order and sacrificing My\nlove for My mother, which is My real property. Actually I was in a crazy state\nof mind when I accepted sannyasa.\nTEXT 52\n\n�till �tti11J:f$ �t�1f �tatt� I\n1fro 1ft$0 ��IJ__�11f �t'i �f-tt� II ��II\nnifacafe achori mufii tarihara ajfiate\nmadhye madhye asimu tarira caraQa dekhite\nSYNONYMS\nni/acafe achori-stay at jagannatha Puri, Nilacala; mufii-1; tarihara ajfiateunder her order; madhye madhye-at intervals; asimu-1 shall go; tarira-her;\ncaraQa dekhite-to see the lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am staying here at Jagannatha Puri, Nilacala, to comply with her orders.\nHowever, at intervals I shall go see her lotus feet.\nTEXT 53\n\nf�J �' � '($ ���1ft'\"! I\n\n\"'Pf!·i'Jitt� ,�r;� ��1 �\\!J �1� 'lftt� II �� II\n\n", "mad6#p0060": "Text 55]\n\nSarvabhauma BhaHacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n27\n\nnitya yai' dekhi muni tailhara caraQe\nspharti-jnane teilho taha satya nahi mane\nSYNONYMS\nnitya yai\n\n'-\n\ngoing daily; dekhi-see; muni-1; tailhara caraQe-her lotus feet;\n\nspharti jnane-feeling My appearance;\n-\n\nteilho-she;\n\ntaha-that;\n\nsatya nahi\n\nmane-does not accept as true.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Indeed, I go there daily to see her lotus feet. She is able to feel My presence, although she does not believe it to be true.\nTEXTS 54-55\n\n��Nil\" -t\"MJi, <!IJ.i{ 9ft6\"-�fi! I\nllft<r., '�1�1-�cG, ��-?td�'M-fil\"l� n as 11\n\n�;�1�1�, �fif, �$, �-lfl� I\nl&f'M�� ��t�il\" � ��� II O'(t II\neka-dina salyanna, vyanjana pailca-sata\nsaka, moca-ghaQta, bhr�ta-patola-nimba-pata\nlembu-ada-khaQr;/a, dadhi, dugdha, khaQr;/a-sara\nsalagrame samarpilena bahu upahara\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; sali-anna-cooked rice made of sa/i paddy; vyanJanavegetables; pailca-sata-five to seven different kinds; saka\n\n-\n\nspinach; moca­\n\nghaQta-curry made from banana flowers; bhr�ta-fried; patola-patola vegetables; nimba-pata-with leaves of the nimba tree; /embu-lemon; ada-khaQr;/apieces of ginger;\n\ndadhi\n\n-\n\nyogurt;\n\ndugdha-milk;\n\nkha Q r;/a-s ara-s ugar candy;\n\nsalagrame-unto Lord Vi�r;.u in the form of the salagrama; samarpilena-offered;\nbahu upahara-many other varieties of food.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One day My mother, Saci, offered food to Salagrama Vi�r;�u. She offered\nrice cooked from sali paddies, various kinds of vegetables, spinach, curry\nmade of banana flowers, fried patola with nimba leaves, pieces of ginger with\nlemon, and also yogurt, milk, sugar candy and many other foods.\n\n", "mad6#p0061": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n28\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 56\n\n<21� ilf\\$i '�M �r;� �\"fi{ I\n\nfil11�1t f2!rn �'t1f-(§l:fl� �·e{ It <1� II\nprasada lana kale karena krandana\nnimaira priya mora-e-saba vyanjana\nSYNONYMS\n\nprasada /ana-taking the remnants of food; kale-on her lap; karena krandana-was\n\ncrying;\n\nnimaira-of\n\nNimai;\n\npriya-favorite;\n\nmora-My;\n\ne-saba\n\nvyanjana-all these varieties of cooked food.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Taking the food upon her lap, Mother was crying to think that all that food\nwas very dear to her Nimai.\nTEXT 57\n\nf�fl$ �� (§l'fi, � �7;1l 're� 1\n�t1l � �i!�Rlt\"f ��iif � II a-\" II\nnimani nahika etha, ke kare bhojana\nmora dhyane asru-jale bharila nayana\nSYNONYMS\n\nnimani-Nimai; nahika e tha-is not present here; ke kare bhojana-who will\neat them; mora dhyane-on meditation upon Me; asru-ja/e-with tears; bharila\nnayana-eyes become filled.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My mother was thinking, 'Nimai is not here. Who will accept all this\nfood?' As she meditated upon Me in this way, her eyes filled with tears.\nTEXT 58\n\n� �l' 'if�$ �� �f.� �-.'1 I\n�� '��' �1!11 <fiRrni Jf� II �lr II\nsighra yai' muni saba karinu bhak�aQa\nsunya-patra dekhi' asru kariya marjana\n\n", "mad6#p0062": "Text 60]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n29\n\nSYNONYMS\nsighra-very soon; yai'-going; mufii-1; saba-all; karinu bhak�aQa-ate;\nsOnya-patra dekhi'-seeing the dish empty; asru-tears; kariya marjana-smearing with her hands.\nTRANSLATION\n\"While she was thus thinking and crying, I immediately went there with\ngreat haste and ate everything. Seeing the dish empty, she wiped her tears\naway.\nTEXT 59\n\n'� ��-�-i{ ��' � (;<ll'ti{ �t\\! ?\n\n�'Stt� � �a, l'f<'t �1\\! ? Q'� II\n'ke anna-vyafijana khai/a, sOnya kene pata?\nbalagopala kiba khaila saba bhata?\nSYNONYMS\nke-who; anna-vyafijana khaila-has eaten all this food; sOnya kene patawhy is the dish empty; ba/a-gopa/a-the Deity Bala-gopala; kiba khaila-did He\neat; saba bhata-all the rice.\nTRANSLATION\n\"She then began to wonder who had eaten all that food. 'Why is the plate\nempty?' she wondered, doubting that Bala-gopala had eaten it all.\nTEXT 60\n\n�<'ti (;1ft1f '<'fi� ';f?;i{ i!f';f ft�1 (;'itl'J l\n� (;� � �tnt' l'f<f.� �l'f ? �o II\nkiba mora kathaya mane bhrama hafia gela!\nkiba kana jantu asi' saka/a khaila?\nSYNONYMS\nkiba-or; mora kathaya-when I was thinking like that; mane-in the mind;\nbhrama hafia ge/a-1 was mistaken; kiba-or; kana jantu-some animal; asi'coming; sakala khaila-ate everything.\n\n", "mad6#p0063": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n30\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"She began to wonder whether there was actually anything on the plate in\nthe first place. Then again she thought that some animal might have come and\neaten everything.\nTEXT 61\n\nf<�S� e�tfi{ ���� i!!it1l �i �t� !'\n111\\! �f�' \"?tt<�S-�'rtl �t�1 G\\ff� II �� II\nkiba ami anna-patre bhrame na baqifa!'\neta cinti' paka-patra yafia dekhifa\nSYNONYMS\nkiba-or; ami-1; anna-patre-on the plate for food; bhrame-by mistake; na\nbaqifa-did not put anything; eta cinti'-think i ng this; paka-patra-the kitchen\npots; yafia dekhifa-went and saw.\nTRANSLATION\n\"She thought, 'Perhaps by mistake I did not put any food on the plate.' So\nthinking, she went into the kitchen and saw the pots.\nTEXT 62\n\n�-��( (;\\f�' �<IS� �t'Sftil I\n\n<;\\ff� ��-rn '�� T<tii �e,<IS� \"!til II ��\n\nanna-vyafijana-purr)a dekhi' sakafa bhajane\ndekhiya sarhsaya haifa kichu camatkara mane\nSYNONYMS\nanna-vyafijana-purr)a-filled with rice and vegetables; dekhi'-seeing; sakafa\nbhajane-all the cooking pots;\n\ndekhiya-seei n g; sarhsaya haifa-the re was\n\ndoubt; kichu-some; camatkara-wonder; mane-in the mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When she saw that all the pots were still filled with rice and vegetables,\nthere was some doubt in her mind, and she was astonished.\nTEXT 63\n\n�ttil <;�aort�i �il: \"':til �\"?ttl� I\n\n��f9t <;'5tt��t<li �� �� II �� II\n\n", "mad6#p0064": "Text 65]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya Offers Prasada to the lord\n\n31\n\nisane bolafia punab sthana lepaila\npunarapi gopalake anna samarpila\nSYNONYMS\nisane-to Tsana, the servant; bo/afia-calling;\nplace;\n\n/epai/a-cleaned;\n\npuna rap i-ag ai n;\n\npunab\n\n-\n\nagain; sthana-the\n\ngopa/ake-unto\n\nGopala;\n\nanna­\n\ncooked rice and vegetables; samarpila-offered.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus wondering, she called ISana, the servant, and had the place cleaned\nagain. She then offered another plate to Gopala.\nTEXT 64\n\n��11'! �� <Til:� �� 11''fiil I\n001;11' ��mtl:i! <!117;11' �e:<TScbt� '11't5filll �8 II\nei-mata yabe karena uttama randhana\nmore khaoyaite kare utkaQthaya rodana\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; yabe-when; karena-does; uttama randhana-f i rst\n\n­\n\nclass cooking; more-Me; khaoyaite-to feed; kare-does; utka Qthaya\ngreat anxiety; rodana-cryi ng\n\n-\n\nwith\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now whenever she prepares some good cooked food and wants to feed it\nto Me, she cries in great anxiety.\nTEXT 65\n\n�t11' O�t� �tfil' ��t� <111'1� G�tiS'ftil I\n���til���' �tt'll ill� �illl �<t II\ntailra preme ani' amaya karaya bhojane\nantare manaye sukha, bahye nahi mane\nSYNONYMS\ntanra preme-by her love; ani - br i ngi ng; amaya-Me; karaya bhojane'\n\ncauses to eat; antare-within herself; manaye-she feels; sukha-happi ness;\nbahye-externally; nahi mane-does not accept.\n\n", "mad6#p0065": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n32\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Being obliged by her love, I am brought there to eat. Mother knows all\nthese things internally and feels happiness, but externally she does not accept\nthem.\nTEXT 66\n\n�� f<t;oi·��'! C� �� 1fif'! I\nit�tt<li 1'jf81 �·� <15�� ��f?! II �� II\nei vijaya-dasamite haifa ei riti\ntarihake puchiya tarira karaiha pratiti\nSYNONYMS\nei vijaya-dasamite-on the previous Vijaya-dasami day; haifa-there was; ei\nriti-such\n\nan\n\nincident;\n\ntanhake-unto\n\nher;\n\npuchiya-asking;\n\ntarira-her;\n\nkaraiha -make; pratiti -belief.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Such an incident took place on the last Vijaya-dasami day. You can ask her\nabout this incident and thus make her believe that I actually go there.\"\nTEXT 67\n\n�t'!� <!if�'! �'- ��a, �\"f'j I\n�� �'Ill <!if1ft'! � C� 'f�\"'i II �� II\neteka kahite prabhu vihvafa ha-ifa\nfoka vidaya karite prabhu dhairya dharifa\nSYNONYMS\neteka kahite-saying this; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vihvafa haifa-became overwhelmed; foka vidaya karite-to bid farewell to the devotees;\nprabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dhairya dharifa-maintained patience.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile describing all this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was a little overwhelmed, but just to finish bidding farewell to the devotees, He remained\npatient.\n\n", "mad6#p0066": "Text 70]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n33\n\nTEXT 68\n\nm(J �f�ti! ��i{ ��i{ �1f� 1\n''i!111'11f ��· ,�t1f �tfif ��' 'i!t11'Ht �!If' 11�1r11\nraghava paQc;lite kahena vacana sarasa\n'tamara suddha preme ami ha-i' tamara vasa'\nSYNONYMS\nraghava paQc;lite-unto Raghava Par;�c;lita; kahena-says; vacana-words; sarasa-very relishable; tomara-your; suddha preme-by pure devotional service;\nami ha-i'-1 become; tomara-your; vasa-under obligation.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu next spoke some relishable words to Raghava\nPar:t«;;ita. He said, \"I am obliged to you due to your pure love for Me.\"\nTEXT 69\n\n�·�1f ��t�t1f ��1 �il', �� I\n\n�-�iii ,��1 �� �t(t�1J II �<;, II\nifihara kr�Qa-sevara katha suna, sarva-jana\nparama-pavitra seva ati sarvottama\nSYNONYMS\nifihara-of him; kr�Qa-sevara-of service to Lord Kr�r;�a; katha-stories; sunahear; sarva-jana-all people; parama-pavitra-supremely pure; seva-service;\nati-very much; sarva-uttama-well accomplished.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then informed everyone, \"Just hear about the\npure devotional service rendered to Kr�r:ta by Raghava Par:t«;;ita. Indeed,\nRaghava Par;�«;;ita's service is supremely pure and highly accomplished.\nTEXT 70\n\n�11f i!PIJ ft -�il' il't��1f �� I\n\n.pt� �1 <��R' il'tRt� �111 i!� 11 'I 11\no\n\n", "mad6#p0067": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n34\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nara dravya rahu-suna narikelera katha\nparka gaf)c;la kari' narikela vikaya tatha\n\nSYNONYMS\nara dravya rahu-apart from the other commodities; suna-just hear; narikelera\nkatha-the incident of offering coconuts; parka gaf)c;la kari'-at the price of five\ngaQc;las; narikela-coconut; vikaya-is sold; tatha-there.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nApart from other commodities, just hear about his coconut offering. A\n\ncoconut is sold at the rate of five gar:JQiis each.\nTEXT 71\n\n�$ti! <fi\\! -ti! �''IIi a,'lli a,-. �a, I\n\\!Qftf� �tifi{ �Qfi fif� iltRt,<r-a, II 9 � II\nvatite kata Sata V[k$e fak$a fak$a phafa\ntathapi sunena yatha mi?ta narike/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nvatite-in his garden; kata sata-how many hundreds of; V[k$e-trees; fak?a\nlak$a pha/a-millions of fruits; tathapi-still; sunena-hears; yatha-where; mi?ta\nnarikela-sweet coconut.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAlthough he already has hundreds of trees and millions of fruits, he is still\n\nvery eager to hear about the place where sweet coconut is available.\nTEXT 72\n\n�<fi �<fi �'i'Rf � mr� �tfif�R� 9f'1 1\n�til.liil't C�� �tilrn <fifirni �\\!il II 9 � II\neka eka phalera mulya diya cari-cari paf)a\ndasa-krosa haite anaya kariya yatana\n\nSYNONYMS\neka eka pha/era-of each and every fruit; ma/ya-price; diya-giving; cari-cari\npaf)a-four paf)as each (one paQa equals twenty gaQc;las); dasa-krosa-twenty\nmiles away; haite-from; anaya-brings; kariya yatana-with great endeavor.\n\n", "mad6#p0068": "Text 75]\n\nSarvabhauma BhaHacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n35\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"He collects coconut with great endeavor from a place twenty miles away,\nand he gives four par;�as each for them.\nTEXT 73\n\n��flf� �-�� fli� �t��1 I\n����f.�� �tt� iSfC� ¥<1il�111 'I� II\nprati-dina parica-sata phala cholafia\nsusita/a karite rakhe jale r;lubaifia\nSYNONYMS\nprati-dina-each day; parica-sata-five to seven; pha/a-fruits; cho/afia-clipping; su-sitala karite-to make it very cool;\n\nrakhe-keeps; ja/e-in water;\n\nr;Jubaina -immersing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Every day five to seven coconuts are clipped and put into water to keep\ncool.\nTEXT 74\n\n<;�'$f1f ��� �: lfiil' ���fif' I\n� ��� �t� II,� �\\! �fif' II 98 II\nbhogera samaya punab chuli' sarhskari'\nk[$Qe samarpaQa kare mukha chidra kari'\nSYNONYMS\nbhogera samaya-at the time of offering bhoga; punab-again; chu/i'-clipping; sarilskari'-cleansing; k[$Qe-unto Lord Kr�l)a; samarpaQa-offering; karemakes; mukha-at the top; chidra kari'-making a hole.\nTRANSLATION\n\"At the time of offering bhoga, the coconuts are again clipped and\ncleansed. After holes are made in them, they are offered to Lord Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 75\n\n� <;� �fif��·iSf\"f �t� �fif' I\n\n� 1_iJJ � m'l�, � iSf� oefif' II 9<t II\n\n", "mad6#p0069": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n36\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nkr�f.la sei narikela-jala pana kari'\nkabhu sOnya phala rakhena, kabhu jala bhari'\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�f.la-Lord Kr�t:Ja; sei-that; narikela-jala-water of the coconut; pana kari'drinking; kabhu-sometimes; sOnya-vacant; phala rakhena-leaves the fruit;\nkabhu-sometimes; jala bhari'-being filled with water.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr��a used to drink the juice from these coconuts, and sometimes the\ncoconuts were left drained of juice. At other times the coconuts were filled\nwith juice.\nTEXT 76\n\n�tl •'� �;�f�' 1>lfui! �1f�i! I\n� �tf-,' -tt� <fit1f :Jte.� �� II 9� II\n-\n\njala-sOnya phala dekhi' paQ(iita-hara�ita\nphala bharigi' sasye kare sat-patra pOrita\n\nSYNONYMS\njala-sOnya-without\n\nwater;\n\nphala-fruit;\n\ndekhi'-by\n\nseeing;\n\npaQ(iita­\n\nRaghava Pat:�<;lita; hara�ita-very pleased; phala bharigi'-breaking the fruit;\nsasye-with the pulp; kare-makes; sat-patra-another plate; pOrita-filled.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Raghava Pa�c;fita saw that the juice had been drunk from the\ncoconuts, he was very pleased. He would then break the coconut, take out the\npulp and put it on another plate.\nTEXT 77\n\nact� :Jf1f� <!iBf' �t�t1f �;-rntil I\n� ��1 �� <fit1f a.tt� <et�illl 99 II\nsasya samarpaf,la kari' bahire dheyana\nsasya khaiia kr�f.la kare sOnya bhajana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsasya-the pulp; samarpaf,la kari'-offering; bah ire -outside the temple room;\ndheyana-meditates; sasya khafia-eating the pulp; kr�f.la-Lord Kr�t:Ja; karemakes; sOnya-vacant; bhajana-the plate.\n\n", "mad6#p0070": "Text 80]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n37\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"After offering the pulp, he would meditate outside the temple door. In the\nmeantime, Lord Kr��;�a, having eaten the pulp, would leave the plate empty.\nTEXT 78\n\n� � �t�i �i{: �t\\! �� -t\"'�� I\n��1 �tr;� �fur;�1f, (;�lff�t 'e�� II 91P- II\nkabhu sasya khana puna/:! patra bhare sarilse\nsraddha bade paQditera, prema-sindhu bhase\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes; sasya khana-eating the pulp; puna/:1-again; patra-the\nplate; bhare-fills; sarilse-with pulp; sraddha-faith; bade-increases; paf)ditera-of Raghava Par:t<;lita; prema-sindhu-in the ocean of love; bhase-floats.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sometimes, after eating the pulp, Kr��;�a would fill the plate again with new\npulp. In this way, Raghava Pa�;�«;;ita's faith increases, and he floats in an ocean\nof love.\nTEXT 79\n\n�� ffli{ � W1lf �R..HI �fi(�i I\n\nC'it'Sf 'ft�t� ��� �� 'f�i II 9c:> II\neka dina phala dasa sarilskara kariya\nbhoga lagaite sevaka aila lana\nSYNONYMS\neka dina-one day; pha/a-fruits; dasa-ten; sarilskara kariya-after cleansing;\nbhoga lagaite-to offer bhoga; sevaka-servant; ai/a-came; /ana-taking.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One day it so happened that about ten coconuts were properly clipped\nand brought by a servant to offer to the Deity.\nTEXT 80\n\n��11\" i{t� �' f� ��'I I\n•llf·�l!-�W! (;�� �tr;1f �' 11\"� II �P-o II\n\n", "mad6#p0071": "38\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\navasara nahi haya, vilamba ha-ifa\nphala-patra-hate sevaka dvare ta' rahila\nSYNONYMS\navasara nahi haya-there was little time; vilamba ha-ifa-it was late; phalapatra-the pot of fruits; hate-in the hands; sevaka-the servant; dvare-at the\ndoor; ta'-indeed; rahi/a-remained.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the coconuts were brought, there was little time to offer them because it was already late. The servant, holding the container of coconuts,\nremained standing at the door.\nTEXT 81\n\n�1f �� f<et;'! �� �t\\! � I\n\n� �t� •?t i·�, 'Pffu� <;�f� II lr� II\ndvarera upara bhite tenho hata dila\nsei hate phala chuni/a, paQc;/ita dekhila\nSYNONYMS\ndvarera upara-above the door; bhite-on the ceiling; tenho-he; hata di/abrushed his hand; sei hate-with that hand; phala chunila-touched the fruit;\npaQc;/ita-Raghava Pa�c;lita; dekhila-saw.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Raghava Pa�;�c;lita then saw that the servant touched the ceiling above the\ndoor and then touched the coconuts with the same hand.\nTEXT 82\n\n�fu� <tit�,-'4f� <;� <ti� �'!t�t� I\n'!t1t �w� i5�· \"!'tt;� �� foe� 11 'lr� 11\npaQc;/ita kahe, -dvare /aka kare gatayate\ntara pada-dhali uc;li' /age upara bhite\nSYNONYMS\npaQc;/ita kahe-Raghava Pa�c;lita said; dvare-thraugh the door; /aka-people\nin general; kare-do; gatayate-coming and going; tara-their; pada-dhO/i-dust\n\n", "mad6#p0072": "Text 83]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n39\n\nof the feet; uqi'-being blown; /age-touches; upara-upward; bhite-the ceiling.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Raghava Par:u;fita then said, 'People are always coming and going through\nthat door. The dust from their feet blows up and touches the ceiling.\nTEXT 83\n\n�t f�i! � NID .\" 9ft� I\n��t�-<;�tm �, � �9f� ��\"1\" � \"\nsei bhite hata diya phala parasila\nkr?Qa-yogya nahe, phala apavitra haifa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei bhite-on that ceiling; hata diya-touching your hand; pha/a-the fruit;\nparasi/a-to u ched; kr?Qa-yogya nahe-is not fit to be offered to Kr�l)a; phalathe fruit; apavitra haifa -has become contaminated.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'After touching the ceiling above the door, you have touched the\ncoconuts. Now they are no longer fit to be o ffered to Kr�r;�a because they are\ncontaminated.'\nPURPORT\n\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura states that Raghava Pal)<;lita was not\nsimply a crazy fellow suffering from some cleansing phobia. He did not belong to\nthe mundane world. In lower consciousness, accepting something to be spiritual\nwhen it is actually material is called bhauma-ijya-dhT/:1. Raghava Pal)<;lita was an\neternal servant of Kr�l)a, and everything he saw was related to the service of the\nLord. He was always absorbed in the transcendental thought of how he could always serve Kr�l)a with everything. Sometimes neophytes, devotees on the lower\nplatform, try to imitate Raghava Pal)<;lita on the platform of material purity and impurity. Such imitation will not help anyone. As explained in Caitanya-caritamrta,\n(Antya-lila 4.17 4): bhadrabhadra-vastu-jriana nahika 'prakrte'. On the transcen­\n\ndental platform there is no higher or lower, pure or impure. On the material platform, distinction is made between good and bad, but on the spiritual platform\neverything is of the same quality.\n'dvaite' bhadrabhadra-jriana, saba- 'manodharma'\n'ei bhala, ei manda', -ei saba 'bhrama'\n\n", "mad6#p0073": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n40\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\n\"In the material world, conceptions of good and bad are all mental speculations.\nTherefore, saying, 'This is good, and this is bad, is all a mistake.\"(Cc. Antya 4.176)\n\nTEXT 84\n\n�� �fff' •'� G;� >2it� 'I� I\n\n�� �f� G;�-G;ll� i!!lf'ite. ftrt�Ji II IrS II\neta bali' phala phele pracira larighiya\naiche pavitra prema-seva jagat jiniya\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; phala phele-th rows away the fruits; pracira larighiyaacross the boundary wall; aiche-such; pavitra-pure; prema-seva -service in\nlove; jagat jiniya-conq u ering all the world.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Such was the service of Raghava Par:l(Jita. He did not accept the coconuts\nbut threw them over the wall. His service is purely based on unalloyed love,\nand it conquers the whole world.\nTEXT 85\n\nI!� <e1!1f �r!1H;;<ti'f ���a <R� 1\n\n��� �� �ff' G;�t'it \"ft'itf€\"f lllrlt II\ntabe ara narike/a sarilskara karaila\nparama pavitra kari' bhoga lagaila\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nara-other;\n\nnarike/a-coconuts; sarilskara karaila-made\n\nclipped and cleaned; parama pavitra kari'-with great attention to keep them\npure; bhoga /agai/a-offered for eating.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thereafter, Raghava Par:l(;tita had other coconuts gathered, cleansed and\nclipped, and with great attention he offered them to the Deity to eat�\nTEXT 86\n\n�l'lf� <\\'ii11, �' iftf\"lf, 4tJtlf I\n�t� ��� ��-��t� �fitJtt� •t'l lllr� II\n\n", "mad6#p0074": "Text 88]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya O ffers Prasada to the Lord\n\n41\n\nei-mata kala, amra, naranga, kanthala\nyaha yaha dura-grame suniyache bhala\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; kala-bananas; amra-mangoes; naranga-oranges;\nkanthala-jackfruit;\n\nyaha yaha-whatever;\n\ndura-grame-in distant villages;\n\nsuniyache-he heard; bhala-good.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this way he collected excellent bananas, mangoes, oranges, jackfruits\nand whatever first-class fruits from distant villages he had heard about.\nTEXT 87\n\nCl'l'l!IJ f'fV! 'tilt�' (fifJi1 �� I\n�� ����� �ff' �tl �t�i{ II\"\"' II\nbahu-mulya diya ani' kariya yatana\npavitra sarhskara kari' kare nivedana\nSYNONYMS\nbahu-mulya-high price; diya-offering; ani'-bringing; kariya yatana-with\ngreat attention; pavitra-purified; sarhskara kari'-trimming; kare nivedanaoffers to the Deity.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All these fruits were collected from distant places and were bought at a\nhigh price. After trimming them with great care and purity, Raghava Par:u�tita\noffered them to the Deity.\nTEXT 88\n\nIf!�� CIJ.ti{l �' 'l!f' �I\n<JI� 'If\\! �1, tt:IJ.__'If, �t\"fll{ ��'f lllrlr II\nei mata vyaiijanera saka, mula, phala\nei mata ci(ia, hu(iuma, sandesa sakala\nSYNONYMS\nei mata-in this way;\n\nvyaiijanera-of vegetables; saka-spinach; mula­\n\nradishes; pha/a-fruits; ei mata-in this way; ci{ia-chipped rice; hu(iumapowdered rice; sandesa-sweetmeats; sakala-all.\n\n", "mad6#p0075": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n42\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus with great care and attention Raghava Par;u;lita would prepare\nspinach, other vegetables, radishes, fruits, chipped rice, powdered rice and\nsweetmeats.\nTEXT 89\n\n�l'l� f9fJI·9ft�1, 'fiff·�'ifi{ I\n9ff'l 9ff�ll, �tJ �tJ �t(t�'ll\" II lr� II\nei-mata pitha-pana, k$ira-odana\nparama pavitra, ara kare sarvottama\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; pitha-pana-cakes and sweet rice; k$ira-odana-concentrated milk; parama pavitra-highly purified; ara\n\n-\n\nand; kare-he makes; sar­\n\nva-uttama -first class, tasteful.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"He prepared cakes, sweet rice, concentrated milk and everything else with\ngreat attention, and the cooking conditions were purified so that the food was\nfirst class and tasteful.\nTEXT 90\n\n<Titllf1l�, �wt1{ �tilt � c21�tJ I\n'5f'l!i, <11(, �Af, :Jt(�<IJ-�11 II �o II\nkasamdi, acara adi aneka prakara\ngandha, vastra, a/ankara, sarva dravya-sara\n\nSYNONYMS\nkasamdi-a kind of pickle; acara-other pickles; adi-and so on; aneka prakara-of many varieties;\n\ngandha-sce nts;\n\nvastra-clothing;\n\nments; sarva-all; dravya-of things; sara-best\n\na/ankara-orna­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Raghava Par:'l�ita would also offer all kinds of pickles, such as kasamdi. He\noffered various scents, garments, ornaments and the best of everything.\n\n", "mad6#p0076": "Text 93]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n43\n\nTEXT 91\n\n���i! '�1( ':JI� �7;1( !Ciil� I\n�� �fit' :JI�iif'tt�1t � � II �� II\nei-mata premera .seva kare anupama\nyaha dekhi' sarva-lokera jucjana nayana\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in\n\nthis way;\n\npremera\n\nseva-service\n\nin\n\nlove;\n\nkare-performs;\n\nanupama-without comparison; yaha dekhi'-seeing which; sarva-lokera-of all\npeople; jucjana-become pleased; nayana-the eyes.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus Raghava Par:u;Jita would serve the Lord in an incomparable way.\nEveryone was very satisfied just to see him.\"\nTEXT 92\n\n�i! �til' m-,;� '<fiiif<crt�wtill\n��� �\"tfiliif :Jt( 'e.'$f?;'l II �� II\neta bali' raghavere kaila alingane\nei-mata sammanila sarva bhakta-gaQe\n\nSYNONYMS\neta\n\nba/i'-saying this;\n\nraghavere-Raghava\n\nPar;1c;lita;\n\nkaila\n\nalingane-He\n\nembraced; ei-mata-in this way; sammanila-showed respect; sarva-all; bhakta-gaQe-to the devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then mercifully embraced Raghava Par:u;Jita. The\nLord also offered all the other devotees a reception with similar respect.\nTEXT 93\n\nf-t�� 'J'I?;il � �Rrn1 :J!'Ifti{ I\n�tw�·�t� � �f� �'fti{ II �� II\nsivananda sene kahe kariya sammana\nvasudeva-dattera tumi kariha samadhana\n\n", "mad6#p0077": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n44\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\nsivananda sene-unto Sivananda Sena; kahe-says; kariya sammana-with\ngreat respect; vasudeva-dattera-of Vasudeva Datta; tumi-you; kariha-take;\nsamadhana-care.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord also respectfully told Sivananda Sena, \"Take care of Vasudeva\nDatta very nicely.\nTEXT 94\n\n� i§w� �·,�, � fwi{ '� 'flllt�t� 1\n\n�� fwti{ <tJll �t11', il1� � '� II �8 II\nparama udara iliho, ye dina ye aise\nsei dine vyaya kare, nahi rakhe se�e\nSYNONYMS\nparama udara-very liberal; itiho-he; ye dina-every day; ye aise-whatever\nhe gets; sei dine-on that very day; vyaya kare-spends; nahi-does not;\nrakhe-keep; se�e-any balance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Vasudeva Datta is very liberal. Every day, whatever income he receives, he\nspends. He does not keep any balance.\nTEXT 95\n\n''J�'i' � �·�, ��tll �·ll I\n�·ll i{1 't�t'l �\"f·'fHI'I i{lf� �ll II �<t II\n'grhastha' hayena itiho, cahiye saticaya\nsaticaya na kaile kutumba-bharal)a nahi haya\nSYNONYMS\ngrhastha-householder;\n\nhayena-is;\n\nitiho-he\n\nsaticaya-requires to save some money;\n\n(Vasudeva\n\nDatta);\n\ncahiye\n\nsaticaya na kai/e-without saving\n\nmoney; kutumba-bharaQa-maintenance of a family; nahi haya-is not possible.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Being a householder, Vasudeva Datta needs to save some money. Because\nhe is not doing so, it is very difficult for him to maintain his family.\n\n", "mad6#p0078": "Text 97]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n45\n\nTEXT 96\n\n�� �rnr �t�-�u� ��- '1:!11ft1f •tti{ 1\n'�Jt'ill'('\n\n��1 l_f11\" <15�� �1ft-mi{ II �� II\n\nihara gharera aya-vyaya saba-tamara sthane\n'sara-khe/a' hana tumi kariha samadhane\n\nSYNONYMS\nihara-of Vasudeva Datta; gharera-of household affairs; aya-vyaya-income\nand expenditures; saba-all; tamara sthane-at your place; sara-khe/a hanabeing the manager; tumi-you; kariha samadhane-arrange.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please take care of Vasudeva Datta's family affairs. Become his manager\nand make the proper adjustments.\n\nPURPORT\nBoth Vasudeva Datta and Sivananda Sena were living in the same neighborhood, which is presently called Kumarahatta or Halisahara.\nTEXT 97\n\n���� �t1ft1f � 'e�'$1'1 tr�1 I\n�f\\Gm �r�� ��t11 9fW!i{ <15�111 u �9 11\nprati-var�e amara saba bhakta-gaf)a lana\nguQc;iicaya asibe sabaya palana kariya\n\nSYNONYMS\nprati-var�e-each and every year; amara-My; saba-all; bhakta-gaf)a /anaaccompanied by the devotees; guQc;iicaya-to perform the Gur:J<;iica cleansing\nfestival; asibe-you will come; sabaya-to everyone; palana kariya-providing\nmaintenance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Come every year and bring all My devotees with you to the Gu�f;lica\nfestival. I also request you to maintain all of them.\"\n\n", "mad6#p0079": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n46\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 98\n\nt:��t� �� �'lfti{ �RB1i I\n12l\\!J\"'f ��t� �ti:ft11 �Vt� i'l$i II �lr II\nkulina-gramire kahe sammana kariya\n\npratyabda asibe yatraya patta-c;lori lana\nSYNONYMS\n\nkulina-gramire-unto the inhabitants of Kulina-grama; kahe-says; sammana\n\nkariya-with\n\ngreat\n\nrespect;\n\nprati-abda-each\n\nyear;\n\nasibe-please\n\ncome;\n\nyatraya-during the Ratha-yatra festival; patta-c;/ori-silken rope; /alia-taking.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe lord then with great respect extended an invitation to all the inhabitants of Kulina-grama, asking them to come every year and bring silken rope\nto carry lord Jagannatha during the Ratha-yatra festival.\nTEXT 99\n\n�W�·tfi{ '�i'f !\\����� I\n'!ttl ���m �Hf CC�tt� <;12l1f1f11 II �� II\nguQaraja-kharina kaila sri-kr�Qa-vijaya\n\ntahari eka-vakya tarira ache premamaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nguQarJ)a-kharina-Gut:�araja Khan; kai/a-compiled; sri-kr�Qa-vijaya-the book\n\nnamed Sri Kr�Qa-vijaya; tahari-there; eka-vakya -one sentence; tarira -of it;\n\nache-is; prema-maya-full of love of Kr�r)a.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then said, \"GuQaraja Khan of Kulina-grama compiled a book named Sri Kr�Qa-vijaya in which there is a sentence revealing the\nauthor's ecstatic love of Kr�Qa.\"\nPURPORT\n\nSri Kr�Qa-vijaya is a book of poems considered to be the first poetry book writ­\n\nten in Bengal. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura states that this book was\n\ncompiled in the Bengali sakabda year 1395. After seven years, it was completed\n\n(1402 sakabda). This book was written in plain language, and even half-educated\n\n", "mad6#p0080": "Text 100]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the lord\n\n47\n\nBengalis and women could read it very clearly. Even ordinary men with little\nknowledge of the alphabet could read this book and understand it. Its language is\nnot very ornamental, and sometimes the poetry is not very sweet to hear. Although according to the sonnet style each line should contain fourteen syllables,\nthere are sometimes sixteen, twelve and thirteen syllables in his verse. Many\nwords used in those days could be understood only by local inhabitants, yet this\nbook is still so popular that no book store is complete without it. It is very valuable\nfor those who are interested in advancing in Kr�r:\"la consciousness.\nSri Gur:\"�araja Khan was one of the topmost Vai�r:\"�avas, and he has translated the\n\nTenth and Eleventh Cantos of Srimad-Bhagavatam for the understanding of the\ncommon man. The book Sri\n\nKr�Qa-vijaya was highly praised by Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, and it is very valuable for all Vai�r:\"lavas. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvati Thakura gives a genealogical table and family history of Gur:\"�araja Khan.\nWhen a Bengali emperor named AdisOra first came from Kanyakubja, or Kanowj,\n\nhe brought with him five brahmaQas and five kayasthas. Since the king is sup­\n\nposed to be accompanied by his associates, the brahmaQas accompanied the King\nto help him in higher spiritual matters. The kayasthas were to render other ser­\n\nvices. In the northern Indian high country, the kayasthas are accepted as sOdras,\n\nbut in Bengal the kayasthas are considered among the higher castes. It is a fact\n\nthat the\n\nkayasthas came to Bengal from northern India, specifically from\n\nKanyakubja, or Kanowj. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura says that the\n\nkayasthas who came from Kanyakubja were high-class men. Of them, Dasaratha\n\nVasu was a great personality, and the thirteenth generation of his family included\nGur:\"laraja Khan.\nHis real name was Maladhara Vasu, but the title Khan was given to him by the\nEmperor of Bengal. Thus he became known as Gur:\"�araja Khan. Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvati Thakura gives the following genealogical table of Gur:\"laraja Khan:\n\n(1)\n\nDasaratha Vasu; (2) Kusala; (3) Subhasarikara; (4) Harhsa; (5) Saktirama (Bagar:\"�c;la),\nMuktirama (Mainagara) and Alarikara (Barigaja); (6) Damodara;\n\n(7) Anantarama;\n(8) Gur:\"�inayaka and Vir:\"�anayaka. The twelfth generation included Bhagiratha, and\n\nthe thirteenth Maladhara Vasu, or Gur:\"�araja Khan. Sri Gur:\"�araja Khan had fourteen\nsons, of whom the second son, Lak�minathavasu,\n\nreceived the title Satyaraja\n\nKhan. His son was Sri Ramananda Vasu; therefore Ramananda Vasu belonged to\nthe fifteenth generation. Gur:\"�araja Khan was a very well known and wealthy man.\nHis palace, fort and temples are still existing, and from these we can deduce that\nthe opulence of Gur:\"�araja Khan was certainly very great. Sri Gur:\"�araja Khan never\ncared for the artificial aristocracy introduced by Balla! Sena.\n\nTEXT 100\n\"e�\"'e�� \"-�nr !2lt'filtt�t\" '\n\n1.!1� � f�t� � <!f(.� �II �oo II\n\n", "mad6#p0081": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n48\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\n\"nandanandana kr�Qa-mora praf}a-natha\"\nei vakye vikainu tanra varhsera hata\nSYNONYMS\n\nnanda-nandana kr�f.l a-Kr� r:J a, the son of Nanda Maharaja; mora praf}a-nathamy life and soul; ei vakye-because of this statement; vikainu-1 became sold;\ntanra-of him; varhsera hata-in the hands of the descendants.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \" 'Kr��a, the son of Nanda Maharaja, is my\nlife and soul.' By this statement I am sold into the hands of the descendants of\nGu�araja Khan.\nPURPORT\n\nThe full verse referred to here is:\neka-bhave vanda hari yoc;fa kari' hata\nnandanandana kr�f.!a -mora praf}a-natha\n\"With folded hands I offer my prayers unto Kr�r:Ja, the son of Nanda Maharaj a,\nwho is my life and soul.\"\nTEXT 101\n\n�Rf � �fit!, Q!t11t1f t1ftt1Af �-._if I\n�� � f�, �IJJ'Sfi{ t• � II � � II\no\n\ntamara ki katha, tamara gramera kukkura\nsei mora priya, anya-jana rahu dOra\nSYNONYMS\n\ntamara-of you; ki katha-what to speak; tamara-of your; gramera-village;\nkukkura-a dog; sei-that; mora-to Me; priya-very dear; anya-jana-others;\nrahu dura-apart from.\nTRANSLATION\n\"To say nothing of you, even a dog living in your village is very dear to Me.\nWhat, then, to speak of others?\"\nTEXT 102\n\n� 1ff1{1ilf, �tt �i!Jtt� �I\n\n� Rt'l f�i C�i'f filct<1'fil II � � II\n0\n\n", "mad6#p0082": "Text 104]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya O ffers Prasada to the Lord\n\n49\n\ntabe ramananda, ara satyaraja kharina\nprabhura caral)e kichu kaila nivedana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-after this; ramananda-Ramananda Vasu; ara-and; satyaraja kharinaSatyaraja Khan;\n\nprabhura\n\ncaraQe-at\n\nthe lotus feet of Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kichu-some; kai/a -made; nivedana-su bmission.\nTRANSLATION\nA fter this, Ramananda Vasu and Satyaraja Khan both submitted questions at\nthe lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 103\n\n'1\" r�� 'f5ltfil, r� � lft� 1\n!l�'t 'f5lta1 \"fl �-� Rt'l ���0� \"\ngrhastha vi?ayi ami, ki mora sadhane\nsri-mukhe ajna kara prabhu-nivedi caral)e\n\nSYNONYMS\ngrhastha-householder; vi?ayi -materia l istic man; ami-1; ki-what; mora\nsadhane-the process of my advancement in spiritual life; sri-mukhe-from Your\n\nown mouth; ajna kara-pl ease order; prabhu-my Lord; nivedi caraQe-1 submit\nunto Your lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nSatyaraja Khan said, \"My dear Lord, being a householder and a materialistic\nman, I do not know the process of advancing in spiritual life. I therefore submit myself unto Your lotus feet and request You to give me orders.\"\n\nTEXT 104\n\n� ��i{,-'�•t�1'' 'C��-Clf�i{' I\n\n'f�:o �� �·iftll·lf���' \" �0 8 \"\n\nprabhu kahena, -'kr?Qa-seva', 'vai�Qava-sevana'\n'nirantara kara kr?Qa-nama-sarikirtana'\n\n", "mad6#p0083": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n50\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu\n\nkahena-the\n\nLord\n\nreplied;\n\nkr�Qa-seva-serving\n\nKr�t:�a;\n\nvai�Qava­\n\nsevana-abiding by the orders of Vai�t:�avas; nirantara-without cessation; karado; kr�Qa-nama-sarikrrtana-chanting of the holy name of Lord Kr�t:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"Without cessation continue chanting\nthe holy name of Lord Kr�l)a. Whenever possible, serve Him and His devotees,\nthe Vai�l)avas.\"\nTEXT 105\n\n�i!Jf� ��,-��� fl>f� '<ri1lti{ ?\n� ��' �� it1f �tlfti!JJ �t'f II �o<t II\nsatyaraja bale,-vai�1,1ava ciniba kemane?\nke vai�1,1ava, kaha tarira samanya /ak�a1,1e\nSYNONYMS\nsatyaraja ba/e-S atyaraj a Khan said; vai�1,1ava-a Vai�t:�ava; ciniba kemanehow shall I recognize; ke vai�1,1ava-who is a Vai�t:�ava; kaha-please say; tariraof him; samanya lak�aQe-common symptoms.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing this, Satyaraja said, \"How can I recognize a Vai�l)ava? Please\nlet me know what a Vai�l)ava is. What are his common symptoms?\"\nTEXT 106\n\n� �t�,·--\"li�IJ.t� �fi{ ����I\n\"e{t1l, '� �,- '(!f' ��t�� II\" �o� II\nprabhu kahe,-\"yarira mukhe suni eka-bara\nkr�Qa-nama, sei pujya,-sre�tha sabakara\"\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord S rT Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; yarira mukhe - in whose\n\nmouth; suni-1 hear; eka-bara-once; kr�Qa-nama-the holy name of Lord Kr�t:�a;\nsei pujya-he is worshipable; sre�tha sabakara-the best of all human beings.\n\n", "mad6#p0084": "Text 106)\n\nSarvabhauma Bha!facarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n51\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"Whoever chants the holy name of Kr�r:'la\njust once is worshipable and is the topmost human being.\n\nPURPORT\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura says that simply by chanting the holy\nname of Kr�t:�a once, a person becomes perfect. Such a person is understood to be\na Vai�t:�ava. With such faith and belief, one may begin a life of Kr�t:�a consciousness, but an ordinary person cannot chant the holy name of Kr�t:�a with such faith.\n\nThis is confirmed by SrTia ROpa GosvamT in his Upadesamrta: kr�oeti yasya giri tam\n\nmanasadriyeta. One should accept the holy name of Kr�t:�a to be identical with the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Transcendence Himself. The holy name of Kr�t:�a\nis also identical with Kr�t:�a and is also cintamaQi. The name Kr�t:�a is the personification of sound perfectly transcendental and eternally liberated from material contamination. One should understand that the name Kr�t:�a and Kr�t:�a are\nidentical. Having such faith, one must continue to chant the holy name. When\none is situated on the neophyte platform, one cannot understand the devotional\ningredients of a pure, unalloyed devotee. However, when the novice engages in\ndevotional service-especially in Deity worship-and follows the order of a bona\nfide spiritual master, he becomes a pure devotee. Anyone can take advantage of\nhearing about Kr�t:�a consciousness from a pure devotee and thus gradually become purified.\nA devotee who believes that the holy name of the Lord is identical with the\nLord is a pure devotee, even though he may be in the neophyte stage. By his\nassociation, others may also become Vai�t:�avas.\nOne is known as a materialistic devotee if he simply worships the Deity of Hari\nwith faith but does not show proper respect to the devotees and to others. This\nis confirmed in Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.2.47):\n\narcayam eva haraye\n\nyah pujarh sraddhayehate\n\nna tad-bhakte�u canye�u\n\nsa bhaktab prakrtab smrtab\n\n\"Anyone who engages with faith in the worship of the Deity of Hari but does not\nshow proper respect to the devotees and to others is known as a materialistic\ndevotee.\" However, by associating with a neophyte devotee who believes that\nthe holy name of the Lord is identical with the Lord, one can become a devotee\nalso. When Lord Caitanya was teaching Sanatana GosvamT, He said:\n\n", "mad6#p0085": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n52\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nsraddhavan jana haya bhakti-adhikari\n'uttama', 'madhyama', 'kani?tha'-sraddha-anusari\nyahara koma/a-sraddha, se 'kani?tha' jana\nkrame krame tenho bhakta ha-ibe 'uttama'\nrati-prema-taratamye bhakta-taratama\n\n\"A person who has attained firm faith is a real candidate for advancing in Kr�r:'la\nconsciousness. According to the faith, there are first-class, second-class and\nneophyte devotees. One who has preliminary faith is called kani?tha, or a\nneophyte. The neophyte, however, can become an advanced devotee if he\nstrictly follows the regulative principles set down by the spiritual master. The pure\ndevotee whose faith advances becomes a madhyama-adhikari and uttamaadhikari.\" (Cc. Madhya 22.64,69-70)\n\nIt is thus concluded that even a neophyte devotee is superior to the karmis and\njfianis because he has full faith in chanting the holy name of the Lord. A karmi or a\njfiani, regardless of his greatness, has no faith in Lord Vi�I)U, His holy name or His\n\ndevotional service. One may be advanced religiously, but if he is not trained in\ndevotional service, he has very little credit on the transcendental platform. Even a\nneophyte devotee engaged in Deity worship in accordance with the regulations\nset forth by the spiritual master is in a position superior to that of the fruitive\nworker and speculative philosopher.\nTEXT 107\n\n\"�� �ifttlt �t1f �(.9ft9f 'II'� I\n\n�� <ef� 'J._( ift1f C� �II �o9 II\n\"eka kr?Qa-name kare sarva-papa k?aya\nnava-vidha bhakti pOrQa nama haite haya\nSYNONYMS\neka kr?Qa-name-one holy name of Kr�l)a; kare-can do; sarva-papa-of all\n\nsinful reactions; k?aya-destruction; nava-vidha-nine processes; bhakti-of\ndevotional service; pOrQa-complete ; nama haite-simp l y by chanting the holy\nname; haya-are.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Simply by chanting the holy name of Kr�Qa, one is relieved from all the\nreactions of a sinful life. One can complete the nine processes of devotional\nservice simply by chanting the holy name.\n\n", "mad6#p0086": "Text 108]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n53\n\nPURPORT\nThe nine types of devotional service are mentioned in Srrmad-Bhagavatam\n\n(7.5.23):\n\nsravaQarh kirtanarh Vi$QOI)\n\nsmaraQarh pada-sevanam\n\narcanarh vandJnarh dasyarh\n\nsakhyam atma-nivedanam\n\niti purhsarpita vi$Qau\n\nbhaktis cen nava-lak$aQa\n\nkriyeta bhagavaty addha\n\ntan manye 'dhitam uttamam\n\nThese are the activities of hearing, chanting, remembering, serving, worshiping,\npraying, obeying, maintaining friendship and surrendering everything. As far as\nchanting the holy name of Kr�l)a is concerned, one can be freed from all sinful\nreactions by chanting the holy name without committing offenses. If one chants\noffenselessly, he may be saved from all sinful reactions. It is very important in\ndevotional service to chant the holy name of the Lord without committing\n\noffenses. The nine devotional processes such as sravaQa and kirtana can all be\nattained at once if one simply chants the holy name of the Lord offenselessly.\n\nIn this regard, Srila )iva Gosvami states in his book Bhakti-sandarbha (173):\n\nyadyapi anya bhakti/:1 ka/au kartavya, tada krrtanakhya-bhakti-sarhyogenaiva. Out\n\nof the nine processes of devotional service, kirtana is very important. Srila )iva\n\nGosvami therefore instructs that the other processes, such as arcana, vandana,\n\ndasya and sakhya, should be executed, but they must be preceded and\n\nfollowed by krrtana, the chanting of the holy name. We have therefore in­\n\ntroduced this system in all of our centers. Arcana, arati, bhoga offering, Deity\n\ndressing and decoration are all preceded and followed by the chanting of the holy\nname of the Lord-Hare Kr�l)a, Hare Kr�l)a, Kr�l)a Kr�l)a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama,\nHare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\n\nTEXT 108\n\n�·1·'1�·Rfif �9fii!S1 iii �t� I\n��i·\"\"Pft-f�H>'G1\"1 ��tt� ��1t� II � oJr II\ndik$a-pura5carya-vidhi apek$a na kare\n\njihva-sparse a-caQc;ia/a sabare uddhare\n\nSYNONYMS\ndik$a-initiation;\nprinciples;\n\npurascarya-activities before initiation;\n\napek$a-reliance on;\n\nna-not;\n\nkare-does;\n\nvidhi-regulative\n\njihva-the tongue;\n\n", "mad6#p0087": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n54\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nsparse-by touching; a-caf){ia/a-even to the lowest of men, the caf){iala;\n\nsabare-everyone; uddhare -delivers.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One does not have to undergo initiation or execute the activities required\nbefore initiation. One simply has to vibrate the holy name with his lips. Thus\neven a man in the lowest class [caQ�alal can be delivered.\nPURPORT\nSrila ]iva Gosvami explains dik�a in his Bhakti-sandarbha (283):\n\ndivyarh jnanarh yato dadyat\nkuryat papasya sank�ayam\ntasmat dik�eti sa prokta\ndesikais tattva-kovidai/:1\n\"Oik�a is the process by which one can awaken his transcendental knowledge\nand vanquish all reactions caused by sinful activity. A person expert in the study\n\nof the revealed scriptures knows this process as dik�a.\" The regulative principles\n\nof dik�a are explained in the Hari-bhakti-vi/asa ( Vi/asa 2.3,4) and in Bhakti-san­\n\ndarbha (283). As stated:\ndvijanam anupetanarh svakarmadhyayanadi�u\nyathadhikaro nastiha syac copanayanad anu\ntathatradik�itanarh tu mantra-devarcanadi�u\nnadhikaro 'sty ata/:1 kuryad atmanarh siva-sarhstutam\n\"Even though born in a brahmaf)a family, one cannot engage in Vedic rituals without being initiated and having a sacred thread. Although born in a brahmaf)a\nfamily, one becomes a brahmaf)a after initiation and the sacred thread ceremony.\nUnless one is initiated as a brahmaf)a, he cannot worship the holy name properly.\"\nAccording to the V ai�t:Java regulative principles, one must be initiated as a\n\nbrahmaf)a. The Hari-bhakti-vi/asa (2.6) q uotes the following injunction from the\nVi�f)u-yamala:\nadik�itasya vamoru\nkrtarh sarvarh nirarthakam\npasu-yonim avapnoti\ndik�a-virahito jana/:1\n\"Unless one is initiated by a bona fide spiritual master, all his devotional activities\nare useless. A person who is not properly initiated can descend again into the\nanimal species.\"\n\n", "mad6#p0088": "Text 1 08]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n55\n\nHari-bhakti-vilasa (2.1 0) further quotes:\nato gururil praf)amyaivaril\nsarva-svaril vinivedya ca\ngrhQiyad vai?f)avaril mantraril\ndik?a-purvaril vidhanatab\n\"It is the duty of every human being to surrender to a bona fide spiritual master.\nGiving him everything-body, mind and intelligence-one must take a Vai�r)ava\ninitiation from him.\"\nThe Bhakti-sandarbha (298) gives the following quotation from the Tattvasagara:\nyatha kancanataril yati\nkasyaril rasa-vidhanatab\ntatha dik?a-vidhanena\ndvijatvaril jayate nwam\n\"By chemical manipulation, bell metal is turned into gold when touched by mercury; similarly, when a person is properly initiated, he can acquire the qualities of\na brahmaf)a.\"\nThe Hari-bhakti-vilasa (17.11,12) in discussing the purascarya process, quotes\nthe following verses from Agastya-sarilhita:\npuja traikaliki nityaril\njapas tarpaf)am eva ca\nhomo brahmaf)a-bhuktis ca\npura5caraf)am ucyate\nguror labdhasya mantrasya\nprasadena yatha-vidhi\npancatigopasana-siddhyai\npuras caitad vidhiyate\n\"In the morning, afternoon and evening, one should worship the Deity, chant the\nHare Kr�r)a mantra, offer oblations, perform a fire sacrifice, and feed the\nbrahmaf)as. These five activities constitute purascarya. To attain full success when\ntaking initiation from the spiritual master, one should first perform these\npurascarya processes.\"\nThe word purab means \"before\" and carya means \"activities.\" Due to the\nnecessity of these activities, we do not immediately initiate disciples in the International Society for Krishna Consciousness. For six months, a candidate for initiation must first attend arati and classes in the sastras, practice the regulative prin-\n\n", "mad6#p0089": "56\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nciples and associate with other devotees. When one is actually advanced in the\npurascarya-vidhi, he is recommended by the local temple president for initiation.\nIt is not that anyone can be suddenly initiated without meeting the requirements.\nWhen one is further advanced by chanting the Hare Kr��a mantra sixteen rounds\ndaily, following the regulative principles and attending classes, he receives the\nsacred thread (brahminical recognition) after the second six months.\nIn the Hari-bhakti-vilasa (17.4,5,7) it is stated:\nvina yena na siddhal) syan\nmantra var$a-satair api\nkrtena yena /abhate\nsadhako vanchitarh phalam\npurascaral)a-sampanno\nmantra hi pha/a-dhayaka/:1\natah pura$kriyarh kuryat\nmantravit siddhi-kariksaya\npura$kriya hi mantral)arh\npradhanarh viryam ucyate\nvirya-hino yatha dehi\nsarva-karmasu na k$amal)\npurascaral)a-hino hi\ntatha mantra/:1 prakirtita/:1\n\"Without performing the pura5carya activities, one cannot become perfect even\nby chanting this mantra for hundreds of years. However, one who has undergone\nthe purascarya-vidhi process can attain success very easily. If one wishes to perfect his initiation, he must first undergo the purascarya activities. The purascarya\nprocess is the life-force by which one is successful in chanting the mantra. Without the life-force, one cannot do anything; similarly, without the life force of\npurascarya-vidhi, no mantra can be perfected.\"\nIn his Bhakti-sandarbha (283), Srila ]iva Gosvami states:\nyadyapi sri-bhagavata-mate paficaratradi-vat arcana-margasya\navasyakatvarh nasti, tad vinapi\nsaral)apattyadinam ekatarel)api purU$artha-siddher\nabhihitatvat, tathapi sri-naradadi-vartmanusaradbhi/:1\nsri-bhagavata saha sambandha-vi5e$arh dik$a-vidhanena\nsri-guru-caral)a-sampaditarh cikir$adbhil) krtayarh\ndik$ayam arcanam avasyarh kriyetaiva.\n\n", "mad6#p0090": "Text 108]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n57\n\nOf similar importance is dik�a, which is explained as follows in Bhakti-sandarbha\n\n(284):\n\nyadyapi svarupato nasti, tathapi praya/:1 svabhavato\n\ndehadi-sambandhena kardaya-silanarh vik�ipta-cittanarh\n\njananarh tat-tat-salikoci-karal)aya srimad-r�i-prabhrtibhir\n\natrarcana-marge kvacit kvacit kacit kacin maryada sthapitasti.\n\nSimilarly in the Ramarcana-candrika it is stated:\n\nvinaiva dik�arh viprendra\n\npurascaryarh vinaiva hi\n\nvinaiva nyasa-vidhina\n\njapa-matrel)a siddhida\n\nIn other words, the chanting of the Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra is so powerful that it\ndoes not depend on official initiation, but if one is initiated and engages in\n\npaficaratra-vidhi (Deity worship), his Kr�r:Ja consciousness will awaken very soon,\n\nand his identification with the material world will be vanquished. The more one is\nfreed from material identification, the more one can realize that the spirit soul is\nqualitatively as good as the Supreme Soul. At such a time, when one is situated on\nthe absolute platform, he can understand that the holy name of the Lord and the\nLord Himself are identical. At that stage of realization, the holy name of the Lord,\nthe Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra, cannot be identified with any material sound. If one ac­\n\ncepts the Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra as a material vibration, he falls down. One\nshould worship and chant the holy name of the Lord by accepting it as the Lord\nHimself. One should therefore be initiated properly according to revealed scriptures under the direction of a bona fide spiritual master. Although chanting the\nholy name is good for both the conditioned and liberated soul, it is especially\nbeneficial to the conditioned soul because by chanting it one is liberated. When a\nperson who chants the holy name is liberated, he attains the ultimate perfection\n\nby returning home, back to Godhead. In the words of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n(Adi 7.73):\n\nkr�Qa-mantra haite habe sarhsara-mocana\n\nkr�Qa-nama haite pabe kr�l)era caral)a\n\n\"Simply by chanting the holy name of Kr�r:Ja one can obtain freedom from ma­\n\nterial existence. Indeed, simply by chanting the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra one will be able\nto see the lotus feet of the Lord.\"\nThe offenseless chanting of the holy name does not depend on the initiation\n\nprocess. Although initiation may depend on pura5carya or pura5caral)a, the actual\n\n", "mad6#p0091": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n58\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nchanting of the holy name does not depend on pura5carya-vidhi, or the regulative\nprinciples. If one chants the holy name once without committing an offense, he\nattains all success. During the chanting of the holy name, the tongue must work.\nSimply by chanting the holy name, one is immediately delivered. The tongue is\nsevonmukha-jihva-it is controlled by service. One whose tongue is engaged in\ntasting material things and also talking about them cannot use the tongue for absolute realization.\nataf:r sri-kr�Qa-namadi\nna bhaved grahyam indriyaif:r\nsevonmukhe hi jihvadau\nsvayam eva sphuraty adaf:r\n\nAccording to Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhya 17.134):\nataeva kr�Qera 'nama', 'deha', 'vi/asa'\nprakrtendriya-grahya nahe, haya sva-prakasa\n\"With these material senses, one cannot understand the transcendental holy\nname of the Lord or His form, activities and pastimes. However, when one actually engages in devotional service, utilizing the tongue, the Lord is revealed.\"\n\nTEXT 109\n\n�'1.�-�''l <f.� :Jt��� 'R\" I\n\n� �t��� <f.ml Oft� '�1ftlf� II !)o\"' II\nanu�anga-phale kare sarhsarera k�aya\ncitta akar�iya karaya kr�Qe premodaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nanu�anga-phale-as a simultaneous result; kare-does ; sarhsarera k�aya-annihilation of entanglement in the material world; citta-thought; akar�iya-attracting; karaya-causes; kr�Qe-unto Lord Kr�t:la; prema-udaya\n\n-\n\narousal of tran­\n\nscendental love.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By chanting the holy name of the Lord, one dissolves his entanglement in\nmaterial activities. After this, one becomes very attracted to Kr�Qa, and thus\ndormant love for Kr�Qa is awakened.\n\n", "mad6#p0092": "Text 111]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n59\n\nTEXT 110\n\n�t?(t: ��Cl)�'ff� ��\"11ff�'66t\\101� l)f�� '!11\\tD'�*'I��<l'CO'ft<ll\"�<'rC�l <I�\"D �Jf'&f�i-: I\nC\"lll(t\"'l'g 01 \"D il'fill'�t� 01 D 1�·5lfr. 'lOJtSlt\"'l'c�\n�c�t��� �P!Oll,.1:5!<1 �\"'! f� .!\\1��-011'11�: II � �\n\n•\n\nakr�ti/:1 krta-cetasarh sumanasam uccatanarh carilhasam\nacaf)t;ialam amuka-loka-su/abho vasyas ca mukti-sriya/:1\nno dik�arh na ca sat-kriyarh na ca purascaryarh manag ik�ate\nmantra 'yam rasana-sprg eva pha/ati sri-kr�Qa-namatmaka/:1\nSYNONYMS\nakrW/:1-attraction; krta-cetasam-of saintly persons; su-manasam-of the\nmost liberal-minded;\n\nuccatanam-annihilator;\n\nca-also;\n\narilhasam-of sinful\n\nreactions; a-caf)t;ia/am-even to the caf)t;ia/as; amuka-except the dumb; /okasu/abha/:1-very easy to achieve for all persons; vasya/:1-full controller; ca-and;\nmukti-sriya/:1-of the opulence of liberation; no-not; dik�am-initiation; nanot; ca-also; sat-kriyam-pious activities; na-not; ca-also; purascaryamregulative principles before initiation; manak-slightly; ik�ate-depends upon;\nmantra/:1-mantra; ayam-this; rasana-tongue; sprk-touching; eva-simply;\nphalati-is fruitful; sri-k[�f)a-nama-atmaka/:1-consisting of the holy name of Lord\nKr�Qa.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'The holy name of Lord Kr�r:Ja is an attractive feature for many saintly,\n\nliberal people. It is the annihilator of all sinful reactions and is so powerful\nthat save for the dumb who cannot chant it, it is readily available to everyone,\nincluding the lowest type of man, the car:JQala. The holy name of Kr�r:Ja is the\ncontroller of the opulence of liberation, and it is identical with Kr�r:Ja. Simply\nby touching the holy name with one's tongue, immediate effects are produced. Chanting the holy name does not depend on initiation, pious activities\nor the purascarya regulative principles generally observed before initiation.\nThe holy name does not wait for all these activities. It is self-sufficient.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in the Padyavali (29) by SrTia ROpa GosvamT.\nTEXT 111\n\n��� �t� �� �<IS �e{tJt I\n� i!' ����' <liBf� t�� �'lfti{ II\" � � � II\n\n11\n\n", "mad6#p0093": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n60\n\n\"ataeva yanra mukhe eka kr$Qa-nama\nsei ta'.vai$Qava, kariha tanhara sammana\"\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; yanra mu khe-in whose mouth; eka-one; kr$Qa-namathe holy name of Kr�t:�a; sei ta' vai$Qava-he is a Vai�t:�ava; kariha-offer;\ntanhara-to him; sammana-respect.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then finally advised, \"One who is chanting the\nHare Kf�l)a mantra is understood to be a Vai�l)ava; therefore you should offer\nall respects to him.\"\nPURPORT\nIn his\n\nUpadesamrta, Srila\n\nRopa\n\nGosvami states:\n\nkr$Qeti yasya giri tam\n\nmanasadriyeta dik$asti cet. An advanced devotee should respect a person who\nhas been initiated by a bona fide spiritual master and who is situated on the transcendental platform, chanting the holy name with faith and obeisances and\nfollowing the instructions of the spiritual master. Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura comments that serving Vai�t:�avas is most important for householders. Whether a\nVai�t:�ava is properly initiated or not is not a subject for consideration. One may be\ninitiated and yet contaminated by the Mayavada philosophy, but a person who\nchants the holy name of the Lord offenselessly will not be so contaminated. A\nproperly initiated Vai�t:�ava may be imperfect, but one who chants the holy name\nof the Lord offenselessly is all-perfect. Although he may apparently be a\nneophyte, he still has to be considered a pure unalloyed Vai�t:Java. It is the duty of\nthe householder to offer respects to such an unalloyed Vai�t:�ava. This is Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's instruction.\nTEXT 112\n\n�11l_f\"fWPt, ��� I\n-��,-�� '1_'4tJ �� iSFi111 ���II\nkhaQc;lera mukunda-dasa, srl-raghunandana\nsrl-narahari, -ei mukhya tina jana\nSYNONYMS\nkhaQc;lera-of the place known as Khat:�<;la; mukunda-dasa-Mukunda dasa;\nsrl-raghunandana -Sri\n\nRaghunandana;\n\nsrl-narahari -Sri\n\nmukhya-ch ief ; tina-three; jana-persons.\n\nNarahari;\n\nei-these;\n\n", "mad6#p0094": "Text 115]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n61\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then turned His attention to three personsMukunda dasa, Raghunandana and Sri Narahari-inhabitants of the place\ncalled Kha•:u�a.\nTEXT 113\n\n�\"f �Cf � -t� il\"'fi{ I\n\n''{f1l-f�, �i!!i Q!t1ftf- �f'!i1\"fil? ���II\nmukunda dasere puche sacira nandana\n'tumi-pita, putra tomara-sri-raghunandana?\nSYNONYMS\nmukunda dasere-unto Mukunda dasa; puche-inquired; sacira nandana-the\nson of mother 5aci; tumi-you; pita-father; putra-son; tamara-your; sriraghunandana-Sri Raghunandana.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the son of mother Saci, next asked Mukunda\ndasa, \"You are the father, and your son is Raghunandana. Is that sol\nTEXT 114\n\n�� J'ii{\"f� f�i!1, 'l_fiJ -i!tf � ?\n�11 ��11 <fi�, �t�<fi �::.� II' ��8 II\n-\n\nkiba raghunandana-pita, tumi-tara tanaya?\nniscaya kariya kaha, yauka sarilsaya'\nSYNONYMS\nkiba-or; raghunandana-Raghunandana; pita-father; tumi-you; tara-his;\ntanaya-son; niscaya kariya-making certain; kaha-just speak; yauka sarilsayalet My doubts be dissipated.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Or is Srila Raghunandana your father whereas you are his sonl Please let\nMe know the facts so that My doubts will go away.\"\nTEXT 115\n\n'!_� <fi�, -11'l\\il\"f� c;1ftf '�1' 0 I\n�fit i!t'l '�·,-�l11ft1{t11 � 11 ��� n\n\n", "mad6#p0095": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n62\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nmukunda kahe, -raghunandana mora 'pita' haya\nami tara 'putra', -ei amara ni5caya\nSYNONYMS\n\nmukunda kahe-Mukunda dasa replied; raghunandana-:-my son Raghunandana; mora-my; pita-father; haya-is; ami-1; tara-his; putra-son; ei-this;\namara-my; niscaya-decision.\nTRANSLATION\nMukunda replied, \"Raghunandana is my father, and I am his son. This is my\ndecision.\nTEXT 116\n\n._.tlf1 ��tif \"��if� C� I\n._.'!�� f9t'!1-�\"t� � fi4f-stl! II ))� II\nama sabara kr�Qa-bhakti raghunandana haite\nataeva pita-raghunandana amara niscite\nSYNONYMS\n\nama sabara-of all of us; kr�Qa-bhakti-devotion to Kr�l)a; raghunandana\nhaite-because of Raghunandana; ataeva-therefore; pita-father; raghunandana-Raghunandana; amara niscite-my decision.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All of us have attained devotion to Kr�r:ta due to Raghunandana. Therefore\nin my mind he is my father.\"\nTEXT 117\n\n�fil' �� � <2f't_..!'�� �� I\n� � �·<ef• � �� lt�\" II � �'l II\nsuni' har�e kahe prabhu-\"kahi/e niscaya\nyariha haite kr�Qa-bhakti sei guru haya\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuni'-hearing;\n\nhar�e-in\n\ngreat\n\njubilation;\n\nkahe\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu said; kahile ni5caya-you have spoken correctly; yariha haite-from\nwhom; kr�Qa-bhakti-devotion to Kr�l)a; sei-that person; guru haya-is the\nspiritual master.\n\n", "mad6#p0096": "Text 119]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n63\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing Mukunda dasa give this proper decision, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nconfirmed it, saying, \"Yes, it is correct. One who awakens devotion to Kr�Qa is\ncertainly a spiritual master.\"\nTEXT 118\n\n��12ft_ <fi� � �-t I\n� 11'� \"� �� �·11_-t \" ��IT' \"\nbhaktera mahima prabhu kahite paya sukha\nbhaktera mahima kahite haya panca-mukha\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhaktera\n\nmahima-the\n\nglories\n\nof\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkahite-to\n\nspeak;\n\npaya\n\ndevotee;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nsukha-gets\n\nhappiness;\n\nbhaktera\n\na\n\nmahima-the glories of a devotee; kahite-to speak; haya-becomes; pancamukha-five faced.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu became very happy just to speak of the glories of\nHis devotees. Indeed, when He spoke of their glories, it was as if He had five\nfaces.\nTEXT 119\n\n�'$!ttl <ti�,-�i1 �� <;12111' I\n\nfilt_J � <;12111', � W15 � II ��� II\nbhakta-gaf)e kahe, -suna mukundera prema\nniguqha nirma/a prema, yena dagdha hema\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-gaf)e kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu informed His devotees; suna­\n\nplease hear; mukundera prema-Mukunda's love of Godhead; niguqha-very\ndeep; nirma/a-pure; prema-ecstatic love;\n\nyena-as if;\n\ndag dha-c larified;\n\nhema-gold.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then informed all His devotees, \"Please hear\nabout Mukunda's love of Godhead. It is a very deep and pure love and can\nonly be compared with purified gold.\n\n", "mad6#p0097": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n64\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 120\n�� ��- ··� �t1f 1fttf·� I\n� \"·'<$f ··� 'frf.l�� '\"�It ��o II\nbahye raja-vaidya inho kare raja-seva\n\nantare kr�Qa-prema inhara janibeka keba\n\nSYNONYMS\nbahye-externally; raja-vaidya-royal physician; inho-he; kare-performs;\nraja-seva-government service; antare-within the heart; kr�Qa-prema-love of\nKr�r:ta; inhara-of Mukunda dasa; janibeka-can know; keba-who.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Mukunda dasa externally appears to be a royal physician engaged in\ngovernmental service, but internally he has a deep love for Kf�l)a. Who can\nunderstand his love 1\n\nPURPORT\nUnless SrT Kr�r:ta Caitanya Mahaprabhu discloses the fact, no one can understand who is actually a great devotee of the Lord engaged in His service. It is\ntherefore said in Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhya 23.39), tanra vakya, kriya, mudra\n\nvijfieha na bujhaya: even the most perfect and learned scholar cannot understand\na Vai�r:tava's activities. A Vai�r:tava may be engaged in governmental service or in a\nprofessional business so that externally one cannot understand his position. Internally, however, he may be a nitya-siddha Vai�r:tava-that is, an eternally liberated\nVai�r:tava. Externally Mukunda dasa was a royal physician, but internally he was\nthe most liberated paramaharhsa devotee. SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu knew this\nvery well, but ordinary men could not understand it, for the activities and plans of\na Vai�r:tava cannot be understood by ordinary men. However, SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and His representative understand everything about a devotee,\neven though the devotee may externally pretend to be an ordinary householder\nand professional businessman.\n\nTEXT 121\nIf!-. fifi1 ar�-���\n\n�-�filt� 1\n��«.�tl �' � �1� \"lt� n ��� n\neka dina m/ eccha-rajara ucca-tungite\ncikitsara vat kahe tanhara agrete\n\n", "mad6#p0098": "Text 123]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n65\n\nSYNONYMS\neka dina-one\n\nday;\n\nmfeccha-rajara-of\n\nthe\n\nMohammedan\n\nKing;\n\nucca­\n\ntungite-on a high platform; cikitsara vat-talk of medical treatment; kahe-was\nspeaking; tanhara agrete-before him.\nTRANSlATION\n\"One day Mukunda dasa, the royal physician, was seated with the Mohammedan King on a high platform and was telling the King about medical treat­\n\nment.\n\nTEXT 122\n\nW4�tt'f �� 11\"'·'J?fi1f �t� I\n\n1ftlr·�9fft' 'ttl��� �fil' II��� II\nhena-kafe eka mayura-pucchera ac;iani\nraja-siropari dhare eka sevaka ani'\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kafe-at this time; eka-one; mayura-pucchera-of peacock feathers;\nac;iani-fan; raja-sira-upari-above the head of the King; dhare-ho l ds; ekaone; sevaka-servant; ani'-bringing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"While the King and Mukunda dasa were conversing, a servant brought a\nfan made of peacock feathers to shade the head of the King from the sun. Con­\n\nsequently he held the fan above the King's head.\nTEXT 123\n\nr-rr�r\"� <;Wr.t' '1-'t� ,�t�� � 1\n\n'Cif�-ie� �fer �t� '-filt� ��'li II ���II\nsikhi-piccha dekhi' mukunda premavi�ta haifa\nati-ucca tungi haite bhamite pac;iifa\nSYNONYMS\nsikhi-piccha-peacock feathers; dekhi'-seeing; mukunda-Mukunda dasa;\nprema-avi?ta haifa-became ecstatic in love of Godhead; ati-ucca-very high;\ntur'lgi-platform; haite-from; bhamite-on the ground; pac;iifa-fell down.\n\n", "mad6#p0099": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n66\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Just by seeing the peacock-feathered fan, Mukunda dasa became absorbed in ecstatic love of Godhead and fell from the high platform onto the\nground.\nTEXT 124\n\n1(�!\"1( :sif�,-1ft'ST·C�t�1l �if 'lf�'l I\n�t?fr;;i{ i{tfil�1 �t� �1ft�� <;��i{ II ��8 II\nrajara jfiana, -raja-vaidyera ha-ila maral)a\napane namiya tabe karai/a cetana\nSYNONYMS\nrajara jfiana-the King thought; raja-vaidyera-of the royal physician; ha-i/a\nmara!)a-there was death; apane-personally; namiya-getting down; tabethereupon; karaila cetana-brought him to consciousness.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The King, fearing that the royal physician was killed, personally descended and brought him to his consciousness.\nTEXT 125\n\n11't'Sfl �r;;�- �J�1 � �t�t� c;�ti{ �tf$ ?\n\n��ii <fit�,- �fi!�� �J�1 �t� i{f� II ��(t II\nraja bale-vyatha tumi paile kana thafii?\nmukunda kahe, -ati-bac;la vyatha pai nai\nSYNONYMS\nraja bale-the King said; vyatha-pain; tumi pai/e-you have gotten; kona\nthafii-where; mukunda kahe-Mukunda replied; ati-bac;la vyatha-very much\npain; pai nai-l have not gotten.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the King asked Mukunda, 'Where is it paining you?' Mukunda\nreplied, 'I am not very much pained.'\nTEXT 126\n\n11'�1 �t�,\n\n-\n\n'l_�\"f, � ?f�� f� �tf�' ?\n\n��\"f <f.t�, 1lt'Sfl, <;1{11( �Jtfif �tt� �;jt II ��� II\n\n", "mad6#p0100": "Text 129]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n67\n\nraja kahe, -mukunda, tumi pac;Jifa ki fagi ?\n'\n\nmukunda kahe, raja, mora vyadhi ache mrgi\n\nSYNONYMS\nraja kahe-the King inquired; mukunda-0 Mukunda; tumi pac;lifa-you fell; ki\nfagi -for what reason; mukunda kahe-Mukunda replied; raja-my dear King;\n'\n\nmora-of me; vyadhi\n\n-\n\ndiseas e; ache-is; mrgi-epilepsy.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"The King then inquired, 'Mukunda, why did you fall down?' Mukunda\nreplied, 'My dear King, I have a disease that is like epilepsy.'\nTEXT 127\n\n1f�lf<l\\if\" �tiSfl, ,�� �� iSfl?;e{ I\n��?;\"!?;� '�\" �� '��Pt'i'·eit'l;e{ II ��9 II\nmaha-vidagdha raja sei saba jane\n,\n\nmukundere haifa tatira 'maha-siddha'-jriane\n\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-vidagdha-highly intelligent; raja-the King; se i-he; saba jane-knows\n\neverything; mukundere-upon Mukunda; haifa-was; tatira-his; maha-siddhajriane-calcu lation as the most perfect devotee.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Being extraordinarily intelligent, the King could understand the whole\naffair. In his estimation, Mukunda was a most uncommon, exalted, liberated\npersonality.\nTEXTS 128-129\n\n11�-ti{ '��i �7;11' tt•� 1ff-tc;� I\n.n;t ���' i!l� �ttit \\9� II ��lr II\n�tilt� �� �?;.. !�\";G �t�1ftt� I\n�� �t 'f'l' �� ,•.��i!�t� II ��� II\nraghunandana seva kare kr�Qera mandire\ndvare pu�kariQi, tara ghiitera upare\nkadambera eka vrk�e phute bara-mase\nnitya dui phufa haya kr�Qa-avatarhse\n\n", "mad6#p0101": "68\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\nraghunandana-Raghunandana; seva kare-serves; km1era mandire-in the\ntemple of Lord Kr��a; dvare-near the door; pu?kariQi-a lake; tara-of it;\nghatera upare-on the bank; kadambera-of kadamba flowers; eka vrk?e-on\none tree; phute-blossom; bara-mase-all year around; nitya-daily; dui phalatwo flowers; haya-become; kr?Qa-avatarhse-decoration for Lord Kr��a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Raghunandana is constantly engaged in serving the temple of Lord Kr�r:�a.\nBeside the entrance of the temple is a lake, and on its banks is a kadamba tree,\nwhich daily delivers two flowers to be used for Kr�r:ta's service.\"\nTEXT 130\n\n�!:t\"ft11 �t� �: Jl� ��� I\n'<;�'tlfn. �t{i- � �-li?ft\\1(� II ��\" II\nmukundere kahe puna/:! madhura vacana\n'tamara karya-dharme dhana-uparjana\nSYNONYMS\nmukundere-to Mukunda; kahe-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu says; puna/:1again; madhura vacana-sweet words; tamara karya-your duty; dharme dhanauparjana-to earn both material and spiritual wealth.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu again spoke to Mukunda with sweet words: \"Your\nduty is to earn both material and spiritual wealth.\nTEXT 131\n\n11�\"ft�11 �t�-�t-.11 ��� I\n\n\"·<;�1 �i11lt�t11 �iJ �tf� Jf� II��� II\nraghunandanera karya-kr?Qera sevana\nkr?Qa-seva vina inhara anya nahi mana\nSYNONYMS\nraghunandanera karya-the duty of Raghunandana; kr?Qera sevana-worshiping Lord Kr��a; kr?Qa-seva vina-except for worshiping Kr��a; inhara-of him;\nanya-other; nahi-there is not; mana-intention.\n\n", "mad6#p0102": "Text 133]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n69\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Furthermore it is the duty of Raghunandana to always engage in lord\nKr�r;�a's service. He has no other intention but the service of lord Kr�r;�a.\"\nTEXT 132\n\nil��fif �� �11ft� re��'1-� 1\n\n<11� f?!il �1l �W1 �� fi!il i!ft.il II' :>�� II\nnarahari rahu amara bhakta-gaf)a-sane\nei tina karya sada karaha tina jane'\n\nSYNONYMS\nnarahari-Narahari; rahu-let him remain; amara\nalong with other devotees; ei tina karya\n\n-\n\n-\n\nMy; bhakta-gaf)a-sane­\n\nthese three divisions of duty; sada-al­\n\nways; karaha -execute ; tina jane-you three persons.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then ordered Narahari: \"I wish you to remain here\nwith My devotees. In this way the three of you should always execute these\nthree duties for the service of the lord.\"\nPURPORT\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu set forth three duties for three different people.\nMukunda was to earn money and follow the religious principles, whereas Narahari\nwas to remain with the Lord's devotees, and Raghunandana was to engage in the\nLord's service in the temple. Thus one person worships in the temple, another\nearns money honestly by executing his professional duty, and yet another\npreaches Kf�J)a consciousness with the devotees. Apparently these three types of\nservice appear separate, but actually they are not. When Kr�r;�a or SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu is the center, everyone can engage in different activities for the service of the Lord. That is the verdict of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 133\n\n�rt<t'c;�)1f, �!QJ't�t�\"'Pffi!,-ii: reti: 1\nili!ftil ��1 <fifif' <l'it�il (.�t�tfu'p II :>�� II\nsarvabhauma, vidya-vacaspati, -dui bhai\ndui-jane krpa kari' kahena gosafii\n\n", "mad6#p0103": "70\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrfa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya; vidya-vacaspati-Vidya-vacaspati;\ndui bhai-two brothers; dui-jane-unto the two; krpa kari'-out of His causeless\nmercy; kahena-says; gosafii-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nOut of His causeless mercy, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu gave the following\ndirections to the brothers Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya and Vidya-vacaspati.\nTEXT 134\n\n'ift11i'·'S?fl'·t1�9f �� t2l<fi� ��� I\n'��-til'·�t�il' <fi�� ��<it� 1l,_<fif?! II ��8 II\n'daru'-'jala'-rupe kr�Qa prakata samprati\n'darasana'-'snane' kare jivera mukati\nSYNONYMS\ndaru-wood; ja/a-water; rOpe-in the forms of; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r;�a; prakatamanifested; samprati-at the present moment; darasana-by seeing; snane-by\nbathing; kare-does; jivera mukati-the deliverance of the conditioned souls.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"In this age of Kali, Kr�r;1a is manifest in two\nforms-wood and water. Thus He helps conditioned souls to become liberated by seeing the wood and bathing in the water.\nTEXT 135\n\n'��tli'·�9f-�te, !\\�111��� I\n�t;ft�� �il �-.te, 'S?fl�tli'·� II �-ell' II\n'daru-brahma'-rupe-sak�at sri-puru�ottama\nbhagirathi hana sak�at 'ja/a-brahma'-sama\nSYNONYMS\ndaru-brahma-rupe-in the form of Brahman as wood; sak�at-directly; sripuru?ottama-Lord ]agannatha; bhagirathi-the River Ganges; hana-is; sak�atdirectly; jala-brahma-sama-the Supreme in the form of water.\n\n", "mad6#p0104": "Text 136]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaflacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n71\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Jagannatha is the Supreme Lord Himself in the form of wood, and the\nRiver Ganges is the Supreme Lord Himself in the form of water.\nPURPORT\nThe Vedas enjoin, sarvarh khalv idarh brahma: everything is the energy of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, the Supreme Brahman or Param Brahman.\nParasya brahmaQa/:r saktis tathedam akhilarh jagat: everything is a manifestation of\nthe energy of the Supreme Brahman. Since the energy and energetic are identical,\nactually everything is Kr?t:Ja, Param Brahman. Bhagavad-gita (9.4) confirms this:\nmaya tatam idarh sarvarh\njagad avyakta-murtina\nmat-sthani sarva-bhatani\nna caharh te�v avasthitaf:r\n\"By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All beings are\nin Me, but I am not in them.\"\nKr?t:Ja is spread throughout the whole universe in His impersonal form. Since\neverything is a manifestation of the Lord's energy, the Lord can manifest Himself\nthrough any energy. In this age, the Lord is manifest through wood as Lord jagannatha, and He is manifest through water as the River Ganges. Therefore SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu ordered the two brothers-Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya and\nVidya-vacaspati-to worship Lord Jagannatha and the River Ganges.\nTEXT 1 36\n\n�t(,'e\\�, �11\" '�HP�'fi'·�i11\"t� I\n�t�\"9ff�, �1( 'srQl��'fi11\" <;JI�il II ��� II\nsarvabhauma, kara 'daru-brahma'-aradhana\nvacaspati, kara jala-brahmera sevana\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma -0\n\nSarvabhauma;\n\nkara -be\n\nengaged\n\nin;\n\ndaru-brahma-of\n\nwooden Brahman; aradhana-worship; vacaspati-and you, Vacaspati; karado; jala-brahmera-of Param Brahman manifested in water; sevana-worship.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sarvabhauma Bhaflacarya, you should engage in the worship of Lord\nJagannatha Puru�ottama, and Vacaspati should worship mother Ganges.\"\n\n", "mad6#p0105": "Sri Caitanya-caritamfla\n\n72\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 137\n\n11.1rtf1f-�r;�,1{ �t. <��a' <e�tf\"\"� 1\nitJ �r��'1 <��?;ft�, �� �·�-��� �'f)\" 11\nmurari-guptere prabhu kari' aliligana\ntafira bhakti-ni?tha kahena, sune bhakta-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nmurari-guptere-Murari Gupta; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kari'\na/iligana-embracing;\n\ntalira-his;\n\nbhakti-ni?tha-faith in devotional service;\n\nkahena-says; sune bhakta-gaQa-all the devotees hear.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then embraced Murari Gupta and began to speak\nabout his firm faith in devotional service. This was heard by all the devotees.\nTEXT 138\n\n'U( �tflf �·fttr;J �<et� �tJ � I\n�1f 1{�, ��' �?;'f!1�1ft1f II �'f)lr II\npCtrve ami ifihare /obhaila bara bara\nparama madhura, gupta, vrajendra-kumara\nSYNONYMS\npurve-previously; ami-1; ilihare-him; /obhai/a-induced to be allured; bara\nbara-again and again; parama madhura-very sweet; gupta-0 Gupta; vrajendra-kumara-Lord Kr�r:Ja, the son of Nanda Maharaja.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Previously I induced Murari Gupta again\nand again to be allured by Lord Kr�Qa. I said to him, 'My dear Gupta, Lord Sri\nKr�Qa, Vrajendra-kumara, is the supreme sweetness.\nTEXT 139\n\non� oe�t�t ti• -lf�kJ\\t, lf�i!All\n\n��'lfi·fil�ilf·(;�1l, �(Jltlf� II �'f)� II\nsvayaril bhagavan kr?f!a -sarvarilsi, sarvasraya\nvisuddha-nirmala-prema, sarva-rasamaya\n\n", "mad6#p0106": "Text 141]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n73\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvayam bhagavan kr� Qa - Lord Kr�l)a is the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nsarva-arilsi-the source of all others; sarva-asraya-the reservoir of all energies;\nvisuddha-transcendental;\n\nnirmala-free\n\nfrom\n\nall\n\nmaterial\n\ncontamination;\n\nprema -love; sarva-rasa-maya-the reservoir of all pleasure.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Kr��a is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the origin of all incarna­\n\ntions and the source of everything. He is pure transcendental love itself, and\nHe is the reservoir of all pleasure.\nTEXT 140\n\n��\"'-�lf.�'l-�\"f-�'t-�11<F-� I\n\n�t;$, ��1f, ��' �f�<li·Qitlll� II �So II\nsakala-sadguQa-vrnda-ratna-ratnakara\nvidagdha, catura, dhira, rasika-sekhara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsakala-all; sat-guQa -transc endental qualities; vrnda-multitude; ratna-of\ngems; ratna-akara-the mine;\n\nvidagdha-intelligent;\n\ncatura-expert; dhira­\n\nsober; rasika-sekhara-master of all humor.\nTRANSLATIOI'II\n11\n\n'Kr��a is the reservoir of all transcendental qualities. He is like a mine of\n\ngems. He is expert at everything, very intelligent and sober, and He is the\nsummit of all humors.\nTEXT 141\n\nIf�-�� ��-.� 1l'!._�·�fff� I\n��-,�lif'J ��� �t� �\"f1FIII �8� II\nmadhura-caritra kr�Qera madhura-vilasa\ncaturya-vaidagdhya kare yanra lila-rasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nmadhura - caritra-pleasing character; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�r:Ja; madhura-vilasamelodious\n\npastimes;\n\ncaturya-expertise;\n\nvaidagdhya-intelligence;\n\nmanifests; yanra - whose; lila-of pastimes; rasa-mellows.\n\nkare­\n\n", "mad6#p0107": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n74\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'His character is very sweet, and His pastimes are melodious. He is expert\nin intelligence, and thus He enjoys all His pastimes and mellows.'\nTEXT 142\n\n�t ���'Sf�' � �t�11 I\n� Ptili ��-iij�t�ili �� ilt� �II �8� II\nsei kr�l)a bhaja tumi, hao kr�l)asraya\nkr�l)a vina anya-upasana mane nahi laya\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei kr�l)a-that Lord Kr�l)a; bhaja tumi-engage yourself in His service; hao\nkr�l)a-asraya-take\n\nshelter\n\nof\n\nKr�l)a;\n\nkr�l)a vina-except for\n\nKr�l)a;\n\nanya­\n\nupasana-any other worship; mane nahi laya-does not appeal to the mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I then requested Murari Gupta, 'Worship Kr�r;Ja and take shelter of Him.\nBut for His service, nothing appeals to the mind.'\nTEXT 143\n\n(f)��\\!��<!� �f-1�1 ��il I\n�t1ft� c;��<t f�� f��' c;� 1fil II �8� II\nei-mata bara bara suniya vacana\namara gaurave kichu phiri' gela mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; bara bara-again and again; suniya vacana-hearing\nthese words; amara gaurave-because of My influence; kichu-somewhat; phiri'\nge/a-transformed; mana-his mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this way, he heard from Me again and again. By My influence, his mind\nwas a little converted.\nTEXT 144\n\n�� �t�il,-�t� c;�t�t� �'111' I\n\n�� �·t;ei�t<fim �tfit il� \"if�11' II �88 II\n\n", "mad6#p0108": "Text 146]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n75\n\namare kahena, -ami tamara kirikara\ntamara ajiiakari ami nahi svatantara\n\nSYNONYMS\namare kahena-he said unto Me; ami-1; tamara kirikara-Your servant;\ntamara ajiia-kari-Your order carrier; ami -I; nahi -am not; svatantara -indepen­\n\ndent.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Murari Gupta then replied, 'I am Your servant and Your order carrier. I\nhave no independent existence.'\nTEXT 145\n\n�'! �ffl' 1lt� <;'lta;r, rof•' �t��tta;r 1\n\n��tQf·'!Jt'it·��HI ��a;r �<lit\"' II �8<t II\neta bali' ghare gela, cinti' ratri-kale\nraghunatha-tyaga-cintaya ha-ifa vikale\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; ghare ge/a-went to his house; cinti'-thin k ing; ratrikale-at night; raghunatha-Lord Ramacandra; tyaga-giving up; cintaya-by\n\nthoughts of; ha-ifa vikale-became overwhelmed.\nTRANSLATION\n\" After this, Murari Gupta went home and spent the whole night thinking\nhow he would be able to give up the association of Raghunatha, Lord Ramacandra. Thus he was overwhelmed.\nTEXT 146\n\n<;<151!til lit� ��illt�� R'l I\n�t� �lt\\!J �t <;1!� ��t� 11�'1 II �8� II\nkemane chac;liba raghunathera caral)a\naji ratrye prabhu mora karaha maral)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nkemane chac;liba-how shall I give up; raghunathera caral)a-the lotus feet of\n\nLord Raghunatha; aji ratrye-this night; prabhu-0 Lord Raghunatha; mora-my;\nkaraha maral)a-please cause death.\n\n", "mad6#p0109": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n76\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Murari Gupta then began to pray at the lotus feet of Lord Ramacandra. He\nprayed that death would come that night because it was not possible for him\nto give up the service of the lotus feet of Raghunatha.\nTEXT 147\n\n�t Jfi! �(.�tfu! �t�� \\!lilifi{ I\nJfte{ <;'lnttf� i{ffit, �fu! C� i!l?t'$f�'l II �8'\\ II\nei mata sarva-ratri karena krandana\nmane soyasti nahi, ratri kaila jagaraQa\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nei mata-in this way; sarva-ratri-the whole night; karena krandana-cried;\nmane-in the mind; soyasti nahi-there is no rest; ratri-the whole night; kai/akept; jagaraQa-awake.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus Murari Gupta cried the entire night. There was no rest for his mind;\ntherefore he could not sleep but stayed awake the entire night.\n\nTEXT 148\n\n!2tti!:�tti'l' �tf'l' <;1ft� ��ill' �1f'l I\n<lit�ti! <l'itf\"fti! f<\\'ii; �t1f f�t�e{ II �81r II\npratab-kale asi' mora dharila caraQa\nkandite kandite kichu kare nivedana\nSYNONYMS\n\npratab-kale-in the morning; asi'-coming; mora-My; dharila-caught hold\nof; caraQa-feet; kandite kandite-continuously crying; kichu kare nivedanasubmits some appeals.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the morning Murari Gupta came to see Me. Catching hold of My feet\nand crying, he submitted an appeal.\n\n", "mad6#p0110": "Text 151 J\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya O ffers Prasada to the Lord\n\n77\n\nTEXT 149\n\n��q � 'lfc$ �fRtti11ftfll1 I\n�tf,r;l! if! �tf1t �tflt1, �� �-rt �fll1 \" �8� \"\nraghunathera paya mufii veciyachori matha\nkaghite na pari matha, mane pai vyatha\nSYNONYMS\nraghunathera paya-unt o\n\nthe lotus feet of Lord Raghunatha; mufii-1;\nveciyachori-sold; matha-head; kaghite-to cut off; na pari-1 am unable;\nmatha-my head; mane-in my mind; pai vyatha-1 get too much pain.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Murari Gupta said, 'I have sold my head to the lotus feet of Raghunatha. I\ncannot withdraw my head, for that would give me too much pain.\nTEXT 150\n\n<!\\)��-i�'f fit�fi{ if! �t� I\n1!<1 �twl·\" �, � �t1f1 ��� II �<l'o II\nsri-raghunatha-caral)a chagana na yaya\ntava ajfia-bhariga haya, ki karori upaya\nSYNONYMS\nsri-raghunatha-caraQa-the lotus feet of Lord Ramacandra; chagana na yaya­\n\ncannot be given up; tava-Your; ajfia-order; bhariga- bro k en; haya-is; kiwhat; ka rori-shall I do; upaya-remedy\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'It is not possible for me to give up the service of Raghunatha's lotus feet.\nAt the same time, if I do not do so I shall break your order. What can I do?'\nTEXT 151\n\n�!ttl! �t� \\.fl� �� �1f, ��t� I\nQ!�t1{ �tt� �\\[J �<fi, �tta� ,.�-AI II �<!'� II\ntate more ei krpa kara, dayamaya\ntamara age mrtyu ha-uka, yauka samsaya\n\n", "mad6#p0111": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n78\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\ntate-therefore; more-unto me; ei-this; krpa-mercy; kara-bestow; dayamaya-0 merciful one; tamara age-before You; mrtyu ha-uka-let me die;\nyauka sarh saya-and let all doubts go away.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this way Murari Gupta appealed to Me, saying, 'Kindly grant me this\nmercy because You are all-merciful. let me die before You so that all my\ndoubts will be finished.'\nTEXT 152\n\n�� �fi{' �tfil � 11ti' �-t �( I\n�·�tt� �lfl31 �t<!f �fliftr� 't<!�i( II ��� II\neta suni' ami bar;ia mane sukha pailw i\nirihare uthafia tabe alirigana kailuri\nSYNONYMS\neta .Suni'-hearing this; ami-1; bar;ia-very great; mane-in the mind; sukhahappiness;\n\npailuri-got;\n\nirihare-him;\n\nuthafia-raising;\n\ntabe-at that time;\n\nalirigana kai/uri-1 embraced.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Hearing this, I became very happy. I then raised Murari Gupta and\nembraced him.\nTEXT 153\n\n�t��fk ��' <;i!'t1{� � ��il I\n�11t� <!f�il� Q!tlfAf �1 ifil'l 'ali{ II �<t� II\nsadhu sadhu, gupta, tamara sudrr;iha bhajana\namara vacaneha tamara na tali/a mana\nSYNONYMS\nsadhu sadhu-all glories unto you; gupta-Murari Gupta; tamara-your; sudrr;iha-firmly fixed; bhajana-method of worship; amara-My; vacaneha-even\non the request; tamara-your; na tali/a-did not budge; mana-mind.\n\n", "mad6#p0112": "Text 154]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n79\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I said to him, 'All glories to you, Murari Gupta! Your method of worship is\nvery firmly fixed-so much so that even upon My request your mind did not\nturn.\nTEXT 154\n\n�-\"Ill! ���<R �� �t� �� I\n<2ft_ �t�, � i�1i{ ifl �1ll II ��8 II\nei-mata sevakera priti cahi prabhu-paya\nprabhu chac;lai/eha, pada chac;Jana na yaya\nSY NONYMS\nei-mata-like this;\n\nsevakera-of the servitor; priti-love; cahi-is wanted;\nprabhu-paya-unto the lotus feet of the Lord; prabhu chac;lai/eha-even though\nthe Lord causes separation; pada-the lotus feet of the Lord; chac;Jana na yayacannot be given up.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The servitor must have love and affection for the lotus feet of the Lord exactly like this. Even if the Lord wants separation, a devotee cannot abandon\nthe shelter of His lotus feet.\nPURPORT\nThe word prabhu, or master, indicates that the Lord is to be continuously\nserved by His devotee. The original prabhu is the Lord, Sri Kr�J)a. Nonetheless,\nthere are many devotees attached to Lord Ramacandra, and Murari Gupta is a\nvivid example of such unalloyed devotion. He never agreed to give up Lord Ramacandra's worship, not even upon Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's request. Such is the\nchastity of devotional service, as stated in the Antya-li/a of Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n(4.46-47):\n\nsei bhakta dhanya, ye na chac;ie prabhura caral)a\nsei prabhu dhanya, ye na chac;Je nija-jana\ndurdaive sevaka yadi yaya anya sthane\nsei thakura dhanya tare cule dhari' ane\nIn a firm relationship with the Lord, the devotee does not give up the Lord's service under any circumstance. As far as the Lord Himself is concerned, if the devotee chooses to leave, the Lord brings him back again, dragging him by the hair.\n\n", "mad6#p0113": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n80\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 155\n\n1Jl�1l� �11ft� f-1�1 trt��tif �� I\nc;�'l1ft1;1f �t� �tf11 '<1l( <�ttl <ltt1f II �aa II\nei-mata tamara ni�tha janibara tare\ntomare agraha ami kailuri bare bare\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; tamara-your;\n\nni�tha-firm faith; janibara tare-to\n\nunderstand; tomare-unto you; agraha-persistence; ami kai/uri-1 did; bare\nbare-again and again.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'just to test your firm faith in your lord, I requested you again and again to\nchange your worship from lord Ramacandra to Kr�r;�a.'\nTEXT 156\n\n�.re.\n\n�'l.1ftit � �1ft1l·�'J1f I\n\n� c;<1S� •t�� iit11 �11'1·�l'f II �<t� II\nsak�at hanuman tumi sri-rama-kirikara\ntumi kene chac;fibe tarira caraf)a-kamala\nSYNONYMS\nsak�at-directly; hanuman -Hanuman; tumi -you; sri-rama-kirikara-the servant of Sri Rama; tumi-you; kene-why; chac;fibe-should give up; tarira-His;\ncaraf)a-kamala -lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this way, I congratulated Murari Gupta, saying, 'Indeed, you are the incarnation of Hanuman. Consequently you are the eternal servant of lord\nRamacandra. Why should you give up the worship of lord Ramacandra and\nHis lotus feet?'\"\nTEXT 157\n\n(;lt� '!.1ft�-�� 1Jl�-c;1lt1f ��� �111\n�·�111 '5ttJ �fil' '1lt1f �tflt� �il II �Q'I II\nsei murari-gupta ei-mora praf)a sama\nirihara dainya suni' mora phataye jivana\n\n", "mad6#p0114": "Text 159]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n81\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei murari-gupta-that Murari Gupta; ei-this; mora praQa sama-not different\nfrom My life and soul; irihara-of him; dainya-humility; suni'-hearing; moraMy; phataye-perturbs; jivana-life.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"I accept this Murari Gupta as My life\nand soul. When I hear of his humility, it perturbs My very life.\"\nTEXT 158\n\n� ��tift� (21'-. <tSf�' �t� I\n\n�nf �'I <tit� ��1 �i!!f·�� 11 �a�r n\ntabe vasudeve prabhu kari' alirigana\ntc'irira guQa kahe hana sahasra-vadana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then; vasudeve-Vasudeva; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kari'\na/irigana-embracing; tarira guQa-his good qualities; kahe-began to explain;\nhafia-becoming; sahasra-vadana-possessing thousands of mouths.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then embraced Vasudeva Datta and began to\nspeak of his glories as if He had a thousand mouths.\nTEXT 159\n\n�tr-� ��' � � lltWil 9ft�1 I\nf��lfi{ <ti� � Ht'i �fRill �a� II\nnija-guQa suni' datta mane lajja pafia\nnivedana kare prabhura caraQe dhariya\nSYNONYMS\nnija-guQa-his personal qualities;\nmane-in the mind;\n\nsuni'-hearing;\n\ndatta-Vasudeva Datta;\n\nlajja pafia-being ashamed;\n\nnivedana kare-submits;\n\nprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; caraQe dhariya-catching the lotus\nfeet.\n\n", "mad6#p0115": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n82\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Caitanya Mahaprabhu glorified him, Vasudeva Datta immediately became very embarrassed and shy. He then submitted himself, touching the\nLord's lotus feet.\nTEXT 160\n\ntr�e. '!t� � �t1ftt �� I\ncamt �i{ \\fl� \"'1{� �11{ II ��o II\njagat tarite prabhu tamara avatara\nmora nivedana eka karaha arigikara\n\nSYNONYMS\njagat tarite-to deliver the whole world; prabhu-my Lord; tamara-Your;\navatara-incarnation;\n\nmora-my;\n\nnivedana-petition;\n\neka-one;\n\nkaraha\n\narigikara-please accept.\nTRANSLATION\nVasudeva Datta told Caitanya Mahaprabhu, \"My dear Lord, You incarnate\njust to deliver all conditioned souls. I have now one petition, which I wish You\nwould accept.\nTEXT 161\n\n\"'Rf!';\\! ��'l_fif ��' � I\nl_fif 1li1 <R, \\!t� � Q II ��� II\nkarite samartha tumi hao, dayamaya\ntumi mana kara, tabe anayase haya\n\nSYNONYMS\nkarite-to execute; samartha-capable; tumi-You; hao-are; daya-maya-0\nmerciful one; tumi mana kara-if You so desire; tabe-then; anayase-without\ndifficulty; haya-it becomes possible.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My Lord, You are certainly capable of doing whatever You like, and You are\nindeed merciful. If You so desire, You can very easily do whatever You want.\n\n", "mad6#p0116": "Text 163]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n83\n\nTEXT 162\n\n�� 1:� Of�' 'Jttf 'i5fll �m 1\n��lt� 9ft?f �\" �' � �II��� II\njivera dubkha dekhi' mora hrdaya bidare\nsarva-jivera papa prabhu deha' mora sire\nSYNONYMS\njivera-of all conditioned souls; dubkha dekhi'-by seeing the sufferings;\nmora-my; hrda ya-heart; bidare-breaks; sarva-jivera-of all living entities;\npapa-the sinful reactions; prabhu-My dear Lord; deha'-just put; mora sireupon my head.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My lord, my heart breaks to see the sufferings of all conditioned souls;\ntherefore I request You to transfer the karma of their sinful lives upon my\nhead.\nTEXT 163\n\n�� ?f'M 'f$1JLf$ ���'if I\n\n���'���'if II ��lelll\njivera papa lafia mufii karofi naraka bhoga\nsakala jivera, prabhu, ghucaha bhava-roga\n·\n\nSYNONYMS\njivera-of all conditioned souls; papa /ana-accepting the sinful reactions;\nmufii-l; karofi-do; nara ka-hellish life; bhoga-suffering; sakala jivera-of all\nliving entities; prabhu-my dear Lord; ghucaha-please finish; bhava-roga-the\nmaterial disease.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear lord, let me suffer perpetually in a hellish condition, accepting all\nthe sinful reactions of all living entities. Please finish their diseased material\nlife.\"\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura gives the following commentary on this\nverse. In the Western countries, Christians believe that Lord jesus Christ, their\n\n", "mad6#p0117": "84\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nspiritual master, appeared in order to eradicate all the sins of his disciples. To this\nend, Lord jesus Christ appeared and disappeared. Here, however, we find SrT\nVasudeva Datta Thakura and SrTia Haridasa Thakura to be many millions of times\nmore advanced even when compared to Lord jesus Christ. jesus Christ relieved\nonly his followers from all sinful reactions, but Vasudeva Datta is here prepared to\naccept the sins of everyone in the universe. A Vai�r:Java is so liberal that he is prepared to risk everything to rescue conditioned souls from material existence. SrTia\nVasudeva Datta Thakura is universal love itself, for he was willing to sacrifice\neverything and fully engage in the service of the Supreme.\nSrTia Vasudeva Datta knew very well that SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu was the\noriginal Personality of Godhead. He was transcendence itself, above the material\nconception of illusion and maya. Lord jesus Christ certainly finished the sinful\nreactions of his followers by his mercy, but that does not mean that he completely delivered them from the pangs of material existence. A person may be\nrelieved from sins once, but it is a practice among Christians to confess sins and\nyet commit them again. By getting freed from sins and again engaging in them,\none cannot attain freedom from the pangs of material existence. A diseased person may go to a physician for relief, but after he leaves the hospital he may again\nbe infected due to his unclean habits. Thus material existence continues. SrTia\nVasudeva Datta wanted to completely relieve the conditioned souls from material existence so that they would no longer have an opportunity to commit sinful acts. This is the difference between SrTia Vasudeva Datta and Lord jesus Christ.\nIt is a great offense to receive pardon for sins and then commit the same sins\nagain. Such an offense is more dangerous than the sinful activity itself. Vasudeva\nDatta was so liberal that he requested SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu to transfer all\noffensive activity upon him so the conditioned souls might be purified. This\nprayer was certainly without duplicity.\nVasudeva Datta's example is unique not only within this world but within the\nuniverse. It is beyond the conception of fruitive actors or the speculation of mundane philosophers. Due to being illusioned by the external energy and due to a\npoor fund of knowledge, people tend to envy one another. Because of this they\nare entangled in fruitive activity, and they try to escape this fruitive activity by\nmental speculation. Consequently neither karmis nor jfianis are purified. In the\nwords of SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta Thakura, they are kukarmis and kujfianis-bad actors and bad speculators. The MayavadTs and karmis should therefore turn their\nattention to the magnanimous Vasudeva Datta, who wanted to suffer for others\nin a hellish condition. Nor should one consider Vasudeva Datta a mundane\nphilanthropist or welfare worker. He was not interested in merging into the Brahman effulgence, nor was he interested in material honor or reputation. He was far\nabove philanthropists, philosophers and fruitive actors. He was a most exalted\npersonality who wanted to show mercy upon conditioned souls. This is not an exaggeration of his transcendental qualities. It is perfectly true. Actually there can-\n\n", "mad6#p0118": "Text 164]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaffacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n85\n\nnot be any comparison to Vasudeva Datta. He was a Vai�r;tava-para-du/:!khadu/:!khi-very much aggrieved to see others suffer. The entire world is purified\nsimply by the appearance of such a great devotee. By his presence the whole\nworld is glorified, and all conditioned souls-due to his transcendental presence-are also glorified. As Narottama dasa Thakura confirms, Vasudeva Datta is\nthe ideal devotee of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\ngaurangera sang1-gaQe,\n\nnitya-siddha kari' mane,\n\nse yaya vrajendrasuta-pasa\nOne who executes SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's mission must be considered to be\neternally liberated. He is a transcendental person and does not belong to this material world. Such a devotee engaging in the deliverance of the total population is\nas magnanimous as SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu Himself.\nnamo maha-vadanyaya\nk[$Qa-prema-pradaya te\nk[$Qaya k[$Qa-caitanyanamne gaura-tvi$e nama/:!\nSuch a personality factually represents SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu because his heart\nis always filled with compassion for conditioned souls.\nTEXT 164\n\n�t.! \"fil' �i21� f� ��'li I\n�·��·�tr �fitr;t.! \"tf'it'fl II ��8 II\neta suni' mahaprabhura citta dravila\nasru-kampa-svarabhange kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\neta suni'-hearing this; mahaprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; cittaheart;\nbhange\n\ndravila-became\n-\n\nsoftened;\n\nasru-tears;\n\nkampa-trembling;\n\nsvara­\n\nwith faltering of the voice; kahite-to speak; /agi/a-began.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard Vasudeva Datta's statement, His\nheart became very soft. Tears flowed from His eyes, and He began to tremble.\nIn a faltering voice He spoke as follows.\n\n", "mad6#p0119": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n86\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 165\n\n\"�� R� �' t_fir-�.te. � I\n�� � ��1f ll\"J_( <$11� II )�� II\n\"tamara vicitra nahe, tumi-sak$at prahlada\ntamara upare k[$Qera sampOrQa prasada\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-in you; VIC/tra nahe-this is not extraordinary; tumi-you; sak$at\nprah/ada-incarnation of Prahlada Maharaja; tamara upare-upon you; k[$Qeraof Lord Kr?J;Ja; sampurQa-complete; prasada-mercy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAccepting Vasudeva Datta as a great devotee, the Lord said, \"Such a statement is not at all astonishing because you are the incarnation of Prahlada\nMaharaja. It appears that Lord Kr�Qa has bestowed complete mercy upon you.\nThere is no doubt about it.\nTEXT 166\n\n\" � lli!J �' � lltt'Sf � I\n�IIJ·itl·1·�� � ift� �tJ ��J II )�� II\nk[$Qa sei satya kare, yei mage bhrtya\nbhrtya-vancha-purti vinu nahi anya krtya\n\nSYNONYMS\nk[$Qa-Lord Kr?J;Ja;\n\nsei-that;\n\nsatya kare-fulfills as true;\n\nyei-whatever;\n\nmage-wants; bhrtya-servant; bhrtya-vaficha-the desire of His servant; purti-fulfilling; vinu-without; nahi-there is not; anya-other; krtya-duty.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Whatever a pure devotee wants from his master, Lord Kr�Qa doubtlessly\ngrants because He has no duty other than to fulfill the desire of His devotee.\nTEXT 167\n\n� � t_fir �f-t'f fi{� I\n\nRi{t �t�·,'fitt'Sf � ll\"tl1f �.11 II )�'\\ II\n\n", "mad6#p0120": "Text 169]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n87\n\nbrahmaQc;fa jivera tumi vaiichife nistara\nvina papa-bhoge habe sabara uddhara\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmaQc;fa-of the universe; jivera-of all living entities; tumi vanchife-if you\ndesire; nistara-deliverance; vina-without;\n\npapa-bhoge-undergoing tribula­\n\ntions of sinful activities; habe-there will be; sabara-everyone's; uddharaliberation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If you desire the deliverance of all living entities within the universe, then\nall of them can be delivered even without your undergoing the tribulations of\nsinful activity.\nTEXT 168\n\n�ef il� �' 'ft1f �� I\n\nc;\\!111tt� �1 �til '-\" tlt<!f �r�-� ? ��\" 11\nasamartha nahe kr$Qa, dhare sarva bafa\ntomake va kene bhuiijaibe papa-phafa?\nSYNONYMS\nasamartha nahe-is not unable; kr$Qa-Lord Kr�l)a; dhare-possesses; sarva\nbafa-all potencies; tomake-you; va-then; kene-why; bhuiijaibe-would\ncause to suffer; papa-phafa-results of sinful reactions.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r:\"Ja is not incapable, for He has all potencies. Why would He induce you\nto suffer the sinful reactions of other living entities?\nTEXT 169\n\n1fi' �HI �i! <!ft,', c;ll C�� 'C��' I\n\n��t� �t� �� �11 �t1f ll� II ��;;, II\ntumi yanra hita vaiicha', se haifa 'vai$Qava'\nvai$Qavera papa kr$f!a dura kare saba\nSYNONYMS\n\ntumi-you; yanra-of whom; hita vaiicha'-desire the welfare; se-such a\nperson; haifa-immediately becomes; vai$Qava-a devotee; vai$Qavera-of a\n\n", "mad6#p0121": "88\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nVai�t:�ava; papa-the accidental sinful life; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�t:Ja; dura kare-vanquishes; saba-all.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Whosever welfare you desire immediately becomes a Vai��;�ava, and Kr��;�a\ndelivers all Vai��;�avas from the reactions of their past sinful activities.\nPURPORT\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu here informed Vasudeva Datta that since Kr�t:Ja is allpowerful, He can immediately deliver all conditioned souls from material existence. In essence, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"You desire the liberation of all\nkinds of living entities without discrimination. You are very anxious for their good\nfortune, and I say that simply by your prayer all living entities within the universe\ncan be liberated. You do not even have to take up the burden of their sinful activities. Thus there is no need for you to suffer for their sinful lives. Whoever\nreceives your compassion becomes a Vai�t:�ava immediately, and Kr�t:�a delivers all\nVai�t:�avas from the reactions to their past sinful activities.\" This is also promised in\n\nBhagavad-gita (18.66):\nsarva-dharman parityajya\nmam ekarh saraQarh vraja\naharh tvarh sarva-papebhyo\nmok?ayi?yami ma suca/:1\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver you\nfrom all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\"\nAs soon as one fully surrenders to Kr�t:Ja, he becomes a Vai�t:�ava. In this verse\nfrom Bhagavad-gita, Kr�t:�a promises to relieve His devotee from all the reactions\nto sinful life. It is a fact that a fully surrendered Vai�t:�ava is completely out of the\nrange of material infection. This is to say that he does not suffer the results of\npious or impious actions. Unless one is freed from a sinful life, he cannot become a\nVai�t:�ava. In other words, if one is a Vai�t:�ava, his sinful life is certainly ended. According to Padma PuraQa:\n\naprarabdha-phalarh paparh\nkutarh bijarh phalonmukham\nkrameQaiva praliyeta\nvi?Qu-bhakti-ratatmanam\n\"There are different stages of dormant reactions to sinful activities to be observed\nin a sinful life. Sinful reactions may be just waiting to take effect [phalonmukha],\nreactions may be still further dormant [kutal, or the reactions may be in a seedlike\n\n", "mad6#p0122": "Text 171]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n89\n\nstate [bija]. In any case, all types of sinful reactions are vanquished one after\nanother if a person engages in the devotional service of Lord Vi��u.\"\nTEXT 170\n\n�f\"!!ir.�!I'111'4C<l0i1lf.� i �'f-�<1� ���'W71 �l9i0flll�r.;rtf\\!J I\n\n\"�F'l f;r��J� f<t>'t s i5fs;i5t�r�\nC'iflf<R\"ll1fif1_il>ll\"'- �11�� ��Tf� II � �\n\n•\n\nyas tv indra-gopam athavendram aha sva-karmabandhanurupa-phala-bhajanam atanoti\nkarmaQi nirdahati kintu ca bhakti-bhajarh\ngovindam adi-purU$arh tam aharh bhajami\n\nSYNONYMS\nyab-He who (Govinda); tu-but; indra-gopam-to the small red insect called\nindra-gopa; athava-or even; indram-to lndra, King of heaven; aho-oh; svakarma-of one's own fruitive activities; bandha-bondage; anurupa-according\nto; phala-of reactions; bhajanam-enjoying or suffering; atanoti-bestows; karmaQi-all fruitive activities and their reactions; nirdahati-destroys; kintu-but;\nca-certainly; bhakti-bhajam-of persons engaged in devotional service; gavindam-unto Lord Govinda; adi-puru$am-the original person; tam-unto Him;\naham-1; bhajami-offer my obeisances.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto the original Personality of\nGodhead, Govinda, who regulates the sufferings and enjoyments of fruitive\nactivity for everyone-from the heavenly King lndra down to the smallest insect [indra-gopa]. That very Personality of Godhead destroys the fruitive\nkarma of one engaged in devotional service.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Brahma-sarhhita (5.54).\nTEXT 171\n\n<;�t1f\"Rf ·�·1fftiJI ��� �-<;1f1�e{ I\n�-<I!_� <15��� �t·l il1f� f�i � \" ��� \"\n\n", "mad6#p0123": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n90\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\ntamara iccha-matre habe brahmaQc;/a-mocana\nsarva mukta karite kr$Qera nahi kichu srama\nSYNONYMS\ntamara iccha-matre-simply by your desire; habe-there will be; brahmaQc;/amocana-deliverance of the universe; sarva-everyone; mukta karite-to liberate; kr$Qera-of Lord Kr�r:Ja; nahi-there is not; kichu-even a little; sramalabor.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because of your honest desire, all living entities within the universe will be\ndelivered, for Kr�r:Ja does not have to do anything to deliver all the living entities of the universe.\nTEXT 172\n\nIf!� �.._IIIR ��1115 lftt1t '�1·-·�1'{ I\n�t$ ,.. i31'1it0 �r.;� f-st\"� llf�l'{ II �'\\� II\neka uc;lumbara vrk$e /age koti-pha/e\nkoti ye brahmaQc;/a bhase virajara jale\nSYNONYMS\neka uc;lumbara vrk$e-in one uc;lumbara tree; /age-there are; koti-pha/emillions of fruits; koti-millions; ye-which; brahmaQc;/a-of universes; bhasefloat; virajara-of the Viraja River; ja/e-in the water.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Just as there are millions of fruits on the u�umbara tree, millions of universes float on the waters of the River Viraja.\nPURPORT\nViraja is a river that divides the material world from the spiritual world. On one\nside of the River Viraja is the effulgence of Brahmaloka and innumerable\nVaikur:Jtha planets, and on the other side is this material world. It is to be understood that this side of the Viraja River is filled with material planets floating in the\nCausal Ocean. The name Viraja indicates a marginal position between the spiritual\nand material worlds, but this Viraja River is not under the control of material energy. Consequently it is devoid of the three guQas.\n\n", "mad6#p0124": "Text 175]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n91\n\nTEXT 173\n\nt;!1f �� � 9f�' �fif il� � I\n\nt;!�f9f �\"\" il1� i!lfttil filiSf-�9fR II ��� II\ntara eka phala pac;fi' yadi na?ta haya\ntathapi vrk?a nahi jane nija-apacaya\nSYNONYMS\n\ntara-of the tree; eka phala-one fruit; pac;fi -falling down; yadi-if; na?ta\nhaya-becomes destroyed; ta thapi-stili; vrk?a-the tree; nahi ja ne-does not\nknow; nija-apacaya-its loss.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The UQumbara tree is filled with millions of fruits, and if one falls down\nand is destroyed, the tree does not even consider the loss.\nTEXT 174\n\n�� �� ��t� �fit 11• �111\n�<t �•-�1� ��1t -attil il1� il1t n ��s 11\ntaiche eka brahmaQc;fa yadi mukta haya\ntabu alpa-hani kr�Qera mane nahi laya\nSYNONYMS\n\ntaiche-similar l y; eka brahmaQc;fa-one universe; yadi-if; mukta haya-becomes liberated; tabu-still; a /pa-hani-very little loss; kr?Qera-of Lord Kr�r)a;\nmane-the mind; nahi laya-does not take it very seriously.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the same way, if one universe is vacated due to the living entities' having been liberated, that is a very little thing for Kr�Qa. He does not take it very\nseriously.\nTEXT 175\n\n�� ���if ��1fir·� I\nq '5t,�-�tf'11� � il'tlf II �'l<t II\n\n", "mad6#p0125": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n92\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nananta aisvarya kr�Qera vaikuQthadi-dhama\ntara ga(ia-khai-karaQabdhi yara nama\nSYNONYMS\nananta-unlimited; aisvarya-opulence; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�l)a; vaikuQthaadi-dhama-innumerable\n\nVaikul)tha\n\nplanets;\n\ntara-of\n\nVaikul)thaloka;\n\nga(ia­\n\nkhai-surrounding water; karaQa-abdhi-Causal Ocean; yara-of which; namaname.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The entire spiritual world constitutes the unlimited opulence of Kr�r;�a, and\nthere are innumerable Vaikur;�fha planets there. The Causal Ocean is considered the surrounding waters of Vaikur;�fhaloka.\nTEXT 176\n\n�W! �� 1ft1fl 'f�i � 13111fi1� I\n\n'$f�� 'etc;� �il1ftl·'i_( �t� II �'I� II\ntate bhase maya lana ananta brahmaQ(ia\nga(ia-khaite bhase yena rai-pOrQa bhaQ(ia\nSYNONYMS\ntate-in that water; bhase-floats; maya-the material energy; /ana-taking;\nananta-unlimited;\n\nbrahmaQ(ia-universes;\n\nga(ia-khaite-in the\n\nsurrounding\n\nwater; bhase-floats; yena-as if; rai-pOrQa bhaQ(ia-a pot filled with mustard\nseeds.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Maya and her unlimited material universes are situated in that Causal\nOcean. Indeed, maya appears to be floating like a pot filled with mustard\nseeds.\nTEXT 177\n\n� �� 11\"t�·iltt-f �fi{ ilt� 111fill\n\n� �� 'CI�-iltc;-t �c;�t iltf� �tfi{ II �'1'1 II\ntara eka rai-nase hani nahi mani\naiche eka aQ(ia-nase kr�Qera nahi hani\n\n", "mad6#p0126": "Text 179]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya Offers Prasada to the lord\n\n93\n\nSYNONYMS\ntara-of it; eka-one; rai-nase-loss of a mustard seed; hani-loss; nahidoes not; mani-notice; aiche-in that way; eka-one; aQ(fa-universe; nasebein g lost; kr?Qera-of Kr�l)a; nahi hani-there is no loss.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Of the millions of mustard seeds floating in that pot, if one seed is lost, the\nloss is not at all significant. Similarly, if one universe is lost, it is not significant\nto Lord Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 178\n\n:JI� � :JI� �fif 'llt11t'1f � 'IR I\n\n��tf9f ifl 'llt�i{ � f�i �9f�11 II �'\\lr II\nsaba brahmaQ(fa saha yadi 'maya'ra haya k$aya\ntathapi na mane kr?Qa kichu apacaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaba brahmaQ(fa-all the universes; saha-with; yadi-if; mayara-of the ma­\n\nterial energy; haya k$aya-there is destruction; tathapi-still; na-not; maneconsiders; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�l)a; kichu-any; apacaya-lost.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"To say nothing of one universal mustard seed, even if all the universes and\nthe material energy [maya] are destroyed, Kr�Qa does not even consider the\nloss.\nTEXT 179\n\nc;�t$-�t�'i'i,·9ff�1f �t;ft C��� �11 I\n���9ff� ?��11\" 11t11i f�� ��11\" ? �'\\� II\nkoti-kamadhenu-patira chagi yaiche mare\n$a(f-aisvarya-pati k[$Qera maya kiba kare?\n\nSYNONYMS\nkoti-of millions; kama-dhenu-of desire cows; patira-of the master; chagione she-g oat; yaiche-as; mare-dies; $at-aisvarya-pati-the master of six opulences; kr?Qera-of Kr�l)a; maya-external energy; kiba-what; kare-can do.\n\n", "mad6#p0127": "94\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If a person possessing millions of wish-fulfilling cows loses one !the-goat,\nhe does not consider the loss. Kr�r:-a owns all six opulences in full. If the entire\nmaterial energy is destroyed, what does He lose?\"\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura, in clarifying verses 171-179, states that the meaning\nof these stanzas is very simple but that the purport is a little difficult to understand. Generally, conditioned souls forget Kr�r:ta when they are enticed by the\nmaterial, external energy. Consequently they are called kr�Qa-bahirmukhabereft of their relationship with Kr�r:ta. When such a living entity comes under the\njurisdiction of the material energy, he is sent into one of the innumerable material\nuniverses created by the material energy to give a chance to conditioned souls to\nenjoy their desires in the material world. Being very eager to enjoy the fruits of\ntheir activities, conditioned souls become involved in the actions and reactions of\nmaterial life. Consequently one has to enjoy and suffer the results of karma.\nHowever, if a conditioned soul becomes Kr�r:ta conscious, the karma of his pious\nand impious activities is completely destroyed. Simply by becoming a devotee,\none is bereft of all the reactions of karma. Similarly, simply by the desire of a devotee, a conditioned soul can attain liberation and transcend the results of karma. If\neveryone is liberated in this way, one may conclude that according to the sweet\nwill of the devotee, the material world exists or does not exist. Ultimately,\nhowever, it is not the sweet will of the devotee but the will of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who, if He so desires, can completely annihilate the material\ncreation. There is no loss on His part. The owner of millions of cows does not consider the loss of one she-goat. Similarly, Lord Kr�r:ta is the proprietor of both material and spiritual universes. The material world constitutes only one-fourth of His\ncreative energy. If, according to the desire of the devotee, the Lord completely\ndestroys the creation, He is so opulent that He will not mind the loss.\nTEXT 180\n�HI �� ���11ifiSi� Clil�5J�l��91�\n\n�1if'l �lfl�Ol1 '11i <1�� '11i� 55[: I\n'!{'if\"Gf5f7Jfl<l''l11if�-.,...r'e' r<fr.<�111\"<ff c�\n��lf�'lll�0!1 ]) Ht\\!>1��l)r;�fil5[�: II\" �lro\njaya jaya jahy ajam ajita do�a-grbhita-guQaril\ntvam asi yad atmana samavaruddha-samasta-bhaga/:1\naga-jagad-okasam akhila-sakty-avabodhaka te\nkvacid ajayatmana ca carato 'nucaren nigama/:1\"\n\n", "mad6#p0128": "Text 181]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya O ffers Prasada to the lord\n\n95\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-kindly exhibit Your glory; jahi-please conquer; ajam-nescience,\n\nmaya; ajita-0 unconquerable one; do�a-faulty; grbhita-guQam-by which the\n\nqualities are accepted; tvam-You; asi-are; yat-because; atmana-by Your in­\n\nternal potency; samavaruddha-possessing; samasta-bhagab-all kinds of opulences; aga-nonmoving; jagat-moving; okasam-of the embodied living entities; akhila-all; sakti-of potencies; avabodhaka-master; te-You; kvacit­\n\nsometimes; ajaya-by the external energy;\n\natmana-of Your self; ca-also;\n\ncaratab-manifesting pastimes (by Your glance); anucaret-confirm; nigamaball the Vedas.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \" '0 my lord, 0 unconquerable one,\n0 master of all potencies, please exhibit Your internal potency to conquer the\n\nnescience of all moving and inert living entities. Due to nescience, they accept all kinds of faulty things, thus provoking a fearful situation. 0 lord,\nplease show Your glories! You can do this very easily, for Your internal potency is beyond the external potency, and You are the reservoir of all opulence. You are also the demonstrator of the material potency. You are also always engaged in Your pastimes in the spiritual world. You exhibit Your\nreserved internal potency and sometimes exhibit the external potency by\nglancing over it. Thus You manifest Your pastimes. The Vedas confirm Your\ntwo potencies and accept both types of pastimes due to them.' \"\nPURPO RT\nThis verse is taken from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.87.14). It is from the prayers of\n\nthe sruti-gaQa, the personified Vedas who glorify the Lord.\n\nThe almighty Personality of Godhead has three potencies-internal, external\n\nand marginal. When the conditioned souls are condemned due to forgetfulness,\n\nthe external potency creates the material world and puts the living entities under\n\nits control. The three modes of material nature keep the living entity in a constant\n\nstate of fear. Bhayarh dvitiyabhinivesatab. The controlled conditioned soul is al­\n\nways fearful due to being controlled by the external potency; therefore the con­\n\nditioned soul should always pray to the almighty Lord to conquer the external\n\npotency (maya) so that she will no longer manifest her powers, which bind all living entities, moving and inert.\n\nTEXT 181\n\n�· 11i! ��7;;�1{ �f�' 'I� �'I I\n'l�t� ��RI � �fil' �fi!rlri{ II �lr� II\n\n", "mad6#p0129": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n96\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nei mata sarva-bhaktera kahi' saba guQa\nsabare vidaya difa kari' afingana\nSYNONYMS\nei mata-in this way; sarva-bhaktera-of all the devotees; kahi'-describing;\nsaba guQa-all the good qualities; sabare-unto everyone; vidaya difa-bade\nfarewell; kari' afingana-embracing.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu described the good qualities of His\ndevotees one after the other. He then embraced them and bade them farewell.\nTEXT 182\n\n�� ��w � �t11� '� 1\ntel';�� �tli1itW �� mil � 1fe{ II �lr� II\nprabhura vicchede bhakta karena rodana\nbhaktera vicchede prabhura Vi$aQQa haifa mana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-from Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vicchede-by separation;\nbhakta-all the devotees; karena-do; rodana-crying; bhaktera-of the devotees; vicchede-by the separation; prabhura-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nVi$aQQa-morose; haifa-became; mana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nDue to the impending separation from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, all the\ndevotees began to cry. The Lord was also morose due to separation from the\ndevotees.\nTEXT 183\n\n�t-.J-'Pffu'! J�i �� 'Pftt'•t I\n�tJ �\" �t� �Jtlvti ��ttll II �lr� II\ngadadhara-paQc;lita rahifa prabhura pase\nyamesvare prabhu yanre karaifa avase\nSYNONYMS\ngadadhara-paQc;lita-Cadadhara Pal)c;lita; rahifa-remained; prabhura pasealong with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yamesvare-at Yamesvara; prabhu-Sri\n\n", "mad6#p0130": "Text 186]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n97\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; yarire-unto whom; karaila-made to take; avase-residence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGadadhara Par;�c;tita remained with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and he was\ngiven a place to live at Yamesvara.\nPURPORT\nYamesvara is on the southwest side of the Jagannatha temple. Gadadhara Pa�c,iita resided there, and there was a small garden and a sandy beach known as\nYamesvara-tota.\n\nTEXTS 184-185\n\n'i_ft·,'ltt:Jft�, 'f�\\if(e{\"f, q9f-'fttltQ I\n�Jtt1ftlRf·9ff'G'!, � ,�tR\"f, �� II �t,-8 II\n���-� � �1f �tit'� I\ntr�t�·\\ift-fi{ fj{i!J <fit1f �:�tt'f II �lrQ' II\npuri-gosafii, jagadananda, svarupa-damodara\ndamodara-pary;iita, ara govinda, kasisvara\nei-saba-sarige prabhu vaise nilacale\njagannatha-darasana nitya kare pratab-kale\n\nSY NONYMS\npuri-gosani -Paramananda\n\nPuri;\n\njagadananda -Jagadananda;\n\nsvarupa-\n\ndamodara-Sva rOpa Damodara; damodara-paf)c;fita-Damodara Pa�c,iita; araand; govinda-Govinda; ka5isvara-Kasisvara; ei-saba-all these personalities;\nsarige-acc ompanied by;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nnilacale-at Jagannatha Puri;\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\njagannatha-darasana-seeing\n\nvaise-stays;\n\nLord Jagannatha;\n\nnitya-daily; kare-does; pratab-kale-in the morning.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu remained at Jagannatha Puri, Nilacala, with\nParamananda Puri, Jagadananda, Svarupa Damodara, Damodara Par;�c;tita,\nGovinda and Kasisvara. It was Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's daily business to see\nLord Jagannatha in the morning.\nTEXT 186\n\nc2ft_·9ft-t �, �· �� fifl{ I\n�t�� �R' �� �<fi'f til't�\\ifi{ II �lr� II\n\n", "mad6#p0131": "98\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nprabhu-pasa asi' sarvabhauma eka dina\nyor;ia-hata kari' kichu kaila nivedana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-pasa-in the presence of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; asi'-coming; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; eka dina-one day; yor;ia-hata kari'with folded hands; kichu-some; kaila-did; nivedana-submission.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya came before Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwith folded hands and submitted a request.\nTEXT 187\n\n�� �� �..� c;��tllt �fir' c;� I\n\n�� �,� fi111!1t'l �� �ft\" II �\\r'l II\nebe saba vai?Qava gaur;ia-dese ca/i' gela\nebe prabhura nimantraf)e avasara haila\nSYNONYMS\nebe-now;\n\nsaba-all;\n\nvai?Qava-devotees;\n\ngaur;Ja-dese-to\n\nBengal;\n\nca/i'\n\nge/a-have returned; ebe-now; prabhura-of Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nnimantraQe-for invitations; avasara hai/a-there is a chance.\nTRANSLATION\nSince all the Vai�Qavas had returned to Bengal, there was a good chance that\nthe lord would accept an invitation.\nTEXT 188\n\n�� ,1ft� �� r�..-� ��� '�t�' �fif' 1\n\n� ��,-'t;( ��, �f.�'! ill \"Pttfif II �lr'\\r II\nebe mora ghare bhik?J. karaha 'masa' bhari'\nprabhu kahe, -dharma nahe, karite na pari\nSYNONYMS\nebe-now; mora ghare-at my place; bhik?a-lunch; karaha-accept; masa\nbhari'-for one month; prabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; dharma-religious principle; nahe-it is not; karite-to do; na pari-1 am unable.\n\n", "mad6#p0132": "Text 190]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n99\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya said, \"Please accept my invitation for lunch for\none month.\" The lord replied, \"That is not possible because it is against the\nreligious principles of a sannyasi.\"\nTEXT 189\n\n�t<ft�)JJ ��,-f�-.1 <15� �-t ffl� I\n� �r;;�,-\\.£1� �� ��$f'Sl·fti\"� II �lr� II\nsarvabhauma kahe, -bhik�a karaha visa dina\nprabhu kahe, -eha nahe yati-dharma-cihna\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma kahe-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya said; bhik�a karaha-accept\nlunch; visa dina-for twenty days; prabhu kahe-lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nsaid; eha nahe-this is not; yati-dharma-cihna-the symptom of a person in the\nrenounced order of life.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma then said, \"Please accept the invitation for twenty days,\" but\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"It is not a religious principle of the\nrenounced order.\"\nTEXT 190\n\n��� <TiT;;� �:,-� '�•vr-t' 1\n� �r;;�,-�1'1!ftf f'e-.1 '\\.£1<15' firi!l� II ��o II\nsarvabhauma kahe puna/:!, -dina 'pafica-dasa'\nprabhu kahe,-tomara bhik�a 'eka' divasa\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma\n\nkahe-Sarvabhauma\n\nBhattacarya\n\nsaid;\n\npuna /:1 -again;\n\ndina\n\npafica-dasa-fifteen days; prabhu kahe-the lord replied; tamara bhik�a-lunch\nat your place; eka. divasa-only one day.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sarvabhauma requested Caitanya Mahaprabhu to accept lunch for\nfifteen days, the lord said, \"I shall accept lunch at your place for one day\nonly.\"\n\n", "mad6#p0133": "100\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 191\n\nIWf ��� �� ffisj ��i I\n\n'5flltfifi{ �..i ��, ��� Ri{f'! �mi 11 ��� 11\ntabe sarvabhauma prabhura caraQe dhariya\n'dasa-dina bhik�a kara' kahe vinati kariya\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; prabhura-of Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; caraQe dhariya-catching the lotus feet; dasa-dinafor ten days; bhik�a kara-accept lunch; kahe-says; vinati kariya-with great\nsubmission.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya then caught hold of the Lord's lotus feet and submissively begged, \"Please accept lunch for at least ten days.\"\nTEXT 192\n\n<2ft. i1!it11' � 9f�·ffli{ 'lttt�'f I\n�-fifif 1ft f<e1115 f�1t �f1f'f II ��� II\nprabhu krame krame parka-dina ghataila\nparka-dina tarira bhik�a niyama karila\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; krame krame-gradually; parica-dina-to\nfive days; ghatai/a-reduced; panca-dina-for five days; tarira-his; bhik�a-invitation for lunch; niyama kari/a-accepted regularly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, by and by, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu reduced the duration to\nfive days. Thus for five days He regularly accepted the invitation to lunch.\nTEXT 193\n\n��� �11�,1{ �� 'Cft1f fit��i{ I\nC\\!t�� �t'f �� 'CI�� �-t� II ��� II\ntabe sarvabhauma kare ara nivedana\ntamara sarige sannyasi ache dasa-jana\n\n", "mad6#p0134": "Text 195]\n\n101\n\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; kare-does; araanother; nivedana-submission;\n\ntamara sarige-with You;\n\nsannyasi-in the\n\nrenounced order of life; ache-there are; dasa-jana-ten persons.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya said, \"My Lord, there are ten sannyasis\nwith You.\"\nPURPORT\nA sannyasi should not cook food for himself or accept an invitation to eat at a\n\ndevotee's house continuously for many days. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very\nkind and affectionate toward His devotees, yet He would not accept a long invitation at Sarvabhauma's house. Out of affection, He accepted only five days in the\nmonth. The ten sannyasis living with the Lord were (1) Paramananda Puri,\n\n(2)\n\nSvarOpa Damodara, (3) Brahmananda Puri, (4) Brahmananda Bharati, (5) Vi�I)U Puri,\n\n(6) Kesava Puri, (7) Kr�l)ananda Puri, (8) Nrsirhha nrtha, (9) Sukhananda Puri and\n(1 0) Satyananda Bharati.\nTEXT 194\n\n�-,'$lt��� f<e..-1 �� �11 '&tt1f I\n\n�( 11511Pl <IS��tf;;�1 �'f111f ''$l1it� II ��8 II\npuri-gosafiira bhik�a parica-dina mora ghare\npOrve ami kahiyachori tomara gocare\nSYNONYMS\npuri-gosafiira-of Paramananda Puri; bhik�a-invitation for lunch; paricadina-five\n\ndays;\n\nmora\n\nghare-at\n\nmy\n\nhome;\n\nparve-previously;\n\nami-1;\n\nkahiyachori-mentioned; tomara gocare-it is known to you.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya then submitted that Paramananda Puri Gosvami\nshould accept a five-day invitation at his place. This was settled before the\nLord.\nTEXT 195\n\n�1f;;111��-�9f, �i: �1�<!11151'f11tf I\n� �tf �{;57 �1{;<!1, �!. �f;;�'Q' II ��Q' II\n\n", "mad6#p0135": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'la\n\n102\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\ndamodara-svarupa,-ei bandhava amara\nkabhu tamara sang e yabe, kabhu ekesvara\nSYNONYMS\ndamodara-svarupa-SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT; ei-this; bandhava amaramy very intimate friend; kabhu-sometimes; tamara sa r'lge-with You; yabewill come; kabhu-sometimes; ekesvara-alone.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya said, \"Damodara Svarupa is my intimate friend.\nHe will come sometimes with You and sometimes alone.\nTEXT 196\n\n�� �� ��J� �..-1 �� �� ��t� I\n<ll<fi <l!<fi�, <ll<fi <ll<fi iSft� �c( � 1fttlf �����\"\nara a$ta sannyasira bhik$a dui dui divase\neka eka-dina, eka eka jane pCtrQa ha-ifa mase\nSYNONYMS\nara-other ;\n\na$ta-eight;\n\nsannyasira-of sannyasis;\n\nbhik$.3-invitat i on\n\nfor\n\nlunch; dui dui divase-two days each; eka eka-dina-on each day; eka eka\njane-one person; pCtrQa-filled; ha-ifa-will be; mase-the month.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The other eight sannyasis will accept invitations for two days each. In this\nway there will be engagements for each and every day during the entire\nmonth.\nPURPORT\nFor the entire month consisting of thirty days, SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu would\nvisit five days, Paramananda PurT GosvamT five days, SvarOpa Damodara four days,\nand the eight other sannyasis two days each. In this way the thirty days of the\nmonth were completed.\nTEXT 197\n\n�� �iTt� �� ..�� �<fi Jtf� I\n\n�·� ��t\\! iftfif, ���t� �t� \" ��'\\ \"\n\n", "mad6#p0136": "Text 199]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya O ffers Prasada to the Lord\n\n103\n\nbahuta sannyasi yadi aise eka thani\nsammana karite nari, aparadha pai\nSYNONYMS\nbahuta sannyasi-many sannyasis; yadi-if; aise-come; eka thaiii-together;\nsammana karite nari-1 cannot receive them properly; aparadha pai-l shall be an\noffender.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If all the sannyasis come together, it would not be possible for me to pay\nthem proper respects. Therefore I would be an offender.\nTEXT 198\n\nl_fif� fil•·�t1l �tfif� <;� �� I\n�� �tiP �t�illlit�?f·\\iftt;rf�� II ��\\r II\ntumiha nija-chaye asibe mora ghara\nkabhu sange asibena svarupa-damodara\nSYNONYMS\ntumiha-You; nija-chaye-alone; asibe-will come; mora ghara-to my place;\nkabhu-sometimes; sange-with You; asibena-will come; svarupa-damodaraSvarOpa Damodara Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sometimes You will come alone to my place, and sometimes You will be\naccompanied by Svarupa Damodara.\"\nTEXT 199\n\n�\"f �fir'! ?ft�1 �til�'! 1fil I\n<;� fifil ��� �i'f �'Ill ��� II\nprabhura ingita pana anandita mana\nsei dina mahaprabhura kaila nimantral)a\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ingita-acceptance; paiia-receiving;\nanandita-very happy; mana-mind; sei dina-on that day; mahaprabhura-of\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kai/a-made; nimantral)a-invitation.\n\n", "mad6#p0137": "104\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaving this arrangement confirmed by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Bhattacarya beca'l'e very glad and immediately invited the Lord to his house on\nthat very day.\n\nTEXT 200\n\n'�i\"J �t'!i' iltJf, �itm�J 'J�� I\n\\2l� �� ��� (;���1, C'm�'! 'S?il� II �\n\no o\n\nII\n\n'�athira mata' nama, bhattacaryera grhiQi\nprabhura maha-bhakta tenho, snehete janani\nSYNONYMS\n\n�athira mata-the mother of ?�t�i; nama-named; bhattacaryera grhiQi-the\nwife of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mahabhakta-a great devotee; tenho-she; snehete-in affection; janani-just like a\nmother.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya's wife was known as the mother of $athi. She was\na great devotee of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and she was affectionate like a\nmother.\n\nTEXT 201\n'tt1f �f�' �it�t� � ttJ �ta'l flrlf I\n��t\"' ��\"� �t\\!1 9ft<fi �·'I II � � II\no\n\nghare asi' bhattacarya tanre ajna dila\nanande �athira mata paka car;Jaila\nSYNONYMS\n\nghare asi'-coming home; bhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; tanreher; ajna di/a-ordered; anande-with great satisfaction; �athira mata-the\nmother of ?athi; paka car;/ai/a-began cooking.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter returning to his home, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya gave orders to his\nwife, and his wife, known as $athira Mata, the mother of $athi, began cooking\nwith great pleasure.\n\n", "mad6#p0138": "Text 204]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n105\n\nTEXT 202\n\n'elt51,1f11 � � ��J �- <e�' I\n�� -tt��fiRs, �-VI' �t!(f11' II �\\o� II\nbhattacaryera grhe saba dravya ache bhari'\nyeba saka-pha/adika, anai/a ahari'\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacaryera grhe-at the house of Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; saba dravyaall kinds of ingredients; ache-there are; bhari'-filling; yeba-whatever; sakaspinach; phala-adika-fruits and so on; anai/a-he brought; ahari'-collecting.\nTRANSLATION\nAt Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya's house, there was always a full stock of food.\nWhatever spinach, vegetables, fruit and so on were required, he collected and\nbrought back home.\nTEXT 203\n\n�t9f� 'e-m1( �'11 �1f �� �jj I\n\n�1� ���- mllli'!i, iSft'� 9ft<fi·l!� II � o � II\napani bhattacarya kare pakera saba karma\n?athira mata-vicak?al)a, jane paka-marma\nSYNONYMS\napani-personally;\n\nbhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya;\n\nkare-arranges;\n\npakera-of cooking; saba karma-all activities; ?athira mata-the mother of\n$a�hi; vicak?aQa-very experienced; jane-knows; paka-marma-how to cook.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya personally began to help his wife �ook. His wife,\nthe mother of $afhi, was very experienced, and she knew how to cook nicely.\nTEXT 204\n\n9ft�� �r..,ct-�� ,<et'\\'1� 1\n��·�1;1f �111� �t�-��i !(11 II � oS II\npaka-salara dak?iQe-dui bhogalaya\neka-ghare salagramera bhoga-seva haya\n\n", "mad6#p0139": "106\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\npaka-sa/ara dak�iQe-on the southern side of the kitchen; dui bhoga-alayatwo rooms for offering food; eka-ghare-in one room; salagramera-of Lord\n\nS alagrama; bhoga-seva-offering of food; haya-there is.\nTRANSLATION\nOn the southern side of the kitchen were two rooms for offering food, and\nin one of them the food was offered to Salagrama Narayar:ta.\nPURPORT\nAmong the followers of the Vedic way, salagrama-si/a, the vigraha of Narayat:Ja,\nis worshiped in the form of a stone ball. In India, every brahmaQa still worships the\nsalagrama-sila in his home. The vaisyas and k�atriyas may also engage in this worship, but it is compulsory in the house of a brahmaQa.\nTEXT 205\n\n� \\11 �� �..-tl \"ftf'St�i I\n\n�t� ��� �� �i{ <f.��i II � 0<2\" U\nara ghara mahaprabhura bhik�ara lagiya\nnibhrte kariyache bhatta niitana kariya\nSYNONYMS\nara ghara-the other room; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhik�ara lagiya-for taking lunch; nibhrte kariyache-constructed in a solitary place;\nbhatta-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; nDtana kariya-newly done.\nTRANSLATION\nThe other room was for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's lunch. The Lord's lunch\nroom was very secluded, and it was newly constructed by Bhaftacarya.\nTEXT 206\n\nctft'i �� .-fl �tif, � �ctf.ftl! I\n��<f.� �J 9lft�f-tt� II � o� II\nbahye eka dvara tara, prabhu pravesite\npaka-salara eka dvara anna parivesite\n\n", "mad6#p0140": "Text 208]\n\nSarvabhauma BhaHacarya Offers Prasada to the lord\n\n1 07\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nbahye-outside; eka dvara-one door; tara-of this room; prabhu pravesite-for the entrance of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; paka-salara-of the kitchen;\neka dvara-another door; anna-food; parivesite-to serve.\nTRANSLATION\nThe room was so constructed that there was only one door as an entrance\nfrom the outside for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. There was another door attached to the kitchen, and it was through this door that the food was brought.\nTEXT 207\n\n<!t�-��lli �i'ftl �t1f$�i <?t'ttt:! I\nf!i{·�'ti{ '!'$ � l!;�tRti'f �t?;;'! II � o'l II\n6..\n\nbattisa-athiya kalara angatiya pate\ntina-mana taQc;iulera ubharila bhate\nSYNONYMS\n\nbattisa-athiya-named battisa-athiya; kalara-of the banana tree; aligatiyawithout being divided; pate-on a leaf; tina-three ; mana-manas (a certain\nweight); taQc;iulera-of rice; ubhari/a-poured; bhate-cooked rice.\nTRANSLATION\nFirst, three manas of cooked rice-almost s!x pounds-was poured on a big\nbanana leaf.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is the beginning of a description of the food prepared for Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. This description is given by Kaviraja Gosvami, who, it is assumed,\nwas an expert cook who knew both how to prepare and how to serve food.\nTEXT 208\n\n�'!·�'Stf'fi·�'! �j fit� '�if I\n�flfr;;� � V! <!t�i l>fifif II � 0\\r ll\npita-sugandhi-ghrte anna sikta kaila\ncari-dike pate ghrta vahiya ca/ila\n\n", "mad6#p0141": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n108\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\np ita-y ellowish; su-gandhi-fragrant; ghrte-with clarified butter; anna-rice;\nsikta-mixed; kai/a-made; cari-dike-on all sides; pate\n\n-\n\nthe leaf; ghrta-the\n\nclarified butter; vahiya ca/i/a- began to flood.\nTRANSLATION\nThen, the whole stack of rice was mixed with so much yellowish and\nfragrant clarified butter that it began to overflow the leaf.\nTEXT 209\n\n��?fijj-���-�ttr1 �fil' �Rf I\nmr�� 'ff1rn�li il'tili�J•illf)fil' \"�0�\"\nkeyapatra-ka/akhola-<;foriga sari sari\ncari-dike dhariyache nana vyanjana bhari'\nSYNONYMS\nkeya-patra-the leaf of the keya plant; kala-kho/a-the skin of the banana\ntree;\n\n<;:/origa-pots;\n\ndhariyache-were\n\nsari sari-one\nholding;\n\nafter\n\nanother;\n\nnana-various;\n\ncari-dike-on\n\nvyanjana-cooked\n\nall\n\nsides;\n\nvegetables;\n\nbhari'-filled.\nTRANSLATION\nThere were a number of pots made of the bark of banana trees and the\nleaves of the keya plant. These pots were filled with various cooked vegetables and placed on all sides of the leaf.\nTEXT 210\n\n���11f �' fillllif·��-��'�\"'\"'tl'f I\n\n1ffttR �' lififl<i1�1, �� <;�t'f ll ��o ll\ndasa-prakara saka, nimba-tikta-sukhta-jhola\nmaricera jha/a, chana-ba<;fa, ba<;fi ghola\nSYNONYMS\ndasa-prakara saka-spinach of ten varieties; nimba-tikta-sukhta-jhola-a soup\ncalled sukhta, made with bitter nimba leaf; maricera jhala-a pungent preparation\nmade with black pepper; chana-ba<;fa-a mild cake made of fried curd; ba<;fi\ngho/a-buttermilk with small pieces of fried dahl.\n\n", "mad6#p0142": "Text 212]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n109\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere were about ten kinds of spinach, a soup called sukhta, which was\nmade with bitter nimba leaves, a pungent preparation made with black pepper, a mild cake made of fried curd, and buttermilk mixed with small fried\npieces of dahl.\nTEXT 211\n\n'-11i'l�' l11it_'I1'G, '�:Jf1J, 'ft� ,111 I\n�cG, '���1, ��'f -tf�1f111 �)� II\ndugdha-tumbi, dugdha-ku$marxfa, vesara, laphra\nmoca-ghaQta, moca-bhaja, vividha sakra\nSYNONYMS\ndugdha-tumbi-squash\n\ncooked\n\nwith\n\nmilk;\n\ndugdha ku$maQc;la-pumpkin\n-\n\ncooked with milk; vesara-a preparation made from chick-pea flour; laphra-a\ncombination of several vegetables; moca-ghaQta-boiled banana flowers; mocabhaja-fried banana flowers; vividha-various; sakra-vegetables.\nTRANSLATION\nThere were preparations of dugdha-tumbi, dugdha-ku�ma•:u;la, vesara,\nlaphra, moca-ghar;�ta, moca-bhaja and other vegetables.\nTEXT 212\n\n�t'G�� �·i{ 'GI�1f I\n't\"Pl�·�·'IJ!t fif�'f 121<fit1f II ��� II\nvrddha-ku�maQc;la-bac;lira vyarijana apara\nphulabac;li-phala-mala vividha prakara\nSYNONYMS\nvrddha-ku$maQc;la-bac;lira-of small pieces of fried dahl mixed with ripe\npumpkin;\n\nvyarijana-vegetables;\n\napara\n\npieces of another kind of dahl; phala\n\n-\n\n-\n\nunlimited;\n\nphula-bac;li-small\n\nfried\n\nfruits; mula-roots; vividha prakara-of\n\ndifferent varieties.\nTRANSLATION\nThere were unlimited quantities of vrddha-ku�mar;��a-ba�i, phula-ba�i,\nfruits and various roots.\n\n", "mad6#p0143": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n110\n\nTEXT 213\n\n�-T�9fi!-� 'f�·�t�� I\n'f�, ��'!1'f-�i, �-�·�t� II �)� II\nnava-nimbapatra-saha bhr?ta-vartaki\nphula-bac;li, patola-bhaja, ku?mJ.Qc;la-mana-caki\n\nSYNONYMS\nnava-newly grown; nimba-patra-nimba leaves; saha-along with; bhmavartaki-fried\n\neggplant;\n\nphu/a-bac;li-light\n\nbac;li;\n\npatola-bhaja-fried\n\npatola\n\nvegetable; ku?mJ.Qc;la-of pumpkin; mana-of squash; caki-rounds.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOther preparations included eggplant mixed with newly grown nimba\nleaves fried together, light bac;ti, fried patola, and fried rounds of squash and\npumpkin.\nTEXT 214\n\n�-�-�-'1_9f 'ClV! fil� I\n1t!_�tJI', .,ilPtJI'tflf �Jl �� li� II �)8 II\nbhr?ta-ma?a-mudga-supa amrta nindaya\nmadhuramla, bac;lamladi am/a panca chaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhr?ta-fried; ma?a-urd dahl; mudga-mung dahl; supa-soup; amrta-nectar;\n\nnindaya-defeating;\n\nmadhura-amla-sweet\n\nch utney;\n\nbac;la-am/a-sour\n\npreparation made with fried dahl; adi-and so on; am/a-sour; panca chayafive or six kinds.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere was a soup made with fried urad dahl and mung dahl, defeating nectar. There were also sweet chutney and five or six kinds of sour preparations,\nbeginning with bac;tamla.\nTEXT 215\n\n��i!pi, �<!li!pi, �ift� fif� I\n�Sjf'f, ift�f;�if-� 'Clt� �� f9l� II �)� II\n\n", "mad6#p0144": "Text 217]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n111\n\nmudga-bat;fa, ma�a-bat;fa, ka/a-bat;fa mi�.ta\nk�ira-puli, narikela-puli ara yata pi�ta\nSYNONYMS\nmudga-bat;fa-fried cakes made of mung dahl; ma�a-bat;fa-fried cakes made\nof urd dahl; ka/a-bat;fa-fried cakes made of banana; mi?ta-very sweet; k?irapuli-cakes made with sweet rice; narikela-puli-coconut cake; ara-and;\nyata-varieties of; pi?ta-cakes.\nTRANSLATION\nThere were bharats made of mung dahl, of urd dahl and of sweet bananas,\nand there was sweet rice cake, coconut cake and various other cakes.\nTEXT 216\n\nclt��' �l5-��' �-\"f�'i'� I\n� �F� f9f� '<li'i', <!ifftt� ifl-tf<li II �) � II\nkanji-bat;fa, dugdha-cit;fa, dugdha-laklaki\nara yata pitha kai/a, kahite na saki\nSYNONYMS\nkanji-bat;fa-cakes made with sour rice-water; dugdha-cit;fa-sweet rice mixed\nwith milk; dugdha-laklaki-another preparation of milk and cakes to be licked up;\nara-and; yata-various types of; pitha-cakes; kaila-made; kahite-to describe; na saki-1 am not able.\nTRANSLATION\nThere was kanji-bac;la, dugdha-cic;la, dugdha-laklaki and various cakes,\nwhich I am unable to describe.\nTEXT 217\n\n�-flf� �lftl, �e:�fu�1 �fit' I\n\n�t9ft<!i\"f!·'Clil�l5-�tllt �tft1 SfRf II �Yl II\nghrta-sikta paramanna, m[t-kUQQika bhari'\ncanpakala-ghanadugdha-amra taha dhari\nSYNONYMS\nghrta-sikta parama-anna-sweet rice mixed with ghee; mrt-kuQt;fika bhari'filling an earthen pot; canpa-kala-a kind of banana; ghana-dugdha-condensed\nmilk; amra-mango pulp; taha-that; dhari-including.\n\n", "mad6#p0145": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n112\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\nSweet rice mixed with ghee was poured into an earthen pot and mixed with\ncailpa-kala, condensed milk and mango.\nTEXT 218\n\nPft\"f1·1ff� wfif, lt� �9ftf 1\n\nc;,ft� �e.�c, � �'lfiJ� �<!i11f II �)r II\nrasala-mathita dadhi, sandesa apara\ngauge utkale yata bhak?yera prakara\nSYNONYMS\nrasa/a-delicious; mathita-churned;\n\ndadhi-curd; sandesa-a sweetmeat;\n\napara-unlimited; gauge-in Bengal; utka/e-in Orissa; yata-all; bhak?yera-of\neatables; prakara-kinds.\nTRANSLATION\nOther preparations included a very delicious churned curd and a variety of\nsande5a sweetmeats. Indeed, all the various eatables available in Bengal and\nOrissa were prepared.\nTEXT 219\n\n• <lifif' �tm lt� ��t�\"' 1\n\n�<!i-�lt9fR '\"\" � 9ft� II �)� II\nsraddha kari' bhauacarya saba karaila\nsubhra-pTthopari sOk?ma vasana pati/a\nSYNONYMS\nsraddha kari'-with great respect;\n\nbhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya;\n\nsaba karaila-had them all prepared; subhra-white; prtha-a wooden platform;\nupari-over; sOk?ma-fine; vasana-cloth; pati/a-spread.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Bhattacarya prepared a great variety of food and spread a fine cloth\nover a white wooden platform.\nTEXT 220\n\n�� 9ftt-t -,�� ift'!f( �-�� I\n�-41JCPtift?ttf � 'f�·1fCPit II �� II\no\n\n", "mad6#p0146": "Text 222]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the lord\n\n113\n\ndui pase sugandhi sita/a ja/a-jhari\nanna-vyanjanopari dila tulasi-manjari\nSYNONYMS\ndui pase-on two sides; su-gandhi-nicely scented; sita/a -cold; ja/a-jharf­\n\npitchers of water; anna-vyanjana-upari-over the rice and vegetables; di/aplaced; tulasi-manjari-flowers of tufas/.\nTRANSLATION\nOn two sides of the stack of food were pitchers filled with scented cold\nwater. The flowers of the tulasi tree were placed above the mound of rice.\nTEXT 221\n\n��$�1, f��-9ftifl �tii�C, I\n�'51it�-21�t5f � ��� �fP( II��� II\namrta-gutika, pitha-pana anaila\njagannatha-prasada saba prthak dharila\nSYNONYMS\namrta-gutika-the sweet named amrta-gutika; pitha-pana -cakes and sweet\n\nrice; anaila -brought; jagannatha-prasada -remnants of the food of Lord Jagannatha; saba -al l; prthak dharila-kept separately.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya also included several types of food that had been\noffered to lord Jagannatha. This included sweetballs known as amrta-gutika,\nsweet rice and cakes. All these were kept separately.\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough the remnants of food left by jagannatha were brought into Bha��acarya's house, they were kept separate from the preparations he had made at\nhis home. It sometimes happens that prasada is mixed with a larger quantity of\nfood and then distributed, but in this case we find that Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya\nkept the jagannatha-prasada separate. He kept it aside particularly for the satisfaction of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 222\n\n�\"� �$l, 11� �fBI I\n(fl� 111� itt� �f-{�111 ��� II\n\n", "mad6#p0147": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n114\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nhena-kale mahaprabhu madhyahna kariya\nekale ai/a tarira hrdaya janiya\nSYNONYMS\nhena-ka/e-at this time; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; madhyahna\nkariya-finishing His midday duties; eka/e-alone; ai/a-came; tarira-of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; hrdaya-the heart; janiya-knowing.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen everything was ready, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu came there alone\nafter finishing His midday duties. He knew the heart of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya.\nTEXT 223\n\n�titfi C�'l t.!t<!f �� <21� I\n1ft1fl mt1f <;'$1'11 �fit!.! Qe�i{ \" ��-e \"\nbhattacarya kaila tabe pada prak?alana\ngharera bhitare gela karite bhojana\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; kai/a-performed; tabe-thereafter;\npada prak?alana-washing the feet; gharera bhitare-within the room; ge/a-entered; karite bhojana-to take lunch.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya washed the Lord's feet, the Lord entered the\nroom to take His lunch.\nTEXT 224\n\n�.tflf ��� � �fi'JI� ��i I\n\n�t� ��� f�t; �fer �Bt�i II ��8 II\nannadi dekhiya prabhu vismita haria\nbhattacarye kahe kichu bharigi kariya\nSYNONYMS\nanna-adi dekhiya-seeing the arrangement of food; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; vismita haria-being astonished; bhattacarye kahe-said to Bhattacarya; kichu-some; bharigi-gesture; kariya-making.\n\n", "mad6#p0148": "Text 227]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n115\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was a little astonished to see the gorgeous arrangement, and, gesturing, He spoke to Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya.\nTEXT 225\n\n��f<fi� �� �� ��-���il I\n\n�� �� �i!t� '�t� ��'i �'!iii? ��a- II\nafaukika ei saba anna-vyafijana\ndui prahara bhitare kaiche ha-ifa randhana?\nSYNONYMS\nafaukika-uncommon;\n\nei-this; saba-all;\n\ntables; dui prahara bhitare\n\n-\n\nanna-vya!'ijana-rice and vege­\n\nwithin six hours; kaiche-how; ha-ifa randhana­\n\ncooking was finished.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This is most uncommon! How was this arrangement of rice and vegetables\nfinished within six hours?\nTEXT 226\n\n-ti! � -ti! �il �t� �� <fit� I\n\ni!�� �i! i!f�J �tfititi! iii �tt� II ��� II\nsata cufaya sata jana paka yadi kare\ntabu sighra eta dravya randhite na pare\nSYNONYMS\nsata cufaya\n\n-\n\nin one hundred ovens; sata jana-one hundred men; paka yadi\n\nkare-if engaged in cooking; tabu\n\n-\n\nst ill; sighra-so soon; eta dravya-so many\n\npreparations; randhite na pare-could not cook.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Even a hundred men cooking on a hundred ovens could not possibly finish\nall these preparations within so short a time.\nTEXT 227\n\n�t�� �'5t i'ft'5tt��,-�'l,1ftil �r� 1\n��� '��t� �tti! 1_?f>fl·'alCP� II ��9 II\n\n", "mad6#p0149": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n116\n\nkr�Qera bhoga lagaiiacha, -anumana kari\nupare dekhiye yate tulasi-maiijari\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�Qera bhoga lagaiiacha-you have offered to Kr�t:�a; anumana kari-1 hope;\nupare-upon the food; dekhiye-1 see; yate-since; tulasi-maiijari-flowers of\nthe tulasi tree.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I hope the food has already been offered to Kr�r;ta, since I see there are\ntulasi flowers over the plates.\nTEXT 228\n\n�t� !_fiT, :Jf{ii:<f :;'!t'alt� �c;ltlft'St I\nift'ft� \"'t'Stt�t� �'!1,-t �t'St II ��lr II\nbhagyavan tumi, saphala tomara udyoga\nradha-kr�Qe lagaiiacha etadrsa bhoga\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhagyavan tumi-you are fortunate;\nudyoga-endeavor;\n\nradha-kr�Qe-unto\n\nsa-pha/a-successful;\nTheir\n\nLordships\n\ntamara-your;\n\nRadha\n\nand\n\nKr�t:�a;\n\nlagaiiacha-you offered; etadrsa-such; bhoga -food.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are most fortunate, and your endeavor is successful, for you have\noffered such wonderful food to Radha-Kr�r;ta.\nTEXT 229\n\n�m ��' �(-�f! 'altilt�'al 1\n\n� �te, �tl �f.�tt!iil �� II ��e;, II\nannera saurabhya, varQa-ati manorama\nradha-kr�Qa sak�at ihan kariyachena bhojana\nSYNONYMS\n\nannera\n\nsaurabhya-the\n\nflavor\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ncooked\n\nrice;\n\nvarQa-color;\n\nati\n\nmanorama-very attractive; radha-kr�Qa-Lord Kr�t:�a and Radharat:�T; sak�atdirectly; ihan-all this; kariyachena bhojana-have eaten.\n\n", "mad6#p0150": "Text 232]\n\n117\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The color of the rice is so attractive and its aroma so good that it appears\nRadha and Kr�r;.a have directly taken it.\nTEXT 230\n\n� �f(� �t� �� �llfd�� I\n\n�1f1f-��fit, � ��f;llf� ��II ��o II\ntamara bahuta bhagya kata prasarhsiba\nami-bhagyavan, ihara avase�a paba\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-your; bahuta-great; bhagya-fortune; kata-how much; prasamsiba-shalll praise; ami-1; bhagyavan-fortunate; ihara-of this; avase,sa-remnants; paba-shall get.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Bhatfacarya, your fortune is very great. How much shall I praise\nyou? I also am very fortunate to be able to take the remnants of this food.\nTEXT 231\n\n�� �:Jfil·�� 1ft�� ��t�i I\nc;;JfttJ !2f:JftW �' �\\'{ �tf;iJI(.;� �firni II ��!) II\nkr,sf)era asana-pitha rakhaha uthafia\nmore prasada deha' bhinna patrete kariya\nSYNONYMS\nkr,sf)era-of Lord Kr��a; asana-pitha-the sitting place; rakhaha-keep a side;\nuthana-raising;\n\nmore-unto Me; prasada-prasada;\n\ndeha'-give;\n\nbhinna­\n\nseparate; patrete-on a plate; kariya-putting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Take away Kr�r;.a's sitting place and put it aside. Then give me prasada on\na different plate.\"\nTEXT 232\n\n� �'I\",- !2ft_ iii �J� �'ml I\n'� �tt�, �t� lift�J �t� f:Jt� Q II ��� II\n\n", "mad6#p0151": "118\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nbhattacarya bale, -prabhu na karaha vismaya\nyei khabe, tanhara saktye bhoga siddha haya\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya ba/e-Bhattacarya said; prabhu-my Lord; na karaha vismaya-do\nnot become astonished; yei khabe-whoever shall eat; tanhara saktye-by His\ngrace; bhoga-the food; siddha haya-has been prepared.\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya said, \"It is not so wonderful, my Lord. Everything\nhas been made possible by the energy and mercy of He who will eat the food.\nTEXT 233\n\n��'$f il1 f� (;1J'M{ 'l��� �'lti�ill\n�\"tJ llf� �t'$f fll., <;Jtl � �illl ��� II\nudyoga na chi/a mora grhiQTra randhane\nyanra saktye bhoga siddha, sei taha jane\nSYNONYMS\nudyoga-exertion; na chi/a-there was not; mora-of me; grhiQTra-of my\nwife; randhane-in cooking; yanra saktye-by whose potency; bhoga siddhathe food has been prepared; sei-He; taha jane-knows that.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My wife and I did not especially exert ourselves in the cooking. He by\nwhose power the food has been prepared knows everything.\nTEXT 234\n\n���� �1lltil �r,• �11� cettril t\n12ft. ��,-�i9fJ �l �t-.� �tllilll ��8 II\neita asane vasi' karaha bhojana\nprabhu kahe, -pujya ei kr?Qera asana\nSYNONYMS\neita asane-on this sitting place; vasi'-sitting; karaha bhojana-take Your\nlunch; prabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; pujya-worshipable; eithis; kr?Qera asana-sitting place of Kr�r:Ja.\n\n", "mad6#p0152": "Text 236]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya O ffers Prasada to the Lord\n\n119\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now please sit in this place and take Your lunch.\" Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nreplied, \"This place is worshipable because it was used by Kr�r;�a.\"\nPURPO RT\nAccording to etiquette, things used by Kr�r:Ja should not be used by anyone\nelse. Similarly, things used by the spiritual master should also not be used by anyone else. That is etiquette. Whatever is used by Kr�r:Ja or the spiritual master is\nworshipable. In particular, their sitting or eating places should not be used by anyone else. A devotee must be very careful to observe this.\nTEXT 235\n\n'e� �,.--�:{, ��,-lflrti{ $11� I\n�tl �t�<t, �� �flit'! �'ttt ��� ? � �� II\nbhatta kahe, -anna, pitha, -sa mana prasada\nanna khabe, pithe vasite kahan aparadha?\nSYNONYMS\nbhatta kahe-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya said; anna-food; pitha-sitting place;\nsamana-equal; prasada-mercy remnants of the Lord; anna khabe-You will eat\nthe food; pithe vasite-to sit on the place; kahan aparadha-where is the offense.\nTRANSLATION\nBhaflacarya said, \"Both the food and the sitting place are the Lord's mercy.\nIf You can eat the remnants of the food, what is the offense in Your sitting in\nthis place?\"\nTEXT 236\n\n�'t. ���,-�t� C<f.t't, •t1'lJf-�twl �� I\n��� ll<!fi� � �J �tllilt� II ��� II\nprabhu kahe, -bhala kai/e, sastra-ajfia haya\nkr?r;era sakala se?a bhrtya asvadaya\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; bha/a kaile-you have\nspoken correctly; sastra-ajfia haya-there is such an order in the revealed scripture;\n\nkr?r;era sakala se?a-everything left by\n\nasvadaya-partakes of.\n\nKr�r:Ja;\n\nbhrtya-the servant;\n\n", "mad6#p0153": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n120\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu then said, \"Yes, you have spoken correctly. The\nsastras enjoin that the devotee can partake of everything left by Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 237\n\n'K�1��7§�5f,S!�<Hc1!i�<'f';n!fifD�t: I\n��gc�t��\"C'li 1f'f'l1�� 1\\t�t� -�iDl1! � II �_,� II\ntvayopayukta-srag-gandhavaso '/ankara-carcita/:1\n\nucchi?ta-bhojino dasas\n\ntava mayarh jayema hi\nSYNONYMS\n\ntvaya-by You; upayukta-used; srak-flower garlands;\n\ngandha-scented\n\nsubstances like sandalwood pulp; vasa/:1-garments; a/ankara-ornaments; carcita/:1-being decorated with; ucchi?ta-remnants of food; bhojina/:1-eating;\ndasa/:1-servants; tava-Your; mayam\n\n-\n\nillusory energy; jayema-can conquer\n\nover; hi-certainly.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear L ord, the garlands, scented substances, garments, ornaments\nand other such things that have been offered to You may later be used by Your\nservants. By partaking of these things and eating the remnants of food You\nhave left, we will be able to conquer the illusory energy.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.6.46). In the Hare Kr�Qa move­\n\nment, the chanting of the Hare Kr�Qa maha-mantra, the dancing in ecstasy and the\neating of the remnants of food offered to the Lord are very, very important. One\nmay be illiterate or incapable of understanding the philosophy, but if he partakes\nof these three items, he will certainly be liberated without delay.\nThis verse was spoken by Uddhava to Lord Kr�Qa. This was during the time\n\nwhen the Uddhava-gita was spoken. At that time there was some disturbance in\nDvaraka, and Lord Kr�Qa had to leave the material world and enter the spiritual\nworld. Uddhava could understand the situation, and he talked with the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. The verse quoted above is an excerpt from their conversations.\n\nS ri Kr�Qa's pastimes in this material world are called prakata-li/a\n\n", "mad6#p0154": "Text 238]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n121\n\n(manifested pastimes), and His pastimes in the spiritual world are called aprakatali/a (unmanifested pastimes). By unmanifested we mean that they are not present\nbefore our eyes. It is not that Lord Kr�r:Ja's pastimes are unmanifest. They are going\non exactly as the sun is going on perpetually, but when the sun is present before\nour eyes, we call it daytime (manifest), and when it is not present, we call it night\n(unmanifest). Those who are above the jurisdiction of night are always in the\nspiritual world, where the Lord's pastimes are constantly manifest to them. As the\nBrahma-sarhhita confirms:\nananda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhavitabhis\ntabhir ya eva nija-rupataya ka/abhi/:1\ngoloka eva nivasaty akhilatma-bhato\ngovindam adi-puru�arh tam aharh bhajami\npremafljana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\nsanta/:! sadaiva hrdaye�u vilokayanti\nyarh syamasundaram acintya-guf')a-svaruparh\ngovindam adi-puru�arh tam aharh bhajami\n\"I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who resides in His own realm, Goloka,\n\nwith Radha, who resembles His own spiritual figure and who embodies the\necstatic potency [hladinil. Their companions are Her confidantes, who embody\nextensions of Her bodily form and who are imbued and permeated with everblissful spiritual rasa. I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is Syamasundara,\nKr�r:Ja Himself with inconceivable innumerable attributes, whom the pure devotees see in their heart of hearts with the eye of devotion tinged with the salve of\nlove.\" (Bs.\n\n5.37-38)\nTEXT 238\n\nl!�f?t �t'!� �� -tf�il il1 �'At I\n\n<et ��,-l!ffr.., 'It� �tl!� \\�i� II ��lr II\ntathapi eteka anna khaona na yaya\nbhatta kahe, -jani, khao yateka yuyaya\n\nSYNONYMS\ntathapi-still; eteka-so much; anna-food; khaona-eating; na yaya-is not\npossible; bhatta kahe-Bhattacarya said; jani-1 know; khao-You can eat;\nyateka-how much; yuyaya-is possible.\n\n", "mad6#p0155": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n122\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then said, \"There is so much food here that it is\nimpossible to eat.\" Bhanacarya replied, \"I know how much You can eat.\nTEXT 239\n\n�'fWt'f c;re� i[f1l �� �t�tt �� I\n�<fi �� c;<ett'$1�\n\n�� -t� ilf� <e� II ��� II\n\nni/aca/e bhojana tumi kara bayanna bara\neka eka bhogera anna sata sata bhara\nSY NONYMS\nni/acale-at Jagannatha Puri; bhojana -accepting lunch; tumi-You; kara -do;\nbayanna bara\n\n-\n\nfifty two times; eka eka bhogera-of each and every offering;\n-\n\nanna -eatab les; sata sata bhara-hundreds of buckets.\nTRANSLATION\n\"After all, at jagannatha Puri You eat fifty-two times a day, and each time\nYou eat hundreds of buckets filled with prasada.\nTEXT 240\n\n.-tl<fi1� ��-lf�i!:l 11��·11�� I\n\n�i1lf-t 11�1, ���!lift�� 'Cit� II �So II\ndvarakate $Oia-sahasra mahi$i-mandire\na$tadasa mata, ara yadavera ghare\nSY NONYMS\ndvarakate-at\n\nDvaraka-dhama;\n\n$Oia-sahasra-sixteen thousand;\n\nqueens; mand i re-p a l a ces ; a$tiidasa ma ta\n\n-\n\nmahi$i­\n\nei ghteen mothers; ara-and;\n\nyadavera ghare-in the house of the Yadu dynasty.\nTRANSLATION\n\"At Dvaraka, You keep sixteen thousand queens in sixteen thousand\npalaces. Also, there are eighteen mothers and numerous friends and relatives\nof the Yadu dynasty.\nTEXT 241\n\na!t'r\n\n�' �' 'llt'lli, f�tftf c;'$11-Pt'$1'1 I\n\nlf-r� lf�� 'CI� f�lltiJi·<;;<e� II �8� II\n\n", "mad6#p0156": "Text 242]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya O ffers Prasada to the L ord\n\n123\n\nvraje jyetha, khuc;la, mama, pisadi gopa-gaQa\n\nsakha-vrnda sabara ghare dvisandhya-bhojana\nSYNONYMS\n\nvraje-at Vrndavana; jyetha-the father's elder brothers; khuc;la-the father's\nyounger brothers; mama-the mother's brothers; pisa-the husbands of aunts;\nadi-and so on; gopa-gaQa-cowherd men; sakha-vrnda-hundreds of friends;\nsabara-of all of them; ghare-in the houses; dvi-sandhya-twice a day; bhojana-eating.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In Vrndavana You also have Your father's elder brothers, Your father's\nyounger brothers, maternal uncles, husbands of Your father's sisters and many\ncowherd men. There are also cowherd boy friends, and You eat twice a day,\nmorning and evening, in the house of each and every one.\nPURPO RT\n\nIn Dvaraka, Lord Kr��a had eighteen mothers like DevakT, Rohi�T and others.\nBesides these was· His foster mother Yasoda in Vrndavana. Lord Kr��a also had\ntwo uncles, who were brothers of Nanda Maharaja. As stated by SrTia ROpa\nGosvamT in his Sri-kr�Qa-gaQoddesa-dipika, upanando 'bhinandas ca pitrvyau purva-jau pituh: \"The elder brothers of Nanda Maharaja were Upananda and Abhinanda.\" Similarly, in the same book the names of the younger brothers of Nanda\nMaharaja are given. Pitrvyau tu kaniyarhsau syatarh sannanda-nandanau:\n\"Sannanda and Nandana, or Sunanda and Pa�c;lava, were the younger brothers of\nKr��a's father, Nanda Maharaja.\" SrT Kr��a's maternal uncles were also described\nthere. Yasodhara-yasodeva-sudevadyas tu matulah: \"Yasodhara, Yasodeva and\nSudeva were the maternal uncles of Kr��a.\" Kr��a's uncles are also mentioned.\nMahanilah sunilas ca ramaQav etayoh kramat: \"MahanTia and SunTia are the husbands of Kr��a's aunts.\"\nTEXT 242\n\nc;�(i{·�n;� �' �� �fit �f-t 1\n� (}'{� �l �:t �� �<fl � II �8� II\ngovardhana-yajfie anna khaila rasi rasi\ntara lekhaya ei anna nahe eka grasi\nSYNONYMS\ngovardhana-yajfie-in the\n\nGovardhana-pOja sacrifice; anna-food; khailaYou ate; rasi rasi-stacks; tara-to that; lekhaya-in comparison; ei-this;\nanna-food; nahe-not; eka grasi-one morsel.\n\n", "mad6#p0157": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n124\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Indeed,\" Sarvabhauma Bhaffacarya continued, \"at the Govardhana-puja\nceremony You ate stacks of rice. In comparison to that, this small quantity is\nnot even a morsel for You.\nTEXT 243\n\n� �, ��, 'l[tfP-� � m 1\n���tlf lit'!_� \"tS� �<fl'Rf II �8� II\ntumi ta' isvara, mwii\n\n-\n\nk?udra jiva chara\n\neka-grasa madhukari karaha angikara\n\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-You;\n\nta'-certainly;\n\nisvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nmuni-1; k?udra jiva-insignificant living being; chara-worthless; eka-grasa­\n\none small quantity; madhu-kari-as collected by the bees; karaha -please do;\nangikara -accept.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whereas I am a most insignificant living being. Therefore You may accept a little quantity of food from\nmy house.\"\nPURPO RT\nA sannyasi is expected to collect a little food from each and every householder.\n\nThat is to say, he should take whatever he requires to eat. This system is called\nmadhukari. The word madhukari comes from the word madhukara and means\n\n\"honey-collecting bees.\" Bees collect a little honey from each flower, but all these\nsmall quantities of honey accumulate to become a beehive. Sannyasis should collect a little from each and every householder and should eat simply what is\nnecessary to maintain the body. Being a sannyasi, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ncould collect a little food from the house of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, and this\nwas the Bhattacarya's request. Compared to the food eaten by the Lord on other\noccasions, Bhattacarya's feast was not even a morsel. This is what Bhattacarya is\npointing out to the Lord.\nTEXT 244\n\n���f.{' �fit' l21t_ <�� ceti!lfti' 1\n\ni91�,tt� l2!1ft5f � � �-1lt� II �88 II\n\n", "mad6#p0158": "Text 246]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n125\n\neta suni' hasi' prabhu vasila bhojane\njagannathera prasada bhatta dena har?a-mane\nSYNONYMS\neta suni'-hearing this; hasi'-smiling; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nvasila bhojane-sat down to eat; jagannathera-of Lord Jagannatha; prasadaremnants of food; bhatta-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; dena har?a-mane-delivers\nin great happiness.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu smiled and sat down to eat. Bhattacarya, with great pleasure, first offered Him the prasada from the Jagannatha\ntemple.\nTEXT 245\n\n�il�� '�'�t�' ,-��t�t�;;1i� 'Sft�t�i I\n\n�llfiil, fi{\"f� c;oi�;;�1 �1�-�� !6� II �8<t II\nhena-ka/e 'amogha,'-bhattacaryera jamata\nkulina, nindaka teliho ?ilthi-kanyara bharta\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kale-exactly at this time; amogha-Amogha; bhattacaryera jamata-the\nson-in-law of Bhattacarya; kulina-of aristocratic birth; nindaka-blasphemer;\nteliho-he; ?ilthi-kanyara bharta-the husband of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya's\n\ndaughter named ?a�hi.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt this time Bhattacarya had a son-in-law named Amogha, who was the husband of his daughter named �athi. Although born in an aristocratic brahmar:ta\nfamily, this Amogha was a great faultfinder and blasphemer.\nTEXT 246\n\nc;re� or� �t�, �r�� iii 9ft�;� 1\n�-�t� 'e��t1i �1,\\?lil ��t'� II �8� II\nbhojana dekhite cahe, asite na pare\nlathi-hate bhattacarya achena duyare\n\n", "mad6#p0159": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n126\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhojana-the eating; dekhite cahe-he wanted to see; asite na pare-could\nnot come; lathi-hate-with a stick in his hand; bhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; achena-was; duyare-on the threshold.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAmogha wanted to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu eat, but he was not\nallowed to enter. Indeed, Bhaftacarya guarded the threshold of his house with\na stick in his hand.\nTEXT 247\n\n,�� 'lfW �\"t� fin;� c� �-1fi{ 1\n� �fil' �;( <;��' �11t11 fil\"fi{ II �8'1 II\ntenho yadi prasada dite haifa ana-mana\namogha asi' anna dekhi' karaye nindana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntenho-he (Bhattacarya); yadi-when; prasada dite-supplying the prasada;\nhaifa-became; ana-mana-inattentive; amogha-Amogha; asi'-coming; anna\ndekhi'-seeing the food; karaye nindana-began blaspheming.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHowever, as soon as Bhattacarya began distributing prasada and was a little\ninattentive, Amogha came in. Seeing the quantity of food, he began to\nblaspheme.\nTEXT 248\n\n�- � ,� � w-f <ffif ISfi{ I\n��i � � �t'!� �� ! �Sir II\nei anne trpta haya dasa bara jana\neke/a sannyasi kare eteka bhak�aQaf\n\nSYNONYMS\nei anne-with so much food; trpta haya-can be satisfied; dasa bara jana-at\nleast ten to twelve men; eke/a-alone; sannyasi-this person in the renounced\norder; kare-does; eteka-so much; bhak�aQa-eating.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"This much food is sufficient to satisfy ten or twelve men, but this sannyasi\nalone is eating so much!\"\n\n", "mad6#p0160": "Text 251]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n127\n\nTEXT 249\n\n��� �tl�t1i �I'(�' ��'f I\nitJ ����� <;�f-t' �l';Jf� *'ttll'f II �8� II\nsunitei bhattacarya ulati' cahila\ntarira avadhana dekhi' amogha palaila\nSYNONYMS\n\nsunitei-hearing; bhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; ulati' cahilaturned his eyes upon him; tarira-his; avadhana-attention; dekhi'-seeing;\namogha-Amogha; palaila-left.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Amogha said this, Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya turned his eyes\nupon him. Seeing Bhatfacarya's attitude, Amogha immediately left.\nTEXT 250\n\n'e�t� l'f� l'f�1 JftRt'! ��� I\n� �' '!t1f �'5t if!� II ��o 1!\nbhattacarya lathi lana marite dhaila\npalai/a amogha, tara laga na paila\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; lathi /ana-taking a stick; marite-to\nstrike; dhaila-ran; palaila-fled; amogha-Amogha; tara-him; laga na pailacould not catch.\nTRANSLATION\nBhatfacarya ran after him to strike him wtth a stick, but Amogha fled so fast\nthat Bhatfacarya could not catch him.\nTEXT 251\n\n'!� '5ttfif, -«� � ��t1i �tll'fil\n\n�1 �fil' Jf�� ���:! �f�i II �<t� II\ntabe gali, sapa dite bhattacarya aila\nninda suni' mahaprabhu hasite lagila\n\n", "mad6#p0161": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n128\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-at that time; gali-calling by ill names; sapa dite-cursing; bhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; aila-came back; ninda suni'-hearing the\ncriticism; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; hasite lagila-began to laugh.\nTRANSLATION\nBhaftacarya then began to curse and call his son-in-law ill names. When\nBhaftacarya returned, he saw that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was laughing to\nhear him criticize Amogha.\nTEXT 252\n\n�fil' ��� Jff\\!1 fit1;1!'-� �1\\! 1ft� I\n\n'� �1 �'-�!{1 � �'tt1' �tt11' 11 ��� n\nsuni' ?athira mata sire-buke ghata mare\n'?athi rarxfi ha-uka'-iha bale bare bare\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuni'-hearing; ?athira mata-the mother of ?athT; sire-on the head; bukeon the chest; ghata mare-strikes; ?athi raf)c;fi ha-uka-let ?athT become a widow;\niha bale-says this; bare bare-again and again.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen �afhi's mother, Bhaftacarya's wife, heard of this incident, she immediately began to strike her head and chest, saying again, \"Let �afhi become\na widow!\"\nTEXT 253\n\n·\nl � l�� �f't' � i� �t<ttfirn'l I\n\nilft� � �i!fi{ �<!15� '!_� Pl�1 n �tt� 11\ndurihara dul)kha dekhi' prabhu duriha prabodhiya\ndurihara icchate bhojana kaila tu?ta hana\nSYNONYMS\n\ndurihara du/:lkha dekhi'-seeing the lamentation of both; prabhu-Lord SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; duriha prabodhiya-pacifying them; durihara icchate-by\nthe will of both of them; bhojana kaila-took His lunch; tu?ta hai'ia-with great\nsatisfaction.\n\n", "mad6#p0162": "Text 255]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n129\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the lamentation of both husband and wife, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ntried to pacify them. According to their desire, He ate the prasada and was\nvery satisfied.\nTEXT 254\n\n� <IS�t�i �� �� ll_'f�l, I\n�-11'\"�' �er, �i'ft� �,�II �0'8 II\nacamana karafia bhatta dila mukha-vasa\ntulasi-mafijari, lavariga, elaci rasa-vasa\nSYNONYMS\nacamana karafia-washing the\n\nmouth,\n\nhands and legs of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; bhatta-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; dila mukha-vasa-gave some\nflavored spices; tulasi-mafijari-the flowers of tulasi; lavariga-cloves; elacicardamom; rasa-vasa-that which brings saliva.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu finished eating, Bhatfacarya washed His\nmouth, hands and legs and offered Him flavored spices, tulasi-mai'ijari, cloves,\nand cardamom.\nTEXT 255\n\n,(tter ��t·� � 1fta;uG\"fi{ I\n�._,e. ��1 �t� �iJJ � II �tO' II\nsarvarige paraila prabhura malya-candana\ndaQc;/avat hafia bale sadainya vacana\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-arige-all over the body; parai/a-put; prabhura-of the Lord; malyacandana-a flower garland and sandalwood pulp; daQc;/avat hafia-offering obeisances; bale-says; sa dainya-humble; vacana-statemen t.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Bhatfacarya then placed a flower garland over Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nand smeared His body with sandalwood pulp. After offering obeisances, the\nBhatfacarya submitted the following humble statement.\n\n", "mad6#p0163": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n130\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 256\n\n�i �� c:!1'1ft �tfillf. f.ltr·'&l� I\n\n�� ��11t'f, � � �� 1';11� II ��� II\nninda karaite toma aninu nija-ghare\nei aparadha, prabhu, k?ama kara more\nSYNONYMS\nninda karaite-just to cause blasphemy;\n\ntoma-You; aninu-1 brought; nija­\n\nghare-to my place; ei aparadha-this offense; prabhu-my Lord; k?ama karaplease pardon; more-me.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I brought You to my home just to have You blasphemed. This is a great\noffense. Please excuse me. I beg Your pardon.\"\nTEXT 257\n\n� �,-f�1 ilt!t:, '�tr' � I\n�� c;�t1ft� f�� ���t'f � T ��\" II\nprabhu kahe,-ninda nahe, 'sahaja' kahila\nihate tamara kiba aparadha haifa?\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu\n\nkahe-Lord\n\nSri\n\nC ait an ya\n\nblasphemy; sahaja-rightly; kahi/a-he\n\nMahaprabhu said; ninda nahe-not\nspoke; ihate-in this; tamara-your;\n\nkiba-what; aparadha-offense; haifa-was there.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"What A mogha has said is correct; therefore\nit is not blasphemy. What is your offense?\"\nTEXT 258\n\n���M'����1����\n��t� <:it11 '&l!';1f ''$f1!11 � t1f �� II �Olr II\neta bali' mahaprabhu calila bhavane\nbhattacarya tanra ghare gela tanra sane\n\n", "mad6#p0164": "Text 260]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n131\n\nSYNONYMS\neta\n\nba/i'-saying\n\nthis;\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ncalila\n\nbhavane-returned to His residence; bhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya;\ntarira ghare-to His place; ge/a-went; tarira sane-with Him.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu left and returned to His residence. Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya also followed Him.\nTEXT 259\n\n�-�If 9ff�' �- �t1(r..\"ft ��'f I\niittf -tt• �fif' 12!{ �tf 9ftitll't II ��� II\nprabhu-pade pac;fi' bahu atma-ninda kai/a\ntarire santa kari' prabhu ghare pathaila\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-pade-at the feet of Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; pac;fi'-falling\ndown; bahu-much; atma-ninda kaila-made self-reproach; tarire-him; santa\nkari'-making pacified; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ghare pathaila-sent\nback to his home.\nTRANSLATION\nFalling down at the Lord's feet, Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya said many things\nin self-reproach. The Lord then pacified him and sent him back to his home.\nTEXT 260\n\n�tf ��' c:etr�t1f �1�111ftl:!\"l·�tet I\n...-r9fi{1 fi(� f�i �t'fil �ti{ II ��o II\nghare asi' bhauacarya �athira mata-sane\napana nindiya kichu balena vacane\nSYNONYMS\nghare asi'-returning home; bhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; �athira\nmata-sane-with the mother of SathT; apana nindiya-condemning himself;\nkichu-some; ba/ena vacane-speaks words.\n\n", "mad6#p0165": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\n132\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter returning to his home, Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya consulted with his\nwife, the mother of $afhi. After personally condemning himself, he began to\nspeak as follows.\nTEXT 261\n\nC�QJ-<;'$ftlftf$J [i{\"f1 � � �1�1 '�� I\nl!'ttJ �'{ C�� Q 9ft9f·�'Rifllft� II ��� II\ncaitanya-gosMiira ninda sunila yaha haite\ntare vadha kaile haya papa-praya5citte\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-gosaiiira-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ninda-blasphemy; suni/a-1\nhave heard; yaha haite-from whom; tare vadha kaile-if he is killed; hayathere is; papa-prayascitte-atonement for the sinful act.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If the man who blasphemed Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is killed, his sinful\naction may be atoned.\"\nPURPORT\nThe Hari-bhakti-vilasa cites the following quotation from Skanda PuraQa concerning the blaspheming of a Vai�l)ava:\nyo hi bhagavatarh lokam\nupahasarh nrpottama\nkaroti tasya nasyanti\nartha-dharma-yasab-sutab\nnindarh kurvanti ye muc;fha\nvai�Qavanarh mahatmanam\npatanti pitrbhib sardharh\nmaha-raurava-sarhjiiite\nhanti nindati vai dve?ti\nvai?Qavan nabhinandati\nkrudhyate yati no har�arh\ndarsane patanani �at\n\n", "mad6#p0166": "Text 261]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n133\n\nIn this conversation between Markat;�<;ieya and Bhagrratha, it is said: \"My dear\nKing, if one derides an exalted devotee, he loses the results of his pious activities,\nhis opulence, his reputation and his sons. Vai�t;�avas are all great souls. Whoever\nblasphemes them falls down to the hell known as Maharaurava. He is also accompanied by his forefathers. Whoever kills or blasphemes a Vai�t;�ava and whoever is\nenvious of a Vai�t;�ava or angry with him, or whoever does not offer him obeisances or feel joy upon seeing a Vai�t;�ava, certainly falls into a hellish condition.\"\nThe Hari-bhakti-vi/asa (1 0.314) also gives the following quotation from\n\nDvaraka-mahatmya:\nkara-patrais ca phalyante\nsutivrair yama-sasanai/:1\nnindarh kurvanti ye papa\nvai�Qavanarh mahatmanam\nIn a conversation between Prahlada Maharaja and Bali Maharaja, it is said, \"Those\nsinful people who blaspheme Vai�t;�avas, who are all great souls, are subjected\nvery severely to the punishment offered by Yamaraja.\"\nIn the Bhakti-sandarbha (313) there is a statement concerning the blaspheming\nof Lord Vi�t;�u.\n\nye nindanti hr�ikesarh\ntad-bhaktarh puQya-rupiQam\nsata-janmarjitarh puQyarh\nte�arh nasyati niscitain\nte pacyante maha-ghore\nkumbhipake bhayanake\nbhak�ita/:1 kita-sanghena\nyavac candra-divakarau\nsri-vi�QOr avamananad\ngurutararh sri-vai�Qavollanghanam\ntadiya-du�aka-janan\nna pasyet puru?adhaman\ntail) sardharh valicaka-janai/:1\nsaha-vasarh na karayet\n\"One who criticizes Lord Vi�t;�u and His devotees loses all the benefits accrued in\na hundred pious births. Such a person rots in the Kumbhrpaka hell and is bitten by\nworms as long as the sun and moon exist. One should therefore not even see the\nface of a person who blasphemes Lord Vi�t;�u and His devotees. Never try to\nassociate with such persons.\"\n\n", "mad6#p0167": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n134\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nIn his Bhakti-sandarbha (265), )iva Gosvami further quotes from Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam (i 0.74.40):\n\nnindarh bhagavata/:1 swvan\ntat-parasya janasya va\ntato napaiti ya/:1 so 'pi\nyaty adha/:1 sukrtac cyuta/:1\n\"If one does not immediately leave upon hearing the Lord or the Lord's devotee\nblasphemed, he falls down from devotional service.\" Similarly, Lord Siva's wife Sati\nstates in Srimad-Bhagavatam (4.4.17):\n\nkarf)au pidhaya nirayad yad akalpa ise\n\ndharmavitary aswibhir nrbhir asyamane\n\nchindyat prasahya rusatim asatirh prabhus cej\njihvam asan api tato visrjet sa dharma/:!\n\"If one hears an irresponsible person blaspheme the master and controller of\nreligion, he should block his ears and go away if unable to punish him. But if one is\nable to kill, then one should by force cut out the blasphemer's tongue and kill the\noffender, and after that he should give up his own life.\"\n\nTEXT 262\n\nf�liti f��·\\21t'l �fw <flft �?;1ft�� I\n\n�� <;�t'StJ ��, l� -ti\\J i3t'l'i'l II ��� II\nkimva nija-praf)a yadi kari vimocana\ndui yogya nahe, dui sarira brahmaf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nkimva-or; nija-praf)a-my own life; yadi-if; kari vimocana-1 give up; dui­\n\nboth such actions; yogya nahe-are not befitting; dui sarira-both the bodies;\nbrahmaf)a-brahmal)as.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya continued, \"Or, if I give up my own life, this sinful action may be atoned. However, neither of these ideas are befitting because both bodies belong to brahmar;�as.\n\n", "mad6#p0168": "Text 264]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaffacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n135\n\nTEXT 263\n\n�i{: c;�l fil\"'r;;�� I!_� i{'j <;5ff�� I\n�f.�Jt'$f '�(, �ftf i{t� i{1 � II ��� II\npuna/:! sei nindakera mukha na dekhiba\nparityaga kailwi, tara nama na la-iba\nSYNONYMS\npuna/:1-again; sei-that; nindakera-of the blasphemer; mukha-face; nanot; dekhiba-1 shall see; parityaga-giving up; kai/uri-1 do; tara-his; namaname; na-not; /a-iba-1 shall take.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Instead, I shall never see the face of that blasphemer. I reject him and give\nup his relationship. I shall never even speak his name.\nTEXT 264\n\n�����-��lit�\"'� '� �l'\"l '�f?!�' I\n'\n'�f��' �r;;i'f lfj�1 i!J�!';� 1:5� II ��8 II\n?athire kaha-tare chac;luka, se ha-ila 'patita'\n'patita' ha-ile bharta tyajite ucita\nSYNONYMS\n?athire kaha-inform ?athi; tare chac;luka-let her give him up; se ha-i/a-he\nhas become; p atita-fallen; patita ha-ile-when one has fallen; bharta-such a\nhusband; tyajite-to give up; ucita-is the duty.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Inform my daughter $afhi to abandon her relationship with her husband\nbecause he has fallen down. When the husband falls down, it is the wife's duty\nto relinquish the relationship.\nPURPORT\nSrila Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya considered that if Amogha were killed, one\nwould suffer sinful reactions for killing the body of a brahmal)a. For the same\nreason, it would have been undesirable for Bhattacarya to commit suicide because he also was a brahmal)a. Since neither course could be accepted, Bhattacarya decided to give up his relationship with Amogha and never see his face.\n\n", "mad6#p0169": "136\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nAs far as killing the body of a brahmaf)a is concerned, Srimad-Bhagavatam\n(1.7.53) gives the following injunction:\nsri bhagavan uvaca\n\nbrahma-bandhur na hantavya\natatayi vadhar-haf)ab\n\nmayaivobhayam amnataril\nparipahy anusasanam\n\n\"The Personality of Godhead Sri Kr��a said: A friend of a brahmaf)a is not to be\nkilled, but if he is an aggressor, he must be killed. All these rulings are in the\nscriptures, and you should act accordingly.\"\n\nQuoting from the smrti, Srila Sridhara Svami comments on this quotation from\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam:\n\natatayinam ayantam\n\napi vedanta-paragam\n\njigharil-santaril jigharilsiyan\n\nna tena brahmaha bhavet\n\n\"Even though an aggressor may be a very learned scholar of Vedanta, he should\nbe killed because of his envy in killing others. In such a case, it is not sinful to kill a\nbrahmaf)a.\"\n\nIt is also stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.7.57):\nvapanaril dravif)adanaril\n\nsthanan niryapal)arh tatha\n\ne�a hi brahma-bandhanaril\n\nvadho nanyo 'sti daihikab\n\n\"Cutting the hair from his head, depriving him of his wealth and driving him from\nhis residence are the prescribed punishments for the relative of a brahmaf)a. There\nis no injunction for killing the body.\"\nSuch punishment is sufficient for a brahma-bandhu. There is no need to personally kill his body. As far as ?a!hi, the daughter of Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya,\nwas concerned, she was advised to give up her relationship with her husband.\nConcerning this, the Srimad-Bhagavatam (5.5.18) states, na patis ca sa syan na\nmocayed yab samupeta-mrtyum: \"One cannot be a husband if he cannot liberate\n\nhis dependents from inevitable death.\" If a person is not in Kr��a consciousness\nand is bereft of spiritual power, he cannot protect his wife from the path of repeated birth and death. Consequently such a person cannot be accepted as a\nhusband. A wife should dedicate her life and everything to Kr��a for further ad-\n\n", "mad6#p0170": "Text 265]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n137\n\nvancement in Kr�r:'la consciousness. If she gives up her connection with her hus­\n\nband, who abandons K[�l)a consciousness, she follows in the footsteps of the dvi­\n\nja-patni, the wives of the brahmaQas who were engaged in performing sacrifices.\n\nThe wife is not to be condemned for cutting off such a relationship. In this regard,\nSri Kr�l)a states in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.23.31-32):\n\npatayo nabhyasuyeran\npitr-bhratr-sutadaya/:1\ntakas ca vo mayopeta\ndeva apy anumanvate\nna pritaye 'nuragaya\nhy ailga-sailgo nwam iha\ntan mana mayi yuiijana\naciran mam avapsyatha\nSuch a separation is never condemned by the supreme will. No one should be envious of the order of Kr�l)a. Even demigods support such action. In this material\nworld, one does not become beloved simply by maintaining a bodily relationship.\nHowever, one can attain complete perfection by associating in Kr�r:'la consciousness.\nTEXT 265\n\n9ff\\!i� 9fl\"\\!i\"\\!i� \"\\!i!C�� II\n\n��It II\n\npatirh ca patitarh tyajet\nSYNONYM�\npatim-husband; ca-and; patitam-fallen; tyajet-one should give up.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When a husband is fallen, his relationship must be given up.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from smrti-sastra. As stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (7.11.28):\n\nsantu?talolupa dak?ii\ndharma-jiia priya-satya-vak\napramatta suci/:1 snigdha\npatirh tv apatitarh bhajet\n\n", "mad6#p0171": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n138\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\n\"A wife who is satisfied, who is not greedy, who is expert and knows religious\n\nprinciples, who speaks what is dear and truthful and is not bewildered, who is always clean and affectionate, should be very devoted to her husband who is not\nfallen.\"\nTEXT 266\n\n'�l �il ..t�t� �1�11'f�t�1 �'*'I I\n��:�t� l!nt ��1-�utfif '��II��� II\nsei ratre amogha kahati pafa na gefa\nprataf)-kafe tara visucika-vyadhi haifa\nSYNONYMS\nsei ratre-that night; amogha-the son-in-law of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya;\nkahati-where; pafana gefa-fled; prataf)-kafe-in the morning; tara-his ; visucika-vyadhi-infection of cholera; haifa-there was.\nTRANSLATION\nThat night Amogha, Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya's son-in-law, fled, and in the\nmorning he immediately fell sick with cholera.\nTEXT 267\n\n�� �11il: -�fil' �t!( ��ffi� I\n\n�� ���1 '5f<!f '���nt �r1i II��'l I\namogha marena-suni' kahe bhattacarya\nsahaya ha-iya daiva kaifa mora karya\nSYNONYMS\n\namogha marena -Amogha is dying; suni'-hearing ; kahe bhattacarya-Bhattacarya said; sahaya ha iya-helping; daiva-Providence; kaifa-did; mora-my;\n-\n\nkarya-duty.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Bhatfacarya heard that Amogha was dying of cholera, he thought, \"It\nis the favor of Providence that He is doing what I want to do.\nTEXT 268\n\n��11 I!' ��t� �'f 1!1!-.'l I\n�I! �fil' � l� -t'tar11 �fii{ I ��\\r II\n\n", "mad6#p0172": "Text 269]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n139\n\nisvare ta' aparadha phale tata-k�aQa\neta bali' pac;le dui sastrera vacana\nSYNONYMS\nisvare-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ta'-indeed; aparadhaoffense; pha/e-brings results; tata-k�aQa-immediately; eta bali'-saying this;\npac;/e-recites; dui-two; sastrera vacana-quotations from revealed scriptures.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When one offends the Supreme Personality of Godhead, karma immediately takes effect.\" After saying this, he recited two verses from revealed\nscripture.\nTEXT 269\n\n\"l\\��·1 f� ·����\"{ ��J1�'4'ii'iif�: I\n\n\"l!j�lfsfilf�C�ll� 5f�C��If��\\!i\"\\. II ��� II\nmahata hi prayatnena\nhasty-asva-ratha-pattibhif)\nasmabhir yad anu�theyarh\ngandharvais tad anu�thitam\nSYNONYMS\nmahata-very\n\ngreat;\n\nhi-certainly;\n\nprayatnena-by\n\nelephants; asva-horses; ratha-chariots; pattibhif)\n\n-\n\nendeavor;\n\nhasti­\n\nand by infantry soldiers;\n\nasmabhif)-by ourselves; yat-whatever ; anu�theyarh-has to be arranged;\ngandharvaif)-by the Gandharvas; tat-that; anu�thitam-done.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'What we have had to arrange with great endeavor by collecting\nelephants, horses, chariots and infantry soldiers has already been accomplished by the Gandharvas.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Mahabharata (Vana-parva 241.15). Bhimasena\nmade this statement when all the Par:t<;lavas were living incognito. At that time\nthere was a fight between the Kauravas and the Gandharvas. The Kaurava soldiers\nwere under the command of Karl)a, but the commander-in-chief of the Gandharvas was able to arrest all the Kauravas by virtue of superior military strength. At\nthat time Duryodhana's ministers and commanders, who were living in the forest,\n\n", "mad6#p0173": "140\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nrequested Maharaja Y udhiHhira to help. After being thus petitioned, Bhimasena\n\nspoke the verse given above, remembering Duryodhana's former nefarious and\n\natrocious activities against them. Indeed, Bhimasena felt it very fitting that\n\nDuryodhana and his company were arrested. This could have been accomplished\n\nby the PaQc;iavas only with great endeavor.\n\nTEXT 270\n\n�t'!J,: fi!fll� �C\"fl If�� C<'lt<t-t'lll\"llf l!l<f '5' I\n�f� C�nlt�f'l '!�f'I1_'ZC'!I ��l{l\\!ii:!F�: II �'I· II\nayu/:1 sriyam yaso dharmam\nlokan a5i$a eva ca\n\nhanti sreyamsi sarvaQi\n\npumso mahad-atikramai)\nSYNONYMS\n\nayu/:1-duration of life; sriyam-opulence; yasa/:1-reputation; dharmam­\n\nreligion;\n\n/okan-possessions; a5i$a/:l-benedictions; eva-certainly; ca-and;\n\nhanti-destroys; sreyamsi-good fortune; sarvaQi-all; pumsa/:1-of a person;\nmahat-of great souls; atikrama/:1-violation.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'When a person mistreats great souls, his life span, opulence, reputation,\nreligion, possessions and good fortune are all destroyed.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a statement made by Sukadeva Gosvami, who was relating Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam (1 0.4.46) to Maharaja Parik�it. This quotation concerns the attempted\n\nkilling of Kr�Qa's sister (Yogamaya), who appeared before Kr�Qa's birth as the\n\ndaughter of mother Yasoda. This daughter Yogamaya and Kr�Qa were born\n\nsimultaneously, and Vasudeva replaced Kr�Qa by taking Yogamaya away. When\n\nshe was brought to Mathura and Kamsa attempted to kill her, Yogamaya slipped\nout of his hands. She could not be killed. She then informed Kamsa about the\nbirth of his enemy, Kr�Qa, and being thus baffled, Kamsa consulted his associates,\n\nwho were all demons. When this big conspiracy was taking place, this verse was\n\nspoken by Sukadeva Gosvami. He points out that a demon can lose everything\nbecause of his nefarious activities.\n\nThe word mahad-atikrama/:1, meaning \"envy of Lord Vi�QU and His devotees,\" is\n\nsignificant in this verse. The word mahat indicates a great personality, a devotee\n\nor the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. Being always engaged in the\n\n", "mad6#p0174": "Text 272]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n141\n\nLord's service, the devotees themselves are as great as the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. The word mahat is also explained in Bhagavad-gita (9.13):\n\nmahatmanas tu mam partha\ndaivim prakrtim a.Sritab\nbhajanty ananya-manaso\njnatva bhatadim avyayam\n\"0 son of Prtha, those who are not deluded, the great souls, are under the protec­\n\ntion of the divine nature. They are fully engaged in devotional service because\nthey know Me as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, original and inexhaustible.\"\nBeing envious of the Lord and His devotees is not at all auspicious for a demon.\nBy such envy, a demon loses everything considered beneficial.\nTEXT 271\n\n''Stt���� '�i 12i't_·��� I\n� ittt ��llf 'e�-��t5lll �'\\� II\ngopinathacarya gela prabhu-darasane\nprabhu tarire puchila bhattacarya-vivaraf)e\nSYNONYMS\n\ngopinathacarya -GopTnatha Acarya;\n\ngela -went;\n\nprabhu-darasane -to see\n\nLord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prabhu-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tarireunto Him; puchi/a -inq uired ; bhattacarya-vivaraf)e-the affairs in the house of\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya.\nTRANSLATION\nAt this time, Gopinatha Acarya went to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and\nthe Lord asked him about the events taking place in Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya's house.\nTEXT 272\n\n�t� <fiC�,-��'t1f C<fillf i( iSfi{ I\n�Ri·•utf�t:! �\"(;1ff� �tf�t� �il II �'\\� II\nacarya kahe, -upavasa kaila dui jana\nvisucika-vyadhite amogha chacjiche jivana\n\n", "mad6#p0175": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n142\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\nacarya kahe-G opinatha Acarya informed; upavasa-fasting; kaila-observed;\ndui jana - the two persons;\n\nvisucika-vyadhite-by the disease of cholera;\n\namogha-A mogha; chac;Jiche j ivana - is going to die.\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya informed the Lord that both the husband and wife were\nfasting and that their son-in-law Amogha was dying of cholera.\nTEXT 273\n\n�fil' ��tlf11 � �Gifi 'ft�1 I\n�'flt� \"<{)?;� �\"Rf �\"<{) �� fif�1 II �'1\\!l II\nsuni' krpamaya prabhu aila dhaiia\namoghere kahe tara buke hasta diya\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; krpa-maya-merciful; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nai/a-came; dhatia-running; amoghere-unto Amogha; kahe-He says; taraHis; buke-on the chest; hasta diya-kee ping His hand.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard that Amogha was going to die, He\nimmediately ran to him in great haste. Placing His hand on Amogha's chest,\nHe spoke as follows.\nTEXT 274\n\n��� � 1.!1- '�t'ft'1'·fjlif111\nfi�� .,� �� �t'5tJ� � II �'18 II\nsahaje nirmala ei 'brahmaQa'-hrdaya\nkr�Qera vasite ei yogya-sthana haya\nSYNONYMS\nsahaje-by\n\nnature;\n\nnirmala-without\n\ncontamination;\n\nei-this;\n\nbrahmaQa­\n\nhrdaya-heart of a brahmaQa; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�r;�a; vasite-to sit down; eithis; yogya-sthana-proper place; haya-is.\n\n", "mad6#p0176": "Text 276]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n143\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The heart of a brahmar:'la is by nature very clean; therefore it is a proper\nplace for Kr�r:'la to sit.\nTEXT 275\n\n'�e.l'l�'-�ta'f <;<!iti1 � <r�r;a, I\n� �f� -.ti1 ��1%! C�'f II �9� II\n'matsarya'-carxlala kene ihan vasaile\nparama pavitra sthana apavitra kaile\nSYNONYMS\nmatsarya-jealousy; caQQ'a/a-the lowest of the men; kene-why; ihanhere; vasaile-you allowed to sit; parama pavitra-most purified; sthana-place;\napavitra-impure; kaile-you have made.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Why have you allowed jealousy to sit here also? Because of this, you have\nbecome like a car:\"�c;lala, the lowest of men, and you have also contaminated a\nmost purified place-your heart.\nTEXT 276\n\n�-ltt'Jf Q!11li� '<�� ' � \"11 I\n'�' t(� en<r 'fliftll' \"111 II �9� II\nsarvabhauma-sange tamara 'kalu?a' haila k?aya\n'kalma?a' ghucile jiva 'k[$Qa-nama' laya\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma-sange-by the\n\nassociation\n\nof Sarvabhauma;\n\ntamara-your;\n\nkaiu?a-contamination; hai/a k?aya-is now vanquished; ka/ma?a-contamination; ghucile-when dispelled; jiva-the living entity; kr?Qa-nama-the Hare\nKr�l')a maha-mantra; laya-can chant.\nTRANSLATION\n\"However, due to the association of Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya, all your contamination is now vanquished. When a person's heart is cleansed of all contamination, he is able to chant the maha-mantra, Hare Kr�Qa.\n\n", "mad6#p0177": "144\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 277\n\n�' ��' � 'liS �iftlf I\n��� �t1'f �� �fit� 'e$tt� II �'l'l II\n'\n\nuthaha, amogha, tumi lao kr�Qa-nama\nacire tomare krpa karibe bhagavan\nSYNONYMS\n\nuthaha-get up; am ogha-Amogha; tumi-you; lao-chant; kr�Qa-namathe holy name of Lord Kr�t:Ja; acire-very soon; tomare-unto you; k rpa -mercy;\nkaribe-will bestow; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Therefore, Amogha, get up arid chant the Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra! If you\ndo so, Kr�r:Ja will unfailingly bestow mercy upon you.\"\nPURPORT\nThe Absolute Truth is realized in three phases-impersonal Brahman, Paramatma and the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Bhagavan. All of these are one\nand the same truth, but Brahman, Paramatma and Bhagavan constitute three different features. Whoever understands Brahman is called a brahmaQa, and when a\n\nbrahmaQa engages in the Lord's devotional service, he is called a Vai�t:�ava. Unless\none comes to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, his realization of\nimpersonal Brahman is imperfect. A brahmaQa can chant the Hare Kr�t:�a mantra on\nthe platform of namabhasa, but not on the platform of pure vibration. When a\n\nbrahmaQa engages in the Lord's service, fully understanding his eternal relationship, his devotional service is called abhidheya. When one attains that stage, he is\ncalled a bhagavata or a Vai�t:Java. This indicates that he is free from contamination\nand material attachment. This is confirmed by Bhagavad-gita (7.28):\n\nye�arh tv anta-gatarh paparh\njananarh puQya-karmaQam\nte dvandva-moha-nirmukta\nbhajante marh drc;Jha-vratah\n\"Persons who have acted piously in previous lives and in this life, whose sinful actions are completely eradicated and who are freed from the duality of delusion,\nengage themselves in My service with determination.\"\nA brahmaQa may be a very learned scholar, but this does not mean that he is\nfree from material contamination. A brahmaQa's contamination, however, is in the\n\n", "mad6#p0178": "Text 277]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n145\n\nmode of goodness. In the material world, the three modes are goodness, passion\nand ignorance, and all of these are simply different gradations of contamination.\nUnless a brahmaQa transcends such contamination and approaches the platform\n\nof unalloyed devotional service, he cannot be accepted as a Vai�r:\"�ava. An impersonalist may be aware of the impersonal Brahman feature of the Absolute Truth,\nbut his activities are on the impersonal platform. Sometimes he imagines a form of\n\nthe Lord (saguQa-upasana), but such an attempt is never successful in helping one\n\nattain complete realization. The impersonalist may consider himself a brahmaQa\nand may be situated in the mode of goodness, but nonetheless he is conditioned\nby one of the modes of material nature. This means that he is not yet liberated, for\nliberation cannot be attained unless one is completely free from the modes. In any\ncase, the Mayavada philosophy keeps one conditioned. If one becomes a\n\nVai�r:\"�ava through proper initiation, he automatically becomes a brahmaQa. There\nis no doubt about it. The Carur;:fa PuriiQa confirms this:\n\nbrahmaQiinarh sahasrebhya/:1\nsatra-yaji visi�yate\nsatra-yaji-sahasrebhya/:1\nsarva-vedanta-paraga/:1\nsarva-vedanta-vit-kotya\nvi�Qu-bhakto visi�yate\n\"Out of many thousands of brahmaQas, one may become qualified to perform\n\nyajna. Out of many thousands of such qualified brahmaQas, one may be fully\n\naware of the Vedanta philosophy. Out of many millions of learned Vedanta schol­\n\nars, there may be one vi�Qu-bhakta, or devotee of Lord Vi�r:\"�U. It is he who is most\n\nexalted.\"\n\nUnless one is a fully qualified brahmaQa, he cannot advance in the spiritual\n\nscience. A real brahmaQa is never envious of Vai�r:\"lavas. If he is, he is considered\nan imperfect neophyte. lmpersonalist brahmaQas are always opposed to Vai�r:\"�ava\n\nprinciples. They are envious of Vai�r:\"�avas because they do not know the goal of\n\nlife. Na te vidu/:1 svartha-gatirh hi vi�Qum. However, when a brahmaQa becomes a\nVai�r:\"�ava, there is no duality. If a brahmaQa does not become a Vai�r:\"�ava, he cer­\n\nbrahmaQa platform. This is confirmed by SrimadBhagavatam (11.5.3): na bhajanty avajananti sthanad bhra�ta/:1 patanty adha/:1.\nWe can actually see that in this age of Kali many so-called brahmaQas are envious of Vai�r:\"�avas. The Kali-contaminated brahmaQas consider Deity worship to\nbe imaginative: arcye Vi?QaU sifa-dhir gurU?U nara-matir vai�QaVe jati-buddhi/:J.\nSuch a contaminated brahmaQa may superficially imagine a form of the Lord, but\n\ntainly falls down from the\n\nactually he considers the Deity in the temple to be made of stone or wood.\nSimilarly, such a contaminated brahmaQa considers the guru to be an ordinary\nhuman being, and he objects when a Vai�r:\"�ava is created by the Kr�r:\"la conscious-\n\n", "mad6#p0179": "146\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'la\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nness movement. Many so-called brahmaQas attempt to fight us, saying, \"How can\nyou create a brahmaQa out of a European or American? A brahmaQa can be born\nonly in a brahmaQa family.\" They do not consider that this is never stated in any\nrevealed scripture. It is specifically stated in Bhagavad-gita (4.13): caturvarQyarh\nmaya s[?tarh guQa-karma-vibhagasah. \"According to the three modes of material\n\nnature and the work ascribed to them, the four divisions of human society were\ncreated by Me.\"\nThus a brahmaQa is not a result of the caste system. He becomes a brahmaQa\nonly by qualification. Similarly, a Vai�l)ava does not belong to a particular caste;\nrather, his designation is determined by the rendering of devotional service.\nTEXT 278\n\n�fil' 'fi�' '�' ��' \"''tlf� \\§�I\n\n'�r;;ll'f1Jirof ��� ��1 � \"Jtf� �'llr' II\nsuni' 'kr�Qa' 'kr�Qa' bali' amogha uthila\npremonmade matta haria nacite lagila\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; kr�Qa kr�Qa-the holy name of Kr�r:Ja; ba /i'-speaking; amogha\nuthila-Amogha stood up; premonmade:__in ecstatic love of Kr�r:Ja; matta haria­\n\nbecoming maddened; nacite /agi /a-began to dance.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter hearing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and being touched by Him,\nAmogha, who was on his deathbed, immediately stood up and began to chant\nthe holy name of Kr�r;�a. Thus he became mad with ecstatic love and began to\ndance emotionally.\nTEXT 279\n\n�\"\"Pf, �(!!i, �!llf�, �' '�' ':15f�'e'F I\n� lf'ttll �f-1' i!'t1f '� \\!�\" II �9� II\nkampa, asru, pulaka, stambha, sveda, svara-bhanga\nprabhu hase dekhi' tara premera taranga\nSYNONYMS\nkampa-trembling; asru-tears; pu /aka-jubilation; stambha\nsveda-perspiration; svara-bhanga-faltering of the voice;\n\n-\n\nbeing stunned;\n\nprabhu hase-Sri\n\n", "mad6#p0180": "Text 281]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n147\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu began to laugh; dekhi'-seeing; tara-Amogha s; premera\n'\n\ntaranga-waves of ecstatic love.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Amogha danced in ecstatic love, he manifested all the ecstatic\nsymptoms-trembling, tears, jubilation, trance, perspiration and a faltering\nvoice. Seeing these waves of ecstatic emotion, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nbegan to laugh.\nTEXT 280\n\n�'t_� ��'1 lfBt' <f'�t1T f<tii1T I\n��lf � �' �t_, �Hft1l1T II �lr otl\nprabhura caraQe dhari' karaye vinaya\naparadha k$ama more, prabhu, dayamaya\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura caraQe-the lotus feet of Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dhari'catching; karaye-does; vinaya-submission; aparadha-offense; k$ama-kindly\nexcuse; more-me; prabhu-0 Lord; daya-maya-merciful.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAmogha then fell before the lord's lotus feet and submissively said, \"0\nmerciful lord, please excuse my offense.\"\nTEXT 281\n\n�t �t� �� (;�1lt� <f'�'l fil\"ltill\n\\fl'! �fir' �9fil 'itt��� �t� II �lr� II\nei chara mukhe tomara karinu nindane\neta bali' apana gale cac;Jaya apane\nSYNONYMS\nei chara mukhe-in this abominable mouth; to mara-Your; karinu-1 did; nindane-blaspheming;\n\neta ba/i -saying this;\n'\n\ncac;faya-he slapped; apane-himself.\n\napana-his own;\n\ngale-cheeks;\n\n", "mad6#p0181": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n148\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\nNot only did Amogha beg the Lord's pardon, but he also began slapping his\nown cheeks, saying, \"By this mouth I have blasphemed You.\"\nTEXT 282\n\n�t� ���C! '$'f ��\"!' I\n��;! 'fAt' <;'Stt�ilt�1�tit filt�f�\"t' II �lr� II\ncac;faite cac;laite gala phulaila\nhate dhari' gopinathacarya ni?edhi/a\n\n1\n\nSY NONYMS\ncac;Jaite cac;faite-slapping over and over again; gala-the cheeks; phulaila-he\nmade them swollen;\n\nhate dhari'-catching his hands;\n\ngopinatha-acarya­\n\nGopinatha Acarya; ni?edhila-forbade.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed, Amogha continued slapping his face over and over until his cheeks\nwere swollen. Finally Gopinatha Acarya stopped him by catching hold of his\nhands.\nTEXT 283\n\n� �--1ltil <lit1f \"'Pffiit' � 'Stt\\! I\n�t':e,'Jf·lllllt'ti � � <;�� ll �lr'� II\nprabhu asvasana kare sparsi' tara gatra\nsarvabhauma-sambandhe tumi mora sneha-patra\n\nSY NONYMS\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; asvasana kare-pacifies; sparsi'-touching;\ntara-his; gatra-body; sarvabhauma-sambandhe-because of a relation to Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya; tumi-you; mora-My; sneha-patra-object of affection.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu pacified Amogha by touching his body\nand saying, \"You are the object of My affection because you are the son-inlaw of Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya.\n\n", "mad6#p0182": "Text 286]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n149\n\nTEXT 284\n\n��-�� \"'tll·\"t�, '� ��11 I\n� '1fj'1f f121�, 'CIIJJ � 11'1: t_1f II �IrS II\nsarvabhauma-grhe dasa-dasi, ye kukkura\nseha mora priya, anya jana rahu dura\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma-grhe-at the house of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; dasa-dasi-servants and maidservants; ye kukkura-even a dog; seha-all of them; mora-to\nMe; priya-very dear; anya jana-others; rahu dura- what to speak of.\nTRANSLAliON\n\"Everyone in Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya's house is very dear to Me, including his maids and servants and even his dog. And what to speak of his relatives?\nTEXT 285\n\n'CI\"�' il't�, �1lii\"S ��il'1111\n�� �fil' � <c�ll\"f! ��·\"'tif II �lr� II\naparadha' nahi, sada lao kr$Qa-nama\neta bali' prabhu ai/a sarvabhauma-sthana\nSYNONYMS\naparadha' nahi-do not commit offenses; sada-always ; lao-chant; k($f)anama-the Hare Kr��a maha-mantra; eta ba/i\n\n'-\n\ns aying this;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; ai/a-came; sarvabhauma-sthana-to the place of Sarvabhauma\nBhattacarya.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Amogha, always chant the Hare Kr��;�a maha-mantra and do not commit\nany further offenses.\" After giving Amogha this instruction, Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu went to Sarvabhauma's house.\"\nTEXT 286\n\n� c;wf�' ���� 'ffPn �11t'1 I\n� itt1f <c�tfflfirnj �fillrl �til' II �lr� II\n\n", "mad6#p0183": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n150\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nprabhu dekhi' sarvabhauma dharila caraQe\nprabhu tanre alingiya vasila asane\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu dekhi'-seeing Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; dharila caraQe-caught hold of His feet; prabhu-SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; tailre-him; alingiya-embracing; vasila asane-sat down\non the seat.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing the Lord, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya immediately caught hold\nof His lotus feet. The Lord also embraced him and sat down.\nTEXT 287\n\n� �,-\"--� f-t�, f<T'� 1:!� 00� I\nc<�St� ��1� <T'�, '<T't� <fi� '11'1� II �lr'l II\nprabhu kahe, -amogha sisu, kiba tara dO$a\nkene upavasa kara, kene kara ro$a\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; amogha sisu- Amogha is a child;\nkiba-what; tara do$a-his fault; kene-why; upavasa kara-are you fasting;\nkene-why; kara rO$a-are you angry.\nTRANSLATION\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\n\npacified\n\nSarvabhauma,\n\nsaying,\n\n\"After\n\nall,\n\nAmogha, your son-in-law, is a child. So what is his fault? Why are you fasting,\nand why are you angry?\nTEXT 288\n\nIll, � <T'�, '�� 'P'Q'ttl·� I\nJft!l �1flf, ''e1'Sfil <T'�, 1:!� '11� �-t II �lrlr II\nutha, snana kara, dekha jagannatha-mukha\nsighra asi, bhojana kara, tabe mora sukha\nSYNONYMS\nutha-get up; snana kara-take your bath; dekha-see; jagannatha-mukhaLord Jagannatha's face; sighra asi-coming back very soon; bhojana kara-take\nyour lunch; tabe mora sukha-then I shall be very happy.\n\n", "mad6#p0184": "Text 291]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n151\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Just get up and take your bath and go see the face of Lord Jagannatha.\nThen return here to eat your lunch. In this way I shall be happy.\nTEXT 289\n\n�e. 11'a<� �tf'lf �-rtll <�fimi 1\n'ft<!e. �1 �� 1_f1f 121�� �tf'J1�111 �1rc;, II\ntavat rahiba ami ethaya vasiya\nyavat na khaibe tumi prasada asiya\n\nSYNONYMS\ntavat-as long as; rahiba-shall stay; ami-1; ethaya-here; vasiya-sitting;\nyavat-as long as; na khaibe-will not eat; tumi-you; prasada-remnants of the\nfood of Jagannatha; asiya-coming here.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall stay here until you return to take Lord Jagannatha's remnants for\nyour lunch.\"\nTEXT 290\n\n�-� -.n.' lfil �r� l'ftf�1 1\n'lfRI!' �t'lftel, l!ttif � ��1�1 11 ��o II\nprabhu-pada dhari' bhatta kahite lagila\nmarita' amogha, tare kene jiyaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-pada-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's lotus feet; dhari'-catching hold of;\nbhatta-Sarvabhauma\n\nBhattacarya;\n\nkahite\n\n/agi/a-began\n\nto\n\nspeak;\n\nmarita'\n\namogha-Amogha would have died; tare-him; kene-why; jiyaila-have You\nbrought to life.\n\nTRANSLATION\nCatching hold of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's lotus feet, Bhattacarya said,\n\"Why did You bring Amogha back to life? It would have been better had he\ndied.\"\nTEXT 291\n\n� �,-'llt'lftil f-t�, �tllt11' � I\n<!�-� il1 'At f�l!1, l!t� � II �c;,� II\n\n", "mad6#p0185": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n152\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nprabhu kahe, -amogha sisu, tamara bafaka\nbafaka-dO$a na faya pita, tahate pafaka\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; amogha sisu-A mogha is a child;\ntamara bafaka-your son; bafaka-do�a-the offense of a child; na faya-does not\naccept; pita-the father; tahate-unto him; pafaka\n\n-\n\nthe maintainer.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"A mogha is a child and your son. The father\ndoes not take the faults of his son seriously, especially when he is maintaining\nhim.\nTEXT 292\n\n<.!1� '��, �' l!a c;'Sfff '��, 1\nI!�� �9ftJ <.!It� <fif� c!Pttw \" ��� \"\nebe 'vai�Qava' haifa, tara gefa 'aparadha'\ntahara upare ebe karaha prasada\nSYNONYMS\nebe-now; vai�Qava haifa-has become a Vai��ava; tara-his; gefa-went\naway;\n\naparadha\n\n-\n\noffenses;\n\ntahara\n\nupare\n\n-\n\nupon\n\nhim;\n\nebe-now;\n\nkaraha\n\nprasada-show mercy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now that he has become a Vai�r;�ava, he is offenseless. You can bestow your\nmercy upon him without hesitation.\"\nTEXT 293\n\ncet �,-py, ��-��I\n'Wtif �fir � 'If$ �ttt1 <.!1� \" ��� \"\nbhatta kahe, -cafa, prabhu, Tsvara-darasane\nsnana kari' tariha muni asichori ekhane\nSYNONYMS\nbhatta kahe-Bhattacarya said; cafa-go; prabhu-my Lord; Tsvara-darasaneto see Lord Jagannatha, the Personality of Godhead; snana kari'-taking my bath;\ntariha-there; mufli-1; asichori-shall come back; ekhane-here.\n\n", "mad6#p0186": "Text 295]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n153\n\nTRANSLATION\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya said, \"Please go, my Lord, to see Lord Jagannatha.\nAfter taking my bath, I shall go there and then return.\"\nTEXT 294\n\n� �,-,\"m�-«�, �� m�1 1\n�·� �JlN �' � <e1� <15� ����811\nprabhu kahe, -gopinatha, ihar'ii rahiba\ninho prasada paile, varta amake kahiba\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; gopinatha-Gopinatha; ihar'ii\nrahiba-please stay here; ir'lho-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; prasada paile-when\n\nhe takes his lunch; varta-the news; amake kahiba-inform Me.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then told Gopinatha, \"Stay here and inform Me\nwhen Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya has taken his prasada.\"\nTEXT 295\n\n�t:! ��' � c;� �-�-tt'i{ I\n\n'et m m <15m' �� ,'e� 11 ��a- 11\neta bali' prabhu gela isvara-darasane\n\nbhatta snana darsana kari' karila bhojane\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ge/a-went; isvaradarasane-to see Lord )agannatha; bhatta-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; snana darsana kari'-finishing his bathing and seeing of Lord )agannatha; karila bhojaneaccepted food.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to see Lord Jagannatha.\nSarvabhauma Bhaftacarya completed his bath, went to see Lord Jagannatha\nand then returned to his house to accept food.\n\n", "mad6#p0187": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n154\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 296\n\nc;'!� � � � 'e9 '��' I\nc;c21t11' iftt>, �·iftll' I'AI11�� u ��� u\nsei amogha haila prabhura bhakta 'ekanta'\npreme nace, kr�Qa-nama laya maha-santa\nSYNONYMS\nsei amogha-that same Amogha;\n\nhaila-became; prabhura-of Lord SrT\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-devotee; ekanta-unflinching; preme nacedances in ecstasy; kr�Qa-nama laya\n\n-\n\nchants the Hare Kr�l)a maha-mantra; maha­\n\nsanta-very peaceful.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter,\n\nAmogha\n\nbecame\n\nan\n\nunalloyed\n\ndevotee\n\nof\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. He danced in ecstasy and peacefully chanted the holy name of\nLord Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 297\n\n�� �iii·tlt'fl <mf � � I\n� c;tft�, �til, itf � P8l � u ��'\\ u\naiche citra-lila kare sacira nandana\nyei dekhe, sune, tarira vismaya haya mana\nSYNONYMS\naiche-in this way; citra lila-varieti es of pastimes; kare-performs; sacira\n-\n\nnandana-the son of mother SacT; yei dekhe-anyone who sees; sune-hears;\ntarira-h is; visma ya-astonished; haya-becomes; mana-mind.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu performed His various pastimes.\nWhoever sees them or hears of them becomes truly astonished.\nTEXT 298\n\n� *'J� <fit1f (;�·�'!� I\n!;§'Af 11t'U ..tefl �iJ·�>m·�<rit-t u ��\"' \"\n\n", "mad6#p0188": "Text 299]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n155\n\naiche bhatta-grhe kare bhojana-vifasa\n\ntara madhye nana citra-caritra-prakasa\nSYNONYMS\naiche-in this way; bhatta grhe-in the house of Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya;\n-\n\nkare-performs; bhojana-vifasa-pastime of eating; tara madhye-within that\npastime;\n\nnana-various;\n\ncitra-caritra-of\n\nvarieties\n\nof\n\nactivities;\n\nprakasa­\n\nmanifestation.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu enjoyed eating in Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya's house. Within that one pastime, many wonderful pastimes were\nmanifest.\nTEXT 299\n\n�rr(t�)1r-�t1f tlll <;<e�-m-� '\n���·<;\\!11lit� ��\"1\"1 �fit\"'! II ��� II\nsarvabhauma-ghare ei bhojana-carita\n\nsarvabhauma-prema yailha ha-ifa vidita\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma-ghare-in the house of Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; ei-these;\nbhojana-carita-eating affairs; sarvabhauma-prema-iove of Sarvabhauma Bhat­\n\ntacarya; yanha-where; ha-ifa-became; vidita-well known.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThese are the peculiar characteristics of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\npastimes. Thus the Lord ate in Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya's house, and in this\nway Sarvabhauma's love for the Lord has become very well known.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in the Sakha-nirQayamrta:\namogha-paQr;:litaril vande\n\nsri-gauref)atma-satkrtam\n\nprema-gadgada-sandrailgaril\npufakakufa-vigraham\n\n", "mad6#p0189": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\n156\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 15\n\n\"I offer my obeisances unto Amogha Par:Jc;lita, who was accepted by Lord SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. As a result of this acceptance, he was always merged in\necstatic love, and he manifested ecstatic symptoms such as choking of the voice\nand standing of the hairs on his body.\"\nTEXT 300\n\n��� �� <;<2!1!', �ftf � $1tlf I\n�·� �1�1 -.fif'l �?flt'f II �o o II\n?iithira matara prema, ara prabhura prasada\nbhakta-sambandhe yaha k?amila aparadha\nSYNONYMS\n?iithira matara prema-the love of the mother of ?athT; ara\nprasada\n\n-\n\n-\n\nand; prabhura\n\nthe mercy of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-sambandhe-because\n\nof a relationship with a devotee; yaha-where ; k?amila aparadha-SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu excused the offense.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have related the ecstatic love of Sarvabhauma's wife, who is known\nas the mother of �afhi. I have also related Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's great\n\nmercy, which He manifested by excusing Amogha's offense. He did so due to\nAmogha's relationship with a devotee.\nPURPORT\nAmogha was an offender because he blasphemed the Lord. As a result, he was\nabout to die of cholera. Amogha did not receive an opportunity to be freed from\nall offenses after being attacked by the disease, but Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya and\nhis wife were very dear to the Lord. Because of their relationship, SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu excused Amogha. Instead of being punished by the Lord, he was\nsaved by the Lord's mercy. All this was due to the unflinching love of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya for SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Externally, Amogha was Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya's son-in-law, and he was being maintained by Sarvabhauma. Consequently if Amogha were not excused, his punishment would\nhave directly affected Sarvabhauma. Amogha's death would have indirectly\nbrought about the death of Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya.\nTEXT 301\n\n� �' �t ti'\\'f'! �ti' c;�t \"i{ I\n�fRte_ � (;� �-i11''111 �o:> II\n\n", "mad6#p0190": "Text 302]\n\nSarvabhauma Bhatfacarya Offers Prasada to the Lord\n\n157\n\nsraddha kari' ei lila sune yei jana\nacirat paya sei caitanya-caraQa\nSYNONYMS\nsraddha kari'-with faith and love; ei lila-this pastime; sune-hears; yei\njana-whoever; acirat-very soon; paya-attains; sei-he; caitanya-caraQa-the\nlotus feet of Lord Caitanya.\nTRANSLATION\nWhoever hears these pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu with faith and\nlove will attain the shelter of the Lord's lotus feet very soon.\nTEXT 302\n\n1)��-11�-t·?ft'f � �1-t I\n�'!�fft�l! �� �� II �\"� II\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe k[$Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-SrT ROpa GosvamT; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa GosvamT;\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nk[$Qadasa-SrTia\n\nKr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja GosvamT.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr��adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhyalila, Fifteenth Chapter, describing the Lord's eating at the house of Sarvabhauma\nBhattacarya.\n\n", "mad6#p0191": "CHAPTER 16\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\nSrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura gives the following summary of this chapter in his\nAmrta-pravaha-bha$ya. When SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted to go to\nVrndavana, Ramananda Raya and Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya indirectly presented\nmany obstructions. In due course of time, all the devotees of Bengal visited Jagannatha PurT for the third year. This time, all the wives of the Vai�t:�avas brought\nmany types of food, intending to extend invitations to SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nat Jagannatha PurT. When the devotees arrived, Caitanya Mahaprabhu sent his\nblessings in the form of garlands. In that year also, the Gut:�<;lica temple was\ncleansed, and when the Caturmasya period was over, all the devotees returned to\ntheir homes in Bengal. Caitanya Mahaprabhu forbade Nityananda to visit NTiacala\nevery year. Questioned by the inhabitants of KuiTna-grama, Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nagain repeated the symptoms of a Vai�t:�ava. Vidyanidhi also came to Jagannatha\nPurT and saw the festival of O<;lana-�a�thT. When the devotees bade farewell to\nthe Lord, the Lord was determined to go to Vrndavana, and on the day of VijayadasamT, He departed.\nMaharaja Prataparudra made various arrangements for SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's trip to Vrndavana. When He crossed the River Citrotpala, Ramananda Ray a, Mardaraja and Haricandana went with Him. SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nrequested Gadadhara Pat:�<;lita to go to NTiacala, Jagannatha PurT, but he did not\nabide by this order. From Kataka, SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu again requested\nGadadhara Pat:�<;lita to return to NTiacala, and He bade farewell to Ramananda Ray a\nfrom Bhadraka. After this, SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu crossed the border of Orissa\nstate, and He arrived at Panihati by boat. Thereafter He visited the house of\nRaghava Pat:�<;lita, and from there He went to Kumarahaga and eventually to\nKuliya, where He excused many offenders. From there He went to Ramakeli,\nwhere He saw SrT ROpa and Sanatana and accepted them as His chief disciples.\nReturning from Ramakeli, He met Raghunatha dasa and after giving him instructions sent him back home. Thereafter the Lord returned to NTiacala and began to\nmake plans to go to Vrndavana without a companion.\n\nTEXT 1\n\nG:��t'Mt�� G:'it'Rfr;�: f�•Jt ���: I\n�f'\\ffl1fii9fi{i!1-�'f: ��e. II � II\n159\n\n", "mad6#p0192": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n160\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\ngauc;fodyanarh gaura-meghaf)\nsit'ican sva/okanamrtaif)\nbhavagni-dagdha-janatavirudha/:1 samajivayat\nSYNONYMS\ngauc;fa-udyanam-upon the garden known as Gauc;Ja-desa; gaura-megha/:1the cloud known as Gaura; sitican-pouring water; sva-His own; a/okanaamrtai/:1-with the nectar of the glance; bhava-agni-by the blazing fire of material existence; dagdha-having been burnt; janata-the people in general;\nvirudhaf)-who are like creepers and plants; samajivayat-revived.\nTRANSLATION\nBy the nectar of His personal glance, the cloud known as Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu poured water upon the garden of Gauc;la-de5a and revived the\npeople, who were like creepers and plants burning in the forest fire of material existence.\nTEXT 2\n\n� � <;��!111m f.mtil\"t I\n\nlOt��!¥ ;rn (;�� II � II\njaya jaya gauracandra jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; gauracandra-to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-all\nglories; nityananda-to Nityananda Prabhu; jaya-all glories; advaita-candra-to\nAdvaita Acarya; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityananda! All\nglories to Advaitacandra! All glories to all the devotees of the Lord!\nTEXT 3\n\n�'{f 't�\"f �� �� �t� I\n�fern1 ��t�H �&lf1 � II >e II\n\n", "mad6#p0193": "Text 5]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n161\n\nprabhura ha-ifa iccha yaite vrndavana\nsuniya prataparudra ha-ifa vimana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ha-ifa-there was; iccha-the\ndesire; yaite-to go; vrndavana-to Vrndavana; suniya-hearing; prataparudraMaharaja Prataparudra; ha-ifa vimana-became morose.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu decided to go to Vrndavana, and Maharaja Prataparudra became very morose upon hearing this news.\nTEXT 4\n\n�<ft�1f, ���' �fil' � i!lfi{ I\n'l·�� ��i{ �� ��-<it� II 8 II\nsarvabhauma, ramananda, ani' dui jana\ndunhake kahena raja vinaya-vacana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma;\n\nramananda-Ramananda;\n\nani'-calling;\n\ndui\n\njana-two persons; dunhake-unto both of them; kahena-said; raja-the King;\nvinaya-vacana-submissive words.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King therefore called for Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya and Ramananda\nRaya, and he spoke the following submissive words to them.\nTEXT 5\n\n�tror �t�' �� ';fi{ � �t� 11\nc;i!t1Rt1 ��� �1 �t�mf �f�� II � II\nnifadri chac;li' prabhura mana anyatra yaite\ntomara karaha yatna tanhare rakhite\n\nSYNONYMS\nnifadri-Jagannatha\n\nPuri;\n\nchac;/i'-giving\n\nup;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; mana-the mind; anyatra-elsewhere; yaite-to go; tomara-both\nof you; karaha-make; yatna-endeavor; tanhare-Him; rakhite-to keep.\n\n", "mad6#p0194": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n162\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nPrataparudra Maharaja said,\n\n\"Please endeavor\n\nto keep Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu here at Jagannatha Puri, for now He is thinking of going\nelsewhere.\nTEXT 6\n\nt� Rifl �� � t�J c;�tt� i{t� •nt I\nc;'$f�tf� �f1tt'! <TiJ� iftifl �9fn{ II � II\ntanha vina ei rajya more nahi bhaya\ngosani rakhite karaha nana upaya\nSYNONYMS\ntanha vina-without Him; ei rajya-this kingdom; more-to me; nahi bhayais not very pleasing; gosar'ii-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nrakhite-to keep;\n\nkaraha-do; nana upaya-var i ous sorts of devices.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Without Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, this kingdom is not pleasing to me.\nTherefore please try to devise some plan to enable the Lord to stay here.\"\nTEXT 7\n\n1(fJft�, �'el�, ��1-\"ltf.:i{ I\n\n\\!� w-� <fit1( �-'�� �\"ft�' II 9 II\n\nramananda, sarvabhauma, dui-jana-sthane\ntabe yukti kare prabhu- 'yaba vrndavane'\nSYNONYMS\nramananda-Ramananda;\nbefore the two\n\npersons;\n\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma;\ntabe\n\n-\n\nthen;\n\ndui-jana-sthane­\n\nyukti kare-consulted;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; yaba vrndavane-1 shall go to Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu Himself consulted Ramananda Raya\nand Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, saying, \"I shall go to Vrndavana.\"\n\n", "mad6#p0195": "Text 10]\n\nThe Lord's A ttempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n163\n\nTEXT 8\n\n'Q·r.� �r.�,�1{� �1f �� I\n�t�<l'l ���' �� �� ${i{ ll lr II\ndutihe kahe,-ratha-yatra kara darasana\nkartika aile, tabe kariha gamana\nSYNONYMS\n\ndutihe kahe-both of them said; ratha-yatra-the Ratha-yatra festival; kara\ndarasana-please see; kartika aile-when the month of Karttika arrives; tabe-at\nthat time; kariha gamana-You can go.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya and Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya requested the Lord to observe first the Ratha-yatra festival. Then when the month of Karttika arrived,\nHe could go to Vrndavana.\nTEXT 9\n\n�� �� �-tJ�r.� �� I\n� ��' �f\"t'S-�� ��II� II\nkartika aile kahe-ebe maha-sita\ndola-yatra dekhi' yao-ei bhala rita\nSYNONYMS\n\nkartika aile-when the month of Karttika arrived; kahe-both of them said;\nebe-now; maha - sita - very cold; dola-yatra dekhi'-after seeing the Dola-yatra\nceremony; yao-You go; ei-this; bhala rita-a very nice program.\nTRANSLATION\nHowever, when the month of Karttika came, they both told the lord, \"Now\nit is very cold. It is better that You wait to see the Dola-yatra festival and then\ngo. That will be very nice.\"\nTEXT 10\n\n�t�·<l'lt� �' �ih{ ��-- �9fnt I\n�t'! �f'! ifl �1{ f�1{ �1{ II � II\no\n\n", "mad6#p0196": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n164\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\naji-kali kari' uthaya vividha upaya\nyaite sammati na deya vicchedera bhaya\nSYNONYMS\naji-kali kari'-delaying today and tomorrow; uthaya-they put forward;\nvividha u paya-many devices; yaite-to go; sammati-permission; na deya-did\nnot give; vicchedera bhaya -becau s e of fearing separation.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way they both presented many impediments, indirectly not granting\nthe Lord permission to go to Vrndavana. They did this because they were\nafraid of separation from Him.\nTEXT 11\n\n�� �� � � ��l't�'l I\n\n�·l� f� <21'- i{1 � � II �� II\nyadyapi svatantra prabhu nahe nivaraQa\nbhakta-iccha vina prabhu na kare gamana\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although;\n\nsvatantra-fully\n\nindependent;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; nahe nivaraQa -there is no checking Him; bhakta-iccha vina -without the permission of devotees; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; na kare\ngamana-does not go.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the Lord is completely independent and incapable of being\nchecked by anyone, He still did not go without the permission of His devotees.\nTEXT 12\n\n'f!'llf �e,� �� (;� 'fti�'l I\n�t� t;firt\"tl! �� '�i'f 1Til 11 �� II\ntrtiya vatsare saba gaucjera bhakta-gaQa\nnilacale calite sabara haila mana\n\n", "mad6#p0197": "Text 15]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n165\n\nSYNONYMS\ntrtiya vatsare-in the third year; saba-all; gauc;Jera bhakta-gaQa-devotees\nfrom Bengal; ni/aca/e-to Jagannatha Puri; calite-to go; sabara-of everyone;\nhaifa-there was; mana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nThen, for the third year, all the devotees of Bengal wanted to return again to\nJagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 13\n\n� �' (;�\"i ��'! �t�!;�� �!;lit I\n\n� �� �t� ��� �tm:JJ II �� 11\nsabe me/i' ge/a advaita acaryera pase\nprabhu dekhite acarya ca/ila ul/ase\nSYNONYMS\nsabe-everyone; me/i'-after assembling together;\n\nge/a-went; advaita­\n\nAdvaita; acaryera-of the leader of Navadvipa; pase-in the presence; prabhu\ndekhite-to see Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; acarya-Advaita Acarya; ca/i/adeparted; u//ase-in great jubilation.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the Bengali devotees gathered around Advaita Acarya, and in great\njubilation Advaita Acarya departed to Jagannatha Puri to see Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXTS 14-15\n\n�'11� �� 'C!'tWI (;��!;'! ��!;'! I\nfilimi{lff·l2ftt� (;12t';f>ef,.i2l�tf-t�;'! II �8 II\nl:!'lt� ��� ';f�tl2fl� Qiff��;'! I\nM'!Jtel\"\"� (;�·�1 (;� �'� �t'! II �� II\nyadyapi prabhura ajna gauc;Jete rahite\nnityananda-prabhuke prema-bhakti prakasite\ntathapi ca/ila mahaprabhure dekhite\nnityanandera prema-ce�ta ke pare bujhite\n\n", "mad6#p0198": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n166\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ajfia-the order;\ngauc;iete rahite-to stay in Bengal;\nPrabhu;\n\nprema-bhakti-ecstatic\n\ntathapi-still;\n\nca/i/a-departed;\n\nnityananda-prabhuke-unto Nityananda\n\nlove\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nmahaprabhure-SrT\n\nprakasite-to\nCaitanya\n\npreach;\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ndekhite-to see; nityanandera-of Lord Nityananda Prabhu; prema-ce�ta-the\nactivities of ecstatic love; ke-who; pare-is able; bujhite-to understand.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the Lord told Nityananda Prabhu to stay in Bengal and spread\necstatic love of God, Nityananda left to go see Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Who\ncan understand Nityananda Prabhu's ecstatic love?\nTEXTS 16-17\n\n��t�'l, fwt�fi{, ��t�, 11\"tlftt I\n\n�t���' �t�, ��f�\"ftfif �i{ �t� II �� II\nm<it �ful! filsr-�fcit �t�t�11\n�-�t11�� �t'-'1 91ijtl9'tir 'l'c113 11 �'l II\nacaryaratna, vidyanidhi, srivasa, ramai\nvasudeva, murari, govindadi tina bhai\nraghava paQc;iita nija-jhali sajafia\nku/ina-grama-vasi cafe patta-c;iori lana\nSYNONYMS\nacaryaratna-Acaryaratna; vidyanidhi-Vidyanidhi; srivasa-SrTvasa; ramaiRamai; vasudeva-Vasudeva; murari-Murari; govinda-adi tina bhai-Govinda\nand his two brothers; raghava paQc;iita-Raghava Par:u;Jita; nija-jhali-his own\nbags;\n\nsajafia-assorting;\n\nkulina-grama-vasi-the inhabitants of KuiTna-grama;\n\nca/e-went; patta-c;iori /afia-taking silken ropes.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees of Navadvipa departed, including Acaryaratna, Vidyanidhi,\nSrivasa, Ramai, Vasudeva, Murari, Govinda and his two brothers and Raghava\nPar:\"�c;lita, who took bags of assorted foods. The inhabitants of Kulina-grama,\ncarrying silken ropes, also departed.\n\n", "mad6#p0199": "Text 20]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n167\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�<It� il�f(Bl, ���il� I\n:J'!(-159 �' l!t11' � <fi� �'til II �IT' II\nkhar:u;:la-vasi narahari, sri-raghunandana\nsarva-bhakta cale, tara ke kare gaQana\nSYNONYMS\nkhaQc;:/a-vasi narahari-Narahari, a resident of the village Khat:Jc;la; sri-raghunandana-SrT Raghunandana; sarva-bhakta-all the devotees; ca/e-went; tara-of\nthat; ke-who; kare gaQana-can count.\nTRANSLATION\nNarahari and Sri Raghunandana, who were from the village of Kha•:u;fa, and\nmany other devotees also departed. Who can count them?\nTEXT 19\n\n�til..,.�il � �t$ l11TtSftill\n��il <fiRt' w;� Qif�1 '$111 ��II\nsivananda-sena kare ghati samadhana\nsabare palana kari' sukhe /aria yana\nSYNONYMS\nsivananda-sena-Sivananda Sena; kare-made; ghati samadhana-arrangements for expenditures to clear the tax collecting centers; sabare-everyone;\npa/ana-maintaining; kari'-doing; sukhe-in happiness; /aria-taking; yanagoes.\nTRANSLATION\nSivananda Sena, who was in charge of the party, made arrangements to\nclear the tax collecting centers. He took care of all the devotees and happily\ntraveled with them.\nTEXT 20\n\n� �(<�St� �' ''fil ��·'lti1 I\n\nfit<ttil\"t i!lfttil ��1·'Pft�11' � II � II\no\n\n", "mad6#p0200": "168\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nsabara sarva-karya karena, dena vasa-sthana\nsivananda jane u{iiya-pathera sandhana\nSYNONYMS\nsabara-of all of them;\n\nsarva-karya-everything necessary to be done;\n\nkarena-he does; dena-gives; vasa-sthana-residential places; sivananda-Sivananda; jane -know s; u(iiya-pathera-of the roads in Orissa; sandhana-the junctions.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSivananda Sena took care of all the necessities the devotees required. In\nparticular, he made arrangements for residential quarters, and he knew the\nroads of Orissa.\nTEXT 21\n\n� \"<fe.�1f � �f�'! � itt1f1ltf I\n\ni� ��-�� ��-� ll �) ll\nse vatsara prabhu dekhite saba thakuraQi\ncalila acarya-sange acyuta-janani\nSYNONYMS\nse vatsara-that year; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dekhite-to see;\nsaba thakuraQi-all the wives of the devotees; ca/i/a-went; acarya sa lige-with\n-\n\nAdvaita Acarya; acyuta-janani-the mother of Acyutananda.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat year also all the wives of the devotees [fhakurar:tis] also went to see Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Sitadevi, the mother of Acyutananda, went with\nAdvaita Acarya.\nTEXT 22\n\n�<ftlt ?tful!-� i� 1ft� I\nf�t�·�\"f itiil �t�t1f '1�2b II �� II\nsrivasa paQ(iita-safige cali/a malini\nsivananda-sange cafe tanhara grhiQi\n\n", "mad6#p0201": "Text 24]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n169\n\nSYNONYMS\nsrivasa paQ(iita-sange-with Srivasa Pai)Qita; cafifa-went; mafini-his wife,\nMalini;\n\nsivananda-sange-with\n\nSivananda\n\nSena;\n\ncafe-goes;\n\ntanhara-his;\n\ngrhiQi-wife.\nTRANSLATION\nSrivasa Par;�c;Jita also took his wife, Malini, and the wife of Sivananda Sena\nalso went with her husband.\nTEXT 23\n\nf�C:\"t� �ti'J�, e{tJf- C�·� I\n�� �fi!rnt� � Off�l! �1ft� II �� II\nsivanandera bafaka, nama-caitanya-dasa\ntenho cafiyache prabhure dekhite ullasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsivanandera bafaka-the son of Sivananda; nama-named; caitanya-dasaCaitanya dasa;\n\ntenho-he;\n\ncafiyache-was going;\n\nprabhure-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; dekhite-to see; u//asa-jubilantly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya dasa, the son of Sivananda Sena, also jubilantly accompanied them\nas they went to see the Lord.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�Q-�C:'f �'f t;!� '1�ltf I\ni�� c;� �tl1 \"\"'� if! iSftfi{ II �8 II\nacaryaratna-sange cafe tanhara grhiQi\ntanhara premera katha kahite na jani\n\nSYNONYMS\nacaryaratna-sange-with Candrasekhara; cafe-goes; tanhara-his; grhiQiwife; tanhara-his; premera katha-the description of the ecstatic love; kahiteto speak; na jani -I do not know how.\n\n.\n\n", "mad6#p0202": "170\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe wife of Candrasekhara [Acaryaratna] also went. I cannot speak of the\ngreatness of Candra5ekhara's love for the Lord.\nTEXT 25\n\n� �� �t�!_t� r�-.1 fW! ,\n\n� ett-.i f�� i!fO!O fil'l ._Bl ru� II�� n\nsaba thakuraQi mahaprabhuke bhik?ii dite\nprabhura nana priya dravya nila ghara haite\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaba thakuraQi-all the wives of the great devotees; mahaprabhuke-to Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; bhik?a dite-to offer food; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; nana-va rious ; priya dravya-pleasing foods; ni/a-took; ghara\n\nhaite-from home\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo offer Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu various types of food, all the wives of the\ngreat devotees brought from home various things that pleased Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 26\n\n�1-.\"f-Qfil �?;if '1� '11ft-ft-. I\n\n��� �t�tfil' ,�-. � ��1-\"lt.. II�� II\nsivananda-sena kare saba samadhana\nghatiyala prabodhi' dena sabare vasa-sthana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsivananda-sena-Sivananda Sena; kare-does; saba samadhana-all arrangements; ghatiyala-the men in charge of levying taxes; prabodhi'-satisfying;\ndena-gives; sabare-to everyone; vasa-sthana-resting places.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs stated, Sivananda Sena used to make all arrangements for the party's\nnecessities. In particular, he used to pacify the men in charge of levying taxes,\nand he found resting places for everyone.\n\n", "mad6#p0203": "Text 29]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n171\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�\"151 flf'ID �� ,�� � 9J'tilfr;� I\n\n�'CI�����II�'\\11\nbhak�ya diya karena sabara sarvatra palane\nparama anande yana prabhura darasane\nSYNONYMS\nbhak�ya diya-supplying food; karena-he does; sabara-of everyone; sarvatra-everywhere; pa/ane-maintenance; parama anande-in great pleasure;\nyana-he goes; prabhura darasane-to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nSivananda Sena also supplied food to all the devotees and took care of them\nalong the way. In this way, feeling great happiness he went to see Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu at Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 28\n\n�'trn �tflRli C�� (;'m��� {If� I\n'Cit� �llf i!\"lti ��' �� II�lr II\nremuQaya asiya kai/a gopinatha darasana\nacarya karila tahail kirtana, nartana\nSYNONYMS\nremuQaya-to Remur;�a; asiya-after coming; kai/a-performed; gopinatha\ndarasana-visiting the temple of Gopinatha; acarya-Advaita Acarya; kari/aperformed; tahari -there; kirtana-chanting; nartana-dancing.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen they all arrived at Remur:-a, they went to see Lord Gopinatha. In the\ntemple there, Advaita Acarya danced and chanted.\nTEXT 29\n\nfii<$Jlit\"fl �� �� � � I\n�tli! � ..tfll' �����'ill�� II\n\n", "mad6#p0204": "172\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nnityanandera paricaya saba sevaka sane\nbahuta sammana asi' kaila sevaka-gaQe\nSYNONYMS\nnityanandera-of Lord Nityananda Prabhu; paricaya-there was acquaintance;\nsaba-all; sevaka sane-with the priests of the temple; bahuta sammana-great\nrespect; asi'-coming; kai/a-offered; sevaka-gaQe-all the priests.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the priests of the temple had been previously acquainted with Sri Nityananda Prabhu; therefore they all came to offer great respects to the Lord.\nTEXT 30\n\n� ftrr.lt� 1f�1\"1 i!t�ft113 1f� I\n�11f � �1�' �1t'$f (;'!�� 'fRf'f111 -eo II\nsei ratri saba mahanta tahafii rahila\nbara k�ira ani' age sevaka dharila\nSYNONYMS\nsei ratri-that night; saba mahanta-all the great devotees; tahafii rahi/aremained there;\n\nbara-twelve pots;\n\nk�ira-condensed milk;\n\nani'-bringing;\n\nage-in front of Nityananda Prabhu; sevaka-the priests; dhari/a-placed.\nTRANSLATION\nThat night, all the great devotees remained in the temple, and the priests\nbrought twelve pots of condensed milk, which they placed before Lord Nityananda Prabhu.\nTEXT 31\n\n� ..t$' �1f � �-fiti!:rtil\"f I\n��� 9ftt113 �H �t� ��\"! II -e� II\nk�ira bariti' sabare dila prabhu-nityananda\nk�ira-prasada pafia sabara bat;lila ananda\nSYNONYMS\nk�ira-the condensed milk; bariti'-dividing; sabare-unto everyone; di/agave; prabhu-nityananda-Nityananda Prabhu; k�ira-prasada-remnants of con-\n\n", "mad6#p0205": "173\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\nText 33]\n\ndensed milk from the Deity; pafia-getting; sabara-of everyone; bac;/i/a-increased; ananda-the transcendental bliss.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the condensed milk was placed before Nityananda Prabhu, He distributed the prasada to everyone, and thus everyone's transcendental bliss increased.\nTEXT 32\n\n1ft'(�� <li�1, <;'itt�·.-t9fil I\nit� <;'itt9ft'l '� 11tf'$fi'f G\"!il II �� II\nmadhava-purira katha, gopala-sthapana\ntarihare gopala yaiche magi/a candana\nSYNONYMS\nmadhava-purira katha-the narration of Madhavendra Puri; gopa/a-sthapanainstallation of the Deity of Gopala; tarihare-unto him; gopa/a-Lord Gopala;\nyaiche-just as; magi/a-He begged; candana-sandalwood.\nTRANSLATION\nThey then all discussed the story of Sri Madhavendra Puri's installation of\nthe Gopala Deity, and they discussed how Gopala begged sandalwood from\nhim.\nTEXT 33\n\nm \"tf<ij' ,'itt�iltQ! \"\"� � '<11\" 1\n11��� �-t �'ij � <11�1 �fi{i'f II �� II\ntarira lagi' gopinatha k?ira curi kaila\nmahaprabhura mukhe age e katha sunila\nSYNONYMS\ntarira lagi'-for\nGopinatha;\n\nhim\n\n(Madhavendra\n\nk?ira-condensed\n\nmilk;\n\nPuri);\n\ngopinatha-the\n\ncuri-stealing;\n\nDeity named\n\nkai/a-performed;\n\nmahaprabhura mukhe-from the mouth of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; age-previously; e katha-this incident; suni/a-heard.\n\n", "mad6#p0206": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n174\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt was Gopinatha who stole condensed milk for the sake of Madhavendra\nPuri. This incident had been previously related by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nHimself.\nTEXT 34\n\n� ��1 � \"lft-u �t� �\\!Jti{\"f I\n�f.rn'l C�·�·1(ti{ �t� �ti{\"f 111!)8 II\nsei katha sabara madhye kahe nityananda\nsuniya vai�Qava-mane ba(iila ananda\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei katha-that incident; sabara m adhye-among all of them; kahe-says;\nnityananda-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; suniya-hearing; vai�Qava-mane-in the\nminds of all the Vai�l)avas; ba(iila-increased; ananda-the transcendental bliss.\nTRANSLATION\nThis same narration was again related by Lord Nityananda to all the devotees, and their transcendental bliss increased as they heard the story again.\nPURPORT\nThe\n\nwords\n\nmahaprabhura mukhe, \"from the mouth of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu,\" are significant because Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu first heard the\nstory of Madhavendra Puri from His spiritual master, Sripada TSvara Puri. For this\nstory refer to Madhya-lila, Chapter Four, verse eighteen. After staying at Sri\nAdvaita's house in Santipura for some time, the Lord narrated the story of Madhavendra Puri to Nityananda Prabhu, Jagadananda Prabhu, Damodara Pai)Qita and\nMukunda dasa. When they went to Remul)a to the temple of Gopinatha, He described Madhavendra Puri's installation of the Gopala Deity as well as Gopinatha's\nstealing condensed milk. Due to this incident, Lord Gopinatha became well\nknown as K�iracora, the thief who stole condensed milk.\nTEXT 35\n\nl.fl�\"l(i! ��, �fiit' �� ��\"1'1 I\n��'$ft� Oif�' Jtt� � flfi{ �fltif1 II '!)� II\nei-mata ca/i' ca/i' kataka ai/a\nsak�i-gopala dekhi' sabe se dina rahila\n\n", "mad6#p0207": "Text 37]\n\n175\n\nThe lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; ca/i' cali'-walking and walking;\n\nkataka ai/a-they\n\nreached the town known as Kataka; sak�i-gopala dekhi'-after seeing the Deity\nknown as Sak�i-gopala; sabe-all the devotees; se dina-that day; rahilastayed.\nTRANSLATION\nWalking and walking in this way, the devotees arrived at the city of Kafaka,\nwhere they remained for a day and saw the temple of Sak�i-gopala.\nTEXT 36\n\n�t�t'm�� �'li �r;� f��\"f I\n\n�fimj �·�-� �tf� �'It II �� ll\nsak�i-gopalera katha kahe nityananda\nsuniya vai�f)ava-mane bac;iila ananda\nSYNONYMS\n\nsak�i-gopalera-of the Deity known as Sak�i-gopala; katha-the narration;\nkahe-describes; nityananda-Nityananda Prabhu; suniya-hearing; vai�f)avamane-in the minds of all the Vai�l)avas; bac;iila-increased; ananda-the transcendental bliss.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Nityananda Prabhu described all the activities of Sak�i-gopala, transcendental bliss increased in the minds of all the Vai�r:'lavas.\nPURPORT\n\nFor these activities refer to Madhya-lila, Chapter Five, verses 8-138.\nTEXT 37\n\n�r;� filMti! ��t� ���i ���I\n� �fif' � �r;� 1\\�� II �\"' II\nprabhuke milite sabara utkaf)tha antare\nsighra kari' ai/a sabe sri-nilacale\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhuke milite-to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sabara-of everyone;\n\nutkaf)tha-anxiety; antare-within the heart; sighra kari'-making great haste;\nai/a-reached; sabe-all of them; sri-nilacale-jagannatha Puri.\n\n", "mad6#p0208": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n176\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nparty was very\n\nanxious\n\nat\n\nheart\n\nto see\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; therefore they hastily went on to Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 38\n\n�� ��'{1 ''5ft�F$ �firn'll\n\n'i� �tt�t�\"ff ''5ft��t� mn n �IT' n\natharanalake aila gosafii suniya\ndui-mala pathaila govinda-hate diya\nSYNONYMS\n\natharanalake-A�haranala;\n\nai/a-they have reached; gosafii-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; suniya-hearing; dui-mala-two garlands; pathaila-sent; govinda-hate diya-through the hands of Govinda.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen\n\nthey\n\nall arrived at\n\na bridge\n\ncalled Afharanala,\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, hearing the news of their arrival, sent two garlands with Govinda.\nTEXT 39\n\n'i� 1ft� ''5ft�\"f 'i�i!l?til ?fft�'l I\n��' ��t.�·,'5f�� � �� ?ttl'f n �� n\ndui mala govinda dui-jane paraila\nadvaita, avadhata-gosafii bada sukha paila\nSYNONYMS\n\ndui mala-the two garlands; govinda-Govinda; dui-jane paraila-placed on\nthe necks of two personalities; advaita-Advaita Acarya; avadhata-gosafiiNityananda Prabhu; bada sukha paila-became very happy.\nTRANSLATION\nGovinda offered the two garlands to Advaita Acarya and Nityananda\nPrabhu, and They both became very happy.\nTEXT 40\n\n'!�tf$ ��V ��a,�-��� I\nift� ettm'! �fa,' �-ffl �illril n so n\n\n", "mad6#p0209": "Text 42]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n177\n\ntaharii arambha kaila kr$Qa-sankirtana\nnacite nacite cali' ai/a dui-jana\nSYNONYMS\ntaharii-on that very spot; arambha kaila-began; kr$Qa-sankirtana-chanting\nthe holy name of Lord Kr�r:ta; nacite nacite-dancing and dancing; ca/i'-going;\nai/a-reached; dui-jana-both of Them.\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed, They began chanting the holy name of Kr�r:ta on that very spot, and,\ndancing and dancing, both Advaita Acarya and Nityananda Prabhu reached\nJagannatha Puri.\n\nTEXT 41\n\n�: JIT'Ii ��1 �fi�� �'5t'1 I\n�t� �t�' 'Pft�il'l -t�f i{\"fii II 8� II\npunai) mala diya svarupadi nija-gaQa\nagu bac;fi' pathaila sacira nandana\nSYNONYMS\npunai)-again;\n\nmala-garlands;\n\ndiya -offering;\n\nsvarupa-adi-SvarOpa\n\nDamodara GosvamTand others; nija-gaQa-personal associates; agu bac;fi'-going\nforward; pathaila-sent; sacira nandana-the son of mother SacT.\nTRANSLATION\nThen, for the second time, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sent garlands through\nSvarupa Damodara and other personal associates. Thus they went forward,\nsent by the son of mother Saci.\nTEXT 42\n\ni{�i!§f 'Cit� � ��t� filf'l'l1 I\n�t� W� 1fti'rl ��� �� II 8� II\nnarendra asiya tahan sabare milila\nmahaprabhura datta mala sabare paraila\nSYNONYMS\nnarendra-to\n\nthe\n\nlake\n\nnamed\n\nNarendra;\n\nas1ya-coming;\n\ntahan-there;\n\nsabare-everyone; milila-met; mahaprabhura-by SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ndatta-given; mala-garlands; sabare paraila-offered to everyone.\n\n", "mad6#p0210": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n178\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the devotees from Bengal reached Lake Narendra, Svariipa Damodara\nand the others met them and offered them the garlands given by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 43\n\n���·fir�� �iti �til' c;�1tf'Al 1\n�� �t� �t_ f'lf� lf� II 8-e II\nsirhha-dvara-nikate aila suni' gauraraya\napane asiya prabhu milila sabaya\nSYNONYMS\nsirhha-dvara-the\n\nlion\n\ngate;\n\nnikate-near;\n\nai/a-arrived;\n\nsuni'-hearing;\n\ngauraraya-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; apane-personally; asiya-coming;\nprabhu-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; milila sabaya-met them all.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the devotees finally reached the lion gate, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nheard the news and personally went to meet them.\n\nTEXT 44\n\nlf� it�i C�i'f i!f�it�-(f� I\n�1 i11�1 �flill1 �: �t9fi{·�<!fi{ II 88 II\nsaba lana kaila jagannatha-darasana\nsaba lana aila punaf) apana-bhavana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaba /ana-taking all of them; kai/a-performed; jagannatha-darasana-seeing\nLord Jagannatha; saba /ana-taking them all; aiia-went back; punaf)-again;\napana-bhavana-to His own residence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and all His devotees visited Lord Jagannatha. Finally, accompanied by them all, He returned to His own residence.\n\n", "mad6#p0211": "Text 47]\n\nThe lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n179\n\nTEXT 45\n\n�tlftitttt, <fi�fif� � �fil'l' I\nIIQt� ��rof � \\2l:Jf'tlf �t�it�'l' II 8� II\nvaf)inatha, kasi-misra prasada ani/a\nsvahaste sabare prabhu prasada khaoyaila\nSYNONYMS\nvaQinatha-Va�Tnatha; kasi-misra-KasT Misra; prasada ani/a-brought all kinds\n\nof prasada; sva-haste-with His own hand; sabare-unto everyone; prabhu-SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; prasada-the remnants of the food of Jagannatha;\nkhaoyaila-fed.\nTRANSLATION\nVal)inatha Raya and Kasi Misra then brought a large quantity of prasada, and\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu distributed it with His own hand and fed them all.\nTEXT 46\n\n� �e.llt1f �rn � ��-� 1\n��i � 9ft�t<1Pi <fi1ft� Pt� II 8� II\npurva vatsare yanra yei vasa-sthana\ntahan saba pathaiia karaila visrama\nSYNONYMS\npurva vatsare-in the previous year; yanra-of whom; yei-wherever; vasasthana-place to stay; tahail-there; saba-all of them; pathaiia-sending;\nkaraila visrama-made them rest.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the previous year, everyone had his own particular residence, and the\nsame residences were again offered. Thus they all went to take rest.\nTEXT 47\n\n�� 'e��'11ffft'l'i �� 1fPf I\n������-��118�11\nei-mata bhakta-gaQa rahila cari masa\nprabhura sahita kare kirtana-vilasa\n\n", "mad6#p0212": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n180\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way;\n\nbhakta-gaf)a-the devotees;\n\nrahi/a-remained; can\n\nmasa-for four months; prabhura sahita-with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kareperformed; kirtana-vi/asa -the pastimes of sarikirtana.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor four continuous months all the devotees remained there and enjoyed\nchanting the Hare Km•a maha-mantra with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 48\n\n�e. 1f���tit �� �-iii I\n� iif�i �fu�-� !1'1..-tlifiif II 81r II\nparvavat ratha-yatra-kala yabe aila\nsaba lana guQc;iica-mandira prak$afila\n\nSYNONYMS\npurva-vat-as in the previous year; ratha-yatra-kala-the time for Ratha-yatra\nfestival; yabe-when; ai/a-arrived; saba /ana-taking all of them; guQc;iica-mandira-the temple of Gul)<;lica; prak$afila-washed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs in the previous year, they all washed the Gur;�c;fica temple when the time\nfor Ratha-yatra arrived.\nTEXT 49\n\n��t� �00 iSf�i'ttCif fiffl I\n��e. 11'Cif-�r;� il� �f1fi!f II 801 II\nku/ina-grami patta-c;Jori jagannathe dila\npurvavat ratha-agre nartana karila\n\nSYNONYMS\nkulina-grami-the residents of Kulina-grama; patta-c;Jori-silken ropes; jagannathe dila-offered to Lord Jagannatha; parva-vat-like the previous year; rathaagre-in front of the car; nartana karila-danced.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of Kulina-grama delivered silken ropes to Lord Jagannatha,\nand as previously they all danced before the Lord's car.\n\n", "mad6#p0213": "Text 52]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n181\n\nTEXT 50\n\n� if!J ��' �: �� �'1.1� I\n\n�1ft-�� �'tt1 �' ��ill' �i!tt11' II �\n\no\n\nII\n\nbahu nrtya kari' punab ca/ila udyane\nvapi-tire tahan yai' karila visrame\nSYNONYMS\nbahu nrtya kari'-after dancing a great deal; punab - aga i n; ca/i/a-started for;\n\nudyane-the garden; vapi-tire-on the bank of the lake; tahan yai'-go ing there;\nkarila visrame-took rest.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter dancing a great deal, they all went to a nearby garden and took rest\nbeside a lake.\nTEXT 51\n\n1ftJl �� ��' '�-fil� 5f� I\n�-�t�,i!f;;�, il'�-t•W'I� II <t� II\nra(ihi eka vipra, tenho-nityananda dasa\nmaha-bhagyavan tenho, nama -kr?Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nra(ihi eka vipra-one brahmaf)a resident of Ra<;lha-desa (where the Ganges\n\ndoes not flow); tenho-he; nityananda dasa- serv ant of Lord Nityananda; mahabhagyavan - greatly\n\nfortunate;\n\ntenho - h e ;\n\nnama-named;\n\nkr?Qadasa­\n\nKr�Qadasa.\nTRANSLATION\nOne brahmaQa named Kr�Qadasa, who was a resident of Rac:fha-de5a and a\nservant of Lord Nityananda's, was a very fortunate person.\nTEXT 52\n\n�� oefif' �� ,�� �f�� ,�1'( I\nIf� ��� �'t_ 11�·lf� '� II �� II\nghata bhari' prabhura tenho abhi?eka kaila\ntanra abhi?eke prabhu maha-trpta haifa\n\n", "mad6#p0214": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n182\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSYNONYMS\nghata bhari -fi l ling one waterpot; prabhura-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n'\n\nteriho-he; abhi�eka kai/a-performed the bathing; tarira-his; abhi�eke-by the\nact of bathing the Lord; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; maha-trpta haifabecame very satisfied.\nTRANSLATION\nIt was Kr�r:Jadasa who filled a great waterpot and poured it over the Lord\nwhile He was taking His bath. The Lord was greatly satisfied by this.\nTEXT 53\n\n�i!l'5tfu-�tr;'5t1t �- $lt� �'I I\nlf� � 1f�t�t_ ��II It� II\nbalagaQ<;ii-bhogera bahu prasada aila\nsaba sarige mahaprabhu prasada khai/a\nSYNONYMS\nbalagaQ<;ii-bhogera-of the food offered at Balagar:\"�9i; bahu prasada-a great\nquantity\n\nof\n\nprasada;\n\nai/a-arrived;\n\nsaba\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nsarige-with\n\nall\n\nthe\n\ndevotees;\n\nprasada-remnants of the food of\n\nJagannatha; khai/a-ate.\nTRANSLATION\nThe remnants of food offered to the Lord at Balagar:Jc;ti then arrived in great\nquantity, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and all His devotees ate it.\nPURPORT\nIn reference to Balagal)c,ji, see Madhya-lila (13.193).\nTEXT 54\n\n'i_(�e, 1tt!l� '�ill �1t� I\n!';ut?l•1i't-� '\"r;� i!l<fP1 <e•'5t'l I �8 II\npurvavat ratha-yatra kaila darasana\nhera-pancami-yatra dekhe lana bhakta-gaQa\n\n", "mad6#p0215": "The Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\nText 56]\n\n183\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nparva-vat-as in the previous\n\nyear;\n\nratha-yatra-the car festival;\n\nkaila\n\ndarasana-saw; hera-paiicami-yatra-the festival of Hera-pancami; dekhe-He\nsees; /aiia bhakta-gaQa-with all the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nAs in the previous year, the Lord, with all the devotees, saw the Ratha-yatra\nfestival and the Hera-paikami festival as well.\nTEXT 55\n\n��t1i·,'51t�tf<$ � �� fil'll!ltf I\n� -art-o (;�C'f ��� �����'f II <ta II\nacarya-gosaiii prabhura kaila nimantraQa\ntara madhye kai/a yaiche jhac;ia-vari$aQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nacarya-gosaiii-Advaita\n\nAcarya;\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkai/a-made; nimantra1,1a-invitation; tara madhye-within that episode; kai/aoccurred; yaiche-just as; jhaga-vari$aQa-rainstorm.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya then extended an invitation to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nand there was a great rainstorm connected with that incident.\nTEXT 56\n\n�trn' �'fmt� �ft�-��i{ l\n\n�� � � �� filqtf II <t� II\nvistari' var1,1iyachena dasa-vrndavana\nsrivasa prabhure tabe kai/a nimantraQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nvistari'-elaborating;\nVrndavana\n\ndasa\n\nvar1,1iyachena -has\n\nThakura;\n\nsrivasa-Srivasa;\n\ndescribed;\n\ndasa-vrndavana-\n\nprabhure-to\n\nMahaprabhu; tabe-then; kai/a nimantraQa-gave an invitation.\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\n", "mad6#p0216": "184\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll these episodes have been elaborately described by Srila V�ndavana dasa\nThakura. Then one day Srivasa Thakura extended an invitation to the lord.\nPURPORT\nCaitanya-bhagavata (Antya-li/a, Chapter Eight) gives the following description.\n\nOne day SrTia Advaita Acarya, having extended an invitation to Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, thought that if the Lord came alone He would feed Him to His great\nsatisfaction. It then so happened that when the other sannyasis were going to\nAdvaita Acarya's to take lunch, there was a big rainstorm, and they could not\nreach His house. Thus, according to Advaita Acarya's desires, SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu came alone and accepted the prasada.\nTEXT 57\n\n� f�·\"!IJ1Pil 'l<t 1ftt� 1ftfil� I\n'�t•J �'-��111il, 'CWtftt'! ��'II (t� II\nprabhura priya-vyanjana saba randhena malini\n'bhaktye dasi'-abhimana, 'snehete janani'\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; priya-vyanjana-favorite vegeta­\n\nbles; saba-all; randhena-cooks; malini-the wife of SrTvasa Thakura; bhaktye\ndasi -in devotion she was just like a maidservant; abhimana-it was her concep­\n\ntion; snehete-in affection; janani-exactly like a mother.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord's favorite vegetables were cooked by Malinidevi, the wife of\nSrivasa Thakura. She devotedly considered herself a maidservant of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's, but in affection she was just like a mother.\nTEXT 58\n\n�li���-�fif � '!_� �•'$f'f I\nlft'U lft�J �'t.� \"!li �il ��'1 II �17' II\nacaryaratna-adi yata mukhya bhakta-gaf)a\nmadhye madhye prabhure karena nimantraf)a\n\n", "mad6#p0217": "Text 60]\n\nThe lord's Attempt to Go to V�ndavana\n\n185\n\nSYNONYMS\nacaryaratna-Candrasekhara;\n\nadi-and others;\n\nyata-all;\n\nmukhya bhakta­\n\ngaQa-chief devotees; madhye madhye-at intervals; prabhure-to Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; karena nimantraQa-gave invitations.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the chief devotees, headed by Candra5ekhara [Acaryaratnal used to extend invitations to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu periodically.\nTEXT 59\n\n\"G�t�·\"Cit• �: fi{i!Jtilt\"f a,$1 I\nf�� W• <rof f.{� fil'f!;� �fim II en;, II\ncaturmasya-ante puna/:! nityanande lana\nkiba yukti kare nitya nibhrte vasiya\nSYNONYMS\ncaturmasya-ante-at the end of Caturmasya; puna/:l-again; nityanande-Sri\nNityananda Prabhu; /afia-taking into confidence; kiba-what; yukti kare-They\nconsult; nitya-daily; nibhrte-in a solitary place; vasiya-sitting.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the end of the four-month Caturmasya period, Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nagain consulted with Nityananda Prabhu daily .in a solitary place. No one\ncould understand what Their consultation was about.\nTEXT 60\n\n��-(;�t�tf$ � �tlt imr-� I\n�� �---1 ?tt�, (;<!lilt ��!;i! if! � II �o II\nacarya-gosafii prabhuke kahe thare-thore\nacarya tarja pacje, keha bujhite na pare\nSYNONYMS\nacarya-gosafii-Advaita Acarya; prabhuke-unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkahe-speaks;\n\nthare-thore-by\n\nindications;\n\nacarya-Advaita\n\nAcarya;\n\ntarja\n\npac;Je-reads some poetic passages; keha-anyone; bujhite-to understand; na\npare-was not able.\n\n", "mad6#p0218": "186\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen Srila Advaita Acarya said something to Caitanya Mahaprabhu through\ngestures and read some poetic passages, which no one understood.\nTEXT 61\n\nriHI' '!_� c;wf�' �� -tfu il\"til I\n� �� til' i!lft�' ��t1f �mil� II�� II\ntatira mukha dekhi' hase sacira nandana\narigikara jani' acarya karena nartana\nSYNONYMS\ntarira mukha-His face; dekhi'-seeing; hase-smiles; sacira nandana-Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; arigikara jani' -understanding the acceptance; acaryaAdvaita Acarya; karena-performed; nartana-dancing.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the face of Advaita Acarya, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu smiled.\nUnderstanding that the Lord had accepted the proposal, Advaita Acarya\nstarted to dance.\n\nTEXT 62\n\nf<ri�112!1�, f�<f! �twi-<;�� if! �� I\n�� ��' � imf f�nt flrllf II�� II\nkiba prarthana, kiba ajna-keha na bujhila\nalirigana kari' prabhu tarire vidaya dila\nSYNONYMS\nkiba-what; prarthana-the request; kiba-what; ajna-the order; kehaanyone; na bujhi/a-did not know;\n\na/itigana kari'-embracing; prabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; tatire-to Him; vidaya dila-bade farewell.\nTRANSLATION\nNo one knew what Advaita Acarya requested or what the Lord ordered.\nAfter embracing the Acarya, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu bade Him farewell.\nTEXT 63\n\n�\"f � �-��'!)�I\n\n�� �tfif lftHt, � � �t� II �� II\n\n", "mad6#p0219": "Text 64]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to V�ndavana\n\n187\n\nnityanande kahe prabhu, -sunaha, sripada\nei ami magi, tumi karaha prasada\nSYNONYMS\nnityanande-unto Sri' Nityananda Prabhu; kahe-says; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; sunaha-please hear; sri-pada-0 holy man; ei-this; ami-1;\nmagi-request; tumi-You; karaha-kindly show; prasada-mercy.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then told Nityananda Prabhu, \"Please hear Me, 0\nholy man: I now request something of You. Kindly grant My request.\nTEXT 64\n\n!2t��� ���iff�� I\n''$!� f�' G1l\"Rf � �Cif ��111 �8 II\nprati-var�a nilaca/e tumi na asiba\ngauge rahi' mora iccha saphala kariba\nSYNONYMS\nprati-var�a-every year; nilacale-to Jagannatha Puri; tumi-You; na asiba-do\nnot come; gauge rahi'-staying in Bengal; mora iccha-My desire; sa-phala\nkariba-make successful.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Do not come to Jagannatha Puri every year, but stay in Bengal and fulfill\nMy desire.\"\nPURPORT\nThe mission of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is to spread the only medicine effective in this fallen age of Kali-the chanting of the Hare Kr�t:�a maha-mantra.\nFollowing the orders of His mother, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was residing at\nJagannatha Puri, and the devotees were coming to see Him. However, the Lord\nfelt that this message must be spread very elaborately in Bengal, and in His absence there was not a second person capable of doing it. Consequently the Lord\nrequested Nityananda Prabhu to stay there and broadcast the message of Kr�t:�a\nconsciousness. The Lord also entrusted a similar preaching responsibility to ROpa\nand Sanatana. Nityananda Prabhu was requested not to come every year to\nJagannatha Puri, although seeing Lord Jagannatha greatly benefits everyone. Does\nthis mean that the Lord was refusing Nityananda Prabhu a fortunate opportunity?\nNo. One who is a faithful servant of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu must execute His\n\n", "mad6#p0220": "188\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\norder, even if one has to sacrifice going to Jagannatha PurT to see Lord jagannatha\nthere. In other words, it is a greater fortune to carry out SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\norder than to satisfy one's senses by seeing Lord Jagannatha.\nPreaching Caitanya Mahaprabhu's cult throughout the world is more important\nthan staying in Vrndavana or Jagannatha PurT for one's own personal satisfaction.\nSpreading Kr�r:Ja consciousness is SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's mission; therefore\nHis sincere devotees must carry out His desire.\nprthivite ache yata nagaradi grama\nsarvatra pracara haibe mora nama\nThe devotees of Lord Caitanya must preach Kr�r:Ja consciousness in every village\nand town in the world. That will satisfy the Lord. It is not that one should act\nwhimsically for his own personal satisfaction. This order comes down through the\nparampara system, and the spiritual master presents these orders to the disciple so\nthat he can spread the message of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. It is the duty of\nevery disciple to carry out the order of the bona fide spiritual master and spread\nLord Caitanya's message all over the world.\nTEXT 65\n\n�'ft1 fi1� ��-'� �ttl il1 <;;�� I\n�11m( 'l�' �' 'i!t111 �� �� II �Q' II\ntahan siddhi kare-hena anye na dekhiye\namara 'dU$kara' karma, toma haite haye\nSYNONYMS\ntahari-there; siddhi-success; kare-makes; hena-such; anye-other person; na-not; dekhiye-1 see; amara-My; du$kara-difficult to perform; karma-work; toma-You; haite-from; haye-becomes successful.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"You can perform a task that even I\ncannot do. But for You, I cannot find anyone in Gau�a-desa who can fulfill My\nmission there.\"\nPURPORT\nLord Caitanya's mission is to deliver the fallen souls of this age. In this age of\nKali, practically cent percent of the population is fallen. SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ncertainly delivered many fallen souls, but His disciples mainly came from the up-\n\n", "mad6#p0221": "Text 65]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n189\n\nper classes. For example, He delivered Srila Ropa Gosvami, Sanatana Gosvami, Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya and many others who were socially elevated but fallen\nfrom the spiritual point of view. Srila ROpa and Sanatana Gosvamis were situated\nin government service, and Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya was the topmost scholar of\nIndia. Similarly, Prakasananda Sarasvati was a leader of many thousands of\nMayavadi sannyasis. It was Srila Nityananda Prabhu, however, who delivered persons like Jagai and Madhai. Therefore, Lord Caitanya says, amara 'du�kara' karma,\ntoma haite haye. Jagai and Madhai were delivered solely by Nityananda Prabhu's\nmercy. When they injured Nityananda Prabhu, Lord Caitanya became angry and\ndecided to kill them with His Sudarsana cakra, but Nityananda Prabhu saved them\nfrom the Lord's wrath and delivered them. In the incarnation of Gaura-Nitai, the\nLord is not supposed to kill demons but deliver them by preaching Kr�t:la consciousness. In the case of Jagai and Madhai, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was so\nangry that He would have immediately killed them, but Nityananda Prabhu was\nso kind that He not only saved them from death but elevated them to the transcendental position. Thus what was not possible for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwas carried out by Nityananda Prabhu.\nSimilarly, if one is true to Gaura-Nitai's service in the disciplic succession, he can\neven excel Nityananda Prabhu's service. This is the process of disciplic succession.\nNityananda Prabhu delivered Jagai and Madhai, but a servant of Nityananda\nPrabhu, by His grace, can deliver many thousands of Jagai's and Madhai's. That is\nthe special benediction of the disciplic succession. One who is situated in the disciplic succession can be understood by the result of his activities. This is always\ntrue as far as the activities of the Lord and His devotees are concerned. Therefore\nLord Siva says:\naradhananarh sarve�arh\nvi�I)Or aradhanarh pararh\ntasmat paratararh devi\ntadiyanarh samarcanam\n\"Of all types of worship, worship of Lord Vi�I)U is best, and better than the worship of Lord Vi�I)U is the worship of His devotee, the Vai�l)ava.\" (Padma Pural)a)\nBy the grace of Vi�I)U, a Vai�l)ava can render better service than Vi�l)u; that is\nthe special prerogative of a Vai�l)ava. The Lord actually wants to see His servants\nwork more gloriously than Himself. For instance, on the Battlefield of Kuruk�etra,\nSri Kr�t:la provoked.Arjuna to fight because all the warriors on the battlefield were\nto die by Kr�t:la's plan. Kr�t:la Himself did not want to take credit; rather, He\nwanted Arjuna to take credit. Therefore He asked him to fight and win fame.\ntasmat tvam utti�tha yaso labhasva\njitva satrCin bhwik�va rajyarh samrddham\n\n", "mad6#p0222": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n190\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nmayaivaite nihata/:1 purvam eva\nnimitta-matraril bhava savyasacin\n\n\"Therefore get up and prepare to fight. After conquering your enemies, you will\nenjoy a flourishing kingdom. They are already put to death by My arrangement,\nand you, 0 Savyasacin, can be but an instrument in the fight.\" (Bg.\n\n11.33)\n\nThus the Supreme Personality of Godhead gives credit to a devotee who performs any heavy task perfectly. Hanumanji, or Vajrangaji, the servant of Lord\nRamacandra, also serves as another example. It was HanumanjT who jumped over\nthe sea in one leap and reached the shore of Lanka from the shore of Bharatavar�a. When Lord Ramacandra chose to go there, He paved the way with stones,\nalthough by His will the stones were able to float on the sea. If we simply follow\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's instructions and follow in the footsteps of SrT Nityananda Prabhu, this Kr�t:Ja consciousness movement can advance, and even more\ndifficult tasks can be performed by the preachers remaining faithful to the service\nof the Lord.\nTEXT 66\n\nfii!J\"til\"l ��,-�fi{ ''�' �·�tiJ' I\n'''f�' '�'1' � il�,-l.flt I! �lltiJ II�� II\nnityananda kahe, -ami 'deha' tumi 'praQa'\n'deha' 'praQa' bhinna nahe, -ei ta pramaf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda kah e-Lord Nityananda Prabhu said; ami-1; deha-the body;\ntumi-You; praQa-the life; deha-the body; praQa-the life; bhinna nah e-not\n\nseparate; ei ta pramaQa-this is the evidence.\nTRANSLATION\nNityananda Prabhu replied, \"0 Lord, You are the life, and I am the body.\nThere is no difference between the body and life itself, but life is more important than the body.\nTEXT 67\n\n'f.ii��J-t,'&'J <R 'lfif l!tm ��il 1\n<;� <fi11\"�. � �fif, ift�� firnll II �'\\ II\nacintya-saktye kara tumi tahara ghatana\n\nye karaha, sei kari, nahika niyama\n\n", "mad6#p0223": "Text 67]\n\nThe Lord's A ttempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n191\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nacintya-saktye-by inconceivable energy; kara-do; tumi-You; tahara-of\n\nthat relationship; ghatana-the operation; ye-whatever; karaha-You make Me\ndo; sei-that; kari-1 do; nahika-there is not; niyama-restriction.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By Your inconceivable energy, You can do whatever You like, and whatever\nYou make Me do, I do without restriction.\"\nPURPO RT\n\nAs stated in the beginning of Srimad-Bhagavatam: tene brahma hrda ya adi­\n\nkavaye. Lord Brahma is the first living creature within this universe, and he is also\nthe creator of this universe. How is this possible? Although he is the first living en­\n\ntity, Lord Brahma is not in the category of vi?Qu-tattva. Rather, he is part of the\n\njiva-tattva. Nonetheless, by the grace of the Lord, who instructed him through the\n\nheart (tene brahma hrda), Lord Brahma could create a huge universe. Those who\n\nare actually pure devotees of the Lord are instructed by the Lord through the\n\nheart, where the Lord is always situated. lsvarab sarva-bhDtanarh hrd-dese 'rjuna\n\nti?thati (Bg. 18.61 ). If he follows the instructions of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, the living entity, even though an insignificant creature, can perform the\nmost difficult tasks by the Lord's grace. This also is confirmed in Bhagavad-gita:\n\nte?J.rh satata-yuktanarh\n\nbhajatarh priti-pDrvakam\n\ndadami buddhi-yogarh tam\nyena mam upayanti te\n\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give the\nunderstanding by which they can come to Me.\" (Bg.\n\n10.1 0)\n\nEverything is possible for a pure devotee because he acts under the instructions\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Through His inconceivable energy, a pure\ndevotee can perform tasks that are supposed to be very, very difficult. He can perform tasks not even previously performed by the Lord Himself. Therefore Nityananda Prabhu told Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, ye karaha, sei kari, nahika niyama: \"I\ndo not know by what regulative principle I am carrying out this wonderful work,\nbut I know for certain that I will do whatever You desire.\" Although the Lord\nwants to give all credit to His devotee, the devotee himself never takes credit, for\nhe acts only under the Lord's direction. Consequently all credit goes to the Lord.\nThis is the nature of the relationship between the Lord and His devotee. The Lord\nwants to give all credit to His servant, but the servant does not take any credit, for\nhe knows that everything is carried out by the Lord.\n\n", "mad6#p0224": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n192\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 68\n\nitt1f f�nt � � �R' �� I\n��1f! f� � �� 'fti'St'l II �lr II\ntarire vidaya dila prabhu kari' alirigana\nei-mata vidaya dila saba bhakta-gaf)a\nSYNONYMS\n\ntarire-unto Him (Nityananda Prabhu); vidaya di/a -bade farewell; prabhuLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kari'-doing; alirigana -embracing; ei-mata-in\n\nthis way; vidaya di /a -bade farewell; saba-to all; bhakta-gaf)a-the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn this way, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced Nityananda Prabhu and\nbade Him farewel!. He then bade farewell to all the other devotees.\nTEXT 69\n\n'l��� �e. �<l'l'f f�� I\n\"� �1111 <IS'f,-�t1ftf ��� :fl1�\" II �iii II\nkulina-grami purvavat kaila nivedana\n\"prabhu, ajna kara,-amara kartavya sadhana\"\nSYNONYMS\nku/ina-grami -one of the residents of Kulina-grama; purva-vat-like last year;\n\nkai /a -su b mitted;\n\nnivedana-petition;\n\nprabhu-my\n\nLord;\n\najna kara -order;\n\namara -my; kartavya -necessary; sadhana-performance.\nTRANSLATION\nAs in the previous year, one of the inhabitants of Kulina-grama submitted a\npetition to the Lord, saying, \"My Lord, kindly tell me what my duty is and how\nI should execute it.\"\nTEXT 70\n\n� �,-\"��..��' ifllf-��� I\ntl ��, � � ���·R'I II\" '\\ II\no\n\nprabhu kahe,- \"vai�Qava-seva, nama-sarikirtana\ndui kara, sighra pabe sri-k[�f)a-caraf)a\"\n\n", "mad6#p0225": "Text 72]\n\nThe Lord's A ttempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n193\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord replied;\n\nvai?Qava-seva-service to the Vai�l)avas;\n\nnama-sarikirtana-chanting the holy name of the Lord; dui kara-you perform\nthese two things; sighra-very soon; pabe-you will get; sri-kr?Qa-caraQashelter at the lotus feet of the Lord, Sri Kr�t:�a.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord replied, \"You should engage yourself in the service of the servants\nof Kr�r:-'a and always chant the holy name of Kr�r:-a. If you do these two things,\nyou will very soon attain shelter at Kr�r:-a's lotus feet.\"\nTEXT 71\n\n'tt� �,- \"<;<JS ��<!!, f<!IS iHf � ?\"\n� �' �� 12ft_��' i� 1(� II 9� II\nteriho kahe, -\"ke vai?Qava, ki tarira lak?aQa?\"\ntabe hasi' kahe prabhu jani' tarira mana\nSYNONYMS\nteriho kahe-he said; ke-who; vai?Qava-a Vai�t:�ava; ki-what; tarira-of\nhim;\n\n/ak?aQa-the symptoms;\n\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jani'\n\n-\n\nhasi'-smiling;\n\nkahe-says;\n\nk nowing; tarira mana-his mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitant of Kulina-grama said, \"Please let me know who is actually a\nVai�r:-ava and what his symptoms are.\" Understanding his mind, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu smiled and gave the following reply.\nTEXT 72\n\n\"*•i$( � �� �ti' I\n\n� �<!1-c�, -��� m'lll 9� n\nhkr?Qa-nama nirantara yarihara vadane\nsei vai?Qava-sre?tha, bhaja tarihara caraQe\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-nama-the holy name of Lord Kr�t:�a; nirantara-incessantly; yariharawhose; vadane-in the mouth; sei-such a person; vai?Qava-sre?tha-a first-class\nVai�t:�ava; bhaja-worship; tarihara caraQe-his lotus feet.\n\n", "mad6#p0226": "194\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"A person who is always chanting the holy name of the Lord is to be considered a first-class Vai�r:-ava, and your duty is to serve his lotus feet.\"\nPURPORT\n\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura says that any Vai�l)ava who is constantly chanting the holy name of the Lord should be considered to have attained\nthe second platform of Vai�l)avism. Such a devotee is superior to a neophyte\nVai�l)ava who has just learned to chant the holy name of the Lord. A neophyte\ndevotee simply tries to chant the holy name, whereas the advanced devotee is\naccustomed to chanting and takes pleasure in it. Such an advanced devotee is\ncalled madhyama-bhagavata, which indicates that he has attained the intermediate stage between the neophyte and the perfect devotee. Generally a devotee in\nthe intermediate stage becomes a preacher. A neophyte devotee or an ordinary\nperson should worship the madhyama-bhagavata, who is a via medium.\nIn his Upadesamrta SrTia ROpa GosvamT says: praf)atibhis ca bhajantam isam.\nThis means that madhyama-adhikari devotees should exchange obeisances between themselves.\nThe word nirantara, meaning \"without cessation, continuously, constantly,\" is\nvery important in this verse. The word antara means \"interval.\" If one has desires\nother than a desire to perform devotional service-in other words, if one sometimes engages in devotional service and sometimes strives for sense gratification-his service will be interrupted. A pure devotee, therefore, should have no\nother desire than to serve Kr�J;�a. He should be above fruitive activity and speculative knowledge. In his Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, SrTia ROpa GosvamT says:\nanyabhila�ita-sanyarh\njnana-karmady-anavrtam\nanukalyena kr�Qanusilanarh bhaktir uttama\nThis is the platform of pure devotional service. One should not be motivated by\nfruitive activity or mental speculation but should simply serve Kr�J;�a favorably.\nThat is first-class devotion.\nAnother meaning of antara is \"this body.\" The body is an impediment to selfrealization because it is always engaged in sense gratification. Similarly, antara\nmeans \"money.\" If money is not used in Kr�J;�a's service, it is also an impediment.\nAntara also means janata, \"people in general.\" The association of ordinary persons\nmay destroy the principles of devotional service. Similarly, antara may mean\n\"greed,\" greed to acquire more money or enjoy more sense gratification. Finally,\nthe word antara may also mean \"atheistic ideas\" by which one considers the\n\n", "mad6#p0227": "Text 721\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to V�ndavana\n\n195\n\ntemple Deity to be made of stone, wood or gold. All of these are impediments.\nThe Deity in the temple is not material-He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. Similarly, considering the spiritual master an ordinary human being\n\n(gurU$U nara-mati/:1) is also an impediment. Nor should one consider a Vai�r;�ava a\n\nmember of a particular caste or nation. Nor should a Vai�r;�ava be considered ma­\n\nterial. CaraQamrta should not be considered ordinary drinking water, and the holy\nname of the Lord should not be considered an ordinary sound vibration. Nor\n\nshould one look on Lord Kr�r;�a as an ordinary human being, for He is the origin of\nall vi$QU-tattvas; nor should one regard the Supreme Lord as a demigod. Intermin­\n\ngling the spiritual with the material causes one to look on transcendence as material and the mundane as spiritual. This is all due to a poor fund of knowledge.\nOne should not consider Lord Vi�r;�u and things related to him as being different.\nAll this is offensive.\n\nIn the Bhakti-sandarbha (265), SrTia )Tva GosvamT writes: namaikaril yasya vaci\nsmaraQa-patha-gatam ityadau deha-draviQadi-nimittaka-'pa$aQ(ia'-sabdena ca\ndasa aparadha lak$yante, pa$aQ(iamayatvat te$am.\nThe MayavadTs look on Vi�r;�u and Vai�r;�avas imperfectly due to their poor fund\n\nof knowledge, and this is condemned. In Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.2.46), the intermediate Vai�r;�ava is described as follows:\n\nisvare tad-adhine$U\nbali5e$U dvi$atsu ca\nprema-maitri-krpopek$a\nyab karoti sa madhyamab\n\"The intermediate Vai�r;�ava has to love God, make friends with the devotees, instruct the innocent and reject jealous people.\" These are the four functions of the\n\nVai�r;�ava in the intermediate stage. In Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhya 22.64) SrT\n\nSanatana GosvamT is taught:\n\nsraddhavan jana haya bhakti-adhikari\n'uttama', 'madhyama', 'kani$tha'-sraddha-anusari\n\"One who is faithful is a proper candidate for devotional service. In terms of one's\ndegree of faith in devotional service, one is a first-class, second-class or neophyte\nVai�r;�ava.\"\n\nsastra-yukti nahi jane dr9ha, sraddhavan\n'madhyama-adhikari' sei maha-bhagyavan\n\n\"One who has attained the intermediate stage is not very advanced in sastric\nknowledge, but he has firm faith in the Lord. Such a person is very fortunate to be\nsituated on the intermediate platform.\" (Cc.\n\nMadhya 22.67)\n\n", "mad6#p0228": "196\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nrati-prema-taratamye bhakta-tara-tama\n\"Attraction and love are the ultimate goal of devotional service. The degrees of\nsuch attraction and love for God distinguish the different stages of devotionneophyte, intermediate and perfectional.\" (Cc. Madhya 22.71) An intermediate\ndevotee is greatly attracted to chanting the holy name, and by chanting he is elevated to the platform of love. If one chants the holy name of the Lord with great\nattachment, he can understand his position as an eternal servant of the spiritual\nmaster, other Vai�t:�avas and Kr�t:Ja Himself. Thus the intermediate Vai�t:�ava considers himself kr�Qa-dasa, Kr�t:�a's servant. He therefore preaches Kr�t:�a consciousness to innocent neophytes and stresses the importance of chanting the Hare\nKr�t:Ja maha-mantra. An intermediate devotee can identify the nondevotee or\nmotivated devotee. The motivated devotee or the nondevotee are on the material platform, and they are called prakrta. The intermediate devotee does not mix\nwith such materialistic people. However, he understands that the Supreme Personality of Godhead and everything related to Him are on the same transcendental platform. Actually none of them are mundane.\nTEXT 73\n\n��t� �: �� �� 121\" �II( I\n�·t� l!l�I!1U !2l't_ f-t�1�i'f \" '\\\\!) \"\nvar�antare punaf:J tanra aiche prasna kai/a\nvai�l)avera taratamya prabhu sikhaila\nSYNONYMS\nvar�antare-after one year; punaf:J-again; tar'lra-they (the inhabitants of\nKuiTna-grama); aiche-such; prasna-a question; kaila-made ; vai�l)avera-of\nVai�t:Javas;\n\ntaratamya-upper\n\nand\n\nlower\n\ngradations;\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; sikhai/a-taught.\nTRANSLATION\nThe following year, the inhabitants of Kulina-grama again asked the Lord\nthe same question. Hearing this question, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu again\ntaught them about the different types of Vai��;�avas.\nTEXT 74\n\n�� 'f.ftet ���tit� �·� I\n\n� llr�� 't_flf '��-<2!'fiit' II '\\8 II\n\n", "mad6#p0229": "Text 74]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n197\n\nyanhara darsane mukhe aise kr�l)a-nama\ntanhare janiha tumi 'vai�l)ava-pradhana'\n\nSYNONYMS\nyanhara darsane-by the sight of whom; mukhe-in the mouth; aise-auto­\n\nmatically awakens; kr?Qa-nama-the holy name of Kr�Qa; tanhare-him; janihamust know; tumi-you; vai�l)ava-pradhana-the first-class Vai�t:�ava.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"A first-class Vai�r;�ava is he whose very\npresence makes others chant the holy name of Kr�r;�a.\"\nPURPORT\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura says that if an observer immediately\nremembers the holy name of Kr�t:�a upon seeing a Vai�t:�ava, that Vai�t:�ava should\nbe considered a maha-bhagavata, a first-class devotee. Such a Vai�t:Java is always\naware of his Kr�t:Ja conscious duty, and he is enlightened in self-realization. He is\nalways in love with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�t:Ja, and this love is\nwithout adulteration. Because of this love, he is always awake to transcendental\nrealization. Because he knows that Kr�t:Ja consciousness is the basis of knowledge\nand action, he sees everything connected with Kr�t:Ja. Such a person is able to\nchant the holy name of Kr�t:Ja perfectly. Such a maha-bhagavata Vai�Qava has the\ntranscendental eyes to see who is sleeping under the spell of maya, and he\nengages himself in awakening sleeping conditioned beings by spreading the\nknowledge of Kr�t:Ja consciousness. He opens eyes that are closed by forgetfulness of Kr�t:Ja. Thus the living entity is liberated from the dullness of material energy and is engaged fully in the service of the Lord. The madhyama-adhikari\nVai�t:�ava can awaken others to Kr�t:Ja consciousness and engage them in duties\nwhereby they can advance. It is therefore said in Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhyalila, Chapter Six, verse 2 79):\nlohake yavat sparsi' hema nahi kare\ntavat sparsa-mal)i keha cinite na pare\n\n\"One cannot understand the value of touchstone until it turns iron into gold.\"\nOne should judge by action, not by promises. A maha-bhagavata can turn a living\nentity from abominable material life to the Lord's service. This is the test of a\nmaha-bhagavata. Although preaching is not meant for a maha-bhagavata, a mahabhagavata can descend to the platform of madhyama-bhagavata just to convert\n\nothers to Vai�t:�avism. Actually a maha-bhagavata is fit to spread Kr�t:Ja consciousness, but he does not distinguish where Kr�t:Ja consciousness should be spread\n\n", "mad6#p0230": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n198\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nfrom where it should not. He thinks that everyone is competent to accept Kr�t:�a\nconsciousness if the chance is provided. A neophyte and intermediate devotee\n\nshould always be anxious to hear the maha-bhagavata and serve him in every\nrespect. The neophyte and intermediate devotees can gradually rise to the plat­\n\nform of uttama-adhikari and become first-class devotees. Symptoms of a firstclass devotee are given in Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.2.45):\nsarva-bhate?u yab pasyed\n\nbhagavad-bhavam atmanab\n\nbhatani bhagavaty atmany\ne?a bhagavatottamab\n\nWhen teaching Sanatana Gosvami, the Lord further said:\nsastra-yuktye sunipul)a, drc;iha-sraddha yanra\n'uttama-adhikari' se taraye sarhsara\n\n\"If one is expert in Vedic literature and has full faith in the Supreme Lord, then he\n\nis an uttama-adhikari, a first-class Vai�t:�ava, a topmost Vai�t:�ava who can deliver\nthe\n\nwhole\n\nworld\n\nand\n\nturn\n\neveryone\n\nto\n\nKr�t:�a\n\nconsciousness.\"\n\n(Cc. Madhya 22.65) With great love and affection, the maha-bhagavata observes\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, devotional service and the devotee. He observes nothing beyond Kr�r:Ja, Kr�t:�a consciousness and Kr�t:�a's devotees. The\n\nmaha-bhagavata knows that everyone is engaged in the Lord's service in different\n\nways. He therefore descends to the middle platform to elevate everyone to the\nKr�t:�a conscious position.\n\nTEXT 75\nijjS1f <!�'iff' �� � ·��-.,'\"\"l� I\n\n'�-.,', ·�·-.,1!�', �1� ,,..,�-.,1!11' II '10' II\nkrama kari' kahe prabhu 'vai?l)ava'-/ak?al)a\n\n'vai?l)ava', 'vai?l)avatara', ara 'vai?l)avatama'\n\nSYNONYMS\nkrama\n\nkari' -dividing\n\naccording\n\nto\n\ngrades;\n\nkahe\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu spoke; vai?l)ava-lak?al)a-the symptoms of Vai�t:�avas; vai?l)ava­\n\nthe ordinary Vai�t:�ava (the positive platform); vai?l)ava-tara-the better Vai�t:�ava\n\n(the comparative platform); ara -and; vai�l)ava-tama -the best Vai�t:�ava (the\n\nsuperlative platform).\n\n", "mad6#p0231": "The Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\nText 77]\n\n199\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way,\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu instructed different types of\n\nVai�r;�avas-the Vai�!lava, Vai�r;�avatara and VaiHtavatama. He thus successively explained all the symptoms of a Vai�r;�ava to the inhabitants of\nKulina-grama.\nTEXT 76\n\n�·��'�·<if (;'St)t� �fil'l11\nf<!fWtf�f1{ <;lf <!fe.� �'ftmt �l'f111 '\\� II\nei-mata saba vai?Qava gaw:;fe ca/ila\nvidyanidhi se vatsara niladri rahila\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; saba-all; vai?Qava-devotees; gauc;Je ca/i/a-returned\nto Bengal;\n\nvidyanidhi-Put;�c;larika Vidyanidhi; se vatsara-that year;\n\nniladri\n\nrahi/a-remained at Niladri, Jagannatha PurT.\nTRANSLATION\nFinally all the Vai�r;�avas returned to Bengal, but that year Pur;�c;larika\nVidyanidhi remained at Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 77\n\n1Qi9f·'Jf�t;! �11f � Jf���f! I\n\n'A�-'.�t� fi··�CIIt� �\"'lJI. f-.ft;! II �� II\nsvanJpa-sahita tanra haya sakhya-priti\ndui-janaya kr?Qa-kathaya ekatra-i sthiti\nSYNONYMS\nsvarOpa sahita-with Svaropa Damodara GosvamT; tar'lra-his; haya-there is;\n-\n\nsakhya-priti-very\n\nintimate\n\nfriendship;\n\ndui janaya-both\n-\n\nof\n\nthem;\n\nkathaya-in topics of Kr�t;�a; ekatra-i-on the same level; sthiti-pos ition\n\nkr?Qa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara Gosvami and Pur;�c;larika Vidyanidhi had a friendly, intimate relationship, and as far as discussing topics about Kr�r;�a, they were situated on the same platform.\n\n", "mad6#p0232": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n200\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 78\n\n'Sfwt'ff·��� Q!� �: q fiftJ I\n\n'6�-��t fifte� �1 � �fit'l II �lr II\ngadadhara-paQ(Iite tenho puna/:! mantra dila\nogana-?a?thira dine yatra ye dekhila\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ngadadhara-paQ(Iite-unto Gadadhara Pal)<;iita; tenho-Pul)<;iarika Vidyanidhi;\npuna/:1-again, the second; mantra-initiation; di /a-gave; ogana-?a?thira dineon the day of performing the O<;lana-�a�thi function; yatra\n\n-\n\nfestival; ye-indeed;\n\ndekhila-he saw.\nTRANSLATION\nPul)<;larika Vidyanidhi initiated Gadadhara Pal)<;lita for the second time, and\non the day of O<;lana-�a�fhi he saw the festival.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAt the beginning of winter, there is a ceremony known as the O<;lana-�a�thi.\nThis ceremony indicates that from that day forward, a winter covering should be\ngiven to Lord jagannatha. That covering is directly purchased from a weaver. According to the arcana-marga, a cloth should first be washed to remove all the\nstarch, and then it can be used to cover the Lord. Pul)<;iarika Vidyanidhi saw that\nthe priest neglected to wash the cloth before covering Lord jagannatha. Since he\nwanted to find some fault in the devotees, he became indignant.\nTEXT 79\n\n\"�� 'Pfm '!-ti '�do.�i' � 1\n\n<;�f'l�i �\"If � f\"Wt�fq 1{i{ II �� II\njagannatha parena tatha 'maguya' vasana\ndekhiya saghwa haila vidyanidhira mana\nSYNONYMS\n\njagannatha-Lord\n\nJagannatha;\n\nparena-puts\n\non;\n\ntatha-there;\n\nma(luya\n\nvasana-cloth with starch; dekhiya-seeing; sa-ghrQa-with hatred; haila-was;\n\nvidyanidhira mana -the mind of Vidyanidhi.\n\n", "mad6#p0233": "Text 82]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n201\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Pur;��arika Vidyanidhi saw that Lord Jagannatha was given a starched\ngarment, he became a little hateful. In this way his mind was polluted.\nTEXT 80\n\nc;� 11tt\\JiJ iSf'5tltt!\"·�'ft� � I\n�-� �'i{ tmf fl�� �flml It lro II\nsei ratrye jagannatha-balai asiya\ndui-bhai cac;fa'na tafire hasiya hasiya\nSYNONYMS\nsei ratrye-on that night; jagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; ba/ai-Lord Balarama;\nasiya-coming; dui-bhai-both brothers; cac;fa'na-slapped; talire-him; hasiya\nhasiya-smiling.\nTRANSLATION\nThat night the brothers Lord Jagannatha and Balarama came to Pur;��arika\nVidyanidhi and, smiling, began to slap him.\nTEXT 81\n\n'5ttl'r '!fif'l', 1ii'Wt1f 1il�t11' �1ft� I\n�m' �f'lmt�i{ �\"'�i{-�1� 11 v-� \"\ngala phulila, acarya an tare ullasa\nvistari' varQiyachena vrndavana-dasa\nSYNONYMS\ngala-the cheeks; phulila-became swollen; acarya-Pul',l<;larTka Vidyanidhi;\nantare-within\n\nthe\n\nheart;\n\nul/asa-very\n\nhappy;\n\nvistari'-elaborating;\n\nvar­\n\nQiyachena-has narrated; vrndavana-dasa-SrTia Vrndavana dasa Thakura.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough his cheeks were swollen from the slapping, Pur;��arika Vidyanidhi\nwas very happy within. This incident has been elaborately described by\nThakura Vrndavana dasa.\nTEXT 82\n\n� �111! �J\"'f �t�� c;'Sf)�11' �'5t'l I\n\n�-�t'P 1ffit' �' �-\"�-til II lr� II\n\n", "mad6#p0234": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n202\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nei-mata pratyabda aise gauc;lera bhakta-gal)a\nprabhu-sange rahi' kare yatra-darasana\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way;\nBengal;\n\nprati-abda-every year;\n\nbhakta-gaQa-the devotees;\n\naise-come; p auc;lera-of\nprabhu-sange-with Lord Sri Caitanya\n\nPrabhu; rahi'-residing; kare-do; yatra-darasana -observing the Ratha-yatra\nfestival.\nTRANSLATION\nEvery year the devotees of Bengal would come and stay with Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu to see the Ratha-yatra festival.\nTEXT 83\n\n� 'aft'U � � � �tml �� I\n\n��m �<st !!� � �:�\" � 11\ntara madhye ye ye var�e achaye vise�a\nvistariya age taha kahiba nibse?a\nSYNONYMS\n\ntara madhye-within those episodes; ye ye-whatever;\n\nvar?e-in years;\n\nachaye-there is; vi5e?a-particular occurrence; vistariya-elaborating; ageahead; taha-that; kahiba-1 shall say; nib5e?a-completely.\nTRANSLATION\nWhatever happened during those years that is worth noting shall be described later.\nTEXT 84\n\nl!l·� 'If��� �t� �e.� ''St'f I\n�'t �Mti ��t'! �· �e.lAt 'l'tf'St'f II IrS II\nei-mata mahaprabhura cari vatsara gela\ndak?iQa yana asite dui vatsara lagila\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; cari-four;\nvatsara-years; ge/a-passed; dak?iQa yafia-after touring southern India; asiteto come back; dui vatsara /agi/a-H e took two years.\n\n", "mad6#p0235": "Text 87]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n203\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu passed four years. He spent the first two\nyears on His tour in South India.\nTEXT 85\n�lJ\n\n� �e.�� itt� �i{ �� I\n\n�\"!-� <211_ if1 �ttl ifilt� II lr<t II\nara dui vatsara cahe vrndavana yaite\n\nramananda-hathe prabhu na pare ca/ite\nSYNONYMS\nara dui vatsara-another two years; cahe-He wanted; vrndavana yaite-to go\n\nto Vrndavana; ramananda-hathe-by the tricks of Ramananda Raya; prabhu­\n\nLord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; na pare-was not able; calite-to go.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe other two years, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted to go to Vrndavana,\nbut He could not leave Jagannatha Puri because of Ramananda Raya's tricks.\nTEXT 86\n\n�·1{ �e.�� ,'5f't� �'!\"'5t'1 �filfll\n\n�� �' if1 ��' ,'5t)t�� T>f\"fiifl II IY� II\npaficama vatsare gaw;lera bhakta-gaf)a aila\nratha dekhi' na rahi/a, gauc;lere calila\nSYNONYMS\npaficama vatsare-on the fifth year; gauc;lera-of Bengal; bhakta-gaQa-the\n\ndevotees; ai/a-came; ratha dekhi'-seeing the Ratha-yatra festival; na rahiladid not stay; gauc;lere ca/i/a-returned to Bengal.\nTRANSLATION\n\nDuring the fifth year, the devotees from Bengal came to see the Ratha-yatra\nfestival. After seeing it, they did not stay but returned to Bengal.\nTEXT 87\n\nC!t� �{ �t*;��-�'tlft\"i{\"!·\"itti{ I\n�f� �fif' �t� 1f� �l>C.i{ II lr'l II\n\n", "mad6#p0236": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n204\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\ntabe prabhu sarvabhauma-ramananda-sthane\nalingana kari' kahe madhura vacane\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nsarvabhauma-ramananda­\n\nsthane-before Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya and Ramananda Raya; alingana kari'embracing; kahe-says; madhura vacane-sweet words .\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu placed a proposal before Sarvabhauma\nBhatfacarya and Ramananda Raya. He embraced them and spoke sweet words.\nTEXT 88\n\n�e,��i � �\\! �filii' I\n''!t'Jfl11' �� l� �e.�� il'i '<�\"( 'Sf1{i{ II lrlr II\n\n�\n\nbahuta utkaQtha mora yaite vrndavana\ntamara hathe dui vatsara na kailun gamana\n\nSYNONYMS\nbahuta utkaQtha-great anxiety;\n\nmora-My;\n\nyaite vrndavana-to go to\n\nVrndavana; tamara hathe-by your tricks; dui vatsara-for two years; na kai/un1 did not do; gamana-going .\n\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"My desire to go to Vrndavana has very much\nincreased. Because of your tricks, I have not been able to go there for the past\ntwo years.\nTEXT 89\n\n� ��' it� <!\"�� �'ltf?! I\n\n'l!'t1fl·l·�i �if! Cll1� � �'-J � II lr\"' II\navasya caliba, dunhe karaha sammati\ntoma-dunha vina mora nahi anya gati\n\nSYNONYMS\nava.Sya-certainly; ca/iba-1 shall go; dunhe-both of you; karaha sammatikindly agree to this proposal; toma-dunha vina-except you two; mora-My;\nnahi -there is not; anya gati -other resort.\n\n", "mad6#p0237": "Text 92]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n205\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"This time I must go. Will you please give Me permission? Save for you\ntwo, I have no other resort.\nTEXT 90\n\n<;�·� �i � '� :JtJft�i' I\n�' ���',-<Jt� � m1Alll �0 11\ngauc;fa-dese haya mora 'dui samasraya'\n'janani' 'jahnavi',-ei dui dayamaya\nSYNONYMS\n\ngauc;Ja-dese-in Bengal; haya-there are; mora-My; dui-two; samasrayashelters; janani-the mother; jahnavi-mother Ganges; ei dui-these two; dayamaya-very merciful.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In Bengal I have two shelters-my mother and the River Ganges. Both of\nthem are very merciful.\nTEXT 91\n\n,��-<Jfllt �m � �i-� ro�1 1\n1_fif �.·� 'e11al ��' ��- lt:lfPi II �� II\ngauc;Ja-desa diya yaba tan-saba dekhiya\ntumi dunhe ajfia deha' parasanna hafia\nSYNONYMS\n\ngauc;fa-desa-the country known as Bengal; diya-through; yaba-1 shall go;\ntan-saba-both of them;\n\ndekhiya-seeing;\n\ntumi dunhe-both of you; ajfia\n\ndeha'-give Me permission ; parasanna hafia-being very pleased.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall go to Vrndavana through Bengal and see both My mother and the\nRiver Ganges. Now would you two be pleased to give Me permission?\"\nTEXT 92\n\n�fim'l � �� 11ti{ �� I\n\nl!f1.·�ti{ � U �!_ � i{i II �� II\n\n", "mad6#p0238": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n206\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nsuniya prabhura vaQi mane vicaraya\nprabhu-sane ati hatha kabhu bhala naya\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing;\n\nprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nVaQi-the\n\nwords; mane-in their minds; vicaraya-considered; prabhu-sane-with Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; ati-very much; hatha-tricks; kabhu-at any time; bhala\nnaya-is not very good.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya and Ramananda Raya heard these words,\nthey began to consider that it was not at all good that they played so many\ntricks on the Lord.\nTEXT 93\n\n�·t.: �'t:,-IJI� �'�tiro! iftff�i I\n\n�.m-� 'fS!t-t\"l �· �fiR'! \" �� \"\ndwihe kahe, -ebe var?a, calite nariba\nvijaya-dasami aile avasya caliba\nSYNONYMS\ndwihe kahe-both of them said;\n\nebe-now; var?a-rainy season; calite\n\nnariba-You will not be able to go; vijaya-dasami-the Vijaya-dasami day; ailewhen it arrives; avasya-certainly; caliba-You will go.\nTRANSLATION\nThey both said, \"Now that the rainy season is here, it will be difficult for\nYou to travel. It is better to wait for Vijaya-dasami before departing for\nVrndavana.\"\nTEXT 94\n\n'fS!Iilt\"f �t� �1 �'\"f � I\n\n�1-�-fW{ ����til \" �8 \"\nanande mahaprabhu var?a kai/a samadhana\nvijaya-dasami-dine karila payana\nSYNONYMS\nanande-in great pleasure; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; var?athe rainy season;\n\nkaila samadhana -passed;\n\nvijaya-dasami-dine-on Vijaya-\n\n", "mad6#p0239": "Text 96]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n207\n\ndasamT, the day when the victory was won by Lord Ramacandra; karila payanaHe departed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very pleased to thus receive their permission.\nHe waited until the rainy season passed, and when the day of Vijaya-dasami\narrived, He departed for Vrndavana.\nTEXT 95\n\n\"'�tl(1 !2i�t� � � �t$�\" I\n�' �\"ti{, ,l&tt, � :Jttlf '*\"\" II �a- II\njagannathera prasada prabhu yata pafiachila\nkac;fara, candana, c;fora, saba satige laila\n\nSYNONYMS\njagannathera-of Lord Jagannatha; prasada-the remnants of food; prabhuSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yata-all; pa fi achi/a-had obtained; kac;fara-a kind of\ntilaka; candana-sandalwood; c;Jora-ropes; saba-all; satige /ai/a-He took with\nHim.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord collected whatever remnants of food were left by Lord Jagannatha.\nHe also took remnants of the Lord's kac;lara ointment, sandalwood and ropes\nwith Him.\nTEXT 96\n\ni!lf'Sfl�'l �WI1ftf'ft' � �� I\n��·�'fttJ � �� ifllt' �� II �� II\njagannathe ajfia magi' prabhate ca/ila\nuc;fiya-bhakta-gaQa satige pache ca/i' aila\n\nSYNONYMS\njagannathe-from Lord Jagannatha; ajfia magi'-taking permission; prabhateearly in the morning; ca/i/a-departed; uc;fiya-bhakta-gaQa-all the devotees of\nOrissa; satige-with Him; pache-following; ca/i' ai/a-went.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter taking Lord Jagannatha's permission early in the morning, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu departed, and all the devotees of Orissa began following Him.\n\n", "mad6#p0240": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n208\n\nTEXT 97\n\n�1·'e�'S\\t'l � �t'l fili11H'f1t\nfi1W'SI'I·� �!_ '�t��' �� II �\" II\nuc;liya-bhakta-gal)e prabhu yatne nivarila\nnija-gal)a-sange prabhu 'bhavanipura' aila\nSYNONYMS\nuc;liya-bhakta-gal)e-the\nMahaprabhu; yatne\n\n-\n\ndevotees\n\nof\n\nOrissa;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nwith great care; nivari/a-stopped; nija-gal)a-sange-with\n\nHis personal associates; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhavanipura ailacame to Bhavanipura.\nTRANSLATION\nIt was with great care that Caitanya Mahaprabhu forbade the Orissa devotees to follow Him. Accompanied by personal associates, He first went to\nBhavanipura.\nPURPORT\nOne goes through Bhavanipura before reaching a well-known place named\njankadei-pura, or janakidevi-pura.\nTEXT 98\n\n�flflil\"f � �ttfi \"'tll'lill ��11\n<i!ltlttil't'f \"'tt: ��t5f fwl'f �1�1�111 �lr II\nramananda aila pache dolaya cac;liya\nval)inatha bahu prasada dila pathana\nSYNONYMS\nramananda-Ramananda Raya; ai/a-came; pache-behind; dolaya cac;/iyariding on a palanquin; val)inatha-Val)inatha Raya; bahu-a large quantity of;\nprasada\n\n-\n\nremnants of the food of jagannatha; di/a-gave; pathana-sending.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter Lord Caitanya reached Bhavanipura, Ramananda Raya arrived on his\npalanquin, and Var;�inatha Raya had a large quantity of prasada sent to the\nLord.\n\n", "mad6#p0241": "Text 101]\n\n209\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\nTEXT 99\n\n!21'1� c:•t� �ft' '!m �1 1\n\n�:�ttl'! �f\"' � ''t,�t�' �i�lt1 11 �� n\nprasada bhojana kari' tathaya rahi/a\npratab-ka/e ca/i' prabhu 'bhuvanesvara' aila\nSYNONYMS\nprasada bhojana kari'-after taking the prasada; tathaya rahila-He stayed\nthere; pratab-ka/e-early in the morning; ca/i'-walking; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; bhuvanesvara ai/a-reached the place known as Bhuvanesvara.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter taking prasada, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu remained there for the\nnight.\n\nEarly in\n\nthe\n\nmorning,\n\nHe\n\nbegan\n\nwalking\n\nand\n\nfinally\n\nreached\n\nBhuvanesvara.\nTEXT 100\n\n'•tt�' �M '� 'G:'Stt<Ptt'l' �t-til I\n�1l'U-�I!t '�'I � fifqtJ II � II\no o\n\n'katake' asiya kaila 'gopa/a' darasana\nsvapnesvara-vipra kaila prabhura nimantraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nkatake-to the city of Kataka; asiya-coming; kai/a-did; gopala darasanaseeing Lord Gopala;\n\nsvapnesvara-vipra-the brahmaf)a named Svapnesvara;\n\nkaila-did; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nimantral')a-invitation.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter reaching the city of Kataka, He saw the tempi� of Gopala, and a\nbrahmar;1a there named Svapnesvara invited the Lord to eat.\nTEXT 101\n\nt't1f1il� \"�'Stt'l �fPr I\n�Q �tfttil �1�' � �'Pfl '�\" II � � II\no\n\n", "mad6#p0242": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n210\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nramananda-raya saba-gaf)e nimantrila\nbahira udyane asi' prabhu vasa kai/a\nSYNONYMS\nramananda-raya-Ramananda\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nRaya;\n\nsaba-gaf)e-all\n\nnimantri/a-invited;\n\nbahira\n\nthe\n\nfollowers\n\nudyane-in\n\nof\n\nSrT\n\nan outside\n\ngarden; asi'-coming; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vasa kai/a-made His\nresting place.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya invited all the others for their meals, and Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu made His re$ting place in a garden outside the temple.\nTEXT 102\n\n�..1 ��' �-\\!t'f �M �� I\n\nc2li!t�-itf1113 �nt �Rf'l �te{ II�·� II\nbhik�a kari' baku/a-tale karila visrama\nprataparudra-thafii raya karila payana\nSYNONYMS\nbhik�a kari'-after taking lunch; baku/a-tale-underneath a baku/a flower tree;\nkarila visrama-took rest; prataparudra-thafii-to the presence of Maharaja Prataparudra; raya -Ramananda Raya; karila pay ana-departed.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was taking rest beneath a bakula tree,\nRamananda Raya immediately went to Maharaja Prataparudra.\nTEXT 103\n\n�fi{' �f� �� 'f;lf%� 'f;lttllflr\n121'- Cliff�' lf��e, ,_t1fti! �llflll �o� II\nsuni' anandita raja ati-sighra aila\nprabhu dekhi' daf)(iavat bhamete pa(iila\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; anandita-very pleased; raja-the King; ati-sighra-hastily;\nai/a-came; prabhu dekhi'-seeing Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; daf)(iavatobeisances offered falling flat; bhamete-on the ground; pa(iila-fell down.\n\n", "mad6#p0243": "Text 106]\n\nThe lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n211\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King was very happy to hear the news, and he hastily went there. Upon\nseeing the lord, he fell flat to offer Him obeisances.\nTEXT 104\n\n�: �t.i, flj_il: 9f� �'Al·f�'f I\nm �tt, \"1'f<titlf, ��II �o811\npuna/:! uthe, puna/:! pac;Je praf)aya-vihvafa\nstuti kare, pufakanga, pac;Je asru-jafa\nSYNONYMS\n\npuna/:1-again; uthe-he arose; puna/:1-again; pac;Je-he fell down; praQayavihvafa-overwhelmed with love; stuti kare-offers prayers; pufaka-anga-the\nentire body quivering in joy; pac;Je-fell down; asru-jafa-tears.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing overwhelmed with love, the King again and again got up and fell\ndown. When he offered prayers, his whole body shivered, and tears fell from\nhis eyes.\nTEXT 105\n\n�tt oef� '5ff-t' (2j'-1f 1_� �\" 1lill\n\n��' �f(2j'{ �1t1f �l'fl 'Citfilfllil II �o� II\ntanra bhakti dekhi' prabhura tu?ta haifa mana\nuthi' mahaprabhu tanre kaifa afingana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntanra\n\nbhakti-his\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ndevotion;\n\ntu$ta-pleased;\n\ndekhi -s ee i ng;\n'\n\nhaifa-was;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nmana-mind; uthi'-standing up;\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tanre-him; kaifa afingana-embrac ed\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very pleased to see the King's devotion, and\nHe therefore stood up and embraced him.\nTEXT 106\n\n�: �!Sf\\! �fif' t�i � 12f'l11l I\n���9fi·'CI!!Pt'! �t1f m � 'Wtilll �0� 11\n\n", "mad6#p0244": "212\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\npuna/:! stuti kari' raja karaye pral)ama\nprabhu-krpa-asrute tarira deha haifa snana\nSYNONYMS\npuna/:1-again; stuti kari'-offering prayers; raja-the King; karaye praQamaoffered obeisances; prabhu krpa-of the mercy of the Lord; asrute-by the tears;\ntarira-of the Lord; deha-the body; haifa-became; snana-bathed.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the lord embraced the King, the King again and again offered prayers\nand obeisances. In this way, the lord's mercy brought tears from the King,\nand the lord's body was bathed with these tears.\nTEXT 107\n\n� �fl\", �\"f �� �lll(l I\n\n�1�tilt-ftt�J .21't, if� 'f�i ,<f-1'1'111 �0'\\ II\nsustha kari, ramananda rajare vasaifa\nkaya-mano-vakye prabhu tarire krpa kaila\nSYNONYMS\nsustha kari-comforting him; ramananda-Raya Ramananda; rajare vasaifamade the King sit down; kaya-mano-vakye-with body, mind and words;\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tarire-unto the King; krpa kaifa-showed\nHis mercy.\nTRANSLATION\nFinally Ramananda Raya pacified the King and made him sit down. The lord\nalso bestowed mercy upon him through His body, mind and words·.\nTEXT 108\n\n� ��� 'f9fi '<f.\"'' (;� I\n\"12!1!t\"PtM·l1�lltl!i\" ilt'JI � �111 1 �olr II\naiche tarihare krpa kaifa gauraraya\n\"prataparudra-santrata\" nama haifa yaya\nSYNONYMS\naiche-such;\n\ntarihare-unto\n\nthe\n\nKing;\n\nkrpa-mercy;\n\nkaifa-showed;\n\ngauraraya-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prataparudra-santrata-the deliverer of\nMaharaja Prataparudra; nama -the name; haifa -became; yaya-by which.\n\n", "mad6#p0245": "Text 111]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n213\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu showed such mercy to the King that from that day\non the lord became known as Prataparudra-santrata, the deliverer of Maharaja\nPrataparudra.\n\nTEXT 109\n\n�l't'f·��'l �� �� �\"fi' I\n\n� �m flf'fl all�� ii1151i{ II � o� II\nraja-patra-gaQa kaila prabhura vandana\nrajare vidaya dila sacira nandana\nSYNONYMS\n\nraja-patra-gaQa-the officers of the King; kai/a-did; prabhura vandanaglorifying the Lord; rajare-unto the King; vidaya di/a-bade farewell; sacira nandana-the son of mother Saci.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the governmental officers also paid their respects to the lord, and finally\nthe King and his men were bade farewell by the son of mother Saci.\nTEXT 110\n\n� �f�' � 'CI1Wt·9li1i c;�ttllf I\n�iSf-� �� ,��'1'' �t�tt1f 9l'titt'f \" �� \"\n0\n\nbahire asi' raja ajfia-patra lekhai/a\nnija-rajye yata 'vi�ayi', tahare pathaila\nSYNONYMS\n\nbahire asi'-coming outside; raja-the King; ajfia-patra-letters of command;\nlekhaila-had written; nija-rajye-in his own kingdom; yata-all; vi�ayi-government servants; tahare-unto them; pathaila-sent.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King then went outside and had orders written down and sent to the\ngovernment servants within his kingdom.\nTEXT 111\n\n'c!tft11'·$tt1f' � � � I\n\n�� if<U'Jt� ��l ��� \" ��� \"\n\n", "mad6#p0246": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n214\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\n'grame-grame' nDtana avasa kariba\npanca-sata navya-grhe samagrye bhariba\nSYNONYMS\ngrame-grame-in\n\nevery village;\n\nnDtana-new;\n\navasa-residential places;\n\nkariba-you should construct; panca-sata-five to seven; navya-grhe-in new\nhouses; samagrye-with food; bhariba-you should fill.\nTRANSLATION\nHis orders read: \"In every village you should construct new residences, and\nin five or seven new houses, you should store all kinds of food.\nTEXT 112\n\n�� 121�<\\\"i l'fl$1 � ��fRII\n�-fif�1 GI�JI.:r:<B Gllt�'AI11\"� II ���II\napani prabhuke lana tahan uttariba\nratri-diba vetra-haste sevaya rahiba\nSYNONYMS\napani-personally, yourself; prabhuke-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; /ana-taking; tahan uttariba-you should go there; ratri-diba-night and day; vetrahaste-with a cane in the hands; sevaya rahiba-should remain engaged in His\nservice.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You should personally take the lord to these newly constructed houses.\nDay and night you should engage in His service with a stick in your hands.\"\nTEXT 113\n\n� Qt�, '..ff�\"'�', '1{('1ft�' I\n-\n\nfit?;t � fif\"' �-'� �<l'i'N\" ��'e>\"\ndui maha-patra, -'haricandana', 'mardaraja'\ntanre ajna di/a raja-'kariha sarva kaya\nSYNONYMS\ndui maha-patra-two respectable officers; haricandana-Haricandana; mar­\n\ndaraja-Mardaraja;\n\ntanre-to them; ajna dila-gave orders; raja-the King;\n\nkariha-do; sarva kaya-everything needed.\n\n", "mad6#p0247": "Text 116]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n215\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe King ordered two respectable officers named Haricandana and Mardaraja to do whatever was necessary to carry out these orders.\nTEXTS 114-115\n\n�� ��-�)� 'Cftfil' �.r� �-�tif I\n� 'Wtif �R' � ��� ��-9ltt1{ II ��8 II\n� q �t?t'l �� 'at��' �ft' I\nfim 'W� �fFf �1, �1 � 1lfi II��� II\neka navya-nauka ani' rakhaha nadT-tire\nyahati snana kari' prabhu ya'na nadi-pare\ntahati stambha ropaQa kara 'maha-tirtha' kari'\nnitya snana kariba tahati, tahati yena mari\nSYNONYMS\neka-one; navya-new; nauka-boat; ani'-bringing; rakhaha-keep; naditire-on the bank of the river; yahati-where; snana kari'-tak i ng bath; prabhuSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ya'na-goe s; nadi-pare-on the other bank of the\nriver;\n\ntahati-there;\n\nmaha-tirtha kari'\n\n-\n\nstambha-a memorial co l u mn;\n\nmaking\n\nropaQa kara-establish;\n\nthat place a great place of pilgrimage; nitya-daily;\n\nsnana kariba-1 shall bathe; tahati-there; tahati-there; yena mari-let me die.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King also ordered them to maintain a new boat on the banks of the\nriver, and wherever Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took His bath or crossed to the\nother side of the river, they should establish a memorial column and make that\nplace a great place of pilgrimage. \"Indeed,\" said the King, \"I will take my\nbath there. And let me also die there.\"\n\nTEXT 116\n\n�,.tti�����JII\n�\"!, � 'tfi{ �t�?t't-t II ��� II\ncaturdvare karaha uttama navya vasa\nramananda, yaha tumi mahaprabhu-pasa\n\n", "mad6#p0248": "216\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaturdvare-at the place named Caturdvara; karaha-make; uttama-very\nnice; navya vasa-new residential quarters; ramananda-Ramananda Raya; yaha\ntumi-you please go; mahaprabhu-pa5a-near Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King continued, \"At Caturdvara, please construct new residential quarters. Now, Ramananda, you can return to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\"\nTEXT 117\n\n�'liJfti:! fi� �--ij�� �� I\n\n�-�� �-r,_\"1c;� it'$f?;5J �'f II ��ct II\nsandhyate calibe prabhu, -nrpati sunila\nhasti-upara tambu-grhe stri-gal)e ca(iaila\nSYNONYMS\nsandhyate-in the evening; calibe prabhu-the Lord will start; nrpati sunilathe King heard; hasti-upara-upon the backs of elephants; tambu-grhe-in tents;\nstri-gal)e-all the ladies; ca(iai/a-made get up.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the King heard that the Lord was leaving that evening, he immediately made arrangements for some elephants with small tents on their\nbacks to be brought there. Then all the ladies of the palace got on the\nelephants.\nTEXT 118\n\n�� fifil�� �Q{ �c;� �trn ��1 I\n�� � 12iif. fit'f'$f'lllf$1 II ��lr II\nprabhura calibara pathe rahe sari hafia\nsandhyate ca/ila prabhu nija-gal)a lafia\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of the Lord; calibara pathe-on the route of walking; raheremained; sari hafia-being in a line; sandhyate-in the evening; ca/i/a prabhuthe Lord departed; nija-gal)a /afia-taking His own men.\n\n", "mad6#p0249": "Text 120]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n217\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll these ladies went to the road the Lord was taking and remained there in\na line. That evening, the Lord departed with His devotees.\nTEXT 119\n\n'�4!.*\"1·il�' �fit' �� '�Cif �til I\n1f��'l �fit' �J� �'ft1f ll � �� II\n'citrotpala-nadi' asi' ghate kaila snana\nmahi$i-sakala dekhi' karaye praf)ama\nSYNONYMS\ncitrotpala-nadi-to the river named Citrotpala; asi'-coming; ghate-on the\nbank; kai/a snana-took a bath; mahi$i-saka/a-all the queens and ladies of the\npalace; dekhi'-seeing; karaye praf)ama-offered their obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to the bank of the River Citrotpala to\ntake His bath, all the queens and ladies of the palace offered their obeisances\nto Him.\nTEXT 120\n\n� �Prtil � '� <;�i I\n'�' '\"' ��' �iJI �i!tl· �Fflm II ��\n\no\n\nII\n\nprabhura darasane sabe haila premamaya\n'kr$f.la' 'kr$f.la' kahe, netra asru vari$aya\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura darasane-by seeing the Lord; sabe-all of them; haila-became;\nprema-maya-overwhelmed with love; kr$f.la kr$f.la kahe-chanted the holy\nname of Kr�l)a; netra-the eyes; asru-tears; vari$aya-poured.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing the Lord, they all felt themselves overwhelmed with love of\nGodhead, and, tears pouring from their eyes, they began to chant the holy\nname, \"Kr��a! Kr��a!\"\n\n", "mad6#p0250": "218\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 121\n\nlj)lfi{ ���� �fil �� I\n\n�·r;12t11i rat �'A\" !_f Qllfti{ II ��� II\nemana krpafu nahi suni tribhuvane\nkr�Qa-prema haya yarira dura darasane\nSYNONYMS\nemana krpafu-such a merciful person;\n\nnahi-not;\n\nsuni-we hear;\n\ntri­\n\nbhuvane-within the three worlds; kr�Qa-prema haya-one gets love of Kr?l)a;\nyarira-of whom; dura darasane-by seeing from a distance.\nTRANSLATION\nThere is no one as merciful as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu within all three\nworlds. Simply by seeing Him from a distance, one is overwhelmed with love\nof Godhead.\nTEXT 122\n\n��t�������l\n�e.'Wtil� fltl!J �fit' �� �/'A\" �������\nnaukate cac;iiya prabhu haifa nadi para\njyotsnavali ratrye cafi' aifa caturdvara\nSYNONYMS\nnaukate cac;iiya-getting on the boat;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nhaifa-was; nadi para-across the river; jyotsnavati-lighted by the full moon;\n\nratrye-in the night; cafi'-walking; ai/a-came; caturdvara-to Caturdvara.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe Lord then got into a new boat and crossed the river. Walking in the full\nmoonlight, He finally reached the town known as Caturdvara.\nTEXT 123\n\nftt\\JIJ �Qf\"l ��' 121tt� ��i!J C<f.i'l I\n��ID'I 'f�� �$ftlf � II ��� II\nratrye tatha rahi' prate snana-krtya kaifa\nhena-kafe jagannathera maha-prasada aifa\n\n", "mad6#p0251": "Text 125]\n\nThe lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n219\n\nSYNONYMS\nratrye-on that night; tatha rahi' -staying there; prate-in the morning; snanakrtya kai/a-too k His bath; hena-ka/e-at that time; jagannathera-of Lord Jagannatha; maha-prasada ai/a\n\n-\n\nremnants of food arrived.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe lord spent the night there and in the morning took His bath. At that\ntime, remnants of lord Jagannatha's food arrived.\nTEXT 124\n\n� �t� ��� fflti{·fW{ I\n�If\\! �'f� �tinl fifm �'l� II ��8 II\nrajara ajfiaya pac;Jicha pathaya dine-dine\nbahuta prasada pathaya diya bahu-jane\nSYNONYMS\nrajara ajfiaya-by the order of the King; pac;Jicha-the superintendent of the\ntemple; pathaya-sent; dine-dine-day after day; bahuta prasada-a large quantity of food; pathaya-he sent; diya bahu-jane-c arried by many persons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFollowing the King's orders, the superintendent of the temple sent large\nquantities of prasada every day, and it was carried by many persons.\n\nTEXT 125\n\n'lt'if5f·7t�� �� �71� �ert��' 1\n\n� �� � �' '�RJ' '�'II��� I\nsvagaQa-sahite prabhu prasada arigikari'\nuthiya ca/ila prabhu bali' 'hari' 'hari'\nSYNONYMS\nsva-gaQa-sahite-with\n\nHis\n\npersonal\n\nassociates;\n\nprabhu-Srl\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; prasada-the remnants of food; arigikari'-ac cepting; uthiyastanding up; ca/i/a-started; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ba/i -uttering;\n'\n\nhari hari -Hari, Hari.\n\n", "mad6#p0252": "220\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter accepting the prasada, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stood up and started\nto go, chanting the holy names, \"Hari! Hari!\"\nTEXT 126\n\nmt�\"'' 11'f11�, ��f� 1\n�tlr c;� <rifJ' �tl'f (fll � � II ��� II\nramananda, mardaraja, srf-haricandana\nsange seva kari' cafe ei tina jana\nSYNONYMS\nramananda -Ramananda; mardaraja -Mardaraja; srr-haricandana -Sri Haricandana; sange-in company; seva kari - re nde r ing service; cafe-went; ei tina\njana-these three ge n tl e me n\n'\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya, Mardaraja and Sri Haricandana always went with Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and rendered various services.\nTEXTS 127-129\n\n�-� �-,om�tflfll, q9f-�� 1\n�mf�, �\"'' c;'$tl�, �� II ��'l II\n�mt,·it�, �t1l 9ffu'!-�-u 1\nc;'Si�i{t�Wt1i, �a �fu�·liftt1filfJ II ��\\r II\ntt'lftl, i{\"ftt, �t1l �- <e.'Sjtj I\n�'fti{ �f�, ,�t1l (;<fi <IS� 'Sjtji{ II ��� II\nprabhu-sange purr-gosani, svarapa-damodara\njagadananda, mukunda, govinda, kasrsvara\nharidasa-thakura, ara paQ(iita-vakresvara\ngoplnathacarya, ara pal)gita-damodara\nramai, nandai, ara bahu bhakta-gaQa\npradhana kahifun, sabara ke kare gaQana\n\n", "mad6#p0253": "Text 130]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n221\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-sange-with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nPuri;\n\nsvarOpa-damodara-SvarOpa\n\nmukunda-Mukunda;\n\nDamodara;\n\ngovinda-Govinda;\n\npuri-gosafii-Paramananda\njagadananda-Jagadananda ;\n\nkasisvara-Kasisvara;\n\nharidasa­\n\nthakura-Haridasa Thakura; ara-and; par:lC;fita-vakresvara-Paf)c:)ita Vakresvara;\n\ngopinatha-acarya-Gopinatha Acarya;\n\nara-and;\n\npaQ<;iita-damodara-Paf)c:)ita\n\nDamodara; ramai-R amai; nandai-Nandai; ara-and; bahu bhakta-gaQa-many\ndevotees; pradhana-the chief; kahi/un-1 have mentioned; sabara-of all of\nthem; ke-who; kare gaQana-can make an account.\nTRANSLATION\nParamananda Puri Gosvami, Svarupa Damodara, Jagadananda, Mukunda,\nGovinda, Kasisvara, Haridasa Thakura, Vakresvara PaQc;lita, Gopinatha Acarya,\nDamodara PaQc;lita, Ramai, Nandai and many other devotees accompanied the\nLord. I have mentioned only the chief devotees. No one can describe the total\nnumber.\nTEXT 130\n\n'mft�-9(�1! �� � �� I\n,,...'Jf� ifl �t�' -� �� II ��o II\ngadadhara-paQ<;iita yabe sangete calila\n'k�etra-sannyasa na cha<;fiha'-prabhu ni�edhila\n\nSYNONYMS\ngadadhara- pal) <;/ita-Gadadhara Paf)c:)ita;\n\nyabe-when;\n\nsangete-with Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; ca/i/a-started to go; k�etra-sannyasa-the renounced\norder of life at a holy place of pilgrimage; na cha<;fiha-do not give up; prabhu\nni�edhila-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu forbade.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Gadadhara PaQc;lita started to go with the Lord, he was forbidden to\ncome and was asked not to give up the vow of k�tra-sannyasa.\nPURPORT\nWhen one takes k�etra-sannyasa, he leaves his household life and goes to a\nplace of pilgrimage devoted to Lord Vi�f)U. Such places include Puru�ottama\n(Jagannatha Puri), Navadvipa-dhama and Mathura-dhama. The k�etra-sannyasi\nlives in these places alone or with his family. Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura considers\n\n", "mad6#p0254": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n222\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nk�etra-sannyasa to be the preferable vanaprastha situation in this age of Kali. Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya lived in this way, and he has been called a k�etrasannyasi-that is, a sannyasi living in jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 131\n\n9ff�� <f'�,-\"�ti �' �� ���i'f I\n<O'I'iJI\"tiJl'Jt <01ft� ��� �,� n\" ��� 11\npar:ll;lita kahe,- \"yahan tumi, sei nilaca/a\nk�etra-sannyasa mora yauka rasata/a\"\nSYNONYMS\npaQc;iita kahe-Gadadhara Par;� c;lita said; ya han-wherever; tumi-You are situated; sei-that; ni/aca/a-Jagannatha Puri; k�etra-sannyasa-vow to remain in a\nholy place of pilgrimage; mora-my; yauka-let it go; rasatala-to hell.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he was requested to return to Jagannatha Puri, Gadadhara Par;��ita\ntold the Lord, \"Wherever You are staying is Jagannatha Puri. Let my so-called\nk�etra-sannyasa go to hell.\"\nTEXT 132\n\n\\2ft_ �t�,- \"�·�i <f'� <O'm\"iliftQf (OJf�\" I\n9ffu� �,-\"<O�t$·<;\"1-.:f1 'le.9ftw-W�\" II ���II\nprabhu kahe,- \"inha kara gopinatha sevana\"\npaQc;iita kahe,-\"koti-seva tvat-pada-darsana\"\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kah e-S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said;\n\ninha-here; kara-just do;\n\ngopinatha sevana -worship of Gopinatha; paQc;iita kahe-the paQc;iita said; kotiseva-millions of times the service; tvat-pada-darsana-seeing Your lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked Gadadhara Par;��ita to remain at\nJagannatha Puri and engage in Gopinatha's service,\n\nGadadhara Par;��ita\n\nreplied, \"One renders service to Gopinatha a million times simply by seeing\nYour lotus feet.\"\n\n", "mad6#p0255": "Text 135]\n\n223\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\nTEXT 133\n\n� ��,-\"(;��1 Jit�r;;� , �Hl VJtr;;� '� I\n-·� 1t�' ,,�i <R,-�'t1rll' �� 11\" ��� 11\nprabhu kahe,-\"seva chac;libe, amaya /age do�a\niriha rahi' seva kara,-amara santo�a\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; seva chac;libe-you will give\n\nup the service; amaya-to Me; /age-will attach; do�a-fault; iriha rahi\n\n'-\n\nstaying\n\nhere; seva kara-just be engaged in service; amara-My; santo�a-satisfaction.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then said, \"If you abandon His service, it will be\nMy fault. It is better that you remain here and render service. That will be My\nsatisfaction.\"\nTEXT 134\n\n�� �t�,-\"� ort� �t1mf �� 1\n(;i!'f1fl-� iii ��� �� �t<li'Q 11 ��8 11\n'\npaQc;/ita kahe,-\"saba do�a amara upara\ntoma-sarige na yaiba, yaiba ekesvara\nSYNONYMS\n\npaQc;/ita kahe-the Pal)c;jita said; saba-all; do�a-fault; amara upara-upon\n\nme;\n\ntoma-sarige-with You;\n\nna yaiba-1\n\nshall not go;\n\nyaiba-1\n\nshall go;\n\nekesvara-alone.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Par:u;tita replied, \"Do not worry. All the faults will be on my head. I shall\nnot accompany You but shall go alone.\n\nTEXT 135\n\n'Cftl't<fi Off�� �{(�, �1 �{(� Q!� llltN' I\n'�1'-''�'·I!Jt�·oft<�\", � �fif<et;j\\ 11\"��ct\n\n", "mad6#p0256": "224\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nai'ke dekhite yaiba, na yaiba toma Jagi'\n'pratijna'-'seva'-tyaga-do?a, tara ami bhagi\"\nSYNONYMS\nai'ke-mother Sacidevi; dekhite-to see; yaiba-1 shall go; na yaiba-1 shall\nnot go; toma lagi'-for Your sake; pratijna-seva-the vow and service to\nGopinatha; tyaga-do?a-the fault of giving up; tara-for that; ami bhagi-1 am\nresponsible.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall go to see Sacimata, but I shall not go for Your sake. I shall be\nresponsible for the abandoning of my vow and service to Gopinatha.\"\n\nTEXT 136\n\n�I! �fil' 'Ptfu'!·c;�lfP ��� ij� I\n\n�<15 �1fJ1 ' �t. ii1r;J �r;tr �li{\"ttlf1 II ��� II\neta bali' parxiita-gosani prthak calila\nkataka asi' prabhu tanre sange anai/a\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; paQqita-gosar'ii-Gadadhara Pal)c;lita; prthak ca/i/a-proceeded separately; kataka asi'-when He came to Kataka; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; tanre-him; sange-with Him; anai/a-brought.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Gadadhara Pa�c;tita Gosvami traveled alone, but when they all arrived\nat Kataka, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu called him, and he went in the Lord's\ncompany.\nTEXT 137\n\n'Pff�r;I!J c;1f't�·c;<211l � i{1 �'AI I\n'��W1', '!)\"��' ���� 'f'f21'AIII �-!l't II\npaQqitera gauranga-prema bujhana na yaya\n'pratijna', 'sri-kr?Qa-seva' chaqi/a t(Qa-praya\n\n", "mad6#p0257": "Text 139]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n225\n\nSYNONYMS\npaQ(iitera-of Gadadhara Par:u;lita; gauraliga-prema-the love for Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; bujhana -understanding; na yaya-is not possible; pratijfia-a\nvow; sri-kr?f!a-seva-the service of the Lord; cha(ii/a-gave up; twa-prayaalmost like straw.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNo one can understand the loving intimacy between Gadadhara Par:u;Jita and\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Gadadhara Par;�c;fita gave up his vow and service to\nGopinatha just as one gives up a piece of straw.\nPURPORT\njust to get Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's association, Gadadhara Par:rc;lita gave up\nhis life's vow to engage in Gopinatha's service. This kind of loving affection can be\nunderstood only by very confidential devotees. Ordinarily, no one can understand its purport.\n\nTEXT 138\n\ntit� ��t(jj � �� �t� I\ni� �� 'fRt' �t� \"'fit' �'AI·�� II ��,_ II\ntafihara caritre prabhu antare santo?a\ntanhara hate dhari' kahe kari' praQaya-ro?a\n\nSYNONYMS\ntanhara caritre-in his behavior; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; antarewithin His heart; santo?a -very satisfied; tanhara hate dhari'-catching his hand;\nkahe-says; kar i '-e xhi biting ; praQaya-ro?a-anger in love.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGadadhara\n\nPar;tc;fita's\n\nbehavior\n\nwas\n\nvery\n\npleasing\n\nto\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's heart. Nevertheless, the Lord took his hand and spoke to him,\ndisplaying the anger of love.\nTEXT 139\n\n'�.-!', '�<f!' ��'- <11 C\\!1111� 'llt'Pt' I\n\n'� m �l'f-�t�' �t-ilf1 � � II ��� II\n\n", "mad6#p0258": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n226\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\n'pratijfia', 'seva' chac;iibe, -e tamara 'uddesa'\nse siddha ha-ila-chac;ii' aila dura desa\nSYNONYMS\npratijfia-the\n\nvow;\n\nseva-and\n\nservice;\n\nchac;iibe-will\n\ngive up;\n\ne-this;\n\ntamara-your; uddesa-purpose; se-that; siddha-complete; ha-ifa-has become; chac;ii'-giving up; ai/a-have come; dura desa-to a distant place.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You have abandoned Gopinatha's service and broken your vow to live in\nPuri. A ll that is now complete because you have come so far.\nTEXT 140\n\n'fJI\"tlm{ lftfiP tf�l! �t,,- �ltf �-�� I\n<;'!'tlfHI' � � �,-�'t1rt11' fHI 'l��' II �So II\namara salige rahite caha, -vaficha nija-sukha\ntamara dui dharma yaya, -amara haya 'duf:rkha'\nSYNONYMS\namara salige-with Me; rahite-to remain; caha-you want; vaficha-you\ndesire; nija-sukha-your own sense gratification; tomara-your; dui dharmatwo principles; yaya-go away; amara-of Me; haya-there is; duf:rkha-unhappiness.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Your wanting to go with Me is simply a desire for sense gratification. In\nthis way, you are breaking two religious principles, and because of this I am\nvery unhappy.\nTEXT 141\n\n<;1l111' �� �� �rw, �t� � 1\n\n�� -t�tl, �flr �111' � � II �8� II\nmora sukha caha yadi, nilacale ca/a\namara sapatha, yadi ara kichu bala\nSYNONYMS\nmora-of Me; sukha-the satisfaction; caha-you want; yadi-if; nilacale\nca/a-go back to Jagannatha PurT (NTiacala); amara sapatha-My condemnation;\nyadi-if; ara-more; kichu-something; ba/a-you say.\n\n", "mad6#p0259": "Text 143]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n227\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If you want My happiness, please return to Nilacala. You will simply condemn Me if you say any more about this matter.\"\nTEXT 142\n\n�� �fir' oal��'t_ <;�tt� �i I\n11._� !(�i �fu��-ttl ��II �8� II\neta bali' mahaprabhu naukate cac;iila\nmurcchita hana paQc;iita tathai pac;iila\nSYNONYMS\n\neta ba/i'-say i ng\n\nthis;\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nnaukate\n\ncac;lila-got on a boat; murcchita hana-fainting; paQc;iita-Gadadhara Pat:J<;iita\nGosvamT; tathai\n\n-\n\nthere; pac;iila-fell down.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSaying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu got into a boat, and Gadadhara Par;�c;lita immediately fell down in an unconscious state.\nTEXT 143\n\n�fut� 'f$1 �tt� �(t<e)t� �i N'fi I\n•It� �!(,-�, �� �� � II �8\\!J II\npaQc;iite lana yaite sarvabhaume ajna dila\nbhattacarya kahe, -\"utha, aiche prabhura lila\nSYNONYMS\n\npaQc;iite\n\n/ana -ta king the Pat:J<;iita; yaite-to go; sarvabhauma-unto Sar-\n\nvabhauma Bhattacarya;\n\najna di/a-gave an order;\n\nbhattacarya kahe-Sar­\n\nvabhauma Bhattacarya said; utha-please get up; aiche-such; prabhura lilathe way of the Lord's pastimes.\nTRANSLATION\nSri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nordered\n\nSarvabhauma\n\nBhattacarya to take\n\nGadadhara Par;�c;lita with him. The Bhattacarya told Gadadhara Par;�c;lita, \"Get\nup! Such are the pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad6#p0260": "228\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 144\n\n'{fil.ri!, � �-�WI •t� I\n'ftl �9f'I·Wit � IZI� Jtf.n II �88 II\ntumi jana, kr�lJa nija-pratijfia chac;fila\nbhakta krpa-vase bhi�mera pratijfia rakhila\nSYNONYMS\ntumi jana - you know; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; nija-pratijfia-His own promise;\n\nchac;fi/a-gave up; bhakta krpa-vase - being obliged by the devotional service of\na devotee; bhi�mera-of Grandfather Bhi�ma; pratijfia rakhila- kept the promise.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You should know that Lord Kr�r;�a Himself violated His own promise just to\nkeep the promise of Grandfather Bhi�ma.\nTEXT 145\n\n\"lffol'il��9f�i� \"ll�<tff\\!i�llj��R��/\"ll��....c\\!i·l �Q!�: 1\n��?l�HC't1��Hll\"66<'1i{_S-\n\n��fil<t ��Rrs� 'ifC\\!!1\\9�,�: II )illt II\nsvanigamam apahaya mat-pratijfiam\nrtam adhikartum avapluto ratha-stha/:1\ndhrta-ratha-caral)o 'bhyayac ca/adgur\nharir iva hantum ibharh gatottariya/:1\nSYNONYMS\nsva-nigamam-His own promise not to take a weapon and fight on behalf of\n\nthe Pat:�c;lavas; apahaya - giving up; mat-pratijfiam-my promise; rt am- tru e;\nadhikartum-to make more; avap/ uta/:1- having jumped down; ratha-stha/:1-\n\nwho was on the chariot (Lord Kr�t:�al; dhrta-who took up; ratha-caral)a/:1-the\nwheel of the chariot; abhyayat-ran forward; ca / at-gu/:1 - making the entire\nplanet tremble; hari/:1-a lion; iva-like; hantum-to kill; ibham-an elephant;\ngata-uttariya/:1 -losing the outer garment.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Intending to make my promise true, Lord Kr�r;�a broke His own promise\nnot to take up a weapon at Kuruk�etra. With His outer garment falling off,\n\n", "mad6#p0261": "Text 147]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n229\n\nLord Sri Kr�r:ta jumped from His chariot, picked up a wheel and came running\nat me to kill me. Indeed, He rushed at me like a lion going to kill an elephant,\nand He caused the whole earth to tremble.'\nPURPORT\n\nLord Kr�r:ta promised not to fight in the battle of Kuruk�etra or even take up a\nweapon. But when Bhi�ma wanted to keep his own promise to break the promise\nof the Lord, the Lord immediately got down from the chariot, and to make\nBhi�ma's promise true He picked up a chariot wheel and rushed forward to kill\nhim. This is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.9.37).\nTEXT 146\n\n�� � �t'aft1f � �i I\n�t'aft1f 12tF!e�i � '� � �fni u\" �s� 11\nei-mata prabhu tomara viccheda sahiya\n\ntomara pratijiia rak?a kaila yatna kariya\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tomara-of you; vic­\n\ncheda sahiya-tolerating the separation;\n\ntomara pratijiia-your vow;\n\nkai/a-protected; yatna kariya-with great endeavor.\n\nrak?a\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Similarly, tolerating your separation, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has protected your vow with great endeavor.\"\n\nTEXT 147\n\n��11'! ��' itr;1l ��t't ��\"'l l\n���� c;llft<fi� �i�i'f 'Cit�'li II �8'l II\nei-mata kahi' tarire prabodha karila\ndui-jane sokakula nilacale ai/a\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; kahi'-speaking; tarire-him; prabodha karila-awoke;\n\ndui-jane-the two persons; soka-aku/a-overwhelmed with grief; ni/aca/e-to\nJagannatha Puri; ai/a-went back.\n\n", "mad6#p0262": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n230\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Sarvabhauma Bhatfaciirya revived Gadadhara Par;��ita. Then both\nof them, very much grief-stricken, returned to Jagannatha Puri, Nilacala.\nTEXT 148\n\n� i'ftf'it' '{11-� fltt� ��'itt! I\n��-'{11-�� � il1 ��'til II �8\\r' II\nprabhu lagi' dharma-karma chac;le bhakta-gaf)a\nbhakta-dharma-hani prabhura na haya sahana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu lagi'-for the sake of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dharma-karma-all\nprescribed duties; chac;le-give up; bhakta-gaf)a-all the devotees; bhakta-dharma-of the duty of a devotee;\n\nhani-the abandonment; prabhura-to Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; na haya-is not; sahana-tolerable.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees would abandon all kinds of duties for Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's sake, yet the Lord did not like the devotees' giving up their\npromised duties.\nTEXT 149\n\n''�� ���' t� �til �t 'Sfil I\n\n�fm filf'ft11!ttl Cii!tJ·Rtl II �8� II\n'premera vivarta' iha sune yei jana\nacire miliye tanre caitanya-caraf)a\nSYNONYMS\npremera vivarta-the misgivings of loving affairs; iha-this; sune-listens; yei\njana-any person who; acire-very soon; miliye-meet; tar'lre-him; caitanyacaraf)a-the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll these are the misgivings of loving affairs. Whoever listens to these incidents gets Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's shelter very soon.\n\n", "mad6#p0263": "Text 150]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n231\n\nTEXT 150\n\n� Jlt?� � �·lff;'f 1ft1l I\n'��11'' ��' � l!tt11' fif� �� II �<to II\ndui raja-patra yei prabhu-sarige yaya\n'yajapura' asi' prabhu tare dilena vidaya\nSYNONYMS\n\ndui raja-patra-the two government officers; yei-who; prabhu-sarige-with\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yaya-go; yajapura asi'-when coming to Yajapura;\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\ntare-unto them;\n\ndilena vidaya-bade\n\nfarewell.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His party arrived at Yajapura, the Lord\nasked the two government officers who had come with Him to return.\nPURPORT\n\nThe place called Yajapura is very well known in Orissa. It is a subdivision of the\nKataka district and is situated on the southern side of the Vaitaral)i River. Formerly\ngreat sages performed sacrifices on the northern bank of the Vaitaral)i River; consequently the place is known as Yajapura-\"the place where sacrifices are performed.\" Some people say that this was one of the capital cities of King Yayati and\nthat from the name Yayati-nagara the name Yajapura has come. As stated in\nMahabharata ( Vana-parva Chapter 114):\nete kalirigah kaunteya\nyatra vaitaraQi nadi\nyatrayajata dharma 'pi\ndevan saraQam etya vai\natra vai r$ayo 'nye ca\npura kratubhir ijire\nAccording to the Mahabharata, great sages formerly performed sacrifices in this\nplace. There are still many temples of demigods and incarnations there, and there\nis also a Deity of Sri Varahadeva. This Deity is especially important and is visited\nby many pilgrims. Those who worship the Supreme Lord's energy worship Varahi,\nVai�l)avi and lndral)i, as well as many similar forms of Devi, the internal energy.\nThere are many deities of Lord Siva, and there are many places along the river\n\n", "mad6#p0264": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n232\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nknown as Dasasvamedha-ghata. Sometimes Yajapura is also called Nabhi-gaya or\nViraja-k?etra.\nTEXT 151\n\n� �11 �ill', Jt11 � �'Rf � I\n�<liQf'l1ft11''fi1\"1-�t� Jtfuf·flft� II ��� II\nprabhu vidaya dila, raya yaya tafira sane\nkr$Qa-katha ramananda-sane ratri-dine\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu vidaya di /a-the Lord bade them farewell; raya-Ramananda Raya;\nyaya-goes; tafira sane-with Him; kr$Qa-katha-discussion of topics of Lord\nKr?r:Ja; ramananda-sane-with Ramananda; ratri-dine-day and night.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu bade farewell to the officers, and Raya Ramananda continued on with the Lord. The Lord talked to Ramananda Raya about\nSri Kr��a day and night.\nTEXT 152\n\n�f?!�t11' l'ttf·�t91t11 Jt��J�'l I\n\n�<u \"Jt� ��H!!t� 'flt1l c;�({� II �<2'� II\nprati-grame raja-ajfiaya raja-bhrtya-gaf)a\nnavya grhe nana-dravye karaye sevana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprati-grame-in each village; raja-ajfiaya-by the order of the King; rajabhrtya-gaf)a -the government servants;\n\nnavya grhe-in newly constructed\n\nhouses; nana-dravye-with all kinds of food grains; karaye sevana-rendered service.\nTRANSLATION\nIn each and every village, in compliance with the King's order, government\nofficers constructed new houses and filled each of them with stocks of grains.\nThus they served the Lord.\n\n", "mad6#p0265": "Text 154]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n233\n\nTEXT 153\n\n�� 5f'f' �'- ''PL'1i' 'Cft.llf'l I\nl:!-t1 '�� 111ft�\"f-1ftt� �m f5fllf'l II �It� II\nei-mata ca/i' prabhu 'remuQa' ai/a\ntatha haite ramananda-raye vidaya dila\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way;\n\nca/i'-walking; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nremuQa aila-came to Remul')a; tatha haite-from there; ramananda-raye-unto\nRamananda Raya; vidaya dila\n\n-\n\nbade farewell.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu finally arrived at Remu1_1a, where He bade farewell\nto Sri Ramananda Raya.\nPURPORT\n\nIt was stated in the First Chapter of Madhya-lila, verse 149, that Ramananda\nRaya was bade farewell from Bhadraka. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura\nstates that in those days the place called Remul')a also included Bhadraka.\nTEXT 154\n\n�tl:! �f� 11111 ilt�� �i{ I\n1ftt� �'I <fiRt' �'. <fi1ft� \\lli\"'il II �<t8 II\nbhamete pa(iila raya nahika cetana\nraye kole kari' prabhu karaye krandana\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhOmete pa(iila-fell down on the ground; raya-Ramananda Raya; nahika\ncetana-there was no consciousness; raye -Ramananda Raya; kole kari'-taking\non the lap; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karaye krandana-began crying.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Ramananda Raya fell to the ground and lost consciousness, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu took him upon His lap and began to cry.\n\n", "mad6#p0266": "234\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 155\n\nJtm �rn·e� il1 �nt ��il 1\n\nCfi� il1 ?ftRf \\fl. �t� �(il II �<t<t II\nrayera vidaya-bhava na yaya sahana\nkahite na pari ei tahara varQana\nSYNONYMS\nrayera vidaya-bhava-feelings of separation from Ramananda Raya; na yayanot possible; sahana-to tolerate; kahite-to speak; na pari-1 am not able; eithis; tahara -of that; varQana -a description.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya's separation from Caitanya Mahaprabhu is very difficult to\ndescribe. It is almost intolerable, and therefore I cannot describe it further.\nTEXT 156\n\n�� '�lJ t�·�' �'t ij�' �i'fl I\n....\n\n�'Itt �rt•·�fif<t>til �'t.t� f1ffif'l111 �<t� 11\ntabe 'or;:lhra-desa-sima' prabhu ca/i' aila\ntatha raja-adhikari prabhure mili/a\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; or;:lhra-desa-sima-the boundary of Orissa; prabhu-Lord Srr\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; ca/i'-taveling; ai/a-reached; tatha-there; rajaadhikari-a government officer; prabhure-Srr Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mililamet.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu finally arrived at the border of the state of\nOrissa, a government officer came there to meet Him.\nTEXT 157\n\nflfil ll·ijtf11' �� Cfi�� <;��il I\n�tt'$f ijf�tt11' � <\\'itfl ��tf II �<t'l II\ndina dui-cari teilho karila sevana\nage calibare sei kahe vivaraQa\n\n", "mad6#p0267": "Text 159]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n235\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ndina dui-cari-two or four days; teilho-he; karila sevana-served the Lord;\nage-forward; calibare-for going; sei-that officer; kahe-spoke; vivarat;adetailed information.\nTRANSlATION\nFor two or four days, the government officer served the Lord. He also gave\nthe Lord detailed information of what was ahead.\nTEXT 158\n\n'atW9i ���-1ft� �it'lt �fij.,st� I\n\n�� 'et1l �� <;<1S!!( �it� ij��a II ��lr II\nmadyapa yavana-rajara age adhikara\ntailra bhaye pathe keha nare ca/ibara\nSYNONYMS\n\nmadyapa-drunkard; yavana-Mohammedan; rajara-of a king; age-ahead;\nadhikara-the government; tailra bhaye-being afraid of such a king; pathe-on\nthe road; keha-anyone; nare-not able; ca/ibara-to travel.\nTRANSLATION\nHe informed the Lord that the territory ahead was ruled by a Moslem governor, who was a drunkard. Out of fear for this king, no one could walk the road\nfreely.\nTEXT 159\n\nf�i � � oi\"B �f�f I\n\nirf �1l � (;<IS!!( � �itf 9f\"B II ��� II\npichalada paryanta saba tailra adhikara\ntailra bhaye nadi keha haite nare para\nSYNONYMS\n\npichalada-the place named Pichalada; paryanta-up to; saba-everything;\ntailra-of him; adhikara-under the authority; tailra bhaye-because of fear of\nhim; nadi-the river; keha-anyone; haite-to cross; nare-not able; para-to\nthe other side.\n\n", "mad6#p0268": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n236\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\njurisdiction\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nMohammedan government\n\nextended up to\n\nPichalada. Due to fear of the Mohammedans, no one would cross the river.\nPURPORT\nDuring the old days, Pichalada was part of Tamaluka and Bengal. Pichalada is\nlocated about fourteen miles south of Tamaluka. The River ROpa-narayar:\"la is well\nknown in Tamaluka, and Pichalada was situated on the bank of the ROpanarayar:\"�a River.\nTEXT 160\n\nfifil �� �- �IJifi ��' �tt �i{ I\nl!tC$ �� ,ef\\�t('.;l! ��C$ '$f1(1;i{ II ��o II\ndina kata raha-sandhi kari' tatira sane\ntabe sukhe naukate karaiba gamane\nSYNONYMS\ndina kata raha-stay here for a few days; sandhi kari'-making peaceful\nnegotiations; tatira sane-with him; tabe-then; sukhe-in happiness; naukateon the boat; karaiba gamane-1 will help You start.\nTRANSLATION\nMaharaja Prataparudra's government officer further informed Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu that He should stay at the Orissa border for some days so that a\npeaceful agreement could be negotiated with the Mohammedan governor. In\nthat way, the Lord would be able to cross the river peacefully in a boat.\nTEXT 161\n\n<;ll� �'f '� ��til� �� ��� I\n'���i-�it�' 'fSI�'f ��' �-.rr.t II ��� II\nsei kale se yavanera eka anucara\n'uc;iiya-katake' aila kari' vesantara\nSYNONYMS\nsei kale-at that time; se yavanera-of the Mohammedan governor; eka\nanucara-one follower; uc;iiya-katake-to the camp of Orissan soldiers; ailacame; kari' vesa-antara-changing the dress.\n\n", "mad6#p0269": "Text 164]\n\n237\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\nTRANSLATION\n\nAt that time, a follower of the Mohammedan governor arrived at the Orissa\nencampment dressed in disguise.\nTEXTS 162-163\n\n� <;:Ji� � �� �f-t�i I\n�itf:\"R � � ��il·� fmrt II ��� II\n'�� � �� iS?�t� �I! I\n�il� �-�� �ll it•� �� II ��� II\nprabhura sei adabhuta caritra dekhiya\nhindu-cara kahe sei yavana-pasa giya\n.'eka sannyasi aila jagannatha ha-ite\naneka siddha-puru$a haya tanhara sahite\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sei-that; adabhuta caritra-wonderful characteristics; dekhiya-seeing; hindu-cara-the Hindu spy; kahe-says;\nsei-that; yavana-pasa giya-going to the Mohammedan king; eka sannyasione mendicant;\n\nai/a-has come;\n\njagannatha ha-ite-from )agannatha Puri;\n\naneka-many; siddha-puru$a-liberated persons; haya-are; tanhara sahitewith Him.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Mohammedan spy saw the wonderful characteristics of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, and when he returned to the Mohammedan governor, he told\nhim, \"A mendicant has come from Jagannatha Puri with many liberated persons.\nTEXT 164\n\n� �� Jl� fi··ll�'*'� I\n:Jit� �' iltt�, '$f'ht, �m ilii\"fil II ��8 II\nnirantara kare sabe k[$f)a-sankirtana\nsabe hase, nace, gaya, karaye krandana\nSYNONYMS\nnirantara-without stopping;\n\nkare-perform;\n\nsabe-all;\n\nk[$f)a-sankirtana­\n\nchanting of the holy name of the Lord; sabe-all of them; hase-laugh; nacedance; gaya-sing; karaye krandana-and cry.\n\n", "mad6#p0270": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n238\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAll these saintly people incessantly chant the Hare Kr�Qa maha-mantra,\n\nand they all laugh, dance, chant and cry.\nTEXT 165\n\n'f'lli '1-. <;l'ft<tS �tJI � '\\if��tt� I\n\n�ttJ (;\\iff�' ��f� �'itl! � \"7;1\\\" II��� II\nJak�a lak�a /aka aise taha dekhibare\ntarire dekhi' punarapi yaite nare ghare\n\nSYNONYMS\n/ak�a /ak�a-millions upon millions; /aka-people; aise-come; taha-that;\ndekhibare-to see; tarire dekhi'-after seeing Him; punarapi-again; yaite-to\n\ngo; nare-are not able; ghare-home.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nMany millions upon millions of people come to see Him, and after they see\n\nHim, they cannot return home.\nTEXT 166\n\n\"'t � \"'t� �� ��� �rn 1\n'��' <fi�' iltt�, <!'itt\"!, 'itl!pt�� �rn II��� II\nsei saba /aka haya baulera praya\n'kr�Qa' kahi' nace, kande, gac;Jagac;Ji yaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei saba /aka-all those persons; haya-are; baulera praya-almost like mad­\n\nmen; kr�Qa kahi'-chanting the holy name of Kr�l)a; nace-they dance; kandethey cry; gac;Jagac;Ji yaya-the y roll on the ground.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAll these people become like madmen. They simply dance and chant the\n\nholy name of Kr�Qa. Sometimes they even cry and roll on the ground.\nTEXT 167\n\n<fi�t1f �� ilt�-,�f�t\"f ':II i!Jtfi{ I\n�t�t1t �� i!'ttJ 'tr11t' �fJ' 1ffi{ II' ��'l II\n\n", "mad6#p0271": "Text 169]\n\n239\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\nkahibara katha nahe-dekhile se jani\ntatihara prabhave tatire 'isvara' kari' mani'\nSYNONYMS\n\nkahibara katha-describable topic; nahe-this is not; dekhi/e-if one sees; se\n\njani-he can understand; tatihara prabhave-by His influence; tatire-Him ; isvara\nkari'-as the Supreme Personality of Godhead; mani-1 accept.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Actually these things cannot even be described. One can understand them\nonly by seeing. By His influence, I accept Him as the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\"\nTEXT 168\n\n�� <TS�' �--I>� '�Rf' ,�,., '5tt1\n�' <TS'tt'W, �17;1>, 'Stt� �� �11lll ��\\r II\neta kahi' sei cara 'hari' 'kr?Qa' gaya\nhase, kande, nace, gaya baulera praya\nSYNONYMS\n\neta kahi'-saying this; sei cara-that messenger; hari-Hari; kr?Qa-Kr�t:Ja;\n\ngaya-chants ; hase-laughs; kande-cries; nace-dances; gaya\npraya\n\n-\n\njust like a madman.\n\n-\n\nsings; baulera\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, the messenger began to chant the holy names of Hari and\nKr�r:Ja. He also began to laugh and cry, dance and sing exactly like a madman.\nTEXT 169\n\n�� �fil' �<ltil11' 1li' filif1f' <;'St'l I\n\n�9fil·'�'!l�' ���i 'lltil ��1�l'l II ��o;, II\neta suni' yavanera mana phiri' gela\napana-'visvasa' uc;fiya sthane pathai/a\nSYNONYMS\n\neta suni'\n\n-\n\nafter hearing this;\n\nyavanera-of the Mohammedan governor;\n\nmana-the mind; phiri' ge/a- became changed; apana-own; visvasa-secre-\n\n", "mad6#p0272": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n240\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\ntary; uc;fiya-of the representative of the Orissan government; sthane-to the\nplace; pathaila -sent.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing this, the mind of the Mohammedan governor was changed.\nHe then sent his own secretary to the representative of the Orissan government.\nTEXT 170\n\n'�'lt'tll' ��1 �t.1f �11''1 �f\"''l I\n'�-.' '�-.· <lifft' '����'I ��'I II �'\\o II\n'visvasa' asiya prabhura caraQa vandila\n'kf?Qa' 'kf?Qa' kahi' preme vihva/a ha-i/a\nSYNONYMS\nvisvasa-the\n\nsecretary;\n\nasiya-coming;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nLord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; caraQa-the lotus feet; vandi/a-worshiped; kr?Qa kr?Qa-the holy\nname of the Lord, Kr?r:Ja, Kr?r:Ja; kahi'-uttering; preme-in ecstasy; vihva/aoverwhelmed; ha-ila -became.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Mohammedan secretary came to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. When\nhe offered his respects to the Lord's lotus feet and uttered the holy name of\nthe Lord, \"Kr�r:-a, Kr�r:-a,\" he also was overwhelmed with ecstatic love.\nTEXT 171\n\n� .:�1 ��<li � �\"JJ�' I\n'Q!11ft·'l\"fti{ �1�'11 (J(� �fif<litfT II �'\\ � II\ndhairya hana uc;fiyake kahe namaskari'\n'toma-sthane pathaila mleccha adhikari\nSYNONYMS\ndhairya hana-becoming calm; uc;fiyake-to the representative of the Orissan\ngovernment; kahe-says; namaskari'-offering respect; toma-sthane-to your\nplace; pathaila-has sent; m/eccha-the Mohammedan; adhikari-governor.\n\n", "mad6#p0273": "Text 173]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n241\n\nTRANSLAliON\nAfter calming down, the Mohammedan secretary offered his respects and\ninformed the representative of the Orissan government, \"The Mohammedan\ngovernor has sent me here.\nTEXT 172\n\n1f1J �fir �tai ��' (fl�it� �f��i 1\n�� ..U'f<TStit �� �t_t� fiffirni II :>9� II\ntumi yadi ajfia deha' ethake asiya\nyavana adhikari yaya prabhuke miliya\nSYNONYMS\n\ntumi-you; yadi-if; ajfia-order; deha'-give; ethake-here; asiya-coming;\nyavana adhikari-the Mohammedan governor; yaya-may go; prabhuke-Lord\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; miliya-after meeting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If you agree, the Mohammedan governor will come here to meet Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and then return.\nTEXT 173\n\n�e.�cbi fitf, <T'fltt� �il� I\n'�t1fl·'ltil (fl� �f�, ill� �IIi-�� II' :>9-e II\n\n�-�\n\nbahuta utkaQtha tanra, karyache vinaya\ntoma-sane ei sandhi, nahi yuddha-bhaya'\nSYNONYMS\n\nbahuta-very much;\n\nutkaQtha-anxiety;\n\ntar'lra-his;\n\nkaryache-has made;\n\nvinaya-submissive petition; toma-sane-with you; ei-this; sandhi-a peace\nproposal; nahi-there is not; yuddha-bhaya-fear of fighting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Mohammedan governor is very eager, and he has submitted this petition with great respect. It is a proposal for peace. You need not fear that we\nwill fight.\"\n\n", "mad6#p0274": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n242\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 174\n\n�fil' �t?tf\\1 �t� ��1 f<roJm I\n'IIW� � � �t� '� <111HI I �98 II\nsuni' maha-patra kahe hafia vismaya\n'madyapa yavanera citta aiche ke karaya!\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuni -hearing; maha-patra-the representative of the Orissan government;\n'\n\nkahe-says;\n\nhafia\n\nvis maya-becoming\n\nyavanera-of the Mohammedan;\n\nastonished;\n\ncitta-the heart;\n\nmadyapa-drunkard;\n\naiche-in this way;\n\nke\n\nkaraya -who has made.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing this proposal, the representative of the Orissan government,\nthe maha-patra, was very astonished. He thought, \"The Mohammedan governor is a drunkard. Who has changed his mind?\nTEXT 175\n\n�t�til ���HI 1fil f�tl'l' I\n�-f'il·'ililt'l lll11' �'ite. C!tfil'l' II' �9ct II\napane mahaprabhu tanra mana phiraila\ndarsana-smaraQe yanra jagat tari/a'\nSYNONYMS\n\napane-perso n ally;\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ntanra-his;\n\nmana-mind ; phirai/a-changed; darsana-by a personal visit; smaraQe-by\nremembrance;\n\nyanra-of whom;\n\njagat-the\n\nwhole world;\n\ntari/a-He has\n\ndelivered.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It must be Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu Himself who has changed the\nMohammedan's\n\nmind.\n\nDue\n\nto\n\nHis\n\npresence\n\nand\n\neven\n\ndue\n\nto\n\nHis\n\nremembrance, the whole world is liberated.\"\nPURPORT\nFrom this we can understand that the Mohammedan governor was a drunkard\n\n(madyapa). Ordinarily, there was no chance that he would change, but Lord Sri\n\n", "mad6#p0275": "The Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\nText 176]\n\n243\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu could turn anyone's mind to Kr��a consciousness. One can\nbe delivered from material existence simply by remembering SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's holy name or by visiting Him. This Kr��a consciousness movement\nis being spread throughout the world, but not even one yavana or mleccha addicted to drinking could have changed and accepted Kr��a consciousness without SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's grace. People are often astonished to see many\nthousands of Westerners converted to Vai��avism. Generally Westerners are addicted to meat-eating, drinking, gambling and illicit sex; therefore their taking up\nKr��a consciousness is astonishing. In India, especially, there is much astonishment at this. The answer, however, is given here: dar5ana-smaraQe yafira jagat\ntariJa. This change is made possible simply by the remembrance of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. The Western devotees are very sincerely chanting the holy names\nof SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His associates: sri-kr�Qa-caitanya prabhu nityananda sri-advaita gadadhara srivasadi-gaura-bhakta-vrnda. By the mercy of SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and His associates, people are being purified and their consciousness directed from maya to Kr��a.\nThe word visvasa refers to a secretary. This title is generally found among the\nkayastha caste in the Hindu community. In Bengal, the title visvasa is still used by\nthe kayasthas. The word visvasa means \"faithful,\" and a visvasi is a person in\nwhom one can place faith. SrT Bhaktivinoda Thakura states that during the\nMohammedan reign in Bengal, there was a secretariat entitled visvasa-khana. The\noffice of visvasa-khana was a secretariat office in which only the most reliable\npeople were employed. They were elected from the kayastha community, a community that is still very expert in managing business and government affairs. The\nsecretariat, or visvasa-khana, is generally a very reliable and faithful servant.\nWhenever some confidential service was needed, these officers were employed.\n\nTEXT 176\n\\.!�\\! �fit' f<l-.�tf <fif� �i{ I\n\"<et�J �t1f-�tfil• <fi111<1'i �'-.lif1fllfi{ II ��� II\neta bali' visvasere kahi/a vacana\n\"bhagya tanra-asi' karuka prabhu darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\n\neta ba /i'\n\n-\n\nsaying this; visvasere-unto the secretary of the Mohammedan\n\ngovernor; kahila vacana-spoke the following words; bhagya-great fortune;\ntafira -his; asi'-coming; karuka-let him do; prabhu darasana -visiting SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad6#p0276": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n244\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter thinking this, the maha-patra immediately informed the Mohammedan secretary, \"It is a great fortune for your governor. Let him come visit\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 177\n\n�i!1i! �oo-�llf r�� !{�1 1\n\n�t�t�� ��·JI'ti! lfi!J �., \"1�1 ?\" �'1'111\npratita kariye-yadi nirastra hana\nasibeka panca-sata bhrtya sange lana?\"\nSYNONYMS\npratita-understood; kariye-1 make; yadi-if; nirastra hana-being without\nweapons; asibeka-he will come; panca-sata-five to seven; bhrtya-servants;\nsange-in company; /ana-taking.\nTRANSLATION\n\"However, let me make it understood that he should come here without\nweapons. He may bring with him five or seven servants.\"\nTEXT 178\n\n'��' �t�1 it!{ltf ��il'{ �f!{ll'{ I\nf�� �flf' '� �� �� II �'117- II\n'visvasa' yana tanhare sakala kahila\nhindu-vesa dhari' sei yavana ai/a\nSYNONYMS\nvisvasa-the secretary; yana-returning; tanhare-unto the Mohammedan\ngovernor; sakala kahi/a-told everything; hindu-vesa dhari'-accepting the dress\nof a Hindu; sei yavana-that Mohammedan governor; ai/a-came.\nTRANSLATION\nThe secretary returned to the Mohammedan governor and informed him of\nthis news. Dressing himself like a Hindu, the Mohammedan governor then\ncame to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad6#p0277": "Text 181]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n245\n\nTEXT 179\n\n� C�ti! � ��' �J{c;� ���i I\n�<te. <fit1f �i!P-�f�� �\\!Pi II �9� II\ndura haite prabhu dekhi' bhUmete pac;liya\ndaf)c;lavat kare asru-pulakita haiia\nSYNONYMS\ndura haite-from a distance; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dekhi'seeing; bhUmete pac;liya-falling down on the ground; daQc;lavat kare-offered\nobeisances; asru-tears; pu/akita-jubilant; hafia-becoming.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu from a distant place, the Mohammedan governor fell to the ground and offered obeisances. Tears came to his\neyes, and he was jubilant with ecstatic emotions.\nTEXT 180\n\n1Wt�� �tf�llf �ttir �ffii �� I\n� 12lt:\"�tt'f llf1l ��iftll' II �lro II\nmaha-patra ani/a tafire kariya sammana\nyoc;Ja-hate prabhu-age laya kr�Qa-nama\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-patra-the Orrisan representative; ani/a-brought; talire-him; kariya\nsammana-showing great respect; yoc;Ja-hate-with folded hands; prabhu-agebefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; laya kr�Qa-nama-chanted the holy name of\nKr��a.\nTRANSLATION\nArriving in that way, the Mohammedan governor was respectfully brought\nbefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu by the maha-patra. The governor then stood\nbefore the lord with folded hands, and he chanted the holy name of Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 181\n\n\"�'flf �il�� c<l'iil Q � I\n·�fif 'Jfi'tf ��tllf '�il iii 'lf'lt�'l' II �lr� II\n\n", "mad6#p0278": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n246\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\n\"adhama yavana-kule kena janma haifa\nvidhi more hindu-kule kena na janmaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nadhama-low; yavana-ku/e-in the family of a Mohammedan; kena-why;\njanma haifa-there was birth; vidhi-p rovidence; more-me; hindu-kule-in the\n\nfamily of a Hindu; kena-why; na-not; janmaila-caused to be born.\nTRANSLATION\nThe governor then submissively asked, \"Why was I born in a Mohammedan\nfamily? This is considered a low birth. Why didn't supreme Providence grant\nme a birth in a Hindu family?\nTEXT 182\n\n'�i( �t\"'' ��i!tlf c:!�t1f 511''1·'1� I\n.,J� '�t1f �� '��' �� �t'lll\" �lr� II\n'hindu' haile paitama tamara caraf)a-sannidhana\nvyartha mora ei deha, yauka paral)a\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nhindu haile- if I was born in a Hindu family; paitama-1 would have gotten;\n\ntamara-of You; caraf)a-of the lotus feet; sannidhana-proximity; vyarthauseless;\n\nmora-my;\n\nei-this;\n\ndeha- body;\n\nyauka paraf)a-let me die im­\n\nmediately.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If I had taken birth in a Hindu family, it would have been easy for me to\nremain near Your lotus feet. Since my body is now useless, let me die immediately.\"\nTEXT 183\n\n�i! �fil' ��?ftijj �t�� �$i I\n�t� �t�il �fi! ��ttl 'fBf�i II �lr� II\neta suni' maha-patra avi�ta hafia\nprabhuke karena stuti caraf)e dhariya\n\n", "mad6#p0279": "The Lord's A ttempt to Go to V�ndavana\n\nText 185]\n\n247\n\nSYNONYMS\n\neta suni -hearing this; maha-patra-the representative of the Orissan govern'\n\nment;\n\navi$ta\n\nhafia-being\n\noverwhelmed;\n\nprabhuke-unto\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; karena-makes; stuti-prayers; caral)e dhariya - catching His feet.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing the governor's submissive statement, the maha-patra was\noverwhelmed with joy. He clasped the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nand began to offer the following prayers.\nTEXT 184\n\n'�111- ?tm �a- �i{t1{-��t'� ,\n\n�-�1{Rf�J!� i\\� ?f�i'f �if-f\"ti{ II �IrS II\n'cal)t;iala-pavitra yanra sri-nama-sraval)e\nhena-tomara ei jiva paila darasane\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaQ(ia/a-the dog-eater, the lowest of mankind; pavitra-purified; yanra-of\nwhom; sri-nama-sraval)e-by hearing the holy name; hena-tomara-of such a\none as You; ei jiva-this conditioned living entity; paila-has gotten; darasanethe personal visit.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Simply by hearing Your holy name, a car;�t;lala, lowest of men, can be\npurified. Now this conditioned soul has received Your personal interview.\nTEXT 185\n\n�·m � �JJ� '5tfl!, �\"'� r� ��11?\n�'Af �-�� IJI�'! � II' �lr<l' II\ninhara ye ei gati, ithe ki vismaya?\ntomara darsana-prabhava ei-mata haya'\nSYNONYMS\n\ninhara-of this Mohammedan governor; ye-which; ei-this; gati-result;\nithe-in this;\n\nki-what;\n\nvismaya-the wonder;\n\ntomara-of You;\n\nprabhava-influence of seeing; ei-mata haya-is like this.\n\ndarsana­\n\n", "mad6#p0280": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n248\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is no wonder that this Mohammedan governor has attained such results.\nSimply by seeing You, all this is possible.\nTEXT 186\n\n�ilt\"l!r.lf�i!l�ct1�<f,i0!1\"1f..\n����ctt�t ��\"ii�<Jtwf9f �fu� 1\n�tr:wt�A 'l�: 'l<�\"O!t� <f�r.�\nl\"�: 1_0!r.'{g '551<1\":1._ lf\"f.rt� II � � II\nyan-namadheya-sravaQanukirtanad\n\nyat-prahvaQad yat-smaraQad api kvacit\n\nsvado 'pi sadya/:1 savanaya kalpate\n\nkuta/:1 punas te bhagavan nu darsanat\nSY NONYMS\n\nyat-of\n\nwhom;\n\nnamadheya-of\n\nthe\n\nanukirtanat-and thereafter from chanting;\n\nname;\n\nsraval)a-from\n\nhearing;\n\nyat-to whom; prahvaQat-from\n\noffering respects; yat-of whom; smaraQat-from simply remembering; api­\n\nalso;\n\nkvacit-sometimes;\n\nsvada/:1-a\n\ndog-eater;\n\napi-even;\n\nsadya/:1-im­\n\nmediately; savanaya-for performing Vedic sacrifices; kalpate-becomes eligible;\n\nkuta/:1-what to speak; puna/:1- again; te-of You; bhagavan-0 Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead; nu-certainly; darsanat-from seeing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'To say nothing of the spiritual advancement of persons who see the\nSupreme Person face to face, even a person born in a family of dog-eaters becomes immediately eligible to perform Vedic sacrifices if he once utters the\nholy name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, or chants about Him, hears\nabout His pastimes, offers Him obeisances or even remembers Him.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.33.6). According to this verse, it\ndoesn't matter what position a person holds. One may be the lowest of the low­\n\na caQc;iala, or dog-eater-but if he takes to chanting and hearing the holy name of\n\nthe Lord, he is immediately eligible to perform Vedic sacrifices. This is especially\ntrue in this age of Kali.\n\n", "mad6#p0281": "Text 187]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n249\n\nharer nama harer nama\n\nharer namaiva kevalam\n\nkalau nasty eva nasty eva\nnasty eva gatir anyatha\n\n(Brhan-naradiya PuraQa, 38.126)\nA person born in a brahmaQa family cannot perform Vedic sacrifices until he is\nproperly purified and has attained his sacred thread. However, according to this\nverse, it is understood that even a lowborn person can immediately perform\nsacrifices if he sincerely chants and hears the holy name of the Lord. Sometimes\nenvious people ask how Europeans and Americans in this Kr��a consciousness\nmovement can become brahmaQas and perform sacrifices. They do not know that\n\nthe Europeans and Americans have already been purified by chanting the holy\nname of the Lord-Hare Kr��a, Hare Kr��a, Kr��a Kr��a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama,\n\nHare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare. This is the proof. Svado 'pi sadya� savanaya\nka/pate. One may be born in a family of dog-eaters, but he can perform sacrifices\n\nsimply by chanting the maha-mantra.\n\nThose who find fault in the Western V ai��avas should consider this statement\n\nfrom Srimad-Bhagavatam and the commentary on this verse by Srila )iva Gosvami.\n\nIn this regard, Srila Jiva Gosvami has stated that to become a brahmaQa, one has to\n\nwait for purification and undergo the sacred thread ceremony, but a chanter of\nthe holy name does not have to wait for the sacred thread ceremony. We do not\nallow devotees to perform sacrifices until they are properly initiated in the sacred\nthread ceremony. Yet according to this verse, an offenseless chanter of the holy\nname is already fit to perform a fire ceremony, even though he is not doubly initiated by the sacred thread ceremony. This is the verdict given by Lord Kapiladeva\nin His instructions to His mother, DevahOti. It was Lord Kapiladeva who instructed\nDevahOti in pure Sarikhya philosophy.\n\nTEXT 187\n� �� tmf ��11m��, 1\n\n�f� �t�,- 'Ifir �� '�-.' 't�:fif' II �lrCI II\ntabe mahaprabhu tanre krpa-dr�ti kari'\n\nasvasiya kahe,-tumi kaha 'kr�Qa' 'hari'\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-thereafter; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tanre-unto him;\n\nkrpa-dr�ti kari'-glancing with mercy; asvasiya -giving assurance; kahe -says;\ntumi-you; kaha-utter; kr�Qa-the holy name Kr��a; hari-the holy name Hari.\n\n", "mad6#p0282": "250\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then glanced with mercy at the Mohammedan\ngovernor. Giving him assurance, He asked him to chant the holy names Kr�Qa\nand Hari.\nPURPORT\nIt is Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's mercy that He advises everyone-even caQc;:falas, mlecchas and yavanas-to chant the holy name of the Lord. In other words,\none who has taken to chanting the holy names Kr�l)a and Hari has already\nreceived Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's mercy. The Lord's request to chant the holy\nname of Kr�l)a is now extended to everyone in the world through this K[�l)a consciousness movement. Whoever follows Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's instructions\nwill certainly be purified, and one who sincerely chants the holy name\noffenselessly is already more than a brahmaQa. Unfortunately there are many fools\nand rascals in India who do not allow Western Vai�l)avas to enter certain temples.\nSuch rascals do not clearly understand the Vedas. As stated previously: yannamadheya-sravaQanuk irtanad.\nTEXT 188\n\n� �t�,-','lltt� �flf C<f.�i �it<r-tt I\n(j)� 'efttB1 �,-,��1 <liRf � � ll �lrlr II\nsei kahe,-'more yadi kaila arigikara\neka ajna deha, -seva kari ye tamara\nSYNONYMS\nsei kahe-the\n\nMohammedan governor said;\n\nmore-me;\n\nyadi-if;\n\nkaila\n\narigikara-You have accepted; eka ajna-one order; deha-give; seva-service;\nkari-1 may render; ye-so that; tamara-Your.\nTRANSLATION\nT he Mohammedan governor then said, \"Since You have so kindly accepted\nme, please give me some order so that I can render You some service.\"\nPURPORT\nIf one is purified by following Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's orders-that is, by\nchanting the holy name of Kr�l)a-one must certainly be eager to render service\nto the Lord. This is the test. When one engages enthusiastically in the Lord's service, it is to be understood that he is reaping the results of chanting the names of\nKr�l)a and Hari.\n\n", "mad6#p0283": "Text 190]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n251\n\nTEXT 189\n\n'1tl·'i3illfi'I·C��7;;� fit�:�t1 <fiintf� �� I\n·\n� �t� ��-,;;� '11'Rf �� fil� II �lr� II\ngo-brahmaf)a-vai�Qave hirhsa karyachi apara\nsei papa ha-ite mora ha-uka nistara\nSYNONYMS\n\ngo-brahmaf)a-vai�Qave-to the cows, brahmaf)as and Vai�r:Javas; hirhsaviolence and envy; karyachi-1 have done; apara-unlimitedly; sei papa ha-itefrom those sinful activities; mora-my; ha-uka-let there be; nistara-liberation.\nTRANS LAliON\nThe Mohammedan governor then prayed for liberation from the unlimited\nsinful activities he had previously incurred by being envious of brahma1.1as\nand Vai�1.1avas and killing cows.\nPURPORT\n\nBy chanting the holy names Kr�r:Ja and Hari, one is certainly liberated from sinful\nactivities, such as killing cows or insulting brahmaf)as and Vai�r:Javas. It is most sinful to kill cows and insult brahmaf)as and Vai�r:Javas. The karma incurred by such\nactivity is very great, but one can immediately nullify all this karma by surrendering to Lord Kr�r:Ja and chanting His holy name. After being released from one's sinful reactions (karma), one becomes eager to serve the Lord. This is the test. Since\nthe Mohammedan governor was immediately purified in the presence of SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, he could utter the names of Kr�r:Ja and Hari. Consequently\nhe was anxious to render some service, and the Lord, anxious to fulfill his desires,\nimmediately had the devotee Mukunda Datta inform the governor that there was\nsome service to render.\nTEXT 190\n\n� ��\"' �� <fit�,- '�il, 11!lt-f� I\n\n'it1frQ ��c;� 11!lt�'t_J 'ali! ill� II ��o II\ntabe mukunda datta kahe,- 'suna, mahasaya\ngariga-tira yaite mahaprabhura mana haya\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-thereafter;. mukunda datta kahe-Mukunda Datta, a devotee of SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu said: suna mahasaya-my dear sir, kindly hear me; gariga-\n\n", "mad6#p0284": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n252\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\ntira yaite-to go to the bank of the Ganges; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; mana-the mind or desire; haya-is.\nTRANSLATION\nMukunda Datta then told the Mohammedan governor, \"My dear sir, please\nhear. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wishes to go to the bank of the Ganges.\nTEXT 191\n\n�!ttl �tl! <Ti1f 1fiT ��-� I\n\n�� � �t.-1, �� 4f� �9f<Tit1f n' ��� 11\ntahari yaite kara tumi sahaya-prakara\nei bar;la ajfia, ei bar;la upakara'\nSYNONYMS\n\ntahari yaite-to go there; kara-do; tumi-you; sahaya-prakara-all kinds of\nassistance; ei bar;la ajfia-this is a great order; ei bar;la upakara-th is is a great\nfavor.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please give Him all assistance so that He can go there. This is your first\ngreat order, and if you can comply, you will render a great service.\"\nTEXT 192\n\n1!?;4f ,�- �<21'!_11\" ��'1 4f��1 I\n�� ��'1 4ff\"!' �?;i'f '1� �$1 II ��� II\ntabe sei mahaprabhura caraQa vandiya\nsabara caraQa vandi' cafe h[?ta hafia\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nsei-the\n\ngovernor;\n\nmahaprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; caraQa vandiya-after worshiping the lotus feet; sabara caraQa vandi'-offering respect to the feet of all the other devotees; cafe-departed; hr?ta\nhana-being very pleased.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, the Mohammedan governor offered prayers to the lotus feet of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as well as to the lotus feet of all His devotees. After\nthat, the governor departed. Indeed, he was very pleased.\n\n", "mad6#p0285": "Text 195]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n253\n\nTEXT 193\n\n�� iRf � �<fi'f '<fi�fif I\n\n�t� ���dfi tlf111 <fiRf'f f11\"i!tf'f \" �..,� \"\nmaha-patra tanra sane kaila kolakuli\naneka samagri diya karila mitali\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-patra-the Orissan representative; tanra sane-with him; kai/a-performed; ko/aku/i-embracing; aneka-various; samagri-materials; diya-giving\nas gift; karila mita/i-established friendship.\nTRANSLATION\nBefore the governor left, the maha-patra embraced him and offered him\nmany material gifts. He thus established a friendship with him.\nTEXT 194\n\n�:<fitt'l' � <ill{ ,il)�i �1��1 I\n�'-.t<fi �tfi{t� fif'f �-.t� ��iII �..,8 II\npratab-kale sei bahu nauka sajana\nprabhuke anite dila visvasa pathana\nSYNONYMS\npratab-kale-in the morning; sei-the governor; bahu-many; nauka-boats;\nsajaiia-decorating; prabhuke-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; anite-to bring; dilagave; visvasa-the secretary; pathaiia-sending.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next morning the governor sent his secretary with many nicely decorated boats to bring Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to the other side of the river.\nTEXT 195\n\n�9f'til �f'l' � 11�1�� Jl� I\n·\n\n<;II�\n\n�f�' ��'I � Ret �\"'ti' II ��� II\n\nmaha-patra ca/i' aila mahaprabhura sane\nmleccha asi' kai/a prabhura caral)a vandane\n\n", "mad6#p0286": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n254\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-patra-the Orissan government representative; ca/i'-moving; iii/awent; mahaprabhura sane-with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rri/eccha-the governor of the other side; asi'-coming; kai/a-performed; prabhura cara1,1a vandane-worshiping the lotus feet of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nThe maha-patra crossed the river with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and when\nthey reached the other shore, the Mohammedan governor personally received\nthe lord and worshiped His lotus feet.\nTEXT 196\n\nc.fl� ��il ��i, �11{ 1ft-a �11' I\nOllf�'l ��i �\" '!� �� I ��� II\neka navina nauka, tara madhye ghara\nsvaga1,1e caqai/a prabhu tahara upara\nSYNONYMS\neka-one; navina-new; nauka-boat; tara-of which; madhye-in the middle; ghara-a room; sva-ga1,1e-with His associates; caqai/a-put on board;\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tahara upara-on it.\nTRANSLATION\nOne of the boats had been newly constructed, and it had a room in the middle. It was on this boat that they put Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His associates.\nTEXT 197\n\nJtttt� �t!2l\" ��� ��'RI I\n�tfiwt'! �t�t'! '�l �t1f it�' m I ��'\\ I\nmaha-patre mahaprabhu karila vidaya\nkandite kandite sei tire rahi' caya\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-patre-unto the maha-patra; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkarila\n\nvidaya-bade\n\nfarewell; kandite kandite-c ryi n g and crying; sei-that\n\nmaha-patra; t ire-on the bank; rahi' caya-stood and watched.\n\n", "mad6#p0287": "Text 199]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n255\n\nTRANSLATION\nFinally Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu bade farewell to the maha-patra. Standing\non the river bank and looking at the boat, the maha-patra began to cry.\nTEXT 198\n\nIS?l'fi�:ret� ,�� ��� �r� 1\n� �i ��' �{( C'l'-' �t\"lr �'I' II ��lr II\njala-dasyu-bhaye sei yavana calila\ndasa nauka bhari' bahu sainya satige nila\nSYNONYMS\n\njala-dasyu-bhaye-because of fearing pirates; sei-that; yavana-Mohammedan governor; ca/i/a-went along; dasa nauka bhari'-filling ten boats; bahumany; sainya-soldiers; satige-with him; nila-took.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Mohammedan governor then personally accompanied Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. Because of pirates, the governor took ten boats, which were full\nwith many soldiers.\nTEXT 199\n\n''lfts�'-���tw 9f\"Rf ��t�� 1\n\n'f9f��i' 9f1'j� (;�� ��� ��� II ��� II\n'mantresvara'-du?ta-nade para karaila\n'picha/da' paryanta sei yavana ai/a\nSYNONYMS\n\nmantresvara-named Mantresvara; du?ta-nade-at a dangerous spot in the\nriver; para karai/a-arranged to cross; pichalda paryanta-up to the place named\nPichalda; sei-that; yavana-Mohammedan governor; ai/a-accompanied SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Mohammedan governor accompanied Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu past\nMantresvara. This place was very dangerous due to pirates. He took the Lord\nto a place named Pichalda, which was near Mantresvara.\n\n", "mad6#p0288": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n256\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nPURPORT\nThe very wide mouth of the Ganges near present-day Diamond Harbor was\ncalled Mantresvara. Through the Ganges, the boat entered the ROpa-naraya�a\nRiver and reached the village of Pichalda. Pichalda and Mantresvara are located\nvery close together. After passing Mantresvara, the Mohammedan governor accompanied the Lord as far as Pichalda.\nTEXT 200\n\nitt� r�-rn �t'lf � �� �� � 1\n''1-\"<!flttt'lf i� '�1f-,ij�i iii 91tf1f �� II �\"\" II\ntanre vidaya dila prabhu sei grama haite\nse-kale tanr� prema-ce?ta na pari varQite\n\nSYNONYMS\ntar'lre-unto the governor; vidaya dila-bade farewell; prabhu-SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; sei grama haite-from the village known as Pichalda; se-kale-in\nthose days; tar'lra-his; prema-ce?ta-activities in ecstatic love; na pari-1 am not\nable; varQite-to describe.\nTRANSLATION\nFinally Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu bade the governor farewell. The intense\necstatic love exhibited by the governor cannot be described.\n\nPURPORT\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu bade farewell to the Mohammedan governor at\nPichalda. Kr��adasa Kaviraja GosvamT herein states that the governor experienced\nsymptoms of ecstatic love due to being separated from SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThese symptoms, he admits, cannot be described.\n\nTEXT 201\n\n�)f<r.<ll �t'lfi <f.t� 1\\���ij�'-' I\n<;� ��i 'etil i� 19rlll, O't� �II�\"� II\nalaukika lila kare sri-kr?Qa-caitanya\nyei iha sune tanra janma, deha dhanya\n\n", "mad6#p0289": "Text 203]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n257\n\nSYNONYMS\n\na/aukika-uncommon; lila -pastimes; kare-performs ; sri-kr�f'Ja-caitanya-SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; yei-anyone who; iha-this; sune-hears; tarira-his ;\njanma-birth; deha-body; dhanya-glorified\n\n.\n\nTRANSlATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's pastimes are all uncommon. Whoever\nlistens to His activities becomes glorious, and his life becomes perfect.\nTEXT 202\n\n� �i �f�' � <c�1.'ti '���$' I\nil@l�tl 91�llf filrsr·��i-�1'tf II � o� II\nsei nauka cac;li' prabhu aila 'panihati'\nnavikere paraila nija-krpa-saF\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei nauka cac;li'-boarding the same boat; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nai/a-reached; panihati-the place named Panihati; navikere-the captain of the\nboat; paraila-He put on; nija-krpa-saF-His own used cloth as special mercy.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord finally reached Panihafi, and, as an act of mercy, He gave the captain of the boat one of His personal garments.\nTEXT 203\n\n'� <c�'tt\"f'J' �f't' 007;\" ��Cif (';��\"!' I\n1fii1J} ��Cif ��' f<r:�i iSfCI(, \"�if II � o� II\n'prabhu ai/a' bali' toke haifa kolahala\nmanu�ya bharila saba, kiba ja/a, sthala\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu ai/a-the Lord has arrived; ba/i'-saying; toke-among the residents;\nhaifa-there was; kolahala-great broadcasting; manu�ya-all kinds of men;\nbhari/a-filled; saba-all; kiba ja/a-either on the water; sthala-or on land.\n\n", "mad6#p0290": "258\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe place called Panihafi was located on the bank of the Ganges. After hearing that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had arrived, all kinds of men assembled\nboth on land and on the water.\nPURPORT\nThe village of Panihati is situated on the banks of the Ganges near Khac;ladaha.\nTEXT 204\n\n��<1-\"Ptf�'! �tf�' �, ilif<fP1 (;'ij'f1 1\n�f;� �t�� (;�<fi�f;� ��·�t�J �t�'flll� 0811\nraghava-paQqita asi' prabhu lana gela\npathe yaite loka-bhiqe ka?te-smye aila\nSYNONYMS\nraghava-paQQita-Raghava\n\nPaf)c;lita;\n\nasi'-coming;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; /ana-taking; ge/a-went to his place; pathe yaite-passing on the\nroad; loka-bhiqe-in the crowd of men; ka?te-smye-with great difficulty;\naila -reached.\nTRANSLATION\nAt length Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was taken away by Raghava Par:tJ,fita.\nThere was a great crowd assembled along the way, and the lord reached\nRaghava Par:tc;fita's residence with great difficulty.\nTEXT 205\n\n�<flfflil �f 1!�1 <11Rf�1 f-1<1� I\n\n�tt'! �nf�t� �i�\"fl,-�H� �fil<l1� II� o<t II\neka-dina prabhu tatha kariya nivasa\nprate kumarahatte aila,- yahan srinivasa\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tatha-there; kariya\nnivasa-residing;\n\nprate-in\n\nthe\n\nmorning;\n\nkumarahatte-the\n\ntown\n\nnamed\n\nKumarahatta; ai/a-reached; yahan-where; srinivasa-the home of SrTnivasa\nThakura.\n\n", "mad6#p0291": "Text 206]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n259\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord stayed at Raghava Pa�l(;lita's place for only one day. The next\nmorning, He went to Kumarahaf!a, where Srivasa Thakura lived.\nPURPORT\n\nThe present name of Kumarahaga is Halisahara. After SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu\naccepted sannyasa, SrTvasa Thakura-due to separation from SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu-left NavadvTpa and went to Halisahara to live.\nFrom Kumarahaga, SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to KaiicanapaiiT (known as\nKanca<;lapa<;la), where Sivananda Sena lived. After staying two days at Sivananda's\nhouse, the Lord went to the house of Vasudeva Datta. From there He went to the\nwestern side of NavadvTpa to the village called Vidyanagara. From Vidyanagara\nHe went to Kuliya-grama and stayed at Madhava dasa's house. He stayed there\none week and excused the offenses of Devananda and others. Due to Kaviraja\nGosvamT's mentioning the name of Santipuracarya, some people think that Kuliya\nis a village near K anca<;lapa<;la. Due to this mistaken idea, they invented another\nplace known as New Kuliyara Pata. Actually such a place does not exist. Leaving\nthe house of Vasudeva Datta, SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to the house of\nAdvaita Acarya. From there He went to the western side of NavadvTpa to\nVidyanagara and stayed at the house of Vidya-vacaspati. These accounts are\ngiven in the Caitanya-bhagavata, Caitanya-matigala, Caitanya-candrodaya-nataka\nand Caitanya-carita-kavya. SrTia Kaviraja GosvamT has not vividly described this\nentire tour; therefore, on the basis of Caitanya-caritamrta, some unscrupulous\npeople have invented a place called Kuliyara Pata near Kanca<;lapa<;la.\nTEXT 206\n\n�!ttl �tl! �'tt'$f <;'$f� �ii\"'·'Cl� I\n\n�t�t�<I·'J� 9f'ttli �C'\\'1 �'!If II � o� II\ntahati haite age gela sivananda-ghara\nvasudeva-grhe pache ai/a isvara\n\nSYNONYMS\ntahati haite -from there; age-ahead; ge/a-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nproceeded; sivananda-ghara-to the house of Sivananda Sena; vasudeva-grheto the house of Vasudeva Datta; pache-after this; ai/a-came; isvara-the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the house of Srivasa Thakura, the lord went to the house of Sivananda\nSena and then to the house of Vasudeva Datta.\n\n", "mad6#p0292": "260\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 207\n\n'� �f!·'Jt�' �'- (.1:11ft\\! �f�i I\n\nc;fft�·�IJ 'e� C1:1tfi '�f'!11i' �1-'flll � 09 II\n'vacaspati-grhe' prabhu yemate rahila\nloka-bhic;la bhaye yaiche 'kuliya' aila\nSYNONYMS\n\nvacaspati-grhe-at the house of Vidya-vacaspati; prabhu-the Lord; yemate­\n\nas; rahila-stayed there for some time; loka-bhic;la bhaye-due to fear of crowds\n\nof people; yaiche-just as; kuliya aila-He came to Kuliya, the present city of\nNavadvipa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord remained some time at the house of Vidya-vacaspati, but then, because it was too crowded, He went to Kuliya.\nPURPORT\nThe house of Vidya-vacaspati was located at Vidyanagara, which was near\n\nKoladvipa, or Kuliya. It was here that Devananda Paf)<;iita was residing. This infor­\n\nmation is found in Caitanya-bhagavata (Madhya-lila, Chapter Twenty-one). In\n\nCaitanya-candrodaya-nataka, the following statement is given about Kuliya. Tataf:J\n\nkumarahatte srivasa-paQc;lita-vatyam abhyayayau: \"From there the Lord went to\n\nthe house of Srivasa Paf)Qita in Kumarahatta.\"\n\nTato 'dvaita-vaFm abhyetya\n\nharidasenabhivanditas tathaiva taraQi-vartmana navadvipasya pare kuliya-nama­\n\ngrame madhava-dasa-vatyam uWrQavan. evarh sapta-dinani tatra sthitva punas\ntata-vartmana eva ca/itavan: \"From the house of Srivasa Acarya, the Lord went to\n\nthe house of Advaita Acarya, where He was offered obeisances by Haridasa\nThakura. The Lord then took a boat to the other side of Navadvipa to a place\n\ncalled Kuliya, where He stayed seven days at the house of Madhava dasa. He then\nproceeded along the banks of the Ganges.\"\n\nIn the Sri Caitanya-carita-maha-kavya, it is stated, anyedyuf) sa sri-navadvipa­\n\nbhamef:J pare galigarh pascime kvapi dese, sriman sarva-praf)inarh tat-tad-aligair\n\nnetranandari1 samyag agatya tene: \"The Lord went to the eastern side of the\n\nGanges at Navadvipa, and everyone was pleased to see the Lord coming.\"\n\nIn the Caitanya-bhagavata (Antya-khaQc;la, Chapter Three), it is stated, sarva­\n\npari$ada-salige sri-gaurasundaral acambite asi' uttarila talira ghara: \"The Lord sud­\n\ndenly came to Vidyanagara with a full party and stayed there in the house of\n\nVidya-vacaspati,\"\n\nNavadvipadi\n\nsarva-dike\n\nhaifa\n\nNavadvipa, the Lord's arrival was made known.\"\n\ndhvani:\n\n\"Thus\n\nthroughout\n\nVacaspati-ghare aila nyasi-\n\n", "mad6#p0293": "Text 207]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n261\n\ncuc;famal)i: \"Thus the chief of all the sannyasis, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, arrived\nat the house of Vidya-vacaspati.\" As further stated:\nananta arbuda /aka bali' 'hari' 'hari'\ncalilena dekhibare gauranga sri-hari\npatha nahi paya keha lakera gahale\nvanar;Jala bhangi' /aka dasa-dike cafe\nlakera gahale yata ara(!ya achila\nk?a(!eke sakala divya pathamaya haifa\nk?at:Jeke aila saba /aka kheya-ghate\nkheyari karite para par;Jila sankate\nsatvare asila vacaspati mahasaya\nkarilena aneka naukara samuccaya\nnaukara apek?a ara keha nahi kare\nnana mate para haya ye yemate pare\nhena-mate ganga para ha-i' sarva-jana\nsabhei dharena vacaspatira cara(!a\nlukafia gela prabhu kuliya-nagara\nkuliyaya ailena vaikut:Jtha-isvara\nsarva-laka 'hari' bali' vacaspati-sange\nsei-k?a(!e sabhe calilena maha-range\nkuliya-nagare ailena nyasi-mat:Ji\nsei-k?a(!e sarva-dike haifa maha-dhvani\nsabe ganga madhye nadiyaya-kuliyaya\nsuni' matra sarva-/ake mahanande dhaya\nvacaspatira grame (vidyanagare) chi/a yateka gahala\ntara kati kati-gut:Je purila saka/a\nlak?a lak?a nauka va ai/a katha haite\nna jani kateka para haya kata-mate\n/ak?a lak?a /aka bhase jahnavira jale\nsabhe para hayena parama kutuhale\n\n", "mad6#p0294": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n262\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\ngangaya haiia para apana-apani\nko/ako/i kari' sabhe kare hari-dhvani\nk$aQeke kuliya-grama-nagara prantara\nparipDrQa haifa stha/a, nahi avasara\nk$aQeke ai/a mahasaya vacaspati\ntenho nahi payena prabhura kotha sthiti\nkuliyaya prakase yateka papi chi/a\nuttama, madhyama, nica, -sabe para haifa\nkuliya-gramete asi' sri-kr$Qa-caitanya\nhena nahi, yare prabhu na karila dhanya\n\n\"When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stayed at Vidya-vacaspati's house, many\nhundreds and thousands of people went to see Him and chant the holy name of\nHari. It was so crowded that people could not even find a place to walk; therefore\nthey made room by clearing out the jungles near the village. Many roads were\nautomatically excavated, and many people also came by boat to see the Lord. So\nmany came that it was difficult for the boatmen to get them across the river.\nWhen Vidya-vacaspati suddenly arrived, he made arrangements for many boats\nto receive these people, but the people would not wait for the boats. Somehow\nor other they crossed the river and hurried toward the house of Vidya-vacaspati.\nDue to this great crowd, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu secretly went to Kuliya-nagara.\nAfter the Lord left Vidyanagara, however, all the people heard news of His leaving. They then accompanied Vacaspati to Kuliya-nagara. Since the news of the\nLord's arrival was immediately broadcast, large crowds arrived and greeted Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu with great jubilation. Indeed, when the crowd went to see\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, it increased ten thousand times in number. No one\ncould say how many people crossed the river to see Him, but many hundreds of\nthousands made a great tumult when crossing the River Ganges. After crossing\nthe river, everyone began to embrace one another because they heard the good\nnews of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's arrival. Thus all the inhabitants of Kuliya, the\nsinful, intermediate, and spiritually advanced, were delivered and glorified by Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\"\nAs stated in Caitanya-bhagavata (Antya-kharxfa, Chapter Six):\n\nkhanayo(ia, bagagachi, ara dogachiya\ngarigara opara kabhu yayena 'kuliya'\nAs stated in Caitanya-marigala:\n\ngariga-snana kari prabhu ragha-desa diya\nkrame krame uttarila nagara 'kuliya'\n\n", "mad6#p0295": "Text 208]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n263\n\nmayera vacane puna/:1 gela navadvipa\nvarakoT,Ja-ghata, nija vac;fira samipa\n\nIn the commentary of Premadasa it is said:\nnadiyara majhakhane, sakala /okete\njane, 'kuliya-pahac;fapura' name sthana.\n\nSrT Narahari CakravartT, or Ghanasyama dasa, has written in his Bhakti-ratnakara:\nkuliya pahac;fapura dekha srinivasa\npOrve 'koladvipa'-parvatakhya-e pracara\n\nIn a book named Navadvipa-parikrama, also written by Ghanasyama dasa, it is\nstated:\n\nkuliya-pahac;fapura\n\ngrama\n\npurve\n\nkoladvipa-parvatakhyananda\n\nnama.\n\nTherefore one can conclude that the present-day city of NavadvTpa and the\nplaces known as BahirdvTpa, Kolera Gafija, Kola-amada, Kolera Daha, Gadakhali,\netc. were known as Kuliya, but the so-called Kuliyara Pa�a is not the original\nKuliya.\nTEXT 208\n\n'lft'R�tl'I·'SJC.� 1!�1 � il\"fi{ I\nlll..-<;�t$ <;'ft<IS �!ttl �-'1 Sf11-fi{ ll � olr II\nmadhava-dasa-grhe tatha sacira nandana\nlak?a-koti /aka tatha paila darasana\nSYNONYMS\n\nmadhava-dasa-grhe-at the house of Madhava dasa; tatha -there; sacira nan­\n\ndana-the son of mother SacT; lak?a-koti /aka\n\n-\n\nmany hundreds and thousands of\n\npeople; tatha-there; paila darasana-got His audience.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the lord stayed at the house of Madhava dasa, many hundreds and\nthousands of people came to see Him.\nPURPORT\n\nMadhava dasa is identified as follows. In the family of SrTkara Cattopadhyaya,\nYudhi��hira Cattopadhyaya took his birth. Formerly, he and his family members\nlived in Bilvagrama and Pa�Oii. From there he went to Kuliya Paha<;lapura, formerly\nknown as Pa<;lapura. The eldest son of Yudhigira Cattopadhyaya is known as\nMadhava dasa, the second son was called Haridasa, and the youngest son was\n\n", "mad6#p0296": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n264\n\ncalled\n\nKr�t:Jasampatti Cattopadhyaya.\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nThe three brothers' nicknames were\n\nChaka�i, Tinaka�i and Duka�i. The grandson of Madhava dasa was named\nVarhsivadana, and his grandson Ramacandra and their descendants are still living\nat Vaghnapa�a, or Vaifici.\nTEXT 209\n\n�1� fltil1f�' �ttl �� ��fPfl I\n� �?f1ftfil'5t�'1 ���11' ��II�o� II\nsata dina rahi' tatha /oka nistarila\nsaba aparadhi-gaf)e prakare tarila\nSYNONYMS\nsata\n\ndina-seven\n\ndays;\n\nrahi'-staying;\n\nnistarila-He liberated; saba-all;\n\ntatha-there;\n\n/oka-the\n\npeople;\n\naparadhi-gaf)e-the offenders; prakare-in\n\nsome fashion; tari/a-delivered.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord stayed there for seven days and delivered all kinds of offenders\nand sinners.\nTEXT 210\n\n'llftfu�tl>t1i'·'J� �� �1iilfi I\n-t�·1ft1!i fiff'l' tt1f �:� �1i\"''i II�� o II\n'santipuracarya' -grhe aiche aila\nsaci-mata mi/i' tatira duf)kha khaf)c;iaila\nSYNONYMS\nsantipura-acarya-of Advaita Acarya; grhe-to the house; aiche-similarly;\naila-went;\n\nsaci-mata-mother 5aci;\n\nmi/i'-meeting;\n\ntanra-her;\n\nduf:lkha­\n\nunhappiness; khaQc;iaila-pacified.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter leaving Kuliya, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu visited the house of Advaita\nAcarya at Santipura. It was there that the Lord's mother, Sacimata, met Him\nand was thus relieved of her great unhappiness.\n\n", "mad6#p0297": "Text 213)\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n265\n\nTEXT 211\n\nl!t� '1f'fl{t�fil'·�'lt1f �'f '� <;�i I\n'�t�i' '�t� 12t� �: f•�' �ibn II�)� II\ntabe 'ramake/i'-grame prabhu yaiche gela\n'natasa/a' haite prabhu puna/:l phiri' aila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; ramakeli-grame-in the village known as Ramakeli; prabhuLord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yaiche-similarly;\n\nge/a-went; natasala-the\n\nplace known as Kanai Natasala; haite-from; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\npuna/:l-again; phiri' aila-returned.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord then visited the village known as Ramakeli and the place known as\nKanai Nafasala. From there He returned to Santipura.\nTEXT 212\n\nlilt� ��: ,�'1' �-t·�� $f I\n�t�' �'Al�� 1'��·�'tll II �)� II\nsantipure puna/:l kai/a dasa-dina vasa\nvistari' varQiyachena vrndavana-dasa\nSYNONYMS\nsantipure-at 5antipura; puna/:l-again; kaila-made; dasa-dina-for ten days;\nvasa-residence; vistari'-elaborating; varQiyachena-has described; vrndavanadasa-Vrndavana dasa Thakura.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stayed in Santipura for ten days. This has all been\ndescribed very elaborately by Vrndavana dasa Thakura.\nTEXT 213\n\n�If!� �11!t1f iff '�( �t1f I\n�i{111['9 ��' � �1� �'tt1f II �)'!) II\n\n", "mad6#p0298": "266\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nataeva ihan tara na kailun vistara\npunarukti haya, grantha bac;laye apara\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; ihali-here; tara-of that incident; na kailun-1 did not\ngive; vistara-elaboration; punarukti-repetition; haya-it is; grantha-the book;\nbac;/aye-increases; apara-unlimitedly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI will not narrate these incidents because they have already been described\nby Vrndavana dasa Thakura. There is no need to repeat the same information,\nfor such repetition would unlimitedly increase the size of this book.\n\nTEXTS 214-215\n\n�'A' 1ft-o fiffif\"f1 '�tti 1ti9f·�� I\n\n���\"! ,�\"1 '�tti 9ft�11' ll� II �)8 II\n�J �� �\"11 �tfif �' �( I\n��<!! 'i_i{: �t�1·tl i{1 fiff�· II��� II\ntara madhye milila yaiche rupa-sanatana\nnrsirhhananda kaila yaiche pathera sajana\nsutra-madhye sei lila ami ta' varQilufi\nataeva punab taha ihan na likhilun\n\nSYNONYMS\ntara madhye-within that; milila-He met; yaiche-how; rDpa-sanatana-the\ntwo brothers ROpa and Sanatana; nrsirhhananda-Nrsimhananda; kaila-did;\nyaiche-how; pathera sajana-decoration of the road; sDtra-madhye-in the\nsynopsis; sei lila-those pastimes;\n\nami-1;\n\nta'-indeed; varQilun-have de­\n\nscribed; ataeva-therefore; punab-again; taha-that; ihali-here; na likhilun-1\nhave not written.\nTRANSLATION\nThose narrations tell how Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu met the brothers Rupa\nand Sanatana and how Nrsirilhananda decorated the road. I have already de-\n\n", "mad6#p0299": "Text 217]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n267\n\nscribed these in an earlier synopsis of this book; therefore I will not repeat the\nnarrations here.\nPURPORT\n\nThis information is given in Adi-lila (Chapter Ten, verse 35) and Madhya-lila\n(Chapter One, verses 155-162 and 175-226).\nTEXT 216\n\n�f9f �'t_ tf� '-ttr.�1f' �� I\n�t�-�11f �t�' � fiflil'fl ll �)� ll\npunarapi prabhu yadi 'santipura' aila\nraghunatha-dasa asi' prabhure milila\nSYNONYMS\n\npunarapi-again; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yadi-when; santipura\naila-came to Santipura;\n\nraghunatha-dasa-Raghunatha dasa;\n\nasi'-coming;\n\nprabhure mili la-met Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned to Santipura, Raghunatha dasa\ncame to meet Him.\nTEXT 217\n\n'fb'IJ,' 'c;�t�il',- i( lltfl�1f I\n��� �t1f� � � ll �)'\\ ll\n'hiraQya', 'govardhana',-dui sahodara\nsaptagrame bara-lak$a mudrara isvara\nSYNONYMS\n\nhiraQya -Hirar:Jya; govardhana -Govardhana;\nsaptagrame-in\n\nthe\n\nvillage\n\nnamed\n\ndui sahadara -two brothers;\n\nSaptagrama;\n\nbara-lak$a-1,200,000;\n\nmudrara-of coins; isvara-the masters.\nTRANSLATION\nTwo brothers named Hirar;�ya and Govardhana, who were residents of Saptagrama, had an income of 1,200,000 rupees.\n\n", "mad6#p0300": "268\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nPURPORT\nHiraJ;�ya and Govardhana were inhabitants of Saptagrama in the district of\nHugaiT. Actually they were inhabitants not of Saptagrama, but a nearby village\nnamed Kr�J;�apura. They took their birth in a big kayastha family, and although\ntheir family title has not been ascertained, it is known that they came from an\naristocratic family. The elder brother's name was HiraJ;�ya Majumadara, and the\nyounger brother's name was Govardhana Majumadara. SrT Raghunatha dasa was\nthe son of Govardhana Majumadara. Their family priest was Balarama Acarya,\nwho was a favorite of Haridasa Thakura's, and the family's spiritual master was\nYadunandana Acarya, a favorite of Vasudeva Datta's.\nThe village of Saptagrama is located on the eastern railway from Calcutta to\nBurdwan, and presently the railway station is called Trisabigha. In those days there\nwas a large river there known as the SarasvatT, and present-day Trisabigha is a\ngreat port. In 1592, the Pathanas invaded, and due to a flooding of the SarasvatT\nRiver in the year 1632, this great port was partially destroyed. It is said that in the\nSeventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries, Portuguese businessmen used to come\naboard their ships. In those days, Saptagrama, situated on the southern side of\nBengal, was very rich and popular. The merchants, who were the principal residents, were called Saptagrama suvarf)a-vaf)ik. There were very many rich people\nthere, and HiraJ;�ya Majumadara and Govardhana Majumadara belonged to the\nkayastha community. They also were very rich, so much so that it is mentioned in\nthis verse that their annual income as landlords amounted to 1,200,000 rupees. In\nthis connection, one may refer to A'di-lila (Chapter Eleven, verse 41) , which de­\n\nscribes UddharaJ;�a Datta, who also belonged to the SaptagramT suvarf)a-vaQik\n\ncommunity.\nTEXT 218\n\n����· 'lt�-<!IW�, \"81'1\\'tJ I\n�Wt�t�, �e.t�il, ���t�'$f'fJ II �)11' II\nmahaisvarya-yukta dwihe-vadanya, brahmaQya\nsadacari, satkulina, dharmikagra-gaQya\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-aisvarya-yukta-very opulent in riches;\n\ndurihe-both the brothers;\n\nvadanya-very magnanimous; brahmaQya-devoted to brahminical culture; satacari-well-behaved; sat-kulina-aristocratic; dharmika-agra-gaQya-on the top\nof the list of religious persons.\nTRANSLATION\nBoth Hirar;tya Majumadara and Govardhana Majumadara were very opulent\nand magnanimous. They were well-behaved and devoted to brahminical\n\n", "mad6#p0301": "Text 220]\n\n269\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\nculture. They belonged to an aristocratic family, and among religionists they\nwere predominant.\nTEXT 219\n\nil��1·<tt� �t��� @9f�<tJ·�t1l I\n\n�� �fif, 111 11' ��1 �t�il ��t� II �)� II\nnadiya-vasi, brahmaQera upajivya-praya\nartha, bhami, grama diya karena sahaya\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nnadiya-vasi-inhabitants of Nadia; brahmaQera-of all brahmaQas; upajivyapraya-almost the entire source of income;\n\nartha-money;\n\nbhumi-land;\n\ngrama-villages; diya-giving as charity; karena sahaya-give help.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPractically all the brahmar;�as residing in Nadia were dependent on the\ncharity of Hirar;�ya and Govardhana, who gave them money, land and villages.\n\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough NavadvTpa was very opulent and populous during SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's time, practically all the brahmaQas depended on the charity of\nHiral)ya and Govardhana. Because the brothers highly respected the brahmaQas,\nthey very liberally gave them money.\n\nTEXT 220\n\n�'lt�� �i1ii<t&f - ��ttU �·�t� I\n\n�Jii<t� �� �\"'�t11 '�t�'-<tJ<t�t� II � �\n\no\n\nII\n\nni/ambara cakravarti-aradhya dwihara\ncakravarti kare durihaya 'bhrat(-vyavahara\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nnilambara cakravarti-the grandfather of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; aradhya\ndurihara-very worshipable for these two; cakravarti-NTiambara CakravartT;\nkare-does;\nbrothers.\n\ndurihaya-to the two of them;\n\nbhratr-vyavahara-treating as\n\n", "mad6#p0302": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n270\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nNilambara Cakravarti, the grandfather of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, was\nmuch worshiped by the two brothers, but Nilambara Cakravarti used to treat\nthem as his own brothers.\nTEXT 221\n\nfifi!t-�\"17;�� �.( <ll�Jtr;�� c;��r;� I\n�l:!($j� �'f <et� iSf It� ��iSf� II �� � II\nmisra-purandarera purve karyachena sevane\nataeva prabhu bhala jane dui-jane\nSYNONYMS\nmisra-purandarera-to Purandara Misra, the father of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\npurve-p reviousl y;\n\nkaryachena\n\nsevane-had\n\nrendered\n\nservice;\n\nataeva­\n\ntherefore; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bha/a-very well; jane-k n ew;\ndui-jane-the two brothers.\nTRANSLATION\nFormerly, these two brothers rendered much service to Misra Purandara,\nthe father of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Because of this, the Lord knew them\nvery well.\nTEXT 222\n\nc;�� t;'itj'�(t�� �� -���� �t� I\n<rt�J<Iit'f ��cl:! c;;ir;�1 M�t1t ��t\" n ��� 11\nsei govardhanera putra-raghunatha dasa\nbalya-kala haite tenho vi�aye udasa\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; govardhanera pu tra-son of Govardhana Majumadara; raghunatha\ndasa-Raghunatha dasa; balya-ka/a haite-fro m his very childhood; tenho-he;\nvi�aye udasa-indiffere n t to material happiness.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa was the son of Govardhana Majumadara. From childhood,\nhe was uninterested in material enjoyment.\n\n", "mad6#p0303": "Text 225]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n271\n\nTEXT 223\n\nQJ'tlt <fi�' �ifl. �C<!1-ft�� ��11\nt:!C<!1 'Citf�' ��il't� �ifl.C� fil��111 ���II\nsannyasa kari' prabhu yabe santipura ai/a\ntabe asi' raghunatha prabhure milila\nSYNONYMS\n\nsannyasa kari'-after accepting the sannyasa order; prabhu-the Lord; yabewhen; santipura aila-went to 5antipura;\n\ntabe-at that time; asi'-coming;\n\nraghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; prabhure-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mililamet.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned to Santipura after accepting the\nrenounced order, Raghunatha dasa met Him.\nTEXT 224\n\n� ffi'f 91C� <;�lft�� �<1P1 I\n� 91�\"'Pf-f C<fi� <fi?'f1 <fi�111 II � �8 II\nprabhura caral)e pac;Je premavi$ta hana\nprabhu pada-sparsa kaila karul)a kariya\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; caral)e-at the lotus feet; pac;/e-fell\ndown; prema-avi$ta-absorbed in ecstatic love; hafia-becoming; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; pada-sparsa kai/a-touched with His feet; karuQamercy; kariya-showing.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Raghunatha dasa went to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he fell at the\nLord's lotus feet in ecstatic love. Showing him mercy, the Lord touched him\nwith His feet.\nTEXT 225\n\n�-til ��1 �� <fit� '�rt�t�-<;�<til' I\n���� �t� �tC� C�\"fi \"Pt1t�:111 ��a- II\n\n", "mad6#p0304": "272\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\ntafira pita sada kare acarya-sevana\nataeva acarya tafire haifa parasanna\nSYNONYMS\n\ntafira pita-his father; sada-always; kare-performs; acarya-sevana-worship\nof Advaita Acarya; ataeva acarya-therefore Advaita Acarya; talire-upon him;\nhaifa parasanna-became pleased.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa's father, Govardhana, always rendered much service to\nAdvaita Acarya. Consequently Advaita Acarya was very pleased with the\nfamily.\nTEXT 226\n\n�1i-��m;� ��\" �t_1f ���-�\\! 1\n<21t_1f ��Sl �t-t �� 9fw·�lti.! II ��� II\nacarya-prasade paifa prabhura ucchi�ta-pata\nprabhura caraf)a dekhe dina pafica-sata\nSYNONYMS\n\nacarya-prasade-by the mercy of Advaita Acarya; paifa-got; prabhura-of\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ucchi�ta-pata-remnants of food; prabhura-of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; caral)a-lotus feet; dekhe-sees; dina-days; palicasata-five to seven.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Raghunatha dasa was there, Advaita Acarya favored him by giving\nhim the food remnants left by the Lord. Raghunatha dasa was thus engaged for\nfive or seven days by rendering service to the Lord's lotus feet.\nTEXT 227\n\n�t_ �ttif f�t� �11i ''ij\"(i �\"'t� I\n'it�1 �t1f �tfi\\' C�\"'i ,�t1{t\\! �'ij\"( II ��9 II\nprabhu tafire vidaya diya gefa nffacafa\ntefiho ghare asi' haifa premete pagafa\n\n", "mad6#p0305": "The Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\nText 229]\n\n273\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\ntarire-unto Raghunatha dasa;\n\nvidaya\n\ndiya-bidding farewell; ge/a-went back; nilacala-to Jagannatha Puri; terihohe; ghare asi'-returning home; haila-became; premete paga/a-mad in ecstatic\nlove.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter bidding farewell to Raghunatha dasa, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nreturned to Jagannatha Puri. After returning home, Raghunatha dasa became\nmad with ecstatic love.\nTEXT 228\n\n�rr� �t� �-rn ,i�i �'\"ftfilf �� �tl! 1\nf�i!1 i�� �tf'fi' ��� �tfil' �� ,�1! II ��1>- II\nbara bara palaya teriho niladri yaite\npita tarire bandhi' rakhe ani' patha haite\nSYNONYMS\nbara bara-again and again; pa/aya-leaves home; teriho-he; niladri yaiteto go to Jagannatha Puri; pita-his father; tarire-him; bandhi'-binding; rakhekeeps; ani'\n\n-\n\nbringing back; patha haite-from the road.\nTRANSLATION\n\nRaghunatha dasa used to run away from home again and again to go to .\nJagannatha Puri, but his father kept binding him and bringing him back.\nTEXT 229\n\n�· �<ll -itt� �tt� �fui·nttil I\n\n�� '��<ll, l� �t'li'i �t� if� �til II ��� II\npanca paika tarire rakhe ratri-dine\ncari sevaka, dui brahmaQa rahe tarira sane\nSYNONYMS\npaflca-five; paika-watchmen; tarire-him (Raghunatha dasa); rakhe-keep;\n\nratri dine-day and night; cari s evaka-four personal servants; dui brahmaQa-\n\ntwo brahmaQas to cook; rahe-remain; tarira sane-with him.\n\n", "mad6#p0306": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n274\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis father even had five watchmen guard him day and night. Four personal\nservants were employed to look after his comfort, and two brahmat:�as were\nemployed to cook for him.\nTEXT 230\n\n\\fl�ttif-t �il itt� �tt� fil��� I\n�'1t�� �t'! ifi 9ft1l, �!�'! ��1f II ��o II\nekadasa jana tanre rakhe nirantara\nnilaca/e yaite na paya, dul;lkhita antara\nSYNONYMS\nekadasa-eleven; jana-persons; tanre-him; rakhe-keep; nirantara-day\nand night; nilaca/e-to Jagannatha Puri; yaite-to go; na paya-was not able;\ndul;lkhita antara-very unhappy within the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, eleven people were incessantly keeping Raghunatha dasa under\ncontrol. Thus he could not go to Jagannatha Puri, and because of this he was\nvery unhappy.\nTEXT 231\n\n\\fl(;� �flf ��t� '-rtf���' �t�'f1 I\n�film f9f'!tt1f ��t� filt���1 II ��� II\nebe yadi mahaprabhu 'santipura' aila\nsuniya pitare raghunatha nivedila\nSYNONYMS\nebe-now; yadi-when; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; santipurato Santipura; aila-came; suniya-hearing; pitare-unto his father; raghunathaRaghunatha dasa; nivedila-submitted.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Raghunatha dasa learned that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had arrived\nat Santipura, he submitted a request to his father.\n\n", "mad6#p0307": "Text 234]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n275\n\nTEXT 232\n\n\"�t'911 ��', �t�1 '\"f� �� ��'! I\n�'-'�1, if1 �r;� '1ft1{ -tilt� <i\\�il\" II��� II\n\"ajfia deha', yafia dekhi prabhura caral)a\nanyatha, na rahe mora sarire jivana\"\nSYNONYMS\n\najfia deha'-kindl y give me perm1ss1on; yana-going; dekhi-1 may see;\nprabhura cara!)a-the lotus feet of the Lord; anyatha-otherwise; na rahe-will\n\nnot remain; mora-my; sarire-within the body; j i vana-life\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa asked his father, \"Please give me permission to go see the\nlotus feet of the Lord. If you do not, my life will not remain within this body.\"\nTEXT 233\n\n�fil· it� f\"Pti!1 �� '�t<ll·i!!�J m11\n\n?it�t�lil �f�' '�!l �t� f���i' II��� II\nsuni' tarira pita bahu loka-dravya diya\npathaila bali' 'sighra asiha phiriya'\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuni'-hearing; tari ra-his; pita-father; bahu-many; /oka-dravya-servants\n\nand materials; diya-giving; pathai /a-sent; ba/i'-saying; sighra-very soon;\nasiha -come; phiriya -returning.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this request, Raghunatha dasa's father agreed. Giving him many\nservants and materials, the father sent him to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nrequesting him to return soon.\nTEXT 234\n\nlft� tlfil -ttfu'J.r;� �t.·'ltflr 1ft � I\n\nJtffl·fit�� �� 1fil:�'l1 �7;� II� -es II\n\n", "mad6#p0308": "276\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nsata dina santipure prabhu-sange rahe\nratri-divase ei mana/:1-katha kahe\nSYNONYMS\nsata dina-for seven days; santipure-at 5antipura; prabhu-sange-in the\nassociation of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rahe-stayed; ratri-divase-both day\nand night; ei-these; mana/:1-katha-words in his mind; kahe-says.\nTRANSLATION\nFor seven days Raghunatha dasa associated with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nin Santipura. During those days and nights, he had the following thoughts.\nTEXT 235\n\n'�tfl·�t� 'if$ <;�1lt� t;llJ� I\n(;�1lt� �'t_� �t1f �t�t'f �� ?' ��� II\n'rak?akera hate muni kemane chutiba!\nkemane prabhura sange nilaca/e yaba?'\nSYNONYMS\nrak?akera hate-from the clutches of the watchmen; muni-1; kemane-how;\nchutiba-shall get release; kemane-how; prabhura sar'lge-with SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; ni/aca/e-to jagannatha PurT; yaba-1 shall go.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa thought, \"How shall I be able to get free from the hands of\nthe watchmen? How shall I be able to go with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to\nNilacala?\"\nTEXT 236\n\n�S� ,�)�ter�'t_ ;srt�' ;;in{ 1li{ 1\nfir-.1-�\"Pt <ri� ;;itt� �t...�-��� II ���II\nsarvajna gauranga-prabhu jani' tanra mana\nsik?a-rOpe kahe tanre asvasa-vacana\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-jfla-omniscient; gauranga-prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jani'knowing; tar'lra-his; mana-mind; sik?a-rOpe-as an instruction; kahe-says;\ntar'lre-unto Raghunatha dasa; asvasa-vacana-words of assurance.\n\n", "mad6#p0309": "Text 237]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n277\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was omniscient, He could understand\nRaghunatha dasa's mind. The Lord therefore instructed him with the following\nreassuring words.\nTEXT 237\n\n\"m !(�1 �t1f �-s, il1 !('S \"\"� 1\n\n� ilJ&tll \"Ptnt (;'11<'11 'e<!fitft� II ��� II\n\"sthira hana ghare yao, na hao vatu/a\nkrame krame paya /aka bhava-sindhu-kula\nSYNONYMS\n\nsthira hana-being patient; ghare yao\n\n-\n\ngo back home; na-do not; hao-be­\n\ncome; vatu/a-craz y; krame krame-gradually; paya-gets; /aka-a person;\nbhava-sindhu-ka/a-the far shore of the ocean of material existence.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Be patient and return home. Don't be a crazy fellow. By and by you will be\nable to cross the ocean of material existence.\nPURPORT\n\nAs stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.14.58):\nsama.Srita ye pada-pallava-plavarh\n\nmahat-padarh puQya-yaso-murare/:1\n\nbhavambudhir vatsa-padarh pararh padarh\npadarh padarh yad vipadarh na te�am\n\nThis material world is just like a big ocean. It begins with Bra,hmaloka and extends\nto Patalaloka, and there are many planets, or islands, in this ocean. Not knowing\nabout devotional service, the living entity wanders about this ocean, just as a man\ntries to swim to reach the shore. Our struggle for existence is similar to this. Everyone is trying to get out of the ocean of material existence. One cannot immediately reach the coast, but if one endeavors, he can cross the ocean by SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's mercy. One may be very eager to cross this ocean, but he\ncannot attain success by acting like a madman. He must swim over the ocean very\npatiently and intelligently under the instructions of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu or\nHis representative. Then, one day, he will reach the shore and return home, back\nto Godhead.\n\n", "mad6#p0310": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n278\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 238\n\n�TI-���'ItJ iii <fl� �<fl Of�t�i I\n��tr;�t'ltJ ��� \"-\"' �t�� ��i II ��lr II\nmarkata-vairagya na kara /aka dekhana\nyatha-yogya vi�aya bhufija' anasakta hafia\n\nSYNONYMS\nmarkata-vairagya-monkey renunciation; na kara-do not do; /aka-to the\npeople; dekhafia-showing off; yatha-yogya-as it is befitting; vi�aya-material\nthings; bhunja'-enjoy; anasakta-without attachment; hafia-being.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You should not make yourself a showbottle devotee and become a false\nrenunciant. For the time being, enjoy the material world in a befitting way and\ndo not become attached to it.\"\nPURPORT\nThe word markata-vairagya, indicating false renunciation, is very important in\nthis verse. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura, in commenting on this word,\npoints out that monkeys make an external show of renunciation by not accepting\nclothing and by living naked in the forest. In this way they consider themselves\nrenunciants, but actually they are very busy enjoying sense gratification with\ndozens of female monkeys. Such renunciation is called markata-vairagye-the\nrenunciation of a monkey. One cannot be really renounced-until one actually becomes disgusted with material activity and sees it as a stumbling block to spiritual\nadvancement. Renunciation should not be phalgu, temporary, but should exist\nthroughout one's life. Temporary renunciation, or monkey renunciation, is like the\nrenunciation one feels at a cremation ground. When a man takes a dead body to\nthe crematorium, he sometimes thinks, \"This is the final end of the body. Why am\nI working so hard day and night?\" Such sentiments naturally arise in the mind of\nany man who goes to a crematoria! ghata. However, as soon as he returns from\nthe cremation grounds, he again engages in material activity for sense enjoyment.\nThis is called smasana-vairagya, or markata-vairagya.\nIn order to render service to the Lord, one may accept necessary things. If one\nlives in this way, he may actually become renounced. In the Bhakti-rasamrtasindhu (1.2.108), it is said:\nyavata syat sva-nirvahah\nsvikuryat tavad arthavit\nadhikye nyunatayarh ca\ncyavate paramarthatah\n\n", "mad6#p0311": "Text 239]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to V�ndavana\n\n279\n\n\"The bare necessities of life must be accepted, but one should not superfluously\nincrease his necessities. Nor should they be unnecessarily decreased. One should\nsimply accept what is necessary to help one advance spiritually.\"\nIn his Durgama-saligamani, Sri jiva Gosvami comments that the word sva-nirvahaf) actually means sva-sva-bhakti-nirvahaf). The experienced devotee will accept only those material things that wi!l help him render service to the Lord. In\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.256), markata-vairagya, or phalgu-vairagya, is explained as follows:\nprapaficikataya buddhya\nhari-sambandhi-vastunaf)\nmumuk?ubhif) parityago\nvairagyarh phalgu kathyate\n\"Whatever is favorable for the rendering of service to the Lord should be accepted and should not be rejected as a material thing.\" Yukta-vairagya, or befitting renunciation, is thus explained:\nanasaktasya vi?ayan\nyatharham upayufijataf)\nnirbandhaf) kr?Qa-sambandhe\nyuktarh vairagyam ucyate\n\"Things should be accepted for the Lord's service and not for one's personal sense\ngratification. If one accepts something without attachment and accepts it because it is related to Kr�r:Ja, one's renunciation. is called yukta-vairagya.\" Since\nKr�r:Ja is the Absolute Truth, whatever is accepted for His service is also the Absolute Truth.\nThe word markata-vairagya is used by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to indicate socalled Vai�r:Javas who dress themselves in loincloths trying to imitate Srila ROpa\nGosvami. Such people carry a beadbag and chant, but at heart they are always\nthinking about getting women and money. Unknown to others, these markatavairagis maintain women but externally present themselves as renunciants. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was very much opposed to these markata-vairagis, or\npseudo-Vai�r:Javas.\n\nTEXT 239\n\n�� � fl, Cftt'l ''ft�<!IJ<!Ittf I\n��tte. \" � <flm �� II\" ��� II\nantare ni?tha kara, bahye /oka-vyavahara\nacirat kr?Qa tomaya karibe uddhara\n\n", "mad6#p0312": "280\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSYNONYMS\nantare-within the heart; ni?tha kara-keep strong faith; bahye-externally;\nfoka-vyavahara-behavior like ordinary men;\n\nacirat-very soon; kr?Qa-Lord\n\nKr�r;Ja; tamaya-unto you; karibe-will do; uddhara-liberation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued: \"Within your heart, you should keep\nyourself very faithful, but externally you may behave like an ordinary man.\nThus Kr�r:'la will soon be very pleased and deliver you from the clutches of\nmaya.\nTEXT 240\n\n�� (;�r.t' �t<l �� �tit�'�' I\n\n� '{fit �� �� <;�fi{ � II �So II\nvrndavana dekhi' yabe asiba nifacafe\ntabe tumi ama-pasa asiha kana chafe\n\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavana dekhi'-after visiting Vrndavana; yabe-when; asiba-1 shall come\nback; nifacafe-to jagannatha Puri; tabe-at that time; tumi-you; ama-pasa-to\nMe; asiha-please come; kana chafe-by some pretext.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You may see me at Nilacala, Jagannatha Puri, when I return after visiting\nVrndavana. By that time you can think of some trick to escape.\nTEXT 241\n\nelf� Clf�t� � ��'tt<l '�t1rtt1f I\n�li'Pf1 m�, � � 1rtf�� � II\" �8� II\nse chafa se-kafe kr?Qa sphurabe tomare\nkr?Qa-krpa yatire, tare ke rakhite pare\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nse chafa-that trick; se-kafe-at that time; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�r;Ja; sphurabe-will\nshow; tamare-unto you; kr?Qa-krpa-the mercy of Kr�r;Ja; yatire-upon whom;\ntare-him; ke-who; rakhite-to keep; pare-is able.\n\n", "mad6#p0313": "Text 242]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n281\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"What kind of means you will have to use at that time will be revealed by\nKr�r;�a. If one has Kr�r;�a's mercy, no one can check him.\"\nPURPORT\nAlthough Srila Raghunatha dasa was very anxious to join Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, the Lord advised him to wait for the mercy of Lord Kr�r;�a. He recommended that Raghunatha dasa keep his Kr�r;�a consciousness firmly fixed in his\nheart while externally behaving like an ordinary man. This is a trick for everyone\nadvanced in Kr�r;�a consciousness. One can live in society like an ordinary human\nbeing, but at the same time one's own business should be to satisfy Kr�r;�a and\nspread His glories. A Kr�r;�a conscious person should not be absorbed in material\nthings, for his only business is the devotional service of the Lord. If one is engaged\nin this way, Kr�r;�a will certainly bestow His mercy. As Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nadvised Raghunatha dasa: yatha-yogya vi�aya bhufija' anasakta haiia. The same is\nrepeated: antare ni�tha kara, bahye /oka-vyavahara. This means that one must\nhave no other desire within his heart than to serve Kr�r;�a. On the basis of such a\nconviction, one can cultivate Kr�r;�a consciousness. This is confirmed in Bhaktirasamrta-sindhu (1.2.200):\n/aukiki vaidiki vapi\nya kriya kriyate mune\nhari-sevanukalaiva\nsa karya bhaktim icchata\nA devotee may act as an ordinary human being or as a strict follower of Vedic injunctions. In either case, everything he does is favorable for the advancement of\ndevotional service because he is in Kr�r;�a consciousness.\nTEXT 242\n\n�� ��' 21�1�'t_ tttl �Wt11 f� I\n\n�t� �f:Jt' �12i't' fllf1lft �ti� II �8� II\neta kahi' mahaprabhu tafire vidaya dila\nghare asi' mahaprabhura sik?a acari/a\nSYNONYMS\neta kahi'-saying this; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; talire-unto\nRaghunatha dasa;\n\nvidaya dila-bade farewell;\n\nghare asi'-returning home;\n\nmahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sik�a-the instruction; acari/apracticed.\n\n", "mad6#p0314": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n282\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu bade farewell to Raghunatha dasa,\nwho returned home and did exactly what the Lord told him.\nTEXT 243\n\n� �m, �i!i ��\" �flii1\n��tt�t�J �t-it �t1f ��t�� �<$i II �8-& II\nbahya vairagya, vatu/ata sakala chagiya\nyatha-yogya karya kare anasakta hana\nSYNONYMS\nbahya vairagya-external\n\nrenunciation;\n\nvatu/ata-craziness;\n\nsaka/a-all;\n\nchagiya-giving up; yatha-yogya-as it is befitting; karya-duties; kare-performs; anasakta hana-being without attachment.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter returning home, Raghunatha dasa gave up all craziness and external\npseudo renunciation and engaged in his household duties without attachment.\nTEXT 244\n\n�' fit1f f9fi!i·t�ti!i �� �'t 9f�ilf I\nti�tif ��1f'l f�t; f-t�'i' ��\"f II �88 II\ndekhi' tarira pita-mata baga sukha paila\ntarihara avaraf)a kichu sithila ha-ifa\nSYNONYMS\ndekhi'-seeing; tarira-his; pita-mata-father and mother; baga-very much;\nsukha-happiness; pai/a-got; tarihara avaraQa-strong vigilance upon him;\nkichu-something; sithila ha-ifa-became slackened.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Raghunatha dasa's father and mother saw that their son was acting\nlike a householder, they became very happy. Because of this, they slackened\ntheir guard.\nPURPORT\nWhen Raghunatha dasa's father and mother saw that their son was no longer\nacting like a crazy fellow and was responsibly attending to his duties, they be-\n\n", "mad6#p0315": "Text 247]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n283\n\ncame very happy. The eleven people-five watchmen, four personal servants and\ntwo brahmaQa�-who were guarding him became less strict in their vigilance.\nWhen Raghunatha dasa actually took up his household affairs, his parents\nreduced the number of guards.\nTEXTS 245-246\n\n� �'{ �<fi<:!i <fi�' :Jt� ���'I I\n�-��Jtil\"ttfw �� �•sril 11 �8<t 11\n� �tfi!flril <fifil' <fi(;�il (;�t�t� I\n� �t� (;\\if!/i'-�tfif �a;'ft�tc'l' �t� II �8� II\nihari prabhu ekatra kari' saba bhakta-gaQa\nadvaita-nityanandadi yata bhakta-jana\nsaba afirigana kari' kahena gosaiii\nsabe ajiia deha'-ami nifacafe yai\nSYNONYMS\nihari-here (at Santipura); prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ekatra kari'assembling in one place; saba bhakta-gaQa-all the devotees; advaita-nityananda-adi-headed by Advaita Acarya and Nityananda Prabhu; yata bhakta-jana-all\nthe devotees; saba afirigana kari'-embracing every one of them;\n\nkahena\n\ngosaiii-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; sabe-all of you; ajiia deha'-j ust give\nMe permission; ami-1; n ifacafe -to Nilacala, Jagannatha Puri; yai-may go.\nTRANSLATION\nMeanwhile, at Santipura, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu assembled all His devotees-headed by Advaita Acarya and Nityananda Prabhu-embraced them all\nand asked their permission to return to Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 247\n\n�til �f�� � <c�t1ft1f �a;'f �il I\n\n� � '�a;'ftfi!f' (;<filii il1 <fiBl� 'ij1fil II �8'\\ II\nsabara sahita ihari amara ha-ifa mifana\ne var�a 'nifadri' keha na kariha gamana\nSYNONYMS\nsabara sahita- with everyone; ihari-here; amara-of Me; ha-ifa-there was;\nmifana-meeting; e var�a-this year; ni/adri-to Jagannatha Puri; keha-any of\nyou; na-not; kariha gamana-go.\n\n", "mad6#p0316": "284\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause He had met them all at Santipura, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu requested all the devotees not to go to Jagannatha Puri that year.\nTEXT 248\n\n� ru� ��� �tf1f '�\"ft�il' �t� I\n� �ai �',�'����\"I �t�� II �Sir II\ntahan haite avasya ami 'vrndavana' yaba\nsabe ajfia deha', tabe nirvighne asiba\nSYNONYMS\ntahan haite-from there; ava.S ya-certainly; ami-1; vrndavana yaba-shall go\n\nto Vrndavana; sabe-all of you; ajfia deha'-give Me permission; tabe-then;\nnirvighne-without disturbance; asiba-I shall come back.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"I shall certainly go to Vrndavana from\nJagannatha Puri. If all of you give Me permission, I shall return here again\nwithout difficulty.\"\nTEXT 249\n\n1ft�nf RC'I �f�' �- �il1f �ff� I\n�t� �t•� �nf �ta1 �\" 11 �s;;, 11\nmatara caral)e dhari' bahu vinaya karila\nvrndavana yaite tafira ajfia /a-ita\nSYNONYMS\nmatara-of SacTmata; caraQe-the feet; dhari'-catching; bahu vinaya kari/asubmitted most humbly; vrndavana yaite-to go to Vrndavana; talira-her;\najfia-permission; /a-ita-took.\nTRANSLATION\nClasping the feet of His mother, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu very humbly requested her permission. Thus she gave Him leave to go to Vrndavana.\n\n", "mad6#p0317": "Text 252]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n285\n\nTEXT 250\n\nl!t<!f i{<!f��'Pf irof flf'l 'Pft�t�i I\n�tfut ifil'li ��If 'e'8''$f'l lf�i II �<l'o II\ntabe navadvipe tatire dila pathana\nniladri calila satige bhakta-gaQa lana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; navadvipe-to Navadvipa; tatire-her; dila pathatia-sent\nback; niladri-to jagannatha Puri; ca/i/a-departed; satige-with Him; bhaktagaQa /alia-taking all the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nSrimati Sacidevi was sent back to Navadvipa, and the Lord and His devotees\nstarted for Jagannatha Puri, Niladri.\nTEXT 251\n\n� �<!f ''ft� ?!�� � �<!fi{ I\n��-t �'ftii( �t�ifi �11\" i{\"fe{ II �<2'� II\nsei saba loka pathe karena sevana\nsukhe nilacala aila sacira nandana\nSYNONYMS\nsei saba loka-all those persons; pathe-on the road; karena sevana-rendered all service; sukhe-in great happiness; nilaca/a-to jagannatha Puri; ai/acame back; sacira nandana-the son of mother Saci.\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees who accompanied Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu rendered all\nkinds of service on the way to Nilacala, Jagannatha Puri. Thus in great happiness the Lord returned.\nTEXT 252\n\n� �t�' �'$f•t� �t-te� c<t-'1' 1\n'31�� �'fl' -�tt1f '���'I �ill' II �<2'� II\n\n", "mad6#p0318": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n286\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nprabhu asi' jagannatha darasana kaila\n'mahaprabhu ai/a'-grame kolahala haifa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; asi'-returning; jagannatha-to Lord jagannatha; darasana-visit; kai/a-made; mahaprabhu ai/a-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nhas come back; grame-in the town; kolahala haifa-there was great agitation.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu arrived in Jagannatha Puri, He visited the\ntemple of the Lord. News then spread all over the city that He had returned.\nTEXT 253\n\n�til�� 'fj��'i �1�1 fllf\"fi'f11\n'�Jf-�t�il �'- ll�tc;� <t�ai'f1 II �0� II\nanandita bhakta-gal)a asiya milila\nprema-alingana prabhu sabare karila\nSYNONYMS\nanandita-very pleased; bhakta-gal)a-all the devotees; asiya-came; mi/i/amet; prema-a/ir'lgana-embracing in love; prabhu-the Lord; sabare-to all devotees; kari Ia-offered.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees then came and met the Lord with great happiness. The Lord\nalso embraced each of them in great ecstatic love.\nTEXT 254\n\n<���flfi!t, �tlltil�, �v�, llt��1Jf 1\n\"f!2ttilt�, �N-�1� �i! ��'St'ill �<!'8 II\nkasi-misra, ramananda, pradyumna, sarvabhauma\nVal)inatha, sikhi-adi yata bhakta-gal)a\nSYNONYMS\nkasi-misra -KasT Misra;\n\nramananda -Ramananda;\n\npradyumna -Pradyumna;\n\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma; val)inatha-Vai)Tnatha; sikhi-adi-Sikhi Mahiti and\nothers; yata bhakta-gal)a-all the devotees.\n\n", "mad6#p0319": "Text 257]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n287\n\nTRANSLATION\nKasi Misra,\n\nRamananda\n\nRaya,\n\nPradyumna,\n\nSarvabhauma\n\nBha!facarya,\n\nVa�inatha Raya, Sikhi Mahiti and all the other devotees met Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 255\n\n1tlf't$f11·9lf'G'! <e�tfl1' \\21't_til fi(� I\n�11 �t�t'! \\21if �f�'! ilftf'it'flll �<t<t II\ngadadhara-par:u;lita asi' prabhure milila\nsabara agrete prabhu kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\ngadadhara-paQ<;/ita-Gadadhara Pat:�<;lita; asi'-coming; prabhure milila-met\nthe Lord; sabara agrete-in front of all the devotees; prabhu-the Lord; kahite\n/agi/a-began to say.\nTRANSLATION\nGadadhara Pa�«;tita also came and met the Lord. Then, before all the devotees, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began to speak as follows.\nTEXT 256\n\n'���i{ �·t<t �tfif ''itl�tif-t ��1 I\n\n��·1l'tl!t1f, 'ittrHI' R'l �m1 II �<t� II\n'vrndavana yaba ami gau<;/a-desa diya\nnija-matara, garigara caraQa dekhiya\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavana yaba-shall go to Vrndavana; ami-1; gau<;/a-desa diya-through\nBengal; nija-matara-of My own mother; garigara-of the River Ganges; caraQathe feet; dekhiya-seeing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It was My decision to go to Vrndavana through Bengal in order to see My\nmother and the River Ganges.\nTEXT 257\n\n�\\! �t'! �fil'' ��(. ,�1:�11' �i{ I\n\nl1�ti!:f� ���'\"I fii'Sf·��'$1'1 II �<t� II\n\n", "mad6#p0320": "288\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\neta mate kari' kailuri gauc;iere gamana\nsahasreka sarige hai/a nija-bhakta-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\neta-such; mate-decision; kari'-making; kai/uri-1 did; gauc;iere-to Bengal;\ngamana-going; sahasreka-thousands of men; sarige-with Me; haila-there\nwere; nija-bhakta-gaQa-My own devotees.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus I went to Bengal, but thousands of devotees began to follow Me.\nTEXT 258\n\n\"\"\" '1'111 'i'ft� �ttr;� '�1_� orf�tl! 1\n\n�fl ���� �Qf iii �t� �f\"fti! II ��\\r II\nlak?a lak?a /aka aise kautuka dekhite\nJokera sarighatte patha na pari ca/ite\nSYNONYMS\nlak?a lak?a /aka-many thousands of people; aise-came; kautuka-out of\ncuriosity; dekhite-to see; /okera sarighage-by the assembly of so many men;\npatha-the road; na pari-1 was not able; calite-to pass through.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Many hundreds and thousands of people came to see Me out of curiosity,\nand due to such a large crowd I could not travel very freely on the road.\nTEXT 259\n\n�-rl 1(�, i!flti �1(·.2fti'\\J Q 2( I\n�flt1 � �t� i!Qfi 'I'll� '\"f� 'i_( II ��� II\nyatha rahi, tatha ghara-pracira haya ciuQa\nyatha netra pac;ie tatha /aka dekhi pOrQa\nSYNONYMS\nyatha rahi-wherever I stayed; tatha-there; ghara-pracira-the building and\nthe boundary walls; haya-became; cOrQa-broken; yatha-wherever; netrathe eyes; pac;ie-fell; tatha-there; /aka-people; dekhi-1 see; pOrQa-filled.\n\n", "mad6#p0321": "Text 261]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n289\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Indeed, the crowd was so large that the house and the boundary walls of\nthe house where I stayed were destroyed, and wherever I looked I could see\nonly large crowds.\nTEXT 260\n\n�t�·�t�J �R' '�t� J�t�f'l·l!tt'lf I\n��J it� 'eft�'l1 'fi'Pf' '��t�il' il� II��o II\nka?te-sr?tye kari' gelaria ramakeli-grama\namara thani aila 'rupa' 'sanatana' nama\nSYNONYMS\nka?te smye-with great difficulty; kari'-doing; ge/aria-1 went; ramakeli-\n\ngrama-to the village of Ramakeli; amara thani-befo re me; ai/a-came; rupa\nsanatana nama-the two brothers named ROpa and Sanatana.\nTRANSLATION\n\"With great diff iculty I went to the town of Ramakeli, where I met two\nbrothers named Rupa and Sanatana.\nTEXT 261\n\n1.� �t�-��Jtosr, �·�'Pf1·'PftiJII\n��ttJ-Jt�it � 11t�'Pfti! II��� II\ndui bhai-bhakta-raja, kr?Qa-krpa-patra\nvyavahare-raja-mantri haya raja-patra\nSYNONYMS\ndui bhai-two brothers; bhakta-raja-kings of devotees; kr?Qa-krpa-patrasuitable candidates for Kr�l',la's mercy; vyavahare-in behavior; raja-mantriministers of the government; haya-are; raja-patra-government officers.\nTRANSLATION\n\"These two brothers are great devotees and suitable recipients of Kr�r;�a's\nmercy, but in their ordinary dealings they are government off icials, ministers\nto the King.\n\n", "mad6#p0322": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n290\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 262\n\n�i·<ef��'5-� 9l1f1f ��'I I\n\n'!� �t9lil:'tt<IS 1ft til Cf'l �t'! � \" ��� \"\nvidya-bhakti-buddhi-bale parama pravif)a\ntabu apanake mane twa haite hina\nSYNONYMS\nvidya-education;\nstrength;\n\nbhakti-devotion;\n\nparama-very;\n\nbuddhi-and\n\npravif)a-experienced;\n\nintelligence;\n\ntabu-still;\n\nbale-in\n\napanake-them­\n\nselves; mane-they think; twa-a straw; haite-than; hina-lower.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srila Rupa and Sanatana are very experienced in education, devotional service, intelligence and strength, yet they think themselves inferior to straw in\nthe street.\nTEXTS 263-264\n\n�t1f �iJJ '5ff�' �fil' 9ft�'! �wt1f I\n'Citfif 'l� ��1 '!t� <�Sf� ,�t�tt1f \" ��� \"\n\n\"'� ��i �il: <!iRf' 'ittil� �t�tt1f I\n111fitt �fJt� \" �t1lt1f �'5tt1f II\" � �8 II\ntalira dainya dekhi' suni' pa?af)a bidare\nami tU?ta hafla tabe kahifuli dolihare\n\"uttama hana hina kari' manaha apanare\nacire karibe kr?Qa tamara uddhare\"\nSYNONYMS\ntalira dainya dekhi'-by seeing their humility; suni'-or even hearing about it;\npa?af)a-stone;\n\nbidare-becomes melted;\n\nami-1;\n\ntu?ta hafla-being\n\nvery\n\npleased; tabe-then; kahiluli dolihare-said to both of them; uttama haflabeing actually superior in every respect; hina-inferior; kari'-proposing as;\nmanaha-you accept; apanare-yourselves; acire-very soon; karibe-will do;\nkr?Qa-Lord Kr�l)a; tamara-of you; uddhare-liberation.\n\n", "mad6#p0323": "Text 266]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n291\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Indeed, the humility of these two brothers could even melt stone. Because\nI was very pleased with their behavior, I told them, 'Although you are both\nvery exalted, you consider yourselves inferior, and because of this, Kr��;�a will\nvery soon deliver you.'\nPURPORT\nSuch are the qualifications of a pure devotee. Materially one may be very opulent, experienced, influential and educated, but if one still thinks himself lower\nthan straw in the street, one attracts the attention of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu or\nLord Kr�r:Ja. Although Maharaja Prataparudra was a king, he took up a broom to\ncleanse the road for Lord Jagannatha's Ratha chariot. Because of this humble service, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very pleased with the King, and for that reason\nthe Lord embraced him. According to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's instructions, a\ndevotee should never be puffed up by material power. He should know that material power is the result of one's past good activities (karma) and is consequently\ntransient. At any moment all one's material opulence can be finished; therefore a\ndevotee is never proud of such opulence. He is always humble and meek, considering himself lower than a piece of straw. Because of this, the devotees are\neligible to return home, back to Godhead.\nTEXTS 265-266\n\n�� �' �tfit �� f�t� fitt1f ffl\"f I\n'Stlfil�tt'l' �t�il '��' �f�'l II��<!' II\n�t1f � � �t <;'l't� '1'115 <;<:ti1$ I\n�� �tl<1t1f l.flt ill:� �Rf�1� II��� II\neta kahi' ami yabe vidaya tanre dila\ngamana-ka/e sanatana 'praheli' kahila\nyanra sange haya ei loka /ak?a koti\nvrndavana yaibara ei nahe paripati\nSYNONYMS\neta kahi'-saying this; ami-1; yabe-when; vidaya-farewell; tailre-unto\nthem; di/a-gave; gamana-ka/e-while going; sanatana-Sanatana; prahelienigma; kahila-said; yanrasange-with whom; haya-is; ei-this; /oka-crowd\nof people; lak?a koti-hundreds of thousands; vrndavana-to Vrndavana-dhama;\nyaibara-for going; ei-this; nahe-not; paripati-the method.\n\n", "mad6#p0324": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n292\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter speaking to them in this way, I bade them farewell. As I was leaving,\n\n11\n\nSanatana told Me, 'It is not appropriate for one to be followed by a crowd of\nthousands when one goes to Vrndavana.'\nTEXT 267\n\n� �tfif �fii(Jft\\:1, i11 C<\\5( ��-«-. I\n�I! lifif' �tl'f'tl!'<fitiltlJ i11i\"'�1'-�11fll���ll\ntabu ami sunilun matra, na kailun avadhana\nprate ca/i' ailana 'kanaira natasala'-grama\nSYNONYMS\ntabu-still;\n\nami-1;\n\nsunilun-heard;\n\nmatra-only;\n\nna-not;\n\nkai/ur'l-paid;\n\navadhana-any attention; prate-in the morning; ca/i' ai/ana-1 walked; kanaira\nnatasala-to Kanai Natasala; grama-the place.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAlthough I heard this, I did not pay it any attention. In the morning,\n\nhowever, I went to the place named Kanai Natasala.\nTEXT 268\n\nJtffi�tt'f 1fti1 �tfir �IHJ �fJ'f I\n�tl!il �ttJ f�� '��.n, �f�l'f II ��lr II\nratri-kale mane ami vicara karila\nsanatana more kiba 'prahe/i' kahila\nSYNONYMS\nratri-ka/e-at night; mane-in the mind; ami-1; vicara kari/a-considered;\nsanatana-Sanatana; more-unto Me; kiba-what; praheli-enigma; kahilaspoke.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAt night, however, I considered what Sanatana had told Me.\nTEXT 269\n\n<etf{l!' ��,-�tJ �I! <;� lltlf I\n\n'\"�t<fi ,�r�, �r�� <;1fttl-'�l �� itlf' �������\n\n", "mad6#p0325": "Text 271]\n\n293\n\nThe lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\nbhalata' kahila, -mora eta /aka sange\n/aka dekhi' kahibe more-'ei eka c;Jhange'\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhalata' kahila-he has spoken very well; mora-of Me; eta-so much; /akacrowd; sar'Jge-in the company; /oka-the people; dekhi'-seeing; kahibe\nmore-will speak about Me; ei-this; eka-one; c;Jhange-imposter.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I decided that Sanatana had spoken very well. I was certainly being\nfollowed by a large crowd, and when people would see so many men, they\nwould surely rebuke Me, saying, 'Here is another imposter.'\n\nTEXT 270\n\n'iif''e \"t'$f�' '�� 'fil..il' �\"ft�il I\n��t� ���' f�� �ttr ��iSfil II�'\\\" II\n'durlabha' 'durgama' sei 'nirjana' vrndavana\nekaki yaiba, kiba sange eka-jana\n\nSYNONYMS\ndurlabha-very\n\nrare;\n\ndurgama-invincible;\n\nsei-that;\n\nnirjana-solitary;\n\nvrndavana-the land of Vrndavana; ekaki-alone; yaiba-1 shall go; kiba-or;\nsar'lge-with Me; eka-jana-only one person.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I then began to consider that Vrndavana is a very solitary place. It is invincible and very difficult to attain. I therefore decided to go there alone or, at\nthe most, take only one person with Me.\nTEXT 271\n\n1ft�i!i�'1 i!'!i '�illi '�t�'!lt11' I\n��til-�i'f �� �t�te. fif\"f f>tt� II�'\\� II\nmadhavendra-puri tatha gela 'ekesvare'\ndugdha-dana-cchale kr�f!a sak�at dila tanre\n\n", "mad6#p0326": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n294\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSYNONYMS\nmadhavendra-puri-Madhavendra Puri; tatha-there; ge/a-went; ekesvarealone; dugdha-dana-chale-on the plea of giving milk in charity; kr�Qa-Lord\nKr�r:ta; sak�at-direct audience; dila-gave; ta/ire-unto him.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Madhavendra Puri went to Vrndavana alone, and Kr�r;�a, on the pretext of\ngiving him milk, granted him an audience.\nTEXT 272\n\n�flr1It1f <It� 9ft�' �f\"'\"'''t� 1!'2tt 1f I\n4!11(-�H;tlf �\"ft<lil 1t11� �i <!it1f II �'l� II\nbadiyara baji pati' calilana tathare\nbahu-safige vrndavana gamana na kare\nSYNONYMS\nbadiyara-of a gypsy;\n\nbaji-the magic;\n\npati'-demonstrating;\n\nca/i/ana-1\n\nwent; tathare-there; bahu-safige-with many men; vrndavana-to Vrndavanadhama; gamana-going; na kare-no one does.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I then understood that I was going to Vrndavana like a magician with his\nshow, and this is certainly not good. No one should go to Vrndavana with so\nmany men.\nTEXT 273\n\n�<Iii �t�<t, f<li<ti �ttlf lfi!J �<!ii!Jf� I\n\nl!t<t � �<ei �\"'t<lt� 1t11� II �'l� II\neka yaiba, kiba safige bhrtya eka-jana\ntabe se sobhaya vrndavanera gamana\nSYNONYMS\neka yaiba-1 shall go alone; kiba-or; salige-with Me; bhrtya-servant; ekajana-one; tabe-in that way;\ngamana-going to Vrndavana.\n\nse-that;\n\nsobhaya-is beautiful; vrndavanera\n\n", "mad6#p0327": "Text 276]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n295\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have therefore resolved to go alone or, at the utmost, with one servant. In\nthis way, My journey to Vrndavana will be beautiful.\nTEXT 274\n\n�� �t� �'tt1 '��' ��i !\n�\"\" � �fitmfi m �t•tlflli 1 �\"s11\nvrndavana yaba kahati 'ekaki' hana!\nsainya sange caliyachi c;ihaka bajana!\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavana yaba-1 should go to Vrndavana; kahati-whereas; ekaki haiiabeing alone; sainya-soldiers; satige-along with; ca/iyachi-1 am going; c;ihaka\nbajaiia-beating the drum.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I thought, 'Instead of going to Vrndavana alone, I am going with soldiers\nand the beating of drums.'\nTEXT 275\n\n��' f� �t?tettt<fi �fil' �� �f-q I\nf�� ��i �il: �1.'111! 'SIIft�1f II �'\\<t II\ndhik, dhik apanake bali' ha-ilatia asthira\nnivrtta hafia puna/:! ailatia gatiga-tira\nSYNONYMS\ndhik dhik-fie! fie!; apanake-on Myself; ba/i'-saying; ha-i/atia-1 became;\nasthira-agitated; nivrtta haiia-stopping such an action; puna/:1-again; ai/atia1 came back; ganga-tira-to the bank of the Ganges.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I therefore said, 'Fie upon Me!' and being very agitated, I returned to the\nbanks of the Ganges.\nTEXT 276\n\nlfi�'Sit'11ftf'111 �t� fil• fil• 'lttil I\n�t1f1-�'f 'el�'fl �� .tt�·O iSTtil II �'\\� II\n\n", "mad6#p0328": "296\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nbhakta-gaQe rakhiya ainu nija nija sthane\nama-sange aila sabe panca-chaya jane\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-gaQe-the\n\ndevotees;\n\nrakhiya- keeping;\n\nainu-1\n\ncame;\n\nnija\n\nnija\n\nsthane-in their respective places; ama-sange-with Me; a i /a-came; sabeonly; panca-chaya jane-five or six men.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I then left all the devotees there and brought only five or six persons with\n\nMe.\nTEXT 277\n\n��t'l �� C�t� �\"tt� �·�?;if I\n� �ffl' �· '��' ��i 9f11�tl\" �\"\"\"\nnirvighne ebe kaiche yaiba vrndavane\nsabe me/i' yukti deha' hana parasanne\nSYNONYMS\nnirvighne-without obstacles; ebe-now; kaiche-how; yaiba-1 shall go;\nvrndavane-to Vrndavana; sabe me/i'-altogether; yukti deha'-give Me consultation; hana parasanne-being very pleased with Me.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now I wish that you all will be pleased with Me and give Me good consultation. Tell Me how I shall be able to go to Vrndavana without impediments.\nTEXT 278\n\n� lt�' <;'5t'i, �·� 'l:-t �'l I\n�� � �·� 1ft�� �tfpy \" �'llr \"\ngadadhare chac;li' genu, iliho du�kha paila\nsei hetu vrndavana yaite narila\nSYNONYMS\ngadadhare chac;/i'-leaving aside Gadadhara Pal)<;iita; genu-1 went; inho­\n\nGadadhara Pal)<;iita; du�kha pai/a - became unhappy; sei hetu-for that reason;\nvrndavana-to Vrndavana-dhama; yaite nari/a-1 was unable to go.\n\n", "mad6#p0329": "Text 280]\n\nThe Lord's A ttempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n297\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I left Gadadhara Pa1_1c;lita here, and he became very unhappy. For this\nreason I could not go to Vrndavana.\"\nTEXT 279\n\n� 'Sflft�-�w�� ,$(�� ft�1 1\n<2tt.·?f5f 'fRJ' �� �il� �mt1 II �'I� II\ntabe gadadhara-paQr;iita premavi$ta haria\nprabhu-pada dhari' kahe vinaya kariya\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereupon;\n\ngadadhara\n\npaQr;iita\n\n-\n\nGadadhara\n\nPa� c;l ita;\n\nharia-being absorbed in ecstatic love; prabhu-pada dhari'\n\n-\n\nprema-avi$ta\n\ncatchi ng hold of the\n\nlotus feet of the Lord; kahe-says; vinaya kariya-wi th great humility.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing encouraged by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's words, Gadadhara Pa1_1c;lita\nbecame absorbed in ecstatic love. Immediately clasping the lotus feet of the\nLord, he began to speak with great humility.\nTEXT 280\n\n't_fif �1-lftti1(ft, �ttl '��il' I\n� �1, �'Jfj, ���'5f'111 �lro II\ntumi yahan-yahati raha, tahati 'vrndavana'\ntahati yamuna, ganga, sarva-tTrtha-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-You; yahati-yahati-wherever; raha-stay; tahati vrndavana-that place\nis Vrndavana; tahati-there; yamuna-the River Y amuna; ganga-the River\nGariga; sarva-tTrtha-gaQa-all other holy places of pilgrimage.\nTRANSLATION\nGadadhara PaQc;lita said, \"Wherever You stay is Vrndavana, as well as the\nRiver Yamuna, the River Ganges and all other places of pilgrimage.\n\n", "mad6#p0330": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n298\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 281\n\n� �� ��' \"\"� f�� I\n\n�·t! -.,sfm, 't!'t1l'Rf '� 'AI �� II �lr� II\ntabu vrndavana yaha' /aka sikhaite\nseita karibe, tamara yei laya citte\nSYNONYMS\ntabu-still; vrndavana yaha '-You go to Vrndavana; /aka sikhaite-to teach the\npeople in general; seita\n\n-\n\nthat ; karibe-You will do; tamara-of You; yei-what;\n\n/aya-takes; citte-in the mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although wherever You stay is Vrndavana, You still go to Vrndavana just to\ninstruct people. Otherwise, You do whatever You think best.\"\nPURPORT\nIt was not essential for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to go to Vrndavana, for\nwherever He stayed was immediately converted to Vrndavana. Indeed, there was\nalso the River Ganges, the River Yamuna and all other places of pilgrimage. This\nwas also expressed by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu Himself when He danced in the\nRatha-yatra. At that time He said that His very mind was Vrndavana (mara-mana-vrndavana). Because His mind was Vrndavana, all the pastimes of Radha and\nKr�l)a were taking place within Himself. Nonetheless, just to teach people, He\nvisited bhauma-vrndavana, Vrndavana-dhama in this material world. In this way\nthe Lord instructed everyone to visit Vrndavana-dhama, which is a very holy\nplace. Materialists consider Vrndavana-dhama an unclean city because there are\nmany monkeys and dogs there, and along the bank of the Yamuna there is refuse.\n\nSome time ago, a materialistic man asked me, \"Why are you living in Vrndavana?\n\nWhy have you selected such a dirty place to live after retiring?\" Such a person\ncannot understand that Vrndavana-dhama is always a representation of the\noriginal Vrndavana-dhama. Consequently Vrndavana-dhama is as warshipable as\nLord Kr�l)a. Aradhy o bhagavan vrajesa-tanayas tad-dhama vrndavanam: according\n\nto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's philosophy,\n\nLord Sri Kr�l)a and His abode,\n\nVrndavana, are equally worshipable. Sometimes materialistic people who have no\nspiritual understanding go to Vrndavana as tourists. One who goes to Vrndavana\nwith such materialistic vision cannot derive any spiritual benefit. Such a person is\nnot convinced that Kr�l)a and Vrndavana are identical. Since they are identical,\nVrndavana is as warshipable as Lord Kr�l)a. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's vision\n(mara-mana-vrndavana) is different from the vision of an ordinary materialistic\n\n", "mad6#p0331": "Text 281]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n299\n\nperson. At the Ratha-yatra festival, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, absorbed in the\n\necstasy of Srimati Radharat:Ji, dragged Lord Kr�t:�a back to Vrndavana-dhama. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu spoke of this in the verses beginning\n\nahus ca te\n\n(Madhya 13.136).\n\nIn Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.84.13) it is stated:\n\nyasyatma-buddhib kuQape tridhatuke\n\nsvadhib ka/atradi?u bhauma ijya-dhib\n\nyat-tirtha-buddhib salile na karhicij\n\njane?V abhijl'ie?u sa eva gokharab\n\n\"A human being who identifies this body made of three elements with his self,\n\nwho considers the by-products of the body to be his kinsmen, who considers the\n\nland of birth as worshipable, and who goes to the place of pilgrimage simply to\n\ntake a bath rather than meet men of transcendental knowledge there, is to be\nconsidered like an ass or a cow.\"\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally renovated Vrndavana-dhama and advised\n\nHis chief disciples, ROpa and Sanatana, to develop it and open it to attract the\n\nspiritual vision of the general populace. At present there are about five thousand\n\ntemples in Vrndavana, and still our society, the International Society for Krishna\nConsciousness, is constructing a huge, magnificent temple for the worship of Lord\n\nBalarama, Radha-Kr�t:Ja and Guru-Gauraliga. Since there is no prominent Kr�t:�a­\n\nBalarama temple in Vrndavana, we are attempting to construct one so that people\n\nwill be attracted to Kr�t:�a-Balarama, or Nitai-Gauracandra. Vrajendra-nandana yei,\n\nsaci suta haifa sei. Narottama dasa Thakura says that Balarama and the son of\n\nMaharaja Nanda have advented Themselves as Gaura-Nitai. To propagate this\n\nfundamental principle, we are establishing a Kr�t:Ja-Balarama temple to broadcast\nto the world that worship of Gaura-Nitai is the same as worship of Kr�t:�a­\n\nBalarama.\n\nAlthough it is very difficult to enter into the Radha-Kr�t:Ja pastimes, most of the\n\ndevotees of Vrndavana are attracted to the Radha-Kr�t:�a lila. However, since\n\nNitai-Gauracandra are direct incarnations of Balarama and Kr�t:Ja, we can be\n\ndirectly in touch with Lord Balarama and Lord Kr�t:�a through Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu and Nityananda Prabhu. Those who are highly elevated in Kr�t:�a\n\nconsciousness can enter into the pastimes of Radha-Kr�t:�a through the mercy of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. It is said: sri-kr?Qa-caitanya radha-kr?Qa nahe anya. Sri\n\nKr�t:�a Caitanya Mahaprabhu is a combination of Radha and Kr�t:Ja.\n\nSometimes materialists, forgetting the pastimes of Radha-Kr�t:Ja and Kr�t:Ja­\n\nBalarama, go to Vrndavana, accept the land's spiritual facilities and engage in ma­\n\nterial activity. This is against the teachings of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The\n\nprakrta-sahajiyas proclaim themselves vraja-vasi or dhama-vasi, but they are\n\nmainly engaged in sense gratification. Thus they become more and more impli-\n\n", "mad6#p0332": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n300\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\ncated in the materialistic way of life. Those who are pure devotees in Kr�r:ta consciousness condemn their activities. The eternal vraja-vasis like Svaropa Damodara\ndid not even come to Vrndavana-dhama. Sri Pur:tc;larika Vidyanidhi, Sri Haridasa\nThakura, Srivasa Par:tc;lita, Sivananda Sena, Sri Ramananda Raya, Sri Sikhi Mahiti, Sri\nMadhavidevi and Sri Gadadhara Par:tc;lita Gosvami never visited Vrndavanadhama. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura points out that we have no\nauthorized documents stating that these exalted personalities visited Vrndavana.\nNonetheless, we find many nondevotees, Mayavadi sannyasis, prakrta-sahajiyas,\nfruitive workers, mental speculators and many others with material motives going\nto Vrndavana to live. Many of these people go there to solve their economic\nproblems by becoming beggars. Although anyone living in Vrndavana somehow\nor other is benefited, the real Vrndavana is appreciated only by a pure devotee.\nAs stated in Brahma-sarhhita: premaiijana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena. When one\nhas purified eyes, he can see that Sri Vrndavana and the original Goloka\nVrndavana planet in the spiritual sky are identical.\nSrila Narottama dasa Thakura, Srinivasa Acarya, Sri Jagannatha dasa Babaji\nMaharaja, Sri Bhagavan dasa Babaji Maharaja, Srila Gaurakisora dasa Babaji\nMaharaja and later Sri Bhaktivinoda Thakura of Calcutta always engaged in namabhajana and certainly did not live anywhere but Vrndavana. Presently, the mem­\n\nbers of the Hare Kr�r:ta movement throughout the world live in materially opulent\ncities, such\n\nas\n\nLondon, New York, Los Angeles, Paris, Moscow, Zurich and\n\nStockholm. However, we are satisfied with following in the footsteps of Srila\nBhaktivinoda Thakura and other acaryas. Because we live in the temples of RadhaKr�r:ta and continuously hold hari-nama-sarikirtana-the chanting of Hare Kr�r:tawe consequently live in Vrndavana and nowhere else. We are also following in\nthe footsteps of Sri C�itanya Mahaprabhu by attempting to construct a temple in\nVrndavana for our disciples throughout the world to visit.\nTEXT 282\n\n�l �tr;'$f �tt'!i, �! ��11{ �tfif 1ftlf I\n�l �fif 1l'tlf �� �i'ft�?;;'f �tlf II �lr� II\nei age aila, prabhu, var?ara cari masa\nei cari masa kara nilacale vasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-just; age-ahead; ai/a-have come; prabhu-my Lord; var?ara cari masathe four months of the rainy season; ei cari masa-these four months; kara-just\ndo; nilaca/e-at Jagannatha Puri; vasa-living.\n\n", "mad6#p0333": "Text 284]\n\nThe lord's A ttempt to Go to Vrndavana\n\n301\n\nTRANSLATION\nTaking this opportunity, Gadadhara Pa��ita said, \"Just now the four\nmonths of the rainy season have begun. You should therefore spend the next\nfour months in Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 283\n\n9l�li '� 'elt�f�i, '�� ''!ti!HI 1{i{ I\n\n'elt'P\\e{·--�t� i�, 11�,- '� �t1f �11'1 II\" �� II\npache sei acariba, yei tamara mana\napana-icchaya cala, raha, -ke kare varal)a\"\nSYNONYMS\npache-thereafter ;\nmana-You like;\n\nsei-that;\n\nacariba-You\n\nwill\n\ndo;\n\napana-icchaya-by Your sweet will;\n\nyei-what;\n\ntamara\n\nca/a-You always go;\n\nraha-You remain; ke-who; kare varal)a-can stop You.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A fter remaining here for four months, You may be free to do as You like.\nActually no one can stop You from going or remaining.\"\nTEXT 284\n\n��' � oe• � �11 i'ft'l 1\nl'l�t�t1f �5!i19lfui! C� f.«;�� II �11-8 II\nsuni' saba bhakta kahe prabhura caral)e\nsabakara iccha paQc;lita kaila nivedane\nSYNONYMS\nsuni -hear ing; saba-all; bhakta-devotees; kahe-said; prabhura caral)e'\n\nunto the lotus feet of the Lord; sabakara iccha-everyone's desire; paQc;litaGadadhara Pal)<;iita; kaila-has made; nivedane-submission.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing this statement, the devotees present at the lotus feet of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu stated that Gadadhara Pa��ita had properly presented\ntheir desire.\n\n", "mad6#p0334": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n302\n\nTEXT 285\n\nlf�Rf �nf \\2t't_ �tftf 1ftlf 1f�llfl I\n\n�r�m :2fi!t?t�(!f �t�r�� '� u �lr<t 11\nsabara icchaya prabhu cari masa rahifa\nsuniya prataparudra anandita haifa\nSYNONYMS\nsabara\n\nicchaya-because\n\nof\n\neveryone's\n\ndesire;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; cari masa-for four months; rahifa-remained; suniya-hearing;\nprataparudra-King Prataparudra; anandita haifa-became very, very happy.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing requested by all the devotees, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu agreed to\nremain at Jagannatha Puri for four months. Hearing this, King Prataparudra became very happy.\nTEXT 286\n\n�l fir� '$ft�1f �i'f fi111S'l I\n�tti f\"i '�llf \\2!'- ilf�i ��'5t'lll �lr� II\nsei dina gadadhara kaifa nimantraQa\ntahan bhik$a kaifa prabhu fafia bhakta-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nsei dina-that day; gadadhara-Gadadhara PaJ\"_l�ita; kaifa nimantraQa-gave an\ninvitation; tahan-at his place; bhik$a kaifa-took lunch; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; fafia-with; bhakta-gaQa-His devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nThat day Gadadhara Par;��ita extended an invitation to Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, and the Lord took His lunch at his place with the other devotees.\nTEXT 287\n\nr��tct! �ftt i!11' c;�, \\2t'f11' ��t�� 1\n1lllt1J1f xft�J �l �i � �(� II �lr� II\nbhik$ate paQc;fitera sneha, prabhura asvadana\nmanu$yera saktye dui na yaya varl)ana\n\n", "mad6#p0335": "Text 289]\n\nThe Lord's Attempt to Go to V�ndavana\n\n303\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhik�ate-in feeding; paQc;litera-of Gadadhara Pat:�c.Jita; sneha-the affection;\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; asvadana-tasting; manu�yera-of an\nordinary human being; saktye-in the power; dui-these two; na yaya-not\npossible; varf)ana-the description.\nTRANSLATION\nNo ordinary human being can possibly describe Gadadhara Pa•:u;lita's\naffectionate presentation of food and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's tasting this\nfood.\nTEXT 288\n\n<JI. ��� <;'St��ll\\f(i- �q, �9f'Af I\n�Rt'lf(;9f �r.ti, ��i if! � �m II �lrlr II\nei mata gaura-lila-ananta, apara\nsarik�epe kahiye, kaha na yaya vistara\nSYNONYMS\n\nei mata-in this way; gaura-/i/a-pastimes of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nananta-unlimited; apara-unfathomed; sarik�epe-in brief; kahiye-1 describe;\nkaha-describing; na yaya vistara-no one can do elaborately and completely.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu performs His pastimes, which are unlimited and unfathomable. Somehow or other, these have briefly been described. It is not possible to describe them elaborately.\nTEXT 289\n\n�i!f·<!l�i{ �� 'elt9fti' ''el�' I\n\n�'t�<!l'i �1f �1 � 9fHl �II �lr� n\nsahasra-vadane kahe apane 'ananta'\ntabu eka li/ara teriho nahi paya anta\nSYNONYMS\n\nsahasra-vadane-in thousands of mouths; kahe-speaks; apane-personally;\nananta-Anantadeva; tabu-still; eka lilara-of one pastime only; teriho-He\n(Anantadeva); nahi-not; paya-gets; anta-the end.\n\n", "mad6#p0336": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n304\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Lord Anantadeva is always describing the pastimes of the Lord\nwith His thousands of mouths, He cannot reach the end of even one of the\nLord's pastimes.\nTEXT 290\n\n!l1'1i�·�Ql-� �tJ �C�tllt I\n�IJ�fif�i! �� fl�� II ��o II\nsri-rupa-raghunatha pade yara asa\nsri-caitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsri rupa-SrTia ROpa GosvamT; raghunatha-S rila Raghunatha dasa GosvamT;\n-\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr�Qadasa-SrTia\n\nKr�l)adasa Kaviraja GosvamT.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Raghunatha, always desiring their\nmercy, I,\n\nKr�r:1adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\n\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the SrT Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhyalila, Sixteenth Chapter, describing Lord Caitanya's attempt to go to Vrndavana.\n\n", "mad6#p0337": "References\nThe statements of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta are all confirmed by standard Vedic\nauthorities. The following authentic scriptures are quot�d in this book on the\npages listed. Numerals in bold type refer the reader to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\ntranslations. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\n\nAmrta-pravaha-bha�ya (Bhaktivinoda Thakura), 159\nAnubha�ya (Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura), 21-22\nBhagavad-gita, 21,71,88,141,144,146\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (SrTia ROpa GosvamT), 194,278-279,281\nBhakti-ratnakara (Narahari Cakravarti Thakura), 263\nBhakti-sandarbha {JTva GosvamT), 53,54-57,133,195\nBrahma-sarhhita, 89,121,300\nCaitanya-bhagavata (Vrndavana dasa Thakura), 184,259-262\nCaitan ya-candroda ya-nataka (Kavi-kart:JapOra), 259-260\nCaitanya-carita-maha-kavya (Kavi-kart:JapOra), 259\nCaitanya-marigala (Locana dasa Thakura), 259,262-263\nDurgama-sarigamani {JTva GosvamT), 279\nDvaraka-mahatmya, 133\nCaruc;fa Puraf)a, 145\nHari-bhakti-vilasa (Sanatana GosvamT), 54,55,56,132-133\nMahabharata, 139,231\nNavadvipa-parikrama, 263\nPadma Puraf)a, 88-89\n\n305\n\n", "mad6#p0338": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n306\n\nPadyavali (ROpa Gosvami), 59\nSakha-nirQayamrta (Yadunatha dasa), 155-156\nSkanda Pural)a, 132-133\nSrr-kr$Qa-gaQoddesa-dlpika (ROpa Gosvami), 123\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam,51,53, 120,136,137-138,140,145,191,195,222-229,248,\n277,299\n\nUpadesamrta (ROpa Gosvami), 51,60,194\nVi$Qu-yamala-tantra, 54\n\n", "mad6#p0339": "Glossary\nA\nAbhidheya-the stage of love of Godhead where one's relationship with God is expressed by\none's activities.\nAprakata-/i/a-the unmanifested pastimes of the Lord.\nAra!i-ceremony of Deity worship in which various pleasing articles are offered to the Lord.\nArcana-the devotional process of worshiping.\nAtma-nivedana-the devotional process of surrendering everything.\n\n8\nBala-gopala-Deity of Kr�r:Ja as a cowherd boy.\nBhagavata-A Vai�r:Java.\nBhauma-ijya-dhih-accepting something to be spiritual when it is actually material.\nBhoga-material enjoyment; or, articles of foodstuffs which have not been offered to the\nDeity.\nBrahma-bandhu-an unqualified son of a brahmal)a.\nBrahmal)a-the intelligent class of men.\n\nc\nCaQ(ia/a-a dog-eater, the lowest of men.\nCaral)amrta-the Deities' bath water, mixed with yogurt and sugar.\nCaturmasya-the four month rainy season when sannyasis do not travel.\n\nD\nDana-charity.\nDasyam-the devotional process of serving.\nDevi-the internal energy.\nDik�a-the process by which one can awaken his transcendental knowledge and vanquish\nall reactions caused by sinful activity.\nDola-yatra-the swing festival of Radha and Kr�r:Ja.\n\nG\nGul)as-the three modes of material nature.\nGau<:Ja-desa-Bengal.\nGaura-Nitai-Deity forms of Lord Caitanya and Lord Nityananda.\n\nH\nHari-the name of Kr�r:Ja which means \"one who takes away all miseries.\"\nHladini-the pleasure potency of the Lord.\n\n307\n\n", "mad6#p0340": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n308\n\nJ\njanmaHami-the festival of Kr�r;�a's birthday.\n)nanis -mental speculators.\n\nK\nKar;lara-the ointment of Lord )agannatha used by Lord Caitanya.\nKani�tha-adhikari-neophyte devotee.\nKarma-fruitive work and its resultant reactions.\nKarmis-fruitive workers.\nKasamdi-a kind of pickle.\nKarttika-the name of a Vedic month occuring around October-November of the Roman\ncalendar in which the Damodara form of Lord Kr�r;�a is worshiped.\nKayastha caste-people of a Hindu community who are expert in managing business affairs\nand government affairs; very reliable and faithful servants.\nKirtana-the devotional process of chanting.\nKr�f!a-bahirmukha-bereft of one's relationship with Kr�r;�a.\nKr�f!a-bhakti-devotion to Kr�r;�a.\nKr�f!a�dasa-servant of Kr�r;�a.\nK�atriyas-the administrative and warrior class of men.\nK�etra-sannyasa-vow to leave household life and live in a place of pilgrimage devoted to\nLord V i�r;�u.\nK�iracora-Gopinatha Deity who stole condensed milk for Madhavendra Puri.\n\nM\nMadhyama-adhikari-the second-class devotee, usually a preacher.\nMadhyama-bhagavata-a devotee who has attained the intermediate stage between the\nneophyte and perfect devotee. Generally he becomes a preacher and is worshipable\nby neophytes and ordinary persons.\nMaha-bhagavata-a first-class, unalloyed devotee.\nMaha-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance: Hare Kr�r;�a, Hare Kr�r;�a, Kr�r;�a Kr�r;�a, Hare\nHare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nMahatma-a great soul.\nMaiijaris-flowers of the tu/asi plant.\nMarkata-vairagya-false renunciation; literally, the renunciation of a monkey.\nMantra-(mana!\"J-mind, t(-to deliver) that which delivers the mind.\nMaya-illusion; the external energy of Kr�r;�a.\nM/ecchas-those who do not follow the regulative principles of the Vedas.\n\nN\nNamabhasa-the stage above the offensive stage of chanting the name of God in which one\ngets a dim reflection of realization of the holy name.\n\n", "mad6#p0341": "Glossary\n\n309\n\nNanda-mahotsava-the festival of Nanda Maharaja; Kr�r:ta's birthday.\nNirantara-without cessation, continuously, constantly.\nNitya-siddha-an eternally liberated soul.\n\n0\nO<:lana-�a�thi-ceremony at the beginning of winter when Lord Jagannatha gets a winter\ncovering.\n\np\nPada-sevana-the devotional process of serving the Lord's lotus feet.\nPaiicaratra-vidhi-Deity worship.\nParamaharhsa-topmost swanlike devotee.\nPha/gu-temporary.\nPrabhu-master.\nPrajapatis-progenitors of the human race.\nPrakata-/ila-the manifested pastimes of the Lord.\nPrakrta-on the material platform.\nPrakrta-sahajiyas-materialistic class of so-called Vai�r:tavas who imagine themselves as confidential devotees.\nPrasada-Oit. mercy) remnants of foodstuffs, etc., offered to the Lord.\nPura5carya-five preliminary devotional activities performed to qualify for intiation.\n\nR\nRasa-yatra-festival of the rasa dancing of Kr�r:ta.\n\ns\nSakhya -the devotional process of maintaining friendship.\nSak�i-gopala-the Deity of Kr�r:ta who acted as a witness to the promise of an elder\nbrahma(la to a younger one.\nSalagrama-sila-a stone from the village of Salagrama which is worshiped as Narayar:ta.\nSastras-revealed scriptures.\nSmara(la-the devotional process of remembering.\nSrava(la -the devotional process of hearing.\nSri Kr?f!a-vijaya-a book of poems by Gur:taraja Khan, considered to be the first poetry book\nwritten in Bengal.\nSruti-ga(la-the personified Vedas.\nSudarsana cakra-Kr�r:ta's special weapon, a disc of light.\nSadras-the servant class of men responsible for assisting the other three classes.\n\nT\nThakura(lis-the wives of devotees.\n\n", "mad6#p0342": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrfa\n\n310\n\nu\nUttama-adhikari-first-class devotee who is expert in Vedic literature and has full faith in the\nSupreme Lord; he can deliver the whole world.\n\nv\nVai�Qava-one who is a devotee of Vi�QU, or Kr�Qa.\nVaisyas-the mercantile and agricultural class of men.\nVandana-the devotional process of praying.\nVijaya-dasami-the celebration of the conquest of Larika by Lord Ramacandra.\nViraja River-the river that divides the material world from the spiritual world.\nVi�Qu-tattva-having full status as Godhead.\n.\n\nVisvasa-Wt., faithful) a government secretary.\n\ny\nYavanas-meateaters.\nYukta-vairagya-befitting renunciation.\n\n", "mad6#p0343": "Bengali Pronunciation Guide\nBENGALI DIACRITICAL EQUIVALENTS AND PRONUNCIATION\n\nVowels\n\nqJ( a\n\nqJ(ta\n\n-i\n\n.i\n\n�u\n\n'u\n\n't\n\n<.fie\n\n� ai 'eo\n\n�au\n\n' m (anusvtira)\n\n•\n\nli. ( candra-bindu)\n\n�r\n\n: p (visarga)\n\nConsonants\nGutterals:\n\n� ka\n\n'f kha\n\n'f ga\n\n'it gha\n\n� li.a\n\nPalatals:\n\n� ca\n\nfi cha\n\n\\lr ja\n\n� jha\n\nt ta\n� ta\n'tpa\n�y a\n-f sa\n\nJ tha\n\n'15 <;Ia\n\n1i <;lha\n\n� tha\n\nSf da\n\n${ dha\n\n.pha\n�ra\n��a\n\n�ba\ni'f Ia\n�sa\n\n.bha\n� va\n�ha\n\n<.Qina\n'i I;�a\ni{ na\n1f rna\n\nCerebraIs:\nDentals:\nLabials:\nSemivowels:\nSibilants:\n\nVowel Symbols\nThe vowels are written as follows after a consonant:\n\nla fi �I .... u ._u <r t r 'e 't ai 't ')au\nFor example:\n-.t' ka �ki �-..ki �ku �ku ti kr\nf kf �ke �kai �tko �lkau\n0\n\n311\n\n", "mad6#p0344": "312\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nThe Jetter a is implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\nThe symbol virtima (\"-) indicates that there is no final vowel.\n\n�k\n\nThe letters above should be pronounced as follows:\na -like the o in hot; sometimes like the o in go;\n\nfinal a is usually silent.\na -like the a in far.\ni, I -like the ee in meet.\nu, ii -like the u in rule.\nr -like the ri in rim.\nr -like the ree in reed.\ne -like the ai in pain; rarely like e in bet.\nai -like the oi in boil.\no -like the o in go.\nau -like the ow in owl.\nm -(anusvtira) like the ng in song.\n1]. -(visarga) a final h sound like in Ah.\nri.- (candra-bindu) a nasal n sound.\nlike in the French word bon.\nk -like the k in kite.\nkh -like the kh in Eckhart.\ng -like the g in got.\ngh -like the gh in big-house.\nri. -like the n in bank.\nc -like the ch in chalk.\nch -like the chh in much-haste.\nj -like the j in joy.\njh -like the geh in college-hall.\nn -like the n in bunch.\n! -like the t in talk.\nth -like the th in hot-house.\n\n·\n\nq -like the d in dawn.\nqh -like the dh in good-house.\nI) -like the n in gnaw.\nt-as in talk but with the tongue against the\nthe teeth.\nth-as in hot-house but with the tongue against\nthe teeth.\nd-as in dawn but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\ndh-as in good-house but with the tongue\nagainst the teeth.\nn-as in nor but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\np -like the p in pine.\nph -like the ph in philosopher.\nb -like the b in bird.\nbh -like the bh in rub-hard.\nm -like the m in mother.\ny -like the j in jaw. '{\ny -like they inyear. '1\nr -like the r in run.\n!-like the l in law.\nv -like the b in bird or like the w in dwarf.\ns, �-like the sh in shop.\ns -like the s in sun.\nh-like the h in home.\n\nThis is a general guide to Bengali pronunciation. The Bengali transliterations in this\nhook accurately show the original Bengali spelling of the text. One should note, however,\nthat in Bengali, as in English, spelling is not always a true indication of how a word is pronounced. Tape recordings of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nchanting the original Bengali verses are available from the International Society for\nKrishna Consciousness, 3764 Watseka Ave., Los Angeles, California 90034.\n\n", "mad6#p0345": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete alphabetical listing of the first and third line of each four-line\n\nverse and both lines of each two-line verse in Sri Caitanya-caritamrta. In the first column the trans-\n\n!iteration is given, and in the second and third columns respectively the chapter-verse references\nand page number for each verse are to be found.\n\nA\n\naji ratrye prabhu mora karaha mara(la\n\"ajfla deha', yana dekhi prabhura carat;�a\n\nacamana karMa bhatta dila mukha-vasa\n'a-cat;�c;lala adi kr�Qa-bhakti dio dana'\nacaryadi prabhura gat;�ere paraila\nacarya-gosani prabhuke kahe thare-thore\nacarya-gosani prabhura kai/a nimantra(la\n\n15.254 129\n15.41\n19\n14\n15.28\n16.60 185\n16.55 183\n\nakr�!i/:1 krta-cetasaril sumanasam uccatanaril\na/ak�ite rahi' tomara nrtya dekhiba'\nalata-cakrera praya laguc;la phiraya\na/aukika ei saba anna-vyafljana\nalaukika lila kare sri-kr�(la-caitanya\n\nacarya kahe, -upav!lsa kaila dui jana\nacarya kari/a t!lhan kTrtana, nartana\nacarya-prasade paila prabhura ucchi�ta-pata\naciiryaratna-iidi yata mukhya bhakta-gat;�a\nacaryaratna-sarlge cafe t!ltihara grhit;�T\n\n15.272\n16.28\n16.226\n16.58\n16.24\n\n141\n171\n272\n184\n169\n\nalingana kari' kahe madhura vacane\na/ingana kari' prabhu tanre vidaya dila\namara 'du�kara' karma, toma haite haye\namara gaurave kichu phiri' gela mana\namara sarlge rahite c!lha, -vaflcha nija-sukha\n\nacaryaratna, vidyanidhi, srfviisa, riimai\nacarya tarja pac;le, keha bujhite na pare\nacaryera nimantra(la -iiScarya-kathana\naciiryere ajiiii dila kariya sammana\nacintya-saktye kara tumi tiihara ghatana\n\n16.16\n16.60\n15.13\n15.41\n16.67\n\n166\n185\n7\n19\n190\n\namara sapatha, yadi ara kichu bala\namara thani ai/a 'rOpa' 'sanatana' nama\namara vacaneha tomiira na tali/a mana\namare kahena, -ami tomara kinkara\nama sabara kr�Qa-bhakti raghunandana haite\n\nacir!it kr�(la tomaya karibe uddhara\nacirat paya sei caitanya-carat;�a\nacire karibe kr�(la tomara uddhare\"\nacire miliye tanre caitanya-carat;�a\nacire tomare krpa karibe bhagav�\n\n16.29\n15.301\n16.264\n16.149\n15.277\n\n279\n157\n291\n230\n144\n\nama-sarlge aila sabe panca-chaya jane\nami-bhiigyavan, ihara avase�a paba\nami tara 'putra', -ei am!lra ni5caya\nami tu�ta hafla tabe kahilurl donhare\namogha asi' anna dekhi' karaye nindana\n\n\"adhama yavana-kule kena janma haifa\nadvaita asiya kare prabhura pOjana\nadvaita, avadhOta-gosani bac;la sukha pili/a\nadvaita kahe,-satya kahi, na kariha kopa\nadvaita-nity!lnandadi yata bhakta-jana\n\n16.181 246\n15.7\n5\n16.39 176\n11\n15.22\n16.245 283\n\namogha marena-suni' kahe bhal!iic!lrya\namoghere kahe tara buke hasta diya\namrta-gutika, pitha-pana anaila\nanande mahaprabhu var�a kai/a samadhana\nanandita bhakta-gat;�a asiya milila\n\naga-jagad-okas!lm akhila-sakty-avabodhaka\nage ca/ib!lre sei kahe vivara(la\nagu bac;li' p!l!haila sacfra nandana\naiche bhatta-grhe kare bhojana-vil!lsa\naiche citra-lila kare sacTra nandana\n\n15.180\n16.157\n16.41\n15.298\n15.297\n\n94\n234\n177\n1!>5\n154\n\nananta aisvarya kr�t;�era vaikut;�!hadi-dhama\nanargala prema-bhakti kariha prakiiSe\naneka samagri diya karila mitali\naneka siddha-puru�a haya tanhara sahite\nangikara jani' acarya karena nartana\n\naiche eka a(lc;ia-nase kr�t;�era niihi hani\naiche pavitra prema-seva jagat jiniyii\naiche tanhare krpa kaila gauraraya\n!li'ke dekhite yaiba, nil y!liba tom!ll!lgi'\n!lji-kali kari' uthaya vividha upaya\n\n15.177 92\n40\n15.84\n16.108 212\n16.135 224\n16.10 164\n\n313\n\narlgikurvan sphutaril cakre\nannadi dekhiya prabhu vismita hafla\nanna khiibe, pi!he vasite kah!lti apar!ldha?\nanna-vyaiijana-pOrt;�a dekhi' saka/a bhajane\nanna-vyaiijanopari dila tulasi-maiijari\n\n15.146 75\n16.232 275\n15.110 59\n15.44\n23\n15.25\n13\n15.225\n16.201\n16.87\n16.62\n16.65\n\n115\n256\n204\n186\n188\n\n15.143 74\n16.140 226\n16.141 226\n16.260 289\n15.153 78\n15.144 75\n15.116 62\n16.276 296\n15.230 117\n15.115 62\n16.263\n15.247\n15.267\n15.273\n15.221\n\n290\n126\n138\n142\n113\n\n16.94 206\n16.253 286\n15.175 92\n15.42\n21\n16.193 253\n16.163\n16.61\n15.1\n15.224\n15.235\n15.62\n15.220\n\n237\n186\n2\n114\n119\n30\n113\n\n", "mad6#p0346": "314\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamfla\n\nannera saurabhya, varl)a-ati manorama\n\n15.229 116\n15.120 64\n15.65\n31\n16.239 279\n15.109 58\n\nantare kr$1)a-prema inhara janibeka keba\nantare manaye sukha, bahye nahi mane\nantare ni�tha kara, bahye loka-vyavahara\nanu$aflga-phale kare sarilsarera k�aya\nanyathii, nii rahe mora sarlre jivana\"\napana-icchaya cala, raha, -ke kare varal)a\napanii nindiya kichu balena vacane\napana-'visvasa' udiya sthiine piithiii/a\napane iisiya prabhu mili/a sabaya\n\n16.232\n16.283\n15.260\n16.169\n16.43\n\n275\n301\n131\n239\n178\n\nB\nbadiyara baji pati' ca/i/ana tathare\n\n16.272 294\n16.101 210\nbahire iisi' nlja ajna-patra /ekhaila\n16.110 213\nbahu-mulya diya ani' kariya yatana\n41\n15.87\nbahu-mulya vastra prabhu-mastake biindhi/a 15.28\n14\nbahira udyiine asi' prabhu vasa kaila\n\nbahu nrtya kari' punab calila udyane\nbahu-sange vrndavana gamana na kare\nbahuta prasiida piithaya diyii bahu-jane\nbahuta sammana asi' kai/a sevaka-gal)e\n\napane mahaprabhu tiinra mana phiriii/a\napane namiya tabe karaila cetana\napane prataparudra, ara misra-kasi\napani bhattacarya kare pakera saba karma\napani prabhuke lana tahan uttariba\n\n16.175 242\n15.124 66\n10\n15.20\n15.203 105\n16.112 214\n\nbahuta sannyasl yadi aise eka thani\nbahuta utkal)thii mora yiiite vrndiivana\nbahuta utkal)tha tanra, karyache vinaya\nbiihya vairiigya, viitulatii sakala chadiy!i\nbahye eka dvara tara, prabhu pravesite\n\napariidha k$ama more, prabhu, dayiimaya\naparadha' nahi, sada lao kr�na-nama\nara a$ta sannyasira bhik$ii dui dui divase\n!ira bhakta-gana kare prabhure nimantral)a\n!ira dravya rahu-suna narike/era kathii\n\n15.280 147\n15.285 149\n15.196 102\n15.14\n8\n15.70\n34\n\nbahye raja-vaidya inho kare riija-sevii\nbalagal)di-bhogera bahu prasada iii/a\nbalagopala kibii khiiila saba bhata?\nbalaka-do$a nii /aya pita tahate palaka\nbiilya-kala haite tenho vi$aye udiisa\n\n!ira dui vatsara cahe vrndavana yaite\n!ira ghara mahiiprabhura bhik$iira liigiya\n!ira yata pitha kaila, kahite nii saki\nartha, bhumi, grama diya karena sahiiya\nasamartha nahe kr�na, dhare sarva bala\n\n16.85\n15.205\n15.216\n16.219\n15.168\n\n203\n106\n111\n269\n87\n\n16.177\n15.269\n15.164\n16.187\n15.240\n\n244\n139\n85\n249\n122\n\n16.225\n16.213\n15.116\n16.221\n16.215\n\n272\n266\n62\n270\n266\n\nbara bara akase phe/i' luphiya dharila\n\nasmiibhir yad anU$/heyaril\nasru-kampa-svarabhange kahite /iigi/ii\nasvasiya kahe, -tumi kaha 'kr$na' 'hari'\n�tiidasa miitii, !ira yiidavera ghare\nataeva acarya tanre haifa parasanna\nataeva ihan tara na kailun vis tara\nataeva pita-raghunandana amara ni5cite\nataeva prabhu bha/a jane dui-jane\nataeva punab tiihii ihiin nii likhilun\n\nathiiraniiliike iii/a gosiini suniya\nati-ucca tungi haite bhumite padila\navasara nahi haya, vi/amba ha-ifa\navasya caliba, dunhe karaha sammati\navese bilaila ghare chi/a yata dhana\niiyub sriyam yaso dharmam\n\n15.111 60\n16.38 176\n12.123 65\n38\n15.82\n16.89 204\n14\n15.29\n15.270 140\n\n16.88\n16.173\n16.243\n15.206\n15.120\n\n204\n241\n282\n106\n64\n\n16.53 182\n29\n15.59\n15.291 152\n16.222 270\n12\n15.23\n273\n172\n107\n70\n243\n\n15.228\n16.27\nbhakta-dharma-hiini prabhura nii haya sahana 16.148\nbhakta-gal)e kahe,-suna mukundera prema 15.119\nbhakta-gal)e riikhiyii ainu nija nija sthane\n16.276\n\n116\n171\n230\n63\n296\n\nbattisa-athiya kalara angatiya pate\n\"bhagya tanra-asi' karuka prabhu darasana\nbhagyavan tumi, saphala tamara udyoga\n\nbhak�ya diyii karena sabiira sarvatra palane\n\nbhakta-iccha vina prabhu nii kare gamana\nbhakta krpa-vase bhl$mera pratijnii rakhila\nbhakta-sambandhe yahii k�amila apariidha\nbhaktera mahimii kahite haya panca-mukha\n\n\"ataeva yanra mukhe eka kr�na-nama\n\n181\n294\n219\n172\n103\n\n16.228\n16.30\n15.207\n15.135\n16.176\n\nbiira biira paliiya tenho niladri yaite\nbiira k$1ra ani' age sevaka dharila\nbhagirathi hana siik�iit 'jala-brahma'-sama\n\nasibeka panca-siita bhrtya sange lana?\"\n\n16.50\n16.272\n16.124\n16.29\n15.197\n\nbhaktera mahimii prabhu kahite paya sukha\n\n16.11 164\n16.144 228\n15.300 156\n15.118 63\n15.118 63\n\n15.182\n16.57\n16.269\nbhalata' kahi/a, -mora eta /oka sange\nbhattaciirya bale, -prabhu na karaha vismaya 15.232\nbhattacarya kahe,-\"utha, aiche prabhura lila 16.143\nbhaktera vicchede prabhura vi�al)l)a haifa\n'bhaktye dasi'-abhimana, 'snehete jananl'\n\n96\n184\n293\n118\n227\n\n", "mad6#p0347": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nbha!!acarya kaila tabe pada prak$afana\nbhanacarya lathi lana marite dhaila\nbhattacarya tarira ghare gela tarira sane\nbhauacarye kahe kichu bharigi kariya\nbhanacaryera grhe saba dravya ache bhari'\n\n15.223 114\n15.250 127\n15.258 130\n15.224 114\n15.202 105\n\nbhana kahe,-anna, pilha,-samana prasada\nbhatta kahe,-ca/a, prabhu, isvara-darasane\nbha�ta kahe,-jani, khao yateka yuyaya\nbhatta snana darsana kari' karila bhojane\nbhavagni-dagdha-janata-\n\n15.235\n15.293\n15.238\n15.295\n16.1\n\nbhik$.1 kari' baku/a-tale kari/a visrama\nbhik$ate pal)c;/itera sneha, prabhura asvadana\nbhoga /agaite sevaka aila lana\nbhogera samaya punab chuli' samskari'\nbhojana dekhite cahe, !isite na pare\n\n16.102 210\n16.287 302\n37\n15.79\n15.74\n35\n15.245 125\n\nbhma-mii$a-mudga-supa amrta nindaya\nbhrtya-vancha-purti vinu nahi anya krtya\nbhamete pac;lil!i raya n!ihika cetana\nbrahmal)c;/a jlvera tumi vanchi/e nistara\n\n15.214 110\n15.166 86\n16.154 233\n15.167 87\n\n119\n152\n121\n133\n159\n\nc\n\ncar;laite cac;laite gala phulaila\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe k[$1)adasa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe k[$1)adasa\ncaitanya-caritamrta-yanra pral)a-dhana\ncaitanya-gosanira ninda sunila yahil haite\n\n15.282 148\n15.302 157\n16.290 304\n15.3\n3\n15.261 132\n\ncakravarti kare durihilya 'bhrat(-vyavahara\nca/i/a acarya-sarige acyuta-janani\ncaripakala-ghanadugdha-amra taha dhari\n'cal)c;/ala-pavitra yarira srl-nama-srava(le\ncari-dike dhariy!iche nana vyanjana bhari'\n\n16.220 269\n16.21 108\n15.217 111\n16.184 247\n15.209 108\n\ncari-dike pate ghrta vahiya calila\ncari-masa rahila sabe mahaprabhu-sarige\ncari sevaka, dui brahmal)a rahe tarira sane\ncaturdvare karaha uttama navya vasa\ncaturmasya-ante punab nityanande lana\n\n15.208\n15.16\n16.229\n16.116\n16.59\n\ncaturya-vaidagdhya kare yarira lila-rasa\ncikitsara vat kahe tarihara agrete\n'citrotpala-nadi' asi' ghate kaila snana\ncitra akar$iya karaya k[$(1e premodaya\n\n15.141 73\n15.121 64\n16.119 217\n15.108 58\n\n107\n9\n273\n215\n185\n\n315\n\nD\ndadhi-dugdha-bhara sabe nija-skandhe kari'\ndadhi-dugdha haridra-jale bhare sabara ariga\ndak$il)a yana asite dui vatsara lagila\ndamodara-pal)c;/ita, ara govinda, kasisvara\ndamodara-svarupa, -ei bandhava amara\n\n15.18\n9\n11\n15.21\n16.84 202\n15.184 97\n15.195 102\n\ndal)c;/avat hat'ia bale sadainya vacana\ndal)c;/avat kare asru-pulakita hana\ndal)c;/avat kari' amara k$amaiha aparadha\n'darasana'-'snane' kare jivera mukati\ndarsana-smaral)e yiirira jagat tari/a'\n\n15.255 129\n16.179 245\n15.47\n24\n15.134 70\n16.175 242\n\n'daru-brahma'-rOpe-s!ik$!il sri-purU$Ottama\n'daru'-'ja/a'-rupe k[$1)a prakata samprati\n'dasa-dina bhik$ii kara' kahe vinati kariya\ndasa-krosa haite anaya kariya yatana\ndasa nauka bhari' bahu sainya sarige nita\n\n15.135 70\n15.134 70\n15.191 100\n15.72\n34\n16.198 255\n\ndasa-prakara saka, nimbatikta-sukhta-jhola\n'deha' 'pral)a' bhinna nahe, -ei ta pramal)a\ndekhi' mahaprabhu bac;la sanlo$a paila\ndekhi' sarva-loka-citte camatkara paya\ndekhi' tiirira pita-mata bac;la sukha paila\n\n15.210 108\n16.66 190\n15.30\n15\n13\n15.25\n16.244 282\n\n16.79 200\ndekhiya saghr(la haifa vidyanidhira mana\n30\ndekhiya samsaya haifa kichu camatkara mane 15.62\n16.171 240\ndhairya hana uc;liyake kahe namaskari'\n24\n15.48\ndharma nahe, kari ami nija dharma-nasa\n16.275 295\ndhik, dhik apanake bali' ha-iliiria asthira\ndhrta-ratha-caral)o 'bhyayac caladgur\ndik$a-pura5carya-vidhi apek$ii na kare\ndina dui-cari teriho karila sevana\ndina kata raha-sandhi kari' tarira sane\ndola-yatra dekhi' yao-ei bhala rita\n\n16.145\n15.108\n16.157\n16.160\n16.9\n\n228\n53\n234\n236\n163\n\ndugdha-dana-cchale k[$1)a s!ik$!it di/a tarire\ndugdha-tumbi, dugdha-ku$miil)r;/a, vesara,\ndui bhai-bhakta-raja, k[$1)a-krpa-patra\ndui-bhai cac;la'na tarire hasiya hasiya\ndui bhai yukti kaila nibhrte vasiya\n\n16.271\n15.211\n16.261\n16.80\n15.37\n\n293\n109\n289\n201\n18\n\ndui-janaya k[$1)a-kathaya ekatra-i sthiti\ndui-jane krp!i kari' kahena gosani\ndui-jane sokaku/a nilacale iii/a\ndui kara, sighra pabe sri-k[$1)a-caral)a\"\ndui maha-patra,-'haricandana', 'mardaraja'\n\n16.77\n15.133\n16.147\n16.70\n16.113\n\n199\n69\n229\n192\n214\n\n", "mad6#p0348": "Sri Caitmya-caritamrta\n\n316\n\ndui mala govinda dui-jane par,li/a\ndui-ma/a pa!hiiila govinda-hate diya\ndui raja-patra yei prabhu-sange yaya\ndui pase sugandhi sita/a ja/a-jh!iri\ndui prahara bhitare kaiche ha-ifa randhana?\ndui yog ya nahe, dui sarira brahmal)a\ndunhake kahena raja vinaya-vacana\ndunhiira duf:rkha dekhi' prabhu dunha\ndutihiira icchiite bhojana kaila tu�!a haiia\ndunhe kahe, -ebe var�!i, calite nariba\ndunhe kahe, -ratha-yatra kara dara5ana\ndura haite prabhu dekhi' bhamete par;liya\n'durlabha' 'durgama' sei 'nirjana' vrndavana\ndvarakate �ola-sahasra mahi$i-mandire\ndvare pu$kari1Ji, tara ghatera upare\ndvarera upara bhite tenho hata dila\n\n16.39\n16.38\n16.150\n15.220\n15.225\n\n176\n176\n231\n113\n115\n\n15.262\n16.4\n15.253\n15.253\n16.93\n\n134\n161\n128\n128\n206\n\nei-mata riisa-yatra, !ira dipiiva/i\n\n16.8\n16.179\n16.270\n15.240\n15.128\n15.82\n\n163\n245\n293\n122\n67\n38\n\nei-mata sevakera priti c!ihi prabhu-paya\n\nei-mata nityananda phiraya /agur;la\nei-mata pi!ha-pana, k�Tra-odana\nei-mata prabhu tomara viccheda sahiya\nei-mata pratyabda aise gaur;/era bhakta-ga!Ja\nei-mata premera seva kare anupama\n\nei-mata saba vai�l)ava gaur;le ca/ila\nei-mata sammanila sarva bhakta-gal)e\nei mata sarva-bhaktera kahi' saba gu(la\nei mata sarva-ratri karena krandana\n\nei-mata tomara ni�!hii j!inibara tare\nei-mata vidaya dila saba bhakta-gat;Ja\nei mata vyaiijanera saka, mula, phala\nei-mata yabe karena uttama randhana\nei-saba-sarige prabhu vaise nilacale\neita iisane vasi' karaha bhojana\n\nE\n\nei tina karya sada karaha tina jane'\nei vakye vikainu tanra varhsera hata\n\nebe mora ghare bhik�a karaha 'masa' bhari'\nebe prabhura nimantrare avasara haifa\nebe saba vai$(1ava gaur;la-dese ca/i' gela\nebe 'vai�l)ava' haifa, tara gela 'aparadha'\nebe yadi mahaprabhu 'santipura' aila\n\n15.188 98\n15.187 98\n15.187 98\n15.292 152\n16.231 274\n\nei vastra matake diha', ei saba prasiida\nei vijaya-dasamite haila ei riti\neka ajiia deha, -sevii kari ye tomara\nekadasa jana tanre rakhe nirantara\neka-dina mahaprabhu nityanande lana\n\nei age iii/a, prabhu, var�ara cari miisa\nei ami magi, tumi karaha prasada\nei anne trpta haya dasa bara jana\nei aparadha, prabhu, k�ama kara more\nei bar;la ajiia, ei bar;la upakiira'\nei cari masa kara nilacale vasa\nei chara mukhe tomara karinu nindane\nei jani' miita more na karaya ro$a\nei-mata anyonye karena namaskiira\nei-mata biira bara suniya vacana\n\n16.282\n16.63\n15.248\n15.256\n16.191\n\n300\n187\n126\n130\n252\n\n16.282 300\n15.281 147\n25\n15.50\n7\n15.12\n15.143 74\n\neka dina mleccha-rajara ucca-turigite\n\nei-mata ca/i' ca/i' kataka aila\nei-mata ca/i' prabhu 'remui)J' aila\nei mata cir;la, hur;luma, sandesa saka/a\nei mata gaura-lila-ananta, apara\n\n16.47\n16.35\n16.153\n15.88\n16.288\n\n179\n174\n233\n41\n303\n\nei-mata kala, amra, narariga, kantha/a\nei-mata lila kare gauranga-sundara\nei-mata mahaprabhu bhakta-gal)a-sange\nei-mata mahaprabhura cari vatsara gela\n\n16.147 229\n41\n15.86\n15\n15.31\n3\n15.4\n16.84 202\n\n15.154 79\n15.155 80\n16.68 192\n41\n15.88\n15.64\n31\n15.185 97\n15.234 118\n15.132 69\n15.100 48\n15.47\n24\n15.66\n32\n16.188 250\n16.230 274\n15.37\n18\n15.121 64\n\n15.79\n37\n16.205 258\n27\n15.54\neka-dina salyanna, vyaiijana p:Jnca-sata\neka eka bhogera anna sata sata bhara\n15.239 122\n8\neka eka dina eka eka bhakta-grhe mahotsava 15.15\n\neka dina pha/a dasa sarhskara kariya\n\neka eka-dina, eka eka jane pur!Ja ha-ila mase\neka eka pha/era mulya diya cari-cari pa!Ja\neka-ghare salagramera bhoga-seva haya\nekaki yaiba, kiba sarige eka-jana\n\"eka kr�IJa-name kare sarva-papa k�aya\nekale iii/a tanra hrdaya janiyii\neka navina nauka, tara madhye ghara\neka navya-nauka ani' rakhaha nadT-tire\n\nei-mata kahi' tanre prabodha karila\n\n17\n15.36\n16.76 199\n15.92\n43\n15.181 96\n15.147 76\n\neka-dina prabhu tathii kariy!i niviisa\n\neka-griisa miidhukari karaha angikara\nei-mata bhakta-gara rahila cari miisa\n\n15.26\n13\n15.89\n42\n16.146 229\n16.82 202\n15.91\n43\n\n'eka sannyiisi aila jagannatha ha-ite\neka ur;lumbara vrk$e /age ko!i-phale\neka yaiba, kiba sarige bhrtya eka-jana\nekelii sannyiisi kare eteka bhak$al)a!\n\n15.196\n15.72\n15.204\n15.243\n16.270\n\n102\n34\n105\n124\n293\n\n15.107 52\n15.222 114\n16.196 254\n16.114 215\n16.163 237\n15.172 90\n16.273 294\n15.248 126\n\n", "mad6#p0349": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n317\n\nemana krpAiu nAhi suni tribhuvane\neta bali' apana gAle ca{laya Apane\neta bali' ghare ge/a, cinti' ratri-kA/e\neta bali' mahaprabhu cali/a bhavane\neta bali' mahaprabhu naukAte ca{lila\n\n16.121 218\n15.281 147\n15.145 75\n15.258 130\n16.142 227\n\nghare asi' bhattacArya tanre Aji\\a dila\nghare asi' mahaprabhura sik�A acari/a\ngharera bhitare gela karite bhojana\nghare vasi' kare prabhu nama sankfrtana\nghata bhari' prabhura tenho abhi�eka kaila\n\n15.201\n16.242\n15.223\n15.7\n16.52\n\n104\n281\n114\n5\n183\n\neta bali' pa{le dui sastrera vacana\neta bali' paQ{iita-gosani prthak cali/a\neta bali' phala phele pracfra /anghiya\neta bali' prabhu aila sarvabhauma-sthana\neta bali' prabhu gela isvara-darasane\n\n15.268\n16.136\n15.84\n15.285\n15.295\n\nghatiyala prabodhi' dena sabare vAsa-sthana\nghrta-sikta paramanna, mrt-kuQ{Iika bhari'\ngo-brahmaQa-vai�Qave hirflsa karyachi apAra\ngopa-vesa haifa prabhu lana bhakta saba\ngopinathacarya, ara paQ{iita-damodara\n\n16.26\n15.217\n16.189\n15.17\n16.128\n\n170\n111\n251\n9\n220\n\neta bali' raghavere kaila Alingane\neta bali' visvAsere kahila vacana\neta cinti' paka-patra yana dekhi/a\neta kahi' ami yabe vidaya tanre dila\neta kahi' mahaprabhu tanre vidaya dila\n\n15.92\n43\n16.176 243\n30\n15.61\n16.265 291\n16.242 281\n\ngopinathacarya gela prabhu-darasane\ngosafii rakhite karaha nana upaya\ngosanira avesa dekhi' toke camatkara\ngovardhana-yajne anna khai/a rasi rasi\n'grame-grame' nutana avasa kariba\n\n15.271\n16.6\n15.35\n15.242\n16.111\n\n141\n162\n17\n123\n214\n\neta kahi' sei cara 'hari' 'kr�IJa' gaya\neta mate kari' kailun gau{lere gamana\neta suni' ami ba{la mane sukha pailun\neta suni' hasi' prabhu vasila bhojane\neta suni' maha-patra avi�ta hana\n\n16.168 239\n16.257 288\n15.152 78\n15.244 125\n16.183 246\n\n'grhastha' hayena inho, cahiye sailcaya\ngrhastha vi�ayi ami, ki mora sadhane\ngul)ariija-khanna kai/a sri-k[�l)a-vijaya\ngu(J{iica dekhiya yabe amare miliya\nguQ<;/icaya asibe sabaya palana kariya\n\n10.95\n15.103\n15.99\n15.40\n10.97\n\n44\n49\n46\n19\n45\n\neta suni' mahaprabhura citta draviM\neta suni' yavanera mana phiri' gela\neteka kahite prabhu vihvala ha-ifa\ne var�a 'niladri' keha na kariha gamana\n\n15.164 85\n16.169 239\n15.67\n32\n16.247 283\n\n130\n224\n40\n149\n153\n\nG\ngadadhara-paQ{iita asi' prabhure mili/a\ngadadhara-paQ{iita rahila prabhura pase\ngadadhara-paQ{iita yabe sangete cali/a\ngadadhara-paQ{iite tenho punab mantra dila\ngadadhare cha{li' genu, inho dubkha paila\n\n16.255\n15.183\n16.130\n16.78\n16.278\n\n287\n96\n221\n200\n296\n\nga<;/a-khaite bhase yena rai-pOrl)a bhaQ{ia\ngala phuli/a, acarya antare ullasa\ngale mala dena, mathaya tulasf-manjarf\ngamana-kale sanatana 'prahe/T' kahila\ngandha, vastra, a/ankara, sarva dravya-sara\nganga-tira yaite mahaprabhura mana haya\n\n15.176 92\n16.81 201\n5\n15.9\n16.265 291\n42\n15.90\n16.190 251\n\ngau{la-desa diya yaba tan-saba dekhiya\ngau<;/a-dese haya mora 'dui samasraya'\ngau{la-dese yaha sabe vidaya karila\ngau{le rahi' mora icchii sapha/a kariba\ngau{le utkale yata bhak�yera prakara\ngau{lodyanarfl gaura-meghab\nghare asi' bhattacarya �athira mata-sane\n\n16.91\n16.90\n15.39\n16.64\n15.218\n16.1\n15.260\n\n205\n205\n19\n187\n112\n159\n131\n\nH\nhanti sreyarflsi sarval)i\nhanuman-avese prabhu vrk�a-sakha lana\nharidasa mi/i' aise apana nilaya\nharidasa-thakura, ara paQ{iita-vakresvara\nhase, kande, nace, gaya baulera pray a\n\n15.270 140\n16\n15.33\n4\n15.6\n16.128 220\n16.168 239\n\nhasti-upara tambu-grhe strf-gal)e ca{laila\nhate dhari' gopinathacarya ni�edhi/a\nhena-kale 'amogha', -bhattacaryera jamata\nhena-kale eka mayura-pucchera a{IAnf\nhena-kale jagannathera maha-prasada aila\nhena-ka/e mahiiprabhu madhyahna kariya\n\n16.117\n15.282\n15.245\n12.122\n16.123\n15.222\n\n216\n148\n125\n65\n218\n114\n\nhena-tomara ei jiva paila darasane\nhera-pailcami-yatra dekhe lana bhakta-gal)a\nhindu-cara kahe sei yavana-pasa giya\n'hindu' haile paitama tamara cara(la\nhindu-vesa dhari' sei yavana ai/a\n'hiral)ya', 'govardhana', -dui sahodara\n\n16.184\n16.54\n16.162\n16.182\n16.178\n16.217\n\n247\n182\n237\n246\n244\n267\n\nihan prabhu ekatra kari' saba bhakta-gal)a\n16.245 283\nihara gharera aya-vyaya saba-tamara sthane 10.96\n45\n\n", "mad6#p0350": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n318\n\nihate tomara kiba aparadha haila?\ninhara dainya suni' mora phataye jivana\ninha rahi' seva kara, -amara santo�a\"\ninhara kr�l)a-sevara katha suna, sarva-jana\ninhara ye ei gati, ithe ki vismaya?\ninhare uthana tabe alingana kailun\ninha-saba lana prabhu kare nrtya-ranga\ninho prasada paile, varta amake kahiba\nisane bolana puna/:1 sthana lepaila\nisvare ta' apariidha phale tata-k$al)a\n\n15.257 130\n15.157 80\n16.133 223\n15.69\n33\n16.185 247\n15.152 78\n15.21\n11\n15.294 153\n15.63\n31\n15.268 139\n\nkabhu tomiira sange yabe, kabhu ekesvara\nkadambera eka vrk�e phute bara-mase\nkac;lara, candana, c;lora, saba sange laila\nkaqhite na pari matha, mane pai vyatha\n'kahanre riivl)ii' prabhu kahe krodhavese\nkahibara kathii nahe-dekhile se jani\nkahite na pari ei tahiira varl)ana\n'kalma�a· ghucile jiva 'kr�Qa-nama' lay a\nkampa, asru, pulaka, stambha, sveda, svara\nkanani-khutiya achena 'nanda'-vesa dhari'\nkiinani-khutiya, jagannatha, -dui-jana\n\nJ\n\nkiindite kandite kichu kare nivedana\nkiindite kandite sei tire rahi' caya\n\njagadananda, mukunda, govinda, kasisvara\n'jagan-mata hare piipi, marimu savarilse'\njaganniitha iijna magi' prabhate calila\njaganniitha-darasana nitya kare priita/:1-kiile\njagannatha-mahati haniichena 'vrajesvari'\n\n16.127 220\n15.34\n16\n16.96 207\n15.185 97\n15.19\n10\n\nkanji-bac;la dugdha-cic;la, dugdha-laklaki\nkaQ(he dhari' kahe tanre madhura vacana\nkarite samartha tumi hao, dayamaya\nkarmiil)i nirdahati kintu ca bhakti-bhiijiiril\nkartika aile kahe-ebe maha-slta\n\n16.79\njagannatha-prasada saba prthak dharila\n15.221\njaganniithera niina yatrii dekhe maha-range\n15.16\njaganniithera prasada bha�ta dena har$a-mane 15.244\njagannathera prasada prabhu yata panachila\n16.95\njaganniitha parena tathii 'mac;luya' vasana\n\n200\n113\n9\n125\n207\n\nkartika aile, tabe kariha gamana\nkasamdi, acara adi aneka prakara\nkasi-misra, ramananda, pradyumna,\nk�!e-smye kari' gelana ramakeli-grama\nkataka asi' prabhu tiinre sange anaila\n\njagannathera prasada-vastra eka lana iisi\njagat tarite prabhu tomara avatara\njala-sOnya phala dekhi' paQc;lita -hara�ita\njala-dasyu-bhaye sei yavana calila\n'janani' 'jahnavi', -ei dui dayamaya\n\n13\n15.27\n15.160 82\n36\n15.76\n16.198 255\n16.90 205\n\n'katake' iisiya kaila 'gopala' darasana\nkaya-mano-vakye prabhu tanre krpa kaila\n'ke anna-vyanjana khaila, sonya kene pata?\nke bujhibe tanha dunhara gopa-bhava gac;lha\nkemane chac;liba raghunathera caral)a\n\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrl)da\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\njaya jaya gauracandra jaya nityananda\njaya jaya jahy ajam ajita do�a-grbhita-guQiiril\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\n\n15.2\n2\n16.2\n160\n160\n16.2\n15.180 94\n2\n15.2\n\nkemane prabhura sange nflacale yaba?'\nkene upaviisa kara, kene kara ro$a\nke vai�l)ava, kaha tanra samanya lak�ane\nkeyapatra-kalakhola-c;longa sari sari\nkhal)c;/a-vasi narahari, sri-raghunandana\n\njaya sri-caitanya-caritamrta-srota-gal)a\njihva-sparse a-cal)c;/ala sabare uddhare\njivera dul)kha dekhi' mora hrdaya bidare\njivera papa lana muni karon naraka bhoga\njyotsnavati ratrye cali' aila caturdvara\n\n3\n15.3\n15.108 53\n15.162 83\n15.163 83\n16.122 218\n\nK\n15.198 103\n15.78\n37\n36\nkabhu sOnya pha/a riikhena, kabhu ja/a bhari' 15.75\n\nkhal)c;/era mukunda-dasa, sri-raghunandana\nkiba ami anna-patre bhrame na bac;lila!'\n\n15.195 102\n15.129 &7\n16.95 207\n15.149 77\n15.34\n1&\n16.167 239\n16.155 234\n15.276 143\n15.279 14&\n15.19\n10\n15.29\n14\n15.148 76\n16.197 254\n15.216 111\n15.45\n23\n15.161 82\n15.170 89\n16.9\n1&3\n16.8\n163\n15.90\n42\n16.254 28&\n16.260 289\n16.136 224\n16.100 209\n16.107 212\n29\n15.59\n15.26\n13\n15.146 75\n16.235 276\n15.287 150\n15.105 50\n15.209 108\n16.18 167\n15.112 60\n30\n15.61\n\n29\n15.60\n29\n15.60\n16.62 186\nkiba prarthana, kiba ajna-keha na bujhila\n61\nkiba raghunandana-pita, tumi-tara tanaya? 15.114\n18\n15.38\nkiba yukti kaila dunhe, keha nahi jane\n\nkiba kona jantu iisi' sakala khaila?\n\nkiba mora kathaya mane bhrama hana gela!\n\nkabhu sange asibena svarOpa-damodara\n\nkiba yukti kare nitya nibhrte vasiya\n\nkabhu sasya khana puna/:1 piitra bhare sarilse\n\nki kaya sannyase mora, prema nija-dhana\nkimva nija-pral)a yadi kari vimocana\n\n16.59 185\n26\n15.51\n15.262 134\n\n", "mad6#p0351": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nkoti-kamadhenu-patira ch:lgr yaiche mare\nkoti ye brahma(lr;/a bM.se virajara jale\nkrama kari' kahe prabhu 'vai$(1ava'-lak$a(la\nkrame krame paya loka bhava-sindhu-kula\nkrwa-janma-yatra-dine nanda-mahotsava\n'krwa' kahi' nace, kande, gar;lagar;li yay a\nkr$(1a-katha ramananda-sane ratri-dine\nkr$(1a-krpa yanre, t<!re ke rakhite pare\"\nkrwa kr$(1a kahe, netra asru vari$aya\n'kf$(1a' 'kf$(1a' kahi' preme vihvala ha-ila\n\n15.179 93\n15.172 90\n16.75 198\n16.237 277\n15.17\n9\n16.166\n16.151\n16.241\n16.120\n16.170\n\n238\n232\n280\n218\n240\n\n319\n\nloka-bhir;la bhaye yaiche 'kuliya' aila\nloka dekhi' kahibe more-'ei eka r;lhange'\nloka vidaya karite prabhu dhairya dharila\nlokera sanghatte patha na pari calite\n\nM\nmadhava-dasa-grhe lath:! sacira nandana\nmadhava-purira katha, gopala-sthapana\nmadhavendra-purf tathii gel:i 'eke5vare'\nmadhura-caritra kr$(1era madhura-vil<lsa\n\nkr$(1a-nama nirantara y<!nhara vadane\nkr$(1a-nama, sei pujya, -sre$tha sabakara\"\nkrwa-prema haya yanra dura darasane\n\n16.72 193\n15.106 50\n16.121 218\n\nmadhuramla, bar;lamladi am/a panca chaya\n\n16.158 235\n16.174 242\nmadhye madhye ami tomara nikata yaiba\n15.44\n23\nmadhye madhye <lsimu l<lnra cara(la dekhite 15.52\n26\nmadhye madhye prabhure karena nimantra(la 16.58\n184\n\nkr$(1a-yogya nahe, phala apavitra haila\n\n15.131\n15.142\n15.83\n\n68\n74\n39\n\nkr$(1e samarpa(la kare mukha chidra kari'\n\n15.74\n\n35\n\nkr$(1era <!sana-pith:! rakhaha uthana\n\n15.231 117\n\nmaha-patra ani/a tanre kariya sammana\n\nkr$(1era bhoga laganacha, anumana kari\n\n15.217\n15.236\n15.274\n16.131\n16.130\n\nmahii-patra tanra sane kaila kolakuli\n\nkr$(1a-seva vina it'rhara anya nahi mana\nkr$(1a vina anya-upasana mane nahi laya\n\nkr$(1era sakala 5e$a bhrtya <lsvadaya\nkr$(1era vasite ei yogya-sthana haya\nk$etra-sannyasa mora yauka rasatala\"\n'k$elra-sannyasa na char;liha'-prabhu\n\n116\n119\n142\n222\n221\n\nmaha-bhiigyavan tenho, nama-kr$(1adasa\nmahaisvarya-yukta dunhe-vadanya,\nmaha-patra cali' aila mahaprabhura sane\n\nmahii-patre mahiiprabhu karila vidaya\n'mah:lprabhu aila' -grame kolahala haila\nmahaprabhura datta mala sabare paraila\nmahaprabhura mukhe age e katha sunila\n\nk$fra bat'r!i' sabare dila prabhu-nityananda\nk$ira-prasada pana sabara bar;lila ananda\nk$ira-puli, narikela-pulf ara yata pi$!a\nkulina-grama-vasi cale patta-r;lori lana\n\n16.31\n16.31\n15.215\n16.17\n\n172\n172\n111\n166\n\nmahata hi prayatnena\nmahii-vidagdha raja, sei saba jane\nmahi$i-sakala dekhi' karaye pra(lama\nmahotsava-sthane aila bali 'hari' 'hari'\n\nkulina-grami patra-r;lorf jagannathe dila\nkulina-grami pOrvavat kaila nivedana\nkulina-gramire kahe sammana kariya\nkulina, nindaka tenho $ii!hi-kanyara bharta\n\n16.49 180\n16.169 192\n15.98\n46\n15.245 125\n\nmaricera jhala, chana-bar;la, bar;li ghola\nmarita' amogha, tare kene jfyaila\nnldrkata-vairagya na kara loka dekhana\nmane soy<lsti nahi, ratri kaila jagara(la\n'mantresvara'-du$ta-nade para karaila\n\nL\n\nmanu$ya bharila saba, kib!l jala, sthala\nmanu$yera saktye dui na yaya var(lana\n\nlagur;la phiraite para, tabe jani gC?pa\nlak$a-koti loka tatha paila darasana\nlak$a lak$a loka aise kautuka dekhite\nlak$a lak$a loka aise tah:l dekhibare\n\n11\n15.22\n16.208 263\n16.258 288\n16.165 238\n\nmata-pita-jnane dunhe namaskara kaila\nmatara cara(le dhari' bahu vinaya karila\n'matsarya'-ca(lr;/ala kene ihan vasaile\nmisra-purandarera pOrve karyachena sevane\n\nlanka-gar;le car;li' phele gar;la bhangiya\nlathi-hate bhartacarya achena duyare\nlembu-ada-kha(lr;/a, dadhi, dugdha, kha(lr;/a\n\n15.33\n16\n15.246 125\n27\n15.55\n\n263\n173\n293\n73\n110\n\nmadyapa yavana-rajara age adhikara\n\n36\n86\n\nkr$(1a sei satya kare, yei mage bhrtya\n\n16.208\n16.32\n16.271\n15.141\n15.214\n\n'madyapa yavanera citta aiche ke karaya!\n\n15.75\n15.166\n\nkrwa sei narikela-jala pana kari'\n\n16.207 260\n16.269 293\n15.67\n32\n16.258 288\n\nmleccha <lsi' kaila prabhura cara(la vandane\nmoca-gha(lfa, moca-bhaja, vividha sakra\nmora dhyane asru-jale bharila nayana\n\n16.51\n16.218\n16.180\n16.195\n16.193\n\n182\n268\n245\n253\n253\n\n16.197\n16.252\n16.42\n16.33\n15.269\n\n184\n286\n177\n173\n139\n\n15.127 67\n16.119 217\n15.18\n9\n15.210 108\n15.290 151\n16.238\n15.147\n16.199\n16.203\n16.287\n\n278\n76\n255\n257\n302\n\n15\n15.30\n16.249 284\n15.275 143\n16.221 270\n16.195 253\n15.211 109\n15.57\n28\n\n", "mad6#p0352": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n320\n\nmora nivedana eka karaha angikara\n\n15.160\n\n82\n\nninda karaite toma aninu nija-ghare\n\nmora sukha caha yadi, nilacale cala\n\n16.141 226\n15.64\n31\n15.231 117\n15.215 111\n\nninda suni' mahilprabhu hasite lagilil\n\nmore khaoyaite kare utkai)Jhaya rodana\nmore prasilda deha' bhinna pat rete kariya\nmudga-bac;la, masa-bac;la, kala-bac;la mi$!a\nmukha-vadya kari' prabhu hasaya acaryere\nmukunda dasere puche sacira nandana\nmukunda kahe, -ati-bac;la vyatha pili nili\nmukunda kahe,-raghunandana mora 'pita'\nmukunda kahe, raja, mora vyadhi ache mrgi\nmukundere haila tanra 'maha-siddha'-jnane\nmukundere kahe punab madhura vacana\nmurari-guptere prabhu kari' alirlgana\nmurcchita hana pal)c;lita tathai pac;lila\n\n15.11\n15.113\n15.125\n15.115\n15.126\n\n6\n61\n66\n62\n67\n\n15.127 67\n15.130 67\n72\n15.137\n16.142 227\n\n'nirantara kara k($1)a-nama-sarlkirtana'\nnirantara kare sabe k($1)a-sarlkirtana\nnirvighne ebe kaiche yaiba vrndavane\n\n15.114 61\n15.129 67\nnityananda kahe,-ami 'deha' tumi 'pral)a'\n16.66 190\nnityananda-prabhuke prema-bhakti prakasite 16.14 165\nnityanande ajna dila,-'yaha gauc;la-dese\n15.42\n21\nniicaya kariya kaha, yauka samsaya'\n\nnitya dui phula haya k($1)a-avatamse\n\nnityanande kahe prabhu,-sunaha, sripada\nnityanandera paricaya saba sevaka sane\nnityanandera prema-Ce$!!1 ke pflre bujhite\nnitya snana kariba tahan, tahan yena mari\nnitya yai' dekhi muni tanhara caral)e\n\nN\n\nnivedana kare prabhura caral)e dhariya\nnivrtta hanfl punab iii/ana ganga-lira\n\nnacite nacite ca/i' aila dui-jana\nnadiya-vasi, brahmal)era upajivya-praya\n\"nandanandana k($1)a-mora pral)a-natha\"\nnarahari rahu amflra bhakta-gal)a-sane\nnarendra asiya tahan sabare mililil\n'narasala' haite prabhu punab phiri' aila\nnaukate cac;liya prabhu haila nadi para\nnava-nimbapaLra-saha bhr$!a-vartaki\nnava-vidha bhakti pDrl)a nama haite haya\nnavikere paraila nija-krpil-sil!i\nnavya grhe nflna-dravye karaye sevana\nniguc;lha nirmala prema, yena dagdha hema\nnija-gal)a-sarlge prabhu 'bhavanipura' aila\nnija-gul)a .Suni' datta mane /ajja pana\nnija-matflra, garlgara caral)a dekhiya\nnija-rajye yata 'vi$ayi', Lilhilre pfl!hilila\nnibhrte kariyache bhal!a nDLana kariya\nnililca/e achorl muni Lanhara ajnflte\nnilacale bhojana tumi kara bayanna bara\nnililcale calite sabara haila mana\n\n16.40 177\n16.219 269\n15.100 48\n15.132 69\n16.42 177\n16.211\n16.122\n15.213\n15.107\n16.202\n\n265\n218\n110\n52\n257\n\n16.152 232\n15.119 63\n16.97 208\n15.159 81\n16.256 287\n16.110\n15.205\n15.52\n15.239\n16.12\n\n213\n106\n26\n122\n164\n\n15.4\n16.230\n16.250\n16.5\n16.220\n15.56\n15.57\n\n3\n274\n285\n161\n269\n28\n28\n\nno dik$ilri1 na ca sat-kriyam na ca\n\nnrsimhananda kai/a yaiche pathera sajana\nnrtya-gita kare dal)c;la-paral)ama,stavana\n\nnilacale yaite nil pilya, dubkhita antara\nnilildri cali/a sarlge bhakta-gal)a lana\nniladri chilc;li' prabhura mana anyatra yilite\nnilambara cakravarti -aradhya durlhflra\nnimaira priya mora-e-saba vyanjana\nnimani nahika etha, ke kare bhojana\n\n16.63\n16.29\n16.15\n16.115\n15.53\n\n187\n172\n165\n215\n27\n\n15.159 81\n16.275 295\n15.110 59\n16.214 266\n3\n15.5\n\n0\noc;lana-$a$!hira dine yatra ye dekhila\n\n16.78\n\n200\n\np\npache sei flcaribfl, yei Lomflra mana\npada-madhye phiraya laguc;la, -dekhi' /oka\npaka-salara dak$il)e-dui bhogalaya\npaka-sillilra eka dvara anna parivesite\npalaila amogha, tara laga nil pili/a\npflrlca-dina tanra bhik$11 niyama karila\npilrlca gal)c;lil kari' narikela vikaya tathfl\npancama vatsare gauc;lera bhakta-gal)a iii/a\npanca paika tanre rakhe ratri-dine\npanca-sata navya-grhe samagrye bhariba\n\nnilacale rahi' kare nrtya-gita-rarlge\n\n15.256 130\n15.251 127\n15.104 49\n16.164 237\n16.277 296\n\npal)c;iita kahe, -dvare loka kare gatayate\npal)c;iita kahe,-\"ko!i-sevil tvat-pfldapal)c;iita kahe,-\"saba do$ a ilmara upara\npal)c;iita kahe,-\"yahan tumi, sei nilacala\npal)c;iite lana yaite sflrvabhaume ajna dila\npal)c;iiLera gauranga-prema bujhana na yaya\n\n16.283 301\n15.24\n12\n15.204 105\n15.206 106\n15.250 127\n15.192 100\n34\n15.70\n16.86 203\n16.229 273\n16.111 214\n38\n15.82\n16.132 222\n16.134 223\n16.131 222\n16.143 227\n16.137 224\n\n", "mad6#p0353": "321\n\nIndex of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nparama iinande yana prabhura darasane\nparama-avese prabhu iii/a nija-ghara\nparama madhura, gupta, vrajendra-kumara\nparama pavitra, !ira kare sarvottama\nparama pavitra kari' bhoga /agiii/a\n\n16.27 171\n15\n15.31\n15.138 72\n15.89\n42\n15.85\n40\n\nprabhu kahe,-tomara bhik�ii 'eka' divasa\nprabhu kahe,-\"vai�Qava-seva,\nprabhu kahe,-\"yanra mukhe suni eka-bara\nprabhuke anite dila visvasa piithaiia\nprabhuke karena stuti caraQe dhariya\n\n15.190 99\n16.70 192\n15.106 so\n16.194 253\n16.183 246\n\nparama-pavitra seva ali sarvottama\nparama pavitra sthiina apavitra kaile\nparama udara itiho, ye dina ye aise\nparityaga kailun, tara nama nil la-iba\npathaila bali' 'sighra asiha phiriya'\n\n15.69\n33\n15.275 143\n15.94\n44\n15.263 135\n16.233 275·\n\nprabhuke milite sabiira utkaQtha antare\nprabhu krame krame panca-dina gh!iliiila\nprabhu-krpa-asrute tanra deha haila sniina\nprabhu /agi' dharma-karma chilr;fe bhakta\nprabhu-pada dhari' bhaua kahite /iigi/a\n\n16.37\n15.192\n16.106\n16.148\n15.290\n\npathe yaite loka-bhic;Je ka$(e-smye aila\npatiril ca patitaril tyajet\n'patita' ha-i/e bharta tyajite ucita\npavitra sarilskara kari' kare nivedana\nphala bhiingi' sasye kare sat-patra purita\n\n16.204 258\n15.265 137\n15.264 135\n15.87\n41\n15.76\n36\n\nprabhu-pada dhari' kahe vinaya kariya\nprabhu pada-sparsa kaila karuQil kariya\nprabhu-pade pac;li' bahu atma-ninda kaila\nprabhu-pasa asi' sarvabhauma eka dina\nprabhura calibara pathe rahe sari haiia\n\n16.279 297\n16.224 271\n15.259 131\n15.186 98\n16.118 216\n\npha/a-patra-h!lle sevaka dvare ta' rahi/a\nphale anumana pilche kaila bhakta-ga(la\nphula-bac;li, patola-bh!ij;l, ku$mil(lc;ia-milnaphulabac;ll-phala-mlila vividha prakiira\npichalada paryanta saba tiltira adhikara\n\n15.82\n38\n15.38\n18\n15.213 110\n15.212 109\n16.159 235\n\nprabhura caraQa dekhe dina panca-sata\nprabhura carare dhari' karaye vinaya\nprabhura cara(le kichu kaila nivedana\nprabhura cara(le pac;Je premavi$ta haiia\nprabhura darasane sabe haila premamaya\n\n16.226\n15.280\n15.102\n16.224\n16.120\n\n272\n147\n49\n271\n218\n\n'pichaldii' paryanta sei yavana !lila\npita-sugandhi-ghrte anna sikta kaila\nptt!i tiitire bandhi' rakhe ani' patha haite\n\n16.199 255\n15.208 107\n16.228 273\n\n16.3\nprabhura ha-i/a iccha yaite vrndiivana\n15.199\nprabhura itigita paiia iinandita mana\nprabhura maha-bhakta tetiho, snehete janani 15.200\n16.25\nprabhura nana priya dravya nila ghara haite\n15.12\nprabhure nimantra(la kare acarya bara bara\n\n161\n103\n104\n170\n7\n\n16.203 257\n'prabhu ai/a' bali' Joke haila kolahala\n\"prabhu, iijii!i kara,-amara kartavya sadhana\" 16.69 192\nprabhu asi' jagannatha darasana kaila\nprabhu asvasana kare sparsi' tara gatra\nprabhu chiic;laileha, pada chiic;Jana na yay a\nprabhu dekhi' da(lc;lavat bhlimete pac;Jila\nprabhu dekhi' sarvabhauma dhari/a cara(le\n\n16.252\n15.283\n15.154\n16.103\n15.286\n\n286 prabhura priya-vyanjana saba randhena\n148 prabhura sahita kare kirtana-vilasa\n79 prabhura sei adabhuta caritra dekhiya\n210 prabhura vicchede bhakta karena rodana\n150 prabhu-sane ati hatha kabhu bhala naya\n\nprabhu dekhite acarya calila ullase\nprabhu hilse dekhi' tara premera taratiga\nprabhu kahe,-amogha sisu, kibii tara dO$a\nprabhu kahe,-amogha sisu, tomiira biilaka\nprabhu kahe,-bhala kaile, siistra-iijiiil haya\n\n16.13\n15.279\n15.287\n15.291\n15.236\n\n165\n146\n150\n152\n119\n\nprabhu kahe,-dharma nahe, karite na pari\nprabhu kahe, -eha nahe yati-d�arma-cihna\nprabhu kahe,-gopinatha, ihiiiii rahiba\nprabhu kahe,-\"itiha kara gopinatha sevana\"\n\n15.188 98\n15.198 99\n15.294 153\n16.132 222\n\nprabhu kahena,-'krwa-sevii', 'vai$(1ava\nprabhu kahe, -ninda nahe, 'sahaja' kahila\nprabhu kahe, -plijya ei k($(1era asana\nprabhu kahe,-\"seva chac;libe, amiiya liige\n\n15.104 49\n15.257 130\n15.234 118\n16.133 223\n\n175\n100\n212\n230\n151\n\n16.57\n16.47\n16.162\n15.182\n16.92\n\n184\n179\n237\n96\n206\n\nprabhu-satige puri-gosaiii, svarupa-damodara 16.127\n16.82\nprabhu-satige rahi' kare yatra-darasana\nprabhu-satige tah:iti bhojana kare bhakta saba 15.15\n15.286\nprabhu tanre alitigiya vasila asane\n15.271\nprabhu tanre puchila bhattiiciirya-vivarare\n\n220\n202\n8\n150\n141\n\nprabhu tiitire vidaya diyii ge/a nilacala\nprabhu vidaya di/a, raya yaya tatira sane\npradhana kahiluti, sabara ke kare garana\nprasada bhojana kari' tathaya rahila\n\n16.227\n15.151\n16.129\n16.99\n\n272\n232\n220\n209\n\nprasada lana kole karena krandana\npriitab-kiile iisi' mora dhari/a cara(la\npriitab-kale cali' prabhu 'bhuvanesvara' ailii\npriitab-kiile sei bahu nauka sajaiia\n\n15.56\n28\n15.148 76\n16.99 209\n16.194 253\n\n", "mad6#p0354": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n322\n\npratal)-ka/e tara visOcika-vyadhi hai/a\n\"prataparudra-santrata\" nama hai/a yaya\nprataparudra-thaiii raya kari/a payana\nprataparudrera a;naya paljicha-tulasi\nprate cali' ailana 'kanaira natasala'-grama\n\n15.266\n16.108\n16.102\n15.27\n16.267\n\nprate kumarahatte aila. -yahan srinivasa\nprathamavasare ;agannatha-darasana\nprati-dina panca-sata phala cholaiia\nprati-grJme ra;a-a;naya ra;a-bhrtya-gaf)a\n'pratiina', 'seva' chaljibe, -e tomara 'uddesa'\n\n138\n212\n210\n13\n292\n\nraghava paQI)ite kahena vacana sarasa\nrag·hunandana seva kare k[$Qera mandire\nraghunandanera karya-k[$Qera sevana\nraghunatha dasa asi' prabhure milila\nraghunatha-tyaga-cintaya ha-ila vikale\n\n15.68\n33\n15.128 67\n15.131 68\n16.216 267\n15.145 75\n\n16.205 258\n15.5\n3\n15.73\n35\n16.152 232\n16.139 226\n\nraghunathera paya muiii veciyachon matha\nra;a bale-vyatha tumi paile kona thaiii?\nra;a kahe, -mukunda, tumi palji/a ki /agi?\nra;a-patra-gaf)a kaila prabhura vandana\nra;ara a;naya paljicha pathaya dine-dine\n\n15.149 77\n15.125 66\n15.126 67\n16.109 213\n16.124 219\n\n'pratiiiia'-'seva'-tyaga-dog tara ami bhagi\"\n'pratiiiia', 'sri-k[$Qa-seva' chaljila trQJ-praya\npratita kariye-yadi nirastra haiia\nprati-var$a nilacale tumi na asiba\nprati-var$e amara saba bhakta-gaQJ /aiia\n\n16.135\n16.137\n16.177\n16.64\n15.97\n\n224\n224\n244\n187\n45\n\nra;ara ;nana, -ra;a-vaidyera ha-ila maraf)a\nra;are vidaya dila sacira nandana\nra;a-siropari dhare eka sevaka ani'\n'rak$akera hate muiii kemane chutiba!\nrama-dasa, gadadhara adi kata ;ane\n\n15.124 66\n16.109 213\n15.122 65\n16.235 276\n15.43\n22\n\npratyabda asibe yatraya patta-ljori /aiia\nprema-alingana prabhu sabare karila\npreme nace, k[$Qa-nama /aya maha-santa\n'premera vivarta' iha sune yei ;ana\npremonmade malta haiia nacite lagila\n\n15.98\n16.253\n15.296\n16.149\n15.278\n\n46\n286\n154\n230\n146\n\nramai, nandai, ara bahu bhakta-gaQa\nramananda aila pache dolaya caljiya\nramananda-hathe prabhu na pare calite\nramananda, mardara;a, sri-haricandana\nramananda-raya saba-gaQe nimantri/a\n\n16.129 220\n16.98 208\n16.85 203\n16.126 220\n16.101 210\n\npa;a-patre pu$pa-tulasi 5e$a ye achila\npunal) mala diya svarOpadi ni;a-gaQa\npunal) sei nindakera mukha na dekhiba\npunal) stuti kari' ra;a karaye praf)ilma\npunal) uthe, punal) page praQaya-vihvala\n\n15.10\n16.41\n15.263\n16.106\n16.104\n\n6\n177\n135\n212\n211\n\nramananda, sarvabhauma, dui-;ana-sthane\nramananda, yaha tumi mahaprabhu-pasa'\nrasa/a-mathita dadhi, sandesa apara\nratha dekhi' nil rahila, gauljere calila\nratri-diba vetra-haste sevaya rahiba\n\n162\n16.7\n16.116 215\n15.218 112\n16.86 203\n16.112 214\n\npunarapi gopalake anna samarpila\npunarapi prabhu yadi 'santipura' iii/a\npunarukti haya. grantha baljaye apara\npunarukti haya, taha na kailun varf)ana\npuri-gosaiii. ;agadananda, svarOpa-damodara\npuri-gosaiiira bhik$a panca-dina mora ghare\n\n31\n15.63\n16.216 267\n16.213 266\n15.14\n8\n15.184 97\n15.194 101\n\nratri-divase ei manal)-katha kahe\nratri-kale mane ami vicara kari/a\nratrye tatha rahi' prate snana-krtya kaila\nraya kole kari prabhu karaye krandana\nrayera vidaya-bhave na yaya sahana\nremuf)ilya asiya kaila gopinatha darasana\n\n16.234 276\n16.268 292\n16.123 218\n16.154 233\n16.155 234\n16.28 171\n\npOrvavat ratha-agre nartana karila\npOrvavat ratha-yatra kaila darasana\npOrvavat ratha-yatra-kala yabe aila\npOrva vatsare yanra yei vasa-sthana\npOrve ami inhare lobhaila bara bara\npOrve ami kahiyachon tomara gocare\n\n16.49\n16.54\n16.48\n16.46\n15.138\n15.194\n\n180\n182\n180\n179\n72\n101\n\n15.116\n15.228\n16.51\n16.204\n16.17\n\n229\n116\n182\n258\n166\n\nR\nradha-k[$Qa sak$ilt ihan kariyachena bho;ana\nradha-kr$Qe laganacha etadrsa bhoga\nraljhi eka vipra, tenho-nityananda dasa\nraghava-paf)gita asi' prabhu laiia gela\nraghava paQI)ita ni;a-;hali sa;ana\n\ns\nsaba alingana kari' kahena gosaiii\nsaba aparadhi-gaQe prakare tariJa\nsaba brahmaf)ga saha yadi ' maya'ra haya\nsabakara iccha paf)Qita kai/a nivedane\nsaba /aiia ai/J punal) apana-bhavana\n\n16.246 283\n16.209 264\n15.178 93\n16.284 301\n16.44 178\n\nsaba lana guQI)ica-mandira prak$alila\nsaba lana kaila ;agannatha-darasana\nsabara agrete prabhu kahite /agila\nsabara caraQa vandi' cale hr$ta haiia\nsabara icchaya prabhu cari masa rahi/a\n\n16.48\n16.44\n16.2 55\n16.192\n16.285\n\n180\n178\n287\n252\n302\n\n", "mad6#p0355": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n323\n\nsabara sahila ih!lli mJ3ra ha-ifa mifana\nsabara sarva-karya karena, dena vasa-sthana\nsabare kahifa prabhu-pralyabda asiya\nsabare palana kari' sukhe lana yana\nsabare vidaya dila kari' a/irigana\n\n16.247 283\n16.20 168\n15.40\n19\n16.19 167\n15.181 96\n\nsarvabhauma kahe,-bhik�a karaha bisa dina 15.189 99\nsarvabhauma kahe puna/:!,-dina 'pailca-da5a' 15.190 99\nsarvabhauma, kara 'd3ru-brahma'-aradhana\n15.136 71\nsarvabhauma-prema yariha ha-ifa vidita\n15.299 155\nsarvabhauma, ramananda, ani' dui jana\n16.4\n161\n\nsaba sarige mahaprabhu prasada khaila\nsaba thakural)l mahaprabhuke bhik$il dile\nsabe ajila deha'-ami nilacale yai\nsabe ajila deha', !abe nirvighne asiba\nsabe hase, nace, gaya, karaye krandana\n\n16.53\n16.25\n16.246\n16.248\n16.164\n\n182\n170\n283\n284\n237\n\nsarvabhauma-sambandhe lumi mora\nsarvabhauma-sarige tomara 'kalu$a' haila\nsarvabhauma, vidya-vacaspali,-dui bhai\nsarva-jivera papa prabhu deha' mora sire\nsarvajila gaurilriga-prabhu jani' liirira mana\n\n15.283 148\n15.276 143\n15.133 69\n15.162 83\n16.236 276\n\nsabe me/i' gela advaita acaryera pa5e\nsabe me/i' yukti deha' han.l parasanne\nsaci-m3!3 mi/i' lilrira dul)kha kharx;laifa\nsadacarl, satkulina, dharmikagra-gaQya\nsac;J-aisvarya-pali kr$nera maya kiba kare?\n\n16.13\n16.277\n16.210\n16.218\n15.179\n\n165\n296\n265\n268\n93\n\nsarva-loka 'jaya' 'jaya' bale bara bara\nsarva mukta karile kr�Qera nahi kichu !rama\nsarvilrige lepaye prabhura sugandhi candana\nsarvange paraila prabhura malya-candana\nsasya khaila kr�Qa kare sOnya bhajana\n\n15.35\n17\n15.171 90\n15.8\n5\n15.255 129\n15.77\n36\n\nsadhu sildhu, gupla, tomara sudrc;Jha bhajana 15.153 78\nsahaje nirmala ei 'brahmaQa'-hrdaya\n15.274 142\nsahasra-vadane kahe apane 'ananla'\n16.289 303\nsahasreka sarige haila nija-bhakla-gal)a\n16.257 288\nsahaya ha-iya daiva kaifa mora karya\n15.267 138\n\nsasya samarpal)a kari' bilhire dheyana\nsara culaya sara jana pilka yadi kare\nsara dina rahi' lalha loka nistarila\nsala dina sanlipure prabhu-sarige rahe\n'$iilhira mala' nama, bhauacaryera grhiQi\n\n15.77\n36\n15.226 115\n16.209 264\n16.234 276\n15.200 104\n\nsainya sarige caliyachi c;lhilka bajanil!\n16.274 295\nsakala jivera, prabhu, ghucaha bhava-roga\n15.163 83\nsakala-sadguQa-vrnda-ralna-ralnilkara\n15.140 73\nsaka, moca-ghal)ta, bhma-patola-nimba-pala 15.54\n27\nsakhil-vrnda sabara ghare dvisandhya-bhojana 15.241 123\n\n$illhira malara prema, .!ira prabhura prasada\n$athira mala- vicak$ai)A. jane paka-marma\n'$athi riiQc;/i ha-uka' -ihil bale bare bare\n�athire kaha-tare chilc;luka, se ha-ifa 'palita'\nsalyaraja bale,-vai�Qava ciniba kemane?\n\n15.300 156\n15.203 105\n15.252 128\n15.264 135\n15.105 50\n280\n149\n154\n39\n302\n\nsilk�al hanuman tumi sri-rama-kirikara\nsilk�i-gopala dekhi' sabe se dina rahila\nsak�i-gopalera katha kahe nityananda\nsalagrame samarpilena bahu upahara\nsammana karile nari, aparadha pili\n\n15.156 80\n16.35 174\n16.36 175\n15.55\n27\n15.197 103\n\nse chala se-kale kr�Qa sphurabe lomare\nseha mora priya, anya jana rahu dura\nsei amogha haila prabhura bhakla 'ekanta'\nsei bhile hata diya phala parasila\nsei dina gadadhara kaila nimanlral)a\n\n16.241\n15.284\n15.296\n15.83\n16.286\n\nsanatana more kiba 'praheli' kahila\nsandhyate calibe prabhu,-nrpali sunila\nsandhyate calila prabhu nija-gaQa lana\nsarige seva kari' cale ei !ina jana\nsarik�epe kahiye, kaha nil yaya vislara\n\n16.268\n16.117\n16.118\n16.126\n16.288\n\n292\n216\n216\n220\n303\n\nsei dina mahilprabhura kaila nimantraQa\nsei dine vyaya kare, nahi rakhe se$e\nsei govardhanera pulra-raghunatha dasa\nsei hale phala churiifa, paQc;/ila dekhifa\nsei hew vrndavana yaite narifa\n\n15.199 103\n44\n10.94\n16.222 270\n38\n15.82\n16.278 296\n\nsannyasa kari' prabhu yabe sanlipura aila\n'sanlipuracilrya'-grhe aiche aifa.\nsantipure puna/:! kaila dasa-dina vasa\nsaptagrmJe bara-lak�a mudrara lsvara\nsarva-bhakla cale, tara ke kare gaQana\nsarvabhauma, ara pac;lichil-pillra lulasl\nsarvabhauma-ghare ei bhojana-carila\nsarvabhauma-grhe bhunjan\nsarvabhauma-grhe dasa-dasl, ye kukkura\n\n16.223\n16.210\n16.212\n16.217\n16.18\n15.20\n15.299\n15.1\n15.284\n\n271\n265\n265\n267\n167\n10\n155\n2\n149\n\nsei kahe,-'more yadi kaila arigikara\nsei kale se yavanera eka anucara\nsei katha sabara madhye kahe nityananda\nsei kr�Qa bhaja lumi, hao kr�Qi!Sraya\nsei mora priya, anya-jana rahu dura\nsei murari-gupla ei-mora pral)a sama\nsei nauka cac;/i' prabhu aifa 'panihilti'\nsei papa ha-ile mora ha-uka nistara\nsei ratre amogha kahilri palaila gela\n\n16.188 250\n16.161 236\n16.34 174\n15.142 74\n15.101 48\n15.157 80\n16.202 257\n16.189 251\n15.266 138\n\n", "mad6#p0356": "324\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nsei ratri saba mahanta tahani rahila\nsei ratrye jagannatha-balai asiya\nsei saba /aiia prabhu acarye pujila\nsei saba loka haya baulera praya\nsei saba loka pathe karena sevana\nseita karibe, tamara yei /aya citte\nsei ta' vai$Qava, kariha t!irihara samm!ina\"\nsei vai$Qava-sre$tha. bhaja tarih!ira caraQe\nse-kale t!irira prema-Ce$ta na pari varQite\nse siddha ha-ila-chil<ji' aila dura desa\nse vatsara prabhu dekhite saba thakur!iQi\nsighra asi, bhojana kara, tabe mora sukha\nsighra kari' aila sabe sri-nilacale\nsighra yai' muiii saba karinu bhak$a(Jil\nsik$ii-rupe kahe tarire asvasa-vacana\nsirilha-dvara-nikate aila suni' gauraraya\nsirera upare, p[$1he, sammukhe, dui-pase\nsivananda jane uc;liya-pathera sandh!ina\nsivananda-sarige cafe tarih!ira grhiQi\nsivananda-sena kare ghati samadhana\nsivananda-sena kare saba samadhana\nsivananda sene kahe kariya sammana\nsivanandera balaka, nama-caitanya-dasa\nsnana kari' tariha muiii asichori ekhane\nspharti-jiiane teriho taha satya nahi mane\nsraddha bac;le paQc;litera, prema-sindhu bhase\nsraddha kari' bhatracarya saba karaila\nsraddh!i kari' ei lila sune yei jana\nsri-mukhe ajiia kara prabhu-nivedi caraf)e\nsri-narahari, -ei mukhya tina jana\n\n16.30\n16.80\n15.10\n16.166\n16.251\n\n172\n201\n6\n238\n285\n\nsuni' krpamaya prabhu iii/a dhaiia\n\n16.281\n15.111\n16.72\n16.200\n16.139\n\n298\n60\n193\n256\n226\n\nsuni' W1ra pita bahu /oka-dravya diya\n\n16.21\n15.288\n16.37\n15.58\n16.236\n\n168\n150\n175\n28\n276\n\nsuniya prataparudra ha-i/a vimana\n\n16.43\n15.24\n16.20\n16.22\n16.19\n\n178\n12\n168\n168\n167\n\nsustha kari, ramananda rajare vasaila\n\n16.26 170\n43\n15.93\n16.23 169\n15.293 152\n15.53\n27\n37\n15.78\n15.219 112\n15.301 157\n15.103 49\n15.112 60\n\nsuni' 'k(�(lil' 'k($(lil' bali' amogha uthila\nsuni' maha-patra kahe haii!i vismaya\nsuni' saba bhakta kahe prabhura caraQe\nsuni' $a!hira m!it!i sire-buke ghata mare\n\nsunitei bhatt!icarya ulafi' cahila\nsuniya pitare raghunatha nivedila\nsuniya prabhura vaQi mane vicaraya\nsuniya prataparudra anandita haifa\n\nsuniya vai$Qava-mane bac;li/a !inanda\nsuniya vai�(Java-mane bac;li/a ananda\nsunya-patra dekhi' asru kariya marjana\nsusitala karite rakhe jale c;lubaiiia\n\nsutra-madhye sei lila ami ta' varQiluri\nsvado 'pi sadyal) savanaya kalpate\nsvagaQa-sahite prabhu prasada arigikari'\nsvagaQe cac;laila prabhu tahara upara\n\nsri-rQpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\nsri-rQpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\nsrivasa paQc;lita-sarige calila malini\nsrivasa-paQc;lite prabhu kari' a/irigana\n\n15.150 77\n15.302 157\n16.290 304\n16.22 168\n23\n15.45\n\n\"sthira haii!i ghare yao, na hao vatu/a\nstuti kare, pulak!iriga, pac;le asru-jala\nsubhra-pithopari sDk$ma vasana patila\nsugandhi-sali/e dena padya, acamana\n\n16.56\n16.237\n16.104\n15.219\n15.8\n\n183\n277\n211\n112\n5\n\nsuni' anandita raja ati-sighra aila\nsuni' har$e kahe prabhu-\"kahile ni5caya\n\n16.251 285\n16.103 210\n15.117 62\n\n16.3\n16.34\n16.36\n15.58\n15.73\n\n161\n174\n175\n28\n35\n\n16.107\n16.215\n16.186\n16.125\n16.196\n\n212\n266\n248\n219\n254\n\n16.45 179\n16.145 228\nsvapnesvara-vipra kaila prabhura nimantraQa 16.100 209\n16.77 199\nsvarupa-sahita t!irira haya sakhya-priti\n72\nsvayam bhagavan kr$Qa-sarvarilsi, sarvasraya 15.139\n\nT\ntabe ara narikela samskara karaila\ntabe asi' raghunatha prabhure mili/a\ntabe gali, sapa dite bhattacarya aila\ntabe hasi' kahe prabhu jani' tarira mana\ntabe laguc;la /aiia prabhu phiraite lagila\ntabe mahaprabhu saba bhakte bo/aila\ntabe mukunda datta kahe, 'suna, mahasaya\ntabe navadvipe tanre dila pathaiia\ntabe 'oc;lhra-desa-sima' prabhu ca/i' aila\ntabe prabhu sarvabhauma-ramananda-sthane\ntabe 'ramakeli'-grame prabhu yaiche gela\n\nsukhe nilacala aila sacira nandana\n\n16.233 275\n15.249 127\n16.231 274\n16.92 206\n16.285 302\n\nsvanigamam apahaya mat-pratijiiam\n\ntabe mahaprabhu t!irire krpa-dr$li kari'\nsrivasa prabhure tabe kaila nimantraf)a\n\n142\n146\n242\n301\n128\n\nsvahaste sabare prabhu prasada khaoyaila\n\ntabe gadadhara-paQc;lita premavi$!il haiia\nsri-raghunatha-caraf)a ch!ic;lana na yaya\n\n15.273\n15.278\n16.174\n16.284\n15.252\n\ntabe ramananda, !ira satyaraja kharina\ntabe sarvabhauma kare ara nivedana\ntabe sarvabhauma prabhura caraQe dhariya\n\n15.85\n16.223\n16.279\n15.251\n16.71\n\n40\n271\n297\n127\n193\n\n15.23\n12\n19\n15.39\n16.187 249\n16.190 251\n16.250 285\n16.156\n16.87\n16.211\n15.102\n15.193\n15.191\n\n234\n204\n265\n49\n100\n100\n\n", "mad6#p0357": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n325\n\ntabe sei mahaprabhura caral)a vandiya\ntabe se sobhaya vrndavanera gamana\ntabe sukhe naukate karaiba gamane\ntabe tumi ama-pasa asiha kona chale\ntabe viisudeve prabhu kari' aliligana\n\n16.192\n16.273\n16.160\n16.240\n15.158\n\n252\n294\n236\n280\n81\n\ntanra mukha dekhi' hase sacira nandana\ntanra pita sada kare acarya-sevana\ntanra prema-va5a ami, tiilira seva-dharma\ntanra preme ani' amaya karaya bhojane\ntanra seva chiii;J ' ami kariyachi sannyasa\n\n16.61 186\n16.225 272\n15.49\n25\n15.65\n31\n15.48\n24\n\ntabe yukti kare prabhu-'yiiba vrndavane'\ntabu alpa-hani k($1)era mane nahi laya\ntabu ami suniluli matra, na kailuli avadhiina\ntabu apanake mane t(l)a haite hina\ntabu eka lilara teliho nahi paya anta\n\n16.7\n15.174\n16.267\n16.262\n16.289\n\n162\n91\n292\n290\n303\n\ntalire ajiia dila raja-'kariha sarva kaya\ntanre dekhi' punarapi yaite nare ghare\ntanre santa kari' prabhu ghare piithaila\ntalire vidaya dila prabhu kari' aliligana\ntalire vidaya dila prabhu sei griima haite\n\n16.113 214\n16.165 238\n15.259 131\n16.68 192\n16.200 256\n\ntabu sighra eta dravya randhite na pare\ntabu vrndavana yaha' loka sikhaite\ntaha chilr;Ji' kariyachi vatu/era karma\ntahiili bhik$ii kaila prabhu lana bhakta-gal)a\ntahali eka-vakya tiilira ache premamaya\n\n15.226 115\n16.281 298\n15.49\n25\n16.286 302\n15.99\n46\n\ntara eka phala par;/i' yadi n�ta haya\ntara eka rai-nase hani nahi mani\ntara gar;Ja-khili-karal)abdhi yara nama\ntara /ekhilya ei anna nahe eka grasi\ntara madhye kaila yaiche jhar;Ja-vari$af)il\n\n15.173 91\n15.177 92\n15.175 92\n15.242 123\n16.55 183\n\ntahali haite age ge/a siviinanda-ghara\ntahali haite avasya ami 'vrndavana' yaba\ntahaiii arambha kaila k($1)a-salikirtana\ntahiili saba pathiiiiii karai/a visrama\ntahali siddhi kare-hena anye na dekhiye\n\n16.206\n16.248\n16.40\n16.46\n16.65\n\n259\n284\n177\n179\n188\n\ntara madhye mili/a yaiche rupa-sanatana\ntara madhye nana citra-caritra-prakasa\ntara madhye ye ye var$e achaye vi5e$a\ntara pada-dhali ur;/i' /age upara bhite\ntare vadha kaile haya piipa-praya5citte\n\n16.214\n15.298\n16.83\n15.82\n15.261\n\ntahiili stambha ropal)a kara 'mahii-tirtha' kari'\ntahali yaite kara tumi sahilya-prakara\ntahiiri yamuna, ganga, sarva-tirtha-gal)a\ntahiira upare ebe karaha prasada\ntaiche eka brahmiil)r;/a yadi mukta haya\n\n16.115 215\n16.191 252\n16.280 297\n15.292 152\n15.174 91\n\ntate bhase maya lana ananta brahmal)r;/a\ntate more ei krpa kara, dayamaya\ntatha haite ramananda-raye vidaya dila\ntathiipi calila mahaprabhure dekhite\ntathapi eteka anna khaona na yaya\n\n15.176 92\n15.151 77\n16.153 233\n16.15 165\n15.238 121\n\ntiilihake puchiya talira karaiha pratiti\ntiilihara avaral)a kichu sithi/a ha-ila\ntalihilra caritre prabhu antare sanlO$a\ntiilihara hate dhari' kahe kari' pral)aya-ro$a\ntiilihara prabhave talire 'isvara' kari' mani'\n\n15.66\n16.244\n16.138\n16.138\n16.167\n\n32\n282\n225\n225\n239\n\ntathiipi na mane k($1)a kichu apacaya\ntathiipi sunena yatha mi$ta narikela\ntathiipi vrk$a nahi jane nija-apacaya\ntatha raja-adhikari prabhure mili/a\ntava ajiia-bhaliga haya, ki karoli upaya\n\n15.178 93\n34\n15.71\n15.173 91\n16.156 234\n15.150 77\n\ntiilihara premera katha kahite na jani\ntiilihare gopala yaiche magi/a candana\ntiilihiire jiiniha tumi 'vai$1)ava-pradhana'\ntaliha vina ei rajya more niihi bhaya\ntanra abhi$eke prabhu maha-trpta haila\n\n16.24\n16.32\n16.74\n16.6\n16.52\n\n169\n173\n197\n162\n183\n\n15.289\ntavat rahiba ami ethiiya vasiya\n16.23\nteliho caliyache prabhure dekhite ullasa\n16.227\nteliho ghare asi' haila premete pagala\nteliho kahe,-\"ke vai$1)ava, ki tiilira lak$al)a?\" 16.71\n15.247\nteliho yadi prasada dite haila ana-mana\n\ntalira avadhiina dekhi' amogha palaila\ntiilira bhakti dekhi' prabhura W$ta haila mana\ntalira bhakti-ni$tha kahena. sune bhakta-gal)a\ntiilira bhaye nadi keha haite nare para\ntanra bhaye pathe keha nare calibara\n\n15.249\n16.105\n15.137\n16.159\n16.158\n\n127\n211\n72\n235\n235\n\ntina-mana tal)r;/ulera ubhari/a bhiite\ntoma-dulihil vinii mora nahi anya gati\ntomake vii kene bhuiijaibe papa-pha/a?\ntoma-sane ei sandhi, nahi yuddha-bhaya'\ntoma-salige na yaiba, yaiba ekesvara\n\n15.207 107\n16.89 204\n15.168 87\n16.173 241\n16.134 223\n\ntiilira dainya dekhi' suni' pasal)a bidare\ntiilira gul)a kahe hafia sahasra-vadana\ntalira lagi' gopinatha k$ira curi kaila\n\n16.263 290\n15.158 81\n16.33 173\n\n'toma-sthiine pathilila mleccha adhikari\ntamara age mrtyu ha-uka, yauka sarhsaya\ntamara ajiiakari ami nahi svatantara\n\n16.171 240\n15.151 77\n15.144 75\n\n266\n155\n202\n38\n132\n\n151\n169\n272\n193\n126\n\n", "mad6#p0358": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n326\n\ntamara bahuta bhagya kala prasamsiba\ntamara darsana-prabhiiva ei-mata haya'\ntamara dui dharma yaya, -amara haya\ntomiira ghare kirtane ami nitya naciba\ntamara hathe dui vatsara na kailun gamana\n\n15.230\n16.185\n16.140\n15.46\n16.88\n\n117\n247\n226\n23\n204\n\n90\n16.5\n161\n15.130 67\n15.101 48\n16.146 229\n\nut}Jiya calilii prabhu bali' 'hari' 'hari'\n\"uttama hai'ia hina kari' manaha apanare\nutthiina-dvadasi-yatra dekhila sakali\n\nv\n\ntamara iccha-matre habe brahmal)c;Ja-mocana 15.171\n\n'vacaspati-grhe' prabhu yemate rahi/a\n\ntomiira karaha yatna tanhare rakhite\n\nvacaspali, kara jala-brahmera sevana\n\n'tamara karya-dharme dhana-uparjan'a\ntamara ki katha, tamara gramera kukkura\ntamara pratiji'ia rak$a kaila yatna kariya\"\n\n15.43\n22\n15.193 100\n33\n'tomiira suddha preme ami ha-i' tamara vasa' 15.68\n15.165 86\ntamara upare k[$/)era sampilrl)a prasiida\n\"tomiira vicitra nahe, tumi-siik$al prahliida\n15.165 86\n\n'vai$1)aVa', 'Vai$1)aValara', ara 'vai$1)aValama'\nvai$1)avera papa k[$1)a dura kare saba\nvai$1)avera laralamya prabhu sikhaila\n\ntomiira sahaya /iigi' dilu tamara sane\n\nvanara·-sainya kaila prabhu lana bhakta-gal)e\n\ntamara sarige sannyiisi ache dasa-jana\n\nval)inatha bahu prasada dila pa!hai'ia\n\nlomiire agraha iimi kailuri bare bare\nl[liya vatsare saba gauc;Jera bhakta-gal)a\ntulasi-mai'ijari, lavariga, elaci rasa-vasa\ntumi dekha pabe, ara keha na dekhiba\ntumi durihe aji'ia deha' parasanna hai'ia\n\n15.155 80\n16.12 164\n15.254 129\n23\n15.46\n16.91 205\n\n15.198 103\n16.144 228\n15.156 80\ntumi kene chiic;Jibe tiirira caral)a-kamala\n15.161 82\ntumi mana kara, tabe aniiyase haya\n61\n'tumi-pita, putra tamara-sri-raghunandana? 15.113\n\nval)iniitha, kiiSi-misra prasada ani/a\nViil)iniitha, Sikhi-iidi yata bhakta-gal)a\nvapi-tire tiihiiri yai' kari/a visrame\nvar$a-antare puna/:ltarira aiche pra5na kaila\nvasudeva-dattera tumi kariha samadhana\nvasudeva-grhe pache iii/a isvara\nvasudeva, murari, govindadi tina bhai\nVafite kata Sata V[k$e fak$a fak$a pha/a\n\ntumiha nija-chiiye asibe mora ghara\n\nvatu/a balakera mata nahi laya do$a\n\ntumi jiina, k[$1)a nija-pratiji'ia chiic;Jila\n\nvidagdha, catura, dhira, rasika-sekhara\n\ntumi ta' isvara, mui'ii -k$udra jiva chara\ntumi yadi aji'iii deha' ethiike asiya\ntumi yiihM-yiihiiri raha, tahiin 'vrndavana'\ntumi yarira hita vancha', se haifa 'vai$1)ava'\ntvayopayukta-srag-gandha-vasohalarikiira\n\n15.243\n16.172\n16.280\n15.169\n15.237\n\n124\n241\n297\n87\n120\n\nvidhi more hindu-kule kena nii janmai/a\nvidyii-bhakti-buddhi-bale parama pravil)a\nvidyiinidhi se vatsara niladri rahila\nvijaya-dasami aile avasya calibii\nvijayii-dasami-dine karila payana\nvijayii-dasami-lanka-vijayera dine\nvina papa-bhoge habe sabara uddhara\nvistiiri' varl)iyiichena dasa-vrndiivana\nvistari' varl)iyiichena dasa-vrndavana\n\nu\n\nvistari' varl)iyiichena vrndavana-dasa\nvistari' varl)iyachena vrndavana-dasa\n\nucchi$!a-bhojino dasas\nuc;Jiya-bhakta-gal)a sarige piiche ca/i' aila\nu{iiya-bhakta-gal)e prabhu yatne nivarila\n'uc;Jiya-ka!ake' iii/a kari' vesantara\nudyoga na chi/a mora grhil)ira randhane\n\n15.237\n16.96\n16.97\n16.161\n15.233\n\n120\n207\n208\n236\n118\n\n15.6\n15.227\n15.277\n15.288\n16.105\n\n4\n116\n144\n150\n211\n\nvistariya age taha kahiba ni/:15e$a\nvisucika-vyadhite amogha chac;Jiche jlvana\nvisuddha-nirmala-prema, sarva-rasamaya\n'visvasa' asiya prabhura caral)a vandila\n'visviisa' yana tarihare sakala kahila\n\n'upala-bhoga' /agile kare bahire vijaya\nupare dekhiye yate tu/asi-mai'ijari\nu!haha, amogha, tumi lao k[$1)a-nama\nutha, snana kara, dekha jagannatha-mukha\nuthi' mahaprabhu tMre kaila alirigana\n\n16.125 219\n16.264 291\n15.36\n17\n\nvraje jyethii, khuc;Ja, mama, pisadi gopa-gal)a\nvrddha-ku$miil){ia-bac;Jira vyai'ijana apiira\nvrndavana dekhi' yabe iisiba niliicale\nvrndavana yaba ami gauc;Ja-desa diya\n\n16.207 260\n15.136 71\n16.75 198\n15.169 87\n16.73 196\n15.32\n16.98\n16.45\n16.254\n16.50\n\n15\n208\n179\n286\n181\n\n16.73 196\n15.93\n43\n16.206 259\n16.16 166\n15.71\n34\n25\n15.50\n15.140 73\n16.181 246\n16.262 290\n16.76 199\n16.93 206\n16.94 206\n15\n15.32\n15.167 87\n7\n15.13\n16.56\n16.81\n16.212\n16.83\n15.272\n\n183\n201\n265\n202\n141\n\n15.139 72\n16.170 240\n16.178 244\n15.241 123\n15.212 109\n16.240 280\n16.256 287\n\n", "mad6#p0359": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nvrndavana yaba kahiin 'ekaki' hana!\nvrndavana yaibara ei nahe paripa!i\nvrndavana yaite tanra ajna la-ila\nvyartha mora ei deha, yauka parar:ra\"\nvyavahiire raja-mantri haya raja-patra\n\n16.274 295\n16.266 291\n16.249 284\n16.182 246\n16.261 289\n\n15.223\n16.266\n15.170\n16.259\n16.259\n\n118\n291\n89\n288\n288\n\n16.243\n16.238\n16.172\n15.289\n15.202\n\n282\n278\n241\n151\n105\n\n15.297\n16.201\nyei khiibe, tanhara saktye bhoga siddha haya 15.232\nye-kale sannyasa kailun, channa haila mana\n15.51\nye karaha, sei kari, nahika niyama\n16.67\n\n154\n256\n118\n26\n190\n\nyanra saktye bhoga siddha, sei taha jane\nyalira sange haya ei loka lak�a kofi\nyas tv indra-gopam athavendram aho\nyatha netra pac;le tatha loka dekhi purr:ra\nyatha rahi, tatha ghara-pracira haya curr:ra\nyathii-yogya karya kare anasakta hana\nyathii-yogya vi�aya bhunja' anasakta hana\n\ny\n\nyavana adhikari yaya prabhuke miliya\nyavat na khaibe tumi prasada asiya\n\nyadyapi prabhura ajna gauc;lete rahite\nyadyapi svatantra prabhu nahe nivarar:ra\nyahii dekhi' sarva-lokera juc;lana nayana\nyahiin snana kari' prabhu ya'na nadi-pare\nyahii yahii dura-grame suniyache bhiila\nyaite sammati na deya vicchedera bhaya\n'yajapura' asi' prabhu tare dilena vidaya\nyamesvare prabhu yanre karaila avase\nyanhara darsane mukhe aise kr$r:ra-nama\nyanha haite kr$r:ra-bhakti sei guru haya\"\nyan-namadheya-sravar:ranukirtanad\n\n16.14 165\n16.11 164\n43\n15.91\n16.114 215\n15.86\n41\n16.10\n16.150\n15.183\n16.74\n15.117\n16.186\n\n164\n231\n96\n197\n62\n248\n\n327\n\nyeba saka-phaladika, anaila ahari'\nyei dekhe, sune, talira vismaya haya mana\nyei ihii sune talira janma, deha dhanya\n\nyoc;la-hata kari' kichu kaila nivedana\nyoc;la-hate prabhu-age laya kr�r:ra-nama\nyoc;la-hate stuti kare pade namaskari'\n\"yo 'si so 'si namo 'stu te\" ei mantra pac;le\n\n15.186 98\n16.180 245\n5\n15.9\n15.11\n6\n\n", "mad6#p0360": "General Index\nNumerals in bold type indicate references to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\nverses. Numerals in regular t ype are references to its purports.\n\nAmrta-pravaha-bha�ya\n\nA\n\nSixteenth Chapter summarized in,\n\n159\nAbhinanda\n\nAnanda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhavitabhis\nverses quoted, 121\n\nas uncle of Kr�rJa, 123\n\nAbsolute Truth\n\nAnantadeva\ncan't\n\nthree phases of, 144-145\n\nreach\n\nend\n\npastimes, 304\n\nSee also: Kr�rJa, Supreme Lord\n\nof\n\none\n\nAcaryaratna\n\nAnasaktasya vi�ayan yatharham\n\nActivities\n\nAnubha�ya\n\nof\n\nLord's\n\nverses quoted, 279\n\nSee: Candrasekhara\n\ndetermine position in disciplic succes­\n\nquoted on Nityananda as vi�f!u-tattva,\n\nfor\n\nquoted\n\nsion, 189\n\ninitiation\n\n21-22\nnot\n\ndeliverance, 54\n\nr eq u i r e d\n\nfor\n\non\n\nprakrta-sahajiyas' beliefs,\n\n21-22\n\nof Vai�Qavas not easily understood, 64\n\nAnyabhila�ita-sanyam\nquoted, 194\n\npure devotee above fruitive, 194\n\nAcyutananda\n\nAradhananam sarve�am\n\nAdvaita Acarya\n\nAradhyo bhagavan vrajesa-tanayas\n\nas son of Sitadevi, 168\n\nquoted, 189\nquoted, 298\n\nCaitanya visited house of, 264\n\ncommunicates secretly with Caitanya,\n\nArcayam eva haraye\nquoted, 51\n\n186\ndances at RemurJa, 171\n\nArcye vi�rJair si/a-dhir guru�u\n\ninstructed to spread kr�rJa-bhakti, 20\n\nArjuna\n\nhouse of at Santipura, 174\n\nquoted, 145\n\ninvites Caitanya to lunch, 183-184\n\ntakes\n\nserved by Govardhana, 272\n\ntravels to Jagannatha Puri, 165, 168\n\ncredit\n189-190\n\nfor\n\nvictorious\n\nbattle,\n\nAssociation\n\nworshiped by Caitanya, 6-7\n\nof ordinary persons, 194\n\nworshiped Caitanya, 5-6\n\nwith faithful neophyte, 51\n\nAge of Kali\n\nAtaeva kr�rJera 'nama'\n\nSee: Kali-yuga\n\nquoted, 58\n\nAmara ajnaya guru hana\n\nAta/:l sri-kr�f!a-namadi\n\nAmara 'du�kara' karma\n\nAtatayinamayantam api vedanta\n\nquoted, 20\n\nquoted, 58\n\nquoted, 189\n\nverses quoted, 136\n\nAmogha\n\nA�haranala\n\nas son-in-law of Sarvabhauma, 125\n\nAdvaita Acarya and Nityananda receive\n\nbecame devotee of Caitanya, 146-149,\n\ngarlands at, 176-177\n\nAtheists\n\n154, 156\ncriticizes Caitanya, 126\n\nregard Deity as material, 194-195\n\n329\n\n", "mad6#p0361": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n330\n\nAto gurum praQamyaivam\n\nBhakti-sandarbha\n\nquoted on dik�a, 54\n\nquoted, 55\n\nquoted on importance of kirtana, 53\n\n8\n\nBhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT\n\nas author of Anubha�ya, 21\n\ncited on chanting the holy name, 51\n\nBalagao9i\n\ncited on maha-bhagavata, 197\n\nBalarama\n\ncited on renunciation of a monkey, 278\n\nCaitanya takes prasada from, 182\n\nslaps Puo<;larTka Vidyanidhi, 201\nBalarama Acarya\nas family priest of Govardhana Majumadara, 268\nBengal\nCaitanya's shelters in, 205\n\ncited on Raghava Pao<;lita, 39\ncited on Sri Kr�Qa-vijaya, 46-47\ncited on Vai�oavism, 194\ncited on Vasudeva Datta, 83-85\nBhaktivinoda Thakura\n\nadvocates k�etra-sannyasa, 221-222\n\ncited on serving Vai�oavas, 60\n\ndevotees of arrive at Narendra Lake,\n\nBhauma-ijya-dhib\n\n178\ndevotees of travel to jagannatha PurT,\n165-177\n\nBhavanTpura\n\nNityananda requested to remain in, 187\n\nBhTmasena\n\nRatha-yatra attended annually by devo­\n\nexplained, 39\nCaitanya visits, 208\nquoted on punishment of offenses to\n\ntees of, 202\n\ndevotees, 139-140\n\nVai�oavas return to, 199\n\nBhT�ma\n\nquoted, 39\n\nBhuvanesvara\n\nquoted on approaching Kr�oa, 21\n\nBlasphemy\n\nBhadrabhadra-vastu-jfiana\nBhagavad-gita\n\nKr�oa fulfilled promise of, 228-229\nCaitanya visits, 209\n\nquoted on divisions of human society,\n\nBhagavatam quoted on, 134\n\n146\nquoted on everything as Kr�oa's energy,\n71\n\nDvaraka-mahJtmya quoted on, 133\n\nquoted on greatness of devotees, 141\nquoted on pure devotional service, 144\nquoted on reaching Kr�oa, 191\n\nBhakti-sandarbha quoted on, 133\n\nseriousness of, 132-134\n\nSkanda PuraQa quoted on, 132-133\n\nBody, material\nas impediment to self-realization, 194\n\nquoted on surrender to Kr�oa, 88\n\nBrahma\n\nquoted on acting in Kr�oa conscious­\n\nBrahma-bandhur na hantavya\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\nness, 281\n\nquoted on pure devotion, 194\nquoted on real and false renunciation,\n\n278,279\nBhakti-ratnakara\nquoted, 263\n\nBhakti-sandarbha\nquoted, 195\nquoted on blaspheming Vi�Qu, 133\n\nquoted on brahmaQa initiation, 54-57\n\nreceives instructions from the Lord, 191\n\nverses quoted, 136\nBrahman\n\none who understands is a brahmaQa,\n\n144\n\nBrahmaQa\n\nas one who understands Brahman, 144\ncontamination of is in mode of goodness, 144-145\nheart of by nature clean, 143\ninjunctions for killing, 136\n\n", "mad6#p0362": "General Index\n\n331\n\nmust worship salagrama-sila, 106\n\nCaitanya dasa\nas son of Sivananda Sena, 169\n\none who chants holy name is more\n\nCaitanya-matigala\n\nBrahmaf)a\n\n·\n\naccount of Caitanya's tour given in, 259\n\nthan, 250\nrespected by Hiraoya and Govardhana,\n269\n\nquoted, 262-263\nCaf)r;/alas\n\ndeveloping qualities of, 55\n\neligible to perform sacrifice, 186\n\nmust be initiated, 54\n\neligible to receive kr�TJa-bhakti, 20-21\nholy name available to, 59\n\nBrahmananda Bharati\nas sannyasi living with Caitanya, 101\nBrahmanda Puri\n\nkr�TJa-bhakti open to, 20\nCandrasekhara\n\nas sannyasi living with Caitanya, 101\n\ninvites Caitanya to lunch, 185\ntravels to Jagannatha Puri, 166, 168\n\nBrahma-sarilhita\nquoted on Lord as destroyer of karma,\n89\n\nwife of travels to Jagannatha Puri, 170\nCaraf)amrta\n\nquoted on purified vision of devotees,\n\nnot to be considered ordinary, 195\nCaturdvara\n\n300\nquoted on the spiritual world, 121\n\nCaitanya visited, 218\nCaturmasya\n\nc\n\nCaitanya consults with Nityananda at\nend of, 185\nCatur-varf)yam maya �r�taril\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nquoted, 146\n\nas combination of Radha and Kr�oa, 299\n\nCausal Ocean\n\nas Kr�oa, 124\nas son of Saci, 61, 177\n\nChanting\n\nhas five faces, 63\n\nas surrounding waters of Vaikuotha, 92\nby neophyte and advanced devotees,\n\nknown as Prataparudra-santrata, 213\nNilambara Cakravarti as grandfather of,\n270\nCaitanya-bhagavata\n\n194\ndissolves material entanglement, 58\nenables one to see Kr��a's lotus feet, 57\nintermediate devotee attracted to, 196·\n\ncited, 260\n\nof Hare Kr��a as medicine, 187\n\ncited on Caitanya's pastimes at Advaita\n\nof\n\nAcarya's house, 184\naccount of Caitanya's tour given in, 259\nquoted, 261-262\nCaitanya-candrodaya-nataka\naccount of Caitanya's tour given in,\n259-260\nCaitanya-carita- maha-kavya\naccount of Caitanya's tour given in, 259\nCaitanya-caritamrta\nquoted on chanting Hare Kr��a, 57\nquoted on classes of Vai��avas, 195\nquoted on judgment by action, 197\nquoted on revelation through devotional service, 58\n\nHare\n\nKr�oa\n\ncontinues\n\nfor\n\nfour\n\nmonths, 180\nof holy name by Mohammedan governor, 245\nof holy names by Mohammedan spy,\n239\nprecedes and follows all devotional activities, 53\npura5carya as life force of, 56\nresults\n\nfrom\n\nseeing\n\nmaha-bhagavata,\n\n197\nthe holy name once as worshipable,\n51\nwith and cessation recommended by\nCaitanya, 50\n\n", "mad6#p0363": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n332\n\nChristians\n\nDevotees\n\nconfess sins then commit them again,\n\nKr�r;Ja fulfills desires of, 86\nmaterialistic not respectful, 51\n\n84\n\nmust preach, 187-188\n\nCitrotpala River\nCaitanya bathes in,217\n\nof Bengal attend Ratha-yatra annually,\n\nConditioned souls\nas\n\nbereft\n\n202\n\nof their relationship with\n\nKr�r;Ja, 94\n\nRaghava Par;J<;lita imitated by neophyte,\n\n39\n\nawakened by maha-bhagavata, 197-198\n\nchanting good for, 57\n\nVasudeva Datta desired to suffer for,\n83-85\n\nwives of go to Jagannatha Puri,168\nDevotional service\ninterrupted by material desires, 194\nnine types of, 52-53\n\nproper candidate for, 195\n\nrevelation of the Lord through,58\n\nD\n\nDipavali\n\nCaitanya celebrated,17-18\n\n·\n\nDisciplic succession\n\nDamodara Par;J<;lita\nhears pastimes of Madhavendra Puri,\n\n174\nremained with Lord at Puri,97\nDeity\n\nquoted,54\n\n173\n\nof Sri Varahadeva at Yajapura, 231\nas\n\nmaterial\n\nby\n\natheists,\n\n194-195\nimaginative\n\nby\n\nso-called\n\nbrahmal)as, 145\n\nleads to pure devotion,51\n\nDemigods\n\nSupreme Lord not one of,195\n\nDemons\n\nnot killed by Gaura-Nitai,189\n\nDesires\n\ndevotional service interrupted by maDevaki\n\nDola-yatra\n\nCaitanya detained at Jagannatha Puri\nuntil,163\n\nDurgama-satigamani\ncited on real renunciation,279\nDuty\n\nDeity worship\n\nconsidered\n\nSee also: Parampara\nDivyaril jiianaril yato dadyat\n\nGopala installed by Madhavendra Puri,\n\nregarded\n\nGaura-Nitai's service in the, 189\n\nterial,194\n\nCaitanya questioned on, 192\nfor\n\nCaitanya's sake devotees\n\naban­\n\ndoned,230\n'Dvaite' bhadrabhadra-jiiana, saba\nverses quoted,29\nDvaraka\nwives and mothers of Kr�r;Ja at,122-123\nDvaraka-mahatmya\nquoted on blaspheming devotees,133\nDvijanam anupetanaril\nquoted,54\n\nas mother of Kr�r;Ja,123\n\nDevotees\n\nE\n\nabandoned duties for Caitanya's sake,\n230\nare as great as the Lord, 140-141\n\nas superior to karmis and jiianis, 52\nCaitanya praises glories of, 63\netiquette for, 119\ngiven\n\ncredit\n\n189-190\n\nfor\n\naccomplishments,\n\nEcstatic symptoms\nmanifest by Amogha, 147, 156\n\nof millions of saintly persons, 238\n\nof Mohammedan governor, 245, 256\nof Mohammedan secretary, 240\nof Mohammedan spy, 239\n\n", "mad6#p0364": "General Index\n\nEcstatic symptoms\nof Prataparudra Maharaja's queens, 217\n\nEnergies\nEnvy\n\n333\n\nGanges\nCaitanya is carried across, 252-257\n\nVidya-vacaspati ordered to worship, 71\nwherever Caitanya stays is, 297-298\n\nCaitanya's unconceivable, 191\n\nGaru(ia PuraQa\n\ndemon loses everything by, 140-141\n\nete kalirigab kaunteya\n\nquoted on exalted position of devotee,\n145\n\nGaru(ia-stambha\n\nverses quoted, 231\n\nCaitanya stands near to see Jagannatha,\n\nEtiquette\n\nfor devotees, 119\n\n4\nGau<;la-desa\nNityananda as only qualified preacher\n\nF\n\nfrom, 188\n\nGaurarigera sarigi-gaf!e\nquoted, 85\n\nFaith\n\ndevotees categorized according to, 52,\n195\n\nFear\n\nof\n\nGaurariga-sundara\n\nnature\n\nkeep\n\nconditioned\n\nsouls in, 95\n\nFire\n\nseless chanter, 249\n\nCaitanya\n\nSee: Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nGopala\nDeity installed by Madhavendra Puri,\n\nceremony can be performed by offenFood\n\nas incarnation for preaching, 189\nas Kr�r:Ja-Balarama, 299\n\nin chanting, 51\nmodes\n\nGaura-Nitai\n\ncollects\n\nremnants\n\n173\nGopinatha\nat Remur:Ja, 171\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nJagannatha's, 207\n\nfrom Balagal)<;li taken by Caitanya, 182\noffered by wives of Caitanya, 170\n\nprepared for Caitanya by Sarvabhauma,\n107-113\n\nSee also: Prasada\n\nDeity known as K�iracora, 174\n\nstofe milk for Madhavendra Puri, 174\n\nGovardhana Majumadara\n\ngood qualities of, 268-269\n\nRaghunatha dasa as son of, 268, 270\nserved Advaita Acarya, 272\n\nGovinda\n\nSee: Kr�r:Ja\n\nG\n\nGovinda\nbrings garlands to Atharanala, 176\nremained with Lord at Puri, 97\n\nGadadhara Par;1<;lita\n\nbroke vow of k�etra-sannyasa, 221-226\n\nforbidden to accompany Caitanya,\n221-226\n\ngiven place to live at Yamesvara, 97\n\ninitiated by Pur:J<;lq.rika Vidyanidhi, 200\n\nintimacy of Caitanya and, 225\nmet Caitanya at Puri, 287\n\nnever went to Vrndavana, 300\n\nGanges\n\nas shelter of Caitanya, 205\n\nas Supreme Lord in form of water, 71\n\ntravels to jagannatha Puri, 166\nGur:Jaraja Khan\n\nas author of Sri Kr�f!a-vijaya, 46\nlife history of, 47\n\nGur;1<;lica temple\n\ncleansed at time of Ratha-yatra, 180\n\nSivananda Sena instructed to go to, 45\n\nGuror /abdhasya mantrasya\nverses quoted, 55\n\nGuru\n\nCaitanya ordered everyone to become\na, 20\n\n", "mad6#p0365": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n334\n\nGuru\n\nHoly name\n\nSee also: Spiritual master\n\nH\n\nCaitanya asked Mohammedan governor to chant, 250\ncar:rc;Jala delivered by vibrating, 54\nchanted by Amogha, 146, 154\nchanted by neophyte and advanced\n\nHanti nindati vai dve?ti\nverses quoted, 132\n\nchanted once as worshipable, 51\n\nHanuman\n\nintermediate devotee attracted to\n\ndevotees, 194\n\nas servant of Ramacandra, 190\n\nchanting, 196\n\nCaitanya displays emotions of, 16-17\n\nmaterial entanglement dissolved by\n\nMurari Gupta as incarnation of, 80\n\nchanting, 58\n\nHare Kr�Qa\n\nnot to be considered ordinary, 195\n\nchanting of continues for four months,\n\n180\nchanting of as medicine, 187\nSee also: Holy name, Maha-mantra\nHarer nama harer nama\n\nqualities of, 59\nStayaraja Khan instructed to chant the,\n\n50\nSee also: Maha-mantra\nHouseholder\n\nsannyasi expected to collect food from,\n124\n\nverses quoted, 249\n\nHari-bhakti-vilasa\n\nshould serve Vai�Qavas, 60\n\ncited on blasphemy, 132-133\nquoted on brahmar:ra initiation, 54\nquoted on purascarya, 55, 56\n\nVasudeva Datta as, 44-45\nHumility\nof Murari Gupta, 81\n\nquoted on surrender to spiritual master,\n\nof\n\n55\nHaricandana\nPrataparudra Maharaja gives orders to,\n\nROpa and\n290-291\n\nSanatana\n\nGosvamis,\n\nHusband\nduty of, 136\n\n215\nHaridasa Thakura\nBalarama Acarya as favorite of, 268\nmore advanced than Christ, 84\nnever went to Vrndavana, 300\n\nlmpersonalists\n\nHearing\nas purification, 51\n\nsometime imagine a form of the Lord,\n\n145\n\nHera-paiicami\nattended by Caitanya and devotees,\n\n183\n\nIndia\nCaitanya toured South, 203\nWestern Vai�Qavas not allowed in some\n\nHeart\n\ntemples in, 250\n\ninstructions given through, 191\nof a brahmar:ra by nature clean. 143\nHiraQya Majurnadara\ngood qualities of, 268-269\nHoly name\na car:rc;lala can be purified by hearing,\n\n247\nHoly narne\nas non-different from the Lord, 57\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\nKr�Qa-Balarama temple constructed by,\n\n299\nmembers of must distribute kr?r:ra-bhak­\n\nti, 20\nisvara/:1 sarva-bhatanam\nquoted, 191\n\n", "mad6#p0366": "General Index\nTsvara PurT\nfirst narrated story of Madhavendra PurT\nto Caitanya, 174\nlsvare tad-adhine�u\n\nverse quoted, 195\n\nJ\n)agadananda\nhears pastimes of Madhavendra PurT,\n174\n\nKali-yuga\nCaitanya's mission in, 188-189\nKr�rya manifests in forms of wood and\nwater in, 70-71\nso-called brahma1,1as in, 145\nsuffering of caused by sinful activity,\n20\n\nKanai Na�asala\nCaitanya went to, 292\nvisited by Caitanya, 265\nKanani Khutiya\ndressed himself like Nanda Maharaja,\n\nremained with Lord at PurT, 97\nJagai\ndelivered by Nityananda, 189\n)agannatha Deity\nas Supreme Lord in form of wood, 71\nprasada of offered to Caitanya, 113\nreceives silken ropes, 180\nSarvabhauma ordered to worship, 71\nseeing of as great benefit, 187-188\nseen by Caitanya each morning, 97\nslaps Puryc;JarTka Vidyanidhi, 201\nvisited by Caitanya and associates, 178\nJagannatha Mahati\ndressed himself as Mother Yasoda, 10,\n\n335\n\n10,14\n\nKapiladeva\nverdict of, 249\nKara-patrais ca phalyante\n\nverses quoted, 133\nKarma\nBrahma-sarhhita\n\nquoted on Lord as\ndestroyer of, 89\nimmediately affects offender of the\nLord, 139\nnullified by chanting holy name, 251\nKarmis\n\nare not purified, 84\nas faithless, 52\nKar1,1au pidhiiya nirayad yad akalpa\n\n14\n\n)agannatha PurT\nas place of pilgrimage, 221\nCaitanya detained at, 162-164, 203\nCaitanya returned to, 273\ndevotees travel to, 165-177\npreaching more important than staying\nin, 187-188\nthe Lord eats fifty-two times a day at,\n122\n\nJesus Christ\neradicated sins of his disciples, 84\n}nan is\n\nare not purified, 84\nas faithless, 52\n\nK\nKaqara\n\nLord Jagannatha's ointment taken by\nCaitanya; 207\n\nverses quoted, 134\nKarttika\nCaitanya detained at Jagannatha PurT\nuntil, 163\nKasT Misra\nbrings prasada to Caitanya, 179\nmet Caitanya at PurT, 287\nKasTSvara\nremained with Lord at PurT, 97\nKa�aka\nCaitanya visits, 209\ndevotees arrive at, 175\nKayastha caste\ndescription of, 243\nHiraryya and Govardhana belonged to,\n268\n\nKesava PurT\nas sannyasi living with Caitanya, 101\nKharyc;la\nthree inhabitants of, 61\n\n", "mad6#p0367": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n336\n\nKr�l)a\n\nKulina-grama\n\nas Caitanya's life and soul, 48\n\ninhabitants of travel to jagannatha Puri,\n166\n\nas identical with holy name, 51\nas the original prabhu, 79\n\nsymptoms of Vai�l)avas explained to inhabitants of, 199\n\nas the supreme sweetness, 72\nCaitanya as, 124\ncompared to a mine of gems, 73\nfulfilled Bhi�ma's promise, 228-229\nfulfills desires of His devotees, 86\nfull in six opulences, 94\ngives credit to devotees, 189-190\n\nKuliya\nvisited by Caitanya, 260-263\nKumarahana\nvisited by Caitanya, 259\nKuruk�etra\nArjuna takes credit at, 189-190\n\ngranted audience to Madhavendra Puri,\n294\nmanifests in forms of wood and water\n\nL\n\nin Kali-yuga, 70-71\nMurari Gupta induced by Caitanya to\nworship, 72-74\nnot to be considered ordinary, 195\nrelatives of in Vrndavana, 123\nKr�l)a-Balarama\nGaura-Nitai as, 299\nKr�l)a consciousness\nIndians astonished to see Westerners\ntaking up, 243\nspread by madhyama-adhikari, 197\nSee also: Devotional service\n\nKr�l)adasa\nidentified, 181\npours water over the Lord, 182\nKr$Qa-mantra haite habe\n\nquoted, 57\nKr�l)ananda Puri\nas sannyasi living with Caitanya, 1 01\nKr$Qeti yasya giri tam\n\nquoted, 51, 60\nK$etra-sannyasa\n\nGadadhara Pal)<;lita gave up vow of,\n221-226\nSarvabhauma 8hanacarya lived in, 222\nK�iracora\nas name of Gopinatha Deity, 174\nKulina-grama\ninhabitants of at Ratha-yatra, 180-181\n\nLahake yavat sparsi 'hema\n\nquoted, 197\nLaukiki vaidiki vapi\n\nverses quoted, 281\nLiberation\nby chanting holy names, 251\nof caQr;iala, 54\noffered by maha-bhagavata, 197-198\nmeans\n\ncomplete\n\nfreedom from the\n\nmodes, 145\nLiving entities\nBrahma as first of, 191\nwander in material ocean, 277\nLotus feet of Lord Caitanya\nMohammedan governor offered prayers\nto, 252\nRaghunatha dasa touched by, 271\nLotus feet of Kr�l)a\nattained by service and chanting,\n193\nseen by chanting Hare Kf�l)a, 57\nLove of God\nAmogha became mad with, 146\nand attraction as goal of devotional service, 196\nawakened by chanting, 58\ngreatness of Candrasekhara's 170\n\ninhabitants of invited to Ratha-yatra, 46\n\nMukunda dasa had deep, 64, 66\n\ninhabitant of petitions Caitanya, 192\n\nMukunda d�sa's compared with gold,\n\ninhabitants of question Caitanya on\nVai�l)avas, 196\n\n63\nRaghunatha dasa mad with, 273\n\n", "mad6#p0368": "General Index\n\n337\n\nMaya tatam idaril sarvaril jagad\n\nM\n\nverses quoted, 71\npoor fund of knowledge of, 195\nPrakasananda Sarasvati leader of san-\n\nMadhai\ndelivered by Nityananda, 189\nMadhava dasa\nCaitanya stayed at house of, 263-264\nMadhavendra Puri\ndevotees discuss pastimes of, 173-174\nwent alone to Vrndavana, 294\nMadhavidevi\nnever went to Vrndavana, 300\n\nMadhyama-adhikari\n\nas preaching platform, 197\n\nMaha-bhagavata\n\nSee: Pure devotees\n\nnyasis, 189\nMental speculation\nconceptions of good and bad in material world are, 40\npure devotee above, 194\nMercy\nno one can check one with Kr�oa's, 281\nof Caitanya on Amogha, 156\nof Caitanya on Mohammedan governor, 250\none crosses material o c e a n by\n\nMahabharata\n\nCaitanya's, 277\n\nquoted on punishment of offenses to\ndevotees, 139\nquoted on Yajapura, 231\n\nMaha-mantra\n\naccepted as the Lord, Himself, 57\nchanted by one with clean heart, 143\nchanting of is very important, 120\nMahanila\nas uncle of Kr�oa, 123\n\nMahatmanas tu mam partha\n\nverses quoted, 141\nMalini\nas wife of Srivii.sa Pao9ita, 169\ncooks Caitanya's favorite vegetables,\n184\n\nMaril hi partha vyapasritya\nverses quoted, 21\nMantresvara\nMohammedan governor accompanied\nCaitanya past, 255-256\nMardaraja\nPrataparudra Maharaja gives orders to,\n\nMind\nof Caitanya is Vrndavana, 298\nof Puo9arika Vidyanidhi polluted, 201\nonly Kr�oa's service appeals to the, 74\nMisra Purandara\nHiraoya and Govardhana rendered service to, 270\nMukunda dasa\nas inhabitant of Khao9a, 61\nas royal physician, 64\nas son of Raghunandana, 62\nduty of to earn material and spiritual\nwealth, 68\nhears pastimes of Madhavendra Puri,\n174\nlove of God of, 63\nMurari Gupta\ntravels to Jagannatha Puri, 166\nas incarnation of Hanuman, 80\nattached to service of Ramacandra,\n75 80\n-\n\ninduced by Caitanya to worship Kr�oa,\n\n215\n\n72-74\n\nMaterial existence\nby\n\nremembering Caitanya\ndelivered from, 243\nMathura-dhama\nas place of pilgrimage, 221\n\none\n\nis\n\n·\n\nMaya\n\ncompared to a pot of mustard seeds, 92\n\nmaha-bhagavata can detect, 197\n\nN\nNa bhajanty avajananti sthanad\nquoted, 145\nNadia\n\nbrahmaQas in given charity by Hiraoya\nand Govardhana, 269\n\n", "mad6#p0369": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrfa\n\n338\n\nNamaikaril yasya vaci\n\nquoted, 195\n\nNamo maha-vadanyaya\n\nverses quoted, 85\nNanda Maharaja\nas father of Kr�r;�a, 48, 123\nNandana\nas uncle of Kr�r;�a, 123\nNa patis ca sa syan na mocayed\n\nquoted, 136\nNa pritaye 'nuragaya hy arigo\n\nverses quoted, 137\nNarahari\nas inhabitant of Khar;�<;la, 61\nordered to remain with Caitanya's\ndevotees, 69\ntravels to jagannatha Puri, 167\nNarendra Lake\nBengali devotees arrive at, 178\nNarottama dasa Thakura\ncited on Kr�r;�a-Balarama as Gaura-Nitai,\n299\nquoted on ideal devotee of Caitanya,\n85\nNa te vidu/:1 svartha-gatiril hi\n\nquoted, 145\nNavadvipa\nas place of pilgrimage, 221\ndevotees of travel to jagannatha Puri,\n166\n\nNityananda Prabhu\nconsults with Caitanya, 185\ndelivered Jagai and Madhai, 189\nembraced by Caitanya, 192\nKr�r;�adasa servant of, 181\nnarrates pastimes of Madhavendra Puri,\n174\nnarrates pastimes of Sak�i-gopala, 175\nnot a prajapati, 22\nplayed at whirling the rod, 13\nreceives condensed milk, 172-173\nrequested to remain in Bengal, 187\ntravels to see Caitanya, 166\nNrsirhha Tirtha\nas sannyasi living with Caitanya, 101\n\n0\nO<;lana-sa�!hi\nPur;�<;larika Vidyanidhi attends, 199-201\nOffenses\nmust be avoided in chanting, 53\nof atheists enumerated, 195\nOrissa\nCaitanya waited at border of, 236\ndevotees of forbidden to accompany\nCaitanya, 207-208\nSivananda Sena knows roads of, 168\n\nNavadvipa-parikrama\n\nquoted, 263\nNilacala\nSee: Jagannatha Puri\nNiladri\nSee: Jagannatha Puri\nNilambara Cakravarti\nas grandfather of Caitanya, 270\nNindariJ bhagavata/:1 srQvas\n\nverses quoted, 134\nNindaril kurvanti ye mvc;Jha\n\nverses quoted, 132\nNityananda Prabhu\nassistants of listed, 22\nas the body, 190\nas vi?QU-tattva, 22\nconsidered human being by prakrtasahajiyas, 21-22\n\np\nPadma PuraQa\n\nquoted on stages of reactions to sin,\n88-89\n\nPadyava/i\n\nquoted on holy name, 59\nPaniha!i\nCaitanya arrives at, 257-258\nParamananda Puri\nas sannyasi living with Caitanya, 101\ninvited to lunch by Sarvabhauma, 101\nremained with Caitanya at Puri, 97\nPararh Brahman\neverything as energy of, 71\nParasya brahmaQa/:1 saktis tathedam\n\nquoted, 71\n\n", "mad6#p0370": "General Index\nPastimes of Caitanya\ncompared to pastimes of\n227-229\n\n339\n\nPOja traikaliki nityarh\n\nKr� r:ta,\n\none becomes astonished by hearing,\n154\none becomes glorious by hearing, 257\nPastimes of Kr�r:ta\nas melodious, 74\nentered through mercy of Caitanya,\n299\nmanifested and unmanifested, 120-121\ntake place within Caitanya, 298\nPatayo nabhyasOyeran pitr-bhratr\n\nnever went to Vrndavana, 300\ns l a p p e d by Lo rd Ja g a n n a t h a a n d\nBalarama, 201\nPurascaraQa-sampanno\nverses quoted, 56\nPura5carya\nas life force of chanting, 56\nfive activities of, 55-56\nPura�kriya hi mantraQarh\n\nverses quoted, 56\nPure devotees\n\nverses quoted, 137\nPichalda\nCaitanya taken to, 255-256\n\nhumility of, 291\nneophytes can't understand devotional\ningredients of, 51\nonly can give kr�Qa-bhakti, 21\nonly desire of, 194\n\nPradyumna\nmet Caitanya at Puri, 287\nPrahlada Maharaja\nVasudeva Datta as incarnation of, 86\nPrakasananda Sarasvati\ndelivered by Caitanya, 1 89\nPrakrta-sahajiyas\nengage in sense gratification, 299300\nthink that Nityananda Prabhu\nhuman being, 21-22\nPraQatibhis ca bhajantam isam\n\nverses quoted, 55\nPur:tc;larika Vidyanidhi\nattends Oc;lana-�aHhi festival, 199-201\n\nis\n\nreceive instructions through heart, 1 91\nsymptoms of, 1 97-198\nPurification\nby chanting holy name, 250\na\n\nPuru�ottama\nSee: ]agannatha Puri\n\nR\n\nquoted, 1 94\nPrapaiicikataya buddhya\nPrasada\n\nRac;lha-desa\nKr�r:tadasa resident in, 181\n\ndistributed by Caitanya, 179\ndistributed by Nityananda, 173\nSee also: Food\nPrataparudra Maharaja\narranged for palace ladies to see\n\nCaitanya absorbed in ecstasy in,\n298-299\nRaghava Par:tc;lita\nCaitanya describes pure devotional service of, 33-43\n\nverses quoted, 279\n\nCaitanya, 216-218\nconsults with Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya\nand Ramananda Raya, 161\nhumility of, 291\nmeeting of Caitanya and, 210-213\norders of for Caitan ya's service,\n213-216\nPremadasa\ncommentary of quoted, 263\nPremaiijana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\nverses quoted, 121 , 300\n\nCaitanya stayed at house of, 258-259\nRaghunandana\nas father of Mukunda dasa, 62\nas inhabitant of Khar:tc;la, 61\nconstantly served the temple of Kr�r:ta,\n68,69\nRaghunatha\nSee: Ramacandra\nRaghunatha dasa\nas son of Govardhana\n268, 270\n\nMajumadara,\n\n", "mad6#p0371": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n340\n\nRaghunatha dasa\nengaged in household duties without\nattachment, 282\nmet Caitanya at Santipura, 267, 271\nRamacandra\ngives credit to Hanuman, 190\n\nMurari Gupta attached to service of,\n75-80\n\nRamai\ntravels to Jagannatha Puri,166\nRamakeli\n\nRohiQi\nas mother of Kr�r:Ja, 123\nRopa Gosvami\nadvised to develop Vrndavana, 299\ndelivered by Caitanya, 189\nhumility of, 290-291\n\ninstructed to preach, 187\n\nmet Caitanya at Ramakeli, 289\n\nROpa-narayal)a River\nPichalada on bank of,236\n\nROpa and Sanatana met Catianya at,\n\ns\n\n289\nvisited by Caitanya, 265\nRamananda Raya\n\nCaitanya's separation from, 234\n\nconsults with Prataparudra Maharaja,\n161\nmet Caitanya at Puri, 287\nnever went to Vrndavana, 300\n\npermits Caitanya to go to Vrndavana,\n204-206\n\ntricked Caitanya, 203-204\nRamananda Vasu\n\nSacidevi\nas mother of Caitanya, 61, 177\ngave Caitanya permission to go to\nVrndavana,284-285\nSacimata\nCaitanya\n\nate everything offered by,\n\n27-32\nmet Caitanya at house of Advaita, 264\nSacrifice\n\nif he utters the holy name, caQr;Ja/a can\nperform, 248\n\nquestions Caitanya, 49\n\nSakha-nirQayamrta\n\nquoted on initiation,57\n\nSak�i-gopala\n\nRamarcana-candrika\nRatha-yatra\n\nattended annually by Bengali devotees,\n202\nattended by Caitanya and devotees,\n183\nCaitanya detained at Jagannatha Puri\nuntil, 163\nGul)<;lica temple cleansed at time of,\n180\ninhabitants of Kulina-grama invited to,\n46\n\nRati-prema-taratamye bhakta\nquoted, 196\n\nRaval)a\n\nkidnapped Sita, 17\nRegulative principles\n\nquoted on Amogha Pal)<;lita,155-156\n\nat Kataka, 175\n.\nSalagrama-sila\n\nbrahmaQa must worship,106\n\nSamasrita ye pada-pallava-plavaril\nverse quoted, 277\n\nSanatana Gosvami\n\nadvised to develop Vrnd,l.vana, 299\n\ndelivered by Caitanya, 189\nhumility of, 290-291\n\ninstructed on three classes of devotees,\n\n51-52\n\ninstructed to preach, 187\n\nmet Caitanya at Ramakeli, 289\n\nSannanda\nas uncle of Kr�Qa, 123\n\nSannyasis\n\nneophyte advances by following, 52\n\nexpected to collect food from house­\n\ndevotees visit Lord Gopinatha at, 171\n\nshould not cook for themselves, 101\n\nRemul)a\n\nRenunciation\n\nreal and false, 278-279\n\nholder, 124\n\nten who were with Caitanya named,\n\n101\n\n", "mad6#p0372": "General Index\n\nSantipura\nCaitanya stayed at, 174\nCaitanya visited house of Advaita at,\n265\nRaghunatha dasa met Caitanya at, 267,\n271\n\nSantuHiilolupa dak�a dharma-jf1a\n\nverses quoted, 137\nSaptagrama\nHiral)ya and Govardhana as residents\nof, 268\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya\nAmogha as son-in-law of, 125\nas k�etra-sannyasi, 222\nconsults with Prataparudra Maharaja,\n161\ndelivered by Caitanya, 189\nmet Caitanya at Puri, 287\nordered to worship Lord Jagannatha, 71\npermist Caitanya to go to Vrndavana,\n204-206\nSa�hi as daughter of, 125\nSa�hira Mata as wife of, 104\n\nSarva-dharman parityajya\nverses quoted, 88\n\nSarvarh khalv idarh brahma\nquoted, 71\n\n5astra-yukti nahi jane dr(lha\nquoted, 195\nSa�hi\nas daughter of Sarvabhauma, 125\nSa�hira Mata\nas wife of Sarvabhauma, 104\ncooked for Caitanya, 104-105\nSati\nquoted on blaspheming devotees, 134\nSatyananda Bharati\nas sannyasi living with Caitanya, 101\nSatyaraja Khan\nquestions Caitanya on spiritual advancement, 49-50\nSavyasacin\nSee: Arjuna\n\nSei bhakta dhanya, ye na chaqe\n\nverses quoted, 79\nSense gratification\ninterrupts devotional service, 194\nprakrta-sahajiyas engage in, 299-300\n\n341\n\nSenses\nthe Lord not understood through material, 58\ntongue controlled by service, 58\nSikhi Mahiti\nmet Caitanya at Puri, 287\nnever went to Vrndavana, 300\nSin\nholy name annihilates reactions to, 59\nliberation from by chanting holy name,\n251\nPadma PuriiQa quoted on stages of reaction of, 88-89\nrelief from reactions of, 52-53\nVai�l)avas delivered from reactions to,\n88-89\nSitadevi\naccompanies Advaita Acarya to Jagannatha Puri, 168\nas mother of Acyutananda, 168\nSiva\nquoted on Vai�l)ava worship, 189\nSivananda Sena\naccompanied by wife and son, 169\nCaitanya visited house of, 259\ninstructed to attend the Gul)<;lica\nfestival, 45\nnever went to Vrndavana, 300\ntakes c h a r g e of travelling p a r t y ,\n167-168,170-171\n\nSkanda PuriiQa\n\nquoted on blaspheming Vai�l)avas,\n132-133\nSpiritual master\nconsidered ordinary human by socalled brahmaQas, 145\ndefinition of, 63\nnecessity of initiation from, 54-58\nseen as ordinary man, 195\nsets down regulative principles, 52\n\nSraddhavan jana haya bhakti-adhikari\nquoted, 195\n\nSravaQarh kirtanarh vi�Qo/:1\nverses quoted, 53\n\nSri caitanya-carita-maha-kavya\nquoted, 260\n\nSri-kr�Qa-caitanya radha-kr�Qa\nquoted, 299\n\n", "mad6#p0373": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n342\n\nSri-kr?r:Ja-gar:Joddesa-dipika\n\nSukhananda Puri\n\nas sannyasi living with Caitanya, 101\n\nquoted on uncles of Kr��a, 123\n\nSri Kr?f!a-vijaya\n\nSunila\n\nas uncle of Kr��a, 123\n\ncontents of described, 46-47\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nSupreme Lord\n\nCu�araja Khan translated two cantos of,\n47\nquoted on accepting things offered to\nthe Lord, 120\n\nas non-different from maha-mantra, 57\nnot to be considered as demigod, 195\nSee also: Kr��a\n\nSurrender\n\nquoted on blaspheming devotees, 134\nquoted on Brahma's instruction from\nthe Lord, 191\n\nCita quoted on, 88\n\nSvado 'pi sadyaf:r savanaya kalpate\nquoted, 249\n\nquoted on cutting off relationship with\nfallen husband, 137-138\n\nSvapnesvara\ninvited Caitanya to eat, 209\nSvarupa Damodara\n\nquoted on envying devotees, 140\n\nquoted on hearing and chanting, 248\n\nas sannyasi living with Caitanya, 101\n\nquoted on intermediate Vai��ava, 195\n\ndelivers garlands to devotees, 177-178\n\nquoted on Kr��a's fulfilling His devo-\n\nnever went to Vrndavana, 300\n\nquoted on killing a brahmar:Ja, 136\n\ninvited to lunch by Sarvabhauma, 102\nremained with Lord at Puri, 97\n\ntee's promise, 228-229\nquoted on materialistic devotees, 51\nquoted on material world as ocean, 277\n\nSyamasundara\nKr��a known as, 121\n\nquoted on men who are like asses or\ncows, 299\n\nT\n\nquoted on nine types of devotional service, 53\n\nquoted on non-Vai��ava brahmar:Jas,\n145\nquoted on qualification of a husband,\n136\n\nTadiya-du?aka-janan\nverses quoted, 133\n\nTarira vakya, kriya, mudra vijiieha\nquoted, 64\nTasmat tvam utti��ha\n\nrecited by professionals, 21\n\nverse quoted, 189-190\n\nSri Raghunandana\n\nTene brahma hrda\n\ntravels to Jagannatha Puri, 167\n\nquoted, 191\n\nSrivasa Pa�c;lita\n\nTe pacyante maha-ghore\n\nnever went to Vrndavana, 300\ntravels with Malini to Jagannatha Puri,\n166-169\n\nverses quoted, 133\n\nTe?am satata-yuktanam\nverse quoted, 191\n\nSrivasa Thakura\nCaitanya takes lunch at home of, 184\nCaitanya visited house of, 259\n\nSudarsana cakra\n\nCaitanya wished to kill\n\nJagai\n\nMadhai with, 189\nSud eva\n\nTulasi\n\nflowers of used to worship Caitanya, 6\n\nand\n\nu\nUniverses\n\nas uncle of Krsna, 123\n\ndestruction of not considered loss by\n\ncan take to Kr��a consciousness, 21\n\nfloat on waters of River Viraja, 90\n\nSudras\n\n· ·\n\n·\n\nKr��a. 93-94\n\n", "mad6#p0374": "General Index\nUpadesamrta\n\n343\n\nVasudeva Datta\n\nquoted on faith in chanting, 51\n\ndesired to suffer for conditoned souls,\n\nquoted on respecting Vai�r:tavas, 60\n\nglorified by Caitanya, 81-82\n\nquoted on madhyama-adhikari, 194\nUpananda\nas uncle of Kr�r:ta, 123\n\nUttama-adhikari\n\nsymptoms of, 197-198\nUtthana-dvadasi\nCaitanya celebrated, 17-18\n\n83 85\n-\n\nmore advanced than Christ, 84\ntravels to Jagannatha Puri, 166\nYadunandana Acarya as favorite of, 268\n\nVedas\n\nquoted on everything as energy of Lord,\n\n71\nVidyanidhi\n\nv\nVacaspati\n\nSee: Vidya-vacaspati\n\nVaikur:t�ha\nCausal Ocean as surrounding waters of,\n\n92\nVai$Qava\ndefinition of, 60\nVaisnavas\n. �ctivities of not easily understood, 64\nas liberal, 84\n\nbrahmaQas engaged in devotional service are, 144\n\nCaitanya opposed to pseudo-, 279\ndelivered from sinful reactions, 88-89\nduties of intermediate, 195-196\nnot to be considered material, 195\nreturn to Bengal, 199\nSatyaraja inquiries on symptoms of, 50\nseriousness of blaspheming, 132-134\n\nSri Kr�Qa-vijaya valuable for, 47\nsymptoms of, 193-199\nthree types of, 197-199\nworship of, 189\nVai�r:tavatama\nas one type of Vai�r:tava, 199\nVar:tinatha Raya\n\nbrings prasada to Caitanya, 179\n\nmet Caitanya at Puri, 287\n\nVapanaril draviQadanaril sthanam\nverses quoted, 136\nVasudeva Datta\nas householder, 44-45\nas incarnation of Prahlada, 86\nCaitanya visited house of, 259\n\ntravels to Jagannatha Puri, 166\nVidya-vacaspati\nCaitanya stayed at house of, 260-263\nordered to worship Ganges, 71\nVijaya-dasami\nCaitanya celebrated, 16-17\nCaitanya departs for Vrndavana on day\nof, 207\n\nVinaiva dik$am viprendra\nverse quoted, 57\n\nVina yena na siddha/:1 syan\nverses quoted, 56\nViraja River\nuniverses float on waters of, 90\nVi�r:tU\nseriousness of blaspheming, 133\nworship as secondary, 189\nVi�r:tu Puri\n\nas sannyasi living with Caitanya, 101\n\nVi$QU-tattva\n\nBrahma not, 191\nKr�r:ta as origin of, 195\n\nVi$QU-yamala\n\nquoted on initiation, 54\n\nVisvasa\n\ntitle explained, 243\nVrajendra-kumara\nas name of Kr�r:ta, 72\nVrndavana\nand Kr�r:ta are equally worshipable, 298\nas invincible, 293\nCaitanya denied permission to visit,\n\n161-164\nCaitanya departs for, 207\nCaitanya kept from, 203\nKr�r:ta's relatives in, 123\n\n", "mad6#p0375": "344\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nVrndavana\n\ny\n\npreaching more important than staying\nYadunandana Acarya\n\nin, 187-188\n\nas\n\nwherever Caitanya stays is, 297-298\nVrndavana dasa Thakura\nslapping\n\nmaster of\n\nf a mily\n\nof\n\nYadyapi anya bhaktih\n\ndescribed Caitanya's pastimes, 184\ndescribed\n\nspiritual\n\nGovardhana Majumadara, 2 68\n\nof\n\nPundarika\n\nVidyanidhi, 201\npastimes of Caitanya described by, 266\n\nquoted, 53\n\nYadyapi sri bhagavata-mate\nverse quoted, 5 6\n\nYadyapi svarupato nasti\nverse quoted, 57\nY ajapura\n\nw\n\nCaitanya visits, 231\nsituation and history of, 23 1-232\nYamesvara\n\nWife\nshould relinquish relationship with hus­\n\nGadadhara Pal)c;lita given place to live\nat, 97\n\nband who falls down, 135-138\n\nYamuna River\n\nWomen\n\nwherever Caitanya stays is, 297-298\n\ncan approach supreme destination,\n\nYasoda\n\n21\n\ncan understand Sri Kr�f!a-vijaya, 47\n\nas foster mother of Kr�l)a, 123\nYasodeva\n\nWorld, material\n\nas uncle of K[�l)a, 123\n\nas one-fourth of creation, 94\nconceptions of good and bad in as\n\nas uncle of K[�l)a, 123\n\nmental speculations, 40\ndistinctions between good and bad\n\nYasyatma-buddhih kuQape tridhatuke\nverses quoted, 299\n\nmade in, 39\ndivided from spiritual world by River\n\nYatha kaiicanatarh yati\nquoted, 55\n\nViraja, 90\n\nY avata syat sva-nirvahah\n\nidentification with vanquished, 57\n\nverses quoted, 278\n\nlike a big ocean, 277\n\nYe nindanti hr�ikesam\n\nthree modes in, 145\n\nverses quoted, 133\n\nWorld, spiritual\n\nYe�arh tv anta-gatarh paparh\n\nBrahma-sarhhita quoted on, 12 1\n\nconstitutes\n\nYasodhara\n\nunlimited\n\nopulence\n\nof\n\nK[�l)a, 92\ndivided from material world by River\nViraja, 90\nno \"pure or impure\" in, 39\nWorship\nof Vai�l)avas as topmost, 189\n\nverses quoted, 144\nYogamaya\n\n•\n\nas sister of Kr�l)a, 140\n\nYo hi bhagavatarh /okam upahasarh\nverses quoted, 132\n\nYo 'si so 'si namo 'stu te\nCaitanya worshiped Advaita Acarya by\nsaying, 1, 6-7\n\n", "mad6#p0376": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada appeared in this world\nin 1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvati Gosvami, in Calcutta in 1922. Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati, a prominent\ndevotional scholar and the founder of sixty-four Gauc)iya Mathas (Vedic Institutes), liked this educated young man and convinced him to dedicate his life to\nteaching Vedic knowledge. Srila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven\nyears later (1933) at Allahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in 1922, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura requested\nSrila Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge through the English language. In\n\nthe years that followed, Srila Prabhupada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavadgita, assisted the Gauc)iya Matha in its work and, in 1944, without assistance,\n\nstarted an English fortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and\nchecked the galley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies freely and\nstruggled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the magazine never stopped;\nit is now being continued by his disciples in the West.\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion, the\nGauc)iya Vai�l)ava Society honored him in 1947 with the title \"Bhaktivedanta.\" In\n1950, at the age of fifty-four, Srila Prabhupada retired from married life, and four\n\nyears later he adopted the vanaprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his\n\nstudies and writing. Srila Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of Vrndavana,\nwhere he lived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and writing.\n\nHe accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in 1959. At Radha-Damodara,\n\nSrila Prabhupada began work on his life's masterpiece: a multivolume translation\nand commentary on the eighteen thousand verse\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Bhagavata PuraQa). He also wrote Easy Journey to Other Planets.\n\nAfter publishing three volumes of Bhagavatam, Srila Prabhupada came to the\n\nUnited States, in 1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual master. Since that time,\nHis Divine Grace has written over forty volumes of authoritative translations,\ncommentaries and summary studies of the philosophical and religious classics of\nIndia.\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Srila Prabhupada\nwas practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great difficulty that he\nestablished the International Society for Krishna Consciousness in july of 1966.\nUnder his careful guidance, the Society has grown within a decade to a world­\n\nwide confederation of almost one hundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes\nand farm communities.\nIn 1968, Srila Prabhupada created New Vrndavana, an experimental Vedic community in the hills of West V irginia. Inspired by the success of New Vrndavana,\nnow a thriving farm community of more than one thousand acres, his students\nhave since founded several similar communities in the United States and abroad.\n\n345\n\n", "mad6#p0377": "346\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and second­\n\nary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in Dallas, Texas. The\nschool began with 3 children in 1972, and by the beginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\nSrTia Prabhupada has also inspired the construction of a large international\ncenter at SrTdhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also the site for a\nplanned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the magnificent Kr�f)aBalarama Temple and International Guest House in Vrndavana, India. These are\ncenters where Westerners can live to gain firsthand experience of Vedic culture.\nSrTia Prabhupada's most significant contribution, however, is his books. Highly\nrespected by the academic community for their authoritativeness, depth and\nclarity, they are used as standard textbooks in numerous college courses. His writings have been translated into eleven languages. The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust,\nestablished in 1972 exclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace, has thus\nbecome the world's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian religion and\nphilosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of SrTia Prabhupada's most recent\nwork: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-completed by SrTia\n\nPrabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali religious classic Sri\nCai tan ya-cari tamrta.\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, SrTia Prabhupada has circled\nthe globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to six continents. In\nspite of such a vigorous schedule, SrTia Prabhupada continues to write prolifically.\nHis writings constitute a veritable library of Vedic philosophy, religion, literature\nand culture.\n\n", "mad6#p0378": "(continued from front flap)\nMadhya-lila (the middle period), the\nlongest of the three, is a detailed narration of\n\nSri Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels\nthroughout India as a renounced mendicant,\n\nteacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and\nmystic. Finally, Antya-lila (the final period)\nconcerns the last eighteen years of Caitanya\n\nMah:iprabhu's manifest presence, spent in\nsemiseclusion in JaganMtha Puri, Orissa.\nDuring these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted\n\ndeeper and deeper into trances of spiritual\necstasy unparalleled in all of religious and\n\nliterary history, Eastern or Western.\n\nKr�Qad:isa Kaviriija Gosviimi, the author of\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta, was a great saint and\na confidential disciple and student of\nRaghuniitha dasa Gosviimi, the renowned\nascetic saint who was one of the most intimate disciples of Sri Caitanya. He commenced work on the text while in his late\nnineties and in failing health, as he vividly\ndescribes in the text itself: \"I have now become too old and disturbed in invalidity.\nWhile writing, my hands tremble. I cannot\nremember anything, nor can I see or hear\nproperly. Still I write, and this is a great\nwonder.\" That he nevertheless completed,\nunder such debilitating conditions, the\ngreatest literary gem of medieval India is\nsurely one of the wonders of literary history.\nThe English translation and commentary is\nthe work of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupiida, the world's\nmost distinguished scholar and teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought.\nHe himself is a disciplic descendant of Sri\nCaitanya, and his intimate familiarity with\nthe precepts of Caitanya Mahiiprabhu eminently qualifies him to present this important classic to the English-speaking world.\nThe ease and clarity with which he expounds upon Sri Caitanya's precepts lures\neven a reader totally unfamiliar with Indian\nreligious tradition into a genuine understanding and appreciation of this profound\nand monumental work.\nThe entire text, with commentary, presented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust,\nrepresents a contribution of major importance to the intellectual, cultural and\nspiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n", "mad6#p0379": "MADHYA-LILA\nVolume 6\n\nSRI\nCAITJ\\NYACARITA RTA\n.\n\n�\n\nCP�Ld/Qnt&t ¥\n�drfu�\n�\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta\nSwami\nPrabhupada\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is the authorized work on the life and teachings of SrT\nKr�Qa Caitanya-the philosopher, saint, spiritual preceptor, mystic and divine\nincarnation who pioneered a great social and religious movement in Sixteenth\nCentury India. His teachings, which embody the highest philosophical and\ntheolgoical truths, have affected centuries of religious and philosophical\nthinkers until the present day.\nThis translation and commentary on the original Bengali text is the work of\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhu�da (pictured above), the\nworld's most distinguished scholar and teacher of Indian thought and culture\nand author of the best-selling Bhagavad-gfta As It Is. This translation of Sri\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta represents a contribution of major importance to the\n\nintellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n•\n\nTHE\nBHAKTIVEDANTA\nBOOK TRUST\n\n", "mad6#p0380": "", "mad7#p0001": "-\n\nSRI CAITAN ACARITAMRTA\n-\n\nMADHYA- LILA Volume 7\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n", "mad7#p0002": "SRI CAITANYA-CARITAM6TA\nIt would not be inaccurate to say that Sri\nCaitanya-caritamrta is one of the most important works of historical and philosophical\nliterature ever written, in any language. It is\n\nthe principal work on the life and teachings\nof SrT Kr�r;�a Caitanya, a divine incarnation of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Sri\nCaitanya is the pioneer of a great social and\n\nreligious movement which began in India a\n\nlittle less than five hundred years ago and\nwhich has directly and indirectly influenced\nthe subsequent course of religious and\n\nphilosophical thinking not only in India but\nin the recent West as well.\nAt a time when, in the West, man was\n\ndirecting his explorative spirit toward\ncircumnavigating the world in search of new\n\noceans and continents and toward studying\nthe structure of the physical universe, Sri\nKr�r;�a Caitanya, in the East, was inaugurating\nand masterminding a revolution directed inward, toward a scientific understanding of\nthe highest knowledge of man's spiritual\nnature.\nWithin\n\nhis lifetime,\n\nSri Caitanya\n\ntransformed the face o f India i n four\nrespects: philosophically, by encountering,\n\ndefeating and converting the greatest philosophers and thinkers of his day; religiously,\n\nby organizing the largest, most widespread\ntheistic\n\nmovement\n\nin\n\nIndia's\n\nhistory;\n\nsocially, by his strong challenges against the\nreligious inequities of the caste system;\n\npolitically, by his organization of a massive\ncivil disobedience movement in Bengal, 450\nyears before Gandhi.\n\nThe text is divided into three sections\n\ncalled\n\n\"IT/as.\"\n\nAdi-IT/a\n\n(the early period)\n\ntraces his life from birth through his accep­\n\ntance of the renounced order, sannyasa, at\nthe age of twenty-four. This part includes his\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and\nearly philosophical confrontations, as well as\nhis\n\norganization\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nwidespread\n\nsankirtana movement and his civil disobe­\n\ndience against the repression\nMohammedan government.\n(continued on back flap)\n\nof\n\nthe\n\n", "mad7#p0003": "--\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAMRTA\n•\n\n", "mad7#p0004": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-5 (15 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri Tsopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr��a Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr��a, The Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nKr��a, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr��a\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Krsna Consciousness\nKrsna Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nBa�k to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\nA complete catalogue is available upon request\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "mad7#p0005": "All Glory to �rT Guru and Gauranga\n\n--\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAMRTA\n•\n\nof Km•adasa Kaviraja Gosvami\n\nMadhya-lila\nVolume Seven\n\"The lord Enters Sri Vrndavana\"\n\nwith the original Bengali tex�\nRoman transliterations, synonyms,\ntranslation and elaborate purports\n\nby\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Ac!lrya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London· Bombay\n\n", "mad7#p0006": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n© 1975 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-93206\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-69-2\n\nFirst printing, 1975: 20,000 copies\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "mad7#p0007": "Contents\n\nvi\n\nIntroduction\n\nChapter 17\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\nChapter 18\n\nLord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's Visit to SrT Vrndavana\n\n129\n\nChapter 19\n\nLord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu Instructs SrTia\nROpa GosvamT\n\n245\n\n1\n\nReferences\n\n407\n\nGlossary\n\n409\n\nBengali Pronunciation Guide\n\n415\n\nIndex of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n417\n\nGeneral Index\n\n435\n\nThe Author\n\n459\n\nv\n\n", "mad7#p0008": "Introduction\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is the principal work on the life and teachings of SrT\n\nKr�r:Ja Caitanya. SrT Caitanya is the pioneer of a great social and religious movement which began in India a little less than five hundred years ago and which has\ndirectly and indirectly influenced the subsequent course of religious and phi­\n\nlosophical thinking not only in India but in the recent West as well.\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is regarded as a figure of great historical significance.\n\nHowever, our conventional method of historical analysis-that of seeing a man as\n\na product of his times-fails here. SrT Caitanya is a personality who transcends the\n\nlimited scope of historical settings.\n\nAt a time when, in the West, man was directing his explorative spirit toward\n\nstudying the structure of the physical universe and circumnavigating the world in\nsearch of new oceans and continents, Sri Kr�r:Ja Caitanya, in the East, was in­\n\naugurating and masterminding a revolution directed inward, toward a scientific\nunderstanding of the highest knowledge of man's spiritual nature.\n\nThe chief historical sources for the life of Sri Kr�r:Ja Caitanya are the kadacas (di­\n\naries) kept by Murari Gupta and Svaropa Damodara GosvamT. Murari Gupta, a\n\nphysician and close associate of Sri Caitanya's, recorded extensive notes on the\nfirst twenty-four years of Sri Caitanya's life, culminating in his initiation into the\nrenounced order, sannyasa. The events of the rest of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's for­\n\nty-eight years are recorded in the diary of SvarOpa Damodora Gosvami, another of\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's intimate associates.\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is divided into three sections called lilas, which literally\n\nmeans \"pastimes\"-Adi-/i/J (the early period), Madhya-lila (the middle period)\n\nand Antya-/ila (the final period). The notes of Murari Gupta form the basis of the\n\nAdi-li/a, and SvarOpa Damodara's diary provides the details for the Madhya- and\n\nAntya-/ilas.\n\nThe first twelve of the seventeen chapters of Adi-lila constitute the preface for\n\nthe entire work. By referring to Vedic scriptural evidence, this preface establishes\n\nSri Caitanya as the avatara (incarnation) of Kr�r:Ja (God) for the age of Kali-the\ncurrent epoch, beginning five thousand years ago and characterized by material­\n\nism, hypocrisy and dissension. In these descriptions, Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\nis identical with Lord Kr�r:Ja, descends to liberally grant pure love of God to the\n\nfallen\n\nsouls\n\nof\n\nthis\n\ndegraded\n\nage\n\nby\n\npropagating\n\nsankirtana-literally,\n\n\"congregational glorification of God\" -especially by organizing massive public\n\nchanting of the maha-mantra (Great Chant for Deliverance). The esoteric purpose\n\nof Lord Caitanya's appearance in the world is revealed, his co-avataras and prin­\n\ncipal devotees are described and his teachings are summarized. The remaining\n\nportion of Adi-lila, chapters thirteen through seventeen, briefly recounts his\n\ndivine birth and his life until he accepted the renounced order. This includes his\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and early philosophical confrontations, as\n\nwell as his organization of a widespread sankirtana movement and his civil disobe­\n\ndience against the repression of the Mohammedan government.\n\nvi\n\n", "mad7#p0009": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\nThe subject of Madhya-lila, the longest of the three divisions, is a detailed narration of Lord Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels throughout India as a\nrenounced mendicant, teacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and mystic. During this period of six years, Sri Caitanya transmits his teachings to his principal disciples. He debates and converts many of the most renowned philosophers and\ntheologians of his time, including Sarikarites, Buddhists and Muslims, and incorporates their many thousands of followers and disciples into his own burgeoning\nnumbers. A dramatic account of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's miraculous activities at\nthe giant Jagannatha Cart Festival in Orissa is also included in this section.\n\nAntya-lila concerns the last eighteen years of Sri Caitanya's manifest presence,\n\nspent in semiseclusion near the famous Jagannatha temple at jagannatha Purr in\nOrissa. During these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted deeper and deeper into\ntrances of spiritual ecstasy unparalleled in all of religious and literary history,\nEastern or Western. Sri Caitanya's perpetual and ever-increasing religious\nbeatitude, graphically described in the eyewitness accounts of Svarupa Damodara\nGosvamT, his constant companion during this period, clearly defy the investigative\nand descriptive abilities of modern psychologists and phenomenologists of\nreligious experience.\nThe author of this great classic, Kr�r:tadasa Kaviraja Gosvami, born in the year\n1507, was a disciple of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, a confidential follower of\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Raghunatha dasa, a renowned ascetic saint, heard and\nmemorized all the activities of Caitanya Mahaprabhu told to him by SvarOpa\nDamodara. After the passing away of Sri Caitanya and Svarupa Damodara,\nRaghunatha dasa, unable to bear the pain of separation from these objects of his\ncomplete devotion, traveled to Vrndavana, intending to commit suicide by jumping from Govardhana Hill. In Vrndavana, however, he encountered ROpa Gosvamr\nand Sanatana Gosvami, the most confidential disciples of Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThey convinced him to give up his plan of suicide and impelled him to reveal to\nthem the spiritually inspiring events of Lord Caitanya's later life. Kr�r:tadasa Kaviraja\nGosvamr was also residing in Vrndavana at this time, and Raghunatha dasa\nGosvamr endowed him with a full comprehension of the transcendental life of Sri\nCaitanya\nBy this time, several biographical works had already been written on the life of\nSri Caitanya by contemporary and near-contemporary scholars and devotees.\n\nThese included Sri Caitanya-carita by Murari Gupta, Caitanya-mangala by Locana\n\ndasa Thakura and Caitanya-bhagavata. This latter text, a work by Vrndavana dasa\nThakura, who was then considered the principal authority on Sri Caitanya's life,\nwas highly revered. While composing his important work, Vrndavana dasa, fearing\nthat it would become too voluminous, avoided elaborately describing many of\n\nthe events of Sri Caitanya's life, particulary the later ones. Anxious to hear of these\n\nlater pastimes, the devotees of Vrndavana requested Kr�r:tadasa Kaviraja Gosvamr,\nwhom they respected as a great saint, to compose a book to narrate these\n\nvii\n\n", "mad7#p0010": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\nepisodes in detail. Upon this request, and with the permission and blessings of the\n\nMadana-mohana Deity of Vrndavana, he began compiling Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\nwhich, due to its biographical excellence and thorough exposition of Lord\nCaitanya's profound philosophy and teachings, is regarded as the most significant\nof biographical works on Sri Caitanya.\nHe commenced work on the text while in his late nineties and in failing health,\nas he vividly describes in the text itself: \"I have now become too old and disturbed in invalidity. While writing, my hands tremble. I cannot remember anything, nor can I see or hear properly. Still! write, and this is a great wonder.\" That\nhe nevertheless completed, under such debilitating conditions, the greatest literary gem of medieval India is surely one of the wonders of literary history.\nThis English translation and commentary is the work of His Divine Grace A. C.\nBhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of Indian religious and philosophical thought. His commentary is based upon two\nBengali commentaries, one by his teacher Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami,\nthe eminent Vedic scholar who predicted, \"The time will come when the people\n\nof the world will learn Bengali to read Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\" and the other by\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta's father, Bhaktivinoda Thakura.\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada is himself a disciplic\ndescendant of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and he is the first scholar to execute\nsystematic English translations of the major works of Sri Caitanya's followers. His\nconsummate Bengali and Sanskrit scholarship and intimate familiarity with the\nprecepts of Sri Kr�t:�a Caitanya are a fitting combination that eminently qualifies\nhim to present this important classic to the English-speaking world. The ease and\nclarity with which he expounds upon difficult philosophical concepts lures even a\nreader totally unfamiliar with Indian religious tradition into a genuine understanding and appreciation of this profound and monumental work.\nThe entire text, with commentary, presented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, represents a contribution of major importance to the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n-The Publishers\n\nviii\n\n", "mad7#p0011": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "mad7#p0012": "PLATE ONE\n\"When the Lord passed through the jungle in great ecstasy, packs of\ntigers, elephants, rhinoceros and boars came, and the Lord passed right\nthrough them. Balabhadra Bhanacarya was very much afraid to see them,\nbut by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's influence, all the animals stood to one\nside. The elephants whose bodies were touched by the water splashed\nby the Lord began to chant, 'Kr�r:ta! Kr�r:ta!' and dance and sing in ecstasy.\nSome of the elephants fell to the ground, and some screamed in ecstasy.\nSeeing this, Balabhadra Bhanacarya was completely astonished. Sometimes Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu chanted very loudly w,hile passing\nthrough the jungle. Hearing His sweet voice, all the does came near Him.\nWhile Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was passing through the jungle, five or\nseven tigers came. joining the deer, the tigers began to follow the Lord.\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, 'Chant Kr�r:ta! Kr�r:ta!' the tigers and\ndeer began to chant, 'Kr�r:ta!' When all the tigers and does danced and\njumped, Balabhadra Bhanacarya saw them and was struck with wonder.\nIndeed, the tigers and deer began to embrace one another, and, touching\nmouths, they began to kiss. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw all this\nfun, He began to smile.\" (pp.13-22)\n\n", "mad7#p0013": "", "mad7#p0014": "PLATE TWO\n\"When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu passed through Vrndavana, herds of\n\ngrazing cows saw Him pass and, immediately surrounding Him, began to\n\nmoo very loudly. Seeing the herds approach Him, the Lord was stunned\n\nwith ecstatic love. The cows then began to lick His body in great affec­\n\ntion. Becoming pacified, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began to caress the\ncows, and the cows, being unable to give up His company, went with\n\nHim. Then when the Lord chanted, all the deer heard His sweet voice and\n\napproached Him. When th� does and bucks came and saw the Lord's\nface, they began to lick His body. Not being at all afraid of Him, they ac­\n\ncompanied Him along the path. Bumblebees and birds like the parrot and\ncuckoo all began to sing loudly on the fifth note, and the peacocks began\nto dance in front of the Lord. Upon seeing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the\ntrees and creepers, overloaded with fruits and flowers, fell down at the\n\nlotus feet of the Lord and greeted Him with various presentations as if\n\nthey were friends. Thus all the moving and nonmoving living entities of\nVrndavana became very jubilant to see the Lord.\" (pp.11 0-113)\n\n", "mad7#p0015": "", "mad7#p0016": "PLATE THREE\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu traveled all over Vrndavana and pleased all\nliving entities, moving and nonmoving, with His glances. The Lord took\nmuch personal pleasure in seeing everyone. In this way Lord Gauranga\n\ntraveled in Vrndavana. From Radha-ku�c;la, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nwent to Sumanah Lake. When He saw Govardhana Hill from there, He\nwas overwhelmed by joy. When the Lord saw Govardhana Hill, He immediately offered obeisances, falling down on the ground like a rod. He\nembraced one piece of rock from Govardhana Hill and became mad.\"\n(pp.130-138)\n\n", "mad7#p0017": "", "mad7#p0018": "PLATE FOUR\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then took His bath in a lake called Govindakur:t<;Ja, and while He was there, He heard that the Deity Gopala had\n\nalready gone to Garithuli-grama. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then went to\nthe village of Garithuli-grama and saw the Lord Gopala Deity. Over­\n\nwhelmed by ecstatic love, He began to chant and dance. As soon as the\nLord saw the beauty of the Gopala Deity, He was immediately overwhelmed by ecstatic love, and He recited the following verse. He then\nchanted and danced until the day ended. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said,\n'May the left arm of Sri Kr�r:ta, whose eyes are like the petals of a lotus\nflower, always protect you. With His left arm He raised Govardhana Hill\nas if it were a toy.'\n\n\"\n\n(pp.147-149)\n\n", "mad7#p0019": "", "mad7#p0020": "PLATE FIVE\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu bathed in all the celebrated lakes, beginning\nwith Lake Pavana. Thereafter He climbed a hill and spoke to the people.\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked, 'Are there any deities on top of this hill?'\n\nThe local people replied, 'There are deities on this hill, but they are\nlocated within a cave. There is a father and mother with well-built bodies,\n\nand between them is a very beautiful child who is curved in three places.'\n\nHearing this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu became very happy. After excavat­\n\ning the cave, He saw the three deities. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu offered\nHis respects to Nanda Maharaja and mother Yasoda, and with great\necstatic love He touched the body of Lord Kr�r;�a.\" (pp.160-162)\n\n", "mad7#p0021": "", "mad7#p0022": "PLATE SIX\n\"While walking, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, understanding that the\nothers were fatigued, took them all beneath a tree and sat down. There\nwere many cows grazing near the tree, and the Lord was very pleased to\nsee them. Suddenly a cowherd boy blew on his flute, and immediately\nthe Lord was struck with ecstatic love. Filled with ecstatic love, the Lord\nfell unconscious to the ground. He foamed at the mouth, and His\nbreathing stopped. While the Lord was unconscious, ten cavalry soldiers\nbelonging to the Mohammedan Pathana military order rode up and dismounted. Seeing the Lord unconscious, the soldiers thought, 'This sannyasi must have possessed a large quantity of gold. These four rogues\nhere must have taken away the sannyasi's riches after killing Him by making Him take the poison dhutura.' Thinking this, the Pathana soldiers arrested the four persons and decided to kill them. Because of this, the two\nBengalis began to tremble.\" (pp.211-214)\n\n", "mad7#p0023": "", "mad7#p0024": "PLATE SEVEN\n\"On the pretext of bad health, Sanatana Gosvaml remained home.\nThus he gave up government service and did not go to the royal court.\nThe greedy masters of his clerical and secretarial staff performed the\ngovernment duties while Sanatana personally remained home and discussed the revealed scriptures. Sri Sanatana Gosvaml used to discuss\nSrimad-Bhagavatam in an assembly of twenty or thirty learned brahmaf)a\n\nscholars. While Sanatana Gosvaml was studying Srimad-Bhagavatam in\n\nthe assembly of learned brahmaf)as, one day the Nawab of Bengal and\n\nanother person suddenly appeared. As soon as all the brahmaf)as and\nSanatana Gosvaml saw the Nawab appear, they all stood up and\n\nrespectfully gave him a sitting place to honor him. The Nawab said, 'I sent\nmy physician to you, and he has reported that you are not diseased. As\n\nfar as he could see, you are.completely healthy. I am depending on you\n\nto carry out so many of my activities, but you have given up ,your governmental duties to sit here at home. You have spoiled all my activities. What\nis your intention? Please tell me frankly.'\" (pp.252-258)\n\n", "mad7#p0025": "", "mad7#p0026": "PLATE EIGHT\n\"While crossing the River Yamuna, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw the\nglossy black water and was immediately bewildered with ecstatic love.\nIndeed, as soon as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw the River Yamuna, He\nimmediately made a great sound and jumped into the water. Everyone\nwas filled with fear and trembling to see this. They all hastily grabbed Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and pulled Him out of the water. Once on the\nboat's platform, the Lord began to dance. Due to the Lord's heavy weight,\nthe boat be9an to tilt. It began filling up with water and was on the verge\nof sinking. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu tried to restrain Himself as far as\n\npossible before Vallabhacarya, but although He tried to keep calm, His\necstatic love could not be thecked.\" (pp.286-288)\n\n", "mad7#p0027": "", "mad7#p0028": "PLATE NINE\n\" 'Although Kr�r:Ja is beyond sense perception and is unmanifest to\nhuman beings, He takes up the guise of a human being with a material\nbody. Thus mother Yasoda thought Him to be her son, and she bound\nLord Kr�r:Ja with a rope to a wooden mortar, as if He were an ordinary\nchild.' When Lord Kr�r:Ja exhibited Himself like an ordinary child before\nmother Yasoda, He was playing like a naughty boy stealing butter and\nbreaking butter pots. Mother Yasoda became disturbed and wanted to\nbind the Lord to a mortar used for pounding spices. In other words, she\nconsidered the Supreme Personality of Godhead an ordinary child.\"\n\n(p.379)\n\n", "mad7#p0029": "", "mad7#p0030": "PLATE TEN\n\"When all the cowherd boys were playing in the forest of Vrndavana,\nthe demon Pralambasura appeared to kidnap Kr�r:ta and Balarama. The\nasura appeared disguised as a cowherd boy, but Kr�r:ta could understand\nhis trick. Kr�r:ta therefore divided all the cowherd boys into two parties.\n\nOne party belonged to Balarama, and the other party belonged to Kr�r:ta\nHimself. Ultimately Kr�r:ta was defeated in this play, and according to the\nwager, the defeated party had to carry the victorious party on their\nshoulders. Kr�r:ta had to carry Sridama on His shoulders, and Bhadrasena\nhad to carry Vr�abha. The demon Pralambasura had to carry Balarama,\nand when Balarama mounted his shoulders, the demon ran far away.\nFinally the demon began to expand his body to a gigantic size, and\nBalarama understood that he intended to kill Him. Balarama immediately\nstruck the demon's head with His strong fist, and the demon fell down\ndead as if he were a snake whose head had been smashed.\" (p.380)\n\n", "mad7#p0031": "", "mad7#p0032": "PLATE ELEVEN\n\"The next morning, when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu arose and prepared\nto leave for Varar:'Jasi (Benares), Srila ROpa Gosvami made the following\nstatement at the Lord's lotus feet: 'If You give me permission, I shall go\nwith Your Lordship. It is not possible for me to tolerate the waves of separation.' Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, 'Your duty is to carry out My\norder. You have come near Vrndavana. Now you should go there. Later,\nyou can go from Vrndavana to Jagannatha Puri through Bengal (Gauc;ladesa). There you will meet Me again.' After embracing ROpa Gosvami, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu got into a boat. ROpa Gosvami fainted and fell\ndown on the spot.\" (pp.398-399)\n\n", "mad7#p0033": "", "mad7#p0034": "CHAPTER 17\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\nThe following summary of the Seventeenth Chapter is given by Bhaktivinoda\nThakura in his Amrta-pravaha-bha?ya. After attending the Ratha-yatra ceremony\nof SrT Jagannatha, SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu decided to start for Vrndavana. SrT\nRamananda Raya and SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT selected a brahmaQa named\nBalabhadra Bhattacarya to personally assist SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Early in the\nmorning before sunrise, the Lord started for the town of Ka�aka. North of Ka�aka,\nHe penetrated a dense forest and visited many tigers and elephants, whom He\nengaged in chanting the Hare Kr��a maha-mantra. Whenever He had a chance to\nvisit a village, He would beg alms and acquire some rice and vegetables. If there\nwere no village, He would cook whatever rice remained and collect some spinach\nfrom the forest to eat. SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very pleased with the\nbehavior of Balabhadra Bhattacarya.\nIn this way the Lord passed through the jungle of jharikha�c;Ja and finally\nreached Vara�asT. After taking His bath at the Ma�ikar�ika-gha�a at Vara�asT, He\nmet Tapana Misra, who took the Lord to his place and respectfully gave Him a\ncomfortable residence. At Vara�asT, Vaidya Candrasekhara, SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's old friend, also rendered service unto Him. Seeing the behavior of\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, one Mahara��rTya brahmaQa informed Prakasananda\nSarasvatT, the leader of the MayavadT sannyasis. Prakasananda made various accusations against the Lord. The Mahara��rTya brahmal)a was very sorry about this,\nand he brought the news to SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, inquiring from Him why\nthe MayavadT sannyasis did not utter the holy name of Kr��a. In reply, SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu said that they were offenders and that one should not associate\nwith them. In this way the Lord bestowed His blessings upon the brahmal)a.\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu next passed through Prayaga and Mathura and then\ntook His lunch at the home of a Sanoc;Jiya brahmal)a, a disciple of Madhavendra\nPurT. He bestowed His blessings upon the brahmal)a by accepting lunch at his\nplace. Thereafter the Lord visited the twelve forests of Vrndavana and was filled\nwith great ecstatic love. As He toured the Vrndavana forests, He heard the chirping of parrots and other birds.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��-t i\"'t��� ,�,7;;�1 �Jt?;;!IC�'i��t-t �t� I\n';2ft�lilll�t-t �t�ti<.�Jf-t f<t�r;;-. �·i!ffiJI�: ll � ll\n1\n\n", "mad7#p0035": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n2\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\ngacchan vrndavanarh gauro\nvyaghrebhaiQa-khagan vane\npremonmattan sahonnrtyan\nvidadhe kr?Qa-ja/pina/:1\nSYNONYMS\ngacchan-going;\n\nvrndavanam -to Vrndavana-dhama; gaura/:1-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; vyaghra-tigers; ibha-elephants; eQa-deer; khagan-and birds;\nvane-in the forest; prema-unmattan-maddened by ecstatic love; saha-with;\nunnrtyan-dancing;\n\nvidadhe-made;\n\nkr?Qa-Lord Kr�Qa's name;\n\nja/pina/:1-\n\nchanting.\nTRANSLATION\nOn His way to Vrndavana, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu passed through\nthe forest of Jharikha1,1�a and made all the tigers, elephants, deer and birds\ndance and chant the Hare Kr�1.1a maha-mantra. Thus all these animals were\noverwhelmed by ecstatic love.\nTEXT 2\n\n� � <;���ef �BI ��Jti{� I\n\n'f11tt�i!�!l i9f1l <;�a���� II� II\njaya jaya gauracandra jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; gauracandra-to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-all glories; nityananda-to Nityananda Prabhu; jaya-all glories; advaita-candra-to\nAdvaita Acarya; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Lord\nCaitanya.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityananda! All\nglories to Advaitacandra! All glories to all the devotees of the Lord!\nTEXT 3\n\n�t.�tif �If,� �filt.i! '�Cif llfi! I\n1ft11�\"t-�111�-l1t� �'fti! ��� II � II\n\n", "mad7#p0036": "Text 5]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n3\n\nsarat-kafa haifa, prabhura cafite haifa mati\nramananda-svarupa-sange nibhrte yukati\nSYNONYMS\nsarat-kafa haifa-autumn arrived; prabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ncafite-to travel;\n\nhaifa-was;\n\nmati-desire;\n\nramananda-Ramananda\n\nRaya;\n\nsvarupa-SvarOpa Damodara; sange-with; nibhrte-solitary; yukati-consultation.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen autumn arrived,\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\n\ndecided to go to\n\nVrndavana. In a solitary place, He consulted with Ramananda Raya and\nSvariipa Damodara Gosvami.\nTEXT 4\n\n\"c;�a :���Hl �� �rw, �-i� 'Sfil 1\n\n'!?;� 'Cftfif �'t�i '�f� ��\"'t� II 8 II\n\"mora sahaya kara yadi, tumi-dui jana\ntabe ami yatia dekhi sri-vrndavana\nSYNONYMS\nmora-of Me; sahaya-help; kara-you do; yadi-if; tumi-you; dui janatwo\n\npersons;\n\ntabe-then;\n\nami-1;\n\nyatia-going;\n\ndekhi-shall\n\nsee;\n\nsri­\n\nvrndavana -Sri Vrndavana-dhama.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord requested Ramananda Raya and Svariipa Damodara Gosvami to\nhelp Him go to Vrndavana.\nTEXT 5\n\ntt�J ��' �il�tqJ ���t�i �t� I\n��� �tl<f, �tt� :ilttf iii 'fl<f II It II\nratrye uthi' vana-pathe pafatia yaba\nekaki yaiba, kahon sange na fa-iba\nSYNONYMS\nratrye uthi'-rising at night; vana-pathe-on the road to the forest; pafatia\nyaba-1 shall go away secretly; ekaki yaiba-1 shall go alone; kahon-anyone;\nsarige-with Me; na fa-iba-1 shall not take.\n\n", "mad7#p0037": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\n4\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"I shall leave early in the morning and go incognito, taking the road to the forest. I shall go alone and not take anyone\nwith Me.\nTEXT 6\n\n�It �fir �If �t'! �� �fi' \"t1 I\n�� ttf��' � t';<ll� �t� �t1 11 � II\nkeha yadi sariga la-ite pache uthi' dhaya\nsabare rakhiba, yena keha nahi yaya\nSYNONYMS\nkeha-someone; yadi-if; sariga /a-ite-to take company; pache-behind;\nuthi'-getting\n\nup;\n\ndhaya-runs;\n\nsabare-everyone;\n\nrakhiba�please\n\nstop;\n\nyena-so that; keha-anyone; nahi yaya-does not go.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If someone wants to follow Me, please stop him. I don't want anyone to go\nwith Me.\nTEXT 7\n\n�'Jill ��1 �SI1 ffl<t1, � J�tfi{<t1 '�:�' I\n\nc;i!tJ�1·'J'I\"-1\"tl' '�r;�' �r;-r �<t c;J�\"tf '�-t' II\" 'l II\nprasanna hana ajna diba, na maniba 'dubkha'\ntoma-sabara 'sukhe' pathe habe mora 'sukha'\"\nSYNONYMS\nprasanna hana-being pleased; ajna diba-give permiSSIOn;\n\nna-do not;\n\nmaniba dubkha-become unhappy; toma-sabara-of all of you; sukhe-by the\nhappiness; pathe-on the road; habe-there will be; mora-My; sukha-happiness.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please give Me your permission with great pleasure and do not be unhappy. If you are happy, I shall be happy on My way to Vrndavana.\"\nTEXT 8\n\n� ��'- 't_fif Jr'Q\" '\"li!!l' I\n� t�, �l ({\"�<t1, �� �11 i!l' II \\J\" II\n'\n\n", "mad7#p0038": "Text 10]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n5\n\ndui-jana kahe, -'tumi Tsvara 'svatantra'\nyei iccha, sei kariba, naha 'paratantra'\nSYNONYMS\ndui-jana kahe-the two persons replied; tumi-You; Tsvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; svatantra-completely independent; yei iccha.-whatever\nYou desire;\n\nkariba-You will do; naha-You are not; para-tantra­\n\ns ei-that;\n\ndependent on anyone.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing this, Ramananda Raya and Svarupa Damodara Gosvami\nreplied, \"Dear Lord, You are completely independent. Since You are not\ndependent on anyone, You do whatever You desire.\nTEXT 9\n\n�. �tJJi·�·�J �i{ �<fi �t�'ff;i{ I\n'�11{11{ �t-.r 'f;f{1{11t �-.('- ��ifi 'f;lt�i{ ll � ll\nkintu ama-duilhara suna eka nivedane\n'tamara sukhe amara sukha'-kahila apane\nSYNONYMS\nkintu-but; ama-duilhara-of both of us; suna-please hear; eka nivedaneone submission; tomara sukhe-by your happiness; amara sukha-our happiness;\nkahila-You have already stated; apane-personally\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Dear Lord, kindly hear our one petition. You have already said that You will\nderive happiness from our happiness. This is Your own statement.\nTEXT 10\n\n�t1fi·�·�t1t Jfti{ i!t� �� '��' � I\n�� �t��i{ �f� �J, ��tJJ� ll � 0 ll\nama-duilhara mane tabe ba(ia 'sukha' haya\neka nivedana yadi dhara, dayamaya\nSYNONYMS\nama-duilhara-of us two; mane-in the mind; tabe-therefore; ba(ia-very\nmuch; sukha haya-the re is happiness; eka nivedana-one request; yadi-if;\ndhara-You accept; daya maya-merciful\n-\n\n.\n\n", "mad7#p0039": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n6\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If You will please accept just one request, we shall be very, very happy.\nTEXT 11\n\n'�� i3t'fi'l' \\Jl<!i �t'1 ��� �1� I\nfce'lf! �fi1' f�'Jfi1 fftr;�, �� �i(J ��' II �� II\n'uttama brahmal)a' eka sange avasya cahi\nbhik�a kari' bhik�a dibe, yabe patra vahi'\n\nSYNONYMS\nuttama brahmal)a-a high-class brahmal)a; eka-one; sang e-along; avasya­\n\ncertainly; cahi-we want; bhik�a kari'-collecting alms; bhik�a dibe-w i ll give\nYou food; yabe-will go; patra vahi'-bearing Your waterpot.\nTRANSLATION\n\"O ur lord, please take one very nice brahmar;�a with You. He will collect\nalms for You, cook for You, give You prasada, and carry Your waterpot while\ntraveling.\nTEXT 12\n\n�i{�� �� e{t� ''ceti!JUtj'·i3t'fi'll\n�� <!i�,-�te:r ��<!i �� \\Jl<!i'Sfif 11' �� 11\nvana-pathe yaite nahi 'bhojyanna'-brahmal)a\najfia kara, -sange ca/uka vipra eka-jana'\n\nSYNONYMS\nvana-pathe-on the forest path; yait e-going; nahi-there is not; bhojyaanna-brahmal)a-a brahmal)a whose food can be accepted; ajfia kara-please\n\ngive permission; sang e-along; ca luka-may go; vipra-brahmal)a; eka-janaone person.\nTRANSLA liON\n\"When You go through the jungle, there will be no brahmar;�a available from\nwhom You can accept lunch. Therefore please give permission for at least one\npure brahmar;�a to accompany You.\"\n\n", "mad7#p0040": "Text 14)\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n7\n\nTEXT 13\n\n� �,- fii�S?-�ft ·� iii � I\n<.fl�'S?til tilr;;t'f, �rtte{� 1ftil �:-t �tctu �� u\nprabhu kahe,-nija-sarigi kariho na ta-iba\neka-jane nile, anera mane du/:!kha ha-iba\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; nija-sarigi-of My associates;\nkariho-anyone; na-not; /a-iba-1 shall take; eka-jane nile-if I take someone;\nanera mane-in the mind of others; du/:!kha ha- iba\n\n-\n\nthere will be unhappiness.\n\nTRANS LAliON\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"I shall not take any of My associates with\nMe because if I choose someone, all the others will be unhappy.\nTEXT 14\n\nIJ_�il �if �ttct<fi,- �� �Bf 1fil I\n\n�t� � ?ttt, �tCI \"'t '�<fi' � ll �8 ll\nnutana sarigi ha-ibeka, -snigdha yarira mana\naiche yabe pai, tabe la-i 'eka' jana\nSYNONYMS\nnutana-new; sarigi-associate; ha-ibeka-must be; snigdha-very peaceful;\nyarira\n\n-\n\nw hose;\n\nmana-mind; aiche-such; yabe-if; pai-l get; tabe\n\n-\n\nthen;\n\n/a-i-1 take; eka jana-one person.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Such a person must be a new man, and he must have a peaceful mind. If I\ncan obtain such a man, I shall agree to take him with Me.\"\nPURPORT\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu formerly went to South India, a brahmal)a\nnamed Kala Kr�r)adasa went with Him. It was Kala Kr�r)adasa who fell victim to a\nwoman, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had to take the trouble to free him from\nthe clutches of the gypsies. Therefore the Lord here says that He wants a new\nman who is peaceful in mind. One whose mind is not peaceful is agitated by cer-\n\n", "mad7#p0041": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\n8\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\ntain drives, especially sex desire, even though he be in the company of Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. Such a man will become a victim of women and will fall down even\nin the company of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Maya is so strong that\nunless one is determined not to fall victim, even the Supreme Personality of Godhead cannot give protection. The Supreme Lord and His representative always\nwant to give protection, but a person must take advantage of their personal contact. If one thinks that the Supreme Personality of Godhead or His representative\nis an ordinary man, he will certainly fall down. Thus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu did\nnot want a person like Kala Kr�r:Jadasa to accompany Him. He wanted someone\nwho was determined, who had a peaceful mind and who was not agitated by\nulterior motives.\nTEXT 15\n\n11Qi9f �t�, �· �il!·��t1t I\n-\n\nC!'tlftt� ��\" �' 9ff�G�, �t� �t1i II �<t II\nsvarupa kahe, -ei ba/abhadra-bhattacarya\ntomate susnigdha bac;la, pal)c;/ita, sadhu, arya\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa kahe-Svaropa Damodara Gosvami said; ei-this; balabhadra-bhattacarya-Balabhadra Bhattacarya; tomate-unto You; su-snigdha-affectionate;\nbac;/a-very;\n\npal)c;/ita-educated; sadhu-honest; arya-advanced in spiritual\n\nconsciousness.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara then said, \"Here is Balabhadra Bhattacarya, who has\ngreat love for You. He is an honest, learned scholar, and he is advanced in\nspiritual consciousness.\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted a new man, not a person like Kala Kr�r:Jadasa\nwho would fall for women. SvarOpa Damodara therefore immediately pointed out\na new brahmal)a named Balabhadra Bhanacarya. Sri Svaropa Damodara Gosvami\nhad studied this person very thoroughly and had seen that he had great love for\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Not only did he love the Lord, but he was also learned\nand honest. He was not duplicitous, and he was advanced in Kr�r:Ja consciousness.\nAccording to a Bengali proverb, ati bhakti corera lak$al)a: \"Too much devotion is a\nsymptom of a thief.\" A person who assumes himself to be a great devotee but\nmentally is thinking of something else is duplicitous. One who is not duplicitous is\n\n", "mad7#p0042": "Text 17]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n9\n\ncalled sadhu. SvarOpa Damodara immediately pointed out that Balabhadra Bha��acarya was quite fit to accompany the Lord because he was a learned scholar and\nwas simple and had great love for SrT Kr��a Caitanya Mahaprabhu. He was also advanced in Kr��a consciousness; therefore he was considered appropriate to accompany the Lord as a personal servant.\n\nThe word snigdha (very peaceful) and the word su-snigdha (affectionate) are\n\nused in verses fourteen and fifteen, and they are also found in Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1.1.8): bruyuh snigdhasya 5i$yasya guravo guhyam apy uta. \"A disciple who has\n\nactual love for his spiritual master is endowed, by.,the blessings of the spiritual\n\nmaster, with all confidential knowledge.\" SrTia SrTdhara SvamT has commented that\n\nthe word snigdhasya means prema-vatah.The word prema-vatah indicates that\none has great love for his spiritual master.\nTEXT 16\n\n�� c;i!t'lfl·� � c;'SI\" � I\n�·�tf �Gi1 �� ��-1 ��ti! II �� II\n'\n\n'\n\nprathamei toma-sarige aila gauga haite\n\nirihara iccha ache 'sarva-tirtha' karite\nSYNONYMS\nprathamei-in the beginning;\n\ntoma-sarige-with You;\n\nai /a-came;\n\ngauga\n\nhaite-from Bengal; irihara iccha-his desire; ache-is; sarva-tirtha-all places of\n\npilgrimage; karite-to go see.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the beginning, he came with You from Bengal. It is his desire to see and\nvisit all the holy places of pilgrimage.\nTEXT 17\n\n�·� �ttr �� �� l!l� 'lfi!J' I\n�·�1 �� ��� ��·f<e..-l·�J II �t:t II\nirihara sarige ache vipra eka 'bhrtya'\n\niriho pathe karibena seva-bhik$a-krtya\nSYNONYMS\n\nirihara sarige-with him; ache-is; vipra-brahmaQa; eka-one ; bhrtya-ser­\n\nvant; iriho-this man; pathe-on the way; karibena-wili do; seva-service;\nbhik$a-krtya-and arrangements for cooking.\n\n", "mad7#p0043": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n10\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In addition, You may take another brahma�a who would act as a servant en\nroute and make arrangements for Your food.\nTEXT 18\n\n�·�mf �r;w � �fif, �� �11 '��' 1\n'i!lii'·'PftQf �t�r;'! <;\\!t11t� il'�7;'i!l �til' '�:�' II � 1r II\ninhare sange /aha yadi, sabara haya 'sukha'\nvana-pathe yaite tamara nahibe kana 'dul)kha'\n\nSYNONYMS\ninhare-him; sange-along; /aha-You accept; yadi-if; sabara. haya sukha­\n\neveryone will be happy; vana-pathe-on the path through the jungle; yaitegoing; tamara-Your; nahibe-there will not be; kana\n\n-\n\nany; du/:l kha-difficulty\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If You can also take him with You, we will be very happy. If two people go\nwith You through the jungle, there will certainly be no difficulty or inconvenience.\nTEXT 19\n\n<;� �� 'i!l�' fifr;'i!l 'i!l��tiSfil' I\n� r�..-� fift'i!l <!i�' r�-.tfiil' u � � 11\nsei vipra vahi' nibe vastrambu-bhajana\nbhattacarya bhik?a dibe kari' bhik?atana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei vipra-the other brahmaf)a; vahi' nibe-will carry; vastra-ambu-bhajana­\n\nthe cloth and waterpot; bhattacarya-Balabhadra Bhanacarya; bhik?a dibe-will\narrange for cooking; kari'-performing; bhik?a-atana -collecting alms.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The other brahma�a can carry Your cloth and waterpot, and Balabhadra\nBhattacarya will collect alms and cook for You.\"\n\n", "mad7#p0044": "Text 22]\n\n11\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\nTEXT 20\n\nl!tm �Gi1 �'t ���� �� I\n\n�'!-�itm1i �\"' �rn' �a, 11 � 11\no\n\ntanhara vacana prabhu angikara kaila\n�\n\nbalabhadra-bhattacarye sange kari' nila\n\nSYNONYMS\ntanhara vacana-his words; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nangikara\n\nkai/a-accepted; ba/abhadra-bhattacarye-Balabhadra Bhanacarya; sange kari'\nnila-took with Him.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted the request of Svariipa Damodara\nPal;'l�ita and agreed to take Balabhadra Bhaftacarya with Him.\nTEXT 21\n\n�tttiJIJ i9f�� �f�' '�'t911' '1$1 I\n'llfl{·JttiJI �' � �� �$1 II �� II\npurva-ratrye jagannatha dekhi' 'ajna' lana\nse?a-ratre uthi' prabhu calila lukana\n\nSYNONYMS\npurva-ratrye-on the previous night; jagannatha dekhi'-seeing Lord Jagannatha; ajna /ana-taking permission; se?a-ratre-near the end of night; uthi'-rising; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ca/i/a-started; /ukana-without being\nseen.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the previous night, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had visited Lord Jagannatha and taken His permission. Now, near the end of night, the Lord got up\nand started immediately. He was not seen by others.\nTEXT 22\n\n�:�tttf ��'it'! �'t ifl �f-rn1 I\n��'I �ftt' f�t� � �$1 II �� II\n\n", "mad7#p0045": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n12\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\npratab-kale bhakta-gaf)a prabhu na dekhiya\nanve?af)a kari' phire vyakula hana\nSYNONYMS\npratab-kale-early in the morning; bhakta-gaf)a-all the devotees; prabhuLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; na dekhiya-not seeing; anve?af)a kari'-searching; phire-wander; vyakula hai'ia-becoming very anxious.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause the Lord had departed, the devotees, unable to see Him early in the\nmorning, began to search for Him with great anxiety.\nTEXT 23\n\n'Qi�·<;'5ttlltf$ ��� �<'151f �'I I\n\n� � $1 tt� �� l!lft�' �!_f 'afi{ II �� II\nsvarupa-gosani sabaya kaila nivaraf)a\nnivrtta hana rahe sabe jani' prabhura mana\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-gosani-SvarOpa\n\nDamodara\n\nGosvami;\n\nsabaya-unto\n\neveryone;\n\nkai/a-did; nivaraf)a-forbidding; nivrtta hai'ia-being restrained; rahe-remain;\nsabe-all;\n\njani'-knowing;\n\nprabhura\n\nmana-the\n\nmind\n\nof\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile all the devotees were searching for the Lord, Svarupa Damodara\nrestrained them. Then everyone fell silent, knowing the mind of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 24\n\ni!f� �� �t�' � ���Ql lif'l'l1 I\n\n'<'15�<'15' I!Jtfit� <ISBf' �t� i!ft�� II �8 II\nprasiddha patha chac;fi' prabhu upapathe calila\n'kataka' c;iahine kari' vane pravesila\nSYNONYMS\nprasiddha-well-known; patha-public way; chac;/i'-giving up; prabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; upapathe-through a bypass; ca/i/a-began to walk;\n\n", "mad7#p0046": "Text 26]\n\n13\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\nkataka-the city of Kataka; qahine-on the right side; kari'-keeping; vanewithin the forest; pravesi/a-entered.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord abandoned walking on the well-known public road and went instead along a bypass. He thus kept the city of Kafaka on His right as He entered the forest.\nTEXT 25\n\n�i{·�ti{ � � �ifi'Jl \"1�1 I\n��·�Ji!l �t� lite;� �1f Otr.t1TI II �<t II\nnirjana-vane cafe prabhu kr�Qa-nama /aiia\nhasti-vyaghra patha chage prabhure dekhiya\nSYNONYMS\nmqana-vane-in\nMahaprabhu;\n\na\n\nsolitary\n\nforest;\n\ncafe-walks;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nkr�Qa-nama /alia-chanting the holy name of Kr�t:Ja;\n\nCaitanya\nhasti­\n\nelephants; vyaghra-tigers; patha chage-leave the path; prabhure-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; dekhiya-seeing.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord passed through the solitary forest chanting the holy name of\nKr�Qa, the tigers and elephants, seeing Him, gave way.\nTEXT 26\n\n�-�tt\"' �' �' 'it�t1f, 1_�1f'i1'1 I\nl!t1f lft$fl �� �if �f.� $(i{ II �� II\npale-pale vyaghra, hasti, gaQqara, sOkara-gaQa\ntara madhye avese prabhu kari/a gamana\nSYNONYMS\npale-pale-in flocks; vyaghra-tigers; hasti-elephants; gaQ(fara-rhinoceros;\nsOkara-gaQa-boars; tara madhye-through them; avese-in ecstasy; prabhuSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kari/a gamana-passed.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord passed through the jungle in great ecstasy, packs of tigers,\nelephants, rhinoceros and boars came, and the Lord passed right through\nthem.\n\n", "mad7#p0047": "14\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 27\n\n��' 'eDt�tcti1'f ��i{ � ��t'e� I\n\n� �� 1:!1�1 �<li �-t � II �'I II\ndekhi' bhattacaryera mane haya maha-bhaya\nprabhura pratape tara eka pasa haya\n\nSYNONYMS\ndekhi'-seeing; bhattacaryera-of Bhattacarya; mane-in the mind; hayathere was; maha-bhaya-great fear; prabhura pratape-by the influence of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; tara-they; eka pasa haya-stand to one side.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBalabhadra Bhattacarya was very much afraid to see them, but by Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's influence, all the animals stood to one side.\nTEXT 28\n\n�<liflfi{ �Qf � <Jfil'�toi � I\n�� t:!t1'l\" � � i'ltf� R'i II �17\" II\neka-dina pathe vyaghra kariyache sayana\navese tara gaye prabhura lagila cara('la\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; pathe-on the path; vyaghra-a tiger; kariyache sayanawas lying down; avese-in ecstatic love; tara gaye-on his body; prabhura-of\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; /agi/a-touched; cara1,1a-lotus feet.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day a tiger was lying on the path, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, walking along the path in ecstatic love, touched the tiger with His feet.\nTEXT 29\n\n� <!i�,-<!i� '��', l!IJ't!r � I\n'��' '�' <li�' � i{l��t:! 'ltf'5t\"' II �� II\nprabhu kahe, -kaha 'kr�1,1a; vyaghra uthila\n'kr�1,1a' 'kr�f.1a' kahi' vyaghra nacite lagila\n\n", "mad7#p0048": "Text 31]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vfndavana\n\n15\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; kaha kr�Qa -please chant Hare\nKr�t:�a; vyaghra u thila -the tiger got up; kr�Qa kr�Qa kahi' -chanting the holy\nname of Kr�t:�a; v yaghra-the tiger; nacite-to dance; /agi/a-began.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord said, \"Chant the holy name of Kf�r:ta!\" The tiger immediately got\nup and began to dance and chant, \"Kf�r:ta! Kf�r:ta!\"\nTEXT 30\n\n�� fifti{ �� �tt � � I\n\n�'!.. ��\" ��ti! �9ffi{ ll �0 ll\n\nara dine mahaprabhu kare nadi snana\nmatta-hasti-yutha ai/a karite jala-pana\nSYNONYMS\nara dine-another day; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kare-does;\nnadi snana-bathing in the river;\n\nmatta-hasti-yutha-a herd of maddened\n\nelephants; ai/a -came; karite-to do; ja/a-pana-drinking water.\nTRANS LAliON\nAnother day, while Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was bathing in a river, a herd\nof maddened elephants came there to drink water.\nTEXT 31\n\n� \"''·� �' �'tt'it �� �'1'1 I\n'\" ��' �fit' � i!Jf\" �fi'f' 1ftfi{'f1 ll �� ll\nprabhu jala-krtya kare, age hasti ai/a\n'kr�Qa kaha' bali' prabhu ja/a phe/i' marila\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jala-krtya kare\nchanting the Gayatri mantra within the water;\n\n-\n\nbathed and was\n\nage -in front;\n\nhasti-the\n\nelephants; ai/a-came; kr�Qa kaha-chant Hare Kr�t:�a; ba/i'-saying; prabhuLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jala phe/i' -throwing water; marila -struck.\n\n", "mad7#p0049": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n16\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the Lord was bathing and murmuring the Gayatri mantra, the\nelephants came before Him. The Lord immediately splashed some water on\nthe elephants and asked them to chant the name of Kr�r;�a.\nPURPORT\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu was the Supreme Personality of Godhead playing the\npart of a very great advanced devotee. On the maha-bhagavata platform, the\ndevotee makes no distinction between friends and enemies. On that platform he\nsees everyone as a servant of Kr�r:Ja. As stated in Bhagavad-gita:\nvidya-vinaya-sampanne\nbrahmaQe gavi hastini\nsuni caiva svapake ca\npaQc;:lita/:1 sama-darsina/:1\n\"The humble sage, by virtue of true knowledge, sees with equal vision a learned\nand gentle brahmaQa, a cow, an elephant, a dog, and a dog-eater [outcaste].\"\n(Bg. 5.18)\nA maha-bhagavata, being learned and advanced in spiritual consciousness, sees\nno difference between a tiger, an elephant or a learned scholar. The test of advanced spiritual consciousness is that one becomes fearless. He envies no one,\nand he is always engaged in the Lord's service. He sees every living entity as an\neternal part and parcel of the Lord, rendering service according to his capacity by\nthe will of the Supreme Lord. As Bhagavad-gita confirms:\nsarvasya caharh hrdi sannivi�to\nmatta/:1 smrtir jfianam apohanarh ca\n\"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowledge\n\nand forgetfulness.\" (Bg. 15.15)\nThe maha-bhagavata knows that Kr�r:Ja is in everyone's heart. Kr�r:Ja is dictating,\nand the living entity is following His dictations. Kr�r:Ja is within the heart of the\ntiger, elephant and boar. Therefore Kr�r:Ja tells them, \"Here is a maha-bhagavata.\nPlease do not disturb him.\" Why, then, should the animals be envious of such a\ngreat personality? Those who are neophytes or even a little progressed in devotional service should not try to imitate the maha-bhagavata. Rather, they should\nonly follow in their footsteps. The word anukara means \"imitating,\" and anusara\nmeans \"trying to follow in the footsteps.\" We should not try to imitate the activities of a maha-bhagavata or SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Our best efforts should\nbe exerted in trying to follow them according to our ability. The maha-bhagavata's\n\n", "mad7#p0050": "Text 33]\n\nThe Lord Travels to V�ndavana\n\n17\n\nheart is completely freed from material contamination, and he can become very\ndear even to fierce animals like tigers and elephants. Indeed, the maha-bhagavata\ntreats them as his very intimate friends. On this platform there is no question of\nenvy. When the Lord was passing through the forest, He was in ecstasy, thinking\nthe forest to be Vrndavana. He was simply searching for Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 32\n\n�� fi(·�'!_-<1\"'11 ift�'$f � '$f'h( I\n�l '�' '��' <1\"�, c;��1f i{tt�, � lll!l� II\nsei jala-bindu-kaQa /age yara gaya\nsei 'k(�Qa' 'kr�Qa' kahe, preme nace, gaya\nSYNONYMS\nsei-those;\n\nja/a-of water;\n\nbindu-drops;\n\nkaQa-particles;\n\n/age\n\n-\n\ntouch;\n\nyara-whose; gaya-body; sei-they; kr�f!a kr�Qa-Kr�Qa, Kr�Qa; kahe-say;\npreme\n\n-\n\nin ecstasy; nace-dance; gaya\n\n-\n\nsing\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe elephants whose bodies were touched by the water splashed by the\nLord began to chant, \"K��.,a! K��.,a!\" and dance and sing in ecstasy.\nTEXT 33\n\nc;<fl� '¥_t1l �' c;<�\"� �m f�e.<t'itJ 1\n\n��' ��t�tt�� 1l� � �1le.<fitJ II l!ll!l II\nkeha bhume pac;Je, keha karaye citkara\ndekhi' bhattacaryera mane haya camatkara\nSYNONYMS\nkeha-some of them; bhame-on the ground; pac;Je-fall down; keha-some\nof them; karaye-perform; ci t-kara-screaming; dekh i -seeing; bhattacaryera'\n\nof Bhanacarya; mane-in the mind; haya-there was; camatkara-astonishment.\nTRANSLATION\nSome of the elephants fell to the ground, and some screamed in ecstasy.\nSeeing this, Balabhadra Bhaftacarya was completely astonished.\n\n", "mad7#p0051": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n18\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�Qf �lt� �t� �\"i. � ���� I\n1(� �cb'fltfi{ �fi{' ��t� ���'Ill �8 II\npathe yaite kare prabhu ucca sarikirtana\nmadhura kaf)tha-dhvani suni' aise mrgi-gaf)a\nSYNONYMS\npathe yaite-while passing on the path; kare-does; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; ucca-loud; sarikirtana-chanting of Hare Kr�l)a; madhura-sweet;\nkaQtha-dhvani-the voice from His throat; suni'-hearing; aise-came; mrgigaf)a-she-deer.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu chanted very loudly while passing\nthrough the jungle. Hearing His sweet voice, all the does came near Him.\nTEXT 35\n\nIS't��·�tt1f 'fit���' �Hl �-�ttr I\n� ����'aft��� R1P II �It II\ngahine-vame dhvani suni' yaya prabhu-sarige\nprabhu tara ariga muche, sloka page range\nSYNONYMS\ngahine-vame-right and left; dhvani-vibration; suni'-hearing; yaya-they\nfollow; prabhu-sarige-with the Lord; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; taratheir; ariga-bodies; muche-pats; 5/oka-verse; page-recites; rarige-in great\ncuriosity.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing the Lord's great vibration, all the does followed Him left and right.\nWhile reciting a verse with great curiosity, the Lord patted them.\nTEXT 36\n\nlfiJJt! � ,1'�\\!Cilt�A �tll'IJ UJ\\!1\n<i1 \"I\"Oif\"l\"\"lf'T�9fte-f'<�\" f'T>\\Jlr:<r•ri{_ 1\n\n�l<fi<f'J C<I''J._\"i�M�'Z 1f��1ft\"ilt:\n9J:_i'lfi'Z i!\"'!_f<t\"�fs�toz <2f'llli<I'C<i1C<!': II �� II\n\n", "mad7#p0052": "Text 37]\n\nThe lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n19\n\ndhanya/:1 sma mur;fha-matayo 'pi hariQya eta\nya nanda-nandanam upatta-vicitra-vesam\n\nakarQya veQu-raQitarh saha-kr�Qa-sara/:1\n\npujarh dadhur viracitarh praQayava/okai/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\ndhanyal)-fortunate, blessed; sma-certainly; mur;fha-mataya/:1-foolish, with­\n\nout good sense; api-although; hariQya/:1-she-deer; eta/:1-these; ya/:1-who;\n\nnanda-nandanam-the son of Maharaja Nanda; upatta-vicitra-vesam-dressed\n\nvery attractively; akarQya-hearing; veQu-raQitam-the sound of His flute; saha­\n\nkr�Qa-sara/:1-accompanied by the black deer (their husbands); pujam dadhu/:1-\n\nthey worshiped; viracitam-performed; praQaya-ava/okai/:1-by their affectionate\n\nglances.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Blessed are all these foolish deer because they have approached the son of\nMaharaja Nanda, who is gorgeously dressed and is playing on His flute. Indeed, both the does and the bucks worship the lord with looks of love and\naffection.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.21.11) spoken by the gopis of\n\nVrndavana.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n(;��t� �Jt� '!�i e1t�\"f �-llt'! I\n�-�� f�' � 1f�t�� llt� II �9 II\nhena-kale vyaghra tatha aila panca-sata\n\nvyaghra-mrgi mili' cafe mahaprabhura satha\nSYNONYMS\n\nhena-kale-at this time; vyaghra-tigers; tatha-there; �ila-came; panca­\n\nsata-five to seven; vyaghra-mrgi-the tigers and deer; mi/i'-coming together;\n\ncafe-go; mahaprabhura satha-with SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhile Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was passing through the jungle, five or\nseven tigers came. Joining the deer, the tigers began to follow the lord.\n\n", "mad7#p0053": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n20\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 38\n\nQfM' �t�� '�t�'-,f� � I\n\n1'\"ft�-�-�c(i{ �<li �f�� II 1!)\\r II\ndekhi' mahaprabhura 'vrndavana'-smrti haifa\nvrndavana-gul)a-varl)ana sfoka pagifa\nSYNONYMS\ndekhi'-seeing; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vrndavana-of\nthe holy land of Vrndavana; smrti haifa-there was remembrance; vrndavana-of\nSri Vrndavana;\n\ngu!)a-of the qualities;\n\nvar!)ana-description;\n\nsfoka-verse;\n\npagifa -recited.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the tigers and deer following Him, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu immediately remembered the land of Vrndavana. He then began to recite a verse\ndescribing the transcendental qualitity of Vrndavana.\nTEXT 39\n<liJ!\n\nC•Pif��ilt: '1�1'11_ � -lj'ifiif�: I\n\nf1l\\J!l'ft'l'tf��l�1'!-��-��-':::!i\"tl'<tifrr�l{_ II -:!01 II\nyatra naisarga-durvaira/:1\nsahasan nr-mrgadaya/:1\nmitral)ivajitavasadruta-rut-tar?al)adikam\nSYNONYMS\nyatra-where; naisarga-by nature; durvaira/:1-living in enmity; saha-asanlive together; nr-human beings; mrga-adaya/:1-and animals; mitraQi-friends;\niva-like; ajita-of Lord Sri Kr��a; avasa-residence; druta-gone away; rujanger; tar?al)a-adikam-thirst and so on.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Vrndavana is the transcendental abode of the Lord. There is no hunger,\nanger or thirst there. Though naturally inimical, both human beings and fierce\nanimals live together there in transcendental friendship.\"\n\n", "mad7#p0054": "Text 41]\n\nThe Lord Travels to V�ndavana\n\n21\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a statement from Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1 0.13.60). After stealing the\n\ncowherd boys, calves and cows of Sri Kr�r:Ja, Lord Brahma kept them asleep and\nhid them. After a moment, Brahma returned to see Kr�r:Ja's condition. When he\nsaw that Kr�r:Ja was still busy with His cowherd boyfriends and animals and was\nnot disturbed,\n\nLord Brahma appreciated\n\nthe\n\ntranscendental\n\nopulence\n\nof\n\nVrndavana.\nTEXT 40\n\n'\"���'�fit' �t. �n;� �f\"fi'f 1\n'�•' ��' �Jt!l·�� �t�t'! i'ftf�llf II So II\n'kr�Qa kr�Qa kaha' kari' prabhu yabe bali/a\n\n'kr�Qa' kahi' vyaghra-mrga nacite lagila\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�Qa kr�Qa kaha -chant Kr�r:Ja, Kr�r:Ja; kari'-in this way; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; yabe-when; bali/a-uttered; kr�Qa kahi'-chanting the holy name\n\nof Kr�r:Ja; vyaghra-mrga-the tigers and deer; nacite lagila-began to dance.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Chant K��r,a! K��r,a!\" the tigers and\ndeer began to dance and chant, \"K��r,a!\"\nTEXT 41\n\n�' �\"! ��'l ���'l-�t'f I\n�-��tm <;�t� <:fii�R'f II 8� II\nnace, kunde vyaghra-gaf)a mrgi-gaf)a-sarige\n\nbalabhadra-bhattacarya dekhe apurva-rarige\nSYNONYMS\n\nnace-dance;\n\nkunde-jump; vyaghra-gaf)a-the tigers; mrgi-gaf)a-sarige­\n\nwith the does; balabhadra-bhattacarya-Balabhadra Bhattacarya; dekhe\napurva-rarige-with great wonder.\n\n-\n\nsees;\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all the tigers and does danced and jumped, Balabhadra Bhattacarya\nsaw them and was struck with wonder.\n\n", "mad7#p0055": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n22\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 42\n\n�J�·�'$f ��t� <ti� �tf'l\"fi! I\n�� IJ.� f'5f1ft <ti� �t�Jtt� ��II 8� II\nvyaghra-mrga anyonye kare alirigana\nmukhe mukha diya kare anyonye cumbana\nSYNONYMS\n\nvyaghra-mrga-the\na/irigana-embracing;\n\ntigers\n\nand\n\ndeer;\n\nanyonye-one\n\nanother;\n\nkare-do;\n\nmukhe mukha diya-touching one anothers' mouths;\n\nkare-do; anyonye cumbana-kissing one another.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIndeed, the tigers and deer began to embrace one another, and, touching\nmouths, they began to kiss.\nTEXT 43\n\nG��� ''1�111 t21'- �t�t! �Mt'ii I\nt!1·ll�tt<ti '!ttl lit�' �tt'$f �f�' G'Sfc!rl II 81!) II\nkautuka dekhiya prabhu hasite lagila\nta-sabake tahari chac;li' age cali' gela\nSYNONYMS\n\nkautuka dekhiya-seeing this fun; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; hasite\n/agi/a-began to smile;\n\nta-sabake-all of them; tahari chac;/i'-leaving there;\n\nage-forward; ca/i' ge/a-advanced.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw all this fun, He began to smile. Finally\nHe left the animals and continued on His way.\nTEXT 44\n\n';!�trw �f-.'$f'l �t� ,'1�111 1\nllt'Jf �r;�, '�' �f�' iftr;� ';!� ��1 II 88 II\nmayOradi pak�i-gaQa prabhure dekhiya\nsarige cafe, 'kr�Qa' bali' nace matta hana\n\n", "mad7#p0056": "The Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\nText 46]\n\n23\n\nSYNONYMS\nmayara-adi-beginning with peacocks; pak?i-gaQa-different types of birds;\nprabhure-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nHim; kr?Qa ba/i'\n\n-\n\ndekhiya-seeing; salige ca fe-go with\n\nchanting the holy name of Kr�t:Ja; nace\n\n-\n\ndance; matta halia­\n\nbecoming mad.\nTRANSlATION\nVarious birds, including the peacock, saw Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and\nbegan to follow Him, chanting and dancing. They were all maddened by the\nholy name of Kr�r:�a.\nTEXT 45\n\n'�m��, <�:�' �<tit� �65� 1\n\n��i!i-�'tfili!, �� �fi{ �fil' II S<t II\n'hari-bo/a' bali' prabhu kare ucca-dhvani\nvrk?a-lata-praphullita, sei dhvani suni'\nSYNONYMS\nhari-bola-the vibration of Hari-bol; ba/i'-chanting; prabhu-SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; kare-makes; ucca-dhvani-a loud sound; vrk?a-/ata-the trees\nand creepers; praphullita-very jubilant; sei-that; dhvani-sound; suni'-hearing.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord loudly chanted \"Hari bol!\" the trees and creepers became\njubilant to hear Him.\nPURPORT\nThe loud chanting of the Hare Kr�t:�a mantra is so powerful that it can even\npenetrate the ears of trees and creepers-what to speak of animals and human\nbeings. SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu once asked Haridasa Thakura how trees and\nplants could be delivered, and Haridasa Thakura replied that the loud chanting of\nthe Hare Kr�t:Ja maha-mantra would benefit not only trees and plants but insects\nand all other living beings. One should therefore not be disturbed by the loud\nchanting of Hare Kr�t:Ja, for it is beneficial not only to the chanter but to everyone\nwho gets an opportunity to hear.\nTEXT 46\n\n'�t��' ·��·i!Jfer;{ �� � I\n?-.iltll ffl11i ��\"' (;�1!ti! �'A II 8 � II\n'jharikhaQr;ie' sthavara-jaligama ache yata\nkr?Qa-nama diya kaila premete unmatta\n\n", "mad7#p0057": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n24\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSYNONYMS\n\njharikharxie-in the place known as jharikhar:J<;la; sthavara-jangama-moving\nand not moving; ache-there are; yata-all; kr�Qa-nama diya-giving them the\nholy name of Lord Kr�r:Ja; kaila-made; premete-in ecstasy; unmatta-mad.\nTRANSLATION\nThus all living entities-some moving and some standing still in the forest\nof JharikhaQ�a-became maddened by hearing the holy name of lord K��Qa\nvibrated by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nPURPORT\n\nThe great forest of Jharikhar:J<;la is a great tract of land including A�aga<;la,\nQherikanala, Arigula, Lahara, Kiyaiijha<;la, Bama<;la, Bonai, Garigapura, Cho�a\nNagapura, Yasapura and Saraguja. All these places, which are covered with mountains and jungles, are known as jharikhar:J<;la.\nTEXT 47\n\n�� �t1f Rf�i �il, � <157;1{il fill% I\n<;�·�<!\" � <;liftt� �� '<;�'ll'ef�' II 8'\\ II\nyei grama diya yana, yahan karena sthiti\nse-saba gramera lokera haya 'prema-bhakti'\nSYNONYMS\n\nyei grama-which villages; diya yana-the Lord goes through; yahan-where;\nkarena-takes; sthiti-rest; se-saba-all those; gramera-of the villages;\nlokera-of the people; haya-there is awakening of; prema-bhakti-ecstatic love\nof God.\nTRANSLATION\nIn all the villages through which the lord passed and in all the places He\nrested on His journey, everyone was purified and awakened to ecstatic love of\nGod.\nTEXTS 48-49\n\n� �fir \\!� �� �ti{ �ilt1f I\n\nitJ �� �� �ti{ itJ �� � II 811- II\n� '��' '�t:R' <I\"�' �' <fitC\"f, �tc;� I\n�� 'C<�\"�<�\"' �� �tllf 11 s:;, 11\n\n", "mad7#p0058": "Text 50]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n25\n\nkeha yadi tanra mukhe sune kr�Qa-nama\ntanra mukhe ana sune tanra mukhe ana\nsabe 'kr?Qa' 'hari' bali' nace, kande, hase\nparamparaya 'vai�Qava' ha-ifa sarva dese\nSYNONYMS\nkeha-someone; yadi-when; tanra mukhe-from His mouth; sune-hears;\nkr?Qa-nama-chanting of the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra; tanra mukhe-from the mouth\nof such chanters; ana sune-someone else hears; tanra mukhe-and from his\nmouth; ana-someone else; sabe-all of them; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja's holy name;\nhari-another holy name of the Lord; ba/i'-chanting; nace-dance; kande-cry;\nhase-smile; paramparaya-by disciplic succession; vai?Qava-devotees; haifa-became; sarva-dese-in all countries.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen someone heard the chanting of the holy name from the mouth of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, and someone else heard this chanting from that second\nperson, and someone again heard this chanting from the third person, everyone in all countries became a Vai�Qava through such disciplic succession.\nThus everyone chanted the holy name of Kr�Qa and Hari, and they danced,\ncried and smiled.\nPURPORT\nThe transcendental power or potency of the Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra is herein\nexplained. First, the holy name is vibrated by S rr Caitanya Mahaprabhu. When\nsomeone hears from Him directly, he is purified. When another person hears from\nthat person, he also is purified. In this way the purification process is advanced\namong pure devotees. S rr Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, and no one can claim His potency. Nonetheless, if one is a pure devotee, hundreds and thousands of men can be purified by his vibration. This potency is within every living being, provided he chants the Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra\noffenselessly and without material motives. When a pure devotee chants offenselessly, another person will become a Vai�l)ava, and from him another\nVai�l)ava will emerge. This is the parampara system.\n\nTEXT 50\n\nq,f� � �<fi·'JI���� iJi� I\n'12i'lf ���· <fit�e{, �t� illl2!<fi'ttllf II <to II\n\n", "mad7#p0059": "------\n\n26\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nyadyapi prabhu /oka-sanghattera trase\nprema 'gupta' karena, bahire na prakase\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi- although; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; loka-sanghattera-of\ncrowds of people; trase-being afraid; prema- ecstasy; gupta karena-keeps\nhidden; bahire-externally; 11a-does not; prakase-manifest.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord did not always manifest His ecstasy. Being afraid of a great assembly of people, the Lord kept His ecstasy concealed.\nTEXT 51\n\n��f9t � m·C!t�'l·$tt� 1\n\"<lillf \"'� �<IS� ,,�.t�' \"<t!> \"\ntathapi tanra darsana-sravaQa-prabhave\nsaka/a desera /aka ha-i/a 'vai�Qave'\nSYNONYMS\ntathapi-still ; tar'lra-His; darsana-of seeing; sravaQa-of hearing; prabhaveby the potency; saka/a-all; desera-of countries; /aka-people; ha-ila-became; vai�Qave-pure devotees of the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu did not manifest His natural ecstatic\nlove, everyone became a pure devotee simply by seeing and hearing Him.\nPURPORT\nSrila ROpa Gosvami has described Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as maha-vadanya­\n\navatara, the most munificent incarnation. Although Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is\nnot physically present now, simply by chanting His holy name (sri-kr�Qa-caitanya\n\nprabhu nityananda sri-advaita gadadhara srivasadi-gaura-bhakta-vrnda) people\nthroughout the world are becoming devotees. This is due to the ecstatic chanting\nof the holy name of the Lord. It is said that a pure devotee can see the Lord every\nmoment, and because of this he is empowered by the Lord. This is confirmed in\n\nBrahma-sarhhita: premanjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena santab sadaiva hrdaye�u\nvilokayanti. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu appeared five hundred years ago, but it cannot be said that now the potency of the Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra is less powerful\n\n", "mad7#p0060": "Text 53]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n27\n\nthan it was in His presence. By hearing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu through the\n\nparampara system, one can be purified. Therefore in this verse it is said: tathapi\ntanra darsana-sravaQa-prabhave. It is not that everyone is able to see Kf�l)a or Sri\nKr�t:�a Caitanya Mahaprabhu physically, but if one hears about Him through books\n\nlike Sri Caitanya-caritamrta and through the parampara system of pure Vai�l)avas,\nthere is no difficulty in becoming a pure Vai�l)ava, free from mundane desires and\npersonal motivations.\nTEXT 52\n\n<;�, �' �e.�'l', liff'll&'l·<.;�llf f� I\n�fl fi{�t� C�\"f \"Cft11ti{ f!iM1 II�� II\ngaur;Ja, bariga, utkafa, dak�iQa-dese giya\nfokera nistara kaifa apane bhramiya\nSYNONYMS\ngaur;Ja-Bengal; bariga-East Bengal; utkafa-Orissa; dak�iQa-dese-southern\nIndia;\n\ng iya-goi n g; fokera-of all the people; nistara-liberation; kaifa-did;\n\napane-personally; bhramiya-touring.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally toured Bengal, East Bengal,\nOrissa and the southern countries, and He delivered all kinds of people by\nspreading Kr�r:ta consciousness.\nTEXT 53\n\n� ���'I' �i{ �t��� I\nfoe11� <;'l't� \\!tt1 \"P!J�-�� II�� II\nmathura yaibara chafe asena jharikhaQr;ia\nbhilla-praya foka tahari parama-pa�aQr;ia\nSYNONYMS\n\nmathura-to Mathura; yaibarct-of going; chafe-on the pretext; asenacame; jharikhaQr;ia-to jharikhat:�<;la; bhilla-praya-like the Bheels, a kind of low\npeople; foka-people; tahari-there; parama-pa�aQr;ia-without God consciousness.\n\n", "mad7#p0061": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n28\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu came to Jharikha��a on His way to\nMathura, He found that the people there were almost uncivilized and were\ndevoid of God consciousness.\nPURPORT\nThe word bhilla refers to a class of men belonging to the Bheels. The Bheels are\nlike Black Africans, and they are lower than sudras. Such people generally live in\nthe jungle, and SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu had to meet them.\nTEXT 54\n\nertll·<;12111\" mn ��t�� �� fi{�tf 1\n\n��l:!tft 'SJ� ��r;;l:! -tf� �tf II �8 ll\nnama-prema diya kaila sabara nistara\ncaitanyera guc;Jha-lila bujhite sakti kara\nSYNONYMS\nnama-prema diya-bestowing upon them ecstatic love and the holy name;\nkai/a-did; sabara nistara-liberation of all of them; caitanyera-of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; guc;Jha-/i/a-confidential pastimes; bujhite-to understand; saktithe power; kara-who has.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu gave even the Bheels an opportunity to chant the\nholy name and come to the platform of ecstatic love. Thus He delivered all of\nthem. Who has the power to understand the transcendental pastimes of the\nLord?\nPURPORT\nAs evidence of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's mercy, we are experiencing that the\npeople of Africa are taking to Kr�l)a consciousness, chanting and dancing and taking prasada like other Vai�l)avas. This is all due to the power of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. Who can understand how His potency is working all over the\nworld?\nTEXT 55\n\n�Of�' <!!ill �-�l '��t�' I\n\n� Off�' 1fti{ �-�l ,,�('i{' \" �� \"\n\n", "mad7#p0062": "Text 57]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n29\n\nvana dekhi' bhrama haya-ei 'vrndavana'\nsaila dekhi' mane haya-ei 'govardhana'\nSYNONYMS\nvana dekhi'-seeing the forest; bhrama haya-there is illusion; ei-this;\nvrndavana-Vrndavana forest; saila dekhi'-seeing a hill; mane haya-considers;\nei govardhana-this is Govardhana Hill.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu passed through the Jharikha.,c;ta forest, He\ntook it for granted that it was Vrndavana. When He passed over the hills, He\ntook it for granted that they were Govardhana.\nTEXT 56\n\n� �� m� � 1fte{�-'�t�' 1\n\n11'��1lt�c;-t ifttG � � �tfitl' II �� II\nyahan nadi dekhe tahan manaye-'kalindi'\nmaha-premavese nace prabhu pac;fe kandi'\nSYNONYMS\nyahan-wherever; nadi-river; dekhe-sees;� tahan-there; manaye-considers; kalindi-the River Yamuna; maha-prema-avese-in great ecstatic love;\nnace-dances; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; pac;fe-falls down; kandi'crying.\nTRANSLATION\nSimilarly, whenever Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw a river, He immediately\naccepted it as the River Yamuna. Thus while in the forest He was filled with\ngreat ecstatic love, and He danced and fell down crying.\nTEXT 57\n\n�� � 'e�t�t1i -tt�·'IL!f·ll' I'( I\n\n� c;� ��� � l'(t11i' �� II �\" II\npathe yaite bhattacarya saka-mQ/a-phala\nyahan yei payena tahan /ayena saka/a\n\n", "mad7#p0063": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n30\n\nSYNONYMS\npathe yaite-while passing on the way; bhattacarya-Balabhadra Bhattacarya;\nsaka-spinach; mala-roots; pha/a-fruits; yahali-wherever; yei-whatever;\npayena-he gets; tahali-there; layena-he takes; saka/a-all.\nTRANSLATION\nAlong the way, Balabhadra Bhattacarya collected all kinds of spinach, roots\nand fruit whenever possible.\nTEXT 58\n\n�-�� �t�i{ � �:!�'AI '!31t'fi'l I\n\n��·,.tl:! iSfi{ �t�' �t� fifllSCI II <t\\r' II\nye-grame rahena prabhu, tathaya brahmal)a\npafica-sata jana asi' kare nimantral)a\nSYNONYMS\nye-grame-in\n\nwhatever\n\nvillage;\n\nrahena-stays;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; tathaya-there; brahmal)a-brahmal)as; pafica-sata jana-five or\nseven persons; asi'-coming; kare-do; nimantral)a-invitation.\nTRANSLATION\nWhenever Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu visited a village, a few brahmar;�asfive or seven-would come and extend invitations to the Lord.\nTEXT 59\n\n<;�� � �tfil' <:trn 'e��-\"'tti{ I\n�� l11i, tffif, <;� �' � 'fJttti{ II <t� II\nkeha anna ani' deya bhattacarya-sthane\nkeha dugdha, dadhi, keha ghrta, khal)r;ia ane\nSYNONYMS\nkeha-someone; anna-grains; ani'-bringing; deya-delivers; bhattacaryasthane-before\n\nBalabhadra\n\nBha��acarya;\n\nkeha-someone;\n\ndugdha-milk;\n\ndadhi-yogurt; keha-someone; ghrta-ghee; khal)r;ia-sugar; ane-brings.\n\n", "mad7#p0064": "Text 61]\n\nThe lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n31\n\nTRANSLATION\nSome people would bring grains and deliver them to Balabhadra Bhattacarya. Others would bring milk and yogurt, and still others would bring\nghee and sugar.\nTEXT 60\n\n� �� ilt� � '��' I\n�1�' �� �� �r;� ti{J!S'l II �tl II\nyahari vipra nahi tahari 'sudra-mahajana'\nasi' sabe bhattacarye kare nimantraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nyahari-wherever; vipra-brahmaf)a; nahi-there is not; tahari-there; sudramaha-jana-devotees born in families other than brahmaQa; asi'-coming;\nsabe-all of them; bhattacarye-to Balabhadra Bhanacarya; kare nimantraQamake invitation.\nTRANSLATION\nIn some villages there were no brahmar:-as; nonetheless, devotees born in\nnon-brahmar:-a families came and extended invitations to Balabhadra Bhattacarya.\nPURPORT\nActually a sannyasi or a brahmaf)a will not accept an invitation extended by a\nperson born in a lower family. However, there are many devotees who are raised\nto the platform of brahmaQa by their initiation. These people are called sudramahajana. This indicates that one who is born in a non-brahmaQa family has accepted the brahmaQa status by initiation. Such devotees extended invitations to\nBalabhadra Bhanacarya. A MayavadT sannyasiwill accept an invitation only from a\nbrahmaf)a family, but a Vai��ava does not accept an invitation from a brahmaf)a if\nhe does not belong to the Vai��ava sect. However, a Vai�l)ava will accept an invitation from a brahmaQa or sudra-mahajana if that person is an initiated Vai��ava.\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu Himself accepted invitations from sudra-mahajanas, and\nthis confirms the fact that anyone initiated by a Vai��ava mantra can be accepted\nas a brahmaf)a. One can accept an invitation from such a person.\nTEXT 61\n\n�m� � �� �--u•-. 1\n�tJ·�tJCitil �� �ilflfl\\! 1l'illl �� II\n\n", "mad7#p0065": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n32\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nbhattacarya paka kare vanya-vyanjana\nvanya-vyanjane prabhura anandita mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhattacarya-Balabhadra Bhattacarya; paka kare-cooks; vanya-vyanjana-all\nvarieties of forest vegetables;\n\nvanya-vyanjane-by such forest vegetables;\n\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; anandita mana-the mind is very happy.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBalabhadra Bhattacarya used to cook all kinds of vegetables gathered from\nthe forest, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very pleased to accept these\npreparations.\nTEXTS 62-63\n\n�-Gtfif fift� �i 1f'tt� ,e_�R! I\n'fttl �tJ �e{, <:iiftt<l51f e{t� �,R! II�� II\n� �� �i �t� <l5t1f �t� I\n��-�� <!!JIPi{ <t-tif, <!ltJ i{ti{1 lift� II �\\!) II\ndui-cari dinera anna rakhena sarhhati\nyahan sOnya vana, lokera nahika vasati\ntahan sei anna bhattacarya kare paka\nphala-mO/e vyanjana kare, vanya nana saka\nSYNONYMS\n\ndui-cari-two to four; dinera-of days; anna-food grains; rakhena-keeps;\nsarhhati-in stock; yahail-wherever; sOnya vana-the solitary forest: lokera-of\npeople;\n\nnahika-there is not;\n\nanna-food grains;\n\nvasati-habitation; tahail-there;\n\nbhattacarya-Balabhadra Bhattacarya;\n\npha/a-mO/e-with roots and fruits;\n\nsei-those;\n\nkare paka-cooks;\n\nvyanjana kare-he prepares vegetables;\n\nvanya-from the forest; nana saka-many kinds of spinach.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBalabhadra Bhaftacarya used to keep a stock of food grains that would last\nfrom two to four days. Where there were no people, he would cook the grains\nand prepare vegetables, spinach, roots and fruits collected from the forest.\n\n", "mad7#p0066": "Text 66]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n33\n\nTEXT 64\n\n�1f ��� \\21'-� ��-��t'il I\n\n�-r �il, ,� Rfe:( �ta(e:( r..--t'i( 11 �s 11\nparama santo�a prabhura vanya-bhojane\nmaha-sukha pana, ye dina rahena nirjane\nSYNONYMS\nparama-very much; santo�a-satisfaction; prabhura-of the Lord; vanya-bhojane-in eating vegetables collected from the forest; maha-sukha pana-gets\ngreat happiness; ye dina-on which day; rahena-stays; nirjane-in a solitary\nplace.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord was always very happy to eat these forest vegetables, and He was\neven happier when He had an opportunity to stay in a solitary place.\nTEXT 65\n\n��t� '�� \"<.1l�, em� �� '��, 1\nitJ �\\21 �� �\"f�t\\Ji·��(� II �<t II\nbhattacarya seva kare, snehe yaiche 'dasa'\ntafira vipra vahe jala-patra-bahirvasa\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya-Balabhadra Bhagacarya; seva kare-renders service; snehe-in\ngreat affection; yaiche-exactly like; dasa-a servant; tafira vipra-his brahmaf)a\nassistant; vahe-carries ; jala-patra-the waterpot; bahirvasa-and garments.\nTRANSLATION\nBalabhadra BhaJfacarya was so affectionate to the Lord that he was rendering service just like a menial servant. His assistant brahma�a carried the\nwaterpot and garments.\nTEXT 66\n\nf.l·�r-�� �t�� � � 1\nil��l1 �Rf�9f \"<.1l� 'CI�tJ II �� II\n\n", "mad7#p0067": "34\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nnirjharete u�Qodake snana tina-bara\ndui-sandhya agni-tapa ka�thera apara\nSYNONYMS\nnirjharete-in the waterfalls; u�Qa-udake-in warm water; snana-bath; tinabara-thrice; dui-sandhya-morning and evening; agni-tapa-heating by a fire;\nka�thera-of wood; apara-without limit.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord used to bathe three times a day in the warm water of the waterfalls. He also used to heat Himself morning and evening with a fire made of the\nlimitless wood.\nTEXT 67\n\nfi{��� t;��t�-t fi{s(c;i{ '$f1!i{ I\n�'-! �ii_'e�' � <'li� <if� II �9 II\nnirantara premavese nirjane gamana\nsukha anubhavi' prabhu kahena vacana\nSYNONYMS\nnirantara-always; prema-avese-in ecstatic love; nirjane-in a solitary place;\ngamana-going;\n\nsukha anubhavi'-feeling happiness;\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kahena-says; vacana-statement.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile traveling in this secluded forest and feeling very happy, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu made the following statement.\nTEXT 68\n\n�i{, revt�t�,-\"�tfif t;�� <iff(·� I\n�9fc;� �:t� <'litt1 i{t� 9ftt t:lltllf II �\\r II\nsuna, bhattacarya,- \"ami gelalia bahu-desa\nvana-pathe du/:lkhera kahan nahi pai lesa\nSYNONYMS\nsuna-please hear; bhattacarya-My dear Bhanacarya; J.mi-1; ge/J.Iia-traveled; bahu-desa-many countries; vana-pathe-through the forest path;\n\n", "mad7#p0068": "Text 70]\n\nThe lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n35\n\ndubkhera-of unhappiness; kahari-anywhere; nahi pai-l do not get; /esaeven a trace.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Bhatfacarya, I have traveled very far through the forest, and I have\nnot even slightly received any trouble.\nTEXT 69\n\n��-�� �t1{'f1{ �'f\\! �� �� I\n���Q) �t�' ��rn � �� firilfl II �e;, II\nkr�Qa-krpalu, amaya bahuta krpa kai/a\nvana-pathe ani' amaya bar;la sukha dila\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-Lord Kf�l)a; krpalu-very kind; amaya-upon Me; bahuta-greatly;\nkrpa-mercy; kaila-showed; vana-pathe-on the path in the forest; ani'-bringing; amaya-unto Me; bar;/a-very much; sukha-happiness; di/a-gave.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r;�a is very merciful, especially to Me. He has shown His mercy by bringing Me on this path through the forest. Thus He has given Me great pleasure.\nTEXT 70\n\n'U<f�lilt�� �r�t\\! �fite,t� �m 1\n1ff\\!i, �' ��'itt'! c;wf-t� ���Rf II 9\n\no\n\nII\n\npiirve vrndavana yaite karilaria vicara\nmata, ganga, bhakta-gaQe dekhiba eka-bara\nSYNONYMS\nparve-formerly; vrndavana-to the holy place of Vrndavana; yaite-to go;\nkari/aria-1\n\ndid;\n\nvicara-consideration; mata-mother;\n\nganga-the Ganges;\n\nbhakta-gaQe-and devotees; dekhiba-1 shall see; eka-bara-once.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Before this, I decided to go to Vrndavana and on the way see My mother,\nthe River Ganges and other devotees once again.\n\n", "mad7#p0069": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n36\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 71\n\n'fti�'l-�� �iiJJ ��� �i{ I\nlfj���'l ��\"f O'l'�i �t� '�Wt' II 'l� II\nbhakta-gaQa-sange avasya kariba mifana\nbhakta-gaQe sange fafia yaba 'vrndavana'\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-gaQa-sange-with all My devotees; avasya-certainly; kariba-shall\ndo; mifana-meeting; bhakta-gaQe-all the devotees; sange-along with Me;\nfafia-taking; yaba-1 shall go; vrndavana-to Vrndavana-dhama.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I thought that once again I would see and meet all the devotees and take\nthem with Me to Vrndavana.\nTEXT 72\n\n�i! �f<l' G�)���tllf\n\n<lifi( ${i{ I\n\n11ti!i, � lfj�· GWM' �� '� ';fi{ II 'l� II\neta bhavi' gauc;Ja-dese karifun gamana\nmata, ganga bhakte dekhi' sukhi haifa mana\nSYNONYMS\neta bhavi'-thinking like this; gauc;Ja-dese-to Bengal; karilun gamana-1 went;\nmata-My mother; ganga-the Ganges;\n\nbhakte-devotees; dekhi'-seeing;\n\nsukhi-happy; haifa-became; mana-My mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus I went to Bengal, and I was very happy to see My mother, the River\nGanges and the devotees.\nTEXT 73\n\n��''� O'l'�i i!t<f �rO'(O'(ti! 1lt1r 1\n'f'lft�t� GO'I'l<t5 \\!tti � 'Cft1fl·�t\"f II 'l� II\nbhakta-gaQe fafia tabe cafifana range\nfak$a-koti foka tahan haifa ama-sange\n\n", "mad7#p0070": "Text 75]\n\n37\n\nThe Lord Travels to V�ndavana\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-ga1,1e-all the devotees; /ana-tak i ng; tabe-then; ca/ilana range-1\nstarted with great pleasure; lak�a-koti-many thousands and millions; /akapeople; tahan-there; haifa-became; ama-sange-My companions.\nTRANSLATION\n\"However, when I started for V�ndavana, many thousands and millions of\npeople gathered and began to go with Me.\nTEXT 74\n\n�ilti!il·�� ?� �t1f1 fit�t�\"''i I\n�� Rw �fif' �il�� \"flfPi 'Cit-'1111 '18 II\nsanatana-mukhe kr�Qa ama sikhaila\ntaha vighna kari' vana-pathe lana ai/a\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana-mukhe-from the mouth of Sanatana; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; am.:i-unto\nMe; sikhai/a-gave instructions; taha-that; vighna kari'-maki ng a hindrance;\nvana-pathe-on the path through the forest; /ana-taking; ai/a-came\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus I was going to V�ndavana with a big crowd, but through the mouth of\nSanatana, K���a taught Me a lesson. Thus by making some impediment, He\nhas brought Me on a path through the forest to V�ndavana.\nTEXT 75\n\n?�1l ��, Wtil-�� trnf11� I\n�?�1 � �til '��' � 0 II\" 'l� II\nkrpara samudra, dina-hine dayamaya\nkr�Qa-krpa vina kona 'sukha' nahi haya\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nkrpara samudra-ocean of mercy; dina-hine-unto the poor and fallen; dayamaya-very merciful; kr�Qa-krpa-the mercy of Kr�r:Ja; vina-w i thout; kanaany; sukha-happiness; nahi haya-there is not.\n\n", "mad7#p0071": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n38\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r:Ja is an ocean of mercy. He is especially merciful to the poor and\nfallen. Without His mercy, there is no possibility of happiness.\"\nTEXT 76\n\n�&t� �fiorf'trnl ��� <15� I\n'���� �:Jttr;if �fi{ �I! �� �\"' \" \"� \"\nbhattacarye alingiya tanhare kahila\n'tamara prasade ami eta sukha pai/a'\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarye-Balabhadra\n\nBhagacarya;\n\na/ingiya-embracing;\n\ntanhare-unto\n\nhim; kahila-said; tamara prasade-by your kindness; ami-1; eta-so much;\nsukha -happiness; pai Ia-got.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then embraced Balabhadra Bhaffacarya and told\nhim, \"It is only by your kindness that I am now so happy.\"\nTEXT 77\n\nC'i� �,-� '�', i{fil '5RI'tJrn' I\n���� ;fl� JI!$, �t� �if1 �\\if1! II '1'1 ll\ntenho kahena, -\"tumi 'k[$1)a', tumi 'dayamaya'\nadhama jiva mufii, more ha-i/a sadaya\nSYNONYMS\ntenho kahena-Bhagacarya said; tumi k[$f)a-You are Kr�f)a Himself; tumiYou; daya-maya-merciful; adhama-the lowest of the low; jiva-living entity;\nmufii-1; more-unto me; ha-ila-You have been; sa-daya-favorable.\nTRANSLATION\nBalabhadra Bhaffacarya replied, \"My dear Lord, You are Kr�r:Ja Himself, and\ntherefore You are merciful. I am a fallen living entity, but You have bestowed a\ngreat favor upon me.\n\n", "mad7#p0072": "Text 80]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n39\n\nTEXT 78\n\n'1[$ -�, � �fi{ � il$1 �tt\"1 I\n�9fl �11-' ,1ft� �t�:� '-2t( r�.. � ��\"111 \"\"' 1\nmufli chara, more tumi sarige lana ai/a\nkrpa kari' mora hate 'prabhu' bhik$a kaila\nSYNONYMS\nmuni-1; chara-most fallen; more-me; tumi-You; sarige-with; /ana-taking; ai/a-have come; krpa kari'-showing great mercy; mora hate-from my\nhand; prabhu-my Lord; bhik$a kaila-You accepted food.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sir, I am most fallen, yet You have brought me with You. Showing great\nmercy, You have accepted food prepared by me.\nTEXT 79\n\n�11-�<mf '� �-�i{ I\n''lf!S �' �-\"111� �$1'f1t II\" \"� II\nadhama-kakere kaila garuc;fa-samana\n'svatantra isvara' tumi-svayarh bhagavan\"\nSYNONYMS\nadhama-kakere-the most condemned crow; kaila-You have made; garuc;fasamana-like Garuc;la; svatantra-independent; isvara-Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; tumi-You; svayam bhagavan-the original Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You have made me Your carrier Garuf;la, although I am no better than a\ncondemned crow. Thus You are the independent Personality of Godhead, the\noriginal Lord.\nTEXT 80\n\n'lJ_<f'Z <fr�lf� �i�t<'f'Z 9f�'Z <'l�\"iHIC\\! fitfir'{ I\n<l\"'f\"f1 \\!1\\�'Z �COif 9f�l\"l\"lf-1li'f�lt_ II lr• II\n\n", "mad7#p0073": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n40\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nmukarh karoti vacalarh\npangurh langhayate girim\nyat-krpa tam aharh vande\nparamananda-madhavam\nSYNONYMS\nmukam-a person who cannot speak; karoti-makes; vaca/am-an eloquent\nspeaker; pangum-a person who cannot even walk; /anghayate-causes to cross\nover; girim-the mountain; yat-krpa-whose mercy; tam-unto Him; aham-1;\nvande-offer\n\nobeisances;\n\nparama-ananda-the\n\ntranscendentally\n\nblissful;\n\nmadhavam-Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The Supreme Personality of Godhead has the form of sac-cid-anandavigraha, transcendental bliss, knowledge and eternity. I offer my respectful\nobeisances unto He who turns the dumb into eloquent speakers and enables\nthe lame to cross mountains. Such is the mercy of the Lord.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Bhavartha-dipika commentary on\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhagavatam (1.1.1 ).\nTEXT 81\n\n�� �'IQ �� �ll'!i( I\n'<$lt�� �fJ' 1._� �� 121� �i( II \\r� II\nei-mata balabhadra karena stavana\nprema-seva kari' tu?ta kaila prabhura mana\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; ba/abhadra-Balabhadra Bhanacarya; karena-offers;\nstavana-prayers; prema-seva kari -rendering service in love; tu?ta-pacified;\n'\n\nkai/a-made; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Balabhadra Bhattacarya offered his prayers to the Lord. By rendering service unto Him in ecstatic love, He pacified the Lord's mind.\n\n", "mad7#p0074": "Text 83]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n41\n\nTEXT 82\n\nIii�� i{tifl·�f;� �f ��\"ff '�' I\n�-�ti{ �\" �f't���ti �fll' ll \\r� ll\nei-mata nana-sukhe prabhu aila 'kasi'\nmadhyahna-snana kaila maQikarQikaya asi'\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; nana-sukhe-in great happiness; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; ai/a-came; kasi-to the holy place named Kasi; madhyahnasnana-afternoon bath;\n\nkai/a-took;\n\nmaQikarQikaya-to the bathing place\n\nknown as Ma�ikar�ika; asi'-coming.\nTRANSLATION\nFinally the Lord with great happiness arrived at the holy place called Kasi.\nThere He took His bath in the bathing ghat known as Mal)ikarl)ika.\nPURPORT\nKasi is another name for Vara�asi (Benares). It has been a place of pilgrimage\nsince time immemorial. Two rivers named Asi� and Varu�a merge there. Ma�ikar�ika is famous because, according to the opinion of great personalities, a bejeweled earring fell there from the ear of Lord Vi��u. According to some, it fell\nfrom the ear of Lord Siva. The word mal)i means \"jewel,\" and karQika means \"from\nthe ear.\" According to some, Lord Visvanatha is the great physician who cures the\ndisease of material existence by delivering a person through the ear, which\n\nreceives the vibration of the holy name of Lord Rama. Because of this, this holy\nplace is called Ma�i-kar�ika. It is said that there is no better place than where the\nRiver Ganges flows, and the bathing ghat known as Ma�ikar�ika is especially\nsanctified because it is very dear to Lord Visvanatha. In the Kasi-khaQ(ia it is said:\n\nsarhsari-cintamal)ir atra yasmat tarakarh sajjana-karl)ikayam. sivo 'bhidhatte sahasanta-kale tad giyate 'sau maQi-karQiketi. mukti-lak�mi maha-pitha-maQis taccaraQabjayo/:1. karQikeyarh tata/:l prahur yarh jana maQi-karQikam. According to the\nKa5i-khaQ(ia, if one gives up his body at Ma�ikar�ika, he is liberated simply by\nremembering Lord Siva's name.\nTEXT 83\n\n��tf;llf ��fl{� �f;� �� I\n12ft_\"'�' � it1f f� �'iii ate{ n v-� n\n\n", "mad7#p0075": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n42\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nsei-kale tapana-misra kare ganga-snana\nprabhu dekhi' hai/a tanra kichu vismaya jriana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei-kale-at that time; tapana-misra-a brahmaf)a named Tapana Misra; kare\nganga-snana-was taking his bath in the Ganges; prabhu dekhi'-seeing the\nLord; hai/a-there was; tanra-his; kichu-some; vismaya jriana-astonishment.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, Tapana Misra was taking his bath in the Ganges, and he was\nastonished to see the Lord there.\nTEXT 84\n\n'� �f�� � ��:rn11 �, 1\nfil�� �fil�i '� 'Iii!� i!Jitlfll IrS II\n'purve suniyachi prabhu karyachena sannyasa'\nni5caya kariya haila hrdaye ullasa\n\nSYNONYMS\npurve\n\n-\n\nforme rly;\n\nsuniyachi-1\n\nhave\n\nheard;\n\nprabhu-Lord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; karyachena sannyasa-has accepted the renounced order of life;\nni5caya kariya-ascertaining that; hai/a-there was; hrdaye-within the heart;\nullasa-great jubilation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTapana Misra then began to think, \"I have heard that Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu has accepted the renounced order.\" Thinking this, Tapana Misra\nbecame very jubilant within his heart.\nTEXT 85\n\n� R'l '{fif �r;�il �5fil I\n�\" \\!1t11\" �if\\!131 C<f.\"f �tf�lfillllrO' II\nprabhura caraf)a dhari' karena rodana\nprabhu tare utharia kaila alingana\n\n", "mad7#p0076": "Text 86]\n\nThe lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n43\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; caraQa-lotus feet; dhari'-touching;\nkarena-does; rodana-crying; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tare-him;\n\nutha fia-raising; kaila-did; a/irigana-embracing.\nTRANSlATION\n\nHe then clasped the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and began to cry.\nThe lord raised him up and embraced him.\nTEXT 86\n\n� ��i ''$1� f�t'SI�·�11-fti{ I\n�� 'eltfit' '�t-t fcl'\\'aft'l�·i11t'lll 1r � II\nprabhu lana gela visvesvara-darasane\ntabe asi' dekhe bindu-madhava-caraQe\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu /alia-taking the Lord; ge/a-he went; visvesvara-darasane-to visit the\ntemple of Visvesvara;\n\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nasi'-coming;\n\ndekhe-see;\n\nbindu­\n\nmadhava-caraQe-the lotus feet of Bindu Madhava.\nTRANSlATION\n\nTapana Misra then took Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to visit the temple of\nVisvesvara. Coming from there, they saw the lotus feet of lord Bindu\nMadhava.\nPURPORT\nThis Bindu Madhava is the oldest Vi�r:Ju temple in Varar:JasT. Presently this\ntemple is known as Ver:JT �adhava, and it is situated on the banks of the Ganges.\nFormerly five rivers converged there, and they were named Dhotapapa, Kirar:Ja,\nSarasvatT, Ganga and Yamuna. Now only the River Ganges is visible. The old\ntemple of Bindu Madhava, which was visited by SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, was\nlater dismantled by Aurangzeb, the great Hindu-hating emperor of the Mogul\ndynasty. In the place of this temple, he constructed a big majida, or mosque. Later,\n\nanother temple was constructed by the side of the mosque, and this temple is still\n\nexisting. In the temple of Bindu Madhava there are Deities of four-handed\nNarayar:Ja and the goddess Lak�mT. In front of these Deities is a column of SrT\nGaru<;la, and along the side are deities of Lord Rama, STta, Lak�mar:Ja and SrT\nHanumanjT.\n\n", "mad7#p0077": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n44\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nIn the province of Mahara�tra is a state known as Satara. During the time of\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura, the native prince belonged to the Vai�l)ava\ncult. Being a brahmaQa, he took charge of worshiping the Deity. He was known as\nSrimanta Balasaheba Pantha Maharaja. The state still bears the expenditure for\ntemple maintenance. The first king in this dynasty to take charge of worship in the\ntemple, two hundred years ago, was Maharaja Jagatjivana Rao Saheba.\n\nTEXT 87\n\n�f;l 'flfP1 ��'\" � �f� �lfP11\n�� �ft' if!J �T;J �Sf 11;�$1 II lr'l II\nghare lana aila prabhuke anandita hana\nseva kari' nrtya kare vastra uc;fana\n\nSYNONYMS\nghare\n\n/ana-taking\n\nto\n\nhis\n\nhome;\n\nai /a -came;\n\nprabhuke-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; anandita hana-in great happiness; seva kari'-rendering service;\nnrtya kare-began to dance; vastra u (iana-waving his cloth.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith great pleasure Tapana Misra brought Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to his\nhome and rendered service unto Him. Indeed, he began to dance, waving his\ncloth.\nTEXT 88\n\n� RT;'lt�� ��tl't C�i'l 9f'ti{ I\n�ttm� � C�l!f �fint1 �til' II lrlr II\nprabhura caraQodaka savarilse kaila pana\nbhattacaryera puja kaila kariya sammana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; caraQa-udaka-the water used to\n\nwash the lotus feet; sa-varilse-with his whole family; kaila pana-drank; bhattacaryera-of Bhattacarya; puja-worship; kaila-performed; kariya-showing;\nsammana -respect.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe washed the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and afterwards he\nand his whole family drank the wash water. He also worshiped Balabhadra\nBhaftacarya and showed him respect.\n\n", "mad7#p0078": "Text 90]\n\nThe Lord Travels to V�ndavana\n\n45\n\nTEXT 89\n\n�� fil1f5l'1 ct�fif' �t11' f<e'lfii fif'l I\n�'ei!·'eVt�tt� 9ft� �t�i'f II lr� II\nprabhure nimantraQa kari' ghare bhik�a dila\nba/abhadra-bhattacarye paka karai/a\nSYNONYMS\nprabhure nimantraQa kari'-inviting the Lord; ghare-at home; bhik�a dilagave lunch; balabhadra-bhattacarye-Balabhadra Bhattacarya; paka karaila-he\nhad cook.\nTRANSLATION\nTapana Misra invited Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to take lunch at his home,\nand he had Balabhadra Bhattacarya cook.\nPURPORT\nWhile at Varal)asi (Benares), Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stayed at the house of\nTapana Misra. Near Tapana Misra's house was a bathing ghat known as\nPancanadi-ghata. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu used to take His bath daily at this ghat,\nand He used to see the temple of Bindu Madhava. Then He took His lunch at\nTapana Misra's house. Near the Bindu Madhava temple is a big banyan tree, and it\nis said that after eating, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu used to rest beneath the tree.\nThat banyan tree is still known today as Caitanya-vata. Gradually, due to changes\nin language, the name became Yatana-vata. The local people still call that place\nYatana-vata.\nPresently, beside a lane there is a tomb of Vallabhacarya, but there is no sign\nthat Caitanya Mahaprabhu ever lived there. Vallabhacarya was also known as\nMahaprabhu among his disciples. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu probably lived at\nYatana-vata, but there is no sign of Candrasekhara's or Tapana Misra's house, nor\nis there sign of the Mayavadi sannyasi Prakasananda Sarasvati, with whom Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu discussed Vedanta-sutra. A little distance from Yatana-vata\nis a temple of Gaura-Nityananda established by Sasibho�al)a Niyogi Mahasaya of\nCalcutta. This temple is now managed by the mother-in-law of SasibhO�al)a and\nhis brother-in-law Narayal)a-candra Ghosh.\nTEXT 90\n\n�'115 <tSRf' 11��, �fif\"fl llf11i{ I\n\nfil�'i_� � <tltf �-�llit�i{ II �o II\n\n", "mad7#p0079": "46\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nbhik?a kari' mahaprabhu karila sayana\nmisra-putra raghu kare pada-samvahana\nSYNONYMS\nbhik?a kari'-after finishing His lunch; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkari/a sayana-took rest; misra-putra-the son of Tapana Misra; raghu-Raghu;\nkare-does; pada-samvahana-massaging the legs.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took His rest after lunch, the son of Tapana\nMisra, named Raghu, used to massage His legs.\nTEXT 91\n\nc!t'.� '�tt' fil<!t ���t-t �tl� I\n'c!tt_ ��'11' �fi(' ijmllf� �t�l!lf II�� II\nprabhura 'se?anna' misra savarilse khaila\n'prabhu aila' suni' candrasekhara aila\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; se?a-anna-remnants of food; misraTapana Misra; sa-varilse-along with his family; khai/a-ate; prabhu ai/a-the\nLord has arrived; suni'-hearing; candrasekhara ai/a-Candrasekhara came.\nTRANSLATION\nThe remnants of food left by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu were taken by the\nwhole family of Tapana Misra. When news spread that the Lord had come,\nCandra5ekhara also came to see Him.\nTEXT 92\n\nfirt$ �� '�� � �wPll\n�'IJiSrtfl!, f\"'�il��' �'Rft'l�-�� II��II\nmisrera sakha teriho prabhura pDrva dasa\nvaidya-jati, likhana-vrtti, varaQasi-vasa\nSYNONYMS\nmisrera sakha-friend of Tapana Misra; teriho-he; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; pDrva dasa-former servant; vaidya-jati-by caste a physician;\nlikhana-vrtti -by profession a clerk; varaQasi-vasa-resident of Varal)asi.\n\n", "mad7#p0080": "The Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\nText 94]\n\n47\n\nTRANSLATION\nCandrasekhara happened to be a friend of Tapana Misra's, and he was long\nknown to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as His servant. He was a physician by\ncaste, and by profession he was a clerk. A t the time he was living in Varal)asi.\nTEXT 93\n\n�f�' �-� 9f�' �� �� I\n\n� \\9�' \\itt11 ��'AI�\"( �fit\"� ll ��II\nasi' prabhu-pade pac;/i' karena rodana\nprabhu uthi' tarire krpaya kaila a/irigana\nSYNONYMS\nasi'-coming; prabhu-pade-at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\npac;/i'-falling\n\ndown;\n\nkarena-does;\n\nrodana-crying;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; uthi'-standing; tarire-unto him; krpaya-out of mercy; kai/adid; a/irigana-embracing.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Candresekhara came there, he fell down before the lotus feet of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and began to cry. The Lord, standing up, embraced him\nout of His causeless mercy.\nTEXT 94\n\n�� Cl'l�,-\"� � �9f1 � I\n\n�� �@1�1 'ti!J � � U �8 I\ncandrasekhara kahe,-\"prabhu, bac;/a krpa kaila\napane asiya bhrtye darasana dila\nSYNONYMS\ncandrasekhara kahe-Candrasekha ra said; prabhu-my dear Lord; bac;/a krpa\nkaila-You have shown Your causeless mercy; apane-personally; asiya-com­\n\ning; bhrtye-unto Your servant; darasana dila-gave Your audience.\nTRANSLATION\n\nCandrasekhara said, \"My dear Lord, You bestowed Your causeless mercy\nupon me because I am Your old servant. Indeed, You have come here personally to give me Your audience.\n\n", "mad7#p0081": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n48\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 95\n\n�t�·�t� <llfif' ��·Uit I\n'111lli', '�' -t\"if �eti ettf� �fi{ <ftt'l II �Q' II\napana-prarabdhe vasi' varaQaSi-sthane\n'maya', 'brahma' sabda vina nahi suni kaQe\nSYNONYMS\n\napana-prarabdhe-because\n\nof\n\nmy\n\npast\n\ndeeds;\n\nvasi'-staying;\n\nvaraQasi­\n\nsthane-in the place known as Varal)asi; maya-maya; brahma-and brahma;\nsabda-the words; vina-except; nahi suni-1 do not hear; kaQe-in the ear.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Due to my past deeds, I am residing at Varal)asi, but here .1 do not hear\nanything but the words maya and Brahman.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThe\n\nword\n\nprarabdhe\n\n(past\n\ndeeds)\n\nis\n\nimportant\n\nin\n\nthis\n\nverse.\n\nSince\n\nCandrasekhara was a devotee, he was always eager to hear about Kr�l)a and His\ntranscendental pastimes. Most of the inhabitants of Benares were and are impersonalists, worshipers of Lord Siva and followers of the paficopasana method. The\nimpersonalists imagine some form of the impersonal Brahman, and to facilitate\nmeditation they concentrate upon the forms of Vi�I)U, Siva, Gal)esa, Sorya and\ngoddess Durga. Actually these paficopasakas are not devotees of anyone. As it is\nsaid, to be a servant of everyone is to be the servant of no one. Varal)asi, or Kasi, is\nthe chief holy place of pilgrimage for impersonalists, and it is not at all suitable for\ndevotees. A Vai�l)ava likes to live in a vi$QU-tirtha, a place where Lord Vi�l)u's\ntemples are present In Varal)asi there are many hundreds and thousands of Lord\nSiva's temples, or paficopasaka temples. Consequently Candrasekhara expressed\ngreat unhappiness as he informed Lord Caitanya that he was obliged to live at\nBenares due to his past misdeeds. In Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu it is also said, durjatyarambhakaril paparil yat syat prarabdham eva tat \"According to one's past\nmisdeeds, one takes birth on a lower platform.\" In the Brahma-sarilhita (5.54) it is\nsaid: karmaQi nirdahati kintu ca bhakti-bhajam. There is no karma attached to the\n\npast deeds or misdeeds of one in devotional service. A devotee is not subjected\nto karma-pha/a, the effect of fruitive activity. Karma-phala is applicable to karmis,\nnot bhaktas.\nThere are three kinds of devotees: those who are eternally on the transcenden­\n\ntal platform (nitya-siddha), those elevated to the transcendental platform by the\nexecution of devotional service (sadhana-siddha), and those who are neophytes\n\n", "mad7#p0082": "Text 96]\n\nThe lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n49\n\nadvancing toward the perfectional platform (sadhaka). The sadhakas are gradually\n\nbecoming free from fruitive reaction. Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.1.17) describes\nthe symptoms of bhakti-yoga thus:\nklesa-ghni subhada mok?alaghutakrt sudur/abha\nsandrananda-vise?iitma\nsri-k(?Qiikar?iQi ca sa\nDevotional service is k/esa-ghni even for beginners. This means that it reduces or\nnullifies all kinds of suffering. The word subhada indicates that devotional service\nbestows all good fortune, and the words kr?Qa-akar?iQi indicate that devotional\nservice gradually attracts Kr�t:�a toward the devotee. Consequently a devotee is\nnot subject to any sinful reaction. In Bhagavad-gita (18.66) Kr�t:�a says:\nsarva-dharman parityajya\nmam ekarh saraQarh vraja\naharh tvarh sarva-papebhyo\nmok?ayi?yiimi ma sucal)\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver you\nfrom all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\"\nThus a fully surrendered, sincere devotee immediately receives relief from all\nkinds of sinful reaction. There are three stages of fructification for sinful activity.\nAt one stage, one commits the sinful act. Before that, the seed of this act exists,\nand before that there is ignorance whereby one commits the sin. Suffering is involved in all three stages. However, Kr�t:�a is merciful to His devotee, and consequently He immediately nullifies all three stages-the sin, the seed of sin and the\nignorance that leads one to sin. Padma Purii.Qa confirms this:\naprarabdha-pha/arh paparh\nkutarh bijarh phalonmukham\nkrameQaiva praliyeta\nvi?Qu-bhakti-ratatmanam\nFor a further explanation of this, The Nectar of Devotion should be consulted.\n\nTEXT 96\n� ,�i{·<U't-rr! � �� ettf� \\fl� I\n\nf'ifi!t fi�1 ��' �� �iftit ��� II �� II\n\n", "mad7#p0083": "Sri Caitanya-caritampa\n\n50\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\n�ac;f-darsana-vyakhya vina katha nahi etha\nmisra krpa kari' more sunana km)a-katha\n\nSYNONYMS\n�at-darsana-of six kinds of philosophical theses;\n\nvyakhya-explanation;\n\nvina-except; katha-talk; nahi-not; etha-here; misra-Tapana Misra; krpa\nkari'-being very merciful; more-unto me; sunana-explains; kr�Qa-kathatopics of Lord Sri Kr�r:ta.\n\nTRANSLATION\nCandrasekhara continued, \"There is no talk at VaraQasi other than discussions on the six philosophical theses. Nonetheless, Tapana Misra has been\nvery kind to me, for he speaks about topics relating to Lord Kr�Qa.\n\nPURPORT\nThe six philosophical treatises are: (1) vaise�ika, propounded by Kar:tada ��i, (2)\nnyaya, propounded by Gautama ��i, (3) yoga or mysticism, propounded by\nPatafijali ��i, (4) the philosophy of sankhya, propounded by Kapila ��i, (5) the philosophy of karma-mimarhsa, propounded by jaimini ��i, and (6) the philosophy of\nbrahma-mimarhsa, or Vedanta, the ultimate conclusion of the Absolute Truth (janmady asya yata/:1), propounded by Vedavyasa. Actually Vedanta philosophy is\nmeant for the devotees because in Bhagavad-gita Lord Kr�r:ta says, vedanta-krd\nveda-vid eva caham: \"I am the compiler of Vedanta, and I am the knower of the\nVedas.\" (Bg. 15.15) V yasadeva is an incarnation of Kr�r:ta, and consequently Kr�r:ta\nis the compiler of Vedanta philosophy. Therefore Kr�r:ta clearly knows the purport\nof Vedanta philosophy. As stated in Bhagavad-gita, whoever hears Vedanta philosophy from Kr�r:ta is actually aware of the real meaning of Vedanta. The\nMayavadis who have called themselves Vedantists do not at all understand the\npurport of Vedanta philosophy. Not being properly educated, people in general\nthink that Vedanta means the Satikarite interpretation.\n\nTEXT 97\n\n�� 'lc-.. fif• Q!t11� R'l I\n':Jf(Ui �' '�fit fit� 5fJI&fi{ \" �'\\ \"\nnirantara dunhe cinti tamara caral)a\n'sarvajna isvara' tumi dila darasana\n\n", "mad7#p0084": "Text 99]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n51\n\nSYNONYMS\nnirantara-incessantly; dunhe-we two; cinti-think of; tamara caraQa-Your\nlotus feet; sarva-jfia-omniscient; isvara-Supreme Personality of Godhead;\ntumi-You; dila darasana-gave Your audience.\nTRANSlATION\n\"My dear Lord, we two think of Your lotus feet incessantly. A lthough You\nare the omniscient Supreme Personality of Godhead, You have granted us Your\naudience.\nTEXT 98\n\n�fi(,-'��' �'tt�i{ ��ltf�ti{ I\nffli{ <fit:! 11'�' 1!111'' 'fi!J I�'Srti{ II\" �,_ II\nsuni,-'mahaprabhu' yabena sri-vrndavane\ndina kata rahi' tara' bhrtya dui-jane\n\n\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni-1 hear; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yabena-will go; srivrndavane-to Vrndavana; dina kata-for some days; rahi'-staying; tara'please deliver; bhrtya-servants ; dui-jane-two persons.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My Lord, I have heard that You are going to Vrndavana. A fter You stay here\nat Varar;�asi for some days, please deliver us, for we are Your two servants.\"\nTEXT 99\n\nflf� �,-'� �� <fi-rJtl� � I\n� fil1l!l'l f� �iJJ if! 1ft�1 II' �� II\nmisra kahe,- 'prabhu, yavat kasite rahiba\nmora nimantraQa vina anya na maniba'\nSYNONYMS\nmisra kahe-Tapana Misra said; prabhu-my Lord; yavat-as long as; kasite\nrahiba\n\n-\n\nYou will stay at KasT, Varar:JasT; mora nimantraQa-my invitation; vina­\n\nbesides; anya-others; na maniba-do not accept.\n\n", "mad7#p0085": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n52\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nTapana Misra then said, \"My dear Lord, as long as You stay at Varal)asi,\nplease do not accept any invitation other than mine.\"\nTEXT 100\n\n�-� 11�t<1!l't. � If� �t-t I\n�li1[1 �, 1!1_1!'(1 t�'li m·W't II �oo II\nei-mata mahaprabhu dui bhrtyera vase\niccha nahi, tabu tatha rahila dina-dase\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dui-two;\nbhrtyera-by servants; vase-being obliged; iccha nahi-there·was no such\ndesire; tabu-still; tatha-there; rahi/a-remained; dina-dase-for ten days.\nTRANSLATION\nEven though He had not made such a plan, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nremained for ten days at Varal)asi, being obligated by the requests of His two\nservants.\nTEXT 101\n\n��t� R<1!1 ��t� � �M�ttt I\n� 11i�t-c;<1!llf ,�, Q �e,�tr;t II �o� II\nmaharaWiya vipra aise prabhu dekhibare\nprabhura rupa-prema dekhi' haya camatkare\nSYNONYMS\nmaharaWiya-belonging to the Maharawa state; vipra-one brahmaQa; aisecomes; prabhu dekhibare-to see Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prabhura-of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nrupa-prema-beauty and ecstatic love; dekhi'­\n\nseeing; haya camatkare-becomes astonished.\nTRANSLATION\nAt Varal)asi there was a Mahar�friyan brahmal)a who used to come daily to\nsee Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. This brahmal)a was simply astonished to see the\nLord's personal beauty and ecstatic love for Kr�l)a.\n\n", "mad7#p0086": "Text 103]\n\n53\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\nTEXT 102\n\n�<21 ,.� �' (!!¥_ ift� 'If� I\n\nc!f!. ��,-'�tf1!f �J' �$1t' fii'IIPJti' ll�o�ll\nvipra saba nimantraya, prabhu na.hi mane\nprabhu kahe,-'aji mora hafiache nimantral)e'\nSYNONYMS\nvipra-the\n\nbrahmal)as;\n\nsaba-all;\n\nnimantraya-invite;\n\nprabhu-Lord\n\nS rT\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; nahi mane-does not accept; prabhu kahe-the Lord\nreplies; aji-today; mora-My; hafiache-has been; nimantral)e-invitation.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the brahmaQas of VaraQasi would invite Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to\nlunch, the Lord would not accept their invitations. He would reply, \"I have\nalready been invited somewhere else.\"\nTEXT 103\n\n�� �ft!fff-. � �'Pif I\n$f1Jt�� ���-� iii 'lfttilif filqtt II �o-e II\nei-mata prati-dina karena vaficana\nsannyasira sariga-bhaye na manena nimantral)a\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; prati-dina-daily; karena vaficana-denies other inviters;\nsannyasira-of the MayavadT sannyasis; sariga-bhaye-from fear of the association; na manena-does not accept; nimantral)a-invitation.\nTRANSLATION\nEvery day Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu refused their invitation because He\nfeared associating with Mayavadi sannyasis.\nPURPORT\nA Vai�l)ava sannyasi never accepts an invitation from a party who considers\n\nMayavadT sannyasis and Vai�l)ava sannyasis to be one and the same. In other\nwords, Vai�l)ava sannyasis do not at all like to associate with MayavadT sannyasis,\nto say nothing of eating together. This principle must be followed by the san-\n\n", "mad7#p0087": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n54\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nnyasis of the Kr�r;�a consciousness movement. That is the instruction of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu given by His personal behavior.\n\nTEXT 104\n\n�il\"f I)� 'f'ettl:! �fili1 I\n'�1'fJ' � �- M�'l \"1<$111 )o8 II\nprakasananda sripada sabhate vasiya\n'vedanta' pac;iana bahu 5i$ya-gal)a lana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprakasananda-Prakasananda;\nassembly;\n\nsripada-a great sannyasi;\n\nsabhate-in the\n\nvasiya-sitting down; vedanta-Vedanta philosophy; pac;iana-in­\n\nstructs; bahu-many; 5i$ya-gaQa-disciples; /ana-taking\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere was a great Mayavadi sannyasi named Prakasananda Sarasvati who\nused to teach Vedanta philosophy to a great assembly of followers.\n\nPURPORT\nSripada Prakasananda Sarasvati was a Mayavadi sannyasi, and his characteristics\nhave been described in Caitanya-bhagavata (Madhya-khal)c;ia Chapter Three):\n'hasta', 'pada', 'mukha' mora nahika '/ocana'\nveda more ei-mata kare vic;iambana\nkasite pac;iaya veta 'prakasa-ananda'\nsei veta kare mora ariga khaQc;ia-khaQc;ia\nvakhanaye veda, mora vigraha na mane\nsarvarige ha-ifa ku$tha, tabu nahi jane\nsarva-yajnamaya mora ye-ariga-pavitra\n'aja', 'bhava' adi gaya yarihara caritra\n'puQya' pavitrata paya ye-ariga-parase\ntaha 'mithya' bale veta kemana sahase\n\n", "mad7#p0088": "Text 104]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n55\n\nIn the Madhya-khaQ(ia, Chapter Twenty, it is said:\n\nsannyasi 'prakasananda' vasaye kc'iSite\nmore khaQ(ia-khaQ(ia veta kare bhala-mate\npa(iaya 'vedanta', mora 'vigraha' na mane\nku?tha karailun ange, tabu nahi jane\n'satya' mora 'lila-karma', 'satya' mora 'sthana'\niha 'mithya' bale, more kare khan-khan\nPrakasananda Sarasvati used to explain impersonalism, the Absolute Truth, as\nbeing without hands, legs, mouths or eyes. In this way he used to cheat the\npeople by denying the personal form of the Lord. Such a foolish person was Prakasananda Sarasvati, whose only business was to sever the limbs of the Lord by\nproving the Lord impersonal. Although the Lord has form, Prakasananda Sarasvati\nwas attempting to cut off the hands and legs of the Lord. This is the business of\ndemons. The Vedas state that people who do not accept the Lord's form are rascals. The form of the Lord is factual, for Kr��a states in Bhagavad-gita (15.15):\n\nvedais ca sarvair aham eva vedya/:1. When Kr��a says aham, He says \"I am,\" which\nmeans \"1,\" the person. He adds the word eva, which is used for conclusive\nverification. It is by Vedanta philosophy that one has to know the Supreme Person. Whoever describes Vedic knowledge as impersonal is a demon. One becomes successful in life by worshiping the form of the Lord. The Mayavadi san­\n\nnyasis deny the form of the Lord, which delivers all fallen souls. Indeed, this form\nis cut to pieces by Mayavadi demons.\nThe Personality of Godhead is worshiped by exalted demigods like Lord Brahma\nand Lord Siva. The original Mayavadi sannyasi, Sarikaracarya, also accepted the\nfact that the Lord's form is transcendental. NarayaQa/:1 para 'vyaktat: \"Naraya�a,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, is beyond the avyakta, the unmanifested\nmaterial energy.\" Avyaktad aQ(ia-sambhava/:1: \"This material world is a creation of\nthat unmanifested material energy.\" However, Naraya�a has His own eternal\nform, which is not created by material energy. Simply by worshiping the form of\nthe Lord, one is purified. However, Mayavadi sannyasis are impersonalist philosophers, and they describe the form of the Lord as maya, or false. How can one be\npurified by worshiping something false? Mayavadi philosophers have no sufficient\nreason for being impersonalists. They blindly follow a principle that cannot be\nsupported by reason or argument. This was the situation with Prakasananda\nSarasvati, the chief Mayavadi sannyasi of Benares. He was supposed to teach\nVedanta philosophy, but he would not accept the form of the Lord; therefore he\nwas attacked with leprosy. Nonetheless, he continued to commit sins by describ-\n\n", "mad7#p0089": "56\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\ning the Absolute Truth as impersonal. The Absolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, always displays pastimes and activities, but MayavadT sannyasis claim that these activities are false.\nSome people falsely claim that Prakasananda SarasvatT later became known as\nPrabodhananda SarasvatT, but this is not a fact. Prabodhananda SarasvatT was the\nuncle and spiritual master of Gopala Bhana GosvamT. In his grhastha life, Prabodhananda SarasvatT was a resident of SrT Rariga-k�etra, and he belonged to the\nVai�l)ava Ramanuja-sampradaya. It is a mistake to consider Prakasananda SarasvatT\nand Prabodhananda SarasvatT the same man.\n\nTEXT 105\n\n�<IS r�� \"'f�' �tl'11 �� �� 1\n��1-tt�'lt·�tt� �t� ifti! �tJ II �o<t II\neka vipra dekhi' ai/a prabhura vyavahara\nprakasananda-age kahe caritra tarihara\n\nSYNONYMS\neka vipra-one\nCaitanya\n\nbrahmaf)a; dekhi'-seeing;\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nvyavahara-activities;\n\nMayavadT sannyasi Prakasananda;\n\nai/a-came;\n\nprabhura-of SrT\n\nprakasananda-age-before the\n\nkahe-says;\n\ncaritra tarihara-His\n\ncharac­\n\nteristics.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne\n\nbrahmaQa\n\nwho\n\nsaw\n\nthe\n\nwonderful\n\nbehavior\n\nof\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu came to Prakasananda Sarasvati and described the Lord's characteristics.\nTEXT 106\n\n\"l!l<IS q]� �\"ftll11!1f'Stlt-r � I\n\n�1f �11\"1·<21�1� � 9ltf1f �fttt� II �o� II\n\"eka sannyasi ai/a jagannatha haite\ntarihara mahima-pratapa na pari varQite\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-one; sannyasi-person in the renounced order of life; ai/a-has come;\njagannatha haite-from Jagannatha PurT; tarihara-His; mahima-glories; pratapa-influence; na pari varf)ite-1 cannot describe.\n\n", "mad7#p0090": "Text 108]\n\n57\n\nThe lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmar;�a told Prakasananda Sarasvati, \"There is a sannyasi who has\ncome from Jagannatha Puri, and I cannot describe His wonderful influence\nand glories.\nTEXT 107\n\n��� ��t� itt'! �� �-��il: I\n\n6..\n��t�·alfft11', �lfii<fit•il:·\"!l11'sj II �0'111\nsaka/a dekhiye tarite adbhuta-kathana\nprakaQ(ia-sarira, suddha-kancana-varal)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nsakala dekhiye-1 see everything; tante-in Him; adbhuta-kathana-wonderful\ndescription; prakaQ(ia-sarira-very large body; suddha-pure; ka ncana-gold;\nvaral)a-complexion.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Everything is wonderful about that sannyasi. He has a very well built and\nluxurious body, and His complexion is like purified gold.\nTEXT 108\n\n��fii.\"'flltl! <t_'Sf, <li'llff·il�il: I\n� f<lii �\"!l�11'11' �<(:1111\"1551 II � olr II\najanu-lambita bhuja, kamala-nayana\nyata kichu isvarera sarva sal-lak�aQa\nSYNONYMS\najanu-Jambita-reaching down to the knees; bhuja\n\n-\n\narms; kamala-nayana­\n\neyes like the petals of a lotus flower; yata-as many as; kichu-any; isvarera-of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sarva-all; sat-/ak�aQa-transcendental\nsymptoms.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He has arms that extend to His knees, and His eyes are like the petals of a\nlotus. In His person are all the transcendental symptoms of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "mad7#p0091": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n58\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 109\n\nt;!t!t1 �f't' IIJ.tt� P81-'.jj� �11'ti'l' I\n\n�� itt� (;tift-t, <fitJ fi�ll�·.ft�� ll � 0� ll\ntaha dekhi' jfiana haya-'ei narayaQa\nyei tarire dekhe, kare k[$Qa-sarikirtana\nSYNONYMS\ntaha dekhi'-seeing that; jfiana haya-one comes to the conclusion; ei\n\nnarayaQa-He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Narayar:Ja Himself; yei­\n\nanyone who; ta rire-Him;\n\ndekhe-sees; kare-performs; kr?Qa-sarikirtana­\n\nchanting of the holy name of Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When one sees all these features, one takes Him to be Narayal)a Himself.\nWhoever sees Him immediately begins to chant the holy name of Kr�l)a.\nTEXT 110\n\n'1f�t�'·\"l'l15'1 �fi{ 'et'51'� I\n(;:Jf·�� ����'! �<f'i '\"f-tti ti1�1t� ll ��0 ll\n'maha-bhagavata'-/ak$aQa suni bhagavate\n\nse-saba lak?aQa prakata dekhiye tarihate\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-bhagavata-of a first-class devotee;\n\n/ak?aQa-symptoms; suni-we\n\nhear; bhagavate-in Srimad-Bhagavatam; se-saba lak$aQa-all those symptoms;\n\nprakata-manifest; dekhiye-1 see; tarihate-in Him\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"We have heard about the symptoms of a first-class devotee in SrimadBhagavatam, and all those symptoms are manifest in the body of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 111\n\n'fit\"J ��itt'lf ��1 h '5tti I\n��-<;�tiJI �{!tJ � '5l'ePt'111'1·�1i \" � � � \"\n\n", "mad7#p0092": "Text 113]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n59\n\n'nirantara kr$Qa-nama' jihva tatira gaya\ndui-netre asru vahe gatiga-dhara-praya\nSYNONYMS\n\nnirantara-incessantly;\n\nkr$Qa-nama-the holy name of the Lord;\n\njihva­\n\ntongue; tatira-His; gaya-chants; dui-netre-in the two eyes; asru-tears;\nvahe-flow; gatiga-dhara-praya-like the flow of the Ganges.\nTRANSLATION\n\"His tongue is always chanting the holy name of Kr��;�a, and from His eyes\ntears incessantly fall like the flowing Ganges.\nTEXT 112\n\n-.ttl il1\"t�, l(tt�, 1tt1i, �11t1l il!i\"fi{ I\n'lit'l tt:tt:'Jt11 �tf,-��tU '$fiB(i{ II ��� II\nk$af)e nace, hase, gaya, karaye krandana\nk$af)e huhutikara kare, -sirhhera garjana\nSYNONYMS\n\nk$al)e-sometimes; nace-dances; hase-laughs; gaya-sings; karaye krandana-cries;\n\nk$al)e-sometimes;\n\nhuhuti-kara-loud vibrations;\n\nkare-makes;\n\nsirhhera garjana-the roaring of a lion.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sometimes He dances, laughs, sings and cries, and sometimes He roars\nlike a lion.\nTEXT 113\n\n�r1te.11•\" ta '��t�l!tJ'·ilt1f 1\n�' 111�, �lj itf, :fl<!f-�'1.9111 II ���II\njagat-matigala tatira 'kr$Qa-caitanya'-nama\nnama, rupa, guf)a tatira, saba-anupama\nSYNONYMS\n\njagat-matiga/a-all-auspicious\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nwhole\n\nworld;\n\ntatira-His;\n\nkr$f)a­\n\ncaitanya-Sri Kr�r:Ja Caitanya; nama -name; nama-name; rupa-form; guf)athe quality; tatira-His; saba-all; anupama-unparalleled.\n\n", "mad7#p0093": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n60\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"His name, Kr��a Caitanya, is all-auspicious to the world. Everything about\nHim-His name, form, and qualities-is unparalleled.\nTEXT 114\n\n�r.tt� (;� �Srtfit �Hf '���11' i\\fl!' I\n\n��)�<l'i ��1 \"fil' � <f.t1f ��� ?\" ��8 II\ndekhile se jani tarira 'isvarera riti'\na/aukika katha suni' ke kare pratiti?\"\nSYNONYMS\ndekhile-simply by seeing; se-Him; jani-1 understand; tailra-His; isvarera\nriti-characteristics of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; a/aukika-uncommon; katha-story; suni'-hearing; ke-who; kare pratiti-will believe.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Simply by seeing Him, one understands that He possesses all the characteristics of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Such characteristics are certainly uncommon. Who will believe iH\"\nTEXT 115\n\n\"firnl ��t-ttillli! �� �t� I\n\n�t� �91�� <liRt' <fiflttl! �f� II��� II\nsuniya prakasananda bahuta hasila\nvipre upahasa kari' kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing;\n\nprakasananda-Prakasananda\n\nSarasvatT;\n\nbah uta\n\nhasila­\n\nlaughed very much; vipre-at the brahmal)a; upahasa kari'-jokingly laughing;\nkahite /agi/a-began to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nPrakasananda Sarasvati laughed very much to hear this description. Joking\nand laughing at the brahma�a, he began to speak as follows.\n\n", "mad7#p0094": "Text 116]\n\n61\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\nTEXT 116\n\n\"�fi111'tf� <;��'ft-t� �jjt�-''et�' I\n\n�llf�-'e��·f-t1JJ, '\"l�I2!1!1FIS II ��� II\n\"suniyachi gauc;fa-desera sannyasT-'bhavuka'\nkesava-bharatT-5i$ya, /oka-prataraka\n\nSY NONYMS\n\nsuniyachi-1 have heard; gauc;fa-desera s annyas T-the sannyasT from Bengal;\nbhavuka-sentimental ; kesava-bharatT-Si$ya-disciple of Kesava Bharati; /okaprataraka-a first-class pretender.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPrakasananda Sarasvati said, \"Yes, I have heard about Him. He is a sannyasi\nfrom Bengal, and He is very sentimental. I have also heard that He belongs to\nthe Bharati-sampradaya, for He is a disciple of Kesava Bharati. However, He is\nonly a pretender.\"\nPURPORT\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was considered bhavuka (sentimental) because He\nwas always seen in the bhava stage. That is, He always exhibited ecstatic love for\nKr��a. However, foolish people considered Him sentimental. In the material world,\nso-called\n\ndevotees\n\nsometimes\n\nexhibit\n\nemotional\n\nsymptoms.\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's ecstatic love cannot be compared to the imitative emotional exhibitions of pretenders. Such exhibitions do not continue for very long. They are\ntemporary. We actually see that some emotional imitators exhibit certain\nsymptoms, but immediately after their exhibition, they are attracted to smoking\nand other things. In the beginning, when Prakasananda Sarasvati heard of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's activities, he considered them to be those of a pretender.\nConsequently he called Him a loka-prataraka, a pretender. Mayavadis cannot\nunderstand the transcendental symptoms exhibited by a devotee; therefore\nwhen such symptoms are manifest, the Mayavadis equate them with temporary\nemotional feelings. However, Prakasananda Sarasvati's statement is offensive, and\nconsequently he should be considered an atheist (pa$af)c;f0. According to Srila\nROpa Gosvami, since Prakasananda Sarasvati was not engaged in the Lord's devotional service, his sannyasa is to be considered phalgu-vairagya. This means that\nsince he did not know how to use things for the Lord's service, his renunciation of\nthe world was artificial.\n\n", "mad7#p0095": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n62\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 117\n\n'���'·ilfll' �tf, ��'St'l �$11\n,�-r �txt cmr;';f �tt1f �\" ilwt$111 ��\"��\n'caitanya'-nama tanra, bhavuka-gaQa lana\nde5e dese grame grame bule nacana\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaitanya-Caitanya; nama tanra-His name; bhavuka-gaf)a /ana-accompanied by some sentimentalists; dese dese-from country to country; grame\ngrame-from village to village; bu/e-travels; nacana-causing to dance.\nTRANSLATION\nPrakasananda Sarasvati continued, \"I know that His name is Sri Kr�r:Ja\nCaitanya and that He is accompanied by many sentimentalists. His followers\ndance with Him, and He tours from country to country and village to village.\nTEXT 118\n\n�� �tf �t�, '� Jr'fll �fif' �� I\n�t� <;�·R'i11-<;� <;'ft-t <;'!<;at� II��,_ II\nyei tanre dekhe, sei Tsvara kari' kahe\naiche mohana-vidya-ye dekhe se mohe\nSYNONYMS\nyei-anyone who; tan re- H im; dekhe-sees; sei-that person; Tsvara kari'as the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nkahe-says; aiche-such; mohana­\n\nvidya-hypnotism; ye dekhe-anyone who sees; se mohe-he becomes illusioned.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Whoever sees Him accepts Him as the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nSince He has some mystic power by which He hypnotizes people, everyone\nwho sees Him is illusioned.\nTEXT 119\n\n�t��'1f ��t��-9f�� \\2t�� I\n��' ��� �tflr ��9ft� I ��� II\n\n", "mad7#p0096": "Text 121]\n\nThe Lord Travels to V�ndavana\n\n63\n\nsarvabhauma bhattacarya-paQ(iita prabala\nsuni' caitanyera salige ha-ila pagala\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma\n\nbhattacarya-Sarvabhauma\n\nBhanacarya;\n\npaQ(iita\n\npraba/a-a\n\nlearned scholar; suni'-1 have heard; caitanyera salig e-in the association of\nCaitanya; ha-i/a paga /a-has become a madman.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya was a very learned scholar, but I have heard that\nhe also has become a madman due to his association with this Caitanya.\nTEXT 120\n\n'�m�' iftlf·'lftiJJ, �--!Pt� 1\n'�tltr��, iTI r��t� � �r\" u �� u\n-·\n\no\n\n'sannyasi'-nama-matra, maha-indrajali!\n'kasipure' na vikabe talira bhavakali\nSYNONYMS\nsannyasi-in the renounced order of life; nama-matra-in name only; maha-indraja/i-first-class magician; kasipure-in Kasi; na vikabe-will not sell; talira­\n\nHis; bhavaka/i-sentimental activities.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This Caitanya is a sannyasi in name only. Actually He is a first-class magician. In any case, His sentimentalism cannot be very much in demand here in\nKasi.\nTEXT 121\n\n'�t.' a!l�tf lA, i{1 � i1� 'Pft1lt I\n\n�� ••,l'f�·'lttr ll\\tl'ft�·i{l-f II\" ��) II\n'vedanta' sravaf)a kara, na yaiha talira pasa\nucchrnkhala-loka-salige dui-loka-na.Sa\"\nSYNONYMS\nvedanta-the philosophy of Vedanta; sravaf)a kara - go on hearing; na-do\nnot; yaiha-go; talira pasa-near Him; ucchrlikha/a- upstart; /aka-people;\n\n", "mad7#p0097": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n64\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nsange-in the association of; dui-loka-nasa-destruction in this world and the\nnext.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Do not go to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Just continue hearing Vedanta.\nIf you associate with upstarts, you will be lost in this world and in the next.\"\nPURPORT\nThe word ucchrnkhala, meaning \"whimsical,\" is significant in this verse. In\nBhagavad-gita (16.23), Lord Kr�t:�a Himself says:\nyaf:J sastra-vidhim utsrjya\nvartate kama-karataf:J\nna sa siddhim avapnoti\nna sukharil na pararil gatim\nIf one acts whimsically and does not follow the sastric principles, he will never attain perfection, happiness or the spiritual world.\nTEXT 122\n\nC:�- f<t<2t �1l:� �1�� I\n'\n'*• '�•' <Tlf�' !:!�1 c�t\\! ��' ''$1\"1u ��� u\n\nl!l\\! �fil'\n\neta suni' sei vipra maha-duf:Jkha paila\n'kr$f.la' 'kr$f.la' kahi' tatha haite uthi' gela\nSYNONYMS\neta suni'-hearing this; sei vipra-that brahmaQa; maha-duf:Jkha paila-became very much aggrieved; kr$f.la kr$f.la kahi'-uttering the holy name of Lord\nKr�t:�a; tatha haite-from there; uthi' ge/a-got up and went away.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the brahmar:'la heard Prakasananda Sarasvati speak like this about Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, he became very grief-stricken. Chanting the holy name\nof K��r:'la, he immediately left.\nTEXT 123\n\n�t �Pit� �� �$ttli 'itt 11� I\n12!'t_-�t'5t l�� ��1 �t� �<lt'l ll ��� ll\n\n", "mad7#p0098": "The Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\nText 125]\n\n65\n\nprabhura darasane suddha hariache tanra mana\nprabhu-age du/:lkhT haria kahe vivaraQa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura darasane-by seeing personally the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nsuddha-purified; hariache-was; tanra mana-his mind; prabhu age-before\n-\n\nthe Lord; du/:lkhT haria-being very much unhappy; kahe viva ra Qa-descr i bed the\nincidents.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmaQa's mind was already purified by seeing the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. He therefore went to Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and described what took place before the Mayavadi\nsannyasi Prakasananda.\nTEXT 124\n\n�fit' ��t. l;!t� �e. ��'11 I\n\n��f?t � �� �t� ��111 ��8 II\nsuni' mahaprabhu tabe T$at hasi/a\npunarapi sei vipra prabhure puchila\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tabe-then; T$atmildly; hasi/a-smiled; puna rapi\n\n-\n\nagain indeed; sei-that; vipra-brahmaQa;\n\nprabhure puchiJa-inquired from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu mildly smiled. The brahmaQa then\nspoke again to the Lord.\nTEXT 125\n\n� �tc'St �� .mit (;�'t1ia ift1t 'lbf I\n(;� �� il't11 �til,-'Cit91til �alii' II ��Q' II\n\"tara age yabe ami tamara nama la-ila\nseha tamara nama jane, -apane kahila\n\n", "mad7#p0099": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n66\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSYNONYMS\ntara age-before him; yabe-when; ami-1; tomara-Your; nama-name; /ai/a-uttered;\n\nseha-he;\n\ntamara-Your;\n\nnama-name;\n\njane-knows;\n\napane\n\nkahila -he said himself.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmaQa said, \"A s soon as I uttered Your name before him, he immediately confirmed the fact that he knew Your name.\nTEXT 126\n\n�t1ftf '<;\"t�' �f�tl! �tf iltt1Rf l!wtf I\n\n,,�'!\"' ,,�1!\"' •fif' �� fl!il� \" �-\\� \"\ntamara 'do�a' kahitP kare namera uccara\n'caitanya' 'caitanya' kari' kahe tina-bara\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara do�a-Your fault; kahite-describing; kare-does; namera-of the\nname; uccara-utterances; caitanya caitanya-Caitanya, Caitanya; kari'-in that\nway; kahe tina-bara-he uttered three times.\nTRANSLATION\n\"While finding fault with You, he uttered Your name three times, saying,\n'Caitanya, Caitanya, Caitanya.'\nTEXT 127\n\n��ttf '�iftlf' if1 �� � Jit� I\n'��t'tl! iiPT i;11!, �til' 9ft� �:t� ll ��'l II\ntina-bare 'kr�Qa-nama' na aila tara mukhe\n'avajfia'te nama /aya, suni' pai duf:rkhe\nSYNONYMS\ntina-bare-three times; kr�Qa-nama-the holy name of Kr�r:ta; na ai/a-did not\ncome; tara mukhe-in his mouth; avajfia'te-in contempt; nama /aya-takes Your\nname; suni'-hearing; pai duf:rkhe-1 was very much aggrieved.\n\n", "mad7#p0100": "Text 128]\n\nThe Lord Travels to V�ndavana\n\n67\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although he spoke Your name three times, he did not utter the name of\nK��Qa. Because he uttered Your name in contempt, I was very much aggrieved.\n\nPURPORT\nPrakasananda SarasvatT vilified and blasphemed\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nWords like brahma, caitanya, atma, paramatma, jagadisa, isvara, vira.t, vibhu,\nbhOma, visvarOpa and vyapaka all indirectly indicate Kr�l)a. However, the chanter\nof these names is not actually attracted to the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nKr�l)a and His transcendental pastimes. One may get a little light from these\nnames, but one cannot understand that the holy name of the Lord is identical\nwith the Lord. One considers the Lord's names material due to a poor fund of\nknowledge. Mayavadi philosophers and the paficopasakas cannot in the least\nunderstand the existence of the spiritual world and the blissful variegatedness\nthere. They cannot understand the Absolute Truth and its spiritual varietiesname, form, qualities and pastimes. Consequently they conclude that Kr�l)a's\ntranscendental activities are maya. Due to this, one has to directly cultivate\nknowledge about the holy name of the Lord. MayavadT philosophers do not know\nthis fact, and therefore they commit great offenses. One should not hear anything\nabout Kr�l)a or devotional service from the mouths of MayavadT impersonalists.\nTEXT 128\n\n·�� <fitf'l <:�tt1 �� �91\"1 <fiBf' I\nQ!t�1 'iff�' 11._� '�tf �t'l '��' '��\"II ��lr II\nihara karaf)a more kaha krpa kari'\ntoma dekhi' mukha mora bale 'kr�Qa' 'hari\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nihara-of this; karaf)a-cause; more-unto me; kaha-please speak; krpa\nkari'-by Your causeless mercy; toma dekhi'-seeing You; mukha-mouth;\nmora-my; bale-says; kr�Qa hari-the holy names of Kf�l)a and Hari.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Why could Prakasananda not utter the names of K��Qa and Hari? He\nchanted the name Caitanya thrice. As far as I am concerned, simply by seeing\nYou I am moved to chant the holy names of K��Qa and Hari.\"\n\n", "mad7#p0101": "Sri Caitanya-caritampa\n\n68\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 129\n\n��If:, -\"1ft11�11fl1!it� ���t� I\n'l3'11', '�tlr1' '�Iii!�' �t� fq<�tfi{ II ��� II\nprabhu kahe,\n\n-\n\n\"mayavadi kr�Qe aparadhi\n\n'brahma', 'atma' 'caitanya' kahe niravadhi\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; mayavadi-the impersonalists;\nkr�Qe-unto Kr�l)a; aparadhi-great offenders; brahma-brahma; atma-atma;\ncaitanya-caitanya; kahe-say; niravadhi-without stopping.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"Mayavadi impersonalists are great\noffenders unto lord Kr�J;�a; therefore they simply utter the words Brahman,\natma and caitanya.\nTEXT 130\n\n�1!<.!1<!1' l!t� �-t if! �t� ��t1f I\n''f��1f', '\":qj�'-��1! '��'II ��o II\nataeva tara mukhe na aise kr�Qa-nama\n'kr�Qa-nama', 'kr�Qa-svarupa'-duita 'samana'\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; tara mukhe-in their mouths; na-not; aise-manifests;\nkr�Qa-nama-the holy name of Kr�l)a; kr�Qa-nama-the holy name of Kr�l)a;\nkr�Qa-svarupa-the personality of the Lord; duita samana-both identical.\nTRANSLAliON\n\"The holy name of Kr�J;�a is not manifest in their mouths because they are\noffenders unto Kr�J;�a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is identical\nwith His holy name.\nTEXT 131\n\n'�11'', '�$�', ':lllfi'Pf' f!� <.!l�fi'Pf I\nf!t� '<:<e�' ��. fl!� '�\"!·1fi�' II ��� II\n-\n\n--\n\n", "mad7#p0102": "Text 132]\n\nThe lord Travels to V�ndavana\n\n69\n\n'nama', 'vigraha', 'svarupa'-tina eka-rupa\ntine 'bheda' nahi,-tina 'cid-ananda-rupa'\nSYNONYMS\n\nnama-the name; vigraha-form; sva-rupa-personality; tina-all three; ekarupa-one and the same; tine-between the three; bheda nahi-there is no difference; tina-all three; cit-ananda-rupa-transcendentally blissful.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The lord's holy name, His form and His personality are all one and the\nsame. There is no difference between them. Since all of them are absolute,\nthey are transcendentally blissful.\nTEXT 132\n\n'\"�·�m, ift1f·ilt� � ilt� ,�, •\n� �- ilt�·'\"�·\"i!E'?f 'Rt1!i'if' II ��� II\ndeha-dehira, nama-namira k($f)e nahi 'bheda'\njivera dharma-nama-deha-svarupe 'vibheda'\nSYNONYMS\n\ndeha-dehira-of the body and the owner of the body; nama-namira-of the\nname and the owner of the name; k($f)e-in Kr�t:Ja; nahi bheda-the re is no difference; jivera dharma-the situation of the conditioned soul; nama-name;\ndeha-body; sva-rupe-original form; vibheda-different.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is no difference between K��r;�a's body and Himself or between His\nname and Himself. As far as the conditioned soul is concerned, everything is\ndifferent. One's name is different from the body, from one's original form and\nso on.\nPURPORT\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is herein pointing out to the brahmaf)a that Mayavadi\nphilosophers cannot understand that the living entity is equal in quality with the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Because they do not accept this, they think that\nthe living entity has been falsely divided from the original Brahman due to being\nconditioned by maya. Mayavadis believe that the Absolute Truth is ultimately impersonal. When an incarnation of God or God Himself comes, they think He is\n\n", "mad7#p0103": "70\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\ncovered by maya. In other words, Mayavadi impersonalists think that the Lord's\nform is also a product of this material world. Due to a poor fund of knowledge,\nthey cannot understand that Kr�r:Ja has no body separate from Himself. His body\nand Himself are both the same Absolute Truth. Not having perfect knowledge of\nKr�r:Ja, such impersonalists certainly commit offenses at His lotus feet. Therefore\nthey do not utter the original name of the Absolute Truth, Kr�r:Ja. In their impersonal way, they utter the name of impersonal Brahman, spirit soul. In other words,\nthey indulge in indirect indications of the Absolute Truth. Even if they happen to\nutter the name of Govinda, Kr�r:Ja or Madhava, they still cannot understand that\nthese names are as good as Govinda, Kr�r:Ja or Madhava the person. Because they\nare ultimately impersonalists, their uttering of the personal name has no potency.\nActually they do not believe in Kr�r:Ja but consider all these names to be material\nvibrations. Not being able to appreciate the holy name of the Lord, they simply utter indirect names like Brahman, atma and caitanya.\nIt is a fact, however, that the name of Kr�r:Ja and Kr�r:Ja the person are both\nspiritual. Everything about Kr�r:Ja is transcendental, blissful and objective. For a\nconditioned soul, the body is different from the soul, and the name given by the\nfather is also different from the soul. The conditioned living entity's identification\nwith material objects keeps him from attaining his actual position. Although he is\nan eternal servant of Kr�r:Ja, he acts differently. The svarupa, or actual identification of the living entity, is described by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as jivera\n'svarupa' haya-kr?Qera 'nitya-dasa'. The conditioned soul has forgotten the real\n\nactivities of his original position. However, this is not the case with Kr�r:Ja. Kr�r:Ja's\nname and His person are identical. There is no such thing as maya Kr�r:Ja because\nKr�r:Ja is not a product of the material creation. There is no difference between\nKr�r:Ja's body and His soul. Kr�r:Ja is simultaneously both soul and body. The distinction between body and soul applies to conditioned souls. The body of the\nconditioned soul is different from the soul, and the conditioned soul's name is different from his body. One may be named Mr. john, but if we call for Mr. john, Mr.\njohn may never actually appear. However, if we utter the holy name of Kr�r:Ja,\nKr�r:Ja is immediately present on our tongue. In the Padma PuraQa, Kr�r:Ja says,\nmad-bhakta yatra gayanti tatra ti?thami narada: \"0 Narada, I am present wherever\n\nMy devotees are chanting.\" When the devotees chant the holy name of Kr�r:JaHare Kr�r:Ja, Hare Kr�r:Ja, Kr�r:Ja Kr�r:Ja, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama\nRama, Hare Hare-Lord Kr�r:Ja is immediately present.\n\nTEXT 133\n\n0\\\"t� fu�t�f't: �'ll3t\"5�'JJ1P!���: I\n9[<1: ��I f;r�Tll_r�r� f�11�t11i110ft f�rc011: II ) �\" II\n\n", "mad7#p0104": "Text 134]\n\n71\n\nThe Lord Travels to V�ndavana\n\nnama cintamaQif) kr�Qas\ncaitanya-rasa-vigrahaf:!\npCJrQaf) suddho nitya-mukto\n'bhinnatvan nama-naminof)\nSYNONYMS\n\nnamaf:!-the holy name; cintamaQif)-transcendentally blissful giver of all\nspiritual benedictions; kr�Qaf)-not different from Kr�l)a; caitanya-rasa-vigrahaf)the form of all transcendental mellows; pOrQaf)-complete; suddhaf)-pure,\nwithout material contamination; nitya-eternal; muktaf:!-liberated; abhinnatvat-due to not being different; nama-of the holy name; naminof)-and of the\nperson who has the name.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The holy name of K��r;�a is transcendentally blissful. It bestows all\nspiritual benedictions, for it is K��r;�a Himself, the reservoir of all pleasure.\nK��r:ta's name is complete, and it is the form of all transcendental mellows. It is\nnot a material name under any condition, and it is no less powerful than K��r;�a\nHimself. Since K��r:ta's name is not contaminated by the material qualities,\nthere is no question of its being involved with maya. K��r;ta's name is always\nliberated and spiritual; it is never conditioned by the laws of material nature.\nThis is because the name of K��r;ta and K��r;ta Himself are identical.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Padma PuraQa.\nTEXT 134\n\n�i!�<l �1:·� 'ilt1!'', 'Of�','��' I\n�t�i!f!¥�-�� �' �11 ���t-1 II ��8 II\nataeva kr�Qera 'nama', 'deha', 'vi/asa'\nprakrtendriya-grahya nahe, haya sva-prakasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nataeva-therefore; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�l)a; nama-the holy name; deha-the\nspiritual body; vi/asa-the pastimes; prakrta-indriya-by the dull senses made of\nmatter;\n\ngrahya-perceptible;\n\nmanifested.\n\nnahe-not;\n\nhaya-are;\n\nsva-prakasa -self­\n\n", "mad7#p0105": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n72\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The holy name of Kr�r;�a, His body and His pastimes cannot be understood\nby blunt material senses. They are manifest independently.\nPURPORT\n\nThe transcendental body of Kr�r)a, His name, form, qualities, pastimes and entourage all constitute the Absolute Truth and are as good as Kr�t:�a (sac-cidananda-vigraha). As long as the living entity is conditioned by the three modes of\n\nmaterial nature-(goodness, passion and ignorance)-the objects of his material\nsenses-material form, taste, smell, sound and touch-will not help him understand spiritual knowledge and bliss. Rather, these are revealed to the pure devotee. One's material name, form and qualities are certainly different from one\nanother. In the material world, there is no conception of absolute; however, when\nwe come to Kr�t:�a consciousness we find that there is no material difference between Kr�t:�a's body and His names, activities and entourage.\nTEXT 135\n\n\"�'t1f, ?•�'!, \"�1l\"f I\n�I \"51��-ll�-ll<t f��\"' n �-ell n\nkr?Qa-nama, kr$Qa-guQa, kr?Qa-li/a-vrnda\nkr?Qera svarapa-sama-saba cid-ananda\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-nama-the\n\nholy\n\nname\n\nof\n\nKr�t:�a;\n\nkr?Qa-guQa-the\n\ntranscendental\n\nqualities of Kr�t:�a; kr?Qa-lila-vrnda-the transcendental pastimes of Lord Kr�t:�a;\nkr?Qera sva-rupa-Kr�t:�a s personality;\n'\n\nsama-equal;\n\nsaba-all;\n\ncit-ananda­\n\nspiritual and full of bliss.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The holy name of Kr�r;�a, His transcendental qualities and pastimes as well\nas Lord Kr�r;�a Himself are all equal. They are all spiritual and full of bliss.\n\nTEXT 136\n\n��= �f!l3<ltlllN 0{ �c��t��Rlr�!ih!: ,\ncrrc�tii_r.� �· R;t�wr'l ���c11� ·�fil�J'ir: �������\n\n", "mad7#p0106": "Text 137]\n\n73\n\nThe Lord Travels to V�ndavana\n\natai) sri-k[�f)a-namadi\nna bhaved grahyam indriyaii)\nsevonmukhe hi jihvadau\nsvayam eva sphuraty adai)\nSYNONYMS\n\nata/:1-therefore (because Kr�r:Ja's name, form, quality are all on the absolute\nplatform); sri-k[�Qa-nama-adi-Lord Kr�r:Ja's name, form, quality, pastimes and so\non; na-not; bhavet- can be; grahyam-perceived; indriyaii)-by the blunt material senses; seva-unmukhe-to one engaged in His service; hi-certainly; jihvaadau-beginning\n\nwith\n\nthe\n\ntongue;\n\nsvayam-personally;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nsphurati-become manifest; ada/:1-those (Kr�r:Ja's name, form, quality, and so\n\non).\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Therefore material senses cannot appreciate K��r:Ja's holy name, form,\nqualities and pastimes. When a conditioned soul is awakened to K��r:Ja consciousness and renders service by using his tongue to chant the Lord's holy\nname and taste the remnants of the Lord's food, the tongue is purified, and\none gradually comes to understand who K��r:Ja really is.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is recorded in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.234).\nTEXT 137\n\nf:!l'lli1il\"'f �� '1_(tel\"'f �tPII\nal'lll� �<15�\\11 '<IS� �mllf II��� II\nbrahmananda haite pDrQananda lila-rasa\nbrahma-jnani akar�iya kare atma-vasa\nSYNONYMS\nbrahma-ananda-the pleasure of self-realization; haite-from; purf)a-ananda­\n\ncomplete pleasure; lila-rasa-the mellows of the pastimes of the Lord; brahmajfi ani- those who are on the platform of Brahman understanding; akar? iya- at­\n\ntracting; kar e- ma ke; atma-vasa-subordinate to Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The mellows of Lord K��r:Ja's pastimes, which are full of bliss, attract the\n\nj iiani from the pleasure of Brahman realization and conquer him.\n\n", "mad7#p0107": "74\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nPURPORT\n\nWhen one understands that he belongs not to the material world but to the\nspiritual world, one is called liberated. Being situated in the spiritual world is certainly pleasurable, but those who realize the transcendental name, form, qualities\nand pastimes of Lord Kr�t:Ja enjoy transcendental bliss many times more than one\nwho has simply realized the self. When one is situated on the platform of selfrealization, he can certainly be easily attracted by Kr�t:Ja and become a servant of\nthe Lord. This is explained in Bhagavad-gitii:\n\nbrahma-bhata/:1 prasannatma\nna socati na kank�ati\nsama/:1 sarve�u bhute�u\nmad-bhaktiril /abhate param\n\"One who is thus transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme Brahman\nand becomes joyful. He never laments or desires to have anything; he is equally\ndisposed to every living entity. In that state he attains pure devotional service\nunto Me.\" (Bg. 18.54)\nWhen one becomes spiritually realized (brahma-bhuta), he becomes happy\n\n(prasannatma), for he is relieved from material conceptions. One who has attained\nthis platform is not agitated by material action and reaction. He sees everyone on\nthe platform of spirit soul (par:lt;iita/:1 sama-darsina/:1). When one is completely\nrealized, he can rise to the platform of pure devotional service (mad-bhaktiril\n\nlabhate param). When one comes to the platform of bhakti, devotional service, he\nautomatically realizes who Kr�t:Ja is.\n\nbhaktya mam abhijanati\nyavan yas casmi tattvata/:1\ntato maril tattvato jfiatva\nvisate tad-anantaram\n\"One can understand the Supreme Personality as He is only by devotional service.\nAnd when one is in full consciousness of the Supreme Lord by such devotion, he\ncan enter into the kingdom of God.\" (Bg. 18.55)\nIt is only on the bhakti platform that one can understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead Kr�t:Ja and His transcendental name, form, qualities, pastimes\nand entourage. Being thus qualified spiritually (visate tad-anantaram), one is\nallowed to enter the spiritual kingdom of God and return home, back to Godhead.\nTEXT 138\n\n���f'l��rJ>�1'(g't1_T'I!'m'll-str:<rl�<>frf'Gf��fl>��'l�t'fz'!t���'l{ 1\n\n", "mad7#p0108": "Text 139]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n75\n\n���� �<>f�i ����[)<>[� �:�t'l�\n�����·r�� �Jt'!��� orc�r�f\"ll 11 )-!liT 11\nsvasukha-nibhrta-cetas tad vyudastanya-bhavo\n'py ajita-rucira-lilakr?ta-saras tadiyam\n\nvyatanuta krpaya yas tattva-diparh purar)arh\n\ntam akhila-vrjina-ghnarh vyasa-siinurh nato 'smi\nSYNONYMS\n\nsva-sukha-in happiness of the self; nibhrta-solitary; cetab-whose con­\n\nsciousness; tat-because of that; vyudasta-given up; anya-bhavab-any other\n\ntype of consciousness; api-although; ajita-of SrT Kr�r:Ja; rucira-pleasing; lila­\n\nby the pastimes; ak[?ta-attracted; sarab-whose heart; tadiyam-consisting of\n\nthe activities of the Lord; vyatanuta-spread, manifested; krpaya-mercifully;\n\nyab-who; tattva-dipam-the bright light of the Absolute Truth; puraQam-the\n\nPurar)a (Srimad-Bhagavatam); tam-unto him; akhila-vrjina-ghnam-defeating\n\neverything inauspicious; vyasa-siinum-the son of Vyasadeva; natab asmi-1\n\noffer my obeisances.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto my spiritual master, the son\nof Vyasadeva, Sukadeva Gosvami. It is he who defeats all inauspicious things\nwithin this universe. Although in the beginning he was absorbed in the happiness of Brahman realization and was living in a secluded place, giving up all\nother types of consciousness, he became attracted by the most melodious\npastimes of Lord Sri Kr��;�a. He therefore mercifully spoke the supreme Pura�;�a,\nknown as Srimad-Bhagavatam, which is the bright light of the Absolute Truth\nand which describes the activities of Lord Kr��;�a.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse was spoken by Sota GosvamT in Srimad-Bhagavatam (12.12.68).\nTEXT 139\n\nf31'111il\"f �t� �('f'i{\"f \"�tj I\n��<.fl� �1� �nf'tt1Af 1fi{ \" ��o;, \"\nbrahmananda haite pDrQananda kr?Qa-guQa\n\nataeva akar?aye atma-ramera mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nbrahma-ananda-the pleasure of Brahman realization; haite-from; pDrQa­\n\nananda-complete bliss;\n\nkr?Qa-guQa-the qualities of Lord Kr�r:Ja; ataeva-\n\n", "mad7#p0109": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n76\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\ntherefore; akar,saye-attract; atma-ramera mana-the minds of self-realized persons.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The transcendental qualities of Sri Kr��a are completely blissful and\nrelishable. Consequently Lord Kr��a's qualities attract even the minds of selfrealized persons from the bliss of self-realization.\nTEXT 140\n\n'!lt�tift1li-s '01l:ll1 f� �:(�1 '!1'1_PNFl:1! I\n\n��ti!TC����� 5f'6'�·w�t���l:'t1 �fit: u �s.\natmaramas ca munayo\nnirgrantha apy urukrame\nkurvanty ahaitukirh bhaktim\nittham-bhata-guf)o hari/:1\nSYNONYMS\natma-arama/:1-persons who take pleasure in being transcendentally situated in\nthe service of the Lord; ca-also; munaya/:1-great saintly persons who have\ncompletely\n\nrejected\n\nmaterial aspirations,\n\nfruitive\n\nactivities,\n\nand\n\nso\n\nforth;\n\nnirgrantha/:1-without interest in any material desire; api-certainly; urukrameunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�t:Ja, whose activities are wonderful;\nkurvanti-do; ahaitukim-causeless, or without material desires; bhaktim-devotional service; ittham-bhata-so wonderful as to attract the attention of the selfsatisfied; guf)a/:1-who has transcendental qualities; hari/:1-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Those who are self-satisfied and unattracted by external material desires\nare also attracted to the loving service of Sri Kr��a, whose qualities are transcendental and whose activities are wonderful. Hari, the Personality of Godhead, is ·called Kr��a because He has such transcendentally attractive\nfeatures.'\nTEXT 141\n\n<JI� �Of �t.l-����'1-�tqj I\n��� 1fi{ �t1f '1_'1� 1ftqj II �8� II\n\n", "mad7#p0110": "The Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\nText 142]\n\n77\n\nei saba rahu-kr�f.1a-cara(1a-sambandhe\natmaramera mana hare tulasira gandhe\nSYNONYMS\n\nei saba rahu-apart from the pastimes of Lord Kr�l)a; kr�f.1a-cara(1a-sambandhe-in relation to the lotus feet of Kr�l)a; atma-aramera-of self-realized persons; mana-the mind; hare-attracts; tulasira gandhe-the aroma of tulasi\nleaves.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Apart from the pastimes of Lord Kr�r:�a, when tulasi leaves are offered at\nthe lotus feet of Sri Kr�r:�a, even the aroma of the leaves attracts the minds of\nself-realized persons.\nTEXT 142\n\n';;:!i,;j�f<I�0{\\10{� ?flfi�f<t�­\n\nf<fgp�;��.,-,ft1(<!1�01t<li� I\n'!{�'If�: \"'lff<I<!T.�'t 15<f>ili C�\"llt�\n1f�l.>;'ft�1f'l'f�'SJ.lft1!f\"f fl59\\!>(>;ft: II �8� II\ntasyaravinda-nayanasya padaravindakinjalka-misra-tu/asi-makaranda-vayu/:1\nantargata/:l svavivare1,1a cakara te�arh\nsank�obham ak�ara-ju�am api citta-tanvo/:J\nSYNONYMS\n\ntasya-of Him; aravinda-nayanasya-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nwhose eyes are like the petals of a lotus; pada-aravinda-of the lotus feet;\n\nkinjalka-w ith saffron; misra-mixed; tulasi-of tulasi leaves; makaranda-with\nthe aroma; vayu/:l -the air; antargata /:l -entered; sva-vivare1,1a-through the\nnostrils; cakara-created; te�am-of them; sank�obham-strong agitation; ak­\n\n�ara-ju�am-of the impersonally self-realized (Kumaras); api-also; citta-tanvo/:1-of the mind and body.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When the breeze carrying the aroma of tulasi leaves and saffron from the\nlotus feet of the lotus-eyed Personality of Godhead entered through the\nnostrils into the hearts of those sages [the Kumaras], they experienced a\n\n", "mad7#p0111": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n78\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nchange in both body and mind, even though they were attached to impersonal\nBrahman understanding.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.15.43). Vidura and Maitreya discussed the pregnancy of Diti. Diti's pregnancy caused the demigods to be very\nmuch afraid, and the demigods went to see Lord Brahma. Lord Brahma explained\nthe original incident involving the cursing of Jaya and Vijaya by the Catu�sana\nKumaras. Sometimes the Catu�sana Kumaras went to Vaikut:��ha to visit Narayat:Ja,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, and once they were stopped from entering\nthe palace at the seventh gate by two doorkeepers named jaya and Vijaya. Due\nto their jealousy, jaya and Vijaya would not allow the Kumaras entry, and consequently the Kumaras became angry and cursed jaya and Vijaya, condemning\n\nthem to take birth in a family of asuras in the material world. The omniscient Personality of Godhead could immediately understand the incident,.and He came\nwith His eternal consort the goddess of fortune. The Catu�sana Kumaras immediately offered their obeisances unto the Lord. Simply by seeing the Lord and\nsmelling the aroma of tulasi and saffron from His lotus feet, the Kumaras became\n\ndevotees and abandoned their long-cherished impersonalism. Thus the four\nKumaras were turned into Vai�t:�avas simply by smelling the aromatic tulasi mixed\n\nwith saffron. Those who are actually on the platform of Brahman realization and\nwho have not offended the lotus feet of Kr�t:�a can immediately become 1\nVai�t:�avas simply by smelling the aroma of the Lord's lotus feet. However, those\n\nwho are offenders or demons are never attracted to the Lord's personal feature,\neven though they may visit the Lord's temple many times. In Vrndavana we have\nseen many MayavadT sannyasis who do not even come to the temple of Govin­\n\ndajT, GopTnatha or Madana-mohana because they think that such temples are\nmaya. Therefore they are called MayavadTs. SrT Kr�t:�a Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\ntherefore said that the MayavadTs are the greatest offenders.\nTEXT 143\n\n�i!<$1<1 '���t�' iii �tlr;;Jf i!t� �r;;� I\n1ft�t�flr-�'l �TI;I! ��1 <l�;(r;;� II �8'!> II\nataeva 'kr?Qa-nama' na aise tara mukhe\n\nmayavadi-gaQa yate maha bahirmukhe\nSYNONYMS\n\nataeva-therefore; kr?Qa-nama-the holy name of Kr�t:Ja; na-does not; aise­\n\ncome; tara mukhe-in their mouths; mayavadi-gaQa-all the MayavadTs; yatebecause; maha bahi/:1-mukhe-great offenders by dint of strong atheism.\n\n", "mad7#p0112": "The Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\nText 145]\n\n79\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because the Mayavadis are great offenders and atheistic philosophers, the\nholy name of Kr��a does not come from their mouths.\nPURPORT\nBecause they are constantly blaspheming the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nby saying that He has no head, hands or legs, MayavadT philosophers remain\noffenders for many, many births, even though they have partially realized Brahman. However, if such impersonalists are not offenders at the lotus feet of the\nLord, they immediately become devotees in the association of a devotee. In other\nwords, if an impersonalist is not an offender, he can become a devotee if he gets a\nchance to associate with other devotees. If he is an offender, he cannot be converted even by the association of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. SrT Kr�r:Ja\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was very much afraid of this MayavadT offender; therefore\nHe spoke as follows.\nTEXT 144\n\n�t� ,�r� �tfil ��a;(ti! <Wb�� 1\n��� ilt�, il1 �<tit11, a;(�j i.{� �t� II �88 II\nbhavaka/i vecite ami ailana kasipure\ngrahaka nahi, na vikaya, lana yaba ghare\nSYNONYMS\nbhavakali-devotional sentiments;\n\nvecite-to sell;\n\nami-1;\n\nailana-came;\n\nkasipure-to the city of KasT; grahaka nahi-there is no customer; na vikaya-do\nnot sell; /aiia yaba ghare-then I must take my commodity back home.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have come here to sell My emotional ecstatic sentiments in this city of\nKasi, but I cannot find any customers. If they are not sold, I must take them\nback home.\nTEXT 145\n\n�it �<Ill a;(�1 ��ti!, '<tl\"fl;il a;(�1 i.{t� ?\n'el�·\"i'l·1l_\"'J �' ��� ��� II �8<t II\nbhari bojha lana ailana, kemane lana yaba?\nalpa-svalpa-mulya pai/e, ethai veciba\n\n", "mad7#p0113": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n80\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhari bojha-heavy load; /ana-bearing; ai/ar'la-1 came; k emane-how; lana\nyaba-shalll take it back; a/pa-svalpa-malya-a fraction of the real price; paile­\n\nif I get; ethai\n\n-\n\nhere ; veciba-1 shall sell.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have brought a heavy load to sell in this city. To take it back again is a\nvery difficult job; therefore if I get but a fraction of the price, I shall sell it here\nin this city of Kasi.\"\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was selling the transcendental holy name of the Lord.\nHowever, Kasi was a city of Mayavadis (impersonalists), and such people will\nnever chant the holy names of the Hare Kr�l)a maha-mantra. Consequently Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was feeling disappointed. How could He teach the\nMayavadis the importance of chanting the Hare Kr�l)a maha-mantra? The attraction for chanting the holy name of the Lord belongs absolutely to pure devotees,\nand there was no possibility of finding pure devotees at Kasi. Consequently Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's commodity was certainly very heavy. The Lord therefore\nsuggested that even though there were no pure devotees in Kasi, if someone was\na little inclined to chant the Hare Kr�l)a mantra, He would deliver this big load, although the proper price was not paid.\nActually we experienced this when we came to preach the Hare Kr�l)a movement in the West. When we came to New York in 1965, we never expected that\nthe Hare Kr�l)a maha-mantra would be accepted in this country. Nonetheless, we\ninvited people to our storefront to join in chanting the Hare Kr�l)a mantra, and the\nLord's holy name is so attractive that simply by coming to our storefront in New\nYork, fortunate young people became Kr�l)a conscious. Although this mission was\nstarted with insignificant capital, it is now going nicely. The spreading of the Hare\nKr�l)a maha-mantra in the West has become successful because the young people\nwere not offenders. The youths who joined this movement were not very advanced as far as purity was concerned, nor were they very well educated in Vedic\nknowledge, but because they were not offenders, they could accept the importance of the Hare Kr�l)a movement. We are now very happy to see that this\nmovement is advancing more and more in the Western countries. We therefore\nconclude that the so-called m/ecchas and yavanas of the Western countries are\nmore purified than offensive Mayavadis or atheistic impersonalists.\n\nTEXT 146\n\nt.fli! �!if' � �r;� �111l'ftQf ��' I\n� ��' 'llt_�1 �fii'li ,�)��fir II �8 � II\n\n", "mad7#p0114": "Text 148]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n81\n\neta bali' sei vipre atmasatha kari'\nprate uthi mathura ca/ila gaurahari\nSYNONYMS\n\neta ba/i'-saying this; sei vipre-that brahmaQa; atmasatha kari'-accepting as\nHis devotee; prate uthi-rising early in the morning; mathura ca/i /a-started for\nMathura; gaurahari-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted that brahmar:Ja as His\ndevotee. The next morning, rising very early, the Lord started for Mathura.\nTEXT 147\n\n� f� ��er �' � fil��\"\" 1\n� C��i! fi!iiST�if �r;� 'Pft�l� ll �8'l II\nsei tina sange cale, prabhu ni$edhila\ndura haite tina-jane ghare pathai/a\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei tina-those three;\n\nsar'lge-with\n\nS ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ca/e-go;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ni$edhila-forbade; dura haite-from a distance; tina jane-the three persons; ghare-home; pathaila-sent back.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu started for Mathura, all three devotees\nstarted to go with Him. However, the Lord forbade them to accompany Him,\nand from a distance He asked them to return home.\nTEXT 148\n\n�,� ��� �il <.!!� fi1M11i I\n\n��'I �til �� <;� 11� �$1 II �81r II\nprabhura virahe tine ekatra miliya\nprabhu-guQa gana kare preme matta haiia\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhura virahe-because of separation from the Lord;\n\ntine-all three;\n\nekatra-together; miliya-meeting; prabhu-guQa-the transcendental qualities\nof the Lord; gana kare-chant; preme-with love; matta haiia-being mad.\n\n", "mad7#p0115": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n82\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nFeeling separation from the Lord, the three used to meet and glorify the\nholy qualities of the Lord. Thus they were absorbed in ecstatic love.\nTEXT 149\n\n'�tt�' ���1 �� (;�\"{ ��·�il I\n'Jf't1f<1' �VI '��lf C<li� iji!J'Sitilll �8� II\n'prayage' asiya prabhu kai/a VeQi-snana\n'madhava' dekhiya preme kaila nrtya-gana\n\nSY NONYMS\nprayage-to\n\nPrayaga;\n\nasiya-coming;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n·\n\nkai/a-did; veQi-snana-bathing in the confluence of the Ganges and Yamuna;\nmadhava-the predominating Deity there, Vel)i Madhava; dekhiya-seeing;\npreme-in ecstatic love; kai/a-performed; nrtya-gana-dancing and chanting.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then went to Prayaga, where He bathed at the\nconfluence of the Ganges and the Yamuna. He then visited the temple of Ver;�i\nMadhava and chanted and danced there in ecstatic love.\nPURPORT\nThe city of Prayaga is situated a few miles from the city of Allahabad. The name\nPrayaga is given due to successful sacrifices performed there. It is said: prakr$ta/:l\nyaga/:1 yaga-phalaril yasmat. If one performs sacrifices at Prayaga, he certainly gets\nimmediate results without difficulty. Prayaga is also called nrtharaja, the king of all\nplaces of pilgrimage. This holy place is situated on the confluence of the Rivers\nGanges and Yamuna. Every year a fair takes place there known as Magha-mela,\nand every twelve years a Kumbha-mela is also held. In any case, many people\ncome to bathe there every year. During Magha-mela, people from the local district generally come, and during Kumbha-mela people come from all over India to\nlive there and bathe in the Ganges and Yamuna. Whoever goes there immediately\n\nfeels the place:s spiritual influence. A fort located there was constructed by the\n\nEmperor Akbar about five hundred years ago, and near the fort is a place called\nTrivel)i. On the other side of Prayaga is an old place known as Prati��hana-pura. It\n\nis also well known as jhUiisi. Many saintly people live there, and consequently it is\nvery attractive from the spiritual point of view.\n\n", "mad7#p0116": "Text 152]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n83\n\nTEXT 150\n\n�i ��m '�'�� -Pt� �-Pt ��i 1\n�tt�-�� ��t�t1{ i9�t1l �Rrnt II �<t\" II\nyamuna dekhiya preme pac;le jharipa diya\naste-vyaste bhattacarya uthaya dhariya\nSYNONYMS\nyamuna-the\n\nRiver Yamuna;\n\ndekhiya-seeing;\n\npreme-in ecstatic love;\n\npac;/e-falls down; jharipa diya-jumping; aste-vyaste-in great haste; bhattacarya-Balabhadra Bhattacarya; uthaya-raises; dhariya-catching.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw the River Yamuna, He threw Himself in it. Balabhadra Bhaftacarya hastily caught the Lord and very carefully\nraised Him up again.\nTEXT 151\n\n�� r�� 121mt'lt �� 1\n\"·i{f11-<;� fit-�1 <;\"ft<tt5 fil�rn\"fi II ��� II\nei-mata tina-dina prayage rahila\nkr?Qa-nama-prema diya /aka nistarila\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; tina-dina-for three days; prayage-at Prayaga; rahi/aremained; kr?Qa-nama-the holy name of Lord Kr�t:Ja; prema-and ecstatic love;\ndiya-delivering; /oka nistari/a-delivered the people.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord stayed at Prayaga for three days. He delivered the holy name of\nKr�r:Ja and ecstatic love. Thus He delivered many people.\nTEXT 152\n\n'��1' ��i! \"Ptt'<t ��1 ��' � I\n\"-ift�·<;\\21� m1 <;a;tt<fit� �II ���II\n'mathura' calite pathe yatha rahi' yaya\nkr?Qa-nama-prema diya lokere nacaya\n\n", "mad7#p0117": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n84\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSYNONYMS\nmathura-to Mathura; calite-going; pathe-on the road; yatha-wherever;\nrahi'-staying; yaya-goes; kr?Qa-nama-prema-the holy name of Kr�r:'la and His\necstatic love; diya-delivering; /okere nacaya-made the people dance.\nTRANSLATION\nWherever the Lord stopped to rest on the way to Mathura, He delivered the\nholy name of Kr�J;Ja and ecstatic love of Kr�Qa. Thus He made the people\ndance.\nTEXT 153\n\n�<('�if 'Wf'lfi'l' �ft�t\\! <:'ft<1S fil�f� I\n'?ffll51l'·<:wt'\"t �t� �._, '��..._,, <1Sfil''f1 II �It� II\nparve yena 'dak?iQa' yaite loka nistarila\n'pascima'-dese taiche saba 'vai?Qava' karila\nSYNONYMS\nparve-formerly; yena-as; dak?iQa-South India; yaite-going to; /oka-the\npeople;\n\nnistarila-He\n\ndelivered;\n\npascima-dese-in\n\nthe western countries;\n\ntaiche -similarly; saba-all; vai?Qava -devotees; kari Ia-made.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord toured South India, He delivered many people, and when He\ntraveled in the western sector, He similarly converted many people to\nVai�Qavism.\nPURPORT\nFormerly Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu converted people when He toured southern\nand western India. Similarly, this Hare Kr�r:'la movement is now delivering the\npeople of the Western world wherever devotees are chanting the holy names.\nThis is all being done by the Lord's mercy. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu predicted that\nHe would deliver people in every city and village of the world by giving them a\nchance to chant the Hare Kr�r:'la maha-mantra.\nTEXT 154\n\n9ftQ! � � � �-w� 1\nli!fti �9f mti 9ft� '�t1l ��� II ��8 II\n\n", "mad7#p0118": "Text 156]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n85\n\npathe yahan yahan haya yamuna-darsana\ntahan jhanpa diya page preme acetana\nSYNONYMS\npathe-on the road; yahan yahan-wherever; haya-there is; yamuna-darsana-meeting with the Yamuna River; tahan-there; jhanpa diya page-jumps\nover and falls down; preme acetana-unconscious in the ecstasy of love.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the Lord was going to Mathura, He came across the River Yamuna\nseveral times, and as soon as He saw the River Yamuna, He would immediately\njump in, falling unconscious in the water in the ecstasy of love of Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 155\n\n�-fi{�� ��a;J-1f�1 00� I\n��<te. �$1 �r;;\" '�1f�� �$1 II �tta- II\nmathura-nikate aila-mathura dekhiya\ndaf)gavat hana page premavi$ta hana\nSYNONYMS\nmathura-nikate-near Mathura; ai/a-came; mathura dekhiya-seeing the city\nof Mathura; daf)gavat hana-offering obeisances; page-falls down; premaavi$ta hana-in the great ecstasy of love.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen He approached Mathura and saw the city, He immediately fell to the\nground and offered obeisances with great ecstatic love.\nTEXT 156\n\n1f\\� �tf�111 �<lS\"!i '��fu-<itr;;� �I\n'�' ''�<f' '��' <IS�ff1 12t'tt1f II �a-� II\nmathura asiya kaila 'visranti-tirthe' snana\n'janma-sthane' 'kesava' dekhi' kari/a praf)ama\nSYNONYMS\nmathura asiya-coming in to Mathura; kai/a-performed; visranti-tirthe-at\nthe bathing place known as Visrama-ghata; snana-bathing; janma-sthane-at\n\n", "mad7#p0119": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n86\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nthe place of Lord Kr�r:Ja's birth; kesava-the Deity named Kesava; dekhi'-seeing;\nkarila praQiima-offered His respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu entered the city of Mathura, He took His\nbath at Visrama-ghata. He then visited the birthplace of Kr��a and saw the\nDeity named Ke5avaji. He offered His respectful obeisances to this Deity.\nPURPORT\n\nAt the present moment, the temple of Ke5avaji is very much improved. At one\ntime, Kesavaji-mandira was attacked by the emperor Aurangzeb, who constructed such a big mosque there that the temple of Kesavaji was insignificant in\ncomparison. However, with the help of many rich Mac)waris, the temple has improved, and a very large temple is now being constructed so that the mosque is\nnow appearing diminished in comparison. Many archeological discoveries have\nbeen made there, and many people from foreign countries are beginning to appreciate Kr�r:Ja's birthplace. This Kr�r:Ja consciousness movement is attracting\nmany foreigners to the Kesavaji temple, and now they will also be attracted by\nthe Kr�r:Ja-Balarama temple in Vrndavana.\nTEXT 157\n\n<:<211fti!t'5f •m;�, ostt11, ,�i{ nrn 1\n\n�<;�1ft� <;if�' �7;� �11e.� II �(t'lll\npremanande nace, gaya, saghana hunkara\nprabhura premavesa dekhi' toke camatkara\nSYNONYMS\n\nprema-anande-in ecstatic love;\nrepeatedly;\n\nhunkara-tumultuous\n\nnace-dances;\nsound\n\ngaya-chants; saghana­\n\nvibrations;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nLord Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; prema-avesa-ecstatic love; dekhi'-seeing; toke-all\npeople; camatkara-astonished.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu chanted, danced and made loud vibrations,\nall the people were astonished to see His ecstatic love.\nTEXT 158\n\n���121 �r.;� 121'-� ��'1 I!Rt1ti I\n�� ij�J �t� <;<211ft�� ��i II �&lr II\n\n", "mad7#p0120": "Text 160]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n87\n\neka-vipra par;le prabhura caraQa dhariya\nprabhu-sange nrtya kare premavi�ta hana\nSYNONYMS\n\neka-vipra-one brahmaQa;\n\npar;le-falls down;\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; caraQa dhariya-catching the lotus feet; prabhu-sange-with Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; nrtya kare-he dances; prema-avi�ta hai'ia-being absorbed in ecstatic love.\nTRANSLATION\nOne brahmaQa fell at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and then\nbegan to dance with Him in ecstatic love.\nTEXT 159\n\n'lr;� (;� �J <fi�' � (;<ft��fii I\n�fif �� <I\"� rlr;� �t\"f �1'{ �' II �tt� II\ndunhe preme nrtya kari' kare kolakuli\nhari kr�Qa kaha dunhe bale bahu tuli'\nSYNONYMS\n\ndunhe-both of them; preme-in ecstatic love; nrtya kari'-dancing; karedo; kolakuli-embracing; hari-the holy name 0f Hari; kr�Qa-the holy name of\nKr�r;ta; kaha-go on chanting; dunhe-both of them; bale-speak; bahu tu/i'raising the arms.\nTRANSLATION\nBoth of them danced in ecstatic love and embraced one another. Raising\ntheir arms, they said, \"Chant the holy names of Hari and Kr�Qa!\"\nTEXT 160\n\n(;l'li<l\" '�fif' '�fif' �tli\", (;�'ti'{� '� I\n'(;��'·(;��<\\\" �'t_t<fi 1l'ti11 9f1ttla, II ��\" ll\n/aka 'hari' 'hari' bale, kolahala haifa\n'kesava'-sevaka prabhuke mala paraila\nSYNONYMS\n\n/oka-all the people; hari hari bale-began to chant the holy names Hari, Hari;\nkolaha/a haifa-there was a great uproar; kesava-sevaka-the priest in the service\n\n", "mad7#p0121": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n88\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nof Lord Kesava; prabhuke-unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mala paraila-offered\na garland.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the people then began to chant, \"Hari! Hari!\" and there was a great\nuproar. The priest in lord Kesava's service offered Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu a\ngarland.\nTEXT 161\n\n'� �� � 'wf�' ��1 r.,-m:� 1\n\n�t� '�il <;�� ,,�)f��' �'t il� II :>�:> II\nlake kahe prabhu dekhi' hana vismaya\naiche hena prema '/aukika' kabhu naya\n\nSYNONYMS\nlake kahe-the people said; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dekhi'seeing; hana vismaya-being struck with wonder; aiche-such; hena-similar;\nprema-love of Godhead; /aukika-ordinary; kabhu naya-never is.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the people saw Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's dancing and chanting,\nthey were struck with wonder, and they all said, \"Such transcendental love is\nnever an ordinary thing.\"\nTEXT 162\n\n��HI w-ftil '�tt� <;�t� �� rt�1 I\n�t�, �tt�, iltt�, '51�, ?�il� ��111 :>�� II\nyarihara darsane lake preme matta hana\nhase, kande, nace, gaya, kr�Qa-nama lana\n\nSYNONYMS\nyanhara darsane-by seeing whom; /oke-people; preme-in love; matta\nhana-becoming mad; hase-laugh; kande-cry; nace-dance; gaya-chant;\nkr�Qa-nama /ana-taking the holy name of Lord Kr�r:ta.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe people said, \"Simply by seeing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, everyone is\nmaddened with love of Kr�r;�a. Indeed, everyone is laughing, crying, dancing,\nchanting and taking the holy name of Kr�r;�a.\n\n", "mad7#p0122": "Text 165]\n\nThe Lord Travels to V�ndavana\n\n89\n\nTEXT 163\n\n��1-fi{�-�\"t� ��-���t� I\n11'1_� �t�a,1 <;a,tt�� �filt� fi\\�1� II ���II\nsarvatha-ni5cita-iliho km1a-avatara\nmathura aila lokera karite nistara\nSYNONYMS\nsarvatha-in every respect; niscita-ascertained; iriho-He; kr?Qa-avatara-incarnation of Lord Kr�t:Ja; mathura ai/a-has come to Mathura; /okera-of the\npeople; karite-to perform; nistara-deliverance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Certainly Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is in all respects the incarnation of\nLord K��Qa. Now He has come to Mathura to deliver everyone.\"\nTEXT 164\n\n� 11�� ,�� !3t�'l ff<$1 l\n�roc� �li\"�'� r�� f�t� <��111 ��s 11\ntabe mahaprabhu sei brahmaf)e lafia\ntarihare puchila kichu nibhrte vasiya\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-after\n\nthat;\n\nbrahmaf)e-brahmaf)a;\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT\n/alia-taking;\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ntarihare-unto him;\n\nsei-that;\n\npuchi/a-inquired;\n\nkichu-something; nibhrte vasiya-sitting in a solitary place.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took aside the brahmaQa. Sitting in a\nsolitary place, the Lord began to question him.\nTEXT 165\n\n'�t�, �\"(, '{f1f- �� ��'I I\n<TStt1 ��t� 9ft�tff � �� <;�11� ?' ��<t II\n'arya, sara/a, tumi-vrddha brahmaf)a\nkahari haite paile tumi ei prema-dhana?'\n\n", "mad7#p0123": "90\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSYNONYMS\narya -advanced in devotional service; sara/a -simple; tumi-you; vrddha\nbrahma1.1a-elderly brahmaQa; kahan haite-from where; paile tumi-did you obtain; ei-this; prema-dhana-transcendental opulence of ecstatic love.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"You are an elderly brahma�a, you are sincere, and you are advanced in spiritual life. Wherefrom have you gotten this\ntranscendental opulence of ecstatic love for Kr��a?\"\nTEXT 166\n\n�.21 ��,-'��t� �'Jft�t�i!i�� I\n�firt'! �firr;'! �t�\"'1 ��1·e{�� II ��� II\nvipra kahe, -'sripada sri-madhavendra-puri\nbhramite bhramite ai/a mathura-nagari\n\nSYNONYMS\nvipra kahe-the brahma1.1a said; sripada-His Holiness; sri-madhavendra-puri­\n\nSri Madhavendra Puri; bhramite bhramite-while touring; ai/a-came; mathuranagari -to the city of Mathura.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahma�a replied, \"His Holiness Srila Madhavendra Puri came to the\ncity of Mathura while he was on a tour.\nTEXT 167\n\n��1 <!iRt' ,�t!lt1 '�'Af �\"'t� �t�\"'1 I\n<;1ft� f� <!iRt' '�t� �tt\\! 'f<e'lf'1' ,<15�111��'111\nkrpa kari' teriho mora nilaye aila\nmore si?ya kari' mora hate 'bhik?a' kaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nkrpa kari'-by his causeless mercy; teriho-he; mora nilaye-to my humble\nplace; ai/a-came; more-me; si?ya kari'-accepting as his disciple; mora hatefrom my hand; bhik?a kai/a-accepted lunch.\n\n", "mad7#p0124": "Text 169]\n\n91\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"While at Mathura, Sripada Madhavendra Puri visited my house and accepted me as a disciple. He even took lunch at my home.\nTEXT 168\n\n,��tt\"f 121� �fit' '�1 '�� '�'fllrn' I\n\n�f9f'� -i� ,�<!11 '''m<!!�til' � ll ��lr ll\ngopala prakata kari' seva kaila 'mahasaya'\nadyapiha tanhara seva 'govardhane' haya\nSYNONYMS\ngopa/a-the Deity Gopala; prakata kari'-installing; seva-service; kai/a-did;\nmahasaya-that great personality; adyapiha-still now; tanhara-of that Deity\nGopala; seva-the service; govardhane-on the Govardhana Hill; haya-is conducted.\nTRANSLATION\n\"After installing the Deity Gopala, Srila Madhavendra Puri rendered Him\nservice. That very Deity is still being worshiped at Govardhana Hill.\"\nTEXT 169\n\n�til' i2l't_ '�� �nf 6�'1 �ill\n� 9f'ttfP112l't_·9f'111 91��1 alt'li'l ll ��� II\nsuni' prabhu kaila tanra caral)a vandana\nbhaya pana prabhu-paya pac;lila brahmaQa\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-after hearing; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kai/a-did; tanra-of\nhim; caraQa vandana-worshiping the feet; bhaya palia-being afraid; prabhupaya-at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\npac;lila-fell down;\n\nbrahmaQa-the brahmaQa.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard about Miidhavendra Puri's relationship with the brahmar,a, He immediately offered obeisances at his feet. Becoming fearful, the brahmar,a also immediately fell at the lord's feet.\n\n", "mad7#p0125": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n92\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 170\n\n�{ �r;�,-\" � '�1'P', �tfif 'f-tlJJ'·�t� I\n'��' �<1P1 'f-tr;lJJ'\n\n�il�� �1 �rn n �9 n\no\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"tumi 'guru', ami 'si�ya'-praya\n'guru' haiia 'si�ye' namaskara na yuyaya\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; tumi-you; guru-My spiritual\nmaster; ami-1; si�ya-praya-like your disciple; guru haiia-being the spiritual\nmaster; si�ye-unto the disciple; namaskara-obeisances; na yuyaya-is not\nbefitting.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"You are on the platform of My spiritual\nmaster, and I am your disciple. Since you are My spiritual master, it is not\nbefitting that you offer Me obeisances.\"\nTEXT 171\n\n�fil�i �f\"ii� �� <fi?;� ce� <?t'ti!Pi 1\n\n�'(;fi �t�' <ri� �� ��Jt� �c$1 \" �9 � \"\nsuniya vismita vipra kahe bhaya paiia\naiche vat kaha kene sannyasT haiia\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-after hearing; vismita-astonished; vipra-the brahmaQa; kahe-said;\nbhaya paiia-being afraid; aiche vat-such a statement; kaha-You say; kenewhy; sannyasT haiia-although You are a sannyasT.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing this, the brahmaQa became afraid. He then said, \"Why do You\nspeak like this? You are a sannyasi.\nTEXT 172\n\n�. �til'� ,� '\"�' �� �i[iltfill\n\nilt�<!§!-�)� '�'li' Si� --!Sftfil \" �'l� \"\n\n", "mad7#p0126": "The Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\nText 174]\n\n93\n\nkintu tamara prema dekhi' mane anumani\nmadhavendra-purTra 'sambandha' dhara-jani\nSYNONYMS\nkintu-stili; tamara prema-Your ecstatic love; dekhi'-after seeing; mane-in\nmy mind; anumani-l imagine; madhavendra-purTra-of Sri Madhavendra Puri;\nsambandha-relationship; dhara-You have; jani-l can understand.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Upon seeing Your ecstatic love, I can just imagine that You must have\nsome relationship with Madhavendra Puri. This is my understanding.\nTEXT 173\n\n��t�Jli �t�1, <it�i �t�t1f '�\"f'ti' I\n�!ttl �if! 1.!1- <;�1ft� <!ittl ift� 'Sllflti II �9� II\nkr?Qa-prema tariha, yariha tarihara 'sambandha'\ntahari vina ei premara kahari nahi gandha\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-prema-love of Kr�r:Ja; tariha-there; yariha-where; tarihara-his; sambandha-relationship; tahari vina-without him; ei premara-of this ecstatic\nlove; kahari nahi gandha-there is no possibility of even a scent.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This kind of ecstatic love can be experienced only when one has a relationship with Madhavendra Puri. Without him, even a scent of such transcendental ecstatic love is impossible.\"\nTEXT 174\n\nI!� o:e� i!tt1f '�\"flflli' <fi�� I\n\n�fil' �'tilf\"ll! �� �t�ti! �tHt� II �98 II\ntabe bhattacarya tare 'sambandha' kahila\nsuni' anandita vipra nacite lagila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nbhattacarya-Balabhadra\n\nBhattacarya;\n\ntare-unto\n\nthe\n\nbrahmal)a; sambandha kahila-explained the relationship; suni'-after hearing;\nanandita-being pleased; vipra-the brahmaQa; nacite /agi/a-began to dance.\n\n", "mad7#p0127": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n94\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nBalabhadra Bhattacarya then explained the relationship between Madhavendra Puri and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. After hearing this, the brahma�a\nbecame very pleased and began to dance.\nTEXT 175\n\nI!� �� �\"t�\n\nilf�1 ��il{1 fi{�·�t� I\n�t�il-� �� iltil1 CJt<t1 <lit� II �9<t II\ntabe vipra prabhure lana aila nija-ghare\napana-icchaya prabhura nana seva kare\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; vipra-the brahmaQa; prabhure-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n/alia-taking; ai/a-came back; nija-ghare-to his home; apana-icchaya-by his\nown will; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nana-various; seva-services;\nkare-rendered.\nTRANSLAliON\nThe brahma�a then took Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to his home and, out of\nhis own free will, began to serve the Lord in various ways.\nTEXT 176\n\nf<e-.1 �Rt' ��n�tt'li <ti�t-il{111''ifiil 1\nl'!t<l ���'t_ ��'\n\n<tfil{il{1 <l�il ll �9� II\n\nbhik$a lagi' bhattacarye karaila randhana\ntabe mahaprabhu hasi' bali/a vacana\nSYNONYMS\nbhik$a\n\nlagi'-for\n\nlunch;\n\nrandhana-made to cook;\n\nbhattacarye-Balabhadra\ntabe-at that time;\n\nBhanacarya;\n\nkaraila\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; hasi'-smiling; bali/a vacana-said these words.\nTRANSLATION\nHe asked Balabhadra Bhattacarya to cook Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's lunch.\nAt that time, the Lord, smiling, spoke as follows.\n\n", "mad7#p0128": "Text 178]\n\nThe Lord Travels to V�ndavana\n\n95\n\nTEXT 177\n\n\"�1-<;-#�f$ ,�t1f111: �t11: �11Jttfii{ r�-.i 1\n'1ftc;1( � r�..i '��' -lfll 'Jtt11: 'f-t-.i'n\" �'l'lll\n\"puri-gosani tamara ghare karyachena bhik$a\nmore tumi bhik$a deha, -ei mora 'sik$a'\"\nSYNONYMS\npuri-gosai'ii-Madhavendra Puri; tamara ghare-at your place; karyachena\nbhik$a-acc epted lunch; more-for Me; tumi bhik$a deha-better for you to\ncook; ei-that; mora sik$a-My instruction.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Madhavendra Puri has already taken lunch\nat your place. Therefore you may cook and give Me the food. That is My instruction.\"\nTEXT 178\n\n<llt\"lllfi51lf\\!> c���<::sr:lfr:<I\\!>'C\"?ll �<�= 1\n'I \"lj<:. �'IIi'!� �'C\\!> C�i<f>�lf�<rir:\\!> II �'\\IT II\n\nyad yad acarati sre$thas\ntat tad evetaro jana/:1\nsa yat pramaQarh kurute\n/okas tad anuvartate\nSYNONYMS\nyat yat-however; acarati-behaves; sre$ta/:l-the best man; tat tat-that;\neva-certainly;\n\nitara/:1-the lesser;\n\njanaf:J- men;\n\nsa/:1-he;\n\nyat-which;\n\npra­\n\nmaQam-standard; kurute-shows; /oka/:1-the people; tat-that; anuvartatefollow.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Whatever action is performed by a great man, common men follow. And\nwhatever standards he sets by exemplary acts, all the world pursues.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Bhagavad-gita (3.21 ).\n\n", "mad7#p0129": "96\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 179\n\nq]� '�t�t��1' � '��\\! '13�'1 I\n\n��t��·�t1f �iJt� �1 <fit1f '<e1'Sf� II �'\\\"' II\nyadyapi 'sano(iiya' haya seita brahmaQa\nsano(iiya-ghare sannyasT na kare bhojana\n\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; sano(iiya-a priest of the Sanoc;liya community; haya­\n\nwas; sei ta-that; brahmaQa-brahmaQa; sano(iiya-ghare-in the house of a\nSanoc;liya (goldsmith); sannyasT -a person in the renounced order of life; na kare\nbhojana-does not accept food.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahma�a belonged to the San�iya brahma�a community, and a sannyasi does not accept food from such a brahma�a.\nPURPORT\nIn northwestern India, vaisyas are divided in various subdivisions. Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura points out that they are divided as Agaraoyala, Kalaoyara and\nSanoyac;la. Out of them, the Agaraoyalas are supposed to be first-class vaisyas,\nand the Kalaoyaras and Sanoyac;!as are considered lower due to their occupational\ndegradation. The Kalaoyaras generally take wine and other intoxicants. Although\nthey are vaisyas, they are considered to belong to a lower class. The priests who\nguide the Kalaoyaras and the Sanoyac;las are called Sanoc;liya brahmaQas. Srila\nBhaktivinoda Thakura states that the word sanoya(ia in Bengal indicates suvarQavaQik. In Bengal there are priests who guide the suvarQa-vaQik community, which\n\nis also considered a low class. There is little difference between the Sanoyac;!a and\nthe suvarQa-vaQik. Generally the suvarQa-vaQiks are bankers dealing in gold and\nsilver. In western India, the Agaraoyalas also belong to the banking profession.\nThis is the original business of the suvarQa-vaQik or Agaraoyala community.\nHistorically, the Agaraoyalas came from the up-country named Ayodha, and the\nsuvarQa-vaQik community came from Ayodha. It appears that the suvarQa-vaQiks\n\nand the Agaraoyalas belong to the same community. The Sanoc;liya brahmaQas\nwere the guides of the Kalaoyara and Sanoyac;la. They are therefore considered to\nbe lower-class brahmaQas, and a sannyasT is not allowed to take alms or food from\nthem. However, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted lunch cooked by a Sanoc;liya\nbrahmaQa simply because he belonged to Madhavendra Puri's community. Srila\n\nMadhavendra Puri was the spiritual master of Tsvara Puri, who was the spiritual\nmaster of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Thus a spiritual relationship is established on\nthe spiritual platform without consideration of material inferiority or superiority.\n\n", "mad7#p0130": "Text 182]\n\nThe lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n97\n\nTEXT 180\n\n�f9t � �' iRf '�•�'·�WAf I\n'fiAI' �fir' linr f�-.1 � �tt II �lr'o II\ntathapi puri dekhi' tarira 'vai?Qava'-acara\n'si?ya' kari' tarira bhik?a kaila arigikara\nSYNONYMS\ntathapi-still; puri-Madhavendra Puri; dekhi'-after seeing; tarira-of the\nbrahmaQa; vai?Qava-acara-behavior like a Vai�r:tava; si?ya kari'-accepting him\nas his disciple; tarira bhik?a-food offered by him; kaila arigikara-accepted.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the brahmar;�a belonged to the San�iya community,\n\nSrila\n\nMadhavanedra Puri saw that he behaved like a Vai�r;�ava and therefore accepted him as his disciple. The food he cooked was also accepted by Madhavendra Puri.\nTEXT 181\n\n�� � � '�' �'iti'r I\n�tl �fir'������ \"ftf11i'f II �lr'� II\nmahaprabhu tarire yadi 'bhik?a' magi/a\ndainya kari' sei vipra kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ntarire-from\n\nhim;\n\nyadi-when;\n\nbhik?a magi/a-requested lunch; dainya kari'-out of humility; sei vipra-that\nbrahmaQa; kahite /agi/a-began to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu willingly requested food from the\nbrahmar;�a, and the brahmar;�a, feeling a natural humility, began to speak as\nfollows.\nTEXT 182\n\nc;�� '�' ilf�-� «et'5tl � �tJmf I\n\n�-�, il� � �fit-� II �lr'� II\n\n", "mad7#p0131": "98\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrfa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\ntomare 'bhik?a' diba-bac;fa bhagya se amara\ntumi-isvara, nahi tamara vidhi-vyavahara\nSYNONYMS\ntomare-unto You; bhik?a diba-1 shall offer food; bac;fa bhagya\n\n-\n\ngreat for­\n\ntune; se-that; amara-my; tumi-You; isvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nahi-there is not; tamara-of You; vidhi-vyavahara-regulative behavior.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is a great fortune for me to offer You food. You are the Supreme L ord,\nand, being in the transcendental position, You are not restricted in any way.\nTEXT 183\n\n,��-,1ft� �rn�� ,�'Rf f.(\"'-. 1\n�t� ifl9ftnf'!_ '�� 'lt�'1f �t;i{ ll ��II\n'murkha'-loka karibeka tamara nindana\nsahite na parimu sei 'du?te'ra vacana\nSYNONYMS\nmurkha-loka-foolish persons; karibeka-will do; tamara nindana-blaspheming You; sahite na parimu-1 shall not be able to tolerate; sei-those; du?tera\nvacana-words of mischievous persons.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Foolish people will blaspheme You, but I shall not tolerate the words of\nsuch mischievous people.\"\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura remarks that although the brahmaQa did\nnot belong to a superior community, he fearlessly chastised so-called caste\nbrahmaQas because he was situated on the platform of pure devotional service.\nThere are people who are opposed to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's accepting a\nVai�t:�ava belonging to a lower caste. Such people do not consider maha-prasada\ntranscendental, and therefore they are described here as murkha (foolish) and\ndu?ta (mischievous). A pure devotee has the power to challenge such high-caste\npeople, and his brave statements are not to be considered proud or puffed up. On\nthe contrary, he is to be considered straightforward. Such a person does not like\nto flatter high-class brahmaf)as who belong to the non-Vai�t:�ava community.\n\n", "mad7#p0132": "Text 184]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n99\n\nTEXT 184\n\n� <li�,-i!tif!, �' � �flf'if'l I\n�t<l '��'·11'! �' �i f<ei �$f II �lr'8 II\nprabhu kahe, -sruti, smrti, yata r�i-gaf)a\n\nsabe 'eka'-mata nahe, bhinna bhinna dharma\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe-Lord S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; sruti-the Vedas; smrti-the\n\nPuraf)as; yata-all; r�i gal)a-great sages; sabe-all of them; eka-mata nahe-do\n-\n\nnot agree; bhinna bhinna dharma-different grades of religious principles.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"The Vedas, Pura�;�as and great learned\nsages are not always in agreement with one another. Consequently there are\ndifferent religious principles.\nPURPORT\nUnless one comes to the Absolute Truth, there is no possibility of agreement.\n\nNasav r�ir yasya matarh na \"bhinnam: it is said that a great learned scholar or sage\ncannot be exalted unless he disagrees. On the material platform, there is no\npossibility of agreement; therefore there are different kinds of religious systems.\nHowever, the Absolute Truth is one, and when one is situated in the Absolute\nTruth, there is no disagreement. On that absolute platform the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead is worshipable. As stated in Bhagavad-gita (18.55): bhaktya\nmam abhijanati yavan yas casmi tattvata/:1. On the absolute platform, the worship­\n\nful Deity is one, and the process of worship is also one. That process is bhakti.\n\nThere are many different religions throughout the world because they are not\n\nall on the absolute platform of devotional service. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(18.66): sarva-dharman parityajya mam ekarh saraf)arh vraja. The word ekam\n\nmeans \"one,\" Kr�r:Ja. On this platform, there are no different religious systems. According to Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.1.2): dharma/:! projjhita-kaitavo 'tra. On the ma­\n\nterial platform, religious systems are different. Srimad-Bhagavatam describes them\nfrom the very beginning as dharma/:! kaitava/:1, cheating religions. None of these\n\nreligions are actually genuine. The genuine religious system is that which enables\none to become a lover of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In the words of\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.6):\n\nsa vai purhsarh para dharma\nyato bhaktir adhok�aje\n\n", "mad7#p0133": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n100\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nahaituky apratihata\nyayatma suprasidati\n\"The supreme occupation [dharma] for all humanity is that by which men can attain to loving devotional service unto the transcendent Lord. Such devotional ser­\n\nvice must be unmotivated and uninterrupted in order to completely satisfy the\nself.\"\n\nOn this platform there is nothing but the service of the Lord. When a person\n\nhas no ulterior motive, there is certainly oneness and agreement of principles.\n\nSince everyone has a different body and mind, different types of religions are\n\nneeded. But when one is situated on the spiritual platform, there are no bodily\n\nand mental differences. Consequently on the absolute platform there is oneness\nin religion.\nTEXT 185\n\n�-\"'t�-,�l_ �� � I\n\n�-,�f�11' '� �$11''1, ,�� '{� �1t \" �lr� \"\ndharma-sthapana-hetu sadhura vyavahara\npuri-gosanira ye acaraQa, sei dharma sara\nSYNONYMS\ndharma-sthapana-hetu-to\nvyavahara\n\n-\n\nestablish\n\nthe\n\nprinciples\n\nof\n\nreligion;\n\nsadhura\n\nbehavior of a devotee; puri-gosanira-of Madhavendra PurT; ye\n\nacaraQa-the behavior; sei-that; dharma sara\n\n-\n\nthe essence of all religion.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"A devotee's behavior establishes the true purpose of religious principles.\nThe behavior of Madhavendra Puri Gosvami is the essence of such religious\nprinciples.\"\nPURPORT\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura gives the following commentary on this\n\npassage. A sadhu or an honest man is called a mahajana or a mahatma. The mahatma is thus described in Bhagavad-gita:\n\nmahatmanas tu marh partha\ndaivirh prakrtim asrita/:1\nbhajanty ananya-manaso\njnatva bhatadim avyayam\n\n", "mad7#p0134": "Text 185]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n101\n\n\"0 son of Prtha, those who are not deluded, the great souls, are under the protec­\n\ntion of the divine nature. They are fully engaged in devotional service because\nthey know Me as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, original and inexhaustible.\" (Bg. 9.13)\n\nIn the material world, the word mahatma is understood in different ways by dif­\n\nferent religionists. Mundaners also come up with their different angles of vision.\nFor the conditioned soul busy in sense gratification, a mahajana is recognized ac­\n\ncording to the proportion of sense gratification he offers. For instance, a business­\n\nman may consider a certain banker to be a mahajana, and karmis desiring material\n\nenjoyment may consider philosophers like jaimini to be mahajanas. There are\n\nmany yogis who want to control the senses, and for them Pataiijali ��i is a maha­\n\njana. For the jnanis, the atheist Kapila, Vasi�!ha, Durvasa, Dattatreya and other impersonalist philosophers are mahajanas. For the demons, Hirat:�yak�a,\n\nHirat:Jyakasipu, Ravat:Ja, Ravat:�a's son Meghanada, Jarasandha and others are accepted as mahajanas. For materialistic anthropologists speculating on the evolu­\n\ntion of the body, a person like Darwin is a mahajana. The scientists who are\nbewildered by Kr�t:�a's external energy have no relationship with the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, yet they are accepted by some as mahajanas. Similarly, phi­\n\nlosophers, historians, literary men, public speakers and social and political leaders\n\nare sometimes accepted as mahajanas. Such mahajanas are respected by certain\n\nmen who have been described in Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.3.19):\n\nsva-vic;i-varahowa-kharai/:1\nsarhstuta/:1 puru?a/:1 pasu/:1\nna yat-karl)a-pathopeto\njatu nama gadagraja/:1\n\"Men who are like dogs, hogs, camels and asses praise those men who never\nlisten to the transcendental pastimes of Lord SrT Kr�t:Ja, the deliverer from evils.\"\nThus on the material platform animalistic leaders are worshiped by animals.\nSometimes physicians, psychiatrists and social workers try to mitigate bodily pain,\ndistress and fear, but they have no knowledge of spiritual identity and are bereft\n\nof a relationship with God. Yet they are considered mahajanas by the illusioned.\n\nSelf-deceived persons sometimes accept leaders or spiritual masters from a\npriestly order that has been officially appointed by the codes of material life. In\n\nthis way, they are deceived by official priests. Sometimes people accept as maha­\n\njanas those who have been designated by SrTia Vrndavana dasa Thakura as\nc;Jhanga-vipras (imposter brahmal)as). Such imposters imitate the characteristics of\n\nSrTia Haridasa Thakura, and they envy Haridasa Thakura, who was certainly a\n\nmahajana. They make great artificial endeavors, advertising themselves as great\n\ndevotees of the Lord or as mystic hypnotists knowledgeable in witchcraft, hypnotism and miracles. Sometimes people accept demons like POtana, Trt:�avarta,\n\n", "mad7#p0135": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n102\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nVatsa, Baka, Aghasura and Dhenuka, Kaliya and Pralamba. Some people accept\nimitators and adversaries of the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, such as\n\nPaur:J<;iraka, Srgala Vasudeva, the spiritual master of the demons (Sukracarya), or\natheists like Carvaka, King Vena, Sugata and Arhat. Such people have no faith in\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Rather, they accept godless cheaters who present themselves as incarnations of God and cheat\nfoolish people within the material world by word jugglery. Thus many rascals are\naccepted as mahajanas.\n\nIn this material world a person may be famous as a karma-vira, a successful\n\nfruitive worker, or one may be very successful in performing religious duties, or he\n\nmay be known as a hero in mental speculation (jnana-vira), or he may be a very\nfamous renunciant. In any case, Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.23.56) gives the following\nopinion in this matter.\n\nneha yat karma dharmaya\nna viragaya kalpate\n\nna tirtha-pada-sevayai\n\njivann api mrto hi sab\n\n\"Anyone whose work is not meant to elevate him to religious life, anyone whose\nreligious ritualistic performances do not raise him to renunciation, and anyone\nsituated in renunciation that does not lead him to devotional service to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead must be considered dead, although he is\nbreathing.\"\nThe conclusion is that all pious activity, fruitive activity, religious principles and\nrenunciation must ultimately lead to devotional service. There are different types\nof processes for rendering service. One may serve his country, people, society,\n\nthe var�)asrama-dharma, the sick, the poor, the rich, women, demigods and so on.\n\nAll this comes under the heading of sense gratification, or enjoyment in the material world. It is most unfortunate that people are more or less attracted by such\n\nmaterial activity and that the leaders of these activities are accepted as maha­\n\njanas, great ideal leaders. Actually they are only misleaders, but an ordinary man\n\ncannot understand how he is being misled.\n\nNarottama dasa Thakura says: sadhu-sastra-guru-vakya, cittete kariya aikya. A\n\nsadhu is a great personality like Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The sastras are the in­\n\njunctions of revealed scriptures. Those who are devoid of devotional service\nsometimes mistake those who have mundane motives for mahajanas. The only\n\nmotive must be km)a-bhakti, devotional service to the Lord. Sometimes fruitive\n\nworkers, dry philosophers, nondevotees, mystic yogis and persons attached to\nmaterial opulence, women and money are considered mahajanas. However,\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(6.3.25)\n\nunauthorized mahajanas:\n\ngives\n\nthe\n\nfollowing\n\nstatements\n\nabout\n\nsuch\n\n", "mad7#p0136": "Text 185]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n103\n\nprayeQa veda tad idaril na mahajano 'yam\ndevya vimohita-matir bata mayayalam\ntrayyarh jac;li-krta-matir madhu-pu�pitayarh\nvaitanike mahati karmaQi yujyamanab\nIn this material world, karmis (fruitive actors) are accepted as mahajanas by foolish\npeople who do not know the value of devotional service. Their mundane intelligence and mental speculative methods are under the control of the three modes\nof material nature. Consequently they cannot understand unalloyed devotional\nservice. They are attracted by material activities, and they become worshipers of\nmaterial nature. Thus they are known as fruitive actors. They even become entangled in material activities disguised as spiritual activities. In Bhagavad-gita, such\npeople are described as veda-vada-rata. They do not understand the real purpose\nof the Vedas, yet they think of themselves as Vedic authorities. People versed in\nVedic knowledge must know Kr�r:Ja as the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nVedais ca sarvair aham eva vedyab. (Bg. 15.15)\nA man covered by illusion cannot understand the proper way; therefore Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu says:\n\ndharma-sthapana-hetu sadhura vyavahara. The\n\nbehavior of a devotee is the criterion for all other behavior. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu Himself followed the devotional principles and taught others to\nfollow them. Puri-gosanira ye acaral)a, sei dharma sara. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\npersonally followed the behavior of Madhavendra Puri and advised others to\nfollow his principles. Unfortunately, people have been attracted to the material\nbody since time immemorial.\n\nyasyatma-buddhib kuQape tridhatuke\nsva-dhib kalatradi�u bhauma ijya-dhib\nyat-tirtha-buddhib sa/ile na karhicij\njane�v abhijne�u sa eva go-kharab\n\"A human being who identifies this body made of three elements with his self,\n\nwho considers the by-products of the body to be his kinsmen, who considers the\nland of birth worshipable, and who goes to the place of pilgrimage simply to take\na bath rather than meet men of transcendental knowledge there is to be considered like an ass or a cow.\" (Bhag. 1 0.84.13) Those who accept the logic of gac;J­\n\nc;Jalika-pravaha and follow in the footsteps of pseudo-mahajanas are carried away\nby the waves of maya. Bhaktivinoda Thakura therefore warns:\n\nmiche mayara vase,\n\nyaccha bhese:\n\nkhaccha habuc;Jubu, bhai\njiva kr�Qa-dasa,\n\ne v1svasa,\n\nka'rle ta' ara dubkha nai\n\n", "mad7#p0137": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n104\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\n\"Don't be carried away by the waves of maya. just surrender to the lotus feet of\nKr�r:Ja, and all miseries will end.\" Those who follow social customs and behavior\n\nforget to follow the path chalked out by the mahajanas; thus they are offenders at\n\nthe feet of the mahajanas. Sometimes they consider such mahajanas very conser­\n\nvative, or they create their own mahajanas. In this way they ignore the principles\nof the paramapara system. This is a great misfortune for everyone. If one does not\n\nfollow in the footsteps of a real mahajana, one's plans for happiness will be frustrated.\n\nThis\n\nis\n\nelaborately\n\nexplained\n\nin\n\nMadhya-lila\n\n(Chapter Twenty­\n\nfive, verses 55, 56 and 58). It is there stated:\n\nparama karal)a isvare keha nahi mane\n\nsva-sva-mata sthape para-matera khal)r;/ane\ntate chaya darsana haite 'tattva' nahi jani\n'mahajana' yei kahe, sei 'satya' mani\n\nsri-kf�l)a-Caitanya-Val)i-amrtera dhara\n\ntinho ye kahaye vastu, sei 'tattva'-sara\nPeople are so unfortunate that they do not accept the instructions of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Instead, they want to be supported by so-called maha­\n\njanas, authorities. Tate chaya darsana haite 'tattva' nahi jani: we cannot ascertain\n\nthe real truth simply by following speculators. We have to follow the footsteps of\n\nthe mahajanas in the disciplic succession. Then our attempt will be successful. Srikr�Qa-caitanya-val)i-amrtera dhara: \"Whatever is spoken by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu is an incessant flow of nectar.\" Whoever accepts His words as reality\ncan understand the essence of the Absolute Truth. No one can ascertain the Absolute Truth by following the philosophy of Salikhya or Pataiijali, for the followers\nof Salikhya or Pataiijali do not accept Lord Vi�r:Ju as the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead (na te vidub svartha-gatirh hi vi�l)um). The ambition of such people is\nnever fulfilled; therefore they are attracted by the external energy. Although\nmental speculators may be renowned all over the world as great authorities, actually they are not. Such leaders are themselves conservative and not at all liberal.\nHowever, if we preach this philosophy, people will consider Vai�r:Javas very sec­\n\ntarian. Srila Madhavendra Puri was a real mahajana, but misguided people cannot\ndistinguish the real from the unreal. However, a person who is awakened to Kr�r:Ja\n\nconsciousness can understand the real religious path chalked out by the Lord and\nHis pure devotees. Sri Madhavendra Puri was a real mahajana because he understood the Absolute Truth properly and throughout his life behaved like a pure\ndevotee. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu approved the method of Sri Madhavendra\nPurL Therefore, although from the material viewpoint the Sanoc;liya brahmal)a was\n\non a lower platform, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu considered him situated on the\nhighest platform of spiritual realization.\n\n", "mad7#p0138": "Text 186]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n105\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (6.3.20) states that there are twelve mahajanas: Brahma,\nNarada, Sambhu, Kumara, Kapila, Manu, Prahlada, janaka, Bhi�ma, Bali, Sukadeva\nand Yamaraja.\nTo select our mahajanas in the GaU<;liya-sampradaya, we have to follow in the\nfootsteps of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His representatives. His next representative is Sri SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami, and the next are the six Gosvamis-Sri\nROpa, Sri Sanatana, Bhaga Raghunatha, Sri ]iva, Gopala Bhaga and Dasa\nRaghunatha. The follower of Vi�Qusvami was Sridhara Svami, the most well\nknown commentator on Srimad-Bhagavatam. He was also a mahajana. Similarly,\nCaQ<;lidasa, Vidyapati and Jayadeva were all mahajanas. One who tries to imitate\nthe mahajanas just to become an imitative spiritual master is certainly far away\nfrom following in the footsteps of the mahajanas. Sometimes people cannot actually understand how a mahajana follows other mahajanas. In this way people\nare inclined to fall from devotional service.\nTEXT 186\n\n\\!!C�t� � f\\!i�: ��c�n f<t�:n\n'li'lt�f��':!J 'l\\!t� \" fsil'll\n��,_, \\!!<11� M�\\!i� ��i�t�.\n\n'll�i'e!C'Ii C�Of 5\\ �: 'l <>j'{j: II �IT� II\ntarko 'prati$tha/:l srutayo vibhinna\nnasav [$ir yasya matarh na bhinnam\ndharmasya tattvarh nihitarh guhayarh\nmahajano yena gata/:l sa pantha/:l\nSYNONYMS\n\ntarka/:1-dry argument; aprati$tha/:l-not fixed; srutaya/:l- Vedas; vibhinna/:1possessing different departments; na-not; asau-that; [$i/:l-great sage; yasyawhose; matam-opinion; na-not; bhinnam-separate; dharmasya-of religious\nprinciples; tattvam -truth; nihitam-placed; guhayam-in the heart of a realized\nperson; maha-jana/:1-self-realized predecessors; yena-by which way; gata/:lacted; sa/:l-that; pantha/:l-the pure unadulterated path.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \" 'Dry arguments are inconclusive. A\ngreat personality whose opinion does not differ from others is not considered\na great sage. Simply by studying the Vedas, which are variegated, one cannot\ncome to the right path by which religious principles are understood. The solid\ntruth of religious principles is hidden in the heart of an unadulterated self-\n\n", "mad7#p0139": "106\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nrealized person. Consequently, as the sastras confirm, one should accept\nwhatever progressive path the mahajanas advocate.'\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse spoken by Yudhi�thira Maharaja in the Mahabharata, Vana-parva\n\n(313.117).\nTEXT 187\n\ni!t<l �� �� �'t_!';<{'i �'lfi1 �\"!' I\n1!'!_�1� G�t<{'i �<I �tt� G��ti! �t�� ll�lr911\ntabe sei vipra prabhuke bhik?a karaila\nmadhu-purira loka saba prabhuke dekhite aila\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-after that; sei vipra-that brahmaf)a; prabhuke-unto Lord SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; bhik?a karaila-gave lunch; madhu-purira-of Mathura; /akapeople in general; saba-all; prabhuke-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dekhite ailacame to see.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this discussion, the brahma�a gave lunch to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThen all the people residing in Mathura came to see the Lord.\nTEXT 188\n\n\"f'lfi·li��J c;�t<{'i \"''t�r;�, i{f�<{'i �'fi{ I\n\n\"<It�� ��1 �'!_ �\"!' ��i{ II :>1r1r II\nlak?a-sankhya /aka aise, nahika gaf)ana\nbahira hana prabhu dila darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\nlak?a-sankhya-numbering hundreds of thousands; loka aise-people came;\nnahika gaf)ana-there is no counting; bahira hana-coming out; prabhu-SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; di/a darasana-gave audience.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPeople came by hundreds of thousands, and no one could count them.\nTherefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu came out of the house to give audience to\nthe people.\n\n", "mad7#p0140": "Text 190]\n\nThe lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n107\n\nTEXT 189\n\n�t'f\n\n�' �c;a;- �li_ '�fif��V!'·tfil� I\n\nc;� 'al� ili\"t� c;a;-t� �fil' �fil� II �\\rO\\l II\nbahu tuli' bale prabhu 'hari-bola'-dhvani\npreme matta nace /aka kari' hari-dhvani\nSYNONYMS\nbahu tu/i'-raising the arms; bale-says; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nhari-bo/a-dhvani-the transcendental sound vibration Hari bol;\n\npreme-in\n\necstasy; matta-maddened; nace-dance; /oka-the people; kari' hari-dhvanimaking the transcendental vibration Hari.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the people assembled, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu raised His arms and\nsaid very loudly, \"Hari bol!\" The people responded to the lord and became\necstatic. As if mad, they began to dance and vibrate the transcendental sound,\n\"Hari!\"\nTEXT 190\n\n��ili1f '�f�-t �TI;5' ���a, 'fitil I\n\n�� Pt� �� c;w�� �l� II �o;,o II\nyamunara 'cabbisa ghate' prabhu kaila snana\nsei vipra prabhuke dekhaya Urtha-sthana\nSYNONYMS\nyamunara-of the River Yamuna; cabbisa ghate-in the twenty-four ghats, or\nbathing places; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kai/a-performed; snanabathing; sei vipra-that brahmaf)a; prabhuke-unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ndekhaya-shows; Urtha-sthana-the holy places of pilgrimage.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu bathed in twenty-four ghats along the banks of\nthe Yamuna, and the brahmar:'la showed Him all the places of pilgrimage.\nPURPORT\nThe twenty-four ghats (bathing places) along the Yamuna are (1) Avimukta, (2)\nAdhirOc;lha, (3) Guhya-tirtha, (4) Prayaga-tirtha, (5) Kanakhala-tirtha, (6) Tinduka,\n\n", "mad7#p0141": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n108\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\n(7) Sorya-tirtha, (8) Vatasvami, (9) Dhruva-ghata, (10) ��i-tirtha, (11) Mok�a-tirtha,\n(12) Bodha-tirtha, (13) Gokar!)a, (14) Kr�!)agariga, (15) Vaiku!)tha, (16) Asi-ku!)<;ia,\n(17) Catu�-samudrika-kopa, (18) AkrOra-tirtha, (19) Yajiiika-vipra-sthana, (20)\nKubja-kOpa, (21) Rariga-sthala, (22) Maiica-sthala, (23) Mallayuddha-sthana and\n(24) Dasasvamedha.\nTEXT 191\n\n�.._, ��tlf, ��tJ' '!�1� I\n\n';l'��!QJ1, ,�t<f.(tfW ���1 f�� II ��� II\nsvayambhu, visrama, dirgha-vi�Qu, bhotesvara\nmahavidya, gokarQadi dekhifa vistara\nSYNONYMS\nsvayambhu-Svayambhu;\n\nvisrama-Visrama;\n\ndirgha-vi�Qu-Dirgha\n\nVi�!)u;\n\nbhotesvara -BhOtesvara; mahavidya -Mahavidya; gokarQa -Gokar!)a; adi -and\nso on; dekhifa-saw; vistara-many.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu visited all the holy places on the banks of the\nYamuna, including Svayambhu, Visrama-ghafa, Dirgha Vi�J:lu, Bhfitesvara,\nMahavidya and GokarJ:la.\nTEXT 192\n\n'<!ti{' �f-t<!lt!:� �N c21't_1f ';l'i{ ��'f I\n\n'�� ��!:'! � �u;;wrr;� �� 11 ��� 11\n'vana' dekhibare yadi prabhura mana haifa\nsei ta brahmaQe prabhu sangete fa-ila\nSYNONYMS\nvana-the forests; dekhibare-to see; yadi-when; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\nmana-mind;\n\nhaifa-was;\n\nsei\n\nta-indeed that;\n\nbrahmaQe­\n\nbrahmaQa; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sangete fa-i /a-took along.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted to see the various forests of\nVrndavana, He took the brahmaJ:la with Him.\n\n", "mad7#p0142": "Text 194]\n\n109\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\nTEXT 193\n\n';{�i{, �1'i', �il_W, <t�'i'i·<til <;�'fi I\n\n�1ti �� .,1il �fil' <;i2!';1\"t�� '�'fl 11. ��� 11\n\nmadhu-vana, tala, kumuda, bahula-vana gela\ntahan tahan snana kari' premavi?ta haila\nSYNONYMS\nmadhu-vana-Madhuvana; tala-Talavana; kumuda-Kumudavana; bahulavana-Bahulavana; gela-He visited; tahan tahan-here and there; snana kari'taking bath; prema-avi?ta haila-became overwhelmed by ecstatic love.\nTRANSLATION\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\n\nvisited\n\nthe\n\ndifferent\n\nforests,\n\nincluding\n\nMadhuvana, Talavana, Kumudavana and Bahulavana. Wherever He went, He\ntook His bath with great ecstatic love.\nPURPORT\nThe word vana means \"forest.\" Vrndavana is the name given to the forest\nwhere Srimati Vrndadevi (Tulasidevi) grows profusely. Actually it is not a forest as\nwe ordinarily consider a forest because it is very thick with green vegetation.\nThere are twelve such vanas in Vrndavana. Some are located on the western side\nof the Yamuna and others on the eastern side. The forests situated on the eastern\nside are Bhadravana, Bilvavana, Lauhavana, Bhat:�<;liravana and Mahavana. On the\nwestern side are Madhuvana, Talavana, Kumudavana, Bahulavana, Kamyavana,\nKhadiravana and Vrndavana. These are the twelve forests of the Vrndavana area.\nTEXT 194\n\n�Qf ����1 ij7;1f i2!'-7;1f <;Wf�11i I\n\n12l�<ti <;<!� �1fif' �l¥t1f �fil11i II ��8 II\npathe gabhT-ghata care prabhure dekhiya\nprabhuke becjaya asi' hunkara kariya\nSYNONYMS\npathe-on the road; gabhT-ghata-groups of cows; care-graze; prabhure\ndekhiya-after seeing Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prabhuke becjaya-they\nsurrounded the Lord; asi'-coming; hun-kara kariya-making a loud vibration.\n\n", "mad7#p0143": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n110\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu passed through Vrndavana, herds of grazing cows saw Him pass and, immediately surrounding Him, began to moo very\nloudly.\nTEXT 195\n\n'ij-re'l' c;wf�' �� �'- '� l!�ter 1\n�e,��J 'ijf� �� m� �<1-�t\"f II ��<t II\ngabhi dekhi' stabdha prabhu premera taratige\nvatsafye gabhi prabhura ca.te saba-atige\nSYNONYMS\ngabhi dekhi'-seeing the cows;\n\nstabdha-stunned; prabhu-SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; premera taratige-in the waves of ecstatic love; vatsafye-in great\naffection; gabhi-all the cows; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; catelicked; saba-atige-all over the body.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the herds approach Him, the Lord was stunned with ecstatic love.\nThe cows then began to lick His body in great affection.\nTEXT 196\n\n�� �<$1 �f <fi� �·-�c�,� I\n\n�-�rr;� �' ift� � c;'{ll:'ij'lll ���II\nsustha hafia prabhu kare anga-kaQr;ICJyana\nprabhu-sange cafe, nahi char;le dhenu-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nsustha hafia-becoming patient; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karedoes;\n\nanga-of the body;\n\nkaQr;:IOyana-scratching; prabhu-sange-with SrT\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; cafe-go; nahi char;le-do not give up; dhenu-gaQa-all\nthe cows.\nTRANSLATION\nBecoming pacified, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began to caress the cows, and\nthe cows, being unable to give up His company, went with Him.\n\n", "mad7#p0144": "The Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\nText 199]\n\n111\n\nTEXT 197\n\n<lit�·�t�J (;� :Jl<!t 1ft�� (;'ittmv( I\n�t_��S{C(fi{ ��' �t�:Jt ���t\"i II ��'\\ II\nka�te-smye dhenu saba rakhila goyala\nprabhu-kaQtha-dhvani suni' aise mrgi-pala\nSYNONYMS\nka$te-sr�tye-with great difficulty; dhenu-the cows; saba-all; rakhila-kept\nback; goya/a-the cowherd men; prabhu-kaQtha-dhvani-the musical voice of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; suni'-heari n g; aise-came; mrgi-pa/a-flocks of deer.\nTRANSLATION\nIt was with great difficulty that the cowherd men were able to keep the\ncows back. Then when the lord chanted, all the deer heard His sweet voice\nand approached Him.\nTEXT 198\n\n�-st-�� �� ,�, �-� mi 1\n� ift� �t1f, � �\"hl <itt�·<!ttti II ��1r II\nmrga-mrgi mukha dekhi' prabhu-ariga cate\nbhaya nahi kare, sarige yaya vate-vate\nSYNONYMS\nmrga-mrgi-the deer both male and female; mukha dekhi'-seeing His face;\n,\n\nprabhu-ariga cate-began to lick the body of the Lord; bhaya nahi kare-they\nwere not at all afraid; sarige yaya-go with Him; vate-vate-all along the road.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the does and bucks came and saw the lord's face, they began to lick\nHis body. Not being at all afraid of Him, they accompanied Him along the\npath.\nTEXT 199\n\n��' f��' 'fef ��t1f �' '�•1f' 'it'Rt I\nfit�'it'l �\\!J �fif' �-�'it �Rt II ��� II\n\n", "mad7#p0145": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n112\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nsuka, pika, bhrriga prabhure dekhi' 'pancama' gaya\nsikhi-gaf)a nrtya kari' prabhu-age yaya\nSYNONYMS\nsuka-parrots; pika-cuckoos; bhrriga-bumblebees; prabhure-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\npancama-the fifth musical note; gaya-sing;\n\nsikhi-gaf)a-peacocks; nrtya-dancing; kari'-performing; prabhu-age-in front\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yaya-go.\nTRANSLATION\nBumblebees and birds like the parrot and cuckoo all began to sing loudly on\nthe fifth note, and the peacocks began to dance in front of the Lord.\nTEXT 200\n\n�'t_ <;Wf�' 1�t�ti1:� 11Jfi·Qfi!t'$fttf I\n�-�<fi, lt�'fJii!ji �fit�tf II � II\no o\n\nprabhu dekhi' vrndavanera vrk�a-/ata-gaf)e\narikura pulaka, madhu-asru vari�af)e\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nvrndavane-of\n\nVrndavana; vrk�a-/ata-gaQe-the trees and creepers; arikura-twigs; pu/akajubilant; madhu-asru-tears in the form of honey; vari�af)e-pour.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the trees and creepers of Vrndavana\nbecame jubilant. Their twigs stood up, and they began to shed tears of ecstasy\nin the form of honey.\nTEXT 201\n\n!;;r·<!iQI �fit' �lQI �� �-�111 I\n� <;W�' �1 <;ilil: '<;�G' Qt�1 � II � � 11\no\n\nphula-phala bhari' c;la/a pac;le prabhu-paya\nbandhu dekhi' bandhu yena 'bheta' lana yaya\nSYNONYMS\nphula-phala bhari'-loaded with fruits and flowers;\n\nc;/a/a-the branches;\n\npac;le-fall down; prabhu-paya-at the lotus feet of the Lord; bandhu dekhi'-\n\n", "mad7#p0146": "The lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\nText 2031\n\n113\n\nseeing one friend; bandhu-another friend; yena-as if; bheta-a presentation;\n/ana-taking; yaya-goes.\nTRANSLATION\nThe trees and creepers, overloaded with fruits and flowers, fell down at the\nlotus feet of the lord and greeted Him with various presentations as if they\nwere friends.\nTEXT 202\n\n�t_ ��' �\"ft� 'll�il'-� I\n'Cftil�-�1 �il �f;� �'Sttf II � o� II\nprabhu dekhi' vrndavanera sthavara-jarigama\nanandita-bandhu yena dekhe bandhu-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu\n\ndekhi'-seeing\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\nvrndavanera-of\n\nVrndavana;\n\nsthavara­\n\njarigama-all living �ntities, moving and not moving; anandita-very jubilant;\nbandhu-friend; yena-as if; dekhe-see; bandhu-gaQa-friends.\nTRANSLATION\nThus all the moving and nonmoving living entities of Vrndavana became\nvery jubilant to see the lord. It was as if friends were made happy by seeing\nanother friend.\nTEXT 203\n\n1!1·lf� �� �f-t' �'t, �� I\n\nlf�1-�il �i �� �$i 1!11 �t-t II � o� II\nta-sabara priti dekhi' prabhu bhavavese\nsaba-sane kricja kare hana tara vase\nSYNONYMS\nta-sabara-of\n\nall\n\nof\n\nthem;\n\npriti-affection;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; bhava-avese-in ecstatic love; saba-sane-with all of\nthem; kriga-sporting; kare-performs; hana-being; tara-their; vase-under\ncontrol.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing their affection, the lord was moved by ecstatic love. He began to\nsport with them exactly as a friend sports with another friend. Thus He voluntarily came under the control of His friends.\n\n", "mad7#p0147": "114\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 204\n\n�R! �..-L't�1 t!l� �� �t� I\n�IIP!fffl -att� <!i� �t· �� II �oS II\nprati vrk�a-lata prabhu karena a/irigana\npu�padi dhyane karena kr�Qe samarpaf)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nprati-each and every; vrk�a-lata-tree and creeper; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; karena a/irigana-embraced; pu�pa-adi-all the flowers and fruits;\ndhyane-in meditation; karena-do; kr�Qe-unto Lord Kr�Qa; samarpaf)a-offering.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began to embrace each and every tree and\ncreeper, and they began to offer their fruits and flowers as if in meditation.\nTEXT 205\n\n��·<!i\"\"Pf·�QI(�·,t!ftl! -tm �f'!It� I\n'��' �' '�' �QI(-� �=�� II �oall\nasru-kampa-pulaka-preme sarira asthire\n'kr�Qa' bala, 'kr�Qa' bala-bale uccaif:Jsvare\nSYNONYMS\n\nasru-tears; kampa-trembling; pu/aka-jubilation; preme-in ecstatic love;\nsarira-the whole body; asthire-restless; kr�Qa bala-say Kr�Qa; kr�Qa ba/a-say\nKr�Qa; bale-the Lord says; uccai/:1-svare-very loudly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord's body was restless, and tears, trembling and jubilation were\nmanifest. He said very loudly, \"Chant Kr�Qa! Chant Kr�Qa!\"\nTEXT 206\n\n·�1(-'S?tlfll filfil' <lit� ��'f'� I\n\n�� ��-� '� �f?!'f'� II �o� II\nsthavara-jarigama mili' kare kr�Qa-dhvani\nprabhura gambhira-svare yena prati-dhvani\n\n", "mad7#p0148": "Text 20·81\n\n115\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsthavara-jarigama-all living entities, nonmoving and moving; mili'-meeting\ntogether; kare-perform; kr�Qa-dhvani-vibration of the sound Hare Kf�l)a;\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gambhira-svare-deep voice; yena-as\nif; prati-dhvani-responsive vibration.\nTRANSLATION\nAll moving and nonmoving creatures then began to vibrate the transcendental sound of Hare Kr��a, as if they were echoing the deep sound of\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 207\n\n�t-st1f -st'fl -.rn' � <�\"t�i{ �tlfti{ 1\n�'St11' ��<l15 �ter, �1!!5 � u �.;\" u\nmrgera gala dhari' prabhu karena rodane\nmrgera pulaka arige, asru nayane\nSYNONYMS\nmrgera-of the deer; gala dhari'-catching the necks; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkarena-does;\n\nrodane-crying;\n\nmrgera-of the deer;\n\npulaka\n\narige-jubilation; asru-tears; nayane-in the eyes.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord then clasped the necks of the deer and began to cry. There was\njubilation manifest in the bodies of the deer, and tears were in their eyes.\nTEXT 208\n\n�-.tStt� �<t\"·llft1f'l- fir� lif1fllfi{ I\n�1�1 c;�f-1' .21,_11' f<f\"i �fi{t� C� 1fi' ll � o\\r ll\nvrk�a-cjale suka-sari dila darasana\ntaha dekhi' prabhura kichu sunite haila mana\nSYNONYMS\nvrk�a-cjale-on a branch of a tree; suka-sari-male and female parrots; dilagave; darasana-appearance; taha dekhi'-seeing that; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; kichu-something; sunite-to hear; haila-there was; manamind.\n\n", "mad7#p0149": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n116\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen a male and female parrot appeared on the branches of a tree, the Lord\nsaw them and wanted to hear them speak.\nTEXT 209\n\n�<f'--ttf.�1 �1f �tt� �f�' �� I\n\n�<f' �ift<.!P1 ��1f �'i-<;� 9lt� II � o� II\n5uka-5arika prabhura hate uc;li' pac;le\nprabhuke 5unaiia k[$/)era gul)a-5/oka pac;le\nSYNONYMS\n\n5uka-5arika-the\nMahaprabhu;\n\nparrots,\n\nhate-on\n\nthe\n\nmale\n\nand\n\nhand;\n\nfemale;\n\nuc;/i'-flying;\n\nprabhura-of\npa c;/e-fall;\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nprabhuke-SrT\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; 5unaiia-causing to hear; k[$Qera-of Lord Kr�r:Ja; guQa-\n\n5/oka pa c;/e-chanted verses about the transcendental qualities.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBoth parrots flew onto the hand of the Lord and began to chant the transcendental qualities of Kr�r;�a, and the Lord listened to them.\nTEXT 210\n\nC'!T�'ii� 01'-'T<!tf<1C�'iil!'\"'!;r� .,,.,.1 Q1lt'(gf'&oft\n<ft'ii� <11�{<Tf\\!>tf;ip�'ij1j'1j'O'ft: 9f1�Q-9fQN� �'11: I\n�\"'!� 'l�i!lf'lt���'l1l'C�I <1�1�11''11�21���� T<l�i!ll<l'1<1<11'1f\\!>�<l\"�1� W'C'l:ll1 'i!lf5I'C'll �<�= II�) •II\nsaundaryarh Ja/anali-dhairya-dalanarh lila rama-stambhini\nviryarh kandukitadri-varyam amala/:1 pare-parardharh guQa/:1\n5ilari1 sarva-jananuranjanam aha yasyayam asmat-prabhur\nvi5vari1 vi5va-janina-kirtir avatat k[$1)0 jagan-mohana/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nsaundaryam-the bodily beauty; /a/ana-ali-of groups of gopis; dhairya-the\n\npatience; da/anam-subduing; lila-pastimes; rama-the goddess of fortune;\n\nstambhini-astounding; viryam-strength; kandukita-making like a small ball\nfor throwing; adri-varyam-the great mountain; ama/a/:1-without a spot; pare­\n\nparardham-unlimit ed; gul)a/:1-qualities; 5i/am-behavior; sarva-jana-all kinds\n\n", "mad7#p0150": "Text 212]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n117\n\nof living entities; anurafijanam-satisfying; aho-oh; yasya-whose; ayam-this;\nasmat-prabhu/:r-our Lord; visvam-the whole universe; visva-janina-for the\nbenefit of everyone;\n\nkirti/:r-whose glorification;\n\navatat-may He maintain;\n\nkr?Qa/:1-Lord Kr�r;�a; jagat-mohana/:r-the attractor of the whole world.\nTRANSLATION\nThe male parrot sang: \"The glorification of Lord Kr��;�a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is beneficial to everyone in the universe. His beauty is\nvictorious over the gopis of Vrndavana, and it subdues their patience. His\npastimes astound the goddess of fortune, and His bodily strength turns\nGovardhana Hill into a small toy like a ball. His spotless qualities are unlimited, and His behavior satisfies everyone. Lord Kr��;�a is attractive to everyone. Oh, may our Lord maintain the whole universe!\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is found in the Covinda-lilamrta (13.29).\nTEXT 211\n\n�\"·1l,f;-t ��' �r;� �·11 �(� I\n-ttf1f'<lii � l!r;� 11tf-.\"i-�(� II�)� II\nsuka-mukhe suni' tabe kr?l)era varl)ana\nsarika par;laye tabe radhika-varl)ana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuka-mukhe-in the mouth of the male parrot; suni'-hearing; kr?Qera varl)ana-a description of Lord Kr�r;�a;\n\nsarika-female parrot;\n\npar;laye-recites;\n\ntabe-then; radhika-varl)ana-a description of Srimati Radharar;ti.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter hearing this description of Lord Kr��;�a from the male parrot, the\nfemale parrot began to recite a description of Srimati Radhara�;�i.\nTEXT 212\n\n.!\\1�l'N<11t�t: f���1 ��9f�1\n\n�¥!J'1�1 0{�0{511-f�j��'l I\n'6'liM'I\"'Pfl:.. <ff<t\\!>1 � �i�c�\n�5j\"Jl'C'IiC11l�O!-f��i�'l'l11 � � � II\n\n", "mad7#p0151": "118\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\n5ri-radhikayal) priyata surDpata\nsu5ilata nartana-gana-caturi\nguQali-sampat kavita ca rajate\njagan-mano-mohana-citta-mohini\nSYNONYMS\n\n5ri-radhikayal)-of Srimati Radharal)i; priyata-affection; su-rDpata-exquisite\nbeauty;\n\nsu-5i/ata-good\n\nbehavior;\n\nnartana-gana-in chanting and dancing;\n\ncaturi-artistry; gul)a-a/i-sampat-possession of such transcendental qualities;\nkavita-poetry; ca-also; rajate-shine; jagat-mana/:1-mohana-of Kr�l)a, who attracts the mind of the whole universe; citta-mohini-the attractor of the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nThe female parrot said: \"Srimati Radharar:ti's affection, Her exquisite beauty\nand good behavior, Her artistic dancing and chanting and Her poetic compositions are all so attractive that they attract the mind of Kr�r:ta, who attracts\nthe mind of everyone in the universe.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is found in the Govinda-lilamrta (1 3.30).\nTEXT 213\n\n��: �� �,-?� '���' I\nl!t� � ''tf<li �� <li� �� II �)� II\npunaI) 5uka kahe, -kr�l)a 'madana-mohana'\ntabe ara 5/oka 5uka karila pathana\nSYNONYMS\n\npuna/:1-again; 5uka-the male parrot; kahe-says; kr�l)a madana-mohanaKr�!)a is the conqueror of the mind of Cupid; tabe-thereafter; ara-another;\n\n5/oka-verse; 5uka-the male parrot; karila pathana-recited.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter the male parrot said,\"Kr�r:ta is the enchanter of the mind of\nCupid.\" He then began to recite another verse.\nTEXT 214\n\n<����rtm �5111t-i!-w'e�tm )\\ \"'t�c<\\5\" ,\nf��t�\"'t C?!t<>fO!t �\"'tfi;�9ht'llif\"IC\"llt�Ol: II � � 8\n\n", "mad7#p0152": "Text 216]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n119\n\nvamsi-dhari jagan-naricitta-hari sa sarike\nvihari gopa-naribhir\njiyan madana-mohana/:1\nSYNONYMS\nvamsi-dhari-the carrier of the flute; jagat-nari-of all women of the universe;\ncitta-hari-the stealer of the hearts; sa/:1-He; sarike-my dear sari; vihari-enjoyer; gopa-naribhi/:1-with the gopis; jiyat-let Him be glorified; madana-of\nCupid; mohana/:1-the enchanter.\nTRANSLATION\nThe parrot then said, \"My dear sari [female parrot], Sri Kr�r;�a carries a flute\nand enchants the hearts of all women throughout the universe. He is\nspecifically the enjoyer of beautiful gopis, and He is the enchanter of Cupid\nalso. Let Him be glorified!\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is also found in the Govinda-filamrta (13.31).\nTEXT 215\n\n�= -ttir � �t� �R' �� I\n1;!1� �fir�� �\"ii�-O�tll11ftlf II�)� II\npuna/:1 sari kahe suke kari' parihasa\ntaha suni' prabhura haifa vismaya-premol/asa\nSYNONYMS\npuna/:1-again; sari kahe-the female parrot said; suke-unto the male parrot;\nkari' parihasa-jokingly; taha\n\nsuni'-hearing that; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; haifa-there was; vismaya-wonderful; prema-u//asa-awakening\nof ecstatic love.\nTRANSLATION\nThen the female parrot began to speak jokingly to suka, and Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu was struck with wonderful ecstatic love to hear her speak.\nTEXT 216\n\n�Nl-'IC'f <!lf'l \"Stf� �lf'l '1llf0\\C1li�;J�' I\n'!!'iJ�I f<l1C1ltT.�t�f'1 ���\n\n'1!lf\"li.1!t��:· II�� �II\n\n", "mad7#p0153": "120\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nradha-sarige yada bhati\ntada 'madana-mohana/:1'\nanyatha visva-moho 'pi\nsvayarh 'madana-mohita/:1'\nSYNONYMS\nradha-sarige-with Srimati Radharar;�i; yada-when; bhati-shines; tada-at\nthat time; madana-mohana/:1-the enchanter of the mind of Cupid; anyathaotherwise;\n\nvisva-moha/:1-the enchanter of the whole universe; api-even\n\nthough; svayam-personally; madana-mohita/:1-enchanted by Cupid.\nTRANSLATION\nThe parrot sari said, \"When Lord Sri Kr��a is with Radhara�i, He is the\nenchanter of Cupid; otherwise, when He is alone, He Himself is enchanted by\nerotic feelings even though He enchants the whole universe.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is another verse from the Covinda-lilamrta (13.32).\nTEXT 217\n\n��·attfl ��' �: (;'$f� �..�� I\n1l�tt i3� �!_ (;�t� �t� II �)� II\nsuka-sari uqi' puna/:1 gela vrk?a-qa/e\nmayurera nrtya prabhu dekhe kutOhale\nSYNONYMS\nsuka-sari-the male and female parrots; uqi'-flying; puna/:1-again; ge/awent; vrk?a-cja/e-to the branch of a tree; mayurera-of the peacocks; nrtyadancing;\n\ncuriosity.\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\ndekhe-sees;\n\nkuWhale-with\n\nTRANSLATION\nBoth parrots then flew onto a tree branch, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nbegan to watch the dancing of peacocks with curiosity.\nTEXT 218\n\n11� �� �f-t' <2Jt_t \",f\\! '�\"' I\nc;�lt<iltat 1l�t�t_ 't_f\"ifti! 11f�l'f II ��lr' II\n\n", "mad7#p0154": "Text 220]\n\n121\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\nmayurera kaQtha dekhi' prabhura kr�Qa-smrti haifa\npremavese mahaprabhu bhamite pa<;lila\nSYNONYMS\n\nmayurera-of the peacocks; kaQtha-necks; dekhi'-seeing; prabhura-of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; kr�Qa-smrti-remembrance of Lord Kr�t:�a; haifa-there\nwas; prema-avese-in ecstatic love; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nbhamite-on the ground; pa<;lila-fell down.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord saw the bluish necks of the peacocks, His remembrance of\nKr�Qa immediately awakened, and He fell to the ground in ecstatic love.\nTEXT 219\n\n���f�,��'!�'ll\n�ttm·�ttr <rof � �·� II �)� II\nprabhure mOrcchita dekhi' sei ta brahmaQa\nbhattacarya-sarige kare prabhura santarpaQa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhure-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nmurcchita-unconscious;\n\ndekhi'­\n\nseeing; sei ta brahmaQa-indeed that brahmaQa; bhattacarya-sarige-with Bhattacarya; kare-does; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; santarpaQa-taking\ncare.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the brahmaQa saw that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was unconscious, he\nand Balabhadra Bhattacarya took care of Him.\nTEXT 220\n\n�mJ·<!fJt� 'af��t_� if�1 <!f�� I\n��<fi '<fi� �tr, <!f� <!f� II ��o II\naste-vyaste mahaprabhura /aria bahirvasa\njala-seka kare arige, vastrera vatasa\nSYNONYMS\naste-vyaste-with great haste; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n/aria-taking; bahirvasa-covering cloth; jala-seka kare-sprinkle water; arigeon the body; vastrera vatasa-fanning with the cloth.\n\n", "mad7#p0155": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n122\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey hastily sprinkled water over the Lord's body. Then they took up His\ncloth and began to fan Him with it.\nTEXT 221\n\n�-<fitcf''t�ift1l <fi� � <f'Rf' I\n� ?lt$i �'{ �t'i{ '$fwt'$f� II ��) II\nprabhu-karQe kr?Qa-nama kahe ucca kari'\ncetana paiia prabhu ya'na gac;fagac;fi\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-karQe-in the ear of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kr?Qa-nama-the holy\nname of Lord Kr�l)a; kahe-chant ; ucca kari'-loudly; cetana pafia-coming to\nconsciousness; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ya'na-goes; gac;Jagac;fi-rolling on the ground.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey then began to chant the holy name of Kr�Qa into the Lord's ear. When\nthe Lord regained consciousness, He began rolling on the ground.\nTEXT 222\n\n<!'icG<!'i·�'$flf �ti{ �IF llli! � I\n\n'e�t�� (;<f'AA <f'fil' � �\"II '� II ��� II\nkaQtaka-durgama vane ariga k?ata haifa\nbhattacarya kofe kari' prabhure sustha kaifa\nSYNONYMS\nkaQtaka-durgama-difficult to traverse because of thorns; vane-in the forest;\n\nariga-the body; k?ata haifa-became injured; bhattacarya-Balabhadra Bhattacarya; kofe kari'-taking Him on his lap; prabhure-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nsustha kaifa -pacified.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord rolled on the ground, sharp thorns injured His body. Taking\nHim on his lap, Balabhadra Bhattacarya pacified Him.\n\n", "mad7#p0156": "Text 225]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n123\n\nTEXT 223\n\n�t�-t � (;�t1f �� 'llil I\n\n'<;�1'(.' '�Wf.' �f\"J' �fi' �tF{ il�illl ���II\nkr?Qiivese prabhura preme garagara mana\n'bol' 'bo/' kari' uthi' karena nartana\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-avese-in ecstatic love of Kr�r;ta; prabhura -of Sri Caitanya Mahap rabh u;\npreme-by love; garagara-disturbed; mana-mind; bol bo/-chant, chant;\nkari'-saying; uthi' -standing up; karena nartana -began to dance.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's mind wandered in ecstatic love of Kr�r;�a. He immediately stood up and said, \"Chant! Chant!\" Then He Himself began to\ndance.\nTEXT 224\n\n��1G1'tf, <;�t �� '�-.ilt'll' '5ft� I\nilt�� ilt�� �t� � ijf'f' ��II ��811\nbhattacarya, sei vipra 'kr?Qa-nama' gaya\nnacite nacite pathe prabhu ca/i' yaya\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya-Bhattacarya; sei vipra-that brahmaQa; kr?Qa-nama gaya- chant\n\nthe holy name of Kr�r:ta; nacite nacite-dancing and dancing; pathe-on the\nroad; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ca/i' yaya-goes forward.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing thus ordered by the Lord, both Balabhadra Bhattacarya and the\nbrahmar;�a began to chant the holy name of Kr�r;�a. Then the Lord, dancing and\ndancing, proceeded along the path.\nTEXT 225\n\n�� <;${1�-t <;W�' �tf �fYR I\n� �-.i �tf'5f' �� �t'1! fijf'\" II ��<t II\n-\n\n", "mad7#p0157": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n124\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nprabhura premave5a dekhi' brahmaQa-vismita\nprabhura rak�a lagi' vipra ha-ifa cintita\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prema-avesa-ecstatic love; dekhi'seeing;\n\nbrahmaQa-the\n\nbrahmaQa;\n\nvismita-astonished;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; rak�a lagi'-for the protection; vipra-the brahmaQa; haifa-became; cintita-very anxious.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmaQa was astounded to see the symptoms of ecstatic love exhibited by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. He then became anxious to give the lord\nprotection.\nTEXT 226\n\n�� fi�1 (;� c;�1f'tt<!l-t � I\n�� �t� �-t Ctt\"f -t:!-�'1 II��� II\nnTiacale chi/a yaiche premavesa mana\nvrndavana yaite pathe haifa sata-guQa\nSYNONYMS\nnflaca/e-at )agannatha Purr; chi/a-was; yaiche-as; prema-avesa mana-always in a mentality of ecstatic love; vrndavana-to Vrndavana; yaite-going;\npathe-on the road; haifa-became; sata-guQa-one hundred times.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's mind was absorbed in ecstatic love at Jagannatha Puri, but when He passed along the road on the way to Vrndavana, that\nlove increased a hundred times.\nTEXT 227\n\n��i!f�ti c;$1' �� �1 ��i{ I\nil('lfi� c;� ��' i!i�il � <!lf;i{ II ��Cj II\nsahasra-guQa prema bac;fe mathura darasane\nlak�a-guQa prema bac;fe, bhramena yabe vane\n\n", "mad7#p0158": "Text 230]\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\n125\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsahasra-guQa-one\n\nthousand\n\ntimes;\n\nprema-love;\n\nba<;fe-increased;\n\nmathura-Mathura; darasane-upon seeing; lak�a-guQa-a hundred thousand\ntimes; prema ba<;fe-love increases; bhramena-wanders; yabe-when; vanein the forests of Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord's ecstatic love increased a thousand times when He visited\nMathura, but it increased a hundred thousand times when He wandered in the\nforests of Vrndavana.\nTEXTS 228-229\n\n��-� '� �� '�\"ft�'·i11't1ll\n�te. i!illt11 ��<! <;�� �\"ft<<�il II�� 1r II\n<;� �'il� llil11'tfJI·llf<tDII\n\n\"til·�•tRf-f.\\'(t� <fi�11'il �lSJ�� II��� II\nanya-desa prema uchale 'vrndavana'-name\nsak�at bhramaye ebe sei vrndavane\npreme garagara mana ratri-divase\nsnana-bhik�adi-nirvaha karena abhyase\nSYNONYMS\n\nanya-desa-in other countries; prema-love; ucha/e-increases; vrndavananame-by the name of Vrndavana; sak�at-directly; bhramaye-travels; ebenow; sei vrndavane-in that Vrndavana; preme-in ecstatic love; garagarafaltering; mana-mind; ratri-divase-day and night; snana-bhik�a-adi-bathing\nand accepting food; nirvaha-accomplishing; karena-does; abhyase-by habit.\nTRANSLAliON\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was elsewhere, the very name of Vrndavana\nwas sufficient to increase His ecstatic love. Now, when He was actually traveling in the Vrndavana forest, His mind was absorbed in great ecstatic love day\nand night. He ate and bathed simply out of habit.\nTEXT 230\n\n��1{'! <; 2111'- ��e. t!!ifif� '�11'' <li' I\n\"!� f\"'f�(, �(i! il1 �11{ <lslilll ��o II\n\n", "mad7#p0159": "126\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nei-mata prema-yavat bhramifa 'bara' vana\nekatra fikhifun, sarvatra na yaya vart;ana\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; prema-ecstatic love; yavat-so long; bhramifa-He\ntraveled; bara vana-through the twelve forests of Vrndavana; ekatra-in one\nplace; fikhifun-1 have written; sarvatra-everywhere; na yaya vart;ana-cannot\nbe described.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have written a description of the ecstatic love Lord Caitanya\nmanifested while He walked through the twelve forests of Vrndavana. To describe it all would be impossible.\nTEXT 231\n\n�� ��i'f �� ��� (;�1Rt ��H I\n\n,�-$-�� '�il•' �t�il �� �•11t 11 ��� n\nvrndavane haifa prabhura yateka premera vikara\nkoti-granthe 'ananta' fikhena tahara vistara\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavane-in Vrndavana;\n\nhaifa-there were;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nS ri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; yateka-as many; premera vikara-transformations of ecstasy;\nkoti-granthe-in millions of books;\n\nananta-Lord Ananta;\n\nfikhena-writes;\n\ntahara-of them; vistara-elaboration.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Ananta writes millions of books elaborately describing the transformations of ecstatic love experienced by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in Vrndavana.\nTEXT 232\n\n�fitf��� iltt� � Ill� �'I I\n\n� �I! �f� fif'St,W�-ti{ II ��� II\ntabu fikhibare nare tara eka kaQa\nuddesa karite kari dig-darasana\n\n", "mad7#p0160": "127\n\nThe Lord Travels to Vrndavana\n\nText 234]\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabu-yet; likhibare-to write; nare-is not able; tara-of that; eka-one;\nkaQa-fragment; udde.Sa-indication; karite-to make; kari-1 perform; dikdarasana-pointing out the direction.\nTRANSLATION\nSince Lord Ananta Himself cannot describe even a fragment of these\npastimes, I am simply pointing out the direction.\nTEXT 233\n\niSf�e. �� �i!iJ�� ��11' I\n\n�1'11' <li! -tf9 i!i! �t�tt11' �ti!tt11' II ��� II\njagat bhasila caitanya-li/ara pathare\nyalira yata sakti tata pathare salitare\nSYNONYMS\n\njagat-the whole world; bhasi/a-floated; caitanya-lilara-of the pastimes of\nSriCaitanya Mahaprabhu; pathare-in the inundation; yalira-of whom; yata-as\nmuch; sakti-power; tata-that much; pathare-in the inundation; salitareswims.\nTRANSLATION\nThe whole world became merged in the inundation of the pastimes of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. One can swim in that water to the extent that he has\nthe strength.\nTEXT 234\n\ni'\\11i�-1f�i{t�·�tw <11'1 �t-t I\n�f11'1!. �� ��tJt II ��8 II\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri-rupa-Srila ROpa Gosvami; raghunatha -Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; a.Sa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nKr�l)ndasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr$Qadasa-Srila\n\n", "mad7#p0161": "128\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�r:tadasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhyalila, Seventeenth Chapter, describing the Lord's traveling to Vrndavana.\n\n", "mad7#p0162": "CHAPTER 18\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\nVisit to Sri Vrndavana\nThe following summary of the Eighteenth Chapter is given by Srila Bhaktivinoda\n\nThakura in his Amrta-pravaha-bha�ya. In the village of Ari�-grama, Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu discovered the transcendental lakes known as Radha-kul)<;la and\nSyama-kul)<;la. He then saw the Deity Harideva at Govardhana Village. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu had no desire to climb Govardhana Hill because the hill is\nworshiped as Kr�r:Ja. The Gopala Deity could understand the mind of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; therefore on the plea of being attacked by Muslims, Gopala\ntransferred Himself to the village of Gari�huli-grama. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nthen went to Gari�huli-grama to see Lord Gopala. Some years later, Lord Gopala\nalso went to Mathura to the temple of Vi�h�halesvara and stayed there for one\n\nmonth just to give an audience to Srila ROpa Gosvami.\nAfter visiting Nandisvara, Pavana-sarovara, Se�asayi, Khela-tirtha, Bhai)Qiravana,\n\nBhadravana, Lohavana and Mahavana, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to Gokula\n\nand then finally returned to Mathura. Seeing a great crowd in Mathura, He moved\nHis residence near Akrora-gha�a, and from there He went every day to Vrndavana\nto see Kaliya-hrada, Dvadasaditya-gha�a, Kesi-gha�a, Rasa-sthali, Ora-gha�a and\nAmli-tala. At Kaliya Lake, many people mistook a fisherman for Kr�r:Ja. When some\n. respectable people came to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, they expressed their\nopinion that when one takes sannyasa, he becomes Narayal)a. Their mistake was\ncorrected by the Lord. In this way, their Kr�r:Ja consciousness was awakened, and\nthey could understand that a sannyasi is simply a living entity and not the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took His bath at AkrOra-gha�a, He submerged\nHimself in the water for a long time. Balabhadra Bhagacarya decided to take Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu to Prayaga after visiting the holy place known as Sorok�etra. While stopping near a village on the way to Prayaga, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu fainted in ecstatic love. Some Pa�hana soldiers who were passing\n\nthrough saw Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and falsely concluded that the Lord's\nassociates, Balabhadra Bhagacarya and others, had killed the Lord with a poison\nnamed dhutura and were taking His wealth. Thus the soldiers arrested them.\nHowever, when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu regained His senses, His associates\nwere released. He talked with a person who was supposed to be a holy man in\nthe party. From the Koran, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu established devotional service to Kr�r:Ja. Thus the leader of the soldiers, named Vijali Khan, surrendered to Sri\n129\n\n", "mad7#p0163": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n130\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, and he and his party became devotees of Lord Kr�r;�a. The\nsame village today is known as the village of Pathana Vai�r;�avas. After bathing in\nthe Ganges at Soro, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu arrived at Prayaga at the confluence\nof three rivers-the Ganges, Yamuna and Sarasvati.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�ltft�� f9i��iit\"f�i{_ \"lft<tt�l<l\"�il� I\n·�rtlltil• �\\iftt�t<flt�t�l��: �f.��i��11e. 11:>11\nvrndavane sthira-caran\nnandayan svavalokanaif)\natmanarh ca tad-a/okad\ngaurangaf) parito 'bhramat\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavane-in Vrndavana; sthira-caran-to the living entities, both moving\nand not moving; nandayan-giving pleasure; sva-avalokanaif)-by His personal\nglances;\n\natmanam-to\n\nHimself;\n\ntat-alokat-by\n\nca-also;\n\nseeing\n\nthem;\n\ngaurangaf)-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; paritaf)-all around; abhramat-traveled.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu traveled all over Vrndavana and pleased all living\nentities, moving and nonmoving, with His glances. The lord took much personal pleasure in seeing everyone. In this way lord Gauranga traveled in\nVrndavana.\nTEXT 2\n\ni9f11 i!IBl ,���� \\Snl fiii!Jtil\"f I\n\niSr�t���!! \\Snl ''51����1\\if II� II\njaya jaya gauracandra jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all\n\nglories;\n\ngauracandra-to\n\nLord\n\nGauracandra\n\n(Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu); jaya-all glories; nityananda-to Lord Nityananda Prabhu; jayaall glories; advaita-candra-to Sri Advaita Gosani; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhaktavrnda-to the devotees of Lord Caitanya.\n\n", "mad7#p0164": "Text 4]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n131\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Lord Gauracandra! All glories to Nityananda Prabhu! All glories to Advaita Prabhu! And all glories to the devotees of Lord Caitanya\nheaded by Srivasa Thakura!\nTEXT 3\n\n�t1f'! If�� �t�� �fijr;� I\n'�tf�'-�ttJI �tf�· '��' '�� �t�r.tf;i! II� II\n'\n\nei-mata mahaprabhu nacite nacite\n'arit'-grame asi' 'bahya' haifa acambite\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nacite nacitedancing and dancing; arit-grame-in the village known as Arikgrama; asi'-coming; bahya-sense perception; haifa-there was; acambite-suddenly.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu danced in ecstasy, but when He arrived at Ari'grama, His sense perception was awakened.\nPURPORT\nAri�-grama is also called Ari��a-grama. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu understood\nthat in that village, Ari��asura was killed by Sri Kr��a. While there, He inquired\nabout Radha-ku�c;la, but no one could tell Him where it was. The brahmaQa acascertain its whereabouts. Sri Caitanya\n\ncompanying Him could also not\n\nMahaprabhu could then understand that the holy places known as Radha-ku�c;la\nand Syama-ku�c;la were at that time lost to everyone's vision. He therefore dis­\n\ncovered Radha-ku�c;la and Syama-ku�c;la, which were two reservoirs of water in\n\ntwo paddy fields. Although there was very little water, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwas omniscient and could understand that formerly these two ponds were called\nSri Radha-ku�c;la and Syama-ku�c;la. In this way Radha-ku�c;la and Syama-ku�c;l<\nwere discovered.\nTEXT 4\n\n�t�ti �'ft-,:�-� �� <;i'ft<IS·'1� I\n(;�� �t� �t�, �Q 81\"t'fi'l ifl 'Sftt� II 8 II\narite radha-kuQc;ia-varta puche foka-sthane\nkeha nahi kahe, sangera brahmal)a na jane\n\n", "mad7#p0165": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n132\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\narite-in the village known as Arit-grama; radha-kuQc;ia-varta-news of Radhakut:�<;la; puche-inquires; /oka-sthane-from the local people; keha-anyone;\nnahi-not; kahe-could say; sarigera\n\n-\n\nthe companion; brahmal)a-brahmal)a;\n\nna jane-does not know.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked the local people, \"Where is Radha-kur;�c;fa?\" No one could inform Him, and the brahmar;�a accompanying Him did not\nknow either.\nTEXT 5\n\n�( '��' �Srtfil' �� �p(� <e'St�ti{. I\n'A� �'t'll�'II'Wi �\\!liSff;� ,<11\"11 �r.l II <t II\ntirtha '/upta' jani' prabhu sarvajna bhagavan\ndui dhanya-k?etre alpa-jale kaila snana\nSYNONYMS\ntirtha-holy\n\nplace;\n\nlupta-lost;\n\nMahaprabhu; sarva-ji'ia-omniscient ;\n\njani -knowing ;\n'\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead; dui-two; dhanya-k?etre-in paddy fields; alpa-jale-in not very deep\nwater; kaila snana-took a bath.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord then understood that the holy place called Radha-kur;�c;fa was no\nlonger visible. However, being the omniscient Supreme Personality of Godhead, He discovered Radha-kur;�c;fa and Syama-kur;�c;fa in two paddy fields.\nThere was only a little water, but He took His bath there.\nTEXT 6\n\n�r-t' �� t!lt11J-<;��� �\"ii� '�a, 1fi{ I\n\nc;�tll � ��1f 1ft�1f �� II � II\ndekhi' saba gramya-/okera vismaya haifa mana\npreme prabhu kare radha-kul)c;iera stavana\nSYNONYMS\ndekhi -seeing; saba gramya-lokera-of all the people of the village; vismaya\n'\n\nhai/a-became astonished; mana-the minds; preme-in ecstatic love; prabhu-\n\n", "mad7#p0166": "Text 8]\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nThe lord's Visit to Sri V�ndavana\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkar e-does;\n\nradha-kul)(iera-of\n\n133\n\nRadha-kul)<;la;\n\nstavana -prayers.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the people of the village saw Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu taking His\nbath in those two ponds in the middle of the paddy fields, they were very\nastonished. The lord then offered His prayers to Sri Radha-kur;1c;fa.\nTEXT 7\n\n�� 'ostt'il � ��1 �� ,� I\n� �t'ft� f�� 'f� ��:JI'l' ll 9 ll\nsaba gopi haite radha k[$1)era preyasi\n\ntaiche radha-kul)(ia priya 'priyara sarasi'\nSYNONYMS\nsaba-all; gopi-the gopis; haite-from; radha-Radharal)i; k[$1)era-of Lord\n\nKr�l)a; preyasi-most beloved; taiche-similarly; radha-kuQ(ia-Radha-kul)<;ia;\npriya-very dear; priyara sarasi-the lake of the most beloved Radharai)T.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Of all the gopis, Radharar;1i is the dearmost. Similarly, the lake known as\nRadha-kur;1c;fa is very dear to the lord because it is very dear to Srimati\nRadharar;1i.\nTEXT 8\n\n<!�11rNI Hnn f<tc�1��r: l�� Rll�� ��1 1\n\n�C5It�� C'l�<l<f1 f<lt�i��J�<1��1 II IT II\nyatha radha priya vi$f)Os\ntasyab kul)(iaril priyaril tatha\nsarva-gopi$U saivaika\nvi$f)Or atyanta-vallabha\n\nSYNONYMS\nyatha-as; radha-SrTmatT Radharai)T; priya-beloved; vi$1)0/:l-of Lord Kr�l)a;\ntasyab-Her; kul)(iam-lake; priyam-very dear; tatha-similarly; sarva-gopi$U-\n\n", "mad7#p0167": "134\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\namong all the gopis; sa-She; eva-certainly; eka-alone; vi?QOQ-of Lord Kr�r)a;\natyanta-very much; val/abha-dear.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Srimati Radharal)i is most dear to Lord Kr�l)a, and Her lake known as\nRadha-kul)c;la is also very dear to Him. Of all the gopis, Srimati Radharal)i is\ncertainly the most beloved.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from the Padma PuraQa.\nTEXT 9\n\n(;� � fim � 1ftfit<I5'Af 'lt'r I\n� �� '<15�, ��-�If II �II\nyei kuQt;le nitya kr?Qa radhikara sarige\njale jala-keli kare, tire rasa-rarige\nSYNONYMS\nyei kuQqe-in which lake; nitya-daily; kr$Qa-Lord Kr�r)a; radhikara sarigeaccompanied by SrTmatT Radharar)T; ja/e-in the water; ja/a-ke/i-sporting in the\nwater; kare-performs; tire-on the bank; rasa-rarige-His rasa dance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In that lake, Lord Kr�r:'la and Srimati Radharal)i used to sport daily in the\nwater and have a rasa dance on the bank.\nTEXT 10\n\n(;�� �� � l!l<Rt1f <15tt 'fi'til I\n� 1ft�·'!';{ '(;!${' �� '<15tt tifti{ II �\n\no\n\nII\n\nsei kuQt;ie yei eka-bara kare snana\ntarire radha-sama 'prema' kr?Qa kare dana\nSYNONYMS\nsei kuQt;le-in that lake; yei-anyone who; eka-bara-once; kare snanatakes a bath; tarire-unto him; radha-sama-like SrTmatT Radhariir)T; premaecstatic love; kf$Qa-Lord Kr�r)a; kare dana-gives as charity.\n\n", "mad7#p0168": "The Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\nText 12]\n\n135\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Indeed, Lord Km1a gives ecstatic love like that of Srimati Radhara�i to\nwhoever bathes in that lake even once in his life.\nTEXT 11\n�t�� '1ft��'--'� Wf '11-{�1' I\n��1l '11�1'-'� �� '11'�' II :>:> II\nkur:u;fera 'madhuri'-yena radhara 'madhurima'\nkul)gera 'mahima'-yena radhara 'mahima'\n\nSYNONYMS\nkur:u;Jera-of the lake; madhuri-sweetness; yena-as if; radhara-of Srimau\nRadharal)i; madhurima-sweetness; kul)gera-of the lake; mahima-glories;\nyena-as if; radhara-of Srimati Radharal)i; mahima-glories.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The attraction of Radha-ku�c;ta is as sweet as that of Srimati Radhara�i.\nSimilarly, the glories of the ku�c;ta [lake] are as glorious as Srimati Radhara�i.\nTEXT 12\n\n�\"i1't?:lf<1 �r:��itll }j� 111 c·2:f��r�: c� � r'1ii�* ���-'llt<f<l'?:<l'��fol\"t'Z ��Jl �\"!11 ijji'll¥f� I\n....\n\nC2:flltf\"l!\"{_ <1� ll\"tRr:<lf<l' <'[�?;� 'll�t'Z IJW� \":it���\n��1 C<l' 'll�111 ��1 11�lll'll1 C<f-�1'?8 <Tcfr: f�?:\\!il OH\nsri-radheva hares tadiya-sarasi pre?thadbhutai/:1 svair gul)air\nyasyarh sri-yuta-madhavendur anisarh pritya taya krigati\npremasmin bata radhikeva labhate yasyarh sakrt snana-krt\ntasya vai mahima tatha madhurima kenastu varl)ya/:1 k?itau\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-radha-Srimati Radharal)i; iva-like; hare/:1-of Kr�l)a; tadiya-Her; sarasilake; pre?tha-very dear; adbhutai/:1-by wonderful; svai/:1-own; gu!)ai/:1-transcendental qualities;\n\nyasyam-in which; sri-yuta-all-opulent; madhava-Sri\n\nKr�l)a; indu/:1-like the moon; anisam-incessantly; pritya-with great affection;\ntaya-in association with Srimati Radharal)i; krigati-performs pastimes; prema-\n\n", "mad7#p0169": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n136\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nlove; asmin-for Lord Kr�f)a; bata-certainly; radhika iva-exactly like Srimati\nRadharar;Ji; /abhate-obtains; yasyam-in which; sakrt-once; snana-krt-one\nwho takes a bath; tasya/:1-of the lake; vai-certainly; mahima-glories; tathaas well as; madhurima-sweetness; kena-by whom; astu-can be; varf,lya/:1described; k$itau-on this earth.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Because of its wonderful transcendental qualities, Radha-kur;�c;ta is as dear\nto Kr�r;�a as Srimati Radharar;�i. It was in that lake that the all-opulent Lord Sri\nKr�r;�a performed His pastimes with Srimati Radharar;�i with great pleasure and\ntranscendental bliss.\n\nWhoever bathes just once in Radha-kur;�c;ta attains\n\nSrimati Radharar;�i's loving attraction for Sri Kr�r;�a. Who within this world can\ndescribe the glories and sweetness of Sri Radha-kur;�c;tal'\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in the Govinda-lilamrta (7.102).\nTEXT 13\n\nl.fl�� .� <rit1f c;��i ��i I\n&tt1f � <rit11 ���i �l!rn�i II �� II\nei-mata stuti kare premavi$ta hafia\ntire nrtya kare kuQc;fa-lila sanariya\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; stuti kare-offers prayers; prema-avi$ta-overwhelmed\nby ecstatic love; hafia-becoming; tire-on the bank; nrtya kare-dances; kuQc;fa-lila -pastimes of Radha-kur;1c;la; sanariya-remembering.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu thus offered prayers to Radha-kur;�c;ta. Overwhelmed by ecstatic love, He danced on the bank, remembering the pastimes\nLord Kr�r;�a performed on the bank of Radha-kur;�c;ta.\nTEXT 14\n\nt�� �mi i!($i f!i!f-. � 1\n\n\"e�wt'li·'4ffl �f�<��i �t'Jr �' �i'f II �8 II\nkuQc;fera mrttika lafia tilaka karila\nbhattacarya-dvara mrttika sange kari' /aila\n\n", "mad7#p0170": "The Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\nText 16]\n\n137\n\nSYNONYMS\nkurxfera-of the lake; mrttika-earth; /alia-taking; tilaka karila-formed\ntilaka; bhattacarya-dvara-with the help of Balabhadra Bhanacarya; mrttikaearth; sarige-along; kari'-making; /ai/a-took.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then marked His body with tilaka made from the\nmud of Radha-kur;t�a, and with the help of Balabhadra Bhaffacarya, He collected some of the mud and took it with Him.\nTEXT 15\n\n� �fit' �{(� � '��-���' I\n\n�1 '''$ft��\"il' 'Wf�' ��\"ff ��\"\"II �<t II\ntabe ca/i' aila prabhu 'sumana/:1-sarovara'\ntahari 'govardhana' dekhi' ha-ifa vihvala\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nca/i'-traveling;\n\nai/a-came;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; sumana/:1-sarovara-to the lake known as Sumanaf:l; tahari-there;\n\ngovardhana-Go vardhana Hill; dekhi -seeing ; ha-ifa vihva/a-became over'\n\nwhelmed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Radha-kur;t�a, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to Sumana� Lake. When\nHe saw Govardhana Hill from there, He was overwhelmed by joy.\nTEXT 16\n\n,'SI'R(-. Off-f' �� ��� ��e. I\n'�<IS�' ��1 ��II �� II\ngovardhana dekhi' prabhu ha-ifa daQc;lavat\n'eka si/a' alingiya ha-ifa unmatta\nSYNONYMS\ngovardhana\n\ndekhi'-seeing\n\nGovardhana\n\nHill;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; ha-ifa daQc;lavat-offered obeisances like a straight rod; eka si/aone piece of stone; a/ingiya- embracing; ha-ifa-beca me; unmatta\n\n-\n\nmad dened\n\n.\n\n", "mad7#p0171": "138\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord saw Govardhana Hill, He immediately offered obeisances,\nfalling down on the ground like a rod. He embraced one piece of rock from\nGovardhana Hill and became mad.\nTEXT 17\n\n<;�� 1f� �f\"f' ��i c;'Stt�{i{-� I\n\n'liRr��' <;��' �it1 d� 2l'ft1{ II �� II\npreme matta ca/i' aifa govardhana-grama\n'harideva' dekhi' tahan ha-ifa praQama\nSYNONYMS\npreme-in ecstatic love; matta-maddened; ca/i'-proceeding; aifa-came;\ngovardhana-grama-to the village known as Govardhana; hari-deva-the Deity\nnamed Harideva installed there; dekhi'-seeing; tahan-there; ha-ifa praQamaoffered obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nMad with ecstatic love, the Lord came to the village known as Govardhana.\nIt was there that He saw the Deity Harideva and offered His obeisances unto\nHim.\nTEXT 18\n\n'1I�'-�tQ �r��� <it1t � 1\n'�Rrt��' �1ffil'l·-'451tfw �if<tit-t II �lr II\n'mathura'-padmera pascima-dafe yanra vasa\n'harideva' narayaQa-adi parakasa\nSYNONYMS\nmathura-padmera-of the lotus flower of Mathura; pa5cima-dafe-on the\nwestern\n\npetal;\n\nyanra-whose;\n\nvasa-residence;\n\nhari-deva-Lord\n\nHarideva;\n\nnarayaQa-incarnation of Naraya�a; adi-original; parakasa-manifestation.\nTRANSLATION\nHarideva is an incarnation of Naraya�;�a, and His residence is on the western\npetal of the lotus of Mathura.\n\n", "mad7#p0172": "Text 21]\n\n139\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\nTEXT 19\n\n��·'61i\"t'it ifttij (';i2!t';f � ��1 I\n� (.\"ft� (';Wf-l� '61� �t� �f.mlu �� u\nharideva-age nace preme matta hana\nsaba Joka dekhite ai/a ascarya suniya\nSYNONYMS\nhari-deva-age-in front of Harideva; nace-dances; preme-in ecstatic love;\nmatta har'ia-becoming maddened; saba Joka-all the people; dekhite-to see;\nai/a-came; ascarya-wonderful; suniya-hearing.\nTRANSLATION\nMad with ecstatic love, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began to dance before the\nHarideva Deity. Hearing of the Lord's wonderful activities, all the people\ncame to see Him.\nTEXT 20\n\n�·02i';f·��)\"t� ��f�' (;�� ij';fe,:<fit1t I\n�ftt �t�1t 'f'!J ��� �fil� �e,�til ll � II\no\n\nprabhu-prema-saundarya dekhi' Joke camatkara\nharidevera bhrtya prabhura kariJa satkara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-of S rT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prema-saundarya-ecstatic love and\nbeauty; dekhi'-seeing; Joke-people; camatkara-astonished; hari-devera-of\nLord Harideva; bhrtya-servants; prabhura-of S rT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kariJa\nsatkara-offered a good reception.\nTRANSLATION\nThe people were astonished when they saw Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\necstatic love and personal beauty. The priests who served the Harideva Deity\noffered the Lord a good reception.\nTEXT 21\n\n��Wt� '81\"'�'�' �t� �t�1 '<f.� I\n\"BI�t� �til �ftt' �\" f�..-1 '�� II �) II\n\n", "mad7#p0173": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n140\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nbhattacarya 'brahma-kuQc;le' paka yana kaila\nbrahma-kuQc;le snana kari' prabhu bhik$ii kaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya-Balabhadra\n\nBhattacarya;\n\nbrahma-kuQc;le-at\n\nthe\n\nlake\n\ncalled\n\nBrahma-kur:u;la; paka-cooking; yal'ia-going there; kai/a-performed; brahmakuQc;le-at Brahma-kur;�c,la; snana kari -taking a bath; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\n'\n\nMahaprabhu; bhik?a kai/a-accepted lunch.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt Brahma-kur:u;la, Bhatfacarya cooked food, and the Lord, after taking His\nbath at Brahma-kur:u;ta, accepted His lunch.\nTEXT 22\n\n�-1ltfil � �1ft�� 1lf\"ft1( I\n1ltti! 1l�t� � 1ftil� ��tt1( II �� II\nse-ratri rahila haridevera mandire\nratre mahaprabhu kare manete vicare\n\nSYNONYMS\nse-ratri-that night; rahi/a-remained; hari-devera-of Harideva; mandire-in\nthe temple; ratre-at night; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karedoes; manete-in the mind; vicare-consideration.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat night the Lord stayed at the temple of Harideva, and during the night\nHe began to reflect.\nTEXT 23\n\n'G;�(i!·l!�t1l �tf11 �� ifl ��� I\nG;'$1t�ti'f·m�1l lif1t� ,�1ltil �i�� ?' �� 11\n'govardhana-upare ami kabhu na cac;liba\ngopa/a-rayera darasana kemane paiba?'\n\nSYNONYMS\ngovardhana-upare-upon the hill known as Govardhana; ami-1; kabhu-at\nany\n\ntime;\n\nna-not;\n\ncac;liba-shall\n\nclimb;\n\ngopala-rayera-of Lord\n\ndarasana-visit; kemane-how; paiba-1 shall get.\n\nGopala;\n\n", "mad7#p0174": "Text 25)\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n141\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu thought, \"Since I shall not at any time climb\nGovardhana Hill, how shall I be able to see Gopala Raya?''\nTEXT 24\n\n��' �'t_ <;'ll�il �fit' 11�'1i I\n��i <;'$ft9f� f�i �it ��\"'i II�8 II\n\n�� 'll�\n\neta mane kari' prabhu mauna kari' rahila\njaniya gopala kichu bharigi uthaila\nSYNONYMS\neta-so much; mane kari'-considering within the mind; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; mauna-silent; kari'-becoming; rahi/a-remained; janiya-knowing; gopa/a-the Deity Gopala; kichu-some; bharigi-tricks; uthai/a-raised.\nTRANSLATION\nThinking in this way, the Lord remained silent, and Lord Gopala, knowing\nHis contemplation, played a trick.\nTEXT 25\n\n�111� �\"R 115f� �'flllt�'llt�� I\n\n� f�: �i <;� <151�-f'J�e. II�� II\nanarurUk$aVe sai/ariJ\nsvasmai bhaktabhimanine\navaruhya gire/:l k[$1)0\ngauraya svam adarsayat\nSYNONYMS\n\nanaruruk$ave-who was unwilling to\n\nclimb up;\n\nsai/am-the mountain;\n\nsvasmai-unto Himself; bhakta-abhimanine-considering Himself a devotee of\nLord Kr�l)a; avaruhya-getting down; gire/:l-from the hill; k($Qa/:l-Lord Kr�l)a;\ngauraya-unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; svam-Himself; adarsayat-showed.\nTRANSLATION\nComing down from Govardhana Hill, Lord Gopala granted an interview to\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who was unwilling to climb the hill, thinking\nHimself a devotee of Lord Kr�r:Ja.\n\n", "mad7#p0175": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n142\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 26\n\n'��'·iftt';J �tt';f <;�� filf! I\n1rt�'.i_�·�t�� �� �';{ \"'1711% ll �� ll\n'annakOta'-name grame gopalera sthiti\nraja-puta-lokera sei grame vasati\nSYNONYMS\nannakOta-name-by the name AnnakOta; grame-in the village; gopa/Pra-of\nGopala;\n\nsthiti-residence;\n\nraja-puta-lokera-of\n\npeople from Rajasthan;\n\nsei\n\ngrame-in that village; vasati-habitation.\nTRANSLATION\nGopala stayed in a village called Annakuta-grama on Govardhana Hill. The\nvillagers who lived in that village were mainly from Rajasthan.\nPURPORT\nThe village named AnnakOta-grama is referred to in Bhakti-ratnakara (Fifth\nWave):\ngopa-gopi bhunjayena kautuka apara\nei hetu 'aniyora' nama se ihara\nannakOta-sthana ei dekha srinivasa\ne-sthana darsane haya pOrQa abhila�a\n\"It is here that all the gopis and the gopas enjoyed wonderful pastimes with Sri\nKr�r:Ja. Therefore this place is also called Aniyora. The AnnakOta ceremony was\ncelebrated here. 0 Srinivasa, whoever sees this place has all his desires fulfilled.\" It\nis also stated:\nkuQc;fera nikata dekha nivic;fa-kanana\nethai 'gopa/a' chi/a hana sangopana\n\"Look at the dense forest near the kuQc;fa. It was there that Gopala was concealed.\" Also, the Stavavali (8.75) by Raghunatha dasa Gosvami states:\nvrajendra-varyarpita-bhogam uccair\ndhrtva brhat-kayam agharir utka/:l\nvareQa radharh chalayan vibhunkte\nyatranna-kOtarh tad aharh prapadye\n\n", "mad7#p0176": "Text 291\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n143\n\nTEXT 27\n\nIf!�� �tflf' �tr;� �t�� .,� I\n,,�� $t1l �tRfti! ��·Sftil ��\" �'\\\"\neka-jana asi' ratre gramike bali/a\n'tamara grama marite turuka-dhari sajila\nSYNONYMS\neka-jana-one person; asi'-coming; ratre-at night; gramike-to the inhabitants of the village; bali/a-said; tamara-your; grama-village; marite-to attack; turuka-dhari-Turkish Mohammedan soldiers; saji/a-are prepared.\nTRANSLATION\nOne person who came to the village informed the inhabitants, \"The Turkish\nsoldiers are now preparing to attack your village.\nTEXT 28\n\n�tfir 1f1� ��' if! 1ffit� If!�� I\nit� '1�1 'et'St', �t�� �� ��i{ II' �lr II\naji ratrye palaha, na rahiha eka-jana\nthakura lana bhaga', asibe kali yavana'\nSYNONYMS\naji ratrye-this night; pa/aha-go away; na rahiha-do not remain; eka-janaone person; thakura-the Deity; /afia-taking; bhaga'-go away; asibe-will\ncome; ka/i-tomorrow; yavana-the Mohammedan soldiers.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Flee this village tonight, and do not allow one person to remain. Take the\nDeity with you and leave, for the Mohammedan soldiers will come tomorrow.\"\nTEXT 29\n\n�fiml �11� '� flif� � I\n<21�� ''Stt�'tif l'f�1 �t�l'f-�11 �\"\" ��\"\nsuniya gramera /aka cintita ha ila\n-\n\nprathame gopala lana ganthuli-grame khuila\n\n", "mad7#p0177": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n144\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing; gramera /aka-all the people in the village; cintita ha-ifa-became very anxious; prathame-first;\n\ngopala /ana-taki ng Gopala; garithuli­\n\ngrame-in the village known as Gari�huli; khuila-kept Him hidden.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, all the villagers became very anxious. They first took Gopala\nand moved Him to a village known as Ganthuli.\nTEXT 30\n\n�t2f'Jt� c;'Stt�'IJ till:ft� �e{ I\n�'tlf � �' 9ltftt'l ��e{ II �o II\nvipra-grhe gopa/era nibhrte sevana\ngrama ujac;fa haifa, palaila sarva-jana\nSYNONYMS\nvipra-grhe-in the house of a brahmaf)a; gopalera-of Lord Gopala; nibhrtevery\n\nsecretly;\n\nsevana-worship;\n\ngrama-the\n\nvillage;\n\nujar;la\n\nhaifa-became\n\ndeserted; pa/ai/a-fled; sarva-jana-all the people.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Gopala Deity was kept in the house of a brahmar;�a, and His worship was\nconducted secretly. Everyone fled, and thus the village of Annakuta was\ndeserted.\nTEXT 31\n\n�� (J(� c;'Stt9ll\"'' <ett� �t1f·�tJ l\n1ff\"'l Vitf�' �t1P �' f�i <1ft1lfflt1f ll �� II\naiche mleccha-bhaye gopala bhage bare-bare\nmandira char;li' kufije rahe, kiba gramantare\nSYNONYMS\naiche-in that way; mleccha-bhaye-because of fear of the Mohammedans;\ngopa/a-the Deity of Gopala Raya; bhage-runs away; bare-bare-again and\nagain; mandira char;/i'-giving up the temple; kufije-in the bush; rahe-remains;\nkiba-or; grama-antare-in a different village.\n\n", "mad7#p0178": "The Lord's Visit to Sri V�ndavana\n\nText 33]\n\n145\n\nTRANSLATION\nDue to fear of the Mohammedans, the Gopala Deity was moved from one\nplace to another again and again. Thus giving up His temple, Lord Gopala\nwould sometimes live in a bush and sometimes in one village after another.\nTEXT 32\n\n�t�:�1t� �� '�1�'$1'1'1'11 �fif' �ti{ I\n(;�i(-���111 �� �11f \" �\"\npratal)-kale prabhu 'manasa-gariga'ya kari' snana\ngovardhana-parikramaya karila prayaf)a\nSYNONYMS\npratal)-kale-in the morning; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nmanasa­\n\ngarigaya-in the lake named Manasa-gariga; kari'-performing; snana-bathing;\ngovardhana-Govardhana Hill; parikramaya-in circumambulating; karila-did;\nprayaf)a-starting.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the morning, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took His bath in a lake called\nManasa-ganga. He then circumambulated Govardhana Hill.\nTEXT 33\n\n<;'m�� i( '\"f�' � (;�Jf1R� ��i I\n\ne(t�t� i(1� �fll(� <;� �f�11i II �� II\ngovardhana dekhi' prabhu premavi�ta hana\nnacite nacite calila sloka pac;liya\nSYNONYMS\ngovardhana\n\ndekhi'-seeing\n\nGovardhana\n\nHill;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; prema-avi�ta hafla-becoming ecstatic in love; nacite nacitedancing and dancing; ca/i/a-departed; sloka pac;/iya-reciting the following\nverse.\nTRANSLATION\nJust by seeing Govardhana Hill, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu became ecstatic\nwith love of K��r:Ja. While dancing and dancing, He recited the following\nverse.\n\n", "mad7#p0179": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n146\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 34\n\n��t�•tfllf11�\"1l �fi1lft'l�r:li1\n�i!fi'II�li3\"R'!\"'91�\"f�r;O{jlf: I\n'It<�� '!.r;Oltf� 'l�-c�t5lctc�t�r:�r��\n9ft\"!''ht-�11'PI-<ililf�-<ililf,�\"!: II -=>8 II\nhantayam adrir aba/a hari-dasa-varyo\n\nyad rama-kmla-caraQa-sparasa-pramoda/:1\n\nmanarh tanoti saha-go-gaQayos tayor yat\n\npaniya-siiyavasa-kandara-kanda-mii/ai/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nhanta-oh; ayam-this; adri/:1-hill; abala/:1-0 friends; hari-dasa-varya/:1-the\n\nbest among the servants of the Lord; yat-because; rama-kr�Qa-caraQa-of the\n\nlotus feet of Lord Kr�l)a and Balarama; sparasa-by the touch; pramoda/:1-\n\njubilant;\n\nmanam- respects;\n\ntanoti-offers;\n\nsaha-with;\n\ngo-gaQayo/:1-cows,\n\ncalves and cowherd boys; tayo/:1-to Them (Sri Kr�l)a and Balarama); yat-be­\n\ncause; paniya-drinking water; siiyavasa-very soft grass; kandara-caves; kanda-mii/ai/:1 -and by roots.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Of all the devotees, this Govardhana Hill is the best! 0 My friends, this\nhill supplies KrH•a and Balarama, as well as Their calves, cows and cowherd\nfriends, with all kinds of necessities-water for drinking, very soft grass,\ncattes, fruits, flowers and vegetables. In this way the hill offers respect to the\nLord. Being touched by the lotus feet of Kr�Qa and Balarama, Govardhana Hill\nappears very jubilant. \"\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.21.18). It was spoken by the\n\ngopis when Lord Kr�l)a and Balarama entered the forest in the autumn. The gopi!\nspoke among themselves and glorified Kr�l)a and Balarama for Their pastimes.\nTEXT 35\n\n'(;'$fl�\"''f'Gtfir' c?tt� �t_ ��� � I\n'!t�j ��� -(;'$fj'Pft� (;'ij� ,ftt�\nt11t1TII '-!)(t II\n....\n'govinda-kuQc;fadi' tirthe prabhu kaila snana\n\ntahan sunila-gopala gela ganthuli grama\n\n", "mad7#p0180": "147\n\nThe Lord's Visit to S ri Vrndavana\n\nText 37]\n\nSYNONYMS\ngovinda-kuQ(ia-adi-Govinda-kul)<;la and others; tirthe-in the holy places;\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kaifa snana-performed bathing; tahanthere; sunifa-heard; gopafa-the Gopala Deity; gefa-has gone; gailthufiGarithuli; grama-to the village.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then took His bath in a lake called Govindakur;�c;la, and while He was there, He heard that the Deity Gopala had already\ngone to Ganthuli-grama.\nTEXT 36\n\n'�l �tl;'Jf fmli C<Ti� ,�t�-�1(l&fil I\n'�'lltl;<fl;l&f �� <fil;1( ��-il� II �� II\nsei grame giya kaifa gopafa-darasana\npremavese prabhu kare kirtana-nartana\nSYNONYMS\nsei grame-to that village; giya-going; kai/a-performed; gopafa-darasanaseeing Lord Gopala;\n\nprema-avese-in ecstatic love;\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kare-performs; kirtana-nartana-chanting and dancing.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then went to the village of Ganthuli-grama and\nsaw the Lord Gopala Deity. Overwhelmed by ecstatic love, He began to chant\nand dance.\nTEXT 37\n\n,�t9ftt� '�\"�� ,�f�' �� �tt� I\n\\fl� � 9ff�' iltt�, '� Rfil·� II �9 II\ngopafera saundarya dekhi' prabhura avesa\nei sfoka pa(ii' nace, haifa dina-se�a\nSYNONYMS\ngopafera-of Gopala; saundarya-beauty; dekhi'-seeing; prabhura-of SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; avesa-ecstasy; ei sfoka pa(ii'-reciting the following\nverse; nace-dances; haifa-there was; dina-se�a-the end of the day.\n\n", "mad7#p0181": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n148\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as the Lord saw the beauty of the Gopala Deity, He was immediately\noverwhelmed by ecstatic love, and He recited the following verse. He then\nchanted and danced until the day ended.\nPURPORT\n\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura gives the following information about\nGovinda-kur:J<;la. There is a village named Aniyora on Govardhana Hill, a little distance from the village of Paitha. Govinda-kur:J<;la is situated near here, and there\nare two temples to Govinda and Baladeva there. According to some, Queen PadmavatT excavated this lake. In the Bhakti-ratnakara (Fifth Wave), the following\nstatement is found:\nei sri-govinda-kuf)cja-mahima aneka\netha indra kaila govindera abhi$eka\n\"Govinda-kur:J<;la is exalted for its many spiritual activities. It was here that lndra\nwas defeated by Lord Kr�r:Ja, and lndra offered his prayers and bathed Lord Govinda.\" In the book Stavavali (Vraja-vilasa-stava, 74) the following verse is found:\nnicai/:1 praucjha-bhayat svayarh surapati/:1 padau vidhrtyeha yai/:1\nsvar-ganga-sali/ais cakara surabhi-dvarabhi$ekotsavam\ngovindasya navarh gavam adhipata rajye sphutarh kautukat\ntair yat pradurabhOt sada sphuratu tad govinda-kuQcjarh drso/:1\nIn the Mathura-khaQcja it is also stated:\nyatrabhi$ikto bhagavan\nmaghona yadu-vairif)a\ngovinda-kuQcjarh taj-jatarh\nsnana-matref)a mok$adam\n\"Simply by bathing in Govinda-kur:J<;la, one is awarded liberation. This lake was\nproduced when Bhagavan Sri Kr�r:Ja was bathed by Lord lndra.\"\nGalithuli-grama is situated near the two villages Bilachu and Gopala-pura. According to hearsay, Radha and Kr�r:Ja first met here. In the Bhakti-ratnakara (Fifth\nWave), it is stated: sakhi dunha vastre ganthi dila sangopane. It is also stated:\nphaguya /aiya keha ganthi khu/i' dila. For this reason the village is known as\nGanthuli.\nTEXT 38\n\n�t1f<:gt1f� JJt\"'''� ��'If' {3: 'l 9fT� 'l\": I\nJr��l<f.11f_<fi�t-z C<!'! 01�C�1 C5\\1'l\"I!T.OT1 �tfit: II ..:117 II\n\n", "mad7#p0182": "Text 40]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n149\n\nvamas tamarasak$asya\nbhuja-daQr;iab sa patu vab\nkrir;la-kandukatarh yena\nnita govardhano girib\nSYNONYMS\nvamab-the left; tamarasa-ak$asya-of Kr��a, who has eyes like lotus petals;\nbhuja-daQr;iab-arm; sab-that; patu-let it protect; vab-all of you; krir;la-kandukatam-being like a toy; yena-by which; nitab-attained; govardhanabnamed Govardhana; girib-the hill.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said,\" 'May the left arm of Sri Kr�r;�a, whose eyes\nare like the petals of a lotus flower, always protect you. With His left arm He\nraised Govardhana Hill as if it were a toy.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (2.1.62).\nTEXT 39\n\n���i! �ilfifil C\"itt9ft�aot c;wf�'il I\n�*��� C\"itt9fi� ����� c;'$lQf1 II �:;, II\nei-mata tina-dina gopale dekhila\ncaturtha-divase gopala svamandire gela\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; tina-dina-for three days; gopa/e-Go pala; dekhilasaw; caturtha-divase-on the fourth day; gopa/a-the Deity Gopala; sva-mandire-in His own temple; ge/a-returned.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw the Gopala Deity for three days. On the\nfourth day, the Deity returned to His own temple.\nTEXT 40\n\nC\"itt9ftaot �ter Iif�' ��Qfj �-� � I\n�tii\"'·C<llt��� c;m<!l ��'�fit''��' II So II\ngopa/a sarige ca/i' ai/a nrtya-gita kari\nananda-kolahale /aka bale 'hari' 'hari'\n\n", "mad7#p0183": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n150\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopala sari ge-with Gopala;\n\nchanting\n\nand dancing;\n\nca/i'-walking;\n\nananda-kolahale-in\n\naila-came;\n\nnrtya-gita kari­\n\ngreat jubilation;\n\n/aka-people;\n\nbale-say; hari hari-Hari, Hari.\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu walked with the Deity of Gopala, and He chanted and\ndanced. A large and jubilant crowd of people also chanted the transcendental\nname of Kr��a, \"Hari! Hari!\"\nTEXT 41\n\n<;�t\"PI'fi!l 'Iff\"!� <;��1, �\" �f�1 '!?;� I\n\n�� �t'!i �cf �� �rn� <;�t�t� II 8� II\ngopala mandire gela, prabhu rahila tale\nprabhura vancha pOrf)a saba karila gopale\nSYNONYMS\ngopa/a-the Deity Gopala; mandire ge/a-returned to His temple; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; rahila tale-remain at the bottom;\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; vaflcha-desires;\n\nprabhura-of Sri\n\npOrQa-satisfied; saba-all; karila­\n\nmade; gopa/e-the Deity Gopala.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Deity Gopala then returned to His own temple, and Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu remained at the bottom of the hill. Thus all the desires of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu were satisfied by the Deity Gopala.\nTEXT 42\n\n��'If'! <;�t�� <t-?'1 \"llre� 1\n<;� l5� !Sf?;�� <;tiff�?;'! �11 'ret�' II 8� II\nei-mata gopalera karuf)a svabhava\nyei bhakta janera dekhite haya 'bhava'\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; gopalera-of the Deity Gopala; karuf)a sva-bhava-kind\nbehavior; yei-which; bhakta janera-of persons who are devotees; dekhite-to\nsee; haya-there is; bhava-ecstatic love.\n\n", "mad7#p0184": "The Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\nText 44]\n\n151\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis is the way of Lord Gopala's kind behavior to His devotees. Seeing this,\nthe devotees were overwhelmed by ecstatic love.\nTEXT 43\n\nc;�f�'! �e,��i �\"' ifl �� <;'m<!�....till\n�til IritQ'f c;'m� �tf�' �'!t1'1' �t�til 11 s� n\ndekhite utkaQtha haya, na cacje govardhane\nkona chafe gopafa asi' utare apane\nSYNONYMS\ndekhite-to see; utkaQtha haya-there was great anxiety; na cacje-does not\ngo up; govardhane-on the hill known as Govardhana; kona chafe-by some\ntrick; gopafa-the Deity Gopala; asi'-coming; utare-descends; apane-personally.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very anxious to see Gopala, but He did not\nwant to climb Govardhana Hill. Therefore by some trick the Deity Gopala personally descended.\nTEXT 44\n\n� \"ft'P ��' �'t_ �� 11t\"tlfm1f I\n\nt:lfl ��, �tti llltflt' <;tf�t\" tt�t1f II 88 II\nkabhu kufije rahe, kabhu rahe gramantare\nsei bhakta, tahari asi' dekhaye tarihare\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes;\n\nkufije-in the bushes;\n\nrahe-remains;\n\nkabhu-some­\n\ntimes; rahe-He stays; grama-antare-in a different village; sei bhakta-that\ndevotee; tahari asi'-coming there; dekhaye tarihare-sees Him.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, giving some excuse, Gopala sometimes remains in the bushes of\nthe forest, and sometimes He stays in a village. One who is a devotee comes to\nsee the Deity.\n\n", "mad7#p0185": "152\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 45\n\n��� il1 l>t� �� -��-�i{f�i{ I\nlfl��� i1·lf�rot finltt�i{ �Bfllfi{ II 8<t II\nparvate na cage dui-rupa-sanatana\nei-rupe tan-sabare diyachena darasana\nSYNONYMS\nparvate-on the hill; na cage-do not ascend; dui-two; rDpa-sanatana-ROpa\nGosvami and Sanatana Gosvami; ei-rupe-in this way; tali-sabare-unto them;\ndiyachena-has given; darasana-interview.\nTRANSLATION\nThe two brothers Rupa and Sanatana did not climb the hilL To them also\nLord Gopala granted an interview.\nTEXT 46\n\n�<!Sttiif ��-,-ijt�tf$ifl ���I\n�tU!1 '� ''ijt9ft�a;r� ,lt)\"f'fi �f� II 8� II\nvrddha-kafe rupa-gosafii na pare yaite\nvaficha haifa gopafera saundarya dekhite\nSYNONYMS\nvrddha-kafe-in ripe old age; rupa-gosafii-ROpa Gosvami; na pare-is not\nable; yaite-to go; vaficha haifa-th ere was a desire; gopafera-of Gopala; saundarya dekhite-to see the beauty.\nTRANSLATION\nIn ripe old age, Srila Rupa Gosvami could not go there, but he had a desire\nto see the beauty of Gopala.\nTEXT 47\n\n'J(�'e� �t�\"'i ''ijt� 'af�·i{'$ftf I\n\nlfl<fl'aft� ��if r.,� �tiif'n·�r:� II 89 II\n'\n\nmfeccha-bhaye aifa gopafa mathura-nagare\neka-masa rahifa viththafe5vara-ghare\n\n", "mad7#p0186": "Text 48]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri V�ndavana\n\n153\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nmleccha-bhaye-because of fear of the Muslims; ai/a-came; gopa/a-the\nDeity Gopala; mathura-nagare-to the city of Mathura; eka-masa-one month;\nrahi/a-stayed; viththalesvara-ghare-in the temple of Viththalesvara.\nTRANSLATION\nDue to fear of the Mohammedans, Gopala went to Mathura, where He\nremained in the temple of Vifhfhalesvara for one full month.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen the two brothers Srila ROpa Gosvami and Sanatana Gosvami went to\nVrndavana, they decided to live there. Following Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's example, they did not climb the hill because they considered it nondifferent from\nKr�r:Ja, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. On some pretext, the Gopala Deity\ngranted Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu an audience beneath the hill, and Gopala\nsimilarly favored Srila ROpa Gosvami and Sanatana Gosvami. During his ripe old\nage, when ROpa Gosvami could not go to Govardhana Hill because of invalidity,\nGopala kindly went to Mathura and remained at the temple of Viththalesvara for\none month. It was then that Srila ROpa Gosvami could see Gopala's beauty to his\nheart's content.\nTEXT 48\n\n� �� c;�f$ :Jf� fili9f'5t'l �$1 I\n\n���t� WPI� C�'li ��-rn �f�i II 8\\r II\ntabe rupa gosani saba nija-gaQa lana\neka-masa darasana kaila mathuraya rahiya\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-thereupon;\n\nrupa gosani-Srila ROpa Gosvami;\n\nsaba-all;\n\nnija-gaQa\n\n/ana-taking his associates with him; eka-masa-for one month; darasana kailasaw the Deity; mathuraya rahiya-staying at the city of Mathura.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Rupa Gosvami and his associates stayed in Mathura for one month and\nsaw the Deity Gopala.\nPURPORT\n\nThe following description of the temple of Viththalesvara is given in Bhakti-ratnakara (Fifth Wave):\n\n", "mad7#p0187": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n154\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nviththalera seva kr�f)a-caitanya-vigraha\ntahara darsane haifa parama agraha\n\nsri-viththa/anatha -bhatta-vallabha-tanaya\n\nkarila yateka prTti kahile na haya\n\ngatholi-grame gopala aila 'cha/a' kari'\n\ntanre dekhi' nrtya-gTte magna gaurahari\nsrT-dasa-gosvamT adi paramarsa kari'\n\nsrT-viththa/esvare kai/a seva-adhikarT\n\npita sri-vallabha-bhatta tanra adarsane\nkata-dina mathuraya chilena nirjane\n\nSri Vallabha Bhaga had two sons. The elder, Gopinatha, was born in 1432 Sakabda Era, and the younger, Viththalanatha, was born in 1437 and died in 1507.\n\nViththala had seven sons: Giridhara, Govinda, Balakr�r:Ja, Gokulesa, Raghunatha,\nYadunatha and Ghanasyama. Viththala completed many of his father's unfinished\n\nbooks, including his commentary on Vedanta-sutra, the Subodhini commentary\n\non Srimad-Bhagavatam, Vidvan-maf)cjana, Srngara-rasa-maf)cjana and Nyasadesa­\n\nvivaraf)a. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to Vrndavana before the birth of\n\nViththala. Srila ROpa Gosvami was very old at the time Gopala stayed at the house\n\nof Viththalanatha.\n\nTEXT 49\n\n�t'Jr <:��·<e§, ��-\"t�iftQf I\n\n\"t'flittQJ··�flft�, �f �t�i1tQf II 8� II\nsange gopala-bhatta, dasa-raghunatha\n\nraghunatha-bhatta-gosarii, ara lokanatha\n\nSYNONYMS\nsange-with\n\nRopa\n\nGosvami;\n\ngopa/a-bhatta-Gopala\n\nBhaga;\n\ndasa-\n\nraghunatha -Raghunatha dasa Gosvami; raghunatha-bhatta-gosarii-Raghunatha\n\nBhaga Gosvami; ara-and; /okanatha-Lokanatha dasa Gosvami.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Rupa Gosvami stayed at Mathura, he was accompanied by Gopala\nBhatta Gosvami, Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, Raghunatha Bhatta Gosvami and\nLokanatha dasa Gosvami.\n\n", "mad7#p0188": "The Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\nText 51]\n\n155\n\nPURPORT\nSri Lokanatha Gosvami was a personal associate of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nand a great devotee of the Lord. He was a resident of a village named Talakhac;li in\nthe district of Yasohara in Bengal. Previously he lived in Kacnapac;la. His father's\nname was Padmanabha, and his only younger brother was Pragalbha. Following\nthe orders of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Sri Lokanatha went to Vrndavana to live.\nHe established a temple named Gokulananda. Srila Narottama dasa Thakura\nselected Lokanatha dasa Gosvami to be his spiritual master, and he was his only\ndisciple. Because Lokanatha dasa Gosvami did not want his name mentioned in\nCaitanya-caritamrta, we do not often see it in this celebrated book. On the E.B.R.\nRailroad, the Yasohara station is located in Bangladesh. From the railway station\none has to go by bus to the village of Sonakhali and from there to Khejura. From\nthere one has to walk, or, during the rainy season, go by boat to the village of\nTalakhac;li. In this village there are still descendants of Lokanatha Gosvami's\nyounger brother.\nTEXT 50\n\n,_'St�·,'$ft�f$, �� (!\\)�·c;'Stt�tf� I\n(!\\)��-�'�HI' ''m�\"f ''Stt:Jttf� II <to II\nbhagarbha-gosafii, ara sri-jiva-gosafii\nsri-yadava-acarya, ara govinda gosafii\nSYNONYMS\nbhugarbha-gosafii-Bhogarbha\n\nGosani;\n\nara -and;\n\nsri-jiva-gosafii -Sri\n\nJiva\n\nGosvami; sri-yadava-acarya-Sri Y adava Acarya; ara-and; govinda gosafiiGovinda Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nBhiigarbha Gosvami, Sri Jiva Gosvami, Sri Yadava Acarya and Govinda\nGosvami also accompanied Srila Riipa Gosvami.\nTEXT 51\n\n����-�' �'AI' 'If� ��e{ I\nllt'Stt�\"l·'ftJf, �HI' Wi:Jt·��111'1 II <t� II\n-\n\nsri-uddhava-dasa, ara madhava-dui-jana\nsri-gopala-dasa, ara dasa-narayal)a\n\n", "mad7#p0189": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n156\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-uddhava-dasa-Sri Uddhava dasa; ara-and; madhava-Madhava; duijana-two persons; sri-gopala das a-Sri Gopala dasa; ara-and ; dasa-narayaQa-\n\nNarayal)a dasa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe was also accompanied by Sri Uddhava dasa, Madhava, Sri Gopala dasa\nand Narayal)a dasa.\nTEXT 52\n\n''���' <e., �� <itl�-�-.� I\n�ft�t'115, i-tii{, �tf ���Bf�7f II �� II\n'govinda' bhakta, ara vaQi-k[$Qadasa\npuQr;farikakg isana, ara laghu-haridasa\n\nSYNONYMS\ngovinda-Govinda; bhakta-a great devotee; ara-and; vaQi-k[$Qadasa-Vii.!)i\nKr�l)adasa;\n\npuQr;farikak$a-Puf)c,jarikak�a;\n\nharidasa-Laghu Haridasa.\n\nisan a-Tsana;\n\nara-and;\n\nlaghu­\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe great devotee Govinda, Val)i K��l)adasa, Pul)c;iarikakg isana and Laghu\nHaridasa also accompanied him.\n\nPURPORT\nLaghu Haridasa should not be confused with junior Haridasa, who committed\nsuicide at Prayaga. Generally a devotee is called Haridasa, and consequently there\nare many Haridasas. The chief was Thakura Haridasa. There was also a Madhyama\nHaridasa.\nIn Bhakti-ratnakara (Sixth Wave), there is a list of many of the chief devotees\n\nwho accompanied Srila ROpa Gosvami.\n\ngosvami gopala-bhatta ati dayamaya\nbhugarbha, sri-lokanatha-guQera alaya\nsri-madhava, sri-paramananda-bhattacarya\nsri-madhu-paQr;fita·-yanra caritra a5carya\n\n", "mad7#p0190": "Text 54]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n157\n\npremi kr?Qadasa kr?Qadasa brahmacari\nyadava acarya, narayaQa krpavan\nsri-puf)(iarikak?a-gosafii, govinda, isana\nsri-govinda vaf)i-k[$f)adasa aty-udara\nsri-uddhava-madhye-madhye gauge gati yanra\ndvija-haridasa kr?Qadasa kaviraja\nsri-gopala-dasa yanra alaukika kaya\nsri-gopala, madhavadi yateka vai?Qava\n\n\"The following Vai�r:Javas were present with Srila ROpa Gosvami: the merciful\nGopala Bhatta Gosvami; BhOgarbha Gosvami; Sri Lokanatha dasa Gosvami, a\nreservoir of good qualities; Sri Madhava; Sri Paramananda Bhattacarya; Sri Madhu\nPal)<;lita, whose characteristics are all wonderful; Premi Kr�r:Jadasa; Kr�r:Jadasa\nBrahmacari; Yadava Acarya; the merciful Narayal)a; Sri Pur:J<;larikak�a Gosvami;\nGovinda; Tsana; Sri Govinda; the magnanimous Var:Ji Kr�r:Jadasa; Sri Uddhava, who\noccasionally visited Bengal; Dvija Haridasa; Kr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja; Sri Gopala dasa,\nwhose body is completely spiritual; Sri Gopala; Madhava; and many others.\"\nTEXT 53\n\ntfl� � 'i.�re� 'i'�1 filtr·lltlf 1\n�t'ftt� WPr� '�Gi'i Oi!lt.l:·ft'f II �� II\nei saba mukhya-bhakta lana nija-sange\nsri-gopala darasana kaila bahu-range\nSYNONYMS\nei saba - all these; mukhya-bhakta-chief devotees; lana nija-sange -taking\n\nwith him personally; sri-gopala darasana - visiting Lord Gopala; kaila bahurange - performed in great jubilation.\nTRANSLATION\nIt was with great jubilation that Rupa Gosvami visited Lord Gopala accompanied by all these devotees.\nTEXT 54\n\nlfl<ti1ftll �&' ''$ft� c;'$f'f1 �-� I\n\n1)1fi�·c;'$ft�F$ ��Gi'i ��\"ft� II �8 II\n\n", "mad7#p0191": "158\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\neka-masa rahi' gopala gela nija-sthane\nsri-rOpa-gosani ai/a sri-vrndavane\nSYNONYMS\neka-masa rahi'-staying for one month; gopa/a-the Deity Gopala; ge/awent; nija-sthane-to His own place; sri-rOpa-gosani-Sri ROpa Gosvami; ai/acame back; sri-vrndavane-to Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter staying at Mathura for one month, the Deity Gopala returned to His\nown place, and Sri Rupa Gosvami returned to Vrndavana.\nTEXT 55\n\n�t� ��· <;�t�t\"f·��'Rf �t-tJti{ I\n�t� \"at�tl!!lt_ <;�'11 '��t1(J�' II <l<t II\nprastave kahilun gopala-krpara akhyana\ntabe mahaprabhu gela 'sri-kamyavana'\nSYNONYMS\nprastave-in the course of the story; kahi/un-1 have stated; gopala-krpara-of\nthe mercy of Gopala; akhyana-description; tabe-after this; mahaprabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; ge/a-went; sri-kamya-vana-to Sri Kamyavana.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the course of this story, I have given a description of Lord Gopala's\nmercy. After seeing the Gopala Deity, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to Sri\nKamyavana.\nPURPORT\nKamyavana is mentioned in the Adi-varaha PuraQa:\ncaturtharil kamyaka-vanaril\nvananaril vanam uttamam\ntatra gatva naro devi\nmama Joke mahiyate\nIn the Bhakti-ratnakara (Fifth Wave) it is also said:\nei kamyavane kr�Qa-lila manohara\nkaribe darsana sthana kuQcja bahutara\nkamyavane yata tirtha lekha nahi tara\n\n", "mad7#p0192": "Text 58]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri V�ndavana\n\n159\n\nTEXT 56\n\n�� 'Sf11il·1flf! �( � f\"'tf� I\n(;�\\! ���til \\!�e. (;iff� II <t� II\nprabhura gamana-riti purve ye fikhifa\nsei-mata vrndavane tavat dekhifa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of\npurve-formerly;\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gamana-riti-method of touring;\nye-which;\n\nfikhifa-1\n\nhave\n\nwritten;\n\nsei-mata-similarly;\n\nvrndavane-at Vrndavana; tavat dekhifa-saw all the places.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's touring V�ndavana has been previously described. In the same ecstatic way, He traveled all over V�ndavana.\nTEXT 57\n\n'!tti �� (}ff�' (;'*'fl 'il��' I\n\n'il�'1'1l11' (;lif�' (;�t'll ��� ��'I II �'I II\ntahari li/a-sthafi dekhi' gefa 'nandisvara'\n'nandisvara' dekhi' preme ha-ifa vihvafa\nSYNONYMS\ntahari-at Kamyavana; fifa-sthali-all the places of pastimes; dekhi'-visiting;\ngefa\n\nnandisvara-went\n\nto\n\nNandTsvara;\n\nnandisvara\n\ndekhi'-while\n\nseeing\n\nNandTsvara; preme ha-ifa vihvafa-became overwhelmed by ecstatic love.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter visiting the places of K��r:ta's pastimes at Kamyavana, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu went to Nandisvara. While there, He was overwhelmed with\necstatic love.\nPURPORT\nNandiSvara is the house of Maharaj a Nanda.\nTEXT 58\n\n''Pf�iltflt' � � 'm\"i! �ft111 I\n(;\"'ftt<fit1f �it, 'Pf('!-�'Pft1f ��111 �lr II\n\n", "mad7#p0193": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n160\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\n'pavanadi' saba kur.u;le snana kariya\nlokere puchila, parvata-upare yana\n\nSYNONYMS\npavana-adi-Pavana and others; saba kuQc;/e-in every lake; snana kariya-taking a bath; /okere pu chi/a\n\n-\n\ninq u ired from persons there; parvata-upare yafia­\n\ngoing up a hill.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu bathed in all the celebrated lakes, beginning with\nLake Pavana. Thereafter He climbed a hill and spoke to the people.\n\nPURPORT\nThe Pavana-sarovara is described in the Mathura-mahatmya:\npavane sarasi snatva\nk[$Qaril nandisvare girau\ndr$tva nandariJ yasodariJ ca\nsarvabhi$tam avapnuyat\n\nTEXT 59\n\nf�� ��11..� � �-��1f ?\n(}'lt<li �'\n\n-1lf! � <;�t1f f�'!� II �� II\n\nkichu deva-murti haya parvata-upare?\n/aka kahe, -murti haya gophara bhitare\nSYNONYMS\nkichu\n\n-\n\nany; deva-murti\n\nof the hill; /aka kahe\n\n-\n\n-\n\ndeities; haya\n\n-\n\nare there; parvata-upare-on the top\n\npeople said; murti haya-there are deities; gophara\n\nbhitare-within a cave.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked, \"Are there any deities on top of this hill?\"\nThe local people replied, \"There are deities on this hill, but they are located\nwithin a cave.\n\n", "mad7#p0194": "Text 62]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n161\n\nTEXT 60\n\nl�firt� �t'!i·f�\\!1 �� �ii�1t I\n�� �<'II\" '�' � �-�\"f1t II�o II\ndui-dike mata-pita PU?ta kalevara\nmadhye eka 'sisu' haya tribhanga-sundara\nSYNONYMS\n\n-\n\ndui-dike-on two sides; mata pita-father and mother; pu?ta kalevara-very\nwell-built body; madhye-between them; eka-one; sisu-child; haya-there\nis; tri-bhanga-curved in three places; sundara-very beautiful.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is a father and mother with well-built bodies, and between them is a\nvery beautiful child who is curved in three places.\"\nTEXT 61\n\n�f.{' ��t�t_ �t� �t �\"f �I!P1 I\n'fi!�' � Of�� <;�� <;�1 �'ltltft}�1 II�� II\nsuni' mahaprabhu mane ananda pana\n'tina' murti dekhila sei gopha ughagiya\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mane-within the\nmind; ananda pafla-getting great pleasure;\n\ntina murti-the three deities;\n\ndekhila-saw; sei gopha ugha(iiya-by excavating the cave.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu became very happy. After excavating the cave, He saw the three deities.\n\nTEXT 62\n\n�-���1{ C<fiif R'l �\"'� I\n\n'$ftt�t-t �t�J '<!'iii �(ilf·\"'Pfaf� II�� II\n\n", "mad7#p0195": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n162\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nvrajendra-vrajesvarira kaila caraQa vandana\npremavese kr�Qera kaila sarvariga-sparsana\nSYNONYMS\nvraja-indra-of the King of Vraja, Nanda Maharaja; vraja-isvarira-and of the\nQueen of Vraja, mother Yasoda; kaila-did; caraQa vandana-worshiping the\nlotus feet; prema-avese-in ecstatic love; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�r:Ja; kaila-did;\nsarva-ariga-sparsana-touching the whole body.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu offered His respects to Nanda Maharaja and\nmother Yasoda, and with great ecstatic love He touched the body of lord\nKr��a.\nTEXT 63\n\n� f� '���t-t ij'!J·�'! �<fi\"fj I\n\n'!tti �t\\! ��t�t_ '�flt�·<til' �tl'1111 �� II\nsaba dina premavese nrtya-gita kaila\ntahari haite mahaprabhu 'khadira-vana' aila\nSYNONYMS\nsaba dina-all the days; prema-avese-in ecstatic love; nrtya-gita kailadanced and chanted;\n\ntahari haite-from there;\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; khadira-vana aila-came to the place known as Khadiravana.\nTRANSLATION\nEvery day the L ord chanted and danced in ecstatic love. Finally He went to\nKhadiravana.\nPURPORT\nKhadiravana is described in the Bhakti-ratnakara (Fifth Wave):\ndekhaha khadira-vana vidita jagate\nvi�Qu-loka-prapti etha gamana-matrete\n\"Behold the forest named Khadiravana, renowned throughout the universe. If one\ncomes to Khadiravana, he can immediately be elevated to Vi�r:Juloka.\"\nTEXT 64\n\n�twl� �f\"' '!ti:1 '\"il�1 '<;-t�-tt�' I\n''l-.1l' '5ff�' l.fll Gftt<fi 9ft�il '�tf� II �8 II\n\n", "mad7#p0196": "Text 65]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri V�ndavana\n\n163\n\nlila-sthala dekhi' tahari gela 'se?asayi'\n'/ak?mi' dekhi' ei sloka pa(jena gosMii\n\nSYNONYMS\nlila-sthala dekhi'-seeing the places\ndeparted;\n\nof\n\nse?a-sayi-for seeing Se�asayi;\n\npastimes;\n\ntahari-there;\n\nge/a­\n\n/ak?mi-the goddess of fortune;\n\ndekhi'-seeing; ei-this; 5/oka-verse; paqena-recites; gosafii-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter seeing the places of Lord K���;�a's pastimes, Sri Caitanya went to\nSe�asayi, where He saw Lak�mi and recited the following verse.\n\nTEXT 65\nl!� ��l�Sll<ft��� �COl\\\n\n�'1\\!it: \"[COl! f�� ifN'I!� �<fiC\"I\\ I\nC�O!t�<il'llllf'l' \\!i�NC\\!3 01 f<g�<!,\n�9frrifr�<!(\"1lr\\!i �1�<�ifi1I..<�t� 01: ,, �It\nyat te sujata-caral)amburuharh stane?U\nbhitab sanaib priya dadhimahi karkaS€$U\ntenatavim atasi tad vyathate na kim svit\nkurpadibhir bhramati dhir bhavad-ayu?iirh nab\n\nSYNONYMS\nyat-which; te-Your;\n\nsujata-very fine;\n\ncaral)a-ambu-ruham-lotus feet;\n\nstane?u-on the breasts; bhitab-being afraid; sanaib-gently; priya-0 dear\none; dadhimahi-we place; karkase?u-rough; tena-with them; atavim-the\npath; atasi-You roam; tat-they; vyathate-are distressed; na-not; kim svitwe wonder; kurpa-adibhib-by small stones and so on; bhramati-flutters;\ndhib-the mind; bhavat-ayu?iim-of those of whom Your Lordship is the very\nlife; nab-of us.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 dearly beloved! Your lotus feet are so soft that we place them gently on\n\nour breasts, fearing that Your feet will be hurt. O ur life rests only in You. O ur\n\n", "mad7#p0197": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n164\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nminds, therefore, are filled with anxiety that Your tender feet might be\nwounded by pebbles as You roam about on the forest path.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.31.19) spoken by the gopis when\n\nKr�Qa left them in the midst of the rasa-lila.\n\nTEXT 66\n\n''��-i'l� orf�' '�ro'l\"�<til' �ilfi 1\n��ifl �t� ��1 '�ll·<lil' ''5tilft II �� II\n'!t<�\n\ntabe 'khe/a-tirtha' dekhi' 'bhal)c;iiravana' ai/a\n\nyamuna para hana 'bhadra-vana' gela\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-thereafter; khela-tirtha-Khela-tirtha; dekhi'-seeing; bhaQc;iiravana­\n\nBhaQc;liravana; ai/a-came to; yamuna para ha fi a -crossing the River Yamuna;\n\nbhadra-vana-to Bhadravana; ge/a-went.\n\nTRANSLA TION\nA fterwards, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw Khela-tirtha and then went to\nBhaQ«;;iravana. Crossing the Yamuna River, He went to Bhadravana.\nPURPORT\nIn the Bhakti-ratnakara it is said that Sri Kr�Qa and Balarama used to play at\nKhela-tirtha with the cowherd boys during the entire day. Mother Yasoda had to\ncall Them to take Their baths and eat Their lunch.\nTEXT 67\n\n'�<til' orR!' �il: ''5t'1! ''��·<til' 1\n'�il' At�1 C�ilfi igfiJf.til·\\if�-til II �'\\ II\n'srivana' dekhi' puna/:! gela '/oha-vana'\n\n'mahavana' giya kaila janma-sthana-darasana\nSYNONYMS\nsri-vana-Srivana; dekhi'-seeing; puna/:1-again; ge/a-went; toha-vana-to\n\nLohavana; maha-vana-to Mahavana; giya-going; kai/a-performed; janma­\n\nsthana-birth site; darasana-seeing.\n\n", "mad7#p0198": "The Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\nText 68]\n\n165\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then visited Srivana and lohavana. He then went\nto Mahavana and saw Gokula, the place of Lord Kr�r:ta's early childhood\npastimes.\nPURPORT\nOf Srivana (also called Bilvavana), the Bhakti-ratnakara states, devata-pOjita\nbifvavana sobhamaya: \"The beautiful forest of Bilvavana is worshiped by all the\ndemigods.\"\nAbout Lohavana, Bhakti-ratnakara (Fifth Wave) states:\nfohavane k[$Qera adbhuta go-caraQa\netha foha-jarighasure vadhe bhagavan\n\"At Lohavana, Lord Kr�r:'la used to tend cows. The demon named Lohajangha was\nkilled at this place.\"\nMahavana is described as follows in Bhakti-ratnakara (Fifth Wave):\ndekha nanda-yasoda-afaya mahavane\nei dekha sri-k[$Qa-candrera janma sthafa\nsri-gokufa, mahavana-dui 'eka' haya\n\"Behold the house of Nanda and Yasoda in Mahavana. See the birthplace of Lord\nKr�r:'la. Mahavana and the birthplace of Lord Kr�r:'la, Gokula, are one and the same.\"\nTEXT 68\n\n�����e?tfif (}iff-l'f '�'PI I\nO�'Jftr;<!lr;-t �� 'llil '�\" J'l'll� ll �\\r II\nyamafarjuna-bharigadi dekhifa sei sthafa\npremavese prabhura mana haifa tafamafa\nSYNONYMS\nyamafa-arjuna-bhariga-the place where the twin arjuna trees were broken;\nadi-beginning with; dekhifa-saw; sei sthafa-tha t place; prema-avese-in\ngreat ecstasy; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mana-mind; haifa-became; tafamafa-agitated.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing the place where the twin arjuna trees were broken by Sri\nKr�r:ta, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was moved to great ecstatic love.\n\n", "mad7#p0199": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n166\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 69\n\n'c;'5ft�Q'f' c;'ff� �1l'f1 '���'·i{� I\n'�'ltil' c;'JM' ft� �t R-21-�tf II �� ''\n'goku/a' dekhiya aila 'mathura'-nagare\n'janma-sthana' dekhi' rahe sei vipra-ghare\nSYNONYMS\ngokula dekhiya-seeing Gokula; ai/a\n\n-\n\ncame; mathura-nagare-in the city of\n\nMathura; janma-sthana-the birthplace of Lord Kr�t:Ja; dekhi'-seeing; rahe­\n\nstays; sei vipra-ghare-in the house of the Sanoc;l iya brahmal)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter seeing Gokula, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned to Mathura, where\nHe saw the birthplace of the lord. While there, He stayed at the house of the\nSanm;liya brahmar:-a.\nTEXT 70\n\n'\"tt<fif :lf��i c;wf� ��111 fit� 1\n!Jl<fitt• '�f-�t� f� <c�tfitm II �\n\no\n\nII\n\nlokera sarighatta dekhi mathura chaqiya\nekante 'akrura-tirthe' rahila asiya\nSYNONYMS\n/okera-of people; sarighatta-crowd; dekhi-seeing; mathura-the city of\nMathura; chaqiya-leaving; ekante-in a solitary place; akrura-tirthe-at AkrOratirtha; rahi/a\n\n-\n\nstayed; asiya-coming.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSeeing a great crowd assemble at Mathura, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu left\nand went to Akrura-tirtha. He remained there in a solitary place.\nPURPORT\nAkrora-tirtha is also mentioned in the Bhakti-ratnakara (Fifth Wave):\ndekha, srinivasa, ei akrura gramete\nsri-kr?l)a-caitanya-prabhu chilena nibhrte\n\"Srinivasa, look at this village of Akrora. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stayed there in a\nsolitary place.\"\n\n", "mad7#p0200": "Text 72]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n167\n\nTEXT 71\n\n'e�Rf rw� �1 � ,�r� '�\"ftct�' 1\n\n'���-�c;�' �t� '<fi� �t1t <2l�\"l� II 'l � II\nara dina aila prabhu dekhite 'vrndavana'\n'kafiya-hrade' snana kaifa ara praskandana\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-the next day;\n\naila-came;\n\nprabhu-S rT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\ndekhite-to see; vrndavana-Vrndavana; kafiya-hrade-in the KaiTya Lake; snana\nkaifa-took a bath; ara-and; praskandana-at Praskandana.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to Vrndavana and took His\nbath at the Kaliya Lake and Praskandana.\nPURPORT\nKaliya-hrada is mentioned in Bhakti-ratnakara (Fifth Wave):\ne kafiya-tirtha papa vinasaya\nkafiya-tirtha-sthane bahu-karya-siddhi haya\n\"When one takes a bath in KaiTya-hrada, he is freed from all sinful activities. One\ncan also be successful in business by bathing in KaiTya-hrada.\"\nTEXT 72\n\n'�·�flr�J' '�t'! '<;<fi��tQI' �t�� I\n\n1ft�-\"(� '��' <;�� 11,� �111 'l� II\n'dvadasa-aditya' haite 'kesi-tirthe' aila\nrasa-sthafi dekhi' preme murcchita ha-ifa\nSYNONYMS\ndvadasa-aditya haite-from Dvadasaditya; kesi-tirthe aila-came to KesT-tTrtha;\nrasa-sthafi dekhi'-visiting the place of the rasa dance; preme-in ecstatic love;\nmurcchita ha-ifa-became unconscious.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter seeing the holy place called Praskandana, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwent to Dvada5aditya. From there He went to Kesi-tirtha, and when He saw\n\n", "mad7#p0201": "168\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nthe place where the rasa dance had taken place, He immediately lost consciousness due to ecstatic love.\nTEXT 73\n\n'�\\!i{ �t�1 �i{: 'Sl�t'Sl� �ti I\n�t�, <�Stt\"!, i{�, �' �lili:�11 'Slti II 9� II\ncetana pana punab gac;fagac;fi yaya\nhase, kande, nace, pac;fe, uccaib-svare gaya\n\nSYNONYMS\ncetana paiia-getting His senses back; punab - again; gac;fagac;fi yaya - rol l s on\nthe ground; hase-laughs; kande-cries; nace-dances; pac;fe -fal l s down; uccaib-svare gaya -sings very loudly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord regained His senses, He began to roll on the ground. He\nwould sometimes laugh, cry, dance and fall down. He would also chant very\nloudly.\nTEXT 74\n\n��1fttr ��i{ '!tf1 ''S(t���1 I\n�� ��r;;� ��' �'1111 fi{C(f� II 98 II\nei-rafige sei-dina tatha gonaila\nsandhya-ka/e akrare asi' bhik?a nirvahila\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-ralige-in this amusement; sei-dina-that day; tatha goliai/a - passed the\nday there; sandhya-kale-in the evening; akrare asi'-returning to AkrOra-tTrtha;\nbhik?a nirvahila-took His meal.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing thus transcendentally amused, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu passed that\nday happily at Kesi-tirtha. In the evening He returned to Akrura-tirtha, where\nHe took His meal.\nTEXT 75\n\n�ttl! �t�ti{ ,�'11 'fu�ttl�' � I\n\nQi'l_tn·'!f!tt\\! �t�' ��lrl f��11f II '\\� II\n\n", "mad7#p0202": "Text 77]\n\nThe lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n169\n\nprate vrndavane kaila 'cira-ghate' snana\ntentuli-talate asi' karila visrama\nSYNONYMS\nprate-in the morning; vrndavane-in Vrndavana;\n\nkai/a-performed; cira­\n\nghate snana-bathing at Ora-gha�a; ter'ltu/i-ta/ate-underneath the Terituli tree;\nasi'-coming; karila visrama-took rest.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next morning Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned to Vrndavana and\ntook His bath at Cira-ghata. He then went to T entuli-tala, where He took rest.\nTEXT 76\n\n��·�tt'lt �� �.. �t!il I\n�tf �t'l f.f�·C!{t� ���-�-'! II'\\� II\nk[$1)a-lila-kalera sei vrk$a puratana\ntara tale pinc;fi-bandha parama-cikkal)a\nSYNONYMS\nk[$1)a-li/a-kalera-of the time of Lord\n\nKr�r;Ja's presence;\n\nsei vrk$a-that\n\ntamarind tree; puratana-very old; tara tale-underneath that tree; pinc;libandha -a platform; parama-cikkal)a -very shiny.\nTRANSLATION\nThe tamarind tree named Tentuli-tala was very old, having been there since\nthe time of lord Kr�r:-a's pastimes. Beneath the tree was a very shiny platform.\nTEXT 77\n\n�tt �ll_ifl �� Jft'!\"t � I\n��il·(';•t1�1 c;Wt� ��ilt;( �;( II �� II\nnikate yamuna vahe sitala samira\nvrndavana-sobha dekhe yamunara nira\nSYNONYMS\nnikate-near the Terituli-tala, or Amli-tala; yamuna-the Yamuna; vaheflows;\n\nsita/a\n\nsamira-very\n\ncool\n\nbreeze;\n\nvrndavana-sobha-the\n\nbeauty\n\nVrndavana; dekhe-sees; yamunara-of the River Yamuna; nira-water.\n\nof\n\n", "mad7#p0203": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n170\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince the River Yamuna flowed near Tentuli-tala, a very cool breeze blew\nthere. While there, the lord saw the beauty of Vrndavana and the water of the\nRiver Yamuna.\nTEXT 78\n\n'clt'f·'!f;Ql <!f'fli' �� �t1f·����� I\n1f'fJ'tfe ��' �tf�' <!i�11' '�\\1fi�l:11'' �� II 'llr II\ntentula-tale vasi' kare nama-sankirtana\nmadhyahna kari' asi' kare 'akrure' bhojana\nSY NONYMS\ntentu/a-ta/e-underneath the tamarind tree; vasi'-sitting down; kare-does;\nnama-sankirtana-chanting the holy name of the Lord; madhyahna kari'-at\nnoon; asi'-coming back; kare-performs; akrure-at AkrOra-tirtha; bhojanataking lunch.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu used to sit beneath the old tamarind tree and\nchant the holy name of the lord. At noon He would return to Akrura-tirtha to\ntake lunch.\nTEXT 79\n\n�\\1fi�1tf � ��Jf �l:11' �f� I\n,�.f�� \"l�� iltf;1t ��' �Rft'! II 'l� II\n'\n\nakrurera /aka aise prabhure dekhite\nloka-bhiqe svacchande nare 'kirtana' karite\nSY NONYMS\nakrurera\n\n/aka-the\n\npeople\n\nat\n\nAkrora-tirtha;\n\naise-came;\n\nprabhure-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; dekhite-to see; Joka-bhiqe-because of such a crowd of\npeople; svacchande-without disturbance; nare-was not able; kirtana kariteto perform kirtana.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the people who lived near Akrura-tirtha came to see Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, and due to the large crowds, the lord could not peacefully\nchant the holy name.\n\n", "mad7#p0204": "Text 82]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n171\n\nTEXT 80\n\n�t� 'Cit�' �!_ ��11.!1� I\nif111'�'�1� �1( �-�·11\\ro II\nvrndavane asi' prabhu vasiya ekanta\nnama-sankirtana kare madhyahna-paryanta\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavane asi'-coming to Vrndavana; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nvasiya - sitting; ekanta-in a solitary place; nama-sankirtana kare - performs\nchanting of the holy name; madhyahna-paryanta -until noon.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would go to Vrndavana and sit in a solitary place. It was there that He chanted the holy name until noon.\nTEXT 81\n\nlf�·�t1f 'Oft� � \\ifPril I\n��tif ��tif-t � 'ilt�PK�T�il' II lr� II\ntrtiya-prahare loka paya darasana\nsabare upadesa kare 'nama-sankirtana'\nSYNONYMS\ntrtiya-prahare-in the afternoon; /oka-people; paya darasana-get an interview;\n\nsabare-unto everyone;\n\nupadesa kare-instructs;\n\nnama-sankirtana­\n\nchanting of the holy name of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the afternoon, people were able to speak to Him. The Lord told everyone\nof the importance of chanting the holy name.\nTEXT 82\n\n�il�� 'f;ltli'!' �<it '��\\if�' iftll\n\n�11�1_1!·��' \"J�\"', ��1-�1f c1tt1f II lr� II\nhena-kale aila vai$Qava 'k($Qadasa' nama\nrajaputa-jati, -grhastha, yamuna-pare grama\n\n", "mad7#p0205": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n172\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kafe-at this time; ai /a -came; vai?Qava-a devotee; k(?Qadasa namaof the name Kf�r)adasa; rajaputa-jati -belonging to the k?atriya class; grhasthahouseholder; yamuna-pare grama -h i s residence on the other side of the\nYamuna.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDuring this time, a Vai�r;�ava named Kr�r;�adasa came to see Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. He was a householder belonging to the k�atriya caste, and his\nhouse was located on the other side of the Yamuna.\nTEXT 83\n\n'c;<l'lJb' 'fit� \"<l'lfif' c;�� '<fit����' ��t'! I\n�tl{.f'f·'!i'ft11 '�tflfP� '�t� ���ti! lllr'-.!)11\n'kesi' snana kari' sei 'kafiya-daha' yaite\namfi-tafaya gosafiire dekhe acambite\n\nSYNONYMS\nkesi snana kari' -after taking his bath at the place known as KesT-tTrtha; seithat person; kafiya-daha yaite -going to the KaiTya-daha; amfi-tafaya-at the\nplace known as Amli-tala; gosafiire-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dekhe-sees;\nacambite-suddenly\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA fter bathing at Kesi-tirtha, Kr�r;�adasa went toward Kaliya-daha and suddenly saw Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sitting at Amli-tala [Tentuli-tala].\nTEXT 84\n\n� ��-c;� ��' �f{ �1lt.<fi111' I\nc;�1ftt�tilf �t� <l'lm �Rf II 17'8 II\nprabhura riipa-prema dekhi' ha-ifa camatkara\npremavese prabhure karena namaskara\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; riipa-prema -personal beauty and\necstatic love; dekh i'-seeing; ha-ifa camatkara -became astonished; premaavese -in\n\necstatic\n\nlove;\n\nprabhure-to\n\nnamaskara -offers obeisances.\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkarena\n\n", "mad7#p0206": "Text 86]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri V�ndavana\n\n173\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing the Lord's personal beauty and ecstatic love, K��r;�adasa was\nvery astonished. Out of ecstatic love, he offered his respectful obeisances\nunto the Lord.\nTEXT 85\n\n� ��,-� 'l_fif, <�Stti '�11tJ 'lilJ ?\n�·�t� <IS�,- 'If� 'J�\"'l � II lr<t II\nprabhu kahe,-ke tumi, kahan tamara ghara?\nkr?Qadasa kahe,-mui grhastha pamara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord inquired; ke tumi-who are you; kahari-where;\ntamara-your; ghara-residence; kr?Qadasa kahe-Kr�r:tadasa replied; mui-1;\ngrhastha-householder; pamara-most fallen.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked K��r;�adasa, \"Who are youJ Where is your\nhomeJ\" K��r;�adasa replied, \"I am a most fallen householder.\nTEXT 86\n\n�i!Jf�i!·�� 'if�, �-'Pftt� ,11a 'lilJ 1\n'� �� �ll-'�� ��·�-���·II lr� II\nrajaputa-jati muni, a-pare mora ghara\nmora iccha haya-'haria vai?Qava-kirikara'\nSYNONYMS\nrajaputa-jati-belong to the Rajaputa caste; mufli-1; a-pare-on the other\nside of the Yamuna; mora ghara-my residence; mora iccha haya-1 wish; hariato become; vai?Qava-kirikara-the servant of a Vai�r:tava.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I belong to the Rajaputa caste, and my home is just on the other side of the\nRiver Yamuna. However, I wish to be the servant of a Vai�r;�ava.\n\n", "mad7#p0207": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n174\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 87\n\nf•• �t� \\.!!� ljf$ '��' ��'11\n\n�� 'Ill� ��� Gl:!�i �tf�' �t�'I 1117'� II\nkintu aji eka mufii 'svapna' dekhinu\nsei svapna parateka toma asi' painu\nSYNONYMS\nkintu-but; aji-today; eka-one; mufii-1; svapna-dream; dekhinu-saw;\nsei svapna-that dream;\n\nparateka-according to; toma-You; asi'-coming;\n\npainu-1 have gotten.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Today I have had a dream, and according to that dream I have come here\nand found You.\"\nTEXT 88\n\n� litt1r «�� �� �tfil'lfi{ �a- 1\n<;�t1l � � � i{ti:�, �� '�fif' 1117'17' II\nprabhu tarire krpa kaila a/irigana kari\npreme matta haifa sei nace, bale 'hari'\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tarire-unto him; krpa kaila-bestowed\nHis mercy; alirigana kari-embracing; preme-in ecstatic love; matta haifa-became mad; sei-that Kr�l)adasa; nace-dances; bale-chants; hari-the holy\nname of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then bestowed upon Kr�r;1adasa His causeless\nmercy by embracing him. Kr�r;1adasa became mad with ecstatic love and\nbegan to dance and chant the holy name of Hari.\nTEXT 89\n\nl!l�-lft\"f 1l-n� ��Jf �-f �� I\n�� ��fiat�9ftt!·��� ��� II 17'<;� II\n\n", "mad7#p0208": "Text 91]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n175\n\nprabhu-sange madhyahne akrDra tirthe aila\nprabhura avasi�ta-patra-prasada paila\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu-sange-with the Lord; madhyahne-in the afternoon; akrDra tirthe-to\nAkrOra-tTrtha; ai/a-came; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; avasi?ta-patraprasada-remnants of food; paila-got.\nTRANSLATION\nKr�Qadasa returned to Akrura-tirtha with the Lord, and remnants of the\nLord's food were given to him.\nTEXT 90\n\n!21� �-�ttf � 'Sfl'l� �cJI3i I\n\n12ft_� 1f�� �-if·�i§ �f��i II �o II\nprate prabhu-sange aila ja/a-patra lana\nprabhu-sange rahe grha-stri-putra char;iiya\nSYNONYMS\n\nprate-in the morning; prabhu-sange-with SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ai/acame; jala-patra /ana-carrying a waterpot; prabhu-sange rahe-remains with SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; grha-home; stri-wife; putra-children; char;iiya-leaving aside.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next morning, Kr�Qadasa went with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to\nVrndavana and carried His waterpot. Kr�Qadasa thus left his wife, home and\nchildren in order to remain with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 91\n\n���='�,�����\n\n� �tt1 �� � ���� Qftf'itif II �� II\n\nvrndavane puna/:! 'kr�l)a' prakata ha-ifa\nyahan tahan /aka saba kahite lagila\n\n", "mad7#p0209": "176\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavane-at Vrndavana; puna/:1-again; kr?Qa-Lord SrT Kr�l)a; prakata haifa-became manifested; yahan tahan-everywhere; /oka-people; saba-all;\nkahite /agi/a-began to speak.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEverywhere the Lord went, all the people said, \"K��I)a has again manifest at\nV�ndavana.\"\nTEXT 92\n\n�<fi� ��ttl! (}'ft<fi �:�WI I\n�Ri{ �tl! ��t� <tSfif' '<fit�\"f ll �� ll\neka-dina akrurete loka pratal)-ka/e\nvrndavana haite aise kari' kolahale\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; akrurete-at AkrOra-tTrtha; /oka-people; pratal)-ka/e-in\nthe morning; vrndavana haite-from Vrndavana; aise-came; kari'-making;\nko/aha/e-tumult.\nTRANSLATION\nOne morning many people came to Akrura-tirtha. As they came from\nV�ndavana, they made a tumultuous sound.\nTEXT 93\n\n�¥_ �' <fi� '\"ft<fi ��'I �\"''ii I\n121¥_ <\\'it�,- <fi'tt1 C�l! <fif.�j �t'St�il ? �� II\nprabhu dekhi' karila /aka caraQa vandana\nprabhu kahe,-kahan haite karila agamana?\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu dekhi'-seeing Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kari/a-offered; /akapeople; caraQa vandana-respect unto His lotus feet; prabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu said; kahan haite-from where; karila agamana-have you come.\n\n", "mad7#p0210": "Text 95]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n177\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon seeing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, all the people offered respects at\nHis lotus feet. The lord then asked them, \"Where are you all coming from?\"\nTEXT 94\n\n'� �t�,-�-. ��\\; ���� �t\"t I\n\n���-fitt1f � <lltf, �'1Hf1 'Sit\"'f ll �8 II\nlake kahe,-kr�Qa prakata kaliya-dahera jale!\nkaliya-sire nrtya kare, phaQa-ratna jvale\nSYNONYMS\nlake kahe-all the people replied; kr�Qa prakata-Kr�f)a is again manifest;\nkaliya-dahera ja/e-in the water of Lake Kaliya; kaliya-sire-on the head of the\nserpent Kaliya; nrtya kare-dances; phaQa-ratna jva /e-the jewels on the hoods\nblaze.\nTRANSLATION\nThe people replied, \"Kr�r;�a has again manifest Himself on the waters of the\nKaliya Lake. He dances on the hoods of the serpent Kaliya, and the jewels on\nthose hoods are blazing.\nTEXT 95\n\n�te, �f� (;f(t�--ilt�� ��-At I\n\n�fil' ��' <.R� �¥_,- �� '�'!J' �� II eM II\nsak�at dekhila /oka-nahika sarhsaya\nsuni' hasi' kahe prabhu,-saba 'satya' haya\nSYNONYMS\nsak�at-directly; dekhila /aka-all the people saw; nahika sarilsaya\nno\n\ndoubt;\n\nsuni'-hearing;\n\nhasi'-laughing;\n\nkahe\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\n-\n\nthere is\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu said; saba satya haya-all that you have said is correct.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Everyone has seen lord Kr�r;�a Himself. There is no doubt about it.\" Hearing this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began to laugh. He then said, \"Everything is\ncorrect.\"\n\n", "mad7#p0211": "178\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 96\n\n�lJl� f�i{·1ftf� <;llftt�� 'Sf� I\n:II� �t�' �t�,- �� ?t'fl(. ��llfi{ II�� II\nei-mata tina-ratri lokera gamana\nsabe asi' kahe, -kr?!Ja pailun darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; tina-ratri-three nights; /okera gamana-people went;\nsabe-all; asi'-coming; kahe-say; kr?Qa pailun darasana-we have seen Lord\n\nKr�t:�a directly.\nTRANSLATION\nFor three successive nights people went to Kaliya-daha to see Kr�r;�a, and\neveryone returned saying, \"Now we have seen Kr�r;�a Himself.\"\nTEXT 97\n\n��l_-�'Sf �t� <;�<f),-.!n�� <;wf�a, 1\n':II���' �l �tt<'liJ ':II�J' <li�'fla, II�'I II\nprabhu-age kahe /oka, -sri-kf?Qa dekhila\n'sarasvati' ei vakye 'satya' kahaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-age-in front of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kahe /oka-all the people\n\nbegan to say; sri-kr?Qa dekhila-that they have seen Lord Kr�r:Ja; sarasvati-the\ngoddess of learning; ei vakye-this statement; satya-true; kahaila-caused the\npeople to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone came before Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and said, \"Now we have\ndirectly seen Lord Kr�r;�a.\" Thus by the mercy of the goddess of learning they\nwere made to speak the truth.\nTEXT 98\n\n�t� c;�f�' ':lli!J' ��-��i{ I\nfi{rsrt�ti{ :lli!J fit�' '�:llt�J ��J·\\!'iJl' II�lr' II\n\n", "mad7#p0212": "Text 99]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n179\n\nmahaprabhu dekhi' 'satya' kr�Qa-darasana\nnijajnane satya chagi' 'asatye satya-bhrama'\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhu dekhi'-by seeing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; s atya-truly; kr�Qadarasana -seeing Kr�r:Ja; nija-ajnane-by their personal lack of knowledge; satya\ncha(ii '-giving\n\nup the real truth; asatye-untruth; satya-bhrama-mistaking for\n\nthe truth.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the people saw Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, they actually saw Km1a,\nbut because they were following their own imperfect knowledge, they accepted the wrong thing as Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 99\n\n'eft�t'fi � <1St� � Rt'l I\n'�t911 ��', �' <ISRf f� ��llfti{ !' �� II\nbhattacarya tabe kahe prabhura caraf)e\n'ajna deha', yai' kari kr�Qa darasane!'\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhattacarya-Balabhadra\n\nBhagacarya;\n\ntabe-at\n\nthat\n\ntime;\n\nkahe-says;\n\nprabhura caraf)e-at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ajna deha'­\n\nplease give permission; yai '-going; kari kr$f)a darasane-1 shall see Lord Kr�r:Ja\ndirectly.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time Balabhadra Bhaffacarya placed a request at the lotus feet of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. He said, \"Please give me permission to go see Lord\nKr�Qa directly.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThe puzzled people who visited Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu were actually seeing\nLord Kr�r:Ja, but they were mistaken in thinking that Lord Kr�r:Ja had come to Kaliya\nLake. They all said that they had seen Kr�r:Ja directly performing His pastimes on\nthe hood of the serpent Kaliya and that the jewels on Kaliya's hoods were blazing\nbrilliantly. Because they were speculating with their imperfect knowledge, they\nsaw Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as an ordinary human being and a boatman's light\n\n", "mad7#p0213": "180\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nin the lake as Kr�r:Ja. One must see things as they are through the mercy of a\nspiritual master; otherwise if one tries to see Kr�r:Ja directly, he may mistake an\nordinary man for Kr�r:Ja or Kr�r:Ja for an ordinary man. Everyone has to see Kr�r:Ja according to the verdict of Vedic literatures presented by the self-realized spiritual\nmaster. A sincere person is able to see Kr�r:Ja through the transparent via medium\nof SrT Gurudeva, the spiritual master. Unless one is enlightened by the knowledge\ngiven by the spiritual master, he cannot see things as they are, even though he\nremains constantly with the spiritual master. This incident at KaiTya-daha is very\ninstructive for those eager to advance in Kr�r:Ja consciousness.\n\nTEXT 100\n\nl!t� ttcf �� � �t�� 1lifim 1\n\n\"�(f 'iltt�J '�(' C�l'li �ful! l{�i II �\n\n0 0\n\nII\n\ntabe tanre kahe prabhu capac;Ja mariya\n\"mDrkhera vakye 'mDrkha' haifa paQc;iita hafia\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; tanre-unto Balabhadra Bhanacarya; kahe-says; prabhuSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; capac;Ja mariya-slapping; mDrkhera vakye-by the\nwords of some rascals and fools; markha haifa-you became a fool; paQc;iita\nhafia -being a learned scholar.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Balabhadra Bhattacarya asked to see Km1a at Kaliya-daha, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu mercifully slapped him, saying, \"You are a learned\nscholar, but you have become a fool influenced by the statements of other\nfools.\nPURPORT\nMaya is so strong that even a person like Balabhadra Bhanacarya, who was constantly staying with SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, was influenced by the words of\nfools. He wanted to see Kr�r:Ja directly by going to KaiTya-daha, but SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, being the original spiritual master, would not allow His servant to\nfall into such foolishness. He therefore chastised him, slapping him just to bring\nhim to a real sense of Kr�r:Ja consciousness.\n\nTEXT 101\n\n�· � iR{$1 � �fiit�t� ?\n\nfi1'f·i!itll �(-�t<\\') <\\')t1f '<\\')il'ft�\"'f II � � II\no\n\n", "mad7#p0214": "Text 102]\n\n181\n\nThe lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\nkr�l)a kene darasana dibe kali-kale?\n\nnija-bhrame murkha-loka kare kolahale\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�l)a-Lord Kr�r:Ja; kene-why; darasana-interview; dibe-would give; kali­\n\nkale-in this age of Kali; nija-bhrame-by their own mistake; murkha-loka­\n\nfoolish persons; kare kolahale-make a chaotic tumult.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Why will Kr��;�a appear in the age of Kali 1 Foolish people who are mistaken\nare simply causing agitation and making a tumult.\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's first statement (k[�l)a kene darasana dibe kali-ka/e)\nrefers to the scriptures. According to scripture, Kr�r:Ja appears in Dvapara-yuga,\nbut He never appears as Himself in Kali-yuga. Rather, He appears in Kali-yuga in a\ncovered\n\nform.\n\nAs\n\nstated\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nin\n\n(11.5.32):\n\nkr�l)a-varl)arh\n\ntvi�akr�l)arh sangoparigastra-par�adam. Kr�r:Ja appears in the age of Kali in the garb\n\nof a devotee, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who always associates with His internal\nsoldiers-Sri Advaita\n\nPrabhu, Sri\n\nNityananda\n\nPrabhu, Srivasa Prabhu\n\nand\n\nGadadhara Prabhu. Although Balabhadra Bhanacarya was personally serving Lord\nKr�r:Ja in His role as a devotee (Caitanya Mahaprabhu), he mistook Lord Kr�r:Ja for\nan ordinary man and an ordinary man for Lord Kr�r:Ja because he did not follow the\nrules set down by sastra and guru.\n\nTEXT 102\n\n'itt�' i!i ���, �t11' 1f� ��� I\n'�•' liRIIIf� <fiAt� <filf� 1f'tt(]!J �t�i II\" �\"�II\n'vatu/a' na ha-io, ghare rahata vasiya\n\n'k[�Qa' darasana kariha kali ratrye yafia\"\nSYNONYMS\nvatu/a-mad; na ha-io-do not become; ghare-at home; rahata-keep;\nvasiya-sitting;\n\nkr�l)a-Lord Kr�r:Ja;\n\ndarasana-seeing;\n\nkali-tomorrow; ratrye-at night; yatia-going.\n\nkariha-you may do;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Do not become mad. Simply sit down here, and tomorrow night you will\ngo see Kr��;�a.\"\n\n", "mad7#p0215": "182\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 103\n\n�:<fitt;'f ��J-(;l!ft<fi �\"·'lttil 'Cit�l'fl I\n'� \"'�' 'CI�I'fl ?'-�\" � �l'fl n�o� u\nprata/:1-ka/e bhavya-Joka prabhu-sthane ai/a\n'kr�Qa dekhi' aila?'-prabhu tanhare puchila\nSYNONYMS\nprata/:1-ka/e-the next morning; bhavya-/oka-respectable gentlemen; prabhusthane-at the place of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ai/a-came; k[�l)a dekhi'seeing Lord Kr�t:Ja; ai/a-have you come; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ntanhare puchi/a-inquired from them.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next morning some respectable gentlemen came to see Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, and the Lord asked them, \"Have you seen Kr�Qa?\"\nTEXT 104\n\n''ft� <flt�,-11'1t(JIJ ��� ,eh<flttl! ��iI\n\n<flt'fl�� 1{�� 1ftt11', '����iII �oS II\nloka kahe, -ratrye kaivartya naukate cac;:liya\nkaliya-dahe matsya mare, deuF jvaliya\nSYNONYMS\nloka kahe-the sensible respectable persons said; ratrye-at night; kaivartyaa fisherman; naukate-on a boat; cac;:/iya-getting up; kaliya-dahe-in the lake of\nKaliya; matsya mare-catches fish; deuti jva/iya-lighting a torch.\nTRANSLATION\nThese respectable gentlemen replied, \"At night in the Kaliya Lake a fisherman lighting a torch in his boat catches many fish.\nTEXT 105\n\n� ��tl! I!� '�f-1' �t<fi11' � 't!ill' I\n'<fit'ftt1111' -ritt1f �� <flf� il�' ! � It II\no\n\n", "mad7#p0216": "The Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\nText 107]\n\n183\n\ndura haite taha dekhi' lokera haya 'bhrama'\n'kaliyera sarire kr?Qa kariche nartana'!\nSYNONYMS\ndura haite-from a distant place; taha dekhi'-seeing that; iokera-of people\nin general; haya-there is; bhrama-mistake; kaliyera-of the snake Kaliya;\nsarire-on the body; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�l)a; kariche nartana-is dancing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"From a distance, people mistakenly think that they are seeing Kr�l)a dancing on the body of the Kaliya serpent.\nTEXT 106\n\n���I! ��i-�, �t� ���·atte{ I\n�f't11� �\\J·�� '�' \"'fif' 1fttil I �o� II\nnaukate kaliya-jfiana, dipe ratna-jfiane!\njaliyare muc;fha-loka 'kr?f!a' kari' mane!\nSYNONYMS\nnaukate-on the boat; kaliya-jfiana-knowledge as the Kaliya snake; dipe-on\nthe torch; ratna-jfiane-consideration as jewels; jaliyare-the fisherman; muc;/ha/oka-foolish men; kr?Qa kari' mane-accept as Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"These fools think that the boat is the Kaliya serpent and the torchlight the\njewels on his hoods. People also mistake the fisherman to be Kr�l)a.\nTEXT 107\n\n��t<!ltil '��' �;i:�,-� '�J' � I\n��t11' <;��'I <;&lf�,-��1 'fil�J1' il� II �o'l II\nvrndavane 'kr?Qa' aila, -sei 'satya' haya\nkr?Qere dekhila /aka, -iha 'mithya' naya\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavane-to Vrndavana; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�l)a; ai/a-has come back; sei-that;\nsatya haya-is true; kr?Qere-Kr�l)a; dekhila-saw; /aka-the people; iha mithya\nnaya-this is not false.\n\n", "mad7#p0217": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n184\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Actually Lord Kr�r;�a has again returned to Vrndavana. That also is a truth,\nand people have seen Him.\nTEXT 108\n\nf<fi• <fittt1 '�' �t�, <fittti '�11' 11lti{ I\n'lt'l:\"i11'� ��!i ���4ft� II �olr II\nkintu kahori 'k(?Qa' dekhe, kahori 'bhrama' mane\nsthJ.Qu-puru?e yaiche viparita-jfiane\nSYNONYMS\nkintu-but; kahori-where; kr?Qa-Kr�l)a; dekhe-one sees; kahori-where;\nbhrama mane-mistakes; sthaf)u-puru?e-the dry tree and a person; yaiche-as;\nviparita-jfiane-by understanding one to be the other.\nTRANSLATION\n\"But where they are seeing Kr�r;�a is their mistake. It is like considering a dry\ntree to be a person.\"\nPURPORT\nThe word sthaf)u means \"a dry tree without leaves.\" From a distance one may\nmistake such a tree for a person. This is called sthaf)u-puru?a. Although Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was living in Vrndavana, the inhabitants considered Him an\nordinary human being, and they mistook the fisherman to be Kr�l)a. Every human\nbeing is prone to make such mistakes. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was mistaken for\nan ordinary sannyasi, the fisherman was mistaken for Kr�l)a, and the torchlight was\nmistaken for bright j ewels on Kaliya's hoods.\nTEXT 109\n\n� <fi�,-'<fi'tt1 �t�&'£1 '� 5f�llfi{ ?'\n� <fi�,-':Jtsnt� � �ep1(·il'tfl�'i II �o� II\nprabhu kahe, -'kahari paila 'kr?Qa darasana?'\n/aka kahe, -'sannyasi tumi jarigama-narayaf)a\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu further inquired; kahari paila-where\nhave you gotten; k(?f)a darasana-sight of Kf�l)a; /aka kahe-the respectable per-\n\n", "mad7#p0218": "Text 110]\n\n185\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\nsons replied; sannyasi tumi-You are a sannyasi; jarigama narayaQa-moving\n-\n\nNarayal)a.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then asked them, \"Where have vou seen Kr��a\ndirectly?\" The people replied, \"You are a sannyasi, a renunciant; therefore\nYou are a moving Naraya�a [jangama-naraya�a].\"\nPURPORT\nThis is the viewpoint of Mayavada philosophy. Mayavada philosophy supports\nthe impersonalist view that Narayal)a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, has\nno form. One can imagine impersonal Brahman in any form-as Vi�I)U, Lord Siva,\nVivasvan, Gal)esa or Devi Durga. According to the Mayavada philosophy, when\none becomes a sannyasi, he is to be considered a moving Narayal)a. Mayavada\nphilosophy holds that the real Narayal)a does not move because, being impersonal, He has no legs. Thus according to Mayavada philosophy, whoever becomes a sannyasi declares himself Narayal)a. Foolish people accept such ordinary\nhuman beings as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is called vivarta-vada.\nIn this regard, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura comments that jarigamanarayaQa means that the impersonal Brahman takes a shape and moves here and\nthere in the form of a Mayavadi sannyasi. The Mayavada philosophy confirms this.\nDaQ(ia-grahaQa-matreQa naro narayaQo bhavet: \"Simply by accepting the daQ(ia\nof the order of sannyasa, one is immediately transformed into Narayal)a.\"\nTherefore Mayavadi sannyasis address themselves by saying, om nama narayaQaya. In this way one Narayal)a worships another Narayal)a.\nActually an ordinary human being cannot become Narayal)a. Even the chief\nMayavadi sannyasi, Sri Sarikaracarya, says, narayaQa/:1 paro 'vyaktat: \"Narayal)a is\nnot a creation of this material world. Narayal)a is above the material creation.\"\nDue to their poor fund of knowledge, Mayavadi sannyasis think that Narayal)a,\nthe Absolute Truth, takes birth as a human being and that when He realizes this,\nHe becomes Narayal)a again. They never consider why Narayal)a, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, accepts an inferior position as a human being and then\nagain becomes Narayal)a when He is perfect. Why should Narayal)a be imperfect? Why should He appear as a human being? Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu very\nnicely explained these points while at Vrndavana.\n\nTEXT 110\n�t� ��\"fj '1_f1f ��·�<f!tif I\n\n�tlf1 '��' �eft�� �a, fil�nl' II � �\" II\nvrndavane ha-ifa tumi kr�Qa-avatara\ntoma dekhi' sarva-foka ha-ifa nistara\n\n", "mad7#p0219": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n186\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavane-at Vrndavana; ha-ifa-became; tumi-You; kr�Qa-avatara-incarnation of Kr�l)a; toma dekhi'-by seeing You; sarva-foka-all people; ha-ifa\nnistara-become liberated.\nTRANSLATION\nThe people then said, \"You have appeared in Vrndavana as an incarnation of\nKr�r;�a. Just by seeing You, everyone is now liberated.\"\nTEXT 111\n\n� ��,-'f�' '�', �� iii ��i I\n�.,1�1t '�-.'·gJ� �!_iii �fit�i I��� II\nprabhu kahe,-'vi�Qu' 'vi�Qu; iha na kahiba!\njivadhame 'kr�Qa'-jiiana kabhu na kariba!\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; vi�QU vi�Qu-0 Vi�I)U, Vi�l)u;\niha-J:his; na kahiba-do not speak; jiva-adhame-fallen conditioned souls;\nkr�Qa-jiiana-accepting as Lord Kr�l)a; kabhu-ever; na kariba-do not do.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu immediately exclaimed, \"Vi�r;�u! Vi�r;�u! Do not\ncall Me the Supreme Personality of Godhead. A jiva cannot become Kr�r;�a at\nany time. Do not even say such a thing!\nPURPO RT\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu immediately stated that a living being, however exalted he may be, should never be compared to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. All of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's preaching protests the monistic philosophy of the Mayavada school. The central point of Kr�l)a consciousness is that the\njiva, the living entity, can never be accepted as Kr�l)a or Vi�l)u. This viewpoint is\nelaborated in the following verses.\nTEXT 112\n\nlfiUl�- �e:<r-51 iT.,, f��5J-�5J·lf1t I\n\n��1i�( �· � �1il9f1t II ��� II\n\n", "mad7#p0220": "The Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\nText 113]\n\n187\n\nsannyasi-cit-kaQa jiva, kiraQa-kaQa-sama\n?ac;/-aisvarya-pDrQa kr?Qa haya sDryopama\nSYNONYMS\nsannyasi-a person in the renounced order of life; cit-kaQa jiva-a small fragmental living being; kiraQa-of sunshine; kaQa-small particle; sama-like; ?ataisvarya-pDrQa-full\n\nin six opulences;\n\nkr?Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja;\n\nhaya-is;\n\nsurya­\n\nupama-compared to the sun.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A sannyasi in the renounced order is certainly part and parcel of the complete whole, just as a shining molecular particle of sunshine is part and parcel\nof the sun itself. Kr�r:Ja is like the sun, full of six opulences, but the living entity is only a fragment of the complete whole.\nTEXT 113\n\n��' Jr��-1!-.-�'t. il� '�'IT' I\n�fitiftfllf �� �fa;rc;Q '<t-'1' ll � �� ll\njiva, isvara-tattva-kabhu nahe 'sama'\njvalad-agni-rasi yaiche sphulingera 'kaQa'\nSYNONYMS\njiva-a living being; isvara-tattva-and the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nkabhu-at any time; nahe-not; sama-equal; jvalat-agni-rasi-large flame;\nyaich e-as; sphulingera-of a spark; kaQa-fragmental portion.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A living entity and the Absolute Personality of Godhead are never to be\nconsidered equal, just as a fragmental spark can never be considered the\noriginal flame.\nPURPORT\nMayavadT sannyasis consider themselves Brahman, and they superficially speak\nof themselves as Narayal)a. The monistic disciples of the Mayavada school\n(known as smarta-brahmaQas) are generally householder brahmaQas who accept\nthe MayavadT sannyasis as Narayar:Ja incarnate; therefore they offer their obeisances\n\nto\n\nthem.\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\n\nimmediately\n\nprotested\n\nthis\n\nunauthorized system, specifically mentioning that a sannyasi (cit-kaQa jiva) is\n\n", "mad7#p0221": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n188\n\nnothing but a fragmental portion of the Supreme. In other words, he is nothing\nmore than an ordinary living being. He is never Narayar;�a, just as a molecular portion of sunshine is never the sun itself. The living entity is nothing but a fragmental\npart of the Absolute Truth; therefore at no stage of perfection can a living entity\nbecome the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This Mayavada viewpoint is always\ncondemned by the Vai�r;tava school. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu Himself protested\n\nthis philosophy. When the Mayavadis accept sannyasa and consider themselves\nNarayar;ta, they become so puffed up that they do not even enter the temple of\nNarayar;�a to offer respects, for they falsely think themselves Narayar;�a Himself. Al­\n\nthough Mayavadi sannyasis may offer respects to other sannyasis and address\nthem as Narayar;�a, they do not go to a Narayar;�a temple and offer respects. These\nMayavadi sannyasis are always condemned and are described as demons. The\n\nVedas clearly state that living entities are subordinate parts and parcels of the\n\nsupreme. Eko bahanarh yo vidadhati kaman: the Supreme Being, Kr�r;�a, maintains\nall living entities.\nTEXT 114\n\n�i�'JJi \"'�f<l'lf'if�fg: i!fliOif'i'l\"lf w�: I\n\"{jf��l-\"!��r�1 �\"'\\<1: \"!�C�\"ff0l��i�11: II ��8 II\n\nhladinya sarhvid-asli?ta/:1\nsac-cid-ananda isvara/:1\nsvavidya-samvrto jiva/:1\nsarik/esa-nikarakara/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nh/adinya-by the hladini potency; sarhvit-by the samvit potency; asii?ta/:1surrounded;\n\nsat-cit-ananda/:1-always\n\ntranscendentally\n\nblissful;\n\nisvara/:1-the\n\nsva-own ; avidya-by ignorance; samvrta/:1-surrounded;\njiva/:1-the living entity; sariklesa-of the threefold miseries; nikara-of the\nsupreme controller;\n\nmultitude; akara/:1-the mine.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The Supreme Personality of Godhead, the supreme controller, is always\nfull of transcendental bliss and is accompanied by the potencies known as\nhladini and samvit. The conditioned soul, however, is always covered by ignorance and embarrassed by the threefold miseries of life. Thus he is a\ntreasure-house of all kinds of tribulations.'\nPURPORT\nThis quotation of Vi�r;tusvami is cited in Sridhara Svami's Bhavartha-dipika com­\n\nmentary on Srimad-Bhagavatam (1. 7.6).\n\n", "mad7#p0222": "Text 115)\n\nThe lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n189\n\nTEXT 115\n\n�� 'IJ1 ��,-� �� �11 'lf1l' I\n�\\! '�t�1' �' � \\!tt1f � II � �<t II\nyei mu<;iha kahe,-jiva isvara haya 'sama'\nseita 'pa$ar:)(;fi' haya, daQ<;ie tare yama\nSYNONYMS\nyei mu<;iha-any foolish person who; kahe-says; jiva-the living entity;\n\nisvara-the supreme controller; haya-are; sama-e qual; seita-he; pa$andi\nhaya-is a first-class atheist; daQ<;ie-punishes; tare-him; yama-the superin­\n\ntendent of death, Yamaraja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A foolish person who says that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the\nsame as the living entity is an atheist, and he becomes subject to punishment\nby the superintendent of death, Yamaraja.\nPURPORT\n\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura says that the word pasaQ<;ii refers to one\nwho considers the living entity under the control of the illusory energy to be\nequal with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is transcendental to all material qualities. Another kind of pa$aQ<;ii is one who does not believe in the spirit\nsoul, the superior potency of the Lord, and therefore does not distinguish between spirit and matter. While describing one of the offenses against chanting the\nholy names, an offense called sruti-sastra-nindana (blaspheming the Vedic\nliterature), )Tva GosvamT states in his Bhakti-sandarbha: yatha pa$aQda-margeQa\ndattatreyar$abha-devopasakanarh pa$aQ<;iinam. Worshipers of impersonalists like\n\nDattatreya are also pJ.$aQ<;iis. Concerning the offense of aharh-mama-buddhi, or\ndehatma-buddhi (considering the body to be the self), )Tva GosvamT states: devadraviQJ.di-nimittaka-'pJ.$aQ<;ia'-sabdena ca dasaparadha eva\n\nlak$yante,\n\npJ.?aQ­\n\n<;iamayatvat te?J.m. \"Those who are overly absorbed in the conception of the\n\nbody and the bodily necessities are also called pa$aQ<;iis.\" Elsewhere in Bhakti-sandarbha it is stated:\nuddisya devata eva\njuhoti ca dadati ca\nsa pJ.?aQ<;iiti vijfieya/:1\nsvatantro vapi karmasu\n\n\"A pJ.?aQ<;ii is one who considers the demigods and the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead to be one; therefore a pJ.?aQ<;ii worships any kind of demigod as the\n\n", "mad7#p0223": "190\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\" One who disobeys the orders of the spiritual\nmaster is also considered a pa?ar:l(;fi. The word pa?aQ(ii has been described in\nmany places in Srimad-Bhagavatam, including 4.2.28, 30, 32; 5.6.9 and 12.2.13,\n\n43.\n\nOn the whole, a pa?aQ(ii is a nondevotee who does not accept the Vedic con­\n\nclusions. In the Hari-bhakti-vilasa (1.117) there is a verse quoted from Padma\nPuraf)a describing the pa?aQ(ii. SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu quotes this verse as the\n\nfollowing text.\n\nTEXT 116\n<!� O{i�t�'!� Cif<l:� �'ifiil'!fifW�if<l:��: I\n\n1!�r.�C0{<1 <1�C'11i� 11 <>ft'lf�� �r.<l:'f,.!f<l� II � � '\" II\nyas tu narayaf)arh devarh\n\nbrahma-rudradi-daivataib\n\nsamatvenaiva vik?eta\n\nsa pa?aQ(ii bhaved dhruvam\n\nSYNONYMS\nyab-any person who; tu-however; narayaQam-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, the master of such demigods as Brahma and Siva; devam-the Lord;\n\nbrahma-Lord Brahma; rudra-Lord Siva; adi-and others; daivataib-with such\n\ndemigods; samatvena-on an equal level; eva-certainly; vik?eta-observes;\n\nsab-such a person; pa?aQ(ii-pa?aQ(ii; bhavet - must be; dhruvam-certainly.\n\nTRANSLATION\n'A person who considers demigods like Brahma and Siva to be on an equal\nlevel with Narayar;�a is to be considered an offender and a pa�ar;�c;fi.' 11\n11\n\nTEXT 117\n\n�<li ��,-<;� <fi't. �t� 'if<t'·1lfl! I\n�� �f't (;�!� �fl!·t2i�f! ll ��'I ll\n/aka kahe,-tomate kabhu nahe 'jiva'-mati\n\nkr?!Jera sadrsa tamara akrti-prakrti\n\nSYNONYMS\nloka kahe-the people said; tomate-unto You; kabhu-at any time; nahe­\n\nthere is not; jiva-mati-considering an ordinary living being; kr?Qera sadrsa-like\nLord Kr�t:Ja; tamara-Your; akrti-bodily features; prakrti-characteristics.\n\n", "mad7#p0224": "Text 119]\n\nThe lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n191\n\nTRANSLATION\nA fter Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu explained the difference between an ordinary living being and the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the people said,\n\"No one considers You an ordinary human being. You are like Kr��;�a in every\nrespect, in both bodily features and characteristics.\nTEXT 118\n\n'�1?t<:!J' c:!t11tt1f �'ff'! 'at!Sf�·il\"'il' I\nm�tf� 'il<:!t'IR �a, �t�t\"il II� � 1r' II\n'akrtye' tomare dekhi 'vrajendra-nandana'\ndeha-kanti pitambara kaila acchadana\nSYNONYMS\nakrtye-by bodily features; tomare-You; dekhi-we see; vraje ndra-nandana-directly the son of Maharaja Nanda; deha-kanti-the luster of the body;\npita-ambara-golden covering; kaiIa acchadana-covered.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By Your bodily features we can see that You are none other than the son of\nNanda Maharaja, although the golden luster of Your body has covered Your\noriginal complexion.\nTEXT 119\n\n�$!\" �s �' <:!1_if! ll_�nt 1\n\n'�f·._.��' '<:!t11tf m1 iltfft �II��� II\nmrga-mada vastre bandhe, tabu na lukaya\n'isvara-svabhava' tamara taka nahi yaya\nSYNONYMS\nmrga-mada-deer musk; vastre-in cloth; bandhe-wraps; tabu-still; nanot; lukaya-is concealed; isvara-svabhava-characteristics as the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tamara-of You; taka nahi yaya-are not concealed.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A s the aroma of deer musk cannot be concealed by wrapping it in a cloth,\nYour characteristics as the Supreme Personality of Godhead cannot be concealed by any means.\n\n", "mad7#p0225": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n192\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 120\n\n�t��<\\'i '��fl!' Q!t1ft�-<l_�·�t'SttR I\n� ,..f�' �·t�1f i!lf'Ste. �t'Stli' II �� II\no\n\naJaukika 'prakrti' tamara-buddhi-agacara\ntama dekhi' km1a-preme jagat pagaJa\nSYNONYMS\naJaukika-uncommon;\n\nprakrti-characteristics;\n\ntamara-Your;\n\nbuddhi­\n\nagacara-beyond our imagination; toma dekhi'-by seeing You; kr�Qa-preme-in\necstatic love for Kr�l)a; jagat-the whole world; pagaJa-mad.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Indeed, Your characteristics are uncommon and beyond the imagination\nof an ordinary living being. Simply by seeing You, the entire universe becomes mad with ecstatic love for Kr�r;�a.\nTEXTS 121-122\n\nit-�t'l-�, �Bf 'i��', '�' I\n\n� 'l!t1ft1t �<fi�1t 9ft1l � II ��� II\n�-.i{t1f \"'111, iftti ��1 � I\n�tit� � c;�t, l!t�ff i!lf'Stl! II ��� II\nstri-baJa-vrddha, ara 'caQc;iaJa', 'yavana'\nyei tamara eka-bara paya darasana\nkr�Qa-nama Jaya, nace hana unmatta\nacarya ha-iJa sei, tariJa jagata\nSYNONYMS\nstri-women;\n\nbaJa-children;\n\nvrddha-old\n\nmen;\n\nara-and;\n\ncaQc;iaJa-the\n\nlowest of men; yavana-persons who eat meat; yei-anyone who; tamaraYour; eka-bara-once; paya darasana-gets the sight; kr�Qa-nama-the holy\nname of Kr�l)a; Jaya-chants; nace-dances; hana unmatta-like a madman;\nacarya ha-iJa-becomes a spiritual master; sei-that man; tariJa jagata-delivers\nthe whole world.\n\n", "mad7#p0226": "Text 124]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n193\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If even women, children, old men, meat-eaters or members of the lowest\ncaste can see You even once, they immediately chant the holy name of Kr�r:Ja,\ndance like madmen and become spiritual masters capable of delivering the\nwhole world.\nTEXT 123\n\ntif�if �t� ��' <;� <;�11ftif 'il't11' �ti{ I\n<;,t �t�t1111�, �'ftif �<It� II��� II\ndarsanera karya achuka, ye tamara 'nama' sune\nsei km:1a-preme matta, tare tribhuvane\nSYNONYMS\ndarsanera karya achuka-aside from seeing You; ye-anyone who; tamaraYour; nama-holy name; sune-hears; sei-that man; kr�Qa-preme-in ecstatic\nlove of Kr�l)a; matta-maddened; tare-delivers; tri-bhuvane-the three worlds.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Apart from seeing You, whoever listens to Your holy name is made mad\nwith ecstatic love for Kr�r:Ja and is able to deliver the three worlds.\nTEXT 124\n\n'�� ift1f �fil' �� '!t�li '��' I\n�t��� -tf� �t'lltif iii � �� II��8 II\ntomara nama suni' haya svapaca 'pavana'\nalaukika sakti tamara na yaya kathana\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-Your; nama-holy name; suni'-hearing; haya-become; svapacadog-eaters, the lowest of men; pavana-saintly persons; alaukika-uncommon;\nsakti-potency; tamara-Your; na-not; yaya kathana-can be described.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Simply by hearing Your holy name, dog-eaters become holy saints. Your\nuncommon potencies cannot be described in words.\n\n", "mad7#p0227": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n194\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 125\n�r�tlfc�nT-� <1 <tt �<f\"'t\"i•rt'(\n\n�� fl�<ft'(�'!,\"ijQ<(t\"lff9f �fD' I\n1W!' t� f'1 'lW: 'l<l\"'tll <f�?:�\n\n��: 1,\"1?:� �sr�:�... or><f\"'t\"!, 11 � � tt 11\nyan-namadheya-sravaf)anukirtanad\n\nyat-prahvaf)ad yat-smaraf)ad api kvacit\n\nsvado 'pi sadya/:1 savanaya kalpate\n\nkuta/:1 punas te bhagavan nu darsanat\nSYNONYMS\n\nyat-of\n\nwhom;\n\nnamadheya-of\n\nthe\n\nname;\n\nsravaf)a-from\n\nhearing;\n\nanukirtanat-and thereafter from chanting; yat-to whom; prahvaf)at -from\n\noffering respects; yat-of whom; smaraf)at-from simply remembering; api­\n\nalso; kvacit -s o metimes; sva-ada/:1-a dog-eater; api - ev e n; sadya/:1-immediately; savanaya-for performing Vedic sacrifices; kalpate -becomes eligible;\n\nkuta/:1-what to speak; puna/:1-again; te-of You; bhagavan-0 Supreme Personality of Godhead; nu-certainly; darsanat-from seeing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'To say nothing of the spiritual advancement of persons who see the\n\nSupreme Person face to face, even a person born in a family of dog-eaters becomes immediately eligible to perform Vedic sacrifices if he o�ce utters the\nholy name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, or chants about Him, hears\nabout His pastimes, offers Him obeisances or even remembers Him.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.33.6). According to this verse, it\ndoesn't matter what position a person holds. One may be the lowest of the low­\n\na caf)c;/ala, or dog-eater-but if he takes to chanting and hearing the holy name of\nthe Lord, he is immediately eligible to perform Vedic sacrifices. This is especially\ntrue in this age of Kali.\n\nharer nama harer nama\n\nharer namaiva kevalam\n\nka/au nasty eva nasty eva\nnasty eva gatir anyatha\n\n(Brhan-naradiya Puraf)a, 38.126)\n\n", "mad7#p0228": "Text 126]\n\nThe L ord's Visit t o Sri Vrndavana\n\n195\n\nA person born in a brahmal)a family cannot perform Vedic sacrifices until he is\nproperly purified and has attained his sacred thread. However, according to this\nverse, it is understood that even a lowborn person can immediately perform\nsacrifices if he sincerely chants and hears the holy name of the Lord. Sometimes\nenvious people ask how Europeans and Americans in this Kr?r:ta consciousness\n\nmovement can become brahmal)as and perform sacrifices. They do not know that\nthe Europeans and Americans have already been purified by chanting the holy\nname of the Lord-Hare Kr?r:ta, Hare Kr?r:ta, Kr?r:ta Kr?r:ta, Hare Hare/Hare Rama,\n\nHare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare. This is the proof. Svado 'pi sadya/:1 savanaya\nkalpate. One may be born in a family of dog-eaters, but he can perform sacrifices\n\nsimply by chanting the maha-mantra.\n\nThose who find fault in the Western V ai?r:tavas should consider this statement\n\nfrom Srimad-Bhagavatam and the commentary on this verse by SrTia )Tva GosvamT.\n\nIn this regard, SrTia jTva GosvamT has stated that to become a brahmal)a, one has to\n\nwait for purification and undergo the sacred thread ceremony, but a chanter of\nthe holy name does not have to wait for the sacred thread ceremony. We do not\nallow devotees to perform sacrifices until they are properly initiated in the sacred\nthread ceremony. Y et according to this verse, an offenseless chanter of the holy\nname is already fit to perform a fire ceremony, even though he is not doubly initiated by the sacred thread ceremony. This is the verdict given by Lord Kapiladeva\nin His instructions to His mother, DevahOti. It was Lord Kapiladeva who instructed\nDevahOti in pure Salikhya philosophy.\nTEXT 126\n\n��' 'If�- '�!11ft� '��\"''� I\n'''!11i'Pl'·ill-.t'l �-'�t�!!fil\"!il' ll ��� ll\neita' mahima-tomara 'tatastha'-/ak?al)a\n\n'svarupa'-/ak?al)e tumi-'vrajendra-nandana'\nSYNONYMS\neita'-all these; mahima-glories; tamara-Your; tatastha-lak?al)a-marginal\n\ncharacteristics; sva-rupa -original; lak?al)e-by characteristics; tumi-You; vrajendra-nandana-the son of Maharaja Nanda.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"These glories of Yours are only marginal. Originally You are the s on of\nMaharaja Nanda.\"\nPURPORT\nThe original characteristics of a substance are called svarupa, and the subse­\n\nquent corollaries are called tatastha-/ak?al)a, or marginal characteristics. The glo-\n\n", "mad7#p0229": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n196\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nries of the Lord's marginal characteristics prove Him to be the original Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, the son of Maharaja Nanda. As soon as one understands\nthis, one accepts SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord SrT Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 127\n\n<;�� �� <;&lfl't<li �'- ��1W <�if.� I\n�-.�12lt11' � <;�<15 fil;sr-��� <;�\"f II ��'I II\nsei saba Joke prabhu prasada kari/a\nkr�Qa-preme matta /aka nija-ghare gela\nSYNONYMS\nsei saba Joke-unto all those persons; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nprasada karila-bestowed His causeless mercy; kr�Qa-preme-in ecstatic love of\nKr�r:Ja; malta-maddened; /aka-persons; nija-ghare ge/a-returned to their own\nhomes.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then bestowed His causeless mercy upon all the\npeople there, and everyone became ecstatic with love of God. Finally they all\nreturned to their homes.\nTEXT 128\n\n(Jl� ��il 'fj(��t11'' �r� 1\n�·-ift1l·<;�1l fif�i <;� fii�Rtfftll ��lr II\nei-mata kata-dina 'akrare' rahila\nkr�Qa-nama-prema diya /aka nistarila\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; kala-dina-for some days; akrure rahila-stayed at\nAkrora-tTrtha; kr�Qa-nama-the holy name of Kr�r:Ja; prema-ecstatic love; diyadistributing; /aka-everyone; nistarila -delivered.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu remained for some days in Akrura-tirtha. He\ndelivered everyone there simply by distributing the holy name of Kr�r;�a and\necstatic love for the Lord.\n\n", "mad7#p0230": "The Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\nText 131]\n\n197\n\nTEXT 129\n\nlft��fT1f f-t1J '�tl! l3t'fi'l I\nJf�HI ��·�t1f <151ft'� f�'l II ��� II\nmadhava-purira 5i$ya seita brahmaQa\nmathurara ghare-ghare kara'na nimantraQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nmadhava-purira-of\n\nMadhavendra\n\nPuri;\n\n5i$ya-disciple;\n\nbrahmaQa- brahmaQa; mathurara-of Mathura City;\n\nseita-that;\n\nghare-ghare-home to\n\nhome; kara'na-causes to make; nimantraQa-invitation.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmar:-a disciple of Madhavendra Puri went from house to house in\nMathura and inspired other brahmar:-as to invite Caitanya Mahaprabhu to their\nhomes.\nTEXT 130\n\n11� �I! ''ft<li �t'fi'l ��� I\n���t1i·..-tt� ��' <!it1f fillfS'l II ��\n\no\n\nII\n\nmathurara yata loka brahmaQa sajjana\nbhattacarya-sthane asi' kare nimantraf)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nmathurara-of Mathura; yata-all; /oka-people; brahmaQa sat-jana-gentlemen and brahmaQas; bhattacarya-sthane -unto Balabhadra Bhanacarya; asi'coming; kare nimantraQa-offer invitations.\nTRANSLATION\nThus all the respectable people of Mathura, headed by the brahmar:-as,\ncame to Balabhadra Bhattacarya and extended invitations to the lord.\nTEXT 131\n\n�<liRf� '\"-t' '�-t' 'Cl� fii�JPI'l I\n�� �t<l51f ��� � �'I II ��� II\neka-dina 'dasa' 'bisa' aise nimantraf)a\nbhattacarya ekera matra karena grahaQa\n\n", "mad7#p0231": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n198\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-in one day; dasa bisa-ten to twenty; aise-come; nimantraQathe invitations; bhattacarya-Balabhadra Bhattacarya; ekera-of one of them;\nmatra-only; karena grahaQa-accepts.\nTRANSLATION\nIn one day, ten to twenty invitations were received, but Balabhadra Bhattacarya would accept only one of them.\nTEXT 132\n\n�<t�1f il1 9ft11 ,�r� fil�r�'l ffll;� 1\n'�� ��;� �tl;'f '�t<!i fil�!i'l filt'! II ��� II\navasara na paya /aka nimantraQa dite\nsei vipre sadhe /aka nimantraQa nite\nSYNONYMS\navasara na paya-do not get the opportunity; /aka-people; nimantraQa diteto offer invitations; sei vipre-unto that brahmaQa; sadhe-request; /akapeople; nimantraQa nite-to accept the invitation.\nTRANSLATION\nSince everyone did not get an opportunity to offer invitations to Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu personally, they requested the Sano�iya brahma�a to\n\nask the Lord to accept their invitations.\nTEXT 133\n\n<!i��-wtf-.'lti;�J1f '-<tflr<li i3�'1 I\n�lf� <!iRf, <fil;1f �t�,� fil�l'l II ��� II\nkanyakubja-dak�iQatyera vaidika brahmaQa\ndainya kari, kare mahaprabhura nimantraQa\nSYNONYMS\nkanyakubja-brahmaQas from Kanyakubja; dak�iQatyera-certain brahmaQas\nfrom\n\nSouth\n\nIndia;\n\nvaidika-followers\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nVedic\n\nreligion;\n\nbrahmaQa­\n\nbrahmaQas; dainya kari-with great humility; kare-do; mahaprabhura-of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; nimantraQa-invitation.\n\n", "mad7#p0232": "Text 135]\n\nThe Lord's V isit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n199\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmar;�as from different places, such as Kanyakubja and South India,\nwho were all strict followers of the Vedic religion, offered invitations to Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu with great humility.\nTEXT 134\n\n��:�ttll'f ���� �t�' �� <t-fil-�11\n� f�..-1 <;�il-t'M�'Jf ll��111 �-e8 II\npratab-kale akrare asi' randhana kariya\nprabhure bhik$ii dena salagrame samarpiya\nSYNONYMS\npratab-kale-in the morning; akrure-to Akrora-tirtha; asi -coming; randhana\n'\n\nkariya-cooking; prabhure-unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhik$ii dena-offer\nlunch; salagrame samarpiya-after offering to the salagrama-sila.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the morning they would come to Akrura-tirtha and cook food. After\noffering it to the salagrama-sila, they offered it to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nPURPORT\nThere are brahmal)as known as pafica-gauc;la-brahmal)as who come from five\nplaces in northern India, and there are brahmaQas known as pafica-diik$iQatyabrahmaQas who come from five places in southern India. In northern India the\nplaces are Kanyakubja, Sarasvata, Gauc;la, Maithila and Utkala. In southern India\nthe places are Andhra, Karl)ata, Gurjara, Dravi9a and MaharaHra. The brahmal)as\nfrom these places are considered to be very strict followers of the Vedic principles, and they are accepted as pure brahmal)as. They strictly observe Vedic prin­\n\nciples and are not polluted by tantric misdeeds. All of these brahmal)as respectfully invited Caitanya Mahaprabhu for lunch.\nTEXT 135\n\n��flril <;ll� ���-�tti� ��� I\n\nctfll' 'Jf��'- f<f.i �t�il ��t� II ��a II\neka-dina sei akrura-ghatera upare\nvasi' mahaprabhu kichu karena vicare\n\n", "mad7#p0233": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n200\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-once upon a time; sei-that; akrOra-ghatera-of the AkrOra bathing\nghat;\n\nupare-on\n\nthe\n\nbank;\n\nvasi'-sitting;\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kichu-some; karena-does; vicare-consideration.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sat at the bathing ghat of Akriira-tirtha\nand thought the following thoughts.\nPURPORT\nAkrOra-tTrtha is located on the road between Vrndavana and Mathura. When\nKr�r:Ja and Balarama were being taken to Mathura by AkrOra, the Lord rested at this\nplace and took His bath in the Yamuna. When Kr�r:Ja and Balarama took Their\nbaths, Akrora saw the entire world of Vaikur:Jtha within the water. The inhabitants\nof Vrndavana also saw the Vaikur:Jtha planets within the water.\n\nTEXT 136\n\n<fll �tti �\\lli� C�i:-b ,5ff-!f!' I\n��� 'ilt� ''�t��' 5f-tif ��'f II��� II\nei ghate akrOra vaikuQtha dekhila\nvrajavasi /oka 'go/aka' darsana kaila\nSYNONYMS\nei ghate-in this bathing place; akrOra-AkrO ra; vaikuQtha dekhila-saw the\nspiritual world; vrajavasi /oka-the inhabitants of Vrndavana; goloka darsana\n\nkaila -saw Goloka.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu thought, \"At this bathing place, Akriira saw\nVaikur;�fha, the spiritual world, and all the inhabitants of Vraja saw Goloka\nVrndavana.\"\nTEXT 137\n\n<fl\\! �fit' �lt� f5f� �'Rf ��� I\n��1 1lf�1 � �t'f1l f�'!t1l II ��� II\neta bali' jhanpa dila jalera upare\n(iubiya rahi/a prabhu jalera bhitare\n\n", "mad7#p0234": "Text 139]\n\n201\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\nSYNONYMS\n\neta ba/i'-saying this; jhanpa di/a-jumped; ja/era upare-above the water;\nQ'ubiya-sinking; rahi/a-remained; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ja/era\nbhitare-within the water.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile considering how Akrura remained within the water, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu immediately jumped in and stayed under water for some time.\nTEXT 138\n\n�fit'\"�� �tfiw' !�111' �RI� I\n\n�ti� Jb!i 'Citf�' !2Jt_t1f �� II �'!117- II\ndekhi' k[$Qadasa kandi' phukara karila\nbhattacarya sighra asi' prabhure uthaila\nSYNONYMS\ndekhi'-seeing; kf$Qadasa-Kr��adasa; kandi'-crying; phu-kara kari/a-called\nloudly;\n\nbhattacarya-Balabhadra\n\nBhagacarya;\n\nsighra-hastily;\n\nasi'-coming;\n\nprabhure uthai/a-raised Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Kr�r;�adasa saw that Caitanya Mahaprabhu was drowning, he cried\nand shouted very loudly. Balabhadra Bhatfacarya immediately came and\npulled the Lord out.\nTEXT 139\n\nl!t� <eijwt-t{ �� l31�t'i \"�1 I\n\nW� �RI'ii Pt:� fi{'ft'! ��11'1 II �'!I� II\ntabe bhattacarya sei brahmaQe lana\nyukti karila kichu nibhrte vasiya\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nbhattacarya-Bhagacarya;\n\nbrahmaQa; /alia-taking;\n\nsei\n\nyukti kari/a-consulted;\n\nvasiya-sitting in a solitary place.\n\nbrahmaQe-the\n\nSanoc;jiya\n\nkichu-something;\n\nnibhrte\n\n", "mad7#p0235": "202\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this,\n\nBalabhadra Bhatfacarya took the Sanoc;fiya brahmar;�a to a\n\nsecluded place and consulted with him.\nTEXT 140\n\n�tfiSf �tfif �t�a,t-s ��t�\"( � I\n\n�\"ft<lti{ �?;<li{ ��' <;<IS ��tt<l �t� 1 �So II\naji ami achilaria uthailuri prabhure\nvrndavane (iubena yadi, ke uthabe tarire?\nSYNONYMS\naji-today; ami-1; achilaria-was present; uthailuri-raised; prabhure-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; vrndavane-in Vrndavana; (iubena yadi-if He drowns;\nke uthabe tarire-who will raise Him.\nTRANSLATION\nBalabhadra Bhatfacarya said, \"Since I was present today, it was possible for\nme to pull the Lord up. However, if He starts to drown at Vrndavana, who will\nhelp Him?\nTEXT 141\n\n,�<1511 ���v, �t11 fi{11sr;� �-� 1\n\nfi{11�� �<1-t �if! c;wf-tt� ��II �8� II\nlokera sarighatta, ara nimantraQera jafijala\nnirantara avesa prabhura na dekhiye bhala\nSYNONYMS\n/okera sarighatta-crowds of people; ara-and; nimantraQera jafijala-the dis­\n\nturbance of invitations; nirantara-always; avesa-ecstatic love; prabhura-of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; na dekhiye bha/a-1 do not see any good in this.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now there is a crowd of people here, and these invitations are causing\nmuch disturbance. In addition, the Lord is always ecstatic and emotional. I do\nnot find the situation here very good.\n\n", "mad7#p0236": "Text 144]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n203\n\nTEXT 142\n\n��� �� �flf �� <fi� I\n'!t� ';{llrff �,-�� �fl' �� �� II �8� II\nvrndavana haite yadi prabhure ka<;iiye\ntabe marigala haya, -ei bhala yukti haye\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavana\n\nhaite-from\n\nYrndavana;\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nka<;iiye-1\n\naway;\n\ntake\n\nyadi-if;\n\ntabe-then;\n\nprabhure-SrT\nmariga/a\n\nauspiciousness; ei-this; bha/a-good; yukti-plan; haye-is\n\nCaitanya\n\nhaya-there\n\nis\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"It would be good if we could get Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu out of\nVrndavana. That is my final conclusion.\"\nTEXT 143\n\nfil<21 <!It�,--- <2i�rtt� <2i't_ fl'�i � I\n�1-9ft� �' t:!t� �� � II �8� II\nvipra kahe, -prayage prabhu lana yai\ngariga-tira-pathe yai, tabe sukha pai\nSYNONYMS\nvipra kahe-the brahmaQa said; prayage-to Prayaga; prabhu-SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; /ana-taking; yai-let us go; gariga-tira-pathe-on the bank of the\nGanges; yai-let us go; tabe-then; sukha pai-we shall get pleasure.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Sano�iya brahmaQa said, \"Let us take Him to Prayaga and go along the\nbanks of the Ganges. It will be very pleasurable to go that way.\nTEXT 144\n\n'�tm-.tiJI, �tt� �t�i <fifif' �trmt� 1\n\n'�� 9ft.. � fl'�i <IIRft� � II �88 II\n'soro-k�etre, age yana kari' gariga-snana\nsei pathe prabhu lana kariye payana\n\n", "mad7#p0237": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n204\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\nsoro-k�etre-to the holy place named Soro-k�etra; age-first, beyond; yafiagoing; kari' gariga-snana-having taken bath in the Ganges; sei pathe-that way;\nprabhu /afia-taking Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kariye payana\n\n-\n\nlet us go.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"After going to the holy place named Soro-k�etra, and taking bath in the\nGanges, let us take Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu that way and go.\nTEXT 145\n\n1ft'it·'lft� l'ftRI'f, �t� �fit\" �t�t� I\n1f<!St1f !2i�t'Sf·lfti{ � fir� ?!ft� II � 8<t II\nmagha-masa lagila, ebe yadi yaiye\nmakare prayaga-snana kata dina paiye\nSYNONYMS\nmagha-masa /agi/a\n\n-\n\nthe month of Magha has begun; ebe-now; yadi-if;\n\nyaiye-we go; makare-during the Makara-sarikranti; prayaga-snana-bathing at\nPrayaga; kata dina-for a few days; paiye-we shall get.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is now the beginning of the month of Magha. If we go to Prayaga at this\ntime, we shall have an opportunity to bathe for a few days during Makarasankranti.\"\nPURPORT\nBathing during the month of Magha at Magha-mela still takes place. This has\nbeen a very old me/a (assembly) from time immemorial. It is said that the Lord in\nthe form of Mohini took a bucket of nectar and kept it at Prayaga. Consequently\nMagha-mela has been observed, and there is an assembly of holy men there every\nyear. Every twelfth year there is a Kumbha-mela, a great festival, and all the holy\nmen from all over India assemble there. The brahmaf)a wanted to take advantage\nof the Magha-mela and bathe there.\nBathing at the confluence of the Ganges and Yamuna near the fort at\nAllahabad, Prayaga, is mentioned in revealed scriptures:\nmaghe masi gami�yanti\ngariga-yamuna-sarigamam\n\n", "mad7#p0238": "The lord's Visit to Sri V�ndavana\n\nText 147]\n\n205\n\ngavaril sata-sahasrasya\nsamyag dattaril ca yat-phalam\nprayage magha-mase vai\ntryaharil snatasya tat-phalam\n\"If one goes to Prayaga and bathes at the confluence of the Ganges and Yamuna\nin the month of Magha, he attains the result of giving hundreds and thousands of\ncows in charity. Simply by bathing for three days there, he attains the results of\nsuch a pious activity.\" Because of this, the Sano9iya brahmaf)a was very eager to\ngo to Prayaga and bathe. Generally karmis (fruitive laborers) take advantage of\nbathing there during the month of Magha, thinking that they will be rewarded in\nthe future. Those who are situated in devotional service do not very strictly follow\nthis karma-kaf)c;/iya process.\nTEXT 146\n\n�f11i{nt �:� f<r�t; <II�' fi{�i{ I\n'JJ<fi�-9f�f� \\21�tt�' <fifi1� \"�i{ II �8� II\napanara dul)kha kichu kari' nivedana\n'makara-palicasi prayage' kariha sucana\nSYNONYMS\n\napanara -personal;\n\ndul)kha -unhappiness;\n\nkichu-some;\n\nkari' -doing;\n\nnivedana -submission; makara-palicasi-the full-moon day in the month of\nMagha; prayage-to Prayaga; kariha s ucana -kindly inform.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Sano�iya\n\nbrahmar;�a continued,\n\n\"Kindly submit to\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu the unhappiness you are feeling within yourself. Then propose\nthat we all go to Prayaga on the full-moon day of the month of Magha.\n\nTEXT 147\n\n�t��·11t� �� iSfl�� itt� I\n�t� �t�' �t� <fi� �t� II �8� II\nganga-tira-pathe sukha janaiha talire\nbhattacarya asi' tabe kahila prabhure\n\n", "mad7#p0239": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n206\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ngariga-tira-on the bank of the Ganges; pathe-on the path; sukha-happiness; janaiha-kindly let know; tarire-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhattacaryaBalabhadra Bhattacarya; asi'-coming; tabe-thereafter; kahila prabhure-informed Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Tell the lord of the happiness you will feel in traveling via the banks of the\nGanges.\" Balabhadra Bhattacarya therefore submitted this prayer to Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 148\n\n\":Jtf� if! 9ftf1{ �tfli '\"ftt�� '$f��f� I\n�'I �f'$f' '�<ri �t11 tl�� n �8\"' n\n\"sahite na pari ami /okera ga<;Jaba<;/i\nnimantraf)a lagi /aka kare hu<;Jahu<;Ji\n'\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsahite na pari-cannot tolerate; ami-1; lokera-of people; ga(iaba(ii-distu rbance; nimantral)a-invitations; /agi'-for; /aka-people; kare-do; hu(iahu(iihurrying.\nTRANSLATION\nBalabhadra Bhattacarya told the lord, \"I can no longer tolerate the disturbance of the crowd. People are coming one after another to offer invitations.\nTEXT 149\n\n��:�\"1 �t�f;:Jf ��, �tli�� il1 �t� I\n'�tlftr;;� il1 �t�1 '�<ri 'lit1l lit�1 �� n �8� n\nprata/:1-ka/e aise /aka, tomare na paya\ntomare na pana /aka mora matha khaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nprata/:1-ka/e-in the morn ing; aise-come; /aka-people; tomare-You; na\npaya-cannot see; tomare na pana-not getting You; /aka-people; mora matha\nkhaya-tax my brain.\n\n", "mad7#p0240": "Text 151]\n\nThe lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n207\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Early in the morning people come here, and not seeing You present, they\nsimply tax my brain.\nTEXT 150\n\nl!t<l �� � �t<l 'i1\"ft9ft� �ttt� I\n<.!It<! � �t�, '1f<Tlt11'' 'i1�� �1�t1111 �<to II\ntabe sukha haya yabe ganga-pathe yaiye\nebe yadi yai, 'makare' ganga-snana paiye\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then; sukha haya-it will be great happiness for me; yabe-when;\nganga-pathe-on the path of the Ganges; yaiye-we go; ebe yadi yai- if we go\n\njust now; makare-during Makara-sarikranti; ganga-snana paiye-we can take\nbath in the Ganges.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I will be very happy if we all leave and take the path by the banks of the\nGanges. Then we can have the opportunity to bathe in the Ganges in Prayaga\nduring Makara-sankranti.\nPURPO RT\nThere are two great occasions for bathing in the Ganges during Magha-mela.\nOne is on the day of the dark moon, and the other is on the day of the full moon\nduring the month of Magha.\nTEXT 151\n\n\\IN1t ��� 12ft'I' ��t� il1 �tfif I\n\n� <;� �911 �' <;�� �t11' -.ff II\"��� II\nudvigna ha-ifa pral)a, sahite na pari\nprabhura ye ajfia haya, sei sire dhari\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nudvigna-agitated; ha-ifa-has become; pral)a-my mind; sahite-to bear; na\npari-1 am unable; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ye-what; ajfia­\n\norder; haya-there is; sei sire dhari-1 accept that.\n\n", "mad7#p0241": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n208\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My mind has become very agitated, and I cannot bear this anxiety. May\neverything rest on the permission of Your Lordship. I will accept whatever You\nwant to do.\"\nTEXT 152\n\n��r;r �\"ft�·�Jtt'$f itt�� 11� I\n\n�-��Aft�� 11'!� �� II ��� II\nyadyapi vrndavana-tyage nahi prabhura mana\nbhakta-iccha purite kahe madhura vacana\n\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although;\n\nvrndavana-tyage-to leave Vrndavana;\n\nnahi prabhura\n\nmana-was not the desire of the Lord; bhakta-of the devotee; iccha-desire;\npurite-to fulfill; kahe-says; madhura vacana-sweet words.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA lthough Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had no desire to leave Vrndavana, He\nbegan to speak sweet words just to fulfill the desire of His devotee.\nTEXT 153\n\n\"'t_fif �111 �tfil' ���� �\"ft� I\n\\fl� �'i' �tfil iltfil<t <fiRtt� (;-tf� II ��� II\n\"tumi amaya ani' dekhaila vrndavana\nei 'wa' ami nariba karite sodhana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-you; amaya-Me; ani'-bringing; dekhaila-showed; vrndavana-the\nholy place named Vrndavana; ei wa-this debt; ami nariba-1 shall not be able;\nkarite sodhana-to repay.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \" You have brought Me here to show Me\nVrndavana. I am very much indebted to you, and I shall not be able to repay\nthis debt.\n\n", "mad7#p0242": "Text 156]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n209\n\nTEXT 154\n\nc;lf c;i!'t1ft1f ��1, �tf;{ c;��i! �fiR I\n�1 '1�1 �t� �' i!ttt� ��� II\" ��8 II\nye tamara iccha, ami seita kariba\nyahan /aria yaha tumi, tahani yaiba\"\nSYNONYMS\nye tamara iccha-whatever You like; ami-1; seita kariba-must act accordingly; yahan-wherever; /aria yaha-take; tumi-you; tahani yaiba-1 shall go\nthere.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Whatever you desire, I must do. Wherever you take Me, I shall go.\"\nTEXT 155\n\ni21ti!:� 1f�t� �ti!:'mi{ '�if I\n'�\"ft� �t�' lllft�' (;��llf �'I II��� II\nprata/:1-ka/e mahaprabhu prata/:1-snana kaila\n'vrndavana chagiba' jani' premavesa haila\nSYNONYMS\nprata/:1-ka/e-in the morning; mahaprabhu-Srr Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prata/:1snana kaila-took His morning bath; vrndavana chagiba-1 shall have to leave\nVrndavana; jani'-knowing; prema-avesa haila-became ecstatic in love.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next morning, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu got up early. After taking His\nbath, He became ecstatic with love, knowing that He now had to leave\nVrndavana.\nTEXT 156\n\n� �11f ilt�, <;i211Jt�� 1{i{ I\n\n�� ��,-Pf, �t� 1f�i{ II ��� II\nbahya vikara nahi, premavi$ta mana\nbhattacarya kahe, -cala, yai mahavana\n\n", "mad7#p0243": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n210\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\nbahya-external;\n\nvikara-symptoms;\n\nnahi-there were not;\n\nprema-avi�ta\n\nmana-the mind was full of ecstatic love; bhattacarya kahe-Bhattacarya said;\nca/a-let us go; yai mahavana-let us go to Mahavana.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the Lord did not exhibit any external symptoms, His mind was\nfilled with ecstatic love. At that time, Balabhadra Bhaffacarya said, \"Let us go\nto Mahavana [Gokula].\"\nTEXT 157\n\n1.!1� �fit' �l%lftJ ,il)�t11 �$i I\n�'Rf �fit' ��11i �r� \"t$i n �<t'� n\neta bali' mahaprabhure naukaya vasaria\npara kari' bhattacarya ca/ila /aria\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; mahaprabhure-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; naukaya-on\na boat; vasaria-making sit down; para kari'-crossing the river; bhattacaryaBalabhadra Bhattacarya; ca/i/a-went; /aria-taking.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, Balabhadra Bhaffacarya made Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sit\naboard a boat. After they crossed the river, he took the Lord with him.\nTEXT 158\n\n'� flW�, �R (;:JI�i! '13t'l'i'1 I\n�t�11'-�t� ��<1111' R91 ��iSfilll �(tlr II\npremi kr�Qadasa, ara seita brahmal')a\nganga-tira-pathe yaibara vijria dui-jana\n\nSYNONYMS\npremi kr�Qadasa-the\n\ndevotee\n\nRajaputa\n\nKr�t:�adasa;\n\nara-and;\n\nseita\n\nbrahmal')a-that Sanoc;jiya brahmal')a; ganga-tira-pathe-on the path by the bank\nof the Ganges; yaibara-to go; vijria-experienced; dui-jana-two persons.\n\n", "mad7#p0244": "Text 161]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n211\n\nTRANSLATION\nBoth Rajaputa Kr�r;�adasa and the Sano«:fiya brahmar;�a knew the path along\nthe Ganges bank very well.\nTEXT 159\n\n�� �� �'Jtit!ti!'f � �<fl i!'f$i I\n�flti!'(i, � 9fth�1f'l c;w��i II ��� II\nyaite eka vrk?a-tale prabhu saba lana\nvasila, sabara patha-sranti dekhiya\nSYNONYMS\nyaite-while passing; eka-one; vrk?a-ta/e-underneath a tree; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; saba /afia-taking all of them; vasi/a-sat down; sabaraof all of them; patha-sranti-fatigue because of walking; dekhiya-understanding.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile walking, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, understanding that the others\nwere fatigued, took them all beneath a tree and sat down.\nTEXT 160\n\nc;� ��Jti-fi{<T�ti 1>� �I( '$ft�'$f'f I\n�i C'f�' ;r�1�t_1f qflt� 1fi' II ��o II\nsei vrk?a-nikate care bahu gabhi-gaf)a\ntaha dekhi' mahaprabhura ullasita mana\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; vrk?a-nikate-near the tree; care-were grazing; bahu-many;\ngabhi-gaf)a-cows; taha-that; dekhi'-seeing; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; ul/asita mana-the mind became very pleased.\nTRANSLATION\nThere were many cows grazing near that tree, and the Lord was very\npleased to see them.\nTEXT 161\n\n�� �<\\'1 c;'$f19f .,-�ljt �Nt-� I\n�fj{' ;r�1�� �i·<:�1ftt� �'I II ��� II\n\n", "mad7#p0245": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n212\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch.\n\n18\n\nacambite eka gopa varhsi bajaifa\nsuni' mahaprabhura maha-premavesa haifa\nSYNONYMS\n\nacambite-suddenly; eka gopa-one cowherd boy; varhsi-flute; bajaifablew; suni'-hearing; mahaprabhura -of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; maha-premaavesa-absorption in great ecstatic love; haifa-there was.\nTRANSLATION\nSuddenly a cowherd boy blew on his flute, and immediately the lord was\nstruck with ecstatic love.\nTEXT\n\n162\n\n�tGI!il �$1 � '-� �f� I\n�� �1 ��' �t1l 'Slt:Ji \"� II ��� II\nacetana hafla prabhu bhumite pac;Jifa\nmukhe phena pacje, nasaya svasa ruddha haifa\nSYNONYMS\n\nacetana-unconscious; hafla-becoming; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nbhUmite pac;Jifa-fell on the ground; mukhe-at the mouth; phena pac;Je-there\nwas foam; nasaya-in the nostrils; svasa-breath; ruddha haifa-stopped.\nTRANSLATION\nFilled with ecstatic love, the lord fell unconscious to the ground. He\nfoamed about the mouth, and His breathing stopped.\nTEXT\n\n163\n\n�il�tti'f �tt1 �t1 �llf ��� I\n\na��·�ntil ,�t!f1 c�t� ��i1'111 ��� 11\nhena-kafe tahali a.Soyara dasa aila\nmfeccha-pathana ghoc;Ja haite uttarifa\nSYNONYMS\n\nhena-kafe-just at this time; tahali-there; asoyara-soldiers; dasa-ten;\nai/a-came; mfeccha-Mohammedans; pathana-the race of Pathanas; ghoc;Jahorses; haite-from; uttarifa-got down.\n\n", "mad7#p0246": "Text 166]\n\nThe lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n213\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the lord was unconscious, ten cavalry soldiers belonging to the\nMohammedan Pathana military order rode up and dismounted.\nTEXT 164\n\n<2ft_t1t �f-m1 � <fi�f;� �m 1\n\n�� �f!-� f� ��c( �� II ��8 II\nprabhure dekhiya mleccha karaye vicara\nei yati-pasa chi/a suva rf)a apara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhure-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu;\ndekhiya-seeing;\nm/eccha-the\nMohammedans; karaye vicara-considered; ei ya ti pasa-within the possession\nof this sannyasi; chi/a-there was; suvarf)a apara-a large quantity of gold.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the lord unconscious, the soldiers thought, \"This sannyasi must\nhave possessed a large quantity of gold.\nTEXT 165\n\n�� i'!'Rf ��tJ {_� �t-e�tlfP1 I\nJttfl'' cstfl'��' �fe1f � � 'flfP1 II ��<! II\nei cari batoyara dhutura khaoyana\nmari' c;lariyache, yatira saba dhana lana\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-these; cari-four; batoyara-rogues; dhutura-dhutura; khaoyana-making Him eat; mari' c;lariyache-killed ; yatira-of the sannyasi; saba-all; dhanawealth; /ana-taking away.\nTRANSLATION\n\"These four rogues here must have taken away that sannyasi's riches after\nkilling Him by making Him take the poison dhutura.\"\nTEXT 166\n\n�t� '� �itec itfif�ect� �� 1\n�� G�, ,osl\\� � <ttf� 'ftf'$1tf �����Ill\n\n", "mad7#p0247": "214\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\ntabe sei pathana cari-janere bandhila\nkatite cahe, gauc;fiya saba kanpite Jagila\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then; sei pathana-the Pathana soldiers; cari-janere-the four persons;\nbandhila-arrested; katite cahe-wanted to kill them; gauc;fiya-the Bengalis;\nsaba-all; kanpite /agi/a-began to tremble.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThinking this, the Pafhana soldiers arrested the four persons and decided to\nkill them. B.ecause of this, the two Bengalis began to tremble.\nPURPORT\nThe four persons were Balabhadra Bhattararya, his assistant brahmaQa, Rajaputa\nKr�l)adasa and the Sano<;liya brahmaQa devotee of Madhavendra Puri.\n\nTEXT 167\n\n��rt�-1f't'f11!, �� � �� I\n\n(;�l �121-�·11, �-�-t � lf� II ���:! II\nk[$Qadasa-rajaputa, nirbhaya se bac;fa\nsei vipra-nirbhaya, se-mukhe bac;fa dac;fa\n\nSYNONYMS\nk[$Qadasa-Kr�l)adasa; rajaputa-belonging to the Rajaputa race; nirbhayafearless; se-he; bac;fa-very; sei vipra-the Sano<;liya brahmaQa; nirbhaya-also\nfearless; se-he; mukhe-in the mouth; bac;fa dac;fa-very brave.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotee Kr�r;�adasa, who belonged to the Rajaputa race, was very fearless. The Sanoc;tiya brahmaQa was also fearless, and he spoke very bravely.\nTEXT 168\n\n�121 �,-9ft��' (;l!llf't1f 9fte.�t1f � I\nii'f � �tfif f�1f-� � II ��lr II\nvipra kahe, -pathana, tomara patsara dohai\nca/a tumi ami sikdara-pasa yai\n\n", "mad7#p0248": "The Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\nText 170]\n\n215\n\nSYNONYMS\nvipra kahe-the brahmaQa said; pathana-you Pathana soldiers; tomara-your;\npatsara-king; dohai-under the protection of; ca/a-let us go; tumi-you;\nami-we; sikdara-pasa-to the commander; yai-let us go.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmaQa said, \" You Pathana soldiers are all under the protection of\nyour king. let us go to your commander and get his decision.\nTEXT 169\n\n�l �fl! �'llrt1f �1P, �f1l-1ft;_� i3'tllfi'i I\n'Pt1e.lft� �1t'it �1t� ��'Ill� i!lfil' II ��� II\n-·\n\nei yati-amara guru, ami-mathura brahmaQa\npatsara age ache mora 'sata jana'\nSYNONYMS\nei yati-this sannyast; amara guru-my spiritual master; ami-1; mathura\nbrahmaQa-a brahmaQa from Mathura;\n\npatsara age-in the service of the\n\nMohammedan king; ache-there are; mora-my; sata jana-one hundred persons.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This sannyasi is my spiritual master, and I am from Mathura. I am a\nbrahmaQa, and I know many people who are in the service of the Mohammedan king.\nTEXT 170\n\n�l��<utf����l\n�� �l!i{ �'�:If�� II �'lo II\nei yati vyadhite kabhu hayena mOrcchita\nabatihi cetana paibe, ha-ibe samvita\nSYNONYMS\nei yati-this sannyast; vyadhite-under the influence of disease; kabhusometimes;\n\nhayena mOrcchita-becomes\n\nunconscious;\n\nabatihi-very soon;\n\ncetana-consciousness; paibe-will get back; ha-ibe samvita-will come to His\nproper senses.\n\n", "mad7#p0249": "216\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"This sannyasi sometimes falls unconscious due to the influence of a disease. Please sit down here, and you will see that He will very soon regain consciousness and His normal condition.\nTEXT 171\n\nlltit'f<li � C�, �fqj' 1ft�� ll�r;;1f I\n\n�·�tt\"' �i, �� �fil� ll�tt1f II �C!� II\nk$af)eka ihari vaisa, bandhi' rakhaha sabare\nirihake puchiya, tabe mariha sabare\nSYNONYMS\nk$af)eka-for some time;\n\nihari vaisa-sit down here; ba.ndhi'-arresting;\n\nrakhaha-keep; sabare-all of us; irihake puchiya-after questioning Him; tabethen; mariha sabare-you can kill all of us.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sit down here for a while and keep us all under arrest. When the sannyasi\nregains his senses, you can question Him. Then, if you like, you can kill us\nall.\"\nTEXT 172\n\n� �.-� 9ff'IS61!i 11't� �il I\n'<;osft�i' � !Jl� �tt� 'Q�il II �ct� II\n\npathana kahe,-tumi pascima mathura dui-jana\n'gaur;fiya' thak ei karipe dui-jana\nSYNONYMS\npathana kahe-the soldiers said;\n\ntumi-you;\n\npa5cima-western Indians;\n\nmathura-belonging to the district of Mathura; dui-jana-two of you; gaur;fiyaBengalis; thak-rogues; ei-these; karipe-are trembling; dui-jana-two persons.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Pathana soldiers said, \"You are all rogues. Two of you belong to the\ndistrict of Mathura, and the other two, who are trembling, belong to Bengal.\"\n\n", "mad7#p0250": "The Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\nText 175]\n\n217\n\nTEXT 173\n\n�tfPt �r;�,- telt'lf� �� �l � I\n\n� '{� �' �� �tti{ II �C\\� II\nkr?Qadasa kahe,-amara ghara ei grame\ndui-sata turki ache, sateka kamane\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qadasa kahe-Rajaputa Kr�l)ada sa said; amara ghara-my home; ei gramein this village; dui-sata turki-two hundred Turks; ache-1 have; sateka kamaneone hundred cannons\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRajaputa Kr�r;�adasa said, \"I have my home here, and I also have about two\nhundred Turkish soldiers and about one hundred cannons.\n\ntel'!\n\n�-tfi{\n\nTEXT 174\n\nfitr;;q �;q, �tfil �fir � I\n\n��-f�i �' � �1fi·�11ftfif' II �C\\8 II\nekhani asibe saba, ami yadi phukari\ngho(ia-pi<;la /uti' /abe toma-saba mari'\nSYNONYMS\nekhani-immediately; asibe saba-all of them will come; ami-1; yadi-if;\nphu kari-call loudly; gho(ia-pi(ia-horses and their saddles; /uti'-plundering;\n-\n\n/abe-will take; toma-saba mari'-after killing all of you.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If I call loudly, they will come immediately to kill you and plunder your\nhorses and saddles.\nTEXT 175\n\n<;� -';q��' i{t�, 1_fil-';qt���' I\niT� �', � ��' 'lftRf<itt� II �C\\� II\ngau(iiya-'batapa(ia' nahe, tumi-'batapa(ia'\ntirtha-vasi lutha', ara caha' maribara\n\n", "mad7#p0251": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n218\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\ngau(fiya-the\n\nBengalis;\n\nbatapa(fa\n\nnahe-are\n\nnot\n\nrogues;\n\ntumi-you;\n\nbatapa(fa-rogues; t irtha- vasi-persons visiting places of pilgrimage; lutha'-you\nplunder; ara-and; caha'-you want; maribara-to kill.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Bengali pilgrims are not rogues. You are rogues, for you want to kill\nthe pilgrims and plunder them.\"\nTEXT 176\n\n�f.rn1 'Pt't� J!?;il �tllrtG ��'I I\n��� Jl�t�\" '�Gi!�' �if \" �'\\� \"\nsuniya pathana mane sankoca ha-ifa\nhena-kale mahaprabhu 'caitanya' paila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing; pathana - the Mohammedan soldiers; mane-in the mind;\nsankoca\n\nha- i fa-there\n\nwas\n\na\n\nlittle\n\nhesitation;\n\nhena-kale-at\n\nthis\n\ntime;\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; caitanya pai/a - came to his senses.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing this challenge, the Pathana soldiers became hesitant. Then\nsuddenly Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu regained consciousness.\nTEXT 177\n\n� ��� 't�, �t\"' '�fit' m 1\n'��tl't �J �t1f �.. �1� ��' \" �'\\'\\ \"\n'\n\n'\n\n....\n\nhunkara kariya uthe, bale 'hari' 'hari'\npremavese nrtya kare Ordhva-bahu kari'\n\nSYNONYMS\nhun-kara kariya-resounded very loudly; uthe-stands up; bale hari harichants Hari, Hari; prema-avese-in ecstatic love; nrtya kare-dances; urdhvabahu kari'-raising his arms upward.\n\n", "mad7#p0252": "Text 179]\n\n219\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri V�ndavana\nTRANSLATION\n\nComing to His senses, the Lord very loudly began chanting the holy name,\n\"Hari! Hari!\" The Lord raised His arms upward and began to dance in ecstatic\nlove.\nTEXT 178\n\n<;�11'�-r.;-t <21t. �n;� �t1lil �e.�tJ 1\n'JftliiR �� '�il f(fr;'$f 'llfi!t� \" �'\\lr \"\npremavese prabhu yabe karena citkara\nmlecchera hrdaye yena /age se/adhara\nSYNONYMS\nprema-avese-in ecstatic love; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yabewhen; karena citkara-lo udly shouts; mlecchera hrdaye-in the hearts of the\nMohammedan soldiers; yena-as if; /age-strikes; sela-dhara-a thunderbolt.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord shouted very loudly in ecstatic love, it appeared to the\nMohammedan soldiers that their hearts were struck by thunderbolts.\nTEXT 179\n\n� ?lt$i � lit�' fif\"f �� I\n\n<2ft_ il1 ,�f'!\"f �-'ittsf1l �'Iii! \" �'\\� \"\nbhaya pana mleccha chac;ii' dila cari-jana\nprabhu na dekhila nija-gaQera bandhana\nSYNONYMS\nbhaya pa fi a-being\n\nafraid;\n\nm/eccha-the\n\nMohammedans;\n\nchac;ii' di/a­\n\nreleased; cari-jana-the four persons; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; na\ndekhila-did not see; nija-gaQera-of His personal associates; bandhana-the arrest.\nTRANSLATION\nSeized by fear, all the Pafhana soldiers immediately released the four persons. Thus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu did not see His personal associates arrested.\n\n", "mad7#p0253": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n220\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 180\n\n'e��� e{tPf' ��� -.Rf' � I\n(JI'�'it'l (}fM' ��t_� '�' '�\" 11 :>lro 11\nbhattacarya asi' prabhure dhari' vasai/a\nmleccha-gaQa dekhi' mahaprabhura 'bahya' haifa\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya-Bhattacarya;\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nasi'-immediately\n\ndhari'-taking;\n\nnear;\n\nprabhure-Sri\n\nvasaila-made to sit;\n\nmleccha-gaQa\n\ndekhi'-seeing the Mohammedan soldiers;\n\ncoming\n\nmahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; bahya-external consciousness; haifa-there was.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, Balabhadra Bhanacarya went to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and\nmade Him sit down. Seeing the Mohammedan soldiers, the Lord regained His\nnormal senses.\nTEXT 181\n\nG�'if'l �' � �fiw\"f R'l I\n\n�\"·�'it <ti�,- �· �� itRf'Sfi{ II :>lr:> II\nmleccha-gaQa asi' prabhura vandila caraQa\nprabhu-age kahe, -ei thak cari-jana\nSYNONYMS\n\nm/eccha-gaQa-the\n\n�1ohammedan\n\nsoldiers;\n\nasi'-after\n\ncoming\n\nthere;\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vandila caraQa-worshiped the lotus\nfeet; prabhu-age kahe-said before the lord; ei thak cari-jana-these four persons are rogues.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the Mohammedan soldiers then came before the Lord, worshiped His\nlotus feet and said, \"Here are four rogues.\nTEXT 182\n\n�t i1fi fiffir' � � �t'$m�1 1\n�tlfA' � '� �HI �� <tifni II :>lr� II\n\n", "mad7#p0254": "Text 184]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n221\n\nei cari mili' tomaya dhutura khaoyafia\ntamara dhana laila tomaya pagala kariya\nSYNONYMS\n\nei cari mi/i'-four rogues together; tomaya-You; dhutura khaoyafia -making\nto drink poison; tamara-Your; dhana-wealth; /ai/a-took away; tomaya-You;\npaga/a-intoxicated; kariya\n\n-\n\nmaking\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"These rogues have made You take dhutura. Having made You mad, they\nhave taken all Your possessions.\"\nTEXT 183\n\n� �t�i{,-� i{�, �11' '�tP'f' 'fi' I\nf�'ll5 ��1�, <;�11( i{11, f<fl � II �� II\nprabhu kahena, -thak nahe, mora 'sangi' jana\nbhik�uka sannyasi, mora nahi kichu dhana\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahena-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; thak nahe-they are not\nrogues; mora sangi jana-My associates; bhik�uka-beggar; sannyasi-sannyasi;\nmora-My; nahi-are not; kichu-any; dhana-riches\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"These are not rogues. They are My associates. Being a sannyasi beggar, I do not possess anything.\nTEXT 184\n\n..�-�� �1fif �t_ � �t�i!� I\n\n�� �tff W�1 �Rt' � � II �IrS II\nmrgi-vyadhite ami kabhu ha-i acetana\nei cari daya kari' karena palana\nSYNONYMS\n\nmrgi-vyadhite-due to epilepsy; ami-1; kabhu-sometimes; ha-i-become;\nacetana-unconscious; ei cari-these four men; daya kari'-being merciful;\nkarena pa/ana-maintain Me.\n\n", "mad7#p0255": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n222\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Due to epilepsy, I sometimes fall unconscious. Out of their mercy, these\nfour men maintain Me.\"\nTEXT 185\n\n<;�� �-1{00 c.!l� � �� I\n�� <f'Sf � <;�,- \"\"tt� �� '�' II �lrt II\nsei m/eccha-madhye eka parama gambhira\nkala vastra pare sei,-loke kahe 'pira'\nSYNONYMS\nsei\n\nmleccha-madhye-among\n\nthose\n\nMohammedans;\n\neka-one;\n\nparama\n\ngambhira-very grave; kala vastra-black garments; pare sei-he wears; lakepeople; kahe-call; pira-a saintly person.\nTRANSLATION\nAmong the Mohammedans was a grave person who was wearing a black\ndress. People called him a saintly person.\nTEXT 186\n\nfi� �� '�� �t1t �'-� <;WMi I\n'fit�-t�·a'lfi' \"ltt� � i:i}Jt$111 �lr� 11\ncitta ardra haifa tarira prabhure dekhiya\n'nirvise?a-brahma' sthape wasastra uthana\nSYNONYMS\ncitta-heart; ardra-softened; haifa-became; talira-his; prabhure dekhiyaseeing\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nnirvise?a-brahma-·impersonal Brahman;\n\nsthape-wanted to establish; sva-sastra uthana-raising his scripture.\nTRANSLATION\nThe heart of that saintly person softened upon seeing Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. He wanted to talk to Him and establish impersonal Brahman on\nthe basis of his own scripture, the Koran.\nTEXT 187\n\n'�·a'fi<tt�' <;� � \"'t� I\n'!t� �� �mf � �'li ��illl �lr'l II\n\n", "mad7#p0256": "Text 189]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n223\n\n'advaita-brahma-vada' sei karila sthapana\ntara sastra-yuktye tare prabhu kaila khar:)(;Jana\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-brahma-vada-the impersonal Brahman conception; sei-that saintly\nperson; karila sthapana-established; tara sastra-yuktye-on the logic of his scripture; tare-unto him; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kai /a-did; khar:l(;lanarefutation.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen that person established the impersonal Brahman conception of the\nAbsolute Truth on the basis of the Koran, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu refuted his\nargument.\nTEXT 188\n\n�l �l <fi�\"J, 12it_ �� �fu\"f I\n�m' ill �tlt:Jf ��' 1f�t�- � II �lrlr II\nyei yei kahila, prabhu sakali khaQr;/ila\nuttara na aise mukhe, maha-stabdha haila\nSYNONYMS\nyei yei kahila-whatever he spoke; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sakali\nkhaQr;/ila-refuted\n\neverything;\n\nuttara-answer;\n\nna\n\naise-could\n\nnot\n\ncome;\n\nmukhe-in his mouth; maha-stabdha haila-he became greatly stunned.\nTRANSLATION\nWhatever arguments he put forward, the Lord refuted them all. Finally the\nperson became stunned and could not speak.\nTEXT 189\n\n�t_ ��,-�t1ft1'f -tt� \"'t'� '��' I\nI!� -tfu' '���' \"'tf��tt- � II �lr� II\nprabhu kahe,-tomara sastra sthape 'nirvise�e'\ntaha khaQr;/i' 'savise�a' sthapiyache se�e\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued to speak; tamara sastrayour scripture (the Koran); sthape\n\n-\n\nestablishes; nirvise�e-impersonalism; taha\n\n·I\n.,\n\n", "mad7#p0257": "224\n\nkhaQc;li'-refuting\n\nthat;\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nGod;\n\nsthapiyache-established;\n\nsa-vise�a\n\n-\n\npersonal\n\nse�e -at the end.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"The Koran has certainly established impersonalism, but at the end it refutes that impersonalism and establishes the personal God.\nTEXT 190\n\n�'Rf -ttt11 <fi� <;-!� '�� -�' I\n\n':Jtt(�1{�( Qir;f(1-�t�·<!it�<!f11' II ��o II\ntamara sastre kahe se�e 'eka-i isvara'\n'sarvaisvarya-pDrQa tenho-syama-kalevara\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara sastre-in your scnpture; kahe-it says; se�e\n\nat the end; eka-i\n\n-\n\nisvara-there is one God; sarva-aisvarya-pDrQa-full of all opulence; tenho-He;\nsyama-ka/evara-bodily complexion is blackish.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Koran accepts the fact that ultimately there is only one God. He is full\nof opulence, and His bodily complexion is blackish.\n\nPURPORT\nThe revealed scripture of the Mohammedans is the Koran. There is one\nMohammedan sampradaya known as the Sufis. The Sufis accept impersonalism,\nbelieving in the oneness of the living entity with the Absolute Truth. Their\n\nsupreme slogan is \"ana/ahak.\" The Sufi sampradaya was certainly derived from\nSarikaracarya's impersonalists.\nTEXT 191\n\n�f$ft�·,w.:, �(�-��9t 1\n':Jt<f111', ';'ff(et', �1!1 :Jt(tfif·\"'ii�9t II ��� II\nsac-cid-ananda-deha, pDrQa-brahma-svarDpa\n'sarvatma', 'sarvajna', nitya sarvadi-svarDpa\n\n", "mad7#p0258": "Text 193]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n225\n\nSYNONYMS\nsat-cit-ananda-deha-transcendental, blissful, spiritual body; pOrQa-brahmasvarupa-the identification of the Absolute Truth; sarva-atma-all-pervading; sarva-jfia-omniscient; nitya-eternal; sarva-adi-the origin of everything; svarupa-the real form of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\"According to the Koran, the lord has a supreme, blissful, transcendental\nbody. He is the Absolute Truth, the all-pervading, omniscient and eternal\nbeing. He is the origin of everything.\nTEXT 192\n\nGOt�, Rl�, �'f� 'it�1 �� � I\n1'f•'\"'-.'$f�t <;tlT;� �1ft�� II ��� II\nsr?ti, sthiti, pralaya tariha haite haya\nsthala-sOk?ma-jagatera teriho samasraya\nSYNONYMS\nsr?ti-creation;\nhaite-from;\n\nsthiti-maintenance;\n\nhaya-becomes\n\npra/aya-dissolution;\n\npossible;\n\nsthala-gross;\n\ntariha-Him;\n\nsOk?ma-subtle;\n\njagatera-of the cosmic manifestation; teriho-He; samasraya-the only shelter.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Creation, maintenance and dissolution come from Him. He is the original\nshelter of all gross and subtle cosmic manifestations.\nTEXT 193\n\n'�(..<;�, ��t-o, �'Af ��'I I\n�tt � � �t ��JIR·\\!tt'lll��� II\n'sarva-sre?tha, sarvaradhya, karaf)era karaf)a\ntarira bhaktye haya jivera sarhsara-taraQa\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-sre?tha-the Supreme Truth; sarva-aradhya-worshipable by everyone;\nkaraQera karaQa-the cause of all causes; tarira-His; bhaktye-by devotional service; haya-becomes; jivera-of the living entity; sarilsara-taraQa-deliverance\nfrom material existence.\n\n", "mad7#p0259": "226\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The lord is the Supreme Truth worshipable by everyone. He is the cause\nof all causes. By engaging in His devotional service, the living entity is\nrelieved from material existence.\nTEXT 194\n\n�tf � � � if! � '����' I\n\n�1J RtS! ��-''1_1Rt�·�' II !>�8 II\ntanra seva vina jivera na yaya 'sarhsara'\ntanhara cara(le priti-'puru�artha-sara'\nSYNONYMS\n\ntanra-His; seva-service; vina-without; jivera-of the conditioned soul;\nna-not; yaya-finishes; sarhsara-material bondage; tanhara-His; cara(le-at\nthe lotus feet; pr iti-lo ve; puru�artha-sara-the ultimate goal of life.\nTRANSLATION\n\"No conditioned soul can get out of material bondage without serving the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. love at His lotus feet is the ultimate goal of\nlife.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to the Mohammedan scripture, without evadat, offering prayers at a\nmosque or elsewhere five times daily (namaja), one cannot be successful in life. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu pointed out that in the revealed scripture of the Mohammedans, love of Godhead is the ultimate goal. Karma-yoga and jfiana-yoga are\ncertainly described in the Koran, but ultimately the Koran states that the ultimate\ngoal is the offering of prayers to the Supreme Person (evadat).\nTEXT 195\n\nC111'11Stfif �'ti{\"f lftJ � �� '�S!' I\n�('ti{\"f·t211f� �tJ R'l·�� II !>�<t II\nmok�adi ananda yara nahe eka 'ka(la'\npOr(lananda-prapti tanra cara(la-sevana\nSYNONYMS\n\nmok�a-adi-liberation and so on; ananda-transcendental bliss; yara-whose;\nnahe-not; eka-even; ka(la-a fragment; pOr(la-ananda-prapti-attainment of\ncompletely blissful life; tanra cara(la-sevana -service to His lotus feet.\n\n", "mad7#p0260": "Text 197]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri V�ndavana\n\n227\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The happiness of liberation, whereby one merges into the Lord's existence, cannot even be compared to a fragment of the transcendental bliss obtained by service unto the Lord's lotus feet.\nTEXT 196\n\n'<1i'fi', '�', '�t'$1' <:fil'tt'$1' <1iBt� \"'t9f� I\n�<!! �, \"itt9f 'if�', '��'A{ ��' II ��� II\n'karma', 'jnana', 'yoga' age kariya sthapana\nsaba khaQqi' sthape 'isvara', 'tanhara sevana'\nSYNONYMS\nkarma-fruitive\n\nactivities;\n\njnana-speculative\n\nknowledge;\n\nyoga-mystic\n\npower; age-in the beginning; kariya sthapana-establishing; saba khaQ{ii'refuting everything; sthape-establishes; isvara-the Personality of Godhead;\ntanhara sevana-His service.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the Koran there are descriptions of fruitive activity, speculative knowledge, mystic power and union with the Supreme, but ultimately everything is\nrefuted\n\nas the\n\nLord's\n\npersonal\n\nfeature\n\nand\n\nHis devotional service is\n\nestablished.\nTEXT 197\n\n�nt 9ffu�·�<!lt11 �t� -tt?JT·•t� I\n��·�fif·11t'U '�'- -.,'l<!l'tJlll ��� II\ntamara paQ{iita-sabara nahi sastra-jnana\npurvapara-vidhi-madhye 'para'-balavan\nSYNONYMS\ntomara paQ{iita-sabara-of the learned scholars of your community; nahithere is not; sastra-jnana-knowiedge of revealed scripture; pOrva-apara-former\nand latter; vidhi-regulative principles; madhye-among; para-the conclusion\nat the end; ba/avan-most powerful.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The scholars of the Koran are not very advanced in knowledge. Although\nthere are many methods prescribed, they do not know that the ultimate conclusion should be considered the most powerful.\n\n", "mad7#p0261": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n228\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 198\n\n�--«s �f�' 'Ft �m <fioon 1\n� fitfit�tt� <;lilt� �� fi(c(� �fni II ��11\" II\nnija-sastra dekhi' tumi vicara kariya\nki likhiyache se�e kaha nirQaya kariya\n\nSYNONYMS\nnija- sastra-your own scripture; dekhi'-seeing; tumi-you; vicara kariya­\n\ndeliberating; ki likhiyache-what was written; se�e-at the end; kaha -say; nirQaya kariya-as c ertaining .\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Seeing your own Koran and deliberating over what is written there, what is\nyour conclusionl\"\nTEXT 199\n\ncJrlii! <fi�,- � ��' � '�J' � I\n\n-ttr;S fit��tt�, �� 'f� ifl �� II ��� II\nmleccha kahe, -yei kaha, sei 'satya' hay a\nsastre likhiyache, keha /a-ite na paraya\n\nSYNONYMS\nmleccha kahe-t h e Mohammedan replied; yei kaha - what You say; sei-that;\nsatya haya- is true; sastre-in the Koran; likhiyache-it has been written; keha­\n\nanyone; /a-ite-to take; na paraya-is not able.\nTRANSLATION\nThe saintly Mohammedan replied, \"All that You have said is true. This has\ncertainly been written in the Koran, but our scholars can neither understand\nnor accept it.\nTEXT 200\n\n'f���� -<;�tf�' ill�i <fit� CIJt� I\n'�<fi�·(';�lf�'-,�CIJ, � ift� Vf'i{ll�oo\n'nirvise�a-gosafii' lana karena vyakhyana\n'sakara-gosafii'-sevya, karo nahi jfiana\n\n", "mad7#p0262": "Text 2021\n\n229\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri V�ndavana\nSYNONYMS\n\nnirvi5e$a-gosani-the Supreme Personality of Godhead as impersonal; /anataking; karena vyakhyana\n\n-they describe; sa-akara-gosani-the personal feature\n\nof the Lord; sevya-worshipable; karo nahi jnana-no one has this knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Usually they describe the Lord's impersonal aspect, but they hardly know\nthat the Lord's personal feature is worshipable. They are undoubtedly lacking\nthis knowledge.\nPURPORT\nThe saintly Mohammedan admitted that those who were supposedly conversant in the teachings of the Koran could not ultimately understand the essence of\nthe Koran. Because of this, they accepted only the Lord's impersonal feature.\nGenerally they recite and explain this portion only. Although the transcendental\nbody of the Lord is worshipable, most of them are unaware of this.\nTEXT 201\n\n�� '<;'m,tf�' �--��te. '�11t' I\n<;1ftt1t �9fi <fi1t, '(�-�t�t'StJ � II � � II\no\n\nseita 'gosani' tumi\n\n- sak$at 'Tsvara'\n- ayogya pamara\n\nmore krpa kara, mut'ii\n\nSYNONYMS\nseita-that; gosat'ii-Personality of Godhead; tumi-You; sak$at-directly;\nisvara-the Personality of Godhead; more-upon me; krpa kara-kindly be merciful; mut'ii-1; ayogya pamara-very fallen and unfit.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since You are that very same Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself,\nplease be merciful upon me. I am fallen and unfit.\nTEXT 202\n\n�t�<fi <;5tf-t�t '{� <;�-tt?Jr ��I! I\n\n'�t'U·�·�' �� fit(t�� II � � II\no\n\naneka dekhinu muni mleccha-sastra haite\n'sadhya-sadhana-vastu' nari nirdharite\n\n", "mad7#p0263": "230\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\naneka-many; dekhinu-have studied; muiii-1; mleccha-sastra-Mohammedan scripture; haite -from; sadhya-the ultimate goal of life; sadhana-how\nto approach it; vas tu-matter; nari nirdharite-1 cannot decide conclusively.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have studied the Mohammedan scripture very extensively, but from it I\ncannot conclusively decide what the ultimate goal of life is or how I can approach it.\nTEXT 203\n\nQ!\"Prj �f-f' f�1 �t11' � '��itt1f' I\n\n''Citfif-� �'-��(;�'Cit� II �o� II\ntoma dekhi' jihva mora bale 'k($r)a-nama'\n'ami-baqa jiianT'-ei gela abhimana\nSYNONYMS\ntoma dekhi'-by seeing You; jihva-tongue; mora-my; bale k($r)a-namachants the Hare Kr�t:�a mantra; ami-1; baqa jiiani-very learned scholar; ei-this;\ngela abhimana-false prestige has gone away.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now that I have seen You, my tongue is chanting the Hare Kr�r:-a mahamantra. The false prestige I felt from being a learned scholar is now gone.\"\nTEXT 204\n\n�9f1 �fit' C�'� �t�� '�ro-�t�' 1\n�� C�fit' �� �� R�'i II � o8 II\nkrpa kari' bala more 'sadhya-sadhane'\neta bali' paqe mahaprabhura carar)e\nSYNONYMS\nkrpa kari'-by Your causeless mercy; bala-speak; more-to me; sadhyasadhane-the ultimate object of life and the process to achieve it; eta bali'-say-\n\n", "mad7#p0264": "Text 206]\n\nThe lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\ning this; paQ'e-falls down;\n\nmahaprabhura\n\ncaral)e-at\n\n231\nthe lotus feet of Srr\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, the saintly Mohammedan fell at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and requested Him to speak of life's ultimate goal and the process by which it could be obtained.\nTEXT 205\n\nq ��,-19i, �iltll '{fll �\"1 I\n�-\"tO �9f ,'iW(, '�' ft.'fl II � o� II\nprabhu kahe,-utha, kr�Qa-nama tumi la-ila\nkoti-janmera papa gela, 'pavitra' ha-ifa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; utha-please get up; kr�Qanama-the holy name of Kr�r;�a; tumi-you; fa-i/a-have taken; koti-janmera-of\nmany millions of births; papa gefa-your sinful reactions have gone; pavitra haifa-you have become pure.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Please get up. You have chanted the holy\nname of Kr�l)a; therefore the sinful reactions you have accrued for many\nmillions of lives are now gone. You are now pure.\"\nTEXT 206\n\n'�-.' �ft, '\"'<tift,-'��� I\n� '�•' <titft, �� � '���� II � o� II\n'kr�IJa' kaha, 'kr�IJa' kaha,-kaifa upadesa\nsabe 'kr?IJa' kahe, sabara haifa premavesa\nSYNONYMS\nkr�IJa\n\nkaha-just chant\n\n\"Kr�r;�a\";\n\nkr�IJa\n\nkaha-just\n\nchant\n\n\"Kr�r;�a\";\n\nkaifa\n\nupadesa-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu instructed; sabe-all; kr�IJa kahe-chant the\nholy name of Kr�r;�a; sabara-of all of them; hai/a-there was; prema-avesaecstatic love.\n\n", "mad7#p0265": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n232\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then told all the Mohammedans there, \"Chant the\nholy name of Kr�r;�a! Chant the holy name of Kr�r;�a!\" As they all began to\nchant, they were overwhelmed by ecstatic love.\nTEXT 207\n\n'ft1l'l't1t' �\"'' � ttl ,�\"1 ift1l I\n� \\!!� �tifi', itf i{t'lf-'f··�' II � O'\\ II\n'ramadasa' bali' prabhu tatira kai/a nama\nara eka pathana, tatira nama-'vijuli-khatina'\n\nSYNONYMS\nramadasa ba/i'-of the name Ramadasa; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ntatira-his;\n\nkaila-made;\n\nnama-name;\n\nara eka pathana-another Moham­\n\nmedan; tatira nama-his name; vijuli-khatina-Vij uli Khan.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn this way Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu indirectly initiated the saintly Mohammedan by advising him to chant the holy name of Kr�r;�a. The Mohammedan's\nname was changed to Ramadasa. There was also another Pathana Moslem\npresent whose name was Vijuli Khan.\nPURPORT\nAfter being initiated, the devotees in the Kr�r:'la consciousness movement\nchange their names. Whenever a person in the Western world becomes interested in this Kr�r:'la consciousness movement, he is initiated by this process. In\nIndia we are falsely accused of converting mlecchas and yavanas into the Hindu\nreligion. In India there are many Mayavadi sannyasis known as jagad-guru, although they have hardly visited the whole world. Some are not even sufficiently\neducated, yet they make accusations against our movement and accuse us of\ndestroying the principles of the Hindu religion by accepting Mohammedans and\nyavanas as Vai�r:\"�avas. Such people are simply envious. We are not spoiling the\nHindu system of religion but are simply following in the footsteps of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu by traveling all over the world and accepting those who are interested in understanding Kr�r:'la as Kr�r:'ladasa or Ramadasa. By the process of a\nbona fide initiation, their names are changed.\n\n", "mad7#p0266": "The Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\nText 210]\n\n233\n\nTEXT 208\n\n�- ��� 'i�, t� �11' I\n'�t�' �tflf �-��t �t� II �o1r U\na/pa vayasa Uinra, rajara kumara\n'ramadasa' adi pathana-cakara tanhara\nSYNONYMS\na/pa vayasa tailra-his age is very young; rajara kumara-son of the king;\nramadasa-Ramadasa;\n\nadi-heading the list;\n\npathana-the Mohammedans;\n\ncakara tanhara-servants of him.\nTRANSLATION\nVijuli Khan was very young, and he was the son of the king. All the other\nMohammedans, Pathanas, headed by Ramadasa, were his servants.\nTEXT 209\n\n'�•' �'I' �c;� c;�� ';(�� �� I\n\n� I!G�'l �'I �t� 1(1�� II �oi;� II\n'krg1a' bali' page sei mahaprabhura paya\nprabhu sri-caraf)a dila tanhara mathaya\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa ba/i'-chanting the holy name of Kr�r;Ja; page-falls down; sei-that Vijuli Khan; mahaprabhura paya-at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sri-caraQa di/a-placed His foot; tanhara\nmathaya-on his head.\nTRANSLATION\nVijuli Khan also fell down at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and\nthe lord placed His foot on his head.\nTEXT 210\n\n�1-��t1t �� �rn' � '!' � 1\n\n� �it� �� '��t�' �'11 II ��o II\n\n", "mad7#p0267": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n234\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\ntan-sabare krpa kari' prabhu ta' ca/ila\nseita pathana saba 'vairagi' ha-ifa\nSYNONYMS\ntan-sabare-to all of them; krpa kari'-bestowing mercy; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; ta'-indeed; ca/i/a-departed; seita-they; pathana-the Mohammedans of the Pa�hana community; saba-all; vairagi ha-ifa-became mendicants.\nTRANSLATION\nBestowing His mercy upon them in this way, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu left.\nAll the Pathana Mohammedans then became mendicants.\nTEXT 211\n\n�-�·� ��' � i!t1f �f! I\n�� 'Sttfft�1 � ��!_� �� II �) � II\npathana-vai�Qava bali' haifa tanra khyati\nsarvatra gahiya bule mahaprabhura kirti\nSYNONYMS\npatMna-vai?Qava ba/i'-known as Pa�hana Vai�l)avas; haifa-became; tanratheir;\n\nkhyati-reputation;\n\nsarvatra-everywhere;\n\ngahiya\n\nbu/e-travel while\n\nchanting; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kirti-glorious activities.\nTRANSLATION\nLater these very Pathanas became celebrated as the Pathana Vai�Qavas. They\ntoured all over the country and chanted the glorious activities of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 212\n\n'� T�-� � '��!f!5t'St�' I\n�(�Gf � �t1f �-�ft.. II �)� II\nsei vijuli-khanna haifa 'maha-bhagavata'\nsarva-tirthe haifa tanra parama-mahattva\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; vijuli-khanna-Vijuli Khan; haifa-became; maha-bhagavata-most\nadvanced devotee;\n\nsarva-tirthe-in all places of pilgrimage; haifa-became;\n\ntanra-his; parama-great; mahattva-importance.\n\n", "mad7#p0268": "The lord's Visit to Sri V�ndavana\n\nText 214]\n\n235\n\nTRANSLATION\nVijuli Khan became a greatly advanced devotee, and his importance was\ncelebrated at every holy place of pilgrimage.\nTEXT 213\n\n�� �1 <fit1f �\" ����91 I\n�f\"W6tll' �� '<\\'i\"' �tfif QJ II �)� II\naiche lila kare prabhu sri-k(�f')a-caitanya\n'pascime' asiya kaila yavanadi dhanya\nSYNONYMS\n\naiche-in that way; lila-pastimes; kare-performed; prabhu-the Lord; srikr�Qa-caitanya-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; pascime-to the western part of India;\n\nasiya-coming;\n\nkaila-made;\n\nyavana-adi-meat-eaters and others;\n\ndhanya-fortunate.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu performed His pastimes. Coming\nto the western part of India, He bestowed good fortune upon the yavanas and\nmlecchas.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word yavana means \"meat-eater.\" Anyone from a meat-eating community\nis called a yavana. One who does not strictly observe the Vedic regulative principles is called a mleccha. These words do not refer to any particular man. Even if a\nperson is born in a brahmaf')a, k�atriya, vaisya or sudra family, he is a mleccha or\nyavana if he does not strictly follow the regulative principles or if he eats meat.\nTEXT 214\n\n'�� �ttl�' � C<ti�1 �\"1� I\n\n�flft�11'·?ft� '<\\'i\"'l t21�tt� ��t'l II �)8 II\nsoro-k�etre asi' prabhu kaila ganga-snana\nganga-tira-pathe kaila prayage prayaf')a\nSYNONYMS\n\nsoro-k�etre-to Soro-k�etra; asi'-coming; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkaila-did; gailga-snana-bathing in the Ganges; ganga-tira-pathe-on the path\non the bank of the Ganges; kaila-did; prayage prayal')a-departure for Prayaga.\n\n", "mad7#p0269": "236\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu next went to a holy place of pilgrimage called\nSoro-k�etra. He took His bath in the Ganges there and started for Prayaga on\nthe path along the banks of the Ganges.\nTEXT 215\n\n� f�l2!, �'ftt:Jf, � � fifl'fi I\n�-�tl:! 'l�i!Jf� �� 'ltf� II ��� II\n�ei vipre, kr�Qadase, prabhu vidaya dila\nyo(ia-hate dui-jana kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei vipre-to the Sanoc,iiya brahmaQa; kr�Qadase-and the Rajaputa Kr�r;.adasa;\nprabhu-Srr Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vidaya dila-asked to go back; yo(ia-hatewith folded hands; dui-jana-two persons; kahite /agi/a-began to say.\nTRANSLATION\nA t Soro-k�etra, the lord requested the SanO«;tiya brahmaQa and Rajaputa\nKr�Qadasa to return home, but with folded hands they began to speak as\nfollows.\nTEXT 216\n\n��-�1j� '9.·� Q!t1rt·� � I\n'�111� 1j1f'l·ller �: � ��? �)� n\nprayaga-paryanta dunhe toma-sange yaba\ntamara caraQa-sanga puna/:! kahan paba?\nSYNONYMS\n\nprayaga-paryanta-up to Prayaga; duilhe-both of us; toma-sailge-with You;\nyaba-shall go; tamara-Your; caraQa-sailga-association of the lotus feet;\npuna/:1-again; kahail-where; paba-shall we get.\nTRANSLATION\nThey prayed, \"let us go to Prayaga with You. If we do not go, when shall we\nagain get the association of Your lotus feeH\n\n", "mad7#p0270": "Text 219]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n237\n\nTEXT 217\n\n(Jitili,'flf, c;�� �'ft1 'fl'll �e,� I\n\n\"etr�t1i-�t:!, ��'� ift ���II �)'l II\n'\n\nmleccha-desa, keha kahan karaye utpata\nbhattacarya-par:)(;fita, kahite na janena vat\nSYNONYMS\nmleccha-desa-this is a country occupied by the Mohammedans; keha-anyone; kahan-anywhere; karaye utpata-can create a disturbance; bhattacaryaBalabhadra Bhagacarya; paQ{Iita-learned scholar; kahite-to speak; na janena-\n\ng g\n\ndoes not know; vat-lan ua e .\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"This country is mainly occupied by Mohammedans. At any place someone\ncan create a disturbance, and although Your companion Balabhadra Bhattacarya is a learned scholar, he does not know how to speak the local\nlanguage.\"\nTEXT 218\n\n��' �!21'{ �e.�� 'ftf'Jflf11\n\n� �� � � �fiol' �'li II ��r II\nsuni' mahaprabhu i�at hasite lagila\nsei dui-jana prabhura sange ca/i' aila\nSYNONYMS\n\ng\n\nl y\n\nsuni'-hearin ; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ;�at-mi dl ; hasite\n\ng\n\n/agi/a - be an to smile; sei-those; dui-jana-two persons; prabhura sangewith Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ca/i' aila-came.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted their proposal by smiling\nmildly. Thus those two persons continued to accompany Him.\nTEXT 219\n\nc;� c;�� � � ?f't�'f �� I\nc;� c;� 11� �' <mf �-lt�� II �)� II\n\n", "mad7#p0271": "Sri Caitanya�caritamrta\n\n238\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nyei yei jana prabhura paila darasana\nsei preme matta haya, kare k[$1)a-sankirtana\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nyei yei-anyone who; jana-person; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\npaila darasana-got the sight; sei-that person; preme-with ecstatic love; matta\nhaya-becomes overwhelmed; kare-performs; k[$1)a-sankirtana-chanting of\nthe holy name of Kr��a.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhoever got to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would feel himself overwhelmed with ecstatic love and would begin to chant the Hare Kr�Qa mantra.\nTEXT 220\n\ni� �'F ��' i't1f � �t� I\n\n��Jtl! 'c�•�' c�if1 :�t� �-c!!t� n �� n\no\n\ntanra sange anyonye, tanra sange ana\nei-mata 'vai$1)ava' kaila saba desa-grama\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ntanra sar'lge-with Him; anyonye-other; tanra sange-and with him; anaanother; ei-mata-in this way;\n\nvai$1)ava-Vai��ava;\n\nkaila-made; saba-all;\n\ndesa-grama -villages and towns.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhoever met Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu became a Vai�Qava, and whoever\nmet that Vai�Qava also became a Vai�Qava. In this way, all the towns and\nvillages one after the other became Vai�Qava.\n\nTEXT 221\n\n� �I! '�� -tf• �f-tif1t\n\nC:JI��I! �� �' C:�f;� 'et�tbn ll ��� II\ndak$il)a yaite yaiche sakti prakasila\nsei-mata pascima desa, preme bhasai/a\n\n", "mad7#p0272": "Text 222]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n239\n\nSYNONYMS\ndak�if)a yaite-while touring in the southern part of India; yaiche-as; sakti\nprakasila-manifested His spiritual energy; sei-mata-in that way; pascima\ndesa-the western part of India; preme bhasai/a-inundated with love of Kr�l)a.\nTRANSlATION\nJust as the Lord inundated South India on His tour there, He also inundated\nthe western part of the country with love of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nAccording to some opinions, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu visited Kuruk�etra while\ngoing to Prayaga from Vrndavana. There is a temple of Bhadra-kali in Kuruk�etra,\nand near that temple there is a temple containing the Deity of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 222\n\n�l11'! �fir' � '�'ij' �&1(11\n�llf-� fijj���-�'� \"���\"\nei-mata ca/i' prabhu 'prayaga' aila\ndasa-dina trivef)ite makara-snana kai/a\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way;\n\nca/i'-walking;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nprayaga-the holy place named Prayaga; ai/a-reached; dasa-dina-ten days;\ntrivef)ite-at the confluence of the Rivers Ganges and Yamuna; makara-snana\nkai/a-bathed during the festival of Makara, or Magha-mela.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu finally arrived at Prayaga and for ten successive\ndays bathed in the confluence of the Rivers Yamuna and Ganges during the\nfestival of Makara.-sankranti [Magha-mela].\nPURPORT\nActually the word trivef)i indicates the confluence of three rivers-namely the\nGanges, Yamuna and Sarasvati. Presently the Sarasvati River is not visible, but the\nRiver Ganges and the River Yamuna merge at Allahabad.\n\n", "mad7#p0273": "240\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 223\n\n1\"\"t�-�, �-mil �'Q 1\n'��·�' �11 ilt� �'il �'Q II ��� II\nvrndavana-gamana, prabhu-caritra ananta\n'sahasra-vadana' yarira nahi pa'na anta\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavana-gamana-going\n\nto Vrndavana;\n\nprabhu-caritra-pastimes of Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; ananta-un l im i ted; sahasra-vadana-Lord Se�a, who has\nthousands of hoods; yarira-whose; nahi-does not; pa'na-get; anta-lim i t\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's visit to Vrndavana and His activities there are\nunlimited. Even lord Se�a, who has thousands of hoods, cannot reach the end\nof His activities.\nTEXT 224\n\n� '� ��� � 'ft! �� ��11\n\nfif'5t,·W11llfil �<��('if� � \"<llf11�i II ��8 II\ntaha ke kahite pare k?udra jiva hana\ndig-darasana kailuri muni sutra kariya\nSYNONYMS\ntaha-that; ke kahite pare-who can describe; k?udra-very little; jiva hanabeing a conditioned soul; dik-darasana kai/uri-have simply made an indication;\nmuni-1; sutra kariya-in codes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhat ordinary living being can describe the pastimes of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu? I have only indicated the general direction in the form of codes.\nTEXT 225\n\n�'1)�-� � ��)f\"<ll\"<ll·fl� I\n�� �t'StJ� ili �� $'1-f% II ��� II\n\n", "mad7#p0274": "Text 227]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n241\n\na/aukika-lila prabhura alaukika-riti\nsunileo bhagya-hinera na haya pratiti\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nalaukika-lila-uncommon pastimes; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nalaukika-riti-uncommon method; sunileo-even though one hears; bhagyahinera-of one who is unfortunate; na haya pratiti-there is no belief.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes and methods of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are uncommon. Unfortunate is he who cannot believe even after hearing all these things.\n\nTEXT 226\n\n�1t'IJ1� ��PI�1-'��<fl<fl' 'Sftil' I\n� <flRf' �� ��' '�J' <liRf' 1fti{' \"��� \"\nadyopanta caitanya-li/a-'a/aukika' jana'\nsraddha kari' suna iha, 'satya' kari' mana'\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nadya-upanta-from\n\nbeginning to end;\n\ncaitanya-lila-the pastimes of Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; alaukika jana'-everyone should know as uncommon;\nsraddha kari'-with faith; suna iha-hear this; satya kari' mana'-accepting it as\ntrue and correct.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom beginning to end the pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are uncommon. Just hear them with faith and accept them as true and correct.\n\nTEXT 227\n\n<;� �� <fi� �tJ, ��--'�(fl·' I\n�l�emf � '� �� � �� \"��t:t\"\nyei tarka kare ihan, sei-'murkha-raja'\napanara mur:u;le se apani pac;fe vaja\n\n", "mad7#p0275": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n242\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\nyei tarka kare-one who simply argues; ihan-in this matter; sei-that person;\nmurkha-raja-a great fool; apanara mw;c;Je-on his own head; se-that person;\napani-himself; pac;Je vaja-strikes with a thunderbolt.\nTRANSLATION\nWhoever argues about this is a great fool. He intentionally and personally\nbrings a thunderbolt down upon his head.\nTEXT 228\n\n�-·�mil ��- ,��tl!� �, 1\nilf'$fe. � �'tll'rn � �<fi�'{ II ��1r II\ncaitanya-caritra ei-'amrtera sindhu'\njagat anande bhasaya yara eka-bindu\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-caritra-pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ei-these; amrtera\nsindhu-ocean\n\nof\n\nnectar;\n\njagat-the\n\nwhole\n\nworld;\n\nanande-with\n\nbliss;\n\nbhasaya-inundates; yara-of which; eka-bindu-one drop.\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are an ocean of nectar. Even a\ndrop of this ocean can inundate the whole world with transcendental bliss.\nTEXT 229\n\n1\\ti?t�ttt·�� � �\"M I\n�ijQij� <fi� �·'lt� II ��� II\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr?Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-Sri ROpa Gosvami; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nKr�l)adasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr?Qadasa-Srila\n\n", "mad7#p0276": "Text 229]\n\nThe Lord's Visit to Sri Vrndavana\n\n243\n\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�Qadasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrfa, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhyalila, Eighteenth Chapter, describing the Lord's visit to Sri Vrndavana and His con­\n\nversion of the Mohammedan soldiers on the way to Prayaga.\n\n", "mad7#p0277": "CHAPTER 19\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nInstructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\nA summary of this chapter is given by SrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura in his Amrta-pravaha-bha?ya. Meeting SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu in a village called Ramakeli, two\n\nbrothers, ROpa and Sanatana, began to devise means to get out of their govern­\n\nment service. Both brothers appointed some brahmal)as to perform purascaral)a\n\nceremonies and chant the holy name of Kr�r;�a. SrTia ROpa GosvamT deposited ten\nthousand gold coins with a grocer, and the balance he brought in two boats to a\nplace called Bakla CandradvTpa. There he divided this money among the\nbrahmal)as, Vai�r;�avas and his relatives, and a portion he kept for emergency\n\nmeasures and personal needs. He was informed that SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwas going to Vrndavana from Jagannatha PurT through the forest of Madhya Pradesh; therefore he sent two people to Jagannatha PurT to find out when the Lord\nwould leave for Vrndavana. In this way ROpa GosvamT retired, but Sanatana\nGosvamT told the Nawab that he was sick and could not attend to his work. Giv­\n\ning this excuse, he sat home and studied SrTmad-Bhagavatam with learned\n\nbrahmal)a scholars. The Nawab Hussain Shah first sent his personal physician to\n\nsee what the real facts were; then he personally came to see why Sanatana was\nnot attending to official business. Knowing that he wanted to resign his post, the\nNawab had him arrested and imprisoned. The Nawab then went off to attack\nOrissa.\nWhen SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu started for Vrndavana through the forest of\nMadhya Pradesh Oharikhar;�c;Ja), ROpa GosvamT left home and sent news to\nSanatana that he was leaving home with his younger brother (Anupama Mallika)\nto meet SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. SrTia ROpa GosvamT finally reached Prayaga and\nmet with SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu for ten successive days. During this time,\nVallabha Bhatta extended an invitation to the Lord with great respect. SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu introduced SrTia ROpa GosvamT to Vallabha Bhatta. After this, a\nbrahmal)a scholar named Raghupati Upadhyaya arrived and discussed Kr�r;�a con­\n\nsciousness with the Lord. Kaviraja GosvamT then extensively describes the living\ncondition of SrT ROpa and Sanatana at Vrndavana. During the ten days at Prayaga,\nSrTia ROpa GosvamT was instructed by the Lord, who gave him the basic principles\nof the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu. The Lord then sent SrTia ROpa GosvamT to\n\nVrndavana. The Lord Himself returned to Varar;�asT and stayed at the home of\nCandrasekhara.\n\n245\n\n", "mad7#p0278": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n246\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 1\n\n{\"fR�t� Ptt�fif�t��\n�t'fi' ��� ���e,�: I\n�•t1f �9f ct:JI!t�te. �: �\nelf�� �ct ���II � II\nvrndavaniyarh rasa-keli-vartarh\nka/ena luptarh nija-saktim utkaf:r\nsaficarya rOpe vyatanot punaf:r sa\nprabhur vidhau prag iva loka-sr?tim\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavaniyam-related\n\nto\n\nVrndavana;\n\nrasa-keli-vartam-talks\n\nabout\n\nthe\n\npastimes of Sri Kr?rJa; ka/ena-with the course of time; luptam-l ost; nija-sak­\n\ntim-H is personal potency; utkaf:r-being eager; saficarya-infusing; rOpe-to\n\nROpa Gosvami; vyatanot-manifested;\n\npunaf:r\n\n-\n\nagain; saf:r- He; prabhu/:r -Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; vidhau-unto Lord Brahma; prak iva-as formerly; lokasr�tim-the creation of this cosmic manifestation.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBefore the creation of this cosmic manifestation, the lord enlightened the\nheart of lord Brahma with the details of the creation and manifested the Vedic\nknowledge. In exactly the same way, the lord, being anxious to revive the\nVrndavana pastimes of lord Kr��a, impregnated the heart of Rupa Gosvami\nwith spiritual potency. By this potency, Srila Rupa Gosvami could revive the\nactivities of Kr��a in Vrndavana, activities almost lost to memory. In this way,\nHe spread Kr��a consciousness throughout the world.\nTEXT 2\n\n� � �� iSRI ��\"f I\n\n� �� <;�'e��\"f II� II\n\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya sri-caitanya-all glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya nityananda-al l glories to Lord Nityananda; jaya advaita-candra-all glories to Advaita\n\nPrabhu; jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda-all glories to the devotees of the Lord.\n\n", "mad7#p0279": "Text 5]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n247\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityananda!\nAll glories to Advaitacandra! And all glories to all the devotees of the Lord!\nTEXT 3\n\n!l\\11\\�·�iltl!il �t� �t1l't�f\"f·cWt1i I\n\n�� f1ff'l�i <;'St�i �t�il·'e�til II � II\nsri-rupa-sanatana rahe ramakeli-grame\nprabhure miliya gela apana-bhavane\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-sanatana-the brothers named ROpa and Sanatana; rahe-stayed;\nramakeli-grame-in Ramakeli; prabhure-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mi/iyameeting; ge/a-went back; apana-bhavane-to their own homes.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter meeting Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in the village of Ramakeli, the\nbrothers Rupa and Sanatana returned to their homes.\nTEXT 4\n\n��t- �-'!J1t'St11' ��� ��\"f I\n\n�'f'fil 11f� l� i3l'llttl �Bfi'f II 8 II\ndui-bhai vi?aya-tyagera upaya srjila\nbhau-dhana diya dui brahmaf)e varila\nSYNONYMS\ndui-bhai-the two brothers; vi?aya-tyagera-of giving up material activities;\nupaya srji/a-discovered a means; bahu-dhana-much money; diya-paying;\ndui brahmaf)e-two brahmaf)as; vari/a-appointed.\nTRANSLATION\nThe two brothers devised a means whereby they could give up their material activities. For this purpose, they appointed two brahma�as and paid\nthem a large amount of money.\nTEXT 5\n\n�1ltfl �ftil l� ��tj I\n\n�fRt� ��� '�iJJ·Rtl II � II\n\n", "mad7#p0280": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n248\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nkr?Qa-mantre karai/a dui purascaral)a\nacirat paibare caitanya-caral)a\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-mantre-in the holy mantra Hare Kr��a; karai/a-caused to perform;\ndui-two; purascaral)a-religious ceremonies; acirat-without delay; paibareto get; caitanya-caral)a -the shelter of the lotus feet of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahma�Jas performed religious ceremonies and chanted the holy name\nof Kf�Qa so that the two brothers might attain shelter at the lotus feet of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu very soon.\nPURPORT\nA purascaral)a is a ritualistic ceremony performed under the guidance of an ex­\n\npert spiritual master or a brahmal)a. It is performed for the fulfillment of certain\ndesires. One rises early in the morning, chants the Hare Kr��a mantra, performs arcana by the arati ceremony and worships the Deities. These activities are described in the Fifteenth Chapter, verse 1 08.\nTEXT 6\n\nll1'fl�·<;'m�tf� \\!?;<{ <;�tc! !6fb'l I\n�t�i(nt �t1f �fl\"''i <f'l�i( \"'1�1 II � II\nsri-rupa-gosani tabe naukate bhariya\napanara ghare aila bahu-dhana lana\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-gosani-SrT ROpa GosvamT; tabe -thereafter; naukate bhariya-filling\nboats; apanara ghare-to his own house; ai/a-returned; bahu-dhana /ana-taking large amounts of riches.\nTRANSLATION\nAt this time, Sri Rupa Gosvami returned home, taking with him large quantities of riches loaded in boats.\nTEXT 7\n\nf3'tlifi'l·,��� flf\"''i l!t1f �(..�r;i( I\n�� <;� � fif'li ��·161ft'! II 'l II\n\n", "mad7#p0281": "The Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\nText 9]\n\n249\n\nbrahmaf)a-vai�Qave dila tara ardha-dhane\neka cauthi dhana dila kutumba-bharaf)e\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmaQa-vai�f)ave-to the brahmaf)as and Vai?r;Javas; dila-gave as charity;\ntara-of the riches; ardha-dhane-fifty percent; eka cauthi dhana-one-fourth of\nthe riches; dila-gave; kutumba-bharaf)e-to satisfy the relatives.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Rupa Gosvami divided the wealth that he brought back home. He gave\nfifty percent in charity to brahmar;�as and Vai�r;�avas and twenty-five percent to\nhis relatives.\nPURPORT\nThis is a practical example of how one should divide his money and retire from\nhousehold life. Fifty percent of one's money should be distributed to qualified and\npure devotees of the Lord. Twenty-five percent may be given to family members,\nand twenty-five percent may be kept for personal use in case of emergency.\nTEXT 8\n\n��'16 \"'tf<ij' � �·� <IS�� I\n�-�'1 �t;'fPI'ttil \"'t�J 111�� II tr II\ndaf)(ia-bandha lagi' cauthi saiicaya karila\nbhala-bhala vipra-sthane sthapya rakhila\nSYNONYMS\ndaf)(ia-bandha lagi -in case of legal implications; ca u thi-one-fourth; saiicaya\n'\n\nkarila-he\n\ncollected;\n\nbhala-bha/a-very\n\nrespectable;\n\nvipra-sthane-in\n\nthe\n\ncustody of a brahmaf)a; sthapya rakhila-kept deposited.\nTRANSLATION\nHe kept one-fourth of his wealth with a respectable brahmar;�a. He kept this\nfor his personal safety because he was expecting some legal complications.\nTEXT 9\n\nc;<ij)t� f�'l IJ.\\if1 �-t-�t�tf I\n�iltt!il <�rn �tf ftt� IJ.!if·�tf II � II\n•\n\n", "mad7#p0282": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n250\n\ngauge rakhila mudra dasa-hajare\nsanatana vyaya kare, rakhe mudi-ghare\nSYNONYMS\ngauge-in Bengal; rakhila-kept; mudra-coins; dasa-hajare-ten thousand;\nsanatana-his\n\nelder brother;\n\nvyaya kare-spent;\n\nrakhe-deposited;\n\nmudi­\n\nghare-in the place of a local grocer.\nTRANSLATION\nHe deposited ten thousand coins, which were later spent by Sri Sanatana\nGosvami, in the custody of a local Bengali grocer.\nTEXT 10\n\n!\\fi� �fiWf �� il\\�tfi!f-$(i{ I\n��� �t�il � 1\\� n �on\nsri-rupa sunila prabhura niladri-gamana\nvana-pathe yabena prabhu sri-vrndavana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri rupa-Srila ROpa\n-\n\nGosvaml;\n\nsuni / a-heard ;\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; niladri-gamana -departure for Jagannatha Purl; vana-pathe-on\nthe path through the forest; y abena- will go; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nsri-vrndavana-to Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Rupa Gosvami heard that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had returned to\nJagannatha Puri and was preparing to go to Vrndavana through the forest.\nTEXT 11\n\nfi9f-c;'ltt�tf� ��t�t\"f �t�� �'Sfill\n121'- �� �\"!� <flt�il 'St�il II � � II\nrapa-gosafii nilacale pathaila dui-jana\n\nprabhu yabe vrndavana karena gamana\nSYNONYMS\nrupa-gosafii-ROpa Gosvaml;\n\ndui-jana-two\n\npersons;\n\nnilacale-to Jagannatha Purl; pathaila-sent;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nvrndavana-to Vrndavana; karena-makes; gamana-departure.\n\nyabe-when;\n\n", "mad7#p0283": "251\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\nText 14]\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Rupa Gosvami sent two people to Jagannatha Puri to find out when Sri\nCaitanyaMahaprabhu would depart for Vrndavana.\nTEXT 12\n\nJit!l �tf�' 'Jllt1f it1f f5f�1 �Jrt�t1f I\n�fil1fll!�il�� � �J� II :>� II\nsighra asi' more tanra diba samacara\nsuniya tad-anurupa kariba vyavahara\nSYNONYMS\nsighra asi -very hastily returning; more-unto me; tanra-His; diba-give;\n'\n\nsamacara-news;\n\nsuniya-hearing;\n\ntat-anurupa-accordingly;\n\nkariba-1 shall\n\nmake; vyavahara -arrangements.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Rupa Gosvami told the two men, \" You are to return quickly and let me\nknow when He will depart. Then I shall make the proper arrangements.\"\nTEXT 13\n\n��1 �iltl!il·,'l1t�tftfl3 �t� �til\" �� I\n\n111� �11 �fl! �7;11, �-,Jlt11 �IJifiilll :>�II\netha sanatana-gosafii bhave mane mana\nraja more priti kare, se-mora bandhana\nSYNONYMS\netha -here (in Gau <;l a-desa) ; sanatana-gosafii-the elder brother, Sanatana\nGosvamT;\n\nbhave-considers;\n\nmane mana-in the mind;\n\nraja-the Nawab;\n\nmore-me; priti kare-loves very much; se-that; mora-my; bandhana-great\nobligation.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Sanatana Gosvami was at Gau�a-desa, he was thinking, \"The Nawab\nis very pleased with me. I certainly have an obligation.\nTEXT 14\n\n(;�� �I! 1ft'Sfl � (;1itt1f <iii�� � I\n\nl!t� ��Jt�f� ��' C!iftlG{ f.\\a16� 11 :>s n\n\n", "mad7#p0284": "252\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nkana mate raja yadi more kruddha haya\ntabe avyahati haya, karilun niscaya\nSYNONYMS\nkana mate-somehow or other; raja-the Nawab; yadi-if; more-upon me;\nkruddha haya-becomes angry; tabe-then; avyahati-escape; haya-there is;\nkarilun niscaya-1 have decided.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Somehow or other, if the Nawab becomes angry with me, I shall be greatly\nrelieved. That is my conclusion.\"\nTEXT 15\n\n�115!1't\"''J� �'!I' <!iBt' �C� fii'Sf·�t� I\n�1i Wf�&lf1, il1 �rn �tiSf�� II �<t II\nasvasthyera chadma kari' rahe nija-ghare\nraja-karya chac;fi/a, na yaya raja-dvare\nSYNONYMS\nasvasthyera-of not being well;\n\nchadma-pretext;\n\nkari'-making; rahe­\n\nremains; nija-ghare-at home; raja-karya-government service; chac;fi/a-relinquished; na yaya-did not go; raja-dvare-to the court of the Nawab.\nTRANSLATION\nOn the pretext of bad health, Sanatana Gosvami remained home. Thus he\ngave up government service and did not go to the royal court.\nTEXT 16\n\n� <llt�'ll�'l �t�SR�� <lit� I\n�t�til 115!�� <lit� -ttt�� �tt� II �� II\n/obhi kayastha-gaQa raja-karya kare\napane svagrhe kare sastrera vicare\nSYNONYMS\nlobhi-greedy;\n\nkayastha-gaQa-persons engaged in secretarial and clerical\n\nwork; raja-karya kare-executed the government service; apane-personally;\nsva-grhe-at home; kare-did; sastrera vicare-discussion of the revealed scriptures.\n\n", "mad7#p0285": "Text 17]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Riipa Gosvami\n\n253\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe greedy masters of his clerical and secretarial staff performed the\ngovernment duties while Sanatana personally remained home and discussed\nrevealed scriptures.\nPURPORT\n\nSanatana GosvamT was the minister in charge of the government secretariat,\n\nand his assistants-the undersecretaries and clerks-all belonged to the kayastha\n\ncommunity. Formerly the kayasthas belonged to the clerical and secretarial staff of\nthe government, and later if one served in such a post, he was called a kayastha.\n\nEventually if a person could not identify himself as a brahmal)a, k?atriya, vaisya or\n\nsudra, he used to intoduce himself as a kayastha to get a wealthy and honorable\n\nposition. In Bengal it is said that if one cannot give the identity of his caste, he calls\nhimself a kayastha. On the whole, the kayastha community is a mixture of all\n\ncastes, and it especially includes those engaged in clerical or secretarial work. Materially such people are always busy occupying responsible government posts.\nWhen Sanatana GosvamT was relaxing and feeling inclined to retire from\n\ngovernment service, many kayasthas on his secretarial staff were very eager to oc­\n\ncupy his post. In this regard, SrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura states that when Sanatana\nGosvamT was a government minister and the kayasthas who assisted him saw that\n\nhe was reluctant to continue, they became very expert in their duties. Sanatana\nGosvamT was a brahmal)a belonging to the Sarasvata brahmal)a community. It is\n\nsaid that when he resigned, an underworker named Purandara Khan, who was a\nkayastha, occupied his post.\n\nTEXT 17\n\n��wt� \"Ptfu� �-t fi11-t l'f$1 I\n�� ��t� �t�il ��tt� <tf��111 �'l II\nbhattacarya pal)gita bisa trisa lana\n\nbhagavata vicara karena sabhate vasiya\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhattacarya pal)gita-learned scholars known as bhattacaryas; bisa trisa­\n\ntwenty or thirty; /ana-taking with him; bhagavata vicara-discussion of SrimadBhagavatam; karena-does; sabhate vasiya-sitting in an assembly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Sanatana Gosvami used to discuss Srimad-Bhagavatam in an assembly of\ntwenty or thirty learned brahmar:ta scholars.\n\n", "mad7#p0286": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n254\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nPURPORT\n\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura gives the following commentary on the\n\nwords bhagavata vicara. As confirmed in the MuQc;iaka Upani?ad (1.1.4,5), there\nare two kinds of educational systems:\n\ndve vidye veditavya iti, ha sma yad brahma-vido vadanti-para caivapara ca.\ntatrapara rg-vedo yajur-vedal) sama-vedo 'tharva-vedal) sik?a kalpo vyakaraQaril\nniruktaril chando jyoti?am iti. atha para yaya tad-ak?aram adhigamyate.\n\"There are two kinds of educational systems. One deals with transcendental\nknowledge [para vidya] and the other with material knowledge [apara vidya]. All\n\nthe Vedas-�g Veda, Yajur Veda, Sarna Veda, Atharva Veda and their corollaries\n\nknown as sik$a, kalpa, vyakaraQa, nirukta, chanda and jyoti?a-belong to the in­\n\nferior system of material knowledge [apara vidya]. By para vidya, one can understand the ak?ara, Brahman or the Absolute Truth.\" As far as Vedic literature is con­\n\ncerned, Vedanta-sutra is accepted as the para vidya. Srimad-Bhagavatam is an ex­\n\nplanation of that para vidya. Those who aspire for liberation (mukti or mok?a) and\n\nintroduce themselves as vaidantika are also equal to those groups aspiring to im­\n\nprove religion (dharma), economic development (artha) and sense gratification\n\n(kama). Dharma, artha, kama and mok?a are called catur-varga. They are all within\n\nthe system of inferior material knowledge. Any literature giving information about\n\nthe spiritual world, spiritual life, spiritual identity and the spirit soul is called para\n\nvidya. Srimad-Bhagavatam does not have anything to do with the materialistic\n\nway of life; it gives transcendental information to educate people in the superior\nsystem of\n\npara vidya. Sanatana GosvamT was engaged in discussing the\n\nbhagavata-vidya, which means he discussed transcendental superior knowledge.\n\nThose who are karmis, jflanis or yogis are not actually fit to discuss Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam. Only Vai�l)avas or pure devotees are fit to discuss that literature. As\n\nstated in Srimad-Bhagavatam itself (12.13.18):\n\nsrimad-bhagavataril puraQam amalaril yad vai?Qavanaril priyaril\nyasmin paramahamsyam ekam amalaril jflanaril pararil giyate\nyatra jflana-viraga-bhakti-sahitaril nai?karmyam avi?krtaril\ntac chwvan supathan vicaraQa-paro bhaktya vimucyen narai)\nAlthough Srimad-Bhagavatam is counted among the PuraQas, it is called the spot­\n\nless PuraQa. Because it does not discuss anything material, it is liked by transcen­\n\ndental Vai�l)ava devotees. The subject matter found in Srimad-Bhagavatam is\n\nmeant for paramaharilas. As it is said: paramo-nirmatsaraQam. A paramaharilsa is\n\none who does not live in the material world and who does not envy others. In\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, devotional service is discussed to arouse the living entity to\n\nthe transcendental position of jflana (knowledge) and vairagya (renunciation). As\nstated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.12):\n\n", "mad7#p0287": "Text 18]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n255\n\ntac chraddadhanab munayo\njfiana-vairagya-yuktaya\npasyanty atmani catmanarh\nbhaktya sruta-grhitaya\n\"That Absolute Truth is realized by the seriously inquisitive student or sage who is\nwell equipped with knowledge and who has become detached by rendering\ndevotional service and hearing the Vedanta-sruti.\"\n\nThis is not sentiment. Knowledge and renunciation can be obtained through\n\ndevotional service (bhaktya sruta-grhitaya), that is, by arousing one's dormant\ndevotional consciousness, Kr�t:Ja consciousness. When Kr?t:Ja consciousness is\naroused, it relieves one from fruitive activity, activity for economic improvement\n\nand material enjoyment. This relief is technically called nai�karma, and when one\nis relieved, he is no longer interested in working hard for sense gratification.\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam is SrTia Vyasadeva's last mature contribution, and one should\n\nread and hear it in an assembly of realized souls while engaging in devotional service. At such a time one can be liberated from all material bondage. This was the\ncourse taken by Sanatana GosvamT, who retired from government service to\nstudy Srimad-Bhagavatam with learned scholars.\nTEXT 18\n\n� fit� C�--�, ��� ��i!fi{ I\n\n�r.tti! C'Sttlltf�-��ti! ��\"t 'Cft'St�if II �lr II\nara dina gauc;lesvara, sarige eka-jana\nacambite gosani-sabhate kaila agamana\nSYNONYMS\n\nara dina-one day; gauc;/esvara-the Nawab of Bengal; sarige-with; eka­\n\njana-one other person; acambite-suddenly; gosani-sabhate-in the assembly\nof Sanatana GosvamT; kaila agamana-came.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Sanatana Gosvami was studying Srimad-Bhagavatam in the assembly\nof learned brahmal)as, one day the Nawab of Bengal and another person suddenly appeared.\nPURPORT\nThe full name of the Nawab of Bengal (Hussain Shah) was AlauddTna Saiyada\nHusena Saha Seripha Makka, and he ruled Bengal for twenty-three years, from\n\n1420 to 1443 Sakabda Era. Sanatana GosvamT was studying Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nwith the scholars in the year 1424.\n\n", "mad7#p0288": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n256\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 19\n\n�e.lf� �1Tilft� :Jf� �i I\n:Jt!Wf �'flfi{ fif�i � �li'fln �� n\npatsaha dekhiya sabe sambhrame uthila\nsambhrame asana diya rajare vasaila\nSYNONYMS\n\npatsaha dekhiya-seeing the Nawab; sabe-all of them; sambhrame-in great\nrespect; uthila-stood up; sambhrame-with great respect; asana diya-giving a\nsitting place; rajare-the King; vasaila-made to sit:\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as all the brahmaQas and Sanatana Gosvami saw the Nawab appear,\nthey all stood up and respectfully gave him a sitting place to honor him.\nPURPORT\nAlthough Nawab Hussain Shah was a mleccha-yavana, he was nonetheless the\ngovernor of the country, and the learned scholars and Sanatana Gosvami offered\nhim all the respect due a king or a governor. When a person occupies an exalted\nexecutive post, one should consider that he has acquired the grace of the Lord. In\n\nBhagavad-gita it is said:\nyad yad vibhatimat sattvarh\nsrimad urjitam eva va\ntat tad evavagaccha tvarh\nmama tejo 'rhsa-sambhavam\n\"Know that all beautiful, glorious and mighty creations spring from but a spark of\nMy splendor.\" (Bg. 10.41)\nWhenever we see something exalted, we must consider it part of the power of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. A powerful man (vibhatimat sattvam) is one\nwho has obtained the grace of the Lord or has derived some power from Him. In\n\nBhagavad-gita (7.10) Kr�r;.a says, tejas tejasvinam aham: \"I am the power of the\npowerful.\" The learned brahmaQa scholars showed respect to Nawab Hussain\nShah because he represented a fraction of Kr�r;.a's power.\nTEXT 20\n\n� �,-� \"lte� '�w �t( 1\n\n�- �t�,-�:rt� �t�, �· '� Off� ll � ll\n0\n\n", "mad7#p0289": "Text 22]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n257\n\nraja kahe, -tamara sthane vaidya pathailuri\nvaidya kahe, -vyadhi nahi, sustha ye dekhiluri\nSYNONYMS\n\nraja kahe-the Nawab said; tamara sthane-to your place; vaidya-a physician; pathai/uri-1 sent; vaidya kahe-the physician said; vyadhi nahi-there is no\ndisease; su-stha-completely healthy; ye-that; dekhi/uri-1 have seen.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Nawab said, \"I sent my physician to you, and he has reported that you\nare not diseased. As far as he could see, you are completely healthy.\nTEXT 21\n\n�R � � <TSt1f, � �� '1�1 I\n\n�t1i ��' ��a;rt '!_fir ��� �fil�1 II �) II\namara ye kichu karya, saba toma lana\nkarya char;li' rahila tumi gharete vasiya\nSYNONYMS\n\namara-my; ye kichu-whatever; karya-business; saba-everything; tomayou; /afia-with; karya char;li'-giving up your duties; rahi/a-remained; tumiyou; gharete-at home; vasiya-sitting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am depending on you to carry out so many of my activities, but you have\ngiven up your governmental duties to sit here at home.\nTEXT 22\n\n� �I! m-�tlf, l(� �\"1 ett-t 1\nf� �;rRf � ��'��<:1m!'� II �� II\nmora yata karya-kama, saba kai/a nasa\nki tamara hrdaye ache, kaha mora pasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nmora-my; yata-all; karya-kama-occupational duties; saba-everything;\nkai/a nasa-you have spoiled; ki-what;\n\ntamara-your; hrdaye-within the\n\nheart; ache-there is; kaha-kindly tell; mora pasa-to me.\n\n", "mad7#p0290": "258\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You have spoiled all my activities. What is your intention? Please tell me\nfrankly.\"\nTEXT 23\n\n�ifti!i( ��' -i(t� �1 �\\! �'t1( I\n� ��\"i( f5Rt1 �� ��'ftil n �\\!) n\nsanatana kahe, -nahe ama haite kama\nara eka-jana diya kara samadhana\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana kahe-Sanatana Gosvami replied; nahe-not; ama-me; haitefrom; kama-execution of the duty; ara eka-jana-someone else; diya-by\nmeans of; kara samadhana-execute the management.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami replied, \"You can no longer expect any service from me.\nPlease arrange for someone else to tend to the management.\"\nTEXT 24\n\n\\!t� t<!ti � �tfl31 �NI �t� �tFIRI' I\n�� '� ��' �r;� w�� n �s· n\ntabe kruddha haria raja kahe ara-bara\ntamara 'bac;la bhai' kare dasyu-vyavahara\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; kruddha haria-becoming angry; raja kahe-the Nawab\nsaid; ara-bara-again; tamara bac;la bhai-your elder brother; kare-does; dasyuvyavahara-the activity of a plunderer.\nTRANSLATION\nBecoming angry with Sanatana Gosvami, the Nawab said, \"Your elder\nbrother is acting just like a plunderer.\nTEXT 25\n\n�-� J�tRt' C�'i' ��1 lt� �-t I\n�-rl � c� �� ,<(�� i(t-t n �<t n\n\n", "mad7#p0291": "Text 27]\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n259\n\njiva-bahu mari' kaila cakla saba nasa\netha tumi kaila mora sarva karya nasa\nSYNONYMS\njiva-living entities; bahu-many; mari'-killing; kai/a-did; cak/a-the province of Bengal; saba-all; nasa-destruction; etha-here; tumi-you; kai/a-did;\nmora-my; sarva-all; karya-plans; nasa-destruction.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By killing many living entities, your elder brother has destroyed all Bengal.\nNow here you are destroying all my plans.\"\nTEXT 26\n\n�� �t�,-'!_flf \"1\\!PJ c;'$f)r;�\"ll I\n\n��Of��' c;�' '!Bf� II�� II\nsanatana kahe,- tumi svatantra gaucjesvara\nye yei do�a kare, deha' tara phala\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana kahe-Sanatana Gosvami said; tumi-you; svatantra-independent;\ngaucja-isvara-the ruler of Bengal; ye yei-whatever; do�a-faults; kare-one\ncommits; deha'-you award; tara phala-the results of that.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami said, \"You are the supreme ruler of Bengal and are completely independent. Whenever someone commits a fault, you punish him accordingly.\"\nTEXT 27\n\n�\\! ��' '��..� ��' �t1f ,�i!fll\n\n�t�<!f <tWl' �tl!tilt1f <ttfiti�1 II�C\\ II\neta suni' gaucjesvara uthi' ghare gela\npalaiba bali' sanatanere bandhila\nSYNONYMS\neta suni'-hearing this; gaucja-isvara-the Nawab of Bengal; uthi'-standing\nup; ghare ge/a-went back home; palaiba-1 shall run away; ba/i'-because of\nthis; sanatanere bandhila-he arrested Sanatana.\n\n", "mad7#p0292": "260\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, the Nawab of Bengal stood up and returned to his home. He\nordered the arrest of Sanatana Gosvami so that he would not be able to leave.\nPURPORT\nIt is said that the relationship between the Nawab of Bengal and Sanatana\nCosvami was very intimate. The Nawab used to consider Sanatana Cosvami his\nyounger brother, and when Sanatana Cosvami showed a very strong intention to\nresign, the Nawab, feeling familial affection, essentially said, \"I am your elder\nbrother, but I do not look after the state management. My only business is attacking other states with my soldiers and fighting everywhere as a plunderer. Because\nI am a meateater [yavanaL I am used to hunting all kinds of living beings. In this\nway I am destroying all kinds of living entities in Bengal. While engaged in this\ndestructive business, I am hoping that you will tend to the administration of the\nstate. Since I, your elder brother, am engaged in such a destructive business, you,\nbeing my younger brother, should look after the state management. If you do not,\nhow will things continue?\" This talk was based on a family relationship, and\nSanatana Cosvami also replied in an intimate and joking way. Essentially he told\nthe Nawab, \"My dear brother, you are the independent ruler of Bengal. You can\nact in whatever way you like, and if someone commits fault, you can punish him\naccordingly.\" In other words, Sanatana Cosvami was saying that since the Nawab\nwas accustomed to acting like a plunderer, he should go ahead and take action.\nSince Sanatana was not showing much enthusiasm in performing his duty, the\nNawab should dismiss him from his service. The Nawab could understand the intention of Sanatana Cosvami's statement. He therefore left in an angry mood and\nordered Sanatana Cosvami's arrest.\n\nTEXT 28\n\nl:!fii{<1St7;'f l:\"iil'f �t� ��i 1lt�t\\! I\n�tl!r;e{ <157;�,-t_fif �'I 1:1lt� �tr;Qf II �lr II\nhena-kale gela raja uc;fiya marite\nsanatane kahe,-tumi ca/a mora sathe\nSYNONYMS\n\nhena-kale-at this time; ge/a went; raja-the King; uc;fiya marite-to attack\nthe Orissa province; sanatane kahe he said to Sanatana Cosvami; tumi calayou come; mora sathe-along with me.\n-\n\n-\n\n", "mad7#p0293": "The lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\nText 30]\n\n261\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt this time, the Nawab was going to attack the province of Orissa, and he\ntold Sanatana Gosvami, \"Come along with me.\"\nPURPORT\nHussain Shah attacked the province of Orissa in 1424 Sakabda Era. At that time\nhe conquered the feudal princes of neighboring Orissa.\nTEXT 29\n\nQir;� <15�,-�<t �� (;'f<li!Til ��� �r;l! I\n� -tf� i{f�, <;i!t�t� �� �t� II �� II\nteriho kahe,- yabe tumi devataya dul}kha dite\nmora sakti nahi, tamara sarige yaite\nSYNONYMS\nteriho\n\nkahe-Sanatana\n\nGosvamT\n\nreplied;\n\nyabe-will\n\ngo;\n\ntumi-you;\n\ndevataya-to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; dui}kha dite-ta give unhappiness; mora sakti-my power; nahi-there is not; tamara sarig e-in company\nwith you; yaite-to go.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami replied, \"You are going to Orissa to give pain to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. For this reason I am powerless to go with\nyou.\"\nTEXT 30\n\n'!r;<t �tr;11 <ttRfi' 11tf�· <f)Bta,i � �i{ I\n�Q{'I il'ta,t� ��r;i! � �f�a,i �\"ft<fi{ II �o II\ntabe tarire bandhi' rakhi' karila gamana\netha nilacala haite prabhu calila vrndavana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\n\ntarire-him;\n\nbandhi'-arresting;\n\nrakhi'-keepi ng;\n\nkarila\n\ngamana-he went away; etha-at this time; nilacala haite-from )agannatha\nPurT;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nVrndavana.\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ncalila\n\nvrndavana-departed\n\nfor\n\n", "mad7#p0294": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n262\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Nawab again arrested Sanatana Gosvami and kept him in prison. At this\ntime, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu departed for Vrndavana from Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 31\n\n'!t� <;� 'i� R ��-�tfc11i �t� I\n'�lfft�� �fl;{ffi � --�tf� <fi� II � � II\ntabe sei dui cara rupa-thatii aila\n'vrndavana calila prabhu'-asiya kahila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; sei-those; dui-two; cara-messengers; rupa-thatii-to\nthe presence of ROpa GosvamT; ai/a-came back; vrndavana calila prabhu-SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu has departed for Vrndavana; asiya-coming; kahila-they\ninformed.\nTRANSLATION\nThe two persons who went to Jagannatha Puri to inquire about the lord's\ndeparture returned and informed Rupa Gosvami that the lord had already\ndeparted for Vrndavana.\nTEXT 32\n\n�fiml ��� fl;tf�� :ll�t'!�·�tfc1li 1\n'� �� �C�\\!�.1-(;�:Iltfc1li II \\!)� II\nsuniya srl-rupa likhila sanatana-thatii\n'vrndavana ca/ila sr/-caitanya-gosatii\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing; srl-rupa-SrT ROpa GosvamT; likhila-wrote; sanatana-thatiito Sanatana GosvamT; vrndavana-to Vrndavana; ca/i/a-has gone; srl-caitanyagosatii -SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon receiving this message from his two messengers, Rupa Gosvami immediately wrote a letter to Sanatana Gosvami saying that Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu had departed for Vrndavana.\n\n", "mad7#p0295": "Text 34]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n263\n\nTEXT 33\n\n.qfi(.��� ��IS �t�1f fil� I\ntt_fif '�� '�tli i$' ���� '!tti �� II �� II\nami-dui-bhai ca/iliifia tafihare milite\ntumi yaiche taiche chuti' aisa tahafi haite\nSYNONYMS\n\nami-dui-bhai-we two brothers; ca/i/afia-have gone; tafihare milite-to meet\nHim; tumi-you; yaiche taiche-somehow or other; chuti -getting free; aisa'\n\ncome; tahafi haite-from there.\nTRANSLATION\nIn his letter to Sanatana Gosvami, Srila Rupa Gosvami wrote, \"We two\nbrothers are starting out to go see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. You must also\nsomehow or other get released and come meet us.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThe two brothers herein mentioned are ROpa GosvamT and his younger brother,\nAnupama Mallika. ROpa GosvamT was informing Sanatan a GosvamT that he should\njoin him and his younger brother.\nTEXT 34\n\nm�� 1!_\\li ��1 �w� �fif-\"'tti{ 1\n�rti �m <R � �nl·f<1t��ti{ II �8 II\ndasa-sahasra mudra tatha ache mudi-sthane\ntaha diya kara sighra atma-vimocane\nSYNONYMS\n\ndasa-sahasra mudra-ten thousand coins;\n\ntatha-there; ache-there are;\n\nmudi-sthane-in the grocer's place; taha diya-with this amount; kara-get;\nsighra-as soon as possible; atma-vimocane-release from the internment.\nTRANSLATION\nRupa Gosvami further informed Srila Sanatana Gosvami: \"I have left a\ndeposit of ten thousand coins with the grocer. Use that money to get out of\nprison.\n\n", "mad7#p0296": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n264\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 35\n\n�' � ��� �\"ft<te{ I'\n\n� 'i!(;li\n\n�t:! ��' �� <li�\"f1 $le{ II �<t II\nyaiche taiche chuti' tumi aisa vrndavana'\neta likhi' dui-bhai karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\nyaiche taiche -somehow or other; chuti'-getting released; tumi-you; aisacome; vrndavana-to Vrndavana; eta likhi'-writing this; dui-bhai-the two\nbrothers, namely ROpa GosvamT and his younger brother Anupama; kari/a\ngamana-departed.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Somehow or other get yourself released and come to Vrndavana.\" After\nwriting this, the two brothers [Rupa Gosvami and Anupama] went to see Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 36\n\n�� llfir<t�, i� i{l'l!-'�����' I\n\n11'i�·<;'m�tf�� {;litll��-�11'11·'�<1 II�� II\nanupama mallika, tatira nama-'sri-vallabha'\nrupa-gosariira chota-bhai-parama-vai?Qava\nSYNONYMS\nanupama mal/ika-Anupama Mallika; tatira nama-his name; sri-vallabha-SrT\nVallabha;\n\nrupa-gosariira-of\n\nROpa\n\nGosvamT;\n\nchota-bhai-younger\n\nbrother;\n\nparama-vai?Qava-great devotee.\nTRANSLATION\nRupa Gosvami's younger brother was a great devotee whose actual name\nwas Sri Vallabha, but he was given the name Anupama Mallika.\nTEXT 37\n\n� \"1�1 ��-,'ij�t� �tr;'ij ���11\n�t�t_ i!\"ft1 ��' �li{�i! ,�111 �'l II\ntatiha /aria rupa-gosarii prayage aila\nmahaprabhu tahati suni' anandita haifa\n\n", "mad7#p0297": "The lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\nText 39]\n\n265\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ntariha /ana-taking him along; rupa-gosani-SrT Ropa GosvamT; prayage-to\nPrayaga; ai/a-came; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tahari-there;\nsuni'-hearing; anandita haifa-were very much pleased.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Rupa Gosvami and Anupama Mallika went to Prayaga, and they were\nvery pleased to hear news that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was there.\nTEXT 38\n\n� ���i{ �1{1lt�-lif�i{ I\n�-. � \"\"t<fi �lttll �'-1f �flti{ II �lr II\nprabhu caliyachena bindu-madhava-darasane\nlak�a lak�a /aka aise prabhura milane\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; caliyachena-was going; bindu-madhavadarasane-to see Lord Bindu Madhava; lak�a /ak�a loka-many hundreds of thousands of\n\npeople;\n\naise-came;\n\nprabhura-with\n\nSrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nmilane-for meeting.\nTRANSLATION\nAt Prayaga, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to see the temple of Bindu\nMadhava, and many hundreds of thousands of people followed Him just to\nmeet Him.\nTEXT 39\n\n�� <l'ltt\"f, (;<fi� �:Jt, (;<fi!ft i{tt�, '\\tt1t I\n'�-.' '�-.' �' (;<1'1� �'Stfi!? �� II �� II\nkeha kande, keha hase, keha nace, gaya\n'kr�Qa' 'kr�Qa' bali' keha ga<;laga<;li yaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nkeha kande-some cried;\n\nkeha hase-some laughed;\n\nkeha nace-some\n\ndanced; gaya-chanted; kr�Qa kr�Qa ba/i'-saying Kr�l)a, Kr�l)a; keha-some;\nga<;laga<;li yaya-rolled on the ground.\n\n", "mad7#p0298": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n266\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\nSome of the people following the lord were crying. Some were laughing,\nsome dancing and some chanting. Indeed, some of them were rolling on the\nground, exclaiming, \"Kr�Qa! Kr�Qa!\"\nTEXT 40\n\n'ifqi-�'ll_�i �11t'it �Rt� ��ttt'! I\n\n� �tbf �ti2ft� �tJtt'! II So II\nganga-yamuna prayaga narila c;Jubaite\nprabhu c;Jubaila kr�Qa-premera vanyate\nSYNONYMS\nganga-yamuna-the\n\nRiver Ganges and River Yamuna;\n\nprayaga-Prayaga;\n\nnarila-were not able; c;Jubaite-to flood; prabhu-Srr Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nc;Jubai/a-flooded; kr�Qa-premera-of ecstatic love of Kr?t:Ja; vanyate-in an inundation.\nTRANSLATION\nPrayaga is located at the confluence of two rivers-the Ganges and the\nYamuna. Although these rivers were not able to flood Prayaga with water, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu inundated the whole area with waves of ecstatic love\nfor Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 41\n\n�� \"'�' �t oett �� f.I'S(r;� 1\n\n�� 'filtt�llf � ;rl\"$f<t•lifPit� II 8 � II\nbhic;Ja dekhi' dui bhai rahila nirjane\nprabhura avesa haifa madhava-darasane\nSYNONYMS\nbhic;Ja dekhi'-seeing the crowd;\n\ndui bhai-the two brothers;\n\nrahi/a­\n\nremained; nirjane-in a secluded place; prabhura-of Srr Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\navesa -ecstasy; haifa -there was;\n\nmadhava-darasane-by seeing the Deity,\n\nBindu Madhava.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the great crowd, the two brothers remained standing in a secluded\nplace. They could see that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was ecstatic to see lord\nBindu Madhava.\n\n", "mad7#p0299": "Text 44]\n\n267\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Riipa Gosvami\n\nTEXT 42\n\n'�1ftt<ltllf �� �'t_ ��'tiff� <fi�' I\n\n\\9'fif\"'<ift� <lint' <It�- <!� '�fit' '�fit' II 8� II\npremavese nace prabhu hari-dhvani kari'\nDrdhva bahu kari' bale\n\n-\n\nba/a 'hari' 'hari'\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nprema-avese-in\n\necstatic\n\nlove;\n\nnace-danced;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; hari-dhvani kari -vibrating the holy name of Hari; Drdhva-raised;\n'\n\nbahu-the arms; kari'-making; bale-says; bala hari hari-chant Hari, Hari.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord was loudly chanting the holy name of Hari. Dancing in ecstatic\nlove and raising His arms, He asked everyone to chant \"Hari! Hari!\"\nTEXT 43\n\n!2f� 'al�11i �f�' �tt<fi �e.�t11 I\n�tt� �'t_11 � �tfit <tftl<tt1 II 8� II\nprabhura mahima dekhi' lake camatkara\nprayage prabhura lila nari varQibara\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mahima-the greatness; dekhi'seeing; lake-in all people; camatkara-astonishment; prayage-at Prayaga;\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; lila-the pastimes; nari-1 am not able;\nvarQibara-to describe.\nTRANSLAliON\nEveryone was astounded to see the greatness of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nIndeed, I cannot properly describe the pastimes of the Lord at Prayaga.\nTEXT 44\n\nwtf-.�-�\\2f-� � ?t�� 1\n� �� �fni fi(� fiwrta;rn II 88 II\n\n", "mad7#p0300": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n268\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\ndak$if)atya-vipra-sane ache paricaya\nsei vipra nimantriya ni/a nijalaya\nSYNONYMS\ndak$if)atya-Deccan;\n\nvipra-sane-with\n\nparicaya-acquaintance;\n\nsei-that;\n\na\n\nbrahmaf)a;\n\nvipra-brahmaf)a;\n\nache-there\n\nwas;\n\nnimantriya-inviting;\n\nni/a-brought; nija alaya-to his own place.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had made an acquaintance with a brahmar:-a from\nDeccan [in South India], and that brahmar:-a invited Him for meals and took\nHim to his place.\nTEXT 45\n\n��-\"1� �t�' � ��\\! ��1 I\n�11\\'Pf·���� rg_·� �tfirn1 fiT� II S<t II\nvipra-grhe asi' prabhu nibhrte vasila\nsri-rupa-vallabha dw'lhe asiya milila\nSYNONYMS\nvipra-grhe-to the house\n\nof that\n\nbrahmaf)a;\n\nasi'-coming;\n\nprabhu-S rT\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; nibhrte-in a solitary place; vasila-sat down; sri-rupavallabha-the two brothers ROpa GosvamT and S rT Vallabha; durihe-both of\nthem; asiya-coming; milila-met Him.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was sitting in a solitary place in the home of\nthat Deccan brahmaQa, Rupa Gosvami and Sri Vallabha [Anupama Mallika]\ncame to meet Him.\nTEXT 46\n\n·\n��� ''� rg_ � w-rti{ �m111\n� ��' � 'Pft� 'f'G�e. ��111 8� II\ndui-guccha twa durihe dasane dhariya\nprabhu dekhi' dare pac;fe daQc;/avat haria\n\n", "mad7#p0301": "Text 48]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Riipa Gosvami\n\n269\n\nSYNONYMS\ndui-guccha-two bunches;\n\ntwa-straw;\n\ndwihe-both of\n\nthem;\n\ndasane\n\ndhariya-holding in the teeth; prabhu dekhi'-seeing the Lord; dare-in a distant\nplace; pa<;le-fell down; daQ<;/a-vat-like rods; haiia-becoming.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the Lord from a distance, the two brothers put two clumps of straw\nbetween their teeth and immediately fell down on the ground like rods, offering Him obeisances.\nTEXT 47\n\nett�i oo� �, �a, \"Pte;� ctt1f cttt 1\n\n�Of�' '�1l'tt� ��if 1.·� II 8� II\nnana s/oka pa<;li' uthe, pa<;le bara bara\nprabhu dekhi' premavesa ha-ifa durihara\nSYNONYMS\nnana-various; s/oka-verses; pa<;li'-reciting;\n\nuthe-stood up; pa<;le-fell\n\ndown; bara bara-again and again; prabhu dekhi'-seeing the Lord; premaavesa-ecstatic emotion; ha-ifa-there was; durihara-of both of them.\nTRANSLATION\nBoth brothers were overwhelmed with ecstatic emotion, and reciting\nvarious Sanskrit verses, they stood up and fell down again and again.\nTEXT 48\n\n1!11\\t'Pf c;lf�� �� ��� �\"' � I\n'�, ��' 11\\'Pf, �ll', ��i ��II 81r- II\nsri-rOpe dekhiya prabhura prasanna haifa mana\n'utha, utha, rupa, aisa', bali/a vacana\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rOpe dekhiya-seeing Srila ROpa Gosvami; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; prasanna-very pleased; haifa-was; mana-mind; utha-please\nstand up; utha-please stand up; rupa-My dear ROpa; aisa-come; bali/a-He\nsaid; vacana-the words.\n\n", "mad7#p0302": "270\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very pleased to see Srila Rfipa Gosvami, and\nHe told him, \"Stand up! Stand up! My dear Rfipa, come here.\"\nTEXT 49\n\n�� �ctl �� if! �� <!f(r;� I\n\n�?f �r;t;! �tf� � t� n s� 11\nk[$1)era karul)a kichu na yaya varl)ane\nvi$aya-k0pa haite kac;iila toma dui-jane\nSYNONYMS\nk[$1)era-of Lord Kr�l',la; karul)a-the mercy; kichu-any; na-not; y aya-is\n\npossible; varl)ane-to describe; vi$aya-k0pa haite-from the well of material enjoyment; kac;ii/a-delivered; toma-you; dui-jan e-both\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then said, \"It is not possible to describe Kr��a's\nmercy, for He has delivered you both from the well of material enjoyment.\nTEXT 50\n<{ Clf��so·r>�r.�ift Of'!;�: '19fr>: f��: I\n\n�t\"'l Clf�� �C�I $[�� 'f � �r.�J1 'll�i ��1{, llt•ll\nna me 'bhaktas catur-vedi\nmad-bhaktab svapacab priyab\ntasmai deyarh tato grahyarh\nsa ca pOjyo yatha hy aham\nSYNONYMS\nna-not;\n\nme-My; abhak tab-devoid of pure devotional service; catub­\n\nvedi-a scholar in the four Vedas; mat-bhaktab-My devotee; sva-pacab-even\n\nfrom a family of dog-eaters; priyab-very dear; tasmai-to him (a pure devotee,\neven though born in a very low family); de yam-should be given; tatab-from\nhim; grah y am-sho u ld be accepted (remnants of food); sab-that person; caalso; pO jyab-worshipable; yatha-as much as; hi-certainly; aham-1.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Even though a person is a very learned scholar of the Sanskrit Vedic\nliteratures, he is not accepted as My devotee unless he is pure in devotional\n\n", "mad7#p0303": "Text 52]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n271\n\nservice. Even though a person is born in a family of dog-eaters, he is very dear\nto Me if he is a pure devotee who has no motive to enjoy fruitive activities or\nmental speculation. Indeed, all respects should be given to him, and whatever\nhe offers should be accepted. Such devotees are as worshipable as I am.'\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is included in the Hari-bhakti-vilasa (1 0.127) compiled by Sanatan a\nGosvami.\nTEXT 51\n\n�- att'� ��' �·�11' '<fi� �tfil(tfi{ I\n�9ft� �·�11' 1fNti 'fBtQ!li R'lll �� II\nei sloka pa(fi' durihare kaila alirigana\nkrpate durihara mathaya dharila caraQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nei 5/oka-this verse;\n\npa(fi'-reciting;\n\ndurihare-the two brothers;\n\nkaila\n\na/irigana-embraced; krpate-out of causeless mercy; durihara-of both of\nthem; mathaya-on the heads; dharila-placed; caraQa-His feet.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter reciting this verse, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced both brothers,\nand out of His causeless mercy He placed His feet on their heads.\nTEXT 52\n\n��� �Mii ,·-c.���� W�' I\n� ttl$i 'IR! •t1f oo ��fif' 11 �� n\nprabhu-krpa paria durihe dui hata yu(fi'\ndina haria stuti kare vinaya acari'\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu krpa-the Lord's mercy; paria-getting; durihe-both of them; dui-\n\ntwo; hata-hands; yu(fi'-folding; dina haria-most humbly; stuti kare-offer\nprayers; vinaya acari'-with submission.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter receiving the Lord's causeless mercy, the brothers folded their hands\nand in great humility offered the following prayers unto the Lord.\n\n", "mad7#p0304": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n272\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 53\n\nO{C11111�l�lfl�Hl �ll3C·�'I! fllfl� C� I\nfll3l� fll3����0{lC� c51hf�c� \"1'11: 11 <t\" 11\nnama maha-vadanyaya\nkr?Qa-prema-pradaya te\nkr?Qiiya kr?Qa-caitanyanamne gaura-tvi?e nama/:!\nSYNONYMS\nnama/:1-obeisances; maha-vadanyaya-who is most munificent and charitably\ndisposed; kr?Qa-prema-love of Kr�l)a; pradaya-who can give; te-unto You;\nkr?Qiiya-the original Personality of Godhead; kr?Qa-caitanya-namne-under the\nname Kr�r:'la Caitanya; gaura-tvi?e-whose complexion is the golden complexion\nof Srimati Radharal)i; nama/:1-obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 most munificent incarnation! You are Kr�r,a Himself appearing as Sri\n\nKr�r,a Caitanya Mahaprabhu. You have assumed the golden color of Srimati\nRadharar,i, and You are widely distributing pure love of Kr�r,a. We offer our\nrespectful obeisances unto You.\nTEXT 54\n\nC<T!��t\"l�� ��\"It lf�l\"l_��t��:I�FH�l� �ll�'l{_ I\n�C�li'f\"9!� ���t�r.��'l. :!\\i�lp�S��ll,� 1:'!�C\"iJ I I <t 8 II\nyo 'jfiana-mattaril bhuvanaril dayalur\nullaghayann apy akarot pramattam\nsva-prema-sam pat-sudhayadbhuteharil\nsrT-kr?Qa-caitanyam amuril prapadye\nSYNONYMS\nya/:1-that Personality of Godhead who; ajfiana-mattam-maadened by ignorance or foolishly passing time in karma, jfiana, yoga and Mayavada philosophy;\nbhuvanam-the entire three worlds; dayalui)-so merciful; u//aghayan-subduing such processes as karma, jfiana and yoga; api-despite; akarot-made; pramattam-maddened; sva-prema-sampat-sudhaya-by the nectar of His personal\ndevotional service, which is an invaluable treasure of bliss; adbhuta-Tham-whose\nactivities\n\nare\n\nwonderful;\n\nsrT-kr?Qa-caitanyam-unto\n\nMahaprabhu; amum-that; prapadye-1 surrender.\n\nLord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\n", "mad7#p0305": "Te�t 56]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n273\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"We offer our respectful obeisances unto that merciful Supreme Personality of Godhead who has converted all three worlds, which were maddened by ignorance, and saved them from their diseased condition by making\nthem mad with the nectar from the treasure-house of love of God. Let us take\nfull shelter of that Personality of Godhead, Sri Kr�r;�a Caitanya, whose activities\nare wonderful.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in the Covinda-/Tiamrta (1.2).\nTEXT 55\n\n\\\"WI 'II�� ilttf fi{�t� �Jl� I\n'�t�J � �'- �tt1f �fiilfl II (M n\ntabe mahaprabhu tarire nikate vasaila\n'sanatanera varta kaha'\n\n-\n\ntarihare puchila\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ntarire-them;\n\nnikate-near Him; vasai/a-sat down; sanatanera varta-news of Sanatana;\nkaha -please tell; tarihare-them; puchi/a-questioned\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sat them down by His side and asked\nthem, \"What news do you have of Sanatana ?\"\nTEXT 56\n\n11i?t ��,-� �� f8t 1fi�·�t1f I\n\ntt_fif � �', I!� �-� � II <t� II\nrOpa kahena,-teriho bandT haya raja-ghare\ntumi yadi uddhara', tabe ha-ibe uddhare\nSYNONYMS\nrupa kahena-ROpa Cosvami said; teriho-he; bandT-arrested; haya-is; rajaghare-in the court of the government; tumi-You; yadi\n\n-\n\nif; uddhara'\n\n-\n\nkindly\n\nrescue; tabe-then; ha-ibe-he will be; uddhare-relieved from that entanglement.\n\n", "mad7#p0306": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n274\n\nTRANSLATION\nRupa Gosvami replied, \"Sanatana has now been arrested by the government\nof Hussain Shah. If You kindly save him, he can be liberated from that entanglement.\"\nTEXT 57\n\n� �t�,-�� ��tt� ��I\n�te. �-� �t<f �i{ II <!9 II\nprabhu kahe,\n\n-\n\nsanatanera hafiache mocana\n\nacirat ama-saha ha-ibe milana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu\n\nkahe-S rT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\n\nsaid;\n\nsanatanera-of\n\nSanatana\n\nGosvamT; hafiache-there has been; mocana-release; acirat-very soon; amasaha-with Me; ha-ibe mi/ana-there will be meeting.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu immediately replied, \"Sanatana has already been\nreleased from his confinement, and he will very soon meet with Me.\"\nTEXT 58\n\n'llliJI� <fflti! Ff-2! �!_t1t �� I\nfi�-<;'$ftf$ �-�� l!�f$ ��� II <!17' II\nmadhyahna karite vipra prabhure kahila\nrapa-gosafii se-divasa tathafii rahila\nSYNONYMS\nmadhyahna\n\nkarite-to\n\naccept\n\nlunch;\n\nprabhure-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nvipra-the\n\nbrahmal)a\n\nkahi/a-requested;\n\nof\n\nDeccan;\n\nrupa-gosafii-ROpa\n\nGosvamT; se-divasa-that day; tathafii-there; rahi/a-remained.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was then requested by the brahmar;�a to accept\nHis lunch. Rupa Gosvami also remained there that day.\n\n", "mad7#p0307": "Text 61]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Riipa Gosvami\n\n275\n\nTEXT 59\n\n'etM� � �-� fil1ffJ'I C<tiif I\n12f't.1 c;-t� $ftvf-�1\\l ��t� �t�\"f II�� II\nbhattacarya dui bhaiye nimantraQa kaila\nprabhura se�a prasada-patra dui-bhai paila\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya-Balabhadra\n\nBhanacarya;\n\ndui\n\nbhaiye-the\n\ntwo\n\nbrothers;\n\nnimantral)a kai /a-invited to take lunch; prabhura se�a prasada-patra-the remnants of the plate of food offered to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dui-bhai pai/athe two brothers obtained.\nTRANSLATION\nBalabhadra Bhattacarya invited the two brothers to take lunch also. The\nremnants of food from the plate of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu were offered to\nthem.\nTEXT 60\n\n�t<'l�-i!;�� ��� <tt:JJ1·�� \"i'ti{ I\n\n'l� �� <t1Jt1 C�if ��-���'ti{ II �0 II\ntrivel)i-upara prabhura vasa-ghara sthana\ndui bhai vasa kaila prabhu-sannidhana\nSYNONYMS\ntri-veoi-upara-on the bank of the confluence of the Yamuna and Ganges;\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vasa-ghara-of the residential house;\nsthana-the place; dui bhai-the two brothers; vasa kai/a-resided; prabhu-sannidhana-near Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu selected His residence beside the confluence of\nthe Ganges and Yamuna at a place called Trive�;�i. The two brothers-Riipa\nGosvami and Sri Vallabha-selected their residence near the Lord's.\nTEXT 61\n\n�-<tittif <!���§ �t� �1�-�� I\n\n�t� �� ��' �� �t� \"'� II �� II\n\n", "mad7#p0308": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n276\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nse-ka/e val/abha-bhatta rahe ar;laila-grame\nmahaprabhu ai/a suni' ai/a tanra sthane\nSYNONYMS\n\nse-ka/e-at that time; va//abha-bhatta-Vallabha Bhatta; rahe-resided;\nar;lai/a-grame-in the village known as Ac;laila; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; ai/a-has come; suni'-hearing; aila-came; tanra sthane-to His\nplace.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, Sri Vallabha Bhatta was staying at A(,laila-grama, and when he\nheard that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had arrived, he went to His place to see\nHim.\nPURPORT\nVallabha Bhatta was a great learned scholar of Vai�t:�avism. In the beginning he\nwas very much devoted to SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, but since he thought that\nhe could not receive proper respect from Him, he later joined the Vi�t:�usvamT sect\nand became acarya of that sect. His sect is celebrated as the Vallabhacaryasampradaya. This sampradaya has had great influence in Vrndavana near Gokula\n\nand in Bombay. Vallabha Bhatta wrote many books, including a commentary on\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam called Subodhini-tika, and notes on the Vedanta-sutra, in the\n\nform of an Anubha$ya. He also wrote a combination of sixteen short works called\n\n$o(.iasa-grantha. Ac;laila-grama, where he was staying, was near the confluence of\n\nthe Rivers Ganges and Yamuna on the other side of the Yamuna about one mile\nfrom the river. The village there is called Ac;leiT-grama, or Ac;laila-grama. A temple\nof Lord Vi�t:�u there still belongs to the Vallabha-sampradaya.\nVallabha Bhatta was originally from a place in southern India called Trailariga.\nThere is a railway station there called Nic;lac;labhalu. Sixteen miles from that station\n\nis a village called Karikac;labac;la, or Kakurirapac;lhu. A learned brahmaQa named\n\nLak�mat:Ja DTk�ita used to live there, and Vallabha Bhatta was his son. There are\nfive sections of the brahmaQa community of Andhra Pradesh known as bella-nan\n\nvegi-nati, muraki-nati, telagu-nati and kasa/a-nati. Out of these five brahminical\n\ncommunities, Vallabhacarya took his birth in the community of bel/a-nati in the\nyear 1400 Sakabda Era. According to some people, Vallabha Bhattacarya's father\ntook\n\nsannyasa before\n\nVallabha's\n\nbirth,\n\nand\n\nhe\n\nreturned\n\nhome\n\nto\n\ntake\n\nVallabhacarya as his son. According to the opinion of others, Vallabhacarya was\n\nborn in 1400 Sakabda Era on the EkadasT day of the dark moon in the month of\nCaitra, and he took his birth in a brahmaQa family surnamed Khambharhpapbaru.\n\nAccording to this account, his father's name was Lak�mat:Ja Bhatta DTk�ita, and he\nwas born in Campakarat:Jya. In someone else's opinion, Vallabhacarya appeared\n\n", "mad7#p0309": "Text 63]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Riipa Gosvami\n\n277\n\nnear the village named Cilipa-jhara-grama, which is near a railway station named\nRajima in Madhya Pradesh.\nAfter studying for eleven years at Varal)asi, Vallabhacarya returned home. On\nhis return, he heard that his father had departed from the material world. Keeping\nhis brother and mother at home, he went to the banks of the River Tuligabhadra\nin a village called Vidyanagara, and it was there that he enlightened Kr�r:Jadeva,\nthe grandson of King Bukkaraja. After that, he traveled throughout India thrice on\ntrips lasting six years. Thus he passed eighteen years and became victorious in his\ndiscussions of revealed scripture. When he was thirty years old, he married\n\nMahalak�mi, who belonged to the same brahmaQa community. Near Govardhana\n\nHill he established a Deity in the valley. Finally he came to A<;laila, which is on the\nother side of Prayaga.\nVallabhacarya had two sons, Gopinatha and Viththalesvara, and in his old age\nhe accepted the renounced order. In 1452 Sakabda Era, he passed away from the\n\nmaterial world at Varal)asi. His book known as Soc;Jasa-grantha and his commentaries on Vedanta-sutra (Anubha?ya) and Srimad-Bhagavatam (Subodhinn are very\n\nfamous. He has written many other books besides.\nTEXT 62\n\n,�,� ��<le. '��' � C<lli'fl �Mflfil I\n\nl� iSfti{ ��Qf'l C� �i!-.'1 II �� II\nteriho daQc;Javat kaifa, prabhu kaifa afirigana\ndui jane kr?Qa-katha haifa kata-k?aQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nteriho-he;\n\ndaQc;Javat-obeisances;\n\nkaifa-made;\n\nprabhu -Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kaifa-did; afirigana-embracing; dui jane-between the two of\nthem; kr?Qa-katha-topics about Lord Kr�r:Ja; haifa-there were; kata-k?aQa-for\nsome time.\nTRANSLATION\n\nVallabha Bhattacarya offered Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu his obeisances, and\nthe Lord embraced him. After that, they discussed topics about Kr�r;�a for\nsome time.\nTEXT 63\n\n��QJ't1l � 11�1't� �QJ� I\n\n•t�� �tt� �'f. �IQ''1 '<li'f II �� II\n\n", "mad7#p0310": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n278\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nkr�Qa-kathaya prabhura maha-prema uthafifa\nbhattera sarikoce prabhu samvaral)a kaifa\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-kathaya-in\nMahaprabhu;\n\nthe\n\ndiscussion\n\nmaha-prema-great\n\non\n\nlove;\n\nKr�t:Ja;\n\nprabhura -of\n\nuthalifa-arose;\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nbhattera-of Bhat­\n\ntacarya; sarikoce-due to shyness; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; samvaral)a kaifa-restrained Himself.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu felt great ecstatic love when they began discussing Kmta, but the Lord checked His feelings because He felt shy before\nVallabha Bhafta.\nTEXT 64\n\n��� '$f�-� <;<2f;j, i{r;� �11''1 I\n\n'W�' ij;je,<ffif ��'I ����-��11' � II �8 II\nantare gara-gara prema, nahe samvaral)a\ndekhi' camatkara haifa vallabha-bhattera mana\nSYNONYMS\nantare-inside; gara-gara-raged; prema-ecstatic love; nahe-there was not;\nsamvaral)a -checking;\n\ndekhi' -detecting;\n\ncamatkara -astonishment;\n\nhaifa­\n\nthere was; vallabha-bhattera mana-on the mind of Vallabha Bhaga.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the Lord restrained Himself externally, ecstatic love raged within.\nThere was no checking that. Vallabha Bhafta was astonished to detect this.\nTEXT 65\n\n� 'e� �<2tt_t� fil;j�'l �<15� I\n\n;j�i2ft. ��� �1� fif'f1�1 II �� II\ntabe bhatta mahaprabhure nimantral)a kaila\nmahaprabhu dui-bhai tarihare mifaifa\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then;\nMahaprabhu;\n\nBhaga;\n\nmahaprabhure-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nkaifa-invited;\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nbhatta-Vallabha\nnimantral)a\n\n", "mad7#p0311": "Text 67]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n279\n\nMahaprabhu; dui-bhai-the two brothers ROpa and Vallabha; tarihare-to him;\nmilaila-introduced.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Vallabha Bhatta invited Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu for lunch, and\nthe Lord introduced the brothers Rupa and Vallabha to him.\nTEXT 66\n\n�� � � �t\\! 9f�i I\nret. 'if'G�e. ��\"11 �f! � �l!lli II �� II\ndui-bhai dura haite bhamite pac;iiya\nbhatte daQc;iavat kaila ati dina hana\nSYNONYMS\ndui-bhai-the two b rothers; dura haite-from a distance; bhamite-on the\nground; pac;iiya-falling flat; bhatte-to Vallabha Bhatta; daQc;iavat kaila-offered\nobeisances; ati dina hafla-being very humble.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom a distance, the brothers Rupa Gosvami and Sri Vallabha fell on the\nground and offered obeisances to Vallabha Bhatta with great humility.\nTEXT 67\n\nrei firfif<ttt1l �111, 'lt� 9f\"1111 � 1\n'�\"\"Pf�, 9ft1f1l 'if�!��, � �·b: � 11' �\" 11\nbhatta milibare yaya, durihe palaya dare\n'asprsya pamara muni, na churiiha more'\nSYNONYMS\nbhatta-Vallabha Bhatta; milibare-to meet; yaya-goes; durihe-the two\nbrothers; pa/aya-ran away; dare-to a distant place; asprsya-untouchable;\npamara-most fallen; muni-1; na churiiha-do not touch; more-me.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Vallabha Bhattacarya walked toward them, they ran away to a more\ndistant place. Rupa Gosvami said, \"I am untouchable and most sinful. Please\ndo not touch me.\"\n\n", "mad7#p0312": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n280\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 68\n\noetp f.,\"ili �' � � 1li' I\n�� <1if� �'- ia f<t�tJ II �lr II\nbhattera vismaya haifa, prabhura har?a mana\nbhattere kahifa prabhu tarira vivaraQa\nSYNONYMS\nbhattera-of\n\nV allabha\n\nBhattacarya;\n\nvismaya\n\nhaifa-there\n\nwas\n\nsurprise;\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; har?a-very happy; mana-the mind;\nbhattere\n\nkahifa-said\n\nto\n\nV allabha\n\nBhattacarya;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; tarira vivaraQa-description of ROpa Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nVallabha Bhatfacarya was very surprised at this. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nhowever, was very pleased, and He therefore spoke to him this description of\nRupa Gosvami.\nTEXT 69\n\n,�.t� if! �fit�,�·� iSFtft! �f!·�e{ I\n�r�, �tfa<1i 1f1t �,,1i{ !21�'1 1' �� 11\n'inho na sparsiha, inho jati ati-hina!\nvaidika, yajnika tumi kufina praviQa!'\nSYNONYMS\ninho-him; na sparsiha-do not touch; inho-He; jati-caste; ati-hina-very\nlow; vaidika-a follower of Vedic principles; yajnika-a performer of many\nsacrifices; tumi-you; ku/ina-aristocratic brahmaQa; praviQa-an experienced\nperson.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Don't touch him, for he belongs to a very\nlow caste. You are a follower of Vedic principles and are a well experienced\nperformer of many sacrifices. You also belong to the aristocracy.\"\nPURPORT\nGenerally brahmaQas are puffed up with false prestige because they belong to\nthe aristocracy and perform many Vedic sacrifices. In South India especially, this\n\n", "mad7#p0313": "Text 70]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Riipa Gosvami\n\n281\n\nfastidious position is most prominent. At any rate, this was the case five hundred\nyears ago. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu actually started a revolution against this\nbrahminical system by inaugurating the chanting of the Hare Kr�l)a mantra. By this\nchanting, one can be delivered regardless of caste, creed, color or social position.\nWhoever chants the Hare Kr�l)a maha-mantra is immediately purified due to the\ntranscendental position of devotional service. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is here\nhinting to Vallabha Bhattacarya that an exalted brahmaQa who makes sacrifices\nand follows Vedic principles should not neglect a person who is engaged in devotional service by chanting the holy name of the Lord.\nActually ROpa Gosvami did not belong to a lower caste. He was from a highly\naristocratic brahmaQa family, but due to his association with the Mohammedan\nNawab, he was considered fallen and excommunicated from brahmaQa society.\nHowever, due to his advanced devotional service, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted him as a gosvami. Vallabha Bhattacarya knew all this. One who is a devotee is above caste and creed, yet Vallabha Bhattacarya felt himself prestigious.\nThe present head of the Vallabha Bhattacarya sampradaya of Bombay is named\nDik�ita Maharaja. He is very friendly to our movement, and whenever we meet\nhim, this learned brahmaQa scholar highly praises the activities of the Hare Kr�l)a\nmovement. He is a life member of our Society, and although he is a learned\nscholar in the brahminical caste tradition, he accepts our Society and considers its\nmembers bona fide devotees of Lord Vi�I)U.\nTEXT 70\n\n�·�B �It� f� ��ilt1l ��' I\n\n'e� �' �� � �ftri!·�fl �fil' II 'to II\ndurihara mukhe nirantara k(�Qa-nama suni'\nbhatta kahe, prabhura kichu irigita-bharigi jani'\nSYNONYMS\ndurihara mukhe-in the mouths of both ROpa Gosvami and his brother\nVallabha; nirantara\n\n-\n\ncontinuously; kr�Qa-nama suni'-hearing the chanting of the\n\nholy name of Kr�l)a; bhatta kahe-Vallabha Bhattacarya said; prabhura-of Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nkichu-some;\n\niri gita-indications;\n\nbhari gi-hints ;\n\njani'-understanding.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing the holy name constantly vibrated by the two brothers, Vallabha\nBhattacarya could understand the hints of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad7#p0314": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n282\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 71\n\n'l.·�t1f �� fliltlf ��� il� I\n\n��-� '�'(1{' il�, � '���' II 9� II\n'dwihara mukhe kr�Qa-nama kariche nartana\nei-dui 'adhama' nahe, haya 'sarvottama'\nSYNONYMS\ndurihara mukhe-in the mouths of both; kr�Qa-nama-the holy name of Lord\nKr�r:'la;\n\nkariche-is doing; nartana-dancing; ei-dui-both of them; adhama\n\nnahe\n\nnot fallen; haya\n\n-\n\n-\n\nare ; sarva-uttama-the most exalted.\nTRANSLATION\n\nVallabha Bhatfacarya admitted, \"Since these two are constantly chanting\nthe holy name of Kr�Qa, how can they be untouchable? On the contrary, they\nare most exalted.\"\nPURPORT\nVallabha Bhattacarya's admission of the brothers' exalted position should serve\nas a lesson to one who is falsely proud of his position as a brahmaQa. Sometimes\nso-called brahmaQas do not recognize our European and American disciples as\ndevotees or brahmaQas, and some brahmaQas are so proud that they do not allow\nthem to enter temples. SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu herein gives a great lesson. Although Vallabha Bhattacarya was a great authority on brahmanism and a learned\nscholar, he admitted that those who chant the Lord's holy name are bona fide\nbrahmaQas and Vai�r:'lavas and are therefore exalted.\nTEXT 72\n\n�C�1 �� \"19fCDi�C�I '51���1\"\\\n�r�rc���c�01111��J\"t'\nc�1_;:g9fr:;:g �� 'l\"!f.._�rit1\n\n�'ifii\"l_�if11f '!<f f� C� C� II 'I �\naha bata sva-paco 'to gariyan\nyaj-jihvagre vartate nama tubhyam\ntepus tapas te juhuvu/:1 sasnur arya\nbrahmanucur nama gwanti ye te\n\n", "mad7#p0315": "Text 72]\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n283\n\nSYNONYMS\naha bata-how wonderful it is; 5va-pacah-dog-eaters; atah-than the ini­\n\ntiated brahmaQa; garfyan-more glorious; yat-of whom; jihva-agre-on the\n\ntongue; vartate-remains; nama-the holy name; tubhyam-of You, my Lord;\n\ntepuh-have performed; tapah-austerity; te-they; juhuvuh-have performed\n\nsacrifices; sasnuh-have bathed in all holy places; aryah-really belonging to the\n\nAryan race; brahma-all the Vedas; anucuh-have studied; nama-the holy\n\nname; gwanti-chant; ye-who; te-they.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVallabha Bhatfacarya then recited the following verse:\" 'My dear lord, one\nwho always keeps Your holy name on his tongue becomes greater than an initiated brahmaQa. Although he may be born in a family of dog-eaters and may\ntherefore, by material calculation, be the lowest among men, he is still\nglorious. This is the wonderful effect of chanting the holy name of the lord. It\nis therefore concluded that one who chants the holy name of the lord should\nbe understood to have performed all kinds of austerities and great sacrifices\nmentioned in the Vedas. He has already taken his bath in all the holy places of\npilgrimage. He has studied all the Vedas, and he is actually an Aryan.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is quoted from Srfmad-Bhagavatam (3.33.7).\nTEXT 73\n\n��' �� ittJ �I( 12111f�M\"f11\n\n'1211ft�� ��i '�t<li \"Pt�� \"'tf�i II 'I� II\n5uni' mahaprabhu tailre bahu pra5am5i/a\npremavi$ta hatia 5/oka pacjite lagila\nSYNONYMS\n5uni'-hearing; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tarire-him; bahu­\n\nvery much; pra5am5i/a-praised; prema-avi?ta hatia-becoming ecstatic in love\nof Godhead; 5/oka-verses; pacjite /agi/a-began to recite.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very pleased to hear V allabha Bhatfa quoting\nfrom sastra about the position of a devotee. The lord praised him personally,\n\n", "mad7#p0316": "284\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nand, feeling ecstatic love of Godhead, began to quote many verses from\nsastra.\nTEXT 74\n\n�r[): \";g�f()�rRllf'�'�.'S!if\\!i�\"lfll: ,\n\n19ftc<lll�R 1_r�: :�rc\"<�n or c•wc�r�.f<>r <�tf��= 11� su\nsuci/:1 sad-bhakti-diptagnidagdha-durjati-ka/ma�a/:1\nsvapako 'pi budhai/:1 slagyo\nna vedajfio 'pi nastika/:1\nSYNONYMS\nsuci/:1-a brahmaf)a purified internally and externally; sat-bhakti-of devotional\nservice without motives; dipta-agni-by the blazing fire; dagdha-burnt to\nashes; durjati-such as birth in a low family; ka/ma�a/:1-whose sinful reactions;\nsva-paka/:1 api-even though born in a family of dog-eaters; budhai/:1-by learned\nscholars; s/agya/:1-recognized; na-not;\n\nveda-jfia/:1 api-even though com­\n\npletely conversant in Vedic knowledge; nastika/:1-an atheist.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \" 'A person who has the pure characteristics\nof a brahmar;�a due to devotional service, which is like a blazing fire burning to\nashes all the sinful reactions of past lives, is certainly saved from the consequences of sinful acts, such as taking birth in a lower family. Even though he\nmay be born in a family of dog-eaters, he is recognized by learned scholars.\nHowever, although a person may be a learned scholar in Vedic knowledge, he\nis not recognized if he is an atheist.\nPURPORT\nThis verse and the next are quoted from the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya (3.11,12), a\ntranscendental literature extracted from the Puraf)as.\nTEXT 75\n\n�5j<l;gf���OI� 'Sfif\\!i: \"tt�� 'Sf9f�9f: I\n� f!i'l\"C'lT<f Cit'�� 1!�0!� CO'fiHg)O!\"I_ II �It II\n\nbhagavad-bhakti-hinasya\njati/:1 sastrarh japas tapa/:!\n\n", "mad7#p0317": "The lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\nText 77]\n\n285\n\napraf)asyeva dehasya\nmaQ(ianarh /oka-rarijanam\nSYNONYMS\nbhagavat-bhakti-hinasya-of a person devoid of devotional service to the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; jatib-birth in a high caste; sastram-knowledge in revealed scriptures; japab-pronunciation of mantras; tapab-a u ster ities\nand penances; apraQasya-which is dead; iva- l ike; dehasya-of a body; maQ(ianam -de coration; /aka-to the whims of people in general; rarijanam-simply\n\npleasing.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'For a person devoid of devotional service, birth in a great family or\nnation, knowledge of revealed scripture, performance of austerities and\npenance, and chanting of Vedic mantras are all like ornaments on a dead\nbody. Such ornaments simply serve the concocted pleasures of the general\npopulace.' \"\nTEXT 76\n\n�� (;�1f1t'!l-t, 'fS{Rf ��t� 'fJ�� I\n��(;iff�'����� ��<\\'it� II 9� II\nprabhura premavesa, ara prabhava bhakti-sara\nsaundaryadi dekhi' bhattera haifa camatkara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prema-avesa-ecstasy in love of God­\n\nhead; ara-and; prabhava-the influence; bhakti-sara-the essence of devotional service; saundarya-adi-personal beauty and other qualities; dekhi'seeing;\n\nbhattera-of Vallabha\n\nBhattacarya;\n\nhaifa-there was;\n\ncamatkara­\n\nastonishment.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he saw the lord's ecstatic love, V allabha Bhaftacarya was certainly\nvery astonished. He was also astonished by the lord's knowledge of the\nessence of devotional service, as well as by His personal beauty and influence.\nTEXT 77\n\nJt�tj �'-t1f �� (;il\"t<tStt� li�t$11\n\nf�11151 firr;l! �-�t1f � ff$1 II 99 II\n\n", "mad7#p0318": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n286\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nsagaQe prabhure bhatta naukate caqaiia\nbhik�a dite nija-ghare ca/ila lana\nSYNONYMS\nsa-gaQe-with H is associ ates; prabhure-SrT C aitanya Mahaprabhu; bhattaVallabha Bhattacarya; naukate-a boat; caqaiia-pu tting aboard; bhik�a dite-to\noffer lunch; nija-ghare-to his own place; ca/i/a-departed; /aiia-taking.\nTRANSLATION\nVallabha Bhattacarya then put Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His associates\naboard a boat and took them to his own place to offer them lunch.\nTEXT 78\n\n��t1f :&'?� '\"RI' fij.ej !Wtllff I\n'�ll1t�tllf ll�t�'- ��i'fi Rf81f II 917' II\nyamunara jala dekhi' cikkaQa syamala\npremavese mahaprabhu ha-ifa vihvala\nSYNONYMS\nyamunara-of the River Yamuna; ja/a-the water; dekhi'-seeing; cikkaQaglossy;\n\nsyama/a-blackish;\n\nprema-avese-in ecstatic love;\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT\n\nC aitanya Mahaprabhu; ha-ifa-became; vihva/a-bewildered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile crossing the River Yamuna, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw the glossy\nblack water and was immediately bewildered with ecstatic love.\nTEXT 79\n\nlf'¥t1f <15Rf' �li_i1t1f i!W'f ffli'fi <ltf9f I\n\n� \"'�' �t1f llti1 C�ff ��-�9f II 'l� II\nhwikara kari' yamunara ja/e dila jharipa\nprabhu dekhi' sabara mane haifa bhaya-karipa\nSYNONYMS\nhurikara kari'-making a loud sound; yamunara ja/e-in the water of the River\nYamuna; di/a-gave; jharipa-a plunge; prabhu dekhi'-seeing Lord SrT Caitanya\n\n", "mad7#p0319": "Text 81]\nMahaprabhu;\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rfipa Gosvami\nsabara-of everyone;\n\nmane-in the mind;\n\n287\nhai/a-there was;\n\nbhaya-karipa-fear and trembling.\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed, as soon as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw the River Yamuna, He immediately made a great sound and jumped into the water. Everyone was filled\nwith fear and trembling to see this.\nTEXT 80\n\n�-<1m!� 'fRf' ��I\n\n��� �� q ilt� 'ltRwf II \\ro II\naste-vyaste sabe dhari' prabhure uthaila\nnaukara upare prabhu nacite lagila\nSYNONYMS\naste-vyaste-with\n\ngreat\n\nhaste;\n\nsabe-all\n\nof\n\nthem;\n\ndhari'-catching;\n\nprabhure-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; uthai/a-raised; naukara-of the boat;\nupare-on top; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nacite /agi/a-began to\ndance.\nTRANSLATION\nThey all hastily grabbed Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and pulled Him out of the\nwater. Once on the boat's platform, the Lord began to dance.\nTEXT 81\n\n21�t� �� <;il)�i �t� �� I\nt!J�tt! �tf'5tif ,..�i, -\"' 'e� iSftll u lr) \"\nmahaprabhura bhare nauka kare talamala\nc;fubite lagila nauka, jhalake bhare jala\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhare-because of the weight;\nnauka-the boat; kare-does; ta/ama/a-tilting; c;fubite-to sink; /agi/a-began;\nnauka-the boat; jhalake-in gushes; bhare-fills; ja/a-water.\nTRANSLAliON\nDue to the Lord's heavy weight, the boat began to tilt. It began filling up\nwith water and was on the verge of sinking.\n\n", "mad7#p0320": "288\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 82\n\n�f9t � �tc� � cst1l �� 1fi{ 1\n\n� �� c;$f � �IIQ'I lllr� II\nyadyapi bhattera age prabhura dhairya haifa mana\ndurvara udbhata prema nahe samvaral)a\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; bhattera-of Vallabhacarya; age-in front; prabhura-of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dhairya-patient; haifa-was; mana-the mind; durvara-difficult to stop; udbhata-wonderful; prema-ecstatic love; nahe-there\nis not; samvaral)a -checking.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu tried to restrain Himself as far as possible before\nVallabhacarya, but although He tried to keep calm, His ecstatic love could not\nbe checked.\nTEXT 83\n\n�llf·'Pf'tr§ ��' 1l�t� � � I\n\n��1lt'111 �ttl; c;�\\�1 �fit' �� II lr� II\ndesa-patra dekhi' mahaprabhu dhairya ha-ifa\nac;Jaifera ghate nauka asi' uttarifa\nSYNONYMS\ndesa-patra\n\ndekhi'-seeing\n\nthe circumstances;\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; dhairya ha-ifa-became calm; a<;faifera ghate-at the shore of the\nvillage A<;laila; nauka -the boat; asi' -coming; uttarifa-landed.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the circumstances, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu finally became calm so\nthat the boat was able to reach the shore of A<;taila and land there.\nTEXT 84\n\n'eti �� �IF �t�, Jt� �ttc$1 I\n\nfil�-'1� �� �'{tt �!;tltl! l'f�1lllr8 II\n\n", "mad7#p0321": "Text 86]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n289\n\nbhaye bhatta sange rahe, madhyahna karaiia\nnija-grhe ani/a prabhure sangete lana\nSYNONYMS\nbhaye-with fear;\n\nbhatta-Vallabha Bhagacarya;\n\nsange-in Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's association; rahe-remains; madhyahna karaiia-after arranging\nfor His bath; nija-grhe-to his own home;\n\nani/a-brought; prabhure-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; sangete-in company; /ana-taking.\nTRANSLATION\nFearing for the Lord's welfare, Vallabha Bhaffacarya stayed in His association. After arranging for the Lord's bath, he took Him to his own house.\nTEXT 85\n\n�� �<fPi � f� �I\n�t� �fPI � 11tlf�� II \\rt II\nanandita haiia bhatta di/a divyasana\napane karila prabhura pada-prak$afana\nSYNONYMS\nanandita haiia-becoming pleased; bhatta-Vallabha Bhattacarya; dila-gave;\ndivya-asana-a nice sitting place; apane-personally; kari/a-did; prabhura-of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; pada-prak$afana-washing of the feet.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu arrived at his home, Vallabha Bhaffacarya,\nbeing greatly pleased, offered the Lord a nice sitting place and personally\nwashed His feet.\nTEXT 86\n\n��t-t '�l � ��� �tft&'f I\n\niJ_i!i{ �)�-��� 91�1'1' II \\r� II\nsavarilse sei ja/a mastake dharila\nnutana kaupina-bahirvasa parai/a\n\n", "mad7#p0322": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n290\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nSYNONYMS\nsa-vamse-with all the family members; sei-that; ja/a-water; mastake-on\nthe head; dhari/a-sprinkled; nutana-fresh; kaupina-underwear; bahirvasaexternal covering; paraila-put on.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVallabha Bhaf!acarya and his whole family then sprinkled that water over\ntheir heads. They then offered the Lord new underwear and outer garments.\nTEXT 87\n\n�-'1_-.r·{.9f·�� �1� � I\n�tstt1i 11..., �fil' �t� �'f II \"\"' II\ngandha-pu$pa-dh0pa-dipe maha-puja kaila\nbhattacarye manya kari' paka karaila\n\nSYNONYMS\ngandha-scents; pu$pa-flowers; dhOpa-incense; dipe-by lamps; mahapuja kaila-he worshiped the Lord with great pomp; bhattacarye-to Balabhadra\nBhanacarya; manya kari'-offering respect; paka karai/a-engaging in cooking.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVallabhacarya worshiped the Lord with great pomp, offering scents, incense, flowers and lamps, and with great respect he induced Balabhadra Bhatta [the Lord's cook] to cook.\nTEXT 88\n\n�..-! �� �� '!�� �\\!til I\n\n•9ft'Sttlt1f$ ���� �1ftlif c;��il u 1r1r. n\nbhik$ii karaila prabhure sasneha yatane\nrupa-gosaiii dui-bhaiye karaila bhojane\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhik$ii karaila-made take His lunch; prabhure-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sasneha-with\n\naffection;\n\nyatane-with\n\ngreat\n\ncare;\n\nrupa-gosaiii-SrTia\n\nGosvamT; dui-bhaiye-the two brothers; karai/a bhojane-made eat.\n\nROpa\n\n", "mad7#p0323": "Text 90]\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Riipa Gosvami\n\n291\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was offered lunch with great care and affection. The brothers Riipa Gosvami and Sri Vallabha were also offered food.\nTEXT 89\n\n�� I)�� Of��tl� '�c;�' I\n'!?;<! �� $fttf �lift� ��lit � II trCil H\nbhattacarya sri-rOpe deoyai/a 'avase$a'\ntabe sei prasada kr$Qadasa paila se$a\nSYNONYMS\nbhattacarya-Vallabha\n\nBhanacarya;\n\ndeoyaila-offered;\n\navase$a-the\n\nprasada-remnants\n\nof\n\nfood;\n\nsri-rOpe-to\n\nremnants;\n\nSrila\n\nROpa\n\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nkr$Qadasa-Kr�t:�adasa;\n\npaila-got;\n\nGosvami;\nsei-those;\nse?a-the\n\nbalance.\nTRANSLATION\nVallabha Bhatfacarya first offered the remnants of the lord's food to Srila\nRiipa Gosvami and then to Kr�1.1adasa.\nTEXT 90\n\n\\.�� mi � �Jtl� -tii{ 1\n�t� �� �i{ �� �ttf·'l�i{ II �o II\nmukha-vasa diya prabhure karaila sayana\napane bhatta karena prabhura pada-samvahana\nSYNONYMS\nmukha-vasa-spices;\n\ndiya-offering;\n\nprabhure-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nkarai/a-made to do; sayana-resting; apane-personally; bhatta-Srila Vallabha\nBhana;\n\nkarena-does;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\npada-sam­\n\nvahana-massaging the leg.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord was then given spices to purify His mouth. Afterwards He was\nmade to rest, and Vallabha Bhatfacarya personally massaged His legs.\n\n", "mad7#p0324": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n292\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 91\n\n�� 9ftitbr �t� �r� cet� 1\n'� �' �� �t� � m'l n �� 11\nprabhu pathaila tar'lre karite bhojane\nbhojana kari' aila tenho prabhura caral)e\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; pathaila-sent; tar'Jre-him (Vallabha Bhattacarya); karite bhojane-to take his lunch; bhojana kari'-after taking lunch;\naila\n\n-\n\ncame; tenho-he; prabhura caral)e-to the lotus feet of SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Vallabha Bhatfacarya was massaging Him, the Lord asked him to go\ntake prasada. After taking prasada, he returned to the lotus feet of the Lord.\nTEXT 92\n\n��ttl'( �1 �9f� �9ft� I\n\n�i!19ffui!, �� ��' ';{��II �� II\nhena-kale aila raghupati upadhyaya\ntiruhita paQ(iita, baqa vai?Qava, mahasaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nhena-kale-at this time; ai/a-arrived; raghupati upadhyaya-a brahmal)a\nnamed Raghupati Upadhyaya; tiruhita-belonging to the Tiruhita state; paQ(iitaa very learned scholar; ba(ia-great; vai?Qava-devotee; mahasaya-respectable\ngentleman.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time there arrived Raghupati Upadhyaya, who belonged to the\nTiruhita district. He was a very learned scholar, a great devotee and a respectable gentleman.\nPURPORT\n\nTiruhita, or Tirhutiya, is a combination of four districts in Behar: Sarat:Ja, Camparat:Ja, Maja�phara-pura and Dvarabhariga. The people of this state are called\nTirutiya.\n\n", "mad7#p0325": "Text 95]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n293\n\nTEXT 93\n\n�' �t� �if � Ret �\"'i' I\n'� ';{f� ft' �fit' �� �� \" �� II\nasi' teriho kaila prabhura caraQa vandana\n'kr?IJ€ mati rahu' bali' prabhura vacana\nSYNONYMS\nasi'-coming; teriho-he; kaila-did; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ncaraQa vandana-worshiping the lotus feet; kr?Qe mati rahu-just remain always\nKr�r:Ja conscious; ba/i'-saying; prabhura vacana-the blessings of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghupati Upadhyaya first offered his respects to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nand the Lord gave him His blessings, saying, \"Always stay in Kr�J)a consciousness.\"\nTEXT 94\n\n\"�' ��r\"'� � �� ';{il 1\n\nlftt. �ttl �,-'�It �·� �(il' II �8 II\nsuni' anandita haila upadhyayera mana\nprabhu tarire kahi/a,-'kaha kr?Qera varQana'\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; anandita-very pleased; hai/a-became; upadhyayera manathe mind of Upadhyaya; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tarire-to him;\nkahi/a-spoke; kaha kr?Qera varQana -just try to describe Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghupati Upadhyaya was very pleased to hear the Lord's blessings. The\nLord then asked him to describe Kr�J)a.\nTEXT 95\n\n�-�� ���� 'Pf�'f I\n\"�' �� � 02!11tt� �llf II M II\n\n", "mad7#p0326": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n294\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nnija-krta kr�Qa-fifa-5foka pac;lifa\n5uni' mahaprabhura maha premave5a haifa\nSYNONYMS\n\nnija-krta-personally composed; kr�Qa-fifa-on pastimes of Kr?l)a; 5fokaverses;\n\npac;lifa-recited;\n\n5uni'-hearing;\n\nmahaprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; maha-great; prema-ave5a-ecstatic love; haifa-there was.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Raghupati Upadhyaya was requested to describe Kr�r;�a, he began to\nrecite some verses he had personally composed about Kr�r;�a's pastimes. Hearing those verses, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was overwhelmed with ecstatic\nlove.\nTEXT 96\n\n!f�\"l!9f\"C� 'V�f�\\!i\"C� �t�\\!i�\"C� ��'i �q:-�'1\\!it: I\n\\5f�f\"l!� Ol�'Z <!\"C� <!�if'-'I\"C� '>j\"�'Z �'ifi II 01� II\n5rutim apare smrtim itare\nbharatam anye bhajantu bhava-bhita/:1\naham iha nandarh vande\nyasyafinde pararh brahma\nSYNONYMS\n\n5rutim-Vedic literature; apare-someone; smrtim-corollary to the Vedic\nliterature; itare-others; bharatam-Mahabharata; anye-still others; bhajantulet them worship; bhava-bhita/:1-those who are afraid of material existence;\naham-1;\n\niha-here;\n\nnandam-Maharaja\n\nNanda;\n\nvande-worship;\n\nyasya­\n\nwhose; afinde-in the courtyard; param brahma-the Supreme Brahman, Absolute Truth.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghupati Upadhyaya recited: \"Those who are afraid of material existence\nworship Vedic literature.\n\nSome worship smrti, the corollaries to Vedic\n\nliterature, and others worship the Mahabharata. As far as I am concerned, I\nworship Maharaja Nanda, the father of Kr�r;�a, in whose courtyard the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, the Absolute Truth, is playing.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse recited by Raghupati Upadhyaya was later included in Sri ROpa\nGosvami's Padyavafi (126).\n\n", "mad7#p0327": "Text 98]\n\n295\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\nTEXT 97\n\n\"crtt<Jt �'-�·�ut<n �S�tsrrrn �� 1\nPL.� ���Jt� il11� C<fillf II �ct II\n'age kaha'-prabhu-vakye upadhyaya kahila\nraghupati upadhyaya namaskara kai/a\nSYNONYMS\nage kaha-please speak further; prabhu-vakye-on the request of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nupadhyaya-Raghupati\n\nupadhyaya-Raghupati\n\nUpadhyaya;\n\nUpadhyaya;\nnamaskara\n\nMahaprabhu obeisances.\n\nkahila-said;\n\nkaila-offered\n\nSri\n\nraghupati\n\nCaitanya\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Raghupati Upadhyaya was requested by the lord to recite more, he\nimmediately offered his respects to the lord and granted His request.\nTEXT 98\n\n<��'l!ff� <f�fi!��\"'lc•r il�lf\\!i c�1 <rl\n\n��\"'lf'!i'l!l�l� 1\n\nC5ti9ff\\!i-\\!i\"l�i�tfl C�li91<1��-f<l�� �\"'lf( II O>lr II\nkaril prati kathayitum ise\nsamprati ko va pratitim ayatu\ngo-pati-tanaya-kunje\ngopa-vadhati-vitaril brahma\nSYNONYMS\nkam prati-unto whom; kathayitum-to speak;\n\nise-am I able; samprati­\n\nnow; kab-who; va-or; pratitim-belief; ayatu-would do; go-pati-of the\n\nsun-god; tanaya-of the daughter (the Yamuna); kunje-in the bushes on the\nbank; gopa-vadhati-of the cowherd girls; vitam-the hunter; brahma-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"To whom can I speak who will believe me when I say that Kr�r;�a, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, is hunting the gopis in the bushes by the\nbanks of the River Yamuna? In this way the lord demonstrates His pastimes.\"\n\n", "mad7#p0328": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n296\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse was also later included in Padyavali (98).\nTEXT 99\n\n�'t_ ��il,-\"fl�, <;fit�1 9ft� �·�fl'1 I\n<;$ITt� � (;��·';fil �t��fl'1 II �� II\nprabhu kahena,-kaha, tenho pac;le kr�Qa-lila\npremavese prabhura deha-mana ayuyaila\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahena-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; kaha-please go on speaking;\ntenho-he;\n\npage-recites;\n\nkr�Qa-/i/a-the pastimes of Lord Kr�r:Ja;\n\nprema­\n\navese-in great ecstasy of love; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dehamana-body and mind; ayuyaila-became slackened.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu requested Raghupati Upadhyaya to continue\nspeaking about the pastimes of Sri Kr��a. Thus the Lord was absorbed in\necstatic love, and His mind and body slackened.\nPURPORT\nOur minds and bodies are always engaged in material activities. When they are\nactivated on the spiritual platform, they slacken on the material platform.\nTEXT 100\n\n<;$ <;5f�' �9lt�ntt�� �fl' �e,�� 1\n'1fil.� ilt�, �·t�1-�•'- �f1ff!' fil(1� II �oo II\nprema dekhi' upadhyayera hai/a camatkara\n'manu?ya nahe, inho-kr?IJa'-karila nirdhara\nSYNONYMS\nprema\n\nd ekhi'- s eeing\n\nUpadhyaya;\n\nHis\n\nhai/a-there was;\n\necstatic\n\nlove;\n\nupadhyayera-of\n\ncamatkara-wonder;\n\nRaghupati\n\nmanu�ya nahe-not a\n\nhuman being; ir'lho-He; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja Himself; kari/a nirdhara-made\nassessment.\n\n", "mad7#p0329": "Text 102]\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Rfipa Gosvami\n\n297\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Raghupati Upadhyaya saw Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's ecstatic\nsymptoms, he decided that the lord was not a human being but Kr�Qa Himself.\nTEXT 101\n\n� ��,- ��tffi�, ,�� 1ftil' <fit� ?\n'�mrr.'ll<t 9ji'f� 11i'W-<fit� ��tut� II �o� II\nprabhu kahe, -upadhyaya, sre?tha mana' kaya?\n'syamam eva param rupam'-kahe upadhyaya\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu inquired;\nUpadhyaya;\n\nsre?tha-the\n\nsupermost;\n\nmana'-you\n\nupadhyaya-My dear\nconsider;\n\nkaya-what;\n\nsyamam-Syamasundara, Kr�l)a; eva-certainly; param rupam-the supreme\nform; kahe-replied; upadhyaya-Raghupati Upadhyaya.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked Raghupati Upadhyaya, \"According to your\ndecision, who is the foremost being?\" Raghupati Upadhyaya replied, \"lord\nSyamasundara is the supreme form.\"\nTEXT 102\n\n�t11-��� <t�'ti{ ,� 11til' <fit� ?\n'9J:_�\") 'll�9f_�� <ti'll' -<fit� ��$fJ� II �o� II\nsyama-rupera vasa-sthana sre?tha mana' kaya?\n'puri madhu-puri vara'-kahe upadhyaya\nSYNONYMS\nsyama-rupera-of the supreme form, 5yamasundara; vasa-sthana-residence;\nsre?tha-the\n\nsupreme;\n\nmana'-you\n\nmadhu-puri-Mathura;\n\nvara-best;\n\naccept;\n\nkaya-which;\n\nkahe-said;\n\npuri-the\n\ncity;\n\nupadhyaya-Raghupati\n\nUpadhyaya.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Of all Kr�Qa's abodes, which do you think is the best?\" Raghupati\nUpadhyaya said, \"Madhu-puri, or Mathura-dhama, is certainly the best.\"\n\n", "mad7#p0330": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n298\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nPURPORT\nLord Kr?t:Ja has many forms, as stated in Brahma-sarhhita (5.33): advaitam\nacyutam anadim ananta-rupam. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked Raghupati\nUpadhyaya which form was the best of Lord Kr?t:Ja's millions of forms, and he immediately replied that the supreme form was the Syamasundara form. In that\nform, Kr?t:Ja stands curved in three places and holds His flute. The Syamasundara\n\nform is also described in Brahma-sarhhita (5.38):\n\npremanjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\nsanta/:! sadaiva hrdaye?U vilokayanti\nyarh syamasundaram acintya-guf)a-svaruparh\ngovindam adi-puru?arh tam aharh bhajami\n\"I worship the primeval Lord, Govinda, who is always seen by the devotee whose\n\neyes are anointed with the pulp of love. He is seen in His eternal form of Syamasundara situated within the heart of the devotee.\"\nThose who are filled with ecstatic love for Kr?t:Ja always see the form of Syamasundara within their hearts. Raghupati Upadhyaya confirms that the Absolute\nTruth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, has many incarnations-Naraya!)a,\nNrsimha, Varaha and others-but Kr?t:Ja is distinguished as the supermost. Ac­\n\ncording to Srimad-Bhagavatam: kr?Qas tu bhagavan svayam. \"Kr?t:Ja is the original\n\nPersonality of Godhead.\" Kr?t:Ja means Syamasundara, who plays His flute in\nVrndavana. Of all forms, this form is the best of all. Kr?t:Ja lives sometimes in\nMathura and sometimes in Dvaraka, but Mathura is considered the better place.\n\nThis is also confirmed by ROpa Gosvami in his Upadesamrta (9): vaikuQthaj janito\n\nvara madhu-puri. \"Madhu-puri, or Mathura, is far superior to the Vaiku!)�halokas in\n\nthe spiritual world.\"\n\nTEXT 103\n\n�t'IJ, <;91)�, �t-ftt1{, ,� 1ft�' � ?\n'<g: C<fiC\"Iii1<fi� ClfHl�'-<H;� 1591tt{ffilU �0� I!\nbalya, paugaf)c;ia, kaisore, sre?tha mana' kaya?\n'vaya/:1 kaisorakarh dhyeyarh'-kahe upadhyaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nba/ya-childhood; paugaQc;ia-the boyhood age before youth; kaisore-the\n\nbeginning of youth; sre?tha-best; mana'-you think; kaya-which ; vaya/:1-the\n\nage; kaisorakam-kaisora or fresh youth; dhyeyam-most worshipable; kahe­\n\nsaid; upadhyaya-Raghupati Upadhyaya.\n\n", "mad7#p0331": "The Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\nText 105]\n\n299\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked, \"Of the three ages of Kr�Qa known as\nchildhood, boyhood and fresh youth,\n\nwhich do you consider best?\"\n\nRaghupati Upadhyaya replied, \"Fresh youth is the best age.\"\nTEXT 104\n\n�ost'l·'llt�J 1fil ,i!l� ';{til' �rn ?\n·�t'if 1.!1<1 9fnn �'1:'-�t� 199ft-at� II �o8 II\nrasa-gaf)a-madhye tumi sre�tha mana' kaya?\n'adya eva para rasab'-kahe upadhyaya\nSYNONYMS\nrasa-gaf)a-madhye-among all the mellows; tumi-you; sre�tha-as supreme;\nmana'-accept; kaya-which one; adyab-conjugal love; eva-certainly; parab\nrasab-the\n\nbest\n\nof\n\nall\n\nmellows;\n\nkahe-replied;\n\nupadhyaya-Raghupati\n\nUpadhyaya.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked, \"Among all the mellows, which do\nyou consider best?\" Raghupati Upadhyaya replied, \"The mellow of conjugal\nlove is supermost.\"\nTEXT 105\n\n� ��,-�1\"1 �\"4 fit��1 �t1{ I\n�� �fil' �� � 'St�·�t� II �o� II\nprabhu kahe, -bhala tattva sikhaila more\neta bali' sloka pac;Je gadgada-svare\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kahe-said; bhala-good; tattva-conclusions; sikhai/a more-you have taught Me; eta ba/i'-saying this; 5/oka pac;Je-SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu recited the full verse; gadgada-svare-in a faltering voice.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then said, \"You have certainly given first-class\nconclusions.\" After saying this, He began to recite the full verse with a faltering voice.\n\n", "mad7#p0332": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n300\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 106\n\n�tllrll<!' 9fi1 � �9f� 9J:.i1� li<J:.9J:,it <!'ill 1\n<!''!:: c<rr\"tl�pg C\\fHillt� l.!l<l' 9fr�1 �11: n � • � u\n\nsyamam eva pararn raparh\npuri madhu-puri vara\nvayai) kaisorakarh dhyeyam\nadya eva para rasa/:!\nSYNONYMS\nsyamam-the\n\nform\n\nof\n\n5yamasundara;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nparam-supreme;\n\nrupam-form; puri-the place; madhu-puri-Mathura; vara-best; vayai)-the\nage; kaisorakam-fresh youth; dhyeyam-always to be meditated on; adyai)the original transcendental mellow, or conjugal love; eva-certainly; parai)-the\nsupreme; rasa/:1-mellow.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'The form of Syamasundara is the supreme form, the city of Mathura is the\n\nsupreme abode, lord Kr�r:-a's fresh youth should always be meditated upon,\nand the mellow of conjugal love is the supreme mellow.'\n\n11\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in Padyavali (82).\nTEXT 107\n\n<;�1!Wlt-t � �\"IU ��'fl �!lfi{ I\n(;<$l � ��1 �� <fitF{ i{�i{ ll � 0'1 ll\npremavese prabhu tanre kaila alingana\nprema matta hafia tenho karena nartana\nSYNONYMS\nprema-avese-in ecstatic love; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tanrehim; kai/a-did; a/ingana-emb racing; prema matta hafia-being overwhelmed\nby ecstatic love; tenho-he; karena nartana-began to dance.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then embraced Raghupati Upadhyaya in ecstatic\nlove. Raghupati Upadhyaya also was overwhelmed by love, and he began to\ndance.\n\n", "mad7#p0333": "Text 109]\n\n301\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\nTEXT 108\n\n�r.t' �-�� ·� �e.�t1f � I\n\n�� � �tfil' �·mt� �� n �o�r u\ndekhi' vallabha-bhatta mane camatkara haifa\ndui putra ani' prabhura caraQe paqi/a\nSYNONYMS\ndekhi'-seeing; va//abha-bhatta-of Vallabha Bhanacarya; mane-in the mind;\ncamatkara haifa-there was astonishment; dui putra ani -bringing his two sons;\n'\n\nprabhura caraiJe paqi/a-made them lie at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nVallabha\n\nBhattacarya\n\nwas\n\nstruck\n\nwith\n\nwonder\n\nto see\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu and Raghupati Upadhyaya dance. He even brought forward his\ntwo sons and made them fall down at the Lord's lotus feet.\nPURPORT\nThe two sons of Vallabhacarya were Gopinatha and Viththalesvara. When Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu visited Prayaga in the year 1434 or 1435 Sakabda Era,\nViththalesvara was not yet born. In this regard, one should see Madhya-lila 18.47.\nTEXT 109\n\nl!t'f '\"f�mf � �-(}'11� �-'1 I\nl!t'f·\\iff-t� �t� '��' �'I II �o� II\nprabhu dekhibare gramera saba-loka aila\nprabhu-darasane sabe 'kr�Qa-bhakta' ha-ifa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu dekhibare-to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gramera-of the village;\nsaba-loka-all the people; ai/a-came; prabhu-darasane-simply by seeing Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; sabe-all of them; kr�Qa-bhakta ha-i fa-became devotees of Lord Kr�r;�a.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had arrived, all the villagers\nwent to see Him. Simply by seeing Him, they all became devotees of Kr�Qa.\n\n", "mad7#p0334": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n302\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 110\n\n\"''t'fi'l��a;{ �t1til �� �!'ill I\n�\"·�§ i1-��tt� ��il fil�t11''1 II � � II\no\n\nbrahmaQa-saka/a karena prabhura nimantraQa\nvallabha-bhatta tan-sabare karena nivaraQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmaQa-sakala-all the brahmaQas of that village; karena -make; prabhuraof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nimantraQa-invitations; va//abha-bhatta-Vallabha\nBhattacarya; tan-sabare-all of them; karena-does; nivaraQa -forbidding.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the brahmar:Jas of the village were anxious to extend invitations to the\nlord, but Vallabha Bhaftacarya forbade them to do so.\nTEXT 111\n\n'c;�r;�t-4fttif 9ft\\!j c;�tf� �${1-��il'ft'! I\n�11W�t �t���, �ti iii f�<1 1tf�?:.t:! II � � � II\n'premonmade pac;Je gosafii madhya-yamunate\nprayage calaiba, ihan na diba rahite\n\nSYNONYMS\nprema-unmade-in the madness of ecstatic love; pac;Je-fell down; gosafii-Sri\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nmadhya-yamunate-in\n\nthe\n\nRiver Yamuna;\n\nprayage\n\nca/aiba-1 shall again take Him to Prayaga; ihan-here; na-not; diba-i shall\nallow Him; rahite-to stay.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVallabha Bhafta then decided not to keep Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu at\nAc;faila because the lord had jumped into the River Yamuna in ecstatic love.\nTherefore he decided to bring Him to Prayaga.\nTEXT 112\n\n�t� ��' �11tt� �t�i �fift� fil�'l' I\nl.!lt:! �fa;{' �'t_ a;{$1 �� �illl }��II\n\n", "mad7#p0335": "Text 114]\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Riipa Gosvami\n\n303\n\nyatira iccha, prayage yana karibe nimantral)a'\neta bali' prabhu lana karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\nyanra\nkaribe\n\n-\n\n-\n\nof whom; iccha-there is a desire; prayage yana-going to Prayaga;\n\nmay do; nimantral)a-invitations; eta ba /i'-saying this; prabhu lana­\n\nwith Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karila gamana-he departed for Prayaga.\nTRANSLATION\nVallabha BhaHa said, \"If anyone likes, he can go to Prayaga and extend invitations to the lord.\" In this way he took the lord with him and departed for\nPrayaga.\nTEXT 113\n\n-ster1-'PitQl �t�'t.\"'1f c;e�1�tti!i iil�tl$11\n\n��tt'St ��\"11 �� <;'Stt�tfl$� if\\$111 ��� ll\ngatiga-pathe mahaprabhure naukate vasana\nprayage aila bhatta gosanire lana\nSYNONYMS\ngatiga-pathe-on the Ganges;\n\nmahaprabhure-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nnaukate vasana-ma king to sit down on the boat; prayage ai /a-went to Prayaga;\nbhatta-Vallabha Bhatta; gosanire /ana-with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nVallabha BhaHacarya avoided the River Yamuna. Putting the lord on a boat\nin the River Ganges, he went with Him to Prayaga.\nTEXT 114\n\n<;'lt�-f��-�7;;11 �'t_ '5f-t't'tt 1tt�' �1$1 I\n�?f·<;�tfl$� r-t..1�1ft'e�-tf� �·t�111ll��8ll\nloka-bhic;fa-bhaye prabhu 'dasasvamedhe' yana\nrupa-gosanire sik�a kara'na sakti sancariya\nSYNONYMS\nloka-bhic;fa-bhaye-from fear of the great crowd of people;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; dasasvamedhe-to Dasasvamedha-ghata; yana\n\ngoing;\n\n-\n\n", "mad7#p0336": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n304\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nrupa-gosafiire-ROpa GosvamT; sik?a kara'na-teaches; sakti saficariya-endowing him with potency.\nTRANSLATION\nDue to the great crowds in Prayaga, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to a\nplace called Dasasvamedha-ghafa. It was there that the lord instructed Sri\nRupa Gosvami and empowered him in the philosophy of devotional service.\nPURPORT\nParasya saktir vividhaiva sruyate. The Supreme Lord has multi-potencies, which\nthe Lord bestows on His fortunate devotees. The Lord has a special potency by\nwhich He spreads the Kr�t:�a consciousness movement. This is also explained in\nCaitanya-caritamrta (Antya 7.11 ) . Kr?Qa-sakti vina nahe tara pravartana: \"One\ncannot spread the holy name of Kr�t:�a without being specifically empowered by\nLord Kr�t:Ja.\" A devotee who receives this power from the Lord must be considered very fortunate. The Kr�t:�a consciousness movement is spreading to enlighten people about their real position, their original relationship with Kr�t:Ja. One\nrequires Kr�t:�a's special power in order to be able to do this. People forget their\nrelationship with Kr�t:�a and work under the spell of maya life after life,\ntransmigrating from one body to another. This is the process of material existence.\nThe Supreme Lord SrT Kr�t:�a personally descends to teach people that their position in the material world is a mistaken one. The Lord again comes as SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu to induce people to take to Kr�t:�a consciousness. The Lord also empowers a special devotee to teach people their constitutional position.\nTEXT 115\n\n��\"'·'e��'t·Pt�\"'·�t� I\n��\n\nf-tltft� � 'et�'!-�'5t� II � �q II\n\nkr?Qatattva-bhaktitattva-rasatattva-pranta\nsaba sikhaila prabhu bhagavata-siddhanta\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-tattva-of the truth about Lord Kr�t:Ja; bhakti-tattva -of the truth about\ndevotional service; rasa-tattva-of the truth about transcendental mellows;\npranta-the ultimate limit; saba-all; sikhai /a-taught; prabhu-SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; bhagavata-siddhanta-the conclusions of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu taught Srila Rupa Gosvami the ultimate limit of\nthe truth about lord Kr�r;�a, the truth about devotional service and the truth\n\n", "mad7#p0337": "Text 117]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n305\n\nabout transcendental mellows, consummating in conjugal love between\nRadha and Kr��a. Finally He told Rupa Gosvami about the ultimate conclusions of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nTEXT 116\n\nJ11lt�\"'-9fW't � fl('tit?J �f�llfll\nfit9f �9fi <t'ifJ' l!t� l(� :Jt•t�'l1 II � �� II\nramananda-pase yata siddhanta sunila\nrOpe krpa kari' taha saba sancarila\nSYNONYMS\n\nramananda-pase-from Ramananda Raya; yata-all; siddhanta-the ultimate\nconclusions; sunila-he heard; rape-unto Sri ROpa Gosvami; krpa kari -show\n'\n\n­\n\ning His causeless mercy; taha saba-all those; salicari/a-infused.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu taught Rupa Gosvami all the conclusions He had\nheard from Ramananda Raya and duly empowered him so that he could\nunderstand them.\nTEXT 117\n\nllt�9t·�� �t -t� :Jt•tfifllfl I\n�'\"-fq9ft'l '��'I' <fiRt'l111 ��C! II\nsri-rupa-hrdaye prabhu sakti sancarila\nsarva-tattva-nirupaQe 'praviQa' karila\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri-rupa-hrdaye-in the heart of Srila ROpa Gosvami; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; sakti salicari/a\n\n-\n\ninfused spiritual strength; sarva-tattva-all con­\n\nclusive truths; nirupaQe-in ascertaining; praviQa karila-made him fully experienced.\nTRANSLATION\nBy entering the heart of Rupa Gosvami, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu empowered him to ascertain properly the conclusions of all truths. He made him\nan experienced devotee whose decisions correctly agreed with the verdicts of\nthe disciplic succession. Thus Sri Rupa Gosvami was personally empowered\nby Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad7#p0338": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n306\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nPURPORT\nThe principles of devotional service are only apparently under the jurisdiction\nof material activity. To be rightly guided, one must be personally guided by Srr\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. This was the case with Srrla ROpa GosvamT, Sanatana\nGosvamr and other acaryas.\nTEXT 118\n\nf-t�t�'� � '�R'�cf'�' I\n'����� �' llll·� flirf�lii'. II � �lr II\nsivananda-senera putra 'kavi-karQapura'\n'rupera milana' sva-granthe likhiyachena pracura\n\nSYNONYMS\nsivananda-senera-of Sivananda Sena; putra-the son; kavi-karQapura-Kavi­\n\nkart:JapOra; rupera mi/ana-meeting ROpa GosvamT; sva-granthe-in his own\nbook; likhiyachena pracura-has written profusely.\nTRANSLATION\nIn his book Caitanya-candrodaya, Kavi-kar�apura, the son of Sivananda\nSena, has elaborately described the meeting between Sri Rupa Gosvami and\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 119\n\n<t>tr<101 �Oifl<I'Oir<t>f�r<lti1\n<'I_r�r��� �rt\"flll�� �flcrw 1\n\nW\"ft-{c�t��C�'D C'if''<l�C\\1\\'\"<1 �\"f� '!O!t�o,� II ') �\"' II\nkalena vrndavana-keli-varta\nJupteti tam khyapayitum vi5i$ya\nkrpamrtenabhi$i$eca devas\ntatraiva rupam ca sanatanam ca\n\nSYNONYMS\nkalena-in the course of time; vrndavana-keli-varta-topics concerning the\n\ntranscendental mellows of the pastimes of Lord Kr�t:Ja in Vrndavana; Juptaalmost lost; iti-thus; tam-all those; khyapayitum-to enunciate; vi5i$ya-making specific; krpa-amrtena-with the nectar of mercy; abhi$i$eca-sprinkled;\n\n", "mad7#p0339": "Text 120]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n307\n\ndevah-the Lord; tatra-there; eva-indeed; rupam-SrTia ROpa GosvamT; caand; sanatanam-Sanatana GosvamT; ca-as well as.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the course of time, the transcendental news of Kr�r;1a's pastimes in\nVrndavana was almost lost. To enunciate explicitly those transcendental\npastimes, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, at Prayaga, empowered Srila Rupa\nGosvami and Sanatana Gosvami with the nectar of His mercy to carry out this\nwork in Vrndavana.\nPURPORT\nThis verse and the following two verses are from Act Nine\nCaitanya-candrodaya by SrT Kavi-karr)apOra.\n\n(38,29,30) of\n\nTEXT 120\n\"ll: �tr.5\\<1\" fti\"ll�<f5tr<tft1'<1\"r.�t�f9f �c�1\n\nC5\\�lflt1fi�'l �<\\\" 9fCil1 \"lJ:� l.!i<l\"t9fJ,\"i: I\nc ti'Ti<'�ir9ff1'\\!iil<'fnt�'filC'Jf: -��iC5f\n�� ��9(� if1!\"11�9fC1!\"1i�� �t� Clf\"�: II H •\n\nyah prag eva priya-guf)a-gaf)air gac;Jha-baddho 'pi mukto\ngehadhyasad rasa iva paro marta evapy amartah\npremalapair drc;fhatara-pari?variga-rarigaih prayage\ntam sri-ruparh samam anupamenanujagraha devah\nSYNONYMS\nyah-who; prak eva-previously; priya-guf)a-gaf)aih-by the desirable transcendental qualities of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gac;Jha-deeply; baddhah-attached; api-although; muktah-liberated; geha-adhyasat-from the bondage of\nfamily life; rasah-transcendental mellows; iva-like;\n\nparah-transcendental;\n\nmartah-personal form; eva-certainly; api-although; amurtah-without having a material form; prema-alapaih-by discussions of transcendental love of the\nSupreme;\n\nd rc;fhatara-firm ;\n\npleasure;\n\nprayage-at\n\npari?variga-of\n\nPrayaga;\n\ntam-to\n\nembracing;\nhim;\n\nrarigaih-with\n\nsri-rupam-ROpa\n\ngreat\n\nGosvamT;\n\nsamam-with; an upamena-Anupama; anujagraha-showed mercy; devahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"From the very beginning, Srila Rupa Gosvami was deeply attracted by the\ntranscendental qualities of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Thus he was perma-\n\n", "mad7#p0340": "308\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nnently relieved from family life. Srila Rupa Gosvami and his younger brother,\nVallabha, were blessed by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Although the lord was\ntranscendentally situated in His transcendental eternal form, at Prayaga He\ntold Rupa Gosvami about transcendental ecstatic love of Kr�r;�a. The lord then\nembraced him very fondly and bestowed all His mercy upon him.\nTEXT 121\n\nf�'ll��r.9f lfft!\"'!>��r;9f C�'l�ili\"C9f J!�t�iliC9f I\nf;r�rt�ili\"C9f ��CH iliC9f ��10{ ili\"C<>f � f<l\"'tJ�iliC9f II � < �\"\npriya-svarape dayita-svarape\nprema-svarape sahajabhirape\nnijanurape prabhur eka-rape\ntatana rape svavilasa-rape\nSYNONYMS\npriya-svarape-unto the person whose dear friend was Srila Svaropa Damodara\n\nGosvami; dayita-svarape-who was very dear to Him (Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu);\nprema-svarape-unto the replica of His personal ecstatic love; sahaja-abhirape­\n\nwho was naturally very beautiful; nija-anurape-who exactly followed the principles of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prabhu/:1-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ekarape-to the one; tatana-explained; rape-unto ROpa Gosvami; sva-vi/asarape-who describes the pastimes of Lord Kr�r,1a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Indeed, Srila Rupa Gosvami, whose dear friend was Svarupa Damodara,\nwas the exact replica of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and he was very, very dear\nto the lord. Being the embodiment of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's ecstatic\nlove, Rupa Gosvami was naturally very beautiful. He very carefully followed\nthe principles enunciated by the lord, and he was a competent person to explain properly the pastimes of lord Kr�r;�a. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu expanded\nHis mercy to Srila Rupa Gosvami j ust so he could render service by writing\ntranscendental literatures.\"\nTEXT 122\n\n\\!1�� �sr� �� \"itti{·'!(� 1\n� ?9H c�a;i C�� 11\\�·�iHi!T.;� II��� II\nei-mata karQapara likhe sthane-sthane\nprabhu krpa kaila yaiche rapa-sanatane\n\n", "mad7#p0341": "Text 124)\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n309\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; karQa-pOra-the poet known as Kavi-kar�apOra; likhewrites; sthane-sthane-in various places; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkrpa kaila-showed His mercy; yaiche-how; rOpa-sanatane-to Srila ROpa\nCosvami and Srila Sanatana Cosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nThe characteristics of Srila Rupa Gosvami have thus been described in\nvarious places by the poet Kavi-karr:Japura. An account has also been given of\nhow Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu bestowed His causeless mercy upon Srila Rupa\nGosvami and Srila Sanatana Gosvami.\nTEXT 123\n\n�t�\"t11' ��<I� <I��'@ Jftl! I\n\nti9f·�ilt�il-�� �9f1·,�·9ftllll ���II\nmahaprabhura yata ba(ia ba(ia bhakta matra\nrupa-sanatana-sabara krpa-gaurava-patra\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yata-al l ; ba(ia ba(ia-great\n\n,\n\ngreat; bhakta-devotees; matra-up to; rupa sanatana-Srila ROpa Cosvami and\n-\n\nSrila Sanatana Cosvami; sabara-of everyone; krpa-of the mercy; gaurava-and\nhonor; patra -objects.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Rupa Gosvami and Sanatana Gosvami were the objects of love and\nhonor for all the great stalwart devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 124\n\n�ft �flf �7;-t �t11 �f�' �\"tt<le{ I\n\n�mf �� <Ti7;11'il �'t11' 9ftmw�'lll ��s 11\nkeha yadi dese yaya dekhi' vrndavana\ntanre prasna karena prabhura pari�ada-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nkeha-someone; yadi-if; dese-to his country; yaya-goes; dekhi'-after\nseeing; vrndavana-Vrndavana; tanre-unto that person; prasna karena-put\n\n", "mad7#p0342": "310\n\nquestions;\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\npari�ada-ga('la-personal\n\nassociates.\nTRANSLATION\nIf someone returned to his country after seeing Vrndavana, the associates of\nthe lord would ask him questions.\n\nTEXT 125\n\n\"�,-�tti c�!i �t� �<Pt-llift'!i{?\nC�t!i ��' C<!itli '��rt\"itJ, C�t!i (;'e�i{? ��<t II\n\"kaha,-tahail kaiche rahe rOpa-sanatana?\nkaiche rahe, kaiche vairagya, kaiche bhojana?\nSYNONYMS\nkaha-please describe; tahail-there; kaiche-how; rahe-remain; rOpaROpa Gosvami; sanatana-Sanatana Gosvami; kaiche rahe-how do they live;\nkaiche vairagya-how do they practice renunciation; kaiche bhojana-how do\nthey eat.\nTRANSLATION\nThey would ask those returning from Vrndavana, \"How are Riipa and\nSanatana doing in Vrndavana? What are their activities in the renounced\norder? How do they manage to eat?\" These were the questions asked.\n\nTEXT 126\n\n�!i ����� <!it�i{ ���-�i{ ?\"\n!!� ��fll1fl �t:� (;�� <e�\"it'lll ���II\nkaiche a�ta-prahara karena sri-kr�Qa-bhajana?\"\ntabe prasarhsiya kahe sei bhakta-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nkaiche-how; a�ta-prahara-twenty-four hours; karena-do; sri-kr�Qa-bhajana-worshiping of Lord Kr�l)a;\n\ntabe-at that time;\n\nkahe-described; sei bhakta-gaQa-those devotees.\n\nprasarilsiya-praising;\n\n", "mad7#p0343": "The lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\nText 128]\n\n311\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord's associates would also ask, \"How is it that Rupa and Sanatana are\nengaging in devotional service twenty-four hours daily?\" At that time the person who had returned from Vrndavana would praise Srila Rupa and Sanatana\nGosvami.\nTEXT 127\n\n���'! r:lr;.�, �tit �'! �'1''$f'! I\n<fl� �� ��11' '!tl!lf �<IS 11l<IS 1tt� �it II ��'\\ II\n\"aniketa durihe, vane yata vrk?a-gaQa\neka eka vrk?era tale eka eka ratri sayana\n\nSYNONYMS\naniketa-without a residence; durihe-both of them; vane-in the forest; yata\nvrk?a-gaQa-as many trees as there are; eka eka vrk?era-of one tree after\n\nanother; tale-at the base; eka eka ratri-one night after another; sayana-lying\ndown to sleep.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The brothers actually have no fixed residence. They reside beneath treesone night under one tree and the next night under another.\n\nTEXT 128\n\n'���r;.�' 'll'(�'lfl, �t1 �t'!_<flfl\" I\n�· 11i�·�tit1 ��� �t'$f �fif�fil' II ��lr II\n'vipra-grhe' sthDia-bhik?a, kahari madhu-kari\nsu?ka ruF-cana civaya bhoga parihari'\n\nSYNONYMS\nvipra-grhe-in the house of a brahmaQa; sthala-bhik?a-full meals; kahari­\n\nsometimes; madhu-kar i-begging little by little like honeybees; su?ka-dry;\nruF-bread; cana\n\n-\n\nchick-peas; civaya-chew ; bhoga parihari'-giving up all\n\nkinds of material enjoyment.\n\n", "mad7#p0344": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n312\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srila Rupa and Sanatana Gosvami beg a little food from the houses of\nbrahma�as. Giving up all kinds of material enjoyment, they only take some\ndry bread and fried chick-peas.\nTEXT 129\n\n�1ir�1·1ftl§ �tti!, •t� fr;t�, ���� 1\n����1, �ilt1T, �--1� II ��� II\nkaronya-matra hate, kantha chinr;la, bahirvasa\nkr?Qa-katha, kr?Qa-nama, nartana-ul/asa\nSYNONYMS\nkaronya-the waterpot of a sannyasi; matra-only; hate-in the hand; kantha\nchinr;la-torn\n\nquilt;\n\nbahirvasa-outer\n\ngarments;\n\nkr?f.la-katha-discussion\n\nof\n\nKr�l)a's pastimes; kr?f.la-nama-chanting the holy name of Lord Kr�l}a; nartanau//asa-dancing in jubilation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"They carry only waterpots, and they wear torn quilts. They always chant\nthe holy names of Kr��a and discuss His pastimes. In great jubilation, they\nalso dance.\nTEXT 130\n\n��121�1l �re'Sfil, �� w� -t�� 1\nilt1l·�ft�il ��err;� � flftil II �·�o II\na?ta-prahara kr?Qa-bhajana, cari daQ(ia sayane\nnama-sankirtane seha nahe kana dine\nSYNONYMS\na?ta-prahara-twenty-four hours; kr?f.la-bhajana-worshiping Lord Kr�l}a; cari\ndaQr;ia-four daQr;ias (one daQ(ia equals twenty-four minutes); sayane-for sleeping; nama-sankirtane-because of chanting the holy name of the Lord;. sehathat much time; nahe-not; kana dine-some days.\nTRANSLATION\n\"They engage almost twenty-four hours daily in rendering service to the\nlord. They usually sleep only an hour and a half, and some days, when they\ncontinuously chant the lord's holy name, they do not sleep at all.\n\n", "mad7#p0345": "Text 132]\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Riipa Gosvami\n\n313\n\nTEXT 131\n\n� ��11\"�-tim ��� f��� 1\n\n�iJ<1iQfl �t�, �t1f '���-�� u\" ��� 11\nkabhu bhakti-rasa-sastra karaye likhana\ncaitanya-katha sune, kare caitanya-cintana\"\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes;\n\nbhakti-rasa-sastra-transcendental literature about the\n\nmellows of ·devotional service; karaye likhana-write; caitanya-katha-talks\nabout the pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sune-they hear; kare-do;\ncaitanya-cintana-thinking of Lord Caitanya.\nTRANSLATIO�\n\"Sometimes they write transcendental literatures about devotional service,\nand sometimes they hear about Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and spend their time\nthinking about the lord.\"\nTEXT 132\n\n���Qf1 �f�' Jf�tt� �� lt� I\nC�� �� �tt�, -ittlt f� �'n ? ��� II\nei-katha suni' mahantera maha-sukha haya\ncaitanyera krpa yanhe, tanhe ki vismaya?\nSYNONYMS\nei-katha suni'-hearing this news; mahantera-of all the devotees; mahasukha-great pleasure; haya-was; caitanyera-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkrpa-mercy; yanhe-on whom; tanhe-in him; ki-what; vismaya-wonderful.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the personal associates of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would hear of the\nactivities of Riipa and Sanatana Gosvamis, they would say, \"What is wonderful for a person who has been granted the lord's mercy?\"\nPURPORT\n\nSrila ROpa Gosvami and Sanatana Gosvami had no fixed residence. They stayed\nbeneath a tree for one day only and wrote huge volumes of transcendental\nliterature. They not only wrote books but chanted, danced, discussed Kr�r;Ja and\n\n", "mad7#p0346": "314\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nremembered Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's pastimes. Thus they executed devotional\nservice.\nIn Vrndavana there are prakrta-sahajiyas who say that writing books or even\ntouching books is taboo. For them, devotional service means being relieved from\nthese activities. Whenever they are asked to hear a recitation of Vedic literature,\nthey refuse, saying, \"What business do we have reading or hearing transcendental\nliteratures? They are meant for neophytes.\" They pose themselves to be too elevated to exert energy for reading, writing and hearing. However, pure devotees\nunder the guidance of SrTia ROpa GosvamT reject this sahajiya philosophy. It is certainly not good to write literature for money or reputation, but to write books and\npublish them for the enlightenment of the general populace is real service to the\nLord. That was SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvatl's opinion, and he specifically told his\ndisciples to write books. He actually preferred to publish books rather than\nestablish temples. Temple construction is meant for the general populace and\nneophyte devotees, but the business of advanced and empowered devotees is to\nwrite books, publish them and distribute them widely. According to Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvatl Thakura, distributing literature is like playing on a great\nmrdaliga. Consequently we always request members of the International Society\n\nfor Krishna Consciousness to publish as many books as possible and distribute\nthem widely throughout the world. By thus following in the footsteps of SrTia\nROpa GosvamT, one can become a rupanuga devotee.\n\nTEXT 133\n\n�G\\!ttRl �?f'j �� �f�tttl� �t�� I\nf�t.'!fli1·�tU 1\\lr\"ltffi'l II ��� II\ncaitanyera krpa rupa likhiyachena apane\nrasamrta-sindhu-granthera mafigalacaraf)e\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanyera-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; krpa-the mercy; rupa-Srlla\n\nROpa GosvamT; likhiyachena-has written; apane-personally; rasamrta-sindhugranthera -of the book known as Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu; mafigala-acaraf)e-in\n\nthe auspicious introduction.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Rupa Gosvami has personally spoken about the mercy of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu in his auspicious introduction to his book Bhakti-rasamrtasindhu [1.1.2].\n\n", "mad7#p0347": "The Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\nText 135]\n\n315\n\nTEXT 134\n\n�flf lfjjJ C�'i\"f<fll1 ��f�r.\\!!1?(�� <l'il'T��C<>(f?(f\"r I\n�'IJ �r.�: <>flf<11\"'1l'1� ��iii CD\"\\!i��lf·PIT II �¢8 II\nhrdi yasya preraQaya\npravartito 'ham varaka-rapo 'pi\ntasya haref:r pada-kama/arh\nvande caitanya-devasya\nSYNONYMS\nhrdi-within the heart; yasya-of whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nwho gives His pure devotees intelligence with which to spread the Kr�r:'la consciousness movement); preraQaya-by the inspiration; pravartitaf:r-engaged;\naham-1; varaka-insignif i cant and low; rapa/:r-ROpa GosvamT; api-although;\ntasya-of Him; haref:r-who is Lord Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\npada-kamalam-to the lotus feet; vande-let me offer my prayers; caitanyadevasya-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although I am the lowest of men and have no knowledge, the inspiration\nto write transcendental literatures about devotional service has been mercifully bestowed upon me. Therefore I am offering my obeisances at the lotus\nfeet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who\nhas given me the chance to write these books.\"\nTEXT 135\n\n��'! 'lllf�i{ �'St 1f�i I\n(!)�� �i flt;;r -tf9 ��t�m II ��I! II\nei-mata dasa-dina prayage rahiya\nsri-rape sik�a dila sakti sancariya\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; dasa-dina-for ten days; prayage-at Prayaga; rahiyastaying; sri-rape-to SrTia ROpa GosvamT; sik�a-instructions; di/a-imparted;\nsakti sancariya\n\n-\n\nbestowing upon him the necessary potency.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFor ten days Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stayed at Prayaga and instructed\nRupa Gosvami, empowering him with the necessary potency.\n\n", "mad7#p0348": "316\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a confirmation of the statement kr?Qa-sakti vina nahe tara pravartana.\nUnless one is specifically empowered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he\ncannot spread the Kr��a consciousness movement. An empowered devotee sees\nand feels himself to be the lowest of men, for he knows that whatever he does is\ndue to the inspiration given by the Lord in the heart. This is also confirmed in\nBhagavad-gita:\nte?arh satata-yuktanarh\nbhajatarh priti-purvakam\ndadami buddhi-yogarh tam\nyena mam upayanti te\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give the\nunderstanding by which they can come to Me.\" (Bg. 10.1 0)\nTo be empowered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one has to qualify\nhimself. This means that one must engage twenty-four hours daily in the loving\ndevotional service of the Lord. The material position of a devotee doesn't matter\nbecause devotional service is not dependent on material considerations. In his\nearlier life, Srila ROpa Gosvami was a government officer and a grhastha. He was\nnot even a brahmacari or sannyasi. He associated with mlecchas and yavanas, but\nbecause he was always eager to serve, he was a qualified recipient for the Lord's\nmercy. A sincere devotee can therefore be empowered by the Lord regardless of\nhis situation. In the preceding verse from Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, Srila ROpa\nGosvami has described how he was personally empowered by the Lord. He\nfurther states in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.187):\niha yasya harer dasye\nkarmaf)a manasa gira\nnikhilasv apy avasthasu\njivan-muktab sa ucyate\n\"A person acting iri the service of Kr��a with his body, mind and words is a liberated person even in the material world, although he may be engaged in many socalled material activities.\"\nTo keep oneself free from material contamination and attain the Lord's favor,\none must be sincerely anxious to render service to the Lord. This is the only\nqualification necessarY: As soon as one is favored by the mercy of the spiritual\nmaster and the Lord, one is immediately given all the power necessary to write\nbooks and propagate the Kr��a consciousness movement without being hampered by material considerations.\n\n", "mad7#p0349": "Text 138]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n317\n\nTEXT 136\n\n� <!15�,- ��, 111-Pt, �RP�� �'I I\n�E'Pf <15�, �� if! � �(� II ��� II\nprabhu kahe, -suna, rupa, bhakti-rasera /ak?af)a\nsutra-rupe kahi, vistiira na yaya varf)ana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu spoke; suna-please listen; rupa-My\ndear ROpa; bhakti-rasera-of the transcendental mellows in devotional service;\n/ak?af)a-the symptoms; sutra-rupe-in the form of a synopsis; kahi-1 shall explain; vistara-the whole breadth; na-not; yaya-is possible; varl)ana-description.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"My dear Rupa, please listen to Me. It is not\npossible to describe devotional service completely; therefore I am just trying\nto give you a synopsis of the symptoms of devotional service.\nTEXT 137\n\n<Ptrnt<Ptrn-� �� ���-fil11\n�'!f1m( ij'f��\\! � <fi� �<fi '�i( II ��'l II\nparapara-sunya gabhira bhakti-rasa-sindhu\ntomaya cakhaite tara kahi eka 'bindu'\nSYNONYMS\npara-apara-the length and breadth; sOnya-without; gabhira-deep; bhaktirasa-of the mellows in devotional service; sindhu-the ocean; tomaya-to you;\ncakhaite-to give a taste; tara-of this ocean; kahi-1 shall speak; eka-one;\nbindu-drop.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"The ocean of the transcendental mellow of devotional service is so big that\nno one can estimate its length and breadth. However, just to help you taste it,\nI am describing but one drop.\nTEXT 138\n\n�l\\! � �fif' �� �'ij'f I\n��-�.. ��t�t'! ��t1t \\!'111'1 II ��IT' II\n\n", "mad7#p0350": "318\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\neita brahmarxfa bhari' ananta jiva-gaQa\ncaurasi-lak?a yonite karaye bhramaf)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-ta-in this way; brahmaQt;fa-the whole universe; bhari -filling; ananta'\n\nunlimited;\n\njfva-gaQa-living\n\nentities;\n\ncaurasi-/ak?a-8,400,000;\n\nyonite-in\n\nspecies of life; karaye-do; bhramaQa-wandering.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this universe there are limitless living entities in 8,400,000 species, and\nall are wandering within this universe.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a challenge to so-called scientists and philosophers who presume that\nthere are living entities on this planet only. So-called scientists are going to the\nmoon, and they say that there is no life there. This does not tally with S rT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's version. He says that everywhere within the universe there are unlimited numbers of living entities in 8,400,000 different forms. In Bhagavad-gita\n(2.24) we find that the living entities are sarva-gata/:1, which means that they can\ngo anywhere. This indicates that there are living entities everywhere. They exist\non land, in water, in air, in fire and in ether. Thus there are living entities in all types\nof material elements. Since the entire material universe is composed of five elements-earth, water, fire, air and ether-why should there be living entities on\none planet and not others? Such a foolish version can never be accepted by Vedic\nstudents. From the Vedic literatures we understand that there are living entities on\neach and every planet, regardless of whether the planet is composed of earth,\nwater, fire or ether. These living entities may not have the same forms that are\nfound on this planet earth, but they have different forms composed of different\nelements. Even on this earth we can see that the forms of land animals are different from the forms of aquatics. According to the circumstance, living conditions differ, but undoubtedly there are living entities everywhere. Why should we\ndeny the existence of living entities on this or that planet? Those who have\nclaimed to have gone to the moon have not gone there, or else their imperfect\nvision cannot actually perceive the particular type of living entities there.\nLiving entities are described as ananta, or unlimited; nonetheless, they are said\nto belong to 8,400,000 species. As stated in the Vi?QU Puraf)a:\njalaja nava-lak?aQi\nsthavara lak?a-virilsati\nkrmayo rudra-sarikhyaka/:1\npak?iQaril dasa-/ak?aQam\n\n", "mad7#p0351": "Text 139]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n319\n\ntrimsal-lak�aQi pasavaf:r\ncatur-lak�aQi manu�af:r\n\"There are 900,000 species living in the water. There are also 2,000,000 nonmoving living entities (sthavara) such as trees and plants. There are also 1,100,000\nspecies of insects and reptiles, and there are 1,000,000 species of birds. As far as\nquadrupeds are concerned there are 3,000,000 varieties, and there are 400,000\nhuman species.\" Some of these species may exist on one planet and not on\nanother, but in any case within all the planets of the universe-and even in the\nsun-there are living entities. This is the verdict of Vedic literatures. As Bhagavad­\n\ngita (2.20) confirms:\nna jayate mriyate va kadacin\nnayam bhotva bhavita va na bhoya/:r\najo nityaf:r sasvato 'yam puraf)O\nna hanyate hanyamane sarire\n\"For the soul there is never birth nor death. Nor, having once been, does he ever\ncease to be. He is unborn, eternal, ever-existing, undying and primeval. He is not\nslain when the body is slain.\"\nSince the living entities are never annihilated, they simply transmigrate from\none life form to another. Thus there is an evolution of forms according to the\ndegree of developed consciousness. One experiences different degrees of consciousness in different forms. A dog's consciousness is different from a man's. Even\nwithin a species we find that a father's consciousness is different from his son's\nand that a child's consciousness is different from a youth's. just as we find different forms, we find different states of consciousness. When we see different\nstates of consciousness, we may take it for granted that the bodies are different.\nIn other words, different types of bodies depend on different states of consciousness. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (8.6): yam yam vapi smaran bhavam.\nOne's consciousness at the time of death determines a,type of body of the living\nentity. This is the process of transmigration of the soul. A variety of bodies is\nalready there; we change from one body to another in terms of our consciousness.\nTEXT 139\n\n�-ttc!t·�·'et� �i{= -r��-r m 1\n�- �1f ,� � '111!1'fi�' �G\"tfit II ��� II\nkesagra-sateka-bhaga puna/:r satamsa kari\ntara sama suk�ma jivera 'svarupa' vicari\n\n", "mad7#p0352": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n320\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nkesa-agra-from the tip of a hair; sata-eka-one hundred; bhaga-divisions;\npuna/:1-again; sata-arhsa-one hundred divisions; kari-making; tara samaequal to that; sDk$ma-very fine; jivera-of the living entity; sva-rupa-the actual form; vicari-1 consider.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The length and breadth of the living entity is described as one tenthousandth part of the tip of a hair. This is the original subtle nature of the living entity.\nTEXT 140\n\nC<fi\"ft 1!��t5f'fJ \"f\\!it�\"f'f'IJ\"I�'!S\": I\n\n�,<1': ���'llit9ft��� '1j��Jl'\\!i,C\\!i1 � 'fi>-l_<fi'f: II ')So U\nkesagra-sata-bhagasya\nsatarhsa-sadrsatmaka/:1\njiva/:1 suk?ma-svarupo y am\n'\n\ns a n khy atito hi cit-kaQa/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nkesa-agra-of the tip of a hair; sata-bhagasya-of one hundredth; sata-arhsaa hundredth part; sadrsa-equal to; atmaka/:1-whose nature; jiva/:1-the living\nentity;\n\nsuk?ma-very fine;\n\natita/:1-numbering\n\nbeyond\n\nsva-rupa/:1-identification;\ncalculation;\n\nayam-this;\n\nhi-certainly;\n\nsa n khy a­\n\ncit-kaQa/:1-spiritual\n\nparticle.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'If we divide the tip of a hair into a hundred parts and then take one of\nthese parts and divide it again into a hundred parts, that very fine division is\nthe size of but one of the numberless living entities. They are all cit-kar;�a, particles of spirit, not matter.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is quoted from the commentary on the portion of Srimad-Bhagavatam\nwherein the Vedas personified offer their obeisances unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is confirmed in Bh a gavad-gita (15.7). Mamaivarhso jivaloke jiva-bhuta/:1 sanatana/:1: \"The living entities in this conditioned world are My\n·\n\neternal, fragmental parts.\"\n\n", "mad7#p0353": "Text 142]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rfipa Gosvami\n\n321\n\nLord Sri Kr�r:Ja personally identifies Himself with the minute living entities. Lord\nKr�Qa is the supreme spirit, the Supersoul, and the living entities are His very\nminute parts and parcels. Of course, we cannot divide the tip of a hair into such\nfine particles, but spiritually such small particles can exist. Spiritual strength is so\npowerful that a mere atomic portion of spirit can be the biggest brain in the material world. The same spiritual spark is within an ant and within the body of\nBrahma. According to his karma, material activities, the spiritual spark attains a cer­\n\ntain type of body. Material activities are carried out in goodness, passion and ignorance or a combination of these. According to the mixture of the modes of material nature, the living entity is awarded a particular type of body. This is the conclusion.\nTEXT 141\n\n<rtatl1M�:St'>f'TJ \"t�<f1 m�'TJ 1) I\n:SlC'>t1 ���: 'l ft?:�� �f� 1)� 9f�i ��: II ') 8 � II\nbalagra-sata-bhagasya\n\nsatadha kalpitasya ca\n\nbhago jiva/:1 sa vijfieya\niti caha para sruti/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nba/a-agra-the tip of a hair; sata-bhagasya-of one hundredth; sata-dha-into\none hundred parts; ka/pitasya-divided; ca-and; bhaga/:1-minute portion;\njiva/:1-the living entity; sa/:1-that; vijfieya/:1-to be understood; iti-thus; caand; aha-have said; para-chief; sruti/:1-Vedic mantras.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'If we divide the tip of a hair into one hundred parts and then take one\npart and divide this into another one hundred parts, that ten-thousandth part\nis the dimension of the living entity. This is the verdict of the chief Vedic\nmantras.'\nPURPORT\n\nThe first three padas of this verse from the Paficadasi Citradipa (81) are taken\n\nfrom the Sveta.Svatara Upani$ad (5.9).\n\nTEXT 142\n\n�f<ft�9fJ�� ���: II ) 8 � II\nsDk$maQam apy aham ji va/:1\n\n", "mad7#p0354": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n322\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nSYNONYMS\nsak�maQam-of the minute particles; api-certainly; aham-1; j ivab-the living entity.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Among minute particles, I am the living entity.'\nPURPORT\n\nThe living entity is one with and different from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As spirit soul, the living entity is one in quality with the Supreme Lord;\nhowever, the Supreme Lord is bigger than the biggest, and the living entity is the\n\nsmallest of the small. This quote is the third pada of a verse from SrimadBhagavatam (11 .1 6.11).\n\nTEXT 143\n\n�9ffirf��� �<!���7:�1 �fir 'f<f-;(�1�� 0! \"ti\".:JX�f� fol�r;�� �<! CO!���i I\n�'Slf\"l S �'Jlil� �'ff<l'J,SJ fOJil�< �?;<!<:.\n1'PT��'Sf10!�1� �If��� �\\!i����-1 II ) 8 � II\naparimita dhruvas tanu-bhrto yadi sarva-gatas\ntarhi na sasyateti niyamo dhruva netaratha\n\najani ca yan-mayarh tad avimucya niyantr bhavet\nsamam anujanatarh yad amatarh mata-du�tataya\nSYNONYMS\naparimitab-unlimited in number; dhruvab-eternals; tanu-bhrtab-who have\n\naccepted material bodies; yadi-if; sarva-gatab-all-pervading; tarhi-then; nanot; sasyata-controllable; iti-thus; niyamab-regulation; dhruva-0 Supreme\nTruth; na - not; itaratha-in another manner; ajani-have been born; ca-and;\nyat-mayam-consisting of which;\n\ntat-that;\n\navimucya-without giving up;\n\nniyantr-controller; bhave t-may become; samam-equal in all respects; anujanatam-of those who follow this philosophical calculation; yat-that;\n\namatam-not conclusive; mata-du�tataya-by faulty calculations.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'0 Lord, although the living entities who have accepted material bodies\n\nare spiritual and unlimited in number, if they were all-pervading there would\nbe no question of their being under Your control. If they are accepted,\n\n", "mad7#p0355": "Text 144]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n323\n\nhowever, as particles of the eternally existing spiritual entity-as part of You,\nwho are the supreme spirit whole-we must conclude that they are always\nunder Your control. If the living entities are simply satisfied with being identical with You as spiritual particles, then they will be happy being controllers of\nso many things. The conclusion that the living entities and the Supreme Personality of Godhead are one and the same is a faulty conclusion. It is not a\nfact.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse, which is also from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.87.30), was spoken by\n\nthe personified Vedas.\n\nTEXT 144\n\n� �-u '•t�', 'flll'-� ce� 1\nISf'Wf ��-'Sf\"f·\"'l�·Rtfi II �88 11\ntara madhye 'sthavara', 'jangama'-dui bheda\n\njangame tiryak-jala-stha/acara-vibheda\nSY NONYMS\n\ntara madhye-among the living entities who are conditioned within the ma­\n\nterial world; sthavara-immovable; jangama-movable; dui bheda-two divi­\n\nsions; jangame-among the living entities who can move; tiryak-the living en­\n\ntities who can move in the air (the birds); ja/a -or living entities who can move\n\nwithin the water; stha/a-cara-living entities who can move on land; vibhedathree divisions.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"The unlimited living entities can be divided into two divisions-those that\ncan move and those that cannot move. Among living entities that can move,\nthere are birds, aquatics and animals.\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is giving clear instructions on how the living entities\nlive under different conditions. There are trees, plants and stones that cannot\nmove, but still they must be considered living entities, or spiritual sparks. The soul\nis present in bodies like those of trees, plants and stones. They are all living entities. Among moving living entities such as birds, aquatics and animals, the same\nspiritual spark is there. As stated herein, there are living entities that can fly, swim\nand walk. We must also conclude that there are living entities that can move\n\n", "mad7#p0356": "324\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nwithin fire and ether. Living entities have different material bodies composed of\nearth, water, air, fire and ether. The words tara madhye mean \"within this universe.\" The entire material universe is composed of five material elements. It is not\ntrue that living entities reside only within this planet and not within others. Such a\nconclusion is completely contradictory to the Vedas. As stated in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(2.24):\nacchedyo 'yam adahyo 'yam\nakledyo '5o$ya eva ca\nnityal) sarva-gata/:1 sthaf)ur\nacalo 'yam sanatanal)\n\"This individual soul is unbreakable and insoluble, and can be neither burned nor\ndried. He is everlasting, all-pervading, unchangeable, immovable and eternally the\nsame.\"\nThe soul has nothing to do with the material elements. Any material element\ncan be cut to pieces, especially earth. As far as the living entity is concerned,\nhowever, it can neither be burned nor cut to pieces. It can therefore live within\nfire. We can conclude that there are also living entities within the sun. Why\nshould living entities be denied this planet or that planet? According to the Vedas,\nthe living entities can live anywhere and everywhere-on land, in water, in air and\nin fire. Whatever the condition, the living entity is unchangeable (sthaf)u). From\nthe statements of S rT Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Bhagavad-gita, we are to conclude that living entities are everywhere throughout the universes. They are distributed as trees, plants, aquatics, birds, human beings and so on.\n\nTEXT 145\n\n� 'alt$0 ';fil1JJ·<art� �� ����1t I\n\n�111' �J �' 'i_fil\"f, c;4!1)'5, �II �8<1' II\ntara madhye manu$ya-jati ati a/patara\ntara madhye m/eccha, pulinda, bauddha, sabara\n\nSYNONYMS\ntara madhye-among all such living entities; manu$ya-jati-entities born as\nhuman beings; ati-very; a/patara-small in quantity; tara madhye-among the\nsmall quantity of human beings; m/eccha-uncivilized men who cannot follow\nthe Vedic principles; pu/inda-unregulated; bauddha-followers of Buddhist philosophy; sabara-the lowest of men (the hunter class).\n\n", "mad7#p0357": "Text 146]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n325\n\nTRANSLATION\n11Although\n\nthe living entities known as human beings are very small in\n\nquantity, that division may be still further subdivided, for there are many uncultured human beings like mlecchas, pulindas, bauddhas and sabaras.\nTEXT 146\n\n�W�1lro ·�rc(<1S �\" '�-t' � 1\n�fiffillll �t� �'sA ilt� m;'lll �8� II\nveda-ni?tha-madhye ardheka veda 'mukhe' mane\n\nveda-ni?iddha papa kare, dharma nahi gaoe\nSYNONYMS\nveda ni?tha-madhye-among\n-\n\npersons who are followers of the\n\nVedas;\n\nardheka-almost half; veda-Vedic scriptures; mukhe-in the mouth; mane-accept;\n\nveda-ni?iddha-forbidden in the\n\nVedas;\n\npapa-sins;\n\ndharma-religious principles; nahi-not; gaoe-count.\n\nkare\n\n-\n\nperfor m ;\n\nTRANSLATION\n11Among human beings, those who are followers of the Vedic principles are\n\nconsidered civilized. Among these, almost half simply give lip service while\ncommitting all kinds of sinful activities against these principles. Such people\ndo not care for the regulative principles.\nPURPORT\nThe word veda means \"knowledge.\" Supreme knowledge consists of understanding the Supreme Personality of Godhead and our relationship with Him and\nacting according to that relationship. Action in accordance with the Vedic principles is called religion. Religion means following the orders of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Vedic principles are the inj unctions given by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Aryans are civilized human beings who have\nbeen following the Vedic principles since time immemorial. No one can trace out\nthe history of the Vedic principles set forth so that man might understand the\nSupreme Being. Literature or knowledge that seeks the Supreme Being can be accepted as a bona fide religious system, but there are many different types of\nreligious systems according to the place, the disciples and the people's capacity to\nunderstand.\n\nThe highest type of religious system is described in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.6)\n\nthus: sa vai purhsarh para dharma yato bhaktir adhok?aje. The highest form of\n\n", "mad7#p0358": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n326\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nreligion is that by which one becomes fully conscious of the existence of God, His\nform, name, qualities, pastimes, abode and all-pervasive features. When everything is completely known, that is the perfection of Vedic knowledge. The fulfillment of Vedic knowledge is systematic knowledge of the characteristics of God.\nThis is confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (15.15): vedais ca sarvair aham eva vedya/:1. The\naim of Vedic knowledge is to understand God. Those who are actually following\nVedic knowledge and searching after God cannot commit sinful activities against\nthe Supreme Lord's order. However, in this age of Kali, although men profess to\nbelong to so many different kinds of religion, most of them commit sinful activities against the orders of the Vedic scriptures. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ntherefore says herein: veda-ni�iddha papa kare, dharma nahi ga1,1e. In this age,\nmen may profess a religion, but they actually do not follow the principles. Instead,\nthey commit all kinds of sin.\nTEXT 147\n\n��tfif·'alt'U <t.l! '���' I\n\n,�$-���·11t'U �� '�' ,(!!� II �8'\\ II\ndharmacari-madhye bahuta 'karma-ni�tha'\nkoti-karma-ni�tha-madhye eka 'jfiani' sre?tha\nSYNONYMS\ndharma-acari-madhye-among persons who actually follow the Vedic principles or religious system; bahuta-many of them; karma-ni�tha-attracted to\nfruitive activities; koti-karma-ni�tha-madhye-among millions of such performers\nof fruitive activities according to Vedic principles; eka-one; jfiani-wise man;\nsre�tha-the chief.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Among the followers of Vedic knowledge, most are following the process\nof fruitive activity and distinguishing between good and bad work. Out of\nmany such sincere fruitive actors, there may be one who is actually wise.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura states that the word karma-ni�tha refers\nto one who aspires to enjoy the results of his good work and pious activity. Some\nfollowers of Vedic principles offer everything to the Absolute Truth and do not\n\naspire to enjoy the results of their pious actions. These are also considered among\nthe karma-ni?thas. Sometimes we see pious men earn money with great hardship\nand then spend the money for some pious cause by opening· public charities,\n\n", "mad7#p0359": "Text 148]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n327\n\nschools and hospitals. Whether one earns money for himself or for the public\n\nbenefit, he is called a karma-ni$tha. Out of millions of karma-ni$thas there may be\n\none who is wise. Those who try to avoid fruitive activity and who become silent\nin order to merge into the spiritual existence of the Absolute Truth are generally\n\nknown as jnanis, wise men. They are not interested in fruitive activity but in merg­\n\ning into the Supreme. In either case, both are interested in personal benefit. The\n\nkarmis are directly interested in personal benefit within the material world, and\n\nthe jnanis are interested in merging into the existence of the Supreme. The jnanis\nmaintain that fruitive activity is imperfect. For them, perfection is the cessation of\nwork and the merging into the supreme existence. That is their goal in life. The\njnani wants to extinguish the distinction between knowledge, the knower and\n\nthe aim of knowledge. This philosophy is called monism, or oneness, and is\ncharacterized by spiritual silence.\nTEXT 148\n\n�t$wt�·1lt'U � �<fi�il '1l.�' I\n(;<Ti$1J._�1lt'IJ 'l�'e' �<fi �� II �811' II\nkoti-jnani-madhye haya eka-jana 'mukta'\n\nkoti-mukta-madhye 'durlabha' eka kr$Qa-bhakta\nSYNONYMS\nkoti-jnani-madhye-out of many millions of such wise men; haya-there is;\n\neka-jana-one person; mukta-actually liberated; koti-mukta-madhye-out of\n\nmany millions of such liberated persons; durlabha-very rare; eka-one ; kr$Qa­\n\nbhakta-pure devotee of Lord Kr�r:ta.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Out of many millions of such wise men, one may actually become liberated [mukta], and out of many millions of such liberated persons, a pure\ndevotee of Lord Kr�r:ta is very difficult to find.\nPURPORT\nIn Srimad-Bhagavatam it is said that due to their poor fund of knowledge, the\n\njnanis are not actually liberated. They simply think that they are liberated. The\nperfection of knowledge culminates when one comes to the platform of knowing\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Brahmeti paramatmeti bhagavan iti sabdyate. The Absolute Truth (satya-vastu) is described as Brahman, Paramatma and\n\nBhagavan. Knowledge of impersonal Brahman and the Supersoul is imperfect until\none comes to the platform of knowing the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is\n\n", "mad7#p0360": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n328\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\ntherefore clearly said in this verse: koti-mukta-madhye 'dur/abha' eka kr�Qa-bhakta. Those who search after the knowledge of impersonal Brahman or localized\nParamatma are certainly accepted as liberated, but due to their imperfect knowledge they are described in Srimad-Bhagavatam as vimukta-manina/:1. Since their\nknowledge is imperfect, their conception of liberation is imperfect. Perfect knowledge is possible when one knows the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is\nsupported in Bhagavad-gita (5.29):\nbhoktararil yajfla-tapasam\nsarva-loka-mahesvaram\nsuhrdam sarva-bhutanam\njflatva maril santim rcchati\n\"The sages, knowing Me as the ultimate purpose of all sacrifices and austerities,\nthe Supreme Lord of all planets and demigods and the benefactor and well-wisher\nof all living entities, attain peace from the pangs of material miseries.\"\nResearch is going on for the karmis, jflanis and yogis, but until the search is\ncomplete, no one can attain peace. Therefore Bhagavad-gita says, jflatva maril\nsantim rcchati: one can actually attain peace when he knows Kr�r:Ja. This is described in the next verse.\nTEXT 149\n\n�·��-fil�, �i!�� 'llf�' I\n'-�-1{'�-f�r.-�titf-�f'f '�llf�' II �8� II\nkr�Qa-bhakta-ni�kama, ataeva 'santa'\nbhukti-mukti-siddhi-kami-sakali 'asanta'\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�Qa-bhakta-a devotee of Lord Kr�r:Ja; ni�kama-actually desireless; ataevatherefore; santa-peaceful; bhukti-of material enjoyment; mukti-of liberation\nfrom material activities; siddhi-of perfection in yogic performance; kami-those\nwho are desirous; saka/i-all of them; asanta-not peaceful.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Because a devotee of lord Kr�r:ta is desireless, he is peaceful. Fruitive\nworkers desire material enjoyment, jnanis desire liberation, and yogis desire\nmaterial opulence; therefore they are all lusty and cannot be peaceful.\nPURPORT\n\nThe devotee of Lord Kr�r:Ja has no desire other than serving Kr�r:Ja. Even socalled liberated people are full of desires. Fruitive actors desire better living ac-\n\n", "mad7#p0361": "Text 149]\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n329\n\ncommodations, and jnanis want to be one with the Supreme. Yogis desire material\nopulence, yogic perfections and magic. All of these are lusty (kamn. Because they\ndesire something, they cannot have peace.\nThe peace formula is given by Kr��a in Bhagavad-gita:\n\nbhoktararil yajna-tapasaril\nsarva-loka-mahesvaram\nsuhrdaril sarva-bhUtanaril\njnatva maril santim rcchati\nIf one can understand that the only supreme enjoyer is Kr��a, one will perform all\nkinds of sacrifices, penances and austerities in order to attain Kr��a's devotional\nservice. Kr��a is the Supreme Being, the proprietor of all the material worlds;\ntherefore throughout the entire universe He is the only enjoyer and beneficiary.\nHe is the only friend who can actually do good to all living entities (suhrdaril sar­\n\nva-bhUtanam). If one understands Kr��a, he immediately becomes desireless\n(ni�kama) because a kr�Qa-bhakta knows that his friend and protector in all\nrespects is Kr��a, who is able to do anything for His devotee. Kr��a says, kaunteya\n\npratijanihi na me bhakta/:1 praQasyati: \"0 son of Kunti, declare it boldly that My\ndevotee never perishes.\" Since Kr��a gives this assurance, the devotee lives in\nKr��a and has no desire for personal benefit. The background for the devotee is\nthe ali-good Himself. Why should the devotee aspire for something good for himself? His only business is to please the Supreme by rendering service as much as\npossible. A kr�Qa-bhakta has no desire for his own personal benefit. He is completely protected by the Supreme. Avasya rak�ibe kr�Qa visvasa palana. Bhaktivinoda Thakura says that he is desireless because Kr��a will give him protection in\nall circumstances. It is not that he expects any assistance from Kr��a; he simply\ndepends on Kr��a just as a child depends on his parents. The child does not know\nhow to expect service from his parents, but he is always protected nevertheless.\nThis is called ni�kama (desirelessness).\nAlthough karmis, jnanis and yogis fulfill their desires by performing various activities, they are never satisfied. A karmi may work very hard to acquire a million\ndollars, but as soon as he gets a million dollars he desires another million. For the\n\nkarmis, there is no end of desire. The more the karmi gets, the more he desires.\nThe jnanis cannot be desireless because their intelligence is unsound. They want\nto merge into the Brahman effulg�nce, but even though they may be raised to\nthat platform, they cannot be satisfied there. There are many jnanis or sannyasis\nwho give up the world as false, but after taking sannyasa they return to the world\nto engage in politics or philanthropy or to open schools and hospitals. This means\nthat they could not attain the real Brahman (brahma satyam). They have to come\ndown to the material platform to engage in philanthropic activity. Thus they again\ncultivate desires, and when these desires are exhausted, they desire something\ndifferent. Therefore the jnani cannot be ni�kama, desireless. Nor can the yogis be\n\n", "mad7#p0362": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n330\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\ndesireless, for they desire yogic perfections in order to exhibit some magical feats\n\nand gain popularity. People gather around these yogis, and the yogis desire more\nand more adulation. Because they misuse their mystic power, they fall down again\nonto the material platform. It is not possible for them to become ni�kama, desire­\n\nless.\n\nThe conclusion is that only the devotees who are simply satisfied in serving the\n\nLord can actually become desireless. Therefore it is written: k r�Qa-bhakta ni�kama.\n\nSince the kr�Qa-bhakta, the devotee of Kr��a, is satisfied with Kr��a, there is no\n\npossibility of falldown.\n\nTEXT 150\n\n'l._'&l01t�f9f f'l%t01t� 'li�t� \"!9f�j�\"(: I\n��?.('�: 2l\"rt�t�1 C<lltffl�f9f 1l�i'J._?:01 II )<to II\nmuktanam api siddhanarh\nnarayaQa-parayaQa/:1\n\nsudur/abha/:1 prasantatma\nkoti�v api maha-mune\nSYNONYMS\n\nmuktanam-of persons liberated or freed from the bondage of ignorance;\n\napi-even; siddhanam-of persons who have achieved perfection; narayaQa-of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; parayaf)a/:1-the devotee; su-dur/abha/:1-\n\nvery rare; prasanta-atma-completely satisfied, desireless; koti�u-among many\nmillions; api-certainly; maha-mune-0 great sage.\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 great sage, out of many millions of materially liberated people who are\n\nfree from ignorance, and out of many millions of siddhas who have nearly attained perfection, there is hardly one pure devotee of Narayar;�a. Only such a\ndevotee is actually completely satisfied and peaceful.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (6.14.5). The narayaf)a-parayaf)a,\nthe devotee of Lord Naraya�a, is the only blissful person. One who becomes a\n\nnarayaf)a-parayaf)a is already liberated from material bondage. He already\n\npossesses all the perfections of yoga. Unless one comes to the platform of\nnarayaf)a-parayaf)a and passes over the platform of bhukti-mukti-siddhi, he can­\n\nnot be fully satisfied. That is the pure devotional stage.\n\n", "mad7#p0363": "Text 151]\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n331\n\nanyabhila�ita-sunyam\n\njfiana-karmady-anavrtam\n\nanuko/yena kr�Qanu­\n\nsilanarh bhaktir uttama\n\nOne who has no other desire but Kr�r:Ja and who is not influenced by the process\n\nof jfiana-marga (cultivation of knowledge) actually becomes free from ignorance.\n\nA first-class person is one who is not influenced by karma (fruitive activity) or\nyoga (mystic power). He simply depends on Kr�r:Ja and is satisfied in his devotional\n\nservice. According to Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(6.17.28): narayaf)a-parai} sarve na\n\nkutascana bibhyati. Such a person is never afraid of anything. For him, heaven and\n\nhell are the same. Not knowing the situation of a narayaf)a-parayaQa, rascals be­\n\ncome envious. By the grace of Narayal)a, a devotee is situated in the most opulent position in the material world. Rascals are envious of Narayar:Ja and His devotee, but the devotee knows how to please another devotee of Narayal)a because\nhe knows that by pleasing Narayar:Ja's representative, one directly pleases Lord\nNarayal)a. Therefore a devotee offers the best facilities to his spiritual master because he knows that by pleasing Narayal)a's representative, he can please Lord\nNarayal)a. Outsiders who have no knowledge of Narayar:Ja are envious both of\nNarayal)a and of His devotee. Consequently when they see that Narayar:Ja's devotee is opulently situated, they become envious. But when the devotee of\nNarayal)a asks such foolish people to come live with him in the same comfortable\nsituation, they do not agree because they cannot give up illicit sex, meat eating,\nintoxication and gambling. Therefore the materialist refuses the company of a\nnarayaf)a-parayaf)a, although he is envious of the devotee's material situation. In\n\nWestern countries when ordinary men-storekeepers and workers-see our\ndevotees living and eating sumptuously and yet not working, they become very\nanxious to know where they get the money. Such people become envious and\nask, \"How is it possible to live so comfortably without working? How is it you\nhave so many cars, bright faces and nice clothes?\" Not knowing that Kr�r:Ja looks\nafter His devotees, such people become surprised, and some become envious.\n\nTEXT 151\n81'11� t!!i� c;�� <et'$l:rfti{_ � I\n�111-t�-��lt�\\if ?it11 oef�\"'\\!i·�ISf II ��� II\nbrahmaf)c;/a bhramite kana bhagyavan jiva\nguru-kr?Qa-prasade paya bhakti-lata-bija\n\n", "mad7#p0364": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n332\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmal)c;/a bhram ite\n\n-\n\nwandering in this universe; kana-some; bhagyavan­\n\nmost fortunate; jiva-living being; guru-of the spiritual master; kr�Qa-of Kr�l)a;\nprasade-by the mercy; paya-gets; bhakti-lata-of the creeper of devotional\nservice; bija-the seed.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAccording to their karma, all living entities are wandering throughout the\n\nentire universe. Some of them are being elevated to the upper planetary\nsystems, and some are going down into the lower planetary systems. Out of\nmany millions of wandering living entities, one who is very fortunate gets an\nopportunity to associate with a bona fide spiritual master by the grace of\nKr�t:Ja. By the mercy of both Kr�t:�a and the spiritual master, such a person\nreceives the seed of the creeper of devotional service.\nPURPORT\nWhen we speak of brahmal)c;/a, we refer to the whole universe, or to the cluster\nof many millions of universes. In all universes, there are innumerable planets and\ninnumerable living entities upon those planets in the air and in the water. There\nare millions and trillions of living entities everywhere, and they are engaged by\nmaya in suffering and enjoying the results of their fruitive activity life after life. This\nis the position of the materially conditioned living entities. Out of many of these\nliving entities, if one is actually fortunate (bhagyavan), he comes in contact with a\nbona fide spiritual master by Kr�l)a's mercy.\nKr�l)a is situated in everyone's heart, and if one desires something, Kr�l)a fulfills\none's desire. If the living entity by chance or fortune comes in contact with the\nKr�l)a consciousness movement and wishes to associate with that movement,\nKr�l)a, who is situated in everyone's heart, gives him the chance to meet a bona\nfide spiritual master. This is called guru-kr�Qa-prasada. Kr�l)a is prepared to bestow\nHis mercy upon all living entities, and as soon as a living entity desires the Lord's\nmercy, the Lord immediately gives him an opportunity to meet a bona fide\nspiritual master. Such a person is fortified by both Kr�l)a and the spiritual master.\nHe is helped from within by Kr�l)a and from without by the spiritual master. Both\nare prepared to help the sincere living being become free from this material\nbondage.\nHow one can become this fortunate can be seen in the life of Srila Narada Muni.\nIn his previous life he was born of a maidservant. Although he was not born into a\nprestigious position, his mother was fortunately engaged in rendering service to\nsome Vai�l)avas. When these Vai�l)avas were resting during the Caturmasya\nperiod, the boy Narada took the opportunity to engage in their service. Taking\ncompassion upon the boy, the Vai�l)avas offered him the remnants of their food.\n\n", "mad7#p0365": "Text 152]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n333\n\nBy serving them and obeying their orders, the boy became the object of sympathy for the Vai�r)avas, and, by the Vai�r)avas' unknown mercy, he gradually became a pure devotee. In the next life he was Narada Muni, the most exalted of\nVai�r)avas and the most important guru and acarya of Vai�r)avas.\nFollowing in the footsteps of Narada Muni, this Kr�r:Ja consciousness movement\nis rendering service to humanity by giving everyone a chance to come in contact\nwith Kr�r:Ja. If one is fortunate, he becomes intimately related with this movement.\nThen, by the grace of Kr�r:Ja, one's life becomes successful. Everyone has dormant\n\nkm;a-bhakti-love for Kr�r:Ja-and in the association of good devotees, that love\nis revealed. As stated in Caitanya-caritamrta (Madhya 22.1 07):\n\nnitya-siddha-kr�l)a-prema 'sadhya' kabhu naya\nsraval)adi-suddha-citte karaye udaya\nDormant devotional service to Kr�r:Ja is within everyone. Simply by associating\nwith devotees, hearing their good instructions and chanting the Hare Kr�r:Ja\n\nmantra, dormant love for Kr�r:Ja is awakened. In this way one acquires the seed of\ndevotional service. Curu-kr?l)a-prasade paya bhakti-lata-bija.\n\nTEXT 152\n\n�) !($1 �t1l � �iSf �1ft�'! I\n�'l-�·iSf1;Q'I ��11 ��II �Q� II\nmali hana kare sei bija aropal)a\nsraval)a-kirtana-jale karaye secana\nSYNONYMS\nmali hafia- becoming a gardener; kare-does; sei-that; b ija-seed of devotional service;\n\naropal) a- sowing; sraval)a-of hearing; kirtana-of chanting;\n\njale- with the water; karaye-does; secana-sprinkling.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When a person receives the seed of devotional service, he should take\ncare of it by becoming a gardener and sowing the seed in his heart. If he\nwaters the seed gradually by the process of sravar:Ja and kirtana [hearing and\nchanting], the seed will begin to sprout.\nPURPORT\nTo live with devotees or to live in a temple means to associate with the sra­\n\nval)a-kirtana process. Sometimes neophyte devotees think that they can continue\n\n", "mad7#p0366": "334\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nthe sravaf)a-kirtana process without worshiping the Deity, but the execution of\nsravaf)a-kirtana is meant for highly developed devotees like Haridasa Thakura,\nwho engaged in the sravaf)a-kirtana process without worshiping the Deity.\nHowever, one should not falsely imitate Haridasa Thakura and abandon Deity\nworship just to try to engage in sravaQa-kirtana. This is not possible for neophyte\ndevotees.\nThe word guru-prasada indicates that the spiritual master is very merciful in\nbestowing the boon of devotional service upon the disciple. That is the best\npossible gift the spiritual master has to offer. Those with a background of pious life\nare eligible to receive life's supreme benefit, and to bestow this benefit, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead sends His representative to impart His mercy.\nEndowed with the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the spiritual\nmaster distributes the mercy to those who are elevated and pious. Thus the\nspiritual master trains his disciples to render devotional service unto the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. This is called guru-krpa. It is kr?Qa-prasada, Kr��a's mercy,\nthat He sends a bona fide spiritual master to the deserving disciple. By the mercy\nof Kr��a, one meets the bona fide spiritual master, and by the mercy of the\nspiritual master, the disciple is fully trained in the devotional service of the Lord.\nBhakti-lata-bija means \"the seed of devotional service.\" Everything has an\noriginal cause, or seed. For any idea, program, plan or device, there is first of all the\ncontemplation of the plan, and that is called bija, or the seed. The methods, rules\nand regulations by which one is perfectly trained in devotional service constitute\nthe bhakti-lata-bija, or seed of devotional service. This bhakti-lata-bija is received\nfrom the spiritual master by the grace of Kr��a. Other seeds are called anyabhila?a-bija, karma-bija and jfiana-bija. If one is not fortunate enough to receive\nthe bhakti-lata-bija from the spiritual master, he instead cultivates the seeds of\nkarma-bija, jfiana-bija, or political and social or philanthropic bija. However, bhakti-lata-bija is different from these other bijas. Bhakti-lata-bija can be received only\nthrough the mercy of the spiritual master. Therefore one has to satisfy the spiritual\nmaster to get bhakti-lata-bija (yasya prasadad bhagavat-prasada/:1).\n\nBhakti-lata­\n\nbija is the origin of devotional service. Unless one satisfies the spiritual master, he\ngets the bija, or root cause, of karma, jfiana and yoga without the benefit of devotional service. However, one who is faithful to his spiritual master gets the bhaktilata-bija. This bhakti-lata-bija is received when one is initiated by the bona fide\nspiritual master. After receiving the spiritual master's mercy, one must repeat his\ninstructions, and this is called sravaQa kirtana\n-\n\n-\n\nhearing and chanting. One who\n\nhas not properly heard from the spiritual master or who does not follow the\nregulative principles is not fit for chanting (kirtana). This is explained in Bhagavadgita (2.41): vyavasayatmika buddhir ekeha kuru-nandana. One who has not\nlistened carefully to the instructions of the spiritual master is unfit to chant or\npreach the cult of devotional service. One has to water the bhakti-lata-bija after\nreceiving instructions from the spiritual master.\n\n", "mad7#p0367": "Text 153]\n\n335\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\nTEXT 153\n\n�?tfq �� �1 '�' (.;��' � I\n'f�', 'E:r'ifitQ'I't<fi' �flt' '�ilt�Jt1f' � ll�<t�ll\nupajiya bac;fe lata 'brahmaQc;fa' bhedi' yaya\n'viraja', 'brahma-loka' bhedi' 'para-vyoma' paya\nSYNONYMS\nupajiya-being cultivated; bac;fe-increases; lata-the creeper of devotional\nservice; brahmaQc;fa-the whole universe;\n\nbhedi -penetrating;\n'\n\nyaya-goes;\n\nviraja-the river between the spiritual world and the material world; brahmaloka-the Brahman effulgence; bhedi'-penetrating; para-vyoma-the spiritual\nsky; paya-attains.\nTRANSLATION\n\"As one waters the bhakti-lata-bija, the seed sprouts, and the creeper\ngradually increases to the point where it penetrates the walls of this universe\nand goes beyond the Viraja River between the spiritual world and the material\nworld. It attains brahma-loka, the Brahman effulgence, and, penetrating\nthrough that stratum, it reaches the spiritual sky and the spiritual planet\nGoloka Vrndavana.\nPURPORT\nA creeper generally takes shelter of a big tree, but the bhakti-lata, being the\n\ncreeper of spiritual energy, cannot take shelter of any material planet, for there is\nno tree on any material planet that the bhakti-lata creeper can utilize for shelter.\nIn other words, devotional service cannot be utilized for any material purpose.\nDevotional service is meant only for the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Sometimes men with a poor fund of knowledge maintain that bhakti can be applied to\nmaterial things also. In other words, they say that devotional service can be rendered to one's country or to the demigods, but this is not a fact. Devotional service is especially meant for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and it is beyond\nthis material range. There is a river, or causal ocean, between the spiritual and material natures, and this river is free from the influence of the three modes of material nature; therefore it is called Viraja. The word vi means vigata (completely\neradicated), and rajab means \"the influence of the material world.\" On this platform, a living entity is completely free from material entanglement. For the jfianis\nwho want to merge into the Brahman effulgence, there is brahma-loka. Bhaktilata, however, has no shelter in the material world, nor has it shelter in brahmaloka, although brahma-loka is beyond the material world. The bhakti-lata increases until it reaches the spiritual sky, where Goloka Vrndavana is situated.\n\n", "mad7#p0368": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n336\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 154\n\n\\!� �11 \\!�� '''Sttt\"'l�·�\"'�il' I\n\n'��R'I'·<1S\"�IIl5 <1St1l ��'I II �<t8 II\ntabe yaya tad-upari 'goloka-vrndavana'\n'kr?Qa-caraf)a'-kalpa-vrk?e kare arohaQa\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; yaya-goes; tat-upari-to the top of that (the spiritual sky);\ngoloka-vrndavana-to the planet known as Goloka Vrndavana where Kr�r:Ja lives;\nkr?Qa-caraQa-of the lotus feet of Lord Kr�r:Ja; kalpa-vrk?e-on the desire tree;\nkare arohaQa-climbs.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Being situated in one's heart and being watered by sravar:�a-kirtana, the\nbhakti creeper grows more and more. In this way it attains the shelter of the\ndesire tree of the lotus feet of Kr�r:�a, who is eternally situated in the planet\nknown as Goloka Vrndavana in the topmost region of the spiritual sky.\nPURPORT\nIn Brahma-sarhhita (5.37) it is said:\nananda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhavitabhis\ntabhir ya eva nija-rupataya ka/abhib\ngoloka eva nivasaty akhilatma-bhato\ngovindam adi-puru?arh tam aharh bhajami\n\"I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord. He resides in His own realm, Goloka, with\n\nRadha, who resembles His own spiritual figure and who embodies the ecstatic\npotency [h/adinT]. Their companions are Her confidantes, who embody extensions of Her bodily form and who are imbued and permeated with ever-blissful\nspiritual rasa.\" In the spiritual world, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r:Ja,\nhas expanded Himself in His spiritual potency. He has His eternal form of bliss and\nknowledge (sac-cid-ananda-vigraha). Everything in the Goloka Vrndavana planet\nis a spiritual expansion of sac-cid-ananda. Everyone there is of the same potency- ananda-cinmaya-rasa. The relationship between the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead and His servitor is cinmaya-rasa. Kr�r:Ja and His entourage and paraphernalia are of the same cinmaya potency. When the cinmaya-rasa potency goes\nthrough the material potency, it becomes all-pervading. Although the Supreme\n\n", "mad7#p0369": "Text 155]\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila R upa Gosvami\n\n337\n\nPersonality of Godhead exists on His own planet Goloka Vrndavana, He is present\neverywhere. Arxiantara-stha-paramaQu-cayantara-stham. He is present within all\nuniverses, although they are innumerable. He is present within the atom. isvara/:1\nsarva-bhatanarh hrd-dese 'rjuna ti$thati: He is also present within the heart of all\nliving entities. This is His all-pervasive potency.\nGoloka Vrndavana is the highest planet in the spiritual world. In order to go to\nthe spiritual world after penetrating the cover of the material universe, one must\npenetrate brahma-loka, the spiritual effulgence. Then one can come to the\nGoloka Vrndavana planet. There are also other planets in the spiritual world called\nVaikur:Jtha planets, and on these planets Lord Narayar)a is worshiped with awe\nand veneration. On these planets the santa-rasa is prevalent, and some of the\ndevotees are also connected with the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the\ndasya-rasa, the mellow of servitorship. As far as the mellow of fraternity is concerned, the Vaikur:Jtha rasa is represented by gaurava-sakhya, friendship in awe\nand veneration. The other fraternity rasa is exhibited as visrambha (friendship in\nequality), and this is found in the Goloka Vrndavana planet. Above that is service\nto the Lord in vatsa/ya-rasa (paternal love), and above all is the relationship with\nthe Lord in the madhurya-rasa (conjugal love). These five rasas are fully exhibited\nin the spiritual world in one's relationship with the Lord. Therefore in the spiritual\nworld the bhakti-lata creeper finds its resting place at the lotus feet of Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 155\n\n� nt�t�� ��i •ti'f c;��-� I\n\n-�1 �� �� fii'!J �<t'ttfw 19fif II ���II\ntahari vistarita hafia pha/e prema-phala\nihari mali sece nitya sravaQadi jala\nSYNONYMS\n\ntahari-there in the spiritual world (in the Goloka Vrndavana planet); vistaritaexpanded; hafia-becoming; phale-produces; prema-phala-the fruit known as\nlove of Godhead; ihari-in the material world, where the devotee is still present;\nmali-exactly like a gardener; sece-sprinkles; nitya-regularly, without fail; sraVaQa-adi jala-the water of sraVaQa, kirtana and SO on.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"The creeper greatly expands in the Goloka Vrndavana planet, and there it\nproduces the fruit of love for Kr�r;�a. Although remaining in the material world,\nthe gardener regularly sprinkles the creeper with the water of hearing and\nchanting.\n\n", "mad7#p0370": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n338\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn Goloka Vrndavana the devotees have very intimate relationships with the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. The devotee engages in the Lord's service in\ngreat\n\necstatic\n\nlove.\n\nSuch\n\nlove was exhibited\n\npersonally\n\nby\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu in His teachings to the people of the material world. The fruit of the\ndevotional creeper is pure desire to serve and please the senses of the Supreme\nPersonality\nAdi.\n\nof\n\nGodhead.\n\nKr�Qendriya-priti-iccha\n\ndhare\n\n'prema' nama.\n\n(Cc.\n\n4.165) In the spiritual world one has no desire other than to please the\n\nsenses of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The conditioned soul within the\nmaterial world can neither understand nor appreciate how the devotee in the material world can render confidential service to the Lord out of feelings of ecstatic\nlove and always engage in pleasing the Supreme Lord's senses. Although seen\nwithin this material world, the pure devotee always engages in the confidential\nservice of the Lord. An ordinary neophyte devotee cannot realize this; therefore it\nis said, vai�Qavera kriya-mudra vijnaneha na bujhaya. The activities of a pure\nVai�t:Java cannot be understood even by a learned scholar in the material world.\nEvery living entity is wandering within this universe in different species and on\ndifferent planetary systems according to his fruitive activities. Out of many\nmillions of living entities, one may be fortunate enough to receive the seed of\nbhakti-lata, the creeper of devotional service. By the grace of the spiritual master\nand Kr�t:Ja, one nourishes the bhakti-lata by regularly sprinkling it with the water\nof sraval)a-kirtana, hearing and chanting. In this way the seed of bhakti-lata\nsprouts and grows up and up through the whole universe until it penetrates the\ncovering of the material universe and reaches the spiritual world. The bhakti-lata\ncontinues to grow until it reaches the topmost planetary system, Goloka\nVrndavana, where Kr�t:Ja lives. There the creeper takes shelter at the lotus feet of\nthe Lord, and that is its final destination. At that time the creeper begins to grow\nthe fruits of ecstatic love of God. It is the duty of the devotee who nourishes the\ncreeper to be very careful. It is said that the watering of the creeper must continue: ihan mali sece nitya sravaQadi jala. It is not that at a certain stage one can\nstop chanting and hearing and become a mature devotee. If one stops, one certainly falls down from devotional service. Although one may be very exalted in\ndevotional service, he should not give up the watering process of sraval)a-kirtana.\nIf one gives up that process, it is due to an offense. This is described in the following verse.\nTEXT 156\n\n�flf ���-'fll�1tt'f �ti �� �1 I\n�� � ftiro, �nr �f�' � �i!'iu ��� u\nyadi vai�Qava-aparadha uthe hati mata\nupage va chil)ge, tara sukhi' yaya pata\n\n", "mad7#p0371": "Text 157]\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n339\n\nSYNONYMS\nyadi-if; vai�Qava-aparadha-an offense at the feet of a Vai�r:Java; uthearises; hati-an elephant; mata-mad; upa<;fe-uproots; va-or; chiQ<;fe-breaks;\ntara-of the creeper; .s'ukhi'-shriveling up; yaya-goes; pata-the leaf.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If the devotee commits an offense at the feet of a Vai��;�ava while cultivating the creeper of devotional service in the material world, his offense is compared to a mad elephant that uproots the creeper and breaks it. In this way the\nleaves of the creeper are dried up.\nPURPORT\nOne's devotional attitude increases in the association of a Vai�r:Java.\ntandera caral)a sevi bhakta-sane vasa\njaname janame haya, ei abhila�a\nBy his personal example, Narottama dasa Thakura stresses that a devotee must always remember to please his predecessor acarya. The Gosvamis are represented\nby one's spiritual master. One cannot be an acarya (spiritual master) without\nfollowing strictly in the disciplic succession of the acaryas. One who is actually\nserious in advancing in devotional service should desire only to satisfy the previous acaryas. Ei chaya gosafii yara, mui tara dasa. One should always think of\noneself as a servant of the servant of the acaryas, and thinking this, one should live\nin the society of Vai�r:Javas. However, if one thinks that he has become very\nmature and can live separate from the association of Vai�r:Javas and thus gives up\nall the regulative principles due to offending a Vai�r:Java, one's position becomes\nvery dangerous. Offenses against the holy name are explained in Adi-lila (Chapter Eight, verse 24). Giving up the regulative principles and living according to\none's whims are compared to a mad elephant, which by force uproots the bhakti/ata and breaks it to pieces. In this way the bhakti-lata shrivels up. Such an offense\nis especially created when one disobeys the instructions of the spiritual master.\nThis is called guru-avajfia. The devotee must therefore be very careful not to commit offenses against the spiritual master. As soon as one is deviated from the\nspiritual master, the uprooting of the bhakti-lata begins, and gradually all the\nleaves dry up.\nTEXT 157\n\n�� �� �\" <ffif' �� �m'l 1\n\n��'�:-� �� i{i !(� i!;� II �<t'l II\n\n", "mad7#p0372": "--- - --\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n340\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\ntate mali yatna kari' kare avaraQa\naparadha-hastira yaiche na haya udgama\nSYNONYMS\ntate-therefore; mali-the gardener devotee; yatna kari'\ntion;\n\nkare-makes;\n\navaraQa-protective\n\nfencing;\n\n-\n\nwith great atten­\n\naparadha-of\n\nhastira-of the elephant; yaiche-so that; na-not; haya\n\n-\n\noffenses;\n\nthere is; udgama­\n\nbirth.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The gardener must defend the creeper by fencing it all around so that the\npowerful elephant of offenses may not enter.\nPURPORT\nWhile the bhakti-lata creeper is growing, the devotee must protect it by fencing it all around. The neophyte devotee must be protected by being surrounded\nby pure devotees. In this way he will not give the maddened elephant a chance to\nuproot his bhakti-lata creeper. When one associates with nondevotees, the maddened elephant is set loose.\n\nS rT Caitanya Mahaprabhu has said: asat-satiga­\n\ntyaga, -ei vai�Qava-acara. The first business of a Vai��ava is to give up the company of nondevotees. A so-called mature devotee, however, commits a great\noffense by giving up the company of pure devotees. The living entity is a social\nanimal, and if one gives up the society of pure devotees, he must associate with\nnondevotees (asat-satiga). By contacting nondevotees and engaging in nondevotional activities, a so-called mature devotee will fall victim to the mad elephant\noffense. Whatever growth has taken place is quickly uprooted by such an offense.\nOne should therefore be very careful to defend the creeper by fencing it in-that\nis, by following the regulative principles and associating with pure devotees.\nIf one thinks that there are many pseudo devotees or nondevotees in the Kr��a\nConsciousness Society, one can keep direct company with the spiritual master,\nand if there is any doubt, one should consult the spiritual master. However, unless\none follows the spiritual master's instructions and the regulative principles\ngoverning chanting and hearing the holy name of the Lord, one cannot become a\npure devotee. By one's mental concoctions, one falls down. By associating with\nnondevotees, one breaks the regulative principles and is thereby lost. In the\n\nUpadesamrta of SrTia ROpa GosvamT, it is said:\natyahara/:1 prayasas ca\nprajalpo niyamagraha/:1\njana-satigas ca /au/yam ca\n�ar;fbhir bhaktir vinasyati\n\n", "mad7#p0373": "Text 159]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n341\n\n\"One's devotional service is spoiled when he becomes too entangled in the\nfollowing six activities: (1) eating more than necessary or collecting more funds\nthan required, (2) overendeavoring for mundane things that are very difficult to\nattain, (3) talking unnecessarily about mundane subject matters, (4) practicing the\nscriptural rules and regulations only for the sake of following them and not for the\nsake of spiritual advancement, or rejecting the rules and regulations of the scriptures and working independently or whimsically, (5) associating with worldlyminded persons who are not interested in Kr��a consciousness, and (6) being\ngreedy for mundane achievements.\"\nTEXT 158\n\nf�� �fif 'li!Hf �f.;8f 19t� '@�t�i' I\n\n'tf�·;ff'9·�ttl!i, � ����J i!t� '\"�111 �<tb-- II\nkintu yadi latara sarige uthe 'upasakha'\nbhukti-mukti\"vancha, yata asarikhya tara lekha\nSYNONYMS\nkintu-but; yadi-if; /atara-the creeper of devotional service; sarige-with;\nuthe-arise; upa.s'akha-unwanted creepers; bhukti-for material enjoyment;\nmukti-for liberation from the material world; vaiicha-the desires; yata-as\nmany as there are; asarikhya-unlimited; tara-of those unwanted creepers;\nlekha-the writing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sometimes unwanted creepers, such as the creepers of desires for material\nenjoyment and liberation from the material world, grow along with the\ncreeper of devotional service. The varieties of such unwanted creepers are unlimited.\nTEXT 159\n\n'fi@{!Qit��', '��ilt�', '����il' I\n'�t�', '�iSfi', '�P!�tf�' �'! @��'$1'1 II �0'� U\n'ni�iddha.cara', 'kutina.tf', 'jfva-hirhsana'\n'/abha', 'puja', 'prati�thadi' yata upasakha-gal)a\nSYNONYMS\nni�iddha-acara-behavior not to be exhibited by a person desiring to become\nperfect; kutfnatf-diplomacy; jfva-hirilsana-unnecessarily killing animals or the\n\n", "mad7#p0374": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n342\n\nsoul; /abha\n\n-\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nprofit according to material calculations; puja-adoration achieved\n\nby satisfying mundane people; p rati�tha a di-becoming an important man in ma-\n\nterial calculations, and so on;\n\nya ta- all these; upasakha-gaQa-unnecessary\n\ncreepers.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Some unnecessary creepers growing with the bhakti creeper are the\ncreepers of behavior unacceptable for those trying to attain perfection,\ndiplomatic behavior, animal killing, mundane profiteering, mundane adoration and mundane importance. All these are unwanted creepers.\nPURPORT\n\nThere is a certain pattern of behavior prescribed for those actually trying to become perfect. In our Kr�r:\"la consciousness movement we advise our students not\nto eat meat, not to gamble, not to engage in illicit sex and not to indulge in\nintoxication. People who indulge in these activities can never become perfect;\ntherefore these regulative principles are for those interested in becoming perfect\nand going back to Godhead. Kutinati, or diplomatic behavior, cannot satisfy the\n\natma, the soul. It cannot even satisfy the body or the mind. The culprit mind is always suspicious; therefore our dealings should always be straightforward and approved by Vedic authorities. If we treat people diplomatically or duplicitously, our\nspiritual advancement is obstructed. ]iva-hirhsana refers to the killing of animals\n\nor to envy of other living entities. The killing of poor animals is undoubtedly due\nto envy of those animals. The human form is meant for the understanding of Kf�l)a\nconsciousness (athato brahma-jijflasa), for inquiring about the Supreme Brahman.\nIn the human form, everyone has a chance to understand the Supreme Brahman.\nThe so-called leaders of human society do not know the real aim of human life\nand are therefore busy with economic development. This is misleading. Every\nstate and every society is busy trying to improve the quality of eating, sleeping,\n\nmating and defending. This human form of life is meant for more than these four\nanimal principles. Eating, sleeping, mating and defending are problems found in\nthe animal kingdom, and the animals have solved their problems without difficulty. Why should human society be so busy trying to solve these problems?\nThe difficulty is that people are not educated to understand this simple philosophy. They think that advancement of civilization means increasing sense gratification.\nThere are many religious propagandists who do not know how the ultimate\nproblems of life can be solved, and they also try to educate people in a form of\nsense gratification. This is also jiva-hirhsana. Real knowledge is not given, and\nreligionists mislead the general populace. As far as material profits are concerned,\none should know that whatever material profit one has must be abandoned at the\n\n", "mad7#p0375": "Text 160]\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n343\n\ntime of death. Unfortunately people do not know that there is life after death;\ntherefore mundane people waste their time amassing material profit which has to\nbe left behind at the time of death. Such profit has no eternal benefit. Similarly,\nadoration by mundane people is valueless because after death one has to accept\nanother body. Material adoration and title are decorations that cannot be carried\nover to the next body. In the next life, everything is forgotten.\nAll these obstructions have been described in this verse as unwanted creepers.\nThey simply present obstacles for the real creeper, bhakti-lata-bija. One should be\nvery careful to avoid all these unwanted things. Sometimes these unwanted\ncreepers look exactly like the bhakti-lata creeper. They appear to be of the same\nsize and the same species when they are packed together with the bhakti-lata\ncreeper, but in spite of this, the creepers are called upasakha. A pure devotee can\ndistinguish between the bhakti-lata creeper and a mundane creeper, and he is\nvery alert to distinguish them and keep them separate.\nTEXT 160\n\n�� �$i ���i ��'�I\n� �$i �lift� <lt�t� iii �� II ��o II\nseka-jala pana upasakha bac;li' yaya\nstabdha hana mula-sakha bac;lite na paya\nSYNONYMS\nseka-ja/a-sprinkling\n\nwater;\n\npana-getting;\n\nupasakha-the\n\nunwanted\n\ncreepers; bac;li' yaya-grow luxuriantly; stabdha hana-becoming stopped; mu/asakha-the chief creeper; bac;lite-to increase; na paya-is not able.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If one does not distinguish between the bhakti-lata creeper and the other\ncreepers, the sprinkling of water is misused because the other creepers are\nnourished while the bhakti-lata creeper is curtailed.\nPURPORT\nIf one chants the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra while committing offenses, these unwanted creepers will grow. One should not take advantage of chanting the Hare\nKr�r:Ja mantra for some material profit. As mentioned in verse 159:\n'ni?iddhacara', 'kutinJti', 'jiva-hirhsana'\n'/abha', 'puja', 'prati?thadi' yata upasakha-gaQa\n\n", "mad7#p0376": "344\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nThe unwanted creepers have been described by Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\nThakura. He states that if one hears and chants without trying to give up offenses,\none becomes materially attached to sense gratification. One may also desire\nfreedom from material bondage like the Mayavadis, or one may become attached\n\nto the yoga-siddhis and desire wonderful yogic powers. If one is attached to won­\n\nderful material activities, one is called siddhi-lobhi, greedy for material perfection.\n\nOne may also be victimized by diplomatic or crooked behavior, or one may associate with women for illicit sex. Others may make a show of devotional service\nlike the prakrta-sahajiyas, or one may try to support his philosophy by joining\n\nsome caste or identifying himself with a certain dynasty, claiming a monopoly on\nspiritual advancement. Thus with the support of family tradition, one may be­\n\ncome a pseudo guru or so-called spiritual master. One may become attached to\n\nthe four sinful activities-illicit sex, intoxication, gambling and meat eating, or one\nmay consider a Vai��ava to belong to· a mundane caste or creed. One may think,\n\"This is a Hindu Vai��ava, and this is a European Vai��ava. A European Vai��ava is\nnot allowed to enter the temples.\" In other words, one may consider Vai��avas in\n\nterms of birth, thinking one a brahmaf)a Vai��ava, a sudra Vai��ava, a m/eccha\nVai��ava and so on. One may also try to carry out a professional business while\n\nchanting the Hare Kr��a mantra or reading Srimad-Bhagavatam, or one may try to\nincrease his monetary strength by illegal means. One may also try to be a cheap\nVai��ava by chanting in a secluded place for material adoration, or one may desire\nmundane reputation by making compromises with nondevotees, compromising\n\none's philosophy or spiritual life, or one may become a supporter of a hereditary\ncaste system. All these are pitfalls of personal sense gratification. just to cheat\nsome innocent people, one makes a show of advanced spiritual life and becomes\nknown as a sadhu, mahatma or religious person. All this means that the so-called\n\ndevotee has become victimized by all these unwanted creepers and that the real\ncreeper of bhakti-lata-bija has been stunted.\n\nTEXT 161\n\n!2flilt� i!;?f-tt� <fi1ft1f '�if I\nI!� �� Oft�' � 1\"ft� II ��� II\nprathamei upasakhara karaye chedana\n\ntabe ma/a-sakha bac;fi' yaya vrndavana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprathamei-from the very beginning; upasakhara-of the unwanted creepers;\n\nkaray e-does; chedana-the cutting away; tabe-then only; mala-sakha-the\n\n", "mad7#p0377": "Text 163]\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n345\n\nchief creeper; ba(ii'-increasing; yaya-goes; vrndavana-to the lotus feet of\nLord SrT Kr�r:Ja in Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\n\"As soon as an intelligent devotee sees an unwanted creeper growing\nbeside the original creeper, he must cut it down instantly. Then the real\ncreeper of bhakti-lata-bija grows nicely, returns home, back to Godhead, and\nseeks shelter under the lotus feet of Kr�r:�a.\nPURPORT\nIf one is misled by unwanted creepers and is victimized, he cannot make\nprogress back to Godhead. Rather, he remains within the material world and\nengages in activities having nothing to do with pure devotional service. Such a\nperson may be elevated to the higher planetary systems, but because he remains\nwithin the material world, he is subjected to the threefold material miseries.\nTEXT 162\n\n''��' �tf<li' �' 11� �� I\n� ���· �1- '�11�'1'' � II :>�� II\n'prema-phala' paki' pa(ie, mali asvadaya\nlata avalambi' mali 'kalpa-vrk$a' paya\nSYNONYMS\nprema-phala-the fruit of love of God; paki'-becoming mature; pade-falls\ndown; mali-the gardener; asvadaya-tastes; lata avalambi'-taking advantage\nof the growing bhakti-lata; mali-the gardener; kalpa-vrk$a paya-reaches the\ndesire tree in Goloka Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the fruit of devotional service becomes ripe and falls down, the gardener tastes the fruit and thus takes advantage of the creeper and reaches the\ndesire tree of the lotus feet of Kr�r:�a in Goloka Vrndavana.\nTEXT 163\n\n�1� <;�� ����'1'1f �11� '��il I\n�t� <;�11��-� �t1f �1�illl :>��II\n\n", "mad7#p0378": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n346\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\ntahali sei ka/pa-vrk�era karaye sevana\nsukhe prema-phala-rasa kare asvadana\nSYNONYMS\ntahali-there (in Goloka Vrndavana); sei kalpa-vrk�era -of the lotus feet of\nKr��a. which are compared to a desire tree; karaye sevana-engages in the service; sukhe-in transcendental bliss; prema-phala-rasa-the juice of the fruit of\ndevotional service; kare-does; asvadana\n\n-\n\ntasting.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There the devotee serves the lotus feet of the Lord, which are compared to\na wish-fulfilling tree. With great bliss he tastes the juice of the fruit of love and\nbecomes eternally happy.\nPURPORT\nThe word tahan indicates that in the spiritual world one can taste the juice of\nthe fruit of devotional service and thus become blissful.\nTEXT 164\n\n<Jl� 9fllf·� '91�·�-f' I\n�tl �'it ''I·� Gt� �of' II ��8 II\neita parama-phala 'parama-puru�artha'\nyalira age twa-tulya cari puru�artha\nSYNONYMS\neita-this; parama-phala-the supreme goal of life; parama-supreme; puru�aartha-interest of the living being; yalira age-in the presence of which; twatulya-very insignificant; cari-four; puru�a-artha-the different types of human\ninterests.\nTRANSLATION\n\"To taste the fruit of devotional service at Goloka Vrndavana is the highest\nperfection of life, and in the presence of such perfection, the four material\nperfections-religion, economic development, sense gratification and liberation-are very insignificant achievements.\nPURPORT\nThe highest achievement attained by the jfianis or impersonalists is becoming\none with the Supreme, generally known as mok�a, liberation. The highest\n\n", "mad7#p0379": "Text 165]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n347\n\nachievements of the yogis are the eight material perfections such as at:Hma,\nlaghima and prapti. Yet these are nothing compared to the eternal bliss of the\ndevotee who returns back to Godhead and tastes the fruit of devotional service\nto the lotus feet of the Lord. The material perfections up to the point of liberation\nare very insignificant in comparison; therefore the pure devotee is never interested in such things. His only interest is in perfecting his devotional service to\nthe Lord. The pleasure of the impersonalist monist philosophers is condemned in\nthe following verse, which is also found in Srila ROpa Gosvami's Lalita-madhava.\nTEXT 165\n\n��1 f'!f���-f<t�fll\\!51 'I�Jif�l '1�1\"N­\n\n�/'.ifft0!�1 �ll'�fr l)��'1't\"?t�r�J<t �t<t� 1\n<H<t� c �'{.'!1� ��<PJ:,- <t�<1>11f- PI�<ll(t\"lt�\n\n���9fr�:<f\"?f\"'!'l\"?t\"9t-9ft'(�t� or ·�<!tf� u ��¢\nrddha siddhi-vraja-vijayita satya-dharma samadhir\nbrahmanando gurur api camatkarayaty eva tavat\nyavat preml)arh madhu-ripu-vasikara-siddhau�adhinam\ngandho 'py anta/:1-karal)a-saral)i-panthatam na prayati\nSYNONYMS\nrddha-excellent; siddhi-vraja-of the groups of material perfections of the\nyogis (al)ima, laghima, prapti and so on); vijayita-the victory; satya-dharma-the\nreligious principles of perfection (satya, sama, titik�a and so on); samadhi/:1-the\nyogic perfection of meditation; brahma-ananda/:1-the spiritually blissful life of\nthe monist;\n\nguru/:1-very\n\nhigh\n\nin\n\nmaterial\n\nconsiderations;\n\napi-although;\n\ncamatkarayati-they appear very important; eva-only; tavat-that long; yavatas long as; preml)am-of love of Kr��a; madhu-ripu-of Kr��a, the enemy of the\nMadhu demon; vasikara-in the controlling; siddha-au�adhinam-which is like\nperfect herbs that can control snakes; gandha/:1-a light fragrance; api-even; anta/:1-karal)a-saral)i-panthatam-a traveler on the path of the heart; na prayatidoes not become.\nTRANSLATION\n\"As long as there is not the slightest fragrance of pure love of Kr�1.1a, which\nis the perfected medicinal herb for controlling Lord Kr�1.1a within the heart,\nthe opulences of material perfection-known as the siddhis, the brahminical\nperfections [satya, sama, titik�a and so on], the trance of the yogis and the\nmonistic bliss of Brahman-all seem wonderful for men.\n\n", "mad7#p0380": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n348\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nPURPORT\n\nThere are different types of material perfection known as siddhi-vraja,\nbrahminical qualifications, yogic trance and merging into the Supreme. All these\nare certainly very attractive for a mundane person, but their brilliance exists only\nas long as one does not take to devotional service. Devotional service can control\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the supreme controller of all universal affairs. The five rasas (mellows) in the transcendental world are practiced by\nthe inhabitants of Goloka Vrndavana in neutrality, servitorship, friendship, paternal affection and conjugal love. All these please the Lord so much that He is controlled by the devotees. For instance, mother Yasoda was so advanced in devotional service that Kr�t:la agreed to be controlled by her stick. In other words, the\nfive principal mellows are so great and glorious that they are able to control the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. In the material world, however, the so-called\nsiddhis, or perfections, manifest their brightness only as long as one is not interested in devotional service. In other words, the perfection of the karmis, jnanis,\nyogis and others remains attractive only as long as one does not come to the\npoint of devotional service, which is so great and significant that it can control the\nsupreme controller, Kr�l)a.\nTEXT 166\n\n'���' 'f(tl! � ''<${1' �9fi I\n�i!�<!t �-'e�� �� ''1\"''1' II��� II\n'suddha-bhakti' haite haya 'prema' utpanna\nataeva suddha-bhaktira kahiye '/ak�af)a'\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuddha-bhakti-pure devotional service without material contaminations;\nhaite-from; haya-is; prema-love of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; utpanna-produced; ataeva-therefore; suddha-bhaktira-of pure devotional service; kahiye-let me explain; /ak�af)a-the symptoms.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"When one is situated in pure devotional service, he develops love of Godhead; therefore let me describe some of the symptoms of pure devotional service.\nPURPORT\n\nIn Bhagavad-gita (18.55) it is said: bhaktya mam abhijanati yavan yas casmi tattvataf:J. One cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead in truth unless he takes to devotional service.\n\n", "mad7#p0381": "Text 167]\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n349\n\nTEXT 167\n\n�'lJtf�a,-t��l-,iJJ� �tO!-��t�r\"!t��\"l. 1\n�t��aJ\"JO! �t��aJ\"O!� i5f\"o::e;ili\\9\"!1 II �\"', II\nanyabhila�ita-sunyaril\njtiana-karmady-anavrtam\nanukulyena kr�Qanusilanaril bhaktir uttama\nSYNONYMS\n\nanya-abhila�ita-sunyam-without desires other than those for the service of\nLord Kr�r:Ja, or without material desires (such as those for meat-eating, illicit sex,\ngambling and addiction to intoxicants); jtiana-by the knowledge of the philosophy of the monist Mayavadis;* karma-by fruitive activities; adi-by artificially\npracticing detachment, by the mechanical practice of yoga, by studying the\nSarikhya philosophy, and so on; anavrtam-uncovered; anukulyena- favorable;\nkr�Qa-anusi/anam-cultivation of service in relationship to Kr�r:Ja; bhaktib uttama-first-class devotional service.\nTRANS LAliON\n\"When first-class devotional service develops, one must be devoid of all\nmaterial desires, knowledge obtained by monistic philosophy, and fruitive action. The devotee must constantly serve Kr�r:Ja favorably, as Kr�r:Ja desires.\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is also found in Srila ROpa Gosvami's Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.1.11 ).\nAs we can understand from Bhagavad-gita (9.34 and 18.65), the Supreme Personality of Godhead wants everyone to think of Him always (man-mana bhava\nmad-bhaktab). Everyone should become His devotee, not the devotee of a\ndemigod. Everyone should engage in devotional service or arcana Deity worship\nin the temple. Man-mana bhava mad-bhakto mad-yaji maril namaskuru. Everyone\nshould offer obeisances, from moment to moment, to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. These are the desires of the Supreme Lord, and one who fulfills His\ndesires favorably is actually a pure devotee. Kr�r:Ja wants everyone to surrender\nunto Him, and devotional service means preaching this gospel all over the world.\nThe Lord says openly in Bhagavad-gita (18.69): na ca tasman manu�ye�u kascin\nme priya-krttamab. One should preach the gospel of Bhagavad-gita for the benefit\n\n'Here ji'iiina does not refer to perfect knowledge in devotional service. One has to learn the path oi\ndevotional service with full knowledge of the Vedas (bhaktya sruta-grhitaya-Bhag. 1.2.12).\n\n", "mad7#p0382": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n350\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nof all. Bhagavad-gita is spoken by the Lord so that human society can be perfectly\norganized from all angles of vision-politically, socially, economically, philosophically and religiously. From any point of view, human society can be reformed by\nthe Kr�l)a consciousness movement; therefore one who spreads this philosophy\nof Kr�l)a consciousness for the benefit of all conditioned souls in the universe is\nperfect in pure devotional service.\nThe criterion is that a devotee must know what Kr�l)a wants him to do. This can\nbe achieved through the medium of the spiritual master who is a bona fide representative of Kr�l)a. S rTia ROpa GosvamT advises, adau gurv-asrayam. One who is\nserious in wanting to render pure devotional service to the Lord must take shelter\nof the spiritual master who comes in the disciplic succession from Kr�l)a. Evarh\nparampara-praptam imarh rajar?ayo vidu/:1. Without accepting a bona fide spiritual\nmaster coming in the disciplic succession, one cannot find out the real purpose of\ndevotional service. Therefore one has to accept the shelter of a bona fide spiritual\nmaster and agree to be directed by him. The first business of a pure devotee is to\nsatisfy his spiritual master, whose only business is to spread Kr�l)a consciousness.\nYasya prasadad bhagavat-prasada/:1: if one can satisfy the spiritual master, Kr�l)a is\nautomatically satisfied. This is the success of devotional service. This is the meaning of the word anukulyena-that is, favorable devotional service to the Lord. A\npure devotee has no plans other than those for the Lord's service. He is not interested in attaining success in mundane activities. He simply wants success in the\nprogress of devotional service. For a devotee, there cannot be worship of others\nor demigod worship. A pure devotee does not engage himself in such pseudodevotional service. He is interested only in satisfying Kr�l)a. If one lives only for the\nsatisfaction of Kr�l)a, he does not have to accept this order or that order. One's\nonly business should be to satisfy Kr�l)a. This process is completely manifest in the\nactivities of the Kr�l)a consciousness movement. It has been actually proved that\nthe entire world can accept devotional service without failure. One simply has to\nfollow the instructions of the representative of Kr�l)a.\nTEXT 168\n\nQ·�tU!1, �;JJ·�� it�' '�', '�\"Sl' I\n<e{tft;OO ltt(f�� �t'l.� II ��11- II\nanya-vancha, anya-puja chac;fi' 'jnana', 'karma'\nanukulye sarvendriye kr?Qiinusi/ana\n\nSYNONYMS\nanya-vancha\ning up;\n\n-\n\nother desires; anya-puja-other types of worship; chac;/i -giv­\n\njnana-material knowledge;\n\n'\n\nkarma-material activities;\n\nanukulye-\n\n", "mad7#p0383": "Text 169]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n351\n\nfavorably; sarva-indriye-with all the senses; kr,sQa-anusi/ana-cultivation of\nKr�r:Ja consciousness.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A pure devotee must not cherish any other desire than to serve Kr�Qa. He\nshould not offer worship to the demigods or to mundane personalities. He\nshould not cultivate artificial knowledge, which is devoid of Kr�Qa consciousness, and he should not engage himself in anything other than Kr�Qa conscious activities. One must engage all one's purified senses in the service of\nthe Lord. This is the favorable execution of Kr�Qa conscious activities.\nTEXT 169\n\nttl� '���'-��1 ��i! ''�11\"1' � I\n�·�' 'et� l.fl� �-.'1 <fi� II ��� II\nei 'suddha-bhakti'-iha haite 'prema' haya\npancaratre, bhagavate ei /ak,saQa kaya\nSYNONYMS\nei-this;\n\nsuddha-bhakti-pure devotional service;\n\nprema-unalloyed love of Kr�r:Ja;\n\niha haite-from which;\n\nhaya-there is; paiicaratre-in the Vedic\n\nliterature known as the Paiicaratras; bhagavate-also in the Srimad-Bhagavatam;\nei\n\n-\n\nthese; /ak,saQa-symptoms; kaya-are described.\nTRANSLAliON\n\n\"These activities are called suddha-bhakti, pure devotional service. If one\nrenders such pure devotional service, he develops his original love for Kr�Qa\nin due course of time. In Vedic literatures like the Pai'icaratras and SrimadBhagavatam, these symptoms are described.\nPURPORT\nOne has to develop his devotional service under the directions of a pure devotee, the spiritual master, and in accordance with the Vedic directions given in the\nPaiicaratra and Bhagavatam systems. The Paiicaratra system includes methods of\ntemple worship, and the Bhagavatam system includes the spreading of Kr�r:Ja con­\n\nscious philosophy through the recitation of Srimad-Bhagavatam and the discussion of philosophy with people who are interested. Through discussion, one can\n\ncreate an interest and understanding of the Paiicaratra and Bhagavatam systems.\n\n", "mad7#p0384": "352\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 170\n\n'IC�t9ftf�f<ffol(>e>� ��9f�n\"l f-11!'-'ll{_ I\n��c�'1 �ll�c<r••r-c'l�\"l� �f<:&wsn� 11 � �\n\n•\n\nsarvopadhi-vinirmuktarh\ntat-paratvena nirmalam\nhr�ikeQa hr�ikesasevanam bhaktir ucyate\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-upadhi-vinirmuktam-free from all kinds of material designations, or free\nfrom all desires except the desire to render service to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; tat-paratvena-by the sole purpose of serving the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; nirma/am-uncontaminated by the effects of speculative philosophical research or fruitive activity; hr?ikeQa-by purified senses freed from all\ndesignations; hr?ikesa-of the master of the senses; sevanam-the service to\nsatisfy the senses; bhaktih-devotional service; ucyate-is called.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Bhakti, or devotional service, means engaging all our senses in the service of the Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of all the\nsenses. When the spirit soul renders service unto the Supreme, there are two\nside effects. One is freed from all material designations, and, simply by being\nemployed in the service of the Lord, one's senses are purified.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse quoted from the Narada-paficaratra is found in Bhakti-rasamrtasindhu (1.1.12).\nTEXT 171\n\n'll'{�'1�f�'IIW!i'1 'IIRI '1�-s�t\"tC� I\n'IIC\"lt5lf'!i�f<tf�:l1 ��I 51�1�l:'lt�'{C�� II ) �) II\nmad-guQa-sruti-matreQa\nmayi sarva-guha5aye\nmanogatir avicchinna\nyatha garigambhaso 'mbudhau\n\n", "mad7#p0385": "Text 173]\n\nThe Lord I nstructs Srila Riipa Gosvami\n\n353\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nmat-of Me; gw;a-of the qualities; sruti-matreQa-only by hearing; mayi-to\n\nMe; sarva-guha-in all hearts; asaye-who am situated;\nmovement of the mind;\n\navicchinna-unobstructed;\n\nmana/:1-gati/:l-the\n\nyatha-just as;\n\ngariga­\n\nambhasa/:1-of the celestial waters of the Ganges; ambudhau-to the ocean.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Just as the celestial waters of the Ganges flow unobstructed into the\n\nocean, so when My devotees simply hear of Me, their minds come to Me. I\nreside in the hearts of all.\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse and the following three verses quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(3.29.11-14), were spoken by Lord Kr�r:ta in the form of Kapiladeva.\nTEXT 172\n\n<1�<1� �fu;c\"l!t�r� fol �\"\"<!� � ....lft�\\!>l!. 1\n\n\"15!C�� <fi.T<IT<I�\\!)1 \"lJ I .sN¥: 1.ll'C\"llt\\9C� II � H II\nlak�aQaril bhakti-yogasya\n\nnirguQasya hy udahrtam\n\nahaituky avyavahita\n\nya bhakti/:1 puru�ottame\nSYNONYMS\n\n/ak�aQam-the\n\nsymptom;\n\nbhakti-yogasya-of\n\ndevotional\n\nservice;\n\nnir­\n\nguQasya -beyond the three modes of nature; hi-certainly; udahrtam-is cited;\nahaituki-causeless;\n\navyavahita-uninterrupted;\n\nya-which;\n\nbhakti/:1-devo­\n\ntional service; puru�ottame-to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'These are the characteristics of transcendental loving service to Puru�ot­\n\ntama, the Supreme Personality of Godhead: it is causeless, and it cannot be\nobstructed in any way.\nTEXT 173\n\n1ltr\"'lt<!iP!l�\"'1t�'l\"lPlt�r9(J<fi��1.T� I\nl(jll�t'l� 0! ��fu f<f011 �\"C'I<IO{� �011: II � '1-' II\n\n", "mad7#p0386": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n354\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nsa/okya-sar$ti-samipyasarupyaikatvam apy uta\ndiyamanarh na grhQanti\nvina mat-sevanarh janab\nSYNONYMS\nsalokya-being on the same planet as Me; sar$ti-having opulence equal to\nMine; samipya-having direct association with Me; sarupya-having the same\nform as Me; ekatvam-oneness with Me; api-even; uta-or; diyamanambeing given; na-not; grh!Janti-accept; vina-without; mat-sevanam-My service; janab-the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My devotees do not accept saloka, sar�ti, sarupya, samipya or oneness\nwith Me-even if I offer these liberations-in preference to serving Me.\nTEXT 174\n'I <.!jq\" �r'&ir�t'ift�r �t�rf�<t>\n\nISwt��= 1\n\nC�Oft���J f\\Jl�¢f� '!'!;t<l1l:�t9f9f'il\"l:� II ':l 'IS II\nsa eva bhakti-yogakhya\natyantika udahrtab\nyenativrajya triguQarh\nmad-bhavayopapadyate\nSYNONYMS\nsab-that\n\n(having\n\nthe\n\nabove\n\nsymptoms);\n\neva-certainly;\n\nbhakti-yoga­\n\nakhyab-called bhakti-yoga; atyantikab-the ultimate goal of life; udahrtab-described as;\n\nyena-by which;\n\nativrajya-transcending; tri-gul)am-the three\n\nmodes of material nature; mat-bhavaya-for direct touch with Me, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, and My nature; upapadyate-one becomes qualified.\n-TRANSLATION\n\"'Bhakti-yoga, as described above, is the ultimate goal of life. By rendering\ndevotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one transcends the\nmodes of material nature and attains the spiritual position on the platform of\ndirect devotional service.'\nTEXT 175\n\n't_�·'lf'@ �tflf-�t�i �fW 'aH;\"� �11 I\n�'fi{ �rnr;a;- '121� �e:sii e(i �1111 �\"� u\n\n", "mad7#p0387": "Text 176]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n355\n\nbhukti-mukti adi-vaficha yadi mane haya\nsadhana karile prema utpanna na haya\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhukti-material enjoyment; mukti-to become liberated from material bondage; adi-and so on; vaficha-desires; yadi-if; mane-in the mind; haya-are;\nsadhana karile-even executing devotional service according to the regulative\n\nroutine; prema-real love of Kr�r:Ja; utpanna-awakened; na-not; ha ya-is.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If one is infected with the desire for material enjoyment or material liberation, he cannot rise to the platform of pure loving service unto the Lord, even\nthough he may superficially render devotional service according to the routine regulative principles.\nPURPORT\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura mentions that if one maintains within\nhis heart the desire to enjoy the result of good work, or, being embarrassed by the\nmaterial world, the desire to get out of material entanglement, one will never be\nable to attain the transcendental mellows of devotional service. In other words,\none must not desire material profit when rendering devotional service. Even if one\nfollows all the sixty-four regulative principles, he cannot attain pure devotional\nservice with a contaminated heart.\nTEXT 176\n\n�f<&--r_fu;-.,.�·1 <it<l\"� h\"fi� �flf q-\"ir;� I\n�tq-�f\"(j':{��l� <11�'l�Jif1':1l\"l '!i\"C<l\"' II ) 'I� II\nbhukti-mukti-sprha yavat\npisaci hrdi vartate\ntavad bhakti-sukhasyatra\nkatham abhyudayo bhavet\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhukti-for material enjoyment; mukti-and for liberation from material exis­\n\ntence; sprha-desire; yavat-as long as; pisaci-the witches; hrdi-within the\nheart;\n\nvartate-remain;\n\ntavat-that\n\nlong;\n\nbhakti-of\n\ndevotional\n\nservice;\n\nsukhasya-of the happiness; at ra-here; katham-how; abhyudaya/:1-awaken­\n\ning; bhavet-can there be.\n\n", "mad7#p0388": "356\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLA liON\n\"The material desire to enjoy the material world and the desire to become\nliberated from material bondage are considered to be two witches, and they\nhaunt one like ghosts. As long as these witches remain within the heart, how\ncan one feel transcendental bliss? As long as these two witches remain in the\nheart, there is no possibility of enjoying the transcendental bliss of devotional\nservice.\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.22).\n\nTEXT 177\n\n�${��f� � Q '1ff!'11' ��Bl I\n11'f� 'itt'� �� � ''��' �t;r '1'l11 II �'\\'\\ II\nsadhana-bhakti haite haya 'rati'ra udaya\nrati gac;Jha haile tara 'prema' nama kaya\nSYNONYMS\nsadhana-bhakti-the process of regularly rendering devotional service; haitefrom; haya-there is; ratira-of attachment; udaya-the awakening; rati-such\nattachment; gac;Jha hai/ e-becoming thick; tara-of this; prema-love of Godhead; nama-the name; kaya-is said.\n\nTRANS LA liON\n\"By regularly rendering devotional service, one gradually becomes attached to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. When that attachment is intensified, it becomes love of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.2) gives the following information about sadhanabhakti:\nkrti-sadhya bhavet sadhyabhava sa sadhanabhidha\nnitya-siddhasya bhavasya\nprakatyarh hrdi sadhyata\nThe process of devotional service-beginning with chanting and hearing-is\ncalled sadhana-bhakti. This includes the regulative principles that are intended to\n\n", "mad7#p0389": "Text 178]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n357\n\nawaken one to devotional service. Devotional service is always dormant in everyone's heart, and by the offenseless chanting of the holy names of the Lord, one's\noriginal dormant Kr�r:ta consciousness is awakened. This awakening to Kr�na consciousness is the beginning of sadhana-bhakti. This can be divided into many different parts, including faith, association with devotees, initiation by the spiritual\nmaster, engagement in devotional service under the instructions of a spiritual\nmaster, steadiness in devotional service and the awakening of a taste for devotional service. In this way, one can become attached to Kr�r:ta and His service, and\nwhen this attachment is intensified, it results in ecstatic love for Kf�t:Ja. The word\nrati is explained in the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.3.41) as follows:\nvyaktarh maswatevantarlak$yate rati-lak$af)am\nmumuk$u-prabhrtinarh ced\nbhaved e$a ratir na hi\n\"When a tenderness of the heart is manifest, there is rati, or attachment. Those\nwho are interested in being liberated from material bondage must manifest this\ntenderness called rati.\" This attachment is not like material attachment. When one\nis liberated from material contamination, the awakening of attachment for Kr�r:ta's\nservice is called rati. In the material world there is attachment for material enjoyment, but this is not rati. Transcendental rati can be awakened only on the\nspiritual platform. Ecstatic love for Kr�r:ta (prema) is described in the Bhaktirasamrta-sindhu (1.41) as follows:\nsamyati maswita-svanto\nmamatvatisayatikitab\nbhavab sa eva sandratma\nbudhaib prema nigadyate\n\"When the heart is completely softened and devoid of all material desires and\nwhen one's emotional feelings become very strong, one becomes very much attached to Kr�t:Ja. Such purified emotion is known as pure love.\"\n\nTEXT 178\n'�� ��\\lii�� i{t� -·,��,.�ti{, �'t� I\n1ft'$f, �'1.1ft'$f, <et�, ��t<et� � II �91T' II\nprema vrddhi-krame nama-sneha, mana, praf)aya\nraga, anuraga, bhava, mahabhava haya\n\n", "mad7#p0390": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n358\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nSYNONYMS\nprema-ecstatic love for God; vrddhi-krame-in terms of progressive increase;\nnama-named; sneha-affection; mana-abhorrence; praQaya-love; raga-attachment; anuraga-further attachment; bhava -ecstasy; maha-bhava -great\necstasy; haya-are\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The basic aspects of prema, when gradually increasing to different states,\nare affection, abhorrence, love, attachment, further attachment, ecstasy and\ngreat ecstasy.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, (3.2.84) sneha (affection) is described as follows:\nsandras citta-dravaril kurvan\nprema 'sneha' itlryate\nk$aQikasyapi neha syad\nviSfe$asya sahi$QUta\n\"That aspect of prema in which the melting of the heart for the lover is concentrated is called sneha, or affection. The symptom of such affection is that the lover\ncannot for a moment remain without the association of the beloved.\" A description of mana can be found in Madhya-lila (Chapter Two, verse 66). Similarly, a description of praQaya is also there. As far as raga is concerned, Bhakti-rasamrtasindhu says (3.2.87) says:\nsneha/:1 sa rago yena syat\nsukharil dui)kham api sphutam\ntat-sambandha-lave 'py atra\npriti/:1 praQa-vyayair api\n\"That stage at which affection for the beloved converts unhappiness into happiness is called raga, or attachment. When one has such attachment for Kr�r;a, he\ncan give up his own life to satisfy his beloved Kr?r;a.\" Anuraga, bhava and\nmahabhava are described in the Sixth Chapter of Madhya-lila, verse 13. The purport to that verse explains adhiru(iha-mahabhava.\nTEXT 179\n\n�� �illr, -'!' 1r,, ��' �·'fti I\nl$h1, fil�1, fif�f1f, ��·flf�ff �II��� II\n\n", "mad7#p0391": "Text 180]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n359\n\nyaiche bija, ik?u, rasa, gu(ia, khaQ(ia-sara\nsarkara, sita, michari, uttama-michari ara\nSYNONYMS\nyaiche-j ust like; bija-the seed; ik?u-the sugarcane plant; rasa-the j uice;\ngu(ia-molasses;\n\nkhaf)(ia-sara-dry\n\nmolasses;\n\nsarkara-sugar;\n\nsita-candy;\n\nmichari-rock candy; uttama-michari-lozenges; ara-and.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The gradual development of love may be compared to different states of\nsugar. First there is the seed of the sugarcane, then sugarcane and then the\njuice extracted from the cane. When this juice is boiled, it forms a liquid\nmolasses, then a solid molasses, then sugar, candy, rock candy and finally\nlozenges.\nTEXT 180\n\n<.fll � ���f�·�t�1t \"Btflt�t., I\n\"'tfit� fiftif �Rf Rt5t.,, �'5� 11 �tro 11\nei saba kr?Qa-bhakti-rasera sthayibhava\nsthayibhave mile yadi vibhava, anubhava\nSYNONYMS\nei saba-all these; kr?Qa-bhakti-of devotional service to Kr�l)a; rasera-of the\nmellows; sthayi-bhava -continuous existence; sthayi-bhave-in this continuous\nexistence; mile-one meets; yadi-if; vibhava-special ecstasy; anubhavasubecstasy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All these stages combined are called sthayibhava, or continuous love of\nGodhead in devotional service. In addition to these stages, there are vibhava\nand anubhava.\nPURPORT\nAttachment for Kr�Da never wanes; it increases more and more as one attains\ndifferent stages. All the stages together are called sthayibhava, or continuous existence. The nine forms of devotional service are sravaf)aril kirtanaril Vi?Q0/:1\nsmaraf)aril pada-sevanam arcanaril vandanaril dasyaril sakhyam atma-nivedanam.\nWhen continuous love of Godhead is mixed with the processes of devotional ser-\n\n", "mad7#p0392": "360\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nvice, it is called vibhava, anubhava, sattvika and vyabhicari. The devotee thus en­\n\njoys a variety of transcendental bliss. In his Amrta-pravaha-bha$ya, Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura states that anubhava can be divided into thirteen categories: (1)\ndancing, (2) rolling on the ground, (3) singing , (4) yelling, (5) jumping, (6) making\n\nloud noises, (7) yawning, (8) heavy breathing, (9) not caring for public opinion,\n\n(10) discharging saliva, (11) roaring laughter, (12) unsteadiness and (13) hiccupping. These are the symptoms of anubhava. Thus the transcendental mellows are\nexperienced in different stages. Similarly, there are many other forms of expression that have been analytically studied by the Gosvamis. In Bhakti-rasamrtasindhu, ROpa Gosvami gives each and every symptom a particular name.\nTEXT 181\n\n�r,�-���tfit·'eW11f �il 1\n\n'f�ref�·Pf � ��� �t�til II �lr� II\nsattvika-vyabhicari-bhavera milane\nk($Qa-bhakti-rasa haya amrta asvadane\nSYNONYMS\nsattvika-vyabhicari-bhavera-of\n\nsattvika and\n\nvyabhicari with\n\nsthayibhava;\n\nmilane-by mixing; k($Qa-bhakti-rasa-the transcendental mellows of devotional\n\nservice to the Lord; haya-become ; amrta-nectarean; asvadane-in tasting.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"When the higher standard of ecstatic love is mixed with the symptoms of\nsattvika and vyabhicari, the devotee relishes the transcendental bliss of loving\nKr�r:'la in a variety of nectarean tastes.\nTEXT 182\n\n�tli wfi{, r��i, ��, 'alit�, �� 1\n\nfila,r;il '1fJ!t�' �� ��� �� ll �lr� ll\nyaiche dadhi, sita, ghrta, marica, karpura\nmilane 'rasa/a' haya amrta madhura\nSYNONYMS\n\nyaiche-just as; dadhi-yogurt; sita-sugar candy; ghrta-clarified butter;\nmarica-black pepper; karpura-camphor; mi/ane-in mixing together; rasa/avery tasteful; haya-becomes; amrta-nectarean; madhura-and sweet.\n\n", "mad7#p0393": "Text 184]\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n361\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"These tastes are like a combination of yogurt, sugar candy, ghee [clarified\nbutter], black pepper and camphor and are as palatable as sweet nectar.\nTEXTS 183-184\n\n\"'�� m-,�� ?t• �<f.'Rf 1\n-t1'Q1tf�, �1���, ���f� �Rf II � \\rl!) II\n�ie,��f\\!, 'af�f�,-1.!1 9l. �r;�� I\n��r;�r;� �����r;� '?\\. c;�� II �17\"8 II\nbhakta-bhede rati-bheda paiica parakara\nsanta-rati, dasya-rati, sakhya-rati ara\nvatsalya-rati, madhura-rati, -ei paiica vibheda\nrati-bhede kr?Qa-bhakti-rase paiica bheda\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-bhede-according to varieties of devotees; rati-bheda-the different\nattachments; paiica parakara-five categories; santi-rati-neutral appreciation;\ndasya-rati-attachment in a service attitude; sakhya-rati-attachment by friendly\nappreciation;\n\nara-also;\n\nvatsa/ya-rati-attachment\n\nby\n\npaternal\n\naffection;\n\nmadhura-rati-attachment by conj ugal love; ei-these; paiica-five; vibhedadivisions; rati-bhede-by attachment on different platforms; kr?Qa-bhakti-rasein mellows derived from devotional service to Kr?t;�a; paiica-five; bhedavarieties.\nTRANSLATION\n\"According to the devotee, attachment falls within the five categories of\nsanta-rati, dasya-rati, sakhya-rati, vatsalya-rati and madhura-rati. These five\ncategories arise from the devotees' different attachments to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The transcendental mellows derived from devotional\nservice are also of five varieties.\nPURPORT\n\nSanta-rati is described in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (2.5.16, 17, 18) as follows:\nmanase nirvikalpatvaril\nsama ity abhidhiyate\n\n", "mad7#p0394": "362\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\n\"When one is completely free from all doubts and material attachments, he attains the neutral position called santa.\".\nvihaya vi�ayonmukhyaril\nnijananda-sthitir yata/:1\natmana/:1 kathyate so 'tra\nsvabhava/:1 sama ity asau\npraya/:1 sama-pradhananaril\nmamata-gandha-varjita\nparamatmataya kr�Qe\njata santa-ratir mata\nThe santa-rati realization of Kr�l)a is in the neutral stage between the conception\nof impersonalism and personalism. This means that one is not very strongly attached to the personal feature of the Lord. An appreciation of the greatness of the\nLord is called santa-rati. This is attachment not to the personal feature but to the\nimpersonal feature. Generally, one in this stage is attached to the Paramatma\nfeature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nisvara/:1 sarva-bhatanam\nhrd-dese 'rjuna ti�thati\nbhramayan sarva-bhatani\nyantrarac;Jhani mayaya\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arjuna, and is directing the\nwanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a machine, made of the material energy.\" (Bg. 18.61)\nOn the strength of this statement from Bhagavad-gita, we can understand that\nin the santa-rasa, a devotee sees the Lord's representation everywhere. Dasya-rati\nis explained in the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (2.5.27) thus:\nsvasmad bhavanti ye nyanas\nte 'nugrahya harer mata/:1\naradhyatvatmika te�aril\nrati/:1 pritir itirita\ntatrasaktikrd anyatra\npriti-sarilhariQi hy asau\nWhen the Supreme Lord in His localized aspect is appreciated and a great devotee understands his subordinate position, not only does he surrender to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, but, due to his subordinate position, he wishes\n\n", "mad7#p0395": "Text 184]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n363\n\nto render some service and thus become favored by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. A devotee in the santa-rati is not very much willing to render service to\nthe Lord, but a devotee in the dasya-rati voluntarily wants to render service. Due\nto this attitude, the devotee in the dasya-rati realizes the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead more fully than a devotee in the santa-rati. He considers the Lord to be a\nworshipable object, and this means that his attachment for the Lord increases. On\nthe dasya-rati platform a devotee is attached to rendering service to the Lord, and\nhe is detached from material activities. The santa-rati is neither material nor\nspiritual, but the dasya-rati is actually on the spiritual platform. There is no attachment for material things on the spiritual platform. A devotee in dasya-rati has no\nattachment for anything but Kr�r;�a's service.\nSakhya-rati is described in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (2.5.30) as follows:\nye syus tulya mukundasya\nte sakhaya/:1 sataril mata/:1\nsamyad visrambha-rupai$ari1\nrati/:1 sakhyam ihocyate\nAccording to the opinion of advanced devotees and learned scholars, a devotee\nin sakhya-rati feels equal to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is a relationship in friendship. Due to having a friendly relationship with the Lord, not only\nis one free from material attachment, but one believes in equal dealings with the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. This is called sakhya-rati. The sakhya-rati devotee is so advanced that he treats the Lord on an equal level and even exchanges\njoking words. Although one is never equal to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the sakhya-rati devotee feels equal to the Lord, and he does not feel guilty\nbecause of this. Actually it is offensive to consider oneself equal to the Lord. The\nMayavadTs consider themselves equal to the Lord, but such feelings entail\nbereavement because they are material. The sakhya-rati, however, is a feeling experienced in the mind by a pure devotee, and he is eternally related with the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead in that feeling.\nVatsalya-rati is described as follows in the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (2.5.33):\nguravo ye harer asya\nte pujya iti visruta/:1\nanugrahamayi te$ari1\nratir vatsalyam ucyate\nidam lalana-bhavyasis\ncibuka-sparsanadi-krt\nWhen a living entity is situated on the platform of vatsalya-rati, he thinks of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead in His childhood feature. In this feature, the Lord\n\n", "mad7#p0396": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n364\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nhas to be protected by the devotee, and at this time the devotee takes the position of being worshiped by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The feelings of\npaternal love are called vatsalya-rati. When the devotee is situated on this platform, he wants to maintain the Lord like a son, and he desires all good fortune for\nthe Lord. He offers blessings to the Lord by touching His feet and head.\nMadhura-rati, or attachment in conjugal love, is described as follows:\nmitho harer mrgak�yas ca\nsambhogas yadi-karaf)am\nmadhurapara-paryaya\npriyatakhyodita ratih\nasyarh katak�a-bhruk�epapriya-vaQi-smitadayah\nThe conjugal relationship is experienced between the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead and the young damsels of VrajabhOmi, and due to their conjugal love\nthey continuously exist in eight kinds of remembrances called madhura-rati. This\nintimate relationship brought about by conjugal love produces movements of the\neyebrows, glancing, sweet words and exchanges of joking words.\nTEXT 185\n\n-tt•, m, ��, �te.��, ��-1f� e�� 1\n\n�·-�-�� � �· �-rtil II �lr'<t II\nsanta, dasya, sakhya, vatsalya, madhura-rasa nama\nkr�f.la-bhakti-rasa-madhye e paiica pradhana\nSYNONYMS\nsanta-neutrality;\n\ndasya-servitude;\n\nsakhya-friendship;\n\nvatsa/ya-paternal\n\naffection; madhura-rasa-conjugal love; nama-different names; kr�Qa-bhaktiof devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; rasa-the mellows;\nmadhye-among; e-these; paiica-five; pradhana-chief.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The chief transcendental mellows experienced with the Supreme Personality of Godhead are five-santa, dasya, sakhya, vatsalya and madhura.\nTEXT 186\n\n�tt�t�����l <l\"'l�: <!fll'C'11 C�Ti!f ��rf9r I\n'Silt'l<!f: 'I <l,�::,\"l �f� C5!f<f•5 'l�l:f1 II )17� II\n\n", "mad7#p0397": "The Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\nText 187]\n\n365\n\nhasyo 'dbhutas tatha viral)\nkarul)o raudra ity api\n\nbhayanakai) sa bibhatsa\n\niti gaul)as ca saptadha\nSYNONYMS\n\nhasya/:l-laughter;\n\nadbhuta/:l-wonder;\n\ntatha-then;\n\nvira/:l-chivalry;\n\nkarul)a/:l-co mpassion; raudrai)-anger; iti-thus; api-also; bhayanakai)-fear;\nsa/:l-that;\n\nbibhatsa/:l-disaster; iti-thus; gaul)a/:l-indirect; ca-also; sapta­\n\ndha-seven kinds.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Besides the five direct mellows, there are seven indirect mellows, known\nas laughter, wonder, chivalry, compassion, anger, disaster and fear.\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (2.5.116).\nTEXT 187\n\n�Ill, ���«:!, ��' ��'I, (;��' ��e,�, � I\n\n�·��·<et� <;�'I ���� �11 II �lr'\\ II\nhasya, adbhuta, vira, karul)a, raudra, bibhatsa, bhaya\n\npafica-vidha-bhakte gaul)a sapta-rasa haya\nSYNONYMS\nhasya-laughter; adbhuta\n\n-\n\nwonder; vira-c hival ry; karul)a-pathetic feeling;\n\nraudra-anger; bibhatsa-disaster; bhaya-fearfulness; pafica-vidha-bhakte-in\nfive kinds of devotees; gaul)a-indirect; sapta-rasa-seven kinds of mellows;\nhaya -there are.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In addition to the five direct mellows, there are seven indirect mellows,\nknown as laughter, wonder, chivalry, compassion, anger, disaster and fear.\nPURPORT\nSanta-bhakti-rasa is described in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (3.1.4, 5, 6)as follows:\nvak�yamal)air vibhavadyai/:l\n\nsaminarh svadyatarh gata/:l\n\nsthayi santi-ratir dhiraii)\n\nsanta-bhakti-rasai) smrta/:l\n\n", "mad7#p0398": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n366\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nprayal) svasukha-jatiyarh\n\nsukharh syad atra yoginam\n\nkintv atma-saukhyam aghanarh\n\nghanarh tv isam ayarh sukham\n\ntatrapisa-svarupanubhavasyaivoru-hetuta\n\ndasadi-van-mano-jnatva-lilader na tatha mata\n\nWhen santa-rati (neutral attraction) is continuously existent and mixed with\necstatic emotion, and when the devotee relishes that neutral position, it is called\n\nsanta-bhakti-rasa. 5anta-bhakti-rasa devotees generally relish the impersonal\n\nfeature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Since their taste of transcenden­\n\ntal bliss is incomplete, it is called aghana, or not concentrated. A comparison is\nmade between ordinary milk and concentrated milk. When the same devotee\ngoes beyond the impersonal and tastes the service of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead in His original form as sac-cid-ananda-vigraha, the taste is called con­\n\ncentrated (ghana) transcendental bliss. Sometimes the devotees in the santa-rasa\n\nrelish transcendental bliss after meeting the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but\nthis is not comparable to the transcendental bliss relished by the devotees situated in dasya-rasa, the transcendental mellow in which one renders service to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nDasya-rasa,\n\nor\n\ndasya-bhakti-rasa,\n\nis\n\ndescribed\n\nin\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\n(3.2.4,5) as follows:\natmocitair vibhavadyail)\npritir asvadaniyatam\n\nnita cetasi bhaktanarh\n\npriti-bhakti-raso matal)\n\nanugrahyasya dasatval\n\nlalyatvad apy ayarh dvidha\n\nbhidyate sambhrama-prito\ngaurava-prita ity api\n\nWhen according to the desires of the spirit soul the living entity develops love for\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, this beginning of love is called dasya-bhak­\n\nti-rasa. Dasya-bhakti-rasa is divided into two categories called sambhrama-dasya\n\nand gaurava-dasya. In the sambhrama-dasya, the devotee renders respectful ser­\n\nvice to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but in the more advanced gaurava­\n\ndasya, his service takes the form of giving protection to the Lord.\n\nSakhya-bhakti-rasa is described as follows in Bhakti-rasamrta sindhu (3.3.1):\nsthayibhavo vibhavadyail)\nsakhyam atmocitair iha\n\n", "mad7#p0399": "Text 187]\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n367\n\nnitas citte satarh pu?tirh\nrasa/:! preyanudiryate\n\"According to one's original consciousness, ecstatic emotions are exhibited as\ncontinuously existing in eternity. When this stage of Kr�t:�a consciousness is\nmature, it is called preyo-rasa or sakhya-bhakti-rasa.\"\nVatsa/ya-bhakti-rasa is described in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (3.4.1) as follows:\nvibhavadyais tu vatsalyarh\nsthayi pu?tim upagata/:1\ne?a vatsa/a-namatra\nprokto bhakti-raso budhai/:1\n\"When eternally existing love of Godhead transforms into paternal love and is\nmixed with corresponding emotions, that stage of spiritual existence is described\nby learned devotees as vatsalya-bhakti-rasa.\"\nMadhura-bhakti-rasa is described in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (3.5.1) as follows:\natmocitair vibhavadyai/:1\npu?tirh nita satarh hrdi\nmadhurakhyo bhaved bhaktir\naso 'sau madhura rati/:1\n\"If in accordance with one's own natural development in Kr�t:�a consciousness\none's attraction leans toward conjugal love within the heart, that is called attachment in conjugal love, or madhura-rasa.\"\nSimilarly, hasya, adbhuta, vira, karuQa, raudra, bhaya and bibhatsa-the seven\nindirect mellows-are explained in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu. The hasya-bhakti-rasa,\nlaughing devotion, is explained as follows (B.r.s. 4.1.6):\nvak?yamaQair vibhavadyai/:1\npu?tirh hasa-ratir gata\nhasya-bhakti-raso nama\nbudhair e?a nigadyate\n\"When through devotional service a laughing attachment to Kr�t:�a is developed, it\nis called hasya-bhakti-rasa by learned scholars.\"\nSimilarly, adbhuta-rasa is described in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (4.2.1):\natmocitair vibhavadyai/:1\nsvadyatvarh bhakta-cetasi\nsa vismaya-ratir nitadbhuto-bhakti-raso bhavet\n\n", "mad7#p0400": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n368\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\n\"When one's general attachment is fixed in wonder, it is called adbhuta-bhaktirasa.\"\nVira-bhakti-rasa is described (B.r.s. 4.3.1):\nsaivotsaha-rati/:1 sthayi\nvibhavadyair nijocita/:1\naniyamana svadyatvam\nvira-bhakti-raso bhavet\nyuddha-dana-daya-dharmais\ncaturdha-vira ucyate\n\"When attachment to Kr�r:\"Ja mixes with the bellicose tendency, the charitable\ntendency or the merciful tendency in the heart of the devotee, such devotion is\ncalled vira-bhakti-rasa.\"\nKaruf)a-bhakti-rasa is described as follows (B.r.s. 4.4.1):\natmocitair vibhavadyair\nnita pu?tim satam hrdi\nbhavec choka-ratir bhaktiraso hi karuf)abhidha/:1\n\"When one's devotional attitude and attachment for Kr�r:\"Ja is mixed with lamentation, it is called karuf)a-bhakti-rasa.\"\nSimilarly, raudra-bhakti-rasa is described as follows (B.r.s. 4.5.1):\nnita krodha-rati/:1 pu?tim\nvibhavadyair nijocitai/:1\nhrdi bhakta-janasyasau\nraudra-bhakti-raso bhavet\n\"When devotion is mixed with anger in the heart of the devotee, the taste is\ncalled raudra-bhakti-rasa.\"\nBhayanaka-bhakti-rasa is described as follows (B.r.s. 4.6.1):\nvak?yamaf)air vibhavadyai/:1\npu?tim bhaya-ratir gata\nbhayanakabhidho bhaktiraso dhirair udiryate\n\n\"When devotion is mixed with fear, it is called bhayanaka-bhakti-rasa.\"\nBibhatsa-bhakti-rasa is described as follows (B.r.s. 4.7.1):\n\n", "mad7#p0401": "Text 189]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n369\n\npu�tiril nija-vibhavadyair\njugupsa-ratir agata\nasau bhakti-raso dhirair\nbibhatsakhya itiryate\n\"When one's attachment for Kr�r:Ja develops in an abominable way, and the devotee enjoys it, that is called bibhatsa-bhakti-rasa.\"\nIn conclusion, when a pure devotee is situated in any of the five principal\nmellows (santa, dasya, sakhya, vatsalya and madhura), and the mellow is mixed\nwith the seven indirect bhakti-rasas (hasya, adbhuta, vira, karuf)a, raudra,\nbhayanaka and bibhatsa), the indirect mellows become prominent.\nTEXT 188\n\n9f·� '\"''Il�' \"U1� �7;� �..·1fte:{ I\n�� (;�l'l '�t��' 9f�t� <li1�t'l ll �lrlr ll\npanca-rasa 'sthayi' vyapi rahe bhakta-mane\nsapta gauf)a 'agantuka' paiye karaf)e\nSYNONYMS\n\npanca-rasa-five direct transcendental mellows; sthayi -permanently existing;\nvyapi-expanded; rahe-remain situated; bhakta-mane-in the heart of a devotee; sapta g auf)a-seven indirect mellows; agantuka-accidental; paiye-appearing; karaf)e-under certain conditions.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The five direct transcendental mellows of devotional service are permanently situated in the heart of the devotee, whereas the seven indirect emotions appear suddenly under certain conditions and appear more powerful.\nTEXT 189\n\n��- iR·<;<Ttt�!!, ��fif � I\n\nw��-�-� �<if<li �9ft� n �1re;, n\nsanta-bhakta-nava-yogendra, sanakadi ara\ndasya-bhava-bhakta-sarvatra sevaka apara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsanta-bhakta-the neutral devotees; nava-nine; yogendra-saintly persons;\nsanaka-adi ara-and the four Kumaras, headed by Sanaka; dasya-bhava-bhakta-\n\n", "mad7#p0402": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n370\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\ndevotees in dasya-rasa; sarvatra sevaka apara -similar innumerable servants\neverywhere.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Examples of santa-bhaktas are the nine Yogendras and the four Kumaras.\nExamples of devotees in dasya-bhakti are innumerable, for such devotees exist everywhere.\nPURPO RT\n\nThe nine Yogendras are Kavi,\n\nHavi, AntarTk�a,\n\nPrabuddha, Pippalayana,\n\nAvirhotra, Dravic;Ja (Drumila), (amasa and Karabhajana. The four Kumaras are\nSanaka, Sanandana, Sanat-kumara and Sanatana. The servant devotees in Gokula\nare Raktaka, Citraka, Patraka and so on. In Dvaraka there are servants like Daruka,\nand in the Lord's pastimes in the material world there are servants like Hanuman.\nTEXT 190\n\nlf�·�-��tmfff, �� �1\\('i{ I\n�e.�WU·'e�-'lti!i f�i, <ri! �� ll ��o II\nsakhya-bhakta-sridamadi, pure bhimarjuna\nvatsalya-bhakta-mata pita, yata guru-jana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsakhya-bhakta-devotees in fraternity; sridama-adi-of SrTdama and others;\npure -in Dvaraka; bhima-arjuna -BhTma and Arjuna; vatsalya-bhakta -devotees\n\nin parental love; mata pita-the mother and father; yata guru-jana-all other\nsimilarly superior persons.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In Vrndavana, examples of devotees in fraternity are Sridama and Sudama;\nin Dvaraka the lord's friends are Bhima and A rjuna; in Vrndavana the devotees in parental love are mother Yasoda and father Nanda Maharaja, and in\nDvaraka the lord's parents are Vasudeva and Devaki. There are also other\nsuperior persons who are devotees in parental love.\nTEXT 191\n\n'l�·�lf 'e���J--817:� (;'Sit�'Sl'll\n\n��'Sl'l, ��'Sl'f, ����J 'Sl'fi{ ll ��� II\n\n", "mad7#p0403": "Text 193]\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Riipa Gosvami\n\n371\n\nmadhura-rase bhakta-mukhya-vraje gopi-gaQa\nmahi�i-gaQa, lak�mi-gaQa, asankhya gaQana\nSYNONYMS\nmadhura-rase-in the mellow of conjugal love; bhakta-mukhya-the chief\ndevotees; vraje-in Vrndavana; gopi-gaQa-the gopis; mahi�i-gaQa-the queens\nin Dvaraka; /ak�mi-gaQa-the goddesses of fortune in Vaikur:Jtha; asankhya\ngaQana-of innumerable reckoning.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The chief devotees in conjugal love are the gopis in Vrndavana, the queens\nin Dvaraka and the goddesses of fortune in Vaikur;�tha. These devotees are innumerable.\nTEXT 192\n\n�if: ?��r� �� ��� �t� 1\n��\"li�tiffif�i, t;<fi��-t;�W �� ll ��� ll\npuna/:! kr�Qa-rati haya duita prakara\naisvarya-jfiana-misra, kevala-bheda ara\nSYNONYMS\npuna/:1-again;\n\nkr�Qa-rati-attachment for Kr�r:Ja;\n\nhaya-becomes;\n\nduita­\n\ntwofold; prakara-v ar ieties; aisvarya-jfiana-misra-knowledge of Kr�r:Ja mixed\nwith a reverential attitude; keva/a-pure attachment; bheda-division; araother.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Attachment for Kr�r;�a is divided into two categories. One is attachment\nwith awe and reverence, and the other is pure attachment without reverence.\nTEXT 193\n\n''Stt�r;\"t 't;<fi<f\"t1' ��\n\n��il�il I\n��, '���tr;w -��\"li-.21�'1 n ��� 11\n\ngoku/e 'keva/a' rati-aisvarya-jfiana-hina\npuri-dvaye, vaikuQthadye-aisvarya-praviQa\n\n", "mad7#p0404": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n372\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ngoku/e-in Gokula Vrndavana; keva/a rati-flawless attachment; aisvaryajfiana-hina-without\nnamely Mathura\n\nreverential\n\nconsiderations;\n\nPurT and Dvaraka PurT;\n\npuri-dvaye-in\n\ntwo\n\npuris,\n\nvaikur;tha-adye-in the Vaikur:Jtha\n\nplanets; aisvarya-pravir;a-prominence of awe and reverence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Pure attachment without reverence is found in Goloka Vrndavana. Attachment in which awe and reverence are prominent is found in the two cities\nMathura and Dvaraka and in Vaikur;�tha.\nTEXT 194\n\n����t$ff\"t� :Jl'f�i! �f\\! I\n<;Wf��1 il1'1rt�il �\"'1-ti-<;��� �f� II ��8 II\naisvarya-jfiana-pradhanye sankucita priti\ndekhiya na mane aisvarya-kevalara riti\nSYNONYMS\n\naisvarya-jfiana-pradhanye-in the predominance of awe and veneration;\nsankucita-crippled; priti-love; dekhiya-seeing; na mane-does not care;\naisvarya-opulence; keva/ara riti-that is the symptom of pure devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When opulence is very prominent, love of Godhead is somewhat crippled.\nAccording to kevala devotion, however, even though the devotee sees the unlimited potency of Kr�r;�a, he considers himself equal with Him.\nTEXT 195\n\nllft\"!·wt�-��:Jt �\"''� �tt1 ��?til I\n<tte.:Jt\"!J·:Jt�J·11�� I!' �t� :Jtt��il II �e;,a- II\nsanta-dasya-rase aisvarya kahan uddipana\nvatsalya-sakhya-madhure ta' kare sankocana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsanta-dasya-rase-in the transcendental mellows of neutrality and servitude;\naisvarya-opulence;\n\nkahan-somewhere;\n\nuddipana-manifested;\n\nvatsalya-\n\n", "mad7#p0405": "Text 197]\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n373\n\nsakhya-madhure-in fraternal love, paternity and conjugal love; ta'-certainly;\nkare-does; sarikocana-minimizing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"On the transcendental platform of neutrality and service, sometimes the\nopulence of the lord is prominent. However, in the transcendental mellows of\nfraternal, paternal and conjugal love, the opulence is minimized.\nTEXT 196\n\n���·,tif��1l �� R'l �\"''f I\n\n�'tltertcet �·�'Rf �et �� �\" n ��� u\nvasudeva-devakira kr�f!a caraQa vandifa\naisvarya-jnane durihara mane bhaya haifa\nSYNONYMS\n\nvasudeva-devakira-of Vasudeva and Devaki; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�t:Ja; caraQa-to\nthe lotus feet; vandifa-offered prayers; aisvarya-jnane-because of knowledge\nof the opulence; durihara-of both of them; mane-in the minds; bhaya haifathere was fear.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Kr�r:Ja offered prayers at the lotus feet of His mother and father,\nVasudeva and Devaki, they both felt awe, reverence and fear due to knowledge of His opulences.\nTEXT 197\n\nCl!'��� <t�·� �§1� �'il�\"K�ll\n'W\\PT'Z\n\n<l\"'!C\"ll ��l 'l��1C� 01 \"ff�r:�lll ) �'I II\n\ndevaki vasudevas ca\nvijnaya jagad-isvarau\nkrta-sarhvandanau putrau\nsasvajate na sarikitau\nSYNONYMS\n\ndevaki-Devaki;\n\nvasudeva/:1-Vasudeva;\n\nca-and;\n\nvijliaya-understanding;\n\njagat-isvarau-the two Lords of the universe; krta-sarhvandanau-having paid\nobeisances; putrau-the two sons Kr�t:Ja and Balarama; sasvajate-embraced;\nna-not; sarikitau-being frightened.\n\n", "mad7#p0406": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n374\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When Devaki and Vasudeva understood that their two sons Kr�r:-a and\nBalarama, who had paid obeisances to them, were the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, they became fearful and did not embrace Them.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.44.51) refers to the killing of\nKarhsa by Kr�r:Ja and Balarama. Vasudeva and DevakT saw their son kill the powerful demon Karhsa, and after this they were immediately released from their\nshackles. Balarama and Kr�r:Ja then offered respects to DevakT and Vasudeva. Both\nfather and mother wanted to embrace their sons, but they understood that Kr�r:Ja\nand Balarama were the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and they therefore hesitated to embrace Them. Their parental love for Kr�r:Ja and Balarama was therefore\nhampered and decreased by awe and reverence.\nTEXT 198\n\n�t�� ��� c;wf-t' �i(til'f � oe� 1\n�-tl'e� $ft�J llli�t� <limrt �il� II ��lr II\nkm;era visva-rOpa dekhi' arjunera haifa bhaya\n\nsakhya-bhave dhar?tya k?amapaya kariya vinaya\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qera -of Lord\n\nKr�r:Ja;\n\nvisva-rOpa -the universal form;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\narjunera-of Arjuna; haifa bhaya-there was fear; sakhya-bhave-as a friend;\n\ndhar?tya-impudence; k?amapaya-begs pardon for; kariya-showing; vinayasubmission.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Kr�r:-a manifested His universal form, Arjuna became reverent and\nfearful, and he begged forgiveness for his past impudence toward Kr�r:-a as a\nfriend.\nTEXTS 199-200\n\n11-c�f� •al �'��� \"���\nc� � c� <Ttlf� c� '!?:�f\\!i 1\n'51�1<1\"'1 'I!�ott;r� �C�If�\n•nrl �\"111ft� �'fCH �tf9r II � � ;;l II\n\n", "mad7#p0407": "Text 200]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n375\n\n�56l<r�t'lt�'ll if�wr:�t� f11\nf\"<fnll-\"f�Jt'!OI-C�t�?:O{' I\nl.!lC\"'I\"t�� \"<fi9fJ�J� ��'!\"ll'l'f'�\n�� 'l'f't\"l!C� ��'ll�'ll �?:\"ll�� II � o o\nsakheti matva prasabharh yad uktarh\nhe kr$f!a he yadava he sakheti\najanata mahimanarh tavedarh\nmaya pramadat praQayena vapi\nyac cavahasartham asat-krto 'si\nvihara-sayyasana-bhojane$u\neko 'thavapy acyuta tat-samak$arh\ntat k$amaye tvam aham aprameyam\n\nSYNONYMS\nsakha-friend;\n\niti-thus;\n\nmatva-thinking;\n\nprasabham-forcibly;\n\nyat-that\n\nwhich; uktam-was said; he kr$Qa-O Kr�r:ta; he yadava-0 descendant of Yadu;\nhe\n\nsakha-0\n\nmy\n\ndear\n\nfriend;\n\niti-thus;\n\najanata-without\n\nknowing;\n\nmah imanam -greatness; tava-Your; idam-this; maya-by me; pramadat- out\n\nof ignorance; praQayena-out of affection; va-or; api-certainly; yat-whatever; ca-and; avahasa-artham-for the matter of joking; asat-krtah-insulted;\nasi-You are; vihara-while enjoying; sayya-asana-sitting or lying on the bed;\nbhojane$u-while eating together;\n\nekah-alone; athava-or; api-certainly;\n\nacyuta-0 my dear Kr�t:Ja; tat-samak$am-in the presence of others; tat-all\n\nthose; k$iimaye-ask pardon; tvam-unto You; aham-1; aprameyam\n\n-\n\nwho are\n\nunlimited.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'I have in the past addressed You as \"0 Kr�r:-a,\" \"0 Yadava,\" \"0 my\nfriend\" without knowing Your glories. Please forgive whatever I have done in\nmadness or in love. I have dishonored You many times while we were relaxing,\nlying on the same bed or eating together, sometimes alone and sometimes in\nfront of many friends. Please excuse me for all my offenses.'\nPURPO RT\nThis is a quotation from Bhagavad-gita (11.41-42). In this verse, Arjuna is addressing Kr�t:Ja, who was exhibiting His universal form on the Battlefield of Kuruk�etra.\n\n", "mad7#p0408": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n376\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 201\n\n� �fif �ffi�r;� '<liifi \"Pt�t� I\n'� �...il'-iSftfil' �ftJ�J �ill� 11�0�11\nkmJa yadi rukmiQire kaila parihasa\n'kr�Qa chac;libena'-jani' rukmiQira haila trasa\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; yadi-although; rukmiQire-unto Rukmir:Ji, the first queen;\nkai/a-did; parihasa-joking; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; chac;libena-will give me up;\njani'-thinking; rukmiQira-of Rukmir:Ji; hai/a-there was; trasa-shock.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although Kr�r:-a was joking with Queen Rukmir:-i, she was thinking that He\nwas going to give up her company, and she was therefore shocked.\nTEXT 202\n\n��1: ��:�<5'll· C\"t1<lf-f<IOT�-lr;���1�Q!�<'f'll7:�1 <i'J�OI� 9f9(1� I\nclf�\"5 f<l�q-�'ll: 11�br<r lJ..�O!..\n�1:'&<\\ <tt�f<l��l �f<l�')�\n\nC<!i\"f10!,. II � • � II\n\ntasya� sudu�kha-bhaya-soka-vina�ta-buddher\nhastac ch/athad-valayato vyajanaril papata\ndehas ca vik/ava-dhiya� sahasaiva muhyan\nrambheva vata-vihata pravikirya kesan\nSYNONYMS\ntasya�-of her; su-du�kha-bhaya-due to great distress and fear; soka-and\nlamentation;\n\nvina�ta-lost;\n\nbuddhe�-whose intelligence;\n\nhastat-from the\n\nhand; 5/athat-being loose; va/ayata�-bangles; vyajanam-the fan; papata-fell\ndown; deha�-body;\n\nca-also; vik/ava-paralyzed by fear; dhiya�-whose\n\nunderstanding; sahasa eva-suddenly; muhyan-fainting; rambha iva-like a\nbanana tree;\n\nvata-vihata-dashed by a\n\nhigh wind;\n\npravikirya-scattering;\n\nkesan-the hair.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'While Kr�r:-a was joking with Rukmir:-i in Dvaraka, she was full of distress,\nfear and lamentation. She had also lost her intelligence. She dropped her hand\n\n", "mad7#p0409": "Text 204]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Riipa Gosvami\n\n377\n\nbangles and the fan she was using to fan the Lord. Her hair became disarrayed,\nand she fainted and fell suddenly, appearing like a banana tree knocked down\nby high winds.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.60.24) refers to Kf?t:Ja's speaking to\n\nRukmit:JT in His bedroom. just to test her sincerity, He began to joke with her, pre­\n\nsenting Himself as poor, incapable and unfit to be her lover. Not understanding\n\nthat He was joking, Rukmit:JT took Him seriously and thought that He wanted to\nleave her company. This misunderstanding made her very unhappy, and her\n\nwhole body was affected. Her fan and bangles fell to the floor, and she also fell\n\ndown like a banana tree knocked down by high winds.\nTEXT 203\n\n'�t'if ��12!1l '��' if! � I\n\n�..� <;'f�t� �-��� � 1ltti{ II � o� II\n'keva/a'ra suddha-prema 'aisvarya' na jane\n\naisvarya dekhileo nija-sambandha se mane\nSYNONYMS\nkevalara-of unmixed attraction for Kf?t:Ja; suddha-prema-unalloyed love;\n\naisvarya-opulence; na jane-does not know; aisvarya-opulence; dekhileo-in\n\nspite of experiencing; nija-sambandha-one's own relationship with Kr?t:Ja; se\nmane-he takes very seriously.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the stage of kevala [unalloyed devotion] a devotee does not consider\nthe unlimited opulence of Kr�r;�a, even though he experiences it. He takes\nseriously only his own relationship with Kr�r;�a.\nPURPORT\nWhen a devotee reaches the stage of pure unalloyed devotion, especially in\n\nfriendship with Kr?t:Ja, he forgets the Lord's opulences, although he sees them, and\nhe considers himself equal to Kf?t:Ja. There is no question of actually comparing\n\noneself to Kr?t:Ja, but because the devotee is so advanced in Kr?t:Ja consciousness,\nhe is able to behave with Kf?t:Ja as he would with an ordinary man.\nTEXT 204\n\n��n cD\"t9ff�'lffu\"6 'lt��n:�tC5I\"5 'It��= 1\n�9f��ott01'lt�t�g �RI� 'll�ot�r'!it��'l\\. n �\n\n•\n\ns n\n\n", "mad7#p0410": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n378\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\ntrayya copani?adbhis ca\n\nsankhya-yogais ca satvataib\n\nupagiyamana-mahatmyarh\n\nharirh sa 'manyatatmajam\nSYNONYMS\n\ntrayya-by followers of three Vedas who perform great sacrifices (like the\n\ndemigod lndra); ca\n\n-\n\nalso; upani?adbhib-by the followers of the Upani?ads, the\n\nmost exalted portion of Vedic knowledge (as Brahman); ca -also; sarikhya -by\n\nthe philosophers who analytically study the universe (as the puru?a); yogaib-by\n\nmystic yogis (as the Paramatma situated everywhere); ca-and; satvataib-by\n\ndevotees who follow the method of worship mentioned in the Pancaratra and\nother Vedic literature (as Bhagavan); upagiyamana -being sung; mahatmyam­\n\nwhose glories; harim-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sa-she\n\n(mother Yasoda); amanyata-considered; atma-jam-as her own son, born of her\n\nbody.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'When mother Ya5oda saw all the universes within Kr�r;�a's mouth, she was\nastonished for the time being. The lord is worshiped like lndra and other\ndemigods by the followers of the three Vedas, who offer Him sacrifices. He is\nworshiped as impersonal Brahman by saintly persons who understand His\ngreatness through studying the Upani�ads, as the puru�a by great philosophers who analytically study the universe, as the all-pervading Supersoul by\ngreat yogis, and\n\nas\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead by devotees.\n\nNevertheless, mother Ya5oda considered the lord her own son.'\nPURPO RT\nThis verse is quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.8.45). Those who are\n\nspiritually advanced forget Kr��a's opulence by the mercy of yogamaya. For instance, mother Yasoda considered Kr��a an ordinary child.\nTEXT 205\n�� 1f�t���<I\"J�� 1l�Jf<'l'lf�CI1t'l'l'�'\\ I\n\nco;ttf9!��t<r�r.O'f lfl!!1 <1\"<1\"� �t�i!i� ��I II :<.\n\\\n\ntam matvatmajam avyaktarh\n\nmartya-lirigam adhok?ajam\n\ngopikolakha/e damna\n\nbabandha prakrtarh yatha\n\n•\n\na\n\n", "mad7#p0411": "The lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\nText 206]\n\n379\n\nSYNONYMS\ntam-Him (Kr�l)a); matva-considering; atmajam-own son; avyaktam-un­\n\nmanifested; martya-/ingam-manifested as if perishable; adhok�ajam\n\n-\n\nbeyond\n\nthe perception of the senses; gopika-mother Yasoda; u/Okhale-to the mortar;\n\ndamna-with rope; babandha-bound; prakrtam-an ordinary child; yatha-like.\nTRANSLATION\n11 'Although Kr�r:-a is beyond sense perception and is unmanifest to human\n\nbeings, he takes up the guise of a human being with a material body. Thus\nmother Yasoda thought Him to be her son, and she bound lord Kr�r:-a with\nrope to a wooden mortar, as if He were an ordinary child.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.9.14) is in reference to Lord Kr�l)a's exhibiting Himself like an ordinary child before mother Yasoda. He was playing like a\nnaughty boy stealing butter and breaking butter pots. Mother Yasoda became disturbed and wanted to bind the Lord to a mortar used for pounding spices. In other\nwords, she considered the Supreme Personality of Godhead an ordinary child.\nTEXT 206\n\n�<li� �DP·I 155\\<!11, ®ilfi'lli\"\\� 9f�tf'Sl\\!i: I\n���� �1!VI\"l� �\"'C�i C�1�9t�\\!i\"{, II �·�\nuvaha kf?/')0 bhagavan\n\nsridamanarh parajita/:1\n\nvr�abharh bhadrasenas tu\npralambo rohiQT-sutam\nSYNONYMS\nuvaha-carried; kr�Qa/:1-Lord Kr�l)a; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead;\nVr�abha;\n\nsrTdamanam-Sridama;\n\nbhadras ena/:1-Bhadrasena;\n\nsutam -Balarama.\n\nparajita/:1-being\ntu-and;\n\ndefeated;\n\nvr�abham­\n\npra/amba/:1-Pralamba;\n\nrohiQT­\n\nTRANSLATION\n11 'When\n\nKr�r:-a was defeated by Sridama, He had to carry him on His\n\nshoulders. Similarly,\n\nBhadrasena carried Vr�abha,\n\nBalarama, the son of Rohir:-i.'\n\nand Pralamba carried\n\n", "mad7#p0412": "380\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.18.24). When all the cowherd boys\nwere playing in the forest of Vrndavana, the demon Pralambasura appeared to\n\nkidnap Kf�l)a and Balarama. The asura appeared disguised in the form of a\ncowherd boy, but Kr�l)a could understand his trick. Kr�r;Ja therefore divided all the\n\ncowherd boys into two parties. One party belonged to Balarama, and the other\nparty belonged to Kf�l)a Himself. Ultimately Kf�l)a was defeated in this play, and\naccording to the wager, the defeated party had to carry the victorious party on\ntheir shoulders. Kr�r;Ja had to carry Sridama on His shoulders, and Bhadrasena had\nto carry Vr�abha. The demon Pralambasura had to carry Balarama, and when\nBalarama mounted his shoulders, the demon ran far away. Finally the demon\nbegan to expand his body to a gigantic size, and Balarama understood that he intended to kill Him. Balarama immediately struck the demon's head with His strong\nfist, and the demon fell down dead as if he were a snake whose head had been\nsmashed.\nTEXTS 207-209\n\n1!11) C'll:'l �l'fi�tOT� <tf��i� 1!<1C<!1f�'!il�! I\n'\n\n��I C'i\\t�: <lfi'l�tOTI 'ltl'fi.'!� iS�i.� f��: H\n\no\n\n�II\n\n�'C�1 5\\�1 <f'C'li'C'ii\"t� ��I C<ll\"'t<!'l3!<fl<:.. I\nOJ' 9f�'C���� l)f\"'f�� ;r� 'It � <!� C\\!i 0101: II � o 17' II\n\n<!I<!'!_'€': f'!l�jl'[j� ��'li��\\!ijfotf� I\n��\"Sffllf'Cif W�: '!1 <!1_i1��9(J'!i II � 01 II\no\n\nsa ca mene tadatmanarh\n\nvari?tharh sarva-yo?itam\n\nhitva. gopi/:1 kamayana\n\nmam asau bhajate priya/:1\n\ntato gatva vanoddesarh\n\ndrpta kesavam abravit\n\nna paraye 'ham ca/iturh\n\nnaya marh yatra te mana/:!\n\nevam ukta/:1 priyam aha\n\nskandham aruhyatam iti\n\ntatas cantardadhe km)a/:1\nsa vadhur anvatapyata\n\n", "mad7#p0413": "Text 210]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n381\n\nSYNONYMS\nsa-Srimati Radharar:ti; ca-also; mene-considered; tada-at that time; at­\n\nmanam-Herself; vari?tham-the most glorious; sarva-yo?itam-among all the\n\ngopis; hitva-giving up; gopi0-all the other gopis; kamayana0-who were\n\ndesiring the company of Kr�r:ta; mam-Me; asau-that Sri Kr�r:ta; bhajate-worships; priya0-the most dear; tata0-thereafter; gatva-going; vana-uddesamto the deep forest; drpta-being very proud; kesavam-unto Kr�r:ta; abravit­\n\nsaid; na paraye-am unable; aham-1; calitum-to walk; naya-just carry;\n\nmam-Me; yatra-wherever; te-Your; mana0-mind; evam ukta0-thus being\n\nordered by Srimati Radharar:ti; priyam-to this most dear gopi; aha-said;\nskandham-My\n\nshoulders;\n\naruhyatam-please\n\nget\n\non;\n\niti-thus;\n\ntata0-\n\nthereafter; ca-also; antardadhe-disappeared; kr?QaQ-Lord Kr�r:ta; sa-Srimati\n\nRadharar:ti; vadha 0-the gopi; anvatapyata-began to lament.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'\"My dearmost Kr�r;�a, You are worshiping Me and giving up the company\nof all the other gopis who wanted to enjoy themselves with You.\" Thinking\nlike this, Srimati Radharar;�i considered Herself Kr�r;�a's most beloved gopi.\nShe had become proud and had left the rasa-lila with Kr�r;�a. In the deep forest\nShe said, \"My dear Kr�r;�a, I cannot walk any more. You can take Me wherever\nYou like.\" When Srimati Radharar;�i petitioned Kr�r;�a in this way, Kr�r;�a said,\n\"Just get up upon My shoulders.\" As soon as Srimati Radharar;�i began to do\nso, He disappeared. Srimati Radharar;�i then began to grieve over Her request\nand Kr�r;�a's disappearance.'\nPURPO RT\nThese three verses are quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.30.3 7 -39).\nTEXT 210\n\n9ff\\!�\\!i��i!!il�<!l�i<!l'lf��<'!�J c��.-�JRT�i5\\�i: 1\n5\\f�f<t'!'�1:<!ilf'51'1�1:\"f!i��i:\nf��<! C'!i�\\!: ��m� f:�for II :,. ') •\npati-sutanvaya-bhratr-bandhavan\n\nativilatighya te 'nty acyutagata0\n\ngatividas tavodgita-mohitaQ\n\nkitava yo?itaQ kas tyajen nisi\n\n", "mad7#p0414": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n382\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nSYNONYMS\npari-husbands; suta-sons; anvaya-family; bhratr-brothers; bandhavan­\n\nfriends; ativilanghya-without caring for; te-Your; anti-dear shelter; acyuta-\n\n0 infallible one; agatab-have come; gati-vidab-who know everything of our\nactivities; tava-of You; udgita-by the singing flute; mohitab-being attracted;\n\nkitava-0 great cheater; yo?itab-beautiful women; kab-who; tyajet-would\ngive up; nisi-in the dead of night.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Dear Kr��a, neglecting the order of our husbands and sons, family,\nbrothers and friends and leaving their company, we gopis have come to You.\nYou know everything about our desires. We have only come because we are\nattracted by Your supremely musical flute. However, You are a great cheater.\nWho else would give up the company of young girls like us in the dead of\nnight?'\nPURPORT\nThis verse, quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.31.16), describes how the\n\ngopis exposed themselves for Kr�t:Ja's enjoyment in the dead of night. The gopis\napproached Kr�t:Ja to enjoy themselves with Him in the rasa dance. Kr�t:Ja knew\n\nthis very well, but He was superficially trying to avoid them. He is therefore ad­\n\ndressed by the gopis as kitava, a great cheater, because He first attracted them to\n\ncome dance with Him, and yet when they actually came, neglecting the orders of\n\ntheir friends and relatives, He tried to avoid them by giving them good instruc­\n\ntions. These cunning instructions were too much for the gopis to tolerate; they\n\ntherefore had a right to address Kr�t:Ja as kitava, a great cheater. They were all\nyoung girls, and they had come to Him to be enjoyed. How could He avoid them?\n\nThe gopis therefore expressed great disappointment in this verse. They came\nvoluntarily, but Kr�t:Ja was so cunning that He wanted to avoid their company.\n\nThe gopis' lamentation was certainly very appropriate, and in this way Kr�t:Ja\n\ntested thEir sincerity.\n\nTEXT 211\n\n���-'��?!�� ����fil��i' I\n\"\"fC11111�B�1 �r.�:'' �� �3L�·'$ft�i II �)� II\nsanta-rase- 'svarupa-buddhye kmlaika-ni?thata'\n\n\"samo man-ni?thata buddheb\" iti sri-mukha-gatha\nSYNONYMS\n\nsanta-rase-on the stage of santa-rasa, or neutrality; svarupa-buddhye-by\n\nself-realization; kr?Qa-eka-ni?thata-fully devoted to the lotus feet of Kr�t:Ja;\n\n", "mad7#p0415": "Text 212]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n383\n\nsamah-equilibrium; mat-to Me; ni,sthata-the quality of attachment; buddheh-of the mind; iti-thus; sri-mukha-from the mouth of the Supreme Lord;\ngatha-a verse.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When one is fully attached to Kr��;�a's lotus feet, one attains the samata\nstage. The word samata is derived from the word sama; therefore santa-rasa,\nthe position of neutrality, means being fully attached to the lotus feet of\nKr�Qa. This is the verdict from the mouth of the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. This state is called self-realization.\nPURPORT\nThe word sama is explained by the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the\nfollowing verse.\nTEXT 212\n\n;ot\"Cli111RI��� q-c��f�\n�l\"5'i\\<t�5\": I\n\"'\n�f01'�1 �-4&·1 �\"C�\"C��t� ·.ott:g�f�� f�'l'1 II � ') � II\nsamo man-ni,sthata buddher\niti sri-bhagavad-vacah\ntan-ni,stha durghata buddher\netarh santa-ratirh vina\nSYNONYMS\nsamah-equality or neutrality; mat-ni,sthata-being fixed in My lotus feet; buddheh-of the intelligence; iti-thus; sri-bhagavat-vacah-words of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; tat-ni,stha-attachment or attraction for Him; durghatavery difficult to achieve; buddheh-of intelligence; etam-thus; santa-ratim-attachment on the platform of santa-rasa; vina-without.\nTRANSLATION\n\"These are the words of the Supreme Personality of Godhead: 'When one's\nintelligence is fully attached to My lotus feet but one does not render practical\nservice, one has attained the stage called santa-rati, or sama. Without santarati, attachment to Kr�Qa is very difficult to achieve.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (3.1.47).\n\n", "mad7#p0416": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n384\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 213\n\n\"f�\"!l \"lf:\\��1 �p�iof\"l � f��'l� �'(: I\n\nf�r�'l'f'1 �!?f��\"l��l fSJ�I\"f��r.l!l �f�: II��_, II\nsamo man-ni�thata buddher\ndama indriya-sarhyama/:1\n\ntitik�a du/:lkha-sammar?o\n\njihvopastha-jayo dhrti/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nsama/:1-neutrality; mat-ni?thata-attachment for Me; buddhe/:1-of intelli­\n\ngence; dama/:1-self-control; indriya-sarhyama/:1-controlling the activities of the\nsenses; titik?a-tolerance; du/:lkha-of unhappiness; sammar?a/:1-endurance;\n\njihva-tongue; upastha-and the urge of the genitals; jaya/:1-conquering;\ndhrti/:1-control.\n\nTRANSLATION\nII\n\n'The word sama or santa-rasa indicates that one is attached to the lotus\n\nfeet of Kr�r;�a. Dama means controlling the senses and not being deviated from\nthe Lord's service. Endurance of unhappiness is titik�a, and dhrti means controlling the tongue and the genitals.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.19.36). The conditioned soul under\n\nthe clutches of maya, the material energy, is very much agitated by the urges of\n\nthe tongue and the genitals. Control of the urges of the tongue, the belly and the\n\ngenitals (which are situated in a straight line) is called dhrti. SrTia Bhaktivinoda\n\nThakura says, tara madhye jihva ati, /obhamaya sudurmati. Among the senses, the\n\ntongue is the most formidable enemy of the conditioned soul. Urged by the\n\ntongue, one commits many sinful activities. Although Kr�Qa has given human\n\nbeings nice food, people still commit sins by killing poor animals for the satisfac­\n\ntion of the tongue. Not being able to control the tongue, the conditioned soul\neats more than he needs. Of course, everyone must eat to keep the body fit for\n\nthe Lord's service, but when one cannot control the senses, he falls victim to the\ndictations of the tongue and the belly. Naturally, genital agitation follows, and\none seeks illicit sex. However, if one is fixed at the lotus feet of Kr�l\")a, he can con­\n\ntrol the tongue. Bhaktivinoda Thakura further states, kr?f)a baga dayamaya,\n\nkaribare jihva jaya, sva-prasada-anna dila bhai: in order to conquer the tongue,\n\nKr�Qa has been very merciful and has given us nice food that has been offered to\n\nHim. When a person is attached to Kr�Qa's lotus feet, he does not eat anything not\n\n", "mad7#p0417": "Text 215]\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Rfipa Gosvami\n\n385\n\noffered to Kr�l')a. Sei annamrta khao, radha-kr?!Ja-gw)a gao, preme c;Jaka caitanya\"\nnitai. Since a devotee only eats prasada, he conquers the dictations of the tongue,\nbelly and genitals. One can control the dictates of the senses when situated in the\nposition of santa-rasa. Then one's advancement in Kr�l')a consciousness is assured.\nTEXT 214\n\n� �ifl �i·t!Jt'St-�Bt <fit� 1ft� I\n�<::!<.!!<if '�' �� Ill� �t� ll �)8 \"\nkr?!Ja vina tr?!Ja-tyaga-tara karya mani\nataeva 'santa' kr?!Ja-bhakta eka jani\nSYNONYMS\nkr?!Ja vina-without Kr�l')a; tr?!Ja-tyaga-giving up all desires; tara-of santarasa; karya-the business; mani-1 accept; ataeva-therefore; santa-the position of equilibrium; kr?!Ja-bhakta-a devotee of Kr�l')a; eka-only; jani-1 know.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Giving up all desires not connected with Kr�r:�a is the business of one who\nis in the santa-rasa. Only a devotee of Kr�r:�a can be situated on that platform.\nHe is thus called a santa-rasa-bhakta.\nPURPORT\nIn this position, one is freed from all material enjoyment. When one is not agitated or disturbed, he can immediately realize his relationship with Kr�l')a. A santarasa devotee is therefore always fixed in realization. This instruction was given by\nthe Lord Himself to Uddhava. The beginning of pure devotional service is called\nanyabhila?ita-sunya. When one is situated on the platform of neutrality, he is\nfreed from the material platform and fully situated in spiritual life. The word dama\nused in verse 213 means indriya-sarhyama-curbing one's senses. The word dama\ncan also mean curbing one's enemies. A king has to take steps to curb the criminal\nactivities of his citizens. Great rajar?is, devotee kings, used to control undesirable\nelements in their states, and this also may be called dama. However, dama here\nrefers to the conditioned soul who must control his senses. Real dama means controlling the undesirable activities of the senses.\nTEXT 215\n\n<35f�, (;�t'Jfi ��'e� '��<fi' �' ';ftc;� I\n\n����' \"�i·i!Jt'St-•t1t�� '��' �t'l \"�)<t ll\n\n", "mad7#p0418": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n386\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nsvarga, mok$a k[$Qa-bhakta 'naraka' kari' mane\n\nk[$Qa-ni$tha, t[$QiHyaga-santera 'dui' guQe\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvarga-the heavenly kingdom; mok$a-liberation from material bondage;\n\nk[$Qa-bhakta-a devotee of Lord Kf�l)a; naraka kari' mane-considers as good as\n\nhell; k[$Qa-ni$tha-being fixed at the lotus feet of Kr�l)a; t[$Qa-tyaga-giving up\n\nall material desires; santera-of one on the neutrality platform; dui guQe-two\ntranscendental qualities.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"When a devotee is situated on the platform of santa-rasa, he desires\nneither elevation to the heavenly planets nor liberation. These are the results\nof karma and jiiana, and the devotee considers them no better than hell. A\nperson situated on the santa-rasa platform manifests the two transcendental\nqualities of detachment from all material desire and full attachment to Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 216\n\n'lf�tll<f<>f\\lt: 'K� '! ��\"50! f<I:SJf� I\n�'>ft<>f<f'>f'!�H:�\"Q!'f<>f �<'1J1�1fpo[O(: II � �� II\nnarayaQa-para/:1 sarve\n\nna kutascana bibhyati\n\nsvargapavarga-narake?v\n\napi tu/yartha-darsina/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nnarayaQa-para/:1-persons who are attached to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead;\n\nsarve-all;\n\nna-not;\n\nkuta5cana-from any quarter;\n\nbibhyati-are\n\nafraid; svarga-in heavenly planets; apavarga-in liberation; narake$U-or in hell;\napi-although ; tulya-artha-results as equal; darsina/:1-who see.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'A person who is devoted to the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nNarayar;�a, is not afraid of anything. Elevation to the heavenly kingdom, condemnation to hell and liberation from material bondage all appear the same to\na devotee.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (6.17.28). Elevation. to the\nheavenly planets, liberation from material bondage, and condemnation to hell are\n\n", "mad7#p0419": "Text 218]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n387\n\nall equal to the devotee. The devotee's only desire is to be attached to the lotus\nfeet of Kr�l)a and to engage in His transcendental loving service.\nTEXT 217\n\n<fl� � �'I �tt� ll� 'e�iSftil I\n�t<li� '�'-�'! '�il �'!�'! II �Yl II\nei dui guQa vyape saba bhakta-jane\nakasera 'sabda�guQa yena bhata-gaQe\nSYNONYMS\nei dui-these two; guQa-transcendental qualities; vyape-expand;\n\nsaba\n\nbhakta-jane-in the lives of all devotees; akasera-of the sky; sabda-guQa-the\nquality of sound; yena-like; bhata-gaQe-other material elements.\nTRANSLATION\n\"These two qualities of the santa stage spread through the lives of all devotees. They are like the quality of sound in the sky. Sound vibration is found in\nall material elements.\nPURPORT\nThe qualities of santa-rasa are present in all kinds of devotees, whether they are\nin the dasya-rasa, sakhya-rasa, vatsalya-rasa or madhura-rasa. The example of\nsound is given herein. Sound not only exists in the sky, or ether, but it is also present in air, fire, water and earth. This is a scientific explanation of devotional service. just as sound is present in all material elements, santa-rasa is present in all\ndevotees, whether they are on the platform of dasya-rasa, sakhya-rasa, vatsalyarasa or madhura-rasa.\nTEXT 218\n\n-ttt'l� \"5f�t<t- ?t� ';{��1-'if'fi�il I\n'?l1fe.��··'9f1fJ!t'tr1'·�til ��'I II �)\\r' II\nsantera svabhava-kr$Qe mamata-gandha-hina\n'pararh-brahma'- 'paramatma'-jfiana praviQa\nSYNONYMS\nsantera sva-bhava-the characteristic of santa-rasa; kr?Qe-in Kr�l)a; mamatagandha-hina-not even the smallest quantity of intimacy; param-brahma-im-\n\n", "mad7#p0420": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n388\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\npersonal Brahman; paramatma-the localized situation of the Lord; jflanaknowledge; praviQa-prominence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is the nature of santa-rasa that not even the smallest intimacy exists.\nRather, knowledge of impersonal Brahman and localized Paramatma is prominent.\nPURPORT\nBecause of an impersonal impression of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, a\ndevotee in the santa-rasa relationship worships the impersonal Brahman or\nlocalized aspect of the Absolute Truth (Paramatma). He does not develop a personal relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 219\n\n'<ti<!ff '���·�t�' �11 -tt�-1f� I\n\n'�(���f·��' �f'il<li �11 Wtt� II ��� II\nkevala 'svarupa-jflana' haya santa-rase\n'pOrQaisvarya-prabhu-jnana' adhika haya dasye\nSYNONYMS\nkeva/a-only; svarupa-jnana-knowledge of the constitutional position of\none's self;\n\nhaya-there is; santa-rase-in the mellow of neutrality; pOrQa­\n\naisvarya-prabhu-jnana-knowledge of the full opulences of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; adhika-greater; haya-becomes; dasye-in the transcendental mellow of servitude.\nTRANSLATION\n\"On the platform of santa-rasa, one only realizes his constitutional position. However, when one is raised to the platform of dasya-rasa, he better\nunderstands the full opulence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 220\n\n���9!t�, �&l�-,��<1 121�1f I\n''�<11' <IS�' ��� �� '5fi{ fil1f�� II ��\nisvara-jnana, sambhrama-gaurava pracura\n'seva' kari' kr?Qe sukha dena nirantara\n\no\n\nII\n\n", "mad7#p0421": "Text 222]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n389\n\nSYNONYMS\nisvara-jtiana-knowledge of the supreme controller; sambhrama-gauravaawe and veneration;\n\npracura-abundant;\n\nseva-service;\n\nkari'-performing;\n\nkr$Qe-unto Lord Kr�r;�a; sukha-happiness; dena-gives; nirantara-constantl y\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"On the dasya-rasa platform, knowledge of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is revealed with awe and veneration. By rendering service unto Lord\nKr�Qa, the devotee in dasya-rasa gives constant happiness to the Lord.\nTEXT 221\n\n-t'tt�� �'I �!;� �tr;;�, �fit<!i-'<;�<til' I\n�i!�<l �t��t�� �� '��' �'I ll ��� ll\nsantera guQa dasye ache, adhika-'sevana'\nataeva dasya-rasera ei 'dui' guQa\nSYNONYMS\nsantera-of the platform of santa-rasa; gut;Ja\n\n-\n\nthe qualities; dasye\n\n-\n\non the\n\nplatform of servitude; ache-are; adhika-additional; sevana-serving; ataevatherefore; dasya-rasera-of the platform of dasya-rasa; ei dui guQa-these two\nqualities (namely santa and dasya).\nTRANSLATION\n\"The qualities of santa-rasa are also present in dasya-rasa, but service is added. Thus the dasya-rasa platform contains the qualities of both santa-rasa\nand dasya-rasa.\nTEXT 222\n\n-ttt�� �'!, �tr;;�� (;�<!il-�t�J �� '81 I\n�tr;;��'�&f�·<;'St�<t'·<;�<!i, �t�l '��,-�� �������\nsantera gut;Ja, dasyera sevana-sakhye dui hay a\ndasyera 'sambhrama-gaurava'-seva, sakhye 'visvasa'-maya\nSYNONYMS\nsantera gut;Ja-qualities of santa-rasa; dasyera\n\ns evana-the\n\nservice of the\n\ndasya-rasa; sakhye-on the platform of fraternity; dui-two qualities; hayathere are; dasyera-of the dasya platform; sambhrama-gaurava-with awe and\nveneration; seva-service; sakhye-on the platform of fraternity; visvasa-mayaspread with confidence.\n\n", "mad7#p0422": "390\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The qualities of santa-rasa and the service of dasya-rasa are both present\non the platform of sakhya-rasa. On the platform of fraternity, the qualities of\ndasya-rasa are mixed with the confidence of fraternity instead of awe and\nveneration.\n\nTEXT 223\n\n�tr;qj �r;�, �tr;qj ��, �r;1l $\\�1·1l'l I\n�� <;Jit�, �� ��rn 'f;rt�i{·��i{ I��� II\nkandhe cacje, kandhe cac;faya, kare kric;fa-raQa\nkr?Qe seve, kr?Qe karaya ap ana-sevana!\nSYNONYMS\nkandhe-on the shoulders; cac;fe-gets up; kandhe cac;faya-sometimes takes\non his own shoulders; kare-performs; kric;fa-raQa-mock fighting; kr?Qe seveserves Kr�l)a; kr?Qe-from Kr�l)a; karaya-causes; apana-sevana-his own service.\nTRANSLATION\n\"On the sakhya-rasa platform, the devotee sometimes offers the Lord service and sometimes makes Kr��;�a serve him in exchange. In their mock fighting, the cowherd boys would sometimes climb on Kr��;�a's shoulders, and\nsometimes they would make Kr��;�a climb on their shoulders.\nTEXT 224\n\n���-��ti{ ��J -<:�11l<t·ll&t�·iti{ I\n'f;{��<l ��J·1lt�1l 'J%i{' �'1-fi� II ��8 II\nvisrambha-pradhana sakhya-gaurava-sambhrama-hina ..\nataeva sakhya-rasera 'tina' guQa-cihna\nSYNONYMS\nvisrambha-pradhana sakhya-on the platform of fraternity, in which confidence is prominent; gaurava-sambhrama-awe and veneration; hina-without;\nataeva-therefore; sakhya-rasera-of the platform of fraternity; tina guQa-three\nqualities, namely santa, dasya and sakhya; cihna-the symptom.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since the platform of fraternity is predominated by confidential service,\nawe and veneration are absent. Therefore sakhya-rasa is characterized by\nthree qualities.\n\n", "mad7#p0423": "Text 227]\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n391\n\nTEXT 225\n\n'1f1li!1' 'eltif<�S, �t� �tii'J!1f �� I\n\n�i!l.fl<l 'J!��t'J!� <1-f ��<lti{. II ��� II\n'mamata' adhika, kr�Qe atma-sama jriana\nataeva sakhya-rasera vasa bhagavan\nSYNONYMS\nmamata-intimacy; adhika-increase; kr?Qe-with Kr�l)a; atma-sama jrianathe notion of equality; ataeva-therefore; sakhya-rasera-by the mellow of fraternity; vasa-subj ected; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"On the platform of sakhya-rasa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\nobliged to the devotees who are intimate with Kr�r:Ja and think themselves\nequal to Him.\nTEXT 226\n\n<lte.'J!CiifJ -!� �'1, 5ftt�� <;'J!<I� I\n<;'JI� <;'JI� �<!til� �tl �t1f -'9fMil' II ��� II\nvatsalye santera guQa, dasyera sevana\nsei sei sevanera ihari nama-'palana'\nSYNONYMS\nvatsalye-on the platform of parental love; santera guQa-the qualities of santa-rasa; dasyera sevana-the service of dasya-rasa; sei sei sevanera-the service\nof santa-rasa, dasya-rasa and sakhya-rasa; ihari-on this platform; nama\n\n-\n\nnamed;\n\npalana-maintenance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"On the platform of parental love, the qualities of santa-rasa, dasya-rasa\nand sakhya-rasa are transformed into a form of service called maintenance.\n\nTEXT 227\n\n:Jtt� �'1-'�:Jtt�t\\j', '�t\"'t'Bt<t' :Jtt� I\n\n1f1fi!tfu;<�SJ i!%.il·�e, ..,..:JI�·<lJ<l�t� II ��9 II\n\n", "mad7#p0424": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n392\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nsakhyera gul)a- 'asankoca', 'agaurava' sara\nmamatadhikye tar;fana-bhartsana-vyavahara\nSYNONYMS\nsakhyera guQa-the quality of fraternity; asailkoca-without any formality;\nagaurava-without any veneration; sara-the essence; mamata-adhikye-on account of greater intimacy; tar;fana-of chastisement; bhartsana-of rebuking;\nvyavahara -behavior.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The essence of fraternal love is intimacy devoid of the formality and\nveneration found in the dasya-rasa. Due to a greater sense of intimacy, the\ndevotee functioning in paternal love chastises and rebukes the Lord in an\nordinary way.\nTEXT 228\n\n�t�i1\"ft� '�ta,�' elftil, �t� '�t�J'·:a1lti1 I\n'�tfit' �t'l <lte.,�J �, -��i!-,11ti1ll ��IT' ll\napanare 'palaka' jnana, kr$Qe 'palya'-jnana\n'cari' gul)e vatsalya rasa-amrta-samana\nSYNONYMS\napanare-unto himself; palaka j fiana-the notion of a caretaker; kr$Qe-in Lord\nKr�r;�a;\n\npalya-as object of protection; j fiana-notion; cari-four; guQe-in\n\nqualities; vatsalya rasa-the mellow of parental love; amrta-samana-like nectar.\nTRANSLATION\n\"On the platform of paternal love, the devotee considers himself the Lord's\nmaintainer. Thus the Lord is the object of maintenance, like a son, and\ntherefore this mellow is full of the four qualities of santa-rasa, dasya-rasa, fraternity and parental love. This is more transcendental nectar.\nPURPORT\nIn his Amrta-pravaha-bha$ya, Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura gives us a short summary of this complicated description of the different rasas. He states that by becoming firmly fixed in the Lord's service, one is devoid of all material desires.\nThere are two transcendental qualities on the santa-rasa platform. In all the material elements, sound vibration is found. Similarly, santa-rasa is spread over all the\nother transcendental mellows, which are known as dasya-rasa, sakhya-rasa, vat-\n\n", "mad7#p0425": "Text 229]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Riipa Gosvami\n\n393\n\nsalya-rasa and madhura-rasa. Although there is attachment for Kr�r;Ja in awe and\nveneration in the santa-rasa along with two valuable transcendental qualities-attachment for Kr�r;Ja and detachment from material desires-nonetheless the sense\nof intimacy is lacking. Therefore in the santa-rasa, attachment for impersonal Brahman and localized Paramatma is prominent. The sense of intimacy is lacking. By\nthat intimacy one thinks of Kr�r;Ja as one's only shelter and only friend. In the santa-rasa one accepts Kr�r;Ja as the impersonal Param Brahma or the localized\nParamatma. This is based on the speculative knowledge of the jnani. However,\nwhen this knowledge is further developed, one is convinced that Paramatma, the\nSupreme Lord, is master and that the living entity is His eternal servant. One then\nattains the platform of dasya-rasa. In dasya-rasa the Lord is accepted with awe\nand veneration. However, although in the santa-rasa there is no active service, in\nthe dasya-rasa active service is prominant. Thus in the dasya-rasa, the qualities of\nsanta-rasa and service are predominantly visible. Similarly, when this same rasa is\ndeveloped into fraternity (sakhya-rasa), a friendly intimacy is added. There is no\nawe or veneration in the sakhya-rasa.The sakhya-rasa is invested with three\nqualities-santa, dasya, and sakhya. Similarly, on the platform of parental love, the\nqualities of santa-rasa and dasya-rasa are fully developed in another form-the\nsense of maintaining the Lord. Therefore on the platform of parental love there\nexists a combination of four transcendental qualities-santa, dasya, sakhya, and\nthe qualities of paternity, which put the devotee in the position of a maintainer.\nThus on the platform of parental love the four qualities of transcendental love are\npresent.\nTEXT 229\n\nc;� �t�'C� �� �� �'C�i{ �t�'Ci{ I\n'�-���l5f' �'1 �� ���·95tfil�t'111 ���II\nse amrtanande bhakta saha (fubena apane\n'kr?Qa-bhakta-vasa' guf)a kahe aisvarya-jnani-gaf)e\nSYNONYMS\n\nse-that Lord Kr�r;Ja; amrta-anande-in spiritual happiness; bhakta-the devotee;\n\nsaha-with;\n\n(fubena\n\n-\n\nplunges;\n\napane- H imself;\n\nkr?Qa-Kr�r;Ja;\n\nbhakta­\n\nvasa-of being subjugated by the devotee; guf)a-the quality; kahe-say;\naisvarya-jnani-gaf)e-learned scholars knowing the opulence of Kr�r;Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The exchange of spiritual happiness between Kr�r:Ja and His devotee, in\nwhich Kr�r:Ja is controlled by His devotee, is compared to an ocean of nectar\ninto which the devotee and Kr�r:Ja plunge. This is the verdict of learned scholars who appreciate Kr�r:Ja's opulence.\n\n", "mad7#p0426": "394\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 230\n\n��<>t'J���\"t�tnJllt<IOWlC�\n�\"C'<!t'll� fol����tqJt?(��'{_ I\n'!iWl\"C�P.t\\!ir�\\ �BC'<Ff�'l��\n'1_01: C��'!it�� \"t'!il�fs <I COW II � \"'•\nitidrk-svalilabhir ananda-kury;le\nsvagho?aril nimajjantam akhyapayantam\ntadiyesita-jrie?U bhaktair jitatvaril\npuna/:! prematas tam satavrtti vande\nSYNONYMS\n\niti-thus; idrk-sva-/i/abhi/:1-by this Damodara in His transcendental pastimes;\nananda-kurxie-in the ocean of transcendental bliss; sva-gho?am-His personal\nassociates; nimajjantam-plunging; akhyapayantam-declaring; tadiya-of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; isita-jrie?u-among learned scholars expert in\nthe knowledge of the opulences; bhaktai/:1-by the devotees; jitatvam-the subjugation; puna/:1-again; premataf)-with love; tam-unto Him; sata-avrttihundreds of times; vande-1 offer my respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Again let me offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. 0 my lord, I offer my obeisances hundreds and thousands of times with all affection because by Your personal pastimes You\nplunge the gopis into an ocean of nectar. Appreciating Your opulence, devotees generally declare that You are always subjugated by their feelings.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is from the Damodara?taka in the Padma PuraQa. Attachment for\nKr�r:Ja in santa-rasa, rendering service to the Lord in dasya-rasa, rendering relaxed\nservice in fraternity, and serving in parental love with feelings of maintenance all\ncombine on the platform of conjugal love when the devotee wants to serve the\nLord by offering Him his personal body. Thus the qualities of the other rasas combine to form the nectar of conjugal love. On this platform, all the different feelings\nof a devotee are amalgamated.\nTEXT 231\n\n��·�t:Jf -��filii, <::J�_,i �f'!-t11 I\n,t�J� �:Jft�tl>, �-��'!tfif�J �II��� II\n\n", "mad7#p0427": "Text 233]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rfipa Gosvami\n\n395\n\nmadhura-rase-kr?ra-ni?tha, seva atisaya\nsakhyera asailkoca, Jalana-mamatadhikya haya\nSYNONYMS\n\nmadhura-rase-on the platform of conjugal love; kr?Qa-ni?tha.-attachment for\nKr�r:Ja; seva atisaya-an improved rendering service; sakhyera-of the platform of\nfraternity;\n\nasailkoca -relaxation;\n\n/a/ana-maintenance;\n\nmamata-adhikya -in­\n\ncrease of intimacy; haya-the re is.\nTRANSLATION\n\"On the platform of conjugal love, attachment for Kr�r;�a, rendering service\nunto Him, the relaxed feelings of fraternity and the feelings of maintenance all\nincrease in intimacy.\nTEXT 232\n\n<lit��Wt filiSTtflP �m ��il ,� 1\n��\\.!l<t ��·�t�� �11 '��' �'l II��� II\nkanta-bhave nijailga diya karena sevana\nataeva madhura-rasera haya 'pafica' gu1,1a\nSYNONYMS\n\nkanta-bhave-on the platform of conjugal love; nija-ailga-own body; diyaoffering;\n\nkarena-executes;\n\nsevana-service;\n\nataeva-therefore;\n\nrasera-of the mellow of conjugal love; haya-there are; pafica gu 1,1a\n\nrl\n\nmadhura­\n\n-\n\nfive kinds\n\nof transcendental qualities.\nTRANSLATION\n\"On the platform of conjugal love, the devotee offers his body in the service of the Lord. Thus on this platform all five transcendental qualities are\npresent.\nTEXT 233\n\n�t<f.t-ttflf �'l G;�il � � ,_t� I\n\n\\.!l<f.·il·f!il·�tfit �t� �� �fQ!�t� II��� II\nakasadi guQa yena para para bhOte\neka-dui-tina-cari krame pafica prthivite\n\n", "mad7#p0428": "396\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nSYNONYMS\nakasa-adi-beginning with the sky; gw;a-qualities; yena-as; para para-one\nafter another; bhute-in the material elements; eka-one; dui-two; tinathree; cari-four; krame-in this way; panca-all five qualities; prthivite-in\nearth.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All the material qualities evolve one after another in the material elements,\nbeginning from ether. By gradual evolution, first one quality develops, then\ntwo qualities develop, then three and four, until all five qualities are found in\nearth.\nTEXT 234\n\n��if� 11�� ll� oet�·'ll1lt�t� 1\n���� �t�tWt�<fiJ <fi� ij1fe,<fit� II ��8 II\nei-mata madhure saba bhava-samahara\nataeva asvadadhikye kare camatkara\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; madhure-on the platform of conj ugal love; saba-all;\nbhava-samahara-amalgamation of the feelings;\n\nataeva-therefore;\n\nasvada­\n\nadhikye-from the increase of tasting by the devotees; kare camatkara-is certainly wonderful.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Similarly, on the platform of conjugal love, all the feelings of the devotees\nare amalgamated. The intensified taste is certainly wonderful.\"\nTEXT 235\n\n�� �r��r;� ���t'!, rw�,�-ti1' 1\n��nl f<ll!'!t� ';fr;il' ��� <et�il' II ��(( II\nei bhakti-rasera karilana, dig-darasana\nihara vistara mane kariha bhavana\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; bhakti-rasera-of the feelings of devotional service; kari/ana-1 have\ndescribed; dik-darasana-general survey;\n\nihara-of this; vistara-expansion;\n\nmane-within the mind; kariha-you should do; bhavana-consideration.\n\n", "mad7#p0429": "The Lord Instructs Srila Rfipa Gosvami\n\nText 237]\n\n397\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then concluded: \"I have simply given a general\nsurvey describing the mellows of devotional service. You can consider how to\nadjust and expand this.\nTEXT 236\n\n�1�t� �1�t� � �1lt� ��t1l I\n���t� �� *� 1ll'lfl'I'4Ji·�tt1l II ��� II\nbhavite bhavite k[$1Ja sphuraye antare\nkr$1Ja-krpaya ajfia paya rasa-sindhu-pare\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhavite bhavite-in this way when one is strictly in thought; kr$Qa-Lord\nKr�t:Ja; sphuraye antare-manif ests within; kr?Qa-krpaya-by the mercy of Kr�t:�a;\n\najfia-one not expert in knowledge; paya-reach es; rasa-sindhu-pare-the shore\nof the ocean of transcendental mellows.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When one thinks of Kr�r:ta constantly, love for Him is manifest within the\nheart. Even though one may be ignorant, one can reach the shore of the ocean\nof transcendental love by Lord Kr�r:ta's mercy.\"\nTEXT 237\n\n�� �f�' �'f itt1l '(;<f.'\"{j <e�tf�e?i{ I\n\n��t'fl{T �f'\"J�tt1l �'f1l '(;�Q'f �i{ II ��'\\ II\neta bali' prabhu tanre kai/a a/ingana\nvaral)asi calibare prabhura haila mana\nSYNONYMS\n\neta ba /i\nGosvami;\n\n'-\n\nsaying this; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tanre-unto ROpa\n\nkaila-did;\n\ncalibare-to go;\n\nalingana-em b racing;\n\nvaraQasi-toward\n\nprabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nBenares;\n\nhaila-was;\n\nmana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced Srila Rfipa Gosvami.\nThe Lord then decided to go to the city of Benares.\n\n", "mad7#p0430": "398\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 238\n\n��� ��111 �t<!l <�Sfifi!1 mtil I\n�<!! i'Rf 9ft� 1'1i� <1St� filt<!l�il II ��lr II\nprabhate uthiya yabe karila gamana\ntabe tiinra pade rupa kare nivedana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhate-in the morning; uthiya-getting up; yabe-when; karila-made;\ngamana-departure; tabe-at that time; tanra-His; pade-at the lotus feet;\nrapa-Srila ROpa Gosvami; kare-does; nivedana-submission.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next morning, when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu arose and prepared to\nleave for Varar:tasi [Benares], Srila Rupa Gosvami made the following statement at the lord's lotus feet.\nTEXT 239\n\n'�t� �' � 'lf� ��'l·llt� I\n\n�� il1 9ftfu �� R�-��t� II'��� II\n'ajfia haya, asi mufii sri-caraQa-sange\nsahite na pari mufii viraha-tarange'\nSYNONYMS\n\najfia haya-if there is permission; asi-may come; mufii-1; sri-caraQa-sangewith Your Lordship; sahite-to tolerate; na pari-not able; mufii-1; virahatarange-the waves of separation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If You give me permission, I shall go with Your lordship. It is not possible\nfor me to tolerate the waves of separation.\"\nTEXT 240\n\n�'t_ <flt�,-�t1lt� <fi�<!IJ, �1';ft� <!l�il I\nfil<flt� �tfil11tfil �' �t� �iii't<lif II �So II\nprabhu kahe, -tamara kartavya, amara vacana\nnikate asiyacha tumi, yaha vrndavana\n\n", "mad7#p0431": "Text 242]\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n399\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; tamara kartavya-your duty;\namara vacana-My order; nikate asiyacha-have come near; tumi-you; yahago; vrndavana-to Vrndavana.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"Your duty is to carry out My order. You\nhave come near Vrndavana. Now you should go there.\nTEXT 241\n\n�\"ft�i{ '� 'lfiT ''il�tijl&f ��1 I\n\n�t1ftt1t f';ff\"!� �a;t�tCi'lt� �tf#l�111 �8� II\nvrndavana haite tumi gaucja-desa diya\namare miliba nilaca/ete asiya\n\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavana haite-from Vrndavana; tumi-you; gaucja-desa diya-by way of\nBengal; amare-Me; miliba-wili meet; nilacalete-at )agannatha PurT; asiyacoming.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"later, you can go from Vrndavana to Jagannatha Puri through Bengal\n[Gau«.fa-desa]. There you will meet Me again.\"\nTEXT 242\n\n�tt1t �tfa;m1 �'- ,ilt�tt� �r�a;1 1\n\n�� ��1 '�1 \\!�tf� ?tfi¥fll111 �8� II\ntanre alingiya prabhu naukate cacji/a\nmOrcchita haria tenho taharii pacji/a\n\nSYNONYMS\ntatire-him; alingiya-embracing; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; naukate-in a boat; cacjila-got aboard; mOrcchita haria-fainting; tetiho-he (SrTia\nRopa GosvamT); taharii-on the spot; pacji/a-fell.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter embracing Rupa Gosvami, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu got into a boat.\nRupa Gosvami fainted and fell down on the spot.\n\n", "mad7#p0432": "400\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 243\n\n�tf-.'tfi!J·f<t� �tt1f �t� ��1 ,�'11 I\n�� � �tl �\"lt��t� �f'l�1 II �8� II\ndak�iQatya-vipra tanre ghare laiia gela\ntabe dui bhai vrndavanere ca/i/a\nSYNONYMS\ndak�iQatya-vipra-the brahmal)a from Deccan; tanre-him (ROpa GosvamT);\nghare /aiia-taking to his home; ge/a-went; tabe-thereafter; dui bhai-the\ntwo brothers; vrndavanere-toward Vrndavana; ca/i/a-departed\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmaQa from Deccan took Rupa Gosvami to his home, and thereafter\nthe two brothers departed for Vrndavana.\nTEXT 244\n\n';!��'f. �fa;(' ��' <e1tl�1 ��t'1� I\n�!!It-t� f';jfl!f'l1 �tt� �t�t1f �1�' II �88 II\nmahaprabhu ca/i' ca/i' ai/a varal)asi\ncandrasekhara milila gramera bahire asi'\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ca/i' ca/i'-walking and walking;\naila-arrived; varal)asi-at Varar:tasT; candrasekhara-Candrasekhara; mili/a-He\nmet; gramera-of the village; bahire-outside; asi -coming\n'\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter walking and walking, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu finally arrived at\nVaraQasi, where He met Candrasekhara, who was coming out of the city.\nTEXT 245\n\n�� Qi�1 �� Oft�,- �'f. �1� �t1f I\n\n�t'!:�tt'1 �tf�' �t� �tt';!� ��11 II �Sa- II\nratre tenho svapna dekhe, -prabhu aila ghare\npratal)-ka/e asi' rahe gramera bahire\n\n", "mad7#p0433": "Text 247]\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n401\n\nSYNONYMS\nratre-at night; teriho-he (Candrasekhara); svapna-a dream; dekhe-saw;\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ai/a-has come; ghare-to his home; pratahkale-in the morning; asi'-coming; rahe-he remained; gramera bahire-outside the city.\nTRANSLATION\nIn a dream Candrasekhara had seen that Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had\ncome to his home; therefore in the morning Candrasekhara went outside the\ncity to receive the lord.\nTEXT 246\n\n�t�f� �'f ��' ���'I ��� I\n�fi{f\"fi! ��i f�-�� ��i ,�� II �8� II\nacambite prabhu dekhi' caraf)e pa(iila\nanandita haiia nija-grhe lana gela\nSYNONYMS\nacambite-suddenly;\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\ncaraf)e-at His feet; pa(iila-he fell; anandita haiia-becoming very glad; nijagrhe-to his own place; /aiia-taking; ge/a-went.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Candrasekhara was waiting outside the city, he suddenly saw Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu arrive, and he fell down at the lord's feet. Being very\nhappy, he took the lord to his home.\nTEXT 247\n\ni!9filfil\\!l �fil' �t�' �'ft� fiT� I\n\n��r;�1� <!iBt' �� fil�'l C<li� II �8'\\ II\ntapana-misra suni' asi' prabhure milila\ni$ta-go$thi kari' prabhura nimantraf)a kaila\nSYNONYMS\ntapana-misra-Tapana Misra; suni'-hearing; asi'-coming; prabhure mililamet the Lord; i$ta-go$thi kari'-conversing; prabhura-to Lord SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; nimantral)a-invitation; kai/a-made.\n\n", "mad7#p0434": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n402\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\nTapana Misra also heard news of the lord's arrival in Variir:Jasi, and he went\nto Candrasekhara's house to meet Him. After talking, he invited the lord to\ntake lunch at his place.\nTEXT 248\n\nr�� �� a;r�1 \\2lt� r��1 <ll��a;r 1\n��t�tl:� ��1:-t�� fil��'l '<!ia;r II �817' II\nnija ghare lana prabhure bhik�a karaila\nbhattacarye candrasekhara nimantraQa kaila\nSYNONYMS\nnija ghare-to his own place; /ana-taking; prabhure-to the Lord; bhik�a\nkarai /a-offered\n\nlunch;\n\nbhattacarye-unto\n\nBalabhadra\n\nBhanacarya;\n\ncandra­\n\nsekhara-Candrasekhara; nimantraQa-invitation; kaila-made.\nTRANSLATION\nTapana Misra took Caitanya Mahaprabhu to his own house and gave Him\nlunch. Candrasekhara invited Balabhadra Bhatfacarya to take lunch at his\nhome.\nTEXT 249\n\n�-.1 �<$1 fili!t <11:� \\2l'--� 'ffif' I\nl.fl<ll f�� �1f�, c;�tl:� (;��' ��1 <l�Rf' II �8� II\nbhik�a karana misra kahe prabhu-paya dhari'\neka bhik�a magi, more deha' krpa kari'\nSYNONYMS\nbhik�a karana-af ter offering the lunch; misra-Tapana Misra; kahe-said;\nprabhu-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; paya-the lotus feet; dhari'-touching; eka bhik�a-one favor; magi-1 beg; more-unto Me; deha'-kindly deliver;\nkrpa kari'-by Your causeless mercy.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter offering lunch to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Tapana Misra begged a\nfavor from the lord and requested Him to reward him mercy.\n\n", "mad7#p0435": "Text 252]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n403\n\nTEXT 250\n\n��e. �tm� � <tit��� r�� 1\n<;� t11 �� f<lili f�'lli iii �f.�i <t>� II �<to II\nyavat tamara haya kasi-pure sthiti\nmora ghara vina bhik�a na kariba kati\n\nSYNONYMS\nyavat-as long as; tamara-Your; haya-the re is; kasi-pure-at Varar:Jasi;\nsthiti-stay; mora ghara-my place; vina-except; bhik�a-lunch; na kariba­\n\nkindly do not take; kati-anywhere.\nTRANSLATION\nTapana Misra said, \"As long as Your Lordship stays in Varar:Jasi, please do\nnot accept an invitation from anyone but me.\"\nTEXT 251\n\n�'¥_ iSf'ttilil- fflil �t�·�ti! <;� ��� I\n�;{Jt�it �r;,er f�'llii <t>ttl iii <t>Rf� II �<t� II\nprabhu janena-dina pailca-sata se rahiba\nsannyasira sailge bhik�a kahan na kariba\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; janena -knows; dina-days; pailca-sata­\n\nfive days or at the most a week; se-that; rahiba-1 shall stay; sannyasira\nsailge-with other Mayavadi sannyasis; bhik�a-lunch; kahan-at any time; na\nkariba-1 shall not take.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt was known to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu that He would remain there only\nfive or seven days. He would not accept any invitation that involved Mayavadi\nsannyasis.\nTEXT 252\n\n�i! �Srtfil' tt� f�'JI5i C�\"li ��t� I\n<Jt�i-fil� C<fi�i �i!§I'Oit�C�� �� II � (t� II\n\n", "mad7#p0436": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n404\n\neta jani' tarira bhik�a kai/a arigikara\nvasa-ni�tha kaila candrasekharera ghara\n\nSYNONYMS\neta jani'-on this understanding; tarira-his; bhik�a-lunch; kaila arigikara-He\n\naccepted;\n\nvasa-ni�tha-residence;\n\nkai/a-made;\n\ncandrasekharera ghara-the\n\nhouse of Candrasekhara.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith this understanding, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu agreed to accept lunch\nat the place of Tapana Misra. The Lord made His residence at the home of\nCandra5ekhara.\nTEXT 253\n\n�nft� �� �t�' i�t� fi!f�i I\n� �tr;;� �<f.�' ?9li �<fitf-t'\"li II��� II\nmaharaWiya vipra asi' tarihare milila\nprabhu tarire sneha kari' krpa prakasila\n\nSYNONYMS\nmahara�triya vipra-the MaharaWiya brahmaQa; asi'-coming; tarihare-him;\nmilila-met; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tarire-to him; sneha kari'showing His affection; krpa prakasi/a-distributed His mercy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Mahara�triya brahmar:Ja came, and the Lord met him. Out of affection,\nthe Lord bestowed His mercy upon him.\nTEXT 254\n\n�� ��1 ��' f� fxt� iSf� I\n�t'fi'l, -.fui� �tfit' ��� w�� 11 �as 11\nmahaprabhu aila suni' si�ta si�ta jana\nbrahmaf)a, k�atriya asi' karena darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhu aila-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has arrived; suni'-hearing; si�ta\nsi�ta jana-all respectable persons; brahmaQa-belonging to the brahmaf)a com-\n\n", "mad7#p0437": "Text 256]\n\n405\n\nThe lord Instructs Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\nmunity; k�atriya-belonging to the k�atriya community; asi'-coming; karena\ndarasana-see.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had come, all the respectable members of the brahma�a and k�atriya communities came to see Him.\nTEXT 255\n\n���-��?;� <21\\� <�'! ��i '�� I\n�i!ffl f<t�t�·<fSQ!i :Jf�t'il\"t� <tSf�a; II �a<? II\nsri-rupa-upare prabhura yata krpa haifa\natyanta vistara-katha sarik�epe kahifa\nSYNONYMS\nsn-rupa-upare-upon\n\nSri\n\nROpa\n\nGosvami;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; yata-as much; krpa-mercy; haifa-there was; atyanta-very\nmuch; vistara-katha-elaborate topic; sarik�epe-in brief; kahifa-1 have described.\nTRANSLATION\nMuch mercy was thus bestowed upon Sri Rupa Gosvami, and I have briefly\ndescribed all those topics.\nTEXT 256\n\n<!l�i <fSBt' <.!!� <tStli �ti{ <;�� � I\n\n<;<21��� � <;�� '��-��'! II �<t� II\nsraddha kari' ei katha sune ye jane\nprema-bhakti paya sei caitanya-caraQe\nSYNONYMS\nsraddha kari'-with faith; ei katha-this description; sune-hears; yei janeany person who; prema-bhakti-love of Godhead; paya-achieves; sei-that\nperson; caitanya-caraQe-at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nWhoever hears this narration with faith and love certainly develops love of\nGod at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad7#p0438": "406\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 257\n\n�11i�·�t�·�t(f �� �t-t I\n��fint�\\! <f.t� ��(ft:)f II �<t9 II\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri-rupa-Srila ROpa Gosvami; raghunatha-S rila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe book named Caitanya-caritamrta; kahe-describes; kr$Qadasa-S ril a\nKr�l)adasa Kaviraja GosvamT.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Riipa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�Qadasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhyalila, Nineteenth Chapter, describing the Lord's instructions to Sri/a Rupa Gosvami\nat Prayaga in the science of devotional service.\n\n", "mad7#p0439": "References\nThe statements of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta are all confirmed by standard Vedic\nauthorities. The following authentic scriptures are quott;!d in this book on the\npages listed. Numerals in bold type refer the reader to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\ntranslations. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\nAdi-varaha Puraf)a, 158.\nAmrta-pravaha-bha$ya (Bhaktivinoda Thakura), 129, 245, 392-393.\nBhagavad-gita, 16, 49, 50, 55, 64, 74, 95, 99, 100, 103, 316, 318, 319, 320, 326, 328,\n349, 350, 362, 375\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (ROpa GosvamT), 48, 49, 73, 315, 316, 352, 356, 360,\n361-364, 365, 366, 367, 383\n\nBhakti-ratnakara (Narahari CakravartT), 142, 148, 157, 158, 162, 164, 165, 166\nBhakti-sandarbha ()iva Gosvami), 189\nBhavartha-dipika (Sridhara Svami), 40, 188\nBrahma-sarilhita, 26, 48, 298, 336\nBrhan-naradiya Puraf)a, 194\nCaitanya-bhagavata (Vrndavana dasa Thakura), 54\nCaitanya-candrodaya (Kavi-karQapOra), 307-308\nCovinda-li/amrta (Kf�Qadasa Kaviraja), 117-120, 273\nHari-bhakti-sudhodaya, 284\nHari-bhakti-vilasa (Sanatana Gosvami), 190, 270-271\nKa5i-khaf)c;/a, 41\nMahabharata, 106\nMathura-khaf)c;/a, 148\nMathura-mahatmya, 60\n\n407\n\n", "mad7#p0440": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n408\n\nMuQ(iaka Upani$ad, 254\nNarada-paficaratra, 352\nPadma Puraf)a, 49,70,71, 134\nPadyavali (ROpa GosvamT), 294-295, 300\nPaficadasi Citradipa, 321\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 9,21,75,78,99-100, 102-103, 146, 163-164, 181,195,255,\n283, 298, 327, 330, 331, 352-354, 377, 379, 382,384, 386\n\nStavava/i (Raghunatha dasa GosvamT), 142,148\nSvetasvatara Upani$ad, 321\nUpadesamrta (ROpa GosvamT), 298, 340-341\nVi$QU Puraf)a, 318-319\n\n", "mad7#p0441": "Glossary\nA\nAcarya-one who teaches by his example.\nAdbhuta-rasa-the indirect relationship of wonder.\nAghana-transcendental bliss that is incomplete, or not concentrated.\nAnanta-unlimited.\nAQima-siddhi-mystic power by which one can become so small that he can enter into\nstone.\n\nAnubhava-bodily symptoms manifested by a devotee in ecstatic love for Kr�r:Ja.\nAnukara-imitating.\nAnusara-trying to follow in the footsteps.\nApara vidya-material knowledge.\nArcana-Deity worship.\nArtha-economic development.\nAryans-civilized human beings who follow the Vedic principles.\nAsat-sanga-the association of nondevotees.\nAtma-the soul.\nAvyakta-the unmanifested material energy.\n\n8\nBhagavatam system-spreading of Kr��Ja consciousness philosophy by recitation and discussion of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nBhavuka-sentimental; can also mean advanced in the knowledge of spiritual rasas.\nBhava-preliminary stage of love of God.\nBhakta-lata-bija-the seed of devotional service.\nBhakti-devotional service; engaging all the senses in the service of the master of the senses,\nKr�r:Ja.\n\nBhakta-a devotee.\nBhagyavan-most fortunate.\nBhagavata-vidya-transcendental superior knowledge.\nBhayanaka-rasa-the indirect relationship of fear.\nBibhatsa-rasa-the indirect relationship of abomination.\nBrahma-bhiita-the stage of spiritual realization when one becomes happy as a result of\nbeing relieved from material conceptions.\n\nBrahmaQ!;ia-the universe.\n\nc\nCaQ!;ia/a-dog-eater.\nCit-kaQa-a particle of spirit.\n\n409\n\n", "mad7#p0442": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n410\n\nD\nDama\n\n-\n\ncontrolling the senses and not being deviated from the Lord's service.\n\nDasya-rasa-one of the direct relationships, servitude; condition when the living entity\ndevelops love of God according to the desires of the spirit soul.\nDasya-rati-dasya-rasa; the platform on which a devotee is attached to rendering service to\nKr�rJa.\nDharma-religion; actual dharma is devotional service to Kr�rJa, the supreme occupation for\nall humanity.\nDharma/:! kai tava/:1-cheating religions.\nDhrti-controlling the tongue and the genitals.\n\nE\nfvadat-offering prayers to the Supreme Person (Arabic).\n\nG\nGaruc;la-the eagle carrier of Lord Vi�r)U.\nGaurava-dasya-condition when the devotee takes the form of giving protection to the Lord;\ncategory of dasya-rasa.\nGaurava-sakhya-the mellow friendship in awe and veneration.\nGhana-transcendental bliss that is complete, or concentrated.\nGuru-spiritual master.\nGuru-avajl'ia-disobeying the instructions of the spiritual master.\nGuru-krpa-the mercy of the spiritual master.\n\nH\nHari-the name of Kr�rJa which means He who takes away all miseries.\nHari boi-\"Chant the holy name of Hari.\"\nHasya-rasa-the indirect relationship of laughing.\nHladini-the ecstatic potency of the Lord.\n\nlndriya-sarilyama -curbing one's senses.\n\nJ\n)arigama-narayaQa-moving Narayar)a.\n)iva-the living entity.\n\n", "mad7#p0443": "Glossary\n\n411\n\n}iva-hirhsana-animal killing or envy of other living beings.\n}fiana-knowledge.\n}fiana-marga -the cultivation of knowledge.\n}fianis-mental speculative philosophers.\n\nK\nKama -sense gratification.\nKarma-fruitive work and the resultant reactions.\nKarma-vira-a successful fruitive worker.\nKarmis-fruitive workers.\nKarma-ni?tha-one who aspires to enjoy the results of his pious activities.\nKaruQa-rasa-the indirect relationship of compassion.\nKeva/a-devotional platform of seeing the unlimited potency of Kr�r:Ja, but still considering\noneself equal with Him.\nKirlana-congregational chanting of the holy names of the Lord.\nKilava -a great cheater.\nK/e.Sa-ghni-description of devotional service indicating that it reduces or nullifies all kinds of\nsuffering.\nKr?Qa-bhakla -a devotee of Kr�r:Ja.\nKumbha-mela-a fair held every twelve years at Prayaga for spiritual upliftment; attended by\npeople from all over India.\nKutinar; -diplomatic behavior.\nKr?Qa-akar?iQi-description of devotional service indicating that it gradually attracts Kr�r:Ja\ntoward the devotee.\n\nL\nLaghima-siddhi-mystic perfection of entering into the sun planet by using the rays of the\nsunshine.\nLoka-pralaraka -a pretender.\n\nM\nMadhura-rasa-attachment in conjugal love when in accordance with one's own natural\ndevelopment in Kr�r:Ja consciousness one's attraction leans towards conjugal love\nwithin the heart.\nMadhurya-rati-madhura-rasa; devotional service to Kr�r:Ja in the mood of conjugal love.\nMagha-mela-a yearly fair held during the month of Magha at Prayaga for spiritual upliftment.\nMahabhava-stage of love of Kr�r:Ja when ecstatic symptoms become most bright.\nMahajana-one who understands the Absolute Truth and throughout his life behaves likes a\npure devotee.\n\n", "mad7#p0444": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\n412\n\nMaha-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance: Hare Kr��Ja, Hare Kr��Ja, Kr��Ja Kr��Ja, Hare\nHare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nMahatma-great soul.\nMaha-vadanya-avatara-Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the most munificent incarnation.\nMajida-a mosque.\nMana-when the lover feels novel sweetness by exchanging hearty loving words but wishes\nto hide his feelings by crooked means.\nMaya-illusion; the external energy of Kr��Ja.\nMleccha-one who does not strictly follow regulative principles.\nMok�a-liberation.\nMrdariga-a double-headed drum used in kirtana.\nMukti-liberation.\n\nN\nNai�karma-akarma; action for which one suffers no reaction because it is performed in\nKr��Ja consciousness.\nNarayaf)a-parayaf)a-a devotee of Lord Narayal)a.\nNitya-siddha-devotee who is eternally on the transcendental platform.\n\np\nPancaratra system-method of temple worship.\nParamaharilsa-one who does not live in the material world and who does not envy others.\nParampara-disciplic succession.\nPara-vidya -transcendental knowledge.\nPa�aQr;ii-a nondevotee who does not accept the Vedic conclusions; an atheist.\nPrakrta-sahjiyas-materialistic so-called devotees who imagine that they are advanced in\nconfidential love of Kr��Ja.\nPraf)aya -that mellow of love when there is a possibility to receive direct honor, but it is\navoided.\nPrapti-siddhi-mystic perfection of aquisition by which the yogi can reach his hand anywhere and obtain whatever he likes.\nPrasannatma-joyfulness attained when one is relieved from material conceptions.\nPrema-pure love of Kr��Ja, symptomized by a heart completely softened and devoid of material desires, and by strong emotional feelings.\nPrema-vata/:1-one who has great love for the spiritual master.\nPurascaraf)a-a preliminary ritualistic performance for the fulfillment of certain desires.\nPuru�a-Vi�I)U, the incarnation of the Lord for material creation; the male or controlling principle.\n\n", "mad7#p0445": "Glossary\n\n413\n\nR\nRaga-attachment for Kr�r:Ja, at which stage the beloved converts unhappiness into happiness.\nRaudra-rasa-one of the indirect relationships, anger.\nRajar�i-a devotee king.\nRasas-mellows of devotional service. See also: santa-, dasya-, sakhya-, vatsalya-, madhurarasas.\nROpanuga -one who follows in the footsteps of ROpa Gosvami.\n\ns\nSac-cid-ananda-vigraha-Kr�r:Ja's eternal form of bliss and knowledge.\nSadhaka-neophyte devotees who are advancing toward the perfectional platform.\nSadhava-bhakti-awakening to devotional service by following regulative principles.\nSadhana-siddha-devotee who is elevated to the transcendental platform by the execution\nvf devotional service.\nSadhu-an honest man.\nSakhya-rasa-the direct relationship of friendship.\nSakhya-rati-sakhya-rasa; relationship with Kr�r:Ja on the platform of friendship.\nSalagrama-si/a-a stone Deity incarnation of Yi�r:Ju.\nSa/aka-liberation of living on the same planet as the Lord.\nSamata-stage when one is fully attached to Kr�r:Ja's lotus feet.\nSambhrama-dasya-one of the indirect relationships, respect.\nSamipya-liberation of having the Lord's personal association.\nSanta-rasa-the direct relationship of neutral love.\nSanta-rati-santa-rasa; neutral position of realization of Kr�r:Ja.\nSar�ti-liberation of having equal opulences with the Supreme Lord.\nSarOpya-liberation of having the same bodily features as the Lord.\nSastras-revealed scriptures.\nSattvika-endowed with the quality of goodness.\nSiddhi-/obhi-one who is greedy for material perfection.\nSiddhi-vraja-opulences of material perfection.\nSmarta-brahmaQas-brahmaQas who are disciples of the Mayavada school.\nSneha-affection for Kr�r:Ja, at which stage the lover cannot be without the beloved.\nSnigdha -very peaceful.\nSravaQa-hearing.\nSruti-sastra-nindana-offense of blaspheming the Vedic literature.\nSthanu- unchangeable.\nStarri-puru�a-mistaking a dry tree without leaves for a person.\nSthayibhava-continuous love of Godhead in devotional service.\nSubhada-description of devotional service indicating that it bestows all good fortune.\n\n", "mad7#p0446": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n414\n\nSuddha-bhakti-pure devotional service.\n\nSadra-mahajana-a person born in a low family but raised to the platform of brahmaQa by\ninitiation.\nSu-snigdha -affectionate.\nSvarupa-original characteristics of a substance; for the jiva, service of K[�Qa.\n\nT\nTitik$ii-tolerance; endurance of unhappiness.\nTulasi-a pure devotee in the form of a tree, the leaves of which are always offered to K[�Qa.\nTriveQi-confluence of three sacred rivers at Prayaga.\n\nu\nUcchrtikhala-whimsical.\n\nv\nVaikuQtha-Oit., without anxiety) the spiritual sky.\nVairagya-renunciation\n\n.\n\nVatsalya-rasa-the direct relationship of parental love.\nVatsalya-rati-vatsalya-rasa; the platform on which the devotee thinks of K[�Qa in His childhood feature.\nVeda-knowledge.\nVeda-vada-rata-karmis who become entangled in material activities disguised as spiritual\nactivities.\nVibhava-the cause or basis for relishing transcendental mellow.\nVira-rasa-one of the indirect relationships, chivalry.\nViraja River-the river between the material and spiritual natures.\nVisrambha-the mellow of friendship in equality.\nVivarta-vada-the MayavadT interpretation of Vedanta that the Supreme Lord becomes\nchanged when He expands.\n\ny\nYavana-meat eater.\n-\n\nYogamaya -Kr�rya's internal energy.\nYoga-siddhis -mystic perfections.\nYogis-those who practive the eight-fold mystic yoga process to gain mystic siddhis or\nParamatma realization.\n\n", "mad7#p0447": "Bengali Pronunciation Guide\nBENGALI DIACRITICAL EQUIVALENTS AND PRONUNCIATION\n\nVowels\n\nqJ{a\n\n'fJrta\n\n�i\n\nii �u tu\n\n'f\n\n<.fie\n\n�ai 'eo\n\n' ri1 (anusviira)\n\n•\n\nil ( candra-bindu)\n\n�r\n\n�au\n: j1 (visarga)\n\nConsonants\nGutterals:\n\n� ka\n\n-t kha\n\n'f ga\n\n� gha\n\n18 na\n\nPalatals:\n\n� ca\n\nfi cha\n\nigp ja\n\n?fl jha\n\n$ iia\n\nJta\n� ta\n9f'pa\n�ya\nail sa\n\nJ tha\n\n\"15 <;Ia\n\n&' <;lha\n\ntj Q.a\n\nQf tha\n\nSf da\n\n� dha\n\nil na\n\n.pha\n1{ ra\nlf �a\n\n�ba\n\"( la\n�sa\n\n�bha\n� va\n�ha\n\n1{ rna\n\nCerebrals:\nDentals:\nLabials:\nSemivowels:\nSibilants:\n\nVowel Symbols\n\nThe vowels are written as follows after a consonant:\n\nfi �� ... u\n\n'e �ai '1 '\\au\nFor example: -.1 ka\nRski ,.,ki �ku �ku ti kr\nfkr �ke �kai �ko t-.) kau\nta\n\n�11\n\n�\n\nr\n\n415\n\ntf\n\n0\n\n", "mad7#p0448": "416\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\nThe) letter a is implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\nThe symbol viriima (') indicates that there is no final vowel.\n\n�k\n\nThe letters above should be pronounced as follows:\na -like the o in hot; sometimes like the o in go;\n\nfmal a is usually silent.\n\na -like the a in far.\ni, T -like the ee in meet.\nu, ii -like the u in rule.\nr -like the ri in rim.\nf -like the ree in reed.\n\ne -like the ai in pain; rarely like e in bet.\nai -like the oi in boil.\no -like the o in go.\nau -like the ow in owl.\n\nq -like the d in dawn.\ngh -like the dh in good-house.\n\nI] -like the n in gnaw.\nt-as in talk but with the tongue against the\nthe teeth.\nth-as in hot-house but with the tongue against\nthe teeth.\nd-as in dawn but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\ndh-as in good-house but with the tongue\nagainst the teeth.\n\nm -(anusviira) like the ng in song.\n\nn-as in nor but with the tongue against the\n\nit - ( candra -bindu) a nasal n sound.\n\np -like the p in pine.\n\n1). -(visarga) a final h sound like in Ah.\n\nlike in the French word bon.\nk -like the k in kite.\nkh -like the kh in Eckhart.\n\ng -like the g in got.\n\ngh -like the gh in big-house.\n\nn -like the n in bank.\n\nc -like the ch in chalk.\nch -like the chh in much-haste.\nj -like the j in joy.\njh -like the geh in college-hall.\n\nn -like the n in bunch.\n\n1 -like the t in talk.\n\nth -like the th in hot-house.\n\nteeth.\nph -like the ph in philosopher.\nb -like the b in bird.\nbh -like the bh in rub-hard.\nm -like the m in mother.\n\ny -like the j in jaw. lf\ny -like they in year. �\nr -like the r in run.\n\n1 -like the l in law.\nv -like the b in bird or like the w in dwarf.\n\ns, � -like the sh in shop.\n\ns -like the s in sun .\n\nh-like the h in home.\n\nThis is a general guide to Bengali pronunciation. The Bengali transliterations in this\nbook accurately show the original Bengali spelling of the text. One should note, however,\nthat in Bengali, as in English, spelling is not always a true indication of how a word is pronounced. Tape recordings of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nchanting the original Bengali verses are available from the International Society for\nKrishna Consciousness, 3764 Watseka Ave., Los Angeles, California 90034.\n\n", "mad7#p0449": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete alphabetical listing of the first and third line of each four-line\n\nverse and both lines of each two-line verse in Sri Caitanya-caritamrta. In the first column the trans­\n\nliteration is given, and in the second and third columns respectively the chapter-verse references\nand page number for each verse are to be found.\n\nA\n\n'ajna haya, asi muni sri-caraQa-sarige\najna kara, -sarige caluka vipra eka-jana'\n\nabarihi cetana paibe, ha-ibe samvita\nacambite eka gopa vamsi bajaila\nacambite gosani-sabhate kaila agamana\nacambite prabhu dekhi' caraQe padila\nacarya ha-ila sei, tarila jagata\n\n18.170\n18.161\n19.18\n19.246\n18.122\n\n215\n212\n255\n401\n192\n\nakarQya veQu-raQitam saha-kr�Qa-sara/:1\nakasadi guQa yena para para bhUte\nakasera 'sabda-guQa yena bhUta-gaQe\n'akrtye' tomare dekhi 'vrajendra-nandana'\nakrurera loka aise prabhure dekhile\n\nacetana hana prabhu bhUmite paljila\nacirat ama-saha ha-ibe milana\nacirat paibare caitanya-caraQa\naljailera ghate nauka asi' uttarila\nadhama jiva muni, more ha-ila sadaya\n\n18.162\n19.57\n19.5\n19.83\n17.77\n\n212\n274\n248\n288\n38\n\nalaukika katha suni' ke kare pralili?\"\nalaukika-lila prabhura alaukika-rili\nalaukika 'prakrli' tomara-buddhi-agpcara\nalaukika sakti tamara na yaya kathana\nalpa-svalpa-mulya paile, ethai veciba\n\nadhama-kakere kaila garulja-samana\n'advaita-brahma-vada' sei karila sthapana\n'adya eva paro rasa/:I'-kahe upadhyaya\nadyapiha t:irihiira seva 'govardhane' haya\nadyopanta caitanya-lila-'alaukika' jana'\n\n39\n17.79\n18.187 223\n19.104 299\n17.168 91\n18.226 241\n\nalpa vayasa tanra, rajara kumara\nama-durihiira mane tabe balja 'sukha' haya\namara ye kichu karya, saba toma lana\namare miliba nilacalete asiya\n'ami-balja jnani'-ei gela abhimana\n\n'age kaha' prabhu-vakye upadhyaya kahila\nahaituky avyavahita\naham iha nandam vande\naho bata sva-paco 'to gariyan\naiche hena prema 'laukika' kabhu naya\n\n19.97\n19.172\n19.96\n19.72\n17.161\n\n295\n353\n294\n282\n88\n\nami-dui-bhiii calilana tanhare milite\namli-talaya gosanire dekhe acambite\nananda-kolahale loka bale 'hari' 'hari'\nanandita-bandhu yena dekhe bandhu-gaQa\nanandita hana bhatta dila divyasana\n\naiche lila kare prabhu sri-kr�Qa-caitanya\n\n18.213 235\n144\n17.118 62\n17.171 92\n17.14\n7\n\nanandita hana nija-grhe lana gela\n\naiche mleccha-bhaye gopala bhage bare-bare 18.31\n\nanaruruk$ave sailam\n\naiche mohana-vidya-ye dekhe se mohe\n\naneka dekhinu muni mleccha-sastra haite\n\naiche vat kaha kene sannyasi hana\naiche yabe pai, tabe la-i 'eka' jana\n\n\"aniketa durihe, vane yata vrk�a-gaQa\narikura pulaka, madhu-asru vari�aQe\n\naisvarya dekhileo nija-sambandha se mane\naisvarya-jnana-misra, kevala-bheda ara\naisvarya-jnana-pradhanye sarikucita prili\naisvarya-jnane durihara mane bhaya haila\najanata mahimanam tavedam\n\n19.203\n19.192\n19.194\n19.196\n19.199\n\n377\n371\n372\n373\n375\n\n'annakuta'-name grame gopalera sthiti\nanlare gara-gara prema, nahe samvaraQa\nantargata/:1 svavivareQa cakara le$arh\nanukulyena kr$Qanuanukulye sarvendriye kr$Qanusilana\n\najani yan-mayam tad avimucya niyantr bhavet 19.143 322\najanu-lambila bhuja, kamala-nayana\naji ami achilana uthiiilwi prabhure\naji ratrye palaha, na rahit>a eka-jana\n'ajna deha', yai' kari krwa darasane!'\n\n17.108 57\n18.140 202\n18.28 143\n18.99 179\n\n417\n\nanupama mallika, tarira nama-'sri-val/abha'\nanve$aQa kari' phire vyakula hana\nanyabhilasila-sunyam\nanya-desa prema uchale 'vrndavana'-name\nanyatha visva-moho 'pi\n\n19.239 398\n17.12\n6\n19\n17.36\n19.233 395\n19.217 387\n18.118\n18.79\n17.114\n18.225\n18.120\n\n191\n170\n60\n241\n192\n\n18.124 193\n17.145 79\n18.208 233\n5\n17.10\n19.21 257\n19.241\n18.203\n19.33\n18.83\n18.40\n\n399\n230\n263\n172\n149\n\n17.202\n19.85\n19.246\n18.25\n18.202\n\n113\n289\n401\n141\n229\n\n19.127\n17.200\n18.26\n19.64\n17.142\n\n311\n112\n142\n278\n77\n\n19.167\n19.168\n19.36\n17.22\n19.167\n17.228\n17.216\n\n349\n350\n264\n12\n349\n125\n120\n\n", "mad7#p0450": "418\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nanya-vancha, anya-puja cha(li' 'jnana', 'karma' 19.168 350\nJpana-icchJya prabhura nana seva kare\n17.175 94\napana-prarabdhe vasi' varal)aSi-sthJne\n17.95\n48\nJpanara du/:lkha kichu kari' nivedana\n18.146 205\napanara ghare aila bahu-dhana lana\n19.6\n248\n\nata/:1 sri-k($1)a-namadi\natmanam ca tad-alokad\natmarama.S ca munayo\natmaramera mana hare tulasira gandhe\natyanta vistara-katha sarik$epe kahila\n\n17.136 73\n18.1\n130\n17.140 76\n17.141 77\n19.255 405\n\n'avajna'te nama /aya, suni' pai du/:lkhe\navaruhya gire/:1 kr$1)0\navasara na paya loka nimantral)a dite\navese tara gaye prabhura lagila caral)a\n\n17.127 66\n18.25 141\n18.132 198\n17.28\n14\n\n18.227\n19.228\n17.94\n19.90\n19.85\n\n241\n392\n47\n291\n289\n\napane svagrhe kare sastrera vicare\n19.16\naparadha-has!ira yaiche na haya udgama\n19.157\naparimita dhruvas tanu-bhrto yadi sarva-gatas 19.143\napral)asyeva dehasya\n19.75\nara dina ai/a prabhu dekhite 'vrndavana'\n18.71\n\n252\n340\n322\n285\n167\n\nbahira hana prabhu dila darasana\nbahu tuli' bale prabhu 'hari-bola'-dhvani\nbahya vikara nahi, premavi$ta mana\n\nara dina gau(lesvara, sarige eka-jana\nara dine mahaprabhu kare nadi snana\nara eka-jana diya kara samadhana\nara eka pathJna, tarira nama-'vijuli-khJrina'\narite radhJ-kul)(ia-varta puche /oka-sthJne\n\n19.18\n17.30\n19.23\n18.207\n18.4\n\n255\n15\n258\n232\n131\n\n21\nbalabhadra-bhaUacarya dekhe apurva-rarige 17.41\n17.89\n45\nbalabhadra-bhattacarye paka karaila\n17.20\n11\nbalabhadra-bhauacarye sarige kari' nila\n19.141 321\nbalagra-sata-bhagasya\nbalya, paugal)(ia, kaisore, sre$tha mana' kaya? 19.103 298\n\n'arit'-grame asi' 'bahya' haila acambite\n'arya, sara/a, tumi-vrddha brahmal)a\nasi' prabhu-pade pa(li' karena rodana\nasi' sabe bhattacarye kare nimantral)a\nasi' teriho kaila prabhura caral)a vandana\n\n18.3\n131\n17.165 89\n47\n17.93\n31\n17.60\n19.93 293\n\nJpanara muQ(Ie se apani pa(le vaja\napanare 'palaka' jnana, kmJe 'palya'-jnana\nJpane asiya bhrtye darasana dila\napane bhaf!a karena prabhura padaJpane karila prabhura pada-prak$alana\n\n8\n17.188 106\n17.189 107\n18.156 209\n\nbandhu dekhi' bandhu yena 'bheta' lana yaya\nbhagavad-bhakti-hinasya\nbhJgavata vicara karena sabhJte vasiya\nbhJgo jiva/:1 sa vijneya\nbhakta-bhede rati-bheda panca parakara\n\n17.201\n19.75\n19.17\n19.141\n18.183\n\n112\n285\n253\n321\n361\n\n19.67\n'asprsya pamara muni, na churiiha more'\n17.205\nasru-kampa-pulaka-preme sarira asthire\na$ta-prahara k($1)a-bhajana, cari dal)(ia sayane 19.130\n17.150\naste-vyaste bhattacarya uthJya dhariya\n17.220\naste-vyaste mahaprabhura lana bahirvasa\n\n279\n114\n312\n83\n121\n\nbhakta-gal)a-sarige avasya kariba milana\nbhakta-gal)e lana tabe calilaria rarige\nbhakta-gal)e sarige lana yaba 'vrndavana'\nbhakta-iccha purite kahe madhura vacana\nbhJia-bhJia vipra-sthJne thapya rakhila\n\n36\n17.71\n36\n17.73\n36\n17.71\n18.152 208\n249\n19.8\n\naste-vyaste sabe dhari' prabhure uthaila\nasvasthyera chadma kari' rahe nija-ghare\nataeva akar$aye atmaramera mana\nataeva asvadadhikye kare camatkara\nataeva dasya-rasera ei 'dui' gul)a\n\n19.80\n19.15\n17.139\n19.234\n19.221\n\n287\n252\n75\n396\n389\n\nbhari bojhJ lana ai/aria, kemane lana yaba?\nbhauacarya asi' prabhure dhari' vasaila\nbhattacarya asi' tabe kahila prabhure\nbhattacarya bhik$a dibe kari' bhik$iitana\nbhauacarya 'brahma-kuQ(Ie' paka yana kaila\n\n17.145 79\n18.180 220\n18.147 205\n10\n17.19\n18.21 140\n\nataeva 'krwa-nama' na aise tara mukhe\nataeva kr$Qera 'nama', 'deha', 'vilasa'\nataeva madhura-rasera haya 'pafica' gul)a\nataeva sakhya-rasera 'tina' gul)a -cihna\nataeva sakhya-rasera vasa bhagavan\n\n17.143 78\n17.134 71\n19.232 395\n19.224 390\n19.225 391\n\nbhauacarya dui bhJiye nimantral)a kaila\nbhattacarya-dvara mrttika sarige kari' laila\nbhattacarya ekera matra karena grahal)a\nbhattacarya kahe, -cala, yai mahJvana\nbhattacarya kole kari' prabhure sustha kaila\n\n19.59\n18.14\n18.131\n18.156\n17.222\n\nataeva 'santa' kr$Qa-bhakta eka ;ani\nataeva suddha-bhaktira kahiye 'lak$al)a'\nataeva tara mukhe na aise kr$Qa-nama\n\n19.214 385\n19.166 348\n17.130 68\n\nbhat�acarya paka kare vanya-vyanjana\nbhat�acarya paQ(iita bisa trisa lana\nbhattacarya-paQ(iita, kahite na janena vat\n\n32\n17.61\n19.17 253\n18.217 237\n\n275\n136\n197\n209\n122\n\n", "mad7#p0451": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n419\n\nbha!lacarya-sange kare prabhura santarpal)a\n\n17.219 121\n\nbrahma-jiianl akar$iya kare alma-vasa\n\nbha!lacarya, sei vipra 'k[$1)a-nama' gaya\n\n17.224 123\n\nbrahma-kul)c;/e snana kari' prabhu bhik$ii kaila 18.21\n\nbha!lacarya seva kare, snehe yaiche 'dasa'\n\n17.65\n\nbha!lacarya slghra asi' prabhure uthai/a\n\n18.138 201\n\nbrahmananda haite purl)ananda k[$1)a-gul)a\n\n17.139\n\n75\n\nbha!lacarya srl-rupe deoyaila 'ava5e$a'\n\n19.89\n\n291\n\nbrahmananda haite purl)ananda lila-rasa\n\n17.137\n\n73\n\n33\n\nbrahmal)a, k$atriya asi' karena darasana\n\n17.137\n\n73\n140\n\n19.254 404\n\nbha!lacarya-sthane asi' kare nimantral)a\n\n18.130\n\n197\n\nbrahmal)a-sakala karena prabhura nimantral)a 19.40\n\n302\n\nbha!lacarya tabe kahe prabhura caral)e\n\n18.99\n\n179\n\nbrahmal)a-vai$1)ave dila tara ardha-dhane\n\n19.7\n\n249\n\n38\n\nbrahmal)c;/a bhramite kana bhagyavan jlva\n\n19.151 331\n\nbha!lacarye alingiya tanhare kahila\n\n17.76\n\nbha!lacarye candrasekhara nimantral)a kai/a\n\n19.248 402\n\nbha!lacarye manya kari' paka karaila\n\n19.87\n\n290\n\nbha!liicaryera puja kaila kariya sammana\n\n17.88\n\n44\n\nc\nbha!la kahe, prabhura kichu ingita-bhangl jani' 19.70\n\n281\n\n'caitanya' 'caitanya' kari' kahe tina-bara\n\n17.126\n\nbha!la milibare yay a, dunhe palaya dure\n\n19.67\n\n279\n\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe k[$1)adasa\n\n17.234 127\n\n66\n\nbhatte dal)c;/avat kaila ati dina haiia\n\n19.66\n\n279\n\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe krmadasa\n\n18.229 242\n\nbhattera sankace prabhu samvaral)a kaila\n\n19.63\n\n278\n\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe k[$1)adasa\n\n19.257 406\n\nbha!lera vismaya haifa, prabhura har$a mana\n\n19.68\n\n280\n\ncaitanya-caritra ei-'amrtera sindhu'\n\n18.228 242\n\nbha!lere kahi/a prabhu tanra vivaral)a\n\n19.68\n\n280\n\ncaitanya-katha sune, kare caitanya-cintana\"\n\n19.131 313\n\nbhau-dhana diya dui brahmal)e varila\n\n19.4\n\n247\n\n'caitanya'-nama tanra, bhavuka-gal)a /aiia\n\n17.117\n\n62\n\nbhavakali vecite ami ailana kasipure\n\n17.144\n\n79\n\ncaitanyera guc;lha-li/a bujhite sakti kara\n\n17.54\n\n28\n\nbhavite bhavite k[$1)a sphuraye antare\n\n19.236 397\n\ncaitanyera krpa rupa /ikhiyachena apane\n\n19.133 314\n\nbhaya nahi kare, sange yaya vate-vate\n\n17.198 111\n\ncaitanyera krpa yanhe, tanhe ki vismaya?\n\n19.132 313\n\nbhayanakal) sa bibhatsa\n\n18.186 365\n\nca/a tumi ami sikdara-pasa yai\n\n18.168 214\n\nbhaya paiia mleccha chac;li' di/a cari-jana\n\n18.179 219\n\ncandra5ekhara kahe,- \"prabhu, bac;la krpa\n\n17.94\n\nbhaya pana prabhu-paya pac;/ila brahmal)a\n\n17.169\n\n91\n\ncandrasekhara milila gramera bahire asi'\n\n19.244 400\n\nbhaye bha!la sange rahe, madhyahna karaiia\n\n19.84\n\n289\n\n'cari' gul)e vatsalya rasa-amrta-samana\n\n19.223 392\n\nbhic;/a dekhi' dui bhai rahila nirjane\n\n19.41\n\n266\n\ncaturtha-divase gopala svamandire gela\n\n18.39\n\nbhik$a dite nija-ghare calila /aiia\n\n19.77\n\n286\n\ncaurasl-lak$a yonite karaye bhramal)a\n\n19.138 318\n17.221 122\n\n47\n\n149\n\nbhik$a kari' bhik$a dibe, yabe patra vahi'\n\n17.11\n\n6\n\ncetana piiiia prabhu ya'na gac;lagac;/i\n\nbhik$a karaila prabhure sasneha yatane\n\n19.88\n\n290\n\ncetana paiia puna!) gac;lagac;li yaya\n\n18.73\n\nbhik$ii karaiia misra kahe prabhu-paya dhari'\n\n19.249 402\n\ncitta ardra haifa tanra prabhure dekhiya\n\n18.186 222\n\nbhik$ii kari' mahaprabhu kari/a sayana\n\n17.90\n\n46\n\nbhik$a lagi' bha�tacarye karaila randhana\n\n17.176\n\n94\n\nbhik$uka sannyasi, mora nahi kichu dhana\n\n18.183 221\n\n168\n\nD\n\nbhil/a-praya /aka tahan parama-pii$al)c;/a\n\n17.53\n\n27\n\nc;lahine-vame dhvani suni' yay a prabhu-sange 17.35\n\nbhojana kari' aila tenho prabhura caral)e\n\n19.91\n\n292\n\ndainya-kari, kare mahaprabhura nimantral)a\n\n18\n\n18.133 198\n\nbhramite bhramite aila mathura-nagari\n\n17.166\n\n90\n\ndainya kari' sei vipra kilhite lagila\n\n17.181\n\n97\n\nbhugarbha-gosaiii, ara sri-jiva-gosaiii\n\n18.50\n\n155\n\ndiik$il)atya-vipra-sane ache paricayil\n\n19.44\n\n268\n\nbhukti-mukti adi-viiiicha yadi mane haya\n\n19.175 355\n\ndiik$il)atya-vipra tanre ghare /aria gela\n\n19.243 400\n\nbhukti-mukti-siddhi-kami-sakali 'asanta'\n\n19.149 328\n\ndak$il)a yaite yaiche sak!i prakasila\n\n18.221 238\n\nbhukti-mukti-sprha yavat\n\n19.176 355\n\ndal)c;/a-bandha lagi' cauthi saiicaya karila\n\n19.8\n\n249\n\nbhukti-mukti-vaiichii, yata asankhya tara lekha 19.158 341\n\ndal)c;/avat haiia pac;le premavi$!a h<Jiia\n\n17.155\n\n85\n\n'bo/' 'bo/' kari' uthi' karena nartana\n\n17.223 123\n\ndarsanera karya achuka, ye tomaril 'namil' sune18.123 193\n\n'brahma', 'alma' 'caitanya' kahe niravadhi\n\n17.129\n\ndasa-dina trivel)ile makara-snana kaila\n\n68\n\n18.222 239\n\n", "mad7#p0452": "420\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n19.34\n19.189\nd!isyera 'sambhrama-gaurava'-seva. sakhye\n19.222\ndeha-dehira, nama-niimira kr$Qe niihi 'bheda' 17.132\ndeha-kanti pitambara kaila iicchiidana\n18.118\nda5a-sahasra mudra tatha ache mudi-sth!ine\n\nd!isya-bh!iva-bhakta-sarvatra sevaka apiira\n\n263\n369\n389\n69\n191\n\ndurihiira mukhe nirantara k($Qa-niima suni'\ndurihe preme nrtya kari' kare koliikuli\ndura haite tiihii dekhi' lokera haya 'bhrama'\ndura haite tina-jane ghare piithiii/a\ndurvara udbhata prema nahe samvaral)a\n'dvada5a-aditya' haite 'kesi-tirthe iii/a\n\n19.202 376\n17.33\n17\n14\ndekhi' bhauacaryera mane haya maha-bhaya 17.27\ndekhi' camatkara haifa vallabha-bhattera mana 19.64\n278\ndekhi' kr$Qad!isa kandi' phukara kari/a\n18.138 201\n\n19.70\n17.159\n18.105\n17.147\n19.82\n18.72\n\n281\n87\n183\n81\n288\n167\n\n18.150\n19.235\n18.165\n18.184\n18.182\n19.71\n19.217\n\n207\n396\n213\n221\n221\n282\n387\n\n18.136\n19.132\n17.81\n18.222\n19.135\n\n200\n313\n40\n239\n315\n\n18.42\n19.122\n18.128\n19.234\n17.100\n\n150\n308\n196\n396\n52\n\ndehas ca vik/ava-dhiyab sahasaiva muhyan\n\ndekhi' bha!tiicaryera mane haya camatkara\n\nE\nebe yadi yai, 'makare' garigii-snana piiiye\nei bhakti-rasera karilaria, dig-darasana\n\n17.114 60\n17.38\n20\ndekhi' saba gramya-lokera vismaya haifa mana 18.6\n132\ndekhite utkaQtha haya, na cac;le govardhane\n18.43 151\ndekhi' vallabha-bhatta mane camatkara haifa 19.108 301\ndekhile se jani tarira 'isvarera riti'\n\ndekhi' mahaprabhura 'vrndavana'-smrti haifa\n\ndekhiya na mane aisvarya-kevalara riti\ndesa-patra dekhi' mahaprabhu dhairya ha-ifa\ndese dese grame grame bule nacafia\ndevaki vasudeva5 ca\ndhanyab sma muc;lha-matayo 'pi hariQya eta\ndharmacari-madhye bahuta 'karma-ni$1ha'\ndharma-sthapana-hetu sadhura vyavahara\ndharmasya tattvaril nihitaril guh'iyaril\ndig-darasana kailuri mufii sutra kariya\ndina haiia stuti kare vinaya acari'\ndina kata rahi' tara' bhrtya dui-jane\"\ndiyamiinaril na grhQanti\nc;lubite /agi/a nauka, jha/ake bhare jala\nc;lubiya rahila prabhu ja/era bhitare\ndui-bhai dura haite bhUmite pac;liya\ndui bhiii v!isii kai/a prabhu-sannidhiina\ndui-bhai vi$aya-tyagera upaya srjila\ndui-cari dinera anna rakhena sarilhati\ndui dhiinya-k$elre alpa-jale kai/a snana\ndui-dike mata-pita pu$ta ka/evara\ndui-guccha twa durihe dasane dhariya\ndui-jana kahe, -'tumi isvara 'svatantra'\ndui jane kr$Qa-kathii haifa kata-k$aQa\ndui-ne!re asru vahe gariga-dharii-priiya\ndui putra ani' prabhura caraQe pac;lila\ndui-sandhya agni-tapa ka$thera apara\ndui-sata turki ache, sateka kamane\n'durihara mukhe kr$Qa-nama kariche nartana\n\n19.194 372\n19.83 288\n17.117 62\n19.197 373\n17.36\n19\n\nei ciiri biitoyara dhutarii kh!ioyiifiii\nei cari daya kari' karena piilana\nei cari mi/i' tomaya dhutura khaoyiifia\nei-dui 'adhama' nahe, haya 'sarvottama'\nei dui guQa vyiipe saba bhakta-jane\nei ghate akrura vaikuQtha dekhila\nei-katha suni' mahJ.ntera mah!i-sukha haya\nei-mata balabhadra karena stavana\nei-mata ca/i' prabhu 'prayaga' iii/a\nei-mata dasa-dina prayage rahiya\n\n19.147\n17.185\n17.186\n18.224\n19.52\n\n326\n100\n105\n240\n271\n\n17.98\n19.173\n19.81\n18.137\n19.66\n\n51\n354\n287\n200\n279\n\n19.60\n19.4\n17.62\n18.5\n18.60\n\n275\n247\n32\n132\n161\n\nei-mata tina-dina gopale dekhi/a\n\n19.46 268\n17.8\n5\n19.62 277\n17.111 59\n19.108 301\n\nei 'rQa' ami niiriba karite sodhana\n\n17.66\n34\n18.173 217\n19.71 282\n\nei sloka pac;li' nace, haifa dina-5e$a\n\nei-mata gopii/era karuQa svabhiiva\nei-mata karQapura likhe sthiine-sthiine\nei-mata kata-dina 'akrure' rahila\nei-mata madhure saba bhiiva-samahiira\nei-mata mahiiprabhu dui bhrtyera vase\nei-mata mahiiprabhu nacite nacite\nei-mata nanii-sukhe prabhu ai/a 'kasi'\nei-mata prati-dina karena vaficana\nei-mata prema-yavat bhramila 'bara' vana\nei-mata stuti kare premavi$ta hafiii\n\nei-mata tina-dina pray age rahila\nei-mata tina-ratri Iokera gamana\nei-mata 'vaimava' kaila saba desa-grama\nei-rarige sei-dina tathii goriaila\n\nei-rupe tiiri-sabare diyachena dara5ana\nei saba kr$Qa-bhakti-rasera sthayibhava\nei saba mukhya-bhakta lana nija sarige\nei saba rahu-kr$Qa-caraQa-sambandhe\n\nei 'suddha-bhakti'-iha haite 'prema' haya\neita brahmiiQc;la bhari' ananta jiva-gaQa\n\n131\n18.3\n41\n17.82\n17.103 53\n17.230 126\n18.13 136\n18.38\n17.151\n18.96\n18.220\n18.74\n\n149\n83\n178\n238\n168\n\n18.153\n18.45\n18.180\n18.53\n17.141\n\n208\n152\n359\n157\n77\n\n18.37 147\n19.169 351\n19.138 318\n\n", "mad7#p0453": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n421\n\neita' mahima-tomara 'tatastha'-lak$ilf)a\n18.126\neita parama-phala 'parama-puru�artha'\n19.164\nei yati-amara guru, ami-mathura brahmarya 18.169\nei yati-pasa chi/a suvarrya apara\n18.164\nei yati vyadhite kabhu hayena murcchita\n18.170\n\n195\n346\n215\n213\n215\n\neka bhik�a magi, more deha' krpa kari'\neka cauthi dhana dila kutumba-bhararye\neka-dina akrurete loka prata�-kale\neka-dina 'da5a' 'bisa' aise nimantrarya\neka-dina pathe vyaghra kariyache sayana\n\n19.249\n19.7\n18.92\n18.131\n17.28\n\n402\n249\n176\n197\n14\n\neka-dina sei akrura-ghatera upare\neka-dui-tina-cari krame pane a prthivite\neka eka V[k$era ta/e eka eka ratri sayana\neka-jana asi' ratre gramike bali/a\neka-jane nile, anera mane du�kha ha-iba\n\n18.135\n19.233\n19.127\n18.27\n17.13\n\n199\n395\n311\n143\n7\n\ngariga-lira-pathe sukha janaiha tarire\ngariga-lira-pathe yaibara vijna dui-jana\ngariga-lira-pathe yai, tabe sukha pai\n\n19.43\n18.214\n18.147\n18.158\n18.143\n\n303\n235\n205\n210\n203\n\nekaki yaiba, kahon sarige na la-iba\neka-masa darasana kaila mathuraya rahiya\neka-masa rahi' gopala gela nija-sthane\neka-masa rahi/a vi!hthalesvara-ghare\neka nivedana yadi dhara, dayamaya\n\n17.5\n18.48\n18.54\n18.47\n17.10\n\n3\n153\n158\n152\n5\n\n19.40\n19.210\ngauc;la, bariga, utkala, dak�irya-dese giya\n17.52\ngauc;le rakhi/a mudra dasa-hajare\n19.9\ngaudiya-'bafapac;la' nahe, tumi-'bafapac;la' 18.175\n\n266\n381\n27\n250\n217\n\nekante 'akrura-lirthe' rahila asiya\n\"eka sannyasi aila jagannatha haite\n'eka sila' alirigiya ha-ifa unmatta\nekatra likhiluri, sarvatra na yaya varryana\neka vipra dekhi' aila prabhura vyavahara\n\n18.70 166\n17.106 56\n18.16 137\n17.230 126\n17.105 56\n\n'gaudiya' thak ei kanpe dui-jana\nghare lana aila prabhuke anandita hana\nghoda-pida lufi' /abe toma-saba mari'\n'gokula' dekhiya aila 'mathura'-nagare\ngokule 'keva/a' rati-aisvarya-jnana-hina\n\n18.172\n17.87\n18.174\n18.69\n19.193\n\n216\n44\n217\n166\n371\n\neka-vipra pac;le prabhura cararya dhariya\nekhani asibe saba, ami yadi phukari\neko 'thavapy acyuta tat-samak�arh\neta bali' jhanpa dila ja/era upare\neta bali' mahaprabhure naukaya vasana\n\n17.158\n18.174\n19.200\n18.137\n18.157\n\n87\n217\n375\n200\n210\n\ngopala mandire gela, prabhu rahi/a tale\ngopala prakata kari' seva kai/a 'mahasaya'\ngopala-rayera darasana kemane paiba?'\ngopala sarige ca/i' ai/a nrtya-gila kari'\ngopa/era saundarya dekhi' prabhura avesa\n\n18.41\n17.168\n18.23\n18.40\n18.37\n\n150\n91\n140\n149\n147\n\neta bali' pac;le mahaprabhura cararye\neta bali' prabhu lana kari/a gamana\neta bali' prabhu tarire kaila a/irigana\neta bali' sei vipre atmasatha kari'\n\n18.204\n19.42\n19.237\n17.146\n19.105\n\n230\n303\n397\n81\n299\n\ngo-pati-tanaya-kunje\ngopiko/Ukha/e damna\ngovardhana dekhi' prabhu ha-ifa daryc;Javat\ngovardhana dekhi' prabhu premavi�!a hana\ngovardhana-parikramaya karila prayarya\n\n19.98\n19.205\n18.16\n18.33\n18.32\n\n295\n378\n137\n145\n145\n\n17.72\n19.252\n19.35\n18.24\n19.27\n\n36\n404\n264\n141\n259\n\n'govardhana-upare ami kabhu na cac;liba\n'govinda' bhakta, ara varyi-kr�ryadasa\n'govinda-kuryc;Jadi' Urthe prabhu kaila snana\ngrahaka nahi, na vikaya, lana yaba ghare\ngrama ujac;la haifa, pa/aila sarva-jana\n\n18.23\n18.52\n18.35\n17.144\n18.30\n\n140\n156\n146\n79\n144\n\nguf)iili-sampat kavita ca rajate\n'guru' hana 'si$ye' namaskara na yuyaya\nguru-kr$f)a-prasade paya bhakti-lata-bija\n\n17.212 118\n17.170 92\n19.151 331\n\neta bali' sloka pac;le gadgada-svare\neta bhavi' gauda-dese kariluri gamana\neta jani' tarira bhik�a kaila arigikara\neta likhi' dui-bhai karila gamana\neta mane kari' prabhu mauna kari' rahila\neta suni' gauc;lesvara uthi' ghare gela\neta suni' sei vipra maha-du�kha pai/a\netha nilaca/a haite prabhu ca/ila vrndavana\netha sanatana-gosani bhave mane mana\n\n17.122 64\n19.30 261\n19.13 251\n\netha tumi kaila mora sarva karya nasa\nevam ukra� priyam aha\n\n19.25 259\n19.209 380\n\nG\ngabhi dekhi' stabdha prabhu premera tarange 17.195 110\ngacchan vrndavanarh gauro\n17.1\n2\ngandha-pu�pa-dhupa-dipe maha-puja kaila\n19.87 290\ngariga-pathe mahaprabhure naukate vasina\ngariga-tira-pathe kaila prayage prayarya\n\nganga-yamuna prayaga nari/a c;lubaite\ngatividas tavodgita-mohita�\n\n", "mad7#p0454": "Sri Caitanya-caritampa\n\n422\n\nH\nhantayam adrir abala hari-dasa-varyo\n'hari-bola' bali' prabhu kare ucca-dhvani\nharideva-age nace preme malta hana\n'harideva' dekhi' tahan ha-ifa prarama\n'harideva' narayara-adi parakasa\nharidevera bhrtya prabhura karila satkara\nhari kr�ra kaha dunhe bale bahu tuli'\nhase, kande, nace, gay a, kr�Qa-nama lana\nhase, kande, nace, par;fe, uccai�-svare gay a\nhasti-vyaghra patha char;fe prabhure dekhiya\n\nJ\n18.34\n17.45\n18.19\n18.17\n18.18\n\n146\n23\n139\n138\n138\n\n18.20 139\n17.159 87\n17.162 88\n18.73 168\n13\n17.25\n\nhasya, adbhuta, vira, karura, raudra, bibhatsa, 19.187 365\nhasyo 'dbhutas tatha vira�\nhena-ka/e aila raghupati upadhyaya\nhena-kale aila vaisrava 'krsradasa' nama\nhena-kale gela ra;a ur;fiya marite\nhena-kale mahaprabhu 'caitanya' paila\nhena-ka/e tahan asoyara dasa iii/a\nhena-ka/e vyaghra tatha iii/a panca-sata\nhitva gopi� kamayana\nhladinya sarhvid-aslis!a�\nhrdi yasya preraraya\nhrsikera hrsikesahunkara kari' yamunara ;ate dila ihaflpa\nhunkara kariya uthe, bale 'hari' 'hari'\n\n;agar anande bhasaya yara eka-bindu\n;agar bhasi/a caitanya-lilara pathare\n;agat-mariga/a tanra 'kr�ra-caitanya'-nama\n;ata-seka kare arige, vastrera vatasa\n;ate ;ata-keli kare, tire rasa-r�nge\n;atiyare mur;fha-loka 'kr�ra' kari' mane!\n;arigame tiryak-iala-sthalacara-vibheda\n;aniya gopala kichu bharigi uthai/a\n'ianma-sthana' dekhi' rahe sei vipra-ghare\n'ianma-sthane' 'ke5ava dekhi' kari/a pral)iima\n;ayadvaita-candra ;aya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\n\n19.186\n19.92\n18.82\n19.28\n\n365\n292\n171\n260\n\n;ayadvaita-candra ;aya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\n\n18.176\n18.163\n17.37\n19.207\n18.114\n\n218\n212\n19\n380\n188\n\n;aya ;aya sri-caitanya ;aya nityananda\n\n19.134\n19.170\n19.79\n18.177\n\n315\n352\n286\n218\n\niiva, isvara-tattva-kabhu nahe 'sama'\n\n;ayadvaita-candra ;aya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\n;aya ;aya gauracandra ;aya nityananda\n;aya ;aya gauracandra ;aya nityananda\n\n'iharikharr;fe' sthavara-;angama ache yata\niiva-bahu mari' kaila cakla saba nasa\niivadhame 'krsra'-;nana kabhu na kariba1\niiva� sOksma-svarOpo 'yam\n\n18.228\n17.233\n17.113\n17.220\n18.9\n\n242\n127\n59\n121\n134\n\n18.106\n19.144\n18.24\n18.69\n17.156\n\n183\n323\n141\n166\n85\n\n17.2\n18.2\n19.2\n17.2\n18.2\n\n2\n130\n246\n2\n130\n\n19.2\n17.46\n19.25\n18.111\n19.140\n\n246\n23\n259\n186\n320\n\n18.113 187\n69\n18.113 187\n\niivera dharma-nama-deha-svarOpe 'vibheda' 17.132\n;va/ad-agni-rasi yaiche sphulingera 'kara'\n\nK\n19.131\n18.44\n17.165\nkahan haite paile tumi ei prema-dhana?'\n19.125\n\"kaha,-tahan kaiche rahe rOpa-sanatana?\nkaiche asta-prahara karena sri-kwra-bha;ana?\" 19.126\nkaiche rahe, kaiche vairagya, kaiche bho;ana? 19.125\n\n313\n151\n89\n310\n310\n310\n\nkabhu bhakti-rasa-sastra karaye likhana\niccha nahi, tabu tatha rahila dina-dase\nihan mali sece nitya sravaradi ;ala\nihara karara more kaha krpa kari'\nihara vistara mane kariha bhavana\ninhake puchiya, tabe mariha sabare\ninhara iccha ache 'sarva-tirtha' karite\ninhara sange ache vipra eka 'bhrtya'\ninhare sange /aha yadi, sabara haya 'sukha'\n'inho na sparsiha, inho ;ati ati-hina!\ninho pathe karibena seva-bhiksa-krtya\nis!a-gos!hi kari' prabhura nimantrar:ra kaila\nisvara-;nana, sambhrama-gaurava pracura\n'isvara-svabhava' tomara taka nahi yaya\nitidrk-svalilabhir ananda-kur:rr;fe\n\n17.100 52\n19.155 337\n17.128 67\n19.235 396\n18.171 216\n\nkabhu kun;e rahe, kabhu rahe gramantare\n\n17.16\n17.17\n17.18\n19.69\n17.17\n\n9\n9\n10\n280\n9\n\nkala vastra pare sei,-toke kahe 'pira'\n\n18.185\n19.119\n18.104\n18.71\n18.94\n\n222\n306\n182\n167\n177\n\n19.247\n19.220\n18.119\n19.230\n\n401\n388\n191\n394\n\n18.105\n19.98\nkandhe car;fe, kandhe car;faya, kare krir;fa-rara 19.223\n19.232\nkiinta-bhave niiiiriga diya karena sevana\n\n183\n295\n390\n395\n\nka/ena vrndavana-keli-varta\nkaliya-dahe matsya mare, deuti ;valiya\n'kaliya-hrade' snana kai/a ara praskandana\nkaliya-sire nrtya kare, phal)ii-ratna ;vale\n'kaliyera sarire krsra kariche nartana'!\n\nkarh prati kathayitum ise\n\n", "mad7#p0455": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nka(Jtaka-durgama vane anga k$ata haifa\n\n17.222 122\n\nkrpa kari' tenho mora nilaye aila\n\nkanyakubja-dak$i(J!ltyera vaidika brahma(Ja\n\n18.133 198\n\nkrpamrtenabhi$i$eca devas\n\n'karma', 'jnana', 'yoga' age kariya sthapana\n\n18.196 227\n\n423\n\n17.167\n\n90\n\n19.119 306\n\nkrpara samudra, dina-hine dayamaya\n\n17.75\n\nkaronya-matra hate, kantha chinc;la, bahirvasa 19.129 312\n\n37\n\nkrpate dunhara mathaya dharila cara(Ja\n\n19.51\n\n271\n\nkarya chac;li' rahila tumi gharete vasiya\n\n19.21\n\n257\n\n'kr�(Ja' ba/a, 'kr$(Ja' bala-bale uccai/:lsvare\n\n17.205 114\n\n63\n\n'kr$(Ja' bali' pac;le sei mahaprabhura paya\n\n18.209 233\n\n'kasipure' na vikabe tanra bhavakali\n\n17.120\n\nka$te-smye dhenu saba rakhila goyala\n\n17.197 111\n\n'kataka' c;lahine kari' vane pravesila\n\n17.24\n\nkr$(Ja-bhakta-ni$kama, ataeva 'santa'\n\nkatite cahe, gauc;liya saba kanpite lagila\n\n18.166 214\n\n19.149 328\n'kr$(Ja-bhakta-va5a' gu(Ja kahe aisvarya-jnani-19.229 393\nkr�(Ja-bhakti-rasa haya amrta asvadane\n18.181 360\n\nkautuka dekhiya prabhu h!isite lagila\n\n17.43\n\n22\n\nkr$(Ja-bhakti-rasa-madhye e pai'ica pradhana\n\nkeha anna ani' deya bhattacarya-sthane\n\n17.59\n\n30\n\n'kr$(Ja-cara(Ja'-kalpa-vrk$e kare aroha(Ja\n\n19.154 336\n\nkeha bhume pac;le, keha karaye citkara\n\n17.33\n\n17\n\n'krma chac;libena' -jani' rukmi(Jira haifa trasa\n\n19.201 376\n\n12\n\n18.185 364\n\nkeha dugdha, dadhi, keha ghrta, kha(Jc;la ane\n\n17.59\n\n30\n\nkeha kande, keha hase, keha nace, gaya\n\n19.39\n\n265\n\n'krma' darasana kariha k!ili ratrye yana\"\nkr�(Jadasa kahe, -amara ghara ei grame\n\n18.173 217\n\nkeha nahi kahe, sangera brahma(Ja n!i jane\n\n18.4\n\n131\n\nkrmadasa kahe, -mui grhastha pamara\n\n18.85\n\nkeha yadi dese yaya dekhi' vrndavana\n\n19.124 309\n\nkeha yadi sanga /a-ite pache uthi' dh!lya\n\n17.6\n\n4\n\nkeha yadi tanra mukhe sune kr$(Ja-n!ima\n\n17.48\n\n25\n\nkesagra-sata-bhagasya\n\n18.102 181\n173\n\nkr$(Jadasa-rajaputa, nirbhaya se bac;!a\n\n18.167 214\n\n'kr$(Ja dekhi' aila?'-prabhu t!ihh!lre puchila\n'kr$(Ja kaha' bali' prabhu jala phe/i' mari/a\n\n18.103 182\n\n19.140 320\n\n'kr�(Ja' kaha, 'kr$(Ja' kaha, -kai/a upadesa\n\n18.206 231\n\nkesagra-sateka-bhaga punaf:Jsatarilsa kari\n\n19.139 319\n\n'kr�(Ja' kahi' vyaghra-mrga nacite lagila\n\n17.40\n\nkesava-bharati-Si$ya, /aka prataraka\n\n17.116\n\n61\n\nkr�(Ja-kath!i, kr$(Ja-nama, nartana-ull!isa\n\n19.129 312\n\n'kesava'-sevaka prabhuke mala paraila\n\n17.160\n\n87\n\nkr$(Ja-kath!iya prabhura mah!i-prema uthalila\n\n19.63\n\n'kesi' snana kari' 'kaliya-daha' yaite\n\n18.83\n\n172\n\nkr�(Ja kene darasana dibe kali-kale?\n\n18.101 181\n\n'kevala'ra suddha-prema 'aisvarya' na jane\n\n19.203 377\n\nkr$(Ja-krpalu, amaya bahuta krpa kaila\n\n17.69\n\n35\n\nkeva/a 'svarupa-jnana' haya santa-rase\n\n19.219 388\n\nkr�(Ja-krpa vina kana 'sukha' nahi haya\"\n\n17.75\n\n37\n\n17.31\n\n15\n21\n\n278\n\nkichu deva-murti haya parvata upare?\n\n18.59\n\nkr�(Ja-krpaya ajna paya rasa-sindhu-pare\n\n19.236 397\n\nki likhiyache Se$e kaha nir(Jaya kariya\n\n18.198 228\n\n'kr�(Ja' 'kr�(Ja' bali' keha gac;lagac;li yaya\n\n19.39\n\n265\n\nkintu aji eka mui'ii 'svapna' dekhinu\n\n18.87\n\n174\n\n'kr$(Ja kr�(Ja kaha' kari' prabhu yabe bali/a\n\n17.40\n\n21\n\nkintu ama-dunhara suna eka nivedane\n\n17.9\n\n5\n\n17.122\n\n64\n\nkintu kahon 'kr�(Ja' dekhe, kahon 'bhrama'\n\n18.108 184\n\n'krm a' 'kr�(Ja' kahi' tatha haite uthi' ge/a\n'kr�(Ja' 'kr$(Ja' kahi' vyaghra nacite /agi/a\n\n17.29\n\n14\n\nkintu tamara prema dekhi' mane anumani\n\n17.172\n\nkintu yadi /atara sange uthe 'upasakha'\n\n19.158 341\n\n160\n\n93\n\nkr�(Ja-/i/a-ka/era sei vrk$a puratana\n\n18.76\n\n169\n\nkr�(Ja-mantre karaila dui pura5cara(Ja\n\n19.5\n\n248\n\nki tamara hrdaye ache, kaha mora pasa\n\n19.22\n\n257\n\nkr$(Ja-nama diya kai/a premete unmatta\n\n17.46\n\n23\n\nkana chafe gopala asi' utare apane\n\n18.43\n\n151\n\nkr$(Ja-nama, kr$(Ja-gu(Ja, kr$(Ja-lila-vrnda\n\n17.135\n\n72\n\nkana mate raja yadi more kruddha haya\n\n19.14\n\n252\n\n'krma-nama', 'krma-svarupa'-duita 'samana' 17.130\n\n68\n\nkoti-granthe 'ananta' likhena tahiira vistara\n\n17.231 126\n\nkr�(Ja-nama laya, nace hana unmatta\n\n18.122 192\n\nkoti-janmera papa ge/a, 'pavitra' ha-ifa\n\n18.205 231\n\nkr$(Ja-nama-prema diya /aka nistarila\n\n17.151\n\nkoti-jnani-madhye haya eka-jana 'mukta'\n\n19.148 327\n\nkr$(Ja-nama-prema diya taka nistarila\n\n18.128 196\n\nkoti-karma-ni$!ha-madhye eka 'jnani' sre$!ha 19.147 326\n\nkr�(Ja-n!ima-prema diya /okere nacaya\n\n17.152\n\nkr�(Ja-ni�tha, tr$(Ja-tyaga-santera 'dui' gu(Je\n\n19.215 386\n\nkoti-mukta-madhye 'durlabha' eka kr$(Ja-\n\n19.148 327\n149\n\nkric;la-kandukataril yena\n\n18.38\n\nkrpa kari' bala more 'sadhya-sadhane'\n\n18.204 230\n\nkrpa kari' mora hate 'prabhu' bhik$a kaila\n\n17.78\n\n39\n\nkr$(Ja-prema tanha. yanha tanhara 'sambandha'17.173\n\n83\n83\n\n93\n\nkr$(Ja-preme malta /aka nija-ghare ge/a\n\n18.127 196\n\nkr$(Jatattva-bhaktitattva-rasatattva-pranta\n\n19.115 304\n\n", "mad7#p0456": "424\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nkrK1avese prabhura preme gara-gara mana\n\n17.223 123\n\n/akera sanghatta, ara nimantra(lera jaiijala\n\n18.141 202\n\nk[$(la vina l[$(la-tyaga-tara karya mani\n\n19.214 385\n\nlakera sanghatta dekhi mathura chac;liya\n\n18.70\n\n166\n\nk[$(la yadi rukmi(lire kaila parihasa\n\n19.201 376\n\nlakere puchila, parvata-upare yaiia\n\n18.58\n\n160\n\nk[$(laya k[$(la-caitanya-\n\n19.53\n\n272\n\n'k[$(le mati rahu' bali' prabhura vacana\n\n19.93\n\n293\n\nk[$(lera karu(la kichu na yaya var(lane\n\n19.49\n\n270\n271\n\nM\n\nkr$(lera sadrsa tamara akrti-prakrti\n\n18.117 190\n\nmad-bhakta/:1 sva-paca/:1 priya/:1\n\n19.51\n\nk[$(lera svariipa-sama-saba cid-ananda\n\n17.135\n\nmad-gu(la-sruti-matre(la\n\n19.171 352\n\n72\n\nkrwera visva-riipa dekhi' arjunera haifa bhaya 19.198 374\n\n82\n\n'madhava' dekhiya preme kaila nrtya-gana\n\n17.149\n\nk[$(lere dekhi/a /aka,-iha 'mithya' naya\n\n18.107 183\n\nmadhava-purira 5i$ya seita brahma(la\n\n18.129 197\n\nk[$(le seve, k[$(le karaya apana-sevana!\n\n19.223 390\n\nmadhavendra-purira 'sambandha' dhara -jani 17.172\n\nkrta-samvandanau putrau\n\n19.197 373\n\nmadhu-purira /aka saba prabhuke dekhite aila 17.187 106\n\nk$a(le huhunkara kare,-simhera garjana\n\n17.112\n\n59\n\nmadhura ka(ltha-dhvani suni' aise mrgi-ga(la\n\n17.34\n\nk$a(leke ihan vaisa, bandhi' rakhana sabare\n\n18.171 216\n\nmadhura-rase bhakta-mukhya-vraje gapi-\n\n19.191 371\n\nk$a(le nace, hase, gaya, karaye krandana\n\n17.112\n\n59\n\nmadhura-rase-k[$(la-ni$tha, seva atisaya\n\n19.231 395\n\nku(lc;iera 'madhuri'-yena radhara 'madhurima'18.11\n\n135\n\nmadhu-vana, tala, kumuda, bahula-vana ge/a\n\n17.193 109\n\nku(lc;iera 'mahima' -yena radhara 'mahima'\n\n18.11\n\n135\n\nmadhyahna kari' asi' kare 'akriire' bhojana\n\n18.78\n\n170\n\nku(lc;iera mrttika lana tilaka karila\n\n18.14\n\n136\n\nmadhyahna karite vipra prabhure kahi/a\n\n19.58\n\n274\n\nkurvanty ahaitukim bhaktim\n\n17.140\n\n76\n\nmadhyahna-snana kaila ma(likar(likaya asi'\n\n17.82\n\n41\n\nmadhye eka 'sisu' haya tribhanga-sundara\n\n18.60\n\n161\n\n93\n18\n\nmagha-masa lagila, ebe yadi yaiye\n\n18.145 204\n\n'mahabhagavata'-lak$a(la suni bhagavate\n\n17.110\n\n58\n\nmahaprabhu aila' suni' aila tanra sthane\n\n19.61\n\n276\n\n'/abha', 'piija', 'prati$thadi' yata upasakha-ga(la 19.159 341\n\nmahaprabhu aila suni' 5i$!a jana\n\n19.254 404\n\nlak$a-gu(la prema bac;le, bhramena yabe vane 17.227 124\n\nmahaprabhu ca/i' ca/i' ai/a vara(lasi\n\n19.244 400\n\nL\n\nlak$a-kati /aka tahan haifa ama-sange\n\n17.73\n\n36\n\n/ak$a /ak$a /aka aise prabhura milane\n\n19.38\n\n265\n\n/ak$a(lam bhakti-yagasya\n\n19.172 353\n\nlak$a-sankhya /aka aise, nahika ga(lana\n\n17.188 106\n\n'/ak$mi' dekhi' ei slaka pac;lena gasani\n\n18.64\n\nlata avalambi' mali 'kalpa-vrk$a' paya\n\n19.162 345\n\n163\n\nmahaprabhu dekhi' 'satya' k[$(la-darasana\n\n18.98\n\n179\n\nmahaprabhu dui-bhai tanhare milaila\n\n19.65\n\n278\n\nmahaprabhura bhare nauka kare talamala\n\n19.81\n\n287\n\nmahaprabhura yata bac;la bac;la bhakta matra\n\n19.123 309\n\nmahaprabhu tahan suni' anandita haila\n\n19.37\n\n264\n97\n\nlila-sthala dekhi' tahan gela '5e$a5ayi'\n\n18.64\n\n163\n\nmahaprabhu tanre yadi 'bhik$a' magi/a\n\n17.181\n\nlabhi kayastha-ga(la raja-karya kare\n\n19.16\n\n252\n\nmaha-premavese nace prabhu pac;le kandi'\n\n17.56\n\n29\n\nmahara$!riya vipra aise prabhu dekhibare\n\n17.101\n\n52\n\nlaka-bhic;la-bhaye prabhu 'dasasvamedhe'\n\n19.114 303\n\n/aka-bhic;le svacchande nare 'kirtana' karite\n\n18.79\n\n170\n\n/aka 'hari' 'hari' bale, kalahala haifa\n\n17.160\n\n87\n\n/aka kahe, -miirli haya gaphara bhitare\n\n18.59\n\n160\n\n/aka kahe,-ratrye kaivartya naukate cac;liya\n\n18.104 182\n\n/aka kahe,-'sannyasi tumi jangama-naraya(la 18.109 184\n/aka kahe,-tamate kabhu nahe 'iiva'-mali\n\n18.117 190\n\nmahara$!fiya vipra asi' tanhare milila\n\n19.253 404\n\nmaha-sukha pana, ye dina rahena nirjane\n\n17.64\n\n33\n164\n\n'mahavana' giya kaila janma-sthana-darasana\n\n18.67\n\nmahavidya, gakar(Jildi dekhila vistara\n\n17.191 108\n\nmahi$i-ga(la, /ak$mi-ga(la, asankhya ga(lana\n\n19.191 371\n\n'makara-palicasi prayage' kariha siicana\n\n18.146 205\n\nlake kahe, -k[$(la prakata kaliya-dahera jale!\n\n18.94\n\n177\n\nmakare prayage-snana kata dina paiye\n\n18.145 204\n\nlake kahe prabhu dekhi' haiia vismaya\n\n17.161\n\n88\n\nmali haiia kare sei bija arapa(la\n\n19.152 333\n\n/akera nistara kaila apane bhramiya\n\n17.52\n\n27\n\n'mamata' adhika, k[$(le atma-sama jiiana\n\n19.225 391\n\n", "mad7#p0457": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n19.227\n18.34\n18.31\nmandira chagi' kwije rahe, kiba gramantare\nmanogatir avicchinna\n19.171\n'manu$ya nahe, inho-kr$(1a'-kari/a nirdhara 19.100\n\nmamatadhikye tagana-bhartsana-vyavahara\nmanaril tanoti saha-go-ga(layos tayor yat\n\nmari' gariyache, yatira saba dhana laiia\nmata, ganga, bhakta-ga(le dekhiba eka-bara\nmala, ganga bhakte dekhi' sukhi haifa mana\nmathura aila /okera karite nistara\nmathura asiya kai/a 'visranti-tirthe' snana\n'mathura' calite pathe yatha rahi' yaya\nmathura-nikate aila-mathura dekhiya\n'mathura'-padmera pa5cima-dale yatira vasa\nmathurara ghare-ghare kara'na nimantra(la\nmathurara yata /oka brahma(la sajjana\n\n392\n146\n144\n352\n296\n\n18.165 213\n17.70\n35\n17.72\n36\n17.163 89\n17.156 85\n17.152 83\n17.155 85\n18.18 138\n18.129 197\n18.130 197\n\n425\n\nmore krpa kara, mw'ii-ayogya pamara\nmore 5i$ya kari' mora hate 'bhik$a' kaila\nmore tumi bhik$a deha, ei mora 'sik$i'i'\"\nmrga-mada vastre bandhe, tabu na lukaya\nmrga-mrgi mukha dekhi' prabhu-anga cate\nmrgera gala dhari' prabhu karena rodane\nmrgera pulaka ange, a5ru nayane\nmrgi-vyadhite ami kabhu ha-i acetana\nmukaril karoti vacalaril\nmukha-vasa diya prabhure karaila sayana\nmukhe mukha diya kare anyonye cumbana\nmukhe phena page nasaya svasa ruddha haifa\nmuktanam api siddhanaril\nmuiii chara, more tumi sange laiia aila\n\n18.201 229\n17.167 90\n17.177 95\n18.119 191\n17.198 111\n17.207\n17.207\n18.184\n17.80\n19.90\n\n115\n115\n221\n40\n291\n\n22\n17.42\n18.162 212\n19.150 330\n17.78\n39\n\n19.242 399\n17.183 98\n\"murk hera vakye 'murkha' haifa pa(lgita haiia 18.100 180\n\nmurcchita haiia tenho tahaiii pagila\nmathura yaibara chafe asena jharikhat:�ga\nmatta-hasti-yutha aila karite jala-pana\n'maya', 'brahma' sabda vina nahi suni ka(le\nmayavadi-gaf)a yate maha-bahirmukhe\nmayuradi pak$i-ga(la prabhure dekhiya\nmayurera ka(ltha dekhi' prabhura kr$t:Ja-smrti\nmayurera nrtya prii_bhu dekhe kutOhale\nmilane 'rasa/a' haya amrta madhura\nmi5ra kahe,-'prabhu, yavat ka5ite rahiba\nmi5ra krpa kari' more 5unana kr$t:Ja-katha\nmisra-putra raghu kare pada-samvahana\nmi5rera sakha tenho prabhura purva dasa\nmitra(livajitayasamleccha-bhaye ai/a gopala mathura-nagare\nmleccha-de5a, keha kahan karaye utpata\nmleccha-gat:Ja asi' prabhura vandi/a cara(la\nmleccha-ga(la dekhi' mahaprabhura 'bahya'\nmleccha kahe, -yei kaha, sei 'satya' haya\nmleccha-pathana gho{ia haite uttari/a\nmlecchera hrdaye yena /age 5eladhara\nmok$adi ananda yara nahe eka 'kat:�a'\nmora ghara vina bhik$ii na kariba kati\nmora iccha haya-'hatia vai$f)ava-kitikara'\nmora nimantra(la vina anya na maniba'\n\"mora sahaya kara yadi, tumi-dui jana\nmora 5akti nahi, tamara satige yaite\nmora yata karya-kama, saba kaila nasa\n\n17.53\n17.30\n17.95\n17.143\n17.44\n\n27\n15\n48\n78\n22\n\n'murkha'-/oka karibeka tamara nindana\n\nN\n\n17.218 121\n17.217 120\n18.182 360\n51\n17.99\n50\n17.96\n\nnace, kunde, vyaghra-ga(la mrgi-gat:Ja-satige\n\n17.90\n46\n46\n17.92\n17.39\n20\n18.47 152\n18.217 237\n\nnama, rupa, gu(la tatira, saba-anupama\n\n18.181\n18.180\n18.199\n18.163\n18.178\n\nnama maha-vadanyaya\n\n220\n220\n228\n212\n219\n\n18.195 226\n19.250 403\n18.86 173\n51\n17.99\n17.4\n19.29\n19.22\n\n3\n261\n257\n\nnacite nacite ca/ila 5/oka pagiya\nnacite nacite pathe prabhu ca/i' yaya\nnama cintamat:�ih kr$(1a5\nnama-prema diya kaila sabara nistara\n\nnama-sankirtana kare madhyahna-paryanta\nnama-satikirtane seha nahe kana dine\n'nama', 'vigraha', 'svarupa'-tina eka-rupa\nna me 'bhakta5 catur-vedi\n\nnana 5/oka pagi' uthe, page bara bara\n'nandi5vara' dekhi' preme ha-ifa vihva/a\nna paraye 'ham calituril\nnaraya(la-parab sarve\nnaukara upare prabhu nacite lagila\nnaukate kaliya-jiiana, dipe ratna-jiiane!\nnija-bhrame murkha-/oka kare kolahale\nnija ghare laiia prabhure bhik$a karai/a\nnija-grhe ani/a prabhure satigete laiia\nnijajiiane satya chagi' 'asatye satya-bhrama'\nnija-krta kr$t:Ja-lila-5/oka pagila\n\n17.41\n21\n18.33 145\n17.224 123\n17.133 71\n17.54\n28\n17.113 59\n18.80 171\n19.130 312\n17.131 69\n19.50 270\n19.53\n19.47\n18.57\n19.208\n19.216\n\n272\n269\n159\n380\n386\n\n19.80\n18.106\n18.101\n19.248\n\n287\n183\n181\n402\n\n19.84\n18.98\n19.95\n\n289\n179\n294\n\n", "mad7#p0458": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n426\n\nnijanurupe prabhur eka-rupe\n\n19.121 308\n\npatsaha dekhiya sabe sambhrame uthila\n\n19.19\n\nnija-sastra dekhi' tumi vicara kariya\n\n18.198 228\n\npatsara age ache mora 'sata jana'\n\n18.169 215\n\nnikate asiyacha tumi, yaha vrndavana\n\n19.240 398\n\n'pavanadi' saba kuQr;/e snana kariya\n\n18.58\n\n160\n\nnikate yamuna vahe sitala sam ira\n\n18.77\n\n169\n\nphala-mule vyanjana kare, vanya nana saka\n\n17.63\n\n32\n\nnilacale chi/a yaiche premavesa mana\n\n17.226 124\n\nphula-phala bhari' r;lala par;le prabhu-paya\n\n17.201 112\n\n256\n\nnimantral)a lagi' loka kare hur;lahur;li\n\n18.148 206\n\nprabhate uthiya yabe karila gamana\n\n19.238 398\n\nnirantara avesa prabhura na dekhiye bhala\n\n18.141 202\n\nprabhu-age du/:lkhi hana kahe vivaral)a\n\n17.123\n\nnirantara durihe cinti tamara caral)a\n\n17.97\n\nso\n\nprabhu-age kahe, -ei thak cari-jana\n\n18.181 220\n\n'nirantara kr�Qa-nama' jihva tarira gaya\n\n17.111\n\n59\n\nprabhu-age kahe loka,-sri-k[$1)a dekhi/a\n\n18.97\n\n178\n\nnirantara premavese nirjane gamana\n\n17.67\n\n34\n\n'prabhu aila' suni' candrasekhara aila\n\n17.91\n\n46\n265\n\n65\n\nnirjana-vane cale prabhu k[$1)a-nama lana\n\n17.25\n\n13\n\nprabhu caliyachena bindu-madhava-darasane 19.38\n\nnirjharete u�Qodake snana tina-bara\n\n17.66\n\n34\n\nprabhu-dara5ane sabe 'k[$1)a-bhakta' ha-i/a\n\n'nirvise$a-brahma' sthape svasastra uthana\n\n18.186 222\n\nprabhu dekhibare gramera saba-loka aila\n\n19.109\n\n301\n\n'nirvi5e$a-gosani' lana karena vyakhyana\n\n18.200 228\n\nprabhu dekhi' dure par;le dal)r;/avat hana\n\n19.46\n\n268\n\nni5caya kariya haifa hrdaye ullasa\n\n17.84\n\nprabhu dekhi' haifa tiirira kichu vismaya jnana 17.83\n\n42\n\n42\n\n19.109 301\n\n'ni$iddhacara', 'kutinJp', 'jiva-hirilsana'\n\n19.159 341\n\nprabhu dekhi' karila /oka caral)a vandana\n\n18.93\n\nnivrtta hana rahe sabe jani' prabhura mana\n\n17.23\n\n12\n\nprabhu dekhi' premavesa ha-i/a durihara\n\n19.47\n\n269\n\nnutana kaupina-bahirvasa paraila\n\n19.86\n\n289\n\nprabhu dekhi' sabara mane haila bhaya-karipa 19.79\n\n286\n\nnutana sarigi ha-ibeka, -snigdha yiirira mana\n\n17.14\n\n7\n\np\n19.27\n\n259\n\npale-pale vyaghra, hasti, gal)r;/ara, sukara-gal)a 17.26\n\n13\n\npalaiba bali' sanatanere bandhila\npanca-rasa 'sthiiyi' vyapi rahe bhakta-mane\n\n19.188 369\n\npancaratre, bhagavate ei /ak$al)a kaya\n\n19.169\n\n351\n\npiirica-sata jana asi' kare nimantral)a\n\n17.58\n\n30\n\n176\n\nprabhu dekhi' vrndavanera sthavara-jarigama 17.202 113\nprabhu dekhi' vrndavane vrk$a-lata-gal)e\n\n17.200 112\n\nprabhu r;lubaila k[$1)a-premera vanyate\n\n19.40\n\nprabhu-gul)a gana kare preme matta hana\n\n17.148\n\n81\n\nprabhu jafa-krtya kare, age hasti ai/a\n\n17.31\n\n15\n\nprabhu janena-dina parica-sata sei rahiba\n\n19.251 403\n\nprabhu kahe,-'aji mora hanache nimantral)e' 17.102\n\n266\n\n53\n\nprabhu kahe, -bhala tattva sikhaila more\n\n19.105 299\n\nprabhu kahe,-kaha 'k[$1)a' vyaghra uthi/a\n\n17.29\n\n14\n176\n\npanca-vidha-bhak te gaul)a sapta-rasa haya\n\n19.187 365\n\nprabhu kahe, -kahari haite karila agamana?\n\n18.93\n\nprabhu kahe,-'kahiiri paila 'k[$1)a darasana?'\n\n18.109 184\n\npara kari' bhattacarya calila lana\n\n18.157 210\n\nparama santo�a prabhura vanya-bhojane\n\n17.64\n\n'pararil-brahma'-'paramatma'-jnana pravil)a\n\n19.218 387\n\nparamparaya 'vai$1)ava' haifa sarva-dese\n\n17.49\n\n33\n25\n\nparapara-sunya gabhira bhakti-rasa-sindhu\n\n19.137 317\n\nparvate na car;le dui-rupa-sanatana\n\n18.45\n\n152\n\n'pa5cima'-dese taiche saba 'vai$QaVa' kari/a\n\n17.153\n\n84\n\n'pa5cime' asiya kaila yavanadi dhanya\n\n18.213 235\n\npathana kahe,-tumi pascima mathura dui-\n\n18.172 216\n\nprabhu kahe, -ke tumi, kahiiri tamara ghara? 18.85\n\n173\n\n17.129\n\n68\n\nprabhu kahena, -kaha, teriho par;le k[$1)a-lila 19.99\n\n296\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"mayavadi k[$1)e aparadhi\n\nprabhu kahena, -thak nahe, mora 'sarigi' jana 18.183 221\nprabhu kahe,-nija-sarigi kariho na ta-iba\n\n17.13\n\n7\n\nprabhu kahe,-sanatanera hanache mocana\n\n19.57\n\n274\n\nprabhu kahe, -sruti, smrti, yata r�i-gal)a\n\n17.184\n\n99\n\nprabhu kahe, -suna, rupa, bhakti-rasera\n\n19.136 317\n\n'pathana-vai$Qava bali' haifa tarira khyati\n\n18.211 234\n\nprabhu kahe,-tamara kartavya, amara vacana 19.240 398\n\npathe giibhi-ghata care prabhure dekhiya\n\n17.194 109\n\nprabhu kahe, -tamara sastra sthape 'nirvise$e'18.189 223\n\npat he yahari yahari haya yamuna-darsana\n\n17.154\n\n85\n92\n\npathe yaite bhattacarya saka-mula-phala\n\n17.57\n\n29\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"tumi 'guru', ami 'si$ya'-praya 17.170\n\npathe yaite kare prabhu ucca sarikirtana\n\n17.34\n\n18\n\nprabhu kahe, -upadhyaya, sre$tha mana'\n\n19.101 297\n\npati-sutanvaya-bhratr-bandhavan\n\n19.210 381\n\nprabhu kahe, -utha, kr$Qa-nama tumi /a-ita\n\n18.205 231\n\n", "mad7#p0459": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n427\n\nprabhu kahe,-'vi�Qu' 'vi�Qu' iha na kahiba!\nprabhu-kat:Jtha-dhvani suni' aise mrgi-pala\nprabhu-karQe kr�t:Ja-nama kahe ucca kari'\nprabhuke ber;Jaya asi' hurikara kariya\nprabhuke sunana kr�t:Jera guQa-5/aka par;Je\n\n18.111 186\n17.197 111\n17.221 122\n17.194 109\n17.209 116\n\nprabhu tatire krpa kai/a alitigana kari\nprabhu tanre sneha kari' krpa praka5ila\nprabhu tara ariga muche, 5/aka par;Je range\nprabhu tare urhana kai/a alirigana\nprabhu uthi' tarire krpaya kaila a/itigana\n\nprabhu krpa kai/a yaiche riipa-sanatane\nprabhu-krpa pana durihe dui hata yur;li'\nprabhu lana gela visvesvara-darasane\nprabhu na dekhi/a nija-gaQera bandhana\nprabhu pafhaila tarire karite bhajane\n\n19.122\n19.52\n17.86\n18.179\n19.91\n\n308\n271\n43\n219\n292\n\nprabhu yabe vrndavana karena gamana\n19.11 250\n17.107 57\nprakaQr;/a-sarira, suddha-kancana-varaQa\npraka5ananda-age kahe caritra tanhara\n17.105 56\n17.104 54\npraka5ananda sripada sabhate vasiya\nprakrtendriya-grahya nahe, haya sva-praka5a 17.134 71\n\nprabhu-prema-saundarya dekhi' lake\nprabhura avasi�ta-patra-prasada paila\nprabhura avesa haifa madhava-daraiane\nprabhura caraQa dhari' karena radana\nprabhura caraQadaka savarhse kai/a pana\n\n18.20\n18.89\n19.41\n17.85\n17.88\n\n139\n175\n266\n42\n44\n\n4\nprasanna hana ajna diba, na maniba 'duhkha' 17.7\n12\nprasiddha patha char;li' prabhu upapathe calila 17.24\n18.55 158\nprastave kahiluri gapala-krpara akhyana\n18.149 206\npratab-kale aise /aka, tamare na paya\n18.134 199\npratab-kale akriire asi' randhana kariya\n\nprabhura darasane suddha hanache tarira\nprabhura gamana-riti piirve ye likhi/a\nprabhura gambhira-svare yena prati-dhvani\nprabhura mahima dekhi' lake camatkara\nprabhura pratape tara eka pa5a haya\n\n17.123 65\n18.56 159\n17.206 114\n19.43 267\n14\n17.27\n\npratab-kale asi' rahe gramera bahire\npratab-kale bhakta-gaQa prabhu na dekhiya\npratab-kale bhavya-/aka prabhu-sthane aila\npratab-kale mahaprabhu pratab-snana kaila\npratab-kale prabhu 'manasa-gariga'ya kari'\n\n19.245\n17.22\n18.103\n18.155\n18.32\n\n285\n124\n86\n124\n172\n\nprate prabhu-sarige ai/a jala-patra lana\nprate u(hi mathura ca/ila gaurahari\nprate vrndavane kaila 'cira-ghate' snana\nprathame gapala lana ganthuli-grame khui/a\nprathamei tama-sange ai/a gaur;/a haite\n\n18.90 175\n17.146 81\n18.75 169\n18.29 143\n9\n17.16\n\nprabhura premavesa, ara prabhava bhakti-sara 19.76\n17.225\nprabhura premavesa dekhi' brahmaQa17.157\nprabhura premavesa dekhi' lake camatkara\n17.225\nprabhura rak�a lagi' vipra ha-ifa cintita\nprabhura riipa-prema dekhi' ha-ifa camatkara 18.84\n\n18.88 174\n19.253 404\n17.35\n18\n17.85\n42\n17.93\n47\n\n400\n12\n182\n209\n145\n\nprabhura riipa-prema dekhi' haya camatkare\nprabhura 'se�anna' misra savamse khaila\nprabhura se�a prasada-patra dui-bhai paila\nprabhura vancha piirQa saba karila gapale\nprabhura virahe tine ekatra miliya\n\n17.101 52\n17.91\n46\n19.59 275\n18.41 150\n17.148 81\n\nprathamei upsakhara karaye chedana\nprati vrk�a-lata prabhu karena alirigana\nprayaga-paryanta durihe tama-satige yaba\nprayage aila bhatta gasanire lana\n'prayage' asiya prabhu kaila veQi-snana\n\n19.161\n17.204\n18.216\n19.113\n17.149\n\n344\n114\n236\n303\n82\n\nprabhura ye ajna haya, sei sire dhari\"\nprabhure bhik�a dena salagrame samarpiya\nprabhure dekhiya mleccha karaye vicara\nprabhure miliya gela apana-bhavane\nprabhure miircchita dekhi' sei ta brahmaQa\n\n18.151\n18.134\n18.164\n19.3\n17.219\n\n207\n199\n213\n247\n121\n\nprayage calaiba, ihari na diba rahite\nprayage prabhura lila nari varQibara\nprema-bhakti paya sei caitanya-caraQe\nprema dehki' upadhyayera haifa camatkara\nprema 'gupta' karena, bahire na prakase\n\n19.111\n19.43\n19.256\n19.100\n17.50\n\n302\n267\n405\n296\n26\n\nprabhure nimantraQa kari' ghare bhik�a dila\nprabhu-satige cafe, nahi char;Je dhenu-gaQa\nprabhu-satige madhyahne akriira Urthe aila\nprabhu-satige nrtya kare premavi�!a hana\n\n45\n17.89\n17.196 110\n18.89 175\n17.158 87\n\npremalapair drr;Jhatara-pari�vanga-ratigaih\nprema matta hana teriha karena nartana\npremanande nace, gaya, saghana hunkara\n'prema-pha/a' paki' par;Je, mali asvadaya\n\n19.120 307\n19.107 300\n17.157 86\n19.162 345\n\nprabhu-satige rahe grha-stri-putra char;liya\nprabhu sri-caraQa dila tanhara mathaya\nprabhu tarire kahila, 'kaha kr�t:Jera varQana'\n\n18.90 175\n18.209 233\n19.94 293\n\nprema-seva kari' tu�!a kaila prabhura mana\npremasmin bata radhikeva labhate yasyarh\npremavese kr�t:Jera kaila sarvatiga-sparsana\n\n17.81\n18.12\n18.62\n\n40\n135\n162\n\n", "mad7#p0460": "428\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\npremavese mahaprabhu bhiimite pac;/ila\n\n17.218 121\n\nraghunatha-bhal!a-gosiiiii, !ira /okaniitha\n\n18.49\n\npremavese mahaprabhu ha-ifa vihvala\n\n19.78\n\n286\n\nraghupati upadhyaya namaskiira kaila\n\n19.97\n\n295\n\npremavese nace prabhu hari-dhvani kari'\n\n19.42\n\n267\n\nraja kahe, -tamara sthane vaidya pathailun\n\n19.20\n\n257\n\npremavese nrtya kare Ordhva-bahu kari'\n\n18.177 218\n\npremiivese prabhu kare kirtana-nartana\n\n18.36\n\n147\n\n154\n\nraja-karya chac;/ila, na yaya raja-dvare\n\n19.15\n\n252\n\nraja more priti kare, se-mora bandhana\n\n19.13\n\n251\n171\n\npremavese prabhura deha-mana ayuyaila\n\n19.99\n\n296\n\nriijaputa-jati,-grhastha, yamuna-pare grama\n\n18.82\n\npremavese prabhura mana haifa ta/amala\n\n18.68\n\n165\n\nrajaputa-jati muiii, a-pare mora ghara\n\n18.86\n\n173\n\npremiivese prabhure karena namaskara\n\n18.84\n\n172\n\nrajaputa-lokera sei grame vasati\n\n18.26\n\n142\n\npremavese prabhu tanre kaila aliilgana\n\n19.107 300\n\n'ramadasa' adi pathana-cakara tiiilh!ira\n\n18.208 233\n\npremavese prabhu yabe karena citkiira\n\n18.178 219\n\n'ramadiisa' bali' prabhu tiiilra kai/a nama\n\n18.207 232\n\npremavi�ta haiia sloka pac;lite lagila\n\n19.73\n\nramananda-pase yata siddhanta sunila\n\n19.116 305\n\nprema vrddhi-krame nama-sneha, mana,\n\n19.178 357\n\nramananda-svarOpa-sange nibhrte yukati\n\n17.3\n\npreme gara-gara mana ratri-divase\n\n17.229 125\n\nrasa-gal)a-madhye tumi sre�tha mana' kaya?\n\n19.104 299\n\npreme matta ca/i' iii/a govardhana-grama\n\n18.17\n\n138\n\nrasamrta-sindhu-granthera mangalacaral)e\n\n19.133 314\n\npreme matta haifa sei nace, bale 'hari'\n\n18.88\n\n174\n\nrasa-stha/1 dekhi' preme mOrcchite ha-ifa\n\n18.72\n\npreme matta niice /aka kari' hari-dhvani\n\n17.189 107\n\nrati bhede kr�IJa-bhakti-rase paiica bheda\n\n19.184 361\n\npreme prabhu kare riidha-kul)c;/era stavana\n\n18.6\n\nrati gac;lha haile tara 'prema' nama kaya\n\n19.177 356\n\npremi kr�IJadasa, !ira seita brahmal)a\n\n18.158 210\n\nratre mahaprabhu kare manete viciire\n\n18.22\n\n283\n\n132\n\n'premonmade pac;le gos!il'ii madhya-yamunate 19.41\n\n302\n\n17.1\n\n2\n\npremonmattan sahonnrtyiin\n\n3\n\n167\n\n140\n\nratre tenho svapna dekhe, -prabhu iii/a ghare 19.245 400\nratrye uthi' vana-pathe palaiiii yaba\n\n17.5\n\n3\n\npriya-svarOpe dayita-svarOpe\n\n19.121 308\n\nrddha siddhi-vraja-vijayita satya-dharmii\n\n19.165 347\n\npunab kr�IJa-rati haya duita prakara\n\n19.192 371\n\nrOpa gosaiii dui-bhaiye karai/a bhojane\n\n19.88\n\n290\n\npunab sari kahe suke kari' parihasa\n\n17.215 119\n\nrupa gosaiii nilacale pathai/a dui-jana\n\n19.11\n\n250\n\npunab suka kahe, -kr�IJa 'madana-mohana'\n\n17.213 118\n\nrOpa-gosaiiira chota-bhai-parama-vai�l)ava\n\n19.36\n\n264\n\npunarapi sei vipra prabhure puchi/a\n\n17.124\n\n65\n\nrOpa-gosaiiire sik�a kara'na sakti sal'icariya\n\n19.114 303\n\n156\n\npul)c;/arikak�a, isana, ara laghu-haridasa\n\n18.52\n\nrOpa-gosaiii se-divasa tathani rahila\n\n19.58\n\n274\n\npurl-dvaye, vaikuQthadye-aisvarya-pravil)a\n\n19.193 371\n\nrOpa kahena,-tenho bandi haya raja-ghare\n\n19.56\n\n273\n\npuri-gos!iiiira ye acaral)a, sei dharma sara\n\n17.185 100\n\nrOpa-sanatana sabara krpa-gaurava-patra\n\n19.123 309\n\n\"puri-gos!iii i tamara ghare karyachena bhik�a 17.177\n\n95\n\n'purl madhu-puri vara'-kahe upadhyaya\n\n19.102 297\n\npOr!Jab suddho nitya-mukto\n\n17.133\n\n71\n\n'p0rl)aisvarya-prabhu-jiiana' adhika haya dasye19.219 388\npOrl)ananda-prapti tanra caral)a-sevana\n\nrOpe krpa kari' taha saba sal'icari/a\n\n19.116 305\n\n'rOpera mi/ana' sva-granthe likhiyachena\n\n19.118 306\n\ns\n\n18.195 226\n\npOrvapara-vidhi-madhye 'para' -balavan\n\n18.197 227\n\nsaba dina premavese nrtya-gita kaila\n\n18.63\n\n162\n\npOrva-ratrye jagannatha dekhi' 'ajl'ia' /aiia\n\n17.21\n\n11\n\nsaba gopi haite radha kr�!Jera preyasi\n\n18.7\n\n133\n\nsaba khal)c;/i' sthape 'isvara', 'tanhara sevana'\n\n18.196 227\n\n'pOrve suniyachi prabhu karyachena sannyasa' 17.84\n\n42\n\nsaba /aka dekhite aila ascarya suniya\n\n18.19\n\npOrve vrndavana yaite kari/ana vicara\n\n17.70\n\n35\n\nsabare rakhiba, yena keha nahi yaya\n\n17.6\n\n4\n\npOrve yena 'dak�il)a' yaite /aka nistarila\n\n17.153\n\n84\n\npu�padi dhyane karena kr�!Je samarpal)a\n\n17.204 114\n\nsabare upadesa kare 'nama-sankirtana'\n\n18.81\n\n171\n\nsaba-sane kric;/a kare hana tara va5e\n\n17.203 113\n\nsaba sikhaila prabhu bhagavata-siddhanta\n\n19.115 304\n\nR\n\nsabe asi' kahe, -kr�IJa pailun darasana\n\n18.96\n\n139\n\n178\n\nradha-sange yada bhati\n\n17.216 120\n\nsabe 'eka'-mala nahe, bhinna bhinna dharma\n\n17.184\n\n99\n\nraga-anuraga, bhava, mahabhava haya\n\n19.178 357\n\nsabe 'kr�!Ja' 'hari' bali' nace, kande, hase\n\n17.49\n\n25\n\n", "mad7#p0461": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n429\n\nsabe 'kr�ra' kahe, sabara haifa premavesa\n\n18.206 231\n\n'sannyasi' -nama-matra, maha-indraja/1'\n\n17.120\n\n63\n\nsa ca mene tadatmanam\n\n19.207 380\n\nsannyasira sariga-bhaye na manena nimantrara17.103\n\n53\n\nsac-cid-ananda-deha, purra-brahma-svarupa\n\n18.191 224\n\nsannyasira sarige bhik�a kahan na kariba\n\n19.251 403\n\n$ac;/-aisvarya-purra kr$1Ja haya suryopama\n\n18.112 187\n\nsanoc;liya-ghare sannyasi na kare bhojana\n\n17.179\n\n$ac;/-darsana-vyakhya vina katha nahi etha\n\n17.96\n\nsanta-bhakta -nava-yogendra, sanakadi ara\n\n19.189 369\n\nsadhana-bhakti haite haya 'rati'ra udaya\n\n19.177 356\n\nsanta-dasya-rase aisvarya kahari uddipana\n\n19.195 372\n\nsadhana karile prema utpanna na haya\n\n19.175 355\n\nsanta, dasya, sakhya, vatsalya, madhura-rasa\n\n18.185 364\n\n'sadhya-sadhana-vastu' nari nirdharite\n\n18.202 229\n\nsanta-rase-'svarupa-buddhye kr$1Jaika-\n\n19.211 382\n\nso\n\n96\n\nsa eva bhakti-yogakhya\n\n19.174 354\n\nsanta-rati, dasya-rati, sakhya-rati ara\n\n18.183 361\n\nsagare prabhure bhatta naukate cac;/aiia\n\n19.77\n\n286\n\nsantera gura dasye ache, adhika-'sevana'\n\n19.221 389\n19.222 389\n\nsahasra-gura prema biic;le mathura darasane\n\n17.227 124\n\nsantera gura, dasyera sevana-sakhye dui\n\n'sahasra-vadana' yarira nahi pa'na anta\n\n18.223 240\n\nsantera svabhava-kr$1Je mamata-gandha-\n\n19.218 387\n\n\"sahite na pan ami lokera gac;labac;li\n\n18.148 206\n\nsapta gaura 'agantuka' paiye karare\n\n19.188 369\n\nsahite na pari muiii viraha-tarailge'\n\n19.239 398\n\n'sarasvati' ei vakye 'satya' kahaila\n\n18.97\n\n178\n\nsahite na parimu sei 'du�te'ra vacana\n\n17.183\n\n98\n\nsarat-kala haila, prabhura ca/ite haifa mali\n\n17.3\n\n3\n\nsaila dekhi' mane haya-ei 'govardhana'\n\n17.55\n\n29\n\nsarika pac;laye tabe radhika-varrana\n\n17.211 117\n\nsakala dekhiye tarite adbhuta-kathana\n\n17.107\n\n57\n\nsarkara, sita, michari, uttama-michari ara\n\n19.179 359\n\nsakala desera loka ha-ifa 'vai�rave'\n\n17.51\n\n26\n\nsarvabhauma bhattacarya-parc;lita prabala\n\n17.119\n\n63\n\n'sakara-gosaiii'-sevya, karo nahi jiiana\n\n18.200 228\n\nsarva-gopi$U saivaika\n\n18.8\n\n133\n\nsakheti matva prasabham yad uktam\n\n19.199 375\n\n'sarvaisvarya-purra teriho-syama-kalevara\n\n18.190 224\n\nso\n\nsakhya-bhakta-sridamadi, pure bhimarjuna\n\n19.190 370\n\n'sarvajiia isvara' tumi dila darasana\n\n17.97\n\nsakhya-bhave dhar�tya k$amapaya kariya\n\n19.198 374\n\n'sarva-sre�tha, sarvaradhya, kararera karara\n\n18.193 225\n\nsakhyera asarikoca, lalana-mamatadhikya haya 19.231 395\n\nsarva-tattva-nirupare 'pravira' karila\n\n19.47\n\n305\n\nsakhyera gura-'asarikoca', 'agaurava' sara\n\n19.227 392\n\nsarvatha-ni5cita-iilho kr$1Ja-avatara\n\n17.163\n\n89\n\nsak$at bhramaye ebe sei vrndavane\n\n17.228 125\n\nsarva-tirthe haifa tanra parama-mahattva\n\n18.212 234\n\nsak$at dekhila loka-nahika samsaya\n\n18.95\n\n'sarvatma', 'sarvajiia', nitya sarvadi-svarupa\n\n18.191 224\n\nsalokya-sar�!i-samipya-\n\n19.173 354\n\nsarvatra gahiya bule mahaprabhura kirti\n\n18.211 234\n\nsamatvenaiva vik$eta\n\n18.116 190\n\nsarvopadhi-vinirmuktam\n\n19.170 352\n\nsambhrame asana diya rajare vasaila\n\n19.19\n\nsastre likhiyache, keha la-ite na paraya\n\n18.199 228\n\nsattvika-vyabhicari-bhavera milane\n\n18.181 360\n\n177\n\n256\n\n\"samo man-ni�thata buddheb\" iti sri-mukha- 19.211 382\nsamo man-ni$fhata buddher\n\n19.213 384\n\nsaundaryadi dekhi' bhattera haifa camatkara\n\n19.76\n\nsamo man-ni$thata buddher\n\n19.212 383\n\nsaundaryam lalanali-dhairya-dalanam lila\n\n17.210 116\n\n285\n\nsanatana kahe,-nahe ama haite kama\n\n19.23\n\n258\n\nsavamse sei jala mastake dharila\n\n19.86\n\n289\n\nsanatana kahe,-tumi svatantra gauc;lesvara\n\n19.26\n\n259\n\nsa yat pramaram kurute\n\n17.178\n\n95\n\nsanatana-mukhe kr$1Ja ama sikhaila\n\n17.74\n\n37\n\nse amrtanande bhakta saha c;lubena apane\n\n19.229 393\n\nsanatana vyaya kare, rakhe mudi-ghare\n\n19.9\n\n250\n\nseha tamara nama jane, -apane kahila\n\n17.125\n\n65\n\nsanatane kahe, -tumi cala mora sathe\n\n19.28\n\n260\n\nsei bhakta, tahari asi' dekhaye tanhare\n\n18.44\n\n151\n\n'sanatanera varta kaha'-tarihare puchila\n\n19.55\n\n273\n\nsei dui-jana prabhura sange cali' aila\n\n18.218 237\n\nsaiicarya rOpe vyatanot punab sa\n\n19.1\n\n246\n\nsei grame giya kaila gopala-darasana\n\n18.36\n\n147\n\nsandhya-kale akrure asi' bhik$a nirvahila\n\n18.74\n\n168\n\nsei jala-bindu-kara /age yara gaya\n\n17.32\n\n17\n\nsange cafe, 'kr$1Ja' bali' nace matta haiia\n\n17.44\n\n22\n\nsei-kale tapana-misra kare ganga-snana\n\n17.83\n\n42\n\nsarige gopala-bhatta, dasa-raghunatha\n\n18.49\n\n154\n\nsei 'kr�ra' 'kr�ra' kahe, preme nace, gaya\n\n17.32\n\n17\n\nsannyasi-cit-kara jiva, kirara-kara-sama\n\n18.112 187\n\nsei kr$ra-preme matta, tare tribhuvane\n\n18.123 193\n\n", "mad7#p0462": "430\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\nsei kurx;le yei eka-bara kare snana\nsei-mata pa5cima desa, preme bhasaila\nsei-mata vrndavane tavat dekhi/a\nsei mleccha-madhye eka parama gambhira\nsei pathe prabhu laiia kariye payana\n\n18.10\n18.221\n18.56\n18.185\n18.144\n\n134\n238\n159\n222\n203\n\nsri-gopala-dasa, ara dasa-narayaQa\nsri-radheva hares tadiya-sarasi\nsri-radhikaya/:1 priyata surOpata\nsri-rOpa-gosani ai/a sri-vrndavane\nsri-rOpa-gosaiii tabe naukate bhariya\n\n18.51\n18.12\n17.212\n18.54\n19.6\n\n155\n135\n118\n158\n248\n\nsei preme matta haya, kare kr�Qa-satikirtana\nse-ratri rahi/a haridevera mandire\nsei saba lake prabhu prasada kari/a\nsei sei sevanera ihati nama-'palana'\nsei svapna parateka toma asi' painu\n\n18.219\n18.22\n18.127\n19.226\n18.87\n\n238\n140\n196\n391\n174\n\nsri-rOpa-hrdaye prabhu sakti saiicarila\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\nsri-rOpa-sanatana rahe ramakeli-grame\n\n19.117\n17.234\n18.229\n19.257\n19.3\n\n305\n127\n242\n406\n247\n\nsei ta brahmaQe prabhu satigete la-ila\nseita 'gosaiii' tumi-sak�at 'isvara'\nseita 'p�ary;li' haya, daQc;/e tare yama\nseita pathana saba 'vairagi' ha-ifa\nsei tine satige cafe, prabhu ni$edhi/a\n\n17.192\n18.201\n18.115\n18.210\n17.147\n\n108\n229\n189\n234\n81\n\nsri-rOpa sik�a dila sakti saiicariya\nsri-rOpa sunila prabhura niladri-gamana\nsrf-rOpa-upare prabhura yata krpa haifa\nsri-rOpa-va/labha dutihe asiya mili/a\nsri-rOpe dekhiya prabhura prasanna haifa\n\n19.135\n19.10\n19.255\n19.45\n19.48\n\n315\n250\n405\n268\n269\n\nsei vijuli-khanna haifa 'maha-bhagavata'\nsei vipra nimantriya nila nijalaya\nsei vipra-nirbhaya, se-mukhe bac;la dac;la\nsei vipra prabhuke dekhaya tirtha-sthana\nsei vipra vahi' nibe vastrambu-bhajana\n\n18.212\n19.44\n18.167\n17.190\n17.19\n\n234\n268\n214\n107\n10\n\nsri-uddhava-dasa, ara madhava-dui-jana\n'srivana' dekhi' puna!) gela 'loha-vana'\nsri-yadava-acarya, ara govinda gosaiii\nsr�ti, sthiti, pralaya tatiha haite haya\nsrutim apare smrtim itare\n\n18.51\n18.67\n18.50\n18.192\n19.96\n\n155\n164\n155\n225\n294\n\nsei vipre, kr�t:�adase, prabhu vidaya dila\nsei vipre sadhe /oka nimantraQa nite\nsei vrk�a-nikate care bahu gabhi-gaQa\nseka-jala paiia upasakha bac;li' yaya\nse-kale vallabha-bha�ta rahe ac;laila-grame\n\n18.215\n18.132\n18.160\n19.160\n19.61\n\n236\n198\n211\n343\n276\n\nstabdha haiia mola-sakha bac;lite na pay a\nsthaQu-puru$e yaiche viparita-jiiane\nsthavara-jatigama mi/i' kare kr�Qa-dhvani\nsthayibhave mile yadi vibhava, anubhava\nsthO/a-sOk$ma-jagatera tetiho samasraya\n\n19.160\n18.108\n17.206\n18.180\n18.192\n\n343\n184\n114\n359\n225\n\nse-saba gramera /okera haya 'prema-bhakti'\nse-saba /ak�aQa prakata dekhiye tanhate\nse�a-ratre uthi' prabhu ca/ila lukaiia\n'seva' kari' kr�t:Je sukha dena nirantara\nseva kari' nrtya kare vastra uc;Jana\n\n24\n17.47\n17.110 58\n17.21\n11\n19.220 388\n44\n17.87\n\nstri-bala-vrddha, ara 'caQc;/iila', 'yavana'\nsuci/:1 sad-bhakti-diptagni'suddha-bhakti' haite haya 'prema' utpanna\nsudurlabha/:1 prasantatma\nsuka-mukhe suni' kr�Qera varQana\n\n18.121\n19.74\n19.166\n19.150\n17.211\n\n192\n284\n348\n330\n117\n\nsevonmukhe hi jihvadau\nsighra asi' more tiitira diba samacara\nsikhi-gaQa nrtya kari' prabhu-age yaya\nsilaril sarva-jananuraiijanam aho yasyayam\n'si�ya' kari' tatira bhik�a kaila atigikara\n\n17.136 73\n19.12 251\n17.199 112\n17.210 116\n17.180 97\n\nsuka, pika, bhrtiga prabhure dekhi' 'paiicama' 17.199\n17.209\nsuka-sarika prabhura hate uc;li' pac;le\nsuka-sari uc;li' puna!) gela vrk�a-c;la/e\n17.217\nsukha anubhavi' prabhu kahena vacana\n17.67\n19.163\nsukhe prema-phala-rasa kare asvadana\n\n112\n116\n120\n34\n346\n\nsivananda-senera putra 'kavi-karQapOra'\nsnana bhik�adi nirvaha karena abhyase\n'soro-k�etre, age yana kari' gatiga-snana\nsoro-k�etre asi' prabhu kaila gatiga-snana\n\n19.118\n17.229\n18.144\n18.214\n\n306\n125\n203\n235\n\nsok�ma(lam apy aharil jiva/:1\nsuna, bhattacarya, \"ami gelatia bahu-desa\nsuni' anandita haifa upadhyayera mana\nsuni' anandita vipra nacite lagila\n\n19.142 321\n34\n17.68\n19.94 293\n17.174 93\n\nsraddha kari' ei katha sune ye jane\nsraddha kari' suna iha, 'satya' kari' mana'\nsravaQa-kirtana-jale karaye secana\nsri-gopala darasana kaila bahu-ratige\n\n19.256\n18.226\n19.152\n18.53\n\n405\n241\n333\n157\n\nsuni' caitanyera satige ha-ifa pagala\nsuni' hasi' kahe prabhu,-saba 'satya' haya\nsunileo bhagya-hinera na haya pratiti\nsuni' mahaprabhu i�at hasite /agila\n\n17.119 63\n18.95 177\n18.225 241\n18.218 237\n\n", "mad7#p0463": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n431\n\n19.243 400\n\nsuni' mahaprabhu mane ananda pana\n\n18.61\n\nsuni' mah!iprabhura maha-premavesa haila\n\n18.161 212\n\ntabe 'khela-tirtha' dekhi' 'bhaf)r;/iravana' aila\n\n18.66\n\n164\n\nsuni' mahaprabhura maha premavesa haila\n\n19.95\n\ntabe kruddha hana raja kahe ara-bara\n\n19.24\n\n258\n\n161\n294\n\ntabe dui bhai vrndavanere calila\n\nsuni' mahaprabhu tabe i$al hasila\n\n17.124\n\n65\n\ntabu likhibare nare tara eka kaf)a\n\n17.232 126\n\nsuni' mahaprabhu tanre bahu prasarilsila\n\n19.73\n\n283\n\ntabe mahaprabhu gela 'sri-kamyavana'\n\n18.55\n\n158\n\nsuni'-'mah!iprabhu' y!ibena sri-vrndavane\n\n17.98\n\n51\n\ntabe mahaprabhu hasi' bali/a vacana\n\n17.176\n\n94\n\nsuni' prabhu kaila tanra caraf)a vandana\n\n17.169\n\n91\n\ntabe mahiiprabhu sei brahmaf)e lana\n\n17.164\n\n89\n\n\"suniyachi gaur;fa-desera sannyasi-'bhavuka' 17.116\n\n61\n\ntabe mahaprabhu tanre nikate vasaila\n\n19.55\n\n273\n\nsuniya gramera loka cintita ha-i/a\n\n18.29\n\n143\n\ntabe matigala haya, -ei bhiila yukti haye\n\n18.142 203\n\nsuniya p!ithana mane sankoca ha-i/a\n\n18.176 218\n\ntabe mala-sakha bar;li' yaya vrndavana\n\n19.161 344\n19.126 310\n\nsuniya prakasananda bahuta hasila\n\n17.115\n\n60\n\ntabe prasarilsiya kahe sei bhakta-gaf)a\n\nsuniya sri-rOpa likhila sanatana-thani\n\n19.32\n\n262\n\ntabe rOpa gos!ini saba nija-gaf)a lana\n\n18.48\n\n153\n\nsuniya tad-anurapa kariba vyavahara\n\n19.12\n\n251\n\ntabe sei dui cara rOpa-thani iii/a\n\n19.31\n\n262\n\nsuniya vismita vipra kahe bhaya piit'ia\n\n17.171\n\n92\n\ntabe sei pathana cari-janere bandhila\n\n18.166 214\n\n5u$ka ruF-cana vicaya bhoga parihari'\n\n19.128 311\n\ntabe sei prasada k[$f)adasa pai/a 5e$a\n\n19.89\n\n291\n\nsustha han!i prabhu kare anga-kaf)r;/Oyana\n\n17.196 110\n\ntabe sei vipra prabhuke bhik$ii karaila\n\n17.187 106\n\nsutra-rupe kahi, vistara na yaya varf)ana\n\n19.136 317\n\ntabe sukha haya yabe gatiga-pathe yaiye\n\n18.150 207\n\nsvado 'pi sadyab savanaya kalpate\n\n18.125 194\n\ntabe tanra pade rOpa kare nivedana\n\n19.238 398\n\nsva-p!iko 'pi budhaib slagyo\n\n19.74\n\n284\n\ntabe t!iilre bandhi' rakhi' karil!i gamana\n\n19.30\n\nsva-prema-sampat-sudhayadbhuteharil\n\n19.54\n\n272\n\ntabe tanre kahe prabhu capar;fa mariya\n\n18.100 180\n\nsvarga, mok$a k[$f)a-bhakta 'naraka' kari' m!ine19.215 386\n\ntabe vipra prabhure lana iii/a nija-ghare\n\n17.175\n\nsvargapavarga-narake$V\n\n19.216 386\n\ntabe yaya tad-upari 'goloka-vrndavana'\n\n19.154 336\n\n261\n\n94\n\nsvarapa-gosani sabaya kaila nivaraf)a\n\n17.23\n\n12\n\ntadiyesita-jne$u bhaktair jitatvaril\n\n19.230 394\n\nsvarOpa kahe, -ei balabhadra-bhattacarya\n\n17.15\n\n8\n\ntaha dekhi' jnana haya-'ei narayaf)a\n\n17.109\n\n'svarapa'-lak$af)e tumi-'vrajendra-nandana'\n\n18.126 195\n\ntaha dekhi' mahaprabhura u/lasita mana\n\n18.160 211\n17.208 115\n\n58\n\nsvasukha-nibhrta-cet!is tad vyudastanya-\n\n17.138\n\n75\n\nt!iha dekhi' prabhura kichu sunite haila mana\n\n'svatantra isvara' tumi-svayaril bhagavan\"\n\n17.29\n\n39\n\ntaha diya kara sighra atma-vimocane\n\n19.34\n\nsvavidya-samvrto jivab\n\n18.114 188\n\ntah!i ke kahite pare k$udra jiva hana\n\n18.224 240\n\ntahii khaf)r;/i' 'savi5e$a' sthapiyache 5e$e\n\n18.189 223\n\ntiihan 'govardhana' dekhi' ha-ila vihvala\n\n18.15\n\n137\n\n'syamam eva pararil ruparil'-kahe up!idhyaya 19.101 297\n\ntahan haite mahaprabhu 'khadira-vana' iii/a\n\n18.63\n\n162\n\nsyama-rupera vasa-sthiina sre$tha mana' kaya? 19.102 297\n\ntiihan jhanpa diya par;fe preme acetana\n\n17.154\n\n85\n\ntahan lila-sthali dekhi' gel!i 'nandisvara'\n\n18.57\n\n159\n\ntahan sei anna bha�tacarya kare paka\n\n17.63\n\n32\n\ntahiin sei kalpa-vrk$era karaye sevana\n\n19.163 346\n\nsvayambhu, visr!ima, dirgha-Vi$f)U, bhatesvara 17.191 108\n\n263\n\n19.106 300\n\nsyamam eva pararil raparil\n\nT\n3\n\ntabe ami yan!i dekhi sri-vrndavana\n\n17.4\n\ntabe ara sloka suka karila pathana\n\n17.213 118\n\ntiihan sunila-gopa/a ge/a ganthuli grama\n\n18.35\n\nt!ihan t!ihan snana kari' premavi$la haila\n\n17.193 109\n\n146\n93\n\ntabe asi' dekhe bindu-m!idhava-caraf)e\n\n17.86\n\n43\n\ntahan vina ei premara kahiiil nahi gandha\n\n17.173\n\ntabe avyahati haya, karilun ni5caya\n\n19.14\n\n252\n\ntahiin vistarita hanii phale prema-phala\n\n19.155 337\n\ntabe bhattacarya sei brahmaf)e lana\n\n18.139 201\n\ntaha suni' prabhura hai/a vismaya-premol/asa\n\n17.215 119\n\ntabe bhattacarya tare 'sambandha' kahila\n\n17.174\n\n93\n\ntaha vighna kari' vana-pathe lana iii/a\n\n17.74\n\n37\n\ntabe bha�ta mahiiprabhure nimantraf)a kaila\n\n19.65\n\n278\n\nIaiche radha-kuf)r;fa priya 'priyara sarasi'\n\n18.7\n\n133\n\ntabe cali' ai/a prabhu 'sumanab-sarovara'\n\n18.15\n\n137\n\ntam matvatmajam avyaktaril\n\n19.205 378\n\n", "mad7#p0464": "432\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ntanha lana rupa-gosani prayage aila\ntanhara carare priti-'puru�artha-sara'\ntanhara mahima-pratapa na pari varf)ite\ntanhara vacana prabhu aligikara kaila\ntanhare puchila kichu nibhrte vasiya\n\n19.37 264\n18.194 226\n17.106 56\n17.20\n11\n17.164 89\n\ntepus tapas te juhuvu/:1 sasnur arya\n;hakura lana bhaga', asibe kali yavana'\ntina-bare 'kr�f)a-nama' na ai/a tara mukhe\n'tina' murti dekhi/a sei gopha ughac;liya\ntine 'bheda' nahi, -tina 'cid-ananda-rupa'\n\n19.72 282\n18.28 143\n17.127 66\n18.61 161\n17.131 69\n\ntan-ni$!ha durgha;a buddher\ntanra bhaktye haya jivera samsara-taraf)a\ntanra mukhe ana sune talira mukhe ana\ntalira salige anyonye, talira salige ana\ntalira seva vina jivera na yaya 'samsara'\n\n19.212\n18.193\n17.48\n18.220\n18.194\n\n383\n225\n25\n238\n226\n\ntire nrtya kare kuf){ia-li/a saliariya\ntirtha '/upta' jani' prabhu sarvajna bhagavan\ntirtha-vasi lu;ha', ara caha' maribara\ntiruhita paf){iita, ba{ia vai$f)ava, mahasaya\ntitik�a du/:lkha-sammar$0\n\n18.13\n18.5\n18.175\n19.92\n19.213\n\n136\n132\n217\n292\n384\n\ntanra vipra vahe jala-patra-bahirvasa\ntanre aliligiya prabhu naukate cagi/a\ntalire prasna karena prabhura pari$ada-gaf)a\ntiilire radha-sama 'prema' k[$f)a kare dana\ntali-sabare krpa kari' prabhu ta' ca/i/a\n\n17.65\n19.242\n19.124\n18.10\n18.210\n\n33\n399\n309\n134\n234\n\ntoma dekhi' jihva mora bale 'k[�f)a-nama'\ntoma dekhi' k[$f)a-preme jagat pagala\ntoma dekhi' mukha mora bale 'kr��Ja' 'hari'\ntoma dekhi' sarva-loka ha-ila nistara\ntamara 'ba{ia bhai' kare dasyu-vyavahara\n\n18.203\n18.120\n17.128\n18.110\n19.24\n\n230\n192\n67\n185\n258\n\ntapana-misra suni' asi' prabhure mili/a\n\"tara age yabe ami tamara nama la-ila\ntara madhye avese prabhu karila gamana\ntara madhye manu$ya-jati ati alpatara\ntara madhye mleccha, pulinda, bauddha,\n\n19.247 401\n17.125 65\n13\n17.26\n19.145 324\n19.145 324\n\ntamara caraf)a-saliga puna/:1 kahali paba?\ntamara dhana /aila tomaya pagala kariya\ntamara 'do$a' kahite kare namera uccara\n'tamara grama marite turuka-dhari sajila\ntamara nama suni' haya 'sva-paca' 'pavana'\n\n18.216\n18.182\n17.126\n18.27\n18.124\n\n236\n221\n66\n143\n193\n\ntara madhye 'sthavara', 'jaligama'-dui bheda 19.144 323\ntara sama sOk$ma jivera 'svarupa' vicari\n19.139 319\ntara sastra-yuktye tare prabhu kaila khaf)gana 18.187 223\ntara tale pingi-bandha parama-cikkaf)a\n18.76 169\n17.186 105\ntarko 'prati$!ha/:l srutayo vibhinna\n\ntamara paf)gita-sabara nahi sastra-jnana\n'tamara prasade ami eta sukha pai/a'\ntamara sastre kahe se�e 'eka-i isvara'\n'tamara sukhe amara sukha' -kahi/a apane\ntomare 'bhik�a' diba-ba{ia bhagya se amara\n\n18.197 227\n17.76\n38\n18.190 224\n5\n17.9\n17.182 98\n\nta-sabake tahan chiigi' age cali' gela\n22\n17.43\nta-sabara priti dekhi' prabhu bhavavese\n17.203 113\ntasmai deyam tato grahyam\n19.50 270\ntasya hare/:1 pada-kamalam\n19.134 315\ntasyal) sudu/:lkha-bhaya-soka-vina$!a-buddher 19.202 376\n\ntomare na pana /aka mora matha khaya\n18.149 206\n4\ntoma-sabara 'sukhe' pathe habe mora 'sukha' 17.7\n8\ntomate susnigdha baga, paf)gita, sadhu, arya 17.15\n19.137 317\ntomaya cakhaite tara kahi eka 'bindu'\n19.204 378\ntrayya copani$adbhis ca\n\ntasyaravinda-nayanasya padaravindatatas cantardadhe kr$1Ja/:l\ntate mali yatna kari' kare avaraf)a\ntathapi puri dekhi' tanra 'vai$f)ava'-acara\ntathapi talira darsana-sravaf)a-prabhave\n\n17.142 77\n19.209 380\n19.157 340\n17.180 97\n26\n17.51\n\ntato gatva vanoddesam\ntavad bhakti-sukhasyatra\ntenatavim a!asi tad vyathate na kim svit\nteliho daf)gavat kai/a, prabhu kai/a alingana\nteliho kahena, -\"tumi 'k[$1)a', tumi\n\n19.208\n19.176\n18.65\n19.62\n17.77\n\n380\n355\n163\n277\n38\n\nteliho kahe, yabe tumi devataya du/:lkha dite 19.29\ntelitula-tale vasi' kare nama-salikirtana\n18.78\ntelituli-talate asi' karila visrama\n18.75\n\n261\n170\n169\n\ntrivef)i-upara prabhura vasa-ghara sthana\ntrtiya-prahare /aka paya darasana\n\"tumi amaya ani' dekhaila vrndavana\ntumi-isvara, nahi tamara vidhi-vyavahara\ntumi yadi uddhiira', tabe ha-ibe uddhare\ntumi yaiche taiche chuti' aisa tahan haite\n\n19.60\n18.81\n18.153\n17.182\n19.56\n19.33\n\n275\n171\n208\n98\n273\n263\n\n17.121\n17.232\n18.151\n19.156\n19.204\n\n63\n126\n207\n\nu\nucchrnkhala-loka-salige dui-loka-nasa\"\nuddesa karite kari dig-darasana\nudvigna ha-ila praf)a, sahite na pari\nupage va chif)ge, tara sukhi' yaya pata\nupagiyamana-mahatmyam\n\n338\n378\n\n", "mad7#p0465": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nupajiya bar;le lata 'brahmaf,)r;/a' bhedi' yaya\nOrdhva bahu kari' bale-bala 'hari' 'hari'\n'utha, utha, rupa, aisa', bali/a vacana\n'u!tama brahmaf,)a' eka sange avasya cahi\nu!tara na aise mukhe, maha-stabdha haifa\n'utha, utha, rupa, aisa', bali/a vacana\nuvaha kr$f.l0 bhagavan\n\n19.153 335\n19.42 267\n19.48 269\n17.11\n6\n18.188 223\n19.48 269\n19.206 379\n\n433\n\n19.45\n18.30\n'vipra-grhe' sth0/a-bhik$a, kahan madhu-kari 19.120\n18.168\nvipra kahe,-pathana, tamara patsara dohai\nvipra kahe, -prayage prabhu lana yai\n18.143\n\nvipra-grhe asi' prabhu nibhrte vasila\nvipra-grhe gopa/era nibhrte sevana\n\nvipra kahe, -sripada sri-madhavendra-puri\nvipra saba nimantraya, prabhu n!ihi mane\nvipre upahasa kari' kahite lagila\n'viraja', 'brahma-loka' bhedi' 'para-vyoma'\n\nv\nvaidika, yaji'iika tumi kulina pravif,)a!'\nvaidya-ja!i, likhana-vrt!i, varaf,)asi-vasa\nvaidya kahe, vyadhi nahi, sustha ye dekhilun\nval/abha-bhatta tan-sabare karena nivaraf,)a\nvamas tamarasak$asya\nvamsi-dhari jag<m-nari'vana' dekhibare yadi prabhura mana haifa\nvana dekhi' bhrama haya-ei 'vrndavana'\nvana-pathe ani' amaya bar;la sukha dila\nvana-pathe dul)khera kahan nahi pai le5a\n\nvi$aya-kupa haite kar;li/a toma dui-jane\n\n19.69\n17.92\n19.20\n19.40\n18.38\n\n280\n46\n257\n302\n149\n\n17.214 119\n17.192 108\n29\n17.55\n35\n17.69\n17.68\n34\n19.10\n17.12\n17.18\n18.46\n17.61\n\n250\n6\n10\n152\n32\n\nvasudeva-devakira k($f,la caraf,)a vandila\n\n19.237\n19.252\n18.159\n18.135\n19.196\n\n397\n404\n211\n199\n373\n\nvatsalya-bhakta-mata pitil, yata guru-jana\n\n19.190 370\n\nvana-pathe yabena prabhu sri-vrndavana\nvana-pathe yaite nahi 'bhojyanna'-brahmaf,)a\nvana-pathe yaite tamara nahibe kana\nvai'icha haifa gopalera saundarya dekhite\nvanya-vyai'ijane prabhura anandita mana\nvaraf,)asi calibare prabhura haifa mana\nvasa-ni$tha kai/a candrasekharera ghara\nvasilii, sabara patha-sranti dekhiya\nvasi' mahiiprabhu kichu karena vicare\n\nvisrambha-pradhiina sakhya-gauravavrajavasi /aka 'go/aka' darsana kai/a\nvrajendra-vrajesvarira kai/a caraf,)a vandana\nvrddha-kale rupa-gosai'ii na pare yaite\nV(k$a-r;/a/e SUka-Sari di/a darasana\nV(k$a-/ata-praphul/ita, Sei dhvani Suni'\n'vrndavana ca/ila prabhu'-asiya kahila\n'vrndavana ca/i/a sri-caitanya-gosani\nvrndavana char;liba' jani' premavesa haifa\nvrndavana-gamana, prabhu-caritra ananta\nvrndavana-guQa-varf,)ana 5/oka par;li/a\nvrndavana haite aise kari' kolahale\nvrndavana haite tumi gaur;la-desa diya\nvrndavana haite yadi prabhure kar;liye\nvrndavana-sobha dekhe yamunara nira\nvrndavana yaite pathe haifa sata-guf,)a\nvrndavane asi' prabhu vasiya ekanta\nvrndavane r;iubena yadi, ke uthiibe tJnre?\nvrndavane haifa prabhura yateka premera\nvrndavane ha-ila tumi k($f,la-avatara\nvrndavane 'k($f,la' ailii, -sei 'satya' haya\n\nvatsalya-ra!i, madhura-ra!i, -ei pai'ica vibheda 18.184 361\n\nvrndavane puQai) 'k($f.la' prakata ha-ila\n\nvatsalya-sakhya-madhure ta' kare sankocana\n\nvrndavane sthira-caran\n\nvatsalye gabhi prabhura care saba-ange\nvatsalye santera guf,)a, dasyera sevana\n'vatu/a' na ha-io, ghare rahata vasiya\nvayal) kaisorakartJ dhyeyam\n'vayal) kaisorakartJ dhyeyam'-kahe\nveda-ni$iddha papa kare, dharma nahi gaQe\nveda-ni$tha-madhye ardheka veda 'mukhe'\n'vedanta' par;lana bahu 5i$ya-gaQa lana\n'Vedanta' sravaf,)a kara, na yaiha tat\\ra pasa\nvihari gopa-naribhir\n\n19.195 372\n17.195 110\n19.226 391\n18.102\n19.106\n19.103\n19.146\n\n181\n300\n298\n325\n\n19.146 325\n17.104 54\n17.121 63\n17.214 119\n\nvrndavaniyam rasa-keli-vartartJ\nV($abhartJ bhadrasenas tu\nvyaghra-mrga anyonye kare alingana\nvyaghra-mrgi mili' cafe mahaprabhura satha\nvyatanuta krpaya yas tattva-dipam puraf,)arh\n\n268\n144\n311\n214\n203\n\n17.166 90\n17.102 53\n17.115 60\n19.153 335\n19.49 270\n19.224\n18.136\n18.62\n18.46\n17.208\n\n390\n200\n162\n152\n115\n\n17.45\n19.31\n19.32\n18.155\n18.223\n\n23\n262\n262\n209\n240\n\n17.38\n18.92\n19.241\n18.142\n18.77\n\n20\n176\n399\n263\n169\n\n17.226\n18.80\n18.140\n17.231\n18.110\n\n124\n171\n202\n126\n185\n\n18.107 183\n18.91 175\n18.1\n130\n19.1\n246\n19.206 379\n17.42\n17.37\n17.138\n\n22\n19\n75\n\ny\nyac cavahasartham asat-krto 'si\nyadi vai$Qava-aparadha uthe hati mara\n\n19.200 375\n19.156 338\n\n", "mad7#p0466": "434\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamfta\n\n17.178 95\n19.82 288\n26\n17.50\nyadyapi prabhu /oka-sangha!!era trase\n17.179 96\nyadyapi 'sano9iya' hay a seita brahma(la\nyadyapi vrndavana-tyage nahi prabhura mana 18.152 208\n\nyad yad acarti sre$!as\n\nyas tu naraya(larh devarh\n\nyadyapi bha!!era age prabhura dhairya haila\n\nyata kichu isvarera sarva sal-lak$a(la\n\nyahan vipra nahi tahan 'sudra-mahajana'\n\n18.154 209\n17.56\n29\n32\n17.62\n18.91 175\n31\n17.60\n\nyahan yei payena tahan /ayena sakala\n\n17.57\n\nyahan lana yaha tumi, rahani yaiba\"\nyahan nadi dekhe tahan manaye-'kalindi'\nyahan suny a vana, lokera nahika vasati\nyahan tahan loka saba kahite lagila\n\n29\n307\n19.179 359\n18.182 360\n19.35 264\n\nyatha radha priya Vi$(lOS\nyat-krpa tam aharh vande\nyatra naisarga-durvaira/:1\nyat te sujata-cara(lamburuharh stane$U\nyaval prem(larh madhu-ripu-vasikarayavat tamara haya kasi-pure sthiti\nye-grame rahena prabhu, tathaya brahma(la\nyei bhakta janera dekhite haya 'bhava'\nyei grama diya yana, yahan karena sthiti\n\nya/:1 prag eva priya-gu(la-ga(lair ga9ha-baddho 19.120\n\nyei icchii, sei kariba, naha 'paratanlra'\n\nyaiche bija, ik$u, rasa, gu9a, kha(l9a-sara\n\nyei kuwe nitya kr$(la radhikara sange\n\nyaiche dadhi, sitii, ghrta, marica, karpura\nyaiche Iaiche chufi' tumi aisa vrndavana'\n\nyei mu9ha kahe, -jiva isvara haya 'sama'\nyei tanre dekhe, kare kf$(la-sankirtana\n\n18.159\n18.68\n17.150\n18.66\n17.190\n\n211\n165\n83\n164\n107\n\nyei tanre dekhe, sei isvara kari' kahe\n\n19.78\n17.162\nyan-namadheya-srava(lanukirtanad\n18.125\n19.164\nyanra age l[(la-tu/ya cari purU$artha\nyanra iccha, prayage yana karibe nimanlra(la' 19.112\n17.233\nyanra yala sakli tala pathare santare\n\n286\n88\n194\n346\n303\n127\n\nyenativrajya trigu(larh\n\nyaite eka vrk$a-tale prabhu saba lana\nyama/arjuna-bhangadi dekhila sei sthala\nyamuna dekhiya preme pa9e jhanpa diya\nyamuna para hana 'bhadra-vana' ge/a\nyamunara 'cabbisa gha!e' prabhu kaila snana\nyamunara ja/a dekhi' cikka(la syamala\n\nyanhara darsane Joke preme matta hana\n\nyei tarka kare ihan, sei-'murkha-raja'\nyei tamara eka-bara paya darasana\nyei yei jana prabhura paila darasana\nyei yei kahila, prabhu sakali kha(l9ila\n\nye tamara iccha, ami seita kariba\nye yei do$a kare, deha' tara phala\nyoda-hate dui-jana kahite /agi/a\nyo 'jnana-mattarh bhuvanarh dayalur\nyukti kari/a kichu nibhrte vasiya\n\n18.116 190\n17.108 57\n18.8\n133\n17.88\n40\n17.39\n20\n18.65 163\n19.165 347\n19.250 403\n17.58\n30\n18.42 150\n17.47\n24\n17.8\n18.9\n134\n18.115 189\n17.109 58\n17.118 62\n18.227 241\n18.121 192\n18.219 238\n18.188 223\n19.174 354\n18.154 209\n19.26 259\n18.215 236\n19.54 272\n18.139 201\n\n", "mad7#p0467": "General Index\nNumerals in bold type indicate references to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\nverses. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\n\nAnanda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhavita-bhis\n\nA\n\nverses quoted, 336\nAnanta\nwrites millions of books on Caitanya,\n\n126\n\nAbsolute Truth\naccording\n\nto\n\nMayavada\n\nphilosophy,\n\nAnger\nabsent in Vrndavana, 20\n\n69-70\n\nas indirect mellow, 365\n\nconstituents of, 72\nexplained by Prakasananda Sarasvati,\n\nAnimals\ninduced to chant Hare Kr�oa, 2, 15-21,\n\n55-56\n\n23\n\nhas many incarnations, 298\n\nkilling of as weed to devotional creeper,\n\nliving entity always fragmental part of,\n\n342\n\n188\n\nlive in friendship\n\nthree features of, 327-328\n\nhumans\n\nin\n\nof Vrndavana greet Caitanya, 110-121\n\nSee also: Kr�oa, Supreme Lord\n\nAnnakOta-grama\n\nAcchedyo 'yam adahyo 'yam\n\nBhakti-ratnakara quoted on, 142\n\nverses quoted, 324\n\nGopala Deity stayed at, 142\n\nA9aila-grama\n\nAnubhava\n\nVallabha Bhaga stayed at, 276-277\nAdau gurv-asrayam\n\nthirteen categories of, 360\nAnugrahyasya dasatval\n\nquoted, 350\nAdi-varaha Pural)a\n\nquoted, 366\nAnupama Mallika\n\nquoted on Kamyavana, 158\n\nas younger brother of ROpa Gosvami,\n\nAdvaitam acyutam anadim ananta-rupam\n\n263,264\n\nquoted, 298\n\nAnyabhila$ita-sunya\n\nAgaraoyalas\n\nas beginning of pure devotional service,\n\nas same community as svarl)a-vaQiks,\n\n385\n\n96\n\nAnyabhila$ita-sunyam jfrana\n\nAham-mama-buddhi\n\nverses quoted, 331\n\nquoted, 189\n\nAprarabdha-pha/am papam\n\nAkrOra\n\nquoted, 49\n\nsaw Vaikuotha under water, 200\n\nAri�ta-grama\n\nAkrOra-tirtha\n\nAri�tasura killed at, 131\n\nCaitanya stayed at, 166\n\nArjuna\n\nlocation of, 200\n\nas devotee in fraternity, 370\n\nAllahabad\n\nbegs forgiveness for offenses, 374-375\n\nSee: Prayaga\nAmrta-pravaha-bha$ya\ndescription of\n\nwith\n\nVrndavana, 20\n\nVedanta ultimate conclusion of, 50\n\nrasas summarized\n\nAryan\ndescription of, 325\n\nin,\n\n392-393\nsummary of Chapter Nineteen in, 245\n\none who chants holy name is an, 283\nAsat-satiga-tyaga-ei vai$Qava-acara\nquoted, 340\n\nsummary of Chapter Eighteen in, 129\n\n435\n\n", "mad7#p0468": "Sri Caitanya-caritlm�a\n\n436\n\nBali\n\nAssociation\nof Vai�l)avas with Mayavadis, 53\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya becomes\n\nas mahajana, 105\nBenares\nSee: Vara�Jasi\n\nmad in Caitanya's, 63\n\nAlhalo brahma-jijfiasa\n\nBengal\nBalabhadra Bhanacarya accompanied\n\nquoted, 342\n\nCaitanya from, 9\n\nAtheist\n\ntoured by Caitanya, 27\n\nas foolish and punishable,189\n\nAli bhakti corera lak�af!a\n\nBhadrasena\ncarried Vr�abha on shoulders,379\n\nquoted,8\n\nAlma\n\nBhadravana\n\nuttered by impersonalists,68\nAlmocilair vibhavadyai/:1\n\nCaitanya visited,164\nBhagavad-gila\ncited on existence of living beings\neverywhere, 318\ncited on hearing Vedanta, 50\ncited on Kr�!Ja as goal of Vedic knowl-\n\nquoted,366,367,368\nAttachment\nto Kr�!Ja categorized, 371-372\nto Kr�!Ja difficult without sanla-rali, 383\nto Kr�!Ja's lotus feet as santa stage,383\nAlyahara/:1 prayasas ca\n\nedge, 103\ncited on veda-vada-rata, 1 03\npeace formula in, 329\n\nverses quoted,340\n\nquoted on Absolute Truth, 99\n\nAurangyeb\nas emperor who attacked Kesavaji tem­\n\nquoted on aim of Vedic knowledge,326\nquoted on all-pervasiveness of the Lord,\n\nple,86\n\n362\nquoted on Arjuna dishonoring Kr��Ja,\n\n8\n\n375\nquoted on bhakli, 348\nquoted on eternality of soul, 319\n\nBalabhadra Bhanacarya\naccepted as Caitanya's companion,\n\nquoted on exemplary acts, 95\nquoted on fragmental living beings, 320\n\n10-11\n\nquoted on Kr�!Ja as power of powerful,\n\naccompanies Caitanya, 11\namazed at activities of animals, 21\n\n256\n\nas Caitanya's cook, 30, 32, 140, 290\n\nquoted on Kr�!Ja helping devotee, 316\n\nas Caitanya's menial servant, 33\n\nquoted on Kr�!Ja in the heart, 16\n\nasks\n\nCaitanya\n\nto\n\ngo\n\nto\n\nPrayaga,\n\n148-151, 206-208\nchastised by Caitanya, 179-181\ncompared with Garu<;la, 39\nfears jungle animals, 14\nkept Caitanya from drowning, 201\nqualifications of, 8-9\nRCipa ate at house of, 275\nworshiped by Tapana Misra,44\nBalakr��Ja\nas son of Vi��thala,154\nBalarama\nas son of Rohil)i, 379\n\nquoted on Kr��Ja's desires, 349\nquoted on mahatmas, 1 00\nquoted on oneness of God, 99\nquoted on perfect knowledge, 328\nquoted on personalism, 55\nquoted on preaching, 350\nquoted on qualities of soul, 324\nquoted on realizing Supreme Brahman,\n74\nquoted on sage's equal vision, 16\nquoted on those fit for preaching, 334\nquoted on total surrender, 49\n\ncarried on Pralamba's shoulders, 379\n\nquoted on whimsical action, 64\nBhakli\n\nfeared by Devaki and Vasudeva, 374\n\ncharacteristics of, 353-354\n\n", "mad7#p0469": "General Index\n\nBhakti\nKr�r:Ja realized on platform of, 74\ntwo side effects of, 352\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\nintroduction quoted, 315\n\nmellows named in, 360\n\nquoted on adbhuta-rasa, 367\nquoted on dasya-rasa, 366\nquoted on devotee as liberated, 316\nquoted on five ratis, 361-364\n\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\ncited on unwanted creepers, 343-344\ntold his disciples to write books, 314\nBhaktivinoda Thakura\ncited on devotee as desireless, 329\ncited on retirement of Sanatana, 2S3\ncited\n\nquoted on Kr�r:Ja lifting Govardhana Hill,\n149\nquoted on madhura-bhakti-rasa, 367\nquoted on material desire, 3S6\nquoted on mellows, 36S\n\non\n\n384-38S\nBhaktya mam abhijanati\nquoted, 74, 99, 348\nBhar:Jc;liravana\nCaitanya visited, 164\nBharati-sampradaya\nCaitanya belongs to, 61\n\n73\nquoted on sadhana-bhakti, 356\n\nBhavartha-dipika\n\nquoted on santa-rati, 383\n\nCaitanya situated in, 6·1\ncited on God and conditioned soul,\n\n188\n\nquoted on form and mercy of the Lord,\n40\n\nquoted on side effects of bhakti, 3S2\nquoted on symptoms of bhakti-yoga,\n49\nquoted on vatsalya-bhakti-rasa, 367\nBhakti-ratnakara\nlists devotees who accompanied ROpa\nGosvami, 1S7\nquoted on Akrora-tirtha, 166\nquoted on AnnakO�a-grama, 142\nquoted on Gan�huli-grama, 148\nquoted on Govinda-kur:Jc;la, 148\nquoted on Kamyavana, 1S8\nquoted on Khadiravana, 162\nquoted on Khela-tirtha, 164\nquoted on Lohavana, 16S\nquoted on Mahavana, 16S\nquoted on Srivana, 16S\nBhakti-sandarbha\nquoted on pa�ar:11;lis, 189\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\ncited on enjoying results of pious activities, 326\ncited on Govinda-kur:Jc;la, 148\ncited on impure heart, 3SS\ncited on straightforward speech of pure\ndevotee, 98\n\nof\n\nquoted on the tongue as enemy,\n\nBhava\n\nquoted on santa-bhakti-rasa, 365\n\ncategories\n\nquoted on surrender to Kr�r:Ja, 103-104\n\nquoted on purification of the tongue,\n\nquoted on sakhya-bhakti-rasa, 366-367\n\nthirteen\n\nanubhava, 360\n\nquoted on hasya-bhakti-rasa, 367\nquoted on karmic reaction, 48\n\n437\n\nBhima\nas devotee in fraternity, 370\n\nBhi�ma\n\nas mahajana, 1 OS\nBhoktararh yajiia-tapasarh\nverses quoted, 328\nverses quoted, 329\nBhogarbha Gosvami\naccompanied ROpa Gosvami, 155\nBilvavana\nSee: Srivana\nBindu Madhava\ntemple of at Prayaga, 265\nvisited by Caitanya and Tapana Misra,\n\n43\nBlasphemy\nof Mayavadis, 79\nof\n\nPrakasananda\n\nSarasvati\n\nagainst\n\nCaitanya, 61-64,67\nBody, material\nKr�r:Ja in guise of human being with, 379\nthose absorbed in are pa?ar:11;lis, 189\nBrahma\nappreciates opulence of Vrndavana, 21\nas mahajana, 1 OS\n\n", "mad7#p0470": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n438\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nas original spiritual master, 180\n\nBrahma-bhatab prasannatma\nquoted, 74\n\nas son of Nanda Maharaja, 191\n\nBrahma-kuo<;la\n\nassumed color of RadharaQi, 272\n\nBhanacarya cooked food at, 140\n\nbelongs to Bharati-sampradaya, 61\n\nBrahman\nas topic of conversation at Varaoasi, 48\ndevotional creeper penetrates, 335\n\njflanl attracted from pleasure of realization, 73\n\nby\n\nno\n\none\n\nan ordinary\n\nhuman being, 191\nDeity of in Kuruk�etra, 239\ndescribed by ROpa Gosvami, 26\nestablishes personalism on the basis of\n\nknowledge of is imperfect, 328\nKumaras attached\n\nto\n\nunderstanding,\n\n77-78\n\nname uttered by impersonalists, 68\n\npeople astonished at personal beauty\n\nthe Lord worshiped as, 378\n\nof, 139\n\nuttered by impersonalists, 68\nBrahma!Ja\nas puffed up with false prestige, 276\nbestows\n\nmercy\n\nthe Koran, 224-228\n\nfound Deities in cave, 160-162\nmystic power of, 62-63\n\nMayavadis imagine form of, 185\nrealization in santa-rasa, 388\n\nCaitanya\n\nconsidered\n\nupon\n\npersonally followed behavior of Madhavendra Puri, 103\np r o p o r t i o n a l i n c r e ase of ecstatic\nsymptoms in, 124-126\n\nMaharaWiya, 404\nCaitanya refused invitation of, 52-53\ncharacteristics of developed by devotional service, 284\nhow to become, 195\n\nsense perception of awakened, 131\ntranscendental qualities of, 57-60\n\nwhatever spoken by is nectar, 104\nCaitanya-bhagavata\n\nmeets with Prakasananda Sarasvati,\n\nquoted on Prakasananda Sarasvati, 54\n\n56-64\nonly accepts invitations from other, 3·1\nBrahma-sarhhita\n\nCaitanya-candroda ya\n\nquoted on forms of Kr�oa, 298\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta\n\nquoted\n\non\n\nmeeting\n\nof\n\nROpa\n\nand\n\nCaitanya, 307-308\nhearing about the Lord through, 27\n\nquoted on Goloka, 336\nquoted on karma, 48\n\nCao<;lidasa\n\nquoted on Syamasundara form, 298\nquoted on vision of pure devotee, 26\nBrahmeti paramatmeti bhagavan\n\nas mahajana, 1OS\n\nCandrasekhara\nCaitanya resides at home of, 404\ngreets Caitanya, 400-402\n\nquoted, 327\n\nidentification of, 47\n\nBrhan-naradlya PuraQa\nquoted on chanting, 194\n\nCaturtharh kamyaka-vanarh\nverses quoted, 158\n\nBruyub snigdhasya si?yasya\n\nChanting\n\nquoted, 9\n\nas beginning of devotional service, 356\nCaitanya's holy name, 26-27\n\nc\n\nimmediately upon seeing Caitanya, 58\nof Hare Kr�oa by animals, 2\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nalways\n\nassociates\n\nsoldiers, 181\n\nwith\n\nHis\n\nas Kr�oa, 89, 195, 272, 297\n\nas omniscient, 131\n\ninternal\n\nof Hare Kr�oa spreads in the West, BO\nof 'Kr�oa' not possible for Mayavadis,\n\n67-68\nperformed by jungle animals, 15-21\npower of loud, 23\n\n", "mad7#p0471": "General Index\n\nChanting\nreceived through disciplic succession,\n\n25\n\nDekhaha khadira-vana vidita jagate\nverses quoted, 162\nDekha nanda-yasoda-alaya mahavane\nverses quoted,165\nDekha, srinivasa, ei akrura gramete\nverses quoted,166\n\nCira-gha�a\nCaitanya visited, 169\nCompassion\n\nDemigods\n\nas indirect mellow, 365\n\ndevotional service not meant for, 335\n\nConditioned souls\nagitated by\n\n439\n\nurges\n\nof tongue\n\nand\n\nKr�Qa worshiped like, 378\none should not become devotee of,\n\ngenitals, 384\n\n349\n\nas treasurehouses of tribulations, 188\ncan't understand spirit with material\n\npure devotee should not worship, 351\nworship Supreme Lord,55\n\nsenses, 72\ndifference between body and form of,\n\nDemons\naccept demons as mahajanas, 101\n\n69\n\nmake God impersonal,55\n\nConjugal love\nas supermost mellow, 299, 300\n\nD\n\nDar:u;Ja-grahaQa-matreQa naro narayaQo\nquoted,185\nDasasvamedha-gha�a\nCaitanya instructed ROpa Gosvami at,\n\n304\nDasya-rati\ndescribed,362-363\nDattatreya\nas impersonalist, 189\nconsidered mahajana by jiianis, 101\n\nDesires\n\nsanta-rasa-bhakta gives up material,\n385-386\nDetermination\nas only protection against fall down, 8\nDeva-draviQadi-nimittaka-'pa�aQc;/a'\nquoted, 189\nDevahOti\ninstructed by Kapiladeva on Sarikhya\nphilosophy,195\nDevaki\nas devotee in parental love, 370\nfears Kr�Qa and Balarama, 374\n\nDevata-pujita bilvavana sobhamaya\nquoted, 165\nDevi Durga\nBrahman imagined as by Mayavadis,\n\nDeath\nconsciousness at determines next body,\n319\n\n185\nDevotees\n\nof one at MaQikarQika 41\n\nas desireless, 328-330\n\nYamaraja as superintendent of, 189\n\nas the Lord's maintainers, 392-393\nas worshipable, 270-271\n\nDeccan\nCaitanya ate at house of brahmaQa of,\n\n268\n\nbehavior of as criterion for all other\nbehavior, 103\nbehavior of establishes religious prin-\n\nDeities\nat Bindu Madhava, 43\n\nciples, 100\n\nCaitanya excavates from cave, 160-162\n\nchange names after initiation, 232\n\nat Pavana Lake found by Caitanya,\n\nempowered feel themselves low, 316\n\n160-162\nDeity worship\n\nEuropean and American are purified,\n195\n\neveryone should engage in, 349\n\nexamples of in different rasas, 370-371\n\nnecessary for neophytes,333-334\n\nimpersonalists can become, 77-79\n\n", "mad7#p0472": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n440\n\nDharma\n\nDevotees\nmaterial opulence of, 331\n\nas devotional service, 100\n\nminds of compared to Ganges, 353\nmust constantly serve Kr�IJa favorably,\n349\n\nDharma/:1 projjhita-kaitavo'tra\nquoted, 99\n\nDharma-sthapana-hetu sadhura vyavahara\n\nmust give up company of nondevotees,\n340\n\nquoted, 103\nDiplomacy\n\noffer body in service in conjugal love,\n395\n\nas weed to devotional creeper, 342\nDisciplic succession\n\nsanta-bhakti-rasa, 366\nsanta-rasa present in all, 387\n\nVai�l)avas made through, 25\nDisease\n\nsee heaven, hell, liberation equally, 386\n\nPrakasananda Sarasvati attacked with\n\nthree kinds of, 48-49\nworship the\n\nLord\n\nleprosy, 55\n\nas Supreme\n\nPer­\n\nsonality of Godhead, 378\n\npregnancy of, 78\n\nDurjaty-arambhakaril paparil yaL\n\nDevotional creeper\ngrowth of, 335-338\n\nquoted, 48\n\nmad elephant offense kills, 339\nmust be defended, 340-345\nweeds growing with, 341-345\n\nconsidered mahajana by jfianis, 101\n\nCaitanya visited, 167\n\nas dharma, 100\n\nDvapara-yuga\n\nas dormant within everyone, 333\nbeginning of pure, 385\n\nKr�IJa appears in, 181\nDvaraka\n\nbegins with chanting and hearing, 356\ncan't be used for material purpose, 335\ncompared to blazing fire, 284\ncontrols the Supreme Lord, 347-348\n\nmahatmas engage in, 101\nmeans preaching Bhagavad-gita, 349\nand\n\n372\n\nrasas of devotees in, 370-371\nDve vidye veditavya iti, ha sma\nverses quoted, 254\n\nis on absolute platform, 99\nknowledge and renunciation through,\n255\n\nunmotivated\n\nattachment in awe and reverence in,\nMathura is better than, 298\n\ndescribed in Koran, 225-226\n\nbe\n\nDurvasa\n\nDvadasaditya\n\nDevotional service\n\nmust\n\nDiti\n\nDvija Haridasa\naccompanied Rupa Gosvami, 15 7\n\nE\n\nuninter-\n\nrupted, 100\nnot dependent of material conditions,\npure not attained with contaminated\n\nempowered in\n\ndevotees overwhelmed by, 151\nimitated by pretenders, 61\n\nheart, 355\n\nmanifested by Caitanya, 58-59\n\nresults of, 49\nRupa\n\nEcstatic symptoms\nconcealed by Caitanya, 26\n\n316\n\nphilosophy of,\n\n304-397\n\nof Caitanya at Gokula, 165\nof Caitanya at Govardhana, 138\n\nseed of planted by spiritual master, 334\n\nof Caitanya at Govardhana Hill, 145\n\nsix activities which spoil, 341\n\nof Caitanya at Jharikha�J<;la, 29\n\nsuperficial is fruitless, 355\n\nof Caitanya at Kesi-tirtha, 167-168\n\nSupreme Lord understood by, 74\n\nof Caitanya at Nandisvara, 159\n\n", "mad7#p0473": "General Index\n\nEcstatic symptoms\nof Caitanya at Radha-kur;t<;la, 136\nof Caitanya\n\nbefore\n\nGopala\n\nDeity,\n\n441\n\nFear\nadvanced devotee devoid of, 16-17\nas indirect mellow, 365\ndevotee of Narayar;ta has no, 386\n\n147-148\nof Caitanya before Harideva Deity, 139\n\nfelt by Rukmir;tT, 376\n\nof\n\nof jungle animals by Balabhadra Bhat­\n\nCaitanya\n\nbefore\n\nMohammedan\n\ntacarya, 14\n\nsoldiers, 219\nof Caitanya in Yamuna River, 85\nof Caitanya on hearing flute, 212\nof Caitanya on leaving Vrndavana,\n\nof Vasudeva and DevakT, 374\nFood\nB a la b h a d r a\n\nB h ana c a r y a\n\nprepares\n\nCaitanya's, 30, 32\n\n209\nof Caitanya seeing Mathura, 85\nof Caitanya seeing peacocks, 121\nof Caitanya with cows, 110\nof Caitanya with trees of Vrndavana,\n\npeople not satisfied with Kr�rya's, 384\nSee also: prasada\nForm of Kr�r:ta\ndenied by impersonalists, 55\noriginal as sac-cid-ananda-vigraha, 366\n\n113-114\nof deer embraced by Caitanya, 115\nof Mohammedans, 232\nof universe seeing Caitanya, 192\nEcstasy\n\nuniversal manifested to Arjuna, 374\nFruitive workers\ndesire material enjoyment, 328-329\nof many one may be wise, 326-327\n\nas aspect of prema, 358\nof trees and creepers in Vrndavana,\n\n112-113\n\nG\n\nEducational systems\ntwo kinds of, 254\n\nGar;tesa\nBrahman imagined as by MayavadTs,\n\nEi chaya gosiifii yara\nquoted, 339\n\n185\n\nEi ramyavane kr�r:Ja-li/ii\nverses quoted, 158\nSe sri-govinda-kur:Jr;/a-mahima aneka\nverses quoted, 148\nEko bahanam yo vidadhati kaman\n\nGanges\nCaitanya put on boat in, 303\nCaitanya's tears like flow of, 59\nconfluence of Yamuna and, 82\nTapana Mi�ra bathes in, 42\n\nquoted, 188\n\nGirithuli-grama\n\nElements\nmaterial qualities evolve in material,\n\nCaitanya saw Gopala Deity at, 147\nlocation of, 148\n\n396\nsound vibration in material, 387\n\nGaru<;la\nBalabhadra Bhanacarya compared with,\n\nEnvy\n\n39\n\nadvanced devotee devoid of, 17\nEvam parampara-praptam\n\nGaudTya-sampradaya\nmahiijanas in, 1 05\n\nquoted, 350\n\nGayatri\n\nF\n\nmurmered by Caitanya, 16\nGhanasyama\nas son of Viththala, 154\n\nFaith\nas part of sadhana-bhakti, 357\n\nGiridhara\nas son of Viththala, 154\n\n", "mad7#p0474": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n442\n\nGovardhana Hill\n\nGoddess of fortune\n\nas best of devotees, 146\n\nseen by Caitanya at Se�asayi, 163\n\nCaitanya\n\nbecame mad embracing,\n137-138\nCaitanya circumambulated, 145\nCaitanya would not climb, 141, 151,\n153\nGopala Deity worshiped on, 91\n\nGoddesses of fortune\n\nas devotees in conjugal love, 371\n\nGokula\n\nCaitanya visited, 165\n\nGokulananda temple\nestablished\n\nby\n\nLo k a n a t h a\n\ndasa\n\njharikharJ<;ia hills taken as, 29\n\nGosvami, 155\n\nnon-different from Kr�r:Ja, 153\n\nGokulesa\n\nas son of Viththala, 154\n\nGovardhana village\n\nBrahma-sarilhita quoted on, 336\n\nGovinda\n\nCaitanya visited, 138\n\nGoloka Vrndavana\n\nas name of Kr�r:Ja, 298\n\ndevotional creeper enters, 335-338\n\nresides in Goloka with Radha, 336\n\nSee also: Vrndavana\n\nGovinda Gosvami\n\nGopa-gopi bhuiijayena kautuka apara\n\nverses quoted, 142\n\naccompanied Ropa Gosvami, 155, 156\n\nGopala Bhatta Gosvami\n\nas son of Viththala, 154\n\naccompanied ROpa Gosvami, 154\n\nGovinda-kurJ<;ia\n\nas disciple of Prabodhananda Sarasvati,\n\nCaitanya bathed in, 147\nlocation and qualities of, 148\n\n55\n\nas mahajana, 1 OS\n\nGovinda-lilamrta\n\nGopala Deity\n\nCaitanya visits, 147-150\n\ncame\n\ndown\n\nfrom\n\nGovardhana\n\nquoted on qualities of Radha and Kr�r:Ja,\n\n117-120\n\nHill,\n\nquoted on wonderful activities of\nCaitanya, 273\n\n141-158\n\nmoved due to fear of Mohammedans,\n\nGuravo ye harer asya\n\nverses quoted, 363\n\n145\nmoved to Ganthuli, 143-144\n\nGuru-kr�f.la-prasada\n\nremained in Viththalesvara temple one\n\nquoted, 332\n\nmonth, 153\n\nreturned to His own temple, 150\n\nH\n\nsatisfied all desires of Caitanya, 150\nstayed in AnnakOta-grama, 142\nwent to Mathura, 153\n\nHappiness\n\nworshiped on Govardhana Hill, 91\n\nas dependent upon Kr�r:Ja's mercy, 38\n\nas son of Vallabha Bhatta, 154\n\nof devotees as Caitanya's, 4-5\n\nGopinatha\n\nnot attained by whimsical action, 64\n\nof Kr�r:Ja and devotee compared to\n\nGopis\n\nocean of nectar, 393\n\nas chief devotees in conjugal love, 371\ncheated by Kr�r:Ja, 382\n\nglorified Kr�r:Ja and Balarama, 146\n\nof the Lord from dasya-rasa-bhakta, 389\n\nHare Kr�r:Ja\n\nchanted by animals, 2\n\nhunted by Kr�r:Ja in bushes, 295\n\npower of loud chanting of, 23\n\nplunges into ocean of nectar, 394\n\nverse spoken by, 163-164\n\nHarer nama harer nama\n\nrepresented by one's spiritual master,\n\nHari\n\nGosvamis\n\n339\n\nverses quoted, 194\nSee: Kr�r:Ja\n\n", "mad7#p0475": "General Index\n\nHari-bhakti-sudhodaya\nquoted on real briihmaf!a, 284\nHari-bhakti-viliisa\nquoted on devotees as worshipable,\n270-271\nquoted on pii�af!c;lis, 190\nHaridasa Thakura\n\n443\n\nHoly name\nliving entities maddened by hearing.\n\n23-24\nof Caitanya, 26-27\nof Kr�t:Ja not chanted by Mayavadis,\n\n67-68\noffenses against, 189-190\n\nas mahiijana, 101\n\none must be empowered to spread, 304\n\ncited on delivering trees and plants, 23\n\nqualities of, 71-72\n\nDeity\n\nthose who listen to deliver three worlds,\n\nworship\n333-334\n\nnot\n\nnecessary\n\nfor,\n\n193\n\nHarideva Deity\n\nwonderful effect of chanting, 283\n\nas incarnation of Narayat:Ja, 138\nCaitanya\n\noffered\n\nHuman beings\n\nobeisances\n\nto,\n\n138-139\nCaitanya stayed at temple of, 140\n\ncannot become Narayat:Ja, 185\ndivisions of, 325-328\nhave chance to understand Supreme\n\n'Hasta', 'pada', 'mukha' mora\n\nBrahman, 342\n\nverses quoted, 54\nHeart\nCaitanya entered Ropa's, 305\ndevotional creeper situated in, 336\ndirect mellows situated in devotee's,\nIgnorance\n\n369\n\ndoesn't preclude attaining transcenden­\n\nKr�t:Ja in everyone's, 16\n\ntal love, 397\n\nlove for K[�t:Ja manifests within, 397\nof Ropa\n\nGosvamT impregnated with\n\nspiritual potency, 246\nHeavenly planets\n\nsanta-rasa devotee doesn't desire elevation to, 386\nHladini potency\naccompanies Supreme Lord, 188\nHoly name\n\nlmpersonalists\nas\n\nrepresented\n\nby\n\nPrakasa n a n d a\n\nSarasvati, 55-56\ncan become devotees, 77-79\nIncarnations\nIndependence\n\nas all-auspicious, 60\n\nCaitanya's, 5\n\nCaitanya sells, 79-80\n\nlndra\n\nchanted by Bheels, 28\nchanted by moving and non-moving\n\nbathed Kr�t:Ja at Govinda-kut:JQa, 148\nKr�t:Ja worshiped like, 378\n\ncreatures, 115\nchanted by women, children, etc., 193\nimmediately\n\niha yasya harer dasye karmaf!a\nverses quoted, 316\n\nAbsolute Truth has many, 298\n\nas absolute and blissful, 69\n\nchanted\n\nleads to sin, 49\n\nupon\n\nseeing\n\nKr�t:Ja, 58\n\nInitiation, spiritual\nas part of siidhana-bhakti, 357\ndevotees raised to brahminical platform\nby, 31\n\nchanting of received through disciplic\nsuccession, 25\nchanting of spreads in the West, 80\ndog-eaters become saints by hearing,\n\n124\nKr�t:Ja present when uttered, 70\n\nIntelligence\nof Rukmit:JT lost, 376\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\nbusiness of to publish books, 314\n\n", "mad7#p0476": "444\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\nTSana\naccompanied ROpa GosvamT, 156\nTsvarab sarva-bhatanam hrd-dese\nquoted, 337, 362\nTsvara PurT\nas spiritual master of Caitanya, 96\n\nK\n\nKacnapa<;la\nLokanatha dasa GosvamT as resident of.\n1SS\n\nJ\n}agad-guru\nbogus MayavadTs known as, 232\nJagannatha Deity\n\nvisited by Caitanya, 11\nJagannatha PurT\nROpa GosvamT sent to, 399\njaimini\nconsidered mahajana by karmis, 101\n}alaja nava-lak?iiQi sthavara\nverses quoted, 318-319\nJanaka\nas mahajana, 1OS\nJaya and Vijaya\ncursing of, 78\nJayadeva\nas mahajana, 1OS\nJharikhar;�<;la\nCaitanya passed through forest of, 2\nlimitations of land of, 24\ntaken as Vrndavana, 29\nuncivilized people of, 28\n)Tva GosvamT\naccompanied ROpa GosvamT, 155\nas author of Bhakti-sandarbha, 189\nas mahajana, 1 OS\ncited on becoming brahmaQa, 19S\n}Frana\ndescribed in Koran, 226\nmaterial desires result of, 386\ntwo meanings of. 349\n}fianis\nattracted by mellows of Kr�r;�a's\npastimes, 73\ndesire liberation, 328-329\nnot liberated, 327-328\nperfection of unattractive compared to\nbhakti, 348\nJunior Haridasa\ncommitted suicide at Prayaga, 1S6\n\nKala Kr�r;�adasa\nfell victim to a woman, 7-8\nKaiTya Lake\nCaitanya bathed in, 167\nKali-yuga\nfalse religionists in, 326\nKr�r;�a never appears as Himself in, 181\nKamyavana\nCaitanya visited, 158-159\nKapiladeva\nas mahajana, 1OS\ninstructed DevahOti in pure Sarikhya\nphilosophy, 19S\nLord Kr�r;�a in form of, 3S3\nKarma\ndevotees not subject to, 48\nmaterial desires result of, 386\ntransmigration according to, 332-333\nKarma-kar;�<;lTya\ndevotees do not follow processes of.\n20S\n\nKarmaQi nirdahati kintu ca\nquoted, 48\nKarma-yoga\ndescribed in Koran, 226\nKarmis\ncannot understand devotional service,\n103\n\nno end of desire for, 329\nperfection of unattractive compared to\nbhakti, 348\nKasT\nas name for Varar;�asT, 41\nCaitanya arrives at, 41\nCaitanya sells holy name in, 79-80\nsentimentalism not in demand in, 63\nKasi-khaQ(fa\nquoted on Mar;�ikarr;�ika, 41\nKa�aka\nCaitanya passes by, 13\nKavi-karr;�apOra\nas son of Sivananda Sen a, 306\n\n", "mad7#p0477": "General Index\n\n445\n\nK[�l) a\n\nKayastha community\nSanatana's clerks belonged to, 253\nKesava Bharati\n\neternally situated in Goloka Vrndavana,\n336-338\n\nCaitanya as disciple of, 61\nKesavaji\n\nfeared by Devaki and Vasudeva, 374\nfirst met Radha at Ganthuli-grama, 148\n\nCaitanya saw Deity of, 86\n\nfresh youth as best age of, 229, 300\ngives\n\nKesavaji\nhistory of the temple of, 86\nKesi-tirtha\n\nholy\n\nCaitanya visited, 167\n\nprema to\n\nwhoever\n\nbathes\n\nin\n\nchanted\n\nby\n\nRadha-kut:�9a, 135\nname\n\nof\n\nnot\n\nMayavadis, 67-68\n\nKhadiravana\n\nhunted gopis in bushes, 295\n\nCaitanya visited, 162\n\nidentifies Himself with living beings, 321\n\none who visits is elevated to Vi�ryuloka,\n\njiva never equal to, 186\nmercy of upon Caitanya, 35\n\n162\nKhela-tirtha\n\nnever appears as Himself in Kali-yuga,\n181\n\nCaitanya visited, 164\nKlesa-ghni subhada mok�a\n\none gets spiritual master by grace of,\n\nquoted, 49\n\n332-333\n\nKnowledge\n\nopulences of not considered in keva/a\n\nartificial should not be cultivated,\n351\nresults in equal vision, 16\nthe supreme, 325\n\nstage, 377\nplayed at Khela-tirtha, 164\npresents Himself as ordinary child,\n378-379\n\nthrough devotional service, 255\n\nprotects His devotees, 329\n\ntranscendental and material, 254-255\n\nqualities\n\nVedas as material, 254\n\nof\n\nchanted\n\nby\n\nparrots,\n\n115-120\n\nKoran\n\nsatisfied if spiritual master is satisfied,\n\nas revealed scripture, 224\nestablishes personal God, 224\nsaintly Mohammedan wanted to speak\non, 222\n\n350\nKr�t:Ja baqa dayamaya\nquoted, 384\nKr�t:�a-Balarama temple\n\nscholars of not advanced, 227\nK[�l)a\n\nforeigners attracted to, 86\nKr�t:�adasa Brahmacari\n\nanimals induced to chant name of,\n15-21\nappears in Kali-yuga as Caitanya, 181\nas nondifferent from\n\nHis body and\n\nname, 69\nas ocean of mercy, 38\nas original Personality of Godhead, 298\nattachment for, 371-372\nattracts the self-satisfied, 76\nbirthplace of at Mathura, 166\nbirthplace of at Gokula, 165\nCaitanya as, 272, 297\ncheats gopis, 382\ncompared to sun, 187\n\naccompanied ROpa Gosvami, 157\nKr�t:�adasa Kaviraja\naccompanied ROpa Gosvami, 157\nKr�t:Ja-sakti vina nahe tara\nquoted, 304, 316\nKr�t:Jas tu bhagavan svayam\nquoted, 298\nKr�t:Ja-varQarh tvi�akr�t:Jarh\nquoted, 181\nKr�t:Jendriya-priti-iccha dhare\nquoted, 338\nKrti-sadhya bhavet sadhyaverses quoted, 356\nKumaras\n\ndictates from within, 16\n\nas examples of santa-bhaktas, 370\n\ndesires of, 349\n\nas mahajanas, 1OS\n\n", "mad7#p0478": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n446\n\nKumaras\nchanged by aroma of tulasi and saffron,\n77-78\nKumbha-mela\ngreat festival at Prayaga every twelfth\nyear, 204\nKur:rc;iera nikara dekha nivic;Ja kanana\nverses quoted, 142\nKuruk�etra\n\nCaitanya visited, 239\n\nL\n\nLohajangha demon\nkilled at Lohavana, 165\nLohavana\nCaitanya visited, 165\nLohavane kmrera adbhuta go-carar:re\nverses quoted, 165\nLokanatha dasa Gosvami\naccompanied Rupa Gosvami, 154\nhistory of, 155\nLotus feet of Caitanya\nclasped by Tapana Misra, 43\nwashed by Tapana Misra, 44\nLotus feet of Kr�r:Ja\n\nattachment to as santa stage, 383, 386\ncompared to wish-fulfilling tree, 346\ndevotional creeper takes shelter of,\n\nLaghu Haridasa\naccompanied Rupa Gosvami, 156\nLak�mi\n\n336-337\n\nSee: Goddess of fortune\nLamentation\nof Rukmir:Ji, 376\n\nGovardhana Hill jubilant when touched\nby, 146\nMayavadis commit offenses at, 70\n\nLeaders\n\ncontrol undesirable elements, 385\nLiberation\nawarded by bathing in Govinda-kul)<;la,\n148\nattained by remembering Lord Siva, 41\ndefinition of, 74\ndesire for as weed in devotional\ncreeper, 341\ndevotees do not accept, 354\n\nfrom material bondage compared to\nwitch, 356\nji'ianis desire, 328-329\nof Bheels, 28\nof trees and plants, 23\nsanta-rasa devotee doesn't desire, 386\nLiving entities\nactual position of, 70\nas fragment of whole, 187\nas seen by maha-bhagavata, 16-17\nas social animals, 340\n8,400,000 species of, 318-319\nmaddened by hearing holy name, 23-24\nnever equal to Supreme Lord, 187\n\nshould never be compared to Supreme\nLord, 186\nsize of, 320-321\n\ntransmigration of, 332-333\ntwo divisions of, 323-324\n\nLove\n\ntulasi offered at, 77\nanimals overwhelmed by ecstatic, 2\nas aspect of prema, 358\n\ndevelopment of compared to states of\nsugar, 359\n\nfor spiritual master, 9\nwidely distributed by Caitanya, 272\nLove of God\nas dasya-bhakti-rasa, 366\ncrippled by opulence, 372\ndeveloped by hearing narration of Nineteenth Chapter, 405\ndevotional creeper produces, 337-338\nPrayaga innundated with, 266\nqualities of conjugal, 395-396\nqualities of parental, 391-394\n\nM\nMad-bhakta yatra gayanti\nquoted, 70\nMadhava\naccompanied ROpa Gosvami, 156\nMadhavendra Puri\naccepted Sano<;liya Brahmal)a as disciple, 91\nas mahajana, 104\n\n", "mad7#p0479": "General Index\n\nMadhavendra Puri\nas spiritual master of Tsvara Puri, 96\nbehavior of as essence of religious principles, 100\ninstalled Copala Deity, 91\nMadhu Par:J<.iita\naccompanied ROpa Cosvami, 157\nMadhu-puri\nSee: Mathura\nMadhura-rati\nattachment for Kr�oa in conjugal love,\n364\nMadhya-khar:u;la\nquoted on Prakasananda Sarasvati, 55\nMaghe masi gami�yanti\nverses quoted, 204\nMaha-bhagavata\nsees everyone equally, 16-17\nMahabharata\nquoted, 106\nworshiped by some, 294\nMahajanas\nexplanation of, 100-102\noffenders at feet of, 104\nof Cau<_liya-sampradaya, 1 OS\nMaha-mantra\ncaQ(iala can perform sacrifices by\nchanting, 194\noffensive chanting of, 343\npurification by chanting, 280-281\nSee also: Hare Kr�oa, Holy name\nMaharaWiya\nbrahmaQa receives Caitanya's mercy,\n404\nMahatmanas tu marh partha\nquoted, 100\nMahatmas\nunder protection of divine nature, 101\nMahavana\nas Cokula, Kr�oa's birthplace, 165\nCaitanya visited, 165\nMakara-sarikranti\nSee: Magha-mela\nMamaivarhso jiva-loke jiva-bhiita/:r\nquoted, 320\nManasa-gariga Lake\nCaitanya bathed in, 145\nManase nirvikalpatvarh\nverses quoted, 361\n\n447\n\nMaoikarnika\nCaitanya bathes at, 41\nMan-mana bhava mad-bhakto\nquoted, 349\nManu\nas mahajana, 1 05\nMaterial nature\nby bhakti one transcends modes of, 354\nholy name not conditioned by laws of,\n71\nMathura\nas supreme abode, 297-298\nattachment in awe and reverence in,\n372\nCaitanya travels to, 28, 81\nMathura-khaQ(ia\nquoted on Covinda-kuo<_ia, 148\n\nMathura-mahatmya\nquoted on Pavana Lake, 160\n\nMaya\nas topic of conversation at Varaoasi, 48\nconditioned souls engaged by, 332\nholy name not involved with, 71\nMayavadis consider Kr�oa's activities as,\n67\nstrength of, 8, 180\nMayavadis\naccept invitations from brahmaQas, 31\nas greatest offenders, 78-79\nCaitanya won't associate with, 403\ncan't understand Kr�oa's absolute\nnature, 69-70\ndon't understand Vedanta, 50\nmaterial feelings of entail bereavement,\n363\nmeditation of, 48\n\nPrakasananda Sarasvati as one of, 54\nSarikaracarya as original sannyasi of, 55\nVai�f)avas avoid association with, 53\nMellows\nconjugal love as best of, 299, 300\ndirect and indirect, 365\nholy name as form of transcendental,\n71\nof Kr�oa's pastimes attract jfiani, 73\nopulence sometimes prominent in, 373\nSee also: Rasa\nMercy\nbestowed by Kr�oa on everyone, 332\n\n", "mad7#p0480": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n448\n\nMercy\n\nNanda Maharaja\n\nignorant can receive, 397\n\nanimals approach son of, 19\n\nof Caitanya upon Candrasekhara, 47\nof Kr�oa upon Caitanya, 35\n\nas devotee in parental love, 370\nNandisvara\n\nof Kr�oa upon poor, 38\n\nas house of Nanda Maharaja, 159\n\nof Lord distributed by spiritual master,\n\nCaitanya visited, 159\n\n334\n\nNarada Muni\n\nRopa and Sanatana empowered with\nCaitanya's, 307\n\nas mahajana, 1OS\nstory of, 332-333\n\nMiche mayara vase, yaccha bhese\n\nNarada-pancaratra\n\nverses quoted, 103\n\nquoted on side effects of bhakti, 352\n\nMind\n\nNarayaoa\n\nB a l a b h a d r a Bhana c a r y a p a c i f i e s\nCaitanya's, 40\nCaitanya's\n\nassoci ate\n\nas incarnation of Absolute Truth, 298\ndevotee of has no fear, 386\n\nmust\n\nhave\n\npeaceful, 7-8\ndevotees know Caitanya's, 12\nis always suspicious, 342\nof self-realized person is attracted to\nKr�oa, 76\n\nhas own eternal form, 55\nMayavadi conception of, 185\nworshiped on Vaikuo�ha planets, 337\n\nSee also: Vi�ou\nNarayaoa dasa\naccompanied ROpa Gosvami, 156\n\nMitho harer mrgaksyas ca\nverses quoted, 364\nModes of nature\n\nNarayaQa/:1 paro'vyaktat\nquoted, 55,185\n\nNarayaQa-para/:1 sarve na\n\nliving entity conditioned by, 72\nMohammedans\n\nquoted, 331\nNarottama dasa Thakura\n\nbecame mendicants, 234\n\nquoted on sadhu, 102\n\nas unaware that the Lord's body is\n\nselected Lokanatha dasa Gosvami as his\n\nworshipable, 229\nMohini\n\nguru, 155\nstresses pleasing previous acarya, 339\n\nkept a bucket of nectar at Prayaga, 204\nMonism\n\nNasav r�ir yasya mataril na bhinnam\nquoted, 99\n\ncharacterized by spiritual silence, 327\nMoon\nscientists say there is no life on, 318\n\nMur:u;laka Upani�ad\n\nNa te vidu/:1 svartha-gatiril hi vi�Qu\nquoted, 104\nNawab Hussain Shah\nas mleccha-yavana, 256\n\nquoted on two kinds of educational\nsystems, 254\nMystic power\n\nvisits Sanatana at home, 255-260\n\nNeha yat karma dharmaya\nverses quoted, 1 02\n\ndescribed in Koran, 227\n\nNicai/:1 prau(iha-bhayat svayaril\nverses quoted, 148\nNita krodha-rati� pu��im\n\nN\n\nquoted, 368\n\nNitya-siddha-kr�Qa-prema 'sadhya'\nNa ca tasman manu�ye�u\nquoted, 349\n\nNa jayate mriyate vii kadacin\nverses quoted, 319\n\nverses quoted, 333\nNrsimha\nas incarnation of Absolute Truth, 298\n\nNyasadesa-vivaral)a\nVi�h�hala as author of, 154\n\n", "mad7#p0481": "General Index\n\n0\nOffenses\nagainst holy name, 189-190\nagainst holy name by Mayavadis, 67-68\n\nParama-kara(la isvare keha nahi mane\n\nverses quoted, 1 04\nParamatma\nrealization in santa-rasa, 388\nthose in santa-rati attached to, 362\nSee also: Supersoul\n\nat feet of Vai�r:tava, 339\n\nParampara\n\nof Arjuna against Kr�r:ta, 374-375\nof Mayavadis, 78-79\n\nParasya saktir vividhaiva srOyate\n\nOm namo naraya(la\n\n449\n\nhearing Caitanya through, 27\nquoted, 304\n\nquoted, 185\n\nPa�a(lr;fi\n\nOpulences\n\nexplained, 189-190\n\ncripple love of God, 372\nof Kr�r:ta not considered in keva/a stage,\n377\nof Kr�r:ta understood in dasya-rasa, 388\nof Vrndavana appreciated by Brahma,\n21\nsometimes prominent in mellows, 373\nOrissa\nattacked by Nawab Hussain Shah, 260\ntoured by Caitanya, 27\n\nPastimes of Caitanya\nwhoever argues about is a fool, 242\nPastimes of Kr�r:ta\njiiani attracted by mellows of, 73\nRaghupati Upadhyaya composed verses\nabout, 294\nrevived by ROpa Gosvami, 246\nROpa and Sanatana empowered to\nenunciate, 307, 308\nPataiijali ��i\nconsidered mahajana by yogis, 101\n\nPPadmanabha\nas father of Lokanatha dasa Gosvami,\n155\nPadma Pura(la\n\nquoted on holy name, 71\nquoted on Kr�r:ta's presence, 70\nquoted on sin, 49\nverses quoted, 134\nPadyavali\nquoted on supreme form of Kr�r:ta, 300\nverses of Raghupati Upadhyaya in\nquoted, 294-295\nPaiicadasi Citradipa\n\nquoted on size of soul, 321\nPaiica-dak�i(latya-brahma(las\n\nas pure brahma(las, 199\nPaiica-gaur;fa brahma(las\nas pure brahma(las, 199\nPar:t9ita� sama-darsina�\nquoted, 74\nParamahamsas\nBhagavatam meant for, 254\n\nPa�hana Vai�r:tava\ntoured and glorified Caitanya, 234\nPavana Lake\nCaitanya bathed in, 160\nPavane sarasi snatva\nverses quoted, 160\nPeace\nformula for in Gita, 329\nPhaguya /aiya keha garithi\nquoted, 148\nPrabhodhananda Sarasvati\nidentification of, 55\nPrahlada Maharaja\nas mahajana, 1 OS\nPragalbha\nas younger brother of Lokanatha dasa\nGosvami, 155\nPrakasananda Sarasvati\nblasphemes against Caitanya, 61-64,\n67\ndiscussed Vedanta-sOtra with Caitanya,\n45\nexplains impersonalism, 55\nmeets with a brahma(la, 56-64\ntaught Vedanta philosophy, 54\n\n", "mad7#p0482": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n450\n\nPrakrta-sahajiyas\nwon't read or hear scriptures, 314\nPralamba\ncarried Balarama on shoulders, 379\n\nPuru$a\nthe Lord worshiped as, 378\nPu$tiri1 nija-vi bhavadyair\nquoted, 369\n\nPrasada\ndevotee conquers tongue by eating.\n\nR\n\n385\ntaken by Africans, 28\nSee also: Food\nPraskandar;�a\nCaitanya visited, 167\n\nRadha-kur;�c;la\ndiscovered by Caitanya, 131\nKr�r;�a gives prema to whoever bathes\n\nPrayaga\n\nin, 135\n\nCaitanya visits, 82\nMagha-mela at, 204-205\nPrayeQa veda tad idam na mahajano 'yam\nverses quoted, 1 03\nPrayers\n\nlost to everyone's vision, 131\nprayers of Caitanya to, 132-136\nqualities of, 134-136\nRadharar;�i\nas dearmost gopi, 133\n\nby Kr�r;�adasa Kaviraja, 257\n\nas embodiment of ecstatic potency,\n\nby Kr�r;�a to Vasudeva and Devaki,\n\n373\nof Caitanya to Govardhana Hill, 146\nof Caitanya to Radha-kur;�c;la, 132-136\noffered by Balabhadra Bhattacarya,\n38-40\nof ROpa Gosvami to Caitanya, 272-273\nPremanjana-cchurita-bhakti\nverses quoted, 298\nPremi Kr�r;�adasa\naccompanied ROpa Gosvami, 157\nPride\nof Radharar;�i, 381\nPur;�c;larikak�a\naccompanied ROpa Gosvami, 156\nPure devotees\nfulfill Kr�r;�a's desires, 349\ndifficult to find, 327-328\nemerged from seeing Caitanya, 26\nempowered by the Lord, 26\nforget Kr�r;�a's opulences, 377\nhave power to challenge high-caste\nnon-Vai�r;�avas, 98\nnot found at Kasi, 80\npurify by vibration, 25\nsituated in principal mellows, 369\nPurification\nby chanting Hare Kr�r;�a, 280-281\nby worshiping the Lord's form, 55\nof the tongue, 73\nthrough disciplic succession, 25\n\n336\nKr�r;�a disappears from, 381-382\nCaitanya assumed color of, 272\nqualities of chanted by parrots, 118\nRaghu\nas son of Tapana Misra, 46\nmassages Caitanya's legs, 46\nRaghunatha Bhatta\nas mahajana, 1 OS\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami\naccompanied ROpa Gosvami, 154\nas mahajana, 1 OS\nas son of Viththala, 154\nRaghupati Upadhyaya\nCaitanya's conversation with, 293-301\nRajaputa Kr�r;�adasa\nrenounced family to serve Caitanya,\n\n175\nspoke bravely to Pathana soldiers,\n\n217-218\nvisited Caitanya, 172-175\nRamacandra\nvibration of holy name of, 41\nRamadasa\nas saintly Mohammedan, 232\nRamakeli\nRopa and Sanatana met Caitanya at,\n\n247\nRamananda Raya\nCaitanya taught ROpa conclusions of,\n\n305\n\n", "mad7#p0483": "General Index\nRamananda Raya\nconsultation of Caitanya with, 3\nRasa\n\nattachment to Kr�r;�a's lotus feet as santa, 383-384, 386\n\nmaterial desires given up by one in santa, 385-386\nqualities of dasya, 388-389\nqualities of sakhya, 389-391\nqualities of santa, 386-387\nRasa-lila\nperformed on bank of Radha-kur;�<;la,\n134\n\nKr�r;�a and Radharar;�i leave, 381\nRegulative principles\ndevotional creeper protected by, 340\nmake one perfect, 342\nRukmir;�i\n\nKr�r;�a jokes with, 376-377\nReligion\n\nas following the orders of the Lord,\n325-326\n\ndifferent types of for different bodies\nand minds, 100\n\ngenuine, enables one to love Cod, 99\nmust lead to devotional service, 102\nRenunciation\n\nof Prakasananda Sarasvati as artificial,\n61\nthrough devotional service, 255\nRohir;�i\n\nas mother of Balarama, 379\nROpa Cosvami\n\nactivities of in Vrndavana, 311-313\nas embodiment of Caitanya's ecstatic\nlove, 308\nas mahajana, 1OS\nassociates of at Mathura listed,\n154-157\ncited on Prakasananda Sarasvati, 61\ndistribution of wealth by, 249-250\n\nempowered in philosophy of devotional service, 304-397\nexcommunicated from brahmaQa\nsociety, 281\n\nfainting of, 399\nquoted on taking shelter of guru, 350\nrevived Kr�r;�a's pastimes, 246\nsaw Copala Deity at Mathura, 153\n\n451\n\nROpa Cosvami\nsent to Vrndavana and Jagannatha Puri,\n399\n\nwould not climb Covardhana Hill, 152\n\ns\nSac-cid-ananda-vigraha\n\nas original form of Supreme Lord, 306\nSacred thread\nof brahmaQas, 195\nSacrifices\ncan be performed\nchanter, 194-195\n\nby\n\noffenseless\n\nPrayaga known for, 82\n\nSadhana-bhakti\n\nparts of described, 357\n\nSaivatsaha-rati/:1 sthayi\n\nquoted, 368\n\nSakhi dwiha vastre ganthi\n\nquoted, 148\n\nSakhya-rati\n\ndescribed, 363\n\n5alagrama sila\n\nfood offered to, 134\n\nSarna\n\nSee: Santa-rati\nSambhu\nas mahajana, 1OS\nSee also: Siva\nSarilsari-cintamaQir atra yasmat\n\nquoted, 41\n\nSamvit potency\naccompanies Supreme Lord, 188\nSamyati maswita-svanto\nverses quoted, 357\nSanatana Cosvami\nactivities of in Vrndavana, 311-313\nas mahajana, 1OS\ndiscussed Bhagavatam with brahmaQas,\n253-255\n\ngave up government service, 252\n\nKr�r;�a's lesson through mouth of, 37\nwould not climb Covardhana Hill, 152\n\nSankaracarya\naccepts the Lord's form as transcendental, 55\nquoted on Narayar;�a, 185\n\n", "mad7#p0484": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n452\n\nSarikaracarya\n\nSenses\n\nSufi sampradaya derived from, 224\n\nbecome purified as side effect of bhakti,\n\nSannyasi 'pra�asananda' vasaye\n\n352\n\nverses quoted, 55\n\ncontrol of, 385\n\nSannyasis\n\nas moving NarayaQa, 185\n\nCaitanya\n\nwon't\n\na ss o c i a t e\n\ncontrol of as dama, 384\n\nKr�Qa caQt be understood by material,\n\nwith\n\n72-73\n\nMayavadi, 403\n\nMayavadi, described as demons, 188\n\nonly accept invitations from brahmar:ras,\n\n31\n\nVai�Qava\n\navoid\n\na ssociation\n\nwith\n\npurified must engage in the Lord's service, 351\n\nSe�asayi\nSex\n\nMayavadi, 53\n\nCaitanya saw Lak�mi at, 163\ndesire for in company of Caitanya, 7-8\n\nSanoc;Jiya brahmar:ra\n\novereating leads to illicit, 384\n\nas disciple of Madhavendra Puri,\n\nSiddhi-vraja\n\n90-91\nCaitanya stayed with, 166\n\nSin\n\ndanced with Caitanya, 87\n\nthree stages of, 49\n\nspoke bravely to Pathana soldiers,\nSiva\n\n214-216\n\nSanta-rasa\n\nunattractive compared to bhakti, 348\n\ntongue urges one to commit, 384\n\nBrahman imagined as by Mayavadis,\n\nprevalent in VaikuQtha, 337\n\n185\n\ndescribed, 362\n\nearring of at MaQikarQika, 41\n\nSarasvati River\n\nnot presently visible at Prayaga, 239\n\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya\n\nbecomes a madman, 63\n\nSivananda Sena\n\nKavi-karQapura as son of, 306\n\n5oc;fasa-grantha\n\nas book by Vallabha Bhana, 276\n\nSarva-dharman parityajya\n\nSoro-k�etra\n\nquoted, 49,99\n\nSarvasya caharh hrdi sannivi�to\nquoted, 16\n\nSa vai purhsarh paro dharmo yato\nquoted, 99-100,325\n\nSoul\n\nCaitanya visited, 236\nas eternal, 319\n\nCita quoted on qualities of, 324\n\nKr�Qa simultaneously body and, 70\n\nScientists\n\nbewildered by Kr�Qa's external energy,\n\n101\nsay there is no life on moon, 318\n\nSei annamrta khao, radha-kr�r:ra\n\nSmarta-brahmar:ras\naccept\n\nM a y a v adi\n\nsannyasis as\n\nNarayat:Ja, 187\n\nSpiritual master\n\nanyone seeing Caitanya becomes, 193\n\nquoted, 385\n\nas transparent via medium, 180\n\nas state of attachment to Kr�Qa's lotus\n\ndevotees engaged by, 350\n\nSelf-realization\n\nfeet, 383\n\nKr�Qa attracts one from bliss of, 76\n\nlimited pleasure of, 74\n\ncreeper, 341\n\nweed\n\ndisciple has love for, 9\n\nCosvamis represented by one's, 339\n\none can keep direct company with, 340\n\nSense gratification\n\ndesire for as\n\nby grace of Kr�Qa one gets, 332-333\n\nto devotional\n\noffensive chanting leads to, 343\n\nplants seed of devotional service, 334\n\nSravana-kirtana\n\ndevotional\n\ncreeper watered\n333-334,336,337-338\n\nby,\n\n", "mad7#p0485": "General Index\n\nSridama\n\nas devotee in fraternity, 370\n\n453\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nquoted on receiving knowledge from\nspiritual master, 9\n\ncarried on Kr�r:Ja's shoulders, 379\n\nSridhara Svami\n\nquoted on size of soul, 320, 322-323\n\nSri Copala dasa\n\nquoted\n\nSri Covinda\n\nquoted on Vasudeva and Devaki's fear,\n\nas mahajana, 1OS\n\nquoted on Sukadeva Cosvami, 7S\n\naccompanied RGpa Cosvami, 1S7\n\nquoted, 104\n\nthose\n\nfit\n\nquoted on worship of the Lor<;l, 378\n\nspoken by Sukadeva Cosvami, 75\n\nas spotless Puraf)a, 2S4\n\nSridhara Svami most well-known commentator on, 1OS\n\nSubodhini commentary on, 1S4\n\ncited on jnanis as not liberated, 327\n\ndiscussed by Sanatana and brahmaf)as,\n\nsymptoms of first-class devotee in, 58\n\nSrimad-bhagavatarh puraf)am\n\n253-2SS\nhighest religion described in, 32S-326\nlist of twelve mahajanas in, 1OS\n\nSri Paramananda Bhanacarya\n\nquoted on animals approaching Kr�r:Ja,\n\nSri Vallabha\n\non unauthorized mahajanas, 102-103\n\n19\n\nverses quoted, 2S4\n\naccompanied RGpa Cosvami, 1S7\nSee: Anupama Mallika\n\nquoted on bhakti, 352-354\n\nSri Vallabha Bhana\n\nquoted on controlling senses, 384\n\nSrivana\n\nquoted on cheating religions, 99\n\nquoted on devotee of Narayar:Ja as\npeaceful, 330, 331\n\nquoted on devotees' vision, 386\n\nquoted on dharma, genuine religion,\n\n99-100\n\neffect\n\nof\n\ndiscuss\n\nquoted on Vrndavana, 21\n\nas transcendental knowledge, 2S4-2SS\n\nquoted on\n\nto\n\n374\n\nSri-kr�Qa-caitanya-vaf)i-amrtera dhara\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\non\n\nBhagavatam, 2S4\n\naccompanied RGpa Cosvami, 156, 1S7\n\nchanting holy\n\nname, 283\n\nquoted on Covardhana Hill, 146\n\nquoted on Kr�r:Ja as ordinary child, 379\n\nquoted on Kr�r:Ja as original Personality\nof Godhead, 298\n\nquoted on Kr�r:Ja cheating gopis, 382\n\ndescendants of listed, 1S4\n\nCaitanya visited, 165\n\nSrrigara-rasa-maf)r:;/ana\n\nVi�h�hala as author of, 1S4\n\nStavavali\n\nquoted on AnnakG�a-grama, 142\nquoted on Covinda-kur:Jc;la, 148\n\nSthayibhava\n\nas combined stages of love, 359\n\nSthayibhavo vibhavadyai/:1\nquoted, 366-367\n\nSubodhini-(ika\n\nas book by Vallabha Bhana, 276\n\nas commentary on Srimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nquoted on Kr�r:Ja joking with Rukmir:Ji,\n\n377\nquoted on Kr�r:Ja's appearance in Kaliyuga, 181\n\nquoted on Kr�r:Ja's disappearance from\nRadharar:Ji, 381\n\nquoted on Kr�r:Ja's lotus feet, 163-164\nquoted on Kumaras, 78\n\nquoted on power of holy name, 19S\n\nquoted on Pralambasura episode, 380\n\nquoted on realizing Absolute Truth, 2SS\n\n1S4\n\nSudama\n\nas devotee in fraternity, 370\n\nSiidras\nSufis\n\nBheels lower than, 28\nas\n\nMohammedan\n\nsampradaya, 224\n\nimpersonalist\n\nSuffering\nnullified by devotional service, 49\n\n", "mad7#p0486": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n454\n\nSukadeva GosvamT\n\nas mahajana, 1OS\n\nas son of Vyasadeva, 75\n\nSyamasundara\nas the supreme form, 297-300\n\nspeaks Bhagavatam, 75\n\nT\n\nSumana� Lake\n\nCaitanya saw Govardhana Hill from,\n\n137\n\nSupersoul\n\nknowledge of is imperfect, 328\nthe Lord worshiped as, 378\n\nSee also: Paramatma\nSupreme Brahman\n\nLokanatha dasa GosvamT resident of,\n\n155\n\nlocation of, 155\n\ncan be understood in human life, 342\n\nTandera caraQa sevi bhakta-sane\n\naccompanied by potencies, 188\n\nTapana Misra\n\nSupreme Lord\n\nall-pervasive potency, 336-337\n\nverses quoted, 339\n\nas father of Raghu, 46\n\nas sac-cid-ananda, 40\n\npastimes of Caitanya with, 42-46,\n\ncontrolled by devotional service, 348\n\nspeaks Kr�f!a-katha to Candrasekhara,\n\nas situated in everyone's heart, 362\n\n402-404\n\ndesires of, 349\n\n50\nTara madhye jihva ati\n\nimitators of, 102\n\nquoted, 384\nTate chaya darsana haite 'tattva' nahi jani\nquoted, 104\nTathapi tanra darsana\nquoted, 27\nTejas tejasvinam aham\nquoted, 256\nTe�am satata-yuktanam\n\nhas multi potencies, 304\nimpersonal feature relished by santa-\n\nbhakti-rasa devotees, 366\n\nknown by Vedanta philosophy, 55\n\nliving entity never becomes, 188\nMayavadT conception of, 185\n\nqualities of described in Koran, 224-228\n\nworshipable on absolute platform, 99\nworshiped by demigods, 55\n\nSurrender\n\nas relief from sinful reaction, 49\nSuvarQa-vaniks\nb e l o n g to s a m e c o m m u n i ty a s\nSun\n\nTac chraddadhana/:1 munayo\nverses quoted, 255\nTalakhac;li\n\nAgaraoyalas, 96\nliving beings on, 319, 324\n\nSvado 'pi sadya/:1 savanaya kalpate\nquoted, 195\nSvarOpa Damodara\n\nas friend of ROpa GosvamT, 308\n\nverses quoted, 316\n\nTransmigration\n\naccording to karma, 332-333\ndue to consciousness at time of death,\n\nTiver;�T\n\n319\n\nCaitanya resided at, 275\nTulasi\ngrows profusely in Vrndavana, 109\n\nself-realized persons attracted by aroma\nof, 77-78\n\nas mahajana, 1 OS\n\nu\n\nconsultation of Caitanya with, 3, 11\n\nSvasmad bhavanti ye nyunas\nverses quoted, 362\nSvetasvatara Upani�ad\nquoted on size of soul, 321\nSyama-kur;�c;la\n\ndiscovered by Caitanya, 131\n\nUddhava\ninstructed on giving up material desire,\n\n385\n\nUddhava dasa\naccompanied ROpa GosvamT, 156\n\n", "mad7#p0487": "General Index\n\nUddisya devata eva\n\n455\n\nVasi��ha\n\nverses quoted,189\n\nUpadesamrta\nquoted on Mathura, 298\nsix causes of falldown listed in, 340-341\nUpani?ads\ngreatness of Kr�r:ta understood through,\n378\n\nv\n\nconsidered mahajana by jnanis, 101\nVasudeva\nas devotee in parental love, 370\nfears Kr�r:ta and Balarama,374\n\nVatsalya-rati\ndescription of,363-364\nVedais ca sarvair aham eva vedya/:1\nquoted,SS,103,326\nVedanta\nphilosophy meant for devotees, 50\nphilosophy taught by Praka'§ananda\n\nVaikur;��ha\nseen by AkrOra under water, 200\nattachment in awe and reverence in,\n372\ngoddesses of fortune in, 371\nMathura is superior to, 298\nNarayar;�a worshiped on planets in,337\n\nVaikuQ(haj janito vara madhu-puri\nquoted,298\nVai�r;�avas\n\nSarasvati, 54\nSupreme Lord known by philosophy,\n55\nVedanta-sOtra\nas transcendental knowledge, 254\ndiscussed by Caitanya and Prakasananda Sarasvati, 45\nVi�h�hala's commentary on,154\nVedas\nas material knowledge, 254\n\navoid association with Mayavadis, 53\n\nblasphemy of as offense, 189\n\nfit to discuss Bhagavatam, 254\n\ncited on impersonalists, 55\n\nKumaras become, 77-78\n\nKr�r:ta worshiped by followers of,\n\nmade through disciplic succession, 25\n\n378\nnot always in agreement, 99\n\noffenses at feet of, 339\nonly accept invitations from other,31\nVai?Qavera kriya-mudra vijnneha\nquoted,338\nVaisyas\n\nVeda-vada-rara\nqualities of,103\nVer;ti Madhava\nCaitanya visits temple of,82\n\nsubdivisions of,96\nVaksyamaQair vibhavadyai/:1\nquoted,367,368\nVallabha Bhagacarya\nCaitanya ate at house of, 289-291\n\nVibhavadyais tu vatsalyam\"\nquoted on vatsalya-bhakti-rasa, 367\nVidvan-maQr;/ana\nVi�h�hala as author of,154\n\nwent to see Caitanya, 276-277\nVallabhacarya-sampradaya\nhas influence in Vrndavana and Bombay,276\nVar;�i Kr�r:tadasa\naccompanied ROpa Gosvami,156\nVaraha\nas incarnation of Absolute Truth,298\nVarar;�asi\n\nVidyapati\nas mahajana, 1OS\n\nVidya-vinaya-sampanne\nquoted,16\nVihaya vi?ayonmukhyaril\nverses quoted,362\nVijali Khan\nas son of king, 233\nbecame very advanced devotee, 235\nsurrendered to Caitanya,233\n\nas name for Kasi, 41\n\nViraja River\n\nCaitanya detained at, 51-52\n\ndevotional creeper goes beyond,335\nVisate tad-anantaram\nquoted, 74\n\nCandrasekhara resided in, 47-48\ntopics of conversation at,48-50\n\n", "mad7#p0488": "456\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nVi�QU\nBrahman imagined as by Mayavadis,\n185\nearring of at Maoikaroika, 41\nVi?f!U Puriif!a\n\nquoted on species of living entities,\n318-319\nVi�ou Svami\nas mahajana, 105\nquoted on God and conditioned soul,\n188\nVisrama-gha�a\nCaitanya bathed in, 86\nVisvanatha\nas physician, 41\nVisvesvara\nvisited by Caitanya and Tapana Misra,\n43\nVi�h�hala\ncompleted his father's unfinished\nbooks, 154\nVi�h�hatesvara temple\nGopala Deity remained in one month,\n153\nVivarta-vada\n\nexplained, 185\nVivasvan\nBrahman imagined as by Mayavadis,\n185\nVrajendra-varyarpita-bhogam-uccair\n\nverses quoted, 142\nVrndavana\nactivities of Rupa and Sanatana in,\n311-313\nattachment without reverence in, 372\nCaitanya prepares to visit, 3\nCaitanya takes jharikhaoc;la forest as, 17\nCaitanya visited, 167\ncrowd accompanies Caitanya en route\nto, 37\n)harikhaoc;la taken as, 29\nrasas of devotees in, 370-371\nRupa and Sanatana empowered to carry\nout work in, 307\nRupa Gosvami revived Kr�oa's pastimes\nin, 246\nRupa Gosvami sent to, 399\ntranscendental quality of, 20\n\nVrndavana\ntwelve forests of listed, 109\nVrndavana dasa Thakura\ncited on imposter brahmaf!as, 101\nVr�abha\ncarried on Bhadrasena's shoulders, 379\nVyaktaril masrf!atevantar-\n\nverses quoted, 357\nVyasadeva\nas father of Sukadeva Gosvami, 75\nan incarnation of Kr�Qa, 50\nBhagavatam as mature contribution of,\n255\nVyavasayatmika buddhir ekeha\n\nquoted, 334\n\nw\nWomen\nbecome spiritual masters, 193\nKala Kr�oadasa victim of, 7-9\nWorld, material\ndesire to enjoy like a witch, 356\nenjoyment in, 1 02\ngardener of devotional creeper remains\nin, 337-338\nsiddhis attractive in, 348\nWorld, spiritual\nnot attained by whimsical action, 64\nunderstanding position in as liberation,\n74\nWorship\nof Balabhadra Bha��acarya, 44\nof Supreme Lord by demigods, 55\nof the Lord by different classes of men,\n378\n\ny\nYadava Acarya\naccompanied Rupa Gosvami, 155\nYadunatha\nas son of Vi�h�hala, 154\nYad yad vibhatimat sattvaril\n\nverses quoted, 256\n\n", "mad7#p0489": "General Index\n\nYab sastra-vidhim ut�rjya\nquoted, 64\nYamuna\nbathing ghatas and holy places of listed,\n107-108\n\nCaitanya jumped in, 286-287\nconfluence of Ganges and, 82\njharikhaoQa rivers taken as, 29\nYamaraja\nas mahajana, 1OS\nas the superintendent of death, 189\n\nYam yam vapi smaran bhavam\nquoted, 319\nYasoda\nas advanced in devotional service,\n348\n\nas astonished at Kr�oa's opulence,\n378\nas devotee in parental love, 370\n\nbound Kr�oa with rope, 379\n\n457\n\nYasya prasadad bhagavat-prasadab\nquoted, 334, 350\n\nYasyatma-buddhib kuQape tridhatuke\nverses quoted, 1 03\n\nYatha pa�aQda-margeQa dattatreyar�abha\nquoted, 189\n\nYatrabhi�ikto bhagavan\nverses quoted, 148\nYogamaya\nKr�oa's opulence forgotten by, 378\nYogendras\nas examples of santa-bhaktas, 370\n\nYogis\ndesire material opulence, 328-329\nperfection of unattractive compared to\nbhakti, 348\nworship the Lord as Supersoul, 378\nY udhi�thira Maharaja\nquoted on truth in heart of pure devotee, 105-106\n\n", "mad7#p0490": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada appeared in this world\nin 1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvati Gosvami, in Calcutta in 1922. Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati, a prominent\ndevotional scholar and the founder of sixty-four Gauc;liya Ma�has (Vedic Institutes), liked this educated young man and convinced him to dedicate his life to\nteaching Vedic knowledge. Srila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven\nyears later (1933) at Allahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in 1922, SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura requested\nSrila Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge through the English language. In\n\nthe years that followed, Srila Prabhupada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavad­\n\ngita, assisted the Gauc;liya Ma�ha in its work and, in 1944, without assistance,\n\nstarted an English fortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and\nchecked the galley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies freely and\nstruggled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the magazine never stopped;\nit is now being continued by his disciples in the West.\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion, the\nGauc;liya Vai�r;tava Society honored him in 1947 with the title \"Bhaktivedanta.\" In\n1950, at the age of fifty-four, Srila Prabhupada retired from married life, and four\nyears later he adopted the vanaprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his\n\nstudies and writing. Srila Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of Vrndavana,\nwhere he lived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and writing.\nHe accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in 1959. At Radha-Damodara,\n\nSrila Prabhupada began work on his life's masterpiece: a multivolume translation\n\nand commentary on the eighteen thousand verse Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Bhagavata PuraQal. He also wrote Easy Journey to Other Planets.\nAfter publishing three volumes of Bhagavatam, Srila Prabhupada came to the\nUnited States, in 1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual master. Since that time,\nHis Divine Grace has written over forty volumes of authoritative translations,\ncommentaries and summary studies of the philosophical and religious classics of\nIndia.\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Srila Prabhupada\n\nwas practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great difficulty that he\nestablished the International Society for Krishna Consciousness in july of 1966.\nUnder his careful guidance, the Society has grown within a decade to a worldwide confederation of almost one hundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes\nand farm communities.\nIn 1968, Srila Prabhupada created New Vrndavana, an experimental Vedic community in the hills of West Virginia. Inspired by the success of New Vrndavana,\nnow a thriving farm community of more than one thousand acres, his students\nhave since founded several similar communities in the United States and abroad.\n\n459\n\n", "mad7#p0491": "460\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and second­\n\nary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in Dallas, Texas. The\nschool began with 3 children in 1972, and by the beginning of 1975 the enrollment had-grown to 150.\nSrila Prabhupada has also inspired the construction of a large international\ncenter at Sridhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also the site for a\nplanned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the magnificent Kr�f)aBalarama Temple and International Guest House in Vrndavana, India. These are\ncenters where Westerners can live to gain firsthand experience of Vedic culture.\nSrila Prabhupada's most significant contribution, however, is his books. Highly\nrespected by the academic community for their authoritativeness, depth and\nclarity, they are used as standard textbooks in numerous college courses. His writings have been translated into eleven languages. The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust,\nestablished in 1972 exclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace, has thus\nbecome the world's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian religion and\nphilosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Srila Prabhupada's most recent\nwork: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-completed by Srila\n\nPrabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali religious classic Sri\nCai tan ya-cari tamrta.\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Srila Prabhupada has circled\n\nthe globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to six continents. In\nspite of such a vigorous schedule, Srila Prabhupada continues to write prolifically.\nHis writings constitute a veritable library of Vedic philosophy, religion, literature\nand culture.\n\n", "mad7#p0492": "(continued from front flap)\nMadhya-lila (the middle period), the\nlongest of the three, is a detailed narration of\n\nSri Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels\nthroughout India as a renounced mendicant,\n\nteacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and\n\nmystic. Finally, Antya-lila (the final period)\nconcerns the last eighteen years of Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's manifest presence, spent in\n\nsemiseclusion in Jagannatha Puri, Orissa.\nDuring these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted\n\ndeeper and deeper into trances of spiritual\necstasy unparalleled in all of religious and\n\nliterary history, Eastern or Western.\n\n, Kr�t:�adasa Kaviraja GosvamT, the author of\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta, was a great saint and\n\na confidential disciple and student of\nRaghunatha dasa GosvamT, the renowned\nascetic saint who was one of the most intimate disciples of Sri Caitanya. He com­\n\nmenced work on the text while in his late\nnineties and in failing health, as he vividly\ndescribes in the text itself: \"I have now be­\n\ncome too old and disturbed in invalidity.\nWhile writing, my hands tremble. I cannot\n\nremember anything, nor can I see or hear\nproperly. Still I write, and this is a great\nwonder.\" That he nevertheless completed,\nunder such debilitating conditions, the\n\ngreatest literary gem of medieval India is\nsurely one of the wonders of literary history.\n\nThe English translation and commentary is\nthe work of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's\nmost distinguished scholar and teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought.\nHe himself is a disciplic descendant of SrT\n\nCaitanya, and his intimate familiarity with\nthe precepts of Caitanya Mahaprabhu eminently qualifies him to present this important classic to the English-speaking world.\n\nThe ease and clarity with which he expounds upon Sri Caitanya's precepts lures\n\neven a reader totally unfamiliar with Indian\nreligious tradition into a genuine under­\n\nstanding and appreciation of this profound\nand monumental work.\nThe entire text, with commentary, presented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\n\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust,\n\nrepresents a contribution of major importance to the intellectual, cultural and\nspiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n", "mad7#p0493": "MADHYA- LILA\n\nVolume7\n\nSRI\nCAITANYACARITAMRTA\n•\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta\nSwami\nPrabhupada\n\nSrr Caitanya-caritamrta is the authorized work on the life and teachings of Sri\nKr�Qa Caitanya-the philosopher, saint, spiritual preceptor, mystic and divine\nincarnation who pioneered a great social and religious movement in Sixteenth\nCentury India His teachings, which embody the highest philosophical and\ntheolgoical truths, have affected centuries of religious and philosophical\nthinkers until the present day.\nThis translation and commentary on the original Bengali text is the work of\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada (pictured above), the\nworld's most distinguished scholar and teacher of Indian thought and culture\nand author of the best-selling Bhagavad-gita As It Is. This translation of SrT\nCaitanya-caritamrta represents a contribution of major importance to the\nintellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n•\n\nTHE\nBHAKTIVEDANTA\nBOOK TRUST\n\n", "mad7#p0494": "", "mad8#p0001": "-\n\ns I CAITANYACARITAMRTA\nMADHYA- LiLA Vblume 8\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n", "mad8#p0002": "SRI CAITANYA-CARITAMR\nIt would not be inaccurate to say that Sri\nCaitanya-caritamrta is one of the most im­\n\nportant works of historical and philosophical\n\nliterature ever written, in any language. It is\n\nthe principal work on the life and teachings\nof SrT Kr�oa Caitanya, a divine incarnation of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Sri\n\nCaitanya is the pioneer of a great social and\nreligious movement which began in India a\n\nlittle less than five hundred years ago and\nwhich has directly and indirectly influenced\n\nthe subsequent course of religious and\n\nphilosophical thinking not only in India but\nin the recent West as well.\nAt a time when, in the West, man was\n\ndirecting his explorative spirit toward\ncircumnavigating the world in search of new\noceans and continents and toward studying\n\nthe structure of the physical universe, Sri\nKr�oa Caitanya, in the East, was inaugurating\nand masterminding a revolution directed in­\n\nward, toward a sC:Jientific understanding of\nthe highest knowledge of man's spiritual\nnature.\nWithin\n\nhis lifetime,\n\nSri Caitanya\n\ntransformed the face o f India i n four\nrespects: philosophically, by encountering,\n\ndefeating and converting the greatest philosophers and thinkers of his day; religiously,\n\nby organizing the largest, most widespread\ntheistic movement in India's history;\n\nsocially, by his strong challenges against the\nreligious inequities of the caste system;\n\npolitically, by his organization of a massive\ncivil disobedience movement in Bengal, 450\n\nyears before Gandhi.\n\nThe text is divided into three sections\n\ncalled \"/ilas.\" Adi-lila (the early period)\ntraces his life from birth through his acceptance of the renounced order, sannyasa, at\n\nthe age of twenty-four. This part includes his\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and\n\nearly philosophical confrontations, as well as\nhis organization of the widespread\n\nsarikirtana movement and his civil disobeof the\n\ndience against the repression\nMohammedan government.\n\n(continued on back flap)\n\n", "mad8#p0003": "-\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAMRTA\n•\n\n", "mad8#p0004": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\n\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-5 (15 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri Tsopani�ad\nEasy journey to Other Planets\nKr�r;.a Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr�r;.a, The Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nKr�r;.a, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�r;.a\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Krsna Consciousness\nKrsna Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\nA complete catalogue is available upon request\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "mad8#p0005": "All Glory to �rT Guru and Gaurariga\n\n--\n\nSm CAITANYACARITAIRTA\n•\n\nof K!lt;�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami\n\nMadhya-lila\nVolume Eight\n\n\"The Lord's Teachings to Srila Sanatana Gosvami\"\n\nwith the original Bengali tex�\nRoman transliterations, synonyms,\ntranslation and elaborate purports\n\nby\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANT A BOOK TRUST\nNew York los Angeles london ·Bombay\n·\n\n·\n\n", "mad8#p0006": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 WatsekaA venue\nLosAngeles, California 90034\n\n© 1975 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-93206\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912 776-70-6\n\nFirst printing, 1975: 20,000 copies\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "mad8#p0007": "Contents\n\nIntroduction\n\nChapter 20\n\nvi\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu Instructs\nSanatana Gosvami in the Science of\nthe Absolute Truth\n\n1\n\nChapter 21\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Lord Sri Kr�l)a\n\n231\n\nChapter 22\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n319\n\nReferences\n\n431\n\nGlossary\n\n433\n\nBengali Pronunciation Guide\n\n439\n\nIndex of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n441\n\nGeneral Index\n\n459\n\nThe Author\n\n493\n\nv\n\n", "mad8#p0008": "Introduction\nSri Caitanya-carWimrta is the principal work on the life and teachings of Sri\n\nKr�r:Ja Caitanya. Sri Caitanya is the pioneer of a great social and religious move­\n\nment which began in India a little less than five hundred years ago and which has\ndirectly and indirectly influenced the subsequent course of religious and phi­\n\nlosophical thinking not only in India but in the recent West as well.\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is regarded as a figure of great historical significance.\n\nHowever, our conventional method of historical analysis-that of seeing a man as\n\na product of his times-fails here. Sri Caitanya is a personality who transcends the\nlimited scope of historical settings.\n\nAt a time when, in the West, man was directing his explorative spirit toward\n\nstudying the structure of the physical universe and circumnavigating the world in\n\nsearch of new oceans and continents, Sri Kr�r:Ja Caitanya, in the East, was in­\n\naugurating and masterminding a revolution directed inward, toward a scientific\nunderstanding of the highest knowledge of man's spiritual nature.\n\nThe chief historical sources for the life of Sri Kr�r:Ja Caitanya are the kaqacas (di­\n\naries) kept by Murari Gupta and Svaropa Damodara Gosvami. Murari Gupta, a\n\nphysician and close associate of Sri Caitanya's, recorded extensive notes on the\nfirst twenty-four years of Sri Caitanya's life, culminating in his initiation into the\nrenounced order, sannyasa. The events of the rest of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's for­\n\nty-eight years are recorded in the diary of SvarOpa Damodora Gosvami, another of\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's intimate associates.\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is divided into three sections called lilas, which literally\n\nmeans \"pastimes\"-Adi-lila (the early period), Madhya-lila (the middle period)\n\nand Antya-lila (the final period). The notes of Murari Gupta form the basis of the\n\nAdi-lila, and SvarOpa Damodara's diary provides the details for the Madhya- and\nAntya-lilas.\n\nThe first twelve of the seventeen chapters of Adi-lila constitute the preface for\n\nthe entire work. By referring to Vedic scriptural evidence, this preface establishes\nSri Caitanya as the avatara (incarnation) of Kr�r:Ja (God) for the age of Kali-the\ncurrent epoch, beginning five thousand years ago and characterized by material­\n\nism, hypocrisy and dissension. In these descriptions, Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\nis identical with Lord Kr�r:Ja, descends to liberally grant pure love of God to the\nfallen\n\nsouls\n\nof\n\nthis\n\ndegraded\n\nage\n\nby\n\npropagating\n\nsankirtana-literally,\n\n\"congregational glorification of God\" -especially by organizing massive public\n\nchanting of the maha-mantra (Great Chant for Deliverance). The esoteric purpose\n\nof Lord Caitanya's appearance in the world is revealed, his co-avataras and prin­\n\ncipal devotees are described and his teachings are summarized. The remaining\nportion of Adi-lila, chapters thirteen through seventeen, briefly recounts his\n\ndivine birth and his life until he accepted the renounced order. This includes his\n\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and early philosophical confrontations, as\n\nwell as his organization of a widespread sankirtana movement and his civil disobe­\n\ndience against the repression of the Mohammedan government.\n\nvi\n\n", "mad8#p0009": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\nThe subject of Madhya-lila, the longest of the three divisions, is a detailed narration of Lord Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels throughout India as a\nrenounced mendicant, teacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and mystic. During this period of six years, Sri Caitanya transmits his teachings to his principal disciples. He debates and converts many of the most renowned philosophers and\ntheologians of his time, including Sar'lkarites, Buddhists and Muslims, and incorporates their many thousands of followers and disciples into his own burgeoning\nnumbers. A dramatic account of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's miraculous activities at\nthe giant Jagannatha Cart Festival in Orissa is also included in this section.\n\nAntya-lila concerns the last eighteen years of Sri Caitanya's manifest presence,\n\nspent in semiseclusion near the famous Jagannatha temple at Jagannatha Puri in\nOrissa. During these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted deeper and deeper into\ntrances of spiritual ecstasy unparalleled in all of religious and literary history,\nEastern or Western. Sri Caitanya's perpetual and ever-increasing religious\nbeatitude, graphically described in the eyewitness accounts of SvarOpa Damodara\nGosvami, his constant companion during this period, clearly defy the investigative\nand descriptive abilities of modern psychologists and phenomenologists of\nreligious experience.\nThe author of this great classic, Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja Gosvami, born in the year\n1507, was a disciple of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, a confidential follower of\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Raghunatha dasa, a renowned ascetic saint, heard and\nmemorized all the activities of Caitanya Mahaprabhu told to him by Svarapa\nDamodara. After the passing away of SrT Caitanya and SvarOpa Damodara,\nRaghunatha dasa, unable to bear the pain of separation from these objects of his\ncomplete devotion, traveled to Vrndavana, intending to commit suicide by jumping from Govardhana Hill. In Vrndavana, however, he encountered Rapa Gosvami\nand Sanatana Gosvami, the most confidential disciples of Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThey convinced him to give up his plan of suicide and impelled him to reveal to\nthem the spiritually inspiring events of Lord Caitanya's later life. Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja\nGosvami was also residing in Vrndavana at this time, and Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami endowed him with a full comprehension of the transcendental life of Sri\nCaitanya\nBy this time, several biographical works had already been written on the life of\nSri Caitanya by contemporary and near-contemporary scholars and devotees.\n\nThese included Sri Caitanya-carita by Murari Gupta, Caitanya-mangala by Locana\n\ndasa Thakura and Caitanya-bhagavata. This latter text, a work by Vrndavana dasa\nThakura, who was then considered the principal authority on Sri Caitanya's life,\nwas highly revered. While composing his important work, Vrndavana dasa, fearing\nthat it would become too voluminous, avoided elaborately describing many of\n\nthe events of Sri Caitanya's life, particulary the later ones. Anxious to hear of these\nlater pastimes, the devotees of Vrndavana requested Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja Gosvami,\n\nwhom they respected as a great saint, to compose a book to narrate these\n\nvii\n\n", "mad8#p0010": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\nepisodes in detail. Upon this request, and with the permission and blessings of the\n\nMadana-mohana Deity of Vrndavana, he began compiling Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\nwhich, due to its biographical excellence and thorough exposition of Lord\nCaitanya's profound philosophy and teachings, is regarded as the most significant\nof biographical works on Sri Caitanya.\nHe commenced work on the text while in his late nineties and in failing health,\nas he vividly describes in the text itself: \"I have now become too old and disturbed in invalidity. While writing, my hands tremble. I cannot remember anything, nor can I �ee or hear properly. Still I write, and this is a great wonder.\" That\nhe nevertheless completed, under such debilitating conditions, the greatest literary gem of medieval India is surely one of the wonders of literary history.\nThis English translation and commentary is the work of His Divine Grace A. C.\nBhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of Indian religious and philosophical thought. His commentary is based upon two\nBengali commentaries, one by his teacher Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami,\nthe emirrent Vedic scholar who predicted, \"The time will come when the people\n\nof the world will learn Bengali to read Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\" and the other by\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta's father, Bhaktivinoda Thakura.\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada is himself a disciplic\ndescendant of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and he is the first scholar to execute\nsystematic English translations of the major works of Sri Caitanya's followers. His\nconsummate Bengali and Sanskrit scholarship and intimate familiarity with the\nprecepts of Sri Kr?Da Caitanya are a fitting combination that eminently qualifies\n\nhim to present this important classic to the English-speaking world. The ease and\n\nclarity with which he expounds upon difficult philosophical concepts lures even a\nreader totally unfamiliar with Indian religious tradition into a genuine understanding and appreciation of this profound and monumental work.\nThe entire text, with commentary, presented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, represents a contribution of major importance to the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n-The Publishers\n\n", "mad8#p0011": "His Divine Crace\n\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "mad8#p0012": "PLATE ONE\n\"As soon as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw Sanatana Gosvami in the\ncourtyard, He immediately went up to him with great haste. After\nembracing him, the Lord was overwhelmed with ecstatic love. As soon as\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu touched Sanatana Gosvami, Sanatana was also\noverwhelmed with ecstatic love. In a faltering voice, he said, '0 my Lord,\ndo not touch me.' Shoulder to shoulder, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and\nSanatana Gosvami began to cry unlimitedly. Candrasekhara was very\nastonished to see this.\" (p.25)\n\n", "mad8#p0013": "", "mad8#p0014": "PLATE TWO\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, per­\n\nsonally told Sanatana Gosvami about Lord Kr�r:ta's real identity. He also\n\ntold him about the Lord's conjugal love, His personal opulence and the\n\nmellows of devotional service. All these truths were explained to\nSanatana Gosvami by the Lord Himself out of His causeless mercy. Putting\n\na straw in his mouth and bowing down, Sanatana Gosvami clasped the\nlotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and humbly spoke as follows.\n\nSanatana Gosvami said, 'I was born in a low family, and my associates are\n\nall low-class men. I myself am fallen in the well of sinful materialism. I do\n\nnot know what is beneficial for me and what is detrimental. Nonetheless,\n\nin ordinary dealings people consider me a learned scholar, and I am also\n\nthinking of myself as such. Out of Your causeless mercy, You have\n\ndelivered me from the materialistic path. Now, by the same causeless\nmercy, please tell me what my duty is. Who am I? Why do the threefold\n\nmiseries always give me trouble? If I do not know this, how can I be\n\nbenefited? Actually, I do not know how to inquire about the goal of life\nand the process for obtaining it. Being merciful upon me, please explain\n\nall these truths.'\" (pp.48-51)\n\n", "mad8#p0015": "", "mad8#p0016": "PLATE THREE\n\"Kr�t:�a is the original source of everything and the sum total of everything. He appears as the supreme youth, and His whole body is composed of spiritual bliss. He is the shelter and master of everyone. 'Kr�t:Ja,\nwho is known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has an eternal,\nblissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other origin, for He\nis the prime cause of all causes.' 'The original Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is Kr�t:Ja. His original name is Govinda. He is full of all opulences,\nand His eternal abode is known as Goloka Vrndavana.'\" (pp.BS-86)\n\n", "mad8#p0017": "", "mad8#p0018": "PLATE FOUR\n\"When Lord Kr�r:ta took His birth, He appeared outside the womb as\nfour-handed Vi�I)U. Then Devaki and Vasudeva offered their prayers to\nHim and asked Him to assume His two-armed form. The Lord immediately\nassumed His two-armed form and ordered that He be transferred to\nGokula on the other side of the River Yamuna.\" (p.99)\n\n", "mad8#p0019": "", "mad8#p0020": "PLATE FIVE\n\"The Lord is situated in all the universes in different forms just to please\nHis devotees. Thus the Lord destroys irreligious principles and establishes\nreligious principles. My dear Sanatana, just hear from Me as I tell you how\nthe different vi�(lu-murtis hold Their weapons, beginning with the disc,\nand how They are named differently according to the placement of objects in Their hands. The procedure for counting begins with the lower\nright hand and goes to the upper right hand, the upper left hand, and the\nlower left hand. Lord Vi�r:JU is named according to the order the objects\nare held in His hands.\" (pp.122-123)\n\n", "mad8#p0021": "", "mad8#p0022": "PLATE SIX\n\"The first form of Lord Vi�t:�u is called Maha-Vi�t:�u. He is the original\ncreator of the total material energy. The innumerable universes emanate\nfrom the pores of His body. These universes are understood to be floating\nin air as the Maha-Vi�t:�u exhales. They are like atomic particles that float\nin sunshine and pass through the holes of a screen. All these universes are\nthus created by the exhalation of Maha-Vi�t:�u, and when Maha-Vi�t:�u inhales, they return to His body. The unlimited opulences of Maha-Vi�t:�u\nare completely beyond material conception.\nAfter creating the total number of universes, which are unlimited, the\nMaha-Vi�t:�u expanded Himself into unlimited forms and entered into\neach of them. When Maha-Vi�t:�u entered each of the limitless universes,\nHe saw that there was darkness all around and that there was no place to\nstay. He therefore began to consider the situation. With the perspiration\nproduced from His own body, the Lord filled half the universe with water.\nHe then lay down on that water on the bed of Lord Se�a. A lotus flower\nthen sprouted from the lotus navel of that Garbhodakasayi Vi�t:�u. That\nlotus flower became Lord Brahma's birthplace. In the stem of that lotus\nflower the fourteen worlds were generated. Then He became Lord\nBrahma and created the entire universe. In this way, the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His form of Vi�t:�u maintains the entire material\nworld. Since He is always beyond the material qualities, the material\nnature cannot touch Him.\" (pp.15 7-162 )\n\n", "mad8#p0023": "", "mad8#p0024": "PLATE SEVEN\n\"The third expansion of Vi�r:\"�U is the K�lrodakasayl Vi�r:\"�U, who is the incarnation of the quality of goodness. He is to be counted within the two\ntypes\n\nof\n\nincarnations\n\n(puru?a-avataras\n\nand\n\nguf)a-avataras).\n\nThis\n\nK�lrodakasayl Vi�t:lu is the universal form of the Lord and is the Supersoul\nwithin every living entity. He is known as K�lrodakasayl, or the Lord who\nlies on the ocean of milk. He is the maintainer and master of the\nuniverse.\" (p.165)\n\n", "mad8#p0025": "", "mad8#p0026": "�LATE EIGHT\n\"When Lord Kr�oa was present in the earthly Vrndavana, Lord Brahma,\ntaking Him to be an ordinary cowherd boy, wanted to test His potency.\nTherefore Lord Brahma stole all the cows, calves and cowherd boys from\nKr�oa and hid them by his illusory energy. When Kr�oa saw that Brahma\nhad stolen His cows, calves and cowherd boys, He immediately created\nmany material and spiritual planets in Lord Brahma's presence. WithiR a\nmoment, cows, cowherd boys, calves and unlimited Vaikuothas-all expansions of the Lord's spiritual energy-were manifested. The cowherd\nboys then became four-handed Narayaoas, predominating Deities of the\nVaikuotha planets. All the separate Brahmas from different universes\nbegan to offer their prayers unto the Lord. All these transcendental\nbodies emanated from the body of Kr�oa, and within a second They all\nentered again into His body. When the Lord Brahma of this universe saw\nthis pastime, he was astonished and struck with wonder.\" (pp.241-245)\n\n", "mad8#p0027": "", "mad8#p0028": "PLATE NINE\n\"The primary predominating deities of this material creation are Lord\nBrahma, Lord Siva and Lord Vi�I)U. Nonetheless, they simply carry out the\norders of Lord Kr�l)a, who is the master of them all. Following the will of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Brahma creates, Lord Siva\ndestroys, and Kr�l)a Himself in the form of K�irodakasayi' Vi�I)U maintains\nall the affairs of material nature. Thus the supreme controller of material\nnature is Lord Vi�l)u.\" (pp.251-252)\n\n", "mad8#p0029": "", "mad8#p0030": "PLATE TEN\n\"Upon hearing this, Sri Kr�r:Ja smiled and immediately meditated.\nUnlimited Brahmas arrived instantly. These Brahmas had different numbers of heads. Some had ten heads, some had twenty, some a hundred,\nsome a thousand, some ten thousand, some a hundred thousand, some\nten million and others a hundred million. No one can count the number of\nfaces they had. There also arrived many Lord Sivas with various heads\nnumbering one hundred thousand and ten million. Many lndras also arrived, and they had hundreds of thousands of eyes all over their bodies.\nWhen the four-headed Brahma of this universe saw all these opulences of\nKr�r:Ja, he became very bewildered and considered himself a rabbit among\nmany elephants. All the Brahmas who came to see Kr�r:Ja offered their\nrespects at His lotus feet, and when they did this, their helmets touched\nHis lotus feet. No one can estimate the inconceivable potency of Kr�r:Ja.\nAll the Brahmas who were there were resting in the one body of Kr�r:Ja.\"\n\n(pp.267-2 70)\n\n", "mad8#p0031": "", "mad8#p0032": "PLATE ELEVEN\n\"The sound of Kr�Qa's flute spreads in four directions. Even though\nKr�Qa vibrates His flute within this universe, its sound pierces the universal covering and goes to the spiritual sky. Thus the vibration enters the\nears of all inhabitants. It especially enters Goloka Vrndavana-dhama and\nattracts the minds of the young damsels of Vrajabhumi, bringing them\nforcibly to where Kr�Qa is present. The vibration of Kr�Qa's flute is very aggressive, and it breaks the vows of all chaste women. Indeed, its vibration\ntakes them forcibly from the laps of their husbands. The vibration of His\nflute attracts even the goddesses of fortune in the VaikuQtha planets, to\nsay nothing of the poor damsels of Vrndavana. The vibration of His flute\nis just like a bird that creates a nest within the ears of the gopls and always remains prominent there, not allowing .any other sound to enter\ntheir ears. Indeed, the gopls cannot hear anything else, nor are they able\nto concentrate on anything else, nor even give a suitable reply. Such are\nthe effects of the vibration of Lord Kr�Qa's flute.\" (pp.142-143)\n\n", "mad8#p0033": "", "mad8#p0034": "CHAPTER 20\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nInstructs Sanatana Gosvami in the\nScience of the Absolute Truth\nThe following summary study of this chapter is given by Bhaktivinoda Thakura in\nhis Amrta-pravaha-bha$ya. When Srila Sanatana Gosvami was imprisoned by\nNawab Hussain Shah, he received news from ROpa Gosvami that Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu had gone to Mathura. Sanatana Gosvami thereafter satisfied the\nsuperintendent of the jail by sweet solicitations and bribery. After giving the jailer\nseven thousand gold coins, Sanatana Gosvami was released. He then crossed the\nGanges and fled. One of his servants, Tsana, followed him, carrying eight gold\ncoins. Sanatana Gosvami and his servant then spent the night in a small hotel on\n\nthe way to Benares. The hotel owner knew that Sanatana Gosvami and his servant\nhad eight gold coins, and he decided to kill them and take the money. Making\nplans in this way, the hotel owner received them as honorable guests. Sanatana\n\nGosvami, however, asked his servant how much money he had, and, taking seven\nof the gold coins, Sanatana offered them to the hotel owner. Thus the owner\nhelped them reach the hilly tract toward Varar;�asT. On the way, Sanatana Gosvami\nmet his brother-in-law, Srikanta, at Hajipura, and Srikanta helped him after he had\nheard about all Sanatana's troubles. Thus Sanatana Gosvami finally arrived at\nVarar;�asi and stood before the door of Candrasekhara. Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ncalled him in and ordered him to change his dress so that he could look like a\ngentleman. For his garment, he used an old cloth of Tapana Misra's. Later, he ex­\n\nchanged his valuable blanket for a torn quilt. At this time Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwas very pleased with him, and thus Sri Sanatana Gosvami received knowledge of\nthe Absolute Truth from the Lord Himself.\nFirst they discussed the constitutional position of the living entities, and Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu explained to Sanatana Gosvami how the living entity is one\nof Lord Kr�r;�a's energies. After this, the Lord explained the way of devotional service. While discussing the Absolute Truth, Sri Kr�r;�a, the Lord analyzed Brahman,\nParamatma and Bhagavan, as well as the expansions of the Lord called svayarhrupa, tad-ekatma and avesa, which are divided into various branches known as\nvaibhava and prabhava. Thus the Lord described the many forms of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. He also described the incarnations of God within the ma­\n\nterial world, incarnations such as the puru$a-avataras, manvantara-avataras, gu('laavataras and saktyavesa-avataras. The Lord also discussed the divisions of Kr�r;�a's\n\n1\n\n", "mad8#p0035": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n2\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\ndifferent ages, such as ba/ya and paugary;Ja, and the different pastimes of the different ages. He explained how Kr�r:Ja attained His permanent form when He\nreached youth. In this way Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu explained and described\neverything to Sanatana Gosvami.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��il�t�.._�..1i� ���i!tJ1{��1{. I\niTt�f� �e.l2!�tlfte. ���;21���: II � II\nvande 'nantadbhutaisvaryarh\nsri-caitanya-mahaprabhum\nnico 'pi yat-prasadat syad\nbhakti-sastra-pravartakai)\nSYNONYMS\nvande-1 offer my respectful obeisances; ananta-unlim ited; adbhuta-wonderful; aisvaryam ...:.possessing opulences; sri-caitanya-mahaprabhum-unto Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; nicai) api-even a person in the lowest status of life; yatprasadat-by whose mercy; syat-may become; bhakti-sastra-of the science of\ndevotional service; pravartakai)-an inaugurator.\nTRANSLATION\nLet me offer my respectful obeisances unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\nhas unlimited, wonderful opulences. By His mercy, even a person born as the\nlowest of men can spread the science of devotional service.\nTEXT 2\n\neti srn ���� i!if� ��\"' 1\n\n�t��i!�i!! iS?i <;'51�-.�\"f II � II\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; sri-caitanya-to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-all\nglories; nityananda-to Nityananda; jaya-all glories; advaita-candra-to Advaita\nAcarya;\n\njaya-all glories;\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\ngaura-bhakta-vrnda-to all devotees of Lord Sri\n\n", "mad8#p0036": "Text 4]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n3\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Nityananda Prabhu!\nAll glories to Advaita Acarya! And all glories to all the devotees of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu!\nTEXT 3\n\nlf!Q!i ,�� �'t\\!i{ �n <��r;., 1\n\n���9f·c;'SI'Pit\\$� 9f� �� �i{� ll �II\netha gauc;ie sanatana ache bandi-sale\nsri-rupa-gosanira patri aila hena-kale\nSYNONYMS\netha-here; gauc;ie-in Bengal;\n\nsanatana-Sanatana Gosvami; ache-was;\n\nbandi-sal e-in prison; sri-rupa-gosar'lira-of Srila ROpa GosvamT; patri-the letter; ai/a-came; hena-ka/e-at that time.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Sanatana Gosvami was imprisoned in Bengal, a letter arrived from\nSrila Rupa Gosvami.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura informs us that this letter from ROpa Gosvami to\nSanatana Gosvami is mentioned by the annotator of Udbhata-candrika. Srila ROpa\nGosvami wrote a note to Sanatana Gosvami from Bakla. This note indicated that\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was coming to Mathura, and it stated:\n\nyadu-pate/:1 kva gata mathura-puri\nraghu-pate/:1 kva gatottara-kosala\niti vicintya kurusva mana/:1 sthirarh\nna sad idarh jagad ity avadharaya\n\"Where has the Mathura Puri of Yadupati gone? Where has the northern Kosala\nof Raghupati gone? By reflection, make the mind steady, thinking, 'This universe is\nnot eternal.'\"\nTEXT 4\n\n9f<i\\ 9f't1$1 �ift\\!i{ ���'! ��'11 I\n�i{·111Jfi�·9f'M <fl� fftf�1 ll 8 II\n\n", "mad8#p0037": "4\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\npatri pana sanatana anandita haila\nyavana-rak$aka-pasa kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\npatri pana -receiving the note; sanatana -Sana tan a Gosvami; anandita hailabecame very pleased; yavana-meat-eater; rak$aka-the superintendent of the\njail; pasa-before; kahite /agi/a-began to say.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sanatana Gosvami received this note from Rupa Gosvami, he became\nvery pleased. He immediately went to the jail superintendent, who was a\nmeat-eater, and spoke as follows.\nTEXTS\n\n\"� �� til?� 11uet� 1\n'��·�'fdftt8r �- � � II � II\n\"tumi eka jinda-pira maha-bhagyavan\nketaba-koraQa-sastre ache tamara jnana\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-you; eka jinda-pira-a living saint; maha-bhagyavan-very fortunate;\nketaba-books; koraQa-the Koran; sastre-in the scripture; ache-there is;\ntamara -your; jnana -knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami told the Mohammedan jailkeeper, \"Dear sir, you are a\nsaintly person and are very fortunate. You have full knowledge'bf the revealed\nscriptures such as the Koran and similar books.\nTEXT 6\n\n�� � � �!if �-1fif Otf�n111\n���R ��t� � '!,� �� ''$f��i II � II\neka bandi char;Je yadi nija-dharma dekhiya\nsarhsara ha-ite tare mukta karena gosana\nSYNONYMS\neka bandi-one imprisoned person;\n\nchar;Je-one releases;\n\nyadi-if; nija­\n\ndharma-one's own religion; dekhiya-consulting; sarhsara ha-ite-from material\n\n", "mad8#p0038": "The Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nText 6]\n\nbondage; tare\n\n-\n\nhim ; mukta kar ena\n\n-\n\n5\n\nreleases ; gosatia-the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If one releases a conditioned soul or imprisoned person according to\nreligious principles, he himself is also released from material bondage by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\"\nPURPORT\n\nIt appears from this statement that Sani!.tana Gosvami, who was formerly a\nminister of the Nawab, was trying to cheat the Mohammedan superintendent. A\njail superintendent had only an ordinary education, or practically no education,\nand he was certainly not supposed to be very advanced in spiritual knowledge.\nHowever, just to satisfy him, Sanatana Gosvami praised him as a very learned\nscholar of the scriptures. The jailkeeper could not deny that he was a learned\nscholar because when one is elevated to an exalted position, one thinks oneself fit\nfor that position. Sanatana Gosvami was correctly explaining the effects of\nspiritual activity, and the jailkeeper connected his statement with his release from\njail. There are innumerable conditioned souls rotting in the material world, imprisoned by maya under the spell of sense gratification. The living entity is so entranced by the spell of maya that in conditioned life even a pig feels satisfied.\nThere are two kinds of covering powers exhibited by maya. One is called prak$epatmika, and the other is called avaraf)atmika. When one is determined to get\nout of material bondage, the prak�epatmika-sakti, the spell of diversion, impels\none to remain in conditioned life fully satisfied by sense gratification. Due to the\nother power (avaraQatmika), a conditioned soul feels satisfied even if he is rotting\nin the body of a pig or a worm in stool. To release a conditioned soul from material bondage is very difficult because the spell of maya is so strong. Even when\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself descends to deliver conditioned\nsouls, asking them to surrender unto Him, the conditioned souls do not agree to\nthe Lord's proposals. Therefore Sri Sanatana Gosvi!.mi said, \"Somehow or other, if\none helps another gain release from the bondage of maya, he is certainly recognized immediately by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\" As stated in\n\nBhagavad-gita (18.69):\nna ca tasman manu?ye�u\nka5cin me priya-krttama/:1\nbhavita na ca me tasmad\nanya/:1 priyataro bhuvi\nThe greatest service one can render to the Lord is to try to infuse devotional service into the heart of the conditioned soul so that the conditioned soul may be\nreleased from conditional life. Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura has said that a Vai��ava\n\n", "mad8#p0039": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n6\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nis recognized by his preaching work-that is, by convincing the conditioned soul\nabout his eternal position, which is explained here as nija-dharma. It is the living\nentity's eternal position to serve the Lord; therefore to help one get release from\nmaterial bondage is to awaken one to the dormant understanding that he is the\neternal servant of Kr�r:Ja. }ivera 'svarupa' haya-kr�Qera 'nitya-dasa'. This will be\nfurther explained by the Lord Himself to Sanatana Gosvami.\n\nTEXT 7\n\n��tf1r 'i!'tlmf �fif�t� '9f� I\n1_f1r �t1fl �' fl ���tf II 't I\nparve ami tamara kariyachi upakara\ntumi ama chagi' kara pratyupakara\nSYNONYMS\nparve-formerly; ami-1; tamara-your;\nwelfare;\n\ntumi-you;\n\nkari yachi -h ave done; upakara­\n\nama-me; chagi'-releasing;\n\nkara-do; prati-upakara­\n\nreturn welfare.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami continued, \"Previously I have done much for you. Now I\nam in difficulty. Please return my goodwill by releasing me.\n\nTEXT 8\n\n�:Jl������ ��I\n\"ctJ, ��-� 'lte �t<l �� II\" lr II\nparka sahasra mudra tumi kara ar'lgikara\npuQya, artha, -dui /abha ha-ibe tamara\"\nSYNONYMS\npanca\n\nsahasra-five\n\nar'lgikara-please\n\nthousand;\n\naccept;\n\nmudra-golden\n\npuQya-pious activity;\n\ntumi-you;\n\nkara\n\nartha-material gain;\n\ndui\n\ncoins;\n\nlabha-twa kinds of achievement; ha-ibe-will be; tamara-yours.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Here are five thousand gold coins. Please accept them. By releasing me,\nyou will receive the results of pious activities and gain material profit as well.\n\nThus you will profit in two ways simultaneously.\"\n\n", "mad8#p0040": "Text 11]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n7\n\nTEXT 9\n\n� CJ!� � <fl�, -�i{, �� I\nCt:!f11� �' �\" � flft� II \" � II\ntabe sei yavana kahe,-\"suna, mahasaya\ntomare chac;liba, kintu kari raja-bhaya\"\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nsei-that;\n\nyavana-meat-eater;\n\nkahe-says;\n\nsuna-just\n\nhear; mahasaya-my dear sir; tomare-you; chac;liba-l would release; kintubut; kari raja-bhaya-l am afraid of the government.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Sanatana Gosvami convinced the jailkeeper, who replied,\n\"Please hear me, my dear sir. I am willing to release you, but I am afraid of the\ngovernment.\"\nTEXTS 10-11\n\n��i{ ��,...J'lf1f if1 �1t ��-��I\n�'I f� �fW C'\"f�$· �t�mt II � II\n�t� ��� ,,� �t�'r;i!J e-st� 1\nmft1t fil�� 'Stlfi c;w�' <lit� flf� II � � II\no\n\n-\n\nsanatana kahe,- \"tumi na kara raja-bhaya\ndak$iQa giyache yadi leu!i' aoyaya\ntanhare kahio-sei bahya-krtye gela\ngangara nika!a ganga dekhi' jhanpa dila\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana kahe-Sanatana replied;\n\ntumi-you;\n\nna-not;\n\nkara-do;\n\nraja­\n\nbhaya-fear of the government; dak�iQa-to the south; giyache-has gone;\nyadi-if; /eu!i' -returning; aoyaya-comes; tanhare-to him; kahio-you say;\nsei-he; bahya-krtye-to evacuate; ge/a-went; gangara nika!a-near the bank\nof the Ganges; ganga dekhi'-seeing the Ganges; jhanpa di/a-jumped.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana replied, \"There is no danger. The Nawab has gone to the south. If\nhe returns, tell him that Sanatana went to pass stool near the bank of the\nGanges and that as soon as he saw the Ganges, he jumped in.\n\n", "mad8#p0041": "8\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 1 2\n\n��<fi �f�, �t� �t-st, �i ���I\n\nlif't��<fii·l'ffit'! �f<t <fitt1 ��' <;'it\"J II �� II\naneka dekhila, tara lag na paila\ndac;luka-sahita c;lubi kahali vahi' gela\nSYNONYMS\naneka-for a long time; dekhila-1 looked; tara-of him; lag-contact; na\npai/a-could not obtain; dac;luka-sahita-with the shackles; c;/ubi-drowning;\nkahali-somewhere; vahi' gela-washed away.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Tell him, 'I looked for him a long time, but I could not find any trace of\nhim. He jumped in with his shackles, and therefore he was drowned and\nwashed away by the waves.'\nTEXT 13\n\nf�i �� iftf�, �tfif �-<;�;� �i �� I\nW�� ��1 �tfif ��(;<fi <It�� II\" �� II\nkichu bhaya nahi, ami e-dese na raba\ndaravesa hana ami makkake yaiba\"\nSYNONYMS\nkichu-any; bhaya-fear; nahi-there is not; ami-1; e-dese-in this country;\nna raba-shall not remain; daravesa halia-becoming a mendicant; ami-1; makkake yaiba -shall go to Mecca.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is no reason for you to be afraid, for I shall not remain in this country. I shall become a mendicant and go to the holy city of Mecca.''\nTEXT 14\n\n\\!�tf9t <(�-�� �l'(' � <;�N�i I\nl'ft'!·�tsrt� �L_'!fl \\!f� �tr;'it �tM '<fi� II �8 II\ntathapi yavana-mana prasanna na dekhila\nsata-hajara mudra tara age rasi kaila\n\n", "mad8#p0042": "Text 16]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n9\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ntathapi-still; yavana-mana-the mind of the meat-eater; prasanna-satisfied;\nna-not; dekhila-he saw; s ata-hajara-seven thousand; mudra-golden coins;\ntara-of him; age-in front; rasi kaila-made a stack.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami could see that the mind of the meat-eater was still not\nsatisfied. He then stacked $even thousand gold coins before him.\nTEXT 15\n\n� ��\"l �<ttiRl ll_(lfl ��1fl I\n11'� ��1f '�\"l wt� <l\"i <l\"t��i II �� II\n\n�\n\nlobha ha-ila yavanera mudra dekhiya\nratre ganga-para kaila dac;Juka katiya\nSYNONYMS\n\nlobha ha-i la-there was attraction for the money; yavanera-of the meat­\n\neater; mudra dekhi ya-seeing the golden coins; ratre-at night; ganga-para\nkaila-he got him across the Ganges; dac;Juka-shackles; kati ya-breaking.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the meat-eater saw the coins, he was attracted to them. He then\nagreed, and that night he cut Sanatana's shackles and let him cross the\nGanges.\nTEXT 16\n\n�-91� !itf�\"ti, �tt� i!ttl �t�t� I\n11'tff!i·fif� ��' �t�\"ti 9f��1·9f<ft� II �� II\ngac;Ja-dvara-patha chac;iila, nare tahan yaite\nratri-dina cali' aila patac;ia-parvate\nSYNONYMS\n\ngac;Ja-dvara-patha-the path of the fortress; chac;Jila-gave up; nare-not able;\ntahan-there; yaite-to go; ratri-dina-night and day; ca/i -walking; ai/a-ar'\n\nrived; patac;ia-parvate-in the hilly tract of land known as Pata<;ia.\n\n", "mad8#p0043": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n10\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Sanatana Gosvami was released. However, he was not able to\nwalk along the path of the fortress. Walking day and night, he finally arrived at\nthe hilly tract of land known as Patac;fa.\nTEXT 17\n\nl!�i �<fi �)fif<fi �11, \\!l� �tf� <;��i I\n\n'�\\! �t� <fi� �tJTi'-��� <fiBt�i II �'I II\ntatha eka bhaumika haya, tara thani gela\n'parvata para kara ama'-vinati karila\nSYNONYMS\ntatha-there; eka bhaumika-one landowner; haya-there is; tara thani-unto\nhim; ge/a-he went; parvata-the hilly tract; para kara-cross over; ama-me;\nvinati-submission; kari/a-he made.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter reaching Patac;fa, he met a landholder and submissively requested him\nto get him across that hilly tract of land.\nTEXT 18\n\n�� ,.�t� :Jfr;� �11 �t\\!�f'!\\!i I\n�11f <fitt'i <!It�<;�� iSftf�' �� <fi�i II �tr II\nsei bhanara sange haya hata-gaQita\nbhunara kJQe kahe sei jani' ei katha\nSYNONYMS\nsei bhanara-the landlord; sange-with; haya-there is; hata-gaQita-an expert in palmistry; bhanara-of the landlord; kaQe-in the ear; kahe-says; seithat man; jani'-knowing; ei katha-this statement.\nTRANSLATION\nA man who was expert in palmistry was at that time staying with the landlord. Knowing about Sanatana, he whispered the following in the landlord's\near.\n\n", "mad8#p0044": "Text 21]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n11\n\nTEXT 19\n\n'l·�� �tf$ \"J�c;(� �� '�t�1f �11' I\n��' 'GI1ilf\"'� �$1 �·rt�il �� II �:» II\n'irihara thafii suvarl)era a?ta mohara haya'\nsuni' anandita bhaiia sanatane kaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nirihara thafii-in the possession of this man; suvarl)era-of gold; a?ta-eight;\nmohara-coins; haya-there are; suni'-hearing; anandita-pleased; bhufiathe landlord; sanatane-to Sanatana; kaya-says\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe palmist said, \"This man Sanatana possesses eight gold coins.\" Hearing\nthis, the landlord was very pleased and spoke the following to Sanatana\nGosvami.\nTEXT 20\n\n\"1from �� �t1f <fifif� ��-,a;t<fi ��i 1\n'�t'Sfil <fi1f� � ��il �fif�i II\" � o II\n\"ratrye parvata para kariba nija-loka diya\nbhojana karaha tumi randhana kariya\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nratrye-at night; parvata-the hilly tract; para kariba-1 shall cross; nija-loka\ndiya-with my own men; bhojana karaha-just take your meal; tumi-you;\nrandhana kariya-cooking.\nTRANSLATION\nThe landlord said, \"I shall get you across that hilly tract at night with my\nown men. Now just take your lunch and cook for yourself.\"\nTEXT 21\n\nl!l'! �M' �if �� <fiBf1li �-srtil 1\n\n�ilt�il 'Gitf�' '!t� C<fi� il�o:ttil II � � II\neta bali' anna dila kariya sammana\nsanatana asi' tabe kaila nadi-snana\n\n", "mad8#p0045": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n12\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSYNONYMS\n\neta bali'-saying this; anna di/a -supp lied food grains; kariya sammanashowing great respect; sanatana -Sanatana Gosvami; asi'-coming; tabe -then;\nkai/a -did; nadi-snana-bathing in the river.\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, the landlord offered Sanatana grains to cook. Sanatana then\nwent to the riverside and took his bath.\nTEXT 22\n\nl� @9f<t� C<li'\"J1���-,�1�il I\n11\"�1Ti\\· ��t�il f<t�t�'i11ltil II �� II\ndui upavase kai/a randhana-bhojane\nraja-mantri sanatana vicarila mane\nSYNONYMS\n\ndui upa vase-fasting for two days; kai/a-performed; randhana-bhojanecooking and eating; raja-mantri-the former minister of the Nawab; sanatanaSanatana; vicari/a-considered; mane-in the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause Sanatana had been fasting for two days, he cooked the food and ate\nit. However, having formerly been a minister of the Nawab, he began to contemplate the situation.\nTEXT 23\n\n'�� �1 '<litil '1ltt1f �iJftil <lifif'\"J ?'\n�� �fu' �t�il �left�il ��rr II �� II\n'ei bhuria kene more sammana karila?'\neta cinti' sanatana Tsane puchila\nSYNONYMS\n\nei bhuria-this landlord; kene-why; more-unto me; sammana karilaoffered so much respect; eta cinti'-thin king this; sanatana-S anatana; /sanefrom Tsana, his servant; puchi/a-inquired.\n\n", "mad8#p0046": "Text 25]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n13\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs a former minister for the Nawab, Sanatana could certainly understand\ndiplomacy. He therefore thought, \"Why is this landlord offering me such\nrespect?\" Thinking in this way, he questioned his servant, whose name was\nIsana.\nTEXT 24\n\n'<;c:!t1lt31' �f$ iSft� f<r-i; �<tJ �1�' I\n\n�i1 <llt�,-'<;11'131' �tf$ �1\\! <;��31' ��' II �811\n'tamara thafii jani kichu dravya achaya'\nisana kahe,- 'mora thafii sata mohara haya'\nSYNONYMS\ntamara thafii-in your possession; jani-1 understand; kichu-some; dravyavaluable thing; achaya-there is; isana kahe-TSana replied; mora thafii-in my\npossession; sata mohara-seven gold coins; haya-there are.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana asked his servant, \"lsana, I think you have some valuable things\nwith you.\" Isana replied, \"Yes, I have seven gold coins.\"\nTEXT 25\n\n�fil' �i1 \\!tt1f <11\"�\"11 �e,\"\"�il I\n\n'�t\"' <;<Titil �afil�t� �l <Tii\"f·�lf ?' �� 11\nsuni' sanatana tare karila bhartsana\n'satige kene aniyacha ei kala-yama?'\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuni'-hearing; sanatana-Sanatana Gosvami; tare-him; karila bhartsanachastised; satige-with you; kene-why; aniyacha-have you brought; ei-this;\nka/a-yama-death knell.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, Sanatana Gosvami chastised his servant, saying, \"Why have\nyou brought this death knell with you?\"\n\n", "mad8#p0047": "14\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 26\n\nl!t<l �� �tl! (;'Jfrof ��tl! <fiRl11i I\n\n�11f <fittli �Msi �t� '1ft�� �111�1 II �� II\ntabe sei sata mohara hastete kariya\nbhufiara kache yafia kahe mohara dhariya\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; sei sata mohara-these seven golden coins; hastete kariyataking in the hands; bhufiara kache-to the landlord; yafia-going; kahe-says;\nmohara dhariya-holding the golden coins.\nTRANSLATION\nThereupon, Sanatana Gosvami took the seven gold coins in his hando; and\nwent to the landlord. Holding the gold coins before him, he spoke as follows.\nTEXT 27\n\n\"�� �ltl! �((( <;11�� 'til�� �t11t� I\n��1 i'f�i � <;��' �� <\\'i� �t� II �C! II\n\"ei sata suvarf)a mohara achila amara\niha lafia dharma dekhi' parvata kara para\nSYNONYMS\nei sata-these seven; suvarf)a mohara-golden coins; achila-were; amaramine; iha /ana-accepting them; dharma dekhi'-observing religious principles;\nparvata-the hilly tract of land; kara para-kindly get me across.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have these seven gold coins with me. Please accept them, and from a\nreligious point of view please get me across that hilly tract of land.\nTEXT 28\n\n��\"h 'tiltfif, ���t� �1�t� iii �tfit I\n\n�'IJ �((, � �t1li <;��' �t� �fit II\" �IT' II\nraja-bandi ami, gac;Ja-dvara yaite na pari\npuf)ya habe, parvata ama deha' para kari\"\n\n", "mad8#p0048": "Text 30]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n15\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nraja-bandi-a prisoner of the government; ami-1; gar;ia-dvara yaite-to go\nopenly on the road by the ramparts; na pari-1 am not able; puQya-pious activity; habe-there will be; parvata-the hilly tract of land; ama-to me; deha'give help; para kari-by crossing over.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am a prisoner of the government, and I cannot go along the way of the\nramparts. It will be very pious of you to take this money and kindly get me\nacross this hilly tract of land.\"\nTEXT 29\n\n'¥P1 �t�' �t�, -\"�tfil rsrtfilmf� ?t�a, 1\n�� (;li�� � <;i!t�� (;#1<!1<\\'i·�t�t'\"' II �� II\nbhUfia hasi' kahe,-\"ami janiyachi pahife\na�ta mohara haya tamara sevaka-aficafe\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhufia-the landlord; hasi'-smiling; kahe-said ; ami-1; janiyachi-knew;\npahife-before this; a�ta mohara-eight golden coins; haya-there are; tamarayour; sevaka-alicafe-in the pocket of the servant.\nTRANSLATION\nSmiling, the landlord said, \"Before you offered them, I already knew that\nthere were eight gold coins in your servant's possession.\nTEXT 30\n\n'i!tlri �ltl1f' <;lit�� ��i!tl! 'Citf�<fit� �tt�J I\n\n'et\"f c�\"f, <f)��1 �' �s�tig ?tt?t c�?:� u�c��\ntoma mari' mohara fa-itama ajikara ratrye\nbhafa haifa, kahifa tumi, chutifalia papa haite\nSYNONYMS\n\ntoma mari'\n\n-\n\nkilling you; mohara-golden coins; fa-itama-1 would have taken;\n\najikara ratrye-on this night; bhafa haifa-it was very good; kahifa tumi-you\nhave spoken; chutifana-1 am relieved; papa haite-fro m such a sin.\n\n", "mad8#p0049": "16\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"On this very night I would have killed you and taken your coins. It is very\ngood that you have voluntarily offered them to me. I am now relieved from\nsuch a sinful activity.\nTEXT 31\n\n�� ���tl! �fiT, '�t�� �1 �� I\n��J '1tRt' \"?!'(� �t�i' 9fi1{ <flfil' flr� II\" �� II\nsantu�ta ha-ilatia ami, mohara na la-iba\npuQya lagi' parvata toma' para kari' diba\"\nSYNONYMS\nsan tu�ta-satisfied;\n\nha-i/atia-have become;\n\nami-1; mohara-the golden\n\ncoins; na /a-iba-1 shall not take; puQya /agi'-sim ply for pious activity; parvatathe hilly tract of land; toma'-you; para kari' diba-1 shall get across.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am very satisfied with your behavior. I shall not accept these gold coins,\nbut I shall get you across that hilly tract of land simply to perform a pious activity.\"\nTEXT 32\n\n'\"ittlltf� ��,- \"'�� (!t<IJ '1�t� 'filt111 ;rrrn' 1\n'filt�Ht �t'l �'lft <II� (!t<!IJ �it��' 11\" �� II\ngosafii kahe,- \"keha dravya Ja-ibe ama mari'\n\namara praQa rak�a kara dravya atigikari'\"\nSYNONYMS\ngosafii kahe-Sanatana Gosvami said;\n\nkeha-someone else;\n\ndravya-the\n\nvaluable coins; /a-ibe-will take; ama mari'-killing me; amara-my; praQa-life;\nrak�a kara-save; dravya atigikari'-by accepting these coins.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami replied, \"If you do not accept these coins, someone else\nwill kill me for them. It is better that you save me from the danger by accepting the coins.\"\n\n", "mad8#p0050": "Text 35]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n17\n\nTEXT 33\n\ni!t<l ,_�1 c;'itt�f�� �t� �tfif �t�<fi fwa;y I\nm(jij �t?;(jij <lil�t� 'P!�i! �t� C<t�a;r II �� II\ntabe bhuna gosanira sange cari paika dila\nratrye ratrye vana-pathe parvata para kaila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereupon;\n\nbhuna-the\n\nlandlord;\n\nGosvamT; cari paika-four watchmen; d i/a\n\ngosanira\n-\n\nsange-with\n\nSanatana\n\ngave; ratrye ratrye-during the\n\nwhole night; vana-pathe-on the j ungle path; parvata-the hilly tract of land;\npara kaila-took him across.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this settlement was made, the landlord gave Sanatana Gosvami four\nwatchmen to accompany him. They went through the forest path for the\nwhole night and thus brought him over the hilly tract of land.\nTEXT 34\n\ni!t<� \"P�rn ��1 c:'itt'ftf$ ��a;r1 �-ttil 1\n\"�tf.t,- � il'f<IJ f<lli; �tt:� c;i!t1Tl \"'lttil\" 11�811\ntabe para hana gosani puchila isane\n\"jani, -se?a dravya kichu ache toma sthane\"\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\n\npara hafla-after\n\ncrossing;\n\ngosafli-Sanatana\n\nGosvamT;\n\npuchila-asked; isane-Tsana; jani-1 know; se?a dravya-something valuable\nleft; kichu-some; ache-there is; toma sthane-with you\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter crossing the hills, Sanatana Gosvami told his servant, \"isana, I think\nyou still have some balance left from the gold coins.\"\nTEXT 35\n\n�-t'til �t:�,-\"�<ti (;�� �t� �� I\"\nC:'itt.Jltf� <fit�,-\"c;� a;r$1 ��' i[� c;� II\"\n\n", "mad8#p0051": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n18\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nisana kahe,- \"eka mohara ache avase�a\"\ngosafii kahe,- \"mohara fafia yaha' tumi desa\"\nSYNONYMS\nisana kahe-TSana replied; eka-one; mohara-gold coin; ache-is; avase�aleft; gosafii-Sanatana CosvamT; kahe-replied; mohara fafia-taking this gold\ncoin; yaha-return; tumi-you; desa-to your country.\nTRANSLATION\nisana replied, \"I still have one gold coin in my possession.\" Sanatana\nGosvami then said, \"Take the coin and return to your home.\"\nTEXT 36\n\n�!itt� Rwt11 fW111 c�t�tf� �fit�1 l11<1i� 1\n�i! <����tm, �·�1 <fir.1, �� ��if1 n �� u\ntare vidaya diya gosafii cafi/a ekafa\nhate karonya, chinc;la kantha, nirbhaya ha-ifa\nSYNONYMS\ntare vidaya diya-bidding him farewell; gosafii-Sanatana CosvamT; cafila\nekafa-began to travel alone; hate-in the hand; karonya-a beggar's pot;\nchinc;la kantha-a torn quilt; nirbhaya ha-ifa-he became free from all anxiety.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter departing from isana, Sanatana Gosvami began traveling alone with a\nwaterpot in his hand. Simply covered with a torn quilt, he thus lost all his\nanxiety.\n\nTEXT 37\n\n�fit' �f�' c�t�tf� l!t� �l� �t��� 1\n�iiliJt<!it� ��1l11� l!;�te�:·f�l!� u �\" n\nca/i' ca/i' gosafii tabe ai/a hajipure\nsandhya-kafe vasifa eka udyana-bhitare\nSYNONYMS\nca/i' ca/i'-walking and walking;\n\ngosafii-Sanatana CosvamT; tabe-then;\n\nai/a-arrived; hajipure-at Hajipura; sandhya-kafe-in the evening; vasifa-sat\ndown; eka-one; udyana-bhitare-within a garden.\n\n", "mad8#p0052": "Text 39]\n\n19\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nTRANSLATION\nWalking and walking, Sanatana Gosvami finally arrived at a place called Hajipura. That evening he sat down within a garden.\nTEXT 38\n\n(;�l �t��� �t� -�<fit� �t� �'tlT I\n(;\"ittlftfi1P� �Rt�9ff�, �� �<${ ll �\\r ll\nsei hajipure rahe-srikanta tara nama\ngosanira bhagini-pati, kare raja-kama\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; hajipure-in Hajipura; rahe-there is; sri-kanta-Srikanta; tara-his;\nnama-name; gosanira-of Sanatana Gosvami; bhagini-pati-sister's husband;\nkare-executes; raja-kama-government service.\nTRANSLATION\nIn Hajipura there was a gentleman named Srikanta, who happened to be the\nhusband of Sanatana Gosvami's sister. He was engaged there in government\nservice.\nTEXT 39\n\nf�� \"'� �i!f I �·� fif�ttli �� \"itt� I\n,�%.1 JL.\"f3 \"11113 9ft�rn 9fte.�t� \"itt� n �� n\ntina /ak�a mudra raja diyache tara sthane\ngho(ia mulya lana pathaya patsara sthane\n\nSYNONYMS\ntina\n\n/ak�a-300,000;\n\nmudra-golden\n\ncoins;\n\nraja-the\n\nking\n\nor\n\nnawab;\n\ndiyache-has given; tara sthane-in his custody; gho(ia-of horses; mulya /anataking the price; pathaya-sends; patsara sthane -to the care of the emperor.\nTRANSLATION\nSrikanta had 300,000 gold coins with him, which had been given to him by\nthe emperor for the purchase of horses. Thus Srikanta was buying horses and\ndispatching them to the emperor.\n\n", "mad8#p0053": "20\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 40\n\n�fer (!;� <tfit' <;:Jtl <;'itt:Jtt�r;;� <;\\iff� I\n\n�-ttlm \\11�'5Til·llt� <;'ittlltf�·\"Ptt-t �\"'' II So II\ntungi upara vasi' sei gosiil'iire dekhila\nratrye eka-jana-sange gosaiii-pasa aila\nSYNONYMS\n\ntungi upara vasi'-sitting in an elevated place; sei-that SrTkanta; gosaiiireSanatana GosvamT; dekhila-saw; ratrye-at night; eka-jana-sange-with a servant; gosafii-pasa-near Sanatana GosvamT; ai/a-he came.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Srikanta was sitting in an elevated place, he could see Sanatana\nGosvami. That night he took a servant and went to see Sanatana Gosvami.\nTEXT 41\n\n��iS'f� fiff\"f' ��i ��r;;'itt� C�'i I\n�'fi�-,�t\"\"'l·��i <;'itt:Jttf�:Jt�� ��\"''II 8� II\ndui-jana mi/i' tatha i$ta-go$thi kaila\nbandhana-mok$aQa-katha gosaiii sakali kahila\nSYNONYMS\ndui-jana mi/i'-meeting together; tatha-there; i$ta-go$thi-various types of\nconversation; kai/a-did; bandhana-mok$aQa-of the arrest and release; kathathe story; gosaiii-Sanatana GosvamT; saka/i-everything; kahi/a-narrated.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen they met, they had many conversations. Sanatana Gosvami told him\nin detail about his arrest and release.\nTEXT 42\n\n<;�r;;�·j �r;;�,-- \"fw�-�� �� \\1l��tr;� I\n'eilf �-.s, lit�' \\11� �M� �llr;� 11\" s� 11\ntenho kahe,- \"dina-dui raha ei-sthane\nbhadra hao, cha(ia' ei malina vasane\"\n\n", "mad8#p0054": "Text 44]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n21\n\nSYNONYMS\ntenho kahe-he said; dina-dui-at least for two days; raha -stay; ei-sthane­\n\nin this place; bhadra hao-become like a gentleman in appearance; chac;/a'-give\nup; ei-this; malina-dirty; vasane -dres s.\nTRANSLATION\nSrikanta then told Sanatana Gosvami, \"Stay here for at least two days and\ndress up like a gentleman. Abandon these dirty garments.\"\nTEXT 43\n\nc;;'ijt�� �7;�,-\"�<Ti\"'i'l t� if! ��<1 I\n'ije?1 <?tt� <�Sfil' '��', �'Jf't'l �fi;r<'f n\" 8� n\ngosafii kahe,\n\n-\n\n'eka-k�aQa iha na rahiba\n\nganga para kari' deha', e-k�aQe caliba\"\n\nSYNONYMS\ngosafii kahe-Sanatana GosvamT said;\n\neka-k�aQa-even for one moment;\n\niha-here; na rahiba-1 shall not stay; ganga para kari' deha'-help me cross the\n\nRiver Ganges; e-k�aQe-immediately; ca/iba-1 shall go.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami replied, \"I shall not stay here even for a moment. Please\nhelp me cross the Ganges. I shall leave immediately.\"\n\nTEXT 44\n\n�1 �fit' c;;ir;�1 �<IS G:�t�<Tilit'i' flr'i' I\n� \"?t� <!SRf' flr�-c;;'ijtJttf� ��II 88 II\nyatna kari' tenho eka bhota-kambala dila\nganga para kari' dila\n\n-\n\ngosafii calila\n\nSYNONYMS\nyatna kari'-with great care; tenho-he (SrTkanta); eka-one; bhota-kambala-woolen blanket; di/a-gave; ganga para kari' dila-got him across the River\n\nGanges; gosafii ca/i/a-Sanatana GosvamT departed.\n\n", "mad8#p0055": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n22\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith great care, Srikanta gave him a woolen blanket and helped him cross\nthe Ganges. Thus Sanatana Gosvami departed again.\nTEXT 45\n\n\\!?;� �t�t'i� t;'$ttlft� �t��j <fi�flftil I\n�� �ilf'i!� ��� �'t� �1-ij�til II sa- II\ntabe varal)asi gosafii aila kata-dine\nsuni anandita ha-i/a prabhura agamane\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-in this way; varaQasi-to Varar;�asi; gosafii-Sanatana Gosvami; ailacame; kata-dine-after a few days; suni-hearing; anandita-very pleased; haifa-he became; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; agamane-about the\narrival.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter a few days, Sanatana Gosvami arrived at Varar;�asi. He was very pleased\nto hear about Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's arrival there.\nTEXT 46\n\n�er?;l't�t�� �t� ��' lftr;�r;� <1��1 1\n��t� 'Sft�' ��t-t�t� <fi��1 II 8� II\ncandrasekharera ghare asi' dvarete vasila\nmahaprabhu jani' candrasekhare kahila\nSYNONYMS\ncandrasekharera ghare-to the house of Candrasekhara; asi\n\n'-\n\ngoing; dvarete­\n\nat the door; vasi/a-sat down; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jani'knowing; candrasekhare-to Candrasekhara; kahila-said.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami then went to the house of Candrasekhara and sat down\nby the door. Understanding what was happening, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nspoke to Candra5ekhara.\n\n", "mad8#p0056": "Text 49]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n23\n\nTEXT 47\n\n'�tt� �<15 ''<1�<1' ��' '<ltiit� iit�tt�' I\n��� 'tift� -'��<1' e{tfli<1i �tt� II 8'1 II\n'dvare eka 'vai�Qava· haya, bolaha tanhare'\ncandrasekhara dekhe-'vai�Qava' nahika dvare\nSYNONYMS\ndvare-at your door; eka vai�Qava-one Vai�l)ava devotee; haya-there is;\nbolaha tanhare-piease call him; candrasekhara-Candrasekhara; dekhe-sees;\nvai�Qava-a devotee; nahika-there is not; dvare-at the door.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"There is a devotee at your door. Please call\nhim in.\" Going outside, Candarsekhara could not see a Vai�r:-ava at his door.\nTEXT 48\n\n'�W! ,<1�<1 i{tfli'-�'{t� <1i�a;r I\n''<15� �' <1int' � '!t�� �a;r II Sir II\n\n\"\n\n'dvarete vai�Qava nahi'-prabhure kahi/a\n'keha haya' kari' prabhu tahare puchila\nSYNONYMS\ndvarete-at my door; vai�Qava nahi-there is no Vai�l)ava; prabhure kahilahe informed SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; keha haya-is there anyone; kari'-in this\nway; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tahare puchi/a-inquired from him.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Candrasekhara informed the Lord that no Vai�r:-ava was at his door,\nthe Lord asked him, \"Is there anyone at your door at alB\"\nTEXT 49\n\n'it�i <15t�,-�<1i 'W�-1'' lfi{t� � � I\n\n'itt� �ti{' �\"� <ltt<15J <1i�a;r i�tt� II 8� II\ntenho kahe, -eka 'daravesa' ache dvare\n'tanre ana' prabhura vakye kahila tanhare\n\n", "mad8#p0057": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n24\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSYNONYMS\ntenho kahe-he replied; eka daravesa-one Muslim mendicant; ache-there\nis;\n\ndvare-at the door;\n\ntanre\n\nana-bring him;\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; vakye-the order; kahifa-said; tanhare-unto him.\nTRANSLATION\nCandrasekhara replied, \"There is a Muslim mendicant.\" Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu immediately said, \"Please bring him here.\" Candrasekhara then\nspoke to Sanatana Gosvami, who was still sitting beside the door.\nTEXT 50\n\n'�t, Q!t�t� �ta;rt�, 'fJitl�, w�n;� 1'\n�fil' ��!';� �� <ISBf\"!i �!';� II (to II\n'prabhu tomaya bofaya, aisa, daravesa!'\nsuni' anande sanatana karifa prave5a\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tomaya-unto you; bofaya-calls; aisacome here; daravesa-0 Muslim mendicant; suni'-hearing; anande-in great\npleasure; sanatana-Sanatana Gosvami; karifa pravesa-entered.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 Muslim mendicant, please come in. The lord is calling you.\" Sanatana\n\nGosvami was very pleased to hear this order, and he entered Candrasekhara's\nhouse.\nTEXT 51\n\nit�� �!f!';i{ �' �'l tft�i ��i I\ntt�:\" �tr�� �fit' ,��t�� c�a;ri 11 <t:> 11\ntanhare angane dekhi' prabhu dhana aifa\ntanre afingana kari' premavi�ta haifa\nSYNONYMS\ntanhare-him;\n\nangane-in\n\nthe\n\ncourtyard;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; dhana aila-came to see him with great haste; tanrehim; afingana kari'-embracing; prema-avi�ta haifa -became overwhelmed with\necstatic love.\n\n", "mad8#p0058": "Text 53]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n25\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw Sanatana Gosvami in the courtyard, He immediately went up to him with great haste. After embracing him,\nthe lord was overwhelmed with ecstatic love.\nTEXT 52\n\n�'t\"\"9ftaf' c;��t�� ���i �ilt�il I\n'�ttt ·i!i i��' -<fit� ��'f-��il ll �� II\nprabhu-sparse premavi$ta ha-ifa sanatana\n'more na chuniha'-kahe gadgada-vacana\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu-sparse-by the touch of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prema-avi$taoverwhelmed with ecstatic love; ha-ifa-became; sanatana-Sanatana Gosvami;\nmore-me; na-do not; chuniha-touch; kahe-says; gadgada-vacana-in a\nfaltering voice.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu touched Sanatana Gosvami, Sanatana\nwas also overwhelmed with ecstatic love. In a faltering voice, he said, \"0 my\nlord, do not touch me.\"\nTEXT 53\n\nl�'T'il ���t�fit �tWil ��1� I\n��' �c-f�� ��\"! ��e,<fit� ll <N� ll\ndui-jane gafagafi rodana apara\ndekhi' candrasekharera ha-ifa camatkara\nSYNONYMS\n\ndui-jane-the two persons; gafagafi-shoulder to shoulder; rodana-crying;\napara-unlimited; dekhi'-seeing; candrasekharera-of Candrasekhara; ha-ifathere was; camatkara-astonishment.\nTRANSLATION\nShoulder to shoulder, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Sanatana Gosvami\nbegan to cry unlimitedly. Candarsekhara was very astonished to see this.\n\n", "mad8#p0059": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n26\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 54\n\nIWf � int �ti! 'ffif' \"1�1 ''if\"fl I\n\nmtt � ��il-�ttxt �t�\"'111 <ts u\ntabe prabhu tanra hata dhari' lana gela\npirxlara upare apana-pase vasaila\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\ntanra-of Sanatana\n\nGosvami; hata dhari'-catching the hand; /aiia ge/a-took him inside; pir:u;fara\nupare-in an elevated place; apana pase-near Him; vasai/a-made Sanatana\n-\n\nGosvami sit down.\nTRANSLATION\n\nCatching his hand, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took Sanatana Gosvami inside\n\nand made him sit in an elevated place next to Him.\nTEXT 55\n\n� <mfi' tint �\"f ��il I\n'i� �t�,-',�tr;�, �'f, il1 �� 8019faf.l' II tl<t II\nsri-haste karena tanra anga sammarjana\ntenho kahe,-'more, prabhu, na kara sparsana'\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri-haste-by the spiritual hand; karena-does; tanra anga-of his body; sammarjana-cleansing; tenho kahe-he said; more-me; prabhu-my Lord; na kara\nsparsana-do not touch.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began cleansing Sanatana Gosvami's body\n\nwith His own transcendental hand, Sanatana Gosvami said, \"0 my Lord,\n\nplease do not touch me.\"\n\nTEXT 56\n\n� ��,- \"'i!t�1 8019{(-r �t\"' ���ti! I\n� � � �'fi\"t� �f� II <t� II\n\n", "mad8#p0060": "Text 57]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n27\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"toma sparsi atma pavitrite\nbhakti-bale para tumi brahmaQc;/a sodhite\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe\n\n-\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; toma sparsi-1 touch you;\n\natma pavitrite-to purify Myself; bhakti-bale-the strength of your devotional\nservice; para-are able; tumi\n\n-\n\nyou; brahmaQc;/a-the whole universe; sodhite­\n\nto purify.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord replied, \"I am touching you just to purify Myself because by the\nforce of your devotional service you can purify the whole universe.\nTEXT 57\n\n'5<1\"NI:f1 �t'i\\<r�t�\"'t���t: ��� �c�l 1\n\\!i\"'t���� �\"'t�tf<f �r�:c�;; �11'!1��111 � � 11\nbhavad-vidha bhagavatas\n\ntirtha-bhata/:1 svayarh prabho\n\ntirthi-kurvanti tirthani\n\nsvanta/:1-sthena gada-bhrta\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhavat-vidha/:1-like you; bhagavata/:1-adv anced devotees; tirtha-bhata/:1personified holy places of pilgrimage;\n\nsvayam-personally; prabho-my lord;\n\ntirthi-kurvanti-make into holy places; tirthani-all the holy places of pilgrimage;\n\nsva-anta/:1-sthena-situated within their hearts; gada-bhrta-by Lord Vi�r:Ju, who\n\ncarries a club.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Saints of your caliber are themselves places of pilgrimage. Because of\ntheir purity, they are constant companions of the Lord, and therefore they can\npurify even the places of pilgrimage.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse was spoken by Maharaja Yudhi�thira to Vidura in Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1.13.1 0). Vidura was returning home after visiting sacred places of pilgrimage,\nand Maharaja Yudhi�thira was receiving his saintly uncle. In essence, Maharaja\nYudhi�thira was saying, \"My dear Lord Vidura, you yourself are a holy place be-\n\n", "mad8#p0061": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n28\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\ncause you are an advanced devotee. People like you always carry Lord Vi�r;JU in\ntheir hearts. You can revitalize all holy places after they have been polluted by the\npilgrimages of sinners.\"\nA sinful person goes to a holy place of pilgrimage to be purified. In a holy place,\nthere are many saintly people and temples of Lord Vi�r;Ju; however, the holy place\nbecomes infected with the sins of many visitors. When an advanced devotee\ngoes to a holy place, he counteracts all the sins of the pilgrims. Therefore Maharaja Y udi��hira addressed Vidura in this way.\nSince an advanced devotee carries Lord Vi�r;JU within his heart, he is a moving\ntemple and a moving Vi�r;Ju. An advanced devotee does not need to go to holy\nplaces, for wherever he stays is a holy place. In this connection, Narottama dasa\nThakura states, tirtha-yatra parisrama, kevala manera bhrama: visiting holy places\nis simply another type of bewilderment. Since an advanced devotee does not\nneed to go to a holy place, why does he go? The answer is that he goes simply to\npurify the place.\nTEXT 58\n0{ C'lf?<.��·�>�t�lf� or!�: �i>fs: fir�: 1\n\n\\!>bi C!f��� \\!>7:�1 �T�� '! D ��iJI ��I ��'l{. II a 17 II\nna me 'bhaktas catur-vedi\nmad-bhaktab sva-pacab priyab\ntasmai deyarh tato grahyarh\nsa ca pujyo yatha hy aham\nSYNONYMS\nna-not; me-My; abhaktab-devoid of pure devotional service; catubvedi-a scholar in the four Vedas; mat-bhaktab-My devotee; sva-pacab-even\nfrom a family of dog-eaters; priyab\n\n-\n\nvery dear; tasmai-to him (a pure devotee,\n\neven though born in a very low family); de yam-should be given; tatab-from\nhim; grahyam -should be accepted (remnants of food); sab -that person; caalso; pujyab-worshipable; yatha-as much as; hi-certainly; aham-1.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Even though a person is a very learned scholar of the Sanskrit Vedic\nliteratures, he is not accepted as My devotee unless he is pure in devotional\nservice. However, even though a person is born in a family of dog-eaters, he is\nvery dear to Me if he is a pure devotee who has no motive to enjoy fruitive activity or mental speculation. Indeed, all respects should be given to him, and\nwhatever he offers should be accepted. Such devotees are as worshipable as I\nam.'\n\n", "mad8#p0062": "Text 59]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n29\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is included in the Hari-bhakti-vi/asa (1 0.127) compiled by Sanatana\nGosvami.\nTEXT 59\n\nf<t �lif.�\"l!� ,�'t��tlf�f�iltOT\"Hi9ftlfti'lf<fOITf�\"ll:_�t� >q9fS� <�fii\"B\"{_I\n\"11c<JJ �lfM�-\"11CO!t<rsr.OTf��t�,1it't� �OTtf� '! �0'1� 01 � �fi1\"11t�: II <!;;, II\nviprad dvi?ac;l-guQa-yutad aravinda-nabha­\n\npadaravinda-vimukhat sva-pacarh vari?tham\n\nmanye tad-arpita-mano-vacanehitartha­\n\npraQarh punati sa kularh na tu bhuri-mana/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nviprat-than a brahmaQa; dvi-?at-guQa-yutat-who is qualified with twelve\n\nbrahminical qualifications; aravinda-nabha-of Lord Vi�r;�u, who has a lotuslike\n\nnavel; pada-aravinda-unto the lotus feet; vimukhat-than a person bereft of\ndevotion; sva-pacam-a caQcjala, or a person accustomed to eating dogs;\n\nvari?tham-more glorified; manye-1 think; tat-arpita-dedicated unto Him;\nmana/:1-mind; vacana-words; ihita-activities; artha-wealth; praQam-life;\n\npunati-purifies; sa/:1-he; ku/am-his family; na tu-but not; bhuri-mana/:1-a\n\nbrahmaQa proud of possessing such qualities.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'One may be born in a brahma�a family and have all twelve brahminical\nqualities, but if he is not devoted to the lotus feet of lord Kr��a, who has a\nnavel shaped like a lotus, he is not as good as a ca�c;lala who has dedicated his\nmind, words, activities, wealth and life to the service of the lord. Simply to\ntake birth in a brahma�a family or to have brahminical qualities is not sufficient. One must become a pure devotee of the lord. If a sva-paca or ca�c;lala is\na devotee, he delivers not only himself but his whole family, whereas a\nbrahma�a who is not a devotee but simply has brahminical qualifications cannot even purify himself, not to speak of his family.'\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is spoken by Prahlada Maharaj a in Srimad-Bhagavatam (7.9.1 0). A\n\nbrahmaQa is supposed to be qualified with twelve quaiities. As stated in the\nMahabharata:\n\n", "mad8#p0063": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n30\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\ndharmas ca satyam ca damas tapas ca\namatsaryam hris titik�anasuya\nyajnas ca danam ca dhrtib srutam ca\nvratani vai dvadasa brahmal)asya\n\"A brahmal)a must be perfectly religious. He must be truthful, and he must be able\n\nto control his senses. He must execute severe austerities, and he must be\ndetached, humble and tolerant. He must not envy anyone, and he must be expert\nin performing sacrifices and giving whatever he has in charity. He must be fixed in\ndevotional service and expert in the knowledge of the Vedas. These are the\ntwelve qualifications for a brahmal)a.\"\nBhagavad-gita describes the brahminical qualities in this way:\n\nsamo damas tapab saucam\nk�antir arjavam eva ca\njnanam vijnanam astikyam\nbrahma-karma svabhava-jam\n\"Peacefulness, self-control, austerity, purity, tolerance, honesty, wisdom, knowledge, and religiousness-these are the qualities by which the brahmal)as work.\"\n(Bg. 18.42)\n\nIn the Muktaphala-tika, it is said:\nsamo damas tapab saucam\nk�anty-arjava-viraktayab\njnana-vijnana-santo�ab\nsatyastikye dvi�a<;f guQab\n\"Mental equilibrium, sense control, austerity, cleanliness, tolerance, simplicity,\ndetachment, theoretical and practical knowledge, satisfaction, truthfulness and\nfirm faith in the Vedas are the twelve qualities of a brahmal)a.\"\n\nTEXT 60\n\n<;'11�i Of�, <;�t;rl \"'9(�, � Q!'t11i1t �'I I\n\n��f!i�·�\"',-�� -tim·fi{��'l \" �0 \"\ntoma dekhi, toma sparsi, gai tamara guQa\nsarvendriya-phala, -ei sastra-nirupal)a\n\n", "mad8#p0064": "Text 61]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n31\n\nSYNONYMS\ntoma dekhi-by seeing you; toma sparsi-by touching you; gai tamara guQapraising your transcendental qualities; sarva-indriya-phaJa-the fulfillment of the\nactivities of all the senses; ei-this; sastra-nirupaQa-the verdict of the revealed\nscriptures.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"By seeing you, by touching you and\nby glorifying your transcendental qualities, one can perfect the purpose of all\nsense activity. This is the verdict of the revealed scriptures.\nPURPORT\nThis is confirmed in the following verse from the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya (13.2).\nTEXT 61\n\n'\\5rr;'fi: �.,� �t'1\"f-'if\"f<i� f�\n'&'it: 'll\"<'f� �\"f-51t'lil1!�: I\n\nf���-lf'<'�'� �t�\"r-�li'l� �\n��r.i�l �t·if<f�1 f� ca;tc<fi 11 �)\nak$QO/:! phaJam tvadrsa-darsanaril hi\ntanoi) phaJaril tvadrsa-gatra-sariga/:1\njihva-phaJam tvadrsa-kirtanaril hi\nsudurJabha bhagavata hi Joke\nSYNONYMS\nak$QO/:!-of the eyes; phaJam-the perfect result of the action; tva-drsa-a\nperson like you; darsanam-to see; hi-certainly; tanoi)-of the body; phaJamthe perfection of activities; tva-drsa-of a person like you; gatra-sariga/:1touching the body; jihva-phaJam-the perfection of the tongue; tva-drsa-a person like you;\n\nkirtanam-glorifying;\n\nhi-certainly;\n\nsu-durJabhai)-very rare;\n\nbhagavata/:1-pure devotees of the Lord; hi-certainly; Joke-in this world.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear Vai�t:�ava, seeing a person like you is the perfection of one's\neyesight. Touching your lotus feet is the perfection of the sense of touch.\nGlorifying your good qualities is the tongue's real activity, for in the material\nworld it is very difficult to find a pure devotee of the Lord.' \"\n\n", "mad8#p0065": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n32\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 62\n\n�'!��<lit� �t_,-\"�i{, �i{t�� I\n�-�� �11t'lf11, �f'!i!·��i{ II�� II\neta kahi kahe prabhu,-\"suna, sanatana\nkmJa-bac;fa dayamaya, patita-pavana\nSYNONYMS\neta kahi-saying this; kahe-continued to speak; prabhu\n\n-\n\nLord S rT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; suna-please hear; sanatana-My dear Sanatana; kr?Qa-Lord\nKr�r:Ja; bac;/a-very much; daya-maya-merciful; patita-pavana\n\n-\n\ndeliverer of the\n\nfallen souls.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"My dear Sanatana, please hear from\nMe. Kr�J:�a is very merciful, and He is the deliverer of all fallen souls.\nTEXT 63\n\n�-,��� C�t\\! (;'!t'lfi�RI'ii � I\n��\"Rf ��i!f �� �� ��t� II\" �� II\nmaha-raurava haite toma karila uddhara\nkrpara samudra kr?Qa gambhira apara\"\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-raurava haite-from the deepest hellish condition of life; toma-you;\nkarila uddhara-has delivered; krpara samudra-the ocean of mercy; kr?QaKr�r:Ja; gambhira-very grave; apara-unlimitedly\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Sanatana, Kr�J:�a has saved you from Maharaurava, life's deepest\nhell. He is an ocean of mercy, and His activities are very grave.\"\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita, isvara/:1 sarva-bhatanaril hrd-dese 'rjuna ti?thati.\nStaying within everyone's heart, Lord Kf�r:Ja works very gravely. No one can\nunderstand how He is working, but as soon as the Lord understands the sincere\nactivity of a person in devotional service, He helps him in such a way that the\ndevotee cannot understand how things are happening. If the devotee is deter-\n\n", "mad8#p0066": "Text 65]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n33\n\nmined to serve the Lord, the Lord is always prepared to help him (dadami buddhiyogarh tarh yena mam upayanti te). Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is telling Sanatana\nGosvami how merciful the Lord is. Sanatana Gosvami was a minister in the service\nof Nawab Hussain Shah. He was always mixing with people materially inclined,\nparticularly with Mohammedans, meat-eaters. Although he was in intimate touch\nwith them, by Kr��a's mercy he came to find such association distasteful.\nTherefore he left them. As stated by Srinivasa Acarya: tyaktva tan;am ase�a-maf)qala-pati-sref)irh sada tucchavat. Kr��a enlightened Sanatana Gosvami in such a\nway that he was able to give up his exalted post as minister. Thinking his material\nposition insignificant, Sanatana was prepared to become a mendicant. Appreciating the activities of Sanatana Gosvami, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu praised\nhis action and thanked Kr��a for His mercy upon him.\nTEXT 64\n\n��� �,-'�� �fif e{1f� ;srtfi{ I\n�11ft1{ ��-�,. Q!t�t� ��11ftti{ II' �8 II\nsanatana kahe, -'kr�f!a ami nahi jani\namara uddhara-hetu tamara krpa mani'\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana kahe-Sanatana Gosvami said; kr�Qa-Lord Kr��a; ami-1; nahi janido not know; amara-my; uddhara-hetu-the cause of release; tamara-Your;\nkrpa-mercy; mani-1 accept.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana replied, \"I do not know who Kr�Qa is. As far as I am concerned, I\nhave been released from prison only by Your mercy.\"\nTEXT 65\n\n'�til �;iffi' �� �\" �� C<\\'ia,1 I\n\n�'tt\"GJt'Ptt� �q <fi�1 Qir;�1 ���II�� II\n'kemane chutila' bali prabhu prasna kaila\nadyopanta saba katha tenho sunaila\nSYNONYMS\nkemane chu tila-how were you released; bali-saying; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; prasna kaila-inq uired; adya-upanta-from beginning to the end;\nsaba-all; katha-the narration; tenho-he; sunaila-described.\n\n", "mad8#p0067": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n34\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then asked Sanatana Gosvami, \"How were you\nreleased from prison?\" Sanatana then described the story from beginning to\nend.\nTEXT 66\n\n�t_ �t�,-\"c;�t�t� ���1� �tt'lt filf� I\n�11, �'1_9f';t-�·t� 1'if!Piil' c;'lta,i\" II �� II\nprabhu kahe,-\"tomara dui-bhai prayage milila\nrupa, anupama-durihe vrndavana gela\"\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; tamara-your; dui-bhai-two\nbrothers; prayage milila-met Me at Prayaga; rupa-ROpa Gosvami; anupamahis brother Anupama; durihe-both of them; vrndavana ge/a-have gone to\nVrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"I met your two brothers, Rupa and\nAnupama, at Prayaga. They have now gone to Vrndavana.\"\nTEXT 67\n\ni!11il'f��� ��� �i5ft-t��t11' I\n�t_·��'Rf �il't�il fil� �t�t11' II �'l II\ntapana-misrere ara candrasekharere\nprabhu-ajnaya sanatana milila dorihare\nSYNONYMS\ntapana-misrere-unto\nCandrasekhara;\n\nTapana\n\nMisra;\n\nara-and;\n\ncandrasekharere-unto\n\nprabhu-ajnaya-by the order of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nsanatana-Sanatana; milila-met; dorihare-both of them.\nTRANSLATION\nBy the order of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Sanatana Gosvami met both\nTapana Misra and Candra5ekhara.\n\n", "mad8#p0068": "Text 70]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n35\n\nTEXT 68\n\n!;!?(il'fill!t l;!t� � '�� r��'� 1\n\n�'t_ <!it;�,-',IJI'� <!fi��' �t�, �ilti!il II' �tr II\ntapana-misra tabe tanre kaila nimantraQa\nprabhu kahe,- 'k�aura karaha, yaha, sanatana'\nSYNONYMS\ntapana-misra-Tapana\nGosvami);\n\nkaila-made;\n\nMisra;\n\ntabe-then;\n\ntanre-unto\n\nnimantraQa-invitation;\n\nhim\n\nprabhu\n\n(Sanatana\n\nkahe-Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu said; k�aura karaha-get shaved; yaha-go; sanatana-My dear\nSanatan a.\nTRANSLATION\nTapana Misra then extended an invitation to Sanatana, and Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu asked Sanatana to go get a shave.\nTEXT 69\n\niji!§!t-f'ltilt� � �t� '�ta,t�i I\n'�� �� � ��' �t� �·�tt� a,�1' II �c;, II\ncandrasekharere prabhu kahe bolafia\n'ei ve�a dura kara, yaha inhare lana'\nSYNONYMS\ncandrasekharere-unto\n\nCandrasekhara;\n\nprabhu\n\nkahe-S rT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu said; bo/afia-calling; ei ve�a-this kind of dress; dura kara-take\naway; yaha-go; inhare /ana-taking him with you.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu called Candrasekhara and asked him to\ntake Sanatana Gosvami with him. He also asked him to take away Sanatana's\npresent dress.\nTEXT 70\n\n'ei!f ��t�i itt� 'Stfft�til <!fi� t�i'f I\n'lif-t� �fil11i itt� �il �?if ffli'( II 'l\n\no\n\nII\n\n", "mad8#p0069": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n36\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nbhadra karana tanre ganga-snana karaila\n\nsekhara aniya tanre niitana vastra dila\nSYNONYMS\nbhadra karafla-making gentle;\nGanges;\n\nkaraila-caused\n\nto\n\ntar'lre-him;\n\ndo;\n\ngar'lga-snana-bathing in the\n\nsekhara-Candrasekhara;\n\naniya-bringing;\n\ntanre-to him; niitana-new; vastra-clothing; di/a-delivered.\nTRANSLATION\nCandrasekhara then made Sanatana Gosvami look like a gentleman. He took\nhim to bathe in the Ganges, and afterwards he brought him a new set of\nclothes.\nPURPORT\nThe words bhadra karana are significant in this verse. Due to his long hair,\n\nmoustache and beard, Sanatana GosvamT looked like a daravesa, or hippie. Since\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu did not like Sanatana GosvamT's hippie features, he immediately asked Candrasekhara to get him shaved clean. If anyone with long hair\nor a beard wants to join this Kr�r:Ja consciousness movement and live with us, he\nmust similarly shave himself clean. The followers of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu consider long hair objectionable. Sanatana GosvamT was saved from a hellish condition (Maharaurava) by the grace of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Maharaurava is a\n\nhell wherein animal killers are placed. In this regard, refer to Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(5.26.1 0-12).\n\nTEXT 71\n\n'� �?JJ ��t'!� en c� �;t<��rn 1\n�f-1�1 �� �r;� ���� ��t� II'\\� II\nsei vastra sanatana na kai/a angikara\n\nsuniya prabhura mane ananda apara\nSYNONYMS\nsei vastra-that new dress; sanatana-Sanatana GosvamT; na kaila-did not;\n\nangikara-accept;\n\nsuniya-hearing;\n\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nmane-in the mind; ananda apara-unlimited happiness.\nTRANSLATION\n\nCandrasekhara offered a new set of garments to Sanatana Gosvami, but\nSanatana did not accept them. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard news of\nthis, he became unlimitedly happy.\n\n", "mad8#p0070": "Text 74]\n\n37\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nTEXT 72\n\n'lf-m� <tiBt�i � ,�1 �'fii <tiBt�1!f I\n\n�i{ ��� '�1 '!9leiTilti!t1!f �t1!f II 9� II\nmadhyahna kariya prabhu gela bhik�a karibare\nsanatane lana gela tapana-misrera ghare\nSYNONYMS\n\nmadhyahna\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkariya-finishing\nge/a-went;\n\nbathing\n\nbhik�a\n\nat\n\nnoon;\n\nkaribare-to\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\naccept\n\nlunch;\n\nCaitanya\nsanatane­\n\nSanatana Gosvami; /alia-taking; ge/a-went; tapana-misrera ghare-to the\nhouse of Tapana Misra.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter bathing at noon, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to the house of\nTapana Misra for lunch. He took Sanatana Gosvami with Him.\nTEXT 73\n\n9ltw�-.t\"!i{ <tiBt' �-.tt'!i ��� I\n'�i{t'!iti{ f'e'ifii 'tit�'- filti!tt1!1: <tif� II 9� II\npada-prak�alana kari' bhik�ate vasila\n'sanatane bhik�a deha'-misrere kahila\nSYNONYMS\n\npada-prak�alana-washing the feet; kari'-doing; bhik�ate-to lunch; vas itasat down; sanatane bhik�a deha-give Sanatana also lunch; misrere kahila-He\nasked T apana Misra.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter washing His feet, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sat down for lunch. He\nasked Tapana Misra to supply Sanatana Gosvami lunch also.\nTEXT 74\n\nfili!t �,-'�i{t'!iti{1!f f<tii �'!iJ 'Gittli I\n't_fil f�-.1 <ti1!f, �� itt� ffl� 9ltt� II' 98 II\nmisra kahe,-'sanatanera kichu krtya ache\ntumi bhik�a kara, prasada tafire diba pache'\n\n", "mad8#p0071": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n38\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSYNONYMS\nmisra kahe-Tapana Misra said; sanatanera-of Sanatana GosvamT; kichuS\"ome; krtya-duty; ache-there is; tumi bhik$a kara-You take Your lunch;\nprasada-the remnants of Your food; tailre-unto him; diba-1 shall deliver;\npache -at the end.\nTRANSLATION\nTapana Misra then said, \"Sanatana has some duty to perform; therefore he\ncannot accept lunch now. At the conclusion of the meal, I shall supply\nSanatana with some remnants.\"\nTEXT 75\n\nr'fj-.1 <lim' ��t� ��t� <lifil� 1\n11f� �1f QIM9fti! �i{ti!� f5fif ll 'I� ll\nbhik$a kari' mahaprabhu visrama karita\nmisra prabhura 5e$a-patra sanatane dita\nSYNONYMS\nbhik$a kari'-after taking His lunch; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nvisrama karita-took rest;\n\nmisra-Tapana Misra;\n\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; 5e$a-patra-the plate of remnants; sanatane dita-delivered to\nSanatana.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter eating, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took rest for a while. Tapana Misra\nthen gave\n\nSanatana\n\nGosvami the remnants\n\nof food left by\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 76\n\n11f� �i{ti!ti{ flr� iJ._I!i{ <f�i{ I\n�m i{t� ��1, <=i�1 '<fi� �t��i{ u \"� u\nmisra sanatane dita nutana vasana\nvastra nahi nita, tefiho kaita nivedana\nSYNONYMS\nmisra-Tapana\n\nMisra;\n\nsanatane-unto\n\nSanatana;\n\ndita-delivered;\n\nnutana\n\nvasana-new cloth; vastra-the cloth; nahi nita-he did not accept; teliho-he;\nkaita-made; nivedana-submission.\n\n", "mad8#p0072": "Text 79]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n39\n\nTRANS LAliON\nWhen Tapana Misra offered Sanatana Gosvami a new cloth, he did not accept it. Instead, he spoke as follows.\nTEXT 77\n\n\"(;� �?Jf tift'! �� <;'!t1!\"Rf � 11� I\n\n\"FiliSf ?tfif�� �� QT�' ��t'!illl\" '\\'lll\n\"more vastra dite yadi tamara haya mana\nnija paridhana eka deha' puratana\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nmore-unto me; vastra dite-to offer cloth; yadi-if; tamara-your; hayathere is; mana-mind; nija-own; paridhana-cloth; eka-one; deha'-give;\npuratana-old.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If you want to give me some cloth according to your desire, please give me\nan old cloth you have used.\"\nTEXT 78\n\n\\!t� fil� �t'!� �� � fir� I\n(;�t�i �� �f?t(r�·(;<li,�il �fif� II 'llr II\ntabe misra puratana eka dhuti dila\nteriho dui bahirvasa-kaupina karila\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-thereafter; misra-Tapana Misra; puratana-old; eka-one; dhutidhoti; di/a-delivered; teriho-he (Sanatana Gosvami); dui-two; bahirvasaouter coverings; kaupina-underwear; karila-made.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Tapana Misra gave Sanatana Gosvami a used dhoti, Sanatana immediately tore it in pieces to make two sets of outer cloth and underwear.\nTEXT 79\n\n1f�t�ttl11 �tiSf �� fil��� ��'f!t� I\n\n�� f<t� itt� C<li� ��1-fi{�!t5J II \":;, II\n\n", "mad8#p0073": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n40\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nmahara�triya dvije prabhu milaila sanatane\nsei vipra tanre kaila maha-nimantraf)e\n\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-ra�triya-from Mahara�tra; dvije-the brahmaf)a; prabhu-SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\nmi/ai/a-introduced;\n\nsanatane-unto Sanatana GosvamT;\n\nsei­\n\nthat; vipra�brahmaf)a; tanre-unto him; kai/a-did; maha-full; nimantraf)einvitation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Caitanya Mahaprabhu introduced the Mahara�friya brahmar:-a to\nSanatana, the brahmar:-a immediately invited Sanatana Gosvami for full meals.\nTEXT 80\n\n\"��i{,\n\n� <Tt�e, �t�r;� ���i I\n\nl!t�e. ��� 'itt� �'itil c;<T �rn�i n\" tro 11\n\"sanatana, tumi yavat kasite rahiba\ntavat amara ghare bhik�a ye kariba\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana-0 Sanatana; tu mi-you ; yavat-as long as; kasite-in Benares;\nrahiba-will remain; tavat-so long; amara-my; ghare-at the home; bhik�alunch; ye-that; kariba\n\n-\n\nplease accept.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmar:-a said, \"My dear Sanatana, as long as you remain at Kasi,\nplease accept lunch at my place.\"\nTEXT 81\n\n�ti!il' �,-\"�ff;r �tf!_<tS� �f�� I\nt3t'fit't1f 'it� t;�f;i{ ��� �'itii �<if ?\" lr� II\nsanatana kahe,-\"ami madhukari kariba\nbrahmaf)era ghare kene ekatra bhik�a laba?\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana kahe-Sanatana replied; ami-1; madhukari kariba-shall practice acceptance of food by madhukari means; brahmaf)era ghare-in the house of a\nbrahmaf)a; kene-why; ekatra-in one place; bhik�a Jaba-l should accept lunch.\n\n", "mad8#p0074": "Text 82]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n41\n\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana replied, \"I shall practice the process of madhukari. Why should I\naccept full meals in the house of a brahma�a?\"\nPURPORT\nThe word madhukari comes from the word madhukara, which refers to bees\ncollecting honey from flower to flower. A madhukari is a saintly person or a mendicant who does not accept a full meal at one house but begs from door to door,\ntaking a little food from each householder's place. In this way he does not overeat\nor give householders unnecessary trouble. A person in the renounced order may\nbeg but not cook. His begging should not be a burden for the householders. The\nmadhukari process is strictly to be followed by a babaji, that is, one who has attained the paramaharilsa stage. This practice is still current in Vrndavana, and\nthere are many places where alms are offered. Unfortunately, there are many beggars who have come to Vrndavana to accept alms but not follow the principles of\nSanatana GosvamT. People try to imitate him and lead an idle life by practicing\nmadhukari. It is almost impossible to strictly follow Sanatana GosvamT or ROpa\nGosvamT. It is better to accept food offered to Kr�r:Ja in the temple than to try to\nimitate Sanatana GosvamT and ROpa GosvamT.\nyuktahara-viharasya\nyukta-ce?tasya karmasu\nyukta-svapnavabodhasya\nyogo bhavati dui)kha-ha\n\"He who is temperate in his habits of eating, sleeping, working and recreation can\nmitigate all material pains by practicing the yoga system.\" (Bg.\n\n6.17)\n\nThe ideal sannyasi strictly follows the ways practiced by the GosvamTs.\nTEXT 82\n\n�ti.!7;il� '�H�tt'm �'-11\" �til� ��t1\" I\n<;�t��llif� �tcil �\" l)tt� <ftt11\" <lt1\" II 17'� II\nsanatanera vairagye prabhura ananda apara\nbhota-kamba/a pane prabhu cahe bare bara\nSYNONYMS\nsanatanera-of Sanatana GosvamT; vairagye-by the renunciation; prabhuraof S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ananda-happiness; apara-unlimited; bhota-kambala-the woolen blanket; pane-towards; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ncahe\n\n-\n\nlooks; bare bara-repeatedly.\n\n.\n\n", "mad8#p0075": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n42\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu felt unlimited happiness to observe Sanatana\nGosvami's strict following of the principles of sannyasa. However, He\nrepeatedly glanced at the woolen blanket Sanatana Gosvami was wearing.\nTEXT 83\n\n��t�il iSftfitQ'f �l �f� il1 <:et� I\n\n'�� �Jt� <!iRt<tt� fij�� 199ft� II 17'� II\nsanatana janila ei prabhure na bhaya\nbhota tyaga karibare cintila upaya\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana janila-S anatana Gosvami could understand; ei-this; prabhure-by\n\nS ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; na bhaya-is not approved; bhota-the woolen\nblanket;\n\ntyaga-giving up;\n\nkaribare-to do;\n\ncintila-considered;\n\nupaya-a\n\nmeans.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was repeatedly glancing at this valuable\nwoolen blanket, Sanatana Gosvami could understand that the lord did not approve of it. He then began to consider a way to give it up.\nTEXT 84\n\n�� �fu' ,�Q'(j ��t� ��Jt� <!i�t� I\n�<!i ,'it)f��i <!it•i {.�i fw�� �<!itt� II 17'8 II\neta cinti' gela gangaya madhyahna karite\neka gauc;fiya kantha dhuiia diyache sukaite\nSYNONYMS\neta cinti'-th inking this; ge/a-went; garigaya-to the bank of the Ganges;\nmadhyahna-bathing at noon;\nVai�l)ava;\n\nkarite-to do;\n\neka-one;\n\ngauc;/iya-Bengali\n\nkantha-quilt; dhuiia-washing; diyache-spread out; sukaite-to\n\ndry.\nTRANSLATION\nThinking in this way, Sanatana went to the bank of the Ganges to bathe.\nWhile there, he saw that a mendicant from Bengal had washed his quilt and\nhad spread it out to dry.\n\n", "mad8#p0076": "Text 87]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n43\n\nTEXT 85\n\nl!lt� �t�,-\"'St� �1�, �� @��t?l I\n\n�l (;�'[; ��1 �� �t�1 (;��' (;�tt� II\" lrO' II\ntare kahe,-\"ore bhai, kara upakare\nei bhota lana ei kantha deha' more\"\nSYNONYMS\n\ntare kahe-he said to him; ore bhai-0 my brother; kara upakare-kindly do a\nfavor; ei bhota-this woolen blanket;\n\n/ana-taking;\n\nei-this; kantha-quilt;\n\ndeha'-give; more-to me.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami then told the Bengali mendicant, \"My dear brother,\nplease do me a favor. Trade me your quilt for this woolen blanket.\"\nTEXT 86\n\n,�( ��' -\"��� �� �t1ftM� ��1 ?\n�tl� (;�t� ffl<t1 (;�i{ �t�1 ��1 ?\" lr� II\nsei kahe,-\"rahasya kara pramaQika hana?\nbahu-mulya bhota diba kena karitha lana?\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei kahe-he said; rahasya-joking; kara-you do; pramaQika hana-although\nbeing a man of authority; bahu-mulya-very valuable; bhota-woolen blanket;\ndiba-you would give; kena-why; karitha /ana-taking this quilt.\nTRANSLATION\nThe mendicant replied, \"Sir, you are a respectable gentleman. Why are you\njoking with me? Why would you trade your valuable blanket for my torn\nquiiH\"\nTEXT 87\n\n(;� �t�,- \"��� i{l';�, �� ��J<tt� I\n'<e� ��' � '��' ,;rt�;;� �t�t�tfil11\" 1r� 1\nteriho kahe,-\"rahasya nahe, kahi satya-vaQi\nbhota /aha, tumi deha' more karitha-khani\"\n\n", "mad8#p0077": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n44\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSYNONYMS\nteriho kahe-he said; rahasya nahe-there is no joking; kahi satya-vaQi-1 am\nspeaking the truth; bhota /aha-take this blanket; tumi-you; deha'-give;\nmore-to me; karitha-khani-the quilt.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana said, \"I am not joking; I am speaking the truth. Kindly take this\nblanket in exchange for your torn quilt.\"\nTEXT 88\n\n\\.fl\\! �fi!r' �tQ!1 \"f�\"f, c;�t� itr;� fw�j I\n\nr.'$ftift�it �t� <f;{t'�\"JI �tQ!j '$fr;\"{ N�1 lllrlr II\neta bali' karitha la-i/a, bhota tarire diya\ngosanira tharii aila karitha gale diya\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; karitha /a-ita-he took the quilt; bhota-the blanket;\ntarire-unto him; diya-g i ving; gosanira tharii-to Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ai/a­\n\nreturned; kciritha-qu i lt; gale-onto the shoulder; diya-keeping\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, Sanatana Gosvami exchanged the blanket for the quilt. He then\nreturned to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu with the quilt on his shoulder.\nTEXT 89\n\n�, <fif;�,- 'c;l!t�t� �t�<f.llt\"f (;<fitQ!i (;'$f\"{ ?'\n� �9ff;if �� <f.�i <;'$ft�tfl$ <fi�\"f lllr� II\nprabhu kahe,\n\n-\n\n'tamara bho.ta-kambala kotha gela?'\n\nprabhu-pade saba katha gosani kahila\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; t amara-your; bhota-kamba/awoolen blanket; kotha ge/a-where did it go; prabhu-pade\nof Lord Caitanya;\nkahila-said.\n\nsaba-all;\n\nkatha-narration;\n\n-\n\nunto the lotus feet\n\ngosalii-Sanatana GosvamT;\n\n", "mad8#p0078": "Text 92]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n45\n\nT RANSLATION\nWhen Sanatana Gosvami returned, the lord asked, \"Where is your woolen\nblanket?\" Sanatana Gosvami then narrated the whole story to the lord.\nTEXTS 90-91\n\n�� <f.t�,-\"��1 \"'S!tfil �f.�tf'ij '��� I\nR�·<;�t'5t �t�� �� <;� �t�� II � II\no\n\n'�'�til �tf�t<l '�t1it� � Pl�-,�t'5t?\n<;�t'5t �f�' ���if! �tt� <;llf<f <;�t'5t II �� II\nprabhu kahe,-\"iha ami kariyachi vicara\nvi?aya-raga kharxiaila kr?Qa ye tamara\nse kene rakhibe tamara se?a vi?aya-bhaga?\nraga khaQc;fi' sad-vaidya na rakhe se?a raga\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said;\n\niha-this; ami-1; kariyachi\n\nvicara-considered deliberately; vi?aya-raga-the disease of material attraction;\nkhaQc,:laila-has now nullified; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�Qa; ye-since; tamara-your; seLord Kr�Qa; kene-why; rakhibe-should allow you to keep; tamara-your;\nse?a-last; vi?aya-bhaga-attraction for material things;\n\nraga khaQc;fi'-van­\n\nquishing the disease; sat-vaidya-a good physician; na rakhe-does not keep;\nse?a-the last part; raga-disease.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then said, \"I have already deliberately considered\nthis matter. Since lord Kr�Qa is very merciful, He has nullified your attachment for material things. Why should Kr�Qa allow you to maintain a last bit of\nmaterial attachment? After vanquishing a disease, a good physician does not\nallow any of the disease to remain.\nTEXT 92\n\n'f%il ���'�� '5tt�h �1{.�� t!tt� I\n$fi!�t� ��' <;�t� �t� ��t� II\" �� II\ntina mudrara bhata gaya, madhukari grasa\ndharma-hani haya, /oka kare upahasa\"\n\n", "mad8#p0079": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n46\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSYNONYMS\ntina mudrara bhota-a woolen blanket costing three gold coins; gaya-on the\nbody; madhukari grasa-and practicing the madhukari system; dharma-hani\nhaya-that is a religious discrepancy; taka kare upahasa-people will joke.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is contradictory to practice madhukari and at the same time wear a\nvaluable blanket. One loses his spiritual strength by doing this, and one will\nalso become an object for jokes.\"\nTEXT 93\n\nc;'lt�t� <lit�,-'<;� �f�� ���11·(';�t'it I\ncit1l ��t11 (;'it� �t1l c;-t� f�11-�'it II\"�� II\ngosafli kahe,- 'ye khaQc;iila kuvi?aya-bhoga\ntailra icchaya gela mora se?a vi?aya-roga\"\nSYNONYMS\ngosafli kahe-S anatana GosvamT said; ye khaQc;iila-the person who has vanquished; ku-vi?aya-bhoga-enjoyment of sinful material life; tailra icchaya-by\nHis desire; ge/a-has gone; mora-my; 5e?a-last bit; vi?aya-roga-material disease.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami replied, \"The Supreme Personality of Godhead has saved\nme from the sinful life of material existence. By His desire, my last piece of\nmaterial attraction is now gone.\"\nTEXT 94\n\n��i ��1 �'t_ citt1l �9(1 (;<IS� I\n\n�t1l ?\"Pit11 �� <!iRr� �t1l-t� (;��II�8 II\nprasanna hafla prabhu tailre krpa kaifa\ntailra krpaya prasna karite tailra sakti haifa\nSYNONYMS\nprasanna hafl a-being very pleased;\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\ntai!re-unto him; krpa kaifa-offered His causeless mercy; tailra krpaya-by His\nmercy; prasna karite-to inquire; tailra-his; sakti haifa-there was strength.\n\n", "mad8#p0080": "47\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nText 97]\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing pleased with Sanatana Gosvami, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu bestowed\nHis causeless mercy upon him. By the Lord's mercy, Sanatana Gosvami\nreceived the spiritual strength to inquire from Him.\nTEXTS 95-96\n\n-Pjp(�t� �t�·�tt-t � � �� ,<f-�11\nit� -ft'?M �·t1Ttil\"f li� iS� f\\l�i II �� II\n\n�ti ��1f IC\\t�J �� <f.t11: �ili'!il I\n�t�til �t�� <f.t11: ,�,'·fil11i�'l II �� II\npurve yaiche raya-pase prabhu prasna kaila\ntanra saktye ramananda tanra uttara dila\nihan prabhura saktye prasna kare sanatana\napane mahaprabhu kare 'tattva'-nirupal)a\nSYNONYMS\n\npurve-formerly; yaiche-as; raya-pase-unto Ramananda Raya; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; prasna kai/a-inquired; tanra saktye-only by His mercy;\nramananda-Ramananda Raya; tanra-his; uttara-answers; dila-gave; ihanhere; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; saktye-by the strength; prasnaquestions;\n\nkare-puts;\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri\n\nsanatana-Sanatana\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nGosvami;\n\nkare-does;\n\napane-personally;\ntattva-the\n\ntruth;\n\nnirupa!Ja -discerning.\nTRANSLATION\nFormerly, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked Ramananda Raya spiritual questions, and by the Lord's causeless mercy, Ramananda Raya could properly\nreply. Now, by the Lord's mercy, Sanatana Gosvami questioned the Lord, and\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally supplied the truth.\nTEXT 97\n\n?��11i?fllt��'S(���11�ti!l�1{ I\n�,, �ilt�iltt�-t: ?�t�t�fWt�-t �: II �'\\ II\nkr�Qa-svarupa-madhuryaisvarya-bhakti-rasasrayam\n\n", "mad8#p0081": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n48\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\ntattvarh sanatanayesa/:1\nkrpayopadidesa sa/:1\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-svarupa-of the real identity of SrT Kr�r;.a; madhurya-of conjugal love;\naisvarya-of opulence; bhakti-of devotional service; rasa-of transcendental\nmellows;\n\nasrayam-the\n\nshelter;\n\ntattvam-the\n\ntruth;\n\nsanatanaya-unto\n\nSrT\n\nSanatana; isa/:1-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Supreme Lord; krpaya-by His\ncauseless mercy; upadidesa-instructed; sa/:1-He.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, personally\ntold Sanatana Gosvami about Lord Kr�Qa's real identity. He also told him\nabout the Lord's conjugal love, His personal opulence and the mellows of\ndevotional service. All these truths were explained to Sanatana Gosvami by\nthe Lord Himself out of His causeless mercy.\nTEXT 98\n\n'!t� ,�ti!� �'l11' ��t'� �mi 1\n\n�� f<l�j% <f.t11' �t� �'I ��i II &\\1\\r' II\ntabe sanatana prabhura caral)e dhariya\ndainya vinati kare dante twa lana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe�thereafter; sanatana-Sanatana GosvamT; prabhura -of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\ncaral)e-the lotus feet;\n\ndhariya-catching;\n\ndainya-humility;\n\nvinati-bowing; kare-does; dante-in the teeth; twa-a straw; /ana-taking.\nTRANSLATION\nPutting a straw in his mouth and bowing down, Sanatana Gosvami clasped\nthe lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and humbly spoke as follows.\nTEXT 99\n\n\"�� iSftfi!, ��·J�if, �f�\" ��� I\n'tf<l�·�t� ��' ,�H'!t�il iSfi\\� ! &\\!&\\! II\n\"nica jati, nica-sangi, patita adhama\nkuvi�aya-kape pacji' gonainu janama!\n\n", "mad8#p0082": "Text 100]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n49\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nnica jati-born of a low family; nica-sarigi-associated with low men; patitafallen; adhama-the lowest; ku-vi$aya-kupe-in a well of material enjoyment;\npa<;fi'-having fallen down; gofiainu-1 have passed; janama-my life.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami said, \"I was born in a low family, and my associates are\nall low-class men. I myself am fallen and am the lowest of men. Indeed, I have\npassed my whole life falien in the well of sinful materialism.\nPURPORT\n\nActually SrT Sanatana GosvamT belonged to a brahmaQa family because he\nbelonged to the Sarasvata division of the brahmaQas and was well cultured and\nwell educated. Somehow or other he accepted a ministership in the Muslim\ngovernment; therefore he had to associate with meat-eaters, drunkards and gross\nmaterialists. Sanatana GosvamT considered himself fallen, for in the association of\nsuch men, he also fell victim to material enjoyment. Having passed his life in that\nway, he considered that he had wasted his valuable time. This statement about\nhow one can become fallen in this material world is made by the greatest\nauthority in the Gau<;lTya Vai�r)ava-sampradaya. Actually the whole world is presently fallen into material existence. Everyone is a meat-eater, drunkard, woman\nhunter, gambler and whatnot. People are enjoying material life by committing the\nfour basic sins. Although they are fallen, if they simply submit themselves at the\nlotus feet of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, they will be saved from sinful reactions.\nTEXT 100\n\n�t9filt� ��tf�'! f<f-i� ili 'Sfl�!\n��J·<IJ<!t�tc;� 9ffu�, �t� ��J �fi{ II �\n\no o\n\nII\n\napanara hitahita kichui na jani!\ngramya-vyavahare paQ<;fita, tai satya mani\nSYNONYMS\n\napanara-of my personal self; hita-welfare; ahita-inauspiciousness; kichuianything; na jani-1 do not know; gramya-vyavahare-in ordinary dealings; paQ<;Iita-a learned man; tai satya mani-1 accept that as truth.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I do not know what is beneficial for me and what is detrimental. Nonetheless, in ordinary dealings people consider me a learned scholar, and I am also\nthinking of myself as such.\n\n", "mad8#p0083": "50\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 101\n\n�?�i �fit' �rw c;J�tr;;� �fit11ti @�t� 1\n�t?lil·�� �� '���U' �t1f� II �o � II\nkrpa kari' yadi more kariyacha uddhara\napana-krpate kaha 'kartavya' amara\nSYNONYMS\nkrpa kari'-by Your causeless mercy; yadi-if; more-unto me; kariyachaYou have done; uddhara-deliverance;\n\napana-krpate-by Your own mercy;\n\nkaha-please speak; kartavya amara-my duty.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Out of Your causeless mercy, You have delivered me from the materialistic\npath. Now, by the same causeless mercy, please tell me what my duty is.\nTEXT 102\n\n'c;� �tfil', 'c;� �1ft11 iSftt� l!it'?f�11' I\n\n�� i1t� iSft�-'<;�1fti1 f�'!i �' II �o� II\n'ke ami', 'kene amaya jare tapa-traya'\niha nahi jani-'kemane hita haya'\nSYNONYMS\nke ami-who am I; kene-why; amaya-unto me; jare-give trouble; tapatraya-the three kinds of miserable conditions; iha-this; nahi jani-1 do not\nknow; kemane-how; hita-my welfare; haya-there is.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Who am H Why do the threefold miseries always give me trouble? If I do\nnot know this, how can I be benefited?\nPURPORT\nThe threefold material miseries are miseries arising from the body and the mind,\nmiseries arising from dealings with other living entities, and miseries arising from\nnatural disturbances. Sometimes we suffer bodily when we are attacked by a\nfever, and sometimes we suffer mentally when a close relative dies. Other living\nentities also cause us misery. There are living entities born of the human embryo,\n\n", "mad8#p0084": "Text 104]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n51\n\nof eggs, perspiration and vegetation. Miserable conditions brought about by\nnatural catastrophes are controlled by the higher demigods. There may be severe\ncold or thunderbolts, or a person may be haunted by ghosts. These threefold miseries are always before us, and they entrap us in a dangerous situation. Padaril\npadaril yad vipadam. There is danger in every step of life.\nTEXT 103\n\n'�t-o'·'�t�'-1!\" �ti! iii �tfit I\n?9fi �ft!' �<� 1!, <r.� i!' �t�f.ln\" �o� u\n'sadhya'-'sadhana'-tattva puchite na jani\nkrpa kari' saba tattva kaha ta' apani\"\nSYNONYMS\nsadhya-of the goal of spiritual life; sadhana-of the process of obtaining that\n\ngoal; tattva-truth; puchite-to inquire; na jani-1 do not know; krpa kari'-by\nYour causeless mercy; saba tattva-all such truths; kaha ta' apani-please personally explain to me.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Actually I do not know how to inquire about the goal of life and the process for obtaining it. Being merciful upon me, please explain all these truths.\"\nTEXT 104\n\n12l� �t�,- \"��-�-Pt1 'i!t�tti! �( �� I\n\n�<! i!, iSflil, ''!it�t� ilt& l!t9fi!� II �o8 II\nprabhu kahe,-\"k[$Qa-krpa tomate pDrQa haya\nsaba tattva jana, tamara nahi tapa-traya\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kahe-said; k[$Qa-krpa-the mercy of\n\nKr�Qa; tomate-on you; pDrQa-full; haya-there is; saba tattva\n\n-\n\nall truths;\n\njana-you know; tamara-of you; nahi-there is not; tapa-traya-the threefold\nmiseries.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Lord Kr�r:Ja has bestowed His full mercy\nupon you so that all these things are known to you. For you, the threefold miseries certainly do not exist.\n\n", "mad8#p0085": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n52\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 105\n\n��-.ct� 'f� �' �� 1!..�1<1 I\niSfff�' Wi5J i'f'tf11' �ij,-�r(� ��t<fll �o(t II\nkr?Qa-sakti dhara tumi, jana tattva-bhava\njani' darr;Jhya lagi' puche, -sadhura svabhava\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr?Qa-sakti-the energy of Lord Kr�Qa; dhara-process; tumi-you; janaknow; tattva-bhava-the factual position; jani'-although knowing all these\nthings; darr;lhya lagi'-for the sake of strictness; puche-he inquires; sadhura-of\nthe saintly persons; sva-bhava-the nature.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since you possess lord Kr�Qa's potency, you certainly know these things.\nHowever, it is the nature of a sadhu to inquire. Althou gh he knows these\n\nthing s, the sadhu inquires for the sake of strictness.\nTEXT 106\n\n�TD�lC'!<! 'l\"t�: f�<!Jl:�Prt'llitf9Jf'!: I\n'l%1l�l<rc<�Nt� C<!�1� R�f�ol� 'l'!f\\!: II � � II\n•\n\nacirad eva sarvarthah\nsidhyaty e?am abhipsitah\nsad-dharmasyavabodhaya\nye?arh nirbandhini matih\nSYNONYMS\n\nacirat-very soon; eva-certainly; sarva-arthah-the goal of life; sidhyati-becomes fulfilled; e?am-of these persons; abh ipsitah-desired; sat-dharmasya-of\nthe path of progressive devotional service; avabodhaya-for understanding;\nye?am-those whose; nirbandhini-unflinching; matih-intelligence.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Those who are anxious to awaken their spiritual consciousness, who have\nunflinching intelligence and who are not deviated, certainly attain the desired\ngoal.'\n\n", "mad8#p0086": "Text 109]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n53\n\nPURPO RT\n\nThis verse, quoted from the Naradiya PuraQa, is found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n(1.2.103).\nTEXT 107\n\n��1�1oo �--s � �r� �<��t�t'! 1\ni!iit1f �<I '!� �i{, �f�11 (;'!l1f1t'! II �o'l II\nyogya-patra hao tumi bhakti pravartaite\nkrame saba tattva suna, kahiye tomate\nSYNONYMS\n\nyogya-patra-fit person; hao-are; tumi-you; bhakti-devotional\n\nservice;\n\npravartaite-to propagate; krame-one after another; saba-all; tattva-truths;\nsuna-please hear; kahiye-1 shall speak; tomate-to you.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are fit to propagate the cult of devotional service. Therefore gradually\nhear all the truths about it from Me. I shall tell you about them.\nTEXTS 108-109\n\n� '�' ��-�t�1f '�t:Jt' I\n��� '�vrl·lllf9', '<;re��·�<!itlll' II �olr II\n��-r-m'l, � �r�t5� 1\n�t� �1( \"ft!it�� '-t�' �II �o:;, II\njivera 'svarupa' haya-kr�!Jera 'nitya-dasa'\nkr�!Jera 'tatastha-sakti', 'bhedabheda-prakasa'\nsaryarhsa-kiraQa, yaiche agni-jvala-caya\nsvabhavika kr�!Jera tina-prakara 'sakti' haya\nSYNONYMS\n\njivera-of the living entity; sva-rupa-the constitutional position; haya-is;\nkr�!Jera-of Lord Kr�l)a; nitya-dasa-eternal servant; kr�!Jera-of Lord Kr�l)a; tatastha-marginal; sakti-potency; bheda-abheda-one and different; prakasa­\n\nmanifestation; surya-arhsa-part and parcel of the sun; kiraQa-a ray of sunshine;\n\n", "mad8#p0087": "54\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nyaiche-as; agni-jva/a-caya-molecular particle of fire; svabhavika-naturally;\nkr�Qera-of Lord Kr�r;�a; tina-prakara-three varieties; sakti-energies; hayathere are.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"It is the living entity's constitutional position to be an eternal servant of\nKr��a because he is the marginal energy of Kr��a and a manifestation\nsimultaneously one and different from the lord, like a molecular particle of\nsunshine or fire. Kr��a has three varieties of energy.\nPURPORT\n\nSrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura paraphrases these verses as follows: SrT Sanatana\nGosvamT asked SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, \"Who am I?\" In answer, the Lord\nreplied, \"You are a pure living entity. You are neither the material body nor the\nsubtle body composed of mind and intelligence. Actually you are a spirit soul,\neternal part and parcel of the Supreme Soul, Kr�r;�a. Therefore you are His eternal\nservant. You belong to Kr�r;�a's marginal potency. There are two worlds-the\nspiritual world and the material world-and you are situated between the material and spiritual potencies. You have a relationship with both the material and\nspiritual worlds; therefore you are called the marginal potency. You are related\nwith Kr�t:Ja as one and simultaneously different. Because you are spirit soul, you\nare one in quality with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but because you are\na very minute particle of spirit soul, you are different from the Supreme Soul.\nTherefore your position is simultaneously one with and different from the\nSupreme Soul. The examples given are those of the sun itself and the small particles of sunshine and of a: blazing fire and the small particles of fire.\" Another explanation of these verses can be found in Adi-lila (Chapter Two, verse 96).\nTEXT 110\n\n�\"r:lf\"ff�\\!i�tr:�c�;(Jt�\":11 f<�mrQ9t ��1 1\n..\n\n9f�� :3l'lfi<:t: \"tr��c�lf�N�� ���� u � �·\neka-desa-sthitasyagner\njyotsna vistariQi yatha\nparasya brahmaf)aQ saktis\ntathedam akhilarh jagat\nSYNONYMS\n\neka-desa-in one place; sthitasya-being situated; agneb-of fire; jyotsnathe illumination; vistarif)i-expanded everywhere; yatha-just as; parasya-of\n\n", "mad8#p0088": "Text 112]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n55\n\nthe Supreme; brahmal)a/:1-of the Absolute Truth; sakti/:1-the energy; tatha.similarly; idam-this; akhi/am -entire; jagat-universe .\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Just as the illumination of a fire, which is situated in one place, is spread\n\nall over, the energies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Parabrahman,\nare spread all over this universe.'\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from the Vi�l)u Pural)a (1.22.53).\nTEXT 111\n\n��� �i<etR� f!eM�·�'If� I\n\nf�f•, rit�f�, �11' 1lffitl't� II � � � II\nk[�l)era svabhavika tina-sakti-paril)ati\ncic-chakti, jiva-sakti, ara maya-sakti\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�Qera-of Lord Kr�l)a; svabhavika-natural; tina-three; sakti-of energies;\nparil)ati-transformations;\n\ncit-sakti -spiritual\n\npotency;\n\njiva-sakti-spiritual\n\nsparks, living entities; ara-and; maya-sakti-illusory energy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�Qa naturally has three energetic transformations, and these are\nknown as the spiritual potency, the living entity potency and the illusory\npotency.\nTEXT 112\n\n��\"rr�: 91�·1 c�1'&1 '\"'f(jj�1�JI \\!>�t9f�1 '\n�f<�:�:-<f;(ij�m1iJrl �\\!i\"hi \"If���?;\\!> II � �<. II\nvi?Qu-sakti/:1 para prokta\nk?etrajnakhya tatha para\navidya-karma-sarilji'ianya\ntrtiya saktir i�yate\n\n", "mad8#p0089": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n56\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSYNONYMS\nvi�f)u-sakti/:1-the potency of Lord Vi�r;u; para-spiritual; prokta-it is said;\nk�etra-jfia-akhya-the potency known as k�etrajfia; tatha-as well as; paraspiritual;\n\navidya-ignorance;\n\nkarma-fruitive\n\nactivities;\n\nsarhjfia-known as;\n\nanya-other; truya-third; sakti/:1-potency; i�yate-known thus.\nTRANSLATION\n1\n\n1\n\n'Originally, Kr�r:�a's energy is spiritual, and the energy known as the living\n\nentity is also spiritual. However, there is another energy, called illusion, which\nconsists of fruitive activity. That is the lord's third potency.'\nPURPORT\nFor a further explanation of this verse, refer to the Adi-li/a, Chapter Seven, verse\n119.\n\nTEXT 113\n\n\"!��: 'l�t<li0!1�f\"S�J�1'!\"C�I1H1: I\n<!\"C'i!i�\"C�1 31'lli\"!�1� 'l'lf1�1 'Si<l\"l�'li,: I\n\\S<lf� �9(�t� Ci!l� 9f1<l�� <l\"C�11l3'!i1 II � �� II\nsaktaya/:1 sarva-bhavanam\nacintya-jfiana-gocara/:1\nyato 'to brahmaf)as tas tu\nsargadya bhava-saktaya/:1\nbhavanti tapatarh sre�tha\npavakasya yatho�f)ata\nSYNONYMS\nsaktaya/:1-energies; sarva-bhavanam-of all types of creation; acintya-inconceivable; jfiana-gocara/:1-by the range of man's knowledge; yata/:1-from whom;\nata/:1-therefore; brahmaf)a/:1-from the Absolute Truth; ta/:1-those; tu-but;\nsarga-adya/:1-bringing about creation, maintenance and annihilation; bhava-saktaya/:1-the\n\ncreative\n\nenergies;\n\nbhavanti\n\n-\n\nare;\n\ntapatam-of all the ascetics;\n\nsre�tha-0 chief; pavakasya-of fire; yatha-as; U�f)ata-heat.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'All the creative energies, which are inconceivable to a common man, ex­\n\nist in the Supreme Absolute Truth. These inconceivable energies act in the\nprocess of creation, maintenance and annihilation. 0 chief of the ascetics, just\n\n", "mad8#p0090": "Text 115)\n\n57\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nas there are two energies possessed by fire-namely heat and light-these in­\n\nconceivable creative energies are the natural characteristics of the Absolute\nTruth.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Vi?TJU Puraf)a (1.3.2).\nTEXT 114\n\n'ii�1 c·\">'!'��\"rf<&: '1'1 c�ffl�1 OJ� '1��1 1\n\n\"!�'ltit�19f1\"Tf��101�Wm�J� '1'�\\!f'l.. II � � B II\nyaya k?etra-jfia-saktih sa\nve?tita nrpa sarva-ga\nsamsara-tapan akhilan\navapnoty atra santatan\nSYNONYMS\nyaya-by which; k?etra-jfia-saktih-the living entities, known as the k?etra-jfia\npotency; sa-that potency; ve?tita-covered; nrpa-0 King; sarva-ga-capable\nof going anywhere in the spiritual or material worlds; samsara-tapan\n\n-\n\nmise ries\n\ndue to the cycle of repeated birth and death; akhilan-all kinds of; avapnoti-obtains; atra-in this material world; santa tan\n\n-\n\narising from suffering or enjoying\n\nvarious kinds of reactions to fruitive activities.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'0 King, the k�etra-j na-sakti is the living entity. Although he has the\n\nfacility to live in either the material or spiritual world, he suffers the threefold\nmiseries of material existence because he is influenced by the avidya\n[nescience) potency, which covers his constitutional position.\nPURPORT\nThis and the following verse are also quoted from the Vi?TJU Puraf)a (6.7.62-63).\nTEXT 115\n\n�1 f�citt���l66 \"t�: C\">'�'��-'l�f��11\n\n'l��t ���9ft<'! �t\"il�C'I!JO\\ �\"ic� II � �It II\ntaya tirohitatvac ca\nsaktih k?etra-jfia-samjfiita\n\n", "mad8#p0091": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n58\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nsarva-bhate$u bhu-pala\ntaratamyena vartate\nSYNONYMS\ntaya-by her; tira/:1-hitatvat-from being freed from the influence; ca-also;\nsakti/:1-the potency; k$etra-jiia-k$etra-jiia; sarhjiiita-known by the name; sarva-bhate$u-in different types of bodies; bhu-pa/a-0 King; taratamyena-in\ndifferent degrees; vartate-exists.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'This living entity, covered by the influence of nescience, exists in dif­\n\nferent forms in the material condition. 0 King, he is thus proportionately\nfreed from the influence of material energy, to greater or lesser degrees.'\n\nTEXT 116\n\n�9fl:�llf'l���* ��f�� f�f� C'l 9f�t� I\n�<>t�\"¥�t� 'l�t�tl:�1 �l:lllf� \\ft�N ���� II � �� II\napareyam itas tv anyarh\nprakrtirh viddhi me param\njiva-bhatarh maha-baho\nyayedarh dharyate jagat\nSYNONYMS\napara-inferior energy; iyam-this material world; ita/:1-beyond this; tu-but;\nanyam-another;\n\nprakrtim-energy;\n\nviddhi-you must know;\n\nme-of Me;\n\nparam-which is superior energy; jiva-bhatam-they are the living entities;\nmaha-baho-0 mighty-armed; yaya-by which;\n\nidam-this material world;\n\ndharyate-is being conducted; jagat-the cosmic manifestation.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Besides this inferior nature, 0 mighty-armed Arjuna, there is a superior\n\nenergy of Mine, which consists of all living entities who are struggling with\nmaterial nature and are sustaining the universe.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Bhagavad-gita (7.5). It is also quoted in the Adi-lila (Chapter\nSeven, verse 118).\n\n", "mad8#p0092": "Text 118]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n59\n\nTEXT 117\n\n� \"f'l' ,,� �� ��tfw·��('� I\n\n�\\Jl� -;rrn1 '!rof �\" ,::.,tJ·�=� 11 ��\" 11\nkr�IJa bhuli' sei jiva anadi-bahirmukha\nataeva maya tare deya sarhsara-dul}kha\nSYNONYMS\nkr�IJa bhu/i'-forgetting Kr�r:ta; sei jiva-that living entity; anadi-from time\nimmemorial; bahii}-mukha-attracted by the external feature; ataeva-therefore;\nmaya-illusory energy; tare-to him; deya-gives; sarhsara-dul}kha-miseries of\nmaterial existence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Forgetting Kr�r:ta, the living entity has been attracted by the external\nfeature from time immemorial. Therefore the illusory ·energy [maya] gives him\nall kinds of misery in his material existence.\nPURPORT\nWhen the living entity forgets his constitutional position as an eternal servant\nof Kr�r:ta, he is immediately entrapped by the illusory, external energy. The living\nentity is originally part and parcel of Kr�r:ta and is therefore the superior energy of\nKr�r:ta. He is endowed with inconceivable minute energy that works inconceivably\nwithin the body. However, the living entity, forgetting his position, is situated in\nmaterial energy. The living entity is called the marginal energy because by nature\nhe is spiritual but by forgetfulness he is situated in the material energy. Thus he\nhas the power to live either in the material energy or in the spiritual energy, and\nfor this reason he is called marginal energy. He is sometimes attracted by the external illusory energy when he stays in the marginal position, and this is the\nbeginning of his material life. When he enters the material energy, he is subjected\nto the threefold time measurement-past, present and future. Past, present and\nfuture belong only to the material world; they do not exist in the spiritual world.\nThe living entity is eternal, and he existed before the creation of this material\nworld. Unfortunately he has forgotten his relationship with Kr�r:ta. The living entity's forgetfulness is described herein as anadi, which indicates that it has existed\nsince time immemorial. One should understand that due to his desire to enjoy\nhimself in competition with Kr�r:ta, the living entity comes into material existence.\nTEXT 118\n\n�'- �t'$f �irn, �'- ��� ��rn 1\n'f�J�� Jti!Jr1 (;�� ��t'! f!t11 II ��IT' II\n\n", "mad8#p0093": "60\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nkabhu svarge uthaya, kabhu narake c;lubaya\ndaQc;/ya-jane raja yena nadite cubaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nkabhu-sometimes; svarge-to higher planetary systems; uthaya-he rises;\nkabhu-sometimes;\n\nnarake-in\n\nhellish\n\nconditions\n\nof\n\nlife;\n\nc;lubaya-he\n\nis\n\ndrowned; daQc;/ya-jane-a criminal; raja-a king; yena-as; nadite-in the river;\ncubaya -dunks.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"In the material condition, the living entity is sometimes raised to higher\nplanetary systems and material prosperity and sometimes drowned in a hellish\nsituation. His state is exactly like that of a criminal whom a king punishes by\nsubmerging him in water and then raising him again from the water.\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Vedas it is stated, asatigo 'yam puru?ah: the living entity is always free\nfrom the contamination of the material world. One who is not materially infected\nand who does not forget Kr�r:Ja as his master is called nitya-mukta. In other words,\none who is eternally liberated from material contamination is called nitya-mukta.\nFrom time immemorial the nitya-mukta living entity has always been a devotee of\nKr�t:Ja, and his only attempt has been to serve Kr�t:Ja. Thus he never forgets his\neternal servitorship to Kr�t:Ja. Any living entity who forgets his eternal relationship\nwith Kr�t:Ja is under the sway of the material condition. Bereft of the Lord's transcendental loving service, he is subjected to the reactions of fruitive activity.\nWhen he is elevated to the higher planetary systems due to worldly pious activities, he considers himself well situated, but when he is subjected to punishment, he thinks himself improperly situated. Thus material nature awards and\npunishes the living entity. When the living entity is materially opulent, material\nnature is rewarding him. When he is materially embarrassed, material nature is\npunishing him.\nTEXT 119\n\n��� f�'!i��t�f;rr;�\"t�: �1i(t\"ttl'iC?f�� f19f�C'llt�1'f�: I\n�'llt��1\"(;�1 �if '5lt:S?.:���\niS''e'Pfi'C'll\"l� �1??.:11��1�111 ) �;;l II\nbhayam dvitiyabhinivesatah syad\nisad apetasya viparyayo 'smrtih\n\n", "mad8#p0094": "Text119]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n61\n\ntan-mayayato budha abhajet tam\n\nbhaktyaikayesarh guru-devatatma\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhayam -fear;\n\ndvitiya-abhinivesatab-from the misconception of being a\n\nproduct of material energy; syat-arise$; isat-from the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, Kr�r:Ja; apetasya-of one who has withdrawn (the conditioned soul);\n\nviparyayab-reversal of the position; asmrtib-no conception of his relationship\nwith the Supreme Lord; tat-mayaya-because of the illusory energy of the\nSupreme Lord; atab-therefore; budhab-one who is wise; abhajet-must wor­\n\nship; tam-Him; bhaktya-by devotional service; ekaya-undiverted to karma\n\nand jfiana; isam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; guru-as the spiritual\nmaster; devata-the worshipable Lord; atma-the Supersoul.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When the living entity is attracted by the material energy, which is separ­\n\nate from Kr�r;�a, he is overpowered by fear. Because he is separated from the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead by the material energy, his conception of life\nis reversed. In other words, instead of being the eternal servant of Kr�r;�a, he\nbecomes Kr�r;�a's competitor. This is called viparyayo 'smrti�. To nullify this\nmistake, one who is actually learned and advanced worships the Supreme Personality of Godhead as his spiritual master, worshipful Deity and source of\nlife. He thus worships the Lord by the process of unalloyed devotional service.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.2.37). It is an instruction given\nby Kavi ��i, one of the nine saintly personalities called the nine Yogendras. When\nVasudeva, Kr�r:Ja's father, asked Devar�i Narada in Dvaraka about devotional service, it was mentioned that previously King Nimi, who was the King of Videha,\nwas instructed by the nine Yogendras. When SrT Narada Muni discoursed on\nbhagavata-dharma, devotional service, he indicated how a conditioned soul can\n\nbe liberated by engaging in the loving transcendental service of the Lord. The Lord\nis the Supersoul, spiritual master and worshipable Deity of all conditioned souls.\nNot only is Kr�r:Ja the supreme worshipful Deity for all living entities, but He is also\n\nthe guru, or caitya-guru, the Supersoul who always gives the living entity good\ncounsel. Unfortunately the living entity neglects the Supreme Person's instructions. He thus identifies with material energy and is consequently overpowered\nby a kind of fear resulting from accepting himself as the material body and considering paraphernalia related to the material body to be his property. All types of\nfruitive results actually come from the spirit soul, but because he has forgotten his\nreal duty, he is embarrassed by many material consequences such as fear and at-\n\n", "mad8#p0095": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n62\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\ntachment. The only remedy is to revert to the service of the Lord and thus be\nsaved from material nature's unwanted harassment.\nTEXT 120\n\n�t'k:-rt�-�9(t� �rw �t�t,__� �� 1\n\n(;ll� �� fi{�t1J, �t�1 '!1�tt1f l;li�� II ��\n\no\n\nII\n\nsadhu-sastra-krpaya yadi kr�Qonmukha haya\nsei jiva nistare, maya tahare chac;Jaya\nSYNONYMS\nsadhu-of saintly persons; sastra-of scriptures; krpaya-by the mercy; yadiif; kr�Qa-unmukha haya\n\n-\n\none becomes Kr�r:ta conscious; sei-that; jiva -living\n\nentity; nistare-becomes liberated; maya -the illusory energy; tahare-him;\n\nchac;Jaya-gives up.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If the conditioned soul becomes Kr�r;�a conscious by the mercy of saintly\npersons who voluntarily preach scriptural injunctions and help him to become\nKr�r;�a conscious, the conditioned soul is liberated from the clutches of maya,\nwho gives him up.\nPURPORT\nA conditioned soul is one who has forgotten Kr�r:ta as his eternal master.\n\nThinking that he is enjoying the material world, the conditioned soul suffers the\nthreefold miseries of material existence. Saintly persons (sadhus), Vai�r:tava devotees of the Lord, preach Kr�r:ta consciousness on the basis of Vedic literature. It is\nonly by their mercy that the conditioned soul is awakened to Kr�r:ta consciousness. When awakened, he is no longer eager to enjoy the materialistic way of life.\nInstead, he devotes himself to the loving transcendental service of the Lord.\nWhen one engages in the Lord's devotional service, he becomes detached from\nmaterial enjoyment.\n\nbhakti/:1 paresanubhavo viraktir\nanyatra cai�a trika eka-kafa/:1\n(Bhag. 11.2.42)\nThis is the test by which one can tell whether he is advancing in devotional service. One must be detached from material enjoyment. Such detachment means\n\n", "mad8#p0096": "Text 122]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n63\n\nthat maya has actually given the conditioned soul liberation from illusory enjoyment. When one is advanced in Kr�r:Ja consciousness, he does not consider himself as good as Kr�r:Ja. Whenever he thinks that he is the enjoyer of material advantages, he is imprisoned in the bodily conception. However, when he is freed from\nthe bodily conception, he can engage in devotional service, which is his actual\nposition of freedom from the clutches of maya. This is all explained in the\nfollowing verse from Bhagavad-gita (7.14).\nTEXT 121\n\nClf<ft �\"lf1 �<f\"l\\� \"l{\"l{ \"l\\111 ���HI1 I\n\"l\\lC\"l{<f c<! 2!'1��� 1l\"f1!lC\"ll�i� \\!i�f� C\\!i II � < � II\ndaivi hy e$a guQamayi\nmama maya duratyaya\nmam eva ye prapadyante\nmayam etarh taranti te\nSYNONYMS\ndaivi-belonging to the Supreme Lord; hi-certainly; e$a-this; guQa-mayimade of the three modes; mama-My; maya-external energy; duratyaya-very\ndifficult to surpass; mam-unto Me; eva-certainly; ye-those who; prapadyante-surrender fully; mayam-illusory energy; etam-this; taranti-cross over;\nte-they.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'This divine energy of Mine, consisting of the three modes of material\nnature, is difficult to overcome. But those who have surrendered unto Me can\neasily cross beyond it.'\nTEXT 122\n\n11t11t�� �� e{t� 151�: ��Sfi{ I\n\n�f;<l� �9ft11 '<li� �� '<lif·�t'l II ��� II\nmaya-mugdha jivera nahi svatah k[$Qa-jiiana\njivere krpaya kaila k[$Qa veda-puraQa\nSYNONYMS\nmaya-mugdha-enchanted by the illusory energy; jivera-of the conditioned\nsoul; nahi-there is not; svatab-automatically; k[$Qa-jiiana-knowledge of\n\n", "mad8#p0097": "64\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nKr�r;Ja; jivere-unto the conditioned soul; krpaya -out of mercy; kai/a-pre­\n\nsented; kr � Qa-Lord Kr�r;Ja; veda-pura(1a-the Vedic literature and the PuraQas\n(supplements to the Vedic literature).\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The conditioned soul cannot revive his Kr�r;�a consciousness by his own\neffort. But out of causeless mercy, Lord Kr�r;�a compiled the Vedic literature\nand its supplements, the Purar;�as.\n\nPURPORT\nA conditioned soul is bewildered by the Lord's illusory energy (maya). Maya's\nbusiness is to keep the conditioned soul forgetful of his real relationship with\nKr�r;Ja. Thus the living entity forgets his real identity as spirit soul, Brahman, and instead of realizing his factual position thinks himself the product of the mdterial energy. According to Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.7.5):\n\nyaya sammohito jiva\n\natmanaril tri-gu(1atmakam\n\npara 'pi manute 'nartharil\n\ntat-krtaril cabhipadyate\n\n\"Due to this external energy, the living entity, although transcendental to the\nthree modes of material nature, thinks of himself as a material product and thus\nundergoes the reactions of material miseries.\"\n\nThis is a description of maya's action upon the conditioned soul. Thinking him­\n\nself a product of the material energy, the conditioned soul engages in the service\nof material energy in so many ways. He becomes the servant of lust, anger, greed\nand envy. In this way one totally becomes a servant of the illusory energy. Later,\nthe bewildered soul becomes a servant of mental speculation, but in any case\nhe is simply covered by the illusory energy. Out of his causeless mercy and compassion, Kr�r;Ja has compiled various Vedic literatures in His incarnation as\n\nVyasadeva. Vyasadeva is a saktyavesa-avatara of Lord Kr�r;Ja. He has very kindly\n\npresented these literatures to awaken the conditioned soul to his senses. Unfortunately, at the present moment the conditioned souls are guided by demons\nwho do not care to read the Vedic literatures. Although there is an immense\ntreasure-house of knowledge, people are engaged in reading useless literature\n\nthat will give them no information on how to get out of the clutches of maya. The\n\npurpose of the Vedic literatures is explained in the following verses.\n\n", "mad8#p0098": "Text 123]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n65\n\nTEXT 123\n\n'-t1'�·�?-�t•'·�t<Si �t��tt� �tifti{ I\n'�� '1ffif �¥_, i11'!1'-�t�� � �t� II ���II\n'sastra-guru-atma'-rupe apanare janana\n'km1a mora prabhu, trata'-jivera haya jnana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsastra-guru-atma-rupe-in the form of Vedic literature, the spiritual master and\nthe Supersoul; apanare janana-informs about Himself;\n\nkr?Qa-Lord Kf�l)a;\n\nmora-my;\n\nconditioned soul;\n\nprabhu-Lord;\n\ntrata-deliver;\n\njivera-of the\n\nhaya-there is; jiiana-knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The forgetful conditioned soul is educated by Kr�Qa through the Vedic\nliteratures, the realized spiritual master and the Supersoul. Through these, he\ncan understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead as He is, and he can\nunderstand that lord Kr�Qa is his eternal master and deliverer from the\nclutches of maya. In this way one can acquire real knowledge of his conditioned life and can come to understand how to attain liberation.\nPURPORT\n\nBeing forgetful of his real position, the conditioned soul may take help from\nsastra, guru and the Supersoul within his heart. Kr�l)a is situated within everyone's\nheart as the Supersoul. As stated in Bhagavad-gita:\nisvarab sarva-bhDtanarh\nhrd-de5e 'rjuna ti?thati\nbhramayan sarva-bhutani\nyantraru<;lhani mayaya\n\"The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone's heart, 0 Arj una, and is directing the\nwanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a machine, made of the material energy.\" (Bg.\n\n18.61)\n\nAs the saktyavesa-avatara V yasadeva, Kf�l)a teaches the conditioned soul\nthrough Vedic literatures. Kr�l)a externally appears as the spiritual master and\ntrains the conditioned soul to come to Kr�l)a consciousness. When his original\nKr�l)a consciousness is revived, the conditioned soul is delivered from the material\nclutches. Thus a conditioned soul is always helped by the Supreme Personality of\n\n", "mad8#p0099": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n66\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nGodhead in three ways-by the scriptures, the spiritual master and the Supersoul\nwithin the heart. The Lord is the deliverer of the conditioned soul and is accepted\nas the Supreme Lord of all living entities. Kr�r:ta says in Bhagavad-gita (18.66):\nsarva-dharman parityajya\nmam ekarh saraQarh vraja\naharh tvarh sarva-papebhyo\nmok$ayi$yami ma sucal)\n\nThis same instruction is found throughout all Vedic literature. Sadhu, sastra and\nguru act as the representatives of Kr�r:ta, and the Kr�r:ta consciousness movement\n\nis also taking place all over the universe. Whoever takes advantage of this opportunity becomes liberated.\nTEXT 124\n\n�lift� �t� -'ll..'fi', '��-rn', 'i2ft1l�e{' I\n'�'-\\21t�J �'fi,'!fjf�!.-12ftt�J1f �t� ����811\nveda-sastra kahe-'sambandha', 'abhidheya', 'prayojana'\n'kr?Qa'-prapya sambandha, 'bhakti'-praptyera sadhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nveda-sastra kahe-the Vedic literature instructs; sambandha-the conditioned\n\nsoul's relationship with the Lord; abhidheya-the regulated activities of the conditioned soul for reviving that relationship; prayojana-and the ultimate goal of\nlife to be attained by the conditioned soul; kr?Qa\n\n-\n\nLord Kr�r:ta; prapya-to be\n\nawakened; sambandha-the original relationship; bhakti-devotional service;\npraptyera sadhana-the means of attaining Kr�r:ta.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Vedic literatures give information about the living entity's eternal\nrelationship with Kmta, which is called sambandha. The living entity's understanding of this relationship and acting accordingly is called abhidheya.\nReturning home, back to Godhead, is the ultimate goal of life and is called\nprayojana.\nTEXT 125\n\n�fret-rn·i{\"t1f '��', ''�'- ��i{ 1\n'1_�o(.f�t�flt '\\211{ �-t� II ��a- II\n\n", "mad8#p0100": "Text 125]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n67\n\nabhidheya-nama 'bhakti', 'prema'-prayojana\n\npuru?artha-siromaQi prema maha-dhana\nSYNONYMS\n\nabhidheya-activities to revive one's relationship; nama-named; bhakti­\n\ndevotional service; prema-love of Godhead; prayojana-the ultimate goal of\n\nlife; puru�a-artha-siromaQi-the topmost interest of the living entity; premalove of Godhead; maha-dhana-the greatest wealth.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Devotional service, or sense activity for the satisfaction of the Lord, is\ncalled abhidheya because it can develop one's original love of Godhead,\nwhich is the goal of life. This goal is the living entity's topmost interest and\ngreatest wealth. Thus one attains the platform of transcendental loving service\nunto the Lord.\nPURPORT\n\nThe conditioned soul is bewildered by the external material energy, which fully\nengages him in a variety of sense gratification. Due to engagement in material activities, one's original Kr�t:�a consciousness is covered. However, as the supreme\nfather of all living entities, Kr�t:�a wants His sons to return home, back to Godhead;\n\ntherefore He personally comes to deliver Vedic literatures like Bhagavad-gita. He\nengages His confidential servants who serve as spiritual masters and enlighten the\nconditioned living entities. Being present in everyone's heart, the Lord gives the\n\nliving entities the conscience whereby they can accept the Vedas and the spiritual\nmaster. In this way the living entity can understand his constitutional position and\nhis relationship with the Supreme Lord. As personally enunciated by the Lord Himself in Bhagavad-gita (15.15), vedais ca sarvair aham eva vedyaf): through the\n\nstudy of Vedanta, one may become fully aware of his relationship with the\nSupreme Lord and act accordingly. In this way one may ultimately attain the platform of loving service to the Lord. It is in the living entity's best interest to understand the Supreme Lord. Unfortunately, the living entities have forgotten;\ntherefore\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam says:\n\n(Bhag. 7.5.31).\n\nna\n\nte\n\nviduf)\n\nsvartha-gatirh\n\nhi\n\nvi?QUm\n\nEveryone wants to achieve life's ultimate goal, but due to being absorbed in the\nmaterial energy, we waste our time with sense gratification. Through the study of\nVedic literatures-of which the essence is Bhagavad-gita-one comes to Kr�t:�a\n\nconsciousness. Thus one engages in devotional service, called abhidheya. When\n\nactually developed, love of Godhead is called prayojana, the living entity's ultimate goal. When one becomes fully Kr�t:Ja conscious, he has attained the perfection of life.\n\n", "mad8#p0101": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n68\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 126\n\n�·�nrt��-�\"f-�f�1f �Hr'l 1\n�-� �t11\", �Rf �1f�·�t�ffl� II��� II\nkr?Qa-madhurya-sevananda-praptira karaf)a\nkr?Qa-seva kare, ara kr?Qa-rasa-asvadana\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-madhurya-of an intimate relationship with Kr�l)a; seva-ananda-of\npleasure from rendering service unto Him; praptira-of achievement; karaf)abecause; kr?Qa-seva kare-one renders service to Kr�l)a; ara-and; kr?Qa-rasa-of\nthe mellows of such service; asvadana-tasting\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When one attains the transcendental bliss of an intimate relationship with\nKr�Qa, he renders service to Him and tastes the mellows of Kr�Qa consciousness.\nTEXT 127\n\nbtt'! ��� _,�r;- �fm!f1f �t1f I\n'Jt(ss' �tfil' �:� ��' �� �t�tt11\" II��'\\ II\nihate ·dr?tanta-yaiche daridrera ghare\n'sarvajna' asi' dubkha dekhi' puchaye tahare\nSYNONYMS\nihate-in this connection; d[?tanta-the example; yaiche-just as; daridrera\nghare\n\n·-\n\nin the house of a poor man; sarva-jna-an astrologer; asi'-coming;\n\ndubkha-distressed condition; dekhi'-seeing; puchaye tahare-inquires from\nhim.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The following example may be given. Once a learned astrologer came to\nthe house of a poor man and, seeing his distressed condition, questioned him.\nPURPORT\nSometimes we go to an astrologer or palmist when we are in a distressed condition or when we want to know the future. The living entity in conditioned life is\nalways distressed by the threefold miseries of material existence. Under the\n\n", "mad8#p0102": "Text 129]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n69\n\ncircumstances, he is inquisitive about his position. For instance, Sanatana GosvamT\napproached the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, to\nask Him why he was in a distressed condition. This is the position of all conditioned souls. We are always in a distressed condition, and an intelligent man\nnaturally becomes inquisitive. This position is called brahma-jijnasa. Athato\nbrahma-jijnasa (Vedanta-sutra 1.1.1 ). Brahma here refers to Vedic literature. One\nshould consult Vedic literature to know why the conditioned soul is always in a\ndistressed condition. Vedic literatures are meant to free the conditioned soul from\nthe miserable conditions of material existence. In this chapter, the story of the\nastrologer Sarvajiia and the poor man is very instructive.\nTEXT 128\n\n''t_fil (;�ti{ l:�, (;\\!1�1� �tt� f��� I\n�tt11\" iii <fl�\"f, ��i.1! �t�a;{ itC!if II\" ��1r II\n'tumi kene dubkhi, tamara ache pitr-dhana\ntomare na kahila, anyatra chac;Jila jivana\"\nSYNONYMS\n\ntumi-you; kene-why; dubkhi-distressed; tamara-your; ache-there is;\npitr-dhana-the riches of your father; tomare-unto you; na kahila-he did not\ndisclose; anyatra-somewhere else; chac;li/a-gave up; jivana-his life.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The astrologer asked, 'Why are you unhappy? Your father was very wealthy, but he did not disclose his wealth to you because he died elsewhere?'\nTEXT 129\n\n��91� �tt� � S{ti{� @t'lttllf I\n�t� �5f·�1'1 .srtt� '��' ��t�llf ll ��� II\nsarvajnera vakye kare dhanera uddese\naiche veda-puraf)a jive 'kr?Qa' upadese\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarvajnera-of the astrologer; vakye-the words; kare-make; dhanera-of\nthe riches;\n\nuddese-news;\n\naiche-similarly;\n\nveda-puraf)a-Vedic literatures;\n\njive-unto the living entity, the conditioned soul;\nupadese-instructs.\n\nkr?Qa-of Lord Kr�r:Ja;\n\n", "mad8#p0103": "70\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Just as the words of the astrologer Sarvajiia gave news of the poor man's\ntreasure, Vedic literatures advise one about Kr�r:�a consciousness when one is\ninquisitive to know why he is in a distressed material condition.\nTEXT 130\n\n�1f �lt�J ���i{ 'filil_�qj I\n�llfltm �9ft�tllf, '���'-�lllif'lli II ��o II\nsarvajnera vakye mula-dhana anubandha\nsarva-sastre upadese, 'sri-kr�f!a'-sambandha\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvajnera-of the astrologer; vakye-by the assurance; mula-dhana-with the\n\ntreasure; anubandha-connection; sarva-sastre-all Vedic literatures; upadeseinstruct; sri-kr�Qa-Lord Sri Kr�r:Ja, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sambandha-the central connection.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By the words of the astrologer, the poor man's connection with the\ntreasure was established. Similarly, Vedic literature advises us that our real\nconnection is with Sri Kr�r:�a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita (7.26), Sri Kr�r:ta says:\nvedaharh samatitani\nvartamanani carjuna\nbhavi?yJ.Qi ca bhatani\nmarh tu veda na kascana\n\"0 Arjuna, as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, I know everything that has\n\nhappened in the past, all that is happening in the present, and all things that are\nyet to come. I also know all living entities, but Me no one knows.\"\nThus Kr�r:ta knows the cause of the distressed condition of the conditioned\nsoul. He therefore descends from His original position to instruct the conditioned\nsoul and inform him about his forgetfulness of his relationship with Kr�r:Ja. Kr�r:ta\nexhibits Himself in His relationships in Vrndavana and at the Battle of Kuruk�etra\nso that people will be attracted to Him and will again return home, back to Godhead. Kr�r:ta also says in Bhagavad-gita that He is the proprietor of all universes, the\n\n", "mad8#p0104": "Text 132]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n71\n\nenjoyer of everything that be and the friend of everyone. Suhrdaril sarvabhatanaril jiiatva maril santim rcchati (Bg.\n\n5.29). If we revive our original intimate\n\nrelationship with Kr�r:Ja, our distressed condition in the material world will be\nmitigated. Everyone is trying to adjust to the distressed conditions of material existence, but the basic problems cannot be solved unless one is in an intimate relationship with Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 131\n\n'�tt?tf '$� �tt�'--9Jt� ..� �t� ?tt� I\n'!!';;� �(9J �t� l!ftf �tf�f �?tt� II ��� II\n'bapera dhana ache'-jflane dhana nahi paya\ntabe sarvajna kahe tare praptira upaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nbapera dhana ache-the father has some treasure; jnane-by this knowledge;\ndhana-tre asure;\n\nnahi paya-one does not get; tabe-then; sarvajfla-the\n\nastrologer; kahe-says; tare-unto the poor man; praptira upaya-the means of\ngetting the treasure.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although being assured of his father's treasure, the poor man cannot acquire this treasure by such knowledge alone. Therefore the astrologer had to\ninform him of the means whereby he could actually find the treasure.\nTEXT 132\n\n'111� ·� �tt� ..�,-�fir W�t'l �t� I\n'itJt1Pit-�1Pifi' ��' ..il �1 ?tf�� II ��� II\n'ei sthane ache dhana'-yadi dak?if)e khudibe\n'bhimarula-baruli' uthibe, dhana na paibe\nSYNONYMS\n\nei s thane-at this place; ache-is; dhana\n\n-\n\ntreasure; yadi-if; dak?if)e-on the\n\nsouthern side; khudibe-you will dig; bhimarula baruli-wasps and drones;\n-\n\nuthibe-will rise; dhana-the riches; na paibe-you will not get.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The astrologer said, 'The treasure is in this place, but if you dig toward the\nsouthern side, the wasps and drones will rise, and you will not get your\ntreasure.\n\n", "mad8#p0105": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n72\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 133\n\n'91'f-Gt1f' �t�, l!�i '�\"15' �� � I\n<;Iff �\"i �00,-'{� �i! if! 91'� II ��� II\n'pa5cime' khudibe, taha 'yak?a' eka haya\nse vighna karibe, -dhane hata na pa(iaya\nSYNONYMS\npascime-on the western side; khudibe-if you dig; taha-there; yak?aghost; eka-one; haya-there is; se-he; vighna karibe-will create disturbances; dhane-on the treasure; hata-hand; na-not; pa(iaya-touches.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'If you dig on the western side, there is a ghost who will create such a dis­\n\nturbance that your hands will not even touch the treasure.\nTEXT 134\n\n'���' �llftiif �tl:li �� '��'i!U' I\n'{i{ i{tf� 91'tt� �llrr;l! Htfi;rr;;� �t� II ��8 II\n,\n\n'uttare' khudi/e ache kr?IJa 'ajagare'\ndhana nahi pabe, khudite gilibe sabiire\nSYNONYMS\nuttare-on the northern side; khudile-if you dig; ache-there is; kr?IJablack;\n\najagare-snake;\n\ndhana-treasure;\n\nnahi-not;\n\npabe-you\n\nwill\n\nget;\n\nkhudite-digging; gi/ibe-will devour; sabare-everyone.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'If you dig on the northern side, there is a big black snake that will devour\n\nyou if you attempt to dig up the treasure.\nTEXT 135\n\n��� l!tti! 1ft� �'I �fwti! I\n� �t� 91'��� <;l!tJJ� �ti! II ��<t II\npurva-dike tate mati a/pa khudite\ndhanera jhari pa(iibeka tamara hatete\n\n", "mad8#p0106": "Text 135]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n73\n\nSYNONYMS\n\npurva-dike-on the eastern side; tate-there; mati-the dirt; a/pa-small\nquantity;\n\nkhudite-digging;\n\ndhanera-of\n\nthe\n\ntreasure;\n\njhari-the\n\npot;\n\npaqibeka-you will get; tamara-your; hatete-in the hands.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'However, if you dig up a small quantity of dirt on the eastern side, your\nhands will immediately touch the pot of treasure.'\nPURPORT\n\nThe Vedic literatures, including the Pural)as, state that according to the position\nof the conditioned soul, there are different processes-karma-kal)qa, jfiana-kal)­\n\nqa, the yogic process and the bhakti-yoga process. Karma-kal)qa is compared to\nwasps and drones that will simply bite if one takes shelter of them. )fiana-kal)qa,\nthe speculative process, is simply like a ghost who creates mental disturbances.\n\nYoga, the mystic process, is compared to a black snake that devours people by the\nimpersonal cultivation of kaivalya. However, if one takes to bhakti-yoga, he becomes quickly successful. In other words, through bhakti-yoga, one's hands touch\nthe hidden treasure without difficulty.\nTherefore it is said in Bhagavad-gita: vedais ca sarvair aham eva vedyal). One\nhas to take to devotional service. Although the Vedas enjoin one to search out\nKr�r;�a and take shelter at His lotus feet, other Vedic processes will not help. According to Bhagavad-gita, only the bhakti process is said to be definitive. Bhaktya\n\nmam abhijanati. This is the conclusive statement of the Vedas, and one has to accept this process if one is serious in searching for Kr�r;�a, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. In this connection, SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura gives the\nfollowing statement. The eastern side represents devotional service to Lord Kr�r;�a.\nThe southern side represents the process of fruitive activity (karma-kal)qa), which\nends in material gain. The western side represents jfiana-kal)qa, the process of\nmental speculation, sometimes called siddhi-kal)qa. The northern side represents\nthe speculative method sometimes known as the mystic yoga system. It is only\nthe eastern side, devotional service, that enables one to attain life's real goal. On\nthe southern side, there are fruitive activities by which one is subject to the\npunishment of Yamaraja. When one follows the system of fruitive activity, his material desires remain prominent. Consequently the results of this process are compared to wasps and drones. The living entity is bitten by the wasps and drones of\nfruitive activity and thus suffers in material existence birth after birth. One cannot\nbe free from material desires by following this process. The propensity for material\nenjoyment never ends. Therefore the cycle of birth and death continues, and the\nspirit soul suffers perpetually.\nThe mystic yoga process is compared to a black snake that devours the living\nentity and injects him with poison. The ultimate goal of the yoga system is to be-\n\n", "mad8#p0107": "74\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\ncome one with the Absolute. This means finishing one's personal existence.\nHowever, the spiritual part and parcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead has\n\nan eternal individual existence. Bhagavad-gita confirms that the individual soul ex­\n\nisted in the past, is existing in the present and will continue to exist as an individual in the future. Artificially trying to become one with the Absolute is suicidal. One cannot annihilate his natural condition.\n\nA yakg a protector of riches, will not allow anyone to take away riches for en­\n\njoyment. Such a demon will simply create disturbances. In other words, a devotee\nwill not depend on his material resources but on the mercy of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, who can give real protection. This is called rak?i?yatiti\n\nvisvasai) or (in the Bengali poetry of Bhaktivinoda Thakura's SaraQagati), 'avasya\nrak?ibe kr?Qa'-visvasa palana. The surrendered soul must accept the fact that\n\nhis real protector is Kr�r;�a, not his material acquisitions.\nConsidering all these points, devotional service to Kr�l)a is the real treasurehouse for the living entity. When one comes to the platform of devotional service, he always remains opulent in the association of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. One who is bereft of devotional service is swallowed by the black\n\nsnake of the yoga system and bitten by the wasps and drones of fruitive activity,\n\nand he suffers consequent material miseries. Sometimes the living entity is misled\ninto trying to merge into spiritual existence, thinking himself as good as the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. This means that when he comes to the spiritual\nplatform, he will be disturbed and will again return to the material platform. Ac­\n\ncording to Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.2.32):\n\nye 'nye 'ravindak?a vimukta-maninas\n\ntvayy asta-bhavad avisuddha-buddhayai)\n\naruhya krcchrel)a pararil padaril tatai)\n\npatanty adho 'nadrta-yu?mad-anghrayai)\n\nSuch people may become sannyasis, but unless they take shelter of Kr�r;�a's lotus\nfeet, they will return to the material platform to perform philanthropic activities. In\nthis way, one's spiritual life is lost. This is to be understood as being devoured by\nthe black snake.\nTEXT 136\n\n�ti\" -ttm �c�,- ��':a� til', '�'it '!J�' 1\n'��J' � �-t �' �� �mf lfjf'Sf II ��� II\naiche sastra kahe, -karma, jnana, yoga tyaji'\n\n'bhaktye' kr?Qa vasa haya, bhaktye tarire bhaji\n\n", "mad8#p0108": "Text 137]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n75\n\nSYNONYMS\naiche-in that way; sastra kahe-Vedic literatures confirm; karma-fruitive ac­\n\ntivities; jiiana-speculative knowledge; yoga-the mystic yoga system; tyaji'­\n\ngiving up; bhaktye-by devotional service; kr?Qa-the Supreme Absolute Personality of Godhead; vasa haya-becomes satisfied; bhaktye-by devotional service; W1re-Him; bhaji-we worship.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Revealed scriptures conclude that one should give up fruitive activity,\nspeculative knowledge and the mystic yoga system and instead take to devotional service, by which Kr�r:'la can be fully satisfied.\nTEXT 137\n;r 'lt<f�� '11� C\"l!tl:?fl ;r 'lt��g If� �%<( I\nOf �t<fm�'1�rtr.sfl <!�I �f\"(f�C'ltfiSi�·l II ':l � � II\n\nna sadhayati mam yoga\n\nna sankhyam dharma uddhava\n\nna svadhyayas tapas tyago\nyatha bhaktir mamorjita\nSYNONYMS\n\nna-never; sadhayati-causes to remain satisfied; mam-Me; yogab-the pro­\n\ncess of control; na-nor; sankhyam-the process of gaining philosophical knowl­\n\nedge about the Absolute Truth; dharmab-such an occupation; uddhava-My\ndear Uddhava; na-nor; svadhyayab-study of the Vedas; tapab-austerities;\n\ntyagab-renunciation, acceptance of sannyasa, or charity; yatha-as much as;\n\nbhaktib-devotional service; mama-unto Me; urjita-developed.\nTRANSLATION\n\n[The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r:'la, said:] \"'My dear Uddhava,\nneither through �tanga-yoga [the mystic yoga system to control the senses],\nnor through impersonal monism or an analytical study of the Absolute Truth,\nnor through study of the Vedas, nor through practice of austerities, nor\nthrough charity, nor through acceptance of sannyasa can one satisfy Me as\nmuch as one can by developing unalloyed devotional service unto Me.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.14.20). The explanation for this\n\nverse is given in Adi-lila (17.76).\n\n", "mad8#p0109": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n76\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 138\n\n�m:c'Il<r>�Ii .m�: <!l�ll't�1 f�ll': 1f�l1!. 1\n\n�r'(?>: �-,rr� 'IIf11�1 �9f1<ft-,f9f \"��<�1>:.. 11 � -:.�r n\nbhaktyaham ekaya grahyab\n\nsraddhayatma priyab satam\n\nbhaktib punati man-ni?tha\n\nsva-pakan api sambhavat\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhaktya-by devotional service; aham-1, the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead; ekaya-unflinching; grahyab-obtainable; sraddhaya-by faith; atma-the\n\nmost dear; priyab-to be served; satam-by the devotees; bhaktib-the devo­\n\ntional service; punati-purifies; mat-ni?tha-fixed only on Me; sva pakan-the\n-\n\nlowest of human beings, who are accustomed to eat dogs; api-certainly;\nsambhavat-from all faults due to birth and other circumstances.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'Being very dear to the devotees and sadhus, I am attained through\nunflinching faith and devotional service. This bhakti-yoga system, which\ngradually increases attachment for Me, purifies even a human being born\namong dog-eaters. That is to say, everyone can be elevated to the spiritual\nplatform by the process of bhakti-yoga.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.14.21).\nTEXT 139\n\n��<.fl� 'oef�'-���tt�J� �� 1\n'�R;t-rn' �fi'l' l!t� �-rtt� '$f11! ll ��� ll\nataeva 'bhakti'-kr?Qa-praptyera upaya\n'abhidheya' bali' tare sarva-sastre gaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nataeva-therefore; bhakti-devotional service; kr?Qa-praptyera-of achieving\n\nthe lotus feet of Kr�t:Ja; upaya-the only means; abhidheya-abhidheya; ba/i'­\n\ncalling; tare-this system; sarva-sastre-in all revealed scriptures; gaya-is described.\n\n", "mad8#p0110": "Text 140]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n77\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The conclusion is that devotional service is the only means to approach\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nThis system is therefore called\n\nabhidheya. This is the verdict of all revealed scriptures.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (18.55):\nbhaktya mam abhijanati\nyavan yas casmi tattvata/:1\ntato maril tattvato jnatva\nvisate tad-anantaram\n\"One can understand the Supreme Personality as He is only by devotional service.\nAnd when one is in full consciousness of the Supreme Lord by such devotion, he\ncan enter the kingdom of God.\"\nThe aim of life is to get rid of the material conditioning and enter into spiritual\nexistence. Although the sastras prescribe different methods for different men, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead says that one ultimately must accept the path of\ndevotional service as the assured path of spiritual advancement. Devotional service to the Lord is the only process actually confirmed by the Lord. Sarva-dharman\nparityajya mam ekaril saral)aril vraja (Bg.\n\n18.66). One must become a devotee if\n\none wants to return home, back to Godhead, and become eternally blissful.\nTEXT 140\n\n� 91t�t'l �li ��r;;'et'$f �\"{ � I\n\n��'$f �� �:� �t�� �11111 �So II\ndhana paile yaiche sukha-bhoga phala paya\nsukha-bhoga haite du/:rkha apani palaya\nSYNONYMS\ndhana pa ile\n\n-\n\nwhen one gets riches; ya iche\n\n-\n\njust as; sukha-bhoga-enjoyment\n\nof happiness; pha/a-result; paya-one gets; sukha bhoga\n-\n\nhappiness; haite-from; du/:rkha-all distresses; apani\n\n-\n\n-\n\nreal enjoyment of\n\nthemselves; pala ya\n\n-\n\nrun\n\naway.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When one actually becomes rich, he naturally enjoys all kinds of happiness. When one is actually in a happy mood, all distressful conditions go away\nby themselves. No extraneous endeavor is needed.\n\n", "mad8#p0111": "78\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 141\n\n'i!t� �f9-'fit\"f �t· (.;�� �9liST� I\n'�\"'� �·t�� '�llf �� ilt-t 9lrn \" �s� \"\ntaiche bhakti-phale km;e prema upajaya\npreme kr?Qasvada haile bhava nasa paya\nSYNONYMS\ntaiche-similarly; bhakti-phale-by the result of devotional service; kr?Qeunto Lord Kr��a; prema-love; upajaya-arises; preme-in devotional love;\nkr?Qa-asvada-tasting the association of Lord Kr�r:Ja;\n\nhai/e-when there is;\n\nbhava-the distress of the repetition of birth and death; nasa-annihilation;\npay a-obtains.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Similarly, as a result of bhakti, one's dormant love for Kt�r;�a awakens.\nWhen one is so situated that he can taste the association of lord Kr�r;�a, material existence, the repetition of birth and death, comes to an end.\nTEXT 142\n\n'ft�\\!fJ·ilt-t, 'e�'IR,-G;�1Rf '�'I' il� I\n(,;$f��-,�t\"it-��lJ ��t�il �\" �8�\"\ndaridrya-nasa, bhava-k?aya, -premera 'phala' naya\nprema-sukha-bhoga -mukhya prayojana haya\nSYNONYMS\ndaridrya-nasa-the end of poverty-stricken life; bhava-k?aya-annihilation of\nmateria! existence; premera-of love of Godhead; pha/a-the result; naya-certainly is not; prema-sukha-bhoga-enjoyment of the happiness of love of God;\nmukhya-chief; prayojana-goal of life; haya-is.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The goal of love of Godhead is not to become materially rich or free from\nmaterial bondage. The real goal is to be situated in devotional service to the\nlord and to enjoy transcendental bliss.\nPURPORT\nThe results of devotional service are certainly not material benefits or liberation\nfrom material bondage. The goal of devotional service is to be eternally situated in\n\n", "mad8#p0112": "Text 144)\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n79\n\nthe loving service of the Lord and to enjoy spiritual bliss from that service. One is\nsaid to be in a poverty-stricken condition when one forgets the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One has to end such a life of poverty in order to automatically end the miserable conditions of material existence. One is automatically\nliberated from material enjoyment when one tastes the service of Kr�r:Ja. One\ndoes not have to endeavor separately for opulence. Opulence automatically\ncomes to the pure devotee, even though he does not desire material happiness.\nTEXT 143\n\n�c:m �t� �lllif�, �f�t��' ���� '\n�' ��r., '��'- f� ��t� II �8� II\nveda-sastre kahe sambandha, abhidheya, prayojana\nk($f)a, k($f)a-bhakti, prema, -tina maha-dhana\nSYNONYMS\n\nveda-sastre-in Vedic literature; kahe-it is said; sambandha-relationship;\nabhidheya -execution;\n\nprayojana -goal;\n\nk($f)a -Lord\n\nKr�r:Ja;\n\nk($f)a-bhakti­\n\ndevotional service to the Lord; prema-love of Godhead; tina-these three;\nmaha-dhana-the supreme treasure.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In Vedic literatures, Kr�r;�a is the central point of attraction, and His service\nis our activity. To attain the platform of love of Kr�r;�a is life's ultimate goal.\nTherefore Kr�r;�a, Kr�r;�a's service and love of Kr�r;�a are the three great riches of\nlife.\nTEXT 144\n\nc<�'ftfw �<\\\"\" -rtt� ��-11-�n � '\nitJ 91� �til.�C:'f eft��� II �88 II\nvedadi sakala sastre k($f)a-mukhya sambandha\ntanra jfiane antt$ar'lge yaya maya-bandha\nSYNONYMS\n\nveda-adi-beginning with the Vedas; sakala-all; sastre-in the revealed scriptures; k($f)a-Lord Kr�r:Ja; mukhya-chief; sambandha-central point or central\nattraction;\n\ntanra jfiane-by knowledge of Him;\n\nanu$afige-simultaneously;\n\nyaya-goes away; maya-bandha-the bondage of material existence.\n\n", "mad8#p0113": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n80\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In all revealed scriptures, beginning with the Vedas, the central point of\nattraction is Kr�r;�a. When complete knowledge of Him is realized, the\nbondage of maya, the illusory energy, is automatically broken.\nTEXT 145\n\n<rrtr.llt�lll Sill5�� 'Sf5(\\!JC� ni 'PJ5t<fN�l\"l·�toz \\!il?:1l\" <r � ci!'<r\\!ig 9\\ ?lfl <fi\"t� ��� •nrt\"<rflf 1\n\nf'!�t� �\"r:�<!i <1l<� �'�'�\"�-!. PI�: •rll�t'l1l\"<rJt9fir�� f<tr:<rS�<tJf�<fil\" �'lr;\\!i� f�•i'h!r;� II �B<t n\nvyamohaya caracarasya jagatas te te pural)agamas\ntam tam eva hi devatarh paramikarh jalpantu ka/pavadhi\nsiddhante punar eka eva bhagavan vi�Qu/:1 samastagamavyapare�u vivecana-vyatikararh nite�u nisciyate\nSYNONYMS\n\nvyamohaya-to increase the illusion and ignorance; cara-acarasya-of all living\nentities, moving and nonmoving; jagata/:1-of the world; te te-those respective;\npural)a-the supplementary Vedic literatures called the Pural)as; agama/:1-and\nVedas;\n\ntam\n\ntam-that\n\nrespective;\n\neva\n\nhi-certainly;\n\ndevatam-demigod;\n\nparamikam-as supreme; jalpantu-let them speak about; kalpa-avadhi-until\nthe end of the millenium; siddhante-in conclusion; puna/:1-but; ekaf:J-one;\neva-only; bhagavan-Supreme Personality of Godhead; vi�Qu/:1-Lord V i�r:Ju;\nsamasta-all;\n\nagama-of the\n\nvyatikaram -to\n\ncollective\n\nVedas; vyapare�u-in the dealings;\n\nconsideration;\n\nnite�u-when\n\nforcibly\n\nvivecanabrought;\n\nnisciyate-is established.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'There are many types of Vedic literatures and supplementary Purar;�as. In\neach of them there are particular demigods who are spoken of as the chief\ndemigods. This is just to create an illusion for moving and nonmoving living\nentities. Let them perpetually engage in such imaginations. However, when\none analytically studies all these Vedic literatures collectively, he comes to the\nconclusion that lord V i�r;�u is the one and only Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a verse from the Padma Pural)a.\n\n", "mad8#p0114": "Text 148)\n\n81\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\nTEXT 146\n\n��J-(;�'1-�fu, r�,� ���-�r��� ,\n'�m ��� '�<�� ���� ?lf!�� u �s� u\nmukhya-gauf}a-vrtti, kirilva anvaya-vyatireke\nvedera pratijna keva/a kahaye kr?f.lake\nSYNONYMS\nmukhya-chief;\n\ngauf}a-secondary;\n\nvrtti-meaning;\n\nkirilva-or;\n\nanvaya­\n\nvyatireke-directly or indirectly; vedera pratijna-ultimate declaration of the\nVedas; kevala-only; kahaye-speaks; kr?f.lake-about Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When one accepts Vedic literature by interpretation or even by dictionary\nmeaning, directly or indirectly the ultimate declaration of Vedic knowledge\npoints to Lord Kr�r;�a.\n\nTEXTS 147-148\n\nf<f� �lfr:\\9 �11tsr:e f<t>111_� f�<ff�rr� � 1\n\n��J\"-l I �If�� C\"'iC� \"Ti?:\"<JJ\"i11l:�'f <If--sOT II � 8 \" II\n11l� f��C�� f�'fr.\\9 11l� f<l<f�Ttr.<>ft�r.� ��' I\n<!l�t�tO!,. ���c�rrN: \"t<w \"5!i�l� 11t� f�rrr, 1\n1li\"l i'l1<lPl\"\"l:_�lr.� ·�f�f\"lilfJ �\"'l'l\"lff'! II �SIT II\nkim vidhatte kim aca?te\nkim anadya vikalpayet\nity asya hrdayaril Joke\nnanyo mad veda kascana\nmaril vidhatte 'bhidhatte maril\nvikalpyapohyate hy aham\netavan sarva-vedartha/:1\nsabda asthaya mam bhidam\nmaya-matram anudyante\nprati?idhya prasidati\nSYNONYMS\nkim-what;\n\nvidhatte-direct;\n\nkim-what;\n\naca?te-declare;\n\nkim-what;\n\nanadya-taking as the o bject; vikalpayet-may conjecture; iti-thus; asya/:1-of\n\n", "mad8#p0115": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n82\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nthe Vedic literature; hrdayam-intention; Joke-in this world; na -not; anya�other; mat-than Me; veda-knows; kascana-anyone; mam-Me; vidhatte­\n\nthey ordain; abhidhatte-set forth; mam-Me; vika/pya-speculating; aphyate­\n\nfixed; hi-certainly; aham-1; etavan-of such measures; sarva-vedaartha�-the purport of the Vedas; sabda�-the Vedas; asthaya-taking shelter of;\nmam-Me; bhidam-different; maya-illusory energy; matram-only; anudyasaying; ante-at the end; prati�idhya -driving away; pras idati-gets satisfaction.\n\nam\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'What is the direction of all Vedic literatures? On whom do they set\nfocus? Who is the purpose of all speculation? Outside of Me no one knows\nthese things. Now you should know that all these activities are aimed at ordaining and setting forth Me. The purpose of Vedic literature is to know Me\nby different speculations, either by indirect understanding or by dictionary\nunderstanding. Everyone is speculating about Me. The essence of all Vedic\nliteratures is to distinguish Me from maya. By considering the illusory energy,\none comes to the platform of understanding Me. In this way one becomes free\nfrom speculation about the Vedas and comes to Me as the conclusion. Thus\none is satisfied.'\nPURPORT\nThese two verses are quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.21.42, 43). When\nUddhava asked Kr�t:�a about the purpose of Vedic speculation, the Lord informed\n\nhim of the process of understanding Vedic literature. The Vedas are composed of\n\nkarma-karxla, jnana-kary;fa and upasana-kar:lC;fa. If one analytically studies the pur­\n\npose of the Vedas, he understands that by karma-kaQc}a, sacrificial activity, one\n\ncomes to the conclusion of jnana-kaQc}a, speculative knowledge. After specula­\n\ntion, one comes to the conclusion that worship of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is the ultimate. When one comes to this conclusion, he becomes fully\nsatisfied.\nTEXT 149\n\n��1f ��?f-\\fj{��, '<f�<f -�'Pft1f I\n�liif�, 11't1rt1rf�, 'Sf1�1rff� �t1f II �8� II\nkr�Qera svarupa -ananta, vaibhava -apara\ncic-chakti, maya-sakti, jiva-sakti ara\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�Qera sva-rupa-the transcendental form of Kr�t:�a; ananta unlimitedly exvaibhava-opulence; apara-unlimited; cit-sakti-internal potency;\nmaya sakti-external potency; jiva-sakti-marginal potency; ara-and.\n-\n\npanded;\n-\n\n", "mad8#p0116": "Text 151]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n83\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The transcendental form of lord Kr�r:Ja is unlimited and also has unlimited\nopulence. He possesses the internal potency, external potency and marginal\npotency.\nTEXT 150\n\n���' i31fit'G�'I-'IIff�·<fi'f1i �� I\n1Qi9f'llf� 'llf •·<fit�1i� -?� �1ft� II �<to II\nvaikuQtha, brahmaQc;ia-gaQa -sakti-karya haya\nsvarupa-sakti sakti-karyera-kr�Qa samasraya\nSYNONYMS\n\nvaikuQtha-the spiritual world; brahmaQc;ia-gaQa-universes of the material\nworld; sakti-karya haya-they are all activities of Kr�r;�a's potencies; svarupasakti-of the internal potency; sakti-karyera-of the activities of the external\npotency; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r;�a; samasraya-the original source.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Both the material and spiritual world are transformations of Kr�r:Ja's internal and external potencies. Therefore Kr�r:Ja is the original source of both material and spiritual manifestations.\nTEXT 151\n\nlf\"fl:\"ll lf\"f\"ll� \"''l'fJ1lt��1�\"!1-� ��1{. I\n�fli31�J� ?f�� lf1ll\" �'i\\11ii1ll\" 01111f1r �� II �0 II\ndasame dasamaril lak�yam\nasritasraya-vigraham\nsri-k[�Qakhyaril pararil dhama\njagad-dhama namami tat\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ndasame-in the Tenth Canto; dasamam-the tenth subj ect matter; lak�yamto be seen; asrita-of the sheltered; asraya-of the shelter; vigraham-who is the\nform; sri-kr�Qa-akhyam-known as Lord S ri Kr�r;�a; param-supreme; dhamaabode; jagat-dhama-the abode of the universes; namami-1 offer my obeisances; tat-to Him.\n\n", "mad8#p0117": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n84\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'The Tenth Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam reveals the tenth object, the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who is the shelter of all surrendered souls.\nHe is known as Sri Kr�r:'la, and He is the ultimate source of all the universes. Let\nme offer my obeisances unto Him.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Bhavartha-dipika, Sridhara Svami's commentary on the\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.1.1 ) . In the Tenth Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam there is a\ndescription of the asraya-tattva, Sri Kr�Qa. There are two tattvas-asraya-tattva and\n\nasrita-tattva. Asraya-tattva is the objective, and asrita-tattva is the subjective. Since\nthe lotus feet of Lord Sri Kr�Qa are the shelter of all devotees, Sri Kr�Qa is called\n\npararh dhama. in Bhagavad-gita it is stated: pararh brahma pararh dhama pavitrarh\n\nparamarh bhavan. Everything is resting under the lotus feet of Kr�Qa. In SrimadBhagavatam (10.14.58) it is stated:\nsamasrita ye pada-pallava-plavarh\nmahat-padarh puQya-yaso-murare/:1\nUnder the lotus feet of Sri Kr�Qa, the entire mahat-tattva is existing. Since everything is under Sri Kr�Qa's protection, Sri Kr�Qa is called asraya-tattva. Everything\nelse is called asrita-tattva. The material creation is also called asrita-tattva. Libera­\n\ntion from material bondage and the attainment of the spiritual platform are also\n\nasrita-tattva. Kr�Qa is the only asraya-tattva. In the beginning of the creation there\nare Maha-Vi�QU, Garbhodakasayi Vi�QU and K�irodakasayi Vi�QU. They are also\n\nasraya-tattva. Kr�Qa is the cause of all causes (sarva-karaQa-karal)am). To understand Kr�Qa perfectly, one has to make an analytical study of asraya-tattva and\n\nasrita-tattva.\nTEXT 152\n\n�'f lll!J?f-Rit'f �i{, �iltC!il I\n��il-\"\"' \"21� ��il\"til II ��� II\nkr�Qera svarupa-vicara suna, sanatana\nadvaya-jnana-tattva, vraje vrajendra-nandana\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�Qera -of Lord Kr�Qa; svarupa-vicara -consideration of the eternal form;\nsuna-please hear; sanatana-My dear Sanatana; advaya-jnana-tattva-the Absolute Truth without duality; vraje-in Vrndavana; vrajendra-nandana-the son\nof Nanda Maharaja.\n\n", "mad8#p0118": "Text 154]\n\n85\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 Sanatana, please hear about the eternal form of Lord Kr�r:Ja. He is the\nAbsolute'Truth, devoid of duality but present in Vrndavana as the son of Nanda Maharaja.\nTEXT 153\n\n�(.:�fW, �(.���, r��-c-t�J 1\nf�'til\"f·Of�, �(t(!l�, �t� ll �<t� II\nsarva-adi, sarva-arilsi, kisora-sekhara\ncid-ananda-deha, sarvasraya, sarvesvara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarva-adi\n\n-\n\norigin of everything; sarva-arilsi-sum total of all parts and parcels;\n\nkisora-sekhara-the supreme\n\nyouth;\n\ncit-ananda-deha-a\n\nbody\n\nof\n\nspiritual\n\nblissfulness; sarva-asraya-shelter of everyone; sarva-isvara-master of everyone.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r:Ja is the original source of everything and the sum total of everything.\nHe appears as the supreme youth, and His whole body is composed of\nspiritual bliss. He is the shelter of everything and master of everyone.\nPURPORT\n\nKr�Qa is the origin of all vi?QU-tattvas, including Maha-Vi�Qu, Garbhodakasayi\nVi�QU and K�irodakasayi Vi�Qu. He is the ultimate goal of Vai�Qava philosophy.\nEverything emanates from Him. His body is completely spiritual and is the source\nof all spiritual being. Although He is the source of everything, He Himself has no\nsource. Advaitam acyutam anadim ananta-rOpariJ, adyaril pural)a-puru?aril navayauvanaril ca. Although He is the supreme source of everyone, He is still always a\nfresh youth.\nTEXT 154\n\n���: 9fil'l{: �: 'I J'66'1ft<l�f<l !f�: I\n'<5f'O{lJffifrfcftf<l�: 'l�<fi'il<f<l'i'il'l\"{_ 11 �as\nisvara/:1 parama/:1 kr�Qa/:1\nsac-cid-ananda-vigraha/:1\nanadir adir govinda/:1\nsarva-karal)a-karal)am\n\n", "mad8#p0119": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n86\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nisvara/:1-the controller; parama/:1-supreme; kr�Qa/:1-Lord Kr�l)a; sat-eternal\nexistence; cit-absolute knowledge; ananda-absolute bliss; vigraha/:1-whose\nform; anadi/:1-without beginning; adi/:1-the origin; govinda/:1-Lord Govinda;\nsarva-karaf)a-karaf)am-the cause of all causes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Kr�Qa, who is known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has an\neternal, blissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other origin,\nfor He is the prime cause of all causes.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is the first verse of the Fifth Chapter of Brahma-sarhhita.\nTEXT 155\n\n��� �'it<'l\"til. ?�, '(;'itt�\"!' � i{t'lf I\n\n��1{-rtcf' �t� (;'itttGif't<'IS-�i!Jlft1f II ��� II\nsvayarh bhagavan kr�f.1a, 'govinda' para nama\nsarvaisvarya-purf)a yanra _go/aka -nitya-dhama\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvayam-pers onally ; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kr�QaKr�l)a; govinda-Govinda; para nama-another name; sarva-aisvarya-ptJrf)a-full\nof all opulences; yaflra-whose; go/oka-Goloka Vrndavana; nitya-dhamaeternal abode.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The original Supreme Personality of Godhead is Km1a. His original name\nis Govinda. He is full of all opulences, and His eternal abode is known as\nGoloka Vrndavana.\nTEXT 156\n\nl)t�\"t<f>\"lt: 1_�11: �� �5t'l10{ �V\"\\_ I\n��tfi<tJt�a,� C<11<g lJ��ffl �C'it �51 II �It� II\n\n�.!fC�\n\nete carhsa-kala/:1 purhsa/:1\nkr�1.1as tu bhagavan svayam\nindrari-vyakularh lokarh\nmrc;iayanti yuge yuge\n\n", "mad8#p0120": "Text 158]\n\n87\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nete-these; ca-and; arilsa-plenary portions; ka/a/:1-parts of plenary por­\n\ntions;\n\npurilsa/:1-of\n\nthe\n\npuru?a-avataras;\n\nkr?r:Ja/:1-Lord\n\nKr�r:Ja;\n\ntu-but;\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayam-Himself; indra-ari­\n\nthe enemies of Lord lndra; vyakulam-full of; /okam-the world; mrc;iayantimake happy; yuge yuge-at the right time in each age.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'All these incarnations of Godhead are either plenary portions or parts of\nthe plenary portions of the puru�a-avataras. But Kr�Qa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. In every age He protects the world through His\ndifferent features when the world is disturbed by the enemies of lndra.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.3.28). See also Adi-li/a, Chapter\n\nTwo, verse 67.\n\nTEXT 157\n\n�, ,�,-r, <ef�,-f!i{ �fitil� �\"Qit I\n�, �nr!, 'e��ti{_-fiji�${ �<1itt-t II ��� II\njnana, yoga, bhakti, -tina sadhanera vase\n\nbrahma, atma, bhagava n-triv idha praka.Se\nSYNONYMS\n\njliana-knowledge; yoga-mystic power; bhakti-devotional service; tina­\n\nthree; sadhanera-of the processes of spiritual life; vase-under the control;\nbrahma-impersonal\n\nBrahman;\n\natma-localized\n\nParamatma;\n\nbhagavan-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; tri-vidha praka.Se-three kinds of manifestation.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"There are three kinds of spiritual processes for understanding the Absolute Truth-the processes of speculative knowledge, mystic yoga and\nbhakti-yoga. According to these three processes, the Absolute Truth is\nmanifested as Brahman, Paramatma and Bhagavan.\nTEXT 158\n\n<�lf'm ���f<1w��� <(�, i§'it'l\"ll��, 1\n�� 9f1PllC<:!i!� i5'it<fifol� \"t'WTC� II ')¢17\" II\n\n", "mad8#p0121": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n88\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nvadanti tat tattva-vidas\n\ntattvaril yaj jflanam advayam\n\nbrahmeti paramatmeti\n\nbhagavan iti sabdyate\nSYNONYMS\n\nvadanti-they say; tat-that; tattva-vida/:1-learned souls; tattvam-the Ab­\n\nsolute Truth; yat-which; jflanam-knowledge; advayam-nondual; brahmaBrahman; iti-thus; paramatma-Paramatma; iti-thus; bhagavan-Bhagavan;\niti-thus; sabdyate-is known.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Learned transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth call this nonctual substance Brahman, Paramatma or Bhagavan.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.11). For an explanation, see\n\nalso Adi-li/a, Chapter Two, verse 11.\n\nThose who are interested in the impersonal Brahman effulgence which is not\ndifferent from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, can attain that goal by specu­\n\nlative knowledge. Those who are interested in practicing mystic yoga can attain\n\nthe localized aspect of Paramatma. As stated in Bhagavad-gita, isvara/:1 sarva­\n\nbhutanaril hrd-dese 'rjuna ti�thati: the Supreme Personality of Godhead is situated\n\nwithin the heart as Paramatma. He witnesses the activities of the living entities\nand gives them permission to act.\nTEXT 159\n\n\"13'11- �tr�tf'@ �t�, fil�� ��tt-t I\n\n� �i{ ���.. csutf?!� \"ettl'f 11 �<t� 11\n\nbrahma-afiga-kanti tafira, nirvise�a prakase\nsurya yena carma-cak�e jyotirmaya bhase\nSYNONYMS\nbrahma-the impersonal Brahman effulgence; afiga-kanti-the bodily rays;\n\ntafira-of\n\nHim;\n\nnirvise�a-without\n\nvarieties;\n\nprakase-manifestation;\n\nsurya\n\nyena-exactly like the sun; carma-cak�e-with our ordinary material eyes; jyoti/:1maya-simply effulgent; bhase-appears.\n\n", "mad8#p0122": "Text 161]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n89\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The manifestation of the impersonal Brahman effulgence, which is without\nvariety, is the rays of Kr�J;�a's bodily effulgence. It is exactly like the sun. When\nthe sun is seen by our ordinary eyes, it simply appears to consist of effulgence.\nTEXT 160\n\n<!� ·�sl ·�\"5'1r.'.!il �strr�r;'1q�­\n\nc�t�'ll'�- t1f'l�'f tflff<r�f'!if�11'\\. 1\n..\n\n\\!i\"lf_�>;fi f\"l�\"fl!O!�'lTC\"t��\\!i�\nC5\\tRl:ii!'lTtf'f�i1'�� \\!ill�� ��tf'lT II )�•\nyasya prabha prabhavato jagad-aQc;/a-kotikoti?V ase�a-vasudhadi-vibhati-bhinnam\ntad brahma ni?kalam anantam ase?a-bhataril\ngovindam adi-puru?aril tam aharil bhajami\nSYNONYMS\n\nyasya-of whom; prabha-the effulgence; prabhavata/:1-of one who excels in\npower; jagat-aQc;/a-of universes; koti-koti?u-in millions and millions; ase?aunlimited; vasudha-adi-with planets and other manifestations; vibhuti-with\nopulences;\n\nbhinnam-becoming\n\nvariegated;\n\ntat-that;\n\nbrahma-Brahman;\n\nni�kalam-without parts; anantam-unlimited; ase�a� bhatam-being complete;\ngovindam-Lord Govinda; adi-puru?am-the original person; tam-Him; aham1; bhajami - wors h ip .\nTRANSLATION\n\"'I worship Govinda, the primeval lord, who is endowed with great power.\nThe glowing effulgence of His transcendental form is the impersonal Brahman, which is absolute, complete and unlimited and which displays the\nvarieties of countless planets, with their different opulences, in millions and\nmillions of universes.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is quoted from Brahma-sarilhita (5.40). For an explanation, refer to\nAdi-lila, Chapter Two, verse 14.\nTEXT 161\n\n��� c;.tt�i, <;��i ?t..� �� ��-t I\n'{ift'tf� '�1�' �� ?.. �(..��'!�� II ��� II\n\n", "mad8#p0123": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n90\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nparamatma yenho, tenho kr�Qera eka arilsa\natmara 'alma' haya kr�Qa sarva-avatarilsa\nSYNONYMS\nparamatma-the\n\nSupersoul within\n\nthe heart;\n\nyenho-who;\n\ntenho-He;\n\nkr�Qera-of Lord Kr�r:Ja; eka-one; arilsa-plenary portion; atmara-of the soul;\n\natma-the soul; haya-is; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; sarva-of everything; avatarilsasource.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Paramatma, the Supersoul feature, is the partial plenary portion of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who is the original source of all living entities. It is also Kr�Qa who is the original source of Paramatma.\nTEXT 162\n\n�lj:l\"C1!0!\"!C�f� �1!1'1Ut0!1lf�<'l1�0!ll{. I\n�?���t� C'lt�9fT� Clf���t;stf� 1!ll1\"!.!1 ��� II\nkr�Qam enam avehi tvam\n\natmanam akhilatmanam\n\njagad-dhitaya so 'py atra\ndehivabhati mayaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�Qam-in the Supreme Personality of Godhead; enam-this; avehi-just try\n\nto understand; tvam-you; atmanam-the soul; akhila-atmanam-of all living\nentities; jagat-hitaya-the benefit of the whole universe; sab-He; api-cer­\n\ntainly; atra-here; dehi-a human being; iva-like; abhati-appears; mayaya­\n\nby His internal potency.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'You should know Kr�Qa as the original soul of all atmas [living entities].\nFor the benefit of the whole universe, He has, out of His causeless mercy, appeared as an ordinary human being. He has done this with the strength of His\nown internal potency.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.14.55). Parik�it Maharaja asked\n\nSukadeva Gosvami why Kr�r:Ja was so beloved by the residents of Vrndavana,\n\n", "mad8#p0124": "Text 163]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n91\n\nwho loved Him even more than their own offspring or life itself. At that time\n\nSukadeva Gosvami replied that everyone's atma, or soul, is very, very dear, es­\n\npecially to all living entities who have accepted material bodies. However, that\n\natma, the spirit soul, is part and parcel of Kr�!Ja. For this reason, Kr�rJa is very dear\n\nto every living entity. Everyone's body is very dear to oneself, and one wants to\nprotect the body by all means because within the body the soul is living. Due to\nthe intimate relationship between the soul and the body, the body is important\nand dear to everyone. Similarly, the soul, being part and parcel of Kr�rJa, the\nSupreme Lord, is very, very dear to all living entities. Unfortunately, the soul\n\nforgets his constitutional position and thinks he is only the body (deha-atma-bud­\n\ndht). Thus the soul is subjected to the rules and regulations of material nature.\n\nWhen a living entity, by his intelligence, reawakens his attraction for Kr�rJa, he can\nunderstand that he is not the body but part and parcel of Kr��li'.. Thus filled with\nknowledge, he no longer labors under attachment to the body and everything re­\n\nlated to the body. janasya moho 'yam aham mameti. Material existence, wherein\n\none thinks, \"I am the body, and this belongs to me,\" is also illusory. One must\n\nredirect his attraction to Kr�rJa. SrTmad-BhJ.gavatam (1.2.7) states:\n\nvasudeve bhagavati\n\nbhakti-yoga/:1 prayojita/:1\n\njanayaty asu vairagyaril\n\njfianaril ca yad ahaitukam\n\n\"By rendering devotional service unto the Personality of Godhead, Sri Kr�!Ja, one\nimmediately acquires causeless knowledge and detachment from the world.\"\n\nTEXT 1 63\n'5i�<n <r�hrc�OI' f<ri� �tc�OI' ��1;sr, \"�' 1\n\nf<l��Tt�f'llf� �<:._>:fC'!'f>t�C\"IOI' f��1 �'ij<:._ II ��,:; II\nathava bahunaitena\nkiril jfiatena tavarjuna\n\nvi$tabhyaham idaril krtsnam\nekarilsena sthito jagat\n\nSYNONYMS\nathava-or; bahuna-much; etena-with this; kim-what use; jfiatena-being\nknown;\n\ntava-by you;\n\narjuna-0 Arjuna;\n\ni$tabhya- pervading;\n\nV\n\naham-1;\n\nidam -this; krtsnam-entire; eka-arilsena-with one portion; sthita/:1-situated;\njagat-universe.\n\n", "mad8#p0125": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n92\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'But what need is there, Arjuna, for all this detailed knowledge? With a\nsingle fragment of Myself, I pervade and support this entire universe.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Bhagavad-gita (1 0.42).\nTEXT 164\n\n'�t�J' ����1f �'l.��-�6(11\\?f I\n\n<.!!�� R�t� � �'« �?f II ��8 II\n'bhaktye' bhagavanera anubhava-parQa-rapa\neka-i vigrahe tatira ananta svarapa\nSYNONYMS\nbhaktye-by devotional service; bhagavanera-of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; anubhava-perception; parQa-rapa-perfectly; eka-i-one; vigrahein the transcendental form; tatira-His; ananta-unlimited; sva-rapa-expansions\nof plenary portions.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Only by devotional activity can one understand the transcendental form of\nthe Lord, which is perfect in all respects. Although His form is one, He can expand His form into unlimited numbers by His supreme will.\nTEXT 165\n\n��1fi?f, t:Wf�tft?f, �t�llf-il't1f I\n�tft11� f!�t?f 1ft�� ��til. II ��� II\nsvayarh-rapa, tad-ekatma-rapa, avesa-nama\nprathamei tina-rape rahena bhagavan\nSYNONYMS\nsvayam-rapa-the personal form;\n\ntat-ekatma-rapa-the same form, non­\n\ndifferent from\n\nsvayarh-rapa;\n\nave.Sa-especially empowered;\n\nprathamei-in\n\nthe beginning;\n\ntina-rape-in three forms;\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nnama-named;\n\nrahena-remains;\n\n", "mad8#p0126": "Text 165]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n93\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead exists in three principal formssvayaril-rupa, tad-ekatma-rupa, and avesa-rupa.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila ROpa Gosvami has described svayaril-rupa in his Laghu-bhagavatamrta,\n\nPurva-khaQQa, verse 12, ananyapek?i yad ruparil svayaril-rupaf) sa ucyate: the\noriginal form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead does not depend on other\n\nforms. The original form is called svayaril-rupa, and it is described in Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam: kr?Qas tu bhagavan svayam (1.3.28). Km1a's original form as a\n\ncowherd boy in Vrndavana is called svayaril-rupa. It is confirmed in Brahma­\n\nsarilhita (5.1):\n\nisvara/:1 parama/:1 kr?Qa/:1\nsac-cid-ananda-vigrahaf)\nanadir adir govinda/:1\nsarva-karaQa-karaQam\nThere is nothing superior to Govinda. He is the ultimate source and the cause of\n\nall causes. In Bhagavad-gita (7.7) the Lord says, matta/:1 paratararil nanyat: \"There is\nno truth superior to Me.\"\n\nThe tad-ekatma-rupa is also described in the Laghu-bhagavatamrta, PurvakhaQqa, verse 14:\n\nyad ruparil tad-abhedena\nsvarupeQa virajate\nakrtyadibhir anyadrk\nsa tad-ekatma-rupaka/:1\nThe tad-ekatma-rupa forms exist simultaneously with the svayaril-rupa form and\nare nondifferent. At the same time, the bodily features and specific activities ap­\n\npear to be different. This tad-ekatma-rupa is also divided into two categories­\n\nsvarilsa and vilasa.\nHis avesa form is also explained in the Laghu-bhagavatamrta, verse 18:\njriana-saktyadi-kalaya\nyatravi?to janardanaf)\nta avesa nigadyante\njiva eva mahattama/:1\n\nA living entity who is specifically empowered by the Lord with knowledge or\n\nstrength is technically called avesa-rupa. As stated in the Caitanya-caritamrta (An-\n\n", "mad8#p0127": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n94\n\ntya 7.11 ) , kr?Qa-sakti vina nahe tara pravartana: unless a devotee is specifically\n\nempowered by the Lord, he cannot preach the holy name of the Lord all over the\nworld. This is an explanation of the word avesa-rapa.\nTEXT 166\n\n,��111-Pt' 'Cijf�t_��t-t',-� �t\"Pt\n\n�I\"\n\nCljf1!��\"Pt-�� '��' �� <;111-Pt'l!,.� II ��� II\n'svayarh-rapa' 'svayarh-prakasa', -dui rape spharti\nsvayarh-rape-eka 'kr?Qa' vraje gopa-marti\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvayam-rapa-the original form of the Lord; svayam-prakasa-the personal\n\nmanifestation; dui rape-in two forms; spharti-exhibition; svayam-rape-in the\noriginal form; eka-one; kr?Qa-Kr�t:Ja, the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nvraje-in Vrndavana; gopa-marti-the cowherd boy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The original form of the Lord [svayam-rupal is exhibited in two formssvayam-rupa and svayaril-prakasa. In His original form as svayam-rupa, Kr��a\nis observed as a cowherd boy in Vrndavana.\nTEXT 167\n\n'��� .,���'-�\"Pt N�S{ �<l'lttxf I\n��·�-s:l�� �\"Pt '�tfi � 1lttJt II ��'\\ II\n'prabhava-vaibhava'-rape dvividha prakase\neka-vapu bahu rapa yaiche haifa rase\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhava-prabhava;\n\nvaibhava-vaibhava;\n\nrape-in\n\nforms;\n\ndvi-vidha pra­\n\nkase-twofold manifestations; eka-vapu-the same original form; bahu rapa­\n\nexpanded into unlimited numbers;\n\nyai che-like; haifa-it was;\n\nrase-while\n\ndancing in the rasa dance with the gopis.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In His original form, Kr��a manifests Himself in two features-prabhava\nand vaibhava. He expands His one original form into many, as He did during\nthe rasa-lila dance.\n\n", "mad8#p0128": "Text 170]\n\n95\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\nTEXT 168\n\nJf�-��� �a, ���${ i!� I\n'�<e� ��tllf'-�� -trnf·�ilf�� II ��lr II\nmahi$i-vivahe haila bahu-vidha murti\n'prabhava prakasa'-ei sastra-parasiddhi\nSYNONYMS\nmahi$i-vivahe-in the matter of marrying 16,108 wives at Dvaraka; hai/athere were; bahu-vidha murti-many forms; prabhava prakasa-called prabhavaprakasa; ei-this; sastra-parasiddhi-determined by reference to the revealed\nscriptures.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the lord married 16,108 wives at Dvaraka, He expanded Himself\ninto many forms. These expansions and the expansions at the rasa dance are\ncalled prabhava-prakasa, according to the directions of revealed scriptures.\nTEXT 169\n\n,�t<e1it�-� �� �111�� i(� 1\n�111�� C�'l' i(t�t\\T� f���i(1 ��II ���II\nsaubhary-adi-praya sei kaya-vyuha naya\nkaya-vyuha haile naradera vismaya na haya\nSYNONYMS\nsaubhari-adi-beginning with the sage named Saubhari; praya -like; seithat; kaya-vyuha-the expansion of one's body; naya-is not; kaya-vyuha-expansions of the body; haile-if there are; naradera-of Narada Muni; vismayathe astonishment; na haya-there cannot be.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The prabhava-prakasa expansions of lord Kr��a are not like the expansions of the sage Saubhari. Had they been so, Narada would not have been\nastonished to see them.\nTEXT 170\n\nfD<il� �t\\!i\\!iClfC�O{ �9J:_11·1 �519f� 9j'.!j� I\n�C�\\ 1iUE'lt��� f�ll \\.!!<!> �1ft��\" II �'I\n\n0\n\nII\n\n", "mad8#p0129": "Sri Caitanya-caritamtta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\ncitrarh bataitad ekena\n\nvapu?a yugapat prthak\n\ngrhe?u dvy-a?ta-sahasrarh\nstriya eka udavahat\nSYNONYMS\ncitram-wonderful; bata-oh; etat-this; ekena-with one; vapu?a-form;\n\nyugapat-simultaneously; prthak-separately; grhe?u-in the houses; dvi-a?.ta­\n\nsahasram-sixteen thousand; striya/:1-all the queens; eka/:1-the one SrT Kr�Qa;\n\nudavahat -married.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'It is astounding that Lord Sri Kt�Qa, who is one without a second, expanded Himself in sixteen thousand similar forms to marry sixteen thousand\nqueens in their respective homes.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is spoken by Narada Muni in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.69.2).\nTEXT 171\n\n�· �� (;� ��f'! �����it� I\n<e'fi.rt�llf·(;'et� il't1f ''C�<eC�I2!�it-t' II �'\\� II\nsei vapu, sei akrti prthak yadi bhase\n\nbhavavesa-bhede nama 'vaibhava-prakase'\nSYNONYMS\nsei vapu-that form;\n\nsei akrti-that feature; prthak-different;\n\nyadi-if;\n\nbhase-appears; bhava-avesa-of the ecstatic emotion; bhede-according to\n\nvarieties; nama-named; vaibhava-prakase-vaibhava-prakasa.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"If one form or feature is differently manifested according to different emotional features, it is called vaibhava-prakasa.\nTEXT 172\n\n� 12l�wst ��J ilt� IJ[itce� 1\n�t��·C�cf.'Clm·(;'e!;� ili\";{·Rt�� II �'\\� II\n\n", "mad8#p0130": "Text 173]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n97\n\nananta prakase kr�Qera nahi murti-bheda\nakara-varl)a-astra-bhede nama-vibheda\nSYNONYMS\n\nananta prakase-in innumerable manifestations; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�r:Ja; nahi­\n\nthere is not; murti-bheda-difference of form; akara-of features; varQa-of\ncolor; astra-of weapons; bhede-according to differentiation; nama-vibhedadifference of names.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"When the lord expands Himself in innumerable forms, there is no difference in the forms, but due to different features, bodily colors and weapons,\nthe names are different.\nTEXT 173\n'I!{C'� S 'l�l�1<!j]\"f?:OI1 f<�fll<�tf��r:�OI C� I\n\n��fu �'ln!t\"4t� c� ���rir<ll',f\"!i<f'\"\\. 11 � � -o 11\nanye ca sarhskrtatmano\nvidhinabhihitena te\n\nyajanti tvan-mayas tvarh vai\nbahu-murtyeka-murtikam\nSYNONYMS\n\nanye-different persons;\n\nca-also;\n\nsarhskrta-atmana/:1 -persons who\n\nare\n\npurified; vidhina-by the regulative principles; abhihitena-stated in the revealed\n\nscriptures; te-such persons; yajanti-worship; tvat-maya/:1-being absorbed in\n\nYou; tvam\n\n-\n\nYou; vai-certainly; bahu-murti-having many forms; eka-mur­\n\ntikam-although one.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'In different Vedic scriptures, there are prescribed rules and regulative\nprinciples for worshiping different types of forms. When one is purified by\nthese rules and regulations, he worships You, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. A lthough manifest in many forms, You are one.'\nPURPO RT\n\nThis verse is quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.40.7). In the Vedas it is stated\n\nthat the one becomes many (eko bahu syam). The Supreme Personality of Godhead expands Himself in various forms- vi�QU-tattva, jiva-tattva and sakti-tattva.\n\n", "mad8#p0131": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n98\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nAccording to the Vedic literatures, there are different regulative principles for the\nworship of each of these forms. If one takes advantage of the Vedic literatures and\npurifies himself by following the rules and regulations, ultimately he worships the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r:Ja. Kr�r:Ja says in Bhagavad-gita (4.11): mama\nvartmanuvartante manu�ya/:1 partha sarvasa/:1. Worship of the demigods is in a\nsense worship of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but such worship is said to\nbe avidhi-purvakam, improper. Actually demigod worship is meant for unintelligent men. One who is intelligent considers the words of the Supreme Personality of Godhead: sarva dharman parityajya mam ekam saral)arh vraja. One\nwho worships demigods worships the Supreme Lord indirectly, but according to\nthe revealed scriptures, there is no need to worship Him indirectly. One can worship Him directly.\nTEXT 174\n\n'�12!<1'l1-t ��1f-�<t� I\n�(1Tt\\!i·,��, �� -�t�� �\"''ti{ II �98 II\nvaibhava-prakasa kr�Qera -sri-balarama\nvarl)a-matra-bheda, saba-kr�Qera samana\nSYNONYMS\nvaibhava-prakasa-manifestation of the vaibhava feature; kr�Qera-of Lord\nKr�r:Ja; sri-balarama-SrT Balarama; varl)a-matra-color only; bheda-difference;\nsaba-everything; kr�Qera samana-eq ual to Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The first manifestation of the vaibhava feature of Kr�r:'la is Sri Balaramaji.\nSri Balarama and Kr�r:'la have different bodily colors, but otherwise Sri\nBalarama is equal to Kr�r:'la in all respects.\nPURPORT\nTo understand the difference between svayam-rupa, tad-ekatma-rOpa, avesa,\nprabhava and vaibhava, SrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura has given the following description. In the beginning, Kr�r:Ja has three bodily features: (1) svayam-rOpa, as a\ncowherd boy in Vrndavana; (2) tad-ekatma-rOpa, which is divided into svamsaka\nand vilasa; and\npotency,\n\nare\n\n(3) avesa-rOpa. The svamsaka, or expansions of the personal\n(1) Karar:JodakasayT, GarbhodakasayT, K�TrodakasayT and\n\n(2) incarnations such as the fish, tortoise, boar and Nrsimha. The vilasa-rupa has a\nprabhava division, including V asudeva, Sarikar�al)a, Pradyumna and Aniruddha.\nThere is also a vaibhava division in which there are twenty-four forms, including\n\n", "mad8#p0132": "Text 176]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n99\n\nthe second Vasudeva, Sarikar�ar:Ja, Pradyumna and Aniruddha. For each of these,\nthere are three forms; therefore there are twelve forms altogether. These twelve\nforms constitute the predominant names for the twelve months of the year as\nwell as the twelve tilaka marks on the body. Each of the four Personalities of Godhead expands into two other forms; thus there are eight forms, such as Puru�ottama, Acyuta, etc. The four forms (Vasudeva, etc.), the twelve (Kesava, etc.), and\nthe eight (Puru�ottama, etc.) all together constitute twenty-four forms. All the\nforms are differently named in accordance with the weapons They hold in Their\nfour hands.\nTEXT 175\n\n'�ce���-rrt '�t� '���·'!'liST 1\n�-���\"f.\"' �'- '8t �� ll ��(!' ll\nvaibhava-prakasa yaiche devaki-tanuja\ndvibhuja-svarupa kabhu, kabhu haya caturbhuja\nSYNONYMS\nvaibhava-prakasa-the feature of vaibhava-prakasa; yaiche-just as; devakitanuja-the son of Devaki; dvi-bhuja-two-handed; svarupa-form; kabhusometimes; kabhu-sometimes; haya-is; catu/:1-bhuja-four-handed.\nTRANSLATION\n\"An example of vaibhava-prakasa is the son of Devaki. He sometimes has\ntwo hands and sometimes four hands.\nPURPORT\nWhen Lord Kr�r:Ja took His birth, He appeared outside the womb as fourhanded Vi�r:JU. Then Devaki and Vasudeva offered their prayers to Him and asked\nHim to assume His two-handed form. The Lord immediately assumed His twohanded form and ordered that He be transferred to Gokula on the other side of\nthe River Yamuna.\nTEXT 176\n\n'�-�� �fiST, ift1t-,�ce��<l'it-t 1\n�� '�\"'' �t1f-�t���<l'it-t ll ��� ll\nye-kale dvibhuja, nama-vaibhava-prakasa\ncaturbhuja haile, nama-prabhava-prakasa\n\n", "mad8#p0133": "100\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSYNONYMS\nye-kale dvi-bhuja-when the Lord appears as two-handed; nama-named;\nvaibhava-prakasa-vaibhava-prakasa;\n\ncatu/:1-bhuja haile-when He becomes\n\nfour-handed; nama-named; prabhava-prakasa-prabhava-prakasa.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the Lord is two-handed, He is called vaibhava-prakasa, and when\nHe is four-handed He is called prabhava-prakasa.\nTEXT 177\n\n<;'$ft�, ''$ft9f·'Cl� I\nift�� llf'Ri�-,�, '�tfif-llf'�'·tifti{ ll�'l'lll\n\nIQ���\n\nsvayarh-rDpera gopa-vesa, gopa-abhimana\nvasudevera k�atriya-vesa, 'ami-k�atriya'-jfiana\nSYNONYMS\nsvayam-rDpera-of the original form; gopa-vesa-the dress of a cowherd boy;\ngopa-abhimana-thinking Himself a cowherd boy; vasudevera-of Vasudeva, the\nson of Vasudeva and DevakT; k�atriya-vesa-the dress is like that of a k�atriya;\nami-1; k�atriya-a k�atriya; jfiana-knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In His original form, the Lord dresses like a cowherd boy and thinks Himself one of them. When He appears as Vasudeva, the son of Vasudeva and\nDevaki, His dress and consciousness are those of a k�atriya, a warrior.\nTEXT 178\n\n�l\"f�, ���' 1lt�, C�\\if,J·P:ffft:JJ I\n��!§le{� ��1 'Clfit� �l!lt:JJ II �'llr II\nsaundarya, aisvarya, madhurya, vaidagdhya-vilasa\nvrajendra-nandane iha adhika ullasa\nSYNONYMS\nsaundarya-the beauty; aisvarya-the opulence; madhurya-the sweetness;\nvaidagdhya-vilasa-the intellectual pastimes; vrajendra-nandane-of the son of\nNanda Maharaja and Ya.Soda; iha-all these; adhika ullasa-more jubilant.\n\n", "mad8#p0134": "101\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nText 180]\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When one compares the beauty, opulence, sweetness and intellectual\npastimes of Vasudeva, the warrior, to Kr�r;�a, the cowherd boy, son of Nanda\nMaharaja, one sees that Kr�r;�a's attributes are more pleasant.\nTEXT 179\n\n''$lt�t\"'� 'IIi'!� <:�f�' ��t�t�J 'lllit� I\n'� 'IIi-tit �t�f� �� ��II �9� II\ngovindera madhuri dekhi' vasudevera k?obha\nse madhuri asvadite upajaya lobha\nSYNONYMS\ngovindera-of\n\nLord\n\nGovinda;\n\nmadhuri-the\n\nsweetness;\n\ndekhi -seeing;\n'\n\nvasudevera-of Vasudeva; k?obha-agitation; se-that; madhuri-sweetness;\nasvadite-to taste; upajaya-awakens; /obha-greed\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Indeed, Vasudeva is agitated just to see the sweetness of Govinda, and a\ntranscendental greed awakens in Him to enjoy that sweetness.\nTEXT 180\n\n\\;�'lcft�-�r��'l-9fRl�•'f'3Jl5'\\�\"''l\"'� c�\nc��� �� 'l�'l'11'�\"\\ 'll._��r:'l1 fs\\!!'l�r:� sn't: 1\ncs�: c�faor-���r:o;t���� 'f\\!W 'IC� �t�<lf�\n<!� C·2f'>'PJ\n\n�ili'f\\!31!.. ��'1\"�'!1ili9fJ\"ll��f\\!i II �17• II\n\nudgirl)adbhuta-madhuri-parimalasyabhira-lilasya me\ndvaitarh hanta samik?ayan muhur asau citriyate caral)ab\ncetab keli-kutDha/ottaralitarh satyarh sakhe mamakarh\nyasya prek?ya svarupatarh vraja-vadha-sarupyam anvicchati\nSYNONYMS\nudgirl)a-overflowing;\n\nadbhuta -wonderful;\n\nmadhuri-sweetness;\n\nparimalasya-whose fragrance; abhira-of a cowherd boy; lilasya-who has\npastimes; me- My; dvaitam-second form; hanta-alas; samik?ayan-showing;\nmuhub-again\n\nand\n\nagain;\n\nasau-that;\n\ncitriyate-is\n\nacting\n\nlike a\n\npicture;\n\n", "mad8#p0135": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n102\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\ncaraQa�-dramatic actor; ceta�-heart; keli-kutahala-by longing for pastimes;\nuttara/itam-greatly\n\nexcited;\n\nsatyam-actually;\n\nsakhe-0\n\ndear\n\nfriend;\n\nmamakam-My; yasya-of whom; prek?ya-by seeing; sva-rupata m-simila rity\nto My form; vraja-vadha-of the damsels of Vrajabho mi; sarupyam-a form like\nthe forms; an vicchati-desires.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear friend, this dramatic actor appears like a second form of My own\nself. Like a picture, He displays My pastimes as a cowherd boy overflowing\nwith wonderfully attractive sweetness and fragrance, which are so dear to the\ndamsels of Vraja. When I see such a display, My heart becomes greatly excited. I long for such pastimes and desire a form exactly like the damsels of\nVraja.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is found in the Lalita-madhava (4.19).\nTEXT 181\n\nJf� ��� oij'li(�J·t;11-fti{ I\n�: ��ttl! C�t� �-�tlll't�ti{ II �,.� II\nmathuraya yaiche gandharva-nrtya-darasane\npuna� dvarakate yaiche citra-vilokane\nSYNONYMS\nmathuraya-at Mathura; yaiche-just as; gandharva-nrtya-the dance of the\n\nGandharvas;\n\ndarasane-by\n\nseeing;\n\npuna�-again;\n\ndvarakate-at\n\nDvaraka;\n\nyaiche-just as; citra-vilokane-by seeing a picture of Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One instance of Vasudeva's attraction to Kr�r:ta occurred when Vasudeva\nsaw the Gandharva dance at Mathura. Another instance occurred in Dvaraka\nwhen Vasudeva was surprised to see a picture of Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 182\n\n�9fR!�M��<t: <!i·�11��r� <fi\"it\n��� 1\\11 'if�\"'t�iC'Ilf 1\\T����: I\n1!{�1\\�1\\N �� C·�J �� <'I_�CS�i:\n'l��'ll!_9fC�i'e>..._� <fii\"IIC\"ll �j flt\"C<fi<f II � lr � II\n\n", "mad8#p0136": "Text 183]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n103\n\naparika/ita-parva/:1 kas camatkara-kari\nsphuratu mama gariyan e�a madhurya-para/:1\nayam aham api hanta prek�ya yam /ubdha-ceta/:1\nsarabhasam upabhokturh kamaye radhikeva\nSYNONYMS\naparikalita-not experienced;\n\n,oarva/:1-previously;\n\nka/:1-who;\n\ncamatkara­\n\nkari-causing wonder; sphuratu-manifests; mama-My; gariyan-more great;\ne�a/:1-this; madhurya-,oara/:1-abundance of sweetness; ayam-this; aham-1;\napi-even; hanta-alas; prek�ya-seeing; yam-which; /ubdha-ceta/:1-My mind\nbeing\n\nbewildered;\n\nsa-rabhasam-impetuously;\n\nu,oabhoktum-to\n\nenjoy;\n\nkamaye-desire; radhika iva-like SrTmatT RadharaQT.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Who manifests an abundance of sweetness greater than Mine, which has\nnever been experienced before and which causes wonder to all? Alas, I\nMyself, My mind bewildered upon seeing this beauty, impetuously desire to\nenjoy it like Srimati Radharar:ti.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse spoken by Vasudeva in Dvaraka is recorded by SrTia ROpa GosvamT in\nhis Lalita-madhava (8.34).\nTEXT 183\n\n'�� ���it�� f� �Wf<!St1f I\n��f!·ae� ,����, ift1f � ����\"\nsei vapu bhinnabhase kichu bhinnakara\nbhavavesakrti-bhede 'tad-ekatma' nama tanra\nSYNONYMS\nsei vapu-that body; bhinna-abhase-manifested differently; kichu-some;\nbhinna-akara-bodily differences; bhava-avesa-akrti-forms and transcendental\nemotions; bhede-by different;\n\ntat-ekatma nama-the name is tad-ekatma;\n\ntanra-of Kr�Qa.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When that body is a little differently manifest and its features a little different in transcendental emotion and form, it is called tad-ekatma.\n\n", "mad8#p0137": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n104\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 184\n\n� t�\"Pt 'f<l\"ft�', '�t�-t'-ll '�w 1\n\n�' �t�t� Qet� f<l�� f<l� II �lr811\ntad-ekatma-rupe 'vi/asa', 'svamsa'-dui bheda\nvilasa, svarilsera bhede vividha vibheda\n\nSYNONYMS\ntat-ekatma-rupe-in the form of tad-ekatma; vi/asa-pastime; svamsa-personal expansion; dui bheda-two divisions; vilasa-of the pastime expansion;\nsvarilsera-of the personal expansion; bhede-by differences; vividha-various;\nvibheda-distinctions.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the tad-ekatma-rupa there are pastime expansions [vilasa] and personal\nexpansions [svam§a]. Consequently there are two divisions. According to\npastime and personal expansion, there are various differences.\nTEXT 185\n\n<21��-���-,�t� f<l\"'t�-�Sft�HII\n\nf<l\"ftt�11 f<l�l't�-�-�il� <2f�t11 II �lr� II\nprabhava-vaibhava-bhede vilasa-dvidhakara\nvi/asera vilasa-bheda-ananta prakara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhava-vaibhava-bhede-by\nvaibhava;\n\nvi/asa-pastime\n\nthe\n\nexpansion;\n\ndifferences\n\nbetween\n\nprabhava\n\ndvidha-akara-twofold;\n\nand\n\nvilasera-of\n\npastime forms; vi/asa-bheda-by the different pastimes; ananta prakara\n\n-\n\nun­\n\nlimited varieties.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Again the vilasa forms are divided into twofold categories-prabhava and\nvaibhava. Again the pastimes of these forms are of unlimited variety.\nPURPORT\nIn the Laghu-bhagavatamrta, Purva-khaQc;fa, verse 17, it is stated:\n\n", "mad8#p0138": "Text 187]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n105\n\ntadrso nyana-saktirh yo\nvyanakti svarhsa iritaf:J\nsankar?aQadir matsyadir\nyatha tat-tat-svadhamasu\nWhen a form of Kr�l)a is nondifferent from the original form but is less important\nand exhibits less potency, it is called svarhsa. Examples of the svarhsa expansion\ncan be found in the quadruple forms of the Lord residing in their respective places,\nbeginning with Sarikar�al)a, Pradyumna and Aniruddha and including the puru?aavataras, lila-avataras, manvantara-avataras and yuga-avataras.\nTEXT 186\n\n12tte���-��' �'I I\n��'a, �fi\\111�,-ar_�IJ �tfitiSTif II �\\r� II\nprabhava-vi lasa-vasudeva, sankar?aQa\npradyumna, aniruddha, -mukhya cari-jana\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhava-vilasa-the prabhava-vilasa forms;\n?aQa-Sarikar�al)a;\n\npradyumna-Pradyumna;\n\nvasudeva-Vasudeva;\n\nsar'lkar­\n\naniruddha-Aniruddha;\n\nmukhya\n\ncari-jana-the four chief expansions.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The chief quadruple expansions are named Vasudeva, Sankar�ar;�a, Pradyumna and Aniruddha. These are called prabhava-vilasa.\nTEXT 187\n\nl!t\" '��·t� 1ftt\";{1(, �� \"''fili11·•t�il I\n\n�(.�-t·cew, l!'ttl! '�ll(t�' -i� il't1f II �\\r'\\ II\nvraje gopa-bhava ramera, pure k?atriya-bhavana\nvarQa-vesa-bheda, tate 'vilasa' tanra nama\nSYNONYMS\n\nvraje-in Vrndavana; gopa-bhava-emotion of a cowherd boy; ramera-of\nBalarama; pure-in Dvaraka; k?atriya-bhavana-the emotion of a k?atriya; varQavesa-bheda-by differences of dress and color; tate-therefore; vi/asa-pastime\nexpansion; tanra nama-His name.\n\n", "mad8#p0139": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n106\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Balarama, who has the same original form of K��r;�a, is Himself a cowherd\nboy in V�ndavana, and He also considers Himself to belong to the k�atriya\nrace in Dvaraka. Thus His color and dress are different, and He is called a\npastime form of Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 188\n\n�\\:2f�W't � 12ft�� �ttll I\nl.!l�l �� �� ��-� �llll �lrlr II\nvaibhava-prakase ara prabhava-vilase\neka-i mOrtye baladeva bhava-bhede bhase\nSYNONYMS\n\nvaibhava-prakase-in vaibhava manifestation; ara-and; prabhava-vilase-in\nthe\n\nprabhava pastime\n\nform;\n\neka-i mOrtye-in one form;\n\nba/adeva-Lord\n\nBaladeva; bhava-bhede-according to different emotions; bhase-exists.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sri Balarama is a vaibhava-prakasa manifestation of K��r;�a. He is also\nmanifest in the original quadruple expansion of Vasudeva, Sankar�ar;�a, Pradyumna and Aniruddha. These are prabhava-vilasa expansions with different\nemotions.\nTEXT 189\n\n�flf·��-l·� c;<f'� ilt� lf1l I\n� i��'itt'At' 12ft�iJ·�t1'f'l II �Ire;, II\nadi-catur-vyuha-ilihara keha nahi sama\nananta caturvyuha-gal)era prakatya-karal)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nadi-catul)-vyOha-the original quadruple group; itihara-of this; keha nahi-no\none; sama-equal; ananta-unlimited; catul)-vyOha-gal)era-of the quadruple\nexpansions; prakatya-of manifestation; karal)a-the cause.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The first expansion of the caturvyuha, quadruple forms, is unique. There is\nnothing to compare with Them. These quadruple forms are the source of unlimited quadruple forms.\n\n", "mad8#p0140": "107\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nText 192]\n\nTEXT 190\n\n�·11 �� itfi{ 12l't���� I\n\n�11�-'l{�·�t f.m �·�rn � 11 )�o 11\nkr?f.lera ei cari prabhava-vilasa\ndvaraka-mathura-pure nitya ilihara vasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr?f.!era -of\n\nLord Kr�r:Ja;\n\nei-these;\n\ncari-four;\n\nprabhava-vilasa- prabhava\n\npastime forms; dvaraka-mathura-pure-in the two cities Dvaraka and Mathura;\nnitya-eternal; ilihara-of Them; vasa-the residential quarters.\nTRANSLATION\n\"These four prabhava pastime forms of lord Kr�Qa reside eternally in\nDvaraka and Mathura.\nTEXT 191\n\n�� i1Rf ��� if�-t � �� I\n�1ft'et'f i{t�-,�-C<f�<'l�\"ft� II )�) II\nei cari haite cabbisa murti parakasa\nastra-bhede nama-bheda-vaibhava-vilasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nei\n\ncari\n\nhaite-from\n\nparakasa-manifestation;\n\nthese\n\nfour;\n\ncabbisa-twenty-four;\n\nmarti-forms;\n\nastra-bhede-according to the different weapons;\n\nnama-bheda-the difference of names; vaibhava-vi/asa-the vaibhava pastime\nexpansions.\nTRANSLATION\n\"From the original quadruple expansion, twenty-four forms are manifest.\nThey differ according to the placement of weapons in Their four hands. They\nare called vaibhava-vilasa.\nTEXT 192\n\n�: � ti'{'(J� ��111j_(�t;9f I\n�t'lf·�t-r.J � iftm�9f II )�� II\npuna/:! kr?f.la catur-vyaha lana parva-rape\nparavyoma-madhye vaise narayaf)a-rape\n\n", "mad8#p0141": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n108\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSYNONYMS\npunab-again; kr�Qa-Kr�r:Ja; catub-vyaha-the quadruple expansions; /aliataking; pOrva-rOpe-as previously; paravyoma-madhye-in the paravyoma area;\nvaise-resides; narayaQa-rOpe-in the form of four-handed Narayar:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�r;�a again expands, and within the paravyoma, the spiritual sky, He\nis situated in fullness as the four-handed Narayar;�a, accompanied by expansions of the original quadruple form.\n\nPURPORT\nAt the top of the paravyoma, the spiritual sky, there is Goloka Vrndavana,\nwhich is divided into three parts. Two of the parts, called Mathura and Dvaraka,\nare the residences of Kr�r:Ja in His prabhava-vilasa forms. Balarama, Kr�r:Ja's\nvaibhava-prakasa, is eternally situated in Gokula. From the quadruple prabhavavilasa, twenty-four forms of the vaibhava-vilasa are expanded. Each has four\nhands holding weapons in different positions. The topmost planet in the spiritual\nsky is Goloka Vrndavana, and below that planet is the spiritual sky itself. In that\nspiritual sky, Kr�r:Ja Himself is four-handed and is situated as Narayar:Ja.\n\nTEXT 193\n\nfit� ��t� �: 1>'!._(1�-��tllf 1\n·�rt��'1�t?t l>trnRfr;� �� � \" ��� \"\ntariha haite punab catur-vyaha-parakasa\navara(la-rape cari-dike yarira vasa\nSYNONYMS\ntariha haite-from that original catur-vyaha;\n\npunab-again;\n\ncatub-vyaha­\n\nparakasa-manifestation of quadruple expansions; avaraQa-rOpe-in the form of a\ncovering; cari-dike-in four directions; yarira-whose; vasa-residence.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus the original quadruple forms again manifest Themselves in a second\nquadruple expansion. The residences of these second quadruple expansions\ncover the four directions.\n\n", "mad8#p0142": "Text 196]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n109\n\nTEXT 194\n\ntitf.� �i{: ��� f!i{ f!i{ � I\n'<f'llt<ltfff � �� �tt�1f �II ��8 II\ncari-janera puna/:! prthak tina tina murti\nkesavadi yaha haite vilasera purti\nSYNONYMS\n\ncari-janera-of the original of the four expansions; puna/:1 -again; prthakseparate; tina tina-three each; murti-forms; kesava-adi-beginning with Lord\nKesava; yaha haite-from which;\n\nvilasera purti-the vilasa expansions are\n\nfulfilled.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Again these quadruple forms expand three times, beginning with Kesava.\nThat is the fulfillment of the pastime forms.\nTEXT 195\n\ntiillitfff·�'l-� iftlf·�\\f �<l I\n<(f�r;� 1lf! -c;<�S-t<l, il11ft�'l, 1ft'f<l II ��� II\ncakradi-dharaQa-bhede nama-bheda saba\nvasudevera murti-kesava, narayaQa, madhava\nSYNONYMS\n\ncakra-adi-of the disc and other weapons; dharaQa-of holding; bhede-by\ndifferences; nama-of names; bheda-differences; saba-all; vasudevera murtithe expansions of Vasudeva; kesava-Kesava; narayaQa-Narayar:\"�a; madhavaMadhava.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Out of the catur-vyuha, there are three expansions of each and every form,\nand they are named differently according to the position of the weapons. The\nVasudeva expansions are Kesava, NarayaQa and Madhava.\nTEXT 196\n\n�'!1f 1!_n!-c;�t�\"', �,, 'lf�il I\n1.!1 �11 c;��\"l- i{� altiSf�� II �C\\l� II\n\n", "mad8#p0143": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n110\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nsankar�aQera murti-govinda, vi�Qu, madhusadana\ne anya govinda-nahe vrajendra-nandana\nSYNONYMS\nsankar�aQera\nvi�Qu-Vi�r;�u;\n\nmarti-the\n\nexpansions\n\nof\n\nSarikar�ar;�a;\n\nmadhu-sadana-MadhusOdana;\n\ne-this;\n\ngovinda-Govinda;\nanya-another;\n\ngo­\n\nvinda-Govinda; nahe vrajendra-nandana-not the son of Nanda Maharaja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The expansions of Sankar�a�a are Govinda, Vi��u and Madhusudana. This\nGovinda is different from the original Govinda, for He is not the son of\nMaharaja Nanda.\nTEXT 197\n\n�-f!f<ti!P1l, <!f\"J\"lli{, �� I\n��Q � -f3m<r�-t, 'Pf'llil\"tre, wt\"Dfmf ����9\n12fl1t'l11'\n\npradyumnera murti-trivikrama, vamana, sridhara\naniruddhera murti-hr�ikesa, padmanabha, damodara\nSYNONYMS\npradyumnera murti-expansions of the form of Pradyumna; tri-vikrama-Trivikrama; vamana-Vamana; sridhara-Sridhara; aniruddhera murti-expansions\nof Aniruddha;\n\nhr�ikesa-Hr�ikesa;\n\npadmanabha-Padmanabha;\n\ndamodara­\n\nDamodara.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The expansions of Pradyumna are Trivikrama, Vamana and Sridhara. The\nexpansions of Aniruddha are Hr�ikesa, Padmanabha and Damodara.\nTEXT 198\n\n�tw-t-11� 'W<fi!'l-��<tt� i9fi{ I\n\n1lt�-C<tillf<t, ''Pi� -�t�t1t� II ��lr II\ndvadasa-masera devata-ei-bara jana\nmarga-sir�e-kesava, pau�e-narayaQa\nSYNONYMS\ndvadasa-masera-of the twelve months; devata-predominating Deities; eithese; bara jana-twelve Personalities of Godhead; marga-sir�e-the month of\n\n", "mad8#p0144": "Text 200]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nAgrahayana (November-December);\n\nkesava -Kesava;\n\n111\n\npau�e-the month of\n\nPau�a (December-january); narayaQa-Narayal)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"These twelve are the predominating Deities of the twelve months. Ke§ava\nis the predominating Deity of Agrahayana, and Narayar;�a is the predominating\nDeity of Pau�a.\nTEXT 199\n\n�� <;i��i - �t�, <;�tf<ll'tf-<iit�� I\n\nC�O!-f<ltJ, �tt� -�1{f!_,Willl ��c;, II\nmaghera devata-madhava, govinda-phalgune\ncaitre-vi�Qu, vaisakhe-sri-madhusadana\nSYNONYMS\nmaghera devata-the predominating Deity of the month of Magha (January­\n\nFebruary); madhava-Madhava; gov inda-G ovinda; phalgune-in the month of\nPhalguna (February-March); caitre-in the month of Caitra (March-April); vi�QULord Vi�l)u; vaisakhe-in the month of Vaisakha (April-May); sri-madhusudanaMadhusodana.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The predominating Deity for the month of Magha is Madhava, and the predominating Deity for the month of Phalguna is Govinda. Vi�r;�u is the predominating Deity for Caitra, and Madhusiidana is the predominating Deity for\nVaisakha.\nTEXT 200\n\nem ri]i���, ��\\)-��il (;it<t-r 1\nl!tt<tt'l-��' �tti!f-,i<t ��II �oo II\n-\n\njyai�the-trivikrama, a�ac;lhe-vamana devesa\nsravaQe-sridhara, bhadre-deva hr�ikesa\nSYNONYMS\njyai�the-in\n\nthe\n\nmonth\n\nof\n\njyai�tha\n\n(May-june);\n\ntrivikrama- Trivikrama;\n\na�ac;/he-in the month of A�a<;Jha (June-july); vamana deva-isa-Lord Vamana;\nsravaQe-in the month of Sraval)a (July-August); sridhara-SrTd hara; bhadre-in\n\nthe month of Bhadra (August-September); deva hr�ikesa- Lord Hr�Tkesa.\n\n", "mad8#p0145": "112\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the month of Jyai�fha, the predominating Deity is Trivikrama. In A�ac;fha\nthe Deity is Vamana, in Sravar;�a the Deity is Sridhara, and in Bhadra the Deity\nis Hr�ikesa.\nTEXT 201\n\n�tfl!fr;i{-9f'flilt�, ���\n\n�rtr;�1'1 1\n\n'ift-n·ift�5Rt' �!I i3ft�i!§f·,�tig1'f II � o � II\nasvine-padmanabha, kartike damodara\n'radha-damodara' anya vrajendra-konara\n\nSYNONYMS\nasvine-in the month of Asvina (September-October); padma-nabha-Padmanabha; kartike-in the month of Karttika (October-November); damodaraDamodara;\n\nradha-damodara-the\n\nDamodara\n\nof Srimati\n\nRadharar:JT;\n\nanya­\n\nanother; vrajendra-konara-the son of Maharaja Nanda.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the month of Asvina, the predomioating Deity is Padmanabha, and in\nKarttika it is Damodara. This Damodara is different from Radha-Damodara,\nthe son of Nanda Maharaja in Vrndavana.\nTEXT 202\n\n��·�\"J�·';(S �l �-t � I\n�ti1(ti{ �l e{tt1f �� i!�e.\"((e{ II � � II\no\n\ndvadasa-tilaka-mantra ei dvadasa nama\nacamane ei name sparsi tat-tat-sthana\n\nSYNONYMS\ndvadasa-tilaka-for twelve marks of tilaka; mantra-the mantra; ei-these;\ndvadasa nama-twelve names; acamane-in washing with water; ei name-with\nthese names; sparsi-we touch; tat-tat-sthana-the respective places.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When putting the twelve tilaka marks on the twelve places of the body,\none has to chant the mantra consisting of these twelve Vi�r;�u names. After\n\n", "mad8#p0146": "Text 203]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n113\n\ndaily worship, when one anoints the different parts of the body with water,\nthese names should be chanted as one touches each part of the body.\n\nPURPORT\nWhile marking the body with tilaka, one should chant the following mantra,\nwhich consists of the twelve names of Lord Vi�r:JU.\n/alate kesavarh dhyayen\nnarayaQam athodare\nvak�al)-sthale madhavarh tu\ngovindarh kaQtha-kupake\nvi�Qurh ca dak�iQe kuk�au\nbahau ca madhusudanam\ntrivikramarh kandhare tu\nvamanarh vama-parsvake\nsridhararh vama-bahau tu\nhr�ikesarh tu kandhare\npr�the ca padmanabharh ca\nkatyarh damodararh nyaset\n\"When one marks the forehead with tilaka, he must remember Kesava. When one\nmarks the lower abdomen, he must remember Narayar:Ja. For the chest, one\nshould remember Madhava, and when marking the hollow of the neck one\nshould remember Govinda. Lord Vi�r:Ju should be remembered while marking the\nright side of the belly, and MadhusOdana should be remembered when marking\nthe right arm. Trivikrama should be remembered when marking the right shoulder,\nand Vamana should be remembered when marking the left side of the belly.\n\nSrTdhara should be remembered while marking the left arm, and Hr�Tkesa should\nbe remembered when marking the left shoulder. Padmanabha and Damodara\nshould be remembered when marking the back.\"\n\nTEXT 203\n\nt!l� l1tf11:srr;;� R'itlf-11._� �nt �� iSfi{ I\n�i ��t� i{l� ��' �i{ �i{f�i{ II � o� II\nei cari-janera vilasa-murti ara a�ta jana\ntan sabara nama kahi, suna sanatana\n\n", "mad8#p0147": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n114\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSYNONYMS\nei cari-janera-of the four personalities; vi lasa-mu rti -pastime forms; ara­\n\nmore; a?ta jana -eight personalities; tan sabara-of all of them; nama-the holy\nnames; kahi-1 shall mention; suna -hear; sanatana-0 Sanatana.\nTRANSLATION\n\"From Vasudeva, Sankar�aQa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha, there are eight\nadditional pastime expansions. 0 Sanatana, please hear Me as I mention Their\nnames.\nTEXT 204\n\n�<PI:�t�1f, ��J�, ;f�'�' ISfe(t'li(e( I\n�Rf, ?�,�l:$il�'Sf, �'Pf�,-���il II � <>8 II\npuru?ottama, acyuta, nrsirilha, janardana\nhari, kr?Qa, adhok?aja, upendra, -a?ta-jana\nSYNONYMS\npuru?ottama -Puru�ottama; acyuta -Acyuta; nrsirilha -Nrsirhha; janardana­\n\nJanardana; hari -Hari; kr?l)a -Kr�Da; adhok?aja -Adhok�aja; upendra -Upendra;\na?ta-jana -eight persons.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The eight pastime expansions are Puru�ttama, Acyuta, Nrsirhha, Janardana, Hari, Kr�Qa, Adhok�aja and Upendra.\nTEXT 205\n\n�t�l:lif�� �?.ift� �-�r;$il�, ����1f I\n���1:'1� �a;jt:)l-�opf�, ��� ��'Sfil II � \"� II\nvasudevera vilasa dui-adhok?aja, puru?ottama\nsankar?al)era vilasa-upendra, acyuta dui-jana\nSYNONYMS\nvasudevera vilasa -the pastime expansions of Vasudeva; dui -tw o; adhok?a­\n\nja-Adhok�aja; puru?ottama -Puru�ottama; sankar?al)era v ilasa -the pastime expansions of Sarikar�al)a; upendra -Upendra; acyuta -Acyuta; dui-jana -the two\npersons.\n\n", "mad8#p0148": "The Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nText 207]\n\n115\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Of these eight expansions, two are pastime forms of Vasudeva. Their\nnames are Adhok�aja and Puru�ottama. The two pastime forms of Sankar�aQa\nare Upendra and Acyuta.\nTEXT 206\n\n���� �a;�- ijf:Jt��' iSfilt\"(il I\n\n����� �a;t:Jt-�fit, �� ��iS'fil II � o� II\npradyumnera vilasa-nrsirilha, janardana\naniruddhera vilasa-hari, kr�Qa dui-jana\nSYNONYMS\npradyumnera vilasa -the pastime forms of Pradyumna; nrsirilha -Nrsirhha;\njanardana-Janardana; aniruddhera vi /asa\n\n-\n\nthe pastime forms of Aniruddha;\n\nhari-Hari; kr�Qa-Kr�t:Ja; dui-jana-the two persons.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The pastime forms of Pradyumna are Nrsirilha and Janardana, and the\npastime forms of Aniruddha are Hari and Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 207\n\n1.!1� �� �-12it�-q-f<t�t� �${til I\n��$ft�'J·(;��� �� �:{ f�:f il11\"fll � 0'l II\nei cabbisa murti-prabhava-vilasa pradhana\nastra-dharaQa-bhede dhare bhinna bhinna nama\nSYNONYMS\nei cabbisa murti\n\n-\n\nal l of these twenty-four forms; prabhava-vilasa-pastime\n\nforms of the prabhava expansions; pradhana-c hief; astra-dharaQa-of holding\nthe weapons; bhede-in terms of differences; dhare\n\n-\n\naccept; bhinna bhinna­\n\nseparate from one another; nama-names.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All these twenty-four forms constitute the chief prabhava-vilasa pastime\nforms of the Lord. They are named differently according to the position of\nweapons in Their hands.\n\n", "mad8#p0149": "116\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 208\n\n•·�Hf 'lf(;f1J �a�t� � �tCfl�·�-t·c;�w 1\n\n� c;� � f�wrtll·C�'e�·Rt�� II � 011' II\ninhara madhye yahara haya akara-vesa-bheda\nsei sei haya vilasa-vaibhava-vibheda\nSYNONYMS\ninhara madhye-out of Them all; yahara-of whom; haya-there is; akara-of\nbodily features; vesa-of dress; bheda-difference; sei sei haya-they are;\nvilasa-vaibhava-of vaibhava-vilasa; vibheda-the difference.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Of all these, the forms that differ in dress and features are distinguished as\nvaibhava-vilasa.\nTEXT 209\n\n9f1lift'e, f'ijjRJli';f, �fll��' �i{ I\n\n�' � �'tfW � '�tCfltt�' �tl'f'lfi'1 II � o� II\npadmanabha, trivikrama, nrsirilha, vamana\nhari, kr�l')a adi haya 'akare' vilak�a/')a\nSYNONYMS\npadmanabha-Padmanabha;\n\ntrivikrama-Trivikrama;\n\nnrsirilha-Nrsirhha;\n\nvamana-Vamana; hari-Hari; kr�Qa-Kr?t:�a; adi-and so on; haya-are; akare\nvi/ak�al')a-different in bodily feature.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Of them, Padmanabha, Trivikrama, Nrsirhha, Vamana, Hari, Kr�r;�a, and so\non all have different bodily features.\nTEXT 210\n\n?�f 121re��a-rr, -- �mw�tfw �tRI' � 1\nc;� Gtfif�� P,ii'tll-R�-tf� 'if'fi{ II ��o II\nk[�l')era prabhava-vilasa-vasudevadi cari jana\nsei cari-janara vilasa-virilsati gal')ana\n\n", "mad8#p0150": "The Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nText 212]\n\n117\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr$Qera-of Lord Kr�r:Ja; prabhava-vilasa-prabhava pastime forms; vasudevaadi-Vasudeva and others; cari jana-quadruple expansions; sei-those; carijanara-of the four- personalities;\n\nvi/asa-pastime forms;\n\nvimsati gaQana­\n\ncounted as twenty.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Vasudeva and the three others are direct prabhava pastime forms of Lord\nK��r;�a. Of these quadruple forms, the pastime expansions are twenty in\nnumber.\nTEXT 211\n\n�·�-l!� ��� �<�t�-��;<�:rtJT·•rtt� 1\n�(-tfif ��rift� f'!i{ �i{ \\!lit1l II �) � II\nitiha-sabara prthak vaikuQtha -paravyoma-dhame\npurvadi a$ta-dike tina tina krame\nSYNONYMS\nitiha-of them; sabara-of all;\n\nprthak -separate;\n\nvaikuQtha-a Vaikur:Jtha\n\nplanet; paravyoma-dhame-in the spiritual world; purva-adi-beginning from the\neast; a$ta-dike-in the eight di,rections; tina tina-three in each; krame-in consecutive order.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All these forms preside over different Vaikur;��ha planets in the spiritual\nworld, beginning from the east in consecutive order. In each of eight directions, there are three different forms.\nTEXT 212\n\n�f� ���ut1f l!<lt�nf fi1'!J�t1f I\nt.!�tf� 81'!itt� �tt�i .tt�il!fil�ti{ II �)� II\nyadyapi paravyoma sabakara nitya-dhama\ntathapi brahmaQc;fe karo katiho sannidhana\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; paravyoma-the spiritual sky; sabakara-of all of Them;\nnitya-dhama-the eternal abode; tathapi-still; brahmaQc;fe-in the material uni-\n\n", "mad8#p0151": "118\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nverses; karo-of some of Them; kariho-somewhere; sannidhana-the residential places.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although They all have Their residences eternally in the spiritual sky,\nsome of Them are situated within the material universes.\nTEXT 213\n\n9f1tf;�Jt�·�f;'U i{�t11r;'Bf �I!J·f\"'f� I\n9f1tf;�J�·�9ffu ��r;�tr;� PI,_� II�)� II\nparavyoma-madhye narayal}era nitya-sthiti\nparavyoma-upari kr�Qalokera vibhuti\nSYNONYMS\nparavyoma-madhye-in the spiritual sky; narayaQera-of NarayaQa; nityasthiti-eternal residence; paravyoma-upari-in the upper portion of the spiritual\nsky; k($Qa-lokera vibhuti-the opulence of the Kr�r:taloka planet.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is an eternal residence of NarayaQa in the spiritual sky. In the upper\nportion of the spiritual sky is a planet known as Kr�Qaloka, which is filled with\nall opulences.\nTEXT 214\n\n�� '��r;�t�' � f�M'fi.21� I\n'��t�J, ��1�, �t1t�t�J �t1f II �)8 II\neka 'kr�Qaloka' haya trividha-prakara\ngokulakhya, mathurakhya, dvarakakhya ara\nSYNONYMS\neka-one; kr�Qa-loka-the planet known as Kr�r:taloka; haya-there is; trividha-prakara-in three different divisions; gokula-akhya-Gokula; mathuraakhya -Mathura; dvaraka-akhya-Dvaraka; ara-and.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The planet of Kr�Qaloka is divided into three sections-Gokula, Mathura\nand Dvaraka.\n\n·\n\n", "mad8#p0152": "Text 217]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n119\n\nTEXT 215\n\n11�tc� '<ti-tt<f1f �t:!l �f:l'ftil 1\n�ftt� �t�t�11-'����' il11f II �)a\" II\nmathurate kesavera nitya sannidhana\nni/aca/e puru?ottama-'jagannatha' nama\nSYNONYMS\nmathurate-in\n\nMathura;\n\nnidhana-residence;\n\nkesavera-of\n\nni/acale-in\n\nLord\n\nNilacala\n\nKesava;\n\n(Jagannatha\n\nnitya-eternal;\nPuri);\n\nsan­\n\npuru?ottama­\n\nPuru�ottama; jagannatha nama-also known as Jagannatha.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kesava eternally resides at Mathura, and Lord Puru�ttama, known by\nthe name )agannatha, eternally resides at Nilacala.\n\nTEXl; 216\n\n�11tt� 1ft'f<{, 1f�tt1f f!\\l'alf!_lJ.Iifil I\nC�tii�HI't\"'J <{l�tlif<f, 9f'Jlilt� iS'filt(il II �)� II\nprayage madhava, mandare sri-madhusadana\nanandaraf)ye vasudeva, padmanabha janardana\nSYNONYMS\nprayage-at Prayaga; madhava-Bindu Madhava; mandare-at Mandara-par­\n\nvata; sri-madhusudana-Sri Madhusodana; ananda-araf)ye-at the place known\nas Anandarat:Jya; vasudeva-Lord Vasudeva; padmanabha -Lord Padmanabha;\njanardana-Lord janardana.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"At Prayaga, the Lord is situated as Bindu Madhava, and at Mandara-parvata, the Lord is known as Madhusudana. Vasudeva, Padmnabha and )anardana reside at AnandaraQya.\nTEXT 217\n\n��<lit�ti! ��' �Rt �t�, 1ft11t�� I\n\n�t� �HI' iltifl � ��ro·f��t� II �)'l II\n\n", "mad8#p0153": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n120\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nvi�Qu-kaficite vi�Qu, hari rahe, mayapure\naiche ara nana murti brahmal)cja-bhitare\nSYNONYMS\n\nvi�Qu-kaficite-at Vi�t:�u-kaiicT; vi�Qu-Lord Vi�t:Ju; hari-Lord Hari; raheremains;\n\nmayapure-at Mayapur; aiche-similarly; ara-also; nana-various;\n\nmurti-forms; brahmaQcja-bhitare-throughout the universe.\nTRANSLATION\n\"At Vi�r:Ju-kai'ici there is Lord Vi�r:Ju, at Mayapur Lord Hari, and throughout\nthe universe a variety of other forms.\nPURPORT\n\nAll of these forms are murti forms, and They are worshiped in the temples. Their\nnames are Kesava at Mathura, Puru�ottama or )agannatha at NTiacala, SrT Bindu\nMadhava at Prayaga, Madhusodana at Mandara, and Vasudeva, Padmanabha and\n)anardana at Anandarat:Jya, which is situated in Kerala, South India. At Vi�t:�u-kaiicT,\nwhich is situated in the Barada state, there is Lord Vi�t:Ju, and Hari is situated at\nMayapur, Lord Caitanya's birthsite. Thus in different places throughout the universe there are various Deities in temples bestowing Their causeless mercy upon\nthe devotees. All these Deity forms are nondifferent from the mOrtis in the\nspiritual world of the Vaikut:�thas. Although the arca-murti, the worshipable Deity\nform of the Lord, appears to be made of material elements, it is as good as the\nspiritual forms found in the spiritual Vaikut:�thalokas. The Deity in the temple,\nhowever, is visible to the material eyes of the devotee. It is not possible for one in\nmaterial conditional life to see the spiritual form of the Lord. To bestow causeless\nmercy upon us, the Lord appears as arca-murti so that we can see Him. It is forbidden to consider the arca-murti to be made of stone or wood. In the Padma PuraQa\nit is said:\narcye Vi�QaU si/a-dhir guru�u nara-matir vai�QaVe jati-buddhir\nvi�Qor va vai�Qavanarh kali-mala-mathane pada-tirthe 'mbu-buddhib\nsri-vi�QOr namni mantre saka/a-ka/u�a-he sabde-samanya-buddhir\nVi�QaU sarvesvarese tad-itara-sama-dhir yasya Vii naraki sab\nNo one should consider the Deity in the temple to be made of stone or wood, nor\nshould one consider the spiritual master an ordinary human being. No one should\nconsider a Vai�t:�ava to belong to a particular caste or creed, and no one should\nconsider caraQamrta or Ganges water to be like ordinary water. Nor should anyone consider the Hare Kr�t:�a maha-mantra to be a material vibration. All these expansions of Kr�t:�a in the material world are simply demonstrations of the Lord's\n\n", "mad8#p0154": "Text 218)\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n121\n\nmercy and willingness to give facility to His devotees who are engaged in His\ndevotional service within the material world.\nTEXT 218\n\nl.!ll� �ro-�t� �<�t� '9f�<l'lt-t' 1\nJl��t9f �<!�?;� ���t� ��Plll �)lr II\nei-mata brahmar:u;Ja-madhye sabara 'parakasa'\nsapta-dvipe nava-khar:u;fe yatihara vilasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; brahmar:u;Ja-madhye-within this universe; sabara-of all\nparakasa-manifestations; sapta-dvipe-on seven islands; navakhaf)t;/e-in different sections, nine in number; yatihara vilasa-the pastimes of\n\nof Them;\nwhom.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Within the universe the Lord is situated in different spiritual manifestations. These are situated on seven islands in nine sections. Thus Their\npastimes are going on.\nPURPORT\n\nThe seven islands are mentioned in the Siddhanta-siromaf)i:\n\nbhumer ardharil k?ira-sindhor udaka-stharil\njambu-dviparil prahur acarya-varya/:1\nardhe 'nyasmin dvipa-?atkasya yamye\nk?ara-k?irady-ambudhinaril nive5a/:l\nsakaril tata/:1 salmala-matra kausaril\nkrauficaril ca go-medaka-pu?kare ca\ndvayor dvayor antaram ekam ekaril\nsamudrayor dvipam udaharanti\n(dvipas) are known as (1) jambu, (2) Saka, (3) Salmali,\n(4) Kusa, (5) Kraufica, (6) Gomeda, or Plak�a, and (7) Pu�kara. The planets are\ncalled dvipa. Outer space is like an ocean of air. just as there are islands in the\nwatery ocean, these planets in the ocean of space are called dvipas, or islands\nin outer space. There are nine khaf)t;/as, known as (1) Bharata, (2) Kinnara,\n(3) Hari, (4) Kuru, (5) Hiral)maya, (6) Ramyaka, (7) llavrta, (8} Bhadrasva and\nThe seven islands\n\n", "mad8#p0155": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n122\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\n(9) Ketumala. These are different parts of the jambudvTpa. A valley between two\nmountains is called a khaQc;ia or var�a.\nTEXT 219\n\n�(31 ��t-t it�-�t� �� Rft� I\nISf�tl!� �� iltf-t' 't� \"itf� II �)� II\nsarvatra prakasa talira-bhakte sukha dite\njagatera adharma nasi' dharma sthapite\nSYNONYMS\nsarvatra-everywhere; prakasa-manifestations; tarira-His; bhakte-to the\ndevotees; sukha dite-to give happiness; jagatera-of the material world; adharma-irreligious\n\nprinciples;\n\nnasi\n\n'-\n\ndestroying;\n\ndharma-religious\n\nprinciples;\n\nsthapite-to establish.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The lord is situated in all the universes in different forms just to please His\ndevotees. Thus the lord destroys irreligious principles and establishes\nreligious principles.\nPURPORT\nIn the material world the Lord is situated in different area-mOrtis (Deities) in the\ntemples, just to decrease the material activities of the conditioned soul and increase his spiritual activities.\n\nParticularly in India there are many temples\n\nthroughout the country. Devotees may take advantage of them and go see the\nLord at Jagannatha PurT, Vrndavana, Prayaga, Mathura, Hardwar and Vi�r)u-kaiicT.\nWhen the devotees travel to these places and see the Lord, they become very\nhappy in devotional service.\nTEXT 220\n\n1t�t� 'lltii{J �tt�i �� '��l!tt�' �'iii I\n\n��t� R\\', f��ilii'll, ijf�e.�, �t'llil II ��\n\n0\n\nII\n\nirihara madhye karo haya 'avatare' gaQana\nyaiche vi�QU, trivikrama, nrsirilha, vamana\nSYNONYMS\nirihara madhye-of Them; karo-of some; haya-there is; avatare-as incarnations; gaQana-counting; yaiche-as; vi�Qu-Lord Vi�r)u; trivikrama-Lord Trivikrama; nrsirhha -Lord Nrsirhha; vamana -Lord Vamana.\n\n", "mad8#p0156": "Text 222]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n123\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Of these forms, some are considered incarnations. Examples are Lord\nVi�r:-u, Lord Trivikrama, Lord N�sirilha and Lord Vamana.\nTEXT 221\n\n·��-<;��-ilt11·,�\"t�f �t1f'1 I\n�llitflf·•ft1f'I·<;�W �il, �ilti!il II ��� II\nastra-dhrti-bheda-nama-bhedera karaf)a\ncakradi-dharaf)a-bheda suna, sanatana\nSYNONYMS\nastra·dhrti-of holding the weapon; bheda-difference; nama-bhedera-of\ndifferences of names; karaf)a-the cause; cakra-adi-of weapons, beginning with\nthe\n\ndisc;\n\ndharaf)a-of\n\nholding;\n\nbheda-differences;\n\nsuna-please\n\nhear;\n\nsanatana-0 Sanatana.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Sanatana, just hear from Me as I tell you how the different vi�r:-u·\nmurtis hold Their weapons, beginning with the disc, and how They are named\ndifferently according to the placement of objects in Their hands.\n\nTEXT 222\n\n�f'f'IWfl �� C��i! <H11t�: ��� I\n�Jiitflf ·�'llfiit1f'l·'$t'fi1tf ��II��� II\ndak�if)adho hasta haite vamadha/:l paryanta\ncakradi astra-dharaf)a-gaf)anara anta\n\nSYNONYMS\ndak�if)a-adha/:l-the lower right; hasta-hand; haite-from; vama-adha/:l-the\nlower left hand; paryanta-up to; cakra-adi-beginning with the disc; astradharaf)a-of holding the weapons; gaf)anara-of counting; anta-the end.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The procedure for counting begins with the lower right hand and goes to\nthe upper right hand, the upper left hand, and the lower left hand. Lord Vi�r:-u\nis named according to the order the objects are held in His hands.\n\n", "mad8#p0157": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n124\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 223\n\n�t�,�fiti!i <IS!;� t;f�-t � �'t� I\n'!1� lf!;'! �fit �tt� t;i1Pffw·'ffil'l II��� II\nsiddhartha-sarilhita kare cabbisa murti gaQana\ntara mate kahi age cakradi-dharaQa\nSYNONYMS\nsiddhartha-sarilhita-the revealed scripture named Siddhartha-sarilhita; karedoes; cabbisa-twenty-four; murti-forms; gaQana-counting; tara mate-according to the opinion of Siddhartha-sarilhita; kahi-1 shall describe; age-first;\ncakra-adi-dharaQa-holding of the weapons, beginning with the disc.\nTRANSLATION\n\"According to the Siddhartha-sarilhita there are twenty-four forms of Lord\nVi�t:�u. First I shall describe, according to the opinion of that book, the location of the weapons, beginning with the disc.\n\nPURPORT\nThe twenty-four forms are (1) Vasudeva, (2) Sarikar�al)a, (3) Pradyumna,\n(4) Aniruddha, (5) Kesava, (6) Narayal)a, (7) Madhava, (8) Govinda, (9) Vi�I)U,\n(10) Madhusodana, (11) Trivikrama, (12) Vamana, (13) Sridhara, (14) Hr�ikesa,\n(15) Padmanabha,\n(16) Damodara,\n(17) Puru�ottama,\n(18) Acyuta,\n(19) Nrsirhha, (20) janardana, (21) Hari, (22) Kr�l)a, (23) Adhok�aja and\n(24) Upendra.\nTEXT 224\n\n<r�T;;Iif�\n\n-\n\n�wt-r.r��9f'll� 1\n\n,�,l-�t-1�9f'llt;iGi<f.� II ��8 II\nvas udeva -gada-sarikha -cakra-padma-dhara\nsarikar?aQa-gada-sarikha-padma-cakra-kara\n\nSYNONYMS\nVasudeva-Vasudeva;\npadma-lotus .flower;\n\ngada-club;\n\nsarikha-conchshell;\n\ndhara-holding; sarikar?aQa-Sarikar�al)a;\n\ncakra-disc;\ngada-club;\n\nsarikha-conchshell; padma-lotus flower; cakra-kara-the disc in the hand.\n\n", "mad8#p0158": "Text 226]\n\n125\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In His lower right hand, Lord Vasudeva holds a club, in the upper right\nhand a conchshell, in the upper left hand a disc and in the lower left hand a\nlotus flower. In His lower right hand, Sankar�aQa holds a club, in His upper\nright hand a conchshell, in His upper left hand a lotus flower and in His lower\nleft hand a disc.\nTEXT 225\n\n<2f�'i -�i!ii�'il�t'Pf'llli� I\n�filft-�iJii'illlt-t'i'Pf'll<Ti� II �� <t II\npradyumna-cak ra-sankha-gada-padma-dhara\naniruddha-cakra-gada-sarikha-padma-kara\nSYNONYMS\npradyumna-Lord Pradyumna; cakra-disc; sarikha-conch; gada\nrna-lotus; dhara\n\n-\n\nho l ding; aniruddha-Lord Aniruddha;\n\n-\n\nclub; pad­\n\ncakra-disc;\n\ngada­\n\nclub; sarikha-conch; padma-kara-lotus flower in hand.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Pradyumna holds the disc, conch, club and lotus. Aniruddha holds the\ndisc, club, conch and lotus.\nTEXT 226\n\n'PfR<IJll;1l <lt�r;�<t tfw\n\n-\n\nfii'Sf filiSf ��'f1f I\n\n�Hf 11� <!�'�, <;�-�� 'fil�<lif II��� II\nparavyome vasudevadi-nija nija astra-dhara\ntarira mata kahi, ye-saba astra-kara\nSYNONYMS\npara-vyome-in\n\nthe\n\nspiritual\n\nsky;\n\nvasudeva-adi- be gin ning\n\nwith\n\nLord\n\nVasudeva; nija nija-Their own respective; astra-dhara-holding of different\nweapons; tarira mata kahi-1 am speaking the opinion of Siddhartha-sarhhita; yesaba-all; astra kara\n-\n\n-\n\nweapons in the different hands.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Thus in the spiritual sky the expansions, headed by Vasudeva, hold\nweapons in Their own respective order. I am repeating the opinion of Siddhartha-samhita in describing Them.\n\n", "mad8#p0159": "126\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 227\n\n�?;<fi-f<t- 91'!1' ct.r��$tt�� I\nilt�t11'1--l.r9!'JI''Itlift��� II ��'l II\nsri-ke sava -padma-sarikha-cakra-gada-dhara\nnarayaQa-sarikha-padma-gada-cakra-dhara\nSYNONYMS\nsri-kesava-Lord Kesava; padma-lotus; sarikha-conch; cakra-disc; gadaclub; dhara-holding; narayaQa-Lord Narayal)a; sarikha-conch; padma-lotus;\ngada-dub; cakra-disc; dhara-holding.\nTRANSLATION\n\"lord Kesava holds the lotus, conch, disc and club. lord Naraya�a holds the\nconch, lotus, club and disc.\nTEXT 228\n\n��1$1\"1-'il'lift�<.!l'-t.r?�'D<!i� I\n<!ilt'ltt�ttt-��'itit9l'JI'ct'i$1� II ��IT' II\nsri-madhava-gada-cakra-sarikha-padma-kara\nsri-govinda-cakra-gada-padma-sarikha-dhara\nSYNONYMS\nsri-madhava-Lord Madhava; gada-dub; cakra-disc; sarikha-conch; padrna-lotus; kara-in the hands; sri-govinda-Lord Govinda; cakra-disc; gadaclub; padma-lotus; sarikha-conch; dhara-holding.\nTRANSLATION\n\"lord Madhava holds the club, disc, conch and lotus. lord Govinda holds\nthe disc, club, lotus and conch.\nTEXT 229\n\n���\n\n-\n\n'itlift9!'JI'ct\"���� I\n\n'al��il-tj�-l\"9!'JI'�Wi$f� II��(;) II\nvi�Qu-murti-gada-padma-sarikha-cakra-kara\nmadhusudana-cakra-sarikha-padma-gada-dhara\n\n", "mad8#p0160": "The Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nText 231]\n\n127\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nVi?QU-mOrti-Lord Vi�I)U; gada-club; padma-iotus; sarikha-conch; cakradisc;\n\nkara-in the hands;\n\nmadhusadana-Lord MadhusOdana;\n\ncakra-disc;\n\nsarikha-conch; padma-iotus; gada-club; dhara-holding.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Vi�r;�u holds the club, lotus, conch and disc. Lord Madhusudana holds\nthe disc, conch, lotus and club.\nTEXT 230\n\nfui�i!ii� -·�':J�Wtl)�.Q•-t.r<li� I\n(!1\\�t�il' -lCf'Sil)�.Q>�Iii t9l':JE!� II ��\n\no\n\nII\n\ntrivikrama-padma-gada-cakra-sarikha-kara\nsri-vamana-sarikha-cakra-ga�a-padma-dhara\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ntrivikrama-Lord\n\nTrivikrama;\n\npadma-iotus;\n\ngada-club;\n\ncakra-disc;\n\nsarikha-conch; kara-in the hands; sri-vamana-Lord Vamana; sarikha-conch;\ncakra-disc; gada-club; padma-iotus; dhara-holding.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Trivikrama holds the lotus, club, disc and conch. Lord Vamana holds\nthe conch, disc, club and lotus.\nTEXT 231\n\n!\\'1� -�':Jl)i!ii\"i!Wt-t.r<li� I\n��t<fi-f-�t;fl)i!ii9l':J-t.r'l� II ��� II\nsridhara-padma-cakra-gada-sarikha-kara\nhr?ikesa-gada-cakra-padma-sarikha-dhara\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsridhara-Lord Sridhara; padma-iotus; cakra-disc; gada-club; sarikhaconch; kara-in the hands; hr?ikesa-Lord Hr�ikesa; gada-club; cakra-disc;\npadma-iotus; sarikha-conch; dhara-holding.\n\n", "mad8#p0161": "128\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Sridhara holds the lotus, disc, club and conch. Lord Hr�ikesa holds\nthe club, disc, lotus and conch.\nTEXT 232\n\n�'!lilt�- -���'!liii:Qi'itift�� I\nwtc;';ftlf�- �'!lii�'itift-1��� II ���II\npadmanabha-sankha-padma-cakra-gada -kara\ndamodara-padma-cakra-gada-sankha-dhara\nSYNONYMS\npadmanabha-Lord Padmanabha;\n\nsankha-conch;\n\npadma-lotus;\n\ncakra­\n\ndisc; gada-dub; kara-in the hands; damodara-Lord Damodara; padmalotus; cakra-disc; gada-dub; sankha-conch; dhara-holding.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Padmanabha holds the conch, lotus, disc and club. Lord Damodara\nholds the lotus, disc, club and conch.\nTEXT 233\n\n11,l1PT;��Jf ���'!l\"i�'ilift� I\n��� 'St'5ft�'!llii:Qi�lf� II ���II\n--·\n\n--\n\npuru�ottama-cakra-padma-sankha-gada-dhara\nsri-acyuta -gada-padma-cakra-sankha-dhara\nSYNONYMS\npuru�ottama-Lord Puru�ottama; cakra-disc; padma-lotus; sarikha-conch;\ngada-dub; dhara-holding;\n\nsri-acyuta-Lord Acyuta; gada-dub; padma­\n\nlotus; cakra-disc; sarikha-conch; dhara-holding.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Puru�ottama holds the disc, lotus, conch and club. Lord Acyuta holds\nthe club, lotus, disc and conch.\nTEXT 234\n\n!lijfit��- �i1P�'!l'i1Wt-t'i� I\ni5fi{t('et-�'!lii�'it5ft�� II � �8 II\n\n", "mad8#p0162": "Text 236)\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n129\n\nsri-nrsimha-cakra-padma-gada-sarik ha-dhara\njanardana -padma-cakra-sankha-gada-kara\nSYNONYMS\nsri-nrsimha-Lord Nrsirhha; cakra-disc; padma-lotus; gada-club; sarikhaconch; dhara-holding; janardana-Lord janardana; padma-lotus; cakra-disc;\nsarikha-conch; gada-club; kara-in the hands.\nTRANSLATION\n\"lord Nrsimha holds the disc, lotus, club and conch. lord )anardana holds\nthe lotus, disc, conch and club.\nTEXT 235\n\nl!tl�fit -t��iiii'Pf'll'il5ft�1t I\n�� --t'i$ft'Pf'll�i!li�11' II ��� II\n-\n\nsri-hari-sarikha-cakra-padma-gada-kara\nsri-k[�Qa -sankha-gada-padma-cakra-kara\nSYNONYMS\nsri-hari-Lord Hari; sarikha-conch; cakra-disc; padma-lotus; gada-club;\nkara-in the hand; sri-k[$Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; sarikha-conch; gada-club; padmalotus; cakra-disc; kara-in the hands.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sri Hari holds the conch, disc, lotus and club. lord Sri Kr�r;�a holds the\nconch, club, lotus and disc.\nTEXT 236\n\n�r;�t-.�-'Pf'll��i!li�11' I\n��'Pfi!! --t'i'il'ft�i!li'Pf'll<!fi11' II ��� II\nadhok�aja-padma-gada-sankha-cakra-kara\nu pendra-sankha-gada-cakra-padma-kara\nSYNONYMS\nadhok�aja-Lord\n\nAdhok�aja;\n\npadma-lotus;\n\ngada-club;\n\nsarikha-conch;\n\ncakra-disc; kara-in hand; upendra-Lord Upendra; sarikha-conch; gadaclub; cakra-disc; padma-lotus; kara-in hand.\n\n", "mad8#p0163": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n130\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Adhok�aja holds the lotus, club, conch and disc. Lord Upendra holds\nthe conch, club, disc and lotus.\nTEXT 237\n\n�il'f�-?t�� �r;� �tlifi!lf� I\nl:!tf ;rt'! � � �t<!f ��tflr·'ftf'l II ��� II\nhayasir�a-paficaratre kahe �o/a-jana\ntara mate kahi ebe cakradi-dharal)a\nSYNONYMS\nhayasir�a-paficaratre -the revealed scripture named the Hayasir�a-paficaratra;\nkahe -says; �o/a-jana-sixteen personalities; tara mate -according to this opinion;\n\nkahi-1\n\nshall\n\ndescribe;\n\nebe\n\n-\n\nnow;\n\ncakra-adi-dharal)a-the holding of\n\nweapons, beginning with the disc.\nTRANSLATION\n\"According to the Haya5ir�a-paiicaratra, there are sixteen personalities. I\nshall now describe that opinion of how They hold the weapons.\nPURPORT\nThe sixteen personalities are as follows: (1) Vasudeva, (2) Sarikar�ar:Ja,\n(3) Pradyumna, (4) Aniruddha, (5) Kesava, (6) Narayar;Ja, (7) Madhava,\n(8) Govinda, (9) Vi�r;Ju, (1 0) Madhusodana, (11) Trivikrama, (12) Vamana,\n(13) Sridhara, (14) Hr�ikesa, (15) Padmanabha, (16) Damodara.\nTEXT 238\n\n<;;�-t<!f·G;tet'f �\"-t..rost5ftlii1!i'i� I\n;rt'i<!f·G;�t'f iji1ji'$f'ft-t'll9i'll<f.� II ��lr II\nkesava-bhede padma-sankha-gada-cakra-dhara\nmadhava-bhede cakra-gada-sankha-padma-kara\nSYNONYMS\nkesava-bhede-according\n\nto the\n\npadma-lotus; sankha -conch; gada\n\ndifferent\n-\n\nopm1on\n\nabout\n\nLord\n\nKesava;\n\nclub; cakra-and disc; dhara -holding;\n\nmadhava-bhede-according to the different opinion about the bodily features of\n\n", "mad8#p0164": "Text 240]\n\n131\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nLord Madhava; cakra-disc; gada-club; sari kha-conch; padma-lotus; karain the hands.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kesava is described differently as holding the lotus, conch, club and disc,\nand Madhava is described as holding disc, club, conch and lotus in His hands.\n\nTEXT 239\n\ne{t�t1l'I·��W e{tili �'&f·,�W·'R't I\n�i!Jt�� ''e� �� �<t �'&f<ti11' II ��� II\nnarayaQa-bhede nana astra-bheda-dhara\nityadika bheda ei saba astra-kara\n\nSYNONYMS\nnarayaQa-bhede-according to the different opinion about the bodily features\nof Lord Narayal)a; nan a-various; astra-of weapons; bheda-dhara-differences\nin holding; iti-adika-in this way; bheda-differentiated; ei saba-all these;\nastra-kara-w eapons in the hands.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"According to the Haya§ir�a Pai'icaratra, NarayaQa and others are also presented differently as holding the weapons in different hands.\n\nTEXT 240\n\n'��� ���, �11' '�\"11·��{;�tl51t' I\n\n�� 'D:� e{t'al � �i!ji{�i{ II �So II\n'svayarh bhagavan', ara '/i/a-puru�ottama'\nei dui nama dhare vrajendra-nandana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvayam bhag avan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nara-and;\n\n/ila­\n\npuru�ottama-the Lord Puru�ottama of pastimes; ei dui-these two; namanames; dhare-takes; vrajendra-nandana-K[�I)a, the son of Nanda Maharaja.\n\n", "mad8#p0165": "132\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�.,a, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, indicated as the son\nof Maharaja Nanda, has two names. One is svayam bhagavan, and the other is\nlila-puru�ottama.\nTEXT 241\n\n':t_i\\-1{ �'il1f�� �'l'1f il'iltlftllf I\n\nillil��w;?t il'il� �il<r>ttllf II �8� II\npurira avaraQa-rOpe purira nava-dese\nnava-vyuha-rupe nava-murti parakase\nSYNONYMS\npurira-of Dvaraka Puri; avaraQa-rOpe-as a covering for the four sides; purira\nnava-dese-in nine different parts of the city; nava-vyuha-rupe-in nine Deities;\nnava-murti -nine forms; parakase-manifests.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�.,a personally surrounds Dvaraka Puri as its protector. In different\nparts of the Puri, in nine places, He expands in nine different forms.\nTEXT 242\n\ns�tc�i <lt�r:lf<l1�1 �t�\"hr<f<Jf'i��r:<�>� 1\n���\"'lr.<t1 1r�tr.�tr.ili·1 �\"'lfi1 cs� •rc�tfif'!lt: n s�u\ncatvaro vasudevadya\nnarayaQa-nrsirhhakau\nhayagrivo mahakroc;fo\nbrahma ceti navoditab\nSYNONYMS\ncatvarab-four principal protectors; vasudeva-adyab-Vasudeva, Sarikar�ar;�a,\nPradyumna and Aniruddha; narayaQa-including Lord Narayar;�a; nrsirhhakau-as\nwell as Lord Nrsimha; hayagrivab-Lord Hayagriva; mahakroc;fab-Lord Varaha;\nbrahma-Lord Brahma; ca-also; iti-thus; nava-uditab-nine personalities.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The nine personalities mentioned are Vasudeva, Sankar�a.,a, Pradyumna,\nAniruddha, Naraya.,a, Nrsimha, Hayagriva, Varaha and Brahma.'\n\n", "mad8#p0166": "Text 244]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n133\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in the Laghu-bhagavatamrta (1.451 ) . The Brahma mentioned\nherein is not a living entity. Sometimes, when there is a scarcity of living entities to\ntake charge of Brahrna's post, Maha-Vi��u expands Himself as Lord Brahma. This\nBrahma is not considered to be a living entity; He is an expansion of Vi��u.\nTEXT 243\n\n��1-t-f-wt� �� C<f.'a:[. ���'1 I\n\n��t-m �W �t� �i{, �i{'ti!i{ II �8� II\nprakasa-vilasera ei kai/uri vivaraQa\nsvarhsera bheda ebe suna, sanatana\nSYNONYMS\nprakasa-vilasera-of pastime forms and manifestations; ei-this; kai/uri-1\nhave made; vivaraQa-description; svarhsera-6f personal expansions; bhedethe differences; ebe-now; suna-please hear; sanatana-0 Sanatana GosvamT.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have already described the pastime and prakasa forms. Now please hear\n\nabout the different personal expansions.\nTEXT 244\n\n��'1, 1le.�tfif�,-�� '�\\if iRt I\n�\"�'1- �<ti�'!rn, ��'!rn �C�t� 11 �88 n\nsarikar�aQa, matsyadika, -dui bheda tarira\nsarikar�aQa -puru�avatara, lilavatara ara\nSYNONYMS\nsarikar�aQa-Sarikar�a�a; matsya-adika-and incarnations such as the fish;\ndui-two; bheda-differentiations; tarira-His; sarikar�aQa-Sarikar�a�a; puru�aavatara-incarnations of Vi��u; /i/a-avatara-pastime incarnations; ara-and.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The first personal expansion is Sankar�ar:'la, and the others are incarnations\nlike the fish incarnation. Sankar�ar:'la is an expansion of the Puru�a, or Vi�r:'IU·\nThe incarnations such as Matsya, the fish incarnation, appear in different\nyugas for specific pastimes.\n\n", "mad8#p0167": "134\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe puru?a-avataras are the Lords of .the universal creation. These are the\nKaral)odakasayi Vi�l)u, Garbhodakasayi Vi�l)u and K�irodakasayi Vi�I)U. There are\nalso li/a-avataras, and these include (1) Catuf:Jsana, (2) Narada, (3) Varaha,\n\n(4) Matsya, (5) .Yajria, (6) Nara-Narayal)a, (7) Kardami Kapila, (8) Dattatreya,\n(9) Haya5ir�a, (10) Ham sa, (11l Dhruvapriya, or Prsnigarbha, (12) ��abha,\n(13) Prthu,\n(14) Nrsirilha,\n(15) KOrma,\n(16) Dhanvantari,\n(17) Mohini,\n(18) Vamana, (19) Bhargava Parasurama, (20) Raghavendra, (21) Vyasa,\n(22) Pralambari Balarama, (23) Kr�l)a, (24) Buddha and (25) Kalki.\nThese twenty-five Personalities of Godhead are known as lila-avataras. Because\nthey appear in each day of Brahma, or in each kalpa (millennium), they are sometimes known as kalpa-avataras. Of these incarnations, Harilsa and Mohini are not\nvery permanent or well known, but They are listed among the prabhava-avataras.\nKapila, Dattatreya, ��abha, Dhanvantari and Vyasa are eternally situated and very\nwidely known. They are also counted among the prabhava incarnations. KOrma,\nMatsya, Narayal)a, Varaha, Hayagriva, Prsnigarbha, and Baladeva, the killer of\nPralambasura, are counted among the vaibhava-avataras.\nTEXT 245\n\n��t1!f �� �t�1!f � ,�t{ 12i�t1f I\n��t�'!t1!f ��' \"f1ift�l!t1!f �t1f II �8<t II\navatara haya kr?f)era ?ac;f-vidha prakara\npuru?avatara eka, lilavatara ara\nSYNONYMS\n\navatara-incarnations; haya-there are; kr?f)era-of Lord Kr�l)a; $at-vidha prakara-six kinds; puru?a-avatara-incarnations of Vi�l)u; eka-one; /i/a-avataraincarnations for the execution of pastimes; ara-also.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are six types of incarnations [avataras] of Kr�l)a. One is the incarnations of Vi�l)u [puru�a-avataras], and another is the incarnations meant for the\nperformance of pastimes [lila-avataras].\nTEXT 246\n\n�'tt�l!t1{, �t1!f 11·�1!ft�l!11f I\n�'$ft�l!�, �1!f -t�Jtt�-t�l!t1!f II �8� II\n\n", "mad8#p0168": "Text 246]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n135\n\nguQavatara, ara manvantaravatara\nyugavatara, ara saktyavesavatara\nSYNONYMS\n\ngu1,1a-avatara-the incarnations to control the material qualities; ara-also ;\n\nmanu-antara-avatara-the incarnations of the Manus; yuga-avatara-the incarna­\n\ntions according to different yugas; ara-and ; sakti-avesa-avatara-empowered\nincarnations.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are incarnations that control the material qualities [gur;�a-avataras],\nincarnations of the Manus [manvantara-avataras], incarnations in different\nmillenniums [yuga-avataras] and incarnations of empowered living entities\n[saktyavesa-avataras].\nPURPORT\nThe\n\ngu1,1a-avataras are three-Lord\n\nBrahma,\n\nLord Siva\n\nand Lord Vi�t:JU\n\n(Bhag. 10.88.3). The avataras of Manu, or manvantara-avataras, are listed as\n\nfollows in Srimad-Bhagavatam (8.1.5,1.3): (1) Yajna, (2) Vibhu, (3) Satyesena,\n\n(4) Hari, (5) Vaikut:�tha, (6) Ajita, (7) Vamana, (8) Sarvabhauma, (9) ��abha,\n\n(1 0) Vi�vaksena, (11) Dharmasetu, (12) Sudhama, (13) Yogesvara a n d\n(14) Brhadbhanu. Altogether these are fourteen i n number, and of these, both\n\nYaja and Vamana are also counted among the li/a-avataras. All these Manu incar­\n\nnations are sometimes called vaibhava-avataras.\n\nThe four yuga-avataras are (1) suk/a (white) in the Satya-yuga (Bhag. 11.5.21) ,\n\n(2) rakta (red) i n the Treta-yuga (Bhag. 11.5.24), (3) syama (dark blue) i n the\n\nDvapara-yuga (Bhag. 11.5.27), and (4) generally kr$Qa (black) but in special cases\n\npita (yellow) as Caitanya Mahaprabhu in the Kali-yuga, (Bhag. 11.5.32 and\n\n10.8.13).\n\nThe saktyavesa-avatara is categorized into (1) forms of divine absorption\n\n(bhagavad-avesa) like Kapiladeva or ��abhadeva and (2) divinely empowered\n\nforms (saktyavesa), of whom there are seven: (1) Se�a Naga in the Vaikut:�tha\n\nworld, empowered for the personal service of the Supreme Lord (sva-sevana-sak­\n\nt/), (2) Anantadeva, empowered to bear all the planets within the universe (bhu­\n\ndharaQa-sakttl, (3) Lord Brahma, empowered with the energy to create the cos­\n\nmic manifestation (sf$ti-sakti), (4) Catu�sana, or the Kumaras, specifically em­\n\npowered to distribute transcendental knowledge (jiiana-sakti), (5) Narada Muni,\n\nempowered to distribute devotional service (bhakti-saktl), (6) Maharaja Prthu,\n\nspecifically empowered to rule and maintain the living entities (pa/ana-saktl) and\n\n(7) Parasurama, specifically empowered to cut down rogues and demons (du$ta­\n\ndamana-sakti).\n\n", "mad8#p0169": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n136\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 247\n\n�t�, ,�)'Sf� �� Btt1lt\";�� 'fS! I\n\n�1!11it'Pf �\"1'1 <Tit�i{ 6tiSfi!!!fi{\"fi{ II �8'\\ II\nbalya, paugaQr;!a haya vigrahera dharma\neta-rOpe lila karena vrajendra-nandana\n\nSYNONYMS\nbalya-childhood; paugaQ r;/a-boyhood; haya-there are; vigrahera-of the\n\nDeity; dharma\n\n-\n\ncharacteristics; eta-rOpe-in so many forms; lila-pastimes;\n\nkarena- executes; vraj endra-nandana\n\n-\n\nKr�Qa, the son of Nanda Maharaja.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Childhood and boyhood are the typical ages of the Deity. Kr�Qa, the son of\nMaharaja Nanda, performed His pastimes as a child and as a boy.\nTEXT 248\n\n�· e!�i!nf �t��' ift�<Ti 'Sf'fi{ I\nllft�i·fi!l·�t� <TiBJ fif'St,W�-ti{ II �817' II\nananta avatara kr$Qera, nahika gaQana\nsakha-candra-nyaya kari dig-darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\nananta-unlimited;\n\navatara-incarnations;\n\nkr$Qera-of Lord\n\nKr�Qa;\n\nnahika\n\ngaQana-t here is no possibility of counting; sakha-candra-nyaya-by the analogy\n\nof the moon and the branches of a tree; kari-1 make; dik-darasana-a slight indication.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are innumerable incarnations of Kr�Qa, and there is no possibility of\ncounting them. We can simply indicate them by giving the example of the\nmoon and the branches of a tree.\nPURPORT\nAlthough the moon appears to be located in the branches of a tree, it is actually\nsituated very far away. Similarly, none of the avataras, or incarnations, of Lord\nKr�Qa are within this material world, but they are visible by the causeless mercy of\n\n", "mad8#p0170": "Text 249]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n137\n\nthe Lord. We should not consider them to belong to this material world. As stated\nin Bhagavad-grta:\n\navajananti marh mu(iha\nmanU?irh tanum asritam\npararh bhavam ajananto\nmama bhuta-mahesvaram\n\"Fools deride Me when I descend in the human form. They do not know My transcendental nature and My supreme dominion over all that be.\" (Bg.\n\n9.11)\n\nAvataras descend of their own free will, and although they may act like ordinary\nhuman beings, they do not belong to this material world. Lord Kr�r:Ja and His\n\navataras can be understood only by the grace of the Lord.\nnayam atma pravacanena labhyo\nna medhaya na bahuna srutena\nyam evai?a vwute tena lab.hyas\ntasyai?a atma ViV[f}Ute tanQrh SVam\n(Katha l)pani?ad 1.2.23)\n\nathapi te deva padambuja-dvayaprasada-lesanugrhrta eva hi\njanati tattvarh bhagavan-mahimno\nna canya eko 'pi cirarh vicinvan\n(Bhag. 10.14.29)\n\nTEXT 249\n\n'!!'1\\!it ill �ii�C�HII H�: 'l�fO!Cif��t: I\n�� t � f'llf t f110!: �<'fJt: 'liP!: �J: 'l��\"(: II � 8 � II\navatara hy asankhyeya\nhare/:! sattva-nidher dvija/:1\nyatha 'vidasinab kulyab\nsarasa/:1 syu/:1 sahasrasa/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\navatara/:1 -all the incarnations; hi-certainly; asafikhyeya/:1 - beyond counting;\nhare/:1-from the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sattva-nidhe/:1-who is the\n\n", "mad8#p0171": "138\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nreservoir of spiritual energy; dvija/:1-0 brahmaf)as; yatha-as; avidasina/:1-con­\n\nku/ ya/:1-small ponds; sarasa/:1-from a lake;\nsyu/:1 -must be; sahasrasa/:1 -by hundreds and thousands of times.\n\ntaining a great reservoir of water;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 learned brahmaQas, just as hundreds and thousands of small ponds\n\nissue from great reservoirs of water, innumerable incarnations flow from Sri\nHari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the reservoir of all power.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.3.26).\nTEXT 250\n\n\\21Qrt� <lit� �� '���t'il'!t�' I\nc;:J1.1! 1IJ.11i� I(� fi!f'ilst \\21\"lit� II �� o II\nprathamei kare kr?Qa 'puru?avatara'\nseita puru?a haya trividha prakara\nSYNONYMS\n\nprathamei-in the beginning; kare-does; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�rya; puru?a-avatarathe incarnation of the three Vi�ryus (Maha-Vi�ryu, GarbhodakasayT Vi�ryu and\nK�TrodakasayT Vi�ryu); seita-that; puru?a-Vi�ryu; haya-becomes; tri-vidha pra­\n\nkara-three different manifestations.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the beginning, Kr�Qa incarnates Himself as puru�a-avataras, or Vi�QU incarnations. These are of three types.\nPURPORT\nUp to this verse, the many types of expansions have been described. Now the\nmanifestations of the Lord's different potencies will be described.\nTEXT 251\n\nf<fcltlt'W ijj')fc1 �9ftfc11>J_����t�c�1 �TQ_: 1\n�<II� 11:�\\!: �g< f�'!')�� ��'l�f,_\\!� I\n\nW'!�� 'l�'i:�,_� �tf-1: �1� f<1lJ.:rm� n �o n\nVi?QOS tU trif)i rupJ.Qi\npuru?akhyany atho vidu/:1\n\n", "mad8#p0172": "Text 252]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n139\n\nekaril tu mahatai) sra�tr\ndvitiyaril tv af)c;/a-sarilsthitam\ntrtiyaril sarva-bhuta-stharil\ntani jnatva vimucyate\nSYNONYMS\nvi�Qoi)-of Lord Vi�r:Ju; tu-certainly; triQi-three; rupaf)i-forms; puru�aakhyani-celebrated as the puru�a; atho-how; vidui)-they know; ekam-one\nof them; tu-but; mahatai) sra�tr-the creator of the total material energy;\ndvitiyam-the second; tu-but; af)c;/a-sarilsthitam-situated within the universe;\ntrtiyam-the third; sarva-bhUta-stham-within the hearts of all living entities;\ntani-these three; jt'iatva-knowing; vimucyate-one becomes liberated.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Vi�r;�u has three forms called puru�as. The first, Maha-Vi�r;�u, is the creator of the total material energy [mahat], the .second is Garbhoda5ayi, who is\nsituated within each universe, and the third is K�iroda$ayi, who lives in the\nheart of every living being. He who knows these three becomes liberated from\nthe clutches of maya.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse appears in the Laghu-bhagavatamrta (Purva-khaf)c;/a 33), where it has\nbeen quoted from the Satvata-tantra.\nTEXT 252\n\n���-tf�·1lt$fJ �t�1f ft:e� -tf• �'It� I\n't�t-tf�', '�1�-t�', 'f�t-tf�' itl1f II �Q� II\nananta-sakti-madhye kr�f)era tina sakti pradhana\n'iccha-sakti', 'jnana-sakti', 'kriya-sakti' nama\nSYNONYMS\nananta-sakti-of unlimited potencies; madhye-in the midst; kr�f.lera-of Lord\nKr�r:Ja;\n\ntina-three;\n\nsakti-potencies;\n\npradhana-are\n\nchief;\n\niccha-sakti­\n\nwillpower; jnana-sakti-the power of knowledge; kriya-sakti-the creative energy; nama-named.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r;�a has unlimited potencies, out of which three are chief-willpower,\nthe power of knowledge and the creative energy.\n\n", "mad8#p0173": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n140\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 253\n\n��t-tflpi2f'fti1 ��-��t� �(<!\"� I\n\nati{-tf��'fte{ ���lif<!f �fit�tl!i II ��'!) II\niccha-sakti-pradhana kr?Qa-icchaya sarva-karta\njnana-sakti-pradhana vasudeva adhi?thata\nSYNONYMS\niccha-sakti-of willpower; pradhana-predominator; kr?Qa-Lord Kf�l)a; icchaya-simply by willing; sarva-karta-the creator of everything; jnana-saktipradhana-the predominator of the power of knowledge;\n\nvasudeva-Lord\n\nVasudeva; adhi?thata-reservoir.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The predominator of the willing potency is lord Kr�r:Ja, for by His supreme\nwill everything comes into existence. In willing, there is a need for knowledge, and that knowledge is expressed through Vasudeva.\nTEXT 254\n\n��·elti1·f�i Ri1i i11 �� ��I\n\nf��ilf f�i1-tf� '1lfl'l' �9(�·1Uii111 ��8 II\niccha-jnana-kriya vina na haya srjana\ntinera tina-sakti me/i' prapanca-racana\nSYNONYMS\niccha-jnana-kriya-thinking, feeling, willing, knowledge and activity; vmawithout; na-not; haya-there is; srjana-creation; tinera-of the three; tinasakti-three potencies; me/i'-being amalgamated; prapanca-racana-there is\nthe cosmic manifestation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is no possibility of creation without thinking, feeling, willing,\nknowledge and activity. The combination of the supreme will, knowledge and\naction brings about the cosmic manifestation.\nTEXT 255\n\n�t-tf�i21�ti1 ���'I ��Bll1l I\ni2ft�l!ti2ft�l!·�m ���i( ��t'fll �a<t II\n\n", "mad8#p0174": "Text 257]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n141\n\nkriya-sakti-pradhana sankar�af)a balarama\nprakrt -prakrta-sr�ti karena nirmaf)a\nSYNONYMS\nkriya-sakti-pradhana-the predominator of the creative energy; sankar�af)aLord\n\nSarikar�al)a;\n\nba/arama-Lord\n\nBalarama;\n\nprakrta-material;\n\nspiritual; smi-worlds; karena-does; nirmaf)a-c reation\n\naprakrta­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"lord Sankar�ar:ta is lord Balarama. Being the predominator of the creative\nenergy, He creates both the material and spiritual worlds.\n\nTEXT 256\n\n��.m�11' �fil�'ti!i ��� ��1� I\n\n''St�t<TS, '��sb �\\Sr W�f��1ft� II ��� II\nahankarera adhi�th�ta kr�f)era icchaya\ngoloka, vaikuf)tha srje cic-chakti-dvaraya\n\nSYNONYMS\nahankarera-of egotism;\n\nadhi�thata-the source or predominating Deity;\n\nkr�f)era-of Lord Kr�l)a; icchaya-by the will; go/oka\n\n-\n\nthe supreme spiritual\n\nplanet, known as Goloka; vaikuf)tha-other, lower planets, known as Vaikul)thas;\nsrje-creates; cit-sakti-dvaraya-by the spiritual energy.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"That original Sankar�ar:ta [lord Balarama] is the cause of both the material\nand spiritual creation. He is the predominating deity of egotism, and by the\nwill of Kr�r:ta and the power of the spiritual energy, He creates the spiritual\nworld, which consists of the planet Goloka Vrndavana and the Vaikur:tfha\nplanets.\n\nTEXT 257\n\nqJf� �\"l fii�J fu���� I\nl!ottf� ��'!·��� l!t�t� �<til-t II ��9 II\nyadyapi asrjya nitya cic-chakti-vilasa\ntathapi sankar�af)a-icchaya tahara prakasa\n\n", "mad8#p0175": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n142\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nyadyapi-although; asrjya-there is no question of creation; nitya-eternal;\ncit-sakti-vilasa-pastimes of the eternal spiritual energy; tathapi-still; sarikar�aQa-icchaya-by the will of Sankar�at:�a; tahara-of the spiritual world; prakasaman ifestation.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough there is no question of creation as far as the spiritual world is\n\n11\n\nconcerned, the spiritual world is nonetheless manifest by the supreme will of\nSankar�aQa. The spiritual world is the abode of the pastimes of the eternal\nspiritual energy.\nTEXT 258\n\n'l��'1i11� <!I'll\"!� Ct;\\l<J1:'11�J� \"lW 9(�� I\n�·�:�f.t�l�� '\\!i�11l ��\"l�t�\"t'l�<l'{_ll ��l:r u\nsahasra-patraril kama/am\ngokulakhyaril mahat-padam\ntat-karQikararil tad-dhama\ntad anantarilsa-sambhavam\nSYNONYMS\n\nsahasra-patram-with thousan ds of petals;\n\nkama/am-resembling a lotus\n\nflower; gokula-akhyam-named Gokula; mahat-padam-the supreme abode;\ntat-karQikaram-the whorl of that lotus flower; tat-dhama-the abode of the\nlord;\n\ntat-that;\n\nananta-arilsa-from the expansion\n\nof energy of Ananta;\n\nsambhavam-creation.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Gokula, the supreme abode and planet, appears like a lotus flower that\n\nhas a thousand petals. The whorl of that lotus is the abode of the Supreme\nLord, Kr�Qa. This lotus-shaped supreme abode is created by the will of Lord\nAnanta.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is quoted from Brahma-sarilhita (5.2)\nTEXT 259\n\n1f\"Afl·\"l{tt� �� (;�� El��1{ �'I I\n�'Pf112J�f! �� Eltfii�-<TSt11\"'1 II��� II\n\n", "mad8#p0176": "Text 261]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n143\n\nmaya-dvare srje teriho brahmar:H;Jera ga(la\njac;la-rupa prakrti nahe brahmaQc;fa-karaQa\nSYNONYMS\nmaya-dvare-by the agency of the external energy; srje-creates; teriho-Lord\nSarikar�at;�a; brahmaQc;fera ga(la-all the groups of universes; jac;la-rupa-appearing dull; prakrti-the material energy; nahe-is not; brahma(lc;fa-kara(la-the\ncause of the cosmic manifestation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By the agency of the material energy, this same Lord Sankar�ar:Ja creates all\nthe universes. The dull material energy-known in modern language as\nnature-is not the cause of the material universe.\nTEXT 260\n\n� ��cl! �m �c� ��pt� �c� 1\n\n1!�1!- ��'I �t� -tRJ;� W�t${1� II ��o II\njac;la haite sr�ti nahe isvara-sakti vine\ntahatei sarikar�a(la kare saktira adhane\nSYNONYMS\njac;la haite-from the dull material energy; sr�ti nahe-the cosmic manifestation\nis not possible; isvara-sakti vine-without the help of the energy of the Supreme\nLord, the Personality of Godhead; tahatei-in the material energy; sarikar�a(laLord\n\nSarikar�at;�a;\n\nkare\n\n-\n\ndoes;\n\nsaktira-of\n\nthe\n\nspiritual\n\nenergy;\n\nadhane­\n\nempowering.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Without the Supreme Personality of Godhead's energy, dull matter cannot\ncreate the cosmic manifestation. Its power does not arise from the material\nenergy itself but is endowed by Sankar�ar:Ja.\n\nTEXT 261\n\n��� -.rc�J �m <!fi�11 ��r'! ,\n�'� '�� �f'U-tt�J 9ft11 'ft!{·lrf� II � �� II\nisvarera saktye sr�ti karaye prakrti\nlauha yena agni-saktye paya daha-sakti\n\n", "mad8#p0177": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n144\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nisvarera saktye-by the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sr�ti­\n\ncreation; karaye-does; prakrti-material energy; /auha-iron; yena-as; agnisaktye-by the power of fire; paya-gets; daha-sakti-the power to burn.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Dull matter alone cannot create anything. The material energy produces\nthe creation by the power of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Iron itself\nhas no power to burn, but when iron is placed in fire, it is empowered to burn.\n\nTEXT 262\n\nufr:'!>� � f�·r-n s ���r:'l/101�\n�lr:1li '�iii: 1_�'lf: ·�llt'l\"{_ I\n\n\\51>(1� �r:'!>\\ f<l<'l'l'f''t'IT\n�t\"IJfJ CS\"ft� �1:11� 1_�tC<t�\"ll � �� II\netau hi visvasya ca bija-yoni\n\nramo mukundal) puru�al) pradhanam\n\nanviya bhute�u vilak�aQasya\n\njiianasya cesata imau puraQaU\nSYNONYMS\n\netau-these two, namely Rama and Kr�l)a; hi-certainly; visvasya-of the uni­\n\nverse; ca-and; bija-yoni\n\n-\n\nboth the cause and ingredient; rama/:1-Balarama;\n\nmukunda/:1 -Kr�l) a; puru�al) -the original Maha-Vi�l)u; pradhanam-material en­\n\nergy;\n\nanviya\n\n-\n\nafter entering;\n\nbhate�u-into\n\n�aQasya-of varieties of manifestation;\n\nthe material elements;\n\njiianasya-of knowledge;\n\nvilak­\n\nca-also;\n\nisate-are the controlling power; imau-both of Them; puraQau-are the original\ncause.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Balarama and Kr�r;�a are the original efficient and material causes of the\nmaterial world. As Maha-Vi�r;�u and the material energy, They enter into the\nmaterial elements and create the diversities by multi-energies. Thus They are\nthe cause of all causes.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.46.31 ).\n\n", "mad8#p0178": "Text 265]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n145\n\nTEXT 263\n\n�-'�IJ '�� 1!._� �9ft• ��11' I\n'�� ��� '�<ilt:!l1f' ii'Pf Sft1111 ��-e II\nSf$ti-hetu yei murti prapafice avatare\nsei isvara-murti 'avatara' nama dhare\nSYNONYMS\n\nSf$ti-hetu-for the purpose of creation; yei murti-which form of the Lord;\nprapafice-in the material world; avatare\n\n-\n\ndescends ; sei-that; isvara-murti­\n\nform of the Lord; avatara-incarnation; nama dhare\n\n-\n\ntakes the name.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The form of the lord that descends into the material world to create is\ncalled an avatara, or incarnation.\nTEXT 264\n\n�rtm®t:! 9f1f��:1f �t1f �<il'l:til 1\n�(;'!I �t:!fil' �1:11' '�<ilt:!Rf' ilt'lf II ��8 II\nmayatita paravyome sabara avasthana\nvisve avatari' dhare 'avatara' nama\nSYNONYMS\n\nmaya-atita\n\n-\n\nbeyond the material nature; para-vyome-in the spiritual sky;\n\nsabara-all of them; avasthana-residence; visve-within the material universe;\navatari'\n\n-\n\ncoming down; dhare-take; avatara nama-the name avatara.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"All the expansions of lord Kr�r:-a are actually residents of the spiritual\nworld. However, when they descend into the material world, they are called\nincarnations [avataras].\nTEXT 265\n\n�� 1fffit �<iltl'ft�ti! ���tf I\n�9f ��®(��il1 ��'If II ��<t II\nsei maya ava/okite sri-sankar$al)a\npuru$a-rupe avatirl)a ha-ifa prathama\n\n", "mad8#p0179": "146\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei maya -that material energy; avalokite-just to glance over; sri-sarikar­\n\n?aQa-Sarikar�aQa; puru?a-rupe-in the original form of Maha-Vi�Qu; avatirQa­\n\nincarnated; ha-ila-became; prathama-at first.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"To glance over that material energy and empower her, Lord Sankar�ar:Ja\nfirst incarnates as Lord Maha-Vi�r,u.\nTEXT 266\n\n'@;i�C� c911��� �9f� 'S�I<Ii'll�lfiPr�! i\n\"1��� C1fi�\"l<f<'l11il.lf� C\"fi<ff1l�'�'Hli II ��� II\njagrhe pauru?aril ruparh\n\nbhagavan mahad-adibhi/:l\n\nsambhatarh ?Oc;fasa-kalam\nadau /oka-sisrk?aya\nSYNONYMS\n\njagrhe-accepted; pauru?am rupam-the form of the puru?a incarnation;\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; mahat-adibhi/:l-with the ma­\n\nterial energy, etc.; sam b hatam-created; ?Oc;iasa-sixteen; ka/am-elements;\n\nadau-in the beginning; /oka-of the material worlds; sisrk?aya-with a desire for\nthe creation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'In the beginning of the creation, the Lord expanded Himself in the form\nof the puru�a incarnation, accompanied by all the ingredients of material\ncreation. First He created the sixteen principal energies suitable for creation.\nThis was for the purpose of manifesting the material universes.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.3.1 ). For an explanation, refer to\n\nAdi-li/a, Chapter Five, verse 84.\n\nTEXT 267\n\n15(j<.�t�<l\"'!t�: 1_��: 9f�'!T <�>t<'l: ��<1: \"1lf1l'3!01•6 I\n�<�r�. f<l'<�>tnn �'�\n\n�r��i'lf<t f<l�tv 'il�tv�t\"ll..._5fi��'!l= 11 ���\n\n", "mad8#p0180": "Text 268)\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n147\n\nadyo 'vataraf:J puru?af:J parasya\n\nka/af:J svabhavaf:J sad-asan-manas ca\n\ndravyarh vikaro guf)a indriyaQi\n\nvirat svarat sthasnu cari?QU bhumnaf:J\nSYNONYMS\n\nadyaf) avataraf) -the original incarnation; puru?af:J -the Lord; parasya -of the\n\nSupreme; ka/af:J-time; svabhavaf:J-nature; sat-asat-cause and effect; manaf:J\nca-as well as the mind; dravyam-the five elements; vikaraf:J-transformation or\n\nthe false ego; guQaf)-modes of nature; indriyaQi-senses; virat-the universal\nform; svarat-complete independence; sthasnu-immovable; cari?QU-movable;\nbhDmnaf)-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Kara�abdhisayi Vi��u\n\n[Maha-Vi��ul\n\nis the first incarnation of the\n\nSupreme Lord, and He is the master of eternal time, space, cause and effects,\nmind, elements, material ego, modes of nature, senses, the universal form of\nthe Lord, Garbhodakasayi Vi��u, and the sum total of all living beings, both\nmoving and nonmoving.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.6.42). For an explanation, refer\n\nto Adi-li/a, Chapter Five, verse 83.\n\nTEXT 268\n\n�� � f�W! �� -f11i{ I\n·��'ltf�il' il'tlf i!Jf'$fe.�i�t! \" ��17' \"\nsei puru?a virajate karena sayana\n\n'karaf)abdhisayi' nama jagat-karaf)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei puru?a-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; virajate-on the border\n\nknown as Viraja; karena sayana-lies down; karal)a-abdhi-sayi-Karat:Jabdhisayi;\nnama-named; jagat-karaf)a-is the original cause of material creation.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"That original Personality of Godhead, named Sailkar�a�a, first lies down in\nthe River Viraja, which serves as a border between the material and spiritual\n\n", "mad8#p0181": "148\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nworlds. As Kara�abdhisayi Vi��u, He is the original cause of the material\ncreation.\nTEXT 269\n\n�'ltf•�tt� ;jt�t� fil� �ilfilf?! I\n�� �t� ?!��Jtt'lf ift� �� II ��� II\nkaraQabdhi-pare mayara nitya avasthiti\nvirajara pare paravyome nahi gati\nSYNONYMS\nkaraQa-abdhi-pare-on one bank of the Causal Ocean; mayara-of the material energy; nitya-eternal; avasthiti-position; virajara pare-on the other bank\nof the Viraja, or the Causal Ocean; para-vyome-in the spiritual world or sky;\nnahi-there is not; gati-admission\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Viraja, or Causal Ocean, is the border between the spiritual and material worlds. The material energy is situated on one shore of that ocean, and it\ncannot enter onto the other shore, which is the spiritual sky.\nTEXT 270\n\n<f!<l:�C'! (/ijj ���\"ll�n!l:\n�� Pti!f� Of \"D <f't<'T�i!F�: I\nor (/ijj �nn f<'�','!t'Pf-cl ��­\n\n��31�1 <!ijj '!{�t'!{�tfs\\!it: U �'I • II\npravartate yatra rajas tamas tayoh\nsattvaril ca misraril na ca ka/a-vikramah\nna yatra maya kim utapare harer\nanuvrata yatra surasurarcitah\nSYNONYMS\npravartate-e xists; yatra-where; rajah-the mode of passion; tamah-the\nmode of ignorance; tayoh-of both of them; sattvam ca-and the mode of goodness; misram-mixture; na-not; ca-also; kala-vikramah-the influence of time\nor annihilation; na-not; yatra-where; maya-external energy; kim- what;\nuta-to speak; apare-others; hareh-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\n", "mad8#p0182": "The Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nText 271]\n\nanuvratah-strict followers; y at ra-where;\n\n149\n\nsura-by demigods; asura-and by\n\ndemons; arcitah-being worshiped.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'In the spiritual world, there is neither the mode of passion, the mode of\nignorance nor a mixture of both, nor is there adulterated goodness, nor the influence of time or maya itself. Only the pure devotees of the Lord, who are\nworshiped both by demigods and by demons, reside in the spiritual world as\nthe Lord's associates.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse from\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (2.9.10) was spoken by SrTia Sukadeva\n\nGosvamT. He was answering the questions of ParTk�it Maharaja, who asked how\nthe living entity falls down into the material world. Sukadeva GosvamT explained\nthe cream of Srimad-Bhagavatam in four verses, which had been explained to Lord\nBrahma at the end of the severe austerities he performed for one thousand\ncelestial years. At that time, Brahma was shown the spiritual world and its transcendental nature.\nTEXT 271\n\n� � �� �rn-'1f11fl' �� '�'ftil' ,\n'JTt1fl' �fil�t�� f�'Sf� �'Pft�ti{ '(2j'lti{' �������\nmayara ye dui vrtti-'maya' ara 'pradhana'\n\n'maya' nimitta-hetu, visvera upadana 'pradhana'\nSYNONYMS\n\nmayara-of the material nature;\n\nye-which;\n\ndui-two;\n\nvrtti-functions;\n\nmaya-called maya; ara-and; pradhana-ingredients; maya-the word maya;\n\nnimitta-hetu-the efficient cause; visvera-of the material universe; upadanaingredients; pradhana-is called pradhana.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Maya has two functions. One is called maya, and the other is called\npradhana. Maya refers to the efficient cause, and pradhana refers to the ingredients that create the cosmic manifestation.\nPURPORT\n\nFor a further explanation, see Adi-lila, Chapter Five, verse 58.\n\n", "mad8#p0183": "150\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 272\n\n� �� 11'h1i·�ti{ �t� �'fti{ I\n�� c;..t�'! ��' �t� �t1i1l �tlftit II ��� II\nsei puru?a maya-pane kare avadhana\nprakrti k?obhita kari' kare viryera adhana\nSYNONYMS\nsei p uru?a-that Supreme Personality of Godhead; maya-pane-toward maya;\nkare avadhana-glances; prakrti-the material nature; k?obhita kari'-making agitated; kare\n\n-\n\nimpregnates; viryera-of the semina; adhana-inj ection.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"When the Supreme Personality of Godhead glances over the material energy, she becomes agitated. At that time, the Lord injects the original semina\nof the living entities.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita (7.10), Kr�r:Ja says, bijam mam sarva-bhotanam: \"I am the\noriginal seed of all existences.\" This is also confirmed in another verse in\nBhagavad-gita (14.4):\nsarva-yoni?U kaunteya\nmOrtaya/:1 sambhavanti ya/:1\nta;am brahma mahad-yonir\naham bija-prada/:1 pita\n\"It should be understood that all species of life, 0 son of Kunti, are made possible\nby birth in this material nature, and that I am the seed-giving father.\"\nFor a further explanation, one may refer to Brahma-samhita (Chapter Five,\nverses 10-13). Brahma-samhita also states (5.51):\nagnir mahi gaganam ambu marud disas ca\nkalas tathatma-manasiti jagat-trayaf)i\nyasmad bhavanti vibhavanti visanti yam ca\ngovindam adi-purU?aril tam aharil bhajami\nAll material elements, as well as the spiritual sparks (individual souls), are\nemanating from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is also confirmed by\nthe Vedanta-sOtra (1.1 ). ]anmady asya yata/:1: \"The Absolute Truth is He from\n\n", "mad8#p0184": "Text 273]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n151\n\nwhom everything emanates.\" He is the Supreme Truth: satyaril pararil dhimahi\n(Bhag.\n\n1.1.1 ) . The absolute ultimate truth is Kr�r;a. Om namo bhagavate\n\nvasudevayal janmady asya yato 'nvayad itaratas carthe?v abhijfia/:1 sva-rat: \"The\nAbsolute Truth is a person who is directly and indirectly cognizant of the entire\ncosmic manifestation.\" (Bhag. 1.1.1)\nThe Absolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, educated Lord\nBrahma from the heart (Bhag.\n\n1.1.1): tene brahma hrda ya adi-kavaye. Therefore\n\nthe Absolute Truth cannot be dull matter; the Absolute Truth must be the\nSupreme Person Himself. Sei puru?a maya-pane kare avadhana. Simply by His\nglance, material nature is impregnated with all living entities. According to their\nkarma and fruitive activity, they emerge in different bodies. That is the explanation given by Bhagavad-gita (2.13):\ndehino 'smin yatha dehe\nkaumararil yauvanaril jara\ntatha dehantara-praptir\ndhiras tatra na mllhyati\n\"As the embodied soul continually passes, in this body, from boyhood to youth to\nold age, the soul similarly passes into another body at death. The self-realized soul\nis not bewildered by such a change.\"\nTEXT 273\n\n'�Jlt'f·���t��� <2tffi!·\"'\"Pf� I\nit�-111� '�'Sf' �!ttl! '<fill'l1 ��� II �'\\� II\nsvanga-vise?abhasa-rupe prakrti-sparsana\njiva-rupa 'bija' tate kaila samarpaQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsva-anga-vise?a-abhasa-rupe-in the form of a specific shadow from His personal body; prakrti-sparsana-the Lord glances over the material nature; jivarupa -having the form of the sparklike living entities, who are parts and parcels;\nbija-semina; tate-in that material nature; kaila samarpaQa-impregnated.\nTRANSLATION\n\"To impregnate with the seeds of living entities, the Lord Himself does not\ndirectly touch the material energy, but by His specific functional expansion,\nHe touches the material energy, and thus the living entities, who are His parts\nand parcels, are impregnated into material nature.\n\n", "mad8#p0185": "152\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to Bhagavad-gita:\nmamaivarhso jiva-loke\njiva-bhDta/:1 sanatana/:1\nmana/:! ?a?thanindriyaQi\nprakrti-sthani kar$ati\n\"The living entities in this conditioned world are My eternal, fragmental parts. Due\nto conditioned life, they are struggling very hard with the six senses, which include the mind.\" (Bg. 15.7)\nThe word prakrti-sparsana is explained in Caitanya-caritamrta in reference to\nthe way the living entities come in contact with dull matter. The glancing is performed by Maha-Vi�l!u: sa aik$ata lokan nu srja iti (Aitareya Upani?ad 1.1.1 ). In\nthe conditional stage we impregnate according to the bodily conception-that is,\nby sexual intercourse-but the Supreme Lord does not need sexual intercourse to\nimpregnate. The impregnation is performed simply by His glance. This is also explained in Brahma-sarhhita (5.32):\nangani yasya saka/endriya-vrttimanti\npasyanti panti kalayanti cirarh jaganti\nananda-cinmaya-sad-ujjvala-vigrahasya\ngovindam adi-puru?arh tam aharh bhajami\nGovinda can impregnate simply by glancing. In other words, His eyes can work as\nHis genitals. He does not need genitals to beget a child. Indeed, Kr�l!a can beget\nany one of the living entities with any part of His body.\nThe word svanga-vise?abhasa-rOpe, the form by which the Lord begets living\nentities in the material world, is explained herein. He is Lord Siva. In Brahmasarhhita it is stated that Lord Siva, who is another form of Maha-Vi�l!u, is like\nyogurt. Yogurt is nothing but milk, yet it is not milk. Similarly, Lord Siva is considered the father of this universe, and material nature is considered the mother.\nThe father and mother are known as Lord Siva and the goddess Durga. Together,\nLord Siva's genitals and the vagina of goddess Durga are worshiped as siva-linga.\nThis is the origin of the material creation. Thus Lord Siva's position is between the\nliving entity and the Supreme Lord. Lord Siva is neither the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead nor the living entity. He is the form through which the Supreme Lord\nworks to beget living entities within this material world. As yogurt is prepared\nwhen milk is mixed with a culture, the form of Lord Siva expands when the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is in touch with material nature. The impregnation of material nature by the father, Lord Siva, is wonderful because at one time\n\n", "mad8#p0186": "Text 273]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n153\n\ninnumerable living entities are conceived. Bhago jivah sa vijneyah sa canantyaya\n\nka/pate (Svetasvatara Upani$ad 5.9). These living entities are very, very small.\nkesagra-sata-bhagasya\n\nsatarilsa-sadrsatmakah\n\njivah sDk$ma-svarupo 'yam\nsankhyatito hi cit-ka!Jah\n\n\"If we divide the tip of a hair into a hundred parts and then take one of these parts\nand divide it again into a hundred parts, that very fine division is the size of but\n\none of the numberless living entities. They are all cit-kaQa, particles of spirit, not\nmatter.\"\n\nThe innumerable brahmaQc;fas, or universes, come from the pores of the Lord's\n\nbody, and innumerable living entities also come from the pores of the transcendental body of the Lord. This is the process of material creation. Without the living\nentity, this material nature has no value. Both emanate from the pores of the transcendental body of Lord Maha-Vi�t:JU. They ar� different energies. That is ex­\n\nplained in Bhagavad-gita:\n\nbhumir apo 'nalo vayuh\n\nkharil mano buddhir eva ca\n\nahankara itiyaril me\n\nbhinna prakrtir a$tadha\n\n\"Earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence and false ego-all together these\neight comprise My separated material energies.\" (Bg. 7.4) The material elements\nalso come from the body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and they are\nalso a different type of energy. Although the living entities also come from the\nLord's body, they are categorized as a superior energy.\n\napareyam itas tv anyaril\n\nprakrtiril viddhi me param\n\njiva-bhataril maha-baho\n\nyayedaril dharyate jagat\n\n\"Besides this inferior nature, 0 mighty-armed Arjuna, there is a superior energy of\nMine, which consists of all living entities who are struggling with material nature\nand are sustaining the universe.\" (Bg. 7.5) The inferior energy, matter, cannot act\nwithout the superior energy. All these things are very clearly explained in the\n\nVedas. The materialistic theory that life develops from matter is incorrect. Life and\n\n", "mad8#p0187": "154\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nmatter come from the supreme living entity; therefore, being the source of both,\n\nthat supreme living entity, Kr��a, is described in Vedanta-sutra as janmady asya\n\nyata/:1 (1.1), or the original source of everything, sarva-karaf)a-karaf)am. This is\n\nfurther explained in the following verse.\n\nTEXT 274\n\n'lf�r� �r��!ff'I!'tm. �-�* ,�rc011 1�= '1_'llt\"t ,\n'!{N'� ���� 'll��� 'l!��� f��'m!\"{_ll �'IS\ndaivat k�ubhita-dharmif)yam\n\nsvasyarh yonau para/:! puman\n\nadhatta viryam sa 'suta\n\nmahat-tattvarh hiraf)mayam\n\nSYNONYMS\ndaivat-from time immemorial; k�ubhita-dharmif)yam-the material nature,\n\nwhich is subjected to agitation; svasyam - which belongs to the Supreme as one\n\nof His energies; yonau-in the womb from which the living entity takes his birth;\n\npara/:! puman - the Supreme Brahman, the Personality of Godhead; adhatta-im­\n\npregnated; v iryam-semina; sa-that material nature; asuta-produced; mahat­\n\ntattvam-the total material energy; hiraf)mayam-the original source for the\n\nemanation of varieties of material things.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'From time immemorial, after agitating the material nature into three\nqualities, the Supreme Personality of Godhead places the semina of innumerable living entities within the womb of that material nature. Thus material\nnature gives birth to the total material energy known as the hirar;Jmaya-mahattattva, the original symbolic representation of the cosmic manifestation.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.26.19). Lord Kapila is explaining\nto His mother the relationship between the Supreme Personality of Godhead and\nmaterial nature. He is informing her how the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\nthe original cause of the living entities, who emanated from material nature. Over\nand above the twenty-eight elements of the material creation is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the cause of all causes. Life comes not from matter but from\n\n", "mad8#p0188": "Text 275]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n155\n\nlife itself. As explained in the Vedas: nityo nityanarh cetanas cetananam (Katha\nUpani$ad 2.2.13). The Supreme Lord is the original source of life.\nTEXT 275\n\n�1'1��J, � 11nn�t� �<11ll1Jt\"lclf1�>S!: 1\n\n�li'Cll<i1�l:�OI <1��1lt<f� <1���11. II �'Itt II\nkala-vrttya tu mayayam\ng_w1amayyam adhok$ajaf)\npuru$el)atma-bhatena\nviryam adhatta viryavan\nSYNONYMS\n\nkala-vrttya-in due course of time, as the immediate cause of creation; tubut; mayayam-within the material nature; gu!)a-mayyam-full of the three material modes of nature (sattva-gul)a, rajo-gu l)a arid tamo-gu!)a); adhok$ajaf)-the\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead,\n\nwho\n\nis\n\nbeyond\n\nmaterial\n\nconceptions;\n\npuru$el)a-by the enjoyer of material nature; atma-bhatena-who is an expansion of His personal self; viryam-semina; adhatta-placed; viryavan-the omnipotent.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'In due course of time, the Supreme Personality of Godhead [Maha-Vi�Qu\nor Maha-VaikuQfhanatha], by the agency of a further expansion of His personal self, places the seed of the living entities within the womb of material\nnature.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.5.26). This verse tells how the\nliving entities come in contact with material nature. just as a woman cannot beget\nchildren without uniting with a man, material nature cannot beget living entities\nwithout being in union with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. There is a\nhistory of how the Absolute Lord becomes the father of all living entities. In every\nsystem of religion, it is accepted that God is the supreme father of all living entities. According to Christianity, the supreme father, God, provides the living entities with all of life's necessities. Therefore they pray, \"Give us this day our daily\nbread.\" Any religion that does not accept the Supreme Lord as the absolute father\nis called kaitava-dharma, or a cheating religion. Such religious systems are rejected\nin Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.1.2): dharmaf) projjhita-kaitavo 'tra. Only an atheist does\n\n", "mad8#p0189": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n156\n\nnot accept the omnipotent supreme father. If one accepts the omnipotent\nsupreme father, he abides by His orders and becomes a religious person.\nTEXT 276\n\n� 1{�, '�r;� ff!i�ti ��tJ I\n� ��ti! '������HI II �'\\� II\ntabe mahat-tattva haite trividha ahalikara\nyaha haite devatendriya-bhatera pracara\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-thereafter; mahat-tattva haite -from the total material energy; tri­\n\nvidha -three kinds of; ahalikara-egotism; yaha haite-from which; devata-of\npredominating deities; indriya-of the senses; bhutera-and of material elements; pracara -expansion.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"First the total material energy is manifest, and from this arise the three\ntypes of egotism, which are the original sources from which all demigods\n[controlling deities], senses and material elements expand.\nPURPORT\n\nThe three types of egotism (ahalikara) are technically known as vaikarika, taijasa\nand tamasa. The mahat-tattva is situated within the heart, or citta, and the predominating Deity of the mahat-tattva is lord Vasudeva (Bhag.\n\n3.26.21 ). The\n\nmahat-tattva is transformed into three divisions: (1) vaikarika, egotism in good­\n\nness (sattvika-ahalikara), from which the eleventh sense organ, the mind, is\n\n3.26.27-28);\n(2) taijasa, or egotism in passion (rajasa-ahalikara), from which the senses and in­\n\nmanifest and whose predominating Deity is Aniruddha (Bhag.\n\ntelligence are manifest and whose predominating Deity is Lord Pradyumna\n\n(Bhag. 3.26.29-31); (3) tamasa, or egotism in ignorance, from which sound vibra­\n\ntion (sabda-tanmatra) expands. From the sound vibration, the sky (akasa) is\nmanifest\n\nand,\n\nthe\n\nsenses,\n\nbeginning\n\nwith\n\nthe\n\near,\n\nare\n\nalso\n\nmanifest\n\n(Bhag. 3.26.32). Of these three types of egotism, lord Sarikar�al)a is the pre­\n\ndominating Deity. In the philosophical discourse known as the Salikhya-karika, it\nis stated: sattvika ekadasakaf) pravartate vaikrtad ahalikarat-bhutades tan­\n\nmatram tamasa-taijasady-ubhayam.\nTEXT 277\n\n� �'t fii�' �� \"3'litW'f 1t'l ·I\n�� 13'1\\Nt, �if �@(<fi '$f'fi{ II �'\\'\\ II\n\n", "mad8#p0190": "Text 280]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n157\n\nsarva tattva mi/i' srjila brahmar.u;fera gaQa\nananta brahmaQc;ia, tara nahika gaQana\nSYNONYMS\nsarva tattva-all different elements; mi/i'-combining; srji/a-created; brahmaQc;iera gaQa-all the universes; ananta brahmaQc;ia-those universes are unlimited in number; tara nahika gaQana-there is no possibility of counting them.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Combining all the different elements, the Supreme Lord created all the\nuniverses. Those universes are unlimited in number; there is no possibility of\ncounting them.\nTEXT 278\n\n··t�i lf�e.i!f�i �<f-'lf�tf<lt_s' �tlf I\n� a� it� <;�lf�9f 'ftlfll �en,- II\ni!iho mahat-sra$ta puru$a-'maha-vi$QU' nama\nananta brahmaQc;ia tafira loma-kupe dhama\nSYNONYMS\nifiho-He; mahat-sra$ta-the creator of the mahat-tattva, or total material energy; puru$a-the person; maha-vi$QU nama-cal l ed Lord Maha-Vi�l)u; anantaunlimited; brahmaQc;ia-universes; tafira-of His body; /oma-kupe-w ithin the\nhair holes; dhama-are situated.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The first form of Lord Vi�f.lu is called Maha-Vi�J'.'IU. He is the original creator of the total material energy. The innumerable universes emanate from the\npores of His body.\nTEXTS 279-280\n\n'St�tr;IIIS �f�i ��Ti <;�'1_�tt� �ti I\n�<t-fil\"l�-�� i3'!it'G �t� II �'\\� II\n��9f fil\"lt�-� �ti ���1!{ I\n�� � it1!f, ��-lftii·� II �lro II\ngavak$e uc;fiya yaiche reQu ase yaya\npuru$a-nisvasa-saha brahmaQc;ia bahiraya\n\n", "mad8#p0191": "158\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\npunarapi nisvasa-saha yaya abhyantara\nananta aisvarya tanra, saba -maya-para\nSYNONYMS\ngavak�e-from a hole at the top of a wall; uc;fiya-floating; yaiche-as; rer:watomic particles; ase yaya-come and go; puru�a-nisvasa-saha-with the exhaling of Maha-Vi�r:tu; brahmaf)c;ia-the universes; bahiraya-come outside;\npunarapi-again; nisvasa-saha-by His inhalation; yaya-go; abhyantara-within; ananta-unlimited; aisvarya-opulences; tanra-of Him; saba-everything;\nmaya-para-beyond the material conception.\nTRANSLATION\n\"These universes are understood to be floating in air as the Maha-Vi�r:tu exhales. They are like atomic particles that float in sunshine and pass through\nthe holes of a screen. All these universes are thus created by the exhalation of\nMaha-Vi�r:tu, and when Maha-Vi�r:tu inhales, they return to His body. The unlimited opulences of Maha-Vi�r:tu are completely beyond material conception.\nTEXT 281\n\n�\"-'<'\\�'- fol�f1l�<ft<'Pl�l�'1'U\n���f� C<'ft1!f<f'1�1 �5\\lf�Oft'4t: I\nf��ft�1\"\\ 'I �� �\"-' <f'1if�r.:\"!C'lf1\nC5ltf�OI11!lflf�l!''ll':. �1!�':. e�lf1!11 �IT) II\nyasyaika-nisvasita-ka/am athavalambya\njivanti loma-vilaja jagad-af)c;ia-nathab\nvi�f)ur mahan sa iha yasya kala-vise�o\ngovindam adi-puru�arh tam aharh bhajami\nSYNONYMS\nyasya-whose;\n\neka-one; nisvasita-of breath; ka/am-time; atha-thus;\n\nava/ambya-taking shelter of; jivanti-live; loma-vilajab-grown from the hair\nholes; jagat-af)c;ia-nathab-the masters of the universes (the Brahmas); vi�f)ub\nmahan-the Supreme Lord Maha-Vi�r:tu; sab-that; iha-here; yasya-whose;\nka/a-vise�ab-particular plenary portion or expansion; govindam-Lord Govinda;\nadi-puru�am-the original person; tam-Him; aham-1; bhajami-worship.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The Brahmas and other lords of the mundane worlds appear from the\npores of the Maha-Vi�r:tu and r.emain alive for the duration of His one exhala-\n\n", "mad8#p0192": "Text 283]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n159\n\ntion. I adore the primeval Lord, Govinda, for Maha-Vi�r;�u is a portion of His\nplenary portion.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Brahma-sarhhita (5.48).\nTEXT 282\n\n� l3'1ftG'ijt'f1l itt�i ����I\n\n�'tt�wtfVT- �� iSf'ijt\\!1l �t1ft II �lr� II\nsamasta brahmar:l(;la-gaQera iriho antaryami\nkaraQabdhisayi-saba jagatera svami\nSYNONYMS\n\nsamasta brahmaQ(ia-gaQera-of the aggregate of the brahmaQ(ias, or universes;\niriho-that Lord Maha-Vi�r:1u; antaryami-the Supersoul; karaQa-abdhi-sayiLord Maha-Vi�r;�u, lying on the Causal Ocean; saba jagatera-of all the universes;\nsvami-the Supreme Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Maha-Vi�r;�u is the Supersoul of all the universes. Lying on the Causal\nOcean, He is the master of all material worlds.\n\nTEXT 283\n\n��� ��\"( ��1( �t�1f \\!, I\nf� ��� �� �i{� 1(� II�� II\neita kahiluri prathama puru�era tattva\ndvitiya puru�era ebe sunaha mahattva\nSYNONYMS\n\neita-thus; kahi/uri-1 have explained; prathama puru�era-of the first incarnation of the Personality of Godhead; tattva-the truth; dvitiya puru�era-of the\nsecond incarnation of the Personality of Godhead; ebe-now; sunaha-please\nhear; mahattva-glories.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have thus explained the truth of the first Personality of Godhead, MahaVi�r;�u. I shall now explain the glories of the second Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "mad8#p0193": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n160\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 284\n\nc;� �111� 'f;lil'�·�t� <3�t� �� I\n��<fi<fi·�� ��fitffi �'l � ��111�1r8 II\nsei puru$a ananta-koti brahmaQc;fa srjiya\nekaika-murtye pravesila bahu murti hafia\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei\n\npuru$a-that\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead,\n\nMaha-Vi�l)u;\n\nananta-koti\n\nbrahmaQc;fa-millions and trillions of brahmaQc;fas, or universes; srjiya-after\ncreating; eka-eka-in each one of them; murtye-in a form; pravesila-entered;\nbahu murti hafia-becoming many forms.\nTRANSLATION\n\"After creating the total number of universes, which are unlimited, the\nMaha-Vi�QU expanded Himself into unlimited forms and entered into each of\nthem.\nTEXT 285\n\n(ff� <fimt1 <;tft�, ��- Cl�<!lt1f I\n\n��ti! iTt�� \"(ti{, <fiRt\"'1 Rml II �lr� II\npravesa kariya dekhe, saba-andhakara\nrahite nahika sthana, karila vicara\nSYNONYMS\n\npravesa\n\nkariya-after\n\nentering;\n\ndekhe-He\n\nsees;\n\nsaba-everywhere;\n\nandhakara-complete darkness; rahite-to remain there; nahika sthana-there\nwas no place; karila vicara-then He considered.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Maha-Vi�Qu entered each of the limitless universes, He saw that\nthere was darkness all around and that there was no pl�ce to stay. He therefore\nbegan to consider the situation.\nTEXT 286\n\nf�-c;�� <3�t�t( �fit� I\n\nc;ll iSfl:\"' <;$t·-tll'Jt11 -11ti{ <fiRf� II �lr� II\n\n", "mad8#p0194": "Text 288]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n161\n\nnijatiga-sveda-jafe brahmarxiardha bharifa\nsei jafe 5e$a-sayyaya sayana karifa\nSYNONYMS\nnija-atiga-from His own personal body; sveda-jafe-by emitting the water of\nperspiration; brahmar:u;Ja-ardha-half of the universe; bhari / a-filled; sei jafe-on\nthat water; S€$a-5ayyaya-on the bed of Lord Se�a; sayana karifa-lay down.\nTRANSLATION\n\"With the perspiration produced from His own body, the lord filled half\nthe universe with water. He then lay down on that water on the bed of lord\nSe�a.\nTEXT 287\n\n� iftf�91'lJ '�'! Is�� \\fl<li 9i'lJ I\n\n(}!� �''ll �l� '(31tfi� \"'Jf·�'ll II �lr9 II\n\ntatira nabhi-padma haite uthifa eka padma\nsei padme ha-ifa brahmara janma-sadma\nSYNONYMS\ntatira nabhi-padma haite-from His lotus navel; uthifa-grew ;\n\neka-one;\n\npadma-lotus flower; sei padme-on that lotus flower; ha-ifa-there was;\nbrahmara-of Lord Brahma; janma-sadma-the place of generation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A lotus flower then sprouted from the lotus navel of that Garbhodakasayi\nVi�r;�u. That lotus flower became lord Brahma's birthplace.\nTEXT 288\n\n�- ?f'lJi{� �� '6''f 1_�i{ I\n���i '�' ��i �m <lif11'� ��i{ II �lrlr II\nsei padma-nafe ha-ifa caudda bhuvana\ntetiho 'brahma' hafla Sf$ti karifa S[jana\nSYNONYMS\nsei padma-nafe-within the stem of that lotus; ha-ifa-became manifested;\ncaudda-fourteen;\n\nbhuvana-planetary systems;\n\ntetiho-He;\n\nbrahma-Lord\n\n", "mad8#p0195": "162\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nBrahma; haria-having become; s($ti-the material creation; karila srjana-created.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the stem of that lotus flower the fourteen worlds were generated. Then\nHe became Lord Brahma and created the entire universe.\nTEXT 289\n\n'�'·111� �\\!Pi �t� �Sr'Sfe. �� I\n��i! f<r�-\"91.( ilt� �'1111-,til II �1r� II\n'vigiU'-rupa haria kare jagat palane\nguQatita vi�Qu-sparsa nahi maya-sane\nSYNONYMS\nvi�Qu-rupa-Lord Kr�r:Ja in His form as Vi�l)u; haria-becoming; kare-does;\njagat pa/ane-maintenance of the material world; guQa-atita-beyond the material qualities, transcendental; vi�Qu-Lord Vi�l)u; sparsa-touching; nahi-there\nis not; maya-sane-with maya, the material energy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this way, the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His form of Vi�Qu\nmaintains the entire material world. Since He is always beyond the material\nqualities, the material nature cannot touch Him.\nPURPORT\nThe influence of the material energy cannot touch Lord Vi�I)U as she touches\nLord Brahma and Lord Siva. Therefore it is said that Lord Vi�I)U is transcendental to\nthe material qualities. The incarnations of the material qualities-Lord Siva and\nLord Brahma-are under the jurisdiction of the external energy. Lord Vi�l)u,\nhowever, is different. In the mantras of the �g Veda it is said: orh tad vi�Qo/:1\nparamarh padam (�g Veda-sarhhita 1.22.20). The words paramarh padam indicate\n\nthat He is transcendental to the material qualities. Because Lord Vi�I)U is not within the jurisdiction of the material qualities, He is always superior to the living entities who are controlled by material energy. This is one of the differences between the Supreme Lord and the living entities. Lord Brahma is a very powerful\nliving entity, and Lord Siva is even more powerful. Therefore Lord Siva is not accepted as a living entity, but at the same time is not considered to be on the level\nof Lord Vi�I)U.\n\n", "mad8#p0196": "The Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nText 292]\n\n163\n\nTEXT 290\n\n'1Piit'�<?t �RI' <��� iST�e. ���rn 1\n\n�m, f\"'lf?!, �1'11l �1l ��1l �1� II ��o II\n'rudra'-rupa dhari kare jagat sarhhara\nsr�ti, sthiti, pralaya haya icchaya yanhara\nSYNONYMS\nrudra-rupa dhari-accepting the form of Lord Siva; kare-performs; jagat\nsarilhara-dissolution of the universal creation; sr�ti-creation; sthiti-maintenance;\n\npralaya-and dissolution;\n\nhaya-take place;\n\nicchaya-by the will;\n\nyanhara-of whom.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Supreme lord, and His form of Rudra [lord Siva], brings about the\ndissolution of this material creation. In other words, by His will only, there is\ncreation, maintenance and dissolution of the whole cosmic manifestation.\nTEXT 291\n\n�'fii, ��' fit�- i't1f �'i·��i!t11' I\n\n�-f\"llfi!·��t1l1f fi!til1f �f�<flt� II ��� II\nbrahma, Vi�I)U, siva-tafira gul)a-avatara\nsr�ti-sthiti-pralayera tinera adhikara\nSYNONYMS\nbrahma-Lord\n\nBrahma;\n\nvi�l)u-Lord\n\nVi�I)U;\n\nsiva-Lord\n\nSiva;\n\ntafira-of\n\nGarbhodakasayi Vi�l)u; gul)a-avatara-incarnations of the material qualities; sr�tisthiti-pralayera-of the three functions, namely creation, maintenance and dissolution; tinera adhikara-there is control by the three deities (Lord Brahma, Lord\nVi�l)u and Lord Siva).\nTRANSLATION\n\"Brahma, Vi�r:Ju and Siva are His three incarnations of the material qualities.\nCreation, maintenance and destruction respectively are under the charge of\nthese three personalities.\nTEXT 292\n\nf�'1J��-��-ti1�-�t��<l'l-tt� I\n'�tr!:f�-titfw' '<l'lRf' c;�5f �t� �tl11 ��� 11\n\n", "mad8#p0197": "164\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nhira1,1yagarbha-antaryami-garbhodakasayi\n'sahasra-sir?adi' kari' vede yatire gai\nSYNONYMS\nhira1,1yagarbha-named Hira�yagarbha;\n\nantaryami-the Supersoul;\n\nudaka-sayi-Lord Garbhodakasayi V i��u; sahasra-sir?a-adi kari'\n\n-\n\ngarbha­\n\nby the Vedic\n\nhymns beginning with sahasra-sir?a (�g Veda-sarhhita 10.90); vede yanre gai­\n\nunto whom the Vedas pray.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Garbhodaka.Sayi Vi��u, known within the universe as Hira�yagarbha and\nthe antaryami, or Supersoul, is glorified in the Vedic hymns, beginning with\nthe hymn that starts with the word sahasra-sir�a.\nTEXT 293\n\n�� '!' N�-��-131�1{ �1{ I\n�t1t '��' �. '!<j_�Rt1·9t't1t II ��� II\nei ta' dvitiya-puru?a-brahmaQc;fera isvara\nmayara 'asraya' haya, tabu maya-para\nSYNONYMS\nei ta'-in this way; dvitiya-puru?a-the second Personality of Godhead; brahmaQc;fera isvara-the master of the universe; mayara-of the external, material energy; asraya haya-beco mes the shelter; tabu-still ; maya-para-is beyond the\ntouch of the material energy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This second Personality of Godhead, known as Garbhodakasayi Vi��u, is\nthe master of each and every universe and the shelter of the external energy.\nNonetheless, He remains beyond the touch of the external energy.\nTEXT 294\n\n�'llt·�� f<l� '�'l·��t1t' I\n�� �<!l'!'t1t·�\\!1t 'it'li11 �t� II ��8 II\n--\n\ntrtiya-puru?a vi?1,1u-'gu1,1a-avatara'\ndui avatara-bhitara ga1,1ana tatihara\n\n", "mad8#p0198": "Text 296]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n165\n\nSYNONYMS\ntrtiya-puru,sa-the third Personality; vi,sQu-Lord Vi�t:JU; guQa-avatara-the incarnation of the material quality of goodness; dui avatara-bhitara-within the two\nincarnations; gaQana-talihara-He is designated.\nTRANSlATION\n\"The third expansion of Vi��u is the K�irodaka5ayi Vi��u, who is the incarnation of the quality of goodness. He is to be counted within the two types of\nincarnations [puru�a-avataras and gu�a-avataras].\nTEXT 295\n\nf� <Uti-�t�� ,it�i ���t� I\n�t�tif<ti-t\"hll\" ,it�i -�t'i�<ti�, 115ft� ll ��<t II\nvirat vya,sti-jivera tetiho antaryami\nk,sirodakasayi tetiho-palana-karta, svami\nSYNONYMS\nvirat-the universal form; vya,sti-jivera-of all other living entities; tetiho-He;\nantaryami-the Supersoul; k,sira-udaka-sayi-Lord Vi�t:JU who lies down in the\nocean of milk; tetiho-He; palana-karta-the maintainer; svami-the master.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This K�irodakasayi Vi��u is the universal form of the Lord and is the Supersoul within every living entity. He is known as K�irodakasayi, or the Lord who\nlies on the ocean of milk. He is the maintainer and master of the universe.\nTEXT 296\n\n'i_��i!'tt1Ht �l C�( f.l��'i I\n\n�'\\��i!� �t� ��, �� II ��� II\npuru,savatarera ei kailuti nirupaQa\nlilavatara ebe suna, sanatana\nSYNONYMS\npuru,sa-avatarera-of all the puru,sa-avataras; ei-this; kailuti nirupaQa-1 have\ndescribed; li/a-avatara-incarnations for pastimes; ebe-now; suna-please hear;\nsanatana -0 Sanatana.\n\n", "mad8#p0199": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n166\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 Sanatana, I have definitively described the three puru�a-avataras of\nVi�Qu. Now please hear from Me about the pastime incarnations.\nTEXT 297\n\n�t�i!t1f �t�� il1 �111 'if'fi{ I\n��fi{ �f�1 �� fiT-stw�-til u ��� u\nlilavatara k[$/)era na yaya gal)ana\npradhana kariya kahi dig-darasana\nSYNONYMS\n\n/i/a-avatara-incarnations for pastimes;\n\nk[$Qera-of Lord\n\nKr�r:Ja;\n\nna yaya\n\ngal)ana-are not countable; pradhana kariya-chiefly; kahi-let me describe;\ndik-darasana-by a sample direction.\nTRANSLATION\n\"No one can count the innumerable pastime incarnations of Lord Kr�r:Ja, but\nI shall describe the principal ones.\nTEXT 298\n\n';{e,�, �' ��iltQl, iJ���' �t1l\"il I\n\n���tfif-,�� <la il1 �t11 'if'filu ���ru\nmatsya, karma, raghunatha, nrsirhha, vamana\nvarahadi-lekha yatira na yaya gaQana\nSYNONYMS\n\nmatsya-the fish incarnation; karma-the tortoise incarnation; raghunathaLord Ramacandra; nrsirhha-the man-lion incarnation; vamana-the dwarf incarnation; varaha-adi-the hog incarnation and others; /ekha-describing; yatiraof which incarnations; na yaya gal)ana-cannot be counted.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Some of the pastime incarnations are the fish incarnation, the tortoise incarnation, Lord Ramacandra, Lord Nrsimha, Lord Vamana, and Lord Varaha.\nThere is no end to them.\n\n", "mad8#p0200": "Text 300]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n167\n\nTEXT 299\n11'��11<11�9fOJ r'!� �-<r�i� -�� ,_\n\n�i'llfillf<t�f<r1pt� w�t<t'-!ii�: '\n�� 9fif'l �ffd�<!�� \\!i'<lt�r.f\"f\n\n�i�� �r.<\\1 �� <ll[.:�'ll' <lilf\"Ol� C\\!i II � �� II\nmatsyasva-kacchapa-nrsimha-varaha-hari1sarajanya-vipra-vibudhe$U krtavatara/:J\n\ntvam pasi nas tribhuvanam ca tathadhunesa\n\nbharam bhuvo hara yaduttama vandanam te\nSYNONYMS\n\nmatsya-in the forms of a fish; asva-of a horse; kacchapa-of a tortoise;\n\nnrsimha-of Lord Nrsimhadeva; varaha-of a boar; hamsa-of a swan; rajanyaof\n\nLord\n\nRamacandra;\n\nvipra-of\n\nLord\n\nPafasurama;\n\nvibudhe$u-and\n\nof\n\nVamanadeva; krta-avatara/:1-who have accepted incarnation; tvam-You; pasi­\n\nplease protect; na/:1-us demigods; tri�bhuvanam ca-and the three worlds;\n\ntatha-as well; adhuna-now; isa-0 Lord; bharam-the burden; bhuva/:1-of\n\nthe universe; hara- kindly take away; yadu-uttama-0 best of the Yadu dynasty;\n\nvandanam te-to You we offer our prayers.\n\nTRANSLA TION\n\"'0 Lord of the universe, best of the Yadu dynasty, we are offering our\n\nprayers unto You mainly to diminish the heavy burden of the universe. Indeed,\nYou diminished this burden formerly by incarnating in the form of a fish, a\nhorse [Hayagriva], a tortoise, a lion [Lord Nrsimha], a boar [Lord Varah.a] and a\nswan. You also incarnated as Lord Ramacandra, Parasurama and Vamana the\ndwarf. You have always protected us demigods and the universe in this way.\nNow please continue.'\nPURPO RT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.2.40).\n\nTEXT 300\n\n�t��tr;�� (;<IS'( �'$f,�pfi{ I\n�'l�i!tr;�� l!lt� �i{ ��'I II � o o 11\n\n", "mad8#p0201": "168\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nlilavatarera kailun dig-darasana\nguf)avatarera ebe suna vivaraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nlila-avatarera-of the incarnations of pastimes; kai/un-1 have done; dikdarasana-indicating the direction only; gu1,1a-avatarera-of incarnations of the\nmaterial qualities; ebe-now; suna vivaraf)a-hear the description.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have given a few examples of pastime incarnations. Now I will describe\nthe gu1,1a-avataras, the incarnations of the material qualities. Please listen.\nTEXT 301\n\n�' f<1�, f-t�,- �i! �'I ��i!t� I\n\nfijjf&'f ��<r-rn' �c;� ��JtN·�J��t� 11 '!>o � II\nbrahma, Vi�f)U, siva, -tina guf)a avatara\ntri-guf)a angikari' kare sr�ty-adi-vyavahara\nSYNONYMS\nbrahma, vi�f)U, siva-Lord Brahma, Lord Vi��u and Lord Siva; tina-three; guf)a\navatara-the incarnations of the material qualities; tri-gu1,1a-the three qualities of\nmaterial nature; angikari'-accepting; kare-does; sr�ti-adi-vyavahara-transactions in reference to the creation, maintenance and dissolution.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are three functions within this material world. Everything here is\ncreated, everything is maintained for some time, and everything is finally dissolved. The Lord therefore incarnates Himself as the controllers of the three\nqualities-sattva-gu1,1a, rajo-gu1,1a and tamo-gu1,1a [goodness, passion and ignorance]. Thus the transactions of the material world take place.\nTEXT 302\n\n�r�fili!f�i!�'fJ �til �t�WT 1\n�iSft�t'l f<1-etf<1'!i <r-fit' �1� �i! ll -eo� II\nbhakti-misra-krta-puf)ye kona jivottama\nrajo-gu1,1e vibhavita kari' tanra mana\n\n", "mad8#p0202": "Text 304]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n169\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhakti-misra-krta-puQye-because of pious activities mixed with devotional\n\nservice; kona-someone; jiva-uttama-the best of the living entities; raja/:lguQe-by the mode of passion; vibhavita-influenced; kari'-making; tanrahis; mana-mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because of his past pious activities mixed with devotional service, the\nfirst-class living entity is influenced by the mode of passion within his mind.\nTEXT 303\n\n-m;���-ttf.�m -tf'@ �•tfif' 1\n\n<ofi �<fit�� a�iH1i� �fit' II �o� II\ngarbhodakasayi-dvara sakti sancari'\nvya�ti sr�ti kare kr�t:�a brahma-rupa dhari'\nSYNONYMS\n\ngarbha-udaka-sayi-dvara-by Lord Garbhodakasayi Vi�r:tu;\n\nsakti sancari'­\n\ngiving him special powers; vya�ti-total; sr�ti-creation; kare-does; kr�QaLord Kr�r:ta; brahma-rupa dhari'-accepting the form of Lord Brahma.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Such a devotee is empowered by Garbhodakasayi Vi�1,1u. In this way, an incarnation of Kr�1.1a in the form of Brahma engineers the total creation of the\nuniverse.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Garbhodakasayi Vi�r:tu puru?a-avatara expansion of Lord Vi�r:tu accepts the\n\nmaterial modes-sattva-gu(la, rajo-guQa and tamo-guQa- and thus incarnates as\nLord Yi�r:JU, Brahma and Siva. These are incarnations of the material qualities.\nAmong the many superior living entities qualified with pious activities and devotional service, one, called Lord Brahma, is infused with the quality of passion by\n\nthe supreme will of Garbhodakasayi Vi�r:tu. Thus Lord Brahma becomes the incarnation of the creative energy of the Lord.\nTEXT 304\n\ncst�t\"\\ 'l�N'I�l:<'T\\ foil:�\\ c��=\n���� r��� <2l<!i���Jr<>r ��'if\\!i ,\n\n", "mad8#p0203": "170\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\n3l'lfi1 � <!l� 'S?5flf�f<PHO!<t>i1\n\nC5\\iR\"'!�lflf���� ���� �>sJiR! II -'• s II\nbhasvan yathasma-sakale?u nije?u teja/:1\nsviyarh kiyat prakatayaty api tadvad atra\nbrahma ya e?a jagad-aQc;/a-vidhana-karta\ngovindam adi-puru?arh tam aharh bhajami\nSYNONYMS\nbhasvan-the illuminating sun; yatha-as; asma-sakale?u-in various types of\nprecious stones; nije?u-his own; teja/:1-brilliance; sviyam-his own; kiyat-to\nsome extent; prakatayati-manifests; api-also; tadvat-similarly; atra-here;\n\nbrahma-Lord Brahma; ya/:1 -who is; e?a/:1-the Lord; jagat-aQc;/a-vidhana-kartabecomes the chief of the universe; govindam adi-puru?am-Lord Govinda, the\noriginal Supreme Personality of Godhead; tam-Him; aham-1; bhajami-worship.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The sun manifests his brilliance in a gem, although it is stone. Similarly,\nthe original Personality of Godhead, Govinda, manifests His special power in a\npious living entity. Thus the living entity becomes Brahma and manages the\naffairs of the universe. Let me worship Govinda, the original Personality of\nGodhead.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Brahma-sarhhita (5.49).\nTEXT 305\n\n,�et �· �fif �tm � it't� � ,\n��� �� i!�� 1151�tllf '�i' 0 II �o<t II\nkona kalpe yadi yogya jiva nahi paya\napane isvara tabe arhse 'brahma' haya\nSYNONYMS\n\nkana kalpe-in some lifetime of Brahma; y adi-if; y ogya-suitabl e; jiva-living\n\nentity; nahi-not; paya-is available; apane-pe rsonally; isvara-the Supreme\n\nLord; tabe-then; arhse-by His plenary expansion; brahma haya-becomes Lord\nBrahma.\n\n", "mad8#p0204": "Text 306]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n171\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If in a kalpa a suitable living entity is not available to take charge of\nBrahma's post, the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself personally expands and becomes lord Brahma.\nPURPORT\n\nOne day of Brahma consists of the four yugas multiplied a thousand times-or,\n\naccording to solar calculations, 4,320,000,000 years-and such also is the dura­\n\ntion of his night. One year of Brahma's life consists of 360 days and nights, and\nBrahma lives for one hundred such years. Such is the life of a Brahma.\nTEXT 306\n\n'lT'-ltr� 9f��i11:l:!lt�f�<'l�\"�t<fi9ftto>f....\n\nc�Y'�r-sbt{\\!ilJ._9f1fi!\\!)-\\!j�-4\\!j�-4\"\\, 1\n31�'1 i5'1:<1t��1lf9f 'lT� '1S<'!�: '<fi\"lt�1:\n\n.!\\)r;-pt�'1:�1l �\\11\\� OJ9f1'101 � W II -=> � II\n•\n\nyasyanghri-pankaja-rajo 'khila-loka-palair\nmauly-uttamair dhrtam upasita-Urtha-Urtham\nbrahma bhavo 'ham api yasya kala/:! ka/aya/:1\n\nsris codvahema ciram asya nrpasanarh kva\nSYNONYMS\n\nyasya-whose; anghri-pankaja-lotuslike feet; raja/:1-the dust; akhila-lokaof the universal planetary systems; pa/ai/:1-by the masters; mau/i-uttamai/:1with valuable turbans on their heads; dhrtam-accepted; upasita-worshiped;\ntirtha-tirtham-the sanctifier of the holy places; brahma-Lord Brahma; bhava/:1Lord Siva; aham api-even I; yasya-of whom; ka/a/:1-portions; ka/aya/:1-of a\nplenary portion; sri/:1-the goddess of fortune; ca-and; udvahema-we carry;\nciram-eternally; asya-of Him; nrpa-asanam-the throne of a king; kva-where.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'What is the value of a throne to lord Kf�l)a? The masters of the various\nplanetary systems accept the dust of His lotus feet on their crowned heads.\nThat dust makes the holy places sacred, and even lord Brahma, lord Siva,\nLak�mi and I myself, who are all portions of His plenary portion, eternally\ncarry that dust on our heads.'\n\n", "mad8#p0205": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n172\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.68.37). When the Kauravas\nflattered Baladeva so that He would become their ally and spoke ill of Sri Kr�t:�a,\nLord Baladeva was angry and spoke this verse.\nTEXT 307\n\nfi{��-r-�it fl' \\!�·�'� �mfir' 1\n\n����Q{' 1lrnl·�� ft·�� 'ffir II �o9 II\nnijarhsa-kalaya kr?Qa tamo-guQa arigikari'\n\nsamhararthe maya-sarige rudra-riJpa dhari\nSYNONYMS\n\nnija-arhsa-of His personal plenary expansion; kalaya-by an expansion known\n\nas kala; kr?Qa-Lord\narigikari' -accepting;\n\nKr�t:�a;\n\ntamab-guQa-the material mode of darkness;\n\nsamhara-arthe-for the purpose of dissolution; maya­\n\nsarige -in association with the external energy; rudra-rupa-the form of Rudra;\ndhari -assumes.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"lord Kr��a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, expands a portion of His\nplenary portion and, accepting the association of the material mode of ignorance, assumes the form of Rudra to dissolve the cosmic manifestation.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a description of the Rudra form, which is another expansion of Kr�t:�a.\n\nOnly vi?QU-murtis are expansions of Kr�t:�a's personal and plenary portions. MahaVi�l)u, who lies on the Causal Ocean, is an expansion of Sarikar�al)a. When\nGarbhodakasayi Vi�I)U accepts the material modes of nature for the purpose of\ndissolving the cosmic manifestation, His form is called Rudra. As already explained, Lord Vi�I)U is the controller of maya. How, then, can He associate with\n\nmaya? The conclusion is that the incarnation of Lord Siva or Lord Brahma indicates\n\nthe absence of the supreme power of Vi�I)U. When the supreme power is not\n\nthere, it is possible to associate with maya, the external energy. Lord Brahma and\nLord Siva are to be considered creations of maya.\nTEXT 308\n\n1lt11t�tr-�\"� �i!l-�i �� I\n��i!'t itt�, itt� �J '��' II �o� II\n\n", "mad8#p0206": "Text 309)\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n173\n\nmaya-sanga-vikari rudra-bhinnabhinna rupa\njiva-tattva nahe, nahe kmJera 'svarupa'\n\nSYNONYMS\nmaya-sanga-by association with maya; vikari-transformed; rudra-the form\n\nof Rudra; bhinna-abhinna rupa-having different types of forms; jiva-tattva\nnahe-still he is not called jiva-tattva; nahe-nor; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�l)a; svarupa-personal form.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Rudra, Lord Siva, has various forms, which are transformations brought\nabout by association with maya. Although Rudra is not on a level with the jivatattvas, he still cannot be considered a personal expansion of Lord Kr�r:'a.\nPURPORT\nRudra is simultaneously one with and different from the vi�Qu-tattva. Due to his\nassociation with maya, he is different from the vi?QU-tattva, but at the same time\nhe is an expansion of Km1a's personal form. This situation is called bhedabhedatattva, or acintya-bhedabheda-tattva, simultaneously one and different.\n\nTEXT 309\n\n� '�i{ �r;�'Sf Wfif1fi?t 'l!;t I\n�$�11' <{� �' � � i{tt1{ \" '!)0� \"\ndugdha yena amla-yoge dadhi-rupa dhare\ndugdhantara vastu nahe, dugdha haite nare\n\nSYNONYMS\ndugdha-milk; yena-as; am/acyoge-in association with a sour substance;\ndadhi-rupa-the form of yogurt; dhare-takes; dugdha-antara-something other\nthan milk; vastu-substance; nahe-is not; dugdha-milk; haite-to be; nare-is\nnot able.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Milk is transformed into yogurt when it associates with a yogurt culture.\nThus yogurt is nothing but milk, but still it is not milk.\nPURPORT\nOf the three deities supervising the creation, maintenance and dissolution of\nthe universe, Lord Vi�I)U is never separate from the original Vi�I)U. However, Lord\nSiva and Brahma, due to their association with maya, are different from Vi�l)u.\n\n", "mad8#p0207": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n174\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nVi�t:�u cannot be transformed into any form of material energy. Whenever there is\nassociation with maya, the personality involved must be different from Lord\nVi�t:JU. Therefore Lord Siva and Lord Brahma are called gw;a-avataras, for they\nassociate with the material qualities. The conclusion is that Rudra is a transformation of Vi�t:JU, but he is not exactly Lord Vi�t:JU. Therefore, he does not come within the category of the vi?QU-tattvas. Thus he is inconceivably one with Vi�t:Ju and\ndifferent from Him. The example given in this verse is very clear. Milk is compared\nto Vi�t:JU. As soon as milk touches a sour substance, it becomes yogurt, or Lord\nSiva. Although yogurt is constitutionally milk it cannot be used in place of milk.\nTEXT 310\n\n��'il� <�'41 i!'rr ��t�f<lc\"l11'm'tt�\n���t�c� or � ��= 9J'4'tf� c�c�t: 1\n<r: \"t��t'll' [9(' �'41 �,t9ff� �1�1{,\n\nC5ft�'lf'll' tfir�11'� '!ill'�� ;s\"SJtR\\ II ¢')\n\n•\n\nk?iraril yatha dadhi vikara-vise?a-yogat\nsaiijayate na tu tata/:r prthag asti heto/:r\nyah sambhutam api tatha samupaiti karyad\ngovindam adi-puru?aril tam aharil bhajami\nSYNONYMS\nk?iram-milk;\n\nyatha-as;\n\ndadhi-yogurt;\n\nvikara-vise?a-with\n\na\n\nspecial\n\ntransforming agent; yogat-by mixing; saiijayate-is transformed into; na-not;\ntu-but; tata/:r-from the milk; prthak-separated; asti-is; heto/:r-which is the\ncause; ya/:r-who; sambhutam-the nature of Lord Siva; api-even though;\ntatha-as; samupaiti-accepts; karyat-from the matter of some particular business; govindam-unto Govinda, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; adipuru?am-the original person; tam-unto Him; aham-1; bhajami-offer my\n\nrespectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Milk changes into yogurt when mixed with a yogurt culture, but actually\nit is constitutionally nothing but milk. Similarly, Govinda, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, assumes the form of lord Siva [Sambhu] for the special\npurpose of material transactions. I offer my obeisances at His lotus feet.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Brahma-sarilhita (5.45).\n\n", "mad8#p0208": "Text 312]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n175\n\nTEXT 311\n\n'fit4!'-1111lt-tf�Jtef't, l!t1rt'�'ttt� I\n\n·Jfhtt&l'!, �'1�1! '��'-�II\\!>�� II\n'siva'-maya-sakti-sangi, tamo-guQavesa\nmayatita, guf)atita 'Vi?f)U'-paramesa\nSYNONYMS\nsiva-Lord Siva; maya-sakti-sangi-an associate of the external energy; tama/:1-\n\nguf)a-avesa-absorbed by the quality of ignorance; maya-aUla-transcendental\n\nto the external energy; guQa-atita-transcendental to the qualities of matter;\nvi?Q U -Vi�l)u; parama-isa-the Supreme Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Siva is an associate of the external energy; therefore he is absorbed in\nthe material quality of darkness. Lord Vi�r;�u is 'transcendental to maya and the\nqualities of maya. Therefore He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nVi�I)U is beyond the range of the material manifestation, and He is not within\n\nthe control of the material energy. He is the supreme independent Personality of\n\nGodhead. This is even admitted by Sarikaracarya: narayaQai) paro 'vyaktat (Gitabha?ya). In his constitutional form, Siva is a maha-bhagavata, a supreme devotee\n\nof the Lord, but because he accepts maya's association-especially the quality of\n\nignorance-he is not free from maya's influence. Such an intimate association is\ncompletely absent in the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�l)u. Lord Siva ac­\n\ncepts maya, but in the presence of Lord Vi�I)U, maya does not exist. Consequently\nLord Siva has to be considered a product of maya. When Lord Siva is free from\n\nmaya's influence, he is in the position of a maha-bhagavata, a supreme devotee of\nLord Vi�I)U. Vai$f)avanarh yatha sambhu/:1.\n\nTEXT 312\n\nfocr<r: \"ff���= \"f1� fmf��� �'t'l���= 1\nc<r�tfll�t;:g�'f\"�> \"!it\"1f'll:.5\"\\!iJ�� fm�t\"111 \"�� 11\nsiva!) sakti-yukta/:1 sasvat\ntrilingo guQa-samvrta/:1\nvaikarikas taijasas ca\ntamasas cety aharh tridha\n\n", "mad8#p0209": "176\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsivai)-Lord Siva; sakti-yuktai)-associated with material nature; 5a5vat-eternally; tri-lingal)-in three features; guQa-sarhvrtai)-covered by the modes of\nnature; vaikarikal)-one is called vaikarika; tai;asah ca-another is called tai;asa;\ntamasah ca-as well as tamasa; iti-thus; aham-egotism; tri-dha-three kinds.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'The truth about lord Siva is that he is always covered with three material\n\ncoverings-vaikarika, taijasa and tamasa. Because of these three modes of material nature, he always associates with the external energy and egotism itself.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.88.3).\nTEXT 313\n\n�fl1� f'I'�(<J: 'l1�t� ��\"If: 1'1WC'!: 9(�: I\n'I 'l���<>f<!f�i \\5� i!i�fil�\"c<ti '&<I� II � �\" II\n\nharir hi nirguQai) sak�at\npuru�ah prakrteh para!)\nsa sarva-drg upadra�ta\ntarh bha;an nirguQO bhavet\nSYNONYMS\n\nhari/:1-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi��u; hi-certainly; nirguQa/:1transcendental to all material qualities; sak�at-directly; puru�ah-the supreme\nenjoyer; prakrtel)-material nature; para/:1-beyond; sa/:1-He; sarva-drk-the\nseer of everything; upadra�ta-the overseer of everything; tam-Him; bha;anby worshiping; nirguQa/:1-transcendental to material qualities; bhavet-one becomes.\nTRANSLAliON\n11\n\n'Sri Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is situated beyond the\n\nrange of material nature; therefore He is the supreme transcendental person.\nHe can see everything inside and outside; therefore He is the supreme overseer of all living entities. If someone takes shelter at His lotus feet and worships Him, he also attains a transcendental position.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is also a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.88.5).\n\n", "mad8#p0210": "Text 315]\n\n177\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\nTEXT 314\n\n�ift� 115ft�-t f��� ��l!t� I\n��'I 1!f�1, � �'f1lt�i-�t11' II '-!>�8 II\npalanartha svarhsa vi?Qu-rupe avatara\nsattva-gul)a dra?ta, tate gul)a-maya-para\nSYNONYMS\n\npalana-artha-for maintenance; svarilsa-personal plenary expansion; vi?QUrupe-in the form of Lord Vi��u; avatara-incarnation; sattva-gul)a-of the mode\nof goodness; dra?ta-director; tate-therefore; gul)a-maya-para-transcendental\nto the material modes of nature.\nTRANSLATION\n\"For the maintenance of the universe, Lord Kr�J;Ja descends as His personal\nplenary expansion in the form of Vi�J;JU. He is the director of the mode of\ngoodness; therefore He is transcendental to the material energy.\nTEXT 315\n\n��-���c(, �-.lf1t �t11 I\n�-. ���' �!{! ��-t, �t� '� '$!11111 '!>�<t II\nsvarupa-aisvarya-purl)a, kr?Qa-sama praya\nkr?l)a arhsi, tenho arhsa, vede hena gaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nsva-rupa-personal expansion; aisvarya-pCJrl)a-full of all opulences; kr?Qasama-equal to Kr��a; praya-almost; kr?l!a arhsi-Kr��a is the Supreme Personality of Godhead; teilho-Lord Vi��u; arilsa-personal expansion; vede-the\nVedas; hena-thus; gaya-sing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Vi�J;JU is in the category of svarilsa because He has opulences almost\nequal to Kr�J;Ja's. Kr�J;Ja is the original person, and Lord Vi�J;JU is His personal\nexpansion. This is the verdict of all Vedic literature.\nPURPORT\n\nAlthough an incarnation of the material energy, Lord Brahma is nonetheless the\ndirector of the material mode of passion.\n\nSimilarly,\n\nLord Siva,\n\nalthough\n\n", "mad8#p0211": "Sri Caitanya-caritamfta\n\n178\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nsimultaneously one with and different from Lord Kr�r:Ja, is still the incarnation of\nthe mode of darkness. However, Lord Vi�r:JU is Kr�r:Ja's personal expansion;\ntherefore He is the director of the mode of goodness and is always transcendentally situated beyond the jurisdiction of the modes of material nature. Lord Vi�r:Ju\nis the original personal expansion of Kr�r:Ja, and Kr�r:Ja is the original source of all incarnations. As far as power is concerned, Lord Vi�r:JU is as powerful as Lord Kr�r:Ja\nbecause He possesses all the opulences.\nTEXT 316\n\nlf'l9ft�c�� � 'f\"ll�1Pl�JC9f�T\nor'l9ft�c� f<�'��r.��'l'lt'll!�l 1\n�r�t�c'il<�' f� � f�'!i�1 f<�'-stf�\nC'iltf<lilf�i����� �'!�� ��tf'l II -!!')� II\ndiparcir eva hi dasantaram abhyupetya\ndipayate vivrta-hetu-samana-dharma\nyas tadrg eva hi ca vi�Qutaya vibhati\ngovindam adi-puru�arh tam aharh bhajami\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ndipa-arcih-the flame of a lamp;\n\neva-as;\n\nhi-certainly; dasa-antaram­\n\nanother lamp; abhyupetya-expanding; dipayate -illuminates; vivrta-hetu-with\nits expanded cause;\n\ns amana-dharma-equally\n\npowerful; yah-who ; tadrk­\n\nsimilarly; eva-certainly; hi-certainly; ca-also; vi�Qutaya-by His expansion as\nLord Vi�r:Ju; vibhati-illuminates; govindam-to Lord Kr�r:Ja; adi-puru�am-the\nsupreme original person; tam-to Him; aham-1; bhajami-offer my worshipful\nrespect.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When the flame of one candle is expanded to another candle and placed\nin a different position, it burns separately, and its illumination is as powerful\nas\n\nthe original candle. Similarly, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nGovinda,\n\nexpands Himself in different forms as Vi�r:\"�U, who is equally\n\nluminous, powerful and opulent. Let me worship that Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Govinda.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Brahma-sarhhita (5.46).\n\n", "mad8#p0212": "Text 318]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n179\n\nTEXT 317\n\na'1il, �-�t�tit 'e�-��t� 1\n\n?t�tt� f-1� -��� ��9f-��� II ��'I II\nbrahma, siva-ajna-kari bhakta-avatara\npalanarthe vi$f)U -k[$f)era svarupa-akara\nSYNONYMS\n\nbrahma-Lord Brahma; siva-Lord Siva;\navatara\n\n-\n\najna-kari-order carriers; bhakta­\n\nincarnations of devotees; palana-arthe-for maintenance; vi$f)u-Lord\n\nVi�l)u; k[$f)era-of Lord Kr�l)a; svarupa-akara-in the form of a personal feature.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The conclusion is that lord Brahma and lord Siva are simply devotee incarnations who carry out orders. However, lord Vi��u, the maintainer, is the\npersonal feature of lord Kr��a.\nTEXl' 318\n\n��tf� �fll C'eit��� �Cj:f1 �j:!f� ��\"f: I\n\nf<1\"1� �lliliC?f'l 9ffj:!9ftf� f<Ii\"ffe>�� II ��lr II\nsrjami tan-niyukto 'ham\nharo harati tad-vasa/:!\nvisvarh puru$a-rupef)a\nparipati trisakti-dhrk\nSYNONYMS\nsrjami-create;\n\ntat-niyukta/:1 -en gaged by Him; aham-1; hara/:1-Lord Siva;\n\nharati-annihilates; tat-vasa/:1-under His control; visvam-the whole universe;\npuru$a-rupef)a-in the form of Lord Vi�l)u; paripati-maintains; tri-sakti-dhrkthe controller of the three modes of material nature.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'lord Brahma said, \"I am engaged by the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nto create. Following His orders, lord Siva dissolves everything. The Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, in His form of K�irodaka5ayi Vi��u, maintains all the\naffairs of material nature. Thus the supreme controller of the three modes of\nmaterial nature is lord Vi��u.\" '\n\n", "mad8#p0213": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n180\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.6.32). Lord Brahma gave this information to Devar�i Narada when he was receiving instructions from Lord\nBrahma to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Paramatma. After describing the universal form of the Lord, Lord Brahma explained that his position\nand Lord Siva's position are controlled by Lord Vi��u.\nTEXT 319\n\n\";:t._\"J1tt�t1t �r;<t ��, �i!i{ I\n��� 'St'fil 'it1t, �i{� �t1\\''111 ��� II\nmanvantaravatara ebe suna, sanatana\n\nasankhya gaQana tanra, sunaha karaQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nmanu-antara-avatara-the\n\nsanatana-0\n\nSanatana\n\nManu\n\nGosvami;\n\nincarnations;\n\nebe-now;\n\nasankhya-unlimited;\n\ntanra-of them; sunaha-just hear; karaQa-the cause.\n\nsuna-hear;\n\ngaQana-counting;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 Sanatana, just hear about the Manu incarnations [manvantara-avataras].\n\nThey are unlimited, and no one can count them. Just hear of their source.\nTEXT 320\n\n� ��fif� � �!If \";:t._\"'J1t I\n\n� 'fil�t1t '!1ti (fl7;1ti{ if\"l1t II ��\n\no\n\nII\n\nbrahmara eka-dine haya caudda manvantara\ncaudda avatara tahan karena isvara\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmara eka d ine\n-\n\n-\n\nin one day of Brahma; haya-there are; caudda-14;\n\nmanu-antara-changes of Manu; caudda-14; avatara-incarn ations; tahan-in\nthat time; karena-manifests; isvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In one day of Brahma, there are fourteen changes of the Manus, and all\nthose fourteen Manus are considered incarnations manifested by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\n\n", "mad8#p0214": "Text 322]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n181\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn one day of Brahma, there are 14 Manus, and all of them are considered to be\nmanvantara-avataras of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus in one month\nof Brahma's life, there are 420 manvantara-avataras, or Manus. In one year (360\ndays) of Brahma's life, there are 5,040 Manu incarnations. Thus for the one\nhundred years of Brahma's life, there is a total of 504,000 manvantara-avataras.\nTEXT 321\n\n<;11\"\" �<fi flftil\", 'allt� 11tfil-t� �art I\n� �e.�t11' �·��� ijfi\\arf II '!1�� II\ncaudda eka dine, mase cari-sata bisa\nbrahmara vatsare parica-sahasra callisa\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaudda-14; eka dine-in one day; mase-in one month; cari-sata bisa-420;\nbrahmara vatsare-in one year of Brahma; parica- sahasra ca//isa-5,040 avataras.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are 14 manvantara-avataras in one day of Brahma, 420 in one month,\nand 5,040 in one year.\nTEXT 322\n\n�CIS �e.�1!\" �11 '��il\"' at'it\\111\" I\n\n�·� ijlRl�rt� 1l��1f�t!l11\" II ��� II\nsateka vatsara haya 'jivana' brahmara\nparica-lak$a cari-sahasra manvantaravatara\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsateka vatsara haya- there are one hundred years; jivana-the duration of life;\nbrahmara-of\n\nBrahma;\n\nparica-/ak$a-500,000;\n\ncari-sahasra-4,000;\n\nmanu­\n\nantara-avatara -incarnations of Manu.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"During the hundred years of Brahma's life, there are 504,000 manvantaraavataras.\n\n", "mad8#p0215": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n182\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 323\n\n�i{� �ro �t� <fi�� �'fl{ 1\n�tf4ft' �<l'l�tt� �� �i{ II��� II\nananta brahmaQc;fe aiche karaha gaQana\nmaha-vi�Qu eka-svase brahmara jivana\nSYNONYMS\n\nananta brahmaQc;fe-in innumerable universes; aiche-in that way; karaha\ngaQana-just try to count; maha-vi�Qu-Lord Maha-Vi�l)u; eka-svase-by one\nexhalation; brahmara jivana- the duration of life of one Brahma.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The number of manvantara-avataras for only one universe has been given.\nOne can only imagine how many manvantara-avataras exist in the innumerable universes. And all these universes and Brahmas exist only during one exhalation of Maha-Vi�Qu.\nTEXT 324\n\n��t��� �tt� ilt�<l'l ��� I\n�<l'l �!Qmlt<t�it�� (;W� (;t'f�t� �� II ��8 II\nmaha-vi�Qura nisvasera nahika paryanta\neka manvantaravatarera dekha lekhara anta\nSYNONYMS\n\nmaha-vi�Qura-of Lord Maha-Vi�l)u; nisvasera-of the exhalations; nahika\nparyan ta-there is no limit; eka manvantara-avatarera-of only one feature of the\nLord, namely the manvantara-avatara; dekha-j ust see; lekhara anta-it is beyond\nthe power of writing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is no limit to the exhalations of Maha-Vi�QU. Just see how impossible it is to speak or write of even only the manvantara-avatara.\nTEXT 325\n\nlllffll�'{t<t '�', lllftt�t�t� '�� ilt� I\n��� '��tJ!i{', l!t�t� '�fi1' ��-«i{ II��<t II\n\n", "mad8#p0216": "Text 327]\n\n183\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nsvayarilbhuve 'yajfia', svaroci?e 'vibhu' nama\nauttame 'satyasena', tamase 'hari' abhidhana\nSYNONYMS\nsvayarilbhuve-in the Svayambhuva-manvantara; yajfia-the avatara named\n\nYajiia;\n\nsvaroci?e-in\n\nthe Svaroci�a-manvantara;\n\nvibhu-the\n\navatara Vibhu;\n\nnama-named; auttame-in the Auttama-manvantara; satyasena-the avatara\n\nnamed Satyasena; tamase-in the Tamasa-manvantara; hari-H ari ; abhidhananamed.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the Svayambhuva-manvantara, the avatara was named Yajiia. In the\nSvaroci�a-manvantara, he was named Vibhu. In the Auttama-manvantara, he\nwas named Satyasena, and in the Tamasa-manvantara he was named Hari.\nTEXT 326\n\n�f�i! '�t', �t��,���', �� '�' I\n��(J '��', w�t�4i ..�,'Sf${�������\n,\n\nraivate 'vaikul)tha', cak?U?e 'ajita', vaivasvate 'vamana'\nsavarl)ye 'sarvabhauma', dak?a-savarl)ye 'r?abha' gal)ana\nSYNONYMS\nraivate-in the Raivata-manvantara; vaikul)tha-the avatara named Vaikut:�tha;\ncak?U?e-in the Cak�u�a-manvantara; aji ta-the avatara named Ajita; vaivasvate-in the Vaivasvata-manvantara;\n\nvamana-the avatara named Vamana;\n\nsavarl)ye-in the Savart:Jya-manvantara; sarvabhauma-the avatara named Sar­\n\nvabhauma; dak?a-savarl)ye-in the Dak�a-savart:�ya-manvantara; r?abha-the\navatara ��abha; gal)ana -named.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the Raivata-manvantara, the avatara was named Vaikur;1tha, and in the\nCak�u�a-manvantara, he was named Ajita. In the Vaivasvata-manvantara, he\nwas named Vamana, and in the Savarr;1ya-manvantara, he was named Sarvabhauma. In the Dak�a-savarr;1ya-manvantara, he was named ��abha.\nTEXT 327\n\n�t�tcfJ 'R���', 'Si�t�'( ���tcfJ I\n11'i!��r;(J '�$ft1{1', ,,�ttost��' '���(J ����\"'ll\n\n", "mad8#p0217": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n184\n\nbrahma-savarQye 'vi?vaksenq.', 'dharmasetu' dharma-savarQye\nrudra-savarQye 'sudhama', 'yogesvara' deva-savarQye\nSYNONYMS\nbrahma-savarQye-in\n\nthe\n\nBrahma-savarr;�ya-manvantara;\n\nvi?vaksena-the\n\navatara named Vi�vaksena; dharmasetu-the avatara named Dharmasetu; dharma-savarQye-in\n\nthe\n\nDharma-savarr;�ya-manvantara;\n\nRudra-savarr;�ya-manvantara;\n\nsudhama- the\n\nrudra-savarQye-in\n\navatara\n\nnamed\n\nthe\n\nSudhama;\n\ny ogesvara- the avatara named Yogesvara; deva-savarQye-in the Deva-savarr;�ya­\n\nmanvantara.\nTRANSLAliON\n\"In the Brahma-savan�ya-manvantara, the avatara was named Vi�vaksena,\nand in the Dharma-savarr;�ya, he was named Dharmasetu. In the Rudra-savarr;�ya he was named Sudhama, and in the Deva-savarr;�ya, he was named\nYogesvara.\nTEXT 328\n\nt�\"Jtt�t(J '��'til_' ���til I\n�t <:�\"f �l!t1f <:�'li '��i!11f' il't1f II ��lr II\nindra-savarQye 'brhadbhanu' abhidhana\nei caudda manvantare caudda 'avatara' nama\nSYNONYMS\nindra-savarQye-in the lndra-savarr;�ya-manvantara; brhadbhanu-the avatara\n\nnamed Brhadbhanu; abhidhana-named; ei caudda manvantare-in the fourteen\nmanvantaras; caudda-fourteen; avatara-of the incarnations; nama-different\n\nnames.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the lndra-savarr;�ya-manvantara, the avatara was named Brhadbhanu.\nThese are the names of the fourteen avataras in the fourteen manvantaras.\nPURPORT\n\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura, in his Anubha?ya, gives a list of Manus\nand their fathers' names:\n\n(1) Svayambhuva Manu, the son of Lord Brahma;\n(2) Svaroci�a, the son of Svaroci�, or Agni, the predominating deity of fire;\n(3) Uttama, the son of King Priyavrata; (4) Tamasa, the brother of Uttama;\n\n", "mad8#p0218": "Text 330]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n185\n\n(5) Raivata, the twin brother of Tamasa; (6) Cik�ug the son of the demigod\nCak�u; (7) Vaivasvata, the son of Vivasvan, the sun-god (whose name is also\nmentioned in Bhagavad-gita, (4.1); (8) Savarl)i, a son born to the sun-god and\nwife named Chaya;\n\n(9) Dak�a-savarl)i, the son of the demigod Varul)a;\n(10) Brahma-savarl)i, the son of Upasloka; (11-14) Rudra-savarl)i, Dharma-savar­\n\nl)i, Deva-savarl)i and lndra-savarl)i, the sons of Rudra, Ruci, Satyasaha and BhOti\nrespectively.\nTEXT 329\n\n,�'Ri!'Rt �t� �if, �i!il I\n��J-,iJli!1·��·<1if�·,t�� �${ II ��� II\nyugavatara ebe suna, sanatana\nsatya-treta-dvapara-ka/i-yugera gaQana\n\nSYNONYMS\nyuga-avatara-incarnation of millenniums; ebe-now; suna-hear; sanatana0 Sanatana Gosvami; satya-treta-dvapara-kali-yugera-of the Satya-yuga, Treta­\n\nyuga, Dvapara-yuga and Kali-yuga; gaQana-the chronological order.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 Sanatana, now hear from Me about the yuga-avataras, the incarnations\n\nfor the millenniums. First of all, there are four yugas-Satya-yuga, Treta-yuga,\nDvapara-yuga and Kali-yuga.\nTEXT 330\n\n��-�\"�·�i! --(!iii';� �t� �(I\n���(If�'\"� <1it�if ,�'fS! II ��o II\nsukla-rakta-k[$/)a-pita-krame cari varl)a\ncari varQa dhari' k[$Qa karena yuga-dharma\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuk/a - white;\n\nrakta-red;\n\nk[$(la-black;\n\npita\n\n-\n\nyellow;\n\nkrame-one\n\nafter\n\nanother; cari varQa-four colors; cari varQa dhari -accepting these four colors;\n'\n\nk[$Qa-Lord Kr�l)a; karena yuga-dharma-manifests His pastimes in different\nmillenniums.\n\n", "mad8#p0219": "186\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the four yugas-Satya, Treta, Dvapara and Kali-the Lord incarnates in\nfour colors: white, red, black and yellow respectively. These are the colors of\nthe incarnations in different millenniums.\nTEXT 331\n\n'5!1'11_ <tcfi�C�l1ll.1� �r.�t���5('Z �or_: I\n�a;l ���'<11 �� �iitO!\"t'Z l-l!3�1'Z 'ij�: II -'-'� II\nasan varQas trayo hy asya\ngrhQato 'nuyugarh tanub\nsuklo raktas tatha pita\nidanirh kr?Qatarh gatab\nSYNONYMS\nasan-there were; varQab-colors; t rayab -three; hi-certainly; asya -of your\nson;\n\ngrhQatab-accepting; anuyugam-according to the millennium; tanub­\n\nbody; suk/ab-white; raktab-red; tatha-as well as; pitab -yellow; idanim­\n\njust now; kr?Qatam gatab-He has assumed a blackish hue.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'This child formerly had three colors according to the prescribed color for\ndifferent millenniums. Formerly He was white, red and yellow, and now He\nhas assumed a blackish color.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.8.13) was spoken by Gargamuni when\nperforming the name-giving ceremony for Kr�r:Ja at the house of Nanda Maharaja.\n\nThe following two verses are also from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.5.21,24).\nTEXT 332\n\nfC� ��·D�����C<'!I <lo/-ll'H: I\nfl!3tf�CO!t<>f<ft�t'f!i11_ f<l�lf_ii��'l\"�� II \"\"� II\nkrte suk/as catur-bahur\njatilo valkalambarab\nkr?Qajinopavitak?an\nbibhrad daQc;ia-kamaQc;ia/a\n\n", "mad8#p0220": "Text 334]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n187\n\nSYNONYMS\nkrte-in the Satya-yuga; suk/ab-having a white color and bearing the name\nSukla; catub-bahub-having four arms; jatilab-with a bunch of hair; va/ka/a-ambarab-wearing a garment made of tree bark; kr?Qa-ajina-black-colored antelope skin; upavita-sacred thread; ak?an-a garland of beads for chanting;\nbibhrat-carried; daQc;la-kamaQc;la/a-a rod and waterpot.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'In the Satya-yuga, the Lord appeared in a body colored white with four\n\narms and matted hair. He wore tree bark and bore a black antelope skin. He\nwore a sat:red thread and a garland of rudrak�a beads. He carried a rod and a\nwaterpot, and He was a brahmacari.'\nTEXT 333\n\nc\\Ji�t�t\" �'(3><rccft�:c'l1 5��r�r�c'��'-'�= 1\n�'tTC<fi\"t�'l!Tt�1 1!'f��t�T9f<'l'�'t: II -.:!.:!-:! II\ntretayarh rakta-varQo 'sau\ncatur-bahus trimekhalab\nhiraQya-kesas trayy-atma\nsruk-sruv-ady-upalak?aQab\nSYNONYMS\ntretayam-in the Treta-yuga; rakta-varQab-of a reddish color; asau-He;\ncatub-bahub-with four arms; tri-mekhalab-having three circles on the abdomen; hiraQya-kesab-hair colored like gold; trayi-atma-whose form manifests\nthe Vedas; sruk-sruv-adi-upalak?aQab-decorated with the sacrificial spoon, ladle\nand so on.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'In the Treta-yuga, the Lord appeared in a body that had a reddish hue and\n\nfour arms. There were three distinctive lines on His abdomen, and His hair\nwas golden. His form manifested the Vedic knowledge, and He bore the symbols of a sacrificial spoon, ladle and so on.'\nTEXT 334\n\n�J'$'Sf �-�� ��111 '��'-;ffi! \"fit' I\nfl1lt� <9 � c;�r;� ��i (fiRf' II ��8 II\n\n", "mad8#p0221": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n188\n\nsatya-yuge dharma-dhyana karaya 'suk/a'-murti dhari'\nkardamake vara dila yeriho krpa kari'\nSYNONYMS\nsatya-yuge-in the millennium of Satya-yuga; dharma-dhyana-religious principles and meditation; karaya\naccepting;\n\nkardamake-to\n\nyeriho-who; krpa kari'\n\n-\n\n-\n\ninduces; suk/a-whitish; murti-form; dhari'­\n\nKardama\n\nMuni;\n\nvara\n\ndi la\n\n-\n\ngave\n\nbenedictions;\n\nout of causeless mercy.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"As the white incarnation, the Lord taught religion and meditation. He\noffered benedictions to Kardama Muni, and in this way He showed His causeless mercy.\nPURPORT\nKardama Muni was one of the prajapatis. He married DevahOti, the daughter of\nManu, and their son was Kapiladeva. The Supreme Lord was very pleased with\nKardama Muni's austerities, and He appeared before Kardama Muni in a whitish\nbody. This happened in the Satya-yuga millennium, when people were accustomed to practicing meditation.\nTEXT 335\n\n�-,��'��ate{-�� I\n'iJIC!� � '��' <R'ti '1f•'·ct( lffil' 11 ��� n\nkr?Qa-'dhyana' kare /aka jfiana-adhikarr\ntretara dharma 'yajfia' karaya 'rakta'-varf)a dhari'\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa dhyana-meditation upon Kr?r:Ja;\n-\n\nkare-perform;\n\n/oka-the people;\n\njfiana-adhikarT-who are advanced in spiritual knowledge; tretara-of the Tretayuga;\n\ndharma-the\n\noccupational\n\nduty;\n\nyajfia-performance\n\nof\n\nsacrifices;\n\nkaraya-induces; rakta-varf)a dhari -assuming a reddish color.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the Satya-yuga the people were generally advanced in spiritual knowledge and could meditate upon Kr�Qa very easily. The people's occupational\nduty in Treta-yuga was to perform great sacrifices. This was induced by the\nPersonality of Godhead in His reddish incarnation.\n\n", "mad8#p0222": "Text 337]\n\nThe lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n189\n\nTEXT 336\n\n'fi����' � 'ft?fttt � I\n\n'fl'·�( ��1� ''11t� fi�1��-�� II ��� II\n'kr?Qa-padarcana' haya dvaparera dharma\n'kr?Qa'-varf)e karaya Joke kr?Qarcana-karma\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-pada-arcana-worshiping the lotus feet of Kr�r;�a; haya-is; dvapareraof the Dvapara millennium; dharma-the occupational duty; kr?Qa-varf)e-in a\nblackish color; karaya-induces; /oke-to the people; kr�Qa-arcana-karma-the\nactivities of worshiping Lord Kr�r;�a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In Dvapara-yuga the people's occupational duty was to worship the lotus\nfeet of Kr�r:Ja. Therefore lord Kr�Qa, appearing in a blackish body, personally\ninduced people to worship Him.\nTEXT 337\n\n�i9({� �5\\<!1� '$i'I!: ��<li�1 f•r�i'!l_lf: 1\n�<l�'ftflf�'llh\"D �'lft<fil'9f�f'l1'�: II �-''1 II\ndvapare bhagavan syama/:1\npita-vasa nijayudha/:1\nsri-vatsadibhir ankais ca\n/ak?af)air upa/ak?ita/:1\nSYNONYMS\ndvapare-in the Dvapara-yuga; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nsyama/:1-blackish;\n\nayudha/:1-having weapons;\n\npita-vasa/:1-having\n\nclothes;\n\nnija-own;\n\nsri-vatsa-adibhi/:1-such as Srivatsa;\n\nyellow\n\nankai/:1-by\n\nbodily markings; ca-and; /ak?af)ai/:1-by external characteristics such as the\nKaustubha jewel; upa/ak?ita/:1-characterized.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'In the Dvapara-yuga the Personality of Godhead appears in a blackish\nhue. He is dressed in yellow, He holds His own weapons, and He is decorated\nwith the Kaustubha jewel and marks of Srivatsa. That is how His symptoms are\ndescribed.'\n\n", "mad8#p0223": "190\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.5.27). The syama color is not\nexactly blackish. SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura compares it to the color\n\nof the atasi flower. It is not that Lord Kr�r:ta Himself appears in a blackish color in all\nthe Dvapara-yugas. In other Dvapara-yugas, previous to Lord Kr�r:ta's appearance,\nthe Supreme Lord appeared in a greenish body by His own personal expansion.\n\nThis is mentioned in the Vi$QU PuraQa, Hari-varhsa and Mahabharata.\nTEXT 338\nOl'lfC� <tt�Cif'<tt� 01�: '!��'It� S I\n\n�1ii}'!!t'l1tRW�� ��J� ��i<tC� 01�: II '-'\"lr I\nnamas te vasudevaya\n\nnama/:! sankar?aQaya ca\n\npradyumnayaniruddhaya\n\ntubhyarh bhagavate nama/:!\nSYNONYMS\n\nnama/:1-let me offer my respectful obeisances; te-unto You; vasudevaya­\n\nLord Vasudeva; nama/:1-respectful obeisances; sankar?aQaya ca-also to Lord\n\nSarikar�ar:ta; pradyumnaya-to Lord Pradyumna; aniruddhaya-unto Aniruddha;\n\ntubhyam-unto You; bhagavate-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nnama/:1-my respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, expanded as Vasudeva, Sankar�a�;�a, Pradyumna and Aniruddha.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a prayer from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.5.29) spoken by Karabhajana Muni\nwhen he was questioned by Maharaja Nimi, the King of Videha, about the incar­\n\nnations in specific yugas and their method of worship. Karabhajana Muni was one\nof the nine Yogendras, and he met the King to inform him about future incarnations.\nTEXT 339\n\n�- 1fQI •t� �c;t �·tie{ I\n'\"i{'tlf·����'-��t11t 'f$f II��� II\n\n", "mad8#p0224": "Text 340]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n191\n\nei mantre dvapare kare km1arcana\n\n'kr?Qa-nama-sankirtana'-kali-yugera dharma\nSYNONYMS\n\nei mantre-by this mantra; dvapare-in the age of Dvapara; kare -perform;\n\nkr?!Ja-arcana -the worship of Lord Kr�r;�a; kr?Qa-nama-sankirtana-chanting of\n\nthe holy name of Lord Kr�r;�a; kali-yugera dharma -the occupational duty in the\n\nage of Kali.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By this mantra, the people worship Lord K��r:-a in the Dvapara-yuga. In the\nKali-yuga the occupational duty of the people is to chant congregationally the\nholy name of K��r:-a.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (12.3.51):\n\nkaler do?a-nidhe rajann\n\nasti hy eko mahan guQaf)\n\nkirtanad eva kr?Qasya\n\nmukta-bandhaf) pararh vrajet\n\nIn Kali-yuga one worships Lord Kr�r;�a by chanting Hare Kr�r;�a, Hare Kr�r;�a, Kr�r:Ja\nKr�r:Ja, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare. To propagate\nthis movement, Lord Kr�r:Ja personally appeared as Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThat is described in the following verse.\nTEXT 340\n\n'�(!'·�( �f�' � '� �� I\n<;�� � �� '1'$1 �1ttj II -eso II\n'pita'-varQa dhari' tabe kaila pravartana\n\nprema-bhakti dila Joke lana bhakta-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\n\npita-varQa dhari'-assuming the color yellow; tabe-thereafter ; kaila pravar­\n\ntana-introduced the sankirtana movement; prema-bhakti d ila -He distributed\n\nlove of Kr�r;�a; /oke-to the people in general; lana bhakta-gaQa-accompanied\nby His devotees.\n\n", "mad8#p0225": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n192\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Accompanied by His personal devotees, Lord Kr�Qa, assuming a golden\ncolor, introduces the hari-nama-sankirtana, the chanting of the Hare Kr�Qa\nmantra, in the age of Kali. By this process, He delivers love for Kr�Qa to the\ngeneral populace.\nTEXT 341\n\n� �� � at•�� 1\n'� '5tAl itlti � �tt �ft� II -es� II\ndharma pravartana kare vrajendra-nandana\npreme gaya nace loka kare sankirtana\nSYNONYMS\ndharma pravartana kare-introduces a particular type of religious activity; vrajendra-nandana-Kr�r)a Himself; preme-in love; gaya-chants; nace-dances;\n/oka-all people; kare-perform; sar'lkirtana-congregational chanting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�Qa, the son of Nanda Maharaja, personally introduces the occupational duty of the age of Kali. He personally chants and dances in ecstatic love,\nand thus the entire world chants congregationally.\nTEXT 342\n\nWll3llcf� f��l'1('flp� �tC'Jft9ft'Jft'11!9fl�lf\"{_ I\n<!Cm: ��\"'J\"iOf�lC����� f� �7:'11'1(�: II -'8� II\nkr$Qa-varf)aril tvi$akr$Qaril\nsangopangastra-par$adam\nyajnaib sankirtana-prayair\nyajanti hi sumedhasab\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr$Qa-varQam-repeating the syllables kr$-Qa; tvi$J-with a luster; ak($f)amnot\n\nblack\n\n(golden);\n\nsa-ar'lga-with\n\nassociates;\n\nupanga-servitors;\n\nastra­\n\nweapons; par$adam-confidential companions; yajnaib-by sacrifice; sankirtanaprayaib-consisting chiefly of congregational chanting; yajanti-they worship;\nhi-certainly; su-medhasab-intelligent persons.\n\n", "mad8#p0226": "Text 344]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n193\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'In the age of Kali, intelligent persons perform congregational chanting to\nworship the incarnation of Godhead who constantly sings the name of Kr�Qa.\nAlthough His complexion is not blackish, He is Kr�Qa Himself. He is accompanied by His associates, servants, weapons and confidential companions.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.5.32). See also Adi-li/a, Chapter\nThree, text 52.\nTEXT 343\n\n� f�� 'fJ\"tift��� �� � 0 I\n\n��� �i4tt1f �� � � II �8� II\nara tina-yuge dhyanadite yei phala haya\nkali-yuge kr$Qa-name sei phala paya\nSYNONYMS\n\nara\n\ntina-yuge-in\n\nthe\n\nthree\n\nother\n\nyugas;\n\ndhyana-adite-by\n\nprocesses\n\nbeginning with meditation; yei-whatever; pha/a-resu lt; haya-there is; kali­\n\nyuge-in this age of Kali; k($1)a-name-by chanting the Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra;\nsei phala paya-one gets the same achievement.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"In the other three yugas-Satya, Treta and Dvapara-people perform different types of spiritual activities. Whatever results they achieve in that way,\nthey can achieve in Kali-yuga simply by chanting the Hare Kr�Qa mahamantra.\nTEXT 344\n\n�caorc\"!ftll'f�clj\" �t�:t� c�-c�i ll�t-t �'1: 1\n�'1-iilt?:lf<t f\"ll3� �'&�: 9f�'Z 31?:�� II '-'8 8 II\nka/er dO$a-nidhe rajann\nasti hy eko mahan gul)a/:1\nkirtanad eva kr$Qasya\nmukta-bandha/:1 pararh vrajet\nSYNONYMS\n\nkale/:1-of the age of Kali; do$a-nidhe-in the ocean of faults; rajan-0 King;\nasti-there is; hi-certainly; eka/:1-one; mahan-very great; gul)a/:1-good\n\n", "mad8#p0227": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n194\n\nquality; kirtanat-by chanting; eva-certainly; kr$Qasya-of the holy name of\nKr�t:Ja; mukta-bandha/:r-liberated from material bondage; param-to the tran­\n\nscendental spiritual kingdom; vrajet-one can go.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'My dear King, although Kali-yuga is full of faults, there is still one good\n\nquality about this age. It is that simply by chanting the Hare Kr�1.1a mahamantra, one can become free from material bondage and be promoted to the\ntranscendental kingdom.\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (12.3.51).\nTEXT 345\n\n\"fC� ll�Jt�C�1 f<l�� C��t�t� ll��1ll��: I\n�t?fut ?ffitstlt�t� 'fC\"'� ��fi<f'liO!t<; II \\!IS¢ II\nkrte yad dhyayato vi$QUri1\n\ntretayaril yajato makhai/:r\n\ndvapare paricaryayaril\n\nka/au tad dhari-kirtanat\nSYNONYMS\n\nkrte-in the Satya-yuga; yat-which; dhyayata/:r-from meditation; vi$1)Um­\n\non\n\nLord\n\nVi�t;�u;\n\nmakhai/:r-by\n\ntretayam-in\n\nperforming\n\nthe\n\nsacrifices;\n\nTreta-yuga;\n\nyajata/:r-from\n\ndvapare-in\n\nthe\n\nage\n\nworshiping;\n\nof\n\nDvapara;\n\nparicaryayam-by worshiping the lotus feet of Kr�t;�a; ka/au-in the age of Kali;\n\ntat-that same result (can be achieved); hari-kirtanat-simply by chanting the\n\nHare Kr�t:�a maha-mantra.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Whatever result was obtained in Satya-yuga by meditating on Vi�f.1u, in\n\nTreta-yuga by performing sacrifices and in Dvapara-yuga by serving the\nLord's lotus feet can also be obtained in Kali-yuga simply by chanting the Hare\nKr�1.1a maha-mantra.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (12.3.52). At the present moment\n\nin Kali-yuga there are many false meditators who concoct some imaginary form\n\n", "mad8#p0228": "Text 346]\n\n195\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nand try to meditate upon it. It has become fashionable to meditate, but people\nknow nothing about the object of meditation. That is explained here. Yad\ndhyayato vigwm. One has to meditate upon Lord Vi�l)u or Lord Kr�l)a. Without\nreferring to the sastras, so-called meditators aim at impersonal objects. Lord K[�l)a\nhas condemned them in Bhagavad-gita (12.5):\n\nkleso 'dhikataras te�am\navyaktasakta-cetasam\navyakta hi gatir du/:lkharil\ndehavadbhir avapyate\n\"For those whose minds are attached to the unmanifested, impersonal feature of\nthe Supreme, advancement is very troublesome. To make progress in that discipline is always difficult for those who are embodied.\"\nNot knowing how to meditate, foolish people simply suffer, and there is no\nbenefit derived from their spiritual activities. The same reference can be found in\nthe following verse from the Vi�Qu Pural)a\n\n(6.2.17), Padma Pural)a (Uttara­\n\nkhal)(ia 72.25) and Brhan-naradiya Pural)a (38.97).\nTEXT 346\n\nlfJt�\"l \"fC\\!i ��0{ �C���\\!it�t� �t9f���:s�O{ I\n'\n\n'\n\n'\n\n�iftC9;ftf\\!i \\!ilfiC9;1t� <fC\"T� 'l�'l�J C\"<ll\"t�l{_ II \"8� II\ndhyayan krte yajan yajnais\ntretayam dvapare 'rcayan\nyad apnoti tad apnoti\nkalau sarikirtya kesavam\nSYNONYMS\n\ndhyayan-meditating; krte-in the Satya-yuga; yajan-worshiping; yajnai/:lby the performance of great sacrifices; tretayam-in the Treta-yuga; dvapare-in\nthe Dvapara-yuga; arcayan-worshiping the lotus feet; yat-whatev er; apnotiis achieved; tat-that; apnoti-is obtained; ka/au-in the age of Kali; sarikirtyasimply by chanting; kesavam-the pastimes and qualities of Lord Kesava.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Whatever is achieved by meditation in Satya-yuga, by the performance of\nyajiia in Treta-yuga or by the worship of Kmta's lotus feet in Dvapara-yuga is\nalso obtained in the age of Kali simply by chanting and glorifying lord\nKesava.'\n\n", "mad8#p0229": "196\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 347\n\n<l'M� 'I\"St���J1�1 �<l�t: 'lt�;sjf'i[Oj: I\n�lJi '!ft�cOJr•r<�\" 'l��tc��f:saor:sn� 11 ..::.s 'I 11\nkalirh sabhajayanty arya\n\nguQa-jfia/:1 sara-bhagina/:1\n\nyatra sankirtanenaiva\n\nsarva-svartho 'bhilabhyate\nSYNONYMS\n\nkalim-the Kali-yuga; sabhajayanti-worship; arya/:1-advanced people; guQa­\n\njfia/:1-appreciating this good quality of Kali-yuga; sara-bhagina/:1-persons who\n\naccept the essence of life; yatra-in which age; sankirtanena-simply by per­\n\nforming sankirtana-yajfia, the chanting of the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra; eva-certainly;\nsarva-sva-artha/:1-all interests of life; abhilabhyate-are achieved.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'Those who are advanced and highly qualified and are interested in the\nessence of life, know the good qualities of Kali-yuga. Such people worship the\nage of Kali because in this age, simply by chanting the Hare Km1a mahamantra, one can advance in spiritual knowledge and attain life's goal.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.5.36) spoken by the great sage\n\nKarabhajana ��i, one of the nine Yogendras. The sage was informing Maharaja\n\nNimi about the people's duty to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead ac­\n\ncording to different processes in different yugas.\nTEXT 348\n\n'J.1�e. fit� �� �'lt-f!ftf�'l I\n'ellf�� �R�Ji ilt�, �i � �'I� II �Sir II\npurvavat likhi yabe guQavatara-gaQa\n\nasankhya sankhya tanra na haya gaf)ana\n,\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nparva-vat-as previously; /ikhi-1 write; yabe-when; guQa-avatara-gaQa-in­\n\ncarnations of the material modes of nature; asankhya-innumerable; sankhyacounting; tanra-of them; na haya gaQana-not actually countable.\n\n", "mad8#p0230": "Text 350]\n\n197\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"As stated before when I described the incarnations of the material modes\n[gur;Ja-avataras], one should consider that these incarnations also are unlimited and that no one can count them.\nTEXT 349\n\n�t�'ift<li!rof IJI� �;!' '$f'fi{ I\n�f.{' �fir ��, �mf �� �i{t!i{ n �s� 11\ncari-yugavatare ei ta' gaQana\nsuni' bharigi kari' tanre puche sanatana\nSYNONYMS\n\ncari-yuga-avatare-of the incarnations in the four different yugas; ei ta'\ngaQana-such enumeration; suni'-hearing; bhangi kari'-giving a hint; tarireunto Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; puche--inquired;\n\nsanatana-Sanatana\n\nGosvamT.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus I have given a description of the incarnations of the four different\nyugas.\" After hearing all this, Sanatana Gosvami gave an indirect hint to the\nLord.\nTEXT 350\n\n1ft�i\\' �tt;!i{- �J ��� I\n12it_1f �?tit'!�� ���tt;·11� II ��o II\nraja-mantri sanatana-buddhye brhaspati\nprabhura krpate puche asankoca-mati\nSYNONYMS\n\nraja-mantri san atana-Sanatana GosvamT was formerly an intelligent minister\nfor Nawab Hussain Shah;\n\nbuddhye-in intelligence;\n\nbrhaspati-exactly like\n\nBrhaspati, the priest in the heavenly kingdom; prabhura krpate\n\n-\n\nbeca u se of the\n\nunlimited mercy of the Lord; puche-inquires; asankoca-mati-without hesitation.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami had been a minister under Nawab Hussain Shah, and he\nwas undoubtedly as intelligent as Brhaspati, the chief priest of the heavenly\n\n", "mad8#p0231": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n198\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nkingdom. Due to the Lord's unlimited mercy, Sanatana Gosvami questioned\nHim without hesitation.\nTEXT 351\n\n'�� 'filf � lif$ ��' ���Rf I\n'\"�te{ �tfi{� �f'l�i! '\"'fit ��i!tl ?' ��� II\n'ati k$udra jiva mufii nica, nicacara\nkemane janiba kalite kon avatara?'\n\nSYNONYMS\nati-very;\nnica-low;\n\nk$udra-unimportant, insignificant; jiva-living entity; mufii-1;\nnica-acara-having\n\nvery\n\nabominable\n\nbehavior;\n\nkemane-how;\n\njaniba-shall I know; kalite-in this age; kon avatara-who is the incarnation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami said, \"I am a very insignificant living entity. I am low and\npoorly behaved. How can I understand who is the incarnation for this age of\nKali?\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is very important in reference to the incarnations of God. At present\nthere are especially many rascals prevalent in India who proclaim themselves incarnations of God or goddesses. Thus they are fooling and bluffing foolish people.\nOn behalf of the general populace, Sanatana Gosvami presented himself as a\nfoolish, lowborn, poorly behaved person, although he was a most exalted personality. Inferior people cannot accept the real God, yet they are very eager to accept an imitation God who can simply bluff foolish people. All this is going on in\nthis age of Kali. To guide these foolish people, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu answers\nthe question as follows.\n\nTEXT 352\n\n�'- �,-\"��R�� -ttm·�� �� I\n�til�i! ��t� �tti -rtm<�tt�J mfi{ 11 �([� 11\nprabhu kahe,- \"anyavatara sastra-dvare jani\nka/ite avatara taiche sastra-vakye mani\n\n", "mad8#p0232": "The Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nText 353]\n\n199\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; anya-avatara-the incarna­\n\ntions in other yugas; sastra-dvare jani-one has to accept by reference to the\nsastras; kalite\nvakye mani\n\n-\n\n-\n\nin this age of Kali; avatara-incarnation; taiche -similarly; sastra­\n\none has to accept according to the description of revealed scrip­\n\ntures.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"As in other ages an incarnation is accepted according to the directions of the sastras, in this age of Kali an incarnation of God should be accepted in that way.\nPURPORT\nAccording to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, this is the way an incarnation should be\naccepted. Srila Narottama dasa Thakura says, sadhu-sastra-guru-vakya, cittete\nkariya aikya. One should accept a thing as genuine by studying the words of\n\nsaintly people, the spiritual master and sastra. The actual center is sastra, the\nrevealed scripture. If a spiritual master does not speak according to revealed scripture, he is not to be accepted. Similarly, if a saintly person does not speak according to the sastra, he is not a saintly person. Sastra is the center for all. Unfor­\n\ntunately, at the present moment, people do not refer to the sastras; therefore\nthey accept rascals as incarnations, and consequently they have made incarnations into a very cheap thing. Intelligent people who follow Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's instructions and the instructions of the acarya, the bona fide\nspiritual master, will not accept a pretender as an incarnation of God. In Kali-yuga,\nthe only incarnation is Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Imitation incarnations take advantage of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The Lord appeared within the past five\nhundred years, played as the son of a brahmaf)a from Nadia and introduced the\nsarikirtana movement. Imitating Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and ignoring the sastra,\n\nrascals present themselves as incarnations and introduce their rascaldom as a\nreligious process. As we have repeatedly said, religion can be given only by the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. From the discussions in Caitanya-caritamrta, we\ncan understand that in different ages the Supreme Lord introduces different\nsystems and different religious duties. In this age of Kali, the only incarnation of\nKr�l)a is Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and He introduced the religious duty of Kaliyuga, the chanting of the Hare Kr�l)a maha-mantra: Hare Kr�l)a, Hare Kr�l)a, Kr�l)a\nKr�l)a, Hare Hare/Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nTEXT 353\n\nlf(al!_� -rt�J-IIft?lf·'�'i' 1\n'C111rl·�� � � �rn1 '•'til' n ��� n\n\n", "mad8#p0233": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n200\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nsarvajfia munira vakya-sastra-'paramaf)a'\nama-saba jivera haya sastra-dvara 'jfiana'\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-Jna munira vakya-the words of the omniscient muni (V yasadeva);\nsastra-paramaf)a-evidence of revealed scriptures; ama-saba-all of us; jivera-of\nthe conditioned souls; haya-there is; sastra dvara\n-\n\n-\n\nthrough the medium of\n\nrevealed scriptures; jfiana-knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Vedic literatures composed by the omniscient Mahamuni V yasadeva\nare evidence of all spiritual existence. Only through these revealed scriptures\ncan all conditioned souls attain knowledge.\nPURPORT\nFoolish people try to concoct knowledge by manufacturing something in their\nbrains. That is not the real way of knowledge. Knowledge is sabda-pramaf)a, evidence from Vedic literature. SrTia V yasadeva is called Mahamuni. He is also known\nas Vedavyasa because he has compiled so many sastras. He has divided the Vedas\ninto four d ivisions- Sama, �g, Yajur and Atharva. He has expanded the Vedas into\neighteen Puraf)as and has summarized Vedic knowledge in the Vedanta-sutra. He\nalso compiled the Mahabharata, which is accepted as the fifth Veda. Bhagavad-gita\nis contained within the Mahabharata. Therefore Bhagavad-gita is also Vedic\nliterature (smrti). Some of the Vedic literatures are called srutis, and some are\ncalled\n\nsmrtis.\n\nSrTia\n\nROpa\n\nGosvamT recommends\n\nin\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\n(1.2.101):\nsruti-smrti-puraf)adipaficaratra-vidhirh vina\naikantiki harer bhaktir\nutpatayaiva kalpate\nUnless one refers to sastra (sruti, smrti and puraQadt), one's spiritual activity simply\ndisturbs society. There is no king or government to check people, and therefore\nsociety has fallen into a chaotic condition as far as spiritual understanding is concerned. Taking advantage of this chaotic condition, many rascals have appeared\nand proclaimed themselves incarnations of God. As a result, the entire population\nis indulging in sinful activities such as illicit sex, intoxication, gambling and meateating. Out of many sinful people, many incarnations of God are emerging. This is\na very regrettabl\"e situation, especially in India.\n\n", "mad8#p0234": "Text 355]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n201\n\nTEXT 354\n\n�� �� ��-'�1fif �'!Rl' I\n\n� � i!IFt�' �� \"1-.'1-�mt II �<t8 II\navatara nahi kahe-'ami avatara'\nmuni saba jani' kare lak?aQa-vicara\nSYNONYMS\navatara-the actual incarnation of Godhead; nahi-never; kahe-says; ami\navatara-1 am an incarnation; muni-the great sage Mahamuni Vyasadeva; saba\njani'-knowing all (past, present and future); kare /ak?aQa-vicara-describes the\nsymptoms of the avataras.\nTRANSLATION\n\"An actual incarnation of God never says, 'I am God,' or 'I am an incarnation of God.' The great sage Vyiisadeva, knowing all, has already recorded the\ncharacteristics of the avataras in the sastras.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse it is clearly stated that a real incarnation of God never claims to be\na real incarnation. According to the symptoms described in the sastra, one can\nunderstand who is an avatara and who is not.\nTEXT 355\n\nll'2lt��t�1 �t\"lrc:g •ritr�� ..r�'lr�\"t: 1\nc�h���\"'nr�·rhr<ll)t���'I'Jf�\\!>: u \"�a\nyasyavatara jnayante\nSafifi$V asaririf)aQ\ntais tair atulyatisayair\nviryair dehi?V asangatai/:r\n\nSYNONYMS\nyasya-whose; avatara/:r-incarnations; jflayante-can be known; Sariri?Uamong the living entities; asaririQa/:r-of the Lord, who has no material body; tai/:r\ntai/:r-all those;\n\natu/ya-incomparable;\n\natisayai/:r-extraordinary;\n\nprowess; dehi?u-among the living entities; asangatai/:r-impossible.\n\nviryai/:r-by\n\n", "mad8#p0235": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n202\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The lord does not have a material body, yet He descends among human\nbeings in His transcendental body as an incarnation. Therefore it is very difficult for us to understand who is an incarnation. Only by His extraordinary\nprowess and uncommon activities, which are impossible for embodied living\nentities, can one partially understand the incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srrmad-Bhagavatam (1 0.1 0.34).\nTEXT 356\n\n''IJUfi?f'·lf\"'sj, �tf '�\"-\"f\"''l' I\n\n�� � lf-.t'l '��' iSf'tti1 'IJ._fi{�'l II ��� II\n'svar0pa'-/ak$af)a, ara 'tatastha-/ak$af)a'\nei dui lak$af)e 'vastu' jane muni-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nsvar0pa-lak$af)a-the personal characteristics; ara -and; tatastha-/ak$aQa-the\n\nmarginal characteristics; ei dui /ak$af)e-by these two symptoms; vastu-an ob­\n\nject; jane-know; muni-gaQa-the great sages.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"By\n\ntwo\n\nsymptoms-personal\n\ncharacteristics\n\nand\n\nmarginal\n\ncharac­\n\nteristics-the great sages can understand an object.\nTEXT 357\n\n�t�f�, ���' ��91\",-��·�'f I\n�mi e?jti1,-�� t;!�'l-�lfli'lll �a'\\ 11\nakrti, prakrti, svarupa, -svarupa-lak$af)a\nkarya-dvara jfiana, -ei tatastha-lak$af)a\nSYNONYMS\nakrti-bodily features; prakrti-nature; svarupa-form; svarupa-/ak$aQa-per­\n\nsonal\n\nsymptoms;\n\nkarya-dvara-by\n\nactivities;\n\ntatastha-lak$af)a-the marginal symptom.\n\njfiana-knowledge;\n\nei-this;\n\n", "mad8#p0236": "203\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nText 359]\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Bodily features, nature and form are the personal characteristics. Knowledge of His activities provides the marginal characteristic.\nTEXT 358\n\n�'$l<ti!UH;:V �ut� ��Q'ft�1H;;'I I\n'������' ���Q'f �l � \"''f�'l II �<tlr II\nbhagavatarambhe vyasa mangalacaraf)e\n'paramesvara' nirupila ei dui /ak?af)e\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhagavata-arambhe -in the beginning of the Srimad-Bhagavatam; vyasa -the\ngreat\n\nauthor\n\nVyasadeva;\n\nmangala-acaraf)e-in\n\nthe\n\nauspicious\n\ninvocation;\n\nparama-isvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nirupila -has described; ei\n\ndui /ak?af)e-by these two characteristics, namely svarupa (personal) and tatastha\n\n(marginal) symptoms.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the auspicious invocation in the beginning of Srimad-Bhagavatam, Srila\nVyasadeva has described the Supreme Personality of Godhead by these\nsymptoms.\nTEXT 359\n\n�'nt�� 'lC�t��'lltflr���·DtC'<!'���: ��t�\n\nC�C'I 3!'li �If I <! l!i!tfil'<�>�l:'\\1 'l._?ilfu <!� ����: I\nc�'Sft<ttR1\"lJifi� <!�I f<tf-!�r.'\\11 <!\\If fuprcft�\"l1�1\n'11:11 C�O{ '1\"1!'1 TO{�'(g��<Ti� 'l�J� 9(Q� l()1\\� II \"It� II\njanmady asya yato 'nvayad itaratas carthe?v abhijnab svarat\ntene brahma hrda ya adi-kavaye muhyanti yat surayab\n\ntejo-vari-mrdarh yatha vinimayo yatra tri-sargo 'mr?ii\n\ndhamna svena sada nirasta-kuhakarh satyarh pararh dhimahi\nSYNONYMS\n\njanma-adi -creation\n\n,\n\nmaintenance and dissolution; asya -of this (the uni­\n\nverse); yatab -from whom; anvayat-directly from the spiritual connection;\n\n", "mad8#p0237": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n204\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nitaratab-indirectly from the lack of material contact; ca-also; arthe?u-in all\n\naffairs; abhijnab -perfectly cognizant; sva-rat-independent; tene-imparted;\n\nbrahma-the Absolute Truth; hrda-through the heart; yab-who; adi-kavaye­\n\nunto Lord Brahma; muhyanti-are bewildered; yat-in whom; surayab-great\npersonalities like Lord Brahma and other demigods or great brahmal)as; tejab-vari­\n\nmrdam-of fire, water and earth; yatha-as; vinimayab-the exchange; yatra-in\n\nwhom; tri-sargab-the material creation of three modes; amr?a-factual; dhamna-with\n\nthe\n\nabode;\n\nsvena-His\n\nown\n\npersonal;\n\nsada-always;\n\nnirasta­\n\nkuhakam-devoid of all illusion; satyam-the truth; param-absolute; dhimahi­\n\nlet us meditate upon.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'I offer my obeisances unto Lord Sri Kn�a, son of Vasudeva, who is the\nsupreme all-pervading Personality of Godhead. I meditate upon Him, the\ntranscendent reality, who is the primeval cause of all causes, from whom all\nmanifested universes arise, in whom they dwell and by whom they are\ndestroyed. I meditate upon that eternally effulgent Lord who is directly and\nindirectly conscious of all manifestations and yet is beyond them. It is He only\nwho first imparted Vedic knowledge unto the heart of Brahma, the first created\nbeing. Through Him this world, like a mirage, appears real even to great sages\nand demigods. Because of Him, the material universes, created by the three\nmodes of nature,\n\nappear factual,\n\nalthough they are unreal. I meditate,\n\ntherefore, upon Him, the Absolute Truth, who is eternally existent in His transcendental abode and who is forever free of illusion.'\nPURPORT\nThis\n\nverse,\n\nquoted\n\nfrom\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1.1.1 ) ,\n\nlinks\n\nthe\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhagavatam with the Vedanta-sutra with the words janmady asya yatab. It is\n\nstated that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vasudeva, is the Absolute Truth\nbeyond the material creation. This has been accepted by all acaryas. Even\n\nSarikaracarya, the most elevated impersonalist, says in the beginning of his com­\n\nmentary on Bhagavad-gita: narayal)ab paro 'vyaktat. When this material creation is\n\nnot yet manifested from the mahat-tattva, it is called avyakta, and when it is demonstrated from that total energy, it is called vyakta. Narayal)a, the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, is beyond this vyakta-avyakta, manifested and unmanifested\nmaterial nature. This is the chief qualification of the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead when He assumes a particular incarnation. Kr�r:Ja tells Arjuna that they both\n\ntook birth many, many times before. Kr�r:Ja remembers everything about His previous appearances, but Arjuna does not remember. Since Kr�r:Ja is beyond the cos­\n\nmic creation, He is in the exalted position of being able to remember everything in\nthe past. Everything within the cosmic creation has a material body, but Kr�r:Ja,\n\nbeing beyond the material cosmic creation, always has a spiritual body. He im-\n\n", "mad8#p0238": "The Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nText 361]\n\n205\n\nparted Vedic knowledge into the heart of Brahma. Although Brahma is the most\nimportant and exalted personality within this universe, he could not remember\nwhat he did in his past life. Kr�r:Ja has to remind him through the heart. When Lord\nBrahma was thus inspired, he was able to create the entire universe. Remembering\neverything about the past and inspiring Lord Brahma to create are vivid examples\nof the characteristics called svarupa-tak$af)a and tatastha-tak$af)a.\n\nTEXT 360\n\n�� �tt<li '���'·-a;� '��··fiRii�'ll\n'Jti!J�' � <!$�� �t� �11\\?f·�'lll��o II\nei stoke 'pararh'-sabde 'k[$f)a'-nirupaf)a\n'satyarh' sabde kahe tarira svarupa-tak$af)a\nSYNONYMS\nei stoke-in this verse; param-sabde-by the word param, or supreme; kr$f)aof Lord Kr�l)a; nirupaf)a-there is an it;�dication; satyam sabde-by the word\nsatyam, or Absolute Truth; kahe-indicates; tarira-His; svarupa-tak$af)a-personal characteristics.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this invocation from Srimad-Bhagavatam, the word param indicates\nlord Kr��a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and the word satyam indicates His personal characteristics.\nTEXT 361\n\n���Jtflf C<!i�, �\"f S'ltlt<!i �tl\"f I\n'CI�t�et�'!\"l, \"Qi?f-t�� 1ftvi � C� II��� II\nvisva-smy-adi kaila, veda brahmake pac;laita\narthabhijfiata, svarupa-saktye maya dura kaita\nSYNONYMS\nvisva-sr$ti-adi-creation, maintenance and dissolution of the cosmic manifestation; kaita-performed; veda-the Vedic knowledge; brahmake-unto Lord\nBrahma; pac;/aita-instructed; artha-abhijfiata-having full knowledge of past,\npresent and future; svarupa-saktye-by His personal energy; maya-the illusory\nenergy; dura kaita\n\n-\n\nseparated.\n\n", "mad8#p0239": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n206\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In that same verse it is stated that the lord is the creator, maintainer and\nannihilator of the cosmic manifestation, and that He enabled Lord Brahma to\ncreate the universe by infusing him with the knowledge of the Vedas. It is also\nstated that the lord has full knowledge directly and indirectly, that He knows\npast, present and future and that His personal energy is separate from maya,\nthe illusory energy.\nTEXT 362\n\n�- � �-it� '!lJ\"'-�'1 I\n�\" �<t\\!� �� iSft� \"![ii�'l II ��� II\nei saba karya-tarira tatastha-lak?aQa\nanya avatara aiche jane muni-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nei saba karya-all these activities;\n\ntarira-His;\n\ntatastha-lak?aQa-marginal\n\ncharacteristics; anya avatara-another incarnation; aiche-in that same way;\njane-know; muni-gaQa-the great saintly persons like Vyasadeva.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All these activities are His marginal characteristics. Great saintly persons\nunderstand the incarnations of the Supreme Personality of Godhead by the indications of the two characteristics known as svarupa and tatastha. All the incarnations of Kr�Qa should be understood in this way.\n\nTEXT 363\n\n�i!l\\!�-·�if?;'t �11 iSf'Stf;;'! <;�t� I\n\n�� � '1�'1 (;<fi� iSftilt11 1f� II\" ��� II\navatara-kale haya jagate gocara\nei dui lak?aQe keha janaye isvara\"\nSYNONYMS\navatara-kale-at the time of incarnation; haya-there is; jagate-in the world;\ngocara-information;\n\nei dui lak?aQe-by these two characteristics, namely\n\nsvarupa and tatastha; keha-some persons; janaye-know; isvara-the incarnation of the Supreme Lord.\n\n", "mad8#p0240": "Text 365]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n207\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"At the time of Their appearance, the incarnations of the Lord are known in\nthe world because people can consult the sastras to understand the incarnation's chief characteristics, known as svarupa and tatastha. In this way the incarnations become known to great saintly persons.\"\nTEXT 364\n\nllift'!il <ti�,--\"�tt� if'st�·\"'''lfi'l I\n\n�'!�( <lit1i -(;�1!W�-ll�� II ��8 II\nsanatana kahe,- \"yate isvara-lak�af)a\npita-varQa, karya -prema-dana-sarikirtana\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana kahe-Sanatana said; yate-in whom; isvara-/ak�aQa-the characteristics of the Lord are found; pita-varQa-yellowish color; karya-activities;\nprema-dana-distributing love of Godhead; sarikirtana-and chanting congregationally the holy name of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami, \"The color of the personality in whom the characteristics of the Lord are f ound is yellowish. His activities include the distribution of love of Godhead and the chanting of the holy names of the Lord.\nTEXT 365\n\n<tS�tQ!f �� '�t�'!'Rt' fi{J16� I\n��\\i <tS��1 ��' �t�<tS ll�-t'11 u\" ��<l' u\nkali-kale sei 'kr�Qavatara' niscaya\nsudr(iha kariya kaha, yauka sarhsaya\"\nSYNONYMS\nkali-kale-in the age of Kali; sei-that personality; kr�Qa-avatara-the incarnation of Kr�r:Ja; niscaya-certainly; su-dr(iha kariya-firmly; kaha-kindly inform\nme; yauka sarhsaya-so that all doubts may go away.\nTRANSLA liON\n\"The incarnation of Kr�r:Ja for this age is indicated by these symptoms.\nPlease confirm this definitely so that all my doubts will go away.\"\n\n", "mad8#p0241": "208\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nPURPORT\nSanatana GosvamT wanted to confirm the fact that SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu is\nthe incarnation of Kr�r:ta for this age. According to sastra, in Kali-yuga the Lord\nwould assume a golden or yellow color and would distribute love of Kr�r:ta and\nthe sankirtana movement. In accordance with sastra and saintly persons, these\ncharacteristics were vividly displayed by SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and it was\ntherefore clear that SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu was an incarnation of Kr�t:Ja. He was\nconfirmed by the sastras, and His characteristics were accepted by saintly people.\nSince SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu could not escape Sanatana GosvamT's argument,\nHe remained silent on this point and thereby indirectly accepted Sanatana's statement. By this we can clearly understand that SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu was the\ndirect incarnation of Lord Kr�t:Ja.\n\nTEXT 366\n\n� ��,-��tf\"f �tl!p, �iltl!ill\n-t��llft�l!tr;� �il �<!111''111 ���II\nprabhu kahe,-caturali chaqa, sanatana\nsaktyavesavatarera suna vivaraf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; caturali-very intelligent argument; cha(fa-give up; sanatana-0 Sanatana; sakti-avesa-avatarera-of the especially empowered incarnations; suna-hear; vivaraf)a-the description.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"0 Sanatana, you must give up your intelligent tricks. Just try to understand the meaning of the saktyavesa-avatara.\nTEXT 367\n\n-t•:rt��l!tf �t�11' 'GI�R � '$f'fil I\nflf'$f,� <ISRf ll_�J �!_� iSfilII ��'I I\nsaktyavesavatara kr�Qera asankhya gaf)ana\ndig-darasana kari mukhya mukhya jana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsakti-avesa-avatara-incarnations\n\nespecially\n\nempowered\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\nkr�Qera-of Lord Kr�r:ta; asankhya gaQana-unlimited and innumerable; dik-\n\n", "mad8#p0242": "The lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nText 369]\n\n209\n\ndarasana kari-let Me describe some of them; mukhya mukhya jana-who are\ncounted as the chief.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are unlimited saktyavesa-avataras of lord Kr�l)a. let Me describe\nthe chief among them.\nTEXT 368\n\n-t•Jt��-t ���- '��', '''$1)'1' Off� I\n�,.1e.�J'�i!TI1',��tDl'f��i%'MMII���r\nsaktyavesa dui-rOpa-'mukhya', 'gaul)a' dekhi\nsak$at-saktye 'avatara', abhase 'vibhati' likhi\nSYNONYMS\nsakti-avesa-empowered incarnations; dui-rOpa-two categories; mukhyaprimary; gaul)a-secondary; dekhi-1 see; sak$at-saktye-when there is direct\npower; avatara-they are called incarnations; abhase-when there is indication;\nvibhuti likhi-they are called vibhati, or possessing special favor.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Empowered incarnations are of two types-primary and secondary. The\nprimary one is directly empowered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nand is called an incarnation. The secondary one is indirectly empowered by\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead and is called vibhuti.\n\nTEXT 369\n\n'lli{<lltflf', 'i{�', '�;:, '��1f�' I\n�1'11'51 '�tfi11f' ��<illlf1��TI1-i{'falll ��� II\n'sanakadi', 'narada', 'prthu', 'parasurama'\njiva-rOpa 'brahmara' avesavatara-nama\n\nSYNONYMS\nsanaka-adi-the\n\nfour Kumaras;\n\nnarada-Narada;\n\nprthu-Maharaja\n\nPrthu;\n\nparasurama-Parasurama; jiva-rupa-as the living entity; brahmara-of Lord\nBrahma; avesa-avatara-nama-all of them are called empowered incarnations.\n\n", "mad8#p0243": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n210\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Some saktyavesa-avataras are the four Kumaras, Narada, Maharaja Prthu\nand Parasurama. When a living being is empowered to act as lord Brahma, he\nis also considered a saktyavesa-avatara.\nTEXT 370\n\n��� '�'-${�1 $f�t1f '���' I\n�l ����1�-��1� �1� �\"-' 11 ��0 n\nvaikuf)the 'se?a'-dhara dharaye 'ananta'\nei mukhyavesavatara-vistare nahi anta\n\nSYNONYMS\nvaikuf)the-in the spiritual world; se?a-Lord Se�a; dhara dharaye-carries innumerable planets; ananta-Ananta; ei-these; mukhya-avesa-avatara-primary\ndirectly empowered incarnations; vistare-in expanding them; nahi-there is\nnot; anta-limit.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"lord Se�a in the spiritual world of Vaikur;�fha and, in the material world,\nlord Ananta, who carries innumerable planets on His hood, are two primary\nempowered incarnations. There is no need to count the others, for they are\nunlimited.\nTEXT 371\n\n��<�Sttw '�t�'--t�, �tw;w -t� '�f�' 1\nt!ltfint '�'·llf�, ��r;;� '�··U�'i'·-tf� II��� II\nsanakadye 'jnana'-sakti, narade sakti 'bhakti'\nbrahmaya 'sr�ti'-sakti, anante 'bha-dharaf)a'-sakti\n\nSYNONYMS.\nsanaka-adye-in the four Kumaras; jnana-sakti-the power of knowledge;\nnarade-in Narada Muni;\n\nsakti-the power;\n\nbhakti-of devotional service;\n\nbrahmaya-in Lord Brahma; sr?ti-sakti-the power of creation; anante-in Lord\nAnanta; bha-dharaf)a-sakti-the power to carry the planets.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The power of knowledge was invested in the four Kumaras, and the power\nof devotional service was invested in Narada. The power of creation was in-\n\n", "mad8#p0244": "Text 373]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n211\n\nvested in Lord Brahma, and the power to carry innumerable planets was invested in Lord Ananta.\nTEXT 372\n\n�t� ''1�N;:Jt�'·15t�, ���� '?tt'i'il' I\n\n?t���1�� '��ilt!Cf�·�:Jt·t�'l' II �'H. II\nse?e 'sva-sevana'-sakti, prthute 'palana'\nparasurame 'du�ta-nasaka-virya-saficaral)a'\nSYNONYMS\n\nSe?e-in Lord Se�a; sva-sevana sakti\nprthute\n\n-\n\nin King Prthu; pa/ana\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthe power to serve the Lord personally;\n\nthe power to rule; parasurame-in Parasurama;\n\ndu?ta-nasaka-virya-the extraordinary power to kill rogues and miscreants;\nsaficaral)a-empowering.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhe'ad invested the power of personal service to Lord Se�a, and He invested the power to rule the earth in King Prthu.\nLord Parasurama received the power to kill rogues and miscreants.\nPURPORT\n\nKr�t:la says in Bhagavad-gita (Bg. 4.8): paritral)aya sadhanarh vinasaya ca\ndu?krtam. Sometimes the Lord invests His power to rule in a king like Prthu and\n\nenables such a king to kill rogues and miscreants. He also invests His power in\nincarnations like Parasurama.\nTEXT 373\n\n�t\"l\"t�Jtf\"l!\"�<'l\"!l1 <Flit�C�1 �Olllf01: I\n� �tC�\"rl f;{5J�C� �'1�1 �<I\" \"Il�'a\"ITI: II -=>'1-=> II\n\njfiana-sakty-adi-kalaya\nyatravi�to janardanab\nta avesa nigadyante\njiva eva mahattamab\nSYNONYMS\njfiana-sakti-adi-ka/aya-by portions of the potencies of knowledge, devotional\n\nservice, creation, personal service, ruling over the material world, carrying the dif-\n\n", "mad8#p0245": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n212\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nferent planets, and killing the rogues and miscreants; yatra-wherever; avi�ta/:1-\n\nis entered; janardana/:1 - the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�r:Ju; te-they;\navesa/:1-empowered;\n\nn igadyan te-are\n\ncalled; jiva/:1 - living entities; eva-al­\n\nthough; mahat-tama/:1-most exalted devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Whenever the Lord is present in someone by portions of His various\n\npotencies, the living entity representing the Lord is called saktyavesaavatara-that is, an incarnation invested with special power.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in the Laghu-bhagavatamrta (1.18).\nTEXT 374\n\n'�'!' <fifftti �li h\"J-��t'ft-f I\niSf'$fe, <tJtf9ttl �·-t�Jtlt!i�tt�tllf II �'\\8 II\n'vibhOti' kahiye yaiche gita-ekadase\n\njagat vyapila kr�Qa-sakty-abhasavese\nSYNONYMS\nvibhati-specific\n\npower;\n\nkahiye-we\n\nsay;\n\nyaiche-j ust\n\nlike;\n\ngita-of\n\nBhagavad-gita; ekadase-in the Eleventh Chapter; jagat-throughout the whole\n\nuniverse; vyapila-He expanded; kr�Qa-sakti-abhasa-avese-by the reflection of\nHis power.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAs explained in the Eleventh Chapter of Bhagavad-gita, Kmta has spread\n\nHimself all over the universe in many personalities through specific powers,\nknown as vibhuti.\nPURPORT\nThe expansion of specific maya powers is explained in Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(2.7.39).\nTEXT 375\n\n�lf.�lf.�'¥\"�1!� '!�� �1l'lf-9!��'1!<1 <1·1 I\n\\!is��<l1<15l� �� '1(1( C\\!i�iSi1�� \"[}j�<l\"{_ II .:!'\\It II\n\n", "mad8#p0246": "Text 376]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n213\n\nyad yad vibhDtimat sattvaril\nsrimad Drjitam eva va\ntat tad evavagaccha tvaril\nmama tejo 'rilsa-sambhavam\n\nSYNONYMS\nyat yat-whatever and wherever; vibhatimat-extraordinarily opulent; sattvam-living entity; srimat-full of wealth; Drjitam-full of power; eva-certainly; va-or; tat tat-there; eva-certainly; avagaccha-should know; tvamyou; mama-of Me; tejai)-of power; arilsa-of a part; sambhavam-exhibition.\n\nTRANSLATION\n'' 'Know that all beautiful, glorious and mighty creations spring but from a\nspark of My splendor.\nPURPORT\nThis is a statement made by Kr�r:Ja in Bhagavad:gita (1 0.41 ).\n\nTEXT 376\n'51'<! <11 ��t'll:�OI f<�� � �tC�O{ ���\"\"{ I\n\nf<l�;sJi��lf� \"t�';fC\"l\\<fit�r.\"tO{ ftc�·l �'�(<:, II -:;'1� II\nathava bahunaitena\nkim jfiatena tavarjuna\nvi?tabhyaham idaril krtsnam\nekarilsena sthito jagat\n\nSYNONYMS\nathava-or; bahuna-much; etena-with this; kim-what use; jfiatena-being\nknown;\n\ntava-by you;\n\narjuna-0 Arjuna;\n\nvi?tabhya-pervading;\n\naham-1;\n\nidam-this; krtsnam-entire; eka-arilsena-with one portion; sthita/:1-situated;\njagat-universe.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'But what need is there, Arjuna, for all this detailed knowledge? With a\nsingle fragment of Myself I pervade and support this entire universe.'\nPURPORT\nThis is also a statement made by Kr�r:Ja in Bhagavad-gita (1 0.42).\n\n", "mad8#p0247": "214\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 377\n\n��i! <fi�\"(_ -t-.;tr;�·�tf I\n�fll'fN;�)�� �� f� II �'1'1 II\neita kahilun sakty-avesa-avatara\nbalya-paugaf)c;ia-dharmera sunaha vicara\n\nSYNONYMS\neita-thus; kahi/un-1 have explained; sakti-avesa-avatara-the incarnations\nspecifically empowered; balya-in childhood; paugaQ(ia-in boyhood; dharmera-of the characteristics; sunaha-now hear; vicara-the consideration.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus I have explained specifically empowered incarnations. Now please\nhear about the characteristics of lord Kr�r:Ja's childhood, boyhood and youth.\nTEXT 378\n\n�r;llftJtllt-tt� 81�(!F{\"fi{ I\n\\21���1 <fi��tr;t �'<if �r;J ;ri{ II �'llr II\nkisora-sekhara-dharmi vrajendra-nandana\nprakata-lila karibare yabe kare mana\n\nSYNONYMS\nkisora-sekhara-topmost of youth;\n\ndharmi-whose natural position;\n\nvra­\n\njendra-nandana-the son of Maharaja Nanda; prakata-lila-manifested pastimes;\nkaribare-to perform; yabe-when; kare-makes; mana-mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"As the son of Maharaja Nanda, lord Kr�r:Ja is by nature the paragon of\nkisora [youth]. He chooses to exhibit His pastimes at that age.\nTEXT 379\n\n�rot� �<l'li <ti�t11 �i-�i·��\"itr;'l I\n� ��i ��fit��� II �'l� II\nadau prakata karaya mata-pita-bhakla-gaf)e\npache prakata haya janmadika-lila-krame\n\n", "mad8#p0248": "Text 381]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n215\n\nSYNONYMS\nadau-first; prakata-manifest; karaya-He makes; mata-pita-His mother and\nfather; bhakta-gaQe-similar devotees; pache-after that; prakata haya-becomes manifest; janma-adika-lila-krame-such pastimes as birth, in order.\nTRANSlATION\n\"Before His personal appearance, the Lord causes some of His devotees to\nappear as His mother, father and intimate associates. He then appears later as\nif He were taking birth and growing from a baby to a child and gradually into a\nyouth.\nTEXT 380\n\n�'1�1!1 �f�lf!.'{�f9f \"'��f��Jff.!l'l: I\n\nIf�, f<�� Clift� .!l'l1� fOI'!T<'!,'-'11-�<'11ll�l�. U �ITo\nvayaso vividhatve·'pi\nsarva-bhakti-rasa5raya/:l\ndharmi kisbra evatra\nnitya-li/a-vilasavan\n\nSYNONYMS\nvayasa/:1-of age; vividhatve-in varieties; api-although; sarva-of all kinds;\nbhakti-rasa-asraya/:1-the shelter of devotional service; dharmi-whose constitutional nature; kisora/:1-in the age before youth; eva-certainly; atra-in this;\nnitya-/i/a-of eternal pastimes; vilasavan-the supreme enjoyer.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The Supreme Personality of Godhead is eternally enjoying Himself, and\nHe is the shelter of all kinds of devotional service. Although His ages are\nvarious, His age known as kisora [pre-youth] is best of all.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (2.1.63).\nTEXT 381\n\n'J..i!ifl·�'ftfif �i! � �'l �t'l I\n� �1 fim 121�� �t� �'i.iili� II �lr:> II\n\n", "mad8#p0249": "216\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nputana-vadhadi yata lila k$al)e k$al)e\nsaba lila nitya prakata kare anukrame\n\nSYNONYMS\nputana-vadha-adi-killing of the demons like POtana; yata-all; lila-pastimes;\nk$al)e k$al)e-one moment after another; saba lila-all these pastimes; nityaeternally; prakata-manifesting; kare-does; anukrame-one after another.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Lord Kr�r:ta appears, from moment to moment He exhibits His different pastimes, beginning with the killing of Putana. All these pastimes are\neternally being demonstrated one after another.\n\nTEXT 382\n\n�q �' i!H ift�<fi �'l� I\n\n�� � c;<fi'ti{ �ro IIHI <2!<Ti�� II �lr� II\nananta brahmal)<;ia, tara nahika gal)ana\nkana lila kana brahmal)<;ie haya prakatana\n\nSYNONYMS\nananta brahmal)<;ia-innumerable universes; tara-of which; nahika gal)anathere is no counting; kana lila-some pastimes; kana brahmal)<;ie-in some universe; haya-there is; prakatana-manifestation.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The consecutive pastimes of Kr�r:ta are manifest in one of the innumerable\nuniverses moment after moment. There is no possibility of counting the universes, but in any case some pastime of the Lord is being manifest at every\nmoment in one universe or another.\n\nTEXT 383\n\n�i:Jf� lF1 �'li-� ��� I\nc;ll•c;ll � <21�� �t1f \\3ti5fi!!�Jf� II � lr� II\nei-mata saba lila-yena ganga-dhara\nse-se lila prakata kare vrajendra-kumara\n\n", "mad8#p0250": "Text 384]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n217\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; saba lila-all pastimes; yena-like; ganga-dhara-the\nflowing of the water of the Ganges; se-se-those; /ita-pastimes; prakata karedemonstrates; vrajendra-kumara-the son of Maharaja Nanda.\nTRANSlATION\n\"Thus the Lord's pastimes are like flowing Ganges water. In this way all the\npastimes are manifested by the son of Nanda Maharaja.\nTEXT 384\n\niqi�� <rti'IJ·<;'Pf)�.�t-ttfil·�tf� I\n\n1ft�·�'tfff � �tif, '��-rtt1f fii'!Jfili% ll�lr811\nkrame balya-paugarxla-kaisorata-prapti\nrasa-adi lila kare, kaisore nitya-sthiti\nSYNONYMS\n\nkrame-gradual ly; ba/ya-childhood; paugaQqa-boyhood; kaisorata-youth;\nprapti-development; rasa-dancing with the gopis; adi-and others; lilapastimes; kare-performs; kaisore-in His age of pre-youth; nitya-sthiti-eternally existing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord K��r;�a exhibits His pastimes of childhood, boyhood and pre-youth.\nWhen He reaches pre-youth, He continues to exist eternally to perform His\nrasa dance and other pastimes.\nPURPORT\n\nThe c,omparison made here is very interesting. Kr�r;�a does not grow like an ordinary human being, even though He exhibits His pastimes of childhood, boyhood and pre-youth. When He reaches the age of pre-youth, kaisora, He does not\ngrow any older. He simply remains in His kaisora age: He is therefore described in\nBrahma-sarhhita (5.33) as nava-yauvana.\nadvaitam acyutam anadim ananta-rDpam\nadyarh puraQa-puru?arh nava-yauvanarh ca\nvede$U durfabham adurfabham atma-bhaktau\ngovindam adi-puru?arh tam aharh bhajami\nThis nava-yauvana, or pre-youth, is the eternal transcendental form of Kr�r;�a. Kr�r;�a\nnever grows older than nava-yauvana.\n\n", "mad8#p0251": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n218\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 385\n\n'�'!J�' �� �(.m?J �ll I\n���iii�� &ift'li <;�'lltil 'fiii!J' ��II �lrlt II\n'nitya-lila' kr�Qera sarva-sastre kaya\nbujhite na pare lila kemane 'nitya' haya\nSYNONYMS\nnitya-lila-eternal pastimes; kr�Qera-of lord Kr�r:Ja; sarva-sastre kaya-described in every sastra; bujhite na pare-not able to understand; /ita-pastimes;\nkemane-how; nitya haya-are eternal.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Descriptions of Kr�r;�a's eternal pastimes are in all revealed scriptures. But\none cannot understand how they are continuing eternally.\nTEXT 386\n\nf�� fiflli �� l!t<f � \"fit •ttil I\n\"�'fi-f.r-!J, <;i!JfJ1f'!�$ftttJ II �lr� II\ndr�tanta diya kahi tabe loka yadi jane\nkr�Qa-lila -nitya, jyotiscakra-pramaQe\nSYNONYMS\ndmanta diya-giving an example; kahi-let Me say; tabe-then; /akapeople; yadi-if;\n\njane-can understand; kr�Qa-/i/a-pastimes of lord Kr�r:Ja;\n\nnitya-eternal; jyoti/:1-cakra-of the zodiac; pramaQe-by evidence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Let me give an example by which people may understand lord Kr�r;�a's\neternal pastimes. An example can be found in the zodiac.\nTEXT 387\n\n�tfl!� � \"'i{ fiii� �fil·flfti{ I\n��it?tt'!fif ifff�' � liJit1f liJit1f II �lr'l II\njyotiscakre surya yena phire ratri-dine\nsapta-dvipambudhi langhi' phire krame krame\n\n", "mad8#p0252": "Text 389]\n\n219\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\nSYNONYMS\n\njyotii)-cakre-in the zodiac; surya-of the sun; yena-as; phire-moves ; ratridine-the day and night; sapta-dvipa-ambudhi-the oceans of the islands;\n/arighi -crossing; phire-rotates; krame krame-one after another.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The sun moves across the zodiac day and night and crosses the oceans between the seven islands one after the other.\nTEXT 388\n\n1ftfffi·flftil: �i ��·9ffif'lft'1 I\n��� � '91'1' '!t1t 1ftil: II �lrlr II\nratri-dine haya �a�ti-dar:u;Ja-parimal)a\ntina-sahasra chaya-sata 'pa/a' tara mana\n\nSYNONYMS\nratri-dine-during the whole day and night; haya-there is; �a�ti-daQ(ia-of\nsixty daQ(ias (a measure of time); parimal)a-duration; tina-sahasra-three thousand; chaya-sata-six hundred; pala-palas; tara-of that; mana\n\n-\n\nmeasurement\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"According to Vedic astronomical calculations, the rotation of the sun consists of sixty dar;��as, and it is divided into thirty-six hundred palas.\nTEXT 389\n\n��t'f11 � �m��t'\"' 1\n�� 1.!1� �' �� � 'Rf�' � II �1r:;, II\nsuryodaya haite �a�ti-pala-kramodaya\nsei eka daQ(ia, a�ta daQ(ie 'prahara' haya\n\nSYNONYMS\nsurya-udaya haite-beginning from the sunrise; �a$ti-pala-sixty palas; kramaudaya-gradually rising higher and higher; sei-that; eka daQ(ia-one daQ(ia; a�ta\ndaQ(ie-in eight daQ(ias; prahara haya-there is a prahara.\n\n", "mad8#p0253": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n220\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The sun rises in steps consisting of sixty palas. Sixty palas equal one dar;�c;la, and eight dar;�c;las comprise one prahara.\nTEXT 390\n\n�<!i-�·�ii-�Rf ��� 'f;l� � I\n��� mill ''5ttii\" �il: ��� 11 ��0 \"\neka-dui-tina-cari prahare asta haya\ncari-prahara ratri gele puna/:! suryodaya\nSYNONYMS\n\neka-dui-tina-cari -one, two, three, four; prahare-in praharas; asta haya-the\nsun sets in the evening; cari-prahara-generally after four praharas; ratri-the\nnight; ge/e-when it passes; puna/:l-again; suryodaya-the sun rises.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Day and night are divided into eight praharas-four belonging to the day\nand four belonging to the night. After eight praharas, the sun rises again.\nTEXT 391\n\n�tti \"t�1l �-�\"1\" �\"iii\"-�C'!f I\n�il�ii\" �f�' �Cit\" iiliCil fils� ll ��� ll\naiche kr�Qera li/a-maQ(iala caudda-manvantare\nbrahmaQ(ia-maQ(iala vyapi' krame krame phire\nSYNONYMS\naiche-in the same way; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�r:Ja; /i/a-maQ(ia/a-groups of different pastimes; caudda-manvantare-in the duration of fourteen Manus; brahmaQ(ia-maQ(ia/a-all of the universes; vyapi'-spreading through; krame kramegradually; phire-return.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Just like the sun, there is an orbit to Kr�r;�a's pastimes, which are manifest\none after the other. During the lifetime of fourteen Manus, this orbit expands\nthrough all the universes, and gradually it returns. Thus Kr�r;�a moves with His\npastimes through all the universes, one after another.\n\n", "mad8#p0254": "Text 394]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n221\n\nTEXT 392\n\n:J'f'<S�tllfi! �e,:Jt� �7;;�� �<fiTJ·�<fitllf I\ni!t�i '�l:!i �-�� <fiRf\"''i nt'i't:Jt II �-!)�� II\nsaoyasata vatsara kr?Qera prakata-prakasa\ntaha yaiche vraja-pure karila vilasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsaoyasata-125; vatsara-years; kr?Qera-of Lord Kf�l)a; prakata-prakasamanifestation\n\nof t he\n\nappearance;\n\ntaha-that;\n\nyaiche-l ik e;\n\nvraja-pure-in\n\nVrndavana and Dvaraka; karila vilasa-enjoys the pastimes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r:aa remains within a universe for 125 years, and He enjoys His pastimes\nboth in Vrndavana and Dvaraka.\nTEXT 393\n\n�ti!�\\Qi�t� <;�� ��\\Qi f�l:� I\n\n:Jt� �\"1'1 � ��-rro l.!l'l:;r �w� <fit� 11 \\!)�\\!) n\nalata-cakra-praya sei lila-cakra phire\nsaba lila saba brahmaQc;/e krame udaya kare\nSYNONYMS\n\nalata-cakra-praya-exactly like a wheel of fire; sei-that; lila-cakra-the cycle\nof Kr�r:Ja's pastimes; ph ire-turns; saba lila-all these pastimes; saqa brah­\n\nmaQc;/e-in all the universes; krame-one after another; udaya kare-become\nmanifest.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The cycle of His pastimes turns like a wheel of fire. Thus Kr�r:aa exhibits His\npastimes one after the other in every universe.\n\nTEXT 394\n\n�, �ta;\"J, <;9f''St�, C<fit� �<�'it-t I\n\n�i!ifl·��tN �fit' ,ll)�\"ft'(! M'i't:J'f II ��8 II\n\n", "mad8#p0255": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n222\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\njanma, balya, paugaQc;/a, kaisora prakasa\npatana-vadhadi kari' mau�alanta vilasa\nSYNONYMS\njanma-birth; balya-childhood; paugaQc;/a-boyhood; kaisara-pre-youth;\nprakasa-manifestation; patana-vadha-adi-killing the demons, beginning from\nPOtana; kari'-manifesting; mau�alanta-until the end of the mau�ala pastimes;\nvilasa-pastimes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr��a's pastimes-appearance, childhood, boyhood and youth-are all\nmanifest, beginning with the killing of Putana and extending to the end of\nmau�ala-lila, the annihilation of the Yadu dynasty. All of these pastimes are\nrotating in every universe.\nTEXT 395\n\n'�til �ti:'G '�til ift'i\"t1f �1l ��\"ltil I\n\n1!11:'! �� 'fi1'!J' �l:ft �t$l-�t'lll ��It II\nkana brahmaQc;/e kana lilara haya avasthana\ntate lila 'nitya' kahe agama-puraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nkana brahmaQc;/e-in some universe; kana li/ara-some pastimes; haya-there\nis;\n\navasthana-the presence;\n\ntate-therefore; lila-pastimes;\n\nnitya-eternal;\n\nkahe-explains; agama-puraQa-the Vedas and Puraf)as.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since all Kr��a's pastimes are taking place continuously, at every moment\n\nsome pastime is existin g in one universe or another. Consequently these\npastimes are called eternal by the Vedas and Purar:Jas.\n\nTEXT 396\n\n'\"itt!:��' ,�t�a,-'{t�-'R,_, ��ll'al I\n���1l i!'l�t'G'5tl:'l �t�H ll�\\iii'alll ��� II\ngalaka, gakula-dhama-'vibhu' kr�Qa-sama\nkr�Qecchaya brahmaQc;/a-gaQe tahara sankrama\n\n", "mad8#p0256": "Text 397]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n223\n\nSYNONYMS\ngo/oka-the planet known as Goloka; goku/a-dha.ma-the spiritual land, the\npasturing fields for the surabhi cows; vibhu-opulent and powerful; kr?Qasama-as much as Kr�Qa; kr?Qa-icchaya-by the supreme will of Kr�Qa; brahmaQ(ja-gaQe-in each of the universes; tahara-of the Goloka and Gokula dhamas;\nsarikrama-appearance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The spiritual abode known as Goloka, which is a pasturing land for surabhi\ncows, is as powerful and opulent as Kr�r:Ja. By the will of Kr�r:Ja, the original\nGoloka and Gokula dhamas are manifest with Him in all the universes.\nTEXT 397\n\n�\\!(.fl� ,�tt'1t�\"'tl:i{ fi{\\!J R�t11' I\n8f�ro�'t � ��GJ \\!�t11' 11 ��� 11\nataeva goloka-sthane nitya vihara\nbrahmaQ(ia-gaQe krame prakatya tahara\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; goloka-sthane-in the original Goloka Vrndavana planet;\nnitya vihara-eternal pastimes; brahmaQ(ia-gaQe-within the material universes;\nkrame- gradually; prakatya-manifestation; tahara -of them.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The eternal pastimes of Kr�r:Ja are continuously taking place in the original\nGoloka Vrndavana planet. These same pastimes are gradually manifest within\nthe material world, in each and every brahmar:J«;ia.\nPURPORT\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura elucidates this complicated explanation\nof Kr�Qa's pastimes. Kr�Qa's pastimes are always present in the material world in\none of the many universes. These pastimes appear in the universes one after the\nother, just as the sun moves across the sky and measures the time. Kr�Qa's appearance may be manifest in this universe at one moment, and immediately after\nHis birth, this pastime is manifest in the next universe. After His killing of POtana is\nmanifest in this universe, it is next manifest in another universe. Thus all the\npastimes of Kr�Qa are eternally existing both in the original Goloka Vrndavana\nplanet and in the material universes. The 125 years calculated in our solar system\nto be Kr�Qa's lifetime equal one moment for Kr�Qa. One moment these pastimes\n\n", "mad8#p0257": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n224\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nare manifest in one universe, and the next moment they are manifest in the next\nuniverse. There are unlimited universes, and Kr�r:Ja's pastimes are manifest one\nmoment after the other in all of them. This rotation is explained through the example of the sun's moving across the sky. Kr�r:Ja appears and disappears in innumerable universes, just as the sun appears and disappears during the day. Although the sun appears to rise and set, it is continuously shining somewhere on\nthe earth. Although Kr�r:Ja's pastimes seem to appear and disappear, they are continuously existing in one brahmaQc;fa (universe) or another. Thus all of Kr�r:Ja's lilas\nare present simultaneously throughout the innumerable universes. By our limited\nsenses we cannot appreciate this; therefore Kr�r:Ja's eternal pastimes are very difficult for us to understand. One should try to understand how they are taking\nplace by understanding the allegory of the sun. Although the Lord is appearing\nconstantly in the material universes, His pastimes are eternally present in the\noriginal Goloka Vrndavana. Therefore these pastimes are called nitya-li/a (eternally present pastimes). Because we cannot see what is going on in other universes, it is a little difficult for us to understand how Kr�r:Ja is eternally manifesting\nHis pastimes. There are fourteen Manus in one day of Brahma, and this time\ncalculation is also taking place in other universes. Kr�r:Ja's pastimes are manifest\nbefore fourteen Manus expire. Although it is a little difficult to understand the\neternal pastimes of Kr�r:Ja in this way, we must accept the verdict of Vedic\nliteratures.\nThere are two types of devotees-the sadhaka, who is preparing for perfection,\nand the siddha, who is already perfect. As far as those who are already perfect are\nconcerned, Bhagavad-gita says, tyaktva deharh punar janma naiti mam eti so\n'rjuna: \"After giving up this material body, such a devotee comes to Me.\" After\nleaving the material body, the perfect devotee takes birth in the womb of a gopi\non a planet where Kr�r:Ja's pastimes are going on. This may be in this universe or\nanother universe. This statement is found in the Ujjva/a-nilamaQi, which is commented upon by V isvanatha CakravartT Thakura. When a devotee becomes perfect, he is transferred to the universe where Kr�r:Ja's pastimes are taking place.\nKr�r:Ja's eternal associates go wherever Kr�r:Ja manifests His pastimes. As stated\nbefore, first the father and mother of Kr�r:Ja appear, then the other associates.\nQuitting his material body, the perfect devotee also goes to associate with Kr�r:Ja\nand His other associates.\nTEXT 398\n\natiSf ?� -�����tr.;-t '�(1!11' 1\n\n��' \"Pt�t�Jtt11-'��l!�', '�(' II ��lr' II\nvraje kr�Qa-sarvaisvarya-prakase 'purQatama'\npuri-dvaye, paravyome-'pDrQatara', 'pDrQa'\n\n", "mad8#p0258": "Text 400]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n225\n\nSYNONYMS\nvraje-in Vrndavana; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�l)a; sarva-aisvarya-prakase-manifestation of His full opulence; purQa-tama-most complete; puri-dvaye-in Dvaraka\nand Mathura; para-\"vyome-and in the spiritual world; purQa-tara-more complete; purQa-complete.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r;�a is complete in the spiritual sky [Vaikur;�tha]. He is more complete in\nMathura and Dvaraka, and He is most complete in Vrndavana, Vraja, due to\nHis manifesting all His opulences.\nPURPORT\nThis is confirmed in the following three verses from Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\n(2.1.221-223).\nTEXT 399\n\n�R1= �cf'\\!j�= �cf\\511: �9 �r� fllili1 1\nCi!l�llliJtflf� \"tr-w-tlc�r 'lT: 9fR19f�Jl:'\\!j 11 .!)�� u\nhari/:1 purQatama/:1 purl)atara/:1 purl)a iti tridha\nsre�tha-madhyadibhi/:1 sabdair\nnatye ya/:1 paripathyate\nSYNONYMS\nhari/:1-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; purl)a-tama/:1-most complete;\npurQa-tara/:1-more complete; purQa/:1-complete; iti -thus; tri-dha -three\nstages; sre�tha-best; madhya-adibhi/:1-middle, etc.; sabdai/:1-by the words;\nnatye-in books on dramatics; ya/:1-who; paripathyate-is proclaimed.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'This is stated in the dramatic literatures as \"perfect,\" \"more perfect,\"\nand \"most perfect.\" Thus Lord Kr�r;�a manifests Himself in three ways-perfect, more perfect and most perfect.\nTEXT 400\n\n�<ftP.r�tMo;�'t: �: �cf�\"C'll1ltlf: 1\n'l!('j�<fJg)<f: 1_cf��: 1_'Ccft�iflf-.f<fi: II 8\n\n• •\n\nII\n\n", "mad8#p0259": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n226\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nprakasitakhi/a-guQa/:1\nsmrta/:1 pOrQatamo budhai/:1\nasarva-vyar'ijaka/:1 pOrQatara/:1 pOrQo 'lpa-darsaka/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nprakasita-akhi/a-guQa/:1-having\n\nall\n\ntranscendental\n\nqualities\n\nmanifested;\n\nsmrta/:1 -is understood; pOrQa-tama/:1 -most perfect; budhai/:1 -by learned schol\"\nars; asarva-vyar'ijaka/:1-having qualities not fully manifested; pOrQa-tara/:1-more\nperfect; pOrQai) -perfect; a/pa-darsaka/:1 -still less fully manifested.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When the Supreme Personality of Godhead does not manifest all His\ntranscendental qualities, He is called complete. When all the qualities are\nmanifest, but not fully, He is called more complete. When He manifests all His\nqualities in fullness, He is called most complete. This is the version of all\nlearned scholars in the devotional science.\nTEXT 401\n\n��\"jJ �{\"!>�1 <IJ�l�'I(C'ilfl\"'t�� I\n\n'Pf._{\\!>1 �4\"!>�\\!>1 �t��1· 'l!��'tfw\\ II 8 ') II\no\n\nk[$Qasya pOrQatamata\nvyaktabhad gokulantare\npOrQata pOrQatarata\ndvaraka-mathuradi$U\nSYNONYMS\n\nk[$Qasya-of\n\nLord\n\nKr�r:Ja;\n\npOrQa-tamata-being\n\nmanifested;\n\nabhat-became;\n\nVrndavana;\n\npOrQata -completeness;\n\ngokula-antare-in\n\nmost\nthe\n\nperfect;\n\ndomain\n\npOrQa-tarata -more\n\nof\n\nvyaktaGokula\n\ncompleteness;\n\ndvaraka-in Dvaraka; mathura-adi$u-and Mathura, and so on.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The most complete qualities of Kr�r:Ja are manifest within Vrndavana, and\nHis complete and more complete qualities are manifest in Dvaraka and\nMathura.'\n\n", "mad8#p0260": "The Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\nText 404]\n\n227\n\nTEXT 402\n\n�l �- r3t\\!Jf '�(1!11' ce�ti{.l\n�� � ���-'�('!�' '�(' i{11f II So� II\nei kr�Qa-vraje 'pDrQatama' bhagavan\nara saba svarDpa-'pDrQatara' 'pDrQa' nama\nSYNONYMS\n\nei kr�Qa-the same Kr�Qa; vraje-V rndavana; pDrQa-tama bhagavan-the most\nara- othe r;\nsaba-all; sva-rDpa-forms; pDrQa-tara-more complete; pDrQa-complete;\nnama-named.\n\ncomplete manifestation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�r:Ja is the most complete Supreme Personality of Godhead in\nVrndavana. Elsewhere all His expansions are either complete or more complete.\nTEXT 403\n\n'��twc� <1i� ��� c;q�-�m 1\n'�..., <1if�i! il� l�t1r ��t� II 8°� II\nsank�epe kahilun kr�Qera svarupa-vicara\n'ananta' kahite nare ihara vistara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsank�epe-in brief; kahi/un-1 have described; kr�Qera-of Lord. Kr�Qa;\nsvarDpa vicara consideration of His different forms and features; ananta-Lord\nAnanta; kahite nare-not able to describe; ihara-of this; vistara-the expanse.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus I have briefly described Kr�r:Ja's manifestation of transcendental\nforms. This subject matter is so large that even Lord Ananta cannot describe\nit fully.\nTEXT 404\n\n� �� �t·1f �<1i �'fi{ I\n-tt-ri·�!!·lltt� <1iHf flfort lf�alfi{ II 8 o 8 II\n\n", "mad8#p0261": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n228\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nananta svarupa kmJera nahika gaQana\nsakha-candra-nyaye kari dig-darasana\nSYNONYMS\nananta-unlimited; svarupa-forms; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�r:ta; nahika gaQanathere is no counting; sakha-candra-nyaye-by the logic of showing the moon\nthrough the branches of a tree; kari-1 do; dik-darasana-only partial showing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this WilY K��Qa's transcendental forms are expanded unlimitedly. No\none can count them. Whatever I have explained is simply a little glimpse. It is\nlike showing the moon through the branches of a tree.\"\nTEXT 405\n\n�� �� �te{, �t�, (;� �t\"iiJ�i{. I\n?f;�\"f ���t11t �11 f.tii �til' 11 8 G � II\niha yei sune, pac;le, sei bhagyavan\nkr�Qera svarupa-tattvera haya kichu jnana\nSYNONYMS\niha-this narration; yei sune -anyone who hears; pac;le-or reads; sei-such a\nperson; bhagyavan-is most fortunate; kr�!Jera-of Lord Kr�r:ta; svarupa-tattvera-of personal bodily features; haya-there is; kichu-something; ji'ianaknowledge.\nTRANSLATION\nWhoever hears or recites these descriptions of the expansions of K��Qa's\nbody is certainly a very fortunate man. Although this is very difficult to understand, one can nonetheless acquire some knowledge about the different\nfeatures of K��Qa's body.\nTEXT 406\n\n1\\ti�·�t�-� �� �tllf I\n�!Ji��� ��?��II So� II\nsri-rupa-raghunatha pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�Qadasa\n\n", "mad8#p0262": "Text 406]\n\nThe Lord Instructs Sanatana Gosvami\n\n229\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri-rupa-SrTia ROpa GosvamT; raghunatha-SrTia Raghunatha dasa GosvamT;\npade\nthe\n\n-\n\nat the lotus feet; yara-who s e; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrta­\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr�Qadasa-SrTia\n\nKm1adasa Kaviraja GosvamT.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�r:Jadasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the SrT Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhyalila, Twentieth Chapter, describing how Sanatana Gosvami met the Lord at\nVaraQasi and received knowledge of the Absolute Truth.\n\n", "mad8#p0263": "CHAPTER 21\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Lord Sri Kr�r:-a\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura gives the following summary study of the Twenty-first\nChapter. In this chapter Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu fully describes Kr�r:Jaloka, the\nspiritual sky, the Causal Ocean and the material world, which consists of innumerable universes. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then describes Lord Brahma's interview\nwith Kr�r:Ja at Dvaraka and the Lord's curbing the pride of Brahma. There is also a\ndescription of one of Kr�r:Ja's pastimes with Brahma. In this chapter the author of\nCaitanya-caritamrta has presented some nice poems about the pastimes of Kr�r:Ja\nand Kr�r:Ja's superexcellent beauty. Throughout the rest of the chapter, our intimate relationship (sambandha) with Kr�r:Ja is described.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��\\!J<ti'it�� il1'! �t���t�l{.l\n\n����R ffl�11fl� �t���-�� II � II\nagaty-eka-gatirh natva\nhinarthadhika-sadhakam\nsri-caitanyarh likhamy asya\nmadhuryaisvarya-sikaram\nSYNONYMS\n\nagati-eka-gatim-to the only shelter for the conditioned souls who do not\nknow the goal of life; natva-offering obeisances; hina-artha-of the necessities\nof the conditioned souls, who are poor in spiritual knowledge; adhika-increase;\nsadhakam-bringing about; sri-caitanyam-unto Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n/ikhami-1 am writing; asya-of Him; madhurya-aisvarya-of the sweetness and\nopulence; sikaram-a small portion.\nTRANS LAliON\n\nOffering my obeisances unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, let me describe a\nparticle of His opulence and sweetness. He is most valuable for a fallen conditioned soul bereft of spiritual knowledge, and He is the only shelter for those\nwho do not know the real goal of life.\n\n231\n\n", "mad8#p0264": "232\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n·\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nTEXT 2\n\niST� iSffi ������ iST� f.{�Jtit� I\n\ni!ffi�ti� iST� (;��'e��\"f-11 � II\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya-all glories; jaya-all glories; sri-caitanya-to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\njaya-all glories; nityananda-to Nityananda Prabhu; jaya-all glories; advaitacandra-to Advaita Acarya; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Nityananda Prabhu!\nAll glories to Advaita Acarya! All glories to all the devotees of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu!\nTEXT 3\n\n:J{<(��111 �t\";T-�Jt11·•fttlf I\n�Qf� �Qf� C<ll!;� :If�, itt�<ti 'St'ltit II '!> II\nsarva svarupera dhama-paravyoma-dhame\nprthak prthak vaikuQtha saba, nahika gaQane\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-all; svarupera-of the personal forms; dhama\n\n-\n\nabode; para-vyoma­\n\ndhame-in the spiritual sky; prthak prthak-separate; vaikuQtha-Vaikut:�tha\nplanets; saba-all; nahika gaQane-there is no counting.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"All the transcendental forms of the\nlord are situated in the spiritual sky. They preside over spiritual planets in\nthat abode, but there is no counting those Vaikur:J!ha planets.\nTEXT 4\n\nI¢!, ���' ��' �\"�\\', (;�i'Gl·� I\n�<ti �<IS �'ft�� �� �clit II 8 II\n\n", "mad8#p0265": "Text 6]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r:ta\n\n233\n\nsata, sahasra, ayuta, lak?a, koF-yojana\neka eka vaikuQthera vistara varQana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsata-a\n\nhundred;\n\nsahasra-a\n\nthousand;\n\nayuta-ten\n\nthousand;\n\nlak?a-a\n\nhundred thousand; koF-ten million; yojana-a distance of eight miles; eka\neka-each and every one; vaikuQthera-of the spiritual planets; vistara-the\nbreadth; varQana-description.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The breadth of each Vaikur;tfha planet is described as eight miles\nmultiplied by one hundred, by one thousand, by ten thousand, by one\nhundred thousand, and by ten million. In other words, each Vaikur;tfha planet\nis expanded beyond our ability to measure.\nTEXT 5\n\nlf� C���-�Jt9fct5, �til\"!·�� I\n91'��-��'!l'ti-\"i_c( lf� �� II � II\nsaba vaikuQtha-vyapaka, ananda-cinmaya\npari?ada-?adaisvarya-purQa saba haya\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsaba-all; vaikuQtha-the spiritual planets; vyapaka-vast; ananda-cit-mayamade of spiritual bliss; pari?ada-associates; ?at-aisvarya-six kinds of opulence;\npOrQa-in full; saba-all; haya-are\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Each Vaikur;tfha planet is very large, and each is made of spiritual bliss. The\ninhabitants are all associates of the Supreme Lord, and they have full opulence\nlike the Lord Himself. Thus they are all situated.\nTEXT 6\n\n�il� C��� �� �CIS 'WOlf �� I\n\n'�� 9f�r;�Jt1f·-r�� '� <fi� �� II � II\nananta vaikuQtha eka eka dese yara\nsei paravyoma-dhamera ke karu vistara\n\n", "mad8#p0266": "234\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nSYNONYMS\nananta vaikuQtha-unlimited Vaikur:Jtha planets; eka eka-certai n ; dese-in a\nplace; yara-of which; s ei-that; para-vyoma-of the spiritual sky; dhamera-of\nthe abode; ke karu vistara-who can understand the breadth.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since all the Vaiku�tha planets are located in a certain corner of the\nspiritual sky, who can measure the spiritual sky?\nTEXT 7\n\n�·r� c���-��t�Jt� �t� �'it�� 1\n:J'f,(t�f11' ?-.ta,t� '��<tit�' 'itf'l II 9 II\nananta vaikuQtha-paravyoma yara dala-sreQi\nsarvopari k[$Qaloka 'karQikara' gaQi\n\nSYNONYMS\nananta-unli m ited; vaikuQtha-Vaikur:Jtha planets; para-vyoma-the spiritual\nsky; yara-of which; da/a-sreQi-the bunches of outlying petals; sarva-upari-in\nthe topmost portion of the spiritual sky; k[$Qa-loka-the abode of Lord Kr�r:Ja;\nkarQikara gaQi-we consider the whorl of the lotus flower.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The shape of the spiritual sky is compared to a lotus flower. The topmost\nregion of that flower is called the whorl, and within that whorl is Kr��a's\nabode. The petals of the spiritual lotus flower consist of many Vaiku�tha\nplanets.\nTEXT 8\n\n���\\! ���' \"atif, ��\\!t� I\n�' f-t� �� ifi 9fi11-�� '<tltil_ �rn II ,_ II\nei-mata $ac;i-aisvarya, sthana, avatara\nbrahma, siva anta na paya-jiva kon chara\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-such; $at-aisvarya-six opulences; sthana-abode; avatara-incarnations; brahma-Lord Brahma; siva-Lord Siva; anta na paya-ca n not find the\nlimit; jiva-a living entity; kon-what of; chara\n\n-\n\nworthless.\n\n", "mad8#p0267": "Text 10]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�l)a\n\n235\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Each Vaikul)tha planet is full of spiritual bliss, complete opulence and\nspace, and each is inhabited by incarnations. If Lord Brahma and Lord Siva\ncannot estimate the length and breadth of the spiritual sky and the Vaikul)tha\nplanets, how can ordinary living entities begin to imagine them?\nTEXT 9\n\nC1i I C<l � '¥�\"\\ ��Wl, '>f·�rt'U\"l_\nell tr.w�c�1'!'l�<�'!i f�r.<'� 1\"<11 1'{. 1\nw �1 �Qf� <r1 �r� <�1 <t>r:\"if'f\\!i\n\nf<l�t ll�\"\\ �'l�f1f Cl!i5rll1�t\"{. II � U\nko vetti bhaman bhagavan paratman\nyogesvarotir bhavatas trilokyam\n\nkva va katharh va kati va kadeti\n\nvistarayan kricjasi yoga-mayam\nSY NONYMS\n\nkah-who; vetti-knows; bhuman-0 supreme great one; bhagavan-0\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; para-atman-0 Supersoul; yoga-isvara-0\n\nmaster of mystic power; Otih-pastimes;\n\nbhavatah-of Your Lordship;\n\ntri­\n\nlokyam-in the three worlds; kva -where; va-or; katham-how; va-or; kati­\n\nhow many; va-or; kada-when; iti-thus; vistarayan-expanding; kricjasi-You\nplay; yoga-mayam-spiritual energy.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'0 supreme great one! 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead! 0 Supersoul,\n\nmaster of all mystic power! Your pastimes are taking place continuously in\nthese worlds, but who can estimate where, how and when You are employing\nYour spiritual energy and performing Your pastimes? No one can understand\nthe mystery of these activities.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.14.21 ).\nTEXT 10\n\n��1J� \"tt�� ��J �i[,�'l ��� I\n�1-fit�-��<fltfw � �u� �� Cf;I'Q II �o II\n\n", "mad8#p0268": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n236\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nei-mata kr�oera divya sad-guoa ananta\nbrahma-siva-sanakadi na paya yanra anta\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; kr�oera-of Lord Kr�t:Ja; divya-transcendental; satguoa-spiritual qualities; ananta-unlimited; brahma-Lord Brahma; siva-Lord\nSiva; sanaka-adi-the four Kumaras and so on; na-not; paya-obtain; yanra-of\nwhich; anta-the limit.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The spiritual qualities of Kr�r:ta are also unlimited. Great personalities like\nLord Brahma, Lord Siva and the four Kumaras cannot estimate the spiritual\nqualities of the Lord.\nTEXT 11\n\n�'lt\"ir'!C���?f ·�'ft\"l_ f��t��\n\nf��t��.,'l1!J <ll �f·rcil�.'IJ 1\n<1sTcOi!Of ,��·1 f�f'I!�t: �<llh!'i: -:.9ft�··r�: c� f1!�<fi1 �JiSt'!: 11 � � 11\nguoatmanas te 'pi guoan vimaturh\nhitavauroasya ka isire 'sya\nkalena yair va vimita/:1 suka/pair\nbha-parhsava/:1 khe mihika dyubhasa/:1\nSYNONYMS\nguoa-atmana/:1-the overseer of the three qualities; te-of You; api-certainly;\nguoan-the qualities;\n\nvimatum-to count; ,hita-avauroasya-who have de­\n\nscended for the benefit of all living entities; ke-who; isire-were able; asya-of\nthe universe; kalena-in due course of time; yai/:1-by whom; va-or; vimita/:1counted; su-ka/pai/:1-by great scientists; bha-parhsava/:1-the atoms of the universe;\n\nkhe-in the sky;\n\nmihika/:1-particies of snow;\n\ndyu-bhasa/:1-the il­\n\nluminating stars and planets.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'In time, great scientists may be able to count all the atoms of the universe, all the stars and planets in the sky, and all the particles of snow, but\nwho among them can count the unlimited transcendental qualities of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead? He descends on the surface of the globe for\nthe benefit of all living entities.'\n\n", "mad8#p0269": "Text 13]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r;�a\n\n237\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.14.7).\nTEXT 12\n\nl31'11tfif 1fl(-�i!f��ti{ '��' I\n� '$f'Al ��' ifl � �t'Rf � II �� II\nbrahmadi rahu-sahasra-vadane 'ananta'\n\nnirantara gaya mukhe, na paya gul)era anta\nSYNONYMS\n\nbrahma-adi rahu-leave aside Lord Brahma and others; sahasra-vadane-in\n\nthousands of mouths; ananta-Lord Ananta; nirantara-continuously; gaya­\n\nchants; mukhe-in the mouths; na paya-'tloes not obtain; gul)era-of qualities\nof the Lord; anta-the end.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"To say nothing of Lord Brahma, even Lord Anania, who has thousands of\nheads, could not reach the end of the Lord's transcendental qualities, even\nthough He is continuously chanting their praises.\nTEXT 13\n\n01't�� �lft'IlT�'l'l') '!_01'l:'ll l�. ��tr:�\n'lt'll �'-Pn 9J._�\"'J �t�<nn c� 1\n\n'ilt�1, �'ItO\\., lf\"f\"f�t�01' \"!iitflf?:'if�:\nC\"frllt���tf9f \"l'Il�'!J� \"1't'!J 9ft11\"\\ II ) \" II\nnantarh vidamy aham ami munayo 'grajas te\nmaya-ba/asya puru�asya kuto 'vara ye\n\ngayan gul)an dasa-satanana adi-deva/:1\n\nse�o 'dhunapi samavasyati nasya param\nSYNONYMS\n\nna antam-no limit; vidami-know; aham-1; ami-those; munaya/:1-great\n\nsaintly persons; agraja/:1-brothers; te-of you; maya-ba/asya-who has multi­\n\nenergies; puru�asya-of the Personality of Godhead; kuta/:1-how; avara/:1-less\nintelligent; ye-those who; gayan-chanting; gul)an-the qualities; dasa-sata­\n\nanana/:1-who has a thousand hoods; adi-deva/:1-the Personality of Godhead;\n\nse�a/:1-Ananta Se�a; adhuna api-even until now; samavasyati-reaches; nanot; asya-of the Lord; param-limit.\n\n", "mad8#p0270": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n238\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'If I, Lord Brahma, and your elder brothers, the great saints and sages, cannot understand the limits of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is full\nof various energies, who else can understand them? Although constantly\nchanting about His transcendental qualities, the thousand-hooded Lord Se�a\nhas not yet reached the end of the Lord's activities.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse, spoken to Narada Muni, is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.7.41 ).\nTEXT 14\n\n<;��1 �- -�--fitt�t1fflt �\" I\n�-�t'AI' �· il1 �1�1 ��i{ �'� II �8 II\nseho rahu-sarvajfia-siromaQi sri-k[�Qa\nnija-guQera anta na pafia hayena satr�Qa\nSYNONYMS\nseho rahu-let Him (Ananta) alone; sarva-jfia-the omniscient; siromaQi-the\n\ntopmost; sri k[�Qa-Lord Kr?l')a; nija-guQera-of His personal qualities; anta-\n\nlimit; na\n\n-\n\nnot; pafia-getting; hayena-becomes; sa-tr�Qa-very inquisitive.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"To say nothing of Anantadeva, even Lord Kr��a Himself cannot find an end\nto His transcendental qualities. Indeed, He Himself is always eager to know\nthem.\nTEXT 15\n\n��J'9f�� <.!l<f c� <i <i���'II0\\��\"!1·1\n\n�'I!N <ii!'��N�f<iH1 0{� \"lt<f�'!t: I\n�\n\n�q �1lft�f1l' <tt� <1'\"!1'11 \"l� <1��\"!1-\n\n'int � lii\"f:ZJ�f:j�;rr;O{O{ �<ff111fO{j: II �4\ndyu-pataya eva te na yayur antam anantataya\n\ntvam api yad antaraQ<;ia-nicaya nanu savaraQa/:1\n\nkha iva rajarhsi vanti vayasa saha yac chrutayas\n\ntvayi hi phalanty atannirasanena bhavan-nidhana/:1\n\n", "mad8#p0271": "Text 15]\n\nThe O pulence and Sweetness of Kr�l)a\n\n239\n\nSYNONYMS\ndyu-patayab-the predominating deities of higher planetary systems (Lord\n\nBrahma and others); eva-also; te-Your; na-not; yayub\n\n-\n\ncould reach; an­\n\ntam-the limit of transcendental qualities; anantataya-due to being unlimited;\n\ntvam api-You also; yat-since; antara-within You; af}r;ia nicayab-the groups\n-\n\nof universes; nanu-0 sir; savaraQab\n\nhaving different coverings; khe-in the\n\n-\n\nsky; iva-like; rajarhsi-atoms; vanti-rotate; vayasa-the course of time; saha­\n\nwith; yat-what; srutayab-great personalities who understand the Vedas;\n\ntvayi-in You; hi-certainly; phalanti-end in; atannirasanena-by refuting the\n\ninferior elements; bhavat-nidhanab--whose conclusion is in You.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'My Lord, You are unlimited. Even the predominating deities of the higher\n\nplanetary systems, including Lord Brahma, could not find Your limitations. Nor\ncould You Yourself ascertain the limit of Your qualities. Like atoms in the sky,\nthere are multi-universes with seven coverings, and these are rotating in due\ncourse of time. A ll the experts in Vedic understanding are searching for You\nby eliminating the material elements. In this way, searching and searching,\nthey come to the conclusion that everything is complete in You. Thus You are\nthe resort of everything. This is the conclusion of all Vedic experts.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.87.41) is confirmed in Bhagavad-gita:\nbahanarh janmanam ante\n\njnanavan marh prapadyate\n\nvasudevab sarvam iti\n\nsa mahatma sudur/abhab\n\n\"After many births and deaths, he who is actually in knowledge surrenders unto\nMe, knowing Me to be the cause of all causes and all that is. Such a great soul is\nvery rare.\" (Bg. 7.19)\nAfter searching for the Absolute Truth throughout the universe, learned scholars and Vedic experts cannot reach the ultimate goal. In this way they come to\nKr��a.\nWhen there is a discussion about the Absolute Truth, there are always various\npros and cons. The purpose of such arguments is to come to the right conclusion.\n\nSuch an argument is generally known as neti neti (\"not this, not that\"). Until one\ncomes to the right conclusion, the process of thinking, \"This is not the Absolute\n\nTruth, that is not the Absolute Truth,\" will continue. When we come to the right\n\n", "mad8#p0272": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n240\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nconclusion, we accept the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r:'la, as the ultimate truth.\nTEXT 16\n\n� R-l3ttf �t., �· 'CI.,i!-m I\n\nli-m 1ifR �ffti! 1f� �i �111 �1� II �� II\nseha rahu-vraje yabe kr�Qa avatara\ntafira caritra vicarite mana na paya para\nSYNONYMS\n\nseha rahu-leave aside such negative arguments; vraje-in Vrndavana; yabewhen; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r:\"�a; avatara-incarnation; talira-His; caritra-character;\nvicarite-to deliberate; mana-mind; na-not; paya-gets; para-the limit.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nApart from all argument, logic and negative or positive processes, when\n\nlord Sri Kr��a was present as the Supreme Personality of Godhead at\nVrndavana, one could not find a limit to His potencies by studying His characteristics and activities.\nTEXT 17\n\n<2ft�t�i! � �<fi\"fi �<fi-.t'l I\n\n�-�cbttf� \"lf\"lfift0J·71t� II �'l II\nprakrtaprakrta smi kaila eka-k�af)e\nase�a-vaikuQthajaQc;fa svasvanatha-sane\nSYNONYMS\n\nprakrta-aprakrta -material\n\nand\n\nspiritual;\n\nsr�ti -creation;\n\nkaila-did;\n\neka­\n\nk�aQe-in one moment; ase�a-unlimited; vaikuQtha-Vaikur:\"�tha planets; ajaaQc;fa-material planets;\n\nsva-sva-natha-sane-with their own predominating\n\ndeities.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAt Vrndavana, the Lord immediately created all material and spiritual\n\nplanets in one moment. Indeed, all of them were created with their predominating deities.\n\n", "mad8#p0273": "Text 18]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r;�a\n\n241\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�11'� <e(tJiJ �t� �felt� 'e{'�\\! I\n�t�� ��t'l �����\\,�II �lr II\ne-mata anyatra nahi suniye adbhuta\n\nyahara sravaf)e citta haya avadhata\nSYNONYMS\n\ne-mata-like this;\n\nanyatra-anywhere\n\nelse;\n\nnahi\n\n-\n\nnot;\n\nsuniye-1\n\nhear;\n\nadbhuta-wonderful event; yahara-of which; sravaf)e-by hearing; citta-con­\n\nsciousness; haya-becomes; avadhuta-agitated and cleansed.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"We do not hear of such wonderful things anywhere. Simply by hearing of\nthose incidents, one's consciousness is agitated and cleansed.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen Lord Kr�t:�a was present in the earthly Vrndavana, Lord Brahma, taking\nHim to be an ordinary cowherd boy, wanted to test His potency. Therefore Lord\nBrahma stole all the cows, calves and cowherd boys from Kr�t:�a and hid them by\nhis illusory energy. When Kr�t:�a saw that Brahma had stolen His cows, calves and\ncowherd boys, He immediately created many material and spiritual planets in Lord\nBrahma's presence. Within a moment, cows, cowherd boys, calves and unlimited\nVaikut:��has- all expansions of the Lord's spiritual energy-were manifested. As\nstated in the Brahma-sarhhita: ananda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhavitabhih. Not only\n\ndid Kr�Qa create all the paraphernalia of His spiritual energy, but He also created\nunlimited material universes with unlimited Brahmas. All these pastimes, which\n\nare described in Srimad-Bhagavatam, will cleanse one's consciousness. In this way\n\none can actually understand the Absolute Truth. The spiritual planets in the\nspiritual sky are called Vaikut:��has, and each of them has a predominating Deity\n(Narayat:Ja) with a specific name. Similarly, in the material sky there are innumerable universes, and each is dominated by a specific deity, a Brahma. Kr�t:�a\nsimultaneously created all these Vaikut:��ha planets and universes within a\nmoment of Brahma's return.\n\nThe word avadhata means \"rambling, agitating, moving, absorbed, defeated.\"\n\nIn some readings of Caitanya-caritamrta, it is said: yahara sravaf)e citta-mala haya\n\ndhuta. Instead of the word avadhata, the words haya dhata, meaning that the\nheart or consciousness is cleansed, is used. When the consciousness is cleansed,\n\none can understand what and who Kr�t:�a is. This is also confirmed in Bhagavadgita (7.28):\n\n", "mad8#p0274": "242\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nye�arh tv anta-gatarh paparh\njananarh puQya-karmaQi'im\nte dvandva-moha-nirmukta\nbhajante marh drc;fha-vratab\n\"Persons who have acted piously in previous lives and in this life, whose sinful actions are completely eradicated and who are freed from the duality of delusion,\nengage themselves in My service with determination.\"\nUnless one is freed from the reaction of sinful activities, one cannot understand\nKr�t:�a or engage in His transcendental loving service.\nTEXT 19\n\n\"��<1::..c'!�Pl� �rnh:\"- ��tfil�·cltltt 1\nfl·�!? <til! c;'itf�-ll�� ift� �fil \" ��\"\n\"kr�Qa-vatsair asankhyataib\"-sukadeva-vaQi\nkr�Qa-sange kata gopa-sankhya nahi jani\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-vatsaib asankhyataib-Kr�t:�a was accompanied by an unlimited number\nof calves and cowherd boys; sukadeva-vaQi-the words of Sukadeva Gosvami;\nkr�Qa-sar'lge-with Lord Kr�t:�a; kata gopa-how many cowherd boys; sankhyathe count; nahi jani-we do not know.\nTRANSLATION\n\"According to Sukadeva Gosvami, Kr��a had unlimited cows and cowherd\nboys with Him. No one co�ld count their actual number.\nTEXT 20\n\n\\11� \\11<\\'i c;'itt9t <tit� c;� �e.ll �t�'l I\n\nc;�$, 'f;l(tif, •l�, 91�, i!t�11\" 'it'lil II � II\no\n\neka eka gopa kare ye vatsa caraQa\nkoti, arbuda, sankha, padma, tahara gaQana\nSYNONYMS\neka eka-one after another; gopa-cowherd boys; kare-do; ye-whatever;\nvatsa-calves; caraQa-grazing; koti-ten millions; arbuda-a hundred million;\nsankha-one trillion; padma-ten trillion; tahara gaQana-the enumeration of\n\nthat.\n\n", "mad8#p0275": "Text 22]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr��a\n\n243\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Each of the cowherd boys was tending calves to the extent of a koti, arbuda, sankha and padma. That is the way of counting.\nPURPORT\nAccord-ing to Vedic mathematical calculations, the following enumeration\nsystem is used: units, tens (dasa), hundreds (sata), thousands (sahasra), ten thousands (ayuta) and hundred thousands Uak�a)_ Ten times lak�a is niyuta. Ten times\nniyuta is koti. Ten times koti is arbuda.. Ten times arbuda is vrnda. Ten times vrnda\nis kharva. Ten times kharva is nikharva. Ten times nikharva is sankha. Ten times\nsankha is padma, and ten times padma is sagara. Ten times sagara is antya, and ten\ntimes antya is madhya, and ten times madhya is parardha. Each item is ten times\ngreater than the previous one. Thus all the cowherd boys who were companions\nof Kr�r:ta had many calves to take care of.\nTEXT 21\n\n�' '�'k wa,, ��, �m, ��� 1\n\nc;'$ft9f'itf;'f1f �' \\!t1{ iltfit c;a,�·?tt1f II �) II\nvetra, Vei)U, da/a, S[flga, vastra, a/ankara\ngopa-gal)era yata, tara nahi lekha-para\nSYNONYMS\nvetra-canes; Vel)u-flutes; da/a-lotus flowers; S[flga-horns; vastra-garments; a/ankara-ornaments; gopa-gal)era yata-as many as are possessed by\nthe cowherd boys; tara-of them; nahi-there is not; /ekha-para-limitation to\nwriting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All the cowherd boys had unlimited calves. Similarly, their canes, flutes,\nlotus flowers, horns, garments and ornaments were all unlimited. They cannot\nbe limited by writing about them.\nTEXT 22\n\n�� �a,1 ��'t,� '�'f:�cb1f 9ff� I\n\n�� �Qf� �'�1f �1 �� �� II �� II\nsabe haifa caturbhuja vaikuQthera pati\nprthak prthak brahmal)r;/era brahma kare stuti\n\n", "mad8#p0276": "244\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nSYNONYMS\nsabe-all of them: haifa-became; catub-bhuja-four-handed; vaikur)thera\npati-predominating Deities of the Vaikur:J�ha planets; prthak prthak-separately;\nbrahmaQc;iera-of the universes; brahma-the predominating deities known as\nLord Brahma; kare stuti-offer prayers.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The cowherd boys then became four-handed Narayar;�as, predominating\nDeities of Vaikur;�fha planets. All the separate Brahmas from different universes began to offer their prayers unto the Lords.\nTEXT 23\n\n�<fi �r;� '�\\! lf�t� ��tt-t I\nll!it'tt<fi lf�tl �� -tilt� �t<!lt-t II �� II\neka kr$Qa-deha haite sabara prakase\nk$al)eke sabai sei sarire pravese\nSYNONYMS\neka-one; k[$Qa-deha-transcendental body of Kr�r:Ja; haite-from; sabaraof everyone; prakase-the manifestation; k$aQeke-in a second; sabai-every\none of Them; sei sarire-in that body of Kr�r:Ja; pravese-enter.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All these transcendental bodies emanated from the body of Kr�r;�a, and\nwithin a second They all entered again into His body.\nTEXT 24\n\n�� �f-t' � '�ilfl �t�, ��\\! I\n�� <fiBt' �� �tr;� �fif'\"'i �f-5\\! II �8 II\niha dekhi' brahma haifa mohita, vismita\nstuti kari' ei pache karifa niscita\nSYNONYMS\niha dekhi'-seeing this; brahma-Lord Brahma; haifa-became; mohitaastonished; vismita-struck with wonder; stuti kari'-offering prayers; ei-this;\npache-at the end; karifa-made; ni5cita-conclusion.\n\n", "mad8#p0277": "Text 26]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r:Ja\n\n245\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the Lord Brahma from this universe saw this pastime, he was\nastonished and struck with wonder. After offering his prayers, he gave the\nfollowing conclusiqn.\nTEXT 25\n\n\"� �-'�1f '��'Sf� l'l� iSftt•t1' I\n.\nc;l'l ;srt�,-�1�atti{ 'Sf� If!� 2ftte{ ill �� II\n\"ye kahe-'kr�Qera vaibhava muiii saba janon'\nse januka, -kay a-mane muiii ei manor'!\nSYNONYMS\nye kahe-if anyone says; kr�f!era-of Lord Kr�t:Ja;\n\nvaibhava-opulences;\n\nmuiii-1; saba-all; janon-know; se januka-let him know; kaya-mane-by my\nbody and mind; muiii-myself; ei-this; manor'l-accept.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Brahma said, 'If someone says that he knows everything about\nKr�r:Ja's opulence, let him think that way. However, as far as I am concerned,\nwith my body and mind I consider it in this way.\nTEXT 26\n\nlflt '� '\\!t� 'f;{i{� '<1��t�i!fl'l11\n�t1f ��!{_1fte{t'it2fJ i{t� If!� f<t'!_ II �� II\nei ye tamara ananta vaibhavamrta-sindhu\nmora van-mano-gamya nahe eka bindu\nSYNONYMS\nei ye-all this; toma ra-Your; ananta-unlimited; vaibhava-amrta-sindhuocean of the nectar of Your opulence; mora\n\n-\n\nmy; vak-manab-gamya-within the\n\nreach of words and mind; nahe-not ; eka bindu\n\n-\n\neven a drop.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My Lord, Your opulence is like an unlimited ocean of nectar, and it is verbally and mentally impossible for me to realize even a drop of that ocean.\n\n", "mad8#p0278": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n246\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�i\"!� ..!i<f �101� f<f� <l�:a;n ., ell �c�·1 1\n'll\"IP!l <f9J:_C�I <ficsl C<t�<1� \\!i\"<f ct;ii5�: u'' �'I n\njananta eva janantu\n\nkim bahaktya na me prabho\n\nmanaso vapu�o vaco\n\nvaibhavarh tava gocara/:1\"\nSYNONYMS\n\njananta/:1-persons who think they are aware of Your unlimited potency; eva­\n\ncertainly; janantu-let them think like that; kim-what is the use; bahu-uktya­\n\nwith many words; na-not; me-my; prabho-0 Lord; manasa/:1-of the mind;\n\nvapu�a/:1-of the body; vaca/:1-of the words; vaibhavam-opulences; tava­\n\nYour; gocara/:1-within the range.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'There are people who say, \"I know everything about K��l)a.\" let them\nthink that way. As far as I am concerned, I do not wish to speak very much\nabout this matter. 0 my lord, let me say this much. As far as Your opulences\nare concerned, they are all beyond the reach of my mind, body and words.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.14.38), spoken by Lord Brahma\n\nafter he had stolen Lord Kr�l)a's cows, calves and cowherd boys and Kr�l)a had ex­\n\nhibited His transcendental opulence by re-creating all the stolen cows, calves and\ncowherd boys by His vi�Qu-mDrti expansions. After he had seen this, Brahma\noffered the above prayer.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n�t�� ��1 �{{- ��i i!t� �t�1 I\n\n��t�il·\"!ttil1f <;W� ��� f<l't_�i II �lr II\nkr�Qera mahima rahu-keba tara jnata\n\nvrndavana-sthanera dekha a5carya vibhuta\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qera-of Lord Kr�l)a; mahima-glories; rahu-let be; keba-who; tara-of\n\nthose; jnata-a knower; vrndavana-sthanera-of the abode of Kr�l)a, Vrndavana;\ndekha-just see; ascarya-wonderful; vibhuta-opulences.\n\n", "mad8#p0279": "Text 30]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r;�a\n\n247\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Let the glories of Lord Kr�r;�a be! Who could be aware of all of them? His\nabode, Vrndavana, has many wonderful opulences. Just try to see them all.\nTEXT 29\n\n'�tift� �\"'t<!lil,----ttt�� ��tt-t I\n� �<R;�t-f �<!1���1�'$1'1 �tt� II�� II\n�ola-krosa vrndavana,-sastrera prakase\ntara eka-dese vaikuQthajar.u;ia-gaQa bhase\nSYNONYMS\n�o/a-krosa-measuring\n\nsixteen\n\nkrosas\n\n(thirty-two\n\nmiles);\n\nvrndavana­\n\nVrndavana-dhama; sastrera prakase-according to the revelation of revealed\nscripture; tara-of Vrndavana; eka-dese-in one corner; vaikuQtha-all the\nVaikul)tha planets; ajaQc;la-gaQa-the innumerable universes; bhase-are situated.\nTRANSLATION\n\"According to the revelations of revealed scripture, Vrndavana extends\nonly sixteen krosas [thirty-two miles]. Nonetheless, all the Vaikur;tfha planets\nand innumerable universes are located in one corner of this tract.\nPURPORT\nIn Vraja, the land is divided into various vanas, or forests. The forests total\ntwelve, and their extension is estimated to be eighty-four krosas. Of these, the\nspecial forest known as Vrndavana is located from the present municipal city of\nVrndavana to the village called Nanda-grama. This distance is sixteen krosas\n(thirty-two miles).\nTEXT 30\n\n�� �� ���-�<fi '$1'1i1 I\n\n-tt�-��·i.ltt� <fiRt fi;'$1,W�llfilll �o II\napara aisvarya kr�Qera -nahika gaQana\nsakha-candra-nyaye kari dig-darasana\nSYNONYMS\napara-unlimited;\n\naisvarya-opulence;\n\nkr�Qera-of\n\nLord\n\nKr�l)a;\n\nnahika\n\ngaQana-there is no estimation; sakha-candra nyaye-according to the logic of\n-\n\n", "mad8#p0280": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n248\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nseeing the moon through the branches of a tree; kari-1 make; dik-darasana-an\nindication only.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"No one can estimate the opulence of Kr��a. That is unlimited. However,\njust as one sees the moon through the branches of a tree, I wish to give a little\nindication.\"\nPURPORT\nFirst a child is shown the branches of a tree, and then he is shown the moon\nthrough the branches. This is called sakha-candra-nyaya. The idea is that first one\nmust be given a simpler example. Then the more difficult background is explained.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�� ��t'! �� �\"'�·'Jft'St1f I\n\nJlti'fi!!� ���,�if.��� 1Jt�� II -e� II\naisvarya kahite sphurifa aisvarya-sagara\nmanendriya c;Jubifa, prabhu ha-ifa phanpara\nSYNONYMS\naisvarya-opulence;\n\nkahite-to\n\ndescribe;\n\ns phurifa-there\n\nmanifested;\n\naisvarya-sagara-an ocean of opulence; mana-indriya-the chief sense, namely\nthe mind; c;Jubifa-immersed; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ha-ifa-became; phar'lpara-perplexed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile describing the transcendental opulences of Kr��a, the ocean of opulence manifested in the mind of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and His mind and\nsenses were immersed in this ocean. Thus He was perplexed.\nTEXT 32\n\noet�� �� cttt<tS ��� �t�i{ 1\n�(��tift'! �t-t �t�i{ �t�ti{ II -e� II\nbhagavatera ei sfoka pac;Jifa apane\nartha asvadite sukhe karena vyakhyane\n\n", "mad8#p0281": "Text 33]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr��a\n\n249\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhagavatera-of Srimad-Bhagavatam; ei-this; 5/oka-verse; pa(ii/a-recited;\n\napane-personally; artha-the meaning; asvadite-to taste; sukhe-in happiness; karena vyakhyane-describes the meaning.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally recited the following verse from\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, and to relish the meaning, He began to explain it Himself.\nTEXT 33\n\n�'ll'�Plt'lTJif'!'\"t'll�JII�'\"t: �t�t�J\"''l!'lJt�f;l��<1't'lt: I\n<lf<'l� �il f�f\"6'�l:<'lt<11 9fthT: f<1>���l:<1'1�fi¥'!9ftlf��:n-=>-=>n\nsvayarh tv asamyatisayas tryadhisa/:1\n\nsvarajya-/ak?my-apta-samasta-kama/:1\n\nbalirh haradbhis cira-/oka-palai/:1\nkirita-kotiQita-pada-pitha/:1\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvayam -personally the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tu-but; asamya­\n\natisaya/:1-who has no equal nor superior; tri-adhisa/:1-the master of three places,\n\nnamely Goloka Vrndavana, Vaikul)thaloka and the material world, or the master\nof Maha-Vi?I)U, GarbhodakasayT Vi?I)U and K?TrodakasayT Vi?I)U, or the master of\nBrahma, Vi?I)U and Mahesvara, or the master of the three worlds (the higher,\nlower and middle planetary systems); svarajya-lak?mi-by His personal spiritual\n\npotency; apta-already achieved; samasta-kama/:1-all desirable objects; balim­\n\na presentation or taxation; haradbhi/:1-who are offering; cira-/oka-palai/:1-by the\n\npredominating deities of different planets; kirita-koti-by millions of helmets;\nigita-being worshiped; pada-pitha/:1-whose lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r,a, is the master of the three\nworlds and the three principal demigods [Brahma, Vi��u and Siva]. No one is\nequal to or greater than Him. By His spiritual potency, known as svarajyalak�mi, all His desires are fulfilled. While offering their dues and presents in\nworship, the predominating deities of all the planets touch the lotus feet of\nthe lord with their helmets. Thus they offer prayers to the lord.'\n\n", "mad8#p0282": "250\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nPURPORT\nThis quotation is verse 21 of the Second Chapter, Third Canto of Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�����������\n�tt� ��' �-rn �� '<11� �t� �t� II �8 II\nparama isvara k($f)a svayarh bhagavan\ntate bac;fa, tanra sama keha nahi ana\nSYNONYMS\nparama-supreme; isvara-controller; kr$Qa-Lord Kr�r)a; svayam-personally;\n\nbhagavan-the original Personality of Godhead; tate-therefore; bac;fa-most ex­\n\nalted; tanra-His; s ama-equal; keha-anyone; nahi-there is not; ana-else.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Kr�r;�a is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead; therefore He is the\ngreatest of all. No one is equal to Him, nor is anyone greater than Him.\nTEXT 35\n\n�1�: 9f�\"'l{: ��: 'lfli6lft•P'ff<Ut�: I\n�OI\"tflfMflfl.�tf�\"f: 'l��l�\"!�i�\"!l{_ II ..:>a\nisvarab paramab kr$f)aQ\n\nsac-cid-ananda-vigrahab\n\nanadir adir govindab\n\nsarva-karaf)a-karaf)am\nSYNONYMS\n\nisvarab-the controller; paramab-supreme; kr$f)aQ -Lord Kr�r)a; sat-eternal\n\nexistence; cit-absolute knowledge; ananda-absolute bliss; vigrahab-whose\n\nform; anadib-without beginning; adib-the origin; govindab-Lord Govinda;\nsarva-karaf)a-karaf)am-the cause of all causes.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Kr�r;�a, known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has an eternal,\nblissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other origin, for He is\nthe prime cause of all causes.'\n\n", "mad8#p0283": "Text 37]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r;�a\n\n251\n\nPURPORT\nThis is the first verse of the Fifth Chapter of Brahma-sarilhita.\nTEXT 36\n\n�' �' �J,-\\fl� �i:rtflf·tr'!f� I\n\n� �t�t<fiM ���, � -�ih� Ill!)� II\nbrahma, Vi$f)U, hara, -ei Sf?tyadi-isvara\ntine ajnakari kr?f)era, kr?f)a -adhisvara\nSYNONYMS\nbrahma-lord Brahma; vi?f)u-lord Vi�l)u; hara-and lord Siva; ei-they;\nsr?ti-adi-isvara-the masters of material creation, maintenance and dissolution;\ntine-all three of them; ajnakari-order carriers; kr?Qera-of Lord Kr�t:Ja; kr?Qalord Kr�t:Ja; adhisvara-their master.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The primary predominating deities of this material creation are Lord\nBrahma, Lord Siva and Lord Vi�r;�u. Nonetheless, they simply carry out the orders of Lord Kr�r;�a, who is master of them all.\nTEXT 37\n\n�9ftflT �fiiw:&t��� �r.ifl �ilf� ��\"t:\nR�� 1.�'lf�r.9f'1 9fR1'9ftf� \"fur\"tf'(i� II \" II\nsrjami tan-niyukto 'ham\nharo harati tad-vasal)\nvisvaril puru?a-rupef)a\nparipati trisakti-dhrk\nSYNONYMS\nsrjami-create; tat - niyukta/:1-eng ag ed by Him; aham-1; hara/:1-lord Siva;\nharati-annihilates; tat-vasa/:1-under His control; visvam-the whole universe;\npuru?a-rupef)a-in the form of Lord Vi�l)u; paripati-maintai n s; tri-sakti-dhrkthe controller of the three modes of material nature.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Brahma said, 'Following the will of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, I create, Lord Siva destroys, and He Himself in the form of K�irodaka5ayi\n\n", "mad8#p0284": "252\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nVi��u maintains all the affairs of material nature. Thus the supreme controller\nof the three modes of material nature is Lord Vi��u.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.6.32).\nTEXT 38\n\n� :Jtt1ftfl, \\JI�..t1ff �� �Q{' �nt I\n�'Ste,�nt'l f!� ��'!int II �lr II\ne samanya, tryadhisvarera suna artha ara\n\njagat-karaQa tina puru?avatara\nSYNONYMS\n\ne samanya-this is a general description; tri-adhisvarera-of the master of the\n\nthree worlds; suna-please hear; artha-meaning; ara-another; jagat-karaQa­\n\nthe cause of the material creation; tina-three; puru?a-avatara-puru?a incarnations of Vi�r;JU.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"This is only a general description. Please try to understand another\nmeaning of tryadhisa. The three puru�a incarnations of Vi��u are the original\ncause of the material creation.\nTEXT 39\n\n���' 'Pi'lf�t�, ��tlif��l\" I\n�� f!�-1\"f·,�-����t11\"'111 ��II\nmaha-vi?QU, padmanabha, k?irodaka-svami\nei tina-stha/a-sak?ma-sarva-antaryami\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-vi?QU -Maha-Vi�r;Ju;\n\npadmanabha-Padmanabha\n\n(Garbhodakasayi\n\nVi�r;Ju); k?ira-udaka-svami-K�irodakasayi Vi�r;Ju; ei tina-all these three; sthulasak?ma-gross and subtle; sarva-of all; antaryami-the Supersoul.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Maha-Vi��u, Padmanabha and K�irodakasayi Vi��u are the Supersouls of\nall subtle and gross existences.\n\n", "mad8#p0285": "Text 41]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r;�a\n\n253\n\nPURPORT\nLord Maha-Vi��u is known as Kara�odakasayi Vi��u, the Supersoul of everything. Garbhodakasayi Vi��u, from whose lotus navel Brahma was created, is also\ncalled Hira�yagarbha and is the total Supersoul and the subtle Supersoul.\nK�irodakasayi Vi��u is the universal form and the gross Supersoul.\n\nTEXT 40\n\nt.!l� i%e{ -�\\!!�, i9f'$fe.·�1f I\nt.!l� ,� �i'fl·��-t\", ��-�� 118° ll\nei tina -sarvasraya, jagat-isvara\neho saba kala-arilsa, kmJa-adhisvara\n\nSYNONYMS\nei tina-these three; sarva-asraya-the shelter of the whole material creation;\njagat-isvara\narilsa\n\n-\n\n-\n\nsupreme controllers of the universe; eho saba-all of Them; ka/a­\n\nplenary portions, or portions of the plenary portions; kr$Qa-Lord Kr��a;\n\nadhisvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although Maha-Vi�r;�u,\n\nPadmanabha and K�irodakasayi Vi�r;�u are all\n\nshelters and controllers of the entire universe, They are nonetheless but plenary portions or portions of the plenary portions of Kr�r;�a. Therefore He is the\noriginal Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 41\n\n��f.l\"1f'l�t�\"ll\"�l�\"T'iTJ\n�'1�f� C<'IPTR\"'�1 iSf5f\"if'�OltQ)t: I\nf<T�\"$j�t1_ 'i �� <I� <f.\"'tf<r?:\"tDJ1\nc-;rtf<ri!f'Ilti\"W-s>J:i?<rt.. �'II�� \"S'Sftf\"ll\" 11 s � 11\nyasyaika-nisvasita-kalam athavalambya\njivanti loma-vilaja jagad-aQc;/a-natha./:1\nvi$QUr mahan sa iha yasya ka/a-vise$0\ngovindam adi-puru$arh tam aharil bhajami\n\n", "mad8#p0286": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n254\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nyasya-whose; eka-one; nisvasita-of breath; ka/am-time; atha -thus;\nava/ambya-taking shelter of; jivanti -live; /oma-vi /aja/:1 -grown from the hair\nholes; jagat-arxfa-natha/:1-the masters of the universes (the Brahmas); vi�QUQ\n\nmahan\n\n-\n\nthe Supreme Lord Maha-Vi�I)U; sa/:1-that; iha-here; yasya-whose;\n\nka/a-vise�a/:1 -particular plenary portion or expansion; govindam-Lord Govinda;\nadi-puru�am-the original person; tam -Him; aham-1; bhajami-worship.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The Brahmas and other lords of the mundane worlds appear from the\npores of the Maha-Vi�QU and remain alive for the duration of His one exhalation. I adore the primeval Lord, Govinda, for Maha-Vi�QU is a portion of His\nplenary portion.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Brahma-sarhhita (5.48). See also Adi-lila (5.71 ).\nTEXT 42\n\n�� �{-1!�, �i{ '�' �{ �Ht I\n� �1-rt�·9!Iti{ �t�� -11t?it �Jtf� �ftf ll 8� II\nei artha-madhyama, suna 'gDcjha' artha ara\ntina avasa-sthana kr�f)era sastre khyati yara\nSYNONYMS\n\nei artha-this explanation; madhyama-middle; suna -please hear; gucjhaconfidential; artha-meaning; ara -another; tina -three; avasa-sthana -residential places; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�l)a; sastre-in the revealed scriptures; khyatifame; yara\n\n-\n\nof which.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"This is the middle meaning. Now please hear the confidential meaning.\nLord Kr�Qa has three places of residence, which are well known from revealed\nscriptures.\nPURPORT\n\nKr�l)a has three abodes-His internal abode (Goloka Vrndavana), His intermediate abode (the spiritual sky), and His external abode (this material world).\n\n", "mad8#p0287": "Text 45]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�1.1a\n\n255\n\nTEXT 43\n\n'�:�'-c;'$ftt�t<l\"·��\"lt<ti{ I\n'flt1 �i!JPI� ';ft'!t�i!1·<t'{'$f'l II 8� II\n'antahpura'-goloka-sri-vrndavana\nyahan nitya-sthiti mata-pita-bandhu-gal)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nantab-pura-the internal abode; goloka-sri-vrndavana-Goloka Vrndavana;\nyahari -where; nitya-sthiti -eternal residence; mata-pita -mother and father;\nbandhu-gaQa -and friends.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The internal abode is called Goloka Vrndavana. It is there that Lord Kr�1.1a's\npersonal friends, associates, father and mother live.\nTEXT 44\n\n1f{�f1�·';ft$J�·W9ftfif·'et�\"Rf I\nG;�t'$f';ftv! �t� �tt11ftll'tflf �\"11·ll't1f II 88 II\nmadhuraisvarya-madhurya-krpadi-bhaQc;/ara\nyogamaya dasi yahari rasadi lila-sara\nSYNONYMS\n\nmadhura-aisvarya-of sweetness and opulence; madhurya-of conjugal love;\nkrpa-adi -and of mercy and so on; bhaQc;/ara -storehouse; yoga-maya-the\nspiritual energy; dasi-maidservant; yahari -where; rasa-adi-the rasa dance and\nother pastimes; lila-sara-the quintessence of all pastimes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Vrndavana is the storehouse of Kr�1.1a's mercy and the sweet opulences of\nconjugal love. That is where the spiritual energy, working as a maidservant,\nexhibits the rasa dance, the quintessence of all pastimes.\nTEXT 45\n\n�itiottr\"�\"�wr.<fi t'!r.<'l \"'����,il�c·r'lf\"rtr<'lfor 1\n\n��r� 31�ntt'9ior�c\"�\" or r� fD\"?lt<ff<t'11t�n:lff� 01: 1184.11\n\n", "mad8#p0288": "256\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nkaruf)a-nikuramba-komale\nmadhuraisvarya-vise�a-salini\njayati vraja-raja-nandane\nna hi cinta-kaQikabhyudeti nal)\nSYNONYMS\nkaruf)a-nikuramba-komale-who\n\nis\n\nvery\n\nsoft\n\nbecause\n\nof\n\ngreat\n\nmercy;\n\nmadhura-aisvarya-vise�a-salini-expecially by the opulence of conjugal love;\njayati-all glories; vraja-raja-nandane-to the son of Maharaja Nanda; na-not;\nhi-certainly; cinta-of anxiety; kaQika-even a particle; abhyudeti-awakens;\nnal)-of us.\nTRANSLATION\n\"V�ndavana-dhama is very soft due to the mercy of the Supreme Lord, and\nit is especially opulent due to conjugal love. The transcendental glories of the\nson of Maharaja Nanda are exhibited here. Under the circumstances, not the\nleast anxiety is awakened within us.\nTEXT 46\n\n� \\!t&lf ��'t11-'�!;!t&lft�'·iftll I\n\nittft�'l-�tfif lll� ''Uit�if 'ft;J II 8� II\ntara tale paravyoma-'vi�Quloka'-nama\nnarayaQa-adi ananta svan1pera dhama\nSYNONYMS\ntara tale-below Vrndavana-dhama; para-vyoma-the spiritual sky; vi�Quloka-nama-known as Vi�r;�uloka; narayaQa-adi-Narayar;�a and others; anantaunlimited; sva-rupera-of personal expansions; dhama-the place.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Below the V�ndavana planet is the spiritual sky, which is known as\nVi�r;�uloka. In Vi�r;�uloka there are innumerable Vaikur;��ha planets controlled\nby Narayar;�a and other innumerable expansions of Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 47\n\n';J-o;J·�' ��-�-'et�t1f I\n�il� ��� � <1it1fit ��nt II 8C\\ II\n\n", "mad8#p0289": "Text 49]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr��a\n\n257\n\n'madhyama-avasa' kr�Qera-�ac;l-aisvarya-bhaQc;/ara\nananta svarupe yahan karena vihara\nSYNONYMS\nmadhyama-avasa-'-the middle residence; kr�Qera-of Lord Kf�l)a; �at-aisvaryabhaQc;/ara\n\n-'-\n\nthe storehouse of six opulences; ananta sva-rupe-in unlimited forms;\n\nyahan-w here; karena vihara-enj oys His pastimes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The spiritual sky, which is full in all six opulences, is the interim residence\nof Lord Kr��a. It is there that an unlimited number of forms of Kr��a enjoy\nTheir pastimes.\nTEXT 48\n\n�� <f'tt1 'f)t'Gt1{·<;�'tiRt I\n���W'fttJ �'SI�� <:f51R'i re�' II 817' II\n<:f51il�\n\nananta vaikuQtha yahan bhaQc;/ara-kothari\npari�ada-gaf)e �ac;l-aisvarye ache bhari'\nSYNONYMS\nana nta-un l imited; vaikuQtha\n\n-\n\nVaikul)tha planets; yahan-w here ; bhaQc;/ara­\n\nkothari-like rooms of a treasure-house; pari�ada-gaQe-eternal associates; �ataisvarye-with the six opulences; ache-are ; bhari' -filling.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Innumerable Vaiku�fha planets, which are just like different rooms of a\ntreasure-house, are all there, filled with all opulences. Those unlimited\nplanets house the Lord's eternal associates, who are also enriched with the six\nopulences.\"\nTEXT 49\n\nc�ttr\"ft<Rt fl! fol�lftftl �r<1 s 'i!i\"'IJ\nCi!\"�-\"1TC�\"t-�R11ft\"1l� C'i!i� C'i!i� I\n'� C'i!i ��t<IR5\"�1 ��\\!it\"D C�OT\n\nC.�lt��\"1ltf;r9J:_�1{� 'i!i\"l\\�� ��tf\"ll II 8� II\ngoloka-namni nija-dhamni tale ca tasya\ndevi-mahesa-hari-dhamasu te�u te�u\n\n", "mad8#p0290": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n258\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nte te prabhava-nicaya vihitas ca yena\ngovindam adi-puru�aril tam aham bhajami\nSYNONYMS\ngoloka-namni nija-dhamni-in the planet known as Goloka Vrndavana, the\npersonal abode of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tale-in the part underneath; ca-also; tasya-of that; devi-of the goddess Durga; mahesa-of Lord\n\nS iva; hari-of Narayal)a; dhamasu-in the planets; te�u te�u-in each of them; te\nte-those respective; prabhava nicaya/:1-opulences ; vihita/:1-established; ca-\n\nalso; yena-by whom; govindam-unto that Govinda; adi-puru�am\n\nthe original\n\n-\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; tam-unto Him; aham-1; bhajami-offer my\nobeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Below the planet named Goloka Vrndavana are the planets known as\n\nDevi-dhama, Mahesa-dhama and Hari-dhama. These are opulent in different\nways. They are managed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda,\nthe original lord. I offer my obeisances unto Him.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Brahma-samhita (5.43).\nTEXT 50\n\n�lft01-\"'t�'1fC<Ut�lliir�C1T ���1 O{lf') I\nc'l\"lft'Jf-c'lflf�f'�r�c�tr�: ��t�\\!i1 �nr1 u t.\npradhana-parama-vyomnor\nantare viraja nadi\nvedanga-sveda-janitais\ntoyai/:1 prasravita subha\nSYNONYMS\npradhana-parama-vyomno/:1 antare-between the material world and spiritual\nworld; viraja nadi-is a river known as Viraj a; veda-anga-of the transcendental\nbody of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sveda-janitai/:1-produced from the\nperspiration; toyai/:1-with water; prasravita-flowing; subha\n\n-\n\nall-auspicious.\n\nTRANSLATION\n1\n\n1\n\n'Between the spiritual and material worlds is a body of water known as the\n\nRiver Viraja. This water is generated from the bodily perspiration of the\n\n", "mad8#p0291": "Text 52]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r:'la\n\n259\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who is known as Vedanga. Thus the river\nflows.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse and the following verse are from the Padma Pural)a.\nTEXT 51\n\n\\!!'ITt: '1ir.\"?t '1�T.<1Ti\"lt fur'11�\\!i� 'I<Ti'!i\"Of\"{_l\n\n��\\!!� \"t1,�� f<T�T\"lt\"Of�� 9f\"?t\"lt� 9flf1{_11 t � II\ntasyah pare paravyoma\ntripad-bhotarh sanatanam\namrtarh sasvatarh nityam\nanantarh paramarh padam\nSYNONYMS\n\ntasyah pare-on the other bank of the Viraja River; para-vyoma-the spiritual\nsky; tri-pad-bhotam\n\n-\n\nexisting as three fourths of the opulence of the Supreme\n\nLord; sanatanam-eternal; amrtam-without deterioration; sasvatam-without\nbeing subjected to the control of time; n ityam-constantly existing; anantamunlimited; paramam-supreme; padam-abode.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Beyond the River Viraja is a spiritual nature, which is indestructible, eternal, inexhaustible and unlimited. It is the supreme abode consisting of three\nfourths of the Lord's opulences. It is known as paravyoma, the spiritual sky.'\nPURPORT\nIn the spiritual sky there is neither anxiety nor fear. It is eternally existing, and it\nconsists of three fourths of the Lord's energy. The material world is an exhibition\nof only one fourth of the lord's energy. Therefore it is called eka-pada-vibhoti.\nTEXT 52\n\n� \\!ti'f 'crt•-rtt�' f<I��\"Rf 'Pf\"Rf 1\n'CI� l!l'fi\"t� �tl <;<fltJf� �'Pft11' II <t� II\ntara tale 'bahyavasa' virajara para\nananta brahmaQcja yahan kothari apara\n\n", "mad8#p0292": "260\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Madhya-Iii�, Ch. 21\n\nSYNONYMS\ntara tale-below the spiritual world; bahya-avasa-external abode; vtraJara\npara-on the other side of the River Viraja; ananta brahma(\"lqa-unlimited number of universes; yahar'l-where; kothari-apartments; apara-unlimited.\nTRANSLATION\n\"On the other side of the River Viraja is the external abode, which is full of\nunlimited universes, each containing unlimited atmospheres.\nTEXT 53\n\n'<;lf�'ft1f' il11f '!�, � �11l Cl� I\nl!lf'Stll1111i1 �tf�' 1ft� �tl1ft�i tift� II <t� II\n'devi-dhama' nama tara, jiva yara vasi\njagal-lak$mi rakhi' rahe yahan maya dasi\nSYNONYMS\ndevi-dhama-the place of the external energy; nama-named; tara-its; jivathe conditioned living entities; yara-of which; vasi-the inhabitants; jagatlak$mi-the material energy;\n\nrakhi'-keeping\n\nthem;\n\nrahe-exists;\n\nyahar'l­\n\nwherein; maya-the external energy; dasi-maidservant.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The abode of the external energy is called Devi-dhama, and its inhabitants\nare conditioned souls. It is there that the material energy, Durga, resides with\nmany opulent maidservants.\nPURPORT\nBecause he wants to enjoy the material energy, the conditioned soul is allowed\nto reside in DevT-dhama, the external energy, where the goddess Durga carries\nout the orders of the Supreme Lord as His maidservant. The material energy is\ncalled jagal-lak$mi because she protects the bewildered conditioned souls. The\ngoddess Durga is therefore known as the mother, and Lord Siva, her husband, is\nknown as the father. Lord Siva and goddess Durga are therefore known as the material father and mother. Goddess Durga is so named because this material world\nis like a big fort where the conditioned soul is placed under her care. For material\nfacilities, the conditioned soul tries to please the goddess Durga, and mother\nDurga supplies all kinds of material facilities. Because of this, the conditioned souls\nare allured and do not wish to leave the external energy. Consequently they are\ncontinuously making plans to live here peacefully and happily. Such is the material\nworld.\n\n", "mad8#p0293": "Text 55]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr��a\n\n261\n\nTEXT 54\n\n1.!1� f'!i{ �tt�� �HI �� ���� I\n'�tt��-��t�'Pl- ��f'!� �� 11 as 11\nei tina dhamera haya k[$Qa adhisvara\ngoloka-paravyoma\n\n- prakrtira para\n\nSYNONYMS\nei tina dhamera-of these three dhamas, or residential places, namely Goloka\nVrndavana-dhama, Vaikul)�ha-dhama (Hari-dhama) and Devi-dhama (the material\nworld); haya-is; k[$Qa-Lord Kr�l)a; adhisvara-the supreme master; golokaparavyoma-the spiritual planet Goloka and the spiritual sky; prakrtira parabeyond this material energy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr��a is the supreme proprietor of all dhamas, including Goloka-dhama,\nVaiku�tha-dhama and Devi-dhama. The paravyoma and Goloka-dhama are\nbeyond Devi-dhama, this material world.\nPURPORT\nWhen a living entity is liberated from Devi-dhama but does not know of the\nopulence of Hari-dhama, he is placed in Mahesa-dhama, which is between the\nother two dhamas. The liberated soul does not get an opportunity to serve the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead there; therefore although this Mahesa-dhama is\nLord Siva's dhama and above the Devi-dhama, it is not the spiritual world. The\nspiritual world begins with Hari-dhama, or Vaikul)�haloka.\nTEXT 55\n\nf�f·��f'!·�'Pl-fui�t���fi-;{1� I\n\n11tfi� �'tf�-l.!l��tlf �f<e�i{ II ao: II\n\n- tripad-aisvarya-nama\n- eka-pada abhidhana\n\ncic-chakti-vibhati-dhama\nmayika vibhati\n\nSYNONYMS\ncit-sakti-of the spiritual energy; vibhuti-dhama-opulent abode; tri-padthree fourths; aisvarya-opul ence;\n\nnama-named;\n\nopulence; eka-pada-one fourth; abhidhana-known.\n\nmayika vibhati-material\n\n", "mad8#p0294": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n262\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The spiritual world is considered to be three fourths of the energy and\nopulence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whereas this material world\nis only one fourth of that energy. That is our understanding.\nPURPORT\nHari-dhama (paravyoma) and Goloka Vrndavana are beyond the material cos­\n\nmic manifestation. They are celebrated as three fourths of the Lord's energy. The\nmaterial world, conducted by the Supreme Lord's external energy, is called Devi­\n\ndhama and is a manifestation of one fourth of His energy.\nTEXT 56\n\nf�\"flf��r;�l\\'lJT�l� f�\"ftlf,��� f� �\" \"flf\"{_ I\nf<l�f\"!*fir<ll'11!{1 C<�t�&1 \"f1lftf�'fl �\\!: II ¢� II\ntripad-vibhater dhamatvat\ntripad-bhutarh hi tat padam\n\nvibhutir mayiki sarva\n\nprokta padatmika yata/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\ntri-pad-vibhute/:1-of the three fourths of the energy; dhamatvat-because of\n\nbeing the abode; tri-pad-bhDtam-consisting of three fourths of the energy; hicertainly; tat padam-that abode; vibhuti/:1-the energy or potency; mayikimaterial;\n\ntherefore.\n\nsarva-all;\n\nprokta-said;\n\npada-atmika-only one fourth;\n\nyata/:1-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Because it consists of three fourths of the Lord's energy, the spiritual\nworld is called tripad-bhuta. Being a manifestation of one fourth of the Lord's\nenergy, the material world is called eka-pada.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in Laghu-bhagavatamrta (1.5.286).\nTEXT 57\n\nf!i�!_f% �t�1l-�t�J·�t'St1G1ll\n���\"tlf �,f�1l �i{� ��11lll a'l II\n\n", "mad8#p0295": "Text 58]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r;�a\n\n263\n\ntripada-vibhuti kr�f)era- vakya-agocara\neka-pada vibhatira sunaha vistara\nSYNONYMS\ntri-pada-vibhati kr�f!era-three fourths of the energy of Lord Kr�r:Ja; vakyaagocara-beyond words; eka-pada vibhDtira-of one fourth of the energy;\nsunaha-please hear; vistara-breadth.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The three-fourths part of Lord Kr�r;�a's energy is beyond our speaking\npower. Let us therefore hear elaborately about the remaining one fourth of His\nenergy.\nTEXT 58\n\n\"C��• �tt�� �i! a�·1t\"(ft�'l 1\n��t�<TS?f�·-tt.\"'f l!t�\"Rf �'I� II <tlr II\nananta brahmaQ(iera yata brahma-rudra-gaf)a\ncira-loka-pa/a-sabde tahara gaf)ana\nSYNONYMS\nananta-unlimited; brahmaf)(iera-of the universes; yata-all; brahma-Lord\nBrahmas; rudra-gaf)a-and Lord Sivas; cira-loka-pala-permanent governors of\nthe worlds; sabde-by the word; tahara-of them; gaQana-counting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Actually it is very difficult to ascertain the number of universes. Every universe has its separate Lord Brahma and Lord Siva, who are known as permanent governors. Therefore there is also no counting of them.\nPURPORT\nLord Brahma and Lord Siva are called cira-loka-pala, permanent governors. This\nmeans that they govern the affairs of the universe from the beginning of the creation to the end. In the next creation, the same living entities may not be present,\nbut because Brahma and Siva are existing from the beginning to the end, they are\ncalled cira-loka-pala, permanent governors. Loka-pa/a means \"predominating\ndeities.\" There are eight predominating deities of the prominent heavenly planets,\nand they are lndra, Agni, Yama, Varul)a, Nirrti, Vayu, Kuvera and Siva.\n\n", "mad8#p0296": "264\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nTEXT 59\n\n��Fifil �1f�W! � ,m'!lrof ,\nt3'i1l1 �lt�,- m9f� � �·t1f II <t� II\neka-dina dvarakate kr�Qa dekhibare\nbrahma aila, -dvara-pa/a janaila kr�Qere\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; dvarakate-in Dvaraka; kr�Qa dekhibare-to see Kr�r:Ja;\nbrahma ai /a- Lo rd Brahma came; dvara-pala-the doorman; janaila-informed;\nkr�Qere-Lord Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Once, when K���a was ruling Dvaraka, lord Brahma came to see Him, and\nthe doorman immediately informed lord K���a of Brahma's arrival.\nTEXT 60\n\n''<'fl\"'tit a'fii, f..,s ilt'lf ��t1f ?'\n� �t�' ��1f �Ti �t1f � II �\" II\n�· ..,s�il\n\n-\n\nkr�Qa kahena-'kon brahma, ki nama tahara?'\ndvari asi' brahmare puche ara bara\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa kahena-Kr�r:Ja said; kon brahma-which Brahma; ki nama tahara-what\nis his name; dvari asi'-the doorman, coming back; brahmare-to Lord Brahma;\npuche-inquires; ara bara-again.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When K���a was so informed, He immediately asked the doorman, 'Which\nBrahma? What is his name l' The doorman therefore returned and questioned\nLord Brahma.\nPURPORT\nFrom this verse we can understand that Brahma is the name of the post and\nthat the person occupying the post has a particular name also. From Bhagavadgita: imarh vivasvate yogam. Vivasvan is the name of the present predominating\ndeity of the sun. He is generally called Sorya, the sun-god, but he also has his own\n\n", "mad8#p0297": "Text 62]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of K���\n\n265\n\nparticular name. The governor of the state is generally called raja-pala, but he also\nhas his own individual name. Since there are hundreds and thousands of Brahmas\nwith different names, Kr�r:Ja wanted to know which of them had come to see Him.\nTEXT 61\n\n�f�i! ��1 � �itlt<ti <tif� I\n'� fost111 �il<f.·f�\\!1 ij'{(� �i�\"l1' II �� II\nvismita haiia brahma dvarike kahila\n'kaha giya sanaka-pita caturmukha aila'\nSYNONYMS\n\nvismita hafia-becoming surprised; brahma-Lord Brahma; dvarike-unto the\ndoorman; kahi/a-replied; kaha-inform; giya-going; sanaka-pita-the father\nof the four Kumaras; catuh-mukha-four-headed; ai/a-has come.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the doorman asked, 'Which Brahma?' Lord Brahma was surprised.\nHe told the doorman, 'Please go inform Lord K��l)a that I am the four-headed\nBrahma who is the father of the four Kumaras.'\nTEXT 62\n\n?� iS'ftilt�1 �iif �'ifitt� \"l�1 (;'Sf\"fi I\n?t�� ij�t'l �'ifii W�<te. C<f.\"li II �� II\nkmJe janaiia dvari brahmare laiia gela\nkr�Qera caral)e brahma daQ(favat kaila\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�Qe janafia-informing Lord Kr�r:Ja; dvari-the doorman; brahmare-Lord\nBrahma; /aiia-taking; ge/a-went; kr�Qera caraQe-at the lotus feet of Kr�r:Ja;\nbrahma-Lord Brahma; daQ(favat kaila-offered obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The doorman then informed Lord K��l)a of Lord Brahma's description, and\nLord K��l)a gave him permission to enter. The doorman escorted Lord Brahma\nin, and as soon as Brahma saw Lord K��l)a, he offered obeisances at His lotus\nfeet.\n\n", "mad8#p0298": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n266\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nTEXT 63\n\n� 1ft�·�Sf1 �fit' �t?;� !2115t ,�'\"1 I\n\n'f� \"'tR!' '�t1ft� �ti ��1fil '?t� ?'��II\nkr�f)a manya-puja kari' talire prasna kai/a\n'ki lagi' tamara ihali agamana hai/a?'\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-Lord Kr�t:�a; manya-puja-respect and worship; kari'-showing; talireto him; prasna kaila-put a question; ki lagi'-for what reason; tamara-your;\nihan-here; agamana hai/a-there was arrival.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A fter being worshiped by lord Brahma, lord Kr��;�a also honored him with\nsuitable words. Then lord Kr��;�a asked him, 'Why have you come here?'\nTEXT 64\n\n�1 �?;?t,-''!t?t1 �?;li �fif� fil?;�i{ I\n1.!1� �R-nl 1f?;i{ �' ��?t ��i{ II �8 II\nbrahma kahe,- 'taha pache kariba nivedana\neka sarilsaya mane haya, karaha chedana\nSYNONYMS\nbrahma kahe-Lord Brahma said; taha-that; pache-later; kariba nivedana-1\nshall submit unto You; eka-one; sarilsaya-doubt; mane-in the mind; hayathere is; karaha chedana-kindly dissipate it.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Being questioned, lord Brahma immediately replied, 'I shall later tell You\nwhy I have come. First of all there is a doubt in my mind which I wish You\nwould kindly dissipate.\nTEXT 65\n\n,,�ti{. Btffi1 ?' �� '�_fif c;�tif.. ���t� ?\n��1 � iS?�?;� �HI c;�tif.. � ?t� ?' �� II\n\n", "mad8#p0299": "Text 67]\n\nThe O pulence and Sweetness of Kr��;�a\n\n267\n\n'kon brahma?' puchile tumi kon abhipraye?\nama ba-i jagate ara kon brahma haye?'\nSYNONYMS\nkon brahma-which Brahma; puchi/e tumi-You inquired; kon abhipraye-by\nwhat intention; ama ba-i-except me; jagate-within this universe; ara-other;\nkon-which; brahma-Lord Brahma; haye-is there.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Why did you inquire which Brahma had come to see You? What is the\npurpose of such an inquiry? Is there any other Brahma besides me within this\nuniverse?'\nTEXT 66\n\n��' �tfil' �� i!� <fim'iil Wil I\n\n'C{���J Ell5fit� 'ij'J 'C{t�'ii i!I!\"��Sr;;'l ll �� ll\nsuni' hasi' kr�Qa tabe karilena dhyane\nasankhya brahmara gaf)a aila tata-k�af)e\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; hasi'-smilingly; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; tabe-then; karilena-did;\ndhyane-meditation; asailkhya-unlimited; brahmara-of Lord Brahmas; gaQathe group; ai/a-arrived; tata-k�af)e-at that time.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Upon hearing this, Sri Kr��;�a smiled and immediately meditated. Unlimited Brahmas arrived instantly.\nTEXT 67\n\n�llf·f<if-t·llfi!·��i!:f·'C{�·'i'IIS·�il I\n��r(� 3J...� <TStr;;�1, ifl �rn 'ij'Jil u �� u\nda5a-bisa-sata-sahasra-ayuta-lak�a-vadana\nkoty-arbuda mukha karo, na yaya gaQana\nSYNONYMS\ndasa-ten;\n\nbisa-twenty;\n\nsata-hundred;\n\nsahasra-thousand;\n\nayuta-ten\n\nthousand; lak�a-a hundred thousand; vadana-faces; koti-ten million; ar-\n\n", "mad8#p0300": "268\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nbuda-a hundred million;\n\nmukha-faces; karo-of some of them; na yaya\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\ngaQana-not possible to count.\nTRANSLATION\n\"These Brahmas had different numbers of heads. Some had ten heads, some\ntwenty, some a hundred, some a thousand, some ten thousand, some a\nhundred thousand, some ten million and others a hundred million. No one can\ncount the number of faces they had.\nTEXT 68\n\n111\\!f'St'l �t�� �'Jti �t$·�\\ifi{ I\n�'St'l ��� \"''Jti <;�t$·i111i{ II �11- II\nrudra-gaQa aila lak�a koti-vadana\nindra-gaQa ai/a /ak�a koti-nayana\nSYNONYMS\n\nrudra-gaQa-the Sivas; ai/a-arrived; lak�a koti-vadana\n\n-\n\npossessing a hundred\n\nthousand and ten million faces; indra-gaQa-the lndras; ai/a-arrived; /ak�a-a\nhundred thousand; koti-ten million; nayana-eyes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There also arrived many Lord Sivas with various heads numbering one\nhundred thousand and ten million. Many lndras also arrived, and they had\nhundreds of thousands of eyes all over their bodies.\n\nPURPORT\n\nIt is said that lndra, the King of heaven, is very lusty. Once he tactfully had sexual intercourse with the wife of a great sage, and when the sage learned about\nthis, he cursed the lusty lndra with a curse that put vaginas all over his body. Being\nvery ashamed, lndra fell down at the lotus feet of the great sage and begged his\npardon. Being compassionate, the sage turned the vaginas into eyes; therefore lndra possesses hundreds and thousands of eyes all over his body. just as Lord\nBrahma and Lord Siva have many faces, the King of heaven, lndra, has many eyes.\nTEXT 69\n\n\"'f�' �'l('� � 1Jt�J ��� I\n�RJ'St'l·1lttfJ c;� llfllf� 11'�� II �� II\n\n", "mad8#p0301": "Text 71]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r:'la\n\n269\n\ndekhi' caturmukha brahma phailpara ha-ifa\nhasti-gal)a-madhye yena sasaka rahila\nSYNONYMS\ndekhi'-seeing; catu/:1-mukha brahma-the four-faced Lord Brahma of this universe; phi1ilpara ha-ifa-became bewildered; hasti-gaQa-madhye-in the midst of\nmany elephants; yena-like; sasaka-a rabbit; rahi/a-remained.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the four-headed Brahma of this universe saw all these opulences of\nKr�r:'la, he became very bewildered and considered himself a rabbit among\nmany elephants.\nTEXT 70\n\n�tfit' :JI� i!t'fi\"t �-�t�,;n�-�tt� I\n���e, �fitt� 'l_\"tl; �.,,;nr;� �tt� II '\\\n\no\n\nII\n\nasi' saba brahma kr$Qa-pada-pitha-age\ndaQc;favat karite mukuta pada-pithe /age\nSYNONYMS\nasi'-coming; saba brahma-aii the Brahmas; k[$Qa-pada-pitha-age-before\nthe lotus feet of Kr�l)a; daQc;favat karite-offering their obeisances; mukutahelmets; pada-pithe-at the lotus feet; /age-touched.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All the Brahmas who came to see Kr�Qa offered their respects at His lotus\nfeet, and when they did this, their helmets touched His lotus feet.\nTEXT 71\n\n��� �ftMJ·-t� �f�t� <;�� ilttf I\n� i3'fi1, ��\n\n� 1.!1�� -tiltf II '\\ � II\n\nk[$1)era acintya-sakti /akhite keha nare\nyata brahma, tata murti eka-i sarire\nSYNONYMS\nk[$1)era-of Lord Kr�l)a; acintya-sakti -inconceivable potencies; lakhite-to\nobserve; keha-anyone; nare-not able; yata brahma-aii Brahmas; tata murtiso many forms; eka-i sarire-in the same body.\n\n", "mad8#p0302": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n270\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"No one can estimate the inconceivable potency of Kr�Qa. A ll the Brahmas\nwho were there were resting in the one body of Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 72\n\n�15f�t-�'f_ttt1t·���t� �t� 'fiffi{ I\n�t�� �fl! �til \"l'f_fi '�i{ 11Pt�' II 'I� II\npada-pita-mukutagra-sanghatte uthe dhvani\npada-pithe stuti kare mukuta hena jani'\nSYNONYMS\n\npada-pita-at Kr�r:Ja's lotus feet; mukuta-agra-of the tops of the helmets;\nsanghatte-in the crowding together; uthe dhvani -there arose a sound; padapithe stuti-offering prayers unto the lotus feet; kare-do; mukuta-the helmets;\nhena jani'-appearing as such.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When all the helmets struck together at Kr�1;1a's lotus feet, there was a\ntumultuous sound. It appeared that the helmets themselves were offering\nprayers unto Kr�Qa's lotus feet.\nTEXT 73\n\n�-�tt'! �-1fit!ft� �t11 �<li{ I\n\"�� ?� �fif\"ft ��' ,w�·t�\"ft �11'1 II 'I� II\nyoc;ia-hate brahma-rudradi karaye stavana\n\"bac;Ja krpa karila prabhu, dekhaila caraQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nyoc;Ja-hate-with folded hands; brahma -the Lord Brahmas; rudra-adi-the\nLord Sivas and others; karaye stavana-offered their prayers; bac;ia krpa\n\n-\n\ng reat\n\nmercy; karila-You have shown; prabhu-0 Lord; dekhaila caraQa-You have\nshown Your lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\"With folded hands, all the Brahmas and Sivas began to offer prayers unto\nLord Kr�Qa, saying, '0 Lord, You have shown me a great favor. I have been\nable to see Your lotus feet.'\n\n", "mad8#p0303": "Text 76]\n\nThe O pulence and Sweetness of Kmta\n\n271\n\nTEXT 74\n\n�t'm, <;�tt1f <;�t�t�\"ff 'wt�' �tft��' 1\n<;�t� �t� ��' �t�1 <tifit' f-tt11' ${�' II\" '\\8 II\nbhagya, more bolaila 'dasa' angikari'\nkon ajna haya, taha kari sire dhari'\n\nII\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhagya-great fortune; more-me; bo/aila-You have called; dasa-as a servant; angikari' -accepting; kon ajna haya -what is Your order; taha-that; karilet me accept; sire dhari'-holding it on my head.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All of them then said, 'It is my great fortune, lord, that You have called me,\nthinking of me as Your servant. Now let me know what Your order is so that I\nmay carry it on my heads.'\nTEXT 75\n\n�� �t�,- <;�'tlfl-11�1 <;W�� fu� C�if I\n\nI!� �rf�' �� �tf$ ��1 ,�r��� 11 '\\�t u\nkr�Qa kahe,-toma-saba dekhite citta haifa\ntaha lagi' eka thani saba bo/aila\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�Qa kahe-Lord Kr�t:�a said; toma-saba-all of you; dekhite-to see; citta\nhaifa-there was a desire; taha lagi'-for that reason; eka thani-in one place;\nsaba-all of you; bolaila-l called for.\nTRANSLATION\n\"lord Kr�r:ta replied, 'Since I wanted to see all of you together, I have called\nall of you here.\nTEXT 76\n\n�� � �t�, f<fii; i{t� C$i�-�� ?\ni!t11'1 �t�,-'<;i!t1rt11' ��ttw �(�� iS'RI It '\\ � II\nsukhi hao sabe, kichu nahi daitya-bhaya?\ntara kahe, -'tamara prasade sarvatra-i jaya\n\n", "mad8#p0304": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n272\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsukhi hao-be happy; sabe-all of you; kichu-some; nahi-there is not;\ndaitya-bhaya-fear of the demons; tara kahe-all of them replied; tamara\nprasade-by Your mercy; sarvatra-i-everywhere; jaya-victorious.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'All of you should be happy. Is there any fear from the demons?' They\nreplied, 'By Your mercy, we are victorious everywhere.\nTEXT 77\n\n��� 11J��t\\! (;��i ��t�� 'e� I\n��5{' �$1 \\!� <tiftl'�i �R� II' 99 II\nsamprati prthivite yeba haiyachila bhara\navatirQa hana taha karila samhara'\nSYNONYMS\n\nsamprati-presently; prthivite-upon the earth; yeba-whatever; haiyachilathere\n\nwas;\n\nbhara-burden;\n\navatirQa\n\nhafia-descending;\n\ntaha-that;\n\nkarila\n\nsarhhara-You have taken away.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Whatever burden was upon the earth You have taken away by descending\non that planet.'\nTEXT 78\n\nlft1f<1itf1f- �'t_, '!t1f �� I;! ��t'l I\n\n'�flrt11� �� ��' �t1f '�� 9fti{ II 91P- II\ndvarakadi-vibhu, tara ei ta pramaQa\n'amara-i brahmaQ{ie kr$Qa' sabara haila jnana\nSYNONYMS\n\ndvaraka-adi-Dvaraka-dhama\n\nand\n\nother\n\nabodes;\n\nvibhu-transcendental\n\nabode; tara ei ta pramaQa-this is the evidence of that; amara-i brahmaQ{ie-in\nmy brahmaQ{ia; k[$Qa-Kr�r;.a is now present; sabara-of all of them; haila\njfiana-there was this knowledge.\n\n", "mad8#p0305": "Text 80]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�l)a\n\n273\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"This is the proof of Dvaraka's opulence: all the Brahmas thought, 'Kr�Qa is\nnow staying in my jurisdiction.'\n\nTEXT 79\n\n��-�� m�1·,�<e<� �ll.<e<t �\" 1\n��\\! �� '�� �tt�1 i11 Qff� II 'I� II\nkr�Qa-saha dvaraka-vaibhava anubhava haila\nekatra milane keha kaho na dekhila\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-saha-with\nanubhava haila\n\n-\n\nKr�r:Ja;\n\ndvaraka-vaibhava-the\n\nopulence\n\nof\n\nDvaraka;\n\nthere was perception; ekatra mi/ane-although they came\n\ntogether; keha-someone; kaho-anyone else; na dekhila\n\n-\n\ndid not see.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus the opulence of Dvaraka was perceived by each and every one of\nthem. Although they were all assembled together, no one could see anyone\nbut himself.\nPURPORT\nThe four-headed Brahma perceived the opulence of Dvaraka-dhama where\nKr�r:Ja was staying, and although there were Brahmas present having ten to ten\nmillion heads, and also many Lord Sivas were also assembled, only the fourheaded Brahma of this universe could see all of them. By the inconceivable potency of Kr�r:Ja, the others could not see one another. Althouth all the Brahmas\nand Sivas were assembled together, due to Kr�r:Ja's energy, they could not meet\nor talk among themselves individually.\n\nTEXT 80\n\n'Wt �� ���r;'l ��1� fii\"'1 I\n�<{e, ��1 �� fil� �t� '�\"f1111ro II\ntabe kr�Qa sarva-brahma-gaf)e vidaya dila\ndaQc;favat hana sabe nija ghare gela\n\n", "mad8#p0306": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n274\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\nBrahmas;\n\nvidaya\n\nkr?Qa-Lord\n\nKr�r:Ja;\n\ndila-bade farewell;\n\nsarva-brahma-ga(le-unto\n\nall\n\nthe\n\ndaQc;favat hafia-offering obeisances;\n\nsabe-all of them; nija ghare ge/a-returned to their respective homes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�r:ta then bade farewell to all the Brahmas there, and after offering\ntheir obeisances, they all returned to their respective homes.\nTEXT 81\n\n�M' �'�_('� at'l'it� �� �e,<fit� I\n\n��� ��t'l �t�' '<fi\"f1 �11� II lr� II\ndekhi' caturmukha brahmara haifa camatkara\nkr?Qera cara(le asi' kai/a namaskara\nSYNONYMS\ndekhi'-seeing; catuf)-mukha brahmara-of the four-headed Brahma of this\nuniverse; hai/a-there was; camatkara-astonishment; kr?Qera cara(le asi'-coming to the lotus feet of Lord Kr�r:Ja; kai/a namaskara-offered his respects.\nTRANSLATION\n\"After observing all these opulences, the four-headed Brahma of this universe was astonished. He again came before the lotus feet of Kr�r:ta and offered\nHim obeisances.\nTEXT 82\n\n�1 �t\"J,-�('�tfif '� fi\\116� <fiRt( I\ni!'l1l' @�m'l �tfif �tfiSf i!' ,�r�( 111r� 11\nbrahma bale,-parve ami ye niscaya karilwi\ntara udahara(la ami aji ta' dekhiluri\nSYNONYMS\nbrahma ba/e-Brahma said; purve-formerly; ami-1; ye-whatever; ni5caya\nkari/uri-decided; tara-of that; udahara(la-the example; ami-1; aji-today;\nta'-certainly; dekhiluri-have seen.\n\n", "mad8#p0307": "Text 84]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr��a\n\n275\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Brahma then said, 'Whatever I formerly decided about my knowledge, I\nhave just now had personally verified.'\n\nTEXT 83\n\n�101� o.!l<l �101� f<g <l�'e'Ji 01 C� ·�C�i I\n�01C'I1 <l9JC�I <ttcl>1 C<l�<l� �<l C�ll5�: II I>\" u\njananta eva janantu\n\nkim bahuktya na me prabho\n\nmanaso vapu$0 vaco\n\nvaibhavarh tava gocara/:1\n\nSYNONYMS\n\njananta/:1-persons who think they are aware of Your unlimited potency; eva­\n\ncertainly; janantu-let them think like that; kim-what is the use; bahu-uktya­\n\nwith many words; na-not; me-my; prabho-0 my Lord; manasa/:1-of the\nmind; vapu$a/:!-of the body; vaca/:1-of the words; vaibhavam-opulences;\ntava-Your; gocara/:1-within the range.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'There are people who say, \"I know everything about Kr��a.\" let them\nthink in that way. As far as I am concerned, I do not wish to speak very much\nabout this matter. 0 my lord, let me say this much. As far as your opulences\nare concerned, they are all beyond the reach of my mind, body and words.'\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.14.38), spoken by Lord Brahma.\nTEXT 84\n\n� ��,\" �� a!'fit� �fiPMe. '�1$ '�t�et I\n\n�� IJfilf, l!tti! '1!11l1� 1Hf� ��it II \\r-8 II\nkm;a kahe, \"ei brahmaQc;fa paticasat koti yojana\nati k$udra, tate tamara cari vadana\n\n", "mad8#p0308": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n276\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nkm.Ja kahe- Kr�r;� a said; ei brahma1,1c;/a-this universe; paficasat koti yojanafour billion miles; ati k?udra-very small; tate-therefore; tamara-your; cari\nvadana-four faces.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r;�a said, 'Your particular universe extends four billion miles; therefore\nit is the smallest of all the universes. Consequently you have only four heads.\nPURPORT\n\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura, one of the greatest astrologers of his\ntime, gives information from Siddhanta-siroma1,1i that this universe measures\n18,712,069,200,000,000 x 8 miles. This is the circumference of this universe. Ac­\n\ncording to some, this is only half the circumference.\nTEXT 85\n\nG;�'tit �t� -ti!t�t$, G;� ll(�t$ I\n'� fil�l!t�1$, �til c;�t$-,�1$11 \"'� 11\nkana brahmaf,lc;/a sata-koti, kana lak?a-koti\nkana niyuta-koti, kana koti-koti\nSYNONYMS\n\nkana brahmaf,lc;/a-some universes; sata-koti-one billion yojanas; kanasome; lak?a-koti-one trillion yojanas; kana-some; niyuta-koti-ten trillion;\nkana-some; koti-koti-one hundred trillion.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Some of the universes are one billion yojanas, some one trillion, some ten\ntrillion and some one hundred trillion yojanas. Thus they are almost unlimited\nin area.\nPURPORT\n\nA yojana equals eight miles.\nTEXT 86\n\n��t'1.�9f a�Hl -tit�·�lifil I\n\n1.!1l�t9f 9ft� �t� �tro� '5!'1 II \\r� II\n\n", "mad8#p0309": "Text 88]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�1.1a\n\n277\n\nbrahmar:u;fanurupa brahmara sarira-vadana\nei-rupe pali ami brahmarxfera gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmaQ(ia-anurupa-according to the size of a universe; brahmara-of Lord\nBrahma; sarira-vadana-heads on the body; ei-rupe-in this way; pali ami-1\nmaintain; brahmaQ(iera gaQa-all the innumerable groups of universes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'According to the size of the universe, there are so many heads on the\nbody of Brahma. In this way I maintain innumerable universes [brahma1.1<;1asl.\nTEXT 87\n\n'lfl<li�llf ���' ��t1f e{t� �Bf';ft'l I\n•f��ilf �'¥_�'� '<ri\"f! �?;� �BfJ!t'l II\" lr'l II\n'eka-pada vibhuti' ihara nahi parimaQa\n'tripada vibhati'ra keba kare parimaQa\"\nSYNONYMS\neka-pada vibhati-a one-fourth manifestation of My opulence; ihara-of this;\nnahi-there is not; parimaQa-measurement; tri-pada vibhatira-of the spiritual\nworld,\n\nhaving\n\nthree\n\nfourths of\n\nMy\n\nenergy;\n\nkeba-who;\n\nkare-can\n\ndo;\n\nparimaQa-measurement.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'No one can measure the length and breadth of one fourth of My energy.\nWho can measure the three fourths that is manifested in the spiritual world?'\nTEXT 88\n\n��J!: 9fW'l 9fQ\"C'l:lt1f T\\1l<>fll'f,�\\!� 'l�l\\!'�'\\_ I\n'51'1[\\!!\\ \"r-t1�� f��Pl��� ?fst'l� '1lf'\\_ II 17\\r II\ntasya/:1 pare paravyoma\ntripad-bhataril sanatanam\namrtaril sasvataril nityam\nanantaril paramaril padam\n\n", "mad8#p0310": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n278\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nSYNONYMS\ntasya/:r pare-on the other bank of the Viraja River; para- vyo ma-the spiritual\nsky; tri-pad - bhatam-existing as three fourths of the opulence of the Supreme\nLord; sanatanam-eternal; amrtam-without deterioration; sasvatam-without\nbeing subjected to the control of time; nityam-constantly existing; anantamunlimited; paramam-supreme; padam-abode.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Beyond the River Viraja is a spiritual nature, which is indestructible, eternal, inexhaustible and unlimited. It is the supreme abode consisting of three\nfourths of the lord's opulences. It is known as paravyoma, the spiritual sky.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from the Padma Puraf)a, recited here by Lord Km1a.\nTEXT 89\n\n\\!t� �� �r;� flft� ��t� I\n�����!%-:Ill�� iSf'tifti{ i1i �t� lr� II\ntabe kr�f)a brahmare dilena vidaya\nkr�f)era vibhati-svarupa janana na yaya\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�l)a; brahmare-unto the Lord Brahma of this\nuniverse;\n\ndilena\n\nvidaya-bade\n\nfarewell;\n\nkr�f)era-of\n\nLord\n\nKr�l)a;\n\nvibhOti­\n\nsvarOpa-spiritu al verification of opulence; janana na yaya-is not possible to\nunderstand.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this way lord Kr��a bade farewell to the four-headed Brahma of this\nuniverse. We may thus understand that no one can calculate the extent of\nKr��a's energies.\nTEXT 90\n\n'��'·lift� Cfi!Gf' ''5J:f �t� � I\n'flJ'·-t� ��� �i{ <;a,t� ��II �o II\n'tryadhisvara'-sabdera artha 'gu(fha' ara haya\n'tri'-sabde kr�f)era tina /aka kaya\n\n", "mad8#p0311": "Text 91]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr��a\n\n279\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ntri-adhisvara-tryadhisvara; sabdera-of the word; artha-a meaning; guc;ihaconfidential; <'ira-another; haya-there is; tri-sabde-by the word \"three\";\nkr?Qera-of Kr�t:Ja; tina loka kaya-the three places or properties of Lord Kr�t:Ja.\nTRANSlATION\n\"There is a very deep meaning in the word tryadhisvara, which indicates\nthat Kr��a possesses three different lokas, or natures.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word tryadhisvara means \"proprietor of the three worlds.\" There are three\nworlds of which Kr�t:�a is the supreme proprietor. This is explained in Bhagavadgita:\nbhoktararh yajna-tapasarh\nsarva-loka-mahesvaram\nsuhrdarh sarva-bhatanarh\njnatva marh santim rcchati\n\"The sages, knowing Me as the ultimate purpose of all sacrificies and austerities,\nthe Supreme Lord of all planets and demigods and the benefactor and well-wisher\nof all living entities, attain peace from the pangs of material miseries.\" (Bg.\n\n5.29)\n\nThe word sarva-/oka means \"all three worlds,\" and the word mahesvara means\n\"the supreme proprietor.\" Kr�t:�a is the proprietor of both material and spiritual\nworlds. The spiritual world is divided into two portions-Goloka Vrndavana and\nthe Vaikut:�thas. The material world is a combination of universes unlimited in\nnumber.\nTEXT 91\n\n(;'$ft�1�t�J (;'$ft��' �;_�,·��I\n\n�� � '�� ��� ��iST fii'!Jfvi� II � � II\ngolokakhya goku/a, mathura, dvaravati\nei tina loke kr?Qera sahaje nitya-sthiti\nSYNONYMS\n\ngoloka-akhya-called Goloka; g oku /a-Gokula; mathura-Mathura; dvaravati-Dvaraka; ei tina lake-all three of these places; kr?Qera-of Lord Kr�t:Ja;\nsahaje-naturally; nitya-sthiti -eternal residence.\n\n", "mad8#p0312": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n280\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The three lokas are Gokula (Goloka), Mathura and Dvaraka. Kr�r;�a lives\neternally in these three places.\nPURPORT\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura comments that in the Goloka planet\nthere are three divisions: Gokula, Mathura and Dvaraka. In His incarnation as\nGaurasundara, Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Lord conducts His pastimes in\nthree areas: Navadvrpa, jagannatha Purr (and South India) and Vraja-mar;�c;lala (the\narea of Vrndavana-dhamal.\nTEXT 92\n\n�lJ�PJr-�(��11J:..( fi!i{ �t� I\nfl!� 'C!if\\��- �� ��' 'e��\"fit II �� II\nantaranga-purf)aisvarya-purf)a tina dhama\ntinera adhisvara-kr�Qa svayarh bhagavan\nSYNONYMS\nantaraliga\n\n-\n\ninternal ; pOrf)a-aisvarya-purf)a-full of all opulences; tina dhama­\n\nthree abodes; tinera adh isvara\n\n-\n\nthe Lord of all three; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; svayam\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"These three places are full of internal potencies, and Kr�r;�a, the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, is their sole proprietor.\nTEXTS 93-94\n\n11J:,.<(..i§� �'fitt�� �i! ��'Pi� I\n�i{� '���t<l�SJ, ��t\"ii<f''Pit� II �� II\ni1·li�HI ��� ��9ftij��-�it� I\nW'G�e. <f'tt� �t� lff'l �� �it� II �8 II\npurva-ukta brahmaf)(iera yata dik-pala\nananta vaikuQthavaraf)a, cira-loka-pala\ntan-sabara mukuta kr�Qa-pada-pitha-age\ndaf)(iavat-ka/e tara maf)i pithe /age\n\n", "mad8#p0313": "Text 96]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�1;1a\n\n281\n\nSYNONYMS\npurva-ukta-as mentioned above; brahmal)c;/era-of all the universes; yataall; dik-pa/a-the governors of the directions; ananta vaikuQtha-avaral)a-the expansions surrounding the innumerable Vaikur:Jthas; cira-/oka-pa/a-permanent\ngovernors of the universe; tafi-sabara-of all of them; mukuta-helmets; kr�Qapada-pitha-age-in front of the lotus feet of Kr�r:Ja; dal)c;/avat-kale-at the time of\noffering obeisances; tara-of them; mal)i-the jewels; pithe-on the throne;\n/age-touch.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAs previously mentioned, the jewels on the helmets of all the pre­\n\ndominating deities of all the universes and Vaiku1;1tha planets touched the\nthrone and the lotus feet of the Lord when they all offered obeisances.\nTEXT 95\n\n�f'l-�f;� ,�<T�tt�f<�S, \\9c;� �ii.,�M I\n�c;�� � <�Sc;� ��1J-,� �fi{ II �<t II\nmal)i-pithe thekatheki, uthe jhanjhani\npithera stuti kare mukuta-hena anumani\nSYNONYMS\nmal)i-pithe-between the gems and the lotus feet or the throne; thekathekicollision; uthe-arises; jhanjhani-a jingling sound; pi.thera-to the lotus feet or\n\nthe throne; stuti-prayers; kare-offer; mukuta-all the helmets; hena-thus;\nanumani-we can imagine.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"When the gems on the helmets of all the predominating deities collide\nbefore the throne and the Lord's lotus feet, there is a jingling sound, which\nseems like prayers offered by the helmets at Kr�Qa's lotus feet.\nTEXT 96\n\nf�sr-1%�� ?� �'!J Pl�tiST�t� 1\nf%��-ll�f�� '�t��' �� II �� II\nnija-cic-chakte kr�Qa nitya virajamana\ncic-chakti-sampattira '�ac;f-aisvarya' nama\n\n", "mad8#p0314": "282\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nSYNONYMS\nnija-His own; cit-sakte-in spiritual potency; kr,sQa-Lord Kr�Qa; nitya-eternally; virajamana-existing; cit-sakti-of the spiritual potency; sampattira-of the\nopulence; ,sat-aisvarya-the six opulences; nama-named.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr,r:Ja is thus situated eternally in His spiritual potency, and the opulence\nof that spiritual potency is called ,a<;t-aisvarya, indicating six kinds of\nopulence.\nTEXT 97\n\nc;:Jt� 115fffi�ffllli11 <fit� ��J �� <fitlf I\n'fSI��� �t� � '�� <e'Sf�te\\_' II �'I II\nsei svarajya-lak,smi kare nitya purl)a kama\nataeva vede kahe 'svayaril bhagavan'\nSYNONYMS\nsei svarajya-lak,smi-that personal opulence; kare-does; nitya-eternally;\npurl)a-fulfilling; kama-all desires;\n\nataeva-therefore;\n\nvede-in the Vedas;\n\nkahe-it is said; svayam bhagavan-Kr�Qa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because He possesses the spiritual potencies which fulfill all His desires,\nKr,r:Ja is accepted as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is the Vedic\nversion.\nTEXT 98\n\n�l;·� ��1{- 'fSI?ft� ���� filt I\n�<!l'Sfif�l! iltRJ, �t� �.��· �<�\" R'!_ II �lr II\nkr,sQera aisvarya-apara amrtera sindhu\navagahite nari, tara chuilari eka bindu\nSYNONYMS\nkr,sQera aisvarya-the opulence of Kr�Qa; apara-unlimited; amrtera sindhuan ocean of nectar; avagahite-to bathe; nari-1 am unable; tara-of that;\nchui/ari-1 touched; eka bindu-only one drop.\n\n", "mad8#p0315": "Text 100]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of K��l)a\n\n283\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The unlimited potencies of K��l)a are just like an ocean of nectar. Since\none cannot bathe within that ocean, I have only touched a drop of it.\"\nTEXT 99\n\n�'!l� <��&t� ��� ���� '�� I\n1ft�� 11'�� ';fif, �� '�t� �f� II �� II\nai5varya kahite prabhura kr?Qa-sphurti haifa\nmadhurye majila mana, eka 5/oka par;fi/a\nSYNONYMS\nai5varya kahite-while describing the opulence; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; kr?Qa-sphurti-awakening of love of Kr�r:Ja; hai/a-there was;\nmadhurye-in the sweetness of conjugal love; majila mana-the mind became\nimmersed; eka-one; 5/oka-verse; pa(ii/a-recited.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu described the opulences and spiritual\npotencies of K��l)a in this way, there was an awakening of love of K��l)a within\nHim. His mind was immersed in the sweetness of conjugal love, and He\nquoted the following verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nTEXT 100\n\n�ijf�J<\"J\"tr'-'1�9ffi!<r>� �r�Nm�t<l\"'� l'!\"'f��� ��,�� 1\nf<t\"l!t9fOJ� �'lJ S C'l��'if?;(: 9f�� 9f!T� �1{<f�11'<ft�'\\.ll �\n\n• •\n\nII\n\nyan martya-lilaupayikarh svayogamii.ya-balarh dar5ayata grhitam\nvismapanarh svasya ca saubhagardhel)\npararh padarh bhD?aQa-bhD?aQailgam\nSYNONYMS\nyat-that which; martya-/i/a-pastimes in the material world; aupayikam-just\nsuitable for; sva-His own; yoga-maya-of the spiritual potency; ba/am-the\nstrength;\n\ndar5ayata-showing;\n\ngrhitam-accepted;\n\nvismapanam-even\n\npro­\n\nducing wonder; svasya-for Himself; ca-also; saubhaga-rdhel)-of abundant\ngood fortune;\n\nparam-supreme;\n\npadam-abode;\n\nbhD?af)a-of ornaments;\n\nbhD?aQa-arigam-the limbs of which were the ornaments.\n\n", "mad8#p0316": "284\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'To exhibit the strength of His own spiritual potency, lord Kr�J:Ja\nmanifested a suitable form just for His pastimes in the material world. This\nform was wonderful even for Him and was the supreme abode of the wealth of\ngood fortune. Its limbs were so beautiful that they increased the beauty of the\nornaments worn on different parts of His body.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.2.12) is stated in a conversation between Vidura and Uddhava. Uddhava thus begins his description of the pastimes\nof Sri Kr�l!a in His form exhibited by yogamaya.\nTEXT 101\n\n��� �t\\!� '*\"1,\n�c«�J� il�1,\n�� l!t�t1f115t¥t I\n<;'Stt�' <;�'l_<!$�,\nil<tRT>t-t�, ilt��,\niHffTI'It� � �11�9f ll � � ll\no\n\nkr$f)era yateka khe/a,\n\nsarvottama nara-li/a,\n\nnara-vapu tahara svarupa\n\ngopa-vesa, vef)u-kara,\n\nnava-kisora, nata-vara,\n\nnara-lilara haya anurupa\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr$f)era-of Lord Kr�l)a; yateka-all; khe/a-pastimes; sarva-uttama-the most\n\nattractive of all; nara-lila-the pastimes as a human being; nara-vapu-a body\n\njust like that of a human being; tahara-of that; sva rupa-the real form; gopa-\n\nvesa-the dress of a cowherd boy; vef)u-kara-with a flute in the hands; nava­\n\nkisora-newly youthful; nata-vara-an expert dancer; nara-lilara-for exhibiting\n\nthe pastimes as a human being; haya-is; anurupa-suitable.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"lord Kr�J:Ja has many pastimes, of which His pastimes as a human being are\nthe best. His form as a human being is the supreme transcendental form. In\nthis form He is a cowherd boy. He carries a flute in His hand, and His youth is\nnew. He is also an expert dancer. All this is just suitable for His pastimes as a\nhuman being.\n\n", "mad8#p0317": "Text 103]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r:-a\n\n285\n\nTEXT 102\n\n�t·11' 11� fi?f, 'eli{, �i{t�i{ I\n\n�111 �<{ �<{i{,\n\n'� fit?f11' l.tl� �'!,\n\n�� �11\\\\ ��if ·�rt<r-�'111 �o� ll.!li 1\nk[$1)era madhura rupa, suna, sanatana\nye rupera eka kaua,\n\n<;iubaya saba tribhuvana,\n\nsarva pral)i kare akar$al)a\nSYNONYMS\nk[$1)era-of Lord Kr�r;a; madhura-sweet; rupa-form; suna-please hear;\nsanatana-0 My dear Sanatana; ye rupera-of which form; eka kaua-even a\nfraction; <;iubaya-floods; saba-all; tri-bhuvana-the three worlds; sarva prauiall living entities; kare-does; akar$al)a-attracting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Sanatana, the sweet, attractive transcendental form of Kr�r:-a is so\nnice. Just try to understand it. Even a fractional understanding of Kr�r:-a's\nbeauty can merge all three worlds in the ocean of love. He attracts all the\nliving entities within the three worlds.\nTEXT 103\n\n�'Sl1ftm w�r.,\n\n��ll5'�\"·?tff'ff�,\n\n�til -tf9 (;i'flt� (;�-tt�t� I\n�� 11\\?f·if��,\n��'Slt't11 �-.,\n<21�i � fil�J�\"f1 ��t� II �o� II\nyogamaya cic-chakti,\n\nvisuddha-sattva-pariuati,\n\ntara sakti Joke dekhaite\nei rupa-ratana,\n\nbhakta-gauera gu<;iha-dhana,\n\nprakata kaiJa nitya-JiJa haite\nSYNONYMS\nyoga-ma ya\n\n-\n\ninternal energy; cit-sakti-spiritual potency; visuddha-sattva-of\n\ntranscendental pure goodness; paril)ati-a transformation; tara sakti-the potency of such energy; Joke dekhaite-to exhibit within the material world; ei\nrupa-ratana -this beautiful, transcendental, jewellike form; bhakta-gauera\ngu<;iha-dhana-the most confidential treasure of the devotees; prakata-exhibition; kaiJa-made; nitya-JiJa haite-from the eternal pastimes of the Lord.\n\n", "mad8#p0318": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n286\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nratana-this beautiful, transcendental, jewellike form; bhakta-gaQera gCu;ihadhana-the most confidential treasure of the devotees; prakata-e x hibition;\nkaifa-made; nitya-fifa haite-from the eternal pastimes of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The transcendental form of K��r;�a is shown to the world by lord K��r;�a's internal spiritual energy, which is a transformation of pure goodness. This\njewellike form is the most confidential treasure of the devotees. This form is\nmanifest from K��r;�a's eternal pastimes.\nTEXT 104\n\n�t�� �a, i�e...,..t1f,\n�t�tPft� ;rei� !j}t� �t1f I\n'd-et'itJ' �� ift1f,\n��fW-�tJc$l',\n�l1ti9f fili.!l i!t1f � ll � \"8 ll\n1ti'Pf '\"�' �'Pfii\"Rt,\n\nrupa dekhi' apanara,\n\nkr$Qera haifa camatkara,\n\nasvadite mane uthe kama\n'svasaubhagya' yarira nama,\n\nsaundaryadi-guQa-grama,\n\nei-rupa nitya tara dhama\nSYNONYMS\nrupa dekhi -by seeing the form; apanara-His own; kr$Qera-of Lord Kf�l)a;\n'\n\nhaifa-there was; camatkara-wonde r; asvadite-to taste; mane-in the mind;\nuthe-arises; kama-a desire; sva-saubhagya-one's own good fortune; yariraof which;\n\nnama-the name;\n\nsaundarya-adi-guQa-grama-the transcendental\n\nqualities, headed by beauty; ei rupa\n\n-\n\nthis form; ni tya-ete rnal; tara-of them;\n\ndhama-the abode.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The wonder of K��r;�a in His personal feature is so great that it attracts even\nK��r;�a to taste His own association. Thus K��r;�a becomes very eager to taste\nthat wonder. Total beauty, knowledge, wealth, strength, fame and renunciation are the six opulences of K��r;�a. He is eternally situated in His opulences.\nPURPORT\nKf�l)a has many pastimes, of which His pastimes in Goloka Vrndavana (the\ngokula-lila) are supreme. He also has pastimes in the Vaikul)thas, the spiritual\n\n", "mad8#p0319": "Text 105]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r;�a\n\n287\n\nworld, as Vasudeva, Sarikar�ar:Ja, Pradyumna and Aniruddha. In His pastimes in the\nspiritual sky, He lies down in the Causal Ocean as Karar:Jarr:JavasayT, the puru?aavatara. His incarnations as a fish, tortoise and so on are called His causal incarna­\n\ntions. He incarnates in the modes of nature as Lord Brahma, Lord Siva and Lord\nVi�r:JU. He also incarnates as empowered living entities like Prthu and Vyasa. The\nSupersoul is His localized incarnation, and His all-pervasive aspect is the impersonal Brahman.\nWhen we consider impartially all the unlimited pastimes of the Lord, we find\nthat His pastimes as a human being on this planet-wherein He sports as a\ncowherd boy with a flute in His hands and appears youthful and fresh like a ballet\n\ndancer-are pastimes and features that are never subj ected to material laws and\ninebrieties. The wonderful beauty of Kr�r:Ja is presented in the supreme planet,\nGokula (Goloka Vrndavana). Inferior to that is His representation in the spiritual\nsky, and inferior to that is His representation in the external energy (DevT-dhama).\nA mere drop of Kr�r:Ja's sweetness can drown these three worlds-Goloka\nVrndavana, Hari-dhama (Vaikur:Jthaloka), and DevT-dhama (the material world).\nEverywhere, Kr�r:Ja's beauty merges everyone in the ecstasy of transcendental\nbliss. Actually the activities of yogamaya are absent in the spiritual sky and the\nVaikur:Jtha planets. She simply works in the supreme planet, Goloka Vrndavana,\nand she works to manifest the activities of Kr�r:Ja when He descends to the material universe to please His innumerable devotees within the material world. Thus\na replica of the Goloka Vrndavana planet and the pastimes there are manifest on\nthis planet on a specific tract of land -Bhauma Vrndavana, the Vrndavana-dhama\non this planet.\n\nTEXT 105\n\n�'111' �'I �er,\n�tt fffot'! �er,\n\\!t� ��� i:ii�-il�il I\n�� �' �llifitil,\n(;C!11'� 'il�t� �t'l,\nf� �t${1-,'itt�ht'l·lfil n � � n\no\n\nbhO?af)era bha?af)a aliga,\n\ntaheli Ialita tribhaliga,\n\ntahara upara bhradhanu-nartana\nterache netranta baf)a,\n\ntara drc;lha sandhana,\n\nvindhe radha-gopi-gaf)a-mana\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhO?af)era-of the ornament; bha?af)a-the ornament; alig a-the limbs of the\n\nbody; taheli-that feature; /a/ita-delicate; tri - bhaliga-bent in three places;\n\n", "mad8#p0320": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n288\n\ntahara upara-above\n\nthat;\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nbhra-dhanu-nartana-dancing of the eyebrows;\n\nterache-crooked; netra-anta-the end of the eye; baQa-arrow; tara-of that\narrow; drc;fha-strong;\n\nsandhana-fixing;\n\nvindhe-pierces; radha-of Srimatr\n\nRadharal)i; gopi-gaQa-of the gopis also; mana-the minds.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Ornaments caress that body, but the transcendental body of Kr�r;�a is so\nbeautiful that it beautifies the ornaments He wears. Therefore Kr�r;�a's body is\nsaid to be the ornament of ornaments. Despite the wonderful beauty of Kr�r;�a,\nthere is His three-curved style of standing, which beautifies that form. Above\nall these beautiful features, Kr�r;�a's eyes dance and move obliquely, acting\nlike arrows to pierce the minds of Srimati Radharar;�i and the gopis. When the\narrow succeeds in hitting its target, their minds become agitated.\nTEXT 106\n\n�trot11Rf 111t�Jtlf,\n\n��1 � �Hii11�'f,\ntil·lf<mf � �1:1 ';fi{ I\n\n11��1-�t';ff'l,\n�tt1f �t� ��tilt,\n���r;� '�� t'l�'it'f II�.,� II\nbrahmal)c;fopari paravyoma,\n\ntahari ye svarOpa-gaQa,\n\ntari-sabara bale hare mana\npati-vrata-siromaQi,\n\nyarire kahe veda-val)i,\n\nakar�aye sei lak�mi-gal)a\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmal)c;fa-upari-above all the universes; para-vyoma-the spiritual sky;\ntahari-there; ye-all those; svarOpa-gaQa-transcendental personal expansions;\ntari-sabara-of all of Them; bale-by force; hare mana-it enchants the minds;\npati-vrata-of those who are chaste and devoted to the husband; siromal)i-topmost; yarire-unto whom; kahe-describe; veda-vaQi-hymns of the Vedas;\nakar�aye-it attracts; sei-those; lak�mi-gaQa-all the goddesses of fortune.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The beauty of Kr�r;�a's body is so attractive that it attracts not only the\ndemigods and other living entities within this material world but the personalities of the spiritual sky as well, including the Narayar;�as, who are expansions of Kr�r;�a's personality. The minds of the Narayar;�as are thus attracted by\nthe beauty of Kr�r;�a's body. In addition, the goddesses of fortune [Lak�mis]-\n\n", "mad8#p0321": "Text 108]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r;�a\n\n289\n\nwho are wives of the Narayar;�as and are the women described in the Vedas as\nmost chaste-are also attracted by the wonderful beauty of Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 107\n\nw;�' <;1tt4b·1tte{HitQf,\n'\n\nift1f 'ftf '1f'fe{t1f� I\n\n��' 9f•-tf·'f'Pf,\n\n�1:. ���\n\ni'Pt �tf Gll'$1 <;'$f1�'$ftf II �oct II\nca<;li' gopi-manorathe,\n\nmanmathera mana mathe,\n\nnama dhare 'madana-mohana'\njini' paiicasara-darpa,\n\nsvayarh nava-kandarpa,\n\nrasa kare lana gopi-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nca<;li'-riding; gopi-manab-rathe-on the chariot of the minds of the gopis;\nmanmathera-of Cupid; mana-the mind; mathe-churns; nama-the name;\ndhare-accepts;\n\nmadana-mohana-Madana-mohana, the deluder of Cupid;\n\njini'-conquering; paiica-sara-of Cupid, the master of the five arrows of the\nsenses; darpa-the pride; svayam-personally; nava-new; kandarpa-Cupid;\nrasa-rasa dance; kare-performs; /aiia-with; gopi-gaQa-the gopis.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Favoring them, Kr�r;�a rides on the chariot of the minds of the gopis, and\njust to receive loving service from them, He attracts their minds like Cupid.\nTherefore He is also called Madana-rnohana, the attractor of Cupid. Cupid has\nfive arrows, representing form, taste, smell, sound and touch. Kr�r;�a is the\nowner of these five arrows, and with His Cupid-like beauty, He conquers the\nminds of the gopis, though they are very proud of their superexcellent beauty.\nBecoming a new Cupid, Kr�r;�a attracts their minds and engages in the rasa\ndance.\nTEXT 108\n\n�'Sf·ll1f ll�1·llt�'\n\n<;1tf'$ftf·51itf ft'r'\n�\"t1� 'l5!�\"' f<l�� I\n\n•t�-� �t2tt,\n�tf <;<!f'l::ttiit� ��',\n'1_�, ��' �(!ji <!ft� �HI II �o\\r II\n\n", "mad8#p0322": "290\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nnija-sama sakha-sange,\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\ngo-gaQa-caraQa range,\n\nvrndavane svacchanda vihara\nyanra veQu-dhvani suni'\n\nsthavara-jangama praQi,\n\npulaka, kampa, asru vahe dhara\nSYNONYMS\nnija-sama-equal to Himself; sakha-sange-with the friends; go-gaQa-an unlimited number of cows; caraQa-tending; range-such pastimes; vrndavane-in\nVrndavana; svacchanda-spontaneous; vihara-blissful enjoyment; yanra-of\nwhom; veQu-dhvani suni'-hearing the vibration of the flute; sthavara-jangama\npraQi-all living entities, moving and not moving; pu/aka-jubilation; kampatrembling; asru-tears; vahe-flow; dhara-streams.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Lord Kr�t:la wanders in the forest of Vrndavana with His friends on\nan equal level, there are innumerable cows grazing. This is another of the\nLord's blissful enjoyments. When He plays on His flute, all living entities-including trees, plants, animals and human beings-tremble and are saturated\nwith jubilation. Tears flow constantly from their eyes.\nTEXT 109\n\n��t�- �\"'-Pttf�,\n\n�!i�'l.·f�� �f!,\n�llif�-�·lf·tf I\n�� i{�·Sf'i�,\nSf'$fe.-�-��'\n<!Rf�'� ���1��·�\"tf II �oi\\111\n\nmukta-hara-baka-panti,\n\nindra-dhanu-piiicha tati,\n\npitambara-vijuri-saficara\nkr?Qa nava-jaladhara,\n\njagat-sasya-upara,\n\nvari?aye lilamrta-dhara\nSYNONYMS\nmukta-hara-a necklace of pearls; baka-panti-like a row of white ducks; indra-dhanu-like a rainbow; piiicha-a peacock feather; tati-there; pita-ambara-yellow garments; vijuri-saficara-like the appearance of lightning in the\nsky; kr?Qa-Lord Kr��a; nava-new; jala-dhara-cloud carrying water; jagat-the\nuniverse; sasya-like crops of grains; upara-upon; vari?aye-rains; lila-amrtathe pastimes of Lord Kr��a; dhara-like a shower.\n\n", "mad8#p0323": "Text 111]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r;�a\n\n291\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r;�a wears a pearl necklace that appears like a chain of white ducks\naround His neck. The peacock feather in His hair appears like a rainbow, and\nHis yellow garments appear like lightning in the sky. Kr�r;�a appears like a\nnewly risen cloud, and the gopis appear like newly grown grains in the field.\nConstant rains of nectarean pastimes fall upon these newly grown grains, and\nit seems that the gopis are receiving beams of life from Kr�r;�a, exactly as\ngrains receive life from the rains.\nTEXT 110\n\nat\\'Jf '�\" 9fUtl,\n\n'lf1� 'e��i-llt1f,\n\n!!�i �(fi-�� �\"fil I\n� � •t'5t�t!!,\n\n�fit\"tt� \\9fti1t�,\n\n�1 ��' 'lft�i! <e�'$f'l II ��o II\nmadhurya bhagavatta-sara,\n\nvraje kaila paracara,\n\nsthane sthane bhagavate,\n\nvarQiyache janaite,\n\ntaha suka-vyasera nandana\ntaha suni' mate bhakta-gaf)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nmadhurya-sweetness; bhagavatta-sara-the quintessence of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead; vraje-in Vrndavana; kaila-did; paracara-propaga­\n\ntion;\n\ntaha-that;\n\nVyasadeva;\n\nsuka-Sukadeva Gosvami;\n\nsthane\n\nsthane-in\n\ndifferent\n\nBhagavatam; varQiyache-has described;\n\nvyasera nandana-the son of\n\nplaces;\n\nbhagavate-in\n\nSrimad­\n\njanaite-in order to explain;\n\ntaha\n\nsuni'-hearing those statements; mate-become maddened; bhakta-gaf)a-all\n\nthe devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r;�a, is full in all six opulences, including His attractive beauty, which engages Him in conjugal love with the\ngopis. Such sweetness is the quintessence of His qualities. Sukadeva Gosvami,\nthe son of Vyasadeva, has described these pastimes of Kr�r;�a throughout\nSrimad-Bhagavatam. Hearing the descriptions, the devotees become mad\nwith love of God.\"\nTEXT 111\n\n�� �t·1f �tlt,\n\n<;�t� 9f�� (;�'lftf.;�r;-t,\n\n(;�t'l{ lli1ti!il·�'! 'fBI' I\n\n", "mad8#p0324": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n292\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\n\"'�·'et'$1J, �� �'!,\n'� <liRt\"' �(if,\n'6-t�t�t-t ';!�1·ift�it II !> !> !> II\nkahite k[$f)era rase,\n\n5/oka pac;le premave5e,\n\npreme sanatana-hata dhari'\ngopi-bhagya, k[$f)a guf)a,\n\nye karila varf)ana,\n\nbhavave5e mathura-nagari\nSYNONYMS\nkahite-to describe; k[$f)era-of Lord Kr�l)a; rase-the different types of\nmellows; 5/oka-a verse;\n\npac;le-recites; prema-ave5e-absorbed in ecstatic\n\nlove; preme-in such love; sanatana-hata dhari' - catching the hand of Sanatana\nGosvami; gopi-bhagya-the fortune of the gopis; k[$f)a gul)a-the transcendental qualities of Kr�l)a; ye-which; karila varl)ana-described; bhava-ave5e-in\necstatic love; mathura-nagari-the women of the city of Mathura.\nTRANSLATION\nJust as the women of Mathura ecstatically described the fortune of the gopis\nof\n\nV�ndavana\n\nand the transcendental\n\nqualities of\n\nK��r:Ja,\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu described the different mellows of K��r:Ja and became overwhelmed with ecstatic love. Grasping the hand of Sanatana Gosvami, He\nrecited the following verse.\nTEXT 112\n\nC5\\i9fJ�9f: f<fi1lSQ1. <lif�'ID �9f\\\n\n\"'i�'IP'li�1!11C1lt1'{....1!01\"�f'l�\"{_ I\n\ni[5fJ:,s: f?�•r�rwr<�\"tf�OI\"'l� 1[{�t9fC1l'fl�lft1l <l'\"f'l: fi!!l! �1i!'IJ II ') � � II\ngopyas tapa/:! kim acaran yad amu$ya ruparil\nlavaf)ya-saram asamordhvam ananya-siddham\ndrgbhi/:1 pibanty anusavabhinavaril durapam\nekanta-dhama ya5asa/:l 5riya ai5varasya\nSYNONYMS\ngopya/:1-the gopis; tapa/:1-austerities; kim - what; acaran-perfo rmed; yatfrom which; amu$ya-of such a one (Lord Kr�l)a); rupam-the form; lavaf)yasaram-the essence of loveliness; asama-Ordhvam-not paralleled or surpassed;\n\n", "mad8#p0325": "The Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�l)a\n\nText 113]\n\n293\n\nananya-siddham-not perfected by any other ornament (self-perfect); drgbhi/:1-\n\nby\n\nthe\n\neyes;\n\npibanti-they\n\ndrink;\n\nanusava-abhinavam-constantly\n\nnew;\n\ndurapam-difficult to obtain; ekanta-dhama-the only abode; yasasa/:1-of fame;\nsriya/:1-of beauty; aisvarasya-of opulence.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'What austerities must the gopis have performed? With their eyes they always drink the nectar of the face of Lord Kr�r;1a, which is the essence of loveliness and is not to be equaled or surpassed. That loveliness is the only abode of\nbeauty, fame and opulence. It is self-perfect, ever fresh and unique.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.44.14) was spoken by the women of\n\nMathura when they saw Kr�t:�a in the wrestling arena.\nTEXT 113\n\n�tr-\"ft<�'IJ�t�,\n���- �'\n�tt\\! '� �t<l� ��� I\n�� �� -\"'l�t�,\n<i�JtltMfit-��'!,\n���<It�, �1 ������I ��� II\ntarul)yamrta-paravara,\n\ntaratiga-laval)ya-sara,\n\ntate se avarta bhavodgama\n\nvarhsi-dhvani-cakravata,\n\nnarira mana-twa-pata,\n\ntaha c;fubaya na haya udgama\nSYNONYMS\n\ntarul)ya-amrta-eternal youth; paravara-like a great ocean; taratiga-waves;\n\nlaval)ya-sara-the essence of bodily beauty; tate-in that ocean; se-that;\n\navarta-like a whirlpool; bhava-udgama-awakening of different ecstatic emo­\n\ntions; varhsi-dhvani-the vibration of the flute; cakravata-a whirlwind; nariraof the women;\n\nmana-the minds;\n\ntwa-pata-leaves of grass;\n\nc;fubaya-plunge down; na haya udgama-never to come up again.\n\ntaha-that;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The bodily beauty of Sri Kr�l)a is like a wave in the ocean of eternal youth.\nIn that great ocean is the whirlpool of the awakening of ecstatic love. The\nvibration of Kr�l)a's flute is like a whirlwind, and the flickering minds of the\n\n", "mad8#p0326": "294\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\ngopis are like straws and dry leaves. After they fall down in the whirlwind,\nthey never rise again but remain eternally at the lotus feet of Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 114\n\n�r� �, ,�� '!'Pf '�\" ,'Stt�ht'l 1\nf9iA9 �A' <;i�(][ refil',\n\n�..111-Pf·��,\n\nttt�J � iSTIJf·'!'l_·1filll ��8 II ali II\nsakhi he, kon tapa kaila gopi-gal)a\nkr$Qa-rupa-sumadhuri,\n\npibi' pibi' netra bhari',\n\nslaghya kare janma-tanu-mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsakhi he-My dear friend; k on-what; tapa-austerity; kai/a-have executed;\ngopi-gal)a-all the gopis; kr$Qa-rupa-of the beauty of Lord Kr��a; su-madhurithe essence of all sweetness; pibi' pibi'-d rinking and drinking; netra bhari'filling the eyes; slaghya kare-they glorify; janma-tanu-mana-their births, bodies\nand minds.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 my dear friend, what severe austerities have the gopis performed to\ndrink His transcendental beauty and sweetness through their eyes in complete\nfulfillment? Thus they glorify their births, bodies and minds.\nTEXT 115\n\n� Itt�� �tf<f\"' �tif,\n\nift� �a- �'\n\n9f�r;;<'!Jtr;;�t �11il';;9(� 'Str;;'l I\n\n�r:;� ��-'f;l�'!tit,\n��t1f-�fif�,\n� 111� ift� il�t�'lll ��<t II\nye madhurira urdhva ana,\n\nnahi yara samana,\n\nparavyome svarupera gal)e\nyenho saba-avatari,\n\nparavyoma-adhikari,\n\ne madhurya nahi narayal)e\nSYNONYMS\n\nye madhurira-that sweetness; urdhva-highe r; ana-another; nahi-there is\nnot; yara samana-eq ual to which; para-vyome-the spiritual sky; sva-rupera\n\n", "mad8#p0327": "Text 116]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r;�a\n\n295\n\ngaQe-among the expansions of Kr�r;�a's personality; yenho-who; saba-avatarithe source of all the incarnations; para-vyoma-adhikari-the predominating Deity\nof the Vaikur;�tha planets; e madhurya-this ecstatic sweetness; nahi-is not;\nnarayaQe-even in Lord Narayar;�a.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The sweetness of Kr�r;�a's beauty enjoyed by the gopis is unparalleled.\nNothing is equal to or greater than such ecstatic sweetness. Even the predominating Deities of the Vaikur;�fha planets, the Narayar;�as, do not possess\nsuch sweetness. Indeed, none of the incarnations of Kr�r;�a up to Narayar;�a\npossess such transcendental beauty.\n\nTEXT 116\n\n'!tti! :111..,_ <;:11� 1f111,\n\n•mrrnt'11f f�\\!111,\n\n9lf!i31i!1�t'l1f �9l1�1 I\nf!t� '� 11tf!_�\"t1t�,\n61�' �� <IS�tt�,\na\\! <�Sfit' � '!'PI9JJi II ��� II\ntate sak?i sei rama,\n\nnarayaQera priyatama,\n\npativrata-gaQera upasya\ntinho ye madhurya-lobhe,\n\ncha(ii' saba kama-bhoge,\n\nvrata kari' kari/a tapasya\n\nSYNONYMS\ntate-in this regard; sak?i-the evidence; sei rama-that goddess of fortune;\nnarayaQera priya-tama-the most dear consort of Narayar;�a; pati-vrata-gaQeraof all chaste women; upasya-worshipable; tinho--she; ye-that; madhuryalobhe-being attracted by the same sweetness; cha(ii'-givihg up; saba-all;\nkama-bhoge-to enjoy with Kr�r;�a; vrata kari'-taking a vow; kari/a tapasyaexecuted austerities.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Even the dearest consort of Narayar;�a, the goddess of fortune, who is\nworshiped by all chaste women, is captivated by the unparalleled sweetness\nof Kr�r;�a. She even gave up everything in her desire to enjoy Kr�r;�a, and taking\na great vow, she underwent severe austerities.\n\n", "mad8#p0328": "296\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nTEXT 117\n\n�!11-�� ilt� �rn,\nfit� -Jft�tflr·�'l�fi{ I\n\n� �' Jrtspi-�t11',\n\ntt1f q �'I 'e'tt�,\n��1 �� �<fittllf <fi't1i iSftfj{ II ��'t II\n\n�tl � ��t-t,\n\nsei ta' madhurya-sara,\n\nanya-siddhi nahi tara,\n\ntiliho -madhuryadi-guQa-khani\nara saba praka.Se,\n\ntalira datta gul)a bhase,\n\nyahali yata prakase karya jani\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei ta' madhurya-sara-that is the quintessence of sweetness; anya-siddhiperfection due to anything else; nahi-there is not; tara-of that; tiliho-Lord\nKr��a; madhurya-adi-guQa-khani-the mine of transcendental mellows, headed\nby sweetness; ara saba-all other; prakase-in manifestations; talira-His; datta-given; guQa-transcendental qualities; bhase-are exhibited; yahali-where;\nyata-as much as; prakase-in that manifestation; karya-to be done; jani-i\nunderstand.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The quintessence of Kr�Qa's sweet bodily luster is so perfect that there is\nno perfection above it. He is the immutable mine of all transcendental\nqualities. In His other manifestations and personal expansions, there is only a\npartial exhibition of such qualities. We understand all His personal expansions in this way.\nTEXT 118\n\niiCf iiCf -.t'l -.'1,\nC'Stt;n�Cf·W11'9f'l,\n�t11' �tt'St �t�11' 2lt'I!i I\n\n&t� <fit11' l(��f�,\n<!It�, I!� ilt� �'\nil<!l iiCf '�t�rn �� II ��lr II\ngopi-bhava-darapal)a,\n\nnava nava k�al)e k�al)a,\n\ntara age kr�l)era madhurya\ndolihe kare huc;fahuc;fi,\n\nbac;le, mukha nahi muc;li,\n\nnava nava dolihara pracurya\n\n", "mad8#p0329": "Text 119]\n\n297\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr��a\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopi-bhava-darapaQa-the gopis' ecstasy is like a mirror; nava nava k?aQe\nk?aQa-newer and newer at every moment; tara age -in front of that; kr?Qera\nmadhurya-the\n\nsweetness\n\nof\n\nKr��a's\n\nhu9ahu9i-struggling together;\n\nbeauty;\n\nbade-increases;\n\ndoilhe-both;\nmukha nahi\n\nkare-do;\n\nmu9i-never\n\nturning away the faces; nava nava-newer and newer; donhara-of both of\nthem; pracurya-abundance\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Both the gopis and Kr��a are complete. The gopis' ecstatic love is like a\nmirror that becomes newer and newer at every moment and reflects Kr��a's\nbodily luster and sweetness. Thus competition increases. Since neither give\nup, their pastimes become newer and newer, and both sides constantly\nincrease.\nTEXT 119\n\n<R, �9(, ,��' �il,\n\n��-��, i519f, tOtif,\n\n��1 C�� �t� �a{l5 I\ncetiS'f .,,. ��m�,\n,� � ���tt�,\n�tt� 'f•�tst1i ��� II � � C\\l II\nkarma, tapa, yoga, jfiana,\n\nvidhi-bhakti, japa, dhyana,\n\niha haite madhurya dur/abha\nkevala ye raga-marge,\n\nbhaje kr?Qe anurage,\n\ntare kr?Qa-madhurya su/abha\nSYNONYMS\n\nkarma-fruitive activities;\n\ntapa-austerities; yoga-the practice of mystic\n\nyoga; jfiana-speculat ive cultivation of knowledge;\n\nvidhi-bhakti-regulative\n\nprinciples in devotional service; japa-chanting; dhyana-meditation; iha haitefrom these things; madhurya-the sweetness of Kr��a; durlabha-very difficult to\nperceive; keva/a-only; ye-one; raga-marge-by the path of spontaneous\necstatic love; bhaje-worships; kr?Qe-Lord Kr��a; anurage-with transcendental\n\nfeeling;\n\ntare-unto\n\nhim;\n\nkr?Qa-madhurya-the\n\nsweetness\n\nof\n\nKr��a's;\n\nsu/abha-very easily appreciated.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The transcendental mellows generated from the dealings between the\ngopis and Kr�r:Ja cannot\n\nbe tasted by fruitive activity, yogic austerities,\n\n", "mad8#p0330": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n298\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nspeculative knowledge, regulative devotional service, mantra-yoga or\nmeditation. This sweetness can be tasted only through the spontaneous love\nof liberated persons who chant the holy names with great ecstatic love.\nTEXT 120\n\n�..�·1ft,�1!11,\n,��<Jii� �t�11,\nflf�J�\"''St'l·�� I\n��w� oe�,\n�il� '��Cf·lf�,\n��-lf.r-�,:rr, lf<t�11ll ��on\naisvarya-madhuryamaya,\n\nse1-rupa vra1asraya,\n\ndivya-guQa-gaQa-ratnalaya\nanera vaibhava-satta,\n\nkr�Qa-datta bhagavatta,\n\nkr�Qa -sarva-amsi, sarvasraya\nSYNONYMS\nsei-rDpa-that\n\nsupernatural\n\nbeauty;\n\nvraja-asraya-whose\n\nabode\n\nis\n\nin\n\nVrndavana; aisvarya-madhurya-maya-full of opulence and the sweetness of\nlove; divya-guQa-gaQa-of transcendental qualities; ratna-alaya-the source of all\nthe gems; anera-of o thers; vaibhava-satta-the presence of opulences; kr�Qadatta\n\n-\n\nall bestowed by Kr�r:Ja; bhagavatta\n\n-\n\nqualities of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; sarva-amsi-the original source of all of them;\nsarva-asraya-the shelter of all of them.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Such ecstatic transactions between Kr�Qa and the gopis are only possible\nin Vrndavana, which is full of the opulences of transcendental love. The form\nof Kr�Qa is the original source of all transcendental qualities. It is like a mine\nof gems. The opulences belonging to all the personal expansions of Kr�Qa are\nto be understood to be bestowed by Kr�Qa; therefore Kr�Qa is the original\nsource and shelter of everyone.\nTEXT 121\n\n!), l'tli!1, lf111, ��'\n''f�, �llftJ� 1ffl!,\n�� 11� �� �f%� I\n��-111f ilt� �ilJ,\n�Jit�, �' �wt�,\n�� �7;11 <sr'Stti!J � II ��� II\n\n", "mad8#p0331": "The Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r:'la\n\nText 122)\n\nsri, lajja, daya, kirti,\n\n299\n\ndhairya, vaisaradi mati,\n\nei saba kr�f)e prati�thita\nsusila, mrdu, vadanya,\n\nkr�f)a-sama nahi anya,\n\nkr�f)a kare jagatera hita\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri-beauty; lajja -humility; daya-mercy; kirti-merit; dhairya -patience;\nvaisaradi-very expert; mati-intelligence; ei s aba-all these; kr�Qe-in Lord\nKr�r:Ja; prati�thita-situated; su-sila-well behaved; mrdu-mild; vadanya-magnanimous; kr�f)a-sama-like Kr�r:Ja; nahi-there is no one; anya-else; kr�f)aLord Kr�r:Ja; kare-does; jagatera-of the world; hita-welfare.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Beauty, humility, mercy, merit, patience and expert intelligence are all\nmanifest in Kr�r;1a. But besides these, Kr�r:'la has other qualities like good\nbehavior, mildness and magnanimity. He also performs welfare activities for\nthe whole world. All these qualities are not visible in expansions like\nNarayar;1a.\nPURPORT\n\nSrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura mentions that the qualities of beauty, humility,\nmercy, merit, patience and expert intelligence are brilliant qualities, and when\nthey are exhibited in the person of Narayal)a, one should know that they are bestowed upon Narayal)a by Kr�r:Ja. Good behavior, mildness and magnanimity are\nfound only in Kr�r:Ja. Only Kr�r:Ja performs welfare activities for the whole world.\nTEXT 122\n\n� �f�' ilfifl 'Sfil,\n\nc<r.� filfif� ��ttil,\n� �fit firc;\"f �'$ft�'$f'l 1\n;\"/�t� �( <r-�',\n�� � OO<fi 9f�',\n�c;� 11t� <f.tit �t�'tlfe{ II H� II\nkr�f)a dekhi' nana jana,\n\nkaila nimi�e nindana,\n\nvraje vidhi ninde gopi-gaf)a\nsei saba s/oka pac;fi',\n\nmahaprabhu artha kari',\n\nsukhe madhurya kare asvadana\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�f)a-Lord Kr�r:Ja; dekh i'-seeing ; nana jana -various persons; kai/a-did;\nnimi�e-due\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nblinking\n\nof\n\nthe\n\neyes;\n\nnindana-blaming;\n\nvraje-in\n\n", "mad8#p0332": "300\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ngop i-ga1,1a all the gopis; sei\nsaba-all those; 5/oka-verses; paqi - reciting; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; artha kari'-explaining the meaning; sukhe-in happiness;\nmadhurya-transcendental sweetness; kare-does; asvadana-tasting\nVrndavana; vidhi-Lord Brahma; ninde-blame;\n\n-\n\n'\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAfter seeing Kr�r;�a, various people criticize the blinking of their eyes. In\n\nVrndavana, especially, all the gopis criticize Lord Brahma because of this\ndefect in the eyes.\" Then Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu recited some verses from\nSrimad-Bhagavatam and explained them vividly, thus enjoying the taste of\ntranscendental sweetness with great happiness.\nTEXT 123\n\n<r�tO!O!� Jf<f�FJ.�:�<'�Si��.f�t���r?ft<'���?t� )\\�<'�t'l�t)\\\"!_ 1\nfol�Jt�)\\<f� \"! '!W9j\"_,\"ficr�: M<1nm\nOTtr�1 OT�t\"D ·�J1r�r: � f?f\\!\"1 f<lr\"T•t> 11 � �\" 11\n\nyasyananarh makara-kuQqala-caru-karQabhrajat-kapola-subhagarh savilasa-hasam\nnityotsavarh na tatrpur drsibhih pibantyo\nnaryo naras ca muditah kupita nimes ca\nSYNONYMS\n\nyasya-of Kr�t:Ja; ananam-face; makara-kuQqa/a-by earrings resembling\nsharks; caru-beautified; kar1,1a-the ears; bhrajat-shining; kapo/a-cheeks;\nsubhagam-delicate; sa-vi/asa-hasam-smiling with an enjoying spirit; nitya-utsavam-in which there are eternal festivities of joy; na not; tatrpuh-satisfied;\ndrsibhih-by the eyes; pibantyah-dri nking; naryah-all the women; narah-the\nmen; ca-and; muditah-very pleased; kupitah-ver y angry; nimeh-at the\n-\n\ncreator of the blinking of the eyes; ca-also.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'All men and women were accustomed to enjoying the beauty of the\n\nshining face of Lord Kr�r;�a, as well·as His sharklike earrings swinging on His\nears. His beautiful features, His cheeks and His playful smiles all combined to\nform a constant festival for the eyes, and the blinking of the eyes became\nobstacles that impeded one from seeing that beauty. For this reason, men and\nwomen became very angry at the creator [Lord Brahma].'\n\n", "mad8#p0333": "Text 125]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r:-a\n\n301\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (9.24.65).\nTEXT 124\n\n'<!{�f� <t�<!tOJf� �tOJ\"OJ� d!'ffl1! 5ft�r� �i'\"l9f�r�tl{. 1\n....\n\nlfi; a,�:g<;� .!�\\�� $ c� �lli �!;��\\!it� 9f\"�'t'l!\"ttl{_ll � � su\natati yad bhavan ahni kananarh\n\ntrutir yugayate tvam apasyatam\n\nkutila-kuntalarh sri-mukharh ca te\n\njat;la udik?atarh pak?ma-krd drsam\nSY NONYMS\n\natati-goes; yat-when; bhavan-Your Lordship; ahni-in the day; kananam­\n\nto the forest; trutih-half a second; yugayate-appears like a yuga; tvam-You;\n\napasyatam-of those not seeing; kutila-kuntalam-adorned with curled hair; sri­\n\nmukham-beautiful face; ca-and; te-Your; jat;laQ-stupid; udik?atam-looking\nat; pak?ma-krt-the maker of eyelashes; drsam-of the eyes.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" '0 Kr�r:-a, when You go to the forest during the day and we do not see Your\nsweet face, which is surrounded by beautiful, curling hair, half a second\nbecomes as long as an entire age for us. And we consider the creator, who\nhas put eyelids on the eyes we use for seeing You, to be simply a fool.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is spoken by the gopis in Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.31.15).\nTEXT 125\n\n�11('5ttu1-�?t,\n� �� ��?t,\n�(.�f� �'!if �-m � I\n'\" �1{ '�i!!' lt�,\n� �' �5RI,\n�'5te, ,�1 �tJ!'Il� II��� II\nkama-gayatri-mantra-rupa,\n\nhaya kr?Qera svarapa,\n\nsardha-cabbisa ak?ara tara haya\n\nse ak?ara 'candra' haya,\n\nkr?f'.le kari' udaya,\n\ntrijagat kaila kamamaya\n\n", "mad8#p0334": "302\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nSYNONYMS\nkama-gayatri-mantra-rupa-the\n\nhymn\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nkama-gayatri;\n\nhaya-is;\n\nkr?Qera svarupa-identical with Kr�r:Ja; sardha-cabbisa-twenty-four and a half;\nak?ara-syllables; tara-of that; haya-are; se ak?ara-these syllables; candra\nhaya-are like the moon; kr?Qe-Lord Kr�r:Ja; kari' udaya-awakening; tri-jagatthe three worlds; kai /a-made; kama-maya-full of desire.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr��a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is identical with the Vedic\nhymn known as the kama-gayatri, which is composed of twenty-four and a\nhalf syllables. Those syllables are compared to moons that arise in Kr��a. Thus\nall three worlds are filled with desire.\nTEXT 126\n\n:J�f't �' ��'!�-�i9f-� I\n�' Jt\"l·�,\n\n������Jlf;i{,\n\n� � Gt�l :Jf�� II ��� II� II\nsakhi he, kr?Qa-mukha-dvija-raja-raja\nkr?Qa-vapu-simhasane,\n\nvasi' rajya-sasane,\n\nkare sange candrera samaja\nSYNONYMS\nsakhi he-0 dear friend; kr?Qa-mukha-the face of Lord Kr�r:Ja; dvija-rajaraja-the king of moons; kr?Qa-vapu-of the transcendental body of Kr�r:Ja;\nsimhasane-on the throne; vasi'-sitting; rajya sasane-ruling of the kingdom;\n-\n\nkare-does; sange-in the company of; candrera samaja-the society of moons.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The face of Kr��a is the king of all moons, and the body of Kr��a is the\nthrone. Thus the king governs a society of moons.\nPURPORT\nThe entire face is called the king of moons. The mouth is another moon, the left\ncheek is a moon, and the right cheek is a moon. The spots of sandalwood pulp on\nKr�r:Ja's face are also considered different moons, and His fingernails and toenails\nare also different moons. His forehead is considered a half moon, His face is considered the king of moons, and His body is considered the throne. All the other\ncandras (moons) are considered to be subordinate moons.\n\n", "mad8#p0335": "Text 128)\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r:ta\n\n303\n\nTEXT 127\n\n�'Sf'$ �f�•'l,\n�f-1' ���.,,\n(;ll� 'i� �sf'�!! !Sftfil I\n1!1��1! �\"fi'-�\n\"\"� ���-�ifk\n(;�� �<ti �(�e! o;rtfi{ II H.� II\ndui gaf)c;ia sucikkaf);;J.,\n\njini' maf)i-sudarpaf)a,\n\nsei dui pOrf)a-candra jani\n/alate a�tami-indu,\n\ntahate candana-bindu,\n\nsei eka pDrf)a-candra mani\nSYNONYMS\n\ndui-two; gaf)c;ia-cheeks; su-cikkaf)a-very shiny; jini'-conquering; maf)isu-darpaf)a-glowing gems; sei dui-those two; purf)a-candra-fuli moons;\njani-1 consider; /alate-on the forehead; a�tami-indu-eighth-day moon (half\nmoon); tahate-on that; candana-bindu-the drop of sandalwood pulp; seithat; eka-one; pDrf)a-candra-fuli moon; mani-1 consider.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r:ta has two cheeks that shine like glowing gems. Both are considered\nfull moons. His forehead is considered a half moon, and His spots of sandalwood are considered full moons.\nTEXT 128\n\n��-� �'\n\n��ltr·''Pff �tJ Jttt,\n\n1!'11f ;ftl! �� l!ti{ I\nl!�ll( �tJ �'\n��-��'1,\niJ..�1f �fil �Rf �ti{ II ��lr II\nkara-nakha-candera hata,\n\nvarilsi-upara kare nata,\n\ntara gita muralira tana\npada-nakha-candra-gaf)a,\n\ntale kare nartana,\n\nnapurera dhvani yara gana\nSYNONYMS\n\nkara-nakha-of the nails on the hands; candera-of the full moons; hata-the\nbazaar; vamsi-the flute; upara-on; kare-do; nata-dancing; tara-of them;\n\n", "mad8#p0336": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n304\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\ngita-the song; muralira tana-the melody of the flute; pada-nakha-of the nails\non the toes; candra-gaQa-the different full moons; tale-on the ground; karedo; nartana-dancing; nOpurera-of the ankle bells; dhvani-the sound; yarawhose; gana-musical song.\nTRANSLATION\n\"His fingernails are many full moons, and they dance on the flute on His\nhands. Their song is the melody of that flute. His toenails are also .many full\nmoons, and they dance on the ground. Their song is the jingling of His ankle\nbells.\nTEXT 129\n\niltti ���·�ill,\n\n�-�-<15�,\n�\"'t� �� �I! iltit� I\ni!ji-� �-<tttf,\n'fil:�(tf-l� �\"'\n•rt��ii·Q'I'I!il ��'fi l!t1f II ��� II\nnace makara-kuQc;la/a,\n\nnetra -lila-kamala,\n\nvi/asi raja satata nacaya\nbhru-dhanu, netra-baQa,\n\ndhanur-guQa-dui kaQa,\n\nnari-mana-lak�ya vindhe taya\nSYNONYMS\nnace-dance; makara-kuQc;lala-the earrings shaped like sharks; netra-the\neyes; lila-for play; kama/a-like lotus flowers; vi/asi-the enjoyer;\n\nraja-the\n\nking; satata nacaya-always causes to dance; bhru-two eyebrows; dhanu-just\nlike bows; netra-the eyes; baQa\n\njust like arrows; dhanub-guQa-the string of\n\n-\n\nthe bow; dui kaQa-the two ears; nari-mana-the minds of the gopis; /ak�yathe target; vindh e-pierces; taya-there.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r:Ja's face is the enjoyer king. That full-moon face makes His sharkshaped earrings and lotus eyes dance. His eyebrows are like bows, and His\neyes are like arrows. His ears are fixed on the string of that bow, and when His\neyes spread to His ears, He pierces the hearts of the gopis.\nTEXT 130\n\n��fJ'\n\n�� �\n�� � <(iJ ertit,\n$,\n�fil�ilf f�� f�.\\! I\n\n", "mad8#p0337": "Text 131]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of K��r;1a\n\n305\n\n<f'ftt1 ffi·(;�Jnt��tl!,\n·�rot 'C{�tl!,\n� <;�t<f' <f'tf �9fltfili! II ��o II\nei candera ba(la nata,\n\npasari' candera hata,\n\nvinimule vilaya nijamrta\nkailhare adharamrte,\n\nkahoil smita-jyotsnamrte,\n\nsaba /aka kare apyayita\nSYNONYMS\n\nei candera-of this moon of the face; ba(la-big; nata-dancing; pasari'-expanding; candera hata-the marketplace of full moons; vinimu/e-without a\nprice; vi/aya-distributes;\n\nnija-amrta-its personal nectar;\n\nkahoil-to some;\n\nsmita-jyotsna-amrte-by the nectar of the sweetly smiling moonrays; kailhareto someone; adhara-amrte-by the nectar of the lips; saba /aka-all people; kare\napyayita-pleases.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The dancing features of His face surpass all other full moons and expand\nthe marketplace of full moons. Although priceless, the nectar of K��r;1a's face\nis distributed to everyone. Some purchase the moonrays of His sweet smiles,\nand others purchase the nectar of His lips. Thus He pleases everyone.\nTEXT 131\n\n��llft�1!111'1,\n\nJ'f�il·��-�(il,\n\n'atit �t� � �� il�il I\n'ft<t'IJt<f'f'i'·#1'5fil,\n\ni!fil·(;il(]f·��rnil,\n\n���� <;'5tt�\"!·<t'5fil II ��� II\nmadana-mada-ghUrQana,\n\nvipulayataruQa,\n\nmantri yara e dui nayana\nlavaQya-keli-sadana,\n\njana-netra-rasayana,\n\nsukhamaya govinda-vadana\nSYNONYMS\n\nvipula-ayata-broad and spread; aruQa-reddish; madana-mada-the pride of\nCupid;\n\nghUrQana-bewildering;\n\nmantri-ministers;\n\nyara-whose;\n\ne-these;\n\ndui-two; nayana-eyes; lavaQya-ke/i-of pastimes of beauty; sadana-home;\njana-netra-rasa-ayana-very pleasing to the eyes of everyone; sukha-maya-full\nof happiness; govinda-vadana-the face of Lord Kr�t:Ja.\n\n", "mad8#p0338": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n306\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�Qa has two reddish, widely spread eyes. These are ministers of the\nking, and they subdue the pride of Cupid, who also has beautiful eyes. That\nface of Govinda, which is full of happiness, is the home of the pastimes of\nbeauty, and it is very pleasing to everyone's eyes.\n\nTEXT 132\n\n<;lf·��-�-f-1 filtllf,\n\n�� �t:J�Cflfit'f,\n\ntt �tf� r� �f1ft<� 9ftti{ 1\n�� <Itt� �1-<;'ftlfj, f9ft� il:ttJ-\";{e{:t'lfit.S,\nt:t� �t1f �fit� �'Wti{ II ��� II\nse-mukha-darsana mile,\n\nyafira puQya-pufija-phale,\n\ndui afikhi ki karibe pane?\ndviguQa bac;Je tr�Qa-lobha,\n\npite nare-mana/:1-k�obha,\n\ndu/:lkhe kare vidhira nindane\nSYNONYMS\n\nyalira-whose; puQya-pufija-phale-by the result of many pious activities; semukha-of that face; darsana-seeing; mile-if one gets to do; dui afikhi-two\neyes; ki\n\n-\n\nhow; karibe-will do; pane\n\ndrinking; dvi-guQa-twice; bac;Je-in­\n\n-\n\ncreases; tr�Qa-lobha-greed and thirst; pite-to drink; nare-not able; mana/:1k�obha-agitation of the mind; du/:lkhe-in great distress; kare-does; vidhiraof the creator; nindane\n\n-\n\ncriticizing\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If by devotional service one gets the results of pious activities and sees\nLord Kr�Qa's face, he can relish the Lord with his eyes. His greed and thirst\nthen increase twofold by seeing the nectarean face of Kr�Qa. Due to one's inability to sufficiently drink that nectar, one becomes very unhappy and criticizes the creator for not having given more than two eyes.\nTEXT 133\n\nil:1 flft'f<�S \"'��'-�t$ ,\n\nlft<� t5r&��1 re1rf� ,$,\n\n�tt� �'11 filf'l{l{·151��i{ I\n�flt-� �t9lt�,\n\n�lf�t.J �f \";{i{,\n\nil:t� �tti{ <;�'$fJ � II ��� II\n\n", "mad8#p0339": "Text 134]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r:ea\n\nna dileka lak�a-koti,\n\n307\n\nsabe dila ankhi duti,\n\ntate dila nimi�a-acchadana\nvidhi-jac;la tapodhana,\n\nrasa-sOnya tara mana,\n\nnahi jane yogya srjana\nSYNONYMS\n\nna dileka -did not award; lak�a-koti-thousands and millions;\ndila-gave;\n\nankhi duti-two eyes;\n\ntate-in them;\n\ndila -gave;\n\nsabe -only;\n\nnimi�a-ac­\n\nchadana-covering of the eyelids; vidhi-creator; jac;/a-dull; tapab-dhanaassets of austerities; ras a-sOnya-without juice; tara-his; mana-mind; nahi\n\njane-does not know; yogya-suitable; srjana -creating.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the onlooker of Kr�r:ea's face becomes dissatisfied in this way, he\nthinks, 'Why didn't the creator give me thousands and millions of eyes? Why\nhas he given me only two? Even these two eyes are disturbed by blinking,\nwhich keeps me from continuously seeing Kr�r:ea's face.' Thus one accuses the\ncreator of being dry and tasteless due to engaging in severe austerities. 'The\ncreator is only a dry manufacturer. He does not know how to create and set\nthings in their proper places.\n\nTEXT 134\n\n'!Rt �r;;11: �-i{�il,\n,� ,wr�� ?•tilil,\n�f${ �$1 G;�il ���t11: I\n\nG;'lft1f �ftf '�t\"'' ${7;1{,\n\n'�itG �tf� 1!111: �tif,\n'!t� 'Sftfil G;��J �m '!tif II ��8 II\n\nye dekhibe kr�l)anana,\n\ntara kare dvi-nayana,\n\nvidhi hana hena avicara\nmora yadi bola dhare,\n\nkoti ankhi tara kare,\n\ntabe /ani yogya sr�ti tara\nSYNONYMS\n\nye-anyone who; dekhibe-will see; kr�Qa-anana-the face of Kr�l)a; tara-of\nhim; kare-make; dvi -nayana -two eyes; vidhi-an authority in creation; haflabeing; hena-such; avicara-lack of consideration; mora-my; yadi -if; bolainstruction; dhare-acce pts; koti a r'lkhi-mill ions of eyes; tara-of him; karewould create; tabe jani-then I would understand; yogya-suitable; sr�ti-creation; tara-his.\n\n", "mad8#p0340": "308\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'The creator says, \"Let those who will see Kr�r:-a's beautiful face have two\neyes.\" Just see the lack of consideration exhibited by this person posing as a\ncreator. If the creator took my advice, he would give millions of eyes to the\nperson who intends to see Sri Kr�r:-a's face. If the creator will accept this advice, then I would say that he is competent in his work.'\nTEXT 135\n\n�·ttr·111�-fit1,\n�11� 11_�-��\n�fi!·';lf!, f\"ii!-�f�11?;'i I\n'\"tr;� �'11' �t���,\n\n<J�·f!r;� �tHtG'I ';{�,\n\n<;ttt<�S ?It\" ��··�tll'lt� II ��<t II\nk[$Qiiliga-madhurya-sindhu,\n\nsumadhura mukha -indu,\n\nati-madhu smita-sukiral)e\ne-tine lagila mana,\n\n/obhe kare asvadana,\n\n5/oka pac;fe svahasta-ca/ane\n\nSYNONYMS\nk[$Qa-aliga-of the transcendental body of Kr�r:Ja; madhurya-of sweetness;\nsindhu-the ocean; su-madhura-very sweet; mukha-face; indu-like t�e full\n\nmoon; ati-madhu- extraordinarily sweet; smita-smiling; su-kiraQe-beam of\nmoonlight; e-tine-these three; lagila mana-attracted the mind; /obhe-with\nmore and more greed; kare asvadana- relished; 5/oka pac;/e-recites a verse; svahasta- ca/ane-moving His own hand.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The transcendental form of lord Sri Kr�r;�a is compared to an ocean. A particularly extraordinary vision is the moon above that ocean, and another vision\nis His smile, which is sweeter than sweet and is like shining beams of\nmoonlight.\" While speaking of these things with Sanatana Gosvami, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu began to remember one thing after another. Moving\nHis hands in ecstasy, He recited a verse.\nTEXT 136\n\n'fli_�� ��� q'PJ:�� f<rrs11i�i_�� �l{�� 'll'fO!� �li.�\"l\\. 1\n�l{5\\f'4i �f\"i!�C��11C�1 �li_� � �li_�� �li_\"ll\"� �li_�\"l{_ II� \"�II\n\n", "mad8#p0341": "Text 137]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r:-a\n\n309\n\nmadhurarh madhurarh vapur asya vibhor\n���rh���rh��mrh���m\nmadhu-gandhi mrdu-smitam etad aho\nmadhurarh madhurarh madhurarh madhuram\nSYNONYMS\nmadhuram-sweet;\nasya-His;\n\nmadhuram-sweet;\n\nvibhob-of\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\nvapub-the transcendental\n\nmadhuram-sweet;\n\nvadanam-face; madhuram-more sweet;\n\nform;\n\nmadhuram-sweet;\n\nmadhu-gandhi-the fragrance of\n\nhoney; mrdu-smitam-soft smiling; etat-this; aho-0; madhuram-sweet;\nmadhuram-sweet; madhuram-sweet; madhuram-still more sweet.\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 my Lord, the transcendental body of Kr�r:-a is very sweet, and His face\n\nis even sweeter than His body. The soft smile on His face, which is like the\nfragrance of honey, is sweeter still.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse quoted from Kr?Qa-karf)amrta by Bilvamarigala Thakura.\nTEXT 137\n\n�i{�, ��1ft�-��� Pt'Ji I\n�� f� �tl';ff?!,\nl�(�·C'i�W i{i <;�� <11<\\'i �'{II ��'l II o!1i II\n\n�tf ';fi{- ���tf%\n\nsanatana, kr?Qa-madhurya-amrtera sindhu\nmora mana-sannipati,\n\nsaba pite kare mati,\n\ndurdaiva-vaidya na deya eka bindu\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana-0 My dear Sanatana; kr?f)a-madhurya-the sweetness of Lord\nKr�r;�a; amrtera sindhu-an ocean of ambrosia; mora mana-my mind; sannipatia disease of convulsions; saba-all; pite-to drink; kare-does; mati-desire;\ndurdaiva-vaidya-a physician who suppresses; na-not; deya-gives; eka-one;\nbindu-drop.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Sanatana, the sweetness of Kr�r:-a's personality is just like an\nocean of ambrosia. Although My mind is now afflicted by convulsive diseases\n\n", "mad8#p0342": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n310\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nand I wish to drink that entire ocean, the repressive physician does not allow\nMe to drink even one drop.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen there is a combination of kapha, pitta and vayu, the three bodily elements, there occurs sannipati, or a convulsive disease. \"This disease is caused by\nthe personal features of Lord Kr�r:ta. The three elements are the beauty of Kr�r:ta's\nbody, the beauty of His face, and the beauty of His smile. Stricken by these three\nbeauties, My mind goes into convulsions. It wishes to drink the ocean of Kr�r:ta's\nbeauty, but because I am undergoing convulsions, My physician, who is Sri Kr�r:ta\nHimself, does not even allow Me to take a drop of water from that ocean.\" Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was ecstatic in this way because He was presenting Himself in the mood of the gopis. The gopis wanted to drink the ocean of sweetness\narising from the bodily features of Kr�r:ta, but Kr�r:ta did not allow them to come\nnear. Consequently their desire to meet Kr�r:ta increased, and being unable to\ndrink the ambrosia of Kr�r:ta's bodily features, they became very unhappy.\nTEXT 138\n\n11� �tl! �11�,\n�-ttr-�<1'1)�,\n'!ttl! �� �-t �'ft<!i1f I\n�t�1 �-t� �11'1_11,\n11!11 i�t\\! �11'!11,\n�t1f '�� f-sti! '�SFJte.�1·�J II �'-ellr II\nkmJailga-laval)ya-pura,\n\nmadhura haite sumadhura,\n\ntate yei mukha sudhakara\nmadhura haite sumadhura,\n\ntaha ha-ite sumadhura,\n\ntara yei smita jyotsna-bhara\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr?Qa-ailga-the bodily features of Kr�r:ta; laval)ya-pura-the city of attractive\nbeauty;\n\nmadhura-sweetness;\n\ntate-in\n\nthat\n\nbody;\n\nhaite-than;\n\nyei-that;\n\nsu-madhura-still more sweet;\n\nmukha-face;\n\nsudhakara-like the moon;\n\nmadhura haite su-madhura-sweeter than sweetness; taha ha-ite-than that; sumadhura-still more sweet; tara-of which; yei-that; smita-smiling; jyotsnabhara-like the moonshine.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Kr�r,a's body is a city of attractive features, and it is sweeter than sweet.\nHis face, which is like the moon, is sweeter still, and the gentle smile on that\nmoonlike face is like rays of moonshine.\n\n", "mad8#p0343": "Text 140]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r:ta\n\n311\n\nPURPORT\nThe smile on Kr�r:Ja's face is just like the smiling of the moon, which generates\ngreater and greater happiness for the gopis.\nTEXT 139\n\n11� c��:i! ��'\n\nl!t�i c�ti! ��'\n\n�t9fift1f �'fi �t'l,\n\n<lJit\"Pt �<1 f�te',\n\nI!� C�ti! �f\\! \"c;f1l� I\n\nWllffw� <lJit\"Pt �t� �� II ��� II\nmadhura haite sumadhura,\n\ntaha haite sumadhura,\n\ntaha haite ati sumadhura\napanara eka kaf)e,\n\nvyape saba tribhuvane,\n\ndasa-dik vyape yara para\nSYNONYMS\nmadhura haite su-madhura-sweete r than sweet; taha haite-than that; sumadhura-still sweeter; taha haite-than that; ati su-madhura-still much more\nsweet; apanara-of Himself; eka kaf)e-by one particle; vyape-spreads; sabaall; tri-bhuvane\n\n-\n\nthro u ghou t the three worlds; dasa-dik-ten directions; vyape­\n\nspreads; yara-whose; para-the city of Kr�r:Ja's beauty.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The beauty of Kr�r:ta's smile is the sweetest feature of all. His smile is like a\nfull moon that spreads its rays throughout the three worlds-Goloka\nVrndavana, the spiritual sky of the Vaikur;tthas, and Devi-dhama, the material\nworld. Thus Kr�r;�a's shining beauty spreads in all ten directions.\nTEXT 140\n\nr��-r��'l-\"c;f<fi\n\n��,\n\nc9ft-t ��-1!�,\n\n�� 11� 1lii!t11 f�'t_<lf:i( I\nC���fe �t<fiit-t,\n\nl!i� �'� � c�,\n\n1fil��7;9f 9ft�i 9ff11-'ltl;1l II �So II\nsmita-kiraf)a-sukarpare,\n\npaise adhara-madhure,\n\nsei madhu mataya tribhuvane\nvarhsi-chidra akase,\n\ntara guf)a sabde paise,\n\ndhvani-rape pafia parif)ame\n\n", "mad8#p0344": "312\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsmita-kiraQa-the shining of Kr�t:Ja's smile; su-karpa re-com pared to camphor;\npaise-enters; adhara-madhure-within the sweetness of the lips; sei madhuthat\n\nambrosia;\n\nmataya-maddens;\n\nchidra-of the holes in the flute;\n\ntri-bhuvane-the three worlds;\n\nvarhsi­\n\nakase-in the space; tara guQa-the quality of\n\nthat sweetness; sabde-in sound vibration; p aise-enters; dhvani-ru pe-the\nform of sound vibration; pafia-obtaining; pariQame-by transformation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"His slight smililfg and fragrant illumination are compared to camphor,\nwhich enters the sweetness of the lips. That sweetness is transformed and enters into space as vibrations from the holes of His flute.\nTEXT 141\n\n'� '!Ct� ,�)fw?;;� -rt�,\n\n�� '�f$f' c���;-b �rn,\n\n�?;l'f '9ftllf �'il7;;�11 �t?;;'l I\n� �tl'f �fit',\n\n�e. �tt11' � 'fRt',\n\n�1!: �11' 'Stt'l \" �8� \"\nse dhvani caudike dhaya,\n\naQ<;fa bhedi' vaikuQthe yaya,\n\nbale paise jagatera kaQe\nsaba matoyala kari',\n\nbalatkare ane dhari',\n\nvise?atah yuvatira gaQe\nSYNONYMS\n\nse dhva n i-that vibration; cau-dike-in the four directions; dhaya-runs; aQ<;fa\nbhedi '-piercing the coverings of the universe; vaikuQthe yaya-goes to the\nspiritual sky; bale - by force; paise-enters; jagatera-of the three worlds;\nkaQe-in the ears; saba-everyone; matoyala kari '- making drunk; balatkareby force; ane-brings; dhari '-catchin g; vise?atab-speCi fical l y; yuvatira gaQeall the young damsels of VrajabhOmi.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The sound of Kr�r;�a's flute spreads in four directions. Even though Kr�r;�a\nvibrates His flute within this universe, its sound pierces the universal covering\nand goes to the spiritual sky. Thus the vibration enters the ears of all inhabi·\ntants. It especially enters Goloka Vrndavana-dhama and attracts the minds of\nthe young damsels of Vrajabhlimi, bringing them forcibly to where Kr�r;�a is\npresent.\n\n", "mad8#p0345": "Text 143]\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r;�a\n\n313\n\nTEXT 142\n\n9ff!�rn retter �'\n\n.-f.{-�'�'\n\n9f�-c;�t'l �� \\Jtfit' �tt� I\nc;�l �t� �t<Tititcf'\n���� l'f�'$ftcf'\n� �tt'it (;��1 c;'itt�'ittcf II �8� II\ndhvani-bac;fa uddhata,\n\npativratara bhatige vrata,\n\npati-kola haite tani' ane\nvaikuQthera /ak?mi-gal)e,\n\nyei kare akar?al)e,\n\ntara age keba gopi-gal)e\n\nSYNONYMS\ndhvani-vibration; bac;fa-very much; uddhata-aggressive; pati-vratara-of\nchaste wives; bhatige-breaks; vrata-the vow; pati-of the husband; kola-the\nlap; haite-from; tani -taking; ane-brings;\n'\n\nvaikuQthera-of the Vaikul)tha\n\nplanets; lak?mi-gal)e-all the goddesses of fortune; yei-that which; kare akar?a!)e-attracts; tara-of that; age-in front; keba-what to speak of; gopigal)e-the gopis of Vrndavana.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The vibration of Kr�r;�a's flute is very aggressive, and it breaks the vows of\nall chaste women. Indeed, its vibration takes them forcibly from the laps of\ntheir husbands. The vibration of His flute attracts even the goddesses of fortune in the Vaikur;�tha planets, to say nothing of the poor damsels of\nVrndavana.\n\nTEXT 143\n\n'SJ��� ��'hl \\!Jt.t'it,\n� �lit� 9ff!-�tt'it,\n�tl'l �fit' �tt� ��'Itt� I\nll� �t� �� �11,\nc;l'lt�SI�, I(V:!ii1, re�,\n�tli �wrn ll� �t�'ittct n �s� 11\nnivi khasaya pati-age\n\n,\n\ngrha-dharma karaya tyage,\n\nbale dhari' ane kr?Qa-sthane\n/aka-dharma, /ajja, bhaya,\n\nsaba jfiana lupta haya,\n\naiche nacaya saba nari-gaQe\n\n", "mad8#p0346": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n314\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nSYNONYMS\nnivi-the knots of the underwear; khasaya-loosens; pati-age-even in front\nof the husbands; grha-dharma-household duties; karaya tyage-causes to give\nup; bale-by force; dhari'-catching; ane-brings; k[$f)a-sthane-before Lord\nKr�l)a;\n\n/aka-dharma-social etiquette;\n\n/ajja-shame;\n\nbhaya-fear;\n\nsaba-all;\n\njnana-such knowledge; lupta haya-becomes hidden; aiche-in that way;\nnacaya-causes to dance; saba-all; nari-gaQe-the women.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The vibration of His flute slackens the knots of their underwear even in\nfront of their husbands. Thus the gopis are forced to abandon their household\nduties and come before lord Kr�r:-a. In this way all social etiquette, shame and\nfear are vanquished. The vibration of His flute causes all women to dance.\nTEXT 144\n\n<�\"tt� f�i!11' �1 <�\"�, �t�til i!t�1 � �c�,\n\n�il � il1 '5f� �f-tt� I\n�til <f'Qf'l il1 �til <lit'!, �-je{ <!l�t� c;<�t�� �til,\n\n�� �t�� <!l�iltJ ��t� ll �88 II\nkaQera bhitara vasa kare,\n\napane tanha sada sphure,\n\nanya sabda na deya pravesite\nana katha na sune kaf)a,\n\nana balite bolaya ana,\n\nei kr$Qera varhsira carite\nSYNONYMS\nkaf)era-the hole of the ear; bhitara-within; vasa kare-makes a residence;\napane-personally; tanha-there; sada-always; sphure-is prominent; anyaother; sabda-sounds; na-not; deya-allows; pravesite-to enter; ana kathaother talks; na-not; sune-hears; kaf)a-the ear; ana-something else; baliteto speak;\n\nbo/aya-speaks;\n\nana-another thing;\n\nei kr?Qera-of Lord Kr�l)a;\n\nvarhsira-of the flute; carite-characteristics.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The vibration of His flute is just like a bird that creates a nest within the\nears of the gopis and always remains prominent there, not allowing any other\nsound to enter their ears. Indeed, the gopis cannot hear anything else, nor are\nthey able to concentrate on anything else, not even to give a suitable reply.\nSuch are the effects of the vibration of lord Kr�r:-a's flute.\"\n\n", "mad8#p0347": "Text 145]\n\n315\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr�r:-a\nPURPORT\n\nThe vibration of Kr��a's flute is always prominent in the ears of the gopis.\nNaturally they cannot hear anything else. Constant remembrance of the holy\nsound of Kr��a's flute keeps them enlightened and enlivened, and they do not\nallow any other sound to enter their ears. Since their attention is fixed on Kr��a's\nflute, they-cannot divert their minds to any other subject. In other words, a devotee who has heard the sound of Kr��a's flute forgets to talk or hear of any other\nsubject. This vibration of Kr��a's flute is represented by the Hare Kr��a mahamantra. A serious devotee of the Lord who chants and hears this transcendental\n\nvibration becomes so accustomed to it that he cannot divert his attention to any\nsubject matter not related to Kr��a's blissful characteristics and paraphernalia.\n\nTEXT 145\n\n�: <fit� ��tii'tr;i{, 'fS{ti{ <ti�ti! ��.: 'fS{tti{,\nfl·\"t?li 'l!t�t� �?tr;� I\n(;1{� ti�-� <f.�',\n\nfil�-�-'lft�\"'\n\n(;1{� �� �·rrn 'i!� 11 �s� 11\npuna/:! kahe bahya-jfiane,\n\nana kahite kahilun ane,\n\nkr$f)a-krpa tamara upare\nmora citta-bhrama kari',\n\nnijaisvarya-madhuri,\n\nmora mukhe sunaya tomare\n\nSYNONYMS\npuna/:1\n\n-\n\nagai n; kahe-He says; bahya-jfiane-in external consciousness; ana­\n\nsomething else; kahite-to speak; kahilun-l have spoken; ane-another thing;\nk[$f) a krpa -the mercy of Lord Kr��a; to mara-you; upare-upon; mora-My;\n-\n\ncitta-bhrama -mental concoction;\n\nkari -maki ng;\n'\n\nopulence; madhuri-sweetness; mora mukhe\n\n-\n\nnija-aisvarya-His personal\n\nthrough My mouth; sunaya­\n\ncauses to hear; tomare-you.\n\nTRANSLATION\nResuming His external consciousness, Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\n\ntold\n\nSanatana Gosvami, \"I have not spoken of what I intended. Lord Kr�r:-a is very\nmerciful to you because by bewildering My mind, He has exposed His personal opulence and sweetness. He has caused you to hear all these things from\nMe for your understanding.\n\n", "mad8#p0348": "316\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nPURPORT\n\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu admitted that He was speaking like a madman, which\nHe should not have done for the understanding of those who are externally situated. Statements about Kr�r:Ja's body, His characteristics and His flute would appear like a madman's statements to a mundane person. It was actually a fact that\nKr�r:Ja wanted to expose Himself to Sanatana GosvamT due to His specific mercy\nupon him. Somehow or other, Kr�r:Ja explained Himself and His flute to Sanatana\nGosvamT through the mouth of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who appeared as\nthough mad. SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu admitted that He wanted to tell Sanatana\nGosvamT something else, but somehow or other, in a transcendental ecstasy, He\nspoke of a different subject matter.\nTEXT 146\n\nCf;!tfif I!' �t��, �t� ��tl! �t� <fi� I\n�t�� lltf!_�t�l!ti:!!ftt'! lit���' II �8� II\nami ta' baula, ana kahite ana kahi\nkr�Qera madhuryamrta-srote yai vahi'\nSYNONYMS\n\nami ta' bau/a-1 am a madman; ana kahite-to speak something; ana kahi-1\n\nspeak on something else; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�r:Ja; madhurya-amrta-of the nectar\nof the sweetness; srote-in the waves of; yai-1 go; vahi'-being carried away.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since I have become a madman, I am saying one thing instead of another.\nThis is because I am being carried away by the waves of the nectarean ocean\nof Lord Kr�Qa's transcendental sweetness.\"\nTEXT 147\n\nl!t� ���t�f 'Jfit'f<fi 'Ill� ��' �� I\nlit��� <fi�' ��: lf�tl!ti{ <fit� II �8� II\ntabe mahaprabhu k�af)eka mauna kari' rahe\nmane eka kari' puna/:! sanatane kahe\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-thereupon; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; k�af)eka-for a\nmoment; mauna-silence; kari'-making; rahe-remained; mane-within His\n\n", "mad8#p0349": "Text 149]\nmind;\n\nThe Opulence and Sweetness of Kr��a\n\neka kari'-adjusting things;\n\npuna� -again;\n\n317\n\nsanatane-unto Sanatana\n\nGosvamT; kahe-instructs.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then remained silent for a moment. Finally, adjusting thtngs within His mind, He again spoke to Sanatana Gosvami.\nTEXT 148\n\n��11' ���� �t11' ��� ��I\n��1 '�� �ti{, (;�l �tt� (;i2!11�t� II �81r II\nkr�f)era madhuri ara mahaprabhura mukhe\niha yei sune, sei bhase prema-sukhe\nSYNONYMS\nkr�f)era-of Lord Kr�t:Ja; madhuri-the sweetness; ara-and; mahaprabhura\nmukhe-in the mouth of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; iha-this statement; yeianyone who; sune-hears; sei-that person; bhase-floats ; prema-sukhe-in\nthe transcendental bliss of love of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nI now summarize these teachings of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. If anyone\ngets an opportunity to hear about the sweetness of Kr��a in this chapter of Sri\nCaitanya-caritamrfa, he will certainly be eligible to float in the transcendentally blissful ocean of love of God.\nTEXT 149\n\n��11-�t�·�tW �t11' �\"P't I\n��'!iiJ�Rfi!�i! <tit� '�wt� II �8Cil II\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�Qadasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rOpa-SrTla ROpa GosvamT; raghunatha-SrTia Raghunatha dasa GosvamT;\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nKr�t:�adasa Kaviraja GosvamT.\n\nkahe\n\n-\n\ndescri bes;\n\nkr�Qadasa-SrTla\n\n", "mad8#p0350": "318\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 21\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Riipa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�r:tadasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhyalila, Twenty-first Chapter, describing the blissful characteristics of Kr?Qa.\n\n", "mad8#p0351": "CHAPTER 22\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\nIn this Twenty-second Chapter, SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu describes the process of\ndevotional service. In the beginning He describes the truth about the living entity\nand the superexcellence of devotional service. He then describes the uselessness\nof mental speculation and mystic yoga. In all circumstances the living entity is\nrecommended to accept the path of devotional service as personally explained by\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The speculative method of the so-called jnanis is considered a waste of time, and that is proved in this chapter. An intelligent person\nshould abandon the processes of karma-kaf)c;la, jnana-kal)c;la and mystic yoga.\nOne should give up all these useless processes and take seriously to the path of\nKr�Qa consciousness. In this way one's life will be successful. If one takes to Kr�Qa\nconsciousness fully, even though he may sometimes be agitated due to having\npreviously practiced mental speculation and yogic mysticism, he will be saved by\nLord Kr�Qa Himself. The fact is that devotional service is bestowed by the\nblessings of a pure devotee (sa mahatma sudurlabhaf)). A pure devotee is the\nsupreme transcendentalist, and one has to receive his mercy for one's dormant\nKr�Qa consciousness to be awakened. One has to associate with pure devotees. If\none has firm faith in the words of a great soul, pure devotional service will\nawaken.\nIn this chapter SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu has differentiated between a pure\ndevotee and others. He also describes the characteristics of a pure devotee. A\ndevotee's most formidable enemy is association with women in an enjoying spirit.\nAssociation with nondevotees is also condemned because it is also a formidable\nenemy on the path of devotional service. One has to fully surrender unto the\nlotus feet of Kr�Qa and give up attraction for women and nondevotees.\nThe six symptoms of fully surrendered souls are also described in this chapter.\nDevotional service has been divided into two categories-regulative devotional\nservice and spontaneous love. There are sixty-four items listed in regulative devotional service, and out of these sixty-four the last five are considered very important. By practicing even one of the nine processes of devotional service, one can\nbecome successful. Speculative knowledge and mystic yoga can never help one\nin devotional service. Pious activity, nonviolence, sense control and regulation are\nnot separate from devotional service in its pure form. If one engages in devotional\nservice, all good qualities follow. One does not have to cultivate them separately.\nSpontaneous devotional service arises when one follows a pure devotee who is\nawakened to spontaneous love of God. SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu has described\n\n319\n\n", "mad8#p0352": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n320\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nthe symptoms of devotees who are already situated in spontaneous love of God.\nHe has also described the devotees who are trying to follow in the footsteps of\nthe pure devotees.\nTEXT 1\n\n�\"' ��\"���� �� �pttc(� I\n\n�9ij��\\RI� ��i{ t2l�t�111 => II\nvande sri-kr?Qa-caitanyadevarh tarh karuf)arf)avam\nkalav apy ati-guc;Jheyarh\nbhaktir yena prakasita\nSYNONYMS\nvande-1 offer my respectful obeisances; sri-kr?Qa-caitanya-devam-unto Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tam-unto Him; karuf)a-arf)avam-who is an ocean of\nmercy; ka/au-in this age of Kali; api-even; ati-very; guc;Jha-confidential;\niyam-this;\n\nmanifested.\n\nbhaktiQ-devotional\n\nservice;\n\nyena-by\n\nwhom;\n\nprakasita­\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. He is\nan ocean of transcendental mercy, and although the subject matter of bhaktiyoga is very confidential, He has nonetheless manifested it so nicely, even in\nthis age of Kali, the age of quarrel.\nTEXT 2\n\nQ '?11 �����ti�IJ fi\\�Jti{\"' I\n\n111?1�'4'!.,!1 ;rn (;'$f�'e9�\"1 II� II\njaya jaya sri-kr?Qa-caitanya nityananda\nj�yadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; sri-kr$f)a-caitanya nityananda-to Sri Kr�Qa Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu and\n\nNityananda\n\nPrabhu;\n\njaya-all glories;\n\nadvaita-candra-to\n\nAdvaita Prabhu; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad8#p0353": "Text 4]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n321\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Nityananda Prabhu!\nAll glories to Advaitacandra! All glories to all the devotees of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu!\nTEXT 3\n\n�� \"�(_ ��·�'fl' ��til' I\n�tsr ij;�wsr, fl-�� �111' 11 � 11\neita kahilun sambandha-tattvera vicara\nveda-sastre upadese, kr?Qa-eka sara\nSYNONYMS\neita-thus; kahi/un-1 have described; sambandha-tattvera vicara-consideration of one's relationship with Kr�Qa; veda-sastre-all Vedic literature; upadeseinstructs; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�Qa; eka sara-the only essential point.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"I have described one's relation with Kr��a\nin various ways. This is the subject matter of all the Vedas. Kr��a is the center\nof all activities.\nTEXT 4\n\n��, �i{, ��-m-'lllltl'll\n��I!�-�·' �·t<!11t'filll811\n��\n\nebe kahi, suna, abhidheya-lak?aQa\nyaha haite pai-kr?Qa, kr?Qa-prema-dhana\nSYNONYMS\nebe-now; kahi-1 shall explain; suna-please hear; abhidheya-lak?aQaone's prime business (devotional service); yaha haite-from which; pai -one can\nget; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�Qa; kr?Qa-prema-dhana-and the wealth of transcendental\nlove for Him.\nTRANSLAliON\n\"Now I shall speak about the characteristics of devotional service, by which\none can attain the shelter of Kr��a and His loving transcendental service.\n\n", "mad8#p0354": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n322\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nTEXT 5\n\n\"oef.-�t-m, ��?I \"'' 1\n�1:!\\f!Cf l!fii'St'1 \"'f�ttti filan II t II\nkr?Qa-bhakti-abhidheya, sarva-sastre kaya\nataeva muni-gaf)a kariyache niscaya\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-bhakti-devotional service to Lord Kr�l)a; abhidheya-the real activity of\nlife;\n\nsarva-sastre-all Vedic literatures; kaya-say; ataeva-therefore; muni­\n\ngaf)a-all saintly persons; kariyache-have made; niscaya-ascertainment.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A human being's activities should be centered only about devotional service to lord Kr�r:Ja. That is the verdict of all Vedic literatures, and all saintly\npeople have ascertained this.\nTEXT 6\n\n�f'i!i�T'�I 9J<g1 N\"ff� ii:i<r�t�NOTf<tf'f�\n<��1 'lTtvr9t -vr��f9f ��i <if� i!:i�Of� 1\n<9J.:�t'!t�l C<! <!1 'l��f'l<t�lC� �W�'i\\1\n'15{�: 'I�J� i93t�� ,��� i!:i<!t\"C'l<! \"f�9'{_ II � II\nsrutir mata Pf?ta disati bhavad-aradhana-vidhiril\nyatha matur vaf)i smrtir api tatha vakti bhagini\npuraf)adya ye va sahaja-nivahas te tad-anuga\nata/:1 satyaril jnataril murahara bhavan eva saraf)am\nSYNONYMS\nsruti/:1-Vedic knowledge; mata-like a mother who is affectionate to her\nchildren;\n\np[?ta-when\n\nquestioned;\n\ndisati-she\n\ndirects;\n\nbhavat-of\n\nYou;\n\naradhana-worship; vidhim-the process; yatha-just as; matUQ Vaf)i-the inmother;\n\nsmrti/:1-smrti-sastras,\n\nwhich explain the Vedic\n\nstructions\n\nof the\n\nliteratures;\n\napi-also; tatha-similarly; vakti-express;\n\nbhagini-like a sister;\n\npuraf)a-adya/:1-headed by the Puraf)as; ye-which; va-or; sahaja-nivaha/:1-like\nbrothers;\n\nte-all of them;\n\ntat-of the mother;\n\nanuga/:1-followers; ata/:1-\n\ntherefore; satyam-the truth; jnatam-known; mura-hara-0 killer of the demon\nMura; bhavan-Your Lordship; eva-only; saraf)am-the shelter.\n\n", "mad8#p0355": "Text 7]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n323\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'When the mother Vedas [sruti] is questioned as to whom to worship, she\n\nsays that You are the only Lord and worshipable object. Similarly, the corollaries of the sruti-sastras, the smrti-sastras, give the same instructions, just\nlike sisters. The Purar:tas, which are like brothers, follow in the footsteps of\ntheir mother. 0 enemy of the demon Mura, the conclusion is that You are the\nonly shelter. Now I have understood this in truth.'\n\nPURPORT\nThis quotation from the Vedic literature was spoken by great sages.\nTEXT 7\n\n��1il·�, �� -�� �'$f�i{_ I\n'\"'Q\\91 ·'llf�'�t'?f' it� �11 ��O!Itit II 'l II\nadvaya-jfiana-tattva kmJa -svayarh bhagavan\n'svarOpa-sakti' rOpe tanra haya avasthana\nSY NONYMS\nadvaya-jfiana-of nondual knowledge;\nKr�r:Ja;\n\nsvayam\n\nbhagavan-Himself\n\nthe\n\ntattva-the principle;\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nkr�Qa-Lord\nGodhead;\n\nsvarOpa-personal expansions; sakti-of potencies; rOpe-in the form; tar'lraHis; haya-there is; avasthana-existence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r:Ja is the nondual Absolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nAlthough He is one, He maintains different personal expansions and energies\nfor His pastimes.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord has many potencies, and He is nondifferent from all these potencies.\nBecause the potencies and the potent cannot be separated, they are identical.\nKr�r:Ja is described as the source of all potencies, and He is also identified with the\nexternal potency, the material energy. Kr�r:Ja also has internal potencies, or\nspiritual potencies, which are always engaged in His personal service. His internal\npotency is different from His external potency. Kr�r:Ja's internal potency and Kr�r:Ja\nHimself, who is the potent, are always identical.\n\n", "mad8#p0356": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n324\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nTEXT 8\n\nC�Jtt�-t-��:lt�llf-tit9f ��1 R�t11' I\n�� C���-�tro <ti�i{ ��t� II IY II\nsvarhsa-vibhinnarhsa-rape hafia vistara\nananta vaikuf)tha-brahmaf)<;:/e karena vihara\nSYNONYMS\nsva-arhsa-of personal expansions; vibhinna-arhsa-of separated expansions;\nrape-in the forms; haii a-becoming; vistara-expanded; ananta-unlimited;\nvaikuf)tha-in the spiritual planets known as Vaikur:tthas; brahmaf)<;:/e-in the material universes; karena vihara-performs His pastimes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r:Ja expands Himself in many forms. Some of them are personal expansions, and some are separate expansions. Thus He performs pastimes in both\nthe spiritual and material worlds. The spiritual worlds are the VaikuQtha\nplanets, and the material universes are brahmaQ«;tas, gigantic globes governed\nby Lord Brahma.\nTEXT 9\n\nGStt�llf-��11f-�'!(J�, ���t�\"it'l I\n���t�llf �� -� llff•t� \"'t'!� II � II\nsvarhsa-vistara-catur-vyaha, avatara-gaf)a\nvibhinnarhsa jiva -tarira saktite gaf)ana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsva-arhsa-vistara-the expansion of His personal forms; catuh-vyaha-His\nquadruple form; avatara-gaf)a-the incarnations; vibhinna-arhsa-His separated\nforms; jiva-the living entities; tarira-His; saktite-in the category of potency;\ngaf)ana -calculating.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Expansions of His personal self-like the quadruple manifestations of\nSankar�aQa, Pradyumna, Aniruddha and Vasudeva-descend as incarnations\nfrom VaikuQtha to this material world. The separated expansions are living entities. Although they are expansions of Kr�Qa, they are counted among His different potencies.\n\n", "mad8#p0357": "Text 10]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n325\n\nPURPORT\nThe personal expansions are known as vi�Qu-tattva, and the separated expansions are known as jiva-tattva. Although the jivas {living entities) are part and\nparcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, they are still counted among His\nmulti-potencies. This is fully described in Bhagavad-gita:\napareyam itas tv anyarh\nprakrtirh viddhi me param\njiva-bhatarh maha-baho\nyayedarh dharyate jagat\n\"Besides this inferior nature, 0 mighty-armed Arjuna, there is a superior energy of\nMine, which consists of all living entities who are struggling with material nature\nand are sustaining the universe.\" (Bg. 7.5)\nAlthough the living entities are Kr�l)a's parts and parcels, they are prakrti, not\npuru�a. Sometimes prakrti (a living entity) attempts to imitate the activities of the\npuru�a. Due to a poor fund of knowledge, living entities conditioned in this material world claim to be God. They are thus illusioned. A living entity cannot be on\nthe level of a vi�Qu-tattva, or the Personality of Godhead, at any stage; therefore it\nis ludicrous for a living entity to claim to be God. Advanced spiritualists would\nnever accept such a thing. Such claims are made to cheat ordinary, foolish people.\nThe Kr�l)a consciousness movement declares war against such bogus incarnations. The bogus propaganda put out by people claiming to be God has killed God\nconsciousness all over the world. Members of the Kr�l)a consciousness movement\nmust be very alert to defy these rascals who are presently misleading the whole\nworld. One such rascal, known as Paul)<;lraka, appeared before Lord Kr�l)a, and the\nLord immediately killed him. Of course, those who are K[�l)a's servants cannot kill\nsuch imitation gods, but they should try their best to defeat them through the evidence of sastra, authentic knowledge received through the disciplic succession.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n'�� �f��t�-t �<1--�� i!' �<fi� I\n�<fi-'fil��', �<fi -'fii�J-ll��t�' ll �0 ll\nsei vibhinnarhsa jiva-dui ta' prakara\neka-'nitya-mukta', eka-'nitya-sarhsara'\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei vibhinna-arhsa-that separated part and parcel of Kr�l)a; jiva-the living entity; dui ta' prakara -two categories; eka-one; nitya-mukta -eternally liberated; eka-one; nitya sarhsara-perpetually conditioned.\n-\n\n", "mad8#p0358": "326\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The living entities [jivas] are divided into two categories. Some are eternally liberated, and others are eternally conditioned.\nTEXT 11\n\n'fili!J��' - f.li!J ����'1 �'�_� I\n'��-�t�' i{'fll, �tfl <.;�-�� II � � II\n'nitya-mukta'-nitya km!a-caral)e unmukha\n'kr?Qa-pari?ada' nama, bhufije seva-sukha\n\nSYNONYMS\nnitya-mukta-eternally liberated; nitya-always; kr?Qa-caraQe-the lotus feet\nof Lord Kr�r:Ja; unmukha-turned toward; kr?Qa-pari?ada-associates of Lord\nKr�r:Ja; nama-known as; bhufije-enjoy; seva-sukha-the happiness of service.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Those who are eternally liberated are always awake to Kr�r:'la consciousness, and they render transcendental loving service at the feet of Lord Kr�l)a.\nThey are to be considered eternal associates of Kr�r;1a, and they are eternally\nenjoying the transcendental bliss of serving Kr�l)a.\nTEXT 12\n\n'fili!J�'fi'-� �ti! fiii!J·��� I\n'f.li!Jll�llt�', t_tfl iHl�tfw ��� II �� II\n'nitya-bandha'-kr?Qa haite nitya-bahirmukha\n'nitya-sarilsara', bhufije narakadi du/:lkha\n\nSYNONYMS\nnitya-bandha-perpetually conditioned; kr?Qa haite-from Kr�r:Ja; nitya-eternally; bahi/:1-mukha-averse; nitya-sarilsara-perpetually conditioned in the material world; bhufije-enjoy; naraka-adi du/:lkha-the tribulations of hellish conditions of life.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Apart from the ever-liberated devotees, there are the conditioned souls\nwho always turn away from the service of the Lord. They are perpetually conditioned in this material world and are subjected to the material tribulations\nbrought about by different bodily forms in hellish conditions.\n\n", "mad8#p0359": "Text 15]\n\n327\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\nTEXT 13\n\n,� �t� \"attm·M� �� <l'it1f l!tt1f 1\n�rotf•<fitffll!t� l!tt1f iS?tRI' \"attt1f II �� II\nsei do?e maya-pisaci dai)Qa kare tare\nadhyatmikadi tapa-traya tare jari' mare\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei do?e-because of this fault; maya-pisaci-the witch known as the external\nenergy;\n\ndai)Qa kare-gives punishment;\n\ntare-unto him;\n\nadhyatmika-adi­\n\nbeginning with those pertaining to the body and mind; tapa-traya-the threefold\nmiseries; tare-him; jari'-burning; mare-gives pain.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Due to his being opposed to Kr�r;�a consciousness, the conditioned soul is\npunished by the witch of the external energy, maya. He is thus ready to suffer\nthe threefold miseries-miseries brought about by the body and mind, the inimical behavior of other living entities and natural disturbances caused by the\ndemigods.\nTEXTS 14-15\n\n�-�� �� �lfP11!1'1f \"ftN �1lt I\ni!l� i!lflitl! �f(f �t'£:��'iJ � II �8 II\nil'1f �9ftlfllf·1lt!l f9£-tt51 �\"'t� I\n��r� �t�, '!t� ��·fil<l'i(; �1ll 11 �(t \"\nkama-krodhera dasa hafia tara lathi khaya\nbhramite bhramite yadi sadhu-vaidya paya\ntanra upadesa-mantre pisaci palaya\nkr?Qa-bhakti paya, tabe kr?Qa-nikata yaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nkama-of lusty desires; krodhera-and of anger; dasa-the servant; hafia-becoming; tara-by them; Jathi khaya-is kicked; bhramite bhramite-wandering\nand wandering; yadi-if; sadhu-a devotee; vaidya-physician; paya-he gets;\ntanra-his; upadesa-mantre-by instruction and hymns; pisaci-the witch (the\nexternal energy);\n\npalaya-flees;\n\nk[?l)a-bhakti -devotional service to Kr�l)a;\n\npaya-obtains; tabe-in this way; kr?Qa-nikata yaya-he goes to Kr�l)a.\n\n", "mad8#p0360": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n328\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this way the conditioned soul becomes the servant of lusty desires, and\nwhen these are not fulfilled, he becomes a servant of anger and continues to\n\nbe kicked by\n\nthe\n\nexternal\n\nenergy,\n\nmaya.\n\nWandering and wandering\n\nthroughout the universe, he may by chance get the association of a devotee\nphysician, whose instructions and hymns rttake the witch of external energy\nflee. The conditioned soul thus gets into touch with the devotional service of\nLord Kr�r:Ja, and in this way he can approach nearer and nearer to the Lord.\nPURPORT\nAn explanation of verses 8 through 15 is given by SrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura in\nhis Amrta-pravaha-bha$ya. The Lord is spread throughout the creation in His\nquadruple expansions and incarnations. Kr�!)a is fully represented with all potencies in each and every personal extension, but the living entities, although separated expansions, are also considered one of the Lord's energies. The living entities are divided into two categories-the eternally liberated and eternally conditioned. Those who are ever-liberated never come in contact with maya, the external energy. The ever-conditioned are always under the clutches of the external\nenergy. This is described in Bhagavad-gita:\ndaivi hy e$a gw;amayi\nmama maya duratyaya\n\"This divine energy of Mine, consisting of the three modes of material nature, is\ndifficult to overcome.\" (Bg. 7.14)\nThe nitya-baddhas are always conditioned by the external energy, and the\nnitya-muktas never come in contact with the external energy. Sometimes an everliberated personal associate of the Supreme Personality of Godhead descends\ninto this universe just as the Lord descends. Although working for the liberation of\nconditioned souls, the messenger of the Supreme Lord remains untouched by the\nmaterial energy. Generally ever-liberated personalities live in the spiritual world as\nassociates of Lord Kr�!)a, and they are known as km1a-pari$ada, associates of the\nLord. Their only business is enjoying Lord Kr�!)a's company, and even though such\neternally liberated persons come within this material world to serve the Lord's\npurpose, they enjoy Lord Kr�t:la's company without stoppage. The ever-liberated\nperson who works on Kr�!)a's behalf enjoys Lord Kr�!)a's company through his\nengagement. The ever-conditioned soul, provoked by lusty desires to enjoy the\nmaterial world, is subjected to transmigrate from one body to another. Sometimes\nhe is elevated to higher planetary systems, and sometimes he is degraded to\nhellish planets and subjected to the tribulations of the external energy.\nDue to being conditioned by the external energy, the conditioned soul within\nthis material world gets two kinds of bodies-a gross material body and a subtle\n\n", "mad8#p0361": "Text 16]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n329\n\nbody composed of mind, intelligence and ego. Due to the gross and subtle\nbodies, he is subjected to the threefold miseries (adhyatmika, adhibhautika and\nadhidaivika), miseries arising from the body and mind, other living entities, and\nnatural disturbances caused by demigods from higher planetary systems. The conditioned soul subjected to the threefold material miseries is ceaselessly kicked by\nmaya, and this is his disease. If by chance he meets a saintly person who works on\nKr�l)a's behalf to deliver conditioned souls, and if he agrees to abide by his order,\nhe can gradually approach the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�l)a.\nTEXT 16\n\n'filltif!ort' <1>f� \"�' <ff�lf1 9ftr'1�1 �f\"I'Cif\"fi�\"��t' �t�Plf� Of <fl¥<f1 Of l!'i?f1 C'!t9f\"fif�: I\n�'�c�n�t\"�'� �'ii;9fc� 'ft��' .,-���­\n\n'ftllnrt�= \"!\"il'll!�\"ll' �t' fol�.1�1!\"tc'$ II ) � II\nkamadinam kati na katidha palita durnidesas\nte?aril jata mayi na karul)a na trapa nopasantif)\nutsrjyaitan atha yadu-pate samprataril labdha-buddhis\ntvam ayataf) saral)am abhayariJ mariJ niyuflk?Vatma-dasye\nSYNONYMS\n\nkama-adinam-of my masters such as lust, anger, greed, illusion and envy;\nkati-how many; na-not; katidha-in how many ways; palitaf)-obeyed; durnidesaf)-undesirable orders; te?am-of them; jata-generated; mayi-unto me;\nna-not; karul)a-mercy; na-not; trapa-shame; na-not; upasantif)-desire to\ncease; utsrjya-giving up; etan-all these; atha-herewith; yadu-pate-0 best\nof the Y adu dynasty; sampratam-now; labdha-buddhif)-having awakened intelligence; tvam-You; ayataf)-approached; saral)am-who are the shelter;\nabhayam-fearless; mam-me; niyur'lk?va-please engage; atma-dasye-in Your\npersonal service.\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 my Lord, there is no limit to the unwanted orders of lusty desires. A lthough I have rendered them so much service, they have not shown any mercy\nto me. I have not been ashamed to serve them, nor have I even desired to give\nthem up. 0 my Lord, 0 head of the Y adu dynasty, recently, however, my intelligence has been awakened, and now I am giving them up. Due to transcendental intelligence, I now refuse to obey the unwanted orders of these desires,\nand I now come to You to surrender myself at Your fearless lotus feet. Kindly\nengage me in Your personal service and save me.'\n\n", "mad8#p0362": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n330\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse is also quoted in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (3.2.35). When we chant\nthe Hare Kr�l)a maha-mantra we are saying, \"Hare! 0 energy of the Lord! 0 my\nLord Kr�l)a!\" In this way we are simply addressing the Lord and His spiritual potency represented as Radha-Kr�l)a, Sita-Rama, or Lak�mi-Narayal)a. The devotee always prays to the Lord and His internal energy (consort) so that he may engage in\nTheir transcendental loving service. When the conditioned soul attains his real\nspiritual energy and fully surrenders unto the Lord's lotus feet, he tries to engage\nin the Lord's service. This is the real constitutional position of the living entity.\nTEXT 17\n\n�oef• �� ��t-rn·i21•fti1 1\noef���·filil-.<ti <fi�-c;�t'$f·�ti111 �� 11\nk[$Qa-bhakti haya abhidheya-pradhana\nbhakti-mukha-nirik$aka karma-yoga-jnana\nSYNONYMS\nkr$t.la-bhakti-devotional\n\nservice\n\nto\n\nLord\n\nKr�l)a;\n\nhaya-is;\n\nabhidheya­\n\npradhana-the chief function of the living entity; bhakti-mukha-of the face of\ndevotional service; nirik$aka-observers; karma-yoga-ji'iana-fruitive activities,\nmystic yoga and speculative knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Devotional service to Kr�Qa is the chief function of the living entity. There\nare different methods for the liberation of the conditioned soul-karma,\njiiana, yoga and bhakti-but all are dependent on bhakti.\nTEXT 18\n\n�� �� �${t� �f'! 1:[� �� I\n���� Ri11 '!t� �t'! �tt� �\"'II �lr I\nei saba sadhanera ati tuccha ba/a\nk[$Qa-bhakti vina taha dite nare phala\nSYNONYMS\nei saba-all these; sadhanera-of methods of spiritual activities; ati-very; tuccha-insignificant;\n\nba/a-strength;\n\nk[$Qa-bhakti-devotional service to Lord\n\nKr�l)a; vina-without; taha-all these; dite-to deliver; nare-are not able;\npha/a-the desired result.\n\n", "mad8#p0363": "Text 19]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n331\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"But for devotional service, all other methods for spiritual self-realization\nare weak and insignificant. Unless one comes to the devotional service of lord\nKr��a, jnana and yoga cannot give the desired results.\nPURPORT\nIn Vedic scriptures, stress is sometimes given to fruitive activity, speculative\n\nknowledge and the mystic yoga system. Although people are inclined to practice\n\nthese processes, they cannot attain the desired results without being touched by\nk[$Qa-bhakti, devotional service. In other words, the real desired result is to invoke\n\ndormant love for Kr�l)a. Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.6) states:\nsa vai purilsaril para dharma\nyato bhaktir adhok$aje\n\nahaituky apratihata\n\nyayatma suprasidati\n\nKarma, jnana and yoga cannot actually awaken love of Godhead. One has to take\nto the Lord's devotional service, and the more one is inclined to devotional service, the more he loses interest in other so-called achievements. Dhruva Maharaja\n\nwent to practice mystic yoga to see the Lord personally face to face, but when he\n\ndeveloped an interest in devotional service, he saw that he was not being\nbenefited by karma, jflana and yoga.\n\nTEXT 19\n\nC<l�1iJ\"li9fJ�J���<�-<�f'S'f�'\n� C\"fi�r.� i!fii'!'I'1'J\"1�g)O(l(_ I\n\n�\\!: 1.'1: \"t11f�Jf1l'�·R�\n'! P\"if9r�' �1i\n\n�if9fJ'l'T�Cfl( II �., n\n\nnai$karmyam apy acyuta-bhava-varjitaril\nna sobhate jnanam a/am nirafljanam\n\nkutab punab sasvad abhadram isvare\n\nna carpitaril karma yad apy akaral)am\nSYNONYMS\n\nnai$karmyam -which does not produce enj oyment of the resultant action;\n\napi-although; acyuta-bhava-of devotional service to the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; varjitam\n\n-\n\ndevoid; na-not; sobhate-looks beautiful; jflanam­\n\nspeculative knowledge;\n\na/am-exceedingly;\n\nnirafljanam -which\n\nis without\n\n", "mad8#p0364": "332\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nmaterial contamination; kuta/:1-how much less; puna/:1-again; sasvat-always\n(at the time of practicing and at the time of achieving the goaD; abhadram-in­\n\nauspicious; isvare-to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; na-not; ca-also;\n\narpitam-dedicated; karma-activities; yat-which; api-although; akaraQam­\n\ncauseless.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When pure knowledge is beyond all material affinity but is not dedicated\nto the Supreme Personality of Godhead [Kr�r;�a], it does not appear very\nbeautiful, although it is knowledge without a material tinge. What, then, is the\nuse of fruitive activities-which are naturally painful from the beginning and\ntransient by nature-if they are not utilized for the devotional service of the\nlord? How can they be very attractive?'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.5.12). Even after writing many\n\nVedic literatures, Vyasadeva felt very morose. Therefore his spiritual master,\n\nNaradadeva, told him that he could be happy by writing about the activities of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Up to that time, SrTia Vyasadeva had written\nthe karma-kaQc;ia and jfiana-kaQc;ia sections of the Vedas, but he had not written\nabout upasana-kal)c;ia, or bhakti. Thus his spiritual master, Narada, chastised him\n\nand advised him to write about the activities of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Therefore Vyasadeva began writing Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nTEXT 20\n\n�9lf�'COI11'fl01\"1�1 <l111f�'C\"I1\n'11-ff�'COII \"!��If: �\"l'f�j: I\nc�\"l� 01 f<Tiilf� f<TOT'I <JI'f9f<t�\n\n\\!ih �:S::!f\\!1 <t'C 11 01'C\"Ii 0101: II �\n\n•\n\ntapasvino dana-para yasasvino\nmanasvino mantra-vida/:! sumarigala/:1\nk$emarh na vindanti vina yad-arpaQarh\ntasmai subhadra-sravase namo nama/:!\nSYNONYMS\ntapasvina/:1-those engaged in severe austerities and penances; dana-para/:1those engaged in giving his possessions as charity; yasasvina/:1-those famous\nin society; manasvina/:1-experts in mental speculation or meditation;\n\nmantra-\n\n", "mad8#p0365": "Text 21]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n333\n\nvidaQ-experts in reciting the Vedic hymns; su-maliga/aQ-very ausp1c1ous;\n\nk$emam-real eternal auspiciousness; na-never; vindanti-obtain; vina-with,\n\nout; yat arpa('Jam-dedicating unto whom (the Supreme Personality of God-\n\nhead); tasmai-unto that Supreme Personality of Godhead; su-bhadra sravase­\n\nwhose glory is very auspicious; namaQ namaQ-1 offer my repeated respectful\nobeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Those who perform severe austerities and penances, those who give\naway all their possessions out of charity, those who are very famous for their\nauspicious activity, those who are engaged in meditation and mental speculation, and even those who are very expert in reciting the Vedic mantras, are not\nable to obtain any auspicious results, although they are engaged in auspicious\n\nactivities, if they do not dedicate their activities to the service of the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. I therefore repeatedly offer my respectful obeisances\nunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nwhose glories are\n\nalways\n\nauspicious.'\nPURPORT\nThis is also a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.4.17).\n\nTEXT 21\n\n,��\" 9ftil' '�I�' rw� ettt� �� Rti{ 1\n\n��t�� �� 'i'� ���ill sttti{ U �)II\nkevala jfiana 'mukti' dite nare bhakti vine\nk[$(10nmukhe sei mukti haya vina jfiane\n\nSYNONYMS\nkeva/a-only;\n\njfiana-speculative\n\nknowledge;\n\nmukti-liberation;\n\ndite-to\n\ndeliver; nare-is not able; bhakti vine-without devotional service; krwa-unmukhe-if one is attached to the service of Lord Kr��a; sei mukti\nhaya-appears; vina-without; jfiane-knowledge.\n\n-\n\nthat liberation;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Speculative knowledge alone, without devotional service, is not able to\ngive liberation. On the other hand, even without knowledge one can obtain\nliberation if one engages in the Lord's devotional service.\n\n", "mad8#p0366": "334\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nPURPORT\nOne cannot attain liberation simply by speculative knowledge. Even though\none may be able to distinguish between Brahman and matter, one's liberation will\nbe hampered if one is misled into thinking that the living entity is as good as the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Indeed, one falls down again onto the material\nplatform because considering oneself the Supreme Person, the Supreme Absolute\nTruth, is offensive. When such a person comes in contact with a pure devotee, he\ncan actually become liberated from material bondage and engage in the Lord's\nservice. A prayer by Bilvamarigala Thakura is relevant here:\n\nbhaktis tvayi sthiratara bhagavan yadi syad\ndaivena nai) phalati divya-kisora-murti/:1\nmukti/:1 svayam muku/itafljali/:1 sevate 'sman\ndharmartha-kama-gataya/:1 samaya-pratik�a/:1\n\"0 my Lord, if one engages in Your pure devotional service with determination,\nYou become visible in Your original transcendental youthful form as the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. As far as liberation is concerned, she stands before the\ndevotee with folded hands waiting to render service. Religion, economic development and sense gratification are all automatically attained without separate endeavor.\"\nTEXT 22\n\nci!l�:�r�� �r�'l.:if� c� f<rc�·l\nf�'$� C� C<1'<l:<'I\"C<l:N'-'l�C� I\n\nC\\!i\"!ftlf?:'fl Cf\"f� �� f\"flJTt\\!\niltWl( l!'41 l��\"lft��tfi!�tl( II H II\nsreya/:l-srtim bhaktim udasya te vibho\nklisyanti ye keva/a-bodha-labdhaye\nte�am asau klesala eva si�yate\nnanyad yatha sthola-tu�avaghatinam\nSYNONYMS\n\nsreya/:l-srtim-the auspicious path of liberation; bhaktim-devotional service;\nudasya-giving up; te-of You; vibho-0 my Lord; klisyanti-accept increased\ndifficulties; ye-all those persons who; keva/a-only; bodha-labdhaye-for obtaining knowledge; te�am-for them; asau-that; k/esa/ai)-trouble; e va-only;\nsi�yate-remains; na-not; anyat-anything else; yatha-as much as; stho/abulky; tu�a-husks of rice; avaghatinam-of those beating.\n\n", "mad8#p0367": "Text 24]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n335\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'My dear Lord, devotional service unto You is the only auspicious path. If\n\none gives it up simply for speculative knowledge or the understanding that\nthese living beings are spirit souls and the material world is false, he undergoes a great deal of trouble. He only gains troublesome and inauspicious activities. His endeavors are like beating a husk that is already devoid of rice.\nOne's labor becomes fruitless.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.14.4).\nTEXT 23\n\nh'�\") C�'lf1 ·�'1'11'� '11'1! 'll'i�i ���Hli I\n'll'it1l� Cl( <f!9f�C� 'l\\'i�it1!\\!i� ��Rg C\\! II �\" II\ndaivi hy e?a guQamayi\n\nmama maya duratyaya\n\nmam eva ye prapadyante\nmayam etarh taranti te\nSY NONYMS\n\ndaivi-belonging to the Supreme Lord; hi-certainly; e?a-this; guQa-mayi­\n\nmade of the three modes; mama-My; maya-external energy; duratyaya-very\n\ndifficult to surpass; mam-unto Me; eva-certainly; ye-those who; prapadyante-surrender fully; mayam-illusory energy; etam-this; taranti-cross over;\n\nte-they.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n' This divine energy of Mine, consisting of the three modes of material\n\nnature, is difficult to overcome. But those who have surrendered unto Me can\neasily cross beyond it.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Bhagavad-gita (7.14).\nTEXT 24\n\n't•·�tlt'�� 'St� 'tfif' <;'Stif I\nlflt �t� 'aft� !;!nf 'if'lnt �r.'f II �8 II\n\n", "mad8#p0368": "Sri Caitanya-caritamfta\n\n336\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\n'kr?Qa-nitya-dasa'-jiva taha bhu/i' gela\nei dO$€ maya tara ga/aya bandhi/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-nitya-dasa-eternal servant of Kr�l)a; jiva-the living entity; taha-that;\nbhu/i' - forgetting; ge/a-went; ei do?e-for this fault; maya-the material en­\n\nergy; tara-his; galaya-on the neck; bandhila-has bound.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The living entity is bound around the neck by the chain of maya because\nhe has forgotten that he is eternally a servant of Kf�Qa.\nTEXT 25\n\n��� \" 'et'P, <fitf •t�t <;li�J{ I\n� Jtll, �At �� R'l II �� II\ntate kr?Qa bhaje, kare gurura sevana\nmaya-ja/a chute, paya kr?Qera caraf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\ntate-therefore; kr?f.la bhaje-if one worships Lord Kr�l)a; kare -performs;\ngurura sevana-service to his spiritual master; maya-jala chute-gets free from\n\nthe binding net of maya; paya-gets; kr?Qera cara(l a-shelter at the lotus feet of\nKr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If\n\nthe\n\nconditioned\n\nsoul engages\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nservice\n\nof the\n\nLord\n\nand\n\nsimultaneously carries out the orders of his spiritual master and serves him, he\ncan get out of the clutches of maya and become eligible for shelter at Kf�Qa's\nlotus feet.\nPURPORT\nIt is a fact that every living entity is eternally a servant of Kr�r:Ja. This is forgotten\ndue to the influence of maya, which induces one to believe in material happiness.\nBeing illusioned by maya, one thinks that material happiness is the only desirable\nobject. This material consciousness is like a chain around the neck of the conditioned soul. As long as he is bound to that conception, he cannot get out of\nmaya's clutches. However, if by Kr�l)a's mercy he gets in touch with a bona fide\n\nspiritual master, abides by his order and serves him, engaging other conditioned\nsouls in the Lord's service, he then attains liberation and Lord SrT Kr�r:Ja's shelter.\n\n", "mad8#p0369": "Text 27]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n337\n\nTEXT 26\n\n5tfi{ �cftl!t1fl �fif �· �� � I\n�$f \"fm! \"' �'H� 9l�' 1ft\" II �� II\ncari varf)asrami yadi kr�Qa nahi bhaje\n\nsvakarma karite se raurave pagi' maje\n\nSYNONYMS\ncari varf)a-asrami -followers of the four social and spiritual orders of life; yadi­\n\nif; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; nahi -not; bhaje-serve; sva-karma karit e-performing his\n\nduty in life; se-that person; raurave-in a hellish condition; pagi '-falling down;\nmaje-becomes immersed.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The followers of the varr;�asrama institution accept the regulative principles of the four social orders [brahmar;�a, k�atriya, vaisya and sudra] and four\nspiritual orders [brahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha and sannyasa]. However,\nif one carries out the regulative principles of these orders but does not render\ntranscendental service to Knr;�a, he falls into the hellish condition of material\nlife.\nPURPORT\nOne may be a brahmaQa, k�atriya, vaisya or sudra, or one may perfectly follow\n\nthe spiritual principles of brahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha and sannyasa, but\nultimately one falls down into a hellish condition unless one becomes a devotee.\nWithout developing one's dormant Kr�r:Ja consciousness, one cannot be factually\nelevated. The regulative principles of varf)asrama-dharma in themselves are in­\n\nsufficient for attainment of the highest perfection. That is confirmed in the\nfollowing two quotations from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.5.2-3).\n\nTEXT 27\n\n,.�1\"�1��9\\Wr�T: �11\"�1��11: '!� I\n5�1{\"�1 \"Gif!rlr;� �{I �C'!R�1lf�= '!>J� II �, q\nmukha-bahUru-padebhyaf)\npuru�asyasramaif) saha\n\ncatvaro jajtiire varQa\n\nguQair vipradayaf) prthak\n\n", "mad8#p0370": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n338\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nSYNONYMS\nmukha-the mouth; bahu-the arms; uru-the waist; padebhya/:1-from the\nlegs; puru$asya-of the Supreme Person; asramai/:1-the different spiritual orders;\nsaha-with;\n\ncatvara/:1-the\n\nfour;\n\njajfiire-appeared;\n\nguQai/:1-with particular qualifications;\n\nvarQa/:1-social\n\norders;\n\nvipra-adaya/:1-brahmat:Jas and so on;\n\nprthak-separately.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'From the mouth of Brahma, the brahminical order has come into existence. Similarly, from his arms the k�atriyas have come, from his waist the\nvaisyas have come, and from his legs the sudras have come. These four orders\nand their spiritual counterparts [brahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha and sannyasa] combine to make human society complete.\nTEXT 28\n� ��� �� '!1�1if1���<!�,1\"il\"\\.. I\nOf ���J��10ff� �t•rt\"if.'!1\"�t: 9(\\!i�J'f: II �\\7 II\n\nya €$arh puru$arh sak$adatma-prabhavam isvaram\nna bhajanty avajananti\nsthanad bhra$ta/:l patanty adha/:1\nSYNONYMS\nye-anyone who; e$am-of those divisions of social and spiritual orders;\n\npuru$am-the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nsak$at-directly;\n\natma­\n\nprabhavam-the source of everyone; isvaram-the supreme controller; na-not;\nbhajanti\n\n-\n\nworship;\n\navajananti-or who neglect;\n\nsthanat-from their proper\n\nplace; bhra$ta/:l-being fallen; patanti-fall; adha/:1-downward into hellish conditions.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'If one simply maintains an official position in the four varr;�as and asramas\nbut does not worship the Supreme Lord Vi�r;�u, he falls down from his puffedup position into a hellish condition.'\nTEXT 29\n\n'llt� ����-t1 �·ill �fit' Jttt� I\n�1!3�: � '��' � ���� �t� II �� II\n\n", "mad8#p0371": "Text 30]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n339\n\njfiani jivan-mukta-dasa painu kari' mane\nvastutab buddhi 'suddha' nahe kr�Qa-bhakti vine\nSYNONYMS\njfiani-the speculative philosophers; jivan-mukta-dasa-the stage of liberation\neven while in this body; painu-1 have gotten; kari'-taking; mane-considers;\nvastutab-factually; buddhi-intelligence; suddha-purified; nahe-not; kr�f)abhakti vine-w ithout devotional service to Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are many philosophical speculators\n\n[jiianis] belonging to the\n\nMayavada school who consider themselves liberated and call themselves\nNarayar;�a. However, their intelligence is not purified unless they engage in\nKr�r;�a's devotional service.\nTEXT 30\n\nC'lf�.r'lf�:'\\'1 f<t'\\ft\"T- Pl\"J,.'& �t f\"O!O!��J'{g�t<�t'fr<����>.ii'll: 1\n'l!ift�� WT.t§'l 9f�� 9f'f� \\!i\\!i:\n9f\\!i'ijJ?:<ft�0!1�\\!i�\"lllf��: II �. II\nye 'nye 'ravindak�a vimukta-maninas\ntvayy asta-bhavad avisuddha-buddhayab\naruhya krcchref)a pararh padarh tatab\npatanty adho 'nadrta-yu�mad-anghrayab\nSYNONYMS\nye-all those who; anye-others (nondevotees); aravinda-ak�a-0 lotus-eyed\none; vimukta-maninab-who consider themselves liberated; tvayi-unto You;\nasta-bhavat-without devotion; avisuddha-buddhayab-whose intelligence is\nnot purified; aruhya-having ascended; krcchref)a-by severe austerities and\npenances; param padam-to the supreme position; tatab-from there; patantifall; adhab-down; anadrta-without respecting; yu�mat-You r; afighrayablotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 lotus-eyed one, those who think they are liberated in this life but do\n\nnot render devotional service to You must be of impure intelligence. Although\nthey accept severe austerities and penances and rise to the spiritual position,\n\n", "mad8#p0372": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n340\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nto impersonal Brahman realization, they fall down again because they neglect\nto worship Your lotus feet.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.2.32).\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�- ,�11 ; 11t�i �� �llfi�� I\n\n�til:i �·' l!til:i ilt� 1lt1l'Rt <c�fif�'t1f II �� II\nkr�Qa-surya-sama; maya haya andhakara\n\nyahan kr�Qa, tahan nahi mayara adhikara\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-Kr�r:Ja, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; surya-sama-like the sun\nplanet;\n\nmaya - the\n\nillusory\n\nenergy;\n\nhaya-is;\n\nandhakara-darkness;\n\nyahan\n\nkr�Qa - wherever there is Kr�r:Ja; tahail-there; nahi-not; mayara-of maya, or\n\nthe darkness of illusion; adhikara-the jurisdiction.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�.,a is compared to sunshine, and maya is compared to darkness.\nWherever there is sunshine, there cannot be darkness. As soon as one takes to\nKr�.,a consciousness, the darkness of illusion (the influence of the external\nenergy) will immediately vanish.\nPURPORT\nIn Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.9.34) it is stated:\nrte 'rthariJ yat pratiyeta\nna pratiyeta catmani\n\ntad vidyad atmano mayariJ\nyathabhaso yatha tama/:l\n\nWherever there is light, there cannot be darkness. When a living entity becomes\nKr�r:Ja conscious, he is immediately relieved of all material lusty desires. Lusty\n\ndesires and greed are associated with rajas and tamas, darkness and passion.\n\nWhen one becomes Kr�r:Ja conscious, the modes of darkness and passion im­\n\nmediately vanish, and the remaining mode, sattva-guQa (goodness), remains.\n\nWhen one is situated in the mode of goodness, he can make spiritual advancement and understand things clearly. This position is not possible for everyone.\n\n", "mad8#p0373": "Text 32]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n341\n\nWhen a person is Kr�t:�a conscious, he continuously hears about Kr�t:Ja, thinks\n\nabout Him, worships Him and serves Him as a devotee. If he remains in Kr�t:�a con­\n\nsciousness in this way, the darkness of maya certainly will not be able to touch\n\nhim.\n\nTEXT 32\n\nR<'��111\"1\"�i <r� �t�'l\"'l'lft9fc��,-�n 1\nf<IC'l1��1 f<!��C{g '!'11�PTRi ��\"!1: II \"� II\nvilajjamanaya yasya\n\nsthatum ik$a-pathe 'muya\n\nvimohita vikatthante\n\nmamaham iti durdhiya/:r\nSYNONYMS\n\nvilajjamanaya-being ashamed; yasya-of whom; sthatum-to remain; ik$a­\n\npathe-in the line of sight; amuya-by that (maya); vimohita/:r-bewildered;\n\nvikatthante-boast; mama-my; aham-1; iti-thus; durdhiyaJ:r-having poor intelligence.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The external illusory energy of Kr�l')a, known as maya, is always ashamed\nto stand in front of Kr�l')a, just as darkness is ashamed to remain before the\nsunshine. However, that maya bewilders unfortunate people who have no intelligence. Thus they simply boast that this material world is theirs and that\nthey are its enjoyers.'\nPURPORT\nThe entire world is bewildered because people are thinking, \"This is my land,\"\n\n\"America is mine,\" \"India is mine.\" Not knowing the real value of life, people think\n\nthat the material body and the land where it is produced are all in all. This is the\n\nbasic principle behind nationalism, socialism and communism. Such thinking,\n\nwhich simply bewilders the living being, is nothing but rascalism. It is due to the\ndarkness of maya, but as soon as one becomes Kr�t:�a conscious, he is immediately\n\nrelieved from such misconceptions. This verse is quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(2.5.13). There is also another appropriate verse in Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.7.47):\nsasvat prasantam abhayaril pratibodha-matraril\n\nsuddharil samaril sad-asata/:r paramatma-tattvam\n\nsabdo na yatra puru-karakavan kriyartho\n\n", "mad8#p0374": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n342\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nmaya paraity abhimukhe ca vilajjamana\ntad vai padarh bhagavatab paramasya purhso\nbrahmeti yad vidur ajasra-sukham visokam\n\"What is realized as the Absolute Brahman is full of unlimited bliss without grief.\nThat is certainly the ultimate phase of the supreme enjoyer, the Personality of\nGodhead. He is eternally void of all disturbances, fearless, completely conscious\nas opposed to matter, uncontaminated and without distinctions. He is the principal, primeval cause of all causes and effects, in whom there is no sacrifice for\nfruitive activities and in whom the illusory energy does not stand.\"\nThis verse was spoken by Lord Brahma when he was questioned by the great\nsage Narada. Narada was surprised to see the creator of the universe meditating,\nfor he was doubting whether there was someone greater than Lord Brahma.\nWhile answering the great sage Narada, Lord Brahma described the position of\nmaya and the bewildered living entities. This verse was spoken in that connection.\nTEXT 33\n\n'�, <;l!i'aft� ��' �flf �\"l �<fi� I\n1fi11�'fi �I! � \\!� <fit11' 9f� II �� II\n'kr�f.la, tamara hana' yadi bale eka-bara\nmaya-bandha haite kr�f.la tare kare para\nSYNONYMS\nkr�f.la-0 my Lord Kr��a; tamara hana-1 am Yours; yadi\n\n-\n\nif; bale-someone\n\nsays; eka-bara-once ; maya-bandha haite-from the bondage of conditional life;\nkr�f.la-Lord Kr��a; tare\n\n-\n\nhim; kare para-releases\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"O ne is immediately freed from the clutches of maya if he seriously and\nsincerely says, 'My dear Lord Kr�r:Ja, although I have forgotten You for so many\nlong years in the material world, today I am surrendering unto You. I am Your\nsincere and serious servant. Please engage me in Your service.'\nTEXT 34\n\n11m� ·�9(C�1 <j\"(g�1><il'lf� \"D <!f\"DC� I\n'!>i'S�� ���lf1 �C\"il lf'�1C�J�i(��� \"ll\"ll II -'8 II\nsakrd eva prapanno yas\ntavasmiti ca yacate\n\n", "mad8#p0375": "Text 36]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n343\n\nabhayaril sarvada tasmai\ndadamy etad vrataril mama\nSYNONYMS\nsakrt-once\n\nonly;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nprapannab-surrendered;\n\nyab-anyone\n\nwho; tava-Yours; asmi-1 am; iti-thus; ca-also; yacate-prays; abhayam\n\n­\n\nfearlessness; sarvada-always; tasmai-unto him; dadami-1 give; etat-this;\nvratam-vow; mama-My\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'It is My vow that if one only once seriously surrenders unto Me, saying,\n\"My dear Lord, from this day I am Yours,\" and prays to Me for courage, I shall\nimmediately award courage to that person, and he will always remain safe\nfrom that time on.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Ramayaf)a.\nTEXT 35\n\n!_f•·11f•·�f'fi� '��' � � I\n'$ijf·<e�tlftt1t 1!7;� �7;�7;11' 'e'Sfll II �� II\nbhukti-mukti-siddhi-kami 'subuddhi' yadi haya\ngac;Jha-bhakti-yoge tabe k[$f)ere bhajaya\nSYNONYMS\nbhukti-of material enjoyment; mukti-of impersonal liberation; siddhi-of\nachieving mystic power; kami-desirous; su-buddhi-act ually intelligent; yadi\n\n­\n\nif; haya-he is; gac;Jha-deep; bhakti-yoge-by devotional service; tabe-then;\nk[$f)ere bhajaya-worships Lord Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Due to bad association, the living entity desires material happiness, liberation or merging into the impersonal aspect of the Lord, or he engages in\nmystic yoga for material power. If such a person actually becomes intelligent,\nhe takes to Kr�r;�a consciousness by engaging himself in intense devotional\nservice to Lord Sri Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 36\n\n';!lf'ftll: 'l�'fiCJti '1:1 C'lli�'fill %1'ft��t\"1: I\n\n'!i1C31'1 �NRl!if.5fO{ <Jr.�\\5 ��\"lf� 9f�'l_ll .!,� II\n\n", "mad8#p0376": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n344\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nakama/:1 sarva-kamo va\n\nmok$a-kama udara-dhT/:1\n\ntTvreQa bhakti-yogena\n\nyajeta puru$arh param\nSYNONYMS\n\nakama/:1-a pure devotee with no desire for material enjoyment; sarva­\n\nkama/:1-one who has no end to his desires for material enjoyment; va-or; mok$a-kama/:l-one who desires to merge into the existence of Brahman; udara­\n\ndhT/:1-being very intelligent; tTvreQa-firm; bhakti-yogena-by devotional service; yajeta-should worship; puru$am-the person; param-supreme.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Whether one desires everything or nothing, or whether he desires to\nmerge into the existence of the Lord, he is intelligent only if he worships Lord\nK��r:Ja, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, by rendering transcendental\nloving service.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from SrTmad-Bhagavatam (2.3.1 0).\n\nTEXT 37\n\n�1J1<tS11f\\ �fir <!Stf �t�1f �\\9fil I\nlfl11tf'$f� �· l!tt1f (;�i{ 1l51·�1fct II �'\\ II\nanya-kamT yadi kare k[$Qera bhajana\n\nna magiteha kr$Qa tare dena sva-caraQa\nSYNONYMS\nanya-kamT-one who desires many other things; yadi-if; kare-he performs;\n\nk[$Qera bhajana\n\n-\n\ndevotiona l service to Lord Kr�l)a; na magiteha-although not\n\nasking; kf$Qa-Lord Kr�l)a; tare-to him; dena-gives; sva-caraQa-the shelter of\n\nHis lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If those who desire material enjoyment or merging into the existence of\nthe Absolute Truth engage in the Lord's transcendental loving service, they\nwill immediately attain shelter at K��r:Ja's lotus feet, although they did not ask\nfor it. K��r:Ja is therefore very merciful.\n\n", "mad8#p0377": "Text 39]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n345\n\nTEXT 38\n\n'� ��,- '�t\";Ji 'etiSf, 'lltt� R��-�� I\n\n'CI�I! litf�' �� \";Jtt�,- �� �� \"!_(\" �\\r'\"\nkr�Qa kahe, -'ama bhaje, mage vi�aya-sukha\namrta chagi' vi�a mage, -ei ba(la murkha\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa kahe-Kr�t:�a says; ama bhaje-he worships Me; mage-but requests;\nvi�aya-sukha-material happiness;\n\namrta chagi' -giving up the nectar; vi�a\n\nmage-he begs for poison; ei baga murkha-he is a great fool.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r;�a says, 'If one engages in My transcendental loving service but at the\nsame time wants the opulence of material enjoyment, he is very, very foolish.\nIndeed, he is just like a person who gives up ambrosia to drink poison.\nTEXT 39\n\n�tfif-f<!eiJ, �� �( 'R��' <;�ti{ fw<� ?\n�-ij�sft�� fii�1 'f���' '{�1�� \" �� \"\nami-vijfia, ei murkhe 'vi�aya' kene diba?\nsva-caraf)amrta diya 'vi�aya' bhu/aiba\nSYNONYMS\nami-1; vijfia-all-intelligent; ei murkhe-unto this foolish person; vi�aya-material enjoyment; kene diba-why should I give; sva-caral')a-amrta-the nectar of\nshelter at My lotus feet; diya-giving; vi�aya-the idea of material enjoyment;\nbhulaiba-1 shall make him forget.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Since I am very intelligent, why should\n\ngive this fool material\n\nprosperity? Instead I shall induce him to take the nectar of the shelter of My\nlotus feet and make him forget illusory material enjoyment.'\nPURPORT\nThose who are interested in material enjoyment are known as bhukti. One who\nis interested in merging into the effulgence of Brahman or perfecting the mystic\nyoga system is not a devotee at all. Devotees do not have such desires. However,\n\n", "mad8#p0378": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n346\n\nif a karmi, jfiani or yogi somehow contacts a devotee and renders devotional service, Kr�r:ta immediately awards him love of God and gives him shelter at His lotus\nfeet, although he may have no idea how to develop love of Kr�r:ta. If a person\nwants material profit from devotional service, Kr�r:ta condemns such materialistic\ndesires. To desire material opulence while engaging in devotional service is\nfoolish. Although the person may be foolish, Kr�r:ta, being all-intelligent, engages\nhim in His devotional service in such a way that he gradually forgets material opulence. The point is that we should not try to exchange loving service for material\nprosperity. If we are actually surrendered to the lotus feet of Kr�r:ta, our only desire\nshould be to satisfy Kr�r:ta. That is pure Kr�r:ta consciousness. Surrender does not\nmean that we demand something from the Lord but that we completely depend\non His mercy.\nTEXT 40\n\n���g rr\"f�Jf��\"llf�c�1 OJ9i�\nCOI\"<tNClf1 �� \"J._O{i1��1 �\\!: I\n���� f�i:fC� \\S�lf�i11fol��l­\n\nfll�tf\"fi:fl'l\"� fol�9f1lf\"'t:!<l'{_ II B\n\n•\n\nII\n\nsatyaril disaty arthitam arthito nwam\nnaivarthado yat punar arthita yata/:l\nsvayaril vidhatte bhajatam anicchatam\niccha-pidhanaril nija-pada-pallavam\nSYNONYMS\nsatyam-it is true;\n\ndisati-He awards;\n\narthitam-that which is desired;\n\narthital)-being requested; nwam-by human beings; na-not; eva-certainly;\nartha-da/:l-giving desired things; yat-which; puna/:l-again; arthita-request ;\nyata/:l-from which; s vayam-Himself ; vidhatte-He gives; bhajatam-of those\nengaged in devotional service; anicchatam-even though not desiring; icchapidhanam-covering all other desires; nija-pada-pallavam-the shelter of His\nown lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Whenever K��r;�a is requested to fulfill one's desire, He undoubtedly does\nso, but He does not award anything which, after being enjoyed, will cause\nsomeone to petition Him again and again to fulfill further desires. When one\nhas other desires but engages in the Lord's service, K��r;�a forcibly gives one\nshelter at His lotus feet, where one will forget all other desires.'\n\n", "mad8#p0379": "Text 42]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n347\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (5.19.26).\nTEXT 41\n\n� 'ftf'51' �t· 'et�, 9l\"hl �··1ftlf I\n�t'lf �f\"' 'wt�' C�l:! �� ��t'ltt� II 8� II\nkama lagi' k[$1)e bhaje, paya kr$Qa-rase\nkama chac;fi' 'dasa' haite haya abhila$e\nSYNONYMS\n\nkama lagi'-for fulfillment of one's material desires; k[$1)e bhaj e-one engages\n\nin the transcendental service of Lord Kr�r:Ja; pa ya- he gets; k[$1)a-rase-a taste of\n\nthe lotus feet of Lord Kr�r:Ja; kama chac;fi'-giving up all desires for material enjoyment; dasa haite-to be an eternal servant of the Lord; haya-there is; abhila$easpiration.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"When someone engages in Lord Kr��a's devotional service for the satisfaction of the senses and instead acquires a taste to serve Kr��a, he gives up his\nmaterial desires and willingly offers himself as an eternal servant of Kr��a.\nTEXT 42\n\n�t<�t�aor1�� �9ff'! f�c�t��e_\n�t� �1��1'\\ Clf�ll._<\\�Of��J� I\n'fit\"S\"� f.lfD�f9f fvr�Hl��\n.,tf1l'\\ w�tc�t�f� <t11� 0{ l!tc\"S\" 11 s� 11\nsthanabhila$i tapasi sthito 'ham\ntvaril praptavan deva-munindra-guhyam\nkacaril vicinvann api divya-ratnaril\nsvamin krtartho 'smi vararil na yace\nSYNONYMS\n\nsthana-abhila$i-des iring a very high position in the material world; tapasi-in\nsevere austerities and penances; sthi ta/:1-situated; aham-1; tvam-You; praptavan-have obtained; deva-muni-indra-guhyam-difficult to achieve even for\n\n", "mad8#p0380": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n348\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\ngreat demigods, saintly persons and kings; kacam-a piece of glass; vicinvansearching for; api-although; divya-ratnam-a transcendental gem; svamin-0\nmy Lord; krta-arthaf:r asmi-1 am fully satisfied; varam-any benediction; na\nyace-1 do not ask.\nTRANSLATION\n[When he was being benedicted by the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nDhruva Maharaja said]\n\n11 1\n\n0 my Lord, because I was seeking an opulent ma­\n\nterial position, I was performing severe types of penance and austerity. Now I\nhave gotten You, who are very difficult for the great demigods, saintly persons\nand kings to attain. I was searching after a piece of glass, but instead I have\nfound a most valuable jewel. Therefore I am so satisfied that I do not wish to\nask any benediction from You.'\nPURPO RT\nThis verse is from the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya (7.28).\nTEXT 43\n\n�R�\"AI' l!if';{ti! '�til' 'e1t'SIJ '<if.� l:!t1f I\n\nil'�11' �Cftt� '�il' �t� 'ftt'5t @tt1f II 8� II\nsarhsara bhramite kana bhagye keha tare\nnadira pravahe yena ka?tha /age tire\nSYNONYMS\nsamsara bhramite-wandering throughout the universe; kana bhagye-by\nsome good fortune; keha tare-someone crosses the ocean of nescience; nadira\npravahe-in the flow of the river; yena\n\nj ust as; ka?tha-wood; /age\n\n-\n\n-\n\nsticks;\n\ntire-on the bank.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are unlimited conditioned souls who are bereft of Lord Kr�r;�a's service. Not knowing how to cross the ocean of nescience, they are scattered by\nwaves, time and tide. However, some are fortunate to contact devotees, and\nby this contact they are delivered from the ocean of nescience, just as a log,\nfloating down a river, accidentally washes upon the bank.\nTEXT 44\n\nCll<�� 'lllt�rll�lf'1 �lcif<l\"tF'!iif1{\"�\"\\. 1\n��O!l'l: <ll\" \"''<l�l �fl5�Si1f'\\!i �\"50f II 8 8 II\n\n", "mad8#p0381": "Text 45]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n349\n\nmaivarh mamadhamasyapi\n\nsyad evacyuta-darsanam\n\nhriyamaf)aQ kala-nadya\nkvacit tarati ka5cana\nSYNONYMS\n\nma-not; evam-thus; mama-of me; adhamasya-who is the most fallen;\n\napi-although; syat-there may be; eva-certainly; acyuta-darsanam-seeing of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; hriyamaf)aQ-being carried; kala-nadyaby the stream of time; kvacit-sometimes; tarati-crosses over; kascana-someone.\nTRANSLATION\n\" ' \"Because I am so fallen, I shall never get a chance to see the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead.\" This was my false apprehension. Rather, by chance\na person as fallen as I am may get to see the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nAlthough one is being carried away by the waves of the river of time, one may\neventually reach the shore.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.38.5).\nTEXT 45\n\n�t� �r;1tJ �1fl ���rn -.r;11t'Jl_� � 1\n�t'!_�� �� �r;� 111% iS�� II 8(t II\nkona bhagye karo sarhsara k$ayonmukha haya\nsadhu-sailge tabe k[$f)e rati upajaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nkona bhagye- by fortune; karo-of someone; sarhsara-conditioned life;\n\nk$aya-unmukha-on the point of destruction; haya-is; sadhu-sailge-by asso­\n\nciation with devotees; tabe-then; k[$f)e-to Lord Kr�r:Ja; rati-attraction ; upajaya-awakens.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"By good fortune, one becomes eligible to cross the ocean of nescience,\nand when one's term of material existence decreases, one may get an opportunity to associate with pure devotees. By such association, one's attraction to\nKr�Qa is awakened.\n\n", "mad8#p0382": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n350\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nPURPORT\nSrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura explains this point. Is this bhagya (fortune) the result\nof an accident or something else? In the scriptures, devotional service and pious\nactivity are considered fortunate. Pious activities can be divided into three\ncategories-pious activities that awaken one's dormant Kr�r:Ja consciousness are\ncalled bhakty-unmukhr sukrti. Pious activities that bestow material opulence are\ncalled bhogonmukhr, and pious activities that enable the living entity to merge\ninto the existence of the Supreme are called\n\nmok$onmukhi. These last two\n\nawards of pious activity are not actually fortunate. Pious activities are fortunate\nwhen they help one become Kr�r:Ja conscious. The good fortune of bhakty-un­\n\nmukhr is attainable only when one comes in contact with a devotee. By associating with a devotee willingly or unwillingly, one advances in devotional service,\nand thus one's dormant Kr�r:Ja consciousness is awakened.\nTEXT 46\n\n�<�t9f<rc�1 <!ill\"C�·1 �1!'1 iSC<I\"�'l� \\!i�J�J� 'l�'lllt'it'll: I\n\n'��'l'Jfr:ll1 \"l!f� �r'�'<�\" 'J>t_'it-c-�1\n9f�t<lu'rC\"t �Rf �t�r;\\! �f\\!J: II B� II\n\nbhavapavargo bhramato yada bhavej\njanasya tarhy acyuta sat-samagama/:1\nsat-sarigamo yarhi tadaiva sad-gatau\nparavarese tvayi jayate rati/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhava apavarga/:1-liberation from the nescience of material existence;\nbhramata/:1 -wandering; yada-when; bhavet-should be; janasya-of a person;\ntarhi-at that time; acyuta-0 Supreme Personality of Godhead; satsamagama/:1 -association with devotees; sat-sarigama/:1-association with devotees; yarhi-when; tada-at that time; eva-only; sat-gatau-the highest goal of\nlife; paravarese-the Lord of the universe; tvayi-to You; jayate-appears;\nrati/:1-attraction.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'0 my Lord! 0 infallible Supreme Person! When a person wandering\n\nthroughout the universes becomes eligible for liberation from material existence, he gets an opportunity to associate with devotees. When he associates\nwith devotees, his attraction for You is awakened. You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the highest goal of the supreme devotees and the Lord of\nthe universe.'\n\n", "mad8#p0383": "Text 48]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n351\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.51.53).\nTEXT 47\n\n� �!if �� �� '�fe{ ret'it1� 1\n\n�111-�fil-�� fit� �t�il II 8'1 II\nkr$f)a yadi krpa kare kona bhagyavane\nguru-antaryami-rupe sikhaya apane\nSYNONYMS\nkr$(1a-Lord Kr�r:Ja; yadi-if; krpa kare-shows His mercy; kona bhagyavane­\n\nto some fortunate person; guru-of the spiritual master; antaryami-of the\nSupersoul; rape-in the form; sikhaya-teaches; apane-personally.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r;�a is situated in everyone's heart as caitya-guru, the spiritual master\nwithin. When He is kind to some fortunate conditioned soul, He personally\ngives one lessons to progress in devotional service, instructing the person as\nthe Supersoul within and the spiritual master without.\nTEXT 48\n\nC.rc�t<>f<l�J<>f fSf\\!i � ·<t><t��-c �\"r\n\n31\"iilli.:�rr f<>� ���%�If: \"inr�: 1\nc<rt��<t�����l���� f<l�:�tst�Cs'SJ<t1_<!1 �5\\f\\!i� <lJO!f�& II 817 II\nnaivopayanty apacitirh kavayas tavesa\n\nbrahmayu$api krtam rddha-muda/:1 smaranta/:1\n\nyo 'ntar bahis tanu-bhrtam asubharh vidhunvann\nacarya-caittya-vapu$a sva-gatirh vyanakti\nSYNONYMS\nna eva-not at all; upayanti-are able to express; apacitim-their gratitude;\n\nkavaya/:1-learned devotees; tava-Your;. isa-0 Lord; brahma-ayu$a-with a\n\nlifetime equal to Lord Brahma's; api-in spite of; krtam-magnanimous work; rddha-increased; muda/:1-joy; smaranta/:1-remembering; ya/:1-who; anta/:1-\n\nwithin; bahi/:1-outside; tanu-bhrtam-of those who are embodied; asubham-\n\n", "mad8#p0384": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n352\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nmisfortune; vidhunvan -dissipating; acarya-of the spiritual master; caittya-of\n\nthe Supersoul; vapu�a-by the forms; sva-own; gatim-path; vyanakti-shows.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'0 my L ord! Transcendental poets and experts in spiritual science could\nnot fully express their indebtedness to You, even if they were endowed with\nthe prolonged lifetime of Brahma, for You appear in two features-externally\nas the acarya and internally as the Supersoul-to deliver the embodied living\nbeing by directing him how to come to You.'\nPURPO RT\n\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.29.6). It was spoken by Uddhava\n\nafter he had been instructed in yoga by Sri Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 49\n\n�1�ttr ��t�J <'!1•1 �fif �� I\noef9�if '0�11'' P8{, ���t1t � -.� II 8� II\nsadhu-sange k(�f)a-bhaktye sraddha yadi haya\n\nbhakti-phala 'prema' haya, sarhsara yaya k�aya\nSYNONYMS\n\nsadhu-sange-by the association of devotees; kr�Qa-bhaktye-in discharging\n\ndevotional service to Kr�r;�a; sraddha-faith; yadi-if; haya-there is; bhaktiphala-the result of devotional service to Kr�r;�a; prema-love of Godhead;\nhaya-awakens;\n\nsarhsara-the conditioned life in material existence;\n\nyaya\n\nk�aya-becomes vanquished.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By associating with a devotee, one awakens his faith in devotional service\nto Kr�r;�a.\n\nBecause of devotional service,\n\none's dormant love for Kr�r;�a\n\nawakens, and thus one's material, conditional existence comes to an end.\nTEXT 50\n\nl!'1f�:�111��'4tCI'f� �t���� ll': 1_\"It11, I\n0{ folf<tcSli O{t0i1fC�1 ':Sl'€iT:ll'tC5Jt�� f11f�l'f: II �\n\nyadrcchaya mat-kathadau\n\njata-sraddhas tu ya/:1 puman\n\n•\n\nII\n\n", "mad8#p0385": "Text 51]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n353\n\nna nirviQQO natisakto\n\nbhakti-yogo 'sya siddhida/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nyadr cchaya-by some good fortune; mat-katha-adau-in talk about Me; jata­\n\nsraddha/:1-has awakened his attraction; tu- but; ya/:1 puman-a person who; na\nnirviQQa/:1-not falsely detached; na atisakta/:1-not attached to material exis­\n\ntence; bhakti-yoga/:1-the process of devotional service; asya-for such a person;\n\nsiddhi-da/:1-bestowing perfection.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11 'Somehow or other,\n\nif one is attracted to talks about Me and has faith in\n\nthe instructions I have set forth in Bhagavad-gita, and if one is actually\ndetached from material things and material existence, his dormant love for Me\nwill be awakened by devotional service.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.20.8) was spoken by Kr�r:ta at the time\nof His deparature from this material world. It was spoken to Uddhava.\n\nTEXT 51\n\nIJ�e.·li�i Ri{i �ti{ �til ''fj�' i{� I\n\"'fJ� � �1(, �R� � -.� II a-� II\nmahat-krpa vina kana karme 'bhakti' naya\n\nkr?Qa-bhakti dare rahu, sarhsara nahe k?aya\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nmahat-krpa-the mercy of great devotees; vina-without; kana karme - by\n\nsome other activity; bhakti naya-the re is not devotional service; k[$Qa-bhakti­\n\nlove of Kr�r:ta or devotional service to Kr�r:ta; dare rah u-leav ing aside; sarhsarathe bondage of material existence; nahe-there is not; k?aya-destruction.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Unless one is favored by a pure devotee, he cannot attain the platform of\ndevotional service. To say nothing of kr�r:ta-bhakti, one cannot even be\nrelieved from the bondage of material existence.\n\n", "mad8#p0386": "354\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nPURPORT\n\nPious activities bring about material opulence, but one cannot acquire devotional service by any amount of material pious activity, not by giving charity,\nopening big hospitals and schools or working philanthropically. Devotional service\ncan be attained only by the mercy of a pure devotee. Without a pure devotee's\nmercy, one cannot even escape the bondage of material existence. The word\nmahat in this verse means \"a pure devotee.\" As confirmed in Bhagavad-gita:\nmahatmanas tu mam partha\ndaivirh prakrtim asrita/:1\nbhajanty ananya-manaso\njnatva bhatadim avyayam\n\"0 son of Prtha, those who are not deluded, the great souls, are under the protec­\n\ntion of the divine nature. They are fully engaged in devotional service because\nthey know Me as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, original and inexhaustible.\" (Bg. 9.13)\nOne also has to associate with such a mahatma who has accepted Kr�r:Ja as the\nsupreme source of the entire creation. Without being a mahatma, one cannot\nunderstand Kr�r:Ja's absolute position. A mahatma is rare and transcendental, and\nhe is a pure devotee of Lord Kr�r:Ja. Foolish people consider Kr�r:Ja a human being,\nand they consider Lord Kr�r:Ja's pure devotee an ordinary human being also. Whatever one may be, one must take shelter at the lotus feet of a devotee mahatma\nand treat him as the most exalted well-wisher of all human society. We should\ntake shelter of such a mahatma and ask for his causeless mercy. Only by his\nbenediction can one be relieved from attachment to a materialistic way of life.\nWhen one is thus relieved, he can engage in the Lord's transcendental loving service through the mercy of the mahatma.\nTEXT 52\n\n��'1\\C'I'!i:e\"PII 'I <itf'!i\n'I C15�HI1 fo\\�\"1'111(,5):�1�1 I\n'�' �·�Pn hr<t �..,tf�c�-\n\nf<l;rJ ·�r�� 9f11R!T:�1� �\"C�<l', II a� II\nrahagaQaitat tapasa na yati\nna cejyaya nirvapaQad grhad va\nna cchandasa naiva jalagni-suryair\nvina mahat-pada-rajo-'bhi�ekam\n\n", "mad8#p0387": "Text 53]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n355\n\nSYNONYMS\nrahDgaf)a-0 King Rahogat:�a; etat-this; tapasa-by severe austerities and\n\npenances; na yati -one does not obtain; na-neither; ca-also; ijyaya-by\n\ngorgeous worship; nirvapaf)at-by renounced order of life; grhat -by sacrifices\n\nwhile living in the home; va-or; na chandasa-nor by scholarly study of the\nVedas; na-nor; eva-certainly; ja/a-agni-sDryai/:1-by those who worship water,\n\nfire or scorching sunshine; vina-without; mahat-pada-raja/:1-of the dust of the\nlotus feet of a mahatma; abhi$ekam-the sprinkling.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'0 King Rahugar;�a, without taking upon one's head the dust from the lotus\n\nfeet of a pure devotee [a mahajana or mahatma], one cannot attain devotional\nservice. Devotional service is not possible to attain simply by undergoing\nsevere austerities and penances, by gorgeously worshiping the Deity, or by\nstrictly following the rules and regulations of the sannyasa or grhastha order,\nnor by studying the Vedas, submerging oneself in water, or exposing oneself\nto fire or scorching sunlight.'\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse appears in Srimad-Bhagavatam (5.12.12). jac;la Bharata herein tells\n\nKing RahOgat:�a how he attained the paramaharilsa stage. Maharaja Rahogat:�a, the\nKing of Sindhu-sauvira, had asked Jac;la Bharata how he had attained the\n\nparamaharilsa stage. The King had called him to carry his palanquin, but when the\n\nKing heard from paramaharilsa jac;la Bharata about the supreme philosophy, he ex­\n\npressed surprise and asked Jac;la Bharata how he had attained such great liberation. At that time Jac;la Bharata informed the King how to become detached from\nmaterial attraction.\nTEXT 53\n\nC.r�t� \"I!f��tq��ll!'\"I!t��\n�\"f�J01'4l9f51\"C\"I�1 �vr-4: 1\n\n\"l1�'1\"�r1ft� 9fi•nn:�r�f�rlf<f�\nf01��\"1l'li� 01 �'it� �jq<:. II it-!> II\nnai$ari1 matis tavad urukramanghriril\n\nsprsaty anarthapagamo yad-artha/:1\n\nmahiyasaril pada-rajo-'bhi$ekari1\n\nni$kincananari1 na vwita yavat\n\n", "mad8#p0388": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n356\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nna-not; e,sam-of those who are attached to household life; matib-the in­\n\nterest; tavat-that long; urukrama-arighrim-the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is credited with uncommon activities; sprsatitouches; anartha-of unwanted things; apagamab-vanquishing; yat-of which;\n\narthab-result; mahiyasam-of the great personalities, devotees; pada-rajab-of\n\nthe dust of the lotus feet; abhi,sekam-sprinkling on the head; ni,skiiicananamwho are completely detached from material possessions; na vwita-does not do;\nyavat-as long as.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'Unless human society accepts the dust of the lotus feet of great mahatmas-devotees who have nothing to do with material possessions-mankind\ncannot turn its attention to the lotus feet of Kr�Qa. Those lotus feet vanquish\nall the unwanted miserable conditions of material life.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse appears in the Srimad-Bhagavatam (7.5.32). When the great sage\nNarada was giving instructions to Maharaja Yudhi?thira, he narrated the activities\nof Prahlada Maharaja. This verse was spoken by Prahlada Maharaja to his father,\nHirar;tyakasipu, the king of demons. Prahlada Maharaja informed his father of the\n\nnine basic processes of bhakti-yoga. Whoever takes to these processes is to be\nconsidered a highly learned scholar. Hirar;tyakasipu, however, did not like his son\nto talk about devotional service; therefore he immediately called his teacher, ?ar:t<;lamarka. The teacher explained that he did not teach devotional service to\nPrahlada but that the boy was naturally inclined that way. At that time\nHirar;tyakasipu became very angry and asked Prahlada why he had become a\nVai?r;tava. In answer to this question, Prahlada Maharaja recited this verse to the\neffect that one cannot become the Lord's devotee without receiving the mercy\nand blessings of another devotee.\nTEXT 54\n\n'����', '�i�'-�('ilfiar �� I\n\"f�'lft(! �t���'f ���� �� II <t8 II\n'sadhu-sariga', 'sadhu-sariga'-sarva-sastre kaya\nlava-matra sadhu-sarige sarva-siddhi haya\nSYNONYMS\n\nsadhu-sariga sadhu-sariga-association with pure devotees; sarva-sastre-all\n\nthe revealed scriptures; kaya-say; /ava-matra-even for a moment; sadhusarige\n\n-\n\nby association with a devotee; sarva-siddhi-all success; haya-there is.\n\n", "mad8#p0389": "Text\n\n56]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n357\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The verdict of all revealed scriptures is that by even a moment's association with a pure devotee, one can attain all success.\nPURPORT\n\nAccording to astronomical calculations, Java is one eleventh of one second.\nTEXT\n\n55\n\n�\"lli11! '1C<f011f9f '1 �of� 0!19J:.01;:5<f'\\_ I\n�5r<r�'lf5f'l5f� 11�n'�t� f<�>ll_�trr�: 11 tt<l 11\ntulayama lavenapi\n\nna svargarh napunar-bhavam\n\nbhagavat-sangi-sangasya\n\nmartyanarh kimutasi?a/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\ntulayama-we make equal; /avena-with one instant; api-even; na-not;\n\nsvargam-heavenly planets; na-nor; apuna/:1-bhavam-merging into the exis­\n\ntence of the Supreme; bhagavat-sangi-sangasya-of the association of devotees\nwho are always associated with the Supreme Personality of Godhead; martyanam-of persons destined to die; kim uta-what; asi?a/:1-the blessings.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'The value of a moment's association with a devotee of the lord cannot\neven be compared to the attainment of heavenly planets or liberation from\nmatter, and what to speak of worldly benedictions in the form of material\nprosperity, which is for those who are meant for death.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.18.13). This verse concerns the\nVedic rites and sacrifices performed by the great sages of Naimi�aral)ya, headed\nby Saunaka ��i. The sages pointed out that association with a devotee for even\nless than a second is beyond comparison to a thousand Vedic rituals and\nsacrifices, elevation to heavenly planets or merging into the existence of the\nSupreme.\nTEXT\n\n56\n�� �?l��i!(f;i{t1f llf..J ���1 I\niS'f�t1f 1ttf�r;� �� firm u �t� u\n\n", "mad8#p0390": "358\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nkmJa krpalu arjunere lak$ya kariya\njagatere rakhiyachena upadesa diya\nSYNONYMS\nk[$Qa-Lord Kr�r;�a; krpa/u-merciful; arjunere-Arjuna; lak$ya kariya-aiming\nat; jagatere-the whole world; rakhiyachena-has protected; upadesa diyagiving instructions.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�Qa is so merciful that simply by aiming His instructions at Arjuna, He\nhas given protection to the whole world.\nTEXTS 57-58\n\n'1���\\!i'l!� �11: \"J'J_ C'! 9('�'Pl� <n>: I\n\n�C�1�f'! t'l! �1'f'ff� �C\\!>1 <\\'�JlPl C� f��\"{_ II t � II\n\n'l!'ll•rl �<\\' 'l!i!bC'€'1 'l!'ftlltill1� 'l!t� \"1'11:l1' I\n'l!tC'!bPJJf'! 'I�J' C� ��ill7tC01 f�llt�f'l C'l! 11�1711\nsarva-guhyatamaril bhaya/:1\nswu me paramaril vaca/:1\ni$tO 'si me drc;iham iti\ntato vak$yami te hitam\nman-mana bhava mad-bhakto\nmad-yaji maril namaskuru\nmam evai$yasi satyaril te\npratijane priyo 'si me\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-guhya-tamam-most confidential of all; bhaya/:1-again; SfQU-hear;\nme-My; paramam vaca/:1-supreme instruction; i$ta/:l-beloved; asi-you are;\nme-My; drc;Jham iti-very firmly; tata/:1-therefore; vak$yami-l shall speak;\nte-to you; hitam-words of benediction; mat-mana/:1-whose mind is always\non Me; bhava-become; mat-bhakta/:1-My devotee; mat-yaji-My worshiper;\nmam-unto Me; namaskuru-offer obeisances; mam eva-to Me only; e$yasiyou will come; satyam-truly; te-to you; pratijane-1 promise; priya/:1 asi-you\nare dear; me-My.\n\n", "mad8#p0391": "Text 60]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n359\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Because you are My very dear friend, I am speaking to you the most con­\n\nfidential part of knowledge. Hear this from Me, for it is for your benefit. Always think of Me and become My devotee, worship Me and offer obeisances\nunto Me. Thus you will come to Me without fail. I promise you this because\nyou are My very dear friend.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Bhagavad-gita (18.64-65).\nTEXT 59\n\n���,-�·1{1l, <IS�, �t�, �t� I\n�� �tfif' <;lift� �� �i-�'i�ti{_ ll q� ll\npOrva ajria,-veda-dharma, karma, yoga, jriana\nsaba sadhi' se�e ei ajria-balavan\nSYNONYMS\npOrva ajria-previous orders; veda-dharma-performance of Vedic ritualistic\nceremonies; karma-fruitive activities;\n\nyoga-mystic yoga practice; jriana­\n\nspeculative knowledge; saba sadhi'-executing all these processes; se�e-at the\nend; ei ajria-this order; ba/avan-powerful.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAlthough Kr�r;�a has previously explained the proficiency of executing\n\nVedic rituals, performing fruitive activity as enjoined in the Vedas, practicing\nyoga and cultivating jiiana, these last instructions are most powerful and stand\nabove all the others.\nTEXT 60\n\n�� �e�t�'i �'@1f '�'iit' �rw �11 1\n�<R '!Jt� <�Sfit' '� fl � ll �0 ll\nei ajria-bale bhaktera 'sraddha' yadi haya\nsarva-karma tyaga kari' se kr�Qa bhajaya\nSYNONYMS\nei ajria-bale-on the strength of this supreme order of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; bhaktera-of the devotees; sraddha-faith; yadi-if; haya-there\n\n", "mad8#p0392": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n360\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nis; sarva-karma�ll other activities, material and spiritual; tyaga kari -leaving\n'\n\naside; se-he; kr�Qa bhajaya-serves Lord Kr�r;�a.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"If the devotee has faith in the strength of this order, he worships Lord\nKr�Qa and gives up all other activities.\nTEXT 61\n\n\\!it�\" <fi�tr'1 �'{7� '� r01f<g<v� <�t�\\!., 1\n'lf'<fi�t��'1tr;w� �I !!1%1 <il�il �ti1?;\\!i II �'> II\ntavat karmaQi kurvita\n\nna nirvidyeta yavata\n\nmat-katha-sravaQadau va\n\nsraddha yavan na jayate\nSYNONYMS\n\ntavat-up to that time;\n\nkarmaQi-fruitive activities;\n\nkurvita-one should\n\nexecute; na nirvidyeta-is not satiated; yavata-as long as; mat-katha-of dis­\n\ncourses about Me; sravaQa-adau-in the matter of sravaf)am, kirtanam, and so on;\nva-or; sraddha-faith; yavat-as long as; na-not; jayate-is awakened.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'As long as one is not satiated by fruitive activity and has not awakened\nhis taste for devotional service by sravaQaril kirtanaril vi�Qol;l, one has to act\naccording to the regulative principles of the Vedic injunctions.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.20.9).\nTEXT 62\n\n'�'·lrf�\"'f-��t� <tl�� �,, f�ll6� I\n� �f� '<fi� �(<15� �� l8t II �� II\n'sraddha'-sabde-visvasa kahe sudr(lha niscaya\n\nkr�Qe bhakti kaile sarva-karma krta haya\nSYNONYMS\nsraddha-sabde-by the word sraddha; visvasa-faith;\n\nkahe-is said;\n\nsu­\n\ndr(lha-firm; ni5caya-ce rtai n; kr�Qe-unto Lord Kr�r;�a; bhakti-devotional ser-\n\n", "mad8#p0393": "Text 63]\n\n361\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\nvice; kaile-by executing; sarva-karma-all activities; krta-completed; hayaare.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By rendering transcendental loving service to Kr�r;�a, one automatically\nperforms all subsidiary activities. This confident, firm faith, favorable to the\ndischarge of devotional service, is called sraddha.\n\nPURPORT\nFirm faith and confidence are called sraddha. When one engages in the Lord's\ndevotional service, he is to be understood to have performed all his responsibilities in the material world. He has satisfied his forefathers, ordinary living entities, and demigods and is free from all responsibility. Such a person does not\nneed to meet his responsibilities separately. It is automatically done. Fruitive activity (karma) is meant to satisfy the senses of the conditioned soul. However,\nwhen one awakens to Kr�l)a consciousness, he does not have to work separately\nfor pious activity. The best achievement of all fruitive activity is detachment from\nmaterial life, and this detachment is spontaneously enjoyed by the devotee firmly\nengaged in the Lord's service.\nTEXT 63\n\n<!'41 �c�t'( <'! r<�r�ROIOI\n�·tJf{g \\!.�.:��C�l9f\"fl�1: I\n·2ll\"C'lt9f�t�l60 <!C'4f��t<fl�\n�C'4<! 'lql�<f'l�JC��Jl II �\"' II\nyatha taror ma/a-ni?ecanena\ntrpyanti tat-skandha-bhujopasakha/:1\ntrpyanti tat-skandha-bhujopasakaha/:1\npraf)opaharac ca yathendriyaf)arh\ntathaiva sarvarhaf)am acyutejya\nSYNONYMS\n\nyatha-as; taro/:1-of a tree; mula-on the root; ni?ecanena-by pouring\nwater;\n\ntrpyanti-are satisfied;\n\ntat-of the tree;\n\nskandha-trunk ;\n\nbhuja­\n\nbranches; upasakha/:1-sub-branches; praf)a-to the living force; upaharat -from\noffering food; ca-also; yatha-as;\nsimilarly;\n\neva-indeed;\n\nsarva-of\n\nindriyaf)am-of all the senses; tathaall;\n\narhaf)am-worship ;\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; ijya-worship .\n\nacyuta-of\n\nthe\n\n", "mad8#p0394": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n362\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'By pouring water on the root of a tree, one automatically satisfies the\ntrunk, branches and twigs. Similarly, by supplying food to the stomach, where\nit nourishes the life air, one satisfies all the senses. In the same way, by\nworshiping Kr�.,a and rendering Him service, one automatically satisfies all\nthe demigods.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (4.31.14).\nTEXT 64\n\n\\!l'llit<tti{_ iSf� � ��-�fi(�tit I\n'\\!;�', '��', '��'-i!llli1-�Jt�it II�8 II\nsraddhavan jana haya bhakti-adhikari\n\n'uttama', 'madhyama', 'kani�tha'-sraddha-anusari\nSYNONYMS\n\nsraddhavan jana-a person with faith; haya-is; bhakti-adhikari-eligible for\ndischarging\n\ntranscendental loving service to the Lord;\n\nmadhyama-intermediate;\n\nkani�tha-the lowest class;\n\nuttama-first class;\n\nsraddha-anusari-ac­\n\ncording to the proportion of faith.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A faithful devotee is a truly eligible candidate for the loving service of the\nLord. According to one's faith, one is classified as a topmost devotee, an intermediate devotee or an inferior devotee.\nPURPORT\nThe word sraddhavan (faithful) means understanding Kr�r:ta to be the summum\n\nbonum, the eternal truth and absolute transcendence. If one has full faith in Kr�r:ta\nand confidence in Him, one becomes eligible to discharge devotional service con­\n\nfidentially. According to one's faith, one is a topmost, intermediate or inferior\ndevotee.\nTEXT 65\n\nllft��J �f.l�, �\\J\\!t'lli �111' I\n'��-�fi{<�Stit' '�� \\!11l't� �R� II�� II\n\n", "mad8#p0395": "Text 67]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n363\n\nsastra-yuktye sunipuf)a, dr(iha-sraddha yatira\n'uttama-adhikari' sei taraye sarhsara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsastra-yuktye-in argument and logic; su-nipuf)a-very expert; dr(iha-sraddha-firm faith and confidence in Kr�r;�a; yatira-whose; uttama-adhikari-the\ntopmost devotee; sei-he; taraye sa rhsara-can deliver the whole world.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One who is expert in logic, argument and the revealed scriptures and who\nhas firm faith in Kr�r:ta is classified as a topmost devotee. He can deliver the\nwhole world.\nTEXT 66\n\n\"ftC� \\C�� l) f019J._'1: 'l�Q{1 �1if.l\"5�: I\nC�T1ii!IC�1�flf�l�1 <j: 'I '5�l1_\\'3T.1ll 11\\!i: II �� II\nsastre yuktau ca nipuf)a/:1\nsarvatha dr(iha-ni5caya/:l\nprau(iha-sraddho 'dhikari ya/:1\nsa bhaktav uttamo mata/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nsastre-in the revealed scriptures; yuktau-in logic; ca-also; nipuf)a/:1-expert;\n\nsarvatha-in all respects;\n\ndr(iha-niscaya/:1-who is firmly convinced;\n\npraugha-deep; sraddha/:1-who has faith; adhikarT-eligible; ya/:1-who; sa/:1he; bhaktau-in devotional service; uttama/:1-highest; mata/:1-is considered.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'One who is expert in logic and understanding of revealed scriptures, and\nwho always has firm conviction and deep faith that is not blind, is to be considered a topmost devotee in devotional service.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse appears in the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\n(1.2.17) by Srila ROpa\n\nGosvami.\nTEXT 67\n\nliftS·'{'� itt� �il \" �'it�tl{.l\n'1f�·�fif�tit' �� �·<et'$fJ�ti\\_ II �'I II\n'\n\n", "mad8#p0396": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n364\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nsastra yukti nahi jane drc;lha, sraddhavan\n-\n\n'madhyama-adhikari' sei maha-bhagyavan\nSYNONYMS\n\nsastra-yukti-logical arguments on the basis of revealed scripture; nahi-not;\ndrc;lha-firmly;\nsraddhavan-faithful; madhyama-adhikari­\n\njane-knows;\n\nsecond-class devotee; sei-he; maha bhagyavan\n-\n\n-\n\nvery fortunate.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"One who is not very expert in argument and logic based on revealed scriptures but who has firm faith is considered a second-class devotee. He also\nmust be considered most fortunate.\nTEXT 68\n�: \"1�1flf�R<9J:_¢f: �%1�1\"1_ 1f � �liPt: II lblr II\n\nyah sastradi?V anipUQab\nsraddhavan sa tu madhyamab\nSYNONYMS\nya/.1-anyone who; sastra-adi?u-in the revealed scriptures; anipuQab-not\nvery expert; sraddhavan-full of faith; sab-he; tu-certainly; madhyamabsecond-class or middle-class devotee.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'He who does not know scriptural argument very well but who has firm\nfaith is called an intermediate or second-class devotee.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse appears in the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.18).\nTEXT 69\n\n�tm <;�11Q'I' �1, <;Jt '<flfili' �i{ I\n\nillitlf illit11 �t� � ��t� '�' II �� II\nyahara kamala sraddha, se 'kani?tha' jana\nkrame krame tenho bhakta ha-ibe 'uttama'\n\n", "mad8#p0397": "Text 71]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n365\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nyahara-whose; kamala sraddha-soft faith; se-such a person; kani�tha\n\njana-a neophyte devotee; krame krame-by a gradual progression; tenho-he;\nbhakta-devotee; ha-ibe-will become; uttama-first class.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"One whose faith is soft and pliable is called a neophyte, but by gradually\nfollowing the process, he will rise to the platform of a first-class devotee.\nTEXT 70\n\nC\"ll 'iiC�� '<fi'l<'li!!f'.ii: 'l � f�c�·l f����r,� II 'I• H\nyo bhavet komala-sraddhai)\nsa kani�tho nigadyate\nSYNONYMS\n\nya/:l-anyone who; bhavet-may be; kamala-soft; sraddhal) -having faith;\n\nsa/:l-such a person; kani�thai) -neophyte devotee; nigadyate-is said to be.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'One whose faith is not very strong, who is just beginning, should be considered a neophyte devotee.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse also appears in the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.19).\nTEXT 71\n\n1ff?!·,�Jt·l!111\"1!tJTJ ��-1!1f·I!Jt I\n��tw-t \"Jfit� 1!111\" �ftf�ttfi i'l'fi'l II '\\ � II\nrati-prema-taratamye bhakta -tara-tama\nekadasa skandhe tara kariyache lak�al)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nrati-of attachment; prema-and love; taratamye-by comparison; bhaktadevotee; tara-tama-superior and superlative; ekadasa skandhe-in the Eleventh\nCanto of Srimad-Bhagavatam; tara-of him; kariyac he-has made; lak�al)asymptoms.\n\n", "mad8#p0398": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n366\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"A devotee is considered superlative and superior according to his attachment and love. In the Eleventh Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam, the following\nsymptoms have been ascertained.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura has stated that if one has developed faith in Kr�r;�a\nconsciousness, he is to be considered an eligible candidate for further advancement in Kr�r;�a consciousness. Those who have faith are divided into three categories\n\n-\n\nu ttama,\n\nmadhyama and kani?tha (first-class, second-class and neophyte). A\n\nfirst-class devotee has firm conviction in the revealed scriptures and is expert in\narguing according to the sastras. He is firmly convinced of the science of Kr�r;�a\nconsciousness. The madhyama-adhikari, or second-class devotee, has firm conviction in Kr�r;�a consciousness, but he cannot support his conviction by citing\nsastric references. The neophyte devotee does not yet have firm faith. In this way\nthe devotees are typed.\nThe standard of devotion is also categorized in the same way. A neophyte\nbelieves that only love of Kr�r;�a or Kr�r;�a consciousness is very good, but he may\nnot know the basis of pure Kr�r;�a consciousness or how one can become a perfect\ndevotee. Sometimes in the heart of a neophyte there is attraction for karma, jnana\nor yoga. When he is free and transcendental to mixed devotional activity, he becomes a second-class devotee. When he becomes expert in logic and can refer to\nthe sastras, he becomes a first-class deyotee. The devotees are also described as\npositive, comparative and superlative, in terms of their love and attachment for\nKr�l)a.\nIt should be understood that a madhyama-adhikari, a second-class devotee, is\nfully convinced of Kr�r;�a consciousness but cannot support his convictions with\nsastric reference. A neophyte may fall down by associating with nondevotees because he is not firmly convinced and strongly situated. The second-class devotee,\neven though he cannot support his position with sastric reference, can gradually\nbecome a first-class devotee by studying the sastras and associating with a firstclass devotee. However, if the second-class devotee does not advance himself by\nassociating with a first-class devotee, he makes no progress. There is no possibility\nthat a first-class devotee will fall down, even though he may mix with nondevotees to preach. Conviction and faith gradually increase to make one an uttama-adhikari, a first-class devotee.\nTEXT 72\n\n'l\"<t'¥_?:�\\ <j: 9f?:'!J.r�st�;g1<t'l1�'1: I\n��1f'l �st<t�J�C'll\"lf �1si�C�N'I: II H II\n\n", "mad8#p0399": "Text 73]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n367\n\nsarva-bhUte�u yab pasyed\n\nbhagavad-bhavam atmanab\n\nbhUtani bhagavaty atmany\ne�a bhagavatottamab\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarva-bhate$u-in all obj ects (in matter, spirit, and combinations of matter and\n\nspirit); yab-anyone who; pasyet-sees; bhagavat-bhavam-the ability to be\n\nengaged in the service of the Lord; atmanab -of the supreme spirit soul or the\n\ntranscendence beyond the material conception of life; bhatani-all beings;\n\nbhagavati-in the Supreme Personality of Godhead; atmani-the basic principle\n\nof all existence; e�ab-this; bhagavata-uttamab-a person advanced in devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'A person advanced in devotional service sees within everything the soul\nof souls, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Kr�r;�a. Consequently he always sees the form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead as the cause of all\ncauses and understands that all things are situated in Him.\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.2.45).\nTEXT 73\n\n�1?:11\" �lf?lr:\"l� <11Mr:\"l� f�\"lf\"� D I\nC2!1!-C\"I!l1!�-n9ftr:9f'f!i1 <1: <fi\"C1!\"1f� '! \"I!<fJ\"I!: II '1-:J II\nisvare tad-adhine�u\n\nbalise�u dvi�atsu ca\n\nprema-maitri-krpopek�a\nyab karoti sa madhyamab\nSYNONYMS\nisvare-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tat-adhine�u-to persons\nwho have taken fully to Kr�r;�a consciousness; ba/ise�u-unto the neophytes or\nthe ignorant; dvi�atsu-to persons envious of Kr�r;�a and the devotees of Kr�Qa;\n\nprema -love ; ma itri -friendship; k rpa-mercy; upek�a-negligence; yab -an y­\n\none who; karoti-does; sab-he; madhyamab-a second-class devotee.\n\n", "mad8#p0400": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n368\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nTRANSLATION\n11 1\n\nAn intermediate, second-class devotee shows love for the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, is friendly to all devotees and is very merciful to\nneophytes and ignorant people. The intermediate devotee neglects those who\nare envious of devotional service.\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(11.2.46). This statement was\n\nmade by the great sage Narada while he was speaking to Vasudeva about devotional service. This subject was originally discussed between Nimi, the King of\nVideha, and the nine Yogendras.\nTEXT 74\n\n·�r5t�l7.:�<t Hn! ��� �: ��7.:11�� I\n� \\!�'&� �7.:� If��: �ff\\!: 1''!: II '18 II\n\narcayam eva haraye\n\npujarh yah sraddhayehate\n\nna tad-bhakte?U canye?u\n\nsa bhaktah prakrtah smrtah\nSYNONYMS\n\narcayam-in the temple worship; eva-certainly; haraye\n\n-\n\nfor the pleasure of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; pujam-worship; yah-anyone who; sraddhaya-with faith and love; ihate\n\ndevotees of the Lord; ca anye?u\n\n-\n\n-\n\ne xecutes ; na-not; tat-bhakte?u-to the\n\nand to others; sah-he ; bhaktah-a devotee;\n\nprakrtah -materialistic; smrtah-is considered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nII I\n\nA prakrta, or materialistic devotee does not purposefully study the sastra\n\nand try to understand the actual standard of pure devotional service. Consequently he does not show proper respect to advanced devotees. He may,\nhowever, follow the regulative principles learned from his spiritual master or\nfrom his family who worships the Deity. He is to be considered on the material\nplatform, although he is trying to advance in devotional service. Such a person\nis a bhakta-praya [neophyte devotee], or bhaktabhasa, for he is a little enlightened by Vai��ava philosophy.'\n\n", "mad8#p0401": "Text 76]\n\n369\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.2.47). SrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura says\nthat one who has full love for the Supreme Personality of Godhead and who\nmaintains a good friendship with the Lord's devotees is always callous to those\nwho envy Kr�t:�a and Kr�t:�a's devotees. Such a person is to be considered an intermediate devotee. He becomes a first-class devotee when, in the course of advancing in devotional service, he feels an intimate relationship with all living entities, seeing them as part and parcel of the Supreme Person.\n\nTEXT 75\n\n��-�Cf'$flj C���--t\"fu� I\n�� �� �Cf ��fit :Jt.rof ll 'la- II\nsarva maha-guQa-gaQa vai?Qava-sarire\nkr?Qa-bhakte kr?Qera guQa saka/i saficare\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarva-all;\n\nmaha-great;\n\nguQa-gaQa-transcendental\n\nqualities;\n\nvai?Qava­\n\nsarire-in the bodies of Vai�t:�avas; kr?Qa-bhakte-in the devotees of Lord Kr�t:Ja;\nkr?Qera-of Lord Kr�t:Ja; guQa-the qualities; sakali-all; saficare-appear.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"A Vai�r;�ava is one who has developed all good transcendental qualities. All\nthe good qualities of Kr�r;�a gradually develop in Kr�r;�a's devotee.\nTEXT 76\n\nv�tfu �r-�;;5f'I�Jf��\"l1\n\n71r� �f'r•t'(g\\11 7l\"llt7lc� ��t= ,\n������ �C\\!i1 ��'t_�'f1\n�r.!l�C�Oit'lf\\!i lft<[C�l <t�: II 'I� II\nyasyasti bhaktir bhagavaty akificana\n\nsarvair guQais tatra samasate surab\n\nharav abhaktasya kuto mahad-guQa\nmano-rathenasati dhavato bahib\n\n", "mad8#p0402": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n370\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nSYNONYMS\nyasya-of whom; asti-there is; bhaktih-devotional service; bhagavati-unto\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; akificana-without material desires; sar­\n\nvaib-all; guQaih-with good qualities; tatra-there; samasate-live; surab-the\n\ndemigods; harau-unto the Lord; abhaktasya-of the nondevotee; kutahwhere; mahat-guQab-the high qualities; manab-rathena-by mental concoc­\n\ntion; asati-to temporary material happiness; dhavatab-running; bahib-exter­\n\nnally.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'In one who has unflinching devotional faith in Kr��;�a, all the good\n\nqualities of Kr��;�a and the demigods are consistently manifest. However, he\nwho has no devotion to the Supreme Personality of Godhead has no good\nqualifications because he is engaged by mental concoction in material existence, which is the external feature of the lord.'\nPURPORT\nThis was spoken by Bhadrasrava and his followers, who were offering prayers\n\nto Nrsirhhadeva (Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n5.18.12).\n\nTEXT 77\n\n�� �� �'1 �HI '���·�'lf''1 I\n�� ��i if1 ��' �f1f �'i'l,��-fi{ II 99 II\nsei saba guQa haya vai$Qava-lak$aQa\n\nsaba kaha na yaya, kari dig-darasana\nSYNONYMS\nsei saba guQa-all those transcendental qualities; haya-are; vai$Qava-/ak­\n\n$aQa-the symptoms of a Vai�l)ava; saba-all; kaha na yaya-cannot be ex­\n\nplained; kari-1 shall do; dik-darasana-a general review.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAll these transcendental qualities are the characteristics of pure Vai��;�avas,\n\nand they cannot be fully explained, but I shall try to point out some of the important qualities.\nTEXTS 78-80\n\n�� ��\\!ti!it�, �\\!J�1f �1{ I\n�'tl{, �'f'$, �,, ��' ��·i{ II 'IV' II\n\n", "mad8#p0403": "Text 81]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n371\n\n�t�9f�t11�, -tt�, ?�·�-111'1 I\n��'11{, ��, foa11, Rfillf\\!·� ,�'1 II 'l� 11\nf11'!'t_�, ..��' 1ft�w, � 1\n'SI'i\\\"�, ��'!, �' �f�, 5i'lfi, ,11)� 11 �ro 11\nkrpa/u, akrta-droha, satya-sara sama\nnido$a, vadanya, mrdu, suci, akificana\nsarvopakaraka, santa, k[$f)aika-saraua\nakama, aniha, sthira, vijita-?a9-guua\nmita-bhuk, apramatta, manada, amani\ngambhira, karuua, maitra, kavi, dak$a, mauni\nSYNONYMS\nkrpa/u-merciful;\n\nakrta-droha-not\n\ndefiant;\n\nsatya-sara-thoroughly\n\ntrue;\n\nsama-equal; nido?a-faultless; vadanya-magnanimous; mrdu-mild; suciclean; akificana-without material possessions; sarva-upakaraka-working for\nthe welfare of everyone; santa-peaceful; kr?ua-eka-saraua-exclusively surrendered to Kr�l)a; akama-desireless; aniha-indifferent to material acquisitions;\nsthira-fixed; vijita-?at-guua-completely controlling the six bad qualities (lust,\nanger, greed, etc.); mita-bhuk-eating only as much as required; apramattawithout\n\ninebriation;\n\ngambhira-grave;\n\nmana-da-respectful;\n\nkaruua-compassionate;\n\namani-without\n\nfalse\n\nmaitra-a\n\nkavi-a\n\nfriend;\n\nprestige;\npoet;\n\ndak$a-expert; mauni-silent.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Devotees are always merciful, humble, truthful, equal to all, faultless,\nmagnanimous, mild and clean. They are without material possessions, and\nthey perform welfare work for everyone. They are peaceful, surrendered to\nKr��a and desireless. They are indifferent to material acquisitions and are\nfixed in devotional service. They completely control the six bad qualitieslust, anger, greed and so forth. They eat only as much as required, and they\nare not inebriated. They are respectful, grave, compassionate and without\nfalse prestige. They are friendly, poetic, expert and silent.\nTEXT 81\n\nf�f3lf!i<t: <��tilirct�t: ���= \"�c�r�O!P( 1\n��t�\"l\\11<1\": \"ft{!t: 'IN<t: 'It��<! 'It: II lr � II\n\n", "mad8#p0404": "372\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\ntitik$aval) karuQikal)\n\nsuhrdal) sarva-dehinam\n\najata-satraval) santa!)\n\nsadhaval) sadhu-bha$af)al)\nSYNONYMS\n\ntitik$aval)-very forebearing; karuQikal)-merciful; suhrdal)-who are well­\n\nwishers; sarva-dehinam-to all living entities; ajata-satraval)-without enemies;\n\nsanta/:l-peaceful; sadhavaf)-following the injunctions of the sastra; sadhubha$af)al) -who are decorated with good character.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Devotees are always tolerant, forebearing and very merciful. They are the\nwell-wishers of every living entity. They follow the scriptural injunctions, and\nbecause they have no enemies, they are very peaceful. These are the decorations of devotees.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.25.21). When the sages, headed\n\nby Saunaka, inquired about Kapiladeva, the incarnation of Godhead, Suta\nGosvamT, who was the topmost devotee of the Lord, quoted talks about self­\n\nrealization between Maitreya, a friend of Vyasadeva, and Vidura. It was then that\n\nthe topic of Lord Kapila came up and His discussions with His mother, wherein He\n\nstated that attachment to material things is the cause of conditional life. When a\n\nperson becomes attached to transcendental things, he is on the path of liberation.\nTEXT 82\n\n��'t'C'f'1t' �t\"ll'l�f<lll:,��'C�t�t�' C�tf��t� '!f;r'!'f'{, I\n'l�l�� '!�fY>�1: �\"tt�l\nf���: ��If: 'ltlf\"C<t1 C� II lr� U\nmahat-sevaril dvaram ahur vimuktes\n\ntamo-dvararil YO$itaril sangi-sangam\n\nmahantas te sama-cittal) prasanta\n\nvimanyaval) suhrdal) sadhavo ye\nSYNONYMS\n\nmahat-sevam-the service of the pure devotee spiritual master; dvaram­\n\ndoor; ahul)-they said; vimuktel)-of liberation; tamal)-dvaram-the door to\n\n", "mad8#p0405": "The Process of Devotional Service\n\nText 84]\n\n373\n\ndarkness; yo?itam-of women and money; sangi-sangam-association with\n\nthose who enjoy the association; mahanta/:1-great souls; te-they; sama-cit­\n\nta/:l-equally disposed to all; prasantal)-very peaceful; vimanyaval)-witho u t\nanger; suhrdal)-well-wishers of everyone; sadhaval)-who are endowed with all\n\ngood qualities, or who do not look for faults in others; ye-those who.\nTRANSLATION\nII\n\n'It is the verdict of all sastras and great personalities that by serving a pure\n\ndevotee, one attains the path of liberation. However, by associating with materialistic people who are attached to material enjoyment and women, one attains the path of darkness. Those who are actually devotees are broadminded,\nequal to everyone and very peaceful. They never become angry, and they are\nfriendly to all living entities.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (5.5.2).\nTEXT 83\n\nkr?Qa-bhakti-janma-ma/a haya 'sadhu-sanga'\n\nkr?!Ja-prema janme, tenho puna/:! mukhya anga\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr?Qa-bhakti-of devotional service to Kr�r;�a; janma-ma/a-the root cause;\n\nhaya-is; sadhu sanga-as sociation with advanced devotees; kr?Qa p rema-love\n-\n\nof Kr�r;�a;\n\n-\n\njanme-awakens;\n\ntenho-that same association with devotees;\n\npunab-again; mukhya anga-the chief principle.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"The root cause of devotional service to Lord Kr��;�a is association with advanced devotees. Even when one's dormant love for Kr��;�a awakens, association with devotees is still most essential.\nTEXT 84\n\n�<H<>f<p;fl ��r.�1 <!lf1 �C<f�'IJ\n\n\\!�(gr:� '�\"'�����= 1\n\n", "mad8#p0406": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n374\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\n\"�� \"'1'fr:'li <!� �err<� 1J'f'ilr:�1\n\n4�i�?:�?:\"f �Ill i9fi�� �f�: II \\7'8 II\nbhavapavargo bhramato yada bhavej\n\njanasya tarhy acyuta sat-samagamab\n\nsat-sarigamo yarhi tadaiva sad-gatau\nparavarese tvayi jayate ratib\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhava-apavargab-liberation\n\nfrom\n\nthe\n\nnescience\n\nof\n\nmaterial\n\nexistence;\n\nbhramatab-wanderi n g; yada-whe n ; bhavet-should be; janasya-of a person;\ntarhi-at\n\nthat\n\ntime;\n\nacyuta-0\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nsat­\n\nsamagamab-association with devotees; sat-sarigamab-association with the\n\ndevotees; yarhi -when; tada-at that time; eva-only ; sat-gatau-the highest\ngoal of life; paravarese-the Lord of the universe; tvayi-to You; jayate -appears;\n\nratib -attraction.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'0 my lord! 0 infallible Supreme Person! When a person wandering\nthroughout the universes becomes eligible for liberation from material existence, he gets an opportunity to associate with devotees. When he associates\nwith devotees, his attraction for You is awakened. You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the highest goal of the supreme devotees and the lord of\nthe universe.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.51.53).\nTEXT 85\n\n'!!� '!!i�Jfu<f� C'l'fi'I!� \"'j�tr:11·1 ��r;�j��'<[j: I\n11�1Jit��f\"ll\"t, 'l'fi\"IW{l�f9f 11�11'1: C'l<:�f•r•{'li\"{. nua\nata atyantikarh k?emarh\n\nprcchamo bhavato 'naghab\n\nsarhsare 'smin k$af)ardho 'pi\n\nsat-sarigab sevadhir nwam\nSYNONYMS\n\natab -therefore (due to the rareness of seeing pure devotees of the Lord);\n\natyantikam-s u preme; k?emam-auspiciousness; prcchamab-we are asking;\n\n", "mad8#p0407": "Text 86]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\nbhavatab-you; anagha.b-0 sinless ones;\n\n375\n\nsarilsare-in the material world;\n\nasmin-this; k?aQa ardhab-lasting half a moment; api-even; sat sali gab-asso-\n\n-\n\nciation with devotees; sevadhib-a treasure; nwam-for human society.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'0 devotees! 0 you who are free from all sins! Let me inquire from you\n\nabout that which is supremely auspicious for all living entities. Association\nwith a pure devotee for even half a moment in this material world is the\ngreatest treasure for human society.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.2.30).\nTEXT 86\n\nil�t� ·$i!�t'll� '11�11r\"{clfl\n\n�<1f� �����ilt'll\"Olt: <fiQ!t: I\n�c�t'llcftlft\"19f'1�'1� f;{\n...\n\n��111f'!i�f���i1!'r�lJJf5 u 1r� n\nsataril prasangan mama virya-samvido\n\nbhavanti hrt-karQa-rasayanab kathab\n\ntaj-jO$aQad asv apavarga-vartmani\n\nsraddha ratir bhaktir anukrami$yati\n\nSYNONYMS\nsatam-of the devotees; prasangat-by the intimate association; mama-of\n\nMe; virya-samvidab-talks full of spiritual potency; bhavanti-appear; hrt-to\n\nthe heart; karQa-and to the ears; rasa-ayanab-a source of sweetness; kathab­\n\ntalks; tat-of them; jO$aQat-from proper cultivation; asu-quickly; apavarga-of\n\nliberation; vartmani-on the path; sraddha-faith; raUb-attraction; bhaktiblove; anukrami?yati-will follow one after another.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'The spiritually powerful message of Godhead can be properly discussed\n\nonly in a society of devotees, and it is greatly pleasing to hear in that association. If one hears from devotees, the way of transcendental experience\nquickly opens, and gradually one attains firm faith that in due course develops\ninto attraction and devotion.'\n\n", "mad8#p0408": "376\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.25.25). For an explanation see\n\nAdi-lila (1.60).\n\nTEXT 87\n\n��e.�lfi!Jt'$f,-�t �ct-�t�1� I\n'�'-�� ���' t�1��' �� ll1T'9 II\nasat-sanga-tyaga,-ei vai�Qava-acara\n\n'stri-sangi'-eka asadhu, 'kr�Qabhakta' ara\nSYNONYMS\n\nasat-sanga-tyaga-rej ection of the\n\nassociation of nondevotees;\n\nei-this;\n\nvai�Qava-acara-the behavior of a Vai�l)ava; stri-sangi-who associates with\n\nwomen for sense gratification; eka-one; asadhu-unsaintly person; kr�Qaabhakta-one who is not a devotee of Lord Kr�r:Ja; ara-another.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A VaiH1ava should always avoid the association of ordinary people. Common people are\n\nvery much materially\n\nattached, especially to women.\n\nVai�r;�avas should also avoid the company of those who are not devotees of\nLord Kr�r;�a.\nTEXTS 88-90\n\n'l�J� C\"fTl>� 'f�1 C'IT�� ���: ��\"t: \"T-'11 I\n·•tt'l\\1 'fl:'ll �5Jl:\"5f� ��'l''flii.:�tf� '\\���'{,II lr\\7 II\n\nc��\"fil:�\\ �.l:l'\\ �f>G�1�,,1�\\ 1\n'l'Jf� 01 ��Wi1!2Jl:i5J'l_ C�if1f.:_��l('l�l:'>l'l_ D' II �r;;, I\nOf ��l� �l:�\"l:'3lil:�·l '�'\"'•l)j� �'1��: I\n\nmRf� 'I'Jft'(,��1 ��1:'11 <!'<!I ��'lfir'l'lf�: II ;;,\nsatyam saucaril daya maunam\n\nbuddhir hri/:1 srir yasa/:1 k�ama\n\nsamo damo bhagas ceti\n\nyat-sangad yati sank�ayam\nte�v asante�u ma(ihe�u\n\nkhaQ(iitatmasv asadhu�u\n\nsangam na kuryac chocye�u\nyo?it-kri(ia-mrge?u ca\n\n•\n\nII\n\n", "mad8#p0409": "Text 90]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n377\n\nna tathasya bhaven moho\n\nbandhas canya-prasarigatab\n\nyo?it-sarigad yatha purhso\n\nyatha tat-sarigi-sarigatab\n\nSYNONYMS\nsatyam-truthfulness; saucam-cleanliness; daya-mercy; maunam-silence;\n\nbuddhib-intelligence; hrib-modesty;\n\nsrib-beauty;\n\nforgiveness; samab-controlling the mind;\n\nyasab-fame; k?ama­\n\ndamab-controlling the senses;\n\nbhagab-opulence; ca-and; iti-thus; yat-of whom; sarigat-by the association; yati-goes to; sarik�ayam-complete destruction; te?u-among them;\n\nasante?U-Who are restless; mudhe?U-among the fools; khar:u;fita-atmasu­\n\nwhose self-realization is spoiled; asadhu?u-not saintly; sarigam-association;\n\nna-not; kuryat-should do; socye?u-who are full of lamentation; YO?it-of\n\nwomen; kric;fa-mrge?u-who are like toy animals; ca-also; na-not; tatha-so\nmuch; asya-of him;\n\nbhavet-there may be;\n\nmohab-illusion;\n\nbandhab­\n\nbinding; ca-and; anya-other types; prasarigatab-from association; yo?itsarigat-by association with women; yatha-as; purhsab-of the man; yatha-as\n\nwell as; tat-sarigi-sarigatab-by association with persons attached to women.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'By association with worldly people, one becomes devoid of truthfulness,\ncleanliness, mercy, gravity, spiritual intelligence, shyness, austerity, fame,\nforgiveness, control of the mind, control of the senses, fortune and all opportunities. One should not at any time associate with a coarse fool who is bereft\nof the knowledge of self-realization and who is no more than a toy animal in\nthe hands of a woman. The illusion and bondage that accrue to a man from\nattachment to any other object are not as complete as that resulting from association with a woman or with men too attached to women.'\n\nPURPORT\nThese verses, quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.31.33-35), were spoken by\n\nKapiladeva, an incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, to His mother.\n\nHerein Kapiladeva discusses pious and impious activities and the symptoms of\n\nthose who are devoid of devotional service to Kr�l)a. Generally people do not\n\nknow about the miserable conditions within the womb of a mother in any species\nof life. Due to bad association, one gradually falls into lower species. Association\n\nwith women is greatly stressed in this regard. When one becomes attached to\n\nwomen or to those who are attached to women, one falls down into the lower\nspecies.\n\n", "mad8#p0410": "378\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\npuru�ab prakrti-stho hi\nbhurikte prakrti-jan guQan\nkaraQarh guQa-sarigo 'sya\nsad-asad-yoni-janmasu\n\"The living entity in material nature thus follows the ways of life, enjoying the\nthree modes of nature. This is due to his association with that material nature.\nThus he meets with good and evil among various species.\" (Bhagavad-gita 13.22)\nAccording to Vedic civilization, one's association with women should be very\nmuch restricted. In spiritual life there are four asramas -brahmacarya, grhastha,\nvanaprastha and sannyasa. The brahmacari, vanaprastha and sannyasi are completely forbidden to associate with women. Only grhasthas are allowed to associate with women under certain very restricted conditions-that is, one associates with women to propagate nice children. Other reasons for association are\ncondemned.\nTEXT 91\n�\\1� ����i!liit'11-9f21\"\\1t�<tJ<1f�f�: I\n\nOf C\"hR1fs\"\"&tf<11J_�-�0{'!�<1t'lh\"f'!l{. II \"\"�\nvararh huta-vaha-jva/apafijarantar-vyavasthitib\nna sauri-cinta-vimukhajana-sarhvasa-vaisasam\n\nSYNONYMS\nvaram-better; huta-vaha-of fire; jva/a-in the flames; pafijara-antab\n\n-\n\ninside\n\na cage; vyavasth it ib-abiding ; na-not; sauri-cinta-of Kr�r:Ja consciousness, or\nthought of Kr�r:Ja; vimukha-bereft; jana-of persons; sarhvasa-of the association; vaisasam-the calamity.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'It is better to accept the miseries of being encaged within bars and surrounded by burning flames than to associate with those bereft of Kr�l)a consciousness. Such association is a very great hardship.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Katyayana-sarhhita.\n\n", "mad8#p0411": "Text 94]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n379\n\nTEXT 92\n\n'lfl �t\"li'l: 'l'f''l'1'1._'irt1_ W�lff9f\n�'ij<H�f;s;�'l\"lt1, 'l{�lJJt1_ II ;;�� II\nma drak$i/:l k$iQa-pur:wan kvacid api\nbhagavad-bhakti-hinan manu$yiin\nSYNONYMS\n\nma-do not; driik$i/:l-see; k$il)a-puQyan-who are bereft of all piety; kvacit\napi-at any time; bhagavat-bhakti-hinan-who are bereft of Kr�l)a consciousness\n\nand devotional service; manu$yiin-persons.\nTRANSLATION\n11 One\n\nshould not even see those who are bereft of devotional service in\n\nKr�t:�a consciousness and who are therefore devoid of pious activities.\nTEXT 93\n\n�� �� tit�' �a �(t�11'-� 1\n\n�f�f!tii{ �$1 fR1 t��·-111''1 II �� II\neta saba cha(ii' ara varl)asrama-dharma\nakif!cana hana Jaya k[$Qaika-saral)a\nSYNONYMS\neta saba-all these; cha(ii'-giving up; ara-and; varl)a-asrama-dharma-the\n\nregulative principle of four varl)as and four asramas; akificana-without any attachment for anything material; hafi a\n\n-\n\nbecoming; / aya-he takes; k[$1)a-eka­\n\nsaral)a -exclusive shelter at the lotus feet of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n11Without hesitation, one should take the exclusive shelter of Lord Kr�t:�a\nwith full confidence, giving up bad association and even neglecting the\nregulative principles of the four vart:�as and four asramas. That is to say, one\nshould abandon all material attachment.\nTEXT 94\n\n'l�lf�t1_ 9ff��J�J 'lft\"C�<fe_ \"f�'i\\ 31� I\n��� �t� '1�9ft\"C9f\"CIST1 c�t'i'fftllJJtf1! 'l{1 �'D: U 4il 8 U\n\n", "mad8#p0412": "380\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nsarva-dharman parityajya\nmam ekaril saraf)aril vraja\naharil tvaril sarva-papebhyo\nmok$ayi$yiimi ma sucai)\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarva-dharman-all kinds of occupational duties; parityajya-giving up; mam\nekam-unto Me only; saraf)am-as shelter; vraja-go; aham-1; tvam-unto\nyou; sarva-papebhyai)-from all the reactions of sinful life; mok$ayi$yiimi-will\ngive liberation; ma-don't; suca /:1 -worry.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'After giving up all kinds of religious and occupational duties, if you come\nto Me, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and take shelter, I shall give you\nprotection from all of life's sinful reactions. Do not worry.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Bhagavad-gita (18.66) spoken by Lord Kr��a. For an explanation, refer to Madhya-lila (8.63).\nTEXT 95\n\n�C{t.�'f, �'!II, �1'(�, C{W'ttJ I\n�\" ��'�fu'!llt��q\"�� n\nbhakta-vatsa/a, krtajna, samartha, vadanya\nhena k($f)a chac;fi' paf)c;fita nahi bhaje anya\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhakta-va ts ala-very kind to the devotees; k rta-jfla- grateful ; samartha-full\nof all abilities; vadanya- magnanimous; hena-such; k($f)a-Lord Kr��a; chac;li'giving up; paf)c;fita-a learned man; nahi-does not; bhaje-worship; anya-anyone else.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�r;�a is very kind to His devotees. He is always very grateful and\nmagnanimous, and He possesses all abilities. A learned man does not give up\nKr�r;�a to worship anyone else.\nPURPORT\nAn intelligent person gives up the company of those who are attached to\nwomen and bereft of Kr��a consciousness. One should be free from all kinds of\n\n", "mad8#p0413": "Text 97]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n381\n\nmaterial attachment and should take full shelter under the lotus feet of Kr�r;�a.\nKr�r;�a is very kind to His devotees. He is always grateful, and He never forgets the\nservice of a devotee. He is also completely opulent and all-powerful. Why, then,\nshould one take shelter of a demigod and leave Lord Kr�r;�a's shelter? If one worships a demigod and leaves Kr�r;�a, he must be considered the lowest fool.\nTEXT 96\n�=\n\n9ff-G\\!i.,-lf9f11� \"111<!� �'1l'l�n­\n\nil�ftr�t�\\!if5t1!: ��If: ���g I\n��t-llflftf� ��Clfl �\"Si'C��r��t'1!1\"'�t\"''1!�J9f\"Rt9f\"DC�l \"' 'I� II ;;,� II\nka/:1 paf)c;fitas tvad-apararh saraf)arh samiyad\nbhakta-priyad rta-gira/:1 suhrda/:1 krtajnat\n\nsarvan dadati suhrdo bhajato 'bhikaman\n\natmanam apy upacayapacayau na yasya\nSYNONYMS\n\nka/:1-what; paQc;fita/:1 - learned man; tvat-aparam-other than Your Lordship;\n\nsaral)am-shelter; samiyat-would take; bhakta-priyat-who are affectionate to\n\nYour devotees; rta-gira/:1-who are truthful to the devotees; suhrda/:1-who are\nthe friend of the devotees; krta - jnat-who are grateful to the devotees; sarvan­\n\nall; dadati-gives; suhrda/:1-to Your well-wishers; bhajata/:1-who worship You\nby devotional service;\n\nabhikaman - desires;\n\natmanam-Yourself;\n\napi-even;\n\nupacaya-increase; apacayau-and diminution; na-not; yasya-of whom.\nTRANSLA TION\n\n\"'My dear Lord, You are very affectionate to Your devotees. You are also a\ntruthful and grateful friend. Where is that learned man who would give You up\nand surrender to someone else l You fulfill all the desires of Your devotees, so\nmuch so that sometimes You even give Yourself to them. Still, You neither increase nor decrease by such activity.'\nPURPO RT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.48.26).\nTEXT 97\n\n��� � �fif \"�'1-'JI'till\n� I!J�' 'et�, 1!17;1! �\"l�-:2!�'111 ��II\n\n", "mad8#p0414": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n382\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nvijna-janera haya yadi k[$Qa-guQa-jnana\nanya tyaji', bhaje, tate uddhava-pramaQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nvijna-janera-of an experienced person; haya-there is; yadi-if; k[$Qa-guQajflana-knowledge of Kr�r:Ja's transcendental qualities; anya-others; tyaji'giving up; bhaje-he engages in devotional service; tate-in that connection; uddhava-Uddhava; pramaQa-the evidence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Whenever an experienced person develops real knowledge of Kr�r;ta and\nHis transcendental qualities, he naturally gives up all other engagements and\nrenders service to the Lord. Uddhava gives evidence concerning this.\nTEXT 98\n\n'!{\"C� <t'f\"'t <!� �0\\\"<ll <'l\"t_��\n\nf���1!�19flil\"�tlf9fJ1!1�\"'t I\nC�C'S 'iff�t. lfl�J fS\\!il� �C\\!it��\\\n<g\n\n<lllt1l�� \"!�'!� �\"C�\"I! II ;;llr II\n\naho baki yarh stana-ka/a-katarh\njigharhsayapayayad apy asadhvi\n/ebhe gatirh dhatry-ucitarh tato 'nyarh\nkarh va dayalurh saraQarh vrajema\nSYNONYMS\n\naha-how wonderful; baki-POtana, the sister of Bakasura; yam-whom;\nstana-on the two breasts; ka/a-kutam-the deadly poison; jigharhsaya-with a\ndesire to kill; apayayat-forced to drink; api-although; asadhvi-dangerously\ninimical to Kr�r:Ja; /ebhe-achieved; gatim-the destination; dhatri-for a nurse;\nucitam-suitable; tatab-than Him; anyam-other; kam-to whom; va-or;\ndayalum-the most merciful; saraQam-shelter; vrajema-shall take.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Oh, how wonderful it is! Putana, the sister of Bakasura, wanted to kill\nKr�r;ta by smearing deadly poison on her breasts and having Kr�r;�a take it.\nNonetheless, Lord Kr�r;ta accepted her as His mother, and thus she attained the\ndestination befitting Kr�r;�a's mother. Of whom should I take shelter but Kr�r;�a,\nwho is most merciful?'\n\n", "mad8#p0415": "Text 100]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n383\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.2.23).\nTEXT 99\n\n-ntttt'$ft��, �r�•�� -��l �'PI 1\n1!1� 11t-a �����t11 '�Jf11�' II �� II\nsaraf)agatera, akincanera -eka-i /ak�af)a\n\ntara madhye pravesay e 'atma-samarpaQa '\nSYNONYMS\n\nsaraQagatera-of a person who has fully taken shelter of Kr�r:Ja; akincanera-of\na person who is free of all material desires; eka-i lak�af)a-the symptoms are one\nand the same; tara madhye-of them all; pravesaye-enters; atma-samarpaf)afull surrender.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are two kinds of devotees-those who are fully satiated and free\nfrom all material desires and those who are fully surrendered to the lotus feet\nof the lord. Their qualities are one and the same, but those who are fully surrendered to Kr�r:Ja's lotus feet are qualified with another transcendental\nquality-atma-samarpar:Ja, full surrender without reservation.\nTEXT 100\n\n�t��J� '!�if: �t��i:JPlJ <t\"<Sl\"l\"l( I\n�f'lf��\"'Jf� f<t11P!1 C511��\"C� <l\"ll'l� ��II\n�l�f.I\"C'fli9f-<tS19fc'lr �i5. 'f<t'fl \"\"tlf'lt5Jf�: u �.\n\n•\n\n11\n\nanuka/yasya sankalpab\n\npratikulyasya varjanam\n\nrak�i�yatiti visvaso\n\ngoptrtve varaf)arh tatha\n\natma-nik�epa-karpaf)ye\n\n�ar;l-vidha saraf)agatib\nSYNONYMS\n\nanuku/yas ya - of\n\nanything\n\nthat\n\nassists devotionaJ\n\nservice\n\nto the\n\nLord;\n\nsanka/pab-acceptance; pratikul yasya - of anything that hinders devotional ser-\n\n", "mad8#p0416": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n384\n\nvice;\n\nvarjanam-complete\n\nrejection;\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nrak$i$yati-He\n\nwill protect;\n\niti-thus;\n\nvisvasaQ-strong conviction; goptrtve-in being the guardian, like the father or\n\nhusband, master or maintainer; varaQam-acceptance; tatha-as well as; atmanik$epa-full\n\nself-surrender;\n\nkarpaQye-humility ;\n\n$at-vidha-sixfold;\n\nsaraoa­\n\nagatiQ-process of surrender.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The six divisions of surrender are the acceptance of those things favorable to devotional service, the rejection of unfavorable things, the conviction\nthat Kr�Qa will give protection, the acceptance of the Lord as one's guardian\nor master, full self-surrender and humility.\n\nPURPORT\nOne who is fully surrendered is qualified with the six following characteristics.\n\n(1) The devotee has to accept everything that is favorable for the rendering of\ntranscendental loving service to the Lord. (2) He must reject everything unfavorable to the Lord's service. This is also called renunciation. (3) A devotee must be\nfirmly convinced that Kr�t:�a will give him protection. No one else can actually give\none protection, and being firmly convinced of this is called faith. This kind of faith\nis different from the faith of an impersonalist who wants to merge into the Brah­\n\nman effulgence in order to benefit by cessation of repeated birth and death. A\ndevotee wants to remain always in the Lord's service. In this way, Kr�r:Ja is merciful\nto His devotee and gives him all protection from the dangers found on the path of\ndevotional service. (4) The devotee should accept Kr�t:Ja as his supreme maintainer and master. He should not think that he is being protected by a demigod.\nHe should depend only on Kr�t:Ja, considering Him the only protector. The devotee must be firmly convinced that within the three worlds he has no protector or\nmaintainer other than Kr�r:Ja. (5) Self-surrender means remembering that one's activities and desires are not independent. The devotee is completely dependent on\nKr�r:Ja, and he acts and thinks as Kr�t:�a desires. (6) The devotee is meek and\nhumble. As stated in Bhagavad-gita:\nsarvasya caharh hrdi sannivi$tO\nmattaQ smrtir jfianam apohanarh ca\nvedais ca sarvair aham eva vedyo\nvedanta-krd veda-vid eva caham\n\"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowledge\n\nand forgetfulness. By all the Vedas am I to be known; indeed I am the compiler of\nVedanta, and I am the knower of the Vedas.\" (Bg. 15.15)\n\n", "mad8#p0417": "Text 102]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n385\n\nSituated in everyone's heart, Kr�r:ta deals differently according to the living entity's position. The living entity's position is to be under the protection of the illusory energy or under Kr�r:ta's personal protection. When a living entity is fully\nsurrendered, he is under the direct protection of Kr�r:ta, and Kr�r:ta gives him all intelligence by which he can advance in spiritual realization. The nondevotee,\nhowever, being under the protection of the illusory energy, increasingly forgets\nhis relationship with Kr�l)a. Sometimes it is asked how Kr�r:ta causes one to forget.\nKr�r:ta causes His devotee to forget material activities, and through the agency of\nmaya, Kr�r:ta causes the nondevotee to forget his devotional service to the Lord.\nThis is called apohana.\nTEXT 101\n\n'\\!<ll\"'IY� '1'1'0{, '1'1Dr �C'<I� '1!01'il f<tlf\"\\ I\n\\!i��f01'1!fri!!l\\!i��; c�ttf!'c� \"f?t<ft5f\\!i: u }•}\ntavasmiti vadan vaca\ntathaiva manasa vidan\ntat-sthanam asritas tanva\nmodate saraQagatal)\nSYNONYMS\n\ntava-His; asmi-1 am; iti-t h us; vadan-saying; vaca-by words; tatha-so;\neva-certainly;\n\nmanasa-with the mind;\n\nplace; asritaf:J-taken shelter of;\n\ntat-sthanam-His\n\nvidan-knowing;\n\ntanva-by the body; modate-he enjoys;\n\nsaraQa-agatal)-fully surrendered.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'One whose body is fully surrendered takes shelter at the holy place\nwhere Kr�r;�a had His pastimes, and he prays to the Lord, \"My Lord, I am\nYours.\" Understanding this with his mind, he enjoys spiritual bliss.\nPURPORT\n\nThese last two verses appear in the Hari-bhakti-vilasa (11.417, 418).\nTEXT 102\n\n-111''1 '1�1 �tf �� �1CWJl11opf'l I\n�-. t!ttf �tf t!��tt\"f �'AIJflf n � � 11\no\n\nsaraf)a lana kare kr�Qe atma-samarpaQa\nkr�Qa tare kare tat-kale atma-sama\n\n", "mad8#p0418": "386\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaraQa /ana-taking shelter;\n\nkare-does;\n\nkr�Qe-unto Kr�r:Ja; atma-samar­\n\npaQa-fully surrendering; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; tare-him; kare-makes; tat-kale­\n\nimmediately; atma-sama-one of His confidential associates.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"When a devotee thus fully surrenders unto Kr�Qa's lotus feet, Kr�Qa accepts him as one of His confidential associates.\nTEXT 103\n\n11cin <ilf'J �J�if11����\nf�<l[i!�WI f<tffi<f''1f�C�1 C'll' I\n'\\�ilf'1}j��� ·� f'!i91�1llC'!'1\n11'�1�'¥�1� D ��C\\!i C<l u � 0-:1 u\nmartyo yada tyakta-samasta-karma\nniveditatma vicikir�ito me\n\ntadamrtatvariJ pratipadyamano\n\nmayatma-bhDyaya ca kalpate vai\nSYNONYMS\n\nmartya/:1-the living entity subjected to birth and death; yada-as soon as;\n\ntyakta-given up; samasta-all; karma-fruitive activities; nivedita-atma-a fully\n\nsurrendered soul; vicikir�ita/:1-desired to act; me-by Me; tada-at that time;\n\namrtatvam-immortality; pratipadyamana/:1-attaining; maya-with Me; atmabhuyaya-for becoming of a similar nature; ca-also; ka/pate-is eligible; vai­\n\ncertainly.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The living entity who is subjected to birth and death attains immortality\nwhen he gives up all material activities, dedicates his life to the execution of\nMy order, and acts according to My directions. In this way he becomes fit to\nenjoy the spiritual bliss derived from exchanging loving mellows with Me.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.29.34). Kr�r:Ja was advising His\n\nmost confidential servant, Uddhava, about sambandha, abhidheya and prayojana.\n\nThese concern one's relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead and\n\n", "mad8#p0419": "Text 105]\n\n387\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\nthe activities of that relationship, as well as the perfection of life. The Lord also described the characteristics of confidential devotees.\n\nTEXT 104\n\n�� �t'{il�f�·ll'l'iti'l �il, �ili'!il I\n\n�1 ��ti! �t� ��tl!f'al·'al�t'{illl �oS II\nebe sadhana-bhakti-lak�al)a suna, sanatana\nyaha haite pai kr�Qa-prema-maha-dhana\nSYNONYMS\nebe-now; sadhana-bhakti-regulative principles for executing devotional service; /ak�aQa-the symptoms; suna-please hear; sanatana-My dear Sanatana;\nyaha haite-from which; pai-one can get; kr�Qa-prema-maha-dhana-the most\nvaluable treasure of love for Kr�r:Ja.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Sanatana, please now hear about the regulative principles for the\nexecution of devotional service. By this process, one can attain the highest\nperfection of love of Godhead, which is the most desirable treasure.\n\nTEXT 105\n\nwf�'li'iJ1 �c�<:. '!Nr�t�·l '!·1 '!Nori�l11 1\nfol�J f'!% 'IJ �<I'IJ 2lt<fi�T!\\ � flf 'I NT\\!! I II �\n\n•\n\n�\n\nII\n\nkrti-sadhya bhavet sadhyabhava sa sadhanabhidha\nnitya-siddhasya bhavasya\nprakatyarh hrdi sadhyata\n\nSYNONYMS\nkrti-sadhya-which is to be executed by the senses; bhavet-should be;\nsadhya-bhava-by which love of Godhead is acquired; sa-that;\n\nsadhana­\n\nabhidha-called sadhana-bhakti, or devotional service in practice; nitya-siddhasya-which is eternally present; bhavasya-of love of Godhead; prakatyamthe awakening; hrdi-in the heart; sadhyata-potentiality.\n\n", "mad8#p0420": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n388\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When transcendental devotional service by which love for Kr�r:Ja is attained is executed by the senses, it is called sadhana-bhakti, or the regulative\ndischarge of devotional service. Such devotion eternally exists within the\nheart of every living entity. The awakening of this eternal devotion is the\npotentiality of devotional service in practice.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.2). Because living entities are\nminute, atomic parts and parcels of the Lord, devotional service is already present\nwithin them in a dormant condition. Devotional service begins with sravaf)a\nkirtana, hearing and chanting. When a man is sleeping, he can be awakened by\nsound vibration; therefore every conditioned soul should be given the chance to\nhear the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra chanted by a pure Vai�r:Java. One who hears the Hare\nKr�r:Ja mantra thus vibrated is awakened to spiritual consciousness, or Kr�r:Ja consciousness. In this way one's mind gradually becomes purified, as stated by Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu (ceto-darpaQa-marjanam). When the mind is purified, the\nsenses are also purified. Instead of using the senses for sense gratification, the\nawakened devotee employs the senses in the transcendental loving service of the\nLord. This is the process by which dormant love for Kr�r:Ja is awakened.\n\nTEXT 106\n\n<!t�lft�-f�\n\n-\n\ni!H I '\"'ll�9l'-�llfi'1 I\n\n'l!�'l'·\"f'ft'il!;� (;�lj${i{ II �o� II\nsravaf)adi-kriya-tara 'svarapa'-lak�af)a\n'tatastha'-/ak�af)e upajaya prema-dhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsravaf)a-adi-kriya-the process of hearing, chanting and so forth; tara-of that;\nsvarupa lak�af)a-symptoms\n-\n\nsymptoms; upajaya\n\n-\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nnature;\n\ntatastha-/ak�af)e\n\n-\n\nmarginal\n\nawakens; prema-dhana-love of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The spiritual activities of hearin2, chanting, rememberin g and so forth are\n\nthe natural characteristics of devotional service. The marginal characteristic\n\nis that it awakens pure love for Kr�r:Ja.\n\n", "mad8#p0421": "Text 109]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n389\n\nTEXT 107\n\nf.li!J�'i �·r;�lf '�t�J' <l'i't, ern 1\n��'ltflf·�'fi�t� <fi�t� ��� II :> o 9 II\nnitya-siddha km)a-prema 'sadhya' kabhu naya\nsravaQadi-suddha-citte karaye udaya\nSYNONYMS\nnitya-siddha-eternally proved; k[$Qa-prema-love of Kr�l)a; sadhya-to be\ngained; kabhu-at any time; naya-not; sravaQa-adi-by hearing, etc.; suddhapurified; citte-in the heart; karaye udaya-awakens.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Pure love for Km1a is eternally established in the hearts of living entities. It\nis not something to be gained from another source. When the heart is purified\nby hearing and chanting, the living entity naturally awakens.\nTEXT 108\n\n�� I! ����- �� '!' �<fi� I\n�<fi '�<il'fi �ft'(ii', '�'Stt��i-�f..' �� II �olr II\nei ta sadhana-bhakti-dui ta' prakara\neka 'vaidhi bhakti', 'raganuga-bhakti' ara\nSYNONYMS\nei ta-this; sadhana-bhakti-process of devotional service; dui ta' prakaratwo kinds; eka-one; vaidhi bhakti-the regulative devotional service; raganugabhakti-spontaneous devotional service; ara-and.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are two processes of practical devotional service. One is regulative\ndevotional service, and the other is spontaneous devotional service.\n\nTEXT 109\n\n�t�i{ i9fi{ �� -tttn <cttat� 1\n'��� �f•' �fit' '!tt� �-tft'SJ �� II :> o � II\n\n", "mad8#p0422": "390\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nraga-hina jana bhaje sastrera ajfiaya\n'vaidhi bhakti' bali' tare sarva-sastre gaya\nSYNONYMS\nraga-hina-who are without spontaneous attachment to Kr�r:ta; jana-persons;\nbhaje-execute devotional service; sastrera ajfiaya-according to the principles\nand regulations described in the revealed scriptures; vaidhi bhakti-regulative\ndevotional service; ba/i'-calling; tare-that; sarva-sastre-all revealed scriptures;\ngaya-sing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Those who have not attained the platform of spontaneous attachment in\ndevotional service render devotional service under the guidance of a bona\nfide spiritual master according to the regulative principles mentioned in the\nrevealed scriptures. According to the revealed scriptures, this kind of devotional service is called vaidhi bhakti.\nPURPORT\nIn the beginning, one has to hear from a bona fide spiritual master. This is\nfavorable for advancing in devotional service. According to this process, one\nhears, chants, remembers and engages in Deity worship, acting under the directions of the spiritual master. These are the essential primary activities of devotional service. Devotional service must not be executed for some material purpose. One should not even have a desire to merge into the Absolute Truth. One\nhas to render such service out of love only. Ahaituki, apratihata. Devotional service must be without ulterior motives; then material conditions cannot check it.\nGradually one can rise to the platform of spontaneous loving service. A child is\nsent to school by force to receive an education, but when he gets a little taste of\neducation at an advanced age, he automatically\n\nparticipates and becomes a\n\nlearned scholar. One cannot force a person to become a scholar, but sometimes\nforce is used in the beginning. A child is forced to go to school and read and write\naccording to the instructions of his teachers. Such is the difference between\nvaidhi bhakti and spontaneous bhakti. Dormant love for Kr�r:ta exists in everyone's heart, and it simply has to be awakened by the regulative process of devotional service. One has to learn to use a typewriter by following the regulative\nprinciples of the typing book. One has to place his fingers on the keys in such a\nway and practice, but when one becomes adept, he can type swiftly and correctly without even looking at the keys. Similarly, one has to follow the rules and\nregulations of devotional service as they are set down by the spiritual master;\nthen one can come to the point of spontaneous loving service. This love is already\nthere within the heart of everyone (nitya-siddha kr�f)a-prema).\n\n", "mad8#p0423": "Text 110]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n391\n\nSpontaneous service is not artificial. One simply has to come to that platform\nby rendering devotional service according to the regulative principles. Thus one\nhas to practice hearing and chanting and follow the other regulative principles by\nwashing the temple, cleansing oneself, rising early in the morning, attending\n\nmarigala-arati and so on. If one does not come to the platform of spontaneous\nservice in the beginning, he must adopt regulative service according to the in­\n\nstructions of the spiritual master. This regulative service is called vaidhi bhakti.\nTEXT 110\n\n�,t�t'il� '!�ll!UI iS5f�t\"l, �ftl'll'l1�: I\nc�t��J: <�>'lf���J\"5 \"l!i<fJC\"D��nHl' II �)\n\n•\n\nII\n\ntasmad bharata sarvatma\n\nbhagavan harir isvarab\n\nsrotavyab kirtitavyas ca\n\nsmartavyas cecchatabhayam\nSYNONYMS\n\ntasmat-therefore; bharata-0 descendant of Bharata; sarva-atma-the all­\n\npervasive Lord, who is situated in everyone's heart; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; hari/:1-Lord Hari, who takes away all the miserable condi­\n\ntions of material existence; isvarab-the supreme controller; srotavyab-to be\n\nheard about (from bona fide sources); kirtitavyab-to be glorified (as one has\nheard); ca-also; smartavyab-to be remembered; ca-and; icc hata\n\n-\n\nby a per­\n\nson desiring; abhayam-freedom from the fearful condition of material existence.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" '0 descendant of Bharata! 0 Maharaj a Parik�it! The Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead, who is situated in everyone's heart as Paramatma, who is the\nsupreme controller and who always removes the miseries of living entities,\nmust always be heard about from reliable sources, and He must be glorified\nand remembered by one who wishes to become fearless.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.1.5). It is one's duty to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead through the hearing process. This is\ncalled srotavya/:1. If one has heard properly about the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, his duty is to glorify the Lord and preach His glories. This is called kirtitavyab.\nWhen one hears about the Lord and glorifies Him, it is natural to think of Him. This\n\n", "mad8#p0424": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n392\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nis called smartavyaf). All this must be carried out if one actually wants to be immune from fear.\n\nTEXT 111\n\n1l_�<li�lP<>fitif'i5J: �lP�'!J1i!f�1{: '!� I\nntri11 ��t� <�<11 �r9��1if'�: ,�� 11 � ') � n\nmukha-bahuru-padebhyaf)\npuru�asyasramaif) saha\n\ncatvaro jajfiire varQa\n\ng uQair vipradayaf) prthak\n\nSYNONYMS\nmukha-the mouth; bahu-the arms; uru-the waist; padebhyaf)-from the\n\nlegs; puru�asya-of the supreme person; Jsramaif)-the different spiritual orders;\n\nsaha-with;\n\ncatvaraf)-the\n\nfour;\n\njajfiire-appeared;\n\nvarQaf)-social\n\norders;\n\nguQai/:1-with particular qualifications; vipra-adayaf)-brahmaQas, etc.; prthakseparately.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'From the mouth of Brahma, the brahminical order has come into existence. Similarly, from his arms the k�atriyas have come, from his waist the\nvaisyas have come and from his legs the sudras have come. These four orders\nand their spiritual counterparts [brahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha and sannyasa] combine to make human society complete.\nPURPORT\nThis verse and the next are quotations from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.5.2-3).\n\nTEXT 112\nll' o..!l�i� �lPll'� 'li'l'l'llfi�- !!��1{'l1�1{_ I\n\";f '5§�J<t'Sij0{ � �iO!i'i( ��i: <>f'!i�J�: N � '> � II\n\nya e�Jril puru�aril sak�ad\natma-prabhavam isvaram\n\nna bhajanty avajananti\n\nsthanad bhra�taf:! patanty adhaf)\n\n", "mad8#p0425": "The Process of Devotional Service\n\nText113]\n\n393\n\nSYNONYMS\nye-those who; e�am-of those divisions of social and spiritual orders;\npuru�am-the\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nsak�at-directly;\n\natma­\n\nprabhavam-the source of everyone; isvaram-the supreme controller; na-not;\nbhajanti-worship; avajananti-or who neglect; sthanat-from their proper\nplace; bhra�tab-being fallen; patanti-fall; adhab-downward into hellish conditions.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'If one simply maintains an official position in the four varl)as and asramas\nbut does not worship the Supreme lord Vi�l)u, he falls down from his puffedup position into a hellish condition.'\nTEXT 113\n\n\"ff;3<1J: '!��� f<l�f<l\"f!iC<IJ1 0! illi �f5� I\n'!r:� f<�\"fit folc\"lf�t: ·�ur:��c�rlr:�<�\" f<r> ��r: 11 ) '>\" 11\nsmartavyab satatarh vi�f)ur\nvismartavyo na jatucit\nsarve vidhi-ni�edhab syur\netayor eva kinkarab\nSYNONYMS\nsmartavyab-to\n\nbe\n\nremembered;\n\nsatatam-always;\n\nvi�Qub-Lord\n\nVi�t:�u;\n\nvismartavyab-to be forgotten; na-not; jatucit-at any time; sarve-all; vidhini�edhab-rules and prohibitions mentioned in the revealed scripture or given by\nthe spiritual master; syub-should be; etayob-of these two principles (always to\nremember Kr�t:�a or Vi�t:�u and never to forget Him); eva -certainly; kinkarab-the\nservants.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Kr�r:\"Ja is the origin of lord Vi�I)U. He should always be remembered and\nnever forgotten at any time. All the rules and prohibitions mentioned in the\nsastras should be the servants of these two principles.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is a quotation from the Padma Puraf)a. There are many regulative\nprinciples in the sastras and directions given by the spiritual master. These regulative principles should act as servants of the basic principle-that is, one should al-\n\n", "mad8#p0426": "394\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nways remember Kf�l)a and never forget Him. This is possible when one chants the\nHare Kr�l)a mantra. Therefore one must strictly chant the Hare Kr�l)a maha-mantra\ntwenty-four hours daily. One may have other duties to perform under the direction of the spiritual master, but he must first abide by the spiritual master's order\nto chant a certain number of rounds. In our Kf�l)a consciousness movement, we\nhave recommended that the neophyte chant at least sixteen rounds. This\nchanting of sixteen rounds is absolutely necessary if one wants to remember\nKr�l)a and not forget Him. Of all the regulative principles, the spiritual master's\norder to chant at least sixteen rounds is most essential.\nOne may sell books or enlist life members or render some other service, but\nthese duties are not ordinary duties. These duties serve as an impetus for remembering Kr�l)a. When one goes with a sarikirtana party or sells books, he naturally\nremembers that he is going to sell Kf�l)a's books. In this way, he is remembering\nKf�l)a. When one goes to enlist a life member, he talks about Kf�l)a and thereby\nremembers Him. Smartavya/:1 satatarh Vi$r)Ur vismartavyo na jatucit. The conclusion\nis that one must act in such a way that he will always remember Kf�l)a, and one\nmust refrain from doing things that make him forget Kf�l)a. These two principles\nform the basic background of Kr�l)a consciousness.\nTEXT 114\n\n��sttJr �t'{il�f�� :il� ��t� I\n\n��t'ilit� ��t� f<f-t; �t'{�t�-�t� II ��8 II\nvividhariga sadhana-bhaktira bahuta vistara\nsarik$epe kahiye kichu sadhanariga-sara\nSYNONYMS\n\nvividha-ariga-varieties of limbs (regulative principles); sadhana-bhaktira-of\nregulative devotional service; bahuta-many; vistara-expansions; sarik$epe-in\nbrief; kahiye-1 shall speak; kichu-something; sadhana-ariga-sara-the essential\nparts of the practice of devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall say something about the various practices of devotional service,\n\nwhich is expanded in so many ways. I wish to speak briefly of the essential\npractices.\nTEXT 115\n\n�?�t�tC!Hl, �1Ft, �fl �:il� I\n��f.t'?i-�6il, �t�t('til.'St1f� II ��<t II\n\n", "mad8#p0427": "Text 116]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n395\n\nguru-padasraya, dik$ii, gurura sevana\nsad-dharma-sik$ii, prccha, sadhu-marganugamana\nSYNONYMS\nguru-pada asraya-shelter at the feet of a bona fide spiritual master; dik$ii-\n\ninitiation by the spiritual master; gurura sevana-service to the spiritual master;\nsat-dharma-sik$ii-instruction in the transcendental process of devotional service; prccha-and inquiry; sadhu-marga-the path of transcendental devotional\nservice; anugaman a-following strictly.\nTRANSLATION\n\"On the path of regulative devotional service, one must observe the\nfollowing items: (1) One must accept a bona fide spiritual master. (2) Accept\ninitiation from him. (3) Serve him. (4) Receive instructions from the spiritual\nmaster and make inquiries in order to learn devotional service. (5) Follow in\nthe footsteps of the previous acaryas and follow the directions given by the\nspiritual master.\nTEXT 116\n\n\"�� �t'St�Jt'St, �·itt� �tJt I\n��.ft�·�f!<it�, �<lit��J'Pf�tJf II ���II\nk[$f)a-pritye bhoga-tyaga, k[$f)a-tirthe vasa\nyavan-nirvaha-pratigraha, ekadasy-upavasa\nSYNONYMS\nk[$f)a-pritye-for satisfaction of Kr�r;�a; bhoga-tyaga-acceptance and rejection\nof something; k[$f)a-tirthe vasa-residence in a place where Kr�r;�a is situated;\nyavat-nirvaha-as much as required to keep the body and soul together; pratigraha-acceptance of gifts; ekadasi-upavasa-observance of fasting on the\nEkadasi day.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The next steps are as follows: (6) One should be prepared to give up\neverything for Kr�r:ta's satisfaction, and one should also accept everything for\n\nKr�r:ta's satisfaction. (7) One must live in a place where Kr�r:ta is present-a\n\ncity like Vrndavana or Mathura or a Kr�r:ta temple. (8) One should acquire a\nlivelihood that is just sufficient to keep body and soul together. (9) One must\nfast on Ekada.Si day.\n\n", "mad8#p0428": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n396\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nTEXT 117\n\nlffJIJ��'itt8t�-c��<t·\"!.Sfi{ 1\n�-�11rt�t'ttfif 5!_� 8t�..-� II ��9 II\ndhatry-asvattha-go-vipra-vai�Qava-pujana\nseva-namaparadhJ.di dure visarjana\nSYNONYMS\ndhatri-a type of tree; asvattha-the banyan trees; go-the cows; vipra-the\nbrahmaQas; vai�Qava-the devotees of Lord Vi�Qu; pujana-worshiping; seva-in\ndevotional service; nama-in chanting of the holy name; aparadha-adi-the\noffenses; dure-far away; visarjana\n\n-\n\ngiving up.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"One should worship dhatri trees, banyan trees, cows, brahmar,as and\ndevotees of Lord Vi�r,u. One should avoid offenses against devotional service\nand the holy name.\nPURPORT\nThere are ten items in the beginning of devotional service, up to the point of\nworshiping the dhatri tree, banyan tree, cow, brahmaQa and devotee of Lord\nVi�QU. The eleventh item is to avoid offenses when rendering devotional service\nand chanting the holy names.\nTEXT 118\n\n���<1-'Jitr·i!Jt'it, <t�f-tl» i1:1 <llfil<t I\n<ttt�•·<!i'lt�Jt1f·<tJt�� <tfif<t11 ���r 11\navai�Qava-sariga-tyaga, bahu-si�ya na kariba\nbahu-grantha-kalabhyasa-vyakhyana varjiba\nSYNONYMS\navai�Qava-of one who is not a devotee of the Lord; sariga-the association;\ntyaga-giving up; bahu-si�ya-an unlimited number of disciples; na karibashould not accept; bahu-grantha-of many different types of scriptures; ka/aabhyasa-studying a portion; vyakhyana-and explanation; varjiba-we should\ngive up.\n\n", "mad8#p0429": "Text 119]\n\n397\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The twelfth item is to give up the company of nondevotees.\n\n(13) One\n\nshould not accept an unlimited number of disciples. (14) One should not partially study many scriptures just to be able to give references and expand explanations.\nPURPORT\nAccepting an unlimited number of devotees or disciples is very risky for one\n\nwho is not a preacher. According to Srila ]iva Gosvami, a preacher has to accept\nmany disciples to expand the cult of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. This is risky be­\n\ncause when a spiritual master accepts a disciple, he naturally accepts the disciple's\nsinful activities and their reactions. Unless he is very powerful, he cannot assimi­\n\nlate all the sinful reactions of his disciples. Thus if he is not powerful, he has to\n\nsuffer the consequences, for one is forbidden to accept many disciples.\n\nOne should not partially study a book just to pose oneself as a great scholar by\n\nbeing able to refer to scriptures. In our Kr�r:ta consciousness movement we have\n\ntherefore limited our study of Vedic literatures to Bhagavad-gita, SrimadBhagavatam, Caitanya-caritamrta and Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu. These four works\n\nare sufficient for preaching purposes. They are adequate for the understanding of\nthe philosophy and the spreading of missionary activities all over the world. If one\n\nstudies a particular book, he must do so thoroughly. That is the principle. By\nthoroughly studying a limited number of books, one can understand the philoso­\n\nphy.\n\nTEXT 119\n\n��-� �' ��flNf �if! ��<'f I\n\"\"'\"�' ��� fi{\"fj i{1 �Rf<'t II ���II\nhani-labhe sama, sokadira vasa na ha-iba\nanya-deva, anya-sastra ninda na kariba\nSYNONYMS\nhani-in loss; labhe-in gain; sama-equal; soka-adira-of lamentation and so\n\non; vasa-under the control; na ha-iba-we should not be; anya-deva-other\ndemigods;\n\nanya-sastra-other scriptures;\n\nshould not do.\n\nn inda-criticizing\n\n; na kariba-we\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Fifteen: The devotee should treat loss and gain equally. (16) The devotee\nshould not be overwhelmed by lamentation.\n\n(17) The devotee should not\n\n", "mad8#p0430": "398\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nworship demigods, nor should he disrespect them. Similarly, the devotee\nshould not study or criticize other scriptures.\nTEXT 120\n\n����-f-{\"!1, �� �1 �f� I\ni2ttf'l�tt\\! �tift<ltc<liJ ty�'$f iii ilf� II �� II\no\n\nVi$QU-Vai$Qava-ninda, gramya-varta na suniba\npraQi-matre manovakye udvega na diba\nSYNONYMS\nvi$Qu-vai$Qava-ninda-blaspheming of Lord Vi�l)u and His devotee; gramyavarta-ordinary talks; na suniba-we should not hear; praQi-matre-to any living\nentity however insignificant; manal)-vakye-by mind or by words; udvegaanxiety; na diba-we should not give.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Eighteen: The devotee should not hear Lord Vi�r;�u or His devotees\nblasphemed. (19) The devotee should avoid reading or hearing newspapers\nor mundane books that contain stories of love affairs between men and\nwomen or subjects palatable to the senses. (20) Neither by mind nor words\nshould the devotee cause anxiety to any living entity, regardless how insignificant he may be.\nPURPORT\nThe first ten items are dos and the second ten items are don'ts. Thus the first\nten items give direct action, and the second ten items give indirect action.\nTEXT 121\n\n��'1, ��' \"i11f'l, �i{, �\"fi{ I\n9f��1, ��' ��J, �t..fi«;<l�il: II ��) II\nsravaQa, kirtana, smaraQa, pujana, vandana\nparicarya, dasya, sakhya, atma-nivedana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsravaQa-hearing;\n\nkirtana-chanting;\n\nsmaral)a-remembering;\n\npujana­\n\nworshiping; vandana-praying; paricarya -serving; dasya-accepting servitorship; sakhya-friendship; atma-nivedana\n\n-\n\nsurrendering fully.\n\n", "mad8#p0431": "Text 123]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n399\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"After one is established in devotional service, the positive actions are\n\n(1) hearing, (2) chanting, (3) remembering, (4) worshiping, (5) praying,\n(6) serving, (7) accepting servitorship, (8) becoming a friend and\n(9) surrendering fully.\nTEXT 122\n\n�!!t iji!J, �i!, �95�, ��ilfl! I\n\n��ti{, ��' &t�'J'� �fi! II��� II\nagre nrtya, gita, vijfiapti, daQc;iavan-nati\nabhyutthana, anuvrajya, tirtha-grhe gati\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nagre nrtya-dancing before the Deity; g ita-songs; vijfiapti-opening the\nmind; daQc;iavat-nati-offering obeisances; abhyutthana-stand up; anuvrajyafollowing; tirtha-grhe gati -going to temples and places of pilgrimage.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"One should also (10) dance before the Deity, (11) sing before the Deity,\n(12) open one's mind to the Deity, (13) offer obeisances to the Deity,\n(14) stand up before the Deity and the spiritual master just to show them\nrespect, (15) follow the Deity or the spiritual master and (16) visit different\nplaces of pilgrimage or go see the Deity in the temple.\n\nTEXT 123\n\n�Rf�i, ll!<I'P!1i, iSf�, �ft� I\n'!_�·Jtt�-��-��tlf·,<etiSfi{ II��� II\nparikrama, stava-patha, japa, sarikirtana\ndhCtpa-malya-gandha-mahaprasada-bhojana\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nparikrama-circumambulation; stava patha\n-\n\n-\n\nrecitation of different prayers;\n\njapa-chanting softly; sarikirtana-chanting congregationally; dhupa-incense;\nma/ya-flower garlands;\n\ngandha-scents;\n\nmaha-prasada-remnants of food\n\noffered to Vi�l)u; bhojana-eating or enjoying.\n\n", "mad8#p0432": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n400\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"One should (17) circumambulate the temple, (18) recite various prayers,\n\n(19) chant softly, (20) chant congregationally, (21) smell the incense and\n(22) eat the remnants of food\n\nflower garlands offered to the Deity, and\noffered to the Deity.\nTEXT 124\n\n��tfui�-1ft�e.'l<f-��-w� 1\ntii'!Jrf�-�i{, '{Jte{, t.!fu-� ll ��8 ll\naratrika-mahotsava-srimDrti-darsana\n\nnija-priya-dana, dhyana, tadiya-sevana\nSYNONYMS\n\naratrika-arati; mahotsava-festivals; srimDrti darsana-seeing the Deity; nija-\n\npriya-dana-to pre�ent to the Lord something very dear to oneself; dhyana­\n\nmeditation; tadiya-sevana-rendering service to those related to the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"One should (23) attend arati and festivals, (24) see the Deity,\n(25) present what is very dear to oneself to the Deity, (26) meditate, and\n(27) serve those related to the Lord.\nTEXT 125\n\n''!tft�'-��' ��<f, 1f�, !@5t�\\! I\n\n�� �t�� c;'l<f\"l �� ��:�� �r�ll\\! u ��a-u\n'tadiya'-tulasi, vai�Qava, mathura, bhagavata\n\nei carira seva haya kr�Qera abhimata\nSYNONYMS\ntadiya-related\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\ntulasi-tulasi\n\nleaves;\n\nvai�Qava-devotees;\n\nmathura-the birthplace of Kr�t:Ja; bhagavata-Srimad-Bhagavatam; ei carira-of\n\nthese four; seva-the service; haya-is; kr�Qera abhimata-the desire of Kr�t:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Tadiya means the tulasi leaves, the devotees of Kr�r;�a, the birthplace of\nKr�r;�a, Mathura, and the Vedic literature Srimad-Bhagavatam. Kr�r;�a is very\neager to see His devotee serve tulasi, V ai�r;�avas, Mathura and Bhagavatam.\n\n", "mad8#p0433": "Text 127]\n\n401\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\nPURPORT\nAfter item twenty-six (meditation), the twenty-seventh is to serve tulasi, the\ntwenty-eighth is to serve the Vai��ava, the twenty-ninth is to live in Mathura, the\nbirthplace of Lord Kr��a, and the thirtieth is to read Srimad-Bhagavatam regularly.\nTEXT 126\n\n�tr;� �f�·(;fi�i, l!e.�9ft<tr;'i\"f�i{ I\nillf'lf·fifiltfit\"·1!r;�te.�<l �$i ��'if'l II ��� II\nkr�Qarthe akhila-ce�ta, tat-krpavalokana\n\njanma-dinadi-mahotsava lana bhakta-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-arthe-for\n\nthe\n\nsake\n\nof\n\nKr��a;\n\nakhila-ce�ta-all\n\nactivity;\n\ntat-krpa­\n\navalokana-looking for His mercy; janma-dina-adi-the appearance day and so\n\non; mah otsava-festivals; lana bhakta-gaQa-with devotees.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Thirty-one: One should perform all endeavors for Kr�Qa. (32) One should\nlook forward to His mercy. (33) One should partake of various ceremonies\nwith devotees, ceremonies like Lord Kr�Qa's birthday or Ramacandra's birthday.\nTEXT 127\n\n�<(� �'ft9ffu, �tfi<f)·tfi·�� I\n\n'fi'l:�m �er' �� �1{·1!�\" 11 ��9 11\nsarvatha saraQapatti, kartikadi-vrata\n\n'catub-�a�ti anga' ei parama-mahattva\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarvatha-in all respects; saraQa-apatti\n\n-\n\nsurrender; kartika-adi-vrata-to ob­\n\nserve special vows in the month of Karttika; catub-�a�ti atiga-sixty-four parts;\nei-this; parama-mahattva-very important items.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Thirty-four: One should surrender to Kr�Qa in all respects. (35) One\nshould observe particular vows like kartika-vrata. These are some of the sixtyfour important items of devotional service.\n\n", "mad8#p0434": "402\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nTEXT 128\n\n:�ttl!_�, i{t���i{, �t$1��<'1'1 I\n���'PJ, ��� ��t� t:��i{ II ��lr II\nsadhu-sanga, nama-kirtana, bhagavata-sravaf)a\nmathura-vasa, sri-mOrtira sraddhaya sevana\nSYNONYMS\nsadhu-sanga-association with devotees; nama-kirtana-chanting the holy\n\nname; bhagavata-sravaf)a-hearing Srimad-Bhagavatam; mathura-vasa-living at\nMathura; sri-murtira sraddhaya sevana-worshiping the Deity with faith and\nveneration.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"One should associate with devotees, chant the holy name of the Lord, hear\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, reside at Mathura and worship the Deity with faith and\nveneration.\nTEXT 129\n\n:JI<fi\"':l'lt$fi{·(;�� �� �· �� I\n��t�� iSiiJtt� �� 9ftt�� �� :Jf'Jf II ��� II\nsakala-sadhana-sre�tha ei pafica anga\nkr�Qa-prema janmaya ei pancera a/pa sanga\nSYNONYMS\nsaka/a-sadhana-of all items for executing devotional service; sre�tha-the\n\nbest; ei pafica ar'lga-these five limbs; kr�Qa-prema-love of Kr�rya; janmaya­\n\nawakens; ei-these; pancera-of the five; a/pa sar'lga-slight association with or\n\nperformance.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"These five limbs of devotional service are the best of all. Even a slight performance of these five awakens love for Kr��a.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura points out that there are thirty-five items up to the\n\npoint of observing special vows in the month of Karttika. To these thirty-five\n\n", "mad8#p0435": "The Process of Devotional Service\n\nText 130]\n\n403\n\nitems, another four are added-namely marking ti/aka on different parts of the\nbody, writing the names of the Lord all over the body, accepting the Deity's gar­\n\nland and accepting caraQamrta. These four items are understood to be included\nby Kaviraja Gosvami within arcana, worship of the Deity. Although these items are\n\nnot mentioned here, they are to be added to the previous thirty-five items. Thus\nthe total number becomes thirty-nine. To these thirty-nine should be added five\n\nothers: association with devotees, chanting the Hare Kr�l)a maha-mantra, reading\n\nSrlmad-Bhagavatam regularly, residing in Mathura, the birthplace of Kr�l)a, and\nworshiping the Deity with great respect and veneration. The thirty-nine items plus\nthese five come to a total of forty-four. If we add the previous twenty items to\nthese forty-four, the total number becomes sixty-four. The five items mentioned\nabove repeat previously mentioned items. In the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, Srila\nROpa Gosvami states:\n\natiganarh paficakasyasya\npurva-vilikhitasya ca\n\nnikhila-srai$thya-bodhaya\n\npunar apy atra sarhsanam\n\n\"The glorification of these five items [association with devotees, chanting the\nholy name and so on] is to make known the complete superiority of these five\npractices of devotional service.\"\nThe sixty-four items of devotional service include all the activities of the body,\nmind and senses. Thus the sixty-four items engage one in devotional service in all\nrespects.\nTEXT 130\n\nl!t�1 f<tt\"f'lf\\!: �f\\!: �1J.rii11�r.'I�C<�' u ��.\nsraddha vi5e$ataf) prlti/:1\n\nsrl-murter atighri-sevane\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsraddha-faith; vi5e$ata/:l-particularly; prlti/:1-love; srl-murte/:1-of the Deity\n\nform of the Lord; atighri-sevane-in service of the lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'One should have full faith and love in worshiping the lotus feet of the\nDeity.\n\n", "mad8#p0436": "404\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse and the following two verses are found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\n(1.2.90-92).\n\nTEXT 131\n\n�\"ll�t5f•r�Nt'lr-rr�trlf1 \"llf'lr<ll\": '�� '\n'l�'f���i\"fr.ll T\"':!C5.li 'lf?:�l'i�! �C\\!i1 <l?:\"ll II')\"') II\nsrimad-bhagavatarthanam\nasvado rasikaib saha\n\nsajatiyasaye snigdhe\n\nsadhau sangab svato vare\nSYNONYMS\n\nsrimad-bhagavata-of the Srimad-Bhagavatam; arthanam-of the meanings;\n\nasvadab-enjoying the taste; rasikaib saha-with the devotees; sa-jatiya-similar; asaye-endowed with a desire; snigdhe-advanced in devotional affection;\nsadhau-with a devotee; san gab\n\n-\n\nassociation; svatab-for one's self; vare-bet­\n\nter.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'One should taste the meaning of Srimad-Bhagavatam in the association\nof pure devotees, and one should associate with the devotees who are more\nadvanced than oneself and endowed with a similar type of affection for the\nLord.\nPURPORT\nThe words sajatiyasaye snigdhe sadhau sangab svato vare are very important\n\nitems. One should not associate with professional Bhagavatam reciters. A profes­\n\nsional Bhagavatam reciter is one who is not in the disciplic succession or one who\n\nhas no taste for bhakti-yoga. Simply on the strength of grammatical knowledge\nand word jugglery, professional reciters maintain their bodies and their desires for\nsense gratification by reading Srimad-Bhagavatam. One should also avoid those\n\nwho are averse to Lord Vi�t:JU and His devotees, those who are Mayavadis, those\nwho offend the chanting of the .Hare Kr�t:�a mantra, those who simply dress as\nV ai�t:Javas or so-called gosvamis, and those who make a business by selling Vedic\n\nmantras and reciting Srimad-Bhagavatam to maintain their families. One should\n\nnot try to understand Srimad-Bhagavatam from such materialistic people. According to the Vedic injunctions:\n\nyasya deve para bhaktib.\n\nThe Srimad-\n\n", "mad8#p0437": "Text 133]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n405\n\nBhagavatam can only be recited by one who has unflinching faith in the lotus feet\nof Kr�r:Ja and His devotee, the spiritual master. One should try to understand\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam from the spiritual master. The Vedic injunction states: bhaktya bhagavatarh grahyarh na buddhya na ca tikaya. One has to understand SrimadBhagavatam through the process of devotional service and by hearing the recita­\n\ntion of a pure devotee. These are the injunctions of Vedic literature-.Sruti and\n\nsmrti. Those who are not in the disciplic succession and who are not pure devo­\n\ntees cannot understand the real mysterious objective of Srimad-Bhagavatam and\n\nSrimad Bhagavad-gita.\n\nTEXT 132\n\n•rtll'l�<Ti�i§OT� �l'll'n'1_'ilfll'5r.\"'' f�f\\!: II �-!.� II\nnama-safikirtanarh srimanmathura-mar:u;lale sthitib\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nnama-safikirtanam-chanting the Hare Kr�l)a maha-mantra; sriman-mathura­\n\nmaQr;Jale-in Mathura, where Kr�r:Ja specifically performs His pastimes; sthitibresidence.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'One should congregationally chant the holy name of the Lord and reside\nin Vrndavana.'\nPURPORT\n\nNavadvipa-dhama, Jagannatha Puri-dhama and Vrndavana-dhama are considered to be identical. If one goes to Mathura-mal)<;lala-bhOmi for sense gratification or to make a livelihood, he commits an offense and is condemned. Whoever\ndoes so must be penalized in the next life by becoming a hog or a monkey in\nVrndavana-dhama. After taking on such a body, the offender is liberated in the\nnext life. Srila\n\nBhaktisiddhanta\n\nSarasvati\n\nThakura\n\nremarks that residing\n\nin\n\nVrndavana with a view to enjoy sense gratification surely leads a so-called devotee to a lower species.\nTEXT 133\n\n���t'l'!i<i\")r.��i�1_ '!i\"iil 'f!-��'8 ?f;pl:'ll\" I\n�\\1! �nlT�l\"t 'f��: 'lf':i,'llF �t<I�'Jil:O! II)�� II\n\n", "mad8#p0438": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n406\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\ndurahadbhuta-virye 'smin\nsraddha dare 'stu pancake\nyatra svalpo 'pi sambandha/:!\nsad-dhiyaril bhava-janmane\nSYNONYMS\n\nduraha-difficult to be reconciled; adbhuta-wonderful; virye-in the power;\nasmin-in this; sraddha-faith; dare-far away; astu-let it be; pancake\n\n-\n\nin the\n\nabove-mentioned five principles; yatra-in which; sva/pa/:1-a little; api-even;\nsambandha/:1-connection;\n\nsat-dhiyam-of\n\nthose\n\nwho are intelligent\n\nand\n\noffenseless; bhava-janmane-to awaken one's dormant love for Kr�r;�a.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The power of these five principles is very wonderful and difficult to\nreconcile. Even without faith in them, a person who is offenseless can experience dormant love of Kr�r:-a simply by being a little connected with them.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is also found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.238).\nTEXT 134\n\n'��' 'GI\"f �tt$f, '�� �'t'Sf '�'l' �\"f I\n\n'fi{i1' '�'l'l �9(� ,�,�� '!�\"f II ��8 II\n'eka' ariga sadhe, keha sadhe 'bahu' ariga\n'ni�tha' haile upajaya premera tarariga\nSYNONYMS\n\neka-one; ariga-portion; sadhe-executes; keha-someone; sadhe-executes; bahu-many; ariga-portions; ni�tha-firm faith; hai/e-if there is; upajaya-awaken; premera-of love of Godhead; tarariga-the waves.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When one is firmly fixed in devotional service, whether he executes one or\nmany processes of devotional service, the waves of love of Godhead will\nawaken.\nPURPORT\n\nThe processes of devotional service are sravaQaril kirtanaril vi�QOQ smaraQaril\npada-sevanaml arcanaril vandanaril dasyaril sakhyam atma-nivedanam.\n\n", "mad8#p0439": "Text 136]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n407\n\nTEXT 135\n,��, �c'Sf r��\n\n-Ptt�\"' �'l �'@'$f'f 1\n\n��i\\�tfW �r;'@� '<I'l' �'Jf��t�il: II � �Q II\n'eka' ange siddhi pai/a bahu bhakta-gaf)a\nambari?adi bhaktera 'bahu' anga-sadhana\nSYNONYMS\neka alige-by one portion; siddhi-perfection; pai/a-achieved; bahu-many;\nbhakta-gaQa-devotees;\n\nambari?a-adi-King Ambari�a Maharaja and others;\n\nbhaktera-of devotees; bahu anga-sadha n a-execution of many processes of\ndevotional service.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are many devotees who execute only one of the nine processes of\ndevotional service. Nonetheless, they get ultimate success. Devotees like\n\nMaharaj a Ambari� execute all nine items and they also get ultimate success.\nTEXT 136\n\n�·f<�r.�1: �<tc'l 9f�1f>nr�<�r��t'lf<f: �'11§r:<1\n�� r�: \"ll�<r.'1 \\!lf'\"\"��·s;r;01 ?.i��= ?J�: ?[�r:01 1\n\n����T5<!il'fC<1 �f9f<>ff'!\"\\f1?:'lJ�� '!T.�J�'s(;;:\n'l�'ll\" l�r�r.<!lfC01 <1f<1i1�� ��tf�r;��1\"-. 'HI II )�� II\nsri-Vi?f)OQ sraVaf)e parik?id abhavad vaiyasaki/:1 kirtane\nprah/ada/:1 smaraf)e tad-anghri-bhajane /ak?mi/:1 prthu/:1 pujane\naknJras tv abhivandane kapi-patir dasye 'tha sakhye 'rjuna/:1\nsarvasvatma-nivedane balir abhat kr?Qaptir e?arh para\nSYNONYMS\nsri-Vi?Q0/:1-of Lord Sri Vi�r;�u; sravaf)e-in hearing; parik?it-King Parik�it,\nknown also c:s Vi�r;�urata, or one who is protected by Lord Vi�r;�u; abhavat-was;\nvaiyasaki/:1-Sukadeva\n\nGosvami;\n\nkirtane-in\n\nreciting\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam;\n\nprah/ada/:1-Maharaja Prahlada; smaraQe-in remembering; tat-anghri-of Lord\nVi�r;�u's lotus feet;\n\nbhajane-in serving;\n\n/ak?mi/:1-the goddess of fortune;\n\nprthu/:1-Maharaja Prthu; pujane-in worshiping the Deity of the Lord; akrura/:1Akrora; tu-but; abhivandane-in offering prayers; kapi-pati/:1-Hanumanji, or\nVajrarigaji; dasye-in servitude to Lord Ramacandra; atha-moreove r; sakhyein friendship;\n\narjuna/:1-Arjuna ;\n\nsarvasva-atma-nivedane-in\n\nfully dedicating\n\n", "mad8#p0440": "408\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\noneself; ba /ib-Maha raja Bali; abhat-was; kmJ a-apt ib-the achievement of the\nlotus feet of Lord Kr�l)a; e�am-of all of them; para-transcendental.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Maharaja Parik�it attained the highest perfection, shelter at Lord Kr�r;�a's\nlotus feet, simply by hearing about Lord Vi�r;�u. Sukadeva Gosvami attained\nperfection simply by reciting Srimad-Bhagavatam. Prahlada Maharaja attained\nperfection by remembering the Lord. The goddess of fortune attained perfection by massaging the transcendental legs of Maha-Vi�r;�u. Maharaja Prthu attained perfection by worshiping the Deity, and Akriira attained perfection by\noffering prayers unto the Lord. Vajrangaji [Hanuman] attained perfection by\nrendering service to Lord Ramacandra, and Arjuna attained perfection simply\nby being Kr�r;�a's friend. Bali Maharaja attained perfection by dedicating\neverything to the lotus feet of Kr�Qa.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse appears in the Padyavali (53) and the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\n(1.2.265).\nTEXTS 137-139\n\n'I c<� �'!: flll'1lfnl�i!it�rl·\n�l)j� f'! C <llh<tt�\"<l<fCO! I\n\n'fC�� �n�f.!f\"ll1Tt\"Si<li fff\\\n!l'f��'fi\"lfigT�-'I�'H�i•rr.�t II �,:)'\\ II\n\nlJ_�farsft<1�lfxft01 \"IJC\"I�\n'\\!\"\"lf..�\\!5J5fli!i'''�'H.\"f�\\f111Jf11\"{_1\n�1'1� '\\!\"�<iilf'!r�t�c'!ht�\n\n��..._\"1'111 �'!Oli� \\!\"\"!fMC� I �.:�1r II\n\n<ii\"Clf� ��: C�il'i<>tlfi�'!�C<f\nf-.ornri ��·�k<��\"t-<>twtf�\"<lilit\"l\" 1\n<fill� lf!C'IJ 0! � 7fill<fii11Hii\n\n<rc���:ntt<f�'!1i!f�t1 �f'\\!\": n � .:�� u\nsa vai manab kr�IJa-padaravindayor\nvacarhsi vaikuf)tha-guf)anuvarf)ane\nkarau harer mandira-marjanadi�u\nsrutirh cakaracyuta-sat-kathodaye\n\n", "mad8#p0441": "Text 139]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n409\n\nmukunda-lingalaya-darsane drsau\ntad-bhrtya-gatra-sparase 'nga-sangamam\nghraf)aril ca tat-pada-saroja-saurabhe\nsrimat-tulasya rasanaril tad-arpite\npadau hare/:! k$etra-padanusarpaf)e\nsiro h($ikesa-padabhivandane\nkamaril ca dasye na tu kama-kamyaya\nyathottama/:lsloka-janasraya rati/:1\nSYNONYMS\nsa/:1-he (Maharaj a AmbarT�a); vai-certainly; mana/:1-the mind; k($f)a-padaaravindayol)-on the two lotus feet of Kr�r:Ja; vacarilsi -words; vaikuQtha-guQaanuvarf)ane-in describing the transcendental character of Kr�r:Ja; karau-the two\nhands; hare/:1-of Lord Kr�r:Ja or Vi�r:Ju; mandira-marjana-adi$u-in cleansing the\ntemple of Hari and similar other duties; srutim-the ears; cakara-engaged;\n\nacyuta-of the Lord; sat-katha-udaye-in the arising of transcendental topics;\nmukunda-linga-of the Deities of the Lord; a/aya- temples; darsane-in visiting;\ndrsau-the two eyes; tat-bhrtya-of the servants of the Lord; gatra-the bodies;\nsparase-in touching; ar'lga-sar'lgamam-bodily contact such as embracing or\ntouching the lotus feet; ghraf)am- the sensation of smell; ca-and; tat-padasaroja-of the Lord's lotus feet; saurabhe-in the fragrance; srimat-most\nauspicious; tulasyal)-of tulasi leaves; rasanam-the tongue; tat-arpite-in food\noffered to the Lord; padau-the two feet; harel)-of the Lord; k$etra-the place\nof pilgrimage; pada-anusarpaf)e-in walking to; sira/:1- the head; hr$ikesa-of the\nLord of the senses, the Personality of Godhead; pada-abhivandane-in offering\nprayers at the lotus feet; kamam-all desires; dasye-in serving the Lord; nanot; tu-but; kama-kamyaya-with a desire for sense gratification; yatha- as\nmuch as; uttama/:1-sloka-of the Lord, who is worshiped by selected poems;\njana-in the devotee; asraya-having shelter; rati/:1-attachment.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Maharaja Ambari� always engaged his mind at the lotus feet of Kr��a,\nhis words in describing the spiritual world and the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, his hands in cleansing and washing the lord's temple, his ears in\nhearing topics about the Supreme lord, his eyes in seeing the Deity of lord\nKr��a in the temple, his body in touching the lotus feet of Vai��avas and\nembracing them, his nostrils in smelling the aroma of the tulasi leaves offered\nto Kr��a's lotus feet, his tongue in tasting food offered to Kr��a, his legs in\ngoing to places of pilgrimage like Vrndavana and Mathura or to the lord's\ntemple, and his head in touching the lotus feet of the lord and offering Him\n\n", "mad8#p0442": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n410\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nprayers. Thus Maharaja Ambari�a desired only to serve the lord faithfully. In\nthis way he engaged his senses in the transcendental loving service of the\nlord. As a result, he awakened his dormant loving propensity for the lord's\nservice.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (9.4.18-20).\nTEXT 140\n\n�t11 �Jfif' �· <et� -ttm·�t•1 \";Ttfil' 1\n\n��-��-f�flt�1f �·!_ � �ztl II �So II\nkama tyaji' k[�f)a bhaje sastra-ajfia mani'\ndeva-r�i-pitradikera kabhu nahe [f)i\nSYNONYMS\nkama-material desires; tyaji'-giving up; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; bhaje-wor­\n\nships; sastra-ajfia-the direction of the revealed scripture; mani'-accepting;\ndeva\n\n-\n\ndemigod s; r�i-great sages; pitr-adikera-of the forefathers and so on;\n\nkabhu-at any time; nahe-not; [f)i-a debtor.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If a person gives up all material desires and completely engages in the\ntranscendental loving service of Kr�r:Ja, as enjoined in revealed scriptures, he\nis never indebted to demigods, sages or forefathers.\nPURPORT\nAfter birth, every man is indebted in so many ways. He is indebted to the\ndemigods for their supplying necessities like air, light and water. When one takes\nadvantage of Vedic literatures, one becomes indebted to great sages like\nVyasadeva, Narada, Devala and Asita. When one takes birth in a particular family,\nhe becomes indebted to his forefathers. We are even indebted to common living\nentities like cows, from whom we take milk. Because we accept service from so\nmany animals, we become indebted. However, if one is completely engaged in\nthe Lord's devotional service, he is absolved of all debts. This is confirmed in the\n\nfollowing verse, quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.5.41 ).\nTEXT 141\n\nc\"�rrtlr�\\!>i�OJ'lft� f?f��<ti�\n0{\n\nf'T'�t:�1 \"li��9t \"6 �1�\"\\. I\n\n", "mad8#p0443": "Text 141]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n411\n\n11�1�011 lj: \"\"l�¢f� \"\"!� ¢fJ �\n5fC�-I 'il'f\"lf� <if���J <t�\"il(_ II � 8 �\ndevar$i-bh0tapta-nwam pitFQarh\n\nna kinkaro nayam Wi ca rajan\n\nsarvatmana yaf) saraf)aril saraQyarh\n\ngato mukundarh parih(tya kartam\nSYNONYMS\n\ndeva-of the demigods; f$i-of the sages; bhOta-of ordinary living entities;\n\napta-of friends and relatives;\n\nnwam-of ordinary men;\n\npitfQam-of the\n\nforefathers; na-not; kinkaraf)-the servant; na-nor; ayam-this one; wi­\n\ndebtor; ca- a l so; rajan-0 King; sarva-atmana-with his whole beir.g; yaf) - a\n\nperson who; saraQam-shelter; saraQyam\nwho\n\naffords\n\nshelter\n\nto\n\nall;\n\n-\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\ngata/:1 - approached;\n\nparihrtya- giving up; kartam-duties.\n\nmukundam-Mu k u nda;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'One who has given up all material duties and taken full shelter at the\nlotus feet of Mukunda, who gives shelter to all, is not indebted to the\ndemigods, great sages, ordinary living beings, relatives, friends, mankind or\neven one's forefathers who have passed away.'\nPURPORT\nIt is said:\n\nadhyapanarh brahma-yajfia/:1\npitr-yajfias tu tarpaQam\n\nhomo daivo balir bhauto\n\nnr-yajfio 'tithi-pujanam\n\n\"By performing oblations with ghee, the demigods are satisfied. By studying the\n\nVedas, brahma-yajfia is performed, and by this the great sages are satisfied.\n\nOffering libations of water before one's forefathers is called pitr-yajfia. By offering\n\ntribute, bhOta-yajfia is performed. By properly receiving guests, nr-yajfia is per­\n\nformed.\" There are five yajfias and five kinds of indebtedness-indebtedness to\nthe demigods, great sages, forefathers, living entities and common men. Therefore\n\none has to perform five kinds of yajfias, but when one takes to sankirtana-yajfia\n(the chanting of the Hare Kr�t:Ja mantra) one doesn't have to perform any other\n\nyajfia. In\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Narada Muni made a statement about the\n\n", "mad8#p0444": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n412\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nsystematic performance of bhagavata-dharma in connection with statements previously made by the nine Yogendras before Maharaja Nimi. The sage Karabhajana\n��i explained the four incarnations of the four yugas, and at the end, in this verse\n(text 141), he explained the position of Kr�r:Ja's pure devotee and how he is absolved of all debts.\nTEXT 142\n\nM-� litf�' �tiSr �t�� ��'I I\nfi{� ��� i!� � � �i{ II �8� II\nvidhi-dharma chaqi' bhaje kr�Qera caraf)a\nni�iddha papacare tara kabhu nahe mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nvidhi-dharma chaqi' -giving up all regulative principles of the varf)a and asrama\ninstitution; bhaje-worships; kr�Qera caraf)a-the lotus feet of Lord Kr�r:Ja; ni�id·\ndha-forbidden; papa-acare-in sinful activities; tara-his; kabhu-at any time;\n\nnahe -not; mana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although the pure devotee does not follow all the regulative principles of\nvarr;�asrama, he worships the lotus feet of Kr�r;�a. Therefore he naturally has no\ntendency to commit sin.\nPURPORT\nThe varf)asrama institution is planned in such a way that one will not commit\nsinful activities. Material existence continues due to sinful activity. When one acts\nsinfully in this life, he gets a suitable body for the next life. When one again acts\nsinfully, he takes on another material body. In this way one is continuously under\nthe influence of material nature.\n\npuru�a/:1 prakrti-stho hi\nbhunkte prakrti-jan guQan\nkaraf)arh guQa-sailgo 'sya\nsad-asad-yoni-janmasu\n\"The living entity in material nature thus follows the ways of life, enjoying the\nthree modes of material nature. This is due to his association with that material\nnature. Thus he meets with good and evil among various species.\" (Bg. 13.22)\nDue to our association with the modes of material nature, we get different\ntypes of bodies-good and bad. One cannot be liberated from the cycle of birth\n\n", "mad8#p0445": "Text 144]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n413\n\nand death, known as transmigration of the soul, unless one is completely freed\nfrom all sinful activities. The best process, therefore, is to take to Kr�Qa consciousness. One cannot take to Kr�Qa consciousness without being freed from all sinful\nactivities. Naturally one who is very serious about Kr�Qa consciousness is freed\nfrom all sinful activity. Consequently a devotee is never inclined to commit sins. If\none is pressured by the law or obligations to give up sinful activity, one cannot do\nso. However, if one takes to Kr�Qa consciousness, he can very easily give up all\nsinful activity. This is confirmed herein.\nTEXT 143\n\n��� � �� �rw '�t�' ��r.� 1\n� �tr;1'f �� ��1'1, ifl <Rrn �rnf�� 11 �s� 11\najnane va haya yadi 'papa' upasthita\n\nkr?f)a tanre suddha kare, na karaya prayascitta\nSYNONYMS\n\najnane-by ignorance; va-or; haya-there are; yadi-if; papa\n\n-\n\nsinful ac­\n\ntivities; upasthita-present; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�Qa; tailre-him (the devotee); sud­\n\ndha kare-purifies; na karaya-does not cause; prayascitta-atonement.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"If, however, a devotee accidentally becomes involved in a sinful activity,\nKr�Qa purifies him. He does not have to undergo the regulative form of atonement.\nPURPORT\nKr�Qa purifies from within as caitya-guru, the spiritual master within the heart.\n\nThis is described in the following verse from SrTmad-Bhagavatam (11.5.42).\nTEXT 144\n\n�9ft'if'�O'f� �Si\\!i: f��'2J\n\\!iJ�t�r�t..,,; �:f11: 9fC�\"f: I\n\nf<l<f� lfC'65t�9f T\\!i\\!i� <f���\nl!_C\"l'tf\\!i 'l* �frf 'ffilf<t'�: II � B B II\nsvapada-ma/aril bhajataf) priyasya\n\ntyaktanya-bhavasya harif) paresaf)\n\n", "mad8#p0446": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n414\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nvikarma yac cotpatitarh kathaficit\ndhunoti sarvarh hrdi sannivi$tab\nSYNONYMS\nsva-pada-malam-the lotus feet of Kr�l)a, the shelter of the devotees; bhajataf)-who is engaged in worshiping; priyasya-who is very dear to Kr�l)a;\ntyakta-given up; anya-for others; bhavasya-of one whose disposition or inclination; hari/:1-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; para isa/:1 -the Supreme\n-\n\nLord; vikarma-sinful activities; yat-whatever; ca-and; utpatitam-occurred;\nkathaficit-somehow;\n\ndhunoti-removes;\n\nsarvam-everything;\n\nhrdi-in the\n\nheart; sannivi$ta/:l -entered.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'One who has given up everything and taken full shelter at the lotus feet\nof Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is very dear to Kr��a. If he is\ninvolved in some sinful activity by accident, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who is seated within everyone's heart, removes his sins without difficulty.'\nTEXT 145\n\nafi(·'«t'51Jtfif- <e�� � •n:� '�\"'' 1\n�fit��-f.l��tfif 1_� �-.oe•-�� 11 �s� 11\njfiana-vairagyadi-bhaktira kabhu nahe 'anga'\nahirhsa-yama-niyamadi bule kr$Qa-bhakta-sanga\nSYNONYMS\njfiana-the path of knowledge; vairagya-adi-the path of renunciation and so\non; bhaktira-of devotional service; kabhu-at any time; nahe-not; anga-a\npart; ahirhsa-nonviolence; yama-controlling the senses and the mind; niyamaadi-restrictions and so on; bu/e-roam; kr$Qa-bhakta-sanga-in the association\nof a devotee of Lord Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The path of speculative knowledge and renunciation is not very essential\nfor devotional service. Indeed, good qualities such as nonviolence and mind\nand sense control automatically accompany a devotee of Lord Kr��a.\nPURPORT\nSometimes a neophyte devotee or ordinary person thinks highly of speculative\nknowledge, austerity, penances and renunciation, thinking them the only path for\n\n", "mad8#p0447": "Text 146]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n415\n\nadvancement in devotional service. Actually this is not a fact. The path of knowl­\n\nedge, mystic yoga and renunciation has nothing to do with the pure soul. When\n\none is temporarily in the material world, such processes may help a little, but they\nare not necessary for a pure devotee of Kr�r:Ja. In the material world, such activities\n\nend in material enj oyment or merging into the effulgence of the Supreme. They\n\nhave nothing to do with the eternal loving service of the Lord. If one abandons\nspeculative knowledge and simply engages in devotional service, he has attained\nhis perfection. The devotee has no need for speculative knowledge, pious activity\n\nor mystic yoga. All these are automatically present when one renders the Lord\ntranscendental loving service.\nTEXT 146\n\n�\"i!Hr�f��a;'fr c�tf5rr.fi.1 (� �if'��:\n'i �Jtor:. 'i � C��f?!F 2ftli: C�C�1 �r;�fft� II ')S� II\n\ntasman mad-bhakti-yuktasya\nyogino vai mad-atmanab\n\nna jnanarh na ca vairagyarh\nprayab sreyo bhaved iha\nSYNONYMS\ntasmat-therefore; mat-bhakti-in My devotional service; yuktasya-of one\n\nwho is engaged; yoginab-the first-class yogi or mystic; vai-certainly; mat-atmanab-whose mind is always engaged in Me; na-not; jflanam -speculative\n\nknowledge; na-not; ca-also; vairagyam-dry renunciation; prayab-for the\nmost part; sreyab-beneficial; bhavet-would be; iha-in this world.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'For one who is fully engaged in My devotional service, whose mind is\nfixed on Me in bhakti-yoga, the path of speculative knowledge and dry renunciation is not very beneficial.'\nPURPORT\nThe path of devotional service is always independent of other activity. The\n\npath of speculative knowledge or mystic yoga may be a little beneficial in the\n\nbeginning, but it cannot be considered part of devotional service. This verse\n\n(Srimad-Bhagavatam 11.20.31) was spoken by Lord Kr�r:Ja when He was speaking\n\nto Uddhava before His departure from this material world. These are important in­\n\nstructions given directly by Lord Kr�r:Ja. Sri Uddhava asked the Lord about the two\n\nkinds of instructions given in the Vedas. One instruction is called pravrtti-marga,\n\n", "mad8#p0448": "416\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nand the other is called nivrtti-marga. These are directions for enjoying the material\nworld according to regulative principles and then giving up the material world for\nhigher spiritual understanding. Sometimes one does not know whether to practice speculative knowledge or mystic yoga for advancement in spiritual knowledge. Kr�r:ta explains to Uddhava that the mechanical process of speculative\nknowledge and yoga is not necessary for advancing in devotional service. Devotional service is completely spiritual; it has nothing to do with material things. It is\nawakened by hearing and chanting in the association of devotees. Because devotional service is always transcendental, it has nothing to do with material activity.\nTEXT 147\n�t� 0! ���i �TN �<ltf��\"lii!H1 �'1t: I\n\n�Rr�c-.e>� 1ft r\\91 c'l! or c� �r: 9fll�if9f<l: 11 w� 11\nete na hy adbhuta vyadha\ntavahirhsadayo guf)a/:1\nhari-bhaktau pravrtta ye\nna te syu/:1 paratapina/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nete-all these; na-not; hi-certainly; adbhuta/:1-wonderful; vyadha-0\nhunter; tava-your; ahimsa-adaya/:1-nonviolence and others; guQa/:1-qualities;\nhari-bhaktau-in devotional service; pravrtta/:1-engaged; ye-those who; nanot; te-they; syu/:1-are; paratapina/:1-envious of other living entities.\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 hunter, good qualities like nonviolence, which you have developed,\n\nare not very astonishing, for those who are engaged in the lord's devotional\nservice are never inclined to give pain to others because of envy.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from the Skanda Puraf)a.\nTEXT 148\n\n��f�·llt�il1f ��( ��J't I\nJ1'$ftll'$f1·'e�J et\"'l �e{, llil'fi!i{ II �8\\r II\nvaidhi-bhakti-sadhanera kahiluri vivaraf)a\nraganuga-bhaktira /ak�af)a suna, sanatana\n\n", "mad8#p0449": "417\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\nText 149]\n\nSYNONYMS\nvaidhi-bhakti-of devotional service according to the regulative principles;\nsadhanera-of the execution; kahi/un-1 have made; vivaraQa-description;\nraganuga-bhaktira-of spontaneous devotional service; lak$aQa-the symptoms;\n.Suna-please hear; sanatana-0 Sanatana.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Sanatana, I have now in detail described devotional service according to the regulative principles. Now hear from Me about spontaneous\ndevotional service and its characteristics.\nTEXT 149\n\n1ftoijtf1r<lli·!fj�-'11.�' �fit·iSfti{ I\n<:!t� 'CI'l.� !fjf�� '1ft'$11ii_'Sti'·�tt1l II � 8� II\nragatmika-bhakti- 'mukhya' vraja-vasi-jane\ntara anugata bhaktira 'raganuga'-name\nSYNONYMS\nragatmika-bhakti-spontaneous\n\ndevotional\n\nservice;\n\nmukhya-preeminent;\n\nvraja-vasi-jane-in the inhabitants of Vraja, or Vrndavana; tara-that; anugatafollowing; bhaktira-of devotional service; raganuga-name-named raganuga or\nfollowing after spontaneous devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The original inhabitants of Vrndavana are attached to Kr�r:'la spontaneously\nin devotional service. Nothing can compare to such spontaneous devotional\nservice, which is called ragatmika bhakti. When a devotee follows in the\nfootsteps of the devotees of Vrndavana, his devotional service is called\nraganuga bhakti.\nPURPORT\nIn his Bhakti-sandarbha, ]Tva GosvamT states:\ntad\nvai.Si$tye\n\nevaril\n\ntat-tad-abhimana-lak$aQa-bhava-vi.Se$VeQa\n\nsati tat-tad-raga-prayukta\n\nsvabhavika-ragasya\n\nsravaQa-kirtana-smaraQa-pada-sevana-van­\n\ndanatma-nivedana-praya bhaktis te$arh ragatmika bhaktir ity ucyate ....tatas\ntadiyaril ragaril rucyanugacchanti sa raganuga.\nWhen a pure devotee follows the footsteps of a devotee in Vrndavana, he\ndevelops raganuga bhakti.\n\n", "mad8#p0450": "418\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nTEXT 150\n\n�l -.t�Pf�� 1ft5T: 9f��tr<t��1 �C<t� I\n'\\!�B�I ll1 i5C<t��: '!ti1!\" 'llt'iftf4tc<��tflr�1 II H\n\n•\n\nR\n\ni�te svarasiki ragaf)\nparamavi�tata bhavet\ntanmayi ya bhaved bhaktif)\nsatra ragatmikodita\nSYNONYMS\n\ni�te-unto the desired object of life; svarasiki-appropriate for one's own\noriginal aptitude of love; ragaf:J -attachment; parama avi� tata\n-\n\n-\n\nab sorption in the\n\nservice of the Lord; bhavet-is; tat-mayi-consisting of that transcendental attachment; ya-which; bhavet-is; bhaktif)-devotional service; sa-that; atrahere; ragatmika-udita-caiied ragatmika, or spontaneous devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When one becomes attached to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, his\nnatural inclination to love is fully absorbed in thoughts of the lord. That is\ncalled transcendental attachment, and devotional service according to that attachment is called ragatmika, or spontaneous devotional service.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.272).\nTEXT 151\n\n�� '�·if•1'-11t'5t1f :15t�·ll('llli'i I\nlr;� ''eltf��' -lfll�!l'l·'tlllS'I II ��� II\ni�te 'gac;fha-tr�Qa'-ragera svarupa-lak�aQa\ni�te 'avi�tata'-ei tatastha-lak�aQa\nSYNONYMS\n\ni�te-in the desired object, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; gac;fhatr�Qa-deep attachment; ragera-of spontaneous love; svarapa-lak�aQa-the primary symptom; i�te-unto the Supreme; avi�tata-absorption; ei-this; tatastha/ak�aQa-the marginal symptom.\n\n", "mad8#p0451": "Text 153]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n419\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The primary characteristic of spontaneous love is deep attachment for the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Absorption in Him is a marginal characteristic.\nTEXT 152\n\n��-<e�J � 'Jf'ift��' i1t1f I\n� �fif' �� Q '�tit <et'ifJ�tif.. II ���II\nragamayi-bhaktira haya 'ragatmika' nama\ntaha suni' lubdha haya kana bhagyavan\nSYNONYMS\nraga-mayi-consisting of attachment; bhaktira-of devotional service; hayais; ragatmika-spontaneous love; nama-the name; taha suni'-hearing this;\nlubdha-covetous; haya-becomes; kana bhagyavan-some fortunate person.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus devotional service which consists of raga [deep attachment] is called\nragatmika, spontaneous loving service. If a devotee covets such a position, he\nis considered to be most fortunate.\nTEXT 153\n\n� a'f�� 'et� <rot �IJ.'$f� I\n\n�� i1t� 1l�i1-1ft'$ftif'$ftl .2f�f?! II �a� II\nlobhe vraja-vasira bhave kare anugati\nsastra-yukti nahi mane-raganugara prakrti\nSYNONYMS\n/obhe-in such covetousness; vraja-vasira bhave-in the moods of the inhabitants of Vrndavana, Vraja; kare anugati-follows; sastra-yukti-injunctions or\nreasonings of the sastras; nahi mane-does not abide by; raganugara-of spontaneous love; prakrti-the nature.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If one follows in the footsteps of the inhabitants of Vrndavana out of such\ntranscendental covetousness,\n\nhe does not care for the injunctions\n\nreasonings of sastra. That is the way of spontaneous love.\n\nor\n\n", "mad8#p0452": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n420\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura says that a devotee is attracted by the\nservice of the inhabitants of Vrndavana-namely the cowherd men, Maharaja\nNanda, mother Ya5oda, Radharal)i, the gopis, and the cows and calves. An advanced devotee is attracted by the service rendered by an eternal servitor of the\nLord. This attraction is called spontaneous attraction. Technically it is called\nsvarupa-upalabdhi. This stage is not achieved in the beginning. In the beginning\n\none has to render service strictly according to the regulative principles set forth by\nthe revealed scriptures and spiritual master. By continuously rendering service\nthrough the process of vaidhi bhakti, one's natural inclination is gradually\nawakened. That is called spontaneous attraction, or raganuga bhakti.\nAn advanced devotee situated on the platform of spontaneity is already very\nexpert in sastric instruction, logic and argument. When he comes to the point of\neternal love for Kr�l)a, no one can deviate him from that position, neither by argument nor by sastric evidence. An advanced devotee has realized his eternal relationship with the Lord, and consequently he does not accept the logic and arguments of others. Such an advanced devotee has nothing to do with the sahajiyas,\nwho manufacture their own way and commit sins by indulging in illicit sex, intoxication and gambling, if not\n\nmeat-eating. Sometimes the sahajiyas imitate ad­\n\nvanced devotees and live in their own whimsical way, avoiding the principles set\ndown in the revealed scriptures. Unless one follows the six Gosvamis-Sri ROpa,\nSanatana, Raghunatha Bhana, Sri )iva, Gopala Bhana and Raghunatha dasa-one\ncannot be a bona fide spontaneous lover of Kr�l)a. In this connection, Srila Narottama dasa Thakura says: rupa-raghunatha-pade haibe akuti kabe hama bujhaba\nse yugala piriti. The sahajiyas' understanding of the love affairs between Radha\n\nand Kr�l)a is not bona fide because they do not follow the principles laid down\nby the six Gosvamis. Their illicit connection and their imitation of the dress of\nROpa Gosvami as well as their avoidance of the prescribed methods of revealed\nscriptures will lead them to the lowest regions of hell. These imitative sahajiyas\nare cheated and unfortunate. They are not equal to advanced devotees\n(paramaharhsasl. Debauchees and paramaharhsas are not on the same level.\nTEXT 154\n\n�11'tllf�1llf>s<tJ�t� ��<ttf'I�OI'lf� I\n11t�l��tl!���1 �1 '!111l�t�C�t5JC� I HS I\nvirajantim abhivyaktarh\nvraja-vasi-janadi$U\nragatmikam anusrta\nya sa raganugocyate\n\n", "mad8#p0453": "Text 155]\n\n421\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\nSYNONYMS\nvirajantim-shining intensely; abhivyaktam-fully expressed; vraja-vast-Janaadi�u-among the eternal inhabitants of Vrndavana; ragatmikam-devotional\nservice consisting of spontaneous love; anusrta-following; ya-which; sa-that;\nraganuga-devotional service following in the wake of spontaneous love;\nucyate-is said.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Devotional\n\nservice in\n\nspontaneous\n\nlove\n\nis vividly\n\nexpressed and\n\nmanifested by the inhabitants of Vrndavana. Devotional service that accords\nwith their devotional service is called raganuga bhakti, or devotional service\nfollowing in the wake of spontaneous loving service.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.270).\nTEXT 155\n\n\\!\"��i� ffrllilr:� !1'1:\\!\" l[)�lt\"l:\"f'lH\\5 I\no:(j:Ji ''ITii!� -.:{ llf�� \\!\"CfifrSi�<>ffu�'Jfi'f\"{ Q � t t I\ntat-tad-bhavadi-madhurye\nsrute dhir yad apek�ate\nnatra sastrarh na yuktirh ca\ntal lobhotpatti-lak�aQam\nSYNONYMS\ntat-tat-respective; bhava-adi-madhurye-the sweetness of the loving moods\n(namely santa-rasa, dasya-rasa, sakhya-rasa, vatsalya-rasa and madhurya-rasa) of\nthe inhabitants of Vrndavana; srute-when heard; dhib-the intelligence; yatwhich; apek�ate-depends on; na-not; atra-here; sastram-revealed scriptures; na-not; yuktim-logic and argument; ca-also; tat-that; lobha-of\ncovetousness to follow in the footsteps; utpatti-Jak�aQam-the symptom of\nawakening.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'When an advanced realized devotee hears about the affairs of the devo­\n\ntees of Vrndavana-in the mellows of santa, dasya, sakhya, vatsalya and\nmadhurya-he becomes inclined in that way, and his intelligence becomes attracted. Indeed, he begins to covet that particular type of devotion. When\n\n", "mad8#p0454": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n422\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nsuch covetousness is awakened, one's intelligence no longer depends on the\ninstruction of sastra, revealed scripture, logic or argument.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.292).\nTEXTS 156-157\n\n�' �'1\"1,- �t\"f � I!' �t� I\n'��' �<fi·,�� � �<1'1·��� II �It� II\n'�' fil�-f�m �ffifl <et� I\n\n\"ftfi·OO � i3r;iST ��J c;�� II �11'\\ II\nbahya, antara,-ihara dui ta' sadhana\n'bahye' sadhaka-dehe kare sravaf)a-kirtana\n'mane' nija-siddha-deha kariya bhavana\nratri-dine kare vraje kr�f)era sevana\nSYNONYMS\nbahya-externally; antara - internally; ihara-of this spontaneous love of Godhead; dui-two; ta'-indeed; sadhana-such processes of execution; bahyeexternally; sadhaka-dehe-with the body of an advanced devotee; kare-does;\nsravaf)a-kirtana-hearing and chanting; mane-the mind; nija-own; siddhadeha-eternal body or self-realized position; kariya bhavana - thinking of; ratridine-night and day; kare-executes; vraje-in Vrndavana; kr�f)era-of Lord\nKr�r:Ja; sevana-service.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are two processes by which one may execute this raganuga bhaktiexternal and internal. When self-realized, the advanced devotee externally\nremains like a neophyte and executes all the sastric injunctions, especially\nhearing and chanting. However, within his mind, in his original purified selfrealized position, he serves Kr�r:�a in Vrndavana in his particular way. He\nserves Kr�r:�a twenty-four hours, all day and night.\nTEXT 158\n\nC'l�1 \"'ltlf<Ti1tiC9f'1 f\"'!%1ti7:\"1'1 f>l'l f� I\n��r�f<>r�.._'l1 \"<T�l�1 ��c\"lt�t�\"'ll��= M �«tr n\n\n", "mad8#p0455": "Text 159]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n423\n\nseva sadhaka-rupeQa\nsiddha-rupeQa catra hi\ntad-bhava-lipsuna karya\nvraja-/okanusarata/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nseva-service; sadhaka-rupeQa-with the external body as a devotee practicing regulative devotional service; siddha-rupeQa-with a body suitable for\neternal, self-realized service; ca-also; atra-in this connection; hi-certainly;\ntat-of that; bhava-the mood; /ipsuna-desiring to obtain; karya-to be executed; vraja-loka-of the particular servant of Kr�l)a in Vrndavana; anusarata/:1by following in the footsteps.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'The advanced devotee who is inclined to spontaneous loving service\n\nshould follow the activities of a particular associate of Kr�.,a in Vrndavana. He\nshould execute service externally as a regulative devotee as well as internally\nfrom his self-realized position. Thus he should perform devotional service\nboth externally and internally.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.295).\nTEXT 159\n\nf.fsrt�� \"��� �tt�i�' 'ftfmr1 1\nfif11''11f \"'�1 � Q1{ifl ft$111 ���II\nnijabhi$ta kr$Qa-pre$tha pacheta' lagiya\nnirantara seva kare antarmana hafia\nSYNONYMS\n\nnija-abhi$ta-one s own choice; kr$tJa-pre$tha-the servitor of Kr�l)a; pacheta'\n'\n\n/agiya-following; nirantara-twenty-four hours a day; seva-service; kareexecutes; antarmana-within the mind; hafia-being.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nActually the inhabitants of Vrndavana are very dear to Kr�.,a. If one wants\n\nto engage in spontaneous loving service, he must follow the inhabitants of\nVrndavana and constantly engage in devotional service within his mind.\n\n", "mad8#p0456": "424\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nTEXT 160\n\n�� '11� ���t'IJ C·�i� f�:SP!11'1f��, I\n���<f'Qfl-��·�1c-,i1l�1�1'1� �c� '!ffl u ��·\nkr�Qarh smaran janarh casya\npre�tham nija-samihitam\ntat-tat-katha-ratas casau\nkuryad vasarh vraje sada\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qam-Lord Kr�Qa; smaran-thinking of; janam-a devotee; ca-and; asyaof His; pre�tham-very dear; nija-samihitam-chosen by oneself; tat-tat-kathato those respective topics; ratab-attached;\n\nca-and; asau-that ; kuryat­\n\nshould do; vasam-living ; vraje-in Vrndavana; sada-always.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The devotee should always think of Kr�r;�a within himself, and one should\nchoose a very dear devotee who is a servitor of Kr�r;�a in Vrndavana. One\nshould constantly engage in topics about that servitor and his loving relationship to Kr�r;�a, and one should live in Vrndavana. However, if one is physically\nunable to go to Vrndavana, he should mentally live there.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.294).\nTEXT 161\n\n'fflt·ll-..1·f�-<;�Pt'\"'1f 'Stet I\nlt'St1rtt'Sf �'f·��·'elm 'Sttfif II ��) II\ndasa-sakha-pitradi-preyasira gaf)a\nraga-marge nija-nija-bhavera gaf)ana\nSYNONYMS\ndasa-servants; sakha-friends; pitr-adi-parents ; preyasira gaf)a-conjugal\nlovers; raga-marge-on the path of spontaneous loving service; nija-nija-of\none's own choice; bhavera-of the ecstasy; gaf)ana-counting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r;�a has many types of devotees-some are servants, some are friends,\nsome are parents, and some are conjugal lovers. Those who are situated in one\n\n", "mad8#p0457": "Text 163]\n\n425\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\nof these attitudes of spontaneous love according to their choice are considered to be on the path of spontaneous loving service.\nTEXT 162\n0{\n\n<f�fDi!Vt�i: \"!l�i!it'>f\n\n\"I'�Jffl' c•rl C1t�f.1�clfl CQ'IW c�f�: 1\nCl!lf111�� f� �1�1 ��\"'>\n'1�1 ��= �� Clf�f1li� n ��� n\n\nna karhicin mat-para!) santa-rape\n\nnarik�yanti no me 'nimi�o ler;Jhi heti/:1\n\nye�am aharh priya atma sutas ca\n\nsakha guru!) suhrdo daivam i�tam\nSYNONYMS\n\nna-not; karhicit-at any time; mat para/:1-devotees of Me; santa-rupe-0\n-\n\nmother, the symbol of peacefulness; narik�yanti-will perish; no-nor; me-My;\nanimi�a/:1-time; /ecjhi-licks up (destroys); heti/:1-weapon; ye�am-of whom;\n\naham-1; priya/:1-dear; atma-the Supersoul; suta/:1-the son; ca-and; sakhafriend;\n\nguru/:1-spiritual\n\ni�tam-chosen.\n\nmaster;\n\nsuhrda/:1-well-wisher;\n\ndaivam-the\n\nDeity;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear mother, Devahuti! 0 emblem of peace! My weapon, the disc of\ntime, never vanquishes those for whom I am very dear, for whom I am the\nSupersoul, the son, friend, spiritual master, well-wisher, worshipable Deity\nand desired goal. Since the devotees are always attached to Me, they are never\nvanquished by the agents of time.'\nPURPORT\nThis was spoken by Kapiladeva to His mother Devahati and is recorded in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (3.25.38). Kapiladeva instructed His mother in sarikhya-yoga,\n\nbut the importance of bhakti-yoga is mentioned here. Later sarihkya-yoga was\nimitated by atheists, whose system was founded by a different Kapiladeva, ��i\nKapiladeva.\nTEXT 163\n\n9ff�-9J���Ii_�r�''>f��ron��%fif�'\nCll 'fTr�f� '!Clft'f_�e-r��r.�n��� •rr:�n �11: n ��¢ a\n\n", "mad8#p0458": "426\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\npati-putra-suhrd-bhratrpitrvan mitravad dharim\nye dhyayanti sadodyuktas\ntebhyo 'piha nama nama/:!\nSYNONYMS\n\npati-a husband; putra-a son; suhrt-a friend; bhratr-a brother; pitr-a\nfather; vat-like; mitra-an intimate friend; vat-like; harim-on the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; ye-all those who; dhyayanti-meditate ; sada-always;\nudyukta/:1-full of eagerness; tebhyai)-unto them; api-also; iha-here ; nama/:!\nnama/:1-repeated respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Let me offer my respectful obeisances again and again to those who always eagerly meditate upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead as a husband, son, friend, brother, father or intimate friend.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse appears in the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.308).\nTEXT 164\n\n�� � �t� (;�_,1 �t'$ftll_'m·<ef� I\n�J ijJtCI �t� @� '&ilf\\!' II ��8 II\nei mata kare yeba raganuga-bhakti\nkr?Qera caral)e tarira upajaya 'priti'\nSYNONYMS\n\nei mata-in this way; kare-executes; yeba-anyone who; raganuga-bhaktispontaneous devotional service to Kr�Qa; kr?Qera caral)e -to the lotus feet of\nKr�Qa; tarira-his; upajaya-awakens; priti-affection.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If one engages in spontaneous loving service to the Lord, his affection at\nthe lotus feet of Kr�r:Ja gradually increases.\nTEXT 165\n\ndft�Jftf 'tfl!', ''et�'-PHt ll �t1f I\n� � _,.. P(� I}�� II��� II\n\n", "mad8#p0459": "Text 166]\n\nThe Process of Devotional Service\n\n427\n\nprity-ankure 'rati', 'bhava'-haya dui nama\nyaha haite vasa hana sri-bhagavan\nSYNONYMS\n\npriti-ankure-in the seed of affection; rati-attachment; bhava-emotion;\n\nhaya-there are; dui nama-two names; yaha haite-from which; vasa-controlled; hana-is; sri-bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the seed of affection, there is attachment which goes by two names, rati\nand bhava. The Supreme Personality of Godhead comes under the control of\nsuch attachment.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura comments on this verse. Externally a\ndevotee performs all the items of devotional service-sravaQa and kirtana-in\nnine different ways, and within his mind he always thinks of his eternal relationship with Kr�r:Ja and follows in the footsteps of the devotees of Vrndavana. If one\nengages himself in the service of Radha and Kr�r:Ja in this way, he can transcend\nthe regulative principles enjoined in the sastras and, through his spiritual master,\nfully engage in rendering spontaneous love to Kr�r:Ja. In this way, he attains affection at the lotus feet of Kr�r:Ja. Kr�r:Ja actually comes under the control of such\nspontaneous feelings, and ultimately one can attain association with the Lord.\nTEXT 166\n\n�t� �ti! �tl �·� c;�';f·�fti{ I\n�.!tli!' ��( ''fJI�t�'-�ft�'l II ��� II\nyaha haite pai k[$Qera prema-sevana\neita' kahilun 'abhidheya'-vivaraQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nyaha haite-from which; pai-l can get; k[$Qera-of Lord Kr�r:Ja; premasevan a-affectionate service; eita'-this;\n\nkahi/un-1 have done;\n\nabhidheya­\n\nvivaraQa-description of the means (devotional service) in detail.\nTRANSLATION\n\"That by which one can attain loving service to the lord I have described in\ndetail as the execution of devotional service called abhidheya.\n\n", "mad8#p0460": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n428\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 22\n\nTEXT 167\n\n\"'�( �il�i1 I\n���t9f \"'f�, ��nf if1 � �<i111 ��'\\ II\n�f�ttnr, �t�·'e� �t<l\n\nabhidheya, sadhana-bhakti ebe kahiluil sanatana\nsailk?epe kahiluil, vistara na yaya var(1ana\nSYNONYMS\nabhidheya-the means of obtaining the desired object; sadhana-bhaktidevotional service performed by means of the body and senses; ebe-now;\nkahi/un-1 have described; sanatana-My dear Sanatana; sailk?epe-in short;\nkahi/un-1 have described; vistara-expansion; na yaya-is not possible; var(1ana-describing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Sanatana, I have briefly described the process of devotional service in practice, which is the means for obtaining love of Kr�r;�a. It cannot be\ndescribed broadly.\"\nTEXT 168\n\n�f<ettnr ��� �til\n�fRte. 'Pfnt\n\n� 'Sfi1 I\n\n�l �t\\211t'{i111 ��\"'II\n\nabhidheya sadhana-bhakti sune yei jana\nacirat paya sei kr?Qa-prema-dhana\nSYNONYMS\nabhidheya-necessary duty; sadhana-bhakti-devotional service in practice;\nsune-hears; yei jana-anyone who; acirat-very soon; paya-gets; sei-that\nperson; kr?Qa-prema-dhana-the treasure of love of Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n'\n\nWhoever hears the process of practical devotional service very soon attains\nshelter at the lotus feet of Kr�r;�a in love and affection.\nTEXT 169\n\n!ili?f�t-.-� � �1-t I\n'�tJ�ft'!�i! �t� \"�t� II ��;;, II\n\n", "mad8#p0461": "The Process of Devotional Service\n\nText 169]\n\n429\n\nsri-rDpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri rDpa\n-\n\n-\n\nSrila Ropa Gosvami; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-ex pectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr�Qadasa-Srila\n\nKr�l)adasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rfipa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�r,adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhyalila, Twenty-second Chapter, describing the execution of devotional service.\n\n", "mad8#p0462": "References\nThe statements of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta are all confirmed by standard Vedic\nauthorities. The following authentic scriptures are quot�d in this book on the\npages listed. Numerals in bold type refer the reader to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\ntranslations. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\n\nAitareya Upani�ad, 152\nAmrta-pravaha-bha�ya (Bhaktivinoda Thakura), 328\nBhagavad-gita, 5,30,32,41,63,65,67,70,71,77,84, 88, 92,98, 137,150,151,\n152,153,195,204,211,213,224,241,279,325,328,335,354,359,378,\n380,384\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (ROpa Gosvami), 200,215, 363,364,365,403-405,406,\n408,418,421-422,423,426\n\nBhakti-sandarbha (Jiva Gosvami), 417\nBrahma-sarhhita, 86,89,93,142,150,152,159, 170,174,178,217,241, 254,258\nBrhan-naradiya Puraf)a, 52,195\nCaitanya-caritamrta (Kr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja), 149,152,199\nGita-bha�ya (Sarikaracarya), 175\nHari-bhakti-sudhodaya, 31,348\nHari-bhakti-vilasa (Sanatana Gosvami), 28,385\nHayasir�a-paficaratra, 130\nLaghu-bhagavatamrta (ROpa Gosvami), 93,104-1OS, 133, 139,212, 262\nLalita-madhava (ROpa Gosvami), 102,103\nKatha Upani�ad, 155\nKatyayana-sarhhita, 378\nKr�Qa-karf)amrta (Bilvamarigala Thakura), 309\n\n431\n\n", "mad8#p0463": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n432\n\nMahabharata, 30,190\nMuktaphala-tika, 30\nPadma Pural)a, 80,120,195,258-259,278,393\nPadyavali (ROpa Gosvami), 408\nRamayaQa, 343\n�g Veda, 162\nSiddhanta-siromal)i, 121,276\nSiddhartha-sarhhita, 124-125\nS kanda Pural)a, 416\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 27-28,29,64,7 4,75-76,82, 84,87,88,90,91,96, 144,146,\n147, 149,155, 172, 176,186, 190,194, 195,202, 204,235,236,284,293,\n301,331, 338,340,341,350,355-356,360-362,374-375,381,382\n\nSvetasvatara Upani�ad, 153\nUjjvala-nilamal)i (ROpa GosvamT), 224\nVedanta-sutra, 69,150-151,154\nVi�QU PuraQa, 55,56-58,190,195\n\n", "mad8#p0464": "Glossary\nA\nAbhidheya-the regulated activities of the soul for reviving his relationship with the Lord.\nAcarya-a bona fide spiritual master who teaches by his own example.\nAdhibhautika-miseries inflicted by other living entities.\nAdhidaivika-natural disturbances caused by the demigods.\nAdhyatmika-miseries arising from one's own body and mind.\nAhaituki-without cheating motivation.\nAharikara-false ego.\nAkasa-sky.\nAnadi-beginningless.\nAntaryami-indwelling; the Supersoul.\nApratihata-uninterrupted.\nArati-the ceremony of offering lamps and other items to the Deity.\nAvidhi-pOrvaka-without properly following rules and regulations.\nAvyakta-the material creation when it is not yet manifested from the mahat-tattva.\nArca-mOrti-the worshipable Deity form of the Lord.\nA?tariga-yoga-the mystic yoga system to control the senses.\nAtma-the soul or living entity.\nAtma-samarpaQa-full surrender to Kr�rya without reservation.\nAvaraQatmika-maya's power by which a conditioned soul feels satisfied in any condition of\nlife.\nAvataras-incarnations of Kr�rya.\nAvesa-rOpa-a living entity who is specifically empowered by the Lord with knowledge or\nstrength.\n\nB\nBhagavata-dharma-the science of devotional service.\nBhagya-good fortune.\nBhakta-praya -an \"almost\" devotee.\nBhakti-sakti-the power to distribute devotional service.\nBhakti-yoga -devotional service.\nBhakty-unmukhi sukrti-pious activities that awaken one's dormant Kr��Ja consciousness.\nBhava-the preliminary stage of transcendental love of Godhead.\nBhogonmukhi-pious activities that bestow material opulence.\nBhO-dharaQa-sakti-the power to hold up the planets within the universe.\nBhukti-interest in material enjoyment.\nBrahmacarya-the vow of strict abstinence from sex indulgence.\nBrahmaQa-the intelligent class of men.\nBrahmaQ(ias-the material universes.\nBrahma-yajna-studying the Vedas.\n\n433\n\n", "mad8#p0465": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n434\n\nc\nCaitya-guru-Kr�f.la as the spiritual master within the heart.\nCar:ll;iala-a person accustomed to eating dogs.\nCaraf)amrta-water offered to the lotus feet of the Lord, which is mixed with the seed of the\ntulasi tree.\nCaturvyuha-the first four-handed expansions of Kr�f.la-Vasudeva, Sarikar�ar_1a, Aniruddha\nand Pradyumna.\nCira-/oka-pa/as-permanent governors of the universe.\nCit-kaf)as-particles of spirit; the living entities.\n\nD\nOasya-rasa-the eternal relation of servitorship with the Supreme Lord.\nDevi-dhama-the material planets.\nDu�ta-damana-sakti-the power to cut down rogues and demons.\nOvipa-island; planet.\n\nG\nGaurasundara-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who has a beautiful golden form.\nGrhastha-Kr�f.la conscious householder stage of life.\nGuf)a-avataras-incarnations who control material qualities.\nGuru-the spiritual master.\n\nH\nHari-nama-satikirtana-congregational chanting of the holy names of the Lord.\nHiraf)maya-mahat-tattva-the total material energy.\n\nJ\nfiva-tattva-the separated expansions of the Lord; minute living entities.\n/flana-kaf)r;/a-section of the Vedas describing the process of mental speculation.\n/flana-knowledge. Material jflana does not go beyond the material body. Transcendental\njflana discriminates between matter and spirit. Perfect jflana is knowledge of the body,\nthe soul and the Supreme Lord.\n/flana-sakti -the power to distribute transcendental knowledge.\n/flani-one who is engaged in the cultivation of speculative knowledge. Upon attaining perfection, a jflani surrenders to Kr�rya.\n\nK\nKaisora-Kr�rya's age from the eleventh to the fifteenth year.\nKaitava-dharma-a cheating religion.\n\n", "mad8#p0466": "Glossary\n\n435\n\nKaivalyam-the state of realization of one's constitutional position as part and parcel of the\nSupreme Lord, which is preliminary to manifestation of activities on the platform of\ndevotional service.\nKalpa-a millennium.\nKalpa-avataras-lila-avataras appearing in each day of Brahma.\nKama-gayatri-a Vedic hymn which is composed of twenty-four and a half syllables.\nKani?tha-adhikari-the third-class devotee, who recognizes only the Deity and himself, but\nnot other devotees.\nKapha-mucus, one of the three major elements of the gross body.\nKarma-(1) material action performed according to scriptural regulations; (2) action pertaining to the development of the material body; (3) any material action which will incur a subsequent reaction; (4) the material reaction one incurs due to fruitive activities.\nKarma-karxia-section of the Vedas describing the process of fruitive activity.\nKhar:u;ia-a valley between two mountains.\nKmJa-pari?ada-associates of the Lord.\nK?atriya-the administrative or protective class.\nK?etra-jna-sakti-the living entities.\n\nL\nLi/a-avataras-incarnations who perform pastimes.\nLi/as-Kr�rya's pastimes.\nLoka-pa/as-predominating deities of the universe.\n\nM\nMadana-mohana-Kr�rya, the attractor of Cupid.\nMadhukari-a saintly mendicant who takes a little food from each householder's place, like a\nbee gathering honey.\nMadhurya-rasa-the eternal relationship of conjugal love with the Lord.\nMadhyama-adhikari-second-class devotee who recognizes four types of persons-the Lord,\nthe devotees, the innocent and the demons-and treats each appropriately.\nMaha-bhagavata-a great devotee.\nMaha-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance: Hare Kr�rya, Hare Kr�rya, Kr�rya Kr�rya, Hare\nHare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nMaharaurava-a hell wherein animal killers are sent.\nMahatma-a great soul.\nMahat-tattva-the total material energy.\nMahesvara-the supreme proprietor.\nMantra-(manas-mind; t(-to deliver) a pure sound vibration to deliver the mind from its\nmaterial inclinations.\nManvantara-avataras-incarnations of the Manus.\nMau?ala-lila-the pastimes of the annihilation of the Yadu dynasty and Lord Kr�rya's disappearance.\n\n", "mad8#p0467": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n436\n\nMok$onmukhi-pious activities that enable the living entity to merge into the existence of\nthe Supreme.\nMarti -some form of the Lord.\n\nN\nNava-yauvana-the eternal transcendental form of Kr�oa as pre-youth.\nNija-dharma-one's constitutional position.\nNitya-baddhas-souls who are always conditioned by the external energy.\nNitya-/i/a-Kr�oa's eternally present pastimes.\nNitya-muktas-souls who never come in contact with the external energy.\nNivrtti-marga-directions for giving up the material world for higher spiritual understanding.\nNr-yaji'ia-the proper reception of guests.\n\np\nPa/ana-sakti-the power to rule and maintain the living entities.\nParabrahman-the Supreme Brahman, the Personality of Godhead, Sri Kr�oa.\nParamaharilsa-a person on the highest platform of spiritual realization, above all material\ndesignations.\nParamaril padam-the Lord's transcendental abode.\nParavyoma-the spiritual sky.\nPitr-yaji'ia-offering oblations of water before one's forefathers.\nPitta-bile, one of the three major elements of the gross body.\nin which His form is unchanged.\nPradhana-the ingredients from which the cosmic manifestation is created.\nPraharas-three-hour period, eight of which make up each day.\nPrajapatis-the progenitors of living entities, chief of whom is Lord Brahma.\nPrakrta-bhakta -a materialistic devotee.\nPrakrti-nature (lit., that which is predominated).\nPrak$epatmika-sakti-maya's power to throw one into the material world.\nPravrtti-marga-directions for enjoying the material world according to regulative principles.\nPrayojana-the ultimate goal of life.\nPuru$a-the enjoyer.\nPuru$a-avataras-expansions of Kr�oa who are Lords of universal creation; the three Vi�ous.\n\nR\nRaga-deep attachment.\nRaganuga bh akti-devotional service following the spontaneous loving service of the inhabitants of Vrndavana.\nRagatmika bhakti-spontaneous devotional service of the inhabitants of Vrndavana according to their transcendental attachment.\nRaja-pala-the governor of the state.\n\n", "mad8#p0468": "Glossary\n\n437\n\nRajas-the material mode of passion.\n\nRajasa-ahankara-egotism in passion.\nRaj o guf!a-the mode of passion.\n-\n\nRati-strong attraction.\n\ns\nSabda-pramaf!a-evidence from the Vedic literature.\nSabda-tanmatra-the material element of sound vibration.\nSa<;l-aisvarya-Kr��Ja's six opulences.\nSadhaka-a devotee preparing for perfection.\nSadhana-bhakti-the regulative discharge of devotional service.\nSadhu-a saintly person.\nSakhya-rasa-the eternal relationship of friendship with the Lord.\nSakti-tattva-persons who are plenary expansions of the Lord's internal potency.\nSaktyavesa-a vataras-empowered living entities who serve as incarnations of the Lord.\nSambandha-the soul's relationship with the Lord.\nSankirtana-yajiia-the sacrifice prescribed for the age of Kali; congregational chanting of the\nname, fame and pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nSannipati-a convulsive disease caused by combination of kapha, pitta, vayu.\nSannyasa-the renounced order of life.\nSanta-rasa-passive or neutral relationship with the Lord.\nSarva-karaf!a-karaf!am-Kr�!Ja, the cause of all causes.\nSarva-/oka-all the three worlds.\n\nSastras\n\n-\n\nthe revealed scriptures.\n\nSattva-guf!a-the material mode of goodness.\nSattvika-ahankara-egotism in goodness.\n\nSiddha-a devotee who is already perfect.\nSiddhi-kaf!<;/a-See: /iiana-kaf!<;/a.\nSmrti-sastras-the corollaries of the Vedas.\nSraddha-firm faith and confidence.\nSravaf!arh kirtanarh vi�IJO�-hearing and chanting about Kr��Ja.\nSr�ti-sakti-the power to create the cosmic manifestation.\nSodra-the laborer class of men.\n\nSorya-the sun-god.\nSvarilsaka-expansions of Kr��Ja's personal potency.\nSvanga-vise�abhasa-rOpe-the form by which the Lord begets living entities in the material\nworld.\n\nSva-paca\n\n-\n\ndog-eater.\n\nSvarajya-/ak�mi-the personal spiritual potency of the Lord.\nSvarOpa-upalabdhi-one's having become established in his eternal service relationship with\nthe Lord.\n\nSva-sevana-sakti-the power to perform the personal service of the Supreme Lord.\nSvayaril-rupa-Kr��Ja's original form as a cowherd boy in Vrndavana.\n\n", "mad8#p0469": "438\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nT\nTad-ekiitma-rOpa-forms of the Lord which are nondifferent from His original form, but\nwhich have different bodily features and specific activities.\nTamas-the material mode of ignorance.\nTamasa-egotism in ignorance.\nTamo-guQa-See: Tamas.\nTi/aka-sacred clay used to mark Vi�r:JU temples on twelve places on the body of a devotee.\nTryadhisvara-the proprietor of the three worlds.\n\nv\nVaidhi-bhakti-following devotional service regulative principles by the order of the spiritual\nmaster and in accordance with revealed scripture.\nVaikur:J�ha- (lit., without anxiety) the eternal planets of the spiritual sky.\nVaisya-the class of men involved in business and farming.\nVanaprastha-retired life, in which one quits home and travels to holy places in preparation\nfor the renounced order of life.\nVatsalya-rasa-parental relationship with the Lord.\nVayu-air, one of the three major elements of the gross body.\nVibhuti-a secondary incarnation indirectly empowered by the Supreme Lord.\nVi?QU-tattva-the personal expansions of Kr�r:Ja, each of whom is also God.\nVyakta-material creation when it is manifested from the total energy of mahat-tattva.\n\ny\nYoga-linking of the consciousness of the infinitesimal living entity with the supreme living\nentity, Kr�r:Ja.\nYogamaya-the internal potency of the Lord.\nYuga-one of four ages of the universe.\nYuga-avataras-incarnations of the Lord in different millenniums.\n\n", "mad8#p0470": "Bengali Pronunciation Guide\nBENGALI DIACRITICAL EQUIVALENTS AND PRONUNCIATION\n\nVowels\n\n�a\n\nlfSfta\n\n�i\n\n.i\n\n�u\n\n\"(i\n\n'f\n\n<.fie\n\n� ai �0\n\n�au\n\n( candra-bindu)\n\n: p (visarga)\n\n' m (anusviira)\n\n•\n\nil\n\n�f\n\nConsonants\nGutterals:\n\n� ka\n\n� kha\n\n1f ga\n\n't gha\n\n� na\n\nPalatals:\n\ni ca\n\nJicha\n� tha\n-r tha\n.pha\n1f ra\n��a\n\n�ja\n'15 Qa\nSf da\n�ba\n'fla\n�sa\n\n� jha\n\n$ iia\n\ni Qha\n\ntj Qa\n\n$f dha\n\ni1 na\n\n�bha\n� va\n�ha\n\n1{ rna\n\nCerebrals:\nDentals:\nLabials:\nSemivowels:\nSibilants:\n\nt ta\n� ta\n�pa\n�ya\n-f sa\n\nVowel Symbols\nThe vowels are written as follows after a consonant:\n\nla\n\nfi �. .... u ...(i < r t f 'e �ai '10 '\\au\n�ka � ki �ki �ku 'ku • kr\nfkr �ke �kai �ko �)kau\n\nFor example:\n\n439\n\n", "mad8#p0471": "440\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nThe letter a is implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\nThe symbol virama (\"\") indicates that there is no final vowel.\n\n�k\n\nThe letters above should be pronounced as follows:\na -like the o in hot; sometimes like the o in go;\n\n4 -like the d in dawn.\n\na is usually silent.\na -like the a in far.\n\ngh -like the dh in good-house.\n\ni, T -like the ee in meet.\nu, u -like the u in rule.\n\nt-as in talk but with the tongue against the\nthe teeth.\nth-as in hot-house but with the tongue against\nthe teeth.\nd-as in dawn but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\ndh-as in good-house but with the tongue\nagainst the teeth.\n\nfmal\n\nr -like the ri in rim.\n\nr -like the ree in reed.\ne -like the ai in pain; rarely like e in bet.\nai -like the oi in boil.\no -like the o in go.\n\nau -like the ow in owl.\nm -(anusvara) like the ng in song.\n1). -(visarga) a final h sound like in Ah.\nn -(candra-bindu)la nasal n sound.\n\nlike in the French word bon.\nk -like the k in kite.\nkh -like the kh in Eckhart.\ng -like the g in got.\ngh -like the gh in big-house.\nn -like the n in bank.\n\nc -like the ch in chalk.\nch -like the chh in much-haste.\n\nj -like thej injoy.\n\njh -like the geh in college-hall.\nii -like the n in bunch.\n\n1 -like the t in talk.\nth -like the th in hot-house.\n\nI_l-like the n in gnaw.\n\nn-as in nor but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\np -like the p in pine.\nph -like the ph in philosopher.\nb -like the b in bird.\nbh -like the bh in rub-hard.\nm -like the m in mother.\ny -like thej injaw. �\ny -like they inyear. l\nr -like the r in run.\n\nI -like the l in law.\n\nv -like the b in bird or like the w in dwarf.\ns, �-like the sh in shop.\n\ns -like the s in sun.\nh-like the h in home.\n\nThis is a general guide to Bengali pronunciation. The Bengali transliterations in this\nbook accurately show the original Bengali spelling of the text. One should note, however,\nthat in Bengali, as in English, spelling is not always a true indication of how a word is pronounced. Tape recordings of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhup:ida\nchanting the original Bengali verses are available from the International Society for\nKrishna Consciousness, 3764 Watseka Ave., Los Angeles, California 90034.\n\n", "mad8#p0472": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete alphabetical listing of the first and third line of each four-line\n\nverse and both lines of each two-line verse in Sri Caitanya-caritamrta. In the first column the trans­\n\nliteration is given, and in the second and third columns respectively the chapter-verse references\n\nand page number for each verse are to be found.\n\nak$QOI) phalam tvJdrsa-darsanam hi\n\nA\n\naiJta-cakra-prJya sei liiJ-cakra phire\n\n22.34\n\n343\n20.139 76\n67\nabhidheya-nama 'bhakti', 'prema'-prayojana 20.125\n22.167 428\nabhidheya, sadhana-bhakti ebe kahilun\n22.168 428\nabhidheya sadhana-bhakti sune yei jana\n\nabhayam sarvadi! tasmai\n\n'abhidheya' bali' tJre sarva-sJstre gaya\n\n22.122\n20.202\n20.106\n22.168\n20.379\n\n399\n112\n52\n428\n214\n\n20.274\n20.236\n22.13\nadhyi!tmikadi tapa-traya tare jari' mare\nadvaya-ji'lana-tattva kr$Qa-svayari1 bhagavan 22.7\n20.65\nadyopi!nta saba katha tenho sunaili!\n\n154\n129\n327\n323\n33\n\n20.267\n21.1\n22.122\n22.94\n20.256\n\n147\n231\n399\n380\n141\n\n22.145\n22.98\n20.217\n20.391\n20.136\n\n414\n382\n120\n220\n74\n\n20.129\n21.99\n21.31\n22.81\n22.143\n\n69\n283\n248\n372\n413\n\n22.79\n22.36\n22.93\n20.357\n22.136\n\n371\n344\n379\n202\n407\n\nabhyutthana, anuvrajya, !irtha-grhe ga!i\nacamane ei name sparsi tat-tat-sthana\nacirad eva sarvarthal)\nacirat paya sei k($Qa-prema-dhana\nadau prakata karaya mata-pita-bhakta-gaQe\nadhatta vrryam sa 'siita\n\nadhok$aja-padma-gada-sankha-cakra-kara\n\nadyo 'vati!ral) puru$ai) parasya\nagaty-eka-gatim natva\nagre nrtya, gila, viji'lapti, daQ(Iavan-nati\naharil tvi!ril sarva-papebhyo\nahat'rkarera adhi$!hata krwera icchaya\nahirilsa-yama-niyamadi bule k($Qa-bhaktaaho baki yam stana-ki!la-kii!aril\naiche ara nani! miirti brahmi!Q(Ia-bhitare\naiche k($Qera lrla-maQ(Iala cauddaaiche si!stra kahe,-karma, ji'li!na, yoga tyaji'\naiche veda-puri!Qa jive 'kr$Qa' upadese\naisvarya kahite prabhura k($Qa-sphiirti haila\nai5varya kahite sphurila aisvarya-sagara\naji!ta-satraval) santa!)\najilane vi! haya yadi 'papa' upasthita\nakama, anfha, sthira, vijita-$a(i-guQa\nakamal) sarva-ki!mo vi!\nakincana hai'li! laya kr$Qaika-saraQa\nakrti, prakrti, svariipa-svariipa-lak$aQa\nakruras tv abhivandane kapi-patir dasye 'tha\n\n441\n\nJmJ ba-i jagate Jra kon brahmJ haye?'\n'Jmi!ra-i brahmi!rx/e k($Qa' sabara haila ji'IJna\namara praQa rak$i! kara dravya angikari' \"\namara uddhilra-hetu tamara krpJ mJni'\ni!mJ-sabi! jTvera haya sastra-dvara 'ji'IJna'\nambari$Jdi bhaktera 'bahu' anga-sadhana\nJmi ta' bi!ula, ana kahite ana kahi\nJmi-vijiia, ei murkhe 'Vi$aya' kene diba?\namrta cha(li' vi$a mage, -ei ba(la murkha\namrtam sasvataril nityam\namrtam sasvataril nityam\naniidir adir govindal)\nana kathil m suQe kana,\n\nana balite bolaya\n\nanandaraQye vasudeva, padmanabha\nananta aisvarya tanra, saba-maya-para\nananta avatara kr$Qera, nahika gaQana\nananta brahmi!Q(ia ti!t'rra loma-kiipe dhama\nananta brahmi!Q(ia, tara nahika gaQana\nananta brahmaQ(Ia, tara ni!hika gaQana\nananta brahmi!Q(Ia yahiln kothari apara\nananta brahmaQ(Ie aiche karaha gaQana\nananta brahmaQ(Iera yata brahma-rudra-gaQa\n'ananta' kahite ni!re ihara vistara\nananta-sakti-madhye kr$Qera tina sakti\nananta svariipa k($Qera ni!hika gaQana\nananta svariipe yi!han karena vihi!ra\nananta vaikuQtha-brahmarxJe karena vihi!ra\nananta vaikuQtha eka eka dese yi!ra\nananta vaikuQtha-paravyoma yi!ra dala-sreQi\nananta vaikuQ!hilvaraQa, cira-loka-pi!la\nananta vaikuQtha yi!hi!t'r bharx/i!ra-kothari\naneka dekhila, tara lag na pili/a\ni!nera vaibhava-satti!,\n\nkr$Qa-datta\n\naniruddha -cakra-gada-sankha-padma-kara\naniruddhera vili!sa-hari, k($Qa dui-jana\n\n20.61\n20.393\n21.65\n21.78\n20.32\n20.64\n20.353\n\n31\n221\n267\n272\n16\n33\n200\n\n22.135\n21.146\n22.39\n22.38\n21.51\n\n407\n316\n345\n345\n259\n\n21.88\n21.35\n21.144\n20.216\n20.280\n\n277\n250\n314\n119\n158\n\n20.248\n20.278\n20.277\n20.382\n21.52\n\n136\n157\n157\n216\n259\n\n20.323\n21.58\n20.403\n20.252\n20.404\n\n182\n263\n227\n139\n228\n\n21.47\n22.8\n21.6\n21.7\n21.93\n\n324\n233\n234\n280\n\n21.48\n20.12\n21.120\n20.225\n20.206\n\n257\n\n257\n8\n298\n125\n115\n\n", "mad8#p0473": "442\n\nSri Caitanya-caritim!'fa\n\n'anta/:lpura' -goloka-srl-vrndavana\nantaranga-purr;�aisvarya-purna tina dhama\nanukulyasya satika/pa/:1\nanvlya bhate$u vi/ak$ar;�asya\nanya avatara aiche jane muni-gar;�a\nanya-deva, anya-sastra ninda na kariba\nanya-kami yadi kare kr$r;�era bhajana\nanya tyaji', bhaje, tate uddhava-pramar;�a\napana-krpate kaha 'kartavya' amara\napanara eka kar;�e,\n\nvyape saba tribhuvane,\n\napanara hitahita kichui na jani!\napane isvara tabe arilse 'brahma' haya\napane mahaprabhu kare 'tattva'-nirupar;�a\napara aisvarya kr$r;�era-nahika gar;�ana\napareyam itas tv anyaril\n\n21.43\n21.92\n22.100\n20.262\n20.362\n\n255\n280\n382\n144\n206\n\n22.119\n22.37\n22.97\n20.101\n21.139\n\n397\n344\n382\nso\n311\n\n20.100 49\n20.305 170\n47\n20.96\n21.30 247\n20.116 58\n\nathava bahunaitena\n'ali k$udra jiva muni nica, nicacara\nali k$udra, tate tomara cari-vadana\natma-nik$epa-karpar;�ye\nauttame 'satyasena', tamase 'hari' abhidhana\navagahite nari, tara chui/ati eka bindu\navai$r;�ava-satiga-tyaga, bahu-5i$ya na kariba\navatar a haya k[$r;Jera $ar;/-vidha prakara\navatara hy asatikhyeya\navatara-kale haya jagate gocara\navatara nahi kahe-'ilmi avatara'\navaurr;�a hana taha karila sarilhara'\navidya-karma-sariljnanya\n\narcayam eva haraye\n\n296\n227\n193\n400\n368\n\nbahya, antara,- ihara dui ta' sadhana\n\nartha asvadite sukhe karena vyakhyane\n\n21.32\n\n248\n\n'bahye' sadhaka-dehe kare sravar;�a-klrtana\n\ntatira datta gur;�a bhase,\n\nara saba svarupa-'purr;�atara' 'purr;�a' nama\nara tina-yuge dhyanadite yei phala haya\naratrika-mahotsava-srlmurti-darsana\n\narthabhijnata, svarupa-saktye maya dura kaila 20.361 205\n\naruhya krcchrer;�a pararil padaril tata/:1\nasatikhya brahmara gar;�a ai/a tata-k$ar;Je\nasatikhya gaQana tatira, sunaha karar;�a\nasatikhya satikhya tatira, na haya gar;�ana\nasan varr;�as trayo hy asya\nasarva-vyanjaka/:1 purr;�aasat-sanga-tyaga, -ei vai$r;�ava-acara\na5e$a-vaikur;�thajar;�r;la svasvanatha-sane\nasi' saba brahma kr$r;�a-pada-pttha-age\na$ta mohara haya tomara sevaka-aticale\nastra-dharar;�a-bhede dhare bhinna bhinna\nastra-dhrti-bheda-nama-bhedera karar;�a\nasvine-padmanabha, kartike damodara\nata atyantikaril k$emaril\nataeva 'bhakti'-kr$r;�a-praptyera upaya\nataeva goloka-sthane nitya vihara\nataeva maya tare deya sarilsara-du/:lkha\nataeva muni-gar;�a kariyache ni5caya\nataeva vede kahe 'svayaril bhagavan'\natati yad bhavan ahni kananaril\n\n22.30 339\n21.66 269\n20.319 180\n20.348\n20.331\n20.400\n22.87\n21.17\n\n196\n186\n226\n376\n240\n\n21.70\n20.29\n20.207\n20.221\n20.201\n\n269\n15\n115\n123\n112\n\n22.85 374\n20.139 76\n20.397 223\n20.117 59\n22.5\n322\n21.97 282\n21.124 301\n\n21.98 282\n22.118 396\n20.24 5 134\n20.249 137\n20.363 206\n20.354 201\n21.77 272\n20.112 55\n\n8\n\n21.117\n20.402\n20.343\n22.124\n22.74\n\nara saba prakase,\n\n20.376 213\n20.351 198\n21.84 275\n22.100 383\n20.324 182\n\n\"bar;la krpa karila prabhu, dekhaila carar;�a\nbahu-grantha-kalabhyasa-vyakhyana varjiba\nbahu-mulya bhota diba kena katitha lana?\"\n\n21.73 270\n22.118 396\n20.86\n43\n22.156 422\n\n22.156 4 22\n21.33 249\n20.377 214\nbalya-paugar;�r;la-dharmera sunaha vicara\n20.247 1 36\nbalya, paugar;�r;la haya vigrahera dharma\n20\nbandhana-mok$ar;�a-katha gosani sakali kahi/a 20.41\nbaliril haradbhis cira-/oka-pa/ai/:1\n\n'bapera dhana ache'-jnane dhana nahi paya\nbhadra hao, char;la' ei malina vasane\"\nbhadra karana tanre ganga-snana karaila\nbhagavad-bhakti-hlnan manu$yan\nbhagavatarambhe vyasa mangalacarar;�e\nbhagavatera ei sloka padila apane\nbhagavat-satigi-satigasya\nbhagya, more bo/aila 'dasa' atigikari'\nbhakta-vatsa/a, krtajna, samartha, vadanya\nbhakti-bale para tumi bhramar;�r;la sodhite\nbhakti/:1 punati man-ni$tha\nbhakti-misra-krta-pur;�ye kona jivottama\nbhakti-mukha-nirik$aka karma-yoga-jnana\nbhakti-pha/a 'prema' haya, sarilsara yaya\nbhaktyaham ekaya grahya/:1\n\n20.131 71\n20\n20.42\n36\n20.70\n22.92 378\n20.358 203\n21.32\n22.55\n21.74\n22.95\n20.56\n\n20.138 76\n20.302 168\n22. 17 330\n22.49 352\n76\n20.138\n\n'bhaktye' k[$r;Ja vasa haya, bhaktye tatire bhaji 20 .136\nbha/a haifa, kahil!i tumi, chutilatia papa haite\n\n248\n3 57\n271\n380\n27\n\n20.30\n\n74\n15\n\n", "mad8#p0474": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n443\n\nbhasvan yathasma-sakale�u nije�u teja/:r\nbhavad-vidha bhagavatas\nbhavanti tapatam sre�tha\nbhavapavargo bhramato yada bhavej\nbhavapavargo bhramato yada bhavej\n\n20.304 170\n27\n20.57\n20.113 56\n22.46 350\n22.84 374\n\nca{ii' gopi-manorathe, manmathera mana\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�Qadasa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�Qadasa\n\n21.107 289\n20.406 228\n21.149 317\n\nbhayaril dvitiyabhinivesata/:r syad\nbhik�a kari' mahaprabhu visrama karifa\n'bhimaru/a-baru/1' uthibe, dhana na piiibe\nbhojana karaha tumi randhana kariya\"\nbhota-kambala pane prabhu cahe bare bara\n\n20.119\n20.75\n20.132\n20.20\n20.82\n\n60\n38\n71\n11\n41\n\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�Qadiisa\ncakradi astra-dharal)a-gaQanilra anta\ncakradi-dharal)a-bheda suna, sanatana\nca/i' ca/i' gosani tabe ai/a hajipure\ncandrasekhara dekhe 'vai$1)ava' nahika dvare\n\n22.169 429\n20.222 123\n20.221 123\n20.37\n18\n20.47\n23\n\ncandrasekharera ghare asi' dvarete vasifa\ncandrasekharere prabhu kahe bolana\ncari-prahara ratri gele puna/:r suryodaya\ncari varl)a dhari' kr�Qa karena yuga-dharma\ncari varl)asrami yadi kr��Ja nahi bhaje\n\n22\n20.46\n20.69\n35\n20.390 220\n20.330 185\n22.26 337\n\n20.87\n43\nbhota /aha, tumi deha' more kalitha-kham\"\n20.83\n42\nbhota tyaga karibare cinti/a upaya\n22.14 327\nbhramite bhramite yadi siidhu-vaidya paya\nbhru-dhanu, netra-bal)a, dhanur-guQa- 21.129 304\n22.35 343\nbhukti-mukti-siddhi-kami 'subuddhi' yadi\n\nc\n\nbhuna hasi' kahe,-\"ami jiiniyachi pahile\nbhunara kache yanii kahe mohara dhariya\nbhiinara karye kahe sei jani' ei katha\nbhU�al)era bhu�al)a ariga, tahen Iaiita\nbhiitani bhagavaty atmany\n\n15\n20.29\n20.26\n14\n20.18\n10\n21.105 287\n22.72 367\n\ncari-yugavatare ei ta' gaQana\n'catu/:r-�a$ti ariga' ei parama-mahattva\ncatvaro jajnire varl)a\ncatvaro jajnire varl)a\ncatvaro vasudevadya\n\n20.349\n22.127\n22.27\n22.111\n20.242\n\nbrahma aila,-dvara-pala janaila kr�ryere\nbrahma bale,-purve ami ye ni5caya karilun\nbrahma bhavo 'ham api yasya kala/:r kaliiya/:r\nbrahmadi rahu-sahasra-vadane 'ananta'\nbrahma kahe,-'taha pache kariba nivedana\n\n21.59\n21.82\n20.306\n21.12\n21.64\n\n264\n274\n171\n237\n266\n\ncaudda avatara tahan karena Tsvara\ncaudda eka dine, mase cari-sata bisa\ncic-chakti, jiva-sakti, ara maya-sakti\ncic-chakti, miiya-sakti, jiva-sakti ara\ncic-chakti-sampattira '�ac;l-aisvarya' nama\n\n20.320 180\n20.321 181\n20.111 55\n20.149 82\n21.96 281\n\nbrahm!ll)c;/a-garye krame prakatya tahara\nbrahmaQ{ia-mal){iala vyapi' krame krame\nbrahmiil){ianurupa brahmiira sarira-vadana\nbra hmaQc;/opari paravyoma, tahan ye\nbriihmal)era ghare kene ekatra bhik�a laba ?\"\n\n20.397\n20.391\n21.86\n21.106\n20.81\n\n223\n220\n277\n288\n40\n\ncic-chakti-vibhuti-dhama-tripad-aisvaryacira-loka-pala-sabde tahara gal)ana\n\n21.55\n21.58\n\nbr ahmara eka-dine haya caudda manvantara\nbr ahmara vatsare panca-sahasra callisa\nbrahma-savarl)ye 'vi$vaksena, 'dharmasetu'\nbrahma. siva-ajna-kari bhakta-avatara\nbr ahma. siva anta na paya-jlva kon chara\n\n20.320\n20.321\n20.327\n20.317\n21.8\n\n180\n181\n184\n179\n234\n\nda{iuka-sahita c;lubi kahan vahi' ge/a\ndainya vinati kare dante trQa lana\ndaivat k�ubhita-dharmil)yaril\ndaivi hy e�a guQamayi\ndaivi hy e�a gul)amayi\n\nbr ahma-siva-sanakadi na paya yanra anta\nbr ahma, vi�Qu, hara,-ei sr�tyadi-isvara\nbrah m!l, Vi�I)U, siva-tanra gul)a-avatara\nbr ahm!l, vi�I)U, siva,-tina gul)a avatara\nbr ahma ya e�a jagad-al)c;/a-vidhana-karta\n\n21.10\n21.36\n20.291\n20.301\n20.304\n\n236\n251\n163\n168\n170\n\n20.222\ndak�iQadho hasta haite vamadha/:r paryanta\n20.10\ndak$il)a giyache yadi leufi' aoyaya\ndamodara-padma-cakra-gada-sankha-dhara 20.232\n21.80\ndal)c;/avat hana sabe nija ghare ge/a\n21.94\ndal)c;/avat-kale tara maQi pifhe /age\n\nbrah maya 'sr�V-sakti, anante 'bhU-dharal)a'bujhite na pare IT/a kemane 'nitya' haya\n\n20.371 210\n20.385 218\n\n197\n401\n337\n392\n132\n\n261\n263\n\nD\n\ndal)c;/avat karite mukuta piida-pifhe /age\ndal)c;/ya-jane raja yena nadite cub!lya\n\n20.12\n8\n20.98\n48\n20.274 154\n20.121 63\n22.23 335\n123\n7\n128\n273\n280\n\n21.70 269\n20.118 60\n\n", "mad8#p0475": "444\n\nSri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n20.13\ndaravesa hana ami makkake yaiba\"\ndaridrya-nasa, bhava-k$aya,-premera 'pha/a' 20.142\n\nda5a-bisa-sata-sahasra-ayuta-lak$a-vadana\ndasa-sakha-pitradi-preyasira ga(la\ndekhi' candrasekharera ha-ila camatkara\n\n21.67\n\n8\n78\n\n20.53\n\n25\n\n'devi-dhama' nama tara, jiva yara vasi\n\n21.53\n\n260\n\ndhana nahi pabe, khudite bilibe sabare\ndhana paile yaiche sukha-bhoga phala paya\ndhanera jhari pac;libeka tomara hatete\ndharma-hani haya, loka kare upahasa\"\ndharma pravartana kare vrajendra-nandana\n\n20.134\n\n72\n\n20.140\n\n77\n\n20.135\n\n72\n\n20.92\n\n45\n\ndharmi kisora evatra\ndhatry-asvattha-go-vipra-vai$(1aVa-pujana\ndhupa-malya-gandha-mahaprasada-bhojana\ndhvani-bac;la uddhata, pativratara bharige\ndhyayan krte yajan yajnais\n\ndui-jana mi/i' tatha i$!a-go$fhi kai/a\ndui-jane galagali rodana apara\ndui upavase kaila randhana-bhojane\nduruhiidbhuta-virye 'smin\ndvada5a-tilaka-mantra ei dvada5a nama\n\n238\n\n22.161 424\n\n274\n\ndmanta diya kahi tabe /oka yadi jane\ndugdhantara vastu nahe, dugdha haite nare\ndugdha yena amla-yoge dadhi-rupa dhare\ndui avatara-bhitara ga(lana tarihara\ndui ga(Jc;/a sucikka(la, jini' ma(li-sudarpa(la,\n\n20.283 15S\n\ndyu-pataya eva te na yayur antam anantataya 21.15\n\n267\n\ndekhi' caturmukha brahmara haila camatkara 21.81\ndekhi' caturmukha brahma pharipara ha-ila\n21.69\n22.141\ndevar$i-bhatapta-nrr:Jam pit(r:Jam\ndeva-($i-pitradikera kabhu nahe ((Ji\n22.140\n\ndig-darasana kari mukhya mukhya jana\ndiparcir eva hi dasantaram abhyupetya\ndorihe kare huc;lahuc;li, bade, mukha nahi\ndravyam vikaro gu(la indriyii(li\ndf8bhi/:l pibanty anusavabhinavam durapam\n\ndviliya purU$era ebe SUnaha mahattva\n\nE\nebe kahi, suna, abhidheya-lak$a(la\nebe sadhana-bhakti-lak$a(la suna, sanatana\neho saba kala-amsa, kr$r:Ja-adhisvara\n\n22.4\n\nei ajna-bale bhaktera 'sraddha' yadi haya\nei artha-madhyama. suna 'giu;lha' artha ara\n\n22.60\n\n359\n\n21.42\n\n254\n\nei bho!a lana ei karithii deha' more\"\n'ei bhuna kene more sammana karila?'\nei cabbisa murti-prabhava-vilasa\nei candera bac;la nata. prasari' candera hata.\n\n20.85\n\n43\n\n20.23\n\n12\n\n20.341 192\n\nei cari-janera vilasa-murti ara a$!a jana\n\n20.203 113\n\n20.380 2 1 5\n\nei carira seva haya k($(lera abhimata\nei caudda manvantare caudda 'avatara' nama\nei do$e maya tara galaya bandhi/a\n\n20.328 184\n\n269\n410\n410\n\n22.117 396\n22.123 399\n\n321\n22.104 38)\n21.40\n\n253\n\n20.207 115\n21.130 305\n\n22.125 400\n22.24\n\n336\n\n20.363 206\n\n20.346 195\n\nei dui lak$a(le keha janaye isvara\"\nei dui lak$a(le 'vastu' jane muni-ga(Ja\n\n20.367 208\n\nei dui nama dhare vrajendra-nandana\n\n20.240 131\n\n20.316 178\n\n20.402 227\nei k($(la-vraje 'pur(Jatama' bhagavan\n20.339 191\nei mantre dvapare kare kr$f)<lrcana\nei-mata brahmiif)c;/a-madhye sabara 'parakasa' 20.218 121\n22.164 426\nei mata kare yeba raganuga-bhakti\n\n21.142 313\n\n21.118 296\n20.267 147\n21.112 292\n20.386 218\n20.309 173\n20.309 173\n20.294\n\n164\n\n21.127 303\n20.41\n\n20\n\n20.53\n\n25\n\n20.22\n\n12\n\n22.133 406\n20.202 112\n\ndvapara bhagavan syama/:1\ndvapare paricaryayam\ndvarakadi-vibhu, tara ei ta prama(la\n'dvare eka 'vai$(1aVa' haya, bolaha tarihare'\n\n20.337 189\n\n'dvarete vai$(lava nahi'-prabhure kahila\ndvari asi' brahmare puche ara bara\ndvigu(Ja bac;le tr$r:J<l-lobha, pite nare-\n\n20.345 194\n21.78\n\n272\n\n20.47\n\n23\n\n20.48\n\n23\n\n21.60\n\n264\n\n21.132 306\n\nei-mata k($(lera divya sad-gu(la ananta\nei-mata saba lila-yena gariga-dhara\nei-mata $ac;/-aisvarya, sthana. avatara\nei mukhyavesavatara-vistare nahi anta\nei-rupa-ratana,\nbhakta-ga(Jera guc;lhaei-rupe pali ami brahmaQc;/era ga(la\nei saba karya-tarira tatastha-lak$aQa\nei saba sadhanera ati tuccha bala\n\"ei sata suvart.Ja mohara achila amara\nei sloke 'param'-sabde 'k($Qa'-nirupaQa\n'ei sthane ache dhana'-yadi dak$iQe\nei ta' dvitiya-puru$a-brahma(lc;/era isvara\neita' kahiluri 'abhidheya'-vivara(la\neita kahiluri prathama puru$era tattva\neita kahiluri sakty-avesa-avatara\neita kahliuri sambandha-tattvera vicara\nei ta sadhana-bhakti-dui ta' prakara\n\n20.356 202\n\n21.10\n\n236\n\n20.383 216\n234\n21.8\n20.370 210\n21.103 285\n21.86\n\n271\n\n20.362 206\n330\n22.18\n20.27\n\n14\n\n20.36 0 20 5\n20.132\n\n71\n\n20.293 164\n\n7\n22.166 42\n\n59\n20.283 1\n14\n20.3 77 2\n22.3\n22. 10 8\n\n321\n\n) 89\n\n", "mad8#p0476": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nei tina dhamera haya k($1)<1 adhisvara\ne i tin a toke k($1)era sahaje nitya-sthiti\n\nei tina-sarvasraya, jagaHsvara\neHina-sthala-sOk$ma-sarva-antaryami\n•ei ve$a dura kara, yaha inhare lana'\nei ye tamara ananta vaibhavamrta-sindhu\n•eka' anga sadhe, keha sadhe 'bahu' anga\n•eka' ange siddhi paila bahu bhakta-gal)a\neka bandi chac;le yadi nija-dharma dekhiya\nekadasa skandhe tara kariyache lak$al)a\neka-desa-sthitasyagner\neka-dina dvarakate k($1)a dekhibare\neka-dui-tina-cari prahare asta haya\n\neka eka gopa kare ye vatsa-caral)a\neka eka vaikuQthera vistara varl)ana\neka gauc;fiya kantha dhuna diyache sukaite\nekaika-murtye pravesila bahu murti hafia\neka k($1)a-deha haite sabara prakase\neka 'k($1)aloka' haya trividha-prakara\neka manvantaravatarera dekha /ekhara anta\nekarh tu mahatah sra$i(\neka-'nitya-mukta', eka-'nitya-sarhsara'\n'eka-pada vibhati' ihara nahi parimal)a\neka-pada vibhatira sunaha vistara\neka sarhsaya mane haya, karaha chedana\nekatra mi/ane keha kaho na dekhila\neka 'vaidhi bhakti', 'raganuga-bhakti' ara\ne-mata anyatra nahi suniye adbhuta\ne samanya, tryadhisvarera suna artha ara\n\n445\n\n21.54\n21.91\n21.40\n21.39\n20.69\n\n261\n279\n253\n252\n35\n\n21.26\n22.134\n22.134\n20.6\n22.71\n\n245\n406\n407\n4\n365\n\nganga para kari' deha', e-k$al)e caliba\"\n\n20.110\n21.59\n20.390\n21.20\n21.4\n\n54\n264\n220\n242\n233\n\ngayan gul)an da5a-5atanana adi-devah\n\n20.84\n20.284\n21.23\n20.214\n20.325\n\n42\n160\n244\n118\n183\n\ngolokakhya gokula, mathura, dvaravati\n\n20.251\n22.10\n21.87\n21.57\n21.61\n\n139\n325\n277\n263\n265\n\ngopa-vesa, vel)u-kara,\n\ngosiifii kahe,- 'eka-k$al)a iha na rahiba\n\n21.118 296\n21.112 292\n20.43\n21\n\n21.79\n22.108\n21.18\n21.31.\\\n\n273\n389\n241\n252\n\ngosiifii kahe,-\"keha dravya la-ibe ama mari'\n\n20.32\n\ngosiifii kahe,-'ye khal)c;lila kuvi�ya-bhoga\n\n20.21\n20.88\n20.84\n\n11\n44\n42\n\n20.93\n20.38\n20.88\n20.100\n\n16\n18\n46\n19\n44\n49\n\n20.289\n21.11\n20.246\n20.300\n22.47\n22.115\n\n162\n236\n135\n168\n351\n395\n\nG\ngac;la-dvara-patha chac;lil� nare tahan yaite\ngac;lha-bhakti-yoge tabe k($1)ere bhajaya\ngambhira, karul)a. maitra, kavi, dak$a, maunr\n\nganga para kari' dila-gosafii calila\ngangara nikata ganga dekhi' jhanpa dila\ngarbhodaka5ayi-dvara sakti saficari'\ngavak$e uc;fiya yaiche rel)u ase yaya\n\nghoc;la molya lana pathaya patsara sthane\nghral)arh ca tat-pada-saroja-saurabhe\ngokulakhya, mathurakhya, dvarakakhya ara\ngoloka, gokula-dhama-'vibhu' k($1)<1-sama\n\ngoloka-namni nija-dhamni tale ca tasya\ngoloka-paravyoma-prakrtira para\ngoloka, vaikuQtha srje cic-chakti-dvaraya\ngopa-gat)era yata, tara nahi lekha-para\nnava-kisora, nata-\n\ngopi-bh!igya, k($1)<1 gul)a,\ngopi-bhava-darapal)a,\n\neta bali' kanth!i /a-ita, bhota tanre diya\neta cinti' ge/a gangaya madhyahna karite\n\nnava nava k$at)e\n\ngopyas tapah kim acaran yad amu$ya ruparh\n\neta cinti' sanatana isilne puchi/a\neta-rape lila karena vrajendra-nandana\n\n12\n20.23\n32\n20.62\n20.247 136\n\ngosiifiira bhagini-pati, kare raja-kama\ngramya-vyavahare pa(lc;lita, tai satya mani\ngul)!itita viwu-sparsa nahi maya-sane\ngul)!ivatara, ara manvantaravatara\ngul)!ivatarera ebe suna vivaral)a\nguru-antaryami-rupe sikhaya apane\nguru-padasraya, dik$ii. gurura sevana\n\ner a saba chac;li' ara varl)!iSrama-dharma\n\netau hi visvasya ca bTja-yoni\netavan sarva-vedarthah\n\nere na hy adbhuta vyadha\netha gauc;fe sanatana ache bandi-sale\ne -tine lagila mana,\nlobhe kare asvadana,\n\n22.93 379\n20.262 144\n20.148 81\n22.147 416\n3\n20.3\n21.135 308\n\n20.43\n21\n20.44\n21\n20.11\n7\n20.303 169\n20.279 157\n21.13\n20.39\n22.138\n20.214\n20.396\n\n237\n19\n409\n118\n222\n\n21.91\n21.49\n21.54\n20.256\n21.21\n\n279\n258\n261\n141\n243\n\n21.101 284\n\ngosJfii kahe, -\"mohara lana yaha' tumi desa\" 20.35\n\ngul)atmanas re 'pi gul)!in vimaturh\neta kahi kahe prabhu,-\"suna, sanatana\n\n9\n343\n371\n\nye kari/a varl)ana, 21.111 292\n\ngosiifiira thani aila kantha gale diya\neta bali' anna di/a kariya sammana\n\n20.16\n22.35\n22.80\n\nH\nh!ini-labhe sama, sokadira vasa na ha-iba\nharav abhaktasya kuto mahad-gul)a\nhari-bhaktau pravrtta ye\n\n22.119 397\n22.76 369\n22.147 416\n\n", "mad8#p0477": "446\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nhari/:r purl)atamal:r purl)ahari, k($1)<1, adhok$aja, upendra, -a$la-jana\nhari, kr$1)a adi haya 'akare' vifak$al)a\nharir hi nirgul)a/:r sak$iil\nhasti-gal)a-madhye yena sasaka rahifa\n\n20.399 225\n\nhate karotiya, chitic;ia kantha, nirbhaya ha-ifa\nhayagrivo mahiikroc;io\nhaya5ir$a-paiicaratre kahe $Ofa-jana\nhena kr$1)a chac;ii' pal)c;iita nahi bhaje anya\nhiral)yagarbha-antary!imi-garbhodakasayi\nhiral)ya-kesas trayy-atma\nhriyamal)a/:r kafa-nadya\nhr$ikesa-gada-cakra-padma-satikha-dhara\n\n20.204 114\n20.209 116\n20.313 176\n21.69\n\n269\n\n20.36\n\n18\n\n20.260 143\n20.259 143\n21.53\n26C\n20.219 122\n22.56\n358\n\n20.242 132\n20.237\n\n130\n\n22.95\n\n380\n\n20.292 164\n20.333 187\n22.44\n\n349\n\n20.231\n\n127\n\niccha-jiiana-kriya vina na haya srjana\n'iccha-sakti', 'jiiana-sakti', 'kriya-sakti' nama\niccha-sakti-pradhiina kr$1)a-icchaya\niha dekhi' brahma haifa mohita, vismita\niha faiia dharma dekhi' parvata kara para\n\n20.254 140\n\niha nahi jani-'kemane hita haya'\nihiiti prabhura sak tye prasna kare sanatana\nihate df$1!lnta-yaiche daridrera ghare\niha yei sune, pac;ie, sei bhagayavan\niha yei sune, sei bhase prema-sukhe\n\n20.252 139\n20.253 140\n21.24\n\n244\n\n20.27\n\n14\n\n20.102\n\n50\n\n20.96\n\n47\n\n20.127\n\n68\n\n20.405 228\n21.148 317\n\n21.68\nindra-gal)a aila fak$a koli-nayana\n20.328\nindra-savarl)ye 'brhadbhanu' abhidhana\n20.220\nitihara madhye karo haya 'avatare' gal)ana\nitihara madhye yahara haya akara-vesa-bheda 20.208\n20.19\nitihara lhaiii suvarl)era a$!a mohara haya'\n\n268\n\n20.211\nitiha-sabara prthak vaikul)lha-paravyoma\nitiho mahat-sr�la puru$a-'maha-Vi$1)U' nama 20.278\n20.35\nisana kahe,-\"eka mohara ache ava5e$a\"\n20.24\nisana kahe,-'mora lhiiii sata mohara haya'\n22.151\ni$le 'avi$lata'-ei talastha-fak$al)a\n22.151\ni$le 'gac;iha-tr$1)ii'-ragera svarupa-fak$al)a\n\n117\n\ni$le svarasiki ragaf:r\ni$IO 'si me drc;iham iti\nisvaraf:r paramaf:r kr$1Jal:r\nisvarera saktye Sf$li karaye prakrti\nisvare tad-adhine$U\nityadika bheda ei saba astra-kara\nity asya hrdayaril loke\n\nJ\njac;ia haite sr$li nahe isvara-sakti vine\njac;ia-rupa prakrti nahe brahm!il)c;ia-karal)a\njagaf-fak$mi rakhi' rahe yahati maya dasi\njagatera adharma nasi' dharma sthapite\njagatere riikhiyachena upadesa diya\n\n184\n122\n116\n11\n\n157\n18\n13\n418\n418\n\njagat-karal)a tina puru$avatara\njagat vyapifa kr$1)a-sakty-abhasavese\njagrhe pauru$aril ruparil\njananta eva janantu\njananta eva janantu\njanardana-padma-cakra-satikha-gada-kara\njani' darc;ihya fagi' puche,-sadhura svabhava\n\"jani,-5e$a dravya kichu ache toma sthiine\"\njanma, bafya, paugal)c;ia, kaisora prakasa\njanma-dinadi-mahotsava faiia bhakta-gal)a\n\n21.38\n\n252\n\n20.374 212\n20.266 146\n21.27\n\n246\n\n21.83\n\n275\n\n20.234 129\n20.105\n\n52\n\n20.34\n\n17\n\n20.394 222\n22.126 401\n\njanmady asya yato 'nvayad itaratas carthe$v\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\n\n20.359 203\n\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njaya jaya sri-k($1)a-caitanya nityananda\njayati vraja-raja-nandane\njihva-phafaril tvadrsa-kirtanaril hi\njini' paiicasara-darpa, svayaril nava-\n\n21.2\n\n232\n\n22.2\n\n320\n\n21.45\n\n256\n\n20.61\n\n31\n\njiva-bhiitaril maha-baho\njiva-rupa 'bija' kaifa samarpal)a\njiva-rupa 'brahmara' avesavatara-nama\njiva-tattva nahe, nahe kr$1)era 'svarupa'\njivera 'svarupa' haya-kr$1)era 'nitya-dasa'\n\n20.2\n21.2\n22.2\n20.2\n\n232\n320\n2\n\n21.107 289\n\nSE\n20.116\n20.273 151\n20.369 20'i\n20.308 17 ]\n20.108\n\n5]\n]\n\n6\n20.122\njivere krpaya kaila kf$1)a veda-pural)a\n20.253 14C\njiiana-sakti-pradhana vasudeva adhi$lhata\n20.373 211\njiiana-sakty-adi-kafaya\n414\njiiana-vairagyadi -bhaktira kabhu nahe 'ariga' 22.145\n22.29 33�\njiiiini jivan-mukta-dasa painu kari' mane\n1!\n20.387 2\njyoti5cakre sarya yena phire ratri-dine\n\n22.150 418\n22.57\n\n358\n\n21.35\n\n250\n\nK\n\n20.261 143\n22.73\n\n367\n\n20.239 131\n20.147\n\n81\n\nkabhu svarge ufhaya, kabhu narake c;iubaya\nkacaril vicinvann api divya-ratnaril\n'kaha giya sanaka-pita caturmukha ai/a'\n\n20.118\n22.42\n21.61\n\n60\n347\n26 5\n\n", "mad8#p0478": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nsloka pade prem!lvese,\nk ahite kr?rera rase,\nkanhilre\nk aholi smita-jyotsnamrte,\nka/:1 paf)c;/itas tvad-apararil sararam samiyad\nk alav apy ati-guc;lheyaril\nkala-vrttya tu mayayaril\n\nkalena yair v!l vimitab sukalpair\nkaler do$a-nidhe rajann\n\nk ali-kale sei 'kr?oavat!lra' ni5caya\n\nkaliril sabhiljayanty !lry!l\n\nkalite avat!lra taiche s!lstra-vakye mani\nkali-yuge kr?ra-name sei phala paya\nkama chac;li''dasa'haite haya abhilil?e\n\nkamjdinaril kati na katidhil palita durnidesas\nkama-gayatri-mantra-rupa,\n\nhaya kr?rera\n\nkama-krodhera dasa hafia tara lathi khilya\nkama lagi'kr?oe bhaje, paya kr?ra-rase\nkamaril ca dasye na tu kama-kamyaya\nkama tyaji'k($1)a bhaje siistra-ajnil miini'\nka,Jera bhitara vasa kare,\n\nilpane tanha sada\n\nkaraQabdhi-piire miiyilra nitya avasthiti\n'karaoabdhisayi' nama jagat-kilraQa\nkarariibdhisilyi-saba jagatera sv!lmi\nkara-nakha-cilndera hata,\n\nvams1-upara\n\nkarau harer mandira-m!lrjanadi$U\nkardamake vara dilii yeliho krpa kari'\nkarma, tapa, yoga, jnana,\n\nkaruQii-nikuramba-komale\n\n21.111\n21.130\n22.96\n22.1\n20.275\n\n292\n305\n381\n320\n155\n\n21.11\n20.344\n20.365\n20.347\n20.352\n\n236\n193\n207\n196\n198\n\n20.343\n22.41\n22.16\n21.125\n22.14\n\n193\n347\n329\n301\n327\n\n22.41\n22.139\n22.140\n21.144\n20.269\n\n347\n409\n410\n314\n148\n\n20.268\n20.282\n21.128\n22.137\n20.334\n\n147\n159\n303\n408\n188\n\nkr?ra-bhakte km)era gura saka/i saficiire\n\n297\n21.45 256\n20.357 202\n20.102 50\n23\n20.48\n\nkr?ra-bhakti piiya, tabe kr?ra-nikata yaya\n\n20.65\n33\n20.351 198\n20.238 130\n4\n20.5\n22.21 333\n\nvidhi-bhakti, japa, 21.119\n\nkarya- dviira jniina, -ei tatastha-lak?aQa\n'k e ami', 'kene iimaya jilre t!lpa-traya'\n�eha haya' kari'prabhu tahilre puchila\n\n�em ane chutila'bali prabhu prasna kailil\nkemane janiba kalite kon avatara?'\nkesava-bhede padma-satikha-gadil-cakraketilba-korara-s!lstre ache tamara jnana\n\nkevala\njnana 'mukti'dite niire bhakti vine\nkevala\n\n�ha\n\nye raga-marge,\nbhaje kr?re anuriige, 21.119\niva rajiirilsi vanti vayasa saha yac chrutayas 21.15\n\n'Chu bhaya niihi, ami e-dese nil raba\n�iliigi' tamara il'lan agamana haila?'\n\nk\"· .\n'm v1dhatte kim !lca?te\nk\n\n�r;anad eva kr?rasya\n\nk\n150ra-sekhara-dharmi vrajendra-nandana\nk00a\nbhagye karo sarilsilra k$ayonmukha\n\n447\n\n20.13\n21.63\n\n297\n238\n8\n266\n\n20.147 81\n20.344 193\n20.378 214\n22.45 349\n\nkana brahm!lf)c;/a sata-koti, kana lak?a-koti\nkana brahmaoc;le kana lililra haya avasthana\nkon !ljna haya, t!lhil kari sire dhari'\"\nkana kalpe yadi yogya jiva nahi paya\nkana lila kana brahmarc;le haya prakatana\nkana niyuta-koti, kana koti-koti\n'kon brahma?'puchile tumi kon abhipr!lye?\nkoti, arbuda, salikha, padma, t!lh!lra garana\nkoty-arbuda mukha karo, na yaya garana\nko vetti bhliman bhagavan paratman\nkrame balya-paugarc;/a-kaisorat!l-prapti\nkrame krame tenho bhakta ha-ibe 'uttama'\nkrame saba tattva suna, kahiye tom!lte\nkriya-sakti-pradhana satikar?aoa balar!lma\nkrpa kari' saba tattva kaha ta'apani\"\nkrpa kari' yadi more kariyache uddh!lra\nkrpalu, akrta-droha, satya-sara sama\nkrpiira samudra kr?Qa gambhira apilra\"\nkr?ra arilsi, tetiho arilsa, vede hena giiya\nkr?ra-bac;la dayiimaya, patita-pavana\n\n21.85 276\n20.395 222\n21.74 271\n20.305 170\n20.382 216\n21.85\n21.65\n21.20\n21.67\n21.9\n\n276\n267\n242\n267\n235\n\n20.384 217\n22.69 364\n20.107 53\n20.255 141\n20.103 51\n20.101 50\n22.78 371\n32\n20.63\n20.315 177\n32\n20.62\n\n22.75\n22.5\n22.51\nkr?ra-bhakti dure rahu, sarils!lra nahe k?aya\n22.17\nk($Qa-bhakti haya abhidheya-pradhilna\nkr$Qa-bhakti-janma-mula haya 'sadhu-satiga' 22.83\n\n369\n322\n353\n330\n373\n\n22.15\n22.18\n20.117\n21.122\n20.335\n\n327\n330\n59\n299\n188\n\n20.332\n22.38\n21.84\nkr?Qa kahe, 'ei brahmaoc;la panciiSat koti\nkr?Qa kahena-'kon brahma, ki nama tilhilra?' 21.60\n21.75\nkr?Qa kahe,-toma-saba dekhite citta haila\n\n186\n345\n275\n264\n271\n\nkr?ra-bhakti -abhidheya, sarva-silstre kaya\n\nkr?ra-bhakti vina tilha dite nare phala\nkrwa bhuli' sei jiva anildi-bahirmukha\nkr$1Ja dekhi'nana jana,\n\nkaila nimi?e\n\nkr?ra-'dhyiina' kare loka jnana-adhikari\nkr?Qajinopavitak$an\n\nk($1)a kahe,-iimii bhaje, mage Vi$aya-sukha\n\n358\n79\n20.386 218\n20.126 68\n\n22.56\nkr?IJa krpiilu arjunere lak?ya kariya\nkr?Qa, kr?ra-bhakti, prema, -tina mahil-dhana 20.143\nkr?Qa-lila-nitya, jyoti5cakra-pramaQe\nkr?ra-madhurya-sevananda-praptira kilraQa\nkr?IJa milnya-puja kari't!ltire prasna kaila\n'kr?Qa mora prabhu, tratil'-jivera haya jfiilna\nkr?Qaril smaran janaril casya\n\n'kr?Qa-nama-satikirtana'-kali-yugera\n\n21.63 266\n20.123 65\n22.160 424\n20.339 191\n\n", "mad8#p0479": "448\n\nSri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\nkrma nava-jaladhara, jagat-sasyakmJmga-lava(!ya-pura, madhura haite\nkr�(!Mga madhurya-sindhu, sumadhura\n'kr�(!a-nitya-dasa'-jiva taha bhuli' gela\n'kr�(!a-padarcana' haya dvaparera dharma\n\n21.109 290\n\n22.24\n\n336\n\n'kr�(!a-pari�ada' nama, bhuiije seva-sukha\n'kr�(!a'-prapya sambandha, 'bhaktikr�(!a-prema janmaya ei paricera alpa sariga\nkr�(!a-prema janme, teriho puna/:1 mukhya\nk(�(!a-pritye bhoga-tyaga, kr�(!a-tirthe vasa\n\n22.11\n\n326\n\nkr�(!arthe akhila-ce�ta. tat-krpavalokana\nk(�(!a-rupa-sumadhuri, pibi' pibi' netra\nkr�(!a-saha dvaraka-vaibhava anubhava haila\nkr�(!a-sakti dhara tumi, jana tattva-bhava\nkr�(la-sarige kata gopa-sarikhya nahi jani\n\n22.126 401\n\nkr�(!a-seva kare, ara kr�(!a-rasa-asvadana\nkr�(!a-surya sama; maya haya andhakara\n\n20.126\n\n21.136 310\n\n21.135 306\n20.336 169\n\n20.124\n\n66\n\n22.129 402\n22.63\n\n373\n\n22.116 395\n\n21.114 294\n\n21.79\n\n273\n\n21.19\n\n242\n\n20.105\n\n22.31\n\n52\n\n66\n\n340\n\n20.97\n\nkr�(la tare kare tat-kale atma-sama\n\n22.102 365\n\n20.401 226\n\n22.143 413\n\n'kr�(la, tomara haria' yadi bale eka-bara\nk(�(!a-vapu-sirilhasane, vasi' rajya-sasane,\nk(�(!a-varf)aril tvi�ak(�f)aril\n'kr�(!a'-var(!e karaya Joke kr�(!arcana-karma\n\n22.33\n\n\"kr�(!a-vatsair asarikhyatai/:1\"-sukadeva-va(!i\nkr�(!a yadi krpa kare kona bhagyavane\nkr�(!e bhakti kaile sarva-karma krta haya\nkr�(!ecchaya brahma{u;la-gat:Je tahara\nkr�(!e janaiia dvari brahmare laiia gela\n\n21.19\n\n242\n\n22.62\n\n360\n\n21.62\n\n265\n\nkr�t:Jera acintya-sakti lakhite keha nare\nkr�(!era aisvarya-apara amrtera sindhu\nkr�t:Jera cara(!e asi' kaila namaskara\nkr�(!era cara(!e brahma da(JI;/avat kaila\nkrmera cara(!e tarira upajaya 'priti'\n\n21.71\n\n269\n\n21.61\n\n274\n\nkr�t:Jera madhura rupa, suna, sanatana\nkr�t:Jera madhuri ara mahaprabhura mukhe\nkr�(!era madhuryamrta-srote yai vahi'\nkr�t:Jera mahima rahu-keba tara jiiata\nkr�(!era prabhava-vilasa-vasudevadi cari\nkr�t:Jera svabhavika tina-sakti-parif)ati\nkr�(!era svarupa-ananta, vaibhava-apara\nkr�t:Jera svarupa-tattvera haya kichu jnana\n\n342\n\n21.126 302\n20.342 192\n20.336 169\n\n351\n\n20.396 222\n\n21.96\n\n21.61\n\n262\n\n265\n\n22.164 426\n21.102 265\n\n21.146 317\n\n21.146 316\n21.26\n\n246\n\n20.210 116\n20.111\n20.149\n\n55\n\n62\n\n20.405 226\n\n53\n\n2 78\n\nkr�(!era yateka khela,\nsarvottama nara-lila,\nkr�tJOmukhe sei mukti haya vina jiiane\nkrte sulka5 catur-bahur\n\n21.101 284\n22.21 3 33\n\nkrte yad dhyayato vi�t:Juril\nkrti-sadhya bhavet sadhyak�a(Jeke sabai sei sarire pravese\nk�emaril na vindanti vina yad-arpa�ril\nk�iraril yatha dadhi vikara-vise�a-yogat\n\n20.345 19 4\n22.105 387\n\nk�irodakasayi teriho-palana-karta, svami\nkuta/:1 puna/:lsasvad abhadram isvare\nkutila-kuntalaril sri-mukharil ca te\nkuvi�aya-kupe pal;fi' goriainu janamal\nkva va katharil va kati va kadeti\n\n20.295 165\n\n20.332 186\n\n21.23\n\n22.20\n\n2 44\n\n332\n\n20.310 174\n\n22.19\n\n331\n\n21.124 301\n20.99\n21.9\n\n48\n\n23 5\n\nL\n\n47\n\nkr�(!a-svarupa-madhuryaiskr�(!asya pOr(!atamata\nkr�(la tMre suddha kare, na karaya\n\n22.47\n\nkr�t:Jera 'tatastha-sakti', 'bhedabheda-prakasa' 20.106\nkr�t:Jera vibhuti-svarupa janana na yaya\n21.69\n\n/alate a�tami-indu, tahate candana-bindu,\nlauha yena agni-saktye paya daha-sakti\nlava-matra sadhu-sarige sarva-siddhi haya\nlava(Jya-keli-sadana, jana-netra-rasayana,\nlebhe gatiril dhatry-ucitaril tato 'nyaril\nlilavatara ebe suna, sanatana\nlilavatara kr�IJera na yaya gat:Jana\nlilavatarera kailuri dig-darasana\nlobha ha-ila yavanera mudra dekhiya\nlobhe vraja-vasira bhave kare anugati\nloka-dharma, lajja, bhaya, saba jiiana\n\n21.127 303\n\n20.261 143\n22.54\n\n356\n\n22.96\n\n382\n\n21.131 305\n\n20.296 165\n20.297 166\n\n20.300 168\n20.15\n\n9\n\n22.153 419\n21.143 313\n\nM\nmadhava-bhede cakra-gada-sarikha-padma\nmadhu-gandhi mrdu-smitam etad aho\nmadhura haite sumadhura, taha ha-ite\nmadhura haite sumadhura, taha haite\nmadhuraisvarya-madhurya-krpadi-bhiitJI;/iira\nmadhuraril madhuraril vapur asya vibhor\nmadhurya bhagavatta-sara, vraje kaila\nmadhurye majila mana, eka sloka pal;fila\nmadhusudana -cakra-sarikha-padma-gadamadhyahna kariya prabhu gela bhik�\n'madhyama-adhikari' sei maha-bhagyavan\n'madhyama-avasa' kr?t:Jera-�al;f-aisvaryama drilk?T/:1 k?it:Ja-pu(Jyan kvacid api\n\n20.236 13°\n21.136 309\n10\n21.1 36 3\n11\n21.139 3\n\n55\n21.44 2\n309\n21. 136\n21.110 291\n\n21. 99 283\n126\n20.229\n20.72\n\n22.67\n21.47\n\n22.92\n\n3:\n25�\n\n36\n\n37\n\n", "mad8#p0480": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nmahantas te sama-ciua/:1 prasanta\nmahaprabhu jani' candra5ekhare kahila\nmahara$!fiya dvije prabhu milai/a sanatane\nm aharaurava haile toma karila uddhara\nmahat-krpa vina kana karme 'bhakti' naya\nmahat-sevarh dvaram ahur vimuktes\nmaha-viHJU eka-svase brahmara jivana\nmaha-vi$f.1U, padmanabha, k$irodaka-svami\nmaha-vi$(1Ura nisvasera nahika paryanta\nmahiyasiirh pada-rajo-'bhisekarh\nmaivarh mamadhamasyapi\nmam evai$yasi satyarh le\nmam eva ye prapadyante\nmam eva ye prapadyanle\nmiirh vidhatte 'bhidhatte marh\nmanaso vapu$0 vaco\nmanaso vapu$0 vaco\nmane eka kari' puna/:lsanatane kahe\nmanendriya r;lubila, prabhu ha-ila phanpara\n'mane' nija-siddha-deha kariya bhavana\n\n449\n\n22.82\n20.46\n20.79\n20.63\n22.51\n\n372\n22\n40\n32\n353\n\nmisra kahe,- 'sanatanera kichu krtya ache\n\nmora citta-bhrama kari',\n\nnijaisvarya-\n\n22.82\n20.323\n21.39\n20.325\n22.53\n\n372\n182\n252\n183\n355\n\nmora mana-sannipati,\n\nsaba pite kare\n\n22.44 349\n22.58 358\n20.121 63\n22.23 335\n20.148 81\n21.27\n21.83\n21.147\n21.31\n22.154\n\n246\n275\n316\n248\n422\n\nmisra prabhura Se$a-palra sanatane dila\nmisra sanatane dila mitana vasana\nmita-bhuk, apramatta, manada, amani\n\nmora van-mano-gamya nahe eka bindu\nmora yadi bola dhare,\n\nkofi ankhi tara\n\n'more na chuniha'-kahe gadgada-vacana\n\"more vastra dite yadi tamara haya mana\n\nmal)i-pifhe thekatheki, uthe jhanjhani\nmanvantaravalara ebe suna, sanalana\nmanye tad-arpila-mano-vacanehitarthamartyo yada tyakta-samasta-karma\n\n21.95\n22.58\n20.319\n20.59\n22.103\n\n281\n358\n180\n29\n386\n\n22.27 337\n22.111 392\nmukhya-gaul)a-vrW, kirhva anvaya-vyatireke 20.146\n81\n21.109 290\nmukta-hara-baka-panli,\nindra-dhanu22.138 409\nmukunda-liilgalaya-darsane drsau\n20.354 201\nmuni saba jani' kare lak$al)a-vicara\nmukha-baharu-padebhya/:1\n\nN\nna bhajanly avajananti\nna cchandasa naiva jalagni-suryair\nnace makara-kul)r;/a/a,\n\nnetra-lila-\n\nna dileka lak$a-koti,\n\nsabe dila ankhi\n\nnadira pravahe yena ka$tha /age lire\nnai$iirh matis tavad urukramanghrirh\n\n22.132\n20.215\n22.128\nmathura-vasa, sri-mOrtira sraddhaya sevana\n22.61\nmat-karha-sraval)adau va\nmarsya, karma, raghuniitha, nrsirhha, vamana 20.298\nmathura-mal)r;/ale sthiti/:l\n\nmathurare kesavera nitya sannidhana\n\n405\n119\n402\n360\n166\n\nnai$karmyam apy acyuta-bhava-varjitarh\nnaivopayanly apacitirh kavayas tavesa\nna ji'!anarh na ca vairagyarh\nna karhicin mat-para/:! santa-rOpe\nna magiteha k($f.la tare dena sva-cara(la\n\nmatsyasva-kacchapa-nrsirhha-varaha-harhsamaya-bandha haite k($f.la tare kare para\nmaya-dvare srje tenho brahmal)r;/era ga1.1a\nmaya-jiila chute, paya k($(1era caral)a\nmaya-matram anudyante\n\n20.299\n22.33\n20.259\n22.25\n20.148\n\n167\n342\n143\n336\n81\n\nnama-sankTrlanarh srimannamas le vasudevaya\nna me 'bhaktas' catur-vedi\nna nirVif.lf.lO natisakto\nnanlarh vidamy aham ami munayo 'grajas le\n\nmaya-mugdha jivera nahi svata/:l k($(1a-jnana\n'maya' nimitta-heru, visvera upadana\nmayara 'asraya' haya, tabu maya-para\nmayara ye dui vrtti-'maya' ara 'pradhana'\n\n20.122 63\n20.271 149\n20.293 164\n20.271 149\n\nnarayal)a-adi ananla svarupera dhiima\nnarayal)a-bhede nana aslra-bheda-dhara\nnarayal)a-sankha-padma-gada-cakra-dhara\nna sadhayati marh yoga\n\nm aya-sanga-vikari rudra-bhinnabhinna rupa\nmayalila, guf.latila 'vi$f.1U'-paramesa\nmay atila paravyome sabara avasthiina\n\nmayika vibhati-eka-pada abhidhana\n\n20.308\n20.311\n20.264\n21.55\n\n173\n175\n145\n261\n\n21.137 309\n21.26 245\n21.134 307\n20.52\n25\n39\n20.77\n\nmukha-bahuru-padebhya/:1\n\nna bhajanty avajananli\nman-mana bhava mad-bhakto\n\n37\n20.74\n38\n20.75\n38\n20.76\n22.80 371\n21.145 315\n\nna sauri-cinla-vimukhana svadhyayas tapas ryago\nna tad-bhakle$u canye$U\nna tathasya bhaven moho\n\n22.28\n22.112\n22.52\n21.129\n21.133\n\n338\n392\n354\n304\n307\n\n22.43\n22.53\n22.19\n22.48\n22.146\n\n348\n355\n331\n351\n415\n\n22.162\n22.37\n22.132\n20.338\n20.58\n\n425\n344\n405\n190\n28\n\n22.50 353\n21.13 237\n21.46 256\n20.239 131\n20.227 126\n20.137 75\n22.91 378\n20.137 75\n22.74 368\n22.90 377\n\n", "mad8#p0481": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n450\n\n22.155 421\n\nmtra sJ.strarh na yuktirh ca\nnava-vyiJha-riJpe nava-miJrti parak�e\nna yatra m�y� kim ut�pare harer\n\n20.241 132\n20.270 148\n20.99\n\n20.1\n\n48\n\nnico 'pi yat-prasadat sy�d\nnidO$il, vad�nya, mrdu, suci, akincana\n\n22.78\n\n371\n\n\"nica jati, nTca-sangT, patita adhama\n\nnijabhi$!a k[$1)a-pre$tha pacheta' lagiy�\nnija-cic-chakte k[$1)a nitya vir�jamana\nnija-gul)era anta nil pana hayena sat[$1)a\nnijamsa-kal�ya kr$1Ja tamo-gul)a angikari'\nnijatlga-sveda-jale brahm�l)c;/ardha bhari/a\nnija paridhana eka dina' puratana\"\nnija-priya-d�na, dhyana, tadiya-sevana\nnija-sama sakha-sange,\n\ngo-gal)a-cMal)a\n\nnilacale puru$ottama-'jagannatha' nama\nnirantara gaya mukhe, nil paya gul)era anta\nnirantara seva kare antarmana han�\nni$iddha p�pacMe tara kabhu nahe mana\n'ni$!hil' haile upajaya premera taranga\n\n2\n\n22.159 423\n\n21.96\n\n21.14\n\n281\n\n238\n\n20.307 172\n\n20.286 161\n\n20.77\n\n39\n\n22.124 400\n\n21.108 290\n20.215\n\n119\n\n21.12\n\n237\n\n22.159 423\n\n22.142 412\n\n22.134 406\n\n'nitya-bandha'-k[$1)a haite nitya-bahirmukha 22.12\n'nitya-lila' kr$1)era sarva-sJ.stre kaya\n\n20.385\n\n'nitya-mukta'-nitya k[$1)a-caral)e unmukha\n\n22.11\n\n326\n218\n\n326\n\n326\n\nparasur�me 'dU$!4-n�aka-vTrya-sancMal)a'\nparasya brahmal)aQ saktis\nparavyoma-madhye nM�yal)era nitya-sthiti\n\n20.372 211\n20.110\n\n54\n20.213 118\n\nparavyoma-upari k[$1)alokera vibhuti\n\n20.213 118\n\nparicary� dasya, sakhya, atma-nivedana\n\n22.121\n\n398\n\n21.48\n\n257\n\nparavyome vJ.sudev�di-nija nija astra-dhara 20.226 125\n\nparikram� stava-patha. japa, sankirtana\npMi$ada-gal)e $ac;/-aisvarye ache bhari'\npari$ada-$ac;/aisvarya-pilrl)a saba haya\n\n22.123 399\n\n21.5\n\n'parvata p�ra kara ama'-vinati kari/�\n\n20.17\n\n'pascime' khudibe, tahil 'yak$a' eka haya\n\n20.133\n\npati-putra-suhrd-bhr�trpati-vrata-siromal)i,\n\nyanre kahe veda-\n\npatri pMa sanatana anandita haila\n\n20.54\n\n'pila'-varl)a dhari' tabe kaila pravartana\n\n20.340 191\n\npita-varl)a, karya-prema-dana-sankirtana\npithera stuti kare mukuta-hena anum�ni\nprabhu-ajnaya sanatana milil� donhMe\nprabhu kahe,-\"anyavatara sJ.stra-dvare j�ni\nprabhu kahe,-caturali chilc;la, sanatana\nprabhu kahe,-\"ihil ami kariyachi vicara\n\n21.95\n20.67\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"k[$1)a-krpa tomate pilrl)a haya 20.104\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"tomara dui-bhai prayage\n\n35\n\n20.66\n\n34\n\n20.89\n\n44\n\nprabhu-sparse premavi$14 ha-ilil samtana\n\n20.52\n\n25\n\n'prabhu tomaya bolaya, aisa, daravesa!'\n\n20.50\n\n24\n\nprabhu-pade saba katha gos�ni kahila\n\npada-nakha-candra-gal)a,\n\ntale kare\n\npada-prta-mukutagra-sanghatte uthe dhvani\npada-pithe stuti kare mukuta hena jani'\npada-prak$alana kari' bhik$ate vasila\npadau hareb k$etra-padanusarpal)e\npadmanabha-sankha-padma-cakra-gadapadmanabha, trivikrama, nrsirhha, vamana\npalanartha svarhsa vi$1)U-rilpe avatara\npalanarthe vi$1)U-km_>era svarilpa-ilkMa\npanca-/ak$a cari-sahasra manvantaravatMa\npanca sahasra mudra tumi kara angTkara\nparama isvara k[$1)a svayarh bhagavan\n'paramesvara' nirupila ei dui lak$al)e\n\nprabhura krpate puche asankoca-mati\n20.379 214\n\n21.128 303\n21.72\n\n21.72\n20.73\n\n270\n\n270\n\n37\n\n22.139 409\n20.232\n\n20.209\n\n128\n116\n\n20.314 177\n\n20.317 179\n\n20.322 181\n\n20.8\n\n21.34\n\n6\n\n250\n\n20.358 203\n\n45\n\n51\n\nprabhu kahe,-'k$aura kahilha, yaha, samtana' 20.68\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"toma sparsi atma pavitrite\n\np�che prakata haya janmadika-IT/a-krame\n\n34\n\n20.366 208\n\n20.90\n\n21.143 313\n\np\n\n281\n\n20.351 198\n\nprabhu kahe,-'tom�ra bhota-kambala kothil 20.89\n\ngrha-dharma\n\n26\n\n20.364 207\n\n22.105 387\n\nnTvi khas�ya pati-age,\n\n4\n\npil)c;/ara upare apana-pase vasai/a\n\nnitya-siddhasya bhilvasya\n\n21.123 300\n\n72\n\n21.106 288\n\n20.4\n\n22.12\n\nnityotsavarh na tatrpur drsibhib pibantyo\n\n10\n\n22.163 426\n\n'nitya-sarhsara', bhunje narakadi dubkha\n\nnitya-siddha k[$1)a-prema 'sadhya' kabhu naya 22.107 389\n\n233\n\npradhilna kariya kahi dig-darasana\npradhana-parama-vyomnor\npradyumna-cakra-sankha-gada-padmapradyumnayaniruddhaya\n\n20.56\n\n44\n\n27\n\n20.350 197\n\n20.297 1 66\n258\n21.50\n\n20.225 125\n20.338 190\n\nprakaf4-/ila karibare yabe kare mana\n\n20.206 115\n3\n20.243 13\n6\n20.400 22\n4\n20.378 21\n\nprilkrtaprilkrta S[$ti kaila eka-k$al)e\n\n21.17\n\npradyumnera vi/J.sa-nrsirhha, janMdana\nprak�a-vi/J.sera ei kailun vivaral)a\nprak�itakhila-gu�Jab\n\nprilkrtaprilkrta-smi karena nirmal)a\nprak[li k$Obhita kari' kare vTryera adhilna\nprill)i-m�tre manovilkye udvega nil diba\n\n240\n\n20.255 141\n20.272 150\n98\n22.120 3\n\n", "mad8#p0482": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nprat;JopaM.rac ca yathendriyaQM1\nprasanna hana prabhu tMre krpil. kaila\n\n22.63\n20.94\n\nprathamei kare kr$Qa 'puru$ii.Va!lira'\npraur;iha-sraddho 'dhikari ya/1\npravartate yatra rajas tamas tayo/1\n\n20.250 138\n22.66 363\n20.270 148\n\npravesa kariya dekhe, saba-andhakara\nprayage madhava, mandare sri-madhusudana\nprema-bhakti dila loka laM bhakta-gaQa\nprema-maitri-krpopek$a\n\n20.285\n20.216\n20.340\n22.73\n\nprema-sukha-bhoga-mukhya prayojana\npreme gaya nil.ce loka kare sanklrtana\npreme k[$Q3svada haile bhava nii.Sa pil.ya\npri!y-ankure 'rati', 'bhilva'-haya dui nil.ma\n\n20.142 78\n20.341 192\n20.141 78\n22.165 427\n\n361\n46\n\n160\n119\n191\n367\n\n451\n\nR\n'radha-damodara' anya vrajendra-konara\nraga-hina jana bhaje sastrera ajnaya\nraga-marge nija-nija-bhavera ga(lana\nragamayi-bhaktira haya 'ragatmika' nama\nraganuga-bhaktira lalqal)a suna, sanatana\n\n20.201\n22.109\n22.161\n22.152\n22.148\n\n112\n390\n424\n419\n416\n\nragatmika-bhakti-'mukhya' vraja-vasi-jane\nragatmikam anus[!a\nrahite nahika stM.na, karila vicara\nrahiigaQaitat tapasa na yati\nraivate 'vaikuQtha', cilk$U$e 'ajita', vaivasvate\n\n22.149\n22.154\n20.285\n22.52\n20.326\n\n417\n420\n160\n354\n183\n\nril.ja-bandi ami, gar;ia-dvil.ra y!l.ite na pari\nraja-man!ri sanil.tana-buddhye brhaspati\nraja-mantrl sanatana vicari/!1. mane\nrajo-guQe vibhavita kari' t!l.nra mana\nrak$i$ya!iti visvaso\n\n20.28\n14\n20.350 197\n20.22\n12\n20.302 168\n22.100 383\n\nrasa-adi lila kare, kaisore nitya-sthiti\nrati-prema-taratamye bhakta-tara-tama\nratre ganga-para kaila dil.r;/uka k!l.tiya\nratri-dina ca/i' ai/a pil.tar;la-parvate\nratri-dine haya $�ti-daQr;/a-parimat;Ja\n\n20.384 217\n22.71 365\n9\n20.15\n9\n20.16\n20.388 219\n\nr!l.tri-dine kare vraje k($Qera sevana\nratrye eka-jana-sange gosa!ii-pii.Sa aila\n\"ratrye parvata para kariba nija-loka diya\nratrye ratrye vana-pathe parvata pil.ra kaila\nroga khal)r;/i' sad-vaidya na rakhe se�a roga\n\n22.157 422\n20\n20.40\n11\n20.20\n20.33\n17\n45\n20.91\n\nrudra-ga(la aila lak�a koti-vadana\n'rudra'-rupa dhari kare jagat sarilhilra\nrudra-savarQye 'sudhama', 'yogesvara' elevarupa, anupama-dunhe vrndilvana gela\"\nrupa dekhi' apanara, kr�Qera haila\n\n21.68\n20.290\n20.327\n20.66\n21.104\n\n268\n163\n184\n34\n286\n\n370\n216\n221\n312\n359\n\nprthak prthak brahmal)r;/era brahma kare stuti 21.22\np[!hak prthak vaikuQtha saba, mhika gaQane 21.3\npuna/! kahe bil.hya-jnil.ne, il.na kahite\n21.145\npunarapi nisvil.sa-saha yaya abhyantara\n20.280\n\n243\n232\n315\n158\n\npuQya, artha,-dui li!.bha ha-ibe tomara\"\npuQya habe, parvata !l.ma deha' pil.ra kari\"\npuQya l!l.gi' parvata toma' para kari' diba\"\npuraQadyil. ye va sahaja-nivahas te tad-anuga\n\n20.8\n20.28\n20.31\n22.6\n\n6\n14\n16\n322\n\npurl-dvaye, paravyome-'pOrQatara', 'purl)a'\npurira avaraQa-rupe purira nava-dese\npurl)ata pOrQataratapuru�a-nisvasa-saha brahmaQr;/a bahiraya\n\n20.398\n20.241\n20.401\n20.279\n\n224\n132\n226\n157\n\npuru�artha-siromal)i prema maha-dhana\npuru�a-rupe zva!irl)a hail a prathama\npuru$ilvatilra eka, lilavatara ilra\npuru�avatilrera ei kailun nirupal)a\n\n20.125 67\n20.265 145\n20.245 134\n20.296 165\n\npuru�eQiltma-bhatena\npuru�ottama, acyuta, nrsirilha, janil.rdana\npuru�ottama-cakra-padma-sankha-gadapurvadi �!a-dike tina tina krame\n\n20.275\n20.204\n20.233\n20.211\n\npurva il.jnil,-veda-dharma, karma, yoga,\npurva-dike tate matT alpa khudite\npurva-ukta brahmilQr;/era yata dik-pala\npurvavat /ikhi yabe guQavatil.ra-gal)a\n\n22.59 359\n20.135 72\n21.93 280\n20.348 196\n\nsaba kaha nil yaya, kari dig-dara5ana\nsaba lila nitya prakata kare anukrame\nsaba lila saba brahmii.Qr;/e krame udaya kare\nsaba matoyala kari', balatkare ane\nsaba sadhi' se�e ei iljM-balaviln\n\n22.77\n20.381\n20.393\n21.141\n22.59\n\npurve ami tomara kariyachi upakara\npOrve yaiche raya-pii.Se prabhu pra5na kaila\nputana-vadhildi kari' mau�lanta vilasa\nputana-vadhadi yata IT/a k�aQe k�Qe\n\n6\n20.7\n47\n20.95\n20.394 222\n20.381 216\n\nsaba tattva jana, tomara nahi tapa-traya\nsaba vaikuQtha-vyapaka, ananda-cinmaya\nsabe hai/a caturbhuja vaikuQthera pati\nsad-dharma-sik�� prccM sadhu-\n\n20.104 51\n21.5\n233\n21.22 243\n22.115 395\n\n155\n114\n138\n117\n\ns\n\n", "mad8#p0483": "452\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nsad-dharmasyavabodhaya\nsadhu-sanga, nama-kirtana, bhagavata'sadhu-sanga', 'sadhu-sat'lga'-sarva-sastre\nsadhu-sange km;ra bhaktye sraddha yadi\nsadhu-sange tabe km;re rati upajaya\n\n20.106\n22.128\n22.54\n22.49\n22.45\n\n52\n402\n356\n352\n349\n\nsanatane lana gela tapana-misrera ghare\nsanatanera vairagye prabhura ananda apara\nsandhya-kale vasilii eka udyana-bhitare\nsangam na kuryac chocye�u\n'sange kene aniyacha ei kala-yama?'\n\n20.72\n20.82\n20.37\n22.89\n20.25\n\n37\n41\n18\n37 6\n13\n\nsadhu-sastra-krpaya yadi kr$f)Onmukha haya\n'sadhya'-'sadhana'-tattva puchite nii jani\nsahasra-patrarir kama/am\n'sahasra-sir$ildi' kari' vede yanre gai\nsajatiyasaye snigdhe\n\n20.120 62\n20.103 51\n20.258 142\n20.292 164\n22.131 404\n\nsankar$a(la-gada-sankha-padma-cakra\nsankar$a(la, matsyadika,-dui bhede tiit'lra\nsankar$a(la-puru$avatara, /ilavatara ara\nsankar$a(lera vilasa-upendra, acyuta\nsat'lk$epe kahilun kr$Qera svarupa-vicara\n\n20.224\n20.244\n20.244\n20.205\n20.403\n\n124\n133\n133\n114\n227\n\nsakala-sadhana-sre$!ha ei panca anga\nsa kani$!ho nigadyate\nsakha-candra-nyaya kari dig-darasana\nsakha-candra-nyaye kari dig-darasana\nsakhii-candra-nyaye kari dig-dara5ana\n\n22.129\n22.70\n20.248\n20.404\n21.30\n\n402\n365\n136\n228\n247\n\nsat'lk$epe kahilun, vistara na yaya var(lana\nsat'lk$epe kahiye kichu sadhanat'lga-sara\nsantu$1a ha-ilana ami, mohara nii la-iba\nsaoya5ata vatsara kr$Qera prakata-praka5a\nsapta-dvipambudhi langhi' phire krame\n\n22.167\n22.114\n20.31\n20.392\n20.387\n\n428\n394\n16\n221\n218\n\nsakhi he, kon tapa kai/a gopi-gaQa\nsakhi he, kr�Qa-mukha-dvija-raja-raja\nsakrd eva prapanno yas\nsiik�at-saktye 'avatara', abhase 'vibhoti' likhi\n\n21.114\n21.126\n22.34\n20.368\n\n294\n302\n342\n209\n\nsapta-dvipe nava-khaQc;/e yanhara vilasa\nsara(liigatera, akincanera-eka-i /ak$a(la\nsara(la lana kare kr�Qe atma-samarpa(la\nsarva-bhute$U bhu-pala\nsarva-bhute$U yal:r pasyed\n\n20.218\n22.99\n22.102\n20.115\n22.72\n\n121\n383\n385\n58\n367\n\nsaktayal:r sarva-bhavaniim\nsaktyavesa dui-rupa-'mukhya', 'gau(la'\nsaktyavesavatara kr$Qera asankhya gaQana\nsaktyavesavatiirera suna vivara(la\nsamasta brahmaQc;/a-gaQera inho antaryami\n\n20.113\n20.368\n20.367\n20.366\n20.282\n\n56\n209\n208\n208\n159\n\nsarva-dharman parityajya\nsarva-guhyatamarir bhoya/:r\n'sarvajna' asi' du/:rkha dekhi' puchaye\nsarvajna munira vakya-sastra-'paramaQa'\nsarvajnera vakye kare dhanera uddese\n\n22.94 380\n22.57 358\n20.127' 68\n20.353 200\n20.129 69\n\nsambhutarir �oc;lasa-kalam\nsamhararthe maya-sange rudra-rupa dhari\nsamo damo bhaga5 ceti\nsamprati prthivite yeba haiyachi/a bhara\nsarirsara bhramite kana bhagye keha tare\n\n20.266\n20.307\n22.88\n21.77\n22.43\n\n146\n172\n376\n272\n348\n\nsarirsara ha-ite tare mukta karena gosana\nsamsara-tapan akhilan\nsamsare 'smin k$a(liirdho 'pi\n'sanakadi', 'narada', 'prthu', 'parasurama'\nsanakadye 'jnana'-sakti, narade sakti 'bhakti'\n\n4\n20.6\n20.114 57\n22.85 374\n20.369 209\n20.371 210\n\nsanatana asi' tabe kaila nadi-snana\nsanatana janila ei prabhure na bhaya\nsanatana kahe, -\"ami madhukarT kariba\nsanatana kahe,-'kr$Qa ami nahi jani\nsanatana kahe, -\"tumi na kara raja-bhaya\n\n20.21\n20.83\n20.81\n20.64\n20.10\n\nsanatana kahe, -\"yate isvara-lak$a(la\nsaniitana, kr�Qa-madhurya-amrtera sindhu\n\"sanatana, tumi yavat ka5ite rahiba\n'sanatane bhik$a deha'-misrere kahila\n\n20.364 207\n21.137 309\n40\n20.80\n20.73\n37\n\n11\n42\n40\n33\n7\n\n20.130 70\nsarvajnera vakye mula-dhana anubandha\nsarva-karma tyaga kari' se kr$Qa bhajaya\n22.60 359\n22.75 369\nsarva maha-guQa-gaQa vai$Qava-sarire\n22.96 381\nsarvan dadati suhrdo bhajato 'bhikaman\nsarva-sastre upadese, 'sri-kr$Qa'-sambandha 20.130 70\n232\n157\n40 1\n410\n122\n\nsarva svarupera dhama-paravyoma-dhame\nsarva tattva mi/i' srjila brahmaQc;/era gaQa\nsarvatha saraQapatti, kartikadi-vrata\nsarvatmana yah sara(larir sara(lyam\nsarvatra praka5a tat'lra-bhakte sukha dite\n\n21.3\n20.277\n22.127\n22.141\n20.219\n\nsarvendriya-phala, -sastra-nirOpaQa\nsarvopakaraka, santa, kr$Qaika-sara(la\nsarvopari kr$Qaloka 'karQikara' gaQi\nsa sarva-drg upadr�ta\n'sastra-guru-atma' -rope apanare janana\n\n30\n20.60\n22.79 371\n234\n21.7\n20.313 176\n20.123 65\n\nsastra-yukti nahi jane drc;/ha, sraddhavan\nsastra-yukti nahi mane-raganugara prakrti\nsastra-yuktye sunipu(la drc;/ha-sraddha yanra\n\n22.67 364\n22.153 419\n22.65 363\n\n", "mad8#p0484": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nsastre yuktau ca nipw;a/:1\nsata-hajara mudra tara age rasi kaila\nsatam prasangiin mama virya-sarflvido\nsata, sahasra, ayuta, lakg kotT-yojana\nsateka vatsara haya 'jivar:ra' brahmara\nsat-sangamo yarhi tadaiva sad-gat'au\n\n22.66\n20.14\n22.86\n21.4\n20.322\n22.46\n\n363\n8\n375\n233\n181\n350\n\nsat-sangamo yarhi tadaiva sad-gatau\nsattva-gur:ra dr�!ii. tiite gur:ra-maya-para\nsatyarh disaty arthitam arthito nrr:rariJ\n'satyarh' sabde kahe tatira svarupa-lak�ar:ra\nsatyarh saucarh daya maunarh\n\n22.84\n20.314\n22.40\n20.360\n22.88\n\n374\n177\n346\n205\n376\n\nsatya-tretii-dvapara-kali-yugera gar:rana\nsatya-yuge dharma-dhyana karaya 'sukla'sa vai mana/:1 kr$r:ra-padaravindayor\nsavarr:rye 'sarvabhauma', dak$a-savarr:rye\nk($/)e kari'\nse ak$ara 'candra' haya,\n\n20.329\n20.334\n22.137\n20.326\n21.125\n\n185\n188\n408\n183\n301\n\nse dhvani caudike dhaya, ar:rt;la bhedi'\nseha rahu-vraje yabe kr$r:ra avatJra\nseho rahu-sarvajiia-siromar:ri sri-k($/)a\nsei bhUilara haya hata-gar:rita\nsei cJri-janara vilasa-virhsati gar:rana\n\n21.141\n21.16\n21.14\n20.18\n20.210\n\n312\n240\n238\n10\n116\n\nsei do$e maya-pisaci dar:rt;la kare tare\nsei eka darx;la, ��a dar:rt;le 'prahara' haya\nsei hiljipure rahe-srikanta !lira nama\nsei isvara-mOrti 'avatara' nama dhare\nsei jale se�a-sayyaya sayana karila\n\n22.13\n20.389\n20.38\n20.263\n20.286\n\n327\n219\n19\n145\n161\n\nsei jiva nistare, maya tahare chat;laya\nsei kahe, -\"rahasya kara pramar:rika haila?\nsei maya avalokite sri-satikar$ar:ra\nsei padma-nale ha-ila caudda bhuvana\nsei padme ha-ila brahmJ!a janma-sadma\n\n20.120 62\n43\n20.86\n20.265 145\n20.288 161\n20.287 161\n\nsei paravyoma-dhiimera ke karu vistara\nsei puru$a ananta-koti brahmar:rt;la srjiya\nsei puru$a maya-pane kare avadhana\nsei puru$a virajate karena sayana\nsei rOpa vraja5raya, aisvarya-\n\n21.6\n20.284\n20.272\n20.268\n21.120\n\n233\n160\n150\n147\n298\n\nsei saba gur:ra haya vai�r:rava-lak$ar:ra\nsei saba sloka pat;li', mahilprabhu artha\nsei sei haya vilasa-vaibhava-vibheda\nsei svarajya-lak$mi kare nitya purr:ra kama\n\n22.77\n21.122\n20.208\n21.97\n\n370\n299\n116\n282\n\nsei ta' madhurya-sara, anya-siddhi\nseita puru$a haya trividha prakara\nse; vastra sanatana na kaila atigikara\n\n21.117 296\n20.250 138\n36\n20.71\n\n453\n\nsei vibhinnamsa jlva-dui ta' prakJra\nsei vipra tanre kaila mahii-nimantrar:re\nse januka, -kaya-mane muili ei manoti\nse kene rakhibe tomara se� vi�aya-bhoga?\nsekhara aniya tatire nutana vastra dila\n\n22.10\n20.79\n21.25\n20.91\n20.70\n\n325\n40\n245\n45\n36\n\nse-se lila prakata kare vrajendra-kumara\nse�e 'sva-sevana'-sakti, prthute 'palana'\nseva-namaparadhiidi dure visarjana\nseva sadhaka-ruper:ra\nse vighna karibe,-dhane hata nii pat;laya\n\n20.383\n20.372\n22.117\n22.158\n20.133\n\n216\n211\n396\n423\n72\n\nsiddhante punar eka eva bhagavan vi�r:ru/:1\n20.145\nsiddhartha-sarhhita kare cabbisa murti gar:rana 20.223\nsiva/:1 sakti-yukta/:1 sa5vat\n20.312\n'siva'-maya-sakti-satigi, tamo-gur:ravesa\n20.311\n22.113\nsmartavya/:1 satatarh vi�r:rur\n\n80\n124\n175\n175\n393\n\npaise adharasmita-kirar:ra-sukarpure,\n$Oia-krosa vrndavana-sastrera prakase\n'sraddhil-sabde-visvasa kahe sudrt;lha\nsraddhavan jana haya bhakti-adhikiiri\nsraddhavan sa tu madhyama/:1\n\n21.140\n21.29\n22.62\n22.64\n22.68\n\n311\n247\n360\n362\n364\n\nsraddhil vise$ata/:l priti/:1\nsravar:radi-kriya-tara 'svarupa'-lak$ar:ra\nsravar:radi-suddha-citte karaye udaya\nsravar:ra, kirtana, smarar:ra, pujana, vandana\nsre$!ha-madhyadibhi/:l sabdair\n\n22.130\n22.106\n22.107\n22.121\n20.399\n\n403\n388\n389\n398\n225\n\nsreya/:1-srtirh bhaktim udasya te vibho\nsri-acyuta gadii-padma-cakra-satikha-dhara\nsri-caitanyarh likhilmy asya\nsri-govinda-cakra-gada-padma-satikhasridhara-padma-cakra-gadii-satikha-kara\n\n22.22\n20.233\n21.1\n20.228\n20.231\n\n334\n128\n231\n126\n127\n\n20.235\nsri-hari-satikha-cakra-padma-gada-kara\n20.55\nsri-haste karena tatira atiga sammarjana\nsri-kesava-padma-satikha-cakra-gada-dhara 20.277\n20.235\nsri-kr�r:ra-satikha-gada-padma-cakra-kara\n21.121\ndhairya, vaisaradi\nsri, lajja, daya, kirti,\n\n129\n26\n126\n129\n299\n\nsrimad-bhagavatarthanam\nsri-madhava-gada-cakra-satikha-padmasrl-mOrter atighri-sevane\nsri-nrsirhha-cakra-padma-gada-satikha-\n\n22.131 404\n20.228 126\n22.130 403\n20.234 129\n\nsri-rOpa-gosaiiira patri aila hena-kale\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara aSa\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara a5a\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\n\n20.3\n3\n20.406 228\n21.149 317\n22.169 429\n\n", "mad8#p0485": "454\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nsri-vamana-satikha-cakra-gada-padma\n\n20.230 127\n\nsvayam tv asamyatisayas tryadhisa/:1\n\n21.33\n\nsrT-vatsadibhir atikais ca\n\n20.337 189\n\nsvayam vidhatte bhajatam anicchatam\n\n22.40\n\nsri-Vi$1)0/:1 sraval)e parik$id abhavad\n\n22.136 407\n\nsrjami tan-niyukto 'ham\n\n20.318 179\n\nsrjami tan-niyukto 'ham\n\n21.37\n\n24 9\n\n346\n\nT\n\n251\n\nsrotavya/:1 kir!itavya5 ca\n\n22.110 391\n\nta avesa nigadyante\n\n20.373 211\n\nsmi-hetu yei murti prapai'lce avatare\n\n20.263 145\n\ntabe bhuna gosai'lira sarige cari paika dila\n\n20.33\n\n17\n\nsmi, sthi!i, pralaya haya icchaya yanhara\n\n20.290 163\n\ntabe kr?IJa brahmare dilena vidaya\n\n21.89\n\n278\n\nsr?ti-sthiti-pralayera tinera adhikara\n\n20.291 163\n\ntabe kr?Qa sarva-brahma-gaQe vidaya dila\n\n21.80\n\n273\n\nsrutir mata pf$1a disati bhavad-aradhana-\n\n22.6\n\n322\n\n!abe mahaprabhu k$aQeka mauna kari' rahe\n\n21.147 316\n\nsthanabhila$i tapasi sthito 'ham\n\n22.42\n\n347\n\n!abe mahaHattva haite trividha ahankara\n\n20.276 156\n\nsthane sthane bhagavate,\n\n21.110 291\n\ntabe misra puriitana eka dhuti dila\n\n20.78\n\n'stri-sangi' -eka asadhu, 'kr?Qiibhakta' ara\n\n22.87\n\n376\n\ntabe para hana gosani puchila isane\n\n20.34\n\n17\n\nstuti kari' ei pache karila niscita\n\n21.24\n\n244\n\ntabe prabhu tanra hata dhari' lana gela\n\n20.54\n\n26\n\nsudrcjha kariya kaha, yauka samsaya\"\n\n20.365 207\n\n!abe sanatana prabhura caral)e dhariya\n\n20.98\n\n48\n\ntabe sei sata mohana hastete kariya\n\n20.26\n\n14\n\ntabe sei yavana kahe,-\"suna, mahasaya\n\n20.9\n\n7\n\nvarQiyache\n\n39\n\nsukha-bhoga haite du/:lkha apani palaya\n\n20.140\n\n77\n\nsukhi hao sabe, kichu niihi daitya-bhaya?\n\n21.76\n\n271\n\nsukla-rakta-k[$1)a-pi!a-krame cari varl)a\n\n20.330 185\n\ntabe svarupa kahe tare praptira upaya\n\n20.131\n\n71\n\nsuklo raktas !atha pita\n\n20.331 186\n\n22\n\nsuni' anande sanatana karila pravesa\n\n20.50\n\nsuni' anandita bhuna sanatane kaya\nsuni' anandita ha-ila prabhura agamane\nsuni' bhangi kari' !iiflre puc he sanatana\n\n20.349 197\n\ntaM Jagi' eka thani saba bolaila\n\n21.75\n\nsuni' hasi' k[$1)a !abe karilena dhyiine\n\n21.66\n\n267\n\n!aha suni' lubdha haya kona bhagyavan\n\n22.152 419\n\nsuni' sanatana tare karila bhartsana\n\n20.25\n\n13\n\ntahatei sankar$al)a kare saktira adhane\n\n20.260 143\n\ntabe varal)asi gosani iii/a kata-dine\n\n20.45\n\n24\n\ntadamrtatvam pratipadyamano\n\n22.103 386\n\n20.19\n\n11\n\ntad-bhava-lipsunii karya\n\n22.158 423\n\n20.45\n\n22\n\n'tadiya'-tulasi, vai?Qava, mathura, bhiigavata 22.125 400\n271\n\nsuniy!l prabhura mane ananda apara\n\n20.71\n\n36\n\ntaha yaiche vraja-pure karila vilasa\n\n20.392 221\n\nsuryamsa-kiraQa, yaiche agni-jvala-caya\n\n20.109\n\n53\n\ntaiche bhakti-phale kr?Qe prema upajaya\n\n20.141\n\n78\n\nsuryodayahaite $a?li-pala-kramodaya\n\n20.389 219\n\ntais tair atulyatisayair\n\n20.355 201\n\n21.121 299\n\ntaj-jO$al)ad asv apavarga-vartmani\n\n22.86\n\n375\n\nsvilbhavika k[$Qera tina-prakara 'sakti' haya\n\n20.109\n\n53\n\ntanhare arigane dekhi' prabhu dhana aila\n\n20.51\n\n24\n\nsva-caral)iimrta diya 'vi$aya' bhulaiba\n\n22.39\n\n345\n\ntanhare kahio-sei bahya-krtye gela\n\n20.11\n\nsvakarma karite se raurave pacji' maje\n\n22.26\n\n337\n\ntatiho kahe,-\"dina-dui raha ei-sthane\n\n20.42\n\nsvamsa-vibhinnamsa-rupe hai'la vistara\n\n22.8\n\n324\n\ntanho kahe,-\"rahasya nahe, kahi satya-vaQi\n\n20.87\n\n43\n\nsvamsa-vistara-catur-vyuha, avatara gal)a\n\n22.9\n\n324\n\nsvamsera bheda ebe suna, saniltana\n\n20.243 133\n\ntanmayi ya bhaved bhakti/:1\n\n61\n20.119\n22.150 418\n240\n\nsusila, mrdu, vadanya,\n\nkr?Qa-sama\n\ntan-mayayato budha abhajet tam\n\nsvanga-vi5e$abhasa-rupe prakrti-sparsana\n\n20.273 151\n\ntanra caritra vicarite mana na paya para\n\n21.16\n\nsvap!lda-mulam bhajata/:1 priyasya\n\n22.144 413\n\ntanra icchaya gela mora 5e$a Vi$aya-roga\"\n\n20.93\n\nsvarupa-aisvarya-purl)a, k[$Qa-sama pr!lya\n\n20.315 177\n\ntanra jnane anu?aflge yaya maya-bandha\n\n20.144\n\n'svarupa'-lak$al)a, ara 'tatastha-lak$al)a'\n\n20.356 202\n\ntanra krpilya prasna karite !iiflra sakti haila\n\n20.94\n\n323\n\n'svarupa-sakti' rOpe tilnra haya avasthiina\n\n22.7\n\n'svasaubhagya' yanra nilma,\n\n21.104 286\n\ntanra nabhi-padma haite uthila eka padma\n\n'svayam bhagavan', !Ira 'lila-puru$ot!ama'\n\n20.240 131\n\ntanra saktye ramananda tanra uttara dila\n\nsvayambhuve 'yajna', svarOCi$e 'vibhu' nama\n\n20.324 182\n\ntanra upadesa-mantre pisacT palaya\n\nsaundaryadi-\n\ntanra mata kahi, ye-saba astra-kara\n\n20\n\n46\n79\n\n46\n\n20.226 125\n1\n20.287 16\n47\n20.95\n327\n22.15\n\n", "mad8#p0486": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n455\n\ntanre .jlir'lgana kari' prem.jvi$ta hail.j\n'tarire .jna' prabhura v.jkye kahi/a tanhare\ntan-sabara mukuta kmya-p.jda-pnha-age\ntali sabara n.jma kahi, suna sanatana\ntapana-misra tabe t.jrire kai/.j nimantraoa\n\n20.51\n24\n20.49\n23\n21.94 280\n20.203 113\n35\n20.68\n\ntejo-v.jri-mrd.jri1 yatha vinimayo yatra triteriho 'brahm.j' hana smi kari/a srjana\nteriho dui bahirv.jsa-kaupfna karila\nteriho kahe,-eka 'daravesa' ache dvare\nteriho kahe,-'more, prabhu, n.j kara\n\n20.359 203\n20.288 161\n39\n20.78\n23\n20.49\n26\n20.55\n\ntapana-misrere .jra candra5ekharere\ntapasvino diina-par.j yasasvino\ntara anugata bhaktira 'rag.jnug.j'-name\ntiira eka-dese vaikuothajal)c;ia-gaoa bh.jse\ntar.j kahe,-'tom.jra prasade sarvatra-i jaya\n\n20.67\n22.20\n22.149\n21.29\n21.76\n\n34\n332\n417\n247\n271\n\nterache netranta Moa, tara drc;lhate$am asau klesala eva 5i$yate\nte$V asante$U muc;lhe$U\nte te prabhava-nicaya vihit� ca yena\ntina avasa-sthana k($/)era s.jstre khyati yara\n\n21.105\n22.22\n22.89\n21.49\n21.42\n\ntara madhye pravesaye 'atma-samarpaoa'\ntara mate kahi age cakradi-dharaoa\ntara mate kahi ebe cakradi-dharaoa\ntara tale 'bahyav.jsa' virajara p.jra\ntara tale paravyoma-'vi$Quloka'-nama\n\n22.99\n20.223\n20.237\n21.52\n21.46\n\n383\n124\n130\n259\n256\n\ntina lak$a mudr.j r.jja diy.jche tara sthane\ntina mudrara bhota gaya, madhukarf grasa\ntina-sahasra chaya-sata 'pala' tara m.jna\ntine ajnilkari k($/)era, k($Qa-adhisvara\ntinera adhisvara-kr$Qa svayam bhagavan\n\n19\n20.39\n45\n20.92\n20.388 219\n21.36 251\n21.92 280\n\ntara udaharaoa ami .jji ta' c/ekhiluri\nt.jre kahe,-\"ore bhai, kara upakare\ntare vid.jya diya gosani cafif.j ekala\nt.jruoy.jmrta-paravara, tarariga-f.jvaoyatasmad bharata sarvatma\n\n21.82 274\n43\n20.85\n20.36\n18\n21.113 293\n22.110 391\n\ntinera tina-sakti meli' prapalica-racana\ntiriho ye madhurya-lobhe, chac;li' saba\ntirthi-kurvanti tirthiini\ntitik$aval) karuoik.jl)\ntfvreoa bhakti-yogena\n\n20.254\n21.116\n20.57\n22.81\n22.36\n\n140\n295\n27\n372\n344\n\ntasmai deyarh tato grahyarh\ntasman mad-bhakti-yuktasya\ntasya/:1 p.jre paravyoma\ntasyal) p.jre paravyoma\n'ta!astha'-lak$al)e upaj.jya prema-dhana\n\n20.58\n22.146\n21.51\n21.88\n22.106\n\n28\n415\n259\n277\n388\n\ntoma dekhi, tomil sparsi, gai tomara guoa\ntoma m.jri' mohara la-itama ajik.jra ratrye\n'tomara thani jiini kichu dravya achaya'\ntomare chac;liba, kintu kari r.jja-bhaya\"\ntomare na kahila, anyatra chac;lila jivana\"\n\n20.60\n20.30\n20.24\n20.9\n20.128\n\n30\n15\n13\n7\n69\n\nWe bac;la, tarira sama keha n.jhi ana\ntate k($Qa bhaje, kare gurura sevana\nWe lila 'nitya' kahe agama-puraoa\ntate s.jk$T sei rama, narayaQera\ntatha eka bhaumika haya, tara thani gela\n\n21.34\n22.25\n20.395\n21.116\n20.17\n\n250\n336\n222\n295\n10\n\ntretara dharma 'yajlia' kar.jya 'rakta'tretayarh rakta-varQO 'sau\ntri-guoa arigikari' kare smy-adi-vyavahara\ntripada-vibhati kr$Qera-vakya-agocara\n\n20.335\n20.333\n20.301\n21.57\n\n188\n187\n168\n263\n\ntathapi brahmaoc;le k.jro kiiriho sannidhana\ntathapi sarikar$aoa-icchaya tahara prakasa\ntathapi yavana-mana prasanna na dekhila\ntat-karoikararh tad-dhama\ntat-sthiinam asritas tanva\n\n20.212\n20.257\n20.14\n20.258\n22.101\n\n117\n141\n8\n142\n385\n\n'tripada vibhuti'ra keba kare parimaoa\"\ntripad-vibhater dhamatvat\n'tri'-sabde k($Qera tina /oka kaya\n\n21.87\n21.56\n21.90\n\n277\n262\n278\n\ntrivikrama-padma-gada-cakra-sarikha-kara\ntrtiya-puru$a vi$QU-'guoa-avatara'\n'tryadhisvara'-sabc/era artha 'guc;lha' ara haya\n\ntat-tad-bhiiv.jdi-madhurye\ntat tad evavagaccha tvarh\ntat-tat-katha-rata5 c.jsau\ntattvam sanatanayesa/:1\ntav.jsmiti vadan v.jcii\n\n22.155\n20.375\n22.160\n20.97\n22.101\n\n421\n213\n424\n48\n385\n\n20.230 127\n20.294 164\n21.90 278\n\ntulayama laveniipi\ntumi amii chac;li' kara pratyupakara\ntumi bhik$ii kara, prasiida tanre diba pache'\n\"tumi eka jinda-pfra maha-bhagyaviin\n\n22.55\n20.7\n20.74\n20.5\n\ntavat amara ghare bhik$a ye kariba\"\ntavat karmiiQi kurvrta\ntaya tirohitatvac ca\n\n40\n20.80\n22.61 360\n20.115 57\n\n'tumi kene dul)khi, tomara ache pitr-dhana\nturigi-upara vasi' sei gosaliire c/ekhila\ntvarh p.jsi nas tribhuvanarh ca tathadhunesa\n\n20.128 69\n20.40\n20\n20.299 167\n\n287\n334\n376\n257\n254\n\n357\n6\n37\n4\n\n", "mad8#p0487": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n456\n\nvirajantim abhivyaktaril\n\nu\n\n22.154 420\n\nvirajara pare paravyome nahi gati\n\n20.269 148\n\n20.236 129\n\nvirat vya$ti-jivera teriho antaryami\n\n20.295 165\n\nutsrjyait!in atha yadu-pate samprataril\n\n22.16\n\n329\n\nvi$aya-roga khat:rr;/ai/a kr$t:ra ye tomara\n\n20.90\n\n'uttama-adhikari' sei taraye sarilsara\n\n22.65\n\n363\n\nvismapanaril svasya ca saubhagardheb\n\n21.100 283\n\n'uttama', 'madhyama', 'kani$tha'-sraddha-\n\n22.64\n\n362\n\n'uttare' khudi/e ache kr$t:ra 'ajagare'\n\n20.134\n\n72\n\nupendra-sarikha-gada-cakra-padma-kara\n\nv\n'vaidhi-bhakti' bali' tare sarva-sastre gaya\n\n22.109 390\n\nvaidhi-bhakti-sadhanera kahiluri vivarat:ra\n\n22.148 416\n\nvaikarikas taijasas ca\n\n20.312 175\n\n45\n\nvismartavyo na jatucit\n\n22.113 393\n\nvismita haila brahma dvarike kahi/a\n\n21.64\n\nVi$1)0S tu tril)i rupal)i\n\n20.251 138\n\nvi$QU-kailcite vi$1JU, hari rahe, mayapure\n\n20.217 120\n\n266\n\nvi$QU-murti-gada-padma-sarikha-cakra-kara 20.229 126\nvi$1)Ur mahan sa iha yasya ka/a-vise$0\n20.281 158\n\n21.142 313\n\nVi$t:rUr mahan sa iha yasya ka/a-vise$0\n\n21.41\n\nvaikut:rthe 'Se$a' -dhara dharaye 'ananta'\n\n20.370 210\n\n'Vi$t:rU'-rupa haila kare jagat palane\n\n20.289 162\n\nvi$t:ru-saktib para prokta\n\n20.112\n\nvarilsi-chidra akase,\n\n21.140 311\n\nvi$t:rU-vai$QaVa-ninda, gramya-varta na\n\n22.120 398\n\n21.113 293\n\nvi$tabhyaham idaril krtsnam\n\n20.370 213\n20.318 179\n\nvaikut:rthera lak$mi-gal)e,\n\nyei kare\n\ntara gul)a sabde\nnarira mana\n\nvarilsi-dhvani -cakravata,\n\n253\n55\n\n20.1\n\n2\n\nvande sri-kr$t:ra-caitanya-\n\n22.1\n\n320\n\nvisvaril puru$a-rupet:ra\n\nvarahadi-likha yanra na yaya gat:rana\n\n20.298 166\n\nvisvaril puru$a-rupena\n\n21.37\n\nvisva-sr$ty-adi kaila, veda brahmake par;lai/a\n\n20.361 205\n\nvande 'nantadbhutaisvaryaril\n\n251\n\nvararil huta-vaha-jvala-\n\n22.91\n\n378\n\nvisve avatari' dhare 'avatara' nama\n\n20.264 145\n\nvastra nahi nila, teriho kaila nivedana\n\n20.76\n\n38\n\nvividhilriga sadhana-bhaktira bahuta vistara\n\n22.114 394\n\nvaswtab buddhi 'suddha' nahe kr$t:ra-bhakti\n\n22.29\n\n339\n\nvasudeva-gada-sarikha-cakra-padma-dhara\n\n20.224 124\n\nvraje kr$t:ra-sarvaisvarya-prakase\n\n20.398 224\n\nvasudevera vilasa dui-adhok$aja,\n\n20.205 114\n\nvrndavana-sthanera dekha a5carya vibhuta\n\n21.28\n\n246\n\nvyamohaya caracarasya jagatas te te\n\n20.145\n\n80\n\nvya$ti sr$ti kare kr$t:ra brahma-rupa dhari'\n\n20.303 169\n\nvayaso vividhatve 'pi\n\n20.380 215\n\nvedadi sakala sastre kr$t:ra-mukhya\n\n20.144\n\n79\n\nvedilriga-sveda-janitais\n\n21.50\n\n258\n\ny\n\nveda-sastra kahe-'sambandha', 'abhidheya', 20.124\n\n66\n\nveda-sastre kahe sambandha, abhidheya,\n\n20.143\n\n79\n\nveda-sastre upadese, kr$t:ra-eka sara\n\n22.3\n\n321\n\nyadrcchaya mat-kathadau\n\nvedera pratijila kevala kahaye kr$t:rake\n\n20.146\n\n81\n\nyad yad vibhatimat sattvaril\n\nyad apnoti tad apnoti\n\n20.346 195\n352\n22.50\n20.375 213\n20.257 141\n\nvetra, vel)u, dala, srriga, vastra, a/arikara\n\n21.21\n\n243\n\nyadyapi asrjya nitya cic-chakti-vilasa\n\nvibhinnamsa jiva-tilrira saktite gat:rana\n\n22.9\n\n324\n\nyadyapi paravyoma sabakara nitya-dhama\n\n20.212 117\n\n'vibhuti' kahiye yaiche gita-ekadase\n\n20.374 212\n\nya e$iiri1 puru$ari1 s!lk$ad-\n\n22.28\n\nvibhatir mayiki sarva\n\n21.56\n\n262\n\nya e$ari1 puru$ari1 silk$ad-\n\nvidhi-dharma char;li' bhaje kr$t:rera carat:ra\n\n22.142\n\n412\n\nyaha haite devatendriya-bhatera pracara\n\n22.112 39 2\n20.276 156\n\nvidhi-jar;la tapodhana,\n\n21.133 307\n\nyaha haite pai-kr$t:ra, kr$t:ra-prema-dhana\n\n22.4\n\nvijila-janera haya yadi kr$t:ra-gut:ra-jilana\n\n22.97\n\nyaha haite pai kr$t:ra-prema-mahii-dhana\n\n22.104 38 7\n\nvikarma yac cotpatitaril kathailcit\n\n22.144 414\n\nyaha haite pili kr$t:rera prema-sevana\nvilajjamanaya yasya\n\n22.32\n\n341\n\nyahiJ haite VaSa hana Sri-bhagavan\n\n22.166 427\n7\n22.165 42\n\nvimohita vikatthante\n\n22.32\n\n341\n\nyahiiri kr$t:ra, tahari nahi mayara adhikara\n\n22.31\n\nviprad dvi$ar;/-gut:ra-yutad aravinda-nabha-\n\n20.59\n\n29\n\nyahiiri nitya-sthiti mata-pita-bandhu-gat:ra\n\n21.43\n\nvipulayatarut:ra,\n\n21.131 305\n\nyahara komala sraddha, se 'kani$!ha' jana\n\n22.69\n\nrasa-sunya\n\nmadana-mada-ghurt:rana,\n\n382\n\n338\n\n321\n\n340\n255\n36 4\n\n", "mad8#p0488": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\ny3hiira sraval)e citta haya avadhiJta\nya/:1 sambhut3m api tath3 samupaiti k3ry3d\nya/:1 S3Slr3di$V anipuryal)\nyaiche Vi$1)U, trivikrama, nrsirilha, v3mana\nyaji'iai/:1 sankirtana-prayair\nyan martya-lilaupayikam svayogase-mukha-\n\nyanra puryya-pui'ija-phale,\nyanra veryu-dhvani suni'\n\nsthiivara-\n\nyas tadrg eva hi ca vi$1)utaya vibhati\nyasyaika-nisvasita-kalam athiivalambya\nyasyaika-nisvasita-kalam athavalambya\nyasyananaril makara-kuryr;/ala-c3ru-karryayasyanghri-pankaja-rajo 'khila-loka-palair\nyasyasti bhaktir bhagavaty akii'icana\nyasy3vatara ji'iayante\nyata brahma, lata miJrti eka-i sarire\nyathii taror miJia-ni$ecanena\nyathii 'vidasina/:1 kulya/:1\nyatna kari' tenho eka bhota-kambala dila\nyato 'to brahmal)as Ms tu\nyatra sankirtanenaiva\n\n457\n\n21.18\n20.310\n22.68\n20.220\n20.342\n\n241\n174\n364\n122\n192\n\nyatra svalpo 'pi sambandha/:1\n\n21.100\n21.132\n21.108\n20.316\n20.281\n\n283\n306\n290\n178\n158\n\nye dhyayanti sadodyukMs\n\n21.41\n21.123\n20.306\n22.76\n20.355\n\n253\n300\n171\n369\n201\n\n21.71\n22.63\n20.249\n20.44\n20.113\n20.347\n\n269\n361\n137\n21\n56\n196\n\nyavana-rak$aka-pasa kahite 13gil3\nyavan-nirv3ha-pratigraha, ek3dasy-upavasa\nyaya k$etra-ji'ia-sakti/:l sa\nye dekhibe k[$1)anana,\n\ntara kare\n\n\"ye kahe-'k[$/)era vaibhava mui'ii saba\nye miidhurira Ordhva ana,\nyenho saba-avatari,\n\nnahi yara\n\nparavyoma-adhik3ri,\n\nye 'nye 'ravindiik$a vimukta-m3ninas\nye riJpera eka karya,\n\nr;lubaya saba\n\nye$!im aharil priya alma sutas ca\nyo bhavet komala-sraddha/:1\nyor;la-hate brahma-rudradi karaye stavana\nyogamaya cic-chakti,\n\nvisuddha-\n\nyogamaya dasi yahiin rasadi lila-s3ra\nyogya-patra hao tumi bhakti pravartiiite\nyo 'ntar bahis tanu-bhrtam a5ubharil\nyo$il-sangad yatha purilso\nyugavatara, ara saktyavesiivat!ira\nyug!ivat!ira ebe suna, san3tana\n\n22.133 406\n20.4\n4\n22.116 395\n20.114 57\n21.134 307\n22.163\n21.25\n21.115\n21.115\n22.30\n\n426\n245\n294\n294\n339\n\n21.102\n22.162\n22.70\n21.73\n21.103\n\n285\n425\n365\n270\n285\n\n21.44\n20.107\n22.48\n22.90\n20.246\n20.329\n\n255\n53\n351\n377\n135\n185\n\n", "mad8#p0489": "General Index\nNumerals in bold type indicate references to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\nverses. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\n\nA\nAbhidheya\n\nAgnir mahl gaganam ambu\nverse quoted, 150\nAgrahayana\nKesava predominating Deity of, 111\n\ndescribed, 66-67\nAbsolute Truth\n\nAitareya Upani�ad\nquoted on Maha-Vi�ou's glancing, 152\n\nas source of all emanations, 151\nKr�oa as nondual, 323\n\nAjita\nas avatar a in Ciik$u�a-manvantara, 183\n\nthree features of, 87-88\nSee also: Kr�oa, Supreme Lord\n\nAkrura\n\nAcarya\n\nattained perfection by prayers, 408\n\nfollowed by intelligent, 199\n\nAmbari�a Maharaja\nperfected nine processes of devotional\n\none must follow in footsteps of, 395\nSee also: Spiritual master\nAcintya-bhedabheda-tattva\n\nservice, 409\nAmrta-pravaha-bha$ya\ncited on two kinds of living beings, 328\n\nposition of Rudra as, 173\nActivities\n\nAnanda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhavitabhi/:1\n\narea-mOrtis increase spiritual, 122\ndevotional service always independent\n\nquoted, 241\nAnandaraoya\nas residence of Vasudeva, etc. 119\n\nof material, 416\nincarnations can be known by uncom­\n\nAnanta\ncan't describe Kr�oa forms, 227\n\nmon, 202\n\ncan't reach end of Lord's transcendental\n\nKr�oa performs welfare, 299\n\nqualities, 237-238\n\nof body, mind and senses included in\n\nempowered\n\nsixty-four items, 403\ndevotional service, 322\nof Kr�oa very grave, 32\n\nSee: Ananta\nquoted, 93\nAtiganaril paficakasyasya\nverses quoted, 403\nAtigani yasya sakalendriya\n\nas pastime expansion, 114-115\nposition of weapons of, 128\n\nverse quoted, 152\nAnger\n\nAdhok�aja\n\nconditioned souls as servant of, 64,\n328-329\n\nas pastime expansion, 114-115\nposition of weapons of, 130\n\nAnimals\n\nAdhyapanaril brahma-yajiia/:1\nverses quoted, 411\n\nwithin\n\nAnayapek�i yad ruparil syayaril-rupa/:1\n\nAcyuta\nas form of Personality of Godhead, 99\n\nplanets\n\nGokula created by will of, 142\n\nresults of spiritual performed in yugas,\n193-196\n\nbear\n\nAnantadeva\n\nof yogamaya absent in spiritual sky, 287\nrequired for creation, 140\n\nto\n\nuniverse, 135, 211\n\nof humans should be centered about\n\npastime incarnations as,166-167\nAniruddha\n\nAdvaitam acyutam anadim ananta-ruparil\n\nas expansion in Dvaraka Puri, 132\nas expansion of Supreme Lord, 190, 324\n\nquoted, 85, 217\n\n459\n\n", "mad8#p0490": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n460\n\nAniruddha\nas prabhava-vilasa, 105-106\n\nas predominating Deity of the mind,\n\n156\n\nas vilasa-rupa, 98-99\n\nexpansions of, 110\n\nKr�oa's pastimes in Vaikuotha as, 287\n\npastime expansions from, 114-115\n\nposition of weapons of, 125\n\nAthapi te deva padambiya-dvaya\nverses quoted, 137\nAtharva\nas division of Vedas, 200\nAthato brahma-jijiiasa\nquoted, 69\nAtheists\n\ndon't\n\naccept\n\nomnipotent supreme\n\nfather, 155-156\n\nAnupama\n\nmet by Caitanya at Prayaga, 34\n\nimitated satikhya yoga, 425\n\nSee also: Demons\n\nAnxiety\n\nAttachment\n\nApareyam itas tv anyaril\nverse quoted, 153, 325\nArca-murti\n\nAusterities\n\nnone in spiritual sky, 259\n\nSupreme Lord controlled by, 427\ncreator dry due to engaging in severe,\n\n307\n\ngoddess of fortune underwent severe,\n\nappears material, 120\n\nArcye Vi$r;au sila-dhir gurU$U\nquoted, 120\nArjuna\n\n295\n\nperformed by Brahma, 149\n\nperformed by gopis, 194\n\na t t a i n e d p e r f e ct i o n b y b e c o m i n g\n\nSupreme Lord pleased with Kardama\n\ncan't remember past births, 204\n\ntranscendental mellows can't be tasted\nby yogic, 297\n\nKr�oa's friend, 408\n\nKr�oa\n\nA�ac;Jha\n\naimed\n358-359\n\nHis\n\ni n s tructions a t,\n\nMuni's, 188\n\nAvajananti maril mu(iha\n\nVamana predominating Deity of. 112\n\nAsatigo 'yam puru$ab\nquoted, 60\n\nAsita\n\none who studies Vedas is indebted to,\n\nquoted, 137\nAvataras\nSee: Incarnations\nAvesa-rupa\nexplained, 93\n\n410\n\n8\n\nAsrita-tattva\ndescribed, 84\n\nAssociation\n\ndevotees\n\ns h ou l d\n\navoid\n\nworldly,\n\n376-379\nKr�oa attracted to taste His own, 286\nof devotees as one of five limbs, 402\n\nof devotees awakens love of God,\n\n373-375\nof perfect devotees with Kr�oa, 224\nof Siva with quality of ignorance, 175\nwith ignorance produces form of Rudra,\n172\nAsvina\nPadmanabha predominating Deity of.\n112\n\nBhauma Yrndavana\n\nSee: Vrndavana\nBahanaril janmanam ante\nverses quoted, 239\nBaladeva\n\nSee: Balarama\n\nBalarama\n\nas cause of all causes, 144\nas\n\nfirst manifestation of\n\nfeature, 98\n\nvaibhava\n\nas Kr�oa's vaibhava-prakasa, 108\nas pastime form of Kr�oa, 106\n\nas portion of plenary portion, 172\n\nas Sarikar�aoa, 141\n\n", "mad8#p0491": "General Index\n\nBalarama\nmanifests in original quadruple expansion, 106\nBali Maharaja\nattained perfection by total surrender,\n408\nBanyan trees\nas worshipable, 396\nBeauty\n\n461\n\nBhagavad-gita\nquoted on Arjuna as friend of Kr��Ja,\n359\nquoted on association of modes of\nnature, 378\nquoted on changes of bodies, 151\nquoted on demigod worship, 98\nquoted on divine energy as insurmountable, 63, 328, 335\n\nas brilliant quality of Kr��Ja, 299\n\nquoted on full surrender to Kr�Qa, 65\n\nas opulence of Kr��Ja, 286\n\nquoted on great soul who surrenders to\n\nengages Kr��Ja in conjugal love with\ngopis, 291\ngopis proud of their, 289\nGovinda's face home of pastimes of,\n306\nof Kr��Ja causes Caitanya convulsions,\n310\n\nKr��Ja, 239\nquoted on killing rogues, 211\nquoted on Kr�Qa as friend of everyone,\n71\nquoted on Kr��Ja as knower of everything, 70\nquoted on Kr��Ja as original seed, 150\n\nof Kr��Ja drunk through gopis' eyes, 294\n\nquoted on Kr��Ja as shelter of all, 84\n\nof Kr��Ja present in Gokula, 287\n\nquoted on Kr��Ja as support of universe,\n\nof Kr�Qa's body as ornament of ornaments, 288\nof Kr�Qa's face described, 300-301\nof Kr�Qa's form for pastimes in material\nworld, 284\nof Kr��Ja spreads in ten directions, 311\n\n92\nquoted on Kr��Ja as supreme proprietor,\n279\nquoted on Kr��Ja in the heart, 32, 384\nquoted on Kr�Qa's inconceivable potencies, 213\n\nof Vasudeva and Kr��Ja compared, 101\n\nquoted on Kr��Ja's splendor, 213\n\nunparalleled sweetness of Kr��Ja's,\n295\nVasudeva's mind bewildered by Kr�Qa's,\n\nquoted\n\n103\nBegging\nhouseholders, 41\nBengal\nBhadra\n\ntranscendental\n\nenergy, 325\non\n\nliving\n\nentities\n\nsustaining\n\nuniverse, 58\nquoted on mahatmas, 354\nquoted\n\nSanatana imprisoned in, 3\n\nKr��Ja's\n\nquoted on living entities as superior\nquoted\n\nof sannyasi shouldn't be burden for\n\non\n\nnature, 137\n\non\n\nmaterial\n\nand\n\nspiritual\n\nenergies, 153\nquoted on material creation, 204\n\nHr�ikesa predominating Deity of, 112\nBhagavad-gita\nas essence of Vedic literature, 67\ncannot be understood outside of disciplic succession, 405\nas contained within Mahabhiirata, 200\n\nquoted on Paramatma, 88\nquoted on qualities of brahmar)a, 30\nquoted on releasing conditioned soul, 5\nquoted on siddha devotees, 224\nquoted\n\non\n\nstruggle\n\nof\n\nconditioned\n\nsouls, 152\n\nexplains vibhliti powers, 212\n\nquoted on study of Vedanta, 67\n\nKr�Qa comes personally to deliver, 67\n\nquoted on taking shelter of Kr��Ja, 380\n\nname of sun-god in, 264-265\n\nquoted on temperate habits in yoga, 41\n\nquoted on advancement for imper­\n\nquoted on those eligible to understand\n\nsonalists, 195\n\nKr��Ja, 241\n\n", "mad8#p0492": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n462\n\nBhagavad-gita\nquoted on understanding Lord only by\n\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\ncited on size of universe, 276\n\ndevotional service, 77\n\ncited on spiritual advancement, 427\n\nBhagavan\n\ncited on story of Sarvajiia, 73\nexplains syama, 190\n\nas feature of Absolute Truth, 87-88\n\nSee also: A b s o l u t e Tr u t h , Kr�l)a,\nSupreme Lord\nBhago jiva/:1 sa vijneya/:1\n\nBhaktis tvayi sthiratara bhagavan\nverses quoted, 334\nBhaktivinoda Thakura\n\nquoted, 153\n\ncited on Kr�l'.la's bodily fe11tures and ex-\n\nBhakti\nawakens one's love of God, 78\n\npansions, 98\ncited on letter of ROpa to Sanatana, 3\n\nkarma jnana and yoga dependent on,\n330-331\n\ncited on pious activities, 350\ncited on sixty-four items of devotional\n\nBhakti/:1 paresanubhavo viraktir\nverse quoted, 62\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\nquoted on awakening of love of Kr�l)a,\n406\n\nservice, 402\ncited on three classes of devotees, 366,\n369\ncited on Vai�l)ava as preacher, 5-6\nquoted on C ai t a n y a's a n swer to\n\nquoted on degrees of faith, 363, 364,\n\nSanatana, 54\n\n365\n\nquoted on surrendered soul, 74\n\nquoted on five main items of devotional\nservice, 403\nquoted on important devotional principles, 403-405\nquoted on intelligence\n\nof advanced\n\ndevotee, 421-422\nquoted on internal and external devotional service, 423\nquoted on Kr�l'.la as kisora, 215\nquoted on obeisances to devotees, 426\nquoted on perfection of nine processes,\n408\nquoted on raganuga-bhakti, 421\nquoted on ragatmika-bhakti, 418\nquoted on reference to sastra for devotional service, 200\nquoted on sadhana-bhakti, 388\nquoted on those who attain desired\ngoal. 52\n\nBhakti-sandarbha\nquoted on raganuga bhakti, 417\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\ncited on divisions of Goloka, 280\ncited on exhibition of Kr�l'.la's pastimes,\n\nBhakti-yoga\nas only definite process, 73-74\neveryone can be elevated by, 76\nmanifested in age of Kali by Caitanya,\n320\nBhaktya bhagavataril grahyaril\nquoted, 405\nBhaktya mam abhijanati\nquoted, 73, 77\nBhavartha-dipika\nquoted on Kr�l'.la as Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, 84\nBhoktararil yajna-tapasaril\nverses quoted, 279\nBhamer ardharil k$ira-sindhor\nverses quoted, 121\nBhamir apo 'nalo vayu/:1\nverse quoted, 153\nBijaril maril sarva-bhatanam\nquoted, 150\nBilvamarigala Thakura\nquoted on liberation as maidservant of\ndevotee, 334\nBindu Madhava\nresides at Prayaga, 119\n\n223\ncited on Manus, 184-185\n\nBirth\n\ncited on raganuga-bhakti, 420\n\nKr�l'.la and Arjuna took repeated, 204\n\ncited on residence in Vrndavana, 405\n\nKr�l'.la appears as if taking, 215\n\n", "mad8#p0493": "General Index\n\n463\n\nBrahma\n\nBirth\n\nsocial and spiritual orders come from,\n\nof Brahma, 161\n\n392\n\nof devotee after leaving material body,\n\nquoted on position of maya, 341-342\n\n224\nof Krsna as four-handed Visnu, 99\no\n\nquoted on Vi�r:Ju as supreme controller,\n\ndevotee should not hear, 398\n\nVedic knowledge imparted to, 204, 206\n\nBlasphe�\n\ny\n\n•\n\n0\n\n0\n\nBody, material\nbirth of devot� after leaving, 224\neverything within cosmic creation has,\n204\nthe Lord doesn't have, 202\nwhen one acts sinfully he gets, 412\nBody, spiritual\n\n251-252\nBrahma\nas expansion in Dvaraka Puri, 132\nBrahmacari\nforbidden to associate with women,\n378\nSatya-yuga incarnation as, 187\nBrahman\n\nCovinda has eternal, blissful, 250\n\nas all-pervasive aspect, 287\n\nKr�r:Ja always has, 204\n\nas feature of Absolute Truth, 87-88\nas rays of Kr�r:Ja's body, 89\n\nBrahma\nappears from Maha-Vi�r:Ju's pores, 158\nas creation of maya, 172-174\n\nBrahmal')as\nas worshipable, 396\n\nas creator, 300-301\n\nCaitanya son of brahmal')a, 1 99\n\nas devotee incarnation to carry out or-\n\ncome from mouth of Brahma, 338, 392\n\nders, 179\nas gw;a-avatara, 135\nas incarnation, 287\nas name of the post, 264-265\nas portion of plenary portion, 171\nas saktyavesa-avatara, 210-211\nbrahmal')as come from mouth of, 338\nborn from navel of Carbhodakasayi\nVi�r:JU, 253\n\nnondevotee can't even purify themselves, 29-30\nqualifications of, 29-30\nBrahmal')r;/a\nKr�r:Ja's pastimes always present in\nevery, 223-224\nBrahma-sarilhita\nfirst verse of quoted, 250\nquoted on abodes of Covinda, 258\n\ncame to see Kr�r:Ja at Dvaraka, 264-278\n\nquoted on body of Kr�r:Ja, 86\n\ncan't estimate size of spiritual sky, 235\n\nquoted on Brahman effulgence, 89\n\ncan't estimate spiritual qualities of Lord,\n\nquoted on everything emanating from\n\n236, 239\n\nSupreme Lord, 150\n\ncalves and cowherd boys stolen by, 241\n\nquoted on Cokula, 142\n\nchanges of Manus in day and life of,\n\nquoted\n\n180-181\ncream of Bhagavatam explained to, 149\ncriticized by gopis, 300, 301\n\non\n\nCovinda empowering\n\nBrahma, 170\nquoted on inconceivable potencies of\nCod, 241\n\neach universe has its own, 263\n\nquoted on Kr�r:Ja as nava-yauvana, 217\n\neducated by Supreme Lord, 151\n\nquoted on Maha-Vi�r:Ju as portion of\n\nengineers total creation, 169\n\nplenary portion of Kr�r:Ja, 254\n\nfilling posts of, 170-171\n\nquoted on Maha-Vi�r:Ju's breathing, 159\n\ninfluenced by material energy, 162\n\nquoted on original form of Kr�r:Ja, 93\n\nKr�r:Ja as master of, 249, 251\n\nquoted on power of Vi�r:JU forms, 178\n\nMaha-Vi�r:JU expands as, 133\n\nquoted on Siva, 174\n\nmaterial universes governed by, 324\n\nquoted on versatility of Covinda's\n\nmen and women become angry at, 300\n\nlimbs, 152\n\n", "mad8#p0494": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n464\n\nBrhadbhanu\n\nChanting\n\nas avatara in lndra-savarf)ya-manvantara,\n\nliberation\n\n184\n\nin\n\nKali-yuga by,\n\nmantra while applying tilaka, 112-113\n\nBrhan-naradiya Pufaf)a\ncited\n\nachieved\n\n194-196\non\n\nadvancement\n\nof\n\nimper­\n\nof holy name as occupational duty,\n191-192\n\nsonalists,195\nBrhaspati\n\nof holy names as one of five limbs,402\n\nSanatana as intelligent as,197\n\nof\n\nsixteen\n\nrounds\n\nas\n\nnecessary\n\nto\n\nremember Kr�t:Ja, 394\none can taste transcendental mellows\n\nc\n\nby,298\nConditioned souls\narca-murtis increase spiritual activities\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta\ncited on introduction of religion by\nSupreme Lord, 199\nprakrti-sparsana explained in,152\n\nas servants of lust and anger, 328-329\nattain knowledge through Vedas, 200\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nappeared\n\nto\n\npropagate\n\nof, 122\nas inhabitants of Devi-dhama, 260\n\nHare\n\nKr�rya\n\nmovement, 1 91-192\nas incarnation for this age, 364-365\nas yuga-avatara, 135\nbhakti-yoga manifested in age of Kali\nby, 320\n\nbound around neck by chain of maya,\n336\ncan't revive\n\nKr�t:�a consciousness by\n\nown effort, 64\ncan't see the Lord's spiritual form, 120\ncompared to criminals, 60\n\ncomplexion of, 193\n\ndelivered from ocean of nescience,348\n\nconducts pastimes in three areas,280\n\nfeel satisfied in any body, 5\n\nCaitra\n\nget two kinds of material bodies,\n\nVi�ryu predominating Deity of,111\nCaf)r;:lala\ncan become a devotee,29\nCandrasekhara\nmade Sanatana look like a gentleman,\n36\nSanatana went to house of,22-24\nCaraf)amrta\n\n328-329\nhelped by Lord in three ways, 65-66\nliberated from clutches of maya, 62-63\noverpowered by fear, 61-62\npunished by witch maya, 327-329\nConjugal love\nVrndavana as storehouse of,255\nConsciousness\n\naccepting as service, 403\n\nCaitanya resumes external, 315\n\nnot to be considered ordinary,120\n\nof Vasudeva,1 00\n\nCaturvyuha\nthree expansions of,109\nCausal Ocean\n\nCosmic manifestation\nAbsolute Truth as cognizant of entire,\n151\n\nKararyarnavasayi lies down in, 287\n\ncan't be created by dull matter, 143\n\nMaha-Vi�ryu lies on, 159\n\ncreation, maintenance, and destruction\n\nSee also: Yiraja River\nCeto-darpaf)a-marjanam\nquoted,388\nChanting\nadvanced devotee engages in, 422\ndevotee's attention can't be diverted\nfrom, 315\n\nof, 163, 361\ndissolved by Rudra, 172\nelements for bringing about, 140\noriginal symbolic representation of, 154\nCowherd boys\nbecame four-handed Narayat:�as, 244\nKr�t:�a had unlimited,242-243\n\n", "mad8#p0495": "General Index\n\n465\n\nDeities\n\nCows\nas inhabitants of Vrndavana, 420\n\nK r � !J a ' s b e a u t y u n p a r a l l e l e d b y\n\nas worshipable, 396\nKr�!Ja had unlimited, 242-243\n\nVaikurJtha predominating, 295\npredominating\n\nhumans owe debt to, 410\nCreation\n\nof\n\nall\n\nuniverses\n\nand\n\nVaikurJtha, 281\nPrthu Maharaja attained perfection by\n\nbeginning of, 146\ndissolution of material, 163\ndoesn't arise from dull matter, 143-144\n\nworshiping, 408\nworship of as one of five limbs, 402\nDemigods\n\nelements required for, 140\n\nattracted by beauty of Kr�!Ja, 288\n\nengineered by Brahma, 169\n\nautomatically\n\nVi�IJU as cause of, 252\n\nsatisfied by\n\ndevotional\n\nservice, 362\n\nas Brahma, 300\n\ndevotees develop all qualities of,\n370\n\ncriticism of, 300-301, 306-307\n\ndevotees should not worship nor dis-\n\nCreator\n\nrespect, 397-398\n\nof total material energy, 157\n\nexpand from egotism, 156\n\nCupid\nKr�!Ja attracts gopis' minds like, 289\n\noffer prayers for protection, 167\n\nKr�!Ja's eyes subdue pride of, 306\n\nsupply necessities, 410\nworship of, 98\nworship pure devotees, 149\n\nD\n\nSee also: Predominating Deities\nDemons\nParasurama empowered to cut down,\n\nDadami buddhi-yogaril tam yena\nquoted, 33\nDaivi hy e�a gUI)amayi\nverses quoted, 328\nDamodara\n\n135\nworship pure devotees, 149\nSee also: Atheists\nDesires\nof Kr�!Ja fulfilled by spiritual potencies,\n\nas expansion of Aniruddha, 110\nas predominating Deity of Karttika, 112\nposition of weapons of, 128\nremembered when marking back with\ntila�a, 113\n\n282\nthree worlds filled with, 302\nDetachment\nacquired by devotional service, 91\nas sign of advancing in devotional ser­\n\nDar:u;fas\n\nvice, 62-63\n\nsun consists of, 219-220\nDarkness\nSee: Ignorance\nDeath\n\nDevahati\nas mother of Kapiladeva, 188\nDevaki\nson of as example of vaibhava-prakasa,\n\nsoul passes into body at, 151\nDehino 'smin yatha dehe\nverse quoted, 151\nDeities\nages of, 136\n\n99\nDevala\none who studies Vedas indebted to,\n410\nDevi-dhama\n\nas nondifferent from mOrtis, 120\n\nas abode of external energy, 260\n\nfaith and love in worshiping, 403\n\nbelow Goloka Vrndavana is, 258\n\nhow one should behave before,\n\nKr�rJa's smile spreads rays throughout,\n\n399-400\n\n311\n\n", "mad8#p0496": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n466\n\nDevotees\nadvanced\n\nDevotional service\nexternally\n\nremain\n\nlike\n\nneophytes, 422\n\ndevelops one's love of God, 67\ndevotees become happy in, 122\n\nadvanced are expert in sastric instruction, logic, and argument, 420\nalways pray to Lord and His internal\nenergy, 330\n\nengagement in absolves one from all\ndebts, 410\nexternal and internal, 423\nhuman activities should be centered\n\nas never inclined to commit sins,\n\n412-413\nas never vanquished by the agents of\ntime, 425\n\naround, 323\ninfluence of mode of passion due to,\n\n169\nitems to be observed on path of regulative, 394-406\n\nas worshipable, 28\nbecome mad with love of God, 291\nconditioned souls liberated by mercy\n\nknowledge and detachment acquired\nby, 91\nKr�r:Ja most satisfied by, 75\n\nof, 62-63\ndevotees should not hear blasphemy of\n\nKr�r:Ja's face can be seen by, 306\nLord worshiped by, 61-62\n\nother, 398\nDeity visible to, 120\n\nlove of God attained by, 387\n\ndon't depend on material resources, 7 4\n\nmust be learned from spiritual master,\n\ngood qualities of described, 371-372\n\n395\n\nintelligence of advanced, 421-422\n\noffenses against should be avoided,\n\nKr�r:Ja has many types of, 424-425\n\n396\nof inhabitants of Vrndavana as spon­\n\nKr�r:Ja very kind to His, 380-381\n\ntaneous, 417\n\nliberation as maidservant of, 334\nmust be empowered to preach holy\n\npersonalities who attained perfecton in,\n\n408\n\nname, 94\nof Kr�r:Ja must be served, 400\n\npositive actions of, 399\n\nof Vi�I)U as worshipable, 396\n\nprimary and secondary characteristics\n\none should associate with advanced,\n\n404\npurify places of pilgrimage, 27-28\nshould treat loss and gain equally, 397\nthree classes of. 363-368\n\nof spontaneous, 419\nSanskrit list of processes of, 406\nSupreme Lord as shelter of, 215\nthose engaged in never give pain to\nothers, 416\ntranscendental mellows can't be tasted\n\ntwo kinds of, 224, 383\n\nby regulative, 297-298\n\nDevotional service\nas chief function of living beings, 330\nas only auspicious path, 335\nas only means to approach Lord, 77\nas real treasure house for living entities,\nfavor of pure\n\ndevotee,\n\n353-354\nawakened by hearing and chanting, 416\nbest five limbs of. 402\ncompared to watering root of tree, 362\ndescription of spontaneous, 416-429\ndetachment as sign of advancing in,\n\n62-63\n\nDhamas\n\nof Kr�r:Ja considered identical, 405\n\nDharmab projjhita-kaitavo 'tra\nquoted, 155\n\n74\nattained by\n\ntwo processes of practical, 389-391\n\nDharmas ca satyaril ca damas tapas\nverses quoted, 30\nDharmasetu\n\nas avatara in Dharma-savart:�ya, 184\nDhatri trees\nas worshipable, 396\n\nDhruva Maharaja\nexample of, 331\n\n", "mad8#p0497": "General Index\nEgotism\n\nDhruva Maharaja\nfound\n\nvaluable\n\n467\n\njewel\n\nwhile\n\nseeking\n\nbroken glass, 348\nDisciples\n\naccepting unlimited number of as risky,\n\n397\nDisciplic succession\n\nthose n o t in\n\ncannot u n d e rstand\nBhagavatam, 405\n\nDress\n\ndistinguishes vaibhava-vi/asa forms, 116\n\nof Balarama in Dvaraka and Vrndavana,\n\n106\n\nSiva associates with, 176\n\nthree types of, 156\nEkadasi\none must fast on, 395\n\nEko bahu syam\nquoted, 97\nElements\narca-miirti appears to be made of\nmaterial, 120\nMaha-Vi�Qu as master of, 147\nmaterial expand from egotism, 156\nSupreme Lord as source of all material,\n\nof Vasudeva, 100\n\n150\n\nuniverses\n\nDurga\n\nas material mother, 260\n\ncombining\n\nconditioned souls punished by witch of,\n327-329\n\nDuties\n\nperformed under direction of spiritual\n\nby\n\nEnergy, external\n\nas mother of universe, 152\ndevotee gives up material, 411\n\ncreated\n\ndifferent, 157\n\nas resident of Devi-dhama, 260\n\nEnergy, internal\n\ndevotees always pray to Lord and His,\n\nmaster, 394\n\n330\n\nDvapara-yuga\n\nexhibits rasa dance, 255-256\n\nsyama avatara in, 135\n\nthe Lord's incarnation for, 185, 189\nDvaraka ,\n\nidentical to Kr�oa, 323\nEnergy\n\nKr�oa maintains many kinds of, 323\nKr�oa possesses three kinds of, 82\n\nas Kr�oa's eternal residence, 280\n\nas part of Coloka Vrndavana, 108\n\nliving entities as marginal, 54, 59\n\nas section of Kr�oaloka, 118\n\nof Lord spread over universe, 55\n\nBalarama identifies with k$atriyas in,\n\nsixteen principal kinds of, 146\n\n106\nBrahma came to see Kr�oa at, 264-278\nKr�oa enjoys pastimes in, 221\nKr�oa more complete in, 225-226\nKr�oa's expansions at, 95\nPrabhava-vilasa forms reside eternally\nin, 107\n\nVasudeva saw Kr�oa's picture at, 102\n\nexpansions in, 132\n\nseparated material, 153\n\nspiritual as transformation of pure\ngoodness, 286\n\nEnvy\n\nconditioned soul as servant of, 64\n\nExpansions of Kr�oa\n\nas residents of spiritual world, 145\nchief quadruple, 105-106\ncompleteness of, 227\n\neight pastime, 114-117\n\nfrom egotism, 156\n\nE\n\nin Dvaraka Puri, 132\n\nin material world, 120-121\n\nof Kr�oa at Dvaraka and rasa dance, 95\n\nEarth\n\nas separated material energy, 153\n\nEcstatic symptoms\n\nof living entities upon hearing Kr�oa's\nflute, 290\n\nof Kr�oa understood through qualities,\n\n296\n\nof Maha-Vi�Qu, 160\nopulences of Kr�oa's personal, 298\n\n", "mad8#p0498": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n468\n\nForms of Kr�l)a\n\nExpansions of Kr�l)a\npastime and personal, 104, 133, 177\n\ncan't be described by Ananta,227\n\npersonal and separate, 324-325\n\ncompared to candles, 178\n\nwithin paravyoma, 108\n\ndifferent for pleasure of devotees,\n122\nexpansions of quadruple, 106-107\n\nF\n\nfulfillment of pastime, 109\nmanifested\n\nFaith\n\naccording\n\nto\n\ndifferent\n\nfeatures, 96-97\n\ndegrees of, 362-365\ngained by hearing from devotees, 375\n\npastime, 114-117\n\nin lotus feet of Deity, 403\n\ntwo- and four-handed, 100\n\nKr�l)a attained by unflinching,76\n\npreside over Vaikul)�ha planets,232\nFree will\n\nFame\n\navataras descend of own, 137\n\nas opulence of Kr�l)a, 286\nloveliness of Kr�l)a's face as only abode\n\nFruitive activity\ndifferent bodies emerge from, 151\n\nof,293\n\ntranscendental mellows can't be tasted\n\nFear\n\nby,297\n\nconditioned souls overpowered by,\n61-62\nmethod of becoming free from, 391\n\nG\n\nnone in spiritual sky, 259\nvanquished by sound of Kr�l)a's flute,\n314\nGandharva dance\n\nFire\nas separated material energy, 153\n\nseen by Vi'lsudeva,102\nGanges\n\nFlute of Kr�l)a\nliving entities tremble when hearing,\n\nKr�l)a's pastimes compared to, 217\nwater not to be considered ordinary,\n\n290\nsound of spreads in four directions, 312\nvibration of as very aggressive, 313\nvibration of compared to bird creating\n\n120\nGarbhodakasi'lyi Vi�I)U\nas plenary portion of Kr�l)a, 253\nas puru?a-avatara, 134\n\nnest, 314\n\nas svarilsaka, 98\n\nForm of Kr�l)a\n\nas total and subtle Supersoul, 252\n\nas human being, 284\ncompared to an ocean, 308\n\ncharacteristics and activities of, 164\n\ncompared to mine of gems, 298\n\nempowers first-class devotee, 169\n\ncomposed of spiritual bliss, 85-86\n\nlotus flower sprouts from, 161\nMaha-Vi�l)u as master of, 147\n\nhas unlimited opulence, 82\nmanifested\n\nfor\n\npastimes\n\nin material\n\nworld, 284\noriginal as cowherd boy, 100\noriginal not dependent on any other\nforms, 93\ntranscendental as manifest from Kr�l)a's\npastimes, 286\nForms of Kr�l)a\nas incarnations, 145\nas tad-ekatma, 103-104\n\nRudra as form of, 172\nsituated within each universe, 139\nGargamuni\nperformed\n\nK r � l) a ' s n a m e - g i v i ng\n\nceremony, 186\nGaurasundara\nSee: Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nCita-bhii?ya\nquoted on Vi�I)U\n\nas controller of\n\nmaterial energy,175\n\n", "mad8#p0499": "General Index\nGoddess of fortune\n\nunderwent severe austerities, 295\n\nworshiped by chaste women, 295\nGoddesses of fortune\n\n469\n\nGopis\nKr�r:ta's eyes pierce hearts of, 304\n\nvibration of Kr�r:ta's flute prominent in\nears of, 314\n\nas wives of NarayaQas, 288-289\n\nGosvamis\n\nattracted by vibration of K[�Qa's flute,\n\nGovinda\n\nattracted by Kr�Qa's beauty, 288\n\n313\n\nideal sannyasifollows ways of, 41\nas primeval Lord, 159\n\nassumes form of Siva, 174\n\nGokula\n\nappears like lotus flower, 142\n\nas section of Kr�Qaloka, 118\n\nK[�Qa ordered to be transferred to, 99\n\nmanifested with Kr�Qa in all universes,\n\n223\nGoloka Vrndavana\nas internal abode of Kr�Qa, 255-256\nas Kr�Qa's eternal residence, 86, 280\nas part of spiritual world, 141\n\nbeauty of Kr�r:ta presented in, 287\n\neternal pastimes take place in, 223\npastimes in as supreme, 286\n\nface of, 306\n\nhas eternal spiritual body, 250\n\nimpregnates by glancing, 152\nKr�Qa known as, 86\n\nMaha-Vi�r;tu as portion of plenary portion of, 254\n\nmanifests power in pious living entity,\n\n170\nVasudeva agitated by sweetness of,\n\n101\nGovinda\nas expansion of Salikar�ar;ta, 110\n\nsituated at top of paravyoma, 1 08\n\nas predominating Deity of Phalguna,\n\negotism in, 156\n\nposition of weapons of, 126\n\nGoodness\n\nK�irodakasayi Vi�Qu\nquality of, 165\n\n111\n\nincarnation of\n\nspiritual energy transformation of pure,\n\n286\nspiritual world devoid of adulterated,\n\n149\n\nVi�r;tu as director of mode of, 177\n\nGopala Bhat�a\n\nas one of the six Gosvamis, 420\n\nGopis\nabandon household duties for Kr�r;ta,\n314\nappears like grains, 291\nas inhabitants of Vrndavana, 420\n\nremembered when marking hollow of\nneck with tilaka, 113\n\nGreed\n\nconditioned soul as servant of, 64\n\nincreased by seeing Kr�Qa's face, 306\n\nVasudeva's transcendental, 101\nGrhasthas\nallowed restricted association with\nwomen, 378\nGw;a-avataras\nas unlimited in number, 197\nBrahma and Siva as, 174\n\ncontrol material qualities, 135\n\nCaitanya presents Himself in mood of,\n\n310\n\nH\n\ncriticize Brahma, 300, 301\ndevotees take birth in wombs of, 224\necstatic love of, 297\n\nHajipura\n\nglorify their births, bodies, and minds,\n\nHanuman\n\nengage in conjugal love with Kr�r;ta, 291\n\n294\n\nKr�r:ta attracts minds of, 289\nKr�r:ta's eyes agitate minds of, 288\n\nSanatana arrived at, 19\n\nattained perfection by serving, 408\n\nHappiness\n\nof gopis increased by Kr�r:ta's smile, 311\n\n", "mad8#p0500": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n470\n\nHare Kr�r;�a mantra\nas\n\nform\n\nof\n\n191-196\n\nworship\n\nin\n\nKali-yuga,\n\nas representation of sound of Kr�r;�a's\nflute, 315\n\nHari\n\nnot to be considered material, 120\nas avatara in Tamasa-manvantara, 183\nas pastime expansion, 114-115\ncharacteristics and activities of, 176\nhas different bodily features, 116\nincarnations flow from, 138\n\nposition of weapons of, 129\nresides at Mayapur, 120\n\nK�TrodakasayT lives in, 139\n\nmahat-tattva situated in, 156\n\nof gopis pierced by Kr�r;�a's eyes, 304\npure devotee carries Vi�r;�u in his, 27-28\npurified by hearing and chanting, 389\n\nSupersoul is in everyone's, 65-66\n\nHirar;�yagarbha\n\nGarbhodakasayT Vi�r;�u known as, 164\n\nHoly name\n\nchanting of as occupational duty,\n191-192\n\ndevotees must\n\nbe empowered to\n\npreach, 94\n\nHari-bhakti-sudhodaya\n\nquoted on Dhruva Maharaja, 348\nquoted on rareness of pure devotee, 31\nHari-bhakti-vilasa\n\nquoted on devotees as worshipable, 28\nquoted on surrender to Kr�r;�a, 385\nHari-dhama\n\nas Vaikur;�thaloka; the spiritual world,\n287\n\nbelow Goloka Vrndavana is, 258\nSee also: Vaikur;�tha\n\noffenses against should be avoided, 396\n\none must chant to taste transcendental\nmellows, 298\n\nHouseholders\nbegging\n\nof\n\nsannyasi\n\nburden for, 41\n\nshouldn't\n\nbe\n\nHr�Tkesa\n\nas expansion of Aniruddha, 110\n\nas predominating Deity of Bhadra, 112\n\nposition of weapons of, 128\nremem bered\n\nwhen\n\nmarking\n\nshoulder with tflaka, 113\n\nHari-nama-sailkirtana\n\nleft\n\nHuman beings\n\nSee: Sailkirtana\n\nactivities of should be centered around\n\nHari-varilsa\n\ncited\n\nHeart\n\non\n\nDvapara-yuga\n\nincarnations,\n\n190\n\nHayagrTva\n\nas expansion in Dvaraka PurT, 132\nas pastime incarnation, 167\n\ndevotional service, 323\n\nHuman society\n\nsocial and spiritual orders in, 337-338\n\nHumility\n\nas brilliant quality of Kr�r;�a, 299\n\nHayasir$a-paiicaratra\n\ncited on sixteen personalities, 130\n\nHearing\n\nadvanced devotee engages in, 422\n\nas devotional action, 399\n\nconsciousness agitated and cleansed\nby, 241\n\nfrom reliable sources, 391\n\nof mundane books and newspapers\nshould be avoided, 398\nParTk�it Maharaja attained perfection\nby,408\n\nHeart\nBrahma educated from, 151, 204\n\nKr�r;�a works gravely in everyone's, 32\n\nIgnorance\n\negotism in, 156\n\nRudra formed by association with, 172\n\nSiva associates with quality of, 175\n\nSiva incarnation of mode of, 177-1 78\n\nspiritual world devoid of mode of, 149\nImam vivasvate yogam\n\nquoted, 264-265\n\nlmpersonalists\n\nSankaracarya most elevated of, 204\n\nspiritual advancement difficult for, 195\n\n", "mad8#p0501": "General Index\nIncarnations\nas personal expansions, 133\nas svarhsaka, 98\ncompared to moon and tree branches,\n136\ndescription of empowered, 209-214\ndon't belong to material world, 136\nemerging from sinful people, 200\nexamples of, 123\nexamples of pastime, 166-167\nflow from Hari, 138\nfor the millenniums, 185\nidentification of, 198-207\nKr��Ja as source of all, 87\nKr��Ja original source of all, 178\nKr��Ja's personal expansions descend as,\n324\nof Kr��Ja, 287\nof Manu, 180-184\nof material qualities, 162, 163, 169\nsix types of, 134-135\ntwo types of, 165\nunderstood by svariipa and tatastha,\n206-207\nup to Narayal)a don't possess Kr��Ja's\nbeauty, 295\nIndia\nbogus incarnations in, 198\nmany temples in, 122\nlndra\nas predominating deity, 263\nhas eyes all over his body, 268\nInitiation, spiritual\nmust be accepted, 395\nIntelligence\nas manifest from egotism in passion,\n156\nas separated material energy, 153\ndemigod worship for those without, 98\nexpert as brilliant quality of Kr��Ja,\n299\nof advanced realized devotee no longer\ndepends on scripture or logic,\n421-422\nof Mayavadis not purified, 339-340\nof Sanatana, 197\nTSana\nas servant of Sanatana, 13\n\n471\n\nisvara/:1 parama/:1 kr�f.la/:1\nverses quoted, 93\nisvara/:1 sarva-bhiitanarh\nquoted, 32\n\nJ\nja<;Ja Bharata\ntells how he attained paramaharhsa\nstage, 355\n)agannatha Deity\nas Puru�ottama, 119\nJagannatha Puri\nas place of Caitanya's pastimes, 280\nidentical to Navadvipa and Vrndavana,\n405\njanardana\nas pastime expansion, 114-115\nposition of weapons of, 129\nresides at Anandaral)ya, 119\n]anasya moho 'yam aham mameti\nquoted, 91\n]anmady asya yata/:1\nas link between Bhagavatam and Vedanta, 204\nquoted, 150-151, 154\n)iva Gosvami\nas one of the six Gosvamis, 420\ncited on necessity of preacher to accept\ndisciples, 397\nquoted on raganuga bhakti, 417\n]iva-tattva\nas form of Kr��Ja, 97\nRudra not on level with, 173\nJ;iana\ndependent on bhakti, 330-331\nJnana-kaQr;fa\ncompared to a ghost, 73-74\nJnana-saktyadi-kalaya\nverses quoted, 93\n)yaigha\nTrivikrama predominating Deity of, 112\n\nK\nKaliyuga\nbhakti-yoga manifested in by Caitanya,\n320\n\n", "mad8#p0502": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n472\n\nKesava\n\nKaliyuga\n\nas predominating Deity of Agrahayana,\n\nkr?Qa and pita avataras in, 135\n\n111\n\noccupational duty for, 191-192\n\nas Vasudeva expansion, 109\n\nthe Lord's incarnation for, 185, 192\n\nposition of weapons of, 126, 131\n\nKama-gayatri\n\nremembered when marking forehead\n\nKr�r:Ja identical with, 302\n\nwith tilaka, 113\n\nKapiladeva\n\nresides at Mathura, 119\n\nas sakt yavesa-avatara, 135\n\nKisora\n\nas son of Kardama Muni, 188\n\nKr�r:Ja as, 214-215, 217\n\ndifferent from ��i Kapiladeva, 425\nexplains relationship of Supreme Lord\n\nverse quoted, 195\n\nand material nature, 154\n\nKnowledge\n\nKarabhajana Muni\n\nacquired by devotional service, 91\n\nas one of Yogendras, 190, 196\nexplained\n\nfour\n\nKleso 'dhikataras te?iim\n\nincarnations\n\nof\n\nfour\n\nyugas, 412\n\nas opulence of Kr�r:Ja, 286\nattained through Vedas, 200\n\nKarar:JodakasayT Vi�r:Ju\n\ncan be acquired about Kr�r:Ja's bodily\n\nas puru?a-avatara, 134, 287\n\nfeatures, 228\n\nas svarilsaka, 98\n\nf o r m of T r e t a-y u g a i n c a r n a t i on\n\nSee also: Maha-Vi�I)U\n\nmanifests Vedic, 187\n\nKardama Muni\n\nhow conditioned soul acquires real,\n\nwhite incarnation offers benedictions\nto, 188\n\n65-66\nno need for detailed, 213\nof the\n\nKarma\ndependent on bhakti, 330-331\ndifferent bodies emerge from, 151\nKarma-kaQc;/a\n\nLord's activities as\n\nmarginal\n\ncharacteristic, 203\nof Vedas given to Brahma, 206\npower of as chief potency, 139\n\ncompared to wasps and drones, 73-74\nKarttika\n\nrequired for creation, 140\nspeculative compared to beating husk\n\nDamodara predominating Deity of, 112\nKatha Upani?ad\n\ndevoid of rice, 335\nspeculative has nothing to do with pure\nsoul, 415\n\nquoted on Supreme Lord as original\nsource of life, 155\n\nVedic literature as treasure-house of, 64\nwithout devotional service can't give\n\nKatyayana-sarilhita\nquoted on association of nondevotees,\n378\n\nliberation, 333-334\nKr�r:Ja\nappears as the supreme youth, 85\n\nKaura vas\n\nas Absolute Truth, 151\n\nflatter Balarama, 172\n\nas cause of all causes, 144\n\nKaustubha jewel\nDvapara-yuga incarnation decorated\n\nas compiler of Vedic literature, 64\nas identical with kama-gayatri, 302\n\nwith, 189\n\nas knower of everything, 70-71\n\nKavi ��i\ncited on devotional service, 61 6 2\n-\n\nKesagra-sata-bhagasya\nverse quoted, 153\nKesava\nas form of Personality of Godhead, 99\n\nas nondual Absolute Truth, 323\nas original source of Paramatma, 90\nas origin of all Vi$QU-tattvas, 85\nas pastime expansion, 114-115\nas real protector, 74\n\n", "mad8#p0503": "General Index\n\nKr�rJa consciousness movement\n\nKr�rJa\nas sale proprietor of three places of\npastimes, 280\nsource\n\nof\n\nessential principles of, 394\nfqur Vedic literatures studied in, 397\n\nas son of Nanda Maharaja, 101\nas\n\n473\n\nmaterial\n\nKr�Qa-karl)amrta\n\nand spiritual\n\nmanifestations, 83\n\nquoted on Kr�rJa's sweetness, 309\nKr�rJaloka\n\nBalarama equal to, 98\n\nfilled with all opulences, 118\n\ncalled pararil dhama, 84\n\nSe e\n\ncharacteristics of different ages of, 214,\n\n217, 222\n\nalso:\n\nGoloka\n\nVrndavana,\n\nVrndavana\nKr�Qa-sakti vina nahe tara\n\ncompared to sunshine, 340-341\n\nquoted, 94\n\ncompleteness of, 225-227\n\nKr�l)as tu bhagavan svayaril\n\neager to know His own transcendental\nqualities, 238\n\nquoted, 93\nK�atriya\n\neager to see His devotee serve four\nthings, 400\n\nBalarama considers Himself as, 106\ncomes from arms of Brahma, 338, 392\n\nhas different bodily features, 116\n\nVasudeva in dress and consciousness\nof, 100\n\nhas navel shaped like a lotus, 29\nhelps conditioned souls in three ways,\n\n67\n\nK�TrodakasayT Vi�rJu\nas\n\nmaintainer of material nature,\n251-252\nas plenary portion of Kr�rJa, 253\nas puru�a-avatara, 134\n\nHis activities are grave, 32\nin heart as caitya-guru, 351, 413\nis present in temple, 395\nknown as Govinda, 86\n\nas svamsaka, 98\n\nname-giving ceremony of, 186\n\nas universal form and gross Supersoul,\n\none equal to or greater than,\n249-250\none must give up and accept everything\n\n252\n\nno\n\none should perform all endeavors for,\n\n401\n\nKumaras\nas saktyavesa-avataras, 210\n\naccidental\n\nsins\n\nof\n\ndevotee,\n\n413-414\nshould\n\nlives in living beings' hearts, 139\nmaintains affairs of material nature, 179\n\nfor satisfaction of, 395\n\npurifies\n\ncharacteristics and activities of, 165\n\nalways\n\nBrahma as father of, 265\ncan't estimate spiritual qualities of Lord,\n\nbe\n\nremembered\n\n236\n\nand\n\nnever be forgotten, 393\n\nempowered to distribute transcendental knowledge, 135\n\nsituated in heart as Supersoul, 65-66\nsweetness of can drown three worlds,\n\n287\n\nKuruk�etra, Battle of\nKr�rJa exhibits Himself in His relationships at, 70\n\nthree energies of, 55-59\nthree places of residence of, 254-261\ntranscendental qualities of, 204\n\nKuvera\nas predominating deity, 263\n\ntwo names of, 132\nunlimited opulence of, 248\nvery kind to His devotees, 380-381\n\nL\n\nwearing apparel of, 291\nworshiped by devotional service, 61-\n\n62\n\nLaghu-bhagavatamrta\navesa form explained in, 93\n\n", "mad8#p0504": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n474\n\nLaghu-bhagavatamrta\nquoted on empowered incarnations,\n\nLiving entities\ndevotional service as chief function of,\n\n212\nquoted on nine personalities in Dvaraka\nPuri, 133\nquoted on puru$a-avataras, 139\n\n330\ndevotional service\n·\nhouse for, 74\n\nreal\n\ntreasure­\n\nexist in different forms in material con-\n\nquoted on size of material and spiritual\nworlds, 262\n\nas\n\ndition, 58\nimitate activities of purug 325\n\nquoted on svarilsa expansion, 104-105\n\nincarnations of empowered, 135, 287\n\nsvayaril-rOpa described in, 93\n\ninfluence of mode of passion upon first-\n\ntad-ekatma-rOpa described in, 93\nLak�mi\n\nclass, 169\nin three worlds as attracted to Kr�rya,\n\nas portion of plenary portion, 171\nSee: Goddesses of fortune\nLalita-madhava\nquoted on pastimes as cowherd boy,\n102\nquoted on Vasudeva's appreciation of\n\n285\nK�irodakasayi in heart of, 139\nMaha-Vi�ryu as sum total of, 147\nmaterial nature impregnated with, 151\nParamatma removes miseries of, 391\nPrthu empowered to rule and maintain,\n\nKr�rya's beauty, 103\nLilmentation\ndevotee should not be overwhelmed\n\n135\nscarcity of for Brahma's post, 133\nsemina\n\nLiberation\nas maidservant of devotee, 334\n\nplaced\n\nwithin womb of\n\nsuffer threefold miseries, 57\nSupreme Lord injects original semina\ninto, 150\n\nby knowing puru$a-avataras, 139\ndetachment as sign of, 62-63\n\nof\n\nmaterial nature, 154\n\nby,397\n\nsupreme overseer of dl, 176\n\ndifferent methods for, 330-331\n\nsustain universe, 58\n\nknowledge without devotional service\n\nsymptoms of upon hearing Kr�rya's flute,\n290\n\ncan't give, 333-334\n\ntwo categories of, 326\n\nLife\ncomes from life, 154-155\nLila-avataras\n\nLogic\nadvanced realized devotee not dependent on, 421-422\n\nas svarilsa expansions, 105\nmeant for performance of pastimes,\n134\nLila-puru$ottama\nas name of Kr�rya, 132\n\nLokas\nKr�rya lives in three, 280\nLotus feet of Kr�rya\nas shelter of all devotees, 84\nattained\n\nLilas\nSee: pastimes of Kr�rya\nLiving entities\n\nby those who hear about\n\ndevotional service, 428\ndust of, 171\n\nas eternal, fragmental parts, 152\n\ngopis' minds remain eternally at, 294\n\nas marginal energy, 54, 59\n\nmake one forget material enjoyment,\n\nas saktyavesa-avatara, 210, 212\nas separated expansions of Kr�rya,\n324-325\n\n345\none\n\nwho\n\nhas\n\nfiath\n\nattracted by illusory energy, 59\n\nservice of, 194-195\n\ndevotees should not cause anxiety to,\n\ntouched\n\n398\n\nin\n\ncan\n\nrecite\n\nBhagavatam, 405\nby\n\nhelmet\n\njewels\n\ndominating deities, 281\n\nof\n\npre­\n\n", "mad8#p0505": "General Index\n\nLotus feet of Kr��Ja\n\nMagha\n\ntouched by predominating deities, 249\nworshiped by pure devotee, 412\n\nMadhava as predominating Deity of,\n111\n\nworship of as occupational duty, 189\n\nMagnanimity\n\nattained by devotional service, 387\n\nMaha-bhagavata\n\nLove of God\n\nawakened by describing opulences and\nspiritual potencies, 283\n\ndevotees become mad with, 291\n\ndevotional service develops one's, 67\ndistribution of, 364\n\ncited\n\non\n\nDvapara-yuga\n\nincarnations,\n\n190\n\nquoted on qualities of brahmaf)a, 30\nMaha-mantra\n\neligibility to float in ocean of, 317\n\nfor Kr��Ja awakened by slight performance of five limbs, 402\n\nas address to the Lord and His energy,\n330\n\n•\n\nawakens one to spiritual consciousness,\n388\n\nin worshiping Deity, 403\n\nKr��Ja's bodily luster reflected in gopis',\n\nnot to be considered material, 120\nsixteen rounds of must be chanted\n\n297\nthree worlds merge in ocean of, 285\n\n328-329\n\nSiva as, 175\nas fifth Veda, 200\n\nbhakti awakens one's, 78\n\nconditioned soul as servant of,\n\nfound only in K[�l)a, 299\n\nMahabharata\n\ndelivered by Kali-yuga incarnation, 192\n\nLust\n\n475\n\ndaily, 394\n\n64,\n\nSee also: Hare Kr�!Ja mantra\n\nMahamuni Vyasadeva\nSee: Vyasadeva\n\nMahara��riya brahmaf)a\ninvited Sanatana for full meals, 40\n\nM\nMadana-mohana\nKr��Ja known as, 289\n\nMadhava\n\nas predominating Deity of Magha, 111\n\nas Vasudeva expansion, 109\n\nposition of weapons of, 126, 131\n\nremembered when marking chest with\ntilaka, 113\nMadhukari\n\nMahatma\n\nmercy of necessary to achieve devotional service, 354\nMahatmanas tu marh paftha\n\nverses quoted, 354\nMahat-tattva\n\nexists under lotus feet of Lord, 84\nthree divisions of, 156\n\nMaha-Vai ku�J�hana tha\nSee: Maha-Vi�!JU\n\nMaha-Vi�I)U\n\nas creator of total material energy, 139\n\nSanatana practiced process of, 41\n\nas expansion of Sarikar�al)a, 172\n\nas expansion of Sarikar�al)a, 110\n\nas plenary portion of K[�l)a, 253-254\n\nMadhusodana\n\nas predominating Deity of Vaisakha,\n111\n\nposition of weapons of, 127\n\nremembered when marking right arm\nwith tilaka, 113\n\nresides at Mancara-parvata, 119\n\nMadness\n\nCaitanya's speech appears like, 316\n\nas first incarnation, 147\n\nas Supersoul of everything, 252\nc h ar a c t e r i s t i c s a n d\n\na c t i v ities\n\n157-160\n\nenters into material elements, 144\n\nexhalations of, 182\n\nexpands as 8rahma, 133\nimpregnates material nature, 155\nSarikar�al)a incarnates as, 146\n\nof,\n\n", "mad8#p0506": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n476\n\nMaha-Vi�I)U\nSiva as form of, 1 52\nSee also: Karar:JadakasayT Vi�r:Ju\nMahesa-dhama\nas abode of Siva, 261\n\nbelow Goloka Vrndavana is, 258\nMamaivamso jiva-loke\nverse quoted, 1 52\nMama vartmanuvartante\nquoted, 98\nMandara-parvata\nMadhusudana resides at, 119\nMantra\nchanted while applying ti/aka, 112-113\nMantra-yoga\ntranscendental mellows can't be tasted\nby, 297-298\n\nManus\navataras of, 1 35\nchanges of, 180-181\nincarnations of, 135\nlist of, 1 84-185\n\norbit of pastimes during lifetime of, 220,\n224\n\nManvantara-avataras\nas incarnations of Manus, 135\nas svarilsa expansions, 1 OS\n\ndescription of, 180-184\nMaterialists\ngroups of to avoid listed, 404\nMathura\nas birthplace of K[�l)a, 400\n\nMaya\nashamed to stand before Kr�r:Ja, 341\ncompared to darkness, 340-341\nc o n di t i o n e d s ouls liberated from\nclutches of, 62-63\n\ngives misery to living entities, 59\n\nkeeps conditioned souls forgetful of\nKr�r:Ja, 64\nK[�l)a's personal energy separate from,\n\n206\n\nliberation from, 139\nliving beings bound around neck by\nchain of, 336\n\npowers of explained in Bhagavatam, 21 2\n\nspiritual world devoid of, 149\ntwo covering powers of, 5\n\ntwo functions of, 1 4 9\n\nVi�I)U a s controller of, 1 72, 175\n\nMayapur\n\nas residence of Hari, 120\n\nMayavadTs\n\nas materialists, 404\n\nintelligence of not purified, 339\n\nMeditation\n\nas bogus in Kali-yuga, 1 95\ntaught by white incarnation, 188\ntranscendental mellows can't be tasted\nby, 297-298\n\nMental speculation\n\ntranscendental mellows can't be tasted\nby, 297-298\n\nMellows\n\nas Kr�r:Ja's eternal residence, 280\n\nof dealings between gopis and Kr�r:Ja,\n\nGandharva dance at, 102\n\nof Kr�r:Ja described by Caitanya, 292\n\nas part of Goloka Vrndavana, 108, 118\nKesava resides at, 119\n\nKr�r:Ja more complete in, 225-226\n\nprabhava-vilasa forms reside eternally\nin, 107\n\nwomen of described fortune of gopis,\n\n292\nMatsya\nappears in different yugas, 133\nMatta/:! paratararil nanyat\nquoted, 9 3\nMau?ala-li/a\nas end of Kr�r:Ja's pastimes, 222\n\n297-298\n\nconditioned soul as servant of, 64\n\nMercy\n\nappearance of arca-murti as, 1 20\nas brilliant quality of Kr�r:Ja, 299\navataras visible by\n\nKr�r:Ja's causeless,\n\n136-1 37\nconditioned souls liberated by devotees', 62-63\n\ndevotees depend on Kr�r:Ja's, 74\n\nKr�r:Ja compiled Vedic literature by His,\n64\n\nof Kr�r:Ja described by Caitanya, 32-33\n\n", "mad8#p0507": "General Index\nMercy\n\nMoon\nincarnations compared to tree branches\n\none should look forward to Kr�IJa's,\n\nand, 136\n\n401\nRamananda Raya answered Caitanya's\nquestions by His, 47\n\nSanatana questioned Caitanya by His\nmercy, 47\n\nYrndavana as storehouse of Kr�!Ja's,\nMerit\n\n477\n\nKr�IJa's face compared to, 310\n\nKr�IJa's face king of, 130, 302-303, 305\n\nKr�IJa's nails compared to, 304\n\nKr�IJa's smile like light beams from, 308\n\nsyllables of kama-gayatri compared to,\n302\n\n255-256\n\nMuktaphala-!ika\nquoted on qualities of brahmaf!as, 30\n\nas brilliant quality of Kr�!Ja, 299\n\nMukunda\n\nMildness\n\nas name of Kr�!Ja, 411\n\nfound only in Kr�!Ja, 299\n\nMind\n\nMarti\nforms worshiped in temples, 120\n\nas a sense, 152\nCaitanya's afflicted by convulsive diseases, 309-310\n\nN\n\ncontrol of accompanies a devotee of\nKr�!Ja, 414\n\nNa ca tasman manu$ye$u kascin\n\n169\n\nNadia\n\ninfluence of mode of passion within,\n\nCaitanya's father from, 199\n\nKr�IJa rides on chariot of gopis', 289\n\nNames\n\nMaha-Vi�I)U as master of, 147\n\nmanifest from egotism in goodness, 156\nocean\n\nof\n\nopulence\n\nmanifested\n\nin\n\nof Kr�IJa's forms differ, 97\nNanda Maharaja\n\nCaitanya's, 248\n\nas father of Kr�IJa, 101, 132, 136, 214,\n\nconjugal love, 283\n\nas father of Radha-Damodara, 112\n\nof Caitanya immersed in sweetness of\nof gopis like straws and leaves, 293-294\nof Radharal)i agitated by Kr�!Ja's eyes,\nof\n\nverses quoted, 5\n\n288\n\nVasudeva\n\nbewildered\n\nby\n\nKr�!Ja's\n\nbeauty, 103\n\nMiseries\n\nillusory energy gives living entities, 59\nlotus feet of devotees vanquish all, 356\nsuffered by conditioned souls, 327-329\n\nthreefold described, 50-51, 57, 327,\n329\n\nModes of nature\ncreate of material universes, 204\nKr�IJa incarnates in, 287\n\nMaha-Vi�l)u as master of, 147\n\nSiva covered with three, 176\n\nVi�l)u as controller of, 251-252\n\nMohammedans\n\nSanatana had to mix with, 33\n\n217\nas inhabitant of Yrndavana, 420\nGovinda not son of, 110\n\nKr�!Ja's name-giving ceremony at house\nof, 186\n\nNarada Muni\nas saktyavesa-avatara, 210\n\nastonished to see K[�l)a's expansions,\n95\n\ncited on position\n\nof pure devotee,\n\n411-412\nempowered\n\nto\n\nservice, 135\n\nhis discourse\n\ndistribute\n\ndevotional\n\non devotional service,\n\n61-62\none who studies Vedas indebted to, 410\nYyasadeva chastised by, 332\nNaradiya Puraf!a\nquoted on those who attain desired\ngoal, 52\n\n", "mad8#p0508": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n478\n\nNarayar;1a\n\nNavadvipa\n\nas beyond vyakta-avyakta, 204\n\nas place of Caitanya's pastimes, 280\n\nas expansion in Dvaraka Puri, 132\n\nidentical with Jagannatha Puri and\n\nas predominating Deity of Pau�a, 111\nas Vasudeva expansion, 109\ncowherd\n\nboys\n\nbecame\n\nVrndavana, 405\nNava-yauvana\n\nfour-handed\n\nforms of, 244\n\nKr�r:Ja as, 217\nNawab Hussain Shah\n\ndoesn't possess Kr�r:Ja's beauty, 295\neternal residence of, 118\n\nSanatana in service of, 33, 197\nNayam atma pravacanena\n\nKr�r:Ja in paravyoma as four-handed, 108\nMayavadis call themselves, 339\n\nverses quoted, 137\nNilacala\n\nposition of weapons of, 126\n\nPuru�ottama resides at, 119\n\nremembered when marking lower abdomen with tilaka, 113\n\nSee also: Jagannatha Puri\nNimi Maharaja\n\nVaikur;1�ha planets controlled by, 256\n\nasked about yuga incarnations, 190,\n\nNarayar;Jas\n\n196\n\nas expansions of Kr�r:Ja's personality,\n288\n\nas predominating deity, 263\n\nas predominating deities of Vaikur;J�ha,\n295\n\nNityo nityanaril cetanas\nquoted, 155\n\nattracted by beauty of Kr�r:Ja, 288\ndon't possess sweetness\n\nNivrti\n\nof\n\nKr�r:Ja's\n\nbeauty, 295\nNarayal)a/:1 para 'vyaktat\nquoted, 175, 204\nNarottama dasa Thakura\nquoted on comparing words of guru,\n\nNrsimha\nas expansion in Dvaraka Puri, 132\nas incarnation, 98, 123\nas\n\npastime\n\nexpansion,\n\n114-115,\n\n166-167\nhas different bodily features, 116\nposition of weapons of, 129\n\nsaints and sastra, 199\nquoted on devotee purifying place of\n\n0\n\npilgrimage, 28\nquoted on necessity of following six\nGosvamis, 420\nNa te vidu/:1 svartha-gatiril hi vi�l)um\nquoted, 67\nNature, material\nagitated into three qualities, 154\nawards and punishes living entities, 60\nas different energy from living entity,\n153\nassociation with modes of, 412-413\ncan't touch Supreme Lord, 162\nHari beyond range of, 176\nimpregnated by Maha-Vi�r;Ju, 155\nK�irodakasayi Vi�r:JU maintains affairs of,\n179, 251-252\n\nOccupational duty\nfor Kali-yuga, 191-192\nin different yugas, 188-189\nOcean of milk\nK�irodakasayi lies on, 165\nOm nama bhagavate vasudevaya\nquoted, 151\nOm tad vi�Qo/:1 paramaril\nquoted, 162\nOpulence\nautomatically comes to pure devotee,\n79\nform of Kr�r:Ja has unlimited, 82\nKr�r:Ja full of all, 86\n\nliving entities struggle with, 58\n\nKr�r:Jaloka full with all, 118\n\nnot cause of material universe, 143\n\nK r � r:J a ' s\n\nunwanted harassment by, 62\n\ncompleteness\n\nmanifesting, 225\n\ndue\n\nto\n\n", "mad8#p0509": "General Index\n\nOpulence\nKr�r:Ja's personal exposed to Sanatana,\n\n315\nKr�r:Ja's six opulences, 286\nloveliness of Kr�r:Ja's face as only abode\nof, 293\nno one can estimate Kr�r:Ja's, 248\nocean of manifested in mind of\nCaitanya, 248\nof Kr�r:Ja like ocean of nectar, 245\nof Kr�r:Ja's personal expansions, 298\n\nof Vasudeva and Kr�r:Ja compared, 101\nof Vi�l)u almost equal to Kr�r:Ja's, 177\nof Vrndavana, 247\n\nspiritual sky as three-fourths of Lord's,\n\n259\n\n479\n\nParabrahman\nenergies of spread over universe, 55\nParamaharhsas\nsahajiya debauchees are not, 420\n\nParamatma\n\nas feature of Absolute Truth, 87-88\n\nas supreme controller, 391\n\nKr�r:Ja as original source of, 90\nSee also: Supersoul\nPararh brahma pararh dhama\nquoted, 84\n\nParasurama\n\nas pastime incarnation, 167\nas sakt yavesa-avatara, 210-211\nempowered to cut down demons, 135\nParavyoma\n\nspiritual sky full of six kinds of, 257\n\nKr�r:Ja expands within, 108\nParik�it Maharaja\n\nattained perfection by hearing, 408 '\n\nquestioned Sukadeva Gosvami, 149\n\np\n\nParitraQaya sadhunarh vinasaya\nquoted, 211\n\nPassion\n\nPadarh padarh yad vipadam\nquoted, 51\n\nBrahma as director of mode of, 177\n\nPadmanabha\n\negotism in, 156\n\nas expansion of Aniruddha, 110\nas predominating Deity of Asvina, 112\nhas different bodily features, 116\n\nconducted in three areas, 280\n\nposition of weapons of. 128\nremembered when marking back with\ntilaka, 113\nresides at Anandaral)ya, 119\n\nadvancement\n\nof\n\nimper­\n\nsonalists, 195\nquoted\n\non\n\nKr�r:Ja's\n\nmaterial world, 120\n\nexpansions\n\nin\n\nquoted on two main principles of Kr�r:Ja\nconsciousness, 393\nquoted on Viraja River, 258-259, 278\n\nquoted on Vi�I)U as object of Vedic\nliteratures, 80\nPadyavali\nquoted on perfection of mine processes, 408\nPalas\nsun divided into, 219-220\n\nas child and as boy, 136\nas human being, 284\nbeing\n\nnever\n\nsubject to\n\nmaterial laws, 287\n\nPadma PuraQa\non\n\nPastimes of Kr�r:Ja\n\nas human\n\nSee: Garbhodakasayi Vi�I)U\ncited\n\nspiritual world devoid of mode of, 149\n\nPastimes of Caitanya\n\nbecome newer and newer, 297\ncleanse one's consciousness, 241\nconducted in three are as, 280\ncontinue eternally, 216-224\nexhibited at different ages, 214-217,\n\n222\nin spiritual and material worlds, 324\nmanifest transcendental form of Kr�r:Ja,\n\n286\nno one can understand mystery of, 235\nrasa dance as quintessence of all, 255\n\nPatac;la\n\nSanatana arrived at, 10\n\nPatience\n\nas brilliant quality of Kr�r:Ja, 299\n\n", "mad8#p0510": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n480\n\nPaur:Jc;lraka\nkilled by Kr�r:Ja, 325\n\nPradyumna\nexpansions of, 110, 114-115\n\nKr�r:Ja's pastimes in Vaikur:J!ha as, 287\n\nPau�a\nNarayar:Ja as predominating Deity of,\n\n111\nPhalguna\nGovinda as predominating Deity of, 111\nPilgrimage\n\nposition of weapons of, 125\nPraharas\nday and night divided into, 220\nPrahlada Maharaja\nattained perfection by remembering\nKr�r:Ja, 408\n\ndevotees purify places of, 27-28\nPious activities\nby devotional service one gets results\nof, 306\ndevotional service not acquired by, 354\ninfluence of mode of passion due to,\n\n169\nthree categories of, 350\nPlanets\ncompared to islands, 121\nPlenary portion\ndust of Kr�Qa's lotus feet carried by por­\n\nquoted on lotus feet of devotees, 356\n\nquoted on real brahmaQa, 29\nPrajapati\nKardama Muni as, 188\nPrakrti-sparsana\n\nexplained in Caitanya-caritamrta, 152\nPrayaga\nBindu Madhava resides at, 119\nCaitanya met ROpa and Anupama at, 34\nPrayers\nAkrura attained perfection by offering,\n\ntions of, 171\nMaha-Vi�r:JU as portion of Govinda's,\n\n408\nof Brahma after stealing cows etc.,\n\n159\nPotencies\nopulence of spiritual, 282\n\n245-246\nof Christians, 155\n\nof demigods for protection, 167\n\nthree chief, 139\n\nof Karabhajana Muni, 190\n\nthree places of pastimes as full of inter­\n\noffered\n\nnal, 280\nPower\nof knowledge as chief potency, 139\nof Vi�r:JU forms, 178\nSupreme Lord as reservoir of, 138\nPrabhava-prakasa\nas four-hand form, 100\ndescription of, 95-96\nPrabhava-vi/asa\nchief pastime forms of, 115\nchief quadruple expansion of, 105-107\nexpansions of, 104-105\nPradhana\nas function of maya, 149\n\nPradyumna\n\nas expansion of Kr�r:Ja, 190, 324\nas personality in Dvaraka Puri, 132\n\npassion, 156\nas vilasa-rupa, 98-99\n\nKr�r:Ja\n\nby\n\nDevaki\n\nand\n\noffering as devotional action, 399\nshould be recited, 400\nsound of gems colliding seems like, 281\nPrayojana\ndescribed, 66-67\nPredominating Deities\nof egotism, 141\n\nof twelve months, 110-112\n\nPride\n\nof Cupid subdued by Kr�r:Ja's eyes, 306\nPrthu Maharaja\nas incarnation, 287\nas sakt yavesa-avatara, 210-211\nattained perfection by Deity worship,\n\n408\nempowered to rule and maintain living\nentities, 135\n\nas prabhava-vi/asa, 105-106\n\nas predominating Deity of egotism in\n\nto\n\nVasudeva, 99\n\nPuraQas\nas brothers, 323\ncall Kr�Qa's pastimes eternal, 222\n\n", "mad8#p0511": "General Index\nPural')as\n\nQualities\n\nKr�t:�a as compiler of, 64\n\nmaterial nature is agitated into three,\n\nVedas expanded into, 200\n\n154\n\nof Kali-yuga considered good by ad­\n\nPure devotees\n\nvanced devotees, 196\n\nas absolved of all debts, 412\n\nof Kr�t:Ja, 299\n\nas physicians, 328-329\n\nawaken one's attraction to Kr�t:Ja,\n\n349-350\n\n481\n\nSiva\n\nassociates\n\nwith\n\nquality\n\nof\n\nig­\n\n. norance, 175\n\nby\n\nsweetness as quintessence of Kr�t:�a's,\n\ndon't need speculative knowledge,\n\nVi�t:Ju as transcendental to material, 162\n\ndevotional service attained only\nfavor of, 353-354\n\npious acts or mystic yoga, 414\n\n291\nQuestions\n\ndust of lotus feet of, 355-356\n\nof Caitanya answered by Ramananda\n\nopulence automatically comes to, 79\n\nof Sanatana to Caitanya, 50\n\nhave no tendency to commit sin, 412\n\nRaya, 47\n\nrareness of, 31\n\nreside in spiritual world, 149\n\nR\n\nvalue of a moment's association with,\n\n357\nPurification\nby Vedic rules and regulations, 97\n\nRadha-Damodara\n\nSee: Vi�t:JU\n\nRadharat:JT\n\nPuru�a\n\nPuru?a-avataras\nas incarnations of Vi�t:JU, 134\n\nas Karat:�arnavasayT, 287\n\nas svamsa expansions, 1 OS\n\nthree forms of, 138-139\n\nPuru?a/:1 prakrti-stho hi\n\nverses quoted, 378\n\nPuru�ottama\n\nas form of Personality of Godhead, 99\n\nas son of Nanda Maharaja, 112\n\nas inhabitant of Vrndavana, 420\n\nKr�t:�a's eyes agitate mind of, 288\n\nVasudeva desires to enjoy Kr�t:�a's\nbeauty like, 103\n\nRaganuga bhakti\n\ndescribed, 416-429\nexternal and internal processes of, 422\n\nRagatmika bhakti\n\ndescribed, 416-429\n\nas )agannatha, 119\n\nRaghunatha 8hana GosvamT\n\nposition of weapons of, 128\n\nRaghunatha dasa GosvamT\n\naccepted by Kr�t:�a as His mother, 382\n\nRahugat:Ja Maharaja\n\nas pastime expansion, 114-115\nPOtana\n\npastimes begin with killing of, 216, 222,\n\nas one of the six GosvamTs, 420\n\nas one of the six GosvamTs, 420\ninstructed by jac:Ja Bharata, 355\n\nRamacandra\n\n223\n\nas pastime incarnation, 166-167\n\nQ\nQualities\nform of Kr�t:�a as origin of transcendental, 298\n\nincarnations controlling material, 135\n\nincarnations of material, 168, 169\n\nKr�t:�a as mine of transcendental, 296\n\nRamayaQa\n\nquoted on Lord giving courage to devotee, 343\n\nRasa dance\n\nas quintessence of all pastimes, 255\nKr�t:Ja engages in, 289\n\nKr�t:�a's expansions at, 95\n\nperformed in pre-youth, 217\n\n", "mad8#p0512": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n482\n\nRegulative principles\n\ns\n\ndevotional service rendered according\nto, 390-391\nfor worshiping different forms, 97\n\nvar(lasrama not followed by pure\n\nof\n\ndevotee,412\n\nSa aik$ata /okan nu srja\nquoted,152\n\nSacrifice\n\nReligion\n\nas worship for Treta-yuga, 194-195\n\ncan only be given by Supreme Lord,\n\n199\nGod accepted as supreme father in,155\n\nLord establishes principles of, 122\ntaught by white incarnation,188\nRemembering\n\nTreta-yuga,188\n\nSadhana-bhakti\n\nawakens love for Kr�r:Ja,388\nSadhu\n\nas devotional action, 399\n\nnature of to inquire,52\n\nPrahlada Maharaja attained perfection\nby,408\n\nquoted,199\n\nas opulence of Kr�r:Ja, 286\nhas nothing to do with the pure soul,\n\n415\nreal described,384\n\nimitate advanced devotees whimsically,\n\n420\n\nSahasra-sir$ii\nas beginning word of Vedic hymns,164\n\n�g Veda\n\nSaints\n\nas division of Vedas, 200\non\n\nSadhu-sastra-guru-vakya\nSahajiyas\n\nRenunciation\n\nquoted\n\nfive kinds of, 411\nperformance of as occupational duty in\n\nV i�r:Ju's\n\nunderstand incarnations, 362-363\n\ntranscendental\n\nnature,162\n\n��abhadeva\n\navatara in Oak$a-savar(lya-rnanvantara, 183\nas saktyavesa-avatara, 135\n\nas\n\n��i Kapiladeva\nfounded imitation of\n\nsankhya yoga\n\nversion of compared with\n\nsastra, 199\n5akam tata/:1 satrnata-rnatra\nverses quoted,121\n\nSakti-tattva\n\nas form of Krsna,97\n\nSaktyavesa-avata���\n\nas incarnations of empowered living en­\n\nsystem,425\n\ntities, 135\n\n�te 'rtharil yat pratiyeta\n\ncharacteristics a n d examples o f ,\n\nverses quoted,340\n\nSarna\n\nRudra\n\n208-214\n\nform of,172-173\n\nas division of Vedas, 200\nSarnasrita ye pada-pallava-plavaril\n\nSatya-yuga incarnation wears garland\n\nSarnbandha\n\nas Siva, 163\n\nRudriik$a\n\nverses quoted,84\ndescribed,66-67\n\nof,187\n\nSambhu\n\nRupa Gosvami\nletter\n\nguru and\n\nwritten\n\nby\n\nto\n\nimprisoned\n\nSanatana, 3\nmet by Caitanya at Prayaga, 34\n\nas one of the six Gosvamis,420\n\nROpa-raghunatha-pade haibe akuti\nquoted,420\n\nSee: Siva\nSarno darnas tapa/:1 saucam\nverses quoted,30\n\nSanatana Gosvami\n\nas minister in Muslim government, 49\nas one of the six Gosvamis, 420\n\n", "mad8#p0513": "General Index\n\nSanatana Gosvami\n\nSarvabhauma\n\nCaitanya grasps hand of, 292\ndescribes incarnation\n\n483\n\nof\n\nCaitanya,\n\n364-365\nformerly a minister of the Nawab, 5\nimprisoned in Bengal,. 3\nKr�!Ja exposes personal opulence and\nsweetness to, 315\nquestions Caitanya on Kali-yuga incarnation, 197-198\ntrades his blanket for a torn quilt, 42-44\nSankaracarya\ncited on Vi�l)u as controller of material\nenergy, 175\nquoted on unmanifested material creation. 204\nSankar�al)a\n\nas Balarama, 141\nan expansion of Supreme Lord, 133,\n\n190, 324\n\nas avatara in Savart:�ya-manvantara, 183\n\nSarva-dharman parityajya\n\nverses quoted, 65, 77, 98\nSarvajfia\n\nstory\n\nof\n\npoor\n\nman\n\nand\n\nSarvasya caharil hrdi sannivi�to\nverses quoted, 384\n\nSarva-yoni�u kaunteya\n\nverse quoted, 150\n\nSastra\n\nadvanced realized devotee and dependent on, 421-422\nimitation gods defeated by, 325\nincarnations accepted\n\naccording to,\n199\nmeditators don't refer to, 195\nrules of subservient to two main principles, 393\n\nas personality in Dvaraka Puri, 132\n\nSasvat prasantam abhayaril\n\nas predominating Deity of three types\n\nSattvika ekadasaka/:1 pravartate\n\nas prabhava-vilasa, 105-106\nof egotism, 156\n\nas vilasa-rupa, 98-99\ncreates all universes, 143\nexpansions of, 110\nincarnates as Maha-Vi�l)u, 146\nKr��Ja's pastimes in Vaikul)�ha as, 287\nlies down in Viraja River, 147-148\nMaha-Vi�I)U as expansion of, 172\npastime expansions from, 114-115\n\nSatikirtana\n\nis not ordinary duty, 394\nmovement introduced by Caitanya,\n\n199\none who performs does not have to\nperform any other yajiia, 411\n\nSatikhya-karika\n\nquoted, 156\n\nSannyJsa\n\nSanatana strictly followed principles of,\n\n42\nSannyasis\nforbidden to associate with women,\n\n378\nideal follow ways of Gosvamis, 41\n\nastrologer\n\nnamed, 68-74\n\nverses quoted, 341-342\nquoted, 156\n\nSat yam\nindicates\n\nK[�l)a's\n\npersonal\n\ncharac­\n\nteristics, 360\n\nSatyaril pararil dhimahi\nquoted, 151\nSatyasena\n\nas avatara in Auttama-manvantara, 183\n\nSatya-yuga\n\nsukla avatara in, 135\n\nthe Lord's incarnation for, 185-187,\n188\nSaubhari Muni\n\nprabhava-prakasa not like expansions\nof, 95\n\nSa vai purilsam paro dharmo\nverses quoted, 331\nScriptures\nadvanced devotees not dependent on,\n\n421-422\ndevotee should not study or criticize\nother, 398\none should not partially study many,\n\n397\n\n", "mad8#p0514": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n484\n\nScriptures\nsahajiyas avoidance of will lead them to\n\nSiva\n\nhell, 420\n\n287\n\nSei puru�a maya-pane kare\nquoted, 151\n\nas material father, 260\n\nplaced within womb of material nature,\n\ncan't estimate size of spiritual, 235\n\nSemina\n\nas portion of plenary portion, 171\n\n154\n\ncan't estimate spiritual qualities of Lord,\n236\n\nSupreme Lord injects original into living\n\ncharacteristics a n d\n\nentities, 150\n\n174-176\n\nSense gratification\n\nas waste of time, 67\n\nconditioned\n\nsouls\n\nimprisoned\n\ndissolves material creation, 163\n\nhas many faces, 268\n\nin Vrndavana leads to lower birth, 405\n\nin charge of destruction, 163\ninfluenced by material energy, 162\n\nconditioned souls struggle with, 152\n\nKr�!Ja as master of, 249, 251\n\ncontrol of accompanies a devotee of\n\nMahesa-dhama as abode of, 261\n\nKr�t:�a, 414\n\nSkanda PuraQa\nquoted on good qualities of devotees,\n\nMaha-Vi�I)U as master of, 147\n\n416\n\nof Caitanya immersed in ocean of\nopulence, 248\n\nSe�a Naga\n\nas Saktyavesa-avatara, 135\n\nempowered to render personal service,\n211\n\nMaha-Vi�I)U lies on bed of, 161\nSupreme Lord doesn't impregnate by,\n\n152\nSiddhanta-siromaQi\ncited on size of universe, 276\n\nquoted on seven islands, 121\nSiddhartha-sarilhita\nSins\n\ncited on Vi�I)U forms, 124-125\n\nSmrti-sastras\nSoul\n\nas sisters, 323\nchanges bodies, 151\n\nvery dear to all living entities, 91\n\nSpiritual master\n\naccepts sinful reactions of disciples, 397\n\nbona fide must be accepted, 395\n\nhow one should behave before, 399\nKr��Ja\n\nappears\n\nexternally\n\nas,\n\n65-66,\n\n351-352\nmost essential order of given, 394\n\nmust be served, 395\n\nnot to be considered ordinary, 120\n\nobeying and serving a bona fide, 336\n\nas result of bad government, 200\n\none must understand Bhagavatam from,\n\nof disciple accepted by spiritual master,\n\none renders spontaneous love to K[�l)a\n\ncontinue material existence, 412\n\n397\n\npeople enjoy life by committing four\nSiva\n\nof,\n\neach universe has its own, 263\n\nSenses\n\nexpand from egotism, 156\n\nactivities\n\ncompared to yogurt, 152\n\nunder\n\nspell of, 5\n\nSex\n\nas guQa-avatara, 135\n\nas incarnation of material qualities, 169,\n\nkinds of, 49\nas creation of maya, 172-174\n\nas devotee incarnation to carry out orders, 179\nas destroyer of creation, 251-252\n\n405\n\nthrough, 427\n\nversion of compared with saints and\nsastra, 199\n\nwithin the heart, 413\n\nSpiritual sky\n\nas interim residence of Kr�t:�a, 257\n\nas three-fourths of Lord's opulences,\n259\n\n", "mad8#p0515": "General Index\n\n485\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nSpiritual sky\n\nshape of compared to lotus flower, 234\n\nquoted on creation, 146\n\nSravaQa\n\nquoted on detachment from material\n\nSridhara\n\nquoted on devotees purifying places of\n\nSridhara as predominating Deity of, 112\nas expansion of Pradyumna, 110\n\nenjoyment, 62\n\npilgrimage, 27-28\n\nas predominating Deity of Sravarya, 112\nposition of weapons of, 128\n\nremembered when marking left arm\nwith tilaka, 113\n\nquoted on devotional service as most\nsatisfying to Kr�Qa, 75-76\nquoted\n\non\n\ndirection\n\nliteratures, 82\n\nof\n\nall\n\nVedic\n\nquoted on dust of Kr�rya's lotus feet,\n\nSrikanta\n\nas brother-in-law of Sanatana, 19\n\n172\n\ngave blanket to Sanatana, 22\n\nquoted on Dvapara-yuga incarnation,\n\nCaitanya recites verses from, 300\n\nquoted on falling from spiritual plat­\n\nguru and Kr�Qa, 405\ncited on mahat-tattva, 156\ncited on manvantara-avataras, 135\n\nquoted on forgetfulness of living enquoted on gopis criticizing Brahma, 301\n\ndescription of Supreme Lord in invoca-\n\nquoted on Hari as Supreme Lord, 176\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n190\n\ncan be recited only by one with faith in\n\nform, 74\ntities, 64\n\nquoted on identifying incarnations, 202\n\ntion of, 203\n\ninvocation from, 360\n\nquoted on impregnation of material\n\nKarabhajana Muni's prayer quoted in,\n\nnature, 155\n\nquoted on incarnations, 138, 167\n\n190\n\nmaya's powers explained in, 212\nmeaning of tasted in association of pure\ndevotees, 404\n\nquoted on independence of bhakti­\n\nyoga, 415\n\nquoted on insufficiency of varrasrama­\n\ndharma, 338\n\nmust be read regularly, 400\np r a y e r s of Brahma quoted f r o m ,\n\nquoted on Kr�oa as source of all incarnations, 87\n\n245-246, 275\nprofessional reciters of must be\navoided, 404\n\nquoted on K[�Qa as soul of all atmas,\n\n90\n\nquoted, 67\n\nquoted on K[�Qa not fulfilling material\n\n411\n\nquoted on Kr�oa's affection for His\n\nquoted on absolution of indebtedness,\nquoted\n\non\n413-414\n\naccidental\n\nsinful\n\nacts,\n\nquoted on Ambari�a Maharaja, 409-410\nquoted on becoming fearless, 391\n\ndesires, 346\n\ndevotees, 381, 382\nquoted on Kr�oa's beautiful face, 301\n\nquoted on Kr�oa's different colors, 186\nquoted on K[�Qa's expansions, 96\n\nquoted by Caitanya, 249, 283\n\nquoted on Kr�Qa's form, 284\n\nquoted on association of devotees, 350\n\nquoted on light of Kr�Qa, 340\n\nquoted on association of devotees,\n\nquoted\n\n84-86, 374-375\nquoted on awakening dormant love for\nKr�Qa, 353\nquoted on cause of all causes, 144\nquoted on chanting in Kali-yuga, 194\nquoted on cheating religions, 155\n\non lotus feet of devotees,\n355-356\nquoted on loveliness of Kr�oa's face,\n293\nquoted on Maha-Vi�QU, 147\n\nquoted on maya as ashamed to stand\nbefore Kr�Qa, 341, 341-342\n\n", "mad8#p0516": "----- ----�\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n486\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nquoted on mystery of K[�J;la's pastimes,\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nTenth Canto of reveals the Personality\nof Godhead, 84\n\n235\n\nVyasadeva as author of, 332\n\nquoted on necessity of devotional service, 332-333, 335\n\nSrinivasa Acarya\n\nquoted on original form of the Lord, 93\nquoted on qualities of devotees, 372\nquoted on qualities of Kali-yuga, 196\nquoted on real brahmaQa, 29\n\nquoted, 33\nSrivatsa\n\nDvapara-yuga incarnation marked with,\n189\n\nquoted on real religion, 331\nquoted on relationship of Supreme Lord\nand material nature, 154\nquoted on rescue from ocean of nes­\n\nSruti-smrti-puraQadi\n\nverse quoted, 200\n\nStrength\nas opulence of K[�J;la, 286\nSudhama\n\ncience, 349\nquoted on result of chanting in Kaliyuga, 195\nquoted on results of devotional service,\n91\nquoted on satisfying K[�J;la, 360-362\nquoted on shelter of Kr�r:'la's lotus feet,\n\nas avatara in Rudra-savarQya, 184\n\nSadras\n\ncome from legs of Brahma, 338, 392\n\nSuhrdarh sarva-bhatanarh jfiatva\nquoted, 71\nSukadeva Gosvami\n\nanswered questions of Parik�it, 149\n\n84\n\nas son of Vyasadeva, 291\n\nquoted on Siva being covered with\n\na t t a i n e d p e r f e c t i o n by r e c i t i ng\n\nmodes of nature, 176\n\nBhagavatam, 408\n\nquoted on spiritual world, 149\n\ndescribes\n\nquoted on surrender to K[�J;la, 386-387\nquoted on three classes of devotees,\n367-368\nquoted on three features of Absolute\nTruth, 88\nquoted on transcendental qualities of\nunlimited transcendental\n\nqualities of Lord, 236, 238, 239\nquoted on Vi�r;'IU as controller of modes\nof nature, 180\n\nKr�r:'la\n\ntion, 251-252\n\nBrahman compared to, 89\nGovinda compared to, 170\nKr�r:'la's pastimes compared to moveVivasvan as presiding deity of, 264-265\nSupersoul\nas localized incarnation, 287\ngives living entities good counsel, 61\nKr�r:'la appears internally as, 351-352\n\nquoted on worship for Kali-yuga, 191\nquoted on worshiping Caitanya, 193\nquoted on worshiping Lord by devotional service, 61\nquoted on worship of different forms,\n\nK[�J;la in heart as, 65-66\nMaha-Vi�J;lu as, 159\nthree forms of, 252\nSupreme Lord\nabode of, 142\nas best of Yadu dynasty, 167\n\n97\nquoted on worship of Kr�Qa by intelli­\n\npastimes in, 291\n\nas one, 97\nas reservoir of power, 138\n\ngent persons, 344\nGosvami describes\n\nin\n\nSun\n\nGarbhodakasayi Vi�J;lu as, 164\n\nquoted on Vi�r;'IU as maintainer of crea-\n\nSukadeva\n\nof\n\nment of, 219-220\n\nK[�J;la, 204\nquoted on\n\npastimes\n\nBhagavatam, 291\n\nKr�r:'la's\n\nbecomes Brahma, 171\ncan alone give religion, 199\n\n", "mad8#p0517": "General Index\nSupreme Lord\n\n487\n\nSweetness\n\ncan't be touched by material nature,\n162\n\ncreates all the universes, 157\n\ndescribed in invocation of Bhagavatam,\n\nof Govinda, 101\n\nof Kr�r:Ja drunk by gopis' eyes, 294\n\nof Kr�r:Ja's beauty enjoyed by gopis, 295\n\nof Kr�r:Ja's body, face and smile, 309,\n310\n\n203\n\ndissolves material creation, 163\ndoesn't impregnate by sex, 152\n\nof Kr�r:Ja's lips, 312\nof Kr�r:Ja's personality, 309\n\nexists in three principal forms, 93-94\n\nof Kr�r:Ja's smile, 308, 311\n\nfirst incarnation of, 147\n\nof Vasudeva and Kr�r:Ja compared, 101\n\nglances over material energy, 150\n\none becomes eligible for love of God by\nhearing of Kr�r:Ja's, 317\n\nimpregnates material nature, 154\nin everyone's heart, 391\nKarabhajana\n\nMuni\n\noffers\n\nobeisances\n\nT\n\nunto, 190\nknown as Vedaliga, 258-259\nLord as shelter of devotional service,\n215\n\nSurabhi cows\nGoloka as pasturing ground for, 223\nSurrender\nas complete dependence on Kr�r:Ja's\nmercy, 346\n\nas devotional action, 399\nsix divisions of, 384-385\nto Kr�r:Ja in all respects, 401\n,\nSvarilsa\nexamples of, 105\nVi�r:JU in category of, 177\n\nSvarilsaka\n\nKarar:Jodakasayi, Garbhodakasayi, and\nK�irodakasayi as, 98\n\nSvatiga-vise�abhasa-rope\n\nTad-ekatma-rOpa\nexplained, 93\n\nTad evaril tat-tad-abimana-lak�aQa\nquoted, 417\n\nTadiya\n\nmeaning of, 400\n\nTadrso nyona-saktiril yo\nquoted, 105\n\nTamasa\n\nSiva covered with, 176\nTapana Misra\nCaitanya and Sanatana ate at house of,\n37-39\n\nextended invitation to Sanatana, 35\n\nTene brahma hrda ya adi-kavaye\nquoted, 151\n\nTilaka\n\nexplanation of, 152\n\nKr�r:Ja's forms constitute twelve marks\n\nas name of Kr�r:Ja, 132\n\nmarking body with, 112-113,402\n\nSvayam bhagavan\nSvayaril-rOpa\n\nas Kr�r:Ja as cowherd boy, 94\nas original form of the Lord, 93, 98\n\nSvetasvatara Upani$ad\n\nquoted on conception of living entities,\n153\n\nSweetness\n\nCaitanya carried away by Kr�r:Ja's, 316\ngoddess of fortune captivated by\nKr�r:Ja's, 295\nKr�r:Ja's exposed to Sanatana, 315\n\nof, 99\n\nTime\nMaha-Vi�r:JU\n\nas\n\nmaster\n\nof\n\neternal,\n\n147-148\n\nnever vanquishes those for whom Kr�r:Ja\nis dear, 425\nspiritual world devoid of influence of.\n149\n\nTirtha-yatra parisrama, kevala\nquoted, 28\nTransmigration\never-conditioned soul subjected to, 328\n\n", "mad8#p0518": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n488\n\nTreta-yuga\n\nrakta avatara in, 135\n\nthe Lord's incarnation for, 185-188\n\nTrivikrama\n\nas incarnation, 123\nas expansion of Pradyumna, 110\n\nas predominating Deity of Jyaigha, 112\n\nVaibhava-prakasa\nfirst manifestation of, 98\n\nson of Devaki as example of, 99\n\nVaibhava-vilasa\n\ndiffer according to placement of weapons, 107-108\n\ndistinguished by dress and features, 116\n\nhas different bodily features, 116\n\nVaikarika\n\nr e m e m b e r e d w h e n m a r k i n g right\n\nVaikuQtha\n\nposition of weapons of, 127\nshoulder with tilaka, 113\n\nTulasi leaves\n\none must serve, 400\n\nTyaktva deharh punar janma\n\nSiva covered with, 176\nas avatara in Raivata-manvantara, 183\n\nVaikuQtha\nas part of spiritual world; 141\n\nDeities nondifferent from murtis in, 120\n\nquoted, 224\n\nexpanded b e y o n d our ability to\n\nquoted, 33\n\nforms of Lord preside over planets in,\n\nTyaktva WrQam ase?a-maQ(iala\n\nmeasure, 233\n\n232\n\ninhabitants of have full opulence, 233\n\nu\n\nKr�rJa complete in, 225\n\nKr�rJa's beauty unparalleled by predominating deities of, 295\n\nUddhava\n\ndescribes Kr�rJa's pastimes in yogamaya\nform, 284\n\nKr�rJa's smile spreads rays throughout,\n311\n\nlocated in corner of Vrndavana, 247\npastime forms preside over, 117\n\nUjjvala-nilamaQi\ncited on birth of perfect devotee, 224\n\nplanets in like rooms of a treasurehouse,\n\nK�irodakasayi Vi�Qu as, 353\n\npredominating deities of all universes\n\nUniversal form\n\n257\n\nMaha-Vi�Qu as master of, 147\n\nUniverses\n\nconditioned souls wander in, 328-329\n\neach contains unlimited atmospheres,\n260\n\neach dominated by a Brahma, 241\neach has its own Brahma and Siva, 263\nlike atoms in the sky, 239\n\nsustained by living entities, 325\n\nUpendra\n\nas pastime expansion, 114-115\nposition of weapons of, 130\n\nv\n\nand, 281\nSe�a Naga in, 135\n\nvibration of Kr�Qa's flute attracts goddesses of fortune in, 313\n\nVaisakha\n\nMadhusodana as predominating Deity\nof, 111\n\nVai?Qavanarh yatha sambhub\nquoted, 175\nVai�Qavas\ndevelop all qualities of Kr�rJa, 369\n\nnot to be considered part of caste, 120\nperfection of eyes is to see, 31\n\nrecognized by their preaching work, 5-6\nthose who imitate dress of should be\navoided, 404\n\nVaibhava-prakasa\n\nas two-hand form, 100\nBalarama as Kr�rJa's, 108\n\nVaisyas\n\ncome from legs of Brahma, 392\n\ncome from waist of Brahma, 338\n\n", "mad8#p0519": "General Index\n\nVajrarigaji\nSee: Hanuman\nVamana\nas avatara in\n\n489\n\nVasudevab sarvam iti\n\nverses quoted, 239\nVasudeve bhagavati bhakti-yogab\nVaivasvata-manvantara,\n\n183\n\nas expansion of Pradyumna, 110\nas incarnation, 123\nas pastime incarnation, 166-167\nas predominating Deity of A�a<;lha,\n112\nhas different bodily features, 116\nposition of weapons of, 127\n\nremembered when marking left side of\nbelly with tilaka, 113\nVanaprastha\n\nforbidden to associate with women,\n378\n\nVaraha\nas expansion in Dvaraka Puri, 132\nas pastime incarnation, 166-167\nVararyasi\nSanatana arrived at, 22\nVart:�iisrama-dharma\ninsufficient without devotional service,\n337-338\nVar?a\nSee: KhaQr;/a\nVarul)a\nas predominating deity, 263\nVasudeva\nas father of Kr�rya, 204\nVasudeva\nas direct prabhava pastime form, 117\nas expansion of Kr�rya, 324\nas expansion of Supreme Lord, 190\nas personality in Dvaraka Puri, 132\nas prabhava-vi Iasa, 105-106\nas predominating Deity of mahat-tattva,\n156\nas vilasa-rOpa, 98-99\ncharacteristics of, 100-102\ndesires to enjoy Kr�rya's beauty, 103\nexpansions of, 109\nknowledge expressed through, 140\nKr�rya's pastimes in V aikury�ha as, 287\npastime expansions from, 114-115\nposition of weapons of, 125\nresides at Anandaral)ya, 119\n\nverses quoted, 91\nVayu\nas predominating deity, 263\nVedaharil samatitani vartamanani\nverses quoted, 70\nVedais ca sarvair aham eva vedyab\n\nquoted, 67, 73\nVedariga\nSupreme Lord known as, 258-259\nVedanta-sOtra\nquoted on Absolute Truth as source of\neverything, 150-151\nquoted on Kr�rya as source of everything, 154\nquoted on purpose of life, 69\nresult of study of, 67\nVedic knowledge summarized in, 200\nVedas\n\nas mother, 323\nBrahma infused with knowledge of, 206\nbrahmat:Ja must be expert in knowledge\nof, 30\ncall Kr�rya's pastimes eternal, 222\nenergies explained in, 153\nfour divisions of, 200\ngoddesses of fortune as most chaste\nwomen of, 288-289\nthree sections of, 82\nVedavyasa\nSee: Vyasadeva\nVedic hymns\nbegin with sahasra-sir�a, 164\nVedic literature\nadvises that our real connection is with\nKr�rya, 70-71\nconditioned souls educated through,\n65-66\nGita as essence of, 67\nKr�rya as compiler of, 64\nreal conclusion of, 80-82\nthree things described in, 66, 79\nVedic mathematics\nsystem of explained, 243\n\nVibhu\nas avatara in Svaroci?a-manvantara, 183\n\n", "mad8#p0520": "Sri Caitanya-caritim!1a\n\n490\n\nVi�l)uloka\n\nVibhiiti\n\ninnumerable Vaikul)�ha planets in, 256\n\nexplained in Cita, 212\n\nVi�Qu-miirtis\n\nVidura\ncalled a holy\n\nplace by Yudhi��hira,\n\nas only expansions of personal and\nplenary portions, 172\n\n27-28\nUddhava describes yogamaya form to,\n\n284\n\nposition of weapons of, 123-131\nVi�Qu PuraQa\ncited on advancement of impersonalist,\n\nVi/asa-rupa\n\n195\n\ndivisions of, 98-99\n\ncited\n\nViraja River\nbetween material and spiritual worlds,\n258-260\nSankar�al)a lies down in, 147-148\n\non Dvapara-yuga incarnations,\n190\nquoted on energies of Parabrahman, 55,\n56-58\nVi�Qu-tattvas\n\nspiritual nature lies beyond, 278\n\nas forms of K[�l)a, 97\n\nVi�I)U\nas controller of modes of nature,\n\nK[�l)a as origin of all, 85\nRudra not one of, 174\n\n251-252\n\nVi�vak�ena\n\nas expansion of Sankar�al)a, 110\nas guQa-avatara, 135\n\nas avatara in Brahma-savarQya-manvantara, 184\n\nas incarnation, 123, 287\nas incarnation of material qualities, 169\nas\n\none\n\nand\n\nonly\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\ncomments on ujjvala-nilamaQi, 224\nVivasvan\n\nGodhead, 80\nas predominating Deity of Caitra, 111\nas transcendental to material qualities,\n\nas name of sun-god, 264-265\nVows\none should observe, 401\n\n162\ncarried in heart of pure devotee, 27-28\ncharacteristics\n\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura\n\nand\n\na c t i v i t i es\n\nof,\n\n177-179\ndevotee should not bear blasphemy of,\n398\nfirst form of, 157\nincarnations of as cause of creation,\n252\n\nVrajabhomi\nsound of K[�l)a's flute attracts damsels\nor, 312\nVraja-mar;J<;iala\nSee: Vrndavana\nVrndavana\nBalarama as cowherd boy in, 106\nbegging in, 41\n\nin charge of maintenance, 163\n\ngopis criticize Brahma in, 300\n\nKr�l)a as master of, 249, 251\n\nhas wonderful opulences, 247\n\nK[�l)a as origin of, 393\n\ni d e n t i c a l to jag annatha Puri and\n\nKr�l)a born as four-handed, 99\nmantra of twelve names of, 112-113\nposition of weapons of, 127\npuru$a-avataras as incarnations of, 134\nremembered when marking right side of\nbelly with tilaka, 113\nresides at Vi�l)u-kanci, 120\nSankar�al)a as expansion of, 133\nthree forms of, 138-139\nVi�l)u-kanci\nas residence of Vi�I)U, 120\n\nNavadvipa, 405\nif physically unable one should mentally\nlive in, 424\ninhabitants of are very dear to K[�l)a,\n423\ninhabitants of engaged in\n\nragatmika\n\nbhakti, 417\nK[�l)a and friends wander through, 290\nK[�l)a beloved by residents of, 90-91\nK[�l)a created all material and spiritual\nplanets at, 240\n\n", "mad8#p0521": "General Index\nVrndavana\nKr��Ja enjoys pastimes in, 221\nKr��Ja exhibits Himself in relationship in,\n70\nKr��Ja is present in, 395\nKr��Ja most complete in, 225-227\n\nKr��Ja's smile spreads rays throughout,\n311\noffender becomes hog or monkey in,\n405\nROpa and Anupama went to, 34\ntransactions between Kr�!Ja and gopis\npossible only in, 298\nvibration of Kr��Ja's flute attracts damsels of, 313-314\nvibration of Kr�!Ja's flute enters, 312\nVrndavana-dhama\nSee: Vrndavana\nVyasadeva\nas author of Bhagavatam, 332\nas author of Vedas, 200\nas compiler of Vedic literature, 64\nas father of Sukadeva Gosvami, 291\nas incarnation, 287\nas saktyavesa-avatara, 64\none who studies Vedas indebted to, 410\nteaches conditioned souls through\nVedic literatures, 65\n\nw\nWater\nas separated material energy, 153\nbody anointed with, 113\nGanges not to be considered ordinary,\n120\nhalf the universe filled with, 161\nWealth\nas opulence of Kr�!Ja, 286\nWeapons\naccompany Caitanya, 193\nCaturvyoha expansions named ac­\n\ncording to position of, 109\nDvapara-yuga incarnation holds own,\n189\n\n491\n\nWeapons\nKr�!Ja's forms named according to, 97,\n99\npastime forms named according to\nposition of, 115\nposition of Vi�l) u m urti, 123-131\n-\n\nvaibhava-vilasa differ according to\n\nplacement of, 107-1 08\nWorld, material\narea-mOrtis in, 122\nas one fourth of Lord's energy, 259\navataras don't belong to, 136\nborder between spiritual and, 147-148\ncalled eka-pada, 262\ncompared to big fort, 260\nconditioned soul gets two kinds of\nbodies in, 328-329\nexpansions in, 120-121\nKr��Ja's form for pastimes in, 284\nliving entities begotten through Siva in,\n152\nLord's form descending in, 145\nmaintained by Vi�I)U, 162\none is temporarily in, 415\npast, present and future belong only to,\n59\nsome pastime forms situated within,\n118\nthree functions within, 168\nWorld, spiritual\nborder between material and, 147-148\ncalled tripad-bhota, 262\ncreated by Sarikar�al)a, 141-142\nDeities nondifferent from mOrtis in, 120\nexpansions of Kr��Ja as residents of, 145\nKr��Ja's pastimes in, 287\nonly pure devotees in, 149\npastime forms preside over Vaikul)tha\nin, 117\npast, present and future do not exist in,\n59\nshown to Brahma, 149\nWomen\ncan't beget children alone, 155\ndanger of associatin with, 376-377\ngoddesses of fortune as chaste, 289\ngoddess of fortune worshiped by all\nchaste, 295\n\n", "mad8#p0522": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrfa\n\n492\n\nYasya deve para bhakti/:1\n\nWomen\nof Mathura described fortune of gopis,\n\n292\nsound of Kr�r:Ja's flute breaks chastity of,\n313-314\nWorship\nanointing body after daily, 112-113\nas occupational duty in Dvapara-yuga,\n189\nfor Kali-yuga, 191,193-196\nof different forms, 97\nof murti forms, 120\n\nquoted, 404\nYaya sammohito jiva\nverses quoted, 64\nYe' nye' ravindiik?a vimukta-maninas\nverses quoted, 74\nYe�aril tv anta-gataril paparil\nverses quoted, 241\nYoga\ncompared to a black snake, 73-74\ndependent on bhakti, 330-331\nmystic has nothing to do with pure soul,\n\n415\ntemperate habits in, 41\n\ny\n\nthose who practice attain Paramatma,\n\n88\nYogamaya\n\nYad dhyayato vi�Qum\nquoted, 195\nYad ruparil tad-abhedena\nverses quoted, 93\nYadu dynasty\nannihilation of as end of pastimes, 222\nSupreme Lord best of, 167\n\nactivities of absent in spiritual sky, 287\nYogendras\nKarabhajana Muni as one of, 190, 196\nYogesvara\nas avatara in Deva-savarQya, 184\nYudhi�thira\nVidura called a holy place by, 27-28\nYuga-avataras\n\nYajiia\nas avatara in Svayambhuva-manvantara,\n\nas incarnations in different milleniums,\n\n135\n\n183\n\nas svarilsa expansions, 1 OS\n\nYajur\nas division of Vedas, 200\nYamaraja\nas predominating deity, 263\n\ndescription of, 185-193\nYuktahara-viharasya\nverses quoted, 41\n\nby fruitive activities one subject to\npunishment of, 73\n\nz\n\nYamuna\nsituated on other side of Gokula, 99\nYasoda\nas inhabitant of Vrndavana, 420\n\nZodiac\nsun moves across, 218-219\n\n", "mad8#p0523": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada appeared in this world\nin 1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvati Gosvami, in Calcutta in 1922. Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati, a prominent\ndevotional scholar and the founder of sixty-four Gauc;liya Mathas (Vedic Institutes), liked this educated young man and convinced him to dedicate his life to\nteaching Vedic knowledge. Srila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven\nyears later (1933) at Allahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in 1922, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura requested\nSrila Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge through the English language. In\n\nthe years that followed, Srila Prabhupada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavad­\n\ngita, assisted the Gauc;liya Matha in its work and, in 1944, without assistance,\n\nstarted an English fortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and\nchecked the galley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies freely and\nstruggled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the magazine never stopped;\nit is now being continued by his disciples in the West.\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion, the\nGauc;liya V ai?r;�ava Society honored him in 1947 with the title \"Bhaktivedanta.\" In\n\n1950, at the age of fifty-four, Srila Prabhupada retired from married life, and four\nyears later he adopted the vanaprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his\nstudies and writing. Srila Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of Vrndavana,\nwhere he lived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and writing.\nHe accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in 1959. At Radha-Damodara,\n\nSrila Prabhupada began work on his life's masterpiece: a multivolume translation\nand commentary on the eighteen thousand verse\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Bhagavata Purar,Ja). He also wrote Easy journey to Other Planets.\n\nAfter publishing three volumes of Bhagavatam, Srila Prabhupada came to the\n\nUnited States, in 1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual master. Since that time,\nHis Divine Grace has written over forty volumes of authoritative translations,\ncommentaries and summary studies of the philosophical and religious classics of\nIndia.\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Srila Prabhupada\nwas practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great difficulty that he\nestablished the International Society for Krishna Consciousness in july of 1966.\nUnder his careful guidance, the Society has grown within a decade to a world­\n\nwide confederation of almost one hundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes\nand farm communities.\nIn 1968, Srila Prabhupada created New Vrndavana, an experimental Vedic community in the hills of West Virginia. Inspired by the success of New Vrndavana,\nnow a thriving farm community of more than one thousand acres, his students\nhave since founded several similar communities in the United States and abroad.\n\n493\n\n", "mad8#p0524": "494\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and second­\n\nary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in Dallas, Texas. The\nschool began with 3 children in 1972, and by the beginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\nSrila Prabhupada has also inspired the construction of a large international\ncenter at Sridhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also the site for a\nplanned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the magnificent Kr�QaBalarama T ernple and International Guest House in Vrndavana, India. These are\ncenters where Westerners can live to gain firsthand experience of Vedic culture.\nSrila Prabhupada's most significant contribution, however, is his books. Highly\nrespected by the academic community for their authoritativeness, depth and\nclarity, they are used as standard textbooks in numerous college courses. His\nwritings have been translated into eleven languages. The Bhaktivedanta Book\nTrust, established in 1972 exclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace,\nhas thus become the world's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian\nreligion and philosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Srila Prabhupada's\nmost recent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-completed\n\nby Srila Prabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali religious classic Sri\nCaitanya-caritamrta.\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Srila Prabhupada has circled\nthe globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to six continents. In\nspite of such a vigorous schedule, Srila Prabhupada continues to write prolifically.\nHis writings constitute a veritable library of Vedic philosophy, religion, literature\nand culture.\n\n", "mad8#p0525": "(continued from front flap)\nMadhya-lila (the middle period), the\n\nlongest of the three, is a detailed narration of\nSri Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels\nthroughout India as a renounced mendicant,\n\nteacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and\n\nmystic. Finally, Antya-lila (the final period)\n\nconcerns the last eighteen years of Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's manifest presence, spent in\n\nsemiseclusion in Jagannatha Puri, Orissa.\nDuring these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted\n\ndeeper and deeper into trances of spiritual\necstasy unparalleled in all of religious and\n\nliterary history, Eastern or Western.\n\n, Kr�t:�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami, the author of\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta, was a great saint and\n\na confidential disciple and student of\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami, the renowned\nascetic saint who was one of the most inti­\n\nmate disciples of Sri Caitanya. He com­\n\nmenced work on the text while in his late\n\nnineties and in failing health, as he vividly\ndescribes in the text itself: \"I have now be­\n\ncome too old and disturbed in invalidity.\nWhile writing, my hands tremble. I cannot\nremember anything, nor can I see or hear\n\nproperly. Still I write, and this is a great\nwonder.\" That he nevertheless completed,\nunder such debilitating conditions, the\n\ngreatest literary gem of medieval India is\nsurely one of the wonders of literary history.\n\nThe English translation and commentary is\nthe work of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhakti­\n\nvedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's\n\nmost distinguished scholar and teacher of\n\nIndian religious and philosophical thought.\nHe himself is a disciplic descendant of Sri\n\nCaitanya, and his intimate familiarity with\nthe precepts of Caitanya Mahaprabhu emi­\n\nnently qualifies him to present this important classic to the English-speaking world.\n\nThe ease and clarity with which he expounds upon Sri Caitanya's precepts lures\n\neven a reader totally unfamiliar with Indian\nreligious tradition into a genuine understanding and appreciation of this profound\nand monumental work.\nThe entire text, with commentary, presented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\n\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust,\n\nrepresents a contribution of major importance to the intellectual, cultural and\nspiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n", "mad8#p0526": "MADHYA-LiLA\n\nVolumes\n\nSRI\nCAITANYACARITAMRTA\n•\n\nHIS DIVINE GRA.CE\n\nA.C. Bhaktlvedanta\nSwami\nPrabhupada\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is the authorized work on the life and teachings of Sri\nKr�oa Caitanya-the philosopher, saint, spiritual preceptor, mystic and divine\nincarnation who pioneered a great social and religious movement in Sixteenth\nCentury India. His teachings, which embody the highest philosophical and\ntheolgoical truths, have affected centuries of religious and philosophical\nthinkers until the present day.\n\nThis tran slation and commentary on the original Bengali text is the work of\n\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupa.da (pictured above), the\nworld's most distinguished scholar and teacher of Indian thought and culture\nand author of the best-selling Bhagavad-gita As It Is. This translation of Sri\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta represents a contribution of major importance to the\n\nintellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n•\n\nTHE\nBHAKTIVEDANT A\nBOOK TRUST\n\n", "mad8#p0527": "", "mad9#p0001": "-\n\nYA•\n\nMADHYA-LILA \\blurne 9\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n", "mad9#p0002": "-\n\nSRI CAITANYA-CARITAMRTA\nIt would not be inaccurate to say that Sri\nCaitanya-caritamrta is one of the most important works of historical and philosophical\nliterature ever written, in any language. It is\nthe principal work on the life and teachings\nof SrT Kr�t:�a Caitanya, a divine incarnation of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. SrT\nCaitanya is the pioneer of a great social and\nreligious movement which began in India a\nlittle less than five hundred years ago and\n\nwhich has directly and indirectly influenced\nthe subsequent course of religious and\n\nphilosophical thinking not only in India but\nin the recent West as well.\nAt a time when, in the West, man was\ndirecting\n\nhis\n\nexplorative spirit toward\n\ncircumnavigating the world in search of new\noceans and continents and toward studying\nthe structure of the physical universe, SrT\nKr�t:�a Caitanya, in the East, was inaugurating\nand masterminding a revolution directed inward, toward a scientific understanding of\nthe highest knowledge of man's spiritual\nnature.\nWithin his lifetime, SrT Caitanya\ntransformed the face o f India i n four\nrespects: philosophically, by encountering,\ndefeating and converting the greatest philosophers and thinkers of his day; religiously,\nby organizing the largest, most widespread\ntheistic\n\nmovement\n\nin\n\nIndia's\n\nhistory;\n\nsocially, by his strong challenges against the\nreligious inequities of the caste system;\npolitically, by his organization of a massive\ncivil disobedience movement in Bengal, 450\nyears before Gandhi.\n\nThe text is divided into three sections\n\ncalled \"li/as.\" Adi-lila (the early period)\ntraces his life from birth through his accep­\n\ntance of the renounced order, sannyasa, at\nthe age of twenty-four. This part includes his\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and\n\nearly philosophical confrontations, as well as\n\nhis\n\norganization of the widespread\nsankirtana movement and his civil disobedience against the repression of the\nMohammedan government.\n\n(continued on back flap)\n\n", "mad9#p0003": "-\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAMRTA\n•\n\n", "mad9#p0004": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-5 (15 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri TSopani�ad\nEasy journey to Other Planets\nKr��a Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr��a, The Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nKr��a, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr��a\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Krsna Consciousness\nKr��a Consciou�ness: The Matchless Gift\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\nA complete catalogue is available upon request\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "mad9#p0005": "All Glory to Sri Guru and Gauranga\n\n--\n\nCJ\\ITANYJ\\CARITAIRTA\n•\n\nof Km•adasa Kaviraja Gosvami\n\nMadhya-lila\nVolume Nine\n\n\"The lord Concludes His Travels\"\n\nwith the original Bengali tex�\nRoman transliterations, synonyms,\ntranslation and elaborate purports\n\nby\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANT A BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London· Bombay\n\n", "mad9#p0006": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n© 1975 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-93206\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-71-4\n\nFirst printing, 1975: 20,000 copies\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "mad9#p0007": "Contents\n\nvi\n\nIntroduction\n\nChapter 23\n\nLife's Ultimate Goal-Love of Godhead\n\nChapter 24\n\nThe Sixty-one Explanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n81\n\nChapter 25\n\nHow All the Residents of Varar:Jasi Became V ai�r:Javas\n\n295\n\n1\n\nReferences\n\n455\n\nGlossary·\n\n457\n\nBengali Pronunciation Guide\n\n463\n\nIndex of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n465\n\nGeneral Index\n\n483\n\nThe Author\n\n513\n\nv\n\n", "mad9#p0008": "Introduction\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is the principal work on the life and teachings of Sri\nKr�l)a Caitanya. Sri Caitanya is the pioneer of a great social and religious movement which began in India a little less than five hundred years ago and which has\ndirectly and indirectly influenced the subsequent course of religious and philosophical thinking not only in India but in the recent West as well.\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is regarded as a figure of great historical significance.\nHowever, our conventional method of historical analysis-that of seeing a man as\na product of his times-fails here. Sri Caitanya is a personality who transcends the\nlimited scope of historical settings.\nAt a time when, in the West, man was directing his explorative spirit toward\nstudying the structure of the physical universe and circumnavigating the world in\nsearch of new oceans and continents, Sri Kr�l)a Caitanya, in the East, was inaugurating and masterminding a revolution directed inward, toward a scientific\nunderstanding of the highest knowledge of man's spiritual nature.\nThe chief historical sources for the life of Sri Kr�l)a Caitanya are the ka(iacas (diaries) kept by Murari Gupta and SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami. Murari Gupta, a\nphysician and close associate of Sri Caitanya's, recorded extensive notes on the\nfirst twenty-four years of Sri Caitanya's life, culminating in his initiation into the\nrenounced order, sannyasa. The events of the rest of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's forty-eight years are recorded in the diary of SvarOpa Damodora Gosvami, another of\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's intimate associates.\nS ri Caitanya-caritamrta is divided into three sections called lilas, which literally\nmeans \"pastimes\"-Adi-lila (the early period), Madhya-lila (the middle period)\nand Antya-lila (the final period). The notes of Murari Gupta form the basis of the\nAdi-lila, and SvarOpa Damodara's diary provides the details for the Madhya- and\nAntya-lilas.\nThe first twelve of the seventeen chapters of Adi-lila constitute the preface for\nthe entire work. By referring to Vedic scriptural evidence, this preface establishes\nSri Caitanya as the avatara (incarnation) of Kr�l)a (God) for the age of Kali-the\ncurrent epoch, beginning five thousand years ago and characterized by materialism, hypocrisy and dissension. In these descriptions, Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\nis identical with Lord Kr�l)a, descends to liberally grant pure love of God to the\nfallen\n\nsouls\n\nof\n\nthis\n\ndegraded\n\nage\n\nby\n\npropagating\n\nsarikirtana-literally,\n\n\"congregational glorification of God\"-especially by organizing massive public\nchanting of the maha-mantra (Great Chant for Deliverance). The esoteric purpose\nof Lord Caitanya's appearance in the world is revealed, his co-avataras and principal devotees are described and his teachings are summarized. The remaining\nportion of Adi-lila, chapters thirteen through seventeen, briefly recounts his\ndivine birth and his life until he accepted the renounced order. This includes his\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and early philosophical confrontations, as\nwell as his organization of a widespread sarikirtana movement and his civil disobedience against the repression of the Mohammedan government.\n\nvi\n\n", "mad9#p0009": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\nThe subject of Madhya-lila, the longest of the three divisions, is a detailed narration of Lord Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels throughout India as a\nrenounced mendicant, teacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and mystic. During this period of six years, Sri Caitanya transmits his teachings to his principal disciples. He debates and converts many of the most renowned philosophers and\ntheologians of his time, including Sankarites, Buddhists and Muslims, and incorporates their many thousands of followers and disciples into his own burgeoning\nnumbers. A dramatic account of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's miraculous activities at\nthe giant Jagannatha Cart Festival in Orissa is also included in this section.\n\nAntya-lila concerns the last eighteen years of Sri Caitanya's manifest presence,\n\nspent in semiseclusion near the famous Jagannatha temple at Jagannatha Puri in\nOrissa. During these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted deeper and deeper into\ntrances of spiritual ecstasy unparalleled in all of religious and literary history,\nEastern or Western.\n\nSri Caitanya's perpetual and ever-increasing\n\nreligious\n\nbeatitude, graphically described in the eyewitness accounts of SvanJpa Damodara\nGosvami, his constant companion during this period, clearly defy the investigative\nand descriptive abilities of modern psychologists and phenomenologists of\n·\n\nreligious experience.\n\nThe author of this great classic, Kr�r;Jadasa Kaviraja Gosvami, born in the year\n\n1507, was a disciple of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, a confidential follower of\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Raghunatha dasa, a renowned ascetic saint, heard and\nmemorized all the activities of Caitanya Mahaprabhu told to him by SvarOpa\nDamodara. After the passing away of Sri Caitanya and SvanJpa Damodara,\nRaghunatha dasa, unable to bear the pain of separation from these objects of his\ncomplete devotion, traveled to Vrndavana, intending to commit suicide by jumping from Govardhana Hill. In Vrndavana, however, he encountered ROpa Gosvami\nand Sanatana Gosvami, the most confidential disciples of Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThey convinced him to give up his plan of suicide and impelled him to reveal to\nthem the spiritually inspiring events of Lord Caitanya's later life. Kr�r;Jadasa Kaviraja\nGosvami was also residing in Vrndavana at this time, and Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami endowed him with a full comprehension of the transcendental life of Sri\nCaitanya.\nBy this time, several biographical works had already been written on the life of\nSri Caitanya by contemporary and near-contemporary scholars and devotees.\n\nThese included Sri Caitanya-carita by Murari Gupta, Caitanya-marigala by Locana\n\ndasa Thakura and Caitanya-bhagavata. This latter text, a work by Vrndavana dasa\n\nThakura, who was then considered the principal authority on Sri Caitanya's life,\nwas highly revered. While composing his important work, Vrndavana dasa, fearing\nthat it would become too voluminous, avoided elaborately describing many of\nthe events of Sri Caitanya's life, particulary the later ones. Anxious to hear of these\nlater pastimes, the devotees of Vrndavana requested Kr�r;Jadasa Kaviraja Gosvami,\nwhom they respected as a great saint, to compose a book to narrate these\n\nvii\n\n", "mad9#p0010": "His Divine Grace\nA C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "mad9#p0011": "Outside and inside views of the samadhi (tomb) of Srila Sanatana Gosvami at the Madana-mohana temple in Vrndavana. Sanatana\nGosvami was instructed by the lord Himself in the science of devotional service and thus empowered to establish the cult of Vai�l)avism.\n\n", "mad9#p0012": "LEFT: The bhajana-kutira of Srila Sanatana Gosvami at Sri Radha-kul)<;la in the district of Mathura.\nRIGHT: The samadhi of Srila Gopala Bhana Gosvami, one of the great and exalted devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, located at the\nRadha-ramal)a temple in Vrndavana.\n\n", "mad9#p0013": "The temple and Deity of Sri Radha-ramal)a, established by Srila Gopala Bhatta Gosvami under the direction of Srila ROpa and Sanatana\nGosvamis. Sri Radha-ramar;�a manifested Himself from a salagrama-sila stone worshiped by Gopala Bhana Gosvami and is one of the\nseven principal Deities of Vrndavana.\n\n", "mad9#p0014": "The temple and Deities of SrT SrT Radha-GopTnatha. SrT GopTnathajT, one of the principal Deities of\nVrndavana, was first ac quired by Paramananda GosvamT and worshiped by Madhu Par:�<;lita, a disciple\nof SrTia Gadadhara Pa�c;lita.\n\n", "mad9#p0015": "The temple of Bindu Madhava in Vara�asi (Benares), where Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu converted all the residents into Vai��avas by His\necstatic chantin and dancin in love of Godhead. (p.337)\n\n", "mad9#p0016": "The temple of Visvesvara in Varat:Jasi, where countless thousands of people lined up to see Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and received Him by chanting the Hare Kr�t:Ja maha-mantra. (p.395)\n\n", "mad9#p0017": "PLATE ONE\n\"Lord Kr�r:ta, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who appeared as\nthe son of Nanda Maharaja, is the supreme hero in all dealings. Similarly,\n\nSrimati Radharar:ti is the topmost heroine in all dealings. Kr�r:ta is the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead Himself, and He is the crown jewel of all\nheroes. In Kr�r:ta, all transcendental good qualities are permanently situ­\n\nated. The transcendental goddess Srimati Radharar:ti is the direct counterpart of Lord Sri Kr�Qa. She is the central figure for all the goddesses of for­\n\ntune. She possesses all the attraction to attract the all-attractive Personality of Godhead. She is the primeval internal potency of the Lord.\"\n\n(pp.43-44)\n\n", "mad9#p0018": "", "mad9#p0019": "PLATE TWO\n\"My dear Lord, I am a very lowborn person. Indeed, I am a servant to\nlowborn people; therefore I am very, very downtrodden. Nonetheless,\n\nYou have taught me.conclusions unknown even to Lord Brahma. The con­\n\nclusions that you have told me are the ocean of the ambrosia of truth. My\nmind is unable to approach even a drop of that ocean. If You want to\nmake a lame man like me dance, kindly bestow Your transcendental\n\nblessings by keeping Your lotus feet on my head. Now, will You please tell\nme, 'Let whatever I have instructed all be fully manifest unto you.' By\n\nbenedicting me in this way, You will give me strength to describe all this.\"\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then placed His hand on Sanatana Gosvami's\n\nhead and benedicted him, saying, \"Let all these benedictions be manifest\nto you.\" (pp.77-78)\n\n", "mad9#p0020": "", "mad9#p0021": "PLATE THREE\n\n\"0 good fortune personified! 0 original Personality of Godhead, all\nthese bees are chanting about Your transcendental fame, which will purify\nthe entire universe. Indeed, they are following Your path in the forest and\nare worshiping You. Actually they are all saintly persons, but now they\nhave taken the form of bees. Although You are playing like a human\nbeing, they could not forget that You are their worshipable Deity. This\nland Vrndavana (Vrajabhomi) is glorified today. Your lotus feet have\ntouched the earth and grass. Your fingers have touched the trees and\ncreepers, and Your merciful eyes have glanced upon rivers, hills, birds and\nbeasts. The gopis have been embraced by Your arms, and even the goddess of fortune desires this. Now all of these are glorified.\" (pp.179, 196)\n\n", "mad9#p0022": "", "mad9#p0023": "PLATE FOUR\n\"Narada Muni saw that a deer was lying on the path through the forest\nand that it was pierced by an arrow. It had broken legs and was twisting\ndue to much pain. Farther ahead, Narada Muni saw a boar pierced by an\narrow. Its legs were also broken, and it was twisting in pain. When he\nwent farther, he saw a rabbit that was also suffering. Narada Muni was\ngreatly pained at heart to see living entities suffer so. When Narada advanced farther, he saw a hunter behind a tree. This hunter was holding arrows, and he was ready to kill more animals. The hunter's body was\nblackish. He had reddish eyes, and he appeared fierce. It was as if the\nsuperintendent of death, Yamaraja, was standing there with bows and arrows in his hands. When Narada left the forest path and went to the\nhunter, all the animals immediately saw him and fled. When all the\nanimals fled, the hunter wanted to chastise Narada with abusive\nlanguage, but due to Narada's presence, he could not utter anything\nabusive.\" (pp.211-214)\n\n", "mad9#p0024": "", "mad9#p0025": "PLATE FIVE\n\"One day, while speaking to his friend Parvata Muni, Narada Muni requested him to go with him to see his disciple the hunter. When the\nsaintly sages came to the hunter's place, the hunter could see them coming from a distance. With great alacrity the hunter began to run toward\nhis spiritual master, but he could not fall down and offer obeisances because ants were running hither and thither around his feet. Seeing the\nants, the hunter whisked them away with a piece of cloth. After thus\nclearing the ants from the ground, he fell down flat to offer his obeisances. Narada Muni said, 'My dear hunter, such behavior is not at all\nastonishing. A man in devotional service is automatically nonviolent. He is\nthe best of gentlemen. 0 hunter, good qualities like nonviolence, which\nyou have developed, are not very astonishing, for those engaged in the\nLord's devotional service are never inclined to give pain to others because of envy.'\n\n\"\n\n(pp.234-236)\n\n", "mad9#p0026": "", "mad9#p0027": "PLATE SIX\n\"Upon\n\nreaching\n\nthe temple of\n\nBindu Madhava,\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, seeing the beauty of Lord Bindu Madhava, became overwhelmed in ecstatic love. He then began to dance in the courtyard of the\ntemple. There were four people accompanying Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nand these were Candrasekhara, Paramananda Puri, Tapana Misra and\nSanatana Gosvami. They were all chanting the Hare Kr�r:ta maha-mantra in\nthe following way. In all directions, hundreds and thousands of people\nbegan to chant, 'Hari Hari.' Thus there arose a tumultuous and auspicious\nsound filling the entire universe. When Prakasananda Sarasvati, who was\nstaying nearby, heard this tumultuous chanting of the Hare Kr�r:ta mahamantra, he and his disciples immediately came to see the Lord. When Pra­\n\nkasananda Sarasvati saw the Lord, he and his disciples also joined the\nchanting with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Prakasananda Sarasvati was\ncharmed by the Lord's dancing and ecstatic love, and by the transcendental beauty of His body.\" (pp.331-333)\n\n", "mad9#p0028": "", "mad9#p0029": "PLATE SEVEN\n\"All the people were astonished to see the Lord's jubilation and\nhumility and to hear Him talk in ecstasy. Indeed, all the residents of\nBenares (Kasi) saw the bodily transformations and were astonished.\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu regained His external consciousness, He\nsaw that many Mayavadi sannyasis and other people were gathering\nthere. He therefore suspended His dancing for the time being. After stopping the kirtana, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is a great example of\nhumility, offered prayers unto the feet of Prakasananda Sarasvati. At this,\nPrakasananda Sarasvati immediately came forward and clasped the Lord's\nlotus feet. Prakasananda Sarasvati said, 'Formerly I have committed many\noffenses against You by blaspheming You, but now the effects of my\noffenses are counteracted by touching Your lotus feet.'\" (pp.334-337)\n\n", "mad9#p0030": "", "mad9#p0031": "CHAPTER 23\n\nLife's Ultimate Goal-Love of Godhead\nThe following summary study of the Twenty-third Chapter is given by SrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura in his\n\nAmrta-pravaha-bha�ya. In this chapter SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu describes the symptoms of emotion and love and the awakening of\none's original loving relationship with the Lord, as well as the characteristics of a\ndevotee who has actually attained that stage. He then describes the gradual increase of love of God up to the point of mahabhava. He then describes the five\ndivisions of attraction and how they continue. He also describes the mellow\nderived from conjugal love, which is the supreme emotion. Conjugal love is\ndivided into two categories-svakiya and parakiya. Svakiya refers to loving affairs\nbetween husband and wife, and parakiya refers to loving affairs between two\nlovers. There are a number of descriptions in this connection. There is also a description of the sixty-four transcendental qualities of Kr�r:Ja. SrTmatT Radharar:JT has\ntwenty-five transcendental qualities.\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu then describes those candidates who are eligible to\ntaste the mellows of devotional service. Their fundamental natures and their\nvarieties are also described. The Lord also informs Sanatana GosvamT about all the\nconfidential paraphernalia of devotional service. He gives a description of Goloka\nVrndavana, where the Lord is engaged in His eternal pastimes described in the\n\nHari-varhsa. There is also an opposing and favorable description of kesa-avatara.\nAll these instructions are mentioned herein.\n\np\n\nIn this way SrT Caitanya Maha rabhu blessed Sanatana GosvamT, placing His\nown hand on his head. Thus Sanatana received the power to describe these subjects in books like Hari-bhakti-vi/asa.\n\nTEXT 1\n\ntiJm�� fil•·��r��\n\n�$(-i{tll�i!lf��: I\n�t'f11fl� � ��'!-m c;�:\n�i tr'il\"eJ'<JIfl� .E!'l\"' ll � ll\n\n1\n\n", "mad9#p0032": "2\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ncirad adattarh nija-gupta-vittarh\nsvaprema-namamrtam atyudara/:1\napamararh yo vitatara gaura/:1\nkr$f)O janebhyas tam aharh prapadye\nSYNONYMS\n\ncirat-for a long time; adattam-not given; nija-gupta-vittam-His own personal confidential property; sva-prema-of love for Him; nama-of the holy\nname; amrtam-the ambrosia; ati-udara/:1-most munificent; a-pamaram-even\ndown to the lowest of men; ya/:1-one who; vitatara- di str i bu ted; gaura/:1-Sri\nGaurasundara; kr$Qa/:1-Lord Kr�l)a Himself; janebhya/:1-to the people in general;\n\ntam-to Him; aham-1; prapadye-offer obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\nmost\n\nmunificent\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead,\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nGaurakr�r:-a, distributed to everyone-even the lowest of men-His own confidential treasury in the form of the nectar of love of Himself and the holy\nname. This was never given to the people at any time before. I therefore offer\nmy respectful obeisances unto Him.\nTEXT 2\n\nQ � c;,ftt� � fiii!J1il\"f I\n\ntnt1�'t!G8 '\"' c;osftJ�� II � II\njaya jaya gauracandra jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\n\njaya jaya-all glories; gauracandra-to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-all glories; nityananda-to Nityananda Prabhu; jaya-all glories; advaita-candra-to\nAdvaita Acarya; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityananda! All\nglories to Advaita Acarya! And all glories to all the devotees of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu!\nTEXT 3\n\n�� <eil cef•� 'c;<211t'·�t�il 1\n\n��J i!RC'1 �it cef�J�·�tilll � 11\n\n", "mad9#p0033": "life's Ultimate Goal\n\nText 5]\n\n3\n\nebe suna bhakti-phala 'prema'-prayojana\nyahara sravaQe haya bhakti-rasa-jnana\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nebe suna-now hear; bhakti-phala-the result of the practice of devotional\nservice; prema-love of Godhead; prayojana-the ultimate goal of life; yahara\nsravaQe-by hearing of which; haya-there is; bhakti-rasa-jnana-transcendental\nknowledge of the mellows of devotional service.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"Now hear, 0 Sanatana, about the\nresult of devotional service, which is love of Godhead, life's ultimate goal. If\none hears this description, he will be enlightened in the transcendental\nmellows of devotional service.\n\nTEXT 4\n\n� �� �iJ ��t'f ''�11'·'el�� I\n\n�·ef�·�t�1f �� ''ltfil�1<1'•il't1f II 8 II\nkr$f!e rati gacjha haile 'prema'-abhidhana\nkr$Qa-bhakti-rasera ei 'sthayi-bhava'-nama\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr$Qe-unto Lord Kr?r:Ja; rati-affection; gacjha-deep; hai/e-when it becomes;\n\nprema-abhidhana-called love of God;\n\nkr$Qa-bhakti-rasera-of the\n\nmellows of devotional service to Kr?r:Ja; ei-this; sthayi-bhava-nama-called\nsthayi-bhava.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When affection for Kr�r:ta becomes deeper, one attains love of Godhead in\ndevotional service. Such a position is called sthayi-bhava, permanent enjoyment of the mellows of devotional service to Kr�r;ta.\n\nTEXT 5\n\n��'I�T<l\"C\"f�lo:!!I C·�\"IT-��g��J-\"'11\"ITJ�1'1: I\n��f�f\"D<:s\"IT �<tJ�'fC'Il �1<1: �rm� n t n\n\n", "mad9#p0034": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n4\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nsuddha-sattva-vise�atma\nprema-saryarhsu-samya-bhak\nrucibhis citta-maswyakrd asau bhava ucyate\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuddha-sattva-by unadulterated goodness;\n\nvise�a-distingu i shed ;\n\nalma­\n\nwhose nature; prema-of love of God; surya-like the sun; arhsu-a ray; samyabhak-which is similar to; rucibhi/:1-by different tastes; citta-of the heart;\nmaswya-so�tness; krt-which causes; asau-that softness; bhava/:1-emotion;\nucyate-is called.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When devotional service is situated on the transcendental platform of\npure goodness, it is like a ray of the sunlight of love for Kr�Qa. At such a time,\ndevotional service causes the heart to be softened by various tastes, and it is\ncalled bhava [emotion].'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.3.1).\nTEXT 6\n\n�t tl,-'et��1f '�ti\"Pt', ''i!�' ll(�tj I\n'��1Rf 1'1\"'1 �?;<t �if, �t'i!i{ II � II\ne dui,\n\n-\n\nbhavera 'svarupa', 'tatastha' lak�af)a\n\nprem•era lak�af)a ebe suna, sanatana\n\nSYNONYMS\nei dui-these two; bhavera-of emotion; sva-rupa-constitutional; tatastha­\n\nmarginal;\n\n/ak�aQ a- symptoms ;\n\npremera-of\n\nl ov e;\n\n/ak�aQa-the\n\nsymptoms;\n\nebe -now; suna -hear; sanatana -0 Sanatana.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Bhava\n\n[emotion]\n\nhas\n\ntwo\n\ndifferent\n\nsymptoms-constitutional\n\nand\n\nmarginal. Now, My dear Sanatana, listen to the symptoms of love.\nPURPORT\nThe word suddha-sattva-vise�atma means \"situated on the transcendental platform of pure goodness.\" In this way the soul is purified of all material contamina-\n\n", "mad9#p0035": "Life's Ultimate Goal\n\nText 8]\n\n5\n\ntion, and this position is called svarOpa-lak?al)a, the constitutional symptom of\nbhava, emotion. By various tastes, one's heart is softened, and there is an\nawakening of one's loving propensity to render spontaneous service to the Lord.\nThis is called tatastha-lak?al)a, the marginal symptom of bhava.\nTEXT 7\n\n'!\"l!J;!;,\"l!�f'r��tr{gi \"I�\"ll��\"ll,lt��= 1\n��: if .!J<f 'lt:!il'i1ifl �rlf: C·� \"lli f-l'll�C� II � II\nsamyari maswita-svanto\nmamatvatisayarikitah\nbhavah sa eva sandratma\nbudhaih prema nigadyate\nSYNONYMS\nsamyak-completely; maswita-svanta /:1\n\n-\n\nwhich makes the heart soft; mama­\n\ntva-of a sense of ownership; atisaya-arikita/:1-marked with an abundance;\nbhava/:1-emotion; sa/:1-that; eva-certainly; sandra-atma-whose nature is very\ncondensed; budhai/:1-by learned persons; prema-love of Godhead; nigadyate -is described.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When that bhava softens the heart completely, becomes endowed with a\ngreat feeling of possessiveness in relation to the lord and becomes very much\ncondensed and intensified, it is called prema [love of Godhead] by learned\nscholars.\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.4.1).\nTEXT 8\n\n\\5{0fij)'lflr�l f.glp� \"ll 'I!�I C•�ll'l'J1�1 I\n\n�r�r��n>rc� �,\"ll 'd�tcwt��- O!l�r�T: 11 lT 11\nananya-mamata vi?l)au\nmamata prema-sarigata\nbhaktir ity ucyate bhi?maprah/adoddhava-naradai/:1\nSYNONYMS\nananya-mamata-having a sense of relationships with no others; vi?l)au-in\nLord Vi�r:Ju, or Kr�r:Ja;\n\nmamata-the sense of ownership;\n\nprema-sarigata-\n\n", "mad9#p0036": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nendowed only with love; bhakti/:1-devotional service; iti-thus; ucyate-is said;\nbhi�ma-by Bhi�ma; prah/ada-by Prahlada Maharaja; uddhava-by Uddhava;\nnaradai/:1-and by Narada.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When one develops an unflinching sense of ownership or possessiveness\nin relation to lord Vi�r:tu, or, in other words, when one thinks Vi�r:tu and no\none else to be the only object of love, such an awakening is called bhakti\n[devotion] by exalted persons like Bhi�ma, Prahlada, Uddhava and Narada.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse, quoted from the Narada-pancaratra, is found in Bhakti-rasamrta­\n\nsindhu (1.4.2).\n\nTEXT 9\n\n,�til' �·tt�J ,�til' m1r '�'i' �flf � 1\nI!� �� iSf� '�t{.ll�' '� �� II � II\nkana bhagye kana jivera 'sraddha' yadi haya\n\ntabe sei jiva 'sadhu-sailga' ye karaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nkana bhagye-by some good fortune; kana jivera-of some living entity; srad­\n\ndha yadi haya-if there is faith; tabe-then; sei jiva-that living entity; sadhusailga-association with devotees; ye-certainly; karaya-makes.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"If, by good fortune, a living entity develops faith in Kr�r:ta, he begins to\nassociate with devotees.\nTEXT 10\n\n�t'!_llfR '�f;\\! �� ·��'!-��' I\n�lt{il�t�J �� 'J\\.ftil�fil��' II �\n\no\n\nII\n\nsadhu-sailga haite haya 'sraval)a-kirtana'\n\nsadhana-bhaktye haya 'sarvanartha-nivartana'\nSYNONYMS\n\nsadhu-sailga haite-from association with devotees; haya-there is; sraval)a­\n\nkirtana-hearing, chanting and so on; sadhana-bhaktye-by devotional service;\n\nhaya-there is; sarva-all; anartha-nivartana-disappearance of unwanted things.\n\n", "mad9#p0037": "Text 12]\n\nLife's Ultimate Goal\n\n7\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When one is encouraged in devotional service by the association of devotees, one becomes free from all unwanted contamination by following the\nregulative principles and chanting and hearing.\nTEXT 11\n\n�il�fil�� '�t� 'et�J 'fil�l' �� I\nfilii �t� ��'11i:W '?�' iS91�� II � � II\nanartha-nivrtti haile bhaktye 'ni�tha' haya\nni�tha haite sravaf)adye 'ruci' upajaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nanartha-nivrtti-disappearance of all unwanted contamination; hai/e-when\nthere is; bhaktye-in devotional service; ni�tha-firm faith; haya-there is; ni�tha\nhaite-from such firm faith; sravaf)a-adye-in hearing, chanting and so on; weitaste; upajaya-awakens.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When one is freed from all unwanted contamination, he advances with\nfirm faith. When firm faith in devotional service awakens, a taste for hearing\nand chanting also awakens.\nTEXT 12\n\n� �t'! �t•J �11 '�t��' �� I\n��f� �t'! �t� \\S!r;;JI �� &ii'!J� II ��II\nruci haite bhaktye haya 'asakti' pracura\nasakti haite citte janme kr�f!e prity-ankura\nSYNONYMS\n\nruci haite-from such a taste; bhaktye-in devotional service; haya-there is;\nasakti-attachment; pracura-deep; asakti haite-from attachment; citte-within the heart; ;anme-appears; kr�Qe-for Kr�r_1a; priti-ankura-the seed of affection.\nTRANSLATION\n\"After taste is awakened, a deep attachment arises, and from that attachment the seed of love for Kr�r:ta grows in the heart.\n\n", "mad9#p0038": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n8\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nTEXT 13\n\n� 'ret_,' �t\\J ��t\"f � '<;�'-�t1l 1\n�· <;�-'�t�rt'Sfil' �(t�\"f·1ft1lll '>� u\nsei 'bhava' gac;fha haile dhare 'prema'-nama\nsei prema-'prayojana' sarvananda-dhama\nSYNONYMS\nsei bhava-that emotional condition; gac;lha haile-when it becomes intensified; dhare\n\n-\n\ntakes ; prema-nama-the name love of Godhead; sei prema\n\n-\n\nthat\n\nlove of Godhead; prayojana-the ultimate goal of life; sarva-ananda-dhama-the\nreservoir of all pleasure.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When that ecstatic emotional stage intensifies, it is called love of Godhead. Such love is life's ultimate goal and the reservoir of all pleasure.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura summarizes this growth of love of Godhead as a\ngradual process. A person becomes interested in devotional service by some\ngood fortune. Eventually he becomes interested in pure devotional service without material contamination. At that point, a person wants to associate with devotees. As a result of this association, he becomes more and more interested in discharging devotional service and hearing and chanting. The more one is interested\nin hearing and chanting, the more he is purified of material contamination. Liberation from material contamination is called anartha-nivrtti, indicating a diminishing\nof all unwanted things. This is the test of development in devotional service. If\none actually develops the devotional attitude, he must be freed from the material\ncontamination of illicit sex, intoxication, gambling and meat-eating. These are the\npreliminary symptoms. When one is freed from all material contamination, his firm\nfaith awakens in devotional service. When firm faith develops, a taste arises, and\nby that taste, one becomes attached to devotional service. When this attachment\nintensifies, the seed of love of Kr�r:\"la fructifies. This position is called priti or rati\n(affection) or bhava (emotion). When rati intensifies, it is called love of Godhead.\nThis love of Godhead is actually life's highest perfection and the reservoir of all\npleasure.\nThus devotional life is divided into two stages\n\n-\n\nsadhana-bhakti and bhava­\n\nbhakti. Sadhana-bhakti refers to the development of devotional service through\nthe regulative principles. The basic principle for the execution of devotional service is faith. Above that, there is association with devotees, and after that there is\ninitiation by a bona fide spiritual master. After initiation, when one follows the\n\n", "mad9#p0039": "Life's Ultimate Goal\n\nText 15]\n\n9\n\nregulative principles of devotional service, one becomes freed from all unwanted\nthings. In this way one becomes firmly fixed and gradually develops a taste for\ndevotional service. The more the taste grows, the more one desires to render service to the Lord. In this way one becomes attached to a particular mellow in the\nLord's service- santa dasya, sakhya, vatsalya and madhura. As a result of such at,\n\ntachment, bhava develops. Bhava-bhakti is the platform of purified goodness. By\nsuch purified goodness, one's heart melts in devotional service. Bhava-bhakti is\nthe first seed of love of Godhead. This emotional stage is there before one attains\npure love. When that emotional stage intensifies, it is called prema-bhakti, or\ntranscendental love of Godhead. This gradual process is also described in the\nfollowing two verses found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.4.15-16).\n\nTEXTS 14-15\n\n'!!lCif� i!fllli1 \\!�: '11�'l�\"'fl��� ��01 \"\"i!r�!1 I\n�\\!il�Ol�fol��: �P \\!3C�1 f;r�·: �fs�'i!: u � s u\n'!!'4liff��r;\\!'·! �l��\\!: C�\"i\\1lT\"If\"IV� I\n\n'11\\f�t-fl�!:� C�\"l{_<i: ·�1��1r.� �T.�� <a'lt: II �¢ 11\nadau sraddha tata/:1 sadhusafigo 'tha bhajana-kriya\ntato 'nartha-nivrtti/:1 syat\ntato ni?tha rucis tata/:1\nathasaktis tato bhavas\ntata/:1 premabhyudaficati\nsadhakanam ayarh premQa/:1\npradurbhave bhavet krama/:1\n\nSYNONYMS\nadau-in the beginning; sraddha-firm faith, or disinterest in material affairs\nand interest in spiritual advancement; tata/:1-thereafter; sadhu-saliga/:1-association with pure devotees; atha-then; bhajana-kriya-performance of devotional servi.ce to Kr�l)a (surrendering to the spiritual· master and being encouraged\nby the association of devotees, so that initiation takes place); tata/:1-thereafter;\nanartha-nivrtti/:1-the diminishing of all unwanted habits; syat-there should be;\ntata/:1-thereafter;\n\nni?tha-firm faith; ruci/:1-taste;\n\ntata/:1-thereafter;\n\natha­\n\nthen; asakti/:1-attachment; tata/:1-then; bhava/:1-emotion or affection; tata/:1thereafter; prema-love of God; abhyuda ficati-arises; sadhakanam-of the\ndevotees practicing Kr�l)a consciousness; ayam-this; premQa/:1-of love of Godhead; pradurbhave-in the appearance; bhavet-is; krama/:1-the chronological\norder.\n\n", "mad9#p0040": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n10\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'In the beginning there must be faith. Then one becomes interested in\n\nassociating with pure devotees. Thereafter one is initiated by the spiritual\nmaster and executes the regulative principles under his orders. Thus one is\nfreed from all unwanted habits and becomes firmly fixed in devotional service. Thereafter, one develops taste and attachment. This is the way of\nudhana-bhakti, the execution of devotional service according to the regulative principles. Gradually emotions intensify, and finally there is an awakening\nof love. This is the gradual development of love of Godhead for the devotee\ninterested in Kr,r;�a consciousness.'\nTEXT 16\n\n'fl;!;l� 'fPl-.rl�Pl <ll � 'lt. f<11:1fi\n\n��r� ���-l'�'ltil<lt= <l'�t= 1\n�l:tilft\"llcttlft19f�f�\"tl'/f.f\nl!f�1 llf\\!i���iil'f'tf'!Jf� 11 )� n\nsatarh prasangan mama virya-sarhvido\n\nbhavanti hrt-karQa-rasayana/:1 katha/:1\n\ntaj-jo�aQad asv apavarga-vartmani\n\nsraddha ratir bhaktir anukrami�yati\nSYNONYMS\n\nsatam-of the devotees; prasangat-by the intimate association; mama-of\n\nMe; virya sarhvida/:1-talks full of spiritual potency; bhavanti-appear; hrt-to\n-\n\nthe heart; karQa-and to the ears; rasa-ayana/:1-a source of sweetness; katha/:1-\n\ntalks; tat-of them; jo�aQat-from proper cultivation; asu-quickly; apavarga-of\nliberation; vartmani-on the path; sraddha-faith; rati/:1-attraction; bhakti/:1-\n\nlove; anukrami�yati-will follow one after another.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'The spiritually powerful message of Godhead can be properly discussed\n\nonly in a society of devotees, and it is greatly pleasing to hear in that association. If one hears from devotees, the way of transcendental experience\nquickly opens to him, and gradually he attains firm faith that in due course\ndevelops into attraction and devotion.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.25.25).\n\n", "mad9#p0041": "Text 19]\n\n11\n\nlife's Ultimate Goal\n\nTEXT 17\n\n�t� It '8�� If!� oetc{t•..._I �� I\ntt� �tl!<fi f� ���tsr <f.� u �\" u\nyarihara hrdaye ei bhavarikura haya\ntarihate eteka cihna sarva-sastre kaya\nSYNONYMS\nyarihara-of whom; hrdaye-in the heart; ei-this; bhava-arikura-seed of\nemotion; haya-there is; tarihate-in him; eteka-these; cihna-symptoms;\nsarva-sastre-all revealed scriptures; kaya-say.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If one actually has the seed of transcendental emotion in his heart, the\nsymptoms will be visible in his activities. That is the verdict of all revealed\nscriptures.\nTEXTS 18-19\n\n�rr��<�J�<T£t71�� t��f€;�r>l\"!_'lJ\\!i.l 1\n\"!!i\"fl<r�: 'l'll_�<l!�1 O!i115llr.O! 'llf111'f\"D: II )lr II\n�t'lfe�>t'l•fl?IJWl\n�f\\!�'Plf�'Hi:! I\n��Jiifr�ll1.��l<�t: �J\n�'!�l<!l'{C� �1:0! II '> � II\nk$antir avyartha-ka/atvarh\nviraktir mana-sanyata\nasa-bandhab samutkaf)tha\nnama-gane sada rucib\nasaktis tad-guf)akhyane\npritis tad-vasati-sthale\nity adayo 'nubhavab syur\njata-bhavarikure jane\nSYNONYMS\nk?antib-forgiveness; avyartha-kalatvam-being free from wasting time; viraktib-detachment;\n\nmana-sanyata-absence of false prestige;\n\nasa-bandhab-\n\n", "mad9#p0042": "12\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nhope; samutkaQtha-eagerness; nama-gane-in chanting the holy names; sadaalways; ruci/:1-taste; asakti/:l-attachment; tat-of Lord Kr�t:�a; guQa-akhyanein describing the transcendental qualities; priti/:1-affection; tat-His; vasatisthale-in places of residence (the temple or holy places); iti-thus; adaya/:1-and\nso on; anubhava/:1-the signs;\n\nsyu/:1-are; jata-developed; bhava-arikure­\n\nwhose seed of ecstatic emotion; jane-in a person.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When the seed of ecstatic emotion for Kr�Qa fructifies, the following nine\nsymptoms manifest in one's behavior: forgiveness, concern that time should\nnot be wasted, detachment, absence of false prestige, hope, eagerness, a taste\nfor chanting the holy name of the Lord, attachment to descriptions of the transcendental qualities of the Lord, and affection for those places where the Lord\nresides-that is, a temple or a holy place like Vrndavana. These are all called\nanubhava, subordinate signs of ecstatic emotion. They are visible in a person\nin whose heart the seed of love of God has begun to fructify.'\nPURPORT\nThese two verses are found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.3.25-26).\nTEXT 20\n\n�- � ��J�6,� �� fit�� I\n<2ft��-c;.. tr;re tm ,..tee i{tflt Q 11 � u\no\n\nei nava prity-arikura yarira citte haya\nprakrta-k�obhe tarira k�obha nahi haya\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; nava-nine; priti-arikura-fructification of the seed of love; yanra-of\nwhom; citte-in the mind; haya-there is; prakrta-material; k�obhe-in agitation; tarira-his; k�obha-agitation; nahi haya-there is not.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If love for Kr�Qa in a seedling state has fructified in one's heart, one is not\nagitated by material things.\nTEXT 21\n��\n\n�t9f�t\\5� �f\\5�� �·�n\n\n'5\\\"fl 'D Cifqo\") lj'!'fs�\"')'C\"t I\n\n", "mad9#p0043": "Text 22]\n\nLife's Ultimate Goal\n\n13\n\nf�\"'it9f�g: 'f���'!f1:<f1 <11\n'lf\"f\"{\"f� �!Hi� f��51Nt: u � � u\ntam mopayataril pratiyantu vipra\n\nganga ca devi dhrta-cittam ise\n\ndvijopasr�ta/:1 kuhakas tak�ako va\n\ndasatv a/am gayata vi�Qu-gathal)\nSYNONYMS\n\ntam-him; ma-me; upayatam-surrendered; pratiyantu-you may know;\nvipral)-0 brahmal)as; ganga-mother Ganges; ca-and; devi-the demigod­\n\ndess; dhrta-offered; cittam-whose mind; ise-unto the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; dvija-upasr�ta/:1-created by the brahmal)a; kuhakal)-some trickery;\n\ntak�aka/:1-snake-bird; va-or; dasatu-let it bite; a/am-never mind; gayata­\n\nchant; vi�Qu-gatha/:1-the holy names of Lord Vi�r:JU.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" '0 brahmar;�as, just accept me as a completely surrendered soul, and let\n\nmother Ganges, the representative of the Lord, also accept me in that way, for\nI have already taken the lotus feet of the Lord into my heart. Let the snakebird-or whatever magical thing the brahmar;�a created-bite me at once. I\nonly desire that you all continue singing the deeds of Lord Vi�r;�u.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.19.15) spoken by Maharaja ParTk�it\nwhile he was sitting on the bank of the Ganges expecting to be bitten by a snakebird summoned by the curse of a brahmal)a boy named Spigi, who was the son of\na great sage named SamTka. News of the curse was conveyed to the King, who\nprepared for his imminent death. Many great saintly persons, sages, brahmal)as,\nkings and demigods came to see him in his last days. Maharaja ParTk�it, however,\n\nwas not at all afraid of being bitten by the snake-bird. Indeed, he requested all the\ngreat personalities assembled to continue chanting the holy name of Lord Vi�r:JU.\nTEXT 22\n\n\"•'l'll'li ��1 �t'l �o( �� � II �� II\nkr�Qa-sambandha vina kala vyartha nahi yaya\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-sambandha\n\nvina-without\n\na\n\nconnection\n\nvyartha-useless; nahi yaya-does not become.\n\nwith\n\nKr�r:Ja;\n\nkala-time;\n\n", "mad9#p0044": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n14\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Not a moment should be lost. Every moment should be utilized for Kr�r:Ja\nor connected with Him.\nPURPORT\n\nMaharaja ParTk?it's expression of anxiety is explained in this verse. He says, \"Let\nwhatever is destined to happen take place. It doesn't matter. just let me see that\nnot a moment of my time is wasted without a relationship with Km1a.\" One has\nto tolerate all obstacles on the path of Kr?r;�a consciousness, and one has to see\nthat not a moment of his life is wasted outside of K[?l)a's service.\nTEXT 23\n\n�j�'N;: �·K�l \"I!'IiJ1•'lH1���� ;prr;�t�<>!Jf;r·r� 'I W�t: I\n\n��1: ��C:I\"J!��t: ij\"I( �l11,���r;�� illliD II �-:! II\nvagbhi/:1 stuvanto manasa smarantas\ntanva namanto 'py anisaril na trpta/:1\nbhakta/:1 sravan-netra-jala/:1 samagram\nayar harer eva samarpayanti\nSYNONYMS\n\nvagbhi/:1-by words; stuvanta/:1-offering prayers to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead;\n\nmanasa-by the mind;\n\nsmaranta/:1-remembering; tanva-by the\n\nbody; namanta/:1-offering obeisances; api - although; anisam-all the time; na\ntrpta/:1-not satisfied; bhakta/:1-the devotees;\n\nsravat - shedding; netra-jala/:1-\n\ntears from the eyes; samagram-the whole; ay0/:1-Iife; hare/:1-to Kr?r;�a; evaonly; samarpayanti-dedicate.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'With their words, they offer prayers to the Lord. With their minds, they\nalways remember the Lord. With their bodies, they offer obeisances to the\nLord. Despite all these activities, they are still not satisfied. This is the nature\nof pure devotees. Shedding tears from their eyes, they dedicate their whole\nlives to the Lord's service.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse from the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya is found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\n(1.3.29).\n\n", "mad9#p0045": "life's Ultimate Goal\n\nText 25]\n\n15\n\nTEXT 24\n\n'-�' fit�, tfetllt� �ttJ e�tf� �tll u �s n\nbhukti, siddhi, indriyartha tare nahi bhaya\nSYNONYMS\nbhukti-material enjoyment;\n\nsiddhi-mystic power; indriya-artha-the ob­\n\njects of the senses; tare-unto him; nahi bhaya -do not appeal.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"In the material field, people are interested in material enjoyment, mystic\npower and sense gratification. However, these things do not appeal to the\ndevotee at all.\nTEXT 25\n�1 'il;�T�1\"l, ir1��\\!11\"l, ��1f1�T� �f'if\"Pj\"l: I\n\nl!f?:�ll!�� 'lt<'!q��\":r:tr<Ti\"f1<'�1!: u u n\nyo dustyajan dara-sutan\nsu/:!rd-rajyaril hrdi sprsa/:1\njahau yuvaiva ma/avad\nuttama/:!sloka-/a/asa/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nya/:1 -who (Bharata Maharaja); dustyajan-difficult to give up; dara-sutanrajyam-kingdom; hrdi sprsa/:1 -dear to the\ncore of the heart; jahau-gave up; yu va-yo u thful; eva-at that time; malavat -like stool; uttama/:1-sloka-/a/asa/:!-being captivated by the transcendental\nwife and children; su/:lrt-friends;\n\nqualities, pastimes and association of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'King Bharata was very eager to attain the association of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r;�a, who is called uttama-sloka because poems and\nprayers are offered to Him for His favor. In his youth, King Bharata gave up his\nattractive wife and children, as well as his beloved friends and opulent\nkingdom, just as one gives up stool after passing it.'\nPURPORT\nThese are the signs of\n\nvirakti (detachment) found in a person who has\n\ndeveloped bhava, the preliminary stage of love of Godhead. This verse is quoted\n\nfrom Srimad-Bhagavatam (5.14.43).\n\n", "mad9#p0046": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n16\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nTEXT 26\n\n'llt�11' ��1t<Ti '�' <Tifif lftti{ II �� II\n'sarvottama' apanake 'hina' kari mane\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-uttama-although standing above all; apanake\n\n-\n\nhimself; hina kari-as\n\nthe lowest; mane-considers.\nTRANSLATION\n11 Although a pure devotee's standard is above all,\n\nhe still considers himself\n\nto be in the lowest stage of life.\nTEXT 27\n\n�ci1 �f�� ��f.!\\\"!1\" OI\"Cil�t'lt� f\"t�t�f<t: I\n�t\"ll���f�1_r.� 19ft��fvr �owe� u �, u\nharau ratirh vahann e?a\nnarendraf)arh sikhamaf)i�\nbhik?am a(ann ari-pure\nsva-pakam api vandate\n\nSYNONYMS\nharau-toward\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\nratim-affection;\n\nvahan-car rying; e?a�-this one; nara-indraf)am-of all the kings; sikha-mal)i�brilliant crown jewel; bhik?am-begging alms; a(an-wandering for; ari-pureeven in the city of enemies; sva-pakam\nvandate-worships\n\n-\n\nthe fifth-grade caf)c;ialas; api-even;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11 'Bharata\n\nMaharaja always carried affection for Kr�1.1a within his heart. Al­\n\nthough Bharata Maharaja was the crown jewel of kings, he was still wandering\nabout and begging alms in the city of his enemies. He was even offering\nrespects to ca1.1«;1alas, low-class men who eat dogs.'\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Padma Puraf)a.\n\n", "mad9#p0047": "Text 29]\n\nLife's Ultimate Goal\n\n17\n\nTEXT 28\n\n'\" �9f'j <fifin;<t�'- ,, <tiRl' iSfttit II �\\1' II\n'kr?Qa krpa karibena'-dr(iha kari' jane\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-Lord Kr�l)a; krpa karibena-will show His mercy; dr(iha kari'-making\nfirm; jane-he believes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A fully surrendered devotee always hopes that Lord Kr�.,a will be kind to\nhim. This hope is very firm in him.\nTEXT 29\n\n01 C�l\"!l �<t'ltfifSfu�f9f '1\"1 C<TlC'ifl��<t1 C<tl:l31:<t'l\n�TOI� '1\"1 �'B�� <tl f<f�ifC�1 'l�lf��9fJf«g '1\"-11\n��Oii�l;<f<f'li\\fC<f �R! '!;�l9fJC��P�.'-\"1 '!��\nC� C'5ll��OI'1\"�5 '1\"J��1:� �·1 �1 \"l!WTt\"f<t �til{_ H�ll\nna prema sravaQadi-bhaktir api va yoga 'thava vai?Qavo\njfianarh va subha-karma va kiyad aha saj-jatir apy asti va\nhinarthadhika-sadhake tvayi tathapy acchedya-mula sati\nhe gopi-jana-vallabha vyathayate ha ha mad-asaiva mam\nSYNONYMS\nna-not;\n\nprema-love of Godhead;\n\nsravaQa- adi-consisting of chanting,\n\nhearing and so on; bhaktib-devotional service; api-also; va-or; yogab-the\npower of mystic yoga; athava-or; vai?Qavab-befitting a devotee; jfianam­\n\nknowledge; va-or; subha - karma-pious activities; va-or; kiyat-a little; aho0 my Lord; sat-jatib-birth in a good family; api-even; asti-there is; va-or;\nhina-artha-adhika-sadhake-who bestows greater benedictions upon one who is\n\nfallen and possesses no good qualities; tvayi-unto Yo u ; tathapi-still; acchedyamula-whose root is uncuttable; sati-being; he-0; gopi-jana-val/abha-most\ndear friend of the gopis; vyathayate-gives pain; ha ha-alas; mat-my; asahope; eva-certainly; mam-to me.\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 my lord, I do not have any love for You, nor am I qualified for dis­\n\ncharging devotional service by chanting and hearing. Nor do I possess the\n\n", "mad9#p0048": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n18\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nmystic power of a Vai��ava, knowledge or pious activities. Nor do I belong to\na very high-caste family. On the whole, I do not possess anything. Still, 0\nbeloved of the gopis, because You bestow Your mercy on the most fallen, I\nhave an unbreakable hope that is constantly in my heart. That hope is always\ngiving me pain.'\nPURPO RT\nThis verse is found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.3.35).\nTEXT 30\n\n�e.��1 � � 'fttl�·�'ftil II �o II\nsamutkaQtha haya sada /alasa-pradhana\nSYNONYMS\nsamutkaQtha-eagerness;\n\nhaya-is;\n\nsada-always;\n\n/a/asa-ardent\n\ndesire;\n\npradhana-chiefly characterized by.\nTRANSLA TION\n\"This eagerness is chiefly characterized by an ardent desire to associate\nwith the Lord.\nTEXT 31\n\n��\"f�� fill�<t•I\"Rf�f\"Il�Ir�ft\n\"I!Ii6t9f\"'lfl \\5� '1:1 \"I!\"II <ti fil5J\"I!P{.I\n\\5� f.g <fi\"C�if\"Il f<t1!<'1� ll_�\"', f<t\"'if'f\n\nll_�� ll_�i'i._�ll_oflf��\"11l'lf-'li�Jil{. II -:�� II\ntvac-chaisavaril tri-bhuvanadbhutam ity avehi\nmac-capalaril ca tava va mama vadhigamyam\ntat kim karomi viralaril murali-vilasi\nmugdharil mukhambujam udik?itum ik?aQabhyam\nSYNONYMS\ntvat-Your;\n\nsaisavam-early\n\nadbhutam-wonderful;\n\nage;\n\niti-thus;\n\ntri-bhuvana-within\n\navehi-know;\n\nthe three\n\nworlds;\n\nmat-capalam-My unsteadi­\n\nness; ca-and; tava-of You; va-or; mama-of Me; va-or; adhigamyam-to\nbe understood;\n\ntat-that;\n\nkim-what;\n\nkaromi-1 do;\n\nviralam-in solitude;\n\nmura/i-vi/asi-0 player of the flute; mugdham-attractive; mukha-ambujamlotuslike face; udik?itum-to see sufficiently; ik?aQabhyam-by the eyes.\n\n", "mad9#p0049": "Text 33]\n\nL ife's Ultimate Goal\n\n19\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'0 Kr�r:ta, 0 flute player, the sweetness of Your early age is wonderful\nwithin these three worlds. You know My unsteadiness, and I know Yours. No\none else knows about this. I want to see Your beautiful, attractive face somewhere in a solitary place, but how can this be accomplishedl'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Kr$Qa-karf)amrta (32).\nTEXT 32\n\nifti'!·'Sf1ti{ �W1111�, i(� .,�i{'t1{ II �� II\nnama-gane sada ruci, laya kr$Qa-nama\nSYNONYMS\nnama-gane-in chanting the holy names; sada-constantly; ruci-taste, relish;\n/aya-takes; k{$f)a-nama-the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Due to having great relish for the holy name, one is inclined to chant the\nHare Kr�r:ta maha-mantra constantly.\nTEXT 33\n\nC111lf'1�11!_�11�-'$f'�-�f51ilt\"'t��1� C'ift�� I\n�� �'1_11\"(11��1 'ifi�f� Oli'1l'T<ra>�\"'t� �1'11 II \"\" U\nrodana-bindu-maranda-syandidrg-indivaradya govinda\ntava madhura-svara-kaQthi\ngayati namavalim bala\nSYNONYMS\nrodana-bindu-with teardrops; maranda-like the nectar or juice of flowers;\nsyandi-pou ring; drk-indivara-whose lotus eyes; adya-today ; govinda-0 my\nLord Govinda; tava-Your; madhura-svara-kaQthi-who has a very sweet voice;\ngayati-sings; nama -avalim-holy names; ba/a-this young girl (Radhika).\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" '0 Govinda, this youthful girl named R adhika is today constantly pouring\nforth tears like nectar falling from flowers. She is also singing Your holy name\nin a sweet voice.'\n\n", "mad9#p0050": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n20\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.3.38).\nTEXT 34\n\n��'tt� 't� �<(W1 <c�'t1fr. ll �811\nkr�Qa-guQakhyane haya sarvada asakti\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-guQa-akhyane-in describing the transcendental qualities of Kr��a;\nhaya-there is; sarvada-always; asakti-attachment.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAt this stage of bhava, a devotee has awakened the tendency to chant and\n\ndescribe the transcendental qualities of the lord. He has attachment for this\nprocess.\nTEXT 35\n\n'11''{�� '1l'�l1� <i\"l,i1� f�\"CiSt��ll� '1l'�i1� �if'l'� '1l'��l( I\n'1l''{\"rr� lJ�T\"i/'!ic'1l'�rrc�1 �'{�� '1l'�il� �'{ll� '11'�' ll.!ltn\nmadhurarh madhurarh vapur asya vibhor\nmadhurarh madhurarh vadanarh madhuram\nmadhu-gandhi mr<;fu-smitam etad aho\nmadhurarh madhurarh madhurarh madhuram\nSYNONYMS\nmadhuram-sweet;\nasya-His;\n\nmadhuram-sweet;\n\nvibhoh-of\n\nvadanam-face;\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\nmadhuram-more\n\nvapuh-the transcendental form;\n\nmadhuram-sweet;\nsweet;\n\nmadhuram-sweet;\n\nmadhu-gandhi-the fragrance of\n\nhoney; mr<;fu-smitam-soft smiling; etat-this; aho-oh; madhuram-sweet;\nmadhuram-sweet; madhuram-sweet; madhuram-still more sweet.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n' 0 my lord, the transcendental body of Kr��a is very sweet, and His face\n\nis even sweeter than His body. The soft smile on His face, which is like the\nfragrance of honey, is sweeter still.'\n\n", "mad9#p0051": "T ext 37]\n\nL ife's U ltimate Goal\n\n21\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse quoted from Bilvamarigala Thakura's Kr?f.la-karQamrta (92).\nTEXT 36\n\n�·.rt�-\"'t�� �tt �� ��r� \" �� \"\nkr?f.la-lila-sthane kare sarvada vasati\nSYNONYMS\nkr?f.la-lila-sthane-in the place where Kr��a has His pastimes; kare-makes;\nsarvada-always; vasati-abode.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nA devotee absorbed in ecstatic emotion for Kr��a always resides in a place\n\nwhere Kr��a's pastimes were performed.\nTEXT 37\n\n��l�� lflJ._<li�,r;� <li'lllf'l \\!!� �'1��1_ I\n@�1119(: \"'!:��i<ft•-1' �tif�lJJlf'l! �j��l{,ll -:.'\\ II\nkadaharh yamuna-tire\nnamani tava kirtayan\nudba?pab puQ(iarikak?a\nracayi?yami taQ(iavam\nSYNONYMS\nkada-when; aham-1; yamuna-tire-on the bank of the Yamuna; namaniholy names; tava-Your; kirtayan- chanting; udba?pab-full of tears; puQ(iarikaak?a-0 lotus-eyed one; racayi?yami-1 shall create; taf,l(iavam-dancing like a\nmadman.\nTRANSLATION\n11 '0\n\nlord Pu��arikak�a, while chanting Your holy name with tears in my\n\neyes, when shall I dance in ecstasy on the bank of the Y amuna?'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.156).\n\n", "mad9#p0052": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n22\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nTEXT 38\n\n� 'ffl!f' r�� 1.!1� '<fi( f<�<�f'l 1\n\n'ftt:2it1ff' �� IJ!t<l �� �tl!i{ II �lr II\nkr�Qe 'ratira' cihna ei kailun vivaraQa\n'k[�Qa-premera' cihna ebe suna sanatana\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qe-for Kr�l)a; ratira-of attraction; cihna-the symptoms; ei-all these;\nkailun vivaraQa-1 have described; kr�Qa-premera-of love for Lord Kr�l)a;\ncihna-the symptoms; ebe-now; suna sanatana -please hear, Sanatana.\nTRANSLATION\n\"These are the symptoms of a person who has developed attraction [bhava]\nfor Kr��a. Now let me describe the symptoms of a person who is actually elevated to love of Kr��a. 0 Sanatana, please hear this from Me.\nTEXT 39\n\n1itf m;� ftt<2!'afl <l'ift� �� I\nitf <lt�J, fi11ti1, �!_\\ill �taM: if1 �i II e;, II\nyanra citte kr?Qa-prema karaye udaya\ntanra vakya, kriya, mudra vijfieha na bujhaya\nSYNONYMS\nyanra citte -in whose heart; kr�Qa-prema-love of Kr�l)a; karaye udayaawakens;\n\ntanra -his;\n\nvakya-words;\n\nkriya-activities;\n\nmudra-symptoms;\n\nvijfieha-even a learned scholar; na bujhaya-does not understand.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Even the most learned man cannot understand the words, activities and\nsymptoms of a person situated in love of Godhead.\nTEXT 40\n\nlf�':llt�� �<'IT.�lll <(C':lll'J!\"\"!7!f� C��f'l I\n11i��tf'ff��91T� lJ;!rl �� ��osf11 I II 8\n\n•\n\nII\n\n", "mad9#p0053": "Text 41]\n\nlife's Ultimate Goal\n\n23\n\ndhanyasyayarh nava-prema\nyasyonmilati cetasi\nantarvaQibhir apy asya\nmudra su�thu sudurgama\nSYNONYMS\n\ndhanyasya-of a most fortunate person; ayam-this; navaf:r-new; premalove of Godhead; yasya-of whom; unmilati-manifests; cetasi-in the heart;\nantarvaQibhif:r-by persons well versed in sastras; api-even; asya-of him;\nmudra-symptoms; su� thu-e xceedingly; sudurgama-difficult to understand.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Even a most learned scholar cannot understand the activities and\nsymptoms of an exalted personality in whose heart love of Godhead has\nawakened.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is also found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.4.17).\nTEXT 41\n<..!l<T��= 'l!f21�•n\"ll <ll'li§n\n\n\"Git�f��tC'i\\1 ��f5'8 �tli6: I\n�'��n:�n c�tflff';!; c�1r� 5\\r�­\n\n'�J'lltlf<�\"��< �J f� C\"fi'fi <li�: II 8 ) II\nevarhvrataf:r sva-priya-nama-kirtya\njatanurago druta-citta uccaif:r\nhasaty atho roditi rauti gayaty\nunmadavan nrtyati loka-bahyaf:r\nSYNONYMS\n\nevam-vrataf:r-when one thus engages in a vow to chant and dance; svaown; priya-very dear; nama-the holy name; kirtya-by chanting; jata-in this\nway develops;\nloudly;\n\nanuraga/:r - attachment;\n\nhasati - laughs;\n\natho-also;\n\ndruta-cittaf:r-very eagerly;\n\nroditi-cries;\n\nrauti-becomes\n\nuccai/:ragitated;\n\ngayati-chants; unmada-vat-like a madman; nrtyati-dances; loka-bahyaf:rnot caring for outsiders.\n\n", "mad9#p0054": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n24\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When a person is actually advanced and takes pleasure in chanting the\nholy name of the Lord, who is very dear to him, he is agitated and loudly\nchants the holy name. He also laughs, cries, becomes agitated and chants just\nlike a madman, not caring for outsiders.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.2.40).\nTEXT 42\n\n'� � �1�' Q �' 11\"�, c2f'At I\n-·\n\n�'St, �'St, 'et�, 1fue� �� II 8� II\nprema krame bac;ii' hay a -sneha, mana, praf)aya\nraga, anuraga, bhava, mahabhava haya\nSYNONYMS\nprema-love of God; krame-gradually; bac;ii'-increasing; haya-is; sneha­\n\naffection;\n\nmana-indignation due to affection; praf)aya-love; raga-attach­\n\nment; anuraga-subattachment; bhava-ecstasy; maha-bhava-exalted ecstasy;\nhaya-is.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Love of Godhead increases and is manifest as affection, counter-love, love,\nattachment, subattachment, ecstasy and sublime ecstasy.\n\nTEXT 43\n\n�' �'If, 1flt, �If \\!t� ��1J I\n-r:ft1, �\\!1·filttfif, �lllifilfiRr �nt II 8� II\nbija, ik?u, rasa, guc;ia tabe khaf)c;ia-sara\n\nsarkara, sita-michari, suddha-michari ara\nSYNONYMS\nbija-seeds;\n\nik?u-sugarcane plants;\n\nrasa-juice;\n\nguc;ia-molasses;\n\ntabe­\n\nthen; khaf)c;ia-sara-crude sugar; sarkara-sugar; sita-michari-sugar candy; suddha-michari-rock candy; ara-also.\n\n", "mad9#p0055": "Text 45]\n\nlife's Ultimate Goal\n\n25\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"This development is compared to sugarcane seeds, sugarcane plants,\nsugarcane juice, molasses, crude sugar, refined sugar, sugar candy and rock\ncandy.\nTEXT 44\n\n�-1 �� � �' iJPt1f _.,tt� �1\" I\nt�·,i211ftNf ��'li ��� \"C�t\"ft'f II 88 II\niha yaiche krame nirmala, krame ba(ie svada\nrati-premadira taiche ba(iaye asvada\nSYNONYMS\niha-this; yaiche-like; krame-by succession; nirmala-pure; kram e-gradu\n\n­\n\nrat i-from attachment; prema-adira-of\nlove of Godhead and so on; taiche-in that way; ba(i aye-increases; asvada­\n\nally; ba(ie-increases; svada-taste;\ntaste.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Just as the taste of sugar increases as it is gradually purified, one should\nunderstand that when love of Godhead increases from rati, which is compared\nto the beginning seed, its taste increases.\nTEXT 45\n\n'CI��tfl·,�t'f �-�· �t� I\n-tt•, \"t�, ��' �t.�\"J' If\"' 'CIB II 8� II\nadhikari-bhede rati\npafica -parakara\nsanta, dasya, sakhya, vats a/ya, madhura ara\n-\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nadhikari-of possessor; bhede-according to differences; rati-attachment;\npafica parak ara five varieties; santa -neutral; dasya-servitude; sakhyafriendship; vatsa/ya-paternal love; madh u ra -conjugal love; ara-also.\n-\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"According to the candidate possessing these transcendental qualities\n[sneha, mana and so on], there are five transcendental mellows-neutrality,\nservitorship, friendship, parental love and conjugal love.\n\n", "mad9#p0056": "26\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, rati (attraction) is thus described:\nvyaktarh maswitevantarlak�yate rati-lak�aQam\nmumuk�u-prabhrunarh ced\nbhaved e�a ratir na hi\nkintu bala-camatkarakarT tac-cihna-vTk�aya\nabhijnena subodho 'yarh\nraty-abhasah prakTrtitah\n\nThe real symptoms of the fructification of the seed of love (rat/) are manifest because the heart is melted. When such symptoms are found among speculators\nand fruitive actors, they cannot be accepted as real symptoms of attachment.\nFoolish people without knowledge of devotional service praise such symptoms of\nattachment even when they are based on something other than a desire to serve\nKr�r:Ja. However, one who is expert in devotional service calls such symptoms ratiabhasa, a mere glimpse of attachment.\n\nTEXT 46\n\n�l 9l. 'ltif �t� �� 9f. '��' I\n\"'·�t� �� '��', �� �� '�'II 8� II\nei panca sthayT bhava haya panca 'rasa'\nye-rase bhakta 'sukhT', kr�Qa haya 'vasa'\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nei pafl ca-these five kinds of transcendental mellow; sthayT bhava-perma nent ecstatic moods; haya-become ; panca rasa-five kinds of transcendental\nmellow; ye-rase-in a particular mellow; bhakta sukhT-a devotee becomes\nhappy; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; haya-becomes; vasa-under the control.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"These five transcendental mellows exist permanently. The devotee may be\nattracted to one of these mellows, and thus he becomes happy. Kr�r;�a also becomes inclined toward such a devotee and comes under his control.\n\n", "mad9#p0057": "Text 47]\n\nLife's Ultimate Goal\n\n27\n\nPURPORT\nIn Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, sthayi-bhava, permanent ecstasy, is thus described:\n\naviruddhan viruddharhs ca\nbhavan yo vasatarh nayan\nsu-rajeva virajeta\nsa sthayi bhava ucyate\nsthayi bhavo 'tra sa prokta/:r\nsri-kmJa-vi�aya rati/:r\nThese moods (bhavas) bring under control the favorable ecstasies (such as\nlaughing) and unfavorable ecstasies (such as anger). When these continue to\nremain as kings, they are called sthayi-bhava, or permanent ecstasies. Continuous\necstatic love for Kr?r:ta is called permanent ecstasy.\nTEXT 47\n\n''�Jft!if<l5 -.trn�t� lft'al�l·fit\"fti{ ,\n�·re� 11'Jt�t� �111 �fif'tt llll 89 11\npremadika sthayi-bhava samagri-milane\nkr?Qa-bhakti rasa-rape paya paril)ame\nSYNONYMS\n\nprema-adika-love of Godhead, beginning with santa, dasya and so on; sthayibhava -the pe'rmanent ecstasies; samagri-milane-by mixing with other ingredients; kr�l)a-bhakti-devotional service to Lord Kr?r:ta; rasa-rape -composed of\ntranscendental mellows; paya-becomes; paril)ame-by transformation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the permanent ecstasies [neutrality, servitorship and so on] are\nmixed with other ingredients, devotional service in love of Godhead is\ntransformed and becomes composed of transcendental mellows.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, the following definition is given:\n\nathasya/:r kesava-rater\nlak�itaya nigadyate\nsamagri-paripo�el)a\nparama rasa-rapata\n\n", "mad9#p0058": "28\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nvibhavair anubhavais ca\nsattvikair vyabhicaribhib\nsvadyatvarh hrdi bhaktanam\nanita sravaf)adibhib\ne?a kr?Qa-ratib sthayi\nbhavo bhakti-raso bhavet\nLove for Kr�r:Ja, Kesava, as previously described, reaches the supreme state of\nbeing composed of mellows when its ingredients are fulfilled. By means of\n\nvibhava, anubhava, sattvika and vyabhicari, hearing and chanting are activated,\nand the devotee is able to taste love for Kr�r:Ja. Then attachment for Kr�r:Ja, or permanent ecstasy (sthayi-bhava), becomes the mellow of devotional service (bhak­\n\nti-rasa).\nTEXT 48\n\nf�ret<�, ��<!, ��<1i, �ufce� 1\n.-tf1ret<! '��' � �· �ff f�' II Sir II\nvibhava, anubhava, sattvika, vyabhicari\nsthayi-bhava 'rasa' haya ei cari mi/i'\nSYNONYMS\n\nvibhava -special ecstasy; anubhava-subordinate ecstasy; sattvika-natural\necstasy;\n\nvyabhicari -transitory\n\necstasy;\n\nsthayi-bh ava -permanent\n\necstasy;\n\nrasa-mellow; haya - becomes; ei cari-these four; mi /i'-meeting.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The permanent ecstasy becomes a more and more tasteful transcendental\nmellow through the mixture of special ecstasy, subordinate ecstasy, natural\necstasy and transitory ecstasy.\nTEXT 49\n\n�fif �i{ �·1fff�-\"<1S��·f1l\"fte{ I\n'��' �� � ��(ffi� �i{ II 8� II\ndadhi yena khaf)(ia-marica-karpura-milane\n'rasalakhya' rasa haya apurvasvadane\n\n", "mad9#p0059": "Life's Ultimate Goal\n\nText 51]\n\n29\n\nSYNONYMS\ndadhi-yogurt; yena-as if; khaQc;:/a-sugar candy; marica-black pepper; karpura-camphor; mi/ane-being mixed; rasala-akhya-known as delicious; rasamellow; haya-becomes; apurva-asvadane-by an unprecedented taste.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Yogurt mixed with sugar candy, black pepper and camphor is very palatable and tasty. Similarly, when permanent ecstasy mixes with other ecstatic\nsymptoms, it becomes unprecedentedly tasty.\nTEXT 50\n\nN�'l '���',-�jl<{IIJil� , ��9f� I\n\n��Jb·•utilf-'���', ��tfif-'�ta,IIJil�' II <to II\ndvividha 'vibhava', -alambana, uddipana\nvarhsi-svaradi -'uddipana', kr?Qadi-'a/ambana'\nSYNONYMS\ndvi-vidha-two kinds; vibhava-particular ecstasy; a/ambana-the support;\nuddipana-awakening;\n\nvarhsi-svara-adi-such as the vibration of the flute;\n\nuddipana-exciting; kr?Qa-adi-Kr�r:Ja and others; a/ambana-the support.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are two kinds of particular ecstasies [vibhava]. One is called the\nsupport, and the other is called the awakening. The vibration of Kr�r:�a's flute\nis an example of the awakening, and Lord Kr�r:�a Himself is an example of the\nsupport.\nTEXT 51\n\n'��<11'-f�i!, iji!J, �fir ��t� I\n\nfttfif-'���, �'i.�tt�� m� II <t� II\n'anubhava'-smita, nrtya, gitadi udbhasvara\nstambhadi-'sattvika' anubhavera bhitara\nSYNONYMS\nanubhava -subordinate ecstasy; smita -smiling; nrtya -dancing; gita-adisongs and so on; udbhasvara-symptoms of bodily manifestation; stambha-adi-\n\n", "mad9#p0060": "30\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nbeing stunned and others; sattvika -natural; anubhavera bhitara -within the\ncategory of subordinate ecstasies.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The subordinate ecstasies are smiling, dancing and singing, as well as different manifestations in the body. The natural ecstasies, such as being\nstunned, are considered among the subordinate ecstasies [anubhava].\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, vibhava is described as follows:\ntatra jneya vibhavas tu\nraty-asvadana-hetava/:1\nte dvidhalambana eke\ntathaivoddipana/:1 pare\n\n\"The cause bringing about the tasting of love for Kr�Cia is called vibhava. Vibhava\nis divided into two categories- a/ambana (support) and uddipana (awakening).\"\nIn the Agni Pural)a it is stated:\nvibhavyate hi raty-adir\nyatra yena vibhavyate\nvibhavo nama sa dvedha/ambanoddipanatmaka/:1\n\n\"That which causes love for Kr�Cia to appear is called vibhava. That has two divisions-a/ambana [in which love appears] and uddipana [by which love appears].\"\nIn Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, the following is stated about alambana:\nkr$1)as ca kr$1)a-bhaktas ca\nbudhair a/ambana mata/:1\nraty-ader vi$ayatvena\ntathadharatayapi ca\n\n\"The object of love is Kr�l)a, and the container of that love is the devotee of Kr�l)a.\nBoth of them are called by the learned scholars a/ambana-the foundations.\"\nSimilarly, uddipana is described:\nuddipanas tu te prokta\nbhavam uddipayanti ye\n\n", "mad9#p0061": "Text 51]\n\nlife's Ultimate Goal\n\n31\n\n\"Those things which awaken ecstatic love are called uddipana.\"\n\nte tu sri-kmla-candrasya\ngul)as ce?ta/:1 prasadhanam\nMainly this awakening is made possible by the qualities and activities of Kr?r:Ja, as\nwell as by His mode of decoration and the way His hair is arranged.\n\nsmitanga-saurabhe varhsasrnga-napura-kambava/:1\npadanka-k?etra-tu/asibhakta-tad-vasarada ya /:I\n\"Kr?r:Ja's smile, the fragrance of His transcendental body, His flute, bugle, ankle\nbells, conchshell, the marks on His feet, His place of residence, His favorite plant\n\n[tulasi], His devotees, and the observance of fasts and vows connected to His\ndevotion all awaken the symptoms of ecstatic love.\"\nIn Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, anubhava is described as follows:\n\nanubhavas tu citta-sthabhavanam avabodhaka/:1\nte bahir vikriya praya/:1\nprokta udbhasvarakhyaya\nThe many external ecstatic symptoms or bodily transformati ons which indicate\necstatic emotions in the mind, and which are also called udbhasvara, are the\n\nanubhavas, or subordinate ecstatic expressions of love. Some of these are\ndancing, falling down and rolling on the ground, singing and crying very loudly,\nbodily contortions, loud vibrations, yawning, deep breathing, disregard for others,\nthe frothing of saliva,\n\nmad laughter,\n\nspitting,\n\nhiccups and other similar\n\nsymptoms. All these symptoms are divided into two divisions-sita and k?epal)a.\nSinging, yawning and so on are called sita. Dancing and bodily contortions are\ncalled k$epal)a.\nThe Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu describes udbhasvara as follows:\n\nudbhasante svadhamniti\nprokta udbhasvara budhai/:1\nnivyuttariya-dhammillasrarhsanarh gatra-motanam\njrmbha ghral)asya phul/atvarh\nnisvasadyas ca te mata/:1\n\n", "mad9#p0062": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n32\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nThe ecstatic symptoms manifest in the external body of a person in ecstatic love\nare called by learned scholars udbhasvara. Some of these are a slackening of the\nbelt and a dropping of clothes and hair. Others are bodily contortions, yawning, a\ntrembling of the front portion of the nostrils, heavy breathing, hiccupping and\nfalling down and rolling on the ground. These are the external manifestations of\nemotional love. Stambha and other symptoms are described in Madhya-lila\n\n(14.167).\nTEXT 52\n\n�r;;<tf�·�titf�\n\n-\n\n<;'!f�llf '�Jf�iii\\' I\n\nlt� fl!f't' 'J.,' lUI �lie.<t�tJ<fitilll �� II\nnirveda-har�adi-tetrisa 'vyabhicari'\nsaba mili' 'rasa' haya camatkarakari\nSYNONYMS\n\nnirveda-har�a-adi- complete despondency,\nthirty-three; vyabhicar i\n\n-\n\nj ubilation and so on; tetrisa­\n\ntransitory elements; saba mi/i'-all meeting together;\n\nrasa-the mellow; haya-becomes; camatkarakari-a causer of wonder.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are other ingredients beginning with complete despondency and\njubilation. Altogether there are thirty-three varieties, and when these combine, the mellow becomes very wonderful.\nPURPORT\n\nNirveda, har�a, and other symptoms are explained in Madhya-lila (14.167). The\ntransitory elements (vyabhicar� are described in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu as\nfollows:\n\nathocyante trayas trirhsadbhava ye vyabhicariQa/:1\nvise�eQabhimukhyena\ncaranti sthayinarh prati\nvag-atiga-sattva-sucya ye\njfieyas te vyabhicariQa/:1\nsaficarayanti bhavasya\ngatirh saficariQo 'pi te\nunmajjanti nimajjanti\nstayiny-amrta-varidhau\nDrmivad vardhayanty enarh\nyanti tad-rupatarh ca te\n\n", "mad9#p0063": "Text 54]\n\n33\n\nlife's Ultimate Goal\n\nThere are thirty-three transitory elements known as vyabhicari -ecstatic emotions. They especially wander about the permanent sentiments as assistants. They\nare to be known by words, by different symptoms seen in the limbs and in other\nparts of the body, and by the peculiar conditions of the heart. Because they set in\nmotion the progress of the permanent sentiments, they are specifically called\nsancari, or impelling principles. These impelling principles rise up and fall back in\n\nthe permanent sentiments of ecstatic love like waves in an ocean of ecstasy. Consequently they are called vyabhicari.\nTEXT 53\n\nos-t•Mif �ll--tt�, ���' ��J, �te.lW!J I\n11�1f-ilt1l -J_trt111tlf-ll�tt� �UC\\\"fJ II <t� II\npanca-vidha rasa-santa, dasya, sakhya, vatsalya\nmadhura-nama srtigara-rasa -sabate prabalya\n\nSYNONYMS\npanca-vidha rasa - fi ve kinds of mellows; santa -neutrality; dasya -servitor­\n\nship;\n\nsakhya -friendship;\n\nva ts a/ya -paternal\n\naffection;\n\nmadhura-sweet;\n\nnama-named; srtigara-rasa-the conjugal mellow; sabate -among all of them;\nprabalya -predominant.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are five transcendental mellows-neutrality, servitorship, friendship, paternal affection and conjugal love, which is also known as the mellow\nof sweetness. Conjugal love excels all others.\nTEXT 54\n\n•tr��tll •trf�·�f� 'G�1l' 91�� PHI I\nlift'l$·1tfl! '�1�1' os-j�� ilfif.';'J\\!1 \"It�� II Q8 II\nsanta-rase santi-rati 'prema' paryanta haya\ndasya-rati 'raga' paryanta krameta bac;faya\n\nSYNONYMS\nsanta-rase-in the mellow of neutrality; santi-rati -spiritual attachment in\n\npeacefulness; prema paryanta-up to love of Godhead; haya -is; dasya-rati-attachment in servitude; raga-spontaneous love; paryanta-up to; krametagradually; bac;faya -increases.\n\n", "mad9#p0064": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n34\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The position of neutrality increases up to the point where one can appreciate love of Godhead. The mellow of servitorship gradually increases to the\npoint of spontaneous love of Godhead.\nTEXT 55\n\n��J-�te,�f(J·1(� ?ft� '�'l.1ft'5t'-�1111\n\n��'ftt'il1f '�t:(!' ?f� '�tll1f 11�11111 �� II\nsakhya-vatsa/ya-rati paya 'anuraga'-sima\nsuba/adyera 'bhava' paryanta premera mahima\n\nSYNONYMS\nsakhya-in friendship; vatsa/ya-in paternal affection; rati-affection; paya­\n\nobtains; anuraga-sima-up to the limit of subordinate spontaneous love; subalaadyera-of friends like Subala and others; bhava-ecstatic love; paryanta-up to;\npremera mahima-the glory of the love of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"After the mellow of servitorship, there are the mellows of friendship and\npaternal love, which increase to subordinate spontaneous love. The greatness\nof the love found in friends like Subala extends to the standard of ecstatic love\nof Godhead.\nPURPORT\nSrrla Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvatr Thakura says that the mellow of neutrality increases to simple love of Godhead. In the mellow of servitorship, love of Godhead\nincreases beyond that to affection, counter-love (anger based on love), love and\nattachment. Similarly, the mellow of friendship increases to affection, counterlove, love, attachment and subattachment. It is the same with the mellow of\npaternal affection. The special feature of the mellow of friendship exhibited by\npersonalities like Subala is that it increases from fraternal affection to counterlove, to spontaneous attachment, to subordinate attachment, and finally to the\necstasy where all the ecstatic symptoms continuously exist.\n\nTEXT 56\n\n-tt\"itRt ,,�, ,,�t'lt', 'r�t�t'lt'-ll ''e\" 1\nJI�J-�te.�t'IJ '�t'5ttRf1f �til<fi f�t'e'f II �� II\n\n", "mad9#p0065": "35\n\nLife's Ultimate Goal\n\nText 56]\n\nsanta-adi rasera 'yoga', 'viyoga'-dui bheda\nsakhya-vatsalye yogadira aneka vibheda\n\nSYNONYMS\nsanta-adi rasera-of the mellows beginning from neutrality; yoga-connec­\n\ntion; viyoga-separation; dui bheda-two divisions; sakhya-in the mellow of\nfriendship;\n\nvatsalye-in\n\npaternal affection;\n\nyoga-adira-of\n\nconnection\n\nand\n\nseparation; aneka vibheda- many varieties.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are two divisions of each of the five mellows-yoga [connection]\nand viyoga [separation]. Among the mellows of friendship and parental affection, there are many divisions of connection and separation.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, these divisions are described:\nayoga-yogavetasya\nprabhedau kathitav ubhau\n\nIn the mellows of bhakti-yoga, there are two stages-ayoga and yoga. Ayoga is\ndescribed in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu:\nsangabhavo harer dhirair\nayoga iti kathyate\nayoge tvan-manaskatvarh\ntad-gul)ady-anusandhayaf)\ntat-prapty-upaya-cintadya/:1\nsarve?iirh kathita/:1 kriya/:1\n\nLearned scholars in the science of bhakti-yoga say that when there is an absence\nof association with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, separation takes place.\nIn the stage of ayoga (separation), the mind is filled with Kr�l)a consciousness and\nis fully absorbed in thoughts of Kr�l)a. In that stage, the devotee searches out the\ntranscendental qualities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is said that in\nthat stage of separation, all the devotees in the different mellows are always active in thinking of ways to attain Kr�l)a's association.\nThe word yoga (connection) is thus described:\nk[?l)ena sangamo yas tu\nsa yoga iti kirtyate\n\n", "mad9#p0066": "36\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\n\"When one meets Kr�l)a directly, that is called yoga.\"\nIn the transcendental mellows of neutrality and servitorship, there are similar\ndivisions of yoga and viyoga, but they are not variegated. The divisions of yoga\nand viyoga are always existing in the five mellows. However, in the transcendental mellows of friendship and paternal affection, there are many varieties of\nyoga and viyoga. The varieties of yoga are thus described:\nyoga 'pi kathita/:1 siddhis\ntu�ti/:1 sthitir iti tridha\nYoga (connection) is of three types-success, satisfaction and permanence. The\ndivisions of ayoga (separation) are thus described:\nutkaQthitarh viyogas cety\nayogo 'pi dvidhocyate\nThus ayoga has two divisions-longing and separation.\n\nTEXT 57\n\n'�', '�fii�IS' �t<f-<;�'1' 'Jf�' I\n\n11�'$1\"r;;'l1J '�', '�fif�' <;'$ft��i-fil�� 11�'\\11\n'ruc;fha', 'adhiruc;fha' bhava-keva/a 'madhure'\nmahi�i-gaQera 'ruc;fha', 'adhiruc;fha' gopika-nikare\n\nSYNONYMS\nruc;fha-advanced; adhiruc;fha-highly advanced; bhava-ecstasy; kevalaonly; madhure-in the transcendental mellow of conjugal love; mahi�i-gaQeraof the queens of Dvaraka; ruc;fha-advanced; adhiruc;fha-highly advanced;\ngopika-nikare-among the gopis.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Only in the conjugal mellow are there two ecstatic symptoms called ru<;fha\n\n[advanced] and adhiru<;fha [highly advanced]. The advanced ecstasy is found\namon g the queens of Dvaraka, and the hig hly advanced ecstasies are found\namon g the gopis.\nPURPORT\nThe adhiruc;fha ecstasies are explained in the Ujjvala-nilamaQi:\n\n", "mad9#p0067": "Life's Ultimate Goal\n\nText 59]\n\n37\n\nruc;fhoktebhyo 'nubhavebhya/:1\nkam apy apta visi?tatam\nyatranubhava drsyante\nso 'dhiruc;fho nigadyate\nThe very sweet attraction of conjugal love increases through affection, counterlove, love, attachment, subattachment, ecstasy and highly advanced ecstasy\n\n(mahabhava). The platform of mahabhava includes ruc;fha and adhiruc;fha. These\nplatforms are possible only in conjugal love. Advanced ecstasy is found in\nDvaraka, whereas highly advanced ecstasy is found among the gopis.\nTEXT 58\n\n��-1{��t�-�� t;!' � I\n\n�tV'tt'lt '1ftlifil', �1ft� '�t�il' ilt';f t;!� II a-Ir' II\nadhiruc;ff)a-mahabhava-dui ta' prakara\nsambhoge 'madana', virahe 'mohana' nama tara\nSYNONYMS\n\nadh iruc;fha mahabha va-highly\n-\n\nadvanced\n\necstasy;\n\ndui\n\nta'\n\nprakara-two\n\nvarieties; sambhoge-in actually meeting; madana-madana; virahe-in separation; mohana-mohana; nama-the names; tara-of them.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Highly advanced ecstasy is divided into two categories-madana and\nmohana. Meeting together is called madana, and separation is called mohana.\nTEXT 59\n\n'1ftlif�'\n\n··-\n\n�iltfW � �ii'(J �'e'f I\n\n'��,_cfi', 'fij1Ji'Sf�'-''1ftlf:til' �� ''e'f II en� II\n'madane'-cumbanadi haya aFianta vibheda\n'udgharl)a', 'citra-jalpa'-'mohane' dui bheda\nSYNONYMS\n\nmadane-in the stage of madana; cumbana adi-kissing and similar activities;\nhaya are; ananta vib heda- unlimited divisions; udgharl)a-unsteadiness; citra-\n\n-\n\nja /pa-v ario u s mad talks; mohane-the stage of mohana; dui bheda-two divisions.\n\n", "mad9#p0068": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n38\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"On the madana platform there are kissing and many other symptoms,\nwhich are unlimited. In the mohana stage, there are two divisions-udghurQa\n[unsteadiness] and citra-jalpa [varieties of mad emotional talks].\nPURPORT\nFor further information, see Madhya-lila (1.87).\n\nTEXT 60\n\n�i\"JiiSft�� tif-t �er-$111ttW·i{t� 1\n'�·.ffl'!t'� �-t em l!�t� �;ft'i II�o II\ncitra-jalpera dasa ariga-prajalpadi-nama\n'bhramara-gita'ra dasa sloka tahate pramal)a\n\nSYNONYMS\ncitra-jalpPra-of the mad talks; dasa\nnamed praja\n\nten; ariga-parts; prajalpa-adi-nama­\n\n-\n\nlpa and so on; bhramara-gitara -of Radharal)i's talks with the\n\nbumblebee (Srimad-Bhagavatam, Canto Ten, Chapter Forty-seven); dasa slokaten verses; tahate-in that matter; pramal)a-the evidence.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Mad emotional talks include ten divisions, called prajalpa and other\nnames. An example of this is the ten verses spoken by Srimati RadharaQi\ncalled 'song to the bumblebee.'\nPURPORT\nImaginative mad talks known as citra-jalpa can be divided into ten categoriesprajalpa, parijalpa, vijalpa, ujjalpa, sanjalpa, avajalpa, abhijalpa, ajalpa, pratijalpa\nand sujalpa. There are no English equivalents for these different features of jalpa\n(imaginative talk).\n\nTEXT 61\n\n�6f1, m-t·c;�ii-fif�Jt\"tw·ift1ll\nf<f�t!'t ���f!, �t��tt<r. '��'·§lti{ II�� II\nudgharl)a, vivasa-ce�ta-divyonmada-nama\nvirahe kr�l)a-spharti, apanake 'kr�l)a'-jnana\n\n", "mad9#p0069": "39\n\nlife's Ultimate Goal\n\nText 62]\n\nSYNONYMS\nudghlirQa-unsteadiness;\n\nvivasa-ce�ta -boastful\n\nactivities;\n\ndivya-unmada­\n\nnama-named transcendental madness; virahe-in separation; kr�Qa-sphartimanifestation of Kr�l)a; apanake\n\n-\n\noneself; kr�Qa-jt'iana-thinking as Kf�l)a.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Udghurr:'lii [unsteadiness] and viva5a-ce�ta [boastful activities] are aspects\nof transcendental madness. In separation from Kr�r:'la, one experiences the\nmanifestation of Kr�r:'la, and one thinks oneself to be Kr�r:'la.\nTEXT 62\n\n':Jtm'it'i�<:!J&�t�'-'ret� f�'f -;ernt 1\n'lt'Vtt'it'1t �il� �er, i{ t� � l!t� II �� II\n'sambhoga'-'vipralambha'-bhede dvividha srngara\nsambhogera ananta anga, nahi anta tara\nSYNONYMS\nsambhoga-of meeting (enjoyment together); vipra/ambha-of separation;\nbhede-in two divisions; dvi-vidha srngara-two kinds of conjugal love;\nsambhogera-of the stage of sambhoga, or meeting; ananta ar'lga-unlimited\nparts; nahi-not; anta-an end; tara-of that.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In conjugal love [srngara] there are two departments-meeting and\nseparation. On the platform of meeting, there are unlimited varieties that are\nbeyond description.\nPURPORT\nVipralambha is described in the Ujjvala-nilamaQi:\nyunor ayuktayor bhavo\nyuktayor vatha yo mitha/:1\nabhi�talinganadinam\nanavaptau prakr�yate\nsa vipra/ambho vijneyal)\nsambhogonnatikarakal)\nna vina vipralambhena\nsambhoga/:1 pu�tim asnute\n\n", "mad9#p0070": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n40\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nWhen the lover and the beloved meet, they are called yukta (connected). Previous to their meeting, they are called ayukta (not connected). Whether connected or not connected, the ecstatic emotion arising due to not being able to\nembrace and kiss each other as desired is called vipra/ambha. This vipra/ambha\nhelps nourish emotions at the time of meeting. Similarly, sambhoga is thus described:\ndarsanalinganadinam\nanukulyan ni?evaya\nyunor ullasam arohan\nbhavaf) sambhoga iryate\n\"Meeting each other and embracing each other are aimed at bringing about the\nhappiness of both the lover and the beloved. When this stage becomes increasingly j ubilant, the resultant ecstatic emotion is called sambhoga.\" When\nawakened, sambhoga is divided into four categories:\n\n(1) purva-raga-anantara-after purva-raga (attachment prior to meeting),\nsambhoga is called brief (sank?ipta);\n\n(2) mana-anantara\n\n-\n\nafter mana (anger based on love), sambhoga is called\n\nencroached (sankir(la);\n\n(3) kificid-dura-pravasa-anantara-after being a little distance away for some\ntime, sambhoga is called accomplished (sampanna);\n\n(4) sudura-pravasa-anantara-after being far away, sambhoga is called perfection (samrddhiman).\nThe meetings of the lovers that take place in dreams also have these four divisions.\nTEXT 63\n\n'�3f�V' �'!_�-. -�(Jt'Sf, 1lt� I\n\n�t:Jtt�J, �t� G<211tt��-��� II �� II\n'vipralambha' catur-vidha -purva-raga, mana\npravasakhya, ara prema-vaicittya-akhyana\nSYNONYMS\n\nvi pra/ambha-separation;\n\ncatuf)-vi dha-four\n\ndivisions;\n\npurva-raga-purva­\n\nraga; mana-mana; pravasakhya-known as pravasa; ara-and; prema-vaicittya-prema-vaicittya; akhyana\n\n-\n\ncal ling\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Vipralambha has four divisions-purva-raga, mana, pravasa, and premavaicittya.\n\n", "mad9#p0071": "Text 63]\n\nLife's Ultimate Goal\n\n41\n\nPURPORT\nPurva-raga is described in Ujjvala-nilamatJi:\nratir ya sarigamat purvarh\ndarsana-sravaQadi-ja\ntayor unmilati prajfiaih\npurva-ragah sa ucyate\nWhen attachment produced in both the lover and beloved before their meeting\nby seeing, hearing and so on becomes very palatable by the mixture of four ingredients, such as vibhava and anubhava, this is called purva-raga.\nThe word mana is also described:\ndampatyor bhava ekatra\nsator apy anuraktayoh\nsvabhi$tasle$a-vik�adinirodhi mana ucyate\nMana is a word used to indicate the mood of the lover and the beloved experienced whether they are in one place or in different places. This mood\nobstructs their looking at one another and embracing one another, despite the\nfact that they are attached to one another.\nPravasa is also explained as follows:\npurva-sariga-tayor yunor\nbhaved desantaradibhih\nvyavadhanarh tu yat prajfiaih\nsa pravasa itiryate\nPravasa is a word used to indicate the separation of lovers who were previously\nintimately associated. This separation is due to their being in different places.\nSimilarly, prema-vaicittya is explained:\npriyasya sannikar�e 'pi\npremotkar�a-svabhavatah\nya vise�a-dhiyartis tat\nprema-vaicittyam ucyate\nPrema-vaicittya is a word used to indicate an abundance of love that brings about\ngrief from fear of separation, although the lover is present.\n\n", "mad9#p0072": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n42\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nTEXT 64\n\n�tfil<littw '�'$!' �� '\\1!f�t�', '11ft�' I\n\n'<;�11��, �� 11�'$ft'f II �8 II\nradhikadye 'pOrva-raga' prasiddha 'pravasa', 'mane'\n'prema-vaicittya' sri-dasame mahi$i-gaf)e\nSYNONYMS\nradhikadye-in SrimatT Radharar:Ji and the other gopis; parva-raga-feelings\nbefore union; prasiddha-celebrated; pravasa mane-also pravasa and mana;\nprema-vaicittya-feelings of fear of separation; sri-dasame-in the Tenth Canto;\nmahi$i-gaQe-among the queens.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Of the four kinds of separation, three [purva-raga, pravasa and mana] are\ncelebrated in Srimati Radharar;�i and the gopis. In Dvaraka, among the queens,\nfeelings of prema-vaicittya are very prominent.\nTEXT 65\n\nlllfif f<rwrf'! �� <t'l�f>r:!fl or c\"tl:ll\n'lff<>f� �5rf� �tJIJ1�1c·�n ��c<tH: !\n<f�fll<t .,. r;r <fi f661{5f1l' fOif<t'<liT.l)�.,\n>rMor-or�or-�fl:lf1lft�-\"1'1c71�l:�;r n �tt u\nkurari vilapasi tvarh vita-nidra na 5e$e\nsvapiti jagati ratryam isvaro gupta-bodhai)\nvayam iva sakhi kaccid gac;lha-nirviddha-ceta\nnalina-nayana-hasodara-lilek$itena\nSYNONYMS\nkurari-0 female osprey; vilapasi-are lamenting; tvam-you; vita-nidrawithout sleep;\n\nna-not;\n\n5e$e-rest;\n\nsvapiti-sleeps;\n\njagati-in the world;\n\nratryam-at night; isvara/:1-Lord Kr�r:Ja; gupta-bodhai)-whose consciousness is\nhidden; vayam-we; iva-like; sakhi-0 dear friend; kaccid-whether; gac;/hadeeply; nirviddha-ceta-pierced in the heart; nalina-nayana-of the lotus-eyed\nLord; hasa-smiling; udara-liberal; lila-ik$itena-by the playful glancing.\n\n", "mad9#p0073": "Life's Ultimate Goal\n\nText 67]\n\n43\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear friend kurari, it is now night, and Lord Sri Kr�r;�a is sleeping. You\nyourself are not asleep or resting but are lamenting. Should I presume that\nyou, like us, are affected by the smiling, liberal, playful glances of the lotuseyed Kr�r;�a? If so, your heart is deeply pierced. Is that why you are showing\nthese signs of sleepless lamentation?'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.90.15). Although the queens\nwere with Kr�r:ta, they were still thinking of losing His comp an y.\nTEXT 66\n\n'21t'ST!!il\"'il �•-ii'Ar�·f-rt1111ffct 1\n\nJftfir�t� fitt�11ffct - �t�1-i1�il1'tf II �� II\nvrajendra-nandana kr�Qa-nayaka-siromaf)i\nnayikara siromaf)i-radha-thakuraf)i\nSY NONYMS\nvrajendra-nandana kr�Qa-L ord Kr�r:ta, the son of Maharaja Nanda; nayaka­\n\nsiromaf)i-best of all heroes; nayikara siromaf)i-the best of all heroines; radhathakuraf)i -SrTmatT Radharar:tT.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�r;�a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead who appeared as the son\nof Nanda Maharaja, is the supreme hero in all dealings. Similarly, Srimati\nRadharar;�i is the topmost heroine in all dealings.\n\nTEXT 67\n\n•111r<ft-rt� f\"lt�i\"ll'f� � �'>1�1-{, 'lf'�l{, 1\n�ill f;{\"!J��1 '17;� f<l11ilJi'C� �j�'jj: II �'I II\n\nnayakanarh siroratnarh\n\nkr�Qas tu bhagavan svayam\n\nyatra nityataya sarve\n\nvirajante maha-guf)a/:1\n\n", "mad9#p0074": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n44\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nSYNONYMS\nnayakanam-of all heroes; siroratnam-the crown jewel; kr�Qab\n\n-\n\nLord Kr�rya;\n\ntu-but;\n\nbhagavan svayam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself;\n\nyatra-in\n\nwhom;\n\nnityataya-with\n\npermanence;\n\nsarve-all;\n\nvirajante-exist;\n\nmaha-guQaQ -transcendental qualities.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Kr�r;�a is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself, and He is the\n\ncrown jewel of all heroes. In Kr�r;�a, all transcendental good qualities are permanently situated.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is also found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (2.1.17).\nTEXT 68\n\nC!f�\") flll'll� C.!l1'&1 �tf�t<f·l 9f�Clf��1 I\n'l�Q��'I!I\")'ll� �<ll\"lf'{g: 'lC\"11 �01\") '1�1 II -l!lr U\ndevi kr�Qamayi prokta\nradhika para-devata\nsarva-lak�mimayi sarvakantib sammohini para\nSYNONYMS\ndevi-who shines\n\nbrilliantly;\n\nkr�Qa-mayi-nondifferent from Lord\n\nKr�rya;\n\nprokta-called; radhika-Srimati Radhararyi; para devata-most worshipable; sar-\n\nva-/ak�mi-ma yi-presiding over all the goddesses of fortune; sarva-kantib-in\nwhom all splendor exists; sammohini-whose character completely bewilders\nLord Kr�rya; para -the superior energy.\nTRANSLATION\n11 'The\n\ntranscendental goddess Srimati Radharar;Ji is the direct counterpart\n\nof lord Sri Kr�r;�a. She is the central figure for all the goddesses of fortune. She\npossesses all the attraction to attract the all-attractive Personality of Godhead.\nShe is the primeval internal potency of the lord.'\nPURPORT\nThis text is found in the Brhad-gautamiya-tantra.\n\n", "mad9#p0075": "Text 70]\n\nlife's Ultimate Goal\n\n45\n\nTEXT 69\n\n�'Q �t·J �'1, c;�f�- �'fti{ I\n\\Jl� \\Jl� �'1 ��'�'At 'e9·�t'111 ��II\nananta kr�Qera guQa, cau�atti-pradhana\neka eka guf)a suni' juc;:laya bhakta-kaf)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nananta-unlimited; kr�Qera -of Lord\n\nKr�Qa; guf)a-qualities; cau�atti -sixty­\n\nfour; pradhana-chief ones; eka eka-one by one; gu(1a-qualities; suni'hearing; juc;/aya-satisfies; bhakta-kaQa-the ears of the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The transcendental qualities of Lord Kr�Qa are unlimited. Out of these,\nsixty-four are considered prominent. The ears of the devotees are satisfied\nsimply by hearing all these qualities one after the other.\nTEXT 70\n'!!�� C\"f\\!1 \".:f�1lrt'f:\n\n'f't'lncttf�: I\n\nwfs�n.:�'!1 �t�1 <�ar,�t\"!, �1ft�'!: � 'I\n\n•\n\nM\n\nayaril neta suramyanga/:r\nsarva-sal-lak�af)anvita/:r\nruciras tejasa yukto\nbaliyan vayasanvita/:r\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nayam-this (Kr�Qa); neta-supreme hero; suramya-anga/:r -having the most\nbeautiful transcendental body; sarva-sat-/ak�aQa-all-auspicious bodily marks;\nanvita/:r-endowed with; rucira/:r-possessing radiance very pleasing to the eyes;\ntejasa-with all power; yukta/:r-bestowed; ballyan-very strong; vayasa-anvita/:r-having a youthful age.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Kr�Qa, the supreme hero, has the most beautiful transcendental body.\nThis body possesses all good features. It is radiant and very pleasing to the\neyes. His body is powerful, strong and youthful.\n\n", "mad9#p0076": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n46\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse and the following six verses are also found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\n(2.1.23-29).\nTEXT 71\n\nf<lf<1:'1lf �iSlllt['\\� 'I�J'l:t<n: f<2l�\\<�'lf= 1\n<li<ll(�: �9fi['SC\\HI 1_f��i\"l_ �f��tr��: II 'n n\nvividhadbhuta-bha�a-vit\nsatya-vakyai) priyarh vadai)\nvavadukai) supar,lC;fityo\nbuddhiman pratibhanvitai)\nSYNONYMS\n\nvividha-various;\n\nadbhuta\n\nwonderful;\n\n-\n\nsatya-vakyai)-whose words are truthful;\n\nbha�a-vit-knower\n\nof\n\nlanguages;\n\npriyam vadai)-who speaks very\n\npleasingly; vavadukai)-expert in speaking; su-par,u;Jityai)\n\n-\n\nvery learned; buddhi­\n\nman -very wise; pratibha-anvitai) -genius.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'Kr��a is the linguist of all wonderful languages. He is a truthful and very\npleasing speaker. He is expert in speaking, and He is a very wise, learned\nscholar and a genius.\nTEXT 72\n\nf<l:'lf�5'�'C�1 'lf':ji: 'f�<m: ���� : I\nClf'\"t<fi'-i�9fii1i<m\": \"fi�5l:: �'fu� II , � II\nvidagdhas caturo dak�ai)\nkrtajfiai) sudr{iha-vratai)\ndesa-kala-supatrajnai)\nsastra-cak�ui) sucir vasi\nSYNONYMS\n\nvidagdhai)-expert in artistic enjoyment; c aturai)-cunning; dak�ai)-expert;\nkrta-jfiai) -grateful;\n\nsudr{iha-vratai) -firmly\n\ndetermined;\n\ndesa-of\n\nkala-time; supatra-of fitness; jnai)-a knower; sastra-cak� ui)\n\n-\n\ncountry;\n\ne xpert in the\n\nauthoritative scriptures; sucii)-very clean and neat; vasi-self-controlled.\n\n", "mad9#p0077": "Text 74]\n\n47\n\nLife's Ultimate Goal\n\nTRANSLATION\n'Kr�Qa is very expert in artistic enj oyment. He is hig hly cunning, expert,\ngrateful and firmly determined in His vows. He knows how to deal according\nto time, person and country, and He sees throu gh the scriptures and authorita11\n\ntive books. He is very clean and self-controlled.\nTEXT 73\n\nf�Cill lft�: '11'll\"t�C'-'f1 'if�,C�1 '1�1-t }f'I(: I\n\n�lf1r:'ll' lftfifllf: \"!_<!: �ill C'! 1 'I!t'll'I!i-f\"f� n '10 II\nsthiro danta/:1 k$ama-si/o\ngambhiro dhrtiman sama/:1\nvadanyo dharmika/:1 sura/:!\nkarur:10 manya-manakrt\nSYNONYMS\n\nsthira/:1-steady; danta/:1-having controlled senses; k�ama-sila/:1-forgiving;\ngambhira/:1-grave; dhrtiman-calm, never bereft of intelligence; sama/:1-equal;\nvadanya/:1-magnanimous; dharmika/:1-religious; sura/:1-chivalrous; karuf)a/:1kind; manya-manakrt-respectful to the respectable.\nTRANSLATION\n'Lord Kr�Qa is steady, His senses are controlled, and He is forg iving, grave\nand calm. He is also equal to all. Moreover, He is magnanimous, reli gious,\n11\n\nchivalrous and kind. He is always respectful to respectable people.\nTEXT 74\n\n'if�Cct1 f<IOT� it'I!I-t �ctt5l�<Pt\"tar�: I\n��\"' ���\"C�'I!<1�: ���·n: n 'Is n\ndak�iQo vinayi hriman\nsaraf)agata-pa/aka/:1\nsukhi bhakta-suhrt premavasya/:1 sarva-subhalikara/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\ndak�iQa/:1-simple\n\nand\n\nliberal;\n\nvinayi-humble;\n\nhriman-bashful\n\nwhen\n\nglorified; saraQagata-pa/aka/:1-protector of the surrendered soul; sukhi-always\n\n", "mad9#p0078": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n48\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nhappy; bhakta-suhrt-well-wisher of the devotees; prema-vasya/.1-submissive\nto love; sarva-subhankara/.1-all-auspicious.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Kr�Qa is very simple and liberal, He is humble and bashful, and He is the\n\nprotector of the surrendered soul. He is very happy, and He is always the wellwisher of His devotee. He is all-auspicious, and He is submissive to love.\nTEXT 75\n\n��r� <!i'lf�lftt:t \"it�C\"<'�t<fi: 'ltl!_'llf��= '\n'ft�'l5J'1-lfC\"'f1�t�') '!<1f\"ittlfJ: '1'1f�tflll H\npratapi kirtiman rakta/oka/.1 sadhu-samasraya/.1\nnarigaf)a-manohari\nsarvaradhya/.1 samrddhiman\nSYNONYMS\n\npratapi-very influential; kirtiman-famous for good works; rakta-/oka/.1-who\nis the object of the attachment of all people; sadhu-sama-asraya/.1-the shelter of\nthe good and virtuous; nari-gaf)a-to women;\n\nmanohari-attractive; sarva­\n\naradhya/.1-worshipable by everyone; samrddhiman-very rich.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Kr�Qa is very influential and famous, and He is the object of attachment\n\nfor everyone. He is the shelter of the good and the virtuous. He is attractive to\nthe minds of women, and He is worshiped by everyone. He is very, very rich.\nTEXT 76\n\n�'l�t'f�1�C\"-sr� �<�t�'lit��'lr��t= ,\n'!�� �� ��t\"flf:��'>tt�1 �C\"�Hfif\"'f II � � II\nvariyan isvaras ceti\nguf)as tasyanukirtita/.1\nsamudra iva paiicasad\ndurvigaha harer ami\nSYNONYMS\n\nvariyan-the\n\nbest;\n\nisvara/.1-the\n\nsupreme\n\ncontroller;\n\nca-and;\n\niti-thus;\n\nguf)a/.1-the transcendental qualities; tasya-of Him; anukirtita/.1-described;\n\n", "mad9#p0079": "Text 77]\n\nsamudra/:1\n\nLife's Ultimate Goal\n\n-\n\noceans; iva\n\n-\n\n49\n\nlike ; pancasat-fifty ; durvigaha/:1-difficult to penetrate\n\nfully; hare/:1-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ami-all these.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Kr�r;�a is the Supreme, and He is always glorified as the Supreme Lord and\ncontroller. Thus all the previously mentioned transcendental qualities are in\nHim. The fifty qualities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead above mentioned are as deep as an ocean. In other words, they are difficult to fully comprehend.\nTEXT 77\n\n�'1r.�c� <�\"'!em� f9f f<t\"lf_f��1 �rs� 1\n9fftf�cf\\!�1 ;;stf� '\\!Cilr<l' 1_wc�t�c'lf u ' ' 11\njive?v ete vasanto 'pi\nbindu-bindutaya kvacit\nparipurf)ataya bhanti\ntatraiva puru?ottame\nSYNONYMS\n\njive?u-in the living entities; ete-these; vasanta/:1-are residing; api-though;\nbindu-bindutaya-with a very minute quantity; kvacit-sometimes ; paripurf)ataya-with fullness;\n\nbhanti-are manifest;\n\ntatra-in Him;\n\neva\n\n-\n\ncertainly ;\n\npuru?a-uttame-in the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'These qualities are sometimes very minutely exhibited in living beings,\nbut they are fully manifest in the Supreme Personality of Godhead.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (2.1.30). Living entities are parts\nand parcels of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As stated in Bhagavad-gita:\nmamaivarhso jiva-loke\njiva-bhuta/:1 sanatana/:1\nmana/:! ?a?thanindriyaf)i\nprakrti-sthani kar?ati\n\"The living entities in this conditioned world are My eternal, fragmental parts. Due\nto conditioned life, they are struggling very hard with the six senses, which include the mind.\" (Bg. 15.7)\n\n", "mad9#p0080": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n50\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nThe qualities of Kr�l)a are present in the living entity in minute, atomic quantities. A small portion of gold is certainly gold, but it cannot be equal to a gold\nmine. Similarly, the living entities have all the characteristics of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in minute quantity, but the living entity is never equal to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. God is therefore described as the Supreme\nBeing, and the living entity is described as a jiva. God is the Supreme Being, the\nchief of all living beings- eko bahunaril yo vidadhati kaman. The Mayavadis maintain that everyone is God, but even if this philosophy is accepted, no one can\nmaintain that everyone is equal to the Supreme Godhead. Only unintelligent men\nmaintain that everyone is equal to God or that everyone is God.\nTEXT 78\n\n�� 9f��Cfl elf �r��?:\"i-{ fif�\"ft� II '1\\r II\natha pafica-guQa ye syur\namsena girisadi�u\nSYNONYMS\natha-now (over and above these); pafica-guQa/:r-five qualities; ye-which;\nsyu/:r-may exist; arilsena-by part; girisa-adi�u-in demigods like Lord Siva.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Apart from these fifty qualities, there are five other qualities f ound in the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead that are partially present in demigods like\nSiva.\nPURPORT\nThis verse and the following seven verses are also found in Bhakti-rasamrtasindhu (2.1.37-44).\nTEXTS 79-81\n\n\"l\"lf1 ��'1\"l�·�fi�: \"l�r.'!JJ1 f;J\\�TOJ..� �: I\n\"lf'66\"1ft��\"lt�tsr: \"'��f�fo!r.'lf��= 11 '10) u\n�C'<!lDJC� �ctt: '1� C� �'l\"ttf\"lf-�f��: I\n\n'!l'�fu�Jll�l•tf'&: C<ft�ffi����: lllr• II\n���t��a,'l�'ll!li� ��tf�'>lf�m�= 1\n��tll'>!Cft���Pl'l �C� f�a,�j: II \\r') II\n\n", "mad9#p0081": "Life's Ultimate Goal\n\nText 81]\n\n51\n\nsada svarupa-sarhprapta/:1\nsarva-j;io nity-nutana/:1\nsac-cid-ananda-sandrariga/:1\nsarva-siddhi-ni�evita/:1\nathocyante gutJa/:1 paiica\nye /ak�misadi-vartina/:1\navicintya-maha-sakti/:1\nkoti-brahmat:�Qa-vigraha/:1\navataravali-bijarh\nhatari-gati-dayaka/:1\natmarama-gat:�akar�ity\nami kr�t:�e ki/adbhuta/:1\nSYNONYMS\nsada-always; svarupa-sarhprapta/:1-situated in one's eternal nature; sarvajiia/:1-omniscient; nitya-nutana/:1-ever-fresh; sat-cit-ananda-sandra-ariga/:1-the\nconcentrated form of eternity, knowledge, bliss;\ntended by all mystic perfections;\n\natha-now;\n\nsarva-siddhi-ni�evita/:1-at­\n\nucyante-are said;\n\ngut:�a/:1-\n\nqualities; paiica-five; ye-which; /ak�mHsa-in the proprietor of the goddess\nof fortune; adi-etc.; vartina/:1-represented; avicintya-inconceivable; mahasakti/:1-possessing supreme energy; koti-brahma(J(ia-consisting of innumerable\nuniverses; vigraha/:1-having a body; avatara-of incarnations; ava/i-of groups;\nbijam-the source; hata-ari-to enemies killed by Him; gati-dayaka/:1-giving\nliberation; atmarama-gatJa-of those fully satisfied in themselves; akar�i-attracting; iti-thus; ami-these; kr�t:�e-in Kr�t:Ja; ki/a-certainly; adbhuta/:1-very\nwonderful.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'These qualities are (1) the Lord is always situated in His original position, (2) He is omniscient, (3) He is always fresh and youthful, (4) He is the\nconcentrated form of eternity, knowledge and bliss, and (5) He is the\npossessor of all mystic perfection. There are another five qualities, which exist\nin the Vaikur:1tha planets in Narayar:1a, the Lord of Lak�mi. These qualities are\nalso present in Kr�r:1a, but they are not present in demigods like Lord Siva or in\nother\n\nliving\n\nentities.\n\nThese\n\nare\n\n(1) inconceivable\n\nsupreme\n\npower,\n\n(2) generating innumerable universes from the body, (3) being the original\nsource of all incarnations, (4) bestowing salvation upon enemies killed, and\n(5) the ability to attract exalted persons who are satisfied in themselves. Although these qualities are present in Narayar:1a, the dominating Deity of the\nVaikur:lfha planets, they are even more wonderfully present in Kr�r:1a.\n\n", "mad9#p0082": "52\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nTEXTS 82-83\n\n'1�1��57!��HI-<'11<'1\"f<l>t§t<'f <1 f� f�t: I\n\n��<'!Plf�T..f '!-'!f��f�ll'!�O'I: II IT< II\nfur�5f1J'i'l'li�PI-,�;;;l�a,�f��: I\n\n�'l'!it'li�t<(Qi<>[ !\\\\- f��jf9r�D�l5�: II IT� II\nsarvadbhuta-camatkarali/a-ka/lola-varidhi/:1\natulya-madhura-premamaQ(jita-priya-maQ(jala/:1\ntrijagan-manasakar�imura/i-ka/a-kujita/:1\nasamanordhva-rupa-srivismapita-caracara/:1\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-adbh uta-camatkara-bringing wonder to all; lila-of pastimes; kal/olafull of waves; varidhi/:1-an ocean; atulya-madhura-prema-with incomparable\nconjugal love; maQ (jita-decorated; priya-maQ(jafa/:1-with a circle of favorite\npersonalities; tri-jagat-of three worlds; manasa-akar�i-attracting the minds;\nmura/i-of the flute; ka/a-kujita/:1-the melodious vibration; asamana-urdhvaunequaled and unsurpassed; rupa-by beauty; sri-and opulence; vismapitacara-acara/:1 -astonishing the moving and nonmoving living entities.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Apart from these sixty transcendental qualities, Kr�Qa has an additional\nfour transcendental qualities, which are not manifest even in the personality\nof NarayaQa. These are:\n\n(1) Kr�r:Ja is like an ocean filled with waves of\n\npastimes that evoke wonder within everyone in the three worlds. (2) In His\nactivities of conjugal love, He is always surrounded by His dear devotees who\npossess unequaled love for Him. (3) He attracts the minds of all three worlds\nby the melodious vibration of His flute. (4) His personal beauty and opulence\nare beyond compare. No one is equal to Him, and no one is greater than Him.\nThus the Personality of Godhead astonishes all living entities, both moving\nand nonmoving, within the three worlds. He is so beautiful that He is called\nKr�r:Ja.\nPURPORT\nMayavadi philosophers, who have a poor fund of knowledge, simply dismiss\nthe subject by explaining that Kr��a means black. Not understanding the qualities\n\n", "mad9#p0083": "Life's Ultimate Goal\n\nText 85]\n\n53\n\nof Kr�l)a, these atheistic rascals do not accept Him as the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Although the Lord is described and accepted by great personalities,\nacaryas and sages, the MayavadTs still do not appreciate Him. Unfortunately at the\npresent moment human society is so degraded that people cannot even provide\nthemselves with life's daily necessities, yet they are captivated by MayavadT philosophers and are being misled. According to Bhagavad-gita, simply by understanding Kr�l)a one can get free from the cycle of birth and death. Tyaktva deharh\npunar janma naiti mam eti so 'rjuna. Unfortunately this great science of Kr�l)a consciousness has been impeded by MayavadT philosophers who are opposed to the\npersonality of Kr�l)a. Those who are preaching this Kr�l)a consciousness movement must try to understand Kr�l)a from the statements given in Bhakti-rasamrtasindhu (The Nectar of Devotion).\nTEXT 84-85\n\na>f�a>fl C��11 f���T�<l'J� 'l{f��\" C<!'J._Mr:'lit: I\n��Pil<ft�'1� Ct!1'(3'� C<;JTfq:O!f� ��·hl{.lllrB II\n�.!! <!�\n\n�<tt·s�r;;;l!'t�s�:\"lf�il'l!'t�'!i1: 11 lr4 11\nlila premQa priyadhikyarh\nmadhuryarh vel)u-rapayo/:1\nity asadharaQarh proktarh\ngovindasya catu?tayam\nevarh guQJS catur-bhedas\ncatu/:1-?a?tir udahrta/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nlila-pastimes; premQa-with transcendental love; priya-adhikyam-an abundance of highly elevated devotees; madhuryam-sweetness; veQu-rupayo/:1-of\nthe flute and of the beauty of Kr�l)a; iti-thus; asadharal)am-uncommon; proktam-said;\n\ngovindasya-of Lord\n\nKr�l)a;\n\ncatu?tayam\n\n-\n\nfour special\n\nfeatures;\n\nevam-thus; guQa/:1-transcendental qualities; catu/:l-bheda/:1-having four divi.\n\nsions; catu/:l-?a?ti/:1-si xty-four; udahrta/:1-declared.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Above Naraya�;�a, Kr��;�a has four specific transcendental qualities-His\nwonderful pastimes, an abundance of wonderful associates who are very dear\nto Him [like the gopisl, His wonderful beauty and the wonderful vibration of\nHis flute. lord Kr��;�a is more exalted than ordinary living beings and demigods\nlike lord Siva. He is even more exalted than His personal expansion Naraya�;�a.\n\n", "mad9#p0084": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n54\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nIn all, the Supreme Personality of Godhead has sixty-four transcendental\nqualities in full.'\nTEXT 86\n\n�i{'G �'I �ift�<titJ, �fi-t-12!-ni{ I\n<;�� �t'!1f 'CI-t' �i ?� 'fi'$1<tti{, II \\r� II\nananta gul)a sri-radhikara, pancisa-pradhana\nyei gul)era 'vasa' haya kr�l)a bhagavan\nSYNONYMS\n\nananta\n\ngul)a-unlimited\n\nqualities;\n\nSrTmatT\n\nsri-radhikara-of\n\nRadharar:JT;\n\npancisa-twenty-five; pradhana-chief; yei gul)era-of those qualities; vasaunder the control; haya-is; kr�l)a-Lord Kr�r:Ja; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Similarly, Srimati Radharar;�i has unlimited transcendental qualities, of\nwhich twenty-five qualities are principal. Sri Kr�r;�a is controlled by these transcendental qualities of Srimati Radharar;�i.\nTEXTS 87-91\n�N �i<n:o,�llr: \"'lire>& �<��I �<tt: 1\n\n1l�C�HI� OI<I-<Hi1\"5'119fi?:'fi�� f\"i!�1 II 17'1 II\nT>lil'-C �T\\Si51JC��iT1Jl 5l?:�i?liflf��ilf<l1 I\n�'f\"')·��]j�lfiS'!i'!l �\"'IJ<Ili; Ol;j9ff��1 II b-17 II\nf.t01� �1 �il'�l-�cf1 f<llf�1 9fi�<l't��1 I\n\"'�i\"f'l\"fl �I!�Ilf1 Clf�-5fj�\"')�\"rtM'<1'11117� II\n�f<l'\"'i'!11l�i:ei<l9f�?:1lt����Jli� I\nC5fi�<'!-C�1l'Plf\\!i�5l?;��<'!'l'{,�1tft: II �\n\n•\n\nII\n\n��f9f���?:>:f�1 'i��<tfil'�i<l\"\"fl I\n'flpf:'��i<l'-'1'1'll_�rl 'l'&�1�<1\"-C<f>\"f<t1 I\n<1�0!1 f�� �<11�'211! 'l��Jt�\"')�·l �?;��\"<! II � � II\natha vrndavanesvaryah\nkirtyante pravara gul)aQ\nmadhureyarh nava-vayas\nca/apangojjvala-smita\n\n", "mad9#p0085": "55\n\nLife's Ultimate Goal\n\nText 91]\n\ncaru-saubhagya-rekhac;fhya\ngandhonmadita-madhava\nsarigita-prasarabhijiia\nramya-vari narma-paQc;fita\nvinita karul)a-purl)a\nvidagdha patavanvita\nlajja-sila sumaryada\ndhairya-gambhirya-sa/ini\nsuvi/asa mahabhavaparamotkar�a-tar�iQi\ngokula-prema-vasatir\njagac-chreQi-lasad-yasah\ngurv-arpita-guru-sneha\nsakhi-praQayita-vasa\nkr�Qa-priyavali-mukhya\nsantatasrava-kesava\nbahuna kirh gul)as tasyah\nsarikhyatita harer iva\nSYNONYMS\n\natha-now; vrndavana-isvaryab-of the Queen of Vrndavana (Srr Radhika);\nkirtyante-are glorified; pravarab-chief; guQab-qualities; madhura-sweet;\niyam-this one (Radhika); nava-vayab-youthful; ca/a-apariga-having restless\neyes;\n\nujjva/a-smita-having\n\na\n\nbright\n\nsmile;\n\ncaru-saubhagya-rekhac;fhya­\n\npossessing beautiful, auspicious lines on the body; gandha-by the wonderful\nfragrance of Her body; unmadita-madhava-exciting Kr�l)a; sarigita-of songs;\nprasara-abhijiia-knowledgeable in the expansion; ramya-vak-having charming\nspeech; narma-paQc;fita-learned in joking; vinita-humble; karul)a-purl)a-full of\nmercy; vidagdha-cunning; patava-anvita-expert in performing Her duties; lajjasila-shy; su-maryada-respectful; dhairya-calm; gambhirya-salini-and grave;\nsu-vi/asa-playful; maha-bhava-of advanced ecstasy; parama-utkar�a-in the\nhighest excellence; tar�iQi-desirous; goku/a-prema-the love of the residents of\nGokula; vasatib-the abode; jagat-srel)i-among the surrendered devotees who\nare the abodes (asraya) of love for Kr�l)a; /asat-shining; yasab-whose fame;\nguru-to the elders; arpita-offered; guru-sneha-whose great affection; sakhipral)ayita-vasa-controlled by the love of Her gopi friends; kr�Qa-priya-avaliamong those who are dear to Kr�l)a; mukhya-the chief; santata-always;\nasrava-kesavab-to whom Lord Kesava is submissive; bahuna kim-in short;\nguQab-the qualities; tasyab-of Her; sarikhyatitab-beyond count; hareb-of\nLord Kr�l!a; iva-like.\n\n", "mad9#p0086": "56\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Srimati\n\nRadharar:Ji's\n\ntwenty-five\n\nchief\n\ntranscendental qualities are:\n\n(1) She is very sweet. (2) She is always freshly youthful. (3) Her eyes are\nrestless. (4) She smiles brightly. (5) She has beautiful, auspicious lines.\n(6) She makes Kr�r:Ja happy with Her bodily aroma. (7) She is very expert in\nsinging. (8) Her speech is charming. (9) She is very expert in joking and\nspeaking pleasantly. (10) She is very humble and meek. (11) She is always\nfull of mercy. (12) She is cunning. (13) She is expert in executing Her duties.\n(14) She is shy. (15) She is always respectful. (16) She is always calm.\n(17) She is always grave. (18) She is expert in enjoying life. (19) She is situated at the topmost level of ecstatic love. (20) She is the reservoir of loving\naffairs in Gokula. (21) She is the most famous of submissive devotees.\n(22) She is very affectionate to elderly people. (23) She is very submissive to\nthe love of Her friends. (24) She is the chief gopi. (25) She always keeps\nKr�r:Ja under Her control. In short, She possesses unlimited transcendental\nqualities, just as Lord Kr�r:Ja does.'\nPURPORT\nThese verses are also found in Ujjva/a-nilamaf)i, Sri-radha-prakaraf)a (11-15).\nTEXT 92\n\n•rrn�, errn�i,-�� �� ''Cit�' 1\n\n�� �� ,��,-�'{1, 81c;iSfi!§f�\"l� \" �� \"\nnayaka, nayika, -dui rasera 'a/ambana'\n\nsei dui sre?tha, -radha, vrajendra-nandana\nSYNONYMS\nnayaka-hero; nayika-heroine; dui-two; rasera-of mellows; alambana­\n\nthe basis; sei-those; dui-two; sre?tha-chief; radha-SrTmatT Radharar;JT; vrajendra-nandana-and Kr�r;Ja, the son of Maharaja Nanda.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The basis of all transcendental mellows is the hero and the heroine, and\nSrimati Radharar:Ji and Lord Kr�r:Ja, the son of Maharaja Nanda, are the best.\nTEXT 93\n\n��� �tt'I3J lift�, �r;� ��1'St'i I\n�e.�J 1ft� ��1 �tl!t�t�llf� \"��\"\n\n", "mad9#p0087": "Life's Ultimate Goal\n\nText 95]\n\n57\n\nei-mata dasye dasa, sakhye sakha-gal)a\nvatsalye mata pita asrayalambana\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; dasye-in the transcendental mellow of servitude;\ndasa-servants ;\n\nsakhye-in the transcendental mellow of friendship; sakha­\n\ngal)a-the friends; vatsalye-in the transcendental mellow of paternal affection;\nmata pita-mother and father; asraya-a/ambana-the support or shelter of love as\n\nthe abode or dwelling place of love.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Just as Lord Km1a and Srimati Radharar:-.i are the object and shelter of the\nmellow of conjugal love, so, in the mellow of servitorship, Kr�r:-.a, the son of\nMaharaja Nanda, is the object, and servants like Citraka, Raktaka and Patraka\nare the shelter. Similarly, in the transcendental mellow of friendship, Lord\nKr�r:-.a is the object, and friends like Sridama, Sudama and Subala are the\nshelter. In the transcendental mellow of paternal affection, Kr�r:-.a is the object,\nand mother Ya5oda and Maharaja Nanda are the shelter.\nTEXT 94\n\n�� �� �ii.�<!f �?;� ��'it'l I\n'�?;fi �lf ft11, �i{ l!itfi.� �'l II �8 II\nei rasa anubhave yaiche bhakta-gal)a\nyaiche rasa haya, suna tahara /ak?aQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nei\n\n-\n\nthis; rasa-mellow; anubhave-realize; yaiche\n\ndevotees;\n\nyaiche-how;\n\ntahara-of them; /ak?aQa\n\n-\n\nrasa-the\n\nmellow;\n\n-\n\nhow; bhakta-gaQa-the\n\nhaya-appears;\n\nsuna-hear;\n\nthe symptoms.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Now hear how the mellows appear and how they are realized by the devotees on different transcendental platforms.\nTEXTS 95-98\n\n��fo!(�-CWi1fi'1i� �'lr:li�<'l1:l>�'ltl{_ I\n���t���i!�f'lt� 1ff'l<fii'l��fst'1tl( II �� II\n\n", "mad9#p0088": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n58\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\n�')<r\"I')��-C'i{jf<101f9filf�f���fi!f�t\"{,l\nCf!\"lt�ii'Jf�\\!itf\"l f�JtC'll'lt�f\\!i��tl(ll �� II\niS�j.{j� �frr \"lli��') 'l�'¥til�'ifl:\"ft�\"f1 I\n\"llfui\"l!t\"lO!fQiC9f<l .,,�11J.r1 � \"ll�\\!itl(ll �'I II\nf'll3tflfl�f'l.Si'liC'V'I'fC���.5�i�fO! I\nc f!l �t\"l\"'i\"Sll � <t>t l1<1'1�illt9frvc�\n\n9filtlj_ 11 �tr 11\n\nbhakti-nirdhCJta-do�aQarh\n\nprasannojjvala-cetasam\n\nsrr-bhagavata-raktanam\n\nrasikasanga-rangiQam\n\njlvanl-bhata-govinda­\n\npada-bhakti-sukha-sriyam\n\npremantaranga-bhatani\n\nkrtyany evanuti�thatam\n\nbhaktanam hrdi rajantr\n\nsamskara-yugalojjvala\n\nratir ananda-rupaiva\n\nnryamana tu rasyatam\n\nkr�Qadibhir vibhavadyair\n\ngatair anubhavadhvani\n\nprauc;fhanandas camatkara­\n\nka�tham apadyate param\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhakti-by\n\ndevotional\n\nservice;\n\nnirdhCJta-do�aQam-whose\n\nmaterial\n\ncon­\n\ntaminations are washed off; prasanna-ujjvala-cetasam-whose hearts are satisfied\nand clean; srl-bhagavata-raktanam-who are interested in understanding the\n\ntranscendental meaning of Srrmad-Bhagavatam; rasika-asanga-rangiQam-who\n\nlive with the devotees and enjoy their transcendental company; jrvanl-bhata­\n\nhas become the life; govinda-pada-to the lotus feet of Govinda; bhakti-sukhasriyam-those for whom the opulence of the happiness of devotional service;\n\nprema-antaranga-bhutani-which are of a confidential nature in the loving affairs\n\nof the devotees and Kr�r:Ja; krtyani-activities; eva-certainly; anuti�thatam-of\n\nthose performing; bhaktanam-of the devotees; hrdi-in the hearts; rajantr-ex-\n\n", "mad9#p0089": "59\n\nlife's Ultimate Goal\n\nText 99]\n\nisting; sarilskara-yugala-by previous and current purificatory methods; ujjva/aexpanded; ratib-love; ananda-rupa-whose form is transcendental bliss; evacertainly; niyamana\n\n-\n\nbeing brought; tu-but ; rasyatam-to tastefulness; kr$Qa­\n\nadibhib-by Kr�l)a and others; vibhava-adyaib-by ingredients such as vibhava;\ngataib-gone; anubhava-adhvani-to the path of perception; prauc;Jha-anandab-mature bliss; camatkara-kii$thiim-the platform of wonder; apadyate-arrives at; param-the supreme.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Those who are completely washed of all material contamination by pure\ndevotional service, who are always satisfied and brightly enlightened in the\nheart, who are always attached to understanding the transcendental meaning\nof Srimad-Bhagavatam, who are always eager to associate with advanced\ndevotees, whose happiness in the service of the lotus feet of Govinda is their\nvery life, who always discharge the confidential activities of love-for such\nadvanced devotees, who are by nature situated in bliss, the seed of love [rati]\nis expanded in the heart by previous and current reformatory processes. Thus\nthe mixture of ecstatic ingredients becomes tasty and, being within the perception of the devotee, reaches the highest platform of wonder and deep\nbliss.'\nPURPORT\nThese verses are also found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (2.1.7 -1 0).\nTEXT 99\n\n�� 1l�-��tif iltf� ��t•1l �t'i I\n�'ei5i�'l <lit1l 1(� �t�t5ftil II �� II\nei rasa-asvada nahi abhaktera gaQe\nkr$Qa-bhakta-gaf)a kare rasa asvadane\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; rasa-asvada-tasting of transcendental mellows; nahi\n\n-\n\nnot; abhak­\n\ntera gaQe-among nondevotees; kr$Qa-bhakta-gaf)e-the pure devotees of Lord\nKr�l)a; kare-do; rasa-these transcendental mellows; asvadane-tasting\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The exchange between Kr�r:ta and different devotees situated in different\ntranscendental mellows is not to be experienced by nondevotees. Advanced\n\n", "mad9#p0090": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n60\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\ndevotees can understand and appreciate the different varieties of devotional\nservice reciprocated with the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 100\n\n�r�C'<l<t ��c�t�'l!'III!iC'e';:;5!<t<!Pl: 1\n�� <>fi'fi'{�;pr�h;:;('e'C�<lt�il1!JC� II ) o o II\n\nsarvathaiva duruho 'yam\nabhaktair bhagavad-rasa/:1\ntat padambuja-sarvasvair\nbhaktair evanurasyate\nSYNONYMS\nsarvatha-in all respects; eva-certainly; duraha/:1-difficult to be understood;\nayam -this; abhaktai/:1-by nondevotees; bhagavat-rasah -the transcendental\nmellow exchanged with the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tat-that; padaambuja-sarvasvai/:1-whose all in all is the lotus feet; bhaktai/:1-by devotees;\neva-certainly; anurasyate-are relished.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Nondevotees\n\ncannot\n\nunderstand\n\nthe\n\ntranscendental\n\nmellows\n\nex­\n\nperienced between the devotee and the Lord. In all respects, this is very difficult, but one who has dedicated everything to the lotus feet of Kr�l)a can\ntaste the transcendental mellows.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is also found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (2.5.131 ).\nTEXT 101\n\n��r.;-.r.;9f\n\n<fi�( �� '�r.;11tiSfi1'·R<!tif'1 I\n\n�·'il·�t(-�� '��t<$f'·S4i1 II �o� II\nsailk?epe kahilun ei 'prayojana'-vivaraQa\npaficama-puru?J.rtha- ei 'kr?Qa-prema'-dhana\nSYNONYMS\nsailk?epe kahi lun-b rie fly I have spoken; ei-this; prayojana-vivaraQa-description of the ultimate achievement; paficama-puru?a-artha-the fifth and ultimate goal of life; ei-this; kr?Qa-prema-dhana-the treasure of love of Kr?�a.\n\n", "mad9#p0091": "Text 103]\n\nlife's Ultimate Goal\n\n61\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"This brief description is an elaboration of the ultimate goal of life. Indeed,\nthis is the fifth and ultimate goal, which is beyond the platform of liberation. It\nis called kr�r;�a-prema-dhana, the treasure of love for Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 102\n\n�(�1lttost �tfif ��� f<tm� 1\n�� <et� �� C��· -tf�-��tt� II �o� II\nparve prayage ami rasera vicare\ntamara bhai rape kailuri sakti-sancare\nSYNONYMS\nparve-previously; prayage-in Prayaga; ami-1; rasera vicare-in consideration of different mellows; tamara bhai-your brother; rape-unto Rupa Gosvami;\nkai/uri-1 have done; sakti-sancare-endowment of all power.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Previously I empowered your brother Rupa Gosvami to understand these\nmellows. I did this while instructing him at the Dasasvamedha-ghaJa in\nPrayaga.\nTEXT 103\n\n�� �fit� !fjf9·-tttm1'f ��111 I\n\nl{��t� lil_��t� �fit� �'lit1'f II �o� II\ntumiha kariha bhakti-sastrera pracara\nmathuraya lupta-Urthera kariha uddhara\nSYNONYMS\ntumiha-you also; kariha-should perform; bhakti-sastrera pracara-propagation of the revealed scriptures of devotional service; mathuraya-in Mathura;\nlupta-Urthera-of lost places of pilgrimage; kariha-should make; uddhararecovery.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 Sanatana, you should broadcast the revealed scriptures on devotional\n\nservice and excavate the lost places of pilgrimage in the district of Mathura.\n\n", "mad9#p0092": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n62\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nTEXT 104\n\n�\"!�� �-.t��, '��·�t�tif I\n'ef9,�1?Jf ��'�fit� ��til II �o8 II\nvrndavane kr�f)a-seva, vai�f)ava-acara\nbhakti-smrti-sastra kari' kariha pracara\nSYNONYMS\n\nvrndavane-in Vrndavana; kr�f.la-seva-the service of Lord Kr�r:Ja; vai�f)avaacara\n\nbehavior of Vai�l)avas; bhakti-smrti-sastra-the reference books of devo­\n\n-\n\ntional service; kar i'-compi l ing ; kariha-do; pracara\n\n-\n\npreaching.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Establish devotional service to Lord Kr�Qa and RadharaQi in Vrndavana.\nYou should also compile bhakti scripture and preach the bhakti cult from\nVrndavana.\"\nPURPORT\n\nSanatan a Gosvami was enjoined (1) to broadcast the revealed scriptures on\n\ndevotional service and establish the conclusions of devotional service, (2) to reestablish lost places of pilgrimage like Vrndavana and Radha-kul)<_ja, (3) to\n\nestablish the Vrndavana method of temple worship and install Deities in temples\n(Sri Sanatana Gosvami established Madana-mohana temple, and ROpa Gosvami\nestablished GovindajT temple.), and (4) to enunciate the behavior of a Vai�l)ava\n\n(as Srila Sanatana Gosvami did in Hari-bhakti-vilasa). In this way Sanatana\n\nGosvami was empowered to establish the cult of Vai�l)avism. As stated by\nSrinivasa Acarya:\nnana-sastra-vicaraf)aika-nipuf)au sad-dharma-sarhsthapakau\n/okanarh hita-karif)aU tribhuvane manyau Saraf)yakarau\nradha-kr?f.la-padaravinda-bhajananandena mattalikau\nvande rupa-sanatanau raghu-yugau sri-jiva-gopalakau\n\n\"I offer my respectful obeisances unto the six Gosvamis, namely Sri Sanatana\nGosvami, Sri ROpa Gosvami, Sri Raghunatha Bhana Gosvami, Sri Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami, Sri )iva Gosvami and Sri Gopala Bhana Gosvami, who are very expert in\nscrutinizingly studying all the revealed scriptures with the aim of establishing eternal religious principles for the benefit of all human beings. Thus they are honored\nall over the three worlds, and they are worth taking shelter of because they are\nabsorbed in the mood of the gopis and are engaged in the transcendental loving\nservice of Radha and Kr�r:Ja.\"\n\n", "mad9#p0093": "Life's Ultimate Goal\n\nText 105]\n\n63\n\nThis Kr�l)a consciousness movement continues the tradition of the six\nGosvamTs, especially SrTia Sanatana GosvamT and S rTia ROpa GosvamT. Serious students of this Kr�l)a consciousness movement must understand their great responsibility to preach the cult of Vrndavana (devotional service to the Lord) all over\nthe world. We now have a nice temple in Vrndavana, and serious students should\ntake advantage of it. I am very hopeful that some of our students can take up this\nresponsibility and render the best service to humanity by educating people in\nKr�l)a consciousness.\nTEXT 105\n\n��1rt'i1J·f•� �� fit�t�� I\n����1lt'i1J·�� �� ��fil� II �o<t II\nyukta-vairagya-sthiti saba sikhaila\nsu�ka-vairagya-jfiana saba ni�edhila\nSYNONYMS\nyukta-vairagya-of\nsikhaila-instructed;\n\nproper\n\nrenunciation;\n\nsu�ka-vairagya -dry\n\nsthiti-the\nrenunciation;\n\nsituation;\n\nsaba-all;\n\njfiana-speculative\n\nknowledge; saba-all; ni�edhila-forbade.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then told Sanatana Gosvami about proper renunciation according to a particular situation, and the Lord forbade dry renunciation and speculative knowledge in all respects.\nPURPORT\nThis is the technique for understanding su�ka-vairagya and yukta-vairagya. In\nBhagavad-gita (6.17) it is said:\nyuktahara-viharasya\nyukta-ce�tasya karmasu\nyukta-svapnavabodhasya\nyoga bhavati dul)kha-ha\n\"He who is temperate in his habits of eating, sleeping, working and recreation can\nmitigate all material pains by practicing the yoga system.\" To broadcast the cult of\nKr�r:Ja consciousness, one has to learn the possibility of renunciation in terms of\ncountry, time and candidate. A candidate for Kr�r:Ja consciousness in the Western\ncountries should be taught about the renunciation of material existence, but one\nwould teach candidates from a country like India in a different way. The teacher\n\n", "mad9#p0094": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n64\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\n(acarya) has to consider time, candidate and country. He must avoid the principle\nof niyamagraha-that is, he should not try to perform the impossible. What is\npossible in one country may not be possible in another. The acarya's duty is to ac­\n\ncept the essence of devotional service. There may be a little change here and\n\nthere as far as yukta-vairagya (proper renunciation) is concerned. Dry renunciation\n\nis forbidden by SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and we have also learned this from our\nspiritual master, His Divine Grace Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura GosvamT\nMaharaja. The essence of devotional service must be taken into consideration,\nand not the outward paraphernalia.\n\nSanatana GosvamT wrote his Vai�r:\"�ava smrti, Hari-bhakti-vilasa, which was\n\nspecifically meant for India. In those days, India was more or less following the\n\nprinciple of smarta-vidhi. SrTia Sanatana GosvamT had to keep pace with this, and\nhis Hari-bhakti-vilasa was compiled with this in mind. According to smartabrahmaf)as, a person not born in a brahma(la family could not be elevated to the\n\nposition of a brahma(la. Sanatana GosvamT, however, says in Hari-bhaktivilasa (2.12) that anyone can be elevated to the position of a brahma(la by the\n\nprocess of initiation.\nyatha katicanatam yati\n\nkamsyam rasa-vidhanata/:1\n\ntatha drk�a-vidhanena\n\ndvijatvaril jayate nwam\n\nThere is a difference between the smarta process and the gosvaml process. Ac­\n\ncording to the smarta process, one cannot be accepted as a brahma(la unless he is\n\nborn .in a brahmaf)a family. According to the gosvamr process, the Hari-bhaktivilasa and the Narada-paficaratra, anyone can be a brahma(la if he is properly ini­\n\ntiated by a bona fide spiritual master. This is also the verdict of Sukadeva GosvamT\n\nin Srlmad-Bhagavatam (2.4.18):\n\nkirata-ha(landhra-pulinda-pulkasa\n\nabhrra-sumbha yavana/:1 khasadaya/:1\n\nye 'nye ca papa yad-apasrayasraya/:1\n\nsudhyanti tasmai prabhavi�(lave nama/:!\n\nA Vai�r:\"�ava is immediately purified, provided he follows the rules and regulations\nof his bona fide spiritual master. It is not necessary that the rules and regulations\nfollowed in India be exactly the same as those in Europe, America and other\n\nWestern countries. Simply imitating without effect is called niyamagraha. Not\n\nfollowing the regulative principles but instead living extravagantly is also called\nniyamagraha. The word niyama means \"regulative principles,\" and agraha means\n\n", "mad9#p0095": "Text 107]\n\n65\n\nLife's Ultimate Goal\n\n\"eagerness.\" The word agraha means \"not to accept.\" We should not follow\nregulative principles without an effect, nor should we fail to accept the regulative\nprinciples. What is required is a special technique according to country, time and\ncandidate. Without the sanction of the spiritual master, we should not try to imitate. This principle is recommended here: SU$ka-vairagya-jnana saba ni$edhila.\nThis is Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's liberal demonstration of the bhakti cult. We\nshould not introduce anything whimsically, without the sanction of the bona fide\nspiritual master. In this connection, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura comments on these points by quoting two verses by Sri ROpa Gosvami (Bhakti­\n\nrasamrta-sindhu 1.2.255-256).\nanasaktasya vi$ayan\nyatharham upayunjatab\nnirbandhab kr$Qa-sambandhe\nyuktarh vairagyam ucyate\nprapancikataya buddhya\nhari-sambandhi-vastunab\nmumuk$ubhib parityago\nvairagyarh phalgu kathyate\n\"When one is not attached to anything but at the same time accepts everything\nin relation to Kr�l)a, one is rightly situated above possessiveness. On the other\nhand, one who rejects everything without knowledge of its relationship to Kr�l)a\nis not as complete in his renunciation.\" To preach the bhakti cult, one should\nseriously consider these verses.\n\nTEXTS 106-107\n\n�c�g11l��;et'lt\\ C\"lfl!i: <fi?'1 1.!1<1: 1> 1\nfol\"1ic111 fot��lt�: 'Ill�:���: 'l'f'lllll )o� II\n\n'!'f'z: 1\\'i!i'i!i\\ C�sti li'i!i1�1 �f-1-s�: I\nllliJM'i!illC'11�ctf11l�'(i: 1\\. Cl! f��: II �\nadve$ta sarva-bhutanarh\nmaitrab karuQa eva ca\nnirmamo nirahatikarab\nsama-dubkha-sukhab k$ami\nsantu$tab satatarh yogi\nyatatma drc;iha-niscayab\n\n•\n\n'I II\n\n", "mad9#p0096": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n66\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nmayy arpita-mano-buddhir\nyo mad-bhakta/:1 sa me priyai)\nSYNONYMS\n\nadve�ta-not envious or jealous; sarva-bhutanam-to all living entities in all\nparts of the world; maitra/:1-friendly; karuQa/:1-compassionate; eva-certainly;\nca-and; nirmamai)-with no sense of proprietorship; nirahafikarai)-without\npride (without considering oneself a great preacher); sama-dui)kha-sukhai)equal in distress and happiness (peaceful); k�ami -tolerant of offenses created by\nothers; santu�ta/:1 -satisfied;\n\ns atatam-conti n uously;\n\nyogi-engaged in bhakti­\n\nyoga; yata atma-havi n g controlled the senses and mind; dr<;iha-niscaya/:1-\n\nhaving firm confidence and determination; mayi-unto Me; arpita-dedicated;\n\nmanai)-buddhii)-mind and intelligence; yai)-who; mat-bhaktai)-My devotee;\nsa/:1-that person; me-My; priyai) -dear.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'One who is not envious but who is a kind friend to all living entities, who\ndoes not think himself a proprietor, who is free from false ego, equal in both\nhappiness and distress, always satisfied, forgiving and self-controlled, who is\nengaged in devotional service with determination and whose mind and intelligence are dedicated to Me-he is very dear to Me.\nPURPORT\nOne should not be jealous of members of other castes or nations. It is not that\nonly Indians or brahmaQas can become Vai�l)avas. Anyone can become a\nVai�l)ava. Therefore one should recognize that the bhakti cult must be spread all\nover the world. That is real adve�ta. Moreover, the word maitrai), friendly, indicates that one who is able to preach the bhakti cult all over the world should be\nequally friendly to everyone. These two and the following six verses were spoken\nby SrT Kr�r:Ja in Bhagavad-gita (12.13-20).\nTEXT 108\n\n\"ll'\"i!iOli��!fC� C<1iC�1 C<1t<l'tC:tt��r;� � \"!J: I\n��1���C�H:�h!(C'9'1 \"!1': Jf 1> C� f��: II � •l:r II\nyasman nodvijate /oko\nlokan nodvijate tu yai)\nhar�amar�a-bhayodvegair\nmukto yai) sa ca me priyai)\n\n", "mad9#p0097": "Text 109]\n\nLife's Ultimate Goal\n\n67\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nyasmat-from whom; na-not; udvijate-is agitated by fear or lamentation;\n/oka/:1-the people in general; lokat-from the people; na-not; udvijate-is agitated; tu-but; ya/:1-who; har�a-jubilation; amar�a-anger; bhaya-fear; udvegai/:1-and from anxiety; mukta/:1-liberated; ya/:1-anyone who; sa/:1-he; caalso; me priya/:1-My very dear devotee.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'He for whom no one is put into difficulty and who is not disturbed by\n\nanxiety, who is liberated from jubilation, anger, fear and anxiety, is very dear\nto Me.\nTEXT 109\n\n'!i!Olr:9f�: �f1>-f� �ift�r•n 5f��J�: 1\n1l�nf�9ff��Jt� C� Cl\\ >s�: 11 Cl\\ f��: II � � II\n•\n\nanapek�a/:1 sucir dak�a\nudasino gata-vyatha/:1\nsarvarambha-parityag i\nyo me bhakta/:1 sa me priya/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nanapek�a/:1-indifferent; suci/:1-clean; dak�a/:1-expert in executing devotional\nservice; udasina/:1-without affection for anything material; gata-vyatha/:1-liberated from all material distress; sarva-arambha-all kinds of endeavor; parityagicompletely rejecting; ya/:1-anyone who; me-My; bhakta/:1-devotee; sa/:1-he;\nme priya/:1-very dear to Me.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'A devotee who is not dependent on others but dependent solely on Me,\n\nwho is clean inwardly and outwardly, who is expert, indifferent to material\nthings, without cares, free from all pains, and who rejects all pious and impious activities, is very dear to Me.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word anapek�a/:1 means that one should not be concerned with mundane\npeople and should not depend upon them. One should depend solely on the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and be free from material desires. One should\nalso be clean, within and without. To be outwardly clean, one should regularly\n\n", "mad9#p0098": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n68\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nbathe with soap and oil, and to be inwardly clean one should always be absorbed\nin thoughts of Kr�l)a. The words sarvarambha-parityagi indicate that one should\nnot be interested in the so-called smarta-vidhi of pious and impious activities.\nTEXT 110\n\nCll'1 01' �\"IDf� 01' C�� 01' C\"f1� 01' �1�f� I\n��l��1RI�Jl� �f�\"l!1\"1 ll': 11 C\"ll f.��: 11 � �\n'\n\no\n\n11\n\nyo na hrsyati na dve?ti\nna socati na kank?ati\nsubhasubha-parityagi\nbhaktiman yah sa me priyah\nSYNONYMS\n\nyah-he who; na hr?yati-is not jubilant (upon getting something favorable);\nna dve?ti does not hate (being artificially influenced by something unfavorable);\nna-not; socati-laments; na-not; kank?ati-desires; subha-asubha-the materially auspicious and inauspicious; parityagi-completely rejecting; bhaktiman-possessing devotion; yah-anyone who; sah-that person; me priyah-\n\nvery dear to Me.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'One who neither rejoices nor hates, who neither laments nor desires, who\nrenounces both auspicious and inauspicious things and who is devoted to Me\nis very dear to Me.\nTEXTS 111-112\n1111: \"[C\\1!l S f'IC\\1! S ��1 'l1'119f'l1'1C�l: I\n\n�C�tlp���:c�� 'l\"II: \"!'f�<tf��: II � � � II\n�\"1Jf<lili1�f�C�l01'1 'l�C'€1 C<!Ol C�OlfS� I\n\"5!f01C��: f��llf�c_5f�'l1\"1_ COl f�C�1 OlQ'!\" 11�):)_11\nsama/:1 satrau ca mitre ca\ntatha manapamanayo/:1\nsitO?Qa-sukha-dul)khe?u\nsama/:1 sanga-vivarjitah\ntulya-ninda-stutir mauni\nsantu?to yena kenacit\n\n", "mad9#p0099": "Life's Ultimate Goal\n\nText 113]\n\n69\n\naniketai) sthira-matir\nbhaktiman me priyo narai)\nSYNONYMS\n\nsama/:1-equal; satrau-to the enemy; ca-also; mitre-to the friend; ca-and;\ntatha-similarly; mana-apamanayoi)-in honor and dishonor; sita-in winter;\nU?Qa-and in scorching heat; sukha-in happiness; dui)khe?u-and in distress;\nsama/:1-equipoised; sanga-vivarjitai)-without affection; tu/ya-equal; nindablasphemy; stutii)-and praise; mauni-grave; santu?ta/:1-always satisfied; yena\nkenacit-by whatever comes; aniketa/:1-without attachment for a residence;\nsthira-steady; mati/:1-minded; bhaktiman-devotee; me-My; priyai)-dear;\nnarai)-a person.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'One who is equal to friends and enemies, who is equipoised in honor and\ndishonor, heat and cold, happiness and distress, fame and infamy, who is always free from contamination, always grave and satisfied with anything, who\ndoesn't care for any residence, and who is fixed in devotional service, is very\ndear to Me.\nTEXT 113\nQi � 11�PJ�fllif'(. �C��\\ ?!(9ft1!C� I\n\n�'iilft•rl 'I!�9f�l!·l '8'&tC���<>t� C'I! f�n11: II � �_, II\nye tu dharmamrtam idarh\nyathoktarh paryupasate\nsraddadhana mat-parama\nbhaktas te 'Uva me priyai)\nSYNONYMS\n\nye-the devotees who; tu-but; dharma-amrtam-eternal religious principle\nof\n\nKr�t:�a\n\nconsciousness;\n\nparyupasate-worship;\n\nidam-this;\n\nyatha-u�tam-as\n\nsraddadhanai)-having\n\nfaith\n\nmentioned\n\nand\n\ndevotion;\n\nabove;\nmat­\n\nparama/:1-accepting Me as the Supreme or the ultimate goal of life; bhakta/:1such devotees; te-they; ativa-very much; me-My; priyai)-dear.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'He who thus follows this imperishable religious principle of Kr�r:Ja consciousness with great faith and devotion, fully accepting Me as the supreme\ngoal, is very, very dear to Me.'\n\n", "mad9#p0100": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n70\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nTEXT 114\n\n�l\"llif'l f<fi� 9f[� 01 'If-� f\"if\"tf� f\"5�r�\n\nCO(<It� \"fl: 9[��\\!:: 'lf\"llC�1�9fJ�\"l!J1_ I\nit''iiil\n\n��t: f<fi'lf\"lfC\\!il��f\\!i CO!i?f'l:II<l_\n\n<fi\"!!l�13if:g <fi<mn 'f'l!ii_�lf-1�11. 11 ·ns 11\nciraQi kirh pathi na santi disanti bhik$arh\n\nnaivanghri-pa/:1 parabhrta/:1 sarita 'py a5u$yan\n\nruddha guha/:1 kim ajito 'vati nopasannan\n\nkasmad bhajanti kavayo dhana-durmadandhan\nSYNONYMS\n\nciraQi-torn old clothes; kim-whether; pathi-on the path; na-not; santi­\n\nare; disanti-give; bhik$am-alms; na-not; eva-certainly; ailghri-pa/:1-the\ntrees; parabhrta/:1-maintainers of others; sarita/:1-rivers; api-also; a5u$yan­\n\nhave dried up;\n\nruddha/:1 - closed; guha/:1-caves; kim-whether; ajita/:1-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who is unconquerable; a vati-protects; na­\n\nnot; upasannan-the surrendered; kasmat-for what reason, therefore; bha­\n\njanti -flatter; kavaya/:1-the devotees; dhana-durmada-andhan -persons who\nare puffed up with material possessions.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Are there no torn clothes lying on the common road? Do the trees, which\n\nexist for maintaining others, no longer give alms in charity? Do the rivers,\nbeing dried up, no longer supply water to the thirsty? Are the caves of the\nmountains now closed, or, above all, does the unconquerable Supreme Personality of Godhead not protect the fully surrendered souls? Why then should\nlearned persons like devotees go to flatter those who are intoxicated by hardearned wealth?'\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.2.5). In this verse, Sukadeva\nGosvamT advises Maharaja ParTk�it that a devotee should be independent in all\ncircumstances. The body can be maintained with no problem if one follows the\ninstructions given in this verse. To maintain the body, we require shelter, food,\nwater and clothing, and all these necessities can be obtained without approaching puffed-up rich men. One can collect old garments that have been\nthrown out, one can eat fruits offered by the trees, one can drink water from the\nrivers, and one can live within the caves of mountains. By nature's arrangements,\n\n", "mad9#p0101": "Text 116]\n\nLife's Ultimate Goal\n\n71\n\nshelter, clothing and food are supplied to the devotee who is completely surrendered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Such a devotee does not need a\npuffed-up materialistic person to maintain him. In other words, devotional service\n\ncan be discharged in any condition. This is the version of Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1.2.6).\nsa vai purhsarh para dharma\nyato bhaktir adhok?aje\n\nahaituky apratihata\n\nyayatma suprasidati\n\n\"The supreme occupation [dharma) for all humanity is that by which men can attain to loving devotional service unto the transcendent Lord. Such devotional service must be unmotivated and uninterrupted in order to completely satisfy the\nself.\" This verse explains that devotional service cannot be checked by any material condition.\nTEXT 115\n\nl!t<t llift'!i{ ll� fll��\n\n�\"ff I\n\n�t$1'!·fit�t� � :Jt�fa, �frta,1u ��� 11\ntabe sanatana saba siddhanta puchila\n\nbhagavata-siddhanta guc;Jha sakali kahila\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-thereafter; sanatana-Sanatana Gosvami; saba-all; siddhanta-con­\n\nclusive statements; puchi/a-inquired about; bhagavata-siddhanta-the conclusive statements about devotional service mentioned in Srimad-Bhagavatam;\nguc;iha\n\n-\n\nvery confidential; sakali-all; kahila-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu de­\n\nscribed.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sanatana Gosvami inquired from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu about all\nthe conclusive statements concerning devotional service, and the Lord very\nvividly explained all the confidential meanings of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nTEXT 116\n\n�fit�e.tllf ���tt� (;'ittt�!';<fi fi\\'!Jf<ll(f'! I\n�e! �tfit' �fita, �r;� :!l?��r;� �f! II � �� II\n\n", "mad9#p0102": "72\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nhari-varhse kahiyache goloke nitya-sthiti\nindra asi' karila yabe sri-k($Qere stuti\nSYNONYMS\n\nhari-varhse-the revealed scripture known as Hari-varhsa; kahiyache-has told\nof; goloke-on the planet called Goloka; nitya-sthiti-the eternal situation; indra-King lndra of the heavenly planet; asi'-coming; karila -off er ed; yabewhen; sri-k($Qere stuti-prayers to Lord SrT Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the revealed scripture Hari-varilsa, there is a description of Goloka\nVrndavana, the planet where Lord Sri Kr�r:ta eternally resides. This information\nwas given by King lndra when he surrendered to Kr�r:ta and offered prayers\nafter Kr�r:ta had raised Govardhana Hill.\nPURPORT\nIn the Vedic scripture Hari-varhsa (Vi$Qu-parva, Chapter Nineteen), there is the\nfollowing description of Goloka Vrndavana:\n\nmanu$ya-lokad Ordhvarh tu\nkhaganarh gatir ucyate\nakasasyopari rarir\ndvararh svargasya bhanuman\nsvargad Ordhvarh brahma-loko\nbrahmar$i-gaQa-sevita/:l\ntatra soma-gatis caiva\njyoti$arh ca mahatmanam\ntasyopari gavarh /oka/:1\nsadhyas tarh palayanti hi\nsa hi sarva-gata/:1 kr$Qa/:l\nmaha-kasagato mahan\nuparyupari tatrapi\ngatis tava tapomayi\nyarh na vidmo vayarh sarve\nprcchanto 'pi pitam aham\ngati/:1 sama-damatyanarh\nsvarga/:1 su-krta-karmaQam\nbrahmye tapasi yuktanarh\nbrahma-/oka/:1 para gati/:1\n\n", "mad9#p0103": "Text 116]\n\nLife's Ultimate Goal\n\n73\n\ngavam eva tu goloko\nduraroha hi sa gati/:1\nsa tu /okas tvaya k[$r)a\nsidamana/:1 krtatmana\ndhrto dhrtimata vira\nnighnatopadravan gavam\nWhen the King of heaven, lndra, surrendered to Kr�r;a after Kr�r;a raised\nGovardhana Hill, Lord lndra stated that above the planetary systems wherein\nhuman beings reside is the sky, where birds fly. Above the sky is the sun and its\norbit. This is the entrance to the heavenly planets. Above the heavenly planets are\nother planets, up to Brahmaloka, where those advancing in spiritual knowledge\nreside. The planets up to Brahmaloka are part of the material world (Devi-dhama).\nBecause the material world is under the control of Devi, Durga, it is called Devidhama. Above Devi-dhama is a place where Lord Siva and his wife Uma reside.\nThose brightened by spiritual knowledge and liberated from material con.tamination reside in that Sivaloka. Beyond that planetary system is the spiritual world,\nwhere there are planets called Vaikur;�ha-lokas. Goloka Vrndavana is situated\nabove all the Vaikur;�ha-lokas. Goloka Vrndavana is the kingdom of Srimati\nRadharar;i and the parents of Kr�r;a, Maharaja Nanda and mother Y asoda. In this\nway there are various planetary systems, and they are all creations of the Supreme\nLord. As stated in Brahma-sarilhita:\ngoloka-namni nija-dhamni tale ca tasya\ndevi-mahesa-hari-dhamasu le$U te$U\nte te prabhava-nicaya vihitas ca yena\ngovindam adi-puru$aril tam aharil bhajami\nThus Goloka Vrndavana-dhama is situated above the Vaikur;�ha planets. The\nspiritual sky containing all the Vaikur;�ha planets is very small compared to Goloka\nVrndavana-dhama. The space occupied by Goloka Vrndavana-dhama is called\nmahakasa, or \"the greatest sky of all.\" Lord lndra said, \"We asked Lord Brahma\nabout Your eternal planet, but we could not understand it. Those fruitive actors\nwho have controlled their senses and mind with pious activities can be elevated\nto the heavenly planets. Pure devotees who are always engaged in Lord\nNarayar;a's service are promoted to the Vaikur;�halokas. However, my Lord Kr�r;a,\nYour Goloka Vrndavana-dhama is very difficult to attain. Y et both You and that\nsupreme planetary system have descended here upon this earth. Unfortunately, I\nhave disturbed You by my misdeeds, and that was due to my foolishness. I am\ntherefore trying to satisfy You by my prayers.\"\nSri Nilakar;�ha confirms the existence of Goloka Vrndavana-dhama by quoting\nthe �g-sarilhita (�g Veda 1.21.154.6):\n\n", "mad9#p0104": "74\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nta varh vastDnyusmasi gamadhyai\nyatra gavo bhUri-srnga ayasa/:1\natraha tad urugayasya kr$Qa/:l\nparamarh padam avabhati bhuri\n\"We wish to go to Your [Radha's and Kr�r;�a's] beautiful houses, about which cows\nwith large, excellent horns are wandering. Yet distinctly shining on this earth is\nthat supreme abode of Yours that showers joy on all, 0 Urugaya [Kr�r;�a, who is\nmuch praised].\"\nTEXTS 117-118\n\nc;!�·�llli, �t1t ��-��(til I\n(;<fillft<t'!R, �t1t �'! R�'li <tJt�Jtilll ��� II\n���-�1t'l �tfit, �<t-�t�t�� I\n<ITI�Ji f-t�t�� �� �f��t� �Hlll ��17' II\nmau$afa-llla, ara kr$Qa-antardhana\nkesavatara, ara yata viruddha vyakhyana\nmahi$1-haraQa adi, saba-mayamaya\nvyakhya sikhaila yaiche susiddhanta haya\nSYNONYMS\nmau$ala-lrla-the pastimes of destroying the Yadu dynasty; ara-also; kr$Qaantardhana-the disappearance of Kr�r;�a; kesa-avatara-the incarnation of the\nhairs; ara-also; yata-all; viruddha vyakhyana-statements against the Kr�r;�a\nconscious conclusions; mahi$1-haraQa-kidnapping of the queens; adi-and so\non; saba-all; maya-maya-made of the external energy; vyakhya-explanations\n(countering the attack of the asuras); sikhai/a-instructed; yaiche-which; susiddhanta-proper conclusions; haya-are.\nTRANSLATION\nIllusory stories opposed to the conclusions of Kr�r:Ja consciousness concern\nthe destruction of the Yadu dynasty, Kr�r:Ja's disappearance, the story that\nKr�r:Ja and Balarama arise from a black hair and a white hair of K�irodakasayi\nVi�r:JU, and the story about the kidnapping of the queens. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu explained to Sanatana Gosvami the proper conclusions of these\nstories.\n\n", "mad9#p0105": "Life's Ultimate Goal\n\nText 118]\n\n75\n\nPURPORT\nDue to envy, many asuras describe Kr�t:�a to be like a black crow or an incarnation of a hair. S rT Caitanya Mahaprabhu told Sanatana GosvamT how to counteract\n\nall these asuric explanations of Kr�t:�a. The word kaka means crow, and kesa means\n\nhair. The asuras describe Kr�t:�a as an incarnation of a crow, an incarnation of a\n\nsudra (a blackish tribe) and an incarnation of a hair, not knowing that the word\n\nkesa means ka-isa and that ka means Lord Brahma and isa means Lord. Thus Kr�t:�a\nis the Lord of Lord Brahma.\n\nSome of Lord Kr�t:�a's pastimes are mentioned in the Mahabharata as mau�a/a­\n\n/i/a. These include the stories of the destruction of the Yadu dynasty, Kr�t:�a's disappearance, His being pierced by a hunter's arrow, the story of Kr�t:�a's being an\n\nincarnation of a piece of hair (kesa-avatara) as well as mahi�i-haraf)a, the kidnapping of Kr�t:�a's queens. Actually these are not factual but are related for the\n\nbewilderment of the asuras who want to prove that Kr�t:�a is an ordinary human\nbeing. They are false in the sense that these pastimes are not eternal, nor are they\ntranscendental or spiritual. There are many people who are by nature averse to\nthe supremacy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vi�t:�u. Such people are\n\ncalled asuras. They have mistaken ideas about Kr�t:�a. As stated in Bhagavad-gita,\n\nthe asuras are given a chance to forget Kr�t:�a more and more, birth after birth.\n\nThus they make their appearance in a family of asuras and continue this process,\n\nbeing kept in bewilderment about Kr�t:�a. Asuras in the dress of sannyasis even ex­\n\nplain Bhagavad-gita and Srimad-Bhagavatam in different ways according to their\nown imaginations. Thus they continue to remain asuras birth after birth.\n\nAs far as the kesa-avatara (incarnation of hair) is concerned, it is mentioned in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (2.7.26). The Vi�QU Puraf)a also states: ujjaharatmana/:1 kesau\n\nsita-kr�Qau maha-bala.\n\nSimilarly, in the Mahabharata:\n\nsa capi kesau harir uccakarta\n\nekarh suklam aparam capi kr�f)am\n\ntau capi kesavav isatarh yadunarh\n\nkule striyau rohiQirh devakirh ca\n\ntayor eko balabhadro babhuva\n\nyo 'sau svetas tasya devasya kesa/:1\n\nkr�Qo dvitiya/:1 kesava/:1 sarhbabhava\n\nkesa/:1 yo 'sau varf)ata/:1 kr�Qa ukta/:1\n\nThus in Srimad-Bhagavatam, Vi�QU Puraf)a and Mahabharata there are references\nto Kr�t:�a and Balarama being incarnations of a black hair and a white hair. It is\n\n", "mad9#p0106": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n76\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nstated that Lord Vi�t:�u snatched two hairs-one white and one black-from His\nhead. These two hairs entered the wombs of Rohit:�i and Devaki, members of the\nYadu dynasty. Balarama was born from Rohit:Ji, and Kr�t:Ja was born of Devaki. Thus\nBalarama appeared from the first hair, and Kr�t:�a appeared from the second hair. It\nwas also foretold that all the asuras, who are enemies of the demigods, would be\ncut down by Lord Vi�t:JU by His white and black plenary expansions and that the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead would appear and perform wonderful activities.\nIn this connection, one should see Laghu-bhagavatamrta, the chapter called\nKm1amrta, verses 156-164. Srila Ropa Gosvami has refuted this argument about\nthe\n\nhair\n\nincarnation,\n\nand\n\nhis\n\nrefutation\n\nis\n\nsupported\n\nby\n\nSri\n\nBaladeva\n\nVidyabho�at:�a's commentaries. This matter is further discussed in the Kr?Qa-sandarbha\n\n(29) and in the commentary known as Sarva-sarhvadini, by Srila )iva\n\nGosvami.\n\nTEXT 119\n\n1!7:<1 ililt�il <21�� ��t'1 Sf��1 I\n\nfilt<!Wil <f.t� 'ij� �'1-�� ��111 ��� I\ntabe sanatana prabhura caraQe dhariya\nnivedana kare dante twa-guccha lana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; sanatana-Sanatana Gosvami; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; caraQe dhariya-catching the lotus feet; nivedana kare-submits a\npetition; dante-in the teeth; twa-guccha-a bunch of straw; /ana-taking.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami then humbly accepted his position as lower than a piece\nof straw, and, symbolically holding some straw in his mouth, he fell down,\nclasped the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and submitted the\nfollowing petition.\nTEXT 120\n\n\"eft�i57't�, ��t��' �� �9ft� � I\n-\n\nf��t\"J f-t�t�'i1,-�� ��t� �t�t�� II�� II\no\n\n\"nica-jati, nica-sevi, muni-supamara\nsiddhanta sikhai/a,-yei brahmara agocara\n\n", "mad9#p0107": "Life's Ultimate Goal\n\nText 122]\n\n77\n\nSYNONYMS\nnica-jati-lower class; nica-sevi-servant of lowborn people; mwii-1; supamara-very very fallen; siddhanta sikhaila-You have taught the topmost con,\n\nclusions in detail;\n\nyei-which;\n\nbrahmara-of Brahma;\n\nagocara-beyond the\n\nreach.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami said, \"My dear lord, I am a very lowborn person. Indeed,\nI am a servant to lowborn people; therefore I am very, very downtrodden.\nNonetheless, You have taught me conclusions unknown even to lord Brahma.\nTEXT 121\n\n�f11 '� <li�a;n, �� �mt�i!-fil' 1\n�111\" �� i\"��i! �1�11\" ��i11\" l!l��ii!_ I I :>�:> I I\ntumi ye kahi/a, ei siddhantamrta-sindhu\nmora mana chunite nare ihara eka-bindu\nSYNONYMS\ntumi ye-You; kahila-have spoken; ei-this; siddhanta-amrta-sindhu-the\nocean of the ambrosia of conclusive truth; mora mana-my mind; chunite-to\ntouch; nare-is not able; ihara-of it; eka-bindu-even a drop.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The conclusions that You have told me are the ocean of the ambrosia of\ntruth. My mind is unable to approach even a drop of that ocean.\nTEXT 122\n\n?It_ ��H��i! �fW �� 'i!1�111\" �� I\n�11\" '��' '�t11\" �� $1��i �11\"'1 II :>�� I I\npangu nacaite yadi haya tom\"ara mana\nvara deha' mora mathe dhariya caraf)a\nSYNONYMS\npangu-lame man; nacaite-to make dance; yadi-if; haya-it is; tomara\nmana-Your mind; vara-a benediction; deha'-kindly give; mora mathe-on my\nhead; dhariya-holding; caral)a-Your lotus feet.\n\n", "mad9#p0108": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n78\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If You want to make a lame man like me dance, kindly bestow Your transcendental blessings by keeping Your lotus feet on my head.\nTEXT 123\n\n'af� (;� f-t�t\"( (;\\!tt� ��<ll �<!i�' I\n�� c;�'t1mt �� C��� ��� �t� �II\"��\\!> II\n'mufii ye sikha/wi tore sphuruka saka/a'\nei tamara vara haite habe mora ba/a\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nmufii-1; ye-whatever; sikha/wi-have instructed; tore-unto you; sphuruka\nsaka/a-let it be manifested; ei -this; tamara vara-Your benediction; haite­\n\nfrom; habe-there will be; mora bala-my strength.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now, will You please tell me, 'Let whatever I have instructed all be fully\nmanifest unto you.' By benedicting me in this way, You will give me strength\nto describe all this.''\nTEXT 124\n\n\\!t� Jf�t�� �t� f�� �fi1' <ll�� I\n�� fif'ii--'�� �� ��<li c;t!1�ft��' II ��8 II\ntabe mahaprabhu tarira sire dhari' kare\nvpra dila-'ei saba sphuruka tomare'\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-after that; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tarira-of Sanatana\n\nGosvamT; sire-on the head; dhari'- hol ding; kare - by the hand; vara di/agave the benediction; ei saba-all this; sphuruka tomare-let it be mani\"fested to\nyou properly.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then placed His hand on Sanatana Gosvami's head\nand benedicted him, saying, \" Let all these instructions be manifest to you.''\n\n", "mad9#p0109": "Text 127]\n\nLife's Ultimate Goal\n\n79\n\nTEXT 125\n\n�Rt'lfit� <fif�(-'<;121�'-�t�liSfil·�'<!l'l'f I\nf<!l�lfi1' <fi�i{ ifl �I� �'f� ��it; II ��� II\nsafik?epe kahilufi-'prema'-prayojana-sarhvada\nvistari' kahana na yaya prabhura prasada\nSYNONYMS\n\nsalik?epe-briefly; kahi/un-1 have described; prema-prayojana-sarhvada-the\ndiscussion of the ultimate goal of life, love of Godhead; vistari'-expansively;\nkahana-describing; na yaya-not possible; prabhura prasada-the benediction\nof Srr Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have briefly described a discussion of the ultimate goal of life, love\nof Godhead. The mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu cannot be described expansively.\nTEXT 126\n\n�� l§�w-ti�'! �r;i{ '�� iS'fi{ 1\n���te. f��t� �it� ��?;121�� II��� II\nprabhura upadesamrta sune yei jana\nacirat milaye tanre kr?Qa-prema-dhana\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; upadesa-amrta-the nectar of the instructions; sune-hears; yei jana-anyone who; acirat-without delay; milayemeets; tanre-him; kr?Qa-prema-dhana-the treasure of love of Kf�l',la.\nTRANSLATION\nWhoever hears these instructions given to Sanatana Gosvami by the Lord\ncomes very soon to realize love of God, K��r:-a.\nTEXT 127\n\n�111�-��·H� �ttif �I� �i-t I\nCl)\\!i�l)��i�\\!i <fit� ��\\iii� II ��9 II\n\n", "mad9#p0110": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n80\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 23\n\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�Qadasa\n\nSYNONYMS\ns r i-rupa-SrTia ROpa GosvamT; raghunatha-SrTia Raghunatha dasa GosvamT;\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-e xpectati on; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr�Qadasa-SrTia\n\nKr�t:�adasa Kaviraja GosvamT.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�r:-adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the SrT Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhya­\n\nlila, Twenty-third Chapter, describing love of Godhead.\n\n", "mad9#p0111": "CHAPTER 24\n\nThe Sixty-One Explanations\nof the Atmarama Verse\nThe following summary of this chapter is given by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura in\nhis Amrta-pravaha-bha?ya. According to Sri Sanatana Gosvami's request, Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu explained the well-known Srimad-Bhagavatam verse\n\nbeginning atmaramas ca munayo. He explained this verse in sixty-one different\nways. He analyzed all the words and described each word with its different con­\n\nnotations. Adding the words ca and api, He described all the different meanings of\n\nthe verse. He then concluded that all classes of transcendentalists (jnanis, karmis,\n\nyogis) utilize this verse according to their own interpretation, but if they gave up\n\nthis process and surrendered to Kr�r:Ja, as indicated by the verse itself, they would\nbe able to comprehend the real meaning of the verse. In this regard, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu narrated a story about how the great sage Narada converted a\nhunter into a great Vai�r:Java, and how this was appreciated by Narada's friend\nParvata Muni. Sanatana\n\nGosvami\n\nthen\n\noffered\n\na\n\nprayer to Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu explained the glory of Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam. After this, the Lord gave Sanatana Gosvami a synopsis of Hari-bhakti­\n\nvi/asa, which Sanatana Gosvami later developed into the guiding principle of all\n\nVai�r:Javas.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�Ait1ftt11fl! ���1:.-J,if. �= ��1-t1\"lif..l\n'f� �rote.� '�l!ttTtlrnt�: II � II\natmarameti padyarkasy­\n\nartharilsDn ya� prakasayan\n\njagat-tamo jaharavyat\n\nsa caitanyodayacala�\nSYNONYMS\n\natmarama-iti-beginning with the word atmarama; padya-verse; arkasya-of\n\nthe sunlike; artha-arhsDn-the shining rays of different meanings; ya�-who; prakasayan-manifesting; jagat-tama�-the darkness of the material world; jahara-\n\n81\n\n", "mad9#p0112": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n82\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\neradicated; avyat-may protect; sah-He; caitanya-udaya-acalah-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, who is like the eastern horizon, where the sun rises.\nTRANSLATION\nMay Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu be glorified. It was He who acted as the\neastern horizon where the sun of the atmarama verse rises and manifests its\nrays in the form of different meanings and thus eradicates the darkness of the\nmaterial world. May He protect the universe.\nTEXT 2\n\nlllr� � !)��tl � fili!ltil� I\n\n�t��i!! iST� <;�)����� II � II\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; sri-caitanya-to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-all\nglories; nityananda-to Lord Nityananda; jaya-all glories; advaita-candra-to\nAdvaita Acarya; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to all the devotees of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Lord Caitanya! All glories to lord Nityananda! All glories to\nAdvaitacandra! And all glories to all the devotees of lord Caitanya!\nTEXT 3\n\n\\!?;� �i{t\\!it (2j� m'l -.m11\n\n��M <fi� �t; �il11 <f>firnill � II\ntabe sanatana prabhura caraf)e dhariya\npunarapi kahe kichu vinaya kariya\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; sanatana-Sanatana Gosvami; prabhura caraf)e dhariyacatching the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; punarap i\n\n-\n\nagain; kahe­\n\nsays; kichu-something; vinaya kari ya-with great humility.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Sanatana Gosvami clasped the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and humbly submitted the following petition.\n\n", "mad9#p0113": "Explanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nText 5]\n\n83\n\nTEXT 4\n\n'� ���1t!i1, '[f1l �rt�<e)1{-�� 1\n�� �'tr;<ti �t�� �� '��t� �Jt�tr;� II 8 II\n'purve suniyachon, tumi sarvabhauma-sthane\neka slake athara artha kairacha vyakhyane\nSYNONYMS\npurve-formerly; suniyachon-1 heard; tumi-You; sarvabhauma-sthane-at\nthe place of Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; eka slake-in one verse; athara arthaeighteen meanings; kairacha vyakhyane-have explained.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami said, \"My Lord, I have heard that previously, at the home\nof Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya, You explained the atmarama verse in eighteen\ndifferent ways.\nTEXT 5\n\n'Slt�t�t\"lt\"5 �·W.!l fOJ�(-�1 'Sl1.T�di'C\"ll\n\n��:gJh��<>t� iS�f\"l���c'tl �fti: II (1 II\natmaramas ca munayo\nnirgrantha apy urukrame\nkurvanty ahaitukirh bhaktim\nittham-bhata-guQO hari/:l\nSYNONYMS\natma-arama/:1-persons who take pleasure in being transcendentally situated in\nthe service of the Lord; ca-also; munaya/:1-great saintly persons who have\ncompletely\n\nrejected\n\nmaterial\n\naspirations,\n\nfruitive\n\nactivities\n\nand\n\nso\n\nforth;\n\nnirgrantha/:l-without interest in any material desire; api-certainly; urukrameunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kf�Qa, whose activities are wonderful;\nkurvanti-do; ahaitukim-causeless, or without material desires; bhaktim-devotional service; ittham-bhata-so wonderful as to attract the attention of the selfsatisfied; guQa/:1-who has transcendental qualities; hari/:1-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Those who are self-satisfied and unattracted by external material desires\nare also attracted to the loving service of Sri Kr�r:Ja, whose qualities are\n\n", "mad9#p0114": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n84\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\ntranscendental and whose activities are wonderful. Hari, the Personality of\nGodhead, is called Kr�r:\"Ja because He has such transcendentally attractive\nfeatures.'\nPURPO RT\nThis is the famous atmarama verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.7.1 0).\nTEXT 6\n\n'fSft� �femj <;'ali� \\se,<fi$� 'ali{ I\n�� �ij' � i.lfw, iS1_�1� i!l<t'l n' � 11\na5carya suniya mora utkat:�thita mana\n\nkrpa kari' kaha yadi, juc;laya sraval)a'\nSYNONYMS\nascarya-wonderful;\n\nsuniya-hearing;\n\nmora-my;\n\nutkat:�thita-desirous;\n\nmana-mind; krpa kari'-showing Your causeless mercy; kaha yadi-if You\n\nspeak; juc;laya-pleases; sraval)a-the ear.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have heard this wonderful story and am therefore very inquisitive to hear\nit again. If You would kindly repeat it, I would be very pleased to hear.\"\nTEXT7\n\n�t_ <fir;�,-\"�tfif <tt�a;r, �'t1f� <t�r;il I\n\n�t� ��a;r l!t�1 �I!J <fiRt' � II \" II\nprabhu kahe,-\"ami vatu/a, amara vacane\nsarvabhauma vatu/a taha satya kari' mane\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; ami-1; vatu/a-a madman;\n\namara vacane-in My words; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya; vatu/aanother madman; taha-that (My explanation); satya kari' mane-took as truth.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"I am one madman, and Sarvabhauma\nBhaHacarya is another. Therefore he took My words to be the truth.\n\n", "mad9#p0115": "Text 10]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n85\n\nTEXT 8\n\n��112i'ttf?f��' f<lli; ilt�<ll oPjJ1:1t� I\n<;i!t�tJ lltf·�tff �fir f<lli; �� ;rr;il II lr II\nkiba pralapilana, kichu nahika smaraf)e\ntamara sanga-ba/e yadi kichu haya mane\nSYNONYMS\nkiba-what; pra/api/ana-1 have said; kichu-anything; nahika-there is not;\nsmaral)e-in memory; tamara-of you; sanga-bale-by the strength of association; yadi-if; kichu-something; haya-there is; mane-in My mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I do not recall what I spoke in that connection, but if something comes to\nMy mind due to association with you, I shall explain it.\nTEXT 9\n\n� �t1ft� f<lli; �{ ilt� �tt� I\n\n��-��� �tf-�ta'l � f<r-1; ��tt-t II � II\nsahaje amara kichu artha nahi bhase\ntoma-sabara sanga-bale ye kichu prakase\nSYNONYMS\nsahaje-generally; amara-My; kichu-any; artha-meaning; nahi bhasedoes not manifest; toma-sabara sanga-bale-by the strength of your association;\nye-which; kichu-something; prakase-manifests.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Generally by Myself I cannot give an explanation, but by the strength of\nyour association something may manifest itself.\nTEXT 10\n\n\\fl<llw-f � \\11� al� �fil�a;r I\n\n1� il tif1 �Q[' ?f� <lit� \"ll�ff II �\n\no\n\nekadasa pada ei slake sunirmala\nprthak nana artha pade kare jhalamala\n\nII\n\n", "mad9#p0116": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n86\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nSYNONYMS\nekadasa pada-eleven words; ei-this; slake-in the verse; su-nirmala-very\nclear; prthak-separately; nana-various; artha-meanings; pade-in each word;\nkare j halamala-are glittering.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are eleven clear words in this verse, but when they are studied separately, various meanings glitter from each word.\nPURPORT\nThe\n\neleven\n\nseparate\n\nwords\n\nare (1) atmarama/:1, (2) ca, (3) munayal},\n(4) nirgranthal}, (5) api, (6) urukrame, (7) kurvanti, (8) ahaitukim, (9) bhaktim,\n(1 0) ittham-bhUta-guQa/:1, and (11) hari/:1. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu will explain\nthe different connotations and imports of these words.\nTEXT 11\n\n'�'-� 13l'fi, Of�, �i{, �1, �R! I\n\n�' �\"Rt,-�� �t� �(..t:2ftf� II�� II\n'atma'-sabde brahma, deha, mana, yatna, dhrti\nbuddhi, svabhava, -ei sata artha-prapti\nSYNONYMS\natma-sabde-by the word atma; brahma-the Absolute Truth; deha-the\nbody;\n\nmana-the mind;\n\nyatna-endeavor;\n\ndhrti-firmness;\n\nbuddhi-intelli­\n\ngence; sva-bhava-nat u re; ei sata-these seven; artha-prapti-obtainment of\nmeanings.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The seven different meanings of the word atma are the Absolute Truth, the\nbody, the mind, endeavor, firmness, intelligence and nature.\nTEXT 1 2\n\n\"�1�1\n\nClf�'l\\C011:31�-,��<I�f'!i�r'-ii� I fl�r.� l> \" �f� II� �II\n\n\"atma deha-mano-brahma-svabhava-dhrti-buddhi�u\nprayatne ca\" iti\nSYNONYMS\natma-the word atma; deha-the body; mana/:1-the mind; brahma-the Absolute Truth; sva-bhav a -nature; dhrti-firmness; buddhi�u-in the sense of intelligen·ce; prayatne-in endeavor; ca-and; iti-thus\n\n.\n\n", "mad9#p0117": "Text 14]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n87\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The following are synonyms of the word atma: the body, mind, Absolute\nTruth, natural characteristics, firmness, intelligence and endeavor.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Visva-prakasa dictionary.\n\nTEXT 13\n\n�� �tl';� 1fl';11 <;�, �� �t11�'l I\n��t11�'l1f �t�;� �fit� �tfi( n �� n\nei sate rame yei, sei atmarama-gaQa\natmarama-gaQera age kariba gaQana\n\nSYNONYMS\nei sate-in these seven items; rame-enjoy; yei-those who; sei-they; atmarama-gaQa-atmaramas;\n\natmarama-gaQera-of the\n\natmaramas;\n\nage-l ater ;\n\nkariba gaQana-shall make a count.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word atmarama refers to one who enjoys these seven items [the Absolute Truth, body, mind, and so on]. later, I shall enumerate the atmaramas.\nTEXT 14\n\n'�'-�fw -tl';� �� �i(, �i(t�i( I\n��<!! ��<!! �!( 9lt�;� �f1f� fil'li( n �s u\n'muni'-adi sabdera artha suna, sanatana\nprthak prthak artha pache kariba milana\n\nSYNONYMS\nmuni-the word muni; adi-and the other; sabdera-of the words; artha-the\nmeaning; suna-hear ; sanatana-My dear Sanatana; prthak prthak-se parate l y;\nart h a-meaning; pach e\n\n-\n\naf ter ; kariba mi/ana-1 shall combine.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Sanatana, first hear the meanings of the other words, beginning\nwith the word muni. I shall first explain their separate meanings, then combine them.\n\n", "mad9#p0118": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n88\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 15\n\n'1!_�'-llft\"'f �il-l��' �t� ���)�I\n\n���' �' ��, �t� �f�, I!_� II �<t II\n'muni'-sabde manana-sila, ara kahe mauni\ntapasvi, vrati, yati, ara r?i, muni\n\nSYNONYMS\nmuni-sabde-by the word muni; manana-sila-who is thoughtful; ara-also;\nkahe-it means; mauni-one who is silent; tapasvi-an ascetic; vrati-one who\nkeeps great vows; yati-one in the renounced order of life; ara-and; r?i-a\nsaintly person; muni-they are called muni.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word muni refers to one who is thoughtful, one who is grave or silent,\nan ascetic, one who keeps great vows, one in the renounced order, a saint.\nThese are the different meanings of the word muni.\nTEXT 16\n\n'��·'·-t� ��, ��i-��-�i{ I\n�fif-���-c;��pstt�·atil'if�-��i{ II ��II\n'nirgrantha'-sabde kahe, avidya-granthi-hina\nvidhi-ni?edha-veda-sastra-jiianadi-vihina\n\nSYNONYMS\nnirgrantha-nirgrantha; sabde-by the word; kahe-one means; avidya-of\nignorance; granthi-hina-without any knot; vidhi-ni?edha-regulative principles\nof\n\nrules\n\nand\n\nrestrictions;\n\nveda-sastra-the\n\nVedic\n\nliterature;\n\njiiana-adi­\n\nknowledge, and so on; vihina-without.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word nirgrantha refers to one who is liberated from the material knots\nof ignorance. It also refers to one who is devoid of all re gulative principles en­\n\njoined in the Vedic literature. It also refers to one who does not have\nknowled ge.\nTEXT 17\n\n11.(, �ij, ,� �trw -ttmrt��'� 1\n�•if-��.,._, elt� c;� �('i{ II �'I II\n\n", "mad9#p0119": "Text 19]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n89\n\nmDrkha, nica, mleccha adi sastra-rikta-gaQa\ndhana-sancayi-nirgrantha, ara ye nirdhana\nSYNONYMS\n\nmDrkha-foolish, illiterate persons; nfca-lowborn; m/eccha-unclean persons\nwith no principles; adi-and others; sastra-rikta-gaQa-persons devoid of all\nregulative principles stated in sastra; dhana-sancayi-capitalist (one who gathers\nwealth); nirgrantha-called nirgrantha; ara-also; ye-anyone who; nirdhanawithout riches.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Nirgrantha also refers to one who is illiterate, lowborn, misbehaved,\nunregulated and devoid of respect for Vedic literature. The word also refers to\none who is a capitalist and to one who has no riches.\nTEXT 18\n\nf\"lf-I'Hil ��'ltr.� folf;r1it'1-folc\"li1:1Clli: I\n�C�I <fCOl�� 'I�C� �cf'1�·1t�COJ�.f9f l> II �lr II\nnir ni5caye ni� kramarthe\nnir nirmaQa-ni�edhayo/:1\ngrantho dhane 'tha sandarbhe\nvarQa-safigrathane 'pi ca\nSYNONYMS\n\nni/:1-the prefix ni/:1; niscaye-in the sense of ascertainment; ni/:1-the prefix\nni/:1; krama-arthe-in the meaning of succession; ni/:1-the prefix ni/:1; nirmaQa-in\nthe sense of forming; ni�edhayo/:1-in the sense of forbidding; grantha/:1-the\nword grantha; dhane-in the sense of wealth; atha-also; sandarbhe-thesis;\nvarQa-sangrathane-in the sense of tying together words; api-also; ca-and.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'The prefix ni� may be used for a sense of ascertainment, gradation, construction or forbidding. The word grantha means riches, thesis and composi'\ntion.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is another quotation from the Visva-prakasa dictionary.\nTEXT 19\n\n'\\!;111�1f'·llft<lf �t�, � �R � I\n,�,-� �� �� �tlf�'lfi�ct u �� u\n\n", "mad9#p0120": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n90\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\n'urukrama'-sabde kahe, bacja yalira krama\n'krama'-sabde kahe ei pada-vik�epaQa\nSYNONYMS\nurukrama-urukrama; sabde-by this word; kahe-one means; bacja-great;\nyalira-whose; krama-step; krama-sabde-in this word krama; kahe-one\nmeans; ei-this; pada-vik�epaQa-throwing forth of the foot.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word urukrama refers to one whose krama [step] is great. The word\nkrama means 'throwing the foot forward,' that is, 'step.'\nTEXT 20\n\n-t�, <\\'i�, ���1�, -w�, llf�J ��'1 I\nR'1-�&ll� ·t�l&�� �� ll � o ll\n\nsakti, kampa, paripati, yukti, saktye akramaf)a\ncaraf)a-calane kalipai/a tribhuvana\nSYNONYMS\nsakti-power; kampa-trembling; paripaF-method; yukti-argument; saktye-with great force; akramaQa-attacking; caraQa-ca/ane-by moving the foot;\nkalipai/a-caused to tremble; tri-bhuvana-the three worlds.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Krama also means power, trembling, a systematic method, argument, and\na forcible attack by stepping forward. Thus Vamana caused the three worlds\nto tremble.\nPURPORT\nUru means very great, and krama means step. When Lord Vamanadeva was\noffered three steps of land, He expanded His three steps by covering the entire\nuniverse. In this way the three worlds trembled, and therefore Sri Vamanadeva,\nthe incarnation of Lord Vi�t:JU, is referred to as Urukrama.\nTEXT 21\n\nf<!c�lt:( <t1�5I'I\"T1� <11\\!iC\"lt\"��\\!i1�\n'i: 9f\"tf�r<�t'11r\"f <tSf<�f�\"lc\"l ·�rsn�f'll\n])�� 'i: \"'ll���\"����\"�\"\\!i'\n\nr�9Ja\"\n\n<l�lf�\"ll\"lPllf\"T1��<11\"9flll\"l\"\\. II � � II\n\n", "mad9#p0121": "Text 22)\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n91\n\nVi$f)Or nu virya-gaf)anarh katamo 'rhatiha\n\nyah parthivany api kavir vimame rajarhsi\n\ncaskambha yah sva-rarhhasaskhalata tripf$tharh\nyasmat trisamya-sadanad urukampayanam\nSYNONYMS\n\nvi$QOh-of Lord Vi?�U; nu-certainly;\n\nvirya-gaf)anam-a counting of the\n\ndifferent potencies; katamah-who; arhati-is able to do; iha-in this world;\n\nyah-who; parthivani-of the element earth; api-although; kavih-a learned\n\nperson;\n\nvimame-has counted;\n\ndrances;\n\ntri-pf$tham-the topmost planet\n\nyah-who;\n\nsva-His own;\n\nrajarhsi-the atoms;\n\nrarhhasa-by potency;\n\ncaskambha-captured;\n\naskhalata-without hin­\n\n(Satyaloka);\n\nyasmat-from some\n\ncause; tri-samya-where there is equilibrium of the three guf)as; sadanat-from\n\nthe place (from the root of the material world); urukampayanam-trembling\n\ngreatly.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Even if a learned man is able to count all the minute atoms in this material\nworld, he still cannot count the potencies of lord Vi�r;�u. In the form of the\nVamana incarnation, Lord Vi�r;�u, without hindrance, captured all the planets,\nbeginning from the root of the material world up to Satyaloka. Indeed, He\ncaused every planetary system to tremble by the force of His steps.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.7.40). In the �g Veda mantra\n\n(1.2.154.1), it is said:\n\norh vi$f)Or nu viryaQi karh pravocarh\nyah parthivani vimame rajarhsi\n\nyo 'skambhayad uttararh sadhastharh\nvicakramaf)as tredhorugayah\n\nTEXT 22\n\n�li_1tlf;?f <1Jtr;?f, llft�J �t�'l-,?ft�'l I\n111�-tt�J '�tc�t�, �r;1j ��t<1Jt� II �� II\nvibhu-rupe vyape, saktye dharaf)a-pO$af)a\n\nmadhurya-saktye goloka, aisvarye paravyoma\nSYNONYMS\n\nvibhu-rupe-in His all-pervasive feature; vyape-expands; saktye-by His\n\npotency; dharaQa-po$aQa-maintaining and nourishing; madhurya-saktye-by\n\n", "mad9#p0122": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n92\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nHis potency of conjugal love; go/aka-the planetary system Goloka Vrndavana;\n\naisvarye- and by opulence; para-vyoma-the spiritual world.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Through His all-pervasive feature, the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nexpanded the entire creation. He is holding and maintaining this creation by\nHis extraordinary potency. By His conjugal potency, He maintains the planetary system known as Goloka Vrndavana. Through His six opulences, He\nmaintains many Vaikur;�tha planets.\nPURPORT\nIn His gigantic form, Lord Km1a has covered the creation. He holds all the planetary systems and maintains them by His inconceivable potencies. Similarly, He is\nmaintaining His personal abode, Goloka Vrndavana, through His conjugal love,\nand He is maintaining the spiritual world containing the Vaikul)tha planets by His\nopulences.\nTEXT 23\n\n';:ft111·-t'� 8f�rotilf·'Pf�'Pft�-�sri{ 1\n'��i.Qi';:f'·-f�1t t.fll �� fi{:sfi'Pf'lll �� II\nmaya-saktye brahmar:u;Jadi-paripati-srjana\n'urukrama'-sabdera ei artha nirOpaQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nmaya-saktye-by His external potency; brahmar:u;Ja-adi-of material universes\nand so on; paripaF-an orderly arrangement; srjana -creating; urukrama-sabdera-of the word urukrama; ei-this; artha-of the meaning; nirOpaQa-ascertainment.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word urukrama indicates the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who,\nby His external potency, has perfectly created innumerable universes.\nTEXT 24\n\"�11:\n\n\"t7:�1 4fir1T�m <1f>'ll•b\"1\"1'1<�'\"9fnrt: n\" � s 11\n\n\"krama� saktau paripatyarh kramas calana-kampayo�\"\n\n", "mad9#p0123": "Text 25]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n93\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nkramah-the word krama; saktau-in the meaning of potency; paripatyam-in\nthe meaning of systematic arrangement; kramah-the word krama; ca/ana-in\nmoving; kampayoh-or in trembling.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'These are the different meanings of the word krama. It is used in the\nsense of potency, systematic arrangement, step, moving or trembling.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from the Visva-prakasa dictionary. The Supreme Personality\nof Godhead is all-pervasive. Not only does He carry the three worlds by His inconceivable energy, but He maintains them also. He is also maintaining His spiritual\nplanet, Goloka Vrndavana, by His conjugal love, and He is maintaining the\nVaikur:J!halokas by His opulences. He maintains these material universes through\nthe external energy. Material universes are perfectly situated because they are\ncreated by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 25\n\n'\"i_(f�'-�W �� ����W �HI I\n?���filf� reiSfti{ '!te. �1f <f.�� II �<t II\n'kurvanti'-pada ei parasmaipada haya\nkr�Qa-sukha-nimitta bhajane tatparya kahaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nkurvanti-they do (for others); pada-the word; ei-this; parasmaipada-a\nverb form indicating things done for others; haya-is; kr�Qa-sukha-nimitta-to\nsatisfy Kr?r:Ja; bhajane-in devotional service; tatparya -the purport; kahaya-is\nsaid.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word kurvanti, which means 'they do something for others,' is a form\nof the verb 'things done for others.' It is used in connection with devotional\nservice, which must be executed for the satisfaction of Kr�Qa. That is the purport of the word kurvanti.\nPURPORT\n\nIn Sanskrit the verb \"to do\" has two forms, technically called parasmaipada and\natmanepada. When things are done for one's personal satisfaction, the form is\n\n", "mad9#p0124": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n94\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\ncalled atmanepada. In that case, the word \"do\" in English is kurvante in Sanskrit.\nWhen things are done for others, the verb form changes to kurvanti. Thus Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu informed Sanatana Gosvami that in the atmarama verse the\nverb kurvanti means that things should be done only for the satisfaction of Kr�r:Ja.\nThis is supported by the grammarian Pal)ini. The verb is formed as atmanepada\nwhen the work is to be done for one's own benefit, and when it is done for\nothers, it is called parasmaipada. Thus the verb is formed according to whether\nsomething is done for one's self-satisfaction or for another's satisfaction.\nTEXT 26\n\n\"'llRl\\!f<!13�: <!i<�(f'Stilr.il fdl'lll<rr.ao, n\" �� 11\n\"svaritanita/:1 kartrabhipraye kriya-phale\"\nSYNONYMS\nsvarita-nita/:1-of verbs having an indicatory n or a svarita accent; kartrabhipraye-is meant for the agent; kriya-phale-when the fruit of the action.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The terminations of the atmanepada are employed when the fruit of the\naction accrues to the agent of verbs having an indicatory nor a svarita accent.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Pal)ini's sDtras (1.3.72).\nTEXT 27\n\n''�'(·llf(;<5f <tit;� -,_f'@·lllt� <ltU!t\"Jr;;� I\n,_�, �r�, i!�-il_�n �� r�i( �(�'��� u �\"u\n'hetu'-sabde kahe-bhukti-adi vanchantare\nbhukti, siddhi, mukti-mukhya ei tina prakare\nSYNONYMS\n\nhetu-cause; sabde-by the word; kahe-it is said; bhukti-enjoying the\nresult by oneself; adi-and so on; vancha-antare-because of a different ambition; bhukti-enjoying the result of action; siddhi-the perfection of doing\nsomething; mukti\nways.\n\n-\n\nl iberation; mukhya-chief; ei-these; tina prakare-in three\n\n", "mad9#p0125": "Text 29]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n95\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word hetu [cause] means that a thing is done for some motive. There\ncan be three motives. One may act to enjoy the result personally, to achieve\nsome material perfection, or to act in such a way that one may be liberated.\nTEXT 28\n\n�� '!_� ���' '\\Sf� �i{� ��t� I\nfll�-��'t\\T-t, i!fiSi-'Pf.Rttt� u �tr u\n-\n\n-\n\neka bhukti kahe, bhoga-ananta-prakara\nsiddhi-a$tadasa, mukti-panca-vidhakara\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-first; bhukti-material enjoyment by doing something; kahe-is known;\nbhoga-enjoyment; ananta-prakara-unlimited varieties; siddhi-the yogic perfections; a$tada5a-eighteen in number; mukti-li beration; panca-vidha-akarafive varieties.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"First we take the word bhukti [material enjoyment], which is of unlimited\nvariety. We may also take the word siddhi [perfection], which has eighteen\nvarieties. Similarly, the word mukti has five varieties.\nTEXT 29\n\n�� �t�i il:t�, i!t� 'e� -'��<l?T' I\n�t�i C��i! <tllf � ��� '<f)l'i_<l?T U �� II\nei yanha nahi, taha bhakti-'ahaituki'\nyaha haite vasa haya sri-kmJa kautuki\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-these; yanha-where; nahi-not existing; taha-that; bhakti-the platform of devotional service; ahaituki-unmotivated; yaha haite-by which; vasa\nhaya-comes under control; sri-k[$(1a-Lord Sri Kr�t:�a; kautuki-the most funny.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Causeless devotional service is unmotivated by sense enjoyment, perfection or liberation. When one is freed from all these contaminations, he can\nbring Lord Kr�Qa, who is very funny, under control.\n\n", "mad9#p0126": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n96\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 30\n\n'�f�'·llf�� �{ � WllfPt${t<!it� I\n��-'Jtt${�', 'O���f�'-�<l �� II �o II\n'bhakti'-sabdera artha haya dasa-vidhakara\neka\n\n-\n\n'sadhana', 'prema-bhakti'-nava prakara\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhakti-bhakti; sabdera-of this word; artha-meanings; haya-are; dasavi dha-aka ra-ten varieties;\n\neka-one; sadhana-the execution of regulative\n\ndevotional service; prema-bhakti-ecstatic love; nava prakara-n ine kinds.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are ten meanings to the word bhakti, devotional service. One is execution of devotional service according to the regulative principles, and the\nother, called prema-bhakti [ecstatic love] has nine varieties.\nPURPORT\nThe nine varieties are rati, prema, sneha, mana, praQaya, raga, anuraga, bhava\nand mahabhava-attraction, love, affection, adverse feelings, intimacy, attachment, subattachment, ecstatic love and sublime ecstatic love. For the execution\nof devotional service according to regulative principles, there is only one meaning.\n\nTEXT 31\n\n'�R!'·��'fi, '<;��,��'11, �'!Jtf?r �11� I\n�11\\'Pf\"l, ���<l·\"'f�'111i9f1 �� II �� II\n'rati'-/ak$aQa, 'prema'-/ak$aQa, ityadi pracara\nbhava-rupa, mahabhava-lak$aQa-rupa ara\n\nSYNONYMS\nrati-of attraction; /ak$aQa-the symptoms; prema-of love; /ak$aQa-the\n\nsymptoms; iti-adi-and so on; pracara-are known; bhava-rupa-in the form of\necstatic love; maha-bhava-of higher ecstatic love; lak$aQa-rupa-there are\nmany symptoms; ara-other.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Next are explained the symptoms of love of Godhead, which can be\ndivided into nine varieties, beginning with attraction up to ecstatic love and\nfinally up to the topmost ecstatic love [mahabhava].\n\n", "mad9#p0127": "Text 34]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n97\n\nTEXT 32\n\n-tt�·'et�� �r� <�tt� ,,�1('·-Pt�� 1\n'ft�-��� �f� �� '�t'ft'·W-ti·�� II�� II\nsanta-bhaktera rati bac;Je 'prema'-paryanta\ndasya-bhaktera rati haya 'raga'-dasa-anta\nSYNONYMS\nsanta-bhaktera-of devotees on the platform of neutrality; rati-attraction;\nbade-increases; prema-paryanta-up to love of Godhead; dasya-bhaktera-of\ndevotees on the platform of servitude; rati-attraction; haya-increases; ragadasa-anta-up to the point of spontaneous attachment.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The attraction to Kr��a of devotees on the platform of neutrality increases\nup to love of Godhead [prema], and the attraction of devotees on the platform\nof servitorship increases to spontaneous attachment [raga].\nTEXT 33\n\n��t'ftr;;'1� �� �� '�il.�t'ft' 'Pl� I\nf-Pt�-1(1�-<;�� �fW '�il.�t'ft'·�� II�� II\nsakha-gaf)era rati haya 'anuraga' paryanta\npitr-matr-sneha adi 'anuraga'-anta\nSYNONYMS\nsakha-gaf)era-of the friends; rati-the attraction; haya-becomes; anuraga\nparyanta-up to subecstatic love; pitr-matr-sneha-paternal love; adi-and so\non; anuraga-anta-up to the end of subecstatic love.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Devotees in Vrndavana who are friends of the Lord can increase their\necstatic love to the point of anuraga. Paternal affectionate lovers, Kr��a's\nfather and mother, can increase their love of Godhead up to the anuraga point\nalso.\nTEXT 34\n\n<f)t�t'ftt�� �� 'Plt� '1f��t<l'-� I\n'�f'@'·�� ���<I�?;� 1(�1('1 II '-!>8 II\n\n", "mad9#p0128": "98\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nkanta-gaQera rati paya 'mahabhava'-sima\n'bhakti'-sabdera ei saba arthera mahima\nSYNONYMS\nkanta-gaQera-of the devotees in conjugal love; rati-the attraction; paya-attain; maha-bhava-sima-the limit of mahabhava; bhakti-devotional service;\nsabdera-of the word; ei saba-all these; arthera-of the meanings; mahima-of\nthe glories.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The gopis of Vrndavana who are attached to Kr�r:Ja in conjugal love can increase their ecstatic love up to the point of mahabhava [the greatest ecstatic\nlove]. These are some of the glorious meanings of the word bhakti, devotional\nservice.\nTEXT 35\n\n'��\"! �'1�'---tt�� �� �� I\n'�'*·'·--tt�� f�� �{, '�'l'·lef�� �til II �� II\n'ittham-bhata-guQah'-sabdera sunaha vyakhyana\n'ittharh'-sabdera bhinna artha, 'guQa'-sabdera ana\nSYNONYMS\nittham-bhUta-guQah-having\n\nqualities\n\nlike\n\nthis;\n\nsabdera-of\n\nthe\n\nword;\n\nsunaha-please hear; vyakhyana-the explanation; ittham-ittham; sabdera-of\nthe word; bhinna artha-different meanings; guQa-guQa; sabdera-of the word;\nana-other.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please hear the meaning of the word ittham-bhiita-gur:Ja, which is found in\nthe atmarama verse. lttham-bhiita has different meanings, and gur:Ja has other\nmeanings.\nTEXT 36\n\n'��!\"!'·--t�� ��-11_4'til\"''al111\n�t� �tt'it ��til\"! �'li21t11 � II �� II\n'ittham-bhata'-sabdera artha -pOrQanandamaya\nyafira age brahmananda twa-praya haya\n\n", "mad9#p0129": "Text 38]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nSYNONYMS\nittham-bhOta-sabdera artha-the meaning or import of the word ittham-bhOta;\npDrQa-ananda-maya-full of transcendental bliss; yarira age-in front of which;\nbrahma-ananda-the transcendental bliss derived from impersonalism;\np raya-just like straw; haya-is\n\ntwa­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word ittham-bhuta is transcendentally exalted because it means 'full\nof transcendental bliss! Before this transcendental bliss, the bliss derived\nfrom merging into the existence of the Absolute [brahmananda] becomes like\na piece of straw in comparison.\nTEXT 37\n\n��ift�t����t�t\"i!\"f<l��t�f,_\\!i� Cll I\n��tfo! C'i\\t\"'Pj\"i!\"Hrc� 31t'lfit<fTf<>f �5IJ1� C�I II -''1 II\ntvat-sak?Jt-kara(\"lahladavisuddhabdhi-sthitasya me\nsukhani go?padayante\nbrahmaQy api jagad-guro\nSYNONYMS\nt vat-You r;\n\nsak?Jt\n\n-\n\nmeeting;\n\nkara(\"la-such\n\naction;\n\nah/ada-pleasure;\n\nvi­\n\nsu ddha-spiritually purified; abdhi-ocean; sthitasya-being situated; me-by\nme; su khan i-happiness; go?padayante-a small hole created by the hoof of a\ncalf; brahma(\"li -the pleasure derived from impersonal Brahman understanding;\napi-also; jagat-guro-0 master of the universe.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear lord, 0 master of the universe, since I have directly seen You,\nmy transcendental bliss has taken the shape of a great ocean. Being situated in\nthat ocean, I now realize all other so-called happiness to be like the water\ncontained in the hoofprint of a calf.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya (14.36).\nTEXT 38\n\n�����' ��twCfl, 'II��� I\n�t� <fti'f \"Cfit1l �<(.���� II �lr II\n\n", "mad9#p0130": "100\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nsarvakar$aka, sarvahladaka, maha-rasayana\napanara bale kare sarva-vismaraQa\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-akar$aka-all-attractive;\n\nsarva-ahladaka-all-pleasing; maha-rasa-ayana\n\n-the complete abode of transcendental mellow; apanara bale-by His own\nstrength; kare-causes; sarva-vismaraQa-forgetfulness of all other bliss.\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�r;�a is so exalted that He is more attractive than anything else and\nmore pleasing than anything else. He is the most sublime abode of bliss. By\nHis own strength, He causes one to forget all other ecstasies.\nTEXT 39\n\n'-�·3Jf'9·fJI�-�� li� � 'itt'lfi I\n�f.ti� llf��t'l ���� �'lfi II �Oil II\nbhukti-mukti-siddhi-sukha chacjaya yara gandhe\nalaukika sakti-guQe kr$Qa-krpaya bandhe\nSYNONYMS\nbhukti-material happiness; mukti-liberation from material suffering; siddhi-the perfection of mystic yoga; sukha-the happiness derived from these\nthings; chacjaya-one gives up; yara-of which; gandhe-simply by the slight\nfragrance; alaukika-uncommon, transcendental; sakti-guQe-by the power and\nquality; kr$Qa-krpaya-by the mercy of Lord Kr�r:ta;\n\nbandhe-one becomes\n\nbound.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Pure devotional service is so sublime that one can very easily forget the\nhappiness derived from material happiness, material liberation and mystic or\nyogic perfection. Thus the devotee is bound by Kr�r;�a's mercy and His uncommon power and qualifications.\nTEXT 40\n\n-Its!�� �t� �tl ��-��t� I\n\n�l \"lf'el<!f·�St'l, �tr.;� 1ft'{� �t� II So II\nsastra-yukti nahi ihan siddhanta-vicara\nei svabhava-guQe, yate madhuryera sara\n\n", "mad9#p0131": "Text 42]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n101\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsastra-yukti-logic on the basis of revealed scripture; nahi-there is not;\nihan-here; siddhanta-vicara-consideration of logical conclusions; ei-this;\nsvabhava-guQe-a\n\nnatural\n\nquality;\n\nyate-in\n\nwhich;\n\nmadhuryera\n\nsara-the\n\nessence of all transcendental bliss.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When one is attracted to Kr��a on the transcendental platform, there is no\nlonger any logical argument on the basis of revealed scripture, nor are there\nconsiderations of such conclusions. This is His transcendental quality that is\nthe essence of all transcendental sweetness.\nTEXT 41\n\n'�'I' �1{ ��-?�� �'I �il� I\n���9f-�'i �(�cfl-1\"1 II 8� II\n'guQa' sabdera artha-k($Qera guQa ananta\nsac-cid-rupa-guQa sarva pCirQananda\nSYNONYMS\n\nguQa sabdera artha-the meaning of the word guQa; kr$Qera guQa anantaKr�r:ta has unlimited qualities; sat-cit-rupa-guQa-such qualities are spiritual and\neternal; sarva pCirQa-ananda-full of all transcendental bliss.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word gu�a means 'quality.' The qualities of Kr��a are transcendentally\nsituated and are unlimited in quantity. All of the spiritual qualities are full of\ntranscendental bliss.\nTEXT 42\n\n��-�ft�·<Tit�'tl �9f-�cf'l!1 I\n�<fte.�, ��'! <l\\ifa1�1 II 8� II\naisvarya-madhurya-karuQye svarupa-pCirQata\nbhakta-vatsalya, atma-paryanta vadanyata\nSYNONYMS\n\naisvarya-opulence; madhurya-transcendental sweetness; karuQye-mercy;\nsvarupa-pCirQata-fullness of spiritual value; bhakta-vatsa/ya-affection for the\n\n", "mad9#p0132": "Sri Caitanya-caritampa\n\n102\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\ndevotee; atma-paryanta-up to the point of His personal self; vadanyata-magnanimity.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r:�a's transcendental qualities such as opulence, sweetness and mercy\nare perfect and full. As far as Kr�r:�a's affectionate leaning toward His devotees\nis concerned, He is so magnanimous that He can give Himself to His devotees.\nTEXT 43\n\n�OOf<fl(fi ��' 1f�, ��tflf �'I I\n(firofj � <;<l'ltil �t'l (fi!';1f ��'I II 8� II\nalaukika rupa, rasa, saurabhadi gw)a\nkaro mana kana gul)e kare akar?al)a\nSYNONYMS\na/aukika rupa-uncommon\n\nbeauty;\n\nrasa-mellows;\n\nsaurabha-adi gul)a­\n\nqualities like transcendental fragrance; karo mana-the mind of a devotee; kana\ngul)e-by some particular quality; kare-does; akar?al)a-attracting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r:�a has unlimited qualities. The devotees are attracted by His uncommon beauty, mellows and fragrance. Thus they are differently situated in the\ndifferent transcendental mellows. Therefore Kr�r:�a is called all-attractive.\nTEXT 44\n\n�il<l'ltflf� Jfil ��a,��� �r;f! II 88 II\nsanakadira mana hari/a saurabhadi gul)e\nSYNONYMS\nsanaka-adira mana-the minds of saintly sages like Sanaka and Sanatana;\nhari/a-attracted; saurabha-adi-such as the transcendental aroma of His lotus\nfeet; gul)e-by the q�ality.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The minds of the four boy sages [Sanaka, Sanatana, Sanandana and Sanatkumara] were attracted to the lotus feet of Kr�r:�a by the aroma of the tulasi\nthat had been offered to the lord.\n\n", "mad9#p0133": "Text 46]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n103\n\nTEXT 45\n\n\\!>�t\\1 �\"i\\(0{�0{� 9f'ifti1f<101ff<fi��f1l ��<'Pll'Il<fill\"ilf<lt�� I\n'!{�'If''!: \"lff��T.\\1'1 D\"�t\\1\" C\\!>1{1�\n'!��'l:f't'5'Il�\\1�1{1'Ilf9f fD�\\!t'.Jt: II Sit II\ntasyaravinda-nayanasya padaravinda­\n\nkinjalka-misra-tulasi-makaranda-vayu/:1\n\nantargata/:1 svavivareQa cakara te$iirh\n\nsar'lk$obham ak$ara-ju$iim api citta-tanvo/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\ntasya-of Him; aravinda-nayanasya-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nwhose eyes are like the petals of a lotus; pada-aravinda-of the lotus feet;\n\nkinjalka-with saffron; misra-mixed; tulasi-of tulasi leaves; makaranda-with\n\nthe aroma; vayu/:1-the air; antargata/:1-entered; sva-vivareQa-through the\nnostrils; cakara-created; te$iim-of them; sar'lk$obham-strong agitation; ak$ara-ju$iim -of the impersonally self-realized (Kumaras); api -also;\n\nvo/:1-of the mind and body.\n\ncitta-tan­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When the breeze carrying the aroma of tulasi leaves and saffron from the\nlotus feet of the lotus-eyed Personality of Godhead entered through the\nnostrils into the hearts of those sages [the Kumaras], they experienced a\nchange in both body and mind, even though they were attached to impersonal\nBrahman understanding.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nMadhya-lila (17.142).\n\n(3.15.43). For an explanation, see\n\nTEXT 46\n\n��t�t�� ';fit ��a, �\"11·<:!t�t'i II 8� II\nsukadevera mana harila lila-srava(le\nSYNONYMS\nsukadevera-of Sukadeva Gosvami; mana-the mind; harila-carried away;\n\nlila-sravaQe-by remembering the pastimes of the Lord.\n\n", "mad9#p0134": "104\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sukadeva's mind was carried away by remembering the pastimes of the\nLord.\nTEXT 47\n\n9f�fol�c;:et�f<>f COf·�·(r<JT ;s�11:c�t�<1�o;p,rl I\n\n'SJ�\"!iC5'\\!i'l 1ft-sf� 'if �l�JtOI'Z �if�h'111_ U 8 � II\n_\n\nparini?thito 'pi nairguQye\nuttamaf)sloka-/ilaya\n\ngrhita-ceta rajar?e\n\nakhyanarh yad adhitavan\nSYNONYMS\n\nparini?thitaf)-situated; api-although; nairguQye-in the transcendental posi­\n\ntion, freed from the material modes of nature; uttamaf)-5/oka-/i/aya -by the\npastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Uttama�sloka; grhita-ceta-the\n\nmind became fully taken over; rajar?e-0 great King; akhyanam-the narration;\nyat-which; adhitavan-studied.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Sukadeva Gosvami addressed Parik�it Maharaja, \"My dear King, although\nI was fully situated in the transcendental position, I was nonetheless attracted\n\nto the pastimes of Lord Kr��a. Therefore I studied Srimad-Bhagavatam from\nmy father.\"'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.1.9).\nTEXT 48\n\n���f;{�'!i1:5'\"!i1�lt1J'if�1��1r�1�9fTf�;:e�t��\"l�O'ft?e�t����\"l_ I\n�J\\!i�\\!i f<>f�1 ����9f'Z 9J:_�t<l'\n\"!i11Rfaor�f�<l'ii'Z 'IJ1if-��'Z OfC\\!i1�f>i! II Bt:r II\nsvasukha-nibhrta-cetas tad-vyudastanya-bhavo\n'py ajita-rucira-/ilakr?ta-saras tadiyam\n\nvyatanuta krpaya yas tattva-diparh puraQarh\n\ntam akhila-vrjina-ghnarh vyasa-sunurh nato 'smi\n\n", "mad9#p0135": "Text 50]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n105\n\nSYNONYMS\nsva-sukha-nirbhrta-ce tah-whose mind was always fully absorbed in the hap­\n\npiness of self-realization; tat-by that; vyudasta-anya-bhavah-being freed from\n\nall other attractions; api-although; ajita-rucira-lila-by the most attractive\n\npastimes of Ajita, the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nakr�ta-attracted;\n\nsarah-whose heart; tadiyam-in relation to the Lord; vyatanuta-described and\n\nspread; krpaya-out of mercy; yah-he who; tattva-dipam-which is the light of\n\nthe Absolute Truth; pura1,1am-the supplementary Vedic literature SrimadBhagavatam; tam-to him; akhila-vrjina-ghnam-who can destroy all kinds of\n\nmaterial misery; vyasa-sunum-Sukadeva Gosvami, the son of Vyasadeva; natah\nasmi-1 offer my respectful obeisances.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'I offer my respectful obeisances unto Srila Sukadeva Gosvami, the son of\nVyasadeva. He is the destroyer of all sinful reactions and is full in selfrealization and bliss. Because of this, he has no other desire. Still, he was attracted by the transcendental pastimes of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, and out of compassion for the people, he described the transcendental historical literature called Srimad-Bhagavatam. This is compared to the\nlight of the Absolute Truth.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (12.12.68).\nTEXT 49\n\n��IF-1fit9f �t1{ ,�tf9f<T't1f 1!i{ II 8� II\nsri-ariga-rupe hare gopikara mana\nSYNONYMS\nsri-ariga-of His transcendental body; rOpe-by the beauty; hare-attracts;\n\ngopikara mana-the minds of the gopis.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"lord Sri Kr�r:-a attracts the minds of all the gopis with His beautiful transcendental bodily features.\nTEXT 50\n\n<1'l'l'f'Jtar�H�'*· \\!<ll�'-'�f�5\\��<'�tlf��lf� �f�t<'lr.\"ft�l{_ I\n\n", "mad9#p0136": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n106\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\n\"lf�t��lll ��\"lf{l-'I_SI' f<H;<'rt<fl\"T\n�'If: fi!lh<l'�'l'l$ �<1111 lf1\"\":»: II <to\n\nvik?yalakavrta-mukham tava kuQc;fala-sri­\n\ngaQc;fa-sthaladhara-sudham hasitavalokam\n\ndattabhayarh ca bhuja-daQc;fa-yugam vilokya\n\nvak?a/:1 sriyaika-ramal)arh ca bhavama dasya/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nvik?ya-seeing; alaka-avrta-mukham-face decorated with curling tresses of\n\nhair; tava-Your; kuQc;fala-sri-beauty of earrings; gaQc;fa-stha/ a- falling on Your\n\ncheeks; adhara-sudham-and the nectar from Your lips; hasita-avalokam-Your\nsmiling glance; datta-abhayam-which assure fearlessness; ca-and; bhuja-daQ­\n\nc;fa yugam\n-\n\nbeauty;\n\n-\n\nthe two arms; vilokya-by seeing; vak?a/:1-chest; sriya-by the\n\neka ramal)am- chie fly producing conjugal attraction;\n-\n\nbhavama-we have become; dasya/:1-Your maidservants.\n\nca- and;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Dear Kr��a, we have simply surrendered ourselves as Your maidservants,\nfor we have seen Your beautiful face decorated with tresses of hair, Your\nearrings falling upon Your cheeks and the nectar of Your lips. We have also\nseen the beauty of Your smile and have been embraced by Your arms, which\ngive us courage. Because we have seen Your chest, which is beautiful and\nbroad, we have surrendered ourselves.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.29.39) was spoken by the gopis when\n\nthey arrived near Kr;;r:Ja for the rasa dance on a full moonlit night. The attracted\n\ngopis were awestruck, and they began to speak about how they came to Kr;;r:Ja to\n\nenjoy the rasa dance.\n\nTEXT 51\n\n�9f-�'1-��t'11fiffi'1Jtfl;1f �t<flti'l II �� II\nrupa-gul)a-sraval)e rukmil)y-adira akar?al)a\nSYNONYMS\nrupa-beauty; gul)a-qualities; sraval)e-by hearing; rukmil)i-adira-of the\n\nqueens, headed by Rukmir:Ji; akar?aQa-attracting.\n\n", "mad9#p0137": "Text 52]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama. Verse\n\n107\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The queens in Dvaraka, who are headed by R ukmi�;�i, are also attracted to\nKr��;�a simply by hearing about His transcendental beauty and qualities.\nTEXT 52\n\n�'ll �'tl\"l, �<10\\�\"l'f\"il \"J:<;!�l� c�\n\nf<lf<l� <f><ff<�<�r\"il��?;\\!il���r\"�' 1\n�9(� l\"fl� �f\"f'l�l'lf�\"'f�<'ll��\n�\"l!J�T\\!ilf<1\"rf� fD\\9'1\"1\\!i\"t� C'l II a� II\nsrutva gul)an bhuvana-sundara swvataril te\n\nnirvisya karl)a-vivarair harato 'tiga-tapam\n\nrupam drsam drsimatam akhilartha-labham\ntvayy acyutavisati cittam apatraparil me\nSYNONYMS\n\nsrutva-hearing; gul)an-the transcendental qualities; bhuvana-sundara-0\n\nmost beautiful in the whole creation; swvatam-of those hearing; te-Your; nirvisya-entering; karl)a-vivaraif:r-by the holes of the ears; harataf:r atiga-tapam­\n\ndecreasing all the miserable conditions of the body; rupam-the beauty; drsamof the eyes;\n\ndrsimatam-of those who can see;\n\nakhila-artha-labham-the\n\nachievement of all kinds of gains; tvayi-unto You; acyuta-0 infallible one;\n\navisati-enters; cittam-the consciousness; apatrapam-without shame; me­\n\nmy.\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 most beautiful Kr��;�a, I have heard about Your transcendental qualities\n\nfrom others, and therefore all my bodily miseries are relieved. If one sees Your\ntranscendental beauty, his eyes have attained everything profitable in life. 0\ninfallible one, I have become shameless after hearing of Your qualities, and I\nhave become attracted to You.'\nPURPO RT\nThis verse (Srimad-Bhagavatam 1 0.52.37) was written by Rukmir:Jidevi in a letter\n\nto Kr�r:Ja inviting Him to kidnap her. Sukadeva Gosvami described this to Maharaja\nParik�it when the King asked him how Rukmir:JT had been kidnapped. Rukmir:JT had\n\nheard about Kr�r:Ja's qualities from different people, and after she heard about\nthem, she decided to accept Kr�r:Ja as her husband. Everything had been arranged\n\n", "mad9#p0138": "108\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nfor her marriage to Sisupala; therefore she wrote a letter to Kr�r:Ja, which she sent\n\nthrough a brahmaQa, and invited Him to kidnap her.\nTEXT 53\n\n���-;ftt� ��11\" �� 'lllfi1Jt�11\" l!illl <t� II\nvarhsi-gite hare kr$Qa lak?my-adira mana\nSYNONYMS\nvarhsi-gite-by the vibration of His flute; hare-attracts; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja;\n/ak?mi-adira-of the goddess of fortune and others; mana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�r:-a even attracts the mind of the goddess of fortune simply by\nvibrating His transcendental flute.\nTEXT 54\n\n<f�t��lC<i1�� 'I Cif<i f<I'IH.:�\n\n\\!i<il�c��-nr\"ttf<r<fnT: 1\n<!�l�\"l ·l �?.f\"101l\"D\"i!�C\"f1\n\nf<i�l\"\\1 <f-1�1\"\\. �f�11� �\\!i�\\!il II � S II\nkasyanubhavo 'sya na deva vidmahe\ntavanghri-reQu-sparasadhikara�\nyad-varichaya srir Jalanacarat tapo\nvihaya kaman sucirarh dhrta-vrata\nSYNONYMS\nkasya -of what; anubhava� -a result; asya -of the serpent (Kaliya); na -not;\ndeva-0 Lord; vidmahe-we know; tava-anghri-of Your lotus feet; reQu-of\n\nthe dust;\n\nsparasa-for touching;\n\nadhikara�-qualification;\n\nyat -which;\n\nvarichaya-by desiring; sri�-the goddess of fortune; /a/ana-the topmost\n\nwoman; acarat-performed; tapa�-austerity; vihaya-giving up; kaman-all\ndesires; suciram-for a long time; dhrta-a law upheld; vrata-as a vow.\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 Lord, we do not know how the serpent Kaliya attained such an oppor­\n\ntunity to be touched by the dust of Your lotus feet. For this end, the goddess of\n\n", "mad9#p0139": "Text 56]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n109\n\nfortune performed austerities for centuries, giving up all other desires and\ntaking austere vows. Indeed, we do not know how this serpent Kaliya got such\nan opportunity.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.1 6.36) was spoken by the wives of the\nKaliya demon.\nTEXT 55\n\n'�t'itJ<e'tt� iST'it?;;i! � ��11: 'if'l II �� II\nyogya-bhave jagate yata yuvatira gal)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nyogya-bhave-by proper behavior; jagate-within the three worlds; yata-all;\n\nyuvatira ga Qa-the groups of young girls.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Kr�.,a attracts not only the minds of the gopis and the goddesses of fortune but the minds of all the young girls in the three worlds as well.\nTEXT 56\n<fi t�J\"f C\\!1 <fi\"'19fW1l[\\3\"C<I'1_5h­\n\n�t�tfi:\\31�Sl�'!i1:1 SC<'!l�t\"'t<fi\"Jl� I\n�\\Ji-c<'�l�Tt��'i\\RT� f'l��'i'I'T �4�\n'ql{_t'i\\1���1l�'i\\t: �<'!<fit��� II t� U\nka stry ariga te kala-padamrta-vel)u-gita­\n\nsammohitarya-caritan na calet trilokyam\n\ntrailokya-saubhagam idarh ca nirik?ya ruparh\n\nyad go-dvija-druma-mrga/:1 pulakany abibhran\nSYNONYMS\n\nka stri\n\n-\n\nwho is that woman; ariga-0 Kr�Qa; te-of You; kala-pada-by the\n\nrhythms; amrta-vel)u-gita-and sweet songs of Your flute; sammohita-being\ncaptivated; arya-caritat-from the path of chastity according to Vedic civilization;\n\nna-not; ca/et-would wander; tri-/okyam-within the three worlds; trailokya­\n\nsaubhagam-which is the fortune of the three worlds; idam-this; ca-and;\n\n", "mad9#p0140": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n110\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nnirik?ya-by observing; rupam-the beauty; yat-which; go-the cows; dvija­\n\nthe birds; druma-the trees; mrga�-forest animals like the deer; pu/akanitranscendental jubilation; abibhran-manifested.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'My dear Lord Kr�r;�a, where is that woman within the three worlds who\ncannot be captivated by the rhythms of the sweet songs coming from Your\nwonderful flute? Who cannot fall down from the path of chastity in this way?\nYour beauty is the most sublime within the three worlds. Upon seeing Your\nbeauty, even cows, birds, animals and trees in the forest are stunned in jubilation.'\nPURPO RT\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.29.40).\nTEXT 57\n\n�� it-stt'Af -tt��oo \"C�t��'ll\nwt�·�-otfw·� �1t��fw '5t'l u act u\nguru-tulya stri-gaQera vatsalye akar?aQa\n\ndasya-sakhyadi-bhave puru?adi gaQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nguru-tulya-on the level of a superior guardian; stri-gaQera-of the ladies of\n\nVrndavana; vatsalye-in parental affection; akar?aQa-attracting; dasya-sakhya­\n\nadi-servants friends, and others; bhave-in the mode of; puru?a-adi gaQa-all\n,\n\nthe males of Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The women of Vrndavana, who are on the level of superior guardians, are\nattracted maternally. The men of Vrndavana are attracted as servants, friends\nand fathers to Lord Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 58\n\n�' 1'5t, fl', \"1\\!i, ����I\nc;�DJ -am <fiR' 'Cit<Ti�� ���'I 11 atr 11\npak?i, mrga, vrk?a, lata, cetanacet-ana\n\npreme matta kari' akar?aye kr?Qa-guQa\n\n", "mad9#p0141": "Text 60]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n111\n\nSYNONYMS\n\npak?i-birds; mrga-animals; vrk?a-trees; lata-creepers; cetana-acetanaliving entities and even the stones and wood; preme-in ecstatic love; maltacaptivated; kari'-making; akar?aye-attract; kr?Qa-guQa-the qualities of Kr?r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The qualities of Kr��a captivate and attract everything, living and dead.\nEven birds, animals and trees are attracted to Kr��a's qualities.\nTEXT 59\n\n'�fil':'·�\"'f •rte«Gf, �� IJ:..�1f 1\n�( �\";fepq ��' 0�1f ftf1Tt �t� 1fi{ \" �� \"\n'harib'-sabde nanartha, dui mukhyatama\nsarva amatigala hare, prema diya hare mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nharib-hari; sabde-by this word; nana-artha-different imports; dui-two;\nmukhya-tama -chief;\n\nsarva -all;\n\namatiga/a-inauspiciousness;\n\nhare -takes\n\naway; prema diya-by ecstatic love; hare-attracts; mana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although the word hari has many different meanings, two of them are\nforemost. One meaning is that the lord takes away all inauspicious things\nfrom His devotee, and the second meaning is that He attracts the mind by\necstatic love for God.\nTEXT 60\n\nC� �t� � c<f't� <firol �11''1 I\nrn�'{ �t9f I!� �t� ����'�\" �0 u\nyaiche Iaiche yohi kohi karaye smaraQa\ncari-vidha tapa tara kare sarilharaQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nyaiche taiche-somehow or other; yohi kohi-anywhere and everywhere;\nkaraye smaraQa-remembers; cari-vidha-the four kinds; tapa-miserable conditions of life; tara-of the devotee; kare sarilharaQa-He takes away.\n\n", "mad9#p0142": "112\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the devotee somehow or other always remembers the Supreme Personality of Godhead anywhere and everywhere, lord Hari takes away life's\nfour miserable conditions.\nPURPORT\nThe four miserable conditions are due to the four kinds of sinful activities,\nknown\n\nas\n\n(1) pataka,\n\n(2) urupataka,\n\n(3) maha-pataka and (4) atipataka­\n\npreliminary sin, very great sin, greater sin and topmnst sin. However, Kr�r:ta assures\n\nthe devotee, aharh tvarh sarva-papebhyo mok�ayi?yami ma suca/:1: \"I will protect\n\nyou from all sinful reactions. Do not fear.\" The word· sarva-papebhya/:1 indicates\nfour kinds of sinful activity. As soon as the devotee surrenders unto Kr�r:ta's lotus\nfeet, he is certainly relieved from all sinful activities and their results. The four\nbasic sinful activities are summarized as illicit sex, intoxication, gambling and\nmeat-eating.\nTEXT 61\n\n�'<tif:t: '�:p'!lJ�ifD: <rr;�lC�Jifi�Pl ��'It� I\n�'411!��'\\ll ��i!>�h\"l'gP'f �\"�\"[: II�� II\nyathagni/:1 susamrddharci/:1\n\nkaroty edharhsi bhasmasat\n\ntatha mad-vi�aya bhaktir\n\nuddhavainarhsi krtsnasa/:1\n\nSYNONYMS\nyatha-as; agni/:1-a fire; su-samrddha-arci/:1-having a full flame; karotimakes;\n\nbhakti/:1\n\nedharhsi-fuel;\n\n-\n\nbhasmasat-into\n\nashes;\n\nt atha-similarly;\n\nmat-vi?aya\n\ndevotional service in relation to Me; uddhava-0 Uddhava; enarhsi­\n\nall kinds of sinful activity; krtsnasa/:1-totally\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'As all fuel is burned to ashes by a full-fledged fire, all sinful activities are\ntotally erased when one engages in devotional service to Me.'\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.14.19).\n\n", "mad9#p0143": "113\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nText 63]\n\nTEXT 62\n\nI!� �t1f �f9<tt�� <TS�, �f<IW1 iltllf I\n\n<!t<!l'lttmf � '<;�111' <fi1ft11 �<T�t-t II �� II\ntabe kare bhakti-badhaka karma, avidya nasa\nsravaQadyera phala 'prema' karaye prakasa\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-thereafter; kare-does; bhakti-badhaka-impediments on the path of\ndevotional service; karma-activities; avidya-ignorance; nasa-vanquishing;\nsravaQa-adyera-of hearing, chanting and so forth; phala-the result; premalove of Godhead; karaye prakasa-causes a manifestation of.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this way, when all sinful activities are vanquished by the grace of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, one gradually vanquishes all kinds of impediments on the path of devotional service, as well as the ignorance resulting\nfrom these impediments. After this, one totally manifests his original love of\nGodhead\n\nthrough\n\ndevotional\n\nservice\n\nin\n\nnine\n\ndifferent\n\nways-hearing,\n\nchanting and so forth.\nTEXT 63\n\nfi{!Sf-�t'll!� �t1f <;�t�fi!§f1111il I\n�t� �?ft� �·' �t� it1f �'I II �� II\nnija-guQe tabe hare dehendriya-mana\naiche krpalu kr�Qa, aiche tailra guQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nnija-guQe-by transcendental qualities; tabe-then ; hare-attracts; deha-indriya-mana-the body, senses and mind; aiche-in that way; krpalu kr�Qa-merciful Kr�t:Ja; aiche-in that way; tar'lra-His; guQa-transcendental qualities.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the devotee is freed from all sinful material activities, Kr�r:Ja attracts\nhis body, mind and senses to His service. Thus Kr�r:Ja is very merciful, and His\ntranscendental qualities are very attractive.\n\n", "mad9#p0144": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n114\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 64\n\n�� 11J.��t� �t�t�, �t'l �t1l ��t1l � I\n'��'·-ft\"'f1l �� ��J <ti�( \"'!lf'l II �8 II\ncari puru�artha chac;Jaya, guQe hare sabara mana\n'hari'-sabdera ei mukhya kahilun lak�al)a\nSYNONYMS\ncari puru�a-artha-the four kinds of so-called goals of life; chac;Jaya-causes to\ngive up; guQe-by the transcendental qualities; hare -attracts; sabara mana.\n\neveryone's mind; hari-hari; sabdera-of the word; ei-this; mukhya-chief;\nkahi/un-1 have explained; /ak�al)a-the symptoms.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When one's mind, senses and body are attracted to the transcendental\nqualities of Hari, one gives up the four principles of material success. Thus I\nhave explained the chief meanings of the word hari.\nPURPORT\nThe four principles of material success are (1) religious performance,\n(2) economic development, (3) sense gratification and (4) liberation, or merging\nin the impersonal effulgence of Brahman. These things do not interest the devotee.\nTEXT 65\n\n'�f�', l� XI\"\" �;!ttl;! '��311' �� I\n� �4 \"it'Stt�t�l, <;�� �� �� II �<t II\n\n'�'\n\n'ca' 'api', dui sabda tate 'avyaya' haya\nyei artha lagaiye, sei artha haya\nSYNONYMS\nca-ca; api-api; dui-two; sabda-words; tate-in that way; avyaya-indeclinable words; haya-are; yei-whatever; artha-meaning; /agaiye-they\nwant to use; sei-that; artha-meaning; haya\n\n-\n\ncan be used.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the conjunction ca [and] and the adverb api [although] are added to\nthis verse, the verse can assume whatever meaning one wants to give it.\n\n", "mad9#p0145": "Text 68]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n115\n\nTEXT 66\n\nl:!tt't� i-�11'11 <fit� IJ.__�J �� �t� II �� II\ntathapi ca-karera kahe mukhya artha sata\nSYNONYMS\ntathapi-still; ca-karera-of the word ca; kahe-it is said; mukhya-chief;\nartha-meanings; sata-seven.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word ca can be explained in seven ways.\nTEXT 67\n\n'5l�m� 'f'lli�tt�r�.c'l1t�:'l1ic� '5 'flJ._liG�� 1\n'l�nK� \\!iQ{1 9ftif��r.<f�'1J�'l1��'1 II �� II\ncanvacaye samahare\n'nyo 'nyarthe ca samuccaye\nyatnantare tatha padaparaf)e 'py avadharaf)e\nS.YNONYMS\nca-this word ca; anvacaye-in connecting one with another; samahare-in\nthe sense of aggregation; anyo 'nya-arthe-to help one another in the imports;\nca-the word ca; samuccaye-in aggregate understanding; yatna-antare-in\nanother effort; tatha-as well as; pada-paraf)e-in completing the verse; apiaiso; avadharaf)e-in the sense of certainty.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The word ca [and] is used to connect a word or sentence with a previous\nword or sentence, to give the sense of aggregation, to assist the meaning, to\ngive a collective understanding, to suggest another effort or exertion, or to\nfulfill the meter of a verse. It is also used in the sense of certainty.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Visva-prakasa dictionary.\nTEXT 68\n\n�\"Pt--tt\"'f ll_� ���ti! ��Jti! II �lr II\n\n", "mad9#p0146": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n116\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\napi-sabde mukhya artha sata vikhyata\nSYNONYMS\napi-sabde-by the word api; mukhya-chief; artha-meanings; sata-seven;\nvikhyata-celebrated.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are seven chief meanings of the word api. They are as follows.\nTEXT 69\n\n'!Tf9f 'l:§t<f'11- ��·\"t�1-51�1-'l�06l:� I\n�QJ1 �'&<>flftl:�'L <r.t11st�f<ll'�l� S II �� II\n\napi sambhavana-prasnasanka-garha-samuccaye\ntatha yukta-padarthe?U\nkama-cara-kriyasu ca\nSYNONYMS\napi-the\n\nword api;\n\nsambhavana-possibility;\n\nprasna-question;\n\nsanka­\n\ndoubt; garha-censure or abuse; samuccaye-aggregation; tatha-as well as;\nyukta-pada-arthe?u-the appropriate application of things; kama-cara-kriyasuof extravagance; ca-and.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The word api is used in the sense of possibility, question, doubt, censure,\naggregation, appropriate application of things, and extravagance.'\nPURPORT\nThis is another quotation from the Visva-prakasa.\nTEXT 70\n\n�� i!' ��w-t �tlif1f �*filc(111\n�� OO�t(�fif, �� � a,t$.{ II 'I\nei ta' ekadasa padera artha-nirf)aya\nebe s/okartha kari, yatha ye lagaya\n\no\n\nII\n\n", "mad9#p0147": "Explanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nText 72]\n\n117\n\nSYNONYMS\nei ta'-this; ekadasa-eleven; padera-of the words; artha-nirf.laya-demonstration of import; ebe-now; 5/oka-artha-the total meaning of the verse;\nkari-let Me do; yatha-as much as; ye-which; /agaya-applicable.\nTRANSlATION\n\"I have now described the different meanings of the eleven separate words.\nNow let Me give the complete meaning of the sloka, as it is applied in\ndifferent places.\nTEXT 71\n\n'�' -tt� ��-'!'t ���� I\n�� �'!(� <fiRt' iltflt �t� � II '\\ � II\n'brahma' sabdera artha-tattva sarva-brhattama\nsvarupa aisvarya kari' nahi yarira sama\nSYNONYMS\nbrahma-brahma; sabdera artha-the meaning of the word; tattva-the truth;\n·sarva-brhat-tama-summum bonum among the relative truths; sva-rupa-the\noriginal\n\nidentity;\n\naisvarya-opulence;\n\nkari'-accepting;\n\nnahi-not;\n\nyarira­\n\nwhose; sama-equal\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word brahma indicates the summum bonum, the Absolute Truth,\nwhich is greater than all other truths. It is the original identity, and there can\nbe no truth equal to that Absolute Truth.\nTEXT 72\n\n���t'i_�'-�¢f�t56 \\!ilf,31'5fi <>f�Pl� f<l�: I\n\\!ih <i�C� '!��\"I c<!tf5tfD{gJtf<r<l'llPf'1, II 'I� II\n'\n\nbrhattvad brmhaf.!atvac ca\ntad brahma paramaril viduh\ntasmai namas te sarvatman\nyogi-cintyavikaravat\nSYNONYMS\nbrhattvat-because of being all-pervasive; brmhaf.Jatvat-because of increasing\nunlimitedly; ca-and; tat-that; brahma-Absolute Truth; paramam-the\n\n", "mad9#p0148": "118\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nultimate; vidub-they know; tasmai-unto Him; namab-obeisances; te-unto\nYou; sarva-atman-the Supreme Soul; yogi-cintya-appreciable by great yogis;\navikara-vat-without change.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'I offer my respectful obeisances to the Absolute Truth, the summum\nbonum. He is the all-pervasive, all-increasing subject matter for the great\nyogis. He is changeless, and He is the soul of all.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Vi?QU Pural)a (1.12.5 7).\nTEXT 73\n\n� ��-����-��I\n'fil�11-��, llt� R�1 �t� 'tilt� II 'l-!) II\nsei brahma-sabde kahe svayam-bhagavan\nadvitiya-jfiana, yariha vina nahi ana\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; brahma-brahma; sabde-by the word; kahe-it is said; svayambhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; advitiya-jfiana-the supreme\none, without duality; yariha-which; vina-without; nahi ana-there is nothing\nelse.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The proper meaning of the word brahma is the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, who is one without a second and without whom nothing exists.\nTEXT 74\n\n<l\"lff� ���f�if��� <!� �t0\\11�11\"\\.. I\n....\n\n3lf.'ifif� 9f�1!tr.�f� \"5�1�tf'll� \"i\"�fJr.� II �8 II\nvadanti tat tattva-vidas\ntattvam yaj jfianam advayam\nbrahmeti paramatmeti\nbhagavan iti sabdyate\n\n", "mad9#p0149": "Explanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nText 76]\n\n119\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nvadanti-they say; tat-that; tattva-vidah-learned souls; tattvam-the Ab­\n\nsolute Truth; yat-which; jrianam-knowledge; advayam-nondual; brahmaBrahman; iti-thus; paramatma-Paramatma; iti-thus; bhagavan-Bhagavan;\niti-thus; sabdyate-is known.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Learned transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth say that it is\nnondual knowledge and is called impersonal Brahman, localized Paramatma\nand the Personality of Godhead.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.11 ). For an explanation, see\n\nAdi-lila (2.11).\n\nTEXT 75\n\n� �'flt·�.. ��-'151��·�$11-t I\n�i{�t� �'!J fit�--ttm·<2111t'ln 'l<t 11\nsei advaya-tattva kr?IJa-svayaril-bhagavan\n\ntina-kale satya tinho-sastra-pramal)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei-that;\n\nadvaya-tattva-Absolute Truth without a second;\n\nkr?IJa-Lord\n\nKr?r)a; svayam-bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tina-kale-in\n\nthree phases of time (p ast, present and future); satya-truth; tinho-He; sastraprama(la-the verdict of all Vedic literature.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"That Absolute Truth without a second is Lord Kr�r;�a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is the supreme truth in the past, present and future.\nThat is the evidence of all revealed scriptures.\nTEXT 76\n\n��r:\"It\"<tt1lr�r<tto:r �i'll't�� 'lif'!�9f\"ll{. 1\n9f\"5trr�� <i\"Cif'!ili6 cm�<tf'otc�J� c'!t��J�l{. 11 \"� 11\naham evasam evagre\n\nnanyad yat sad-asat-param\n\n", "mad9#p0150": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n120\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\npa5cad aharh yad etac ca\n\nyo 'vasi�yeta so 'smy aham\nSYNONYMS\n\naham-1, the Personality of Godhead; eva-certainly; asam-existed; eva­\n\nonly; agre-before the creation; na-never; anyat-anything else; yat-which;\n\nsat-the effect; asat-the cause; param-the supreme; pa5cat-af ter; aham-1,\n\nthe Personality of Godhead; yat-which; etat-this creation; ca-also; yah­\n\nwho; avasi�yeta-remains; sah-that; asmi-am; aham-1, the Personality of\nGodhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Prior to the cosmic creation, only I exist, and no phenomena exist, either\ngross, subtle or primordial. After creation, only I exist in everything, and after\nannihilation only I remain eternally.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.9.32). For an explanation see\n\nAdi-lila (1.5 3).\n\nTEXT 77\n\n'�t11'·-tt\"ff �t� �� �-.:llf�� I\n\n���.,s, �<�t�, ��11��� ll 99 ll\n'atma'-sabde kahe kmJa brhattva-svarupa\n\nsarva-vyapaka, sarva-sak?i, parama-svarupa\nSYNONYMS\natma-atma; sabde-by the word; kahe-it is said; kr�Qa-the Supreme Lord\nKr?r:ta;\n\nbrhattva-the greatest of all;\n\nsva-rapa -identity;\n\nsarva-vyapaka-all­\n\npervasive; sarva-sak�i-the witness of all; parama-svarupa-the supreme form.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"The word atma [self] indicates the highest truth, Kr�1,1a. He is the allpervasive witness of all, and He is the supreme form.\nTEXT 78\n\n'5ft���to6 �1W�1fft�1 f� 9f·�rc'I!i �f�: 11 'Hr 11\n\n", "mad9#p0151": "Explanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nText 80]\n\n121\n\natatatvac ca matrtvad\n\natma hi paramo harif)\nSYNONYMS\n\natatatvat-due to being all-pervading; ca-and; matrtvat-due to being the\nprogenitor;\n\natma-the\n\nsoul;\n\nhi-certainly;\n\nparamaf)-supreme;\n\nharif)-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Hari, the Personality of Godhead, is the all-pervasive original source of\neverything; He is therefore the Supersoul of everything.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from the Bhavartha-dipika, Srrdhara SvamT's commentary on\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nTEXT 79\n\n�� ��i2itf�-(;�1_ fui�lf '�tlfil' I\natil, �t'$f, 'e�,-��� ��� il'lfi'i II '\\� II\nsei kr?Qa-prapti-hetu trividha 'sadhana'\n\njfiana, yoga, bhakti,-tinera prthak /ak?aQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei-those; kr?Qa-prapti-of achieving the lotus feet of Kr�t:�a; hetu-causes;\n\ntri-vidha sadhana-the three kinds of execution; jfiana-knowledge; yoga­\n\nmystic yoga practice; bhakti-and devotional service; tinera-of these three;\nprthak /ak?aQ a-the symptoms are different.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are three ways to attain the lotus feet of the Absolute Truth, Kr��a.\nThere is the process of philosophical speculation, the practice of mystic yoga\nand the execution of devotional service. Each of these has its different characteristics.\nTEXT 80\n\n� �� ��if.. fi!il \"5f�� 'e� I\n�' �1f1111, �'$f<t�,-fi!i�lf ��tt-f lllr'o II\n\n", "mad9#p0152": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n122\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\ntina sadhane bhagavan tina svarupe bhase\nbrahma, paramatma, bhagavatta, -trividha prakase\nSYNONYMS\ntina sadhane-by these three different processes; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\ntina-three;\n\nsva-rape-in identities;\n\nbhase-appears;\n\nbrahma-the impersonal feature; paramatma-the localized feature; bhagavatta-and the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\ntrividha prakase-three\n\nmanifestations.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Absolute Truth is the same, but according to the process by which\none understands Him, He appears in three forms-as Brahman, Paramatma,\nand Bhagavan, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 81\n\n�l'f� \\!i\\Sq�l'f��� ��'�l\"l\"ll��\"{. I\n3:{\"C'ifff\\!i 9f�\"lltl:llilf\\!i i55l<ttfolf\\!i ..f�Jl:\\!i II IT� II\n-\n\nvadanti tat tattva-vidas\ntattvarh yaj jfianam advayam\nbrahmeti paramatmeti\nbhagavan iti sabdyate\nSYNONYMS\nvadanti-they say; tat-that; tattva-vidah-learned souls; tattvam-the Absolute Truth; yat-which; jfianam-knowledge; advayam-nondual; brahmaBrahman; iti-thus; paramatma-Paramatma; iti-thus; bhagavan-Bhagavan;\niti-thus; sabdyate-is known.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Learned transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth say that it is\nnondual knowledge and is called impersonal Brahman, localized Paramatma\nand the Personality of Godhead.'\nTEXT 82\n\n'�·�tlll'·llft<w �fW �t�C� <!�!HI I\n'fl ��c;�' filf<ltllf� ���tift <II� II lr� II\n\n", "mad9#p0153": "Text 84]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n123\n\n'brahma-atma'-sabde yadi kr�Qere kahaya\n'ruc;lhi-vrttye' nirvise�a antaryami kaya\nSYNONYMS\nbrahma-atma-brahma and atma; sabde-by these words; yadi-if; kr�f)ere\nkahaya-Kr�l)a is indicated; ruc;lhi-vrttye-by the direct meaning; nirvise�a-impersonal; antaryami-the Supersoul; kaya-is said.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although the words brahma and atma indicate Kr�r:Ja, their direct meaning\nrefers only to the impersonal Brahman and the Supersoul.\nTEXT 83\n\naltillftt'Sf-re.��-i3'fi �ttllt I\n�'511ft'Sf-�fi{-'l5f�f;?ftl! <e1� II tr� II\njiiana-marge-nirvise�a-brahma prakase\nyoga-marge-antaryami-svarupete bhase\nSYNONYMS\njiiana-marge-the process of philosophical speculation; nirvise�a-brahma-the\nimpersonal Brahman effulgence; prakase-becomes manifest; yoga-marge-by\npracticing mystic yoga; antaryami-svarupete-in the localized aspect, Supersoul;\nbhase-appears.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If one follows the path of philosophical speculation, the Absolute Truth\nmanifests Himself as impersonal Brahman, and if one follows the path of\nmystic yoga, He manifests Himself as the Supersoul.\nTEXT 84\n\n�'$fer.Rf�� u tl�?t I\n\n'�11�·'e'$f�,,, oe�-.-�<ri\"M f�?t II tr8 II\nraga-bhakti-vidhi-bhakti haya dui-rupa\n'svayarh-bhagavattve', bhagava ttve-prakasa dvi-rupa\nSYNONYMS\nraga-bhakti-spontaneous devotional service; vidhi-bhakti-regulative devotional service; haya-are; dui-rupa-the two kinds of devotional service; svayam-\n\n", "mad9#p0154": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n124\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nbhagavattve-in the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhagavattve-and in His\npersonal expansion; prakasa dvi-ru pa-the two kinds of manifestation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are two kinds of devotional activity-spontaneous and regulative.\nBy spontaneous devotional service, one attains the original Personality of\nGodhead, Kr�r:Ja, and by the regulative process one attains the expansion of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 85\n\n��J l3t� ���-���m;� 9ft� \" �r� \"\nraga-bhaktye vraje svayarh-bhagavane paya\nSYNONYMS\nraga-bhaktye-by the discharge of spontaneous devotional service; vraje-in\nVrndavana; svayam-Himself; bhagavane-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\npaya-one gets.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By executing spontaneous devotional service in Vrndavana, one attains the\noriginal Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 86\n\nO{t�� ��tC\"f1 'S'if'l'tot Clf�O{t\\ C'iffPr�t�'!i: I\n�rforOJtlllf'iU'¥�r·n� �\"<�1 ����rf11� 11 �r� 11\nnayarh sukhapo bhagavan\ndehinarh gopika-suta/:1\njfianinarh catma-bhOtanarh\nyatha bhaktimatam iha\nSYNONYMS\nna-not; ayam-this Lord Sri Kr��a; sukha-apa/:1-easily available; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; dehinam-for materialistic persons who\nhave accepted the body as the self; gopika-suta/:1-the son of mother Yasoda;\njfianinam-for\n\npersons\n\naddicted\n\nto\n\nmental\n\nspeculation;\n\nca-and;\n\natma­\n\nbhOtanam-for persons performing severe austerities and penances; yatha-as;\nbhakti-matam-for persons engaged in spontaneous devotional service; iha-in\nthis world.\n\n", "mad9#p0155": "Explanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nText 88]\n\n125\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r:ea, the son of mother Yasoda,\nis accessible to those devotees engaged in spontaneous loving service, but He\nis not as easily accessible to mental speculators, to those striving for selfrealization by severe austerities and penances, or to those who consider the\nbody the same as the self.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1 0.9.21) is spoken by Srila Sukadeva\n\nGosvami. It concerns the statement about Kr�r:ta's being subjugated by the gopis\nand thus glorifying them.\nTEXT 87\n\n�f�•J ��t�t� '�tcb� � II lr'l II\nvidhi-bhaktye par$ada-dehe vaikuQthete yaya\nSYNONYMS\nvidhi-bhaktye-by executing regulative devotional service; par$ada-dehe-in\n\nthe form of an associate of the Lord; vaikuQthete yaya-one achieves the\nVaikur:t�ha planets.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By executing regulative devotional service, one becomes an associate of\nNarayar:ea and attains the Vaikur:ethalokas, the spiritual planets in the spiritual\nsky.\nTEXT 88\n\n�\"66 ���TRRI1f11J1f���n\nlf_Cif-�l{j � ?f� 0{: .,�9)���<11: I\n...\n\n�S'(P!Q(: �lj-•t1j: �Q(·rt��t�C<I�<IJ<!l\"''f�\"'�11_\"1�1�'i!>l'f1: a 1r1r n\nyac ca vrajanty animi$am [$abhanuvrttya\n\ndure-yama hy upari na/:1 sprhaQiya-sila/:1\n\nbhartur mitha/:1 suyasasa/:1 kathananuragavaiklavya-ba$pa-kalaya pu/akikrtariga/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nyat-which; ca-also; vrajanti-go; animi$iim-of the demigods;\n\n[$abha­\n\nanuvrttya-by practicing the best means of spiritual life; dare-keeping at a distance; yama/:1-the regulative principles; hi-certainly; upari-above; na/:1-our;\n\n", "mad9#p0156": "126\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nsprhaQiya-sila/:1-decorated with desirable qualities; bhartu/:1-of the master;\n\nmitha/:1-mutually; su-yasasa/:1-who has all transcendental qualities; kathanaanuraga-attracted to. discussions; vaik/avya-transformation; ba?pa-kalaya­\n\nwith tears in the eyes; pu/akikrta-jubilation; ariga/:1-bodily limbs.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'Those who discuss the activities of Lord Kt�r:ta are on the highest platform of devotional life, and they evince the symptoms of tears in the eyes and\nbodily jubilation. Such persons discharge devotional service to Kt�r:ta without\npracticing the rules and regulations of the mystic yoga system. They possess\nall spiritual qualities, and they are elevated to the Vaikur:ttha planets, which\nexist above us.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.15.25). In this verse Lord Brahma\n\nis speaking to all the demigods, who feared the two asuras in Diti's womb. Lord\nBrahma described the Kumaras' visit to Vaikut:�tha, and this was again explained\n\nby Maitreya, the friend of Vyasadeva, when he gave instructions to Vidura.\nTEXT 89\n\n�� �'PftJI� �� fiJi�� \\2J<fit1l I\n<fil<fi\"tll, '1f1-.<fi\"tll, �� 'fil111 II \\r� II\nsei upasaka haya trividha prakara\n\nakama, mok?a-kama, sarva-kama ara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei upasaka-those devotees; haya-are; tri-vidha prakara-three varieties;\n\nakama-without material desires; mok?a-kama-desiring to become liberated;\n\nsarva-kama-filled with all material desires; ara-and.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"The devotees are divided into three categories-akama [desireless],\nmok�a-kama [desiring liberation], and sarva-kama [desiring material perfection].\nTEXT 90\n\n'31�>1�: 11�<rric�1 <tl c�i'1'f<t>i� �wnl(l: 1\n\n\"!>'1�•1 -sf'�l:�il:'>IO! �l:�\\!> 1_l!'\"!l� <>j�' II 01\n\n•\n\nII\n\n", "mad9#p0157": "Text 91]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n127\n\nakama/:1 sarva-kamo va\n\nmok?a-kama udara-dhi/:1\n\ntivref)a bhakti-yogena\n\nyajeta puru?aril param\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nakama/:1-without material desires; sarva-kama/:1-full of all material desires;\n\nva-or; mok?a-kama/:1-desiring liberation; udara-dhi/:1-sincere and advanced in\n\ndevotional service; tivreQa-fi rm; bhakti-yogena-by the practice of bhaktiyoga; yajeta-should worship; puru?am param-the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'One who is actually intelligent, although he may be a devotee free from\nmaterial desires, a karmi desiring all kinds of material facilities, or a jiiani\ndesiring liberation, should seriously engage in bhakti-yoga for the satisfaction\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead.'\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.3.1 0).\nTEXT 91\n\n�fi{_-�r;�-�� '��t��' �11 I\nf�·�t� �f� t;!r;� ?t�r;1l ��1111 Cil�\"\nbuddhiman-arthe-yadi 'vicara-jna' haya\nnija-kama lagiha tabe kr?Qere bhajaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nbuddhiman-arthe-by the meaning of intelligent; yadi-if; vicara-jna-expert\n\nin scrutinizing things; haya-is; nija-kama lagiha-even for sense gratification;\ntabe-then; kr?Qere bhajana-worships Lord Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"The meaning of the word udara-dhi� is buddhiman-intelligent or considerate. Because of this, even for one's own sense gratification one engages in\nthe devotional service of Lord Kr�r;�a.\n\n", "mad9#p0158": "128\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 92\n\n�� R'l '�1i{ �1'fi{ tlfti! i{t� � I\n�<f � (';�1l �f� �� �<f\"f II �� II\nbhakti vinu kana sadhana dite nare pha/a\nsaba phala deya bhakti svatantra prabala\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhakti vinu-without devotional service; kana-some; sadhana-practice for\nperfection; dite-to give; nare-not able; pha/a-any result; saba phala-all the\nresults of different processes;\n\ndeya-give;\n\nbhakti-devotional service; sva­\n\ntantra-independent; praba/a-and powerful.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The other processes cannot yield results unless they are associated with\ndevotional service. Devotional service, however, is so strong and independent\nthat it can give one all the desired results.\nTEXT 93\n\n<fil'ft�i{·ift1l 'fi!;m �� I\n'fili!�<l !{Rf � <{�'tit� II �� II\naja-gala-stana-nyaya anya sadhana\nataeva hari bhaje buddhiman jana\nSYNONYMS\n\naja-gala-stana-nyaya-like the nipples on the neck of a goat; anya-other;\nsadhana-execution of spiritual life; ataeva-therefore; hari-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhaje-one worships; buddhiman jana-the intelligent person.\nTRANSLATION\n\"With the exception of devotional service, all the methods of selfrealization are like nipples on the neck of a goat. An intelligent person adopts\nonly devotional service, giving up all other processes of self-realization.\nPURPORT\n\nWithout devotional service, other methods for self-realization and spiritual life\nare useless. Other methods cannot produce good results at any time, and\ntherefore they are compared to the nipples on the neck of a goat. These nipples\n\n", "mad9#p0159": "Text 94]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n129\n\ncannot produce milk, although it may appear that they can. An unintelligent person cannot understand that only devotional service can elevate one to the transcendental position.\n\nTEXT 94\n\ns�f<l-11 ��K� 'Ilt� �01t: ��r�r'lt�('\" 1\n\"!!\"tC�1 f������l� �t01'l S iil�\\!i�� II �8 II\ncatur-vidha bhajante marh\njana/:r sukrtino 'rjuna\narto jijnasur artharthi\njnani ca bharatar�abha\n\nSYNONYMS\ncatu/:r-vidha/:r-four kinds; bhajante-worship; mam-Me; jana/:r-persons;\nsukrtina/:r -who have obeyed the principles of human life or the regulative principles of varQa and a.Srama; arjuna-0 Arjuna; arta/:r-the distressed; jijnasu/:r-the\ninquisitive; artha-arthi-one in need of money; jnani-one pursuing knowledge;\nca-also; bharata-r�abha-0 best of the Bharata dynasty.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 best among the Bharatas [Arjuna], four kinds of pious men render\n\ndevotional service unto Me-the distressed, the desirer of wealth, the inquisitive, and he who is searching for knowledge of the Absolute.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Bhagavad-gita (7.16). The word sukrtina/:r is very important in this verse. Su means \"auspicious,\" and krti means \"meritorious\" or\n\"regulated.\" Unless one follows the regulative principles of religious life, human\nlife is no different from animal life. Religious life means following the principles of\nvarQa and a.Srama. In the Vi�QU PuraQa it is said:\nvarQasramacaravata\npusu�eQa para/:r puman\nVi�QUr aradhyate pantha\nnanyat tat-to�a-karaf)am\nAccording to religious life, society is divided into four social divisions- brahmaQa,\nk�atriya, vaisya and siidra-and four spiritual divisions- brahmacarya, grhastha,\nvanaprastha and sannyasa. One needs to be trained to become a brahmaQa,\nk�atriya, vaisya or siidra, just as one is trained to become an engineer, doctor or\nlawyer. Those who are properly trained can be considered human beings; if one is\n\n", "mad9#p0160": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n130\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nnot trained socially and spiritually-that is, if one is uneducated and unregulated-his life is on the animal platform. Among animals there is no question of\nspiritual advancement. Spiritual life can be attained by proper training-either by\nfollowing the principles of varl)a and asrama or by being directly trained in the\nbhakti school by the methods of sraval)arh kirtanarh vi�I)OQ smaral)arh padasevanam/arcanarh vandanarh dasyarh sakhyam atma-nivedanam. Without being\n\ntrained, one cannot be sukrU. auspicious. In this verse Kr�r:'la says that people approach Him when in distress, in need of money or when actually inquisitive to understand the Supreme Being or the original source of everything. Some people approach Him in the pursuit of knowledge of the Absolute Truth, and others approach Him when they are distressed, like the devotee Gajendra. Others are inquisitive, like the great sages headed by Sanaka, and others need money, like\nDhruva Maharaja. Sukadeva GosvamT approached the Lord when he pursued\nknowledge. All these great personalities thus took to the devotional service of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�l)a.\nTEXT 95\n\n�1�, �(1�,-� �Ptl�-f��t� �f'l I\n\n��t�, e�Jt�,-�� '�\"'i�1� �filii iM II\narta, artharthi, -dui sakama-bhitare gal)i\njijriasu, jriani, -dui mok?a-kama mani\n\nSYNONYMS\narta-distressed; artha-arthi-desirous of money; dui-two persons; sakamabhitare-in the division of material activities; gal)i-we consider; jijriasu-inquisi­\n\ntive; jriani-pursuing knowledge; dui -two; mok?a-kama-transcendentalists\npursuing spiritual knowledge for liberation; mani-l consider.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Materialistic devotees take to devotional service and worship Kr��a when\nthey are distressed or in need of money. Those who are actually inquisitive to\nunderstand the supreme source of everything and those who are in search of\nknowledge are called transcendentalists, for they desire liberation from all\nmaterial contamination.\nTEXT 96\n\n�� �1� �?f! �Hl \";J�t�t�J�ti{.l\n�e,��tfw litf�' � ����1Ttil, II �� II\n\n", "mad9#p0161": "Text 98]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n131\n\nei cari sukrti haya maha-bhagyavan\ntat-tat-kamadi chac;fi' haya suddha-bhaktiman\nSYNONYMS\nei cari-these four persons; sukrti-pious men; haya-are; maha-bhagyavanhighly fortunate; tat-tat-those respective; kama-adi-aspirations; chac;fi'-giving\nup; haya-become; suddha-bhaktiman-pure devotees.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because they have a pious background, all four types of people are to be\nconsidered greatly fortunate. Such people gradually give up material desires\nand become pure devotees.\nTEXT 97\n\n�t'!_�-\"t� f<f-llil1 \"f�� \"t9fHI I\n<11t1ftffl '�:�' fit�' \\S�':e� 9ft� II �9 II\nsadhu-sanga-krpa kimva kmJera krpaya\nkamadi 'du/:lsanga' chac;fi' suddha-bhakti paya\nSYNONYMS\nsadhu-sanga-krpa-by the mercy of association with devotees; kimva-or;\nkr�f)era krpaya-by the mercy of Kr?�a; kama-adi-material desires and so on;\ndu/:lsanga-unwanted association; chac;fi'-giving up; suddha-bhakti paya-one\nobtains the platform of pure devotional life.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One is elevated to the platform of devotional life by the mercy of a\nVai�r;�ava, the bona fide spiritual master, and by the special mercy of K��r:'la.\nOn that platform, one gives up all material desires and the association of unwanted people. Thus one is elevated to the platform of pure devotional service.\nTEXT 98\n\n�\"l'Jft�:_g.-1i);:'l?:'Jfl �t�� C<�t�i!�?:\\!> �q: I\n<t>.l'.5riit<1� <!?:\"11 <r� 1!�'ft<fcfJ c�t5<1'{. 11 <:-17 11\nsat-sangan mukta-du/:lsango\nhaturh notsahate budha/:1\n\n", "mad9#p0162": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n132\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nkirtyamanarh yaso yasya\n\nsakrd ak a rQya rocana m\nSYNONYMS\n\nsat-sangat-by the association of pure devotees; mukta-freed; du/:lsailga/:1-\n\nthe association of materialistic persons; hatum-to give up; na-not; utsahate-is\n\nable;\n\nbudha/:1-one who is actually learned;\n\nkirtyamanam-being glorified;\n\nyasa/:1-the glories; yasya-of whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead);\n\nsakrt-once; akarQya-hearing; rocanam-very pleasing.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'The intelligent, who have understood the Supreme Lord in the association of pure devotees and have become free from bad materialistic association, can never avoid hearing the glories of the Lord, even though they have\nheard them only once.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.1 0.11 ) . All the members of the Kuru\n\ndynasty offered respects when Kr�r:Ja was leaving Hastinapura after the Battle of\n\nKuruk�etra. Kr�l)a was going to His own kingdom, and all the members of the Kuru\n\ndynasty were overwhelmed by His departure. This verse was spoken in that connection by Sukadeva Gosvami. A pure devotee becomes attached to Kr�r:Ja by\n\nhearing the Lord's glories. The Lord's glories and the Lord Himself are identical.\n\nOne has to be qualified to understand this Absolute Truth; therefore one should\n\nbe given a chance to associate with a pure devotee. Our Kr�l)a consciousness\n\nmovement is meant for this purpose. We want to create pure devotees so that\n\nother people will benefit by their association. In this way the number of pure\ndevotees increases. Professional preachers cannot create pure devotees. There\n\nare many professional preachers of Srimad-Bhagavatam who read this work to\nearn their livelihood. However, they cannot convert materialistic people to devo­\n\ntional service. Only a pure devotee can convert others to pure devotional service.\n\nIt is therefore important for all the preachers in our Kr�r:Ja consciousness move­\n\nment to first become pure devotees and follow the regulative principles,\n\nrefraining from illicit sex, meat-eating, gambling and intoxication. They should\nregularly chant the Hare Kr�l)a maha-mantra on their beads, follow the devotional\n\nprocess, rise early in the morning, attend mailgala-arati and recite Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam and Bhagavad-gita regularly. In this way, one can become purified\n\n'and free from all material contamination.\n\nsarvopadhi-vinirmuktarh\ntat-paratvena nirmala m\n\n", "mad9#p0163": "Text 100]\n\n133\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nhr$ikeQa hr$ikesasevanarh bhaktir ucyate\n(Narada-pancaratra)\nTo make a show of devotional service will not help one. One must be a pure\ndevotee following the devotional process; then one can convert others to devotional service. SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu practiced devotional service and\npreached (apani acari' bhakti karila pracara). If a preacher behaves properly in\ndevotional service, he will be able to convert others. Otherwise, his preaching will\nhave no effect.\nTEXT 99\n\n'�=�tr' <tif�11-'C<fii!�', '�111��il1' I\n�' ?��� �'i. �iJJ <fit�il111 ;:;e;, II\n'du/:lsanga' kahiye-'kaitava', 'atma-vancana'\nkr$Qa, kr$Qa-bhakti vinu anya kamana\nSYNONYMS\n\ndu/:lsanga-bad, unwanted association;\n\nkahiye-1 say;\n\nkaitava -cheating;\n\natma-vancana -cheating oneself; kr$Qa -Lord Kf�l}a; kr$Qa-bhakti -devotional\nservice to Kf�l}a; vinu-without; any a\n\n-\n\nother; kamana -desires.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Cheating oneself and cheating others is called kaitava. Associating with\ncheaters is called du�sanga, bad association. Those who desire things other\nthan Kr�r;�a's service are also called du�sanga, bad association.\nTEXT 100\n\n�'il: c titf�!'!i-C�\\!K<lt�w 9f�r�n f<1��'l�t<1t� 'l�t�\nC<l�� <li�<l'l\\Jf <l� f'cfqif� �t9fi11C�1'JI,<'�01\"{_ I\n.!ll�lil!t't<lr� 'Il�t�rOI'wr� r��<l1 9fbnil1�:\n'lC�I ����<:fTC��� Wf\"!i�: ��l}r���'ll' 11\" II�\n\no o\n\nII\n\ndharma/:! projjhita-kaitavo 'tra paramo nirmatsaral)aril satarh\nvedyarh vastavam atra vastu sivadarh tapa-trayonmulanam\nsrimad-bhagavate mahamuni-krte kim va parair isvara/:1\nsadyo hrdy avarudhyate 'tra krtibhi/:f SUSrU$Ubhis tat-k$ai)Jt\n\n", "mad9#p0164": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n134\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nSYNONYMS\ndharmab-religiosity; projjhita-completely rejected; kaitavab-in which frui­\n\ntive intention; atra-herein; paramab-the highest; nirmatsara(lam-of the fully\n\npure in heart; satam-devotees; vedyam-to be understood; vastavam-factual;\natra-herein;\n\nvastu-substance;\n\nsiva-dam-giving well-being;\n\ntapa-traya-of\n\nthreefold miseries; unma/anam-causing uprooting; srimat-beautiful; bhagavate-in the Bhagavata Pura(la; maha-muni-by the great sage (Vyasadeva);\n\nkrte-compiled; kim-what;\n\nva-indeed; paraib-with others; isvarab-the\n\nSupreme Lord; sadyab-at once; hrdi-within the heart; avarudhyate-becomes\nconfined; atra-herein; krtibhib-by pious men; susr0$ubhib-desiring to hear;\n\ntat-k$a(lat-without delay.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The\n\ngreat\n\nscripture\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nVyasadeva from four original verses,\n\ncompiled\n\nby\n\nMahamuni\n\ndescribes the most elevated and\n\nkindhearted devotees and completely rejects the cheating ways of materially\nmotivated religiosity. It propounds the highest principle of eternal religion,\nwhich can factually mitigate the threefold miseries of a living being and award\nthe highest benediction of full prosperity and knowledge. Those willing to\nhear the message of this scripture in a submissive attitude of service can at\nonce capture the Supreme Lord in their hearts. Therefore there is no need for\nany scripture other than Srimad-Bhagavatam.'\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.1.2). For an explanation see also\n\nAdi-lila (1.91 l.\n\nTEXT 101\n\n'12!'·-tt�- c;m•�t�1 C<l'l\\!i���till\n\nt11� (;tftt<l'l ����tift <fi\"Rrnttlii' �ut�ti{ II � � II\no\n\n'pra'-sabde -mok$a-vaficha kaitava-pradhana\n\nei sloke sridhara-svami kariyachena vyakhyana\n\nSYNONYMS\npra-sabde-by the affix pra; mok$a-vaficha-the desire for being liberated;\n\nkaitava-pradhana-first-class cheating; ei 5/oke-in this verse; sridhara-svami­\n\nthe great commentator Sridhara Svami; kariyachena-has made; vyakhyana-ex­\n\nplanation.\n\n", "mad9#p0165": "Text 103]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n135\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The prefix pra in the word projjhita specifically refers to those desiring\nliberation or oneness with the Supreme. Such a desire should be understood\nto result from a cheating propensity. The great commentator Sridhara Svami\nhas explained this verse in that way.\nTEXT 102\n\n�<fit�-�t• '��' �f.\\' �t�'\\?��ti{. I\n�-�'I ��i <fit� �� f�t{li{ II � o � II\nsakama-bhakte 'ajfia' jani' dayalu bhagavan\nsva-cara1,1a diya kare icchara pidhana\nSYNONYMS\nsakama-bhakte-to devotees who still have material desires to fulfill; ajfiafoolish; jani'-knowing; daya/u-merciful; bhagavan-Sri Kr�t:Ja; sva-cara1,1a-His\nown lotus feet; diya-giving; kare-does; icchara pidhana-the covering of\nother desires.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the merciful Lord Kr��a understands a devotee's foolish desire for\nmaterial prosperity, He gratefully gives him the shelter of His lotus feet. In this\nway, the Lord covers his undesirable ambitions.\nTEXT 103\nJt\\!J� flf\"f\\!J�r'!i1!Nr�i �'*\n\nC\"!<tttl(clfi \"�' �0111fQr�1 \"T;;e: 1\n��� f<t\"lfC'S �\"Sf<;!;11!f01�\\!i1-\n\nf11�1f9rlf1>1� f0!�9f1lf\"1�<1\"l{_ U ') � II\n•\n\nsatyaril disaty arthitam arthito nwam\nnaivarthado yat punar arthita yatab\nsvayaril vidhatte bhajatam anicchatam\niccha-pidhanaril nija-pada-pallavam\nSYNONYMS\nsatyam-it is true;\n\ndisati-He awards;\n\narthitam-that which is desired;\n\narthitai)-being requested; nwam-by human beings; na-not; eva - certainly;\n\n", "mad9#p0166": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n136\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nartha-da/:1-giving desired things; yat-which; puna/:1-again; arthita-request;\n\nyata/:1-from which; svayam-Himself; vidhatte-He gives; bhajatam-of those\n\nengaged in devotional service; anicchatam-even though not desiring; icchapidhanam-covering all other desires; nija-pada-pallavam-the shelter of His\n\nown lotus feet.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Whenever Kr�r;�a is requested to fulfill one's desire, He undoubtedly does\n\nso, but He does not award anything which, after being enjoyed, will cause\nsomeone to petition Him again and again to fulfill further desires. When one\nhas other desires but engages in the Lord's service, Kr�r;�a forcibly gives one\nshelter at His lotus feet, where one will forget all other desires.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (5.19.26).\nTEXT 104\n\n�t�er, ?�?�i, ��� �t<!t 1\n<.!1 \"f?!til �<!t �t11, � tt� '�' II � o8 II\nsadhu-safiga, kr�rJa-krpa, bhaktira svabhava\ne tine saba chac;Jaya, kare kr�IJe 'bhava'\nSYNONYMS\nsadhu-sariga-the association of devotees; kr�rJa-krpa-the mercy of Lord\n\nKr�r:ta; bhaktira-of devotional service; sva-bhava-nature; e tine-these three;\n\nsaba chac;Jaya-cause one to give up everything else; kare-do; kr�rJe-unto Lord\n\nKr�r:ta; bhava-the loving affairs.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAssociation with a devotee, the mercy of Kr�r;�a, and the nature of devo­\n\ntional service help one to give up all undesirable association and gradually attain elevation to the platform of love of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nThis verse refers to the association of pure devotees, the mercy of Kr�r:ta and\n\nthe rendering of devotional service. All these help one give up the association of\n\nnondevotees and the material opulence awarded by the external energy, maya. A\npure devotee is never attracted by material opulence, for he understands that\n\nwasting time to acquire material opulence is a misuse of the gift of human life. In\n\n", "mad9#p0167": "Text 105]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n137\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam it is said: srama eva hi keva/am. In the eyes of a devotee, politicians, social workers, philanthropists, philosophers and humanitarians are simply\nwasting their time, for human society is not freed from the cycle of birth and\ndeath by their activity and propaganda. These so-called philanthropists, politicians and philosophers have no knowledge because they do not know that there\nis life after death. Understanding that there is life after death is the beginning of\nspiritual knowledge. A person can understand himself and what he is simply by\nunderstanding the first lessons of Bhagavad-gita.\n\ndehino 'smin yatha dehe\n\nkaumararil yauvanaril jara\n\ntatha dehantara-praptir\n\ndhiras tatra na muhyati\n\"As the embodied soul continually passes, in this body, from boyhood to youth to\nold age, the soul similarly passes into another body at death. The self-realized soul\nis not bewildered by such a change.\" (Bg.\n\n2.13)\n\nNot knowing the real science of life one engages in the temporary activities of\nthis life and thus becomes further entangled in the cycle of birth and death. Thus\none always desires material opulence, which can be attained by karma, jnana and\n\nyoga. However, when one is actually elevated to the devotional platform, he\n\ngives up all these desires. This is called anyabhila�ita-sunya. Then one becomes a\npure devotee.\nTEXT 105\n\n�tt'5t � �� C�Gf <IJ't�Jti{ �fifct I\n��tft�AA1f �� <;�� iStt� II � o Q II\nage yata yata artha vyakhyana kariba\nkr?Qa-guQasvadera ei hetu janiba\nSYNONYMS\nage-ahead; yata yata-as many as; artha-meanings; vyakhyana kariba-l\n\nshall explain; kr?Qa-guQa-asvadera-of tasting the transcendental qualities of\nKr�r:Ja; ei-this; hetu-reason; janiba-we shall understand.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this way I shall progressively explain all the words in the verse. It should\nbe understood that all these words are meant to enable one to taste the transcendental quality of Kr��a.\n\n", "mad9#p0168": "138\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 106\n\n�t��Jt-.rri �tf\"it' �� �Rt( �t�� I\n�t� <liBt C:eltt�� 'l!.�t� �<tit-t II �o� II\n5/oka-vyakhya lagi' ei karilun abhasa\nebe kari 5/okera mQ/artha praka5a\nSYNONYMS\n5/oka-vyakhya-of the explanation of the verse; lagi -for the matter; ei\n'\n\n-\n\nthis;\n\nkari/un-1 did; abhasa-indication; ebe-now; kari-let Me do; 5/okera-of the\nverse; ma/a-artha-the real meaning; praka5a-the manifestation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have given all these explanations just to indicate the purpose of the\nverse. Allow me to explain the real purpose of the verse.\nTEXT 107\n\n-�tt� \\;i;�t�<!i-��' �<ti� I\nC:��� �t�t�<ti, c;1ft'Jfit�t� �t� II �0'1 II\njnana-marge upasaka-duita' prakara\nkevala brahmopasaka, mok�akank�i ara\nSYNONYMS\njnana-marge-on the path of philosophical speculation; upasaka-worshipers;\nduita' prakara-two varieties; kevala-only; brahma-upasaka-the worshiper of\nimpersonal Brahman; mok�a-akank,si-desiring liberation; ara-and.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are two kinds of worshipers on the path of philosophical speculation -one is brahma-upasaka, a worshiper of the impersonal Brahman, and the\nother is called mok�akank�i, one who desires liberation.\nTEXT 108\n\n� Bft1fit�t�� r�� c:<e\" � 1\n�tSf<!fi, �' �t1f �t�-� II �olr' II\nkevala brahmopasaka tina bheda haya\nsadhaka, brahmamaya, ara prapta-brahma-laya\n\n", "mad9#p0169": "Text110]\n\n139\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nSYNONYMS\nkevala brahma-upasaka-the worshiper of only the impersonal Brahman; tina\nbheda haya-there are three different groups; sadhaka-the beginner; brahmamaya-absorbed in thought of Brahman; ara-and; prapta-brahma-laya-actually\nmerged into the Brahman effulgence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are three types of people who worship the impersonal Brahman. The\nfirst is the beginner, the second is one whose thoughts are absorbed in Brahman, and the third is one who is actually merged in the impersonal Brahman.\nTEXT 109\n\n• R�i �<til ertt� '�' ift� �'§ I\n�f9llt� �t� '�� '��-�tfiif'§' II �o� II\nbhakti vina kevala jfiane 'mukti' nahi haya\nbhakti sadhana kare yei 'prapta-brahma-laya'\nSYNONYMS\nbhakti-devotional\n\nservice;\n\nvina-with out;\n\nkeva/a-only;\n\njfiane-by\n\nphilosophical speculation; mukti-liberation; nahi haya-there is not; bhaktidevotional service; sadhana-practice; kare-does; yei-anyone who; praptabrahma-laya-as good as merging into the impersonal Brahman.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One cannot attain liberation simply through philosophical speculation\ndevoid of devotional service. However, if one renders devotional service, he is\nautomatically on the Brahman platform.\nTEXT 110\n\n�r.� 115t�t�,- �tfi '�t\\! �� �t<t-fi'l I\nfir� (;'f� fif�i <fi�i'§ �t�� �i{ II ��o II\nbhaktira svabhava, -brahma haite kare akar�af)a\ndivya deha diya karaya kr�f)era bhajana\nSYNONYMS\nbhaktira-of\n\ndevotional service;\n\nBrahman realization; haite-fro m;\n\nsva-bhava-nature;\n\nbrahma\n\n-\n\nimpersonal\n\nkare-does; akar�af)a-attracting; divya­\n\ntranscendental; deha-body; diya-offering; karaya-causes to perform; kr�f)era\nbhajana-the service of Lord Kr�t:Ja.\n\n", "mad9#p0170": "140\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Characteristically, one in devotional service is attracted away from the impersonal Brahman platform. He is offered a transcendental body to engage in\nlord Kr�r:'la's service.\nTEXT 111\n\nlf)�tlf� ��ti'f � �t't1t �1t'1 I\n\n��� �lfP1 <fit1t fi{� � II � � � II\nbhakta-deha paile haya gur)era smaraQa\nguQakr?ta hafia kare nirmala bhajana\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-deha-the body of a devotee; pai/e-when one gets; haya-there is;\nguQera smaraQa-remembrance of the transcendental qualities;\n\nguQa-akf?ta\n\nhafia-being attracted by the transcendental qualities; kare-performs; nirmala\nbhajana-pure devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When one gets a devotee's spiritual body, he can remember the transcendental qualities of Kr�r:'la. Simply by being attracted to Kr�r:'la's transcendental\nqualities, one becomes a pure devotee engaged in His service.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura has given the following summary of verses 1 07-111.\nTranscendentalists on the path of philosophical speculation can be divided into\ntwo categories-the pure worshiper of impersonal Brahman and he who wishes\nto merge into the existence of impersonal Brahman. When one is fully absorbed in\nthe thought that one is not different from the Supreme Absolute Truth, one is said\nto be a worshiper of the impersonal Brahman. The impersonal worshipers of Brahman can again be divided into three categories- (1) sadhaka, those who are\nnearing perfect execution of the process of Brahman realization;\n\n(2) those who\n\nare fully absorbed in meditation on Brahman; and (3) those who are on the\n\nbrahma-bhata platform and have no relationship with material existence. Even\nthough the worshiper of impersonal Brahman can be highly advanced, he cannot\nattain liberation without discharging devotional service. Anyone who has realized\nhimself as spirit soul can engage in devotional service. This is the verdict of\nBhagavad-gita:\n\n", "mad9#p0171": "Text 112]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n141\n\nbrahma-bhata/:1 prasannatma\nna socati na kailk?ati\nsama/:1 sarve?U bhute?U\nmad-bhaktiril labhate param\n\"One who is thus transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme Brahman\nand is fully joyful. He never laments nor desires to have anything; he is equally disposed to every living entity. In that state he attains pure devotional service unto\nMe.\" (Bg.\n\n18.54)\n\nTo attain the platform of pure devotional service, one has to become spiritually\npure and attain the brahma-bhata platform, which is beyond material anxiety and\nmaterial discrimination. When one approaches pure devotional service after\nrealizing Brahman, one becomes attracted by pure devotional service. At such a\ntime, by rendering devotional service, one gets a spiritual body with purified\nsenses.\nsarvopadhi-vinirmuktaril\ntatparatvena nirmalam\nhr?ikef)a hr?ikesasevanaril bhaktir ucyate\nWhen one's senses are pure, one can render loving devotional service to Kr��a. A\npure devotee can only remember Kr�r:Ja's transcendental qualities. Remembering\nthem, he fully engages in the loving service of the Lord.\nTEXT 112\n\n\"ll._�l \\5lf9f '<'fl<'llrl f<t$�� ��I \\5'>1'1�� \\5'1;]�� II\"� H II\n\"mukta api lilaya vigraharil\nkrtva bhagavantaril bhajante\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nmukta/:1-liberated; api-although; lilaya\n\n-\n\nby pastimes; vigraham-the form\n\nof the Lord; krtva-having installed; bhagavantam-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; bhajante -worship.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Even a liberated soul merged in the impersonal Brahman effulgence is attracted to the pastimes of Kr�r;�a. He thus installs a Deity and renders the Lord\nservice.'\n\n", "mad9#p0172": "142\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nPURPORT\nHighly elevated MayavadT sannyasis sometimes worship the Radha-Kr�r:Ja Deity\nand discuss the pastimes of the Lord, but their purpose is not elevation to Goloka\nVrndavana. They want to merge into the Lord's effulgence. This statement is\nquoted from Sarikaracarya's commentary on the Upani$ad known as Nrsirilhatapani.\nTEXT 113\n\nQ C�tl! ��-ll��tflf '�'1i1f�' I\n\nfl�� ��1 �t�t1'f �iSAl II ��� II\njanma haite suka-sanakadi 'brahmamaya'\nkr$Qa-guQakr$ta hana k[$Qere bhajaya\nSYNONYMS\njanma haite-from birth; suka-Sukadeva GosvamT;\n\nsanaka-adi-the four\n\nKumaras; brahma-maya-absorbed in the thought of impersonal Brahman; k[$QaguQa-akr$ta-attracted by the transcendental pastimes of the Lord; hai'iabecoming; k[$Qere bhajaya-worshiped Lord Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although Sukadeva Gosvami and the four Kumar as were always absorbed\nin the thought of impersonal Brahman and were thus Brahmavadis, they were\nnonetheless attracted by the transcendental pastimes and qualities of Kr�r:Ja.\nTherefore they later became devotees of Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 114\n\nl(��tttlJ ����t� ���te �tJ � I\n�eft�� �l.fP1 \"fltJ firli'f 'e'Sf� II ��8 II\nsanakadyera k[$Qa-krpaya saurabhe hare mana\nguQakr$ta hana kare nirmala bhajana\nSYNONYMS\nsanaka-adyera-of the four Kumaras, headed by Sanaka; k[$Qa-krpaya-by the\nmercy of the Lord; saurabhe-the fragrance; hare-took away; mana-the\nminds; guQa-akr$ta hai'ia-thus being attracted by the qualities of Kr�r:Ja; kareperform; nirmala bhajana-pure devotional service.\n\n", "mad9#p0173": "Text 116]\n\n143\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The minds of the four Kumaras were attracted by the aroma of the flowers\noffered to Kr�1,1a's lotus feet. Being thus attracted by the transcendental\nqualities of Kr�1,1a, they engaged in pure devotional service.\nTEXT 115\n\n�,;t��ilf\"l�'T� 9flft��ilff<f��l(��··p�jl(<fi�ilf� t': I\n\n��'Sf�: ���nf� 5<fit� c��t-z\n'!�\"C'•'fl�l!'1f-���tl!f9f ��\"C�t: II ) )<1 II\ntasyaravinda-nayanasya padaravinda­\n\nkifija/ka-misra-tulasi-makaranda-vayub\n\nantargatab svavivareQa cakara te�aril\n\nsafik�obham ak�ara-ju�am api citta-tanvo b\nSYNONYMS\n\ntasya-of Him; aravinda-nayanasya-of the lotus-eyed Lord; pada-aravinda­\n\nof the lotus feet; kifija/ka -with the toes; misra -mixed; tu/asi-the tulasi leaves;\nmakaranda-fragrance;\n\nvivareQa-through\n\ntheir\n\nvayub-breeze;\nnostrils;\n\nantargatab-entered\n\ncakara-made;\n\nte�am-of\n\nwithin;\n\nthe\n\nsva­\n\nKumaras;\n\nsalik�obham-agitation for change; ak�ara-ju�am-attached to impersonal Brah­\n\nman realization; api-even though; citta-tanvob-in both mind and body.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'When the breeze carrying the aroma of tulasi leaves and saffron from the\nlotus feet of the lotus-eyed Personality of Godhead entered through the\nnostrils into the hearts of those sages [the Kumaras], they experienced a\nchange in both body and mind, even though they were attached to impersonal\nBrahman understanding.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.15.43).\nTEXT 116\n\n�Jt��9f'hl �<fi��� �tfif-��'11\n�!9'11�� ��i �if� II ��� II\n\n", "mad9#p0174": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n144\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nvyasa-krpaya sukadevera li/adi-smaraf)a\n\nkr�Qa-guQakma hana karena bhajana\nSYNONYMS\n\nvyasa-krpaya-by the mercy of SrTia Vyasadeva; sukadevera-of Sukadeva\n\nGosvamT;\n\nlila-adi-smaraf)a-remembrance of the transcendental pastimes of\n\nKr��a; kr�f!a guf)a-akma-attracted by the transcendental qualities of Kr��a;\n\nhana-becoming; karena-performed; bhajana-loving service.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"By the mercy of Srila Vyasadeva, Sukadeva Gosvami was attracted by the\npastimes of Lord Kr�r;�a. Being thus attracted by Kr�r;�a's transcendental\nqualities, he also became a devotee and engaged in His service.\nTEXT 117\n\n�c� �-<tt�'f'�'lf\\!.��r<ll\"l. <T1l'fl1111fcr: 1\n�PfJ�tt'lT�l'ft�IJ1<!' fii�J� f<l�'Sl<lfff�: II � ') � II\nharer guf)ak�ipta-matir\n\nbhagavan badarayaQi/:l\n\nadhyagan mahad-akhyanaril\nnityaril vi�Qu-jana-priya/:1\nSYNONYMS\nhare/:1-of Lord Kr��a; guf)a-ak�ipta-mati/:1-whose mind was agitated by the\n\nqualities;\n\nbhagavan-the\n\npowerful\n\nmost\n\ntranscendentalist;\n\nbadarayaQi/:1-\n\nSukadeva, son of Vyasadeva; adhyagat-studied; mahat-akhyanam-the great\n\nepic description; nityam-eternally; vi�Qu-jana-priya/:1-who is very dear to the\nVai��avas, devotees of Lord Vi��u.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Being very much attracted by the transcendental pastimes of the Lord,\n\nthe mind of Srila Sukadeva Gosvami was agitated by Kr�r;�a consciousness. He\ntherefore began to study Srimad-Bhagavatam by the grace of his father.'\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.7.11 ).\n\n", "mad9#p0175": "Text 119]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n145\n\nTEXT 118\n\n�-�t;ft�J ���I! '�t'f<Ti' at� 1\n�fif·fllf�·�'tJ�-�� fl�'l �fil' II ��lr II\nnava-yogisvara janma haite 'sadhaka' jfiani\n\nvidhi-siva-narada-mukhe k[�f)a-guf)a suni'\n\nSYNONYMS\nnava-nine; yogi-isvara-great saintly yogis; janma haite-from the very birth;\n\nsadhaka-practicers; jiiani-well versed in transcendental knowledge; vidhiLord Brahma; siva-Lord Siva; narada-the great sage Narada; mukhe-in their\n\nmouths; kr?Qa-guf)a suni'-hearing the transcendental qualities of Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"From their very births, the nine great mystic yogis [Yogendras] were impersonal philosophers of the A bsolute Truth. However, because they heard\nabout Lord Kr�r;�a's qualities from Lord Brahma, Lord Siva and the great sage\nNarada, they also became Kr�r;�a's devotees.\nTEXT 119\n\n�'tt�� fl�1 <Tit11' �t�1f �� I\n��·\"JJtqi it1f 'e���'l II ��� II\nguf)akma haiia kare kr?Qera bhajana\n\nekadasa-skandhe tarira bhakti-vivaraf)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nguf)a-akr?ta hafia-being attracted by the transcendental qualities; kare­\n\nengaged in; kr?Qera bhajana-the devotional service of the Lord; ekadasa­\n\nskandhe-in the Eleventh Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam; tatira-of them; bhaktiviva raf)a-description of the devotional service.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the Eleventh Canto of the Srimad-Bhagavatam there is a full description\nof the devotional service of the nine Yogendras, who rendered devotional service because they were attracted by the Lord's transcendental qualities.\n\n", "mad9#p0176": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n146\n\nTEXT 120\n\n'51�\"ti� �\"11'1�<1: ��'!JJ C'i\\1��\n���: ��fo<IQ'111� �fu>� ���t: I\n�'8..._11� <1'��:�1111\"111� Q��\n\nC<i1�t: '1:_\"'1<11\"�1 \"1<1\"19fJ<1\"1'1:_: II � �\n\n•\n\nII\n\naklesarh kama/a-bhuva/:1 pravisya go�thirh\nkurvanta/:1 sruti-sirasarh srutirh srutajfia/:1\nutturigarh yadu-pura-sarigamaya rarigarh\nyogindra/:1 pulaka-bhrto navapy avapu/:1\nSY NONYMS\nak/esam-without material trouble; kama/a-bhuva/:1-of Lord Brahma, who\ntook his birth from the lotus flower; pravisya-entering; go�thim-the association; kurvanta/:1\n\n-\n\ncontinuously performing; sruti-sirasam-of the topmost Vedic\n\nknowledge; srut im-hearing; sruta-jfia/:1-who are expert in Vedic knowledge;\nutturigam-very high; yadu-pura-sarigamaya-for going back home, back to\nGodhead, to Dvaraka; rarigam-to Rariga-k�etra; yogindra/:1-great saintly persons;\n\npu/aka-bhrta/:1-being\n\navapu/:1\n\n-\n\nspiritually\n\npleased;\n\nnava-nine;\n\napi-although;\n\nach i ev ed\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'The nine Yogendras entered Lord Brahma's association and heard from\nhim the real meaning of the topmost Vedic literatures-the Upani�ads.\nAlthough they were already conversant in Vedic knowledge, they became very\njubilant in Kr�r:Ja consciousness just by listening to Brahma. Thus they wanted\nto enter Dvaraka, the abode of Lord Kr�Qa. In this way they finally achieved the\nplace known as Ranga-k�etra.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Maha Upani�ad.\nTEXT 121\n\n�t'Jli�t� Ult� � �12t�'Rt I\n�\"' �'{_�, <2ft��ti� �f II ��) II\nmok�akarik�i jfiani haya tina-prakara\nmumuk�u, jivan-mukta, prapta-svarupa ara\n\n", "mad9#p0177": "Explanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nText 123)\n\n147\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nmok?a-akatik?i-those who desire to merge into the impersonal Brahman;\njfiani-advanced\n\nin\n\nknowledge;\n\nhaya-are;\n\ntina-prakara-three\n\nvarieties;\n\nmumuk?u-desiring to be liberated; jivat-mukta-already liberated, even in this\nlife; prapta-svarupa-self-realized; ara-and.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Those who wish to merge into the impersonal Brahman are also divided\ninto three categories-those desiring to be liberated, those already liberated\nand those who have realized Brahman.\nTEXT 122\n\n'�ft' iSf'ittl! �t�<ti ���tit 'Sf� I\n\n''{�' �tf'it' �� <tit� �� 'eiSf� ll ��� ll\n'mumuk?u' jagate aneka sarhsari jana\n'mukti' lagi' bhaktye kare kr?Qera bhajana\nSYNONYMS\n\nmumuk?u-desiring to be liberated; jagate-in this world; aneka-many; samsari jana-engaged in material activities; mukti Jagi'-for the sake of liberation;\nbhaktye-in devotional service; kare-perform; kr?Qera bhajana-the worship of\nKr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are many people within this material world who desire liberation,\nand for this purpose they render devotional service to Lord Kr�r:ta.\nTEXT 123\n\nlJ.:XJ.\"'I'C<rl c�t��<>fi\"l_ ��I ��9f\\!>'l0{'<! I\nOli�il!'l-<fi\"'f: \"fi�l 'S��� �-��\"\\1'1: II)�\" II\n.\n\nmumuk?avo ghora-rupan\nhitva bhuta-patin atha\nnarayaQa-kala/:1 santa\nbhajanti hy anasuyava/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nmumuk?ava/:1-those who are perfectly learned, who desire the highest perfection, and who, unlike demons and nondevotees, are never envious of anyone;\n\n", "mad9#p0178": "148\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nghora-rupan-demigods with fearful bodily features; hitva-giving up; bhatapatin -the forefathers (prajapatis); atha -therefore; narayaf)a-kalaf) -the plenary\n\nexpansions of Lord Narayal)a; santa/:1-very peaceful; bhajanti-they worship;\nhi -certainly; anasuyavaf) -nonenvious.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Those who want to be relieved from the material clutches give up the\nworship of the various demigods, who have fearful bodily features. Such\npeaceful devotees, who are not envious of the demigods, worship the\ndifferent forms of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Narayar:Ja.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.26). Those who actually\n\nwant the highest perfection worship Lord Vi�I)U in His different incarnations.\n\nThose who are attracted to the materialistic way of life and who are always agitated and full of anxiety worship demigods who appear fierce, demigods like god­\n\ndess Kali and Kala-bhairava (Rudra). The devotees of Kr�r:Ja, however, do not envy\n\nthe demigods or their worshipers but peacefully render devotional service to the\nincarnations of Narayal)a instead.\n\nTEXT 124\n\n�· �C�11 �t�ttr �'I � I\n�-.��il' ���, '�' ��nt II ��8 II\nsei sabera sadhu-sarige guf)a sphuraya\n\nkr?f)a-bhajana karaya, 'mumuk?a' chat;laya\nSYNONYMS\nsei sabera-of all those worshipers of different demigods; sadhu-sarige-the\n\ncontact of real devotees; guf)a sphuraya-awakens the appreciation of transcen­\n\ndental qualities; kr?f)a-bhajana karaya-engages in the devotional service of Lord\nKr�r:Ja; mumuk?a chat;laya-and causes to give up the desire to be liberated or\n\nmerge into the impersonal feature of the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If those who are attached to demigod worship fortunately associate with\nthe devotees, their dormant devotional service and appreciation of the Lord's\nqualities gradually awaken. In this way they also engage in Kr�r:Ja's devotional\nservice and give up the desire for liberation and the desire to merge into the\nexistence of impersonal Brahman.\n\n", "mad9#p0179": "Text 125]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n149\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe four Kumaras (Catu�sana), Sukadeva GosvamT and the nine Yogendras\nwere absorbed in Brahman realization, and how they became devotees is described herein. There are three kinds of impersonalists-the mumuk$U (those\ndesiring liberation), the jivan-muktas (those liberated in this life) and the praptasvarupas (those merged in Brahman realization). All three types of jnanis are called\nmok$akatik$iS, those desiring liberation. By associating with devotees, such people give up the mumuk$u principle and render devotional service. The real cause\nfor this change is the association of devotees. This Kr�r)a consciousness movement is meant to attract all types of men, even those who desire things other than\nthe Lord's devotional service. Through the association of devotees, they gradually\nbegin to render devotional service.\nTEXT 125\n\n\"5l?:�i \"I!�t� <!�rift�r:�t�c9fR�''\"�\" �tC'!>� i5C<!i �7:'101\" I\n'I� 'I�\"Ilt\"C�J\"I\" ��t<!C�\"I\"\n�'!>1� C\"\\\"1 0l'T �\"11 '''ljii II HIt II\naho mahatman bahu-do$a-du$tO\n'py ekena bhaty e$a bhavo guf)ena\nsat-sangamakhyena sukhavahena\nkrtadya no yena krsa mumuk$a\nSYNONYMS\n\naha mahatman-0 great devotee; bahu-do$a-du$ta/:l-infected with varieties\nof material disease or attachment; api-although; ekena-with one; bhatishines; �sa/:1-this; bhava/:1-birth in this material world; guQena-with a good\nquality; sat-sangama-akhyena-known as association with devotees; sukhaavahena-which brings about happiness; krta-made; adya-now; nai)-our;\nyena-by which; krsa-insignificant; mumuk$a-the desire for liberation.\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 great learned devotee, although there are many faults in this material\n\nworld, there is one good opportunity-the association with devotees. Such\nassociation brings about great happiness. Due to this good quality, our strong\ndesire to achieve liberation by merging into the Brahman effulgence has\nbecome weakened.'\n\n", "mad9#p0180": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n150\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya.\nTliXT 126\n\nill�,\\¥� � �fif�J:_fi{�fj I\n\n�1 it� (;�it1 �'·J � II ��� II\nnaradera sange saunakadi muni-gal)a\nmumuk�a chac;iiya kaila kr�Qera bhajana\nSYNONYMS\n\nnaradera\n\ns ange -by\n\nthe association of the great saintly person Narada;\n\nsaunaka-adi muni-gaQa-the great sages headed by Saunaka Muni; mumuk�a\nchac;iiya-giving up the desire for liberation; ka i/a\n\n-\n\nperformed; kr�Qera bhajana­\n\ndevotional service to Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By associating with the great saint Narada, the great sages like Saunaka\nand others gave up the desire for liberation and engaged in Kr�l)a's devotional\nservice.\nTEXT 127\n\n��J 'l�, � �J �9f\"Rl I\n\n1!_1!_..-1 it� �''1 'e'lJf \"lJ 9ft'� II ��9 II\nkr�f.lera darsane, karo kr�f.lera krpaya\nmumuk�a chac;iiya guf.Je bhaje tanra pa'ya\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�f.lera darsane\n\n-\n\nsimply by meeting Kr�r:Ja; karo\n\nby the favor of Kr�r:Ja; mumuk�a chac;iiya\n\n-\n\n-\n\nsomeone; kr�f.lera krpaya­\n\ngiving up the desire for liberation;\n\nguf.le-being attracted by the transcendental qualities of Kr�r:Ja; bhaje-engages\nin service; tanra pa ya\n'\n\n-\n\nat the lotus feet of Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLAliON\n\n\"Simply by meeting Kr�l)a or receiving Kr�r:'la's special favor, one can give\nup the desire for liberation. Being attracted by the transcendental qualities of\nKr�l)a, one can engage in His service.\n\n", "mad9#p0181": "Explanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nText 129]\n\n151\n\nTEXT 128\n\n'!{f�\"{_ ��'<!O{�\"Ci3l 9f��1�f\"Ol ��9f�\"C\"l ��� I\n'5{1�t�t'll��i C'll ��1 '>1?:�1 �� W�'Z <!'101: II � �lr II\nasmin sukha-ghana-murtau paramatmani V[�f)i-pattane sphurati\natmaramataya me vrtha\ngato bata ciram kala/:r\nSYNONYMS\n\nasmin-when\n\nthis;\n\nparama-atmani-the\n\nsukha-ghana-murtau-form\nSupreme\n\nPerson;\n\nof\n\ncomplete\n\nvr�Qi-pattane-in\n\nhappiness;\n\nDvaraka-dhama;\n\nsphurati-e xists; atmaramataya-by the process of cultivating Brahman realization; me-my; vrtha-uselessly; gata/:1\n\n-\n\nwasted; bata-alas, what can I say;\n\nciram-for a long time; ka/a/:1-time.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'In this Dvaraka-dhama, I am being attracted by the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, Kr�r:�a, who is personified spiritual bliss. Simply by seeing Him, I\nam feeling great happiness. Oh, I have wasted so much time trying to become\nself-realized through impersonal cultivation. This is a cause for lamentation!'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is also found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (3.1.34).\nTEXT 129\n\n'�1...�' �ti{�, � � '�w i!ftf.{ 1\n'� ���', '� �<11.._�' �� II ��e;, II\n'jivan-mukta' aneka, sei dui bheda jani\n'bhaktye jivan-mukta', 'jfiane jivan-mukta' mani\nSYNONYMS\n\njivat-mukta\n\n-\n\nliberated in this life; aneka-there are many; sei-all of them; dui\n\nbheda-two divisions; jani-we consider; bhaktye jivat-mukta-one liberated in\nthis life by pursuing the process of devotional service; jfiane jivat-mukta-a person liberated in this life by following the process of philosophical speculation;\nmimi-we can understand.\n\n", "mad9#p0182": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n152\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are many people who are liberated even in this lifetime. Some are\nliberated by discharging devotional service, and others are liberated through\nthe philosophical speculative process.\nTEXT 130\n\n'�\n\n��' �'11?� �$1 ���I\n\n��� if�� �?l1ft� �t�1 � II ��o II\n'bhaktye jivan-mukta' guQakma hana kr�Qa bhaje\nsu�ka-jnane jivan-mukta aparadhe adho maje\nSYNONYMS\nbhaktye j ivat-mukta- persons liberated in this life by discharging devotional\nservice; guQa-akr�ta halia-being attracted by the transcendental qualities of\nKr�r:Ja; kr�Qa bhaje-engage in the devotional service of the Lord; su�ka-jnane\njivat-mukta-so-called liberated in this life by dry, speculative knowledge;\naparadhe-by offenses; adho maje-fall down.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Those who are liberated by devotional service become more and more attracted by the transcendental qualities of Kr��a. Thus they engage in His service. Those who are liberated by the speculative process eventually fall down\nagain due to offensive activity.\nTEXT 131\n\nc��.-c��11Rilft-q; Rll_i&'ltf<�\"<�\"�liJ11Zet�tiff<l�%1_%�: 1\n\"1!5ftlll� ft't-'1 1�� 9flft, ��=\n\n9f�\"Jtlft�OI\"lif\\!�lf��= u �\" � u\nye 'nye 'ravindak�a vimukta-maninas\ntvayy asta-bhavad avisuddha-buddhaya/:1\naruhya krcchreQa pararh padarh tata/:1\npatanty adho 'nadrta-yu�mad-anghraya/:1\nSYNONYMS\nye\n\n-\n\nall those who; anye-others (nondevotees); aravinda-ak�a-0 lotus-eyed\n\none; vimukta-manina/:1-who consider themselves liberated; tvayi-unto You;\n\n", "mad9#p0183": "Explanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nText 132]\n\n153\n\nasta-bhavat-without devotion; avisuddha-buddhaya/:1-whose intelligence is\n\nnot purified; aru hya\n\n-\n\nhaving ascended; krcchreQa-by severe austerities and\n\npenances; param padam-to the supreme position; tata/:1-from there; patantifall; adha/:1-down; anadrta\n\n-\n\nwithout respecting; yu?mat-Your; arighraya/:1-\n\nlotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n11 '0\n\nlotus-eyed one, those who think they are liberated in ·this life but are\n\nwithout devotional service to You are of impure intelligence. Although they\naccept severe austerities and penances and rise to the spiritual position, to impersonal Brahman realization, they fall down again because they neglect to\nworship Your lotus feet.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.2.32).\n\nTEXT 132\n\n���: �'1111�1 01\" C\"t15f'!\" 01\" 'ft�f� I\n�: '!ct� \"¥?;�\\ \"lT;g�� \"'iS� �t\"{_ II � \"� II\n\nbrahma-bhuta/:1 prasannatma\nna socati na karik?ati\n\nsama/:1 sarve?U bhute?U\n\nmad-bhaktirh labhate param\nSY NONYMS\n\nbrahma-bhOta/:1-being one with the Absolute; prasanna atma-fully joyful;\n-\n\nna-never; socati-laments; na-never; karik?ati-desires; sama/:1-equally disposed;\n\nsarve? u-all ;\n\nbhOte?u-to living entities; mat-bhaktim-My devotional\n\nservice; /abhate-gains; param-transcendental.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'One who is thus transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme\n\nBrahman and is fully joyful. He never laments nor desires to have anything; he\nis equally disposed to every living entity. In that state he attains pure devotional service unto Me.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Bhagavad-gita (18.54).\n\n", "mad9#p0184": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n154\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 133\n\n����-{}�l\"'t9f���w9ft'2Jt:\n�1-!�PI��t'R���'!fT: I\n\"tQ-01' C�O!tf9r ��� �\"Ci\"l'\n'lft'!,f'!i1 c5\\t9f�l(f<t\"C� u � \"\" 11\nadvaita-vilhi-pathikair upasyah\nsvananda-sirhhasana-Jabdha-dik$ah\nsathena kenapi vayarh hathena\ndasi-krta gopa-vadhCJ-vitena\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-vilhi-of\n\nthe\n\nupasyah-worshipable;\n\npath\n\nof\n\nmonism;\n\nsvananda-of\n\npathikaih-by\n\nself-realization;\n\nthe\n\nwanderers;\n\nsirhhasana-on\n\nthe\n\nthrone; Jabdha-dik$ah-being initiated; sathena-by a cheater; kenapi-some;\nvayam-1; hathena - by force; dasi-krta-made into a maidservant; gopa-vadhuvitena-engaged in joking with the gopis.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Although I was worshiped by those on the path of monism and initiated\ninto self-realization through the yoga system, I am nonetheless forcibly\nturned into a maidservant by some cunning boy who is always joking with the\ngopis.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse written by Bilvamaligala Thakura.\nTEXT 134\n\n16�� '��q�' f'it<IJ,W:t �11( I\n\n��tftlii :tlfPi �i!Jf �-9ft'�\" ��8\"\nbhakti-ba/e 'prapta-svarupa' divya-deha paya\nkr$Qa-guQakr$ta hafia bhaje kr$Qa-pa'ya\nSYNONYMS\nbhakti-bale-by the strength of devotional service; prapta-svarupa-attaining\nhis original status; divya-deha-a transcendental body; paya-one gets; kr$QaguQa-akma-attracted by the transcendental qualities of Kr�t:Ja; hafia-being;\nbhaje - takes to devotional service; kr$Qa-pa'ya-at Kr�t:Ja's lotus feet.\n\n", "mad9#p0185": "Text 136]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n155\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"One who has attained his constitutional position by the strength of devotional service attains a transcendental body even in this lifetime. Being attracted by Lord Kr�r,a's transcendental qualities, one fully engages in service\nat His lotus feet.\nTEXT 135\n\nf;{c�tc lf1�JJJ1�\"t�Ol\"It�: '!� \"tf�l%: 1\n\nw-���l��t�9ft, ��C9(<1 'I\"J\"<!�f�: II ��:�� II\nnirodho 'syanu sayanam\n\natmanab saha saktibhib\n\nmuktir hitvanyatha-ruparh\nsvarupef)a vyavasthitib\nSYNONYMS\nnirodhab-winding up; asya-of this; anu-af ter; sayanam-lying down; at­\n\nmanab-of the Supreme Lord; saha-with; saktibhib -the energies (marginal and\n\nexternal); muktib-liberation; hitva - giving up; anyatha-othe r; rupam-form;\n\nsvarupef)a-with one's own eternal form; vyavasthitib-staying.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'The living entities and other potencies merge in the Maha-Vi�r,u as the\nLord lies down and winds up [destroys) the cosmic manifestation. Liberation\nmeans being situated in one's eternal original form, which he attains after\ngiving up the changeable gross and subtle bodies.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.1 0.6).\nTEXT 136\n\n\"��-t·� 1f1111 �.-r;l! 'e11 I\n\n��'t oef� �f(tl! 1ft111·1!_9 6 II ��� II\nk[?f)a-bahirmukha-do?e maya haite bhaya\n\nk[$f)Onmukha bhakti haite maya-mukta haya\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-bahib-mukha-of going against Kr�r;�a consciousness; do?e-by the\n\nfau lt; maya hai te-from the illusory energy; bhaya-fear; kr?Qa-unmukha-in\n\n", "mad9#p0186": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n156\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nfavor of Kr�r:Ja consciousness; bhakti-devotional service; haite-from; mayamukta-liberated from maya; haya-one becomes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By opposing Kr�r:ta consciousness, one again becomes conditioned and\nfearful due to the influence of maya. By executing devotional service\nfaithfully, one is liberated from maya.\nTEXT 137\n\n�'!!� ��\"htf�f\"!�'l\"f�: �itft\"rtlfC9f\\!>� �9f�t'!,11�1f'!>: I\n'!>�t'!l\"!!t\"C\\!)i �If '5{1���19�\n\n�C'&J'l\"'\"C'!,!\"f� �i1'�lf'l�t� II �-:i'l II\nbhayaril dvitiyabhinivesata/:r syad\nisad apetasya viparyayo 'smrti/:r\ntan-mayayato budha abhajet tam\nbhaktyaikayesaril guru-devatatma\nSYNONYMS\nbhayam\n\n-\n\nfear; dvitiya-abhinivesata/:r-from the misconception of being a pro­\n\nduct of material energy; syat-arises; isat-from the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Kr�r:Ja; apetasya-of one who has withdrawn (the conditioned soul);\nviparyayai)-reversal of position; asmrti/:1-no conception of his relationship with\nthe Supreme Lord; tat-mayaya-because of the illusory energy of the Supreme\nLord; ata/:r-therefore; budhai)-one who is wise; abhajet-must worship; tamHim; bhaktya-by devotional service; ekaya-undiv erted to karma and jnana;\nisam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; guru-as the spiritual master;\ndevata -worshipable Lord; atma -Supersoul.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When the living entity is attracted by the material energy that is separate\nfrom Kr�r;ta, he is overpowered by fear. Because he is separated from the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead by the material energy, his conception of life\nis reversed. In other words, instead of being the eternal servant of Kr�r;ta, he\nbecomes Kr�r:ta's competitor. This is called viparyayaf:t asmrtif:t. To nullify this\nmistake, one who is actually learned and advanced worships the Supreme Personality of Godhead as his spiritual master, worshipful Deity and source of\nlife. He thus worships the Lord by the process of unalloyed devotional\nservice.'\n\n", "mad9#p0187": "Text 139]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n157\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse is quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.2.37).\nTEXT 138\n\nC'lf�'l C�'lf1 �'1\"1�'1 \"!\"! \"lt�1 ��\\!>H!1 I\n\"ltT.:\"\\<1' C� ·�9flfK� \"l�tl:\"l\\!it� \\!i�� C\\!i II ')\"lr II\ndaivi hy e$a guQamayi\nmama maya duratyaya\nmam eva ye prapadyante\nmayam etarh taranti te\nSYNONYMS\ndaivi-belonging to the Supreme Lord; hi-certainly; e$a-this; guQa-mayimade of the three modes; mama-My; maya-external energy; duratyaya-very\ndifficult to surpass; mam-unto Me; eva-certainly; ye-those who; prapadyante-surrender fully; mayam-the illusory energy; etam-this; taranti-cross\nover; te-they.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'This divine energy of Mine, consisting of the three modes of material\nnature, is difficult to overcome. But those who have surrendered unto Me can\neasily cross beyond it.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Bhagavad-gita (7.14).\nTEXT 139\n\n'e� �Jf � itt�, cet� '{� �i II ��� II\nbhakti vinu mukti nahi, bhaktye mukti haya\nSYNONYMS\nbhakti-devotional service; vinu-without; mukti-liberation; nahi-there is\nnot; bhaktye-actually by devotional service; mukti haya-liberation is attained.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One does not attain liberation without rendering devotional service.\nLiberation is only attained by devotional service.\n\n", "mad9#p0188": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n158\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 140\n\nC��:�f\\!i� 'Sf�lJ:.If'$ C\\!i �r;·�1\n\nf�fu ell C<f'f�-�lf��r;� I\nc\\!ilfli�r:� c� <!l'f P.r�r:\\!i\nOliiJJ'i{,l!�t1 l\"f�lfi�'<li�Olll{. II � 8\n\n•\n\nII\n\nsreya/:1-srtirh bhaktim udasya te vibho\n\nklisyanti ye kevala-bodha-labdhaye\n\nte?am asau k/esa/a eva si?yate\n\nnanyad yatha sthala-tu?avaghtitinam\nSY NONYMS\n\nsreya/:1-srtim-the auspicious path of liberation; bhaktim-devotional service;\n\nudasya-giving up; te-of You; vibho-0 my Lord; klisyanti-accept increased\n\ndifficulties; ye-all those persons who; keva/a-only; bodha-labdhaye-for obtaining knowledge; te?Jm-for them; asau-that; k/esaia/:1 -trouble; eva-onl y;\n\nsi?yate-remains; na-not; anyat-anything else; yatha-as much as; stha/a­\n\nbulky; tu?a-husks of rice; avaghatinam-of those beating.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'My dear lord, devotional service unto You is the only auspicious path. If\none gives it up simply for speculative knowledge or the understanding that\nthese living beings are spirit souls and the material world is false, he undergoes a great deal of trouble. He only gains troublesome and inauspicious activities. His actions are like beating a husk that is already devoid of rice. One's\nlabor becomes fruitless.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.14.4).\nTEXT 141\n\nCl!�r:<Jr�:if �t'l'f �,�\"I�if.!Ol�r��i�tl\"f��%�% �: 1\n'!!t�q_l\" wc�'l 9f�� 9fl\"f� \\!i\"\\!i:\n9(\\!i\"�Wft�Olt\"i]�'ll\\\"f�� : II � 8 '.> U\nye 'nye 'ravindak?a vimukta-maninas\ntvayy asta-bhavad avisuddha-buddhaya/:1\n\n", "mad9#p0189": "Text 142]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n159\n\naruhya krcchreQa pararh padarh tata/:r\npatanty adho 'nadrta-yu�mad-arighraya/:r\nSYNONYMS\nye-all those who; any e-others (nondevotees); aravinda-ak�a-0 lotus-eyed\n\none; vimukta-maninaf:r-who consider themselves liberated; tvayi-unto You;\n\nasta-bhavat-without devotion; avisuddha-buddhaya/:r -whose intelligence is\n\nnot purified; aruhya-having ascended; krcchreQa-by severe austerities and\n\npenances; param padam-to the supreme position; tata/:r-from there; patanti­\n\nfall; adhaf:r-down; anadrta-without respecting; yu�mat-Your; arighraya/:rlotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'0 lotus-eyed one, those who think they are liberated in this life but are\n\nwithout devotional service to You are of impure intelligence. A lthough they\naccept severe austerities and penances and rise to the spiritual position, to impersonal Brahman realization, they fall down again because they neglect to\nworship Your lotus feet.'\nPURPO RT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.2.32).\nTEXT 142\n\"lT <.!!�I� 1_i1'�� \"'lt�t�ftl '!l�<r�\"J��'t I\nOT ���PI� t<Tfu �t\"lt'{_�et: 9f��Jl:f: II ') 8 � II\n\nya e?arh puru?arh sak?ad\natma-prabhavam isvaram\nna bhajanty avajananti\nsthanad bhra�taf:r patanty adha/:r\nSYNONYMS\nye-those who; e�am-of those divisions of social and spiritual orders;\npuru?am -the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sak�at-directly ; atmaprabhavam-the source of everyone; isvaram-the supreme controller; na-do\nnot; bhajanti-worship; avajananti-or who neglect; sthanat-from their proper\nplace; bhra?ta/:r-being fallen; patanti-fall; adhaf:r -downward into hellish conditions.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'If one simply maintains an official position in the four varr;1as and asramas\nbut does not worship the Supreme Lord Vi�r;1u, he falls down from his puffedup position into a hellish condition.'\n\n", "mad9#p0190": "160\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\nPURPORT\nThis is also a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.5.3).\nTEXT 143\n\n� ;{'� �� �� ��t1l c:eiSffill �8� 11\nbhaktye mukti paileha avasya kr?Qere bhajaya\nSYNONYMS\nbhaktye-by devotional service;\n\nmukti-liberation;\n\npaileha-if one gets;\n\navasya-certainly; kr?!Jere-unto Lord Kr��a; bhajaya-renders service.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"When one is actually liberated by executing devotional service, he always\nengages in the transcendental loving service of the Lord.\nTEXT 144\n\n\"�w1 '5!f9f <'!�<'�il.l f<!�t�� ��1 �5t<r�� ��ng II\" �88 11\n\"mukta api lilaya vigraharh\n\nkrtva bhagavantarh bhajante\"\nSYNONYMS\nmuktah-liberated; api-although; lilaya-by the pastimes; vigraham-the\n\nform of the Lord; krtva-having installed; bhagavantam-the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead; bhajante-worship.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Even a liberated soul merged in the impersonal Brahman effulgence is attracted to the pastimes of Kr�l)a. He thus installs a Deity and renders the Lord\nservice.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Sarikaracarya's commentary on the Nrsirhha-tapani\n\nUpani?ad.\n\nTEXT 145\n\n�� fi1l ��R1'\\1f �t�� � I\n�til� �til� �-�tt1l �� '��'11' �( �� II �80' II\n\n", "mad9#p0191": "Text 146]\n\n161\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nei chaya atmarama kr�f.lere bhajaya\nprthak prthak ca-kare iha 'api'ra artha kaya\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nei chaya -all these six;\n\natmarama-transcendentalists;\n\nkr�f.!ere bhajaya­\n\nrender service to Kr�t:Ja; prthak prthak-separately; ca-kare-in the use of the\nword ca; iha-here; 'api ra-of the word api; artha-meaning; kaya-says\n'\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"These six kinds of atmaramas engage in the loving service of Kr�r;�a. The\nvarieties of service are indicated by adding ca, and they also bear the meaning\nof api, 'indeed.'\nPURPORT\nThere are six kinds of atmaramas: the neophyte (sadhaka) student who is absorbed in Brahman realization (brahmamaya), one who has already attained the\nBrahman position (prapta-brahma-laya), one who desires to be liberated (mu­\n\nmuk�u), one who is liberated even in this life (jivan-mukta), and one who is selfrealized (prapta-svarupa).\nTEXT 146\n\n\"<!ftmt\"ltt•D '!ff?f\" <tit1f -tt• �� �r. I\n\"lJ_O!il: '!�:\" �R! �1fi{ti{ �tll� II �8� II\n\"atmaramas ca api\" kare kr�f.le ahaituki bhakti\n\"munaya/:1 santa/:!\" iti kr�f.la-manane asakti\n\nSYNONYMS\n\natmarama/:1 ca api-self-realized persons also; kare-do; kr�f.le-unto Kr�t:Ja;\nahaituki bhakti-unmotivated devotional service; munaya/:1 santa/:1-great saintly\npersons and transcendentalists;\n\niti-thus;\n\nkr�f.la-manane-in meditation on\n\nKr�t:�a; asakti-attraction.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The six kinds of atmaramas render devotional service to Kr�r;�a without\nulterior motives. The words munayaf:l and santaf:l indicate those who are very\nattached to meditating upon Kr�r;�a.\n\n", "mad9#p0192": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n162\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 147\n\n\"f•Ot''(t:\"-���' ��-�fit� I\n�1�1 �i: �' �i: �t�� �;ni{ II �8ct II\n\"nirgrantha/:1\"-avidya-hina, keha-vidhi-hina\nyahan yei yukta, sei arthera adhina\nSYNONYMS\nnirgrantha/:1-nirgrantha/:!; avidya-hina-without ignorance; keha-some of\n\nthem;\n\nvidhi-hina-without\n\nfollowing\n\nany\n\nregulative\n\nprinciples;\n\nyahar'l­\n\nwherever; yei-which; yukta-ap propria te; sei arthera adh ina-comes\n\nunder\n\nthat different impor t\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word nirgrantha� means 'without ignorance' and 'devoid of rules and\nregulations.' Whichever meaning fits may be applied.\nTEXT 148\n\nti·� Cl'ifif �� '�'!t���' �� I\n\n�·� <.!ICI'i �( �� � ��411 �81r II\nca-sabde kari yadi 'itaretara' artha\nara eka artha kahe parama samartha\nSYNONYMS\n\n·\n\nca sabde-by the word ca; kari-i do; yadi-if; itaretara artha-di fferent and\n-\n\nseparate meanings; ara-another; eka-one; artha-mea ning; kahe-is said;\nparama samartha-highly suitable.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By using the word ca in different places, there are different meanings.\nOver and above them, there is another meaning that is very important.\nTEXT 149\n\n\"l!lt��t�t\"D l!lt�t�t�t·r;;\" Cl'ifif' �� � I\n\n9f. �t\"'�t� liHI ti·CI'il� �� � II �8� II\n\n\"atmarama.S ca atmaramas ca\" kari' bara chaya\npafica atmarama chaya ca-kare lupta haya\n\n", "mad9#p0193": "Explanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nText 151]\n\n163\n\nSYNONYMS\natmaramah ca atmaramah ca-repeating the words atmaramah and ca; kari'doing; bara chaya-six times; pafica atmarama-five kinds of atmaramas; chayasix; ca-kare-by the word ca; lupta haya-become unpronounced.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although the words atmaramas ca would be repeated six times, simply by\nadding the word ca, five atmaramas are deleted.\nTEXT 150\n\n�� ''!!Nt'ilt�·� ��� m I\n�� ''!!t�lM11'·� �!Sf� �7;� II �<to II\neka 'atmarama'-sabda avase�a rahe\neka 'atmarama'-sabde chaya-jana kahe\nSYNONYMS\neka-one; atmarama-atmarama; 5abda-vibration; avase�a rahe-remains at\nlast; eka atmarama-one atmarama; sabde-by vibrating; chaya-jana-six persons; kahe-are indicated.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Therefore there is no need to repeat the word atmarama. One is sufficient,\nand that one word indicates six persons.\nTEXT 151\n\n\"'li!i9ft<ft�C\"t� <!f<!>Ri5C�l\" I\n�t�tOTt� �c�t?t: 1\n�1�\"5' �t�·6 �t�\"6 �t'll1 ��<1-; II )0 II\n\"sarapaQam eka-se�a eka-vibhaktau\"\nuktarthanam aprayogah\nramas ca ramas ca ramas ca rama itivat\nSYNONYMS\nsa-rapaQam-of words of the same form; eka-se�ah-only the last; ekavibhaktau-in\n\nthe\n\nsame\n\ncase;\n\nukta-arthanam-of the\n\npreviously\n\nspoken\n\nmeanings; aprayogah-nonapplication; ramah ca-and Rama; ramah ca-and\n\n", "mad9#p0194": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n164\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nRama; rama/:1 ca - and Rama; rama/:1 itivat-in this way, by one rama, many ramas\nare indicated.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Of words having the same form and case termination, the last one is the\nonly one retained. For example, the word rama� is used to stand for ramas ca,\nrama5 ca, rama5 ca, etc.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Par;tini's sutras (1.2.64).\nTEXT 152\n\nl!t<t '� �-<tit1f, (;�i: '���11' <Iii I\n\"15{1'!ift'lltl!i•() ll_\"l�\"l>\" �t�t1f �iSfi II �0'� II\ntabe ye ca-kara, sei 'samuccaya' kaya\n\"atmaramas ca munayas ca\" kr?Qere bhajaya\nSYNONYMS\ntabe - then; ye-that; ca- kara-syllable ca; s ei-that; samuccaya-aggregation; kaya-is said; atmarama/:1 ca-all those who enjoy in the self; munayai) caall saintly persons; kr?Qere bhajaya-worship Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By the aggregate use of the word ca, it is indicated that all the atmaramas\nand saints serve and worship Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 153\n\n\"fol1!\"'�1 15{f\"f\"1f �l '�f�'·-�Vt<fti{ I\n\n�� �tl! �� �Qltll <!if.� <ut�Jtti{ II �0'� II\n\"nirgrantha api\"ra ei 'api'-sambhavane\nei sata artha prathame kariluri vyakhyane\nSYNONYMS\nnirgrantha/:1\n\napira-of\n\nthe\n\nwords\n\nnirgrantha/:1\n\napi;\n\nei-this;\n\napi-api;\n\nsambhavane-in the matter of exposition; ei sata artha-these seven different\nmeanings; prathame-in the beginning; kari/uri-1 have done; vyakhyane-in explanation.\n\n", "mad9#p0195": "Text 155]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n165\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Api added to the word nirgrantha� is used for exposition. Thus I have tried\nto clarify the seven types of meaning.\nTEXT 154\n\n'fil��tfif·��#f<!i ''filt111H'tt1T' �11 I\n\n�� 'fllt\\11t1ft1T '�� l� ''e\\if fHI II �<t8 II\nantaryami-upasaka 'atmarama' kaya\nsei atmarama yogira dui bheda haya\nSYNONYMS\n\nantaryami-of the Supersoul; upasaka - worshiper; atmarama kaya-is also\nsaid to be an atmarama; sei atmarama-that atmarama; yogira-of the mystic\nyogi; dui bheda haya-there are two kinds.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The yogi who worships the Supersoul within himself is also called atmarama. There are two types of atmarama-yogis.\nTEXT 155\n\n#1�, f��,-1!1� �11 � '�\\if I\nl!l<:fi l!l<li r�� �\"\"' li1l r��\" 11 �<t<t 11\nsagarbha, nigarbha, -ei haya dui bheda\neka eka tina bhede chaya vibheda\nSYNONYMS\n\nsagarbha-sagarbha; nigarbha-nigarbha; ei-thus; haya-there are; duitwo; bheda-different varieties;\n\neka eka -each one; tina bhede-in three\n\nvarieties; chaya vibheda-therefore there are six varieties.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The two atmarama-yogis are called sagarbha and nigarbha. Each of these is\ndivided into three;\n\ntherefore there are six types of worshipers of the\n\nSupersoul.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word sagarbha-yogi refers to a yogi who worships the Supersoul in the\nVi�r;�u form. The nigarbha-yogi worships the Supersoul without form. The\n\n", "mad9#p0196": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n166\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nsagarbha and nigarbha yogis are further categorized: (1) sagarbha-yogaruruk?u,\n\n(4) nigarbha-yogarac;Jha,\n(2) nigarbha-yogaruruk?u,\n(3) sagarbha-yogarac;Jha,\n(5) sagarbha-prapta-siddhi and (6) nigarbha-prapta-siddhi.\nTEXT 156\n\nC<fif5, �l'!'�t��\"l'!'lll<r<fitt\"r <2!tcl'!'•l\"lltl!i� 9J�� <i'l�\"l\\. 1\n\"5�{�� <fig'ji1Q/f'Jf\"l�5tlf!\\f11� <fl�<l\"ll1 �ilf� II ':>ct� II\nkecit svadehantar hrdayavakase\n\npradesa-matrarh puru?arh vasantam\n\ncatur-bhujarh kanja-rathanga-sankhagada-dhararh dharaQaya smaranti\nSYNONYMS\n\nkecit-some of them; sva-deha-anta/:l-within one's own body; hrdaya­\n\navakase-in the cavity of the heart; pradesa-matram-with the measurement of\n\nsix inches; puru?am-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vasantam-residing;\n\ncatu/:l-bhujam-with four hands; kanja-a lotus flower; ratha-anga-a disc like\n\nthe wheel of a chariot; sankha-a conchshetl; gada-dharam-holding the dub;\ndharaQaya-by such contemplation; smaranti-they remember.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'Some yogis think of the Lord within their hearts as measuring about six\ninches. The Lord has four hands, in which He holds a conchshell, club, disc\nand lotus flower. Those who worship this form of Vi��u within the heart are\ncalled sagarbha-yogis.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.2.8).\nTEXT 157\n<.!l<i�\n\n�r.l1\"1 �5l\"<ff'!i ·�ff'!i\"'l��tr<t1\n\n�&JI c!f<'l�l'!'\"ll ���\"'!<fi: ·f!C\"lltlft� I\n.a�<fi�Ht1!9f<fi\"'1�1 \"l_f{l1lfr\"llt'l-\n\n�56tM f�<tf�\"f� \"t'lt<fi��i!Op�· II ':>lt'l II\nevarh harau bhagavati pratilabdha-bhavo\n\nbhaktya dravad-dhrdaya utpulaka/:l pramodat\n\nautkaQthya-ba?pa-kalaya muhur ardyamanas\ntac capi citta-bac;iisarh sanakair viyunkte\n\n", "mad9#p0197": "Text 159]\n\n167\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nSYNONYMS\nevam-thus; harau-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhagavati­\n\nthe Lord; prati/abdha-bhava/:1-one who has awakened a sense of ecstatic love;\nbhaktya-by devotional service;\n\ndravat-melting;\n\nhrdaya/:1-the\n\nheart;\n\nut­\n\npu/aka/:1 - very pleased; pramodat-because of happiness; autkaQthya-with\n\neagerness; ba�pa- kalaya-with tears in the eyes; muhu/:1-always; ardyamana/:1merged in spiritual bliss; tat ca api-that also; citta-ba(iisam-with the heart like a\nfishing hook; san akai/:1-gradually; viyu ri kte -separates.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When one is in ecstatic love with the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\none's heart is melted by bhakti-yoga, and one feels transcendental bliss.\nThere are bodily symptoms manifest, and, due to eagerness, there are tears in\nthe eyes. Thus one is subjected to spiritual bliss. When the heart is overly\nafflicted, the meditative mind, like a fishing hook, is gradually separated from\nthe object of meditation.'\nPURPORT\nThis is also a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.28.34).\nTEXT 158\n\n'�'itt1151P'f', ''�'itt�' '12!t��f�' �'Rf I\n\n�t f\\!i{ '�\"'� � 8 ��'Rf \" ��\"\" \"\n'yogaruruk�u', 'yogaru(iha' 'prapta-siddhi' ara\n\nei tina bhede haya chaya prakara\nSYNONYMS\n\nyoga-aruru k�u-persons desiring elevation to the platform of yogic perfection;\n\nyoga- ara(iha -persons already elevated to that position; prapta- siddhi-persons\n\nwho have achieved the success; ara-:-also; ei tina-these three; bhede - by\nvarieties; haya -the re are; chaya prakara-six kinds.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By these three divisions of advancement in yoga-yogaruruk�u, yogaru�ha\nand prapta-siddhi -there are six kinds of mystic yogis.\nTEXT 159\n\n<ei\"tW�r:>ift(cOlc�t* \";q'i'tf <��i�'l'l.:�n� 1\nC'lt5li�1''1J �b!J<i \"(�: <llt�'!lJ._DJ?.:� II )¢ � U\n\n", "mad9#p0198": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n168\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\naruruk�or muner yogarh\nkarma karaQam ucyate\nyogarCu;ihasya tasyaiva\nsama/:1 karaf)am ucyate\nSYNONYMS\n\naruruk�o/:1-of a person desiring to rise to the platform of yogic perfection;\nmune/:1-of\n\na\n\nsaintly\n\nperson;\n\nyogam-spiritual\n\nknowledge;\n\nkarma-work;\n\nkaraQam-the cause; ucyate-is said; yoga-arur;lhasya-of one who has attained\nsuch perfect knowledge; tasya-for him; eva-certainly; sama/:1-controlling the\nmind without being disturbed; karaQam- cause; ucyate-is said.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Those who wish to rise to the platform of yogic perfection practice the\nyoga system and strictly follow its regulative principles. They practice the\nyoga postures, asanas and breathing exercises. Those who are already elevated to this platform practice meditation and keep their minds on the\nSupreme Lord. They reject all material activity and keep their minds in an\nequipoised condition [sama].\nPURPORT\nTexts 159 and 160 are from Bhagavad-gita (6.3-4).\nTEXT 160\n\n'l!lfl � CO{f�l.!Wf� 0{ <ti'li���C� I\nif�\"'!�'fl\"il\"'!iUi'l'1 C�5\\i�1i1(gClfi�JC� R ��\n\n•\n\nII\n\nyada hi nendriyarthe�u\nna karmasv anu�ajjate\nsarva-sankalpa-sannyasi\nyogarur;lhas tadocyate\nSYNONYMS\nyada-when;\n\nhi-certainly;\n\nna-not;\n\nindriya-arthe�u-sense gratification;\n\nna- not; karmasu-in activities; anu�ajjate-one becomes engaged; sarva-all\nkinds of; sanka lpa-desires; sannyasi-renouncing; yoga a rur;lha /:1-one who has\n-\n\nactually attained perfection in the yoga system; tada-at that time; ucyate-is\nsaid.\n\n", "mad9#p0199": "Text 162]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n169\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When a person is no longer interested in acting for sense gratification\nand when he renounces all material desires, he is said to be situated in perfect\nyoga [yogaru<;lhaJ.'\nTEXT 161\n\n1§1- 0 <;�t� �rt�tN·<;t�t'{9Jt�i I\n�� 'etillf ��t'l �t�� t!t�111 ��� II\nei chaya yogi sadhu-satigadi-hetu pMia\nkr�Qa bhaje kr�Qa-guQe akr�ta hana\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; chaya-six; yogi-mystics; sadhu-of devotees; satiga-adi-the association; hetu-because of; paiia-getting;\n\nkr�Qa bhaje-render service to\n\nKr�r:Ja; kr�Qa-guQe -by the transcendental qualities of Kr�r:Ja; akr�ta -attracted;\nhana-becoming.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When a purified yogi associates with devotees, he engages in Lord Kr�r:'la's\ndevotional service, being attracted by the Lord's transcendental qualities.\nTEXT 162\n\n�--rr.� '�M'1f �� �� �� I\n\n'�', 'fil�---'-� �e.���� II ��� II\nca-sabde 'api'ra artha ihatio kahaya\n'muni', 'nirgrantha'-sabdera purvavat artha haya\nSYNONYMS\nca-sabde-by the word ca; 'api'ra-of the word api; artha-the meaning;\nihiitio-here also; kahaya-is applicable; muni-a saintly person; nirgranthafully liberated; sabdera-of the words; purva-vat-as mentioned above; artha\nhaya-there are the meanings.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The meanings of the words ca and api can be applied here. The meanings\nof the words muni and nirgrantha are the same as before.\n\n", "mad9#p0200": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n170\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 163\n\n��tlf ��1� �1t1 '��(I\n\nl � �� �r� �11' �(II��� n\n\n�\n\nurukrame ahaituki kahali kana artha\nei tera artha kahiluli parama samartha\n\nSYNONYMS\nurukrame-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who acts uncommonly;\nahaituki-without motives; kahali-wherever; kana-some; artha-import; eiin this way; tera artha-thirteen imports; kahi/uli-1 have explained; paramasupremely; samartha-complete\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word ahaituki is always applicable to the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Urukrama. In this way I have described the import of all these\nthings in thirteen complete varieties.\nPURPORT\nThe thirteen varieties mentioned are (1) sadhaka, the neophyte performer;\n(2) brahmamaya, one absorbed in the thought of impersonal Brahman;\n(3) prapta-brahma-laya, one who has actually attained Brahman perfection;\n(4) mumuk?u, the desirer of liberation; (5) jivan-mukta, one who is liberated in\nthis life; (6) prapta-svarapa, one who has attained one's original consitutional\nposition; (7) nirgrantha-muni, a completely liberated saint; (8) sagarbhayogaruruk?u, a yogi meditating upon the four-handed Vi�I)U form or desiring\n\n(9) nigarbha-yogaruruk?u, one who has attained perfection in\n(10) sagarbha-yogaruc;lha, already elevated to the yoga\nplatform;\n(11) nigarbha-yogaruc;lha, similarly impersonal yogi;\n\nyogic perfection;\n\nimpersonal meditation;\nperfection\n\n(12) sagarbha-prapta-siddhi, one who has already attained the perfectional\n(13) nigarbha-prapta-siddhi, one who has attained perfection by imper­\n\nstage;\n\nsonal meditation.\n\nTEXT 164\n\nl 'l�-t����� l\n'-t�' 'e� <f.�'��� ti\"J ift1f II��8 II\n�\n\nei saba santa yabe bhaje bhagavan\n'santa' bhakta kari' tabe kahi talira nama\n\n", "mad9#p0201": "Explanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nText 166]\n\n171\n\nSYNONYMS\nei saba-al l these; santa-neutral; yabe-when; bhaje-worship; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; santa bhakta-devotees in the neutral\nstage of devotional service; kari -describing as; tabe-that time; kahi-1 speak;\n'\n\ntarira-their; nama-name.\nTRANSLATION\n\"These thirteen types of yogis and munis are called santa-bhaktas, for they\nrender transcendental loving service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nin the neutral stage.\nTEXT 165\n\n'��1' � 'J�il' ��-'Jftil ,�� �Jf I\n\n��'f �� �t'Sf 1!\\��G1ft'lll �·M II\n'atma' sabde 'mana' kaha-mane yei rame\nsadhu-sarige seha bhaje sri-km)a-caraf)e\nSYNONYMS\natma-atma; sabde-by the word;\n\nmana-the mind;\n\nkaha-if you say;\n\nmane-within the mind; yei rame-one who is satisfied by speculation; sadhusarige-by the association of devotees; seha-he also; bhaje-takes to devotional service; sri-k[�f)a-caraf)e-at the lotus feet of Lord Kr�t:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word atma sometimes means 'the mind.' In this case, the word atmarama means 'a person who is satisfied by mental speculation.' When such a\nperson associates with a pure devotee, he takes to devotional service at the\nlotus feet of Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 166\n\n\\;lf\"�'l.<ii'lr:� <J �rr<�� � ��\"r:\n....\n\n<>tf�'!�<>f�';jif�� �if\"�\"llill'\"'rll1 if\"��ll 1\n�� �if\"?tiif\"OI� �<r lfi\"ll for�: <i�Pl�\n\n�0\\Rl� 'l\" '!C\"ll�J 0{ <i�f� ��i�l]p/11 ��� II\nudaram upasate ya r�i-vartmasu kurpa-drsa/:1\nparisara-paddhatirh hrdayam aruf)ayo daharam\ntata udagad ananta tava dhama sira/:1 paramarh\npunar iha yat sametya na patanti krtanta-mukhe\n\n", "mad9#p0202": "172\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nSY NONYMS\nudaram -the abdomen·; upasate -worship; ye -those who; r�i-vartmasu -on\n\nthe path marked out by the great saintly persons; karpa-drsa/:l-whose vision is\n\ngrossly situated in the bodily conception of life; parisara-paddhatim-from which\n\nthe system of the arteries comes; hrdayam-the heart; aru(laya/:l-saintly persons\nheaded by Arut:�a ��i; daharam-the sky within the heart, the subtle conception\n\nof the Supersoul within the heart; tata/:l-from that; udagat-went up; ananta0 unlimited one;\n\ntava-Your;\n\ndhama-place;\n\nsira/:l-the top of the head;\n\nparamam-supreme; puna/:l-again; iha-in this material world; yat-which;\n\nsametya-having achieved; na-not; patanti-fall down; krta-anta-mukhe-in\n\nthe repetition of birth and death.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Those who follow the path of great, saintly mystic yogis take to the yogic\ngymnastic process and begin worshiping from the abdomen, where it is said\nthat Brahman is located. Such people are called sarkarak�a, which means that\nthey are situated in the gross bodily conception. There are also followers of\nthe r�i known as Arur:-a. Following that path, they observe the activities of the\narteries. Thus they gradually rise to the heart, where subtle Brahman, Paramatma, is situated. They then worship Him. 0 unlimited Ananta! Better than\nthese persons are the mystic yogis who worship You from the top of their\nheads. Beginning with the abdomen and proceeding through the heart, they\nreach the top of the head and pass through the brahma-randhra, the hole at\nthe top of the skull. Thus yogis attain the perfectional platform and do not\nenter the cycle of birth and death again.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.87.18).\nTEXT 167\n\n��1 ��'t�� � �$11\n\n�ft'{� oef� � f.{�\"• �$1 11 ��'\\ 11\neho kr�Qa-guQakma maha-muni hafia\n\nahaituki bhakti kare nirgrantha hafia\n\n·\nFor yogis, the abdomen is technically understood to be muni-purastha-brahman, Brahman situated\nwithin the heart to digest food and keep the body fit.\n\n", "mad9#p0203": "Text 169]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n173\n\nSYNONYMS\neho-such yogis; k[$1)a gul)a akr$ta-attracted by the transcendental qualities\n-\n\nof Kf�!)a; maha-muni hafia-becoming great saintly persons; ahaituki bhakti\nkare-they perform causeless devotional service; nirgrantha hafia-becoming indifferent to the mystic yoga process.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Being attracted by the transcendental qualities of Kr�r;�a, yogis become\ngreat saints. At that time, not being hampered by the yogic process, they\nengage in unalloyed devotional service.\nTEXT 168\n\n'�t�1'·-t� '�\"' �-� <fSm1 ,\n\n\"lj:O{-r:�1�f'1\" � �� �cttfl �$111 ��lr\"\n'atma'-sabde 'yatna' kahe-yatna kariya\n\"munayo 'pi\" k[$1)a bhaje guQakr$ta hafia\nSYNONYMS\natma-sabde-by the word atma; yatna-endeavor; kahe-one means; yatna\nkariya-by great endeavor; munaya/:r ap i-even great saintly persons; k[$1)a\nbhaje\n\n-\n\ntake to the devotional service of Kr�!)a; guQa-ak[?ta hafia-being at­\n\ntracted by His transcendental qualities.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Atma also means 'endeavor.' Being attracted by Kr�r;�a's transcendental\nqualities, some saints make a great endeavor to come to the point of rendering\nservice to Him.\nTEXT 169\n\n�t\"-'� c�r:�1: ·�<IT:�'! c�tf� -r:lf1\n01\" '-'!\"\"SJT.� <!lf_i�Pl�tl!_'1ii\\f: I\n\n\\!��JT:� �=�l<llf��= ����\n�tr:'-'1\"1 'l�l!i ���'l�-��� 1!1 II ��� II\ntasyaiva heto/:r prayateta kovido\nna labhyate yad bhramatam upary adha/:r\n\n", "mad9#p0204": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n174\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\ntal labhyate dul)khavad anyata/:1 sukham\nkalena sarvatra gabhira-ramhasa\n\nSYNONYMS\ntasya eva-for that; heto/:1-reason; prayateta-should endeavor; kovida/:1-\n\none who is learned and intelligent; na-not; /abhyate-is achieved; yat-that\nwhich; bhramatam-of those wandering; upari adhal)-up and down; tat-that;\n\nlabhyate-is achieved; dul)khavat-exactly like unhappiness or distress; anyata/:1-from other reasons (one's past actions); sukham-happiness; kalena-by\n\ntime; sarvatra\n\n-\n\neverywhere; gabhira-insurmountable; ramhasa-having force.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The transcendental position cannot be attained by wandering up and\ndown from Brahmaloka and Satyaloka to Patalaloka. If one is actually intelligent and learned, he should endeavor for that rare transcendental position.\nWhatever material happiness is available within the fourteen worlds is attained by the force of time, just as one attains distress in due course of time.\nSince these are not attained by spiritual consciousness, one should not try for\nthem.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse was spoken by Narada Muni in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.5.18). Narada\nMuni was speaking to Vyasadeva, who was morose even after he had compiled\nall Vedic literatures. In this connection, Narada Muni advised Srila Vyasadeva to\nattain devotional service.\n\nTEXT 170\n\n'l��'lJl<rc<tNt� C'll\"lfg f<l�f�01'l 'lf�: I\n\"l!{fl>�tClf<t 'l�t�: f'l<rJC�J\"lft'l�'lM�: II � 'I• II\nsad-dharmasyavabodhaya\n\nye?ari1 nirbandhini mati/:1\n\nacirad eva sarvartha/:1\n\nsidhyaty e?am abhipsita/:1\n\nSYNONYMS\nsat-dharmasya-of the path of progressive devotional service; avabodhaya­\n\nfor understanding; ye?am-those whose; nirbandhini-unflinching; mati/:1-intelligence; acirat-very soon; eva-certainly; sarva-artha/:1-the goal of life;\nsidhyati-becomes fulfilled; e?am-of these persons; abhipsita/:1\n\n-\n\ndesired.\n\n", "mad9#p0205": "Text 172]\n\n175\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Those who are anxious to awaken their spiritual consciousness, who have\nunflinching intelligence and who are not deviated, certainly attain the desired\ngoal of life.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Naradiya Pural)a.\nTEXT 171\n\n�-� ��-�t;�, '�f�'-�<t'ffit;sj I\n�� fclifl oef� ii119?1Jft11 c;�t;� II �9� II\nca-sabda api-arthe, 'api'-avadharal)e\nyatnagraha vina bhakti na janmaya preme\nSYNONYMS\nca-sabda-the word ca; api-of the word api; arthe-in the meaning; api\navadharal)e-this api is used in sense of emphasis; yatna-agraha vina-without\nsincere endeavor;\n\nbhakti-devotional\n\nservice;\n\nna-not;\n\njanmaya-begets;\n\npreme-love of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word ca may be used in place of api, which gives emphasis to something. Thus it means that without sincere endeavor in devotional service, one\ncannot attain love of Godhead.\nTEXT 172\n\n'lt<rr\"!'rr'<!�\"lt'lhT�<'��J1 � f5\"\"ll tlff9r 1\n���1 \"Dt1Clf01 � �'f1 711 '1 1' ���·1 II ) 'I� II\nsadhanaughair anasarigair\na/abhya sucirad api\nharil)a casv adeyeti\ndvidha sa syat sudurlabha\nSYNONYMS\nsadhana-activities\n\nof\n\ndevotional\n\nservice;\n\naughai/:1-by\n\nmasses\n\nof;\n\nanasarigai/:1-without attachment; a/abhya-very difficult to achieve; su-cirat\napi-even after a considerable duration of time; haril)a-by the Supreme Lord;\n\n", "mad9#p0206": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n176\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nca-also; asu-very soon; adeya-not to be delivered; iti-thus; dvidha-two\nways; sa-that; syat-is; su-durlabha-very difficult to obtain.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Devotional perfection is very difficult to attain for two reasons. First,\n\nunless one is attached to Kr�r;�a, he cannot attain devotional perfection even if\nhe renders devotional service for a long time. Second, Kr�r;�a does not easily\ndeliver perfection in devotional service.'\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (5.6.18): muktirtJ dadati karhicit. SrTia Sukadeva\nGosvamT told Maharaja ParTk�it that Kr�r:Ja readily grants liberation but does not\nvery readily grant perfection in devotional service. This means that Kr�r:Ja wants to\nsee that a devotee is actually sincere and serious and that he does not have\nulterior motives. If this is the case, devotional service can very easily be successful; otherwise it is very difficult to obtain from the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. This verse appears in the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.1.35).\nTEXT 173\n\nC��t� 'l���'(jtOit� ���g �f���<f>'{, I\nlflfif'l �?;<jj5l� �� C<l-1 'lt,<>f<ltl� C� II � �� II\nte�artJ satata-yuktanartJ\n\nbhajatartJ priti-purvakam\n\ndadami buddhi-yogartJ tam\nyena mam upayanti te\n\nSYNONYMS\nte�am-to them; satata-yuktanam-always engaged; bhajatam-in devotional\n\nservice; priti-purvakam-in loving ecstasy; dadami-1 give; buddhi-yogam-real\nintelligence; tam-that; yena-by which; mam-unto Me; upayanti-come;\nte-they .\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give\n\nthe understanding by which they can come to Me.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quutation from Bhagavad-gita (10.1 0).\n\n", "mad9#p0207": "177\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nText 175]\n\nTEXT 174\n\n'�1'·-tt;\"'f '•�' �,-� �- 1ft1{ I\n\n���· �� �$1 <R1I �� II �'l8 II\n\n'atma'-sabde 'dhrti' kahe,-dhairye yei rame\ndhairyavanta eva hana karaya bhajane\n\nSYNONYMS\natma-sabde-by the\ndhairye\n\n-\n\nword\n\natma;\n\ndhrti-perseverance;\n\nkahe-it is\n\nsaid;\n\nwith perseverance; yei rame-anyone who endeavors; dhairyavanta­\n\nsuch persons with endurance; eva-certainly; halia-becoming; karaya-perf orm; bhajane-devotiona l service.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Another meaning of atma is dhrti, or endurance. A person who endeavors\nwith endurance is atmarama. With endurance, such a person engages in devotional service.\nTEXT 175\n\n'�'�-��' '!? ; 'fi{��'-1!_(�� I\nfl�� lft��t� � �� II �'l<t II\n'muni'-sabde-pak�i, bhrnga; 'nirgranthe'-murkha-jana\nkr�Qa-krpaya sadhu-krpaya donhara bhajana\n\nSYNONYMS\n·\n\nmuni;\npak�i- bird;\nbhrnga-b umble bee;\nword nirgrantha; markha-jana-foo l ish people; kr�Qakrpaya-by the mercy o f Lord Kr�!)a; sadhu-krpaya-by the mercy of a devotee;\nmuni-sabde-by\n\nnirgranthe-in\n\nthe\n\nword\n\nthe\n\ndonhara bhajana-engages in devotional service of both (K[�!)a and his spiritual\nmaster or the sadhu).\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word muni also means 'bird,' and 'bumblebee.' The word nirgrantha\nrefers to foolish people. By the mercy of Kr�r;�a, such creatures contact a sadhu\n[spiritual master] and thus engage in devotional service.\n\n", "mad9#p0208": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n178\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 176\n\n�tc�l1 �'�l�· lJ..OIC�i f<l�'ifl �cor�A/1,\n�f'll'�� ��fir�� <f>\"'C��51\\�'{_I\n�t�� c<l ��l;fi\"{_ �fS1l�<1i\"''f1_\n\n\"'j'c.tfu 1l����C\"I'I f<t5t�t'll'lts: II �'I� U\nprayo batamba munayo vihaga vane 'smin\n\nkr�f)ek�itaril tad-uditaril kala-vef)u-gitam\n\naruhya ye druma-bhujan rucira-praba/an\nswvanti mrlita-drso vigatanya-vaca/:1\nSYNONYMS\npraya/:1-almost; bata-certainly; amba-0 mother; munaya/:1-great sages;\n\nvihaga/:1-the birds; vane-in the forest; asmin-this; kr�f)a-ik�itam-seeing the\n\nlotus feet of Kr�r:Ja; tat-uditam-created by Him; kala-vef)u-gitam-sweet vibra­\n\ntions made by playing the flute; aruhya-rising; ye-all of them; druma-bhujan­\n\nto the branches of the trees; rucira-prabalan -having beautiful creepers and\ntwigs;\n\nswvanti-hear;\n\nmi/ita-drsa/:1-closing their eyes;\n\nvigata-anya-vaca/:1-\n\nstopping all other sounds.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear mother, in this forest, all the birds, after rising on the beautiful\nbranches of the trees, are closing their eyes and, not being attracted by any\nother sound, are simply listening to the vibration of Kr��a's flute. Such birds\nand bees must be on the same level as great saints.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.21.14). This statement was\n\nmade by the gopis, who were lamenting in separation from Kr�r:Ja and studying\nhow the inhabitants of Vrndavana were enjoying life like saintly persons.\nTEXT 177\n\n�C��:far01�<1 'l!C\"fl�Rf\"'-C\"'ff����\n5Jf�� \"51ifir1_�'lff�9f�� �l;(C� I\n�tc�1 �1!� ll..r\"�'if'�1 �<11(t�11.:�n\n\n�� <1CO!�f9f or ���JOf\"<rt�h<l'{. u �'I 'I u\n\n", "mad9#p0209": "Explanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nText 178]\n\n179\n\nete '/inas tava yaso 'khila-loka-tirtharh\n\ngayanta adi-puru�anupatharh bhajante\n\nprayo ami muni-gaQa bhavadiya-mukhya\n\nguc;fharh vane 'pi na jahaty anaghatma-daivam\nSYNONYMS\n\nete-all these; a/ina/:1-bees; tava-Your; yasa/:1-reputation; akhila-all; loka­\n\ntirtham-auspicious for the planets; gayante-are singing; adi-puru�a-0 original\n\nperson; anupatham-along the path; bhajante-they are engaged in transcen­\n\ndental loving service; praya/:1-almost; ami- these; muni-gaQa/:1- great saintly\npersons; bhavadiya-in relation with You; mukhya/:1-very advanced devotees;\n\nguc;fham-unknown; vane-in the forest; api-although; na-not; jahati-give\nup; anagha-0 personality of transcendental goodness; atma-daivam-their\n\nworshipable Deity.\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 good fortune personified! 0 original Personality of Godhead, all these\nbees are chanting about Your transcendental fame, which will purify the entire\nuniverse.\n\nIndeed,\n\nthey are following Your path in the forest and are\n\nworshiping You. A ctually they are all saintly persons, but now they haye taken\nthe form of bees. A lthough You are playing like a human being, they could not\nforget that You are their worshipable Deity.'\nPURPO RT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.15.6). Kr�r:Ja and Balarama were\njust on the verge of boyhood and were entering the forest of Vrndavana when\nKr�r:Ja began to offer prayers to please Balarama.\nTEXT 178\n\n\"�r\" 'lt1T'I� �'�r�z�t\"5t�Sil���-cl>�'l <.!l\\!iJ 1\n\n�lll'l1,9f1'1\\!i '� <f\\!ifu'i91 �� 'Il�M��C\"t1 �\\!i\"C'ITT0\\1: II� 'llrll\nsarasi sarasa-harhsa-vihangas\ncaru-gita-hrta-cetasa etya\n\nharim upasata te yata-citta\n\nhanta milita-drso dhrta-mauna/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarasi-in the water; sarasa-cranes; harhsa-swans; vihanga/:1-birds; caru­\n\ngita-by the melodious song of Kr�r:Ja's flute; hrta-cetasa/:1-devoid of material\n\n", "mad9#p0210": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n180\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nconsciousness; etya-coming near; harim-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nupasata-worshiped; te-all of them; yata -cittah-with full attention; hanta-\n\nalas; milita - drsah-closing their eyes; dhrta-maunah -completely silent.\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\n11 'All\n\nthe cranes and swans in the water are being enchanted by the\n\nmelodious song of Kr�Qa's flute. They have approached and are worshiping\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead with full attention. Alas, they are closing\ntheir eyes and are becoming completely silent.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.35.11). In the day, Kr�l)a went\n\nto the forest of Vrndavana, and at that time, the gopis, being morose due to separation from Him, were lamenting in this way.\nTEXT 179\n\nf<li�l\\!i��l��f<'lilf��P•t1\n\n��'1��'iJi1 �<l\"�t: �\"fiif�: I\nc��c� D 9fi9f1 ��9fi��i��t:\n�llJf� \\!iC\"if ·��f<t\"�C� 0111: II � �., II\nkirata-hanandhra-pulinda-pukkasa\n\nabhira-sumbha yavanah khasadayah\n\nye 'nye ca papa yad-upasrayasrayah\n\nsudhyanti tasmai prabhavi$f)ave namah\nSYNONYMS\n\nkirata-the aborigines named Kiratas; hana-the Hanas; andhra- Andhras;\n\npu / inda- Pulindas; pukkasah - Pu kkas as; abhira- Abhiras; sumbhah- S umbhas;\n\nyavanah-persons who do not follow the Vedic injunctions and who eat cow's\nflesh; khasa-adayah- Kha s as and others; ye-those who; anye-similar others;\nca-also; papah-sinful persons; yat-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nupasraya-of\n\nthe\n\ndevotees;\n\nasrayah-ta king\n\nshelter;\n\nsudhyanti-become\n\npurified; tasmai -unto Him, Lord Vi�I)U, because of whom they become purified;\n\nprabhavi$f)ave-to Lord Vi�I)U, the most powerful; namah-respectful obei­\n\nsances.\nTRANSLATION\n11 'Kirata,\n\nHuna, Andhra, Pulinda, Pukkasa, Abhira, Sumbha, Yavana and the\n\nKha5a races and even others who are addicted to sinful acts can be purified by\n\n", "mad9#p0211": "Text 181]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n181\n\ntaking shelter of the devotees of the Lord due to His being the supreme\npower. I beg to offer my respectful obeisances unto Him.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.4.18). This verse was spoken by\nSukadeva GosvamT when ParTk�it Maharaja asked him for a description of the creation. While offering obeisances to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sukadeva\nGosvamT described the unlimited potencies of Lord Vi�I)U, who can purify the\nlowborn creatures mentioned herein.\nTEXT 180\n\nf���1 '•�'·-tt\"'f fili!lf�('!t�·�ti{ �� I\n'O::�It'et� ���tt�J ��t�( ��II �ro II\nkirhva 'dhrti'-sabde nija-pCtrQatadi-jnana kaya\n\ndubkhabhave uttama-praptye maha-pCtrQa haya\nSYNONYMS\n\nkirhva-or; dhrti-dhrti; sabde-by this word; nija-own; pCtrQata-adi-per­\n\nfection and so on; ji'iana-knowledge; kaya-says; dubkha-abhave-in the ab­\n\nsence of all material miseries; uttama-the best; praptye-by obtaining; mahapCtrf)a haya-becomes perfectly perfect.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word dhrti is also used when one is fully perfect in knowledge. When\ndue to having obtained the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nhe has no material miseries, he attains maha-piirr:Ja, the highest level of\nperfection.\nTEXT 181\n\nll�= �t� �<f\\!i1 �t01\"-�=�t�tr:<1t'l'.rlltr��= ,\n�·�t�t\\!i1\\!i-OI\"g1�'1�C\"ttl>\"ltfrr�� II )IT) II\ndhrtib syat pCtrQata jnana­\n\ndubkhabhavottamaptibhib\n\napraptatita-na�tartha­\n\nnabhisarhsocanadikrt\nSYNONYMS\n\ndhrtib-endurance; syat-may become; pCtrQata-fullness; ji'iana-knowledge\n\nof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; dubkha-abhava-the absence of misery;\n\n", "mad9#p0212": "182\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nuttama-aptibhi/:1-by attainment of the highest platform of perfection; apraptanot obtained; atita-gone; na$ta-destroyed; artha-o bject, goal; anabhisarhsocana-absence of lamentation; adi-and so on; krt-doing.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Dhrti is the fullness felt by the absence of misery and brought about by\nreceiving knowledge of the Supreme Lord and by obtaining pure love for Him.\nThe lamentation that accrues from not obtaining a goal or by loss of something already attained does not affect this completeness.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (2.4.144).\nTEXT 182\n\n��!@- ����il, <tt�t��·tTil I\n\n?�f;��-<;�<!11·-rt(iilitf·��'i II �lr'� II\nkr$1)a-bhakta-du/:lkha-hina, vanchantara-hina\nkr$Qa-prema-seva-p0rl)ananda-pravil)a\nSYNONYMS\nkr$Qa-bhakta-a devotee of Lord Kr�t:�a; du/:lkha-hina-not under miserable\nmaterial conditions; vancha-antara-hina-he has no other desire than to serve\nKr�t:�a; km1a-prema-love of Kr�t:�a; seva-service; purl)a-ananda-full in transcendental bliss; prav il)a-and very expert or experienced in all subject matters.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A devotee of Kr�r;�a is never in a miserable condition, nor does he have any\ndesire other than to serve Kr�r;�a. He is experienced and advanced. He feels the\ntranscendental bliss of love of Kr�r;�a and always engages in His service fully\nprotected.\nTEXT 183\n1!�� '1�1.11 .ti�\"'J�� C� '!!C<'If<�'JlfTr -l)�'h'{_ I\n\nCO{�f� C'!�ll1 9[_.-ft: tC '!i1 ��� <l'1<'1\"R�..._\\!i'{_ II �1r.:� II\nmat-sevaya pratitarh te\nsalokyadi-catu$tayam\nnecchanti sevaya pOrl)a/:1\nkuto 'nyat kala-viplutam\n\n", "mad9#p0213": "Text 185]\n\n183\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nmat-of Me; sevaya-by service; pratitam-obtained; te-they; sa/okya-adi­\n\nliberation, beginning with sa/okya; catu$tayam-the four kinds of; na icchanti­\n\ndo not desire; sevaya-by service; plir(lab-complete; kutab-where; anyat­\n\nother things; kala-viplutam-which are lost in time.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'My devotees, having fulfilled their desires by serving Me, do not accept\nthe four kinds of salvation that are easily earned by such service. Why then\nshould they accept any pleasures that are lost in the course of time?'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (9.4.67).\nTEXT 184\n\n�'lc�c\"t �'l<rrtf'1 <i'IJ c���\"!>tfol\" f� 1\n'I <!!� Clf�tc�tf'!l '1�'1-mf �'l'fD�\"C\"f n ��;r-s 11\n\nhr$ikese hr$ikaQi\n\nyasya sthairya-gatani hi\n\nsa eva dhairyam apnoti\nsarilsare jiva-cafica/e\nSYNONYMS\n\nhr$ikese-to the master of the senses; hr$ika(1i-all the senses; yasya-whose;\n\nsthairya-gatani-fixed;\n\nhi-certainly;\n\nsab-that\n\nperson;\n\neva-of\n\ncourse;\n\ndhairyam apnoti-attains the position of dhairya, endurance; sarilsare-in the\n\nmaterial world; jiva-caficale-where everyone is disturbed.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"In this material world, all living entities are disturbed due to their\nflickering position. A devotee, however, is fixed in the service of the lotus feet\nof the lord, the master of the senses. Such a person is to be considered situated in endurance and patience.\nTEXT 185\n\n,�,-���t�'f, �� '�f91'-�IJ...liirol\n��1{� �J:P1 ���f-.-�(.�� II �lr<t II\n\n", "mad9#p0214": "184\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\n'ca'-avadharaf)e, iha 'api'-samuccaye\ndhrtimanta haiia bhaje pak$i-murkha-caye\nSYNONYMS\nca-the word ca; avadharaQe-in emphasis; iha-here; api-the word api;\nsamuccaye-in the sense of an aggregate; dhrtimanta-fully saturated; haiiabecoming; bhaje-worship; pak$i-murkha-caye-dull creatures like the birds, the\nmost foolish.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word ca is for emphasis, and the word api is used as an aggregate. It is\nto be understood that even dull creatures [birds and illiterates] can also be\nsituated in endurance and engage in Kr�r:'la's devotional service.\nTEXT 186\n\n'�t'Vl'·llft<$f '�' �t� �� I\n\n�t1ft��· �i! �<t �<tt� ll �17'� II\n'atma'-sabde 'buddhi' kahe buddhi-vi5e$a\nsamanya-buddhi-yukta yata jiva ava5e$a\nSYNONYMS\natma-sabde-by the word atma; buddhi-intelligence; kahe-it is said; buddhi-vi5e$a-a particular type of intelligence; samanya-buddhi-yukta-endowed\nwith common intelligence; yata-all; jiva-living entities; ava5e$a-the rest.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word atma is also used for a particular type of intelligence. Since all\nliving entities generally have some intelligence, more or less, they are\nincluded.\nTEXT 187\n\n�'4iJ � �'tlt11'11l-1� i!' �<!i11f I\n''Pffui!' 'if-1-stcJ, fit�...... 1!,.(' �1� ll �17''\\ II\n'\n\nbuddhye rame atmarama-dui ta' prakara\n'paQc;fita' muni-gaQa, nirgrantha 'murkha' ara\n\n", "mad9#p0215": "Text 189]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n185\n\nSYNONYMS\nbuddhye-in intelligence; rame-who enjoys; atmarama-is atmarama; dui ta'\nprakara-two\n\nvarieties;\n\npaQQ'ita-learned;\n\nmuni-gaQa-philosophers;\n\nnir­\n\ngrantha-without education; miirkha-foolish; ara-also.\nTRANSlATION\n\"Everyone has some kind of intelligence, and one who utilizes his intelligence is called atmarama. There are two types of atmarama. One is a learned\nscholar and a philosopher, and the other is an uneducated, illiterate and\nfoolish person.\nTEXT 188\n\n��'Pft11 �t�te? �fl!-� 'Pit� I\n�� �t�' ��� �t� �·'Pft11 II �lrlr II\nkr?Qa-krpaya sadhu-sange rati-buddhi paya\nsaba chaQ'i' suddha-bhakti kare kr?Qa-paya\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-krpaya-by the mercy of Kr�r:Ja;\n\nsadhu-sange-in the association of\n\ndevotees; rati-buddhi-devotional attraction and intelligence; paya-one obtains; saba chaQ'i -giv ing up everything; suddha-bhakti-pure devotional ser'\n\nvice; kare-perfor m s; kr?Qa-paya-at the lotus feet of Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By the mercy of Kr�r;�a and by the association of devotees, one increases\nhis attraction to and intelligence for pure devotional service; therefore one\ngives up everything and engages himself at the lotus feet of Kr�r;�a and His\npure devotees.\nTEXT 189\n\n';!{�� '!�'IT ��r•n \"l!�: '!��\n\n��\"ic� 1\n\n�f� \"1!�1 �·�T� \"lli� ��fl �T'l'!\"l!i��j: n �lr� II\naharil sarvasya prabhavo\nmatta/:1 sarvaril pravartate\niti matva bhajante maril\nbudha bhava-samanvita/:1\n\n", "mad9#p0216": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n186\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nSYNONYMS\naham-1, Lord Kr��a; sarvasya-of everyone; prabhavah-the original source;\nmattab-from\n\nMe;\n\nsarvam-everything;\n\npravartate-emanate s;\n\niti-thus;\n\nmatva-understanding; bhajante-they engage in devotional service; mam-to\nMe; budhah-those who are learned; bhava-samanvitah-with love and devotion.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'I [Kf�Qa] am the original source of everything. Everything emanates from\n\nMe. The wise who perfectly know this engage in My service with love and\ndevotion.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Bhagavad-gita (1 0.8).\nTEXT 190\n\nc� C<t f<tw�Jf���f� � clf<t'li�1�\n�\"\"\\\"J_�<i\"t<\\\"�1 '51\"f9f �i9f�\"\"\\<tt: I\n�'V��ii!''!��tl.i'l-�<'f- f\"f\"l'1f�\"lf5f,�·n '51\"f9f �l!_ �\\!Jift�'f1 c� n �;;..\nte vai vidanty atitaranti ca deva-mayarh\nstri-sudra-huna-sabara api papa-jivah\nyady adbhuta-krama-parayaQa-si/a-sik$.35\ntiryag-jana api kimu sruta-dharaQa ye\nSYNONYMS\nte-all of them; vai-certainly; vidanti-understand; atitaranti-cross over;\nca-also; deva mayam\n-\n\nthe influence of the external illusory energy; stri­\n\n-\n\nwomen; sudra-fourth-class men; Mna-uncivilized hill tribes; sabarah-and\nhunters; api-even; papa-jivah-sinful creatures; yadi-if; adbhuta-krama-of\nthe performer of wonderful activities; parayaQa-of the devotees; si/a-sik$abcharacteristics and education; tiryak-janah-birds and beasts; api-even; kimuwhat to speak of; sruta-dharaQab ye-persons advanced in the education of\nVedic knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Women, fourth-class men, uncivilized hill tribes, hunters and many\n\nothers born of low families, as well as birds and beasts, can engage in the ser-\n\n", "mad9#p0217": "Text 192]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama V erse\n\n187\n\nvice of the Supreme Personality of Godhead-who acts very wonderfullyand follow the path of the devotees and take lessons from them. Although the\nocean of nescience is vast, they can still cross over it. What, then, is the\ndifficulty for those who are advanced in Vedic knowledgel'\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.7.46). Lord Brahma said this\nwhen speaking to his disciple Narada about the wonderful characteristics of Lord\nVi�I)U. Simply by chanting the glories of Lord Vi�l)u, one can cross the ocean of\nnescience, even though one may be lowborn.\n\nTEXT 191\n\n��Rf ���i �f;� �f;iST ��·9ft� I\n\n� �fi (;�i{ l!tt1f, �lf;� �� 9ft� II ��� II\nvicara kariya yabe bhaje kr?Qa-paya\n\nsei buddhi dena tafire, yate kr?Qa paya\n\nSYNONYMS\nvicara-consideration; kariya-doing; yabe-when;\n\nbhaj e-one worships;\n\nkr?Qa-paya-at the lotus feet of Kr�l)a; sei buddhi -that intelligence; dena­\n\ngives; tafire-to him; yate-by which; kr?Qa paya-one gets the shelter of the\n\nlotus feet of Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Considering all these points, when one engages in the service of K!'$r:'la's\nlotus feet, K!'$Qa gives one the intelligence by which he can gradually\nprogress toward perfection in service to the lord.\n\nTEXT 192\n\nC�'lfg '1�\\!.��l�P. -;s��l' �f�9J._<1<11\"{_ I\nififtf'lllf���r51' �' c�� 'lll'I_9f'ltf� c� 11 �.,� 11\nte?arh satata-yuktanam\n\nbhajatam pr iti-purv ak am\n\ndadami buddhi-yogam tam\nyena mam upayanti te\n\n", "mad9#p0218": "188\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nSYNONYMS\nte?am-to them; satata-yuktanam-always engaged; bhajatam-in devotional\n\nservice; priti-purvakam-in loving ecstasy; dadami-1 give; buddhi-yogam-real\nintelligence; tam-that; yena\nte-they.\n\n-\n\nby which; mam-unto Me; upayanti-come;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give\nthe understanding by which they can come to Me.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Bhagavad-gita (10.10).\nTEXT 193\n\n�e.�, �·�:11�, �t'it<t�, ilt1f I\n� <It�,-�� �· �t�il �� II �<;>� II\nsat-sanga, kr?Qa-seva, bhagavata, nama\n\nvraje vasa, -ei panca sadhana pradhana\nSYNONYMS\nsat-saliga-association with devotees; kr?Qa-seva-engagement in the service\n\nof Kr�r:Ja; bhagavata-devotees and the book known as Srimad-Bhagavatam;\n\nnama-the chanting of the holy name; vraje vasa-residence in Vrndavana or\n\nMathura; ei-these; panca-five; sadhana pradhana-the chief processes of\ndevotion.\nTRANSLATION\n\"To be elevated to the platform of devotional service, the following five\nitems should be observed: association with devotees, engagement in the service of lord Kr�r:\"la, the reading of Srimad-Bhagavatam, the chanting of the\nholy names and residence at Vrndavana or Mathura.\nTEXT 194\n\n��-�··1!t�J �<l'i '�'I' ilfW � I\n�'5 iSf'il1t �� ���1!�11 II �<i>S II\nei-panca-madhye eka 'svalpa' yadi haya\nsubuddhi janera haya kr?Qa-premodaya\n\n", "mad9#p0219": "Text 196]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n189\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-these; panca-madhye-out of the five; eka-of only one; svalpa-a small\nquantity; yadi-if; haya-there is; su-buddhi-intelligent; janera-of the person;\nhaya-there is; kr$Qa-prema-udaya-awakening of dormant love for Kr�r:ta.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One's dormant love for Kr�Qa gradually awakens if one is a little advanced\n\nin one of these five items and is intelli gent.\n\nTEXT 195\n\n���l��'l'lr.��f\"il\"t �\"-ii1l[_'C��� 9f�'C<f I\nl!<!i 'l(C�t�f9f 1j'll\"�i: 'IRh�t� �1<1�'l!1:0l II ��a II\n\ndurahadbhuta-virye 'smin\nsraddha dare 'stu pancake\nyatra svalpo 'pi sambandha/:1\nsaddhiyaril bhava-janmane\nSYNONYMS\nduraha-difficult to be reconciled; adbhuta-wonderful; virye-in the power;\nasmin-in this; sraddha-faith; dare-far away; astu-let it be; pancake-in the\nabove-mentioned five principles; yatra-in which; sva/pa/:1-a little; api-even;\nsambandha/:1-connection; sat-dhiyam-of those who are intelligent and offenseless; bhava-janmane-to awaken one's dormant love for Kr�r:ta.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The power of these five principles is very wonderful and difficult to\nreconcile. Even without faith in them, a person who is offenseless can experience dormant love of Kr�Qa simply by bein g a little connected with them.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is also found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.2.238).\nTEXT 196\n\n�� JJrtr:!'t �t11 �<615JJ1 �· I\niffifl �tt1l <er;., I!�9ft� <ef�f�f'fi II ��� II\nudara mahati yatira sarvottama buddhi\nnana kame bhaje, tabu paya bhakti-siddhi\n\n", "mad9#p0220": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n190\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nSYNONYMS\nudara-liberal; mahati-great; yanra-whose; sarva-uttama-first-class; bud­\n\ndhi-intelligence; nana-various; kame-with desires; bhaje\n\n-\n\nengages in devo­\n\ntional service; tabu-still; paya-gets; bhakti-siddhi-perfection in devotional\nservice.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If a person is actually liberal and intelligent, he can advance and become\nperfect in devotional service even if he has material desires and serves the\nLord with some motive.\nTEXT 197\n\n�<fl�: 'l�<fi�l!l <f1 c-m\"1-<filf �wr�?l: 1\n�'lr:�'1 �r��\"lltr:5IO! \"ll��� ���� �n-11. 11 �;:.\\� 11\nakamaf) sarva-kamo va\n\nmok�a-kama udara-dhif)\n\ntivref!a bhakti-yogena\n\nyajeta puru$arh param\nSYNONYMS\n\nakamaf:!-without material desires; sarva-kamaf)-full of all material desires;\n\nva-or; mok$a-kamaf:!-desiring liberation; udara-dhif)-sincere and advanced in\n\ndevotional service; tivref!a-firm; bhakti-yogena-by the practice of bhaktiyoga; yajeta-should worship; puru$am param-the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Whether one desires everything or nothing, or whether he desires to\nmerge into the existence of the Lord, he is intelligent only if he worships Lord\nKr�l)a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, by rendering transcendental\nloving service.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.3.1 0).\nTEXT 198\n\n��-���,-�� <litil lit�$11\n��t� �r� <!i1111l �t'l �t<limtu ���r u\n\n", "mad9#p0221": "Text 199]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n191\n\nbhakti-prabhava, -sei kama chac;Wia\nkr�l)a-pade bhakti karaya gul)e akar�iya\nSYNONYMS\nbhakti-prabhava-the influence of devotional service; sei-that;\n\nkama­\n\nmaterial desire; chagafia-causing to give up; kr�Qa-pade-unto the lotus feet of\nKr�r:ta; bhakti karaya-engages in devotional service; gul)e-by transcendental\nqualities; akar�iya -attracting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Devotional service is so strong that when one engages in it, he gradually\ngives up all material desires and becomes fully attracted to the lotus feet of\nKr�r:Ja. All this is brought about by attraction for the transcendental qualities\nof the Lord.\nTEXT 199\n\n'l�g fir\"'�Jf��\"1!NC�·1 \"I'm\nhr'1t�clf1 <r<:.. 1_0TQN�1 <r�� 1\n�'\\1� �(((;� \\S��t�� �� �\n\n- ­\n\n��1-f?f<ft\"l� f<li'!ll?ftlf9j�<l\"(ll )�� II\nsatyarh disaty arthitam arthito nwarh\nnaivarthado yat punar arthita yatab\nsvayarh vidhatte bhajatam a nicchatam\niccha-pidhanarh nija-pada-pallavam\nSYNONYMS\nsatyam-it is true; disati-He awards;\n\narthitam-that which is desired;\n\narthitab-being requested; nwam-by human beings; na-not; eva-certainly;\nartha-dab-giving desired things; yat-which; punab-again; arthita-request;\nyatab-from which; sva yam-Himself; vidhatte-He gives; bhajatam-of those\nengaged in devotional service; anicchatam-even though not desiring; icchapidhanam\n\n-\n\ncovering all other desires; nija-pada-pallavam-the shelter of His\n\nown lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Whenever Kr�r:Ja is requested to fulfill one's desire, He undoubtedly does\nso, but He does not award anything which, after being enjoyed, will cause\nsomeone to petition Him again and again to fulfill further desires. When one\nhas other desires but engages in the Lord's service, Kr�r:Ja forcibly gives one\nshelter at His lotus feet, where one will forget all other desires.'\n\n", "mad9#p0222": "192\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (5.19.26).\nTEXT 200\n\n'�t�'·-t?;\"'f '\"lf��' <flt�, �!ttl!'�- 11tlf I\n�\"Alt1rt1l � �\\! \"lt�·�ert1l II �\n\no o\n\nII\n\n'atma'-sabde 'svabhava' kahe, tate yei rame\n\natmarama jiva yata sthavara-jangame\nSYNONYMS\n\natma-sabde-by the word atma; svabhava-nature; kahe-is sometimes said;\n\ntate-in that; yei rame-one who takes pleasure; atmarama-called atmarama;\n\njiva-the living entities; yata-all of them; sthavara-jangame-the moving and\n\nnonmoving.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Another meaning of the word atma is 'one's characteristic nature.'\nWhoever enjoys his particular type of nature is called atmarama. Therefore, all\nliving entities-be they moving or nonmoving-are also called atmarama.\nTEXT 201\n\n��11 'lll<et�-�·-·��,-�� I\n�t� �11.11-� ��flr\\! '�l 'afi{' II � � II\no\n\njivera svabhava -kr�Qa- 'dasa'-abhimana\ndehe atma-jfiane acchadita sei 'jfiana'\nSYNONYMS\njivera svabhava-the original characteristic of all living entities; kr�Qa-dasa­\n\nservant of Kr�r:Ja; abhimana-the conception; dehe-in the material body; atmajfiane-by the conception of the self; acchadita-covered; sei jfiana-that origi­\n\nnal consciousness.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The original nature of every living entity is to consider himself the eternal\nservant of Kr�r;�a. However, under the influence of maya, he thinks himself to\nbe the body, and thus his original consciousness is covered.\n\n", "mad9#p0223": "Text 203]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n193\n\nTEXT 202\n\ni--ft\"'f '<11�', ''Cif�'-� ��t� I\n''!{1�1M11·1 -.!!�' lt:�1 ���· �t� II �o� II\nca-sabde 'eva', 'api'-sabda samuccaye\n'iitmarama eva' hafia sri-k[$f)a bhajaye\nSYNONYMS\n\nca-sabde-by the word ca; eva-the word eva; api-sabda-the word api;\nsamuccaye-in the sense of aggregation; atmarama/:1 eva-all the atmaramas (all\nkinds of living entities); hafia -being; sri-k[$f)a bhajaye -become engaged in the\nservice of Lord Kr��a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In that case, by the word ca, the word eva is meant. The word api can be\ntaken in the sense of aggregation. Thus the verse would read atmarama eva;\nthat is, 'even all kinds of living beings worship Km1a.'\nPURPORT\n\nIt is here mentioned that every living entity is atmarama. Temporarily covered\nby the influence of maya, the living entity serves his senses, which are represented as kama-krodha-lobha-moha-mada-matsarya. In the material condition, all\nliving entities are engaged in sense gratification, but when they associate with\ndevotees who follow the regulative principles, they become purified and\nawakened to their original consciousness. They then attempt to satisfy the senses\nof Lord Kr��a and engage in His devotional service.\nTEXT 203\n\n<11� ��-�il\"<f)tflf �� ��iS?i{ I\n'��\"\"•'-- -!_I(, ��' \"lt�-��'St'l II �o� II\nei jiva-sanakadi saba muni-jana\n'nirgrantha'-murkha, nica, sthavara-pasu-gaf)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nei jiva-these living entities; sanaka-adi saba muni jana-all the great per-\n\nsonalities, such as Sanaka and Sanatana; nirgrantha-down to the illiterate;\nmurkha-foolish person; nica -lowborn; sthavara-the trees and plants; pasu­\n\ngaf)a-the beasts and birds.\n\n", "mad9#p0224": "194\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"living entities include great personalities like the four Kumaras, low-class\nfoolish people, trees, plants, birds and beasts.\nTEXT 204\n\n<!Jt�-��·�il'�t�� �f�'5 �'S'fi{ I\n\n'�cit·' ���t�� �il' �<1�'1 II � oS II\nvyasa-suka-sanakadira prasiddha bhajana\n'nirgrantha' sthavaradira suna vivaral)a\nSYNONYMS\nvyasa-of Vyasadeva; suka-of Sukadeva Gosvami; sanaka-adira-of the four\nKumaras; prasiddha bhajana-the devotional service is celebrated; nirgranthafoolish,\n\nuneducated;\n\nsthavara-adira-of\n\nthe\n\nimmovable\n\nelements;\n\nsuna\n\nviva rat) a -hear the description.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The devotional service of Vyasa, Suka and the four Kumaras has already\nbeen well celebrated. Now let Me explain how immovable living entities like\ntrees and plants engage in the lord's devotional service.\nTEXT 205\n\n����tf5!\"·�� '�t� �<!� �11 I\n���'tt?� ��i it�tt� 'e19F11 II � o<t II\nkr�Qa-krpadi-hetu haite sabara udaya\nkr�Qa-guQakr�ta hana tanhare bhajaya\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-krpa-adi-hetu-the\n\nreason\n\nof\n\nKr�r:\"la's\n\nmercy;\n\nhaite-from;\n\nsabara\n\nudaya-anyone becomes a devotee; kr�Qa-gul)a-akma ha fia- bein g attracted by\nthe transcendental qualities of Kr�r:\"la; tar'lhare-Him; bhajaya-worship.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Everyone is eligible to receive K���a's mercy-including Vyasadeva, the\nfour Kumaras, Sukadeva Gosvami, lowborn creatures, trees, plants and beasts.\nBy K���a's mercy they are elevated and engaged in His service.\n\n", "mad9#p0225": "Explanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nText 206]\n\n195\n\nPURPORT\nThis is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gita wherein the Lord says:\n\nmarh hi partha vyapasritya\nye 'pi syu/:1 papa-yonaya/:1\nstriyo vaisyas tatha sudras\nte 'pi yanti pararh gatim\n\"0 son of Prtha, those who take shelter in Me, though they be of lower birth­\n\nwomen, vaisyas [merchants], as well as sadras [workers)-can approach the\nsupreme destination.\" (9.32)\nEveryone is eligible to become Kr�r:Ja's devotee. One simply has to be trained\naccording to the approved process. It is the work of Kr�r:Ja's confidential devotees\nto turn everyone into a Kr�r:Ja bhakta. If the confidential devotees do not take up\nthe task of elevating everyone to Kr�r:Ja consciousness, then who will do it? Those\nwho claim to be devotees but do not engage in Kr�r:Ja's service to elevate all living\ncreatures to Kr�r:Ja consciousness are to be considered kani?tha-adhikaris (people\nin the lowest stage of devotional service). When one rises to the second platform\nof devotional service, his business is to propagate Kr�r:Ja consciousness all over the\nworld. Those who are active in the Kr�r:Ja consciousness movement should not\nremain in the neophyte stage but should rise to the platform of preachers, the\nsecond platform of devotional service. Devotional service is so enchanting that\neven the first-class devotees (uttama-adhikaris) also come down to the second\nplatform to preach and render service to the Lord for the benefit of the whole\nworld.\n\nTEXT 206\n\nlft<Jnrwv 'f�9l '{i'l-<\\l�·f�\\!,-\n\n\"ftlf�t\"t1 iW�<'�\"\\!>1: <fi��tr���r: 1\n\"lt\"»l�i!fil: �';f�5f1: 'llf�l<!C<'flC<fC�lt\"fJt��t�'l ��t�t�f\"f �1!_.,�·1 .!\\l: II�·� II\ndhanyeyam adya dharaQi trQa-virudhas tvatpada-sprso druma-/ata/:1 karajabhimma/:1\nnadyo 'draya/:1 khaga-mrga/:1 sadayavalokair\ngopyo 'ntareQa bhujayor api yat-sprha sri/:1\n\nSYNONYMS\ndhanya\n\n-\n\nglorified ;\n\niyam-this ; adya-today; dharaQi-the surface of the\n\nglobe; twa-virudha/:1-the grass and herbs; tvat\n\n-\n\nYour ; pada sprsa/:1\n-\n\n-\n\nfrom the\n\n", "mad9#p0226": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n196\n\ntouch\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nlotus\n\nfeet;\n\ndruma-latab -the\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\ncreepers\n\nand\n\ntrees;\n\nkaraja­\n\nabhimmab -touched by Your nails; nadyab -the rivers; adrayab -the hills;\n\nkhaga-mrgab-the birds and forest animals; sadaya-avalokaib-because of Your\n\nmerciful glances; gopyab-the gopis, the damsels of Vraja; antare1,1a-by the\nregion between; bhujayob-Your two arms; api-also; yat-for which; sprha­\n\ndesirous; srib-the goddess of fortune.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'This land Vrndavana [Vrajabhumil is glorified today. Your lotus feet have\ntouched the earth and grass. Your fingers have touched the trees and creepers,\nand Your merciful eyes have glanced upon rivers, hills, birds and beasts. The\ngopis have been embraced by Your arms, and even the goddess of fortune\ndesires this. Now all of these are glorified.'\nPURPO RT\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.15.8) is spoken by Lord Kr�r:ta to Sri\nBalarama.\nTEXT 207\n\n511 C'i!l9fb1\"��'101� OI\"�C�lillffi!C<!'l_��OI\": �\"f9fbf���� '1�/J: I\n'S\\�01� 51f'!1l�t� 'Pj_���'!t�\nfolc�l;j9fl\"lf'!C'I�'!nltf<l\"f\"D<1PI, II � •' II\nga gopakair anuvanam nayator udara­\n\nveQu-svanaib kala-padais tanu-bhrtsu sakhyab\n\naspandanam gatimatam pulakas tar01,1am\nniryoga-pasa-krta-lak?aQayor vicitram\nSYNONYMS\n\ngab-the cows; gopakaib-with the cowherd boys; anuvanam-to each\n\nforest; nayatob-leading; udara-very liberal; ve1,1u-svanaib-by the vibrations of\nthe flutes; kala-padaib-having sweet tones; tanu-bhrtsu-among the living en­\n\ntities; sakhyab-0 friends; aspandanam-the lack of movement; gatimatam-of\nthose living entities that can move; pulakab-the ecstatic jubilation; tar01,1am-of\n\nthe otherwise nonmoving trees; niryoga-pasa-the ropes for binding the rear legs\n\nof the cows; krta-lak?aQayob-of those two (Kr�r:ta and Balarama), who are\ncharacterized by; vicitram-wonderful.\n\n", "mad9#p0227": "Text 208]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n197\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear friend, both Km1a and Balarama are passing through the forest\nleading Their cows with Their cowherd boy friends. They both carry ropes\nwith which, at the time of milking, They bind the rear legs of the cows. When\nThey play on Their flutes, all moving living entities are stunned, and nonmoving living entities experience ecstatic jubilation by Their sweet music. All\nthese things are certainly very wonderful.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.21.19). All the gopis were very\nattracted to Kr�r:Ja when they saw Him wandering in the forest with Baladeva.\nThey thus praised the Lord's activities.\nTEXT 208\n\n<!01<'1�1��<[ '!l�f01 f<t��\n<!J�'ll�J �<!\n\n�09f'l{'a'ftG\"Jt: I\n\n�'l��t� f<t\\;9fl 'I!J_�1�t:\nC�OJ���O!\"C<!1 <!� � II � l7 II\n•\n\nvana-latas tarava atmani vi$f)Urh\nvyanjayantya iva pu$pa-phalac;fhya/:l\npraf)ata-bhara-vitapa madhu-dhara/:1\nprema-hf?ta-tanavo vavr$u/:l sma\nSYNONYMS\nvana-/ata/:1-the herbs and plants; tarava/:1-the trees; atmani-in the Supreme\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; vyanjayantya/:1iva-like; pu$pa-phala-ac;fhya/:l-filled with luxuriant fruits and\nflowers; praf)ata-bhara-bowed down because of loads; vitapa/:1-the trees;\nmadhu-dhara/:1-showers; p re ma-h ma-inspired by love of Godhead; tanava/:1whose bodies; vavr$u/:l constantly rained; sma-certainly.\n\nSoul;\n\nVi$f)Um-the\n\nmanifesting;\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'The plants, creepers and trees were full of fruits and flowers due to\necstatic love of Kr��a. Indeed, being so full, they were bowing down. They\nwere inspired by such deep love for Kr��a that they were constantly pouring\nshowers of honey. In this way the gopis saw all the forest of Vrndavana.'\n\n", "mad9#p0228": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n198\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.35.9).\nTEXT 209\n\nf�ift'\\!l�<�t'�-\"'i_Milf\"'i.�\"r1\n\\!lt�.,��\"lj[j <l<f'Olt: �'ftlf'\\l: I\nC<l�� � ?ft9f1 <l�?ft�\"llt�\"ilt:\n\n��J f� �r\"i! �� f<1l!3C<f \"l�: II � � II\no\n\nkirata-hanandhra-pulinda-pukkasa\n\nabhira-sumbha yavana/:1 khasadaya/:1\n\nye 'nye ca papa yad-upasrayasraya/:1\n\nsudhyanti tasmai prabhavi$f)ave nama/:!\nSYNONYMS\n\nkirata-the aborigines named Kiratas; hana-the Hunas; andhra -Andhras;\n\npulinda-Pulindas; pukkasa /:1-Pukkasas; abhira -Abhi ras; sumbha/:1 -Sumbhas;\n\nyavana/:1-per sons who do not follow the Vedic injunctions and who eat cow's\n\nflesh; khasa adaya/:1 -Khasas and others; ye-those who; anye-similar others;\n-\n\nca-also; papa/:1-sinful persons; yat -of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nupasraya-of\n\nthe\n\ndevotees;\n\nasraya/:1 -taking\n\nshelter;\n\nsudhyanti-become\n\npurified; tasmai-unto Him, Lord Vi�r:JU, because of whom they become purified;\n\nprabhavi$Qave-to Lord Vi�r:JU, the most powerful; nama/:1-respectful obei­\n\nsances.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'Kirata, Huna, Andhra, Pulinda, Pukka5a, Abhira, Sumbha, Yavana and the\nKha5a races and even others who are addicted to sinful acts can be purified by\ntaking shelter of the devotees of the Lord due to His being the supreme\npower. I beg to offer my respectful obeisances unto Him.'\nTEXT 210\n\n��'St 'c;l!�' �( <fl�(, �t� 'tri11' ��I\n��� �� ��i'f fil�' �� � II �) II\no\n\nage 'tera' artha karilun, ara 'chaya' ei\n\nunavirilsati artha ha-ifa mili' ei dui\n\n", "mad9#p0229": "Text 211]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n199\n\nSYNONYMS\nage-previously; tera-thirteen; artha-meanings; kari/un-1 have done; araanother;\n\nchaya-six;\n\nei-this;\n\nunavirilsati-altogether\n\nnineteen;\n\nartha­\n\nmeanings; ha-i/a-there were; mi/i'-including; ei dui-these two.\nTRANSlATION\n\"\n\nI have already spoken about the thirteen kinds of meaning. Now there are\n\nsix more. Combined, these make nineteen.\nPURPORT\nThe six different meanings are\n\n(1) mental speculators (vide verse 165)1\n(2) those engaged in different types of endeavor (vide verse 168)1 (3) those who\nare patient and sober (vide verse 174) 1 (4) those who are intelligent and learned\nscholars (vide verse 187)1 (5) those who are intelligent but illiterate and foolish\n(vide verse 187) and (6) those who are conscious of eternal servitorship to Kr��a\n(vide verse 201).\n1\n\nTEXT 211\n\n� � �fel-t 'f;l� ��' �'$1 �il 'f;li1f I\n\n'�1-.t'·-t� 'c;'lft' �?;ft,-�fit �(�II�)� II\nei Onisa artha karilu, age suna ara\n'atma'-sabde 'deha' kahe,-cari artha tara\nSYNONYMS\nei-these; Onisa-nineteen; artha-meanings; kari/u-1 have done; ageahead; suna-hear; ara-more; atma-sabde-by the word atma; deha-the\nbody; kahe-is understood; cari artha-four meanings; tara-of that.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have already explained nineteen different meanings. Now please hear\nfurther meanings. The word atma also refers to the body, and this can be\ntaken in four ways.\nPURPORT\nThe four divisions are\n\n(1) aupadika-brahma-deha, the material body con­\n\nsidered as Brahman with designations (vide verse 212), (2) karma-ni$tha yajfiikera\nkarma-deha, the body engaged in ritualistic ceremonies of the Vedic injunctions\n(vide verse 214)\n\nI\n\n(3) tapo-deha, the body engaged in austerities and penances\n\n·\n\n", "mad9#p0230": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n200\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\n(vide verse 216), and (4) sarva-kama-deha, the body engaged for the satisfaction\nof all kinds of material desires (vide verse 218).\nTEXT 212\n\n<;'f�t� � \"eti!Jf '<;'ft�9ftfi{ a�' 1\n�e.�ttr �� �tJ ��� 'e�il II �)� II\ndeharami dehe bhaje 'dehopadhi brahma'\nsat-sange seha kare kr�f.lera bhajana\nSYNONYMS\ndeharam i-persons who have accepted this body as the self and are interested\nonly in sense gratification; dehe-in the body; bhaje\n\n-\n\nworships; deha-upadhi\n\nbrahma-Brahman having the body as a designation; sat-salige-in the association of devotees; seha-such a person; kare-d oes; kr�f.lera bhajana-service to\nLord Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One in the bodily conception worships his own body as Brahman, but\nwhen he comes in contact with the devotee, he gives up this mistaken idea\nand engages himself in the devotional service of Lord Kr��a.\nTEXT 213\n\n�it'��\"fi11r:� � �fll·r�(� �9f�\"r:\n\"f�'l�\"f��� ��m�<rr:\"ll·l rr��\"lr\n�� (S'if'5ttlt';r� �� 14'11f f-or�: \"f�\"f�\n�fil� �� 'l?:\"f�J ;r \"f�f� 'f�t��r;� II � �_, II\nudaram upasate ya r�i-vartmasu kurpa-drsa/:1\nparisara-paddhatirh hrdayam aruQayo daharam\ntata udagad ananta tava dhama sira/:1 paramarh\npunar iha yat sametya na patanti krtanta-mukhe\n\nudaram-the abdomen;\n\nSYNONYMS\nupasate-worship; ye-those who; r�i-vartmasu­\n\non the path marked out by the great saintly persons; kurpa-drsal)-whose vision\nis grossly situated in the bodily conception of life; parisara-paddhatim-from\nwhich the system of the arteries comes; hrdayam-the heart; aruQaya/:1\n\n-\n\nsaintly\n\n", "mad9#p0231": "Text 214]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n201\n\npersons headed by Aru�a ��i; daharam-the sky within the heart, the subtle con­\n\nception of the Supersoul within the heart; tata/:1-from that; udagat-went up;\n\nananta-0 unlimited one; tava-Your; dhama-place; .Sira/:1-the top of the\n\nhead; paramam-supreme; puna/:1-again; iha-in this material world; yat­\n\nwhich;\n\nsametya-having achieved;\n\nna-not; patanti-fall down;\n\nmukhe-in the repetition of birth and death.\n\nkrta-anta­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Those who follow the path of great, saintly mystic yogis take to the yogic\ngymnastic process and begin worshiping from the abdomen, where it is said\nthat Brahman is located. Such people are called sark, which means that they\nare situated in the gross bodily conception. There are also followers of the r�i\nknown as Aru�a. Following that path, they observe the activities of the arteries. Thus they gradually rise to the heart, where subtle Brahman, Paramatma, is situated. They then worship Him. 0, unlimited A nanta! Better than\nthese persons are the mystic yogis who worship You from the top of their\nheads. Beginning with the abdomen and proceeding through the heart, they\nreach the top of the head and pass through the brahma-randra, the hole at the\ntop of the skull. Thus yogis attain the perfectional platform and do not enter\nthe cycle of birth and death again.'\n\nPURPO RT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.87.18).\n\nTEXT 214\n\n,�� ��fil�-�r��trw igfi{ 1\n�e.�ttr '��' I!Jf<sr' ��1t 'e'Sril II �)8 II\ndeharami karma-ni$tha-yajnikadi jana\nsat-sange 'karma' tyaji' karaya bhajana\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ndeharami-those in the bodily concept of life; karma-ni$tha-attracted to frui­\n\ntive activities; yajnika-adi jana-persons who perform ritualistic ceremonies for a\n\nbetter standard of life; sat-sange-in contact with devotees; karma tyaji'-giving\n\nup such fruitive activities; karaya bhajana-engages in the devotional service of\nthe Lord.\n\n", "mad9#p0232": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n202\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Those who are in the bodily conception mainly engage in fruitive activity.\nThose who perform yajnas and ritualistic ceremonies are also considered in\nthe same category. However, when they are all in contact with the pure devotee, they give up their fruitive activity and fully engage in the service of the\nLord.\nTEXT 215\n\n<fi�<ITf�:�Olt�tr:'l 1_111_;m�01t� iS<!I\"\\. I\n\\5lt9ft��f� C'Sitf<l�9ftlf9fl!!t'l<!� 1lli_ II � ) ¢ II\nkarmal)y asminn anasvase\n\ndhama-dhamratmanaril bhavan\n\napayayati govinda­\n\npada-padmasavaril madhu\n\nSYNONYMS\nkarmal)i-in fruitive activity; asmin-in this; anasvase-although not positive\n\nin result; dhama-dhumra-atmanam-whose bodies are simply becoming blackish\nbecause of smoke; bhavan-you; apayayati-give a chance to drink; govinda­\n\npada-padma-asavam-the nectarean beverage flowing from the lotus feet of\n\nGovinda; madhu-sweet.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'We have just begun performing this fruitive activity, a sacrificial fire, but\ndue to the many imperfections in our action, we are not certain of its result.\nOur bodies have become black from the smoke, but we are factually pleased\nby the nectar of the lotus feet of the Personality of Godhead, Govinda, which\nyou are distributing.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.18.12) was spoken to SOta Gosvami at\n\nthe meeting of great sages at Naimi?iirar:tya. The great sages were headed by\n\nSaunaka, and SOta Gosvami spoke of the glorious activities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead at that meeting. At that time, all the r�is assembled there\nneglected to complete the ritualistic ceremonies because there was no positive\nassurance of the results. All the performers were coated with black ash due to the\nlarge amount of smoke coming from the fire.\nTEXT 216\n\n'�9f�' <2l�f� �� (;tif�tili� �� I\n�i{�t!lr t!9l �tf�' ��� ��� II �)� II\n\n", "mad9#p0233": "Text 217]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n203\n\n'tapasvi' prabhrti yata deharami haya\nsadhu-sange tapa cha(li' sri-km;a bhajaya\nSYNONYMS\n\ntapasvi-persons who undergo severe penances; prabhrti- and so on; yataall; deharami haya-are within the category of the bodily concept of life; sadhu­\n\nsange-in the association of devotees; tapa cha(li'- giving up all such processes\nof penance and austerity; sri-kr?Qa bhajaya-engage themselves in the service of\nLord Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The tapasvis, those who undergo severe austerities and penances to elevate themselves to the higher planetary systems, are also in the same category.\nWhen such persons come in contact with a devotee, they give up all those\npractices and engage in Lord Kr�r:-a's service.\nTEXT 217\n\n��<>rtlful�tr�� r\"D�<>f r�011-\n\n\"l(c\"P!�c'llt<>rf\"D\\!i� �.,� f'f�: 1\n\"'llfJ: f\"'fC91\\!iJ��l:\"Il'f\\!i� \"'l\\!il\n�'<11 <>flfl�M�f�:�\\!il\"'lfil<:. II =t � � II\nyat-pada-sevabhirucis tapasvinam\nase?a-janmopacitarh malarh dhiya/:1\nsadya/:1 k?if)oty anvaham edhati sati\nyatha padangu?tha-vini/:!srta sarit\nSYNONYMS\n\nyat-pada-seva-abhiruci/:1-the taste for serving the lotus feet of Lord Kr�r:Ja;\ntapasvinam-of persons undergoing severe penances; ase?a-unlimited; janmaupacitam-contracted from life after life; ma/am-dirt; dhiya/:1-of the intelligence; sadya/:1-immediately; k?iQoti-vanquishes;\nanvaham-every day;\nedhati-increasing; sati being in the mode of goodness; yatha-as; padaangu?tha vini/:! srta-emanating from the toe of the Lord; sarit-the River Ganges.\n-\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The taste for loving service is like the water of the River Ganges, which\nflows from the feet of Lord Kr�r:-a. Every day that taste diminishes the results of\nsinful activities acquired over a period of many births by those who perform\nausterities.'\n\n", "mad9#p0234": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n204\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (4.21.31 ).\nTEXT 218\n\n����, �('�t1f-�<!f �1Wt1f I\n���9f111 � <e� ��' �<if <fit1f II �)\"' II\ndeharami, sarva-kama -saba atmarama\n\nkr�Qa-krpaya kr�Qa bhaje chac;li' saba kama\nSYNONYMS\n\ndeharami-persons who are in the bodily concept of life; sarva-kama-full of\nall\n\nmaterial\n\ndesires;\n\nsaba-all;\n\natmarama-enj oying self-satisfaction;\n\nkr�Qa­\n\nkrpaya-by the mercy of Kr�r:Ja; kr�Qa bhaje-become engaged in the devotional\n\nservice of Lord Kr�r:Ja; chac;li' saba kama-giving up all sorts of material desire.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"As long as one labors under the bodily conception, he must fulfill volumes\nand volumes of material desires. Thus a person is called atmarama. When\nsuch an atmarama is favored by the mercy of Kr�l)a, he gives up his so-called\nself-satisfaction and engages in the transcendental loving service of the Lord.\nTEXT 219\n\n�r\"'rr�.,r� �\"fr� r�c\\!Jr���\n�i' ·�i�<H\"I_ Clf�ll_O!'l�S�'l_ I\n\n�io' r�ro�:tf\"f flf�nl�'\n�iPlO{_ f\\!iil:�i�f\"ii ��' 01 \"<lil:o II � �;;, II\nsthanabhila�i tapasi sthito 'harh\n\ntvarh praptavan deva-munindra-guhyam\n\nkacarh vicinvann api divya-ratnarh\n\nsvamin krtartho 'smi vararh na yace\nSYNONYMS\n\nsthana-abhila�i-desiring a very high position in the material world; tapasi-in\n\nsevere austerities and penances; sthitaQ -situate d; aham-1; tvam-You; praptavan-have obtained; deva-muni-indra-guhyam-difficult to achieve even for\n\ngreat demigods, saintly persons and kings; kacam-a piece of glass; vicinvan-\n\n", "mad9#p0235": "Text 220]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n205\n\nsearching for; api-although; divya-ratnam-a transcendental gem; svamin-0\nmy Lord; krta-arthab asmi-1 am fully satisfied; varam-any benediction; na\nyace-1 do not ask.\nTRANSLATION\n[When he was being benedicted by the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nDhruva Maharaja said], \" '0 my L ord, because I was seeking an opulent\nmaterial position, I was performing severe types of penance and austerity.\nNow I have gotten You, who are very difficult for the great demigods, saintly\npersons and kings to attain. I was searching after a piece of glass, but instead I\nhave found a most valuable jewel. T herefore I am so satisfied that I do not\nwish to ask any benediction from You.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is from the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya (7.28).\nTEXT 220\n\n�� �tf1f �Q{' �� ��llf '<;��-t' �( I\n�t1f f!i{ �( �i{ � �� II �� II\no\n\nei cari artha saha ha-ila 'teisa' artha\nara tina artha suna parama samartha\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-these; cari-four; artha-meanings; saha-with; ha-i/a-there were; teisa\nartha-twenty-three different varieties of imports; ara tina artha-another three\nimports; suna-hear; parama samartha-very strong.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In addition to the nineteen other meanings, this atmarama meaning\n[including those laboring under the bodily conception] makes four meanings\naltogether and brings the total to twenty-three meanings. Now hear of another\nthree meanings, which are very suitable.\nPURPORT\n\nThe three different meanings are (1) the word ca meaning \"in due course,\"\n\n(2) the words ca meaning eva and api meaning \"censure,\" and (3) nirgrantha,\n,\n\nmeaning \"one who is very poor, without money.\"\n\n", "mad9#p0236": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n206\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 221\n\n�-� ':11��', �Hr �� <15� I\n\n'l!f�t�Prt·6 'l_OI�\"I>' ���� ':e� II � �) II\nca-sabde 'samuccaye', ara artha kaya\n'atmaramas ca munayas ca' km)ere bhajaya\nSYNONYMS\nca-sabde-by the word ca; samuccaye-in aggregation; ara-another; arthaimport; kaya\n\n-\n\nis meant; atmarama/:1 ca munaya/:1 ca-all the atmaramas and\n\nmunis; kr�f)ere bhajaya-worship Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"As mentioned above, the word ca has been used to mean 'aggregate.' According to this meaning, all the atmaramas and the munis engage in Kr�r:Ja's\nservice. Besides 'aggregate,' there is another meaning of the word ca.\nTEXT 222\n\n'f\"�\"'u:' ��1 �ti ·�rr,-fe(<nr�'ll\n'�111\"1> ��·s' �Q)1 ��11'7;11 �i{ II ��� II\n'nirgrantha/:1' hafia ihan 'api'-nirdharaf)e\n'ramas ca kr�f)as ca' yatha viharaye vane\nSYNONYMS\nnirgrantha/:1 hafia- being liberated saintly persons; ihar'l-here; ap i -the word\napi; nirdharaf)e-in the sense of certainty; ramal) ca kr�f)a/:1 ca-both Rama and\nKr�r:Ja; yatha-as; vihara ye-enjoy walking; vane-in the forest.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word nigrantha� is used as an adjective, and api is used in the sense of\ncertainty. For instance, ramas ca kr�r:Jas ca means that both Rama and Kr�r:Ja\nenjoy walking in the forest.\nPURPORT\nBecause it is said that both Rama and Kr�r:Ja enjoy wandering in the forest, it is\nunderstood that both of Them are enjoying Their tour within the forest.\n\n", "mad9#p0237": "Text 224]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n207\n\nTEXT 223\n\n�-llf� '��t�t11' �� <li� �t� I\n\n'<tr.�', fs�tll&, r,lt�t\"l�l' ':qr;� ���II��� II\nca-sabde 'anvacaye' artha kahe ara\n'bato, bhik�am ata, gam canaya' yaiche prakara\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nca-sabde-by the word ca; anvacaye-in presenting an action of secondary\nimportance; artha-meaning; kahe-says; ara-another; bata-O brahmacari;\nbhik�am a ta-j u st bring some alms; gam ca anaya\n\n-\n\nalso at the same time, bring\n,\n\nthe cows; yaiche prakara-in this way.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word ca also means anvacaye, which means to present a secondary\nthing to be done at the same time. This is the way of understanding the word\nanvacaye. An example is: '0 brahmacari, go out to collect alms and at the\nsame time bring in the cows.'\nTEXT 224\n\n��1{�il � ?t� :Jt(wi �� 1\n\n'\\!ift?Utl'lf1!1 \\!iff9f' �iSf,-,\"itt'l �� �1111 ��8 II\nkr�Qa-manane muni kr�f!e sarvada bhajaya\n'atmarama api' bhaje, -gauf!a artha kaya\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�Qa-manane-in meditating on Kf�l)a; muni-saintly persons; kr.�(le-unto\nLord Kr�l)a; sarvada-always; bhajaya-perform devotional service; atmarama/:1\napi\n\n-\n\nalso those who are atmaramas; bhaje-engage themselves in devotional ser­\n\nvice; gauQa artha kaya-this is also another secondary import.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Saintly persons who are always meditating upon Kr�r:Ja are engaged in the\ndevotional service of the Lord. The atmaramas are also engaged in the Lord's\nservice. That is the indirect import.\n\n", "mad9#p0238": "208\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nPURPORT\nThe anvacaye meaning of the word ca indicates that between the two words\ncompounded by the word ca, one is given more importance, and the other is considered subordinate. For example: \"0 brahmacari, please go out and collect alms\nand at the same time bring in the cows.\" In this statement, the collection of alms\nis of first importance, and the second business of collecting the cows is subordinate. Similarly, one who always meditates upon Kr�r:Ja is mainly a devotee of Kr�r:Ja\nengaged in His devotional service. Other atmaramas are subordinate in devotional\nservice.\n\nTEXT 225\n\n't>' (.fl�tr;�-·��ll: <.!lq-' �?;� � I\n\"�r�nl1'11 �r?f''-'�f�· ''$f�1'-�� <li1lll ���t n\n'ca' evarthe-'munayah eva' kr�f.lere bhajaya\n\"atmarama api\"-'api' 'garha'-artha kaya\nSYNONYMS\nca-the word ca; eva-arthe-in the sense of eva; munayah eva-j u st the\nsaintly persons; kr�f.lere bhajaya - engage themselves in the devotional service of\nLord Kr�r:Ja; atmaramah api-also in this combination, atmarama api; api-the\nword api; garha-artha kaya-in the sense of censure.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word ca is also used to indicate the certainty that only saintly persons\nare engaged in rendering devotional service to Kr�r:Ja. In the combination atmarama api, api is used in the sense of censure.\nTEXT 226\n\n'fil�..... ��1'--(.fl� �..�1{ '�'1' I\n�rt� �� �Sil, C�i:� lft� :JI�� II � �� II\n'nirgrantha hana'-ei dunhara 'vise�af.Ja'\nara artha suna, yaiche sadhura sangama\nSYNONYMS\nnirgrantha halia-becoming nirgrantha; ei-this; dunhara-of both; vise�aQathe adjective; ara artha-another import; suna - please hear; yaiche-in which;\nsadhura sangama-there is association with devotees.\n\n", "mad9#p0239": "Text 228]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n209\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word nirgrantha is taken as an adjective modifying muni and atmarama. There is another meaning, which you may hear from Me, indicating\nassociation with a devotee. Now I shall explain how it is that through the association of devotees, even a nirgrantha can become a devotee.\nTEXT 227\n\n��\"'Ill·� <li�� \\!�� '•Ut'f', 'fi1{i1' I\n\n�rt'!_Jt�er '�� <�S� ��-�i1 u �� 9 11\nnirgrantha-sabde kahe tabe 'vyadha', 'nirdhana'\nsadhu-satige seha kare sri-kr�Qa-bhajana\nSYNONYMS\nnirgrantha-sabde-by the word nirgrantha; kahe-is said; tabe -therefore;\nvyadha-a hunter; nirdhana-without any riches; sadhu-satige-by the association of a saintly person; seha-he also; ka re-en gages himself; sri-kr�Qa-bhajana-in the devotional service of Lord Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word nirgrantha-when combined with api, used in the sense of certainty-indicates a person who is a hunter by profession or who is very poor.\nNonetheless, when such a person associates with a great saint like Narada, he\nengages in Lord Kr�r:Ja's devotional service.\nTEXT 228\n\n�� � �l:P·1{� I\n�Jtlf ��� � ��J �t'St��\\!t�1{\" ��IT' 11\n''Plll �f'lf•5'\n\n'kr�Qaramas ca' eva-haya kr�Qa-manana\nvyadha hafia haya pujya bhagavatottama\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-aramafJ ca-one who takes pleasure in Kr�l)a; eva-certa i n l y; hayathere is; kr?Qa-manana-meditation on Kr�l)a; vyadha ha fi a-being a hunter;\nhaya\n\nis; pujya-worshipable; bhagavata-uttama-the best of the devotees.\n\n-\n\n", "mad9#p0240": "210\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The words kr��arama5 ca refer to one who takes pleasure in thinking of\nKr��a. Even though such a person may be a hunter, he is still worshipable and\nis the best of devotees.\nTEXT 229\n\nt.fl<fi �··<ffil;� <!i�i �� �f<l$ffl;� I\n\n�t� '�'! � �e,�tl-���1� 19(1tl;� II��� II\neka bhakta-vyadhera katha suna savadhane\nyaha haite haya sat-satiga-mahimara jfiane\nSYNONYMS\neka bhakta-vyadhera-one devotee who was a hunter; katha-narration;\nsuna-please hear; savadhane-with attention; yaha haite-fro m which; hayathere is; sat-satiga-mahimara jfiane-knowledge of the greatness of association\nwith a great devotee.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall now narrate the story of how the hunter became a great devotee by\nthe association of such an exalted personality as Narada Muni. From this story,\none can understand the greatness of association with pure devotees.\nTEXT 230\n\nt.fl<fi �� ��t�w or�' �t�t�'l 1\n\nf\\!il;<t�·�tl;� �ID� <liBt\"fi \"ii�� II � �\n\no\n\nII\n\neka dina sri-narada dekhi' narayal)a\ntriveQi-snane prayaga karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\neka dina-one day;\n\nsri-narada-the great saintly person Narada;\n\ndekhi'\n\nnarayaQa-after visiting Lord Naraya�a; tri-veQi-snane-to bathe at the confluence of the Ganges, Yamuna and Sarasvati rivers; prayaga-to Prayaga; karila\ngamana-went.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Once upon a time the great saint Narada, after visiting lord Naraya�a in\nthe Vaiku�fhas, went to Prayaga to bathe at the confluence of three riversthe Ganges, Yamuna and Sarasvati.\n\n", "mad9#p0241": "Text 232]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n211\n\nPURPORT\nThe great saint Narada is so liberated that he can go to the Vaikur:Jtha planets to\nsee Narayal)a and then immediately come to this planet in the material world and\ngo to Prayaga to bathe in the confluence of three rivers. The word tri-veQi refers\nto a confluence of three rivers. This confluence is still visited by many hundreds of\nthousands of people who go there to bathe, especially during the month of january (Magha-mela). A liberated person who has no material body can go anywhere\nand everywhere; therefore a living entity is called sarva-ga, which indicates that\nhe can go anywhere and everywhere. Presently scientists are trying to go to other\nplanets, but due to their material bodies, they are not free to move at will.\nHowever, when one is situated in his original spiritual body, he can move anywhere and everywhere without difficulty. Within this material world there is a\nplanet called Siddhaloka, whose inhabitants can go from one planet to another\nwithout the aid of a machine or space rocket. In the material world every planet\nhas a specific advantage (vibhati-bhinna). In the spiritual world, however, all the\nplanets and their inhabitants are composed of spiritual energy. Because there are\nno material impediments, it is said that everything in the spiritual world is one.\nTEXT 231\n\n�i{9ft� C:�t� �'it �tt� �t� 9f�' I\n�t'i·�� �'tt9ft{f �� Sf\\!?,<fi� II ��:> II\nvana-pathe dekhe mrga ache bhume pac;li'\nbaQa-viddha bhagna-pada kare dhac;J-phac;li\nSYNONYMS\n\nvana-pathe-on the forest path; dekhe-saw; mrga-deer; ache-there was;\nbhume pac;li\npada\n\n-\n\n'-\n\nlying on the ground; baQa-viddha\n\nbroken legs; kare dhac;J phac;li\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\npierced by an arrow; bhagna­\n\ntwist i ng with pain.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Narada Muni saw that a deer was lying on the path through the forest and\nthat it was pierced by an arrow. It had broken legs and was twisting due to\nmuch pain.\nTEXT 232\n\n�rn <tii!l_� �<tl c:�t�i{ 1._�� 1\n\n,1!� �� �'tt9ft{if �� Sf\\!? ,<fill? II ��� II\nara kata-dure eka dekhena sukara\ntaiche viddha bhagna-pada kare dhac;J-phac;Ja\n\n", "mad9#p0242": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n212\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nSYNONYMS\nara kata-dOre-still farther alon g; eka-one; dekhena-sees; sOkara-a boar;\ntaiche-simil arly;\n\nviddha-pierced;\n\nbhagna-pada-broken\n\nle gs;\n\nkare dhac;l­\n\nphac;la-twists in pain.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Farther ahead, Narada Muni saw a boar pierced by an arrow. Its legs were\nalso broken, and it was twisting in pain.\nTEXT 233\n\n�tli <.fl� -t-t<ti 'we;��� ���t1f 1\n�t�� �:� 'WM' ��� �Jtt:\"l·��t1f II �'!)'!) II\naiche eka sasaka dekhe ara kata-dOre\njivera dubkha dekhi' narada vyakula-antare\nSYNONYMS\naiche-similarly; eka sasaka-one rabbit; dekhe-he sees; ara kata-dare-still\nfarther ahead; jivera-of the living entity; dul)kha dekhi'-seeing such horrible\nmiseries; narada-the great saintly person; vyaku/a-antare-very pained within\nhimself.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When he went farther, he saw a rabbit that was also suffering. Narada Muni\nwas greatly pained at heart to see living entities suffer so.\nTEXT 234\n\n��t1f <;Wt� �Jt-. 1!';.. �i! ��1 I\n�'$1 \"attf��tt1f �t� �t'l W�1 II �'!l8 II\nkata-dure dekhe vyadha vrk�e otita hana\nmrga maribare ache baQa yuc;liya\nSYNONYMS\nkata-dure-somewhat\n\nfarther;\n\ndekhe-Narada\n\nMuni\n\nsaw;\n\nvyadha-the\n\nhunter; vrk�e otita hai'ia-hiding behind a tree; mrga maribare-to kill the\nanimals; ache-was there; baQa yuc;/iya-with arrows in the hand.\n\n", "mad9#p0243": "Text 236]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n213\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Narada Muni advanced farther, he saw a hunter behind a tree. This\nhunter was holding arrows, and he was ready to kill more animals.\nTEXT 235\n\n�11� � ��r;;i[! 11�t��� I\n..�'I �r;�,--<;�il �11 �${� II ��<t II\nsyama-varQa rakta-netra maha-bhayarikara\ndhanur-baQa haste,- yena yama daQc;fa-dhara\nSYNONYMS\n5yama-varQa-blackish color; rakta-netra-reddish eyes; maha-bhayarikara­\n\nvery fearful bodily features; dhanu/:1-baQa has te-with arrows and bow in hand;\nyena yama daQc;fa-dhara-exactly like the superintendent of death, Yamaraja.\nja.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"The hunter's body was blackish. He had reddish eyes, and he appeared\n\nfierce. It was as if the superintendent of death, Yamaraj a, was standing there\nwith bows and arrows in his hands.\nTEXT 236\n\n�t!lit�' ilt� �t� ��r;;� �f�a, I\n��<;iff�' �'Sf�� ��1 c;'Sfa, II��� II\npatha chac;fi' narada tara nikate calila\nnarade dekhi' mrga saba pa/ana gela\nSYNONYMS\npatha chac;fi'-leaving aside the path; narada-the saintly person Narada; tara\nnikate\n\n-\n\nnear him;\n\nca /i /a\n\n-\n\nwent ;\n\nanimals; saba-all; palana ge /a\n\nnarade dekhi'-seeing Narada;\n\nmrga-the\n\nleft running away.\n\n-\n\n,\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Narada Muni left the forest path and went to the hunter, all the\nanimals immediately saw him and fled.\n\n", "mad9#p0244": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n214\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 237\n\n�Ill �1$1 <!Jt-. �tf;� 'itt� fltf;'! li'hl I\n\"'\n\nil11f�·�<etf;<l �-t 'iftfit ilt� �t� II ��'\\ II\nkruddha hana vyadha tanre gali dite caya\nnarada-prabhave mukhe gali nahi aya\nSYNONYMS\nkruddha hana-be ing very angry; vyadha-the hunter; tanre-him; gali dite\ncaya - wanted to abuse; narada-prabhave-by the influence of Narada; mukhein the mouth; ga/i-abusive language; nahi aya-did not come.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When all the animals fled, the hunter wanted to chastise Narada with\nabusive language, but due to Narada's presence, he could not utter anything\nabusive.\nTEXT 238\n\n\"<;'itt�tf$, ��t'i·�� �tf�' <;<tlf;il ��� I\n�1 <;W�' <;�t� \"f'JfiJ �'it�\"'�� II\" ��lr II\n\"gosani, prayaf)a-patha cha(ii' kene ai/a\ntoma dekhi' mora lak?ya mrga pa/aila\"\nSYNONYMS\ngosani-0 great saintly person;\n\nprayaf)a-patha cha(ii'-leaving aside the\n\ngeneral path; kene -why; ai/a-have you come; toma dekhi'-seeing you; mora\nlak?ya-my targets; mrga-the animals; pa/ai/a-fled.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The hunter addressed Narada Muni: '0 gosvami! 0 great saintly person!\nWhy have you left the general path through the forest to come to me? Simply\nby seeing you, all the animals I was hunting have now fled.'\nTEXT 239\n\nilt� <tlf;�,-\"�� 'fflil' �t�\"ft� �� I\n�f;il �<tl ��-t� ��' �t�1 ���f;'! II ��:;, II\nnarada kahe,-\"patha bhu/i' ai/ana puchite\nmane eka sarhsaya haya, taha khaf)(iaite\n\n", "mad9#p0245": "Text 241]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n215\n\nSYNONYMS\nnarada kahe- N arada Muni replied; patha bhu li'-leaving the general path;\nailalia-1 have come; puchite-to inquire from you; mane-in my mind; ekaone; sarhsaya haya-the re is a doubt; taha -that; khar:u;/aite-to cause to break.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Narada Muni replied, 'Leaving the path, I have come to you to settle a\ndoubt that is in my mind.\nTEXT 240\n\n�� 'i.{ �<F-11'·��, iSftM '�t�t11' �11 I\"\n\n�t.. <f.��,-\",� <fi�, ,�� �' M�\" II �8 II\n°\n\npathe ye sukara-mrga, jani tamara haya\"\nvyadha kahe,-\"yei kaha, sei ta' ni5caya\"\nSYNONYMS\npathe-on the path; ye-those; sukara-mrga-boars and other animals; jani I can understand; tamara haya-all belong to you; vyadha kahe-the hunter\n\nreplied; yei kaha-whatever you are saying; sei ta' niscaya-it is a fact.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'I was wondering whether all the boars and other animals that are halfkilled belong to you.' The hunter replied, 'Yes, what you are saying is so.'\nTEXT 241\n\ni{� <fi'l;�,--\"�fw ��<!! ;rt11'' � <!!t'l I\n'f.il�;rt11'1 <fi11' '<fi�i{, il:1 \"l'S 9!11't'1 ?\" �8 � II\nnarada kahe,-\"yadi jive mara' tumi baf)a\nardha-mara kara kene, na lao paraf)a?\"\nSYNONYMS\nnarada kahe- N arad a Muni said; yadi-if; jive-in the animals; mara'-pierce;\ntumi-you; baf)a\n\n-\n\nyour arrows; ardha-mara kara-you half-kill; kene-why; na\n\nlao paraf)a-don t you take their lives completely.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Narada Muni then inquired, 'Why did you not kill the animals completely?\nWhy did you half-kill them by piercing their bodies with arrows?'\n\n", "mad9#p0246": "216\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 242\n\nclJt${ �r;�,-\"�i{, c;'$ft�tf�, '�'$ft�' '� ift1l I\n\nf�i!t� f-t\"f>f?;� �tfif <fi� �r;� <fitif II �8� II\nvyadha kahe,-\"suna, gosafii, mrgari' mora nama\n'\n\npitara sik?ate ami kari aiche kama\nSYNONYMS\nvyadha kahe-the hunter replied; suna-please hear; gosafii-0 great saintly\nperson; mrga-ari-the enemy of the animals; mora nama-my name; pitara sik?ate-by the teaching of my father; ami-l; kari-do; aiche kama-such acts.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The hunter replied, 'My dear saintly person, my name is Mrgari, enemy of\nanimals. My father taught me to kill them in that way.\nTEXT 243\n\n�<-if1�1 �<t �rw � ,<�'� <fir;� 1\nl!i?;<t �' �\"' c;ift� <t�� ��t� u\" �8� n\nardha-mara jiva yadi dhac;l-phac;la kare\ntabe ta' ananda mora bac;laye antare\"\nSYNONYMS\nardha-mara jiva-half-killed living beings; yadi-if; dhac;l-phac;la kare-twist\nand turn because of suffering; tabe-then; ta'-certainly; ananda-pleasure;\nmora-my; bac;laye antare-increases within.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When I see half-killed animals suffer, I feel great pleasure.'\nTEXT 244\n\ni{t�w <��r;�,-'�<fi<t� �tf'$f ''!tilt� �tr;i{' 1\n<{Jt${ <fe�,-\"�'$ftfw �� ,��'�tilt�� 11�8811\n\n'\n\nnarada kahe,-'eka-vastu magi tamara sthane'\nvyadha kahe,-\"mrgadi /aha, yei tamara mane\n\n", "mad9#p0247": "Text 246]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n217\n\nSYNONYMS\nnarada kahe-Narada Muni said; eka-vastu magi-1 wish to beg one thing;\ntamara sthane-from you; vyadha kahe-the hunter replied; mrga-adi /aha-take\nsome of the hunted animals; yei tamara mane-whatever you like.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Narada Muni then told the hunter, 'I have one thing to beg of you.' The\nhunter replied, 'You may take whatever animals or anything else you would\nlike.\nTEXT 245\n\n�'ltitt'J ij1� �[lf, �t�� <;lli� �?;� I\n�� ijt� �t�1 fif� �'lt�Jt�tlif?;� II\" �Sa- II\nmrga-chala caha yadi, aisa mora ghare\nyei caha taha diba mrga-vyaghrambare\"\nSYNONYMS\nmrga-cha/a-deerskin; caha yadi-if you want; aisa mora ghare-come to my\nplace; yei caha-whatever you want; taha-that; diba-1 shall give; mrgavyaghra-ambare-whether a deerskin or a tiger skin.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'I have many skins if you would like them. I shall give you either a\ndeerskin or a tiger skin.'\nTEXT 246\n\nilm <!i?;�,-\"��1 �t� f<lii ilt� ij'f� '\n�H \\fl<!i�\"t\"il �ifil llif'lt <;�tlli-�tf� II �8� II\nnarada kahe,-\"iha ami kichu nahi cahi\nara eka-dana ami magi toma-that1i\nSYNONYMS\nnarada kahe-Narada Muni said; iha-this; ami kichu nahi cahi-1 don't want\nany; ara-another; eka-dana-one charity; ami-1; magi-beg; toma-thatiifrom you.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Narada Muni said, 'I do not want any of the skins. I am only asking one\nthing from you in charity.\n\n", "mad9#p0248": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n218\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 247\n\n�tM '�t'! � C.�� �'lttJW �tfif�i I\n��C�� �tfif�j, ��-:.�Hfi i!1 �rn�i II\" �89 II\nkali haite tumi yei mrgadi mariba\nprathamei mariba, ardha-mara na kariba\"\nSYNONYMS\nkali haite-from tomorrow; tumi-you; yei-whatever; mrga-adi-animals;\nmariba-you will kill; prathamei mariba-kill them in the beginning; ardhamara-half-killing; na kariba-do not do.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'I beg you that from this day on you will kill animals completely and not\nleave them half-dead.'\nTEXT 248\n\n�� �t�,-\"f<ti<l1 Wtil �tf'lta,i �rt�tt� I\n�(\" �t�t� f�.,i ��' �t�i <fi� C.�tt� II\" �Sir II\nvyadha kahe,-\"kiba dana magi/a amare\nardha marile kiba haya, taha kaha more\"\nSYNONYMS\nvyadha kahe-the hunter replied; kiba dana-what kind of charity; magi/a\namare-have you begged from me; ardha mari/e-in half-killing; kiba-what;\nhaya-there is; taha-that; kaha more-kindly explain to me.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The hunter replied, 'My dear sir, what are you asking of me? What is\nwrong with the animals' lying there half-killed? Will you please explain this to\nme?'\nTEXT 249\n\ni!rnw �t�,-\"�< �rnt� �� ?trn �J� 1\n\n<itt<�,�� fwt�!i, c.�t�t� ��?;� �tli ���i 11�8�11\nnarada kahe,-\"ardha marile jiva paya vyatha\njive duf)kha ditecha, tamara ha-ibe aiche avastha\n\n", "mad9#p0249": "Text 250]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n219\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nnarada kahe-Narada Muni replied; ardha marile-by half-killing the animals;\n\njiva paya vyatha-the living beings suffer too much pain; jive du/:lkha ditecha­\n\nyou are giving troubles to the living beings; tomara-your; ha-ibe-there will be;\naiche avastha-the same suffering in retaliation.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Narada Muni replied, 'If you leave the animals half-dead, you are purposefully giving them pain. Therefore you will have to suffer in retaliation.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is an authoritative statement given by the greatest authority, Narada Muni.\nIf one gives another living entity unnecessary pain, one will certainly be punished\n\nby the laws of nature by a similar pain. Although the hunter Mrgari was un­\n\ncivilized, he still had to suffer the results of his sinful activities. However, if a\ncivilized man kills animals regularly in a slaughterhouse to maintain his so-called\ncivilization, using scientific methods and machines to kill animals, one cannot\neven estimate the suffering awaiting him. So-called civilized people consider\nthemselves very advanced in education, but they do not know about the\nstringent laws of nature. According to nature's law, it is a life for a life. We can\nhardly imagine the sufferings of one who maintains a slaughterhouse. He endures\nsuffering not only in this life, but in his next life also. It is said that a hunter, murderer or killer is advised not to live and not to die. If he lives, he accumulates even\nmore sins, which bring about more suffering in a future life. He is advised not to\ndie because his dying means that he immediately begins to endure more suffering.\nTherefore he is advised not to live and not to die.\n\nAs followers of the Vedic principles, we accept the statements of Narada Muni\n\nin this regard. It is our duty to see that no one suffers due to sinful activities.\n\nFoolish rascals are described in Bhagavad-gita as mayayapahrta-jnana/:1, which indi­\n\ncates that although they are superficially educated, maya has taken their real\n\nknowledge away. Such people are presently leading human society. In SrimadBhagavatam they are also described as andha yathandhair upaniyamana/:1. These\n\nrascals are themselves blind, and yet they are leading others who are blind. When\npeople follow such leaders, they suffer unlimited pains in the future. Despite socalled advancement, all this is happening. Who is safe? Who is happy? Who is\nwithout anxiety?\nTEXT 250\n\n�if, �<I il't�-'��' �<?t�t${ <;'!tilt� I\n�tif{il1 fif�1 iTt�'-� <?tt11 '�9ft�' II ��o II\n\n�t'f\n\n", "mad9#p0250": "220\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nvyadha tumi, jiva mara-'a/pa' aparadha tamara\nkadarthana diya mara'-e papa 'apara'\nSYNONYMS\nvyadha tumi-you are a hunter; jiva mara-your occupation is to kill animals;\na/pa -slight; aparadha -offense; tamara -your; kadarthana diya -unnecessarily\ngiving them pain; mara'-when you kill; e papa apara-this sinful activity is\nunlimited.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Narada Muni continued, 'My dear hunter, your business is killing animals.\nThat is a slight offense on your part, but when you consciously give them unnecessary pain by leaving them half-dead, you incur very great sins.'\nPURPORT\nThis is another good instruction to animal killers. There are always animal killers\nand animal eaters in human society because less civilized people are accustomed\nto eating meat. In Vedic civilization, meat-eaters are advised to kill an animal for\nthe goddess Kali or a similar demigod. This is in order not to give the animal unnecessary pain, as slaughterhouses do. In the balidana sacrifice to a demigod, it is\nrecommended to cut the throat of an animal with one slice. This should be done\non a dark-moon night, and the painful noises expressed by the animal at the time\nof being slaughtered are not to be heard by anyone. There are also many other\nrestrictions. Slaughter is only allowed once a month, and the killer of the animal\nhas to suffer similar pains in his next life. At the present moment, so-called\ncivilized men do not sacrifice animals to a deity in a religious or ritualistic way.\nThey openly kill animals daily by the thousands for no purpose other than the\nsatisfaction of the tongue. Because of this the entire world is suffering in so many\nways. Politicians are unnecessarily declaring war, and, according to the stringent\nlaws of material nature, massacres are taking place between nations.\nprakrteh kriyamat:�ani\ngut:�aih karmat:�i sarvasah\nahankara-vimuqhatma\nkartaham iti manyate\n\"The bewildered spirit soul, under the influence of the three modes of material\nnature, thinks himself to be the doer of activities, which are in actuality carried out\nby nature.\" (Bg. 3.27) The laws of prakrti (nature) are very stringent. No one\nshould think that he has the freedom to kill animals and not suffer the consequences. One cannot be safe by doing this. Narada Muni herein says that animal\n\n", "mad9#p0251": "221\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nText 251]\n\nkilling is offensive, especially when animals are given unnecessary pain. Meateaters\n\nand\n\nanimal\n\nkillers\n\nare\n\nadvised\n\nnot\n\nto\n\npurchase\n\nmeat\n\nfrom\n\nthe\n\nslaughterhouse. They can worship Kali once a month, kill some unimportant\nanimal and eat it. Even by following this method, one is still an offender.\nTEXT 251\n\n<tiW�nlj � �� 'al tBfa;rl �t<!lt� I\n�-� '�li 'i!l'ali 'altBlt<!! iSfil!·'SfliJitm;� II\" ��� II\nkadarthiya tumi yata marila jivere\ntara taiche toma maribe janma-janmantare\"\nSYNONYMS\nkadarthiya-giving unnecessary pangs; tumi-you; yata-all; mari/a-killed;\njivere-the living entities;\n\ntara-all of them;\n\ntaiche-similarly;\n\ntoma-you;\n\nmaribe-will kill; janma-janma-antare-life after life.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Narada Muni continued, 'All the animals that you have killed and given unnecessary pain will kill you one after the other in your next life and in life after\nlife.'\nPURPORT\nThis is another authoritative statement made by the great sage Narada. Those\nwho\n\nkill\n\nanimals\n\nand\n\ngive\n\nthem\n\nunnecessary\n\npain-as\n\npeople\n\ndo\n\nin\n\nslaughterhouses-will be killed in a similar way in the next life and in many lives to\ncome. One can never be excused from such an offense. If one kills many thousands of animals in a professional way so that other people can purchase the meat\nto eat, one must be ready to be killed in a similar way in his next life and in life\nafter life. There are many rascals who violate their own religious principles. According to judea-Christian scriptures, it is clearly said, \"Thou shalt not kill.\" Nonetheless, giving all kinds of excuses, even the heads of religions indulge in killing\nanimals while trying to pass as saintly persons. This mockery and hypocrisy in\nhuman society bring about unlimited calamities; therefore occasionally there are\ngreat wars. Masses of such people go out onto battlefields and kill themselves.\nPresently they have discovered the atomic bomb, which is simply awaiting\nwholesale destruction. If people want to be saved from the killing business life\nafter life, they must take to Kr�r:ta consciousness and cease sinful activity. The International Society for Krishna Consciousness recommends that everyone abandon meat-eating, illicit sex, intoxication and gambling. When one gives up these\n\n", "mad9#p0252": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n222\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nsinful activities, he can understand Kr�t:�a and take to this Kr�t:�a consciousness\nmovement. We therefore request everyone to abandon sinful activity and chant\nthe Hare Kr�t:�a mantra. In this way people can save themselves from repeated\nbirth and death.\nTEXT 252\n\n��·lfttf �Jttst� lfil �Jl� ��a;'( I\n\nit� �t<t�J �fil' �til�� l§?ff'Sia;c II �1� II\nnarada-sange vyadhera mana parasanna ha-ila\ntanra vakya suni' mane bhaya upajila\nSYNONYMS\n\nnarada-sange-in the association of the great sage Narada Muni; vyadhera-of\nthe hunter; mana-the mind; parasanna ha ila-became cleansed and satisfied;\n-\n\ntanra-his; vakya-words; suni'-hearing; mane-in the mind; bhaya upajilasome fear arose.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"In this way, through the association of the great sage Narada Muni, the\nhunter was a little convinced of his sinful activity. He therefore became somewhat afraid due to his offenses.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is the effect of associating with a pure devotee. Our preachers who are\npreaching Kr�t:�a consciousness all over the world should follow in the footsteps of\nNarada Muni and become purified by following the four principles and chanting\nthe Hare Kr�t:�a maha-mantra. This will make them fit to become Vai�t:�avas. Then,\nwhen they speak to sinful people about the teachings of this Kr�t:�a consciousness\nmovement, people will be affected and take the instructions. We receive instructions in devotional service through the disciplic succession. Narada Muni is our\noriginal guru because he is the spiritual master of Vyasadeva. Vyasadeva is the\nspiritual master of our disciplic succession; therefore we should follow in the\nfootsteps of Narada Muni and become pure Vai�t:�avas. A pure Vai�t:�ava is one\nwho has no ulterior motive. He has totally dedicated himself to the service of the\nLord. He does not have material desires, and he is not interested in so-called\nlearning\n\nand\n\nphilanthropic\n\nwork.\n\nThe\n\nso-called\n\nlearned\n\nscholars\n\nand\n\nphilanthropists are actually karmis and jnanis, and some are actually misers\nengaged in sinful activity. All are condemned because they are not devotees of\nLord Kr�t:Ja.\n\n", "mad9#p0253": "Text 253]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n223\n\nThis is a chance to become purified by associating with this Kr�r:Ja consciousness movement and strictly following the rules and regulations. By chanting the\nHare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra, one can become free from all contamination, especially\ncontamination brought about by the killing of animals. Lord Kr�r:Ja Himself requested:\nsarva-dharman parityajya\nmam ekarh saraf)arh vraja\naharh tvarh sarva-papebhyo\nmok?ayi?yami ma sucai)\n\"Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver you\nfrom all sinful reaction. Do not fear.\" (Bg.\n\n18.66)\n\nWe should take this instruction from Kr�r:Ja and follow in the footsteps of\nNarada Muni in the disciplic succession. If we simply surrender unto Kr�r:Ja's lotus\nfeet and take this Kr�r:Ja consciousness movement seriously, we can be freed from\nthe karma incurred by sin. If we are intelligent enough, we shall engage in the\nloving service of the Lord. Then our lives will be successful, and we shall not have\nto suffer like the hunter life after life. By killing animals, not only will we be bereft\nof the human form but we will have to take an animal form and somehow or\nother be killed by the same type of animal we have killed. This is the law of\nnature. The Sanskrit word marhsa means \"meat.\" It is said: marh sal) khadati iti\nmarhsai). That is, \"I am now eating the flesh of an animal who will some day in the\nfuture be eating my flesh.\"\nTEXT 253\n\n�� �t�,-\"�t'il c�t� <fl� �tm� �� 1\n\n'��� l!fit��$ �m ��� ? �q\\!) u\nvyadha kahe,-\"balya haite ei amara karma\nkemane tarimu muni pamara adhama?\nSYNONYMS\nvyadha kahe-the hunter said; balya haite\n\n-\n\nfrom the very beginning of my\n\nchildhood; ei amara karma-1 have been taught this business (half-killing animals);\nkemane-how; tarimu-shall become free from these sinful activities; muni-1;\npamara adhama-s i nful and misled.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The hunter then admitted that he was convinced of his sinful activity, and\nhe said, 'I have been taught this business from my very childhood. Now I am\n\n", "mad9#p0254": "224\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nwondering how I can become freed from these unlimited volumes of sinful activity.'\nPURPORT\nThis kind of admission is very beneficial as long as one does not again commit\nsin. Cheating and hypocrisy are not tolerated by higher authorities. If one understands what sin is, he should give it up with sincerity and regret and surrender\nunto the lotus f�et of the Supreme Personality of Godhead through His agent, the\npure devotee. In this way, one can be freed from the reactions of sin and make\nprogress in devotional service. However, if one continues committing sins after\nmaking some atonement, he will not be saved. In the sastras, such atonement is\ncompared to an elephant's bathing. An elephant takes a very good bath and\ncleanses its body very nicely, but as soon as it comes out of the water, it picks up\nsome dust on the shore and throws it all over its body. Atonement may be carried\nout very nicely, but it will not help a person if he continues committing sins.\nTherefore the hunter first admitted his sinful activity before the saintly person\nNarada and then asked how he could be saved.\nTEXT 254\n\nl.fl� 9ft9f �rn ,��' <;<�S�� �9ftt11?\nfil�t� <IS�� <;�tt�, 9ft�'\"'i '�t�HI 9ftt� II\" �a-8 ll\nei papa yaya mora, kemana upaye?\nnistara karaha more, pac;lon tamara paye\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; papa yaya mora-sinful reaction of my life can be washed off; kemana\nupay e-by what means; nistara karaha more-kindly deliver me; pac;lon-1 fall\ndown; tamara paye-at your lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The hunter continued, 'My dear sir, please tell me how I can be relieved\nfrom the reactions of my sinful life. Now I fully surrender unto you and fall\ndown at your lotus feet. Please deliver me from sinful reactions.'\nPURPORT\nBy the grace of Narada Muni, the hunter came to his good senses and immediately surrendered unto the saint's lotus feet. This is the process. By associating with a saintly person, one is able to understand the reactions of his sinful life.\n\n", "mad9#p0255": "225\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nText 255]\n\nWhen one voluntarily surrenders to a saintly person who is a representative of\nKr�t:�a and follows his instructions, one can become freed from sinful reaction.\nKr�t:�a demands the surrender of a sinful man, and Kr�t:�a's representative gives the\nsame instructions. The representative of Kr�t:�a never tells his disciple, \"Surrender\nunto me.\" Rather he says, \"Surrender unto Kr�t:Ja.\" If the disciple accepts this principle and surrenders himself through the representative of Kr�t:Ja, his life is saved.\nTEXT 255\n\ni{Rf(f �1;�,-'�fir �� �'t1ft� <l�i{ I\n�<I����;� �trn c;�t�Rt t;1ft�i{ II' ��<t II\nnarada kahe,-'yadi dhara amara vacana\ntabe se karite pari tamara mocana'\nSYNONYMS\nnarada kahe-Narada Muni replied; yadi dhara-if you accept; amara vacanamy instruction; tabe\n\n-\n\nthen; se-this;\n\nkarite pari-1 can do; tamara\n\n-\n\nyour;\n\nmocana -liberation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Narada Muni assured the hunter, 'If you listen to my instructions, I shall\nfind. the way you can be liberated.'\nPURPORT\nGaurarigera bhakta-gaf)e jane jane sakti dhare. The purport of this song is that\nthe devotees of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are very powerful, and each and\nevery one of them can deliver the whole world. What, then, to speak of Narada\nMuni? If one follows the instructions of Narada Muni, one can be delivered from\nany amount of sinful reaCtions. This is the process. One must follow the instructions of a spiritual master; then one will certainly be delivered from all sinful reaction. This is the secret of success. Yasya deve para bhaktir yatha deve tatha gurau.\nIf one has unflinching faith in Kr�t:�a and the spiritual master, the result is tasyaite\nkathita hy artha/:1 prakasante mahatmana/:1: all the conclusions of revealed scriptures will be open to such a person. A pure devotee of Kr�t:�a can make the same\ndemands that Narada Muni is making. He says, \"If you follow my instructions, I\nshall take responsibility for your liberation.\" A pure devotee like Narada can give\nassurance to any sinful man because by the grace of the Lord such a devotee is\nempowered to deliver any sinful person if that person follows the principles set\nforth.\n\n", "mad9#p0256": "226\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 256\n\n<!!Jt'{ <lit�,-'<;�� <!li�, ,:)'!� i!' ��<!!' I\n\ni{�W <!lit�,-'l{ll_<!li reter, i!f;<!l ':)'! <!li�<!!' II �<?� II\nvyadha kahe,\n\n-\n\n'yei kaha, sei ta' kariba'\n\nnarada kahe,- 'dhanuka bhatiga, tabe se kahiba'\n\nSYNONYMS\nvyadha kahe-the hunter replied; yei kaha-whatever you say; sei ta' kariba­\n\nthat I shall do; narada kahe- Na rada Muni replied; dhanuka bhatiga-break your\nbow; tab e-then; se kahiba-1 shall speak to you.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The hunter then said, 'My dear sir, whatever you say I shall do.' Narada immediately ordered him, 'First of all, break your bow. Then I shall tell you what\nis to be done.'\nPURPORT\nThis is the process of initiation. The disciple must admit that he will no longer\ncommit sinful activity-namely illicit sex, meat-eating, gambling and intoxication.\nHe promises to execute the order of the spiritual master. Then the spiritual master\ntakes care of him and elevates him to spiritual emancipation.\n\nTEXT 257\n\n<!!Jt'{ <!!it�,-'W<!!i �� <!!�<!! <;<!!i�r;i{ ?'\n� <!li�,-'� �NO!! ��fflf;i{ II' �<?'\\ II\nvyadha kahe,\nnarada kahe,\n\n-\n\n-\n\n'dhanuka bhatigile vartiba kemane?'\n\n'ami anna diba prati-dine'\n\nSYNONYMS\nvyadha kah e-the hunter replied; dhanuka bhatigile-if I break my bow; vartiba keman e-what will be the source of my maintenance; narada kah e-Narada\n\nMuni replied; ami-1; anna-food; diba-shall supply; prati-dine-every day.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The hunter replied, 'If I break my bow, how shall I maintain myself?'\nNarada Muni replied, 'Do not worry. I shall supply all your food every day.'\n\n", "mad9#p0257": "Text 258]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n227\n\nPURPORT\nThe source of our income is not actually the source of our maintenance. Every\nliving being-from the great Brahma down to an insignificant ant-is being maintained by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Eko bahanarh yo vidadhati kaman.\nThe one Supreme Being, Kr�l)a, maintains everyone. Our so-called source of income is our own choice only. If I wish to be a hunter, it will appear that hunting is\nthe source of my income. If I become a brahmaf)a and completely depend on\nKr�l)a, I do not conduct a business, but nonetheless my maintenance is supplied\nby K[�l)a. The hunter was disturbed about breaking his bow because he was worried about his income. Narada Muni assured the hunter because he knew that the\nhunter was not being maintained by the bow but by K[�l)a. Being the agent of\nKr�l)a, Narada Muni knew very well that the hunter would not suffer by breaking\nthe bow. There was no doubt that Kr�l)a would supply him food.\nTEXT 258\n\n�'l.<ll 'fjtfir' �ut� if� R?;'l ?f� I\n'!tr;� �t<.(131 i{ti!W �?tr;w-t C<ll'i' n �<tlr' u\ndhanuka bhangi' vyadha tanra caraf)e pagila\ntare uthana narada upadesa kai/a\nSYNONYMS\ndhanuka bhangi'-breaking the bow; vyadha-the hunter; tanra-his (Narada\nMuni's); caraf)e-at the lotus feet; paqi/a-surrendered; tare-him; uthanaraising; narada-the great saint Narada Muni; upadesa kai/a-gave instruction.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Being thus assured by the great sage Narada Muni, the hunter broke his\nbow, immediately fell down at the saint's lotus feet and fully surrendered.\nAfter this, Narada Muni raised him with his hand and gave him instructions for\nspiritual advancement.\n\nPURPORT\nThis is the process of initiation. The disciple must surrender to the spiritual\nmaster, the representative of Kr�l)a. The spiritual master, being in the disciplic succession stemming·from Narada Muni, is in the same category with Narada Muni. A\nperson can be relieved from his sinful activity if he surrenders to the lotus feet of a\nperson who actually represents Narada Muni. Narada Muni gave instructions to\nthe hunter after the hunter surrendered.\n\n", "mad9#p0258": "228\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 259\n\n\"�r;� f\"it11 at�'l or�' �� �ttli �il' 1\n�� �� �?Jf 9lfil' �f� �\"S ��iS'fil' II �a� II\n\"ghare giya brahmaQe deha' yata ache dhana\neka eka vastra pari' bahira hao dui-jana\nSYNONYMS\nghare giya-returning home; brahmaQe-to the brahmaQas, the most intelligent men in spiritual understanding; deha '-give; ya ta-whatever; ache-you\nhave; dhana-riches; eka eka-each of you; vastra pari'- just one cloth; bahira\nhao-leave home; dui-jana-both of you.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Narada Muni then advised the hunter, 'Return home and distribute\nwhatever riches you have to the pure brahmar:-as who know the Absolute\nTruth. After distributing all your riches to the brahmar:-as, both you and your\nwife should leave home, taking only one cloth to wear.'\nPURPORT\nThis is the process of renunciation at the stage of vanaprastha. After enjoying\nhouseholder life for some time, the husband and wife must leave home and distribute their riches to brahmaQas and Vai�t:�avas. One can keep his wife as an assistant in the vanaprastha stage. The idea is that the wife will assist the husband in\nspiritual advancement. Therefore Narada Muni advised the hunter to adopt the\nvanaprastha stage and leave home. It is not that a grhastha should live at home until he dies. Vanaprastha is preliminary to sannyasa. In the Kr�t:�a consciousness\nmovement there are many young couples engaged in the Lord's service. Eventually they are supposed to take vanaprastha, and after the vanaprastha stage the\nhusband may take sannyasa in order to preach. The wife may then remain alone\nand serve the Deity or engage in other activities within the Kr�t:Ja consciousness\nmovement.\nTEXT 260\n\nii'Wt-�r;� �<fi�t� ��� �fil1111\n�!it� �tt'$1 �<!if9lf� ��� <:�tf9l11111 ��o II\nnadi-tire eka-khani kuFra kariya\ntara age eka-P,iQc;/i tulasi ropiya\n\n", "mad9#p0259": "Text 261]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n229\n\nSYNONYMS\nnadi-tire-on the bank of the river; eka-khani-just one; kutifa-a cottage;\nkariya-constructing; tara age-just in front of the cottage; eka-piQr;li-one\nraised platform; tulasi-a tulasi plant; ropiya-growing.\nTRANSlATION\n\"Narada Muni continued, 'Leave your home and go to the river. There you\nshould construct a small cottage, and in front of the cottage you should grow\na tulasi plant on a raised platform.\nTEXT 261\n\n'1_�1\"-?tfi!� <fi�, 't_��-c;��i{ I\nfil�1t ?�i{f;J <tSfi!� ��i{ II �� � II\ntulasi-parikrama kara, tulasi-sevana\nnirantara kr?Qa-nama kariha kirtana\nSYNONYMS\ntulasi-parikrama kara-circumambulate the tulasi plant; tulasi-sevana-just\nsupply water to the root of tulasi-devi; nirantara-continuously; kr?Qa-namathe holy name of Kr�r:ta; kariha-just perform; kirtana-chanting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'After planting the tulasi tree before your house, you should daily circumambulate that tulasi plant, serve her by giving her water and other things,\nand continuously chant the Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra.'\n\nPURPORT\nThis is the beginning of spiritual life. After leaving householder life, one may go\nto a holy place, such as the bank of the Ganges or Yamuna, and erect a small cottage. A small cottage can be constructed without any expenditure. Four logs\nserving as pillars can be secured by any man from the forest. The roof can be\ncovered with leaves, and one can cleanse the inside. Thus one can live very\npeacefully. In any condition, any man can live in a small cottage, plant a tulasi\ntree, water it in the morning, offer it prayers, and continuously chant the Hare\nKr�r:ta maha-mantra. Thus one can make vigorous spiritual advancement. This is\nnot at all difficult. One simply has to follow the instructions of the spiritual master\nstrictly. Then everything will be successful in due course of time. As far as eating is\nconcerned, there is no problem. If Kr�r:ta, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\n", "mad9#p0260": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n230\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nsupplies everyone with eatables, why should He not supply His devotee? Sometimes a devotee will not even bother to construct a cottage. He will simply go to\nlive in a mountain cave. One may live in a cave, in a cottage beside a river, in a\npalace or in a big city like New York or London. In any case, a devotee can follow\nthe instructions of his spiritual master and engage in devotional service by\nwatering the tulasi plant and chanting the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra. Taking the advice of\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu and our spiritual master, Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT\nGosvamT Maharaja, one can go to any part of the world and instruct people to\nbecome devotees of the Lord by following the regulative principles, worshiping\nthe tulasi plant and continuously chanting the Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra.\n\nTEXT 262\n\n�t� ''!llft� <I� �:f ������til I\n\n'JI� �:f i!'ft<l, �'! �t'{3 ��iSTtil II\" ��� II\nami tomaya bahu anna pathaimu dine\nsei anna /abe, yata khao dui-jane\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nami-1; tomaya-for you; bahu -much; anna-food; pathaimu-shall send;\ndine-every day; sei-that; anna-food; /abe-you shall take; yata-whatever;\nkhao\n\n-\n\nyou can eat; dui-jane-both of you.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Narada Muni continued, 'I shall send sufficient food to you both every day.\nYou can take as much food as you want.'\nPURPORT\nWhen a person takes to Kr�r:Ja consciousness, there is no need to care for\nmaterial necessities. Kr�r:Ja says that He personally carries all the necessities to His\ndevotees.\nananyas cintayanto marh\nye jana/:1 paryupasate\nte$arh nityabhiyuktanarh\nyoga-k$emarh vahamy aham\n\"Those who worship Me with love and devotion, meditating on My transcendental form-to them I carry what they lack and preserve what they have.\" (Bg. 9.22)\n\nWhy should one be anxious about the necessities of life? The principle should be\n\n", "mad9#p0261": "Text 264]\n\n231\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nthat one should not want more than what is absolutely necessary. Narada Muni\nadvises the hunter to accept only what is absolutely necessary for him and his\nwife. The devotee should always be alert to consume only those things that he\nabsolutely requires and not create unnecessary needs.\nTEXT 263\n\nI!T.<t ,�� �\"ittfw �r.il ilt:�\\if �� C<lla<f I\n�� ��i �\"ittfw f�r.il $1t�i �\"ft�;;r II ��� II\ntabe sei mrgadi tine narada sustha kaifa\nsustha hana mrgadi tine dhana palaifa\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; sei -those; mrga-adi -animals, beginning with the deer;\n\ntine-three; narada-the sage Narada; sustha kai/a-brought to their senses;\nsustha hafla-coming to consciousness; mrga-ad i -the pierced animals; tine­\n\nthree; dhana pafaifa-very swiftly fled away from that place.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The three animals that were half-killed were then brought to their consciousness by the sage Narada. Indeed, the animals got up and swiftly fled.\nTEXT 264\n\n<;\\iff� <tJtt'{� �r.il C�:-t l>'ale.<llt� I\n��<;\"it� <tJt'{, �11\"T.<II <fiRt' il'al�� II ��8 II\ndekhiya vyadhera mane haifa camatkara\nghare gefa vyadha, guruke kari' namaskara\n\nSYNONYMS\ndekhiya -seeing; vyadhera-of the hunter; mane-in the mind; haifa-there\n\nwas;\n\ncamatkara-wo n de r;\n\nghare-home;\n\ngefa -went;\n\nvyadha\n\n-\n\nthe hunter;\n\nguruke-to the spiritual master; kari' namaskara -offering obeisances.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the hunter saw the half-killed animals flee, he was certainly struck\nwith wonder. He then offered his respectful obeisances to the sage Narada and\nreturned home.\n\n", "mad9#p0262": "232\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 265\n\n��1-\"1ttil ilt�� ''$f�1, _,Wf �� �t�� I\nil��� @��c;-t �<fi� <fifu� II ��<t II\nyatha-sthane narada gela, vyadha ghare ai/a\nnaradera upadese sakala karila\nSYNONYMS\nyatha-sthane-to the proper destination; narada-sage Narada; ge/a-went;\nvyadha-the hunter; ghare ai/a-came back to his house; naradera upadeseunder the instruction of the sage Narada; sakala karila-he executed everything.\nTRANSLATION\n\"After all this, Narada Muni went to his destination. After the hunter\nreturned home, he exactly followed the instructions of his spiritual master,\nNarada.\nPURPORT\nFor spiritual advancement one must have a bona fide spiritual master and\nfollow his instructions in order to be assured of advancement.\nTEXT 266\n\n�Jt${ 'c�-.�, �\"' 1\n�tt�� 'ett<fi �� ·�:. �tfirr;i! �tf'$f� II ��� II\n\n�tc;� tterfil '�\"''\n\ngrame dhvani haifa,\n\n-\n\nvyadha 'vai?Qava' ha-ifa\n\ngramera /aka saba anna anite lagila\nSYNONYMS\ngrame-in the village; dhvani haifa-there was news; vyadha-the hunter;\nvai?Qava ha-ifa-has become a Vai�l)ava, a lover and servitor of Lord Vi�I)U; gramera /oka-the villagers; saba-all kinds of; anna-food; anite /agi/a-began to\nbring.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The news that the hunter had become a Vai�r:tava spread all over the\nvillage. Indeed, all the villagers broughts alms and presented them to the\nVai�r:tava who was formerly a hunter.\n\n", "mad9#p0263": "Text 268]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n233\n\nPURPORT\nIt is the duty of the public to present a gift to a saintly person, Vai�t:�ava or\nbrahmaf)a when going to see him. Every Vai�t:�ava is dependent on Kr�t:Ja, and\nKr�t:�a is ready to supply all of life's necessities, provided a Vai�t:�ava follows the\nprinciples set forth by the spiritual master. There are certainly many householders\nin our Kr�t:�a consciousness movement. They join the movement and live in the\nsociety's centers, but if they take advantage of this opportunity and do not work\nbut live at the expense of the movement, eating prasada and simply sleeping, they\nplace themselves in a very dangerous position. It is therefore advised that\ngrhasthas should not live in the temple. They must live outside the temple and\nmaintain themselves. Of course, if the grhasthas are fully engaged in the Lord's\nservice according to the directions of the authorities, there is no harm in their\nliving in a temple. In any case, a temple should not be a place to eat and sleep. A\ntemple manager should be very careful about these things.\nTEXT 267\n\nl!'l<tifffi{ �� �iti{ �-t-�-t 'Sfti{ I\n�ti{ \\!i\\!i \"!�, �� �i� �� iSfti{ II ��9 II\neka-dina anna ane dasa-bisa jane\ndine tata laya, yata khaya dui jane\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-in one day; anna-food; ane-brought; dasa-bisa jane-enough for\nten to twenty men; dine-in a day; tata /aya-would accept only as much;\nyata-as; khaya dui jane\n\n-\n\nthe two of them required to eat.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"In one day enough food was brought for ten or twenty people, but the\nhunter and his wife would accept only as much as they could eat.\nTEXT 268\n\nl!'l<titlfi{ i{�� <tit�,-\"�i{�, �(t\\!i I\n�t�t� l!'l<fi fit� �t�fi, ��� t:�f�t'!\" II ��IT' II\neka-dina narada kahe,- \"sunaha, parvate\namara eka si?ya ache, calaha dekhite\"\n\n", "mad9#p0264": "234\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; narada kahe-Narada Muni said; sunaha-please hear;\nparvate-my dear Parvata; amara-my; eka-one; si�ya-disciple; ache-there\nis; calaha dekhite-let us go see.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"One day, while speaking to his friend Parvata Muni, Narada Muni requested him to go with him to see his disciple the hunter.\n\nTEXT 269\n�<f �� 'llf� �t�aor1 G:Jf� <fJtS{·\"(tt;i{ I\n\n� ��t;i! <ifJtSf ��a, �11'� W�ICfc;i{ II ��� II\ntabe dui r�i aila sei vyadha-sthane\ndura haite vyadha paila gurura darasane\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\n\ndui r�i-two saintly persons;\n\nai/a-came;\n\nsei vyadha­\n\nsthane-to the place of that hunter; dura haite-from a distant place; vyadhathe hunter; paila-got; gurura darasane-vision of his spiritual master.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the saintly sages came to the hunter's place, the hunter could see\nthem coming from a distance.\n\nTEXT 270\n\n�t�·<fj(.;� S{t�1 �tc;:J�, \"Pt� ilt� �1111\n��� f���<ti1 �f�-�� S{� �111 1 ��\n\no\n\nII\n\naste-vyaste dhafia ase, patha nahi paya\npathera pipilika iti-uti dhare paya\n\nSYNONYMS\naste-vyaste-with great alacrity;\n\ndhaiia-running;\n\nase-came;\n\npatha nahi\n\npaya-does not get the path; pathera-on the path; pipilika-ants; iti-uti-here\nand there; dhare paya-touch the foot.\n\n", "mad9#p0265": "Text 272]\n\n235\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"With great alacrity the hunter began to run toward his spiritual master, but\nhe could not fall down and offer obeisances because ants were running hither\nand thither around his feet.\nTEXT 271\n\n�'G�e.-\">!lt� f��fi;t<�St� <:W��il\n�t?lf \"�til �t�' �t� �'G<!e, ��111 �'\\� II\ndaQc;favat-sthane pipilikare dekhiya\nvastre sthana jhac;fi' pac;fe daQc;favat hana\nSYNONYMS\ndaQc;favat-sthane-in the place where he wanted to offer his obeisances;\npipilikare dekhiya-seeing the ants;\n\nvastre-by the cloth;\n\nsthana jhac;fi'­\n\ncleansing the place; pac;fe daQc;fa-vat hana - falls down flat like a rod.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Seeing the ants, the hunter whisked them away with a piece of cloth. After\nthus clearing the ants from the ground, he fell down flat to offer his obeisances.\nPURPORT\nThe word daQc;fa means \"rod,\" and vat means \"like.\" To offer obeisances to the\nspiritual master, one must fall flat exactly as a rod falls on the ground. This is the\nmeaning of the word daQc;favat.\nTEXT 272\n\n-mtw �t�,-\"�Jt�, <!!� iii �� �ta5� 1\n\n��·J &,�1-�� �� �t�<l� II�'\\� II\nnarada kahe,- \"vyadha, ei na haya as carya\nhari-bhaktye hirhsa-sunya haya sadhu-varya\nSYNONYMS\nnarada kahe- N arada Muni said; vyadha-my dear hunter; ei na a5carya -this\nis not wonderful for you; hari-bhaktye-by advancement in devotional service;\nhirhsa-sunya haya - one becomes nonviolent and nonenvious; sadhu-varyathus one becomes the best of honest gentlemen.\n\n", "mad9#p0266": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n236\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Narada Muni said, 'My dear hunter, such behavior is not at all astonishing.\nA man in devotional service is automatically nonviolent. He is the best of\ngentlemen.\nPURPORT\nIn this verse the word sadhu-varya means \"the best of gentlemen.\" At the\npresent moment there are many so-called gentlemen who are expert in killing\nanimals and birds. Nonetheless, these so-called gentlemen profess a type of\nreligion that strictly prohibits killing. According to Narada Muni and Vedic culture,\nanimal killers are not even gentlemen, to say nothing of being religious men. A\nreligious person, a devotee of the Lord, must be nonviolent. Such is the nature of a\nreligious person. It is contradictory to be violent and at the same time call oneself\na religious person. Such hypocrisy is not approved by Narada Muni and the disciplic succession.\nTEXT 273\n<!JC� 0! ?i/l�l <IJ1<f '!<ltf�'Z'It'fn!l �<tt: I\n\n�fii'8C7&l ��?.rl c� '! c� �.n: \"f\"i1�Tr\"f'l: u � �-:� n\nete na hy adbhuta vyadha\ntavahirhsadayo gul)a/:1\nhari-bhaktau pravrtta ye\nna te syu/:1 paratapina/:1\nSYNONYMS\nete-all these;\n\nna-not;\n\nhi-certainly;\n\nadbhuta/:1-wonderful; vyadha-0\n\nhunter; tava-your; ahirhsa-adaya/:1-nonviolence and others; gul)a/:1-qualities;\nhari-bhaktau-in devotional service; pravrtta/:1-engaged; ye-those who; nanot; te-they; syu/:1-are; paratapina/:1-envious of other living entities.\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 hunter, good qualities like nonviolence, which you have developed,\n\nare not very astonishing, for those engaged in the Lord's devotional service\nare never inclined to give pain to others because of envy.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Skanda Pural)a.\n\n", "mad9#p0267": "Text 275]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n237\n\nTEXT 274\n\ni!t<!l <;Jt� <!! Jt-. <;�t�tt� �-t� �f.wf I\nf-t'tlt� ��' &t�tt� �t�J <!l,tl� II �'18 II\ntabe sei vyadha dorihare arigane ani/a\nkusasana ani' dorihare bhaktye vasai/a\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; sei-that; vyadha -hunter; dorihare-both Narada Muni\nand Parvata; arigane ani/a-brought in the courtyard of his house; kusa-asana\nani'-bringing straw mats for sitting; dorihare-both of them; bhaktye-with\ngreat devotion; vasaila-made to sit down.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The hunter then received both the great sages in the courtyard of his\nhouse. He spread out a straw mat for them to sit upon, and with great devotion\nhe begged them to sit down.\nTEXT 275\n\n� �t�' <et•J '�m� 9ftw �-.t�� 1\n\n� � 'it-�<!lit� f9f�1 fit� �l� II �'I� II\njala ani' bhaktye dorihara pada prak?alila\nsei ja/a stri-puru?e piya sire la-ila\nSYNONYMS\njala ani'-bringing water; bhaktye-with great devotion; dorihara-of both of\nthem; pada prak?alila-washed the feet; sei ja/a-that water; stri-puru?e-husband and wife; piya-drinking; sire /a-i/a-put on their heads.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He then fetched water and washed the sages' feet with great devotion.\nThen both husband and wife drank that water and sprinkled it on their heads.\nPURPORT\nThis is the process one should follow when receiving the spiritual master or\nsomeone on the level of the spiritual master. When the spiritual master comes to\nthe residence of his disciples, the disciples should follow in the footsteps of the\n\n", "mad9#p0268": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n238\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nformer hunter. It doesn't matter what one was before initiation. After initiation,\none must learn the etiquette mentioned herein.\nTEXT 276\n\n�\"\"f-�lll<t>t\\!li ��� ?�ilt� '$ft�i I\n��,.� �J <fit1f <1?1f t9�t�i II ��� II\nkampa-pulakasru haila kr$Qa-nama gat'ia\nDrdhva bahu nrtya kare vastra uc;/atia\nSYNONYMS\nkampa-trem bl ing;\n\npulaka-asru-tears and jubilation;\n\nhai/a-there were;\n\nkr$Qa-nama ga na-chanting the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra; Drdhva bahu-raising the\narms; nrtya kare- began to dance; vastra uc;/at'ia-waving his garments up and\ndown.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the hunter chanted the Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra before his spiritual\nmaster, his body trembled, and tears welled in his eyes. Filled with ecstatic\nlove, he raised his hands and began to dance, waving his garments up and\ndown.\nTEXT 277\n\n,�r� -utc;SA� ,�� �1!-��t'ifil 1\niffJtlmf �,-'{fif � \"'P!.f1Jf't II ��� II\ndekhiya vyadhera prema parvata-mahamuni\nnaradere kahe,-tumi hao sparsa-maQi\n\nSYNONYMS\ndekhiya-seeing; vyadhera-of the hunter; prema-the ecstatic love; parvatamaha-muni-the great sage Parvata Muni; naradere kahe-spo ke to Narada\nMuni; tumi hao sparsa-maQi-you are certainly a touchstone.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Parvata Muni saw the ecstatic loving symptoms of the hunter, he\ntold Narada, 'Certainly you are a touchstone.'\n\n", "mad9#p0269": "Text 278]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n239\n\nPURPORT\nWhen a touchstone touches iron, it turns the iron to gold. Parvata Muni called\nNarada Muni a touchstone because by his touch the hunter, who was lowest\namong men, became an elevated and perfect Vai?r:Java. Srila Bhaktivinoda\nThakura said that the position of a Vai?r:Java can be tested by seeing how good a\ntouchstone he is-that is, by seeing how many Vai?r:Javas he has made during his\nlife. A Vai?r:Java should be a touchstone so that he can convert others to Vai?l)avism by his preaching, even though people may be fallen like the hunter. There are\nmany so-called advanced devotees who sit in a secluded place for their personal\nbenefit. They do not go out to preach and convert others into Vai?r:Javas, and\ntherefore they certainly cannot be called sparsa-maQi, advanced devotees.\nKani$tha-adhikari devotees cannot turn others into Vai?r:Javas, but a madhyamaadhikari Vai?r:Java can do so by preaching. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu advised His\nfollowers to increase the numbers of Vai?r:Javas.\nyare dekha, tare kaha 'kr$Qa'-upadesa\namara ajfiaya guru hafia tara' ei desa\n(Cc. Madhya 7.128)\nIt is Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's wish that everyone should become a Vai?r:Java and\nguru. Following the instructions of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His disciplic succession, one can become a spiritual master, for the process is very easy. One can\ngo everywhere and anywhere to preach the instructions of Kr?r:Ja. Bhagavad-gita is\nKr?r:Ja's instructions; therefore the duty of every Vai?r:Java is to travel and preach\nBhagavad-gita, either in his country or a foreign country. This is the test of sparsamaQi, following in the footsteps of Narada Muni.\n\nTEXT 278\n\"�?:�1 �C'llt�f\"l C'f<K� �9f�l <!'IT \\!i<:.�'ff� I\n\no:r'lcst�'1_T\"'1_'1'C<f' I C'-'fC� \"1_�?:<'1'1 llf\\!i'll�TC\\!i II\" � 'llr II\n\"aha dhanyo 'si devar$e\nkrpaya yasya tat-k$aQat\nnico 'py utpulako lebhe\nlubdhako ratim acyute\"\n\nSYNONYMS\naho-oh; dhanyaQ-glorified; asi-you are; deva-r$e-O sage among the\ndemigods; krpaya-by the mercy; yasya-of whom; tat-k$aQat-immediately;\n\n", "mad9#p0270": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n240\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nnica/:1 api-even though one is the lowest of men; utpu/aka/:1-becoming agitated\nin ecstatic love; /ebhe-gets; lubdhaka/:1-a hunter; ratim-attraction; acyuteunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Parvata Muni continued, 'My dear friend Narada Muni, you are glorified as\nthe sage among the demigods. By your mercy, even a lowborn person like this\nhunter can immediately become attached to lord Kr�Qa.'\nPURPORT\nA pure Vai�r:\"�ava believes in the statements of the sastras. This verse is quoted\n\nfrom Vedic literature, the Skanda Puraf)a.\nTEXT 279\n\nift�W �,-'���<�, �t\"a�t� �i f<fit; �111 ?'\n\n�Jt� ��' \"�t� �'S, <;� flf11i �11111 � '\\� II\nnarada kahe, -'vai$f)ava, tomara anna kichu aya?'\nvyadha kahe, \"yare pathao, sei diya yaya\nSYNONYMS\nnarada\n\nkahe-Narada\n\nMuni\n\nsaid;\n\nvai$f)ava-O\n\nVai�r:\"�ava;\n\ntomara-your;\n\nanna-food; kichu aya-does any come; vyadha kahe-the hunter replied; yare\npathao-whoever you send; sei-that person; diya-giving something; yayagoes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Narada Muni then asked the hunter, 'My dear Vai�Qava, do you have some\nincome for your maintenance?' The hunter replied, 'My dear spiritual master,\nwhoever you send gives me something when he comes to see me.'\nPURPORT\nThis confirms the statement in Bhagavad-gita (9.22) to the effect that the Lord\ncarries all necessities to His Vai�r:\"�ava devotee. Narada Muni asked the former\nhunter how he was being maintained, and he replied that everyone who came to\nsee him brought him something for his maintenance. Kr�r:\"la, who is situated in\neveryone's heart, says, \"I personally carry all necessities to a Vai�r:\"�ava.\" He can\norder anyone to execute this. Everyone is ready to give something to a Vai�r:\"�ava,\nand if a Vai�r:\"�ava is completely engaged in devotional service, he need not be\nanxious for his maintenance.\n\n", "mad9#p0271": "Text 281]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n241\n\nTEXT 280\n\n�� �' iii �uit�, f<tS� <tSt� e�t� 1\n\n:Jtt� �'Sfil� '�t'StJ <e\"'Jlftijj ijt� u\" �lro 11\neta anna na pathao, kichu karya nai\nsabe dui-janara yogya bhak�ya-matra cai\"\nSYNONYMS\neta anna-so much food; na pathao-you do not need to send; kichu karya\nnai-there is no such need; sabe-only; dui-janara-for two persons; yogyarequisite; bhak�ya-matra-eatables; cai-we want.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The former hunter said, 'Please do not send so many grains. Only send\nwhat is sufficient for two people, no more.'\nPURPORT\nThe former hunter only wanted enough for two people to eat, no more. It is not\nnecessary for a Vai�f)ava to keep a stock of food for the next day. He should\nreceive only sufficient grains to last one day. The next day, he must again depend\non the Lord's mercy. This is the instruction of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. When His\npersonal servant Govinda sometimes kept a stock of haritaki (myrobalan), Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu chastised him, saying, \"Why did you keep a stock for the\nnext day?\" Srila ROpa Gosvami and others were begging daily from door to door\nfor their sustenance, and they never attempted to stock their asrama with food for\nthe next day. We should not materially calculate, thinking, \"It is better to stock\nfood for a week. Why give the Lord trouble by having Him bring food daily?\" One\nshould be convinced that the Lord will provide daily. There is no need to stock\nfood for the next day.\nTEXT 281\n\n� <flt�,-'�t� 1t�, �� ret'StJ� 1\n�\\! �fl.r' �'Sfil ��� ��('M II �lr� II\nnarada kahe,-'aiche raha, tumi bhagyavan'\neta bali' dui-jana ha-ila antardhana\nSYNONYMS\nnarada kahe-Narada Muni said; aiche raha-live like that; tumi bhagyavancertainly you are very fortunate; eta ba/i'-saying this; dui-jana-both Narada\nMuni and Parvata Muni; ha-ila antardhana-disappeared.\n\n", "mad9#p0272": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n242\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Narada Muni approved his not wanting more than a daily supply of food,\nand he blessed him, saying, 'You are fortunate.' Narada Muni and Parvata\nMuni then disappeared from that place.\nTEXT 282\n\n<.!l� '!' �� (;'!t�t11 �Jtt$f11 �t�ti1 I\n�1 ��t\"f � �t{_��-��·9i'ti{ I �\\r� II\nei ta' kahifun tomaya vyadhera akhyana\nya sunife haya sadhu-sanga-prabhava-jiiana\nSYNONYMS\nei ta' kahifun-thus I have narrated; tomaya-unto you; vyadhera akhyanathe story of the hunter; ya sunife-hearing which; haya-there is; sadhu-sangaof the association of devotees; prabhava-of the influence; jiiana-knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\n\"So far I have narrated the incident of the hunter. By hearing this narration,\none can understand the influence derived by associating with devotees.\nPURPORT\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted to stress that even a hunter, the lowest of\nmen, could become a topmost Vai�l)ava simply by associating with Narada Muni\nor a devotee in his bona fide disciplic succession.\n\nTEXT 283\n\n<.!l� �nt f'!i1 �� '5t'ti1tt'! 91�\"1 I\n<.!l� �� �(fif�' '�tf�' ��,��II �\\r� II\nei ara tina artha gaQanate paifa\nei dui artha mifi' 'chabbisa' artha haifa\nSYNONYMS\nei-this example;\n\nara-another;\n\ntina artha-three imports; gaf)anate-in\n\ncalculating; paifa-we have obtained; ei dui artha mifi'-by adding these two imports; chabbisa-twenty-six; artha-imports; haifa-there have been.\n\n", "mad9#p0273": "Text 285]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n243\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this way we have found three more meanings. Combine these with the\nother meanings, and the total number of meanings add up to twenty-six in all.\nTEXT 284\n\n�� �{ �i{, � !� -�t{f �t'G� I\n1ti'f '�' �� l[t� '�f\\Pt' ��tf II �IrS II\nara artha suna, yaha-arthera bhal){iara\nsthale 'dui' artha, s0k$me 'batrisa' prakara\nSYNONYMS\nara-another; artha-import; suna-hear; yaha-which; arthera bhal){iarastorehouse of knowledge; sthu/e-grossly; dui artha-two meanings; s0k$meby a subtle import; batrisa-thirty-two; prakara-varieties.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is yet another meaning, which is full of a variety of imports. Actually\nthere are two gross meanings and thirty-two subtle meanings.\nPURPORT\nThe two gross meanings refer to regulative devotional service and spontaneous\ndevotional service. There are also thirty-two subtle meanings. Under the heading\nof regulative devotional service, there are sixteen meanings: (1) a servant of the\nLord as His personal associate, (2) a personal friend, (3) personal parents or similar superiors, (4) a personal beloved, (5) a servant elevated by spiritual cultivation, (6) a friend by spiritual cultivation,\n\n(7) parents and superior devotees by\n\ncultivation of devotional service, (8) a beloved wife or female friend by cultivation of devotional service1 (9) a mature devotee as a servant, (1 0) a mature devotee as a friend, (11) a mature devotee as a parent and superior, (12) a mature\ndevotee as wife and beloved, (13) an immature devotee as servant, (14) an immature devotee as a friend, (15) an immature devotee as father and superior, and\n\n(16) an immature devotee as a beloved. Similarly, under the heading of spontaneous devotion there are also sixteen various associates. Therefore the total\nnumber of devotees under the headings of regular devotees and spontaneous\ndevotees is thirty-two.\nTEXT 285\n\n'�tl1ll'--tt\"tif �t� -��f<ttt �'if�ti{_ I\n1!1� ,����'Stetter, �tf '-e'if�t-t'-�tltfJ!i{ ���lr�ll\n\n", "mad9#p0274": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n244\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\n'atma'-sabde kahe-sarva-vidha bhagavan\neka 'svayaril bhagavan', ara 'bhagavan'-akhyana\nSYNONYMS\natma-sabde-by the word atma; kahe-it is said; sarva-vidha bhagavan-all\ntypes of Personalities of Godhead; eka-one; svayam bhagavan-the original\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Kr��a; ara-another; bhagavan-akhyana-the\nPersonality of Godhead by an expansive designation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word atma refers to all the different expansions of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One of them is the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nHimself, Kr�r;�a, and the others are different incarnations or expansions of\nKr�r;�a.\nPURPORT\nThe word atma also includes all kinds of Bhagavan, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. This means that Kr��a has unlimited expansions. This is described in\nBrahma-sarilhita (5.46):\ndiparcir eva hi dasantaram abhyupetya\ndipayate vivrta-hetu-samana-dharma\nyas tadrg eva hi ca vi�f)utaya vibhati\ngovindam adi-puru�aril tam aharil bhajami\nThese expansions are thus compared to candles that have been lit from an original\ncandle. All the secondary candles are equally powerful, but the original candle is\nthat from which all the others have been lit. Kr��a is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, and He is expanded as Balarama, Sarikar�a�a, Aniruddha,\nPradyumna and Vasudeva. In this way there are innumerable incarnations and expansions who are also called Bhagavan, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTEXT 286\n\n�t� 1rr;� ��' ,�� �<t -'l;lt�t1lt�' I\n'�fif>e9', '1lt'Sf'e�',-l��� �t� II �lr� II\ntailte rame yei, sei saba- 'atmarama'\n'vidhi-bhakta', 'raga-bhakta', -dui-vidha nama\n\n", "mad9#p0275": "Text 288]\n\n245\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nSYNONYMS\ntante-in all those Supreme Personalities of Godhead; rame-takes pleasure in\ndevotional service; yei-those persons who; sei saba-all of t�em; atmaramaare also known as atmarama; vidhi-bhakta-devotees followi�g the regulative\nprinciples;\n\nraga-bhakta-devotees\n\nfollowing\n\nspontaneous\n\nlove;\n\ndui-vidha\n\nnama-two different varieties.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One who always engages in the service of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead is called atmarama. There are two types of atmarama. One is an atmarama engaged in regulative devotional service, and the other is an atmarama engaged in spontaneous devotional service.\nTEXT 287\n\n���'f �� �HI 11t� 11t� �<lint I\n��w, lft�ilflf�, lft�'if'l �'Rf 11 ��Y'l 11\ndui-vidha bhakta haya cari cari prakara\npari?ada, sadhana-siddha, sadhaka-gal)a ara\nSYNONYMS\ndui-vidha bhakta-these two varieties of atmarama devotees; haya-are; cari\ncari prakara-each of four different categories; pari?ada-personal associate;\nsadhana-siddha-liberated to the position of associates by perfection in devotional service; sadhaka-gal)a ara-and devotees already engaged in the devotional service of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The atmaramas engaged in regulative and spontaneous devotional service\nare further categorized into four groups. There are the eternal associates, the\nassociates who have become perfect by devotional service, and those who are\nengaged in devotional service and are called sadhaka.\nTEXT 288\n\n��·�iSft�·�f�t�� lft�<fl �� '\\5W I\nf<lfif·�t'it·�tt-sf' 11t� 11t�-�� (;�If II �lrtr 11\njata-ajata-rati-bhede sadhaka dui bheda\nvidhi-raga-marge cari cari-a?ta bheda\n\n", "mad9#p0276": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrtd\n\n246\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nSYNONYMS\n\njata-ajata-rati-bhede-by distinction of mature love and immature love;\nsadhaka dui bheda-those practicing are of two varieties; vidhi-regulative\ndevotion; raga-spontaneous devotion; marge-on both the paths; cari carithere are four different varieties; a?ta bheda-a total of eight kinds.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Those who are practicing devotional service are either mature or immature. Therefore the sadhakas are of two types. Since the devotees execute\neither regulative devotional service or spontaneous devotional service and\nthere are four groups within these two divisions, altogether there are eight\nvarieties.\nPURPORT\n\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura says that the original Personality of\nGodhead, Kr�t:Ja, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and His expansions are\nalso called the Personality of Godhead. However, Kr�t:�a is the original Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Speculative philosophers and mystic yogis also meditate\nupon the form of Kr�t:Ja, but this form is not the form of the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. Such a Bhagavan is but a partial representation of the Lord's\nfull potency. Nonetheless, He has to be understood to be the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead. To clarify this matter, one should simply understand that Kr�t:Ja, the\nson of Nanda Maharaja in Vrndavana, the friend of the cowherd boys and lover of\nthe gopis, is actually the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is attained\nby spontaneous love. Although His expansions are also called the Supreme Personality of Godhead, They are attained only by the execution of regulative devotional service.\nTEXT 289\n\n��et� fii�J�'i �t!11�� -'�t�' I\n,,�, '��', '<tit�t'it'!',-lit!11rt� �<litxf ll �lr�ll\nvidhi-bhaktye nitya-siddha pari?ada- 'dasa'\n'sakha' 'guru', 'kanta-gaf)a', -cari-vidha prakasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nvidhi-bhaktye-by regulative devotional service; nitya-siddha pari?ada-eternally perfect associate;\n\ndasa-the servant;\n\nsakha guru kanta-gaQa-friends,\n\nsuperiors and beloved damsels; cari-vidha prakasa-they are manifested in four\nvarieties.\n\n", "mad9#p0277": "Text 291]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n247\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"By executing regulative devotional service, one is elevated to the platform\nof an eternally perfect associate-such as a servant, friend, superior or\nbeloved woman. These are of four varieties.\nTEXT 290\n\n:Jtt${ilf:�t'li -�t:Jt, ��, ��' �t�t�'l I\n'Sftl!�� :Jtt${<fi�� -l)t��${ 'Sfilll ��o II\nsadhana-siddha-dasa, sakha, guru, kanta-gaQa\njata-rati sadhaka-bhakta-cari-vidha jana\nSYNONYMS\nsadhana-siddha-those who have perfected themselves by devotional service;\ndasa-servants; sakha-friends; guru-superiors; kanta-gaQa- beloved damsels;\n\njata-rati sadhaka-bhakta -devotees who have become mature by devotional ser­\n\nvice; cari-vidha jana - they are also of four varieties.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Among those who have perfected themselves by devotional service, there\nare servants, friends, superiors and beloved damsels. Similarly, there are four\ntypes of mat\"'re devotees.\nTEXT 291\n\n�5ft'!�� :Jtt..<fi'e�,-� 1)1� ��t� I\n\n��1ft?;; '$( �t• '�t�-t �� �I)Bt II��� II\najata-rati sadhaka-bhakta, -e cari prakara\nvidhi-marge bhakte $O(iasa bheda pracara\nSYNONYMS\najata-rati sadhaka-bhakta-immature devotees engaged in devotional service;\ne cari prakara-the re are also the same four varieties; vidhi-marge-on the path\nof regulative devotional service; bhakte-devotees ; $OQasa bheda pracara-there\nare sixteen varieties.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Within the category of regulative devotional service, there are also immature devotees. These are also of four varieties. Thus in regulative devotional service there are altogether sixteen varieties.\n\n", "mad9#p0278": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n248\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 292\n\n�t'Sf1ltt'5f �'li �� '��'llf �t�W I\nl� lftt'5f �t'lt�ttlf� ��'llf ��W II ��� II\nraga-marge aiche bhakte ?OQasa vibheda\ndui marge atmaramera batrisa vibheda\nSYNONYMS\nraga-marge-on the path of spontaneous loving service; aiche-in the same\nway; bhakte-all the devotees; ?OQasa vibheda-divided into sixteen varieties;\ndui marge-on the two paths, namely regulative devotional service and spontaneous devotional service; atmaramera-of persons enjoying with the Supreme\nSelf; batrisa vibheda\n\n-\n\nthere are thirty-two varieties of devotees.\nTRANS LAliON\n\n\"On the path of spontaneous devotional service, there are also sixteen\ncategories of devotees. Thus there are thirty-two types of atmaramas enjoying\nthe Supreme Lord on these two paths.\nTEXT 293\n\n'��', 'M�\"'•', '�' '��',-�tfif 'llf'\"f� 'fi!Q{ I\n\n�ttl '�� ;i(tt'Sf, t:!t�1 �Rft� �11� II ��� II\n'muni', 'nirgrantha', 'ca' 'api', -cari sabdera artha\nyahan yei /age, taha kariye samartha\nSYNONYMS\nmuni-the sage; nirgrantha-either learned or foolish; ca-also; api-in spite\nof; cari sabdera artha-the meanings of these four words; yaha li-wherever; yei\n/age-they apply; taha kariye sam artha-make them sound.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When these thirty-two types of devotees are qualified with the words\nmuni nirgrantha ca api, they can be increased in different ways and very\nsoundly elaborated upon.\nTEXT 294\n\n�fi!''llf lit�t'llf fir�' <f;1�9f.t'llf I\n�t� �� '�� �il 'f;lt� ��t'llf II ��8 II\n\n", "mad9#p0279": "Text 296]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n249\n\nbatrise chabbise mili' a�ta-paficasa\nara eka bheda suna arthera prakasa\nSYNONYMS\nbatrise-these thirty-two varieties; chabbise-the formerly described twentysix varieties; mi/i'-added together;\n\na�ta-paficasa-they become fifty-eight;\n\nara-another; eka-one; bheda-different; suna-please hear; arthera prakasamanifestation of import.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When we add the twenty-six types of devotees to these thirty-two, they\naltogether number fifty-eight. You may now hear from Me of manifestations\nwith different meanings.\nTEXT 295\n\n�i!t1tift ,�, mn ��t� <tSfift� 1\n''f;lt�t:l''111t 'f;I'Aft1t't11 i{l� ��t� II ��� II\nitaretara 'ca' diya samasa kariye\n'atanna' bara atmarama nama la-iye\nSYNONYMS\nitaretara-in different varieties;\n\nca-the word ca;\n\ndiya-adding;\n\nsamasa\n\nkariye-make a compound word; atanna bara-fifty-eight times; atmarama-the\natmarama devotees; nama /a-iye-1 take their different names.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this way, as I add the word ca to one word after another, I make a compound. Thus the different names of atmaramas can be taken fifty-eight times.\nTEXT 296\n\n''511�1�11!1•6' '511�Hlt1lt•6'' ��tJ I\n\nc;-tt� �� <:�9f <lint' 1tt� �<IS� II � �� II\n'atmaramas ca atmaramas ca' atanna-bara\nse�e saba /opa kari' rakhi eka-bara\nSYNONYMS\natmarama/:1 ca atmarama/:1 ca-repeating atmarama/:1; atanna-bara-fifty-eight\ntimes; se�e-at the end; saba /opa kari'-rejecting all; rakhi-we keep; ekabara-only one.\n\n", "mad9#p0280": "250\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch.\n\n24\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this way, one can repeat the word atmarama� with ca for each of the\nfifty-eight meanings. By following the rule previously stated and rejecting all\nbut the last, we retain that which represents all the meanings.\n\n297\n�w'ft<ttc'll<11C\"f� <.!l<11�;sc'&\\\nTEXT\n\nIS'&t�t'�t'll2fort�r �r� n �y, u\nsarupaQam eka-5e$a eka-vibhaktau,\nuktarthanam aprayoga iti\nSYNONYMS\nsa-rupaQam-of words of the same form; eka-5e$a/:l-only the last; ekavibhaktau-in the same case; ukta-arthanam-of the previously spoken meanings; aprayoga/:1 -nonapplication; iti -thus.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Of words having the same form and case termination, the last one is the\nonly one retained.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Pat:�ini's sutras (1.2.64).\nTEXT\n\n298\n\n�in. �-�ttH �� 'lift� �11 I\n�� �rt11 m�-� �lJn. �� �11 ��tr n\natanna ca-karera saba lopa haya\neka atmarama-sabde atanna artha kaya\nSYNONYMS\natanna-fifty-eight; ca-karera-of the additions of the word ca; saba /opa\nhaya-all of them are rejected; eka-one; atmarama-atmarama; sabde-by the\nword; atanna artha kaya-fifty-eight imports are automatically derived.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When all the ca-kara, or additions to the word ca, are taken away, fiftyeight different meanings can still be understood by the one word atmarama.\n\n", "mad9#p0281": "Text 301]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n251\n\nTEXT 299\n\n�1��'1ft�·'1��'-'rt� �f9f��'l'f-t\"l> �t:!j�t\"D �'1ft: II ��� II\nasvattha-vrk�as ca bata-vrk?as ca kapittha-vrk?as ca amra-vrk�as ca vrk?a/:1\nSYNONYMS\nasvattha-vrk?a/:1-banyan trees; ca-and;\n\nbata-vrk?a/:1-fig trees; ca-and;\n\nkapittha-vrk?a/:1-a type of tree named kapittha; ca-and; amra-vrk?a/:1-mango\ntrees; ca-and; vrk?a/:1-all indicated by the word \"trees.\"\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'By the plural word vrk�a� [trees], all trees, such as banyan trees, fig trees,\nkapittha trees and mango trees, are indicated.'\n\nTEXT 300\n\n\";�f'1!\"{ '1C'I\" �'l'f-t: 'll'\"'f�\" �� �� I\n\n'�Oi �<'f �tllfiftlf ��� �f9 ��Bl ll � o o ll\n\"asmin vane vrk?a/:1 pha/anti\" yaiche haya\ntaiche saba atmarama kr?f!e bhakti karaya\nSYNONYMS\nasmin vane-in this forest; vrk?a/:1 pha./anti-different varieties of trees bear\nfruit; yaiche haya-just\n\nas\n\nin this sentence;\n\ntaiche-similarly; saba-all; at­\n\nmarama-self-realized souls; kr?f!e bhakti karaya-engage themselves in loving\ndevotional service to Lord Kf�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This atmarama verse is like the sentence, 'In this forest many different\ntrees bear fruit.' All atmaramas render devotional service to Lord Kr�Qa.\n\nTEXT 301\n\n'�l�rt�tllt\"D' �� <'flf�� �-�1� I\n'li_O{'!l\"l)' �� <fit�,-\\.!!� �� '!\"!1f ll �0� ll\n'atmaramas ca' samuccaye kahiye ca-kara\n'munayas ca' bhakti kare,\n\n-\n\nei artha tara\n\n", "mad9#p0282": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n252\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nSYNONYMS\natmarama� ca-similarly the word atmarama� with the word ca added; samuccaye-in aggregation; kahiye-means; ca-kara-the word ca; munaya� ca-the\nword munaya� with the word ca added; bhakti kare-all of them engage in devotional service; ei artha tara-this is the perfect meaning of the verse.\nTRANSLATION\n\"After fifty-eight times uttering the word atmarama� and taking ca in a\nsense of aggregation, one may add the word munaya�. That will mean that\nthey also render devotional service to Lord Kr�r:\"Ja. In this way there are fiftynine meanings.\nTEXT 302\n\n'R 1t\"� I <il�' ��1, ''f;l�'-fi{(�t'i I\n\n1.!1� ,���1!'<21�-r.t �{ �rn�· ��Jttilll �0�\"\n'nirgrantha eva' hafia, 'api'-nirdharaQe\nei 'una?a?ti' prakara artha karilun vyakhyane\nSYNONYMS\nnirgrantha-the word nirgrantha; eva\n\n-\n\nalso the word eva; haria-becoming;\n\napi-the word api; nirdharaQe-in fixation; ei ana?a?ti prakara artha-in this way\nfifty-nine imports; karilun vyakhyane-1 have described.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Then taking the word nirgrantha and considering api in the sense of sustenance, I have tried to explain fifty-nine meanings of the word.\nTEXT 303\n\n�('�'!_&ml � 1.!1� 'f;l( � I\n''!l't'1!'t\"lf t'llt�f> ll_OI'i:\"f> R �(�t�Ei' �ISHI ll �o� ll\nsarva-samuccaye ara eka artha haya\n'atmaramas ca munayas ca nirgranthas ca' bhajaya\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-samuccaye-taking all of them together;\nartha\n\n-\n\nara-another;\n\neka-one;\n\nimpo rt; haya-there is; atmarama� ca munaya� ca nirgrantha� ca bha-\n\n", "mad9#p0283": "Text 305]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n253\n\njaya-the atmaramas, great sages and nirgranthas (the learned and the fools) are\nall eligible to engage in the transcendental loving service of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Taking all the words together, there is another meaning. Whether one is\nan atmarama, a great sage, or nirgrantha, everyone must engage in the service\nof the lord.\nPURPORT\nThe word sarva-samuccaye is significant here. It includes all classes of men-atmarama, m,uni and nirgrantha. Everyone engages in the service of the Lord. Taking\nthe word api in the sense of ascertainment, there are, all together, sixty different\nmeanings.\nTEXT 304\n\n'�f�'-�-��$fi'1ft'l, '�� �f11 �1'11\nit�-t\"'f·,ttr �t�11 <!iB!'t� ��1'11 II � 8 II\no\n\n'api'-sabda-avadharal)e, seha cari bara\ncari-sabda-sange evera karibe uccara\nSYNONYMS\napi-sabda-the word api; avadharal)e-in the matter of ascertaining; seha cari\nbara-those four times; cari-sabda-four words; sange-with; evera-of the\nword eva; karibe-one can do; uccara-pronouncing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word api is then used in the sense of ascertainment, and then four\ntimes with four words the word eva can be uttered.\nTEXT 305\n\n\"@�I!FCl{ <.!i<r !if'&C'll<f �C���,C1\\<f �<fC�J'<I\" II \"• <t II\n\"urukrame eva bhaktim eva ahaitukim eva kurvanty eva\"\nSYNONYMS\nurukrame-unto the most powerful; eva-only; bhaktim-devotional service;\neva-only; ahaitukim-without motives; eva-only; kurvanti-they perform;\neva-only.\n\n", "mad9#p0284": "254\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"The words urukrama, bhakti, ahaituki and kurvanti are added to the word\neva again and again. Thus another meaning is explained.\nTEXT 306\n\n�ll!' ��(_ ���� '<lfi' ���J� ��I\n�a �<f\" ���� ��tt'l �1{�11 �0� 11\nei ta' kahiluil slokera '�a�ti' sankhyaka artha\nara eka artha suna pramaf)e samartha\nSYNONYMS\nei ta'-thus; kahi/un-1 have explained; slokera-of the verse; �a�ti-sixty;\nsailkhyaka-numbering; artha-imports; ara-another;\n\neka-one;\n\nartha-im­\n\nport; suna-please hear; pramaf)e samartha-q u ite fit for giving evidence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now I have given sixty different meanings to the verse, and yet there is\nanother meaning which is also very strongly evident.\nTEXT 307\n\n'��'·llft\"fii �t� '''iti\\!1� ��'·Gi'iti'i I\na�N �G���- �t� -tf'@tl! 'ij'J� II �o'\\ II\n'iHma'-sabde kahe 'k�etrajna jiva'-/ak�af)a\nbrahmadi kita-paryanta-tailra saktite gaf)ana\n\nSYNONYMS\natma-sabde-by the word atma; kahe-it is said; k�etra-jna j iva-the living entity who knows about his body; /ak�af)a-symptom; brahma-adi-beginning\nfrom Lord Brahma; kita-paryanta-down to the insignificant ant; tailra- His ; saktite-as the marginal potency; gaf)ana-counting\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word atma also refers to the living entity who knows about his body.\nThat is another symptom. From Lord Brahma down to the insignificant ant,\neveryone is counted as the marginal potency of the Lord.\n\n", "mad9#p0285": "Text 309]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n255\n\nTEXT 308\n\nf<l�··rr�: 9f�1 c�t'S'1 c�·rl!i�l�m '!�i9f�1 1\n'5lf<l'�ll-<f.�-\"'l��j�1 '{)\\!i�ll-1 \"fT<&Ri�?:\\!i II '-'•17 II\nvi�f)u-saktih para prokta\nk�etrajfiakhya tatha para\navidya-karma-sarhjfianya\ntrtiya saktir i�yate\nSYNONYMS\nvi�f)u-saktih-the potency of Lord Vi�r:Ju; para-spiritual; prokta-it is said;\nk�etra-jfia-akhya-the potency known as ksetrajfia; tatha-as well as; paraspiritual;\n\navidya-ignorance;\n\nkarma-fruitive\n\nactivities;\n\nsarhjfia-known as;\n\nanya-other; truya-third; saktib-potency; i�yate-known thus.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'The potency of lord Vi�l)u is summarized in three categories-namely\nthe spiritual potency, the living entities and ignorance. The spiritual potency\nis full of knowledge; the living entities, although belonging to the spiritual\npotency, are subject to bewilderment; and the third energy, which is full of\nignorance, is always visible in fruitive activites.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Vi�f)u Puraf)a. For an explanation, see Adi-lila (7.119).\nTEXT 309\n\"C\"liijj� '5li'<UI ���: ·2!i:fi0l� ·�Wf�: f��l� II'' '-'• � II\n\n\"k�etrajfia atma puru�ab\npradhanarh prakrtib striyam\"\nSYNONYMS\nk�etra-jfiab-the word k�etrajfia; atma-the living entity; puru�ab-the enjoyer; pradhanam-the chief; prakrtib-the material nature; striyam-in the\nfeminine gender.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The word k�etrajfia refers to the living entity, the enjoyer, the chief and\nmaterial nature.'\n\n", "mad9#p0286": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n256\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Svarga-varga (7) of the Amara-kosa dictionary.\nTEXT 310\n\ni!lifirc;� i!lifi!ti! �� �ti.�\" �t� 1\n�� �Jf�' �� f�t�i �t�� 'e'SRt II��o II\nbhramite bhramite yadi sadhu-sariga paya\nsaba tyaji' tabe tiriho k($f)ere bhajaya\nSYNONYMS\nbhramite bhramite- w andering in different forms in different manners; yadiif; sadhu-sariga paya\n\n-\n\none obtains the association of devotees; saba tyaji'­\n\ngiving up everything; tabe-then; tiriho-he; k($f)ere bhajaya-engages himself\nin the service of Lord Kr?�a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The living entities are wandering in different species of life on different\nplanets, but if by chance they get the association of a pure devotee [sadhu]\nthey give up all other engagements and engage in the service of Lord Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 311\n\n�$ 'GI� ��(, ��- ��� <:e'S'f{;il: I\n� �� � �� �� i.§���� II��� II\n$ati artha kahiluri, saba-k($f)era bhajane\nsei artha haya ei saba udaharaf)e\nSYNONYMS\n$ati-sixty; artha-imports; kahi/uri-1 explained; saba-all; k($f)era bhajaneaiming at rendering transcendental loving service to Kr?�a; sei artha haya-that is\nthe only meaning; ei saba-all these; udaharaf)e-examples\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have thus explained sixty different meanings, and all of them aim at the\nservice of Lord Kr�r;�a. After giving so many examples, that is the only\nmeaning.\n\n", "mad9#p0287": "Text 313]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n257\n\nTEXT 312\n\n'.!���m, �� �t<� �R�\"' ,i!t�·�te? 1\n(;1!11lRJ o:ef�<tt-f �ti �t�� i!�e? II �H II\n'eka-$a$ti' artha ebe sphuri/a toma-sange\ntomara bhakti-vase uthe arthera tarange\nSYNONYMS\n\neka $a$ti\n-\n\n-\n\nsixty-o ne; artha-imports; ebe-now; sph uri la-has awakened;\n\ntoma-sar'lge-because of your association; to ma r a\n\n-\n\nyour; bhakti-vase-by dint\n\nof devotional service; uthe-there arises; arthera-of imports; tarar'lge-waves.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now, due to your association, another meaning has awakened. It is due to\nyour devotional service that these waves of meaning are arising.\nPURPORT\nThe word atma refers to the living entity. From Lord Brahma down to an insignificant ant, everyone is considered a living entity. Living entities are considered\npart of the Lord's marginal potency. All of them are k$etrajna, knowers of the\nbody. When they become nirgrantha, or free, saintly persons, they engage in Lord\nKr�l)a's service. That is the sixty-first meaning of the verse.\nTEXT 313\n\n'!{�t. C<[flj[ �7:<11\" C<!f� <!Jtc'l1 C<tf\\9 01 C<tfe <11 I\niS'e' J1 iSf5t<!\\!i� .�t�t. 'I �%TI 'I \"5 �<11\"111 II -:> � � U\n\naharil vedmi suko vetti\nvyaso vetti na vetti va\nbhaktya bhagavataril grahyaril\nna buddhya na ca Fkaya\nSYNONYMS\naham-1 (Lord Siva); vedmi-know; sukab-Sukadeva GosvamT; vetti-knows;\nvyasab-Vyasadeva; vetti-knows; na vetti va-or may not know; bhaktya-by\ndevotional service (executed in nine different processes);\n\nbhagavatam-the\n\nBhagavata Pural)a (called Paramaharilsa-sarilhita, the text or treatise readable by\nthe topmost transcendentalists); grahyam-to be accepted; na\n\n-\n\nnot; buddhya-\n\n", "mad9#p0288": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n258\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nby so-called intelligence or experimental knowledge; na-nor; ca-also; tikayaby imaginary commentary.\nTRANSLATION\n\"[Lord Siva said,] 'I may know; Sukadeva Gosvami, the son of Vyasadeva,\nmay know;\n\nand Vyasadeva may know or may not know the Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam. On the whole, the Srimad-Bhagavatam, the spotless Purar;�a, can\nbe learned only through devotional service, not by material intelligence,\nspeculative methods or imaginary commentaries.' \"\n\nPURPORT\nDevotional service includes nine processes, beginning with hearing, chanting\nand remembering the activities of Lord Vi�I)U. Only one who has taken to devo­\n\ntional service can understand Srimad-Bhagavatam, which is the spotless PuraQa for\n\na transcendentalist (paramaharhsa). So-called commentaries are useless for this\n\npurpose. According to the Vedic injunction: yasya deve para bhaktir yatha deve\n\ntatha gurau. All Vedic literatures maintain that Srimad-Bhagavatam has to be\n\nlearned from the person bhagavata, and to understand it one has to engage in\n\npure devotional service. Srimad-Bhagavatam cannot be understood by so-called\nerudite scholars or grammarians. One who has developed pure Kr�r;�a consciousness and has served the pure devotee, the spiritual master, can understand\nSrim3d-Bhagavatam. Others cannot.\n\nTEXT 314\n\n'Cf( ��' �� � �$11\n•� ����met -.fflt1u '!>�8 u\nartha suni' sanatana vismita hana\n\nstuti kare mahaprabhura caraQe dhariya\nSYNONYMS\n\nartha suni'-by hearing the meaning (of the atmarama verse); sanatana­\n\nSanatana Gosvami; vismita hana-becoming struck with wonder; stuti kare­\n\noffers prayers; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; caraQe dhariya­\n\ntouching the lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing all the explanations of all the different meanings of the atmarama verse, Sanatana Gosvami was struck with wonder. He fell down at the\nlotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and began to offer prayers.\n\n", "mad9#p0289": "Text 316]\n\n259\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\nTEXT 315\n\n\"�r.ft. � � at\"fefil'tfil I\n\n��������������\n\"sak?at isvara tumi vrajendra-nandana\ntamara nisvase sarva-veda-pravartana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsak?at isvara tumi-You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vrajendranandana-the son of Maharaja Nanda; tamara n isvase-by Your breathing; sarvaveda-all Vedic literatures; pravartana-are vibrated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami said, \"My dear lord, You are the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Kr��a, the son of Maharaja Nanda. A ll the Vedic literatures are\nvibrated through Your breathing.\nTEXT 316\n\n�-��i <et�<ro!1f, �fif iSfti{ �(I\n'� f�i Q 'Srtfiltl! ilt � :JI';{(U\" ���II\ntumi-vakta bhagavatera, tumi jana artha\ntoma vina anya janite nahika samartha\"\n\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-Your\n\nLordship;\n\nvakta-the\n\nspeaker;\n\nbhagavatera-of\n\nS rimad-\n\nBhagavatam; tumi-You; jana-know; artha-the import; toma vina-ex cept for\nYou; anya-anyone else; janite-to know; nahika-is not; samartha-able.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear lord, You are the original speaker of the Bhagavatam. You\ntherefore know its real import. But for You, no one can understand the confidential meaning of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\"\nPURPORT\nFollowing this statement by Srila Sanatana Gosvami, we have written our introduction to Srimad-Bhagavatam (First Canto, Part One, pages 7-41 ).\n\n", "mad9#p0290": "260\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 317\n\n� �,-\",�ti{ �11' �� � I\n�'iR� �?t �ti{ il1 �� f.1��'1 ?��'\\ II\nprabhu kahe,-\"kene kara a mara stavana\nbhagavatera svarDpa kene na kara vicaraQa?\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe- Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; kene kara-why do you do;\namara stavana-My personal glorification; bhagavatera sva-rDpa-the real form of\nSrimad-Bhagavatam; kene-why; na kara-you do not do; vicaraQa-consideration.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"Why are you glorifying Me personally?\nYou should understand the transcendental position of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nWhy don't you consider this important point?\nTEXT 318\n\n\"•T'fl 'et'iR�-� ��\\!All\n��·c;ttlt� �f�-��� iftifl �-f' �� II ��IY II\nkr�Qa-tulya bhagavata-vibhu, sarva5raya\nprati-5/oke prati-aksare nana artha kaya\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-tulya bhagavata-Srimad-Bhagavatam is identical with Kr�r:Ja; vibhu-the\nsupreme; sarva-asraya-the origin of everything, or that which controls everything; prati-5/oke-in every verse; prati-ak�are-in every syllable; nana artha\nkaya-there are varieties of imports.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srimad-Bhagavatam is as great as Kr�r;�a, the Supreme Lord and shelter of\neverything. In each and every verse of Srimad-Bhagavatam and in each and\nevery syllable, there are various meanings.\nTEXT 319\n\n��tl <et� �fif�tt� �-ft11' I\n�t� <!t�t'l �t� 'ftt;'$f �e.� II��� II\n\n", "mad9#p0291": "Text 320]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n261\n\nprasnottare bhagavate kariyache nirdhara\n\nyarihara sravaQe Joke /age camatkara\nSYNONYMS\n\nprasna-uttare-in the form of questions and answers; bhagavate-in Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam; kariyache-has made; nirdhara-conclusion; yarihara sravaQehearing which;\n\nJoke-in all people;\n\n/age-there is;\n\ncamatkara-wonderful\n\nastonishment.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The form of Srimad-Bhagavatam is given in questions and answers. Thus\nthe conclusion is established. By hearing these questions and answers, one is\nhighly astonished.\nTEXT 320\n\n�� C'llt?;�I\"KQ\" �?;'ll3 �>;ji?;<(f <t'iiq'iif'1 I\n'lft� <f't�t'l!'I_?;'!tC9ff;\\!i 1:1'ii: <!'� \"f\"il'l\\ �!\\!: H :,�\n\n•\n\nII\n\nbruhi yogesvare kr$Qe\n\nbrahmaQye dharma-varmaQi\n\nsvam ka$tham adhunopete\n\ndharmab kam saraQarh gatab\nSYNONYMS\n\nbruhi-kindly explain; yoga-isvare-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the\n\nmaster of all mystic power; kr$Qe-Lord Kr��a; brahmaQye-the protector of\n\nbrahminical culture; dharma-varmaQi-the strong arms of religious principles;\n\nsvam-His own; ka?tham-to the personal abode; adhuna-at present; upete­\n\nhaving returned; dharmab-the religious principles; kam-unto what; saral)amshelter; gatab-have gone.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'Now that Sri Kr�r:Ja, the Absolute Truth, the master of all mystic powers,\nhas departed for His own abode, please tell us by whom religious principles\nare presently protected.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.1.23) was a question raised by all the\n\nsages, who were headed by Saunaka. This question put before the great devotee\nSOta Gosvami is the foremost of the six questions raised. The answer to this important question is given in the next verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.3.43).\n\n", "mad9#p0292": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n262\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nTEXT 321\n\nW�lll �<ftC'llt9f5IC� l:{'�§lO!tfiff-;s: 'I� I\n\n'l'C\"!� 'l��\"fie'll� 9J.�tct c�t���'ltf1r�: U ¢� � II\nkr?l)e svadhamopagate\ndharma-jfianadibhi/:1 saha\nkalau na?ta-drsam e?a\npural)arko 'dhunodita/:1\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qe-Lord Kr�l)a;\n\nsva-dhama-to His personal abode; upagate-having\n\nreturned; dharma-jfiana-adibhi/:1 saha-along with religious principles, transcendental knowledge, and so on; ka/au-in this age of Kali; na?ta-drsam-of persons\nwho have lost their spiritual vision; e?a/:1-this; pural)a-arka/:1-Pural)a or Vedic\nliterature that shines like the sun; adhuna-at the present moment; udita/:1-has\narisen.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'After lord Kr�r:�a departed for His abode along with religious principles\nand transcendental knowledge, this Purar:�a, Srimad-Bhagavatam, has arisen\nlike the sun in this age of Kali to enlighten those who have no spiritual vision.'\nTEXT 322\n\n�� Jfi! <�\"�( �� <;�\"tt<fi� ��Jfi{ I\n�'\"I� ��� �Bt' (;<1'1 �� �Jtt'l ? ��� II\nei mata kahilun eka slokera vyakhyana\nvatu/era pralapa kari' ke kare pramal)a?\n\nSYNONYMS\nei mata-in this way; kahi/un-1 have spoken; eka-one; 5/okera-of a verse;\nvyakhyana-the explanation; vatu/era pralapa-the talking of a madman; kari'doing; ke kare pramal)a-who will accept this as evidential proof.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this way, like a madman, I have explained the meaning of just one verse.\nI do not know who will take this as evidence.\n\n", "mad9#p0293": "Text 323]\n\n263\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\nTEXT 323\n\n��i·<;�it (;�'iti (;�� ''it�' �� I\n��w;� �t�t�1f �(�it� II\" ��� II\nama-hena yeba keha 'vatu/a' haya\n\nei-d[?te bhagavatera artha janaya\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nama-hena-exactly like Me;\n\nyeba-anyone who; keha-a person;\n\nvatu/a\n\nhaya -becomes a madman; ei-d[?te-according to this process; bhagavatera-of\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam; artha -import; janaya -he can understand.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"If one becomes a madman like Me, he may also understand the meaning of\nSrimad-Bhagavatam by this process.\"\nPURPORT\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu plainly explains that Srimad-Bhagavatam cannot be\nunderstood by those who are materially situated. In other words, one has to\nbecome a madman like SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Apart from being the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu is an acarya who exhibited love\n\nof God like a madman. According to His own written verse: yugayitaril nime$ef)a.\nHe says that for Him, \"a moment seems to last twelve years.\"\n\nCak$U$a\n\npravr?ayitam: \"My tears are flowing like torrents of rain.\" Sanyayitaril jagat sar­\n\nvam: \"I feel as if the entire universe were vacant.\" Why? Govinda-virahef)a me:\n\n\"Due to My being separ11ted from Govinda, Kr�t:Ja.\"\n\nOne can understand Srimad-Bhagavatam only by following in the footsteps of\n\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who was mad for Kr��a. We cannot, of course, imitate\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. It is not possible. However, unless one is very serious\n\nabout understanding Kr��a, he cannot understand Srimad-Bhagavatam. Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam gives the full narration of Kr�t:�a's transcendental activities. The first\n\nnine cantos explain who Kr�t:�a is, and the Lord's birth and activities are narrated in\n\nthe Tenth Canto. In Bhagavad-gita it is stated: janma karma ca me divyam. Kr��a's\nappearance and disappearance are transcendental, not mundane. A person is\neligible to return home, back to Godhead, if he perfectly understands Kr�t:�a and\n\nHis appearance and disappearance. This is verified by Bhagavad-gita: tyaktva\ndeharil punar janma naiti mam eti so 'rjuna.\n\nIt is therefore concluded that one has to learn about Kr��a from Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam and Bhagavad-gita, and one has to follow in the footsteps of SrT\n\n", "mad9#p0294": "264\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Those who do not follow Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu cannot\nunderstand Bhagavad-gita and Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nTEXT 324\n\n�il� �t�il �c;� W�' �� <rot I\n\"�� �ti!ii1fit\"''1 'C��<!I'1J�' �fif�� II ��8 II\npuna/:1 sanatana kahe yu(li' dui kare\n\n\"prabhu ajna dila 'vai�Qava-smrti' karibare\nSYNONYMS\n\npuna/:1-again; sanatana-Sanatana Gosvami; kahe-says; yu(li' dui kare­\n\nfolding his two hands; prabhu ajna dila-Your Lordship has ordered me; vai�oavasmrti karibare-to write a dictionary of Vai�l)ava activities.\nTRANSLATION\nFolding his hands, Sanatana Gosvami said, \"My L ord, You ordered me to\nwrite a directory about the activities of Vai�r;�avas.\nTEXT 325\n\n;{'�-�-iSftf!, f�i il1 �-11 �� I\nG�1-�� '�t� � ��-��l)t� II ��It II\nmuni-nica-jati, kichu na janon acara\n\nmo-haite kaiche haya smrti-paracara\nSYNONYMS\nmur'ii-1;\n\nnica-jati-belong to a lower caste;\n\nkichu-anything; na-not;\n\njanon-1 know; acara-about proper behavior; mo-haite-from me; kaiche­\n\nhow; haya-there is; smrti-paracara-propagation of the directions of Vai�l)ava\nbehavior.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am a most lowborn person. I have no knowledge of good behavior. How\nis it possible for me to write authorized directions about Vai�r;�ava activities?\"\nPURPORT\nActually Sanatana Gosvami belonged to a very respectable brahmaf)a family.\n\nNonetheless, he submitted himself as a fallen, lowborn person because he had\n\n", "mad9#p0295": "Text 326]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n265\n\nserved in the Mohammedan government. A brahmaf)a is never supposed to be\n\nengaged for anyone's service. Accepting service for a livelihood (paricaryatmakam\n\nkarma) is the business of sudras. The brahmaf)a is always independent and busy\n\nstudying sastra and preaching sastra to subordinate social members such as\n\nk�atriyas and vaisyas. Sanatana Gosvami felt unfit to write Vai�l)ava smrti about\nthe behavior of Vai�l)avas because he had fallen from the brahminical position.\nThus Sanatana Gosvami clearly admits that the brahminical culture should be\nstandardized. Presently in India, so-called brahmaf)as are almost all engaged in\n\nsome mundane service, and they do not understand the import of the Vedic\n\nsastras. Nonetheless, they are passing themselves off as brahmaf)as on the basis of\n\nbirth. In this connection, Sanatana Gosvami declares that a brahmaf)a cannot be\nengaged in anyone's service if he wants to take a leading part in society. In\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam Narada Muni states that even if a brahmaf)a is in a difficult\n\nposition, he should not accept the occupation of a sadra. This means that he\nshould not be engaged in service for another, for this is the business of dogs.\n\nUnder the circumstances, Sanatana Gosvami felt very low because he had accepted the service of the Muslim government. The conclusion is that no one\n\nshould claim to be a brahmaf)a simply by birthright while engaging in someone\nelse's service.\nTEXT 326\n\n,i:! �B1' fif-t1 �rw �1t� @�t� 1\n�t�t� �� �fw I'JiWt11 �� II ��� II\nsatra kari' disa yadi karaha upadesa\n\napane karaha yadi hrdaye pravesa\nSY NONYMS\n\nsutra kari -making a synopsis; disa-direction; yadi-if; karaha upadesa-You\n'\n\nkindly instruct; apane-personally; karaha-You do; yadi-if; hrdaye pravesaentering into me or manifesting in my heart.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSanatana Gosvami then requested the Lord, \"Please personally tell me how I\ncan write this difficult book about Vai�r;�ava behavior. Please manifest Yourself\nin my heart.\nPURPORT\nThe writing of Vai�l)ava literatures is not a function for ordinary men. Vai�l)ava\nliteratures are not mental concoctions. They are all authorized literature meant to\nguide those who are going to be Vai�l)avas. Under these circumstances, an\n\n", "mad9#p0296": "266\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nordinary man cannot give his own opinion. His opinion must always correspond\nwith the conclusion of the Vedas. Unless one is fully qualified in Vai�r:Java\n\nbehavior and authorized by superior authority (the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead), one cannot write Vai�r:Java literatures or purports and commentaries\n\non Srimad-Bhagavatam and Bhagavad-gita.\n\nTEXT 327\n\n�� i!t1f fifllf'l � �i-�t�1l � I\n\n� �,- c;� <f-11'�, c;�� f,� �� II\" �� 'l II\ntabe tara disa sphure mo-nicera hrdaya\n\nisvara tumi,-ye karaha, sei siddha haya\"\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-if you do so; tara-of that; disa-the process of writing; sphure­\n\nmanifests; mo-nicera-of someone lowborn like me; hrdaya-in the heart; isvara\ntumi-You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ye karaha-whatever You\n\ncause to do; sei siddha haya-that is perfectly done.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"If You would please manifest Yourself within my heart and personally\ndirect me in writing this book, then, although I am lowborn, I may hope to be\nable to write it. You can do this because You are the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead Yourself, and whatever You direct is perfect.\"\nTEXT 328\n\n�� <f.t�,-\"G.� <f.Rft'! <li�<li '!._f';f ';fi{ I\n7f� c;�� c;� c;�t';fi <li1l�<l ��'lll ��lr II\nprabhu kahe,- \"ye karite kariba tumi mana\nkr$1)a sei sei toma karabe sphural)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; ye-whatever; karite-to do;\n\nkariba tumi mana-you want; kr$Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; sei sei-that; toma-to you;\nkarabe sphural)a-wil l manifest.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"Whatever you want to do you will be\nable to do correctly by lord Kr�r:ta's favor. He will manifest the real purport.\n\n", "mad9#p0297": "Text 330]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n267\n\nPURPORT\nSanatana Gosvami was a pure devotee of Kr�r:Ja. A pure devotee has no business other than serving Kr�r:Ja; consequently Kr�r:Ja is always ready to help him.\nThis benediction was given by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to Sanatana GosvamT,\nwho was authorized to write Vai�r:Java smrti. Sanatana GosvamT was a pure devotee of the Lord, and through the blessings of S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu he was\nable to write the book perfectly.\nTEXT 329\n\n�Q!tf<Pt <.!!� ll._C\\!i� �� �'ij,if�-t� I\n�<lit�'! �f� �tt�� �11'-�t\\!l11'1 II ��� I\ntathapi ei sutrera suna dig-darasana\nsakaral)a likhi adau guru-asrayal)a\nSYNONYMS\ntathapi-still; ei sutrera-of the synopsis of this book; suna-hear;\n\ndik­\n\ndarasana-an indication; sakaral)a-the cause; likhi-we should write; adau-in\nthe beginning; guru asrayal)a\n-\n\n-\n\naccepting a bona fide spiritual master.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Because you asked me for a synopsis, please hear these few in dications. In\nthe beginning one must take shelter of a bona fide spiritual master.\nTEXT 330\n\n��\"''�' fil\"\"l\"''�' ,�rn �it\"''� '\n<;�<u-�$tfit, ����-f�nH�'III ��o II\nguru-lak?al)a, si?ya-Jak?al)a, donhara parik?al)a\nsevya\n\n-\n\nbhagavan, sarva-mantra-vi caral)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nguru-lak?al)a-the symptoms of a bona fide spiritual master; si?ya-lak?al)athe symptoms of a bona fide disciple; donhara-of both; parik?al)a-the testing;\nsevya-bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead is worshipable; sarvamantra-vicaral)a-consideration of the different types of mantras.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In your book there should be the characteristics of the bona fide guru and\nthe bona fide disciple. Then, before accepting a spiritual master, one can be\n\n", "mad9#p0298": "268\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nassured of the spiritual master's position. Similarly, the spiritual master can\nalso be assured of the disciple's position. The Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Kr�r:Ja, should be described as the worshipable object, and you\nshould consider the bija-mantra for the worship of Kr�r:Ja, Rama or any other\nexpansion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nIn the Padma Pural)a, the characteristics of the guru, the bona fide spiritual\nmaster, have been described:\nmaha-bhagavata-sre�tho\nbrahmai)O vai gurur nfl)am\nsarve�am eva /okanam\nasau pujyo yatha haril;\nmaha-kula-prasuto 'pi\nsarva-yajne�u dik�itab\nsahasra-sakhadhyayi ca\nna gurub syad avai�l)avab\nThe guru must be situated on the topmost platform of devotional service. There\nare three classes of devotees, and the guru must be accepted from the topmost\nclass. The first-class devotee is the spiritual master for all kinds of people. It is said:\ngurur nwam. The word nwam means \"of all human beings.\" The guru is not\nlimited to a particular group. It is stated in the Upadesamrta of ROpa Gosvami that\na guru is a gosvami, a controller of the senses and the mind. Such a guru can accept disciples from all over the world. Prthivirh sa si�yat. This is the test of the\nguru.\nIn India there are many so-called gurus, and they are limited to a certain district\nor a province. They do not even travel about India, yet they declare themselves to\nbe jagad-guru, gurus of the whole world. Such cheating gurus should not be accepted. Anyone can see how the bona fide spiritual master accepts disciples from\nall over the world. The guru is a qualified brahmal)a; therefore he knows Brahman\nand Parabrahman. He thus devotes his life for the service of Parabrahman. The\nbona fide spiritual master who accepts disciples from all over the world is also\nworshiped all over the world because of his qualities. Lokanam asau pujyo yatha\nharib: the people of the world worship him j ust as they worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead. All these honors are offered to him because he strictly\nfollows the brahminical principles and teaches these principles to his disciples.\nSuch a person is called an acarya because he knows the principles of devotional\nservice, he behaves in that way himself, and he teaches his disciples to follow in\nhis footsteps. Thus he is an acarya or jagad-guru. Even though a person is born in a\n\n", "mad9#p0299": "Explanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nText 330]\n\n269\n\nbrahminical family and is very expert in performing sacrifices, he cannot be ac­\n\ncepted as a guru if he is not a strict Vai�r:Java. A guru is a brahmaQa by qualifica­\n\ntion, and he can turn others into brahmaQas according to the sastric principles and\n\nbrahminical qualifications. Brahmanism is not a question of heredity. In Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam (7.32.11) Sri Narada Muni tells Maharaja Yudhi�thira what a brahmaQa\n\nis. He states that if brahminical qualifications are observed in k�atriyas, vaisyas or\n\neven sudras, one should accept them as brahmaQas. In this regard, Srila Sridhara\n\nSvami has commented: samadibhir eva brahmaQadi-vyavaharo mukhyab, na jati­\n\nmatradity aha-yasyeti. yad yadi anyatra varQantare 'pi drsyeta, tad-varQantararh\ntenaiva /ak�aQa-nimittenaiva varQena vinirdiset, na tu jati-nimittenety artha/:1.\nThere is a similar statement made by NTiakar:Jtha, the commentator on\n\nMahabharata:\n\nsadro 'pi samady-upeto brahmar)a eva\nbrahmaQO 'pi kamady-upeta/:J sudra eva\n\"Although one may be born in a sudra family, if he is endowed with the brahminical qualities beginning with sama [control of the mind], he is to be accepted as a\n\nbrahmaQa. Although one may be born in a brahmaQa family, if he is endowed with\n\nthe qualities beginning with kama [lust], he is to be considered a sudra.\" No one\n\nshould present himself as a brahmaQa simply on the basis of being born in a\n\nbrahminical family. One must be qualified by the brahminical qualities mentioned\nin the sastras, particularly Bhagavad-gita:\n\nsamo damas tapa/:! saucarh\nk�antir arjavam eva ca\njnanarh vijnanam astikyarh\nbrahma-karma svabhava-jam\n\"Peacefulness,\n\nself-control,\n\nausterity,\n\npurity,\n\ntolerance,\n\nhonesty,\n\nwisdom,\n\nknowledge and religiousness-these are the qualities by which the brahmaQas\nwork.\" (Bg. 18.42)\nUnless one is qualified with all these attributes, he cannot be accepted as a\n\nbrahmaQa. It is not a question of simply taking birth in a brahmaQa family. In this\nregard, SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura remarks that Narottama dasa\n\nThakura and Syamananda GosvamT, although not born in brahmaQa families, are\n\naccepted as bona fide spiritual masters because they were brahmaQas by\n\nqualification. Personalities like SrT Ganga-narayar:Ja, Ramakr�r:Ja and many others,\n\nwho were actually born in brahmaQa families, accepted Narottama dasa Thakura\nand Syamananda GosvamT as their spiritual masters.\n\nThe maha-bhagavata is one who decorates his body with tilaka and whose\n\nname indicates him to be a servant of Kr�r:Ja by the word dasa. He is also initiated\n\n", "mad9#p0300": "270\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nby a bona fide spiritual master and is expert in worshiping the Deity, chanting\n\nmantras correctly, performing sacrifices, offering prayers to the Lord, and per­\n\nforming sankirtana. He knows how to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead\n\nand how to respect a Vai�J)ava. When one has attained the topmost position of\nmaha-bhagavata, he is to be accepted as a guru and worshiped exactly like Hari,\n\nthe Personality of Godhead. Only such a person is eligible to occupy the post of a\nguru. However, if one is highly qualified but is not a Vai�J)ava, he cannot be ac­\n\ncepted as a guru. One cannot be a brahmal)a unless one is a Vai�J)ava. If one is a\n\nVai�J)ava, he is already a brahmal)a. If a guru is completely qualified as a Vai�J)ava,\n\nhe must be accepted as a brahmaQa even if he is not born in a brahmal)a family.\nThe caste system method of distinguishing a brahmal)a by birth is not acceptable\n\nwhen applied to a bona fide spiritual master. A spiritual master is a qualified\nbrahmal)a and acarya. If one is not a qualified brahmal)a, he is not expert in\n\nstudying Vedic literatures. Nana-sastra-vicaraQaika-nipuQau. Every Vai�J)ava is a\n\nspiritual master, and a spiritual master is automatically expert in brahminical\nbehavior. He also understands the Vedic sastras.\n\nSimilarly, a disciple's qualifications must be observed by the spiritual master\nbefore he is accepted as a disciple. In our Kr�J)a consciousness movement, the requirement is that one must be prepared to give up the four pillars of sinful life-illicit sex, meat-eating, intoxication and gambling. In Western countries especially,\nwe first observe whether a potential disciple is prepared to follow the regulative\nprinciples. Then he is given the name of a Vai�J)ava servant and initiated to chant\n\nthe Hare Kr�J)a maha-mantra, at least sixteen rounds daily. In this way the disciple\n\nrenders devotional service under the guidance of the spiritual master or his representative for at least six months to a year. He is then recommended for a second\ninitiation, during which a sacred thread is offered and the disciple is accepted as a\nbona fide brahmal)a. SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura introduced the\n\nsystem of giving the sacred thread to a bona fide Vai�J)ava, and we are also\n\nfollowing in his footsteps. The qualifications of a bona fide disciple are described\n\nin Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.1 0.6) as follows:\n\namanya-matsaro dak$0\n\nnirmamo drc;Jha-sauhrda/:1\n\nasatvaro 'rtha-jijflasur\n\nanasuyur amogha-vak\n\nThe disciple must have the following qualifications. He must give up interest in\nthe material bodily conception. He must give up material lust, anger, greed, illusion, madness and envy. He should be interested only in understanding the\nscience of God, and he should be ready to consider all points in this matter. He\nshould no longer think, \"I am this body,\" or, \"This thing belongs to me.\" One must\nlove the spiritual master with unflinching faith, and one must be very steady and\n\n", "mad9#p0301": "Text 330]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n271\n\nfixed. The bona fide disciple should be inquisitive to understand transcendental\n\nsubject matter. He must not search out faults among good qualities, and he\nshould no longer be interested in material topics. His only interest should be\nKr�Da, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nAs far as the mutual testing of the spiritual master and disciple is concerned,\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura explains that a bona fide disciple must be\nvery inquisitive to understand the transcendental subject matter. As stated in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (11.3.21):\n\ntasmad gururh prapadyeta\njijfiasub sreya uttamam\n\n\"One who is inquisitive to understand the highest goal and benefit of life must\napproach a bona fide spiritual master and surrender unto him.\" A serious disciple\nmust be alert when selecting a bona fide spiritual master. He must be sure that the\nspiritual master can deliver all the transcendental necessities. The spiritual master\nmust observe how inquisitive the disciple is and how eager he is to understand\nthe transcendental subject matter. The spiritual master should study the disciple's\ninquisitiveness for no less than six months or a year. A spiritual master should not\nbe very anxious to accept a disciple because of his material opulences. Sometimes\na big businessman or landlord may approach a spiritual master for initiation. Those\n\nwho are materially interested are called vi?ayis (karmis), which indicates that they\n\nare very fond of sense gratification. Such vi?ayis sometimes approach a famous\n\nguru and ask to become a disciple just as a matter of fashion. Sometimes vi?ayis\n\npose as disciples of a reputed spiritual master just to cover their activities and advertise themselves as advanced in spiritual knowledge. In other words, they want\nto attain material success. A spiritual master must be very careful in this regard.\nSuch business is going on all over the world. The spiritual master does not accept\na materially opulent disciple just to advertise the fact that he has such a big disciple. He knows that by associating with such vi?ayi disciples, he may fall down.\n\nOne who accepts a vi?ayi disciple is not a bona fide spiritual master. Even if he is,\n\nhis position may be damaged due to association with an unscrupulous vi?ayi. If a\nso-called spiritual master accepts a disciple for his personal benefit or for material\ngain, the relationship between the spiritual master and the disciple turns into a\n\nmaterial affair, and the spiritual master becomes like a smarta-guru. There are\n\nmany caste gosvamis who professionally create some disciples who do not care\n\nfor them or their instructions. Such spiritual masters are satisfied simply to get\nsome material benefits from their disciples. Such a relationship is condemned by\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura, who calls such spiritual masters and disciples a society of cheaters and cheated. They are also called bau/as or prakrta-saha­\n\njiyas. Their aim is to make the connection between the spiritual master and the\n\ndisciple into a very cheap thing. They are not serious in wanting to understand\nspiritual life.\n\n", "mad9#p0302": "272\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nThe words sevya bhagavan in this verse are important. Bhagavan indicates the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Vi�I)U. Lord Vi�I)U alone is worshipable.\nThere is no need to worship demigods. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gita:\nkamais tais tair hrta-jnanab\nprapadyante 'nya-devatab\ntarh tarh niyamam asthaya\nprakrtya niyatab svaya\n\"Those whose minds are distorted by material desires surrender unto demigods\nand follow the particular rules and regulations of worship according to their own\nnatures.\" (Bg. 7.20)\nIt is also stated in the Skanda Puraf)a:\nvasudevarh parityajya\nyo 'anya-devam upasate\nsvamatararh parityajya\nsva-pacirh vandate hi sab\n\"A person who worships the demigods and gives up Lord Vasudeva is like a man\nwho gives up the protection of his mother for the shelter of a witch.\"\nIt is also stated in Bhagavad-gita (9.23):\nye 'py anya-devata-bhakta\nyajante sraddhayanvitab\nte 'pi mam eva kaunteya\nyajanty avidhi-purvakam\n\"Whatever a man may sacrifice to other gods, 0 son of Kunti, is really meant for\nMe alone, but it is offered without true understanding.\"\nDemigods are also living entities and parts and parcels of Kf�l)a. Therefore in\none sense one worships Kf�l)a when one worships the demigods, but not in the\nproper way. There is a proper method to water a tree. One should water the\nroots, but if one waters the leaves and branches instead, he is simply wasting his\ntime. If one worships the demigods to the exclusion of Lord Vi�I)U, his rewards will\nonly be material. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gita:\nantavat tu phalarh te?arh\ntad bhavaty a/pa-medhasam\ndevan deva-yajo yanti\nmad-bhakta yanti mam api\n\n", "mad9#p0303": "Text 330]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n273\n\n\"Men of small intelligence worship the demigods, and their fruits are limited and\ntemporary. Those who worship the demigods go to the planets of the demigods,\nbut My devotees ultimately reach My supreme planet.\" (Bg. 7.23)\nDemigod worship is meant for unintelligent men because the benefits derived\nfrom demigod worship are all material, temporary and retractable. It is also stated\nin the Hari-bhakti-vilasa:\n\nyas tu narayat;Jatn devaril\nbrahma-rudradi-devatai/:1\nsamatvenaiva vik?eta\nsa pa?af)r;/i bhaved dhruvam\n\"Whoever thinks Lord Vi�r:Ju and the demigods are on the same level is to be immediately considered a rogue as far as spiritual understanding is concerned.\"\nThere are three modes of nature in the material world, but when one is situated\nspiritually, he is above the material modes, even though he lives in this material\nworld. Lord Kr�r:Ja states in Bhagavad-gita (14.26):\n\nmaril ca yo 'vyabhicaref)a\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa guf)an samatityaitan\nbrahma bhayaya kalpate\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in any circumstances at once transcends the modes of material nature and thus comes to\nthe level of Brahman.\" When one engages in the Supreme Lord's devotional service, he is in a transcendental position. Even though one may be situated in the\nmode of goodness in the material world, he is susceptible to pollution by the\nmodes of passion and ignorance. When the mode of goodness is mixed with the\nmode of passion, one worships the sun-god, Vivasvan. When the mode of goodness is mixed with the mode of ignorance, he worships Gar:Japati, or Gar:Jesa.\nWhen the mode of passion is mixed with the mode of ignorance, one worships\nDurga, or KaiT, the external potency. When one is simply in the mode of ignorance, he becomes a devotee of Lord Siva because Lord Siva is the predominating deity of the mode of ignorance within this material world. However,\nwhen one is completely free from the influence of all the modes of material\nnature, he becomes a pure Vai�r:Java on the devotional platform. SrTia ROpa\nGosvamT states in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu:\n\nanyabhila?ita-sunyaril\njt'iana-karmady-anavrtam\n\n", "mad9#p0304": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n274\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nanukalyena kr?l)anusilanaril bhaktir uttama\n\nThe position of visuddha-sattva is the position of uncontaminated goodness. On\nthat platform, one can then understand, aradhyo bhagavan vrajesa-tanayas taddhama vrndavanam: \"The Supreme Personality of Godhead, the son of Nanda\n\nMaharaja, is to be worshiped along with His transcendental abode, Vrndavana.\"\n\nThe word sarva-mantra-vicaral)a means \"considering all different types of\nmantras.\" There are different kinds of mantras for different kinds of devotees.\n\nThere are the mantras known as the dvadasak?ara, and these are composed of\ntwelve syllables. Similarly, there are mantras composed of eighteen syllables-the\nNarasirhha mantra, the Rama mantra, Gopala mantra and so on. Each and every\nmantra has its own spiritual significance. The spiritual master has to select a\nmantra for his disciple according to the disciple's ability to chant different mantras.\n\nTEXT 331\n\nJT�·'CI�C15ti'\\', 1fs-ti,.nfif-�t� 1\n\n�1115 , (2jt\\!:'ZJf�-��J, ��' �1�1fi{ II��� II\nmantra-adhikari, mantra-siddhy-adi-sodhana\ndik$a, prataf)-smrti-krtya, sauca, acamana\n\nSYNONYMS\nman tra-adhikari -qualification for receiving mantra initiation; mantra-siddhiadi -the perfection of the mantra and so on; sodhana -purification; dik?a-in­\n\nitiation; prataf)-smrti krtya\n-\n\n-\n\nmorning duties and remembrance of the Supreme\n\nLord; sauca-cleanliness; a camana-washing the mouth and other parts of the\nbody.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You should discuss the qualifications necessary for receiving a mantra, the\nperfection of the mantra, the purification of the mantra, initiation, morning\nduties, remembrance of the Supreme Lord, cleanliness, and washing the\nmouth and other parts of the body.\nPURPORT\nThe following inj unction is given in the Hari-bhakti-vilasa (1.194):\ntantrike?U ca mantre?U\ndik?ayam yo?itam api\n\n", "mad9#p0305": "Text 331]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n275\n\nsadhvinam adhikaro 'sti\n\nsudradinaril ca sad-dhiyam\n\n\"Sudras and women who are chaste and sincerely interested in understanding the\n\nAbsolute Truth are qualified to be initiated with the paficaratrika-mantras.\" This is\nalso confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (9.32):\n\nmam hi partha vyapasritya\n\nye 'pi syuh papa-yonayah\n\nstriyo vaisyas tatha sudras\n\nte 'pi yanti pararil gatim\n\n\"0 son of Prtha, those who take shelter in Me, though they be of lower birth­\n\nwomen, vaisyas [merchants], as well as sudras [workers]-can approach the\nsupreme destination.\"\n\nIf one actually wants to serve Kr�t:�a, it doesn't matter whether one is a sudra,\n\nvaisya, or even a woman. If one is sincerely eager to chant the Hare Kr�t:�a mantra\n\nor dik?a-mantra, he is qualified to be initiated according to the paficaratrika pro­\n\ncess. According to Vedic principles, only a brahmal')a who is fully engaged in his\n\noccupational duties can be initiated. Sudras and women are not admitted to a\n\nvaidika initiation. Unless one is fit according to the estimation of the spiritual\n\nmaster, one cannot accept a mantra from the pancaratrika-vidhi or the vaidika­\n\nvidhi. When one is fit to accept the mantra, he is initiated by the paficaratrikavidhi or the vaidika-vidhi. In any case, the result is the same.\n\nRegarding mantra-siddhi-adi-sodhana, the efficiency of the mantra, Srila Bhakti­\n\nsiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura gives sixteen divisions, which are confirmed in the\nHari-bhakti-vilasa (beginning with 1.204):\n\nsiddha-sadhya-susiddharikramaj jfieyo vicak?al')aih\n\nThese are (1) siddha, (2) sadhya, (3) susiddha and (4) ari. These four principles\n\ncan be divided further: (1) siddha-siddha, (2) siddha-sadhya, (3) siddha-susiddha, (4) siddha-ari, (5) sadhya-siddha, (6) sadhya-sadhya, (7) sadhya-susiddha,\n\n(8) sadhya-ari, (9) susiddha-siddha, (10) susiddha-sadhya, (11) susiddha-susid­\n\ndha, (12) susiddha-ari, (13) ari-siddha, (14) ari-sadhya, (15) ari-susiddha, and\n\n(16) ari-ari.\n\nThose who are initiated with the eighteen-alphabet mantra do not need to\nconsider the above-mentioned sixteen divisions. As enjoined in the Hari-bhaktivilasa (1.215, 219, 220):\n\nna catra satrava do?a\n\nnarl')asvadi-vicaral')a\n\n", "mad9#p0306": "276\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nrk$arasi-vicaro va\nna kartavyo manau priye\nnatra cintyo 'ri-suddhyadir\nnari-mitradi-lak$aQam\nsiddha-sadhya-susiddharirapa natra vicaraf)a\nThere is sodhana, or purification of the mantra, but there is no such consideration\nfor the Kr�r:Ja mantra. Balitvat kr$Qa-mantraQarh sarhskarapek$aQarh na hi. \"The\nKr�r:Ja mantra is so strong that there is no question of sodhana. (1.235)\nAs far as dik$a is concerned, one should consult Madhya-lila, Chapter Fifteen\n\n(1 08). On the whole, when a person is initiated according to the paficaratrikavidhi, he has already attained the position of a brahmaQa. This is enjoined in the\nHari-bhakti-vilasa (2.12):\nyatha kancanatarh yati\nkarhsyarh rasa-vidhanatah\ntatha dik$a-vidhanena\ndvijatvarh jayate nwam\n\"As bell metal can be turned into gold when treated with mercury, a disciple initiated by a bona fide guru immediately attains the position of a brahmaQa.\"\nAs far as the time of dik$a (initiation) is concerned, everything depends on the\nposition of the guru. As soon as a bona fide guru is received by chance or by a\nprogram, one should immediately take the opportunity to receive initiation. In the\nbook called Tattva-sagara, it is stated:\ndurlabhe sad-gurOQarh ca\nsakrt-sanga upasthite\ntad-anujna yada labdha\nsa dik$avasaro mahan\ngrame va yadi varaQye\nk$etre va divase nisi\nagacchati gurur daivad\nyatha dik$a tad-ajnaya\nyadaiveccha tada dik$a\nguror ajfianurapatah\n\n", "mad9#p0307": "Text 322]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n277\n\nna Urtharh na vratarh hemo\nna snanarh na japa-kriya\ndik�aya/:1 karaQarh kintu\nsveccha-prapte tu sad-gurau\n\"If, by chance, one gets a sad-guru, it doesn't matter whether one is in the\ntemple or the forest. If the sad-guru, the bona fide spiritual master, agrees, one\ncan be initiated immediately, without waiting for a suitable time or place.\"\nIn the early morning hours (known as brahma-muharta) one should get up and\nimmediately chant the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra, or, at least, \"Kr�r:Ja, Kr�r:Ja, Kr�r:Ja.\" In this\nway, one should remember Kr�r:Ja. Some 5/okas or prayers should also be chanted.\nBy chanting, one immediately becomes auspicious and transcendental to the infection of material qualities. Actually one has to chant and remember Lord Kr�r:Ja\ntwenty-four hours daily, or as much as possible.\n\nsmartavya/:1 satatarh vi�Qur\nvismartavyo na jatucit\nsarve vidhi-ni�edha/:1 syur\netayor eva kirikara/:1\n\"Kr�oa is the origin of Lord Vi�QU. He should always be remembered and never\nforgotten at any time. All the rules and prohibitions mentioned in the sastras\nshould be the servants of these two principles.\" This is a quotation from Padma\n\nPuraQa in the portion called Brhat-sahasra-nama-stotra.\nPrata/:1-krtya means that one should evacuate regularly and then cleanse himself\nby taking a bath. One has to gargle (acamana) and brush his teeth (danta­\n\ndhavana). He should do this either with twigs or a toothbrush-whatever\nis available. This will purify the mouth. Then one should take his bath. Actually\nhouseholders and\n\nvanaprasthas should\n\nbathe\n\ntwo\n\ntimes\n\na\n\nday\n\n(pratar­\n\nmadhyahnayo/:1 snanarh vanaprastha-grhasthayo/:1). A sannyasi should bathe three\ntimes daily, and a brahmacari may take only one bath a day. Whenever one is not\nable to bathe in water, he can bathe by chanting the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra. One also\nhas to perform his sandhyadi-vandana-that is, one has to chant his Gayatri\n\nmantra three times daily-morning, noon and evening.\n\nTEXT 332\n��-rt�, �ti{, �'fiJtfif <t\"fi{ I\n\n��f;�<t1, \\s'f(f· \"1_�_.�(!iitN·'ft�'l II ��� II\n\n", "mad9#p0308": "278\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\ndanta-dhavana, snana, sandhyadi vandana\nguru-seva, Drdhva-puQc;fra-cakradi-dharaQa\n\nSYNONYMS\ndanta-dhavana - washing the teeth;\n\nsna na - bath; sandhya-adi vandana­\n\nregular chanting of the mantras; guru-seva-serving the spiritual master; Ordhva­\n\npuQc;fra- wearing perpendicularly straight tilaka; cakra-adi-dharaQa - stamping\n\nthe body with different names and symbols of the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the morning, one should regularly brush his teeth, take his bath, offer\nprayers to the Lord and offer obeisances to the spiritual master. One should\nrender service to the spiritual master and paint one's body in twelve places\nwith firdhva-pu•:u:;lra [tilaka]. One should stamp the holy names of the Lord on\nhis body, or one should stamp the symbols of the Lord, such as the disc and\nclub.\nTEXT 333\n\n<;'$ft��\"f�-11�J-��' 'f;:;r�-�t�ir'l I\n�m-��-��-ll��t�, ��-12!�i'ft51� II��� II\ngopicandana-malya-dhrti, tulasi-aharaQa\nvastra-pitha-grha-sarhskara, kr$Qa-prabodhana\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopi-candana- gopi-candana (available in Vrndavana and Dvaraka); malyabeads on the neck; dhrti-wearing regularly; tu las i-aharaQa-collecti n g tulasi\nleaves; vastra-cloth; pitha-temple; grha- the house; sarhskara -cleansi n g;\nkr$Qa-prab odhana- awakening the Deity of Lord Kr�t:�a.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"After this, you should describe how one should decorate his body with\ngopicandana, wear neck beads, collect tulasi leaves from the tulasi tree,\ncleanse his cloth and the altar, cleanse one's own house or apartment and go\nto the temple and ring the bell just to draw the attention of Lord Kr�r:-a.\n\nTEXT 334\n\n9f., �' 9f•t-te. �9f�t�11' <fi�'(� I\n9f•<fite'f '!_sri �f�, �11' c;�--rn� ����sn\n\n", "mad9#p0309": "Text 334]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n279\n\npanca, ?O(iasa, pancasat upacare arcana\npanca-kala puja arati, kr?f)era bhojana-sayana\nSY NONYMS\n\npanca-five; ?O(iasa-sixteen; pancasat-fifty; upacare-with ingredients; arcana-offering\n\nworship;\n\npanca-kala-five\n\ntimes;\n\npuja-worshiping;\n\narati­\n\noffering arati; kr?f)era bhojana-sayana-in this way offering eatables to Kr�r:'la and\nlaying Him down to rest.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Also describe Deity worship, wherein one should offer food to Kr��Ja at\nleast five times daily. One should in due time place Kr�Qa on a bed. You\nshould also describe the process for offering arati and the worship of the Lord\naccording to the list of five, sixteen or fifty ingredients.\nPURPORT\n\nThe five ingredients\n\nare\n\n(1) very good scents,\n\n(2) very good flowers,\n\n(3) incense, (4) a lamp and (5) something edible. As for $O(iasopacara, the sixteen ingredients, one should (1) provide a sitting place (asana), (2) ask Kr�r:'la to\nsit down, (3) offer arghya, (4) offer water to wash the legs, (5) wash the mouth,\n(6) offer madhu-parka,\n(7) offer water for washing the mouth, (8) bathe,\n(9) offer garments, (10) decorate the Lord's body with ornaments, (11) offer\nsweet scents, (12) offer flowers with good fragrance, like the rose or campaka,\n(13) offer incense, (14) offer a lamp, (15) give good food, and (16) offer prayers.\nIn the Hari-bhakti-vilasa (Eleventh Vilasa, verses 127-140) there is a vivid\ndescription of what is required in Deity worship. There are sixty-four items mentioned. In the temple, worship should be so gorgeous that all sixty-four items\nshould be available for the satisfaction of the Personality of Godhead. Sometimes\nit is impossible to get all sixty-four items; therefore we recommend that at least\non the first day of installation all sixty-four items should be available. When the\nLord is established, worship with all sixty-four items should continue as far as\npossible. The sixty-four items are as follows: (1) There must be a big bell hanging\nin front of the temple room so that whoever comes in the room can ring the bell.\nThis item is called prabodhana, or offering oneself submissively to the Lord. This is\nthe first item. (2) The visitor must chant jay a SrT Radha-Govinda, or jaya SrT RadhaMadhava when he rings the bell. In either case, the word jaya must be uttered.\n\n(3) One should immediately offer obeisances to the Lord, falling down like a stick.\n(4) There must be regular mangala-arati in the temple during the early morning,\n\nan hour and a half before the sun rises. (5) There must be an asana, a sitting place\nbefore the altar. This asana is for the spiritual master. The disciple brings everything before the spiritual master, and the spiritual master offers everything to the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. (6) After mangala-arati, the Deity is supposed\n\n", "mad9#p0310": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n280\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nto wash His teeth by using a twig; therefore a twig must be offered. (7) Water\nmust be offered for washing the Deity's feet. (8) Arghya should be offered.\n\n(9) Water for acamana should be offered. (10) Madhu-parka, a small bowl containing madhu (honey, a little ghee, a little water, a little sugar, yogurt and milk)\nshould be offered. This is called madhu-parka-acamana. (11) One should place\nwooden slippers before the Lord. (12) One should massage the body of the Lord.\n\n(13) One should massage the body of the Lord with oil. (14) With a soft, wet\nsponge one should remove all the oil smeared over the Lord's body. (15) One\nshould bathe the Lord with water in which nicely scented flowers have been\nsoaking for some time. (16) After bathing the body of the Lord with water, one\nshould bathe Him with milk. (17) Then with yogurt. (18) Then with ghee.\n\n(19) Then with honey. (20) Then with sugar. (21) Then one should wash the\nDeity with water and chant this mantra:\ncintamaf)i-prakara-sadmasu kalpa-vrk$a/ak$avrte$U surabhir abhipalayantam\n/ak$mi-sahasra-sata-sambhrama-sevyamanarh\ngovindam adi-puru$arh tam aharh bhajami\n\n(22) One should dry the entire body with a towel. (23) A new dress should be\nput on the body. (24) A sacred thread should be given to the body. (25) Water\nshould be offered for cleansing the mouth (acamana). (26) Nicely scented oils like\nliquid sandalwood pulp should be smeared over the body. (27) All kinds of ornaments and crowns should be placed on the body. (28) Then one should offer\nflower\n\ngarlands\n\nand\n\ndecorative\n\nflowers.\n\n(29) One should\n\nburn\n\nincense.\n\n(30) Lamps should be offered. (31) Precautions should always be taken so that\ndemons and atheists cannot harm the body of the Lord. (32) Food offerings\nshould be placed before the Lord. (33) Spices for chewing should be offered.\n\n(34) Betel nuts should be offered. (35) At the proper time, there should be arrangements so that the Lord may take rest in bed. (36) The Lord's hair should be\ncombed and decorated. (37) First-class garments should be offered. (38) A firstclass helmet should be offered. (39) The garments should be scented. (40) There\nshould be Kaustubha j ewels and other ornaments offered. (41) A variety of\nflowers should be offered. (42) Another mangala-arati should be offered. (43) A\nmirror should be offered. (44) The Lord should be carried on a nice palanquin to\nthe altar. (45) The Lord should be seated on the throne. (46) Again water should\nbe given for the washing of His feet. (47) Something again should be offered for\neating. (48) Evening arati. (49) The Lord should be fanned with a camara fan, and\nan umbrella should be placed over His head. (50) The Hare Kr�r:ta mantra and approved songs should be sung. (51) Musical instruments should be played.\n\n(52) One should dance before the Deity. (53) One should circumambulate the\nDeity. (54) One should again offer obeisances. (55) One should offer different\n\n", "mad9#p0311": "Text 335]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n281\n\ntypes of prayers and hymns at the Lord's lotus feet. (56) One should touch the\nlotus feet of the Lord with one's head. This may not be possible for everyone, but\nat least the pujari should do this. (57) The flowers offered on the previous day\nshould touch one's head. (58) One should take the remnants of the Lord's food.\n\n(59) One should sit before the Lord and think that he is massaging the Lord's legs.\n(60) One should decorate the Lord's bed with flowers before the Lord takes His\nrest. (61) One should offer one's hand to the Lord. (62) One should take the\nDeity to His bed. (63) One should wash the feet of the Lord and then sit Him on\nthe bed. (64) One should place the Lord on the bed and then massage His feet.\nArati should be offered to the Deities five times daily-early in the morning\nbefore sunrise, later in the morning, at noon, in the evening and at night. This\nmeans that there should be worship and a change of dress and flowers. As far as\nthe eatables are concerned, all items should be first-class preparations. There\nshould be first-class rice, dahl, fruit, sweet rice, vegetables and a variety of foods\nto be sucked, drunk and chewed. All the eatables offered to the Deities should be\nextraordinarily excellent. In Europe and America there is presently no monetary\nscarcity. People are not poor, and if they follow these principles of Deity worship,\nthey will advance in spiritual life. As far as placing the Deity in the bed is concerned, if the Deity is large and heavy, it is not possible to move Him daily. It is\nbetter that a small Deity, which is also worshiped, be taken to the bed. This\nmantra should be chanted: agaccha sayana-sthanarh priyabhil) saha kesava. \"0\nKesava, kindly come to Your bed along with Srimati Radharar:Ji.\" (Hari-bhakti-vilasa\n\n11.40)\nThe Deity should be placed in bed with Srimati Radharar:Ji, and this should be\nindicated by bringing the wooden slippers from the altar to the bedside. When\nthe Deity is laid down, His legs should be massaged. Before laying the Deity\ndown, a pot of milk and sugar should be offered to Him. After taking this thick\nmilk, the Deity should lie down and should be offered betel nuts and spices to\nchew.\n\nTEXT 335\n\n1\\1!_�, �tt ��� I\n\n�·Wpti{ II �t II\n\n�t\"'iiji·�tti'l, �\n\nsri-murti -lak�af)a, ara salagrama-lak�af)a\nkr�Qa-k�etra-yatra, kr�Qa-murti-darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri-murti-lak�af)a-characteristics of the Deity; ara-and; sa/agrama-/ak�af)acharacteristics of the\n\nsalagrama-sila;\n\nkr�f)a-k�etra-yatra-visiting\n\nplaces like\n\n", "mad9#p0312": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n282\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nVrndavana, Dvaraka and Mathura; kr�Qa-murti-darasana-visiting the Deity in the\ntemple.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The characteristics of the Deities should be discussed as well as the\ncharacteristics of the salagrama-sila. One should also discuss visiting the\nDeities in the temple and touring holy places like Vrndavana, Mathura and\nDvaraka.\nTEXT 336\n\ni{f��' ift1rt� �1l -i{ I\n���' �t�·�i{ II \\!l\\!l� II\nnama-mahima, namaparadha dure varjana\nvai�f)ava-lak�af)a, sevaparadha-khaf)<;/ana\nSY NONYMS\n\nnama-mahima-the glories of the holy name; nama-aparadha-offenses in\n\nchanting the holy name; dure varjana-giving up very carefully; vai�f)ava-lak�af)a-the symptoms of a Vai�r:tava; seva-aparadha-khaf)<;/ana-rejecting offenses\n\nin worshiping the Deity.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You should glorify the holy name and carefully give up offenses when\nchanting the holy name. One should know the symptoms of a Vai�l)ava. One\nmust give up or nullify all kinds of seva-aparadha, offenses in Deity worship.\nPURPORT\nThe devotee should always be very careful not to commit the ten offenses\n\nwhen chanting the Hare Kr�r:ta mantra. If a devotee very strictly follows t�e\nmethods of Deity worship, he will naturally and quickly become a pure Vai�r:tava.\nA pure Vai�r:tava has unflinching faith in the Lord, and he does not deviate at all.\n\nHe is always engaged in perfect Deity worship.\nOne should also notice the specific offenses against Deity worship. These are\nmentioned in the Skanda Puraf)a (Avanti-khaf)<;/a), spoken by Vyasadeva himself.\nOne should liquidate all kinds of offenses.\n\nThe salagrama-sila should be worshiped with tulasT where a sufficient quantity\n\nof tulasT leaves are available. Worship of salagrama-sila should be introduced in all\nISKCON temples. Salagrama-si/a is the form of the Lord's mercy. To worship the\n\nDeity with the sixty-four items mentioned may be a difficult job, but the Lord has\n\n", "mad9#p0313": "Text 337]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n283\n\nbecome so small that anyone in any temple can carefully handle Deity worship\nsimply by performing the same activities with salagrama-si/a.\nThere are thirty-two offenses that should be avoided. (1) One should not enter\nthe temple in a vehicle. Shoes and slippers should be removed before entering the\ntemple. (2) One should offer obeisances as soon as he sees the Deity. (3) One\nshould enter the temple after taking a bath. In other words, one should be very\nclean. (4) One should not offer obeisances to the Lord with one hand. (5) One\nshould not circumambulate demigods before the Deities. (6) One should not\nspread out his legs before the Deity. (7) One should not sit down before the\nDeity with his legs crossed, nor should one touch his legs with his hands. (8) One\nshould not lie down before the Deity. (9) One should not eat before the Deity.\n\n(10) One should not speak lies before the Deity. (11) One should not speak very\nloudly before the Deity. (12) One should not talk nonsense before the Deity.\n\n(13) One should not cry before the Deity. (14) One should not deal with others\n(15) One should not utter harsh words before the Deity.\n(16) One should not cover himself with a blanket. (17) One should not talk enviously of others before the Deity. (18) One should not praise others before the\nDeity. (19) One should not use slang before the Deity. (20) One should not pass\nair before the Deity. (21) One should not neglect the sixty-four items of Deity\nworship. (22) One should not eat anything not offered to the Deity. (23) One\nshould not neglect offering seasonal fruits as soon as they are available. (24) One\nshould always offer fresh, untouched fruit to the Deity. (25) One should not sit\nwith his back toward the Deity. (26) One should not offer obeisances to others\nbefore the Deity. (27) One should not sit near the Deity without taking the\nspiritual master's permission. (28) One should not be proud to hear himself\npraised before the Deity. (29) One should not blaspheme the demigods.\n(30) One should not be unkind to others before the Deities. (31) One should observe all festivals in the temple. (32) One should not fight or quarrel before the\nbefore the Deity.\n\nDeity.\nTEXT 337\n\nllf'l-'Sfif-,..·�\"Pi·'J...�\"'lllfi'l I\n�' �' ?ff�, ���e, �-. II ��'l II\nsankha-ja/a-gandha-pu!ipa-dhupadi-lak?al)a\njapa, stuti, parikrama, dal)c;/avat vandana\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsankha-of a conchshell; jala-of water; gandha-of incense or scents;\npu$pa-of flowers; dhapa-adi-of incense, and so on; lak?al)a-the charac-\n\n", "mad9#p0314": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n284\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nteristics; japa-murmuring; stuti-offering prayers; parikrama-circumambulation; daQQ'avat-offering obeisances; vandana-offering prayers.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The items of worship, such as water, conchshell, flowers, incense and\nlamp, should be described. You should also mention chanting softly, offering\nprayers, circumambulating, and offering obeisances. All these should be\ncarefully studied.\nPURPORT\nAll these are mentioned in the Hari-bhakti-vilasa. The A$tama Vilasa of that\nbook should be consulted as far as possible.\nTEXT 338\n\n��'1·Ptfif, ��:Jfl\"W·�� I\n�fi1r;�llr�!·�!Jt'lt, ��M�tffl·��i{ \" ���r 11\npurascaral)a-vidhi, k[$1)a-prasada-bhojana\nanivedita-tyaga, vai$f)ava-nindadi-varjana\nSY NONYMS\npurascaral)a-vidhi-ritualistic ceremonies; k[$1)a-prasada-bhojana-eating the\nremnants of food offered to the Lord; anivedita-tyaga-not touching anything\nnot\n\noffered\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\nvai$Qava-ninda-adi-varjana-completely avoiding\n\nblaspheming a Vai�l)ava.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Other items to be considered are the method of performing pura5carar;�a,\ntaking kr�r;�a-prasada, giving up unoffered food and not blaspheming the\nLord's devotees.\nPURPORT\nRegarding the vai$Qava-ninda, see Madhya-lila, 15.260.\nTEXT 339\n\n�H�'l, �t���' �t'!_�i{ I\n�e.�w-�Jt'lt, �l�t'lt<!f'!·��\" \" ��� \"\nsadhu-lak$a/)a, sadhu-safiga, sadhu-sevana\nasatsanga-tyaga, sri-bhagavata-sravaf)a\n\n", "mad9#p0315": "Text 341]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n285\n\nSY NONYMS\nsadhu-lak�af)a-the symptoms of a devotee; sadhu-sanga-association with\n\ndevotees; sadhu-sevana-offering service to devotees; asat-sanga-tyaga-giving\n\nup the company of nondevotees; sri-bhagavata-sravaf)a-reguiarly hearing the\nrecitation of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"One should know the symptoms of a devotee and how to associate with\ndevotees. One should know how to satisfy the devotee by rendering service,\nand one should know how to give up the association of nondevotees. One\nshould also regularly hear the recitation of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nTEXT 340\n\nfwil�\\!bJ, 9f���J, <.!l�tif�tfw-��11''1 I\n�:Jt��J, iSiiJI\"t�'ITJt�-f�f�-R�t11:'1 II �So II\ndina-krtya, pak�a-krtya, ekadasy-adi-vivaraf)a\nmasa-krtya, janma�tamyadi-vidhi-vicaraf)a\n\nSY NONYMS\ndina-krtya-daily duties; pak�a-krtya-duties on the fortnights; ekadasi-adi­\n\nvivaraQa-description of Ekadasi and so on; masa-krtya-duties every month;\n\njanma�tami-adi-of performing janma�!ami and other ceremonies; vidhi-of the\nprocess; vicaraf)a-consideration.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You should describe the ritualistic duties of every day, and you should describe the fortnightly duties-especially observing Ekada5i fast, which comes\nevery fortnight. You should also describe the duties of every month, especially\nthe observance of ceremonies like Janma�fami, Rama-navami and Nrsirilhacaturda5i.\nTEXT 341\n\n<.!l�tlif�, iSfiJit�il't, �t1liliftlifiit I\n\n�11'11lil��' �111' ��,���wilt II �8� II\nekadasi, janma�tami, vamana-dvadasi\n\nsri-rama-navami, ara nrsirhha-caturdasi\n\n", "mad9#p0316": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n286\n\nSYNONYMS\nekadasr-the\n\neleventh\n\nday\n\nof the\n\nfortnight;\n\njanma$tamr-the\n\nbirthday\n\nceremony of Lord Kf�l)a; vamana-dvadasl-the birthday or appearance day of\nLord Vamana; srl-rama-navaml-the birthday ceremony of Lord Ramacandra;\nara-and; nrsimha-caturdasr-the appearance day of Lord Nrsimha.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Ekada§i, Janma�tami, Vamana-dvadasi, Rama-navami and Nrsirilha-caturdasi should all be observed.\nTEXT 342\n\n�� Jl�_, �'4ih�Jt�, ��'(i·<f.�'l I\n�<fi��'� ,�t�, c<fi�'\"' �r·� '\"'�i{ 11 �8� 11\nei sabe viddha-tyaga, aviddha-karaf)a\nakaraf)e do$a, kaile bhaktira lambhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nei sabe-all these things; viddha-tyaga-to avoid viddha-ekadasr or mixed\nEkadasT; aviddha-karaf)a-performing the pure EkadasT; akaraf)e do$a-the fault\nof not performing them; kaile-if done so; bhaktira Jambhana-there will be discrepancies in devotional service.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You should recommend the avoidance of mixed Ekadasi and the performance of pure Ekada§i. You should also describe the fault in not observing\nthis. O ne should be very careful as far as these items are concerned. If one is\nnot careful, one will be negligent in executing devotional service.\nTEXT 343\n\n�ijj �'llt'l ��_, �t'l·_,� I\n!)�·Pll3'11f��<fi�'l-'\"lllli'1 II �8� II\nsarvatra pramaf)a dibe puraf)a-vacana\nsr/-mQrti-Vi$f)U-mandira karaf)a-Jak$af)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvatra-everywhere; pramaf)a-evidence; dibe-you should give; puraf)avacana-quoting from the Puraf)as; srl-murti-the Deity; Vi$f)U-mandira-of the\nVi�I)U temple; karaf)a-Jak$af)a-the characteristics of constructing.\n\n", "mad9#p0317": "Text 345]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n287\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Whatever you say about VaiH1ava behavior, the establishment of Vai�1;1ava\ntemples and Deities and everything else should be supported by evidence\nfrom the Pura1;1as.\nTEXT 344\n\n':Jt1�t�' :Jt�t�1�, ��� 'C<l�it'-�1� I\n��i1Jt<t�<t<IJ :Jf<!t '\"irt�' <!tJ<l�HI II �88 ll\n'samanya' sad-acara, ara 'vai�Qava'-acara\nkartavyakartavya saba 'smarta' vyavahara\nSYNONYMS\nsamanya-general; sat-acara-good behavior; ara-and; vai�Qava-of devotees of Lord Vi�t:Ju; acara-etiquette; kartavya-akartavya-things which are to be\ndone and which are not to be done; saba-all; s marta-connected with regulative principles; vyavahara-business.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You should give general and specific descriptions of the behavior and activities of a Vai�1;1ava. You should outline things that are to be done and things\nthat are not to be done. A ll this should be described as regulations and etiquette.\nTEXT 345\n\n�� :Jf�t'itit� �i! �· f5t'it Wpfi{ I\n'\n\n�<it\n\n� fi'l�<!t'l, � '<1\\�t<l ��'I II �8<t II\n\nei sarik�epe sutra kahiluri dig-darasana\nyabe tumi likhiba, kr�t:Ja karabe sphuraQa\nSYNONYMS\nei-thus; sarik�epe-in brief; sutra-codes; kahi/uri-1 have described; dik­\n\ndarasana-j ust a little direction; yabe-whenever; tumi-you; likhiba-will attempt to write; kr�t:Ja-Lord Kr�t:Ja; karabe-will do; sphuraQa-manifesting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have thus given a synopsis of the Vai�1;1ava regulative principles. I have\ngiven this in brief just to give you a little direction. When you write on this\nsubject, Kr�r:'la will help you by spiritually awakening you.\"\n\n", "mad9#p0318": "288\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nPURPORT\nOne cannot write on spiritual matters without being blessed by Kr�r:'la and the\ndisciplic succession of gurus. The blessings of the authorities are one's power of\nattorney. One should not try to write anything about Vai�r:'lava behavior and activities without being authorized by superior authorities. This is confirmed in\nBhagavad-grta: evam paramapara-praptam imam rajar?ayo vidu/:1.\nTEXT 346\n\n�� �' ��a( ��1f �ili'!?:.il ��i� I\n�i�i1f �<It'! fu7:.�1f\" �7:.� �<t�i� II �8� II\nei ta' kahilu prabhura sanatane prasada\nyahara sravaf)e cittera khaf)c;fe avasada\nSYNONYMS\nei ta'-in this way; kahi/u-1 have described; prabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; sanatane-unto Sanatana Gosvami; prasada-mercy; yahara sravaf)e-hearing which; cittera-of the mind; khaf)c;fe-disappears; avasada-all\nmoroseness.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have narrated Lord Caitanya's mercy upon Sanatana Gosvami. When\none hears these topics, one's heart will be cleansed of all contamination.\nTEXT 347\n\nfiliSf·ti\"t?:.'l <fi5f� ��i1f �fil�i I\n:Jiili�7;il �if1t\" ��i� �1��tt� f���i II �89 II\nnija-granthe karf)apura vistara kariya\nsanatane prabhura prasada rakhiyache likhiya\nSYNONYMS\nnija-granthe-in his own book; karf)apura-Kavi-karr:\"�apOra; vistara kariyavividly describing;\n\nsanatane-unto Sanatana Gosvami; prabhura-of Lord Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; prasada-the mercy; rakhiyache-has kept; /ikhiyawriting.\nTRANSLATION\nThe authorized poet Kavi-karr;Japura has written a book named Caitanyacandrodaya-nafaka. This book tells how Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu blessed\nSanatana Gosvami with His specific mercy.\n\n", "mad9#p0319": "Text 348]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n289\n\nTEXT 348\n\nC5\\TC��� ����-f���'t1lf't�J�I (j �'i� fi!fll'Z\n�9f�j�� �lf �� ��<jt� C��i5\\J\"\"''Il'l1� i!'Cif I\n\n�{&\\S��c't';r ��m�:�1 �ic����i?f�:\nc\"t�t�.,: rr��� 1!�1-'!1f �\"'�' .ffr���t'ii\"l!'ll{_ n ,:)s�rn\ngaucjendrasya sabha-vibhO$aQa-maQiS tyaktva ya rddharh sriyarh\nrupasyagraja e$a eva taruQirh vairagya-lak$mirh dadhe\nantar-bhakti-rasena pOrQa-hrdayo bahye 'vadhOtakrtih\nsaivalaih pihitarh maha-sara iva priti-pradas tad-vidam\n\nSYNONYMS\ngaucja-indrasya-of the ruler of GaU<;la-desa (Bengal); sabha-of the parliament; vibhO$aQa-fundamental; maQih-the gem; tyaktva-relinq u ishing; yahone who; rddham-opulent; sriyam-kingly enjoyment; rapasya agrajah-the\nelder brother of SrTia ROpa GosvamT; e$ah-this; eva-certainly; taruQimyouthful; vairagya-lak$mim-the fortune of renunciation; dadhe-accepted; antah-bhakti-rasena-by the mellows of inner love of Kr�r;�a; pOrQa-hrdayahsatisfied fully; bahye-exte rnally; avadhOta-akrtih-the dress of a mendicant;\nsaivalaih-by moss; pihitam-covered ; maha-sarah-a great lake or very deep\nlake; iva-like; priti-pradah-very pleasing; tat-vidam-to persons acquainted\nwith the science of devotional service.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srila Sanatana Gosvami, the elder brother of Srila Rupa Gosvami, was a\nmost important minister in the government of Hussain Shah, the ruler of\nBengal, and he was considered a most brilliant gem in that assembly. He\npossessed all the opulences of a royal position, but he gave up everything just\nto accept the youthful goddess of renunciation. Although he externally appeared to be a mendicant who had renounced everything, he was filled with\nthe pleasure of devotional service within his heart. Thus he can be compared\nto a deep lake covered with moss. He was the object of pleasure for all the\ndevotees who knew the science of devotional service.\n\nPURPORT\nThis and the following two verses are from Caitanya-candrodaya-nataka\n\n(9.34, 35, 38).\n\n", "mad9#p0320": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n290\n\nTEXT 349\n\n�� \"1!011�•PJ,9fi'>I�C'W1'i(e�tl!i�f'!i'lftl!ilf�t<1f: 1\n\n'5{jf<;r�$f 9ffil�t�'!i-Clf1�J1�\n���<Ti��'<( �\"9i<ii-C'>I'hf: II \"8� II\ntam sanatanam upagatam ak?Qor\nd[?ta-matram atimatra-dayardrah\nalilinga parighayata-dorbhyam\nsanukampam atha campaka-gaurah\nSYNONYMS\ntam-unto him; sanatanam-Sanatana Gosvami; upagatam-having arrived;\nak?QOQ-with the eyes;\ndaya-ardraf) -merciful;\n\ndr?ta-matram-being only seen;\n\na/ilinga-embraced;\n\nati-matra-greatly;\n\nparighayata-dorbhyam-with\n\nHis\n\ntwo arms; sa-anukampam-with great affection; atha-th u s; campaka-gauraf)Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\n\nhas a complexion the color of a campaka\n\nflower (golden).\nTRANSLATION\n\"As soon as Sanatana Gosvami arrived in front of Lord Caitanya, the Lord,\nseeing him, became merciful to him. The Lord, who has the complexion of a\ngolden campaka flower, opened His arms and embraced him while expressing\ngreat affection.\"\nTEXT 350\n\n<ii M'l �f<I\"O!C<Ti far-<l:l�1\n'1!-�f� ��� �nt9fnr�� fq:f.<t� 1\n\n�'>ft1jr.�01tR;f<fr.\"llS Clf<l:�tl!i<l: �9[� '1\"11\\!i<l� II \"¢\n\n•\n\nka/ena vrndavana-ke/i-varta\n/upteti tam khyapayitum visi?ya\nkrpamrtenabhi?i?eca devas\ntatraiva rupam ca sanatanam ca\nSYNONYMS\nka/ena-in the course of time; vrndavana-keli-varta-topics concerning the\ntranscendental mellows of the pastimes of Lord Kr�r:ta in Vrndavana; lupta-\n\n", "mad9#p0321": "Text 352]\n\nExplanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\n291\n\nalmost lost; iti-thus; tam-all those; khyapayitum-to enunciate; visi�yamaking specific; krpa-amrtena-with the nectar of mercy; abhi$i$eca-sprinkled;\ndeva/:1-the Lord; tatra-there; eva-indeed; rapam-Srila ROpa Gosvami; caand; sanatanam-Sanatana Gosvami; ca-as well as.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the course of time, the transcendental news of Kr�r:'la's pastimes in\nVrndavana was almost lost. To enunciate explicitly those transcendental\npastimes, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, at Prayaga,\n\nempowered Srila Rupa\n\nGosvami and Sanatana Gosvami with the nectar of His mercy to carry out this\nwork in Vrndavana.\"\nTEXT 351\n\n�� �' <fl�( �ili'!t� �,� ��t� I\n�� (!f_,t'l fut�� �t� �_,�t� II �!>�� II\nei ta' kahilun sanatane prabhura prasada\nyahara sravar)e cittera khaQc;:/e avasada\nSYNONYMS\n\nei ta'-thus; kahi/un-1 have explained; sanatane-unto Sanatana Gosvami;\nprabhura prasada-t he mercy of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yahara sravaQehearing which; cittera-of the heart; khaQc;:/e-disappears; avasada-moroseness.\nTRANSLATION\nI have thus explained the mercy bestowed on Sanatana Gosvami by Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. If one hears this, all moroseness in the heart will\ndiminish.\nTEXT 352\n\n��� �\"Pt'itt'l� �<fi� �� '�' I\nfclfi{-�t'it·�tt'5f '�t'l�<ef�'� R'li� II �!)�� II\nkr�Qera svarupa-gaQera sakala haya 'jiiana'\nvidhi-raga-marge 'sadhana bhakti'ra vidhana\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr$Qera svarapa-gaQera-of Lord Kr�r:Ja in His various expansions; saka/a-all;\nhaya-there is; jiiana-knowledge; vidhi-raga-marge-in the process of devo-\n\n", "mad9#p0322": "292\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 24\n\ntional service under regulative principles or in spontaneous love; sadhana bhaktira\nvidhana-the authorized means of executing devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\nBy reading these instructions to Sanatana Gosvami, one will become fully\naware of lord Kr�r:-a's various expansions and the process of devotional service according to the regulative principles and spontaneous love. Thus everything can be fully known.\nTEXT 353\n\n'�t�';f', 'oef�11�', '<ef'@11 f'il�i�' 1\n�111 �'I 'e� iSfttilil �� �� II �<t� II\n'k(�Qa-prema', 'bhakti-rasa', 'bhaktira siddhanta'\nihara sravaf)e bhakta janena saba anta\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-prema-love of Godhead; bhakti-rasa-the mellows of devotional service; bhaktira siddhanta-the conclusions of devotional service; ihara sravaf)eby hearing this chapter; bhakta-a devotee; janena- knows; saba-all; antalimits.\nTRANSLATION\nBy reading this chapter, a pure devotee can understand love of Kr�r:-a, the\nmellows of devotional service and the conclusion of devotional service. Everyone can understand all these things to their ultimate end by studying this\nchapter.\nTEXT 354\n\n���-fii'!Jtilii!·���·ij1!'fl\n�t11 �t'l�if, <;�� �t� �� �if II �<t8 II\nsri-caitanya-nityananda-advaita-caraf)a\nyafira praf)a-dhana, sei paya ei dhana\nSYNONYMS\nsri-caitanya-nityananda-advaita-caraf)a-the lotus feet of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, Lord Nityananda and Advaita Prabhu; yafira praf)a-dhana- w hose\nlife and soul; sei-such a person; paya-gets; ei dhana-this treasure-house of\ndevotional service.\n\n", "mad9#p0323": "Explanations of the Atmarama Verse\n\nText 355]\n\n293\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe conclusion of this chapter can be known to one whose life and soul are\nthe lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Nityananda Prabhu and Advaita\nPrabhu.\nTEXT 355\n\n���-�iltQ!-�\\if � �-t I\n��ilmti!'l�i! <li� ��\\ft� II ��� II\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr?Qadasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-Srila Ropa Gosvami; raghunatha - Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr?Qadasa-Srila\n\nKr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�r:Jadasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhya­\n\nlila, Chapter Twenty-four, describing the atmarama verse and the Lord's mercy\nupon Sanatana Cosvami.\n\n", "mad9#p0324": "CHAPTER 25\n\nHow All the Residents of Varat:�asi\nBecame Vai�t:�avas\nThe following is a summary of Chapter Twenty-five. A Mahara�trian brahmaQa\nwho was living in Benares was a great devotee of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. He\nwas always very happy to hear of the glories of the Lord, and it was by his arrangement that all the sannyasis of Varat:�asi became devotees of Lord Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. He invited all the sannyasis to his house to meet Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, and this incident has been described in the Seventh Chapter of Adili/a. From that day, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu became famous in the city of\n\nVarat:�asi, and many important men in that city became His followers. By and by,\n\none of the disciples of the great sannyasi Prakasananda SarasvatT became devoted\nto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and this devotee explained Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nto Prakasananda SarasvatT and supported His views with various arguments.\nOne day Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to take a bath at Paiica-nada, and\n\nafterwards all His devotees began chanting the Hare Kr�t:Ja mantra in front of the\n\ntemple of Bindu Madhava. At this time Prakasananda Sarasvati and all his devotees approached the Lord. Prakasananda SarasvatT immediately fell down at the\nlotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and very much regretted his past behavior\ntoward the Lord. He asked Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu about devotional service in\nterms of the Vedanta-sutra, and the Lord told him about devotional service that is\napproved by great personalities who know the Vedanta-sutra. Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu then pointed out that Srimad-Bhagavatam is the proper commentary\n\non the Vedanta-sutra. He then explained the catu/:1-sloki (four slokas) of SrimadBhagavatam, the essence of that great scripture.\n\nFrom that day on, all the sannyasis of Varat:Jasi became devotees of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. Before returning to His headquarters at jagannatha Puri, the Lord advised Sanatana Gosvami to go to Vrndavana. The Lord then departed for Jagannatha PurL Kaviraja Gosvami then describes something about Srila ROpa Gosvami,\nSanatana Gosvami and Subuddhi Raya. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned to\n)agannatha Puri through the great forest of Jharikhat:�<;la in central India. At the end\nof this chapter, Kaviraja Gosvami sums up the incidents of Madhya-lila and in­\n\nstructs every living being to read this sublime book of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\npastimes.\n\n295\n\n", "mad9#p0325": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n296\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 1\n\n'<����'!J �=rrtf�-ttet <fi1�fi{<!@ti{: 1\n�i{� ���� �'{�'itfu!�t��e. II � II\nvai�f)avi-krtya sannyasimukhan kasi-nivasinab\nsanatanaril susarilskrtya\nprabhur niladrim agamat\nSYNONYMS\nvai�f)avi-krtya-making into Vai�t:�avas; sannyasi-mukhan-headed by the sannyasis;\n\nkasi-nivasinab-the\n\nGosvami;\n\nresidents\n\nsu-sarilskrtya-completely\n\nof\n\nVarat:Jasi;\n\npurifying;\n\nsanatanam-Sanatana\n\nprabhub-Lord\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; niladrim-to )agannatha Puri; agamat-returned.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter converting into Vai�r:Javas all the residents of Varal)asi, who were\nheaded by the sannyasis, and after completely educating and instructing\nSanatana Gosvami at Varar:Jasi, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned to Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 2\n\niSf1l � ��1>\\!tl iSf1l fi{'!Jtil'tf I\n\n��I!�!! \\Sf� <;��re��\"f II � II\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; sri-caitanya-to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-all glories; nityananda-to Nityananda Prabhu; jaya-all glories; advaita-candra-to\nAdvaita Prabhu; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Lord Caitanya! All glories to Lord Nityananda! All glories to\nAdvaitacandra! And all glories to all the devotees of Lord Caitanya!\n\n", "mad9#p0326": "Text 5]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;1aSi Become Vai�r;1avas\n\n297\n\nTEXT 3\n\n�� � ��t�� 'Q� �� ?!�'@ I\nfirt�a;i i� �f�f'¥1�'@� �� II � II\nei mata mahaprabhu dui masa paryanta\nsikhai/a tarire bhakti-siddhantera anta\nSYNONYMS\nei mata-in this way; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dui masa\nparyanta-for two months; sikhaila-instructed; tatire-him; bhakti-siddhantera\nanta-all the conclusions of devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\nlord Caitanya Mahaprabhu instructed Sri Sanatana Gosvami in all the conclusions of devotional service for two consecutive months.\nTEXT 4\n\n'�\"! ����1'-��t�11\" �tft I\n\n�� �� ��i�t, �f� <I� 11\"eft II 8 II\n'paramananda kirtaniya'-sekharera satigi\nprabhure kirtana sunaya, ati ba(ia ratigi\nSYNONYMS\nparamananda kirtaniya -Paramananda Kirtaniya; sekharera satigi-a friend of\nCandrasekhara's; prabhure-unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kirtana sunayasings and chants; ati bar;Ja ratigi-very humorous.\nTRANSLATION\nFor as long as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was in VaraQasi, Paramananda\nKirtaniya, who was a friend of Candra5ekhara's, chanted the Hare Kr�r:'la mahamantra and other songs to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in a very humorous way.\n\nTEXT 5\n\n�JJi�� \"1'1 ��t11\" �rw �?tr.01 1\n�V·'Q:� ��i�t� �it11\" �9fi '<f.if II �II\n\n", "mad9#p0327": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n298\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nsannyasira gaQa prabhure yadi upek?ila\nbhakta-du/:lkha khaQ(faite tare krpa kaila\nSYNONYMS\nsannyasira gaQa-all the sannyasis; prabhure-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nyadi-when;\n\nupek?ila-criticized;\n\nbhakta-du/:lkha-the\n\nunhappiness of the\n\ndevotees; khaQ(/aite-to drive away; tare-to them; krpa kaila-showed His\nmercy.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen\n\nthe\n\nMayavadi\n\nsannyasis\n\nat\n\nVarar:Jasi\n\ncriticized\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, the Lord's devotees became very depressed. To satisfy them, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu showed His mercy to the sannyasis.\nTEXT 6\n\n�srrt�� =t�1 �t<('�f�ttrli f�m1 1\n\n�t-f 1'if�� �ti ��t�� 1'if��i II � II\nsannyasire krpa purve likhiyachon vistariya\nuddese kahiye ihan sank?epa kariya\nSYNONYMS\nsannyasire krpa-mercy upon the sannyasis; purve-before this; /ikhiyachon1 have described; vistariya-eiaborateiy; uddese-in reference to that; kahiye­\n\niet me speak; ihan-here; sank?epa kariya-in brief.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Seventh Chapter of Adi-lila I have already elaborately described Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's deliverance of the sannyasis at Varar:Jasi, but I shall\nbriefly repeat it in this chapter.\nTEXT 7\n\n�tf l!tti �'-� fil� 1'it� ��� 'if\"' I\n�fil' l�t� 'a:f�nft� �.!!f <fi�t� ��il II \"' II\nyahan tahan prabhura ninda kare sannyasira gaQa\nsuni' du/:lkhe mahara$!fiya vipra karaye cintana\nSYNONYMS\nyahan tahan-anywhere and everywhere; prabhura ninda-criticism of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; kare-do; sannyasira gaQa-the Mayavadi sannyasis;\n\n", "mad9#p0328": "Text 9]\n\nThe Residents of Vara�;�asi Become Vai��;�avas\n\nsuni'-hearing;\n\ndu/:lkhe-in\n\ngreat\n\nunhappiness;\n\nmahara�triya\n\n299\nvipra-the\n\nbrahmaQa of Maharawa province; karaye cintana-was contemplating.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Mayavadi sannyasis were criticizing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nanywhere and everywhere in Vara�;�asi, the Mahara�trian brahma�;�a, hearing\nthis blasphemy, began to think about this unhappily.\nTEXT 8\n\n\"�1f �t<t,-,�<�1 m� ���i{ 1\n'lllf11i�' �i!<ef<l' m 'if'!f1f' �' Jl'fti{ II lr II\n\"prabhura svabhava,- yeba dekhe sannidhane\n'svarupa' anubhavi' tanre 'isvara' kari' mane\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura sva-bhava-the characteristics of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yebaanyone who; dekhe-sees; sannidhane-nearby;\n\nsva-rupa-His personality;\n\nanubhavi'-realizing; tanre-Him; isvara kari'-as the Supreme Lord; mane-accepts.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Mahara�frian brahma�;�a thought, \"Whoever closely sees the characteristics of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu immediately realizes His personality and\naccepts Him as the Supreme Lord.\nTEXT 9\n\nG;<!iti{ �<fi1r;1f �tr;�1 �fir �<tl� <llRft'! I\n��1 G;�M' �utfil�\"' �t<t �� �� 11 � II\nkana prakare paron yadi ekatra karite\niha dekhi' sannyasi-gaQa habe inhara bhakte\nSYNONYMS\nkana prakare-by some means; paron-! am able; yadi-if; ekatra karite-to\nassemble; iha dekhi' -by seeing this (Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's personal characteristics);\n\nsannyasi-gaQa-the\n\nMayavadi\n\nsannyasis of\n\nVarar:Jasi;\n\nhabe-will\n\nbecome; inhara bhakte-His devotees.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If by some means I can assemble all the sannyasis together, they will certainly become His devotees after seeing His personal characteristics.\n\n", "mad9#p0329": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n300\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nPURPORT\n\nIf\n\none\n\nsaw\n\nthe personal\n\ncharacteristics\n\nand\n\nactivities of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, one would certainly be convinced that He was the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One can ascertain this by following in the footsteps of the\nsastric\n\ninjunctions.\n\nThis\n\nsincere\n\nstudy\n\nand\n\nappreciation\n\nof\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu is also applicable to His authorized devotees, and it is clearly stated\nin the Caitanya-caritamrta (Antya-li/a, 7.11):\nkali-kalera dharma-k($Qa-nama-sankirtana\nk($Qa-sakti vina nahe tara pravartana\nIn this age of Kali, real religious propaganda should induce people to chant the\nHare Kr�t:�a maha-mantra. This is possible for someone who is especially empowered by Kr�t:Ja. No one can do this without being especially favored by Kr�t:Ja.\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura comments in this regard in his Anubha$ya,\nwherein he quotes a verse from NarayaQa-sarilhita:\ndvapariyair janair vi$QU/:l\npancaratrais tu keva/ai/:1\nkalau tu nama-matrel)a\npujyate bhagavan hari/:1\n\"In Dvapara-yuga, devotees of Lord Vi�t:JU and Kr�t:�a rendered devotional service\naccording to the principles of pancaratrika. In this age of Kali, the Supreme Personality of Godhead is worshiped simply by the chanting of His holy names.\" Srila\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura then comments: \"Without being empowered\nby the direct potency of Lord Kr�t:�a to fulfill His desire and without being\nspecifically favored by the Lord, no human being can become the spiritual master\nof the whole world. He certainly cannot succeed by mental concoction, which is\nnot meant for devotees or religious people. Only an empowered personality can\ndistribute the holy name of the Lord and enjoin all fallen souls to worship Kr�t:Ja.\nBy distributing the holy name of the Lord, he cleanses the hearts of the most fallen\npeople; therefore he extinguishes the blazing fire of the material world. Not only\nthat, he broadcasts the shining brightness of Kr�t:�a's effulgence throughout the\nworld. Such an acarya, or spiritual master, should be considered nondifferent\nfrom Kr�t:�a-that is, he should be considered the incarnation of Lord Kr�t:�a's\npotency. Such a personality is k($Qalingita-vigraha-that is, he is always embraced\nby the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�t:Ja. Such a person is above the considerations of the varQa5rama institution. He is the guru or spiritual master for the\nentire world, a devotee on the topmost platform, the maha-bhagavata stage, and\na paramaharilsa-thakura, a spiritual form only fit to be addressed as paramaharilsa\nor thakura.\"\n\n", "mad9#p0330": "Text 11]\n\nThe Residents of Varar:tasi Become Vai�r:tavas\n\n301\n\nNonetheless, there are many people who are just like owls but never open their\neyes to see the sunshine. These owlish personalities are inferior to the Mayavadi\nsannyasis who cannot see the brilliance of Kr�r:Ja's favor. They are prepared to\ncriticize the person engaged in distributing the holy name all over the world and\nfollowing in the footsteps of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who wanted Kr�r:Ja consciousness preached in every town and city.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n<ilt�t�·<i!t� \"C�'t1it� �� �(<\\'itt� I\n�(<fl� �:� �t<il, �� iii <fl� II\" �\" II\nvaraf)asi-vasa amara haya sarva-kale\nsarva-kala du/:lkha paba, iha na karile\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nvaraf)asi-vasa-residence at Varar:JasT; amara-my; haya-there is; sarva-ka/ealways; sarva-ka/a-always; du/:lkha paba-1 will suffer unhappiness; iha-this;\nna karile-if I do not execute.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall have to reside at Varar:tasi the rest of my life. If I do not try to carry\nout this plan, I shall certainly continue to suffer mental depression.\"\nTEXT 11\n\\!1� ��' �� ��Jt�11 '$fttf I\n\nt!t<f c;� �� �t�� ';f�t�'-� •ttil II � � II\neta cinti' nimantrila sannyasira gaf)e\ntabe sei vipra aila mahaprabhura sthane\n\nSYNONYMS\neta c inti -thinking this; nimantrila-he invited; sannyasira gaf)e-all the san'\n\nnyasis; tabe-then; sei vipra-that brahmaQa; iii/a-approached; mahaprabhura\nsthane-the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThinking like this, the Mahar�frian brahmar:-a extended an invitation to all\nthe sannyasis of Varar:tasi. After doing this, he finally approached Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu to extend Him an invitation.\n\n", "mad9#p0331": "302\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'la\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 12\n\n<;���� fil�1 �fil' <;-t�, '!��I\n�:� �tc1131 �'t_·�� ,��1 fil��� II �� II\nhena-kale ninda suni' sekhara, tapana\ndu/:lkha pana prabhu-pade kaila nivedana\n\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kale-exactly at this time; ninda suni'-by hearing the criticism (of Lord\nCaitanya by the Mayavadi sannyasis);\nTapana Misra; du/:lkha pafl a\n\n-\n\nsekhara tapana\n\n-\n\nCandrase khara and\n\nfeeling very unhappy; prabhu-pade-unto the\n\nlotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kaila nivedana-submitted a request.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt this time, Candra5ekhara and Tapana Misra both heard blasphemous\ncriticism against Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and felt very unhappy. They came\nto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's lotus feet to submit a request.\nTEXT 13\n\n��-��� �f�' �� lf(;i{t'! �fu� I\n\nll�1t � �t�r;'! � �� II �� II\nbhakta-du/:lkha dekhi' prabhu manete cinti/a\nsannyasira mana phiraite mana ha-ila\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-du/:lkha dekhi'-seeing the unhappiness of the devotees; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; manete cinti/a\n\n-\n\nconsid ered within His mind; sannyasira\n\nmana-the minds of the Mayavadi sannyasis; phiraite-to turn; mana ha-i/a-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu decided.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey submitted their request, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, seeing His\ndevotees' unhappiness, decided to turn the minds of the Mayavadi sannyasis.\nTEXT 14\n\n<;���tt� f�� �tfll' <fif1l\"f filll!i'l I\n�il<fi '��tf5r �At' �f11� �11'1 II �8 II\n\n", "mad9#p0332": "Text 16]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;1asi Become Vai�r;1avas\n\n303\n\nhena-kale vipra asi' karila nimantraQa\naneka dainyadi kari' dharila caraQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nhena-kale-at this time; vipra-the Mahara�trian brahmaQa; asi'-coming;\nkarila nimantraQa-invited Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; aneka-various; dainyaadi-submissions; kari'-doing; dharila caraQa-touched His lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was seriously considering meeting with the\nMayavadi sannyasis, the Mahara�trian brahmar;1a approached Him and extended an invitation. The brahmar;1a submitted his invitation with great\nhumility, and he touched the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n� �� � fil��'f ��;;'(11\n�Ht f\\ifil �$fJl� �fit' � �� '�Qli II �� I\ntabe mahaprabhu tiil ra nimantraQa manila\nara dina madhyahna kari' tarira ghare gela\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-after\n\nthis;\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ntarira-his;\n\nnimantraQa-invitation; manila-accepted; ara dina-the next day; madhyahna\nkari'-after finishing His madhyahna activities\n\n(taking bath and murmuring\n\nmantras); tarira ghare gela -He went to the house of the Maharagrian brahmaQa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted his invitation, and the next day, after\nfinishing His noontime activities, He went to the brahmar;1a's house.\n\nTEXT 16\n\n�tt1 'lK� '�\"'i (2j't_ �irt�� fil�t� 1\n�·�-.·t�J\"tr;il '!\"t�i �ftt11t� ��t� I :>� I\ntahari yaiche kaila prabhu sannyasira nistara\npafica-tattvakhyane taha kariyachi vistara\n\n", "mad9#p0333": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n304\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nSYNONYMS\ntahali-there;\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkai/a- performed;\n\nyaiche-how;\n\nsannyasira-of the\n\nMayavadi\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nsannyasis;\n\nCaitanya\n\nnistara-deliverance;\n\npanca-tattva-akhyane-in describing the glories of the Panca-tattva (Sri Kf�l)a\n\nCaitanya, Prabhu Nityananda, Sri Advaita, Gadadhara and Srivasa); taha -that\nsubject matter; kariyachi vistara -have described elaborately.\nTRANSLATION\nhave already described Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's deliverance of the\nMayavadi sannyasis in the Seventh Chapter when I described the glories of the\nPanca-tattva-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Sri Nityananda Prabhu, Advaita\nPrabhu, Gadadhara Prabhu and Srivasa.\nTEXT 17\n\n� �m��' �il�f• !'(� �' <fiQfill\n\n�!ttl c;� i11 f�f�(, \\!'� �fitt� f�� II �'\\ II\ngrantha bac;ie, punarukti haya ta' kathana\ntahali ye na likhiluli, taha kariye likhana\n\nSYNONYMS\ngrantha-the size of the book; bac;ie-increases; punafl-ukti-repetition;\nhaya-would be; ta' kathana-of subject matters once described; tahali-there\n(in the Seventh Chapter); ye-whatever; na /ikhi/uli-1 have not described;\ntaha-that; kariye /ikhana-1 am writing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince I have already described this incident very elaborately in the Seventh\nChapter of Adi-lila, I do not wish to increase the size of this book by giving\nanother description. However, I shall try to include in this chapter whatever\nwas not described there.\nTEXT 18\n\n� fffC�� � �:Ut�t� ��1 �� I\n\nc;� f�� �ti! �tt1f c;<fit�t�� �� II �\\7\" II\nye divasa prabhu sannyasire krpa kai/a\nse divasa haite grame kolahala haifa\n\n", "mad9#p0334": "Text 20]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\n\n305\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nye divasa-the day when; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sannyasire-to\nthe MayavadT sannyasis; krpa kaila-showed His mercy;\n\nse divasa haite­\n\nbeginning from that day; grame-in the locality; kolahala haila-there were many\ntalks about this incident.\nTRANSLATION\nBeginning from the day on which Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu showed His\nmercy to the Mayavadi sannyasis, there were vivid discussions about this conversion among the inhabitants of Varar;�asi.\nTEXT 19\n\n��11' ���ij �t�t� �\"t1f c;�f� I\nil'ti11 -tft'/Jf �fu'! �t·t� -tf'/Jf f��tf�t\\! II �� II\n/okera sanghatta aise prabhure dekhite\nnana sastre parxfita aise sastra vicarite\nSYNONYMS\n\nlokera sanghatta-crowds of men; aise-come; prabhure dekhite-to see Lord\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nana sastre pa(lc;fita-scholars learned in various scriptures; aise-used to come; sastra vicarite-to talk on various scriptures.\nTRANSLATION\nCrowds of people came to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu from that day on,\nand scholars of various scriptures discussed different subject matters with the\nlord.\nTEXT 20\n\n�attm �fu' �¥. '��' � � 1\n�w�� <ltt�J \";{il f�� ��111\" II � II\no\n\nsarva-sastra kha(lc;fi' prabhu 'bhakti' kare sara\nsayuktika vakye mana phiraya sabara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarva-sastra kha(lc;fi'-defeating all the false conclusions of different scriptures;\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nbhakti\n\nkare\n\nsara-es t ablished\n\nthe\n\n", "mad9#p0335": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n306\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\npredominance of devotional service; sa-yuktika vakye- by talks full of pleasing\nlogic and arguments; mana phiraya-turns the minds; sabara-of everyone.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen people came to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to discuss the principles of\nvarious scriptures, the lord defeated their false conclusions and established\nthe predominance of devotional service to the lord. With logic and argument\nHe very politely changed their minds.\nPURPORT\n\nWe have been spreading this sarikirtana movement in the Western countries,\nar.d in our recent tour of European cities like Rome, Geneva, Paris and Frankfurt,\nmany learned Christian scholars, priests, philosophers and yogis came to see us,\nand by the grace of Kr�r:Ja they agreed that this Kr�r:Ja consciousness movement,\nthe bhakti cult, offers the topmost conclusion. Following in the footsteps of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, we are trying to convince everyone that the devotional\nservice of the Lord is enjoined in every scripture. If a person is religious, he must\naccept the supreme authority of the Lord, become His devotee and try to love\nHim. This is the real principle of religion. It does not matter whether one is Christian, Mohammedan or whatever. He simply must accept the sublime position of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead and render service unto Him. It is not a question of being Christian, Mohammedan or Hindu. One should be purely religious\nand freed from all these material designations. In this way one can learn the art of\ndevotional service. This argument appeals to all intelligent men, and consequently\nthis Kr�r:Ja consciousness movement is gaining ground throughout the world. Due\nto our solid logic and scientific presentation, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's prediction that Kr�r:Ja consciousness will spread in every town and village throughout\nthe world is gradually being realized.\nTEXT 21\n\n���llf \"l�i <mf ?�-���� I\n\n��<15 ��' 'm�, <fi1{t� il� II �) II\nupadesa /aiia kare kr?Qa-sarikirtana\nsarva-loka hase, gaya, karaye nartana\nSYNONYMS\nupadesa /ana-getting instructions from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kare-join;\nkr?Qa-sarikirtana-the sarikirtana movement; sarva-loka hase-everyone began\n\nto laugh in pleasure; gaya\n\n-\n\nchant ; karaye nartana-and dance.\n\n", "mad9#p0336": "Text 23]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\n\n307\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as people received instructions from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nthey began to chant the Hare K��r;�a maha-mantra. Thus everyone laughed,\nchanted and danced with the Lord.\nTEXT 22\n\nt2lifi.t1t t21'11! � �m�� 'it'! 1\n�J{�l{J '� <rof ��' �'U11� II �� II\nprabhure praQata haifa sannyasira gaQa\natma-madhye go?thi kare chac;ii' adhyayana\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhure-unto Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; praQata haifa-offered obeisances; sannyasira gal',la-all the MayavadT sannyasis; atma-madhye-among\nthemselves; go?thi kare-discussed;\n\nchac;ii' adhyayana-giving up so-called\n\nstudies of Vedanta.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the Mayavadi sannyasis offered their obeisances unto Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and then began to discuss His movement, giving up their studies\nof Vedanta and Mayavada philosophy.\nTEXT 23\n\n�<fit-tt��ltf� fl�PJJ �<fi it�� Jl�� I\n��tJ{�'fJ � �� <fi��i �'lltil II �� II\nprakasanandera si?ya eka tanhara samana\nsabha-madhye kahe prabhura kariya sammana\nSYNONYMS\n\nprakasanandera si?ya eka-one of the disciples of Prakasananda SarasvatT;\ntanhara samana-equal in learning with Prakasananda SarasvatT; sabha-madhyein the assembly of the sannyasis; kahe-explains; prabhura kariya sammanarespecting SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu seriously.\nTRANSLATION\nOne of the disciples of Prakasananda Sarasvati, who was as learned as his\nguru, began to speak in that assembly, offering all respects to Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad9#p0337": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n308\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�����!� �11 '�t'Jfte. �t�t11'i' I\n'cut�l!_ti!i�' �� �t�� �fl!·1lt�t�1111 �s 11\nsri-knrJa-caitanya haya 'sak$at narayaQa'\n'vyasa-sutrera' artha karena ati-manorama\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-k[$Qa-caitanya-Lord SrT Kr��a Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nhaya-is;\n\nsak$at\n\nnarayaQa -directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Narayal)a;\n\nvyasa­\n\nsutrera-the codes of V yasadeva (Vedanta-sutra); artha karena-He explains; atimanorama-very nicely.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe said, \"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nNarayar:�a Himself. When He explains the Vedanta-sutra, He does so very\nnicely.\nTEXT 25\n\n�9ffil�� �t�� ��t� �Jt�t� I\n��i 9ffu'!·(;��� �t1111�·�t'i II�� II\nupani$adera karena mukhyartha vyakhyana\nsuniya paQc;/ita-lokera juc;laya mana-kaQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nupani$adera-of the Vedic version known as the Upani$ads; karena-He does;\nmukhya-artha-the original meaning; vyakhyana-explanation; suniya-hearing;\npaQc;/ita-lokera-of the\n\nlearned scholars;\n\njuc;/aya -satisfies ;\n\nmana-kaQa-the\n\nminds and ears.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu explains the direct meaning of the Upani�ads.\nWhen all learned scholars hear this, their minds and ears are satisfied.\nTEXT 26\n\n�-�9ffil�lif� ��Jt� �t�11i I\n\n��t� '��iii' �t� �t�� �Bt11i II �� II\n\n", "mad9#p0338": "Text 28]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\n\n309\n\nsutra-upani$adera mukhyartha cha(iiya\nacarya 'kalpana' kare agraha kariya\nSYNONYMS\n\nsutra-upani$adera-of the Vedanta-sutra and the Upani$ads; mukhya-arthathe\n\ndirect meaning;\n\ncha(iiya-giving up;\n\nacarya-Sarikaracarya;\n\nka/pana­\n\nimagination; kare-does; agraha kariya-with great eagerness.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Giving up the direct meaning of the Vedanta-sidra and the Upani�ads,\nSankaracarya imagines some other interpretation.\nTEXT 27\n\n�t��·�f��� �� � �f�l! ��i{ I\nII.�� '�11' '�11' ���, �(f11 i{i ��i{ II �9 II\nacarya-kalpita artha ye paQ(iita sune\nmukhe 'haya' 'haya' kare, hrdaya na mane\nSYNONYMS\n\nacarya-katpita-imagined by Sarikaracarya; artha-meaning; ye paQc;iita suneany learned person who hears; mukhe-only in the mouth; haya haya-yes it is,\nyes it is; kare-does; hrdaya-his heart; na mane-does not accept.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All the interpretations of Sankaracarya are imaginary. Such imaginary interpretations are verbally accepted by learned scholars, but they do not appeal to the heart.\nTEXT 28\n\n���l!��t�J W :Jt'!J 1{tfi{ I\n�fii�tt\"f ��:Jt ':Jt�:Jt�' i{f� �fj{ II �17- II\nsri-k[$Qa-caitanya-vakya drc;iha satya mani\nkali-ka/e sannyase 'sarhsara' nahi jini\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri-k[$Qa-caitanya-vakya-the words of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; drc;iha-very\nfirm and convincing; satya mani-1 admit as truth; kali-ka/e-in this age of Kali;\n\n", "mad9#p0339": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n310\n\nsannyase\n\n-\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nsimply by accepting the renounced order of life; sarhsara nahi jini­\n\none cannot escape the material clutches.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The words of Sri Kr�1.1a Caitanya Mahaprabhu are firm and convincing, and\naccept them as true. In this age of Kali, one cannot be delivered from\nmaterial clutches simply by formally accepting the renounced order.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n��i(f1f·<;�tc;�� �� �fit� �Jt�i{ I\n\n�� ��1 ��wt( \"Pt�1f �1ft'i II�� II\nharer nama-5/okera yei karila vyakhyana\nsei satya sukhadartha parama pramaf)a\nSYNONYMS\nharer nama-5/okera-of the verse beginning harer nama harer nama; yei­\n\nwhatever; karila\n\n-\n\nmade; vyakhyana-the explanation; sei-th at; satya-true;\n\nsukha-da-artha-a meaning that is pleasing to accept; parama prama1,1a-the\n\nsupreme evidence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's explanation of the verse beginning 'harer nama\nharer nama' is not only pleasing to the ear but is strong, factual evidence.\nTEXT 30\n\n�r'@ �ifl w• �, 'et'it�� <ti� 1\n<tiM�tc;� i{t1ft�tc;� �c;� ;(� �1l 11 �o 11\nbhakti vina mukti nahe, bhagavate kaya\nkali-kale namabhase sukhe mukti haya\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhakti vina\n\n-\n\nw i thout devotional service; mukti nahe-there is no question of\n\nliberation; bhagavate kaya-it is said in Srimad-Bhagavatam; kali-kale-in this age\n\nof Kali; nama-abhase-even by a slight appreciation of the Hare Kr�r:ta mantra;\nsukhe-without difficulty; mukti haya-one can get liberation.\n\n", "mad9#p0340": "Text 32]\n\nThe Residents of Vara�asi Become Vai��avas\n\n311\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this age of Kali, one cannot attain liberation without taking to the devotional service of the Lord. In this age, even if one does not chant the holy name\nof Kr��a perfectly, he still attains liberation very easily.\nTEXT 31\n\nc��=��� ��'l{_'if� c� f�r'!ii\n\n�fu C<! ��··rr-�tlf\"f�t� I\n\n�'ll't'll\"P!� Cl'\"f\"'l <!I� foor�r�\nOlt�'(<!�i l\"'��'<ft�l�. II \"� II\nsreyaf:J-srtiril bhaktim udasya te vibho\n\nklisyanti ye keva/a-bodha-labdhaye\n\nte�am asau klesala eva si?yate\n\nnanyad yatha .sthula-tu?avaghatinam\nSY NONYMS\n\nsreyaf:J-srtim-the auspicious path of liberation; bhaktim-devotional service;\n\nudasya-giving up; te-of You; vibho-0 my Lord; klisyanti-accept increased\n\ndifficulties; ye-all those persons who; kevala-only; bodha-labdhaye-for ob­\n\ntaining knowledge; te?am-for them; asau-that; k/esa/af:J-trouble; eva-only;\n\nsi?yate-remains; na-not; anyat-anything else; yatha-as much as; sthU/a­\n\nbulky; tu?a-husks of rice; avaghatinam-of those beating.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'My dear Lord, devotional service unto You is the only auspicious path. If\none gives it up simply for speculative knowledge or the understanding that\nthese living beings are spirit soul and the material world is false, he undergoes\na great deal of trouble. He only gains troublesome and inauspicious activities.\nHis actions are like beating a husk that is already devoid of rice. One's labor\nbecomes fruitless.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.14.4).\nTEXT 32\n\nc<r�r��l1\"� �,�'ll\"tf.r\"l'if<!T�'!it�ilr��qjlq;�: I\n\n", "mad9#p0341": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n312\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nl!llt•\" f7:li'l 9f�� 9flf� '!'!:\n\n9(\\!�R�;U,\\!i\\� �: II '-'� II\n....\n\nye 'nye 'ravindiik?a vimukta-maninas\n\ntvayy asta-bhavad avisuddha-buddhayaf)\n\naruhya krcchref)a pararh padarh tataf)\n\npatanty adho 'nadrta-yu?mad-anghrayaf)\nSYNONYMS\n\nye-all those who; anye-others (nondevotees); aravinda-ak?a-0 lotus-eyed\n\none; vimukta-maninaf)-who consider themselves liberated; tvayi-unto You;\n\nasta-bhavat-without devotion; avisuddha-buddhayaf)-whose intelligence is\n\nnot purified; aruhya-having ascended; krcchref)a-by severe austerities and\npenances; param padam-to the supreme position; tataf)-from there; patanti­\n\nfall; adhaf)-down; anadrta-without respecting; yu?mat-Your; anghrayaf)lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 lotus-eyed one, those who think they are liberated in this life but who\n\nare devoid of devotional service to You are of impure intelligence. A lthough\nthey accept severe austerities and penances and rise to the spiritual position,\nto impersonal Brahman realization, they fall down again because they neglect\nto worship Your lotus feet.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.2.32).\nTEXT 33\n\n'�'!���( �'St<tlif I\nm 'fil�t-t<t' �tf<?t, '�4'i!i' �11 �t� II�� II\n'�'·lCft<'tf �t�\n\n'brahma'-sabde kahe '?ac;f-aisvarya-pGrf)a bhagavan'\n\ntanre 'nirvise?a' sthapi, 'pGrQata' haya hana\nSYNONYMS\n\nbrahma-sabde-by the word brahma; kahe-is meant; ?at-aisvarya-pGrQa\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, full in all six opulences; talire­\n\nHim; nirvise?a sthapi-if we make impersonal; pGrQata haya hana- His completeness becomes damaged.\n\n", "mad9#p0342": "Text 34]\n\nThe Residents of Vara�asi Become Vai��avas\n\n313\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word Brahman means 'the greatest.' This means that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is full in all six opulences. However, if we take the onesided impersonalist view, His fullness is diminished.\nPURPORT\n\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is originally the Supreme Person. The Lord\nsays in Bhagavad-gita (9.4):\nmaya tatam idarh sarvarh\njagad avyakta-murtina\nmat-sthani sarva-bhatani\nna caharh te�v avasthita/:1\n\n\"By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All beings are\nin Me, but I am not in them.\"\nThe potency of Kr�l)a that is spread everywhere is impersonal. The sunlight is\nthe impersonal expansion of the sun globe and the sun-god. If we simply take one\nside of the Supreme Personality of Godhead-His impersonal effulgence-that\none side does not fully explain the Absolute Truth. Impersonal appreciation of the\nAbsolute Truth is one-sided and incomplete. One should also accept the other\nside, the personal side-Bhagavan. Brahmeti paramatmeti bhagavan iti sabdyate.\nOne should not be satisfied simply by understanding the Brahman feature of the\nPersonality of Godhead. One must also know the Lord's personal feature. That is\ncomplete understanding of the Absolute Truth.\n\nTEXT 34\n\n<!lif!-�t'l �?;�-�� ���-R� I\n1!1� e{t� 'alt�, �fu� ��� @��t� II '-!>8 II\nsruti-pural)a kahe-kr�Qera cic-chakti-vilasa\ntaha nahi mani, paQc;/ita kare upahasa\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsruti-purJ.Qa kahe-the Vedic literatures and the PuraQas confirm; kr�Qera-of\nLord Kr�l)a; cit-sakti-vi/asa-activities of spiritual potencies; taha nahi mani-not\naccepting that; paQc;/ita kare upahasa-so-called scholars play jokes without perfect understanding.\n\n", "mad9#p0343": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n314\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Vedic literatures, the Upani�ads, the Brahma-sutra and the Purar;�as all describe the activities of the spiritual potency of the Lord. If one cannot accept\nthe personal activities of the Lord, he jokes foolishly and gives an impersonal\ndescription.\nPURPORT\nIn the Vedic literatures, includin g the PuraQas, there are full descriptions of the\nspiritual potency of Kf�l)a. All the pastimes of the Lord are eternal, blissful and full\nof knowled ge, just as the form of Kr�l)a Himself is eternal, blissful and full of\nknowledge (sac-cid-ananda-vigraha). Unintelligent people with a poor fund of\n\nknowledge compare their temporary bodies to the spiritual body of Kr�l)a, and by\n\nsuch foolishness they try to understand Kf�l)a as one of them. Avajananti marh\n\nmu(iha manu�irh tanum asritam. Bhagavad-gita (9.11) points out that foolish\n\npeople think of Kf�l)a as one of them. Not understandin g His spiritual potency,\n\nthey simply decry the personal form of the Absolute Truth, foolishly thinking of\nthemselves as jnanis cognizant of the complete truth. They cannot understand\n\nthat just as the material energy of the Lord has a variety of activities, the spiritual\nenergy has variety also. They consider activities in devotional service the same as\nactivities in material consciousness. Under such a wron g impression, they some­\n\ntimes dare joke about the spiritual activities of the Lord and His devotional service.\nTEXT 35\n\n�� �-.��� '�tfil�' �ft(' �t� I\n\n�� �� ''P!t\"Pt',- ��J C���Hf �t� II �<t II\ncid-ananda kr�Qa-vigraha 'mayika' kari' mani\nei ba(ia 'papa', -satya caitanyera vaQi\nSYNONYMS\n\ncit-ananda kr�Qa-vigraha-the transcendental form of Kf�l)a, which is completely spiritual; mayika kari' ma ni\n\nei ba(fa papa\n\n-\n\n-\n\naccept as made of the external energy, maya;\n\nthis is a great act of sin; satya\n\n-\n\ntrue; caitanyera vaQi\n\n-\n\nthe words of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Mayavadis do not recognize the personal form of the Lord as spiritual\nand full of bliss. This is a great sin. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's statements are\nactually factual.\n\n", "mad9#p0344": "The Residents of Variir:JaSi Become Vai�r:Javas\n\nText 36)\n\n315\n\nPURPO RT\nSrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's movement especially aims at defeating the\n\nMayavada conclusion about the Absolute Truth. Since the members of the\nMayavada school cannot understand the spiritual form of the Lord, they incorrectly think the Lord's form is also made of material energy. They think that He is\ncovered by a material body just like other living beings. Due to this offensive understanding, they cannot recognize that SrT Kr�r:Ja's personal form is transcendental, not material. Their conclusion is a great offense at the lotus feet of the Lord. As\nexplained by SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, SrT Kr�r:Ja has His eternal, blissful form that\nis full of knowledge, and all Vai�r:Java acaryas accept this. That is the proper understanding of the Absolute Truth.\nTEXT 36\n\nO!t�: 9f�� 9f�\"lf ;���: �i!i9f\"lftO!ilf\"11tili\"11f<r<f$l'llm�: 1\n9f� f'-1�'?�?:\"11\"<f\"lff<l�ll�\n'¥:?:\\!irot�i�<f\"ll�� @9fjf�?:��Aill \"� II\nnatal) pararil parama yad bhavatal) svarDpam\nananda-matram avikalpam aviddha-varcal)\npasyami visva-srjam ekam avisvam atman\nbhatendriyatmakam adas ta upasrito 'smi\nSYNONYMS\nna-not; ata/:1-than this; param-more supreme; parama-0 supreme one;\nyat-which;\n\nbhavatal)-of\n\nYour\n\nLordship;\n\nsva-rupam-the\n\npersonal\n\nform;\n\nananda-of transcendental bliss; matram-only; avika/pam-where there is no\ncreation;\n\naviddha-without\n\npasyami-1\n\nsee;\n\ncontamination;\n\nvarca/:1-having\n\nan\n\neffulgence;\n\nvisva-srjam ekam-who alone has created this universe;\n\navisvam-not belonging to the destructible material world; atman-0 Supreme\nSoul; bhuta-indriya-atmakam-the original cause of the senses and the living\nbeings; ada/:1-transcendental; te-unto You; upasrital) asmi-1 take full shelter.\nTRANSLA TION\n\" '0 supreme one, the transcendental form I am now seeing is full of\n\ntranscendental bliss. It is not contaminated by the external energy. It is full of\neffulgence. My Lord, there is no better understanding of You than this. You are\nthe Supreme Soul and the creator of this material world, but You are not connected with this material world. You are completely different from created\n\n", "mad9#p0345": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n316\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nform and variety. I sincerely take shelter of that form of Yours which I am now\nseeing. This form is the original source of all living beings and their senses.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.9.3). This verse was spoken by\nLord Brahma, who perfectly realized the Supreme Personality of Godhead after\nmeditating upon the Lord within the water of the Garbhodhaka Ocean. Brahma\nrealized that the form of the Lord is completely spiritual. This is certainly a better\nunderstanding of the Absolute Truth than impersonal understanding.\nTEXT 37\n\n'lh �-!5� '¥_�-�'ll{;sf��� �i':f.._\"S����i!��� <11 I\nPf\"li�T�t,<I'W\\3?1i� \"l <1i5W! 1..!1<1 'f�\\ 9f�Pl�'\\3: 11-!l � U\ndr?taril srutaril bhDta-bhavad-bhavi?yat\n\nsthasnus cari?QUr mahad alpakaril va\n\nvinacyutad vastu-tararil na vacyaril\n\nsa eva sarvaril paramatma-bhatah\nSY NONYMS\n\ndf?tam-experienced by direct perception; srutam-experienced by hearing;\n\nbh ata-past;\n\nbhavat-present;\n\nbhavi?yat-which\n\nwill\n\nbe\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nfuture;\n\nsthasnuh-immovable; cari?QUh-movable; mahat-the greatest; a/pakam-the\n\nsmallest; va-or; vina-except; acyutat-the infallible Personality of Godhead;\nvastu taram-anything else; na va cyam-not to be spoken; sah\n-\n\nPersonality\nbhatah\n\n-\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\neva-certain l y;\n\n-\n\nsarvam-everything;\n\nthat Supreme\nparamatma­\n\nthe origin of all causes.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'Lord Sri Kr��a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the cause of all\ncauses. He is past, present and future, and He is the movable and immovable.\nHe is the greatest and the smallest, and He is visible and directly experienced.\nHe is celebrated in Vedic literature. Everything is Kr��a, and without Him\nthere is no existence. He is the root of all understanding, and He is that which\nis understood by all words.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.46.43) was spoken by Uddhava when\nhe came to pacify all the inhabitants of Vrndavana during Kr�r:Ja's absence.\n\n", "mad9#p0346": "Text 39]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\n\n317\n\nTEXT 38\n\n�� �if� �<l•PI� 'll'Sf\"'1�\nlfJ1COT \"ii c•rl if�por�� � �9f1'l<t>t<T1\"\\.. I\n\n�C\"ii OTC'lll i55(<lC\\!��f<lCif'll �i5J�\nCllt?<Olt�c�·l 01�<f�15f f�IPJ<;�1JC'Jf: 11 -:.�r U\ntad va idarh bhuvana-mangala mangalaya\n\ndhyane sma no darasitarh ta upasakanam\n\ntasmai nama bhagavate 'nuvidhema tubhyarh\nyo 'nadrto naraka-bhagbhir asat-prasangai/:1\nSYNONYMS\ntat-that; va-or; idam-this; bhuvana-manga/a-0 most auspicious of the\n\nentire world; mangalaya-for the benefit; dhyane-in meditation; sma-certainly; nab-of us; darasitam-manifested; te-by You; upasakanam-of devo­\n\ntees engaged in devotional service; tasmai-unto Him; nama/:1-all obeisances;\n\nbhagavate-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; anuvidhema-we offer obei­\n\nsances, following in the footsteps of the acaryas; tubhyam- u nto You; ya/:1-who\nis; anadrta/:1-not much appreciated; naraka-bhagbhi/:1-by persons who are\n\ndestined to go to a hellish condition of life; asat-prasangai/:1-who discuss the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead illogically.\nTRANSLA TION\n\" '0 most auspicious one! For our benefit You are worshiped by us. You\n\nmanifest Your transcendental form, which You show to us in our meditation.\nWe offer our respectful obeisances unto You, the Supreme Person, and we\nworship You whom impersonalists do not accept due to their poor fund of\nknowledge. Thus they are liable to descend into a hellish condition.'\nPURPO RT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.9.4).\nTEXT 39\n\n�<l�lff <Tfu �t� �1'1 'llt��l� \\!i��1�\\!i\"\\.. I\n9f�� �t<l'll�t\"lC<ll �11 �\\!i'llW'��\"\\.. II ..:>;;> II\navajananti marh mu(fha\n\nmanU$irh tanum asritam\n\n", "mad9#p0347": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n318\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\npararh bhavam ajananto\nmama bhuta-mahesvaram\nSYNONYMS\n\navajananti-decry; mam-Me; mu(jha/:1-rascals; manu$im-just like a human\nbeing; tanum-a body; asr itam-accepted; param-supreme; bhavam-position; ajananta/:1-without knowing; mama-My; bhata-mahesvaram-exalted\nposition as the Supreme Person, creator of the material world.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Fools disrespect Me because I appear like a human being. They do not\n\nknow My supreme position as the cause of all causes, the creator of the\nmaterial energy.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Bhagavad-gita (9.11).\nTEXT 40\n\n�tO!�� ���:��tot 71�7\\lC�� OJ�t�\"llt\"\\ I\nf\"f!'9jl�lJ��'Plnt�t��1r�� C<llR� II 8•\ntan aharh dvi$ata/:l kruran\nsarhsare$U naradhaman\nk$ ipam y ajasram asubhan\nasuri$V eva yoni$U\nSYNONYMS\ntan-all of them; aham-1; dvi $ata /:l-those who are envious; kruran-always\nwilling to do harm; sarhsare$u-in this material world; nara-adhaman-the lowest\nof men;\n\nk$ ipami- throw;\n\naja sr am-again and again;\n\nasubhan-engaged in\n\ninauspicious acts; asuri$u-demoniac; eva-certainly; yoni$U-in families.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Those who are envious of My form, who are cruel and mischievous and\n\nlowest among men, are perpetually cast by Me into hellish existence in\nvarious demoniac species of life.'\nPURPORT\nThis is also a quotation from Bhagavad-gita (16.19).\n\n", "mad9#p0348": "Text 42]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\n\n319\n\nTEXT 41\n\n,tift �tft1t-�tw, '!t� i\\'1 �1 1\n,�_,�, 'ltt'Pf\", 'i!Wtl!'it�' �fi!Al111 8:> II\nsutrera paril)ama-vada, taha na maniya\n'vivarta-vada' sthape, 'vyasa bhranta' baliya\nSYNONYMS\n\nsutrera-of the codes of the Vedanta-sutra; pariQama-vada-the transformation of energy; taha na maniya-not accepting this fact; vivarta-vada-the theory\nof illusion; sthape-establishes; vyasa bhranta ba/iya-accusing Vyasadeva to be\nmistaken.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Not accepting the transformation of energy, Sripad Sankaracarya has tried\nto establish the theory of illusion under the plea that Vyasadeva has made a\nmistake.\nPURPORT\n\nFor a further explanation of this verse, one may refer to Chapter Seven\n(verses 121-126).\nTEXT 42\n\n�� �:!' � �� 11� ift� � I\n-rtaJ �' \"f�Wi\\'1 9l� �nfll 8� II\nei ta' kalpita artha mane nahi bhaya\nsastra chac;Ji' kuka/pana pa!jal)c;le bujhaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nei ta'-this; kalpita-imaginary; artha-meaning; mane-to the mind; nahidoes not; bhaya-appeal; sastra-the authoritative scriptures; chac;li'-giving up;\nku-ka/paha-mischievous imagination; pa!jaQc;le-to the atheistic class of men;\nbujhaya -teaches.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sripad Sankaracarya has given his interpretation and imaginary meaning.\nIt does not actually appeal to the mind of any sane man. He has done this to\nconvince the atheists and bring them under his control.\n\n", "mad9#p0349": "320\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nPURPORT\nSripad Sarikaracarya's propaganda opposed the atheistic philosophy of Buddha.\nLord Buddha's intention was to stop atheists from committing the sin of killing\nanimals. Atheists cannot understand God; therefore Lord Buddha appeared and\nspread the philosophy of nonviolence to keep the atheists from killing animals.\nUnless one is free from the sin of animal killing, he cannot understand religion or\nGod. Although Lord Buddha was an incarnation of Kr�r;�a, he did not speak about\nGod, for the people were unable to understand. He simply wanted to stop animal\nkilling. Sripad Sarikaracarya wanted to establish the predominance of one's\nspiritual identity; therefore he wanted to convert the atheists through an imaginary interpretation of Vedic literatures. These are the secrets of the acaryas. Sometimes they conceal the real purpose of the Vedas and explain the Vedas in a\ndifferent way. Sometimes they enunciate a different theory just to bring the\natheists under their control. Thus it is said that Sarikara's philosophy is for pa?ar;<;Jas, atheists.\n\nTEXT 43\n\n'!Tirtof..�m ,'!WI, <l'ifif 11� '�\"llf' 1\n�t1 � ?ftC�\", <\\'ittt ��1f l$f\"jlf II 8� II\nparamartha-vicara gela, kari matra 'vada'\nkahafi mukti paba, kahafi kr?r;era prasada\n\nSYNONYMS\nparama-artha-vicara-discussion on spiritual matters; ge/a-has gone; kariwe do; matra vada-only argument and word jugglery; kahali\n\n-\n\nwhere; mukti­\n\nliberation; paba-we shall get; kahali-where; kr?r;era prasada-the mercy of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r;�a.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The atheists, headed by the Mayavadi philosophers, do not care for liberation or Kr�r:�a's mercy. They simply continue to put forward false arguments\nand counter-theories to atheistic philosophy, not considering or engaging in\nspiritual matters.\nTEXT 44\n\n���J\\Wif ..c( �wt1i <l'iRAmti ��� I\ntil. U �JI)\"����-� II 88 II\n\n", "mad9#p0350": "Text 46]\n\nThe Residents of Varal)asi Become Vai�l)avas\n\n321\n\nvyasa-sutrera artha acarya kariyache acchadana\nei haya satya sri-k(?Qa-caitanya-vacana\nSYNONYMS\n\nvyasa-sutrera-of the codes of the Vedanta known as Vyasa-sutra; artha-the\nmeanings; acarya-Sa ri karacarya; kariyache acchadana-has purposely covered;\nei-this; haya-is; sayta-the truth; sri-k(?Qa-caitanya-vacana-the words and\nexplanation given by Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The conclusion is that the import of the Vedanta-sutra is covered by the\nimaginary\n\nexplanation\n\nof\n\nSatikaracarya.\n\nWhatever\n\nSri\n\nKr�l)a\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu has said is perfectly true.\nTEXT 45\n\n�•.,�tf$ �- Cl5�, � ��� � I\nWft1 �lllfl!, �- �(( m� II\" 8� II\ncaitanya-gosafii yei kahe, sei mata sara\nara yata mata, sei saba charakhara\"\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaitanya-gosafii-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yei kahe-whatever He has said;\nsei mata sara-that explanation is actually the essence of Vedic knowledge; ara\nyata\n\nmata-any\n\nother\n\nopinion\n\nnot\n\nin\n\ncollaboration\n\nwith\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's statement; sei-these; saba charakhara-all distortions.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Whatever meaning Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu gives is perfect. Any other\ninterpretation is only a distortion.\"\n\nTEXT 46\n\ntfli! Cl5�' � � ���� I\n\n�fil' ��t� f<fii; ((5�� � II 8� II\neta kahi' sei kare kr?Qa-sankirtana\nsuni' prakasananda kichu kahena vacana\n\n", "mad9#p0351": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n322\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nSYNONYMS\neta kahi'-speaking so much; sei-the disciple of Prakasananda Sarasvati;\nkare-performed; kr�Qa-salikirtana-the chanting of the holy name of Kr�l)a;\nsuni'-hearing; prakasananda-the guru, Prakasananda Sarasvati; kichu -something; kahena-says; vacana-words.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, the disciple of Prakasananda Sarasvati began to chant the\nholy name of Kr�r:'Ja. Hearing this, Prakasananda Sarasvati made the following\nstatement.\nTEXT 47\n\n�� �t��-'��'!<ftW' \"�Wfti! I\n'!tti! 'i!t(��JI � �� fr'l! II 8'1 II\nacaryera agraha-'advaita-vada' sthapite\ntate sutrartha vyakhya kare anya rite\n\nSYNONYMS\nacaryera-of\n\nS arikaracarya; agraha-the eagerness; advaita-vada-monism;\n\nsthapite-to establish; tate-for that reason; sutra-artha-the meaning of the\nBrahma-sutra, or Vedanta philosophy; vyakhya-explanation; kare-does; anya\nrite-in a different way.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPrakasananda Sarasvati said, \"Sankaracarya was very eager to establish the\nphilosophy of monism. Therefore he explained Vedanta-sutra, or Vedanta\nphilosophy, in a different way to support monistic philosophy.\nTEXT 48\n\n'��' � '�' itt � \"'t'Pfi{ I\n�\\!<.fl� � -trnf \"<R(;11 �� II 817\" II\n'bhagavatta' manile 'advaita' na yaya sthapana\nataeva saba sastra karaye khaw;lana\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhagavatta-the Personality of Godhead; manile-if one accepts; advaitamonism or nondualism;\n\nna-not;\n\nyaya-is possible;\n\nsthapana-establishing;\n\n", "mad9#p0352": "Text 50]\n\nThe Residents of Varar:\"�asi Become Vai�r:'lavas\n\n323\n\nataeva-therefore; saba-all; sastra-revealed scriptures; karaye-does; khaf)(iana-refutation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If one accepts the Personality of Godhead, the philosophy that maintains\nthat God and the living entity are one cannot be established. Therefore\nSankaracarya argued against and refuted all kinds of revealed scriptures.\nTEXT 49\n\n� �·� �� llff·1f'! 'it� I\n� ��� �( i{t� it� C�ti! II 8� II\nyei grantha-karta cahe sva-mata sthapite\nsastrera sahaja artha nahe tanha haite\nSYNONYMS\nyei-anyone who; grantha-karta-author; cahe-wants; sva-mata sthapiteto establish his own opinion; sastrera-of the revealed scriptures; sahaja-the\ndirect; artha-meaning; nahe-is not; tanha haite-from such an author.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Anyone who wants to establish his own opinion or philosophy certainly\ncannot explain any scripture acc ording to the principle of direct interpretation.\nTEXT 50\n\n'Jh1it���' ��,-'�11\" ���It' I\n'��'3' ��'-'\"� !2t�f?! �t!-�,.IP' II �o\n'mTmarhsaka' kahe,- 'Tsvara haya karmera anga'\n'sankhya' kahe,- 'jagatera prakrti karaf)a-prasanga'\n\nSYNONYMS\nmTmarhsaka-the Mimarhsaka philosophers; kahe-say; Tsvara-the Supreme\nLord; haya-is; karmera anga-subj ect to fruitive activities; sankhya kahe-the\natheistic Sankhya philosophers say;\n\njagatera-of the cosmic manifestation;\n\nprakrti-nature; karaQa-the cause; prasanga-thesis.\n\n", "mad9#p0353": "324\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Mimamsaka philosophers conclude that if there is a God, He is subjected to our fruitive activities. Similarly, the Sankhya philosophers who\nanalyze the cosmic manifestation say that the cause of the cosmos is material\nnature.\nTEXT 51\n\n'M' <15�,-'9ft1ft'l_�t;l! f� Q' I\n\n'Jfhrt�' ��-� '� <fii II a� II\n'nyaya' kahe,-'paramaQu haite visva haya'\n'mayavadi' nirvise�a-brahme 'hetu' kaya\nSYNONYMS\nnyaya kahe-the philosophers following logic say; paramaQu-the atom;\nhaite-from; visva haya-the cosmic manifestation has come; mayavadi-the\nMayavadi philosophers, impersonalists;\n\nnirvise�a-brahme-in the impersonal\n\nBrahman effulgence; hetu-the cause; kaya-say.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The followers of nyaya, the philosophy of logic, maintain that the atom is\nthe cause of the cosmic manifestation, and the Mayavadi philosophers maintain that the impersonal Brahman effulgence is the cause of the cosmic,\nmanifestation.\nTEXT 52\n\n'9ft�!.\"' <1St�,- '...t � GQi9(�' I\n�I! <15� itt:t '���1t� II <t� II\n'pataiijala' kahe,-'isvara haya svarapa-jiiana'\nveda-mate kahe tar'lre 'svayaril-bhagavan'\nSYNONYMS\npataiijala kahe-the Pataiijala philosophers say; isvara haya-the Supreme Lord\nis; svarapa-jiiana-self-realization; veda-mate-in the Vedic version; kahe-they\nsay; tarire-to Him; svayam-bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Pataiijala philosophers say that when one is self-realized, he understands the Lord. Similarly, according to the Vedas and Vedic principles, the\noriginal cause is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "mad9#p0354": "Text 55]\n\nThe Residents of Vara1;1asi Become Vai�1;1avas\n\n325\n\nTEXT 53\n\nmto��,����\n� � � ll'f$1 '��'·<!l(il II <t� II\nchayera chaya mata vyasa kaila avartana\nsei saba sutra lana 'vedanta'-varf)ana\n\nSYNONYMS\nchayera-of the six philosophers; chaya mata-six different theses; vyasaVyasadeva;\n\nkaila avartana-analyzed fully;\n\nsei-that;\n\nsaba-all;\n\nsutra-the\n\ncodes; /ana-taking; vedanta-varl)ana-explaining the V edanta philosophy.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAfter studying the six philosophical theses, V yasadeva completely summarized them all in the codes of Vedanta philosophy.\nTEXT 54\n\n'�lifr.'·�,--� '�t4!1'ltit' fi{�'?f'l I\n\n'�@�' 4!1lft!t�t4!15 �·� �� I!' '��'I' II <t8 II\n'vedanta'-mate, -brahma 'sakara' nirupaf)a\n'nirguf)a' vyatireke tinho haya ta' 'saguf)a'\n\nSYNONYMS\nvedanta-mate-according to Vedanta philosophy;\n\nbrahma-the Absolute\n\nTruth; sa-akara nirupaQa-established as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, a\nperson; nirguQa-without material qualifications; vyatireke-by indirect explanations; tinho-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; haya-is; ta'-indeed; saguQa-fully qualified with spiritual attributes.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11 According to Vedanta philosophy, the Absolute Truth is a person. When\nthe word nirgu1;1a [without qualities] is used, it is to be understood that the\n\nLord has attributes that are totally spiritual.\nTEXT 55\n\n� <�Stt'i �� �� ilt� 1tttil I\n\n'Jf·CIIf·'lf! 'Itt'?£ 9f� �til II <ta II\n\n", "mad9#p0355": "326\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nparama karaQa isvara keha nahi mane\nsva-sva-mata sthape para-matera khaQr;:/ane\nSYNONYMS\nparama karaQa-the supreme cause, the cause of all causes; isvara-the\nSupreme Lord; keha nahi mane\n\n-\n\nnone of the above-mentioned philosophers ac­\n\ncept; sva-sva-mata-their own personal opinions; sthape-they establish; paramatera khaQr;:/ane-busy in refuting the opinions of others.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Of the philosophers mentioned, none really cares for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the cause of all causes. They are always busy refuting the\nphilosophical theories of others and establishing their own.\nTEXT 56\n\n\\Itt\\! n � � 'i!'t' ift� 'Sftfi{ 1\n\n�t'Sf�' � ��, '�l '�' 1ftfj{ II �� II\ntate chaya darsana haite 'tattva' nahi jani\n'mahajana' yei kahe, sei 'satya' mani\nSYNONYMS\ntate-therefore; chaya darsana haite-from the six philosophical principles; tattva nahi jani -we cannot understand the actual truth; mahajana -the great\nauthorities; yei kahe-whatever they say; sei-that ; satya mani-we can accept\nas truth.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By studying the six philosophical theories, one cannot reach the Absolute\nTruth. It is therefore our duty to follow the path of the mahajanas, the\nauthorities. ·whatever they say should be accepted as the supreme truth.\nPURPORT\nIn his Amrta-pravaha-bha$ya, SrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura gives the following\nsummary of the six philosophical processes. Prakasananda admitted that SrTpad\nSarikaracarya, being very eager to establish his philosophy of monism, took shelter\nof the Vedanta philosophy and tried to explain it in his own way. The fact is,\nhowever, that if one accepts the existence of God, he certainly cannot establish\nthe theory of monism. For this reason Sarikaracarya refuted all kinds of Vedic\n\n", "mad9#p0356": "Text 56]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\n\n327\n\nliterature that establishes the supremacy of the Personality of Godhead. In various\nways, Sarikaracarya has tried to refute Vedic literature. Throughout the world,\nninety-nine\n\npercent\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nphilosophers\n\nfollowing\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nfootsteps\n\nof\n\nSarikaracarya refuse to accept the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Instead they\ntry to establish their own opinions. It is typical of mundane philosophers to want\nto establish their own opinions and refute those of others. Therefore: (1) The\nMTmarhsaka philosophers, following the principles of )aimini, stress fruitive activity\nand say that if there is a God, He must be under the laws of fruitive activity. In\nother words, if one performs his duties very nicely in the material world, God is\nobliged to give one the desired result. According to these philosophers, there is\nno need to become a devotee of God. If one strictly follows moral principles, one\nwill be recognized by the Lord, who will give the desired reward. Such\nphilosophers do not accept the Vedic principle of bhakti-yoga. Instead, they give\nstress to following one's prescribed duty. (2) Atheistic Sarikhya philosophers like\nKapila analyze the material elements very scrutinizingly and thereby come to the\nconclusion that material nature is the cause of everything. They do not accept the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead as the cause of all causes.\n\n(3) Nyaya\n\nphilosophers like Gautama and Kar:Jada have accepted a combination of atoms as\nthe original cause of the creation. (4) MayavadT philosophers say that everything\nis an illusion. Headed by philosophers like A��avakra, they stress the impersonal\nBrahman effulgence as the cause of everything. (5) Philosophers following the\nprecepts of Pataiijali practice raja-yoga. They imagine a form of the Absolute\nTruth within many forms. That is their process of self-realization.\nAll five of these philosophies completely reject the predominance of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and strive to establish their own philosophical\ntheories. However, SrTia Vyasadeva wrote the Vedanta-sutra and, taking the\nessence of all Vedic literature, established the supremacy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. All five of the philosophers mentioned above understand\nthat impersonal Brahman is without material qualities, and they believe that when\nthe Personality of Godhead appears, He is contaminated and covered by the\nmaterial qualities. The technical term used is saguQa. They say, \"saguQa Brahman\"\nand \"nirguQa Brahman.\" NirguQa Brahman means impersonal, and saguQa Brahman\nmeans \"accepting material contamination.\" More or less, this kind of philosophical\nspeculation is called Mayavada philosophy. The fact is, however, that the Absolute Truth has nothing to do with material qualities because He is transcendental. He is always complete with full spiritual qualities. The five philosophers mentioned above do not accept Lord Vi�r:Ju as the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nbut they are very busy refuting the philosophy of other schools. There are six\nkinds of philosophical processes in India. Because Vyasadeva is the Vedic\nauthority, he is known as Vedavyasa. His philosophical explanation of the Ve­\n\ndanta-sutra is accepted by the devotees. As Kr�r:Ja confirms in Bhagavad-gita\n(15.15):\n\n", "mad9#p0357": "328\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nsarvasya caharh hrdi sannivi$tO\nmattaf:r Sf!lrtir jfianam apohanarh ca\nvedais ca sarvair aham eva vedyo\nvedanta-krd veda-vid eva caham\n\"I am seated in everyone's heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowledge\n\nand forgetfulness. By all the Vedas, I am to be known; indeed, I am the compiler of\nVedanta, and I am the knower of the Vedas.\"\nThe ultimate goal of studying all Vedic literature is the acceptance of Kr�r;�a as\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. This Kr�r;�a consciousness movement is\npropagating the philosophical conclusion of Srila Vyasadeva and following other\ngreat acaryas like Ramanujacarya, Madhvacarya, Vi�r;�usvami, Nimbarka and Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu Himself.\n\nTEXT 57\n\n��r��f\\!i�: �\\!ic�1 �f�111\ni!t'ftlPf�� 11:�� i! fi!il\\' I\n1(1{.,; �� fi!�\\!i� 'S�l�t�\n1l� t�Ci!1 Cl!OI �(\\!i: 'I l>i�t: II ¢'I\ntarko 'prati$thaf:r srutayo vibhinna\nnasav [$ir yasya matarh na bhinnam\ndharmasya tattvarh nihitarh guhayarh\nmahajano yena gataf:r sa panthaf:r\n\nSYNONYMS\ntarkaf:r-dry argument; aprati?thaf:r-not fixed; srutayaf:r- Vedas; vibhinnaf:rpossessing different departments; na-not; asau-that; r?i/:r-great sage; yasyawhose; matam-opinion; na-not ; bhinnam-separate; dharmasya-of religious\nprinciples; tattvam-.truth; nihitam\n\n-\n\nplaced ; guhayam-in the heart of a realized\n\nperson; maha-janaf:r-self-realized predecessors; yena-by which way; gataf:racted; sa/:r-that; panthaf:r-the pure, unadulterated path.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Dry arguments are inconclusive. A great personality whose opinion does\n\nnot differ from others is not considered a great sage. Simply by studying the\nVedas, which are variegated, one cannot come to the right path by which\nreligious principles are understood. The solid truth of religious principles is\nhidden in the heart of an unadulterated self-realized person. Consequently, as\nthe sastras confirm, one should accept whatever progressive path the mahajanas advocate.'\n\n", "mad9#p0358": "Text 59]\n\n329\n\nThe Residents of Vara�;�asi Become Vai��;�avas\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a verse spoken by YudhiHhira Maharaja in the Mahabharata, Vana-parva\n\n(313.117).\nTEXT 58\n\n!l���tJ·�t� -��tl!11' lft1f I\n�·t�1 � ��lt Cll/8, � '1!..'-�Rt II\" h·ll\nsri-k(�Qa-caitanya-vaQi-amrtera dhara\ntinho ye kahaye vastu, sei 'tattva'-sara\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-k(�Qa-caitanya-VaQi-the message\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\namrtera dhara-a continuous shower of nectar; tinho-the Lord; ye kahaye\nvastu-whatever He says to be the ultimate truth, the summum bonum; sei tattva\nsara-that is the essence of all spiritual knowledge.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The words of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are a shower of nectar. Whatever\nHe concludes to be the ultimate truth is indeed the summum bonum of all\nspiritual knowledge.\"\n\nTEXT 59\n\n� �� �� �fil' �� \"13tllti'l I\n\n� Cfi�l! �'t �lf1 '$J'J{illl <t� II\ne saba vrttanta suni' mahara�triya brahmaQa\nprabhure kahite sukhe kari/a gamana\n\nSYNONYMS\ne\n\nsaba\n\nvrttanta-all\n\nbrahmaQa-the\n\nthese\n\nMahara?trian\n\ndescriptions;\nbrahmaQa;\n\nsuni'-hearing;\nprabhure-Lord\n\nmahara?triya\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kahite-to inform; sukhe-very happily; karila gamana-went.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing all these statements,\n\nthe Mahara�trian brahma�;�a very\n\njubilantly went to inform Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "mad9#p0359": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n330\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 60\n\n�� ��tl2t't_ 'Pf.i{tlf �til.m' I\n�f� l;�'tt� '���<f �' II �o II\nhena-kale mahaprabhu pafica-nade snana kari'\ndekhite caliyachena 'bindu-madhava hari'\n\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kale-at this time; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; pafica-nade\nsnana kari'-taking His bath in the Ganges, called the Pafica-nada; dekhite\ncaliyachena-was going to see; bindu-madhava hari-the Deity known as Lord\nBindu Madhava.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Mahara�trian brahma�a went to see Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the\nLord was going to the temple of Bindu Madhava after bathing in the waters of\nPanca-nada.\nTEXT 61\n\n'Pfttlf � �12t � �t� <15� I\n\n�fil' 1Wtl2tt_ � �e, �� II �� II\npathe sei vipra saba vrttanta kahila\nsuni' mahaprabhu sukhe i?at hasila\n\nSYNONYMS\npathe-on the way; sei vipra-that brahmal)a; saba vrttanta kahi/ a-explained\nthe whole incident; suni'- hearing; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nsukhe-in happiness; i?at\n\n-\n\nmildly; has i/a- smiled.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile the Lord was on His way, the Mahara�trian brahma�a informed Him\nabout the incident that took place in the camp of Prakasananda Sarasvati.\nHearing this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu smiled happily.\nTEXT 62\n\n�'t�·':Jt\"\"1t �f-1' �� �'f1 I\n�tl! �fit' <;!2ft1{ iftfitl! 'ftf1ttl11l �� II\nmadhava-saundarya dekhi' avi?ta ha-ifa\nanganete asi' preme nacite lagila\n\n", "mad9#p0360": "Text 64]\n\nThe Residents of Vara�;�asi Become Vai��;�avas\n\n331\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nmadhava-saundarya dekhi'-after seeing the beauty of Lord Bindu Madhava;\nanganete asi'-coming to the courtyard;\npreme-in great love; nacite Jagila -began to dance.\navi�ta ha-ila-became ecstatic in love;\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon reaching the temple of Bindu Madhava, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nseeing the beauty of Lord Bindu Madhava, became overwhelmed in ecstatic\nlove. He then began to dance in the courtyard of the temple.\nTEXT 63\n\n�' 9ft1{�, 1!�, �� I\n�f� flffif' �tl ifllf-\"��� n �· 11\nsekhara, paramananda tapana, sanatana\n,\n\ncari-jana mili' kare nama-sankirtana\nSYNONYMS\nsekhara-Candrasekhara; paramananda-Paramananda Puri; tapana-Tapana\nMisra; sanatana-Sanatana Gosvami; ca ri-ja na mi/i'-all four of them; kare-perform; nama-sankirtana-chanting of the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere were four people accompanying Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and these\nwere Candra5ekhara, Paramananda Puri, Tapana Misra and Sanatana Gosvami.\nThey were all chanting the Hare K���;�a maha-mantra in the following way.\nTEXT 64\n\n\"�t11 ��= �� ��rn �11\": 1\n''$ft�\"M ''$f1R\"f �t�\n\n��'!_,W� 11\" �8 II\n\n\"haraye nama/:! kr�IJa yadavaya nama/:!\ngopala govinda rama s ri- madhusuda na\n\n\"\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nharaye-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nama/:1-obeisances;\nkr�IJa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; yadavaya-to the descendant of the Yadu family; nama/:1obeisances;\n\ngopa/a-Gopala;\n\nmadhusudana-Sri Madhusodana.\n\ngovinda\n\n-\n\nGovinda;\n\nrama-Rama;\n\nsri­\n\n", "mad9#p0361": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n332\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey chanted, \"Haraye nama� kr�r;�a yadavaya nama�/ gopala govinda rama\nsri-madhusudana.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is another way of chanting the Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra. The meaning is: \"I\noffer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r:Ja.\nHe is the descendant of the Yadu family. Let me offer my respectful obeisances\nunto Gopala, Govinda, Rama and S ri MadhusOdana.\"\nTEXT 65\n\n'�fftt<f.ti! a;-. '�� �ta; '�fit' '�Rt' I\n�a; 'al\"tfa;�� �'$f-11� <eRt' II �<t II\ncaudikete /ak$a loka bale 'hari' 'hari'\nuthila mangala-dhvani svarga-martya bhari'\nSYNONYMS\ncau-dikete-all around; /ak$a-hundreds of thousands; /oka-people; balechant; hari hari-0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari; uthi/a-there arose;\n\nmangala-dhvani-an auspicious sound; svarga-martya bhari'-ov erw h elming all\n\nthe universe.\nTRANSLATION\nIn all directions, hundreds and thousands of people began to chant, \"Hari!\nHari!\" Thus there arose a tumultuous and auspicious sound filling the entire\nuniverse.\nTEXT 66\n\nfil�c;� �Rf�� �fil' 91��1-tiillt! I\n,wf�i! ,�)�c;� �t�a;1 a;�i fit�J�It! II �� II\nnikate hari-dhvani suni' parakasananda\ndekhite kautuke aila lana 5i$ya-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\nnikate-nearby; hari-dhvani suni'-after hearing the chanting of the Hare Kr�r:Ja\nmaha-mantra; parakasananda\n\n-\n\nPrakas ananda Sarasvati; dekhite-to see; kau­\n\ntuke-in great eagerness; aila-came; /ana-ta king; 5i$ya-vrnda-all the disciples.\n\n", "mad9#p0362": "Text 69)\n\nThe Residents of Vara�;�asi Become Vai�r:1avas\n\n333\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Prakasananda Sarasvati,\n\nwho\n\nwas\n\nstaying nearby,\n\nheard\n\nthis\n\ntumultuous chanting of the Hare Kr�r:1a maha-mantra, he and his disciples immediately came to see the Lord.\nTEXT 67\n\n���i � �1, c;�;r, m�� 11t�\"11\nf-t1JJ'it'l·ll� C:ll� <I'� '�fit' '�fit' II �9 II\ndekhiya prabhura nrtya, prema, dehera madhuri\nsi?ya-gaf,la-sange sei bale 'hari' 'hari'\nSYNONYMS\ndekhiya-seeing; prabhura nrtya-the dancing of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nprema-ecstatic love; dehera madhur i-the transcendental beauty of His body;\nsi?ya-gaf,la-sange-with his disciples; sei-Prakasananda Sarasvati; bale-chants;\nhari hari - Lord Hari's name.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Prakasananda Sarasvati saw the Lord, he and his disciples also joined\nthe chanting with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Prakasananda Sarasvati was\ncharmed by the Lord's dancing and ecstatic love and by the transcendental\nbeauty of His body.\nTEXT 68\n\n<!i�, \"5f�'e!7, (;\"515f, C<f<f(}, �� I\n\n�i!li��t� f�tiSf <:\"ft<!i, ��<!i·<f.�llif II �lr II\nkampa, svara-bhanga, sveda, vaivarf,lya, stambha\nasru-dharaya bhije loka, pulaka-kadamba\nSYNONYMS\nkampa-trembling; svara-bhar'lga-faltering voice; sveda-perspiration; vaivarf,lya\n\n-\n\nfading of bodily color; stambha-becoming stunned; asru-dharaya-with\n\nshowers of tears from the eyes; bhije-wet; loka-all the people; pulaka-kadamba-eruptions on the body like kadamba flowers.\nTRANSLATION\nEcstatic spiritual transformations began to take place in the Lord's body. His\nbody trembled, and His voice faltered. He perspired, turned pale and wept a\nconstant flow of tears, which wet all the people standing there. The eruptions\non the Lord's body appeared like kadamba flowers.\n\n", "mad9#p0363": "334\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 69\n\n��' '\\if�, �t9f�Jtllf '�•tit' �<!iBl I\n�f�' <!itilt�t� <;�'tt<ll� '�� �1fe. <II� II �� II\nharg dainya, capafyadi 'sancari' vikara\ndekhi' kasi-vasi fokera haifa camatkara\n\nSYNONYMS\nhar$ a-j ubilation; dainya - humility; capafya-adi-talkin g in ecstasy and so on;\nsancari vikara-the transient transformations; dekhi'-seeing ; kasi-vasi-the inhabitants of Benares; fokera-of all the people; haifa ca matkara-there was\nastonishment.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the people were astonished to see the Lord's jubilation and humility and\nto hear Him talk in ecstasy. Indeed, all the residents of 8enares [Kasi] saw the\nbodily transformations and were astonished.\nTEXT 70\n\n<;�t<li:JI�'ril� <;�f�' �'t_� '�t�' <ft� C�� I\n�iflt�� �'1 <;Wf�' �J �'lit�� II Cj o II\nfoka-sanghatta dekhi' prabhura 'bahya' yabe haifa\nsannyasira gaQa dekhi' nrtya sarhvarifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nfoka-sanghatta dekhi'-by seeing the great crowd of people; prabhura-of\nLord Caitanya; bahya- external consciousness; yabe haifa-when there was;\nsannyasira ga Qa-the groups of Mayavadi sannyasis, headed by Prakasananda\nSarasvati; dekhi' -seeing ; nrtya sarhvarifa -suspended His dancin g.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu regained His external consciousness, He\nsaw that many Mayavadi sannyasis and other people were gathered there. He\ntherefore suspended His dancing for the time being.\nTEXT 71\n\n�<11�1\\i!� � �fl\\il\"li R'1 I\n�<lltllf\"tilli �tf�' �t� I{�� R'lll Cj� II\n\n", "mad9#p0364": "Text 73]\n\nThe Residents of VaraJ;Jasi Become Vai�J;Javas\n\n335\n\nprakasanandera prabhu vandila caraQa\nprakasananda asi' tarira dharila caraQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nprakasanandera-of\nPrakasananda\nSarasvati;\nprabhu-Sri\nCaitanya\nMahaprabhu; va n dila-prayed; caraQa-at the feet; prakasananda Prakasananda Sarasvati; asi'-coming; tarira-His; dharila caraQa immediately caught the\n-\n\n-\n\nlotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter stopping the kirtana, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is a great example of humility, offered prayers unto the feet of Prakasananda Sarasvati. At\nthis, Prakasananda Sarasvati immediately came forward and clasped the\nLord's lotus feet.\nTEXT 72\n\n� <11��,-'� !Sf'ij�� �i!fJ\\!';f I\n�tf';f �t';ft1f il1 �� 'f-t��J1f f-t�' �';{ II 'l� II\nprabhu kahe,-'tumi jagad-guru pujyatama\nami tamara na ha-i 'si?yera si?ya' sama\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued to speak; tumi-you; jagatguru-the spiritual master of the whole world; pujya-tama-the most worshipable; ami-1; tamara-your; na ha-i-am not; si?yera si?ya sama-eq ual to the\ndisciple of the disciple.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Prakasananda Sarasvati caught hold of the Lord's lotus feet, the Lord\nsaid, \"My dear sir, you are the spiritual master of the whole world; therefore\nyou are most worshipable. As far as I am concerned, I am not even on the level\nof the disciple of your disciple.\"\nPURPORT\nMayavadi sannyasis generally call themselves jagad-guru, the spiritual master of\nthe whole world. Many consider themselves worshipable by everyone, although\nthey do not even go outside India or their own district. Out of His great magnanimity and humility, S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu presented Himself as a subordinate disciple of Prakasananda Sarasvati.\n\n", "mad9#p0365": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n336\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 73\n\n'�i �$1 '�ti' �� �r;il� <l\"fil I\n�t11t� :Jt(ilt-t �11, �� �'fi·:JI� II 'l� II\nsre�tha hana kene kara hinera vandana\namara sarva-nasa haya, tumi brahma-sama\n\nSYNONYMS\nsre�tha hana-being a more honorable person; kene-why; kara-you do;\nhinera-of an inferior person;\n\nvandana-worship; amara sarva-nasa haya-1\n\nbecome minimized in My strength; tumi brahma-sama-you are equal with the\nimpersonal Brahman.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \" You are a great, spiritually advanced\npersonality, and therefore you cannot worship a person like Me. I am far inferior. If you do so, My spiritual power will be diminished, for you are as gOQd\nas the impersonal Brahman.\n\nTEXT 74\n\n�f9f '�f;j\"f\"(;� �<I �'fi·�� �lr;� I\n'�f-t'1i1 \"'tf�' �r;� �Bfl;i! il1 �t�r;:Jt II' 98 II\nyadyapi tomare saba brahma-sama bhase\nloka-sik�a lagi' aiche karite na aise'\n\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; tomare-for you; saba- everyone; brahma-sama-equal\n\nto the impersonal Brahman; bhase- appears; /oka-sik�a lagi'-for the enlightenment of people in general; aiche-in such a way; karite na aise-you should not\npresent yourself.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear sir, for you everyone is on the level of impersonal Brahman, but\nfor the enlightenment of people in general you should not behave in that\nway.\"\nTEXT 75\n\n�r;� �r;�, ''(!t11� �( fil\"t1-��t�U� � ��\"! I\nc;i!f;jt� l>�'I·\"\"\"Pt?;;-f, �<I �11 ''�'\"�' II 9<2\" II\nteriho kahe, 'tamara piirve ninda-aparadha ye karila\ntamara caraQa-sparse, saba k�aya gela\n\n", "mad9#p0366": "Text 771\n\nThe Residents of Vara1,1asi Become Vai�1,1avas\n\n337\n\nSYNONYMS\ntefiho kahe-he replied; tamara-of You; purve-formerly; ninda-aparadhaoffenses and blasphemy; ye kari/a\n\nw hatever I have done; tamara caral)a­\n\n-\n\nsparse-by touching Your lotus feet; saba k?aya ge/a-the effects of all those\noffenses have been destroyed.\nTRANSLATION\nPrakasananda Sarasvati replied, \"Formerly I have committed many offenses\nagainst You by blaspheming You, but now the effects of my offenses are counteracted by my touching Your lotus feet.\nTEXT 76\n\n�\"f<l'IJ..'&1 \\3!f9f 1_\"l�tf� '!� 'll�<lt�J\"ll\"\\_ I\n'f!ijJrl){gJ\"I!�t\"f?:'&l '55f<j\\!>J\"f�lf\\!\"l: II '\\� II\njivan-mukta api punar\nyanti sarilsara-vasanam\nyady acintya-maha-saktau\nbhagavaty aparadhina/:1\nSYNONYMS\njivat mukta/:1-persons liberated during this life; api-also; puna/:1 -again;\n-\n\nyanti-go; sarilsara-vasanam-to desire material enjoyment; yadi-if; acintyamaha-saktau-to the possessor of inconceivable spiritual potency; bhagavatithe Supreme Personality of Godhead; aparadhina/:1-offenders.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'If a person considered liberated in this life commits offenses against the\nreservoir of inconceivable potencies, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nhe will again fall down and desire the material atmosphere for material enjoyment.'\nTEXT 77\n11 C<l '55f<l\\!i: �l\"I!,?fllf'\"�P'f��l�n;: 1\n\nC'5?:� '19f<i1_f��·j �<>[� f<lWT'fi'!lfD�\"{_ II\" '\\ '\\ II\nsa vai bhagavata/:1 srimatpada-sparsa-hatasubha/:1\nbheje sarpa-vapur hitva\nruparil vidyadhararcitam\n\n", "mad9#p0367": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n338\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nSYNONYMS\nsah-he (the serpent); vai-indeed; bhagavatah-of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead, Kr�l)a; srimat-pada-sparsa-by the touch of the lotus feet; hataasubhatJ-relieved from all reactions of sinful life; bheje-achieved; sarpavaputJ-the body of a snake; hitva-giving up; ru pam-beauty; vidyadhara-ar­\n\ncitam-suitable for a person of Vidyadhara-loka.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Being touched by the lotus feet of Sri K��.,a, that serpent was immediately freed from the reactions of his sinful life. Thus the serpent gave up\nhis body and assumed the body of a beautiful Vidyadhara demigod.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.34.9). The inhabitants of\nVrndavana, under the leadership of Nanda Maharaja, once wanted to go to the\nbank of the SarasvatT on a pilgrimage. Nanda Maharaja was fasting, and he lay\ndown near the forest. At that time a serpent, who was formerly cursed by\ni\\rigirasa ��i, appeared. This serpent had formerly been named Sudarsana, and he\nhad belonged to the Gandharvaloka planet. However, because he joked with the\n[$i, he was condemned to take on the body of a big snake. When this serpent at­\n\ntacked Nanda Maharaja, Nanda Maharaja began to call, \"Kr�l)a! Help!\" Kr�l)a immediately appeared and began to kick the serpent with His lotus feet. Due to\nbeing touched by the Lord's lotus feet, the serpent was immediately freed from\nthe reactions of his sinful life. Being freed, he again assumed his original form of\nSudarsana, the Gandharva.\nTEXT 78\n\n�\" �t�,- 'Rl'' 'Rl'' �tfir � �<( �.. I\n'\n�t<l '�!'1ft�-(!!� �9f1rt�-fu� II �IT' II\nprabhu kahe,- 'Vi$f)U1 'Vi$1)U', ami k$Udra jiva hina\n\njive 'vi$1)U' mani-ei aparadha-cihna\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; vi$f)U vi$f)U-the holy name\n\nof Vi�l)u; ami-1; k$udra-infinitesimal; jiva-a living entity; hina-bereft of all\n\ngood qualities; jive-such a low-grade living entity; Vi$f)U mani-accepting as\n\nLord Vi�I)U or the Personality of Godhead; ei aparadha-cihna-this is a great\n\noffense.\n\n", "mad9#p0368": "Text 80]\n\nThe Residents of Varar:-asi Become Vai�r:-avas\n\n339\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Prakasananda Sarasvati supported himself by quoting the verse from\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu immediately protested by uttering the holy name of Lord Vi�r:-u. The Lord then presented Himself as a most\nfallen living entity, and He said, \"If someone accepts a fallen conditioned soul\nas Vi�r:-u, Bhagavan, or an incarnation, he commits a great offense.\"\n\nPURPORT\nAlthough Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was Vi�t:JU, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, He nonetheless, to teach us a lesson, denied belonging to the Vi�l)u\ncategory. Unfortunately, there are many so-called Vi�t:Ju incarnations in this age of\nKali. People do not know that posing oneself as an incarnation is most offensive.\nPeople should not accept an ordinary man as an incarnation of God, for this also is\na very great offense.\nTEXT 79\n\n�� 'f<r�' �� �-Ql� l3llfi·�·�'all\nii'Rft�'1 ';ft� l!tt1t '�'l\"tl!' �'\"Iii II '\\� II\njive 'vi?QU' buddhi dare-yei brahma-rudra-sama\nnarayaQe mane tare 'pa?af)c;iite' gaf)ana\nSYNONYMS\njive-an ordinary living being; vi?QU-as Lord Vi�l)u; buddhi\n\n-\n\nacceptance;\n\ndare-let alone; yei-anyone who; brahma-rudra-sama-equal to personalities\nlike Lord Brahma and Lord Siva; narayaf)e-Lord Narayar;Ja, Vi�t:�u; mane-accepts; tare-such a person; pa?af)c;iite g a f) ana-is grouped among the pa?af)c;iis,\natheistic offenders.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"To say nothing of ordinary living entities, even Lord Brahma and Lord Siva cannot be considered on the level of\nVi�r:-u or Narayar:-a. If one considers them as such, he is immediately considered an offender and atheist.\nTEXT 80\n\n<l\"'t\" \"11�1lJ'I� C�� ���1firhf<1C�: I\n\n1f\"l!C�OI\"<1 �\"C'f!'� 11 9f1��� iS\"C'I'{..!F'I\"{_ II \" lr• U\n\n", "mad9#p0369": "340\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nyas tu narayaQaril devaril\nbrahma-rudradi-daivatai/:1\nsamatvenaiva vik$eta\nsa pa$aQc;li bhaved dhruvam\"\nSYNONYMS\nya/:1-any person who; tu-however; narayaQam-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, the master of such demigods as Brahma and Siva; devam-the Lord;\nbrahma-Lord Brahma; rudra-Lord Siva; adi-and others; daivatai/:1-with such\ndemigods; samatvena-on an equal level; eva-certainly; vik$eta-observes;\nsa/:1-such a person; pa$aQc;li-pa$aQc;li; bhavet-must be; dhruvam-ce rta inly\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'A person who considers demigods like Brahma and Siva to be on an equal\nlevel with NarayaQa is to be considered an offender, a pa�aQc;fi.' \"\n\nTEXT 81\n\n�<t�t-tt� <fit�,-\"� �i'if>te. �'$1�i{_l\n\n� tlfW <!\"� iRt '�t�'-�f�lfii{ lllr� II\nprakasananda kahe,- \"tumi sak$at bhagavan\ntabu yadi kara tailra 'dasa'-abhimana\nSYNONYMS\nprakasananda kahe-Pra kasananda SarasvatT replied;\n\ntumi-You;\n\nsak$at­\n\ndirectly; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r:Ja; tabu-yet;\nyadi-if; kara-You pose; tailra dasa-abhimana-considering Yourself His servant.\nTRANSLATION\nPrakasananda replied, \"You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�Qa\nHimself. Nonetheless, You are considering Yourself His eternal servant.\n\nTEXT 82\n\n� �iSfJ ��, 't_fll � �'f1{i '� I\n�t-t � <;1ft� (;\\!11{� ��� II lr� II\ntabu pujya hao, tumi bac;Ja ama haite\nsarva-nasa haya mora tamara nindate\n\n", "mad9#p0370": "Text 84]\n\nThe Residents of Vara1.1asi Become Vai�1.1avas\n\n341\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabu-still; pujya hao-You are worshipable;\n\ntumi bac;fa-You are much\n\ngreater; ama ha i te-than me; sarva-nasa haya-everything becomes lost; moramy; tamara nindate-by blaspheming You.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear lord, You are the Supreme lord, and although You consider Yourself the lord's servant, You are nonetheless worshipable. You are much greater\nthan I am; therefore all my spiritual achievements have been lost because I\nhave blasphemed You.\nTEXT 83\n\n,�O{jllfr fJ'!qil'lt� O{j�11{'f9f�t�'f: I\n�ciiS: �\"ri��1 C<f��f9r \"lf�l,r;O{ lll:r¢ II\nmuktanam api siddhanarh\nnarayaQa-parayaQa/:1\n\nsudur/abha/:1 prasantatma\nkoti�v api maha-mune\nSYNONYMS\n\nmuktanam-of persons liberated or freed from the bondage of ignorance;\n\napi - even; siddhanam-of persons who have achieved perfection; narayaQa-of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; parayaQa/:1-the devotee; su-durlabha/:1very rare; prasanta-atma-completely satisfied, desireless; koti�u-among many\nmillions; api-certainly; maha-mune-0 great sage.\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 great sage, out of many millions of materially liberated people who are\nfree from ignorance, and out of many millions of siddhas who have nearly attained perfection, there is hardly one pure devotee of Naraya1.1a. O nly such a\ndevotee is actually completely satisfied and peaceful.'\nPURPO RT\n\nThis verse is quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (6.14.5).\nTEXT 84\n\n�tl: fi!f�� <i\"C\"fl �t* C<'ll<fi'!lf\"t\"ll Ul<f D I\n\n�f� C\\!f�l�f'f J'!�fM ��\"CJ'!1ll\"�lff�Jr'!: lll:rB II\n\n", "mad9#p0371": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n342\n\nayu/:1 sriyaril yaso dharmaril\nlokan asi�a eva ca\n\nhanti sreyarilsi sarvaQi\n\npurilso mahad-atikrama/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nayu/:1-duration of life; sriyam-opulence; yasa/:1-reputation; dharmamreligion;\n\n/okan-possessions;\n\nasi�a/:1-benedictions;\n\neva-certainly;\n\nca-and;\n\nhanti-destroys; sreyarilsi-good fortune; sarvaQi-all; purilsa/:1-of a person;\nmahat-of great souls; atikrama/:1-violation.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When a person mistreats great souls, his life span, opulence, reputation,\nreligion, possessions and good fortune are all destroyed.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a statement made by Sukadeva Gosvami, who was relating Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam (1 0.4.46) to Maharaja Pari� it.\n\nTEXT 85\n\nCO!\"lft� \"lff\\!im<t��fltl� �\n'\"1\"f�JO!�j9f5{?:ll\" I \"l!\\f�: I\n�')1f'ft� 9f\"tlfilt�l�f�t�..\"\nfO!�·O!lO!lt, Of �� l!l<t� U b-t I\nnai�aril matis tavad urukramanghriril\nsprsaty anarthapagamo yad-artha/:1\nmahiyasaril pada-rajo-'bhi�ekaril\n\nni�kificananaril na vwita yavat\nSYNONYMS\n\nna-not; e�am-of those who are attached to household life; mati/:1-the in­\n\nterest; tavat-that long; urukrama-anghrim-the lotus feet of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead, who is credited with uncommon activities; sprsatitouches; anartha-of unwanted things; apagama/:1-vanquishing; yat-of which;\n\nartha/:1-results; mahiyasam-of the great personalities, devotees; pada-raja/:1-of\n\nthe dust of the lotus feet; abhi�ekam-sprinkling on the head; ni�kificananam­\n\nwho are completely detached from material possessions; na vwita-does not do;\nyavat-as long as.\n\n", "mad9#p0372": "Text 87]\n\nThe R esidents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\n\n343\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Unless human society accepts the dust of the lotus feet of great mahatmas-devotees who have nothing to do with material possessions-mankind\ncannot turn its attention to the lotus feet of Kr�r;�a. Those lotus feet vanquish\nall the unwanted miserable conditions of material life.'\nPURPO RT\n\nThis verse appears in the Srimad-Bhagavatam (7.5.32).\n\nTEXT 86\n\n\\!lt1' c:!t�t1f ?ft�tt� �?(��1' 'e� I\n\n�N iftRt' <f•Rf '�t� �1ft'! �'lfi! ll\"lr� II\nebe tamara padabje upajibe bhakti\n\ntathi lagi' kari tamara caraQe praQati\"\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nebe-naw; tamara-Your; pada-abje-to the lotus feet; upajibe-will grow;\n\nbhakti-devotional service; tathi lagi'-for that reason; kari-1 do; tomara caraQe\n\npraQati-humble obeisances at Your lotus feet.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Henceforward I shall certainly develop devotional service unto Your lotus\nfeet. For this reason I have come to You and have fallen down at Your lotus\nfeet.\"\nTEXT 87\n\n�� 1'fif' ��t1f if�i i!Qlt11 1'�if I\n\n�t1f �1'it-t'til\"f ��i! iltf'ifiif II \\r 9 II\neta bali' prabhure lana tathaya vasila\n\nprabhure prakasananda puchite lagila\n\nSYNONYMS\n\neta bali'-saying this; prabhure-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nlafia-taking;\n\ntathaya vasila-sat down there; prabhure-unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; pra­\n\nkasananda-Prakasananda Sarasvati; puchite lagila-began to inquire.\n\n", "mad9#p0373": "344\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter saying this, Prakasananda Sarasvati sat down with Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and began to question the lord as follows.\nTEXT 88\n\n�tm�i?;\\f ��ifl �i! c;\\f�� �t� I\n�?;;� �� iS'ftfil' ��r;;1j� �ftl� ��t�II lrlr II\nmayavade karila yata do�era akhyana\nsabe ei jani' acaryera kalpita vyakhyana\n\nSYNONYMS\nmayavade-in the philosophy of Mayavada, impersonalism; karila-You have\ndone; yata-all; do�era akhyana-description of the faults; sabe-all; ei-these;\njani'-knowing;\n\nacaryera -of\n\nSankaracarya;\n\nka/pita\n\nvyakhyana-imaginary\n\nexplanations.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPrakasananda Sarasvati said, \"We can understand the faults You have\npointed out in the Mayavada philosophy. All the explanations given by\nSatikaracarya are imaginary.\nTEXT 89\n\n'?;i]i� <fif.� � '1_��-f��'11\n� �fil' �<!It�'�\"' Ti�e.<fi� ��II tr� II\nsutrera karila tumi mukhyartha-vivaraQa\ntaha suni' sabara haila camatkara mana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsutrera-of the Brahma-sutra; kari/a-have done; tumi-You; mukhya-arthavivaraf)a-descriptiorN:>f the direct meaning; taha suni'-hearing that; sabara-of\neveryone; hai/a-became; camatkara-astonished; mana-the mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear lord, whatever direct meaning You have given when explaining\nthe Brahma-sutra is certainly very wonderful to all of us.\n\n", "mad9#p0374": "Text 91]\n\nThe Residents of Vara�;�asi Become Vai��;�avas\n\n345\n\nTEXT 90\n\n1_fif �' If�, <;�t1ft11' �tt� �(lctf� I\n�e.t\"'�� <(i� � �r�� �� �r�\" �0\"\ntumi ta' isvara, tamara ache sarva-sakti\nsarik?epa-rupe kaha tumi sunite haya mati\nSYNONYMS\n\ntumi ta'-indeed You are; isvara-the Supreme Lord; tamara-of You; achethere are; sarva-sakti-all potencies; sarik?epa-rupe-briefly; kaha-please explain; tu mi-You; sunite haya mati-l wish to hear.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore You have inconceivable energies. I wish to hear from You briefly about the Brahma-sutra.\"\nPURPORT\n\nPrakasananda SarasvatT said that he had already understood SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's explanation of the direct import of Brahma-sutra. Nonetheless, he\nwas requesting the Lord to briefly give the purpose and purport of the Brahmasutra, the Vedanta-sutra.\nTEXT 91\n\n�� \"<l'it�,-\"'Ciif� '��', 'CI� 'l�·�t�!\n�J�,ti:i'i11' ��11' 'CI� <f)i�-���tif..ll ��\"\nprabhu kahe, -\"ami 'jiva', ati tuccha-jnana!\nvyasa-sutrera gambhira artha, vyasa-bhagavan\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; ami jiva-l am an insignificant living being; ati tuccha-jnana-My knowledge is very meager; vyasasutrera-of the Vedanta-sutra, written by Vyasadeva; gambhira artha-very grave\nmeaning; vyasa-Vyasadeva; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"I am an ordinary living being, and\ntherefore my knowledge is very insignificant. However, the meaning of the\n\n", "mad9#p0375": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n346\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nBrahma-sutra is very grave because its author, Vyasadeva, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself.\nPURPORT\nAn ordinary living being cannot actually understand the purpose of the Ve­\n\ndanta-sutra. One can understand the purpose if he hears it from the authority,\n\nVyasadeva himself. For this reason, Vyasadeva gave a commentary on the\n\nBrahma-sutra in the form of Srimad-Bhagavatam. He had been instructed to do this\n\nby his spiritual master, Narada. Of course, Sarikaracarya distorted the purpose of\n\nthe Brahma-sutra because he had a motive to serve. He wanted to establish Vedic\n\nknowledge in place of the atheistic knowledge spread by Lord Buddha. All these\nnecessities are there according to time and circumstances. Neither Lord Buddha\nnor Sarikaracarya is to be blamed. The time required such an explanation for the\nunderstanding of various types of atheists. The conclusion is that one cannot un­\n\nderstand the purpose of the Vedanta-sutra without going through the SrimadBhagavatam and rendering devotional service. Caitanya Mahaprabhu therefore\n\nfurther explains the matter in the following verses.\nTEXT 92\n\nit� �� �� c;�til iSftct ill� iST�i{ I\n�t!�Cf <c�t'?ftil ��t� <t-�11tt� ctJt�JJti{ II ��II\ntanra sutrera artha kana jiva nahi jane\n\nataeva apane sutrartha kariyache vyakhyane\nSYNONYMS\ntanra sutrera artha-the meaning of Vyasadeva's Vedanta-sutra; kana-any;\n\njiva-living being; nahi jane-does not know; ataeva-therefore; apane-per­\n\nsonally; sutra-artha-the meanings of the sutras; kariyache vyakhyane-has described.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The purpose of the Vedanta-sutra is very difficult for an ordinary person to\nunderstand, but Vyasadeva, out of his causeless mercy, has personally explained the meaning.\nTEXT 93\n\n�� , ��-tl, '� �N ��t11 CI'Jt�Jti{ I\n\n�tef ,t�� � ��(;'itt�� � �il II �� II\n\n", "mad9#p0376": "Text 95]\n\nThe Residents of Varar:'asi Become Vai�r:'avas\n\n347\n\nyei sutra-karta, se yadi karaye vyakhyana\n\ntabe sutrera mula artha /okera haya jriana\nSYNONYMS\nyei sDtra-karta-the person who has made the Vedanta-sDtra; se-that person;\n\nyadi- if; karaye vyakhyana- explai ns the meaning; tabe-then; sDtrera-of the\n\ncodes of Vedanta-sDtra; mtJ/a- the original; artha-meaning; lokera-of the\n\npeople in general; haya jriana-comes within knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"If the Vedanta-siitra is explained by Vyasadeva himself, who has written it,\nits original meaning can be understood by the people in general.\nTEXT 94\n\n<2i'ft�� (;�� �� '5tt�i!5lti! <;�� lUI I\n\nQl� �{ �t\"t�ti! �<1f11m <fi� II �8 II\npral)avera yei artha, gayatrite sei haya\nsei artha catu/:1-slokite vivariya kaya\nSYNONYMS\npral)avera-of the sound vibration, orilkara; yei-whatever; artha-meaning;\n\ngayatrite-in the Gayatri mantra; sei-that; haya- there is; sei artha-that same\n\nmeaning; catu/:1-slokite-in Srimad-Bhagavatam summarized in four\nvivariya-describing elaborately; kaya\n\n-\n\nslokas;\n\nhas said.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The meaning of the sound vibration orilkara is present in the Gayatri\nmantra. The same is elaborately explained in the four slokas of SrimadBhagavatam known as catu�-sloki.\n\nTEXT 95\n\n�tr;� �� �1_:t\"t� <;� <fi�'ii I\n� ilt�tlif '�� ��r;w-t C<f.'ii 11 �<t n\nbrahmare isvara catu/:1-sloki ye kahila\nbrahma narade sei upadesa kaila\n\n", "mad9#p0377": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n348\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmare-to lord Brahma; isvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\ncatu/:1-sloki-the four famous verses known as catu/:1-sloki; ye kahi/a-whatever\n\nwas explained; brahma-Lord Brahma; narade-to Narada Muni;\n\nupadesa kai/a-instructed.\n\nsei-that;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Whatever was spoken by the Supreme Personality of Godhead to Lord\nBrahma in the four verses of Srimad-Bhagavatam, was also explained to\nNarada by Lord Brahma.\nTEXT 96\n\n��if(;���� <!Jtt�t� <fi�\"fi I\n\n�fil' (;<!if<!Jt� 1f� ��1� <!i�a;i II �� II\nnarada sei artha vyasere kahila\n\nsuni' veda-vyasa mane vicara karila\nSYNONYMS\n\nnarada-the great sage Narada; sei artha-the same purpose; vyasere kahi/a­\n\nexplained to Vyasadeva; suni'-hearing; veda vyasa-Vyasadeva; mane-within\n-\n\nthe mind; vicara kari / a-considered very caref ully\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Whatever Lord Brahma told Narada Muni was again explained by Narada\nMuni to Vyasadeva. Vyasadeva later considered these instructions in his mind.\n\nTEXT 97\n\n\"�� ��-�t�t� �p]!� <131��'11 I\n'��<!i!' <li!1f<!f lJP]!� ��J'lll\"f�'?f 11\"�9 II\n\"ei artha-amara sutrera vyakhyanurupa\n\n'bhagavata' kariba sutrera bha$ya-svarupa\"\nSYNONYMS\nei artha-this explanation; amara-my; sutrera-of Brahma-sutra; vyakhya­\n\nanurupa-a suitable explanation; bhagavata-Srimad-Bhagavata Pural)a; kariba-1\n\nshall make; sutrera-of the Brahma-sutra; bhii$ya-svarupa-as the original commentary.\n\n", "mad9#p0378": "Text 98]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\n\n349\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srila Vyasadeva considered that whatever he had received from Narada\nMuni as an explanation of orilkara he would elaborately explain in his book\nSrimad-Bhagavatam as a commentary on Brahma-siitra.\nPURPORT\nThe sound vibration orhkara is the root of Vedic knowledge. This orhkara is\n\nknown as maha-vakya, or the supreme sound. Whatever meaning is in the\n\nsupreme sound orhkara is further understood in the Gayatri mantra. Again, this\nsame meaning is explained in Srimad-Bhagavatam in the four 5/okas known as\n\ncatub-5/oki, which begin with the words aharh evasam evagre. The Lord says,\n\n\"Only I existed before the creation.\" From this verse, four 5/okas have been com­\n\nposed, and these are known as the catub-5/oki. In this way the Supreme Personality of Godhead informed Lord Brahma about the purpose of the catub-5/oki.\n\nAgain, Lord Brahma explained this to Narada Muni, and Narada Muni explained it\n\nto Srila Vyasadeva. This is the parampara system, the disciplic succession. The im­\n\nport of Vedic knowledge, the original word pral')ava, has been explained in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam. The conclusion is that the Brahma-sutra is explained in the\nSrimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nTEXT 98\n\nitfil�w-�9ffil� �i! f<lii � 1\ni!nt �� ��i CfJt� <!5Bl�1 ��11 II Clllr II\ncari-veda-upani?ade yata kichu haya\n\ntara artha lana vyasa kari/a sancaya\nSYNONYMS\n\ncari-veda-the four divisions of the Vedas (Sarna, Yajur, �g and Atharva);\n\nupani?ade-and in 108 Upani?ads; yata-whatever; kichu haya-is there; tara\n\nartha-the meanings of those Vedic literatures; /ana-taking together; vyasa­\n\nVyasadeva; karila sancaya-collected.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"V yasadeva collected whatever Vedic conclusions were in the four Vedas\nand 108 Upani�ads and placed them in the codes of the Vedanta-siitra.\nTEXT 99\n\n,�� � ,�� ��-��·Cfiill\n<et'it��i! �� �� c;,ltt<!i fi{Cfllifiil II <;�<;� II\n\n", "mad9#p0379": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n350\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nyei sOtre yei rk-Vi$aya-vacana\n\nbhagavate sei rk slake nibandhana\nSYNONYMS\nyei sutre-in the codes of Vedanta-sutra; yei-whatever;\n\nrk-Vedic mantra;\nmatter to be explained; bhagavate-in SrimadBhagavatam; sei rk-that same Vedic mantra; slak e-in eighteen thousand\nverses; nibandhana-comp iling.\nVi$aya-vacana-subject\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In Vedanta-sfitra, the purpose of all Vedic knowledge is explained, and in\nSrimad-Bhagavatam the same purpose has been explained in eighteen thousand verses.\nTEXT 100\n\n�'!<.!!� �w;�� �-(!\\)��� I\n���'!·OO�, ����e. �� '<.!l<r>'�'! II � o o II\nataeva brahma-sutrera bha$ya -sri-bhagavata\nbhagavata-sloka, upani$al kahe 'eka' mala\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; brahma-sOtrera bha$ya-the commentary on the Brahma­\n\nsOtra codes; sri-bhagavata-Srimad-Bhagavatam; bhagavata-sloka-the verses in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam; u pani$al-the explanations in the Upani$ads; kahe-state;\neka mata-the same version.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"That which is explained in the verses of Srimad-Bhagavatam and in the\nUpani�ads serves the same purpose.\nTEXT 101\n\n�'Nt<ft�flllf� R1� 'lj� f<t>f<l'll5f5l�* �51<:. I\nC�Of �J'C-&01 �g)\"'j�1 lli 'i]lf: <l'�f\"lf�'l'{_ II � • � II\n\natmavasyam idaril visvaril\n\nyat kificij jagatyaril jagat\n\ntena tyaktena bhufijilha\n\nma grdhah kasyasvid dhanam\n\n", "mad9#p0380": "Text 101]\n\nThe Residents of Varal)asi Become Vai�l)avas\n\n351\n\nSYNONYMS\n\natma-avasyam-the expansion of the energy of the Supreme Soul, the Per­\n\nsonality pf Godhead; idam-this; visvam-universe; yat-whatever; kificit­\n\nsomething; jagatyam-within the universe; jagat-all that is animate or inanimate; tena-by Him; tyaktena-by things allotted to every person; bhufijitha­\n\nyou should accept for your maintenance;\n\nkasyasvit-someone else's; dhanam-property.\n\nma-never;\n\ngrdhab-encroach;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Everything animate or inanimate that is within the universe is controlled\nand owned by the lord. One should therefore accept only those things for\nhimself that are set aside as his quota, and one should not accept other things,\nknowing well to whom they belong.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (8.1.10). Communists and socialists\n\nare trying to propagate the philosophy that everything belongs to the mass of\n\npeople or to the state. Such an idea is not perfect. When this idea is expanded, we\n\ncan see that everything belongs to God. That will be the perfection of the com­\n\nmunistic idea. The purpose of Srimad-Bhagavatam is here very nicely explained.\n\nEvery one of us must be satisfied with those things the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead has allotted us. We should not encroach upon the possessions of\n\nothers. This simple idea can be expanded in our daily lives. Everyone should have\na piece of land given by the government, and everyone should possess a few\n\ncows. Both of these should be utilized for one's daily bread. Above that, if some­\n\nthing is manufactured in a factory, it should be considered the property of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead because the ingredients belong to the Supreme\n\nLord. Actually, there is no need to manufacture such things artificially, but if it is\n\ndone, one should consider that the goods produced belong to the Supreme Lord.\n\nSpiritual communism recognizes the supreme proprietorship of the Supreme Lord.\nAs explained in Bhagavad-gita (5.29):\n\nbhoktararh yajfia-tapasarh\nsarva-loka-mahesvaram\n\nsuhrdarh sarva-bhatanarh\n\njfiatva marh santim rcchati\n\n\"The sages, knowing Me as the ultimate purpose of all sacrifices and austerities,\n\nthe Supreme Lord of all planets and demigods and the benefactor and well-wisher\nof all living entities, attain peace from the pangs of material miseries.\"\n\nIt is further explained in Srimad-Bhagavatam that no one should claim anything\n\nas his property. Whatever property one claims to be his actually belongs to Kr�r;�a.\n\n", "mad9#p0381": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n352\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nOne should be satisfied with whatever has been allotted by the Supreme Lord\n\nand should not encroach upon the property of others. This will lead to peace in\nthe whole world.\n\nTEXT 102\n\n�t'St�� �lllil'!i, ���' ���� I\n�:�t\\!i 111�� \\!it� �Rf�tt� if'Jfi'lll�o�ll\nbhagavatera sambandha, abhidheya, prayojana\n\ncatub-slokite prakata tara kariyache lak$al)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhagavatera-of\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam;\n\nsambandha-a personal relationship\n\nwith God; abhidheya-activities in that relationship; prayojana-the ultimate\n\ngoal of life; catub-slokite-in the four famous verses of Srimad-Bhagavatam; prakata-manifesting; tara-of them; kariyache-has done; lak$al)a-the symp­\n\ntoms.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The essence of Srimad-Bhagavatam-our relationship with the Supreme\nLord, our activities in that connection and the goal of life-is manifest in the\nfour verses of Srimad-Bhagavatam known as the catu�-sloki. Everything is explained in those verses.\nTEXT 103\n\n\"'f;{tfif-'�lliffifi'·'!,, �1�1� Si3t�-��t� I\n�t�i 'Pfi�t\\!i ���-�� '�f�t��' -ilt� II �o� II\n\"ami-'sambandha'-tattva, amara jnana-vijnana\n\nama paite sadhana-bhakti 'abhidheya'-nama\n\nSYNONYMS\nami-1;\n\nsambandha-tattva-the center of all relationships; amara-of Me;\n\njflana-knowledge;\n\npaite-to\n\nvijflana-practical application of that knowledge;\n\nobtain Me;\n\nsadhana-bhakti-the practice\n\nabhidheya-nama-is called activities in that relationship.\n\nama\n\nof devotional service;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�r;�a says, 'I am the center of all relationships. Knowledge of Me and\nthe practical application of that knowledge is actual knowledge. Approaching\nMe for devotional service is called abhidheya.\n\n", "mad9#p0382": "Text 105]\n\n353\n\nThe Residents of Variir:'lasi Become Vai�r:'lavas\n\nPURPORT\n\nSpiritual knowledge means fully understanding the Absolute Truth in three\nfeatures-impersonal\n\nBrahman,\n\nlocalized\n\nParamatma\n\nand\n\nthe\n\nall-powerful\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Ultimately when one takes shelter at the lotus\nfeet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and engages in the Lord's service, the\nresultant knowledge is called vijfiana, special knowledge, or the practical application of spiritual knowledge. One should be engaged in the Lord's devotional service to achieve the aim of life, called prayojana. The practice of devotional service\nto attain that goal of life is called abhidheya.\nTEXT 104\n\n�t�i!� �- ''�' �-�f;�tiSfi{ I\n\n'�� '�tlf 9111l �� �t�t� ''��'II �o8U\nsadhanera phala-'prema' mula-prayojana\nsei preme paya jiva amara 'sevana'\nSYNONYMS\nsadhanera pha/a-the result of devotional service; prema-love of Godhead;\nmula-prayojana -the chief goal; sei preme-by that love of Godhead; paya­\n\ngets; jiva-the living entity; amara-My; s evana -service.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'By rendering devotional service, one gradually rises to the platform of\nlove of Godhead. That is the chief goal of life. On the platform of love of\nGodhead, one is eternally engaged in the service of the lord.\nTEXT 105\n\nimTO{� 9f�1l·��� C1! �f�§101\"-'11lf�'!i\"\\.l\n'!-���� \\!i�� ��1'1 5fflf\\!i� 11�111 �\n\n•\n\n¢ II\n\njfianarh parama-guhyarh me\nyad vijfiana-samanvitam\nsa-rahasyarh tad-arigarh ca\ngrhaf)a gaditarh maya\nSYNONYMS\njfi anam-knowled ge ;\n\nparama-e xtremely ;\n\ngu hyam-confidential ;\n\nme-of\n\nMe; yat-which; vijfiana-real ization; samanvitam-fully endowed with; sa-\n\n", "mad9#p0383": "354\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nrahasyam-with mystery; tat-of that; atigam-supplementary parts; ca-and;\ngrhaQa-just try to take up; gaditam-explained; maya-by Me.\nTRANSLA liON\n1\n\n1\n\n'Please hear attentively what I shall speak to you, for transcendental\n\nknowledge about Me is not only scientific but full of mysteries.\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from S rimad-Bhagavatam (2.9.31 ).\nTEXT 106\n\n�� 'fi!�' \\!.. �ifil �f� �l1fl?;� I\n'��' '�_fif �� f'!� �lRf'� iSfl��i?;� ll � o� II\nei 'tina' tattva ami kahinu tomare\n'jiva' tumi ei tina naribe janibare\nSYNONYMS\ne1 tma tattva-all three of these features of the Absolute Truth; ami-1;\nkahinu-shall speak; tomare-unto you; jiva-a living being; tumi-you; ei\ntina-these three; naribe-will not be able; janibare-to understand.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'0 Brahma, I shall explain all these truths to you. You are a living being,\n\nand without My explanation you will not be able to understand your relationship with Me, devotional activity and life's ultimate goal.\nTEXT 107\n\nC�?;fi �rt1f1� '���', '�'fi �11f1� 'fll{fl!' 1\n�fi �t1fl� �'!, �-a'!, �t�w.l�--t� II � oCj II\nyaiche amara 'svarapa', yaiche amara 'sthiti'\nyaiche amara guQa, karma, $ac;f-aisvarya-sakti\nSYNONYMS\nyaiche-as far as; amara-My; svarapa-original form; yaiche-as far as;\namara-My; sthiti-situation; yaiche-as far as; amara-My; guQa-attributes;\nkarma-activities; $at-aisvarya-sakti-six kinds of opulence.\n\n", "mad9#p0384": "Text 109]\n\nThe Residents of Varar:'lasi Become Vai�r:'lavas\n\n355\n\nTRANSLATION\n'''I shall explain to you My actual form and situation, My attributes, activities and six opulences.'\nTEXT 108\n\n�t�t� =t9ft11 �� lf� ��� '�t�tt� 1\"\n�� �f\"t' f�il 1!, �f�'11 �t�tt� II �olr II\namara krpaya ei saba sphuruka tomare\"\neta bali' tina tattva kahila talihare\n\nSYNONYMS\n\namara-My; krpaya-by mercy; ei saba-all these; sphuruka tomare-let them\nbe awakened in you; eta ba/i'-saying this; tina tattva-the three truths; kahila\ntalihare-explained to him.\nTRANSLATION\n\"lord Kr�r:'la assured lord Brahma, 'By My mercy all these things will be\nawakened in you.' Saying this, the lord began to explain the three truths\n[tattvas] to lord Brahma.\n\nTEXT 109\n\n'lt<!tOI�� <!�1-'�;H;q-j <!<!ii��'l<!'�<r': I\n�t�<! ��f<i'!rlt01'II� C� 11l'f�$�t\" II � � II\no\n\nyavan aharh yatha-bhavo\nyad-rapa-guQa-karmaka/:1\ntathaiva tattva-vijnanam\nastu te mad-anugrahat\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nyavan-as I am in My eternal form; aham-l; yatha-in whichever manner;\nbhava/:1-transcendental existence; yat-whatever; rapa-various forms and colors;\n\nguQa-qualities;\n\nvijnanam-factual\n\nkarmaka /:1-activities;\n\nrealization;\n\nanugrahat-by causeless mercy.\n\nastu-let\n\ntatha\n\nthere\n\neva-exactly\nbe;\n\nte-your;\n\nso;\n\ntattva­\n\nmat-My;\n\n", "mad9#p0385": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n356\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'By My causeless mercy, be enlightened in truth about My personality,\nmanifestations, qualities and pastimes.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.9.32). For an explanation see\n\nAdi-lila, Chapter One, texts 51-52.\n\nTEXT 110\n\n�f �������c( �tfiT I!' ��t11 I\n'��•', '!2f�f!', '���' �'tlltt'!� ift1111��oU\nsr�tira purve �a(j-aisvarya-pGrQa ami ta' ha-iye\n'prapaiica', 'prakrti', 'puru�a' amatei /aye\nSYNONYMS\n\nsr�tira parve-before the creation of this cosmic manifestation; �at-aisvarya­\n\npGrQa-full of six opulences; ami-1; ta' ha-iye-indeed existed; prapaiica-the\n\ntotal material energy; prakrti-material nature; puru�a-the living entities; amatei\n/aye-were all existing in Me.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'Before the creation of the cosmic manifestation,' the lord said, 'I existed,\nand the total material energy, material nature and the living entities all existed\nin Me.\nTEXT 111\n\n� �fif' l!t� 11t'U �tfil �t�f-tt11 I\n!2f�· (;'f �� ��' �� �tf11 ��t1111 ��� II\nsr�ti kari' tara madhye ami pravesiye\n\nprapaiica ye dekha saba, seha ami ha-iye\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsr�ti kari'-after creating; tara madhye-within the creation; ami pravesiye-1\n\nenter as\n\nLord Vi�r;Ju;\n\nprapaiica-the\n\ncosmic manifestation;\n\ndekha-you see; saba-all; seha-that; ami ha-iye-1 am.\n\nye-whatever;\n\n", "mad9#p0386": "Text 113]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\n\n357\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'After creating the cosmic manifestation, I entered into it. Whatever you\n\nsee in the cosmic manifestation is but an expansion of My energy.\n\nTEXT 112\n\n�a;rt11 ��fit� �tfif '�(' ���� I\n\n�(! �9(· 9f't11 �t�t��� a,�� II :> :>� II\npralaye ava5i$ta ami 'pOrQa' ha-iye\nprakrta prapafica paya amatei /aye\n\nSYNONYMS\n\npralaye-at the time of annihilation; ava5i$ta -what remains; ami-1; pOrQafull; ha- iye- am; prakrta prapafica-the material cosmic manifestation; payaobtains; amatei-in Me; /aye-dissolution.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'When the whole universe dissolves, I remain full in Myself, and every­\n\nthing that is manifested is again preserved in Me.\n\nTEXT 113\n\nl!l'��;��t'lC�<l:10t 0\\t�'lt,<l� \"l'if1f�9f�l{, I\n9f\"6'11f�� <lC'if\\!ili6 C<ll�.<lf'otcl!J\\!i C\"l1�\"l!T�l{, II ') )¢ II\naham evasam evagre\nnanyad yat sad-asat-param\npascad aharh yad etac ca\nyo 'va5i$yeta so 'smy aham\nSYNONYMS\n\naham-1, the Personality of Godhead; eva-certainly; asam- ex isted; evaonly; agre-before the creation; na-never; anyat-anything else; yat-which;\nsat-the effect; asat-the cause; param- the supreme; pa5cat- after; aham-1,\nthe Personality of Godhead; yat-which; etat-this creation; ca-also; yahwho; av a5i$yeta-remains; sah-that; asmi-am; aham-1, the Personality of\nGodhead.\n\n", "mad9#p0387": "358\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Prior to the cosmic manifestation, only I exist, and no phenomena exist,\neither gross, subtle or primordial. After creation, only I exist in everything,\nand after annihilation, only I remain eternally.\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.9.33). It is the first verse of the\n\ncatu/:1-sloki. For an explanation see Adi-lila, Chapter One, text 53.\nTEXT 114\n\n\"��7;��\"·,�<11\" ,��ar- \"l%i1�t� 1\n\n�(� (!1}81111�-f\"if�� ��l� ll ��8 ll\n\"aham eva\"-5/oke 'aham'-tina-bara\n\npurf)aisvarya sri-vigraha-sthitira nirdhara\nSYNONYMS\naham eva-1 only; stoke-in this verse; aham-the word aham; tina-bara­\n\nthree times; purf)a-aisvarya-full of all opulences; sri-vigraha-of the transcendental form of the Lord; sthitira-of the existence; nirdhara-confirmation.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'In the verse beginning \"aham eva,\" the word \"aham\" is expressed three\ntimes. In the beginning there are the words \"aham eva.\" In the second line\nthere are the words \"pa5cad aham.\" At the end are the words \"so 'smy aham.\"\nThis \"aham\" indicates the Supreme Person. By the repetition of \"aham,\" the\ntranscendental personality who is complete with six opulences is confirmed.\nTEXT 115\n\n� '81111�' iltf� �tr;il, 'fil�t�t�' �ttil I\n\n�t!:� f���Bf<lt!:� <II\"Rl\"!1 ��1�t'\"l ll ��<? ll\nye 'vigraha' nahi mane, 'nirakara' mane\n\ntare tiraskaribare karila nirdharaf)e\nSYNONYMS\n\nye-one who; vigraha-that Personality of Godhead; nahi mane-does not ac­\n\ncept; nirakara mane-considers impersonal; tare-him; tiraskaribare-just to\nchastise; karila-has done; nirdharaf)e-ascertainment.\n\n", "mad9#p0388": "Text 117]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\n\n359\n\nTRANSLATION\n11'lmpersonalists do not accept the personal feature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Personality of Godhead is stressed in this verse in\norder to impress upon them the necessity of accepting Him. Therefore the\nword 11aham\" is mentioned three times. To stress something important, one\nrepeats it three times.\nTEXT 116\n\n�� � llj'� �-'�tii'·'�Silt�'-�t�� I\n111�1-<!l�, ��1 �!:\\! �tfil-<tJ�t�� ll ��� ll\nei saba sabde haya-'jnana'-'vijnana'-viveka\nmaya-karya, maya haite ami-vyatireka\nSYNONYMS\n\nei saba-all these; sabde-in the words; haya-there is; jnana-of real spiritual\nknowledge; vijnana-of the practical application of the knowledge; viveka-consideration; maya-karya-the activities of the external energy; maya haite-from\nthe activities of the material energy; ami-1; vyatireka-distinct.\nTRANSLATION\n11'Actual spiritual knowledge and its practical application are considered in\nall these sound vibrations. Although the external energy comes from Me, I am\ndifferent from it.\nTEXT 117\n\n�li � � �t� '�t<etll' I\n,� � �� �t� �1 �� 12f<llt-t ll ��\" ll\nyaiche suryera sthane bhasaye 'abhasa'\nsurya vina svatantra tara na haya prakasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nyaiche-just as; suryera-of the sun; sthane-in place; bhasaye-appears;\nabhasa-the illumination; surya vina-without the sun; svatantra-indepen\n\n­\n\ndently; tara-of that; na haya-is not; prakasa-manifestation.\nTRANSLATION\n11'Sometimes a reflection of the sun is experienced in place of the sun, but\nits illumination is never possible independent of the sun.\n\n", "mad9#p0389": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n360\n\nTEXT 118\n\n'�t'Alt�i! '!{!';\"f !{11 � '���' I\n<.!!� '�tti'·i!.. �(, �� �'11t ��II ��IT' II\nmayatita haile haya amara 'anubhava'\nei 'sambandha'-tattva kahiluri, suna ara saba\nSYNONYMS\nmaya-atita hai/e-when one becomes transcendentally situated above this external energy; haya-there is; amara anubhava -perception of Me; ei sambandha-tattva kahilu ri\nwith Me; suna\n\n-\n\n-\n\nthis has been explained as the principle of a relationship\n\nplease hear; ara saba\n\n-\n\nall the rest.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When one is transcendentally situated, he can perceive Me. This perception is the basis of one's relationship with the Supreme lord. Now let Me\nfurther explain this subject matter.\nPURPORT\nReal spiritual knowledge has to be received from revealed scriptures. After this\nknowledge is attained, one can begin to perceive his actual spiritual life. Any\nknowledge achieved by speculation is imperfect. One must receive knowledge\nfrom the parampara system and from the guru, otherwise one will be bewildered,\nand will ultimately become an impersonalist. When one very scrutinizingly\ndeliberates, he can realize the personal feature of the Absolute Truth. The\nSupreme Personality of Godhead is always transcendental to this material creation. NarayaQa/:1 paro 'vyaktat: Narayal)a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nis always transcendental. He is not a creation of this material world. Without\nrealizing spiritual knowledge, one cannot understand that the transcendental\nform of the Lord is always beyond the creative energy. The example of the sun\nand sunshine is given. The sunshine is not the sun, but still the sunshine is not\nseparate\n\nfrom\n\nthe\n\nsun.\n\nThe\n\nphilosophy\n\nof\n\nacintya-bhedabheda-tattva\n\n(simultaneously one and different) cannot be understood by one who is fully\nunder the influence of the external energy. Consequently a person under the influence of the material energy cannot understand the nature and form of the Personality of the Absolute Truth.\nTEXT 119\n\n�r��Qj� �� ·ft��?:lf� ;r .fl\\!i�rl!\\!i st�R 1\n�fq�iii\"l�C'll '11111� �'{t�tC'Ii �'11 �l(: II � � � II\n\n", "mad9#p0390": "Text 120]\n\nThe Residents of Vara�;�asi Become Vai��;�avas\n\n361\n\nrte 'rtharil yat pratiyeta\nna pratiyeta ciitmani\n\ntad vidyad atmano mayaril\nyathabhaso yatha tamah\n\nSYNONYMS\nrte-without; artham-valu e; yat-that which; pratiyeta-appears to be; na­\n\nnot; pratiyeta-appears to be; ca-certainly; atmani-in relation to Me; tat­\n\nthat; vidyat-you must know; atmanah-My; mayam-illuso ry energy; yatha­\n\njust as; abhasah-the reflection; yatha-just as; tamah-the darkness.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'What appears to be truth without Me, is certainly My illusory energy, for 1\nnothing can exist without Me. It is like a reflection of a real light in the\nshadows, for in the light there are neither shadows nor reflections.\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.9.34). It is the second verse of\n\nthe catuh-5/oki. For an explanation of this verse, see Adi-lila, Chapter One, text\n\n54.\nTEXT 120\n\n'�t-rn' �t��11' ��lt Btmf I\n�(.:�·Of-t··<l*'(·� -utf� �t11' II �� o II\n'abhidheya' sadhana-bhaktira sunaha vicara\n\nsarva-jana-desa-kala-dasate vyapti yara\n\nSYNONYMS\nabhidheya-the means to obtain an end; sadhana-bhaktira-of the process of\n\nexecuting devotional service; sunaha vicara-please hear the procedure; sarvaall; jana-people; desa-countries; kala-times; dasate-and in circumstances;\nvyapti yara-which is all-pervasive.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Now please hear from Me about the process of devotional service,\nwhich is applicable in any country, for any person, at all times and in all\ncircumstances.\n\n", "mad9#p0391": "362\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nPURPORT\nThe cult of bhagavata-dharma can be spread in all circumstances, among all\n\npeople and in all countries. Many envious people accuse this Kr�r:ta consciousness\n\nmovement of spoiling the rigidity of so-called Hinduism. That is not actually the\nfact. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu confirms that devotional service to the Lord-the\ncult of bhagavata-dharma, which is now being spread as the Hare Kr?r:ta movement-can be spread in every country, for every person, in any condition of life,\nand in all circumstances. Bhagavata-dharma does not restrict pure devotees to the\nHindu community. A pure devotee is above a brahmaQa; therefore it is not incompatible to offer the sacred thread to devotees in Europe, America, Australia, Japan,\nCanada, and so on. Sometimes these pure devotees, who have been accepted by\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, are not allowed to enter certain temples in India. Some\nhigh-caste brahmaQas and gosvamis refuse to take prasada in the temples of the\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness. Actually this is against the instruction of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Devotees can come from any country, and\nthey can belong to any creed or race. On the strength of this verse, those who are\nactually devotees and followers of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu must accept devotees from all parts of the world as pure Vai�l)avas. They should be accepted not\nartificially but factually. One should see how they are advanced in Kr?r:ta consciousness and how they are conducting Deity worship, satikirtana and Rathayatra. Considering all these points, an envious person should refrain from\nmalicious atrocities.\n\nTEXT 121\n\n'��fit' ��t11 C�� <.fl '�fil'' ��t� I\n\n:Jft${i(·��-<.fl� �fil' �m�� �II��� II\n'dharmadi' vi�aye yaiche e 'cari' vicara\nsadhana-bhakti-ei cari vicarera para\n\nSYNONYMS\ndharma-adi-of religious activities and so on; vi�aye-in the subject matter;\n\nyaiche-just as; e cari vicara\n\n-\n\nthere is a consideration of four principles, namely\n\nthe person, country, time and atmosphere; sadhana-bhakti-of devotional service; ei-these; cari-four; vicarera-to the considerations; para-transcendental.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'As far as religious principles are concerned, there is a consideration of\nthe person, the country, the time and the circumstance. In devotional service,\n\n", "mad9#p0392": "Text 121]\n\nThe Residents of Varar:Jasi Become Vai�r:Javas\n\n363\n\nhowever, there are no such considerations. Devotional service is transcendental to all considerations.\nPURPORT\n\nWhen we are on the material platform, there are different types of religionsHinduism, Christianity, Mohammedanism, Buddhism, and so on. These are\ninstituted for a particular time, a particular country or a particular person.\nConsequently there are differences. Christian principles are different from Hindu\nprinciples, and Hindu principles are different from Mohammedan and Buddhist\nprinciples. These may be considered on the material platform, but when we come\nto the platform of transcendental devotional service, there are no such considerations. The transcendental service of the Lord (sadhana-bhakti) is above these principles. The world is anxious for religious unity, and that common platform can be\nachieved in transcendental devotional service. This is the verdict of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. When one becomes a Vai�l)ava, he becomes transcendental to all\nthese limited considerations. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gita (14.26):\nmarh ca yo 'vyabhicareQa\nbhakti-yogena sevate\nsa guQan samatityaitan\nbrahma-bhuyaya kalpate\n\"One who engages in full devotional service, who does not fall down in any circumstance, at once transcends the modes of material nature and thus comes to\nthe level of Brahman.\"\nThe devotional activities of the Kf�l)a consciousness movement are completely\ntranscendental to material considerations. As far as different faiths are concerned,\nreligions may be of different types, but on the spiritual platform, everyone has an\nequal right to execute devotional service. That is the platform of oneness and the\nbasis for a classless society. In his Amrta-pravaha-bha�ya, SrTia Bhaktivinoda\nThakura confirms that one has to learn from a bona fide spiritual master about\nreligious principles, economic development, sense gratification and ultimately\nliberation. These are the four divisions of regulated life, but they are subjected to the material platform. On the spiritual platform, the four principles are\njfiana, vijfiana, tad-ariga and tad-rahasya. Rules, regulations and restrictions are on\nthe material platform, but on the spiritual platform one has to be equipped with\ntranscendental knowledge, which is above the principles of religious rituals. Mundane religious activity is known as smarta-viddhi, but transcendental devotional\nservice is called gosvami-viddhi. Unfortunately many so-called gosvamis are on\nthe platform of smarta-viddhi, yet they try to pass as gosvami-viddhi, and thus the\npeople are cheated. Cosvami-viddhi is strictly explained in Sanatana CosvamT's\nHari-bhakti-vilasa, wherein it is stated:\n\n", "mad9#p0393": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n364\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nyatha kaficanatarh yati\nkarhsyarh rasa-vidhanata/:1\ntatha di�ka-vidhanena\ndvijatvarh jayate nwam\nThe conclusion is that devotional service is open for everyone, regardless of\ncaste, creed, time and country. This Kr�l!a consciousness movement is functioning\naccording to this principle.\nTEXT 122\n\n��-�·�-tnt � <IS� I\n��'Pftr;-t �l 'e� ��<U, c;l!tti!<U ll ���II\nsarva-desa-kala-dasaya janera kartavya\nguru-pase sei bhakti pra�tavya, srotavya\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-all;\n\ndesa-countries;\n\nkala-times;\n\ndasaya-and\n\nin\n\ncircumstances;\n\njanera-of every man; kartavya-the duty; guru-pase-in the care of a spiritual\nmaster; sei-that; bhakti-devotional service; pra�tavya-to be inquired; srotavya-and to be heard.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'It is therefore the duty of every man-in every country, in every circumstance and at all times-to approach the bona fide spiritual master, question\nhim about devotional service and listen to him explain the process.\n\nTEXT 123\n\n<!l�<IC�<I f�'l!'lt�� ��§lt�•rNO!: I\n\n�'.f\"l!-<!Tf�l:\"li<I>1�Ti� <{� �til, '1�\\'!'i '1��1 II � �\" II\netavad eva jijfiasyarh\ntattva-jijfiasunatmana/:1\nanvaya-vyatirekabhyarh\nyat syat sarvatra sarvada\nSYNONYMS\netavat-up to this; eva-certainly; jijfiasyam-to be inquired about; tattva-of\nthe Absolute Truth; jijfiasuna-by the student; atmana/:1-of the self; anvaya-\n\n", "mad9#p0394": "Text 125]\n\nThe Residents of Varar:Jasi Become Vai�r:Javas\n\n365\n\ndirectly; vyatirekabhyam-and indirectly; yat-whatever; syat-it may be; sarvatra-everywhere; sarvada-always.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'A person interested in transcendental knowledge must therefore always\n\ndirectly and indirectly inquire about it to know about the all-pervading truth.\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.9.36). It is the fourth verse of the\n\ncatuh-5/oki. For an explanation see Adi-li/a, Chapter One, text 56.\nTEXT 124\n\n�ttl! <:� '��', <:�� '<:�Jt' -'�l;�tiSTil:' I\n\n�� <fi� �� '\"51�?1\"'·�-.'l II ��8 II\namate ye 'priti', sei 'prema'-'prayojana'\n\nkarya-dvare kahi tara 'svarupa'-/ak$al)a\nSYNONYMS\n\namate-unto Me; ye-whatever; priti-affection; sei-that; prema-love\n\nof Godhead; prayojana-the ultimate goal of life; karya-dvare-by practical\nexample; kahi-let Me inform; tara-its; svarupa-lak$al)a-natural characteristics.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Supreme affection for Me is called love of Godhead, and that is the ulti­\n\nmate goal of life. let Me explain by practical example the natural characteristics of such love.\nTEXT 125\n\n?1\"·�1! ��tli ,_t'!� f�'!t�·�t�t� I\n'e•'Stt'i �� 'Citfif �t�t�-'CI�t� II ��<t ll\npafica-bhata yaiche bhutera bhitare-bahire\n\nbhakta-gal)e sphuri ami bahire-antare\nSYNONYMS\n\npafica-bhuta-the five material elements; yaiche-just as; bhatera-of the\n\nliving entities; bhitare-inside;\n\nbahire-and outside; bhakta-gal)e-unto the\n\ndevotees; sphuri-becoming manifest; ami-1; bahire-antare-externally and internally.\n\n", "mad9#p0395": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n366\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'The five material elements are existing inside and outside of every living\n\nentity. Similarly, I, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, am manifest within\nthe heart of the devotee as well as outside his body.\nPURPORT\nThe pure devotee knows that he is a servant of Kr�l)a eternally. He knows that\neverything can be used in the service of the Lord.\nTEXT 126\n\n'l�11l�t� �'\\;lf\"Of �C'\\;�li6l<rcs�� 1\n<ffRt�t� flf<l\"�tR '\\;�1 Ci!i\\ Of C'\\;��'\\ II H � II\nyatha mahanti bhatani\n\nbhate?Dccavace?v anu\n\npravi?tany apravi?tani\n\ntatha le$u na te$V aham\nSYNONYMS\n\nyatha-as; mahanti-the universal; bhatani-elements; bhate?u-in the living\nentities; ucca-avace$u-both gigantic and minute; anu-after; pravi$tani-situ­\n\nated internally; apravi$tani-situated externally; tatha-so; te$u-in them; na­\n\nnot; te$u-in them; aham-1.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'As the material elements enter the bodies of all living beings and yet\n\nremain outside them all, I exist within all material creations and yet am not\nwithin them.\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.9.35). It is also the third verse of\n\nthe catu/:r-5/oki. For an explanation see Adi-lila, Chapter One, text 55.\nTEXT 127\n\noe• \"'t�1 'i21t� �tf'4i�ttli !ij\\Hl·f�l:!t1f I\n\n�1t1 � �� �:!\"lti Qfm ��tt1f II :>�'I II\nbhakta ama preme bandhiyache hrdaya-bhitare\nyahan netra pac;fe tahan dekhaye amare\n\n", "mad9#p0396": "Text 128]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\n\n367\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhakta-a devotee; ama-Me; preme-by love; bandiyache-has bound;\nhrdaya-bhitare-within his heart; yahan-wherever; netra-the eyes; page-fall;\ntahar'l-there; dekhaye-he sees; amare-Me.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'A highly elevated devotee can bind Me, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, in his heart by love. Wherever he looks, he sees Me and nothing\nelse.\nTEXT 128\n\nf<l\"�l;jf� �lf'll'Z Of 'l!� 'lt�1�fir�<t\"'!t�f�l:\\!il� \"!Jl:<ll<�•rt\"f: 1\n�'I�Hf'!OfSll ��t� <>fljf:\n....\n\n'I '5<!NJ �N<t\\!i2f<!l0! %'€': II � :,.17 II\n\nvisrjati hrdayarh na yasya sak$ad\ndharir avasabhihito 'py aghaugha-nasah\npraQaya-rasanaya dhrtangh ri- padmaf:!\nsa bhavati bhagavata-pradhana uktai)\nSYNONYMS\nVI SrJ\n\nat l -gives up; hrdayam -the heart; na-not; yasya-whose; sak$al­\n\ndirectly; hari/:1-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; avasa-abhihita/:1-who is\nautomatically glorified;\n\napi-although;\n\naghaugha-n asai)-who annihilates all\n\nkinds of inauspicious offenses for a devotee; praQaya-rasanaya-with the rope of\nlove; dhrta-anghr i-padma/:1-whose lotus feet are bound; sa/:1-such a devotee;\nbhavati-is; bh agavata pradhana f:!-the most elevated devotee; uktaf:!-is said.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who destroys everything in­\n\nauspicious for His devotees, does not leave the hearts of His devotees even if\nthey remember Him and chant about Him inattentively. This is because the\nrope of love always binds the lord within the devotees' hearts. Such devotees\nshould be accepted as most elevated.\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.2.55).\n\n", "mad9#p0397": "368\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 129\n\n'1<1�c�� ll': 9fC������1<l'I!1<:!UO!: I\n��tf'O!' 155\\<I�J�r.iJJ'l{ �1�t�C\\;1��1: II 'HOl II\nsarva-bhute?u ya/:1 pasyed\n\nbhagavad-bhavam atmana/:1\n\nbhutani bhagavaty atmany\ne?a bhagavatottama/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarva-bhute?u-in all objects (in matter, spirit, or combinations of matter and\n\nspirit); ya/:1-anyone who; pasyet-sees; bhagavat-bhavam-the capacity to be\n\nengaged in the service of the Lord; atmana/:1-of the Supreme Spirit Soul, or the\ntranscendence beyond the material conception of life; bhutani-all beings;\n\nbhagavati-in the Supreme Personality of Godhead; atmani-the basic principle\n\nof all existence; e?a/:1-this; bhagavata-uttama/:1-a person advanced in devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'A person advanced in devotional service sees within everything the soul\nof souls, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Kmta. Consequently he always sees the form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead as the cause of all\ncauses and understands that all things are situated in Him.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.2.45).\nTEXT 130\n\n51111� l!;rli6\"lfll_�'I!<t '1\":.�'1!51:\n\n�fD�J�'lF9<f> <t'Fll'HI\\_1\n9f��\"ilt<l'l\"t<t\"if�\"if� �r�-\n\n�--c\\!i� '!�':. -s>J::�\"lf� \"<1'0!\"'9f\\!i\"1\"!_ II �\"· II\ngayanta uccair amum eva sarhhata/:1\n\nvicikyur unmattakavad vanad vanam\n\npapracchur akasavad antararh bahir\n\nbhate?u santarh puru?arh vanaspatin\n\n", "mad9#p0398": "Text 131]\n\n369\n\nThe Residents of Varar;1asi Become Vai�r;1avas\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ngayantab-continuously singing; uccaib-very loudly; amum-that one (Lord\nSri Kr�r:Ja); eva-certainly; samhatab-being assembled together; vicikyub­\n\nsearched; unmattaka-vat-like those who have become mad; vanat-from one\n\nforest; vanam-to another forest; papracchub-asked about; akasa-vat-like the\n\nsky; antaram-within; bahib-outside; bhute?u-in all living entities; santamexisting; puru�am-the Supreme Person; vanaspatin-all the trees and plants.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" 'All the gop is assembled to chant the transcendental qualities of Kr�r:'la\nvery loudly, and they began to wander from one forest to another like madwomen. They began to inquire about the lord, who is situated in all living entities internally and externally. Indeed, they even asked all the plants and\nvegetables about Him, the Supreme Person.' \"\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.30.4). The gopis almost went\n\nmad due to Kr�r:Ja's suddenly leaving the rasa dance. Because the gopis were fully\nabsorbed in thoughts of Kr�r:Ja, they were imitating His different postures and\npastimes. They became very saddened because of His absence, and this incident\nis explained by Sukadeva Gosvami to Maharaja Parik�it.\nTEXT 131\n\n�\\!�� �t'St�i! �� '�' <1'111 I\n��·� f<e�S41l·�t111�il-� II ���II\nataeva bhagavate ei 'tina' kaya\n\nsambandha-abhidheya-prayojana-maya\nSYNONYMS\n\nataeva-therefore; bhagavate-in Srimad-Bhagavatam; ei tina\nprinciples;\n\nkaya-are explained;\n\n-\n\nthese three\n\nsambandha-abhidheya-prayojana-maya -first\n\none's relationship, then activities in devotional service, and then achieving the\nhighest goal of life, love of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"One's relationship with the lord, activities and devotional service, and the attainment of the highest goal of life,\nlove of Godhead, are the subject matters of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\n", "mad9#p0399": "370\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 132\n\n<l\"lff� ��'lJ��� 'l� ,�l0{1!��\"\\_ I\n\n31C'51ff\\! 9f�1!j?}�Jr\\! \"55f�tfO{f� 11!�Jl:\\! II )\"� II\nvadanti tat tattva-vidas\n\ntattvaril yaj jnanam advayam\n\nbrahmeti paramatmeti\n\nbhagavan iti sabdyate\nSYNONYMS\n\nvadanti-they say; tat-that; tattva-vidai)-those who know the Absolute\nTruth;\n\ntattvam-the ultimate goal; yat-which; jnanam advayam-identical\n\nknowledge;\n\nbrahma iti\n\n-\n\nas the impersonal Brahman; paramatma iti-as the\n\nSupersoul; bhagavan iti-as the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sabdyate-it is\ndescribed.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The Absolute Truth is known by the self-realized souls as a unified identity known by different names-impersonal Brahman, localized Paramatma,\nand Bhagavan, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.11 ).\nTEXT 133\n\n�5f<I\"ICO{� '!lie }jlf1{11 '!!t�t�O{t� f<t�: I\n'!l{tr�:r�:t�'f\\!t•rhrl �'!l'l111�J?far•\"f<t: n )\"\" 11\nbhagavan eka asedam\n\nagra atmatmanaril vibhui)\n\natmecchanugatav atma\n\nananamaty-upalak$aQai)\nSYNONYMS\n\nbh agavan -th e Supreme Personality of Godhead;\n\neka/:1-only; asa-was;\n\nidam-this universe; agre-before (before the creation of this cosmic manifesta­\n\ntion); atma -the living force; atmanam-of all the living entities; vibhui) -the\n\nSupreme Lord; atma-of the Supreme; iccha-the will; anuga tau-according to;\n\n", "mad9#p0400": "Text 134]\n\nThe Residents of Varar:1asi Become Vai�r:1avas\n\n371\n\natma-the Supersoul; ananamati-upa/ak$af)al)-who is not realized by persons\nhaving many angles of vision.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Before the cosmic manifestation was created, the creative propensity was\nmerged in His person. At that time all potencies and manifestations were\npreserved in the personality of the Supreme lord. The lord is the cause of all\ncauses, and He is the all-pervading, self-sufficient person. Before the creation,\nHe existed with His spiritual potency in the spiritual world, wherein various\nVaikur:1tha planets are manifest.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.5.23).\nTEXT 134\n<!ll:� �t�\"f<tl<'!t: ��'!: Wlfl� �·5f<Tt\"l_ ��\"{_I\n\n��tf�-<ut�\"'� C\"'t<!i� ���f� ll_l:'if ll_l:'if II �-=>8 II\nete camsa-kalal) purilsal)\n\nk($f)as tu bhagavan svayam\n\nindrari-vyakulam lokaril\n\nmrc;Jayanti yuge yuge\nSYNONYMS\n\nete-these; ca-and; arilsa-plenary portions; ka/a/:1-parts of plenary portions;\n\npumsal)-of the puru$a-avataras; k($Qai)-Lord Kr�r;�a;\n\ntu-but;\n\nbha­\n\ngavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayam-Himself; indra-ari-the\n\nenemies of Lord lndra; vyaku/am-full of; /okam-the world; mrc;Jayanti-make\nhappy; yuge yuge-at the right time in each age.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'All these incarnations of Godhead are either plenary portions or parts of\nthe plenary portions of the puru�a-avataras. But K��r:1a is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. In every age He protects the world through His\ndifferent features when the world is disturbed by the enemies of lndra.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.3.28). For an explanation, see\n\nAdi-lila, Chapter Two, text 67.\n\n", "mad9#p0401": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n372\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 135\n\n��' '�liN', �i{ '�N5t�' <ef� I\n'et� 12!f!-<;ettt� �Jtt� �f M:fl!\" ���\"\neita' 'sambandha', suna 'abhidheya' bhakti\n\nbhagavate prati-sloke vyape yara sthiti\nSYNONYMS\neita'-this;\n\nfunction;\n\nsambandha-relationship;\n\nbhakti-known\n\nas\n\nsuna-please hear;\n\ndevotional\n\nservice;\n\nabhidheya-the\n\nbhagavate-in\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhagavatam; prati-5/oke-in each and every verse; vyape-pervades; yara-of\n\nwhich; sthiti-the situation.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"This is one's eternal relationship with the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Now please hear about the execution of devotional service. This\nprinciple pervades practically all the verses of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nTEXT 136\n\n��Jt�Cl{<f�l m�: i!llllil.lt�1 f�ll: 'l�t, I\n\n�r�: 1.•nf� \"'If:�� 1 1\"fl<ft01 r9f ,�·n� 11 ')-:.� 11\nbhaktyaham ekaya grahya/:r\n\nsraddhayatma priya/:r satam\n\nbhakti/:r punati man-ni?tha\n\nsva-pakan api sambhavat\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhaktya-by\n\nGodhead;\n\ndevotional\n\nservice;\n\nekaya-unflinching;\n\naham-1,\n\nthe\n\nSupreme\n\ngrahya/:1-obtainable;\n\nPersonality of\n\nsraddhaya-by\n\nfaith;\n\natma-the most dear; priya/:r-to be served; satam-by the devotees; bhakti/:r­\n\nthe devotional service; punati-purifies; mat-ni?tha-fixed only on Me; svapakan-the lowest grade of human beings, who are accustomed to eating dogs;\n\napi-certainly; sambhavat-from all faults due to birth and so on.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Being very dear to the devotees and sadhus, I am attained through\nunflinching faith and devotional service. This bhakti-yoga system, which\n\n", "mad9#p0402": "Text 138]\n\n373\n\nThe Residents of Vara�;�asi Become Vai��;�avas\n\ngradually increases attachment for Me, purifies even a human being born\namong dog-eaters. That is to say, everyone can be elevated to the spiritual\nplatform by the process of bhakti-yoga.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.14.21 ).\nTEXT 137\nOf '!Nil� lfl� C<!lC5\\1 Of '!WIJ� 111! �� I\nOf �li!Jtll�9f�JtC5\\1 <1�1 �f<&1ftlltf��1 II )\"'I II\n\nna sadhayati maril yoga\n\nna sarikhyaril dharma uddhava\n\nna svadhyayas tapas tyago\nyatha bhaktir mamorjita\nSYNONYMS\n\nna-never; sadhayati-causes to remain satisfied; mam-Me; yogaQ-the pro­\n\ncess of control;\n\nna-nor;\n\nsarikhyam-the process of gaining philosophical\n\nknowledge about the Absolute Truth; dharmaQ-such an occupation; uddhavaMy dear\n\nUddhava;\n\nna-nor;\n\nsvadhyayaQ-study of the\n\nVedas;\n\ntapaQ­\n\nausterities; tyagaQ-renunciation, acceptance of sannyasa, or charity; yatha-as\n\nmuch as; bhaktiQ-devotional service; mama-unto Me; Orjita-developed.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'The Supreme Personality of Godhead, K���;�a, said: \"My dear Uddhava,\nneither through �taliga-yoga [the mystic yoga system to control the senses],\nnor through impersonalism or an analytical study of the Absolute Truth, nor\nthrough study of the Vedas, nor through practice of austerities, nor through\ncharity, nor through acceptance of sannyasa, can one satisfy Me as much as\none can by developing unalloyed devotional service unto Me.'' '\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.14.20). For an explanation see\nAdi-lila, Chapter Seventeen, text 76.\nTEXT 138\n\n��t. �\\!i��Jtf�f.I\"C<t\"'[\\ti: 'll1l(t\"'fli!\"C9f�'ll f<!9fi�CIJ t�1�: I\n\n", "mad9#p0403": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n374\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\n�'ill�\"ll1C�1 1_1f �1�1:�'$�\n\n�C'6'T<fC�\"'� ��Clf��1�1 II �\"\"' II\nbhayarh dvitiyabhinivesatab syad\n\nisad apetasya viparyayo 'smrtib\n\ntan-mayayato budha abhajet tam\n\nbhaktyaikayesarh guru-devatatma\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhayam-fear; dvitiya-abhinivesatab-from the misconception of being a\n\nproduct of material energy; syat-arises; isat-from the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, Kr�l)a; apetasya-of one who has withdrawn (the conditioned soull;\n\nviparyayab -reversal of position; asmrtib-no conception of his relationship with\n\nthe Supreme Lord; tat-mayaya- because of the illusory energy of the Supreme\nLord; atab- therefore; budhab-one who is wise; abhaj et -must worship; tamHim; bhaktya-by devotional service; ekaya-undiverted to karma and jnana;\nisam- the Supreme Personality of Godhead; guru-as the spiritual master;\n\ndevata-worshipable Lord; atma-Supersoul.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When the living entity is attracted by the material energy, which is separate from Kr�r;�a, he is overpowered by fear. Because he is separated from the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead by the material energy, his conception of life\nis reversed. In other words, instead of being the eternal servant of Kr�r;�a, he\nbecomes Kr�r;�a's competitor. This is called viparyayo 'smrti�. To nullify this\nmistake, one who is actually learned and advanced worships the Supreme Personality of Godhead as his spiritual master, worshipful Deity and source of\nlife. He thus worships the Lord by the process of unalloyed devotional\nservice.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.2.37).\n\nTEXT 139\n\nc;<$f, c;�-'IJ!' '�tm�' I\n����-iji!J·;nl!- �11{ i'f'li'l II ���II\nc.fl� �i{,\n\nebe suna, prema, yei-mula 'prayojana'\n\npulakasru-nrtya-gita- yahara laksaf)a\n\n", "mad9#p0404": "Text 141]\n\nThe Residents of Varal)asi Become Vai�l)avas\n\n375\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nebe suna-now hear; prema-iove of Godhead; yei- w hich; mula prayo­\n\njana-the chief objective; pulaka-asru-nrtya-gita-trembiing of the body, tears in\n\nthe eyes, dancing and chanting; yahara lak$aQa-the symptoms of which.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Now hear from Me what actual love of Godhead is. It is the prime object of\nlife and is symptomized by bodily trembling, tears in the eyes, chanting and\ndancing.\nTEXT 140\n''lnr�: \"'lt�'ll \"D f'l!c�t�c'<l'N��� �f�\"l. 1\n�'6' J1 1!� �t�'ll1 iS�J'I f���J�'1.a,<r>j� ��\"\\. II � 8\n\n•\n\nII\n\nsmarantab smarayas ca\n\nmitho 'ghaugha-hararh harim\n\nbhaktya sanjataya bhaktya\n\nbibhraty utpulakarh tanum\nSYNONYMS\n\nsmarantab-remembering;\n\nsmarayab\n\nca-and\n\nreminding;\n\nmithab-one\n\nanother; aghaugha-haram-who takes away everything inau spicious from the\ndevotee; harim- the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhaktya-by devotion;\nsanjataya\n\n-\n\nawakened; bhaktya-by devotion; bibhrati-possess; utpulakam­\n\nagitated by ecstasy; tanum-body.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Pure devotees develop a spiritual body and symptoms of ecstatic love\nsimply by remembering and reminding others of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Hari, who takes away everything inauspicious from the devotee.\nThis position is attained by rendering devotional service according to the\nregulative principles and then rising to the platform of spontaneous love.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.3.31).\nTEXT 141\n<.!1<1 ��\\!!: � f:'�'ll \"l'iTf�·'l i5 J1\n\n�i�t�111C'5f1 iiii\\!if� l§ho: I\n\n", "mad9#p0405": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n376\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\n�1j\\!)fCQj1 c�tnrf\\!> �tf\\!> �rt\"l!­\n\n�PJ!t�'l\\\\!>Jf\\!> C<'ft<f<lt�: II � 8) II\nevarh-vratah sva-priya-nama-kirtya\njatanurago druta-citta uccaih\n\nhastay atho roditi rauti gayaty\nunmadavan nrtyati loka-bahyah\nSYNONYMS\nevam-vratah-when one thus engages in a vow to chant and dance; sva­\n\nown; priya- very dear; nama-holy name; kirtya-by chanting; jata-in this way\n\ndevelops; anuragah-attachment; druta-cittah-very eagerly; uccaih-loudly;\nhasati-laughs;\n\natho-also;\n\nroditi-cries;\n\nrauti-becomes agitated;\n\ngayati­\n\nchants; unmada-vat-like a madman; nrtyati-dances; l oka-bahyah-without\ncaring for outsiders.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When a person is actually advanced and takes pleasure in chanting the\nholy name of the Lord, who is very dear to him, he is agitated and loudly\nchants the holy name. He also laughs, cries, becomes agitated and chants like\na madman, not caring for outsiders.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.2.40).\nTEXT 142\n\n�i!<.!l� �'$f�-l!p.8 'ti!�·ti'Pf I\n\nfi{•-?! � �-'<e�'·\"Qi'Pf II �8� II\nataeva bhagavata-sutrera 'artha'-rupa\nnija-krta sutrera nija-'bha$ya'-svarupa\n\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; bhagavata-Srimad-Bhagavatam; sutrera-of the Brahma­\n\nsutra; artha-of the meaning; rupa-the form; nija-krta-made by himself;\n\nsutrera-of the Vedanta-sutra; nija-bha$ya-of his own commentary; svarupa­\n\nthe original form.\n\n", "mad9#p0406": "Text 144]\n\nThe Residents of V arar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\n\n377\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srimad-Bhagavatarn gives the actual meaning of the Vedanta-siitra. The\nauthor of the Vedanta-siitra is Vyasadeva, and he himself has explained those\ncodes in the form of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nTEXTS 143-144\n\n�1At��� �'ifi��t'1t� ;st��r-4'f<�f-1cf�: 1\n�t�i!i'l�1l!J�r:\"I1�C'l� C<!lfN91fir��f�\\!i: II ) 8-' II\n��1'ft011� 'l1'l!ili9f: 'l1'1t'11{.�5\\'<{\"C'i!itnf\"\\!i: I\n�1lf\"f'¥�'1!_r:�i��� \"r\"'!i�C�If'· '1�'1!_\\!i: I\n.�,��tw\"r'li�l'i: �'l!�t�'<l\\!iif�lf: u � 8 s u\nartho 'yam brahma-sutraf)am\nbharatartha-vinirQaya/:1\n\ngayatri-bha�ya-rupo 'sau\nvedartha-paribrmhita/:1\n\npuraf)anam sama-rupa/:1\n\nsak�ad-bhagavatodita/:1\n\ndvadasa-skandha-yukto 'yam\nsata-viccheda-samyuta/:1\n\ngrantho '�tadasa-sahasra/:1\n\nsrimad-bhagavatabhidha/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nartha/:1 ayam-this is the meaning; brahma-sutraf)am-of the codes of Vedanta­\n\nsutra; bharata-artha-vinirQaya/:1-the ascertainment of the Mahabharata; gayatribha�ya-rupa/:1-the\n\npurport\n\nof\n\nBrahma-gayatri,\n\nthe\n\nmother\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nVedic\n\nliteratures; asau-that; veda-artha-paribrmhita/:1-expanded by the meanings of\n\nall the Vedas; puraf)anam-of the Puraf)as; sama-rupa/:1-the best (like the Sarna\namong the Vedas); sak�at-directly; bhagavata udita/:1-spoken by Vyasadeva, an\n\nincarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; dvadasa-skandha-yukta/:1-\n\nhaving twelve cantos; ayam-this; sata-viccheda-samyuta/:1-having 355 chapters; grantha/:1-this great literature; a�tadasa-sahasra/:1-having 18,000 verses;\nsrimad-bhagavata-abhidha/:1-named Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The meaning of the Vedanta-siitra is present in Srimad-Bhagavatam. The\nfull purport of the Mahabharata is also there. The commentary of the Brahma-\n\n", "mad9#p0407": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n378\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\ngayatri is also there and fully expanded with all Vedic knowledge. SrimadBhagavatam is the supreme Purar;1a, and it was compiled by the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His incarnation as Vyasadeva. There are twelve cantos,\n335 chapters and eighteen thousand verses.'\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Caruda Puraf)a.\nTEXT 145\n\nJf<l-C�?.:lff��1'liO!i� '!i\"il� 'It�� 'l�l'i.li\\!i\"\\.11 � B<l II\nsarva-vedetihasanarh\n\nsararh sararh samuddhrtam\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarva-veda-of all Vedic literature; itihasanam-of historical literature; saram\n\nsaram-the essence of the essence; samuddhrtam-is collected (in SrimadBhagavatam).\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The essence of all Vedic literature and all histories has been collected in\nthis Srimad-Bhagavatam.'\nPURPORT\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam was collected by the incarnation of God, Vyasadeva, and it\n\nwas later taught to his son, Sukadeva GosvamT. This is a quotation from Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam (1.3.42).\n\nTEXT 146\n\n'!<lf.:<tlfi�'lt\"il; � �l!igj��fll\"lfl?.:� I\n\n� ·li.\"�'l1�� w� O!i'lllii �ll{.�f�� �fs� 11 �s� 11\nsarva-vedanta-sararh hi\n\nsrimad-bhagavatam i�yate\n\ntad-rasamrta-trptasya\n\nnanyatra syad ratih kvacit\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarva-vedanta-saram-the best part of all the Vedanta; hi-certainly; srimad­\n\nbhagavatam-the great literature about Bhagavan; i�yate-is accepted; tat-rasa-\n\n", "mad9#p0408": "Text 148)\namrta\n\n-\n\nThe Residents of V arii!;lasi Become V ai�!;lavas\n\n379\n\nby the transcendental mellow derived from that great literature; trp­\n\ntasya-of one who is satisfied; na-never; anyatra-anywhere else; syat-is;\n\nratih-attraction; kvacit-at any time.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Srimad-Bhagavatam is accepted as the essence of all Vedic literature and\nVedanta philosophy. Whoever tastes the transcendental mellow of SrimadBhagavatam is never attracted to any other literature.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (12.13.15).\nTEXT 147\n\n�t�� 'Cltof' �- �-'Cl� I\n'''I�J'Z 9f�'Z\"- �IIi(�,\"�\"\"!'![�\"- �${il·<2ft1� 11�89\ngayatrira arthe ei grantha-arambhana\n\n\"satyaril pararil\"-sambandha, \"dhimahi\"-sadhana-prayojana\nSYNONYMS\ngayatrira arthe -with the meaning of Brahma-gayatri; ei-this; grantha-of the\n\ngreat literature; arambhana-the beginning; satyam param-the supreme Ab­\n\nsolute Truth; sambandha-shows a relationship; dhimahi-we meditate (the end\nof the Gayatri mantra); sadhana-prayojana -the execution of service and the\n\nachievement of the ultimate goal.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the beginning of Srimad-Bhagavatam there is an explanation of the\nBrahma-gayatri mantra. 'The Absolute Truth [satyam param)' indicates the\nrelationship, and 'we meditate [dhimahil on Him' indicates the execution of\ndevotional service and the ultimate goal of life.\nTEXT 148\n\n\"l:!iwt�� \"ll�\\!it�·nllfir'!Q'!i\"Dtc�r��= ��r�\n\nc�c� �\"'f !li\"i!\"l \"ll '5litlr��c� ,�r� \"ll\" �\"Q�: 1\nC���i<lif\"ll ljlfi'Z \"ll�1 �fol'!C�l \"ll\\11 f<11JfC�l�lj1f1\n�f!!l ,,.� Jflf1 f.r\"ll ���<'�''Z '��J'Z 9f�'Z �mn �s�r n\njanmady asya yato 'nvayad itaratas carthe?v abhijnah svarat\ntene brahma hrda ya adi-kavaye muhyanti yat surayah\n\n", "mad9#p0409": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n380\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\ntejo-vari-mrdarh yatha vinimayo yatra tri-sargo 'mr�a\n\ndhamna svena sada nirasta-kuhakarh satyarh pararh dhimahi\nSYNONYMS\n\njanma-adi-creation\n\n,\n\nmaintenance\n\nand\n\nasya-of\n\ndissolution;\n\nthis\n\n(the\n\nuniverse); yata�-from whom; anvayat-directl y from the spiritual connection;\n\nitarata�-indirectly from the lack of material contact; ca-also; arthe�u-in all\naffairs; abhijna�-perfectly cognizant; sva-rat-independent; tene-im p a rted;\n\nbrahma-the Absolute Truth; hrda-through the heart; ya�-who; adi-kavaye­\n\nunto Lord Brahma; muh yanti-are bewildered; yat-in whom; suraya�-great\n\npersonalities like Lord Brahma and other demigods or great brahmal)as; teja�-vari­\n\nmrdam-of fire, water and earth; yatha-as; vinimaya�-the exchange; yatra-in\n\nwhom;\n\ntri-sarga�-the material\n\ncreation\n\nof three modes;\n\ndhamna-with the abode; svena-His own personal; sada\nkuhakam-devoid of all illusion; satyam-the truth; param\n\n-\n\n-\n\namr�a-factual;\n\nalwa ys; nirasta­\n\nabsol u te; dhimahi­\n\nlet us meditate upon.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'I offer my obeisances unto Lord Sri Kr�r;�a, son of Vasudeva, who is the\nsupreme all-pervading Personality of Godhead. I meditate upon Him, the\ntranscendent reality, who is the primeval cause of all causes, from whom all\nmanifested universes arise, in whom they dwell and by whom they are\ndestroyed. I meditate upon that eternally effulgent Lord who is directly and\nindirectly conscious of all manifestations and yet is beyond them. It is He only\nwho first imparted Vedic knowledge unto the heart of Brahma, the first created\nbeing. Through Him this world, like a mirage, appears real even to great sages\nand demigods. Because of Him, the material universes, created by the three\nmodes of nature, appear to be factual, although they are unreal. I meditate\ntherefore upon Him, the Absolute Truth, who is eternally existent in His transcendental abode, and who is forever free of illusion.\nPURPORT\nThis is the opening invocation of Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.1.1 ).\nTEXT 149\n\ntflj: Cfltf�t'!lt�'!ir�t�iJ! 9f�C�1 f<�*'l�1¢f1� '1'\\!il�\n\nC�lfJ� �t���\\11 �� f\"f�lf� \"!il1\\JIC�l'li �Ol1{, I\n.._\n�1t�t�r<�c\"!l ��t,f;{wc\"!l r���t\"!t��,1il:\n'ICW1 ��<!WifJC��ili �f�f�: ���:r��C:.'1.'!'¢fl'!. II 'lSo:> U\n\n", "mad9#p0410": "381\n\nThe Residents of Vara�asi Become Vai��avas\n\nText 150]\n\ndharma/:! projjhita-kaitavo 'tra paramo nirmatsaraf)am satarh\nvedyarh vastavam atra vastu sivadaril tapa-trayonmulanam\nsrimad-bhagavate mahamuni-krte kim va parair isvaral)\nsadyo hrdy avarudhyate 'tra krtibhi/:1 susr0$ubhis tat-k$af)at\nSYNONYMS\n\ndharma/:1-religiosity; projjhita-completely rejected; kaitaval)-in which there\nis fruitive intention; atra-herein; parama/:1-the highest; nirmatsaraf)am-of the\none hundred percent pure in heart; satam-devotees; vedyam-to be understood; vastavam-factual; atra-herein; vastu-substance; siva-dam-giving\nwell-being; tapa-traya-of the threefold miseries; unmu/anam-causing\nuprooting; srimat-beautiful; bhagavate-in the Bhagavata Puraf)a; maha-muniby the great sage (Vyasadeva); krte-compiled; kim-what; va-indeed;\nparai/:1-with others; isvaral)-the Supreme Lord; sadya/:1-at once; hrdi-within\nthe heart; avarudhyate-becomes confined; atra-herein; krtibhil)-by pious\nmen; susr0$ubhil)-desiring to hear; tat-k$af)at-without delay.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Completely rejecting all religious activities which are materially motivated,\n\nthis\n\nBhagavata\n\nPura�a\n\npropounds\n\nthe\n\nhighest\n\ntruth,\n\nwhich\n\nis\n\nunderstandable by those devotees who are pure in heart. The highest truth is\nreality distinguished from illusion for the welfare of all. Such truth uproots the\nthreefold miseries. This· beautiful Bhagavatam, compiled by the great sage Sri\nVyasadeva, is sufficient in itself for God realization. As soon as one attentively\nand submissively hears the message of Bhagavatam, he becomes attached to\nthe Supreme Lord.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.1.2). See also Adi-lila, Chapter\nOne, text 91.\nTEXT 150\n\n'�-.oef•����Bfi�' ll'et1t� I\n\n�tt� '��·11?11 '�t� �� ��-. II ��\n\no\n\nII\n\n'kr$f)a-bhakti-rasa-svarupa' sri-bhagavata\ntate veda-sastra haite parama mahattva\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr$f)a-bhakti-of devotional service to Kr�r:Ja; rasa-of the transcendental\nmellow; svarupa-the very form; sri-bhagavata-Srimad-Bhagavatam; tate-\n\n", "mad9#p0411": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n382\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\ntherefore; veda-sastra-the Vedic literature; haite-than; parama mahattva-has\ngreater utility and value.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srimad-Bhagavatam gives direct information of the mellow derived from\nservice to Kr��a. Therefore Srimad-Bhagavatam is above all other Vedic\nliteratures.\nTEXT 151\n\nfOI\"'il '(�$'!\\! t:11t�f�\\!i� ll'� �\n�'ll·lJ::�ItlflJ\\!i<li�'l��\\!>\"{_1\nM<t \\!) �.Si'i\\<t\\3� ·�F!'li'1� �\n\"lJ._lHt:�·l �f'l'll1 �f<t ISl\\'lll: II �o II\nnigama-kalpa-taror galitarh phalarh\n\nsuka-mukhad amrta-drava-sarhyutam\n\npibata bhagavatarh rasam alayarh\n\nmuhur aho rasika bhuvi bhavukai)\nSY NONYMS\n\nnigama-kalpa-taroi)-of the Vedic literature which is like a desire tree;\n\nga/itam-completely ripened; pha/am-fruit (which has come down without\n\nbeing distorted); suka-mukhat-from the mouth of Sukadeva GosvamT; amrta­\n\nwhich is like nectar; drava-sarhyutam-mixed with juice; pibata-just drink;\nbhagavatam-Srimad-Bhagavatam; rasam a/ayam-the reservoir of all mellows;\nmuhu/:1-constantly;\n\naho-0;\n\nrasika/:1-intelligent and humorous devotees;\n\nbhuvi-in this world; bhavuka/:1-thoughtful.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'The Srimad-Bhagavatam is the essence of all Vedic literatures, and it is\nconsidered the ripened fruit of the wish-fulfilling tree of Vedic knowledge. It\nhas been sweetened by emanating from the mouth of Sukadeva Gosvami. You\nwho are thoughtful and who relish mellows should always try to taste this\nripened fruit. 0 thoughtful devotees, as long as you are not absorbed in transcendental bliss, you should continue tasting this Srimad-Bhagavatam, and\nwhen you are fully absorbed in bliss, you should go on tasting its mellows\nforever.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.1.3).\n\n", "mad9#p0412": "Text 153]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\n\n383\n\nTEXT 152\n\"<HI� 01 ��9fJ1'1! 15�'1{:r;':ft<JS �ilH'1! I\n\n��\\!>1� -�Pl�1011� �t� �t� 'Wf 9f7:if II } � II\n·\n\nvayarh tu na vitrpyama\n\nuttamaf:Js/oka-vikrame\n\nyac chwvatarh rasa-jnanarh\nsvadu svadu pade pade\nSYNONYMS\nvayam tu-we of course; na-never; vitrpyamaf:J-are satisfied; uttama/:1-\n\ns/oka-vikrame-in the activities and pastimes of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; yat-which; swvatam-of those hearing; rasa-jnanam-who know the\n\ntaste of mellows; svadu svadu-more palatable; pade pade\n\n-\n\nin every step.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'We never tire of hearing the transcendental pastimes of the Personality of\nGodhead, who is glorified by hymns and prayers. Those who enjoy association\nwith Him relish hearing His pastimes at every moment.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.1.19).\nTEXT 153\n\n��<.fl� •t'Sf�� � f� I\nbl �� 9ftt� �f?!it ��lft1{ II :><t� II\nataeva bhagavata karaha vicara\n\niha haite pabe satra-srutira artha-sara\nSYNONYMS\n\nataeva-therefore; bhagavata-Srimad-Bhagavatam; karaha vicara -try to un­\n\nderstand scrutinizingly; iha haite-from this; pabe-you will get; sutra-srutira-of\n\nthe Vedic philosophy, the Brahma-sutra; artha-sara -the actual meaning.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu advised Prakasananda Sarasvati, \"Study SrimadBhagavatam very scrutinizingly. Then you will understand the actual meaning\nof Brahma-sutra.''\n\n", "mad9#p0413": "384\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 154\n\n� � �·iftlt·��� I\n\n� IJ[.. �' �� ,<21�� \" ��8 \"\nnirantara kara kr�Qa-nama-sarikirtana\n\nhelaya mukti pabe, pabe prema-dhana\nSYNONYMS\nnirantara kara-constantly perform; kr�Qa-nama-sarikirtana-the chanting of\n\nthe holy name of Kr�l)a; helaya-very easily; mukti pabe-you will get liberation;\npabe prema-dhana-you will achieve the highest goal, ecstatic love of Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"Always discuss Srimad-Bhagavatam\nand constantly chant the holy name of Lord Kr�r;�a. In this way you will be able\nto attain liberation very easily, and you will be elevated to the enjoyment of\nlove of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura states that without studying Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam, one cannot understand the purport of Brahma-sutra (Vedanta-sutra)\n\nor the Upani�ads. If one tries to understand Vedanta philosophy and the\nUpani�ads without studying Srimad-Bhagavatam, he will be bewildered and, con­\n\nstruing a different meaning, will gradually become an atheist or an impersonalist.\nTEXT 155\n\na!\"'i��= �'1!:rt�1 ;r c\"rtsf� 0{ <ft�f� 1\n'11�: '11?:�� �?:'\\!� 'l!'l!fu.l'.. \"1\"5?:� 9j'l!tlf, u �a <t 11\nbrahma-bhata/:1 prasannatma\nna socati na karik�ati\n\nsama/:l sarve�u bhate�u\n\nmad-bhaktiril /abhate param\nSYNONYMS\n\nbrahma-bhata/:1-freed from material conceptions of life but attached to an im­\n\npersonal situation; prasanna-atma-fully joyful; na socati-he does not lament;\n\nna karik�ati-he\n\ndoes not hanker;\n\nsama/:1-equally disposed;\n\nsarve�u-all;\n\nbhate�u-to the living entities; mat-bhaktim-My devotional service; /abhate­\n\nachieves; param-transcendental.\n\n", "mad9#p0414": "Text 157]\n\nThe Residents of Vara1_1asi Become Vai��avas\n\n385\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'One who is thus transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme\n\nBrahman and becomes fully joyful. He never laments nor desires to have anything; he is equally disposed to every living entity. In that state he attains pure\ndevotional service unto Me.'\nTEXT 156\n\n\"1J.�1 15{f9f \"�\"�\"��1 f.,.��� \"f�i �sr·r�� ��rc� u·'�t� 11\n\"mukta api lilaya vigraharh\nkrtva bhagavantarh bhajante\"\nSYNONYMS\nmuktah-liberated; api-although; lilaya-by pastimes; vigraham-the form\nof the Lord; krtva-having installed; bhagavantam-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; bhajante-worship.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Even a liberated soul merged in the impersonal Brahman effulgence is at­\n\ntracted to the pastimes of Kr�r:1a. He thus installs a Deity and renders the Lord\nservice.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Sarikaracarya's commentary on the Nrsirilha-tapani.\nTEXT 157\n\n9fRIR���f9f hr�f'r:9J \\;\\S'l!:c\"1<11<'�'1<'��1 L\n��\")�cS�I �1�1:� 15{1�Jl01� �if��\"'t\"l.ll �t'l II\nparini$thito 'pi nairgul)ye\nuttamahsloka-lilaya\ngrhita-ceta rajar$e\nakhyanarh yad adhitavan\nSYNONYMS\nparini$thitah-situated; api-although; nairgul)ye-in the transcendental position, freed from the material modes of nature; uttamah-5/oka-/i/aya-by the\n\npastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Uttama�sloka; grhita-ceta -the\nmind became fully taken over; rajar$e-O great King; akhyanam-the narration;\nyat-which; adhitavan-studied.\n\n", "mad9#p0415": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n386\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Sukadeva Gosvami addressed Parik�it Maharaja, \"My dear King, although\n1 was fully situated in the transcendental position, I was nonetheless attracted\n\nto the pastimes of Lord Km•a. Therefore I studied Srimad-Bhagavatam from\nmy father.\"'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.1.9).\nTEXT 158\n\n�'!!Jt�f<t\"'!0\\�01'!!1 <>f'ft� f<t\"OI'f­\n\nf<nr:j;Pt��<'f'l�'l<fi\"\\l\"'f<ltl= 1\n����: \"lff<l\"<tc1t'1 \"D�ti1 c��t�\n'l�\"C\"'Pt�<T'I'f'�'Si_�t'lf9f f15'8�\"C�t:\n\n�<liT II\n\ntasyaravinda-nayanasya padaravinda­\n\nkinja/ka-misra-tu/asi-makaranda-vayu/:1\n\nantargata/:1 svavivarel)a cakara te�aril\n·\n\nsank�obham ak�ara-ju�am api citta-tanvo/:1\n\nSYNONYMS\ntasya-of Him; aravinda-nayanasya-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\nwhose eyes are like the petals of a lotus flower; pada-aravinda-of the lotus feet;\n\nkifija/ka-with saffron; misra-mi xed; tulasi-of tulasi leaves; makaranda-with\n\nthe aroma; vayu/:1-the air;\n\nantargata/:1\n\n-\n\nentered; sva-vivarel)a-through the\n\nnostrils; cakara- created ; te�am-of them; sank�obham-strong agitation; ak�ara-ju�am-of the impersonally self-realized (Kumaras); ap i\n\nvo/:1-of the mind and the body.\n\n-\n\nal so; citta-tan­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When the breeze carrying the aroma of tulasi leaves and saffron from the\nlotus feet of the lotus-eyed Personality of Godhead entered through the\nnostrils into the hearts of those sages [the Kumaras], they experienced a\nchange in both body and mind, even though they were attached to impersonal\nBrahman understanding/\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.15.43).\n\n", "mad9#p0416": "Text 159]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\n\n387\n\nTEXT 159\n\n'!1\"1�t�1111\"D 'f0!?:�1 f;ut �1 '!1\"9.1}�i!!'?:1! 1\n....\n\nl��1h:�<fi�� �l\"&f1l��\\!i�?:\"ll �f�: u ')a;;, n\natmaramas ca munayo\n\nnirgrantha apy urukrame\n\nkurvanty ahaitukiril bhaktim\nittham-bhOta-guQo hari/:1\nSYNONYMS\natma-arama/:1-persons who take pleasure in being transcendentally situated in\n\nthe service of the Lord; ca-also.; munaya/:1-great saintly persons who have\ncompletely rejected\n\nmaterial aspirations,\n\nfruitive\n\nactivities,\n\nand\n\nso\n\nforth;\n\nnirgrantha/:1-without interest in any material desire; api-certainly; urukrame­\n\nunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�l)a, whose activities are wonderful;\n\nkurvanti-do; ahaitukim-causeless, or without material desires; bhaktim-devo­\n\ntional service; ittham-bhOta-so wonderful as to attract the attention of the self­\n\nsatisfied; guQa/:1-who has transcendental qualities; hari/:1-the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Those who are self-satisfied and unattracted by external material desires\nare also attracted to the loving service of Sri Kr�r;�a, whose qualities are transcendental and whose activities are wonderful. Hari, the Personality of\nGodhead, is called Kr�r;�a because He has such transcendentally attractive\nfeatures.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.7 .1 Ol.\nTEXT 160\n\n'�i(<TJttif '�� 1t�mtm l31't'fi'l 1\n�� '<Tl�if (;�� (;�t'<Tl·�CI�'lll ��o II\nhena-kale sei mahara$t(iya brahmaQa\n\nsabhate kahila sei 5/oka-vivaraQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nhena-kale-at this time; sei-that; mahara�triya brahmaQa-the brahmaQa of\n\nMaharawa province; sabhate-in the meeting; kahi/a-declared; sei-that;\n\n", "mad9#p0417": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n388\n\n5/oka-vivaraQa-the description of the atmarama-5/oka explained by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAt this time the brahmal)a from the province of Mahara�tra mentioned Lord\nCaitanya's explanation of the atmarama verse.\nTEXT 161\n\n�� �� 'e{� �\"- '�<fi�m, �<fi't� 1\n<fifirntt�i{, �ift1 �fi\\' c;�tt<fi fi1fe:�t1f II ��� II\nei 5/okera artha prabhu 'eka�a�ti' prakara\nkariyachena, yaha 5uni' Joke camatkara\nSYNONYMS\nei\n\n5/okera\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nartha\n\n-\n\nthe\n\nmeanings\n\nof\n\nthis\n\nverse;\n\neka-�a�ti prakara-si xty one varieties;\n-\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nkariyachena-has done;\n\nyaha 5uni'-hearing which; Joke camatkara-everyone is astonished.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Mahara�trian brahmal)a stated that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had\nalready explained that verse in sixty-one ways. Everyone was astonished to\nhear this.\nTEXT 162\n\n�� �� <;'It\" �filtl! �t� �� I\n\n,���m, 'e{� (2j'- ��fil' �r��\" ��� n\ntabe saba /aka 5unite agraha karila\n'eka�a�ti' artha prabhu vivari' kahila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then; saba /aka-al l the people gathered there; 5unite-to hear; agraha\nkarila\n\n-\n\nexpressed their eagerness; eka-�a�ti artha-sixty-one different meanings\n\nof the verse; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vivari\n\n'-\n\ne l aboratel y; kahi/a-ex­\n\nplained.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all the people gathered there expressed the desire to hear again the\nsixty-one different meanings of the atmarama-sloka, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nagain explained them.\n\n", "mad9#p0418": "Text 165]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;'lasi Become Vai�r;'lavas\n\n389\n\nTEXT 163\n\n�firm �T;�1f <1� �Jte.<tiHl c� 1\n\n�tJT;�fi1P-'���', fi\\(t�� II��� II\nsuniya /okera ba(ia camatkara haifa\ncaitanya-gosaiii- 'sri-kr�Qa', nirdharifa\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing; lokera-of all the people; ba(ia-very great; camatkarawonder;\n\nhaifa-there was;\n\ncaitanya-gosaiii-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nsri­\n\nkr�Qa-personally Lord Kr�r:Ja; nirdharila -they concluded.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen everyone heard Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's explanation of the atmarama-sloka, everyone was astonished and struck with wonder. They concluded that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was none other than Lord Kr�r:'la Himself.\nTEXT 164\n\n��:! <fi�' �1fl ��i c;�)1{�� I\n\n�Jf� <fit1f �i<fi �fif� <tit=J II��8 II\neta kahi' uthiya calila gaurahari\nnamaskara kare /aka hari-dhvani kari\nSYNONYMS\neta kahi'-after speaking that;\n\nuthiya-standing;\n\nca/i/a-began to walk;\n\ngaurahari-Sri Gaurasundara, Sri Caitanya Maha prabhu; namaskara kare /aka-all\nthe people offered their obeisances; hari dh vani kari-loudly chanting the Hare\n-\n\nKr�r:Ja maha-mantra.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter giving those explanations again, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu arose and\ntook His leave. All the people there offered their obeisances unto Him and\nchanted the maha-mantra.\nTEXT 165\n\n� <fi�<li� <fltif �iJ{���� I\n\nc;� �if;�, cltt�, 'Stnl, <fi1ft� ��� II ��<t II\n\n", "mad9#p0419": "390\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nsaba kasi-vasi kare nama-sarikirtana\n\npreme hase, karide, gaya, karaye nartana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsaba kasi-vasi-all the inhabitants of Kasi (VaraQasi); kare-performed; nama­\n\nsarikirtana-chanting of the Hare Kr�Qa mantra; preme-in ecstatic love of\n\nGodhead; hase-they laughed; karide-they cried; gaya-cha n ted; karaye nartana -and danced.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the inhabitants of Kasi [VaraQasil began chanting the Hare Kr�Qa mahamantra in ecstatic love. Sometimes they laughed, sometimes they cried,\nsometimes they chanted, and sometimes they danced.\nTEXT 166\n\n�mfr �� <f't1l �� ��nt I\nm'l��� �<�\"f.� film 11 ��� 11\nsannyasi pary;lita kare bhagavata vicara\n\nvaral)asi-pura prabhu karila nistara\nSYNONYMS\nsannyasi-the Mayavadi sannyasis; pa i) Qita\n\n-\n\nthe learned scholars; kare -do;\n\nbhagavata vi cara-discu ssion on Srimad-Bhagavatam; varal)asi-pura-the city\n\nknown as VaraQasi; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karila nistaradelivered.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter this, all the Mayavadi sannyasis and learned scholars at VaraQasi\nbegan discussing Srimad-Bhagavatam. In this way Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ndelivered them.\nTEXT 167\n\nfil�·t;'ll<f' ��i � <:fllt�� �t�t�� I\n�1'1� �Cit f�� il�1-il\"it� II ��'I II\nnija-/oka lana prabhu aila vasaghara\nvaral)asi haifa dvitiya nadiya-nagara\n\n", "mad9#p0420": "The Residents of Varar:'lasi Become Vai�r:'lavas\n\nText 168]\n\n391\n\nSYNONYMS\nnija-loka\n\n/ana-with\n\nHis\n\npersonal\n\nassociates;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; aila vasa-aghara-came to His residential place; vara1,1asi-the city\nof\n\nVarat:�asT;\n\nhai/a-became;\n\ndvitiya-second;\n\nnadiya-nagara-NavadvTpa\n\n(Nadia).\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then returned to His residence with His personal\nassociates. Thus He turned the whole city of Varar:'lasi into another Navadvipa\n[Nadiya-nagara].\nPURPORT\nBoth NavadvTpa and Varat:�asT were celebrated for their highly educational activities. At the present time these cities are still inhabited by great, learned\nscholars, but Varal)asT is especially a center for MayavadT sannyasis who are\n\nlearned scholars. However, unlike NavadvTp a, there are hardly any devotees in\nVarat:�asT. Consequently a discussion of Srimad-Bhagavatam was very rare in\n\nVarat:�asT. In NavadvTpa, such a discussion was quite ordinary. After SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu visited Varana�T and turned Prakasananda SarasvatT and his disciples\ninto Vai�l)avas, Varat:�asT became like NavadvTpa because so many devotees\n\nbegan discussing Srimad-Bhagavatam. Even at the present moment one can hear\n\nmany discussions on Srimad-Bhagavatam taking place on the banks of the Ganges.\nMany scholars and sannyasis gather there to hear Srimad-Bhagavatam and per­\n\nform sankirtana.\n\nTEXT 1 68\n\n���� ��1 �'t_ <{)t� �t� <{)Rt' I\n\n<15�t� �tf� ���t� '<iff� �t<if<l'itfli U:>�IT'II\nnija-ga1,1a lana prabhu kahe hasya kari'\nkasite ami ailana vecite bhavakali\nSYNONYMS\nnija-ga1,1a /ana-with His personal associates;\n\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu said; hasya kari'-laughingly; kasite-in KasT; ami ai/ana-1 came;\nvecite-to sell; bhavaka/i-emotional ecstatic love.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAmong His own associates, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu laughingly said, \"I\ncame here to sell My emotional ecstatic love.\n\n", "mad9#p0421": "392\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 169\n\n<IS�� �� i{�, �· if! �'ht I\n�fPt � ��' \"''S�1 e{t� � II ��:;, II\nkasite grahaka nahi, vastu na vikaya\npunarapi dese vahi' faoya nahi yaya\nSYNONYMS\nkasite-in Kasi (Benares); grahaka nahi-there was no customer; vastu na\nvikaya-it was not selling; punarapi-again; dese-to My own country; vahi'carrying (it); faoya-to take; nahi yaya-was not possible.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAlthough I came to VaraQasi to sell My goods, there were no customers,\n\nand it appeared necessary for Me to carry them back to My own country.\nTEXT 170\n\n�f1f '�WI �� ''!'t11 -��Bf �:-t � I\n\n'\\!lll1·��t� ��� �i{l�\"'J �\"ft�Cif II �\"\" II\nami bojha vahimu, toma-sabara dubkha haifa\ntoma-sabara icchaya vina-mafye bilaifa\nSYNONYMS\nami-1; bojha-burden; vahimu-shall carry; toma-sabara dubkha haifa-all of\nyou became very unhappy; toma-sabara icchaya-only by your will; vina-mafye\nbifaifa-1 distributed without a price.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAll of you were feeling unhappy that no one was purchasing My goods and\n\nthat I would have to carry them away. Therefore, by your will only, I have distributed them without charging.\"\nPURPORT\nWhen we began distri�uting the message of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in the\nWestern countries, a similar thing happened. In the beginning we were very disappointed for at least one year because no one came forth to help this movement, but by the grace of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, some young boys joined this\nmovement in 1966. Of course we distributed Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's message\n\n", "mad9#p0422": "Text 172]\n\nThe Residents of Vara.,asi Become Vai�.,avas\n\n393\n\nof the Hare Kr�l)a maha-mantra without bargaining or selling. As a result, this\nmovement has spread all over the world, with the assistance of European and\nAmerican boys and girls. We therefore pray for all the blessings of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu upon all the devotees in the Western world who are spreading this\nmovement.\nTEXT 171\n\n�tfift� '�t11Hf ��Hf I\n'� 'Wf�'1' '?tfi611' <liBf� ��t� II �'l� II\n�<lit�,- '�t<li\n\nsabe kahe,\n\n-\n\nloka tarite tamara avatara\n\n'purva' 'dak?il)a' 'pa5cima' kari/a nistara\nSYNONYMS\nsabe kahe-everyone says; loka tarite-to deliver the fallen souls; tamara\navatara-Your incarnation; purva-east; dak?iQa-south; pascima-west; karila\nnistara-You have delivered.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the lord's devotees then said, \"You have incarnated to deliver fallen\nsouls. You have delivered them in the east and in the south, and now you are\ndelivering them in the west.\nTEXT 172\n\n��t$1\"l- �� '�tlftl:� f<l1l_� I\n��1 fil�tfif111 ,<t-�1 �t11i-�<tt� �� II �'l� II\n\n'111� '\n\n'eka' varal)asi chi/a tomate vimukha\ntaha nistariya kai/a ama-sabara sukha\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-one; varal)as i\n\n-\n\nthe city of Varal)asi; chi/a-remai ned; tomate vimukha­\n\nagainst Your missionary activities; taha-that; nistariya-delivering; kai/a-have\ndone; ama-sabara-of all of us; sukha-awakening of happiness.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Only Vara.,asi was left because the people there were against Your missionary activities. Now You have delivered them, and we are all very happy.\"\n\n", "mad9#p0423": "394\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 173\n\n��t'f�·�tt'lf �� '<litift�if C�� I\n��' �� ,�� �<li �tf�tl! ift�\"J II �'l� II\nvaral)asi-grame yadi kolahala haifa\nsuni' grami desi /aka asite lagila\n\nSYNONYMS\nvaral)asi-grame-in the city of Varal)asi; yadi -whe n; kolahala haifa- there\n\nwas broadcasting of this news; suni'-hearing; grami-from the villages; desifrom the towns; /aka asite /agi/a- pe ople began to pour in.\nTRANSLAliON\nAfter the news of these events was broadcast, everyone from the surrounding neighborhoods began to pour in to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 174\n\nif'�!' ,<�it$ �<f) �t�t:Jt, e�t� �'iii I\n\n��cl\"itti! �,.� i!1 ���-til II �'l8 II\nlak?a koti /aka aise, nahika gal)ana\nsarikirl)a-sthane prabhura na paya darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\nlak?a koti-hundreds and thousands;\n\n/aka- people;\n\naise-come;\n\nnahika\n\ngal)ana- there was no counting; sarikirl)a-sthane-in a small place; prabhura-of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; na paya darasan a- could not get an audience.\nTRANSLATION\nHundreds and thousands of people came to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThere was no counting the number. Because the Lord's residence was very\nsmall, not everyone could see Him.\nTEXT 175\n\n�·� � �i! ��-w� 1\n�ftft� 'iit<li <lit� �-�iit<r-ti! II �'l� II\nprabhu yabe snane yana visvesvara-darasane\ndui-dike /aka kare prabhu-vilokane\n\n", "mad9#p0424": "Text 177]\n\nThe Residents of Varar:tasi Become Vai�r:tavas\n\n395\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yabe-when; snane yana-goes to bathe;\nvisve5vara-darasane-or to see the Deity of Lord Visvesvara; dui-dike-on two\nsides; /oka-all the people; kare-do; prabhu-vilokane-seeing of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to take His bath in the Ganges and to\nsee the temple of Visvesvara, people would line up on both sides to see the\nlord.\nTEXT 176\n\n� '{f�' �'- �trt-<1� '��''�'I\n�<te. Cfi'C1f �Cfi �fil�f.l <lifif' 11 �'\\� II\nbahu tuli' prabhu kahe-ba/a 'kr�Qa' 'hari'\ndaf)gavat kare lake hari-dhvani kari'\nSYNONYMS\n\nbahu tu/i'-raising His two arms; prabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu says;\nba/a-please say; kr$Qa hari-Kf�l)a, Hari; daf)qavat kare-offer their respects;\n/oke-the people; hari-dhvani kari'-loudly chanting the name of Hari.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu passed by the people, He would raise His\narms and say, \"Please chant Kr�r:ta! Please chant Hari!\" All the people\nreceived Him by chanting Hare Kr�r:ta, and they offered their respects to Him\nby this chanting.\nTEXT 177\n\n��I! flfi( 9f• �<!) fil\"'t�m 1\n�t1f flfi( G��1 �'f ts�'tt ��111 �'\\'\\ II\nei-mata dina panca /aka nistariya\nara dina calila prabhu udvigna haiia\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; dina paiica-five days; /oka-the people; nistariyadelivering; ara dina-on the next day; ca/i/a-departed; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; udvigna haiia-being very eager.\n\n", "mad9#p0425": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n396\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, for five days, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu delivered the people of\nVarar:-asi. Finally, on the next day, He became very eager to leave.\n\nTEXT 178\n\n� �' �'l �flf <tiRfc;rl '$Til I\n� 'i\"t'St �� i!t� 'e'@ �· �\" �'\\lr\"\n'\n\nratre uthi' prabhu yadi karila gamana\npache lag la-ila tabe bhakta paiica jana\n\nSYNONYMS\nratre uthi'-rising at night; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yadi-when;\nkarila gamana-departed; pache-behind Him; lag la-ila-began to follow;\ntabe-then; bhakta paiica jana-five devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter rising very early on the sixth day, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu started to\nleave, and five devotees began to follow Him.\nTEXT 179\n\ni!� fifi!t, ��·t�, 1f�Hft� �t�'l I\n\nl)�t-f�1t, ����i-�1t1ftil�,-�. �\" �'\\�\"\ntapana misra, raghunatha, mahara?tfiya brahmaf)a\ncandrasekhara, kirtaniya-paramananda, -paiica jana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntapana\n\nmisra-Tapana\n\nbrahmaf)a-the\n\nMisra;\n\nMaharaHrian\n\nraghunatha-Raghunatha;\n\nbrahmaQa;\n\nmahara?tfiya\n\ncandrasekhara -Candrasekhara;\n\nkirtaniya-paramananda-Paramananda, who used to perform kirtana; paiica\njana-these five persons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThese five devotees were Tapana Misra, Raghunatha, the Mahara�trian\nbrahmar:-a, Candra5ekhara and Paramananda Kirtaniya.\n\n", "mad9#p0426": "Text 182]\n\nThe Residents of Varal)aSi· Become Vai�l)avas\n\n397\n\nTEXT 180\n\n�t<t tit� �'t'�ter ��t�� �tlt'! 1\n�<ttt� �liftll fli\"fl �'lll'J·�f�t'! II �\\ro II\nsabe cahe prabhu-sange nilacala yaite\nsabare vidaya dila prabhu yatna-sahite\nSYNONYMS\nsabe cahe- ev ery one of them wanted; prabhu-sange-with Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; nilacala yaite-to go to )agannatha Puri; sabare-to all of them;\nvidaya dila- bad e farewell; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yatna-sahitewith great attention.\nTRANSLATION\nThese five wanted to accompany Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to Jagannatha\nPuri, but the Lord attentively bade them farewell.\nTEXT 181\n\n\"�� ��' �ttli �tl� �1�1� �f�t� I\n\ntflt<t �tfil tfl<fii ll'P! �tfif��·9ft�\" II �lr� II\n\"yanra iccha, pache aisa amare dekhite\nebe ami eka yamu jharikhaQc;:/a-pathe\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nyanra-of one who; iccha-there is a desire; pache-later; aisa-you may\ncome; amare dekhite-to see Me; ebe-but at this time; ami-1; eka-alone;\nyamu-shall go; jharikhaQc;:/a-pathe-through the forest known as Jharikha�<;la.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"If you want to see Me, you may come later,\nbut for the time being I shall go alone through the Jharikhal)c;ta forest.\"\nTEXT 182\n\n�ilt�til: <!\"��,- '{filllt�' 1�l<1il: I\n�t�� � �tl ��i <��fifllttli 'St1l'i' II �\\r� II\n\n", "mad9#p0427": "398\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nsanatane kahila,- tumi yaha' vrndavana\ntamara dui bhai tatha kariyache gamana\nSYNONYMS\nsanatane kahila-he advised Sanatana Gosvami; tumi-you; yaha' vrndavanago to Vrndavana; tomara-your; dui bhai-two brothers; tatha-there; kariyache\ngamana-have already gone.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu advised Sanatana Gosvami to proceed toward\nVrndavana, and He informed him that his two brothers had already gone\n'\nthere.\nTEXT 183\n\n��-flmi ,�Bf ��t\"' re�<it'l 1\n�l\"f!�ti1 �t�t\"f iJ\"r;�� �fif� �t\"fiill �tr� II\nkar'ltha-kararigiya mora karigala bhakta-gaf)a\nvrndavane aile taridera kariha palana\nSYNONYMS\nkaritha-torn quilt; kararigiya-a small waterpot; mora-My; karigala-poor;\nbhakta-gaf)a-devotees; vrndavane aile-when they come to Vrndavana; taridera-of all of them; kariha palana-take care.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu told Sanatana Gosvami, \"All My devotees who go\nto Vrndavana are generally very poor. They each have nothing with them but a\ntorn quilt and a small waterpot. Therefore, Sanatana, you should give them\nshelter and maintain them.\"\nPURPORT\nFollowing in the footsteps of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, we have constructed\ntemples both in Vrndavana and Mayapur, Navadvipa, just to give shelter to the\nforeign devotees coming from Europe and America. Since the Hare Kr�Qa movement started, many Europeans and Americans have been visiting Vrndavana, but\nthey have not been properly received by any asrama or temple there. It is the purpose of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness to give them shelter\nand train them in devotional service. There are also many tourists eager to come\n\n", "mad9#p0428": "Text 186]\n\nThe Residents of Varar:Jasi Become Vai�r:Javas\n\n399\n\nto India to understand India's spiritual life, and the devotees in our temples both\nin Vrndavana and in Navadvipa should make arrangements to accommodate\nthem as far as possible.\nTEXT 184\n\n�I! <lfillf' �fil\"ff � ��i �tfi1finti 1\n\n:Jt�� 9f�\"fj �Q!i � �<fPi II �IrS II\neta bali' calila prabhu saba alingiya\nsabei pa<;lila tatha murcchita hana\nSYNONYMS\n\neta ba/i'-saying this;\nMahaprabhu;\n\nca/i/a-began\n\nsaba-all of them;\n\nto\n\nproceed;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\na/ir'lgiya-embracing;\n\nCaitanya\n\nsabei-all of them;\n\npa<;lila-fell down; tatha-there; marcchita hana-fainting.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced them all and began to\nproceed on His way, and they all fainted and fell down.\nTEXT 185\n\n��'J1it'l ��' �t� �:t� �t� �t�ili'fi I\n��il:·<:�tf� ��t�Cilt� �fili'fa�ti II �lr<t II\nkata-k�af)e uthi' sabe duhkhe ghare aila\nsanatana-gosani vrndavanere calila\nSYNONYMS\nkata-k�af)e-after some time; uthi'-rising; sabe-all of them; duhkhe-in\ngreat unhappiness; ghare ai/a-returned to their homes;\n\nsanatana-gosani­\n\nSanatana Cosvami; vrndavanere ca/i/a-proceeded toward Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter some time, all the devotees got up and returned to their homes very\nmuch grief-stricken. Sanatana Gosvami proceeded toward Vrndavana alone.\nTEXT 186\n\n�Qfi 11!9f·<:�t�tf� ��'aT� ��\"11\n��tt\\7 it� ''<:f�f��'hl fil�\"f! II �lr� II\n\n", "mad9#p0429": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n400\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\netha rupa-gosani yabe mathura aila\ndhruva-ghate tarire subuddhi-raya mili/a\n\nSYNONYMS\netha-there; rupa-gosafli-ROpa Gosaf\\i; yabe-when; mathura ai/a-came to\nMathura; dhruva-ghate-at the bank of the Yamuna known as Dhruva-ghata;\ntarire-him; subuddhi-raya-a devotee of Lord Caitanya named Subuddhi Raya;\nmi/i/a-met.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Rupa Gosvami reached Mathura, he met Subuddhi Raya on the banks\nof the Yamuna at a place called Dhruva-ghafa.\n\nTEXT 187\n\n�( il� �<J.�-� �\"11 c;�)r;� '�fif�OO' I\n�il'-� 'c��w' ��:� ��t� lit�� 11 ��rct 11\npurve yabe subuddhi-raya chi/a gauc;ie 'adhikari'\nhusena-khari 'saiyada' kare tahara cakari\n\nSYNONYMS\npurve-formerly;\n\nyabe-when;\n\nsubuddhi-raya-Subuddhi\n\nRaya;\n\nchi/a­\n\nresided; gaur;ie-in Bengal; adhikari-a very respectable man; husena-khariNawab\n\nHussain\n\nKhan;\n\nsaiyada-named\n\nSaiyada;\n\nkare-performed;\n\ntahara\n\ncakari-service of Subuddhi Raya.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFormerly Subuddhi Raya had been a big landholder in Gauc;fa-desa [Bengal].\nSaiyada Hussain Khan was then a servant of Subuddhi Raya.\nTEXT 188\n\n�� c;�twt�l:� �t?;� '�,�<l'' C<Ti\"'l I\nf!iii!f �1�1 � l!tr;� lit�� �ti11\"11 1 ��r-1r 11\ndighi khodaite tare 'munsipha' kaila\nchidra pana raya tare cabuka marila\n\n", "mad9#p0430": "Text 190]\n\n401\n\nThe Residents of Varal)asi Become Vai�l)avas\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ndighi khodaite-to dig a big lake; tare-Hussain Khan; munsipha kai/a-appointed as the supervisor; chidra pana-finding some fault; ray a-Subuddhi\nRaya; tare-him; cabuka mari/a-whipped.\nTRANSLATION\nSubuddhi Raya put Hussain Khan in charge of digging a big lake, but, once,\nfinding fault with him, he struck him with a whip.\nTEXT 189\n\n�1U � 'lf;�·-f1 c;'51lt!f '��' � I\n\n��-�tr;�t� f!·r;� �'l ���� 11 �rti!ll\npache yabe husena-khan gauc;fe 'raja' ha-i/a\nsubuddhi-rayere tinho bahu bac;faila\nSYNONYMS\n\npache-later; yabe-when; husena-khan-Hussain Khan; gauc;fe-in Bengal;\nraja ha-i/a-was appointed Nawab, or governor, by the central Mohammedan\ngovernment; subuddhi-rayere-unto Subuddhi Raya; tiilho-he; bahu bac;fai/aincreased the opulences.\nTRANSLATION\nLater Hussain Khan somehow or other was appointed Nawab by the central\nMohammedan government. As a matter of obligation, he increased the\nopulences of Subuddhi Raya.\nTEXT 190\n\n�t� it�� �t� \"'r;� ��r;'tf �t� I\n��-�tt�t� �f.�� �r;� �tlllfi·'ilttif II ��\n\no\n\nII\n\ntara stri tara ange dekhe maraf)era cihne\nsubuddhi-rayere marite kahe raja-sthane\nSYNONYMS\n\ntara stri-his wife; tara ailge-on his body; dekhe-sees; maraf)era cihne-the\nmark of the whip; subuddhi-rayere-Subuddhi Raya; marite-to kill; kahe-says;\nraja-sthane-in the presence of the King.\n\n", "mad9#p0431": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n402\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTRANSLATION\nLater, when the wife of Nawab Saiyada Hussain Khan saw the whip marks on\nhis body, she requested him to kill Subuddhi Ray a.\nTEXT 191\n\n� 1'i��,-��t� <;�1� �i� �� '�1' I\nl;!l� �fif��tfif,-�� ��� ��i II��� ll\nraja kahe, -a mara PO?ta raya hay a 'pita'\ntahare marimu ami,-bhala nahe katha\n\nSYNONYMS\nraja kahe-the King said; amara-my; po?ta -maintainer; raya-Subuddhi\n\nRaya ; haya- is ; pita j u st like my father; tahare marimu-shall kill him; ami-1;\n-\n\nbhala nahe katha -this is not a good proposal.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHussain Khan replied, \"Subuddhi Raya has maintained me very carefully.\nHe was just like a father to me,\" he said. \"Now you are asking me to kill him.\nThis is not a very good proposal.\"\nTEXT 192\n\n?it 1'i��,-iSftf! ��', �fff ��'� �i �too 1\n�1iSfl <1i��,-iSft� f�� �·� �1� ���II���\nstri kahe,-jati /aha', yadi praQe na maribe\nraja kahe,-jati nile inho nahi jibe\n\nSYNONYMS\nstri kahe -the wife replied; jati /aha'-then take his caste; yadi -if; praQe na\nmaribe-you will not kill him; raja kahe-t h e King replied; jati nile -if I take his\n\ncaste; inho nahi j ibe -he will not live (he will commit suicide).\nTRANSLATION\nAs a last alternative, the wife suggested that the Nawab take away Subuddhi\nRaya's caste and turn him into a Mohammedan, but Hussain Khan replied that\nif he did this, Subuddhi Raya would not live.\n\n", "mad9#p0432": "Text 193]\n\n403\n\nThe Residents of Varar:'lasi Become Vai�r:'lavas\nTEXT 193\n\n� lf�� �tr;�, �i ��� 9ff� I\n<lit�·illnl9ftti{ �t� �� '�\\5111�� II ��� II\nstri marite cahe, raja sarikate pac;iila\n\nkaroriyara pani tara mukhe deoyai/a\nSYNONYMS\n\nstri-the wife; marite cahe-wants to kill Subuddhi Raya; raja-the King; sarikate pac;iila-became very perplexed; karoriyara pani-water from a pitcher\n\nespecially used by Mohammedans; tara mukhe-on his head; deoyaila-forced\n\nto be sprinkled.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis became a\n\nperplexing\n\nproblem\n\nfor\n\nhim\n\nbecause\n\nhis wife\n\nkept\n\nrequesting him to kill Subuddhi Raya. Finally the Nawab sprinkled a little\nwater on Subuddhi Raya's head from a pitcher that had been used by a\nMohammedan.\nPURPORT\n\nMore than five hundred years ago in India, the Hindus were so rigid and strict\n\nthat if a Mohammedan would sprinkle a little water from his pitcher upon a Hindu,\n\nthe Hindu would be immediately ostracized. Recently, in 1947, during the partisan days, there was a big riot between Hindus and Muslims, especially in Bengal.\n\nThe Hindus were forcibly made to eat cow's flesh, and consequently they began\n\ncrying, thinking that they had become Mohammedans. Actually the Mohammedans in India did not come from the country of the Mohammedans, but Hindus\n\ninstituted the custom that somehow or other if one contacted a Mohammedan,\n\nhe became a Mohammedan. ROpa and Sanatana Gosvaml were born in a high\nbrahmaf)a family, but because they accepted employment under a Mohammedan\n\ngovernment, they were considered Mohammedans. Subuddhi Raya was sprinkled\nwith water from the pitcher of a Mohammedan, and consequently he was con­\n\ndemned to have become a Mohammedan. Later, Aurangzeb, the Mohammedan\n\nemperor, introduced a tax especially meant for Hindus. Being oppressed in the\nHindu community, many low-caste Hindus preferred to become Mohammedans.\n\nIn this way the Mohammedan population increased. Later the British government\n\nmade it a policy to divide the Hindus and the Muslims, and thus they maintained\nill feelings between them. The result was that India was divided into Pakistan and\nHindustan.\n\nFrom early histories it appears that the entire earth was under one culture,\n\nVedic culture, but gradually, due to religious and cultural divisions, the rule\n\n", "mad9#p0433": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n404\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nfragmented into many subdivisions. Now the earth is divided into many countries,\nreligions and political parties. Despite these political and religious divisions, we advocate that everyone should unite again under one culture-Kr�r:Ja consciousness.\nPeople should accept one God, Kr�r:Ja; one scripture, Bhagavad-gita; and one activity, devotional service to the Lord. Thus people may live happily upon this earth\nand combine to produce sufficient food. In such a society, there would be no\nquestion of scarcity, famine, or cultural or religious degradation. So-called caste\nsystems and national divisions are artificial. According to our Vai�l)ava philosophy,\nthese are all external bodily designations. The Kr�r:Ja consciousness movement is\nnot based upon bodily designations. It is a transcendental movement on the platform of spiritual understanding. If the people of the world understood that the\nbasic principle of life is spiritual identification, they would understand that the\nbusiness of the spirit soul is to serve the Supreme Spirit, Kr�r:Ja. As Lord Kf�l)a says\nin Bhagavad-gita (15.7), mamaivarhso jiva-loke jiva-bhuta/:1 sanatana/:1: \"The living\nentities in this conditioned world are My eternal, fragmental parts.\" All living entities in different life forms are sons of Kr�r:Ja. Therefore they are all meant to serve\nKf�l)a, the original supreme father. If this philosophy is accepted, the failure of the\nUnited Nations to unite all nations will be sufficiently compensated all over the\nworld by a great Kr�r:Ja consciousness movement. Recently we had talks with\nChristian leaders in Australia, including the Bishop of Australia, and everyone\nthere was pleased with our philosophy of oneness in religious consciousness.\nTEXT 194\n\n��-m �� 'fllfl' �$i 1\n�m't� �t�'ii, �� nt�� !?itf�i n ��sn\nl!t�\n\ntabe subuddhi-raya sei 'chadma' pana\nvaral)asi ai/a, saba vi�aya chac;:liya\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-upon this; subuddhi-raya-Subuddhi Raya; sei-that; chadma -plea;\npana-getting an opportunity; varal)asi ai/a-came to Varal)asi; saba\n\n-\n\nall;\n\nvi�aya\n\ncha qiya -giving up the implications of material activities.\nTRANSLATION\nTaking the Nawab's sprinkling water upon him as an opportunity, Subuddhi\nRaya left his family and business affairs and went to Varar:Jasi.\nPURPORT\nIt appears that Subuddhi Raya was a big landholder and a responsible, respectable gentleman. He could not, however, avoid the social misconception that one\n\n", "mad9#p0434": "Text 196]\n\nThe Residents of Vara�asi Become Vai��avas\n\n405\n\nbecomes a Mohammedan when water is sprinkled on one's face from a Mohammedan's pitcher. Actually he was planning to give up his material life and leave his\nfamily.\n\nHindu\n\nculture\n\nrecommends\n\nfour\n\ndivisions-brahmacarya,\n\ngrhastha,\n\nvanaprastha and sannyasa. Subuddhi Raya was thinking of taking sannyasa, and by\nthe grace of Kr�l)a, he received this opportunity. He therefore left his family and\nwent to Varal)asT. The system of varf)a.srama-dharma is very scientific. If one is\ndirected by the varf)asrama institution, he will naturally think of retiring from\nfamily life at the end of his life. Therefore sannyasa is compulsory at the age of\nfifty.\nTEXT 195\n\n�fat>� ��i'li f?!·t� <?tfut�� '$fr;;IJ I\n\n��<fit�,-�@-';!'� �t�i �'�'I II ��<t II\nprayascitta puchila tinho paf)c;iitera gaf)e\ntanra kahe,-tapta-ghrta khaiia chac;ia' praf)e\nSYNONYMS\n\nprayascitta-atonement;\n\npuchi/a-inquired;\n\ntinho-he;\n\npaf)c;iitera\n\ngaf)e­\n\namong the learned scholars or brahmaf)a-paf)c;iitas in Varal)asT; tanra kahe-they\nadvised; tapta-ghrta-hot clarified butter; khaiia-drinking; chac;ia'-give up;\npraf)e-your life.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Subuddhi Raya consulted the learned brahma�as at VariiQasi, asking\nthem how his conversion to Mohammedanism could be counteracted, they\nadvised him to drink hot ghee and give up his life.\nTEXT 196\n\n'<1'5� <fit�,-�� ilt�, '�Ill' '\"� �� I\n�ferni 111f�i 1!1� <fiffili ��-t1l II ��� II\nkeha kahe,-ei nahe, 'a/pa' do?a hay a\nsuniya rahila raya kariya sarilsaya\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nkeha kahe-some of the learned brahmaf)as said; ei-this; nahe-not; a/painsignificant; do ?a-fault; haya-is; suniya-hea ring; rahila-remained; rayaSubuddhi Raya; kariya- making; sa rilsaya-dou bt.\n\n", "mad9#p0435": "406\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Subuddhi Raya consulted some other brahmaQas, they told him that\nhe had not committed a grievous fault and that consequently he should not\ndrink hot ghee and give up his life. As a result, Subuddhi Raya was doubtful\nabout what to do.\nPURPORT\n\nThis is another instance of Hindu custom. One brahmaf)a would give advice\ncondoning a particular fault, and another would give advice to the contrary.\nTypically, lawyers and physicians differ, giving one kind of instruction and then\nanother. Due to the brahmaf)as' different opinions, Subuddhi Raya became further\nperplexed. He did not know what to do or what not to do.\n\nTEXT 197\n\n��� �rw ��t� �t,P�l\" �tl'ii 1\ntimt filf\"l' 1ft� ��-��� <\\')�l'f1 II ��'l II\ntabe yadi mahaprabhu varal)asi aila\ntanre mi/i' raya apana-vrttanta kahila\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-at this moment; yadi-when; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nvaral)asi aila -came to Varar:Jasi; tanre mi/i -meeting Him; raya -Subuddhi Raya;\n'\n\napana-vrttanta kahi/a -explained his personal situation.\nTRANSLATION\nIn his state of perplexity, Subuddhi Raya met Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwhen the Lord was at VaraQasi. Subuddhi Raya explained his position and\nasked Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu what he should do.\n\nTEXT 198\n\n�� <\\')t�,-ltl '��� ��' 1��ill\n\nfi{��1f <\\')1f ��ilt���� II ��lr II\nprabhu kahe,\n\n-\n\nihan haite yaha' vrndavana\n\nnirantara kara kr?Qa-nama-sankirtana\n\n", "mad9#p0436": "The Residents of Vara�asi Become Vai��avas\n\nText 199]\n\n407\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu\n\nkahe-the\n\nLord\n\nadvised;\n\nvrndavana-go to Vrndavana;\n\nihan\n\nhaite-from\n\nnirantara-incessantly;\n\nnama-sankirtana-chanting of the holy name of Kr�r:ta.\n\nplace;\n\nyaha'\n\nkara-perform;\n\nthis\n\nkr�Qa­\n\nTRANSlATION\nThe lord advised him, \"Go to Vrndavana and chant the Hare Kr��a mantra\nconstantly.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a solution to all sinful activities. In this age of Kali everyone is perplexed\n\nby so many inconveniences-social, political and religious-and naturally no one\n\nis happy. Due to the contamination of this age, everyone has a very short life.\nThere are many fools and rascals who advise people to adopt this way of life or\n\nthat way of life, but real liberation from life's perplexities means preparation for\nthe next life. Tatha dehantara-praptir dhiras tatra na muhyati. One should be situ­\n\nated in his spiritual identity and return home, back to Godhead. The simplest\n\nmethod for this is recommended herein by SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. We should\n\nconstantly chant the holy names of the Lord, the Hare Kr�r:ta maha-mantra.\n\nFollowing in the footsteps of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, this Kr�r:ta consciousness\n\nmovement is recommending this process all over the world. We are saying,\n\n\"Chant the Hare Kr�r:ta maha-mantra, be freed from all the complexities of life and\n\nrealize Kr�r:ta, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Engage in His devotional service and perfect your life so that you can return home, back to Godhead.\"\nTEXT 199\n\n�� '•l't1f't'ettl(' '�� 9f19f·� �<I I\n'#llt'l 'ift;l' CiT�'(! ��R-1 �'�II �\"';;, II\neka 'namabhase' tomara papa-do�a yabe\n\nara 'nama' /a-ite kr�Qa-caraQa paibe\nSYNONYMS\n\neka-one; nama-abhase-by a reflection of the pure chanting of the Hare\n\nKr�r:ta maha-mantra; tomara-your; papa-do�a yabe-all the sinful reactions will\n\ngo away; ara-then again; nama la-ite-after chanting purely the name of the\nLord; kr�Qa-caraQa paibe-you will get shelter at the lotus feet of K[�l)a.\nTRANSlATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu further advised Subuddhi Raya: \"Begin chanting\nthe Hare Kr��a mantra, and when your chanting is almost pure, all your sinful\n\n", "mad9#p0437": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n408\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nreactions will go away. After you chant perfectly, you will get shelter at the\nlotus feet of Kr�Qa.\nPURPORT\nThe ten kinds of offenses should be considered. In the beginning, when one is\ninitiated into the chanting of the Hare Kr��a maha-mantra, there are naturally\nmany offenses. However, the devotee should be very careful to avoid these\noffenses and chant purely. This does not mean that the Hare Kr��a maha-mantra is\nsometimes pure and sometimes impure. Rather, the chanter is impure due to\nmaterial contamination. He has to purify himself so that the holy names will be\nperfectly effective. Chanting the holy name of the Lord inoffensively will help one\nget immediate shelter at Kr��a's lotus feet. This means that by chanting purely,\none will immediately be situated on the transcendental platform. We should note,\nhowever, that according to S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's instructions, one should\nnot wait to purify himself before chanting the Hare Kr��a mantra. Whatever our\n.condition may be, we should begin chanting immediately. By the power of the\nHare Kr��a mantra, we will gradually be relieved from all material contamination\nand will get shelter at the lotus feet of Kr��a, the ultimate goal of life.\nTEXT 200\n\n�a flil't11 � ��-a'tti{ f\"'IR! 1\n11�t�t'!t<fi� �11 �� �t11f�f� II � o o II\nara kmJa-nama laite k[$Qa-sthane sthitimaha-patakera haya ei prayascitti\nSYNONYMS\nara-further; k[$Qa-nama-the Hare Kr��a maha-mantra; /aite-continuously\nchanting; k[$Qa-sthane sthiti-being situated in company with Lord Kr��a; mahapatakera-of all kinds of sinful activity; haya-is; ei-this; prayascitti-atone ment.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When you are situated at the lotus feet of Kr�Qa, no sinful reaction can\ntouch you. This is the best solution to all sinful activity.\"\n\nTEXT 201\n\n��1 �� 11t11 ��t�c;il�111>fi-r�11\n��' �f;ift�J1 fir�1 'il�1ff;�J �1�� II �o:>ll\n\n", "mad9#p0438": "Text 203]\n\n409\n\nThe Residents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\npana ajna raya vrndavanere ca/ila\nprayaga, ayodhya diya naimi?araQye aila\nSYNONYMS\n\npana ajna-getting this order; raya-Subuddhi Raya; vrndavanere ca/i/a-went\ntoward Vrndavana; prayaga-AIIahabad; ayodhya-Ayodhya (the kingdom of\nLord Ramacandra); diya-through; naimi?araQye ai/a-came to Naim i�ara l)ya (a\n,\n\nplace near Lucknowl.\nTRANSLATION\nThus receiving the order from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to go to Vrndavana,\nSubuddhi Raya left Varar;�asi and went through\n\nPrayaga, Ayodhya and\n\nNaimi�rar;�ya toward Vrndavana.\nTEXT 202\n\n<fi\\!� fif�� �nl Cilfit�r;'!J 1t�'ii I\n�1_ �Ril �\\! �111-st ��1 II � o� II\nkataka divasa raya naimi?araQye rahi/a\nprabhu vrndavana haite prayaga yaila\nSYNONYMS\nkataka divasa-a few days; raya-Subuddhi Raya; naimi?araQye rahila-stayed\nat Naimi�aral)ya; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vrndavana\n\nhaite-from\n\nVrndavana; prayaga-to Allahabad; yaila-went.\nTRANSLATION\nSubuddhi Raya stayed for some time at Naimi�arar;�ya. During that time, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu went to Prayaga after visiting Vrndavana.\nTEXT 203\n\n��;_�i �tP1�111rn �,.��i �a; 1\n�� �'St iii �$i 1ltil �� �:� C�\"\" II � o� II\nmathura asiya raya prabhu-varta pai/a\nprabhura laga na pana mane bac:;la duhkha haifa\nSYNONYMS\nmathura asiya-when he came to Mathura; raya-Subuddhi Raya; prabhuvarta paila-got information of the\n\nLord's itinerary; prabhura-of Lord\n\n", "mad9#p0439": "410\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; /aga-contact; na pana-not getting; mane-in the mind;\nbac;/a-very great; du�kha-unhappiness; hai/a-there was.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter reaching Mathura, Subuddhi Raya received information of the lord's\nitinerary. He became very unhappy because he was not able to contact the\nlord.\nTEXT 204\n\n�� �tfil' 1ft11 �� ��11tt� I\n� 0 C�� �11 <.!l<fi <.!l<fi '�t�t� II � 08 II\nsu�ka-ka�tha ani' raya vece mathurate\npar'!ca chaya paisa haya eka eka bojhate\nSYNONYMS\nsu�ka-ka�tha ani' -collecting dry wood from the forest; raya -Subuddhi Raya;\nvece-sells; mathurate-at Mathura; panca chaya-five or six; paisa-paise;\nhaya-are; eka eka bojhate-in exchange for each load of dry wood.\nTRANSLATION\nSubuddhi Ray a would collect dry wood in the forest and take it to the city of\nMathura to sell. For each load he would receive five or six paise.\nTEXT 205\n\n�t� 11� <.!!� '�� ��i m-�111 I\n� ,� �1 �tfti111·\"B:tr;� 11tr;� �ffili II � o It II\napane rahe eka paisara cana cabaiya\nara paisa baQiya-sthane rakhena dhariya\nSYNONYMS\napane-personally; rahe-lives; eka paisara-of one paisa's worth; cana-fried\nchick-peas; cabaiya-chewing;\n\nara-the balance;\n\nbaQiya-sthane-in the custody of a merchant;\n\npaisa-four or five paise;\nrakhena-keeps;\n\ndhariya­\n\ndepositing.\nTRANSLATION\nEarning his livelihood by selling dry wood, Subuddhi Raya would live on\nonly one paise's worth of fried chick-peas, and he would deposit whatever\nother paises he had with some merchant.\n\n", "mad9#p0440": "Text 206]\n\nThe Residents of Vara�asi Become Vai��avas\n\n411\n\nPURPORT\nIn those days there was no banking system like the one now found in Western\ncountries. If one had excess money, he would deposit it with some merchant,\nusually a grocer. That was the banking system. Subuddhi Raya would deposit his\nextra money with a mercantile man and spend it when necessary. When one is in\nthe renounced order, saving money is not recommended. However, if one saves\nmoney for the service of the Lord or a Vai�r:Java, that is accepted. These are the\ndealings of Subuddhi Raya, who is one of the confidential devotees of SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. SrTia Ropa GosvamT also followed this principle by\nspending fifty percent of his money in order to serve Kr�r:Ja through brahmal)as\nand Vai�r:Javas. He gave twenty-five percent of his money to relatives, and\ntwenty-five percent he deposited in the custody of a merchant. These are the approved\n\nmethods\n\nrecommended\n\nin\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta.\n\nWhether\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nrenounced order or in the grhastha order, a Vai�r:Java should follow these\nprinciples set forth by the previous acaryas.\nTEXT 206\n\n�:� ��� <;wf�' itt� <li�til <;<etSf il 1\n<;�Vl �t�t� wfif, oet�, Cl!�·�il u � o� u\nduf)khr vai�Qava dekhi' tanre karana bhojana\ngauc;Jrya aile dadhi, bhata, taila-mardana\nSYNONYMS\nduf)khr vai�Qava-a poverty-stricken Vai�r:Java; dekhi'-seeing; tanre-to him;\nkarana bhojana-gives food for eating; gauc;Jrya aile-when a Bengali Vai�r:Java\ncame\n\nto\n\nMathura;\n\ndadhi-yogurt;\n\nbhata-cooked\n\nrice;\n\ntaila-mardana­\n\nmassaging mustard oil on the body.\nTRANSLATION\nSubuddhi Raya used to spend his savings to supply yogurt to Bengali\nVai��avas who came to Mathura. He also gave them cooked rice and oil\nmassages. When he saw a poverty-stricken Vai��ava, he would use his money\nto feed him.\nPURPORT\nThere is a special reference for the maintenance of Bengali Vai�r:Javas. A\nGau<;lTya Vai�r:Java is a Bengali Vai�r:Java. Most of the devotees of Lord Caitanya at\nthat time were GauQiyas and Oriyas, inhabitants of Bengal and Orissa. There are\nstill many hundreds and thousands of disciples in Bengal and Orissa. Bengalis are\nhabituated to eating cooked rice as their staple food. When they went to\n\n", "mad9#p0441": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n412\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nMathura in the North, they found that the people generally ate chapatis or roti\nmade of wheat. The Bengalis could not digest this food because they were used\nto cooked rice. Therefore as soon as Subuddhi Raya saw a Bengali Vai��ava arriving in Mathura, he would try to supply him with cooked rice. Bengalis are also\naccustomed to taking a massage with mustard oil. In any case, Subuddhi Raya\nwanted to serve the Vai��avas according to their needs. Therefore he would supply yogurt to ease the digestion of food eaten in Mathura, particularly the wheatmade chapatis and roti.\nTEXT 207\n\n�'Pl·,�t�tf$, ��tQ'f �tt11' �I( &ftf� '<f.Qlil\n�t�-� Ql$1 '�Wllf �il' 'W��Q'(i II � o'l II\nrupa-gosani, aile tarire bahu priti kaila\napana-sarige lana 'dvadasa vana' dekhaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nrupa-go sani-Rupa Gosaiii; aile-when he came to Mathura; tarire-unto him;\n\nbahu-much;\n\npriti-love;\n\nkai/a -showed;\n\nGosvami personally with him; dvadasa vana\n\napana-sarige\n-\n\n/ana -taking ROpa\n\nth e twelve forests of Vrndavana;\n\ndekhaila-showed.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Riipa Gosvami arrived at Mathura, Subuddhi Raya, out of love and\naffection for him, wanted to serve him in so many ways. He personally took\nRiipa Gosvami to see all the twelve forests of Vrndavana.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila ROpa Gosvami had been a minister in the government of Hussain Shah, and\nSubuddhi Raya was also known to Hussain Shah, because as a boy, he had been\nSubuddhi Raya's servant. It appears that Subuddhi Raya was elderly, yet while he\nwas living in Mathura he showed Ropa Gosvami the twelve forests of Vrndavana.\n\nTEXT 208\n\n1ftlfJfti!i �9!-,��tf$ 11'f�Qli �\"ft�til I\n�!! �fQ'f' �t�Q'(i :Jtill�iltii,�'fittil II � oIT' II\nmasa-matra rupa-gosani rahila vrndavane\nsighra ca/i' aila sanatananusandhane\n\n", "mad9#p0442": "Text 210]\n\n413\n\nThe Residents of Varar:Jasi Become Vai�r:Javas\n\nSYNONYMS\nmasa-matra-only one month; rupa-gosafii-ROpa Gosafii; rahila-remained;\n\nvrndavane-at Vrndavana; sighra-very soon; ca/i' ai/a-returned; sanatana-anu­\n\nsandhane-to search for Sanatana GosvamT.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRupa Gosvami remained in Mathura and Vrndavana for one month in the association of Subuddhi Raya. After that, he left Vrndavana to search for his\nelder brother, Sanatana Gosvami.\nTEXT 209\n\n��-'Pft� � �·�rtt'Stt� �tt\"ff 1\n1!�1 �fil' l��t� ':Jl �t� �fll'l\"ffll � o� II\nganga-tira-pathe prabhu prayagere aila\n\ntaha suni' dui-bhai se pathe calila\nSYNONYMS\n\nganga-tira-pathe-on the road on the bank of the Ganges;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; prayagere aila-came to Prayaga; tahj suni'-hear ing this\nnews; dui-bhai-the two brothers named ROpa and Anupama; se pathe ca/i/a­\n\ntraveled on that path.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Rupa Gosvami heard that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had gone to\nPrayaga on the road along the banks of the Ganges, both Rupa and his brother\nAnupama went that way to meet the lord.\nTEXT 210\n\n�� :Jli1ti!il <:�tf� �tt'St �tf:JT�i I\n\n'If� �fl\"ff :Jl�i1 �tw91� flfm II ��o II\netha sanatana gosafii prayage asiya\nmathura aila sarana raja-patha diya\nSYNONYMS\netha-here (at the other end); sanatana gosa fii-Sanatana Gosafii; prayage\n\nasiya -coming to Prayaga;\n\nmathura ai/a-he reached Vrndavana;\n\ndirectly; raja-patha diya-on the government road or public road.\n\nsarana­\n\n", "mad9#p0443": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n414\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter reaching Prayaga, Sanatana Gosvami, following the order of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, went to Vrndavana along the public road.\nPURPORT\nThis is especially significant because when Sanatana Gosvami went from Bengal\nto Benares, due to the political situation he did not go along the public road. After\nmeeting S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu at Benares, however, he was ordered to proceed to Vrndavana along the public road leading to Mathura. In other words, he\nwas advised not to fear for his political situation.\n\nTEXT 211\n\n��tt'! �-�\"Rl �t�tt� firf��1 I\n11i9f·�il_�·<fi�1 �<tif� <fi�� II�)� II\nmathurate subuddhi-raya tahare mififa\nrupa-anupama-katha sakafi kahifa\nSYNONYMS\nmathurate-at Mathura; s ubud dhi ra ya\n-\n\n-\n\nSubuddhi Raya; tahare mififa\n\n-\n\nmet\n\nhim; rupa-anupama-katha-news about his younger brothers, ROpa Gosvami and\nAnupama; sakafi-everything; kahifa-described.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sanatana Gosvami met Subuddhi Raya at Mathura, Subuddhi Raya\nexplained\n\neverything\n\nabout\n\nhis\n\nyounger\n\nbrothers\n\nRupa\n\nGosvami\n\nand\n\nAnupama.\nTEXT 212\n\n'5tert9ft� �<et� ��9ft� �ift\\!i{ I\n��� i�1 �?;i{ iii C�� fil�il II �)� II\ngariga-pathe dui-bhai raja-pathe sanatana\nataeva tariha sane na haifa mifana\nSYNONYMS\ngariga-pathe-on the road on the bank of the Ganges; dui-bhai-the two\nbrothers ROpa and Anupama;\n\nraja-pathe-on the public road;\n\nsanatana­\n\nSanatana Gosvami; ataeva-because of this; tariha s ane- with him; na haifa\nmifana-there was not a meeting.\n\n", "mad9#p0444": "Text 214]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\n\n415\n\nTRANSLATION\nSince Sanidana Gosvami went along the public road to Vrndavana and Rupa\nGosvami and Anupama went on the road along the Ganges banks, it was not\npossible for them to meet.\nTEXT 213\n\n�1['�-�Bl �� �� <f.f;� �<!� I\n��Bf-�� �ilt�il ilt� 1lttil II �)� II\nsubuddhi-raya bahu sneha kare sanatane\nvyavahara-sneha sanatana nahi mane\nSYNONYMS\n\nsubuddhi-raya-Subuddhi Raya; bahu-much; sneha-affection; kare-does;\n\nSanatana GosvamT; vyavahara-sneha-love and affection\nbecause of a previous relationship; sanatana-Sanatana GosvamT; nahi manewas hesitant to accept.\nsanatane-unto\n\nTRANSLATION\nSubuddhi Raya and Sanatana Gosvami knew one another before accepting\nthe renounced order. Therefore Subuddhi Raya showed much affection to\nSanatana Gosvami, but Sanatana Gosvami hesitated to accept his sentiments\nand affections.\nTEXT 214\n\n���1- ��� �ilt�il �f;Jiil �� �if I\n\n�f?!��, ��t:'\" � mffli-flrf;illl �)s 11\nmaha-virakta sanatana bhramena vane vane\nprati-vrk�e, prati-kufije rahe ratri-dine\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nmaha-virakta-highly elevated in the renounced order of life; sanatanaSanatana GosvamT; bhramena-wanders; vane vane-from forest to forest; prativrk�e-under every tree; prati-kufije-in every bush; rahe ratri-dine-remains\nday and night.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing very advanced in the renounced order, Sanatana Gosvami used to\nwander from forest to forest, never taking shelter of any habitation built of\nstone. He used to live under trees or beneath bushes both day and night.\n\n", "mad9#p0445": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n416\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 215\n\n11\"�11lt�'ffi.J--ttm �R�� <!if.�1 I\nC���( ��� '��1 ��il�� i!!ifilmll �)<t n\nmathura-mahatmya-sastra sarigraha kariya\nlupta-tirtha prakata kaila vanete bhramiya\nSYNONYMS\nmathura-mahatmya-giving a description of the greatness of Mathura; sastrabooks; sarigraha kariya-collecting; Jupta-tirtha-lost holy places; prakata-discovering; kaila-he did; vanete bhramiya-traveling within the forest.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Sanatana Gosvami collected some books about archaeological excavations in Mathura, and, wandering in the forest, he sought to renovate all those\nholy places.\nTEXT 216\n\n�� �ifti!il ��t��l! ���1 I\n1!i9f·<;'SttJJtf� ���-� �ti\\'rr;;� �t��111 �)�II\nei-mata sanatana vrndavanete rahi/a\nrupa-gosafii dui-bhai kasite aila\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; sanatana-Sanatana GosvamT; vrndavanete rahilaremained in Vrndavana; rupa-gosafii-ROpa Gosaiii; dui-bhai-the two brothers;\nkasite ai/a-came to Varal')asT (KasTl.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana\n\nGosvami\n\nremained\n\nin Vrndavana,\n\nand\n\nRupa\n\nAnupama returned to Variir:\"�asi.\nTEXT 217\n\nJf�t�t� N<sr, <;lef��' f1f�·l!9fil I\n��il �� 1!i9f <llf��� f1l'1\"il II ��'I II\nmahara�triya dvija, sekhara, misra-tapana\ntina-jana saha rupa karila milana\n\nGosvami\n\nand\n\n", "mad9#p0446": "The Residents of Varar:tasi Become Vai�r:tavas\n\nText 219]\n\n417\n\nSYNONYMS\nmahara?triya\n\nd vija-the\n\nbrahma(la\n\nof\n\nMaharawa\n\nprovince;\n\nsekhara­\n\nCandrasekhara; misra-tapana-Tapana Misra; tina-jana-these three persons;\nsaha-with; rupa-ROpa Gosvami; karila milana-met.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Rupa\n\nGosvami arrived at Varar:tasi,\n\nhe met the Mahara�frian\n\nbrahmar:ta, Candra§ekhara and Tapana Misra.\nTEXT 218\n\nO'f�tf� �7;� �Jti, fil�-�� f�'Jfi1 I\nf;{��� �� �il'fi!til ��� 'f-t'lfi1' II �) lr II\nsekharera ghare vasa, misra-ghare bhik?a\nmisra-mukhe sune sanatane prabhura 'sik?a'\nSYNONYMS\nsekharera ghare vasa-residence in the house of Candrasekhara; misra-ghare\nbhik?a-prasada at the house of Tapana Misra; misra-mukhe-from the mouth of\nTapana Misra; sune-hears; sanatane-unto Sanatana; prabhura sik?a-instruc\n\n­\n\ntions of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Rupa Gosvami was staying at Varar:tasi, he resided at the house of\nCandra§ekhara and took prasada at the house of Tapana Misra. In this way he\nheard of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's instructions to Sanatana Gosvami in\nVarar:tasi.\nTEXT 219\n\n��I!��� �fil' fl!� �� I\n:Jt;ut�� �� �fil' �l� <'!� \"6f7;� II ��e;, II\nkasite prabhura caritra suni' tinera mukhe\nsannyasire krpa suni' paila bac;la sukhe\nSYNONYMS\nkasite-at Varar:Jasi (Kasi); prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; caritra -the\nactivity; suni -hearing; tinera mukhe-from the mouths of the three persons;\n'\n\nsannyasire krpa-the mercy shown to the Mayavadi sannyasis; suni'-hearing\nabout; paila-he got; bac;la sukhe-very great pleasure.\n\n", "mad9#p0447": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n418\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile staying at Varar;tasi, Rupa Gosvami heard of all Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's activities. When he heard of His deliverance of the Mayavadi\nsannyasis, he became very happy.\nTEXT 220\n\n�� ��11\" ��11\" �'If% 'W�111 I\n�� c�a,1 ���� � �fim1n �� II\no\n\nmahaprabhura upara lokera praf)ati dekhiya\nsukhi haila loka-mukhe kirtana suniya\nSYNONYMS\n\nmahaprabhura-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\npeople in general; praf)ati dekhiya\n\n-\n\nupara-upon;\n\nlokera-of\n\nthe\n\nseeing the surrender; sukhi hai/a- beca m e\n\nvery happy; loka-mukhe-from the general public; kirtana suniya\n\n-\n\nhearing the\n\ndescription.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Rupa Gosvami saw that all the people of Varar;tasi respected Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, he became very happy. He even heard stories from the\ngeneral populace.\nTEXT 221\n\nfitil � 11\"�' �� ,�� �t\\!11 C<fi'i I\n�·rti!i{·���1l �� �� �f�a, 11 ��� n\ndina dasa rahi' rupa gauc;fe yatra kaila\nsanatana-rupera ei caritra kahila\nSYNONYMS\n\ndina dasa- about ten days; rahi'-rem aining; rupa-ROpa Gosvami; gauc;fe\nyatra kaila-went back to Bengal; sanatana-rupera-of Sri Sanatana Gosvami and\nROpa Gosvami; ei- thus; caritra-character; kahi/a-1 have described.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter staying in Varar;tasi for about ten days, Rupa Gosvami returned to\nBengal. In this way I have described the activities of Rupa and Sanatana.\n\n", "mad9#p0448": "Text 224]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\n\n419\n\nTEXT 222\n\n�Qfi 11�t�'- �rw ifii'lifi!f �rQ(� 1\n\n�i{ �i{�l';� �1lr;� 'll�i �� �t�l II � � � II\netha mahaprabhu yadi niladri calila\nnirjana vana-pathe yaite maha sukha paila\nSYNONYMS\netha-on the other side; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nyadi­\n\nwhen; niladri califa -went back to Jagannatha PurT; nirjana vana-pathe-on a solitary forest path; yaite-t raveling ; maha sukha paila-got very great pleasure.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned to Jagannatha Puri, He passed\nthrough the solitary forest, and He received great pleasure in doing so.\nTEXT 223\n\n�r;� �M' �ii:r;:Jt �� �a,�-:Jtr;� I\n��e, ��tilf-:Jtr;� ,<15� ifti{t1tr;er II � �� II\nsukhe ca/i' aise prabhu balabhadra-sange\nparvavat mrgadi-sange kaila nana-range\nSYNONYMS\nsukhe-in a very pleasing atmosphere; ca/i' aise-comes back; prabhu-SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; balabhadra-sange-with the servant of Balabhadra Bha��acarya; parva-vat-as previously;\n\nmrga-adi-sange-with the forest animals;\n\nkai/a-performed; nana-range-various pleasing activities.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu happily returned to Jagannatha Puri in the company of His servant, Balabhadra Bhatfacarya. As previously, the Lord performed many pleasing pastimes with the forest animals.\nTEXT 224\n\n��i�Wttt� �tfil' ���t� ��t'l l\n�iflfPi <;�t�t-� fil�-���t'l II � �8 II\n\n", "mad9#p0449": "420\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\natharanalate asi' bhauacarya brahmaf)e\npathafia bolaila nija-bhakta-gaQe\n\nSYNONYMS\natharanalate-to a place near Jagannatha PurT named Atharanala; asi\nbhattacarya\n\nbrahmaQe-the\n\nbrahmaf)a\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nBalabhadra\n\n'-\n\ncoming;\n\nBhattacarya;\n\npathafia-sending; bolaila-called for; nija-bhakta-gaQe-His own personal associates.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu arrived at a place known as Afharanala near\nJagannatha Puri, He sent Balabhadra Bhatfacarya to call for His devotees.\n\nTEXT 225\n\n�fiml �t�� 'St'i t;�i{ �i{�f� �ffi I\nQf� �t'i �t��' (;�i{ ��� @�'1111 ��<?II\nsuniya bhaktera gaf)a yena punarapi jila\ndehe praf)a aile, yena indriya uthila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hea ring; bhaktera gaQa-the hordes of devotees at Jagannatha PurT;\nyena-as if; punarapi-again; jila-became alive; dehe-in the body; praf)a\naile-consciousness returned; yena-as if; indriya-senses; uthila-became agitated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing news of the lord's arrival from Balabhadra Bhatfacarya, hordes of\ndevotees became so happy that they seemed to be getting their lives back. It\nwas as though their consciousness had returned to their bodies. Their senses\nalso became agitated.\nTEXT 226\n\n'filti{t� f<l�'i �'<f.'St'i -.t�i 'fil�'ii I\ni{�ef 'filt��i llt� �'t_t� f��'li II � �� II\nanande vihvala bhakta-gaQa dhafia aila\nnarendre asiya sabe prabhure milila\n\n", "mad9#p0450": "Text 228]\n\nThe Residents of Varat;�asi Become Vai�t;�avas\n\n421\n\nSYNONYMS\nanande-in\n\ngreat\n\npleasure;\n\nvihva/a -overwhelmed;\n\nbhakta-gaQa-all the\n\ndevotees; dhana aila-very hastily came; narendre asiya-coming to the shore of\nNarendra Lake; sabe-all of them; prabhure-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mililamet.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing overwhelmed with great pleasure, all the devotees hastily went to see\nthe lord. They met Him on the banks of Narendra-sarovara, the celebrated\nlake.\nTEXT 227\n\n�-�t��� �� <tf\"ft� ��'l I\nc;�tr;� ��t��� '�'fi c;��-�t��i{ II �� 9 II\npuri-bharatira prabhu vandilena cara(1a\ndonhe mahaprabhure kaila prema-a/ingana\nSYNONYMS\npuri-Paramananda PurT; bharatira-and of Brahmananda BharatT; prabhuLord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vandilena cara(1a-worshiped the feet; donheboth the elderly sannyasis; mahaprabhure-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kai/a-did;\nprema-alingana-embracing in love.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Paramananda Puri and\n\nBrahmananda\n\nBharati met Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, the lord offered them His respectful obeisances due to their\nbeing Godbrothers of His spiritual master. They both then embraced Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu in love and affection.\nTEXT 228\n\ntftr;';(t��-�11\\<Pt, �fui!·��t�� I\niSf$fti{\"f, <!it�'!f�, c;�t\"M\"f, <tf;t£p'!f� II ��IT' II\ndamodara-svarupa, paQc;fita-gadadhara\njagadananda, kasisvara, govinda, vakresvara\nSYNONYMS\ndamodara-svarupa -SvarOpa Damodara; paQc;fita-gadadhara -Gadadhara, the\nlearned scholar; jagadananda -Jagadananda; kasisvara-KasTsvara; govindaGovinda; vakresvara-Vakresvara.\n\n", "mad9#p0451": "S ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n422\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTRANSLATION\nDevotees like Svarupa Damodara, Gadadhara Pa•:u;tita,\nKasisvara, Govinda and Vakresvara all came to meet the Lord.\n\nJagadananda,\n\nTEXT 229\n\n�tift·f��, ��J�-��' '?tfu�·Wt��tlif� I\n�rnwt�·�t�, �� <?tru�--��� 11 � �� 11\nkasi-misra, pradyumna-misra, paw;iita-damodara\nharidasa-thakura, ara paf)gita-satikara\n\nSYNONYMS\nkasi-misra-KasT\n\nMisra;\n\npradyumna-misra-Pradyumna\n\nMisra;\n\npaQ(fita­\n\ndamodara-Damodara Pat;�c,iita; haridasa-thakura-Haridasa Thakura; ara-and;\npaQ(fita-satikara-Sarikara Pat;�c,iita.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKasi Misra, Pradyumna Misra, Damodara Par:tc;fita, Haridasa Thakura and\nS ankara Par:tc;fita also came there to meet the Lord.\nTEXT 230\n\n�t� �<{ �� �'l� 1)�1:'1 �f� I\n�<f1 �t�fi?�1 �'l O�filtR� C��i II �l!)o II\nara saba bhakta prabhura caraf)e pac;fifa\nsaba afitigiya prabhu premavi$ta haifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nara saba bhakta-all the other devotees; prabhura-of Lord SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\ncaraf)e pac;lifa-fell down at the lotus feet; saba afitigiya­\n\nembracing all of them; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prema-avi$ta-overwhelmed in ecstatic love and emotion; haifa-became.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the other devotees also came and fell down at the Lord's lotus feet. In\nreturn, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced them all with great ecstatic love.\n\n", "mad9#p0452": "Text 232]\n\nThe Residents of Vara�asi Become Vai��avas\n\n423\n\nTEXT 231\n\n�t��-��(!f �tt� �<I �'<3\"'itt'l I\n�<li i'f<.!Pi �t� �'i_ 'S'f'it�t�-W�llftil II��� II\nananda-samudre bhase saba bhakta-gaQe\nsaba lafia cale prabhu jagannatha-darasane\nSYNONYMS\n\nananda-samudre-in the ocean of transcendental bliss; bhase-float; saba\nbhakta-gaQe-all the devotees;\n\nsaba /afia-taking all of them;\n\nca/e-goes;\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jagannatha-darasane-to see the jagannatha\nDeity in the temple.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus they all merged in the ocean of transcendental bliss. Then the Lord\nand all His devotees proceeded toward the temple of Jagannatha to see the\nDeity.\nTEXT 232\n\niSf'it�t� c;wN' �'l '�lltf<l� c��i I\n��·�t 'J? <1��'1 ,�J-'Thi! C<f.�i II � �� II\njagannatha dekhi' prabhu premavi?ta haila\nbhakta-satige bahu-k?aQa nrtya-gita kai/a\n\nSYNONYMS\n\njagannatha\n\ndekhi'-seeing\n\nLord\n\nJagannatha;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; prema-avi?ta haila-became overwhelmed with love and affection;\nbhakta-sange-in the society of the devotees; bahu-k?aQa-for a long time;\nnrtya-gita kai/a-chanted and danced.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw Lord Jagannatha in the temple, He\nwas immediately overwhelmed with love and affection. He chanted and\ndanced with His devotees for a long time.\n\n", "mad9#p0453": "424\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 233\n\niS'f'it:lt�-<;�(f� �tfil' �ta<!i·��tlif fw�1 I\n\n'{�T ��li1 �t�' ��'I (f�\"fill ��� II\njagannatha-sevaka ani' mafa-prasada difa\ntufasi paqicha asi' cara1,1a vandifa\n\nSYNONYMS\njagannatha-sevaka-the priests who were servitors of Lord Jagannatha; ani'bringing;\n\nmafa-prasada difa-distributed flower garlands and prasada; tufasi\n\npa{iicha-the temple servant known as Tulasr; asi'-coming; cara1,1a vandifaworshiped the lotus feet of the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe priests immediately brought them flower garlands and prasada. The\ntemple's watchman, who was named Tulasi, also came and offered his obeisances to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 234\n\n'��t� �rr��f-cmr;;� c;<fltilft� �\"�' 1\n�t-(?;�)l!, ift�til�, (f'!�ilt� fir� II ��8 II\n'mahaprabhu aifa'-grame kofahafa haifa\nsarvabhauma, ramananda, va1,1inatha milifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhu aifa-Srr Caitanya Mahaprabhu has arrived; grame-in the town;\nkofahafa haifa-there was spreading of the news; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma;\nramananda-Ram ananda; vaQinatha-Var;�Tnatha; mififa-came and met Him.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the news spread that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had arrived at Jagannatha Puri, devotees like Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya, Ramananda Raya and\nVar;1inatha Raya all came to meet Him.\nTEXT 235\n\n�� �t;'Jf '1<1Pi � fil��Hit� ��'11 I\n\n���if, \"Ptf��·<;'lt·t�tf<1P fil��'l �<f-'1111 ��q II\n\n", "mad9#p0454": "Text 237]\n\nThe Residents of Vara�asi Become Vai��avas\n\n425\n\nsaba sange lana prabhu misra-vasa aila\nsarvabhauma, paQQita-gosaiii nimantraQa kai/a\nSYNONYMS\nsaba sange /alia-taking all of them; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; misravasa ai/a-came to Kasi Misra's house; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya;\npaQ(iita-gosaiii-Gadadhara Pat:�<;lita; nimantraQa kai/a-invited the Lord to take\nprasada.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord and all His devotees then went to the residence of Kasi Misra. Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya and Pa�c:fita Gosani also invited the Lord to dine at their\nhomes.\nTEXT 236\n\n�� �r;�,-\"��l��tlf �ti{' �� \"':tti{ I\n��·lftef �tt �tfiSr <fiRtiJ.J��\"tiSfti{ II\" ���II\nprabhu kahe,-\"maha-prasada ana' ei sthane\nsaba-sange ihan aji karimu bhojane\"\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; maha-prasada ana'-bring mahaprasada; ei sthane-to this place; saba-sange-with all; ihan-here; aji-today;\nkarimu bhojane-1 shall dine.\nTRANSLATION\nAccepting their invitation, the Lord asked them to bring all the prasada\nthere so that He could eat it with His devotees.\nTEXT 237\n\n�t� 1•t� iSf�t���\"t5f �tfi{\"f I\n�-�t� ��t�� '�\"t�i{ �nt\"f II ��9 II\ntabe dunhe jagannatha-prasada ani/a\nsaba-sange mahaprabhu bhojana karila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then;\n\ndunhe-both Sarvabhauma and Pat:�<;lita Gosani; jagannatha­\n\nprasada ani/a-brought the maha-prasada of Jagannatha; saba-sange-with all of\nthem; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhojana kari/a-dined.\n\n", "mad9#p0455": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n426\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon receiving Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's order, both Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya and Pat:�c;lita Gosaiii brought sufficient prasada from the temple of\nJagannatha. The Lord then dined with everyone at His own place.\nTEXT 238\n\n�� �' ���,-�� '�f�' �itlt� I\n�� ��t�� '�t� ��fur��� II ��lr II\nei ta' kahilun, -prabhu dekhi' vrndavana\npuna/:! karilena yaiche niladri gamana\n\nSYNONYMS\nei ta' kahilun-thus I have described; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ndekhi'\n\nvrndavana-after\n\nvisiting\n\nVrndavana;\n\npuna/:1-again;\n\nkarilena-did;\n\nyaiche-as; niladri gamana-coming back to Jagannatha Puri.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have described how Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned to Jagannatha\nPuri from Vrndavana.\nTEXT 239\n\n�� ,�� ��i <lim' <!i�11 <!l'<�'l 1\n��te, 9ft1l ':JI� ,���.1-\"�1{'1 II � �� II\niha yei sraddha kari' karaye sravaf)a\nacirat paya sei caitanya-caraf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\niha-this; yei-anyone who; sraddha kari'-with faith and love; karaye sraVaf)a-hears; acirat-very soon; paya-gets; sei-he; caitanya-caraf)a-the lotus\nfeet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhoever hears Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's pastimes with faith and love very\nsoon attains shelter at the Lord's lotus feet.\n\n", "mad9#p0456": "Text 241]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\n\n427\n\nTEXT 240\n\nil��'Rl\" <flfir( �� tif'it,5f�i{ 1\n� �e,�� C<fl�1 �t!rl 'it';li{t'itlfi{ II �8° II\nmadhya-lilara karilwi ei dig-darasana\nchaya vatsara kaila yaiche gamanagamana\nSYNONYMS\n\nmadhya-lilara-of this division, known as Madhya-lila; kariluri-1 have done; ei\ndik-darasana-this summary inspection; chaya vatsara-continuously for six\nyears; kaila-performed; yaiche-just as; gamana-agamana-going and coming\nback.\nTRANSLATION\nI have thus given a summary of the Madhya-lila, which is a special description of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's travels to and from Jagannatha Puri. Indeed, the Lord traveled to and fro continuously for six years.\nTEXT 241\n\n� 'fSI�ffl-t �e,�� ���ti'f �t� I\n\n��'it\"'·�t\"f <fit� <fi'l�i{-�\"f� II �8� II\n5e$a a$tadasa vatsara nilacale vasa\nbhakta-gaf)a-sarige kare kirtana-vilasa\nSYNONYMS\n\n5e$a a$tadasa vatsara-the remaining eighteen years; nilacale vasa-residence\nat ]agannatha Puri; bhakta-gaf)a-sarige-with devotees; kare-performs; kirtanavilasa-the pastimes of chanting the Hare Kr�l)a mantra.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter taking sannyasa at the age of twenty-four, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nlived another twenty-four years. For six of these years, He traveled extensively\nthroughout India, sometimes going to Jagannatha Puri and sometimes leaving.\nAfter traveling for six years, the Lord fixed His residence at Jagannatha Puri\nand stayed there for the eighteen remaining years of His life. During these\neighteen years He mainly chanted Hare Kr�r;�a with His devotees.\n\n", "mad9#p0457": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n428\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 242\n\n��t� i1ji1l �� <lim �il.<rtw 1\n�<ftw c�t� �� ��t� ��tw 11 �8� 11\nmadhya-li/ara krama ebe kari anuvada\nanuvada kaile haya kathara asvada\n\nSYNONYMS\nmadhya-lilara krama-a chronological list of the pastimes described in the\nMadhya-lila of Caitanya-caritamrta; ebe-now; kari-1 may do; anuvada-assessment; anuvada kaile-by assessing in that way; haya-there is; kathara asvadatasting of all the topics.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI shall now chronologically reassess the chapters of Madhya-lila so that one\ncan relish the transcendental features of these topics.\nTEXT 243\n\n<2f${ �fitt�tw-,��� ,�'it'l 1\n\n�N-1lt$U '�til �tt'it� f<l�t� <t(illl �8� 11\nprathama paricchede-5e$a-lilara sCitra-gaQa\ntathi-madhye kona bhagera vistara varQana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprathama paricchede-in the First Chapter; 5e$a-lilara sCitra g aQa-the codes of\n-\n\nthe Antya-li/a, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's pastimes at the end; tathi-madhyewithin that; kana bhagera-of some portion of the book; vistara varQana-a vivid\ndescription.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the First Chapter I have given a synopsis of the last pastimes [Antya-lila].\nWithin this chapter is a vivid description of some of the pastimes of the lord\nthat took place toward the end of His life.\nTEXT 244\n\n�� 9frnt�tw-��� ��t9f·<t(il 1\nt:!N·'Ilt-u iltili-�tt<t� fir'it,w�-til 11 �88 11\n\n", "mad9#p0458": "429\n\nThe Residents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\n\nText 246]\n\ndvitTya paricchede-prabhura pralapa-varf)ana\ntathi-madhye nana-bhavera dig-darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\ndvitTya\n\nparicchede-in\n\nthe Second\n\nChapter;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; pralapa-varf)ana-a description of His behaving like a crazy man;\ntathi-madhye-within that; nana-bhavera-of different emotional ecstasies; dikdarasana-indication.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Second Chapter I have described Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's talking\nlike a crazy man. Within this chapter it is indicated how Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu manifested His different emotional moods.\nTEXT 245\n\n� \"Ptfii�W-�11\" ��( �Jt� I\n�rm�11\" �t� � �fi1�1 ��� u �s<t u\ntrtiya paricchede-prabhura kahilwi sannyasa\nacaryera ghare yaiche kari/a vi/asa\n\nSYNONYMS\ntrtiya\n\nparicchede-in\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkahi/wi-1\n\nthe\n\nThird\n\nhave\n\nChapter;\n\ndescribed;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSrT\n\nsannyasa-acceptance\n\nCaitanya\nof\n\nthe\n\nrenounced order of life; acaryera ghare-at the house of Advaita Acarya;\nyaiche-how; kari/a vi/asa-enj oyed His pastimes.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Third Chapter I have described the Lord's acceptance of the\nrenounced order and how He enjoyed His pastimes in the house of Advaita\nAcarya.\nTEXT 246\n\n�r.;�-11t� �11\" ijRf\\i·<til�'tWi{ I\n''m'PlM \"11�, �-�Bt11 �(i{ u �8� u\ncaturthe-madhava purira caritra-asvadana\ngopala sthapana, k?ira-curira varf)ana\n\n", "mad9#p0459": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n430\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaturthe-in the Fourth Chapter;\n\nmadhava purira-of Madhavendra PurT;\n\ncaritra-asvadana-relishing the characteristics; gopala sthapana-the installation\nof Gopala; k�ira-curira van)ana-a description of GopTnatha's stealing condensed\nmilk at Remur:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Fourth Chapter I have described Madhavendra Puri's installation of\nthe Gopala Deity as well as Gopinatha's stealing a pot of condensed milk at\nRemul)a.\nTEXT 247\n\n<?t.tlf -�ttJ.r;'$ft?f1Qf·�Rti!i·�(il I\n\nfili!:rtil'if �r;�, �t_ ��il �t�tWil II �89 II\npaiicame\n\n-\n\nsak�i-gopala-caritra-van)ana\n\nnityananda kahe, prabhu karena asvadana\nSYNONYMS\npaiicame-in the Fifth Chapter; sak�i gopa /a\n-\n\n-Sak� i-gopala; caritra-varQana-a\n\ndescription of the characteristics; nityananda kahe-Lord Nityananda described\nthis; prabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karena asvadana-tasted it.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Fifth Chapter I have narrated the story of Sak�i-gopala. Lord Nityananda Prabhu narrated this while Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu listened.\n\nTEXT 248\n\n��- �1<f't<e)t�1f �RtQf11!;'it1f I\n��t�- ���1, �t�ti� fil�t1f II �Sir II\n�a�the\n\n-\n\nsaptame\n\nsarvabhaumera kari/a uddhara\n\n-\n\ntirtha-yatra, vasudeva nistara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsasthe-in the Sixth Chapter;\n\nsarvabhaumera-Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya;\n\nkarila uddhara-the Lord delivered; saptame-in the Seventh Chapter; tirthayatra-going to different holy places; vasudeva nistara-deli vering Vasudeva.\n\n", "mad9#p0460": "Text 250]\n\nThe Residents of Varar:-asi Become Vai�r:-avas\n\n431\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Sixth Chapter I have told how Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya was\ndelivered, and in the Seventh Chapter I have described the lord's tour of\ndifferent holy places and His deliverance of Vasudeva.\nTEXT 249\n\n��'� ._1ft1fti(�-��·!ftw ��t1f 1\n�t�ti( �fil\"ff ':Jt<f-fit�t� �Bl' II �8� II\na� tame-ramananda-sarhvada vistara\napane sunila 'sarva-siddhantera sara'\nSYNONYMS\na�tame-in the Eighth Chapter; ramananda-sarhvada vistara-an elaborate discussion with S ri Ramananda Raya; apane-personally; suni/a-listened; sarvaall; siddhantera-of conclusions; sara-the essence.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Eighth Chapter I have recorded the lord's elaborate discussion with\nRamananda Raya. The lord personally listened as Ramananda gave the conclusive essence of all Vedic literatures.\nTEXT 250\n\n��t�-<1i�( wf-.'1-�r(-1!!111'1 1\nW��-<1i�(_ �(\" ��q--f��i( II �<to II\nnavame-kahiluri dak�iQa-tirtha-bhramaQa\ndasame-kahiluri sarva-vai�Qava-milana\nSYNONYMS\nnavame-in the Ninth Chapter; kahi/uri-1 have described; dak�iQa-tirthabhramaQa-going on pilgrimage in South India; dasame-in the Tenth Chapter;\nkahi/uri-1 have described; sarva-vai�Qava-milana-meeting of all kinds of devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Ninth Chapter I have described the lord's tour of South India and the\ndifferent places of pilgrimage. In the Tenth Chapter I have described the\nmeeting of all the devotees of the lord.\n\n", "mad9#p0461": "432\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 251\n\n��tw�-�'lff\"lr;� '<;��1·����il' I\n�� -�fu�1·1lf\"l�-1{�il-'ifit'iilll �1� II\nekadase-sri-mandire 'be(ia-satikirtana'\ndvadase-guQ(iica-mandira-marjana-k!ja/ana\n\nSYNONYMS\nekadase-in the Eleventh Chapter; sri-mandire-in the jagannatha temple;\nbe(ia-satikirtana-chanting of the Hare Kr�f)a mantra all around; dvadase-in the\nTwelfth Chapter; guQ(iica-mandira-of the temple known as Guf)<;lica; marjanak$iilana-cleansing and washing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Eleventh Chapter I have described the great chanting of the Hare\nKr�r:Ja maha-mantra that surrounded the lord. In the Twelfth Chapter I have\ngiven a narration of the cleansing and washing of the GuQc;lica temple.\nTEXT 252\n\ni:!lr;�t5f�-��·�tr;\"it � il� I\n��r;xt-'<;��t9f�trJf\\'·�l!l1·��-tilll �1� II\ntrayodase-ratha-age prabhura nartana\ncaturdase-'hera-pancami'- yatra-darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntrayodase-in the Thirteenth Chapter; ratha-age-in front of the Jagannatha\nRatha; prabhura nartana-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu's dancing; caturdase-in\nthe Fourteenth Chapter; hera-paflcami-Hera-pancami, which takes place on the\nfifth day of Ratha-yatra; yatra-festival; darasana-visiting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Thirteenth Chapter I have described Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\ndancing before the chariot of Jagannatha. In the Fourteenth Chapter, there is\nan account of the Hera-paiicami function.\nTEXT 253\n\nl!t� 1ft${J �iSf��� retr;� C!t�'i I\n<15f�9f ��'11, � c� �t<311t5filll �1� 11\n\n", "mad9#p0462": "Text 255]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;.asi Become Vai�r;.avas\n\n433\n\ntara madhye vraja-devira bhavera sravaf)a\nsvarapa kahi/a, prabhu kaila asvadana\nSYNONYMS\ntara madhye-in that; vraja-devira-of the gopis; bhavera-of ecstatic emo­\n\ntion; sravaf)a-hear ing; svarupa kahila-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami described;\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kaila asvadana-pe rsonally tasted.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAlso in the Fourteenth Chapter the emotional ecstasy of the gopis was described by Svarupa Damodara and tasted by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 254\n\n11.\\ifO't -�r;�� �'l ��� <!)�'f I\n�rt��·'Cif;� f�'lii, �r;1lt'<l i!itBt� II � �8 II\npaflcadase-bhaktera guf)a sri-mukhe kahila\nsarvabhauma-ghare bhik$a, amogha tarila\nSYNONYMS\npancadase-in the Fifteenth Chapter;\n\nbhaktera-of the devotees; guf)a­\n\nqualities; sri-mukhe kahila-Caita n ya Mahaprabhu personally described; sarvabhauma-ghare-at the house of Sarvabhauma;\n\namogha tarila-He delivered Amogha.\n\nbhik$a-accepting lunch;\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Fifteenth Chapter Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu highly praised the\nqualities of His devotees and accepted lunch at the house of Sarvabhauma\nBhalfacarya. At that time, He delivered Amogha.\nTEXT 255\n\n'�-t-1�t�il�t� '��r;\\if-t·�� I\n�� �\"'t�r;� �t��1, iltl;-tt\"'i C�f;l! II �� � II\n$Oc;lase-vrndavana-yatra gaucja-desa-pathe\npuna/:1 nilacale aila, natasala haite\nSYNONYMS\n$Oc;lase-in the Sixteenth Chapter; vrndavana-yatra-departure for visiting\n\nVrndavana; gaucja-desa-pathe-on the way through the province of Bengal;\n\n", "mad9#p0463": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n434\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\npuna/:1-again; nilacale ai/a-came back to )agannatha Puri; natasala haite-from\nKanai Natasala.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Sixteenth Chapter Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu departed for Vrndavana\nand journeyed through Bengal. He later returned to Jagannatha Puri from\nKanai Natasala.\nTEXT 256\n\n���?;lef-�ii'Pt?;� 'al��i-�'alil I\n��t�c;-t -��t<�il·f<t�t�-�sf'illl �ct� 11\nsaptadase-vanapathe mathura-gamana\na�tadase-vrndavana-vihara-var1_1ana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaptadase-in the Seventeenth Chapter; vana-pathe-through the forest path;\nmathura-gamana-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu's going to Mathura; a�tadase-in\nthe Eighteenth Chapter; vrndavana-vihara-varQana -description of His touring the\nforest of Vrndavana.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Seventeenth Chapter I have described the Lord's journey through the\ngreat forest of Jharikhar:u;la and His arrival at Mathura. In the Eighteenth\nChapter there is a description of His tour of the forest of Vrndavana.\nTEXT 257\n\n�il��?;-t-'al��i C�?;i! ��t�-�'alil I\n� \"aT?;� ��\"Pte;� -t�-���'i II � 19 II\nunavirilse-mathura haite prayaga-gamana\ntara madhye sri-rupere sakti-saficaraQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nunav1mse-in the Nineteenth Chapter; mathura haite-from Mathura;\nprayaga-gamana-going to Prayaga; tara madhye-within that; sri-rupere-Sri\nROpa Gosvami; sakti-saricaraQa-empowering to spread devotional service.\n\nTRANSLAliON\nIn the Nineteenth Chapter, the Lord returned to Prayaga from Mathura and\nempowered Sri Rupa Gosvami to spread devotional service.\n\n", "mad9#p0464": "Text 260]\n\nThe Residents of Vara�;�asi Become Vai��;�avas\n\n435\n\nTEXT 258\n\n��-t� 9t��r;w-#l�ti!-r;�� fil\"'� 1\nI!� �t�J ���t� ��-�(�II ��lrII\nvirilsati paricchede-sanatanera milana\ntara madhye bhagavanera svarDpa-varQana\nSYNONYMS\nvirilsati paricchede-in the Twentieth Chapter; sanatanera mi/ana- meet ing\n\nwith Sanatana\n\nGosvami;\n\ntara\n\nmadhye-withi n that;\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead;\n\nbhagavanera-of\n\nthe\n\nsvarupa-varQana-descript i on of personal\n\nfeatures.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Twentieth Chapter the Lord's meeting with Sanatana is described.\nThe Lord described the personal features of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead in depth.\nTEXT 259\n\nl.fl<f'Bt�-r;llf- ����-�tf(_� �(� I\n'4tB��-r;-r-�r<t� #lt���ri@� ���'�II �Q� 11\nekavirilse-kr?Qaisvarya-madhurya varQana\ndvavirilse-dvividha sadhana-bhaktira vivaraQa\nSYNONYMS\neka-virilse-in the Twenty-first Chapter; kr?Qa-aisvarya-of the opulence of\n\nKr�r:Ja; madhurya-of the pleasing beauty; varQana-description; dva-virilse-in\nthe Twenty-second Chapter; dvi-vidha-twofold; sadhana-bhaktira-of the discharge of devotional service; vivaraQa-description\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Twenty-first Chapter there is a description of K���;�a's beauty and\nopulence, and in the Twenty-second Chapter there is a description of the\ntwofold discharge of devotional service.\nTEXT 260\n\n�11tf<t�-r;-t -o���fi@�-r;#l� <�\"�� 1\n��tllf-'�t�t�:'·(;�<f't� �(� II ��o II\n\n", "mad9#p0465": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n436\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\ntrayovirilse-prema-bhakti-rasera kathana\ncaturvirilse-'atmarama/:1'-s/okartha vart_1ana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntraya/:1-virilse-in the Twenty-third Chapter; prema-bhakti-of ecstatic love of\nGodhead;\n\nrasera-of the mellow;\n\nTwenty-fourth Chapter;\n\nkathana-narration;\n\ncatu/:1-virilse-in the\n\natmarama/:1-known as atmarama; 5/oka artha-the\n-\n\nmeaning of the verse; var(lana-description\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Twenty-third Chapter there is a description of the mellows of transcendental loving service, and in the Twenty-fourth Chapter the Lord analyzes\nthe atmarama verse.\nTEXT 261\n\n�·��J�-t- <f)tiit<tt��� C<l�<l�'l I\n\n<()'� Cf(�� ��� ��t�� �t��� II��� II\npancavirilse-kasi-vasire vai?Qava-kara(la\nkasi haite puna/:! nilaca/e agamana\nSYNONYMS\npanca-v1mse-in the Twenty-fifth Chapter;\nVara�asT\n\n(KasT);\n\nkasi-vasire-the residents of\n\nvai?(1ava-kara(1a- making Vai��avas;\n\nkasi haite-from KasT;\n\npuna/:1-agai n; ni/acale agamana-coming back to jagannatha PurT (NTiacala).\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Twenty-fifth Chapter there is a description of how the residents of\nVara�;�asi were converted to Vai��;�avism. The Lord also returned to Nilacala\n[Jagannatha Puri] from Vara�;�asi.\nTEXT 262\n\n?t���-tf� ?tf.���w �� C<f)( �il.<ITW 1\n�mf \\!M7;'t f(11 �• r�-�t�tw 11 ��� 11\npancavirilsati paricchede ei kailwi anuvada\nyahara srava(le haya granthartha-asvada\n\n", "mad9#p0466": "Text 264]\n\n437\n\nThe Residents of Varal)asi Become Vai�l)avas\n\nSYNONYMS\npaiica-virhsati paricchede-in the Twenty-fifth Chapter;\n\nei-this;\n\nkailun\n\nanuvada-1 have made repetition; yahara sravaQe-hearing which; haya-there\nis; grantha-artha-asvada-understanding of the whole contents of the book.\nTRANSLATION\nI have thus summarized these pastimes in the Twenty-fifth Chapter.\nHearing this, one can understand the whole purport of this scripture.\nTEXT 263\n\n��r;;\"'\"c,� <!i�\"( 111� ��aih'ft� �t� I\n�t$�itr;;. <t(� �1 <fhl ��t� �I!!Hl II ��� II\nsar'lk$epe kahilun ei madhya-lilara sara\nkoti-granthe varQana na yaya ihara vistara\nSYNONYMS\nsar'lk$epe-in brief; kahi/un-1 have described; ei-this; madhya-lilara saraessence of Madhya-lila; koti-granthe-in millions of books; varQana-description;\nna yaya-is not possible; ihara vistara-elaborately.\nTRANSLATION\nI have now summarized the entire subject matter of the Madhya-lila. These\npastimes cannot be described elaborately even in millions of books.\n\nTEXT 264\n\n�<I fill!!tfifl:'! �� i!!ifi!\"£1 '�t-t·,�!;;lt I\n�t�r;;� �:15ft fit' �f9 <fjfi{\"£1 ��tr;;-t II ��8 II\njiva nistarite prabhu bhramila dese-dese\napane asvadi' bhakti kari/a prakase\n\nSYNONYMS\njiva nistarite-to deliver all the fallen souls; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nbhrami/a-traveled;\n\ndese-dese-in\n\nvarious\n\ncountries;\n\napane-personally;\n\nasvadi'-tasting; bhakti-devotional service; kari/a -did; prakase-broadcasting.\n\n", "mad9#p0467": "438\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo deliver all fallen souls, the Lord traveled from country to country. He\npersonally tasted the transcendental pleasure of devotional service, and He\nsimultaneously spread the cult of devotion everywhere.\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally traveled to different regions of India to\nspread the bhakti cult throughout the country. He also personally relished transcendental activities. By His personal behavior He has given an example for devotees to follow. That is, one should broadcast the cult of devotional service. He\nspecifically instructed His devotees to enjoin all Indians to broadcast this message\nthroughout the world because at that time the Lord could not personally travel to\nother parts of the world. In this regard, He has left two instructions:\n\nbharata-bhamite haifa manu?ya-janma yara\njanma sarthaka kari' kara para-upakara\n\"All Indians should seriously take up the cult of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu and\nshould perfect their lives by adopting the process of devotional service. After perfecting their lives, they should broadcast this message all over the world for the\nwelfare of all human beings [para-upakara].\"\n\n(Cc. Adi 9.41) A Vai?r;tava is\n\nespecially interested in para-upakara, doing good to others. Prahlada Maharaja\nwas also interested in this. He did not want to be delivered alone; rather, he\nwanted to deliver all fallen souls, who are bereft of knowledge of bhakti and who\nmisuse their intelligence for the temporary benefit of the material body. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu also wanted His mission spread all over the world.\n\nprthivite ache yata nagaradi grama\nsarvatra pracara haibe mora nama\n\"In every town and village, the chanting of My name will be heard.\"\nFollowing in His footsteps, we are trying to broadcast His message throughout\nthe world. By His mercy, people are taking this movement very seriously. Indeed,\nour books are extensively distributed in the Western countries, especially in\nAmerica and Europe. Even the ecclesiastical orders in these countries are appreciating the value of this Kr?r:ta consciousness movement and are ready to unite\nfor the highest\n\nbenefit of human society.\n\nThe followers of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu may therefore take this movement seriously and broadcast it\nthroughout the world, from village to village and from town to town, just as SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu Himself did.\n\n", "mad9#p0468": "Text 266]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;tavas\n\n439\n\nTEXT 265\n\n�1!,, �r�'!,, ,�, �t11' 1\n\n�t�l!,, �,, �I!\" �t11' n ��a- n\nk[$Qa-tattva, bhakti-tattva, prema-tattva sara\nbhava-tattva, rasa-tattva, lila-tattva ara\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nk[$Qa-tattva-the truth of Kr?r;�a; bhakti-tattva-the truth of devotional service;\n\nprema-tattva-the truth of ecstatic love of Godhead; sara-the essence; bhavatattva-the emotional truth; rasa-tattva-the truth of transcendental mellow; /i/atattva-the truth of pastimes of the Lord; ara-also.\nTRANSLATION\nKr�r:ta consciousness means understanding the truth of Kr�r;�a, the truth of\ndevotional service, the truth of love of Godhead, the truth of emotional\necstasy, the truth of transcendental mellow and the truth of the pastimes of\nthe lord.\nTEXT 266\n\n��t$1�·\\!,� �fil� ��t11' I\n��'t_�J �'$f��, iSTt•rt��i ���tt11' II � �� II\nsri-bhagavata-tattva-rasa karila pracare\nk[$Qa-tulya bhagavata, janaila sarilsare\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri-bhagavata-tattva-rasa-the truth and transcendental taste\nBhagavatam; karila pracare\n\n-\n\nof Srimad­\n\nC aitanya Mahaprabhu preached elaborately; kr$Qa­\n\ntu/ya-identical with Kr?r;�a; bhagavata-Srimad-Bhagavatam; janaila sarilsare­\n\nhas preached within this world.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has personally preached the transcendental truths\nand mellows of Srimad-Bhagavatam. Srimad-Bhagavatam and the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead are identical, for Srimad-Bhagavatam is the sound incarnation of Sri Kr�r;�a.\n\n", "mad9#p0469": "440\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 267\n\n�� ;;tRf' ��tf.� �t��·<I'Wt� I\n<li1�1 ��-�� <li�t� �fil;;i �T�i{ II ��'l II\nbhakta lagi' vistarila apana-vadane\n\nkahan bhakta-mukhe kahai sunila apane\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhakta /agi'-especially for the purpose of His devotees; vistari/a-expansively\n\ndescribed; apana-vadane-personally, with His own mouth; kahan-sometimes;\n\nbhakta-mukhe-through the mouth of His devotees; kahai-making describe;\nsuni/a apane-listened Himself.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu br oadcast the purpose of Srimad-Bhagavatam. He\nsometimes spoke f or the benefit of His devotees and sometimes empowered\none of His devotees to speak while He listened.\nPURPORT\n\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, as an ideal teacher, or acarya, explained Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam very elaborately Himself. He sometimes also empowered His devo­\n\ntees to speak while He listened. This is the way an acarya should train His disciples. Not only should he describe the bhagavata cult personally, but he should\n\nalso train his disciples to speak on this sublime subject.\n\nTEXT 268\n\n[!\\)�{)'!�-�� �t11' ?9f�<IWT� I\n'e'(l>(le,�;; i{i ,.,-f� f�'$f�� �� II ��1r' II\nsri-caitanya-sama ara krpa/u vadanya\n\nbhakta-vatsala na dekhi trijagate anya\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri-caitanya-sama-equal to SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkrpa/u-merciful;\n\nvadanya-magnanimous ;\n\nara-anyone else;\n\nbhakta-vatsa/a-very kind to the\n\ndevotees; na dekhi-1 do not see; tri-jagate-in these three worlds; anya-anyone else.\n\n", "mad9#p0470": "Text 270]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\n\n441\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll sane men within these three worlds certainly accept the conclusion that\nno one is more merciful and magnanimous than Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and\nthat no one is as kind to His devotees.\nTEXT 269\n\n�1 �fit' \\.!!� �'ii ��' ·��'$f'l I\n\n��� �:Jfrof <?t't�� C���·R'I II ��� II\nsraddha kari' ei lila suna, bhakta-gaQa\nihara prasade paiba caitanya-caraQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsraddha kari'-having faith and love; ei lila-these pastimes of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; suna-hear; bhakta-gaQa-0 devotees; ihara prasad e-by the\ngrace of this transcendental hearing; paiba-you will get; caitanya-caraQa-the\nlotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll devotees should hear about Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's pastimes with\nfaith and love. By the grace of the Lord, one can thus attain shelter at His lotus\nfeet.\nTEXT 270\n\n� l!!f:Jft�� ��1 �i!..:Jf� I\n:J�(att�-fil�1?;�� �tl 'Pft��1 'Pf� II �'\\o II\nihara prasade paiba kr�Qa-tattva-sara\nsarva-sastra-siddhantera ihan paiba para\n\nSYNONYMS\nihara prasad e-by hearing these teachings of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\npaiba-you will get; kr�Qa-tattva-sara-the essence of the truth of Kr�l)a; sarvasastra-of all revealed scriptures;\n\nsiddhantera-of conclusions;\n\nihan-here;\n\npaiba-you will get; para-the ultimate limit.\nTRANSLATION\nBy understanding the pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, one can understand the truth about Kr�r;�a. By understanding Kr�r;�a, one can understand the\nlimit of all knowledge described in various revealed scriptures.\n\n", "mad9#p0471": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n442\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (7.3):\nmanu?yal)arh sahasre?U\n\nkascid yatati siddhaye\n\nyatatam api siddhanarh\n\nkascin marh vetti tattvata/:r\n\n\"Out of many thousands among men, one may endeavor for perfection, and of\nthose who have achieved perfection, hardly one knows Me in truth.\"\n\nIt is very difficult to understand Kr?r:ta, but if one tries to understand Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam through Caitanya Mahaprabhu's bhakti cult, one will undoubtedly\n\nunderstand Km1a very easily. If somehow or other one understands Kr?r:ta, his life\nwill be successful. Again, as stated in Bhagavad-gita (4.9):\njanma karma ca me divyam\nevarh yo vetti tattvata/:r\n\ntyaktva deharh punar janma\nnaiti mam eti so 'rjuna\n\n\"One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does\nnot, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, but attains\nMy eternal abode, 0 Arjuna.\"\n\nTEXT 271\n\n?��'11 ���-�\"Rf,\n\n'!t� -fl! -t� �t�,\n�-tfWt<!i � �t�1 '�t'! I\n�t�t�� �IIR,\n(;� ,�1!��'11 �'\n117;i11·��� ��' '!�ltl! II �'I� II\nk[?l)a-/J/a amrta-sara,\n\ntara sata sata dhara,\n\ndasa-dike vahe yaha haite\n\nse caitanya-/ila haya,\n\nsarovara ak$aya,\n\nmano-harhsa caraha' tahate\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-/Tia amrta-sara\n\nthe pastimes of Lord Kr?r:ta are the essence of all eternal\n\n-\n\nbliss; tara sata sata dhara\n\n-\n\nthe flow of that eternal bliss is running in hundreds of\n\n", "mad9#p0472": "Text 271]\n\nThe Residents of Varal)asi Become Vai�l)avas\n\n443\n\nbranches; dasa-dike-in all the ten directions; vahe -flows; yaha ha it e-from\nwhich; se-those; caitanya-lila-pastimes of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; hayaare; sarovara ak�aya-a transcendental eternal lake; mana/:1-harhsa-my mind,\nwhich is like a swan; caraha'-please wander; tahate-in that lake.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of Lord Kr�l)a are the essence of all nectar. They flow in\nhundreds of rivulets and in all directions. The pastimes of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu are an eternal reservoir, and one is advised to let his mind swim\nlike a swan on this transcendental lake.\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe essence of spiritual knowledge is found in the pastimes of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, which are identical with the pastimes of Lord Kr�r:Ja. This is the\nessence of knowledge. If knowledge does not include the understanding of SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and Kr�r:Ja, it is simply superfluous. By SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's grace, the nectar of Lord SrT Kr�r:Ja's pastimes is flowing in different\ndirections in hundreds and thousands of rivers. One should not think that the\npastimes of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu are different from Kr�r:Ja's pastimes. It is said:\nsri-kr�Qa-caitanya, radha-kr�f!a nahe anya. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu is a com­\n\nbination of Radha-Kr�r:Ja, and without understanding His pastimes, one cannot understand Radha and Kr�r:Ja. SrTia Narottama dasa Thakura therefore sings: ruparaghunatha-pade haibe akutil kabe hama bujhaba se yugala piriti. \"When shall I\n\nbecome very eager to study the books left by the six GosvamTs? Then I shall be\nable to understand the conjugal pastimes of Radha and Kr�r:Ja.\" Caitanya\nMahaprabhu directly empowered SrTia ROpa GosvamT and SrTia Sanatana GosvamT.\nFollowing in their footsteps, the other six GosvamTs understood SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and His mission. One should understand SrT Kf�l)a Caitanya and Lord\nSrT Kr�r:Ja from the GosvamTs in the parampara system. This Kr�r:Ja consciousness\nmovement is following as strictly as possible in the footsteps of the GosvamTs.\nNarottama dasa Thakura says, ei chaya gosafii yarira, mui tarira dasa: \"I am the servant of the six GosvamTs.\" The philosophy of Kr�r:Ja consciousness is to become\nthe servant of the servant of the servant of the Lord. Whoever wants to understand the difficult subject matter of kr�Qa-katha should accept the disciplic succession. If one is somehow or other able to understand Kr�r:Ja, his life will be successful. Tyaktva deharh punar janma naiti mam eti so 'rjuna. A perfect devotee is\nable to understand Kr�r:Ja through the disciplic succession, and his entrance into\nthe kingdom of God is thereby certainly opened. When one understands Kf�l)a,\nthere is no difficulty in transferring oneself to the spiritual kingdom.\n\n", "mad9#p0473": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n444\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 272\n\n���'f, �i{ � �-�i{ I\nQ!t�i-lf�t1l: ���'\n\n�\" �'f <!i�',\n\nf�i 11[$ �t1l:.i fi{t�\\fi{ 11 �9� 111!li 11\nbhakta-gaQa, suna mora dainya-vacana\ntoma-sabara pada-dhO/i,\n\nange vibhu�aQa kari',\n\nkichu mufii karon nivedana\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-gaQa-0 devotees; 5una-please hear; mora-my; dainya-vacanahumble submission; toma-sabara-of all of you; pada-dhO/i-the dust of the feet;\narige-on my body; vibhO�aQa kari'-taking as ornaments; kichu-something;\nmufii-1; karon nivedana-wish to submit.\nTRANSLATION\nWith all humility, I submit myself to the lotus feet of all of you devotees,\ntaking the dust from your feet as my bodily ornaments. Now, my dear devotees, please hear one thing more from me.\nTEXT 273\n\n��f�fil�t��'f,\n\n�ttl! �'fSI �lfl�il',\n\n� Jl� �Rt' �t�ilfi{ I\n\n(;�1Rtll·'f:I!_W�il',\n\n�'ffil'! 11tf�·fifc;il',\n\n�ttl! ti1!l'e �til'��'f 11 �9� II\nkr�Qa-bhakti-siddhanta-gaQa,\n\nyate praphulla padma-vana,\n\ntara madhu kari' asvadana\nprema-rasa-kumuda-vane,\n\npraphullita ratri-dine,\n\ntate carao mano-bhrnga-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-bhakti-siddhanta-gaQa-the conclusive understanding of devotional service to Kr�r:ta; yate-by which; praphu//a-enlivened; padma-vana-the forest of\nlotus flowers; tara madhu-the honey collected from those lotus flowers; kari'\nasvadana-relishing;\n\nprema-rasa-of transcendental love of Kr�r:ta; kumuda­\n\nvane-in the forest of kumuda flowers (a type of lotus); praphullita-being\njubilant; ratri-dine-day and night; tate-in that forest of lotus flowers; caraomake wander; mana/:1-bhrnga-gaQa-the bumblebees of your minds.\n\n", "mad9#p0474": "The Residents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\n\nText 275]\n\n445\n\nTRANSLATION\nDevotional service to Kr�r:ta is exactly like a pleasing, jubilant forest of lotus\nflowers wherein there is ample honey. I request everyone to taste this honey.\nIf all the mental speculators bring the bees of their minds into this forest of\nlotus flowers and jubilantly enjoy ecstatic Jove of Kr�r:ta day and night, their\nmental speculation will be completely transcendentally satisfied.\nTEXT 274\n\niftifl·'e�1f 'e�iSfil'\n\n��:J'f-l�i!li�t<!i'St'f'\n\n�ti! :Jlt�' <fi� R� I\n�t� 9(� :Jt(<tit�,\n\n��t<li� \"a�'f't�,\n\n'e�-��:J1 <li1ft� C�t�t1f II �'18 II\nhariJsa-cakravaka-gaQa,\n\nnana-bhavera bhakta-jana,\n\nyate sabe' karena vihara\nkr?Qa-keli sumwala,\n\nyaha pai sarva-kala,\n\nbhakta-harhsa karaye ahara\n\nSYNONYMS\nnana-bhavera bhakta-jana -devotees relishing\n\nrelationships with Kr�r:ta in\n\ndifferent ecstasies; hariJsa-cakravaka gaQa -compared to swans and cakravaka\n-\n\nbirds; ya te-i n that place; sabe'-al l ; karena vihara\n\n-\n\nenj oy life; kr?Qa-keli-the\n\npastimes of Kr�r:ta; su mwa/a -sweet buds; yaha pai-which one can get; sarva-\n\nka/a-eternally; bhakta-harhsa-the devotees, who are just like swans; karayedo; ahara- eating\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees who have a relationship with Kr�r:ta are like the swans and\ncakravaka birds that play in the forest of lotus flowers. The buds of those lotus\nflowers are the pastimes of Kr�r;�a, and they are edibles for the swanlike devotees. Lord Sri Kr�r:ta is always engaged in His transcendental pastimes;\ntherefore\n\nthe\n\ndevotees,\n\nfollowing\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nfootsteps\n\nof\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, can always eat those lotus buds, for they are the pastimes of the\nLord.\n\nTEXT 275\n\nC:Jt� :Jlt��t1f f'St�i,\n\n��:Jl·��t<li ��1,\n\n�i l.!tti <li1f� Ri'ft:Jt I\n\n", "mad9#p0475": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n446\n\nsei sarovare g1ya,\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nharhsa-cakravaka hana,\n\nsada tahan karaha vilasa\nkhaQ(iibe sakala duf:!kha,\n\npaiba parama sukha,\n\nanayase habe premollasa\nSYNONYMS\nsei sarovare g iya-going to that lake where the clusters of lotus flowers exist;\nharhsa-cakravaka ha fla\n\n-\n\nbecoming swans or cakravaka birds; sada-always;\n\ntahan-there; karaha vilasa-enj oy life; khaQ(iibe-will be diminished; sakala\nduf:!kha-all material anxieties and miseries; paiba-you will get; parama sukhathe highest happiness; anayase-very easily; habe-there will be; prema-ul/asajubilation in love of God.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu should go to that lake and,\nremaining always under the shelter\n\nof the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, become swans and cakravaka birds in those celestial waters.\nThey should go on rendering service to Lord Sri Kr�r;�a and enjoy life perpetually. In this way all miseries will be diminished, the devotees will attain\ngreat happiness, and there will be jubilant love of God.\nTEXT 276\n\n\\Jl� ��� �i['ili't,\n\n:J�t��t�·,JJ�'St't,\n\n�T;�twH;i{ <fir;� �fil�'f I\n�ttl! �� ���-����'\n� � ����'\n\\!H '-t� �T;11 i9f'St� II �'l� II\nei amrta anuk$aQa,\n\nsadhu mahanta-megha-gaQa,\n\nvisvodyane kare vari$aQa\ntate phale amrta-phala,\n\nbhakta khaya nirantara,\n\ntara 5e$e jiye jaga-jana\nSYNONYMS\nei amrta-this nectar; anuk$aQa-continuously; sadhu mahanta-megha-gaQapure devotees and saintly persons, who are compared to clouds; visva-udyanein the garden of the universe; kare vari$aQa\n\n-\n\nrain down these nectarean pastimes\n\n", "mad9#p0476": "Text 277]\n\nThe Residents of Varar;�asi Become Vai�r;�avas\n\n447\n\nof SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Lord SrT Kr�!Ja; tate-because of that; phalegrows; amrta-phala-the fruit of nectar; bhakta khaya nirantara-and the devotees eat such fruit continuously; tara se�e-after their eating; jiye jaga-jana -the\nliving entities all over the world live peacefully.\nTRANSlATION\nThe devotees who have taken shelter of the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu take the responsibility for distributing nectarean devotional service all over the world. They are like douds pouring water on the ground that\nnourishes the fruit of love of Godhead in this world. The devotees eat that\nfruit to their hearts' content, and whatever remnants they leave are eaten by\nthe general populace. Thus they live happily.\nTEXT 277\n\n'�i!��i-�i!'J�,\n\n��11\\\"Qfl-��'(t,\n�t� fifflil• �i �1ft� I\n���rof,\n\n���'\n\n��1ft�-� II�'\\'\\ II\ncaitanya-lila -amrta-pura,\n\nkr?Qa-lila -sukarpura,\n\nduhe mili' haya sumadhurya\nsadhu-guru-prasade,\n\ntaha yei asvade,\n\nsei jane madhurya-pracurya\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-/ila amrta-pura-the pastimes of Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu are full\nof nectar;\n\nkr�Qa-lila su-karpura\n\n-\n\nthe pastimes of Lord K[�l)a are exactly like\n\ncamphor; duhe mi/i'-the two meeting; haya-become; su-madhurya-very,\nvery palatable; sadhu-guru-prasade-by the mercy of saintly persons and devotees in the transcendental position; taha-that; yei-anyone who; asvaderelishes this palatable nectar; sei jane-he can understand; madhurya-pracuryathe extensive quantity of sweetness in devotional service.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are full of nectar, and the\npastimes of lord Kr�r;�a are like camphor. When one mixes these, they taste\nvery sweet. By the mercy of the pure devotees, whoever tastes them can understand the depths of that sweetness.\n\n", "mad9#p0477": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n448\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nTEXT 278\n\n� �fif IQ�,\n\n� �'el� �'\n\nI!� �1( � ��i{ I\n� ��9ftti1,\n\n���fill! I!'J.'Ifti{,\n\n�' �' � il'� II �'Ur ll\nye lila-amrta vine,\n\nkhaya yadi anna-pane,\n\ntabe bhaktera durbala jivana\n\nyara eka-bindu-pane,\n\nutphullita tanu-mane,\n\nhase, gaya, karaye nartana\nSYNONYMS\n\nye-he who; lila-of the pastimes of Lord Kr�r:Ja and Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\namrta vine-wi thout nectar; khaya yadi anna-pane-if one eats only ordinary\nfood\n\ngrains;\n\ntabe-then;\n\nbhaktera-of\n\nthe devotees;\n\ndurbala jivana-life\n\nbecomes weakened; yara-of which; eka-bindu-pane-if one drinks one drop;\nutphullita tanu mane-the body and mind become jubilant;\n-\n\ngaya-chants; karaye nartana-dances.\n\nhase-laughs;\n\nTRANSLATION\nMen become strong and stout by eating sufficient grains, but the devotee\nwho simply eats ordinary grains but does not taste the transcendental\npastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Kr��a gradually becomes weak\nand falls down from the transcendental position. However, if one drinks but a\ndrop of the nectar of Kr��a's pastimes, his body and mind begin to bloom, and\nhe begins to laugh, sing and dance.\nPURPORT\nAll the devotees connected with this Krsna consciousness movement must\n\nread all the books that have been tran �i�ted (Caitanya-caritamrta, Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam, Bhagavad-gita and others); otherwise, after some time, they will\n\nsimply eat, sleep and fall down from their position. Thus they will miss the opportunity to attain an eternal, blissful life of transcendental pleasure.\n\nTEXT 279\n\n� �'If iftfit �til',\n� � � �'\n� ��' � �'tt:ll I\n\n", "mad9#p0478": "Text 280]\n\nThe Residents of Vara�asi Become Vai��avas\n\nil1 �' �-�.\n\n449\n\n� <15� ...�,\n\n�9f��i�ll�'l�ll\ne amrta kara pana,\n\nyara sama nahi ana,\n\ncitte kari' sudrc;fha visvasa\nna pac;fa' kutarka-garte,\n\namedhya karkasa avarte,\n\nyate pac;file haya sarva-nasa\nSYNONYMS\n\ne amrta kara pana-all of you must drink this nectar; yara sama nahi ana-there\nis no comparison to this nectar; citte-within the mind; kari' sudrc;fha visvasahaving firm faith in this conclusion; na pac;fa' kutarka garte-do not fall down into\nthe pit of false arguments; amedhya karkasa avarte-in the untouchable, harsh\nwhirlpool; yate-in which; pac;file-if one falls down; haya sarva-nasa-the purpose of life will be spoiled.\nTRANSLATION\nThe readers should relish this wonderful nectar because nothing compares\nto it. Keeping their faith firmly fixed within their minds, they should be careful\nnot to fall into the pit of false arguments or the whirlpools of unfortunate\nsituations. If one falls into such positions, he is finished.\nTEXT 280\n\n...��tfif �9�\"''\n��5\\!IJ, �\\!Jt�\"f,\n�t1f �\\! <:\\!tt\\!1 'e�'$flf I\n<ISRf fiiftf �tj,\n<.;\\!t�-�� �R'1,\n��1 �\\! ���-�If II �lro II\nsri-caitanya, nityananda,\n\nadvaitadi bhakta-vrnda,\n\nara yata srota bhakta-gaQa\ntoma-sabara sri-caraQa,\n\nkari sire vibhCi?aQa,\n\nyaha haite abhi?ta-puraQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri-caitanya nityananda-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Lord Nityananda; advaita-adi bhakta-vrnda-as well as the devotees like Advaita Acarya; ara-and;\nyata srota bhakta-gaQa-all the devotees who listen; toma-sabara sri-caraQa-the\nlotus feet of all of you; kari sire vibhU?aQa-1 keep on my head as a helmet; yaha\nhaite-from which; abhi?ta-puraQa-all my purposes will be served.\n\n", "mad9#p0479": "[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n450\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn conclusion, I submit to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Nityananda Prabhu,\nAdvaita Prabhu, and all the other devotees and readers that I accept your\nlotus feet as the helmet on my head. In this way, all my purposes will be\nserved.\nTEXT 281\n\n<1\\)�-pt-�i{·\n\n��ot�·R'f,\n\nfi&ttt -.ft,-� �t1f·1 � I\n\n�����,\n��·tr.�,\n�� �� i'\\i{ �lta�tlf II �lr� II\nraghunatha-jiva-caraQa,\n\nsri-rupa-sanatana-\n\nsire dhari,-yara karofi asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta,\n\nkr?f!a-lilamrtanvita,\n\nkahe kichu dina kr?f!adasa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-sanatana-of\n\nSrTia\n\nROpa\n\nGosvamT\n\nand\n\nof\n\nSanatana\n\nGosvamT;\n\nraghunatha-jiva -of Raghunatha dasa GosvamT, Raghunatha Bhana GosvamT and\nSrTia ]Tva GosvamT; caraQa-the lotus feet; sire dhari-taking on my head; yaraof which; karofi asa-1 always desire; kr?f!a-/i/a-amrta-anvita-mixed with the\nnectar of kr?f!a-lila;\n\ncaitanya-caritamrta-the pastimes of Lord SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kahe-is trying to speak; kichu-something; dina-most humble;\nkr?Qadasa-Kr?r;�adasa Kaviraja GosvamT.\nTRANSLATION\nTaking the feet of Srila Rupa Gosvami, Sri Sanatana Gosvami, Raghunatha\ndasa Gosvami, Raghunatha Bhatfa Gosvami and Jiva Gosvami on my head, I always desire their mercy. Thus I, K��Qadasa, humbly try to describe the nectar\nof the pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, which are mixed with the\npastimes of Lord K��Qa.\nTEXT 282\n\n-�e{t'itt\"Pttl'f·<;'$ft�r;��-1_�� I\n��f.!wtf�l:l!fi!��q�fJf.!��l{ II �lr� II\nsriman-madana-gopa/agovindadeva-tu?taye\n\n", "mad9#p0480": "Text 283]\n\nThe Residents of Varar:tasi Become Vai�r:tavas\n\n451\n\ncaitanyarpitam astv etac\ncaitanya-caritamrtam\nSYNONYMS\nsriman-madana-gopala-of the Deity named Sriman Madana-gopala; govindadeva-of the Deity named Govindadeva; tu$taye-for the satisfaction; caitanyaarpitam-offered unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; astu-let it be; etat-this;\ncaitanya-caritamrtam-the book known as Caitanya-caritamrta.\nTRANSLATION\nFor the satisfaction of Sri Madana-gopala and Govindadeva, we pray that\nthis book,\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta,\n\nmay be offered to\n\nSri\n\nKr�r:ta\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 283\n\n��fc:.!�� ,,h:s��otl� �e.\n��-���� '�J'I'eJ*t, l\n-.fr!Rrim �1 <:1f �� �e. �e.\n�-,·��-�·n tif1'fct11�l� 1;!7;� II �lr� II\ntad idam ati-rahasyarh gaura-lilamrtarh yat\nkha/a-samudaya-kolair nadrtarh tair alabhyam\nk$atir iyam iha ka me svaditarh yat samantat\nsahrdaya-sumanobhir madam e$arh tanoti\nSYNONYMS\ntat-that (Caitanya-caritamrta); idam-this; ati-rahasyam-full of spiritual mysteries;\n\ngaura-li/a-amrtam-the\n\nnectar\n\nof\n\nthe\n\npastimes\n\nof\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; yat-which; khala-samudaya-envious rascals; ko/ai/:1-by pigs;\nna-never; adrtam\n\n-praised; tai/:1-by them; alabhyam-not obtainable; k$ati/:l\n\niyam iha ka-what is the loss in this connection; me-of me; svaditam-tasted;\nyat\n\n-whic h ; samantat-completely; sahrdaya-sumanobhi/:1-by those who are\n\nfriendly and whose minds are very clean; madam-enj oyment; e$am-of them;\ntanoti -expands.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Caitanya-caritamrta pastimes of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu constitute a very secret literature. It is the life and soul of all devotees. Those who\nare not fit to relish this literature, who are envious like hogs and pigs, will certainly not adore it. However, this will not harm my attempt. These pastimes of\n\n", "mad9#p0481": "452\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Madhya-lila, Ch. 25\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu will certainly please all saintly people who\nhave clear hearts. They will certainly enjoy it. We wish that this will enhance\ntheir enjoyment more and more.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Madhya-lila,\nTwenty-fifth Chapter, describing how the inhabitants of VaraQasi were converted\nto Vai$Qavism.\n\n", "mad9#p0482": "The Residents of Varar:Jasi Become Vai�r:Javas\n\n453\n\nNote:\n\nThe author of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Kr�t:�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami, has con­\n\ndemned all his enemies by comparing them to envious hogs and pigs. This Kr�r:Ja\nconsciousness movement, which is spreading throughout the world, is being appreciated by sincere people, although they have never previously heard of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and Kr�t:�a's pastimes. Now even the higher, priestly circles\nare appreciating this movement. They have concluded that this movement is very\nnice and that they have something to learn from it. Nonetheless, in India there are\nsome people who say that they belong to this cult but who are actually very en­\n\nvious of the acarya. They have tried to suppress our activities in many ways, but\nas far as we are concerned, we follow in the footsteps of Kr�t:�adasa Kaviraja\nGosvami and take them as envious pigs and hogs. We simply wish to present the\npastimes of Lord Kr�t:�a and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to the best of our ability so\nthat those who are really honest can cleanse their hearts. We hope that they enjoy this literature and bestow their blessings upon us. It appears that even such a\ngreat personality as Kr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja Gosvami met with some envious obstacles; what, then, to speak of us, who are only insignificant creatures in this\nuniverse. We are simply trying to execute the orders of our spiritual master to the\nbest of our ability.\n\nEND OF THE MADHYA-LiLA\n\n", "mad9#p0483": "References\nThe statements of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta are all confirmed by standard Vedic\nauthorities. The following authentic scriptures are quot�d in this book on the\npages listed. Numerals in bold type refer the reader to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\ntranslations. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\nAgni Pural)a, 30\nAmrta-pravaha-bha$ya (Bhaktivinoda Thakura), 1, 81, 326, 363\nAnubha$ya (Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura), 300\nBhagavad-gita, 53, 63, 66, 129, 137, 141, 153, 157, 168, 176, 186, 188, 195, 223,\n\n23� 263, 272-273, 275, 28� 313, 314,318, 32� 351, 363, 40� 442\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (ROpa GosvamT), 4, 5, 12, 14, 18, 20, 21, 26, 27-28, 30, 31, 32,\n\n35, 44, 46, 49, 50-51, 65, 151, 189, 273\n\nBrahma-samhita, 73, 244\nCaitanya-candrodaya-nataka (Kavi Karl)apora), 289-291\nCaitanya-caritamrta (Kr�f!adasa Kaviraja), 300\nGarur;fa Pural)a, 378\nHari-bhakti-sudhodaya, 14, 99, 149, 205\nHari-bhakti-vi/asa (Sanatana GosvamT), 64, 273, 274-275, 276, 279-281, 284, 363\nHari-varilsa, 72\nKr$Qa-karl)amrta (Bilvamarigala Thakura), 19, 21\nKr$Qa-sandarbha (]Tva Gosvami), 76\nLaghu-bhagavatamrta (ROpa GosvamT), 76\nMahabharata, 75, 328\nMaha Upani$ad, 146\nNarada-paficaratra, 6, 64, 132-133\n\n455\n\n", "mad9#p0484": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n456\n\nNaradiya PuraQa 175\nNarayaQa-sarhhita, 300\nNrsirhha-tapani Upani�ad, 141, 160\nPadma PuraQa, 26, 277\n\nPal')ini's sutras, 94, 164, 250\nSarva-sarhvadini (JTva GosvamT), 76\nSkanda PuraQa, 236, 240, 272, 282-283\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 10, 15, 24, 43, 64, 70, 71, 143, 148, 156, 166, 172, 174, 178,\n179, 183, 203, 262, 269, 271, 321, 316, 361, 370, 375, 377\n\n�g-sarhhita, 73-7 4, 91\nTattva-sagara, 276\nUjjvala-nilamaQi (ROpa GosvamT), 36-37, 41, 56\nUpadesamrta (ROpa GosvamT), 268\nVi�QU PuraQa, 75, 118, 129, 255\nVisva-prakasa dictionary, 93, 116\n\n", "mad9#p0485": "Glossary\nA\nAbhidheya -activities in one's personal relationship with God; devotional service.\nAcarya-a spiritual master who teaches by his own example.\nAcintya-bhedabheda-tattva-Lord Caitanya's \"simultaneously one and different\" doctrine,\nwhich establishes the inconceivable simultaneous oneness and difference of the Lord\nand His expansions.\nAdhirur;Jha-an advanced symptom of maha-bhava found only in the gopis.\nAkama-one who is desireless.\nAnapek�a-indifference to mundane people.\nAnartha-nivrtti-giving up unwanted things.\nAnubhava-bodily symptoms manifested by a devotee in ecstatic love for Kr�r;�a.\nAnuraga-subattachment in ecstatic love of God.\nArcana-worship of the Deity in the temple.\nAsana-a sitting place.\nAsuras-demons; people who are averse to the supremacy of the Supreme Lord, Vi�r;�u.\nAtma-nivedana-the devotional process of surrendering everything to the Lord.\nAtmaramas-transcendentalists.\nAyoga-See: Viyoga.\nAyukta-the ecstatic condition of not having yet met one's lover.\n\n8\nBhagavata-dharma -the science of God consciousness.\nBhakta-a devotee of Kr�r;�a.\nBhakti-devotional service.\nBhakti-rasa-the mellow relished in the transcendental loving service of the Lord.\nBhakti-yoga-the method for developing pure devotional service.\nBhava -ecstatic love of God.\nBhava-bhakti-the platform of purified goodness when one's heart melts in devotional service; the first stage of love of Godhead.\nBrahmacari-a celibate student under the care of a spiritual master.\nBrahmaQa-the intelligent class of men.\nBrahmananda-the bliss derived from merging into the existence of the Absolute.\nBhukti -material enjoyment.\nBrahma-bhata-the state of being freed from material contamination.\nBrahma-muharta-the hour and a half just before sunrise.\nBrahma-randhra -the hole at the top of the skull through which a yogi passes on quitting his\nbody.\nBrahma-upasaka -a worshiper of the impersonal Brahman.\nBrahmavadis-those who are absorbed in the thought of impersonal Brahman.\n\nc\nCaQ(ia/as-low-class men who eat dogs; untouchables.\n\n457\n\n", "mad9#p0486": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n458\n\nCatu�sana-the four Kumaras.\nCatu/:1-sloki-the four nutshell verses of the Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.9.33-36).\n\nD\nOa(l<;iavats-offering obeisances to a superior by falling flat on the ground like a rod.\nOasya-the devotional process of serving the Lord.\nDevi-dhama-the material world, under the control of the goddess Devi, or Durga.\nDharma-the capacity to render service, which is the essential quality of a living being.\nOik�a -spiritual initiation.\nDhrti-perseverance or endurance.\nDu/:lsariga-bad association.\n\nG\nGosvami-one who can control his senses and mind.\nGosvami-viddhi -transcendental devotional service.\nGrhastha-one who lives in God conscious married life.\nGuru-the bona fide spiritual master.\n\nH\nHari-the Supreme Lord, who removed all inauspicious things from the heart.\n\nJ\n)agad-guru-the spiritual master of the whole world.\n/iva-the spirit soul or atomic living entity.\n)ivan-muktas-those liberated in this life.\n)nana-knowledge.\n}nani-one who is engaged in the cultivation of knowledge.\n\nK\nKaitava-cheating religious processes.\nKaka-crow.\nKali-yuga-the age of quarrel and hypocrisy in which we are now living.\nKama-lust.\nKani�tha-adhikaris-those in the lowest stage of devotional service.\nKarma-any material action which will incur a subsequent reaction.\nKesa-avataras-the false story of the incarnations of Kr��a and Balarama from respective\nblack and white hairs of K�irodakasayi Vi��u.\nKesava-a name of Kr��a meaning one who has beautiful hair.\nKirtana -the devotional process of chanting.\nKrodha-anger.\nKr�(la-katha-topics spoken by or about Kr��a.\n\n", "mad9#p0487": "Glossary\n\n459\n\nKr�Qalitigita-vigraha-the spiritual master, who is always embraced by Kr�r:'la.\nKr�Qa-prema-dhana -the treasure of love for Kr�r:'la.\nK�atriya-the administrative or protective class of men.\nK�epaQa-subordinate ecstatic symptoms including dancing and bodily contortions; a division of anubhava.\nK$etrajiia-the living entity who is the knower of the body.\n\nL\nLobha -greed.\n\nM\nMada -intoxication.\nMadana-a category of highly advanced ecstasy in which the lovers meet together and there\nis kissing and many other symptoms.\nMadana-mohana-Kr�r:'la, the attractor of Cupid.\nMaha-bhagavata-a first-class pure devotee of the Lord.\nMahabhava-sublime ecstatic love of God.\nMahakasa-Oit., the greatest sky of all) the space occupied by Goloka Vrndavana.\nMaha-mantra-the chanting for deliverance: Hare Kr�r:'la, Hare Kr�r:'la, Kr�r:'la Kr�r:'la, Hare Hare/\nHare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nMaha-pOrQa-the highest level of perfection.\nMana-the mood of the lover and the beloved experienced in one place or in different\nplaces; this mood obstructs their looking at one another and embracing one another,\ndespite their attachment to one another.\nMats arya-envy.\nMau$ala-lila-the pastimes of the disappearance of Lord Kr�r:'la and of the Yadu dynasty.\nMaya-the energy of Kr�r:'la which deludes the living entity who desires to forget the\nSupreme Lord.\nMayayapahrta-jiianab\n\n-\n\npersons whose knowledge has been stolen by illusion.\n\nMoha -illusion.\nMohana-highly advanced ecstasy in which the lovers are separated; divided into udghOrQa\nand citra-jalpa.\nMok$a-kama-one who desires liberation.\nMok�akiitik$i-See: Mok�a-kama.\nMukti -liberation.\nMumuk$u-See: Mok�a-kama.\nMuni-a sage or self-realized soul.\n\nN\nNigarbha-yogi-a yogi who worships the Supersoul without form.\nNirgrantha-muni -a completely liberated saint.\nNirguQa-(without qualities) means that the Lord has totally spiritual attributes.\n\n", "mad9#p0488": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n460\n\nNiyamagraha-either following rules and regulations insufficiently\n\n(niyama-agrahal\n\nor\n\nfanatically without understanding the goal (niyama-agraha).\n\n0\nOmkara-the root of Vedic knowledge known as maha-vakya, the supreme sound.\n\np\nPada-sevana-the devotional process of serving the lotus feet of the Lord.\nParamahamsa-the topmost class of God realized devotees.\nParampara-the disciplic succession through which spiritual knowledge is transmitted.\nPara-upakara-helping others.\nPasar:u;Ji-an atheist who thinks the demigods and Vi�l)u to be on the same level.\nPrakrta-sahajiyas-pseudo-devotees with a mundane concept of the pastimes of Kr�l)a.\nPrakrti-material nature.\nPra(laya-intimacy in ecstatic love of God.\nPrapta-brahma-laya-one who has already attained the Brahman position.\nPrapta-svariipas-those merged in Brahman realization.\nPravasa-the condition of separation of lovers who were previously intimately associated.\nPrayojana-the ultimate goal of life, love of God.\nPrema-the stage of pure love of Godhead.\nPrema-vaicittya-an abundance of love that brings about grief from fear of separation;\nalthough the lover is present.\nPuru�a-avataras-the three primary Vi�l)u expansions of Kr�l)a who are involved in the creation, maintenance and destruction of the material universe.\nPiirva-raga-the ecstasy of lovers before their meeting.\n\nR\nRaga-attachment in ecstatic love of God.\nRaja-yoga-Patafijalis' process of imagining a form of the Absolute Truth within many forms.\nRati-strong attraction in ecstatic love of God.\nRati-abhasa-a preliminary glimpse of attachment.\nRu(iha-advanced symptom of conjugal mellow found among the queens of Dvaraka; included in mahabhava.\n\ns\nSac-cid-ananda-vigraha-the eternal form of the Supreme Lord which is full of bliss and\nknowledge.\nSadhaka-those who are nearing the perfection of Brahman realization.\nSadhana-bhakti-the development of devotional service through the regulative principles.\nSadhu-a holy man.\nSadhu-varya-the best of gentlemen.\n\n", "mad9#p0489": "Glossary\n\n461\n\nSagarbha-yogi-a yogi who worships the Supersoul in the Vi�QU form.\nSakhya-the devotional process of making friendship with the Lord.\n\nSalagrama-sila-a Deity incarnation of Narayaoa in the form of a stone.\nSama-control of the mind.\nSambandha-one's personal relationship with God.\nSambhoga-the ecstasy of the meeting and embracing of lovers.\nSankirtana-the congregational chanting of the holy name of the Lord.\nSannyasa-the renounced order of life.\nSanta-bhaktas-devotees in the neutral stage of devotional service.\nSarkarak�a-those situated in the gross bodily conception of life.\nSarva-kama-one who desires material perfection.\nSarva-kiima-deha-the body engaged for the satisfaction of all kinds of material desires.\nSarvarambha-parityagi-one who is indifferent to both pious and impious activities.\nSatyaril param-the Supreme Absolute Truth, Kr�oa.\nSeva-aparadha-offenses in Deity worship.\nSiddhi-perfection in yoga.\nSita-subordinate ecstatic symptoms including singing, yawning, etc.; a division of anubhava.\nSmaraQa-the devotional process of remembering the Lord.\nSmarta-brahmaQa-a caste brahmaQa who believes that a person not born in a brahmaQa\nfamily can never be elevated to that platform.\nSmarta-guru-a professional spiritual master.\nSmarta-viddhi -mundane religious activity.\nSmrti-scriptures compiled by living entities under transcendental direction.\nSneha-affection in ecstatic love of God.\nSravaQa-the devotional process of hearing.\nSrngara-conjugal love.\nSthayi-bhiiva-permanent ecstasies.\nSuddha-sattva-vise�iitma-the position of being situated on the transcendental platform of\npure goodness.\n\nSodra-the laborer class of men.\n\nSukrti-auspicious activity.\n\nSvarOpa-lak�aQa-the position when the soul is purified of all material contamination.\n\nT\nTapasvis-persons who undergo severe penances for elevation to higher planets.\nTattva-knowledge of the actual truth.\nTilaka-sacred clay used to mark Vi�ou temples on twelve places of the body of a devotee.\nTriveoi-the confluence of three sacred rivers at Prayaga.\nTu/asi-Kr�oa's favorite plant.\n\nu\nUdbhasvara-eternal ecstatic symptoms or bodily transformations which indicate ecstatic\nemotions in the mind.\n\n", "mad9#p0490": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n462\n\nUttama-adhikaris-the first-class devotees.\nUttamasloka-a name for Kr�r:Ja indicating that choice prayers are offered to Him.\n\nv\nVaisya-the class of men involved in business and farming.\nVanaprastha-retired life, in which one travels to holy places in preparation for the\nrenounced order of life.\nVandana-the devotional process of offering prayers to the Lord.\nVarryasrama-dharma-the regulation of society by establishing different social and spiritual\norders of life.\nVidyadharas- inhabitants of one of the heavenly planets.\nVijfiana-the practical realization of spiritual knowledge.\nVipra/ambha-ecstasy in separation.\nVirakti-detachment.\nVi?ayis-those who are attached to sense gratification.\nVisuddha-sattva -the position of uncontaminated goodness.\nViyoga-the stage of separation when the mind is fully absorbed in thoughts of Kr�r:Ja.\nVyabhicari-thirty-three varieties of transitory ecstasies.\n\ny\nYajfias -sacrifices.\nYoga-linking of the consciousness of the infinitesimal living entity with Kr�r:Ja.\n\n", "mad9#p0491": "Bengali Pronunciation Guide\nBENGALI DIACRITICAL EQUIVALENTS AND PRONUNCIATION\n\nVowels\n\n�a\n\n\"11\n\nlfJfta\n\n-i\n\n-�\n\n'f\n\n�e\n\n� ai �0 �au\n\n' ni (anusvtira)\n\n•\n\n�u\n\nit ( candra-bindu)\n\n�r\n\n: 11 (visarga)\n\nConsonants\nGutterals:\n\n� ka\n\n'f kha\n\n'f' ga\n\n'1 gha\n\n� ita\n\nPalatals:\n\n1> ca\n\n$ iia\n\nt ta\n\nTi c,lha\n\ntj 1,1a\n\nDentals:\n\n� ta\n\n\\lrja\n'5 c,la\nSf da\n�ba\ni'( Ia\n�sa\n\n�jha\n\nCerebrals:\n\nPicha\nJ tha\n� tha\n.pha\n1f ra\n��a\n\n$f dha\n\ni1 na\n\n�bha\n� va\n�ha\n\n1f rna\n\nLabials:\nSemivowels:\nSibilants:\n\n�pa\n�y a\n-f sa\n\nVowel Symbols\nThe vowels are written as follows after a consonant:\n\nla\n\nfi �� .... u\n\n'e �ai '10 '\\au\n-.t ka � ki �kl � ku � kl1 t' kr\nFor example:\n'kf �ke �kai c;<rst ko �' kau\n�11\n\n�r\n\n463\n\ntr\n\n", "mad9#p0492": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n464\n\nThe letter\n\na is implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\n\nThe symbol virama (\"-) indicates that there is no final vowel.\n\n�k\n\nThe letters above should be pronounced as follows:\na -like the o in hot; sometimes like the o in go;\n\na is usually silent.\nii -like the a in f ar.\nfmal\n\ni, T -like the ee in meet.\nu, u -like the u in rule.\n\nr -like the ri in rim.\n\nr -like the ree in reed.\n\ne -like the ai in pain; rarely like e in bet.\n\nai -like the oi in boil.\no -like the o in go.\n\nau -like the ow in owl.\n\nm -(anusvara) like the ng in song.\n\nI:t -(visarga) a final h sound like in Ah.\nit- (candra-bindu) a nasal n sound.\nlike in the French word bon.\nk -like the k in kite.\nkh -like the kh in Eckhart.\ng -like the g in got.\ngh -like the gh in big-house.\n\nit -like the n in bank.\n\nc -like the ch in chalk.\n\nch -like the chh in much-haste.\nj -like thej injoy.\njh -like the geh in college-hall.\n\nii -like the n in bunch.\n! -like the t in talk.\n\nth -like the th in hot-house.\n\n4 -like the d in dawn.\ngh -like the dh in good-house.\n\n1). -like the n in gnaw.\nt-as in talk but with the tongue against the\nthe teeth.\nth-as in hot-house but with the tongue against\nthe teeth.\nd-as in dawn but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\ndh--as in good-house but with the tongue\nagainst the teeth.\nn-as in nor but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\np -like the p in pine.\nph -like the ph in philosopher.\nb -like the b in bird.\nbh -like the bh in rub-hard.\nm -like the m in mother.\ny -like thej injaw.1f\ny -like they inyear. l,l\n\nr -like the r in run.\n\nI -like the I in law.\nv -like the b in bird or like the w in dwarf.\n\ns, � -like the sh in shop.\ns -like the s in sun.\nh-like the h in home.\n\nThis is a general guide to Bengali pronunciation. The Bengali transliterations in this\nbook accurately show the original Bengali spelling of the text. One should note, however,\nthat in Bengali, as in English, spelling is not always a true indication of how a word is pronounced. Tape recordings of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nchanting the original Bengali verses are available from the International Society for\nKrishna Consciousness, 3764 Watseka Ave., Los Angeles, California 90034.\n\n", "mad9#p0493": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete alphabetical listing of the first and third line of each four-line\n\nverse and both lines of each two-line verse in Sri Caitanya-caritamrta. In the first column the trans!iteration is given, and in the second and third columns respectively the chapter-verse references\nand page number for each verse are to be found.\nalaukika rupa, rasa, saurabhadi gu(la\nalaukika sakti-gu(le kr$(1a-krpaya bandhe\n\nA\n'abhidheya' sadhana-bhaktira sunaha vicara\nacarya 'kalpana' kare agraha kariya\nacarya-kalpita artha ye pa(lc;/ita sune\nacaryera agraha-'advaita-vada' sthapite\nacaryera ghare yaiche karila vilasa\nacirad eva sarvartha�\nacirat milaye tatire km1a-prema-dhana\nacirat paya sei caitanya-cara(la\nadau sraddha tata� sadhuadhikari-bhede rati -pai'ica-parakara\nadhiruc;lha-mahabhava-dui ta' prakara\nadhyagan mahad-akhyanarh\nadvaita-vithi-pathikair upilsya�\nadve$tii sarva-bhutanarh\nadvitiya-ji'iana, yanha vina nahi ana\nage 'tera' artha karilun, ara 'chaya' ei\nage yata yata artha vyakhyana kariba\nahaituki bhakti kare nirgrantha hai'ia\naham evilsam evagre\naham evilsam evagre\n\"aham eva\"-5/oke 'aham'-tina-bara\naharh sarvasya prabhavo\naharh vedmi suko vetti\n\"aho dhanyo 'si devar$e\naho mahatman bahu-do$a-du$tO\naiche eka sasaka dekhe ara kata-dure\naiche krpalu kr$f.la, aiche tatira gu(la\naisvarya-madhurya-karu(lye svarOpa-pOr(latii\naja-gala-stana-nyaya anya sadhana\najilta-rati sadhaka-bhakta, -e cari prakara\nakama� sarva-kamo va\nakama� sarva-kamo vii\nakama, mok$a-kama, sarva-kama ara\nakara(le dog kaile bhaktira lambhana\nak/esarh kamala-bhuva� pravisya go$thirh\n\na/ilinga parighayata-dorbhyarh\n\n25.120\n25.26\n25.27\n25.47\n25.245\n\n361\n309\n309\n322\n429\n\n24.170 174\n23.126 79\n25.239 426\n9\n23.14\n25\n23.45\n37\n23.58\n24.117 144\n24.133 154\n23.106 65\n24.73 118\n\nama-hena yeba keha 'vatu/a' haya\nama paite sadhana-bhakti 'abhidheya'-nama\namara eka 5i$ya ache, ca/aha dekhite\"\namara krpaya ei saba sphuruka tomare\"\namara sarva-nasa hay a, tumi brahma-sama\namate ye 'prlti', sei 'prema'-'prayojana'\nami bojha vahimu, toma-sabara du�kha haifa\n\"ami-'sambandha'-tattva, amara ji'iana\nami tomara na ha-i 'si$yera 5i$ya' sama\nami tomaya bahu anna pathaimu dine\narhsena girisadi$u\nananda-samudre bhase saba bhakta-ga(le\nanande vihvala bhakta-ga(la dhai'ia iii/a\nananta gu(la sri-radhikara, pai'icisaananta kr$f.lera gu(la, cau$aUi-pradhana\n\n24.210\n24.105\n24.167\n24.76\n25.113\n\n198\n137\n172\n120\n351\n\nananya-mamata vi$(1au\n\n25.114\n24.189\n24.313\n24.278\n24.125\n\n358\n185\n257\n239\n149\n\naniketa� sthira-matir\n\n24.233\n24.63\n24.42\n24.93\n24.291\n\n212\n113\n101\n128\n247\n\n24.90\n24.197\n24.89\n24.342\n24.120\n\n127\n190\n126\n286\n146\n\nanapek$a� sucir dak$a\nanartha-nivrtti haile bhaktye 'ni$tha' haya\naneka dainyadi kari' dhari/a cara(la\nanganete asi' preme nacite lagila\n\nanivedita-tyaga, via$(1ava-nindadi-varjana\nantar-bhakti-rasena pOr(la-hrdayo bahye\nantargata� svavivare(la cakara te$arh\nantargata� svavivera(la cakara te$arh\nantargata� svavivare(la cakara te$!irh\nantarva(libhir apy asya\nantaryami-upasaka 'atmarilma' kaya\n'anubhava'-smita, nrtya, gitadi udbhasvara\nanuvada kaile haya kathara asvada\nanvaya-vyatirekabhyarh\napamararh yo vitatara gaura�\napanara bale kare sarva-vismara(la\napana-sange lana 'dvadasa vana' dekhaila\napane asvadi' bhakti karila prakase\n\n465\n\n24.43\n24.39\n24.349\n24.323\n\n102\n100\n290\n263\n\n25.163\n24.268\n25.108\n25.72\n\n352\n233\n355\n335\n\n25.124\n25.170\n25.103\n25.73\n24.262\n\n365\n392\n352\n336\n230\n\n50\n23.78\n25.231 423\n25.226 420\n54\n23.86\n45\n23.69\n5\n23.8\n23.109 67\n23.11\n7\n25.14 303\n25.62 331\n23.112\n24.338\n24.348\n24.45\n24.115\n\n69\n284\n289\n103\n143\n\n25.158 386\n23.40\n23\n24.154 165\n23.51\n29\n25.242 428\n25.123\n23.1\n24.38\n25.207\n25.264\n\n364\n2\n100\n412\n437\n\n", "mad9#p0494": "466\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\napane karaha yadi hrdaye pravesa\n\n24.326\n25.205\n25.249\n24.215\n24.304\n\n265\n410\n431\n202\n253\n\naspandanaril gatimataril pulakas tarfJ(Jaril\n\n24.68\n24.69\n24.181\n24.284\n24.226\n\n116\n116\n181\n243\n208\n\nasvattha-vrk$iis ca bara-vrk$a5 ca\n\n25.177\n25.15\n24.148\n24.306\n24.294\n\n395\n303\n162\n254\n249\n\n24.246\n24.232\n25.200\n25.199\n25.205\n\n217\n211\n408\n407\n410\n\n25.230\n24.220\n25.45\n24.243\n24.241\n\n422\n205\n321\n216\n215\n\natha vrndiivanesvarya/:1\n\n24.248\n24.95\n24.314\n25.143\n24.94\n\n218\n130\n258\n376\n129\n\n'atmarama api' bhaje, -gau(la artha\n\n24.131\n24.141\n25.32\n24.176\n24.159\n\n152\n159\n312\n178\n168\n\n23.18\n23.12\n23.19\n23.83\n\n11\n7\n11\n52\n\napane rahe eka paisara cana cabaiya\napane sunila 'sarva-siddhantera sara'\napayayati govinda'api'-sabda-avadhara(Je, seha cari biira\napi-sabde mukhya artha sata vikhyata\napi sambhavanii-prasnaapraptiitita-na$(iirthii!ira artha suna, yiihii-arthera bhii(Jc;liira\nara artha suna, yaiche sadhura satigama\nara dina calila prabhu udvigna ham\nara dina madhyahna kari' tat'lra ghare gelii\nara eka artha kahe parama samartha\niira eka artha suna pramii(Je samartha\nara eka bheda suna arthera prakasa\nara eka-dana ami magi toma-rhani\n\nara kata-dfJre eka dekhena sfJkara\nara kr$Qa-niima laite k($(Ja-sthane sthiti\nara 'nama' /a-ite k($(Ja-cara(Ja paibe\nara paisa biiQiyii-sthiine rakhena dhariya\niira saba bhakta prabhura cara(Je pac;lilii\niira tina artha suna parama samartha\nara yata mata, sei saba charakhiira\"\nardha-miira jiva yadi dhac;l-phac;la kare\nardha-mara kara kene, na lao parii(Ja?\"\nardha marile kiba hay a, taha kaha more\"\narta, artharthi, -dui sakama-bhitare gaQi\nartha suni' sanatana vismita hana\nartho 'yam brahma-sfJtrii(Jiiril\narto jijnasur arthiirthi\naruhya krcchre(Ja pararil padaril tata/:1\naruhya krcchre(Ja pararil padaril tata/:1\n!iruhya krcchre(Ja pararil padaril tata/:1\naruhya ye druma-bhujan rucira-prab!il!in\naruruk$Or muner yogaril\nasa-bandha/:1 samutka(Jtha\nasakti haite citte janme kr$ ne\nasaktis tad-guQiikhyane\nasamanordhva-rapa-sri\nasatsatiga-tyaga, sri-bhagavata-srava(Ja\nascarya suniya mora utka(Jthita mana\nasmin sukha-ghana-martau param\"asmin vane vrk$a/:l phalanti\" yalche\n\n24.339 284\n84\n24.6\n24.128 151\n24.300 251\n\nasru-dhariiya bhije loka, pulaka-kadamba\na$(adase-vrndavana-vihara-var(Jana\na$(ame-ramananda-sarilvada vistara\naste-vyaste dhana ase, patha nahi paya\n\nataeva apane sfJtrartha kariyache vyakhyane\nataeva bhagavata karaha vicara\nataeva bhagavata-sfJtrera 'artha'-rfJpa\nataeva bhiigavate ei 'tina' kaya\nataeva brahma-sfJtrera bha$ya-sriataeva hari bhaje buddhiman jana\nataeva saba sastra karaye kha(Jc;lana\nataeva tiirihii sane na hai/a milana\n'aranna' bara atmarama nama la-iye\naranna ca-karera saba lopa haya\natatatvaca ca matrtvad atma hi paramo\natha panca-gu(Ja ye syur\narharanalate asi' bhattacarya brahma(Je\nathasaktis tato bhavas\n\nathocyante gu(la/:1 panca\n\"atma deha-mano-brahma-svabhiiva\natma-madhye go$thi kare chiic;li' adhyayana\n\"atmarama api\"-'api' 'garha'-artha\n\n'atmarama eva' hana sri-k($(Ja bhajaye\natmarama-ga(Jiikar$ity\natmarama-ga ne ra age kariba ga(Jana\natmarama jiva yata sthavara-jangame\n\"atmaramas ca api\" kare k($(Je ahaituki\n'atmaramas ca atmaramas ca' aranna\n\"atmaramas ca atmaramas ca\" kari'\n\"atmiiramas ca munayas ca\" k($(Jere\n'atmaramas ca munayas ca' k($(Jere\n'atmiiramas ca munayas ca nirgrantha5\natmarama5 ca munayo\n'atmaramas ca' samuccaye kahiye ca-kara\natmaramataya me vrtha\natmarameti padyarkasy'atma'-sabde brahma, deha, mana, yatna,\n'atma'-sabde 'buddhi' kahe buddhi-vi5e$a\n'atma'-sabde 'deha' kahe, -cari artha tara\n\n24.207 196\n25.68 333\n25.256 434\n25.249 431\n24.270 234\n24.299 251\n25.92 346\n25.153 383\n25.142 375\n25.131 369\n25.100 350\n24.93 128\n25.48 322\n25.212 414\n24.295 249\n24.298 250\n24.78 121\n23.78\n50\n25.224 420\n23.15\n9\n23.87\n54\n23.80\n51\n24.12\n86\n25.22 307\n24.225 208\n24.224 207\n24.202 193\n51\n23.81\n87\n24.13\n24.200 192\n24.146 161\n24.296 249\n24.149 162\n24.152 164\n24.221 206\n24.303 252\n24.5\n83\n24.301 251\n24.128 151\n24.1\n81\n24.11\n86\n24.156 184\n24.211 199\n\n", "mad9#p0495": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n467\n\n'atma-sabde 'dhrti' kahe,-dhairye yei\n'atma'-sabde kahe kr$1Ja brhattva-svariipa\n'atma'-sabde kahe 'k$etrajna jiva'-lak$ar:ra\n'atma'-sabde kahe-sarva-vidha bhagavan\n'atma'-sabde 'mana' kaha-mane yei rame\n\n24.174 177\n24.77 120\n24.307 254\n24.285 244\n24.165 171\n\n25.232\nbhakta-sange bahu-k$ar:ra nrtya-gita kaila\n25.268\nbhakta-vatsala na dekhi trijagate anya\n24.42\nbhakta-v!itsalya, atma-paryanta vadanyata\nbhakti-bale 'prapta-svariipa' divya-deha paya 24.134\n25.136\nbhakti/:1 puniW man-ni$!hii\n\n'atma'-sabde 'svabhiiva' kahe, We yei rame\n'atma'-sabde 'yatna' kahe-yatna kariya\natmavasyam idam visvam\natmecchJnugatav iitma\natulya-madhura-prema\nautkar:r!hya-bii$pa-kalaya muhur ardyamanas\n\n24.200 192\n24.168 173\n25.101 351\n25.133 370\n52\n23.82\n24.157 166\n\nbhakti-nirdhata-do�ar:ram\nbhakti-prabhava,-sei kama chiic;/iiiia\nbhaktira svabhava,-brahma haite kare\nbhaktir ity ucyate bhi$ma'bhakti'-sabdera artha haya dasa-vidhakara\n'bhakti'-sabdera ei saba arthera mahima\n\n58\n23.95\n24.198 191\n24.110 139\n23.8\n5\n24.30\n96\n24.33\n97\n\navajananti mam miic;/ha\navataravali-bijam\navicintya-mahJ-sakti/:1\navidya-karma-samjiianya\nayam neta suramy!inga/:1\nayu/:1 sriyam yaso dharmam\n\n25.39 317\n51\n23.81\n23.80\n51\n24.308 255\n23.70\n45\n25.84 342\n\nbhakti sadhana kare yei 'prapla-brahma-laya'\nbhakti-smrti-sastra kari' kariha pracara\nbhakti vina kevala jii!ine 'mukti' n!ihi haya\nbhakti vin!i mukti nahe, bhJgavate kaya\nbhakti vinu kona sadhana dite nare phala\n\n24.109\n23.104\n24.109\n25.30\n24.92\n\n139\n62\n139\n310\n128\n\nbhakti vinu mukti nahi, bhaktye mukti hay a\nbhaktya bhiigavatam gr!ihyam\nbhaktyaham ekaya grahya/:1\nbhaktya saiijataya bhaktya\n'bhaktye jivan-mukta' gur:rakr�ta haii!i kr�r:ra\n\n24.139\n24.313\n25.136\n25.140\n24.130\n\n157\n257\n372\n373\n152\n\n'bhaktye jivan-mukta', 'jiiane jivan-mukta'\nbhaktye mukti paileha avasya kr�r:rere\nbhartur mitha/:1 suya5asal) kathananuragabhava/:1 sa eva sandratma\nbhava-riipa, mahabhava-lak$ar:ra-riipa ara\n\n24.129 151\n24.143 160\n24.88 125\n23.7\n5\n24.31\n96\n\nbhava-tallva, rasa-tat tva, /il!i-tattva !ira\nbhayam dviliyiibhinive5atal) syad\nbhayam dviliyiibhinive5ata/:l syad\nbheje sarpa-vapur hitva\nbhik$iim atann ari-pure\n\n25.265 439\n24.137 156\n25.138 374\n25.77 337\n23.27\n16\n\n'bhramara-gita'ra dasa 5/oka tahate\nbhramite bhramite yadi sadhu-sanga p!iya\nbhukti-mukti-siddhi-sukha chac;laya yara\nbhukti, siddhi, indriyartha tare nahi\nbhukti, siddhi, mukti-mukhya ei tina\n\n23.60\n38\n24.310 256\n24.39 100\n15\n23.24\n24.27\n94\n\nbhiitani bhagavaly atmany\nbija, ik$U, rasa, guc;la tabe khar:rc;la-sara\n'brahma-atma'-sabde yadi kr?r:rere kahaya\nbrahma-bhiita/:1 prasannatma\n\n25.129 368\n24\n23.43\n24.82 123\n24.132 153\n\nbrahma-bhiita/:1 prasannatma\nbrahmadi kita-paryanta-tatira saktile\nbrahma narade sei upade5a kai/a\n\n25.155 384\n24.307 254\n25.95 348\n\nB\nbahuna kim gun!is tasyal)\nbahu tu/i' prabhu kahe-bala 'kr�r:ra' 'hari'\nbar:ra-viddha bhagna-p!ida kare dhac;l-phac;li\n'bato, bhik$iim ata, gam c!inaya' yaiche\nbatri5e chJbbi5e mili' a$ta-paiica5a\n\n23.91\n25.176\n24.231\n24.223\n24.294\n\nbhagavan eka asedam\n'bhagavata' kariba siitrera bhii$ya-svariipa\"\nbhagavata-siddhanta giic;/ha sakali kahil!i\nbhiigavata-5/oka, upani$al kahe 'eka' mala\nbhiigavate prati-5/oke vyape yara sthiti\n\n25.133 370\n25.97 348\n23.115 71\n25.100 350\n25.135 372\n\nbhagavatera sambandha, abhidheya,\nbhagavatera svariipa kene na kara vicarar:ra?\nbhagavate sei rk 5/oke nibandhana\n'bhagavatlii' mani/e 'advaita' na y!iya\nbhakta ama preme bandhiyache hrdaya-\n\n25.102\n24.317\n25.99\n25.48\n25.127\n\n352\n260\n350\n322\n366\n\nbhakta-deha paile hay a gur:rera smarar:ra\nbhakta-dul)kha dekhi' prabhu manete cinti/a\nbhakta-dul)kha khar:rc;laite tare krpa kaila\nbhakta-gar:ra-satige kare kirtana-vilasa\nbhakta-gar:ra, 5una mora dainya-vacana\n\n24.111\n25.13\n25.5\n25.241\n25.272\n\n140\n302\n298\n427\n444\n\nbhakta-gar:re sphuri ami bahire-antare\nbhakta/:1 5ravan-netra-jal!i/:l samagram\nbhakta /agi' vist!irila apana-vadane\nbhaktanam hrdi r!ijanli\n\n25.125 365\n23.23\n14\n25.267 440\n58\n23.97\n\n55\n395\n211\n207\n249\n\n423\n440\n101\n154\n372\n\n", "mad9#p0496": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n468\n\nbrahma, paramatma, bhagavatta,\nbrahmare isvara catu/:1-sloki ye kahilii\n'brahma'-sabde kahe '$ar;/-aisvarya-purra\n'brahma' sabdera artha-tattva sarvabrahmeti paramatmeti\nbrahmeti paramatmeti\n\n24.80\n25.95\n25.33\n24.71\n24.74\n24.81\n\n122\n348\n312\n117\n118\n122\n\n25.132\n24.72\n24.320\n24.91\n24.11\n24.187\n\n370\n117\n261\n127\n86\n184\n\ncaturthe-madhava purira caritra-asvadana\ncatur-vidha bhajante mam\ncaturvimse-'atmarama/:1'-5/okartha\ncaudikete /ak$a loka bale 'hari' 'hari'\nchaya vatsara kaila yaiche gamaniigamana\nchayera chaya mata vyiisa kailii avartana\n\nbrahmeti paramatmeti\nbrhattvad brmharatvac ca\nbruhi yogesvare kr$1Je\nbuddhiman-arthe-yadi 'vicara-jfla' haya\nbuddhi, svabhava, -ei sata artha-prapti\nbuddhye rame atmarama-dui ta' prakara\n\nchidra pana raya tare cabuka marila\ncid-ananda kr$1Ja-vigraha 'mayika' kari'\ncirad adattam nija-gupta-vittam\nciral)i kim pathi na santi disanti bhik$am\ncitra-jalpera dasa anga-prajalpadi-nama\n\ndadami buddhi-yogam tam\n'ca'-avadh!iral)e, ih!i 'api'-samuccaye\n'ca' ev!irthe-'munaya/:1 eva' kr$1Jere bhajaya\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�radasa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�radasa\ncaitanya-gosani- 'sri-kr�ra', nirdharila\ncaitanya-gosafli yei kahe, sei mata sara\ncaitanya-lila-amrta-pura,\ncaitanyarpitam astv etac\ncandrasekhara, kirtaniya-paramananda,\ncanvacaye samah!ire\ncarara-calane kanpai/a tribhuvana\ncari-jana mi/i' kare nama-sarlkirtana\ncari puru$iirtha chac;Jaya, gure hare\ncari-sabda-satlge evera karibe uccara\ncari-veda-upani$ade yata kichu haya\ncari-vidha tapa tara kare samharara\ncaru-saubhagya-rekhar;lhy!i\nca-sabda api-arthe, 'api' -avadharare\nca-sabde 'anvacaye' artha kahe !ira\nca-sabde 'api'ra artha ihatlo kahaya\nca-sabde 'eva', 'api'-sabda samuccaye\nca-sabde kari yadi 'itaretara' artha\nca-sabde 'samuccaye', ara artha kaya\ncaskambha ya/:1 sva-ramhasaskhalat!i\ncatu/:l-�a$tir udahrta/:1\ncatu/:1-slokite prakata tara kariyache\ncatur-bhujam kaflja-rathanga-sarlkhacaturdase-'hera-paflcami'-yatra-darasana\n\n429\n129\n436\n332\n427\n\n25.53 325\n25.188 400\n25.35 314\n23.1\n2\n23.114 70\n23.60\n38\n\nD\n\nc\n'ca' 'api', dui sabda tate 'avyaya' haya\n\n25.246\n24.94\n25.260\n25.65\n25.240\n\n24.65\n24.185\n24.225\n23.127\n24.355\n\n114\n184\n208\n80\n293\n\ndad!imi buddhi-yogam tam\n\n25.163\n25.45\n25.277\n25.282\n25.179\n\n389\n321\n447\n451\n396\n\ndarr;iavat kare Joke hari-dhvani kari'\n\n24.67\n24.20\n25.63\n24.64\n24.304\n\n115\n90\n331\n114\n253\n\n25.98\n24.60\n23.88\n24.171\n24.223\n\n349\n111\n55\n175\n207\n\n24.162\n24.202\n24.148\n24.221\n24.21\n\n169\n193\n162\n206\n91\n\n23.85\n53\n25.102 352\n24.156 166\n25.252 432\n\ndadhi yena kharr;ia-marica-karpura-milane\ndaivi hy e$ii guramayi\ndak$il)o vinayi hrim!in\ndamodara-svarupa, parr;lita-gadadhara\n\ndarr;iavat-sth!ine pipilikare dekhiya\ndanta-dhavana, snana, sandhyadi vandana\ndasame-kahilun sarva-vai$1)ava-;ni/ana\ndiisya-bhaktera rati haya 'raga'-dasa-anta\n\n24.173 176\n24.192 187\n23.49\n28\n24.138 157\n47\n23.74\n25.228 421\n25.176 395\n24.271 235\n24.332 278\n25.250 431\n24.32\n97\n\n23.54\n24.57\ndattabhayam ca bhuja-darr;la-yugam vilokya 24.50\ndeh!irami dehe bhaje 'dehop!idhi brahma'\n24.212\ndeharami karma-ni�tha-yajnikadi jana\n24.214\ndiisya-rati 'raga' paryanta krameta bar;laya\n\ndiisya-sakhyadi-bhave puru$iidi gara\n\ndeh!irami, sarva-k!ima-saba atmarama\ndehe atma-jfl!ine !icchadita sei 'jnana'\ndehe priil)a aile, yena indriya uthila\ndekhi' kasi-vasi lokera haila camatkara\ndekhite caliyachena 'bindu-m!idhava hari'\ndekhite kautuke iii/a lana 5i$ya-vrnda\ndekhiya prabhura nrtya, prema, dehera\ndekhiya vyadhera mane haila camatkara\ndekhiy!i vyadhera prema parvata-mahamuni\ndesa-kala-sup!itrajfla/:1\ndevi kr$ramayi prokta\ndhairyavanta eva hana karaya bhajane\ndhana-saflcayi-nirgrantha, ara ye nirdhana\ndhanuka bhangi' vyadha tanra carare\n\n33\n110\n106\n200\n201\n\n24.218 204\n24.201 192\n25.225 420\n25.69 333\n25.60 330\n25.66\n25.67\n24.264\n24.277\n23.72\n\n332\n333\n231\n238\n46\n\n23.68\n44\n24.174 177\n24.17\n89\n24.258 227\n\n", "mad9#p0497": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n469\n\ndhanur-bal)a haste,-yena yama daQI;/a-dhara 24.235\n23.40\ndhanyasy�yarh naval) prem�\n24.206\ndhanyeyam adya dharal)i trQa-virudhas tvat\n25.121\n'dharm�di' vi$aye yaiche e 'c�ri' vic�ra\n24.100\ndharma/:! projjhita-kaitavo 'Ira paramo\n\n213\n23\n195\n362\n133\n\nei amrta anuk$al)a,\nei �ra tina artha gal)anate p�i/a\n\"ei artha-�m�ra siitrera vy�khy�nuriipa\nei bal;ia 'papa',-satya caitanyera v�l)i\nei c�ri artha saha ha-ifa 'teisa' artha\n\n25.276\n24.283\n25.97\n25.35\n24.220\n\n44\n242\n348\n314\n205\n\ndharma/:! projjhita-kaitavo 'tra paramo\ndharmasya tattvarh nihitarh guh�yarh\ndhrti/:1 sy�t piirl)at� jn�na\ndhrtimanta hana bhaje pak$i-miirkha-caye\ndhruva-ghate tarire subuddhi-raya milil�\n\n25.149\n25.57\n24.181\n24.185\n25.186\n\n381\n328\n181\n184\n400\n\nei c�ri sukrti haya maha-bhagyav�n\nei chaya atmarama k[$1)ere bhajaya\nei chaya yogi sadhu-sarigadi-hetu pan�\nei-dr$!e bhiigavatera artha janaya\"\nei dui artha mili' 'chabbisa' artha haifa\n\n24.96\n24.145\n24.161\n24.323\n24.283\n\n131\n161\n169\n263\n242\n\ndighi khod�ite tare 'munsipha' kaila\ndik$a, prata/:1-smrti-krtya, sauca,\ndina dasa rahi' riipa gaul;ie yatra kai/a\ndina-krtya, pak$a-krtya, ekadasy-adi\ndine tata laya, yata khaya dui jane\n\n25.188\n24.331\n25.221\n24.340\n24.267\n\n400\n274\n418\n285\n233\n\nei haya satya sri-k[$1)a-caitanya-vacana\nei jiva-sanakadi saba muni-jana\nei-mata dasye dasa, sakhye sakha-gal)a\nei-mata dina panca /oka nistariya\nei mata kahiluri eka 5/okera vyakhy�na\n\n25.44\n24.203\n23.93\n25.177\n24.322\n\n321\n193\n57\n395\n262\n\ndivya deha diy� karaya k[$1)era bhajana\ndorihe mahaprabhure kaila prema-alirigana\nd[$/arh srutarh bhiita-bhavad-bhaVi$yat\ndu/:lkhabhave uttama-praptye maha-piirl)a\ndu/:lkha pana prabhu-pade kaila nivedana\ndu/:lkhi vaiwava dekhi' tarire karana\n\n24.110\n25.227\n25.37\n24.180\n25.12\n25.206\n\n139\n421\n316\n181\n302\n411\n\nei mata mahaprabhu dui masa paryanta\nei-mata sanatana vrndavanete rahi/a\nei nava prity-arikura yanra citte haya\nei-panca-madhye eka 'svalpa' yadi haya\nei panca sthayi bhava haya panca 'rasa'\n\n25.3\n297\n25.216 416\n23.20\n12\n24.194 188\n23.46\n26\n\n'dul)sariga' kahiye -'kaitava', 'atma-vancana'\ndui-dike /oka kare prabhu-vilokane\ndui marge atmaramera batrisa vibheda\ndui-vidha bhakta hay a cari cari prakara\ndura haite vyadha pili/a gurura darasane\nduriihadbhuta-virye 'smin\n\n24.99 133\n25.175 394\n24.292 248\n24.287 245\n24.269 234\n24.195 189\n\nei papa yaya mora, kemana upaye?\nei rasa anubhave yaiche bhakta-gal)a\nei rasa-asvada nahi abhaktera ga(le\nei saba sabde haya-'jnana'-'vijnana'-viveka\nei saba santa yabe bhaje bhagavan\n\n24.254 224\n23.94\n57\n23.99\n59\n25.110 359\n24.164 170\n\ndvadasa-skandha-yukto 'yarh\ndvadase-guQI;/ica-mandira-marjana\ndvavirhse-dvividha sadhana-bhaktira\ndvijopasma/:1 kuhakas tak$ako va\ndvitiya paricchede-prabhura pra/apadvividha 'vibhava',-alambana, uddipana\n\n25.144\n25.251\n25.259\n23.21\n25.244\n23.50\n\n377\n432\n435\n13\n429\n29\n\nei sabe viddha-tyaga, aviddha-karal)a\neita' 'sambandha', suna 'abhidheya' bhakti\nei 'sambandha'-tattva kahiluri, suna ara\nei sarik$epe siitra kahilun dig-darasana\nei sata artha prathame karilun vyakhyane\n\n24.342\n25.135\n25.118\n24.345\n24.153\n\n286\n372\n360\n287\n164\n\nei sate rame yei, sei atmarama-gal)a\nei 5/okera artha prabhu 'eka$a$ti' prakara\nei stoke sridhara-svami kariyachena\nei svabhava-gul)e, yate madhuryera sara\nei ta' ekadasa padera artha-nirl)aya\n\n24.13\n25.161\n24.101\n24.40\n24.70\n\n87\n388\n134\n100\n116\n\ne amrta kara pana,\nebe ami eka yamu jharikhal)l;/a-pathe\"\nebe kari 5/okera miilartha prakasa\nebe slokartha kari, yatha ye lagaya\nebe suna bhakti-phala 'prema'-prayojana\n\n25.279\n25.181\n24.106\n24.70\n23.3\n\n449\n397\n138\n116\n3\n\nei ta' kahiluri,-prabhu dekhi' vrndavana\nei ta' kahiluri sanatane prabhura prasada\nei ta' kahiluri 5/okera '$a$ti' sarikhyaka\nei ta' kahiluri tomaya vyildhera ilkhy!lna\n\n25.238\n24.351\n24.306\n24.282\n\n426\n291\n254\n242\n\nebe suna, prema, yei-mii/a 'prayojana'\nebe tomara padabje upajibe bhakti\ne dui,-bhavera 'svariipa', 'tatastha' /ak$al)a\neho k[$1)a-guQ!lkr$la maha-muni hana\n\n25.139 374\n25.86 343\n23.6\n4\n24.167 172\n\nei ta' kahilu prabhura sanatane prasada\nei ta' kalpita artha mane nahi bhaya\nei tera artha kahilun parama samartha\nei tina bhede haya chaya prakara\n\n24.346\n25.42\n24.163\n24.158\n\n288\n319\n170\n167\n\nE\n\n", "mad9#p0498": "470\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\nei 'tina' tattva ami kahinu tomare\nei tamara vara haite habe mora ba/a\"\nei 'ima�a�ti' prakara artha karilwi\nei unisa artha kari/u, age suna ara\nei yanha nahi, tahii bhakti-'ahaituki'\n\n25.106 354\n23.123 78\n24.302 252\n24.211 199\n95\n24.29\n\neka 'atmarama'-sabda avase�a rahe\neka atmarama-sabde atanna artha kaya\neka 'atmarama'-sabde chaya-jana kahe\neka bhakta-vyadhera katha suna savadhane\neka bhukti kahe, bhoga-ananta-prakiira\n\n24.150\n24.298\n24.150\n24.229\n24.28\n\n163\n250\n163\n210\n95\n\nekadasa-skandhe tatira bhakti-vivarat;Ja\nekiidasa pada ei slake sunirmala\nekadase-sri-mandire 'bec;la-satikirtana'\nekadasi, janmii�tami, vamana-dvadasi\neka-dina anna ane dasa-bisa jane\n\n24.119\n24.10\n25.251\n24.341\n24.267\n\n145\n85\n432\n285\n233\n\neka-dina narada kahe,-\"sunaha, parvate\neka dina sri-niirada dekhi' niirayat;Ja\neka eka gut;Ja suni' juc;laya bhakta-kiit;Ja\neka eka tina bhede chaya vibheda\neka eka vastra pari' bahira hao dui-jana\n\n24.268\n24.230\n23.69\n24.155\n24.259\n\n233\n210\n45\n165\n228\n\neka 'niimiibhiise' tamara papa-do�a yiibe\neka-'siidhana', 'prema-bhakti'-nava\n'eka-�a�ti' artha ebe sphuri/a toma-sange\n'eka�a�ti' artha prabhu vivari' kahi/a\neka slake ii!hiira artha kairiicha vyakhyane\n\n25.199 407\n24.307 96\n24.312 257\n25.162 388\n24.4\n83\n\neka 'svayarh bhagaviin', ara 'bhagavan'\n'eka' variit;Jasi chi/a tomate vimukha\nekavirhse-kr$t;Jaisvarya-madhurya vart;Jana\ne saba vrttanta suni' mahiira$!riya\neta anna na piithiio, k ichu kiirya nai\n\n24.285\n25.172\n25.259\n25.59\n24.280\n\n244\n393\n435\n329\n241\n\neta bali' ca/i/a prabhu saba a/itigiya\neta bali' dui-jana ha-ila antardhana\neta bali' prabhure lana tathaya vasi/a\neta bali' tina tattva kahila tiitihiire\neta cinti' nimantrila sannyiislra gat;Je\n\n25.184\n24.281\n25.87\n25.108\n25.11\n\n399\n241\n343\n355\n301\n\neta kahi' sei kare kr�t;Ja-satikirtana\neta kahi' uthiya calila gaurahari\netavad eva jijfiasyarh\nete carhsa-kala/;1 purhsa/;1\n\n25.46\n25.164\n25.123\n25.134\n\n321\n389\n364\n371\n\nete '/inas tava yaso 'khila-loka-tirtharh\nete na hy adbhuta vyiidha\netha mahiiprabhu yadi niladri ca/ila\nethii rupa-gosani yabe mathura iii/a\n\n24.177\n24.273\n25.222\n25.186\n\n179\n236\n419\n400\n\netha sanatana gosani prayage asiya\ne tine saba chac;/aya, kare kr�t;Je 'bhava'\nevarh gut;Jas catur-bhedas\nevarh harau bhagavati pratilabdha-bhavo\nevarh-vrata/:1 sva-priya-nama-kirtya\nevarh-vrata/:1 sva-priya-nama-kirtya\n\n25.210 413\n24.104 136\n53\n23.85\n24.157 166\n23.41\n23\n25.141 374\n\nG\nga gopakair anuvanarh nayator udara\ngatiga-pathe dui-bhai raja-pathe\nganga-tira-pathe prabhu prayagere iii/a\ngauc;lendrasya sabhii-vibhu�at;Ja-mat;Jis\ngauc;/iya aile dadhi, bhiita, tai/a-mardana\n\n24.207 196\n25.212 414\n25.209 413\n24.348 289\n25.206 411\n\ngayanta uccair amum eva sarhhatii/:1\ngayatri-bhii�ya-rupo 'sau\ngiiyatrira arthe ei grantha-iirambhana\nghare gela vyadha, guruke kari' namaskara\n\"ghare giya brahmat;Je deha' yata ache dhana\n\n25.130 368\n25.143 376\n25.147 379\n24.264 231\n24.259 228\n\ngokula-prema-vasatir\ngopiila govinda riima sri-madhusudana\"\ngopala sthiipana, k�ira-curira vart;Jana\ngopicandana-miilya-dhrti, tulasi-aharat;Ja\n\"gosiifii, prayiit;Ja-patha chiic;/i' kene\n\n23.90\n25.64\n25.246\n24.333\n24.238\n\n55\n331\n429\n278\n214\n\ngrame dhvani hai/a,-vyadha 'vai$t;Java' ha-i/a 24.266\ngramera loka saba anna anite lagila\n24.266\n25.17\ngrantha bac;le, punarukti haya ta' kathana\n24.18\ngrantho dhane 'tha sandarbhe\ngrantho '$tadasa-sahasra/;l\n25.144\n\n232\n232\n304\n89\n377\n\ngrhita-ceta rajar$e\ngrhita-ceta rajar$e\ngut;liikr�ta hafia kare kr�t;Jera bhajana\ngut;Jakma hafia kare nirmala bhajana\ngut;Jakf$ia hafia kare nirmala bhajana\n\n24.47\n25.157\n24.119\n24.111\n24.114\n\n104\n385\n145\n140\n142\n\n'gut;Ja' sabdera artha-kr$t;Jera gut;Ja ananta\nguru-lak�at;Ja, si$ya-/ak$at;Ja, dotihara\nguru-pase sei bhakti pra�tavya, srotavya\nguru-sevii, urdhva-put;Jc;/ra-cakradi-dharat;Ja\nguru-tulya stri-gat;Jera vatsalye akar�at;Ja\ngurv-arpita-guru-sneha\n\n24.41\n24.330\n25.122\n24.332\n24.57\n23.91\n\n101\n267\n364\n278\n110\n55\n\n25.84\n23.27\n25.64\n\n342\n16\n331\n\nH\nhanti sreyarhsi sarviit;Ji\nharau ratirh vahann e�a\n\"haraye nama/;1 kr�t:Ja yadavaya nama/:1\n\n", "mad9#p0499": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nharer guQilk$ipta-matir\nharer nama-slokera yei karila vyakhyana\nhari-bhaktau pravrttil ye\nhari-bhaktye himsa-sunya haya sadhu-varya\nharidilsa-thilkura, ara paQ(iita-sankara\n\n24.117\n25.29\n24.273\n24.272\n25.229\n\n144\n310\n236\n235\n422\n\n471\n\nJ\njagadananda, kasisvara, govinda,\njagannatha dekhi' prabhu premilvi$la\njagannatha-sevaka ani' millil-prasilda dilil\njagat-tamo jaharavyat\n\n'harib'-sabde nilnilrtha, dui mukhyatama\nharim upilsata te yata-cittil\nhariQil ci!Sv adeyeti\n'hari'-sabdera ei mukhya kahiluti lak�a(la\nhari-vamse kahiyache goloke nitya-sthiti\n\n24.59\n24.178\n24.172\n64.64\n23.116\n\n111\n179\n175\n114\n72\n\njahau yuvaiva malavad\njala ani' bhaktye dotihilra pada prak$illila\njanmady asya yato 'nvayad itarata5 carthe�v\njanma haite suka-sanakadi 'brahmamaya'\njapa, stuti, parikramil, daQ(iavat vandana\n\nharg dainya, cilpalyadi 'sancilri' vikara\nhar$iimar$a-bhayodvegair\nhasaty atho roditi rauti gayaty\nhasaty atho roditi rauti gayaty\n\n25.69 333\n23.108 66\n23.41\n23\n25.141 374\n\njilta-ajata-rati-bhede si!dhaka dui bheda\njilta-rati sadhaka-bhakta-cilri-vidha jana\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\n\nhelaya mukti pabe, pilbe prema-dhana\nhena-kale mahilprabhu panca-nade snana\nhena-kale nindil suni' sekhara, tapana\nhena-kale sei mahilri!Wiya brilhmaQa\n\n25.154\n25.60\n25.12\n25.160\n\n384\n330\n302\n287\n\njayildvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\njaya jaya gauracandra jaya nityilnanda\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityilnanda\njijnilsu, jnani, -dui mok�a-kama mani\n\nhena-kille vipra /lsi' karila nimantra(la\n'hetu'-sabde kahe-bhukti-adi vanchantare\nhinilrthildhika-sadhake tvayi tathapy\nhr$ikese hr$ikat:�i\nhusena-khati 'saiyada' kare tahilra cakari\n\n25.14 303\n24.27\n94\n23.29\n17\n24.184 183\n25.187 400\n\njivani-bhOta-govinda\njiva nistarite prabhu bhramila dese-dese\n'jivan-mukta' aneka, sei dui bheda jani\n\n25.228 421\n25.232 423\n25.233 424\n24.1\n81\n23.25\n15\n24.275\n25.148\n24.113\n24.337\n24.288\n\n24.290 247\n23.2\n2\n82\n24.2\n25.2\n296\n2\n23.2\n24.2\n82\n24.95 130\n58\n23.96\n25.264 437\n24.129 151\n\n25.76\n25.106\njive dubkha ditecha, tamara ha-ibe aiche\n24.249\njivera dubkha dekhi' narada vyakula-anantare 24.233\njivera svabhava-kr�Qa-'dasa'-abhimilna\n24.201\n\n337\n354\n218\n212\n192\n\n23.77\n25.79\n25.78\n24.83\n\n49\n339\n338\n123\n\n24.107\n25.105\n24.79\n24.86\n\n138\n353\n121\n124\n\n24.219\n23.37\n24.250\n24.251\n25.267\n25.43\n\n204\n21\n220\n221\n440\n320\n\njivan-mukta api punar\n\n'jiva' tumi ei tina naribe janibare\n\niha dekhi' sannyilsi-gaQa habe itihara\niha haite pabe sutra-srutira artha-sara\nihilra prasade paibil caitanya-caraQa\nihara prasade paiba kr�Qa-tattva-silra\n\n25.9\n25.153\n25.269\n25.270\n\n299\n383\n441\n441\n\njive�v ete vasanto 'pi\njive 'Vi$QU' buddhi dure-yei brahma-rudrajive 'Vi$QU' mani-ei aparadha-cihna\n\nihilra sravaQe bhakta jilnena saba anta\nihi! yaiche krame nirmala, krame ba(ie svada\niha yei sraddhil kari' karaye srava(la\n\n24.353 292\n23.44\n25\n25.239 426\n\njnana-marge-nirvise5a-brahma prakase\njnilna-marge upasaka-duita' prakara\njnanam parama-guhyam me\n\nindra /lsi' karila yal:ie sri-k[$/)ere stuti\nindrari-vyakulam lokam\nisvara tumi,- ye karaha, sei siddha haya\"\nitaretara 'ca' diyil samilsa kariye\niti matva bhajante milri'J\n'ittham-bho:a-gut:�ab'-sabdera sunaha\n\n23.116 72\n25.134 371\n24.327 266\n24.295 249\n24.189 185\n98\n24.35\n\njnana, yoga, bhakti, -tinera prthak lak5aQa\njnaninam catma-bhotanam\n\nK\nkacam vicinvann api divya-ratnari'J\nkadaham yamuna-tire\n\n'ittham-bhuta'-sabdera artha'ittham'-sabdera bhinna artha, 'guQa'\nity adayo 'nubhilvilb syur\nity asadhilraQari1 proktam\n\n24.36\n24.35\n23.19\n23.84\n\n98\n98\n11\n53\n\n237\n380\n142\n283\n245\n\nkadarthanil diya mara'-e papa 'apara'\nkadarthiya tumi yata marilil jivere\nkahilti bhakta-mukhe kahili sunilil /!pane\nkahilti mukti paba, kahilti kr5�Jera prasada\n\n", "mad9#p0500": "472\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nkalau nil$!a-drs�m e$a\nk.'!lena vrnd�vana-keli-v�rt�\nk.'!li haite tumi yei mrg�di m.'lribJ\nka1i-k�le n�m.'lbh.'lse sukhe mukti hay a\nkali-k�le sanny�se 'sarhs.'!ra' n�hi jini\n\n24.321\n24.350\n24.247\n25.30\n25.28\n\n262\n290\n218\n310\n309\n\nkrp� kari' kaha yadi, jur;l�ya sravaQa'\nkrp�mrten�bhi$i$eca devas\nkr$Qa-bahirmukha-do$e m�y� haite bhaya\nkf$Qa-bhajana kar�ya, 'mumuk$�' chac;laya\nkr$t:Ja bhaje kr$Qa-guQe �kr$ta han�\n\n84\n24.6\n24.350 290\n24.136 155\n24.124 148\n24.161 169\n\nkam�di 'du/:lsanga' ch.'lc;li' suddha-bhakti\nkampa-pulak�ru haila kr$t:Ja-nama gana\nkampa, svara-bhariga, sveda, vaivarQya,\nkanta-gaQera rati p�ya 'mah.'lbhava'-sim�\nkanth.'!-kararigiy� mora k.'!rigala bhakta-gaQa\n\n24.97\n24.276\n25.68\n24.34\n25.183\n\n131\n238\n333\n98\n398\n\nkr$Qa-bhakta-du/:lkha-hina, v�nchantara\nkr$Qa-bhakta-gaQa kare rasa �sv�dane\nkr$Qa-bhakti rasa-rOpe p�ya pariQ�me\n'krHJa-bhakti-rasa-svarOpa' sri-bh.'!gavata\nkr$Qa-bhakti-rasera ei 'sthayi-bhava'-n.'!ma\n\n24.182 182\n23.99\n59\n27\n23.47\n25.150 381\n23.4\n3\n\nkariy�chena, y�ha suni' Joke camatkara\nkarmaQy asminn an�vase\nk.'!ro mana kona guQe kare akar$aQa\nkaronyara pani tara mukhe deoyaila\nkartavyakartavya saba 'sm.'!rta' vyavahara\n\n25.161\n24.215\n24.43\n25.193\n24.344\n\n388\n202\n102\n403\n287\n\nkr$Qa-bhakti-siddhanta-gaQa,\nkr$Qadibhir vibhav�dyair\nkr$t:Ja-gut:�akma hana bhaje kr$t:Ja\nkr$t:Ja guQ.'!kma han� karena bhajana\nkr$t:Ja-guQ.'!kma hana kr$t:�ere\n\n25.273 444\n23.98\n58\n24.134 154\n24.116 144\n24.113 142\n\nkarya-dv.'!re kahi t.'!ra 'svarOpa'-lak$aQa\nk�i haite puna!) nil.'lcale �gamana\nk�i-misra, pradyumna-misra, paQc;/ita\nk�ite ami ail�na vecite bhavakali\nkasite grahaka n!ihi, vastu na vikaya\n\n25.124\n25.261\n25.229\n25.168\n25.169\n\n365\n436\n422\n391\n392\n\nkr$Qa-guQakr$!a han� t.'lt'lhare bhajaya\nkr$Qa-guQ.'!khyane haya sarvada �sakti\nkr$Qa-gu(J.'lsvadera ei hetu j�niba\nkr$Qa-keli sumrt:�ala,\nkr$Qa-krpadi-hetu haite sabara udaya\n\n24.205 194\n23.34\n20\n24.105 137\n25.274 445\n24.205 194\n\nk�ite prabhura caritra suni' tinera mukhe\nka stry anga te kala-padamrta-veQu-gita\nkasyanubh�vo 'sya na deva vidmahe\nkata-dore dekhe vyadha vrk$e ot'lta han�\nkataka divasa r�ya naimi$�raQye rahil�\n\n25.219\n24.56\n24.54\n24.234\n25.202\n\n417\n109\n108\n212\n409\n\n'kr$t:Ja krpa karibena'-drc;lha kari' jane\nkr$Qa-krpaya kr$t:Ja bhaje chac;li' saba\nkr$Qa-krpaya sadhu-krp�ya donhara\nkr$Qa-krp�ya s�dhu-sarige rati-buddhi\nkr$t:Ja, kr$Qa-bhakti vinu anya kaman�\n\n23.28\n17\n24.218 204\n24.175 177\n24.188 185\n24.99 133\n\nkata-k$aQe uthi' sabe du/:lkhe ghare ail�\nkecit svadeh�ntar hrdy�vak�e\nkeha kahe, -ei nahe, 'afpa' do�a haya\nkemane tarimu muiii pamara adhama?\nkes�vatara, �ra yata viruddha vyakhyana\n\n25.185\n24.156\n25.196\n24.253\n23.117\n\n399\n166\n405\n223\n74\n\nkr$Qa-k$etra-y�tr�, kr$Qa-murti\nkr$Qa-lil�mrtanvita,\nkr$Qa-lila amrta-sara,\nkr$Qa-lila-sthane kare sarvad� vasati\nkr$Qa-manane muni kr$t:Je sarvada bhajaya\n\n24.335 281\n25.281 450\n25.271 442\n23.36\n21\n24.224 207\n\nkevafa brahmopasaka, mok$�k.'!t'lk$i �ra\nkevafa brahmopasaka tina bheda haya\nkharx;libe sakafa du/:lkha,\nkiba pral.'!pif.'!t'la, kichu nahika smara(le\nkirhva 'dhrti'-sabde nija-pOrQat�di-jn�na\n\n24.107\n24.108\n25.275\n24.8\n24.180\n\n138\n138\n446\n85\n181\n\nkr$Qa-pade bhakti karaya gu(le akar$iy.'!\n'kf$Qa-prema', 'bhakti-rasa', bhaktira\nkrw a-prema-sev.'!-pOrQ.'!nanda-praviQa\n\"kf$(1a-premera' cihna ebe suna sanatana\nkr$Qa-priyavali-mukhy�\n\n24.198 191\n24.353 292\n24.182 182\n23.38\n22\n55\n23.91\n\nkirata-han.'!ndhra-pulinda-pukkas�\nkir�ta-hun.'!ndhra-pulinda-pukkas�\nkirtyam.'!narh yaso yasya\nkona bhagye kona jfvera 'sraddh�' yadi haya\n\n24.179 180\n24.209 198\n24.98 132\n23.9\n6\n\n'kf$Q.'!r�mas ca' eva-haya kr$Qa-manana\nkr$Qa-sambandha vin� kala vyartha n.'!hi\nkr$Qa sei sei toma karabe sphuraQa\nkr$Qa-sukha-nimitta bhajane t.'ltparya\n\n24.228 209\n13\n23.22\n24.328 266\n24.25\n93\n\nkona prakare p.'!ron yadi ekatra karite\nkoti-granthe varQana na y�ya ihara vistara\n\"krama/:1 saktau parip�tyarh kramas c.'!fana\n'krama'-sabde kahe ei p.'!da-vik$epaQa\n\n25.9\n229\n25.263 437\n24.24\n92\n24.19\n90\n\nkr$Qa-tattva, bhakti-tattva, prema-tattva\nkr$Qa-tulya bh�gavata, jan.'!il� sarhs�re\nkr$Qa-tulya bh.'!gavata-vibhu, sarvasraya\nkr$t:�era darsane, karo kr$Qera krp.'!ya\n\n25.265 439\n25.266 439\n24.318 260\n24.127 151\n\n", "mad9#p0501": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n473\n\nkm1era svarOpa-gaQera sakala haya 'jMma'\nkrwe rati gac;lha haile 'prema'-abhidh:lna\nkr�rye 'ratira' cihna ei kailwi vivararya\nkr�rye svadh:lmopagate\nkrwonmukha bhakti haite maya-mukta haya\n\n24.352 291\n23.4\n3\n23.38\n22\n24.321 262\n24.136 155\n\nmahaprabhura upara lokera praryati dekhiy:l\nmah:lra�triya dvija, sekhara, misra-tapana\nmaha-virakta sanatana bhramena vane vane\nmahi�i-garyera 'rOc;lha', 'adhiruc;lha' gopika\nmahi�i-hararya adi, saba-mayamaya\n\n25.220 418\n25.217 416\n25.214 415\n23.57\n36\n23.118 74\n\nkrtv:l bhagavantam bhajante\"\nkrtva bhagavatnam bhajante\"\nk[tva bhagavantartJ bhajante\"\nkruddha hana vyadha tanre gali dite caya\nk�antir avyartha-kalatvam\n\n24.112\n24.144\n25.156\n24.237\n23.18\n\nmahiyasartJ pada-rajo-'bhi�ekartJ\nm:lm eva ye prapadyante\nmane eka samsaya haya, tah:l kharyc;laite\nmantra-adhikari, mantra-siddhy-adi-sodhana\nm:lsa-krtya, janma�tamyadi-vidhi-vic:lrarya\n\n25.85\n24.138\n24.239\n24.331\n24.340\n\n342\n157\n214\n274\n285\n\nk�atir iyam iha ka me svaditartJ yat samantat\n\"k�etrajna atma puru�ab\nk�ipamy ajasram asubhan\nkurari vilapasi tvartJ vlta-nidra na se�e\n\n25.283 451\n24.309 255\n25.40 318\n42\n23.65\n\nm:lsa-matra rOpa-gosani rahila vrndavane\nmathura aila sarana raja-patha diya\nmathura asiya raya prabhu-varta paila\nmathura-mahatmya-sastra sangraha kariya\nmathurate subuddhi-raya tahare milila\n\n412\n413\n409\n416\n414\n\n'kurvanti'-pada ei parasmaipada haya\nkurvanty ahaitukim bhaktim\nkurvanty ahaitukirtJ bhaktim\nkusasana ani' donhare bhaktye vasaila\n\n93\n24.25\n24.5\n83\n25.159 387\n24.274 237\n\n25.208\n25.210\n25.203\n25.215\n25.211\n\nmathuraya lupta-tirthera kariha uddhara\nmat-sevaya pratitartJ te\nmau�ala-lila, ara kr�rya-antardh:lna\nmaya-karya, maya haite ami-vyatireka\nmaya-saktye brahmaryc;Jadi-paripatT\n\n23.103 61\n24.183 182\n23.117 74\n25.116 359\n24.23\n92\n\nmayatita haile haya amara 'anubhava'\nmayavade karila yata do�era akhyana\n'mayavadi' nirvise�a-brahme 'hetu' kaya\nmayy arpita-mano-buddhir\n'mimamsaka' kahe,-'isvara haya karmera\n\n25.118\n25.88\n25.51\n23.107\n25.50\n\n360\n344\n324\n66\n323\n\nmisra-mukhe sune sanatane prabhura 'sik�a'\nmo-haite kaiche haya smrti-paracara\nmok�akank�i jnani haya tina-prak:lra\nmora mana chunite nare ihara eka-bindu\nmrga-ch:l/a caha yadi, aisa mora ghare\n\n25.218\n24.325\n24.121\n23.121\n24.245\n\n417\n264\n146\n77\n217\n\nmrga maribare ache barya yuc;liya\nmukhe 'haya' 'haya' kare, hrdaya na mane\n\"mukta api lilaya vigraham\n\"mukta api lilaya vigraham\n\"mukta api lilaya vigraham\n\n24.234\n25.27\n24.112\n24.144\n25.156\n\n212\n309\n141\n160\n385\n\nmuktanam api siddhanam\n'mukti' lagi' bhaktye kare kr�Qera bhajana\nmuktir hitvanyatha-rOpartJ\nmumuk�a chac;liya gurye bhaje tanra pa'ya\n\n25.83\n24.122\n24.135\n24.127\n\n341\n147\n155\n151\n\nmumuk�a chac;liya kaila km1era bhajana\nmumk�avo ghora-rOpan\n'mumuk�u' jagate aneka samsarT jana\nmumuk�u, jivan-mukta, prapta-svarOpa :Ira\n\n24.126 150\n24.123 148\n24.122 147\n24.121 146\n\n141\n160\n385\n214\n11\n\nL\nlajja-sila sumaryada\n/ak�a koti loka aise, nahika garyana\nlila premrya priyadhikyam\n/oka-sanghatta dekhi' prabhura 'bahya'\n\n23.89\n55\n25.174 394\n53\n23.84\n25.70 334\n\nloka-sik�a lagi' aiche karite na aise'\n/okera satighatta aise prabhure dekhite\nlupta-tirtha prakata kaila vanete bhramiya\n\n25.74 336\n25.19 305\n25.215 416\n\nM\n'madane'-cambanadi haya ananta vibheda 23.59\nmadhava-saundarya dekhi' avi�ta ha-ifa\n25.62\nmadhu-gandhi mrdu-smitam etad aho\n23.35\nmadhuram madhurartJ vapur asya vibhor\n23.35\nmadhura-nama srngara-rasa-sabate prabalya 23.53\n\n37\n331\n20\n20\n33\n\nmadhureyam nava-vayas\n23.87\n54\nmadhurya-saktye goloka, aisvarye paravyoma 24.22\n91\nmadhya-lilara karilun ei dig-darasana\n25.240 427\nmadhya-lilara krama ebe kari anuvada\n25.242 428\n'mahajana' yei kahe, sei 'satya' mani\nmaha-patakera haya ei prayascitti\n'mahaprabhu aila'-grame kolahala haifa\n\n25.56 326\n25.200 408\n25.234 424\n\n", "mad9#p0502": "474\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n\"munaya/;1 santa/:!\" iti km1a-manane asakti\n\n24.146\n24.301\n24.168\n24.14\n24.325\n\n'munayas ca' bhakti kare,-ei artha tara\n\"munayo 'pi\" kr$r:Ja bhaje guf)akma hana\n'muni'-adi sabdera artha suna, sanatana\nmuni -nica-jati, kichu na janoti acara\n'muni', 'nirgrantha', 'ca' 'api', -cari sabdera\n'muni', 'nirgrantha'-sabdera purvavat\n'muni'-sabde manana-sila, ara kahe mauni\n'muni'-sabde-pak$i, bhrr'lga; 'nirgranthe'\n'muni ye sikhaluti tore sphuruka sakala'\nmurkha, nica, mleccha adi sastra-rikta-garya\n\n161\n251\n173\n87\n264\n\n24.293 248\n24.162 169\n24.15\n88\n24.175 177\n23.123 78\n24.17\n89\n\nnaradere kahe,-tumi hao sparsa-maf)i\nnarayaf)a-kalal) santa\nnarayaf)e mane tare 'pa$af)r;lite' gaf)ana\nnarendre asiya sabe prabhure milila\nnarigaf)a-manohari\nna sadhayati maril yoga\nna svadhyayas tapas tyago\nnatal) pararil parama yad bhavatal) svarupam\nnavame-kahilun dak$if)a-tirtha-bhramaf)a\nnava-yogisvara janma haite 'sadhaka' jnani\nnayakanaril siroratnaril\nnayaka, nayika,-dui rasera 'a/ambana'\n\nN\n\nnayikara siromaryi-radha-thakuraryi\n\n24.142\n24.260\n24.206\n25.85\n23.32\n\n159\n228\n195\n342\n19\n\n24.336\n25.164\n25.274\n24.196\n25.19\n\n282\n389\n445\n189\n305\n\n25.279\nna prema sravaryadi-bhak tir api va yoga\n23.29\nnarada kahe,-'aiche raha, tumi bhagyavan'\n24.281\nnarada kahe,-'ami anna diba prati-dine'\n24.257\nnarada kahe,-\"ardha marile jiva paya vyatha 24.249\n\n449\n17\n241\n226\n218\n\nna bhajanty avajananti\nnadi-tire eka-khani kutira kariya\nnadyo 'drayal) khaga-mrga/:1 sadayavalokair\nnai$iiril matis tavad urukramanghriril\nnama-gane sada ruci, laya kr$1Ja-nama\n\nnayaril sukhapo bhagavan\nnecchanti sevaya purryal)\n\"nica-jati, nica-sevi, muni-supamara\nnico 'py utpulako lebhe\nnigama-kalpa-taror galitaril phafaril\nnija-gaf)a lana prabhu kahe hasya kari'\n\nnama-mahima, namaparadha dare varjana\nnamaskara kare /aka hari-dhvani kari\nnana-bhavera bhakta-jana,\nnana kame bhaje, tabu paya bhakti-siddhi\nnana sastre paryr;Jita aise sastra vicarite\n\nnija-granthe karryapura vistara kariya\nnija-gurye tabe hare dehendriya-mana\nnija-kama lagiha tabe krwere bhajaya\nnija-krta sutrera nija-'bhti$ya'-svarupa\nnija-loka lana prabhu iii/a vasaghara\n\nna par;Ja' kutarka-garte,\n\nnikate hari-dhvani suni' paraki!Sananda\nnirantara kara kr$Qa-nama-satikirtana\nnirantara kara kr$r:Ja-nama-satikirtana\nnirantara kr�rya-nama kariha kirtana\n\"nirgrantha api\"ra ei 'api'-sambhavane\n\nnarada kahe,-'dhanuka bhanga, tabe se\n\n24.256 226\n\n'nirgrantha eva' hana, 'api'-nirdharaQe\n\n24.277\n24.123\n25.79\n25.226\n23.75\n\n238\n148\n339\n420\n48\n\n25.137\n25.137\n25.36\n25.250\n24.118\n\n373\n373\n315\n431\n145\n\n23.67\n43\n23.92\n56\n23.66\n43\n24.86 124\n24.183 182\n23.120\n24.278\n25.151\n25.168\n24.347\n\n76\n239\n382\n391\n288\n\n24.63\n24.91\n25.142\n25.167\n25.66\n\n113\n127\n375\n390\n332\n\n25.154\n25.198\n24.261\n24.153\n24.302\n\n384\n406\n229\n164\n252\n\n24.226\n24.147\n24.222\n24.203\n24.16\n\n208\n162\n206\n193\n88\n\n22.227\n24.204\n25.54\n25.222\n\n209\n194\n325\n419\n\nnarada kahe,-'eka-vastu magi tamara sthane' 24.244 216\nnarada kahe,-\"iha ami kichu nahi cahi\nnarada kahe,-\"patha bhuli' iii/ana puchite\nnarada kahe,-'vai$Qava, tamara anna\n\n24.246 217\n24.239 214\n24.279 240\n\n'nirgrantha hana'-ei dutihara 'vi5e$arya'\n\"nirgranthal)\" -avidya-hina, keha -vidhi'nirgranthal)' hana ihan 'api'-nirdhararye\n'nirgrantha'-murkha, nica, sthavara-pasu-\n\n24.272\nnarada kahe,- 'yadi dhara a mara vacana\n24.255\n24.241\nnarada kahe,-\"yadi jive mara' tumi baf)a\n24.237\nnarada-prabhave mukhe gali nahi aya\nnarada-satige vyadhera mana parasanna ha-ifa 24.252\nnarada kahe,-\"vyadha, ei nii haya i!Scarya\n\n235\n225\n215\n214\n222\n\n'nirgrantha'-sabde kahe, avidya-granthi-hina\nnirgrantha-sabde kahe tabe 'vyadha',\n'nirgrantha' sthiivariidira suna vivararya\n'nirgul)a' vyatireke titiho haya ta' 'sagurya'\nnirjana vana-pathe yaite maha sukha pai/a\n\nnarada sei artha vyasere kahi/a\nnarade dekhi' mrga saba palana gela\nnaradera satige saunakadi muni-garya\nnaradera upadese sakala kari/a\n\n25.96\n24.236\n24.126\n24.265\n\n348\n213\n150\n232\n\nnirmamo nirahankaral)\nnir nikaye ni$ kramarthe\nnirodho 'syanu sayanam\n\n23.106 65\n24.18\n89\n24.135 155\n\n", "mad9#p0503": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nnirveda-har�Jdi-tetrisa 'vyabhicJri'\nnistJra karaha more, pac;Jon tomJra pJye\"\nni�tha haite sravai)Jdye 'ruci' upajaya\nnityananda kahe, prabhu karena JsvJdana\nnivedana kare dante twa-guccha lana\n'nyaya' kahe,-'paramal)u haite visva haya'\n\n23.52\n32\n24.254 224\n23.11\n7\n25.247 430\n23.119 76\n25.51 324\n\n25.61\n24.240\n25.151\n24.242\n24.34\n\n330\n215\n382\n216\n98\n\n24.324\n25.91\n24.7\n25.198\n24.317\n\n264\n345\n84\n406\n260\n\n25.4\n25.87\n25.22\n25.202\n25.175\n\n297\n343\n307\n409\n394\n\n25.71\n25.81\n25.71\n25.23\n23.20\n\n334\n340\n334\n307\n12\n\n25.112\n25.112\n24.208\n25.94\n25.128\n\n357\n357\n197\n347\n367\n\n25.110\n25.111\n24.101\n24.319\n25.243\n\n356\n356\n134\n261\n428\n\n25.236\n25.73\nprabhu kahe,-'Vi$(1U' 'Vi$1)U: ami k$Udra jiva 25.78\n24.328\nprabhu kahe,-\"ye karite kariba tumi mana\n25.203\nprabhura laga na pana mane bac;Ja du�kha\n\n425\n336\n338\n266\n409\n\npathe sei vipra saba vrttJnta kahila\npathe ye siikara-mrga, jJni tomJra hay a\"\npibata bhJgavataril rasam Jfayam\npitJra sik�Jte Jmi kari aiche kama\npitr-matr-sneha Jdi 'anurJga'-anta\n\"prabhu aji'ia dila 'vai�l)ava-smrti' karibare\nprabhu kahe, -ami 'jiva', ati tuccha-jnana!\n\np\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"ami vatu/a, amara vacane\nprabhu kahe,-'ihan haite yaha' vrndavana\n\npache /Jg /a-ila tabe bhakta pai'ica jana\npilehe yabe husena-khan gauc;Je 'raja' ha-ifa\npak�i, mrga, vrk�a, lata, cetanacetana\npana ajna raya vrndJvanere calila\npai'ica atmilrama chaya ca-kare lupta hay a\npai'ica-bhiita yaiche bhiitera bhitare-bahire\npanca chaya paisJ hay a eka eka bojhate\npai'icadase-bhaktera gul)a sri-mukhe kahi/a\npai'ica-kala piijJ !irati, kr�Qera bhojanapai'icama-puru�artha-ei 'kr�Qa-prema'pai'icame-sak�i-gopJ/a-caritra-varl)ana\npai'ica, �oc;Jasa, pancasat upacare arcana\npai'ica-tattvakhyane taha kariyachi vistara\npai'ica-vidha rasa-sJnta, dJsya, sakhya,\npai'icavirilsati paricchede ei kailun anuvJda\n\n25.178\n25.189\n24.58\n25.201\n24.149\n\n396\n401\n110\n409\n162\n\n25.125\n25.204\n25.254\n24.334\n23.101\n\n365\n410\n433\n279\n60\n\n25.247\n24.334\n25.16\n23.53\n25.262\n\n430\n279\n303\n33\n436\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"kene kara amara stavana\nprabhure kirtana sunaya, ati bac;Ja rangi\nprabhure prakasananda puchite lagila\nprabhure pral)ata haifa sannyasira gal)a\nprabhu vrndavana haite prayaga yaila\nprabhu yabe snane yana visvesvara\nprakasananda asi' tanra dharila caraQa\nprakasJnanda kahe,-\"tumi sJk�Jt\nprakasJnandera prabhu vandi/J caral)a\nprakasanandera si�ya eka tJnhJra\nprakrta k�obhe tanra k$abha niihi\nprakrta prapai'ica paya amJtei /aye\npralaye ava5i$!a ami 'piirl)a' ha-iye\npral)ata-bhara-vitapa madhu-dhara�\npral)avera yei artha, gayatrite sei haya\n\npancavirilse-kasi-vJsire vai$Qava-karal)a\n'pal)c;/ita' muni-gal)a, nirgrantha 'miirkha' ara\npangu nacaite yadi hay a tamara mana\npapracchur akasavad antararil bahir\nparama karal)a isvara keha nahi mane\n\n25.26\n24.187\n23.122\n25.130\n25.55\n\n436\n184\n77\n368\n326\n\n25.4\n25.43\n25.39\n24.47\n25.157\n\n297\n320\n318\n104\n385\n\n23.77\n24.287\n24.76\n25.113\n25.36\n\n49\n245\n120\n357\n315\n\npraQaya-rasanaya dhrtanghri-padma�\n'prapai'ica', 'prakrti', 'purU$a' amJtei\nprapai'ica ye dekha saba, seha ami ha-iye\n'pra'-sabde-mok$a-vai'ichil kaitava\npra5nottare bhagavate kariyache nirdhara\n\n'paramananda kirtaniya'-sekharera satigi\nparamartha-vicara gela, kari matra 'vada'\npararil bhavam ajananto\nparini$!hito 'pi nairguQye\nparini�thito 'pi nairguQye\nparipiirQataya bhanti\npari$ada, sadhana-siddha, sadhaka-gal)a ara\npa5cad aharil yad etac ca\npa5cad aharil yad etac ca\npasyami visva-srjam ekam avisvam atman\n\nprathama paricchede-se�a-lilara\nprabhu kahe,-\"maha-prasJda ana' ei sthilne\n\nprabhu kahe,-'tumi jagad-guru piijyatama\n\n\"prabhura svabhava, -yebil dekhe\nprabhura upadesamrta sune yei jana\nprabhure kahite sukhe kari/J gamana\nprathamei mariba, ardha-mara nJ karibJ\"\n\n'patai'ijala' kahe, -isvara haya svariipa-ji'iana'\npatha chac;Ji' narada tara nikate calila\npathana bolaila nija-bhakta-gaQe\npathera pipilika iti-uti dhare paya\n\n25.52\n24.236\n25.224\n24.270\n\n324\n213\n420\n234\n\n475\n\npratapi kirtiman raktaprati-5/oke prati-ak?are nanJ artha kaya\nprati-vrk�e, prati-kunje rahe ratri-dine\n\n299\n25.8\n23.126 79\n25.59 329\n24.247 218\n48\n23.75\n24.318 260\n25.214 415\n\n", "mad9#p0504": "476\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nprau(lhanandas camatkara-\n\n23.98\n58\n23.63\n40\n29.126 366\n25.201 409\n25.195 405\n\npravilsakhya, ara prema-vaicittya-akhyana\npravi$filny apravi$filni\nprayaga, ayodhyii diya naimi$ilraQye\npraya5citta puchila tiriho paQ(iitera\nprayo ami muni-gaQil bhavadiya-mukhyii\nprayo batamba munayo vihaga vane 'smin\npremadika sthayi-bhava samagri-milane\nprema krame ba(ii' haya-sneha, mana,\npremantarariga-bhotani\nprema-rasa-kumuda-vane,\n'prema-vaicittya' sri-dasame mahi$i-gaQe\npreme hilse, karide, gaya, karaye nartana\npreme malta kari' iikar$aye kr$Qa-guQa\npremera lak$aQa ebe suna, sanatana\nprthak niina artha pade kare jhalamala\nprthak prthak artha pache kariba milana\nprthak prthak ca-kare iha 'api'ra artha\npulakasru-nrtya-gita-yahara /ak$aQa\npuna/:! kari/ena yaiche niladri gamana\npuna/:! nilacale iii/J. natasala haite\npuna/:! sanatana kahe yu(li' dui kare\npunarapi dese vahi' laoya nahi yaya\npunarapi kahe kichu vinaya kariya\npurilQilnam sama-rOpa/:1\n\n24.177 179\n24.176 178\n23.47\n27\n24\n23.42\n23.96\n58\n25.273 444\n42\n23.64\n25.165 390\n24.58 110\n23.6\n4\n24.20\n85\n24.14\n87\n24.145 161\n25.139 374\n25.238 426\n25.255\n24.324\n25.169\n24.3\n25.144\n\n433\n264\n392\n82\n377\n\n24.338\n25.227\n25.114\n25.171\n\n284\n421\n358\n393\n\nramas ca ramas ca ramas ca rama\n'rasa/akhya' rasa haya aporvilsvadane\n'rati'-lak$aQil, 'prema'-lak$aQil, ityadi\nrati-premadira Iaiche ba(laye ilsvada\nratir ananda-rOpaiva\nratre uthi' prabhu yadi kari/a gamana\nrodana-bindu-maranda-syandirte 'rtham yat pratlyeta\nrucibhis citta-masrQyaruci haite bhaktye haya 'ilsakti' pracura\nruciras tejasa yukto\nruddhil guha/:1 kim ajito 'vati nopasannan\n'rO(iha', 'adhirO(iha' bhilva-kevala\n'rO(ihi-vrttye' nirvi5e$a antaryami\nrOpa-anupama-katha sakali kahila\nrOpa-gosani, aile tilrire bahu priti\nropa-gosani dui-bhai kasite aila\nrOpa-guQa-sravaQe rukmiQy-adira\nropam drsam drsimatam akhilartha\n\npuri-bharatira prabhu vandilena caraQa\npOrQaisvarya sri-vigraha-sthitira\n'pOrva' 'dak$iQa' 'pa5cima' karila\n\nsaba alirigiya prabhu premavi$fa haila\nsaba chil(ii' suddha-bhakti kare kr$Qa-paya\nsaba kasi-vasi kare nama-sarikirtana\nsaba mi/i' 'rasa' haya camatkarakari\nsaba phala deya bhakti svatantra prabala\nsaMre vidaya dila prabhu yatna-sahite\nsaba-sarige ihilri aji karimu bhojane\"\n\n25.223 419\npOrve prayage ami rasera vicare\n23.102 61\n'pOrve suniyiichori, tumi siirvabhauma-sthane 24.4\n83\npOrve yabe subuddhi-raya chi/a gau(le\n25.187 400\npOrvavat mrgadi-sarige kaila\n\nsaba sarige lana prabhu misra-vasa aila\nsaba-sarige mahaprabhu bhojana karila\nsaba tyaji' tabe tiriho kr$Qere bhajaya\nsabe cahe prabhu-sarige nilacala yaite\n\nR\n\nsabe dui-janara yogya bhak$ya-matra cili\"\nsabe ei jani' acaryera kalpita vyakhyana\n\nradhikadye 'pOrva-riiga' prasiddha\nraga, anuraga, bhava, mahilbhilva haya\nraga-bhakti-viddhi-bhakti haya dui-rOpa\nraga-bhaktye vraje svayam-bhagavane\nraga-marge aiche bhakte $o(iasa vibheda\n\n42\n23.64\n24\n23.42\n24.84 123\n24.85 124\n24.292 248\n\nsabei pa(lilii tathil mOrcchita hana\nsabe kahe,-loka tarite tamara avatara\nsabhil-madhye kahe prabhura kariya\nsabhate kahila sei 5/oka-vivaraQa\nsac-cid-ananda-sandrariga/:1\n\nraja kahe, -amiira po$fil raya haya\nraja kahe,-jati nile iriho nahi jibe\n'ramas ca kr$Qas ca' yathil viharaye\n\n25.191 402\n25.192 402\n24.222 206\n\n28\n96\n25\n58\n\n25.178 396\n23.33\n19\n25.119 361\n4\n23.5\n23.12\n23.70\n45\n23.114 70\n36\n23.57\n24.82 123\n25.211 414\n25.207\n25.216\n24.51\n24.52\n\n412\n416\n106\n107\n\n25.230\n24.188\n25.165\n25.231\n23.52\n\n422\n185\n390\n423\n32\n\ns\n\nsaba /ana ca/e prabhu jaganniltha-darasane\npura5caraQa-vidhi, kr$Qa-prasada-bhojana\n\n24.151\n23.49\n24.31\n23.44\n23.97\n\nsac-cid-rOpa-guQa sarva pOrQiinanda\nsada svaropa-sarilprapta/:1\nsad-dharmasyavabodhaya\n\n24.92 128\n25.180 397\n25.236 425\n25.235 425\n25.237 425\n24.310 256\n25.180 397\n24.280 241\n25.88 344\n25.184 399\n25.171 393\n25.23 307\n25.160 387\n51\n23.79\n24.41 101\n51\n23.79\n24.170 174\n\n", "mad9#p0505": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n24.108 138\n23.15\n9\n25.121 362\ns�dhana-bhakti-ei c�ri vic�rera �ra\n6\nsadhana-bhaktye hay a 'sarvanartha-nivartana' 23.10\n24.290 247\nsadhana-siddha-d�sa, sakh�, guru, k�nt�-\n\n25.1\n25.221\nsan�tane kahila, -\"tumi y�ha' vrndavana\n25.182\nsan�tane prabhura prasada r�khiyache likhiy� 24.347\nsar'lgita-prasarabhijiM\n23.88\n\n295\n418\n398\n288\n55\n\n24.337\n25.50\n25.174\n25.90\n25.263\n\n283\n323\n394\n345\n437\n\ns�dhaka, brahmamaya, �ra pr�pta-brahma-\n\nsan�tanaril susarilskrtya\n\ns�dhak�n�m ayaril preml)a�\n\nsan�tana-rupera ei caritra kahi/a\n\nsadhanaughair anasangair\nsadhanera phala-'prema' mala-prayojana\ns�dhu-guru-pras�de,\ns�dhu-lak$al)a, s�dhu-sanga, sadhu-sevana\ns�dhu-sanga haite hay a 'sraval)a-klrtana'\ns�dhu-sanga-krp� kimva k($1)era krp�ya\ns�dhu-sanga, k($1)a-krpa, bhaktira svabh�va\ns�dhu-sange seha bhaje sri-k($1)a-caral)e\ns�dhu-sange seha kare srl-k(�l)a-bhajana\ns�dhu-sange tapa ch�(li' sri-k($/)a bhajaya\nsadya� k$il)oty anvaham edhati sati\nsa eva dhairyam apnoti\nsagarbha, nigarbha, -ei haya dui bheda\nsahaje amara kichu artha n�hi bhase\nsak�ma-bhakta 'ajna' jani' day�lu bhagav�n\nsakaral)a likhi adau guru-asrayal)a\nsakha-gal)era rati haya 'anuraga' paryanta\n'sakha' 'guru', 'kantii gal)a' -carisakhya-vatsalya-rati paya 'anuraga'-sim�\nsakhya-vatsalye yogadira aneka vibheda\n\"silk$i!t isvara tumi vrajendra-nandana\nsakti, kampa, paripati, yukti, saktye\nsamal) sarve�u bhute$U\nsamal) sarve$U bhDte$U\nsamal) satrau ca mitre ca\nsamanya-buddhi-yukta yata jlva avase$a\n'samanya' sad-acara, �ra 'vai$1)ava'-acara\nsamatvenaiva vik$eta\nsambandha-abhidheya-prayojana-maya\n'sambhoga'-'vipralambha'-bhede dvividha\nsambhoge 'madana', virahe 'mohana' nama\nsambhogera ananta anga, n�hi anta tara\nsamudra iva pancasad\nsamutkaQtha haya sada Wasa-pradhana\nsamyan masrQita-svanto\nsanakadira mana harila saurabhadi gul)e\nsanakadyera k($1)a-krp�ya saurabhe hare\nsanatana-gosani vrnd�vanere calila\n\n24.172\n25.104\n25.277\n24.339\n23.10\n\n175\n353\n447\n284\n6\n\n24.97\n24.104\n24.165\n24.227\n24.216\n\n131\n136\n171\n209\n203\n\n24.217\n24.184\n24.155\n24.9\n24.102\n\n203\n183\n165\n85\n135\n\n24.329 267\n24.33\n97\n24.289 246\n34\n23.55\n23.56\n35\n24.315 259\n24.20\n90\n24.132 153\n25.155 384\n23.111 68\n24.186\n24.344\n25.80\n25.131\n23.62\n\n184\n287\n340\n369\n39\n\n23.58\n23.62\n23.76\n23.30\n\n37\n39\n48\n18\n\n23.7\n5\n24.44 102\n24.114 142\n25.185 399\n\n477\n\nsankha-jala-gandha-pu$pa-dha�di-lak$al)a\n'sankhya' kahe, -'jagatera prakrti kilral)asankirl)a-sthane prabhura n� p�ya darasana\nsat'lk$epa-r0pe kaha tumi sunite haya mati\nsank�epe kahilun ei madhya-1i/�ra sara\nsat'lk$epe kahilun ei 'prayojana'-vivaral)a\nsat'lk$epe kahilun-'prema'-prayojanasannyasi paQ(iita kare bhagavata vic�ra\nsannyasira gal)a dekhi' nrtya sarilvarila\nsannyasira gal)a prabhure yadi upek$ila\nsannyasira mana phir�ite mana ha-ifa\nsannyasire krpa purve likhiyachori vist�riy�\nsannyasire krpa suni' p�ila ba(la sukhe\nsanta-adi rasera 'yoga', 'viyoga'-dui bheda\n's�nta' bhakta kari' tabe kahi tanra nama\nsanta-bhaktera rati ba(le 'prema'-paryanta\ns�nta, dasya, sakhya, v�tsalya, madhura ara\nsanta-rase santi-rati 'prema' paryanta haya\nsantu$ta� satataril yogi\nsaptadase-vanapathe mathura-gamana\nsaptame-tirtha-yatr�, v�sudeva nistara\nsa rahasyam tad-angam ca\nsararil saram samuddhrtam\nsarasi sarasa-harilsa-vihangas\nsarkara, sita-michari, suddha-michari ara\n\"sarupal)am eka-5e$a eka-vibhaktau\"\nsarap�Q�m eka-5e$a eka-vibhaktau,\nsarva amangala hare, prema diyii hare mana\nsarvabhauma-ghare bhik$a, amogha tarila\nsarvabhauma, paQ(iita-gosani nimantral)a\ns�rvabhauma, ramananda, v�Qinatha mili/a\ns�rvabhauma vatu/a t�ha satya kari' mane\nsarva-bh0te$U ya� pasyed\nsarv�dbhuta-camatk�rasarva-desa-kala-das�ya janera kartavya\nsarva-jana-desa-kala-dasate vyapti yara\nsarva-kala dul)kha p�ba, iha na karile\"\nsarv�kar$aka, sarvah/adaka, maha-rasayana\n\n23.101 60\n23.125 79\n25.166 390\n25.70 334\n25.5\n298\n25.13\n25.6\n25.219\n23.56\n24.164\n\n302\n298\n417\n35\n170\n\n97\n24.32\n23.45\n25\n23.54\n33\n23.107 65\n25.256 434\n25.248\n25.105\n25.145\n24.178\n22.43\n\n430\n353\n378\n179\n24\n\n24.151\n24.297\n24.59\n25.254\n25.235\n\n163\n250\n111\n433\n425\n\n25.234 424\n24.7\n84\n25.129 368\n23.82\n52\n25.122\n25.120\n25.10\n24.38\n\n364\n361\n301\n100\n\n", "mad9#p0506": "478\n\nsarva-lak$mimayi sarvasarva-loka hase, gaya, karaye nartana\nsarva-nasa hay a mora tamara nindate\nsarvarambha-parityagi\nsarva-samuccaye ara eka artha hay a\nsarva-sankalpa-sannyasi\nsarva-sastra kha(l{ii' prabhu 'bhakti' kare sara\nsarva-sastra-siddhantera ihan paiba para\nsarvathaiva durOho 'yam\nsarvatra prama(la dibe pura(Ja-vacana\nsarva-vedanta-saram hi\nsarva-vedetihasilnam\nsarva-vyapaka, sarva-silk$i, parama-svarOpa\n'sarvottama' apanake 'hina' kari mane\n$a$the-sarvabhaumera karila uddhilra\nsastra cha{li' kukalpana pa$a(l{ie bujhilya\nsilstra-yukti nilhi ihiln siddhilnta-vicara\nsastrera sahaja artha nahe tanha haite\nsatilrfl prasangan mama virya-samvido\nsathena kenapi vayam hathena\n$iili artha kahilun, saba -kr$nera bhajane\nsat-sanga, k[$(la-seva, bhagavata, nama\nsat-sangamakhyena sukhilvahena\nsat-sangiln mukta-dul)sango\nsat-sange 'karma' tyaji' karaya bhajana\nsat-sange seha kare k[$(lera bhajana\nsatyam disaty arthitam arthito nr(!iim\nsatyam disaty arthitam arthito nr(!iim\n\"satyam param\"-sambandha, \"dhimahi\"\nsa vai bhagavata/:1 srimatsayuktika vakye mana phiraya sabara\nse caitanya-lila hay a,\nse divasa haite grame kolilhala haila\nsei advaya-tattva k[$(la-svayam-bhagavan\nsei anna /abe, yata khilo dui-jane\"\nsei artha catu/:1-slokite vivariya kaya\nsei artha haya ei saba udahara(le\nsei atmilrilma yogira dui bheda haya\nsei 'bhava' gil{lha hai/a dhare 'prema'-nama\nsei brahma-sabde kahe svayam-bhagaviln\nsei buddhi dena tanre, yilte k[$(la paya\n,sei dui sre$tha, -radha, vrajendra-nandana\nsei jala stri-puru$e piya sire /a-ila\nsei kr$(la-prapti-hetu trividha 'sildhana'\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n23.68\n44\n25.21\n306\n25.82 340\n23.109 67\n24.303 252\n\nsei prema-'prayojana' sarvananda-dhama\nsei preme paya jiva amara 'sevana'\nsei saba sOtra lana 'vedanta'-var(lana\nsei sabera sadhu-sange gu(la sphuraya\nsei sarovare giya,\n\n24.160\n25.20\n25.270\n23.100\n24.343\n\n168\n305\n441\n60\n286\n\n25.146\n25.145\n24.77\n23.26\n25.248\n25.42\n\n378\n378\n120\n16\n430\n319\n\nSe$e saba /opa kari' rakhi eka-Mra\n\n24.40\n25.49\n23.16\n24.133\n24.311\n\n100\n323\n10\n154\n256\n\nSi$ya-ga(la-sange sei bale 'hari' 'hari'\n\n24.193\n24.125\n24.98\n24.214\n24.212\n\n188\n149\n131\n201\n200\n\nsraddadhilna mat-parama\n\n24.103\n24.199\n25.147\n25.77\n25.20\n\n135\n191\n379\n337\n305\n\n25.271\n25.18\n24.75\n24.262\n25.94\n24.311\n\n442\n304\n119\n230\n347\n256\n\nsri caitanya-nityananda-advaita-cara(Ja\n\n24.154\n23.13\n24.73\n24.191\n23.92\n24.275\n24.79\n\n165\n8\n118\n187\n56\n237\n121\n\nsrimad-bhagavate mahilmuni-krte kim\n\nsei satya sukhadartha parama prama(la\nsei upasaka haya trividha prakara\nsekhara, paramananda, tapana, sanatana\nsekharera ghare vasa, misra-ghare bhik$a\nse$a a$tadasa vatsara nilacale vasa\n\nsevya-bhagavan, sarva-mantra-vicara(la\nsiddhanta sikhili/a,-yei brahmara agocara\nsiddhi-a$tadasa, mukti -panca-vidhakara\nsighra ca/i' ailil saniltananusandhilne\nsikhaila tanre bhakti-siddhantera anta\n\nsitO$(la-sukha-du/:lkhe$U\nsloka-vyakhya lilgi' ei karilun abhasa\nsmaranta/:1 smarayas ca\n$O{iase-vrndavana-yatra gau{la-desa-pathe\n\nsraddhil kari' ei lila suna, bhakta-ga(la\nsrava(ladyera phala 'prema' karaye prakasa\nsre$tha hana kene kara hinera vandana\nsreya/:1-srtim bhaktim udasya te vibho\nsreya/:1-srtim bhaktim udasya te vibho\nsri-anga-rOpe hare gopikara mana\nsri-bhagavata-raktilnilm\nsri-bhagavata-tattva-rasa karila pracilre\nsrT-caitanya, nityananda,\n\nsri-caitanya-sama ara krpalu vadanya\nsri-k[$(la-caitanya haya 'sak$at narilya(la'\nsri-k[$(la-caitanya-vilkya dr{lha satya mani\nsri-k[$(la-caitanya-Va(li-am[tera dhara\nsrimad-bhilgavate mahilmuni-krte kim\n\nsriman-madana-gopalasri-m0rti-lak$a(la, ara salagrama-lak$a(la\nsri-m0rti-Vi$(JU-mandira kara(la-/ak$a(la\nsri-rilma-navami, ara nrsimha-caturdasi\nsri-rOpa-raghuniltha-pade yilra asa\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\n\n23.13\n8\n25.104 353\n25.53 325\n24.124 148\n25.275 446\n25.29 310\n24.89 126\n25.63 331\n25.218 417\n25.241 427\n24.296 249\n24.330 267\n23.120 76\n24.28\n95\n25.208 412\n25.3\n297\n25.67 333\n23.111 68\n24.106 138\n25.140 373\n25.255 433\n23.113 69\n25.269 441\n24.62 113\n25.72 335\n24.140 158\n25.31 311\n24.49 105\n23.95\n58\n25.266 439\n25.280 449\n24.354 292\n25.268 440\n25.24 308\n25.28 309\n25.58 329\n24.100 133\n25.149 381\n25.282 450\n24.335 281\n24.343 286\n24.341 285\n23.127 80\n24.355 293\n\n", "mad9#p0507": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nsri-rupa-sanatanasr�!i kari' tara madhye ami pravesiye\nsf$1ira purve �ac;/-aisvarya-pUrt)a ami\nsruti-pural)a kahe-kr�l)era cic-chaktisrutva gul)an bhuvana-sundara Sfi)Vatarfl\n\n25.281\n25.111\n25.110\n25.34\n24.52\n\nstambhildi-'sattvika' anubhavera bhitara\nstMnabhila$i tapasi sthito 'ham\nsthayi-bhava 'rasa' haya ei cari mi/i'\nsthiro danta/:1 k�ama-silo\nsthale 'dui' artha, s0k$me 'batrisa' prakara\n\n23.51\n29\n24.219 204\n23.48\n28\n47\n23.73\n24.284 243\n\nstri kahe, -jilti /aha', yadi pral)e na maribe\nstri marite cahe, raja sarikate pac;lila\nstuti kare mahaprabhura caral)e dhariyil\nsubaladyera 'bhilva' paryanta premera\nsubhilsubha-parity!lgi\nsubuddhi janera haya kr�l)a-premodaya\n\n25.192\n25.193\n24.314\n23.55\n23.110\n24.194\n\nsubuddhi-raya bahu sneha kare sanatane\nsubuddhi-rayere m!lrite kahe raja-sthane\nsubuddhi-r!lyere tiriho bahu bilc;/aila\nsuddha-sattva-vi5e$atma\nsudurlabha/:1 prasantatma\n\n25.213 415\n25.190 401\n25.189 401\n4\n23.5\n25.83 341\n\nsukadevera mana harila lila-sraval)e\nsukhilni go�padayante\nsukhe ca/i' !lise prabhu balabhadra-sarige\nsukhi bhakta-suhrt premasukhi haifa loka-mukhe kirtana suniyil\n\n24.46 103\n24.37\n99\n25.223 419\n23.74\n47\n25.220 418\n\nsuni' du/:lkhe maharastriya vipra karaye\nsuni' gr!lmi desi /aka asite lilgila\nsuni' mahiiprabhu sukhe i$at hilsi/a\nsuni' prakasananda kichu kahena vacana\ns1mi' veda-vyasa mane vicilra karil!l\n\n25.7\n25.173\n25.61\n25.46\n25.96\n\n298\n394\n330\n321\n348\n\nsuniya bhaktera gal)a yena punarapi jila\nsuniya /okera bac;la camatk!lra haifa\nsuniya pal)c;/ita-lokera juc;/!lya mana-kal)a\nsuniy!l rahila raya kariya sarflsaya\nsurya vina svatantra tara nil haya prakasa\nsu�ka-jiliine jivan-mukta aparadhe adho\n\n25.225\n25.163\n25.25\n25.196\n25.117\n24.130\n\n420\n389\n308\n405\n359\n152\n\nsu�ka-kastha ani' raya vece mathur!lte\nSU$ka-vairilgya-jiliina saba ni�edhila\nsustha hail!l mrgadi tine dhilila pal!lila\nsutra kari' dis!l yadi karaha upaclesa\nsOtra-upani�adera mukhyartha chac;liya\nsOtrera karilil tumi mukhyartha-vivarara\nsOtrera paril)ilma-viida, tahil na maniya\n\n25.204\n23.105\n24.263\n24.326\n25.26\n25.89\n25.41\n\n410\n63\n231\n265\n309\n344\n319\n\n450\n356\n356\n313\n107\n\n402\n403\n258\n34\n68\n188\n\n479\n\nsuvilasa mahilbhilvasva-carat;Ja diya kare icchilra pidhana\nsvarfl ka�thilm adhunopete\n\"svaritailita/:1 kartrabhipraye kriya-phale\"\nsvarOpa aisvarya kari' nahi yarira sama\n\n23.90\n55\n24.102 135\n24.320 261\n24.26\n94\n24.71 117\n\n'svarOpa' anubhavi' tarire 'isvara' kari' mane\nsvarOpa kahila, prabhu kailil asvadana\nsvasukha-nibhrta-cetas tad-vyudastanyasva-sva-mata sthape para-matera khal)c;/ane\n'svayarfl-bhagavattve', bhagavattve-prakasa\n\n25.8\n25.253\n24.48\n25.55\n24.84\n\nsvayarfl vidhatte bhajatam anicchatam\nsvayarfl vidhatte bhajatam anicchatam\nsyama-varl)a rakta-netra maha-bhayatikara\n\n24.103 135\n24.199 191\n24.235 213\n\n299\n433\n104\n326\n123\n\nT\ntabe dui r$i aila sei vyadha-sthane\ntabe durihe jagannatha-prasada ani/a\ntabe kare bhakti-badhaka karma, avidya\ntabe mahilprabhu tarira nimantrat:Ja manila\ntabe mahaprabhu tarira sire dhari' kare\n\n24.269\n25.237\n24.62\n25.15\n23.124\n\ntabe saba loka sunite agraha kari/a\ntabe saniltana prabhura caral)e dhariya\ntabe saniltana prabhura caral)e dhariya\ntabe sanatana saba siddh!lnta puchi/a\ntabe sei jiva 'sadhu-sariga' ye karaya\n\n25.162 388\n23.119 76\n82\n24.3\n23.115 71\n6\n23.9\n\ntabe sei mrgadi tine narada sustha kai/a\ntabe sei vipra iii/a mahilprabhura sthane\ntabe sei vyiidha dorihilre arigane iinila\ntabe se karite pari tamara mocana'\ntabe subuddhi-riiya sei 'chadma' piiila\n\n24.263\n25.11\n24.274\n24.255\n25.194\n\n231\n301\n237\n225\n404\n\ntabe sOtrera mula artha /okera haya jililna\ntabe ta' ilnanda mora bac;laye antare\"\ntabe tara disii sphure mo-nicera hrdaya\ntabe yadi mahaprabhu v!lrill)asi !lila\ntabe ye ca-kiira, sei 'samuccaya' kaya\n\n25.93\n24.243\n24.327\n25.197\n24.152\n\n347\n216\n266\n406\n164\n\ntabu pujya hao, tumi bac;la ama haite\ntabu yadi kara tiirira 'dilsa'-abhimana\ntad idam ati-rahasyarfl gaura-lilamrtarfl yat\ntad-rasamrta-trptasya\ntad vil idarfl bhuvana-marigala marigalaya\n\n25.82\n25.81\n25.283\n25.146\n25.38\n\n340\n340\n451\n378\n317\n\ntad vi dyad atmano milyilrfl\ntahil nahi miini, pal)c;/ita kare upahasa\ntilha nistariya kaila !lma-sabara sukha\n\n25.119 361\n25.34 313\n25.172 393\n\n234\n425\n113\n303\n78\n\n", "mad9#p0508": "480\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'la\n\nt.jh.1f'l yaiche kai/.j prabhu sanny.jsira\nt.jh.jiJ ye oo likhilull, t.jh.j kariye\nt.jh.jre m.jrimu .jmi, bhala nahe katha\ntaM suni' dui-bhai se pathe ca/i/.j\nt.jh.j suni' sab.jra haila camatkara mana\n\n25.16\n25.17\n25.191\n25.209\n25.89\n\ntaiche saba atmarama kr�t:�e bhakti karaya\ntaiche viddha bhagna-pada kare dhac;l-phac;la\ntaj-jo�aQ.jd asv apavarga-vartmani\ntal labhyate du/:lkhavad anyata/:1 sukham\ntam mopay.jtam pratiyantu vipra\n\nt.jte phale amrta-phala,\nt.jte satr.jrtha vy.jkhya kare anya rite\nWe veda-s.jstra haite parama mahattva\ntathaiva tattva-vijnanam\ntath.j mad-vi�ay.j bhaktir\n\n25.276 446\n25.47 322\n25.150 381\n25.109 355\n24.61 112\n\n24.300 251\n24.232 211\n23.16\n10\n24.169 174\n23.21\n13\n\ntathapi ca-karera kahe mukhya artha sata\ntatbapi ei satrera suna dig-darasana\ntatha yukta-pad.jrthe�u\ntathi /.jgi' kari tom.jra caraQe praQati'\ntathi-madhye kona bhagera vis-tara varQana\n\n24.66\n24.329\n24.69\n25.86\n25.243\n\ntam sanatanam upagatam ak$QOr\nt.jn aham dvi$ata/:l krQr.jn\ntanhate eteka cihna sarva-s.jstre kaya\ntan-m.jyay.jto budha abhajet tam\ntan-mayay.jto budha .jbhajet tam\n\n24.349\n25.40\n23.17\n24.137\n25.138\n\n290\n318\n11\n156\n374\n\ntathi-madhye niln.j-bhavera dig-darasana\ntat kim karomi viralam murali-vilasi\ntato 'nartha-nivrtti/:1 syat\ntat pad.jmbuja-sarvasvair\ntat-tat-kamadi chac;/i' haya suddha-\n\n25.244 429\n23.31\n18\n9\n23.14\n23.100 60\n24.96 131\n\ntanra kahe,-tapta-ghrta khanii chilc;la'\ntanra sutrera artha kona jiva niihi jane\ntarira vakya, kriya, mudr.j vijneha na\ntanra vakya suni' mane bhaya upajila\nt.jrire mi/i' ray a apana-vrttanta kahila\n\n25.195\n25.92\n23.39\n24.25\n25.197\n\n405\n346\n22\n222\n406\n\ntava madhura-svara-kaQthi\ntejo-vari-mrdam yath.j vinimayo yatra\ntena tyaktena bhunjith.j\nteriho kahe, 'tom.jra purve ninda-apar.jdha\n!e$ilm asau k/esala eva Si$yate\n\n23.33\n19\n25.148 380\n25.101 351\n25.75 336\n24.140 158\n\nt.jrire 'nirvi5e$a' sthapi, 'pOrQata' haya\n!ante rame yei, sei saba-'atmar.jma'\ntapana misra, raghunatha, mahar.l$triya\n'tapasvi' prabhrti yata deharami haya\ntapasvi, vrati, yati, ara f$i, muni\n\n25.33\n24.286\n25.199\n24.216\n24.15\n\n312\n244\n396\n203\n88\n\n!e$ilm asau klesala eva si�yate\nte$am satata-yuktanam\n!e$am satata-yuktiin.jm\nte vai vidanty atitaranti ca deva-may.jm\ntina-jana saha rupa kari/.j milana\n\n25.31 311\n24.173 176\n24.192 187\n24.190 186\n25.217 416\n\ntara age eka-piQc;/i tulasi ropiya\ntara artha lana vyasa kari/.j sancaya\ntara madhye bhagavanera svarapa-varQana\nt.jra madhye sri-rOpere sakti-sancaraQa\ntara madhye vraja-devira bhilvera srava(la\nt.jra stri t.jra arige dekhe m.jraQera cihne\n\n24.260\n25.98\n25.258\n25.257\n25.253\n25.190\n\n228\n349\n435\n434\n433\n401\n\ntina-k.j/e satya tillho-sastra-pram.jQa\ntina siidhane bhagavan tina svarape bhase\ntillho ye kahaye vastu, sei 'tattva' -s.jra\"\ntivreQa bhakti-yogena\ntivreQa bhakti-yogena\ntoma dekhi' mora /ak$ya mrga\n\n24.75\n24.80\n25.58\n24.90\n24.197\n24.238\n\n24.251\nt.jr.j taiche tom.j maribe janma-janmantare'\n25.115\ntare tiraskaribare karila nirdharaQe\n24.258\ntare uthan.j narada upadesa kaila\n25.57\ntarko 'prati$tha/:lsrutayo vibhinna\n24.72\ntasmai namas te sarviitman\ntasmai namo bhagavate 'nuvidhema tubhyam 25.38\n\n221\n358\n227\n328\n117\n317\n\ntom.jra bhai rape kailuri sakti-sanc.jre\ntom.jra bhakti-vase uthe arthera tararige\ntomara caraQa-sparse, saba k�aya ge/a\ntomara dui bhai tathil kariyache gamana\ntom.jra nisv.jse sarva-veda-pravartana\ntomara sallga-bale yadi kichu haya mane\n\n23.102 61\n24.312 257\n25.75 336\n25.182 398\n24.315 259\n24.8\n85\n\n24.169\n24.45\n24.115\n25.158\n24.166\n24.213\n25.56\n\n173\n103\n143\n386\n171\n200\n326\n\ntom.j-sabara icchilya vin.j-mulye bilaila\ntom.j-sabara pada-dhuli, arige vibhO$aQa\ntom.j-sabara sariga-bale ye kichu prakase\ntom.j-sabara sri-cara(la,\ntom.j vin.j any a j.jnite n.jhika samartha\"\ntrailokya-saubhagam idam ca nirik$ya\ntrayodase-ratha-.jge prabhura nartana\n\n25.170 392\n25.272 444\n85\n24.9\n25.280 449\n24.316 259\n24.56 109\n25.252 432\n\ntasyaiva heto/:1 prayateta kovido\ntasyaravinda-nayanasya padaravindatasyaravinda-nayanasya padaravindatasy.jravinda-nayanasya padaravindatata udagad ananta tava dhama sira/:1\nlata udagad ananta tava dh.jma sira/:1\nt.jte chaya darsana haite 'tattva' rnhi jani\n\n303\n304\n402\n413\n344\n\n115\n267\n116\n343\n428\n\n119\n122\n329\n127\n190\n214\n\n", "mad9#p0509": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n25.260\ntrayovirilse-prema-bhakti-rasera kathana\n23.83\ntrijagan-mJ.nasJ.karsi24.230\ntrivei)T-snJ.ne prayJ.ga kari/J. gamana\nt[liya paricchede-prabhura kahilun sannyJ.sa 25.245\n25.133\ntulasi pat;lichJ. J.si' caral)a vandi/J.\ntulasi-parikramJ. kara, tulasT-sevana\ntulya-nindJ.-stutir mauni\ntumiha kariha bhakti-sJ.strera pracJ.ra\ntumi ta' isvara, tomara ache sarva-sakti\ntumi-vaktJ. bhagavatera, tumi jJ.na artha\n\n436\n52\n210\n429\n424\n\n24.261 229\n23.113 68\n23.103 61\n25.90 345\n24.316 259\n\ntumi ke kahila, ei siddhJ.ntamrta-sindhu\n23.121\ntvac-chaisavariltri bhuvanJ.dbhutam ity avehi 23.31\ntvat-sak�J.t-karal)ahlada24.37\n\n77\n18\n99\n\nu\n\n481\n\nvamiT-gTte hare kr�Qa /ak�my-J.dira mana\nvamsT-svarJ.di- 'uddipana, krwJ.divana-latJ.s tarava J.tmani vi�I)Uril\nvana-patha dekhe mrga J.che bhume pat;li'\nvara deha' mora mJ.the dhariyJ. caral)a\n\n24.53 108\n23.50\n29\n24.208 197\n24.231 211\n23.122 77\n\nvara di/J.-'ei saba sphuruka tomJ.re'\nvJ.rJ.I)asi J.i/a, saba vi�aya chJ.t;liyJ.\nvJ.rJ.QasT-grame yadi ko/J.hala haila\nvJ.rJ.I)asi haifa dviliya nadiya-nagara\nvJ.rill)asi-pura prabhu kari/J. nistJ.ra\n\n23.124\n25.194\n25.173\n25.167\n25.166\n\nvJ.rill)asi-vJ.sa J.mJ.ra haya sarva-kJ.Ie\nvariyJ.n isvaras ceti\nvastra-pitha-grha-samskJ.ra, kr�Qavastre sthana jhat;li' pat;le dal)t;iavat hana\nvatsalye mala pita asrayalambana\nvatu/era pralapa kari' ke kare pramill)a?\nvavadOkab supaQdityo\n\n25.10 301\n23.76\n48\n24.333 278\n24.271 235\n23.93\n57\n24.322 262\n23.71\n46\n\n78\n404\n394\n390\n390\n\nudJ.ra mahali yanra sarvottama buddhi\nudaram upJ.sate ya r�i-vartmasu kurpaudaram upJ.sate ya r�i-vartmasu kurpaudb�pal) pul)t;iarikak�a\nuddese kahiye ihan sank�epa kariya\n'udghurna', 'citra-jalpa' -'mohane' dui\nudghorl).i, vivasa-ce�tJ.-divyonmada-nama\n\n24.196\n24.166\n24.213\n23.37\n25.6\n23.59\n23.61\n\n189\n171\n200\n21\n298\n37\n38\n\nvayam iva sakhi kaccid gildha-nirviddha-ceta\nvayam tu na vitrpyama\nveda-mate kahe tanre 'svayam-bhagavan'\n'vedanta'-mate,-brahma 'sakara' nirupal)a\nvibhava, anubhava, sattvika, vyabhicJ.ri\n\n23.65\n42\n25.152 383\n25.52 324\n25.54 325\n23.48\n28\n\nuktarthJ.niim aprayogab\nuktarthanam aprayoga iti\nOnavimsati artha ha-ila mili' ei dui\nOnavimse-mathurJ. haite prayJ.ga-gamana\nupadesa lana kare kr�Qa-sankirtana\n\n24.151\n24.297\n24.210\n25.257\n25.21\n\n163\n250\n198\n434\n306\n\nvibhu-rOpe vyiipe, saktye dhJ.ral)a-po�al)a\nvicara kariya yabe bhaje kr�Qa-pJ.ya\nvidagdhas caturo dak�ab\n'vidhi-bhakta', 'raga-bhakta',-dui-vidha\nvidhi-bhaktye nitya-siddha pJ.ri�ada-'dJ.sa'\n\n24.22\n91\n24.191 187\n23.72\n46\n24.286 244\n24.289 246\n\nupanis;!dera karena mukhyaratha vyakhyana\nOrdhva bahu nrtya kare vastra ut;lana\nurukrama'-sabde kahe, bat;la yanra krama\n'urukrama'-sabdera ei artha nirOpal)a\nurukrame ahaituki kJ.hJ.n kona artha\n\n25.25 308\n24.276 238\n90\n24.19\n24.13\n92\n24.163 170\n\nvidhi-bhaktye par�ada-dehe vaikuQthete\nvidhi-marge bhakte �cxjasa bheda pracara\nvidhi-ni�edha-veda-sJ.stra-jnanadi-vihina\nvidhi-raga-marge cari cJ.ri-aHa bheda\nvidhi-raga-marge 'sadhana bhakti'-ra vidhJ.na\n\n24.87\n24.291\n24.16\n24.288\n24.352\n\n125\n247\n88\n245\n291\n\n\"urukrame eva bhaktim eva ahaitukim\nuthila mangala-dhvani svarga-martya bhari'\nuttungam yadu-pura-sangamJ.ya rangam\n\n24.305 253\n25.65 332\n24.120 146\n\nvidhi-siva-narada-mukhe k[�l)a-gul)a suni'\nvik�yJ.Iakavrta-mukham tava kul)t;iala-srivimsati paricchede-sanfllanera mi/ana\nvinJ.cyutad vastu-tararil na vacyaril\nvinita karul)a-pOrl)a\n\n24.188\n24.50\n25.258\n25.37\n23.89\n\n145\n106\n435\n316\n55\n\n24.74\n24.81\n25.132\n23.73\n23.23\n24.336\n25.1\n\n'vipra/ambha' catur-vidha-pOrva-raga,\nvirahe kr�Qa-sphurti, J.panJ.ke 'kr�Qa'vi�l)or nu virya-gal)anJ.ril katamo 'rhatiha\nvi�Qu-saktib para proktJ.\nvi$Qu-sakti/:l para proktJ.\nvisrjati hrdayam na yasya sJ.k$J.d\nvistJ.ri' kahana nJ. yJ.ya prabhura prasJ.da\n\n23.63\n40\n23.61\n38\n24.21\n91\n24.308 254\n24.308 254\n25.128 367\n23.125 79\n\nv\nvadanti tat tattva-vidas\nvadanti tat tattva-vidas\nvadanti tat tattva-vidas\nvadanyo dhJ.rmikab sural)\nvJ.gbhil) stuvanto manasJ. smarantas\nvai$1)ava-lak�al)a, sevJ.paradhavai$1)avi-krtya sannyJ.si-\n\n118\n122\n370\n47\n14\n282\n295\n\n", "mad9#p0510": "482\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n'vivarta-vada' sthape, 'vyasa bhranta'\nvividhadbhuta-bhil$il-vit\nvrajendra-nandana kr$Qa-nayaka-siromal)i\nvraje vasa, -ei panca sadhana pradhana\nvrk$a5 ca amra-vrk$a5 ca vrk$il/:l\n\n25.41 319\n23.71\n46\n23.66\n43\n24.193 188\n24.299 251\n\nyahara sraval)e cittera khal)c;/e avasada\nyahara sraval)e haya bhakti-rasa-jnana\nyahara sraval)e haya granthartha-asvada\nyaiche amara gul)a, karma $ac;/-aisvarya-sakti\nyaiche amara 'svarupa', yaiche amara\n\n24.351 291\n13.3\n3\n25.262 436\n15.107 354\n25.107 354\n\nvrndavane aila tandera kariha palana\nvrndavane kr$Qa-seva, vai$Qava-acara\nvyadha hana haya pujya bhagavatottama\nvyadha kahe,-\"balya haite ei amara karma\nvyadha kahe,-'dhanuka bhangile\n\n25.183 398\n23.104 62\n24.228 209\n24.253 223\n24.257 226\n\nyaiche rasa haya, suna tahara lak$a/)a\nyaiche suryera sthane bhasaye 'abhasa'\nyaiche Iaiche yohi kohi karaye smaral)a\nyanhara hrdaye ei bhavankura haya\nyanhara sraval)e /oke /age camatkara\n\n23.94\n57\n25.117 359\n24.60 111\n23.17\n11\n24.319 261\n\nvyadya kahe,-\"kiba dana magi/a amare\nvyadha kahe,-\"mrgadi /aha, yei tamara\nvyadha kahe,-\"suna, gosani, 'mrgari'\nvyadha kahe, \"yare pathao, sei diya yaya\nvyadha kahe,-'yei kaha, sei ta' kariba'\n\n24.248\n24.244\n24.242\n24.279\n24.256\n\n218\n216\n216\n240\n226\n\nyanra age brahmananda trl)a-praya haya\nyanra citte kr$Qa-prema karaye udaya\n\"yanra iccha, pache aisa amare dekhite\nyanra pral)a-dhana, sei paya ei dhana\nyara eka-bindu-pane,\n\n24.36\n98\n13.39\n22\n25.181 397\n24.354 292\n25.278 448\n\nvyadha kahe,-\"yei kaha, sei ta' ni5caya\"\nvyadha tumi, jiva mara-'a/pa' aparadha\nvyakhya sikhaila yaiche susiddhanta\nvyasa-krpaya sukadevera liladi-smaral)a\nvyasa-suka-sanakadira prasiddha bhajana\n\n24.240\n24.250\n23.118\n24.116\n24.204\n\n215\n220\n74\n144\n194\n\nyasman nodvijate /oko\nyas tu narayal)am devam\nya sunile haya sadhu-sanga-prabhava-jflana\nyatha-sthane narada ge/a, vyadha ghare aila\nyathagni/:lsusamrddharci/:1\n\n23.108 66\n25.80 340\n24.282 242\n24.265 232\n24.61 112\n\nvyasa-sutrera artha acarya kariyache\n'vyasa-sutrera' artha karena ati-manorama\nvyasa-sutrera gambhira artha, vyasavyatanuta krpaya yas tattva-dipam pural)aril\nvyavahara-sneha sanatana nahi mane\n\n25.44\n25.24\n25.91\n24.48\n25.213\n\n321\n308\n345\n104\n415\n\nyatha mahanti bhatani\nyatnagraha vina bhakti na janmaya preme\nyatnantare tatha padeyat-pada-sevabhirucis tapasvinam\nyatra nityataya sarve\n\n25.126 366\n24.171 175\n24.67 115\n24.217 203\n43\n23.67\n\nyatra svalpo 'pi sambandha/:1\nyavan aham yatha-bhavo\nye divasa prabhu sannyasire krpa kaila\nyei artha lagaiye, sei artha haya\nyei caha taha diba mrga-vyiighrambare\"\n\n24.195 189\n25.109 355\n25.18 304\n24.65 114\n25.245 217\n\nyei grantha-karta cahe sva-mata sthiipite\nyei gul)era 'vasa' haya kr$Qa bhagavan\nyei sutra-karta, se yadi karaye vyakhyana\nyei SUire yei fk-Vi$aya-vacana\nye lila-amrta vine,\n\n25.49 323\n54\n23.86\n25.93 347\n25.99 350\n25.278 448\n\nye 'nye ca papa yad-upasrayiisraya/:1\nye 'nye ca papa yad-upasrayasraya/:1\nye 'nye 'ravindak$a vimukta-maninas\nye 'nye 'ravindak$a vimukta-maninas\nye 'nye 'ravindak$a vimukta-maninas\n\n24.179 180\n24.209 198\n24.131 152\n24.141 158\n25.32 312\n\nye-rase bhakta 'sukhi', kf$1)a haya 'vasa'\nye tu dharmamrtam idam\nye 'vigraha' nahi mane, 'nirakara' mane\n\n23.46\n26\n23.113 69\n25.115 358\n\ny\nyabe tumi likhiba, kf$1)a karabe sphural)a\nyac ca vrajanty animi$am f$abhanuvrttya\nyac chrQvatiim rasa-jnanam\nyadii hi nendriyarthe$U\nyad-vanchaya srir /alanacarat tapa\n\n24.345\n24.88\n25.152\n24.160\n24.54\n\n287\n125\n383\n168\n108\n\nyady acintya-maha-saktau\nyady adbhuta-krama-parayal)a-silayadyapi tomare saba brahma-sama bhase\nya e$arll puru$arll siik$ild\nyaha haite haya sat-sanga-mahimara\n\n25.76\n24.190\n25.74\n24.142\n24.229\n\n337\n186\n336\n159\n210\n\nyaha haite vasa haya sri-kf$/)a kautuki\nyahan netra pac;le tiihan dekhaya amare\nyahan tahan prabhura ninda kare sanyasira\nyahan yei /age, tahii kariye samartha\nyahan yei yukta, sei arthera adhina\nyahara sravaQe cittera khaQc;/e avasada\n\n24.29\n95\n25.127 366\n25.7\n298\n24.293 248\n24.147 162\n24.346 288\n\n", "mad9#p0511": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nyo dustyajan dara-sutan\nyoga-marge-antaryami-svariipete bhase\nyogaruc;fhasya tasyaiva\n'yogaruruk$u', 'yogaroc;fha' 'prapta-\n\n23.25\n15\n24.83 123\n24.159 168\n24.158 167\n\nyogya-bhave jagate yata yuvatira ga(la\nyo na hrsyati na dv�$ti\nyukta-vairagya-sthiti saba sikhaila\n\n483\n\n24.55 109\n23.110 68\n23.105 63\n\n", "mad9#p0512": "General Index\nNumerals in bold type indicate references to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\nverses. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\n\nA\n\nActivities\nof Caitanya as evidence of His Supreme\nLordship, 300\n\nAbhidheya\n\nof Kr�r:Ja as wonderful, 387\n\nexplanation of, 352\n\nof Kr�r:Ja make awakening possible, 31\n\nAbsolute Truth\n\nof one in love of God can't be under-\n\naccording to Vedanta philosophy, 325\n\nstood by learned man, 22-23\n\nas unified identity, 370\n\nof pure devotees, 14\n\ncan't be reached by philosophical theo­\n\nof spiritual potency described in scrip­\n\nries, 326\n\ntures, 314\n\neternally exists in transcendental abode,\n\nsymptoms of transcendental emotion\n\n380\nimpersonal appreciation of as one-sided\n\nas visible in, 11\nSee also: Karma\n\nand incomplete, 313\nis complete with full spiritual qualities,\n\nAdhirO(iha\nas e cs t atic symptom i n conjugal\n\n327\n\nmellow, 36-37\n\nKr�r:Ja not fully satisfied by study of, 373\nthree features of, 119, 122, 123, 353\n\nAdvaita Acarya\n\nVai�r:Java acaryas have proper understanding of, 315\n\nas member of Panca-tattva, 304\nAffection\n\nword brahma indicates, 117-118\n\nas manifestation of love of God, 24\n\nSee also: Kr�r:Ja, Supreme Lord\n\nfor Lord's residences as symptom of\n\nAcarya\n\necstatic emotion, 12\n\ndescribes and accepts the Lord, 53\n\nfriendship increases to, 34\n\nduties of, 64\n\nincreased to position of sthayi-bhava, 3\nof Radha for elderly people, 56\n\nsecrets of, 320\nshould be considered incarnation of\n\nAgni Purat:Ja\nquoted on vibhava, 30\n\nKr�r:Ja's potency, 300\nVai�r:Java accepts form of Kr�r:Ja, 315\n\nAhaituki\n\nSee also: Spiritual master\nAcintya-bhedabheda-tattva\n\nword always applicable to Lord, 170\nAham tvam sarva-papebhyo\nquoted, 112\n\none fully under external energy can't\nunderstand 360\n\nAlambana\nas division of vibhava, 30\n\nActivities\nboastful as aspect of transcendental\n\nAmanya-matsaro dak?O nirmamo\n\nmadness, 39\neducational in NavadvTpa and Varar:JasT,\n\nverses quoted, 270\nAmara-ko?a dictionary\nquoted on meaning of word k$etrajna,\n\n391\nfruitive stressed by MTmamsaka philosophy, 327\n\n255\nAmrta-pravaha-bha?ya\n\nin relation to God explained in catu/:1-\n\ncited on learning from spiritual master,\n\nsloki, 352\n\n363\n\n485\n\n", "mad9#p0513": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n486\n\nAmrta-pravaha-bha$ya\nsix philosophical processes summarized\nin, 326\n\nsummary of Chapter Twenty-four in, 81\n\nsummary of Chapter Twenty-three in, 1\n\nAnanyas cintayanto marh\nverses quoted, 230\nAnasaktasya Vi$ayan\nverses quoted, 65\nAndha yathandhair upaniyamana/:1\nquoted, 219\n\nAnger\n\nbased on love as counter-love, 34\n\none is dear to Kr�t:�a if he is free from, 67\n\nAssociation\nabsence of Supreme Lord's, 35\n\nKr�t:�a's pastimes relished by those in\nHis, 383\n\nAssociation of devotees\nas\n\nnecessary\n\nmessage, 10\n\n8\n\nvalue of, 136-137\n\nA$tanga-yoga\ndoes not satisfy Kr�t:�a as much as\n\nbhakti, 373\n\nAnimal killing\n\nAsuras\n\npunishment for, 219-221\n\nAntavat tu phalarh te?arh\nverses quoted, 272\nAnubha?ya\nquoted on empowered spiritual master,\n\n300\nAnubhava\nactivates hearing and chanting, 28\n\nsymptoms of, 31\n\nsymptoms of ecstatic emotion as, 12\n\nAnubhavas tu citta-sthaverse quoted, 31\n\nAnupama\n\nas younger brother of Sanatana, 414\nreturned to Varat;�asi, 416\n\nAnuraga\n\nattraction of devotees in friendship inAnxiety\n\ncreases up to, 97\n\nexpressed by Parik�it, 14\n\none is dear to Kr�t:�a if he is free from, 67\n\nAnyabhila?ita-sonyam jnanaverses quoted, 273-274\nApani acari-bhakti karila pracara\nquoted, 133\nA pi\nseven chief meanings of word, 116\n\nAradhyo bhagavan vrajesa-tanayas\nverse quoted, 274\nArut;�a ��i\n\npath of, 172\n\nspiritual\n\nresults in discharging devotional service,\n\nAHavakra\n\nBuddha stopped, 320\n\nhearing\n\nbrings great happiness, 125\n\nArigirasa ��i\n\ncursed Sudarsana, 338\n\nfor\n\nas Mayavadi philosopher, 327\ndescribe Kr�t:�a as incarnation of black\ncrow, 75\n\nAtharanala\n\nCaitanya arrived at, 420\nAthasya/:1 kesava-rater\nverses quoted, 27-28\nAtheists\n\nMayavadis as, 53\n\nSarikaracarya's theory meant to control\n\nand convince, 319\nAthocyante guQa/:1 panca\nverses quoted, 51\nAthocyante trayas trirhsadverses quoted, 32\nAlma\nanother meaning of, 175\nmeaning of, 192, 199, 244\nseven meanings of, 86-87\nword indicates Kr�t;�a, 120\nAtmaramas\n\nall serve and worship Kr�t:Ja, 164, 251\n\ndefined, 87\n\nsix kinds of, 161\n\nsix meanings of, 199\n\ntwo types of, 185\n\nAtmarama-5/oka\ncompared to sun, 82\n\ndifferent meanings of\n388-389\n\neleven words in listed, 86\nmore meanings of, 205\n\nquoted, 83-84\n\nexplained,\n\n", "mad9#p0514": "General Index\n\nBeauty\n\nAtonement\ncompared to elephant's bathing, 224\n\nof Kr�r:ta's body, 45\nof Radhara�Ji, 56\n\nAttachment\n\nBengalis\n\narises from taste, 7\nas manifestation of love of God, 24\nfalse symptoms of praised by fools, 26\nKr��Ja as everyone's object of, 48\nand\n\ndescribing\n\ncooked rice as staple food of, 411\nBhagavad-gita\ncited on asuras' forgetfulness of Kr�!Ja,\n\nfriendship increases to, 34\nto chanting\n\n487\n\nLord's\n\n75\nexplained by asuras, 75\nfoolish rascals described in, 220\n\nqualities in bhava stage, 20\nto description of Lord as symptom of\n\nquoted\n\non activities carried out by\n\nmodes of nature, 220\n\necstatic emotion, 12\n\nquoted on appearance of Kr��Ja, 263,\n\nto devotional service, 8, 10\nto Supreme Lord as result of hearing\n\n442\nquoted on becoming dear to Kr��Ja, 66\n\nBhagavatam, 381\n\nquoted on brahma-bhata platform, 141\n\nAusterities\ndon't satisfy Kr�r:ta as much as bhakti,\n\nquoted on Brahman realization, 153\n\n373\nKr�r:ta as ultimate purpose of, 351\n\nquoted on demigod worship, 272-273\n\nAvajananti rnam mOdha manu$irh\n\nquoted on devotee transcending modes\ntanum\n\nof material nature, 363\nquoted\n\nasritam\n\non\n\ndifficulty\n\nof overcoming\n\ndivine energy, 157\n\nquoted, 314\n\nquoted on disciplic succession, 288\n\nAvataravali-bijarh\n\nquoted on eligibility of lowborn to ap­\n\nverses quoted, 51\nAviruddhan viruddharhs ca\n\nproach Kr��Ja, 195\nquoted on envy of Kr��Ja's form, 318\n\nverse quoted, 27\n\nquoted on foolishness of thinking Kr��Ja\n\nAyoga\ntwo divisions of, 36\n\nordinary, 314\nquoted on four kinds of men who come\n\nAyoga-yogavetasya\n\nto devotional service, 129\n\nquoted, 35\n\nquoted on full engagement in devo­\n\n8\n\ntional service, 273\nquoted on full surrender to Kr�rya, 223\nquoted on impersonal potency of Kr��Ja,\n\nBalabhadra Bhagacarya\nas servant of Caitanya, 419\nBaladeva Vidyabho�al)a\nsupports ROpa's refutation of theory of\nhair incarnation, 76\nBalarama\nas incarnation of a white hair, 74-76\nglorified by Kr�!Ja, 179\nBalitvat kr�rya-mantraryarh\nquoted, 276\nBeauty\n\n313\nquoted on knowledge from Kr�r:ta in the\nheart, 328\nquoted on Kr�r:ta as source of everything, 186\nquoted on Kr�r:ta as ultimate goal of\nsacrifice, 351\nquoted on Kr��Ja giving intelligence to\ndevotee, 188\nquoted on Kr�r:ta providing for His devotee, 230\n\neven animals and trees stunned by\nKr�r:ta's, 110\ngopis attracted to Kr��Ja's, 105-106\nof Kr��Ja as beyond compare, 52\n\nquoted on Kr�r:ta's direction in heart,\n\n176\nquoted on living beings as parts of\nKr�r:ta, 404\n\n", "mad9#p0515": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n488\n\nBhagavad-gita\n\nquoted on practice of yoga system, 168\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\nquoted on love of God as composed of\n\nquoted on rareness of knowing Kr��Ja,\n\nquoted on one situated in love of God,\n\nquoted on qualities of brahmaQas, 269\n\n442\n\nmellows, 27-28\n\n23\n\nquoted on renunciation, 63\n\nquoted on prema, 5\n\nquoted on transmigration, 137\n\nquoted on proper renunciation, 65\n\nquoted on understanding Kr��Ja, 53\n\nquoted on pure devotees, 14\n\nquoted on women's ability to approach\n\nquoted on pure devotional service, 273\n\nsupreme destination, 275\n\nquoted on Radhika, 20\n\nquoted on rati, 26\n\nBhagavan\nas personal side of Absolute Truth, 313\nSee also: Kr�!Ja\n\nquoted on seed of ecstatic emotion for\nKr��Ja, 12\n\nBhagavata PuraQa\n\nquoted on sthay i-bhava, 27\n\npropounds highest truth, 381\n\nquoted on Supreme\n\nSee also: Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nLord's qualities\n\nmanifested in living beings, 49\n\nBhakti\n\nquoted on transitory elements, 32\n\nCaitanya's liberal demonstration of cult\nof, 65\n\nquoted on udbhasvara, 31\n\nquoted on understanding transcendental mellows, 60\n\ncharacteristics of, 6\ncult must be spread all over world, 66\nSanatana instructed to preach cult of,\n\n62\nten meanings of word, 96\n\nSee also: Devotional service, Premabhakti\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\nquoted on uselessness of impersonal\ncultivation, 151\n\nquoted on vibhava, 30\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\ncited on Narottama dasa Thakura as\nbrahmaQa by qualification, 269\n\ncited on neutrality increasing to love of\n\ndhrti defined in, 182\n\nGod, 34\n\none must understand Kr�!Ja from state­\n\ncited on qualities of bona fide disciple,\n\n271\n\nments in, 53\nquoted on advanced devotee reaching\nhighest platform of\n\nwonder\n\nand\n\nbliss, 59\n\nquoted on anubhava, 31\n\ncited on studying Bhagavatam, 384\ndry renunciation forbidden by, 64\ngave\n\nsacred\n\nthread to\n\nbona\n\nfide\n\nVai�l)avas, 270\n\nquoted on ayoga, 35\n\ngives sixteen divisions of mantras, 275\n\nquoted on chanting and dancing in\n\nquoted on empowered spiritual master,\n\n300\n\necstasy, 21\nquoted on connection and separation,\n\n35\n\ncited on learning from spiritual master,\n\nquoted on devotional service in pure\ngoodness, 4\nlove of God, 189\non\n\nfive\n\n363\ncited on two classes of transcenden­\n\nquoted on five processes which awaken\nquoted\n\nBhaktivinoda Thakura\n\nqualities found in\n\ndemigods, 50-51\nquoted on Kr��Ja's bodily beauty, 46\nquoted on Kr��Ja's mercy, 18\nquoted on Kr��Ja's qualities, 44\n\ntalists, 140\ncited on Vai�l)avas as touchstones,\n\n239\nsummarizes growth of love of God, 8\n\nBhakti-yoga\n\nincreases\n\n372-373\n\nattachment\n\nfor\n\nKr��Ja,\n\n", "mad9#p0516": "•\n\nGeneral Index\n\n489\n\nBrahmaloka\n\nBhakti-yoga\n\nSee also: Bhakti, Devotional service\n\nthose advancing in spiritual knowledge\nreside in, 73\n\nBharata-bhamite haifa manu�ya\n\nBrahman\n\nverses quoted, 438\n\nas cause of cosmos, 324\n\nBharata Maharaja\n\nas devoid of material qualities, 327\n\nactivities of, 16\ngave up family, friends and kingdom, 15\nBhava\n\nas feature of Absolute Truth, 353\nimpersonalist view diminishes fullness\nof, 313\n\ncharacteristics of, 20\n\nKumaras were attached to, 386\n\nsymptoms of, 4\n\none in bodily concept worships his own\n\nBhava-bhakti\n\nbody as, 200\n\nas stage of devotional life, 8-9\n\none who is transcendentally situated\n\nBhavartha-dipika\n\nquoted on Hari as Supersoul of everything, 121\n\nrealizes Supreme, 385\n\nphilosophical\n\nspeculation\n\nleads\n\nto\n\nrealization of, 123\n\nBhi�ma\n\nsaid by Mayavadis to be cause of every­\n\ndefines bhakti, 6\n\nthing, 327\n\nBhoktararil yajiia-tapasaril\n\nverses quoted, 351\n\nsaid to be located in abdomen by yogis,\n\n172\n\nBhukti\n\nis of unlimited variety, 95\n\nthose devoid of devotional service fall\n\nBilvamaligala Thakura\n\nquoted on his attraction to Kr�rya, 154\n\nBindu Madhava\n\nmerge into, 147\n\nCaitanya went to see, 330\n\nthree types of people who worship, 139\n\nBody, material\n\nBrahmal)a\n\nfour divisions of, 199\n\nduty of public to present gift to, 233\n\nBody, spiritual\n\nnever supposed to be engaged for any­\n\nacquired by devotee, 140-141\ndeveloped by devotional service, 375\n\nBrahma\n\none's service, 265\npure devotee is above, 362\n\nSrngi curses Parik�it, 13\n\nas living being, 354\n\nBrahmananda\n\nKr�rya as Lord of, 75\n\nlike straw compared to transcendental\n\nKr�rya imparted Vedic knowledge unto.\n\nbliss, 99\nBrahmananda Bharati\n\n380\nquestioned\n\ndown from realization of, 312\nthree categories of those who wish to\n\nby\n\nln dra\n\non\n\nG o l o ka\n\nVrndavana, 73\nrealized Kr�rya's spiritual form, 316\nSanatana taught conclusions unknown\nto, 77\n\nYogendras entered association of, 146\nBrahma-bhata\n\nattaining platform of, 140-141\nBrahmacari\n\nmay take only one bath a day, 277\nBrahma-gayatri\nBhagavatam contains commentary of,\n\n377-378, 379\n\nmet Caitanya at Puri, 421\n\nBrahma-sarilhita\n\nquoted on Goloka Vrndavana, 73\n\nquoted on incarnations of the Lord,\n\n244\nBrahma-sOtra\n\ncan't be understood without studying\nBhagavatam, 384\n\ndescribes activities of Kr�rya's spiritual\npotency, 314\nPrakasananda should study Bhagavatam\nto understand, 384\nSee also: Vedanta-sOtra\n\n", "mad9#p0517": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n490\n\nBrahmeti paramatmeti bhagavan iti sabdyate\n\nCatub-5/oki\n\nquoted,313\n\nfirst verse of quoted, 358\n\nBrhad-gautamiya-tantra\n\nfourth verse of quoted, 365\nOmkara and GayatrT mantra explained\n\nquoted on Radhara�T,44\n\nin, 347\n\nBuddha\nstopped animal killing,320\n\nsecond verse of quoted, 361\nthird verse of quoted,366\nChanting\nactivated by vibhava, etc., 28\n\nc\n\nawakening taste for, 7\nin Kali-yuga Kr��a worshiped by, 300\ninterest in as result of association with\ndevotees, 8\n\nCa\nmeaning of word, 206, 207, 208\n\nof advanced devotee, 24\n\nword can be explained in seven ways,\n115\n\nof maha-mantra after Caitanya's exp l a n a t i o n o f a t m a r a m a-5/o k a ,\n389-390\n\nCaitanya-candrodaya-nataka\nquoted on\n\nmercy\n\nof Caitanya on\n\nof Paramananda KTrtanTya as humorous,\n297\n\nSanatana,289-291\n\none who is advanced takes pleasure in,\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nas combination of Radha-Kr��a, 443\nas eastern\n\nhorizon\n\nwhere\n\n376\n\natmarama\n\ntaste for as symptom of ecstatic emotion, 12\n\nverse rises, 82\n\nthough imperfect still gives liberation,\n\nas Kr��a Himself, 259\n\n311\n\nas member of Paiica-tattva, 304\nhas complexion of\n\ngolden\n\ncampaka\n\ndoesn't satisfy Kr��a as much as bhakti,\n\nflower, 290\npersonally\n\nCharity\n\npreached\n\ntruths\n\n373\n\nof\n\nBhagavatam, 439\npolitely changed people's minds, 306\npresented Himself as a fallen living en­\n\ntrees give alms in,70\nCintamaQi-prakara-sadmasu\nas mantra quoted while bathing Deities,\n\n280\n\ntity, 339\nwords of are firm and convincing,310\nCaitanya-caritamrta\nas very secret literature, 451-452\ndeliverance of Vara�asT sannyasis described in, 299\nquoted on sarikirtana, 300\nCaQf;lalas\nBharata offers respects to,27\nCandrasekhara\n\nCitra-jalpa\nas division of mohana stage, 38\nCitraka\nas shelter in servitorship mellow, 57\nCleanliness\nof Kr��a, 47\none is dear to Kr��a if he practices,67\nConjugal love\nas mellow of sweetness, 33\n\nmet ROpa at Vara�asT, 417\n\nas transcendental mellow, 25\n\nParamananda KTrtanTya as friend of,297\n\nobject and shelter of mellow of, 57\n\nunhappy upon hearing blasphemy of\n\nspecial activities of found only in Kr��a,\n\nCaitanya, 302\nwanted to accompany Lord to PurT,\n\ntwo departments of, 39\n\n396-397\n\n52\ntwo ecstatic symptoms in,36-37\n\n", "mad9#p0518": "General Index\n\n491\n\nDevotees\n\nD\n\nmental concoction not meant for, 300\nof Caitanya can deliver whole world,\n\nDamodara Par:lC;Iita\n\n225\n\nmet Caitanya at Puri, 422\n\nof Kr�l)a awaken symptoms of ecstatic\n\nDampatayor bhava ekatra\n\nlove, 31\n\nverse quoted on mana, 41\n\npossess unequalled love for Kr�l)a, 52\n\nDarsanalinganadinam\n\nRadha as most famous of submissive, 56\n\nverse quoted, 40\n\nsatisfied by hearing Kr�l)a's qualities, 45\n\nDasasvamedha-gha�a\nCaitanya instructed ROpa at, 61\n\nseed of love expands in heart of advanced, 59\n\nDeath\nParik�it prepares for imminent, 13\nDehino 'smin yatha dehe\n\nsituated in endurance and patience,\n\n183\n\nverses quoted, 137\n\nSupreme Lord manifest within heart of,\n\nDeity\ninstalled by Ma ya vadi\n\nshouldn't flatter materialists, 70\n\n366\n\ns a n n y asis,\n\n141-142\nliberated soul installs, 385\nSanatana instructed to install, 62\nDeity worship\noffenses in, 282-283\nrules for, 279-281\nDemigods\nasuras as enemies of, 76\n\nthirty-two kinds of regular and spontaneous, 243-249\nthree categories of, 126\nvery few in Varal)asi, 391\nDevotional service\nacarya accepts essence of, 64\naccording to regulative principles, 375\na d v a n c e d de v o t e e s u n d e r s t a n d\nvarieties of, 59-60\n\ndevotees don't worship, 148\nfive qualities not present in, 51\n\nall other methods of self-realization useless without, 128-129\n\nfive qualities partially present in, 50\nKr�l)a as Supreme Lord of, 351\n\nas means and end, 353\n\nmaterial world seems real to, 380\n\nas only auspicious path, 158-159\n\nno need to worship, 272\n\nBhagavatam learned only through, 258\n\nnot on level with Narayal)a, 340\n\nCaitanya personally tasted pleasure of,\n\n438\n\nDetachment\nas symptom of ecstatic emotion for\n\ncauses one to forget material happiness,\n\n100\n\nKr�l)a, 12\nfound in persons who have developed\n\ncompared to forest of lotus flowers,\n\n445\n\nbhava, 15\n\ndeveloping interest in, 8\n\nDevaki\nKr�l)a born from, 76\nDevotees\n\ndifficult to attain for two reasons, 176\neven birds and illiterates can engage in,\n\n184\n\nas nonviolent, 236\ncan bind Supreme Lord by love, 367\n\nfive processes for elevation to, 188-189\n\ncan spread chanting of maha-mantra\nonly when empowered by Kr�l)a,\n\nfour kinds\n129-131\n\n300\n\nin\n\nin stage of ayoga think of attaining\nKr�l)a's association, 35\nK[�l)a as well-wisher of, 48\n\nof\n\npious\n\nDvapara-yuga\n\nmen\n\nrender,\n\naccor ding\n\nto\n\npaiicaratrika principles, 300\nin love of God becomes composed of\ntranscendental mellows, 27\n\n", "mad9#p0519": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n492\n\nDevotional service\nin pure goodness, 4\nis applicable everywhere, in all circumstances, 361\nis causeless and unmotivated, 95\n\nDurlabhe sad-gurOQaril ca\nverses quoted, 276\nDuty\nof everyone to follow mahajanas, 326\nof everyone to hear from bona fide\nspiritual master, 364\n\nis transcendental to all considerations\nof time or place, 362-363\nleads to love of God, 3\none cannot understand Vedanta-sOtra\nwithout, 346\none is dear to K[�l)a if he determinedly\nengages in, 66\n\nDvapara-yuga\n\npaiicaratrika principles practiced in, 300\nDvapariyair janair vi�QUQ\nverses quoted, 300\nDvaraka\nadvanced ecstasy found among queens\n\none is very dear to K[�l)a if he is fixed in,\n69\none who is transcendentally situated attains pure, 385\n\nof, 36-37\n\nprema-vaicittya feelings prominent in\nqueens of, 42\nqueens in attracted to K[�l)a by hearing\n\nSanatana inquired about conclusive\n\nabout Him, 107-108\n\nstatements concerning, 71\nSanatana instructed to establish in\nVrndavana, 62\n\nE\n\nsatisfies K[�l)a more than any other process, 373\nsincere endeavor necessary in, 175\nspiritual master should be questioned\n\nEcstasies\nhighly advanced found among gopis,\n36-37\n\nabout, 364\ntaste for hearing and chanting awakens\nfrom firm faith in, 7\ntwo kinds of, 124-126\n\nSee also: Bhakti-yoga\nDharma\ndevotional service as, 71\nDhrti\nword defined, 181-182\nDhruva -gha�a\nROpa met Subuddhi Raya at, 400\n\nparticular (vibhava), 29\npermanent, 27-28\nsubordinate (anubhava), 30\nEcstatic symptoms\nas anubhavas, 31\necstasy of continuous existence of, 34\nin conjugal mellow, 36-37\nmanifest in bhakti-yoga, 157\nmixed with permanent ecstasy, 29\nof advanced devotee while chanting,\n24, 376\n\nDhrova Maharaja\ncame to K[�l)a in need of money, 130\n\nof Caitanya at Bindu Madhava temple,\n331\n\nwhile searching for glass found valuable\njewel, 205\n\nDiparcir eva hi dasantaram\nverses quoted, 244\nDisciple\nqualifications of, 270-271\nDreams\nmeetings of lovers in, 40\nDurga\n\nSee: Kali\n\nof inhabitants of Varal)asi, 390\nof pure devotees developed by preaching, 375\n\nEi chaya gosaiii yatira, mui\nquoted, 443\nEkadasi\nshould be observed, 286\nEko bahanaril yo vidadhati kaman\nquoted, 50, 227\n\n", "mad9#p0520": "General Index\nElements\nthirty-three transitory, 32-33\nEnergies\nof Caitanya as inconceivable, 345\nEnergy, external\nacintya-bhedabheda-tattva not understood by one fully under, 360\ncauses illusion of truth without Kr�oa,\n361\nexisted\n\nin\n\nKr�oa\n\nbefore\n\ncosmic\n\nmanifestation, 356\nhas variety of activities, 314\nKr�oa as creator of, 318\nKr�oa is different from, 359\nKr�oa's form not contaminated by, 315\nuniverses created and maintained by,\n\n92-93\nEnergy, internal\nhas variety of activities, 314\nEnjoyment\nmaterialists interested in material, 15\nof mellows in sthayi-bhava, 3\nEnvy\n\nasuras describe Kr�oa as black crow due\nto, 75\nby spreading bhakti cult one gives up,\n66\nEvaril parampara-praptam imam\nquoted, 288\nExistence\nof Kr�oa as eternal, 358\nwithout Kr�oa there is no, 316\n\nF\nFaith\nas beginning of devotional service, 6, 10\n\n493\n\nFlute of Kr�oa\ngoddess of fortune attracted by,\n108\nwomen captivated by, 110\nFood\ndevotee doesn't have to endeavor to\nget, 70-71\nForm of Kr�oa\nis eternal, blissful and full of knowledge,\n314\nMayavadis do not recognize, 314\nthose envious of cast into demoniac\nspecies, 318\nFortune\nfaith developed by good, 6\ni n t e r e s t in K r � o a c o n s c i o u s n e s s\ndeveloped by good, 8\nof one who mistreats great souls\ndestroyed, 342\nFriendship\nas transcendental mellow, 25\ndivisions of connection and separation\nin, 35\nincreases to subordinate spontaneous\nlove, 34\nobject and shelter in mellow of, 57\nvarieties of yoga and vi yoga in, 36\n\nG\nGadadhara PaQ<,iita\nas one of Pai'ica-tattva, 304\nmet Caitanya at Puri, 422\nGajendra\ncame to Kr�oa in distress, 130\nGaoapati\n\nFame\nequiposition in infamy and, 69\nFasting\nawakens symptoms of ecstatic love, 31\nFear\nliving entities overpowered by, 156\none is dear to Kr�oa if he is free from, 67\nFlute of Kr�oa\nbirds and swans enchanted by, 178,\n\n180\n\nSee: Gaoesa\nGaoesa\none who worships, 273\nGanges\nCaitanya bathed in, 395\ndiscussions of Bhagavatam take place\non banks of, 391\ntaste of devotional service like water of,\n\n203\n\n", "mad9#p0521": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n494\n\nGarbhodaka Ocean\n\nGovardhana Hill\n\nBrahma meditated upon the Lord in,\n\n316\nGaruda PuraQa\n\nraised by Km1a, 72, 73\nGovinda\nmet Caitanya at PurT, 422\n\nquoted on Bhagavatam, 378\n\nGrhastha\n\nGatib sama-damatyanam\n\nshould bathe twice a day, 277\n\nverses quoted, 72-73\n\nshould live outside the temple, 233\n\nGaurakr��Ja\n\nshouldn't live at home until he dies,\n228\n\nSupreme Lord known as, 2\nGauratigera bhakta-gaQe jane jane\n\nGuQa\n\nquoted, 225\n\nmeaning of word, 101\n\nGautama\nas Nyaya philosopher, 327\nGavam eva tu goloko\n\nH\n\nverses quoted, 73\nGayatrT mantra\nmeaning of omkara present in, 347\n\nHabits\n\nto be chanted three times daily, 277\n\nfreedom from unwanted, 10\n\nGoddess of fortune\n\nHappiness\n\nattracted to Kr��Ja, 108-109\n\nattained in course of time, 174\n\nGoddesses of fortune\n\nderived from attraction to one mellow,\n\nRadhara�JT as central figure for, 44\n\n26\n\nGokula\n\nequiposition in distress and, 69\n\nRadha as reservoir of loving affairs in, 56\n\nin devotional service as life of advanced\n\nGoloka-namni nija-dhamni tale\n\ndevotees, 59\n\nverses quoted, 73\n\nof Kr��Ja, 48\n\nGoloka Vrndavana\n\nof Kr��Ja derived from Radha's bodily\n\nHari-vamsa describes, 72\nmaintained by conjugal\nKr��Ja, 92, 93\n\naroma, 56\npotency\n\nof\n\none is dear to Kr��Ja if he is equal in dis­\n\nbhava-bhakti as platform of purified, 9\n\nHare Krsna\no�� ·who relishes holy name can chant\n\ntress and, 66\n\nGoodness\n\nconstantly, 32\n\ndevotional service in pure, 4\n\nHare Kr��Ja movement\n\nGopis\nadvanced\n\necstasies found\n36 37\nas very dear to Kr��Ja, 53\n\nSee: Kr��Ja consciousness movement\n\namong,\n\n-\n\nHari\nas Supersoul of everything, 121\nas Supreme Lord destroys inauspicious­\n\nattracted by beauty of Kr��Ja, 105-106\n\nness for devotees, 367\n\ncan attain mahabhava, 98\n\nis called Kr��Ja, 83-84, 387\n\ninquired about the Lord from plants.\n\n369\nRadha as chief of, 56\nthree kinds of separation celebrated in,\n\n42\nGosvamTs, six\nglorification of, 62\nunderstood Caitanya and His mission,\n\n443\n\nHari\ntwo\n\nforemost meanings\n111-114\n\nof\n\nword,\n\nHari-bhakti-sudhodaya\nquoted on association of devotees, 149\nquoted on Dhruva Maharaja, 205\nquoted on pure devotees, 14\nquoted on transcendental bliss, 99\n\n", "mad9#p0522": "General Index\n\nHari-bhakti-vi/asa\ncited on becoming brahmal)a by initia-\n\n495\n\nHoly name\nPrakasananda advised to chant, 384\ntaste\n\ntion, 64\n\nenunciates behavior of a Vai�Qava, 62\n\nfor\n\nchanting\n\nas\n\nsymptom\n\nGosvami-viddhi explained in, 363\n\nHonor\n\nquoted on spiritual initiation, 276\n\nHr�ikeQa hr�ikesa sevanarh bhaktir\n\nquoted on purity of maha-mantra, 275\nquoted on thinking Vi�Qu and demigods\nto be equal, 273\n\nquoted on women as eligible\n\nfor\n\nspiritual life, 274-275\n\nrules for Deity worship in, 279-281, 284\n\nof\n\necstatic emotion, 12\nequiposition in dishonor and, 69\nverse quoted, 133, 141\n\nHumility\n\nCaitanya exemplified, 335\n\nof Kr�Qa, 48\n\nof RadharaQi, 56\n\nspecifically meant for India, 64\n\nHaridasa Thakura\nmet Caitanya at Puri, 422\nHari-varhsa\ndescription of Vrndavana in, 72\n\nquoted on Goloka Vrndavana, 72\n\nHearing\n\nactivated by vibhava, etc., 28\nawakening taste for, 7\n\nBhagavatam submissively, 381\n\ninterest in as result of association with\ndevotees, 8\n\nKr�Qa's qualities satisfies devotees, 45\npure devotees attached to, 132-133\n\nHeart\n\nfructification of seed of love in, 12\nhighest truth understood by devotees\npure in, 381\n\nmelting of, 9\n\nIllusion\nAbsolute Truth free from, 380\n\nMayavadis say everything is, 327\n\nreality distinguished from, 381\n\nSarikaracarya tried to establish theory\nof, 319\n\nlmpersonalism\n\ndoes not satisfy K[�Qa as much as\nbhakti, 373\nlmpersonalists\ndo not accept Kr�Qa due to poor fund\nof knowledge, 317\n\nIncarnations\n\nas plenary portions of puru�a-avatara,\n\n371\n\nmelts in rati stage, 26\n\ndemigods and living entities not source\n\nseed of love grows in, 7, 59\n\nLord has innumerable, 244\n\nof all, 51\n\npeculiar conditions of in vyabhicari, 33\n\nseed of transcendental emotion in, 11\n\nsoftened in bhava stage, 4, 5\n\nHeavenly planets\n\nmost offensive to pose oneself as one\nof, 339\n\noffense of accepting a conditioned soul\n\nobit of sun as entrance to, 73\nHetu\nmeaning of word, 94\nHindus\n\nas one of, 339\nof Kr�Qa and Balarama from Vi�Qu's\nIndia\n\nconflict between Mohammedans and,\n\n403-404\nHoly name\ncan only be distributed by empowered\nperson, 300-301\n\ndistributed by Gaurakr�Qa, 2\n\nhaving great relish for, 32\n\nhairs, 74-76\n\nCaitanya traveled in different regions of,\n\n438\n\nfollowed principle of smarta-vidhi, 64\nH i n d u-M o h a m m e d a n\n\nconflict\n\n403-404\n\nISKCON temples in, 398-399\nso-called brahmal)as in, 265\n\nin,\n\n", "mad9#p0523": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n496\n\nIndia\n\nK\n\nso-called gurus in, 268-269\nlndra\ngave information on Goloka Vrndavana,\n72-73\nInitiation, spiritual\n\nKali, Goddess\none who worships, 273\nKali-ka/era dharma kr$Qa-nama-sankirtana\n\nanyone can be elevated to position of\nbrahmaQa by, 64\n\nverses quoted, 300\nKaliya\n\nfollows association with devotees, 8, 10\nprocess of, 226, 227\n\ntouched by Kr�l)a's lotus feet, 108-109\nKali-yuga\n\nIntelligence\n\nanimals sacrificed in, 221\n\ngiven by lord to devotees, 187\n\nBhagavatam has risen like sun in, 262\n\nof Kr�l)a, 46\n\neveryone perplexed in, 407\n\nof those devoid of devotional service\n\nrenounced order cannot deliver one in,\n\nimpure, 312\none is dear to Kr�l)a if he dedicates his,\n\n310\nKamais tais tair hrta-jnana/:r\n\n66\none who considers everyone as God\n\nverses quoted, 272\nKal)ilda\n\nhas no, 50\nInternational Society for Krishna Conscious-\n\nas Nyaya philosopher, 327\nKani$tha-adhikaris\n\nness\n\ncan't turn others into Vai�l)avas, 239\n\nSee: Kr�l)a consciousness movement\n\nKapila\n\nlttham-bhata\nmeaning of word, 99-101\n\nas Sankhya philosopher, 327\nKasi\nSee: Varal)asi\nKasi Misra\nmet Caitanya at Puri, 422\nKasiSvara\n\nJagadananda\nmet Caitanya at Puri, 422\njagannatha Deity\nCaitanya went to see, 423\njagannatha P uri\nCaitanya returned to, 419-426\nCaitanya stayed at for last eighteen\nyears of His life, 427\njaimini\n\nmet Caitanya at Puri, 422\nKintu bala-camatkaraverses quoted, 26\nKirata-haQandhra-pulinda-pulkasa\nverse quoted, 64\nKnowledge\none interested in must always inquire\nabout, 365\npractical application of spiritual,\n\n359\n\nMimarilsaka philosophers follow principles of, 327\n}anma karma ca me divyam\nquoted, 263, 442\njanmagami\nshould be observed, 285-286\nJudeo-Christian scriptures\n\"Thou shalt not kill\" as injunction in,\n221\n\nspeculative like beating empty husk,\n\n311\nspiritual explained, 352\nspiritual has\n\nto be received\n\nfrom\n\nrevealed scriptures, 360\nSupreme lord as concentrated form of\neternity, bliss and, 51\nK$epaQa\nas symptom of anubhava, 31\n\n", "mad9#p0524": "General Index\n\n497\n\nKr��a\n\nKr��a\nabsorption in thoughts of as inward\n\nsays \"I am the center of all relationships\", 352\n\ncleanliness, 68\nall good qualities situated in, 44\nalways under Radha's control, 56\nas compiler of Vedanta and knower of\nVedas, 328\n\nsixty-four transcendental qualities of,\n\n45-54\nspiritual master empowered by direct\npotency of, 300\n\nas example of particular ecstasies,\n\n29\n\nsweetness of early age of, 19\nKr��a consciousness movement\n\nas incarnation of a black hair, 74-76\n\naccused by envious of spoiling so-called\nHinduism, 362\n\nas lotus-eyed, 43\nas maintainer of everyone, 227\nas more exalted than living beings and\n\nCaitanya desired worldwide preaching\nof, 301\ncontinues tradition of six GosvamTs,\n\ndemigods, 53\nas object in transcendental mellows,\n\n63\ndevotional service is open for everyone\n\n57\nas uttama-5/oka, 15\n\ngaining ground due to logical presenta­\n\nas most sublime abode of bliss, 100\n\nin, 363\ntion, 306\n\nas very funny, 95\nattained by faith and devotional service,\n\nhigh caste brahmaf)as and gosvamis envious of, 362\n\n372-373\nBhagavatam as sound incarnation of,\n\nimpeded by MayavadT philosophers, 53\none is very very dear to Kr��a if he\n\n439\nBhagavatam is as great as, 260\nCaitanya as, 259\ncharacteristics and activities of, 380\ncomes under control of devotee, 26\n\nfollows principle of, 69\nstories opposed to conclusions of,\n\n74-76\nKr�f.la-karf)amrta\n\ncontrolled by qualities of Radhara�T,\n\nquoted on Kr��a's qualities, 19\n\n54\neverything can be used in service of,\n366\neverything is, 316\n\nquoted on Kr��a's sweetness, 21\n\nexisted before creation\n\nof cosmic\n\nmanifestation, 356\nexplains His form, situation, attributes,\nactivities and opulences, 355\nexplains to Uddhava what pleases Him\nmost, 373\nHari is called, 83-84\nin separation one thinks oneself to be,\n\n39\nliving entity becomes competitor of,\n374\nnothing can exist without, 361\nqualities and paraphernalia of awaken\nsymptoms of ecstatic love, 31\nraised Govardhana Hill, 72, 73\n\nKr�Qa-prema-dhana\nas beyond platform of liberation, 61\nKr�f.la-sandarbha\ndiscussion of hair incarnation in, 76\nKr�f.las ca kr�f.la-bhaktas ca\nverses quoted, 30\nKr�f.lena sangamo yas tu\nquoted, 35\nK�TrodakasayT V i��u\nKr��a and Balarama as incarnations of\nhairs of, 74-76\nKumaras\nattracted by aroma of tulasi, 102-103,\n\n142-143\ndevotional service of as celebrated,\n\n194\nKurvanti\npurport of word, 93-94\n\n", "mad9#p0525": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n498\n\nLiving entities\nSupreme Lord's qualities exhibited in,\n\nL\n\n49-50\nLaghu-bhagavatamrta\n\nLokanam asau pujyo yatha hari/:1\n\ncontains information on hair incarnation, 76\n\nquoted, 268\nLotus feet of Caitanya\n\nLak�mi\n\noffenses counteracted by touching, 337\n\nNarayal)a as Lord of, 51\n\nPrakasananda Sarasvati caught hold of,\n\n335\n\nLamentation\none is dear to Kr��Ja if he is free from,\n\n110\n\nSanatana desires to keep on his head,\n\n78\n\nLaw of nature\n\nLotus feet of Kr��Ja\n\na life for a life according to, 220\n\na tt a i n e d by offenseless chanting,\n\n407-408\n\nLiberation\nas situation in one's original form,\n\n155\n\nfree one from material miseries, 181\nfree one from all sinful reactions, 338\n\natheist do not care for, 320\n\nKaliya touched by dust of, 108-109\n\nby devotional service, 152\n\nKr��Ja forcibly gives one shelter of, 136\n\ncannot be attained without devotional\n\nKumaras attracted to, 102-103\nMayavada conclusion an offense\n\nservice, 157, 311\ndesire for given up by association of\n\nagainst, 315\nmellows understand by one dedicated\n\ndevotees, 148, 150-151\nfrom material contamination as anartha­\n\nto, 60\nneglect of causes fall down from Brah­\n\nnivrtti, 8\nkr�Qa-prema-dhana as beyond platform\n\nman realization, 312\nthree ways to attain, 121\n\nof, 61\n\nvanquish all miserable conditions of\n\nPrakasananda can attain, 384\n\nmaterial life, 343\n\nreadily granted by K[�l)a, 176\n\nLove of God\n\nLiving entities\nall have some intelligence, 184-185\n\nas life's ultimate goal, 8, 79, 365, 375\n\nas marginal potency, 254-255, 257\n\nas result of devotional service, 3\n\nattracted by material energy become\n\nattraction of devotees in neutrality increases up to, 97\n\nfearful, 374\nBrahma as one of, 354\n\ndevelopment of compared to sugar, 25\n\nCaitanya presented Himself as one of,\n\nfive processes which awaken, 188-\n\n339\nequal disposition to, 385\n\ngradual development of, 10\n\nexisted\n\nin\n\nKr��Ja\n\nbefore\n\n189\ncosmic\n\nmanifestation, 356\nfive qualities not present in, 51\nkinds of, 194\nKr��Ja as more exalted than, 53\n\nKr��Ja's qualities and paraphernalia\nawaken symptoms of ecstatic, 31\nlearned man can't understand person\nsituated in, 22\nmanifestations of, 24\n\nKr��Ja as well-wisher of, 351\n\nmellows gradually increase to, 34\n\nK[�l)a's form as source of, 316\n\nPrakasananda can be elevated to enjoy-\n\nmaterial elements are within and without the, 366\nSupreme Lord astonishes all, 52\n\nment of, 384\nsymptoms of fructifying seed of, 12\nSee also: Prema-bhakti\n\n", "mad9#p0526": "General Index\n\nM\n\n499\n\nMaharaja Parik�it\nSee: Parik�it Maharaja\nMahara�trian brahmaQa\n\nMadana\nas division of highly advanced ecstasy,\n\ninvitation of to Varal)asi sannyasis and\nCaitanya, 301, 303\n\n37-38\nMadana-mohana\n\nmentioned Caitanya's explanation of atmarama verse, 388\n\nSaniHana established temple of, 62\nMadhvacarya\nK r � �J a c o n s c i o u s n e s s m o v e m e n t\n\nmet ROpa at Vara�Jasi, 417\nu n h a p p y h e a r in g b l a s p h e m y o f\nCaitanya, 299\n\nfollows, 328\nMadness\n\nwanted to accompany Caitanya to Puri,\n\n396-397\n\naspects of transcendental, 39\nMadhyama-adhikaris\ncan turn others into Vai��Javas, 239\nMagnanimity\nof Caitanya, 335\nMaha-bhagavata\nspiritual master on platform of, 300\nMaha-bhagavata-sre$[ho\nverses quoted, 268\nMahabharata\nBhagavatam contains full purport of,\n\n377-378\nKr��Ja's pastimes mentioned in, 75\nquoted on kesa-avatara, 75\nquoted on mahajanas, 328\nMahabhava\ngopis can attain, 98\nincludes rur;Jha and adhirur;Jha, 37\nMahajanas\none should accept path of, 328\nMaha-kula-prasOto 'pi\nverses quoted, 268\nMaha-mantra\nas solution to all sinful activities,\n\n407-408\nchanted after Caitanya's explanation of\natmarama-5/oka, 389-390\nchanted humorously, 297\nfrees one from all contamination, 223\nmessage of distributed without bargaining or selling, 392-393\nno question of sodhana for, 276\noffenses in chanting, 408\none can bathe by chanting, 277\none who relishes holy name can chant\nconstantly, 32\n\nMaha Upani$ad\nquoted on nine Yogendras, 146\nMaha-Vi�I)U\nliving entities merge in, 155\nMamaivarhso jiva-loke jiva-bhOta/:1\nquoted, 49, 404\nMarh ca yo 'vyabhicareQa\nverses quoted, 273, 363\nMarh hi partha vyapasritya\nverses quoted, 195, 275\nMana\nas division of vipralambha, 40-41\nas transcendental quality, 25\nMantras\ndifferent kinds of for different devotees,\n\n274\nManu$ya-lokad Ordhvarh tu\nverses quoted, 72-73\nManu$yanarh sahasre$u ka5cid\nverses quoted, 442\nMaterial energy\nSee: Energy, external\nMathura\nROpa met Subuddhi Raya at, 400\nSanatana instructed to excavate in, 103\nMau$ala-lila\nrelated for bewilderment of asuras, 75\nMaya pur\nISKCON temple in, 398-399\nMaya tatam idarh sarvarh\nverses quoted, 313\nMayavadis\nsay Brahman\n\neffulgence is cause of\n\neverything, 324, 327\nconsider everyone as God, 50\n\n", "mad9#p0527": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n500\n\nMayavadis\n\nMiseries\n\ndiscussed Bhagavatam, 390\ndon't understand Kr�IJa's qualities,\n\nsages who know Kr�IJa attain peace\n\n52-53\nMayavadi sannyasis\n\nfrom, 351\n\nblasphemed Caitanya, 299\n\nModes of nature\n\ncall themselves jagad-guru, 335\n\nmaterial universes created by, 380\n\ngave up studies of Vedanta, 307\n\nMohammedans\n\nMellows\n\ndevotional service\n\nin\n\nlove\n\nof\n\nGod\n\nbecomes composed of transcenden­\n\ntal, 27\n\nenjoyed in sthayi-bhava, 3\nfive transcendental, 25-26, 33\nhero and heroine as basis of transcendental, 56\n\nnondevotees\n\nKm1a's lotus feet vanquish all kinds of,\n.\n343\n\ncan't understand ex­\n\nchange of Kr�IJa and devotees in\n\ndifferent, 59, 60\n\nobject and shelter in transcendental, 57\nRupa empowered to understand, 61\n\nconflict between Hindus and, 403-404\nMohana\n\nas division of highly advanced ecstasy,\n\n37-38\nMonism\ncannot be established if one accepts existence of God, 326-327\n\nSalikaracarya\n\nestablish,\n\nthree kinds of, 94\nstory of Narada and, 210-242\n\nMuni\n\nforbidden by Caitanya, 63\n\nMukti\n\nMercy\n\nto\n\nMrgari\n\nyoga and viyoga always exist in five, 36\n\nMental speculation\n\neager\n\n322-323\nMotives\n\nmeanings of, 88, 177\n\nword has five varieties, 95\n\nof Caitanya can't be described expan­\n\nMuktim dadati karhicit\n\nof Kr�IJa awoke knowledge in Brahma,\n\nMystic powers\n\nsively, 79\n\n355\nof Kr�IJa not cared for by atheists, 320\nRadha always full of, 56\n\nvalue of Kr�IJa's, 136-137\nMimamsaka philosophers\nconclusion of, 324\n\nquoted, 176\n\nmaterialists interested in, 15\nV ai�l)ava possesses, 18\n\nSupreme Lord as possessor of all, 51\n\nMystic yoga\n\nSee: Yoga\n\nstress fruitive activity, 327\n\nMind\n\nN\n\nas a sense, 49\nKumaras experienced change in, 386\n\nof everyone in three worlds attracted\n\nNa catra satrava do$a\n\nof pure devotee always remembers\n\nNaimi�aral)ya\n\nby Kr�IJa's flute, 52\n\nLord, 14\n\nof women attracted by Kr�IJa, 48\none is dear to Kr�IJa if he dedicates his,\n\n66\nMiseries\nhighest truth uproots threefold, 381\n\nverses quoted, 275-276\nSubuddhi Raya stayed for some time at,\n\n409\nNana-sastra-vicaraQaika-nipuQau\nverse quoted, 62, 270\n\nNanda Maharaja\n\nas father of Kr�IJa, 43, 56, 57\n\n", "mad9#p0528": "", "mad9#p0529": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n502\n\nOffenses\no f Pr akasa n a n d a Sar a sv ati counteracted, 337\nOrilkara\nGayatri mantra contains meaning of,\n347\nOmniscience\nof Supreme Lord, 51\n\nParental affection\nSee: Paternal love\nParental love\nas transcendental mellow, 25\ndivisions of connection and separation\nin, 35\nParik�it Maharaja\nadvised by Sukadeva on independence\nof devotee, 70\n\nOm vi$f)Or nu viryal)i karil\n\nverses quoted, 91\nOpulence\nBharata Maharaja gave up, 15\nof Kr�oa as beyond compare, 52\nof one who mistreats great souls\ndestroyed, 342\nVaikuo�ha maintained by the Lord's, 92,\n93\n\np\nPadma Pural)a\n•\n\nquoted on always remembering Vi�QU,\n277\nquoted on Bharata Maharaja, 26\n\nPain\n\nquoted on characteristics of guru, 268\n\nmitigation of material, 63\none is dear to Kr�oa if he is free from, 67\nPanca-nada\nCaitanya bathed in, 330\nPanca-tattva\nmembers of listed, 304\nPaoc;lita Gosani\ninvited Caitanya to dinner, 425\nPaoini's satras\nquoted, 94, 164, 250\nParamananda Kirtaniya\nchanted to Caitanya in humorous way,\n297\nwanted to accompany Lord to Puri,\n396-397\nmet Caitanya at Puri, 421\nParamatma\nlocalized as one aspect of Absolute\nTruth, 353\nParampara\nknowledge must be received from, 360\n\ncursed by brahmal)a boy, 13\nParvata Muni\ncalled Narada a touchstone, 238-239\nvisits Mrgari with Narada, 234-242\nPastimes of Caitanya\nare full of nectar, 447\nidentical with pastimes of Kr�oa, 443\n\nin Caitanya-caritamrta as very secret\nliterature, 451-452\n\ntruth about Kr�oa understood by understanding, 441\nPastimes of Kr�oa\nas\n\ne t e r n a l, blissful and full\nknowledge, 314\ncompared to buds of lotus flowers,\n\nof\n\n445\ncompared to camphor, 447\ndevotees never tire of hearing, 383\n\ne v e n i m p e r s o n alists attracted to,\n1 41-142\nevoke wonder, 52\n\nidentical with pastimes of Caitanya, 443\nliberated soul is attracted to, 385\n\nmentioned in Mahabharata, 75\n\none is ecstatic emotion resides in place\nof, 21\n\nS u k adeva G o svami attracted\n104-105, 144\n\nto,\n\nPatanjali\nfollowers of practice raja-yoga, 327\n\nsays one must be self-realized to understand the Lord, 324\n\nPaternal love\nincreases to subordinate spontaneous\nlove, 34\nobject and shelter in mellow of, 57\nvarieties of yoga and viyoga in, 36\nPatraka\nas shelter in servitorship mellow, 57\n\n", "mad9#p0530": "General Index\n\n503\n\nPeace\nhow to attain world, 351-352\n\nPrayaga\n\nPious activities\n\nPrayers\nof Caitanya to Prakasananda Sarasvati,\n\none is dear to Kr�r:'la if he rejects, 67\n\nDasasvamedha-gha!a located in, 61\n\n335-336\n\nPlanets\nKr�r:'la as Supreme Lord of, 351\nVaikur:\"�!ha manifest in spiritual world,\n\n371\nPleasure\nexperienced by advanced devotee from\nchanting, 24\nlove of God as reservoir of all, 8\nPossessions\nof others should not be encroached\nupon, 351\nPossessiveness\nbeing rightly situated above, 65\nin relation to the Lord, 5-6\n\noffered by pure devotees, 14\noffered to Kr�r:'la for His favor, 15\nSupreme Lord glorified by, 383\nPrema\ncharacteristics of, 5\nPrema-bhakti\nnine varieties of, 96-98\nSee also: Love of God\nPrema-vaicittya\nas division of vipralambha, 40-41\nPriyasya sannikar$e 'pi\nverse quoted, 41\nPrthivite ache yata nagaradi grama\nverses quoted, 438\n\nPotency\nRadharar:'li as primeval internal, 44\n\nPure devotees\nare not restricted to Hindu community,\n\nPower\ninconceivable supreme not present in\ndemigods, etc., 51\nof Kr�r:'la's body, 45\nPradyumna Misra\nmet Caitanya at Puri, 422\nPrahlada Maharaja\ndefines bhakti, 6\ninterested in doing good to others, 438\n\n362\nattached\n\nto\n132-133\n\nhearing\n\nabout\n\nKr�r:'la,\n\nconsider themselves in lowest stage of\nlife, 16\ndedicate their whole lives to Lord's service, 14\nknow they are eternal servants of Kr�r:'la,\n\n366\n\nPrajalpa\nas division of mad emotional talks, 38\nPrakasananda Sarasvati\n\nnever attracted to material opulence,\n\n136-137\n\nbecame Vai�r:'lava, 391\n\npromoted to Vaikur:\"�!ha, 73\n\ncharmed by Caitanya's dancing and\n\nspiritual body of, 375\n\nbeauty, 333\ninstructions to, 383-384\nrequested Caitanya to explain VedantasOtra, 345\nPrakrteh kriyamal)ani gul)aih\nverses quoted, 220\nPral)ava\nexplained in Bhagavatam, 349\nPrapaticikataya buddhya\n\nunderstand highest truth, 381\nPurification\nof soul in svar0pa-lak$al)a, 4-5\nof Vai �r:\"�ava by following rules of\nspiritual master, 64\nPOrva-raga\nas division of vipralambha, 40-41\nPOrva-sanga-tayor yunor\nverse quoted, 41\n\nverses quoted, 65\nPravasa\n\nQ\n\nas division of vipralambha, 40-41\nPrayaga\nCaitanya went to, 409\n\nQualities\nfive not present in demigods, 51\n\n", "mad9#p0531": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n504\n\nQualities\n\nRamanujacarya\n\nfive partially present in demigods,\n\nK r �r:Ja c o n s c i o u s n e s s m o v e m e n t\n\n50-51\n\nfollows, 328\n\nfour not found in Narayal)a, 52-53\n\nRanga -k�etra\nachieved by Yogendras, 146\n\nKr�r:Ja has all transcendental good, 44\nKr�r:Ja's sixty-four transcendental, 45-54\n\nRatha-yatra\nconducted by Western Vai�r:Javas, 362\n\nKr�r:Ja's unlimited, 101-102\nof Kr�r:Ja as transcendental, 387\nof Kr�r:Ja attract even animals and trees,\n\n111\n\nRati\nas seed of love of God, 25, 59\nRati-abhasa\n\nof Kr�r:Ja make awakening possible, 31\n\nexpert devotee defines symptoms of at­\n\nof Radharar:JT, 54-55\nof Supreme Lord compared to depth of\n\ntachment as, 26\nRatir ya sangamat purvarh\nverse quoted, 41\n\nan ocean, 49\nRukmir:JT attracted to Kr�r:Ja by hearing\nabout His, 107-1 08\n\nRegulative principles\ndevotional service executed according\nto, 96, 375\n\nR\n\nexecuted under orders of spiritual\nmaster, 10\nfollowed in sadhana-bhakti, 8\n\nRadha-kur:Jc;la\n\nfollowing of as freedom from contamination, 7\n\nSanatana instructed to re-establish, 62\nRadharar:JT\nas shelter of mellow of conjugal love, 57\n\npurification by, 193\nshould not be followed without effect,\n\nas topmost heroine in all dealings, 43\ncharacteristics of, 44\nconstantly pours forth tears, 19\nthree kinds of separation celebrated in,\n\n42\nverses spoken by as example of prajalpa, 38\nVrndavana as kingdom of, 7 3\n\n64-65\nsynopsis of Vai�l)ava, 267-287\nReligion\ndifferent types of on material platform,\n363\nof one who mistreats\n\ngreat\n\nsouls\n\ndestroyed, 342\none who kills animals cannot understand, 320\n\nRadhika\nSee: Radharar:JT\n\nreal principle of, 306\nrejection of materially motivated, 381\n\nRaga\nattraction of devotees in servitorship increases up to, 97\nRaja-yoga\nfollowers of Patanjali practice, 327\nRaghunatha\nwanted to accompany Caitanya to PurT,\n\n396-397\nRaktaka\nas shelter in servitorship mellow, 57\nRama-navami\nshould be observed, 285, 286\nRamananda Raya\nmet Caitanya at Puri, 424\n\nRenunciation\nCaitanya instructs Sanatana\n\nabout\n\nproper, 63\nincomplete, 65\nprocess of at stage of vanaprastha,\n\n228\nReputation\nof one who mistreats\n\ngreat\n\ndestroyed, 342\n�g-sarhhita\nquoted on Vrndavana, 73-74\n�g Veda mantra\nquoted on Vamana, 91\n\nsouls\n\n", "mad9#p0532": "General Index\n\n505\n\nRohil)i\n\nsamo damas tapa/:! saucam\n\nRO(iha\n\nSanatana Gosvami\n\nverses quoted,269\n\nBalarama born from, 76\n\nas ecstatic symptom in conju g a l\nmellow,36-37\n\nRO(ihoktebhyo 'nubhavebhya/:1\n\nwith\n\nspecific\n\nCaitanya, 288-291\n\nRukmil)i\n\nattracted to K[�Qa by hearing about\nHim,107-108\n\nmercy\n\nby\n\nCaitanya explained confidential meanings of Bhiigavatam to, 71\n\ncompared to deep lake covered with\n\nROpa Gosvami\n\nas younger brother of Sanatana, 414\nto\n\nunderstand\n\nmellows,\n\n102\n\nmoss, 289\n\ndirected by Caitanya to write book on\nVai�l)ava behavior, 267-287\n\ninstructed by Caitanya for two months,\n\nestablished temple of Govindaji, 62\n\n297\n\nhow he divided his money, 411\n\nrefutes argument about hair incarnation, 76\n\nremained in Vrndavana, 416\nROpa\n\nand\n\nAnu p a m a\n\nbrothers of, 414\n\nreturned to Varal)asi, 416\n\nshowed\n\nas author of Hari-bhakti-vi/asa, 363\n\nblessed\n\nverse quoted,37\n\nempowered\n\naccepts position as lower than straw,76\n\nforests\n\nof\n\nVrndavana\n\nby\n\nSubuddhiRaya,412\n\nROpa-raghunatha-pade haibe\nquoted, 443\n\nas\n\nyounger\n\nserved in Mohammedan government,\n\n264-265\n\nSancarayanti bhiivasya\nverses quoted,32\n\nSangabhavo harer dhirair\nverse quoted,35\n\nSarikaracarya\n\ns\nSa capi kesau harir uccakarta\nverses quoted,75\n\nimaginary interpretations of, 309, 344\n\nquoted on liberated soul becoming attracted to Kr�l)a's pastimes, 385\n\ntried to establish theory of illusion, 319\ntried to refute Vedic literature,326-327\n\nSacrifice\n\nSarikara Pal)c;lita\n\nSada svarupa-sarilprapta/:1\n\nSarikhya philosophy\n\nK[�l)a as ultimate purpose of,351\n\nverses quoted,51\n\nSadhana-bhakti\n\nas devotional service according to\nregulative principles, 10\n\nas stage of devotional life, 8\n\nSaiyada Hussain Khan\n\nas servant of Subuddhi Raya,400\n\nSalagrama-sila\n\nshould be worshiped with tulasi, 282\n\nSamadibhir eva brahmat:�adi\n\nmet Caitanya at Puri, 422\nby\n\nanalysis\n\nconcludes that\n\nmaterial\n\nnature is supreme cause,324, 327\n\nSankirtana\n\nin Western countries, 306, 362\n\nsannyasis gather to perform,391\nSannyasa\nacceptance of does not satisfy Kr�l)a as\nmuch as bhakti, 373\n\ncompulsory at age fifty, 405\n\nfour categories of,40\n\nvanaprastha as stage preliminary to, 228\nSannyasis\nasuras in dress of, 75\nBhagavatam discussed by Mayavadi,\n\nas father of Srrigi,13\n\nshould bathe three times a day,277\n\nverses quoted,269\n\nSambhoga\nSamika\n\n390\n\n", "mad9#p0533": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n506\n\nSarvabhauma Bha��acarya\n\nCaitanya explained atmarama verse at\nhome of, 82\n\ncalled madman by Caitanya, 84\n\nmet Caitanya at Purl, 424\n\nServitorship\nobject and shelter in mellow of, 57\n\nyoga and viyoga in, 36\nSiddhaloka\nspace travel on, 211\n\nSarva-dharman parityajya\n\nSiddhi\n\nverses quoted, 223\n\nSarva-sarilvadini\n\nSin\n\nword has eighteen varieties, 95\n\ndiscussion of hair incarnation in, 76\n\nchanting Hare Kr�!Ja as solution to all,\n\nverse quoted, 328\n\n407-408\nfour kinds of, 112\n\nSarvasya caharil hrdi sannivi�to\n\nSarvopadhi-vinirmuktaril tat-paratvena\n\nof animal killing stopped by Buddha,\n\nverses quoted, 132-133, 141\n\n319\nSita\n\nSastras\n\nconfirm that one should accept the\nSattvika\n\npath of mahajanas, 328\n\nSiva\n\nas symptom of anubhava, 31\nfive qualities not present in, 51\n\nactivates hearing and chanting, 28\n\nfive qualities partially present in, 50\n\nverse quoted, 71\n\none who worships, 273\n\nSa vai purilsaril para dharma\n\nKr�!Ja as more exalted than, 53\n\nScripture\ndevotional service is enjoined in every,\n306\nprinciple of direct interpretation of, 323\nreal spiritual knowledge\n\nhas\n\nto\n\nbe\n\nreceived from, 360\nSankaracarya argued against, 323\n\nSense gratification\n\nquoted on Bhagavatam, 258\nresides above DevT-dhama, 73\n\nSivaloka\n\ninhabitants of, 73\n\nSkanda PuraQa\n\noffenses in Deity worship mentioned in,\n282-283\nquoted on demigod worship, 272\n\nmaterialists interested in, 15\nsome engage in devotional service for,\n\nquoted on Narada Muni, 240\nquoted on nonviolence of devotees,\n\n127\n\n236\n\nSenses\nKr�rJa's form as original source of, 316\nliving entities struggle with, 49\nof Kr�!Ja are controlled, 47\n\nas department of conjugal love, 39\ndevotees think of attaining Kr�rJa's association in, 35\nof\n\nin\n\nRadhararJT,\n\ngopis and\n\nDvaraka queens, 42\n\nSee also: Viyoga\nServitorship\n\nas permanent ecstasy, 27\nas transcendental mellow, 25\nincreases to spontaneous love of God,\n34\n\nverses quoted, 277\n\nSneha\n\nas transcendental quality, 25\n\nSeparation\n\nfeelings\n\nSmartavya/:1 satataril Vi$QUr\n\nSocialists\n\nphilosophy of, 351\n\nSpiritual master\n\ncan initiate brahmaQas, 64\ncharacteristics of bona fide, 268\n\nduty of everyone to approach a bona\nfide, 364\nempowered by direct potency of Kr�!Ja,\n300\noffers everything to the Lord, 279\n\norders of must be strictly followed, 229,\n232\n\n", "mad9#p0534": "General Index\n\nSpiritual master\ntaking shelter of, 267\n\nworshiped to become free from fear,\n\n507\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nParik�it's desire for\nstated in, 13\n\nimminent\n\ndeath\n\n374\n\nquoted on Absolute Truth as unified\n\nquoted, 137\n\nquoted on anyone becoming brahmaQa\n\nas shelter in friendship mellow, 57\n\nquoted on apparent truth, 361\n\ncited, 135\nquoted on brahminical qualifications,\n\nquoted on attainment of happiness and\n\nidentity, 370\n\nSrama eva hi kevalam\n\nby initiation, 64\n\nSridama\n\nSridhara Svami\n\n269\n\nSri-kr�Qa-caitanya, radha-kr�t:Ja nahe anya\nquoted, 443\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nadvanced devotees attached to understanding meaning of, 59\n\nas commentary on Brahma-sOtra, 346\n\nas essence of\n\nall Vedic literature,\n\n378-379\n\nquoted on approaching a spiritual\nmaster, 271\n\ndistress, 17 4\n\nquoted on attainment of yogic perfection, 172\n\nquoted on bees chanting glories of\nBalarama, 179\n\nquoted on Bhagavatam rising like sun in\nage of Kali, 262\n\nquoted on bhakti-yoga, 372-373\nquoted on Bharata Maharaja, 15\n\nas essence of Vedic literature, 382\n\nquoted on birds listening to Kr�Qa's\n\nas sufficient for God realization, 381\n\nquoted on Brahman realization as tem­\n\natmarama verse in quoted, 83-84\n\nquoted on characteristics of Kr�Qa,\n316\n\nas sound incarnation of Kr�Qa, 439\nas the spotless PuriiQa, 258\n\nCaitanya explained confidential meanings of, 71\n\nCaitanya personally preached truths of,\n\n439-440\ncited on qualities of brahmaQas, 269\ndescribed in Gurw;/a PuraQa, 377\ndevotional service compared to fire in,\n112\n\neighteen thousand verses in, 350\n\nexplained by asuras, 75\nform of given in questions and answers,\n\n261\n\ngives actual meaning of Vediinta-sOtra,\n\n377-378\ngives information on mellow of service,\n\n382\ninvocation of quoted, 380\nis as great as Kr�Qa, 260\nlearned only through devotional service, 258\none must be madman like Caitanya to\nunderstand, 263\n\nflute, 178\n\nporary, 312\n\nquoted on conditioned soul as competitor of Kr�Qa, 156\n\nquoted on demigod worship, 148\n\nquoted on development of spiritual\nbody, 375\n\nquoted on devotees' dependence upon\nLord, 70\n\nquoted on devotees' lack of material\ndesires, 183\n\nquoted on devotional service as only\nauspicious path, 158-159, 311\n\nquoted on dharma for all humanity, 71\n\nquoted on ecstatic symptoms, 167\n\nquoted on ecstatic symptoms of advanced devotee, 24\n\nquoted on enlightenment by Kr�Qa's\nmercy, 356\n\nquoted on existence of Kr�Qa, 358\n\nquoted on falling from Brahman realization, 153\n\nquoted on fear of living entity, 374\n\n", "mad9#p0535": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n508\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nquoted on glories of Vrnd�vana,\n196-197\nquoted on good fortune of K�liya,\n108-109\n\nquoted on gopis absorbed in thoughts\nof Kr��Ja, 369\nquoted on\n\ngopis' attraction to Kr��Ja,\n\n106\n\nquoted on Hari bound by rope of love,\n367\nquoted on hearing in association of\ndevotees, 10\n\nquoted on hearing pastimes of Kr��Ja,\n383\nquoted on highest truth, 381\n\nquoted on how advanced devotee sees\nKr��Ja everywhere, 368\n\nquoted on how Kr��Ja pervades material\ncreations, 366\nquoted on how Kr��Ja's lotus feet van­\n\nquish misery, 343\nquoted on impersonalists poor fund of\nknowledge, 317\nquoted on Kr��Ja as Supreme Lord, 371\nquoted\n\non Kr��Ja's fulfilling material\n\ndesires of devotees, 136, 191\n\nquoted on Kr��Ja's lotus feet, 338\nquoted on Kr��Ja's spiritual form,\n315-316\nquoted on Kum�ras, 386\nquoted on Kumaras attraction to aroma\nof tulasi, 103\nquoted on Lord's existence before during and after creation, 120\n\nquoted on lowborn creatures purified\nby Vi�I)U, 180-181, 186-187\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nquoted on self-satisfied becoming at-\n\ntracted to Kr��Ja, 387\nquoted on sleepless lamentation, 43\n\nquoted on spiritual communism, 351\nquoted on spiritual planets, 371\nquoted on spontaneous devotional service, 125, 126\n\nquoted\n\non\n\nSukadeva\n\nbecoming\n\nBhagavatam, 379, 383\nquoted on the glories of Bhagavatam,\n134\nquoted on three categories of devotees,\n127\n\nquoted on three features of Absolute,\n119\nquoted on three kinds of men who worship Kr��Ja, 190\n\nquoted on V�mana, 91\n\nquoted on worship of Lord in heart,\n166\nrejects materially motivated religions,\n134\nRukmil)i's letter to Kr��Ja in quoted, 107\n\nstudied and described by Sukadeva\nGosvami, 104-105\nsubject matters of, 369\nSukadeva studied from father, 386\nVy�sadeva explained orilkara in, 349\n\nquoted on meaning of liberation, 155\nquoted on mystery of transcendental\n\nSriniv�sa Acarya\nquoted on six Gosv�mis, 62\nSriv�sa Th�kura\n\nknowledge, 365\nquoted on qualifications\n\nSthayi-bhava\n\nknowledge, 354\nquoted on necessity of inquiry into\n\nmaster, 270\n\nof spiritual\n\nquoted on rarity of pure devotees, 341\nquoted on ritualistic ceremonies at\nNaimi��ral)ya, 202\n\nat­\n\ntracted to Kr��Ja's pastimes, 386\nquoted on Sukadeva Gosv�mi, 104-105\nquoted on Sukade va's study of\nBhagavatam, 144\nquoted on taste of devotional service,\n203\nquoted o n tasting me llow of\n\nas one of Pai'\\ca-tattva, 304\n5rngi\ncursed Parik�it, 13\n\nlove of God in devotional service as, 3\nSubala\nas shelter in friendship mellow, 57\ngreatness of love of, 34\n\n", "mad9#p0536": "General Index\nSubuddhi Rliya\n\nearned livelihood by selling dry wood,\n\n410\n\nhistory of, 400-413\n\ninstruction of Caitanya to, 406-408\n\nshowed ROpa the forests of Vrndlivana,\nSudlima\n\nSupreme Lord\n\nindicated by repetition of \"aham\", 358\nis always transcendental, 360\nis bound by love, 367\n\nis manifest within the heart of the devotee, 366\n\nknown as Gaurakr�r:Ja, 2\n\n412\n\nKr�r:Ja glorified as, 49\n\nas shelter in friendship mellow, 57\n\nliving entities have qualities of, 50\n\naccepting service for livelihood as busi­\n\none who sees Caitanya's character ac­\n\ncan approach supreme destination,\n\nrelationship with explained in catu/:1-\n\nSiidras\n\nness of, 265\n\n195,275\n\nSukadeva Gosvlimi\n\nadvises Parik�it on independence of\ndevotee, 70\n\nattracted\n\nto\n\np a s t imes\n\nof\n\nKr�r:Ja,\n\n104-105, 144, 386\n\nBhagavatam increases in sweetness\nwhen spoken by, 382\n\nBhagavatam taught to, 378\n\ncame to K[�r:Ja in search of knowledge,\n130\n\ndevotional service of as celebrated, 194\n\nexplained incident of gopis to Parik�it,\nSun\n\n509\n\n369\natmarama verse compared to, 82\n\nsituated above sky, 73\n\none should depend solely on, 67\ncepts Him as, 299\ns/oki, 352\n\nsupreme proprietorship of, 351\n\nSurrendered soul\n\nKr�r:Ja as protector of, 48\n\nParik�it asks to be accepted as, 13\n\nreceives protection from Suprerre Lord,\n\n70\n\nSvaropa Dlimodara\n\nmet Caitanya at Puri, 422\n\nSweetness\n\nconjugal love as mellow of, 33\n\nof Kr�r:Ja's body, face and smile, 20\nof Kr�r:Ja's early age, 19\n\nof Radharar:Ji, 56\n\nSyamlinanda Gosvlimi\n\nas brahmal)a by qualification,269\n\nSupersoul\n\nmystic yoga leads to realization of, 123\n\nT\n\nsix types of worshipers of, 165-166\n\nTantrike$U ca mantre$U\n\nquoted, 65\n\nTapana Misra\n\nSu$ka-vairagya-jnana saba\nSupreme Lord\n\nverses quoted,274-275\n\nmet ROpa at V arlir:Jasi, 417\n\nactivities of spiritual potency of de-\n\nunh appy hearing bla sphemy\n\nas creator of planetary systems, 73\n\nwanted to accompany Caitanya to Puri,\n\nscribed in Vedic literatures, 314\n\nas protector of surrendered souls, 70\n\nCaitanya, 302\n\n396-397\n\nastonishes all living entities, 52\n\nTasmad gururil prapadyeta\n\nCaitanya as, 299-300, 308\n\nTaste\n\nattracted by Radhlirlir:Ji, 44\n\nglorified by hymns and prayers, 383\nhas inconceivable energies, 345\n\nhearing Bhagavatam attaches one to,\n\n381\n\nof\n\nverse quoted,271\n\narises from firm faith, 8\n\nawakens for hearing and chanting, 7\n\ndevelops from becoming fixed in devotional service, 10\n\n", "mad9#p0537": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n510\n\nTaste\n\nfor chanting as symptom of ecstatic\n\nTyaktva deharil punar janma naiti\nquoted,53,263,443\n\nemotion, 12\n\nheart softened by, 4-5\nof love of God increases, 25\n\nu\n\nof permanent ecstasy mixed with other\necstatic symptoms, 28-29\n\nUdara-dhib\nmeaning of word,127\n\nTatastha-lak�al)a\nas marginal symptom of bhava, 5\n\nUdbhasante svadhamniti\nverse quoted,31\n\nTatha dehantara-prapti dhiras tatra\nquoted, 407\n\nUdbhasvara\nsymptoms of, 32\n\nTatra jfieya vibhavas tu\n\nUddhava\n\nverse quoted, 30\n\ndefines bhakti, 6\n\nTatra soma-gatis caiva\n\nquoted on characteristics of Kr�r;�a,316\n\nverses quoted, 72-73\n\nUddipana\n\nTattva-sagara\n\nas division of vibhava, 30\n\nquoted on spiritual initiation,276\n\nUddipanas tu te prokta\n\nTa varil vastanyusmasi gamadhyai\n\nverses quoted,30-31\n\nverse quoted, 7 4\n\nUdgharl)a\n\nTayor eko ba/abhadro babhava\n\nas division of mohana stage, 38\n\nverses quoted, 75\n\nas aspect of transcendental madness,\n\nTime\n\nhappiness and distress attained in\ncourse of, 174\n\nincarnations\n\n39\nUjjaharatmanab kesau sita-kr$1Jau\n\npresented\n\nquoted, 75\n\nVe d i c\n\nknowledge according to, 346\n\nUjjvala-nilamal)i\nquoted on adhirut;iha ecstasies, 36-37\n\nmust be utilized for Kr��Ja, 14\nshould not be wasted, 12, 14\n\nquoted on pOrva-raga, 41\n\nof all obstacles on path of Kr��Ja con­\n\nquoted on vipra/ambha, 39\n\nquoted on qualities of Radharar;�i, 56\n\nTolerance\n\nsciousness, 14\n\nUnited Nations\n\ntwo classes of, 140-141\n\nfailure of,404\n\nTransmigration\n\nUniverses\n\nGita quoted on, 137\n\ncreated by external potency, 92 -93\n\nTruth\napparent\n\nis\n\nillusory\n\nUma\nas wife of Siva,73\n\nTranscendentalists\n\nenergy\n\nwithout\n\nKr��Ja,361\n\nUrukrama\nmeanings of word,90-93\nUpadesamrta\n\nTulasi\n\nquoted on what is a gosvami, 268\n\nas Kr�r;�a's favorite plant, 31\nKu m a r a s a t t r a c t e d\n\nby\n\naroma\n\nof,\n\nUpani�ads\n\n102-103, 143, 386\n\nCaitanya explains direct meaning of,\n\n278\n\ncan't be understood without studying\n\nleaves of to be collected in morning,\nsalagrama-sila should be worshiped\nwith, 282\nvalue of worship of, 229-230\n\n308\n\nBhagavatam, 384\n\nSarikaracarya gives up direct meaning\nof,309\n\n", "mad9#p0538": "General Index\n\n511\n\nVara�asi\n\nUpayurpari tatrapi\nverses quoted, 72-73\nUtkaQthitam viyogas cety\nquoted, 36\n\nCaitanya came to sell ecstatic love in,\n391-392\n\nCaitanya delivered people of, 396\ndeliverance of sannyasis of described in\nAdi-lila, Chapter Seven, 298\n\nv\n\ninhabitants of discussed conversion of\nMayavadis, 305-306\n\nmaha-mantra chanted by inhabitants of,\nVaiku��ha\n\nby regulative devotional service one attains, 125\n\nfive qualities exist in Naraya�a in, 51\n\nmaintained by opulences of the Lord,\n92, 93\nNarada can go to, 211\n\nsituated in spiritual world, 73\n\nVaiku��ha-lokas\n\nSee: Vaiku��ha\nVai��ava\n\nacaryas accept form of Kr��a, 315\n\nanyone can become, 66\n\n390\n\nROpa and Anupama returned to, 416\nturned into another Navadvipa, 391\n\nVarf)asrama\nwithout worship\n\ndown from, 159\n\nof Vi��u\n\nVarQ!iSramacaravata puru$ef)a\nverses quoted, 129\nVarf)asrama-dharma\nas scientific system, 405\n\nmeant for human beings, 129-130\n\nspiritual master above considerations\nof, 300\n\ndoesn't stock food for next day, 241\n\nVasudeva\n\nmust be accepted from all parts of the\n\nKr��a as son of, 380\nVedas\n\nduty of to travel and preach, 239\nworld, 362\n\nneeds not be anxious for bodily maintenance, 240\n\none falls\n\nKr��a is to be known by, 328\n\none can't come to the right path by\nstudying, 328\n\npossesses mystic power, 18\n\nstudy of doesn't fully satisfy Kr��a,\n\nPrakasananda became, 391\n\n373\nVedanta-sOtra\nAbsolute Truth as person according to,\n\nS a n a t a n a i n s t r u c t e d to e n u n c i a t e\nbehavior of, 62\n\n325\n\nVaisyas\ncan approach supreme destination,\n195,275\n\nVakresvara\n\nBhagavatam gives actual meaning of,\n377-378\nCaitanya explains, 308\n\nmet Caitanya at Puri, 422\n\nMayavadi sannyasis gave up study of,\n\ncaused three worlds to tremble, 90-91\n\nSankaracarya covered import of, 321\n\nVamana\n\nVamana-dvadasi\n\nshould be observed, 286\n\n307\n\nVedic literature\ncelebrates Kr��a, 316\n\nVa�inatha Raya\n\ndescriptions of Kr��a's spiritual potency\n\nVanaprastha\n\nSankaracarya tried to refute, 326-327\n\nmet Caitanya at Puri, 424\nprocess of renunciation at stage of,\n228\n\nshould bathe twice a day, 277\n\nin, 314\n\nVibhava\n\nactivates hearing and chanting, 28\ndivisions of, 30-31\n\n", "mad9#p0539": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n512\n\nVibhavair anubhavais ca\n\nVrajabhumi\n\nVibhavyate hi raty-adir\n\nVrndavana\n\nverses quoted, 28\n\nverses quoted, 30\n\nSee: Vrndavana\nas holy place, 12\nattraction of men and women of to\n\nVijnana\nas result of devotional service, 353\n\nKr�r:Ja, 110\nCaitanya\n\nVipralambha\ndefined, 40\nfour divisions of, 40-41\n\nISKCON temple in, 398-399\n\nBrahma and Siva not on level of, 339\n\nSanatana and Rupa empowered to carry\n\nfeelings of possessiveness in relation to,\n\nout work in, 62, 291\n\nSanatana remained in, 416\n\n6\nform of worshiped in heart, 166\n\nspontaneous devotional service in,\n\none should always remember, 277\n\n124-125\n\nParik�it requests saints to chant names\n\nSubuddhi Raya showed Rupa forests of,\n\nof, 13\n\n412\nVyabhicari\nactivates hearing and chanting, 28\n\nwithout worship of one falls down from\nvarl)asrama-dharma, 159\n\nas ecstatic emotions, 33\nVyaktaril ma?[l)itevantarverses quoted, 26\n\nVi$1)U Pural)a\n\n.\nquoted on Absolute Truth as summum\n\nto give\n\nglories of described, 196-197\n\nas Supreme Lord, 339\n\nVamana as incarnation of, 90\n\nSanatana\n\nCaitanya sent Subuddhi Raya to, 407\n\nVi�r:JU\n\nthree categories of potency of, 255\n\nordered\n\nshelter to devotees in, 398\n\nVyasadeva\nas a u t h o r of\n\nbonum, 118\nquoted on kesa-avatara, 75\n\nVedant a-sDtra, 347,\n\n377-378\n\nquoted on three potencies of Vi�r:Ju,\n\nas compiler of Bhagavatam, 381\nas spiritual master of author's disciplic\n\n255\nquoted on varl)asrama-dharma, 129\nVi�r:JusvamT\n\nsuccession, 222\nas Supreme Lord, 346\n\nKr�r:Ja c o n s c i o u s n e s s m o v e m e n t\n\ncauseless mercy of, 346\n\nfollows, 32B\n\ndevotional service of as celebrated, 194\n\nVisva-prakasa dictionary\n\nmade\n\natma defined in, 87\n\na\n\nmistake\n\naccording\n\nto\n\nSarikaracarya, 319\n\nca defined in, 115\n\nSukadeva Gosvami as son of, 105\n\nnirgrantha defined in, 89\n\nSukadeva studied Bhagavatam by grace\n\nquoted on meaning of api, 116\n\nof, 144\n\nquoted on meaning of karma, 93\n\nsummarized six philosophical theses in\n\nVisvesvara\n\nVedanta codes, 325\n\nCaitanya visited temple of, 395\nVivasa-ce�ta\nas aspect of transcendental madness,\n\n39\nVivasvan\none who worships, 273\nViyoga\nas division of each mellow, 35\nSee also: Separation\n\nw\nWar\nas result of animal killing, 221\n\nWealth\n\ndevotees shouldn't flatter those intoxicated by, 70\n\n", "mad9#p0540": "General Index\n\nWealth\n\n513\n\nYasoda\n\nof Kr�oa, 48\n\nas shelter in mellow of paternal affec­\n\nWomen\n\ntion, 57\n\ncan approach supreme destination, 275\ncaptivated by flute of Kr�oa, 110\nKr�oa attracts minds of, 48\n\nVrndavana as kingdom of, 73\nYas tu narayaT)arh devarh\nverses quoted, 273\n\nWorld, material\n\nYasya deve para bhaktir yathii\n\nappears real to sages and demigods,\n\nquoted, 225, 258\n\n380\natmarama verse eradicates darkness of,\n82\nKr�oa Supreme Soul of, 315\n\nYathii kaficanatarh yati\n\nspiritual master extinguishes fire of, 300\n\nYoga\n\nverses quoted, 64, 276, 363\nYe 'py anya-devata bhakta\nverses quoted, 272\n\nSupreme Lord is not a creation of, 360\n\nas division of each mellow, 35\n\nunder control of Devi, 73\n\nCita quoted on practice of system of,\n\nWorld, spiritual\n\n168-169\n\nbefore creation Kr�oa existed in, 371\n\nleads to realization of Supersoul, 123\n\neverything in is one, 211\n\nthree divisions of advancement in, 167\n\nVaikuotha-lokas situated in, 73\n\nthree types of, 36\n\nWorship\nof\n\nYogendras\nDeity conducted by\n\nWestern\n\nVai�oavas, 362\nof Kr�oa by everyone, 48\nSa natana\n\ninstructed to\n\nattracted to qualities of Kr�oa, 145-146\nYogis\nthirteen types of, 170\n\nestablish\n\nVrndavana method of, 62\n\ntwo types of atmaramas, 165-166\nYoga 'pi kathitab siddhis ,\nquoted, 36\nYouthfulness\n\ny\n\nof Kr�oa's body, 45\nof Supreme Lord, 51\n\nYadu dynasty\nstories concerning destruction of, 74-75\nYamuna\ndancing in ecstasy on bank of, 37\nYare dekha, tare kaha 'kr?FJa'-upadesa\nverses quoted, 239\n\nYudhi�thira Maharaja\nquoted on mahiijanas, 328\nYuktahara-vihiirasya\nverse quoted, 63\nYOnor ayuktayor bhavo\nverses quoted, 39\n\n", "mad9#p0541": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada appeared in this world\nin 1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvati Gosvami, in Calcutta in 1922. Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati, a prominent\ndevotional scholar and the founder of sixty-four Gau<;liya Ma�has (Vedic Institutes), liked this educated young man and convinced him to dedicate his life to\nteaching Vedic knowledge. Srila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven\nyears later (1933) at Allahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in 1922, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura requested\nSrila Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge through the English language. In\n\nthe years that followed, Srila Prabhupada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavadgita, assisted the Gau<;liya Ma�ha in its work and, in 1944, without assistance,\n\nstarted an English fortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and\nchecked the galley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies freely and\nstruggled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the magazine never stopped;\nit is now being continued by his disciples in the West.\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion, the\nGauc;liya Vai�r:Java Society honored him in 1947 with the title \"Bhaktivedanta.\" In\n1950, at the age of fifty-four, Srila Prabhupada retired from married life, and four\n\nyears later he adopted the vanaprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his\nstudies and writing. Srila Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of Vrndavana,\n\nwhere he lived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and writing.\nHe accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in 1959. At Radha-Damodara,\n\nSrila Prabhupada began work on his life's masterpiece: a multivolume translation\n\nand commentary on the eighteen thousand verse Srimad-Bhagavatam\n(Bhagavata Puraf)a). He also wrote Easy journey to Other Planets.\n\nAfter publishing three volumes of Bhagavatam, Srila Prabhupada came to the\n\nUnited States, in 1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual master. Since that time,\nHis Divine Grace has written over forty volumes of authoritative translations,\ncommentaries and summary studies of the philosophical and religious classics of\nIndia.\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Srila Prabhupada\nwas practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great difficulty that he\nestablished the International Society for Krishna Consciousness in july of 1966.\nUnder his careful guidance, the Society has grown within a decade to a world­\n\nwide confederation of almost one hundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes\nand farm communities.\n\nIn 1968, Srila Prabhupada created New Vrndavana, an experimental Vedic community in the hills of West Virginia. Inspired by the success of New Vrndavana,\nnow a thriving farm community of more than one thousand acres, his students\nhave since founded several similar communities in the United States and abroad.\n\n515\n\n", "mad9#p0542": "516\n\nSri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and second­\n\nary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in Dallas, Texas. The\n\nschool began with 3 children in 1972, and by the beginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\nSrila Prabhupada has also inspired the construction of a large international\ncenter at Sridhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also the site for a\nplanned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the magnificent Kr�t:�aBalarama Temple and International Guest House in Vrndavana, India. These are\ncenters where Westerners can live to gain firsthand experience of Vedic culture.\nSrila Prabhupada's most significant contribution, however, is his books. Highly\nrespected by the academic community for their authoritativeness, depth and\nclarity, they are used as standard textbooks in numerous college courses. His\nwritings have been translated into eleven languages. The Bhaktivedanta Book\nTrust, established in 1972 exclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace,\nhas thus become the world's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian\nreligion and philosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Srila Prabhupada's\nmost recent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-completed\n\nby Srila Prabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali religious classic Sri\nCaitanya-caritamrta.\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Srila Prabhupada has circled\nthe globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to six continents. In\nspite of such a vigorous schedule, Srila Prabhupada continues to write prolifically.\nHis writings constitute a veritable library of Vedic philosophy, religion, literature\nand culture.\n\n", "mad9#p0543": "(continued from front flap)\nMadhya-lila (the middle period), the\n\nlongest of the three, is a detailed narration of\nSri Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels\nthroughout India as a renounced mendicant,\nteacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and\n\nmystic. Finally, Antya-lila (the final period)\nconcerns the last eighteen years of Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's manifest presence, spent in\nsemiseclusion in Jagannatha Puri, Orissa.\nDuring these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted\n\ndeeper and deeper into trances of spiritual\n\necstasy unparalleled in all of religious and\nliterary history, Eastern or Western.\n, Kr�r;�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami, the author of\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta, was a great saint and\n\na confidential disciple and student of\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami, the renowned\n\nascetic saint who was one of the most inti­\n\nmate disciples of Sri Caitanya. He com­\n\nmenced work on the text while in his late\n\nnineties and in failing health, as he vividly\ndescribes in the text itself: \"I have now be­\n\ncome too old and disturbed in invalidity.\nWhile writing, my hands tremble. I cannot\nremember anything, nor can I see or hear\nproperly. Still I write, and this is a great\nwonder.\" That he nevertheless completed,\nunder such debilitating conditions, the\n\ngreatest literary gem of medieval India is\n\nsurely one of the wonders of literary history.\n\nThe English translation and commentary is\nthe work of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's\nmost distinguished scholar and teacher of\n\nIndian religious and philosophical thought.\nHe himself is a disciplic descendant of Sri\n\nCaitanya, and his intimate familiarity with\nthe precepts of Caitanya Mahaprabhu emi­\n\nnently qualifies him to present this important classic to the English-speaking world.\n\nThe ease and clarity with which he ex­\n\npounds upon Sri Caitanya's precepts lures\neven a reader totally unfamiliar with Indian\nreligious tradition into a genuine understanding and appreciation of this profound\nand monumental work.\n\nThe entire text, with commentary, presented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust,\n\nrepresents a contribution of major impor­\n\ntance to the intellectual, cultural and\nspiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n", "mad9#p0544": "MADHYA-LILA\n\\blume9\n\nSRI\nCAITANYACARITAMRTA\n•\n\n-JmNEGaAO:\n\nSrT Caitanya-caritAmrta is the authorized work on the �fe and teachings of Srt\nKW,�a Caitanya-the philosopher, saint, spiritual preceptor, mystic and divine\nincarnation who pioneered a great social and religious movement in Sixteenth\nCentury India His teachings, which embody the highest philosophical and\ntheolgoical truths, have affected centuries of religious and philosophical\nthinkers until the present day.\nThis translation and co mmen tary on the original Bengali text is the work of\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada (pictured above), the\nworld's most distinguished scholar and teacher of lndan thought and culture\nand author of the best-seUi� Bhagavad-glta As It Is. This translation of ��\n\nCaitanya-caritAmrta represents a contribution of major importance to the\n\nintellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n•\n\nTHE\nBHAKTIVEDANTA\nBOOK TRUST\n\n", "mad9#p0545": "", "ant1#p0001": "", "ant1#p0002": "", "ant1#p0003": "-\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAMRTA\n•\n\n", "ant1#p0004": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace AC. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nSrTmad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-5 (1 5 Vols.)\nSrT Caitanya-caritamrta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSrT Tsopani�ad\nEasy journey to Other Planets\nKr�Qa Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr�Qa, The Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nKrsna, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nTh·� Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�Qa\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Krsna Consciousness\nKr�Qa Conscio�sness: The Matchless Gift\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\nA complete catalogue is available upon request\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "ant1#p0005": "All Glory to SrT Guru and Gaurariga\n\nSRI CAITJ\\NYACARITAIRTA\n•\n\nof Km1adasa Kaviraja Gosvami\n\nAntya-lila\nVolume One\n\n\"The Lord's Pastimes with Srila Riipa Gosvami,\nJunior Haridasa and Srila Haridasa Thakura\"\n\nwith the original Bengali tex�\nRoman transliterations, synonyms,\ntranslation and elaborate purports\n\nby\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\n/l.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Ac�rya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London ·Bombay\n\n", "ant1#p0006": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n©1975 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-93206\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-72-2\n\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "ant1#p0007": "Contents\n\nIntroduction\n\nChapter 1\n\nvi\n\nSrila ROpa Gosvami's Second Meeting\nwith the Lord\n\n1\n\nChapter 2\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n127\n\nChapter 3\n\nThe Glories of Srila Haridasa Thakura\n\n207\n\nReferences\n\n349\n\nGlossary\n\n351\n\nBengali Pronunciation Guide\n\n355\n\nIndex of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n357\n\nGeneral Index\n\n375\n\nv\n\n", "ant1#p0008": "Introduction\nSri Caitanya-caritiimrta is the principal work on the life and teachings of Sri\n\nKr�r:Ja Caitanya. Sri Caitanya is the pioneer of a great social and religious move­\n\nment which began in India a little less than five hundred years ago and which has\n\ndirectly and indirectly influenced the subsequent course of religious and phiiosophical thinking not only in India but in the recent West as well.\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is regarded as a figure of great historical significance.\n\nHowever, our conventional method of historical analysis-that of seeing a man as\n\na product of his times-fails here. Sri Caitanya is a personality who transcends the\n\nlimited scope of historical settings.\n\nAt a time when, in the West, man was directing his explorative spirit toward\n\nstudying the structure of the physical universe and circumnavigating the world in\nsearch of new oceans and continents, Sri Kr�r:Ja Caitanya, in the East, was in­\n\naugurating and masterminding a revolution directed inward, toward a scientific\nunderstanding of the highest knowledge of man's spiritual nature.\n\nThe chief historical sources for the life of Sri Kr�r:Ja Caitanya are the ka{iacas (di­\n\naries) kept by Murari Gupta and Svaropa Damodara GosvamT. Murari Gupta, a\n\nphysician and close associate of Sri Caitanya's, recorded extensive notes on the\nfirst twenty-four years of Sri Caitanya's life, culminating in his initiation into the\nrenounced order, sannyasa. The events of the rest of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's for­\n\nty-eight years are recorded in the diary of SvarOpa Damodora Gosvami, another of\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's intimate associates.\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is divided into three sections called lilas, which literally\n\nmeans \"pastimes\"-Adi-/i/a (the early period), Madhya-IT/a (the middle period)\n\nand Antya-lila (the final period). The notes of Murari Gupta form the basis of the\n\nAdi-lila, and SvarOpa Damodara's diary provides the details for the Madhya- and\n\nAntya-lilas.\n\nThe first twelve of the seventeen chapters of Adi-lila constitute the preface for\n\nthe entire work. By referring to Vedic scriptural evidence, this preface establishes\nSri Caitanya as the avatara (incarnation) of Kr�r:Ja (God) for the age of Kali-the\ncurrent epoch, beginning five thousand years ago and characterized by material­\n\nism, hypocrisy and dissension. In these descriptions, Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\n\nis identical with Lord Kr�r:Ja, descends to liberally grant pure love of God to the\nfallen\n\nsouls\n\nof\n\nthis\n\ndegraded\n\nage\n\nby\n\npropagating\n\nsar'lkirtana-literally,\n\n\"congregational glorification of God\"-especially by organizing massive public\n\nchanting of the maha-mantra (Great Chant for Deliverance). The esoteric purpose\n\nof Lord Caitanya's appearance in the world is revealed, his co-avataras and prin­\n\ncipal devotees are described and his teachings are summarized. The remaining\n\nportion of Adi-li/a, chapters thirteen through seventeen, briefly recounts his\n\ndivine birth and his life until he accepted the renounced order. This includes his\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and early philosophical confrontations, as\n\nwell as his organization of a widespread sankirtana movement and his civil disobe­\n\ndience against the repression of the Mohammedan government.\n\nvi\n\n", "ant1#p0009": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\nThe subject of Madhya-lila, the longest of the three divisions, is a detailed narration of Lord Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels throughout India as a\nrenounced mendicant, teacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and mystic. During this period of six years, Sri Caitanya transmits his teachings to his principal disciples. He debates and converts many of the most renowned philosophers and\ntheologians of his time, including Sarikarites, Buddhists and Muslims, and incorporates their many thousands of followers and disciples into his own burgeoning\nnumbers. A dramatic account of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's miraculous activities at\nthe giant Jagannatha Cart Festival in Orissa is also included in this section.\n\nAntya-lila concerns the last eighteen years of Sri Caitanya's manifest presence,\n\nspent in semiseclusion near the famous Jagannatha temple at Jagannatha Puri in\nOrissa. During these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted deeper and deeper into\ntrances of spiritual ecstasy unparalleled in all of religious and literary history,\nEastern or Western. Sri Caitanya's perpetual and ever-increasing religious\nbeatitude, graphically described in the eyewitness accounts of SvarOpa Damodara\nGosvami, his constant companion during this period, clearly defy the investigative\nand descriptive abilities of modern psychologists and phenomenologists of\nreligious experience.\nThe author of this great classic, Kr�t:�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami, born in the year\n1507, was a disciple of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, a confidential follower of\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Raghunatha dasa, a renowned ascetic saint, heard and\nmemorized all the activities of Caitanya Mahaprabhu told to him by SvarOpa\nDamodara. After the passing away of SrT Caitanya and SvarOpa Damodara,\nRaghunatha dasa, unable to bear the pain of separation from these objects of his\ncomplete devotion, traveled to Vrndavana, intending to commit suicide by jumping from Govardhana Hill. In Vrndavana, however, he encountered ROpa Gosvami\nand Sanatana Gosvami, the most confidential disciples of Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThey convinced him to give up his plan of suicide and impelled him to reveal to\nthem the spiritually inspiring events of Lord Caitanya's later life. Kr�t:�adasa Kaviraja\nGosvami was also residing in Vrndavana at this time, and Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami endowed him with a full comprehension of the transcendental life of Sri\nCaitanya\nBy this time, several biographical works had already been written on the life of\nSri Caitanya by contemporary and near-contemporary scholars and devotees.\n\nThese included Sri Caitanya-carita by Murari Gupta, Caitanya-marigala by Locana\n\ndasa Thakura and Caitanya-bhagavata. This latter text, a work by Vrndavana dasa\nThakura, who was then considered the principal authority on Sri Caitanya's life,\nwas highly revered. While composing his important work, Vrndavana dasa, fearing\nthat it would become too voluminous, avoided elaborately describing many of\n\nthe events of SrT Caitanya's life, particulary the later ones. Anxious to hear of these\nlater pastimes, the devotees of Vrndavana requested Kr�t:�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami,\n\nwhom they respected as a great saint, to compose a book to narrate these\n\nvii\n\n", "ant1#p0010": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\nepisodes in detail. Upon this request, and with the permission and blessings of the\nMadana-mohana Deity of Vrndavana, he began compiling Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\n\nwhich, due to its biographical excellence and thorough exposition of Lord\nCaitanya's profound philosophy and teachings, is regarded as the most significant\nof biographical works on Sri Caitanya.\nHe commenced work on the text while in his late nineties and in failing health,\nas he vividly describes in the text itself: \"I have now become too old and disturbed in invalidity. While writing, my hands tremble. I cannot remember anything, nor can I see or hear properly. Still I write, and this is a great wonder.\" That\nhe nevertheless completed, under such debilitating conditions, the greatest literary gem of medieval India is surely one of the wonders of literary history.\nThis English translation and commentary is the work of His Divine Grace A. C.\nBhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of Indian religious and philosophical thought. His commentary is based upon two\nBengali commentaries, one by his teacher Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami,\nthe eminent Vedic scholar who predicted, \"The time will come when the people\n\nof the world will learn Bengali to read Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\" and the other by\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta's father, Bhaktivinoda Thakura.\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada is himself a disciplic\ndescendant of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and he is the first scholar to execute\nsystematic English translations of the major works of Sri Caitanya's followers. His\nconsummate Bengali and Sanskrit scholarship and intimate familiarity with the\nprecepts of Sri Kr�r:Ja Caitanya are a fitting combination that eminently qualifies\nhim to present this important classic to the English-speaking world. The ease and\nclarity with which he expounds upon difficult philosophical concepts lures even a\nreader totally unfamiliar with Indian religious tradition into a genuine understanding and appreciation of this profound and monumental work.\nThe entire text, with commentary, presented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, represents a contribution of major importance to the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n\nviii\n\n", "ant1#p0011": "", "ant1#p0012": "", "ant1#p0013": "", "ant1#p0014": "", "ant1#p0015": "", "ant1#p0016": "", "ant1#p0017": "", "ant1#p0018": "", "ant1#p0019": "", "ant1#p0020": "", "ant1#p0021": "", "ant1#p0022": "", "ant1#p0023": "", "ant1#p0024": "", "ant1#p0025": "", "ant1#p0026": "", "ant1#p0027": "", "ant1#p0028": "", "ant1#p0029": "", "ant1#p0030": "", "ant1#p0031": "", "ant1#p0032": "", "ant1#p0033": "", "ant1#p0034": "CHAPTER 1\n\nSrila Rupa Gosvami's\nSecond Meeting with the Lord\nA summary of the First Chapter is given by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura in his\n\nAmrta-pravaha-bha?ya as follows. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned to\n\nJagannatha Puri from Vrndavana, all His devotees from other parts of India, upon\nreceiving the auspicious news, came to Puru�ottama-k�etra, or Jagannatha Puri.\n\nSivananda Sena took a dog with him and even paid fees for it to cross the river.\n\nOne night, however, the dog could not get any food and therefore went directly\n\nto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu at Jagannatha Puri. The next day, when Sivananda\n\nand his party reached Jagannatha Puri, Sivananda saw the dog eating some\ncoconut pulp offered to it by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. After this incident, the\ndog was liberated and went back home, back to Godhead.\nMeanwhile,\n\nSrila\n\nROpa\n\nGosvami\n\nreached\n\nBengal,\n\nafter\n\nreturning\n\nfrom\n\nVrndavana. Although he could not follow the Bengali devotees, after some time\n\nhe then came to Jagannatha Puri, where he stayed with Haridasa Thakura. Srila\n\nROpa Gosvami composed an important verse, beginning with the words priyah so\n'yam, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu relished it very much. One day when Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, Ramananda Raya and Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya went to\n\nsee Haridasa Thakura, the Lord saw the verse ROpa Gosvami had composed as an\nintroduction to his books Lalita-madhava and Vidagdha-madhava. After examin­\n\ning the manuscripts of these two books, Ramananda Raya approved and appreci­\n\nated them very much. After the period of Caturmasya, all the devotees who had\ncome from Bengal returned to their homes. Srila ROpa Gosvami, however,\n\nremained at Jagannatha Puri for some time.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n'�!.� \"''mti! '�� 11_�<!1�� f'!Jll\n�e.�� �� '!ft\"' fl�ij\\!\"�� II � II\npangurh langhayate sailarh\nmukam avartayec chrutim\nyat-krpa tam aharh vande\nknQa-caitanyam isvaram\n\n1\n\n", "ant1#p0035": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n2\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSYNONYMS\nparigum-one who is lame; /arighayate-causes to cross over; sailam-a\nmountain; makam-one who is dumb; avartayet-can cause to recite; srutimVedic literature;\n\nyat-krpa-the mercy of whom; tam-unto Him; aham-1;\n\nvande-offer obeisances; kr�Qa-caitanyam-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is\n\nKr�r;�a Himself; isvaram-the Lord.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances to Sri Kr�Qa Caitanya Mahaprabhu, by\nwhose mercy even a lame man can cross over a mountain and a dumb man\nrecite Vedic literature.\nTEXT 2\n\n1'$fr;11 ?ffQr �!tfi� 'at'le.?ftlif�r;\\!('fl: I\nllll\"f?fi-�m�tr;i{i{ ��= �..�\"llfil1l\" � \"\ndurgame pathi me 'ndhasya\n\nskhalat-pada-gater muhub\n\nsva-krpa-ya�ti-danena\n\nsantab santv avalambanam\nSYNONYMS\ndurgame-very difficult; pathi-on the path; me-of me; andhasya-one who\nis blind; skha/at-slipping; pada-on feet; gateb-whose manner of moving;\nmuhub-again and again;\n\nsva-krpa-of their own mercy; ya�ti-the stick;\n\ndanena-by giving; santab-those saintly persons; santu-let that become;\navalambanam-my support.\nTRANSLATION\nMy path is very difficult. I am blind, and my feet are slipping again and\nagain. Therefore, may the saints help me by granting me the stick of their\nmercy as my support.\nTEXT 3-4\n\n!l11i?t, �i{t�, �\"t�� I\n��' C:�t?fti'{� liftJI·�t-t II -e II\nllll � ��11' �i!\"'i if'l �\"'ii I\n�� '�r;\\! �\"ii{t-f, �<if�-�'1 II 8 ll\n,\n\n", "ant1#p0036": "Text 5]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n3\n\nsri-rupa, sanatana, bhatta-raghunatha\nsri-jiva, gopala-bhatta, dasa-raghunatha\nei chaya gurura karoli caraQa vandana\nyaha haite vighna-nasa, abhi?ta-paraQa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-of the name Sri ROpa; sanatana-of the name Sanatana; bhattaraghunatha-of the name Bhatta Raghunatha; sri-jiva-of the name Sri jiva;\ngopala-bhatta-of the name Gopala Bhatta; dasa-raghunatha-of the name Dasa\nRaghunatha; ei chaya-these six; gurura-of spiritual masters; karoli-1 offer;\ncaraQa vandana-prayers to the lotus feet; yaha hai te\n\nfrom which; vighna­\n\n-\n\nnasa-destruction of all impediments; abhi?ta-paraQa-fulfillment of desires.\nTRANSLATION\nI pray to the lotus feet of the six Gosvamis-Sri Rupa, Sanatana, Bhatta\nRaghunatha, Sri Jiva, Gopala Bhatta and Dasa Raghunatha-so that all impediments to my writing this literature will be annihilated and my real desire will\nbe fulfilled.\nPURPORT\nIf one wants to benefit the entire world, he will certainly find persons like hogs\nand pigs who will put forward many impediments. That is natural. But if a devotee\nseeks shelter at the lotus feet of the six Gosvamis, the merciful Gosvamis will certainly give the Lord's servitor all protection. It is not astonishing that impediments\nare placed before those who are spreading the Kr�t:�a consciousness movement all\nover the world. Nevertheless, if we adhere to the lotus feet of the six Gosvamis\nand pray for their mercy, all impediments will be annihilated, and the transcendental devotional desire to serve the Supreme Lord will be fulfilled.\nTEXT 5\n\n�t� ��) �trti!Jf Jf\"lJI\"t\\!�\" I\nJfe.����� 1ft't1·1!lf�t�til) II Q\" II\njayatarh suratau paligor\nmama manda-mater gati\nmat-sarvasva-padambhojau\nradha-madana-mohanau\nSYNONYMS\njayatam-all glory to; su-ratau-most merciful, or attached in conjugal love;\npaligo/:1-of one who is lame; mama-of me; manda ma te /:1\n-\n\nfoolish ; gati-\n\n-\n\n", "ant1#p0037": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n4\n\nrefuge;\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nmat-my; sarva-sva-everything; pada-ambhojau-whose lotus feet;\n\nradha-madana-mohanau -RadharaQT and Madana-mohana.\nTRANSLATION\nGlory to the all-merciful Radha and Madana-rnohana! I am lame and illadvised, yet They are my directors, and Their lotus feet are everything to me.\nTEXT 6\n\n��J'f.1\"ft1{'1J�IIIilPift�:�Jlijfft'$fHfjf����t•� I\n��-Si'ft�ifft'ft�\n,��F6: '��Jlrtt� �tf1f \" � \"\ndrvyad-vrndaral')ya-ka/pa-drumadha/:1srrmad-ratnagara-sirhhasana-sthau\nsrlmad-radha-srrla-govinda-devau\npre?thalibhi/:l sevyamanau smarami\nSYNONYMS\ndrvyat-shi n ing; vrnda-aral')ya-in the forest of Vrndavana; kalpa-drumadesire tree; adha/:l-beneath; srimat-most beautiful; ratna-agara-in a temple of\njewels; sirhha-asana-sthau-sitting on a throne; srlmat-very beautiful; radhaSrimati RadharaQT; srrla-govinda-devau-and Sri Govindadeva; pre?tha-alrbhi/:1by most confidential associates; sevyamanau-being served; smarami-1 remember.\nTRANSLATION\nIn a temple of jewels in V�ndavana, underneath a desire tree, Sri Sri RadhaGovinda, served by Their most confidential associates, sit upon an effulgent\nthrone. I offer my humble obeisances unto Them.\nTEXT 7\n\n81ftll�rt�P�ttVT �,Ji\\'<t�'!iM:�: 1\n� �'l_���i\\tr;'$fti\\t�tQf� f��IW �: U 'l II\nsrlman-rasa-rasarambhr\nvarhsrvata-tata-sthita/:l\nkar?an vel')u-svanair goplr\ngopl-natha/:1 sriye 'stu na/:l\n\n", "ant1#p0038": "Text 9]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n5\n\nSYNONYMS\nsriman-most beautiful;\n\nrasa-of the rasa dance;\n\nrasa-of the mellow;\n\narambhi-the initiator; varhsi-vata-of the name Varhsiva�a; tata-on the shore;\nsth ita/:1-standing;\n\nveQu-of the flute;\n\nkar�an-attracting;\n\nsvanai /:1-by the\n\nsounds; gopi/:1-the cowherd girls; gopi natha/:1-Sri Gopinatha; sriye-benedic-\n\ntion; astu-let there be; na/:1-our.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Srila Gopinatha, who originated the transcendental mellow of the rasa\ndance, stands on the shore at Varilsivafa and attracts the attention of the\ncowherd damsels with the sound of His celebrated flute. May they all confer\nupon us their benediction.\nTEXT 8\n\ni!Jfi � �� iSf1l\n\nfi{i!Jti{\"f I\n\n���i!! iSf1l c;'$f�·� II lr II\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\n\nSYNONYMS\n•\njaya jaya sri caitanya-all glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya nityanan•\n\nda-all glories to Sri Nityananda Prabhu; jaya advaita-candra-all glories to\nAdvaita Prabhu; jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda-all glories to the devotees of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityananda!\nAll glories to Advaita Acarya! All glories to the devotees of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu!\nTEXT 9\n\n��i-TI\"ff :ff::.��r;i! �r�( �(i{ ,\n\n�·l�ii'fl-<t(i{ f�i; �i{, ���'I II � II\nmadhya-lila satik�epete kariluti varQana\nantya-lila-varQana kichu suna, bhakta-gaQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nmadhya-lila-pastimes known as Madhya-lila; sank�epete-in brief; karilun\nvarQana-1 have described; antya-lifa-the last pastimes; varQana-description;\nkic hu-something; suna-hear; bhakta-gaQa-0 devotees.\n\n", "ant1#p0039": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n6\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have briefly described the pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in the\nMadhya-lila. Now I shall attempt to describe something about His last\npastimes, which are known as the Antya-lila.\nTEXT 10\n\n'1{��1-'ltr;-o '61.:tift�1-�'St'l I\n'J(�t'l ��r;..r;9fr;� �f�tf� �(it II �\n\no\n\nII\n\nmadhya-lila-madhye antya-lila-sutra-gaQa\npurva-granthe sar'1k$epete kariyachi varQana\nSYNONYMS\nmadhya-/ila-madhye-within the Madhya-lila chapters; antya-lila-sutra-gaQathe\n\ncodes\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nAntya-lila;\n\npurva-granthe-in\n\nthe\n\nprevious\n\nchapter;\n\nsar'1k$epete-in brief; kariyachi varQana-1 have described.\nTRANSLATION\nI have briefly described the Antya-lila in codes within the Madhya-lila.\nTEXT 11\n\n'611fif Qt�, �� iSftf.mi 1A''I I\n�� �iii '\"'ttiti �i �OOlt� �(it II � � II\nami jara-grasta, nikate janiya maraQa\nantya kono kono lila kariyachi varQana\nSYNONYMS\nami jara-grasta-1 am invalid because of old a ge; nikate-very near; janiyaknowin g;\n\nmaraQa-death;\n\nantya\n\nfinal;\n\n-\n\nkana\n\nkano-some;\n\nlila-pas ti mes;\n\nkariyachi varQana-1 have described.\nTRANSLATION\nI am now almost an invalid because of old age, and I know that at any\nmoment I may die. Therefore I have already described some portions of the\nAntya-lila.\n\n", "ant1#p0040": "Text 13]\n\n7\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\nPURPORT\nFollowing in the footsteps of Srila Kr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja Gosvami, I am trying to\n\ntranslate the Bhagavata literatures as quickly as possible. However, knowing\n\nmyself to be an old man and almost an invalid because of rheumatism, I have\n\nalready translated the essence of all literatures, the Tenth Canto of Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam, as a summary study in English. I started the Kr�r:Ja consciousness\n\nmovement at the age of seventy. Now I am seventy-eight, and so my death is imminent. I am trying to finish the translation of Srimad-Bhagavatam as soon as\n\npossible, but before finishing it, I have given my readers the book Kr�f)a, rhe\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, so that if I die before finishing the whole task,\n\nthey may enjoy this book, which is the essence of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nTEXT 12\n\n�(f�f� �-��� I\n'�l itt� f't�, �t� ��� ��t'� II �� II\npurva-likhita grantha-sutra-anusare\n\nyei nahi likhi, taha likhiye vistare\nSYNONYMS\npurva-likhita-previously\n\nmentioned;\n\ngrantha-sutra-the\n\ncodes\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nliterature; anusare-according to; yei-whatever; nahi /ikhi-1 have not men­\n\ntioned; taha.-that; /ikhiye-1 shall write; vistare-elaborately.\nTRANSLATION\n\nIn accordance with the codes previously written, I shall describe in detail\nwhatever I have not mentioned.\nTEXT 13\n\n�it�� �t�\"' �tl\"f! I\n��-,'it�f$ c;-st)t� <1'�1 �&tl\"f'' II�� II\nvrndavana haite prabhu nilaca/e aila\n\nsvarupa-gosani gauc;le varta pathaila\nSYNONYMS\n\nvrndavana haite-from Vrndavana; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nilacale\n\nai/a-returned to jagannatha Puri, Nilacala; svarupa-gosafli-SvarOpa Damodara;\n\ngauc;le-to Bengal; varta pathaila-sent news.\n\n", "ant1#p0041": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n8\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\n\nreturned\n\nto Jagannatha\n\nPuri\n\nfrom\n\nVrndavana, Svariipa Damodara Gosani immediately sent news of the Lord's arrival to the devotees in Bengal.\nTEXT 14\n\n��' � ��� � �9�'1 I\n,\n\n:J'f� filfit' � �FPf1 � ll �8 II\nsuni' saci anandita, saba bhakta-gal)a\nsabe mi/i' ni/acale karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing;\n\nsaci-mother 5aci;\n\nanandita-very pleased;\n\nsaba bhakta­\n\ngaQa-as well as all the other devotees of Navadvipa; sabe mi/i'-meeting\ntogether; nilacale-to Jagannatha Puri, Nilacala; karila gamana-departed.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing this news, mother Saci and all the other devotees of\nNavadvipa were very joyful, and they all departed together for Nilacala\n[Jagannatha Puri].\nTEXT 15\n\n!:�c1t� �· �Bf �� -t�<tt:Jit I\n� M<ltil\"l �� � �<� �f:J��' n�an\nkulina-grami bhakta ara yata khaQc;/a-vasi\nacarya sivananda sane milila sabe asi'\nSYNONYMS\nkulina-grami-residents of the village known as Kulina-grama; bhakta-devotees; ara-and; yata-all; khal)c;/a-vasi-the residents of Sri Khal)<;la; acaryaAdvaita Acarya; sivananda-Sivananda Sena;\n\nsane-with; mi/i/a-met; sabe\n\nasi' -all coming together.\nTRANSLATION\nThus all the devotees of Kulina-grama and Sri Kh�«;ta, as well as Advaita\nAcarya, came together to meet Sivananda Sena.\n\n", "ant1#p0042": "Text 18]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n9\n\nTEXT 16\n\nfir�\"! <mf ��11{ �t$ ll'aft$fti{ I\n� 9lt� <rof, ,�1( �1-� \"�� \"\nsivananda kare sabara ghati samadhana\nsabare palana kare, deya vasa-sthana\nSYNONYMS\nsivananda-of the name Sivananda; kare-does; sabara-of everyone; ghatithe camp; samadhana-arrangement;\n\nsabare-of everyone; pa/ana-mainte­\n\nnance; kare-performs; deya-gives; vasa-sthana-residential quarters.\nTRANSLATION\nSivananda Sena arranged for the journey. He maintained everyone and provided residential quarters.\nTEXT 17\n\n�� � �if 'firrti{\"f·ll� I\n�..l ftrn1 �$1 � �nt11'1 ��\"�'I\"\neka kukkura ca/e sivananda-sane\nbhak�ya diya lafia cale kariya palane\nSYNONYMS\neka-one; kukkura-dog; ca/e-goes; sivananda-sane-with Sivananda Sena;\nbhak�ya-food; diya-giving; /afia-taking; ca/e-goes; kariya pa/ane-maintaining the dog.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile going to Jagannatha Puri, Sivananda Sena allowed a dog to go with\nhim. He supplied it food to eat and maintained it.\nTEXT 18\n\n��i{ �<15\"11� � � c�� 1\n�� i{1�<15 �'� i{1 � �<15tr;� \"�17-\"\neka-dina eka-sthane nadi para haite\nuc;fiya navika kukkura na cac;faya naukate\n\n", "ant1#p0043": "10\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-:-one day; eka-sthane-in one place; nadi-a river; para-crossing;\nhaite-to do; u(iiya navika-a boatman who was an Oriya (Orissan); kukkurathe dog; na ca(iaya-does not allow to mount; naukate-on the boat.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day, when they needed to cross a river, an Orissan boatman would not\nallow the dog to get in the boat.\nTEXT 19\n\n� ��\"ff,-�ti{\"f ,:� C�\"ft I\nw-r �� <li� flf�t nr;� � c<li\"ff 11 �� 11\nkukkura rahila,-sivananda du/:!khi haifa\ndasa paQa ka(ii diya kukkure para kaila\nSYNONYMS\nkukkura rahila- the dog remained; sivananda du/:!khi hai/a- Sivananda be­\n\ncame very unhappy; dasa paQa-ten paQa; ka(ii-small conchshells; diya-paying; kukkure-the dog; para kaila- crossed to the other side of the river.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSivananda Sena, unhappy that the dog had to stay behind, paid the boatman\nten pa�a of conchshells to take the dog across the river.\nPURPORT\nOne paf)a is eighty ka(iis, or small conchs hells. Formerly, even fifty or sixty years\nago, there was no paper currency in India. Coins were generally made not of base\nmetal but of gold, silver and copper. In other words, the medium of exchange was\nreally something valuable. Four pieces of ka(ii made one gaQ(ia, and twenty such\n\ngaQ(ias equaled one paf)a. This ka(ii was also used as a medium of exchange;\ntherefore Sivananda Sena paid for the dog with dasa paQa, or eighty times ten\npieces of kaqi. In those days one paisa was also subdivided into small conchshells,\nbut at the present moment the prices for commodities have gone so high that\nthere is nothing one can get in exchange for only one paisa. With one paisa in\nthose days, however, one could purchase sufficient vegetables to provide for a\nwhole family. Even thirty years ago, vegetables were occasionally so inexpensive\nthat one paisa's worth could provide for a whole family for a day.\n\n", "ant1#p0044": "Text 22]\n\nRiipa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n11\n\nTEXT 20\n\n��� f�ilt\"' �ttllm� 111�� 1\n\n�t<li �� fift� '��<li 9ft��1 II � II\no\n\neka-dina sivanande ghatiyale rakhila\nkukkurake bhata dite sevaka pasarila\nSYNONYMS\n\neka-dina-one\nrakhila-detained;\n\nday;\n\nsivanande-Sivananda\n\nkukkurake-unto the dog;\n\nSena;\n\nghatiyale-tollman;\n\nbhata dite-to supply rice;\n\nsevaka-the servant; pasarila-forgot.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day while Sivananda was detained by a tollman, his servant forgot to\ngive the dog its cooked rice.\nTEXT 21\n\n�tmi �f�' fit�� (.�$Ttil'?l <IS� I\n'� 9fti!Ptt� $ ?'--,�t<li ��II�� II\nratre asi' sivananda bhojanera kale\n'kukkura panache bhata?'-sevake puchile\nSYNONYMS\n\nratre asi'-returning at night; sivananda-Sivananda Sena; bhojanera kale-at\nthe time of eating; kukkura-the dog; panache-has gotten; bhata-rice;\nsevake-from the servant; puchile-he inquired.\nTRANSLATION\nAt night, when Sivananda Sena returned and was taking his meal, he inquired from the servant whether the dog had gotten its meals.\nTEXT 22\n\n� ift� 9f\"rn ret� ��' �:� � 1\n� ��� Wllf·�� �i'1111 �� I\nkukkura nahi paya bhata suni' du/:!khi haila\nkukkura cahite da5a-manu$ya pathaila\n\n", "ant1#p0045": "12\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nkukkura-the dog; nahi-did not; paya-get; bhata-rice; suni'-hearing;\ndu/:lkhi hai/a-Sivananda Sena became very unhappy; kukkura cahite-to look\nfor the dog; da5a-manu$ya-ten men; pathai/a-sent.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he learned that the dog had not been supplied food in his absence, he\nwas very unhappy. He then immediately sent ten men to find the dog.\nTEXT 23\n\nMm ifl9ft�\"' �' � :JI� �� 1\nl� ��i �\"' �9f�� c�..i 11 �� n\ncahiya na paila kukkura, loka saba aila\ndu/:lkhi haiia sivananda upavasa kaila\nSYNONYMS\n\ncahiya-looking; na-not; pai/a-found; kukkura-the dog; loka saba ai/a-all\nthe men returned; du/:lkhi haiia-being unhappy; sivananda-:Sivananda Sena;\nupavasa-fast; kai/a-observed.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the men returned without success, Sivananda Sena became very\nunhappy and fasted for the night.\nTEXT 24\n\n�'! l:�� ��' �i ifl 9f1.llf I\n\n:JI�i'f ���t� l!til: �Jft.�� �llf II �8 II\nprabhate kukkura cahi' kariha na paila\nsakala vai$f)avera mane camatkara haifa\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhate-in the morning; kukkura-the dog; cahi'-looking for; kariha-anywhere; na pai/a-not found; sakala vai$f)avera-of all the Vai�t:�avas present;\nmane-in the minds; camatkara haifa-there was great astonishment.\n\n", "ant1#p0046": "Text 25]\n\nRiipa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n13\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the morning they looked for the dog, but it could not be found anywhere.\nAll the Vai�..,avas were astonished.\n\nPURPORT\n\nSivananda Sena's attachment to the dog was a great boon for that animal. The\ndog appears to have been a street dog. Since it naturally began to follow Sivananda Sena while he was going to jagannatha PurT with. his party, he accepted it into\nhis party and maintained it the same way he was maintaining the other devotees.\nIt appears that although on one occasion the dog was not allowed aboard a boat,\nSiviinanda did not leave the dog behind but paid more money just to induce the\nboatman to take the dog across the river. Then when the servant forgot to feed\nthe dog and the dog disappeared, Sivananda, being very anxious, sent ten men to\nfind it. When they could not find it, Sivananda observed a fast. Thus it appears\nthat somehow or other Sivananda had become attached to the dog.\nAs will be evident from the following verses, the dog got the mercy of Sri\nCaitanya Mahiiprabhu and was immediately promoted to VaikurJ!ha to become\n\nan eternal devotee. Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura has therefore sung, tumi ta'\nthakura, tamara kukkura, baliya janaha more (SaraQagati 1 9). He thus offers to be­\n\ncome the dog of a Vai�l)ava. There are many other instances in which the pet\nanimal of a Vai�l)ava was delivered back home to VaikurJ!haloka, back to Godhead. Such is the benefit of somehow or other becoming the favorite of a\n\nVai�l)ava. Srila Bhaktivinoda Thiikura has also sung, ki.ta-janma ha-u yatha tuya\ndasa (SaraQagati 11 ) . There is no harm in taking birth again and again. Our only\n\ndesire should be to take birth under the care of a Vai�l)ava Fortunately we had\nthe opportunity to be born of a Vai�r:Java father who took care of us very nicely.\nHe prayed to Srimati Radharal)i that in the future we would become a servant of\nthe eternal consort of Sri Kr��Ja. Thus somehow or other we are now engaged in\nthat service. We may conclude that even as dogs we must take shelter of a\nVai�l)ava. The benefit will be the same as that which accrues to an advanced\ndevotee under a Vai�l)ava's care.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n�e:<r.�t1l �r�· �'� ��\"i ���it'� 1\n��e, 'al�� fiT��� II �<!:II\nutkaQthaya ca/i' sabe aila nilacale\n\npurvavat mahaprabhu milila saka/e\n\n", "ant1#p0047": "14\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSYNONYMS\nutkaQthaya-in great anxiety; ca/i'-walking; sabe-all the devotees; aila\nnilacale-came to jagannatha Puri, Nilacala; purvavat-as usual; mahaprabhuS ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; milila sakale-met all of them.\nTRANSLATION\nThus in great anxiety they all walked to Jagannatha Puri, where Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu met them as usual.\nTEXT 26\n\n�1 C'f$1 �<f.Cif1 i'Jf'$ft11ot ��il I\n:Jt� \"f$111�1�'\\ �FI G;�li'Jfil II �� II\nsaba lana kaila jagannatha darasana\nsaba lana mahaprabhu karena bhojana\nSYNONYMS\nsaba /ana-taking all of them; kai/a-did; jagannatha darasana-visiti ng the\n\nJagannatha temple; saba /ana-with all of them; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; karena bhojana-took prasada.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went with them to see the Lord in the temple, and\non that day He also took lunch in the company of all those devotees.\nTEXT 27\n\n�(<Je. :Jt� �'t_ �iii� ��� I\n�'-'\"�1ftfP �'ti!:�\" <:fil1�\"f1 <:fil'tif fifti111 �\" 11\npurvavat sabare prabhu pathaila vasa-sthane\nprabhu-thani prata/:1-ka/e aila ara dine\nSYNONYMS\npurvavat-as it was previously; sabare-everyone; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; pathai/a-sent; vasa-sthane-to their respective residential quar­\n\nters; prabhu-thani-to the place of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prata/:1-ka/e-in the\nmorning; ai/a-they came; ara dine-on the next day.\n\n", "ant1#p0048": "Text 2,91\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n15\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs previously, the Lord provided them all with residential quarters. And the\nnext morning all the devotees came to see the Lord.\nTEXT 28\n\n�tfit�1 C5f�'l' �� <;;�� � �� I\n�-'it� <tf'il�tt� f<f'ii �'1�1t II �1r II\nasiya dekhila sabe sei ta kukkure\nprabhu-pase vasiyache kichu alpa-dure\nSYNONYMS\nastya-coming; dekhila-they saw; sabe-everyone; sei ta kukkure-that\nvery same dog; prabhu-pase-near Lord Sri Caitanya Mah:iprabhu; vasiyachesat; kichu a/pa-dure-a little bit away from the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all the devotees came to the place of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, they\nsaw that the same dog was sitting a little apart from the Lord.\nTEXT 29\n\n��� �tRft<t'i\"l-� G;W� �t�1 I\n'1ftll' '�' '�f1t' <if'�'-<t� �tf�� II �� II\nprasada narikela-sasya dena phelana\n'rama' 'k[$f)a' 'hari' kaha'-balena hasiya\nSYNONYMS\nprasada-food; narikela-sasya-the pulp of green coconut; dena-gives;\nphe/ana-throwing; rama-Lord Ramacandra; k[$f)a-Sri Kr�t:Ja; hari-the holy\nname of Hari; kaha-say ; balena-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu says; hasiya-smiling.\nTRANSLATION\nFurthermore, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was throwing remnants of green\ncoconut pulp to the dog. Smiling in His own way, He was saying to the dog,\n\"Chant the holy names Rama, K!lQa, and Hari!'\n\n", "ant1#p0049": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n16\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 30\n\n� � �,�, '�•' �t� � <ttl I\n\n<;Wf��i ,.,rtt�� � �ilf �e.�tf II �\n\no\n\nII\n\nsasya khaya kukkura, 'kr�Qa' kahe bara bara\ndekhiya fokera mane haifa camatkara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsasya khaya-eats the pulp of green coconut; kukkura-the dog; k($/')a-the\nholy name of Kr�r:Ja; kahe-chants; bara bara\nthis;\n\nfokera-of all\n\nthe people;\n\n-\n\nmane-in\n\nagain and again; dekhiya-seeing\nthe minds;\n\nhaifa-there\n\nwas;\n\ncamatkara -astonishment.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the dog eating the green coconut pulp and chanting \"Km1a, Km1a\"\nagain and again, all the devotees present were very much surprised.\nTEXT 31\n\n�te{\"f 'ft:1f '�f�' �<le. C� I\n\nC�tl ��' fi{i!Jf ��'f -.��i� II �� II\nsivananda kukkura dekhi' daf)c;/avat kaifa\ndainya kari' nija aparadha k�amaifa\nSYNONYMS\nsivananda- Sivananda Sena; kukkura-the dog; dekh i'-seeing there; daQ­\n\nc;favat kaifa -offered obeisances; dainya kari'-exh ibiting humbleness; nija -per\n\n­\n\nsonal; aparadha-offenses; k$amaifa-was forgiven.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he saw the dog sitting in that way and chanting the name of Km1a,\nSivananda, because of his natural humility, immediately offered his obeisances to the dog just to counteract his offenses to it.\nTEXT 32\n\n�� fifi1 ,�� m <;W�i i{i ��'�'� 1\n\nf�-,�� �t�i �,� C<l�t�� ''il'flll �� II\n\n", "ant1#p0050": "Text 33]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n17\n\nara dina keha tara dekha na paila\nsiddha-deha pana kukkura vaikuQthete gela\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-the next day; keha-all of them; tara-of the dog; dekha na pai/adid not get sight; siddha-deha pana-obtaining a spiritual body; kukkura-the\ndog; vaikuQthete ge/a-went to the spiritual kingdom, Vaikur;1�ha.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, no one saw that dog, for it had obtained its spiritual body and\ndeparted for Vaiku�;�fha, the spiritual kingdom.\n\nPURPORT\nThis is the result of sadhu-sanga, consequent association with Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and promotion back home, back to Godhead. This result is possible\neven for a dog, by the mercy of the Vai�r;Java. Therefore, everyone in the human\nform of life should be induced to associate with devotees. By rendering a little service, even by eating prasada, not to speak of chanting and dancing, everyone\ncould be promoted to Vaikur;1�haloka. It is therefore requested that all our devotees in the ISKCON community become pure Yai�r;Javas, so that by their mercy all\nthe people of the world will be transferred to Yaikur;1�haloka, even without their\nknowledge. Everyone should be given a chance to take prasada and thus be induced to chant the holy names Hare Kr�r;Ja and also dance in ecstasy. By these\nthree processes, although performed without knowledge or education, even an\nanimal went back to Godhead.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n�� flru'flilfl �tif -t�1l ill'fil I\n!:�� �· �f(t�1 ��'1'1 '11-tiil II �� II\naiche divya-/ila kare sacira nandana\nkukkurake kr$1Ja kahana karila mocana\nSYNONYMS\naiche-in that way; divya-/i/a-transcendental activities;\n\nkare-performs;\n\nsacira nandana-the son of mother SacT; kukkurake-even a dog; k[$Qa kahanainducing to chant the holy name \"Kr�r;Ja\"; karila mocana-delivered.\n\n", "ant1#p0051": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n18\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuch are the transcendental pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the son\nof mother Saci. He even delivered a dog simply by inducing it to chant the\nmaha-mantra, Hare K��Qa.\nTEXT 34\n\n�'fi �-�taa ti� �t�i'fl ��t�'f.!li{ 1\n\n��llli-�� ��t\\! � l{i{ II �8 II\netha prabhu-ajfiaya rupa aila vrndavana\nk[$f)a-lila-nataka karite haila mana\nSYNONYMS\netha-on the other side; prabhu-ajfiaya-upon the order of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\nrupa-ROpa Gosvami;\n\nai/a-went;\n\nvrndavana-to Vrndavana;\n\nk[$f)a-lila-nat.aka-a drama on Lord Kr��a's pastimes; karite-to compose; hai/a­\n\nit was; mana-the mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMeanwhile, following the order of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Srila Rupa\nGosvami returned to V�ndavana. He desired to write dramas concerning the\npastimes of Lord K��Qa.\nTEXT 35\n\n�'f.!lti{ e{tit�11 �111'V �llli I\n�'I 'i{�·�' \\!'II� flltf'lllli II �<t II\nvrndavane natakera arambha karila\nmanga/acaraf)a 'nandi-s/oka' tathai likhi/a\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavane-at Vrndavana; natakera-of the drama; arambha-the beginning;\n\nkarila-wrote; manga/acaraf)a -invoking auspiciousness; nandi-sloka-introduc­\n\ntory verse; tathai-there; likhila-he wrote.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn V�ndavana, Rupa Gosvami began to write a drama. In particular, he composed the introductory verses to invoke good fortune.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura quotes his notes from the Nataka­\n\ncandrika, wherein he has written:\n\n", "ant1#p0052": "Rupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\nText 37]\n\n19\n\nprastavanayas tu mukhe\nnandi karyasubhavaha\nasir-namaskriya-vastunirdesanyatamanvita\na$tabhir dasabhir yukta\nkirilva dvadasabhib padaib\ncandranamankita prayo\nmangalartha-padojjvala\nmangafaril cakra-kamalacakora-kumudadikam\nSimilarly, in the Sixth Chapter of the Sahitya-darpaQa, text 282, he has said:\n\nasir-vacana-sarilyukta\nstutir yasmat prayujyate\ndeva-dvija-nr-padinaril\ntasman nanditi sariljnita\nThe introductory portion of a drama, which is written to invoke good fortune, is\ncalled nandi-5/oka.\nTEXT 36\n\n11t'l �fif' �t�t� il�t<fi1t ��il1 �tf<lt'! I\n<fi� �mt1 �� 'ftf�l fiit� II �� II\npathe ca/i' aise natakera ghatana bhavite\nkadaca kariya kichu lagila likhite\nSYNONYMS\n\npathe ca/i' -walking on the road; aise -goes; natakera-of the drama;\nghatana -events; bhavite-thinking of; ka(faca kariya -making notes; kichusomething; /agi/a likhite-he began to write.\nTRANSLATION\nOn his way to Gau�a-de5a, Rupa Gosvami had been thinking of how to\nwrite the action of the drama. Thus he had made some notes and begun to\nwrite.\nTEXT 37\n\n1!1�'! ,. ref( ''$1��t-t �·� 1\n'� �t�' �1100 '$f'fl·�t� �'11 II �9 II\n\n", "ant1#p0053": "S ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n20\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\ne i-mate dui bhai gaur;fa-dese aila\ngaur;fe asi' anupamera ganga-prapti haifa\n\nSYNONYMS\ne i-mate-in this way; dui bhai-R O pa Gosvami and his younger brother,\nAnupama; gaur;fa-dese ai/a-reached Bengal, which is known as Gau<;ia-desa;\ngaur;fe asi '-coming to Gau<;ia; anupamera-of Anupama; ganga-prapti hai/athere was obtainment of the shelter of mother Ganges (passing away).\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way the two brothers Rupa and Anupama reached Bengal, but when\nthey arrived there Anupama died.\nPURPORT\nFormerly when a person died it was commonly said that he had attained the\nshelter of mother Ganges, even if he did not die on the bank of the Ganges. It is\ncustomary among Hindus to carry a dying person to a nearby bank of the Ganges,\nfor if one dies on the bank of the Ganges, his soul is considered to reach the lotus\nfeet of Lord Vi�I)U, wherefrom the Ganges flows.\n\nTEXT 38\n\n1ti�·<;'Stt�tf� ��tt-t <\\')�\"11 'ifJ!il I\ni2f't_f;1( '�f-tt'! \\itJ �e,<\\')$\\! Jiilll �lr ll\nrupa-gosafii prabhu-pase karila gamana\nprabhure dekhite tanra utkaQthita mana\n\nSYNONYMS\nrupa-gosafii-of the name ROpa Gosvami; prabhu-pase-the place of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; karila g am ana-departed for; prabhure dekhite-to see\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tailra-his; utkaQthita-full of anxiety; manamind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRupa Gosvami then departed to see S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, for he was\nvery eager to see Him.\nTEXT 39\n\n'Ciil�Ji1f lll\"tAt' t!it1f f�i �\"'IJif �l\"' I\n16�'it'l-� 'C!tlit1, �'it' iii �t-il{ ll �� ll\n\n", "ant1#p0054": "Text 41]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n21\n\nanupamera lagi' talira kichu vilamba ha-ila\nbhakta-gaQa-pasa aila, lag na paila\nSYNONYMS\n\nanupamera lagi'-on account of the passing away of Anupama; talira-of ROpa\nGosvami; kichu-some; vilamba-delay; ha-ila-there was; bhakta-gaQa-pasato the devotees in Bengal; aila-came; lag na paila-he could not contact them.\nTRANSLATION\nThere was some delay because of the death of Anuparna, and therefore\nwhen Rupa Gosvami went to Bengal to see the devotees there, he could not\nget in touch with them because they had already left.\nTEXT 40\n\n��1·,�ta&f '�:re't11't��'·iltf�1f t$f I\n�� ttfui '� l!ttt'lt �f�i'1'1 ��111' ll So II\nu(jiya-dese 'satyabhama-pura'-name grama\neka ratri sei grame karila visrama\nSYNONYMS\n\nu(jiya-dese-in the state of Orissa;\n\nsatyabhama-pura-Satyabhama-pura;\n\nname-named; grama-a village; eka ratri-one night; sei grame-in that village;\nkarila visrama-he rested.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the province of Orissa there is a place known as Satyabhama-pura. Srila\nRupa Gosvami rested for a night in that village on his way to Jagannatha Puri.\nPURPORT\n\nThere is a place known as Satyabhama-pura in the district of Ka�aka (Cuttak) in\nOrissa. It is near the village known as Jankadei-pura.\nTEXT 41\n\nttt<JI \"ft� (;�t-t,\n\n-\n\n�· ��Hii9f't iltfr I\n\n�-t �fll�1 'CI� f� �'l �?11 .m' II 8� II\nratre svapne dekhe,-eka divya-rOpa narT\nsammukhe asiya ajna dila bahu krpa kari'\n\n", "ant1#p0055": "Sri C aitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n22\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSYNONYMS\nratre-at night; svapne dekhe-he dreamed; eka-one; divya-rapa nancelestially beautiful woman; sammukhe asiya-coming before him; ajna di/a-ordered; bahu krpa kari'-showing him much mercy.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile resting in Satyabh ama-pura, he dreamed that a celestially beautiful\nwoman had come before him and very mercifully gave him the following\norder.\nTEXT 42\n\n\"�\"t111f �ti<�S ��� <IS�� ��� I\n�tart� ��I! �ti<�S �� R�'lli\"S� II\n\"amara na.taka prthak karaha racana\namara krpate nataka haibe vilak�aQa\"\nSYNONYMS\namara nataka-my drama; prthak karaha racana-write separately; amara\nkrpate-by my mercy; nataka-the drama; haibe-will be; vi/ak�aQa-extraordinarily beautiful.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Write a separate drama about me,\" she said. \"By my mercy, it will be extraordinarily beautiful!'\nTEXT 43\n\n�� <;lff�' ��f-(;�tlttf� <�Sfif� Bl�t1f I\n��11ft1f ��-��� �ti<�S <�Sfif�rn us� n\nsvapna dekhi' rupa-gosafli karila vicara\nsatya-bhamara ajfla-prthak nataka karibara\nSYNONYMS\nsvapna dekhi'-after dreaming; rupa-gosafli-ROpa Gosvami; karila vicaraconsidered; satya-bhamara ajfla-the order of Srimati Satyabhama; prthak nataka\nkaribara-to write a separate drama.\n\n", "ant1#p0056": "Text 45]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n23\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter having that dream, Srila Rupa Gosvami considered, \"It is the order of\nSatyabhama that I write a separate drama for her.\nTEXT 44\n\n�-�-� �� <flf.�1� �� I\n�l �� <fiRf' �� <fiBt���ili II 88 II\nvraja-pura-lila ekatra kariyachi ghatana\ndui bhaga kari' ebe karimu racana\nSYNONYMS\nvraja-pura-lila-Lord Kr�Qa's pastimes in Vraja and Dvaraka; ekatra-in one\nplace; kariyachi-1 have collected; ghatana-all the events; dui bhaga kari'dividing into two different parts; ebe-now; karimu racana-1 shall write.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have brought together in one work all the pastimes performed by Lord\nKr�r;�a in Vrndavana and in Dvaraka. Now I shall have to divide them into two\ndramas!'\nTEXT 45\n\n�� �t�� �!! Of;{� �t� I\n�fit' ���'ii �mt't�-<ft�\"''tO'f II 8� II\nbhavite bhavite sighra aila nilacale\nasi' uttari/a haridasa-vasa-sthale\nSYNONYMS\nbhavite bhavite-thinking and thinking; sighra-very soon; aila ni/aca/ereached NTiacala Oagannatha PurT); asi'-coming; uttari/a-approached; haridasa-vasa-sthale-the place where Haridasa Thakura was residing.\nTRANSLATION\nThus absorbed in thought, he quickly reached Jagannatha Puri. When he arrived, he approached the hut of Haridasa Thakura.\n\n", "ant1#p0057": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n24\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 46\n\nI(Rflft:JJ·i� imt <!'{�9f1 �<li� I\n\n'� �tf:JJ�,-�T;� � � <liflt�' 118� II\n\nharidasa-thakura tarire bahu-krpa kaila\n'tumi asibe, -more prabhu ye kahi/a'\nSYNONYMS\n\nhari-dasa-thakura-of the name Haridasa Thakura; tarire-unto him; bahu-krpa\nkaila-showed much affection because of love and mercy; tumi asibe-you will\ncome; more-me; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nye-that; kahila-in­\n\nformed.\nTRANSLATION\nOut of affectionate love and mercy, Haridasa Thakura told Srila Rupa\nGosvami, \"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has already informed me that you would\ncome here!'\nTEXT 47\n\n'��'i·,�t�' <;lf�' �lflf;�T;� ��T;I! I\n\n��fffil �1��, �'- �1�� �� II 89 II\n'upala-bhoga' dekhi' haridasere dekhite\npratidina aisena, prabhu aila acambite\nSYNONYMS\n\nupala-bhoga-the offering of food to Lord Ja gannatha at noon; dekhi'-seeing;\nhari-dasere dekhite-to see Haridasa Thakura; pratidina-daily; aisena-comes;\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ai/a-He reached there; acambite-all of a\nsudden.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter seeing the upala-bhoga ceremony at the Jagannatha temple, Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu would regularly come to see Haridasa every day. Thus\nHe suddenly arrived there.\nTEXT 48\n\n'1fi9f lf'G<!Ie. <!it1f',--�Rtlft:Jt � I\n\nl(f.4!1lf� f�f�' � 1fif;9f �tf�fi?� II Sir II\n'rOpa darxlavat kare', -haridasa kahila\nharidase mili' prabhu rOpe alirigila\n\n", "ant1#p0058": "Text 50]\n\n25\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\nSYNONYMS\nrupa-ROpa\n\nGosvami;\n\ndaQ(iavat\n\nkare-offers\n\nYou\n\nobeisances;\n\nhari-dasa\n\nkahi/a-Haridasa informed Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; hari-dase mi/i'-after meeting Haridasa; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rOpe a/itigi/a-embraced Ropa\nGosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord arrived, Rupa Gosvami immediately offered his obeisances.\nHaridasa informed the Lord, \"This is Rupa Gosvami offering You obeisances,\"\nand the Lord embraced him.\nTEXT 49\n\n�m�-�'9f ii\"$1 �'l <ilfiliii �<�� il 1\n�-�1St, ��t'ijt� C<fliii <fll!'fit'l II SRI II\nharidasa-rupe lana prabhu vasi/a eka-sthane\nkusa/a-prasna, i�ta-goHhi kaila kata-k�aQe\nSYNONYMS\nhari-dasa-rupe-both Haridasa\n\nThakura\n\nand\n\nROpa\n\nGosvami;\n\n/ana-with;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vasi/a-sat down; eka-sthane-in one place;\nkusa/a-prasna-questions about auspicious news; i�ta-go�thi-talking together;\nkaila kata-k�aQe-continued for some time.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then sat down with Haridasa and Rupa Gosvami.\nThey inquired from one another about auspicious news, and then continued\nto talk together for some time.\nTEXT 50\n\n�1\\!til11 <!lt>ti �t<il <;'ijt�tf$ �!iii I\n\n�9f ��,-'\\!1'11 � ��1 iii �� II <to II\nsanatanera varta yabe gosani puchila\nrupa kahe, -'tara sarige dekha na ha-ifa\nSYNONYMS\nsanatanera varta-news of Sanatana\n\nGosvami;\n\nyabe-when;\n\ngosani-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; puchi/a-inquired; rupa kahe-ROpa Gosvami says; tara\nsarige-with him; dekha na ha-i/a-there was not meeting.\n\n", "ant1#p0059": "26\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu inquired about Sanatana Gosvami, Riipa\nGosvami replied, \"I did not meet him.\n\nTEXT 51\n\n�tfif W�t-t ���\\!, �·t� 1l��t-t I\n�I!�� �t1ft1( <;5f� il�i'f it1f �tt-t II �� II\nami gar'lga-pathe ailana, tir'lho raja-pathe\nataeva amara dekha nahila tar'lra sathe\nSYNONYMS\nami-1; ganga-pathe-on the path on the bank of the Ganges; ai/ar'la-1 came;\ntir'lho-he;\n\nraja-pathe-on the public road;\n\nataeva-therefore;\n\namara-my;\n\ndekha-meeting; nahila-was not possible; tar'lra s athe-with him.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I came by the path on the bank of the Ganges, whereas Sanatana Gosvami\ncame by the public road. Therefore we did not meet.\nTEXT 52\n\n�'if\n\n�fer(,- ,�t� <;'Jti'fi �\"fi�till\n\n�if.?tt� mn-�<rA·c�i'f fin:�Wtilu\" ��\"\nprayage sunilur'l,-ter'lho gela vrndavane\nanupamera gar'lga-prapti kai/a nivedane\"\nSYNONYMS\nprayage-in Prayaga; suni/ur'l-1 heard; ter'lho-he; gela vrndavane-has gone\nto Vrndavana; anupamera-of Anupama; g ar'lga-prapti-getting the mercy of the\nGanges (death); kaila nivedane-he informed.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In Prayaga I heard that he had already gone to Vrndavana.\" Riipa Gosvami\nnext informed the Lord about the death of Anupama.\n\n", "ant1#p0060": "Text 55]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n27\n\nTEXT 53\n\n1111;9l t:!1.1 <!1�1 fir11i <;�tflfP G��i I\n\n(;'ij�tflfl'31r :J�elt �· �9lt� f\";ff\"ffli II <t-e II\nrape tahan vasa diya gosalii calila\ngosaliira sangi bhakta rapere milila\n\nSYNONYMS\nrape-to ROpa; tahan-ther e; vasa diya-offered a residence; gosalii ca/i/a­\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu left the place; gosaliira san gi-the associates of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-all the devotees;\n\nrapere milila-met ROpa\n\nGosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter allotting residential quarters there to Rupa Gosvami, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu left. Then all of the Lord's personal associates met Srila Rupa\nGosvami.\nTEXT 54\n\n�� fflil \";(��\" � �� �lfPi I\n11it9l fil\"'t�� �<!lt11 �9li I!' <!l5Rt11i II <t8 II\nara dina mahaprabhu saba bhakta /alia\nrape milaila sabaya krpa ta' kariya\n\nSYNONYMS\nara dina- th e next day; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; saba-all;\nbhakta /alia- taking the devotees; rape mi/ai/a-introduced ROpa Gosvami;\nsabaya-to all of them; krpa ta' kar iya-showing His mercy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the next day, Caitanya Mahaprabhu again met Rupa Gosvami, and with\ngreat mercy the Lord introduced him to all the devotees.\nTEXT 55\n\n��tf G�'f �9l <!l5�i <!!\"til I\n�9li <!l5Rf' 11it9l �� �� �tf�tril u (t� u\nsabara caraQa rapa karila vandana\nkrpa kari' rape sabe kaila alingana\n\n", "ant1#p0061": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n28\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSYNONYMS\nsabara-of all the devotees;\n\ncara(la-to the lotus feet; llipa-Srila ROpa\n\nCosvami; karila vandana-offered prayers; krpa kari'-showing great mercy;\nrupe-ROpa Cosvami; sabe-all the devotees; kaila-did; a/itigana-embracing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Rupa Gosvami offered his respectful obei sances unto the lotus feet of\nthem all, and all the devotees, by their mercy, embraced him.\nTEXT 56\n\n'� til�, {;i!M1 ��� I\n� ��-�'Pf �'Pf1 �f �'Ri'lfti{ II <t� II\n'advaita nityananda, tamara dui-jane\nprabhu kahe-rape krpa kara kaya-mane\n\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-Advaita Acarya; nityananda-Nityananda Prabhu; tamara dui-janeboth of You; prabhu kahe-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu says; rape-to ROpa\nCosvami; krpa-mercy; kara-show; kaya-mane-wholeheartedly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu told Advaita Acarya and Nityan anda Prabhu, \"You\nshould both show Your mercy wholeheartedly to Rupa Gosvami.\nTEXT 57\n\n{;i!t;n-�·� �'Pftf;i! �ttf � 'i!T;� � I\n�tti! f�RJT;i! 'Pfttfil �·f�� II <l'l II\ntoma-dutihara krpate itihara ha-u taiche sakti\nyate vivarite parena kr$Qa-rasa-bhakti\n\nSYNONYMS\ntoma-dutihara krpate-by the mercy of both of You;\n\nitihara-of ROpa\n\nCosvami; ha-u-let there be; taiche-such; sakti-power; yate-by which;\nvivarite-to describe;\n\nparena-is able; kr$Qa-rasa-bhakti-the transcendental\n\nmellows of devotional service.\n\n", "ant1#p0062": "Text 59]\n\nRiipa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n29\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"May Riipa Gosvami, by Your mercy, become so powerful that he will be\nable to describe the transcendental mellows of devotional service:'\nTEXT 58\n\n,'$1)�i, �f�i, <ii! �,.� ��'$1'1 I\n��� ��Q'I �� '�t�� �tiSfi( II <l'lr II\ngaudiya, udiya, yata prabhura bhakta-gaQa\nsabara ha-ifa rupa snehera bhajana\n\nSYNONYMS\ngaudiya-devotees from Bengal; udiya-devotees belonging to Orissa; yata­\n\nall; prabhura bhakta-gaQa-devotees of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sabaraof all of them; ha-ifa-was; rupa-ROpa Gosvami; snehera bhajana-an object of\nlove and affection.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Riipa Gosvami became the object of love and affection for all the\ndevotees of the Lord, including those who came from Bengal and those who\nresided in Orissa.\nTEXT 59\n\n�f%flri{ �t�' �� <li� �ti' I\n\n11f�t� '<I ��tlf ��' '�i( � IS!ti( II �C\\\\ II\npratidina asi' rape karena milane\nmandire ye prasada pana, dena dui jane\n\nSYNONYMS\npratidina-every day; asi'-going; rupe-ROpa GosvamT; karena mifane­\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu meets; mandire-at the Jagannatha temple; ye-whatever; prasada pana-prasada He gets; dena-gives; dui jane-to two persons,\nSrila ROpa Gosvami and Haridasa Thakura.\nTRANSLATION\nEvery day Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would go to see Riipa Gosvami, and\nwhatever prasada He received from the temple He would deliver to Riipa\nGosvami and Haridasa Thakura.\n\n", "ant1#p0063": "30\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\nTEXT 60\n\ntit� rl� �t� <fifl' ��� I\n� <fi� � <fifPrl � II �o II\ni$ta-go$thr dur'lha sane kari' kata-k$af)a\nmadhyahna karite prabhu karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\ni$ta-go$thf-conversation;\nHaridasa;\n\nkari'-doing;\n\ndunha\n\nsane-with\n\nboth\n\nkata-k$<if)a-for some time;\n\nexecute daily noontime duties;\n\nROpa\n\nGosvamT\n\nand\n\nmadhya-ahna karite-to\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nkarila\n\ngamana-left that place.\nTRANSLATION\nHe would talk for some time with them both and then leave to perform His\nnoontime duties.\nTEXT 61\n\n�-��� �fifi{ ���-til\n�911 9ftc$11it9fl \"'1�\"' �9ft� II �� II\nei-mata pratidina prabhura vyavahara\nprabhu-krpa pafia rOpera ananda apara\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; pratidina-daily; prabhura vyavahara-the dealings of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; prabhu-krpa-the mercy of Lord Caitanya; pafia-getting;\nrOpera-of Srila ROpa Gosvami; ananda apara-unlimited happiness.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu's dealings with them continued\nevery day. Thus receiving the transcendental favor of the Lord, Srila Rupa\nGosvami felt unlimited pleasure.\nTEXT 62\n\n\"''St'1 'f$1 �'fi �fui1 �i{ I\n\"'1\n\nttt�ti1 \"'ltf�' �� �11-�� U �� II\nbhakta-gaf)a lana kaila guQc;iica marjana\naitota asi' kaila vanya-bhojana\n\n", "ant1#p0064": "Text 64]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n31\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-gaQa-all the devotees; /ana-taking; kai/a-pe rformed; guQ(iica marjana-cleansing and washing of the Gut:�9ica temple; aitota asi'-coming to the\nnearby garden named Ai�o�a; kai/a-had; vanya-bhojana-a picnic within the\ngarden.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, taking all His devotees with Him, performed the GuJ;J�ica-marjana [washing and cleansing the temple GuJ;J�ica], He\nwent to the garden known as Aitota and accepted prasada at a picnic within\nthe garden.\n\nTEXT 63\n\n�tw �, '��, �� ���i!fil 1\n<;wf'f' ��wt�-�� �flf� 1fil 11 �� 11\nprasada khaya, 'hari' bale sarva-bhakta-jana\ndekhi' haridasa-rupera hara$ita mana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprasada khaya-eat the prasada; hari bale-chant the holy name of Hari; sarvabhakta-jana-all the devotees;\n\ndekhi'-seeing this;\n\nhari-dasa -of Haridasa\n\nThakura; rupera-and of ROpa Gosvami; hara$ita-jubilant; mana-the minds.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Haridasa Thakura and Rupa Gosvami saw that all the devotees were\naccepting prasada and chanting the holy name of Hari, they both were greatly\npleased.\n\nTEXT 64\n\n<;'if���� ���'!lf �� I\n<;<2tt1f 11� ll�il ilt�tt:! Q'i'tf'if� II �8 II\ngovinda-dvara prabhura 5e$a-prasada paila\npreme matta dui-jana nacite lagila\n\nSYNONYMS\ngovinda-dvara-through Govinda; prabhura-of �ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n5e$a-prasada-remnants of food; pai/a-they got; preme matta-overwhelmed\nby ecstasy; dui-jana-both of them; nacite /agi/a-began to dance.\n\n", "ant1#p0065": "Sri Caitanya-caritamfta\n\n32\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen they received the remnants of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's prasada\nthrough Govinda, they respected it, and then they both began to dance in\necstasy.\nTEXT 65\n\n� fifil � �� filfiooo ��1 I\n�(a-fit�tJffsl �<IS� llftf'*'\" II �tt II\nara dina prabhu rape miliya vasila\nsarvajfia-siromaQi prabhu kahite Jagila\nSYNONYMS\n\nara dina-the next day; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rape-with Srila\nROpa Gosvami;\nCaitanya\n\nvasila-sat down;\n\nsarva-jfia-siromaf)i-Sri\n\nMahaprabhu, the best of the omniscient;\n\nmiliya-meeting;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kahite /agi/a-began to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nOn the next day, when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to see Srila Rupa\nGosvami, the omniscient Lord spoke as follows .\nTEXT 66\n\n\"��tt �f'b iltf'l �f� 13\" ��� I\n\n�fit�'\" �il1������ ��II\n\"kr?Qere bahira nahi kariha vraja haite\nvraja cha(ii' k(?f)a kabhu na yana kahante\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr?Qere-Kr�r:Ja; bahira-outside; nahi-do not; kariha-take; vraja haitefrom Vrndavana; vraja cha(ii'-leaving Vrndavana; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; kabhu-at\nany time; na-not; yana-goes; kahante-anywhere.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Do not try to take Kf��;�a out of Vfndavana, for He does not go anywhere\nelse at any time.\n\n", "ant1#p0066": "T ext 68]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n33\n\nTEXT 67\n\n'fClfli�C�1 ���C�1 �: �cf: C'li��r�: 9f�: I\n'flti�\"l� 9ffi\\!J�J 'I WfSh<l 5\\�� II -!o� 11\nkm1o 'nyo yadu-sambhoto\nya/:l purf)a/:l so 'sty ata/:l para/:!\nvrndavanarh parityajya\nsa kvacin naiva gacchati\nSYNONYMS\nkr$Qa/:l-Lord Kr�r:Ja; anya/:1-another Lord Vasudeva; yadu-sambhota/:1-born\nin the Yadu dynasty; ya/:1-who; pOrf)a/:1-the full Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r:Ja; sa/:1-He; asti-is; ata/:1-than Him (Vasudeva); para/:1-different;\nvrndavanam-the place Vrndavana; parityajya-giving up; sa/:1-He; kvacit-at\nany time; na eva gacchati-does not go.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The Kr,r:'la known as Yadukumara is Vasudeva Kr,r:'la. He is different from\n\nthe Kr,r:'la who is the son of Nanda Maharaj a. Yadukumara Kr,r:'la manifests His\npastimes in the cities of Mathura and Dvaraka, but Kr,r:'la the son of Nanda\n\nMaharaj a never at any time leaves Vrndavana! \"\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is included in the Laghu-bhagavatamrta\n\n(1.5.461), by Srila ROpa\n\nGosvami.\nTEXT 68\n\n� ...�, '«t� � �� I\n\n1fi9(·c;�f$ 1ft� f\"i �'IRI �'fill �lr II\neta kahi' mahaprabhu madhyahne calila\nrupa-gosafii mane kichu vismaya ha-ila\nSYNONYMS\neta kahi' -saying this; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; madhya-ahne\nca/i/a-left to execute noon duties; rupa-gosafii-Srila ROpa Gosvami; mane-in\nmind; kichu-some ; vismaya ha-ifa-there was surprise.\n\n", "ant1#p0067": "Sri Caitanya-caritamfla\n\n34\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to perform His noontime\nduties, leaving Srila Rupa Gosvami somewhat surprised.\nTEXT 69\n\n\"\"J�� �t�� �fift� ��J'e'tlli 'eft.-! � I\n�S?t� tjQJ� �T;� �fift� �'{-..tai �\" ���� 11\n\"prthak nataka karite satyabhama ajna dila\njanilu, prthak nataka karite prabhu-ajna haifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nprthak nataka-different dramas; karite-to write; satyabhama-of the name\nSatyabhama; ajna dila-ordered; janilu-now I understand; prthak nataka-different dramas; karite-to write; prabhu-ajfla-the order of the Lord; haifa-there\nwas.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Satyabhama ordered me to write two different dramas/' Srila Rupa\nGosvami thought. \"Now I understand that this order has been confirmed by\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 70\n\n���� �t�<li �� l.!l�(! ��i I\n��<et� �fif l.!lt� �fif\"l_ �Tieli II 'lo II\npurve dui nataka chi/a ekatra racana\ndui-bhaga kari ebe karimu ghatana\n\nSYNONYMS\npurve-previously;\n\ndui nataka-two dramas;\n\nchi/a-there was;\n\nekatra­\n\ntogether; racana-composition; dui-bhaga kari-dividing into two; ebe-now;\nkarimu ghatana-1 shall write the incidents.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Formerly I wrote the two dramas as one composition. Now I shall divide it\nand describe the incidents in two separate works.\n\n", "ant1#p0068": "Text 72]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n35\n\nTEXT 71\n\nl� 'ilt�' '��', l� '����il1' I\n\"J�� �fil-�1 �� �fil-�1 'e�i11 II � � II\ndui 'nandi' 'prastavana', dui 'sarhghatana'\nprthak kariya likhi kariya bhavana\nSYNONYMS\ndui nandi-two invocations of good fortune; prastavana-introductions; duitwo; sarilghatana-chains of events; prthak kariya-making separate; /ikhi-1\nshall write; kariya bhavana-thinking about them.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall write two separate invocations of good fortune and two different introductions. Let me think deeply about the matter and then describe two different sets of incidents:'\nPURPORT\nThe two works are Vidagdha-madhava and Lalita-madhava. Vidagdha-madhava\ndescribes pastimes in Vrndavana, and Lalita-madhava describes pastimes in\nDvaraka and Mathura.\nTEXT 72\n\n11:� �11S�t-t �-fil �filftl\n\n11:-t·'Cit� �'-11: �I!J·��il \"'f-tlft II �� II\nratha-yatraya jagannatha darsana karila\nratha-agre prabhura nrtya-kirtana dekhila\nSYNONYMS\nratha-yatraya-during the function of Ratha-yatra; jagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; darsana karila-he saw; ratha-agre-the front of the ratha, or chariot;\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nnrtya-dancing;\n\nkirtana-chanting;\n\ndekhila-he saw.\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the Ratha-yatra ceremony Rupa Gosvami saw Lord Jagannatha. He\nalso saw Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu dancing and chanting in front of the\nratha.\n\n", "ant1#p0069": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n36\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 73\n\n�11' if!J·G� ��' 1)11i�·G�tflfP I\n<;J�i <;Jt�t-r' 'fcir�i '� •�'fi 1!-ttlll \"� 11\nprabhura nrtya-5/oka 5uni' 5ri-rupa-gosani\nsei 5/okartha lana 5/oka karila tathai\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Maha.prabhu; nrtya-5/oka-verse uttered during His\n\ndancing; 5uni -hearing ; 5ri-rupa-gosani-SrTia ROpa Gosva.mi; sei 5/oka-arthaco m posed another verse;\n'\n\nthe meaning of that verse; /ana-taking; 5/oka karila\n\n-\n\ntathai-on the spot.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Rupa Gosvami heard a verse uttered by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nduring the ceremony, he immediately composed another verse dealing with\nthe same subject.\nTEXT 74\n\n� <;Jtl :Jt� �-r! �f1�t� �('i{ I\n�trt� �f�� f<lli :Jt�?;'llt� ��i{ II '\\8 II\npurve sei saba katha kariyachi varl)ana\ntathapi kahiye kichu sar'lk$epe kathana\n\nSYNONYMS\npurve -pre vi ous ly; sei-these; saba-all; katha-words; kariyachi varl)ana-1\n\nhave\n\ndescribed;\n\ntathapi-still;\n\nkahiye-let\n\nsar'lk$epe-in brief; kathana-telling.\n\nme\n\nsay;\n\nkichu-s omething;\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have already described all these incidents, but I still wish to add briefly\nsomething more.\nTEXT 75\n\n:Jttlttl l.fl� GJtl� � ��i{ ��ti{ I\n�Ci{ <;lt� �-l� G�� i{tf� �tte{ II '\\It II\n\n", "ant1#p0070": "Text 77)\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n37\n\nsamanya eka s/oka prabhu paqena kirtane\nkene sloka paqe-iha keha nahi jane\nSYNONYMS\n\nsamanya-generally;\n\neka-one;\n\n5/oka-verse;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; paqena-recites; kirtane-while chanting; kene-why; s/okathat verse; paqe-He recites; iha-this; keha nahi jane-no one knows.\nTRANSLATION\nGenerally Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu recited a verse while dancing and\nchanting before the ratha, but no one knew why He was reciting that particular verse.\nTEXT 76\n\n�� <.!1�1 ��� <;�t�t� 00t�1f �� �i{ I\natf�tii.�� � �'t_t� �fli{ �t�tlfti{ II'\\� II\nsabe eka svarupa gosafli s/okera artha jane\ns/okanurupa pada prabhuke karana asvadane\nSYNONYMS\n\nsabe-only; eka-one; svarupa gosafli-Svar o pa Damodara Gosvami; s/okera\nartha-the meaning of that verse; jane-knows; sloka-anurOpa pada-other\nverses following that particular verse; prabhuke-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkarana-causes; asvadane-tasting\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOnly Svarupa Damodara Gosvami knew the purpose for which the Lord\nrecited that verse. According to the Lord's attitude, he used to quote other\nverses to enable the Lord to relish mellows.\nTEXT 77\n\n��-,�t�tf$ �� ;grtf.rm �R;�t111\n\n�� �n;� 00� C��1 � <;� � II'\\'\\ II\nrupa-gosani prabhura janiya abhipraya\nsei arthe s/oka kaila prabhure ye bhaya\n\n", "ant1#p0071": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n38\n\nSYNONYMS\nrapa-gosafii-Srila ROpa Gosvami; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\njaniya-knowing; abhipraya-the intention; sei arthe-in tha,t meaning; sloka-a\nverse; kai /a-composed; prabhure-to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ye-which;\nbhaya -appealed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRupa Gosvami, however, could understand the intention of the Lord, and\nthus he composed another verse that appealed to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 78\n�= C�T1li��\"Q: '1 <.!j<f � <f'Qi(gi <.!l'f CW!'If11-\n\nCi(g Cl>t?l�M�'1l10'f<:!>�����: cdr!'!: �11'�tR\"11: I\n'11 h<�tn �'<ltf9f �\\Jf �Q�'fn?J�\"'�\"'trwl1\n\nCQ'<t1rl1Nf'l C<l�'l,��?;\"' C'l)�: �\"��?;�II 'llr II\nyab kaumara-harab sa eva hi varas ta eva caitra-k�apas\nte conmilita-malatr-surabhaya/:1 prau9ha/:l kadambanila/:1\nsa caivasmi tathapi tatra surata-vyapara-lila-vidhau\nreva-rodhasi vetasi-taru-tale ceta/:1 samutkaQthate\nSYNONYMS\nya/:1-that same person who; kaumara-hara/:1-the thief of my heart during\nyouth; sa/:1-he; eva hi-certainly; vara/:1-lover; ta/:1-these; eva-certainly;\ncaitra-k�apal)-moonlit nights of the month of Caitra; te-those; ca-and;\nunmilita-fructified;\n\nmalatr-of\n\nmalati\n\nflowers;\n\nsurabhaya/:1-fragrances;\n\npraur;lha/:1-full; kadamba-with the fragrance of the kadamba flower; anila/:1the breezes; sa-that one; ca-also; eva-certainly; asmi-1 am; tathapi-still;\ntatra-there;\n\nsurata-vyapara-in\n\nintimate\n\ntransactions;\n\nlila-of\n\npastimes;\n\nvidhau-in the manner; reva-of the river named Reva; rodhasi-on the bank;\nvetasi-of the name Vetasi; taru-tale-underneath the tree; ceta/:1-my mind;\nsamutkaQthate-is very eager to go.\nTRANSLATION\n\"That very personality who stole my heart during my youth is now again my\nmaster. These are the same moonlit nights of the month of Caitra. The same\nfragrance of malati flowers is there, and the same sweet breezes are blowing\nfrom the kadamba forest. In our intimate relationship, I am also the same\nlover, yet still my mind is not happy here. I am eager to go back to that place\non the bank of the Reva under the Vetasi tree. That is my desire:'\n\n", "ant1#p0072": "Rupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\nText 80]\n\n39\n\nPURPORT\nThis is the verse recited by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 79\n\nf<fl�: C'!1��� 'f'll3: 'I�'Df� �'iliC'�'f\\1ifllf\"'�'<i'<ll�� '11 �1'11 �flrlfll_'SC�t: '1�'!��, I\n�'<lt�-r�=c�'ll��ll_�\"'�9f�'!�c<r\n'l\"C011 C'll <fiTM�'l1_f<'I01f<if91'1tll .,-��f� II 'IOl II\n\npriya/:1 so 'yam kr$Qa/:1 sahacari kuru-k$etra-militas\ntathaharil sa radha tad idam ubhayo/:1 sangama-sukham\ntathapy anta/:1-khelan-madhura-mura/T-pancama-ju$e\nmana me kalindT-pulina-vipinaya sprhayati\nSY NONYMS\npriya/:1-very dear; sa/:1-He; ayam -this; kr$Qa/:1-Lord Kr�r:ta; saha-cari -0\nMy dear friend; kuru-k$etra-mi/ita/:1-who is met on the field of Kuruk�etra;\ntatha-also;\n\naham-l;\n\nsa-that;\n\nradha-Radharar:ti;\n\ntat-that;\n\nidam-this;\n\nubhayo/:1-of both of Us; sangama-sukham-the happiness of meeting; tathapistill; anta/:1-within; khe/an-playing; madhura-sweet; mura/T-of the flute;\npancama-the fifth note; ju$e-which delights in; mana/:1-the mind; me-My;\nkalindT-of the River Yamuna;\n\npulina-on the bank;\n\nvipinaya-the trees;\n\nsprhayati -desires.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friend, now I have met My very old and dear friend K��r:�a on this\nfield of Kuruk�etra. I am the same Radharar:�i, and now We are meeting\ntogether. It is very pleasant, but I would still like to go to the bank of the\nYamuna beneath the trees of the forest there. I wish to hear the vibration of His\nsweet flute playing the fifth note within that forest of V�ndavana:'\nPURPORT\nThis is the verse composed by Srila ROpa Gosvami. It is included in his book\nPadyava/T (383).\nTEXT 80\n\n��t\\li 'tft<ll f��' �tc;�c;'! �t��i I\n�lj_� ��Hc;11' ��-,��tM3 '�� II �ro II\n\n", "ant1#p0073": "40\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\ntafa-patre 5foka fikhi' cafete rakhifa\n\nsamudra-snana karibare rupa-gosafii gefa\n\nSYNONYMS\ntafa-patre-on a palm leaf; sfoka-the verse; fikhi'-writing; cafete-in the\n\nthatched roof; rakhifa-kept it; samudra-snana-bath in the sea; karibare-for\ntaking; rupa-gosafii-of the name ROpa Gosvami; gefa-departed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter writing this verse on a palm leaf, Rupa Gosvami put it somewhere in\nhis thatched roof and went to bathe in the sea.\nTEXT 81\n\n�il�� � �'fl it�1f f'alf�� I\nit� \"'� �f-t �'f i'lif11'11 ?tf�t� II r � II\nhena-kafe prabhu aila tanhare mifite\n\ncafe 5foka dekhi prabhu fagifa pat;fite\n\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kafe-at that time; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ai/a-came there;\n\ntanhare mifite-to meet him; cafe-in the thatched roof; 5foka-verse; dekhi­\n\nseeing; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; fagifa-began; pat;fite-to read.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went there to meet him, and when\nHe saw the leaf pushed into the roof and saw the verse, He began to read it.\nTEXT 82\n\n<;Jtt� �' � 'f �t.. <;�'alt�� ,�'11 I\n��ttif 1fi?i·<;'SI'Pttf� �til �fif' �t�'li lllr�U\n5foka pat;fi' prabhu sukhe premavi�ta haifa\n\nhena-kafe rOpa-gosafii snana kari' aila\n\nSYNONYMS\n5foka pat;:fi'-reading this verse; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sukhe-in\n\ngreat happiness; prema-avi�ta haifa-became overwhelmed by ecstatic love;\n\n", "ant1#p0074": "Text 84]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n41\n\nhena-kale-at that time; rapa-gosafii-Srila ROpa Gosvami; snana kari'-after tak­\n\ning his bath; aila --came back.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter reading the verse, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was overwhelmed by\necstatic love. At that very time, Rupa Gosvami returned, having finished\nbathing in the sea.\nTEXT 83\n\n<21'- '�f�' ���e, <211'7�'1 9ff��i I\n<21'-iruf �t9f� �ifi' �Rt�'! �tf'$fifl II � II\nprabhu dekhi' dar:u;Javat prangaQe pac;lila\nprabhu tanre capac;la mari' kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu dekhi'-after seeing the Lord there; daQc;/avat-obeisances;\nprangaQe-in the courtyard; pac;lila-fell down; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; tar'lre-to ROpa Gosvami; capac;la mari'-gi ving a mild slap; kahite\n/agi/a-began to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the Lord, Sri Rupa Gosvami fell flat in the courtyard to offer obeisances. The Lord slapped him mildly in love and spoke as follows.\nTEXT 84\n\n'�li '�nf ta�il �� iS'ftfil�j ,<1\\��il ?'\n�\\! �&' �t9f '��i 'li �tf�'f� II tr8 II\n'gOc;/ha mora hrdaya tufii janila kemane?'\neta kahi' rOpe kaila drc;lha alingane\nSYNONYMS\n\n•\n\ngOc;lha-very confidential; mora-My; hrdaya-heart; tufii-you; jani/aknew; kemane-how; eta kahi -saying this; rOpe-to ROpa Gosvami; kai/adid; drc;lha a/ingane-firm embracing.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My heart is very confidential. How did you know My mind in this wayl\"\nAfter saying this, He firmly embraced Rupa Gosvami.\n\n", "ant1#p0075": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n42\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 85\n\n� �<IS 'f$1 �¥_ �� ���'11 I\n\"l1K� ��..1 ..-tf-st' ci�tt1{ �ll'f1 11�r<t n\nsei 5/oka lana prabhu svarape dekhaila\nsvarupera parik$a lagi' tarihare puchila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei\n\ns/oka-that verse; /ana- ta king; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nsvarupe\n\ndekhaila-showed\n\nto\n\nSvarupa\n\nDamodara;\n\nsvanJpera-of\n\nSvarapa\n\nDamodara Gosaiii; parik$a lagi'-for the examination; tanhare puchila-He inquired from him .\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took that verse and showed it to Svariipa\nDamodara for him to examine. Then the Lord questioned him.\nTEXT 86\n\n'�111' 'CI·1{-� 11i� IS'Itfil� '�1ltil ?'\n\n�Qi� �t�-\"�tfil, il'�1 <li��t� 'Cit�illllr� II\n'mora antara-varta rupa janila kemane?'\nsvarupa kahe-\"jani, krpa kariyacha apane\n\nSYNONYMS\nmora antara-varta-My internal intentions;\n\nrupa-Rupa\n\nGosvami;\n\njanila­\n\nknew; kemane-how; svarapa kahe-Svarupa replied; jani-1 can understand;\nkrpa kariyach a\n\n-\n\nYou have bestowed Your mercy; apane-personally.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"How could Riipa Gosvami have understood My hearU\" the Lord asked.\nSvariipa Damodara replied, \"I can understand that You have already\nbestowed Your causeless mercy upon him.\nTEXT 87\n\n'CiiJJQti � ��. �111' ilt� �� �il I\n\n� \"$( ��1 C�'f1, �ftf ��1ltif II\" lr'l II\n\n", "ant1#p0076": "Text 89]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n43\n\nanyatha e artha kara nahi haya jflana\ntumi pONe krpa kaifa, kari anumana\"\nSYNONYMS\nanyatha-otherwise; e artha-this confidential meaning; kara-of anyone;\nnahi-not; haya-is; jflana-the knowledge; tumi-You; purve-before this;\nkrpa kai la-bestowed mercy; kari anumana-1 can conjecture.\nTRANSLATION\n\"No one could otherwise understand this meaning. I can therefore guess\nthat previously You bestowed upon him Your causeless mercy!'\nTEXT 88\n\n� <15�,-\"�·t� �t�t� �;rt-r;'it fiffl;r\"f 1\n�m�tii �tfil �·�t� ,';It� ?�1 '!' �\"f 1117-17-U\nprabhu kahe,-\"inho amaya prayage mififa\nyogya-patra jani inhaya mora krpa ta' ha-ifa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu\n\nkahe-S ri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahiiprabhu\n\nreplies;\n\nGosvami;\n\nir'lho-ROpa\n\namaya-with Me; prayage-at Prayaga; mififa-met; yogya-patrajani -knowing\nhim to be a suitable person; inhaya-unto him; mora-My; krpa ta' ha ifa-there\n-\n\nwas mercy.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"Rupa Gosvami met Me at Prayaga.\nKnowing him to be a suitable person, I naturally bestowed My mercy upon\nhim.\nTEXT 89\n\n\\!� -tf9 ��t�' �tf� �( ��t�-t I\n\nI[� <fl� �� �t�� �t-t� U\" 17-� ll\ntabe sakti saflcari' ami kaifun upadesa\ntumiha kahio ihanya rasera vise�a\"\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereupon; sakti saflcari -empowering him with My transcendental\n'\n\npotency; ami-1; kaifun upadesa-gave instruction; tumiha-you also; kahio-\n\n", "ant1#p0077": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n44\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\ninform; inhariya-unto him; rasera vi.5e$a-particular information about transcendental mellows.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I thereupon also bestowed upon him My transcendental potency. Now you\n\nalso should give him instructions. In particular, instruct him in transcendental\nmellows!'\nTEXT 90\n\nWQi� ��-\"�W! �l � <;Wf� I\n\n'{fif �f� ��' l!cl� 15ft� II �o II\nsvarapa kahe-\"yate ei sfoka dekhiluri\ntumi kariyacha krpa, tavarihi janilu\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvarOpa kahe-SvarOpa D�modara says; yate-since; ei .5/oka-this verse;\ndekhi/un-1 have seen; tumi-You; kariyacha krpa-have bestowed Your mercy;\ntavailhi-immediately; jani/u-1 could understand.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSvariipa Damodara said, \"As soon as I saw the unique composition of this\nverse, I could immediately understand that You had bestowed upon him Your\nspecial mercy.\nTEXT 91\n\n\"'l'C<'l 0{ 'l'<'l<l't�'l���')�c� II\" ;;, �\nphalena phala-karaQam anumiyate\n\nSYNONYMS\npha/ena-by the result; phala-karaQam-the origin of the result; anumiyateone can guess.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'By seeing a result, one can understand the cause of that result!\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from the doctrines of nyaya, or logic.\n\n", "ant1#p0078": "Text 92]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n45\n\nTEXT 92\n\n\"��t9f<;f1-C�'l1�91f71<1'1<1t�\n'1t'!i-�Of1<11 ��r.�i\"l i5�tlf: I\n�r:�t��9ft'- ��\"lfi9f'l1/��\n<fit�� fo!Wt'ltf� �Oft'l<t'1r.� II\" �� II\nsvargapaga-hema-mwalininarh\nnana-mwalagra-bhujo bhajamab\nannanurDparh tanu-rDpa-rddhirh\nkaryarh nidanad dhi guQan adhite\nSYNONYMS\nsvarga-apaga-of the Ganges water flowing in the heavenly planets; hemagolden; m(T)alininam-of the lotus flowers; nana-various; mwala-agra-bhujabthose who eat the tops of the stems; bhajamab-we get; anna-anurDpam-according to the food;\n\ntanu-rDpa-rddhim-an abundance of bodily beauty;\n\nkaryam-the effect; nidanat-from the cause; hi-certainly; guQan-qualities;\nadhite-one obtains.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The River Ganges flowing from the heavenly planets is full of golden\nlotus flowers, and we, the residents of those planets, eat the stems of the\nflowers. Thus we are very beautiful, more so than the inhabitants of any other\nplanet. This is due to the law of cause and effect, for if one eats food in the\nmode of goodness, the mode of goodness increases the beauty of his body:\"\nPURPORT\nOne's bodily luster and beauty, one's constitution, one's activities and one's\nqualities all depend on the law of cause and effect. There are three qualities in material nature, and as stated in Bhagavad-gita (13.22), karaQarh guQa-sango 'sya sadasad-yoni-janmasu: one takes birth in a good or bad family according to his previous association with the qualities of material nature. Therefore one seriously\neager to achieve transcendental perfection, Kr�l)a consciousness, must eat Kr�l)a\nprasada. Such food is sattvika, or in the material quality of goodness, but when\noffered to Kr�l)a it becomes transcendental. Our Kr�l)a consciousness movement\ndistributes Kr�l)a prasada, and those who eat such transcendental food are sure to\nbecome devotees of the Lord. This is a very scientific method, as stated in this\nverse from Nala-nai$adha (3.17): karyarh nidanad dhi guQan adhite. If in all one's\nactivities he strictly adheres to the mode of goodness, he will certainly develop\n\n", "ant1#p0079": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n46\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nhis dormant Kr�r:Ja consciousness and ultimately become a pure devotee of Lord\nKr�r:Ja.\nUnfortunately at the present moment the bodily constitutions of the leaders of\n\nsociety, especially the governmental leaders, are polluted. As described in SrimadBhagavatam (12.1.42):\n\nasarhskrta/:1 kriya-hina\nrajasa tamasavrta/:1\n\nprajas te bhak$ayi$yanti\n\nmleccha rajany arupiQa/:1\n\nSuch leaders have no chance to purify their eating. Politicians meet together and\nexchange good wishes by drinking liquor, which is so polluted and sinful that\nnaturally drunkards and meateaters develop a degraded mentality in the mode of\n\nignorance. The processes of eating in different modes are explained in Bhagavadgita, wherein it is stated that those who eat rice, wheat, vegetables, milk products,\n\nfruit and sugar are situated in the elevated quality of goodness. Therefore if we\nwant a happy and tranquil political situation, we must select leaders who eat\n\nKr�r:Ja prasada. Otherwise the leaders will eat meat and drink wine, and thus they\n\nwill be asarhskrta/:1, unreformed, and kriya-hina/:1, devoid of spiritual behavior. In\n\nother words, they will be mlecchas and yavanas, or men who are unclean in their\n\nhabits. Through taxation, such men exploit the citizens as much as possible, and in\nthis way they devour the citizens of the state instead of benefiting them. We\ntherefore cannot expect a government to be efficient if it is headed by such\n\nunclean mlecchas and yavanas.\n\nTEXT 93\n\nit1_1it� ��' <;'$£)� '��� if'f'rt I\nifi�t-(;�Mi '1Wtl2lifi.� Ht'l � II :;,� II\ncaturmasya rahi' gaur;Je vai$Qava ca/ila\n\nrupa-gosani mahaprabhura caraf)e rahila\nSYNONYMS\ncaturmasya rahi -remaining four months for C�turmiisya; gaur;Je-to Bengal;\n'\n\nvai$Qava-all the devotees; ca/i/a-returned; rupa-gosani-Srila ROpa Gosviimi;\n\nmahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mah�prabhu; caraQe-at the shelter of His lotus\nfeet; rahi/a-remained.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the four months of Caturmasya [Sravar;�a, Bhadra, ASvina and Karttika],\nall the Vai�r:\"�avas of Bengal returned to their homes, but Srila Rupa Gosvami\n\n", "ant1#p0080": "Text 96]\n\nROpa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n47\n\nremained in Jagannatha Puri under the shelter of the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 94\n\n�<fi�i{ �opt �i{ ifti<�S fif� I\n�tt;�tl! 1f�t�t_� '�� �t'ftl!i{ II �8 II\neka-dina rOpa karena nataka fikhana\nacambite mahaprabhura haifa agamana\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; rupa-ROpa Gosvami; karena-does;\n\nnataka\n\n-\n\ndrama;\n\nfikhana- writing; acambite-all of a sudden; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; haifa-there was; agamana-the coming.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day while ROpa Gosvami was writing his\n\nbook,\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu suddenly appeared.\nTEXT 95\n\nQt1f rn._·� �'��e.� I\n\n{t� �fitftrnt �'t_ �t:Jttil ���II �It II\nsambhrame durihe uthi' daQc;lavat haifa\ndurihe alirigiya prabhu asane vasila\nSYNONYMS\nsambhrame-with\n\ngreat\n\nrespect;\n\ndurihe-Haridasa\n\nThakura\n\nand\n\nROpa\n\nGosvami; uthi'-standing up; daQc;lavat haila-fell down to offer obeisances;\ndurihe-the\n\ntwo\n\nof\n\nthem;\n\nafirigiya-embracing;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; asane vasifa-sat down on a seat.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Haridasa Thakura and ROpa Gosvami saw the Lord coming, they\nboth stood up and then fell down to offer Him their respectful obeisances. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu embraced them both and then sat down.\nTEXT 96\n\n'<fiJI \"[fQt fi't-t ?' �fil' 1!1�� filiili I\n\n�'IR (}ff� �'{ 1lti{ �-Tl ,�1 I �� II\n\n", "ant1#p0081": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n48\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\n'kya pur'lthi likha?' bali' eka-patra nila\nak$ara dekhiya prabhu mane sukhi hai/a\nSYNONYMS\nkya-what; pur'lthi-boo k; likha-you are writing; ba/i'-saying this; eka-patra\n\nni/a-took one page written on a palm leaf; ak$ara-the good handwriting;\n\ndekhi ya-seeing; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mane-in the mind; sukhi\nhai/a-became very happy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord inquired, \"What kind of book are you writingl\" He held up a\npalm leaf that was a page of the manuscript, and when He saw the fine handwriting, His mind was very pleased.\nTEXT 97\n\n��� 'el-.�-� JI..�Bf �rf� 1\n� �$1 <fit1fi{ �t. �-.�� �?Afi! ll �\" ll\nsri-rupera ak$ara-yena mukutara pafiti\nprita hana karena prabhu ak$arera stuti\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupera ak$ara-the handwriting of ROpa Gosvami; yena-like ; mukutara\n\npar'lti-a row of pearls; prita har'i a-being pleased; karena-does; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; ak$arera stuti-praise of the handwriting of Srila ROpa\n\nGosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nThus being pleased, the Lord praised the writing by saying, \"The handwriting of Rupa Gosvami is just like rows of pearls!'\nTEXT 98\n\n'� � � �<fi 'tt� 'Cf ��'11 I\n'Pf��� ��, ,�,� 'elt�� !t:�\"f1 ll �lr ll\nsei patre prabhu eka sloka ye dekhila\npa<fitei 5/oka, preme avi$ta ha-ila\n\n", "ant1#p0082": "Text 99]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n49\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei patre-on that palm leaf; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; eka 5/okaone verse; ye-which; dekhila-He saw; par;litei-by reading; 5/oka-the verse;\npreme-ecstatic love; avi$ta ha-ila-was overwhelmed.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile reading the manuscript, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw a verse on that\npage, and as soon as He read it He was overwhelmed by ecstatic love.\nTEXT 99\n\n�C'G 'i!ii�f<1�'1 � f'i!i� f<t'i!i�C'i!i ��i<t<'l'1<'1�nl\n<f<fCiil'i����<l'1 '<!�1,!C'i!i �ofl(C\"I!'�J: �U�. I\n\n�=�twr'f'lrwr�'1 ��1,!c� 'IT:�f��t'fr� �r��\nCOl\"! �iC\"I\" �fol\"\\!il f���i1��\\!i: �Cll!f'i!i <tcf�i) I I 0101 II\n\ntul)r;ie taQr;iavini ratirh vitanute tul)r;iavali-labdhaye\n\nkarl)a-kror;fa-kar;fambini ghatayate karl)arbudebhyab sprham\n\nceta/:1-prangaQa-sangini vijayate sarvendriyaQarh krtirh\n\nno jane janita kiyadbhir amrtaib kr$Qeti varl)a-dvayi\nSYNONYMS\n\ntuQr;ie-in the mouth; taQr;iavini-dancing; ratim-the inspiration; vitanuteexpands; tuQr;ia-avali-labdhaye-to achieve many mouths; karl)a-of the ear;\n\nkror;fa-in the hole; kar;fambini-sprouting; ghatayate-causes to appear; karl)aarbudebhya/:1 sprham-the desire for millions of ears; cetab-prangaQa-in the\n\ncourtyard of the heart; sangini-being a companion; vijayate-conquers; sarvaindriyaQiim-of all the senses; krtim-the activity;\n\nno-not; jane-! know;\n\njanita-produced; kiyadbhib-of what measure; amrtail)-by nectar; k[$Qa-the\n\nname of Kr�r;ta; iti-thus; varl)a-dvayi-the two syllables.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I do not know how much nectar the two syllables 'Kr�-r;�a' have produced.\nWhen the holy name of Kr�r;�a is chanted, it appears to dance within the\nmouth. We then desire many, many mouths. When that name enters the holes\nof the ears, we desire many millions of ears. And when the holy name dances\nin the courtyard of the heart, it conquers the activities of the mind, and\ntherefore all the senses become inert!'\n\n", "ant1#p0083": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nso\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse is included in the Vidagdha-madhava (1.15), a seven-act play written\n\nby Srila ROpa Gosvami describing the pastimes of Sri Kr�l)a in Vrndavana.\n\nTEXT 100\n\n� �fi{' �m� �•'\" ���t� 1\niftf� ilftf�1 <;tltt�1f 'CI( ��fit' II �oo II\n5foka 5uni' haridasa ha-ifa ullasi\nnacite fagifa 5fokera artha pra5arhsi'\n\nSYNONYMS\n5foka 5uni'-he a ring this verse; hari-dasa-Haridasa Thakura; ha-ifa u//asi-be\n\n­\n\ncame very jubilant; nacite fagifa-he began to dance; 5fokera-of the verse; artha\npra5arhsi -praising the meaning.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu chanted this verse, Haridasa Thakura, upon\nhearing the vibration, became jubilant and began dancing and praising its\nmeaning.\nTEXT 101\n\n\"ittt1ff 1l� llfts-�Ht:�-t !Sftfi{ I\n� 1lt� �r;� �itt� �f.{ II �o� II\nk($/')a-namera mahima 5astra-sadhu-mukhe jani\nnamera madhuri aiche kahan nahi 5uni\n\nSYNONYMS\nk($1')a-namera mahima-the glories of the holy name of Lord K[�l)a; 5astra-of\nthe revealed scriptures; sadhu-of the devotees; mukhe-in the mouth; janiwe can understand; namera madhuri-the sweetness of the holy name; aichein that way; kahan-anywhere else; nahi 5uni-we do not hear.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne has to learn about the beauty and transcendental position of the holy\nname of the Lord by hearing the revealed scriptures from the mouths of devotees. Nowhere else can we hear of the sweetness of the Lord's holy name.\n\n", "ant1#p0084": "Texts 103-1 04]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n51\n\nPURPORT\nIt is said in the Padma Puraf)a, ata/:1 sri-kr�Qa-namadi na bhaved grahyam indriyai/:1. Chanting and hearing of the transcendental holy name of the lord cannot\nbe performed by the ordinary senses. The transcendental vibration of the lord's\nholy name is completely spiritual. Thus it must be received from spiritual sources\nand must be chanted after having been heard from a spiritual master. One who\nhears the chanting of the Hare Kr�r;�a mantra must receive it from the spiritual\nmaster by aural reception. Srila Sanlitana GosvlimT has forbidden us to hear the\nholy name of Kr�r;�a chanted by non-Vai�r;�avas, such as professional actors and\nsingers, for it will have no effect. It is like milk touched by the lips of a serpent, as\nstated in the Padma Puraf)a:\navai�Qava-mukhodgirf)arh\nputarh hari-kathamrtam\nsravaf)arh naiva kartavyarh\nsarpocchi$tarh yatha paya/:1\nAs far as possible, therefore, the devotees in the Kr�r;�a consciousness movement\ngather to chant the holy name of Kr�r;�a in public so that both the chanters and the\nlisteners may benefit.\nTEXT 102\n\nI!������.·� �fir � 1\n� �� ,�iH �filffl 'if�� II �o� II\ntabe mahaprabhu dunhe kari' alingana\nmadhyahna karite samudre karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dunhe-unto both ROpa\nGosvlimT and Haridlisa Thlikura; kari'-doing; a/ ingana-embracing; madhyaahna karite-to perform His noontime duties; samudre-to the seaside; karila\ngamana-went.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced both Haridasa and Rupa Gosvami\nand left for the seaside to perform His noontime du ties.\nTEXTS 103-104\n\n� � �� �' 'Sf�tQf I\n\n��.t'�il-1ft1ftil...·�fif·lft� II � o� II\n\n", "ant1#p0085": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n52\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\n�� �' �fir �\"ff ��!;� fil�� I\n9ft� ttl @'1 ��t�1f �Rt\"ff �r�� 11 �os 11\nara dina mahaprabhu dekhi' jagannatha\nsarvabhauma-ramananda-svarOpadi-satha\nsabe mili' ca/i aila sri-rOpe milite\npathe ta/'lra guua sabare lagila kahite\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-the next day; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dekhi'seeing; jagannatha-Lord Jagannatha in the temple; sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma\nBhagacarya;\n\nramananda-Ramananda Raya; sva(Opa-adi-Svarupa Damodara\n\nGosvami; satha-along with; sabe mi/i'-meeting all together; ca/i ai/a-came\nthere; sri-rOpe milite-to meet Srila ROpa Gosvami; pathe-on the way; tanraof ROpa Gosvami; guua-all the good qualities; sabare-unto all the personal\nassociates; /agi/a kahite-began to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nOn the next day, after visiting the temple of Jagannatha as usual, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu met Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, Ramananda Raya and\nSvarupa Darnodara. They all went together to Srila Rupa Gosvami, and on the\nway the Lord greatly praised his qualities.\nTEXT 105\n\n� \"'t� ��' � � 11�� I\n�-� �'1 � �1!11 �·11..� II �olt II\ndui sloka kahi' prabhura haila maha-sukha\nnija-bhaktera guua kahe hana panca-mukha\nSYNONYMS\ndui s/oka kahi'-reciting two verses; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nhai/a-there was; maha-sukha-great pleasure; nija-bhaktera-of His own devotee; guua-the qualities;\nmukha-five-mouthed.\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nhana-as if becoming;\n\npaflca­\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu recited the two important verses, He felt\ngreat pleasure; thus, as if He had five mouths, He began to praise His devotee.\n\n", "ant1#p0086": "Text 107]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n53\n\nPURPORT\nThe two verses referred to are those beginning with priyab so 'yam (79) and\ntw:u;:le taQc;/avini (99).\nTEXT 106\n.( '\n\nP.\n:f(j�Qe11l·�t1ftilt� ...>S\\\n\"'' \"'U..-1 <l'il\"ll\nti! I\n\nll�it� �'I �.·�t� ilffAt'fl �ti! II �o� II\nsarvabhauma-ramanande parik$a karite\nsri-n1pera guf)a dunhare lagila kahite\nSYNONYMS\nsarvabhauma-ramanande-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya and Ramananda Raya;\nparik$a karite-to examine; sri-rupera guQa-the transcendental qualities of Srila\n\nROpa Gosvami; dunhare-unto both of them; lagila kahite-He began to praise .\nTRANSLATION\n\nJust to examine Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya and Ramananda Raya, the Lord\nbegan to praise the transcendental qualities of Sri Rupa Gosvami before them.\nTEXT 107\n\n'�·lljf'et'CI' -'et..l if1 �HI ��t${ I\n��t:fl�1 �'l � �t1t9f� 1$1'1'� II �o9 II\n'isvara-svabhava'-bhaktera na /aya aparadha\na/pa-seva bahu mane atma-paryanta prasada\nSYNONYMS\nisvara-svabhava-the characteristic of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\nbhaktera-of the pure devotee; na laya-does not take; aparadha-any offense;\na/pa-seva-very small service; bahu mane-the Lord accepts as very great; atmaparyanta-giving Himself; prasada-mercy.\nTRANSLATION\nCharacteristically, the Supreme Personality of Godhead does not take\nseriously an offense committed by a pure devotee. The Lord accepts whatever\nsmall service a devotee renders as being such a great service that He is prepared to give even Himself, not to speak of other benedictions.\n\n", "ant1#p0087": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n54\n\nTEXT 108\n\n��J� 9f�f� t1�0!f9f O!l9f�Nt-{_\nc'!<� �� �0(151 r9f �\\!it� <�w�r� Jr9f f\\!i ,\n\n'5fl��t�lf\\!i f9f�\"COJ1ff9f Oll\\SJ��l�\n�\"CO'!O( fol�\"l'I!�: 1_ll'C�l\\S\"C'Il l��\"( U �olr II\nbhrtyasya pas yati guran api naparadhan\nsevaril manag api krtaril bahudhabhyupaiti\navi?karoti pisune?v api nabhyasayaril\nSifena nirmafa-matiQ purU$Ottamo 'yam\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhrtyasya-of the servant; pa5yati-He sees; gurun-very great; api-although;\n\nna-not;\n\naparadhan-the offenses;\n\nsevam-service; manak api­\n\nhowever small; krtam-performed; bahu-dha-as great; abhyupaiti-accepts;\navi?karoti-manifests;\n\npisune?u-on\n\nthe\n\nenemies;\n\napi-also;\n\nna-not;\n\nabhyasayam-envy; silena-by gentle behavior; nirma/a-mati/:1-naturally cleanminded; puru?ottama/:1-the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the best of all personalities; ayam-this.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is known as Puru�ottama, the\ngreatest of all persons, has a pure mind. He is so gentle that even if His servant\nis implicated in a great offense, He does not take it very seriously. Indeed, if\nHis servant renders some small service, the Lord accepts it as being very great.\nEven if an envious person blasphemes the Lord, the Lord never manifests\nanger against him. Such are His great qualities!'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is from the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (2.1.138) by Srila ROpa Gosvami.\nTEXT 109\n\n\"'�'\" �'t_ �fl�, c;�' �· iSPi{ I\n�<!ft. ��1 C� R'l <!f\"fe{ II �o� II\nbhakta-sange prabhu aila, dekhi' dui jana\ndaf)cjavat haria kai/a caraf)a vandana\n\n", "ant1#p0088": "Text 111]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n55\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-sarige-accompanied\n\nby\n\nother\n\ndevotee\n\nassociates;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; ai/a-came; dekhi'-seeing this; dui jana-ROpa GosvamT\nand Haridasa Thakura; dar:11;favat hana-falling flat like logs; kaila-did; caraQa\nvandana-prayers to their lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Haridasa\n\nThakura\n\nand\n\nRupa\n\nGosvami\n\nsaw\n\nthat\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu had come with His intimate devotees, they both immediately fell\ndown like logs and offered prayers to their lotus feet.\nTEXT 110\n\n!fi•ltttr '� ·�!_ �·�tr;1f �I\n\nf�W! <(� � '1'�1 !fi·�'l \"��0\"\nbhakta-sarige kaila prabhu durihare milana\npiQ(;/ate vasila prabhu lana bhakta-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-sarige-with His intimate associates; kaila-did; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; durihare-the two (ROpa Gosvami and Haridasa Thakura); milanameeting; piQ(;/ate-on a raised place; vasila-sat down; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; lana bhakta-gaQa-with His personal devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His personal devotees met Rupa\nGosvami and Haridlsa Thlkura. The Lord then sat down in an elevated place\nwith His devotees.\nTEXT 111\n\n111'1 �mtll �·� <(�'\" f�'tiW'I'\n�� 'Citl!tr;� iff ��'1'1 r�·lft1f �\"!';1f \"�� � \"\nrupa haridasa durihe vasila pirqa-tale\nsabara agrahe na uthila piriqara upare\nSYNONYMS\nrupa hari-dasa-ROpa GosvamT and Haridasa Thakura; durihe-both of them;\nvasi/a-sat down; piQ(;/a-tale-at the foot of the raised place where SrT Caitanya\n\n", "ant1#p0089": "56\n\nSri Caitany�caritamrta\n\n[Anty�lila, Ch. 1\n\nMahaprabhu was sitting; sabara-of all of the devotees; agrahe-the insistence;\nna uthila-did not rise; piiu;lara upare-the top of the raised place where Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was sitting with His devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nROpa Gosvami and Haridasa Thakura sat at the foot of the elevated place\nwhere Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was sitting. Although everyone asked them to\nsit on the same level as the Lord and His associates, they did not do so.\nTEXT 112\n\n'�'Jtt� ?f�, ti?f, !2l'f �eti ��'f1 I\n'fllitt;� iii 11� �?f C��\"lil �fP11u ��� 11\n'pOrva-5/oka pac;la, rOpa' prabhu ajfia kaila\nlajjate na pac;le rOpa mauna dharila\nSYNONYMS\npOrva-5/oka-the previous verse; pac;/a-just read; rOpa-My dear ROpa;\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ajna kaila-ordered; lajjate-in great shyness; na pac;/e-did not read; rOpa-ROpa Gosvami; mauna dhari/a-remained\nsilent.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ordered Rupa Gosvami to read the verse\nthey had previously heard, Rupa Gosvami, because of great shyness, did not\nread it but instead remained silent.\nTEXT 1'13\n\n�'\"''5t�fJp �� (;�- � 'Pf�ilf I\n��' ��'t<m � 111te.� � II ��� II\nsvarOpa-gosafii tabe sei 5/oka pac;lila\n5uni' sabakara citte camatkara haila\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-gosafii-SvarOpa Damodara Gosani;\n\ntabe-then; sei-that;\n\n5/oka\n\npac;lila-recited the verse; 5uni'-hearing this; sabakara-of all of them; citte-in\nthe minds; camatkara haifa-there was great wonder.\n\n", "ant1#p0090": "Text 115]\n\n57\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen Svarupa Damodara Gosvami recited the verse, and when all the devotees heard it, their minds were struck with wonder.\nTEXT 114\n\nf��: C\"!i��� ?�: \"!�l'fl! �\"ll'l:�l11f-stfar���1�� \"!1 �NI '!itiflfl!_�nm \"1�-st��'l. 1\n��9fr�:l:�\"f'll�if'lJ:.ifar'19f��!fpl\n�l:'l1 c� �tfarii!')<PJ:_faro:rf<tf9fo:rt� '\"1��f'!i 11 �) s u\npriyab so 'yam k[$f)aQ sahacari kuru-k$etra-militas\ntathaham sa radha tad idam ubhayob sangama-sukham\ntathapy antab-khelan-madhura-mura/i-pancama-ju$e\nmana me kalindi-pulina-vipinaya sprhayati\nSYNONYMS\n\npriyab-very dear; sab-He; ayam-this; k[$f)ai)-Lord Kr�t:�a; saha-cari-0\nMy dear friend; kuru-k$etra-militab-who is met on the field of Kuruk�etra;\ntatha-also;\n\naham-1;\n\nsa-that;\n\nradha-Radharat:�i;\n\ntat-that;\n\nidam-this;\n\nubhayob-of both of Us; sangama-sukham-the happiness of meeting; tathapistill; anta/:1-within; khe/an-playing; madhura-sweet; murali-of the flute;\npancama-the fifth note; ju$e-which delights in; manab-the mind; me-My;\nkalindi-of the River Yamuna;\n\npulina-on the bank;\n\nvipinaya-the trees;\n\nsprhayati-desires.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friend, now I have met My very old and dear friend Kr�Qa on this\nfield of Kuruk�etra. I am the same RadharaQi, and now We are meeting\ntogether. It is very pleasant, but I would still like to go to the bank of the\nYamuna beneath the trees of the forest there. I wish to hear the vibrition of His\nsweet flute playing the fifth note within that forest of Vrndavana.\"\nTEXT 115\n\nm, � ��,-\"����� �till\n\n�� � �l �� '�';ftilll ��<t II\nraya, bhattacarya bale, -\"tamara prasada vine\ntamara hrdaya ei janila kemane\n\n", "ant1#p0091": "58\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSYNONYMS\nraya-Ramananda Raya; bhattacarya-Sarvabhauma Bhattaarya; bale-say;\ntamara prasada vine-without Your special mercy; tamara hrdaya-Your mind;\nei-this ROpa Gosvami; jani/a-understood; kemane-how.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing this verse, both Rarnananda Raya and Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya said to Caitanya Mahaprabhu, \"Without Your special mercy, how\ncould this Rupa Gosvami have understood Your mindl\"\nTEXT 116\n\n��r;� �·t�' �� ��1 �'fit. I\n(;� �� �� � ift� �'RI � II :>:>� II\namate sancari' purve kahila siddhanta\nye saba siddhante brahma nahi paya anta\n\nSYNONYMS\namate-within me; sancari'-creating all logical truths; purve-previously;\nkahila-You express; siddhanta-conclusive statements; ye-which; saba-all\nof; siddhante-conclusive statements; brahma-even Lord Brahma; nahi paya\nanta-cannot understand the limit.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Ramananda Raya admitted that previously Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nhad empowered his heart so that he could express elevated and conclusive\nstatements to which even Lord Brahma has no access.\nTEXT 117\n\n�W! �tfi{-�(;\\!tJ1ftf �$� �ilf I\n� � � �� ttNm'RtW 11\" :>:>� 11\ntate jani-purve tamara panache prasada\ntaha vina nahe tamara hrdayanuvada\"\n\nSYNONYMS\ntate-in such instances; jani-1 can understand; purve-previously; tamara. Your; panache prasada-he has obtained special mercy; taha vina-without that;\nnahe-there is not; tamara-Your; hrdaya-anuvada-expression of feelings.\n\n", "ant1#p0092": "Text 118]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n59\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Had you not previously bestowed Your mercy on him,\" they said, \"it\nwould not have been possible for him to express Your internal feelings!'\nPURPORT\nDevotees ack nowledge Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's special mercy upon Srila\n\nROpa Gosvami in the following words:\n\nsri-caitanya-mano 'bhi$tarh\nsthapitarh yena bho-tale\nsvayarh rOpab kada mahyarh\ndadati sva-padantikam\n\"When will Srila ROpa GosvamT Prabhupada, who has established within this material world the mission to fulfill the desire of Lord Caitanya, give me shelter under\nhis lotus feet?\"\nThe special function of Srila ROpa Gosvami is to establish the feelings of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. These feelings are His desires that His special mercy be\nspread throughout the world in this Kali-yuga.\nprthivite ache yata nagaradi-grama\nsarvatra pracara haibe mora nama\nHis desire is that all over the world everyone, in every village and every town,\nknow of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His sar'lkirtana movement. These are the inner feelings of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Sri ROpa Gosvami committed to writing\n\nall these feelings of the Lord. Now again, by the mercy of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, the same feelings are being spread all over the world by the servants of the Gosvamis, and devotees who are pure and simple will appreciate this\nattempt. As concluded by Srila Kr�l')adasa Kaviraja GosvamT, however, those who\nare on the level of hogs and dogs will never appreciate such a great attempt. Yet\nthis does not matter to the preachers of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's cult, for all\nover the world they will continue to perform this responsible work, even though\npersons who are like cats and dogs do not appreciate them.\nTEXT 118\n\n� \"�,-�� \"11i9t, if$,<R � I\n'� � �� �r;<R �t� 1:-t·�� II ))lrtl\nprabhu kahe,- \"kaha rOpa, natakera sloka\nye sloka sunile lokera yaya dubkha-soka\n\n", "ant1#p0093": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n60\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; kaha-please recite; rapa-My\ndear ROpa; natakera .5/oka-the verse of your drama; ye- which; s/oka-verse;\nsuni/e-heari ng ;\n\n/okera-of all people;\n\nyaya-go away;\n\nduf:r kha soka-the\n-\n\nunhappiness and lamentation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"My dear Rupa, please recite that verse\nfrom your drama which, upon being heard, makes all people's unhappiness\nand lamentation go away.\"\nTEXT 119\n\n�'Rf � � �rw l!'tt1f �ta� r� 1\n\n� � �� �\"Ptt'itPftf<fli ��\" ��� \"\nbara bara prabhu yadi tare ajna dila\ntabe sei 5/oka rapa-gosani kahi/a\nSYNONYMS\nbara bara\n\n-\n\nagai n and again; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yadi-when;\n\ntare-him; ajna dila-ordered; tabe-at that time; sei .5/oka-that particular\nverse; ru pa-gosani-of the name ROpa Gosvami; kahila-recited.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord persisted in asking this again and 'again, Rupa Gosvami\nrecited that verse [as follows].\nTEXT 120\n\n�r:-G �-Gf<f\"l'� ��� f<l'\\!i�� �-Gt<r�� �'l:�\n�.f'l:<!!'t�\"'��\"�'� ���'1:'\\!i \"'.ft(r:�r: ��t\"{, 1\nCS\\!i: flt'f 'f'ffif'l� f<l'\"l:!!�'l:\\!i \"l'l:�f��ictt� 'ff\\!il\\\nC0{1 \"l:!ft'l:O{ \"l:!ffr!'\\!i1 f\"'�f��lj{\\!i: \"W�f'\\!i <lcf��\"t U H\n\n•\n\nII\n\ntUf)Qe taf)gavini ratirh vitanute tuf)Qavali-labdhaye\nkarf)a-kroga-kagambini ghatayate karf)arbudebhya/:1 sprham\nceta/:1-prangaf)a-sangini vijayate sarvendriyaf)aril krtirh\nno jane janita kiyadbhir amrtai/:1 kr$f)eti varf)a-dvayi\n\n", "ant1#p0094": "Text 122]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n61\n\nSYNONYMS\ntuQ<;ie-in the mouth; taQ<;iavini-dancing; ratim-the inspiration; vitanute­\n\nexpands; tuQ<;ia-avali-labdhaye-to achieve many mouths; karQa-of the ear;\n\nkro<;fa-in the hole; ka<;fambini-sprouting; ghatayate-causes to appear; karQa­\n\narbudebhya/:1 sprham -the desire for millions of ears; ceta/:1-prangaQa-in the\n\ncourtyard of the heart; sangini-being a companion; vij a yat e-con q uers; sarva­\n\nindriyaf)am-of all the senses; krtim-the activity; no-not; jane-1 know;\n\njanita-p roduced;\n\nkiyadbhi/:1-of what\n\nmeasures\n\nby;\n\namrtai/:1-by\n\nkr$Qa-the name of Kr�r:Ja; iti-thus; varQa-dvayi-the two syllables.\n\nnectar;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I do not know how much nectar the two syllables 'Kr�-l;'la' have produced.\nWhen the holy name of Knr;\"�a is chanted, it appears to dance within the\nmouth. We then desire many, many mouths. When that name enters the holes\nof the ears, we desire many millions of ears. And when the holy name dances\nin the courtyard of the heart, it conquers the activities of the mind, and\ntherefore all the senses become inert.\"\nTEXT 121\n\n� ��\"f � 1ft�\"f 1ft� I\n\n�<tS ��' �� �if �til\"'-�'mlll ��� l\nyata bhakta-vrnda ara ramananda raya\nsloka suni' sabara ha-ila ananda-vismaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nyata bhakta-vrnda-all the personal devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nara-and; ramananda raya-of the name Ramananda Raya; sloka suni'-hearing\nthis verse; sabara-of everyone; ha-i/a-there was; ananda-vismaya-transcen­\n\ndental bliss and astonishment.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all the devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, especially Sri Ramananda Raya, heard this verse, they were all filled with transcendental bliss and\nwere struck with wonder.\nTEXT 122\n\n� �r;ll(,-'ilt11'·1f� �fimtfii � I\n\n�1fil1ft� '�'t � �(� ll ��� ll\n\n", "ant1#p0095": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n62\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nsabe bale,-'ni1ma-mahima suniyachi apara\nemana madhurya keha nahi varQe ara'\nSYNONYMS\n\nsabe bale-every one of them said; nama-mahim/1-the glories of chanting the\nholy name; suniyachi-we have heard; apara-many times; emana-this kind of;\nmadhurya-sweetness;\n\nkeha-someone;\n\nnahi-not;\n\nvarQe-describes; ara­\n\nelse.\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone admitted that although they had heard many statements glorifying\nthe holy name of the Lord, they had never heard such sweet descriptions as\nthose of Riipa Gosvami.\nTEXT 123\n\n1ffil ��,- '�'t1l. � \"fl m trtf.{ ?\n\n� � \\.!1� fil.-tr;�t -tfi{ ?\" ��� II\nraya kahe,-\"kon grantha kara hena jani?\nyahara bhitare ei siddhantera khani?\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nraya\n\nkahe -Ramananda\n\nRaya\n\ninquired;\n\nkon-what;\n\ngrantha-dramatic\n\nliterature; kara-you are writing; hena-suc h; jani-l can understand; yahara\n\nbhitare- with in which; ei-t he se; siddhantera khani-a mine of conclusive state­\n\nments.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya inquired, \"What kind of drama are you writingl We can\nunderstand that it is a mine of conclusive statements:'\nTEXT 124\n\nOlltli� �,-fl�l'f� iftt\"' WI! I\n\n<3'8fofl\"1·� \\.!�\"'(][�I! II ��8 II\nsvarupa kahe,-\"kr�Qa-lilara nataka karite\nvraja-/i//1-pura-/i/a ekatra varQite\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvarupa kahe- Sva ra pa Damodara replied on behalf of ROpa GosvamT; kr�Qa­\n\nli/ara-of the pastimes of Lord Kr�l)a; nataka karite-composing a drama; vraja-\n\n", "ant1#p0096": "Text 126]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n63\n\n/ila-pura-lila-His pastimes in Vrndavana and His pastimes in Mathura and\nDvaraka; ekatra-in one book; varQite-to describe.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara replied for Srila Rupa Gosvami: \"He wanted to compose\na drama about the pastimes of Lord K��r;�a. He planned to describe in one book\nboth the pastimes of V�ndavana and those of Dvaraka and Mathura.\nTEXT 125\n\n�r�mtf�, �� �!_-�erl �NP11\n\n� �1�� <fiffi�� R�'Sf �fl�1 II��� II\narambhiyachila, ebe prabhu-ajna pana\ndui nataka kariteche vibhaga kariya\n\nSYNONYMS\narambhiyachila-Srila Rapa GosvamT began; ebe-now; prabhu-ajna paflagetting the order of Sri Caitanya Mahilprabhu; dui nataka-two different dramas;\nkariteche-he is compiling; vibhaga kariya-dividing the original idea.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"He began it in that way, but now, following the order of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, he has divided it in two and is writing two plays, one concerning\nthe pastimes of Mathura and Dvaraka and the other concerning the pastimes\nof V�ndavana.\nTEXT 126\n\nR�� �� ��i!l(tt{� I\n� �$r;� <;<2IJ��:J� ��� �� u\" ��� 11\nvidagdha-madhava ara /alita-madhava\ndui natake prema-rasa adabhuta saba\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nvidagdha-madhava-one\n\nis\n\nnamed\n\nmadhava-named Lalita-madhava;\n\nVidagdha-madhava;\n\nara-and;\n\ndui natake-in two plays;\n\nlalita­\n\nprema-rasa­\n\necstatic mellows of emotional love for Kr�r:Ja; adabhuta-wonderful; saba-all.\n\n", "ant1#p0097": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSri Caitanya- caritamrta\n\n64\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The two plays are called Vidagdha-madhava and Lalita-madhava. Both of\nthem wonderfully describe ecstatic emotional love of God.\"\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura informs us in this connection that Srila\nROpa Gosvami composed the drama known as Vidagdha-madhava in the year\nSakabda 1454, and he finished Lalita-madhava in Sakabda 1459. The discussion\nbetween Ramananda Raya and SrTia ROpa Gosvami at Jagannatha Purl took place\nin Sakabda 1437.\nTEXT 127\n\nm �,-\"ift\"''1-·,Jtt<fi �� �' �fil ?\"\n\n�11i9f \"'� � �!_·� 1ftfil' II ��'\\ II\nraya kahe,-\"nandi-5/oka parja dekhi, suni?\"\nsri-rOpa 5/oka page prabhu-ajiia mani'\nSYNONYMS\nraya kahe\n\n-\n\nSri Ramananda Raya says; nandi-5/oka parja-please recite the in­\n\ntroductory verse; dekhi-so that I can see; 5uni-so that I can hear; 5ri-rupa 5/oka\nparje\n\n-\n\nROpa Gosvami recites the verse; prabhu-ajiia mani\n\n'-\n\naccept i ng the order\n\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya said, \"Please recite the introductory verse of Vidagdhamadhava so that I can hear and examine it!' Thus Sri Rupa Gosvami, being ordered by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, recited the verse (1.1).\nTEXT 128\n\n�·rt\"!i� l>i��<tt11R 'lT�C11i\"Jtilf-lf11\"!�\nlf'!ior1 �l'fifir·�<!�'<t;P!ir�: ��fiS\\!il�. I\n'!'lT�i� '!�ic9fil'f'$1'1T-f�111f�'!t�-'!������� c� WlPi� ��� �fif\"f'l<'�1-f\"t��� • ��l:r n\nsudhanaril candrit:�am api madhurimonmada-damani\ndadhana radhadi-prat:�aya-ghana-saraib surabhitam\nsam an tat santapodgama-vi $ama-sam sara- sarat) iprat:�itaril te tr$t:�aril haratu hari-lila-sikharit:�i\n\n", "ant1#p0098": "Text 130]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n65\n\nSYNONYMS\nsudhanam-of the nectar; candriQam-produced on the moon; api-even;\n\nmadhurima-the\n\nsweetness;\n\nunmada-damani-overpowering\n\nthe\n\npride;\n\ndadhana-distributing; radha-adi-of Srimati Radhara1_1i and Her companions;\npraQaya-ghana-of the concentrated loving affairs; saraib-by the essence; surabhi tam-a good fragrance; samantat-everywhere; santapa-miserable condi­\n\ntions; udgama-generating; vi$ama-very dangerous; sarhsara-saraQi-on the\npath of material existence;\n\npraQitam-created;\n\nte-your;\n\nt[$Qiim-desires;\n\nharatu-let it take away; hari-lila-the pastimes of Sri Kr�t;�a; sikhariQi-exactly\n\nlike a combination of yogurt and sugar candy.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"May the pastimes of Sri Kr�r:�a reduce the miseries existing in the material\nworld and nullify all unwanted desires. The pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead are like sikharir;�i, a blend of yogurt and sugar candy. They\noverpower the pride of even the nectar produced on the moon, for they distribute the sweet fragrance of the concentrated loving affairs of Srimati\nRadharar;�i and the gopis.\"\nTEXT 129\n\n1ft� ��' -'� ����� �(il' I\n\n�'.� :�n;;.rn;G �9f ifl �t1l9f� II��� II\nray a kahe, -'kaha i$ta-devera varQana'\nprabhura sankoce rapa na kare pathana\nSYNONYMS\nraya kahe-Ramananda Raya says; kaha-now speak; i$ta-devera var(lana­\n\ndescription of your worshipable Deity; prabhura sank oce-embarr as sment in the\n\npresence of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rapa-ROpa Gosvami; na kare-does not\ndo; pathana-recitation\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya said, \"Now please recite the description of the glories of\nyour worshipable Deity. \" Rupa Gosvami, however, hesitated due to embarrassment because Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was present .\nTEXT 130\n\n� �r;;�,-\"�, G:�til �� :Jt�tG·�Wl? ?\n� � �il�� '��-�� ?\" ��o II\n\n", "ant1#p0099": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n66\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"kaha, kene kara sankoca-laje?\ngranthera phala 5unaiba vai$f)ava samaje?\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu says; kah a -spe ak up; kene-why;\nkara-you do; sa nkoca laje in shame and embarrassment; granthera-of the\nbook; phala -the fruit; 5unaiba-you should make heard; vai$f)ava-samaje-in\n-\n\n-\n\nthe society of pure devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord, however, encouraged Rupa Gosvami, saying, \"Why are you embarrassed 1 You should recite it so the devotees can hear the good fruit of your\nwriting.\"\nTEXT 131\n\n� ��·c;'5f1�tM3 �fW '�<15 ?f� I\n\n�fil' �'�_ �r;�,-'�� �fi! '@fi! �' II ��� II\ntabe rOpa-gosani yadi 5/oka pac;lila\n5uni' prabhu kahe,-'ei ati stuti hai/a'\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-at that time; rupa-gosani-of the name ROpa GosvamT; yadi-whe n;\n5/oka pac;lila-re cited the verse; 5uni'-hearing this; prabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu says; ei-this; ati stuti-e x agge rat e d offering of prayers; hailawas.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Rupa Gosvami thus recited his verse, Caitanya Mahaprabhu disapproved of it because it described His personal glories. He expressed the opinion that it was an exaggerated explanation.\nTEXT 132\n\n'I!{Ol��s�,� fs�i<:. �i1i'l�i��\"'!cf: <fiCO'!�\n'1119f��,:I\"C'\\!ijll!ij'-'!�'li� ��f���P{.I\n�RI: '\"J::�rr�� '!Uf'\\!i<fi'\"\"�\"'!f9f'\\!i:\n\n'llf1 �lf\"!l�ilfn �ll� �= \"trfl\"liii\"l: a )'-'� u\n\n", "ant1#p0100": "Text 133]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n67\n\nanarpita-carirh cirat karuf)ayavatirf)a/:1 kalau\nsamarpayitum unnatojjvala-rasarh sva-bhakti-sriyam\nhari/:1 purata-sundara-dyuti-kadamba-sandipita/:1\nsada hrdaya-kandare sphuratu val) saci-nandana/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nanarpita-not bestowed; carim-having been formerly; cirat-for a long time;\nkaruf)aya-by causeless mercy; avatirf)a/:1-descended; ka/au-in the age of Kali;\nsamarpayitum-to bestow; un nata-elevated; ujjvala-rasam-the conjugal\nmellow; sva-bhakti-of His own service; sriyam-the treasure; hari/:1-the\nSupreme Lord; purata-than gold; sundara-more beautiful; dyuti-of splendor;\nkadamba-with a multitude; sandipita/:1-illuminated; sada- al ways; hrdayakandar e-in the cavity of the heart; sphuratu-let Him be manifest; val)- your;\nsaci-nandana/:1-the son of mother SacT.\nTRANSLATION\n11May the Supreme Lord, who is known as the son of Srimati Sacidevi, be\ntranscendentally situated in the innermost core of your heart. Resplendent\nwith the radiance of molten gold, He has descended in the age of Kali by His\ncauseless mercy to bestow what no incarnation has ever offered before: the\nmost elevated mellow of devotional service, the mellow of conjugal love.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse (Vidagdha-madhava 1.2) also appears in Adi-lila (1.4 and 3.4). In his\ncommentary on Vidagdha-madhava, Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura remarks:\n\nmaha-prabho/:1 sphOrtirh vina hari-lila-rasasvadananupapatter iti bhava/:1. Without\nthe mercy of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, one cannot describe the pastimes of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore Sr�a ROpa GosvamT said, val)\n\nyu$makarh hrdaya-rapa-guhayarh saci-nandano hari/:1, pak$e, sirhha/:1 sphuratu:\n\"May Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is exactly like a lion that kills all the\nelephants of desire, be awakened within everyone's heart, for by His merciful\nblessings one can understand the transcendental pastimes of Kr�r:1a.\"\nTEXT 133\n\n�� �'$f'1 �� alt� 'efemi I\n��t� �fPn ��t� <:Jtt� 'eittdP1 ����� \"\nsaba bhakta-gaf)a kahe 5/oka suniya\nkrtartha karila sabaya sloka sunana\n\n", "ant1#p0101": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n68\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaba bhakta-gaQa-all the devotees present there; kahe-say; 5/oka 5uniyahearing this verse; krta-artha karila-you have obliged; sabaya-everyone; 5/oka\n5unat'ia-by reciting this verse.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees present so greatly appreciated this verse that they expressed their gratitude to Sri Rupa Gosvami for his transcendental recitation.\nTEXT 134\n\n1ft1l ��,-\",�-t �-t �-��.qi{ ?\"\n1'11� <'fit�,-\"���fJ '���' ift;j\" II �1!18 II\nray a kahe,- \"kon amukhe patra-sannidhana ?\"\nrupa kahe,-\"kala-samye 'pravartaka' nama\"\nSYNONYMS\nraya kahe-Ramananda Raya says; kon-what; amukhe-by introduction;\npatra-sannidhana-presence of the players; rupa kahe-Srila ROpa Gosvami\nreplies; kala-samye-in agreement of time; pravartaka nama-the introduction\ncalled pravartaka.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya inquired, \"How have you introduced the assembly of the\nplayersJ\" Rupa Gosvami replied, \"The players assemble at a suitable time\nunder the heading of pravartaka.\nPURPORT\nIn a drama all the actors are called patra, or players. This is stated by Visvanatha\nKaviraja in the Sahitya-darpaQa (6.283):\ndivya-martye sa tad-rupo\nmi5ram anyataras tayol;\nsucayed vastu-bijarh vamukharh patram athapi va\nThe meaning of amukha is stated by Srila ROpa Gosvami in the Nataka-candrika:\nsutra-dharo nati brute\nsva-karyarh pratiyuktital;\n\n", "ant1#p0102": "Text 136]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n69\n\nprastutak$epicitroktya\nyat tad amukham iritam\n\nWhen Srila Ramananda Raya inquired about the arrangement for introducing the\nassembly of players in the drama, ROpa Gosvami replied that when the players\nfirst enter the stage in response to the time, the introduction is technically called\npravartaka. For an example one may consult the Antya-lila, First Chapter, verse 17.\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura says that the introduction, which is technically called amukha, may be of five different kinds, according to the Sahitya-darpaQa (6.288):\n\nudghatyaka/:1 kathodghata/:1\nprayogatisayas tatha\npravartakavalagite\npanca prastavana-bhida/:1\n\nIntroductions may be classified as follows: (1) udghatyaka, (2) kathodghata, (3)\nprayogatisaya, (4) pravartaka and (5) avalagita. These five kinds of introduction are\n\ncalled amukha. Thus Srila Ramananda Raya asked which of the five introductions\nhad been employed, and Srila ROpa Gosvami replied that he had used the introduction called the pravartaka.\nTEXT 135\n\n'15lif'fl'�: <ft\"f'ltt1!JO{ �r:•r•r: �tl!. ���\"\": u ')\"¢ u\nak�ipta/:1 ka/a-samyena\npravesa/:1 syat pravartaka/:1\n\nSYNONYMS\nak$iptal)-set in motion; kala-samyena-by a suitable time; pravesa/:1-the en­\n\ntrance; syat-should be; pravartakab -named pravartaka.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When the entrance of the actors is set in motion by the arrival of a suitable time, the entrance is called pravartaka.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Nataka-candrika (12) by Srila ROpa Gosvami.\nTEXT 136\n\nC'll�JI� �'1�'11!�: '!f1!�1� �f\"'il\"\\..\n�cf� �1!'11iPi,r:9fr!'-·r�t��t'if\"{.l\n\n", "ant1#p0103": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n70\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\n�� ��1 \"lrfD1lll1 'f� 11'11flllc'll\n�'ftll 'f'f\"1!Rl'i!i1 fo!r--r c9f'19<!1'f'lll ')�-lt \"\nso 'yam vasanta-samayab samiyaya yasmin\npim)arh tam isvaram upo(iha-nava nuragam\ngu(iha-graha ruciraya saha radhayasau\nrangaya sangamayita nisi paurf)amasi\nSYNONYMS\nsab-that; ayam-this; vasanta-samayab-springtime; samiyaya-had arrived;\nyasmin-in which; purf)am-the complete; tam-Him; isvaram-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; upo(iha-obtained; nava-anuragam-new attachment;\ngu(iha-graha-which covered the stars; ruciraya-very beautiful; saha-with;\nradhaya-Srimati Radharat;�i; asau-that full-moon night; rangaya-for increasing\nthe beauty; sangamayita-caused to meet; nisi-at night; paurf)amasi-the fullmoon night.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Springtime had arrived, and the full moon of that season inspired the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, who is complete in everything, with new attraction to meet the beautiful Srimati Radharat:ti at night to increase the beauty\nof Their pastimes.' \"\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura interprets this verse ( Vidagdha-madhava 1.1 0) in\ntwo ways, for Lord Kr�t;�a and for SrTmatT Radharat;�i. When interpreted for Kr�Qa,\nthe night is understood to have been a dark moon night, and when interpreted for\nSrimati Radharat;�i, it is considered to have been a full moon night.\nTEXT 137\n\n1ft� ��,-\"(fft1ft�tfff �ft �f�, �fi{ ?\"\n1ti9f ��,-Jiftt121'.11' �� �Srtfi{\" ��'lll\nraya kahe,-\"prarocanadi kaha dekhi, suni?\"\nrupa kahe,-\"mahaprabhura sravaf)eccha jani\"\nSYNONYMS\nraya kahe-Srila Ramananda Raya says; prarocanadi kaha-please recite the\nprarocana; dekhi-1 shall see; suni-and hear; rupa kahe-SrT1a ROpa Gosai'\\i\nreplies; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sravaf)a-iccha-desired to\nhear; jani-1 think.\n\n", "ant1#p0104": "Text 138]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n71\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya said, \"Please recite the prarocana portion so that I may\nhear and examine it.\" Sri Rupa replied, \"I think that the desire to hear of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is prarocana.\nPURPORT\nThe method of inducing the audience to become more and more eager to hear\n\nby praising the time and place, the hero and the audience is called prarocana. This\nis the statement regarding prarocana in the Nataka-candrika:\n\ndesa-kala-katha-vastusabhyadinarh prasarhsaya\nsrot(Qam unmukhi-karaf)\nkathiteyarh prarocana\nSimilarly the Sahitya-darpaf)a (6.286) says:\n\ntasyaf) prarocana vithi\ntatha prahasana-mukhe\nanganyatronmukhi-karab\nprasarhsataf) prarocana\nAny literature presented in Sanskrit must follow the rules and regulations mentioned in the authoritative reference books. The technical inquiries by Srila Ramananda Raya and the replies of Srila ROpa Gosvami indicate that both of them were\nexpert and fully conversant with the techniques of writing drama.\nTEXT 138\n\n�'(j10ft�:lf'4tlf.l�R!·�* ��f1 follfCfl�o;:\n\n�ro;: 9fl!R�: \"11 <1��-c�: ���t�9fH\"\"'ll\nca�-c<:S l)'Q\"��t� �t��f�lf{ilfW<i'\\<;��� mlf<PJ:.'lr11'�.,9f�\"'!9ft�t��,'ll\"'l.,� n )-:l\\r u\nbhaktanam udagad anargala-dhiyarh vargo nisargojjvalab\nsilaif) pallavitaf) sa ballava-vadhO-bandho prabandho 'py asau\nlebhe catvaratarh ca taf)r;/ava-vidher vrndatavi-garbha-bhar\nmanye mad-vidha-puQya-maf)r;/ala-paripako 'yam unmilati\n\n", "ant1#p0105": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n72\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhaktJ.nam-of\nstantly\n\nthinking\n\ndevotees;\nof\n\nudagat-has appeared;\n\nRadha-Kr�r:ta;\n\nanargala-dhiyam-con­\n\nvargab-the assembly;\n\nnisarga-ujjva/ab­\n\nnaturally very advanced; silaib-with natural poetic decorations; pa//avitabspread like the leaves of a tree; sab-that; ballava-vadha-bandhab-of the friend\nof the gopis, Sri Kr�r:ta; prabandhab-a literary composition; api-even; asauthal; /ebhe-has achieved; catvaratam-the quality of a quadrangular place with\nlevel ground; ca-and; tJ.r)(;Java-vidheb-for\ndancing; vrnda-atavi-of the forest\n.\nof Vrndavana;\n\ngarbha-bhub-the inner grounds;\n\nvidha-of persons like me;\n\nmanye-1\n\nconsider;\n\nmat­\n\npuQya-maQc;iala-of groups of pious activities;\n\nparipakab-the full development; ayam-this; unmi/ati-appears.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'The devotees now present are constantly thinking of the Supreme Lord\n\nand are therefore highly advanced. This work named Vidagdha-madhava\ndepicts the characteristic pastimes of Lord Kr,.,a with decorations of poetic\nornaments. And the inner grounds of the forest of Vrndavana provide a suitable platform for the dancing of Kr,.,a with the gopis. Therefore I think that\nthe pious activities of persons like us, who have tried to advance in devotional\nservice, have now attained maturity.'\nPURPORT\nThis is verse eight of the First Act of Vidagdha-madhava.\nTEXT 139\n\n�f�<fJ�1 �: �tf�\"�\"l1119ftlf'f9r 1._t:r1\nf<ft:rtr!i'1 f11�4t\"t �ftl'�ct�� <t: w�fil�' 1\n9J_��t9fJHt: �, 1f�l:f,'lT�J �f;{c�1\n��'tn:l!!9f.rt'!9f��f� 'li�:<ll<'l.'ll\\!ii' II ��;;,I\nabhivyakta mattab prakrti-laghu-rupad api budha\nvidhatri siddharthan hari-guQa-mayi vab krtir iyam\npulindenapy agnib kimu samidham-unmathya janito\nhiraQya-sreQinam apaharati nantab-kalu$atam\nSYNONYMS\nabhivyakta-man ifested; mattab-from me; prakrti-by nature; /aghu-rupatsituated in a lower position;\n\napi-although; budhab-0 learned devotees;\n\n", "ant1#p0106": "Text 140]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the lord\n\n73\n\nvidhatri-which may bring about; siddha-arthan-all the objects of perfection;\nhari-guQa-mayi-whose subject matter is the attributes of Kr�rya; vab-of you;\nkrtib-the poetic play known as Vidagdha-madhava; iyam-this; pulindena-by\nthe lowest class of men;\nsamidham-the wood;\n\napi-although;\n\nagnib-a\n\nfire;\n\nkimu-whether;\n\nunmathya-rubbing; janitab-produced;\n\nhiraQya-of\n\ngold; sreQinam-of quantities; apaharati-vanquishes; na-not; antab-inner;\nka/u�atam-dirty things.\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 learned devotees, I am by nature ignorant and low, yet even though it\n\nis from me that Vidagdha-madhava has come, it is filled with descriptions of\nthe transcendental attributes of the Supreme Personality\n\nof Godhead.\n\nTherefore, will not such literature bring about the attainment of the highest\ngoal of life? Although its wood may be ignited by a low-class man, fire can\nnevertheless purify gold. Although I am very low by nature, this book may\nhelp cleanse the dirt from within the hearts of the golden devotees! \"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is also from Vidagdha-madhava (1.6).\nTEXT 140\n\nm ��,-\"�� ,�r� c�t1lte.11f�·<fit1flf?\n\n�\"it, �<fit1f, <;��1, <fii1ff��i{ ?\" II �So II\nraya kahe,- \"kaha dekhi pre motpatti-karaQa?\npurva-raga, vikara, ce�ta, kama-likhana?\"\nSYNONYMS\nraya kahe-Srila Ramananda Raya further inquires;\n\nkaha-please recite;\n\ndekhi-so that I may know; prema-utpatti-karaQa-the causes of awakening the\nloving propensity;\n\npurva-raga-previous attachment;\n\nvikara-transformation;\n\nce�ta-endeavor; kama-likhana-writing of letters disclosing the gopis' attach­\n\nment for Kr�r;�a.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Ramananda Raya inquired from Rupa Gosvami about the causes of the\nloving affairs between Kr�Qa and the gopis, such as previous attachment,\ntransformations of love, endeavors for love, and exchanges of letters disclosing the gopis' awakening love for Kr�Qa.\n\n", "ant1#p0107": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n74\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch . 1\n\nTEXT 141\n\n� l\\11i9f·<;�f� �<f'fiif <fl�iif I\n\n�fi{' � �9'$Jt'lt ij1{e,<fla '�II �8� II\nkrame sri-rOpa-gosafli sakali kahila\nsuni' prabhura bhakta-gar;�era camatkara haila\nSYNONYMS\n\nkrame -gradu ally; sri ru pa go sa t'ii-Srila ROpa GosvamT; sakali kahi/a-ex-\n\nplained everything;\n\n-\n\nsuni -hearing ; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n'\n\nbhakta-gar;�era-of the devotees; camatkara-astonishment; hai/a-there was.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Riipa Gosvami gradually informed Ramananda Raya about everything\nhe\n\nasked.\n\nHearing\n\nhis\n\nexplanations,\n\nall the\n\ndevotees of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu were struck with wonder.\nPURPORT\nSrila ROpa GosvamT has explained kama-likhana in his book Ujjvala-nilamaQi\n\n( Vipralambha-prakarar;�a 26):\nsa /ekhaf) kama-lekhaf) syat\nya/:1 sva-prema-prakasaka/:1\nyuvatya yani yana ca\nyuvatyarh sarhprahiyate\n\"Exchanges of letters between a young boy and young girl concerning their\nawakening of attachment for one another' are called kama-lekha.\"\nTEXT 142\n\nl.!l�'2J �\\!i\"C11<�\" � 11f\\!i� �r;'lp� 01tm��\n'ftt�t'J!tlf-9(�\"Vl�t'l).101�\\!iJ'lJ� <I���<'!: I\nl.!l'lf ���Jf'!m C1f �nt:\n\n� <�Nett�\n\n��� N� �� �f'!��'lJ ��: Cl!!t�'f'1 H ) 8 � II\nekasya srutam eva lumpati matirh kr�Qeti namak�ararh\nsandronmada-paramparam upanayaty anyasya varhsi-kala/:1\n\n", "ant1#p0108": "Rupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\nText 143]\n\n75\n\ne�a snigdha-ghana-dyutir manasi me lagna/:1 pate vik�aQat\nka�taril dhik puru�a-traye ratir abhon manye mrti/:1 sreyasi\nSYNONYMS\n\nekasya-of one person; srutam-heard; eva-certainly; lumpati-take away;\nmatim-the mind; kr�Qa iti-Kr�t:Ja; nama-ak�aram-the letters of the name;\nsandra-unmada-of intense madness;\n\nparamparam-a shower;\n\nupanayati­\n\nbrings; anyasya-of another; varilsi-kala/:1-the sound vibration of the flute;\ne�a/:1-this\n\nthird\n\none;\n\nsnigdha-giving\n\nlove;\n\nghana-dyuti/:1-lightninglike\n\neffulgence; manasi-in the mind; me-My; /agna/:1-attachment; pate-in the\npicture; vik�aQat-by seeing; ka�tam dhik-oh, shame upon Me; puru�a-trayeto three persons; rati/:1-attachment; abhOt-has appeared; manye-1 think;\nmrti/:1-death; sreyasi-better.\nTRANSLATION\nExperiencing previous attachment to Knr:Ja [purva-raga], Srimati Radharar:Ji\nthought: \"Since I have heard the name of a person called K��r:Ja, I have practically lost My good sense. Then, there is another person who plays His flute in\nsuch a way that after I hear the vibration, intense madness arises in My heart.\nAnd again there is still another person to whom My mind becomes attached\nwhen I see His beautiful lightning effulgence in His picture. Therefore I think\nthat I am greatly condemned, for I have become simultaneously attached to\nthree persons. It would be better for Me to die because of this.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is from Vidagdha-madhava (2.9).\nTEXT 143\n\n�1.1� \"fM ��p!tlfJi �tlfl�'i!'�'C'liRi I\n�1 �lll �f��\"ftf9f �\"\"ft1.lt� 9f�<t'll� n ') B\" 11\niyaril sakhi sudul)sadhya\nradha hrdaya-vedana\nkrta yatra cikitsapi\nkutsayaril paryavasyati\nSYNONYMS\n\niyam-this; sakhi-my dear friend; sudul)sadhya-incurable; radha-of\nSrimati Radharat:Ji; hrdaya-vedana-palpitation of the heart; krta-done; yatra-\n\n", "ant1#p0109": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSri Caitanya-caritampa\n\n76\n\nin which;\n\ncikitsa-treatment; api-although;\n\nkutsayam-in defamation;\n\nparyavasyati-ends in.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friend, these palpitations of Srimati Radhara�i's heart are extremely difficult to cure. Even if one applied some medical treatment, it would\nonly end in defamation.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse (Vidagdha-madhava 2.8) is spoken by Srimati Radharar;Ji Herself.\nTEXT 144\n\nIf�� 9ff��ilf�<j�\n�ilf� \"1!� \"l!R?:� �\"1!� �'If'! I\n�� � ��Pl �fijj\"��\n'Sf� �� \"l)�lf1 9fa>rt �-�r� 7 � 8 8 n\ndhari-a pa(iicchanda-guf)arh\nsundara maha mandire tumarh vasasi\ntaha taha rundhasi bali-arh\njaha jaha ca-ida palaemhi\nSY NONYMS\n\ndhari-a-c apturing ; pa(iicchanda-guf)am-the quality of an artistic picture;\nsundara-0\n\nmost\n\nbeautiful one;\n\nmaha-my;\n\nmandire-within the heart;\n\ntumam-You; vasasi-reside; taha taha- that much; rundhasi-You block; baliam- by force; jaha jaha-as much as; ca�ida-being disturbed; pa/aemhi-1 try\nto escape.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 dearly beautiful, the artistic loveliness of Your picture is now impressed\n\nwithin My mind. Since You are now living within My mind, wherever I wish to\nrun because I am agitated by impressions of You, I find that You, 0 My friend,\nare blocking My way. \"\nPURPORT\nThis verse (Vidagdha-madhava 2.33) is written in the Prakrt:a language, not in\nSanskrit. When transformed into Sanskrit, it reads as follows:\n\n", "ant1#p0110": "Text 145]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n77\n\ndhrtva praticchanda-guf)arh sundara mama mandire tvarh vasasi\ntatha tatha ruf)atsi balitarh yatha yatha cakita palaye\nThe meaning is the same, but the native language is different. It was spoken by\nMadhumangala to Sri Kr�r:ta.\nTEXT 145\n\n<!{C� fl'1'1'J fiot����l!fS�i��<f\"'Pf\"l(jq\"(�\n\n\"Sill\"l'i� f<lt\"fi� \"1'1���c�� 111�� 9ffttctil't\"f1% 1\nC0{1 \"l:l11CO{ \"l:l?OJ�11?i_�OI'i101'<fi''1'¥J-Sl(<:, <f1nt�i�\n\n<�1\"fi�r: f<!>\"f fu'S'¥R\"ll�\"\"t<:, c<ft!!<�l\\ 01<�'101 ��= u ')attn\nagre vTk�ya sikhaf)c;fa-khar:u;fam acirad utkampam alambate\ngurijanarh ca vilokanan muhur asau sasrarh parikrosati\nno jane janayann apOrva-natana-krTc;fa-camatkaritarh\nbalayab kila citta-bhamim avisat ko 'yarh navTna-grahab\nSYNONYMS\nagre-in front; vTk�ya-seeing; sikhaf)c;fa-khaf)c;fam-some peacock feathers;\nacirat-all of a sudden; utkampam\ntakes to;\n\n-\n\ntrembling of the heart and body; a/ambate­\n\ngurijanam-of a garland of gurija (small conchshells);\n\nca-also;\n\nvilokanat-by seeing; muhub-constantl y; asau-She; sa-asram-with tears;\nparikrosati-goes around crying; no-not; jane-l know; janayan-awakening;\napOrva-natana-like\n\nunheard-of\n\ndramatic\n\ndancing;\n\nkrTc;fa-of\n\nactivities;\n\ncamatkaritam-the madness; balayab-of this poor girl; ki/a-ce rt ainly; cittabhumim-within the heart;\n\navisat-has\n\nentered;\n\nkab-what;\n\nayam,--this;\n\nnavTna-grahab-new ecstatic influence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Upon seeing peacock feathers in front of Her, this girl suddenly begins\ntrembling. When She sometimes sees a necklace of gunja [small conchshells],\nShe sheds tears and cries loudly. I do not know what kind of new ecstatic influence has entered the heart of this poor girl. It has imbued tfer with the\ndancing attitude of a player creating wonderful , unprecedented dances on a\nstage.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse (Vidagdha-madhava 2.15) is spoken by Mukhara, Lord Kr�r:ta's grandmother, in a conversation with the grandmother of Radharar:ti, Paurr:tamasi.\n\n", "ant1#p0111": "78\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 146\n\n'!f�l'1'<1J: wc�1 �Rr 'lfll ��l'if: <1>�-Rilf�\n\n'll.��\"1 '!I c1tttflr� � 9f�\"RI'll��wr�,'\n�'ltQf., \"c\"'\" f<�fo!f��-��<tS� R!ftr��\n��1 �ilft1le<IJ f'D�'l�\"f>4'f1 f�M� ��= A ') 8� II\nakaruf)yaf) k($T)O yadi mayi tavagaf) katham idarh\nmudha ma rodir me kuru param imam uttara-krtim\ntamalasya skandhe vinihita-bhuja-vallarir iyarh\nyatha vrndaraf)ye ciram avica/a ti?thati tanuf)\n\nSYNONYMS\nakaruf)yaf)-very cruel; k($T)af)-Lord Kr�l)a; yadi-if; mayi-unto Me; tavayour; agaf)-offense; ka tham-how ; idam-this; mudha-uselessly; ma.rodif)do not cry; me-for Me; kuru-do; param-but afterwards; imam-this; uttarakrtim-final act; tamalasya-of a tama/a tree; skandhe-the trunk; vinihitafixed upon; bhuja-vallarif)-arms like creepers; iyam-thi s; yatha-as far as possible; vrnda-araf)ye-in the forest of Vrndavana; ciram-forever; avica/a-without being disturbed; ti$thati-remains; tanuf)-the body.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrimati Radharar;�i said to Her constant companion Visakha: \"My dear\nfriend, if Kr,r;�a is unkind to Me, there will be no need for you to cry, for it will\nnot be due to any fault of yours. I shall then have to die, but afterwards please\ndo one thing for Me: to observe My funeral ceremony, place My body with its\narms embracing a tamala tree like creepers so that I may remain forever in\nVrndavana undisturbed. That is My last request!'(Vidagdha-madhava 2.47)\nTEXT 147\n\nm �,-\"•� ,,,f� 'e�� � ?\"\n\n1Pt ��,-\"� 0 'fi-.f�<fi \"et�' II\" )8\" II\nraya kahe,-\"kaha dekhi bhavera svabhava?\"\nriJpa kahe,-\"aiche haya k($T)a-Vi$ayaka 'bhava'\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nraya kahe-Ramananda Raya says; kaha-kindly recite; dekhi-so that I may\nsee; bhavera svabhava-the characteristic of emotional love; rOpa kahe-Rupa\n\n", "ant1#p0112": "Text 148]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\nGosvami replies;\n\naiche-such;\n\nhaya-is;\n\nkr$Qa-vi$ayaka-concerning\n\n79\n\nKr�rya;\n\nbhava-emotional love.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya inquired, \"What are the characteristics of emotional\nlove?\" Rupa Gosvami replied, \"This is the nature of emotional love for Kr,r:-a.\nTEXT 148\n\n��t����tQ'I��� ��1-5t�� f\"l�t'I\"C•rl\nf\"l:�Cilf\"l ,�t� �'f1-'1t!J.fl '1tt��l�-'I\"C�ll>Ol: I\nC�'1t1 �ilfllf OJilf\"l\"W0\\9fC�1 �t'>tf� <i��\"C�\ni!111l\"C� ��'1t'IJ �ti!i'l{��lC�CO\\<! �ti!it�: n �Sir II\npt<;labhir nava-kala-kuta-katuta-garvasya\nnirvasano\n.\nnisyandena mudarh sudha-madhurimahankara-sankocanab\nprema sundari nanda-nandana-paro jagarti yasyantare\njfiayante sphutam asya vakra-madhuras tenaiva vikrantayab\nSY NONYMS\npir;labhib-by the sufferings; nava-fresh; kala-kuta-of poison; katuta-of\nthe severity; garvasya-of pride; nirvasanab-banishment; nisyandena-by pouring down; mudam-happiness; sudha-of nectar; madhurima-of the sweetness; ahankara-the pride; sankocanab-minimizing; prema-love; sundaribeautiful friend; nanda-nandana-parab-fixed upon the son of Maharaja Nanda;\njagarti-develops; yasya-of whom; antare-in the heart; jfiayante-are perceived; sphutam-explicitly; asya-of that; vakra-crooked; madhurab-and\nsweet; tena-by him; eva-alone; vikrantayab-the influences.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'My dear beautiful friend, if one develops love of Godhead, love of Kr,r:-a,\nthe son of Nanda Maharaja, all the bitter and sweet influences of this love will\nmanifest in one's heart. Such love of Godhead acts in two ways. The\npoisonous effects of love of Godhead defeat the severe and fresh poison of the\nserpent. Yet there is simultaneously transcendental bliss, which pours down\nand defeats the poisonous effects of a snake, as well as the happiness derived\nfrom pouring nectar on one's head. It is perceived as doubly effective,\nsimultaneously poisonous and nectarean! \"\nPURPORT\nThis·verse is from the Vidagdha-madhava (2.18). It also appears in Madhya-lila,\nChapter Two, verse 52. It is spoken by PaurryamasT.\n\n", "ant1#p0113": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n80\n\nTEXT 149\n\nm <15��'-\"<fi!t: �-c;l2ft11� 'fliP!\" 1\n\n�-c;\"St'Pltfr113 '<fi�!(, \"��f� c;\\2111�\" 11�8�11\nraya kahe,- \"kaha sahaja-premera /ak?af)a\"\nrupa-gosani kahe,- \"sahajika prema-dharma\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nraya kahe- Srila Ramananda Raya inquires; kaha-please tell me; sahaja-premera-of natural love; /ak?af)a-the characteristics; rOpa-gosani kahe-RO pa\nGosvami replies; sahajika-spontaneous; prema-dharma-character of love of\nGodhead.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya further inquired, \"What are the natural characteristics of\nawakening love of GodheadJ\" Rupa Gosvami replied, \"These are the natural\ncharacteristics of love of God.\nTEXT 150\n\ncm\\!i� <1'\\!i \\!i\\;�t� �<?\"\\;�fli6i�Pn lf'C\"S �J�t�\nfo!illtf9t ��'!'� ��r\\!j l>f'���t\"'��� r��\\!j� 1\n\ncittc�'1 'II'R!\\!it� 'Sr::ctOI' 'S�'\\!t� C<?\"\"lt9f'JOI't�1\nc�ct: �t�f1\\<?\"'!J <f'!J�Ilf�� f�if!'��f\\!i ·!!fif!''ll111 � t • u\nstotraril yatra tata-sthataril prakatayac cittasya dhatte vyatharil\nnindapi pramadaril prayacchati parihasa-sriyaril bibhrati\ndO$ef)a k$ayitariJ guf)ena gurutariJ kenapy anatanvati\npremf)a/:1 svarasikasya kasyacid iyaril vikri(iati prakriya\nSYNONYMS\n\nstotram-praising;\n\nyatra-in which;\n\ntata-sthatam-neu trality;\n\nprakatayat­\n\nmanifesting; cittasya-to the heart; dhatte-gives; vyatham-pain ful reaction;\nninda\n\n-\n\nblaspheming;\n\napi-also;\n\npramadam\n\n-\n\npleasure;\n\nprayacchati-delivers;\n\nparihasa-of j oking; Sriyam-the beauty; bibhrati-bringing forth; dO$ef)a-by\naccusation; k?ayitam-the quality of diminishing; guf)ena-by good qualities;\ngurutam-the importance; kena api-by any; anatanvati-not increasing; premf)a/:1-of love of Godhead; svarasikasya-spontaneous; kasyacit-of any; iyamthis; vikri(iati-acts within the heart; prakriya-the manner of action.\n\n", "ant1#p0114": "Text 151]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n81\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'When one hears praise from his beloved, he outwardly remains neutral\n\nbut feels pain within his heart. When he hears his beloved making accusations\nabout him, he takes them to be jokes and enjoys pleasure. When he finds\nfaults in his beloved, they do not diminish his love, nor do the beloved's good\nqualities increase his spontaneous affection. Thus spontaneous love continues\nunder all circumstances. That is how spontaneous love of Godhead acts within\nthe heart.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Vidagdha-madhava (5.4) is spoken by Paurt:�amasi, the grandmother of Radharat:�i and mother of Sandipani Muni.\n\nTEXT 151\n\n��1 f;{��\\!t� ll�ll11f_<!lf0f1 C·f41f1>p� f�\"lf\\!i'l\n�w� --rtf�tJ.ilt� f<1<rH! f<1tJ.�� ·f4t�: 9filtf��r� ,\n\nf1f�'f1 9ft�i!-1f1�-<llt (<��9ffifl11�1 �T:1f1�J��\"t\n\n�1 c1f)�n\"' �f<>i\"f'l �r.Oftil�<'f� i lJ� 1f��1iJI.f<'f\\!i.l n � <t �\nsrutva ni$thuratarh mamendu-vadana premankurarh bhindati\nsvante santi-dhurarh vidhaya vidhure prayab paraflci$yati\nkirhva pamara-kama-karmuka-paritrasta vimok$yaty asan\nha maugdhyat phalini manoratha-/ata mrdvi mayonma/ita\nSYNONYMS\nsrutva-by hearing; ni$thurata m- cruelty; mama- My; indu-vadana-moonfaced; prema-ankuram- the seed of love; bhindat i- splitting; sva-ante-within\nHer heart; santi -dhuram- great toleration; vidhaya-taking; vidhure-aggrieved;\n\nprayab- almost ; paranci$yati-may turn against; kirhva-or; pamara-most formidable; kama-of lusty desires or Cupid; karmuka-of the bow; paritrastafrightened; vimo k$ yati- will give up; asun-life; ha-alas; maugdhyat-on account of bewilderment; phalini- almost fruitful; manab-ratha-lata-the creeper\nof growing love; mrdv i-very soft; maya- by Me; unma/ita- uprooted\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Upon hearing of My cruelty, moon-faced Radhara�i may establish some\n\nkind of tolerance in Her aggrieved heart. But then She might turn against Me.\nOr, indeed, being fearful of the lusty desires invoked by the bow of formidable Cupid, She might even give up Her life. Alas! I have foolishly uprooted\nthe soft creeper of Her desire just when it was ready to bear fruit.'\n\n", "ant1#p0115": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n82\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nPURPORT\nHaving been very cruel to Srimati Radharal)i, Kr�l)a is repenting in this way\n(Vidagdha-madhava 2.40).\n\nTEXT 152\n\nl!C'fJt�\"'\"'f��'\"fm f\"tf�f\"!�1 �'1� �weJ�9f1\n�tr:'tr:ert�f9r ���'1\\\"t: '!Rf ��·1 \"\"'_\"ll� 9fntr:lif'tt'!lt: 1\n���: ''��f9f 'll\"�t'lT�1 \"�\" -;rf<t\"!: 'lt�\"'lfiS�'fTtP\\�1\n\n�'ifJI:fii� ��r:9ffi1;�tf9r \"l!lf� � �\"'l<1tf� 9fl�\"ll'l\"'l n � � n\nyasyotsanga-sukhasaya sithilita gurvi gur(Jbhyas trapa\npraf)ebhyo 'pi suhrt-tamab sakhi tatha yayaril pariklesitab\ndharmab so 'pi mahan maya na gaQitaf) sadhvibhir adhyasito\ndhig dhairyaril tad-upek$itapi yad aharil jivami papiyasi\n\nSYNONYMS\nyasya-of whom; utsanga-sukha-asaya-by the desire for the happiness of the\nassociation;\n\nsithilita-slackened;\n\ngurvi-very\n\ngreat;\n\ngurubhyaf)-unto\n\nthe\n\nsuperiors; trapa-bashfulness; praf)ebhyaf)-than My life; api-although; suhrttamaf)-more dear; sakhi-0 My dear friend; tatha-similarly; yayam-you;\nparik/esitaf)-so much troubled; dharmaf)-duties to My husband; sab-that;\napi-also;\n\nmahan-very great;\n\nsadhvibhif)-by\n\nthe\n\nmost\n\nmaya-by Me; na-not; gaQitaf)-cared for;\n\nchaste\n\nwomen;\n\nadhyasitaf)-practiced;\n\ndhik\n\ndhairyam-to hell with patience; tat-by Him; upek$ita-neglected; api-although; yat-which; aham-1; jivami-am living; papiyasi-the most sinful.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Desiring the happiness of His association and embraces, My dear friend, I\ndisregarded even My superiors and relaxed My shyness and gravity before\nthem. Furthermore, although you are My best friend, more dear to Me than My\nown life, I have given you so much trouble. Indeed, I even put aside the vow\nof dedication to My husband, a vow kept by the most elevated women. Oh,\nalas! Although He is now neglecting Me, I am so sinful that I am still living.\nTherefore I must condemn My so-called patience.'\nPURPORT\nSrimati Radharal)i is speaking this verse (Vidagdha-madhava 2.41) to Her inti­\n\nmate friend Visakhadevi.\n\n", "ant1#p0116": "Text 154]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the L ord\n\n83\n\nTEXT 153\n\n��t�:\"C�\"!l:�J1 f#!�'f��<tt\"''PU <1<'1#!·1lf�� �<!(� <11 f<t>1lf9f fi #! �toft11fi \"I!\"\"lt<fi I\n<t�� c�� '>&t: <�'\"�1l\"t�'tt� <t>t\"I!\"f9t lf\"ft�\n<!'�� <11 ij)tll\"J1 c� ���'Pl,lft'l�#!9flf<l� II �It� II\ngrhanta/:1-khe/antyo nija-sahaja-balyasya balanad\nabhadrarh bhadrarh va kim api hi na janimahi manak\nvayarh neturh yukta/:1 katham a5araQarh kam api da5arh\nkatharh va nyayya te prathayitum udasina-padavi\nSYNONYMS\n\ngrha-anta/:1-khe/antya/:1-who were engaged in childish play within the house;\nnija-one's own; sahaja-simple; balyasya-of childhood; balanat-on account\nof influence; abhadram-bad; bhadram-good; va-or; kim api-what; hi-certainly;\n\nna- not; janimahi-we did know; manak-even slightly; vayam-we;\nnetum-to lead; yukta/:1-suitable; katham-how; asaraQam-without surrender; kam api- such as this; da5am-to the condition; katham-how; va-or;\nnyay ya-correct; te-of You; prathayitum-to manifest; udasina-of carelessness; padavi-the position.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'I was engaged in My own playful activities in My home, and because of\n\nMy childish innocence I did not know right from wrong. Therefore, is it good\nfor You to have forced us into being so much attracted to You and then to have\nneglected usJ Now You are indifferent to us. Do You think that is righU'\nPURPO RT\nThis verse (Vidagdha-madhava 2.46) is spoken to Kr�oa by Srimati RadharaQi.\nTEXT 154\n\n'5\\\"�:\"CJ'\"f<T><if��t: f<t><i <I�� litC\"Ilt�<v lit\"I!Jt� '1_��t\n#It�!!, <t�#l'l�\"l,l�'(fll#f� �t\"'� ��t�J�f� I\n'5{Af-,. '��\"'� 5f���<t>9ft��t���9f��f<t-cll\n�1 C�lftf<rf� �1N\"C� �<I<!'�!!, C�\"I!I 'if���t\"l�<l. II �ltSII\nanta/:1-klesa-ka/ankita/:1 kila vayarh yamo 'dya yamyarh purirh\nnayarh vancana-sancaya-praQayinarh hasarh tathapy ujjhati\n\n", "ant1#p0117": "[A ntya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n84\n\nasmin samputite gabhira-kapatair abhira-palli-vite\nha medhavini radhike tava katharh prema gariyan abhat\nSYNONYMS\nantaf:J -k/esa-ka/arikita/:1-polluted by inner miserable conditions that continue\n\neven after death; ki/a-certainly; vayam-all of us; yama/:1-are going; adyanow; yamyam-of Yamaraja;\n\npurim-to the abode;\n\nna- not;\n\nay am\n\n-\n\nthis;\n\nvafi cana-sa ficaya-che ating activities; pra(layinam-aiming at; hasam-smiling;\ntathapi-still;\n\nujj hati-giv es up; asmin-in this; samputite-fi lled; gabhira­\n\ndeep; kapatai/:1 -with deceit; abhira-pal/i-from the village of the cowherd men;\nvite-in a debauchee; ha-alas; medhavini-0 intelligent one; radhike-Srimati\nRadharar:Ji; tava- Your; katham-how; prema-love; gariyan-so great; abhatbecame.\nTRANSLA TION\n11\n\n'O ur hearts are so polluted by miserable conditions that we are certainly\n\ngoing to Pluto's kingdom. Nevertheless, Kr��a does not give up His beautiful\nloving smiling, which is full of cheating tricks. 0 Srimati Radharar;�i, You are\nvery intelligent. How could You have developed such great loving affection\nfor this deceitful debauchee from the neighborhood of the cowherdsJ'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse (Vidagdha-madhava 2.37) is spoken to Radharar:Ji by Lalita-sakhi,\nanother confidential friend.\nTEXT 155\n\n�'{/l(C� 9fN ���c�t�Rr<rr� ��C11C�i­\n\n�lfm �illf'or�f�'t� ���,� .,���'11\nca;rc� Wll3tcl� 01��'11 �tf�<t>-�tf�\"l� �t�\n-qt(\\fDf�: f<fif\"l!� Plll:_���\"ll'fJt\"�gCO!lrt II �H\nhitva dare pathi dhava-taror antikarh dharma-setor\nbharigodagra guru-sikhariQarh rarhhasa larighayanti\nlebhe kr?Qar(lava nava-rasa radhika-vahini tvarh\nvag-vicibhi/:1 kim iva vimukhi-bhavam asyas tano$i\nSYNONYMS\nhitva- giving up; dare-far away; pathi-on the road; dhava-taro/:1-of the\n\ntree of the husband; antikam-the vicinity; dharma-seto/:1 -the bridge of religion;\nbhariga-udagra-being strong enough for breaking; guru-sikhari(lam-the hill of\n\n", "ant1#p0118": "Text 157]\n\n85\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\nthe superior relatives; rarhhasa-with great force; /anghayanti-crossing over;\nlebhe-has obtained; kr$Qa-arQava-0 ocean of Kr�r;�a; nava-ras a-being influenced by new ecstatic love; radhika-SrTmatT Radharar;�T; vahini-like a river;\ntvam-You; vak-vicibhi/:1-only by the waves of words; kim-how; iva-like\nthis;\n\nvimukhi-bhavam-indifference;\n\nasya/:1-toward\n\nHer;\n\ntano$i-You\n\nare\n\nspreading.\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 Lord Kr,t:�a, You are just like an ocean. The river of Srimati Radharat:�i\n\nhas reached You from a long distance-leaving far behind the tree of Her husband, breaking through the bridge of social convention, and forcibly crossing\nthe hills of elder relatives. Coming here because of fresh feelings of love for\nYou, that river has now received Your shelter, but now You are trying to turn\nHer back by the waves of unfavorable words. How is it that You are spreading\nthis attitude?' \"\nPURPO RT\nThis verse from Vidagdha-madhava (3.9) is spoken to Lord Kr�r;�a by Paurr;�amasi,\n\nthe grandmother of SrimatT Radharar;�i.\n\nTEXT 156\n\n�111 �.:,-\"��' ��-��il I\n\"' 11'tfil� ��t� �R111� �(-. ? ��� 11\nraya kahe,- \"vrndavana, murali-ni/:lsvana\nkr$Qa, radhikara kaiche kariyacha varf)ana\nSYNONYMS\nraya kahe-Ramananda Raya says; vrndavana-the place named Vrndavana;\nmurali-ni/:lsvana-the vibration of Kr�r;�a's flute; kr$Qa-Lord Kr�r;�a; radhikara-of\nSrimati Radharar;�T; kaiche-how; kariyacha varf)ana-you have described.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Ramananda Raya further inquired:\n\n\"How\n\nhave\n\nyou\n\ndescribed\n\nVrndavana, the vibration of the transcendental flute, and the relationship between Kr,t:�a and Radhika?\nTEXT 157\n\n�' 'e&t1fa � 'e�' Q �e.�� 1\"\n�1{ 11i�·,'$ft�<$ �� �fil' il1f..r� 11�4'\\11\n\n", "ant1#p0119": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n86\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nkaha, tamara kavitva suni' haya camatkara\"\nkrame rapa-gosafii kahe kari' namaskara\nSYNONYMS\nkaha-kindly let me know; tamara kavitva suni'-by hearing your poetic\nability; haya- th ere is; camatkara-much as tonishment; krame-gradually; rupagosafii-Srila ROpa Gosvami; kahe-continues to speak; kari' namaskara-offering obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please tell me all this, for your poetic ability is wonderful!' After offering\nobeisances to Ramananda Raya, Rupa Gosvami gradually began answering his\ninquiries.\nTEXT 158\n\n�5IC\"'l '1l�'ilf·���'1\\'��'ilf'!J 'I'J_C�\n�fO{'lH:'ilf <l'ilf'1W�'1�9f�'Oif� ll_�RI'ff\"{. I\nw�te'ilft�� <�COifltif�f>ei� folhr\"5ilf0{f5tc�1i'llO!Oif� �ilf1-f<tf9f\"l'l��� �R\"f'llf� II �¢�>\" II\nsugandhau makanda-prakara-makarandasya madhure\nvinisyande vandi-krta-madhupa-vrndarh muhur idam\nkrtandolarh mandonnatibhir anilais candana-girer\nmamanandarh vrnda-vipinam atu/arh tundilayati\nSYNONYMS\nsu-gandhau-in the fragr ance; makanda-prakara-of the bunches of mango\nbuds; makarandasya-of the honey; madhure-sweet; vinisyande-in the oozing; vandi-krta-grouped together; madhupa-vrndam-bumblebees; muhu/:1again and again; idam-this; kr ta -ando/am-agitated; manda-unnatibhi/:1-moving softly;\n\nani/ai/:1-by the breezes;\n\nmama-My;\n\nanandam-pleasure;\n\natulam-very much; tundilayati\n\ncandana-gire/:1-from the Malaya Hills;\n\nvrnda-vipinam-the forest of Vrndavana;\n\nincreases more and more.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The sweet, fragrant honey oozing from newly grown mango buds is again\nand again attracting groups of bumblebees, and this forest is trembling in the\nsoftly moving breezes from the Malaya Hills, which are full of sandalwood\ntrees. Thus the forest of Vrndavana is increasing My transcendental pleasure.'\n\n", "ant1#p0120": "Text 160]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n87\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Vidagdha-madhava (1.23) is spoken by Lord Kr�l)a Himself.\nTEXT 159\n\n�Oift<t'l� Pr\"<'IJ<i�1-9f11���\n<i�t\"'> �\"\"'f�f��t.$t�: I\n\n�\"\"'ftf'l I> ������tf'01\n����t\"'> �f!;�t���t: II )cti'l U\nvrndavanarh divya-lata-paritarh\nlatas ca pu5pa-sphuritagra-bhajab\npu?paf)i ca sphita-madhu-vratani\nmadhu-vratas ca sruti-hari-gitab\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavanam-the forest of Vrndavana; divya-lata-paritam-surrounded by\ntranscendental\n\ncreepers;\n\n/atab ca-and the\n\ncreepers;\n\npu5pa-by\n\nflowers;\n\nsphurita-distinguished; agra-bhajab-possessing ends; pu5paf)i-the flowers;\nca-and; sphita-madhu-vratani-having many maddened bumblebees; madhu­\n\nvratab- the bumblebees; ca- and; sruti-hari-gitab-whose songs defeat the\nVedic hymns and are pleasing to the ear.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'My dear friend, see how this forest of V�ndlvana is full of transcendental\ncreepers and trees. The tops of the creepers are full of flowers, and intoxicated bumblebees are buzzing around them, humming songs that please the\near and surpass even the Vedic hymns.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Vidagdha-madhava (1.24) is spoken by Lord Balarama to His\nfriend Sridama.\nTEXT 160\n\n-.rs��:.������ .. fDif� · f\"tM��1\n-.fs��:.\"<j\"fil<it'fJ� -.fslf�<i�r§�f9f�\"<!<i: 1\n.. rs,t�i\"tiar� \"\"�\"\"lliif9fiar�-�'f�7:�1\n���j'jj� �\"If� ��lf�f<;! �Oif1\"<t'!f�lf, N )�o U\n\n", "ant1#p0121": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n88\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nkvacid bhrngi··gitarh kvacid anila-bhangi-sisirata\nkvacid val/i-/asyarh kvacid ama/a-ma//i-parimala/:1\nkvacid dhara-sali karaka-phala-pali-rasa-bharo\nhr�ikal)arh vrndarh pramadayati vrndavanam idam\nSYNONYMS\n\nkvacit-somewhere; bhrngi-gitam--the humming songs of the bumblebees;\nkvacit-somewhere; anila-bhangi-sisirata-coolness from the waves of the mild\nbreezes;\n\nkvacit-somewhere;\n\nval/i-/asyam-the\n\ndancing\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ncreepers;\n\nkvacit-somewhere; amala-ma//i-parimala/:1-the pure fragrance of the mallika\nflowers; kvacit-somewhere; dhara-sali-abounding in showers; karaka-phalapali-of pomegranate fruits; rasa-bhara/:1-overabundance of juice; hr$ikal)amof\n\nthe\n\nsenses;\n\nvrndam-to\n\nthe\n\ngroup;\n\npramadayati-is\n\ngiving\n\npleasure;\n\nvrndavanam-the forest of Vrndavana; idam-this.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear friend, this forest of Vrndavana is giving great pleasure to our\nsenses in various ways. Somewhere bumblebees are singing in groups, and in\nsome places mild breezes are cooling the entire atmosphere. Somewhere the\ncreepers and tree twigs are dancing, the mallika flowers are expanding their\nfragrance, and an overabundance of juice is constantly flowing in showers\nfrom pomegranate fruits.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse from Vidagdha-madhava (1.31) is spoken by Lord Kr�t:�a to His\ncowherd friend Madhumangala.\nTEXT 161\n\n9f�1lj��i1BI�Pl�����\"C\\!51\n��� ,���-ccf� 'l!M��l?t'f��9fnPn:-�� ,\n��1�C'fT ��c�t���\"ll<'Hlf1�\"'O!if\"ll�\n�c� <t>�Jt:n�� f<l'�1ff� �c�: C'l'Mli.��� II ��� II\nparamr�tar'lgu�tha-trayam asita-ratnair ubhayato\nvahanti sankirl)au mal)ibhir arul)ais tat-parisarau\ntayor madhye himjjvala-vima/a-jambanada-mayi\nkare kalyaQiyarh viharati hare/:! keli-murali\n\n", "ant1#p0122": "Text 162]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n89\n\nSYNONYMS\nparamr$ta-measured; angu$tha-trayam-a length of three fingers; asita-ratnaib-with valuable indra-nila jewels; ubhayatab-from both ends; vahantihaving;\n\nsar'!kirQau-bedecked;\n\nmaQibhib-by\n\ngems;\n\naruQaib-rubies;\n\ntat­\n\nparisarau-the two ends of the flute; tayob madhye-between them; hira-with\ndiamonds; ujjva/a-blazing; vima/a-pure; jambunada-mayi-covered with gold\nplate; kare-in the hand; ka/yaQi-very auspicious; iyam-this; viharati-glitters;\nhareb-of Kr�l)a; keli-murali-the pastime flute.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The flute of Kr�r;�a's pastimes measures three fingers in length, and it is\nbedecked with indra-nila gems. At the ends of the flute are arur;�a gems\n[rubies], glittering beautifully, and in between the flute is plated with gold, set\nablaze by diamonds. This auspicious flute, pleasing to Knr;�a, is glittering in\nHis hand with transcendental brilliance.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Vidagdha-madhava (3.1) is spoken to Lalitadevi by Paurl)amasi,\n\nthe grandmother of Radharal)i.\n\nTEXT 162\n\n1j��\"f�i(g<{ l!if.!: ��T:lft�\"l{1jJ\n9ftt'l1 f�f�(�Mt<f' 1j��P! ��J1 I\n<�>\"i!t'll�1 11 � �at�'lfll1 ���·1\nc'>tt9fi'fO!t5f'tf<tT:'llt�OT'll�lf1'11i U ')�� II\nsad-varilsatas tava janib purU$Ottamasya\npaQau sthitir muralike saralasi jatya\n\nkasmat tvaya sakhi guror vi$ama grhita\ngopar'!gana-gaQa-vimohana-mantra-dik$a\nSYNONYMS\nsat-varilsatab-very respectable families; tava-your; janib-birth; purU$Ottamasya-of Lord Sri Kr�l)a; paQau-in the hands; sthitib-residence; mura/ike0 good flute; sara/a-simple; asi-you are; jatya-by birth; kasmat-why;\ntvaya-by you; sakhi-0 my dear friend; gurob-from the spiritual master;\n\nvi$ama-dangerous; grhita-taken; gopa-angana-gaQa-vimohana-for bewildering the groups of the gopis; mantra-dfk$a-initiation ip the mantra.\n\n", "ant1#p0123": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n90\n\n[Antya-lill, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear friend the flute, it appears that you have been born of a very\ngood family, for your residence is in the hands of Sri Knr;�a. By birth you are\nsimple and are not at all crooked. Why then have you taken initiation into this\ndangerous mantra that enchants the assembled gopisl'\nPURPORT\nThis verse (Vidagdha-madhava 5.17) is spoken by Srimati Riidhiiriil)i.\n\nTEXT 163\n\n'�� \"J..�far f<t\"ftarf�i!f�tc�\"�\" 9[4'1\n\n�··r:�f�<ll�\"l\"1 �� 1tf'(ar·l \"���'ltf'l 1\n�lfM ��PI '(�..._'{Oii\"l\"lf'lt��\n�f���9j\"f���� C<f'{ �C9J1lfCH II )�\" II\nsakhi murali visa/a-cchidra-jalena pOrQa\nlaghur atikathina tvarh granthila nirasasi\ntad api bhajasi svasvac cumbanananda-sandrarh\nhari-kara-parirambharh kena puQyodayena\n\nSY NONYMS\nsakhi mura/i-0 dear friend the flute; visala-chidra-jalena-with so many big\nholes in your body (in other words, full of chidra, which also means \"faults\"); pOrQa-full; laghub-very light; atikathina-very hard in constitution; tvam-you;\ngranthila-full of knots; nirasa-without juice; asi -are; tat api-therefore; bhajasi-you obtain through service; svasvat-conti n uously ; cumbana-ananda-the\ntranscendental bliss of kissing by the Lord;\n\nsandram-intense;\n\nhari-kara­\n\nparirambham-e mbracing by the hands of Sri Kr�l)a; kena-by what; puQyaudayena -means of pious activities.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear friend the flute, you are actually full of many holes or faults. You\nare light, hard, juiceless and full of knots. But what kind of pious activities\nhave engaged you in the service of being kissed by the Lord and embraced by\nHis handsJ'\nPURPORT\nThis verse (Vidagdha-madhava\ncompetitor of Srimati Radharal)i.\n\n4.7) is spoken by CandriivaiT-sakhi, the gopi\n\n", "ant1#p0124": "Rupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\nText 165]\n\n91\n\nTEXT 164\n\n��11��\"6\"1{<1.'ff�9f11� ���\"{ll'�\nlfJt\"ltlffliHIO{_ 'l\"lilf\"l��t\"{, f<t�t9f�1_ C�'f'l' I\n���Jt<tfarf�<1Tar'1.. \"D�G'f�O{_ c�1��111'\\cf�1,\nFsilf11G<r�t��f\\91lf�\"C�1 <ti!iit'lf <t���fol: II )�8 II\nrundhann ambu-bhrtas camatkrti-pararil kurvan muhus tumbururil\ndhyanad antarayan sanandana-mukhan vismapayan vedhasam\nautsukyavalibhir baliril catulayan bhogindram aghOrQayan\nbhindann af)cja-kataha-bhittim abhito babhrama varilsi-dhvanib\nSYNONYMS\nrundhan-blocking; ambu-bhrtab-the clouds bearing rain; camatkrti-paramfull of wonder; kurvan-making; muhub-at every moment; tumburum-the\nKing of the Gandharvas, Tumburu; dhyanat-from meditation; antarayan-disturbing; sanandana-mukhan-the great saintly persons headed by Sanandana;\nvismapayan-causing wonder;\n\nvedhasam-even to Lord Brahma; autsukya­\n\navalibhib-with thoughts of curiosity; ba/im-King Bali; catu/ayan-agitating;\nbhogi-indram-the King of the Nagas; agharQayan-whirling around; bhindanpenetrating;\n\naf)c;fa-kataha-bhittim-the\n\nstrong\n\ncoverings\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nuniverse;\n\nabhitab-all around; babhrama-circulated; varilsi-dhvanib-the transcendental\nvibration of the flute.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'The transcendental vibration of K���a's flute blocked the movements of\nthe rain clouds, struck the Gandharvas full of wonder, and agitated the\nmeditation of great saintly persons like Sanaka and Sanandana. It created\nwonder in Lord Brahma, wrought intense curiosity that agitated the mind of\nBali Maharaja, who was otherwise firmly fixed, made Maharaja Ananta, the\ncarrier of the planets, whirl around, and penetrated the strong coverings of\nthe universe. Thus the sound of the flute in the hands of Kn�a created a wonderful situation!\nPURPORT\nThis verse (Vidagdha-madhava 1.27) is spoken by Madhumarigala, a cowherd\nfriend of Kr�l)a' s.\nTEXT 165\n\\5f�'1.. Ol�OI���,!lf<t�<I>J:_'G��<II'<2!�:\n\n121�tf� \"l<t�ru�-�rf\\!ifq�f�-�\\!i��: 1\n\n", "ant1#p0125": "92\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\n��<!J�9ffif�1-iff1i�fif<tJ\"C<t1tJ\"tiK�1\n�fi'Il'fc1'l\\\"C\"l't�1f�Jf���ll!qO'ftr:'f1 �f�: II ��t II\nayarh nayana-daf)c;iita-pravara-puf)c;iarika-prabha/:l\nprabhati nava-jaguc;Ja-dyuti-vic;iambi-pitambara/:l\naraf)yaja-pari�kri ya-dami ta-divya-vesadaro\nharin-maf)i-manohara-dyutibhir ujjvalango hari/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\naya m-this; nayana-by whose beautiful eyes; da f)c;i ita- defeated; pravarabest; puf)c;iarika-prabha/:1-the luster of the white lotus flower; prabhati-looks\nbeautiful; nava-jaguc;Ja-dyuti-the brilliance of newly painted kunkuma; vic;iambi-deriding; pita-ambara/:1-whose yellow dress; aral')ya-ja-picked up from the\nforest; pari�kriya-by whose ornaments; damita-subdued; divya-vesa-adara/:1the hankering for first-class dress; harin-mari-of emeralds; manohara-mindattracting; dyutibhi/:1-with splendor; ujjva/a-anga/:1-whose beautiful body;\nhari/:1-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'The beauty of Kr��a's eyes surpasses the beauty of white lotus flowers,\nHis yellow garments surpass the brilliance of fresh decorations of kunkuma,\nHis ornaments of selected forest flowers surpass the hankering for the best of\ngarments, and His bodily beauty possesses mind-attracting splendor greater\nthan the jewels known as marakata-ma�i [emeralds].'\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Vidagdha-madhava\n\n(1.17) is spoken by Paur�;�amasi.\n\nTEXT 166\n\n�i!ittlf�'lfiriff\"f'<t9fift. � flfl �Uful<f�\n'ltfs����� 'IN f��:'l•tf�r:OflJit•O'f1!. 1\n<�\"��t. Ullfar� 'lf'lft\"llllf-c� C\"'tO'!f1.01'1'ltr�tt.\nf�'i{.��ll�� '<t�tfif �'llt\"f'ilf� 1_�: ����II ')��II\njanghadhas-tata-sangi-dak�if)a-padam kiricid vibhugna-trikam\nsaci-stambhita-kandhararh sakhi tira/:1-saricari-netrarica/am\nvarhsirh kutmalite dadhanam adhare lolanguli-sangatarh\nringad-bhru-bhramararh varangi paramanandarh pura/:1 svikuru\n\n", "ant1#p0126": "Rupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\nText 167]\n\n93\n\nSYNONYMS\njarigha-of the shin; adha/:1-tata-at the lower border; sarigi-connected; dak$iQa-padam-the right foot; kificit-slightly; vibhugna-trikam-the middle of the\n\nbody bent in three places; saci-stumbhita-kandharam-whose neck is fixed in a\ncurve to the side; sakhi-0 friend; tira/:1-saficari-roaming sideways; netraa ficalam- whose borders of the eyes; varilsim-flute; kutma/ite-shut like a\n\nflower bud; dadhanam-placing; adhare-on the lips; /o/a- arigu/i-sarigatamjoined with fingers moving here and there; ririgat-bhrO-whose slowly moving\neyebrows;\n\nbhramaram-like bumblebees;\n\nvararigi-0 most beautiful one;\n\nparamanandam-the personality of bliss; pura/:1-situated in front; svi-kuru-just\n\naccept.\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 most beautiful friend, please accept the Supreme Personality of God­\n\nhead, who is standing before you full of transcendental bliss. The borders of\nHis eyes roam from side to side, and His eyebrows move slowly like\nbumblebees on His lotuslike face. Standing with His right foot placed below\nthe knee of His left leg, the middle of His body curved in three places, and His\nneck gracefully tilted to the side, He takes His flute to His pursed lips and\nmoves His fingers upon it here and there.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is from the Lalita-madhava-nataka (4.27), a ten-act play by Srila ROpa\n\nGosvami. The speaker here is Lalitadevi.\n\nTEXT 167\n\n�'1'1� ����'ti$t'1�11ftf<l' �ilfo{\n\n�lfJ� f.!f\"t�lf)�9ft'f�f%: I\nl!_'if9flf�\"I(�: <f: 9J:l:�1 �<f'ti1\n\"I!II<f�\"Ilf't'l�..c'5f't�'f'l1il\"- ffi01t� U ��'I I\nkula-varatanu-dharma-grava-vrndani bhindan\nsumukhi nisita-dirghapariga-tarika-cchatabhi/:1\nyugapad ayam apOrva/:1 ka/:1 puro visva-karma\nmarakata-maQi-lak$air go$tha-kak$arh cinoti\nSYNONYMS\nkula-varatanu-of the family women; dharma-in the form of dedication to the\n\nhusband, etc.;\n\ngrava-vrndani-the stones;\n\nbhi ndan-spl itting;\n\nsumukhi-0\n\n", "ant1#p0127": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n94\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nbeautiful-faced one; nisita-sharp; dirgha-apanga-in the form of long outer corners of the eyes; tanka-chatabhib-by chisels; yugapat-simultaneously; ayamthis; apurvab-unprecedented; kab-who; purab-in front; visva-karma-creative person; marakata-mal')i-lak�aib-with countless emeralds; go�tha-kak�am-a\nprivate room for meeting; cinoti-He is constructing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'0 beautiful-faced one, who is this creative person standing before usl\n\nWith the sharp chisels of His loving glances, He is splitting the hard stones of\nmany women's devotion to their husbands. And with the luster of His body,\nsurpassing the brilliance of countless emeralds, He is simultaneously constructing private meeting places for His pastimes.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse (La/ita-madhava 1.52) is spoken by Radharar:Ji to Lalitadevi.\nTEXT 168\n\n�c���rt�����lf�'!ifiwr��J�\n� c��s��1: �f\\!l c<!SP<M orc�J1 � 1\n....\n\n'IM f�1!\"�·�11'r<l1- fol<!S\"l!-Ol�f<T-<T�1'lf\"ff�1<!S�'1-c���<!S� ��r\\!j ������f.!: u ��lr u\nmahendra-mal')i-mal')r;/ali-mada-vir;lambi-deha-dyutir\nvrajendra-kula-candramab sphurati ko 'pi navyo yuva\nsakhi sthira-kulangana-nikara-nivi-bandhargalacchidakaral')a-kautuki jayati yasya varilsi-dhvanib\nSYNONYMS\nmahendra-mal')i-of jewels of the name mahendra-mal')i; mal')r;/ali-of masses;\nmada-vir;/ambi-defeating the pride; deha-dyutib-one whose bodily luster; vrajendra-kula-candramab-the moon of the family of Vrajaraja (Nanda Maharaja);\nsphurati-manifests; kab api-some; navyab yuva-newly youthful person;\nsakhi-0 my dear friend; sthira-steady; kula-angana-of family ladies; nikaraof groups; nivi-bandha-argala-of the impediments such as tightened dresses and\nbelts; chida-karal')a-in causing the cutting; kautuki-very cunning; jayati-all\nglories; yasya-of whom; varilsi-dhvanib-to the vibration of the flute.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear friend, this newly youthful Lord Sri K��r;�a, the moon in the family\nof Nanda Maharaja, is so beautiful that He defies the beauty of clusters of\n\n", "ant1#p0128": "Text 170]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n95\n\nvaluable jewels. All glories to the vibration of His flute, for it is cunningly\nbreaking the patience of chaste ladies by loosening their belts and tight\ndresses!\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Lalita-madhava (1.49) is spoken by LalitadevT to Radharat:�i.\nTEXT 169\n\n<l�llf'C'ft�\"l''�: <II<!��� Ol<IF- �<l��e,\n,t�1m'l: �e, '1'1!�<10{'\"fi�'<Hl f� 5 I\n\nlf\"ttt.. ��illE19flf1lf9r .,��nf'r��f5f<l\"roillt.. 1ft�l�1: r�llf9f f<��� �9(� ��,r� u �����\nbalad ak$QOr /ak$mif) kavalayati navyarh kuvalayarh\nmukhollasaf) phullarh kamala-vanam ullanghayati ca\ndasarh ka$tam a$ta-padam api nayaty angika-rucir\nvicitrarh radhayaf) kim api kila ruparh vilasati\nSYNONYMS\nba/at-by force; ak$QOI)-of the two eyes; lak$mif)-the beauty; kavalayatidevours; navyam-newly aw akened; kuvalayam-lotus flower; mukha-ullasaf)the beauty of the face; phu//am-fructified; kamala-vanam-a forest of lotus\nflowers; ullanghayati-surpasses; ca-also; dasam-to a situation; ka$tampainful; a$tii-padam-gold; api-even; nayati-brings; angika-rucif)-the luster\nof the body; vicitram-wonderful; radhayaf)-of Srimati Radharat:�i; kim apisome; ki/a-certainly; rupam-the beauty; vi/asati-manifests.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The beauty of Srimati Radharar;ti's eyes forcibly devours the beauty of\nnewly grown blue lotus flowers, and the beauty of Her face surpasses that of\nan entire forest of fully blossomed lotuses. Her bodily luster seems to place\neven gold in a painful situation. Thus the wonderful, unprecedented beauty of\nSrimati Radharar;�i is awakening in Vrndavana!\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Vidagdha-madhava (1.32). It is spoken by Paurt:�amasi.\nTEXT 170\n\n�l[r:�f� flf<l1 ��9f�tt..\n\"t�9f11it, <I� \"t�:(t,r;� I\n\n", "ant1#p0129": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n96\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\n�f� c<f� 7j'if'i�\"C�1�\"f!,\n�\"''li'II�� 'll<:.f<ff�t'l�\"( U � �\n\n•\n\nII\n\nvidhur eti diva virupatarh\nsata-patrarh bata sarvari-mukhe\niti kena sada sriyojjvalarh\ntulanam arhati mat-priyananam\nSYNONYMS\nvidhu/:1-the moon;\n\neti-becomes;\n\ndiva-by daytime;\n\nvirupatam-faded\n\naway; sata-patram-the lotus flower; bata-alas; sarvari-mukhe-in the beginning of evening; iti-thus; kena-with what; sada-always; sriya-ujjvalambrilliant with beauty; tu/anam-comparison; arhati-deserves; mat-of Me;\npriya-of the dear one; ananam-the face.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Although the effulgence of the moon is brilliant initially at night, in the\ndaytime it fades away. Similarly, although the lotus is beautiful during the\n\ndaytime, at night it closes. But, 0 My friend, the face of My most dear Srimati\nRadharar;�i is always bright and beautiful, both day and nig ht. Therefore, to\n\nwhat can Her face be comparedJ'\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse (Vidagdha-madhava 5.20) is spoken by Sri Kr�l)a to Madhumarigala.\nTEXT 171\n\n�'lllf�1j��'f\"C��5f��\"'l�t:\n��lf�jj�<l�i!:fi\"'�1-\"11�t�: I\n'II\"if<'!'\"'S<'i�,�lftg�'f,� lf'!1\"C�1\n�lf�Plif'IIifl�,� ?!'ll'l\"'t'lliJt: <ll�i'l:f: II ') � � II\npramada-rasa-taranga-smera-gar:u;la-stha/aya/:1\nsmara-dhanur anubandhi-bhru-/ata-/asya-bhaja/:1\nmada-ka/a-ca/a-bhrngi-bhranti-bhangirh dadhano\nhrdayam idam adar'lk$it pak$malak$ya/:1 katak$a/:1\nSYNONYMS\npramada-of joy; rasa-taranga-by the continuous waves of the mellow;\nsmera-mildly smiling;\n\ngaQ<;/a-sthalaya/:1-whose cheeks; smara-dhanu/:1-the\n\n", "ant1#p0130": "Text 173]\n\n97\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\nbow of Cupid; anubandhi-related with; bhru-lata-of the arched eyebrows;\n/asya-dancing;\nunsteady;\n\nbhajab-of one who has;\n\nmada-ka/a-intoxicated;\n\nbhrngi-bhranti-the moving to and fro of bees;\n\nca/a­\n\nbhangim-the\n\nsemblance of; dadhanab-giving; hrdayam idam-this heart; adafik$it-has bitten; pak$ma/a-possessing exquisite eyelashes; ak?yab-of whose two eyes;\nkata-ak?ab-the glance.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When Srimati Radhara1;1i smiles, waves of joy overtake Her cheeks, and\nHer arched eyebrows dance like the bow of Cupid. Her glance is so enchanting that it is like a dancing bumblebee, moving unsteadily due to intoxication.\nThat bee has bitten the whorl of My heart.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Vidagdha-madhava (2.51) is also spoken by Lord Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 172\n\nm �t�,-\"�11f �til,��� 1\n\n� i{j'flt�'SI � �-�� ll\"!>'l� II\nraya kahe,-\"tomara kavitva amrtera dhara\ndvitiya natakera kaha nandi-vyavahara\"\nSY NONYMS\nraya kahe-Ramananda Raya says; tamara-you; kavitva-superexcellence in\npoetic presentation; amrtera dhara-a continuous shower of nectar; dvitiya\nnatakera-of the second drama; kaha-please tell; nandi-vyavahara-treatment\nof the introduction.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving heard these verses recited by Rupa Gosvami, Srila Ramananda Raya\nsaid, \"Your poetic expressions are like continuous showers of nectar. Kindly\nlet me hear the introductory portion of the second drama.''\nTEXT 173\n\n�� ��,-\"�ttl '{fit ��� �tlf I\n\n'if$� \"ff,-,� �1'!�� II !>'l� II\nrupa kahe,-\"kahan tumi suryopama bhasa\nmuni kon k$udra,-yena khadyota-prakasa\n\n", "ant1#p0131": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n98\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSYNONYMS\nrupa ka he-ROpa Gosvami says; kahan-where; tumi-you; sarya-upamalike the sun;\n\nbhasa-brilliance;\n\nmw'ii-1;\n\nkon-some;\n\nk$udra-insignificant;\n\nyena-exactly like; khadyota-prakasa-the brilliance of the glowworm.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Rupa Gosvami said, \"In your presence, which is just like brilliant\nsunshine, I am as insignificant as the light of a glowworm.\nTEXT 174\n\n� 'eftt'$f �/J �� 'l._�·�'tlfti{ I\"\n�i! �fit' i{ttlft·oo� � �Jt� \" �9s u\ntomara age dhar$tya ei mukha-vyadana\"\neta bali' nandi-sloka karila vyakhyana\nSYNONYMS\ntamara age-before you; dhar$tya-impudence; ei-this; mukha-vyadanasimply opening the mouth; eta ba/i'-saying this; nandi-s/oka-the introductory\nverses; karila vyakhyana-explained.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is even impudent for me to open my mouth before you!' Then, having\nsaid this, he recited the introductory verse of Lalita-madhava.\nTEXT 175\n\n�Rf���\"tt,-c1ft�-c<llt<ll1'll.�\"PIO'ftf.l' 1> C��11�'G: I\nfD���w��li6a�01�\"'t\nflf\"t� ,��'!i\"[:\"t� ,If� <�:: II �'I ct U\nsura-ripu-sudrsam uroja-kokan\nmukha-kamalani ca khedayann akhaQc;/af:r\nciram akhila-suhrc-cakora-nandi\ndisatu mukunda-yasaf:r-sasi mudarh vaf:r\nSYNONYMS\nsura-ripu-of the enemies of the demigods; sudrsam-of the wives; urojathe breasts;\n\nkokan-like birds known as cakravaka birds;\n\nmukha-faces;\n\n", "ant1#p0132": "Text 177]\n\nRiipa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n99\n\nkama/ani-like lotuses; ca-also; khedayan-distressing; akhaQ(iab-completely\nwithout distortion; dram-for a long time; akhila-of all; suhrt-the friend;\ncakora-nandi-pleasing to the cakora birds; disatu-let it give; mukunda-of Sri\nKr�Qa; yasab-the glories; sasi-like the moon; mudam-pleasure; vab-to all of\n\nyou.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The beautiful moonlike glories of Mukunda give distress to the lotuslike\nfaces of the wives of the demons and to their raised breasts, which are like\ngleaming cakravaka birds. Those glories, however, are p leasing to all His\ndevotees, who are like cakora birds. May those glories forever give preasure to\nyou all.'\"\nPURPORT\nThis is the first verse of Act One of Lalita-madhava.\nTEXT 176\n\n,�� i{1� �� ,�r� ?'-J111 �lllfll\n:II� 9l1$i 11i9l 9f� llf1f�i II �9� II\n'dvitiya nandi kaha dekhi?'-raya puchila\nsankoca pana rupa pa(iite lagila\nSYNONYMS\ndvitiya nandi-the second introductory verse; kaha-recite; dekhi-so that\nwe can see; raya puchila-Srrla Ramananda Raya again inquired; sankoca panabecoming a little hesitant; rupa-Srila ROpa Gosvami; pa(iite /agi/a-began to\nread.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Srila Ramananda Raya further inquired about the second introductory verse, Srila Riipa Gosvami was somewhat hesitant, but nevertheless he\nbegan to read.\nTEXT 177\n\nf.!�'!f<tfil�l� �lft'lf�·m�� <t= frl;c�1\nf<fl1\\!iJ<'�ll.:ll\"'1����l\"'llRrllt�f�f�: 1\n'I w�\\!i-�\"l(�r��ll \"l\"D\"'1��1�J: \"!�\n\n�����5\\'lr.ll: ff\"l!f9f \"!� ���� U ) 'I 'I I\n\n", "ant1#p0133": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n100\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nnija-praf)ayitarh sudham udayam apnuvan yab k$itau\nkiraty a/am urikrta-dvija-ku/adhiraja-sthiti/:1\nsa luficita-tamas-tatir mama saci-sutakhya/:1 sasi\nvasikrta-jagan-mana/:1 kim api sarma vinyasyatu\nSYNONYMS\n\nnija-praf)ayitam-own devotional love; sudham-the nectar; udayam-appearance; apnuvan-obtaining; ya/:1-one who; k$itau-on the surface of the\nworld;\n\nkirati-expands;\n\na/am-extensively;\n\nuri-krta-accepted ;\n\ndvija-ku/a­\n\nadhiraja-sthiti/:1-the situation of the most exalted of the brahmaf)a community;\nsa/:1-He; /uficita-driven away; tama/:1-of darkness; tati/:1-mass; mama-my;\nsaci-suta-akhya/:1-known as Sacinandana, the son of mother Saci; sa5i-the\nmoon; vasi-krta-subdued; jagat-mana/:1-the minds of the whole world; kim\napi-somehow; sarma-auspicio usness; vinyasyatu-let it be bestowed.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The moonlike Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is known as the son\nof mother Saci, has now appeared on earth to spread devotional love of Himself. He is emperor of the brahm;u:�a community. He can drive away all the\ndarkness of ignorance and control the mind of everyone in the world. May\nthat rising moon bestow upon us all good fortune.' \"\nPURPORT\n\nThis is the third verse of Act One of Vidagdha-madhava.\nTEXT 178\n\n�fi{�i � �� �'OOf �,. I\n\"lt�f �t�il f�i �rn' �,. II �'llr II\nsuniya prabhura yadi antare ul/asa\nbahire kahena kichu kari' rO$iibhasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuniya-hearing this; prabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yadi-although; antare-within; u//asa-great jubilation; bahire -externally; kahenasays; kichu-something; kari -making; ro$a-abhasa-as if angry.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was inwardly greatly pleased when He\nheard this verse, externally He spoke as if angry.\n\n", "ant1#p0134": "Text 181]\n\n101\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\nTEXT 179\n\n\"� �11ft� �·���1�J·�tttf�'t I\n� 'llt'tl fi(CIIJI �t� 'l�'ftt�\"!_\" II )\"� II\nkanha tamara kr?Qa-rasa-kavya-sudha-sindhu\ntara madhye mithya kene stuti-k?ara-bindu\n\nSYNONYMS\nkanha-where; tamara-your; kr?Qa-rasa-kavya-of exalted p o etry concern­\n\ning the mellows of Lord Kr�Qa's pa stimes; sudha-sindhu-ocean of the nectar;\ntara madhye-wi t hin that; mithya-false; kene-why; stuti-praye r; k?ara-bindu- lik e a drop of alkali.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Your exalted poetic descriptions of the mellows of Lord K\"'r;�a's pastimes\nare like an ocean of nectar. But why have you put in a false prayer about Mel It\nis like a drop of detestful alkali.\"\nTEXT 180\n\nm �t�,-\"�t�1f <J�1'i!J ��tl:!� '1.� 1\n� 1tt'tJ �<IS �'{ f�ttli ��� U \" )IT'o II\nray a kahe, -\"rapera kavya amrtera para\ntara madhye eka bindu diyache karpara\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nraya kahe\n\n-\n\nSrila Ramananda Raya says; rapera kavya-the p o etic expression of\n\nSrila ROpa Gosvami; amrtera para-f illed with all nectar; tara madhye\n\n-\n\nwithin\n\nthat; eka bindu-one drop; diyache-he has given; karpara-camphor.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Ramananda Raya objected, \"It is not alkali at all. It is a particle of\ncamphor he has put into the nectar of his exalted poetic expression.\"\nTEXT 181\n\n� �,-\"1ft:tt, <;�:!rot bW! �,11f 1\n�f�t 'lllii1, �� <litl �� U\")IT'� II\n\n", "ant1#p0135": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n102\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"raya, tamara ihate u/lasa\nsunitei lajja, lake kare upahasa\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu\n\nkah e-Sri Caitanya\n\ntamara-your;\n\nihate-in\n\nthis;\n\nMahaprabhu\n\nsays;\n\nu//asa-jubilation;\n\nraya-Ramananda\nsunitei-to\n\nhear;\n\nashamed; lake-the people in general; kare-do; upahasa-j o king\n\nRaya;\n\n/ajja­\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"My dear Ramananda Raya, you are jubilant\nat hearing these poetic expressions, but I am ashamed to hear them, for\npeople in general will joke about the subject of this verse. \"\nTEXT 182\n\n� <15�,-\"c;'I�J �� �� c:!Rtst I\n��·c;lft�J ..� 1l'fll'ftij1ft'lll\"��r� II\n•\n\nraya kahe,-\"/okera sukha ihara sravaf)e\nabhi$ta-devera smrti mangalacaraQe\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nraya kah e-Ramanan da Raya says; /okera-of the people in general; sukhahappiness; ihara sravaf)e-in hearing such poetic expressions; abhi$ta-devera-of\nthe worshipable Deity; smrti-remembrance; mar'lga/acaraQe-in the performance of auspiciousness in the beginning.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya said, \"Instead of joking, people in general will feel great\npleasure in hearing such poetry, for the initial remembrance of the worshipable Deity invokes good fortune.\"\nTEXT 183\n\nm �,-\"c;<flt't 'Cltlf 'lttiJit ��-r ?\"\nI!� Ji9t·c;'S1tlltf� <fltlt: t:!� � II �� II\nraya kahe,-\"kan ange patrera pravesa?\"\ntabe rOpa-gasalii kahe tahara vi5e$a\n\n", "ant1#p0136": "Riipa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\nText 185]\n\n103\n\nSYNONYMS\nraya kahe-Ramananda Raya says; kon-what; arige-subdivision of style;\npatrera p ravesa-the entrance of the players; tabe-at that time; rupa-gosai'ii­\n\nSrila ROpa Gosvami; kahe-continues to speak; tahara vise ?a- specifically on this\n\nmatter.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya inquired, \"By which subdivision of style do the players\nenter?\" Riipa Gosvami then began to speak specifically about this subject.\nTEXT 184\n\n01��1 f�11'1��1�� foi��J �'Jf�?;\"f �'11f0lflf;rl I\n·\n\n'l�� C�Ol f<f?:lf�� �<f'lf� �11ll<1111'��'1ll II �IrS II\n\nnatata kirata-rajaril\nnihatya rariga-sthale kala-nidhina\nsamaye tena vidheyaril\ngul)avati tara-kara-grahal)am\n\nSYNONYMS\nnatata-dancing on the stage; kirata-rajam-the ruler of the kirata (uncivilized\n\nmen), Kamsa; nihatya-killing; rariga-sthale-on the stage; ka/a-nidhina-the\n\nmaster of all arts; samaye-at the time; tena-by Him; vidheyam-to be done;\ngul)a-vati-at the qualified moment; tara-kara-of the hand of Tara (Radha);\ngrahal)am-the acceptance .\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'While dancing on the stage after having killed the ruler of uncivilized\nmen [Karilsa], Lord Kf�Qa, master of all arts, will at the proper time accept the\nhand of Srimati RadharaQi, who is qualified with all transcendental attributes.'\n(Lalita-madhava 1.11)\nTEXT 185\n\n'��' ift1f ��'��'-'��'�If I\n� �tt� �-��1lftt�J11 l!�'f II �lr� II\n'udghatyaka' nama ei 'amukha'-'vithi' ariga\ntamara age kahi-iha dhar$tyera tarariga\n\n", "ant1#p0137": "104\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSY NONYMS\n'udghatyaka' nama-a dancing appearance of the player, technically known as\nudghatyaka; ei amukha-this is the introduction; vrthi aflga-the part is called\nvTthi; tamara age-before y ou; kahi-1 say; iha-th is; dhar�tyera taranga-a\n\nwave of impudence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This introduction is technically called udghatyaka, and the whole scene is\ncalled vithi. You are so expert in dramatic expression that each of my statements before you is like a wave from an ocean of impudence.\nPURPORT\n\nIn this connection Srila Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura again quotes the\nfollowing verse from the Sahitya-darpaQa (6.288):\nudghatyakal) kathodghata/:1\nprayogatisayas tatha\npravartakavalagite\npanca prastavana-bhidal)\n\nThus the technical names for the five kinds of introductory scenes of the drama\nare listed as udghatyaka, kathodghata, prayogatisaya, pravartaka and ava/agita.\nWhen Srila Ramananda Raya inquired which of these five SrTia ROpa Gosvami had\nused to accomplish the technical introduction to his drama Lalita-madhava, ROpa\nGosvami replied that he had used the introduction technically called udghatyaka.\nAccording to Bharati-vrtti, three technical terms used are prarocana, vithi and\nprahasana. Thus ROpa Gosvami also mentioned vTthT, which is a technical term for\n\na certain type of expression. According to the Sahitya-darpaQa (6.520):\nvithyam eko bhaved ankal)\nka5cid eko 'tra kalpyate\nakasa-bha�itair uktais\ncitrarh pratyuktim asrita/:1\n\nThe vTthi beginning of a drama consists of only one scene. In that scene, one of\nthe heroes enters the stage, and by means Qf opposing statements uttered by a\nvoice from the sky (offstage), he introduces the abundant conjugal mellow and\nother mellows to some degree. In the course of the introduction, all the seeds of\nthe play are planted. This introduction is called udghatyaka because the player\ndances on the stage. This term also indicates that the full moon enters the stage.\nIn this case, when the word natata (\"dancing on the stage\") is linked with the\n\n", "ant1#p0138": "Text 187]\n\n105\n\nRiipa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\nmoon, its meaning is obscure, but because the meaning becomes very clear when\nthe word natata is linked with Kr�IJa, this type of introduction is called udghatyaka.\nSrila Ramananda Raya used highly technical terms when he discussed this with\nSrila ROpa Gosvami. ROpa Gosvami admitted that Srila Ramananda Raya was a\ngreatly learned scholar of bona fide dramatic composition. Thus although Srila\nROpa Gosvami was quite fit to answer Srila Ramananda Raya's questions, due to\nhis Vai�oava humility he admitted that his words were impudent. Actually both\nROpa Gosvami and Ramananda Raya were scholarly experts in composing poetry\nand presenting it strictly according to the Sahitya-darpaoa and other Vedic\nliteratures.\nTEXT 186\n\n\"9flrtf;{ ��'!t�tf\"l\" \\!l'f���r;� \"!\"\"?It: I\nClft��fu 9f�l'f�hiJ: 'f �t'!J� �l>Jr:� ll\"�lr� II\npadani tv agatarthani\ntad-artha-gataye narab\nyojayanti padair anyaib\nsa udghatyaka ucyate\nSYNONYMS\npad ani-words; tu-but; agata-arthani-having an unclear meaning; tat-that;\nartha-gataye-to\n\nunderstand\n\npadaib-with words;\n\nthe\n\nmeaning;\n\nanyaib-other;\n\nnarab-men;\n\nsab-that;\n\nyojayanti-join;\n\nudghatyakab-udghatyaka;\n\nucyate-is called.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'To explain an unclear word, men generally join it with other words. Such\nan attempt is called udghatyaka.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is quoted from the Sahitya-darpaoa (6.289).\nTEXT 187\n\nm ��,-\"<!15� �'$!\" � �t�\" 1\n\n!\\\"ti� �� f�t; ��t111S?f·� II �lr'l II\nraya kahe,- \"kaha age angera vise�a\"\nsrT-rOpa kahena kichu sank�epa-uddesa\n\n", "ant1#p0139": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n106\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nraya kahe-Srila Ramananda Raya says; kaha-please tell me; age-further;\narigera vise$a-p articu l ar portions; sri-rupa kahena-SrTia ROpa CosvamT says;\nkichu-something; sarik$epa-in brief; uddesa-reference.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Ramananda Raya requested Srila Riipa Gosvami to speak further\nabout various portions of the play, Srila Riipa Gosvami briefly quoted his\nLalita-madhava.\nTEXT 188\n\n�fi,P�r-rc� \"ll��\"l!:, 1.\"ll�: 'l'f'II��J,� ��: 1\n�illf�i'III]\"tt� Of 9f'.iif�:, ��\\;1 'l�1\"f: !l'C�\"llM 11 ') lrlrll\nharim uddisate rajo-bhara/:1\npurata/:1 sarigamayaty amum tarnal)\nvrajavama-drsam na paddhati/:1\nprakata sarva-drsa/:1 sruter api\nSYNONYMS\n\nharim - Kr�t:�a; uddisate-it indicates; raja/:1 -bharab-dust from the cows;\npuratal)-in front; sarigamayati-causes to meet; amum-Kr�t:�a; tama/:1-the\ndarkness; vrajavama-drsam-of the damsels of Vrndavana; na-not; paddhatibthe course of activities; prakata-manifested; sarva-drsab-who know everything; srute/:1-of the Vedas; api-as well as.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The dust from cows and calves on the road creates a kind of darkness indicating that Kr��a is returning home from the pasture. Also, the darkness of\nevening provokes the gopis to meet Kr��a. Thus the pastimes of Kr��a and the\ngopis are covered by a kind of transcendental darkness and are therefore impossible for ordinary scholars of the Vedas to see.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse from the Lalita-madhava (1.23) is spoken by Paurt:�amasi in a conversation with Gargi.\nKr�t:�a stated in Bhagavad-gita, traiguQya-vi$aya veda nistraiguQyo bhavarjuna.\n\nThus He advised Arjuna to rise above the modes of material nature, for the entire\n\nVedic system is filled with descriptions involving sattva-guQa, rajo-guQa and tamoguQa. People are generally covered by the quality of rajo-guQa and are therefore\n\n", "ant1#p0140": "Text 190]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n107\n\nunable to understand the pastimes of Kr�t:�a with the gopTs of Vraja. Moreover, the\nquality of tamo-guf)a further disturbs their understanding. In Vrndavana, however,\nalthough Kr�t:�a is covered by the hazy darkness of the dust, the gopTs can\nnevertheless understand that within the dust storm is Kr�Qa. Because they are His\ntopmost devotees, they can perceive His hand in everything. Thus even in the\ndark or in a hazy storm of dust, devotees can understand what Kr�t:�a is doing. The\npurport of this verse is that Kr�t:�a is never lost, under any circumstances, to the\nvision of exalted devotees like the gopTs.\nTEXT 189\n\nfi�11<1\"�1:j!\" �C�i!iJ: <1>1ff� �Ni� <f'lt� �1 ��'f1 I\n'11 \"Gi�f� fol�'gt41 <nt<f�\"t�<l'i<fi\"''1 ��'111 �17� I\nhriyam avagrhya grhebhyab kar?ati\nradharh vanaya ya nipuf)a\nsa jayati nis[?tartha\nvara-varhsaja-kaka/T dOtT\nSYNONYMS\nhriyam-bashfulness; avagrhya-impeding; grhebhya/:1-from private houses;\nkar?ati-attracts; radham-Srimati Radharal)i; vanaya-to the forest; ya-which;\nnipUQa-being expert;\n\nsa-that;\n\njayati-let it be glorified;\n\nnis[?ta-artha­\n\nauthorized; vara-varhsaja-of the bamboo flute; kaka/T-the sweet tone; datithe messenger.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'May the sweet sound of Lord Kr,Qa's flute, His authorized messenger, be\nglorified, for it expertly releases Srimati Radhara�i from Her shyness and attracts Her from Her home to the forest!\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Lalita-madhava\nGargamuni.\n\n(1.24) is spoken by Gargi, the daughter of\n\nTEXT 190\n\n'l�l>Rf fol�t�: C<fil�Jl� �<1\"1 �1f'Q)�31....G!�f<f <k:�: fliC�1 �t'Vif�'Jf'Sl��1!: I\n\n��� l>��il!il'�'l9f�i('i\\�\"'��-\n\n�1! IJf�IIOI� Cl>�:c<fit�i����'1� �:II ��· K\n\n", "ant1#p0141": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n108\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nsahacari niratanka/:1 ko 'yam yuva mudira-dyutir\nvraja-bhuvi kuta/:1 prapto madyan matatigaja-vibhrama/:1\nahaha catulair utsarpadbhir drg-ancala-taskarair\nmama dhrti-dhanarh cetal) - ko$ad viluf)thayatiha yal)\nSYNONYMS\nsaha-cari-0 My dear friend; niratatika/:1-without fear; ka/:1-who; ayamthis; yuva-young man; mudira-dyuti/:1-as effulgent as a lightning cloud; vrajabhuvi - in the land of Vraja, Vrndavana; kuta/:1-from where; prapta/:1-obtained;\n\nmadyan-being intoxicated; matar'lgaja-like an elephant; vibhramal)-whose\n\npastimes; ahaha - alas; catu/ai/:1-very unsteady; utsarpadbhi/:1-with wanderings\nin all directions; drk-anca/a-taskarai/:1-by the glances of His eyes like thieves;\nmama-My; dhrti-dhanam-the treasure of My patience; ceta/:1-of the heart;\nko$at-from the core; viluf)thayati-plunders; iha-here in Vrndavana; ya/:1-the\nperson who.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n' My dear friend, who is this fearless young manJ He is as bright as a\n\nlightning cloud, and He wanders in His pastimes like a maddened elephant.\nFrom where has He come to VrndavanaJ Alas, by His restless movements and\nattractive glances He is plundering from the vault of My heart the treasure of\nMy patience.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse (Lalita-madhava 2.11) is spoken by SrTmatT Radharai)T to Her friend\nLalitadevi.\nTEXT 191\n\nf<r�n���N<�>1 '�'� '�\"�:<lf�\"'l�� <�I\n�\"C\"ffS'!-l>ffi�\"C�1: \"[�lflf\"lf1>��1 I\n@c����\\!ij)� 1>1��<!1>li1'\\!i1�1<!\"1'1\n\n'!\"C�lll\\!ill\"C'll�c�fifll'l\"' � '11 Q\"1flf<fi1 u'' ) �) n\nvihara-sura-dirghika mama mana/:1-karindrasya ya\nvilocana-cakorayol) sarad-amanda-candra-prabha\nuro 'mbara-tatasya cabharaf)a-caru-taravali\nmayonnata-manorathair iyam a/ambhi sa radhika\nSYNONYMS\nvihara-sura-dirghika-the Ganges flowing in the heavenly planets; mamaMy; mana/:1-kari-indrasya-of the elephant-like mind; ya-S he who; vilocana-\n\n", "ant1#p0142": "Text 193]\n\nRiipa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n109\n\nglancing; cakorayob-of My two eyes, which are like cakora birds; sarat-amandacandra-prabha-like the shine of the full moon in the autumn; urab-of My\nchest; ambara-like the sky; tatasya-on the edge; ca-also; abharaQa-ornaments; caru-beautiful; tara-ava/i-like the stars; maya-by Me; unnata-highly\nelevated; manorathaib-by mental desires; iyam-this; a/ambhi-attained; saShe; radhika-Srimati Radharat;�i.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Srimati Radharar;ti is the Ganges in which the elephant of My mind enjoys\npastimes. She is the shining of the full autumn moon for the cakora birds of\nMy eyes. She is the dazzling ornament, the bright and beautiful arrangement\nof stars, on the border of the sky of My chest. Now today I have gained Srimati\nRadharar;ti because of the highly elevated state of My mind.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Lalita-madhava (2.1 0) expresses the thoughts of Lord Kr�t:�a in\nrelation with Radharat;�i.\nTEXT 192\n\n�� ��' :sf'AI �� �� ���'1 I\nE� <\\'5� �llfdil' ��-��ti{ II ��� II\neta suni' raya kahe prabhura caraf)e\nrupera kavitva prasarhsi' sahasra-vadane\nSYNONYMS\neta\n\nsuni'-hearing\n\nthis;\n\nraya-Ramananda\n\nRaya;\n\nkahe-says;\n\nprabhura\n\ncaraQe-at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rupera-of ROpa Gosvami;\nkavitva-poetic art; prasarilsi'-glorifying; sahasra-vadane-as if with a thousand\nmouths.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing this, Srila Ramananda Raya submitted at the lotus feet of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu the superexcellence of Srila Riipa Gosvami's poetic expression and began to praise it as if he had thousands of mouths.\nTEXT 193\n\n\"� ifl � �l �f;� 'fRf I\net$�-ilf-.'1 � �� �Rf II ��� II\n\n", "ant1#p0143": "110\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\n\"kavitva na haya ei amrtera dhara\nnataka-lak$af)a saba slddhantera sara\nSYNONYMS\nkavitva-poetic art; na haya-is not; ei-this; amrtera dhara-constant shower\nof nectar; nataka-a drama; /ak$ana-appearing as; saba-all; siddhantera saraessences of ultimate realization.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Ramananda Raya said, \"This is not a poetic presentation; it is a continuous shower of nectar. Indeed, it is the essence of all ultimate realizations,\nappearing in the form of plays.\nTEXT 194\n\n<;�·9ffJ9f� �t �'\"'� <!fcfi{ I\n�fit' �..Cfft(f �i �'ti{\"f·'5J:_(i{ II ��8 II\nprema-paripati ei adbhuta varf)ana\nsuni' citta-karf)era haya ananda-ghurf)ana\nSYNONYMS\nprema-paripa,t;-a first-class arrangement to express loving a ffairs; ei-this;\nadbhuta varf)ana-wond e rful description; suni'-hearing; citta-karf)era-of the\nheart and the ear; haya-there is; ananda-ghOrQana-a whirlpool of transcendental bliss.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The wonderful descriptions of Rupa Gosvami are superb arrangements to\nexpress loving affairs. Hearing them will plunge the heart and ears of everyone\ninto a whirlpool of transcendental bliss.\nTEXT 195\n\n\"f�t. �lC<I\"JO{ �C<I\"�\"'J f<fit. <filC�O{ tf�\"ll\\!i: I\n9j'l\"'J �1!'1;11 i'fUt. 0{ '<{�f'\\!i l!flifi�: II \" )0)¢ II\nkim kavyena kaves tasya\nkim kaQr;fena dhanu$-mata/;1\nparasya hrdaye lagnam\nna gharQayati yac chira/;1\n\n", "ant1#p0144": "Text 197]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n111\n\nSYNONYMS\nkim-what use; kavyena-with poetry; kave/:1-of the poet; tasya-that;\nkim-what use; kat;u;fena-with the arrow; dhanu/:1-mata/:l-of the bowman;\nparasya-of another; hrdaye-in the heart; fagnam-penetrating; na ghurQayati-does not ca�e to roll about; yat-which; sira/:1-the head.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'What is the use of a bowman's arrow or a poet's poetry if they penetrate\nthe heart but do not cause the head to spinl'\nTEXT 196\n\n�Rf -tf9 ��1 ��� ittl( <JI� �� I\n\n� !If� f'\"'1 �t�,--� � II �\"'� II\ntamara sakti vina jivera nahe ei vaQi\ntumi sakti diya kahao,-hena anumani\"\nSYNONYMS\ntamara sakti vina-without Your special power; jivera-of an ordinary living\nbeing; nahe-there is not; ei vaQi-these words; tumi-You; sakti diya-giving\npower; kahao-make him say; hena-such; anumani-1 guess.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Without Your mercy such poetic expressions would be impossible for an\nordinary living being to write. My guess is that You have given him the\npower!'\nTEXT 197\n\n� �1(,- \"�itt'lt btJ d'l fif� I\nbRf -.t'l btt� � '{t � � II �\"'\" II\nprabhu kahe,-\"prayage ihara ha-ifa mifana\nihara guQe ihate amara tu$ta haifa mana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahiiprabhu says; prayage-at Prayaga;\nihara-of him; ha-ifa-there was; mifana-meeting; ihara guQe-by his transcendental qualities; ihate-in him; amara-of Me; tU$ta-satisfied; haifa-became;\nmana-the mind.\n\n", "ant1#p0145": "112\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"I met Srila Rupa Gosvami at Prayaga. He\nattracted and satisfied Me because of his qualities!'\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is not partial to some and neutral to\nothers. One can actually draw the attention of the Supreme Personality of Godhead by service. Then one is further empowered by the Lord to act in such a way\nthat everyone can appreciate his service. This is confirmed in 8hagavad-gita\n\n(4.11): ye yatha mam prapadyante tams tathaiva bhajamy aham. Kr�oa is respon­\n\nsive. If one tries to render his best service to the Lord, the Lord gives him the\npower to do so. Kr�oa also says in Bhagavad-gita:\nte$am satata-yuktanam\nbhajatam priti-purvakam\ndadami buddhi-yogam tam\nyena mam upayanti te\n\"To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give the\nunderstanding by which they can come to Me.\"\n\n(Bg.\n\n10.10) SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu bestowed His special favor upon SrTia ROpa GosvamT because ROpa\nGosvami wanted to serve the Lord to the best of his ability. Such is the reciprocation between the devotee and the Lord in the discharge of devotional duties.\n\nTEXT 198\n\n11'!_1 12!q -� -.t� �tJ I\n�� �m R'J. iiU � !!fm II ��\\r II\nmadhura prasanna ihara kavya sa/ankara\naiche kavitva vinu nahe rasera pracara\n\nSYNONYMS\nmadhura-sweet;\n\nprasanna-pleasing;\n\nihara-his;\n\nkavya-poetry;\n\nsa­\n\na/ankara-with metaphors and other ornaments; aiche-such as that; kavitvapoetic qualifications; vinu-without; nahe-there is not; rasera-of mellows;\npracara -preaching.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu praised the metaphors and other literary ornaments of Srila Rupa Gosvami's transcendental poetry. Without such poetic attributes, He said, there is no possibility of preaching transcendental mellows.\n\n", "ant1#p0146": "Text 201]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n113\n\nTEXT 199\n\n�� �9li �' -·�t11' (}f�' �- �I\n\nCR�-c;� � �(filft'J II ��� II\nsabe krpa kari' inhare deha' ei vara\nvraja-lila-prema-rasa yena varQe nirantara\nSYNONYMS\nsabe-all of you; krpa kari'-showin g your mercy; inhare-unto SrTia ROpa\nGosvami; deha'-give; ei vara-this benediction; vraja-/i/a-prema-rasa-transcendental mellows of the pastimes of Vrndavana; yena-so that; varQe-he can\ndescribe; nirantara-without cessation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu requested all His personal associates to bless\nRupa Gosvami so that he might continuously describe the pastimes of\nV�ndavana , which are full of emotional love of Godhead.\nTEXT 200\n\n··�tl c;� d�, i{tlf-'�' I\n�� fitaq iftr. ttf '!If II � II\no o\n\ninhara ye jye�tha-bhrata, nama-'sanatana'\nprthivite vijna-vara nahi tanra sama\nSYNONYMS\ninhara-of Srila ROpa Gosvami; ye-who; jye?tha-bhrata-the elder brother;\nnama-named; sanatana-S anatana GosvamT; prthivite-on the surface of the\nworld; vijna-vara-most learned; nahi-there is none; tanra sama-equal to him.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Srila Rupa Gosvami's elder brother, whose\nname is Sanatana Gosvami , is such a wise and learned scholar that no one is\nequal to him.''\nTEXT 201\n\n� � M..ili!Jt�, � tB �I\n\n�-·�t�·9ftfuti!J11' �tt\\!- \"ft5 II � � n\no\n\n", "ant1#p0147": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n114\n\n[Antya-lila , Ch. 1\n\ntamara yaiche Vi$aya-tyaga, taiche tatira riti\ndainya-vairagya-paQc;Jityera tanhatei sthiti\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-your; yaiche-just as; Vi$aya-tyaga-renunciation of material connec­\n\ntions; tai che-similar ly; tanra riti-his manner of activity; dainya-humbleness;\nvairagya-renunciation; paQc;Jityera-of learned scholarship; tanhatei-in him;\nsthiti -existing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu told Ramananda Raya, \"Sanatana Gosvami's\nrenunciation of material connections is just like yours. Humility, renunciation\nand excellent learning exist in him simultaneously.\nTEXT 202\n\n\\!!� � 'e�� �tfif ��· �lit\"!fte{ I\n-r� fiml 'e�tsr �F1rci! �\"if� \" � o� \"\nei dui bhaiye ami pathailuri vrndavane\nsakti diya bhakti-sastra karite pravartane\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-these; dui-two; bhaiye-brothers; ami-1; pathailu ri-sent; vrndavaneto Vrndavana;\n\nsakti diya-empowering them;\n\nbhakti-sastra-transcendental\n\nliterature regarding devotional service; karite-to do; pravartane-establishing.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I empowered both of these brothers to go to Vrndavana to expand the\nliterature of bhakti!'\nPURPORT\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu informed Srila Ramananda Raya that he and Sanatana\nGosvami had engaged equally in devotional service after giving up all relationships with material activity. Such renunciation is a symptom of an unalloyed devotee engaged in the service of the Lord with no tinge of material contamination.\nAccording to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, this is the position of twad api sunicena\ntaror api sahi$f)una. A pure devotee, free from the reactions of the material modes\nof nature, executes devotional service with tolerance like that of a tree. He also\nfeels humbler than the grass. Such a devotee, who is called ni$kiticana, or free\n\n", "ant1#p0148": "Rupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\nText 204]\n\n115\n\nfrom all material possessions, is always absorbed in emotional love of Godhead.\nHe is reluctant to perform any kind of sense gratification. In other words, such a\ndevotee is free from all material bondage, but he engages in Kr�Da conscious activities. Such expert devotional service is performed without hypocrisy. Humility,\nrenunciation and learned scholarship were combined in Sanatana GosvamT, the\nideal pure devotee, who was on the same level of understanding as\n\nSrTia Rama­\n\nnanda Raya. Like Ramananda Raya, Sanatana Gosvami was a fully cognizant expert in the conclusions of devotional service and was therefore able to describe\nsuch transcendental knowledge.\nTEXT 203\n\n� � � �� 1\n� ��� � itl�ti! \"�0�\"\n\nm ��,-\"��\n\nray a kahe,- \"isvara tumi ye caha karite\nk�thera putali tumi para nacaite\nSYNONYMS\n\nS\n\nraya kahe- rTia Ramananda Raya says; isvara tumi-You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ye-whatever; caha-You want; karite-to do; ka$theraof wood; putali-a doll; tumi-You; para-are able; nacaite-to make dance.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Ramananda Raya replied to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, \"My Lord, You\nare the Supreme Personality of Godhead. If You like, You can cause even a\nwooden doll to dance.\nTEXT 204\n\n� � � � � <fi�'ft �Gt�t'1 I\n\n���Off���� fit� ll �08 ll\nmora mukhe ye saba rasa karila pracaraQe\nsei rasa dekhi ei ihara likhane\nSYNONYMS\nmora mukhe-through my mouth; ye-whatever; saba rasa-all such transcendental mellows; karila-You did; pracaraQe-preaching; sei rasa-those\nsame transcendental mellows; dekhi-1 see; ei-this; ihara likhane-in the writing of SrTia ROpa GosvamT.\n\n", "ant1#p0149": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nSri Caitanya-caritampa\n\n116\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I see that the truths regarding transcendental mellow that You have expounded through my mouth are all explained in the writings of Srila Rupa\nGosvami.\nTEXT 205\n\n�?�-��<lit��� �-1fll I\n� <fi�t'$, �l <fiRft';� iSf�e. C� �llf ll�o(t\nbhakte krpa-hetu prakasite caha vraja-rasa\nyare karao, sei karibe jagat tamara vasa\nSY NONYMS\nbhakte-unto the devotees; krpa-hetu-because of mercy; prakasite-to\nshow; caha-You want; vraja-rasa-the transcendental mellows in Vrndavana;\nyare-whomever;\n\nkarao-You may empower;\n\nsei-he;\n\nkaribe-will make;\n\njagat-the whole world; tamara vasa-under Your control.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because of Your causeless mercy toward Your devotees, You want to describe the transcendental pastimes in Vrndavana. Anyone empowered to do\nthis can bring the entire world under Your influence.\"\nPURPORT\nThis passage parallels the statement kr�Qa-sakti vina nahe tara pravartana, which\nmeans that unless empowered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r;�a,\none cannot spread the holy name of the Lord throughout the entire world\n(Cc. Antya\n\n7.11). Under the protection of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\n\na pure devotee can preach the holy name of the Lord so that everyone may take\nadvantage of this facility and thus become Kr�r;�a conscious.\nTEXT 206\n\n�� �� �<!i� �sot �fi.ftrif I\n� <!i��1ll� R'l �1\\ifif n �o� n\ntabe mahaprabhu kaila rope a/ingana\ntanre karaila sabara caral')a vandana\n\n", "ant1#p0150": "Text 208]\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n117\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time;\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kai/a-did;\n\nrOpe-unto ROpa GosvamT; a/ingana-embracing; tanre-him; karai/a-induced\nto do; sabara-of all of them; carat;�a van dana-worshiping the lotus feet.\nTRANSlATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then embraced Rupa Gosvami and asked him to\noffer prayers at the lotus feet of all the devotees present.\nTEXT 207\n\n�-filt:!Jli\\lfftfw �<I 'e.�'! I\n�� <lift' 1fit� :Jit<l '<t'illf1 �t� II � o'\\ II\nadvaita-nityanandadi saba bhakta-gat;�a\nkrpa kari' rOpe sabe kaila alingana\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-Advaita Acarya; nityananda-adi-SrT Nityananda Prabhu and others;\n\nsaba-all; bhakta-gat;�a- personal devotees; krpa kari'-being very merciful;\nrOpe-unto ROpa GosvamT; sabe-all of them; kaila a/itigana-embraced.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya, Nityananda Prabhu and all the other devotees showed their\ncauseless mercy to Rupa Gosvami by embracing him in return.\nTEXT 208\n\n<211_·'f� 1fit�, �� 1fit�l ��'I I\n�f'f' �e.-.� '� �t� � II � olr II\nprabhu-krpa rOpe, ara rOpera sad-gut;�a\ndekhi' camatkara haila sabakara mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu-krpa-Lord Caitanya's mercy; rOpe-upon ROpa Gosvami; ara- and;\nrOpera sat-gut;�a-the transcendental qualities of SrTia ROpa GosvamT; dekhi'seeing; camatkara ha i/a-there was astonishment; sabakara-of all of them;\nmana-in the minds.\n\n", "ant1#p0151": "118\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's special mercy toward Srila Rupa\nGosvami and seeing his personal qualities, all the devotees were struck with\nwonder.\nTEXT 209\n\n� �t<2lt_ � 'e9 '1$1 <;'5Wrl I\n\n�f«t11-� lit't �i1 �\"fill �o� II\ntabe mahaprabhu saba bhakta laiia gela\nharidasa-thakura rOpe alingana kaila\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; saba-all; bhakta-devotees; /aiia-with; ge/a-departed from the place; hari-dasa-thakura-of\nthe name\n\nHaridasa Thakura;\n\nrOpe-unto ROpa Gosvami;\n\nalingana kaila­\n\nembraced.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen, when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu left with all of His devotees, Haridasa\nThakura also embraced Srila Rupa Gosvami.\nTEXT 210\n\n�� �,- \"�11\" 'ett� i1t� �1fl I\n� � .rr'f\"'i, ��� <;� �i1 ��JI1 ?\"�� II\no\n\nharidasa kahe,- \"tomara bhagyera nahi sima\nye saba varf)ila, ihara ke jane mahima?\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nhari-dasa kahe-Haridasa Thakura says; tomara-your; bhagyera-of fortune;\nnahi sima-there is no limit; ye-whatever; saba-all; varf)ila-you have described; ihara-of this; ke jane-who can understand; mahima-the glories.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura told him: \"There is no limit to your good fortune. No one\ncan understand the glories of what you have described.\"\n\n", "ant1#p0152": "Rupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\nText 211]\n\n119\n\nTEXT 211\n\n���'Pf �,-\"'tfil � ill �f-11\n� ��'t_ �' c;�� ��eft� II\"��� II\nsri-rOpa kahena,-ami kichui na jani\nyei mahaprabhu kahana, sei kahi val)i\nSYNONYMS\nsn-rupa kahena-Srila ROpa Gosvami replies; ami-1; ki chui-anything; na\njani-do\n\nnot\n\nknow;\n\nyei-whatever;\n\nmahaprabhu\n\nk ahana -Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu makes me say or write; sei-that; kahi-1 speak; val)i-transcendental words.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Rupa Gosvami said, \"I do not know anything. The only transcendental\nwords I can utter are those which Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu makes me speak.\nPURPORT\nThe poet or writer dealing with transcendental subject matters is not an ordinary writer or translator. Because he is empowered by the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, whatever he writes becomes very effective. The principle of being empowered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead is essential. A materialistic poet\nwho describes in his poetry the material activities of man and woman cannot describe the transcendental pastimes of the Lord or the transcendental conclusions\nof devotional service. Srila Sanatana GosvamT has therefore warned all neophyte\ndevotees that one should not hear from the mouth of a non-Vai�r:tava\n\navai?l)ava-mukhodgirl)arh\nputarh hari-kathamrtam\nsraval)arh naiva kartavyarh\nsarpocchi?tarh yatha paya/:1\n\n(Padma Pural)a)\n\nUnless one is a fully unalloyed devotee of the Lord, one should not try to describe\nthe pastimes of Kr�r:ta in poetry, for it will be only mundane. There are many descriptions of Kr�r:ta's Bhagavad-gita written by persons whose consciousness is\nmundane and who are not qualified by pure devotion. Although they attempted\nto write transcendental literature, they could not fully engage even a single devotee in Kr�r:ta's service. Such literature is mundane, and therefore, as warned by Sri\nSanatana Gosvami, one should not touch it.\n\n", "ant1#p0153": "120\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 212\n\n�flf' �PH c��'t�i ���Nt��'Z �m<f�t9f1�f9f I\n�'IJ ��: 9flf'<f�O'f'Z 'WIT Cl)��tlf'<P!J 11 :n � n\n\nhrdi yasya preraQaya\npravartito 'ham varaka-rOpo 'pi\ntasya hare/:1 pada-kamalarh\nvande caitanya-devasya\n\nSYNONYMS\nhrdi-within the heart; yasya-of whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nwho gives His pure devotees the intelligence to spread the Kr�r;�a consciousness\n\nmovement);\n\npreraQaya-by the inspiration;\n\npravartita/:1 -engaged ;\n\naham-l;\n\nvaraka- insig n ificant and low; rupa/:1-Rupa Gosviimi; api-although; tasya-of\n\nHim; hare/:1-of Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; pada-kamalam-to\nthe lotus feet; vande-let me offer my prayers; caitanya-devasya-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Although I am the lowest of men and have no knowledge, the Lord has\nmercifully bestowed upon\n\nme the inspiration to write transcendental\n\nliterature about devotional service. Therefore I offer my obeisances at the\nlotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nwho has given me the chance to write these books.'\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.1.2).\nTEXT 213\n\n��1{\\! 'l�i!lf� fl�� I\n�t� �� <;'m>!t1l � �wt�·�n;er 11 �)� 11\nei-mata dui-jana kr�Qa-katha-range\nsukhe kala gonaya rOpa haridasa-sange\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; dui-jana-Haridiisa Thiikura and Srila Rupa Gosviimi;\nkr�Qa-katha-range-in the pleasure of discussing topics about Kr�r;�a; sukhe-in\n\nhappiness; kala-time; gor'l aya-passes; ru pa-Srila Rupa GosvamT; hari-dasasange-in the company of Haridasa Thiikura.\n\n", "ant1#p0154": "Text 215]\n\nRiipa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\n121\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Srila Riipa Gosvami passed his time in close association with\nHaridasa Thakura by discussing the pastimes of Lord Kr�r;�a in great happiness.\nTEXT 214\n\n�R 1fPI1l�' �� �'-1'{ �'$f'1 I\n'�� �m fit�, c;�r;;� <15�1 � ����sn\ncari masa rahi' saba prabhura bhakta-gaQa\ngosaiii vidaya dila, gauge karila gamana\n\nSYNONYMS\ncari masa-four months; rahi'-staying; saba-all; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\nbhakta-gaQa--the\n\ndevotees;\n\ngosaiii-Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nvidaya dila-bade farewell; gauge-to Bengal; karila gamana-they returned.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu thus spent four months with\nHim. Then the Lord bade them farewell, and they returned to Bengal.\nTEXT 215\n\n��?f <21'-?ttif �tlit� 1l� I\n�ttlil ��tlr � ��if! II ��<t II\nsri-rOpa prabhu-pade nilaca/e rahila\ndola-yatra prabhu-sange anande dekhila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rOpa-Srila ROpa Gosvami;\n\nprabhu-pade-at the feet of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; ni/aca/e-at Jagannatha Puri; rahi/a-remained; do/a-yatra-the\nfestival of Dola-yatra; prabhu-sange-with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; anande-in\ngreat happiness; dehila-saw.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Riipa Gosvami, however, stayed at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, and when the Dola-yatra festival took place, he saw it in great\nhappiness with the Lord.\n\n", "ant1#p0155": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n122\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTEXT 216\n\n(;'ft'l �il� � 11it?f �nl �1 I\n\n�� ��'llf ��' -.� �•trn'liu �)� u\ndo/a anantare prabhu rOpe vidaya dila\naneka prasada kari' sakti sai'icarila\nSYNONYMS\ndo/a\n\nanantare-after the\n\nDola-yatra;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nrOpe-unto ROpa Gosvami; vidaya dila-bade farewell; aneka prasada kari'-endowing with all kinds of mercy; sakti sai'icarila-empowered him.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the Dola-yatra festival ended, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu bade farewell\nto Rupa Gosvami also. The Lord empowered him and bestowed upon him all\nkinds of mercy.\nTEXT 217\n\n\"�t�til' �' tt_fil, 1l�� 1'\"f�i{ I\n�� -t1 ?f�� �II ��'lll\n\"vrndavane yaha' tumi, rahiha vrndavane\nekabara ihan pathaiha sanatane\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavane-to\nvrndavane-in\n\nVrndavana;\n\nVrndavana;\n\nyaha'-now\n\ngo;\n\neka-bara-once;\n\ntumi-you;\n\nihan-here;\n\nrahiha-stay;\n\npathaiha-send;\n\nsanatane-your elder brother, Sanatana GosvamT.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now go to Vrndavana and stay there,\" the Lord said. \"You may send here\nyour elder brother, Sanatana.\nTEXT 218\n\n� �• �-ttw �m �'�'\n\n1f-.•·it(� '!tti �fit� �'ill �)lr II\nvraje yai rasa-sastra kariha nirOpaQa\nlupta-tirtha saba tahan kariha pracaraQa\n\n", "ant1#p0156": "Text 220]\n\n123\n\nRupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\nSYNONYMS\nvraje yai-going to Vrndavana; rasa-sastra-all transcendental literature concerning the pastimes of Lord Sri Kr�t:Ja; kariha nirupaf)a-w rite carefully; luptatirtha-the lost holy places; saba-all; tahan-there; kariha pracaraf)a\n\n-\n\nmake\n\nknown.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When you go to Vrndavana, stay there, preach transcendental literature\nand excavate the lost holy places.\nTEXT 219\n\nHDt�t, �(9 �� c1f� I\n\n.n� �f� �!ttl �'!.Iii\"'� II �)� II\nkr$T)a-seva, rasa-bhakti kariha pracara\namiha dekhite tahan yaimu ekabara\"\nSYNONYMS\nkr$T)a-seva-the service of Lord Kr�t:Ja; rasa-bhakti-devotional service; kariha\npracara-preach; amiha-1 also; dekhite-to see; tahan-there to Vrndavana;\nyaimu-1 shalf go; eka-bara-once more.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Establish the service of Lord KrJ�;�a and preach the mellows of Lord KrJI)a's\ndevotional service. I shall also go to Vrndavana once more.''\nTEXT 220\n\n� ctfil' 12ft_ itt1f �..111'1 �tfirtril' I\n\npt <;'St'PttflfP � 'ttf � R'lll ��0 II\neta bali' prabhu tanre kaila a/ingana\nrupa gosafii sire dhare prabhura caraf)a\nSYNONYMS\n\n!\n\neta ba/i'-saying this; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tanre-unto ROpa\n\nGosvami; kai/a a/ingan a-e m braced; rupa g os afii-Sril a ROpa GosvamT; sire-on\nthe head;\n\ndhare-takes;\n\nMahaprabhu.\n\nprabhura\n\ncara f) a-the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\n\n", "ant1#p0157": "124\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaving thus spoken, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced Rupa Gosvami,\nwho then placed the lotus feet of the Lord upon his head.\nTEXT 221\n\n� .,.'Sttf·� � �lf1 I\n��'�-9ft� •\"'� �lf1 n �u n\nprabhura bhakta-gaQa-pase vidaya la-ila\npunarapi gauc;fa-pathe vrndavane ai/a\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-gaQa-pase-from the devotees; vidaya /a-ila-took leave; punarapi-again; gauc;fa-pathe-on the way to\nBengal; vrndavane-to Vrndavana; ai/a-returned.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Rupa Gosvami took leave of all the devotees of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and returned to Vrndavana by the path to Bengal.\nTEXT 222\n\n�� �' �t� �: tit?lf fill!fi' I\n� � �ti{, 9f1ll '�'-'R'111 ��� II\nei ta' kahilana punab rupera milana\niha yei sune, paya caitanya-caraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nei ta' ka hilana-thus I have said; punab-again; rupera milana-the meeting\nwith Srila ROpa Gosvami; iha-this narration; yei sune-anyone who hears;\npaya-gets; caitanya-caraf)a-the shelter of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have described the second meeting of Rupa Gosvami and Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Anyone who hears of this incident will certainly attain\nthe shelter of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant1#p0158": "Rupa Gosvami's Meeting with the Lord\n\nText 223]\n\n125\n\nTEXT 223\n\n�1rt·li�-� � � I\n��.�� �wt�ll��-ell\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr?Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsr i rupa-Srila ROpa Gosvami; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n-\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectati on ; caitanya-caritamrta­\n\nthe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-de scribes;\n\nkr?Qa-dasa-Srila\n\nKr�l)adasa Kaviraja GosvamT.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr,�;�adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the SrT C�itanya-caritamrta, Antya-lila,\n\nFirst Chapter; describing the second meeting of Sri/a Rapa Gosvami and S ri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant1#p0159": "CHAPTER 2\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\nThe purport of this chapter is explained by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura in his\n\nAmrta-pravaha-bha$ya as follows. Kr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja Gosvami, the author of SrT\nCaitanya-caritamrta,\n\nwanted to explain direct meetings with Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, meetings with those empowered by Him, and His avirbhava ap­\n\npearance. Thus he described the glories of Nrsirhhananda and other devotees. A\ndevotee named Bhagavan Acarya was exceptionally faithful to the lotus feet of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Nevertheless, his brother, Gopala Bha��a Acarya, discoursed upon the commentary of impersonalism (Mayavada). Srila SvarOpa\nDamodara Gosvami, the secretary of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, forbid Bhagavan\nAcarya to indulge in hearing that commentary. Later, when Junior Haridasa, following the order of Bhagavan Acarya, went to collect alms from Madhavidevi, he\ncommitted an offense by talking intimately with a woman although he was in the\nrenounced order. Because of this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu rejected Junior\nHaridasa, and despite all the requests of the Lord's stalwart devotees, the Lord did\nnot accept him again. One year after this incident, Junior Haridasa went to the\nconfluence of the Ganges and Yamuna and committed suicide. In his spiritual\nbody, however, he continued to sing devotional songs, and Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu heard them. When the Vai�l)avas of Bengal went to see Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, these incidents became known to SvarOpa Damodara and others.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n<����� !1\\�r�t: �\\�9flf<�'��� ���\"\\. c<��<�t�\"5\n��'1!\\ 'lUt�t�� 'I�'SI'I��OltQ{tr��� �� 'l��<l\"{_ I\n'It���� 'll<�'i_�� '1r��\"l'l��� w��s��rlf<��\n��Nlf�'1llfl\"{. 'f�5f<j�f��1-�r\"<l\"lt�l��l�\"5 II � II\nvande 'ham srT-gurob srT-yuta-pada-kamalarh srT-gurun vai$Qavarhs ca\nsrT-ruparh sagrajatarh saha-gaQa-raghunathanvitarh tarh sa-jTvam\n\nsadvaitarh savadhatarh parijana-sahitarh k{$Qa-caitanya-devarh\n\nsrT-radha-k{$Qa-padan saha-gaQa-/a/ita-srT-visakhanvitarhs ca\n\n127\n\n", "ant1#p0160": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n128\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nSYNONYMS\nvande-offer my respectful obeisances; aham-1; sri-gurob-of my initiating\nspiritual master or instructing spiritual master; sri-yuta-pada-kamalam-unto the\nopulent lotus feet; sri-guran-unto the spiritual masters in the parampara system,\nbeginning\n\nfrom Madhavendra Puri down to Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\nThakura Prabhupada; vai$Qavan-unto all the Vai�r:tavas, beginning from Lord\nBrahma and others coming from the very start of the creation; ca-and; srirupam-unto Srila ROpa Gosvami; sa-agra-jatam-with his elder brother, Sri\nSanatana\n\nGosvami;\n\nsaha-gaQa-raghunatha-anvitam-with\n\nRaghunatha\n\ndasa\n\nGosvami and his associates; tam-unto him; sa-jivam-with ]Tva Gosvami; saadvaitam-with Advaita Acarya; sa-avadhatam-with Nityananda Prabhu; parijana-sahitam-and with Srivasa Thakura and all the other devotees; k($Qacaitanya-devam-unto Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sri-radha-k[$('Ja-padanunto the lotus feet of the all-opulent Sri Kr�r:ta and Radharar;�i; saha-gaQa-with\nassociates; la/ita-sri-visakha-anvitan-accompanied by Lalita and Sri Visakha;\nca-also.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of my spiritual master\n\nand of all the other preceptors on the path of devotional service. I offer my\nrespec tful obeisances unto all the Vai�r,avas and unto the six Gosvamis, including Srila Rupa Gosvami, Srila Sanatana Go�vami, Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami, Jiva Gosvami and their as sociates. I offer my respectful obeisances\nunto Sri Advaita\n\nAcarya\n\nPrabhu,\n\nSri Nityananda Prabhu,\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, and all His devotees, headed by Srivasa Thakur a. I then offer my\nrespectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of Lord Kr�r,a, Srimati Radharar;ti and\nall the gopis, headed by Lalita and Visakha.\nTEXT 2\n\n� �n11\\�i!�JJ � �J� 1\n\n��� 'sr� ,����\" �\"\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; sri-caitanya-to Sri Caitanya; jaya-all glories; nityananda-to Lord Nityananda; jaya advaita-candra-all glories to Advaita Acarya;\njaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Lord Caitanya.\n\n", "ant1#p0161": "Text 4]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n129\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Nityananda Prabhu!\nAll glories to Advaita Adrya! And all glories to all the devotees of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu!\nTEXT 3\n\n��<15 il�f11C! <;'5tlt·��l!tJ I\nfi4'(JI('SI1 � � ffl�-.12!� II� II\nsarva-loka uddharite gaura-avatara\nnistarera hetu tara trividha prakara\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-loka-all the worlds; uddharite-to deliver; gaura-avatara-the incarnation of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nistarera hetu-causes of the deliverance\nof all people; tara-His; tri-vidha prakara\n\n-\n\nthree kinds.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn His incarnation as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Lord Sri Km1a descended to\ndeliver all the living beings in the three worlds, from Brahmaloka down to\nPatalaloka. He caused their deliverance in three ways.\nTEXT 4\n\n:.w·�te_-�w(�, �tJ �t�� I\n'�t�llf' -.tti <151ti, <l51ti '�t��O!I' II 8 II\nsak�at-dar5ana, ara yogya-bhakta-jive\n'avesa' karaye kahan, kahan 'avirbhave'\n\nSYNONYMS\nsak�at-darsana-direct meeting;\n\nara-and; yogya-bhakta-perfect devotee;\n\njive-living beings; avesa karaye-empowe rs with specific spiritual potencies;\nkahar'l-somewhere; kahan-in other places; avirbhave-by appearing Himself.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord delivered the fallen souls in some places by meeting them\ndirectly, in other places by empowering a pure devotee, and in still other\nplaces by appearing before someone Himself.\n\n", "ant1#p0162": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n130\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nTEXTS 5-6\n\n'�t..-te.·��' �till� f-1�'1'11\n��-l3'fi� Qft� '�tf.1�' � II It II\n��-�����\"' �tt� C<li\"fi '�tf�tef' I\n'�<15 �tfitef',-1.!1� Jrl!tf·l3lf� II � II\n'sak$at-darsane' praya saba nistarila\nnakula-brahmacarira dehe 'avi$ta' ha-ila\npradyumna-nrsirilhananda age kaila 'avirbhava'\n'/aka nistariba',-ei isvara-svabhava\n\nSYNONYMS\nsak$at-darsane-by\n\ndirect\n\nmeeting;\n\npraya-almost;\n\nsaba-all;\n\nnistarila­\n\ndelivered; nakula-brahmacarira-of a brahmacari named Nakula; dehe-in the\nbody; aVi$ta ha-ila-enter ed ; pradyumna-nrsirilhananda-Pradyumna Nrsirhhananda; age-in front of; kai/a -made; avirbhava-appearance; /aka nistariba-l\nshall deliver all the fallen souls; ei-this; isvara-svabhava-the characteristic of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu delivered almost all the fallen souls by directly\nmeeting them. He delivered others by entering the body of Nakula Brahmacari\nand by appearing before Nrshilhananda Brahmacari. \"I shall deliver the fallen\nsouls.\" This statement characterizes the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nPURPORT\nThe Lord always manifested His avirbhava appearance in the following four\nplaces:\n\n(1) the house of Srimati Sacimata, (2) wherever Nityananda Prabhu\n\ndanced in ecstasy, (3) the house of Srivasa (when kirtana was performed), and (4)\nthe house of Raghava Par:J<;lita. Lord Caitanya Himself appeared in these four\nplaces. On this connection, one may consult text 34.)\n\nTEXT 7\n\nllt'fte.·�� ll� i9f�e. �tfPnl\n1.!1� � ��f[1, � ��� �'1111 'l II\nsak$at-darsane saba jagat tarila\neka-bara ye dekhila, se krtartha ha-ila\n\n", "ant1#p0163": "Text9]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n131\n\nSYNONYMS\nsak$at-darsane-by direct meetings; saba-all; jagat-the universe; tariJa-He\ndelivered;\n\neka-bara-once;\n\nye-anyone who;\n\ndekhila-saw;\n\nse-he;\n\nkrta­\n\nartha-fully satisfied; ha-ifa-became.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was personally present, anyone in the\nworld who met Him even once was fully satisfied and became spiritually advanced.\nTEXT 8\n\n'�� ...'$fcj � �@RI11\n�: '��� �� � fiffim1111r II\ngaw;fa-desera bhakta-gaQa pratyabda asiya\npuna/:! gau(ia-dese yaya prabhure mi/iya\nSYNONYMS\ngau(ia-desera-of Bengal; bhakta-gaf)a-devotees; prati-abda-every year;\nasiya-coming;\n\npuna/:1-again;\n\ngau(ia-dese-to\n\nBengal;\n\nyaya-return;\n\nprabhure-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; miliya-after meeting.\nTRANSLATION\nEvery year, devotees from Bengal would go to Jagannatha Puri to meet Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, and after the meeting they would return to Bengal.\nTEXT9\n\n�111' iftil1·�t-t1f 'vrl� �tfit' l!lf� I\n'i'!IJ-R'I �f�' �tlll til!t� II � II\nara nana-desera /aka asi' jagannatha\ncaitanya-caraQa dekhi' ha-ifa krtartha\nSYNONYMS\nara-again; nana-desera-of different provinces; /aka-people; asi'-coming;\njagannatha-to Jagannatha Puri; caitanya-caraQa-the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; dekhi'-seeing; ha-ifa-became; krta-artha-fully satisfied.\nTRANSLATION\nSimilarly, people who went to Jagannatha Puri from various provinces of\nIndia were\nMahaprabhu.\n\nfully satisfied after\n\nseeing the\n\nlotus\n\nfeet of Sri Caitanya\n\n", "ant1#p0164": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n132\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nTEXT 10\n\n��� (}'ft<fi �tl i{.,�<lt� I\nc;'f�, �(, f<fift 1(D·�-t �tf11' II �o II\nsapta-dvipera /aka ara nava-kharxla-vasi\n\ndeva, gandharva, kinnara manu?ya-vese asi'\nSYNONYMS\n\nsapta-dvipera /aka-people from all of the seven islands within the universe;\n\nara- and;\n\nnava-khaQ(ia-vasi-the inhabitants of the nine khaQ(ias;\n\ndeva­\n\ndemigods; gandharva-the inhabitants of Gandharvaloka; kinnara-the inhabit­\n\nants of Kinnaraloka; manu?ya-vese-in the form of human beings; asi'-coming .\n\nTRANSLATION\nPeople from all over the universe, including the seven islands, the nine\nkhar;\"�«.fas, the planets of the demigods, Gandharvaloka and Kinnaraloka, would\ngo there in the forms of human beings.\nPURPORT\nFor an explanation of sapta-dvipa, see Madhya-lila, Chapter Twenty, verse 218,\n\nand Srimad-Bhagavatam, Fifth Canto, Chapters Sixteen and Twenty. In the Sid­\n\ndhanta-siromaQi, Chapter One (Goladhyaya), in the Bhuvana-kosa section, the\n\nnine khaQ(ias are mentioned as follows:\n\naindraril ka5eru saka/aril kila tamraparQam\n\nanyad gabhastimad atas ca kumarikakhyam\n\nnagaril ca saumyam iha varuQam antya-khaQ(iaril\ngandharva-sariljnam iti bharata-var?a-madhye\n\n\"Within Bharata-var�a, there are nine khaQ(ias. They are known as (1) Aindra, (2)\nKaseru, (3) Tamraparr;�a, (4) Gabhastimat, (5) Kumarika, (6) Naga, (7) Saumya, (8)\nVarur;�a and (9) Gandharva.\"\n\nTEXT 11\n\n��� �f�1 ift� 'C��' �$1 I\n\n\" �fool' e{t� �� c;$ft�� �$1 II � � II\nprabhure dekhiya yaya 'vai?Qava' hana\nkr?Qa bali' nace saba premavi?ta hana\n\n", "ant1#p0165": "Text 13]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n133\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhure dekhiya-by seeing the Lord; yaya-they return; vai�Qava haflahaving become devotees of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r:Ja; kr�Qa\nba/i'-chanting Kr�r:Ja; nace-dance; sab a-all of them; prema-avi�ta haflaoverwhelmed by ecstatic love.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving seen the Lord, they all became Vai�r;1avas. Thus they danced and\nchanted the Hare K��r;1a mantra in ecstatic love of Godhead.\nTEXT 12\n\nIJI�'Ifl! �� �'Ste, fil�� I\n� c;�rt �tfittl! iftt1f �� �R� II�� II\nei-mata darsane trijagat nistari\nye k eha asite nare aneka sarhsari\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; darsane-by direct visits; tri-jagat-the three worlds;\nnistari-delivering; ye keha-some who; asite nare-could not come; anekamany; sarhsari-persons entangled in this material world.\nTRANSLATION\nThus by direct meetings,\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu delivered the three\n\nworlds. Some people, however, could not go and were entangled in material\nactivities.\nTEXT 13\n\n�-lR!I!tAftl! � � � � I\n�� �<�t'ftrt � '��t-t' 11 �\\!) n\nta-saba tarite prabhu sei saba dese\nyogya-bhakta jiva-dehe karena 'avese'\nSYNONYMS\nta-saba-all of them; tarite-to deliver; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nsei-those; saba-all; dese-in countries; yogya-bhakta-a suitable devotee;\njiva-dehe-in the body of such a living entity; karena-does; avese-entrance.\n\n", "ant1#p0166": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n134\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo deliver people in regions throughout the universe who could not meet\nHim, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally entered the bodies of pure devotees.\nTEXT 14\n\nc;� �� �i!f-� �� �-.tc-t I\n�tm \\if-f!:�'��' 't� �ilft.,cat II �8 II\nsei jive nija-bhakti karena prakase\ntahara darsane 'vai$Qava' haya sarva-dese\nSYNONYMS\nsei jive-in that living being; nija-bhakti-His own devotion; karena prakasemanifests directly; tahara darsane-by seeing such an empowered devotee;\nvai$f)ava-devotees of Kr�r;�a; haya-become; sarva-dese-in all other countries.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus He empowered living beings [His pure devotees] by manifesting in\nthem so much of His own devotion that people in all other countries became\ndevotees by seeing them.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Caitanya-caritamrta (Antya\n\n7.11):\n\nkali-kalera dharma-kr$Qa-nama-sankirtana\nkr$Qa-sakti vina nahe tara pravartana\nUnless one is empowered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, one cannot spread the holy names of the Hare Kr�r;�a maha-mantra\nthroughout the world. Persons who do so are empowered. Therefore they are\nsometimes called avesa-avataras or incarnations, for they are endowed with the\npower of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 15\n\n\\.fl� �t� �t�\" r�� 1\nc;\"it)t� �1:� ��at, �fir flf\"it �il II �� II\n'\n\nei-mata avese tariJa tribhuvana\ngau(ie yaiche avesa, kari dig dara5ana\n\n", "ant1#p0167": "Text 17]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n135\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; avese-by empowering; tariJa tri-bhu v ana-delivered\nthe entire three worlds; gau{ie-in Bengal; yaiche-how; avesa-empowering;\nkari dik darasana-1 shall describe in brief.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu delivered the entire three worlds, not\nonly by His personal presence but also by empowering others. I shall briefly\ndescribe how He empowered a living being in Bengal.\nTEXT 16\n\n\"--lt\"{{D·�� � ���-��tit I\n�';(-��� 'it�i �� \"--!fi{<fltif II �� II\nambuya-muluke haya nakula-brahmacari\nparama-vai$f)ava tenho baga adhikari\n\nSYNONYMS\nambuya-muluke-in the province known as Ambuya; haya-there is; nakulabrahmacari-a person known as Nakula Brahmacari; parama-vai$f)ava-a per­\n\nfectly pure devotee; te nho-he; baga adhikari-very advanced in devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\nIn Ambuya-muluka there was a person named Nakula Brahmacari, who was\na perfectly pure devotee, greatly advanced in devotional service.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura says that Ambuya-muluka is the present Ambika, a\ncit\n\nin the Vardhamana district of West Bengal. Formerly, during the Moham­\n\nmedan regime, it was known as Ambuya-muluka. In this city there is a neighborhood called Pyarigaiija, and that is where Nakula Brahmacari used to live.\nTEXT 17\n\n,��rn-Af �<fl fil�tf.�'! lf� '� I\n�QIJ·�� � '\"--l'tt�-t' � II �'l II\ngauga-d esera /oka nistarite mana haifa\nnakula-hrdaye prabhu 'avesa' karila\n\n", "ant1#p0168": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n136\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nSYNONYMS\ngaur;la-desera /oka-the people of Bengal; nistarite-to deliver; mana haifawanted; nakula-hrdaye-in the heart of Nakula Brahmacari; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; avesa kari/a-entered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDesiring to deliver all the people of Bengal, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu entered the heart of Nakula Brahmacari.\nTEXT 18\n\n��cmg� e{�ll'/ c;�1ft�� �$i I\n��'��,em�, �rn 15\"'� �$1u ��r u\ngraha-grasta-praya nakula premavi$ta hafla\nhase, kande, nace, gaya unmatta hafla\n\nSYNONYMS\ngraha grasta praya-exactly like one haunted by a ghost; naku/a-Nakula\n-\n\n-\n\nBrahmacari; prema-avi$ta hafl a-being overwhelmed by ecstatic love of God;\nhase-laughs; kande-cries; nace-dances; gaya-chants; unmatta hafl a-just\nlike a madman.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNakula Brahmacari became exactly like a man haunted by a ghost. Thus he\nsometimes laughed, sometimes cried, sometimes danced and sometimes\nchanted like a madman.\nTEXT 19\n\n1151l!li, ��, ��' �' � mR 1\n\nf��1t c;� ij\\!1, ��e{ � II �<;> II\nasru, kampa, stambha, sveda, sattvika vikara\nnirantara preme nrtya, saghana hwikara\n\nSYNONYMS\nasr u\n\n-\n\ntears;\n\nkampa-trembling;\n\nstambha-becoming\n\nstunned;\n\nsveda­\n\nperspiration; sattvika vikara-all such transcendental transformations; nirantaracontinuously; preme nrtya-dancing in ecstatic love; sa-ghana hunkara-a sound\nlike that of a cloud.\n\n", "ant1#p0169": "Text 21]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n137\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe continuously exhibited bodily transformations of transcendental love.\nThus he cried, trembled, became stunned, perspired, danced in love of Godhead and made sounds like those of a cloud.\nTEXT 20\n\n�li <;�<�Stfu, �tli � G�� I\n�� �r-t<tt� �1�� �<;��II � II\no\n\ntaiche gaura-kanti, taiche sada premavesa\ntaha dekhibare aise sarva gauc;la-desa\nSYNONYMS\ntaiche-in that way; gaura-kanti-a bodily luster like that of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\ntaiche-similarly;\n\nsada-a l ways;\n\nprema avesa-absorbed\n-\n\nin\n\necstatic love; taha dekhibare-to see that; ais e-come; sarva-all; gauc;/a-desapeople from all provinces of Bengal.\nTRANSLATION\nHis body shone with the same luster as that of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nand he showed the same absorption in ecstatic love of Godhead. People came\nfrom all provinces of Bengal to see these syrnptoms.\nTEXT 21\n\n� ru� �� �,-'<�S� �·il'tlf' 1\n\n�� Waftil <;'tt<�S �� <;�t1filft'lf II � � II\nyare dekhe tare kahe,-'kaha k[$Qa-nama'\ntanhara darsane loka haya premoddama\nSYNONYMS\nyare dekhe-to whomever he saw; tare kahe-he addresses him; kaha k[$Qanama-my dear friend, chant Kr�r:ta's holy name; tanhara darsane-by seeing him;\n/aka haya-people became; prema-uddama-highly elevated in love of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nHe advised whomever he met to chant the holy names Hare K��Qa. Thus\nupon seeing him, people were overwhelmed with love of Godhead.\n\n", "ant1#p0170": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n138\n\n[Antya-lili, Ch. 2\n\nTEXT 22\n\n��tiJRf 'Cit�� �'111' '�I\n\n�fil' filf<!lte(ltt �tbn �f1rnillt\"'t!f II �� II\ncaitanyera avesa haya nakufera dehe\nsuni' sivananda aila kariya sandehe\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanyera-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; avesa-taking possession; hayathere is; nakufera dehe-in the body of Nakula Brahmacari; suni'-hearing; sivananda aila -Sivananda Sena came; kariya sandehe-doubting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sivananda Sena heard that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had entered the\nbody of Nakula Brahmacari, he went there with doubts in his mind.\nTEXT 23\n\n9fftlfll1 �fftl! it1f � l� �f£'1 I\n\n-rtfrtt� �f'Q1 �t� �1H1f �f1ffl II � � II\nparik�a karite tanra yabe iccha haifa\nbahire rahiya tabe vicara karifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nparik?a karite-to test; tanra-of Sivananda Sena; yabe-when; iccha-desire;\nhaifa-there was; bahire rahiya-staying outside; tabe-at that time; vicara\nkarifa -considered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDesirin g to test the authenticity of Nakula Brahmacari, he stayed outside,\n\nthinkin g as follows.\n\nTEXTS 24-25\n\n\"�9ft� c;'!l�� '11M, l!f1 �flf ISf'tf.l I\n\n�t11Hr li-118 m' �t� �t9ffil l �8 II\n�� l!ftfil, -·!ftt� � ��·�llf I\"\n\n�� �f�' fiRtil\"! 11'�� �twt-t II �� II\n\n", "ant1#p0171": "The Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\nText 27]\n\n139\n\n\"apane bolana more, iha yadi jani\namara i�ta-mantra jani' kahena apani\ntabe jani, inhate haya caitanya-avese\"\neta cinti' sivananda rahila dura-dese\nSYNONYMS\napane-personaily;\nunderstand;\n\nbo/ana-calls;\n\namara-my;\n\nmore-me;\n\niha-this;\n\ni$ta-mantra-worshipable\n\nyadi-if;\n\nmantra;\n\njani-1\n\njani'-knowing;\n\nkahena apani-he says himself; tabe jani-then I shall understand; inhate-in\nhim;\n\nhaya-there\n\nis;\n\ncaitanya-avese-being\n\nMahaprabhu; eta cinti'--thinking this;\n\npossessed\n\nby\n\nSri\n\nsivananda-Sivananda Sena;\n\nCaitanya\nrahi/a­\n\nremained; dura-dese-a little far off.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If Nakula Brahmacari personally calls me and knows my worshipable\nmantra, then I shall understand that he is inspired by the presence of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\" Thinking in this way, he stayed some distance apart.\nTEXT 26\n\n��� � �� ��1,- C<ti� �1�(;� �'At I\n\n�<1i1!f �f.�tlf G<li� W-fif il1 9f\"rn II�� II\nasankhya lokera ghata,-keha aise yaya\nlokera sanghatte keha darsana na paya\nSYNONYMS\nasankhya /okera ghata-a great crowd of people; keha-some; aise-come;\nyaya-go; lokera sanghatte-in the great crowd of people; keha-some of\nthem; dar5ana na paya-could not see Nakula Brahmacari.\nTRANSLATION\nThere was a large crowd of people, some coming and some going. Indeed,\nsome people in that great crowd could not even see Nakula Brahmacari.\nTEXT 27\n\n�� �'li�tit �t�,- 'f-t�ltf �tt� � I\ni9fil �� �fi{ �t�, G�'Mt� \\!� II' �'I II\n\n", "ant1#p0172": "Sri Caitanya-caritampa\n\n140\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\navese brahmacari kahe,-'sivananda ache dure\njana dui cari yaha, bolaha tahare'\nSYNONYMS\navese-in that state of possession; brahmacari kahe- N a kula Brahmacari said;\nsivananda-Sivananda Sena; ache dure-is staying some distance off; jana-persons; dui-two; cari-four; yaha-go; bolaha tahare-call him.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn his inspired state, Nakula Brahmacari said, \"Sivananda Sena is staying\nsome distance away. Two or four of you go call him.\"\nTEXT 28\n\n�tafift<15 'ff1l ,ilftt<15 ,��llt' � 1\nf-t�\"' �i!_, �t1l't11 '�t� 6'!1® II �,_ II\ncari-dike dhaya Joke 'sivananda' bali\nsivananda kon, tomaya bolaya brahmacari\nSYNONYMS\ncari-dike-in four directions; dhaya Joke-people began to run; sivananda\n\nbali- calling loudly the name of Sivananda; sivananda kon-whoever is Sivananda; tomaya-unto you; bolaya-calls; brahmacari-Nakula Brahmacari.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus people began running here and there, calling in all directions,\n\"Sivananda! Whoever is Sivananda, please come. Nakula Brahmacari is calling\nyou.\"\nTEXT 29\n\n�fil' fit�llt '�il �t�i ;n!l �t�ilf I\nil1l�� <15a' � �<15t� ��'I II �� II\nsuni' sivananda sena tanha sighra aila\nnamaskara kari' tanra nikate vasila\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; sivananda sena-of the name Sivananda Sena; tanha-there;\n\nsighra-quickly;\nnikate\n\n-\n\nai/a-came;\n\nnamas kara\n\nnear him; vasila-sat down.\n\nkari'-offering\n\nobeisances;\n\ntanra\n\n", "ant1#p0173": "Text 31]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n141\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing these calls, Sivananda Sena quickly went there, offered obeisances\nto Nakula Brahmacari, and sat down near him.\nTEXT 30\n\n� �rr;�,-�fit ��� �R-Al I\n�<1i·1Ji11 �<fPi �i1 ��rn f.llS6� II �o II\nbrahmacari bale,- \"tumi kari/a sarilsaya\neka-mana hafia suna tahara niscaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmacari ba/e-Nakula Brahmacari said; tumi-you; karila samsaya-have\ndoubted; eka-mana hafia-with great attention; suna-please hear; tahara-for\nthat; niscaya-settlement.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNakula Brahmacari said, \"I know that you are doubtful. Now please hear\nthis evidence with great attention.\nTEXT 31\n\n''-sh1tt'm� 11\"1' 'l!tlit� \\itnt �'R I\n�� �' � <ti�IDri; ��� II\"�� II\n'gaura-gopala mantra' tamara cari ak�ara\navisvasa chac;Ja, yei kariyacha antara\"\n\nSYNONYMS\ngaura-gopala mantra-the Gaura-gopala mantra; tamara-your; cari ak�aracomposed of four syllables; avisvasa chac;Ja-give up your doubts; yei-which;\nkariyacha antara-you have kept within your mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are chanting the Gaura-gopala mantra composed of four syllables.\nNow please give up the doubts that have resided within you.\"\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura explains the Gaura-gopala mantra in his Amrta-pravaha-bha�ya. Worshipers of Sri Gaurasundara accept the four syllables gau-ra-ati-\n\n", "ant1#p0174": "142\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nga as the Gaura mantra, but pure worshipers of Radha and Kr�r;�a accept the four\nsyllables ra-dha kr�-Qa as the Gaura-gopala mantra. However, Vai�r;�avas consider\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu nondifferent from Radha-Kr�r;�a\n\n(sri-kr�Qa-caitanya\n\nradha-kr�Qa nahe anya). Therefore one who chants the mantra Gaurariga and one\nwho chants the names of Radha and Kr�r;�a are on the same level.\n\nTEXT 32\n\n� �i{t'Q 'lftet t21m � 1\n\n�� :Jt'lttil �fit' <t'f �f� C�'l U �� II\ntabe sivanandera mane pratiti ha-ila\naneka sammana kari' bahu bhakti kaila\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereupon; sivanandera-of Sivananda Sena; mane-in the mind; pratiti\nha i/a-there was confidence; aneka sammana kari'-offering him much respect;\n-\n\nbahu bhakti kaila-offered him devotional service.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSivananda Sena thereupon developed full confidence in his mind that\nNakula Brahmacari was filled with the presence of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nSivananda Sena then offered him respect and devotional service.\nTEXT 33\n\n�l1{1! 'lf�t�1f �fi'JJ � I\n�t<t 'ei1 t2i't_11' C� � '�tf�t<t II' �� II\nei-mata mahaprabhura acintya prabhava\nebe suna prabhura yaiche haya 'avirbhava'\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; acintya\nprabhava-inconceivable influence;\n\nebe-now; suna-hear; prabhura-of Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; yaiche-in which way; haya-there is; avirbhava-appearance.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, one should understand the inconceivable potencies of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Now please hear how His appearance [avirbhava] takes\nplace.\n\n", "ant1#p0175": "Text 36]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n143\n\nTEXTS 34-35\n\n� 1ffi'ft1f, � �I!Jiil\"f·i{�ti{ l\n(jj�-�, �t1f 1ft�\"<l·'e\"<ltif II �8 II\n1.!1� �1fi\" itf1!13 �1{ �i '�t�et\"<l' 1\nG;<$ft�� ��,-������II �<t II\nsacira mandire, ara nityananda-nartane\nsrivasa-kirtane, ara raghava-bhavane\nei cari thani prabhura sada 'avirbhava'\npremakma hay a, -prabhura sahaja svabhava\nSYNONYMS\nsacira mandire-in the household temple of mother saci; ara-and; nityanan­\n\nda-nartane-at the time of Sri Nityananda Prabhu's dancing; srivasa-kirtane-at\nthe time of congregational chanting headed by Srivasa PaQ<;lita; ara-and;\nraghava-bhavane-in the house of Raghava; ei cari thani-in these four places;\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sada-always; avirbhava-appearance;\n\nprema-akr�ta haya-is attracted by love; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nsahaja sva-bhava-natural characteristic.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu always appeared in four places-in the household\ntemple of mother Saci, in the places where Sri Nityananda Prabhu danced, in\nthe house of Srivasa PaQc;lita during congregational chanting and in the house\nof Raghava PaQc;lita. He appeared because of His attraction to the love of His\ndevotees. That is His natural characteristic.\nTEXT 36\n\n���tilt\"11f �'tt'$l ��c(t:! �<!Pi I\n�� \"<!'i�, I!� 'ei{ 1fi{ flrnl II �� II\nnrsimhanandera age avirbhata hana\nbhojana kari/a, taha suna mana diya\nSYNONYMS\nnrsirhhanandera-the brahmacari known as\n\nNrsirilhananda;\n\nage-before;\n\navirbhata hafla-appearing; bhojana karila-He accepted offerings of food;\ntaha-that; suna-hear; mana diya-with attention.\n\n", "ant1#p0176": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n144\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu appeared before Nrsirilhananda Brahmacari and\nate his offerings. Please hear about this with attention.\nTEXT 37\n\nf-t�ilt�f oetf'5tifl ���rti-� � 1\n�11 �� �ti� �If <et� II �'t II\nsivanandera bhagina sri-kanta- sena nama\nprabhura krpate tenho bac;la bhagyavan\n\nSYNONYMS\nsivanandera-of Sivananda Sena; bhagina-nephew; sri-kanta-sena namanamed Srikanta Sena; prabhura k rpate\n\nby the causeless mercy of SrT Caitanya\n\n-\n\nMahaprabhu; tenho-he; bac;/a-very; bhagyavan-fortunate\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSivananda Sena had a nephew named Srikanta Sena, who by the grace of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was extremely fortunate.\nTEXT 38\n\n�<Ti �e.� Qi� �QI1f �t<fl'U I\n\n� <;Wf�tt1f 'CI�l'l1 �e.��1·'C1�1f II �lr' II\neka vatsara tenho prathama ekesvara\nprabhu dekhibare aila utkaQtha-antara\n\nSYNONYMS\neka vatsara-one year;\n\nter'lho-Srikanta Sena; prathama-first;\n\nekesvara­\n\nalone; prabhu dekhibare-to see the Lord; ai /a-came; utkaQtha-antara-with\ngreat anxiety in the mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne year, Srikanta Sena came alone to Jagannatha Puri in great eagerness to\nsee the Lord.\nTEXT 39\n\n��� l!ttf �r.t' � �� � I\n\n�-,- (;i� �'tf ��t� 11f� II �� II\n\n", "ant1#p0177": "145\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\nText 41]\n\nmahaprabhu tare dekhi' bac;fa krpa kaila\nmasa-dui tenho prabhura nikate rahila\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tare-him; dekhi'-seeing; bac;fa krpa\nkai/a-besto wed great mercy; masa-dui-for two months; teilho-Srikanta Sena;\nprabhura nikate-near Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rahi/a-stayed.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing Srikanta Sena, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu bestowed causeless mercy\nupon him. Srikanta Sena stayed near Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu for about two\nmonths at Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 40\n\n� !!!!_ �rof �1951 �'fl '� �� I\n\"'e�'SftiJ �� �Qftf;� �tfll� ll So ll\ntabe prabhu tanre ajna kaila gauc;fe yaite\n\"bhakta-gaQe ni�edhiha ethake asite\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tailre-unto him; ajna kai/aordered;\n\ngauc;fe\n\nyaite-returning\n\nto\n\nBengal;\n\nbhakta-gaQe-the\n\ndevotees;\n\nni$edhiha-forbid; ethake asite-to come to this place.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he was about to return to Bengal, the Lord told him, \"Forbid the\ndevotees of Bengal to come to Jagannatha Puri this year.\nTEXT 41\n\n�-�e.� it� �tf� �11._ �t�i{ I\n\n��t� filf� �� ��tfif �ti{ \" 8 � \"\ne-vatsara tanha ami yaimu apane\ntahai milimu saba advaitadi sane\nSYNONYMS\ne-vatsara-this year;\n\ntanha-there (to Bengal);\n\nami-1;\n\nyaimu-shall go;\n\napane-per sonally; tahai-there; mi/imu-1 shall meet; saba- all; advaita-adi­\n\nbeginning with Advaita Acarya ; sane-with.\n\n", "ant1#p0178": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n146\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"This year I shall personally go to Bengal and meet all the devotees there,\nheaded by Advaita Acarya.\nTEXT 42\n\nf-t�tit?;\"t ���,-�tfll �� <;��·1ft?;� I\n�t�� ��� �tf� ��� �t1l9ft?;l't II 8� II\nsivanande kahiha,-ami ei pau?a-mase\nacambite avasya ami yaiba tanra pase\nSYNONYMS\nsivanande kahiha-speak to Sivananda Sena; ami-1; ei-this; pau?a-mase-in\nthe month of December; acambite-all of a sudden; avasya-certainly; ami-1;\nyaiba-shall go; tanra pase-to his place.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please inform Sivananda Sena that this December I shall certainly go to his\nhome.\nTEXT 43\n\n�$ftil\"f �� �!ttl, c;ir;�i r�-.i rw� 1\n\n�.m� �f�,-� ���� ��iii �tf� II\" 8� II\njagadananda haya tahan, tenho bhik?ii dibe\nsabare kahiha,-e vatsara keha na asibe\"\nSYNONYMS\njagadananda-Jagadananda;\n\nhaya-is;\n\ntahari-there;\n\ntenho-he;\n\nbhik?ii\n\ndibe-will give offerings of food; sabare kahiha-inform all of them; e vatsarathis year; keha na asibe-no one should come.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Jagadananda is there, and he will give Me offerings of food. Inform them\nall that no one should come to Jagannatha Puri this year.\"\nTEXT 44\n\n!!i\\<15� �@f�i <;'$f�7;� �?;iffl't <15� I\n�fil' '!j�'$f'l·Jf7;il �tillf! ��if II 88 II\n\n", "ant1#p0179": "Text 46]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n147\n\nsri-kanta asiya gau(ie sandesa kahila\nsuni' bhakta-gaf)a-mane ananda ha-ila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-kanta-Srikanta Sena; asiya-coming back; gau(ie-in Bengal; sandesamessage; kahi/a-delivered; suni'-hearing; bhakta-gaf)a-mane-in the minds of\nthe devotees; ananda ha-ila-there was great happiness.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Srikanta Sena returned to Bengal and delivered this message, the\nminds of all the devotees were very pleased.\nTEXT 45\n\n�filt�ffia;rj ��t1i, 1{�a;rj fig ��11\nf-t�til\"t, iSf$ftil\"f � ��t-t1 <mlm II 8� II\nca/itechila acarya, rahila sthira hana\nsivananda, jagadananda rahe pratyasa kariya\n\nSYNONYMS\ncalitechila-was ready to go; acarya-Advaita Acarya; rahi/a-remain ed ; sthira\nhana -being without movement; sivananda -Sivananda; jagadananda-Jagada­\n\nnanda; rahe-remain; pratyasa kariya-expecting.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya was just about to go to Jagannatha Puri with the other devotees, but upon hearing this message, He waited. Sivananda Sena and Jagadananda also stayed back, awaiting the arrival of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 46\n\n<;��-1ltt� ��il �t �111'&1 � I\n�Jt--Pt1i• 1ft� �� �m1 II 8� II\npau$a-mase aila dunhe samagri kariya\nsandhya-paryanta rahe apek$a kariya\n\nSYNONYMS\npau$a-mase-the month of Pau�a (December-January); ai/a -came; duliheSivananda Sena and Jagadananda; samagri kariya-making all arrangements;\n\nsandhya-paryanta-until the evening; rahe-re main; apek$a kariya-waiting.\n\n", "ant1#p0180": "148\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the month of Pau�a arrived, both Jagadananda and Sivananda collected all kinds of paraphernalia for the Lord's reception. Every day, they\nwould wait until evening for the Lord to come.\nTEXT 47\n\n���I! � c'$l�, cm�tf� if! � 1\niSf��' fit�� l:f� ���i u 8'1 u\nei-mata masa gefa, gosani na aila\njagadananda, sivananda dubkhita ha-ifa\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; masa gefa-the month passed; gosani na aifa-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu did not come; jagadananda-jagadananda; sivanandaSivananda; dubkhita ha-ifa-became very unhappy.\nTRANSLATION\nAs the month passed but Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu did not come, Jagadananda and Sivananda became most unhappy.\nTEXTS 48-49\n\n��Rftl! ���'til\"! � 'fil�� I\ni� t1t� fiffi!t' l!t� � ��� u s�r n\nit� l:� C�' l!t� � �fl(�� I\n'�1'Att�t� '� Off� ��� 1' 8� u\nacambite nrsirhhananda tahafii aila\ndulihe tafire mifi' tabe sthane vasaifa\ndulihe dubkhi dekhi' tabe kahe nrsirhhananda\n'toma dulihakare kene dekhi nirananda?'\nSYNONYMS\nacambite-all of a sudden; nrsimhananda-Nrsirhhananda; tahafii aifa-came\nthere; dulihe-Sivananda and Jagadananda; talire-him; mifi'-meeting; tabethen; sthane vasaifa-caused to sit; dulihe-both; dubkhi-unhappy; dekhi'seeing; tabe-then; kahe nrsimhananda-Nrsirhhananda began to speak; toma\ndulihakare-both of you; kene-why; dekhi-1 see; nirananda-unhappy.\n\n", "ant1#p0181": "Text 52]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n149\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuddenly Nrsirilhananda arrived, and Jagadananda and Sivananda arranged\nfor him to sit near them. Seeing them both so unhappy, Nrsirilhananda inquired, \"Why do I see that you are both despondenH\"\nTEXT 50\n\nI!� f-t�� �tt� ��'I ��'fl I\n\n'� �f� �'�t� �1 �'11 ?' <t• n\ntabe sivananda tarire saka/a kahila\n'asiba ajna dila prabhu kene na aila?'\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereupon; sivananda-Sivananda; tarire-unto Nrsirhhananda; sakala\nkahi/a-said everything; asiba-1 shall come; ajna di/a-promised; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; kene-why; na ai/a-has He not come.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Sivananda Sena told him, \"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu promised that He\nwould come. Why, then, has He not arrivedJ\"\nTEXT 51\n\n�fil' �til �t�,- '��� ��tt� I\n'Cftfil I!' �t�� �t� ,� nf�t� ll' <t� II\nsuni' brahmacarT kahe, -'karaha santo�e\nami ta' aniba tarire trtrya divase'\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; brahmacarr-Nrsirhhananda Brahmacari;\n\nkahe-said;\n\nkaraha\n\nsanto�e-become happy; ami-1; ta'-certainly; aniba-shall bring; tarire-Him\n(Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu); trtrya divase-on the third day.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, Nrsirhhananda Brahmacari replied, \"Please be satisfied.\nassure you that I shall bring Him here three days from now.\"\nTEXT 52\n\n�� ��t�-(;;�1{ iSfttil ��iSft� I\n\"C�tfilt� 1!1'-t� �t� fi\\\"a51l C�\"f11{t� II <t� II\n\n", "ant1#p0182": "150\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\ntanhara prabhava-prema jane dui-jane\nanibe prabhure ebe niscaya kaila mane\nSYNONYMS\ntarihara-his; prabhava-influence; prema-love of Godhead; jane-know;\ndui-jane-both of them; anibe prabhure-he will bring Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nebe-now; niscaya kaila mane-they were greatly assured within their minds.\nTRANSLATION\nSivananda and Jagadananda knew of N�imhananda Brahmacari's influence\nand love of Godhead. Therefore they now felt assured that he would certainly\nbring Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 53\n\nit� filiS'f·ilt� I\n'ijfj,��Ill' il� i� C<1S\"'1 ,'i(,�$ft� il <t� II\n'�V� !31151'i��'\n\n--\n\n'pradyumna brahmacari'-tarira nija-nama\n'nrsirhhananda' nama tarira kaila gaura-dhama\nSYNONYMS\npradyumna brahmacari-Pradyumna Brahmacari; tarira-his; nija-nama-real\nname; nrsirhhananda-Nrsirhhananda; nama-name; tarira-his; kai/a gauradhama-was given by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nHis real name was Pradyumna Brahmacari. The name N�simh ananda had\nbeen given to him by lord Gaurasundara Himself.\nTEXT 54\n\n� fifil � <llfif' fit��t1!f <1S�'i I\n\"�·ttf�i$ �tt� �tfif �'t.t� �tfil\"' II �8 ll\ndui dina dhyana kari' sivanandere kahila\n\"paf)ihati grame ami prabhure anifa\nSYNONYMS\ndui dina-for two days; dhyana kari'-after meditating; sivanandere kahilahe said to Sivananda Sena; paQihati grame-to the village called Pat:Jiha�i; ami-1;\nprabhure ani/a-have brought Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant1#p0183": "The Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\nText 57]\n\n151\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter meditating for two days, N�sirilhananda Brahmacari told Sivananda\nSena, \"I have already brought Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to the village known\nas Par:tihaJi.\nTEXT 55\n\n�tf'l' 1lW� '�t�1 �t�t<!til '�t1lt11' �t11' I\n�-�t1lcin ..til�, �tfir �'Iii f� �· tt11' II �� 11\nkali madhyahne ter'lho asibena tamara ghare\npaka-samagri anaha, ami bhik�a dimu tar'lre\nSYNONYMS\nkali madhyahne-tomorrow at noon; ter'lho-He; asibena-will come; tamara\nghare-to your place; paka-samagri anaha-please bring everything necessary for\ncooking; ami-1; bhik�a dimu-shal l cook and offer food; tar'lre-to Him.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Tomorrow at noon He will come to your home. Therefore please bring all\nkinds of cooking ingredients. I shall personally cook and offer Him food.\nTEXT 56\n\n\\WI itt11' �Qfi �tfif ��<!t �'fl I\n� ���' R-i �t� iii �11' 11 �� 11\ntabe tat'lre etha ami aniba satvara\nni5caya kahilar'la, kichu sandeha na kara\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-in this way; tar'lre-Him; etha-here; ami-l; aniba satvara-shall bring\nvery soon; niscaya-with certainty; kahilar'la-l spoke; kichu sandeha na karado not be doubtful.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this way I shall bring Him here very soon. Be assured that I am telling\nyou the truth. Do not be doubtful.\nTEXT 57\n\n� ��t�, �t�i <fi11' ��i �e,� I\n\n�fl! 'flit� ��<!t 9ft�, �il �� :� 11 t'\\ II\n\n", "ant1#p0184": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n152\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nye cahiye, taha kara hat'ia tat-para\nati tvaraya kariba paka, suna ata/:rpara\nSYNONYMS\n\nye cahiye-whatever I want; taha kara-arrange for that; hana tat-para-being\nintent;\n\nati\n\ntvaraya-very\n\nsoon;\n\nkariba paka-1\n\nshall begin cooking;\n\nsuna\n\nata/:rpara-just hear.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Bring all the ingredi ents very soon, for\n\nwant to begin cooking im­\n\nmediately. Please do what I say.''\nTEXT 58\n\n9f�-��&ft �tel�, <:f51tfif ��i l)t� I'\n� JttHt\"'J, f-Rtillil 'tift�' ilf\"'fi i!t� 11 (ttr 11\npaka-samagri anaha, ami yaha cai'\nye magi/a, sivananda ani' dila tai\nSYNONYMS\n\npaka-samagri anaha-bring all cooking ingredients; ami yaha cai-whatever I\nwant; ye magi/a-whatever he wanted; sivananda-Sivananda Sena; ani'-bringing; dila tai-delivered everything.\nTRANSLATION\nNrsimhananda Brahmacari said to Sivananda, \"Please bring whatever cooking ingredients i want.'' Thus Sivananda Sena immediately brought whatever\nhe asked for.\nTEXT 59\n\n�=� C�i! 9ft� <flrrt\"Ji 'f;l� I\n�i �-il, f9f�, � iltili �9f� II (t� II\nprata/:1-ka/a haite paka karila apara\nnana vyanjana, pitha, k$ira nana upahara\nSYNONYMS\n\nprata/:1-ka/a haite-beginning from the morning; paka karila apara-cooked\nmany varieties of food; nana vyanjana-varieties of vegetables; pitha-cakes;\nk?ira-sweet rice; nana-various; upahara-offerings of food .\n\n", "ant1#p0185": "Text 61]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n153\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeginning early in the morning, Nrsimhananda Brahmacari cooked many\nvarieties of food, including vegetables, cakes, sweet rice and other preparations.\nTEXT 60\n\n_,�� f�i '�t� ��� �t�� I\n\n�� �� '\"ftf�' � '�� �� II �\" II\njagannathera bhinna bhoga prthak biic;fila\ncaitanya prabhura lagi' ara bhoga kaila\nSYNONYMS\njagannathera-of\n\nLord\n\nJagannatha;\n\nbhinna-separate;\n\nbhoga--offerings;\n\nprthak-separately; bac;fi/a-arranged; caitanya prabhura lagi'-for Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; ara-other; bhoga-offerings of food; kai/a-made.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter he finished cooking, he brought separate dishes for Jagannatha and Sri\nCaitany a Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 61\n\n�Wt� iJ��� �tf�' ��� �f� I\n�� ��1 �t�� �Jti{ �<fi� II �� II\ni$ta-deva nrsirhha lagi' prthak bac;fila\ntina-jane samarpiya bahire dhyana kaila\nSYNONYMS\ni$ta-deva-the worshipable Deity; nrsirhha-Lord Nrsirhhadeva;\n\nlagi'-for;\n\nprthak-separately; bac;fi/a-arranged; tina-jane-to the three Deities; samarpiya-offering; bahire-outside; dhyana kai/a-meditated.\nTRANSLATION\nHe also separately offered dishes to Nrsimhadeva, his worshipable Deity.\nThus he divided all the food into three offerings. Then, outside the temple, he\nbegan to meditate upon the Lord.\n\n", "ant1#p0186": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n154\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nTEXT 62\n\n�-t, �� ._tfit' �f�llt1 '�i!II·C11t�tf$ I\n\n� �'$f 'l�l!f1, f�l ._<1!f-tg il� II �� II\ndekhe, sighra asi' vasila caitanya-gosafii\ntina bhoga khaila, kichu avasi�ta nai\nSYNONYMS\ndekhe-he sees; sighra asi'-coming quickly; vasila-sat down; caitanyagosafii-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tina bh o ga- the three separate offerings;\nkhaila-He ate; kichu avasi�ta nai-there were no remnants left.\nTRANSLATION\nIn his meditation he saw Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu quickly come, sit down\nand eat all three offerings, leaving behind no remnants.\nTEXT 63\n\n� Bl�llf ��' � <e!� I\n\"��1 f�<11 ��\" <11f\"f' ��t� te.�t1111 ��II\nanande vihvala pradyumna, paqe asru-dhara\n\"haha kiba kara\" bali' karaye phutkara\nSYNONYMS\nanande vihva / a-o v erwhelmed by transcendental ecstasy; pradyumna-Pradyumna Brahmacari; paqe a5ru dhara-tears fell from his eyes; haha-alas, alas;\n-\n\nkiba kara - what are You doing; ba/i'-saying; karaye phut kara -beg an to ex-\n\npress disappointment.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPradyumna Brahmacari was overwhelmed by transcendental ecstasy upon\nseeing Caitanya Mahaprabhu eating everything. Thus tears flowed from his\neyes. Nevertheless, he expressed dismay, saying, \"A las, alas! My dear Lord,\nwhat are You doing? You are eating everyone's food!\nTEXT 64\n\n�'$fiftt�·Ci!'t1ffil ��J, �'S itt <:et'$f I\n��t�� cet'$f C<f'ti' �� ���'$f ? �s \"\n\n", "ant1#p0187": "Text 66]\n\n155\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n'jagannathe-tomaya aikya, khao tatira bhoga\nnrsirhhera bhoga kene kara upayoga?\nSYNONYMS\njagannathe-with Lord Jagannatha; tom a ya- and You;\ntatira bhoga.-You may eat His offering;\n\naikya-oneness; khao\n\nnrsirhhera bhoga-the offering of\n\nNrsirhhadeva; kene kara upayoga-why are You eating.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, You are one with Jagannatha; therefore I have no objection\nto Your eating His offering. But why are You touching the offering to Lord\nNrsimhadeva?\nTEXT 65\n\nij��t� �'i' iSf� �t� �91�t� I\n�t�� ��� 1!C�, fiSft� ��t� W'Pt ?' �� II\nnrsirhhera haifa jani aji upavasa\nthakura upavasi rahe, jiye kaiche dasa?'\nSYNONYMS\nnrsirhhera-of Lord Nrsirhha; hai fa-there was; jani-1 understand; aji\n\n-\n\ntoday;\n\nu pavasa -fasting; thakura upavasi rahe-the master remains fasting; jiye kaiche\ndasa-how can the servant sustain his life.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I think that Nrsimhadeva col.lld not eat anything today, and therefore lie is\nfasting. If the master fasts, how can the servant live?\"\nTEXT 66\n\ncetiSfil ��' �wf9l i� �if� �I!I'Pf 1\nijfli�� lii'JfiJ ��' �tt� �� �t� �:��� ����II\nbhojana dekhi' yadyapi tatira hrdaye ullasa\nnrsirhha fak$ya kari' bahye kichu kare dubkhabhasa\nSYNONYMS\nbhojana dekhi'- see ing the eating; yad ya pi\n\n-\n\na l though ; tatira hrdaye-within\n\nhis heart; u//asa-j u bil ation; nrsirhha-Lord Nrsirilhadeva; lak$ya kari'-for the\n\n", "ant1#p0188": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n156\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nsake of; bahye-externally; kichu-some; kare-does; dubkha-abhasa-expression of disappointment.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Nrsimha Brahmacari felt jubilation within his heart to see Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu eating everything, for the sake of Lord Nrsimhadeva he\nexternally expressed disappointment.\nTEXT 67\n\n��R �'${� �·�\\!�·,�tflfP I\n\nISf'fitQf·�fif��-� �i Qeif i{� II �'\\ II\nsvayaril bhagavan kr$Qa-caitanya-gosani\njagannatha-nrsirilha-saha kichu bheda nai\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvayam-personally; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kr$Qacaitanya-gosani-Lord Sri Kr��a\nsaha-with\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\njagannatha-nrsirilha­\n\nLord )agannatha and Nrsimhadeva; kichu bheda-any difference;\n\nnai-there is not.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself.\nTherefore there is no difference between Him, Lord Jagannatha and Lord\nNrsimhadeva.\nTEXT 68\n\n��1 ISftfil�� ��� � �\\! 1fi( I\n� '��1 �'{ �fil'111 Qet\\Sfi{ II �lr' II\niha janibare pradyumnera gac;Jha haita mana\ntaha dekhaila prabhu kariya bhojana\n\nSYNONYMS\niha-this fact; janibare-to know; pradyumnera-of Pradyumna Brahmacari;\ngac;Jha-deeply;\n\nhaita\n\nmana-was\n\neager;\n\ntaha-that;\n\ndekhai/a-exhibited;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kariya bhojana-by eating.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPradyumna Brahmacari was deeply eager to understand this fact. Therefore\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu revealed it to him by a practical demonstration.\n\n", "ant1#p0189": "Text 71]\n\n157\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\nTEXT 69\n\n�!Sri{ �m1 �'- ,� �tfct� 1\n�t� �ilfl '�f�' <lJCiil·�fil�� II �� II\nbhojana kariya prabhu gela paQihati\nsanto$a paila dekhi' vyafijana-paripatT\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhojana\n\nkariya-after\n\neating\n\nall\n\nthe\n\nofferings;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; ge/a paQihati-started for Pat:�iha�i; santo$a paila-He became very\nsatisfied; dekhi'-seeing; vyafijana-paripatr-arrangement of vegetables.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter eating all the offerings, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu started for Par;1ihati.\nThere, He was greatly satisfied to see the different varieties of vegetables prepared in the house of Raghava.\nTEXT 70\n\nfit�1il\"f �t�,-',�til ���!e.�?'\n\n� �t�,-\"�� Q!t;mr �'-� �J� 11 \"o n\nsivananda kahe,-'kene karaha phutkara?'\ntenha kahe,-\"dekha tamara prabhura vyavahara\n\nSYNONYMS\nsivananda kahe-Siv ananda Sena said; kene karaha phut-kara-why are you\nexpressing dismay; tenha kahe-he replied; dekha-see; tamara prabhura-of\nyour Lord; vyayahara-the behavior.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSivananda said to Nrsirilhananda, \"Why are you expressing dismayJ\"\nNrsirilhananda replied, \"Just see the behavior of your Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 71\n\nf�il I!Jfil� ''et'ij ,i!�1 �t� �� I\nI!Jf'ittftQf·i]fil�� ��<It� �� II\" 9 � II\ntina janara bhoga tenho eke/a khaila\njagannatha-nrsirhha upavasT ha-ifa\"\n\n", "ant1#p0190": "158\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ntina janara-of the three Deities; bhoga-offerings; tenho-He; ek e/a-alone;\nkhai/a-ate;\n\njagan natha-nrsirhha-Lord Jagannatha\n\nand Lord Nrsirhhadeva;\n\nupavasi ha-ifa-remained fasting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He alone has eaten the offerings for all three Deities. Because of this, both\nJagannatha and Nrsirilhadeva remain fasting.\"\nTEXT 72\n\n�fil f-t<ttilf;IQ fut� ��\"' li�-R! I\nf� 02f1f'tt<tf;llf �t�, �<11 �I'!J � II \"� II\nsuni sivanandera citte ha-ifa sarhsaya\nkiba premavese kahe, kiba satya haya\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuni-hearing; sivanandera-of Sivananda; citte-in the mind; ha-ifa samsaya-there was some doubt; kiba-whether; pre ma-avese kahe-was speaking\nsomething in ecstatic love; kiba-or; satya haya-it was a fact.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sivananda Sena heard this statement, he was unsure whether\nNrsirilhananda Brahmacari was speaking that way because of ecstatic love or\nbecause it was actually a fact.\nTEXT 73\n\nl'!t<t fit<ttilt\" f�i �� �� I\n\n�t'lf&T �til �f'l�� l'ltf'St 'i_il: �� �ij' II \"� II\ntabe sivanande kichu kahe brahmacari\nsamagri ana nrsirhha lagi puna/:1 paka kari'\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-upon this; sivanande-unto Sivananda; kichu-something; kahe-says;\nbrahmacari-Nrsirhhananda Brahmacari; samagri ana-bring more ingredients;\nnrsirhha lagi'-for Lord Nrsirhhadeva; puna/:1-again; paka kari'-let me cook.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sivananda Sena was thus perplexed, Nrsirilhananda Brahmacari said\nto him, \"Bring more food. Let me cook again for Lord Nrsirilhadeva.\"\n\n", "ant1#p0191": "Text 76]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n159\n\nTEXT 74\n\n� f�� Qet'$f·�&t �tf-1� I\n�\" \"�' ij���� <;�t'$f �t�� II 98 II\ntabe sivananda bhoga-samagri ani/a\npaka kari' nrsirhhera bhoga lagai/a\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereupon; sivananda-Sivananda Sena;\n\nbhoga-samagri-ingredients\n\nfor preparing food; ani/a-brought; paka kari'-after cooking; nrsirhhera-of Lord\nNrsirhhadeva; bhoga /agai/a-offered the food.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Sivananda Sena again brought the ingredients with which to cook, and\nPradyumna Brahmacari again cooked and offered the food to Nrshnhadeva.\nTEXT 75\n\n�� f.t<tfi{\"' �$1 �'$f'! I\n\n�ro'l �t� �$i � ��'! II 9Q II\nvar�antare sivananda lana bhakta- gaQa\nni/aca/e dekhe yana prabhura caraQa\nSYNONYMS\nvar�a-antare-the next year; sivananda-Sivananda Sena; /ana-taking; bhakta-gaQa-all the devotees; nilacale-at jagannatha Puri; dekhe-sees; yanagoing; prabhura caraQa-the lotus feet of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next year, Sivananda went to Jagannatha Puri with all the other devotees\nto see the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 76\n\n��Ni{ ��fti! �, <tt� ��-� I\n\nijfit��t\"Rt � <fi�C� �f�\"fi II 9� II\neka-dina sabhate prabhu vata ca/aila\nnrsirhhanandera guQa kahite lagila\n\n", "ant1#p0192": "160\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nSYNONYMS\n\neka-dina-one day; sabhate-in the presence of all the devotees; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; vata ca /ai /a-raised the topic (of eating at Nrsirhhananda's\nhouse); nrsirhhanandera-of Nrsirhhananda Brahmacari; guQa-transcendental\nqualities; kahite /agi/a-be gan to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day, in the presence of all the devotees, the lord raised these topics\nconcerning\n\nNrsirilhananda\n\nBrahmadri\n\nand\n\npraised\n\nhis\n\ntranscendental\n\nqualities.\nTEXT 77\n\n'��� es-t)� (;lrtr;it <Rtla, c� 1\n�iff� � �� f�ti·<U·� II' �'\\ II\n'gata-var�a pau�e more karaila bhojana\nkabhu nahi khai aiche mi�tanna-vyafijana'\nSYNONYMS\n\ngata-var�a-last year; pau�e-in the month of Pau�a (December-january);\nmore-unto Me; karai/a bhojana-offered many foodstuffs; kabhu nahi khai-1\nnever tasted; aiche-such; mi�tanna-sweetmeats; vyafijana-vegetab les.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord said, \"last year in the month of Pau� when Nrsirilhananda gave\nme varieties of sweetmeats and vegetables to eat, they were so good that I had\nnever before eaten such preparations.\"\nTEXT 78\n\n�[i{' 'fii'it'l �t� � �tfi{a, I\n\n��f;\"fif �� '!t� \\21'!nt ��\" \" \"\"\" \"\nsuni' bhakta-gaQa mane ascarya manila\nsivanandera mane tabe pratyaya janmila\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuni'-hearing; bhakta-gaQa-all the devotees; mane-in the mind; ascarya\nmanila-felt wonder; sivanandera-of Sivananda Sena; mane-in the mind;\ntabe-thereupon; pratyaya janmila - there was confidence.\n\n", "ant1#p0193": "Text 81]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n161\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, all the devotees were struck with wonder, and Sivananda became confident that the incident was true.\nTEXT 79\n\n��Jti! .m�� �i!i! Qe� I\n��ttl(� 'Jt� \"�� ���-�.(� II 'I� II\nei-mata sacT-grhe satata bhojana\nsrTvasera grhe karena kTrtana-darsana\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; sacT-grhe-at the house of Sacimata; satata-always;\nbhojana-eating; srTvasera grhe-in the house of Srivasa Thakura; karena-performs; kTrtana-darsana-visiting the kTrtana performances.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu used to eat at the temple of Sacimata\nevery day and also visit the house of Srivasa Thakura when kirtana was performed.\nTEXT 80\n\n��;t�r;\"!� �'!J ,�r;-t� �t�' � �tr;� I\n'fi{J'G� �t�·�' �t�r;� �f;� ll1r'0 II\nnityanandera nrtya dekhena asi' bare bare\n'nirantara avirbhava' raghavera ghare\nSYNONYMS\nnityanandera nrtya-the dancing of Sri Nityananda Prabhu; dekhena-He sees;\nasi'-coming; bare bare-again and again; nirantara avirbhava-constant appearance; raghavera ghare-in the house of Raghava.\nTRANSLATION\nSimilarly, He was always present when Nityananda Prabhu danced, and He\nregularly appeared at the house of Raghava.\nTEXT 81\n\n(;��llf ,�12ft_, �ft1 ,121r;;rt� I\n(;�� �$1 �� �� �� lllr'� II\n\n", "ant1#p0194": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n162\n\nprema-vasa gaura-prabhu, yahali premottama\nprema-vasa hana taha dena darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprema-vasa-subdued\n\nby\n\nloving\n\nservice;\n\ngaura-prabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, Gaurasundara; yahali prema-uttama-wherever there is pure love;\nprema-vasa haf'la-being subdued by such love; taha-there; dena dara5ana-appears personally.\n\nTRANSLATION\nlord Gaurasundara is greatly influenced by the love of His devotees.\nTherefore wherever there is pure devotion to the lord, the lord Himself, subdued by such love, appears, and His devotees see Him.\nTEXT 82\n\nf-Riil\"'l '�Ji�Jii '� ��i! �t11'?\n�tf (;�t1f � � �t�t1f �t11' � II 17'� II\nsivanandera prema-sima ke kahite pare?\nyanra preme vasa prabhu aise bare bare\n\nSYNONYMS\nsivanandera-of Sivananda Sena; prema-sima-the limit of love; ke-who;\nkahite pare-can estimate; yalira-whose; preme-by loving affairs; vasa-influenced; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; aise-comes; bare bare-again and\nagain.\n\nTRANSLATION\nInfluenced\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nloving\n\naffairs\n\nof\n\nSivananda\n\nSena,\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu came again and again. Therefore who can estimate the limits of\nhis love?\nTEXT 83\n\n�� i!' ��� (;��11' '�t��t<��' I\n�rt1 '� �til, �til C�i!\"·�� II 17'� II\nei ta' kahilu gaurera 'avirbhava'\niha yei sune, jane caitanya-prabhava\n\n", "ant1#p0195": "Text 85]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n163\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nei ta'-thus; kahi/u-1 have described; gaurera-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\navirbhava-appearance; iha-this incident; yei sune-whoever hears; janeknows; caitanya-prabhava-the opulence of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have described the appearance of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Anyone\nwho hears about these incidents can understand the transcendental opulence\nof the Lord.\nTEXT 84\n\n�� �-9ftt-f �$!'fit �wt1i I\n�1{ �� ��1 �9ffu'! � II IrS II\npUfU$Ottame prabhu-pase bhagavan acarya\nparama vai$f)ava tenho supaQc;lita arya\nSYNONYMS\n\npuru$ottame-at Jagannatha Puri; prabhu-pase-in the association of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; bhagavan Jcarya-Bhagavan Acarya; parama vaigJavapure devotee; tenho-he; su-paQc;lita-very learned scholar; arya-gentleman.\nTRANSLATION\nAt Jagannatha Puri, in the association of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, liv�d\nBhagavan Acarya, who was certainly a gentleman, a learned scholar and a\ngreat devotee.\nPURPORT\n\nFor a description of Bhagavan Acarya, one may refer to the Adi-lilii, Tenth\nChapter, verse 136.\nTEXT 85\n\n���1\\liit·-��, G'$tl9f·��a I\n1111�-Pt-G�t��-,� ��·�111' II lr<t II\nsakhya-bhavakranta-citta, gopa-avatara\nsvarOpa-gosani-saha sakhya-vyavahara\n\n", "ant1#p0196": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n164\n\n[Antya-lila , Ch. 2\n\nSYNONYMS\nsakhya-bhava-by fraternal love; akranta-overwhelmed; citta-heart; gopaavatara-an incarnation of one of the cowherd boys; svanipa-gosat'ii-saha-with\nSvarCipa Damodara; sakhya-vyavahara-dealings just like those of a friend.\nTRANSLATION\nHe was fully absorbed in thoughts of fraternal relationships with God. He\nwas an incarnation of a cowherd boy, and thus his dealings with Svarupa\nDamodara Gosvami were very friendly.\nTEXT 86\n\n��t�tt\"1 �fi!h!Wie{ �lr!i!R'I I\n1100 1(7;-u �\"� <;�� �m �cj II 17-� II\nekanta-bhave asriyachena caitanya-caraf)a\nmadhye madhye prabhura teriho karena nimantraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nekanta-bhave-with full attention; asriyachena-has taken shelter of; caitanyacaraf)a-the\n\nlotus\n\nfeet\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nCaitanya;\n\nmadhye\n\nmadhye-sometimes;\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; teriho-he; karena-does; nimantraf)ainvitation.\nTRANSLATION\nHe sought the shelter of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu with full surrender.\nSometimes he would invite the Lord to dine at his home.\nTEXT 87\n\n�r;� �\\!i <flfil' �m ��� \"1J!fill\n��a;r <;'Stt�f$ a;J$1 ��te{ <;��I! 17-'l II\nghare bhata kari' karena vividha vyanjana\neka/e gosani lana karana bhojana\nSYNONYMS\nghare-at\n\nhome;\n\nbhata\n\nkari'-preparing\n\nrice;\n\nkarena-prepares;\n\nvividha\n\nvyatijana-varieties of vegetables; eka/e-alone; gosat'ii /alia-taking Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; karana bhojana-makes to eat.\n\n", "ant1#p0197": "Text 89]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n165\n\nTRANSLATION\nBhagavan Acarya prepared varieties of rice and vegetables at home and\nbrought the Lord there alone to eat.\nPURPORT\nGenerally those who invited Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu for dinner used to offer\nHim the remnants of food that had first been offered to Lord JaganniHha.\nBhagavan Acarya, however, instead of giving Him the remnants of Jagannatha's\nfood, prepared dinner at his home. In Orissa, food offered to Lord Jagannatha is\ncalled prasadi, and that which is not offered to Lord jagannatha is known as amani\nor ghara-bhata, rice prepared at home.\nTEXT 88\n\n�� f�<!1 '��' � a&t<!ti{\"f·� I\n\n'f���' ·�rt�t1i-'�11t'm\\21$fti{' II�,-�,- II\ntatira pita 'Vi$ayi' ba(,ia satananda-khatina\n'Vi$aya-vimukha' acarya- 'vairagya-pradhana'\nSYNONYMS\ntatira pita -his father; Vi$ayi -a Statesman; ba(,ia -expert; satananda-khatinanamed Satananda Khan; Vi$aya-vimukha-not interested in state management;\nacarya-Bhagavan Acarya; vairagya-pradhana-mostly in the renounced order of\nlife.\nTRANSLATION\nBhagavan Acarya's father, whose name was Satananda Khan, was an expert\nstatesman, whereas Bhagavan Acarya was not at all interested in the management of the state. Indeed, he was almost in the renounced order of life.\nTEXT 89\n\n'<;;�t�·<eDt�1i' i{� i� <;�-'e� I\n�tifrc'! <;;�� �f�' <;;� it� itf� II �,-� II\n'gopala-bhattacarya' nama tatira chota-bhai\nkasite vedanta pa(,ii' ge/a tatira thaiii\n\n", "ant1#p0198": "166\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-l ila, Ch. 2\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopala-bhattacarya-Gopala Bhagacarya; nama-named; tanra-his; chota­\n\nbhai-younger brother; kasite-at Benares; vedanta pa<fi'-studying Vedanta\nphilosophy; ge/a-went; tanra thani-to his place.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBhagavan Acarya's brother, whose name was Gopala Bhattacarya, had\nstudied Vedanta philosophy at Benares and had then returned to Bhagavan\nAcarya's home.\nPURPORT\nDuring those days and also at the present, Vedanta philosophy is understood\n\nthrough the commentary of Salikaracarya, which is known as Sariraka-bha�ya.\n\nThus it appears that Gopala Bhagacarya, the younger brother of Bhagavan Acarya,\nhad studied Vedanta according to the way of the Sariraka--bha�ya, which expounds the Mayavada philosophy of the impersonalists.\n\nTEXT 90\n\n�� �tt� ���tw fil��11\n\n�t11'1 � fijr;;l5 �� �1 �t�\"ff It �0 ll\nacarya tahare prabhu-pade mi/aila\n\nantaryami prabhu citte sukha na paila\n\nSYNONYMS\nacarya-Bhagavan Acarya; tahare-him (his brother); prabhu-pade mi/ai/a­\n\ngot to meet Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; antaryami prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, who could study anyone's heart; citte-within Himself; sukha­\n\nhappiness; na pai/a-could not get.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBhagavan Acarya took his brother to meet Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, but thl!\nlord, knowing that Gopala Bhatfacarya was a Mayavadi philosopher, could not\nget much happiness from meeting him.\nTEXT 91\n\n��-��!';;'fi <Itt� �� �i!Jt'etlf I\n\n�'e� �e{1 t2f� � � �t� II �� II\n\n", "ant1#p0199": "Text 93]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n167\n\nacarya-sambandhe bahye kare prityabhasa\nkr�Qa-bhakti vina prabhura na haya ullasa\nSYNONYMS\nacarya-sambandhe-because he was related with Bhagavan Acarya; bahyeexternally; kare-does; priti-abhasa-appearance of pleasure; kr�Qa-bhaktidevotional service to Lord Kr�t:�a; vina-without; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; na haya-there is no; u//asa-jubilation.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu derives no happiness from meeting one who is\nnot a pure devotee of Kr�1,1a. Thus because Gopala Bhatfacarya was a Mayavadi\nscholar, the Lord felt no jubilation in meeting him. Nevertheless, because\nGopala Bhattacarya was related to Bhagavan Acarya, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nfeigned pleasure in seeing him.\nTEXT 92\n\n'Qi� ''itPftfl.fPtf �1�1t �t� �f �t� I\n'00. ��1 ''Stt� ���t� �� II ��II\nsvarupa gosanire acarya kahe ara dine\n'vedanta par;liya gopala aisache ekhane\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa gosanire-unto SvarOpa\n\nDamodara\n\nGosvami;\n\nacarya-Bhagavan\n\nAcarya; kahe-says; ara dine-the next day; vedanta par;liya-after studying\nVedanta; gopa/a-Gopala; aisache-has come back; ekhane-here.\nTRANSLATION\nBhagavan Acarya said to Svariipa Damodara, \"Gopala, my younger brother,\nhas returned to my home, having concluded his study of Vedanta philosophy.\"\nTEXT 93\n\n� C1lfil' �'t�:Jt, �� '<e13JJ' ��1( \"lt�'l\n\n02tJt·� �rn' ��� <!I� <t� II �� II\nsabe me/i' aisa, suni 'bha�ya' ihara sthane'\nprema-krodha kari' svarOpa balaya vacane\n\n", "ant1#p0200": "168\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nSYNONYMS\nsabe me/i'-all together; aisa-come; suni-let us hear; bha�ya-the commentary; ihara s thane-fro m him; prema-krodha kari'-in an angry mood of love;\nsvarap a -Sva rOpa Damodara; balaya vacane-said these words.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBhagavan Acarya requested Svarupa Damodara to hear from Gopala the\ncommentary upon Vedanta. Svarupa Damodara Gosvami, however, somewhat\nangry because of love, spoke l!S follows.\nTEXT 94\n\n\"1_fii tolii C�'l 'i!t1rt� ,�t'PfiD'f� � I\n1ftm.,tw �fil<t� \\!;?tf� �er u c;,s n\n\"buddhi bhra�ta haila tamara gopa/era sange\nmayavada sunibare upajila range\n\nSYNONYMS\nbuddhi-intelligence; bhra�ta-lost; haila-has been; tamara-your; gopalera\nsange-in the association of Gopala; mayavada sunibare-to hear the commentary of Mayavada philosophy; upajila ra nge -has awakened the propensity.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You have lost your intelligence in the association of Gopala, and therefore\nyou are eager to hear the Mayavada philosophy.\nTEXT 95\n\nC�<l �$1 ,�.,i -tt?\\� �-�1JJ �?;;il' I\n,:Jt.,J·��·'et., �t�' �'Pfil't?;;� '�11'' 1ftti{ ll<;tctll\nvai�Qava hafia yeba sariraka-bha�ya sune\nsevya-sevaka-bhava chac;/i' apanare 'isvara' mane\n\nSYNONYMS\nvai�Qava hafia-being a Vai�r:Java; yeba-anyone who; sariraka-bha?ya-the\n\nMayavada commentary Sariraka-bha?ya; sune-listens to; sevya-sevaka-bhava­\n\nthe Kr�r:Ja conscious attitude that the Lord is the master and the living entity is His\nservant; chac;/i'-giving up; apanare-himself; isvara--the Supreme Lord; maneconsiders.\n\n", "ant1#p0201": "Text 96]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n169\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When a Vai�r:Java listens to the Sariraka-bha�ya, the Mayavada commentary upon Vedanta-sutra, he gives up the Kr�r:Ja conscious attitude that the\nLord is the master and the living entity is His servant. Instead, he considers\nhimself the Supreme Lord.\nPURPORT\nThe philosophers known as kevaladvaita-vadis generally occupy themselves\n\nwith hearing the Sariraka-bha?ya, a commentary by Sarikaracarya advocating that\none impersonally consider oneself the Supreme Lord. Such Mayavada philosophical commentaries upon Vedanta are simply imaginary, but there are other commentaries on Vedanta philosophy. The commentary by Srila Ramanujacarya,\nknown as Sri-bha?ya, establishes the visi?tadvaita-vada philosophy. Similarly, in the\nBrahma-sampradaya, Madhvacarya's\n\nPurf)aprajiia-bha?ya establishes suddha­\n\ndvaita-vada. In the Kumara-sampradaya, or Nimbarka-sampradaya, Sri Nimbarka\nestablishes the philosophy of dvaitadvaita-vada in the Parijata-saurabha-bha?ya.\n\nAnd in the Vi�l)usvami-sampradaya, or Rudra-sampradaya, which comes from\nLord Siva, Vi�l)usvami has written a commentary called Sarvajiia-bha?ya, which\n\nestablishes suddhadvaita-vada.\n\nA Vai�l)ava should study the commentaries on Vedanta-sutra written by the\n\nfour sampradaya-acaryas, namely Sri Ramanujacarya, Madhvacarya, Vi�l)usvami\n\nand Nimbarka, for these commentaries are based upon the philosophy that the\nLord is the master and that all living entities are His eternal servants. One interested in studying Vedanta philosophy properly must study these commentaries, especially if he is a Vai�l)ava. These commentaries are always adored by\nVai�l)avas. The commentary by Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati is elaborately given\n\nin the Adi-lila, Chapter Seven, text 1 01. The Mayavada commentary Sariraka­\n\nbha?ya is like poison for a Vai�l)ava. It should not be touched at all. Srila Bhakti­\n\nvinoda Thakura remarks that even a maha-bhagavata, or highly elevated devotee\n\nwho has surrendered himself unto the lotus feet of Krsna, sometimes falls down\nfrom pure devotional service if he hears the Mayavad� philosophy of Sariraka­\n\nbha?ya. This commentary should therefore be shunned by all Vai�l)avas.\nTEXT 96\n\n11ue't'it�i! �' �� �'1$f� �t11\" I\n\n�Rf�-i!t�'1 �� ���$ f�?;� it1t II\" �� II\nmaha-bhagavata yei, kr?Qa praf)a-dhana yara\nmayavada-sravaf)e citta avasya phire tailra\"\n\n", "ant1#p0202": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n170\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-bhagavata yei-one who is a highly elevated devotee; kr�Qa-Lord\nKr�t:�a; praQa-dhana yara-whose life and soul; mayavada-sravaQe-by hearing\nthe Mayavada philosophy; citta-the heart; ava.Sya-certainly; phire-changes;\ntanra-his.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Mayavada philosophy presents such a jugglery of words that even a\nhighly elevated devotee who has accepted Kr�Qa as his life and soul changes\nhis decision when he reads the Mayavada commentary on Vedanta-sutra.\"\nTEXT 97\n\n��1j �' '!C111rl ��t1t \"fili·� I\n�1f1 �1t Jli{ �t1J � �ti! II ' �'I II\n-\n\nacarya kahe,- 'ama sabara kr�Qa-ni�tha-citte\nama sabara mana bh�ya nare phiraite'\n\nSYNONYMS\nacarya kahe-Bhagavan Acarya replied;\n\nama sabara-of all of us; kr�Qa­\n\nni?tha-devoted to Kr�t:�a; citte-hearts; ama sabara-of all of us; mana-minds;\nbha?ya-Sariraka-bha?ya; nare phiraite-cannot change.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn spite of Svarupa Damodara's protest, Bhagavan Acarya continued, \"We\nare all fixed at the lotus feet of Krsna with our hearts and souls. Therefore the\n·\nSariraka-bh�ya cannot change o minds.\"\n\n��\n\nTEXT 98\n\n\"i!Qftf11 1fhTRIW·��t'l I\n'�e., �, 11\"Rl1, fiiQfJ1'- �� �ti{ II �IT' II\n'15l�11 ��'\n\nsvarupa kahe, \"tathapi mayavada-sravaQe\n'cit, brahma, maya, mithya'-ei-matra sune\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvarapa kahe-SvanJpa Damodara replied; tathapi-still; mayavada-sravaQeby hearing the Mayavada commentary; cit-knowledge; brahma- the Absolute\nTruth;\nhears.\n\nmaya-external energy;\n\nmithya-false;\n\nei-matra-only these;\n\nsune­\n\n", "ant1#p0203": "Text 100]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n171\n\nTRANSLATION\nSvariipa Damodara replied, \"Nevertheless, when we hear the Mayavada\nphilosophy, we hear that Brahman is knowledge and that the universe of maya\nis false, but we gain no spiritual understanding.\nTEXT 99\n\n�t5'Jt�·<f'f11'! �\"'�' ��ii� �� I\n�'t?tHI �t'l �� �t� � �'I If' �� II\njivajnana-kalpita isvare, sakala-i ajnana\nyahara sraval')e bhaktera phate mana pral')a\"\nSYNONYMS\njiva-the ordinary living being;\n\najnana-by ignorance; ka/pita-imagined;\n\nisvare-in the Supreme Lord; saka/a-i ajnana-all ignorance; yahara sravaQehearing of which; bhaktera-of the devotee; phate-breaks; mana pral')a-mind\nand life.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Mayavadi philosopher tries to establish that the living entity is only\nimaginary and that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is under the influence\nof maya. Hearing this kind of commentary breaks the heart and life of a devotee.\"\nPURPORT\nSrTia Svaropa Damodara GosvamT wanted to impress upon Bhagavan Acarya\nthat even though someone firmly fixed in devotion to Kr�r:Ja's service might not\nbe deviated by hearing the Mayavada bh�ya, that bha$ya is nevertheless full of\nimpersonal words and ideas such as Brahman which represent knowledge but\nwhich are impersonal. The MayavadTs say that the world created by maya is false,\nand that actually there is no living entity but only one spiritual effulgence. They\nfurther say that God is imaginary, that people think of God only because of ignorance, and that when the Supreme Absolute Truth is befooled by the external\nenergy, maya, He becomes a jiva, or living entity. Upon hearing all these nonsensical ideas from the nondevotee, a devotee is greatly afflicted, as if his heart and\nsoul were broken.\nTEXT 100\n\n�-re� ��1 � � �� 1\n� fW� ''m�� ''ft-t 9ft�� II � o o II\n\n", "ant1#p0204": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n172\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nfajja-bhaya pana acarya mauna ha-ifa\nara dina gopafere dese pathaifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nfajja-bhaya-fear\n\nand\n\nshame;\n\npatia-getting;\n\nacarya-Bhagavan\n\nAcarya;\n\nmauna ha-ifa-became silent; ara dina-the next day; gopafere-Gopala Bhattacarya; dese-to his own country; pathaifa-sent.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Bhagavan Acarya, greatly ashamed and fearful , remained silent. The\nnext day, he asked Gopala Bhattacarya to return to his own district.\nTEXT 101\n\n��ffli{ �� �� �� �'I I\n\n��� 'etl! �f�' ��� ��'{ �·i{ II �o� II\neka-dina acarya prabhure kaifa nimantraf)a\nghare bhata kari' kare vividha vyanjana\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; acarya-Bhagavan Acarya; prabhure-unto Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; kaila nimantraQa-made an invitation for dinner; ghare-at home;\nbhata kari'-cooking rice; kare-prepares; vividha vyatijana-varieties of vegetable preparations.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day Bhagavan Acarya invited Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to dine at his\nhome. Thus he was preparing rice and various types of vegetables.\nTEXT 102\n\n'�-���1\"' ift1t �� ��� I\nl!�t�� �t�i{ �t�t� �S1f�m �tf-rn111 �0� 11\n'chota-haridasa' nama prabhura kirtaniya\ntahare kahena acarya c;fakiya aniya\n\nSYNONYMS\nchota-haridasa nama-a devotee named Chota Haridasa; prabhura kirtaniya-a\nchanter of songs for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tahare-unto him; kahena-says;\nacarya-the acarya; c;fakiya aniya-calling him to his place.\n\n", "ant1#p0205": "Text 104]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n173\n\nTRANSLATION\nA devotee named Chota Haridasa used to sing for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nBhagavan Acarya called him to his home and spoke as follows.\nTEXT 103\n\n'<;1l't� �� r-r�-;rr�fi!� �r�ift-\"'tt� Ht�11\n��tgQ'f �<ti ';:ft� �t�� ';:ftf��111' �o� II\n'mora name sikhi-mahitira bhagini-sthane giya\nsukla-caula eka mana anaha magiya'\nSYNONYMS\n\nmora name-in my name; sikhi-mahitira-of Sikhi Mahiti; bhagini-sthane-at\nthe place of the sister; giya-going; suk/a-cau/a-white rice; eka mana-the\nmeasurement of one mana; anaha-please bring; magiya-requesting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please go to the sister of Sikhi Mahiti. In my name, ask her for a mana of\nwhite rice and bring it here.\"\nPURPORT\n\nIn India suk/a-caula (white rice) is also called atapa-cau/a, or rice that has not\nbeen boiled before being threshed. Another kind of rice, called siddha-caula\n(brown rice), is boiled before being threshed. Generally, first-class fine white rice is\nrequired for offerings to the Deity. Thus Bhagavan Acarya asked Cho�a Haridag\nor junior Haridasa, a singer in the assembly of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, to get\nsome of this rice from the sister of Sikhi Mahiti. A mana is a standard of measurement in Orissa for rice and other food grains.\nTEXT 104\n\n;rt�f!� �f�1\" �l, �1';:{-';:ft't�-�� I\n�-1 i!9f�ift �� 9f�';:f1 c<��-.� II �o8 II\nmahitira bhagini sei, nama-madhavi-devi\nvrddha tapasvini ara parama vai$Qavi\nSYNONYMS\n\nmahitira bhagini-sister of Sikhi Mahiti; sei-that; nama-named; madhavidevi-of the name Madhavidevi; vrddha-an elderly lady; tapasvini-very strict\nin executing devotional service; ara-and; parama vai$f)avi-a first-class devotee.\n\n", "ant1#p0206": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n174\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nTRANSLATION\nSikhi Mahiti's sister was named Madhavidevi. She was an elderly lady who\nalways performed austerities. She was very advanced in devotional service.\nTEXT 105\n\n�t. ,ill� <1it� ��-mf�t� ''$1'1' 1\n'f'$ft�� 1lt._J '�tii' -�tt� fi!i{ 'fi{ II � � II\no\n\nprabhu lekha kare yare-radhikara 'ga!Ja'\njagatera madhye 'patra'-sa{fe tina jana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nlekha\n\nkare-accepts;\n\nyare-whom;\n\nradhikara gaQa -as one of the as sociates of Srimati Radharat:�i; jagatera madhyethroughout the whole world; patra-most confidential devotees; sa{ie tinathree and a half; jana-persons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted her as having formerly been an associate\nof Srimati Radhara�i. In the entire world, three and a half people were His intimate devotees.\nTEXT 106\n\n�� ''$ftJ�tf�' \"51� �t� �t�\"f I\n\nfit�-m�-f'!i{, �� �f'$f�-\"51�\"'iSfiln �0� u\nsvarupa gosani, ara raya ramananda\nsikhi-mahiti-tina, tanra bhagini-ardha-jana\nSYNONYMS\nsvarOpa gosani-of the name Svaropa Gosvami; ara-and; raya ramanandaRamananda Raya; sikhi-mahiti-Sikhi Mahiti;\n\ntina-thre e; tanra bhagini\n\n-\n\nhis\n\nsister; ardha-jana-half a person.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe three were Svarupa Damodara Gosvami, Ramananda Raya and Sikhi\nMahiti, and the half a person was Sikhi Mahiti's sister.\n\n", "ant1#p0207": "Text 109]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n175\n\nTEXT 107\n\n�� �tflfP \\!�\" �f'$f' �tfil\" �rn�t� 1\n\ni!�il( �f�' �� �fi{� \\s�j� II �0'111\ntatira thani taQ(Iula magi' ani/a haridasa\ntaQ(Iula dekhi' acJryera adhika ullasa\n\nSYNONYMS\ntatira thaiii-from her; taQ(Iula magi'-begging rice; ani/a haridasa-Haridasa\nbrought; taQ(Iula dekhi'-seeing the rice; acaryera-of Bhagavan Acarya; adhika\nu//asa-very great satisfaction.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter begging the rice from her, Junior Haridasa brought it to Bhagavan\nAcarya, who was very pleased to see its quality.\nTEXT 108\n\n� �tfifiilf �� f�� � �-� I\n\n�19'1 ��t�, ��1-lHf<ll, (}'11.:���'1 II � o\\J- II\nsnehe randhila prabhura priya ye vyaiijana\ndeula prasada, ada-caki, lembu-salavaQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsnehe-in great affection;\nMahaprabhu;\n\npriya-dear;\n\nrandhila-cooked;\nye-whatever;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSri Caitan.ya\n\nvyaiijana-veg etables;\n\ndeula\n\nprasada-remnants from the temple of Jagannatha; ada-caki-ground ginger;\n/embu-lime; sa-/avaQa-with salt.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn great affection, Bhagavan Acarya cooked varieties of vegetables and\nother preparations dear to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. He also obtained remnants of food from Lord Jagannatha and digestive aids such as ground ginger\nand also lime with salt.\nTEXT 109\n\n11-utt� ���1 � <;�t�� ��\"'i I\n-ttilf:JJ <;��' �'t_ lllt�tt� ��1 II �\n\no\n\n� II\n\n", "ant1#p0208": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n176\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nmadhyahne asiya prabh u bhojane vasila\nsalyanna dekhi' prabhu acarye puchila\nSYNONYMS\nmadyahne-at noon; asiya-coming; prabh u-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhojane vasi/a-sat down to eat; sali-anna-the rice of fine quality; dekhi'-seeing;\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; acarye p uchi/a-inquire d from Bhagavan\nAcarya.\nTRANSLATION\nAt noon, when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu came to eat the offerings of\nBhagavan Acarya, He first appreciated the fine rice and therefore questioned\nhim.\nTEXT 110\n\n�� � �\\! \\!�a, ·t�tt\\! 'Pft�\"'i ?\n��111 �t�,-1ft$f�·'Pft-t Jftfml1 �tfili'ftll ��o II\nuttama anna eta tar.)(jula karihate paila?\nacarya kahe, -madhavi-pasa magiya ani/a\nSYNONYMS\nuttama anna-fine rice; eta-such; tar:u;lula-rice; kanhate paila-whe re did\nyou\n\nget;\n\nacarya\n\nkahe-Bhagavan\n\nAcarya\n\nreplied;\n\nmadhavi-pasa-from\n\nMadhavidevi; magiya-begging; ani/a-have brought.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Where did you get such fine rice?\" the Lord asked. Bhagavan Acarya\nreplied, \"I got it by begging from Madhavidevi.\"\nTEXT 111\n\n�t. �t�,-'<;�t-t ��' Jftfm�t �tfil'f ?'\n<;1it G·��ttlt11' itt� �t�t1t ��� II ��� II\nprabhu kahe,-'kon yai' magiya ani/a?'\nchota-haridasera nama acarya kahila\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; kon yai'-who went; magiyabegging; ani/a-brought; chota-haridasera-of Junior Ha ridasa; nama-the name;\nacarya kahi/a-Bhagavan Acarya informed.\n\n", "ant1#p0209": "The Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\nText 114]\n\n177\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked who had begged the rice and\nbrought it back, Bhagavan Acarya mentioned the name of Junior Haridasa.\nTEXT 112\n\n�if ��fil�i �\" <;<e� <lSRtalfi I\n\n�'11;� �lfif' <;'$ft�� ���II��� II\nanna pra5arhsiya prabhu bhojana karila\nnija-grhe asi' govindere ajna dila\nSYNONYMS\nanna prasarilsiya-praising the rice; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhojana kari/a-partook of the prasada; nija-grhe-to His own residence; asi'-coming back; govindere-to Govinda; ajna dila-He gave order.\nTRANSLATION\nPraising the quality of the rice, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu partook of the\nprasada. Then, after returning to His residence, He gave the following order to\nGovinda, His personal assistant.\nTEXT 113\n\n'�tf� ��ti! l.fll <;�� �t9Ji �tfi'f<!li I\n\n�ll ��Wtt:)l �� �tf�i! �i Nqj II'��� II\n'aji haite ei mora ajna paliba\nchota haridase ihan asite na diba'\nSYNONYMS\n\naji haite-from today; ei-this; mora-My; ajna-order; paliba-you should\ncarry out; chota haridase-Chota Haridasa; ihan-here; asite-to come; na\ndiba-do not allow.\nTRANSLATION\n\"From this day forward, do not allow Chofa Haridasa to come here.\"\nTEXT 114\n\n1frn �f.n ��'i, f(�Wt:)l �:� �'i ';ft� I\n� 'itRf�i �Rf·1ftil1 (;<lif( �t� �� II �� 8 II\n\n", "ant1#p0210": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n178\n\ndvara mana haifa, haridasa du/:lkhi haifa mane\nki fagiya dvara-mana keha nahi jane\n\nSYNONYMS\ndvara\n\nmana- closed\n\ndoor;\n\nhaifa-there was;\n\nharidasa-Chota Haridasa;\n\ndubkhi-very unhappy; haifa mane-became within his mind; ki fagiya-for\nwhat reason; dvara-mana-the door was closed; keha nahi jane-no one could\nunderstand.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Junior Haridasa heard that he had been ordered not to approach Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, he was very unhappy. No one could understand why he\nhad been ordered not to come.\nTEXT 115\n\nf<!�FW� �� �fitwt� <�Sc;� �9f�t� I\n\n�9ftfif �t�, 1jf�iia;{11f�tl2i'l� 9ft-t II ��Q' II\ntina-dina haifa haridasa kare upavasa\nsvarupadi asi, puchifa mahaprabhura pasa\n\nSYNONYMS\ntina-dina haifa-for three days; haridasa-junior Haridasa; kare upavasa-was\nfasting; svarupa-adi-SvarOpa Damodara and other confidential devotees; asicoming; puchifa-inq uired; mahaprabhura pasa-f rom Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa fasted continuously for three days. Then Svarupa Damodara\nGosvami\n\nand\n\nother\n\nconfidential\n\ndevotees\n\napproached\n\nSri\n\nMahaprabhu to inquire from Him.\nTEXT 116\n\n\"'� �9f��' <21� �� �fitwt� ?\nf� a;{tM1 �-1ft�1, �� t99f�� ?\" ��� II\n\"kon aparadha, prabhu, kaila haridasa?\nki fagiya dvara-mana, kare upavasa?\"\n\nCaitanya\n\n", "ant1#p0211": "Text 118]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n179\n\nSYNONYMS\nkon aparadha-what great offense; prabhu-0 Lord; kaila haridasa-has\nHaridasa committed; ki lagiya-for what reason; dvara-mana-the closed door;\nkare upavasa-he is now fasting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"What great offense has Junior Haridasa committedl Why has he been forbidden to come to Your doorl He has now been fasting for three days.\"\nTEXT 117\n\nc2tt_ �t�,-··'�B11� �t� c2t�f'! �'II\ncwf� il1 �tt1t·1 �fif �tit <!f�ilu ��ct u\nprabhu kahe,- \"vairagi kare prakrti sambha�aQa\ndekhite na paron ami tahara vadana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; vatrag1-a person in the\nrenounced order of life; kare-does; prakrti sambha�aQa-intimate talking with a\nwoman; dekhite na paron-cannot see; ami-1; tahara vadana-his face.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord replied, \"I cannot tolerate seeing the face of a person who has accepted the renounced order of life but who still talks intimately with a\nwoman.\nPURPO RT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura comments that sara/ata, or simplicity, is\nthe first qualification of a Vai�l)ava, whereas duplicity or cunning behavior is a\ngreat offense against the principles of devotional service. As one advances in\nKr�r:Ja consciousness, one must gradually become disgusted with material attachment and thus become more and more attached to the service of the Lord. If one\nis not factually detached from material activities but still proclaims himself advanced in devotional service, he is cheating. No one will be happy to see such\nbehavior.\nTEXT 118\n\n�tit tf!n �t1f ��-��tf I\nlftRt <21�f'! � IPI�f� 1lilll ��\"'II\n\n", "ant1#p0212": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n180\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\ndurvara indriya kare vi?aya-grahaQa\ndaravT prakrti hare munerapi mana\n\nSYNONYMS\ndurvara-uncont rollable; indriya-the senses; kare-do; vi?aya-grahaf)a-accepting sense objects; daravT prakrti-a wooden statue of a woman; hare-attracts; munerapi-even of a great sage; mana-the mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"So strongly do the senses adhere to the objects of their enjoyment that indeed a wooden statue of a woman attracts the mind of even a great saintly person.\nPURPORT\nThe senses and the sense objects are so intimately connected that the mind of\neven a great saintly person is attracted to a wooden doll if it is attractively shaped\nlike a young woman. The sense objects, namely form, sound, smell, taste and\ntouch, are always attractive for the eyes, ears, nose, tongue and skin. Since the\nsenses and sense objects are naturally intimately related, sometimes even a person claiming control over his senses remains always subject to the control of\nsense objects. The senses are impossible to control unless purified and engaged in\nthe service of the Lord. Thus even though a saintly person vows to control his\nsenses, the senses are still sometimes perturbed by sense objects.\n\nTEXT 119\n\nlft\\11 �lfl ��\\11 <11 Oltf<lf<l'e'11lt<{1 �C<I� I\n\n<1'1f<lt�f:5tll mt1TI ��1t,'I1Tf9f <��lff� U ) );;, II\nmatra svasra duhitra va\nna viviktasano bhavet\nbalavan indriya-gramo\nvidvarhsam api kar$ati\n\nSYNONYMS\nmatra-with one's mother; svasra-with one's sister; duhitra-with one's\ndaughter;\n\nva-or;\n\nna-not;\n\nvivikta-asanab-sitting together;\n\nbhavet-there\n\nshould be; ba/avan-very strong; indriya-gramab-the group of senses; vidvarhsam-a person with knowledge of liberation; api-even; kar?ati-attract.\n\n", "ant1#p0213": "Text 120]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n181\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'One should not sit closely with one's mother, sister or daughter, for the\nsenses are so strong that they may attract even a person ad vanced in knowledge.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse appears in the Manu-samhita (2.215) and Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(9.19.17).\nTEXT 120\n\n�� �� -at•t;·'<i11ft'ijJ ��m 1\n�f!!� �tlfl31 ��� '�wf'!' �vt��111\"��\n\no\n\nII\n\nk$udra-jiva saba markata-vairagya kariya\n\nindriya c arana bule 'prakrti' sambha$iya\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nk$udra-jiva-poor living entities; saba-all; markata vairagya-a renounced life\n\nlike that of a monkey; kariya-accepting; indriya caral'ia-satisfying the senses;\n\nbu/e-wander here and there; prakrti sambha$ iya-talking intimately with\n\nwomen.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are many persons with little in their possession who accept the\nrenounced order of life like monkeys. They go here and there engaging in\nsense gratification and speaking intimately with women.''\nPURPORT\nOne should strictly follow the regulative principles, namely no illicit sex, no\n\nmeat-eating, no intoxication and no gambling, and in this way one should make\n\nprogress in spiritual life. If an unfit person sentimentally accepts vairagya or takes\nsannyasa but at the same time remains attached to women, he is in a very\n\ndangerous position. His renunciation is called markata-vairagya, or renunciation\n\nlike that of a monkey. The monkey lives in the forest, eats fruit and does not even\n\ncover itself with a cloth. In this way it resembles a saint, but the monkey always\n\nthinks of female monkeys and sometimes keeps dozens of them for sexual intercourse. This is called markata-vairagya. Therefore one who is unfit should not accept the renounced order of life. One who accepts the order of sannyasa but\n\nagain becomes agitated by sensual disturbances and talks privately with women is\n\n", "ant1#p0214": "182\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\ncalled dharma-dhvaji or dharma-kalanka, which means that he brings condemnation upon the religious order. Therefore one should be extremely careful in this\nconnection. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura explains the word markata to\nmean \"restless.\" A restless person cannot be steady; therefore he simply wanders\nabout, gratifying his senses. Just to get praise from others, to get cheap adoration\nfrom his followers or people in general, such a person sometimes accepts the\ndress of a sannyasi or babaji in the renounced order, but he cannot give up desires\nfor sense gratification, especially for the association of women. Such a person cannot make advancement in spiritual life. There are eight different kinds of sensual\nenjoyment with women, including talking about them and thinking about them.\nThus for a sannyasi, a person in the renounced order, talking intimately with\nwomen is a great offense. Sri Ramananda Raya and Srila Narottama dasa Thakura\nactually achieved the most elevated stage of the renounced order, but those who\nimitate them, acc epting them as ordinary human beings, fall under the influence\nof the material energy, for that is a great misunderstanding.\n\nTEXT 121\n\n�� 415�' 1l�1�t_ ��J'Q� (;�i I\n\n(;�fc$1{ ��xt (;W�' �t� �il �'11 ����)II\neta kahi' mahaprabhu abhyantare gela\ngosafiira avesa dekhi' sabe mauna haila\n\nSYNONYMS\neta kahi -saying this; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; abhyantare\n'\n\nge/a-entered His room; gosat'iira-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; avesa-absorption in anger; dekhi'-seeing; sabe-all the devotees; mauna haila-became\nsilent.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu entered His room. Seeing Him in\nsuch an angry mood, all the devotees fell silent.\nTEXT 122\n\n�Rf flrtil �t� c;11fil' �'t_1{ Rt'l I\n\n��5f1� 'ftf�, f�i '<fi� filt�Wtil II ���II\nara dine sabe me/i' prabhura caral)e\nharidasa lagi, kichu kaila nivedane\n\n", "ant1#p0215": "Text 124]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n183\n\nSYNONYMS\nara dine-the next day; sabe mefi'-all the devotees, coming together;\nprabhura caraQe-unto the lotus feet of SrT Caitanya Mahiiprabhu; haridasa fagi­\n\non behalf of junior Haridiisa; kichu- some; kaifa nivedan e- submitt ed petition.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, all the devotees together approached the lotus feet of Sri\nCaitany a Mahaprabhu to submit an appeal on behalf of Junior Haridasa.\nTEXT 123\n\n\"�• �9l�t�, �'f. <f.� ��t� I\n\n�t� M..i ��ii( il'i ��t� �911tt�\" II ��� II\n\"afpa aparadha, prabhu karaha prasada\nebe sik$a ha-ifa na karibe aparadha\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nafpa aparadha-the offense is not very great;\n\nprabhu-0 Lord;\n\nkaraha\n\nprasada-be merciful; ebe-no:-v; sik$a ha-ifa- he has gotten a sufficient lesson;\nna karibe-he will not do; aparadha-offense.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Haridasa has committed a small offense,\" they said. \"Therefore, 0 Lord,\nplease be merciful to him. Now he has received a sufficient lesson. In the\nfuture he will not commit such an offense.\"\nTEXT 124\n\n� �t�,-\",lft1t �llf � �!1t 11il I\n<!ttl%� '�1tt;ft il'i � �.f.l11 ��s 11\nprabhu kahe,- \"mora vasa nahe mora mana\nprakrti-sambha$i vairagi na kare darsana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe- Sr i Caitanya Mahiiprabhu said; mora vasa- under My control;\n\nnahe-is not; mora-My; mana-mind; prakrti-sambha$i-one who talks with\nwomen; vairagi-a person in the renounced order; na kare darsana-does not\nsee.\n\n", "ant1#p0216": "184\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"My mind is not under My control. It does\nnot like to see anyone in the renounced order who talks intimately with\nwomen.\nTEXT 125\n\nfi{tf <tit� � �t�, li� 1Qfi <tSQ(f I\n�i{: �rw <ti� �t�1 iii ,�r�� �Q!111\" ��<t ,,\nnija karye yaha sabe, cha(la vrtha katha\npuna!) yadi kaha ama na dekhibe hetha\"\nSYNONYMS\nnija karye-your own business; yaha sabe-you can all go about; cha (ia-give\nup; vrtha katha-us eless talk; puna /:1-again ; yadi kaha-if you speak; ama-Me;\n\nna dekhibe-you will not see; hetha-here.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You should all tend to your respective engagements. Give up this useless\ntalk. If you speak this way again, I shall go away, and you will no longer see Me\nhere.\"\nTEXT 126\n\n(fj� �fi{' �<!! fii�·<!!Stcf' �� fw�11\nf� fi!1Jf <tStt-ti �.,- ''*\" �' ���1 II ��� II\neta suni' sabe nija-karl)e hasta diya\nnija nija karye sabe gela ta' uthiya\nSYNONYMS\neta suni'-hearing this; sabe-all the devotees; nija-karl)e-over their ears;\nhasta diya-putti n g their hands; nija nija karye-to their respective duties;\nsabe-all of them; ge/a-went; ta'\n\n-\n\ncertainly; uthiya\n\n-\n\ngetting up.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, all the devotees covered their ears with their hands, got up\nand went about their respective duties.\n\n", "ant1#p0217": "Text 129]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n185\n\nTEXT 127\n\n���'ITt'! �Bt�l! �f'f, <;'it� I\n<j__�� iff � �� �t�� �\"'i II ��'\\ II\nmahaprabhu madhyahna karite cali, gela\nbujhana na yaya ei mahaprabhura lila\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; madhyahna karite-to execute His\nnoon activities; ca/i-walking; ge/a-left; bujhana na yaya-no one could understand; ei-this; mahaprabhura /ita-pastime of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu also left that place to perform His noon duties. No\none could understand His pastimes.\nTEXT 128\n\n� � �� ��\"1��-.-t�� I\n'�'-� �'1� <'1511'-'<fi� f����� II ��\\r II\nara dina sabe paramananda-puri-sthane\n'prabhuke prasanna kara'-kaila nivedane\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-the next day; sabe-all the devotees; paramananda-puri-sthane-at\nthe place of Paramananda Puri; prabhuke-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prasanna\nkara-please try to pacify; kaila nivedane-submitted.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, all the devotees went to Sri Paramananda Puri and requested\nhim to pacify the Lord.\nTEXT 129\n\n'\\!�� �1-<;'it�tflfP �� �·� ��if! I\n\nii11�Rf' �m ��� �'tbri II ��� II\ntabe puri-gosMii eka prabhu-sthane aila\nnamaskari' prabhu tanre sambhrame vasai/a\n\n", "ant1#p0218": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n186\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereupon;\n\npuri-gosani-Paramananda\n\nPurl;\n\neka-alone;\n\nprabhu­\n\nsthane-to the place of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ai/a-came; namaskari'-after\noffering\n\nobeisances;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ntar'lre-him;\n\nsambhrame-with great respect; vasai/a-got to sit down.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPararnananda Puri thereupon went alone to the residence of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. The Lord, after offering him obeisances, seated him by His side\nwith great respect.\nTEXT 130\n\n��,- � �t.-1, '<IS�'�\" �'$fl{i1?\n�tf15tttlt 12f�tlf 'ltRi' '�l'f'l filt�i{ u ��0 u\npuchi/a,-ki ajna, kene haila agamana?\n'haridase prasada /agi' kaila nivedana\n\nSYNONYMS\npuchila-the Lord inquired; ki ajna-what is your order; kene haila agamanawhat is the reason you have come; haridase prasada /agi'-for a favor to junior\nHaridasa; kaila nivedana-he made a request.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord inquired, \"What is your orderJ For what purpose have you come\nhereJ\" Pararnananda Puri then submitted his prayer that the Lord show favor\nto Junior Haridasa.\nTEXT 131\n\n�feml �t�i{ �-\"�i{�, ''itPftMa I\n\n�<f ,.,.<f '1�1 � 1t� �� fif� II ��� II\nsuniya kahena prabhu,-\"sunaha, gosani\nsaba vai�t;�ava lana tumi raha ei thani\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing; kahena prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; sunahaplease hear; gosafli-my lord; saba vai$t;�ava-all the Vai�l)avas; /ana-taking;\ntumi-your lordship; raha-stay; ei thani-in this place.\n\n", "ant1#p0219": "Text 134)\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n187\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this request, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"My dear lord,\nplease hear me. It is better for you to stay here with all the Vai�Qavas.\nTEXT 132\n\n�tt1f �tai �' 'if� �t� �1iifl'l�t«<l 1\n\n�<fit\"' 1f�� t:.!tt1, ''Sft�\"!·';lii! �t«<l 11\"�-e� II\nmore ajna haya, muni yatia ala/anatha\neka/e rahiba tahati, govinda-matra satha\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nmore-to Me;\n\najna haya-please give permission;\n\nmuni-1;\n\nyana-go;\n\na/a/anatha-to the place known as Alalanatha; eka/e rahiba-1 shall remain alone;\ntahati-there; govinda-matra satha-with only Govinda.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please give Me permission to go to Alalanatha. I shall remain there alone;\nonly Govinda will go with Me.\"\nTEXT 133\n\n�t:.! �fit' �'-�fir <;'Sftf�tltf <;��'l1 I\n\n�'lu �\";t�t1f �ftl' ��i lif'lfftll ���II\neta bali' prabhu yadi govinde bolaila\npurTre namaskara kari' uthiya calila\nSYNONYMS\n\neta ba/i'-saying this;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nyadi-when;\n\ngovinde bo/ai/a-called for Govinda; purlre-to Paramananda Puri; namaskara\nkari'-offering respect; uthiya ca/i/a-got up and began to go away.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, the Lord called for Govinda. Offering obeisances to\nParamananda Puri, He got up and began to leave.\nTEXT 134\n\n�-�Jt� �-,�tt$ ��'Sf <;'Sf'l11\n�'1.� �At' �'-t1f �t1'f ���'li II ��8 II\n\n", "ant1#p0220": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n188\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 2\n\naste-vyaste purT-gosai'ii prabhu age gela\nanunaya kari' prabhure ghare vasaila\n\nSYNONYMS\naste-vyaste-with great haste; purf-gosai'ii-Paramananda Puri; prabhu agein front of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ge/a-went; anunaya kari' -with great\nhumility; prabhure-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ghare-in His room; vasaila-got\nto sit down.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn great haste Paramananda Puri Gosaiii went before Him and with great\nhumility persuaded Him to sit down in His own room.\nTEXT 135\n\n\"�� (;� �!iWI, ��' ��� � I\n�.,-t r� .,fiftl! � �� i:99f1f , ��� u\n\"tamara ye iccha, kara, svatantra Tsvara\nkeba ki balite pare tamara upara?\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara ye iccha-w h atever is Your desire; kara-You can do; svatantra Tsvarathe independent Supreme Personality of Godhead; keba-who; ki balite parecan speak; tamara upara - above You.\n\nTRANSLATION\nParamananda Puri said, \"My dear Lord Caitanya, You are the independent\nPersonality of Godhead. You can do whatever You like. Who can say anything\nabove Youl\nTEXT 136\n\n(;'��� l'ltRf' �11rm � � I\n'filtfil �.,ill 'ffif � ll!iWi �t11t1f 11\" ��� n\n/oka-hita lagi' tamara saba vyavahara\nami saba na jani gambhira hrdaya tamara\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nloka-hita lagi'-for the benefit of people in general; tamara-Your; saba-all;\nvyavahara-activities;\n\nami\n\nsaba - all\n\nof\n\nus;\n\nna jani - cannot\n\ngambhrra-very deep and grave; hrdaya-heart; tamara-Your.\n\nunderstand;\n\n", "ant1#p0221": "Text 139]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n189\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"All Your activities are for the benefit of people in general. We cannot\nunderstand them, for Your intentions are deep and grave.\"\nTEXT 137\n\n�it·��fdp ''itlili fi{tf·� I\n���t�·Wftti{ ''it'fl �� 'e�'itt'lll ��\" II\n�� �f�'\n\neta bali' puri-gosMii gela nija-sthane\nharidasa-sthane gela saba bhakta-gaJ)e\nSY NONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; puri-gosafii-Paramananda Gosani; ge/a-left;\n\nnija­\n\nsthane-for his own place; haridasa-sthane-unto the place of junior Haridasa;\nge/a-went; saba bhakta-gaQe-all the other devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Paramananda Puri Gosani left for his own home. Then all\nthe devotees went to see Junior Haridasa.\nTEXT 138\n\n'Qi�·,'itt�tf$ <l'l�,-�i{, !rlft�\"Pt I\n� � � �ft!, ���II ��lr II\nsvarOpa-gosafii kahe,- \"suna, haridasa\nsabe tamara hita vafichi, karaha visvasa\nSY NONYMS\nsvarOpa-gosam kahe-Svarapa Damodara Gosani said; suna haridasa-just\nhear, Haridasa; sabe-all of us; tamara hita vafichi-wish well for you; karaha\nvisvasa-just believe it.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara Gosani said, \"Please hear us, Haridasa, for we all wish\nyou well. Please believe this.\nTEXT 139\n\n��i���'QS�fl\nCl5'f �������II��� II\n\n", "ant1#p0222": "190\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nprabhu hathe pac;Jiyache svatantra isvara\nkabhu krpa karibena yate dayalu antara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; hathe pac;Jiyache-has taken up a persistently angry mood; svatantra isvara-the independent Personality of Godhead;\nkabhu-some time; krpa karibena-He will be merciful (to you); yate-because;\ndaya/u-merciful; antara-at heart.\nTRANSLATION\n\"At present Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is persisting in His mood of anger because He is the independent Supreme Personality of Godhead. At some time,\nhowever, He will surely be merciful, for at heart He is very kind.\nTEXT 140\n\n�fi{ rti �tl!f � Q � ��� I\n'=f1i{ {;'e� �''Cit��� II\"�Soll\ntumi hatha kai/e tatira hatha se bac;Jibe\nsnana bhojana kara, apane krodha yabe\"\nSYNONYMS\ntumi hatha kai/e-if you go on persisting; tanra-His; hatha-persistence; sethat;\n\nbac;Jibe-will increase;\n\nsnana bhojana kara-take your bath and take\n\nprasada; apane krodha yabe-automatically His anger will subside.\nTRANSLATION\n\" The Lord is persisting, and if you also persist, His persistence will increase. It is better for you to bathe and take prasada. In due course, His anger\nwill automatically subside.\"\nTEXT 141\n\n�� �� �tt1f �til c;<e1� �11'1�11\n'C11?fi{ 'e�i{ <elt�i'fil!tt1f 'CI1�tfi,�1 II �8� II\neta bali tare snana bhojana karai'ia\napana bhavana aila tare asvasiya\n\n", "ant1#p0223": "Text 143]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n191\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nfta bali-say i ng this; tare-him; snana bhojana karati a-inducing to bathe and\n\ntake prasada; apana bhavana-to his own place; ai/a-re turned; tare asvasiyaassuring him.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHaving said this, Svarupa Damodara Gosvami induced Haridasa to bathe\nand take prasada. After thus reassuring him, he returned home.\nTEXT 142\n\n� �flf �til iSf'$f:ftQI·$f�� I\n{.� ��' �Rf$ft:Jt �il $f� II �8� II\nprabhu yadi yana jagannatha-dara5ane\ndure rahi' haridasa karena dar5ane\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yadi-when; yana-goes; jagannatha­\n\ndara5ane-to see Lord Jagannatha; dure rahi -remaining in a distant place;\n'\n\nharidasa-junior Haridasa; karena darsane-sees.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to see Lord Jagannatha in the temple,\nHaridasa would stay a long distance away and see Him.\nTEXT 143\n\n�t�'t_-�'Pft�,, '<fi 'Pftt� '(�r;\\! ?\nf�� <et• W� <fit�il � ��tlt'! II �8� II\nmahaprabhu-krpa-sindhu, ke pare bujhite?\npriya bhakte daQr;fa karena dharma bujhaite\nSYNONYMS\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; krpa-sindhu-the ocean of mercy; ke\n\npare bujhite- who can understand; priya bhakte -unto His dear devotees; daQr;fa kare n a-makes chastisement; dharma bujhaite-to establish principles of\nreligion or duty.\n\n", "ant1#p0224": "192\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the ocean of mercy. Who can understand Him 1\nWhen He chastises His dear devotees, He certainly does so to reestablish the\nprinciples of religion or duty.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura says in this connection that Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, the ocean of mercy, chastised junior Haridasa, although junior\n\nHaridasa was His dear devotee, to establish that one in the devotional line,\n\nengaged in pure devotional service, should not be a hypocrite. For a person\nengaged in devotional service in the renounced order, having intimate relation­\n\nships with women is certainly hypocrisy. This chastisement was given to junior\nHaridasa as an example to future sahajiyas who might adopt the dress of the\n\nrenounced order to imitate ROpa Gosvami and other bona fide sannyasis but\nsecretly have illicit connections with women. To teach such men, Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu chastised His dear devotee Haridasa for a slight deviation from the\n\nregulative principles. Srimati Madhavidevi was a hi g hly elevated devotee;\n\ntherefore approaching her to ask for some rice to serve\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nwas certainly not very offensive. Nevertheless, just to preserve the regulative principles for the future, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu enforced the hard-and-fast rule\n\nthat no one in the renounced order should intimately mix with women. Had Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu not chastised junior Haridasa for this slight deviation, so­\n\ncalled devotees of the Lord would have exploited the example of junior Haridasa\n\nto continue their habit of illicit connections with women unrestrictedly. Indeed,\n\nthey still preach that such behavior is allowed for a Vai�l)ava But it is strictly not\nallowed. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the teacher of the entire world, and\n\ntherefore He enforced this exemplary punishment to establish that illicit sexual\n\nconnections are never allowed by Vai�l)ava philosophy. This was His purpose in\n\nchastising junior Haridasa. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is in fact the most mag­\n\nnanimous incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but He strictly\nprohibited illicit sex.\n\nTEXT 144\n\noo�' \\!tJt ���\"' :JtCf ce•�t'f 1\n�t11� 'it�\"f :Jft� 'it·:JtVro;'f II �88 II\ndekhi' trasa upajila saba bhakta-gaQe\nsvapne-ha chaqila sabe stri-sambha$aQe\n\nSYNONYMS\ndekhi'-seeing; trasa-an atmosphere of fear; upajila-grew; saba bhakta­\n\ngaQe-among all the devotees; svapne-ha-even in dreams; chaqi/a-gave up;\n\nsabe-all; stri - sambhii$aQ e-talk with women.\n\nSri\n\n", "ant1#p0225": "Text 146]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n193\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter all the devotees saw this example, a mentality of fear grew among\nthem. Therefore they all stopped talking with women, even in dreams.\nPURPORT\nIn connection with stri-sambh�aQa, talking with women, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvatT Thakura says that talking with women for the purpose of mingling with\nthem for sense gratification, subtle or gross, is strictly prohibited. Car:\"�akya Par:\"�c;lita,\nthe great moral instructor, says, matrvat para-dare�u. Thus not only a person in the\nrenounced order or one engaged in devotional service but everyone should avoid\nmingling with women. One should consider another's wife his mother.\nTEXT 145\n\n�•Jtt� �rn�� �<I'S �e.�� ,'5tif 1\n15\\��� 1{Q1 ��tlf ��\"'II �8<t II\nei-mate haridasera eka vatsara ge/a\ntabu mahaprabhura mane prasada nahila\nSYNONYMS\nei-mate-in this way; haridasera-of junior Haridasa; eka vatsara-one year;\nge/a-passed; tabu\n\n-\n\nstill; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mane­\n\nin the mind; prasada nahila-there were no symptoms of mercy.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way a complete year passed for Junior Haridasa, but still there was\nnot a sign of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's mercy toward him.\nTEXT 146\n\n�tffif ��� � ���e. �$1 I\nl!f1l'tt'Stti! ''Stilf �� f�t; � �ffml II �8� II\nratri avase�e prabhure daQ(favat hana\nprayagete gela kareha kichu na baliya\nSYNONYMS\nratri ava se�e-at the end of\n\none\n\nnight;\n\nprabhure-unto Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; daQ(favat hafl a-offering obeisances; prayagete-to the holy place\nknown as Prayaga (Allahabad); ge/a-went; kareha-to anyone; kichu-anything; na baliya -not saying.\n\n", "ant1#p0226": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n194\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus at the end of one night, Junior Haridasa, after offering Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu his respectful obeisances, departed for Prayaga without saying\nanything to anyone.\nTEXT 147\n\n<21'-��� '\"ftRt' �Q �R� I\n\nf�t<!llb �t<!l-t <!�Sfil' �t'l ��� II �8'1 II\nprabhu-pada-prapti lagi' sankalpa karila\ntrivef)i pravesa kari' praf)a cha<;lila\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-pada-the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prapti /agi'-with a\nview to getting; sankalpa karila-decided definitely; tri-veQi pravesa kari'-entering into the water at the confluence of the Ganges and Yamuna at Prayaga; praf)a\ncha(ii/a-give up his life.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJunior Haridasa had conclusively decided to attain shelter at the lotus feet\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Thus he entered deep into the water at Triver;�i,\nthe confluence of the Ganges and Yamuna at Prayaga, and in this way gave up\nhis life.\nTEXT 148\n\n�lift'! flf<!llt�� <21\\�i{ �t��1 I\n�'-�?11 9ft�1 ��lflt�� ��� II �Sir II\nsei-k?aQe divya-dehe prabhu-sthane aila\nprabhu-krpa pana antardhanei rahi/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei-k?aQe-immediately thereupon; divya-dehe-in a spiritual body; prabhusthane aila-came to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prabhu-krpa-the mercy of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; pafia-getting; antardhanei rahi/a-remained invisible.\n\nTRANSLATION\nImmediately after committing suicide in this way, he went in his spiritual\nbody to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and received the mercy of the Lord.\nHowever, he still remained invisible.\n\n", "ant1#p0227": "Text 151]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n195\n\nTEXT 149\n\n1f'!i(.,�c;� 1ftil �t�il ��tfltil I\n� �� �ilt� ��, �t� ilt� �Srttil 11�8�11\ngandharva-dehe gana karena antardhane\nratrye prabhure sunaya glta, anye nahi jane\nSYNONYMS\ngandharva-dehe-in the body of a Gandharva; gana karena-he sings; an­\n\ntardhane-without being visible; ratrye-at night; pr abhure-unto Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; sunaya gi ta-he was singing; anye-others; nahi jane-could not\nunderstand.\nTRANSLATION\nIn a spiritual body resembling that of a Gandharva, Junior Haridasa, although invisible, would sing at night for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to hear. No\none but the lord, however, knew of this.\nTEXT 150\n\n�\"<.\\'>fflil �t�!_ �&!fj 'e�1tt'1 I\n'�filwt, �1? l!tt� �til� �-r!til' II �Q-o II\neka-dina mahaprabhu puchila bhakta-gaQe\n'haridasa kariha? tare anaha ekhane'\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; puchila bhaktagaQe-inquired from the devotees; haridasa kariha-where is Haridasa; tarehim; anaha ekhane-bring here.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu inquired from the devotees, \"Where is\nHaridasal Now you may bring him here.\"\nTEXT 151\n\n,t� \"<.\\'>t�,-'�f.�t, �1j�( fiftil I\n�tiJI �fi ·�1 '1t&!fl, '\"<.\\'>� ill� iSfttilll\"�<t� II\n\n", "ant1#p0228": "196\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch . 2\n\nsabe kahe,- 'haridasa var�a-pOrQa dine\nratre uthi kanha gefa, keha nahi jane\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nsabe kahe-everyone spoke; haridasa- H aridasa; var?a-pOrQa dine-at the\n\nend of one full year; ratre-at night; uthi-getting up; kailha gefa-where he\nwent; keha nahi jane-no one knows.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees all replied, \"One night at the end of a full year, Junior\nHaridasa got up and went away. No one knows where he has gone.\"\nTEXT 152\n\n�f.{' ';(��,-_ ��e, �t��i ���i I\n� 16�'51'1 ';fti( ��<Jm �lff'ln ��� n\nsuni' mahaprabhu i�at hasiya rahifa\n\nsaba bhakta-gaQa mane vismaya ha-ifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; i$at-slightly; hasiya\nrahifa-remained smiling; saba bhakta-gaQa-all the devotees; mane-in the\nminds; vismaya ha-ifa-became surprised.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile hearing the devotees lament, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was mildly\nsmiling. Thus all the devotees were very astonished.\nTEXTS 153-154\n\n��flfi( �'51�te{\", 'l�Qi�, <;'m�\" I\n��, llfQ, �tt';(t��' IH:\"� \" ��� \"\n:Jf'!_ilf� <;'51�1 :Jft<!f, �te{ \"'t� �I\n-�'ft:Jt '51tt11if, <;�i( �Stf\"'' <!f:���\" ��8 \"\neka-dina jagadananda, svarupa, govinda\nkasisvara, sailkara, damodara, mukunda\nsamudra-snane gefa sabe, sune katho dare\nharidasa gayena, yena c;faki' kaQtha-svare\n\n", "ant1#p0229": "Text 156]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n197\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; jagadananda-jagadananda;\nda-Govinda;\n\nsvarupa-SvarOpa;\n\ngovin­\n\nkasisvara-KasTsvara; sankara-Sarikara; damodara-Damodara;\n\nmukunda-Mukunda; samudra-snane-bathing in the sea; ge/a-went; sabe­\n\nall of them; sune-could hear; katho dare-from a distant place; haridasa\ngayena-junior Haridasa was singing; yena-as if; <;/aki'-calling; kaQtha-svare­\n\nin his original voice.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day Jagadananda, Svarupa, Govinda, Kasisvara, Sankara, Damodara\nand Mukunda all went to bathe in the sea. They could hear Haridasa singing\nfrom a distant place as if calling them in his original voice.\nTEXT 155\n\n1f�1JJ e{1 c;'ft�-1f � ;ft1!1fl\\J! �ti{ I\n\nc;'Stt�\"ftfW �t� c;1ff'l' �\" ��1ftti{ ll �<tit ll\nmanu$ya na dekhe-madhura gita-matra sune\ngovindadi sabe me/i' kaila anumane\n\nSYNONYMS\nmanu$ya-a man; na dekhe-could not see; madhura-very sweet; gita­\n\nsinging; matra-only; sune-one could hear; govinda-adi sabe-all the devotees,\nheaded by Govinda; me/i'-coming together; kai Ia anumane-guessed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNo one could see him, but they could hear him singing in a sweet voice.\nTheref ore all the devotees, headed by Govinda, made this guess.\nTEXT 156\n\n'��tfW ��1 �fit�� �l�'Clli! '�'I I\nc;�� �tt� �tfi{ '�111\"fi�' '�Gil' II �It� ll\n'vi$adi khana haridasa atma-ghata kaila\n\nsei pape jani 'brahma-rak?asa' haifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nVi$a-adi khana-by drinking poison; haridasa-junior Haridasa; atma-ghata\nkaila-has committed suicide; sei pape-on account of that sinful activity; jani­\n\nwe understand; brahma-rak$asa-a brahmaQa ghost; haifa-he has become.\n\n", "ant1#p0230": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n198\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Haridasa must have committed suicide by drinking poison, and because of\nthis sinful act, he has now become a brahmaQa ghost.\nTEXT 157\n\n��t� �1 ,5f�, JT'tijj �fil i!a '$ftil 1'\n\"tf�?f �il,-\"�� filQ!J1 �il.'altil II ��� II\nakara na dekhi, matra suni tara gana'\nsvarupa kahena,-\"ei mithya anumana\nSYNONYMS\nakara-form; na dekhi-we cannot see; matra-only; suni-we hear; tarahis; gana-singing; svarupa kahena-SvarOpa Damodara said; ei-this; mithyafalse; anumana-guess.\nTRANSLATION\n\"We cannot see his material form,\" they said, \"but still we hear his sweet\nsinging. Therefore he must have become a ghost.\" Svarupa Damodara,\nhowever, protested, \"This is a false guess.\nTEXT 158\n\n��'Jf �����, �'t_� '��il I\n�-�?ft?ft\\!, �a '-.ti!� �'I II �<tlr II\najanma kr?Qa-kirtana, prabhura sevana\n\nprabhu-krpa-patra, ara k?etrera maraQa\nSYNONYMS\n\najanma-throughout the whole life; kr?Qa-kirtana-chanting of the Hare Kr��a\nmantra; prabhura sevana-service to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prabhu-krpapatra-very dear to the Lord; ara-and; k?etrera maraQa-his death in a holy\n\nplace.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Junior Haridasa chanted the Hare Kr�Qa mantra throughout his entire life\nand served the Supreme Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Moreover, he is dear\nto the Lord and has died in a holy place.\n\n", "ant1#p0231": "Text 161]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n199\n\nTEXT 159\n\n��� �1 !HI �' ��R! � �11 I\n\n�'.·�err ��, �c;!ii �fil�i fi\\� 11\"�<t� 11\ndurgati na haya tara, sad-gati se haya\nprabhu-bharigi ei, pache janiba niscaya\"\nSYNONYMS\ndurgati-a bad result; na haya tara-is not his; sat-gati se haya-he must have\nachieved liberation; prabhu-bharigi-a sport of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; eithis; pache-later; janiba-you will understand; ni5caya-the real fact.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Haridasa cannot have been degraded; he must have attained liberation.\nThis is a pastime of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. You will all understand it later.\"\nTEXT 160\n\n�11t'St ��c;'! �� ��� ���� ��'I I\n��� ��i '��i ��tc;� ��'I II ��o II\nprayaga ha-ite eka vai�Qava navadvipa ai/a\nharidasera varta teriho sabare kahila\nSYNONYMS\nprayaga ha-ite-from Prayaga; eka-one; vai�Qava-devotee of Lord Kr��a;\nnavadvipa aila-came to Navadvipa; haridasera varta-the news of Haridasa;\nteriho-he; sabare kahila-informed everyone.\nTRANSLATION\nA devotee returned to Navadvipa from Prayaga and told everyone the\ndetails of Junior Haridasa's suicide.\nTEXT 161\n\n�� ��<nr, c�� fu!�� ��fiWJ 1\n�fil' i)�tJttfw� 'Jlc;� �� �-ilf II ��� II\nyaiche sarikalpa, yaiche trivel)i pravesila\nsuni' srivasadira mane vismaya ha-ifa\n\n", "ant1#p0232": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n200\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nSYNONYMS\nyaiche sanka/pa-how he was determined; yaiche-how; triveri pravesila-he\nentered into Triver;�i; suni'-hearing; srivasa-adira-of Srivasa Thakura and others;\nmane-in the minds; vismaya ha-i fa-there was surprise.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe explained how Junior Haridasa had made his resolution and had thus entered the waters at the confluence of the Yamuna and Ganges. Hearing these\ndetails, Sri vasa Thakura and the other devotees were very surprised.\nTEXT 162\n\nCl��� f�� �CI 'e� 'f<fPi I\n� fiffillrl �t�' ��f\"'l:! fllfl3111 ���II\nvar?iintare sivananda saba bhakta lana\nprabhure milila asi' anandita hafia\n\nSYNONYMS\nvar?a-antare-at the end of the year; sivananda-Sivananda Sena; saba-all;\nbhakta\n\n/ ali a-taki ng\n\nthe\n\ndevotees;\n\nprabhure\n\nmilila -met\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; asi -coming; anandita hafia-becoming greatly happy.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the end of the year, Sivananda Sena came to Jagannatha Puri as usual, accompanied by the other devotees, and thus in great happiness met Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 163\n\n'�fiwt� �t�� ?' �flf �Cit� '1_��1 1\n\"�C!'i'Sl�\"'�� '1_1lter-�'- �:s�1r fif'l1u ��'!) u\n'haridasa kanha?' yadi srivasa puchila\n\"sva-karma-phala-bhuk puman\"-prabhu uttara dila\n\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa kan ha-where is Junior Haridasa; yad i -when; srivasa puchilaSrivasa Thakura inquired; sva-karma-phala-bhuk-sure to accept the resultant action\n\nof\n\nhis\n\nfruitive\n\nactivities;\n\nMahaprabhu; uttara di/a-replied\n\n.\n\npuman-a\n\nperson;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\n", "ant1#p0233": "Text 165]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n201\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Srivasa Thakura inquired from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, \"Where is\nJunior Haridasa?\" The Lord replied, \"A person is sure to achieve the results of\nhis fruitive activities.\"\nTEXT 164\n\nl!tct �ctt� 1!1� ��t'fJ <fi�ff I\n'�c;rQ ��<!iW, '�li �t�� �t�f-tff II ��8 II\ntabe srivasa tara V[ttanta kahi/a\nyaiche sankalpa, yaiche triveQi pravesila\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; srivasa-Srivasa Thakura; tara-of junior Haridasa; V[ttanta-story; kahila-spoke; yaiche-how; sankalpa-he decided; yaiche-how;\ntriveQi pravesila-he entered the waters at the confluence of the Ganges and\nYamuna.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen Srivasa Thakura related the details of Haridasa's decision and his entering the waters at the confluence of the Ganges and Yamuna.\nTEXT 165\n\n�fil' � �t�' <lit!!l ���i fu� I\n'�?f� �.fi{ '<lit��� �RI��' II ���II\nsuni' prabhu hasi' kahe suprasanna citta\n'prakrti dar5ana kaile ei praya5citta'\n\nSYNONYMS\n5uni'-hearing;\n\nprabhu\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\n-\n\nhasi'-smiling;\n\nkahe­\n\nreplied; su-prasanna c it ta -being in a happy mood; prakrti dar5ana kaile-if\nsomeone sees women with a sensual propensity; ei praya5citta-this is the atonement.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard these details, He smiled in a pleased\nmood and said, \"If with sensual intentions one looks at women, this is the\nonly process of atonement.\"\n\n", "ant1#p0234": "S ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n202\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nTEXT 166\n\n���tfir f11f�' '!t<l ��t� <fiBt� I\n�<l�-121�tt� �fil\\ift� �� � II ��� 8\nsvarupadi mili' tabe vicara karila\ntriveQi-prabhave haridasa prabhu-pada paila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsv arupa-adi-devotees\ntogether;\n\ntabe-then;\n\nheaded\n\nby\n\nSvarOpa\n\nDamodara;\n\n,mili'-coming\n\nvicara kari/a-discussed; triveQi-prabhave-by the in­\n\nfluence of the holy place at the confluence of the Ganges and Yamuna;\nharidasa-Junior Haridasa; prabhu-pada paila-achieved the shelter of the lotus\nfeet of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen all the devotees, headed by Svariipa Damodara Gosvami, concluded\nthat because Haridasa had committed suicide at the confluence of the rivers\nGanges and Yamuna, he must have ultimately attained shelter at the lotus feet\nof S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nPURPO RT\nSrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura remarks that after one adopts the renounced order\nand accepts the dress of either a sannyasi or a babaji, if he entertains the idea of\n.sense gratification, especially in relationship with a woman, the only atonement is\nto commit suicide in the confluence of the Ganges and Yamuna. Only by such\natonement can his sinful life be purified. If such a person is thus punished, it is\npossible for him to attain the shelter of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Without such\npunishment, however, the shelter of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu is very difficult to\nregain.\n\nTEXT 167\n\n�l11'! � <fi� -t�� il\"'il I\n�� �fil' ��'$ft� \\�t� <f.cf.1!illl ��CI II\nei-mata lila kare sacira nandana\nyaha suni' bhakta-gaQera yugaya karf)a-mana\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; lila kare-continues to execute pastimes; sacira nandana-the son of mother SacT; yaha suni'-hearing which; bhakta-gaQera-of the\ndevotees; yu(faya-satisfies; karf)a-mana-the ears and the mind.\n\n", "ant1#p0235": "Text 169]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n203\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the son of mother Saci, performs His\npastimes, which greatly satisfy the ears and minds of pure devotees who hear\nabout them.\nTEXT 168\n\n�t� <llt�'tl, ,�tt� �<��m-fil�'l 1\nllll�t·� �li-���t\"it·���<!i�'lll ��lr \"\napana karuQya, Joke vairagya-sik$aQa\nsva-bhaktera ga(iha-anuraga-prakaF-karaQa\nSYNONYMS\napana-personal; karuQya-favor; /oke-to the people in general; va�ragyasik$aQa-teaching about the order of renunciation; sva-bhaktera-of His devotees; ga(iha-deep; anuraga-of attachment; prakaF-manifestation; karaQacausing.\nTRANSLATION\nThis incident manifests the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, His teaching\nthat a sannyasi should remain in the renounced order, and the deep attachment to Him felt by His faithful devotees.\nTEXT 169\n\nti1t� \"'�\"'i, f.(sr �t� �1\"11llte. 1\n<.fl<li �t� <lit��� '<15t1i ��·llt'! II ���II\ntirthera mahima, nija bhakte atmasat\n\neka lilaya karena prabhu karya panca-sata\nSYNONYMS\ntirthera mahima -the glories of a holy place; nija bhakte atmasat -accept ing\nHis devotee again; eka lilaya-by one pastime; karena-e xecutes; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; karya panca-sata-five to seven different purposes.\nTRANSLATION\nIt also demonstrates the glories of holy places and shows how the Lord accepts His faithful devotee. Thus the Lord fulfilled five or seven purposes by\nperforming one pastime.\n\n", "ant1#p0236": "204\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nTEXT 170\n\n11\\f ��-�-�(!!·'$1m 1\n\"'tt� ift� �·' �· (;�l '��' '�' II �'\\ II\no\n\nmadhura caitanya-ITia -samudra-gambhTra\nlake nahi bujhe, bujhe yei 'bhakta' 'dhTra'\n\nSYNONYMS\nmadhura-sweet; caitanya-IT/a-pastimes of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nsamudra-gambhira-as deep as the ocean; lake nahi bujhe-people in general\ncannot understand; bujhe-can understand; yei-one who; bhakta-devotee;\ndhira-sober.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are l ike nectar, and they are deep\nlike the ocean. People in general cannot understand them, but a sober devotee can.\nTEXT 171\n\nf� �fni �� �t>l!�t>�l! 1\n\nf!<4i �1 �R�, \\!� �t� ��II�\"� II\nvisvasa kariya suna caitanya-carita\ntarka na kariha, tarke habe viparita\n\nSYNONYMS\nvisvasa kariya-with faith and confidence; suna-just hear; caitanya-caritathe pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tarka na kariha-do not uselessly\nargue; tarke-by argument; habe viparTta-will get the opposite result.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPlease hear the pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu with faith and confidence. Do not argue, for arguments will produce a contrary result.\nTEXT 172\n\nIJ111'Pf·1t�t-t·� � �t-t I\n��1>�1!1�1! �t� �-.�'tll l �'\\�II\n\n", "ant1#p0237": "Text 172]\n\nThe Chastisement of Junior Haridasa\n\n205\n\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri-rupa -SrTia ROpa GosvamT; raghun atha -SrTia Raghunatha dasa GosvamT;\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe book named Caitanya-caritamrta; kahe-describes; kr�f)a-dasa-SrTia\nKr�l)adasa Kaviraja GosvamT.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�r:'Jadasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\n\nInstructions from this Chapter\nSummarizing this chapter, SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura says that one\nshould derive from it\n\nthe following lessons.\n\n(1)\n\nAlthough SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is an incarnation of mercy, He\nnevertheless gave up th� company of one of His personal associates, namely\njunior Haridasa, for if He had not done so, pseudo-devotees would have taken advantage of junior Haridasa's fault by using it as an excuse to live as devotees and\nat the same time have illicit sexual connections. Such activities would have\ndemoralized the cult of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and as a result, devotees would\nsurely have gone to a hellish life in the name of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. (2) By\nchastising junior Haridasa, the Lord set the standard for acaryas, or the heads of il)stitutions propagating the Caitanya cult, and for all actual devotees. SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu wanted to\n\nmaintain\n\nthe\n\nhighest\n\nstandard.\n\n(3) SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu instructed that a pure devotee should be simple and free from sinful\nactivities, for thus one can be His bona fide servant. SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ntaught His followers how to observe the renounced order strictly. (4) SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu wanted to prove that His devotees are exalted and that their\ncharacter is ideal. He kindly accepts His faithful devotees and teaches them how\nmuch tribulation and disturbance can be produced by even a slight deviation\nfrom the strict principles of devotional life. (5) By chastising junior Haridasa, SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu exhibited His mercy toward him, thus showing how elevated was junior Haridasa's devotion for Him. Because of this transcendental relationship, the Lord corrected even a slight offense committed by His pure devotee.\nTherefore one who wants to be a pure devotee of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nshould give up all material sense gratification; otherwise, the lotus feet of SrT\n\n", "ant1#p0238": "206\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 2\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu are very difficult to attain. (6) If one dies in such a celebrated holy place as Prayaga, Mathura or Vrndavana, one can be relieved of the\nreactions to sinful life and then attain the shelter of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. (7) Although a pure or faithful devotee may fall down, he nevertheless\nultimately gets the chance to go back home, back to Godhead, by the mercy of\nthe Lord.\n\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Antya-�la,\nSecond Chapter, describing the chastisement of junior Haridasa.\n\n", "ant1#p0239": "CHAPTER 3\n\nThe Glories of Srila Haridasa Thakura\nA summary of this Third Chapter of Antya-/ila is given by SrTia Bhaktivinoda\nThakura as follows. A beautiful young brahmaQa girl in Jagannatha Puri had a very\nhandsome son who was corning every day to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu . This was\nnot very much to the liking of Damodara Pal)c;lita, however, who therefore told Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, \"If You display so much love for this boy, people will doubt\nYour character.\" Hearing these words from Damodara Pal)c_:lita, the Lord sent him\nto Navadvipa to supervise the affairs of His mother, Sacidevi. He also especially requested Damodara Pal)c;lita to remind His mother that He was sometimes going to\nher home to accept the food she offered. Thus, following the order of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, Damodara Pal)c_:lita went to Navadvipa, taking with him all kinds of\n\nprasada from Lord jagannatha.\nOn another occasion, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu once inquired from Haridasa\nThakura, who was known as Brahma Haridasa, how the yavanas, or persons bereft\nof Vedic culture, would be delivered in Kali-yuga. Haridasa Thakura replied that\ntheir deliverance would be possible if they very loudly chanted the Hare Kr�l)a\n\nmantra, for hearing the Hare Kr�Qa mantra chanted loudly, even with but little\nrealization, would help them.\nAfter describing this incident, the author of Caitanya-caritamrta also describes\nhow Haridasa Thakura was tested at Benapola, a village near Santipura. A person\nnamed Ramacandra Khan, who was envious of Haridasa Thakura, sent a professional prostitute to attempt to defame him, but by the mercy of Haridasa Thakura,\neven the prostitute was delivered. Because of offending a pure V ai�l)ava, Ramacandra Khan was later cursed by Nityananda Prabhu and ruined.\nFrom Benapola, Haridasa Thakura went to the village known as Candapura,\nwhere he lived at the house of Balarama Acarya. Thereafter, Haridasa Thakura was\nreceived by two brothers known as Hiral)ya and Govardhana Majumadara, but in\nthe course of a discussion he was offended by a caste brahmaQa known as Gopala\nCakravarti. Because of this offense, Gopala Cakravarti was punished by being\nafflicted with leprosy.\nHaridasa Thakura later left Candapura and went to the house of Advaita\nAcarya, where he was tested by Mayadevi, the personification of the external energy. She also received his favor by being blessed with the chanting of the Hare\nKr�Qa maha-mantra.\n\n207\n\n", "ant1#p0240": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n208\n\nTEXT 1\n\n<����� !ll�K�r= .!\\l�'!i\"flf�11�� .!ll��,_ c<tlp'ft�-s\n.!\\li�i\"f� 'lHt�i'!i� '1�5\\9�,0!iQfir��� �� 'l���l{. I\n'ltc-q\"\\!i!.. 'It��� \"fr��\"'\"��� Wl!!Cs��c��\n.!\\l�Nt�\"filfi\"t '1�5\\9�f�\"'!i1-.!\\lr<t\"li�t��i�\"5 U � II\nvande 'ham sri-guro/:1 sri-yuta-pada-kamalam sri-gurOn vai$f)avams ca\nsri-ruparil sagrajataril saha-gaf)a-raghunathanvitaril tam sa-jivam\nsadvaitam savadhatam parijana-sahitam k[$f)a-caitanya-devam\nsri-radha-k[$f)a-padan saha-gal)a-lal ita-sri- visakhanvitams ca\n\nSYNONYMS\nvande-offer my respectful obeisances; aham-1; sri-gurol)-of my spiritual\nmaster; sri-yuta-pada-kamalam-unto the opulent lotus feet; sri-gurOn-unto\nthe spiritual masters in the parampara system, beginning from Madhavendra Puri\ndown to Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura Prabhupada; vai$1)avan-unto all\nthe Vai�r:tavas, beginning from Lord Brahma and others coming from the very\npoint of creation; ca-and; sri-rOpam-unto Srila ROpa Gosvami; sa-agra-jatamwith his elder brother, Sri Sanatana Gosvami;\nraghunatha-anvitam-with\n\nsaha-gaQa-with associates;\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n\ntam-unto him;\n\nsa­\n\njivam -with Jiva Gosvami; sa-ad vaitam-with Advaita Acarya; sa-avadhatamwith Nityananda Prabhu; parijana-sahitam-and with Srivasa Thakura and all the\nother devotees; k[$f)a- caitanya- devam-unto Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sriradha-k[$f)a-padan-unto the\n\nlotus feet of\n\nthe all-opulent Sri\n\nKr�r:ta and\n\nRadharar:ti; saha-gaQa-with Their associates; /a/ita-sri-visakha-anvitan-accompanied by Lalita and Sri Visakha; ca-also.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of my spiritual master\nand of all the other preceptors on the path of devotional service, unto all the\nVai�Qavas and unto the six Gosvamis, including Srila Rupa Gosvami, Srila\nSanatana Gosvami, Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, Jiva Gosvami and their associates. I offer my respectful obeisances unto Sri Advaita Acarya Prabhu, Sri\nNityananda Prabhu and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, as well as all His devotees,\nheaded by Srivasa Thakura. I then offer my respectful obeisances unto the\nlotus feet of Lord K��l')a and Srimati Radharal')i and all the gopis, headed by\nLalita and Visakha.\n\n", "ant1#p0241": "Texts 4-5]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n209\n\nTEXT 2\n\nQ 'Sr� ,���� -� f�'ti{\"f I\n\nQl�'41!�� 'Sr� '��\"t II � II\njaya jaya gauracandra jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vr:nda\nSYNONYMS\n\njay a jaya-all glories; gaura-candra-to Sri Caitanya; jay a-all glories; nityananda-to Lord Nityananda; jaya advaita-candra-all glories to Advaita Acarya;\njaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Lord Caitanya.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Nityananda Prabhu!\nAll glories to Advaita Acarya! And all glories to all the devotees of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu!\nTEXT 3\n\n'1._�� �� ��-�'li� I\n��' ���'���II� II\npuru$ottame eka ur;liya-brahmaQa-kumara\npitr-sanya, maha-sundara, mrdu-vyavahara\nSYNONYMS\n\npuru$ottame-in Jagannatha Puri; eka-one; ur;l iya-brahmaQa-kumara-young\nson of a brahmaQa from Orissa; pitr-sanya-without his father; maha-sundarapossessing very beautiful b odily features; mrdu-vyavahara-having very gentle\nbehavior.\nTRANSLATION\nIn Jagannatha Puri there was a young boy who had been born of an Orissan\nbrahmar;�a but had later lost his father. The boy's features were very beautiful,\nand his behavior was extremely gentle .\nTEXTS 4-5\n\n�-� �J ��, <fit� ifJt� I\n�� �tl!, �t� �-'�t'l' � II 8 II\n\n", "ant1#p0242": "210\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-l ila, Ch. 3\n\n�I! l!tm ��' � wm �t� 1\n'fttat'flfi l!ti �fl! �� il1 �ti n � n\nprabhu-sthane nitya aise, kare namaskara\nprabhu-sane vat kahe prabhu-'praf)a' tara\nprabhute tahara priti, prabhu daya kare\ndamodara tara priti sahite na pare\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-sthane-to the place of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nitya-daily; aisecomes; kare namaskara-offers respectful obeisances; prabhu-sane-with the\n\nLord; vat kahe-talks; prabhu-praf)a tara-his life and soul was Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; prabhute-unto the Lord; tahara priti-his affection; prabhu-the\nLord; daya kare-reciprocates His mercy; damodara-Damodara Par;�c;lita; tarahis; priti-love of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sahite na pare-could not tolerate.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe boy came daily to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and offered Him respectful\nobeisances. He was free to talk with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu because the\nLord was his life and soul, but the boy's intimacy with the Lord and the Lord's\nmercy toward him were intolerable to Damodara Pa��ita.\nTEXT 6\n\n�� � f�'f �tf at'fi'tt1IT� 1\n\n� if! c;'f� t:;:Jtl f�tl! if! � II � II\nbara bara ni�edha kare brahmaf)a-kumare\nprabhure na dekhile sei rahite na pare\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nand again; ni�edha kare-forbids; brahmaf)a-kumare-the\nson of the brahmaf)a; prabhure-S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; na dekhi/e-without\nseeing; sei-that boy; rahite na pare-could not stay.\nbara bara-again\n\nTRANSLATION\nDamodara P��ita again and again forbade the son of the brahma�a to visit\nthe Lord, but the boy could not bear staying home and not seeing Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant1#p0243": "Text 9]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n211\n\nTEXT 7\n\n�J 'e{��, 1:21'- � <lit1f �ai! 1\n\nit� cl� � 'e{�tlf,- �tilt<l51f � ll ct ll\nnitya aise, prabhu tare kare maha-prita\nyanha priti tanha aise,-balakera rita\nSYNONYMS\nnitya aise-he comes daily; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tare-to\nhim; kare-does; maha-prita-very affectionate behavior; yanha priti-wherever\nthere is love; tanha aise-one comes there; balakera rita-the nature of a small\nboy.\nTRANSLATION\nThe boy came every day to Sri Caitany a Mahaprabhu, who treated him with\ngreat affection. It is the nature of any boy to go see a man who loves him.\nTEXT 8\n\n� �f�' �t� l:� �t11fti{ I\n�� if! �' �� ��� i{1 �tti{ lllr II\ntaha dekhi' damodara du/:lkha paya mane\nbalite na pare, balaka ni?edha na mane\nSYNONYMS\ntaha dekhi'-seeing that; damodara-Damodara Pal)<;lita; du/:lkha paya-gets\nunhappiness; mane-in his mind; balite na pare-could not say anything;\nba/aka-the boy; ni?edha-prohibition; na mane-would not care for.\nTRANSLATION\nThis was intolerable for Darnodara Par:l(,lita. He became greatly unhappy,\nbut there was nothing he could say, for the boy would ignore his restrictions.\nTEXT 9\n\n�a flfi{ � �� �ti{ �t� 1\n'�f$ � �f% <lSfi{' ��1 �'li ll � II\nara dina sei balaka prabhu-sthane aila\ngosani tare priti kari' varta puchila\n\n", "ant1#p0244": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n212\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-one day; sei b a/aka-that boy; prabhu-sthane aila-came to Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; gosafii-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tare-unto him;\npriti kar i -with great affection; varta-news; puchi/a-inquired\n'\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day when the boy came to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Lord very\naffectionately inquired from him about all kinds of news.\nTEXT 10\n\n�-.�'1 � ��� ��' � c;� I\n:Jtf� i11 ?ftt1f, �'ttlft� �fit�'! lftf'ittrln �o II\nkata-k$af)e se balaka uthi' yabe gela\n\nsa hite na pare, damodara kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\nkata-k?af)e-after some time; se ba/aka-that boy; uthi'-standing up; yabewhen; ge/a-left; sahite na pare-could not tolerate; damodara-Damodara Pat:�<;lita; kahite lagila-began to say.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter some time, when the boy stood up and left, the intolerant Damodara\nPaJ:J«;;ita began to speak.\nTEXT 11\n\n�� 9ffu'!-��� c;'Sftlftf$11' lt� I\n\n'c;'5ft:Jftflfll' 'c;'5ft:J(tf$' ��� 'ft�'c;'5tt:Jt f<fP n� �II\nanyopadese paQt;iita-kahe g osafii ra thafii\n\n'gosafii' 'gosafii' ebe janimu 'gosani'\nSYNONYMS\nanya-upadese-by instructing others; paQt;iita-learned teacher; kahe-says;\n\ngosafiira thafii-in front of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gosafii gosafii-Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, the supreme teacher; ebe-now; janimu-we shall know;\ngosafii-what kind of teacher.\n\n", "ant1#p0245": "Text 12]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n213\n\nTRANSLATION\nDamodara Par;��ita impudently said to the Lord, \"Everyone says that You are\na great teacher because of Your instructions to others, but now we shall find\nout what kind of teacher You are.\nPURPO RT\n\nDamodara Par:Jc;lita was a great devotee of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Sometimes, however, a person in such a position becomes impudent, being influenced\nby the external energy and material considerations. Thus a devotee mistakenly\ndares to criticize the activities of the spiritual master or the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. Despite the logic that \"Caesar's wife must be above suspicion,\" a devotee should not be disturbed by the activities of his spiritual master and should not\ntry to criticize him. A devotee should be fixed in the conclusion that the spiritual\nmaster cannot be subject to criticism and should never be considered equal to a\ncommon man. Even if there appears to be some discrepancy according to an imperfect devotee's estimation, the devotee should be fixed in the conviction that\neven if his spiritual master goes to a liquor shop, he is not a drunkard; rather, he\nmust have some purpose in going there. It is said in a Bengali poem:\nyadyapi nityananda sura-bagi yaya\ntathapio haya nityananda-raya\n\"Even if I see that Lord Nityananda has entered a liquor shop, I shall not be\ndiverted from my conclusion that Nityananda Raya is the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\"\nTEXT 12\n\nlj)� (;�tf<fPI �'1-� � � ��� I\n\n�� '�J�tf$1 12!�i1 ��t'$'\" �� n �� n\nebe gosM'Iira guf)a-yasa saba toke gaibe\ntabe gosanira prati�tha puru�ottame ha-ibe\nSYNONYMS\n\nebe-now; gosanira-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; guQa-ya5a-attributes\nand reputation; saba toke-everyone; gaibe-will talk about; tabe-at that time;\ngosaflira-of the Lord; prati�tha-the position; puru�ottame-in Puru�ottama\nOagannatha Purl); ha-ibe-will be.\n\n", "ant1#p0246": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n214\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" You are known as Gosani [teacher or acarya], but now talk about Your attributes and reputation will spread throughout the city of Puru�ottama. How\nYour position will be impaired!\"\nTEXT 13\n\n�f-1' �!. <!it�,-'<ffi <!i�, Wtt1l1lf� ?'\n�1f <lit�, -\"�fil �\\!!I 'Jr�' II �� II\nsuni' prabhu kahe,-'kya kaha, damodara?'\ndamodara kahe,-\"tumi svatantra 'Tsvara'\n\nSYNONYMS\nsu n i'-hear i ng; prabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; kya kaha-what\n\nnonsense are you speaking; damodara-My dear Damodara; damodara kaheDamodara Pat:�<;lita replied;\n\ntumi-You;\n\ns vatantra-independent;\n\nrsvara-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA lthough Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu knew that Damodara PaJ;�«;; ita was a pure\nand simple devotee, upon hearing this im pudent talk the Lord said, \"My dear\nDamodara, what nonsense are you speakingJ\" Damodara PaJ;�c;fita replied,\n\"You are the independent Personality of Godhead, beyond all criticism.\nTEXT 14\n\n� 'Cft�t1f <!i1f, c;<!i 'S>ftt� �f�t\\! ?\n\n� 'Sf'ilt'!� � 'S>ft1f 'Cft�tfift\\! ? �8 II\nsvacchande acara kara, ke pare balite?\nmukhara jagatera mukha para acchadite?\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvacchande-without restriction; acara kara-You behave; ke pare balite­\n\nwho can talk; mukhara-tal kat i ve; jagatera-of the whole world; mukhamouth; para acchadite-can You cover.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, You can act as You please. No one can say anything to\nrestrict You. Nevertheless, the entire world is impudent. People can say anything. How can You stop themJ\n\n", "ant1#p0247": "Text 17]\n\n215\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\nTEXT 15\n\n�f�i! ll<$1 � ,<fit� �m �1 �1t 1\n\n� alttfiltt1t ��� �� '�� �1t ? �<! \"\npar:u;lita hana mane kene vicara na kara?\nrar:u;li brahmaQira balake priti kene kara?\nSYNONYMS\n\npaQc;/ita hafla-being a learned teacher; mane-in the mind; kene-why;\nvicara na kara-do You not consider; raf)c;/i brahmaf)ira-of a widowed wife of a\nbrahmaQa; ba/ake-unto the son; priti-affection; kene kara-why do You show.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Dear Lord, You are a learned teacher. Why then don't You consider that\nthis boy is the son of a widowed brahmaJ;IH Why are You so affectionate to\nhiml\nTEXT 16\n\n�f9t aittfiltf '�� '!�f�� �® I\n�ettf9t ��11t '�t�-��� ��� \" �� \"\nyadyapi brahmaQi sei tapasvini sati\ntathapi tahara do$a-sundari yuvati\nSYNONYMS\n\nyadyapi-although; brahmaf)i-wife of a brahmaf)a; sei-that; tapasviniaustere; sati-chaste;\n\ntathapi-still;\n\ntahara-her;\n\ndo$a-fault;\n\nsundari-very\n\nbeautiful; yuvau..:...young girl.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A lthough the boy's mother is completely austere and chaste, she has one\nnatural fault-she is a very beautiful young girl.\nTEXT 17\n\nl_fit� -�11 �' �11 ��1t I\n�11' <�St'tt<ftf't-�tt'! '�� ���11' u\" �<\\ u\ntumi-ha-parama yuva, parama sundara\nlokera kaQakaQi-vate deha avasara\"\n\n", "ant1#p0248": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n216\n\n[Ant ya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-ha-You\n\nalso;\n\nparama\n\nyuva-young\n\nman;\n\nparama\n\nsundara-very\n\nbeautiful; /okera-of the people in general; kal)akal)i-whispering; vate-talks;\ndeha avasara-You are giving an opportunity for.\nTRANSLATION\n\"And You, my dear L ord, are a handsome, attractive young man. Therefore\ncertainly people will whisper about You. Why should You give them such an\nopportunity l\"\nPURPORT\nAs a simple and staunch devotee of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Damodara\nPar;tc)ita could not tolerate criticism of the Lord, but unfortunately he himself was\ncriticizing Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in his own way. The Lord could understand that it was because of Damodara Par;t<;lita's simplicity that he impudently\ndared criticize Him. Nevertheless, such behavior by a devotee is not very good.\nTEXT 18\n\nIf!\\! �fil' �tt1ftW� ,\";f)i1 ��a-(i I\n� � �'l �t�' f<l�tf11a-(i II�� II\neta bali' damodara mauna ha-ifa\nantare santo$a prabhu hasi' vicarila\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; damodara-Damodara Par;t<;lita; mauna ha-ifa-became\nsilent;\n\nantare-within\n\nsanto$a-pleased;\n\nHimself;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nsilent.\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; has i' -smiling; vicara/a -considered.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving\n\nsaid\n\nthis,\n\nDamodara\n\nPilQ�ita\n\nbecame\n\nSri\n\nMahaprabhu smiled, pleased within Himself, and considered the impudence\nof Damodara Par:J�ita.\nTEXT 19\n\n\"btt� <li�� �..f;�t\";f� ��� I\n\n�t\";ft��·ll\";f <;1ft� i1t� '����' u\" �� 11\n\"ihare kahiye suddha-premera taratiga\ndamodara-sama mora nahi 'antaratiga'\"\n\n", "ant1#p0249": "Text 21]\n\n217\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\nSYNONYMS\nihare-such behavior; kahiye-1 can say; suddha-premera tarariga-waves of\npure devotional service; damodara-sama-like Damodara; mora-My; nahithere is not; antarariga-intimate friend.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This impudence is also a sign of pure love for Me. I have no other intimate\nfriend like Damodara Pa�;u;tita.\"\nTEXT 20\n\n�tl!� f<t�f1f' 12i't_ 1f'Ott� ��i'fl I\n� f'f� �tt\";f'fflt� fillf�� <:�t\"ffl\"f111 �\n\no\n\nII\n\ne teka vicari' prabhu madhyahne calila\nara dine damodare nibhrte bo/aila\nSYNONYMS\neteka\n\nvicari'-considering\n\nlike\n\nthis;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nmadhyahne ca l il a- went to perform His noon duties; ara dine-the next day;\ndamodare-unto Damodara Par;;Jc;lita; nibhrte-in a solitary place; bo/ai/a-called.\nTRANSLATION\nThinking in this way, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to perform His noon\nduties. The next day, He called Damodara Pa•:u;Uta to a solitary place.\nTEXT 21\n\n� �t�,- \"�tt\";f'ffl1f, �� il��1 I\n�tf �t9f � 11'� lit�1 ��111 �� II\nprabhu kahe, -\"damodara, calaha nadiya\nmatara samipe tumi raha tanha yat'ia\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; damodara-My dear friend\nDamodara; ca/aha nad iya-you had better go to Nadia (Navadvipa); matara\nsamipe-in the care of My mother; tumi-you; raha-stay; tanha-there; yat'iagoing.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord said , \"My dear friend Damodara, you had better go to Nadia and\nstay with My mother.\n\n", "ant1#p0250": "218\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 22\n\n<;;<!11rl �if! �t1f 1'f'li<li �tfit <;;'f� �tif I\n�tlllt<ll� �<! '{fil '<ll'li �tct�t� II � � II\ntoma vina tanhara rak$aka nahi dekhi ana\namake-ha yate tumi kaila savadhana\nSYNONYMS\ntoma vina-besides you; tanhara-of mother Sacidevi; rak$aka-protector;\nnahi-not; dekhi-1 see; ana-anyone else; amake-ha-even unto Me; yate-by\nwhich; tumi-you; kaila-did; savadhana-care.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I see no one but you to protect her, for you are so careful that you can caution even Me.\nTEXT 23\n\n� ��� 'fil1tt?fll!i' e{t� <;;1ftf �'I I\n\n'fil1'ft�llli' i{�t� '�il' e{i �t111'fll!it'lll �� II\ntoma sama 'nirapek$a' nahi mora gaQe\n'nirapek$a' nahile 'dharma' na yaya rak$aQe\nSYNONYMS\ntoma sama-like you; nirapek$a-neutral; nahi-there is not; mora gaQeamong My associates; nirapek$a-neutral; nahi/e-without being; dharmareligious principles; na yaya rak$aQe-cannot be protected.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are the most neutral among My associates. This is very good, for without being neutral one cannot protect religious principles.\nTEXT 24\n\n<c�t1fi '�t� c;� e{i �i, c;� c;�tlli '�t� fti I\n\n'CI'f1ftt1'f ��� WIG, 'Citif <;;<15cti �i II �8 II\nama haite ye na haya, se toma haite haya\namare karila daQc;/a, ana keba haya\n\n", "ant1#p0251": "Text 26]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n219\n\nSYNONYMS\nama haite-from Me; ye-whatever; na haya-is not; se-that; toma haitefrom you; haya-becomes possible; amare-Me; karila daQ{/a-punished; anaothers; keba haya-what to speak of.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You can do whatever I cannot. Indeed, you can chastise even Me, not to\nspeak of others.\nTEXT 25\n\n11� 'Jc;� 11� �t� 11t�t1! i11t'l I\n\n'�t11HI 'C!tt'St il�t<f �tt1!1 ��t�11t'l ll �(t ll\nmatara grhe raha yai matara caraQe\ntamara age nahibe karo svacchandacaraQe\nSYNONYMS\nmatara-of My mother; grhe-at the home; raha-stay; yai-going; matara\ncaraQe-at the shelter of My mother's lotus feet; tamara age-in front of you;\nnahibe-there will not be; karo-of anyone; svacchanda-acaraQe-independent\nactivities.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is best for you to go to the shelter of My mother's lotus feet, for no one\nwill be able to behave independently in front of you.\nTEXT 26\n\n11t�J 11t-u �tfif<f1 �,-_ 'tilt11t11 tif1!llftil I\n\n�� �Rt' �il: �tt1 <\\'111� 'St11til II �� II\nmadhye madhye asiba kabhu amara darasane\nsighra kari' puna/:! tahan karaha gamane\nSYNONYMS\nmadhye madhye-at intervals; asiba-you will come; ka bhu-sometimes;\namara darasane-to see Me; sighra kari'-very soon; puna/:1-again; tahanthere; karaha gamane-arrange to go.\nTRANSLATION\n\"At intervals you may come see Me here and then soon again go there.\n\n", "ant1#p0252": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n220\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 27\n\n1l't'!rof ��� Clfnf (;�1� �11..-tC11' I\n(;affif �'t-�'fi ��' �� fif�' �tr;11' II �9 II\nmatare kahiha mora koti namaskare\n\nmora sukha-katha kahi' sukha diha' tarire\nSYNONYMS\nmatare-to\n\nMy\n\nmother;\n\nnamaskare-obeisances;\n\nkahiha-inform;\n\nmora-My;\n\nmora-My;\n\nsukha-of\n\nkoF-ten million;\n\nhappiness;\n\nkahi'-saying; sukha-happiness; diha' tarire-give to her.\n\nkatha-topics;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Offer My mother millions of My obeisances. Please speak to her about My\nhappiness here and thus give her happiness.\nTEXT 28\n\n'f�•11' r��-�'�i Q!t1lml' ���!';\\! 1\n�l illtf'5t' � Cllt� 9ft�fflltft'!' II �lr II\n'nirantara nija-katha tomare sunaite\n\nei Jagi' prabhu more pathaila ihante'\nSYNONYMS\nnirantara-constantly; nija-katha-personal activities; tomare sunaite-to in­\n\nform you; ei Jagi'-for this reason; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mah1iprabhu; moreme; pathaila-has sent; iharite-here.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Tell her that I sent you to inform her of My personal activities so that she\nmay share in My happiness.\nTEXT 29\n\n�\\! �f�' 1l't'!t11' 1l!';� �t'J� iSfiJitl� I\n� �·�ttl m IIJI11''1 �11't·� II �� II\neta kahi' matara mane santo$a janmaiha\n\nara guhya-katha tarire smaraQa karaiha\n\n", "ant1#p0253": "Text 31]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n221\n\nSYNONYMS\neta kahi'-saying this; matara man e-in the mind of My mother; santo�a janmaiha-giv e\n\nsatisfaction;\n\nara-another;\n\nguhya-katha-very\n\nconfidential\n\nmessage; ta rire-her; smaraQa karaiha-ma ke to remember.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Speaking in this way, satisfy the mind of mother Saci. Also, remind her of\none most confidential incident with this message from Me.\nTEXT 30\n\n'�mf �t� e�t�' �tfif c';\\!t1ft� �� I\nfif�ti �JWi{ �� <fiRtt� (;!fjt'Sfti{ II �o II\n'bare bare asi' ami tamara bhavane\nmi�tanna vyafijana saba kariye bhojane\nSYNONYMS\nbare bare-again and again; asi'-coming; ami-1; tamara bhavane-at your\n\nplace; mi�tanna-sweetmeats;\nbhojane-eat in g.\n\n'\n\nvyafijana-vegetables; saba-all;\n\nkariye-do;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'I come to your home again and again to eat all the sweetmeats and\nvegetables you offer.\nTEXT 31\n\n(;� <fiRtt11 �fif, �Jfif '!t� �i{ I\n� ��� '!t� <llf11 <fiRt 1fti{ II�� II\nbhojana kariye ami, tumi taha jana\nbahya virahe taha svapna kari mana\nSYNONYMS\nbhojana-dining; kariye-do; ami-1; tumi -you; taha-that; jana-know;\nbahy a -ext e rn a l ly; virahe-in separation; taha-that; svapna- drea m; kari-as;\nmana-you accept.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'You know that I come and eat the offerings, but because of external\nseparation, you consider this a dream.\n\n", "ant1#p0254": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n222\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nPURPORT\nBecause mother S aci was feeling separation from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, she\nthought she was dreaming that her son had come to her.\n\nS ri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, however, wanted to inform her that actually it was not a dream. He\nactually came there and ate whatever His mother offered Him. Such are the dealings of advanced devotees with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As stated in\nthe Brahma-sariJhita:\n\npremanjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena\nsantab sadaiva hrdaye$U vilokayanti\nyam syamasundaram acintya-gul)a-svarupariJ\ngovindam adi-purU$ariJ tam ahariJ bhajami\n\"I worship the primeval Lord, Govinda, who is always seen by the devotee whose\n\neyes are anointed with the pulp of love. He is seen in His eternal form of S yamasundara, situated within the heart of the devotee.\" (Bs.\n\n5.38) Pure devotees real­\n\nize dealings with the Lord on the transcendental plane, but because the devotees\nare still in the material world, they think that these are dreams. The Lord, however,\ntalks with the advanced devotee, and the advanced devotee also sees Him. It is all\nfactual; it is not a dream.\nTEXT 32\n\n�- 1(�-\"�illi'tt!f!J 't_fit f'li� �Rt'l1 I\nil\"tifl �J-�, �f; f9fl1, 9fill\" ftf'li'li II �� II\nei magha-sailkrantye tumi randhana karila\nnana vyanjana, k$ira, pitha, payasa randhila\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; magha-sailkrantye-on the occasion of the Magha-sarikranti festival;\n\ntumi -you; randhana karila-cooked; nana vya fljana-varieties of vegetables;\nk$ira-condensed milk; pitha\n\ncakes; payasa-sweet rice; randhila-cooked.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'During the last Magha-salikranti festival, you cooked varieties of vegetables, condensed milk, cakes and sweet rice for Me.\nTEXT 33\n\n'� '�t'St �'Stt�1 ��� C�Cif1 ��I\n...t1ft� 1e� C�Cif, ...i!ti �Rtiif il11� II �� II\n\n", "ant1#p0255": "Text 35]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n223\n\nkr$1'Je bhoga Iagana yabe kaila dhyana\namara spharti haifa, asru bhari/a nayana\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr$Qe-unto Lord Kr�r:Ja; bhoga-offering; /agana- giving; yabe-when; kaila\ndhyan a -you meditated; amara-My; sph u rti-sudden appearance; haifa-there\n\nwas; asru-tears; bhari/a-filled; nayana-your eyes.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'You offered the food to Lord Kr�r:Ja, and while you were in meditation I\n\nsuddenly appeared, and your eyes filled with tears.\nTEXT 34\n\n�t��--�u�� �tfJt f\"if�i ��� �tl� 1\n�tfif �ul:,-c:w�' �t� �� �?tf�a�� 11 �s 11\naste-vyaste ami giya sakali khaila\nami khai,-dekhi' tamara sukha upajila\nSYNONYMS\naste-vyaste-in great haste; ami-1; giya\n\n-\n\ngo ing; sakali khai/a- ate every­\n\nthing; ami khai-1 eat; dekhi'-seeing; tamara-your; sukha-happiness; upajila-grew.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'I went there in great haste and ate everything. When you saw Me eating,\n\nyou felt great happiness.\nTEXT 35\n\n���� '!�� �� ��1 � C:Wf�' ?tti! I\n�?ti{ C:W�(, 'C:�i{ fil11t� �tl'f �t�' II ��II\nk$af)eke asru muchiya sunya dekhi' pata\nsvapana dekhilun, 'yena nimani khaila bhata'\nSYNONYMS\n\nk$aQeke-in\n\na\n\nmoment;\n\nasru-tears;\n\nmu chiya-wiping;\n\nsO nya- vacan t;\n\ndekhi'-seeing; pata- the plate; svapana dekhi/un-1 saw a dream; yena-as if;\nnimani-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; khaila bhata-ate the food.\n\n", "ant1#p0256": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n224\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'In a moment, after you had wiped your eyes, you saw that the plate you\nhad offered Me was empty. Then you thought, \" I dreamt as if Nimai were eating everything.\"\nTEXT 36\n\n�t�-M��-� �i{: i!litfu '�\" I\n'(;'fit� il1 'ft�t��·.,_�� �ti{ '�\"\" ��\"\nbahya-viraha-da.Saya punab bhranti haifa\n'bhoga na fagaifuti',-ei jnana haifa\nSYNONYMS\n\nbahya-viraha-of external separation; dasaya-by the condition; puna/:1again;\n\nbhranti haifa-there was illusion;\n\nbhoga-offering to the Deity; na\n\nfagaifuri-l have not given; ei-this; jnana haifa- you thought.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'In the condition of external separation, you were again under illusion,\nthinking that you had not offered the food to Lord Vi�l)u.\nTEXT 37\n\n'ft<fi't� (;If���� 'fi{� 'fi{'tr;li �R.' I\n\n'1,e{: '�t� 'it�� \"iti{·'JI��� \"<fiR.'\" �9 \"\npaka-patre dekhifa saba anna ,ache bhari'\npunab bhoga fagaila sthana-sarhskara kari'\nSYNONYMS\n\npaka-patre-the cooking pots; dekhifa-she saw; saba-all; anna-food; ache\nbhari'-were filled with;\n\npunab-again;\n\nbhoga fagaila-offered the food;\n\nsthana-the place for offering; sarhskara kari'-cleansing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Then you went to see the cooking pots and found that every pot was\nfilled with food. Therefore you again offered the food, after cleansing the\nplace for the offering.\n\n", "ant1#p0257": "Text 40)\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n225\n\nTEXT 38\n\n�l� �� �� <fiR?;� (;�t'Sfi{ I\n\n(;\\!PfHI ��t��Jf (;�t�� <lit� 'f;{t��'lll �\"' I\nei-mata bara bara kariye bhojana\ntamara suddha-preme more kare akar?af)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; bara bara-again and again; kariye bhojana-1 eat;\ntamara-your; suddha-preme-pure love; more-Me; kare akar?aQa-attracts.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Thus I again and again eat everything you offer Me, for I am attracted by\n\nyour pure love.\nTEXT 39\n\n� �91Jtr;i! 'f;{tfif �� ���'I I\nfil�t� ��1 �t'S �t�1 (;l!t1ft� (;��t�ll ��II\ntamara ajnate ami achi nilacale\nnikate lana yao ama tamara prema-bale'\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara ajnate-on your order; ami-1; achi-reside; nilacale-at Jagannatha,\nPuri; nikate-nearby;\n\nlana yao-you take away;\n\nama-Me;\n\ntamara-your;\n\nprema-transcendental love; bale-on the str ength of.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Only by your order am I living in Nilacala [Jagannatha Puril. Neverthe­\n\nless, you still pull Me near you because of your great love for Me.' \"\nTEXT 40\n\nlfll� �� �� ��l� \"'il�'l I\n(;1ft� i{t1f �lfP1 �t� �f�� Ti�'l II\" 8 II\no\n\nei-mata bara bara karaiha smaraf)a\nmora nama lana tanra vandiha caraf)a\"\n\n", "ant1#p0258": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n226\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; bara bara-again and again; karaiha-cause; smaraQaremembrance; mora-My; nama-name; /aria-taking; tar'lra-her; vandihaworship; caraQa-feet.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu told Damodara Par;��ita, \"Remind mother Saci in\nthis way again and again and worship her lotus feet in My name.\"\nTEXT 41\n\n�I! �fit' iST�ift�1t �'tt� ���if I\n\n�f\\!tt� C'1�t'1 fift� ��<t? ��<t? fif'f II 8� II\neta kahi' jagannathera prasada a nai/a\nmatake vai�Qave dite prthak prthak dila\nSYNONYMS\neta kahi'-saying this; jagannathera-of Jagannatha; prasada-remnants of\nfood; anai/a-ordered to be brought; matake-to His mother; vai�Qave-and all\nthe Vai�r;�avas; dite-to deliver; prthak prthak-separately; di/a-he gave.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ordered that varieties of prasada\noffered to Lord Jagannatha be brought. The Lord then gave him the prasada,\nseparately packed, to offer to various Vai�r;�avas and His mother.\nTEXT 42\n\n�t� ��1t ��' il�111 �t·\"fi I\n\n�1t filffrnt �t1t ffi'l 1t�� II 8� II\ntabe damodara ca/i' nadiya aila\nmatare miliya tanra caraQe rahila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then;\n\ndamodara-Damodara Par;�<;lita;\n\nca/i'-walking;\n\nnadiya\n\nai/a­\n\nreached Nadia (Navadvipa); matare mi/iya-just after meeting Sacimata; tanra\ncaraQe-at her lotus feet; rahi/a-remained.\n\n", "ant1#p0259": "Text 44]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n227\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Damodara Pa•:u;fita went to Nadia [Navadvipa]. After meeting\nmother Saci, he stayed under the care of her lotus feet.\nTEXT 43\n\n�fir ���t� \";���tw fif\"ff 1\n� ��t� �tgrl, �ful! � �t� II 8� II\nacaryadi vai�Qavere maha-prasada dila\nprabhura yaiche ajfia, paQc)ita taha acari/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nacarya-adi-headed by Advaita Acarya; vai�Qavere-to all the Vai�Qavas;\n\nmaha-prasada di/a-delivered all the prasada of Lord jagannatha; prabhura-of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; yaiche-as; ajfia-the order; paQc)ita-Damodara PaQ<;lita; taha-that; acari/a- performed\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe delivered all the prasada to such great Vai�1,1avas as Advaita Acarya. Thus\nhe stayed there and behaved according to the order of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 44\n\nwtr;1fllf11 �tr;'$f !15fti!!'IJ il1 �� <�St� 1\nI!Hf :e� lit� �t� ll'r;,tl) �J��t� II 88 II\ndamodara age svatantrya na haya kahara\ntara bhaye sabe kare sankoca vyavahara\n\nSYNONYMS\ndamodara age-in front of Damodara PaQ<;lita;\n\nsvatantrya-independent\n\nbehavior; na haya kahara-no one dares to do; tara bhaye-due to fear of him;\n\nsabe-all of them; kare-do; sankoca vyavah ara\n\n-\n\ndeal ings with great care.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone knew that Damodara Pa1,1�ita was strict in practical dealings.\nTherefore everyone was afraid of him and dared not do anything independent.\n\n", "ant1#p0260": "228\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 45\n\n�'St?;'l �t1t (;�7;� �..��'tlf1·�i!'fil I\n�t��� <fi�' <fi7;� ��'tlf1 'lt9filll 8� II\nprabhu-gaQe yalira dekhe a/pa-maryada-lalighana\nvakya-daQc;la kari' kare maryada sthapana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-gaQe-in the associates of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yanra-whose;\ndekhe-sees; alpa-maryada-langhana-a slight deviation from the standard etiquette and behavior; vakya-daQc;la kari'-chastising with words; kare-does;\nmaryada -etiquette; sthapana-establishing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDamodara Par;u;tita would verbally chastise every devotee of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu whom he found deviating even slightly from proper behavior.\nThus he established the standard etiquette.\nTEXT 46\n\n��� <fifit'i' �t7;�7;�� �t<fi�� I\n�tlt11t \\!t�7;'1 <et?;'St '�� ��' II 8� II\nei-ta kahila damodarera vakya-daQc;la\nyahara sraval)e bhage 'ajflana pa?aQc;la'\nSYNONYMS\nei-ta-in this way; kahi/a-1 have described; damodarera-of Damodara PaQc;lita; vakya-daQc;la-chastisement by words; yahara sravaQe-by hearing which;\nbhage-goes away; ajflana pa?aoc;Ja-the atheist of ignorance.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way I have described Damodara Par:u�ita's verbal chastisements. As\none hears about this, atheistic principles and ignorance depart.\nTEXT 47\n\n'G�7;iJJ1t �a;-1-��' (;<fit$�1l_(Jf '� I\nf<fi 'i'tf-st' f<fi <fi7;1t, (;<fift ifl �tc;� 1_�� II 8� II\n\n", "ant1#p0261": "The Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\nText 49]\n\n229\n\ncaitanyera /ila-gambhira, koti-samudra haite\nki lagi' ki kare, keha na pare bujhite\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanyera lila-the pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gambhira-very\ndeep; koti-samudra haite-more than millions of seas; ki lagi'-for what reason;\nki kare-what He does; keha-anyone; na-not; pare bujhite-can understand.\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are deeper than millions of seas\nand oceans. Therefore no one can understand what He does nor why He does\nit.\nTEXT 48\n\n��� '5i1 �{ f�il if! ;srtf.t I\n�� �( �Rf�1t �Rf �tilttHfil II 8tr II\nataeva guc;iha artha kichui na jani\nbahya artha karibare kari tanatani\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; guc;iha artha-deep meaning; kichui-any; na jani-1 do\nnot know; bahya artha karibare-to explain the external meanings; kari-1 make;\ntanatani -hard endeavor.\nTRANSLATION\nI do not know the deep meaning of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's activities. As\n\nfar as possible I shall try to explain them externally.\nTEXT 49\n\n��f#il � �Rfift�� fiffif\"f'' I\nit�1 \"11$1 ''It � �fif' it���� II 8� II\neka-dina prabhu haridasere milila\ntanha lana go$thi kari' tanhare puchila\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day;\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nharidasere-with\n\nHaridasa Thakura; mi/i/a-met; tanha /ana-taking him; go$thi kari'-making a\ndiscussion; tanhare puchila-the Lord inquired from him.\n\n", "ant1#p0262": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n230\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu met Haridasa T�akura as usual, and in\nthe course of discussion He inquired as follows.\nTEXT 50\n\n\"�mt�, ��t� ��il ��n�\" 1\n(;'Stt·at'llt'l �'� �t1f 'al�1 �m 11 (to 11\n\"haridasa, ka/i-ka/e yavana apara\ngo-brahmaQe hirhsa kare maha duracara\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa-My dear Haridasa; kali-ka/e-in this age of Kali; yavana-demons\nagainst\n\nthe\n\nVedic\n\nprinciples;\n\napara-unlimited;\n\ngo-brahmaf)e-cows\n\nand\n\nbrahminical culture; hirhsa kare-do violence against; maha duracara-extremely\nfallen.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Thakura Haridasa, in this age of Kali most people are bereft of\nVedic culture, and therefore they are called yavanas. They are concerned only\nwith killing cows and brahminical culture. In this way they all engage in sinful\nacts.\nPURPORT\nFrom this statement by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu we can clearly understand\nthat the word yavana does not refer only to a particular class of men. Anyone who\nis against the behavior of the Vedic principles is called a yavana. Such a yavana\nmay be in India or outside of India. As described here, the symptom of yavanas is\nthat they are violent killers of cows and brahminical culture. We offer our prayers\nto the Lord by saying, nama brahmaQya-devaya go-brahmaQa-hitaya ca. The Lord\nis the maintainer of brahminical culture. His first concern is to see to the benefit of\ncows and brahmaf)as. As soon as human civilization turns against brahminical\nculture and allows unrestricted killing of cows, we should understand that men\nare no longer under the control of the Vedic culture but are all yavanas and mlecchas. It is said that the Kr�r;�a consciousness movement will be prominent within\nthe next ten thousand years, but after that people will all become mlecchas and\nyavanas. Thus at the end of the yuga, Kr�r;�a will appear as the Kalki avatara and kill\nthem without consideration.\nTEXT 51\n\nb1-�� '�\"til 'ale;� �� f.l�nf ?\nl!t�nf � il1 (;5tf�t1!,-� �:� ��nf II\"�� II\n\n", "ant1#p0263": "Text 51]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n231\n\niha-sabara kon mate ha-ibe nistara?\ntahara hetu na dekhiye, -e du/:lkha apara\"\nSYNONYMS\n\niha-sabara-of all these yavanas; kon mat e-by which way; ha-ibe nistarawill be deliverance; tahara hetu- the cause of such deliverance; na dekhiye-1 do\nnot see; e du/:lkha apara-it is My great unhappiness.\nTRANSLATION\n\"How will these yavanas be delivered? To My great unhappiness, I do not\nsee any way.\"\nPURPORT\n•\n\nThis verse reveals the significance of Lord Sri Caitanya's appearance as patita­\n\npavana, the deliverer of all the fallen souls. Srila Narottama dasa Thakura sings,\npatita-pavana-hetu tava avatara: \"0 my Lord, You have appeared just to deliver all\nthe fallen souls.\" mo-sama patita prabhu na paibe ara: '\\1\\nd among all the fallen\nsouls, I am the lowest.\" How Sri Kr�t:�a Caitanya Mahaprabhu was always thinking\nabout the deliverance of the fallen souls is shown by the statement e du/:lkha\napara (\"It is My great unhappiness\"). This statement indicates that Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Kr�t:�a Himself, is always\nvery unhappy to see the fallen souls in the material world. Therefore He Himself\ncomes as He is, or He comes as a devotee in the form of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nto deliver love of Kr�t:�a directly to the fallen souls. Nama maha-vadanyaya kr$Qa­\n\nprema-pradaya te. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is so merciful that He not only gives\nknowledge of Kr�t:�a but by His practical activities teaches everyone how to love\nKr�t:Ja (kr$Qa-prema-pradaya teL\nThose who are following in the footsteps of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu should\ntake the Lord's mission most seriously. In this age of Kali, people are gradually becoming less than animals. Nevertheless, although they are eating the flesh of cows\nand are envious of brahminical culture, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is considering\nhow to deliver them from this horrible condition of life. Thus He asks all Indians to\ntake up His mission.\n\nbharata-bhamite haila manu$ya-janma yara\njanma sarthaka kari' kara para-upakara\n\"One who has taken his birth as a human being in the land of India [Bharata-var�a]\nshould make his life successful and work for the benefit of all other people.\"\n(Cc. Adi-lila 9.41) It is therefore the duty of every advanced and cultured Indian\n\nto take this cause very seriously. All Indians should help the Kr�t:�a consciousness\nmovement in its progress, to the best of their ability. Then they will be considered\nreal followers of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant1#p0264": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n232\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nUnfortunately, even some so-called Vai�l)avas enviously refuse to cooperate\nwith this movement but instead condemn it in so many ways. We are very sorry\nto say that these people try to find fault with us, being unnecessarily envious of\nour activities, although we are trying to the best of our ability to introduce the\nKr�l)a consciousness movement directly into the countries of the yavanas and\nmlecchas. Such yavanas and mlecchas are coming to us and becoming purified\n\nVai�l)avas who follow in the footsteps of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. One who\nidentifies himself as a follower of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu should feel like Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, who said, iha-sabara kon mate ha-ibe nist.ara: \"How will all\nthese yavanas be delivered?\" SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu was always anxious to\ndeliver the fallen souls because their fallen condition gave Him great unhappiness.\nThat is the platform on which one can propagate the mission of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 52\n\n�� �t�,- \"� �� �i �fit� I\n�11' ���t11' '�f�' i:� � �t�� II �� II\nharidasa kahe,-\"prabhu, cinta na kariha\nyavanera samsara dekhi' dubkha na bhaviha\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa kahe\n\n-\n\nHaridasa replied; prabhu-my dear Lord; cinta na kariha-do\n\nnot be in anxiety; yavanera sam sara-the material condition of the yavanas;\ndekhi -seeing; dubkha na bhaviha-do not be sorry.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura replied, \"My dear Lord, do not be in anxiety. Do not be\nunhappy to see the condition of the yavanas in material existence.\nPURPORT\n\nThese words of Haridasa Thakura are just befitting a devotee who has dedicated his life and soul to the service of\n\ne Lord. When the Lord is unhappy be­\n\ncause of the condition of the fallen souls, the devotee consoles Him, saying, \"My\ndear Lord, do not be in anxiety.\" This is service. Everyone should adopt the cause\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to try to relieve Him from the anxiety He feels. This is\nactually service to the Lord. One who tries to relieve Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\nanxiety for the fallen souls is certainly a most dear and confidential devotee of the\nLord. To blaspheme such a devotee who is trying his best to spread the cult of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is the greatest offense. One who does so is simply awaiting\npunishment for his envy.\n\n", "ant1#p0265": "Text 54]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n233\n\nTEXT 53\n\n��il�<lit� 'IJ.f�' � �ilt1ltt� I\n'�11tt1!, � 1tt1' ��' <lit� ilt1ft<ett� II <!� II\nyavana-sakalera 'mukti' habe anayase\n'ha rama, ha rama' bali' kahe namabhase\nSYNONYMS\nyavana-sakalera-of all the yavanas; mukti-liberation; habe-there will be;\nanayase-very easily; ha rama ha rama-0 Lord Rama, 0 Lord Rama; ba/i -say\n'\n\ning; kahe\n\n-\n\n­\n\nthey say; nama-abhase-almost chanting the holy name of the Lord\n\nwithout offenses.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because the yavanas are accustomed to saying, 'ha rama, ha rama' [0 Lord\nRamacandra], they will very easily be delivered by this namabhasa.\nTEXT 54\n\n�t�t� <e� <lit�,-'�1tt1!\", �i 1tt1!\"' I\n��til1t <et'$fJ ��' fl1l <;� � ilt11 II a 8 II\nmaha-preme bhakta kahe,\n\n-\n\n'ha rama, ha rama'\n\nyavanera bhagya dekha, laya sei nama\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-preme-in great ecstatic love; bhakta kahe-a devotee says; ha rama ha\nrama-0 Lord Ramacandra, 0 Lord Ramacandra; yavanera-of the yavanas;\nbhagya-fortune; dekha-just see; Jaya sei nama-they are also chanting the\nsame holy name.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A devotee in advanced ecstatic love exclaims, '0 my Lord Ramacandra! 0\nmy Lord Ramacandra!' But the yavanas also chant, 'ha rama, ha rama!' Just see\ntheir good fortune!\"\nPURPORT\nIf a child touches fire, the fire will burn him, and if an elderly man touches fire, it\nwill burn him also. Haridasa Thakura says that a great devotee of the Lord exclaims, \"ha rama, ha rama,\" but although yavanas do not know the transcendental\n\n", "ant1#p0266": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n234\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nmeaning of \"ha rama, ha rama,\" they say those words in the course of their ordinary life. For the yavanas the words \"ha rama\" mean \"abominable,\" whereas the\ndevotee exclaims the words \"ha rama\" in ecstatic love. Nevertheless, because the\nwords \"ha rama\" are the spiritual summum bonum, the fact is the same, whether\nthey are uttered by yavanas or by great devotees, just as fire is the same both for a\nchild and for an elderly man. In other words, the holy name of the Lord, \"ha rama,\"\nalways acts, even when the holy names are chanted without reference to the\nSupreme Lord. Yavanas utter the holy name in a different attitude than devotees,\nbut the holy name \"ha rama\" is so powerful spiritually that it acts anywhere,\nwhether one knows it or not. This is explained as follows.\nTEXT 55\n\n�'iJ� !f;IIJJ ��\"r;;l:! �\" � ift;'f1�1� I\nl:!�t� i11t;'f11' 'i!!Sf il1 ft� �ilt-t II <t<t II\nyadyapi anya sankete anya haya namabhasa\ntathapi namera teja na haya vinasa\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although;\n\nanya-another;\n\nsankete-by\n\nintimation;\n\nanya-that\n\nother; haya-is; nama-abhasa-almost equal to the holy name; tathapi-still;\nnamera teja-the transcendental power of the holy name; na haya vinasa-is not\ndestroyed.\nTRANSLATION\nNamacarya Haridasa Thakura, the authority on the chanting of the holy\nname, said, \"The chanting of the Lord's holy name to indicate something\nother than the Lord is an instance of nlmabhasa. Even when the holy name is\nchanted in this way, its transcendental power is not destroyed.\nTEXT 56\n\nlf��lf��t�?:�1 cxc�1 �1 ·?ttr;�f� �01: �01: 1\n��rrr l!r'&�c9;1tr� f'f� 9J..01: ��1 �'1' nt�u\ndarh$tfi-darh$tfahato mleccho\nha rameti punal) punal)\nuktvapi muktim apnoti\nkirh punal) s raddhaya gwan\n\n", "ant1#p0267": "Text 57]\n\n235\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thiikura\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ndaril$tri-of a boar; damwa-by the teeth; ahata/,1-killed; mleccha/:1-a meateater; ha-0; rama-my Lord Rama; iti-thus; puna/:! puna/:1-again and again;\nuktva-saying;\n\napi-even;\n\nmuktim-liberation;\n\napnoti-gets;\n\nkim-what;\n\npuna/,1-again; sraddhaya-with faith and veneration; gwan-chanting.\nTRANSLATION\n11 'Even a mleccha who is being killed by the tusk of a boar and who cries in\ndistress again and again, 11ha rama, ha rama\" attains liberation. What then to\nspeak of those who chant the holy name with veneration and faith l'\nPURPORT\n\nThis refers to an instance in which a meateater being killed by a boar uttered\nthe words \"ha rama, ha rama\"again and again at the time of his death. Since this is\na quotation from the Nrsirhha Puraf)a, this indicates that in the puraQic age there\nmust also have been mlecchas and yavanas (meateaters), and the words \"ha\nrama,\" meaning \"condemned,\" were also uttered in those days. Thus Haridasa\nThakura gives evidence that even a meateater who condemns something by uttering the words \"ha rama\" gets the benefit of chanting the holy name that the\ndevotee chants to mean \"0 my Lord Rama.\"\nTEXT 57\n\n�tft� � c;�t'f'!11 �fir 'iftm'l' I\n\n�'l!,_i! <ettf�' � I!� �lllfi{ II �'\\ II\najamila putre bolaya bali 'narayaf)a'\nvi$f)u-data asi' cha(laya tahara bandhana\nSYNONYMS\n\najamila-Ajamila; putre-unto his son; bolaya-calls; bali-saying; narayaf)athe holy name of Narayar)a; Vi$f)u-data-the attendants of Lord Vi�r)u; asi'coming; cha(iaya-remove; tahara-of him; bandhana-the bonds.\nTRANSLATION\n11 Ajamila was a great sinner during his life, but at the time of death he accidentally called for his youngest son, whose name was NariiyaQa, and the attendants of Lord Vi�r;�u came to relieve him from the bonds of Yamaraja, the\nsuperintendent of death.\n\n", "ant1#p0268": "236\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 58\n\n'flJJ' � �J -� � mf\" 1\n\n'���� '�'-llf\"\" �w� '-� \" atr \"\n'rama' dui ak$ara iha nahe vyavahita\nprema-vaci 'ha'-sabda tahate bhO$ita\nSYNONYMS\n\nrama-the holy name of the Lord; dui-two; ak$ara-syllables; iha-these;\nnahe-are not; vyavahita-separated; prema-vaci-a word indicating love; ha\"0\"; sabda-the word; tahate-by that; bha$ita-decorated.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word 'rama' consists of the two syllables, 'ra' and 'rna.' These are unseparated and are decorated with the loving word 'ha,' meaning '0.'\nTEXT 59\n\nifttJJJ �'R-� <.fl. I!' ��t-{ I\n\nm� c�r;;\" ifl '� �t9fif�•t-f 11 a� 11\nnamera ak$ara-sabera ei ta' svabhava\nvyavahita haile na chade apana-prabhava\nSYNONYMS\n\nnamera-of the holy name; ak$ara-letters; sabera-of all; ei-this; ta'-certainly; sva-bhava-the characteristic; vyavahita hai/e-even when improperly uttered; na-do not; cha(le-give up; apana-prabhava-their own spiritual influence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The letters of the holy name have so much spiritual potency that they act\neven when uttered improperly.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura states that the word\n\nvyavahita\n\n(\"improperly uttered\") is not used here to refer to the mundane vibration of the\n\nletters of the alphabet. Such negligent utterance for the sense gratification of materialistic persons is not a vibration of transcendental sound. Utterance of the holy\n\n", "ant1#p0269": "Text 60]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n237\n\nname while one engages in sense gratification is an impediment on the path\ntoward achieving ecstatic love for Kr�Qa. On the other hand, if one who is eager\nfor devotional service utters the holy name even partially or improperly, the holy\nname, who is identical with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, exhibits its\nspiritual potency because of that person's offenseless utterance. Thus one is\nrelieved from all unwanted practices, and one gradually awakens his dormant love\nfor Kr�oa.\nTEXT 60\n\n•nbr�� �� <1tfs ���9f�5t'!� ci!lt\\ll'i_'11� -;r�� �1\n��' <li�\\<!9' �J��\\!-��\\!' '!j��C\\!J� 'I�J'l{. I\n\n'!'CD6Clli�-i!i�'I-�0!�1-C<'Ii:S-9fi��-1!CifJ\n\nRf'lf�� �r11 <�'<'��'��� if,�c'l'lt\\Ji f�2f u �. u\nnamaikarh yasya vaci smaraf)a-patha-gatarh srotra-mularh gatarh va\nsuddharh vasuddha-varf)arh vyavahita-rahitarh tarayaty eva satyam\ntac ced deha-draviQa-janata-lobha-pa?aQ(ia-madhye\nnik?iptarh syan na phala-janakarh sighram evatra vipra\nSYNONYMS\nnama-the holy name; ekam-once; yasya-whose; vaet-rn the mouth;\nsmaraQa-patha-gatam-entered the path of remembrance; srotra-mulam gatamentered the roots of the ears; va-or; suddham-pure; va-or; asuddha-varQam-impurely uttered; vyavahita-rahitam-without offenses or without being\nseparated; tarayati-delivers; eva-certainly; satyam-truly; tat-that name;\n\ncet-if; deha-the material body; draviQa-material opulence; janata-publ lc\n\nsupport;\n\nlobha-greed;\n\ndirected;\n\nsyat-may\n\nbe;\n\npa?aQ(ia-atheism;\nna-not;\n\nmadhye\n\n-\n\ntoward;\n\nphala-janakam-producing\n\nnik?iptamthe\n\nresults;\n\nsighram-quickly; eva-certainly; atra-in this matter; vipra-0 brahmaf)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'If a devotee once utters the holy name of the Lord, or if it penetrates his\nmind or enters his ear, which is the channel of a ural reception, that holy name\nwill certainly deliver him from material bondage, whether vibrated properly\nor improperly, with correct or incorrect grammar, and properly joined or vibrated in separate parts. 0 brahmat;�a , the potency of the holy name is\ntherefore certainly great. However, if one uses the vibration of the holy name\nfor the benefit of the material body, for material wealth and followers, or\nunder the influence of greed or atheism-in other words, if one utters the\n\n", "ant1#p0270": "238\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nname with offenses-such chanting will not produce the desired result very\nsoon. Therefore one should diligently avoid offenses in chanting the holy\nname of the Lord.' \"\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse from the Padma Purana is included in the Hari-bhakti-vi/asa (11.527)\n\nby Sanatana Gosvami. Therein SrTia Sanatana GosvamT gives the following explanation:\n\nvaci gatam prasarigad vari-madhye pravrttam api, smaraQa-patha-gatam kathaiicin\nmana/:1-spmam api, srotra-mulam gatam kificit srutam api; suddha-varQaril va asuddhavarf)am api va; 'vyavahitaril' sabdantaref)a yad-vyavadhanaril vak$yam!iQa-narayaQa-sabdasya kificid uccaraQ!inantaram prasarigad apatitam sabdantaram tena rahitam sat.\n\nThis means that if one somehow or other hears, utters or remembers the holy\nname, or if it catches his mind while coming near his ears, that holy name, even if\nvibrated in separate words, will act. An example of such separation is given as\nfollows:\nyadva, yadyapi 'ha/am riktam' ity ady-uktau hakara-rikarayor vrttya hariti-namasty eva,\ntath!i 'raja-mahi$i' ity atra rama-namapi, evam anyad apy uhyam, tathapi tat-tan-namamadhye vyavadhayakam ak$arantaram asuty etadrsa-vyavadh!ina-rahitam ity artha/:1; yadva, vyavahitam ca tad-rahitam capi va; tatra 'vyavahitam'-namna/:1 kificid uccaraQanantaram kathaficid apatitam sabdantaram samadh!iya pa5can namava5i$t!ik$ara-grahaQam ity\nevam rOpam, madhye sabdantareQ!intaritam ity artha/:1, 'rahitam' pa5cad avasi$ti'ik$aragrahaQa-varjitam, kenacid amsena hinam ity artha/:1, tathapi t!irayaty eva.\n\nSuppose one is using the two words \"ha/aril riktam.\" Now the syllable ha in the\nword \"halam\" and the syllable ri in \"riktam\" are separately pronounced, but\nnevertheless it will act because one somehow or other utters the word \"hari.\"\nSimilarly, in the word \"raja-mahi�i,\" the syllables ra and ma appear in two separate\nwords, but because they somehow or other appear together, the holy name rama\nwill act, provided there are no offenses.\nsarvebhyaf:r papebhyo 'paradhebhyas ca samsarad apy uddh!irayaty eveti satyam eva;\nkintu nama-sevanasya mukhyam yat phalam, tan na sadya/:1 sampadyate. tatha dehabharaQ!idy-artham api nama-sevanena mukhyam phalam asu na sidhyatity aha-tac ced\niti.\n\nThe holy name has so much spiritual potency that it can deliver one from all sinful\nreactiOf!S and material entanglements, but utterance of the holy name will not be\n\nvery soon fruitful if done to facilitate sinning.\n\n", "ant1#p0271": "Text 62]\n\ntan\n\nnama\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\nced\n\nyadi\n\ndehadi-madhye\n\nnik�iptaril-deha-bharal)ady-artham\n\n239\neva\n\nvinyastam, tadapi phala-janakaril na bhavati kim? api tu bhavaty eva, kintu atra iha Joke\nsighraril na bhavati, kintu vilambenaiva bhavatity arthab.\n\nThe holy name is so powerful that it must act, but when one utters the holy name\nwith offenses, its action will be delayed, not immediate, although in favorable\ncircumstances the holy names of the Lord act very quickly.\nTEXT 61\n\n� ��� � �('9ft9f-.11 II �� II\nnamabhasa haite haya sarva-papa-k$aya\nSYNONYMS\nnama-abhasa haite-from the vibration of namabhasa; haya-is; sarva-papaof all reactions to sins; k?aya\n\n-\n\ndestruction\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNamacarya Haridasa Thakura continued, \"If one offenselessly utters the\nholy name even imperfectly, one can be freed from all the results of sinful life.\nTEXT 62\n\n�'(. l'f�JT�'(. �� �<ff'lC� <>ft'l'f\" 9f1'l'lt'lte_\n\n?t�Hl>SfJ'll\"f'!� f\\!�� t11:-sor:c� t<nor) �'l 1\n'�t'§Jli�:Cll�<f��C11 �� l!ll11f�1C<r11tt�1C'lt�f9f '!l'9f1!� 'f�t<>ft\\!i'll'�t��tf\"f'{, II �� �\ntarh nirvyajarh bhaja guQa-nidhe pavanarh pavananarh\n5raddha-rajyan-matir atitaram uttamab-5/oka-mau/im\nprodyann antab-karaQa-kuhare hanta yan-nama-bhanor\nabhaso 'pi k$apayati maha-pataka-dhvanta-ra5im\nSYNONYMS\ntam-Him; nirvyajam-without duplicity; bhaja-worsh ip; guQa-nidhe-0\nreservoir of all good qualities; pavanam-purifier;\n\npavananam-of all other\n\npurifiers; sraddha-with faith; rajyat-being enlivened; matib -mind; atitaramexceedingly;\n\nuttamab-5/oka-mau/im-the best of the personalities who are\n\nworshiped by choice poetry or who are transcendental to all material positions;\n\n", "ant1#p0272": "240\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nprodyan-manifesting; antab-karaf)a-kuhare-in the core of the heart; hantaalas; yat-nama-whose holy name; bhanob-of the sun; abhasab\n\nslight ap­\n\n-\n\npearance; api-even; k$apa y ati-eradicates; maha-pataka-the resultant actions\nof greatly sinful activities; dhvanta-of ignorance; rasim-the mass.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 reservoir of alltgood qualities, just worship Sri Km1a, the purifier of all\n\npurif�ers, the most e�alted of the personalities worshiped by choice poetry.\nWorship Him with a faithful, unflinching mind, without duplicity and in a\nhighly elevated manner. Thus worship the Lord, whose name is like the sun,\nfor just as a slight appearance of the sun dissipates the darkness of night, so a\nslight appearance of the holy name of K���a can drive away all the darkness of\nignorance that arises in the heart due to greatly sinful activities performed in\nprevious lives.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (2.1.103).\n\nTEXT 63\n\nil'tlf�� �I! �� ���tttJ 11R II �� II\nnamabhasa haite haya sarilsarera k$aya\n\nSYNONYMS\nnama-abhasa hai te-even on account of namabhasa; haya-there is; sarilsarera\nk$aya-deliverance from material bondage.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Even a faint light from the holy name of the Lord can eradicate all the reactions of sinful life.\nTEXT 64\n\nf:m��tc�t �nro'\\'t� ��\"!. ·�>J:pllt9f�tfi1�\"l{. 1\n'.5l�tr1lcO'!t�9fJ5tt%t� f<fi,� �%�1 ��\"'- u �s u\nmriyamaf)o harer nama\ngwan putropacaritam\najamilo 'py agad dhama\nkim uta sraddhaya grQan\n\n", "ant1#p0273": "The Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\nText 66]\n\n241\n\nSYNONYMS\nmriyamaQab-dying;\n\ngrQan-chanting;\n\nhareb nama-the holy name of the Supreme Lord;\n\nputra-upacaritam-though spoken for his son;\n\najami/ab­\n\nAjiimila; api-also; agat-attained; dhama-the spiritual world; kim uta-what\n\nto speak of; sraddhaya-with faith and reverence; gwan-chanting.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n' While dying, Ajamila chanted the holy name of the Lord, intending to call\n\nhis son Naraya�;�a. Nevertheless, he attained the spiritual world. What then to\nspeak of those who chant the holy name with faith and reverence 1'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (6.2.49).\nTEXT 65\n\ne{tl{t'6ftl '�L_f9' Q �'Sf '\"f't I\n!l<et� �W! 'fll'ftf'lll'f �t� ll\"\\!j� ll\n-\n\nnamabhase 'mukti' haya sarva-sastre dekhi\n\nsri-bhagavate tate ajamila-sak$i\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nnama-abhase-simply by a glimpse of the rays of the holy name; mukti­\n\nliberation; haya-there is; sarva-sastre-in all the revealed scriptures; dekhi-1\n\nfind; sri-bhagavate-in Srimad-Bhagavatam;\nsak$i-witness.\n\ntate-to that;\n\najami/a-Ajamii(J.;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because of even the faintest rays of the effulgence of the Lord's holy name,\none can attain liberation. We can see this in all the revealed scrirtures. The\nevidence appears in the story of Ajamila in Srimad-Bhagavatam.\"\nTEXT 66\n\n�mi � �� �� 'CI�t ,\n\n�M � �tt· � lit�mf 11 \\!j\\!j 11\nsuniya prabhura sukha ba(faye antare\n\npunarapi bhangi kari' puchaye tanhare\n\n", "ant1#p0274": "242\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuniya-hearing; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sukha-happiness;\n\nbaQ'aye-increased; antare-within the heart; punarapi-still; bharigi kari'-as a\nmatter of course; puchaye tarihare-inquires from Haridasa Thakura.\nTRANSLATION\nAs Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard this from Haridasa Thakura, the happiness within His heart increased, but as a matter of course, He still inquired\nfurther.\nTEXT 67\n\n\"�fQ!�i! �ri1�-��� I\nbi-� � ��H;;� �l� Clft� ?\"�� II\n\"prthivite bahu-jiva-sthavara-jarigama\niha-sabara ki prakare ha-ibe mocana?\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nprthivite-on this earth; bahu-jiva-many living entities; sthavara-not moving; jarigama-moving; iha-sabara-of all of these; ki prakare-how; ha-ibe\nmocana-there will be deliverance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"On this earth there are many living e ntities,\" the Lord said, \"some moving\nand some not moving . What will happen to the trees, plants, insects and other\nliving entities? How will they be delivered from material bondage?\"\nTEXT 68\n\n�lfl� <r>t�,-\"�t_, <;� �9fi <;�I\n�1f·'Sf1r1f �'it �� fi{� II �\\7\" II\nharidasa kahe,- \"prabhu, se krpa tamara\nsthavara-jarigama age kariyacha nistara\nSYNONYMS\n\nharidasa kahe-Haridasa replied; prabhu-my dear Lord; se-that; krpamercy; tamara-Your; sthavara-jarigama-nonmoving and moving living entities;\nage-previously; kariyacha nistara-You have delivered.\n\n", "ant1#p0275": "Text 70]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n243\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura replied, \"My dear Lord, the deliverance of all moving and\nnonmoving living entities takes place only by Your mercy. You have already\ngranted this mercy and delivered them.\nTEXT 69\n\n� � �mttt t!l� �fjij :JI��i{ 1\n\n�-'Sf�tlf� <;:JI� ��' C!l<!!ct II �� II\ntumi ye kariyacha ei ucca sankirtana\nsthavara-jangamera sei hayata' sravaQa\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-You;\n\nye-what;\n\nkariyacha-have\n\nexecuted;\n\nei-this;\n\nucca-loud;\n\nsankirtana-chanting; sthavara-jangamera-of all living entities, moving and nonmoving; sei-they; hayata'-there is; sravaQa-hearing.\nTRANSLATION\n\" You have loudly chanted the Hare Kr�r;�a mantra, and everyone, moving or\nnot moving, has benefited by hearing it.\nTEXT 70\n\n�firn1 i!Jf11rf;ll� � :JI��-'R I\n\"1�11' � -t\"'f \"111;'$1\", ��� � II 'l\n\no\n\nII\n\nsuniya jangamera haya sarilsara-k$aya\nsthavare se sabda /age, pratidhvani haya\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing; jangamera-of the living entities who can move; haya-there\nis; sarilsara-k$aya-annihilation of bondage to the material world; sthavare-unto\nthe nonmoving living entities; se sabda-that transcendental vibration; /agetouches; prati-dhvani-echo; haya-there is.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My Lord, the moving entities who have heard Your loud sankirtana have\nalready been delivered from bondage to the material world, and after the nonmoving living entities like trees hear it, there is an echo.\n\n", "ant1#p0276": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n244\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 71\n\n'��fil' e{t�, �� <R� '��il' I\n� ��� �� �Qij ��I '\\� I\n'pratidhvani' nahe, sei karaye 'kTrtana'\ntamara krpara ei akathya kathana\nSY NONYMS\nprati-dhvani nahe-that sound vibration is not an echo; sei-they; karaye\nkTrtana-are\n\nchanting;\n\ntamara\n\nkrpara-of\n\nYour\n\nmercy;\n\nei-t h is;\n\nakathya\n\nkathana-inconceivable incident.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Actually, however, it is not an echo; it is the kirtana of the nonmoving living entities. All this, although inconceivable, is possible by Your mercy.\nTEXT 72\n\n�� i!lf'm;i! l8l � �ft�il I\n\n�firn1 '�� iltr;� '¥t<il�·�'alll '\\� II\nsakala jagate haya ucca sailkTrtana\nsuniya premavese nace sthavara-jailgama\nSY NONYMS\nsakala jagate-all over the universe; haya\n\n-\n\nthere is; ucca sailkTrtana-lou d\n\nchanting of the Hare Kr�t:�a mantra; suniya-hearing; prema-avese-in ecstatic\nemotional love; nace-dance ; sthavara-jailgama-all living entities, nonmoving\nand moving.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When loud chanting of the Hare Kr��:ta mantr a is performed all over the\nworld by those who follow in Your footsteps, all living entities, moving and\nnonmoving, dance in ecstatic devotional love.\nTEXT 73\n\n��fi ��\"1 �ff-tt� �\"11<lle{ �1·tl;! I\n��(!:-'e�1-ti ��lltr;�il �t1fW! II'\\� II\n\n", "ant1#p0277": "Text 751\n\n245\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\nyaiche kaila jharikhaQc;fe vrndavana yaite\nbalabhadra-bhattacarya kahiyachena amate\nSYNONYMS\n\nyaiche-as; kaila-You have performed; jharikhaf)c;fe-in the forest known as\nJharikhal)<;la;\n\nvrndavana yaite-while going to Vrndavana;\n\nbalabhadra-bhat­\n\ntacarya-Your servant Balabhadra Bhagacarya; kahiyachena amate-has said to\nme.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, all the incidents that took place while You were going to\nVrndavana through the forest known as Jharikha.,�a have been related to me\nby Your servant Balabhadra Bhattacarya.\nTEXT 74\n\n�� �� rrtRf' �<Tift �t�Wil I\n�� �tf\\�111 �<fi'ft �1t �t�� ll '\\8 ll\nvasudeva jTva Jagi' kaila nivedana\ntabe arigTkara kaila jTvera mocana\nSYNONYMS\n\nvasudeva-the Lord's devotee named Vasudeva; jTva lagi'-for all living entities; kai/a nivedana-submitted his appeal; tabe-at that time; arigTkara kailaYou accepted; jTvera mocana-the deliverance of all living entities.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Your devotee Vasudeva Datta submitted his plea at Your lotus feet\nfor the deliverance of all living entities, You accepted that request.\nTEXT 75\n\n�Sr'5te. fil�tRft'! <.!!l '\\!11mf �11t I\n\n'elJ'1!51� �tt'5t �tt'! �<f.f!i �tft�t1t II '\\If II\njagat nistarite ei tamara avatara\nbhakta-bhava age tate kai/a arigTkara\n\n", "ant1#p0278": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n246\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\njagat nistarite-to deliver the whole world; ei-this; tamara avatara-Your incarnation;\n\nbhakta-bhava-the mood of a devotee; age-previously; tate­\n\ntherefore; kai/a angikara-You accepted.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, You have accepted the form of a devotee just to deliver all\nthe fallen souls of this world.\nTEXT 76\n\n�� ��� l!tr;l! <�Snt� <21m 1\n\nf��� �� �?;\"'t� �<I ��1�\"f1 ���1� II\"'\\� II\nucca sankirtana tate karila pracara\nsthira-cara jivera saba khar:u;Jai/a sarilsara\"\nSYNONYMS\nucca sankirtana-loud chanting of the Hare Kr�t:�a mantra; tate-therefore;\nkarila pracara-You have spread; sthira-cara-nonmoving and moving; jivera-of\nthe living entities; saba-all; khaQc;faila-You finished; sarilsara-the bondage to\nmaterial existence.\nTRANSLATION\n\" You have preached the loud chanting of the Hare Kr�r:�a maha-mantra and\nin this way freed all moving and nonmoving living entities from material\nbondage.\"\nTEXT 77\n\n�t_ <f!t�,-\"�\"'t �\"'t 'if• �?;<� �<I I\n\n\\.!!� I!' �� l!t\"'t �� �<I !\" '\\'\\ II\n\nprabhu kahe,- \"saba jiva mukti yabe pabe\nei ta' brahmaQc;fa tabe jiva-sunya habe!\"\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord replied; saba jiva-all living entities; mukti-liberation;\nyabe-when; pabe-will achieve; ei-this; ta'-certainly; brahmaQc;fa-universe;\ntabe-then; jiva-sunya-devoid of living entities; habe-will be.\n\n", "ant1#p0279": "247\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\nText 80]\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"If all living entities were liberated, the\nentire universe would be devoid of living beings.\"\nTEXTS 78-79\n\n�rn�� �,- \"'!;!'tlffif �t<te. ��Jr..� 1\nme..�·\\Sf1flf, �iSfl�.ISftf% II '\\lr II\n� 11� <lim' t_fif ���-b 9ft�� 1\n\n,��� \"i_il: ._,..t$1 i!!�� <lim� II 9� II\nharidasa bale,-\"tomara yavat martye sthiti\ntavat sthavara-jangama, sarva jiva-jati\nsaba mukta kari' tumi vaikuQthe pathaiba\nsOk?ma-jive punab karme udbuddha kariba\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa ba/e-Haridasa Thakura said; tamara-Your; yavat-as long as; martye-in this material world; sthiti-situation; tavat-for that duration of time;\nsthavara-jangama-nonmoving and moving; sarva-all; jiva-jati-species of living\nentities;\n\nsaba-all;\n\nmukta\n\nkari'-liberating;\n\ntumi-You;\n\nvaikuQthe-to\n\nthe\n\nspiritual world; pathaiba-will send; sOk?ma-jive-the undeveloped living entities; punab-again; karme-in their activities; udbuddha kariba-You will\nawaken.\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa said, \"My Lord, as long as You are situated within the material\nworld, You will send to the spiritual sky all the developed moving and nonmoving living entities in different species. Then again You will awaken the living entities who are not yet developed and engage them in activities.\nTEXT 80\n\n'� il� m �� -.�'�'��' 1\n�'ttl;! '6fil� atfi1� '� �� l11r0 11\nsei jiva habe ihan sthavara-jangama\ntahate bharibe brahmaf)(ia yena purva-sama\n\n", "ant1#p0280": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n248\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei jiva -such living entities; habe-will be; ihari-in this material world;\nsthavara-jangama-nonmoving and moving living entities; tahate-in that way;\nbharibe-You will fill; brahmary;Ja-the entire universe; yena-as; purva-sama­\n\nthe same as previously.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this way all moving and nonmoving living entities will come into existence, and the entire universe will be filled as it was previously.\nPURPORT\nWhile we are preaching, opposing elements sometimes argue, \"If all living entities were delivered by the Kr�r;�a consciousness movement, what would happen\nthen? The universe would be devoid of living entities.\" In answer to this, we may\nsay that in a prison there are many prisoners, but if one thinks that the prison\nwould be empty if all the prisoners adopted good behavior, he is incorrect. Even if\nall the prisoners within a jail are freed, other criminals will fill it again. A prison will\nnever be vacant, for there are many prospective criminals who will fill the prison\ncells, even if the present criminals are freed by the government. As confirmed in\nBhagavad-gita, karaf)arh guf)a-sango 'sya sad-asad-yoni-janmasu: \"Because of the\n\nliving entity's association with material nature, he meets with good and evil\namong various species.\" (Bg. 13.22) There are many unmanifested living entities\ncovered by the mode of ignorance who will gradually come to the mode of passion. Most of them will become criminals because of their fruitive activities and\nagain fill the prisons.\nTEXT 81\n\n'j:f('<;� �Ql �� 'f;ltt�NJI 'i'�1 I\n��� c;�\"f'', 'f;l�t� �t��rl ��1 II lr:> II\npurve yena raghunatha saba ayodhya lana\nvaikuQthake ge/a, anya-jive ayodhya bharana\n\nSYNONYMS\npurv e-previously; y ena-as; raghunatha - Ramacandra; saba-all; ayodhya­\n\nthe population of Ayodhya; /ana -taking with Him; vaikuQthake ge/a-went\nback to Vaikur;�thaloka; anya-ji ve-other living entities; a yodhya- Ayodhya;\nbharana -filling.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Previously, when Lord Ramacandra left this world, He took with Him all\nthe living entities of Ayodhya. Then He filled Ayodhya again with other living\nentities.\n\n", "ant1#p0281": "Text 84]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n249\n\nTEXT 82\n\n..��' l{fil �� 9ft��t- �t� I\n<;�� il1 ��C! ?fttf <;l!t1ftf � ilt� II lr� ll\navatari' tumi aiche patiyacha hata\nkeha na bujhite pare tamara ga<;iha nata\nSYNONYMS\navatari'-descending; tumi-You; aiche-like that; patiyacha hatc;-have set\nup a market; keha na bujhite pare-no one can understand; tamara-Your; gu<;iha\nnata-deep acting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, You have set a plan in motion by descending on the material\nworld, but no one can understand how You are acting.\nTEXT 83\n\n�� ar;� �,. ��, ..�l!tf 1\n�Gif a�-��� ���� \"�� 111r� 11\npOrve yena vraje kr$Qa kari' avatara\nsakala brahmaQ<;ia-jTvera khaQ<;iaila sarhsara\nSYNONYMS\nparve-previously; yena-as; vraje-in Vrndavana; kr$Qa-Lord Kr�Qa; kaci'\navatara-descending as an incarnation; saka/a-all; brahmaQ<;ia-jTvera-of living\nentities within this universe; khaQ<;iai/a-destroyed; sarhsara-the material existence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Formerly, when Lord Kr��;�a descended in Vrndavana, He freed all living\nentities in the universe from material existence in the same way.\nTEXT 84\n\n0{ CS�t. f�\"llil: �lC:�1 'S��1 �'i\\��n;� I\nClftC:'i\\1C�1C:� �Clp <;� <1l��l!_SJ'C� II 178 II\nna caivarh vismaya/:1 karyo\nbhavata bhagavaty aje\nyogesvaresvare kr$Qe\n. yata etad vimucyate\n\n", "ant1#p0282": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n250\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\nna-not; ca-also; evam-thus; vismayab -wonder; karya/:1-to be done;\n\nbhavata-by You; bhagavati-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; aje­\n\nthe unborn; yoga-isvara-isvare-the master of all masters of mystic power;\n\nk[$Qe-unto Lord Kr�Qa; yatab-by whom; etat-all living entities; vimucyate­\n\nare delivered.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Kr�r;�a, the unborn Supreme Personality of Godhead, master of all of the\nmasters of mystic power, delivers all living entities, moving and nonmoving.\nNothing is astonishing in the activities of the Lord.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.29.16).\nTEXT 85\n\n\"�'!J� � �5l�q \"!�: <ll'lf\\!i\\!: '1�1�\"1>\nc�t�<tr�\"1t9frf���t��tfif�a{!i� �<'(� ��f\\!i, f<fi'i_\\!i ''f1lJ5t,\ni5 f'&'I(\\!it'�.\" � f\\!i II lT It II\n\"ayarh hi bhagavan df$taQ kirtitab sarhsmrta5 ca\ndve$anubandhenapy akhila-surasuradi-durlabharh\nphalarh prayacchati, kim uta samyag bhaktimatam\" iti\nSYNONYMS\n\nayam-this;\n\nhi-certainly;\n\nbhagavan-Supreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\ndr$ta/:l-see n ; kirtitab-glorified; sarhsmrta/:1-remembered; ca-and; dve$a-of\n\nenvy; anubandhena-with the conception; api-although; akhila-sura-asura­\n\nadi-by all demigods and demons; dur/abham-v ery rarely achieved; pha/am­\n\nresult; prayacchati-awards; kim uta -what to speak of; samyak-fully; bhakti­\n\nmatam-of those engaged in devotional service; iti-thus.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'Although the Supreme Personality of Godhead may be seen, glorified or\nremembered with an attitude of envy, He nevertheless awards the most confidential liberation, which is rarely achieved by the demigods and demons.\nWhat, then, can be said of those who are already fully engaged in devotional\nservice to the LordJ'\n\n", "ant1#p0283": "Text 87]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n251\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Vi�QU PuraQa (4.15.17).\nTEXT 86\n\n''!t� � ��9f <fi�' 'CI�C!'Af I\nlf<fi\"f·81�1�-W�� ��l'li fil\"!t� II \\r� II\ntaiche tumi navadvipe kari' avatara\nsakala-brahmaQc;fa-jivera karila nistara\nSYNONYMS\ntaiche-in that way; tum i -You; navadvipe-at Navadvipa; kari' avatara-de­\n\nscending as an incarnation; saka/a-all; brahmaQc;fa-of the universe; jivera-the\nliving entities; karila nistara-ha v e delivered.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"By descending as an incarnation at Navadvipa, You, just like K��l)a, have\nalready delivered all the living entities of the universe.\nTEXT 87\n\n'� �t�,-'�C!�-11� '1frn ''m�1f U' I\n� �li_<!fi, c;1ft1f �i{: <.!!� I'! ' f� II \\r'\\ II\nye kahe,-'caitanya-mahima mora gocara haya'\nse januka, mora punaf) ei ta' ni5caya\nSYNONYMS\nye kahe-whoever\n\nsays;\n\ncaitanya-mahima-the\n\nglories of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; mora gocara-known to me; haya-are; se januka-he may know;\nmora-of me; punaf)-again; ei ta' ni5caya-this is the decision.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One may say that he understands the glories of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nHe may know whatever he may know, but as far as I am concerned, this is my\nconclusion.\n\n", "ant1#p0284": "252\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 88\n\nc;i!PIR <;� ��1 ';f�-��1t fi!'i{ 1\n� ';ft�'Stt�1t � i!ftf <.!!� �it!_ ll\"lrlr II\ntamara ye lila maha-amrtera sindhu\nmora mano-gocara nahe tara eka bindv\"\nSYNONYMS\n\ntamara-Your; ye-whatever; lila-pastimes; maha-amrtera sindhu-a great\nocean of nectar; mora-for me; manaf)-gocara nahe-it is not possible to conceive; tara-of it; eka bindu-one drop.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, Your pastimes are just like an ocean of nectar. It is not possible for me to conceive how great that ocean is or even to understand a drop\nof it.\"\nTEXT 89\n\n<Jli! ��' �1t ';{� �11e.<!it1t C�� I\n\n'<;';fill '5J1�� !(Rf�Pf <;<ti';ft � llftfiwr ?' lr� II\neta suni' prabhura mane camatkara haila\n'mora gcu;Jha lila haridasa kemane ja ni l a?'\n-\n\nSYNONYMS\neta suni'-hearing this; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mane-in the\n\nmind; camatkara hai la-there was astonishment; mora-My; gu<;/ha-/i/a-co nfi\n\n­\n\ndential pastimes; haridasa-Haridasa; kemane-how; janila-has understood.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHearing all this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was astonished. \"These are actually My confidential pastimes,\" He thought. \"How could Haridasa have\nunderstood them?\"\nTEXT 90\n\n11'til� �\"itt� itt� '�ff1 �1filtril I\n\n� ��tfitti! <Jl·ll� <!i�� �.(� II �o II\n\n", "ant1#p0285": "The Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\nText 92)\n\n253\n\nmanera santo$e tanre kaila a/ingana\nbahye prakasite e-saba karila varjana\nSYNONYMS\n\nmanera sant o$e- with complete satisfaction of the mind; tar'lre-him; kaila\nalingana-He embraced; bahye- externally ; prakasite-to disclose; e-saba-all\nthis; kari/a varjana-He avoided.\nTRANSLATION\nGreatly satisfied by the statements of Haridasa Thakura, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu embraced him. Outwardly, however, He avoided further discussions of these matters.\nTEXT 91\n\n�-��,-��itt� �1� I\n�·-itf� ��tlt�:! i11t�, � �, �tift� II�� II\nisvara-svabhava,-aisvarya cahe acchadite\nbhakta-thani Jukaite nare, haya ta' vidite\nSYNONYMS\n\nisvara-svabhava-the characteristic of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;\naisvarya- op u lence; cahe-wants; acchadite-to cover; bhakta-thani-before\nHis devotee; lukaite nare-He cannot cover; haya ta' vidite-is well-known.\nTRANSLATION\nThis is a characteristic of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Although He\nwants to cover His opulence, He cannot do so before His devotees. This is\nwell-known everywhere.\nTEXT 92\n\n��\\!ifliif��:�>i'l'll'l'lltf>::!i\"ftill'1�1�01� \\!i<l' 9ffil31�'ll��1'1'\\. I\n'llt�t��<'TO! ��\\!i1f9f f-1 ��'litO\\�\n\n9f�f� C<f�Wfo\\\"t� �lf\"l��<lt: II �� II\nu/langhita-trividha-sima-samatisayisambhavanam tava parivra(ihima-svabhavam\n\n", "ant1#p0286": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n254\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nmaya-balena bhavatapi niguhyamanarh\npasyanti kecid anisarh tvad-ananya-bhava/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nullanghita-passed over; tri-vidha-three kinds; sima-the limitations; samaof equal; atisayi-and of excelling; sambhavanam-by which the adequacy;\ntava-Your; parivraghima-of supremacy; sva-bhavam-the real nature; mayabalena-by the strength of the illusory energy; bhavata-Your; api-although;\nniguhyamanam-being hidden; pasyanti-they see; kecit-some; anisam-al­\n\nways; tvat-to You; ananya-bhava/:1-those who are exclusively devoted.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"0 my lord, everything within material nature is limited by time, space and\n\nthought. Your characteristics, however, being unequaled and unsurpassed, are\nalways transcendental to such limitations. You sometimes cover such characteristics by Your own energy, but nevertheless Your unalloyed devotees are always able to see You under all circumstances.\"\nPURPO RT\n\nThis is a verse from the Stotra-ratna of Y amunacarya.\nTEXT 93\n\n� 1f�� ����tt-t �$1 I\n\n�f«ttl1� �'t <fit� -11!1!_-t �$111 �� ll\ntabe mahaprabhu nija-bhakta-pase yana\nharidasera guf)a kahe sata-mukha hana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-after this; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nija-bhakta-paseto His personal devotees; yalia-going; haridasera guQa-the transcendental\nqualities of Haridasa Thakura; kahe-explains; sata-mukha-as if with hundreds\n\nof mouths; halia-becoming.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to His personal devotees and began\nspeaking about Haridasa Thakura's transcendental qualities as if He had\nhundreds of mouths.\n\n", "ant1#p0287": "Text 96]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n255\n\nTEXT 94\n\n'et� �'l ��I! �� 4!1�11 \\911t� I\n\n'ft'1t'f\"'� 1!1'tl! ���t� ll �8 ll\nbhaktera gu!Ja kahite prabhura badaye ullasa\nbhakta-gal)a-sre$tha tate sri-haridasa\nSYNONYMS\nbhaktera-of the devotees; guQa-qualities; kahite-spe akin g; prabhura-of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; badaye-increases; u//asa-jubilation; bhakta-gaQaof all devotees; sre$tha-topmost; tate-in that; sri-haridasa-Haridasa Thakura.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu derives great pleasure from glorifying His devotees, and among the devotees, Haridasa Thakura is the foremost.\nTEXT 95\n\n��� �'f'$f'f-<c���-o, 'CI�t1f I\n(;4!ti� (;4!ti'fi{ 'CI�t-f 4!tt� i{t� � �1f ll �� ll\nharidasera guQa-gaQa-asankhya, apara\nkeha kana amse varQe, nahi paya para\nSYNONYMS\nharidasera guQa-gaQa-the stock of transcendental qualities of Haridasa\n\nThakura; asankhya-innumerable; apara-unf athomed; keha-someone; kana\namse- some part; varl)e-describes; nahi paya para-can n ot reach the limit.\nTRANSLATION\nThe transcendental qualities of Haridasa Thakura are innumerable and unfathomable. One may describe a portion of them, but to count them all is impossible.\nTEXT 96\n\n�WiiiPCl't ��-�t� I\n��m�11 �\" f<fli ��11tr;;� 121<flt-t u c.� u\ncaitanya-mangale sri-vrndavana-dasa\nharidasera guQa kichu kariyachena prakasa\n\n", "ant1#p0288": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n256\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-mangale-in\nbhagavata);\nHaridasa\n\nthe book\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nCaitanya-mangala\n\n(Caitanya­\n\nsri-vrndavana-dasa-Sri Vrndavana dasa Thakura; haridasera-of\n\nThakura;\n\nguQa-qualities;\n\nkichu-some;\n\nkariyachena\n\nprakasa­\n\nmanifested.\nTRANSLATION\nIn Caitanya-mangala, Srila Vrndavana diisa Thakura has described the attributes of Haridasa Thakura to some extent.\nTEXT 97\n\n� �� if1 �-m m�� �m 1\n<;�!'( � �� mt'! \"51t�if1 �� II �'l II\nsaba kaha na yaya haridasera caritra\nkeha kichu kahe karite apana pavitra\nSYNONYMS\nsaba-all; kaha-to speak; na yaya-is not possible; haridasera caritra-the\ncharacteristics of Haridasa Thakura; keha kichu kahe-someone says something;\nkarite-just to make; apana-himself; pavitra-purified.\nTRANSLATION\nNo one can describe all the qualities of Haridasa Thakura. One may say\nsomething about them just to purify himself.\nTEXT 98\n\n���-� � �l �� <!(� I\n�t:J'If �'I �� �i{, re91ttf II �lr II\nvrndavana-dasa yaha na kaila varl)ana\nharidasera gul)a kichu suna, bhakta-gal)a\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavana-dasa-Srila Vrndavana dasa Thakura; yaM-whatever; na-not;\nkaila var!)ana-described; haridasera guQa-qualities of Haridasa Thakura;\nkichu-something; suna-hear; bhakta-gal)a-0 devotees of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant1#p0289": "Text 100]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n257\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n0 devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, please hear something about the\nqualities of Haridasa Thakura that Srila Vrndavana dasa Thakura has not described in detail.\nTEXT 99\n\n�Bt5ft:Jf �� fil�-� �Jt� �\"Ji I\n'�iTit�1ti'Af �il·1ft'IJ ��fflil1ff�1 II �� II\nharidasa yabe nija-grha tyaga kaila\nbenapolera vana-madhye kata-dina rahila\n\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa-Haridasa\n\nThakura;\n\nyabe-when;\n\nnija-grha-his own residence;\n\ntyaga kaila-gave up; benapolera-of the village known as Benapola; vanamadhye-in the forest; kata-dina-for some time; rahi/a-stayed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter leaving his home, Haridasa Thakura stayed for some time in the forest\nof Benapola.\nTEXT 100\n\nfil�il-�til �$1{ �f�' �� '��il I\n1ftfur·fWtil f�il �'1\\'i i1111\"·���il II �\n\no o\n\nII\n\nnirjana-vane kutira kari' tulasi sevana\nratri-dine tina /ak$a nama-sailkirtana\n\nSYNONYMS\nnirjana-vane-in a solitary forest; kutira-a cottage; kari'-making; tu/asi-the\ntulasi plant; sevana-worshiping; ratri-dine-throughout the entire day and\nnight; tina-three; /ak$a-hundred thousand; nama-sailkirtana-chanting of the\nholy name.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura constructed a cottage in a solitary forest. There he\nplanted a tulasi plant, and in front of the tulasi he would chant the holy name\nof the Lord 300,000 times daily. He chanted throughout the entire day and\nnight .\n\n", "ant1#p0290": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n258\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nPURPORT\nThe village of Benapola is situated in the district of Ya5ohara, which is now in\nBangladesh. Benapola is near the Banagar'lo station, which is at the border of\nBangladesh and may be reached by the eastern railway from Shelda Station in\nCalcutta. Haridasa Thakura, being the acarya of chanting the Hare Kr�r:Ja mahamantra, is called Namacarya Haridasa Thakura. From his personal example we can\nunderstand that chanting the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra and becoming highly elevated in\nKr�r:Ja consciousness is very simple. Without difficulty one can sit down anywhere, especially on the bank of the Ganges, Yamuna or any sacred river, devise a\nsitting place or cottage, plant a tulasi, and before the tulasi chant the Hare Kr�r:Ja\nmaha-mantra undisturbed.\nHaridasa Thakura used to chant the holy name on his beads 300,000 times\ndaily. Throughout the entire day and night, he would chant the sixteen names of\nthe Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra. One should not, however, imitate Haridasa Thakura,\nfor no one else can chant the Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra 300,000 times a day. Such\nchanting is for the mu kt a-purug or liberated soul. We can follow his example,\nhowever, by chanting sixteen rounds of the Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra on beads\nevery day and offering respect to the tu/asi plant. This is not at all difficult for anyone, and the process of chanting the Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra with a vow before\nthe tulasi plant has such great spiritual potency that simply by doing this one can\nbecome spiritually strong. Therefore we request the members of the Hare Kr�r:Ja\nmovement to follow Haridasa Thakura's example rigidly. Chanting sixteen rounds\ndoes not take much time, nor is offering respects to the tulasi plant difficult. The\nprocess has immense spiritual potency. One should not miss this opportunity.\nTEXT 101\n\ni3t'!lf;;'t1f �t1f �t1f �'1\\'ii fil(f�'l I\n$tl;<it ,�ff '�<li �1ft� \"1_�il II � � II\no\n\nbrahmaQera ghare kare bhik$a nirvahaQa\nprabhave sakala /oka karaye pujana\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmaQera ghare-in the house of a brahmaQa; kare-does; bhik$a nirvahaQa-asking alms of food; prabhave-by spiritual potency; sakala /oka-all\npeople; karaye pujana-worship.\nTRANSLATION\nFor his bodily maintenance he would go to a brahm;u:�a's house and beg\nsome food. He was spiritually so influential that all the neighboring people\nworshiped him.\n\n", "ant1#p0291": "Text 103]\n\n259\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\nPURPORT\nIn the days of Haridasa Thakura, all the brahmaQas worshiped Narayal)a in the\nform of the salagrama-sila. Therefore begging from a brahmaQa's house meant\ntaking kr�Qa-prasada, which is transcendental (nirguQa). If we take food from the\nhouse of others, such as karmis, we shall have to share the qualities of those from\nwhom we take alms. Therefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took prasada in the\nhouses of Vai�l)avas. This is the general process. The members of the Kr�t:�a consciousness movement are advised not to take food from anywhere but a\nVai�l)ava's or brahmaQa's house where Deity worship is performed. S ri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu has said, Vi$ayira anna khaile du�ta haya mana: if a devotee takes\nalms or food from the house of a karmi who is simply interested in money, his\nmind will be unclean. We must always remember that a devotee's life is one of\nvairagya-vidya, or renunciation and knowledge. Therefore all devotees are\nwarned not to live unnecessarily luxurious lives at the cost of others. Crhasthas\nliving within the jurisdiction of the temple must be especially careful not to imitate karmis by acquiring opulent clothing, food and conveyances. As far as possible, these should be avoided. A member of the temple, whether grhastha,\nbrahmacari or sannyasi, must practice a life of renunciation, following in the\nfootsteps of Haridasa Thakura and the six Gosvamis. Otherwise, because maya is\nvery strong, at any time one may become a victim of maya and fall down from\nspiritual life.\nTEXT 102\n\nc;� c;'fllft-o1115 �t1f-�'t11�� � I\n��ctfctt�� �� ?l��·�'ft� II �o� II\nsei desadhyak�a nama-ramacandra khanna\nvai�Qava-vidve$i sei pa�aQ(Ia-pradhana\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that;\n\ndesa-adhyak$a-landholder;\n\nnama-whose\n\nname;\n\nramacandra\n\nkhanna-Ramacandra Khan; vai$Qava-vidve$i-envious of Vai�l)avas; sei-that;\npa$aQ(Ia-pradhana-chief of the atheists.\nTRANSLATION\nA landholder named Ramacandra Khan was the zamindar of that district. He\nwas envious of Vai�r,avas and was therefore a great atheist.\nTEXT 103\n\n!f�� � ��' :Jt�t'! �i ?l� I\ni� �91��� <'fiffi'! ��i �?l'Rl <1St1f II �o� II\n\n", "ant1#p0292": "260\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nharidase Joke puje, sahite na pare\n\ntanra apamana karite nana upaya kare\n\nSYNONYMS\nharidase-unto Haridasa Thakura; Joke-people; puje-offer respect; sahite na\npare-he could not tolerate; tanra-his; apamana-dishonor; karite-to do;\n\nnana-various; upaya-means; kare-plans.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUnable to tolerate that such respect was being offered to Haridasa Thiikura,\nRamacandra Khan planned in various ways to dishonor him.\nTEXT 104\n\n'����mt �firliftr;�11' �i!f ilt� �t� 1\n\n��t'Stf;'f �' �f;� fliti!f11' �� II � 8 II\no\n\nkona-prakare haridasera chidra nahi paya\nvesya-gaQe ani' kare chidrera upaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nkona-prakare-by any means; haridasera-of Haridasa Thakura; chidra-fault;\nnahi-not; pay a-gets; vesya-gaQe-prostitutes; ani'-bringing; kare-makes;\nchidrera upaya-a means to find some fault.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy no means could he find any fault in the character of Haridasa Thiikura.\nTherefore he called for local prostitutes and began a plan to discredit His\nHoliness.\nPURPORT\nThis is typical of atheistic men, but even among so-called religionists, sadhus,\nmendicants, sannyasis and brahmacaris, there are many enemies of the Kr�r:\"la con­\n\nsciousness movement who always try to find faults in it, not considering that the\nmovement is spreading automatically by the grace of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, who wanted it spread all over the world, in every town and village.\n\nWe are trying to fulfill the Lord's desire, and our attempt has become fairly successful, but the enemies of this movement unnecessarily try to find faults in it, ex­\n\nactly like the old rascal Ramacandra Khan, who opposed Haridasa Thakura.\n\n", "ant1#p0293": "Text 106]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n261\n\nTEXT 105\n\n�t'Stt'l �t�,- \"�� ���t-$it �fil'wPI I\nl!.fif·�� ��-�'At �1tt'StJ·�$f �t-t II\" �o<t II\nvesya-gaQe kahe,- \"ei vairagi haridasa\ntumi-saba kara ihara vairagya-dharma nasa\"\nSYNONYMS\nvesya gaQe-unto the prostitutes; kahe-said; ei-this; vairagi-mendicant;\n-\n\nharidasa-Haridasa Thakura; tumi-saba-all of you; kara-cause; ihara-his;\nvairagya-dharma-from the life of a mendicant; nasa-deviation.\nTRANSLATION\nRamacandra Khan said to the prostitutes, \"There is a mendicant named\nHaridasa Thakura. All of you devise a way to deviate him from his vows of\nausterity.\"\nPURPORT\nDevotional service is the path of vairagya-vidya (renunciation and knowledge).\nHaridasa Thakura was following this path, but Ramacandra Khan planned to induce him to break his vows. Renunciation means renunciation of sensual pleasure,\nespecially the pleasure of sex. Therefore a brahmacari, sannyasi or vanaprastha is\nstrictly prohibited from having relationships with women. Haridasa Thakura was\nstrictly renounced, and thus Ramacandra Khan called for prostitutes because\nprostitutes know how to break a man's vow of celibacy by their feminine influence and thus pollute a mendicant or a person engaged in devotional life. It\nwas impossible for Ramacandra Khan to induce any other women to break\nHaridasa Thakura's vow, and therefore he called for prostitutes. Free mingling with\nwomen has never been possible in India, but for one who wanted to associate\nwith society girls, they were available in a district of prostitutes. There were\nprostitutes in human society even in Lord Kr�r;�a's time, for it is said that the\nprostitutes of Dvaraka City came forth to receive the Lord. Although they were\nprostitutes, they were also devotees of Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 106\n\n<;�lW't'St'!·11t� �� �\"tit 1!._�� I\n� �t�,-\"f\\!��til �Rf� �t� �f'!\" II �o� II\nvesya-gaQa-madhye eka sundari yuvati\nse kahe,-\"tina-dine hariba tanra mati\"\n\n", "ant1#p0294": "262\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\nvesya-gaQa-madhye-among the prostitutes; eka-one; sundari-attractive;\nyuvati-young; se-she; kahe-said; tina-dine-in three days; hariba-1 shall attract; tarira-his; mati-mind.\nTRANSLATION\nAmong the prostitutes, one attractive young girl was selected. \"I shall attract the mind of Haridasa Thakura,\" she promised, \"within three days.\"\nTEXT 107\n\n�if �t�,-\"Qrt� �� <ft�� c;l!'tll� �til I\nc;l!t1ft� :Jf�l! ��ijj I!� �fif' (;<(if �ttil u\"�o'lll\nkharina kahe,-\"mora paika yauka tamara sane\ntamara sahita ekatra tare dhari' yena ane\"\nSYNONYMS\nkharina kahe-Ramacandra Khan said; mora paika-my constable; yauka-let\nhim go; tamara sane-with you; tamara sahita-with you; ekatra-together;\ntare-him; dhari'-arresting; yena-so that; ane-can bring.\nTRANSLATION\nRamacandra Khan said to the prostitute, \"My constable will go with you so\nthat as soon as he sees you with Haridasa Thakura, immediately he will arrest\nhim and bring both of you to me.\"\nTEXT 108\n\n�a;i ��' -\"c;1ft1f �flf f(� ���t1f I\n\n���tt1f �fil'tl! �t�� 'i��c;l!'tll� u\" �olr\"\nvesya kahe,-\"mora sariga ha-uka eka-biira\ndvitiya-bare dharite paika /a-imu tamara\"\nSYNONYMS\nvesya kahe-the prostitute said; mora sariga-union with me; ha-uka-let\nthere be; eka-bara-one time; dvitiya-biire-the second time; dharite-to arrest;\npaika-constable; /a-imu-1 shall take; tamara-your.\nTRANSLATION\nThe prostitute replied, \"First let me have union with him once; then the\nsecond time I shall take your constable with me to arrest him.\"\n\n", "ant1#p0295": "Text 111]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n263\n\nTEXT 109\n\n111�\"1 �· �·1 �t� -.fil�1 I\n�Riwtt�1f Cit��'� qf�l! �\\!131\" �0�\"\nratri-kale sei vesya suvesa dhariya\nharidasera vasaya gela ullasita hana\nSYNONYMS\nratri-kale-at night; sei-that; vesya-prostitute; su-vesa dhariya-dressing\nherself very nicely; haridasera-of Haridasa Thakura; vasaya-to the place;\nge/a-went; ullasita hana-with great jubilation.\nTRANSLATION\nAt night the prostitute, after dressing herself most attractively, went to the\ncottage of Haridasa Thakura with great jubilation.\nTEXT 110\n\n� �'Jf,.fj' �ffl�1f �'tt1f �\\!131 I\n\n'�11Pt1f ��tt· 11'� wt�t<fli1 n �� n\no\n\ntulasi namaskari' haridasera dvare yana\ngosanire namaskari' rahila darx:lana\nSYNONYMS\ntulasi namaskari'-after offering obeisances to the tulasi plant; haridasera-of\nThakura Haridasa; dvare-at the door; yana-going; gosanire-unto the acarya;\nnamaskari'-offering obeisances; rahila daQ gana-remained standing.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter offering obeisances to the tulasi plant, she went to the door of\nHaridasa Thakur a, offered him obeisances and stood there.\nTEXT 111\n\n�IP �t��1 Qf�t� Clf�lt1l�lt1f I\n\n�I! lttRtlt1 f<!lli �11l1f lllft1f \" ��� \"\nanga ughadiya dekhai vasila duyare\nkahite Jagila kichu sumadhura svare\n\n", "ant1#p0296": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n264\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\naliga ughaQ'iya-exposing part of her body; dekhai-visible; vasi/a-sat down;\nduyare-on the threshold of the door; kahite /agi/a-began to speak; kichusomething; su-madhura svare-in very sweet language.\nTRANSLATION\nExposing part of her body to his view, she sat down on the threshold of the\ndoor and spoke to him in very sweet words.\nTEXT 11 2\n\n\"�, '1_fif--���\"l1f, �${ ��i{ I\n�1fl 'W�' '�tif.. iiBlt �BI't� ?ttt1f �?���II\n\"thakura, tumi-parama-sundara, prathama yauvana\ntoma dekhi' kon nari dharite pare mana?\nSYNONYMS\nthakura-0\n\ngreat\n\ndevotee\n\nbeautifully constructed;\n\nacarya;\n\ntumi-you ;\n\nparama-sundara-very\n\nprathama yauvana-the beginning of youth; toma\n\ndekhi'-seeing you; kon nari-what woman; dharite pare-can control; manaher mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Thakura, 0 great preacher, great devotee, you are so beautifully\nbuilt, and your youth is just beginning. Who is the woman who could control\nher mind after seeing you?\nTEXT 113\n\nQ!� ��1{ �tHt' �� '1ft1f �i{ I\n\n'�tali ill �t� �t'l iii� �t1f'l II\" ���II\ntamara safigama lagi' Jubdha mora mana\ntoma na paile praf)a na yaya dharal)a\"\nSYNONYMS\ntamara saligama-union with you; lagi'-for the sake of; lubdha-greedy;\nmora mana-my mind; toma-you; na paile-if I do not get; praf)a-my life;\nna-not; yaya-can be; dharal)a-maintained.\n\n", "ant1#p0297": "Text 116]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n265\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am eager to be united with you. My mind is greedy for this. If I don't obtain you, I shall not be able to keep my body and soul together.\"\nTEXTS 114-115\n\n�� �t�,-\"G;i!itlli �ft� 'Ct�� I\n���rl·ift1T·l11ftf� �t�e, if!�� '45111ft11' II ��8 II\n�e, 1._fif ��' �i{ i{11f·ll��il I\n\n�-l11J1� C�� �ft�J._ G:� <;1!11ft11' 1fi{ ll\"��<t I\nharidasa kahe,- \"toma karimu angikara\nsankhya-nama-samapti yavat na haya amara\ntavat tumi vasi' suna nama-sar'lkirtana\nnama-samapti haile karimu ye tamara mana\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nharidasa kahe-Haridasa Thakura said; toma-you; karimu angikara-1 shall accept; sankhya-nama-the number of holy names; samapti-finishing; yavat-as\nlong as; na-not; haya-it is; amara-my; tavat-so long; tumi-you; vasi'-sitting; suna-hear; nama-sankirtana-chanting of the holy name; nama-of the\nholy name; samapti-finishing; hai/e-when there is; karimu-1 shall do; yewhat; tamara-your; mana-mind.\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura replied, \"I shall accept you without fail, but you will have\nto wait until I have finished chanting my regular rounds on my beads. Until\nthat time, please sit and listen to the chanting of the holy name. As soon as I\nam finished, I shall fulfill your desire.\"\nTEXT 116\n\n�i!j ��' G:ll� ,��1 ���1 � f�Cifll\n\n�� �� �Rf� �ti!i:�t� C� II��� II\neta suni' sei vesya vasiya rahila\nkirtana kare haridasa pratal)-kala haifa\n\n", "ant1#p0298": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n266\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\n\neta suni'-hearing this; sei vesya-that prostitute; vasiya rahi/a-stayed there\nsitting; kirtana-chanting; kare-performs; haridasa-Haridasa Thakura; prata/:1ka/a haifa-there was the light of morning.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, the prostitute remained sitting there while Haridasa Thakura\nchanted on his beads until the light of morning appeared.\nTEXT 117\n\n�g�tc, �f�' '�lfJJ1 t9��1 ��� I\n�<f �t�t1f �t� if�il:f;11 ��\"11 II ��'I II\nprata/:1-ka/a dekhi' vesya uthiya calila\nsaba samacara yai khannere kahila\nSYNONYMS\n\npratal)-kala dekhi'-seeing the morning; vesya-the prostitute; uthiya ca/i/astood up and left; saba samacara-all information; yai-going; khar'mere kahilashe spoke to Ramacandra Khan.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen she saw that it was morning, the prostitute stood up and left. Coming\nbefore Ramacandra Khan, she informed him of all the news.\nTEXT 118\n\n'�fiT 'fj{t1fi 'fj{IJ!'T�� ���tr;� <f�f;il: I\n\n�t� 'fj{<f·�!�HI �� ��<(��II' ��lr II\n'aji ama angikara kariyache vacane\nkali avasya tahara sange ha-ibe sangame'\nSYNONYMS\n\naji-today;\n\nama-me;\n\nangikara-acceptance;\n\nkariyache-he\n\nhas\n\ndone;\n\nvacane-by word; kali-tomorrow; avasya-certainly; tahara sar'lge-with him;\nha-ibe-there will be; sangame-union.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Today Haridasa Thakura has promised to enjoy with me. Tomorrow certainly I shall have union with him.\"\n\n", "ant1#p0299": "Text 121)\n\n267\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\nTEXT 119\n\n�11' Nil 11't� C�tlif �·1 �llil I\n�fnt� '!tt� �'l �1'Sf� <fi�ff II :>:>�II\nara dina ratri haile vesya aila\nharidasa tare bahu asvasa kari/a\nSYNONYMS\n\nara dina-the next day; ratri-night; haile-when ther e was; vesya-the\nprostitute; ai/a-came;\n\nharidasa-Haridasa Thakura; tare-unto her; bahu­\n\nmany; asvasa kari/a-gave assurances.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next night, when the prostitute came again, Haridasa Thakura gave her\nmany assurances.\nTEXT 120\n\n'<ti1fc1 �:� �t�'li, ��t� if1 ��1 (}l't11' l\n��� �Rflj, �tfil �111� �tft�'t11' II :>� II\no\n\n'kali du/:lkha paila, aparadha na la-iba mora\navasya karimu ami tomaya an gikara\nSYNONYMS\n\nka/i-yesterday; dui)kha pai/a-you were disappointed; aparadha-offense;\nna /a-iba-please do not take; mora-my; avasya-certainly; karimu-shall do;\nami-1; tomaya-unto you; ar'lgikara-acceptance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Last night you were disappointed. Please excuse my offense. I shall certainly accept you.\nTEXT 121\n\nl!t�e.l� ��' �i{ ilt'll·���i{ l\nerr11 �cfc�, �( �'� �t'llt� 11il n' :>�:> u\ntavat ihan vasi' suna nama-sankirtana\nnama pOrf)a haile, pOrf)a habe tamara mana'\n\n", "ant1#p0300": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n268\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\ntavat-until\n\nthat\n\ntime;\n\nihan-here;\n\nvasi'-sitting;\n\nsuna-hear;\n\nnama­\n\nsar'lkirtana-chanting of the holy name of the Lord; nama pCm)a haile-as soon as\nthe regular chanting is fulfilled; piirQa-satisfied; habe-will be; tamara manayour mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please sit down and hear the chanting of the Hare Kr�l)a maha-mantra until\nmy regular chanting is finished. Then your desire will surely be fulfilled.\"\nTEXT 122\n\n��t1f itt� G;� �� �fit' I\n'Uti �fil' �tli �t� �t'l '��' '��' II ��� II\ntulasire tanke vesya namaskara kari'\ndvare vasi' nama sune bale 'hari' 'hari'\nSYNONYMS\ntulasire-unto the tulasi plant; tar'lke-unto Haridasa Thakura; vesya-the\nprostitute; namaskara kari'-offering obeisances; dvare vasi'-sitting at the door;\nnama-the holy name; sune-hears; bale-says; hari hari-0 my Lord Hari, 0\nmy Lord Hari.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter offering her obeisances to the tulasi plant and Haridasa Thakura, she\nsat down at the door. Hearing Haridasa Thakura chanting the Hare Kr�l)a\nmantra, she also chanted, \"0 my Lord Hari, 0 my Lord Hari.\"\nPURPORT\nHerein one can clearly see how a Vai�r:Java delivers a fallen soul by a transcendental trick. The prostitute came to pollute Haridasa Thakura, but he took it as his\nduty to deliver the prostitute. As clearly demonstrated here, the process of\ndeliverance is very simple. With faith and reverence the prostitute associated with\nHaridasa Thakura, who personally treated her material disease by chanting the\nHare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra. Although the prostitute had an ulterior motive, somehow or other she got the association of a Vai�r:Java and satisfied him by occasionally chanting in imitation, \"0 my Lord Hari, 0 my Lord Hari.\" The conclusion is\nthat associating with a Vai�r:Java, chanting the holy name of the Lord and offering\nobeisances to the tulasi plant or a Vai�r:Java all lead one to become a transcendental devotee who is completely cleansed of all material contamination.\n\n", "ant1#p0301": "Text 124]\n\n269\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\nTEXT 123\n\n1ftffi·� ��i!f, ��i ��� � I\nf!tt itf� �f-t' ��t� <1it�ill!t�tt� n ��� n\nratri-5e$a haifa, vesya usimisi kare\ntara riti dekhi' haridasa kahena tahare\nSYNONYMS\n\nratri -night; 5e$a haifa-came to an end; vesya-the prostitute; usimisi-restless;\n\nkare-became;\n\ntara-her;\n\nriti-activities;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nharidasa­\n\nHaridasa Thakura; kahena-says; tahare-unto her.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the night came to an end, the prostitute was restless. Seeing this,\nHaridasa Thakura spoke to her as follows.\nTEXT 124\n\n-,<1it$ilt11'��'1·�91 �f11' �<1i1ltt� I\n�- Wt\"f'' <1if111ltf�, (;�ilf �tfit' 'lift� n ��s n\n\"koti-nama-grahal')a-yajfia kari eka-mase\nei dik$a kariyachi, haifa asi' 5e$e\nSYNONYMS\nkoti-nama-grahal')a-chanting ten million names;\n\nyajfia-such a sacrifice;\n\nkari-1 perform; eka-mase-in one month; ei-this; dik$a -vow; kariyachi-1\nhave taken; haifa-it was; asi'-nearing; 5e$e-the end.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have vowed to chant ten million names in a month. I have taken this vow,\nbut now it is nearing its end.\nPURPORT\nIf one regularly chants 333,333 times daily for a month and then chants one\ntime more, he will thus chant ten million times. In this way a devotee worships the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead. Such worship is called yajfia. Yajfiai/:1 sankirtana­\n\nprayair yajanti hi sumedhasa/:1: those whose intelligence is brilliant accept this\nhari-nama-yajfia, the yajfia of chanting the holy name of the Lord. By performing\nthis yajfia, one satisfies the Supreme Personality of Godhead and thus attains perfection in spiritual life.\n\n", "ant1#p0302": "270\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nAccording to external vision, Haridasa Thakura belonged to a Mohammedan\n\nfamily. Nevertheless, because he engaged himself in performing the yajfla of\n\nchanting the Hare Kr�r:ta maha-mantra, he became a regularly initiated brahmal')a\n\nAs stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.33.6):\n\nyan-namadheya-sravaQanukirtanad\n\nyat-prahvaQad yat-smaral')ad api kvacit\n\nsvado 'pi sadyal) savanaya kalpate\n\nkutab punas te bhagavan nu darsanat\n\nEven if a devotee comes from a family of dog-eaters, if he surrenders to the Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead he immediately becomes a qualified brahmaQa and is im­\n\nmediately fit to perform yajfla, whereas a person born in a family of brahmal')as\n\nhas to wait until completing the reformatory processes before he may be called\n\nsarhskrta, purified. It is further said in Srimad-Bhagavatam (12.1.42):\nasarhskrtab kriya-hina\nrajasa tamasavrta/:1\n\nprajas te bhak$ayi$yanti\n\nmleccha rajanya-rOpiQa/:1\n\n\"In the age of Kali, mlecchas, or lowborn people who have not undergone the\n\npurifying process of sarhskara, who do not know how to apply that process in ac­\n\ntual life and who are covered by the modes of passion and ignorance, will take\nthe posts of administrators. They will devour the citizens with their atheistic ac­\n\ntivities.\" A person who is not purified by the prescribed process of sarilskara is\n\ncalled asarhskrta, but if one remains kriya-hina even after being purified by initia­\n\ntion-in other words, if one fails to actually apply the principles of purity in his\n\nlife-he remains an unpurified mleccha or yavana. On the other hand, we find\nthat Haridasa Thakura, although born in a m/eccha or yavana family, became\nNamacarya Haridasa Thakura because he performed the nama-yajfla a minimum\n\nof 300,000 times every day.\nHerein we find that Haridasa Thakura strictly followed his regulative principle of\nchanting 300,000 times. Thus when the prostitute became restless, he informed\nher that first he had to finish his chanting and then he would be able to satisfy her.\nActually Haridasa Thakura chanted the holy name of the Lord for three nights\ncontinuously and gave the prostitute a chance to hear him. Thus she became\npurified, as will be seen in the following verses.\nTEXT 125\n\n�t� ��t� 't��.-,�i{ ati{ f� 1\n�� �fui\n\n�( e{t1f �� if! �'f II )��II\n\n", "ant1#p0303": "Text 126]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n271\n\naji samapta ha-ibe, -hena jnana chi/a\nsamasta ratri nilun nama samapta na haila\nSYNONYMS\naji-today; samapta ha-ibe-will be finished; hena jnana chi/a-1 thought that;\nsamasta ratri -all night; ni/un-1 took; nama-the holy name of the Lord; samapta-finished; na haila-was not.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I thought that today I would be able to finish my performance of yajiia, my\nchanting of the Hare Km'la mantra. I tried my best to chant the holy name all\nnight, but I still did not finish.\nTEXT 126\n\n�� �1ft� ��' �� �t� i.ft'elf I\n�� 'i!t';{Bl #ftlf �t�� #flf II\" ��� II\nka/i samapta habe, tabe habe vrata-bhanga\nsvacchande tamara sange ha-ibeka sanga\"\nSYNONYMS\nkali-tomorrow; samapta habe-it will end; tabe-at that time; habe-there\nwill be; vrata-bhanga-the end of my vow; svacchande-in full freedom; tamara\nsar'lge-with you; ha-ibeka-there will be; sar'lga-union.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Tomorrow I will surely finish, and my vow will be fulfilled. Then it will be\npossible for me to enjoy with you in full freedom.\"\nPURPORT\nHaridasa Thakura never wanted to enjoy the prostitute, but he tricked her to\ndeliver her by giving her a chance to hear the holy name of the Lord while he\nchanted. Pure devotees chant the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra, and simply by hearing this\nchanting from a purified transcendental person, one is purified of all sinful activities, no matter how lowborn or fallen one may be. As soon as one is thus completely free from the reactions of sinful activities, he is eligible to render devotional service to the Lord. This is the process for engaging the fallen souls in devotional service. As Lord Kr�r:Ja says in Bhagavad-gita (7.28):\n\n", "ant1#p0304": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n272\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nye?arh tv anta-gatarh paparh\njananarh puQya-karmaQam\nte dvandva-moha-nirmukta\nbhajante marh drc;lha-vratab\n\"Persons who have acted piously in previous lives and in this life, whose sinful actions are completely eradicated and who are freed from the duality of delusion,\nengage themselves in My service with determination.\"\nTEXT 127\n\n<;� fmrili�'Af �ttil� �� I\n� Nilll'liJI �lt� �t�·�tf$ �\" 11 ��\" n\nvesya giya samacara khatmere kahila\nara dina sandhya ha-ite thakura-thafii aila\nSYNONYMS\nvesya-the\nkahila\n\n-\n\nprostitute;\n\ngiya-returning;\n\nsamacara-information;\n\nspoke to Ramacandra Khan; ara dina\n\n-\n\nbeginning from the evening; thakura-thafii ai/a\n\nkharmere\n\nthe next day; sandhya ha-ite­\n\n-\n\nshe came and remained at the\n\nresidence of Haridasa Thakura.\nTRANSLATION\nThe prostitute returned to Ramacandra Khan and informed him of what had\nhappened. The next day she came earlier, at the beginning of the evening, and\nstayed with Haridasa Thakura.\nTEXT 128\n\n�t�, �t�11t� ill!� ��' I\n� <ilfll' iltll 'etil, <!It� '��· '�ft' II ��lr II\ntulasike, thakurake namaskara kari'\ndvare vasi' nama sune, bale 'hari' 'hari'\nSYNONYMS\ntulasike-unto the\nnamaskara kari'\nsune\n\n-\n\n-\n\ntulasi plant;\n\nthakurake-and unto Haridasa Thakura;\n\noffers her obeisances; dvare vasi'-sitting at the door; nama\n\nhears the holy name; bale-chants; hari ha ri\n\n-\n\nthe holy name of the Lord.\n\n", "ant1#p0305": "Text 130]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n273\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter offering obeisances to the tulasi plant and Haridasa Thakura, she sat\ndown on the threshold of the room. Thus she began to hear Haridasa\nThakura's chanting, and she also personally chanted \"Hari, Hari,\" the holy\nname of the Lord.\nTEXT 129\n\n'•H1l \"!_(���fiSt',-� ��W'Pt I\n\n''!tCl \"!_( <fiRf'! '611� c;'!t1lt1t '61�' II ��� II\n'nama purf)a habe aji',-bale haridasa\n'tabe pOrQa karimu aji tamara abhila?a'\nSYNONYMS\nnama-chanting of the holy name; pOrQa-complete; habe-will be; ajitoday; bale haridasa-Haridasa Thakura said; tabe-then; pOrQa karimu-1 shall\nsatisfy; aji-today; tamara abhila?a-your desires.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Today it will be possible for me to finish my chanting,\" Haridasa Thakura\ninformed her. \"Then I shall satisfy all your desires.\"\nTEXT 130\n\n�� <fiRft'! �� ittfut·� C� I\nitt:t�1f �t� c;Cl�l1f 1li1 f�fil' c;'$1'\"1 II ��o II\nkirtana karite aiche ratri-se?a haila\nthakurera sane vesyara mana phiri' gela\nSYNONYMS\nkirtana karite-chanting and chanting; aiche-in that way; ratri-se?a haila-the\nnight ended; thakurera sane-by the association of Haridasa Thakura; vesyaraof the prostitute; mana-mind; phiri' gela-was converted.\nTRANSLATION\nThe night ended while Haridasa Thakura was chanting, but by his association the mind of the prostitute had changed.\n\n", "ant1#p0306": "274\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 131\n\n���e, ��1 ��� �t��-ij�'1 I\n\n�ilij!§f·�'ttil� <f.Qfl �� fil:��� II ��� II\ndaf)r;iavat hana par;Je thakura-caraf)e\nramacandra-khar'lnera katha kaila nivedane\nSYNONYMS\n\ndaf)r;iavat hana-offering obeisances; par;Je-she fell down; thakura-caraf)e-at\nthe lotus feet of Haridasa Thakura; ramacandra-khannera-of Ramacandra Khan;\nkatha-policy; kaila-did; nivedane-submission.\nTRANSLATION\nThe prostitute, now purified, fell at the lotus feet of Haridasa Thakura and\nconfessed that Ramacandra Khan had appointed her to pollute him.\nTEXT 132\n\n\"'�aw1 ��1 'if$ �t?t �firnt�1�t1 ��a 1\n�� ��' �� (;ili-��11 �·t� II\" ��� U\n\"vesya hana muni papa kariyachor'l apara\nkrpa kari' kara mo-adhame nistara\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nvesya hafla-being a prostitute; muni-1; papa-sinful activities; kariyachor'lhave done; apara-unlimited; krpa kari'-being merciful; kara-please do; moadhame-unto me, the most fallen; nistara-deliverance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because I have taken the profession of a prostitute,\" she said, \"I have performed unlimited sinful acts. My lord, be merciful to me. Deliver my fallen\nsoul.\"\n\nTEXT 133\n\ni�t ��,-i(t�il11' ��1 � �f11 i!Jft� I\n�•11,.( '�' � �=� ilt� 11tfi111 ��� 11\nthakura kahe, -khannera katha saba ami jani\najna markha sei, tare dubkha nahi mani\n\n", "ant1#p0307": "Text 135]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n275\n\nSYNONYMS\nthakura kahe-H aridasa Thakura said; khar'lnera katha-the plans of Ramacandra Khan; saba-all; ami jani-1 know; ajfia murkha sei-he is an ignorant\nfool; tare-by that; du/:lkha nahi mani-1 do not feel unhappiness.\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura replied, \"I know everything about the conspiracy of\nRamacandra Khan. He is nothing but an ignorant fool. Therefore his activities\ndo not make me feel unhappy.\nTEXT 134\n\n(;'t.fifil �-1!11{ �·� �tf�i I\n�fife� J�\"tl$ (;1!11{1 �.HI 'ftf�i II ��8 II\nsei-dina yaitama e-sthana cha(iiya\ntina dina rahilana toma nistara Jagiya\nSYNONYMS\nsei-dina-on that very day; yaitama-1 would have left; e-sthana-this place;\nchaqiya-giving up; tina dina-for three days; rahi/ar'la-1 stayed; toma-you;\nnistara Jagiya-for delivering.\nTRANSLATION\n\"On the very day Ramacandra Khan was planning his intrigue against me, I\nwould have left this place immediately, but because you came to me I stayed\nhere for three days to deliver you.\"\nTEXT 135\n\n�1 \"<15Qt,-\"fi� ��' �� �'lllf I\n\nf� '1ftf <li�J, � �'Ar 'e�·(;pt II\" ��Q' II\nvesya kahe,-\"krpa kari' karaha upadesa\nki mora kartavya, yate yaya bhava-k/esa\"\nSYNONYMS\nvesya kahe-the prostitute said; krpa kari -being merciful; karaha upadesa'\n\nplease give instructions; ki-what; mora kartavya-my duty; yate-by which;\nyaya-go away; bhava-k/esa-all material tribulations.\n\n", "ant1#p0308": "276\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe prostitute said, \"Kindly act as my spiritual master. Instruct me in my\nduty by which to get relief from material existence.\"\nTEXT 136\n\nit� �t�,-\"�1;�� ilf�J Elttfit'l ���I\ntfll ��;� �tfil' � ��� �i!tt� II ��� II\nthakura kahe,-\"gharera dravya brahmaf)e kara dana\nei ghare asi' tumi karaha visrama\nSYNONYMS\n\nthakura kahe- Srila Haridasa Thakura said; gharera-at home; dravya-articles;\nbrahmaf)e-to the brahmaf)as; kara dana-give as charity; ei ghare-in this room;\nasi'-returning; tumi-you; karaha visrama-stay.\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura replied, \"Immediately go home and distribute to the\nbrahmar:tas whatever property you have. Then come back to this room and\nstay here forever in Kr�r:ta consciousness.\nPURPORT\n\nHaridasa Thakura's instruction that the prostitute should distribute to the\nbrahmaf)as all the property she had at home is very significant. Haridasa Thakura\nnever advised the prostitute to give charity to the so-called daridra-narayaf)a\n(\"poor Narayal)a\") or any other such persons. According to Vedic civilization,\ncharity should be given only to the qualified brahmaf)as. As stated in Bhagavad­\n\ngita (18.42):\n\nsamo damas tapa/:! saucarh\nk$antir arjavam eva ca\njnanarh vijnanam astikyarh\nbrahma-karma svabhava-jam\nThe brahminical qualifications are truthfulness, control of the senses and mind,\ntolerance, simplicity, knowledge, practical application of transcendental knowledge in one's life, and full faith in the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Persons\nengaged in pursuing spiritual understanding have no time to earn their livelihood.\nThey depend completely on the mercy of the Lord, who says in Bhagavad-gita\n\n(9.22) that He personally carries to them all their necessities (yoga-k$emarh\n\n", "ant1#p0309": "Text 137]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n277\n\nvahamy aham). The Vedic civilization recommends that one give charity to\nbrahmaQas and sannyasTs, not to the so-called daridra-narayaQa. Narayal)a cannot\nbe daridra, nor can daridra be Narayal)a, for these are contradictory terms.\nAtheistic men invent such concoctions and preach them to fools, but charity\nshould actually be given to brahmaQas and sannyasTs because whatever money\nthey get they spend for Kr�Qa. Whatever charity one gives to a brahmaQa goes to\nKr�Qa, who says in Bhagavad-grta (9.27):\n\nyat karO$i yad asnJ.si\nyaj juho$i dadasi yat\nyat tapasyasi kaunteya\ntat kuru$Va mad-arpaQam\n\n\"0 son of Kunti, all that you do, all that you eat, all that you offer and give away,\nas well as all austerities that you may perform, should be done as an offering unto\nMe.\" Everything actually belongs to Kr�l)a, but so-called civilized men unfortunately think that everything belongs to them. This is the mistake of materialistic\ncivilization. The prostitute (vesya) had earned money by questionable means, and\ntherefore Haridasa Thakura advised her to distribute to the brahmanas whatever\n.\nshe possessed Wh�n Srila ROpa Gosvami retired from family life, h e distributed\n.\nfifty percent of his income to the brahmaQas and Vai�l)avas. A brahmaQa knows\nwhat the Absolute Truth is, and a Vai�l)ava, knowing the Absolute Truth, acts on\nbehalf of the Absolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Generally one\nearns money by many questionable means. Therefore at some time one should\nretire and distribute whatever one has to the brahmaQas and Vai�l)avas who\nengage in devotional service by preaching the glories of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead.\n\nTEXT 137\n\nfiwft �111 &ll'e, �1{ ,_\"flfi '� I\n�1e. 'Pftt� l!t� ��1t �1tst n\" ��'\\ n\nnirantara nama lao, kara tulasT sevana\nacirat pabe tabe k[$Qera caraQa\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nniran ta ra\n\n-\n\ntwenty four hours a day; nama lao-chant the Hare Kr�l)a mantra;\n-\n\nkara-pe rf orm; tulasT se vana-worship of the tulasT plant; acirat-very soon;\npabe-you will get; tabe-then; k[$Qera caraQa-the lotus feet of Kr�l)a.\n\n", "ant1#p0310": "278\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Chant the Hare Kr�r;�a mantra continuously and render service to the tulasi\nplant by watering her and off ering prayers to her. In this way you will very\nsoon get the opportunity to be sheltered at the lotus feet of Kr�r;�a.\"\nPURPORT\nAt least five thousand years ago, Lord SrT Kr�r:Ja expressed His desire that everyone surrender to Him (sarva-dharman parityajya mam ekarh saraf)arh vraja). Why is\nit that people cannot do this? Kr�r:Ja assures, aharh tvarh sarva-papebhyo mok­\n\n?ayi?yami ma suca/:1: \"I shall deliver you from all sinful reactions. Do not fear. \"\nEveryone is suffering from the results of sinful activities, but K[�l)a says that if one\nsurrenders unto Him, He will protect one from sinful reactions. Modern civilization, however, is interested neither in Kr�l)a nor in getting relief from sinful acts.\nTherefore men are suffering. Surrender is the ultimate instruction of Bhagavad­\n\ngitii, but for one who cannot surrender to the lotus feet of Kr�r:Ja, it is better to\nchant the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra constantly, under the instruction of Haridasa\nThakura.\nIn our Kr�r:Ja consciousness movement we are teaching our followers to chant\nthe Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra continuously on beads. Even those who are not accustomed to this practice are advised to chant at least sixteen rounds on their\nbeads so that they may be trained. Otherwise, SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu recommended:\n\ntwad api sunicena\ntaror api sahi?f)una\namanina manadena\nkirtaniya/:1 sada hari/:1\n\n\"One should chant the holy name of the Lord in a humble state of mind, thinking\noneself lower than the straw in the street. One should be more tolerant than a\ntree, devoid of all sense of false prestige, and ready to offer all respect to others. In\nsuch a state of mind one can chant the holy name of the Lord constantly.\" Sada\nmeans \"always.\" Haridasa Thakura says, nirantara nama lao: \"Chant the Hare Kr�r:Ja\n\nmantra without stopping.\"\nAlthough Kr�r:Ja wants everyone to surrender to His lotus feet, because of\npeople's sinful activities they cannot do this. Na marh du?krtino mugha/:1 prapa­\n\ndyante naradhama/:1: rascals and fools, the lowest of men, who engage in sinful activities, cannot suddenly surrender to the lotus feet of K[�l)a. Nevertheless, if they\nbegin chanting the Hare K[�l)a mantra and rendering service unto the tulasi plant,\n\nthey will very soon be able to surrender. One's real duty is to surrender to the\nlotus feet of K[�l)a but if one is unable to do so, he should adopt this process, as\nintroduced by SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His most confidential servant,\n\n", "ant1#p0311": "Text 139]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n279\n\nNamacarya Srila Haridasa Thakura. This is the way to achieve success in Kr�r;�a\nconsciousness.\nTEXT 138\n\n<.fll! ��' '!rof 'iltlf' �9lt5f-t <fi�' I\n\n��VI �fir'l1 �t�� ��' '�Rf' '�rn' II ��lr' II\neta bali' tare 'nama' upadesa kari'\nuthiya ca/ila thakura bali' 'hari' 'hari'\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; tare-her; nama upadesa kari'-instructing about the\nprocess of chanting the Hare Kr�r;�a maha-mantra; uthiya-standing up; ca/i/aleft; .thakura-Haridasa Thakura; ba/i'-chanting; hari hari-the Hare Kr�r;�a mahJ.mantra.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter thus instructing the prostitute about the process of chanting the Hare\nKm1a mantra, Haridasa Thakura stood up and left, continuously chanting\n\"Hari, Hari.\"\nTEXT 139\n\n'!� �� �llfJ1 �fl 'CI1911 i'f�i'f I\n\n�� � f�, a'tlilit'tt� ftra;r II ��c;, II\ntabe sei vesya gurura ajna /a-ila\ngrha-vitta yeba chi/a, brahmaQere dila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; sei-that; vesya-prostitute; gurura-of the spiritual master;\najna-order; /a-i/a-took; grha-vitta-all household possessions; yeba-whatever; chi/a-there was; brahmaQere-to the brahmaQas; di/a-gave.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, the prostitute distributed to the brahma.,as whatever household\npossessions she had, following the order of her spiritual master.\nPURPORT\nSometimes the word grha-vrW is substituted for the word grha-vitta. VrW\nmeans \"profession.\" The grha-vrW of the prostitute was to enchant foolish people\nand induce them to indulge in sex. Here, however, grha-vrW is not a suitable\n\n", "ant1#p0312": "280\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila , Ch. 3\n\nword. The proper word is grha-vitta, which means \"all the possessions she had in\nher home.\" All the girl's possessions had been earned by professional prostitution\nand were therefore products of her sinful life. When such possessions are given to\nbrahmaf)as and Vai��avas who can engage them in the service of the Lord because of their advancement in spiritual life, this indirectly helps the person who\ngives the charity, for he is thus relieved of sinful reactions. As Kr��a promises,\nahariJ tvariJ sarva-papebhyo mok$ayi$yami: \"I shall save you from all sinful reactions.\" When our Kr��a conscious devotees go out to beg charity or collect contributions in the form of membership fees, the money thus coming to the Kr��a\nconsciousness movement is strictly employed to advance Kr��a consciousness all\nover the world. The Kr��a conscious devotees collect the money of others for the\nservice of Kr��a, and they are satisfied with Kr��a's prasada and whatever He gives\nthem for their maintenance. They do not desire material comforts. However, they\ngo to great pains to engage the possessions of prostitutes, or persons who are\nmore or less like prostitutes, in the service of the Lord and thus free them from sinful reactions. A Vai��ava guru accepts money or other contributions, but he does\nnot employ such contributions for sense gratification. A pure Vai��ava thinks himself unfit to help free even one person from the reactions of sinful life, but he\nengages one's hard-earned money in the service of the Lord and thus frees one\nfrom sinful reactions. A Vai��ava guru is never dependent on the contributions of\nhis disciples. Following the instructions of Haridasa Thakura, a pure Vai��ava does\nnot personally take even a single paisa from anyone, but he induces his followers\nto spend for the service of the Lord whatever possessions they have.\nTEXT 140\n\n1ftflti�J..�' �<ti�f;m 11'� '�� �f;1f 1\nltff!r·flfti{ ��.. i{t1f ��'I <ti� II �So II\nmatha muc;fi' eka-vastre rahila sei ghare\nratri-dine tina-lak$a nama grahaf)a kare\nSYNONYMS\nmatha muc;fi'-shaving her head; eka vastre-wearing one cloth; rahi/a-\n\nremained; sei ghare-in that room; ratri-dine-throughout the entire day and\nnight; tina-/ak$a-300,000; nama-holy names; grahaf)a kare-chants.\nTRANSLATION\nThe prostitute shaved her head clean in accordance with Vai�1_1ava principles and stayed in that room wearing only one cloth. Following in the\nfootsteps of her spiritual master, she began chanting the Hare Kf�l)a mahamantra 300,000 times a day. She chanted throughout the entire day and night.\n\n", "ant1#p0313": "Text 142)\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n281\n\nTEXT 141\n\n� ��i{ ��, �<(fj, ���tlT I\n\n�fin·lf1{i{ C�, (;�tll� �tllf II �8� II\n\ntufasi sevana kare, carval)a, upavasa\nindriya-damana ha.ifa, premera prakasa\nSYNONYMS\ntufasi-the\n\ntufasi plant;\n\nsevana kare-she worshiped;\n\ncarva!)a-chewing;\n\nupavasa-fasting; indriya damana-controlling the senses; haifa-there was;\n-\n\npremera prakasa-manifestations symptomizing love of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nShe worshiped the tulasi plant, following in the footsteps of her spiritual\nmaster. Instead of eating regularly, she chewed whatever food she received as\nalms, and if nothing was supplied she would fast. Thus by eating frugally and\nfasting she conquered her senses, and as soon as her senses were controlled,\nsymptoms of love of Godhead appeared in her person.\nTEXT 142\n\n�fitqrj '�·� ��\"' �111f·1l�ft I\n� �� '�·� i-m lf-fti{t� �f� \" �8� \"\nprasiddha vai�l)avi haifa parama-mahanti\nbaqa baqa vai�l)ava tarira darsanete yanti\nSYNONYMS\nprasiddha-celebrated;\n\nvai�!)avi-devotee\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\nhaifa-became;\n\nparama-mahanti-very advanced; baqa baqa vai$(1 ava-many recognized, highly\nsituated devotees; tarira-her; darsanete-to see; yanti-used to go.\nTRANSLATION\nThus the prostitute became a celebrated devotee. She became. very advanced in spiritual life, and many stalwart Vai�Qavas would come to see her.\nPURPORT\nStalwart, highly advanced Vai�r:Java devotees are not interested in seeing\nprostitutes, but when a prostitute or any other fallen soul becomes a Vai�r:Java,\nstalwart Vai�r:Javas are interested in seeing them. Anyone can be turned into a\n\n", "ant1#p0314": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n282\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nVai�t:�ava if he or she follows the Vai�t:�ava principles. A devotee who follows\nthese principles is no longer on the material platform. Therefore, it is one's strict\nadherence to the principles that should be considered, not the country of one's\nbirth. Many devotees join our Kr�t:�a consciousness movement from Europe and\nAmerica, but one should not therefore consider them European Vai�t:�avas or\nAmerican Vai�t:�avas. A Vai�t:Java is a Vai�t:�ava and should therefore be given all\nthe respect due a Vai�t:�ava.\n\nTEXT 143\n\n<;�llfJt1f �Rl\\Jl t:'ff�' (}'Itt� �11«.�t1f I\n�f�tt� 11fit111 �tfl �fir' e{11� II �8� II\nvesyara caritra dekhi' Joke camatkara\nharidasera mahima kahe kari' namaskara\n\nSYNONYMS\nvesyara-of\n\nthe\n\nprostitute;\n\ncaritra-character;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nJoke-all\n\npeople; camatkara-astonished; haridasera-of Thakura Haridasa; mahima-glories; kahe-speak; kari' namaskara-offering obeisances.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the sublime character of the prostitute, everyone was astonished.\nEveryone glorified the influence of Haridasa Thakura and offered him obeisances.\nPURPORT\nIt is said, phaJena pariciyate: one is recognized by the result of his actions. In\nVai�t:Java society there are many types of Vai�t:�avas. Some of them are called\ngosvamis, some are called svamis, some are prabhus,· and some are prabhupada.\nOne is not recognized, however, simply by such a name. A spiritual master is recognized as an actual guru when it is seen that he has changed the character of his\ndisciples. Haridasa Thakura actually changed the character of the professional\nprostitute. People greatly appreciated this, and therefore they all offered obeisances to Haridasa Thakura and glorified him.\n\nTEXT 144\n\n�� �ti{ �'Pf1ft'f-� �� I\n\n� �i!r fll' �$1 �'tt'Stt� �� II �88 II\n\n", "ant1#p0315": "Text 146]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n283\n\nramacandra khar'ma aparadha-bija kaila\nsei bija vrk�a hana agete phalila\nSYNONYMS\nramacandra khatina- Ramacandra Khan; aparadha-of the offense;\n\nbija­\n\nseed; kai/a-caused to germinate; sei b ija-that seed; vrk$a hai'ia-becoming a\ntree; agete-later; pha/i/a-fructified.\nTRANSLATION\nBy inducing a prostitute to disturb Haridasa Thakura, Ramacandra Khan\ncaused a seed of offense at his lotus feet to germinate. This seed later became\na tree, and when it fructified, Ramacandra Khan ate its fruits.\nTEXT 145\n\nJl���r;'f� � �11\"'\\! ��i{ I\n�<if <91NP1 Cfi�, �i{, 'e�'Sf'l II �sa- II\nmahad-aparadhera phala adbhuta kathana\nprastava pana kahi, suna, bhakta-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nmahat-aparadhera-of a great offense at the feet of the exalted devotee;\npha/a-the result; adbhuta-wonderful; kathana-narration; prastava-opportunity; pai'ia-taking advantage of; kahi-1 say; suna-hea r; bhakta-gaQa-0\ndevotees.\nTRANSLATION\nThis offense at the lotus feet of an exalted devotee has resulted in a wonderful narration. Taking advantage of the opportunity afforded by these incidents, I shall explain what happened. 0 devotees, please listen.\nTEXT 146\n\n����..<if �1Jti!!-� I\n�Rf\\if�� ��-- C� ��·�Jtti{ II �8� II\nsahajei avai$Qava ramacandra-khatina\nharidasera aparadhe haifa asura-samana\n\n", "ant1#p0316": "284\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\nsahajei-naturally; avai$Qava-nondevotee; ramacandra-khar'ma-Ramacandra\nKhan; haridasera-at the lotus feet of Haridasa; aparadhe-by offenses; hailawas; asura-samana-exactly like a demon.\nTRANSLATION\nRamacandra Khan was naturally a nondevotee. Now, having offended the\nlotus feet of Haridasa Thakura, he became just like a demoniac atheist.\nTEXT 147\n\n��� �� �' ���·�9f;rti{ I\n�t�:flf� ���lf 9ft.'l 9fRJ'ttlf II �8'1 II\nvai$Qava-dharma ninda kare, vai$Qava-apamana\nbahu-dinera aparadhe paila pariQama\nSYNONYMS\nvai$Qava-dharma-the cult of Vai�l)avism; ninda kare-blasphemes; vai$Qava\napamana-insults to the devotees; bahu-dinera-for a long time; aparadhe-by\noffensive activities; paila-got; pariQama-the resultant action.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of blaspheming the cult of Vai�Qavism and insulting the devotees\nfor a long time, he now received the results of his offensive activities.\nPURPORT\nRamacandra Khan was a great offender at the lotus feet of the Vai�l)avas and\nVi�r:JU. just as Ravar:Ja, although born of a brahmal')a father, Visva5rava, was\nnevertheless called an asura or rak$asa because of his offenses against Lord Ramacandra (Vi�r:JU) and Hanuman (a Vai�l)ava), so Ramacandra Khan also became such\nan asura because of his offenses against Haridasa Thakura and many others.\nTEXT 148\n\nfiii!Jt�\"f·<;�tf� <;'$f)� �� �tl'it I\n<;�� ��Rftl! l!t� �fi{tl! a-rtf� II �811\" II\nnityananda-gosarii gauc;Je yabe aila\nprema pracarite tabe bhramite lagila\n\n", "ant1#p0317": "Text 149]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n285\n\nSYNONYMS\nnityanan da-gosat'ii-Lord Nityananda; gau(ie-in Bengal; yabe-when; ai/acame back; prema pracarite-to preach the cult of bhakti, love of Godhead;\ntabe-at that time; bhramite /ag i/a-b egan to tour.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Lord Nityananda returned to Bengal to preach the cult of bhakti, love\nof Godhead, He began touring all over the country.\nTEXT 149\n\n'12Pt·t21Gt�'l �� ��ll(i{ I\n\n�� �<!tli! �i{ �'Ill �8� II\nprema-pracaraf)a ara pa�af)(ia-dalana\ndui-karye avadhata karena bhramaQa\nSYNONYMS\nprema-pracaraQa-preaching the cult of bhakti; ara\n\n-\n\nand; pa�aQ(ia-da/ana­\n\nsubduing atheistic men; dui-karye-with two kinds of activities; avadhata-the\ngreat devotee and mendicant; karena-does; bhramaQa-touring.\nTRANSLATION\nFor two purposes-to spread the cult of bhakti and to defeat and subdue\nthe atheists-Lord Nityananda, the most dedicated devotee of the Lord,\nmoved throughout the country.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita (4.8):\nparitraQaya sadhonarh\nvinasaya ca du�krtam\ndharma-sarhsthapanarthaya\nsarhbhavami yuge yuge\nLord Kr��a appears in every millennium for two purposes, namely to deliver the\ndevotees and kill the nondevotees. His devotees also have two similar purposesto preach the bhakti cult of Kr��a consciousness and defeat all kinds of agnostics\nand atheistic demons. Nityananda Prabhu carried out the order of Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu in this way, and those who strictly follow Nityananda\n\n", "ant1#p0318": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n286\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nPrabhu perform the same activities. There are two classes of devotees. One is\ncalled go�thyanandi, and the other is called bhajananandi. A devotee who does\nnot preach but always engages in devotional activities is called a bhajananandi,\nwhereas a devotee who not only is expert in devotional service but who also\npreaches the cult of bhakti and defeats all kinds of agnostics is called a go?thyanandi.\nTEXT 150\n\n� fi{\\!Jtill'f �tta;rl �� �t1t I\n�t� �fit� �'*lfG�-i!;�r;� II ��o II\nsarvajna nityananda aila tara ghare\nasiya vasi/a durga-mar)(:lapa-upare\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-jtia-omniscient;\n\nnityananda-Lord\n\nNityananda;\n\nai/a-came;\n\ntara\n\nghare-at his house; asiya-coming; vasi/a-sat down; durga-mar:u;lapa-upareon the altar of the Durga-mal)<;lapa.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Nityananda, who is omniscient because He is the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, came to the house of Ramacandra Khan and sat down on the altar\nof the Durga-maQ�apa.\nPURPORT\nWell-to-do Hindu gentlemen constructed their houses with a place called the\nDurga-mal)<;lapa for the worship of the goddess Durga. There they generally held\nworship of the goddess every year in the month of Asvina (October). Ramacandra\nKhan possessed such a Durga-mal)<;lapa at his residence.\nTEXT 151\n\n�� G;\"it�� � �lfil �� I\n\nfWi�f �t'! �11{�� G;:Jt�� 91�t�\"'ll �(t� II\naneka /oka-jana sarige arigana bharila\nbhitara haite ramacandra sevaka pathai/a\nSYNONYMS\n\naneka\narigana\n\n-\n\nmany;\n\n/oka jana-crowds\n-\n\nof\n\npeople;\n\nsarige-accompanied\n\nby;\n\nthe courtyard; bhari/a-became filled; bhitara haite-from inside; rama­\n\n-\n\ncandra-R amacandra Khan; sevaka-servant; pathaila-sent.\n\n", "ant1#p0319": "Text 153]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n287\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Durga-mar;'IC;Iapa and courtyard were filled with crowds of men,\nRamacandra Khan, who was inside the house, sent his servant to Lord Nityananda.\nPURPORT\nIn those days, and also even now, the palatial buildings of respectable people,\nexpecially in the villages of Bengal, were divided into two parts. The inside part\nwas especially meant for the family, and the ladies would live there unexposed to\nmen. That part was called the bhitara-ba(ji, or inside house. In the outside house,\nor bahir-ba(ji, the respectable gentleman received visitors and kept his business\noffice. The Durga-mar:u;iapa would be part of the outside house. Thus when Lord\nNity ananda entered the outside house, Ramacandra Khan was in the inside house\nwith the members of his family. When Nity ananda Prabhu arrived, Ramacandra\nKhan did not receive Him personally but sent his servant to inform Him indirectly\nto go away.\nTEXT 152\n\n�<fi �-\"c;�tf$, c;l!tt1f �it.ilf -1ti{ I\n\n� �tJ, <;�11fnl �� �t'l:ti{ II ��� II\nsevaka bale-\"gosMii, more pathaila khanna\ngrhasthera ghare tomaya diba vasa-sthana\nSYNONYMS\nsevaka bale-the servant said; gosafii-my dear Lord; more-me; pathaifa..:...\nsent; khanna-Ramacandra Khan; grhasthera ghare-at the house of some ordinary person; tomaya-unto You; diba-1 shall give; vasa-sthana-residential\nplace.\nTRANSLATION\nThe servant informed Lord Nityananda, \"My dear sir, Ramacandra Khan has\nsent me to accommodate You in some common man's house.\nTEXT 153\n\n<;'$fnlti'l't1f <;'511-ttl'li �� ��J\"J ��t1f I\n\n�1 �(.-.�, c;'!tllt1f 1f'l..r-�'ftt''11 ��� 11\ngoyalara gosala haya atyanta vistara\nihan sankirf)a-sthala, tomara manu$ya-apara\"\n\n", "ant1#p0320": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n288\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\ngoyalara-of\n\na\n\nvistara-spacious;\n\nmilkman;\n\ngo-sa/a-cow\n\nihan-here;\n\nsankirQa-sthala-very narrow place; tamara­\n\nshed;\n\nhaya-is;\n\natyanta-very;\n\nYour; manu�ya-adherents; apara-unlimited.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You might go to the house of a milkman, for the cow shed is spacious,\nwhereas the space here in the Durga-maQ<.Japa is insufficient because You\nhave many followers with You.\"\nTEXT 154\n\n�� 'tift�'11, �fi{' �t'{ ���I\n� � ��' <;'511Jttf$ �ro;l! 'ltf'$ftf111 �48 II\nbhitare achila, suni' krodhe bahirila\natta atta hasi' gosani kahite lagila\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhitare\n\nachila-was\n\nstaying\n\ninside;\n\nsuni'-hearing;\n\nkrodhe-in\n\nanger;\n\nbahirila-came out; atta atta-very loudly; hasi'-laughing; gos.Mi-Lord Nity�nanda Prabhu; kahite /agi/a-began to say.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Nityananda Prabhu heard this order from the servant of Ramacandra\nKhan, He became very angry and came out. Laughing very loudly, He spoke as\nfollows.\nTEXT 155\n\n\"�1!1 �,--�� �' car\"Rf <;1ft'$1J em 1\n<;Pi <;�·�'{ �r;1f, l!t1f �t'$1J � II\" �<t<t II\n\"satya kahe, -ei ghara mora yogya naya\nmleccha go-vadha kare, tara yogya haya\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nsatya kahe-Ramacandra Kh�n says rightly; ei ghara-this house; mora-for\nMe; yogya naya-is not fit; m/eccha-the meateaters; go-vadha kare-who kill\ncows; tara-for them; yogya haya-it is fit.\n\n", "ant1#p0321": "Text 158]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n289\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Ramacandra Khan has spoken rightly. This place is unfit for Me. It is fit for\ncow-killing meateaters.\"\nTEXT 156\n\ncJI� �fit' �tt'f ''ittJttf� � 5flll'fl I\n� � tift'! c:ll �tt1t if1 tr.:'f1 n ��� 11\neta bali' krodhe gosMi uthiya ca/ila\ntare dar.J(;Ja dite se grame na rahila\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; krodhe-in anger; gosatii-Lord Nityananda; uthiya\nca/i/a-got up and left; tare-him; daQ(,Ia dite-to chastise; se-that; grame-in\nthe village; na rahila-did not stay.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving said this, Lord Nityananda stood up and left in an angry mood. To\nchastise Ramacandra Khan, He did not even stay in that village.\nTEXT 157\n\nW t111RI � ��t• � fift'f I\n'�tt$ � <tf�'f1, t;!tf �t'ttl ,�� ll�<t'\\11\nihan ramacandra khana sevake ajtia dila\ngosaf!i yahan vasi/a, tara matr khodaila\nSYNONYMS\nihan-here; ramacandra khana-Ramacandra Khan; sevake-to the servant;\najtia dila-ordered; gosani-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; yahan-where; vasila-sat\ndown; tara-of that place; matf-earth; khodaila-caused to dig.\nTRANSLATION\nRamacandra Khan ordered the servant to dig up the dirt in the place where\nNityananda Prabhu had sat.\nTEXT 158\n\n''if11m-'Sftill'f <Mf� � �M-�t1f'1 I\n\n(!'t ��51:!11 'lfi' if! �Ill'( 9f11'�' II �<tlr II\n\n", "ant1#p0322": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n290\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\ngomaya-jafe fepifa saba mandira-prangaQa\ntabu ramacandrera mana na haifa parasanna\nSYNONYMS\ngo-maya-jafe-with water mixed with cow dung; fepifa-smeared; saba-all;\nmandira-the Durga-maQc;Japa temple;\n\nprangaQa-the courtyard; tabu-still;\n\nramacandrera mana-the mind of Ramacandra Khan; na haifa parasanna-was not\nhappy.\nTRANSLATION\nTo purify the Durga-mar:u;fapa temple and the courtyard, Ramacandra Khan\nsprinkled and smeared it with water mixed with cow dung, but still his mind\nwas unsatisfied.\nTEXT 159\n\n��::u�M � ���� �� if1 m � 1\n\n� ��1 � ��11\" �1� l!rn �11\" u �en� 11\ndasyu-vrtti kare ramacandra rajare na deya kara\nkruddha haria mfeccha ujira aila tara ghara\nSYNONYMS\ndasyu-vrtti-the business of a thief; kare-does; ramacandra-Ramacandra;\nrajare-to the government;\n\nna-does not;\n\ndeya-pay; kara-tax;\n\nkruddha\n\nharia-being angry; mfeccha-the Mohammedan; ujira-minister; ai/a-came;\ntara ghara-to his house.\nTRANSLATION\nRamacandra Khan's business was questionable, for he tried to avoid paying\nincome tax to the government. Therefore the government's minister of\nfinance was angry and came to his residence.\nTEXT 160\n\n�t�' '�� ��11l'Gt?t �1�1 C�if I\n�oro �� <tifit' �1�� �-�� �tta;r n ��o 11\nasi' sei durga-maQ(iape vasa kaifa\navadhya vadha kari' marhsa se-ghare randhaifa\n\n", "ant1#p0323": "Text 162]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n291\n\nSYNONYMS\nasi -com ing; sei durga-mar:u;:lape-at that very place of the Durga-mat;�<;lapa;\n'\n\nvasa kaila - made his residence; avadhya-a cow or calf, which is not to be killed;\nvadha kari -killing; marilsa-meat; se-ghare-in that place; randhaila-cooked.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Mohammedan minister made his residence in the Durga-mar:t�apa of\nRamacandra Khan. He killed a cow and cooked the meat at that very place.\nTEXT 161\n\nit-�iJ·��� ��f;\\!!tif � I\n� �Bh�t� �{; �� ���111 ��� II\nstrT-putra-sahita ramacandrere bandhiya\ntara ghara-grama lute tina-dina rahiya\nSYNONYMS\nstrT-putra-his wife and children; sahita-with; ramacandrere bandhiya-arresting Ramacandra Khan; tara-his; ghara-grama-house and village; lute-plun\n\n­\n\ndered; tina-dina rahiya-stay i ng three days.\nTRANSLATION\nHe arrested Ramacandra Khan, along with his wife and sons, and then he\ncontinuously plundered the house and village for three days.\nTEXT 162\n\n� �tif f�i{ ffli{ �tif � fti{ I\n� fifi{ ��1 \"1'�1 <fiRt�1 '$ti{ II ��� II\nsei ghare tina dina kare amedhya randhana\nara dina saba lana karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\nsei ghare-in that room; tina dina-for three days; kare-does; amedhya\nrandhana-cooking the flesh of a cow; ara di na-the next day; saba /ana-accompanied by his followers; karila gamana-left.\n\n", "ant1#p0324": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n292\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn that very room he cooked the flesh of a cow for three consecutive days.\nThen the next day he left, accompanied by his followers.\nTEXT 163\n\ni9ftf?!·'(i{·'Sfi{ �tl:;ilf �� '1�'1 I\n\n�fifi{ ��� c!tt� �� f�'f II��� II\njati-dhana-jana khanera saka/a Ja-ila\nbahu-dina paryanta grama ujar;Ja rahila\nSYNONYMS\n\njati-bi rthright;\nKhan;\n\njana-fo l lowers;\n\nkhanera-of Ramacandra\n\n/a-i/a-he took away;\n\nbahu-dina-a long time;\n\ndhana-riches;\n\nsak a /a-everythi ng;\n\nparyanta-for; grama-the village; ujar;Ja rahi/a-remained deserted.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Mohammedan minister took away Ramacandra Khan's position, wealth\nand followers. For many days the village remained deserted.\nTEXT 164\n\n�!';\"if ���til� Otllf·c!ttr;� � I\n�� 'Sfi{t1f Of� �� � � II��8 II\nmahantera apamana ye desa-grame haya\neka janara do$e saba desa ujar;Jaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nmahantera-of persons who are highly advanced in spiritual life; apamanadisrespect; ye desa-grame-in which country or village; haya-is; eka janara-of\none man; do$e-for the fault; saba d esa-the whole country; ujar;Jaya- becom es\nafflicted.\nTRANSLATION\nWherever an advanced devotee is insulted, for one man's fault the entire\ntown or place is afflicted.\nTEXT 165\n\n�f�·Jtf� �fit' �'fi �� I\n��11f�1 ���·�M� 't� II��<t II\n\n", "ant1#p0325": "Text 166]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n293\n\nharidasa-thakura ca/i' aila candapure\nasiya rahila balarama-acaryera ghare\nSYNONYMS\n\nharidasa-thakura-Haridasa\n\nThakura;\n\nca/i'-walking;\n\nai/a-came;\n\ncanda­\n\npure-in the village known as Candapura; as iya-coming; rahi/a-remained;\nbalarama-acaryera ghare-at the residence of Balarama Acarya\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura walked until he came to the village known as Candapura.\nThere he stayed at the house of Balarama Acarya.\nPURPORT\n\nThe village of Cindapura is situated near the confluence of the rivers Ganges\nand Yamuna at Saptagrama in the district of Hugli. Candapura is just east of the\nhouse of the two brothers HiraQya and Govardhana, the father and uncle of\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami. In Candapura lived Balarama Acarya and Yadunandana\nAcarya, the priests of these two personalities, and when Haridasa Thakura went\nthere he lived with them. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura says that the\nname of this village was later changed to Kr�Qapura.\nTEXT 166\n\nmt'IJ, C'$f't�('i{-1� 11_��� ���t1f I\n\nt:.!t1f ��t�--'<11'1'1ft�' i{f� itJ II��� II\nhiraQya, govardhana-dui mulukera majumadara\ntara purohita-'balarama' nama tanra\nSYNONYMS\n\nhiraQya-HiraQya; govardhana-Govardhana; dui-two; mulukera-of that\ncountry; majumadara-treasurers of the government; tara-their; purohitapriest; ba/arama-Balarama; nama-name; tari ra-his\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHiraQya and Govardhana were the two governmental treasurers in that division of the country. Their priest was named Balarama Acarya.\nPURPORT\n\nThe word majumadara refers to a treasurer who keeps accounts of revenue.\n\n", "ant1#p0326": "294\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 167\n\n�mtt�' :t�t�tt!, � ·�t.. 1\n'{I �Rf' �tt:t11tJ 1f t�'fl � l!ttt11' n ��\" n\nharidasera krpa-patra, tate bhakti-mane\nyatna kari' thakurere rakhila sei grame\nSYNONYMS\nharidasera krpa-patra-favored by Haridasa Thakura; tate-therefore; bhaktimane-a great devotee of Haridasa Thakura; yatna kari'-with great care and attention; thakurere-Haridasa Thakura; rakhila-kept; sei grame-in the village.\nTRANSLATION\nBalarama Acarya, being favored by Haridasa Thakura, was very attached to\nhim. Therefore he kept Haridasa Thakura in the village with great care and attention.\nTEXT 168\n\n�i{ �(-tt� �tifi{ �� I\n\n�t11'·�t11t�-�� �..-J-fi{�ct II ��'lr II\nnirjana parQa-salaya karena kTrtana\nbalarama-acarya-grhe bhik�a-nirvahaQa\nSYNONYMS\nnirjana-solitary;\n\nparQa-salaya-in a thatched\n\ncottage;\n\nkarena-performs;\n\nki1'tana-chanting of the Hare Kr�r;�a mantra; ba/arama-acarya-grhe-at the house\nof Balarama Acarya; bhik�a-nirvahaQa-accepting alms.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the village, Haridasa Thakura was given a solitary thatched cottage,\nwhere he performed the chanting of the Hare Kt�r:Ja rnaha-mantra. He accepted prasada at the house of Balarama Acarya.\nTEXT 169\n\nJ�t•HH� �1'1<1i �-. �-m�-. I\nI(Rf��-�tt:t1ft1f 'ft-_' �tifi{ �.(-. II ��� II\n\n", "ant1#p0327": "The Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\nText 171]\n\n295\n\nraghunatha-dasa bafaka karena adhyayana\nharidasa-thakurere yai' karena darsana\n\nSYNONYMS\nraghunatha-dasa-Raghunatha dasa; bafaka-a boy; karena adhyayana-was\nengaged in study; haridasa-thakurere-to Haridasa Thakura; yai'-going; karena\ndarsana-used to see.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa, who was the son of Hirat:�ya Majumadara and was later to\nbecome Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, was at that time a boy engaged in study.\nHe came to see Haridasa Thakura daily.\nTEXT 170\n\nI{� �?tl �t1f �11{-m il9ftf I\n\n� �?tl '�'I' 'l{i'f '��'-' �1U II �'\\\n\no\n\nII\n\nharidasa krpa kare tarihara upare\nsei krpa 'karaQa' haifa caitanya paibare\n\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa-Thakura Haridasa; krpa kare-shows mercy; tarihara upare-upon\nhim; sei krpa-that mercy; karaQa-the cause; haifa-became; caitanya-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; paibare-to attain.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNaturally Haridasa Thakura was merciful toward him, and because of the\nmerciful benediction of this Vai,�ava, h� later attained the shelter of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's lotus feet.\nTEXT 171\n\nt.!'tt1 � � l{�t� �1ft �� I\n��t�,-�....� ��1 ��' �'$f'l II �'\\ � II\ntahari yaiche haifa haridasera mahima kathana\nvyakhyana,-adbhuta katha suna, bhakta-gaQa\n\nSYNONYMS\ntahari-at that place;\nHaridasa\n\nThakura;\n\nyaiche-just as;\n\nmahima-glories;\n\nhaifa-there was;\n\nkathana-discussion;\n\nharidasera-of\nvyakhyana-dis-\n\n", "ant1#p0328": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n296\n\ncourse;\n\nadbhuta-wonderful;\n\nkatha-incident;\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nsuna-hear;\n\nbhakta-gaf)a-0\n\ndevotees.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the residence of Hirat;1ya and Govardhana, discourses took place by\nwhich Haridasa Thakura was glorified. 0 devotees, please listen to that wonderful story.\nTEXT 172\n\n\\!I�Rfi{ �t1f �f% <�Sf'J� I\n11'-.ll�f;ft �� �ilfj itt:tt llf�111 �\"� II\neka-dina balarama minati kariya\nmajumadarera sabhaya aila thakure lana\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day;\nhumility;\n\nba/arama-Balarama Acarya;\n\nmajumadarera-of\n\nthe\n\nMajumadaras,\n\nminati kariya-in great\n\nHirat:�ya\n\nand\n\nGovardhana;\n\nsabhaya-at the assembly; ai/a-came; thakure-Haridasa Thakura; /ana-taking\nwith him.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day Balarama Acarya requested Haridasa Thakura with great humility\nto come to the assembly of the Majumadaras, Hirilf;'lya and Govardhana. Thus\nBalarama Acarya went there with Haridasa Thakura.\nTEXT 173\n\n�� �f-1' �� � '•'11 \"\"\"� I\n�'AI ��' <fi�'Pfi{ f� �m1� II �\"� II\nthakura dekhi' dui bhai kaila abhyutthana\npaya pacji' asana dila kariya sammana\nSYNONYMS\nthakura dekhi'-seeing Haridasa Thakura; dui bhai-the two brothers; kaila\nabhyutthana-stood up; paya pac;Ji'-falling at the lotus feet; asana dila-offered\na sitting place; kariya sammana-with great respect.\n\n", "ant1#p0329": "Text 175]\n\n297\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing Haridasa Thakura, the two brothers immediately stood up and fell at\nhis lotus feet. Then with great respect they offered him a place to sit.\nTEXT 174\n\n�� 9ffu� �·n, 131'ft'1, �-� 1\n\n11: � ��fu�-fbctJ, ,�.r� n )'tS 11\naneka paf)Qita sabhaya, brahmaf)a, sajjana\ndui bhai maha-paf)(iita-hiraf)ya, govardhana\nSYNONYMS\naneka\n\npaf)(iita-many\n\nlearned\n\nscholars;\n\nsabhaya-in\n\nthat\n\nassembly;\n\nbrahmaf)a-brahmaf)as; sat-jana-respe ctabl e gentlemen; dui bhai-the two\nbrothers; maha-paf)Qita--very learned scholars; hiraf)ya-Hiral)ya; govardhanaGovardhana.\nTRANSLATION\nIn that assembly were many learned scholars, brahmat',1as and respectable\ngentlemen. The two brothers Hirat',1ya and Govardhana were also greatly\nlearned.\nTEXT 175\n\nll�'tt�1f �'I 'It� �.: 9f·�'f I\n��i'l �' � � 9ft-'fl � �'( II )'t� II\nharidasera guf)a sabe kahe patica-mukhe\nsuniya ta' dui bhai paila ba(ia sukhe\nSYNONYMS\nharidasera-of Haridasa Thakura; guf)a-the qualities; sabe-all of them;\nkahe-began to speak; patica-mukhe-as if speaking with five mouths; suniyahearing; ta'-certainly ; dui bhai-the two brothers; pai/a-got; ba(ia sukhevery great happiness.\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone there began to speak of Haridasa Thakura's great qualities as if\nthey had five mouths. Hearing this, both brothers were extremely happy.\n\n", "ant1#p0330": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n298\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 176\n\n�i{� ift1f i� �il � I\niltm 'af�111 �ft�'l' �fui!'Sf'1 II �'I� II\ntina-lak?a nama thakura karena kirtana\nnamera mahima uthaila pawjita-gaf)a\nSYNONYMS\ntina-lak?a-300,000;\n\nnama-holy names of\n\nthe Lord;\n\nthakura-Haridasa\n\nThakura; karena kirtana-used to chant; namera-of the holy name; mahimaglories; uthaila-raised; paf)c;/ita-gaf)a-all the learned scholars.\nTRANSLATION\nIt was mentioned in the assembly that Haridasa Thakura chanted the holy\nnames of Kr�r;�a 300,000 times a day. Thus all the learned scholars began to\ndiscuss the glories of the holy name.\nTEXT 177\n\n�� �t'f,-'ilt'af � � �9fiiR' I\n\n� �'1',-'ilt'af �I! mJ '11-r. Q II' �'1'1 II\nkeha bale, -'nama haite haya papa-k$aya'\nkeha bale, -'nama haite jivera mok$a haya'\nSYNONYMS\nkeha bale-some of them said; nama haite-by chanting the Hare Kr�l)a\nmantra; haya-there is; papa-k?aya-disappearance of all reactions to sinful activities; keha bale-some of them said; nama haite-by chanting the holy name;\njivera-of the living entities; mok$a haya-there is liberation.\nTRANSLATION\nSome of them said, \"By chanting the holy name of the Lord, one is freed\nfrom the reactions of all sinful life.\" Others said, \"Simply by chanting the holy\nname of the lord, a living being is liberated from material bondage.\"\nTEXT 178\n\n�ft5ft� ��,- \"iltc;'ai'J �·�-.\"if� I\n� •t'l �?itW '�'af �9f� II �'llr II\n\n", "ant1#p0331": "Text 179]\n\n299\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\nharidasa kahena, -\"namera ei dui phala naya\nnamera pha/e km)a-pade prema upajaya\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa kahena-H ar idasa Thakura replied; namera-of chanting the holy\nname of the Lord; ei-these; dui-two; pha/a-results; naya-are not; namera\npha/e-by the result of chanting the holy name; kr?Qa-pade-at the lotus feet of\nKr�oa; prema upajaya-awakening of ecstatic love.\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura protested, \"These two benedictions are not the true\nresult of chanting the holy name. By actually chanting the holy name without\noffenses, one awakens his ecstatic love for the lotus feet of Kr,r;�a.\nTEXT 179\n\nt..!jq'���= '1f��0!1'��1iJi\n�1\\!it�lltC�ll ii!i\\!>fu� @h6: I\n�'lf\\!iJC'<f1 C�tf'flf\\!i C�l'f\\!i 'itt�lJijj f'f!�O{,��Jf\\!> C<'lt<ffq-t�: II � � � II\nevarh-vratal) sva-priya-nama-kirtya\njatanurago druta-citta uccaii)\nhasaty atho roditi rauti gayaty\nunmadavan nrtyati loka-bahyal)\nSYNONYMS\nevarp-vratal)-when one thus engages in the vow to chant and dance; svaown; priya-very dear; nama-holy name; kirtya-by chanting; jata-in this way\ndevelops; anuraga/:1 -attachment; druta-cittai)-very eagerly; uccai/:1\nhasati-laughs;\n\natho-also;\n\nroditi-cries;\n\nrauti-becomes agitated;\n\n-\n\nloudly;\n\ngayati­\n\nchants; unmada-vat-like a madman; nrtyati-dances; /oka-bahyai)-not caring\nfor outsiders.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When a person is actually advanced and takes pleasure in chanting the\nholy name of the lord, who is very dear to him, he is agitated and loudly\nchants the holy name. He also laughs, cries, becomes agitated and chants just\nlike a madman, not caring for outsiders.'\n\n", "ant1#p0332": "300\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nPURPORT\nFor an explanation of this verse (Bhag. 11.2.40) one may consult Chapter\nSeven, text 94, of the Adi-lila.\nTEXT 180\n\n�fiRs 'f'l i{j\"r;Q -'IJ.f•', ''Pft?fiftllt' I\n� ,�� �� �� 12f<fitllf ll �lro ll\nanu$ar'lgika phala namera-'mukti', 'papa-nasa'\ntahara dr$tanta yaiche sOryera prakasa\nSYNONYMS\nanu$ar'lgika-concomitant; pha/a-result; namera-of the holy name; muktiliberation; papa-nasa-extinction of the resultant actions of sinful life; tahara-of\nthat; d[?tanta-example; yaiche-as; sOryera prakasa-light of the sun.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Liberation and extinction of the reactions of sinful life are two concomitant by-products of chanting the holy name of the Lord. An example is found\nin the gleams of morning sunlight.\nTEXT 181\n\n15{��: 'i���lf'f��� 'i?�lf'�iClf� '1�\"1'-CC'fi<fi\"' I\n�-�rfotfil� f�����flg ��f� �'i(ijj'Sf�� �r;�i(j'l{ Olr�U\narilha/:1 sarilharad akhilaril sakrd\nudayad eva sakala-lokasya\ntaral)ir iva timira-ja/adhiril\njayati jagan-mangalaril harer nama\nSYNONYMS\narilha/:1-the resultant action of sinful life, which causes material bondage;\nsarilharat-completely eradicating; akhilam-all; sakrt-once only; udayat-by\nrising; eva-certainly; saka/a-all; lokasya-of the people of the world; taraf)i/:1the sun; iva-like; timira-of darkness; jala-dhim-the ocean; jayati-all glories\nto; jagat-manga/am-auspicious for the whole world; hare/:1 nama-the holy\nname of the Lord.\n\n", "ant1#p0333": "Text 183)\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n301\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'As the rising sun immediately dissipates all the world's darkness, which is\ndeep like an ocean, so the holy name of the Lord, if chanted once without\noffenses, can dissipate all the reactions of a living being's sinful life. All glories to that holy name of the Lord, which is auspicious for the entire\nworld.'\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in the Padyavali (16).\nTEXT 182\n\n�- '�t'fl �· �f 9ffut��f '5t'1 I\"\n�t� ��,-'t_flf � �-r-��'1' \" �\"'� n\nei 5/okera artha kara paQ{iitera gaQa\"\nsabe kahe, -'tumi kaha artha-vivaraf)a'\nSYNONYMS\nei 5/okera-of this verse; artha-meaning; kara-explain; paQ{iitera gaQa-0\ngroups of learned scholars; sa/;Je kahe-everyone said; tumi kaha-you speak;\nartha-vivaraQa-the meaning and explanation.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter reciting this verse, Haridasa Thakur a said, \"0 learned scholars, please\nexplain the meaning of this verse.\" But the audience requested Haridasa\nThakura, \"It is better for you to explain the meaning of this important verse.''\"\nTEXT 183\n\n�fiwt� ��-.,-\"��H;� ��f '\" I\n\\1� -.1 '� �tf� l! r;; lff Q '11'111 �� n\nharidasa kahena, -\"yaiche sOryera udaya\nudaya na haite arambhe tamera haya k?aya\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa kahena - Haridasa Thakura began to explain; yaiche-like; sOryera\n\nudaya - sunrise; udaya na haite-although not visible; arambhe-from the beginning; tamera-of darkness; haya k?aya-there is dissipation.\n\n", "ant1#p0334": "302\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrt�\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura said, \"As the sun begins to rise, even before visible it dissipates the darkness of night.\nTEXT 184\n\n�-c;;2fi!·Jt-.Jttfift �� Q �tllf I\n�1 �1:'1 �\"Sl-�\"Sl-..tfif 9fl�tllf II �IrS II\ncaura-preta-rak�asadira bhaya haya nasa\nudaya haile dharma-karma-adi parakasa\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaura-thieves; preta-ghosts; rak�asa-demons; adira-of them and others;\nbhaya-fear; haya-becomes; nasa-destroyed; udaya hai/e-when the sunrise\nis actually visible; dharma-karma-all religious activities and regulative principles;\nadi-everything; parakasa-becomes manifest.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"With the first glimpse of sunlight, fear of thieves, ghosts and demons immediately disappears, and when the sun is actually visible, everything is\nmanifest, and everyone begins performing his religious activities and regulative duties.\nTEXT 185\n\n� iftt1 .. 1�V �9f··�nfifJ \"\" I\ntQ ��l:'f �·�.. �1 '�11m II �lrt II\naiche namodayarambhe papa-adira k�aya\nudaya kaile km)a-pade haya premodaya\n\nSYNONYMS\naiche-similarly;\n\nnama-udaya-of\n\nthe\n\nappearance\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nholy\n\nname;\n\narambhe-by the beginning; papa-reactions of sinful activities; adira-of them\nand others;·k�aya-dissipation; udaya kai/e-when there is actually awakening of\noffenseless chanting; kr�Qa-pade-at the lotus feet of Kr�Qa; haya prema-udayathere is awakening of ecstatic love.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" Similarly, the first hint that offenseless chanting of the Lord's holy name\nhas awakened dissipates the reactions of sinful life immediately. And when\n\n", "ant1#p0335": "Text 187]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n303\n\none chants the holy name offenselessly, one awakens to service in ecstatic love\nat the lotus feet of Kr,r;�a.\nTEXT 186\n\n''if•' 'f!i·•'f �i il:'t1ft!fit� �� u �,.� n\n'mukti' tuccha-pha/a haya namabha.sa haite\nSYNONYMS\n\nmukti-liberation; tuccha-pha/a-insignificant result; haya-is; nama-abha.sa\n\nhaite-from a glimpse of awakening of offenseless chanting of the holy name.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Liberation is the insignificant result derived from a glimpse of awakening\nof offenseless chanting of the holy name.\nTEXT 187\n\nfi!�'lllC<fl �c�•('t1l �\"tO!, 1_r<llt<>fstRI�l( 1\n'5f�tPtC\"'t�9fJ'if1�1'l! f<ll\"�_'� i!f��1 �<f'l_ II 'lr'l II\nmriyamaf)o harer nama\n\ngwan putropacaritam\n\najamilo 'py agad dhama\n\nkim uta sraddhaya gwan\nSYNONYMS\n\nmriyam�f)a/:1-dying; hare/:1 nama-the holy name of the Supreme Lord;\n\ngwan-chanting; putra-upaca ritam-though spoken for his son;\n\najami/ab­\n\nAjamila; api-also; agat-attained; dhama-the spiritual world; kim uta-what\nto speak of; sraddhaya-with faith and reverence; grQan-chanting.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'While dying, Ajamila chanted the holy name of the Lord, intending to call\nhis son Narayar;�a. Nevertheless, he attained the spiritual world. What then to\nspeak of those who chant the holy name with faith and reverencer\nPURPORT\n\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (6.2.49).\n\n", "ant1#p0336": "Sri Caitan ya-caritamrta\n\n304\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 188\n\n� '!['� 'e� �11Rt, (}l �· 5tt� �� \"\"�\"'\"' u\nye mukti bhakta na laya, se k[�f)a cahe dite\"\nSYNONYMS\nye-which; mukti-liberation; bhakta-a devotee; na laya-does not take;\n\nse-that; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�l!a; cahe dite-wants to offer.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Liberation, which is unacceptable for a pure devotee, is always offered by\nKm1a without difficulty.\nTEXT 189\n\n'lt�t� J-'lr�t-:.m�9fr-'ltll\"'lr9fT��ll''PJ:.J� 1\nl(j�'l!t'l� 'I '5]ff� f<1011 'l!�'C'F�Olf.. ��t: I �lrOI I\nsalokya-sar�ti-sarupya­\n\nsamTpyaikatvam apy uta\n\ndTyamanarh na grhf)anti\n\nvina mat-sevanarh janab\nSYNONYMS\n\nsalokya- to live on the same planet; sar�ti-to acquire the same opulence;\n\nsarupya-to achieve the same bodily features; samTpya-to live always near the\nSupreme Lord; ekatvam-to merge into the existence of the Lord; api-even;\n\nuta-certainly; dTyamanam-being offered; na grhf)anti-do not take; vina­\n\nwithout; mat-sevanam-My service; janab\n\n-\n\nthe devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My devotees do not accept salokya, sar�ti, sarupya, samipya, or oneness\nwith Me-even if I offer these liberations-in preference to serving Me.'\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is spoken by Lord Kapila, an avatara of the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, in SrTmad-Bhagavatam (3.29.13).\n\nTEXT 190\n\n'c;;\"itt9ftff ��' �t1f ���� I\n\n11'1_11'fttR '&ltif c;;�� <c�tfil\"ff ��II ��o II\n\n", "ant1#p0337": "Text 192]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n305\n\n'gopafa cakravarti' nama eka-jana\nmajumadarera ghare sei arinda pradhana\nSYNONYMS\ngopafa cakravarti-Gopala CakravartT; nama-named; eka-jana-one person;\nmajumadarera ghare-at the residence of Hiral)ya and Govardhana tvtljumadara;\nsei-he; arinda pradhana-the chief tax collector.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the house of Hir;u:.ya and Govardhana Majumadara, a per son named\nGopala Cakravarti was officially the chief tax collector.\nTEXT 191\n\n(;1fttf ��' 'tte.lt�·,..tt'St �ff\"ftf'St� ��I\n�-� 'i_i11 �- 'lte.:J��\"B it� � 11 )�) n\ngauc;:le rahi' patsaha-age arinda-giri kare\nbara-fak�a mudra sei patsara thaiii bhare\nSYNONYMS\ngauc;:le rahi'-living in Bengal; patsaha-age-on behalf of the emperor; arindagiri kare-acts as the chief tax collector; bara-fak?a-twelve hundred thousand;\nmudra-coins; sei-he; patsara thaiii-for the emperor; bhare-collects.\nTRANSLATION\nThis Gopala Cakravarti lived in Bengal. His duty as chief tax collector was to\ncollect 1,200,000 coins to deposit in the treasury of the emperor.\nTEXT 192\n\n9fi1f·�, 'tf'O�,. �if-�� I\nift1ft•ttlt '11[9' ��'iii �'I lt� II )��II\nparama-sundara, paQc;/ita, nutana-yauvana\nnamabhase 'mukti' suni' na ha-ifa sahana\nSYNONYMS\nparama-sundara-very beautiful; pa Qc;/ita-learn ed; nutana-new; yauvanayouth; nama-abhase-by the glimpse of awakening of pure chanting of the holy\nname; mukti-liberation; suni'-hearing; na ha-ifa sahana-could not tolerate.\n\n", "ant1#p0338": "306\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch.\n\n3\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe had handsome bodily features, and he was learned and youthful, but he\ncould not tolerate the statement that simply by glimpsing the awakening of\nthe Lord's holy name one can attain liberation.\nPURPORT\nVai�r;tavas strictly follow the directions of the sastras re garding how one can be\nliberated simply by a slight awakening of pure chanting of the holy name.\nMayavadis cannot tolerate the statements of the sastras about how easily liberation can be achieved, for as stated in Bhagavad-gita (12.5), k/eso 'dhikaratas te$iim\navyaktasakta-cetasam: impersonalists must work hard for many, many births, and\nonly then will they perhaps be liberated. Vai�r;tavas know that simply by chanting\n\nthe holy name of the lord offenselessly, one achieves liberation as a by-product.\nThus there is no need to endeavor separately for liberation. Srila Bilvamangala\nThakura has said, muktib svayarh mukuliWijali sevate 'sman: liberation stands at\none's door, ready to render any kind of service, if one is a pure devotee with\nunflinching faith and reverence. This the Mayavadis cannot tolerate. Therefore\nthe arinda pradhana, chief tax collector, although very learned, handsome and\nyouthful, could not tolerate the statements of Haridasa Thakura\n\nTEXT\n\n193\n\n� �lflli �t'l �- �t1f1� �e{ I\n\"oe��� f�•t\"' �e{, 9ffutl!1f 1t'1 II �;;,� II\nkruddha hafla bale sei saro$a vacana\n\"bhavukera siddhanta suna, pai)Qitera gal)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nkruddha hafla-becoming very angry; bale-said; sei-he; sa-ro$a vacana­\n\nangry words;\n\nbhavukera-of an emotional\n\nperson;\n\nsiddhanta-conclusion;\n\nsuna-just hear; pai)Qitera gal)a-0 assembly of learned scholars.\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis young man, Gopala Cakravarti, became very angry upon hearing the\nstatements of Haridasa Thakura. He immediately criticized him. \"0 assembly\nof learned scholars,\" he said, \"just hear the conclusion of the emotional devotee.\n\n194\nc:�ti-�• 'BI'IIWfti{ '� ''if•' em 1\n<.fl- ��,-i{�'ft� '�� ''if�' � 11\"�;;,s 11\nTEXT\n\n", "ant1#p0339": "Text 196]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n307\n\nkoti-janme brahma-jfiane yei 'mukti' naya\nei kahe, -namabhase sei 'mukti' haya\"\nSYNONYMS\nkoti-janme-after millions upon millions of births; brahma-jfiane-by absolute\nknowledge; yei-which; mukti naya - li beration is not possible; ei-this person;\nkahe-says; nama-abhase -simply by the awakening of a glimpse of the pure\nchanting of the holy name; sei-that; mukti-liberation; haya-becomes possible.\nTRANSLATION\n\"After many millions upon millions of births, when one is complete in absolute knowledge, one still may not attain liberation, yet this man says that\none may attain it simply by the awakening of a glimpse of the holy name.\"\nTEXT 195\n\nl(fl'ftll \"t�,- �til �11'� �R-AI ?\nllf'tt81 �tl(,-iftJ!t'e'tli·Jf'tti! 'llf9' -� II ��<t II\nharidasa kahena, -kene karaha sarhsaya?\nsastre kahe, -namabhasa-matre 'mukti' haya\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa kahena-H aridasa Thakura said; kene-why; karaha sarhsaya-are\nyou doubtful; sastre kahe-it is stated in the revealed scriptures; nama-abhasamatre-simply by a glimpse of the chanting of the holy name; mukti haya - there\nis liberation.\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura said, \"Why are you doubtfull The revealed scriptures say\nthat one can attain liberation simply by a glimpse of offenseless chanting of\nthe holy name.\nTEXT 196\n\n�-r-�ttosr 'IJ.f9' �r�-'l� Q 1\n��� �'St'l '�f9' ilt� 'Ill ll ��� II\nbhakti-sukha-age 'mukti' ati-tuccha haya\nataeva bhakta-gaf)a 'mukti' nahi laya\n\n", "ant1#p0340": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n308\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhakti-sukha-transcendental bliss derived from devotional service; agebefore;\n\nmukti-liberation;\n\nati-tuccha-extremely\n\ninsignificant;\n\nhaya-is;\n\nataeva-therefore; bhakta-gaQa-pure devotees; mukti-liberation; nahi layado not accept.\nTRANSLATION\n\"For a devotee who enjoys the transcendental bliss of devotional service,\nliberation is most insignificant. Therefore pure devotees never desire to\nachieve liberation.\nTEXT 197\n\n'Q\"�'It'l'l't�<ll\"���lff4��t�f'¥.�� 0T I\n��t� C51tO?ilfi\"ll\"C� 31i\"fii'1Jf\"f �51��1 II � � � l1\ntvat-sak$atkaraQahladavisuddhabdhi-sthitasya me\nsukhani go$padayante\nbrahmaQy api jagad-guro\nSYNONYMS\ntvat-You;\nspiritually\n\nsak$at-karaQa-by\n\npurified;\n\nabdhi-in\n\nmeeting;\n\nah/ada-of pleasure;\n\nvisuddha­\n\nan ocean;\n\nsthitasya-situated;\n\nme-of me;\n\nsukhani-happiness; go$padayante-is like a calf's hoofprint; brahmaQi-derived\nfrom understanding of impersonal Brahman; api-also; jagat-guro-0 master of\nthe universe.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear Lord, 0 master of the universe, since I have directly seen You,\nmy transcendental bliss has taken the shape of a great ocean. Being situated in\nthat ocean, I now realize all other so-called happiness, including even\nbrahmananda, to be like the water contained in the hoofprint of a calf.'\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is quoted from the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya (14.36).\nTEXT 198\n\nf�121 ��,-Mift111� �rw 'af�' em I\nl!t� �\n\nil1� �1$' <��11'� til� u\" ���r 11\n\nvipra kahe, -\"namabhase yadi 'mukti' naya\ntabe tomara naka kati' karaha ni5caya\"\n\n", "ant1#p0341": "Text 2001\n\n309\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nvipra kahe-the brahmaf)a said; nama-abhase-simply by the awakening of\noffenseless chanting of the holy name; yadi-if; mukti naya-liberation is not attainable; tabe-then; tamara-your; naka-nose; kati'-1 shall cut off; karaha\nniscaya-take it as certain.\nTRANSLATION\nGopala Cakravarti said, \"If one is not liberated by namabhasa, then you may\nbe certain that I shall cut off your nose.\"\nTEXT 199\n\n�f� ��,-\"�fir iftll�n;� ,�,., em 1\n�� �11mf ilt<fi <fit$�-111� \"afii��R u\"��� n\nharidasa kahena, -\"yadi namabhase 'mukti' naya\ntabe amara naka katimu, -ei suniscaya\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nharidasa kahena-Haridasa Thakura said; yadi-if; nama-abhase -simply by\nthe awakening of the holy name of the Lord; mukti naya-mukti is not available;\ntabe-then; amara-my; naka-nose; katimu-1 shall cut off; ei-this; suniscaya -certain.\nTRANSLATION\nThen\n\nHaridasa\n\nThakura\n\naccepted\n\nthe\n\nchallenge\n\noffered\n\nby\n\nGopala\n\nCakravarti. \"If by namabhasa liberation is not available,\" he said, \"certainly I\nshall cut off my nose.\"\nTEXT 200\n\n\"fil' \"�t'\"t �J �a' �a 1\n11� c;JI• �c121 Cl'ia\" fitm u � o o u\nsuni' sabha-sad uthe kari' hahakara\nmajumadara sei vipre karila dhikkara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuni'-hearing; sabha-sat-all the members of the assembly; uthe-got up;\nkari'\n\nhaha-kara-making\n\na\n\ntumultuous\n\nsound;\n\nmajumadara-Hirar;�ya\n\nand\n\nGovardhana Majumadara; sei vipre-unto that brahmaf)a who was their servant;\nkarila -made; dhik-kara -chastisement.\n\n", "ant1#p0342": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n310\n\n[Antya-lila, C h . 3\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the members of the assembly who had heard the challenge were greatly\nagitated, and they got up, making a tumultuous sound.\n\nHirar,ya and\n\nGovardhana Majumadara both immediately chastised the brahmar;�a tax collector.\nTEXT 201\n\n�-�fl� �it1{ �Rri!fl <ee,� I\n\"��-91$�t JI(�f� 'ef� '41�1�&Tti{? �0� u\nbalai-purohita tare karila bhartsana\n\"ghata-patiya markha tufii bhakti kanha jana?\nSY NONYMS\nbalai-purohita-the\n\npriest\n\nnamed\n\nBalarama\n\nAcarya;\n\ntare-unto\n\nGopala\n\nCakravartT; karila-did; bhartsana-chastisement; ghata-patiya-interested in the\npot\n\nand the earth;\n\nmOrkha-fool;\n\ntufii-you;\n\nbhakti-devotional service;\n\nk.Mha-what; jana-do know.\nTRANSLATION\nThe priest named Balarama Acarya chastised Gopala Cakravarti. \"You are a\nfoolish logician,\" he said. \"What do you know about the devotional service of\nthe Lord?\nPURPORT\nThe philosophy enunciated by the Mayavadis is called ghata-patiya philosophy.\nAccording to this philosophy, everything is one, everything is earth, and therefore\nanything made of earth, such as different pots, is also the same earth. Such philosophers see no distinction between a pot made of earth and the earth itself.\nSince Gopala Cakravarti was a ghata-patiya logician, a gross materialist, what\ncould he understand about the transcendental devotional service of the Lord?\nTEXT 202\n\n�fil�-it� '!['� '� �9fJt'ti{ !\n���'iff ftC� �\"'J't'l ll\"�o� II\nharidasa-thakure tufii kai/i apamana!\nsarva-nasa habe tara, na habe kalyaQa\"\n\n", "ant1#p0343": "Text 204]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n311\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nharidasa-thakure-unto Haridasa Thakura; tuni-you; kaili-did; apamanainsult; sarva-nasa-destruction of everything; habe-there will be; tara-your;\nna-not; habe-will be; ka/yaQa-auspicious result.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You have insulted Haridasa Thakura. Thus there will be a dangerous position for you. You should not expect anything auspicious.\"\nTEXT 203\n\n��' �fJ� l!t\"'l \\i)fim �filin I\n�11m '�� Rr;� I!Jt-st �fJi'liu � o� u\nsuni' haridasa tabe uthiya ca/ila\nmajumadara sei vipre tyaga karila\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuni'-hearing; haridasa-Haridasa Thakura; tabe-then; uthiya ca/ila-got up\nand began to go away; majumadara-Hira�ya and Govardhana Majumadara; sei\nvipre-this brahmaQa; tyaga kari/a-kicked out.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Haridasa Thakura got up to leave, and the Majumadaras, the masters\nof Gopala Cakravarti, immediately dismissed Gopala Cakravarti from their\nservice.\nTEXT 204\n\n�-� m�tr;� 9f�i Rt'l I\n\n-��fit' � 1{�·�i{ II � o8 II\nsabha-sahite haridasera pac;lila caraQe\nharidasa hasi' kahe madhura-vacane\nSYNONYMS\n\nsabha-sahite-with all the members of the assembly; haridasera-of Haridasa\nThakura; pac;lila cara(Je-fell down at the lotus feet; haridasa-Haridasa Thakura;\nhasi'-smiling; kahe-said; madhura-vacane-in a sweet voice.\n\n", "ant1#p0344": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n312\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith all the members of the assembly, the two Majumadaras fell at the lotus\nfeet of Haridasa Thakura. Haridasa Thakura was smiling, however, and he\nspoke in a sweet voice.\nTEXT 205\n\n\"�-l'(�' �t� err�, �� �· stllll'f 1\nl!tJ �� �1�, � i!�� ��� U � 00' U\n\"toma-sabara do$a nahi, ei ajna brahmaf)a\ntara do$a nahi, tara tarka-ni$tha mana\nSYNONYMS\ntoma-sabara-of all of you; do$a-fault; nahi-there is not; ei-this; ajna-ignorant; brahmaQa-so-called brahmaf)a; tara do$a nahi-he is also not at fault;\ntara-his; tarka-ni$tha-accustomed to speculation; mana-mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"None of you are at fault,\" he said. \"Indeed, even this ignorant so-called\nbrahmaJ;Ja is not at fault, for he is accustomed to dry speculation and logic.\nTEXT 206\n\ni!t<h c;1ttR � �1t1Rf � I\n�t'l1 '�ti! 'Sftf� 'l'f �� 11� I!, ? � o� II\ntarkera gocara nahe namera mahattva\nkotha haite janibe se ei saba tattva?\nSYNONYMS\ntarkera-by argument and logic; gocara-appreciable; nahe-is not; nameraof the holy name; mahattva-the glory; kotha haite-from where; janibe-will\nknow; se-he; ei-this; saba-all; tattva-truth.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One cannot understand the glories of the holy name simply by logic and\nargument. Therefore this man cannot possibly understand the glories of the\nholy name.\n\n", "ant1#p0345": "Text 208]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n313\n\nTEXT 207\n\n� \"'�'if, �· ��i{ � ��tJ !\n\nlfJft1fiJ �� l:-t if! ft11� ��filii\" � 'l II\no\n\nyaha ghara, kr�Qa karuna kusa/a sabara\namara sambandhe du/:lkha na ha-uka kahara\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nyaha ghara-go to your homes; kr�Qa karuna\nsabara\n\n-\n\n-\n\nmay Lord Kr�l)a bestow; kusala\n\nblessings to everyone; amara sambandhe -on my account; du/:lkha­\n\nunhappiness; na ha-uka-may there not be; kahara-of anyone.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All of you may now go to your homes. May Lord Kr�r:Ja bestow his blessings\nupon you all. Do not be sorry because of my being insulted.\"\nPURPORT\nFrom this statement by Haridasa Thakura, it is understood that a pure Vai�l)ava\nnever takes anyone's insults seriously. This is the teaching of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu:\n\ntwad api sunicena\ntaror api sahi�Quna\namanina manadena\nkirtaniya/:1 sada hari/:1\n\"One should chant the holy name of the Lord in a humble state of mind, thinkin·g\noneself lower than the straw in the street. One should be more tolerant than a\ntree, devoid of all sense of false prestige and ready to offer all respects to others.\nIn such a state of mind one can chant the holy name of the Lord constantly.\" A\nVai�l)ava is always tolerant and submissive like trees and grass. He tolerates insults\noffered by others, for he is simply interested in chanting the holy name of the Lord\nwithout being disturbed.\nTEXT 208\n\n� � �J'tJ1f'Pt � ��� �� I\n\n� �'1 f� �-1ftifl '�� II � Olr II\ntabe se hiraQya-dasa nija ghare aila\nsei brahmaQe nija dvara-mana kaila\n\n", "ant1#p0346": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n314\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereupon; se-that; hiraQya-dasa-Hiral)ya Majumadara; nija-own;\nghare-to home; ai/a-returned; sei-that; brahmaQe-to Gopala Cakravarti;\nnija-own; dvara-door; mana-prohibition; kaifa-issued.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen Hirar;\"�ya dasa Majumadara returned to his home and ordered that\nGopala Cakravarti not be admitted therein.\nTEXT 209\n\n������'�'�I\n� - �'tlfj � 'itfit� 11� II �o� II\ntina dina bhitare sei viprera 'ku$tha' haifa\nati ucca nasa tara gafiya pac;lifa\n\nSYNONYMS\ntina dina-three days; bhitare-within; sei-that; viprera-of the brahmaQa;\nku$tha-leprosy; haifa-appeared; ati-very; ucca-raised; nasa-nose; tarahis; gafiya-melting; pac;lifa-fell.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWithin three days that brahmar;\"�a was attacked by leprosy, and as a result his\nhighly raised nose melted away and fell off.\nTEXT 210\n\n�··�fif·\"Jf ��·�11_fif I\nctt., � \"�' � ''it'f 'itfit' II ��o II\ncampaka-kafi-sama hasta-padariguli\nkorikac;la ha-ifa saba, ku$the gefa gafi'\n\nSYNONYMS\ncampaka-of a golden-hued flower;\narigufi-fingers\n\nand\n\ntoes;\n\nkorikac;la\n\nkafi-buds; sama-like;\n\nha-ifa-became\n\nku$the--;-because of leprosy; gefa ga/i'-melted away.\n\ncrumpled;\n\nhasta-padasaba-all;\n\n", "ant1#p0347": "Text 212]\n\n315\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmat:�a's toes and fingers were beautiful like golden-colored\ncampaka buds, but because of leprosy they all withered and gradually melted\naway.\nTEXT 211\n\nOffqj � � � �«.�� I\n���tt� 121-t�f�' �tt� �t� il1!\"� II�)� II\ndekhiya sakafa foka haifa camatkara\nharidase prasarhsi' tailre kare namaskara\nSYNONYMS\ndekhiya-seeing;\n\nsakafa\n\nfoka-all\n\npeople;\n\nhaifa-became;\n\ncamatkara­\n\nastonished; haridase-Haridasa Thakura; prasarhsi'-praising; tailre-unto him;\nkare-offer; namaskara-obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the condition of Gopala Cakravarti, everyone was astonished. Everyone praised the influence of Haridasa Thakur a and offered him obeisances.\nTEXT 212\n\n�f?f �f�t� f�l!l� Oftlf i11 l'f�\"'i I\n�..tf?t -� <!IDr 'fi'f 'fW�'fi II ��� II\nyadyapi haridasa viprera dofia na fa-ifa\ntathapi isvara tare phafa bhufijaifa\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; haridasa-Haridasa Thakura; viprera-of the brahmaQa;\ndofia-offense; na-did not; fa-ifa-take seriously; tathapi-still; isvara-the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead; tare-unto him; phafa-the result of insulting a\nVai�r:Java; bhufijaifa-made to suffer.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Haridasa Thakura, as a Vai�r:tava, did not take seriously the\nbrahmar:ta's offense, the Supreme Personality of Godhead could not tolerate it,\nand thus he made the brahmat:�a suffer the consequences.\n\n", "ant1#p0348": "316\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Antya-lila , Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 213\n\n�··�,-�--�� '115111 <!St;1f I\n\n�··'lll�,-�-fi{\"f1 �� il1 ?!'ttl II�)� II\nbhakta-svabhava, -ajna-do$a k$ama kare\nk($Qa-svabhava, -bhakta-ninda sahite na pare\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhakta-svabhava-the characteristic of a pure devotee; ajna-do$a-offense by\nan ignorant rascal; k$ama kare-excuses; kr$1Ja-svabhava-the characteristic of\nKr�Qa; bhakta-ninda-blaspheming the devotees; sahite na pare-cannot tolerate.\nTRANSLATION\nA charac teristic of a pure devotee is that he excuses any offense by an ignorant rascal. The characteristic of K��r;�a , however, is that He cannot tolerate\nblasphemy of His devotees.\nPURPORT\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu taught:\ntwad api sunicena\ntaror api sahi$QUna\namanina manadena\nkirtaniyab sada harib\nA Vai�Qava strictly follows this principle of being humbler than the grass and more\n\ntolerant than a tree, expecting no honor from others but offering honor to everyone. In this way, a Vai�Qava is simply interested in chanting about the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead and glorifying Him. Haridasa Thakura epitomized this\nforemost order of Vai�Qavism. Kr�Qa cannot tolerate any insults or blasphemy\nagainst a Vai�Qava. For example, Prahlada Maharaja was chastised by his father,\nHiraQyakasipu, in so many ways, but although Prahlada tolerated this, Kr�Qa did\nnot. The Lord therefore came in the form of Nrsirilhadeva to kill HiraQyakasipu.\nSimilarly, although Srila Haridasa Thakura tolerated the insult by Gopala Cakravarti,\nKr�Qa could not. The Lord immediately punished Gopala Cakravarti by making him\nsuffer from leprosy. While instructing Srila ROpa Gosvami about the many restrictive rules and regulations for Vai�Qavas, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has very vividly\ndescribed the effects of offenses at the lotus feet of a Vai�Qava. Yadi vai$Qavaaparadha uthe hati mata (Madhya 19.156). Offending or blaspheming a Vai�Qava\n\n", "ant1#p0349": "Text 215]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n317\n\nhas been described as the greatest offense, and it has been compared to a mad\nelephant. When a mad elephant enters a garden, it ruins all the creepers, flowers\nand trees. Similarly, if a devotee properly executing his devotional service becomes an offender at the lotus feet of his spiritual master or a Vai?ryava, his devotional service is spoiled.\n\nTEXT 214\n\nRr;� !:i \"�' �fil'if'tl111ti{ 'l�� '�'I'll\n\n�-�t� <fi�' -ttr.� �t-'1111��8 II\nviprera ku?tha suni' haridasa mane dul)khi haifa\nbalai-purohite kahi' santipura aila\nSYNONYMS\nviprera-of\n\nthe\n\nbrahmaQa;\n\nku?tha-lepro sy;\n\nsuni'-hearing ;\n\nharidasa­\n\nHaridasa Thakura; mane-within the mind; du/:lkhi haifa-becam e unhappy;\n\nbalai-purohite-unto Balarama Acarya; kahi'-speaking; santipura aila-came to\nSantipura.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura was unhappy when he heard that the brahmal','la Gopala\nCakravarti had been attacked by· leprosy. Thus after informing Balarama\nAcarya, the priest of Hiral','lya Majumadara, he went to Santipura, the home of\nAdvaita Acarya.\nTEXT 215\n\n�tt� fiffl'Afl �'11 �<(e, �'ttJf I\n�M �f� <fifif' <fififilfl �'ltti{ II ��t II\nacarye miliya kaifa daQc;lavat praQama\nadvaita afingana kari' karifa sammana\nSYNONYMS\nacarye mifiya-meeting Advaita Acarya; kaifa -offered; daQc;lavat praQamaobeisances and respects; advaita-Advaita Acarya; afingana kari'-e m bracing;\n\nkarifa sammana-showed respect.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon meeting Advaita Acarya, Haridasa Thakura offered Him respect and\nobeisances. Advaita Acarya embraced him and showed respect to him in\nreturn .\n\n", "ant1#p0350": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n318\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 216\n\n'Sttrt �t11 ,,ft� <flfil' fil..-t� �1t11' Pf'f11\nlfJt'St<1\\!·�111' lfJf•·�� ���'fill�)� II\nganga-tire gonpha kari' nirjane tanre dila\n\nbhagavata-gitara bhakti-artha sunaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nganga-tire-on the bank of the Ganges; gonpha kari'-constructing a small\n\ncavelike residence; nirjane-in a solitary place; tanre-unto him; di/a-offered;\n\nbhagavata-of Srimad-Bhagavatam; gitara-of Bhagavad-gita; bhakti-artha-the\n\nreal meaning of devotional service; sunai/a-spoke to him.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the bank of the Ganges, in a solitary place, Advaita Acarya made a\ncave like home for Haridasa Thakura and spoke to him about the real meaning\nof Srimad-Bhagavatam and Bhagavad-gita in terms of devotional service.\nTEXT 217\n\n�t� �t11' fili!l fce..-t-fi{(t�'l 1\n\nl- � filfir' \"·<flQf1·�111l1�� II �)'\\ II\nacaryera ghare nitya bhik� a-nirvahaf)a\n\ndui jana mi/i' kr�Qa-katha-asvadana\n\nSYNONYMS\nacaryera ghare-at the house of Advaita Acarya; nitya-daily; bhik$a-nir­\n\nvahaQa-accepting food as alms; dui jana-the two of them; mi/i'-meeting\ntogether; k($f)a-katha-discourses on the subject matter of Kr�r;.a; asvadana­\n\ntasting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura accepted food daily at the house of Advaita Acarya. Meeting together, the two of them would taste the nectar of discourses on the subject matter of Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 218\n\n�H�Pf �,-\",�$, �fir fi1t<q�� I\n� �� � m' c;;qrtif.. �� t �)\"\" 11\n\n", "ant1#p0351": "Text 220]\n\n319\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\nharidasa kahe, -\"gosafii, kari nivedane\nmore pratyaha anna deha' kon prayojane?\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa kahe-Haridasa Thakura said; gos.Mi-my dear Advaita Aarya; kari\nnivedane-let me submit one prayer; more-unto me; prati-aha-daily; anna\ndeha'-You give food; kon prayojane-what is the necessity.\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura said, \"My dear A dvaita Acarya, let me submit something\nbefore Your Honor. Every day You give me alms of food to eat . What is the\nnecessity of this 1\nTEXT 219\n\n�-1{�·�\\21 �fit! �·l11rt'F I\n�ij ��� fl, il1 ��� 'e1t � 11 ��� n\nmaha-maha-vipra etha kulina-samaja\nnice adara kara, na vasaha bhaya Jaja!!\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-maha-vipra-great,\n\ngreat\n\nbrahmaf)as;\n\netha-here;\n\nku/ina-samaja­\n\naristocratic society; nice-to a low-class person; adara kara-You show honor; na\nvasaha-You do not care for; bhaya laja-fear or shame .\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sir, You are living within a society of great, great brahma� and\naristocrats, but without fear or shame You adore a lower-class man like me.\nTEXT 220\n\n��ffl 'fiftm �'tif ���I\n<;�- �\"Pti ��,-��� � 1-.1 Q II\"�� o II\nalaukika acara tamara kahite pai bhaya\nsei krpa kariba, -yate mora rak$a haya\"\nSYNONYMS\nalaukika acara-uncommon behavior; tomara-Your; kahite-to speak; pai\nbhaya-1 am afraid; sei krpa-that favor; kariba-kindly do; yate-by which;\nmora-my; rak$a-protection; haya-there is.\n\n", "ant1#p0352": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n320\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear sir, Your behavior is uncommon. Indeed, sometimes I am afraid to\nspeak to You. But please favor me by protecting me from the behavior of\nsociety.\"\nPURPORT\nWhile Haridasa Thakura was staying under the care of Advaita Acarya, he was\nafraid of the behavior of society in Santipura, Navadvipa, which was full of exceedingly aristocratic brahmaQas, k�atriyas and vaisyas. Haridasa Thakura was\nborn in a Mohammedan family and was later recognized as a great Vai�l)ava, but\nnevertheless the brJ.hmaQas were very critical of him. Thus Haridasa Thakura was\nafraid that Advaita Acarya would be put into some difficulty because of His\nfamiliarity with Haridasa Thakura. Sri Advaita Acarya treated Haridasa Thakura as a\nmost elevated Vai�l)ava, but others, like Ramacandra Khan, were envious of\nHaridasa Thakura. Of course, we have to follow in the footsteps of Advaita\nAcarya, not caring for people like Ramacandra Khan. At present, many Vai�l)avas\nare coming to our Kr�r:Ja consciousness movement from among the Europeans and\nAmericans, and although a man like Ramacandra Khan is always envious of such\nVai�l)avas, one should follow in the footsteps of Sri Advaita Acarya by treating all\nof them as Vai�l)avas. Although they are not as exalted as Haridasa Thakura, such\nAmericans and Europeans, having accepted the principles of Vai�l)ava philosophy\nand behavior, should never be excluded from Vai�l)ava society.\nTEXT 221\n\n�� �,-\"1._fif if! • 'ell\n\n�- 'CI�fJ�, � llft'l1f111! Q II ��) II\nacarya kahena, - \"tumi na kariha bhaya\nsei acariba, yei sastra-mata haya\nSY NONYMS\nacarya\n\nkahena-Advaita\n\nAcarya\n\nsaid;\n\ntumi-you;\n\nna-not;\n\nkariha-do;\n\nbhaya-fear; sei J.cariba-1 shall behave in that way; yei-whatever; sastramata-sanctioned by the revealed scriptures; haya-is.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya replied, \"My dear Haridasa, do not be afraid. I shall behave\nstrictly according to the principles of the revealed scriptures.\n\n", "ant1#p0353": "Text 222]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n321\n\nPURPORT\nSrTia Advaita Acarya was not afraid of the strict brahminical culture and customs\nof society. As stated in the sastric injunctions, which are the true medium of evidence or proof, anyone can go back to Godhead, even if born of a low family.\nKr�t:�a says in Bhagavad-gita:\n\nmarh hi partha vyapasritya\nye 'pi syu/:1 papa-yonaya/:1\nstriyo vaisyas tatha sudras\n\nte 'pi yanti pararh gatim\n\n\"0 son of Prtha, those who take shelter in Me, though they be of lower birth­\n\nwomen, vaisyas [merchants], as well as sudras [workers]-can approach the\n\nsupreme destination.\" (Bg. 9.32) Though having taken a low birth in human\n\nsociety, one who accepts Kr�t:�a as the Supreme Personality of Godhead is quite\ncompetent to go back home, back to Godhead; and one who is a bona fide can­\n\ndidate for going back to Godhead should not be considered lowborn, or car:J(;Jala.\nThat is also a sastric injunction. As stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.4.18):\n\nkirat.a-hUQandhra-pulinda-pu/kasa\nabhira-sumbha yavana/:1 khasadaya/:1\nye 'nye ca papa yad-apasrayasraya/:1\nsudhyanti tasmai prabhaVi$/')aVe nama/:!\nNot only the yavanas and khasadaya/:1 but even those born in still lower families\n\ncan be purified (sudhyantl) by the grace of a devotee of Lord Kr�Qa, for Kr�t:�a em­\n\npowers such devotees to perform this purification. Advaita Acarya had confidence in the sastric evidence and did not care about social customs. The Kr�t:�a\n\nconsciousness movement, therefore, is a cultural movement that does not care\n\nabout local social conventions. Following in the footsteps of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu and Advaita Acarya, we can accept a devotee from any part of the\n\nworld and recognize him as a brahmaf)a as soon as he is qualified due to following\n\nthe principles of Vai�Qava behavior.\n\nTEXT 222\n\n� '11lt\"f Q c;<�St$�'1·� I\"\n\nlflll �r.,, �-� �1tt\"1 ,.flril,, ��� \"\ntumi khaile haya koti-brahmaf)a-bhojana\"\neta bali, sraddha-patra karaila bhojana\n\n", "ant1#p0354": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n322\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\ntumi khaile-if you eat; haya-there is; koti-brahmaf)a-bhojana-feeding ten\n\nmillion brahmaf)as; eta bali\n\nsaying this; sraddha-patra-the dish offered to the\n\n-\n\nforefathers; karaila bhojana-made to eat.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Feeding you is equal to feeding ten million brahmat:�as,\" Advaita Acarya\nsaid. \"Therefore, accept this sraddha-patra.\" Thus Advaita Acarya made him\neat.\nPURPORT\nSraddha is prasada offered to the forefathers at a certain date of the year or\n\nmonth. The sraddha-patra, or plate offered to the forefathers, is then offered to\n\nthe best of the brahmaf)as in society. Instead of offering the sraddha-patra to any\n\nother brahmaf)a, Advaita Acarya offered it to Haridasa Thakura, considering him\ngreater than any of the foremost brahmaf)as. This act by Sri Advaita Acarya proves\n\nthat Haridasa Thakura was always situated in a transcendental position and was\n\ntherefore always greater than even the most exalted brahmaf)a, for he was situ­\n\nated above the mode of goodness of the material world. Referring to the Bhaktisandarbha, verse 177, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura quotes the following\n\nstatements from the Garuc;Ja Puraf)a in this connection:\nbrahmaf)anaril sahasrebhya/:1\nsatra-yaji visi�yate\n\nsatra-yaji-sahasrebh ya/:1\n\nsarva-ve danta-paraga/:1\n\nsarva-vedanta-vit-kotya\n\nvi�Qu-bhakto visi�yate\n\nvai�f)avanaril sahasrebhya\nekanty eko visi�yate\n\n'� brahmaf)a qualified to offer sacrifices is better than an ordinary brahmaf)a, and\n\nbetter than such a brahmaf)a is one who has studied all the Vedic scriptures.\nAmong many such brahmaf)as, one who is a devotee of Lord Vi�J)U is the best;\n\nand among many such Vai�J)avas, one who fully engages in the service of the Lord\nis the best.\"\n\nbhaktir a�ta-vidha hy e�a\n\nyasmin mlecche 'pi vartate\n\nsa viprendro muni-sre�tha/:1\nsa jnani sa ca paQc;Jita/:1\n\ntasmai deyaril tato grahyaril\nsa ca pOjyo yatha hari/:1\n\n", "ant1#p0355": "Text 223]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n323\n\n\"There are many different kinds of devotees, but even a Vai�t;�ava coming from a\nfamily of mlecchas or yavanas is understood to be a learned scholar, complete in\nknowledge, if he knows the Vai�t;�ava philosophy. He should therefore be given\ncharity, for such a Vai�t;�ava is as worshipable as the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\"\n\nna me 'bhakta.S catur-vedr\nmad-bhaktab sva-pacab priyab\ntasmai deyaril tato grahyaril\nsa ca pOjyo yatha hy aham\nLord Kr�t:�a says, \"Even if a nondevotee comes from a brahmaf)a family and is expert in studying the Vedas, he is not very dear to Me, whereas even if a sincere\ndevotee comes from a low family of meat-eaters, he is very dear to Me. Such a\nsincere pure devotee should be given charity, for he is as worshipable as 1.\"\n\nTEXT 223\n\n\"'5t�-� 'ltf'5t' �i{ m 1\n��·1Sf'5te. � �r;� � ? ��\\!) II\njagat-f'!istara lagi' karena cintana\navai�f)ava-jagat kemane ha-ibe mocana?\nSYNONYMS\njagat-nistara-the deliverance of the people of the whole world; lagi'-for;\nkarena cintana-was always thinking; avai�f)ava-full of nondevotees; jagat-the\nwhole world; kemane-how; ha-ibe mocana -will be delivered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya was always absorbed in thoughts of how to deliver the fallen\nsouls of the entire world. \"The entire world is full of nondevotees,\" He\nthought. \"How will they be deliveredl\"\nPURPORT\nSrila Advaita Acarya sets the standard for acaryas in the Yai�t;�ava sampradaya.\nAn acarya must always be eager to deliver the fallen souls. A person who\n\nestablishes a temple or matha to take advantage of people's sentiments by using\n\nfor his livelihood what people contribute for the worship of the Deity cannot be\ncalled a gosvamr or acarya. One who knows the conclusion of the sastras, follows\nin the footsteps of his predecessors and endeavors to preach the bhakti cult all\nover the world is to be considered an acarya. The role of an acarya is not to earn\n\nhis livelihood through the income of the temple. SrT1a Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\n", "ant1#p0356": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n324\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nThakura used to say that if one earns his livelihood by displaying the Deity in the\ntemple, he is not an acarya or gosvami. It would be better for him to accept service even as a sweeper in the street, for that is a more honorable means of earning\none's living.\nTEXT 224\n\n� �'!t� 'el�'! �F!ai �� 1\n\n�-� f� �'fl � 'ftf'S1tr111 ��8 II\nk($f)e avatarite advaita pratijna karila\njala-tulasi diya paja karite lagila\nSYNONYMS\n\nk($f)e-Lord Kr�t:�a; avatarite-to cause to descend; advaita-Advaita Acarya;\npratijna-promise; karila-made; jala-tulasi-Ganges water and tulasi leaves;\ndiya-offering; paja-worship; karite-to do; /agi/a-began.\nTRANSLATION\nDetermined to deliver all the fallen souls, Advaita Acarya decided to cause\nKm'la to descend. With this vow, he began to offer Ganges water and tulasi\nleaves to worship the Lord.\nTEXT 225\n\n•t:ftwt1f �til: ,,Yt..rn il11f� 1\n�· �s(��,-1!1� �til: 1filll ���II\nharidasa kare gonphaya nama-sankirtana\nk($f)a avatirf)a ha-ibena, -ei tanra mana\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa-Haridasa Thakura; kare-performed; gonphaya-in the cave; namasankirtana-chanting of the holy name of the Lord; k($f)a-Lord Kr�t:�a; avatirf)a\nha-ibena-will descend; ei-this; tanra mana-his mind.\nTRANSLATION\nSimilarly, Haridasa Thakura chanted in his cave on the bank of the Ganges\nwith the intention to cause Kr,Qa's descent.\n\n", "ant1#p0357": "Text 228]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n325\n\nTEXT 226\n\nl�tii'J � � �'f1 �I\nitl11·,12!11 �' � 'lf'Ste. �II-\\-\\� II\ndui-janera bhaktye caitanya kaiJa avatara\nnama-prema pracari' kaiJa jagat uddhara\n\nSYNONYMS\ndui-janera-of these two persons; bhaktye-because of the devotional ser­\n\nvice; caitanya-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kaiJa-made; avatara-incarnation; nama-prema-the holy name and love of Kr�r:ta; pracari\n\n'-\n\npreac hing; kai/a­\n\ndid; jagat uddhara-deliverance of the whole world.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of the devotional service of these two persons, Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu descended as an incarnation. Thus He preached the holy name of\nthe Lord and ecstatic love of K!lQa to deliver the entire world.\nTEXT 227\n\n�1t ��� �� 5f'R. �I\n� �'1 \"'1� �\\151f«.-.'tt n -\\-\\'\\ n\nara aJaukika eka caritra tanhara\nyahara sravaf)e Joke haya camatkara\n\nSYNONYMS\nara-another;\n\naJaukika-uncommon;\n\neka-one;\n\ncaritra-characteristic;\n\ntarihara-of Haridasa Thakura; yahara sraval)e-in hearing which;\n\nJoke-in\n\nhuman society; haya-there is; camatkara-astonishment.\nTRANSLATION\nThere is another incident concerning Haridasa Thakura's uncommon\nbehavior. One will be astonished to hear about it .\nTEXT 228\n\n�1ft .t\"R, �'Sftn �itt M I\n���I{ m112f� U -\\-\\1r II\n\n", "ant1#p0358": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n326\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\ntarka na kariha, tarkagocara ta/ira riti\nvisvasa kariya suna kariya pratiti\nSYNONYMS\ntarka na kariha-do not argue; tarka-agocara-beyond argument; talira-his;\nrfti-behavior;\n\nvisvasa kariya-believing; suna-listen; kariya pratiti-having\n\nconfidence.\nTRANSLATION\nHear about such incidents without putting forth dry arguments, for these\nincidents are beyond our material reasoning. One must believe in them with\nfaith.\nTEXT 229\n\n��fifif �\"Pf (;��tt� <!If� I\nift11'·JI�i{ �t11if �&I) �ffi1111 ��� II\neka-dina haridasa goliphate vasiya\nnama-salikirtana karena ucca kariya\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; haridasa-Haridasa Thakura; goliphate vasiya-sitting in\nhis cave; nama-salikirtana karena-was chanting the holy name of the Lord; ucca\nkariya-resounding very loudly.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day Haridasa Thakura was sitting in his cave, reciting very loudly the\nholy name of the Lord.\nTEXT 230\n\n(;�Jte.'m<!!� 11tfui, �-t f� �fifil'f I\n'St1fHI \"'�� �e.�t11 �tit �·1l'f II ��o II\njyotsnavati ratri, dasa dik sunirmala\ngaligara lahari jyotsnaya kare jhala-ma/a\nSYNONYMS\njyotsnavati-full of moonlight; ratri-the night; dasa dik-ten directions; sunirmala-very clear and bright; galigara lahari-the waves of the Ganges;\njyotsnaya-in the moonlight; kare jha/a-ma/a-appear dazzling.\n\n", "ant1#p0359": "Text 232]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n327\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe night was full of moonlight, which made the waves of the Ganges look\ndazzling. All directions were clear and bright.\nTEXT 231\n\n�\n\n� �?fl·f?ffu11' l:!}?f1f I\n\n<;'Slt�'t1 (;llt 'e'l <;tiff-!' �t�11' � ������·\ndvare tulasT /epa-piQ{iira upara\ngoriphara sobha dekhi' /okera ju{faya antara\n\nSYNONYMS\ndvare-at the door; tu/asr-the tulasT plant; /epa-very clean; piQQira uparaon the altar; goriphara sobha-the beauty of the cave; dekhi'-seeing; lokeraof everyone; ju{iaya-was satisfied; antara-the heart.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus everyone who saw the beauty of the cave, with the tulasi plant on a\nclean altar, was astonished and satisfied at heart.\nTEXT 232\n\n'f(��tt� \\!1� �tit � �t·'l' I\n�tt �tr�m.J \"'� jj\\'!�cl f(l'f n ��� 11\nhena-ka/e eka narT arigane aila\ntarira ariga-kantye sthana pTta-varl)a ha-ifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nhena-ka/e-at this time; eka-one; narT-woman; arigane ai/a-came to the\ncourtyard; tarira-her; ariga-kantye-by the beauty of the body; sthana-that\nplace; pTta-varl)a ha-ifa-became yellowish.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, in that beautiful scene, a woman appeared in the courtyard.\nThe beauty of her body was so bright that it tinged the entire place with a hue\nof yellow.\n\n", "ant1#p0360": "S•·i Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n328\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch . 3\n\nTEXT 233\n\nit1f �tr-� 'fllf flf� �tt1ftf� I\n�'f-�fi{� �( �� �1(�� II ��� II\ntarira anga-gandhe dasa dik Jmodita\nbha$aQa-dhvanite karQa haya camakita\nSYNONYMS\nta nra-her ; ariga gandhe-the scent of the body; dasa dik-ten directions;\n-\n\namodita-perfumed; bha$aQa-dhvanite-by the tinkling of her ornaments; karQa-the ear; haya-becomes; camakita-startled\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe scent of her body perfumed all directions, and the tinkling of her ornaments startled the ear.\nTEXT 234\n\n�tflt�1 �'l\"t1f �� '�Oft il1f�a 1\n\n'�.\"� ��i1li1!1 �fit' c;'S!Ofl c;,Yt.t·�� n ��s n\nasiya tulasire sei kai/a namaskara\ntu/asi parikrama kari' gela gonpha-dvara\nSYNONYMS\nasiya-coming; tulasire-unto the tulasi plant; sei-that woman; kaila-did;\nnamaskara-obeisances; tulasi-the tulasi plant; parikrama-circumambulating;\nkari'-doing; ge/a-went; gonpha dvara-to the door of the cave.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter coming there, the woman offered obeisances to the tulasi plant, and\nafter circumambulating the tulasi plant she came to the door of the cave\nwhere Haridasa Thakura was sitting.\nTEXT 235\n\n<;�-�� ��liftt'IJ �'11 R'l I\n��fit' �� Rsi 1f� � II��� II\nyoga hate haridasera vandila caraQa\n-\n\ndvare vasi' kahe kichu madhura vacana\n\n", "ant1#p0361": "Text 237]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n329\n\nSYNONYMS\ny o(ia- hate-with folded hands;\n\nharidasera-of Haridasa Thakura;\n\nvandila\n\ncaraQa-offer ed prayers at the lotus feet; dvare vasi -sitting at the door; kahe'\n\nsays; kichu-some; madhura vacana-sweet words.\nTRANSLATION\nWith folded hands she offered obeisances at the lotus feet of Haridasa\nThakura. Sitting at the door, she then spoke in a very sweet voice.\nTEXT 236\n\n�'Stf;l!1f 'il'f 1fi' 11i�� I\nI!� �IP llftf;t' <;\"1111' �'Itt� !2l�t'lll ��� II\n\"jagatera bandhu tumi rapa-gul)avan\ntava sanga Jagi' mora ethake prayal)a\nSYNONYMS\njagatera-of the whole world; bandhu-friend; tumi-you; rtJpa-guQa-van­\n\nso beautiful and qualified; tava sanga-your union; /agi'-for; mora-my; ethake\n\nprayaQa-coming here.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friend,\" she said, \" y ou are the friend of the entire world. You are\nso beautiful and qualified. I have come here only for union with you.\nTEXT 237\n\n<;'llt1f �tf1Cfit1f Cl51f tt�1 �'\"' I\nm ��1 Cfit1f,-\\fl, ��� Q II\" �-e� n\nmore angikara kara hana sadaya\ndine daya kare, -ei sadhu-svabhava haya\"\nSYNONYMS\nmore-me; angikara kara-accept; hana sa-daya- being very kind; dine-to\n\nthe fallen souls; daya kare-show favor; ei-this; sadhu-svabhava-the characteristic of saintly persons; haya-is\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear sir, kindly accept me and be merciful toward me, for it is a characteristic of all saintly persons to be kind toward the poor and f allen.\"\n\n", "ant1#p0362": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n330\n\nTEXT 238\n\n� �' iftifl� � �t-r I\n\n�1t st�� 'ifi!J Q ��llf II �e\\r II\neta bali' nana-bhava karaye prakasa\nyahara darsane munira haya dhairya-nasa\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; nana-bhava -various postures; karaye prakasa-began\nto manifest; yahara darsane-seeing which; munira-of even the great philosophers; haya-there is; dhairya-nasa-loss of patience.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, she began to manifest various postures, which even the\ngreatest philosopher would lose his patience upon seeing.\nTEXT 239\n\n��11 �m'tll �-�-..m 1\nClfl'ftl! l'ftf111'f1 �ttl �$1 �llll ��� II\nnirvikara haridasa gambhrra-asaya\nbalite lagila ta.nre hafia sadaya\nSYNONYMS\nnirvikara-unmoved;\n\nharidasa-Haridasa\n\nThakura;\n\ngambhira-very\n\ndeep;\n\nMaya-determination; balite lagila-began to speak; tanre-unto her; hafia sadaya-being merciful.\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura was immovable, for he was deeply determined. He began\nto speak to her, being very merciful toward her.\nTEXT 240\n\n���·iftlf·ll���- �- '��·' 1ftW I\nl!t�ttl! i1f� �tflf �t '2tf'!fifti{ II �So U\n\"sankhya-nama-sankirtana-ei 'maha-yajfia' manye\ntahate dik?ita ami ha-i prati-dine\n\n", "ant1#p0363": "Text 242]\n\n331\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\nSYNONYMS\nsankhya-nama-sankirtana-numerical chanting of the holy name; ei-this;\nmaha-yajna-great sacrifice; manye-1 have vowed; tahate dik�ita-initiated in\nthat; ami-1; ha-i-am; prati-dine-every day.\nTRANSLATION\n\"l.have been initiated into a vow to perform a great sacrifice by chanting\nthe holy name a certain number of times every day.\nTEXT 241\n\n�e. ��� lfllt• il�, if! �� �- �11{ I\n\n��� lfllt� '�till, �i �tt �l!!t1{ II �8!> II\nyavat kirtana samapta nahe, na kari anya kama\nkirtana samapta haile, haya dik�ara visrama\nSYNONYMS\nyavat-as long as; kirtana-chanting; samapta-finished; nahe-is not; nanot; kari-1 do;\n\nanya-other; kama-desire;\n\nkirtana-chanting;\n\nsamapta­\n\nfinished; hai/e-becoming; haya-there is; dik�ara-of initiation; visrama-rest.\nTRANSLATION\n\"As long as the vow to chant is unfulfilled, I do not desire anything else.\nWhen I finish my chanting, then I have an opportunity to do anything.\nTEXT 242\n\n.rtf Cffit' �� '{fil �'tlf·ll� I\n\n�'11Tllllt• � �R�11_ �C( ar�-,..tn'1 11 �8� 11\ndvare vasi' suna tumi nama-sankirtana\nnama samapta hai/e karimu tava priti-acaraQa\nSYNONYMS\ndvare vasi'-sitting at the door; suna-hear; tumi-you; nama-sankirtanachanting of the holy names; nama-the holy name; samapta haile-when\nfinished; karimu-1 shall do; tava-your; priti-pleasure; acaraQa-activities.\n\n", "ant1#p0364": "332\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sit down at the door and hear the chanting of the Hare Km•a maha-mantra.\nAs soon as the chanting is finished, I shall satisfy you as you desire.\"\nTEXT 243\n\n�I! �fir' �t11� � �'t11·'tif� I\n\n\"'' iftil �fit'� llert�·I!R'I n �8� 11\neta bali' karena teriho nama-sarikirtana\nsei nari vasi' kare sri-nama-sravaf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; karena-perf orms; teriho-he; nama-sarikirtana-chanting of the holy name; sei nari-that woman; vasi'-sitting; kare-does; sri-namasravaf)a-hearing the holy name.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Haridasa Thakura continued to chant the holy name of the\nLord. Thus the woman sitting before him began to hear the chanting of the\nholy name.\nTEXT 244\n\n�� �fJt� �fit' 1!1�:<15t'f �\" I\n��:�t'f �f'f' iftfT �1 �� 11 �88 n\nkirtana karite asi' prataf)-ka/a haifa\nprataf)-ka/a dekhi' nari uthiya ca/ila\n\nSYNONYMS\nkirtana karite-chanting and chanting; asi'-coming; prataf)-kala-morning;\nhaifa-appeared;\n\nprataf)-kala\n\ndekhi'-seeing\n\nthe\n\nmorning\n\nlight;\n\nnari-the\n\nwoman; uthiya ca/ila-got up and left.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, as he chanted and chanted, the morning approached, and when\nthe woman saw that it was morning, she got up and left.\n\n", "ant1#p0365": "Text 247]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n333\n\nTEXT 245\n\nt!l-� f�il� �tt �t'St1fil I\niltifl � Of�tt, �� �HI � 1fil II �M II\nei-mata tina-dina kare agamaAa\nnana bhava dekhaya, yate brahmara hare mana\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; tina-dina-three days; kare-she does; agamana-approaching; nana bhava-all kinds of feminine postures;\n\ndekhaya-exhibits;\n\nyate-by which; brahmara-even of Lord Brahma; hare-attracts; mana-mind.\nTRANSLATION\nFor three days she approached Haridasa Thakura in this way, exhibiting\nvarious feminine postures that would bewilder the mind of even Lord Brahma.\nTEXT 246\n\n�· iltllt��·1fili �� �fil�t� I\n�lfJ ��I! �if i\\\"'et�·�<�St-t II �8� II\nkm1e namavi$ta-mana sada haridasa\naral)ye rodita haifa stri-bhava-prakasa\nSYNONYMS\nk($1)e-unto Lord Kr�l)a; nama-avi$ta-absorbed in chanting the holy name;\nmana-mind; sada-always; haridasa-Haridasa Thakura; aral)ye-in the wilderness; rodita-crying; haifa-became; stri-bhava-prakasa-exhibition of feminine\npostures.\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura was always absorbed in thoughts of Kr��;�a and the holy\nname of Kr��;�a. Therefore the feminine poses the woman exhibited were just\nlike crying in the forest.\nTEXT 247\n\n�t flr��1f 1ftf'ijf·c;� �� � I\n�R 'lttil ilt� <IS�t� 'ftf� II �8't II\n\n", "ant1#p0366": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n334\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\ntrtiya divasera ratri-se�a yabe haila\nthakurera sthane nari kahite IJ.gila\nSYNONYMS\ntrtiya divasera-of the third day; ratri-se�a-the end of the night; yabe-when;\nhai/a-there was; thakurera-of Haridasa Thakura; sthane-at the place; narithe woman; kahite /agi/a-began to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the end of the �ight of the third day, the woman spoke to Haridasa\nThakura as follows.\nTEXT 248\n\n\"R!� fit� �r..n �1�ti �fJ' 'el1tttlli ,\nt\"tffl·fift� �� '�ill� �ll·\"Jtlti9f� II\" �81r- M\n\"tina dina vancila ama kari' asvasana\nratri-dine nahe tamara nama-samapana\"\nSYNONYMS\ntina dina-for three days;\n\nvancila-you have cheated;\n\nama-me;\n\nkari'\n\nasvasana-giving assurance; ratri-dine-throughout the entire day and night;\nnahe-is not; tamara-your; nama-samapana-finishing of the chanting of the\nholy name.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear sir, for three days you have cheated me by giving me false\nassurances, for I see that throughout the entire day and night your chanting of\nthe holy name is never finished.\"\nTEXT 249\n\noo111 �� �,- \"'eltfif r� �rq,\n\n� �fJ11n., �� c;�� l1�'1_?\" �8� II\nharidasa thakura kahena, -\"ami ki karimu?\nniyama kariyachi, taha kemane cha(iimu?\"\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa thakura-Haridasa Thakura; kahena-said; ami ki karimu-what shall!\ndo;\n\nniyama\n\nkariyachi-1\n\ncha(iimu-shalll give up.\n\nhave\n\nmade a\n\nvow;\n\ntaha-that;\n\nkemane-how;\n\n", "ant1#p0367": "Text 250]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n335\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura said, \"My dear friend, what can I do? I have made a vow.\nHow, then, can I give it up?\"\nTEXT 250\n\n�!til iftit �� �1U �fJ' ��til\n\n'�1f1f-111ll1' �!Jtl! �t·llft� �lift 'l!tlltlll��on\ntabe nari kahe tafire kari' namaskara\n'ami-maya' karite ailafia parik$a tomara\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; nari-the woman;\n\nkahe-said; tafire-unto Haridasa\n\nThakura; kari' namaskara-offering obeisances; ami-1; maya-the illusory energy; karite-to do; ai/alia-1 came; parik$a-testing; tomara-your.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter offering obeisances to Haridasa Thakura, the woman said: \"I am the\nillusory energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. I came here to test\nyou.\nPURPORT\nIn Bhagavad-gita (7.14) Lord Kr�r;Ja says:\ndaivi hy e$a guQamayi\nmama maya duratyaya\nmam eva ye prapadyante\nmayam etarh taranti te\n\"This divine energy of Mine, consisting of the three modes of material nature, is\ndifficult to overcome. But those who have surrendered unto Me can easily cross\nbeyond it.\" This was actually proved by the behavior of Haridasa Thakura. Maya\nenchants the entire world. Indeed, people have forgotten the ultimate goal of life\nbecause of the dazzling attractions of the material world. But this dazzling attraction, especially the attractive beauty of a woman, is meant for persons who are\nnot surrendered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord says, mam eva\nye prapadyante mayam etarh taranti te: \"One who is surrendered unto Me cannot\nbe conquered by the illusory energy.\" The illusory energy personally came to test\nHaridasa Thakura, but herein she admits her defeat, for she was unable to captivate him. How is this possible? It was because Haridasa Thakura, fully surrendered\nto the lotus feet of Kr�r;Ja, was always absorbed in thoughts of Kr�r;Ja by chanting\nthe holy names of the Lord 300,000 times daily as a vow.\n\n", "ant1#p0368": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n336\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 251\n\ntl'fitff �, �tfil' ��� �m( 1\n��� lfl <;i!� ..1fil �t�� �1fJ'I,l• II��� II\nbrahmadi jTva, ami sabare mohiluil\neke/a tomare ami mohite narilun\nSYNONYMS\n\nbrahma-adi jfva-all living entities, beginning from Lord Brahma; ami-1; sabare\nt omar e-you; ami-1; mohite\n\nmohi/uil-captivated everyone; eke/a-alone;\nnarilun-could not attract.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have previously captivated the mind of even Brahma, not to speak of\nothers. Your mind alone have I failed to attract.\nPURPORT\nBeginning from Lord Brahma down to the insignificant ant, everyone, without\nexception, is attracted by the illusory energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The demigods, human beings, animals, birds, beasts, trees and plants are all\nattracted by sexual desire. That is the illusion of maya. Everyone, whether man or\nwoman, thinks that he is the enjoyer of the illusory energy. In this way, everyone is\ncaptivated and engaged in material activities. However, because Haridasa Thakura\nwas always thinking of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and was always busy\nsatisfying the senses of the Lord, this process alone saved him from the captivation of maya. This is practical proof of the strength of devotional service. Because\nof his full engagement in the service of the Lord, he could not be induced to enjoy\n\nmaya. The verdict of the sastras is that a pure Vai�l)ava, or devotee of the Lord,\nnever thinks of enjoying the material world, which culminates in sex life. He never\nthinks himself an enjoyer; instead, he always wants to be enjoyed by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. Therefore the conclusion is that the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead is eternal, transcendental, beyond the perception of sense gratification and beyond the material qualities. Only if a living entity gives up the false\nconception that the body is the self and always thinks himself an eternal servant\nof Kr�l)a and the Vai�l)avas can he surpass the influence of maya (mam eva ye pra­\n\npadyante mayam etarh taran ti te). A pure living entity who thus attains the stage\nof anartha-nivrtti, cessation of everything unwanted, has nothing to enjoy in the\nmaterial world. One attains this stage only by properly performing the functions\n\nof devotional service. Srila ROpa Gosvami has written:\n\n", "ant1#p0369": "Texts 252-253]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n337\n\nadau sraddha tata/:1 sadhu-sango 'tha bhajana-kriya\ntato 'nartha-nivrtti/:1 syat tato ni$tha rucis tata/:1\n\n\"In the beginning one must have a preliminary desire for self-realization. This will\nbring one to the stage of trying to associate with persons who are spiritually elevated. In the next stage, one becomes initiated by an elevated spiritual master,\nand under his instruction the neophyte devotee begins the process of devotional\nservice. By execution of devotional service under the guidance of the spiritual\nmaster, one becomes freed from all material attachments, attains steadiness in\nself-realization and acquires a taste for hearing about the Absolute Personality of\nGodhead, Sri Kr�r;�a.\" (B.r.s. 1.4.15) If one is actually executing devotional service,\nthen anarthas, the unwanted things associated with material enjoyment, will automatically disappear.\nTEXTS 252-253\n\n���� t_fif,-�11rtf �-k� I\n<;1!11ft1 \"iftll·��-:!t�'lll �t� ll\n\nfR����'�\"��I\n\"�11( ''lt�flit' �9(1 �� <;��ttl! ll �a� II\nmaha-bhagavata tumi,-tomara darsane\ntamara kmJa-nama-krrtana-sravaf)e\ncitta suddha haifa, cahe k[$f)a-nama faite\nk[$Qa-nama upadesi' krpa kara mote\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-bhagavata-the foremost devotee;\n\ntumi-you; tamara darsane-by\n\nseeing you; tamara- your ; k[$Qa-nama-of the holy name of Kr�r;�a; kfrtanachanting; sravaf)e-by hearing; citta- consciousness; suddha haifa- became\npurified; cahe-wants; k[$Qa-nama faite-to chant the holy name of Lord Kr�r;�a;\nk[$Qa-nama upadesi'-instructing about chanting the Hare Kr�r;�a maha-mantra;\nkrpa kara- show mercy; mote-unto me.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear sir, you are the foremost devotee. Simply seeing you and hearing\nyou chant the holy name of Kr,r;�a has purified my consciousness. Now I want\nto chant the holy name of the Lord. Please be kind to me by instructing me\nabout the ecstasy of chanting the Hare Kr,r;�a maha-mantra.\n\n", "ant1#p0370": "338\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 254\n\n�'M�� �� '��·�til I\n,.� .r.� '12ft11 �m;;�, �fit��\" -.w1 u �as n\ncaitanyavatare vahe premamrta-vanya\nsaba jiva preme bhase, prthivi haifa dhanya\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-avatare-by the incarnation of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vahe­\n\nflows; prema-amrta-of the eternal nectar of love of Godhead; vanya-the\nflood;\n\nsaba jiva-all living entities; preme-in ecstatic love; bhase-float;\n\nprthivi-the whole world; haifa-became; dhanya-thankful.\nTRANSLATION\n\" There is now a flood of the eternal nectar of love of Godhead due to the incarnation of Lord Caitanya. All living entities are floating in that flood. The entire world is now thankful to the Lord.\nTEXT 255\n\n�-�n � �1 oett�, �• �� it1f 1\n�'ti-.t• \"!. t;!t1{ ift�\" fil•t1f II ��� II\ne-vanyaya ye na bhase, sei jiva chara\nkoti-kafpe kabhu tara nahika nistara\nSYNONYMS\ne-vanyaya-in this inundation; ye-anyone who; na bhase-does not float;\nsei-that; jiva-living entity; chara-most condemned; koti-kafpe-in millions of\nkafpas; kabhu-at any time; tara-his; nahika-there is not; nistara-deliverance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Anyone who does not float in this inundation is most condemned. Such a\nperson cannot be delivered for millions of kalpas.\nPURPORT\nThe kafpa is explained in Bhagavad-gita. Sahasra-yuga-paryantam ahar yad\nbrahmaQo vidui). One day of Brahma is called a kafpa. A yuga, or maha-yuga, consists of 4,320,000 years, and one thousand such maha-yugas constitute one kafpa.\n\n", "ant1#p0371": "Text 257]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n339\n\nThe author of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta says that if one does not take advantage of\nthe Kr�l)a consciousness movement of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he cannot be\ndelivered for millions of such kalpas.\nTEXT 256\n\n� .. tfif �-il:t1f 9tt�tfil '�'�I\nC!tJftf � (;lft'e '�\" �·iftlf '� II �<t� II\npurve ami rama-nama pafiachi 'siva' haite\ntamara sarige /obha haifa kr$1)a-nama Jaite\nSYNONYMS\npurve-formerly; ami-1; rama-na ma-the holy name of Lord Rama; pafiachi­\n\ngot; siva haite-from Lord Siva; tamara sange-by your association; lobha hai/a1 became greedy; kr$1)a-nama laite-to chant the Hare Kr�l!a maha-mantra.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Formerly I received the holy name of Lord Rama from Lord Siva, but now,\ndue to your association, I am greatly eager to chant the holy name of Lord\nKr�Qa.\nTEXT 257\n\n'lf·� �tFfi �J 'ft11ilt1f' I\n'\"ilt1{' 'Pf�� ��i � '11!t� II �<t'l II\nmukti-hetuka taraka haya 'rama-nama'\n'kr$1)a-nama' paraka hafia kare prema-dana\nSYNONYMS\nmukti-hetuka-the cause of liberation;\n\nta raka\n\n-\n\ndeliver er; haya-is; rama­\n\nnama-the holy name of Lord Rama; kr$1)a-nama-the holy name of Lord Kr�l)a;\n\nparaka-that which gets one to the other side of the ocean of nescience; hafiabeing; kare-gives; prema-dana-the gift of love of Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The holy name of Lord Rama certainly gives liberation, but the holy name\nof Kr��;�a transports one to the other side of the ocean of nescience and at last\ngives one ecstatic love of Kr�Qa.\n\n", "ant1#p0372": "340\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nPURPORT\nIn an indirect way, this verse explains the chanting of the Hare Kr�r:Ja maha­\n\nmantra. The Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra-Hare Kr�r:Ja, Hare Kr?r:Ja, Kr�r:Ja Kr�r:Ja, Hare\nHare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare-includes both the holy\n\nname of Lord Kr�r:Ja and the name of Lord Rama. Lord Rama gives one the opportunity to be liberated, but simply by liberation one does not get actual spiritual\nbenefit. Sometimes if one is liberated from the material world but has no shelter at\nthe lotus feet of Kr�r:Ja, one falls down to the material world again. Liberation is like\na state of convalescence, in which one is free from a fever but is still not healthy.\nEven in the stage of convalescence, if one is not very careful, one may have a\nrelapse. Similarly, liberation does not offer as much security as the shelter of the\nlotus feet of Kr�r:Ja. It is stated in the sastra:\n\nye 'nye 'ravindak$a vimukta-maninas\n\ntvayy asta-bhavad avisuddha-buddhayaf)\n\naruhya krcchref)a pararh padarh tataf)\n\npatanty adho 'nadrta-yu$mad-anghrayaf)\n\n\"0 Lord, the intelligence of those who think themselves liberated but who have\nno devotion is impure. Even though they rise to the highest point of liberation by\ndint of severe penances and austerities, they are sure to fall down again into ma­\n\nterial existence, for they do not take shelter at Your lotus feet.\" (Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam 1 0.2.32) Yu$mad-anghrayal) refers to the lotus feet of Kr�r:Ja. If one\n\ndoes not take shelter of Kr�r:Ja's lotus feet, he falls down (patanty adha/:1), even\n\nfrom liberation. The Hare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra, however, gives liberation and at the\nsame time offers shelter at the lotus feet of Kr�r:Ja. If one takes shelter at the lotus\nfeet of Kr�r:Ja after liberation, he develops his dormant ecstatic love for Kr�r:Ja. That\nis the highest perfection of life.\n\nTEXT 258\n\"il't1T �'t' � � 4R 'IW! I\n\n'41{� �t�ll �li �l '��tit II �tllr II\nk[$f)a-nama deha' tumi more kara dhanya\namare bhasaya yaiche ei prema-vanya\nSYNONYMS\n\nk[$f)a nama-the holy name of Lord Kr�r:Ja; deha'-please give; tumi-you;\n\nmore-me; kara dhanya-make fortunate; amare-me; bhasa ya-may cause to\n\nfloat; yaiche-so that; ei-this; prema-vanya-inundation of ecstatic love of\nLord Kr�r:Ja.\n\n", "ant1#p0373": "The Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\nText 260]\n\n341\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please give me the holy name of K��a and thus make me fortunate, so that\nI also may float in the flood of love of Godhead inaugurated by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\"\nTEXT 259\n\n\"'� �!if' �fit'fl m� Rtl I\n\n�fl1ft� �,-\"�J \"-�)�\" II ��� II\neta bali' vandila haridasera caral)a\nharidasa kahe,- \"kara kr�Qa-sankirtana\"\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; van di/a-worshiped; haridasera caral)a-the lotus feet of\nHaridasa Thakura; haridasa kahe-Haridasa said; kara-just perform; kr�Qasankirtana-chanting of the holy name of Kr�Qa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter speaking in this way, Maya worshiped the lotus feet of Haridasa\nThakura, who initiated her by saying, \"Just perform chanting of the Hare\nKr��a maha-mantra.\"\nPURPORT\nNow even Maya wanted to be favored by Haridasa Thakura. Therefore\nHaridasa Thakura formally initiated her by asking her to chant the Hare Kr�Qa\nmaha-mantra.\n\nTEXT 260\n\n'�llf 9ft<JP11111i i� ltlfP1 �I\nl.fl·'l� -..-«t� \"ttJ1 ifl � 1!1� n �1\\jo u\nupadesa pana maya calila hana prita\ne-saba kathate karo na janme pratita\n\nSYNONYMS\nupadesa pafla-getting this instruction; maya-Maya; ca/i/a-left; hana pritabeing very pleased; e-saba kathate-in all these narrations; karo-of someone;\nna-not; janme-there is; pratita-faith.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter thus being instructed by Haridasa Thakura, Maya left with great\npleasure. Unfortunately, some people have no faith in these narrations.\n\n", "ant1#p0374": "342\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 261\n\nl!f�l! ..� m -.t�t� •�t1f 1\n\n�tt ��'I Q �t� �4ft� II��� II\npratita karite kahi karaQa ihara\nyahara sravaf)e haya visvasa sabara\nSYNONYMS\npratita karite-j ust to [Tiake one faithful; kahi-1 say; karaf)a ihara-the reason\nfor this; yahara sravaf) e-hear i ng which; haya-there is; visvasa-fa i th; sabaraof everyone.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore I shall explain the reasons why people should have faith. Everyone who hears this will be faithful.\nTEXT 262\n\n�\"l!llt�t:Sttt \"t�tlf � �$1 I\nt�t��·f-t�·�i{•tfif \"Jfit�tl! trfilm1 n ��� 11\ncaitanyavatare kr�Qa-preme lubdha hafia\nbrahma-siva-sanakadi prthivite janmiya\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-avatare-in the incarnation of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nkr�Qa­\n\npreme-for ecstatic love of Kr�r:Ja; lubdha hafia-be ing very greedy; brahmaLord Brahma; siva-Lord Siva; sanaka-adi-the Kumaras and others; prthivite-on\nthis earth; janmiya-taking birth.\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the incarnation of Lord Caitanya to inaugurate the K��l'.la consciousness movement, even such personalities as Lord Brahma, Lord Siva and the\nfour Kumaras took birth upon this earth, being allured by ecstatic love of Lord\nK��r,a.\nTEXT 263\n\n\"i{tJf lf$1 i{f�, 'l$f�.nt � I\n\nJtt llf·�tfif � 11U·��t-.w-r n �•• n\n\n", "ant1#p0375": "Text 265]\n\nThe Glories of Haridua Thakura\n\n343\n\nkr$Qa-nama lana nace, prema-vanyaya bhase\nnarada-prah/adadi ase manu?ya-prakase\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-nama-the holy name of Lord Kr�t:�a; /ana-chanting; nace-dance;\nprema-vanyaya-in the inundation of the flood of love of Godhead; bhasefloat; narada-the sage Narada; prahlada-adi-and devotees like Prahlada; asecome; manu?ya-prakase-as if human beings .\nTRANSLATION\nAll of them, including the great sage Narada and devotees like Prahlada,\ncame here as if human beings, chanting the holy names of Lord K�,...,a together\nand dancing and floating in the inundation of love of Godhead.\nTEXT 264\n\n�-..rfif -.ft' �·�� ....•1$'11\n\"tlf·c;l$f ��tfifln 1111.� trfUI n ��8 n\nlak?mi-adi kari' kr$Qa-preme lubdha haiia\nnama-prema asvadila manu?ye janmiya\nSYNONYMS\n/ak?mi-adi-the goddess of fortune and others; kari'-in this way; kr$Qapreme-for love of Kr�t:�a; lubdha haiia-being greedy; nama-prema-the holy\n\nname of Kr�t:�a in love; asvadila-tasted; manu?ye janmiya-taking birth in human\nsociety.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe goddess of fortune and others, allured by love of K�'J:�a, also came\ndown in the form of human beings and tasted the holy name of the Lord in\nlove.\nTEXT 265\n\n� ..-I -.Cifl, W�t9ftif 'Sttra� I\n\n�' � c;l$f-Pt .n111� 11 ��t n\nanyera ka katha, apane vrajendra-nandana\navatari' karena prema-rasa asvadana\n\n", "ant1#p0376": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n344\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nSYNONYMS\nanyera ka katha-what to speak of others; apane-personally; vrajendra-nandana-the son of Nanda Maharaja, Kr�t:�a; avatari'-descending; karena-performs; prema-rasa asvadana-tasting of the nectar of love of Kr�t:�a.\nTRANSLATION\nWhat to speak of others, even K���a, the son of Nanda Maharaja, personally\ndescends to taste the nectar of love of Godhead in the form of the chanting of\nHare K���a.\nTEXT 266\n\n1ft111-� ''<${' �'5t,-tttlf � � ?\n'�'11'·'�t11' �1 ''<${'� .., II��� II\nmaya-dasi 'prema' mage,-ithe ki vismaya?\n'sadhu-krpa-'nama' vina 'prema' na janmaya\nSYNONYMS\nmaya-dasi-the external energy is a maidservant; prema mage-she wants\nlove of Godhead; ithe-in this; ki vismaya-what is the wonder; sadhu-krpathe mercy of the devotee; nama-chanting of the holy name; vina-without;\nprema-love of Godhead; na janmaya-is not possible.\nTRANSLATION\nWhat is the wonder if the maidservant of K���a, His external energy, begs\nfor love of Godhead? Without the mercy of a devotee and without the chanting of the holy name of the Lord, love of Godhead cannot be possible.\nTEXT 267\n\n����·,'5tt�$� 1'1t'I'R �· '!' 11l'et� I\n� �' '5tt1r, 9ft<$1 '12114'tH� II��'lll\ncaitanya-gosaiiira lilara ei ta' svabhava\ntribhuvana nace, gaya, paiia prema-bhava\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-gosaiiira-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; /ilara-of the pastimes;\nei-this; ta'-certainly;\n\nsva-bhava-the characteristic; tri-bhuvana nace-the\n\nthree worlds dance; gaya-chant; paiia-getting; prema-bhava-love of Kr�t:�a.\n\n", "ant1#p0377": "Text 269]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n345\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the activities of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the three worlds dance\nand chant, having come in touch with love of Godhead. This is the characteristic of His pastimes.\nTEXT 268\n\n\" .mif, �� �i! �-'flr�'lf I\n•\n\n\"��'If�� \"·ll��i{ II ��lr II\nk[$Qa-adi, ara yata sthavara-jangame\nk[$Qa-preme matta kare k[$Qa-sankTrtane\nSYNONYMS\nkr$Qa-adi-beginning from Kr�t:Ja; ara-and; yata-all; sthavara-jangamemoving and nonmoving creatures; k[$Qa-preme-in love of Kr�t:�a; matta-maddened; kate-make; k[$Qa-sankTrtane-chanting the holy name of Kr�t:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\nThe holy name of Km1a is so attractive that anyone who chants it-including all living entities, moving and nonmoving, and even Lord Kr�Qa Himselfbecomes imbued with love of Kr�Qa. This is the effect of chanting the Hare\nKr�r:'la maha-mantra.\nTEXT 269\n\n\"fPr·,�tf$ ��m �-� fir� 1\n�ift�·�'f � �� �[i{llf II��� II\nsvarOpa-gosMii ka<;:lacaya ye-IT/a likhila\nraghunatha-dasa-mukhe ye saba sunila\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-gosatii-Svaropa Damodara GosvamT; kac;lacaya-in his notes; yewhatever; IT/a-pastimes; /ikhi/a-has noted; raghunatha-dasa-mukhe-from the\nmouth of Raghunatha dasa GosvamT; ye-that; saba-all; suni/a-1 have heard.\nTRANSLATION\nI have heard from the mouth of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami all that Svariipa\nDamodara Gosvami recorded in his notes about the pastimes of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant1#p0378": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n346\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 3\n\nTEXT 270\n\n� � � �� ll�tlll59f �fimt I\n�--l'�tti! �f'f \"\"\";q �-1 n �'\\o n\nsei saba lila kahi sar'lk$epa kariya\ncaitanya-krpate likhi k$udra-jiva hana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei saba-all those; lila-pas times; kahi-l say; sar'lk$epa kariya-in brief;\ncaitanya-krpate-by the mercy of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; likhi-l write;\nk$udra-jiva hali a-being a very insignificant living entity.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have briefly described those pastimes. Whatever I have written is by the\nmercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, since I am an insignificant living being.\nTEXT 271\n\n�fi� �� �� 'lf�tt •tt I\n\n��'!���'In�\"�''\nharidasa thakurera kahilun mahimara kaQa\nyahara sravaQe bhaktera jw;faya sravaQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa\n\nthakurera-of\n\nHaridasa\n\nThakura;\n\nkahilun-l\n\nhave\n\ndescribed;\n\nmahimara-of the glories; kaQa-a fragment; yahara-of which; sravaQe-the\n\nhearing; bhaktera-of the devotees; ju{laya- satisfies; sravaQa-the aural reception.\nTRANSLATION\nI have described but a fragment of the glories of Haridasa Thakura. Hearing\nthis satisfies the aural reception of every devotee.\nTEXT 272\n\nIJ�i9l-f1irt'f·9ft'f �tt' ._1-r I\n�6W6fii!f1i! -.� \"\"111 n �'\\ � II\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe k($Qadasa\n\n", "ant1#p0379": "Text 272]\n\nThe Glories of Haridasa Thakura\n\n347\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-Srila ROpa Gosvami; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nk($1)a-dasa-Srila\n\nKr�l)adasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Knr:Jadasa, narrate S ri Caitanya-caritam!'fa, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sr i Caitanya-caritamrta, Antya-lila,\n\nThird Chapter; describing the glories of Sri/a Haridasa Thakura.\n\n", "ant1#p0380": "References\nThe statements of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta are all confirmed by standard Vedic\nauthorities. The following authentic scriptures are quot�d in this book on the\n1\npages listed. Numerals in bold type refer the reader to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta s\ntranslations. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\n\nAmrta-pravaha-bha?ya (Bhaktivinoda Thakura)l 1114 1\nBhagavad-gita1451 1061 1 121119,248127212761277127812851306132 1,335,338\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (ROpa Gosvami), 54, 120,240,337\nBhakti-sandarbha 0Tva Gosvami), 332\nBharati-vrtti� 104\nBrahma-sarilhita1 222\nCaitanya-marigala (Vrndavana dasa Thakura), 256\nGaruga PuraQa1 322\nHari-bhakti-sudhodaya1 308\nLaghu-Bhagavatamrta (ROpa Gosvami), 33\nLalita-madhava (ROpa Gosvami), 35164,93-95,98-99, 106-109\nManu-sarilhita1 181\nSahitya-darpaQa1 19,68,7 1, 104,105\nSaraQagati (Bhaktivinoda Thakura), 13\nSik?ii?taka (Caitanya Mahaprabhu), 278,313\nSri-bha?ya (Ramanujacarya) 169\nI\n\nSrimad-Bhagavataml 7146,241,250,270,300,303,304,321,340\nStotra-ratna (Yamunacarya) 254\nI\n\n349\n\n", "ant1#p0381": "350\n\nSri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\nUjjvala-nilamaf)i (ROpa Gosvami), 7 4\nVedanta-sOtra, 166,169\n\n", "ant1#p0382": "Glossary\nA\nAmani-that food which is not offered to Lord Jagannatha.\nAmukha-technical term for drama introduction, further classified into five kinds.\nAnartha-nivrtti-the cessation of everything unwanted.\nAntya-lila-last pastimes of Caitanya.\nAruf)a gems-rubies decorating Kr�l}a's flute.\nAsamskrtab-unreformed.\nAsura-a demon.\nAtapa-cau/a-white rice.\nAvatara-one who descends from the spiritual sky.\nAvesa-avataras-incarnations, or empowered living beings.\n\nB\nBabaji-renounced order beyond sannyasa, in which one chants and reads.\nBhajananandi-a devotee who always engages in devotional activities but doesn't\npreach.\nBrahmananda-pleasure derived from impersonal liberation.\n\nc\nCaQ(iala -lowborn.\nCaturmasya-four months of the rainy season when sannyasis do not travel.\n\nD\nDharma-dhvaji-one who accepts sannyasa but again becomes agitated by senses.\nDharma-kalanka-one who accepts sannyasa but again becomes agitated by senses.\n\nG\nGandharvas-celestial singers.\nGaura-gopala mantra-mantra composed of four syllables: ra-dha-kr�-l}a.\nGaura mantra-Gau-ra-ariga.\nGhara-bhata-rice prepared at home, not offered to Lord Jagannatha at temple.\nGhata-patiya-Mayavada philosophy which sees no distinctions, stating that everything is one.\nGosani-a teacher or acarya.\nGo?thyanandi-a devotee who is expert in devotional activities and is also a\npreacher.\nGuQ(iica-marjana-washing and cleansing the temple Gul}<;lica.\n351\n\n", "ant1#p0383": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrfa\n\n352\n\nlndra-nila-gems decorating Kr�J;�a's flute.\n\nJ\n/iva-the living entity.\n\nK\nKa/pa-a day of Brahma.\nKama-lekha -exchanges of letters between a young boy and young girl concerning\ntheir awakening of attachment for one another.\nKarmis-fruitive workers.\nKevaladvaita-vadis-Ma yavadi philosophers.\nKhasadayah -low born.\nKriya-hinah-devoid of spiritual behavior.\n\nM\nMad elephant offense- offense against the lotus feet of a Vai�J;�ava.\nMaha-bhJ.gavata-highly elevated devotee.\nMana -standard of measurement in Orissa for rice and grains.\nManu-sarhhita-lawbook for mankind.\nMarkata-vairagya-renunciation of the monkeys.\nMatha-temple.\nMaya-the external energy of the Lord.\nMlecchas-men who are unclean in their habits.\nMukta-puru�a-a liberated soul.\n\nN\nNamabhasa-awakening of the offenseless chanting of the holy name.\nNanda Maharaja-father of Kr�J;�a.\nNandi-sloka-the introductory portion of a drama, which is written to invoke good\nfortune.\nNi�kificana-free from all material possessions.\nNirgw_1a-having no material qualities.\n\np\nPatita-pavana-Lord Caitanya, the deliverer of all fallen souls.\n\n", "ant1#p0384": "Glossary\n\n353\n\nPatra-players in a drama.\nPrarocana-the method inducing the audience to become more and more eager to\nhear by praising the time and place, the hero and the audience.\n\nPrasada-mercy of Kr�t;�a.\n\nPrasad;-food offered to Lord Jagannatha.\nPrasada-remnants of foodstuff offered to Kr�t;�a.\n\nPravartaka-introduction to a drama, when the players first enter the stage in\nresponse to the time.\n\nR\nRadhika-same as Radharar:JT.\n\ns\nSadhu-saintly person.\n\nSadhu-sang a-association with devotees.\nSa/okya-liberation of living on a V aikut:�tha planet.\n\nSamipya-liberation of living as a personal associate of the Lord.\n\nSampradaya-acaryas-Sri Ramanujacarya, Madhvacarya, Vi�t;�usvami and Nimbarka.\nSankirtana-congregational chanting of the holy name.\n\nSarilskrta-purified.\n\nSapta dvipa-the seven islands.\n-\n\nSara lata-simplicity.\n\nSariraka-bha�ya-Sarikar acarya's commentary on Vedanta.\nSar$ti-liberation of achieving opulences equal to those of the Lord.\nSaru pya-liberation of having a form the same as the Lord's.\n\nSastras-Vedic scriptures.\n\nSattvika-the material quality of goodness.\nSiddha-caula-brown rice.\n\nSikhariQi-a blend of yogurt and sugar candy.\n\nSri bha$ya-commentary on Vedanta by Ramanujacarya.\n-\n\nSuk/a-cau/a-white rice.\n\nSraddha-prasada offered to the forefathers at a certain date of the year or month.\n\nSraddha patra-plate offered to the forefathers and then to the best of the\n-\n\nbrahmal)as.\n\nStri-sambha$al)a\n\n-\n\ntalking with women.\n\nT\nTulasi-a pure devotee in the form of a tree, most beloved by Kr�t;�a.\n\n", "ant1#p0385": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n354\n\nu\nUdghatyaka-a dancing appearance of a player in drama.\n\nv\nVai$Qava-aparadha -offenses at the lotus feet of a V ai�t:Java\nVidagdha-madhava-a seven-act play written by Srila ROpa Gosvami describing the\npastimes of Sri Kr�t:Ja in Vrndavana\nVidya-knowledge.\nVairagya-renunciation.\nVaikuQtha-the spiritual kingdom.\n\nVi5i$tadvaita-vada-philosophy established by the commentary Sri-bhii$ya by\nRamanujacarya.\n\nVithi-beginning of a drama consisting of only one scene.\n\ny\nYadukumara-Kr�t:Ja who manifests pastimes in Mathura and Dvaraka, known as.\nYajfia-sacrifice.\nYavanas-men who are bereft of Vedic culture and unclean in their habits.\n\n", "ant1#p0386": "Bengali Pronunciation Guide\nBENGALI DIACRITICAL EQUIVALENTS AND PRONUNCIATION\n\nVowels\n\n'e{a\n\n�u 'a\n\ncart a\n\n-i\n\nii\n\n't\n\n<.!le\n\n� ai �0\n\n' ril (anusvara)\n\n•\n\nil ( candra-bindu)\n\n�r\n\n�au\n: p (visarga)\n\nConsonants\nGutterals:\n\n� ka\n\n� kha\n\n'f' ga\n\n\"1 gha\n\n� ila\n\nPalatals:\n\n� ca\n\nfl cha\n\n� jha\n\n$ iia\n\nCerebraIs:\n\nt ta\n\nJ tha\n\n5' Qha\n\ntj �a\n\nDentals:\n\n1;1 ta\n\n� tha\n\n${ dha\n\nit na\n\nLabials:\n\n9f'pa\n�ya\n\nSibilants:\n\n-t sa\n\n�bha\n<{ va\n�ha\n\n1{ rna\n\nSemivowels:\n\n.pha\n1f ra\nlf �a\n\n\"ja\n\\5 Qa\nSf da\n<{ba\ni'fla\n�sa\n\nVowel Symbols\nThe vowels are written as follows after a consonant:\n\nla fi �i .... u '-a <r t r 'e 't ai 't0 '\\au\n-.1 ka �ki ..,ki � ku �ka 9 kr\nf kf c;-. ke �kai �1ko �'kau\n\nFor example:\n\n355\n\n", "ant1#p0387": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n356\n\nThe letter\n\na is implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\n\nThe symbol virama (\"-) indicates that there is no final vowel.\n\n�k\n\nThe letters above should be pronounced as follows:\na -like the o in hot; sometimes like the o in go;\nfinal\n\na is usually silent.\n\na -like the a in fa r.\ni, T -like the ee in meet.\nu, ii -like the u in rule.\n\n9 -like the d in dawn.\n9h -like the dh in good-house.\n\nI). -like the n in gnaw.\nt-as in talk but with the tongue against the\nthe teeth.\n\nr -like the ri in rim.\n\nth-as in hot-house but with the tongue against\n\ne -like the ai in pain; rarely like e in bet.\n\nd-as in dawn but with the tongue against the\n\no -like the o in go.\n\ndh-as in good-house but with the tongue\n\nr -like the ree in reed.\nai -like the oi in boil.\n\nau -like the ow in owl.\n\nm -(anusvara) like the ng in song.\n\nI} -(visarga) a final h sound like in Ah.\nn - (can dra -bindu ) a nasal n sound\nlike in the French word bon.\nk -like the k in kite.\nkh -like the kh in Eckhart.\ng -like the g in got.\ngh -like the gh in big-house.\n\nn -like the n in bank.\nc -like the ch in chalk.\nch -like the chh in much-haste.\nj -like the j in joy.\njh -like the geh in college-hall.\n\nii -like the n in bunch.\nt -like the t in talk.\nth -like the th in hot-house.\n\nthe teeth.\nteeth.\nagainst the teeth.\nn-as in nor but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\np -like the p in pine.\nph -like the ph in philosopher.\nb -like the b in bird.\nbh -like the bh in rub-hard.\nm -like them inmother.\ny -like the j in jaw. lj\n\ny -like they in year.�\nr -like the r in run.\n\nI -like the I in law.\nv -like the b in bird or like the w in dwarf.\n\ns, �-like the sh in shop.\n\ns -like the s in sun.\nh-like the h in home.\n\nThis is a general guide to Bengali pronunciation. The Bengali transliterations in this\nbook accurately show the original Bengali spelling of the text. One should note, however,\nthat in Bengali, as in English, spelling is not always a true indication of how a word is pronounced. Tape recordings of His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhuplida\nchanting the original Bengali verses are available from the International Society for Krishna\nConsciousness, 3959 Landmark St., Culver City, California 90230.\n\n", "ant1#p0388": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete alphabetical listing of the first and third line of each four-line\n\nverse and both lines of each two-line verse in Sri Caitanya-caritamrta. In the f irst column the trans-\n\n!iteration is given, and in the second and third columns respectively the chapter-verse references\nand page number for each verse are to be found.\n\nA\nabhi$ta-devera smrti matigaliicarar:re\"\nabhivyakta mattah prakrti-laghu-rupild api\nacambite avasya ami yiiiba talira paSe\nacambite mahaprabhura hai/a iigamana\nacambite nrsirhhananda tiihalii !lila\n\n1.182\n1.139\n2.42\n1.94\n2.48\n\n102\n72\n146\n47\n148\n\nocilryildi vai$r:ravere mahii-prasiida dilii\nacarya kahe, -ilmii sabara kr$r:ra -ni$thailciirya kahe, -miidhavi-pasa milgiya ani/a\nacarya kahena, -\"tumi na kariha bhaya\nilcarya-sambandhe biihye kare prltyabhasa\n\n3.43\n2.97\n2.110\n3.221\n2.91\n\n227\n170\n176\n320\n167\n\nacarya sivananda sane milila sabe asi'\nacarya tilhiire prabhu-pade milailii\naciirye miliyii kailii dar:rr;lavat pra(l[lma\nacaryera ghare nitya bhik$ii-nirvahar:ra\naciriit pabe tabe kr$r:rera carar:ra\"\n\n1.15\n2.90\n3.215\n3.217\n3.137\n\n8\n166\n317\n318\n277\n\nadvaita a/iligana kari' karila sammiina\nadvaita-nityanandadi saba bhakta-gar:ra\n'advaita nityiinanda, tamara dui-jane\nagre vik$ya sikhar:rr;la-khar:rr;lam acirad\naiche divya-IT/ii kare sacTra nandana\n\n3.215\n1.207\n1.56\n1.145\n1.33\n\n317\n117\n28\n77\n\naiche kavitva vinu nahe rasera praciira\naiche n!imodayarambhe papa-iidira k$aya\naitotii ilsi' kailii vanya-bhojana\najiimila putre boliiya bali 'niiriiyar:ra'\najiimilo 'py agiid dhama\n\n1.198\n3.185\n1.62\n3.57\n3.64\n\n112\n302\n30\n235\n240\n\najiimilo 'py agad dhiima\najanma kr$r:ra-kirtana, prabhura sevana\n'!iji iimii atigTkiira kariyache vacane\n'!iji haite ei mora ajna piilibii\niiji samiipta ha-ibe, -hena jniina chi/a\n\n3.187\n2.158\n3.118\n2.113\n3.125\n\n303\n198\n266\n177\n271\n\najna murkha sei, tare dubkha niihi miini\nakiira nil dekhi, miitra suni tara giina'\nakiiruoyab k($1JO yadi mayi taviigab katham\nak$ara dekhiyii prabhu mane sukhi hailii\n.ak$iptah kiila-siimyena\n.alaukika iiciira tamara kahite pili bhaya\n\n3.133\n2.157\n1.146\n1.96\n1.135\n3.220\n\n274\n198\n78\n48\n69\n319\n\n\"a/pa apariidha. prabhu karaha prasada\na/pa-sevii bahu mane iitma-paryanta prasiida\nama haite ye nil haya, se tomil haite haya\niimiike-ha yiite tumi kailii siivadhana\niimiira i$.ta-mantra jiini' kahena iipani\n\n2.123\n1.107\n3.24\n3.22\n2.24\n\n183\n53\n218\n218\n139\n\niimiira krpiite nataka haibe vi/ak$ar:ra\"\n\"iimiira niitaka prthak karaha racana\niimiira sambandhe dubkha nil ha-uka kiihilra\"\niimilra sphurti haila, asru bharila nayana\niimare bhasaya yaiche ei prema-vanya\"\n\n1.42\n1.42\n3.207\n3.33\n3.258\n\n22\n22\n313\n223\n340\n\niimare kari/a daiJ(Ia, ana keba haya\nilmii sabiira mana bhil$ya niire phiraite'\niimiite sancari' purve kahila siddhanta\niimbuyii-muluke haya nakula-brahmacarT\narhhab sarhharad akhilarh sakrd\n\n3.24\n2.97\n1.116\n2.16\n3.181\n\n218\n170\n58\n135\n300\n\nami galiga-pathe iii/alia, tiliho riija-pathe\niimiha dekhite tahali yaimu ekabara\"\nami jarii-grasta, nikate janiya marar:ra\nami khai, -dekhi' tamara sukha upajila\n'iimi -maya' karite iii/iilia parik$ii tamara\n\n1.51\n1.219\n1.11\n3.34\n3.250\n\n26\n123\n6\n223\n335\n\nami saba na jani gambhTra hrdaya tomiira\"\niimi ta' iiniba tiilire t(tTya divase'\niinande vihvala pradyumna, par;le asru-dhilra\nanarpita-carirh cirat karur:rayavatirr:rah kalau\naneka loka-jana satige aligana bharila\n\n2.136\n2.51\n2.63\n1.132\n3.151\n\n188\n149\n154\n67\n286\n\naneka par:rc;iita sabhaya, briihmar:ra, sajjana\naneka prasada kari' sakti sanciirilii\naneka sammana kari' bahu bhakti kai/a\natiga ughar;liya dekhai vasilii duyare\niinibe prabhure ebe nikaya kailii mane\n\n3.174\n1.216\n2.32\n3.111\n2.52\n\n297\n122\n142\n263\n150\n\nanniinuruparh tanu-rupa-rddhirh\n1.92\nanna prasarhsiyii prabhu bhojana kari/a\n2.112\nantab-klesa-kalalikitiih ki/a vayarh yamo 'dya 1.154\nantare santo$a prabhu hiisi' viciiri/a\n3.18\n\n45\n177\n83\n216\n\n2.90\n1.11\n1.9\n\n166\n6\n5\n\n17\n\n357\n\nantaryamT prabhu citte sukha nil pili/a\nantya kono kono /ria kariyachi varr:rana\nantya-IT/ii-varoana kichu suna, bhakta-gar:ra\n\n", "ant1#p0389": "358\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nanunaya kari' prabhure ghare vasaila\nanupamera ganga-prapti kaila nivedane\nanupamera lagi' tanra kichu vilambha ha-ila\nanu�angika phala namera-'mukti', 'papaanyatha e artha kara nahi haya jnana\n\n2.134\n1.52\n1.39\n3.180\n1.87\n\n188\n26\n21\n300\n43\n\n2.57\nati tvaraya kariba paka, suna ata/:lpara\n3.209\nati ucca nasa tara galiya pac;lila\naua atta hasi' gosani kahite lagila\n3.154\nautsukyavalibhir balim catulayan bhogindram 1.164\navadhya vadha kari' mamsa se-ghare randhaila 3.160\n\nanyera ka katha, apane vrajendra-nandana\nanyopadese paQc;lita-kahe gosanira thani\napana bhavana aila tare asvasiya\napana karul)ya, lake vairagya sik$al)a\n\"apane bolana more, iha yadi jani\n\n3.265\n3.11\n2.141\n2.168\n2.24\n\n343\n212\n190\n203\n139\n\navai$Qava-jagat kemane ha-ibe mocana?\navasya karimu ami tomaya angikara\navatari' karena prema-rasa asvadana\navatari' tumi aiche patiyache hata\n'avesa' karaye kahan, kahan 'avirbhave'\n\n3.223\n3.120\n3.265\n3.82\n2.4\n\nara alaukika eka caritra tanhara\nara dina gopalere dese pathai/a\nara dina keha tara dekha na paila\nara dina mahaprabhu dekhi' jagannatha\nara dina mahaprabhu saba bhakta lana\n\n3.227\n2.100\n1.32\n1.103\n1.54\n\n325\n172\n17\n52\n27\n\navese brahmacari kahe,-\"sivananda ache\navi�karoti pisune$v api nabhyasiiyam\navisvasa chac;la, yei kariyacha antara\"\n\"ayam hi bhagavan dma/:1\nayam nayana-daQc;lita-pravara-puQc;larika-\n\n2.27\n1.108\n2.31\n3.85\n1.165\n\nara dina prabhu rOpe miliya vasila\nara dina ratri haile vesya aila\nara dina saba lana karila gamana\nara dina sabe paramananda-puri-sthane\nara dina sandhya ha-ite thakura thani aila\n\n1.65\n3.119\n3.162\n2.128\n3.127\n\n32\n267\n291\n185\n272\n\nara dina sei balaka prabhu-sthane aila\nara dine damodara nibhrte bolaila\nara dine sabe meli' prabhura caral)e\nara guhya-katha tanre smaraQa karaiha\narambhiyachila, ebe prabu-ajna pana\n\n3.9\n3.20\n2.122\n3.29\n1.125\n\n211\n217\n182\n220\n63\n\nara nana-desera loka asi' jagannatha\naraQyaja-pari$kriya-damita-divya-vesadaro\naraQye rodita haila stri-bhava-prakasa\nasankhya /okera ghata, -keha aise yaya\n'asiba ajna dila prabhu kene na aila?'\n\n2.9\n1 .165\n3.246\n2.26\n2.50\n\n131\n92\n333\n139\n149\n\nasi' sei durga-maQc;lape vasa kaila\nasi' uttarila haridasa-vasa-sthale\nasiya dekhila sabe sei ta kukkure\nasiya rahila balarama-acarya ghare\nasiya tulasire sei kaila namaskara\n\n3.160\n1.45\n1.28\n3.165\n3.234\n\n290\n23\n15\n293\n328\n\n3.150\nasiya vasila durga-maQc;lapa-upare\nasmin samputite gabhira-kapatair abhira-palli- 1.154\nasru, kampa, stambha, sveda, sattvika vikara 2.19\n3.34\naste-vyaste ami giya sakali khaila\n\n281;\n84\n136\n223\n\n2.134\n1.51\n3.196\n3.48\n\n188\n26\n307\n229\n\naste-vyaste puri-gosani prabhu age gela\nataeva amara dekha nahila tanra sathe\nataeva bhakta-gaQa 'mukti' nahi laya\nataeva giic;lha artha kichui na jani\n\n8\nbac;la bac;la vaiwava tanra darsanete yanti\nbahire kahena kichu kari' rO$ilbhasa\nbahire rahiya tabe vicara karila\nbahu-dina paryanta grama vjac;laya rahila\nbahu-dinera aparadhe pili/a pariQilma\n\n3.142\n1.178\n2.23\n3.163\n3.147\n\nbahya artha karibare kari tanatani\nbahya-viraha-dasaya puna/:! bhranti haila\nbahya virahe taha svapna kari mana\nbahye prakasite e-saba karila varjana\nbalabhadra-bhattacarya kahiyachena amate\n\n3.48\n3.36\n3.31\n3.90\n3.73\n\nbalad ak$QDr lak$mi/:l kavalayati navyam\nbalai-purohita tare karila bhartsana\nbalai purohite kahi' santipura aila\nbalarama-acarya-grhe bhik$il-nirvahaQa\nbalavan indriya-gramo\n\n1.169\n3.201\n3.214\n3.168\n2.119\n\nbalite lagila tanre hana sadaya\nbalite na pare, balaka ni$edha na mane\nbara bara ni$edha kare brahmaQa-kumare\nbara bara prabhu yadi tare ajna di/a\nbara-lak$a mudra sei patsara thani bhare\n\n3.239\n3.8\n3.6\n1.119\n3.191\n\n'bare bare asi' ami tamara bhavane\nbenapolera vana-madhye kata-dina rahila\nbhagavata-gTtara bhakti-artha sunaila\nbhak$ya diya lana cale kariya palane\nbhakta-bhava age tate kaila angikara\nbhakta-gal)a lanil kaila guQc;lica marjana\n\n3.30\n3.99\n3.216\n1.17\n3.75\n1.62\n\n", "ant1#p0390": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n359\n\nbhakta-gara-pasa aila lag na paila\nbhakta-gara-sre$tha tate sri-haridasa\n\"bhakta-gare ni$edhiha ethake asite\nbhaktanam udagad anargala-dhiyam vargo\nbhakta-sange kaila prabhu dunhare milana\n\n1.39\n3.94\n2.40\n1.138\n1.110\n\n21\n255\n145\n71\n55\n\ncaitanyera avesa haya nakulera dehe\ncaitanyera lila-gambhira, koti-samudra\ncafe 5/oka dekhi prabhu lagila par;lite\ncalilechila acarya, rahila sthira haiia\ncampaka-kali-sama hasta-padanguli\n\n2.22\n3.47\n1.81\n2.45\n3.210\n\n138\n229\n40\n147\n314\n\nbhakta-sarige prabhu ai/a, dekhi' dui jana\nbhakta-svabhava,-ajna-do$a k$ama kare\nbhakta-thani lukaite nare, haya ta' vidite\nbhakte krpa-hetu prakasite caha vraja-rasa\nbhaktera gura kahite prabhura bar;laye u/lasa\n\n1.109\n3.213\n3.91\n1.205\n3.94\n\n54\n316\n253\n116\n255\n\ncari-dike dhaya toke 'sivananda' bali\ncari masa rahi' saba prabhura bhakta-gara\ncaturmasya rahi' gaur;le vai$rava calila\nceta/;1-prangara-sangini vijayate\nceta/;1-prangara-sangini vijayate\n\n2.28\n1.214\n1.93\n1.99\n1.120\n\n140\n121\n46\n49\n60\n\nbhakti-sukha-age 'mukti' ati-tuccha haya\nbhavite bhavite sighra aila nilacale\n\"bhavukera siddhanta suna, parr;litera gara\nbhitara haite ramacandra sevaka pathai/a\nbhitare achila, suni' krodhe bahirila\n\n3.196\n1.45\n3.193\n3.151\n3.154\n\n307\n23\n306\n286\n288\n224\n155\n143\n157\n221\n\n2.102\n2.113\n2.111\n1.175\n2.98\n3.253\n\n172\n177\n176\n98\n170\n337\n\n'bhoga na lagailun',-ei jnana haila\nbhojana dekhi' yadyapi tanra hrdaye ullasa\nbhojana karila, taha suna mana diya\nbhojana kariya prabhu gela parihati\nbhojana kariye ami, tumi taha jana\n\n3.36\n2.66\n2.36\n2.69\n3.31\n\n'chota-haridasa' nama prabhura kirtaniya\nchota haridase ihan asite na diba'\nchota-haridasera nama acarya kahila\nciram akhila-suhrc-cakora-nandi\n'cit, brahma, maya, mithya'-ei-matra sune\ncitta suddha haifa, cahe kr�ra-nama laite\n\nbhrtyasya pasyati gurun api naparadhan\nbhii$ara-dhvanite karra haya camatkita\nbrahmacari bale,-\"tumi karila sarh5aya\nbrahmadi jiva, ami sabare mohilun\n\n1.108\n3.233\n2.30\n3.251\n\n54\n328\n141\n336\n\ndainya kari' nija aparadha k�amaila\ndainya-vairagya-parr;lityera tanhatei sthiti\ndamodara age svatantrya na haya kahara\ndamodara kahe,-\"tumi svatantra 'isvara'\ndamodara-sama mora nahi 'antarariga'\"\n\n1.31\n1.201\n3.44\n3.13\n3.19\n\n16\n114\n227\n214\n216\n\n3.101\nbrahmarera ghare kare bhik$a nirvahara\n3.262\nbrahma-siva-sanakadi prthivfte janmiya\n\"buddhi bhra�ta haifa tamara gopalera sange 2.94\n2.127\nbujhana na yaya ei mahaprabhura lila\n\n258\n342\n168\n185\n\ndamodara tara priti sahite na pare\ndarh�tri-darh�trahato m/eccho\ndarx;Javat hana kaila carara vandana\ndarx;lavat hana par;le thakura-carare\ndaravi prakrti hare munerapi mana\n\n3.5\n3.56\n1.109\n3.131\n2.118\n\n210\n234\n54\n274\n180\n\nda5arh ka$tam a$ta-padam api nayaty angikadasa para kar;/i diya kukkure para kaila\ndasyu-vrtti kare ramacandra rajare na deya\ndekhe, sighra asi' vasila caitanya-gosani\ndekhi' camatkara haifa sabakara mana\n\n1.169\n1.19\n3.159\n2.62\n1.208\n\n95\n10\n290\n154\n117\n\ndekhi' haridasa-riipera hara$ita mana\ndekhite na paron ami tahara vadana\ndekhi' trasa upajila saba bhakta-gare\ndekhiya lokera mane haifa camatkara\ndekhiya saka/a loka haifa camatkara\n\n1.63\n2.117\n2.144\n1.30\n3.211\n\n31\n179\n192\n16\n315\n\ndeula prasada, ada-caki, lembu-salavara\ndeva, gandharva, kinnara manu$ya-vese asi'\ndhari-a par;licchanda-gurarh\ndharma/;J so 'pi mahan maya na garita/;1\ndine daya kare,-ei sadhu-svabhava haya\"\n\n2.108\n2.10\n1.144\n1.152\n3.237\n\n175\n132\n76\n82\n329\n\nc\ncahiya na pai/a kukkura, loka saba aila\ncaura-preta-rak$asadira bhaya haya nasa\ncaitayna-carara dekhi' ha-ifa krtartha\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$radasa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$radasa\n\n1.23\n3.184\n2.9\n1.223\n2.172\n\n12\n302\n131\n125\n205\n\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$radasa\ncaitanya-gosanira /ilara ei ta' svabhava\ncaitanya-krpate /ikhi k$udra-jiva hana\nCaitanya-mariga/e sri-vrndavana-dasa\n\n3.272\n3.267\n3.270\n3.96\n\n346\n344\n346\n255\n\ncaitanya prabhura lagi' ara bhoga kaila\ncaitanyavatare kr$ra-preme lubdha hana\ncaitanyavatare vahe premamrta-vanya\n\n2.60\n3.262\n3.254\n\n153\n342\n338\n\nD\n\n", "ant1#p0391": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n360\n\ndivyad-vrndaraQya-ka/pa-drumadha/:1\n\n1.6\n\n4\n\nei ghare ilsi' tumi karaha visrama\n\n3.136\n\ndiyamanaril na grhQanti\n\n3.189\n\n304\n\nei kahe, -namabhase sei 'mukti' haya\"\n\n3.194\n\ndo/a anantare prabhu rOpe vidaya di/a\n\n1.216\n\n122\n\nei /agi' prabhu more pathaifa ih!itite'\n\n3.28\n\ndola-yatra prabhu-sange anande dekhila\n\n1.215\n\n121\n\n220\n\nei magha-sankrantye tumi randhana karila\n\n3.32\n\n222\n\ndo�eQa k�ayit:iril guQena gurut:iril kenapy\n\n1.150\n\n80\n\nei-mata avese tarila tribhuvana\n\n2.15\n\n134\n\n276\n307\n\ndui-bhaga kari ebe karimu ghatana\n\n1.70\n\n34\n\nei-mata bara bara karaiha smaraQa\n\n3.40\n\n225\n\ndui bhaga kari' ebe karimu racana\n\n1.44\n\n23\n\nei-mata bara bara kariye bhojana\n\n3.38\n\n225\n\ndui bhai maha-paQqita-hiraQya,\n\n3.174\n\n297\n\nei-mata darsane trijagat nistari\n\n2.12\n\n133\n\ndui dina dhyana kari' sivanandere kahila\n\n2.54\n\n150\n\nei-mata dui-jana kr�Qa-katha-range\n\n1.213\n\n120\n\ndui jana mili' kr�Qa-katha-asvadana\n\n3.217\n\n318\n\nei-mata lila kare sacira nandana\n\n2.167\n\n202\n\ndui- janera bhaktye caitanya kaifa avatara\n\n3.226\n\n325\n\nei-mata mahaprabhura acintya prabhava\n\n2.33\n\n142\n\ndui-karye avadhota karena bhramaQa\n\n3.149\n\n285\n\nei-mata milsa ge/a, gosafii na aifa\n\n2.47\n\n148\n\ndui 'nandi' 'prastavana', dui 'sarilghatana'\n\n1.71\n\n35\n\nei-mata pratidina prabhura vyavahara\n\n1.61\n\n30\n\ndui nataka kariteche vibhaga kariya\n\n1.125\n\n63\n\nei-mata saci-grhe satata bhojana\n\n2.79\n\n161\n\ndui natake prema-rasa adabhuta saba\"\n\n1.126\n\n63\n\nei-mata tina-dina kare agamana\n\n3.245\n\n333\n\ndui sloka kahi' prabhura haifa maha-sukha\n\n1.105\n\n52\n\nei-mate dui bhai gauqa-dese aifa\n\n1.37\n\n20\n\ndul)khi hafia sivananda upavasa kaifa\n\n1.23\n\n12\n\nei-mate haridilsera eka vatsara gela\n\n2.145\n\n193\n\ndunhe a/ingaya prabhu asane vasifa\n\n1.95\n\n47\n\nei slokera artha kara paQqitera gaQa\"\n\n3.182\n\n301\n\ndunhe dul)khi dekhi' tabe kahe nrsirilhananda 2.49\n\n148\n\nei ta' brahmaQqa tabe jiva-sOnya habet\"\n\n3.77\n\n246\n\ndunhe tanre mili' tabe sthane vasaila\n\n2.48\n\n148\n\nei-ta kahi/a damodarera vakya-daQc;/a\n\n3.46\n\n228\n\ndOre rahi' haridasa karena darsane\n\n2.142\n\n191\n\nei ta' kahilana puna/:1 rOpera milana\n\n1.222\n\n124\n\ndurgame pathi me 'ndhasya\n\n1.2\n\n2\n\nei ta' kahilu gaurera 'avirbhava'\n\n2.83\n\n162\n\ndurgati na haya tara, sad-gati se haya\n\n2.159\n\n199\n\nekabara ihan pathaiha sanatane\n\n1.217\n\n122\n\ndurvara indriya kare vi�aya-grahaQa\n\n2.118\n\n180\n\neka-bara ye dekhifa, se krthartha ha-ifa\n\n2.7\n\n130\n\ndvara mana haifa, haridasa dui)khi haifa mane 2.114\n\n178\n\neka-dina acarya prabhure kaila nimantraQa\n\n2.101\n\n172\n\ndvare tulasi /epa-piQqira upara\n\n3.231\n\n327\n\neka-dina balarama minati kariya\n\n3.172\n\n296\n\ndvare vasi' kahe kichu madhura vacana\n\n3.235\n\n328\n\neka-dina eka-sthane nadi para haite\n\n1.18\n\n9\n\ndvare vasi' nama sune bale 'hari' 'hari'\n\n3.122\n\n268\n\neka-dina haridilsa gonphate vasiyil\n\n3.229\n\n326\n\ndvare vasi' nama sune, bale 'hari' 'hari'\n\n3.128\n\n272\n\neka-dina jagadananda, svarOpa, govinda\n\n2.153\n\n196\n\ndvare vasi' suna tumi nama-sat'Jkirtana\n\n3.242\n\n331\n\neka-dina mahaprabhu puchila bhakta-gaQe\n\n2.150\n\n195\n\ndvitiya-bare dharite paika la-imu tamara\"\n\n3.108\n\n262\n\neka-dina prabhu haridilsere milila\n\n3.49\n\n229\n\ndvitiya nandi kaha dekhi?'-raya puc hila\n\n1.176\n\n99\n\neka-dina rOpa karena nataka likhana\n\n1.94\n\n47\n\ndvitiya natakera kaha nandi-vyavahara\"\n\n1.172\n\n97\n\neka-dina sabhate prabhu vata ca/ai/a\n\n2.76\n\n159\n\neka-dina sivanande ghatiyale rakhifa\n\n1.20\n\neka janara do�e saba desa ujaqaya\n\n3.164\n\nE\n\n11\n292\n\neka kukkura cafe sivananda-sane\n\n1.17\n\n9\n\n3.12\n\n213\n\nekale gosiifii lana karana bhojana\n\n2.87\n\n164\n\nebe sik�a ha-ifa na karibe aparadha\"\n\n2.123\n\n183\n\nekale rahiba tahan, govinda-matra satha\"\n\n2.132\n\nebe suna prabhura yaiche haya 'avirbhava'\n\n2.33\n\n142\n\neka /ilaya karena prabhu karya panca-sata\n\n2.169\n\nei cari thafii prabhura sada 'ilvirbhava'\n\n2.35\n\n143\n\neka-mana hafia suna tahara ni5caya\n\n2.30\n\nei chaya gurura karat'! caraQa vandana\n\n1.4\n\n3\n\nekanta-bhiive ilsriyachena caitanya-caraQa\n\n2.86\n\nei dik�a kariyachi, haifa ;lsi' se�e\n\n3.124\n\n269\n\neka ratri sei grame karila visrama\n\n1.40\n\nei dui bhaiye ami pathailun vrndavane\n\n1.202\n\n114\n\nekasya srutam eva /umpati matiril kr$Qeti\n\n1.142\n\nebe gosafiira guQa-yasa saba toke gaibe\n\n16 7\n203\n141\n164\n21\n74\n\n", "ant1#p0392": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n361\n\neka vatsara tenho prathama ekesvara\n\n2.38\n\n144\n\ngauc;le yaiche avesa, kari dig dara5ana\n\n2.15\n\neke/a tomare ami mohite narilun\n\n3.251\n\n336\n\ngauc;/iya, uc;liya, yata prabhura bhakta-ga(la\n\n1.58\n\n29\n\nemana madhurya keha nahi var(le !ira'\n\n1.122\n\n62\n\n'gaura-gopala mantra' tamara cari ak$ara\n\n2.31\n\n141\n\n134\n\ne-saba kathate k!iro nil janme pratita\n\n3.260\n\n341\n\nghare bhiita kari' karena vividha vyafijana\n\n2.87\n\n164\n\ne$a snigdha-ghana-dyutir manasi me /agna/:1\n\n1.142\n\n75\n\nghare bhata kari' kare vividha vyafijana\n\n2.101\n\n172\n\neta bali' d!imodara mauna ha-ifa\n\n3.18\n\n216\n\n\"gha,ta-patiyii miirkha tufii bhakti kanha jana? 3.201\n\n310\n\neta bali' karena tenho n!ima-sankirtana\n\n3.243\n\n332\n\ngo-brahma(le hirils!i kare mah!i duriicara\n\n3.50\n\n230\n\neta bali' krodhe gos!ifii uthiya cali/a\n\n3.156\n\n289\n\ngomaya-ja/e lepila saba mandira-pranga(la\n\n3.158\n\n290\n\neta bali' nana-bhava karaye prakasa\n\n3.238\n\n330\n\ngonph!ira sobh!i dekhi' lokera juc;/aya antara\n\n3.231\n\n327\n\neta bali' nandi-5/oka karila vyakhyana\n\n1.174\n\n98\n\n'gopiila-bhanaciirya' nama tanra chota-bhai\n\n2.89\n\n165\n305\n\neta bali' prabhu tanre kail!i alingana\n\n1.220\n\n123\n\n'gopala cakravarti' nama eka-jana\n\n3.190\n\neta bali' prabhu yadi govinde bolail!i\n\n2.133\n\n187\n\n'gosilfii' 'gosani' ebe j!inimu 'gosafii'\n\n3.11\n\n212\n\neta bali' puri-gosafii gela nija-sthane\n\n2.137\n\n189\n\ngosanira avesa dekhi' sabe mauna haifa\n\n2.121\n\n182\n\neta bali', sraddha-patra karail!i bhojana\n\n3.222\n\n321\n\ngosanira sangi bhakta riipere milila\n\n1.53\n\n27\n\neta bali' tare 'nama' upadesa kari'\n\n3.138\n\n279\n\ngosafiire namaskari' rahi/a da(lc;/iifia\n\n3.110\n\n263\n211\n\neta bali' tare snana bhojana karafia\n\n2.141\n\n190\n\ngosiifii tare prili kari' vartii puchi/a\n\n3.9\n\neta bali' vandilii haridasera cara(la\n\n3.259\n\n341\n\ngosani vidaya di/a, gauc;le kari/a gamana\n\n1.214\n\n121\n\neta cinti' siv!inanda rahil!i diira-dese\n\n2.25\n\n139\n\ngosafii y!ihan vasi/a, tara m.w khodaila\n\n3.157\n\n289\n\neta kahi' jagannathera pras!ida anaila\n\n3.41\n\n226\n\ngovindadi sabe me/i' kaila anumane\n\n2.155\n\n197\n\neta kahi' mah!iprabhu abhyantare gel!i\n\n2.121\n\n182\n\ngovinda-dviirii prabhura 5e$a-pras!ida paila\n\n1.64\n\n31\n\neta kahi' mahaprabhu madhyahne calila\n\n1.68\n\n33\n\ngoyiil!ira gos!ilii haya atyanta vistara\n\n3.153\n\n287\n\neta kahi' miit!ira mane santo$a janm!iiha\n\n3.29\n\n220\n\ngraha-grasta-pr!iya naku/a prem!ivi$(a hafiii\n\n2.18\n\n136\n\ngrh!inta/:1-khe/antyo nija-sahaja-b!ilyasya\ngrhasthera ghare tomaya diba vasa-sth!ina\n\n1.153\n3.152\n\n83\n287\n279\n\neta kahi' riipe kaila drc;/ha iilingane\n\n1.84\n\n41\n\neta suni' prabhura mane camatkara haifa\n\n3.89\n\n252\n\neta suni' raya kahe prabhura carane\n\n1.192\n\n109\ngrha-villa yeb!i chi/a, brahmanere dila\n\n3.139\n\neta suni' sabe nija-kar(le hasta diya\n\n2.126\n\n184\n\ngiic;/ha-grah!i ruciraya saha radhayasau\n\n1.136\n\n70\n\neta suni' sei vesya vasiya rahila\n\n3.116\n\n265\n\n'giic;/ha mora hrdaya tufii janila kemane?'\n\n1.84\n\n41\n\neteka vicari' prabhu madhyahne cali/a\n\n3.20\n\n217\n\neth!i prabhu-ajfiaya riipa iii/a vrndavana\n\n1.34\n\n18\n\nevaril vrata/:1 sva-priya-nama-kirtya\n\n3.179\n\n299\n\ne-vanyaya ye n!i bhase, sei jiva chiira\n\n3.255\n\n338\n\ne-vatsara liiliha !imi yaimu apane\n\n2.40\n\n145\n\nG\n\nH\n\"hah!i kib!i kara\" bali' karaye phutkara\n\n2.63\n\n154\n\n'h!i rama, h!i r!ima' bali' kahe namabhase\n\n3.53\n\n233\n\nharidasa bale,-\"tamara yaval martye sthiti 3.78\n2.154\n\n247\n\n3.204\n\n311\n\nharidasa gayena, yena c;liiki' ka(ltha-svare\nharidasa hasi' kahe madhura-vacane\n\n196\n\ngandharva-dehe gana karena antardh!ine\nga ngara /ahari jyolsnaya kare jhala-mala\nganga-lire gonph!i kari' nirjane t!inre dil!i\n\n2.149\n\n195\n\n3.230\n\n326\n\nharidasa kahe,-\"gosafii, kari nivedane\n\n3.218\n\n319\n\n3.216\n\n318\n\nharidasa kahe,-\"kara kr$(la-sankirtana\"\n\n3.259\n\n341\n\ngata-var$a pau$e more karaila bhojana\n\n2.77\n\n160\n\nharid!isa kahena,-kene karaha sarilsaya?\n\n3.195\n\n307\n\nharidasa kahena,-\"niimera ei dui phala naya3.178\nharidasa kahena,-\"yadi n!im!ibhase 'mukti' 3.199\n\n299\n309\n\ngauc;la-desera bhakta-ga(la pratyabda asiya\ngauc;la-desera loka nistarite mana haifa\ngauc;Je !isi' anupamera ganga-prapli haifa\n\n2.8\n\n131\n\n2.17\n1.37\n\n135\n20\n\nharid!isa kahena,-\"yaiche siiryera udaya\n\n3.183\n\n301\n\nharidasa kahe,-\"prabhu, cintii n!i kariha\n\n3.52\n\n232\n\ngauc;/e rahi' p!ils!ih!i-iige iirindii-giri kare\n\n3.191\n\n305\n\nharid!isa kahe,-\"prabhu, se krp!i tomiira\n\n3.68\n\n242\n\n", "ant1#p0393": "362\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\nharidasa kahe,-\"toma karimu angikara\n\n3.114\n3.50\n2.150\n2.163\n\n265\n118\n230\n195\n200\n\n3.225\n3.170\n2.122\n1.49\n2.137\n\n324\n295\n182\n25\n189\n\nharidasa kahe,-\"tamara bhagyera nahi sima 1.210\n\"haridasa, kali-ka/e yavana apara\n'haridasa kanha? tare anaha ekhane'\n'haridasa kanha?' yadi srivasa puc hila\nharidasa kare gonphaya nama-sankirtana\nharidasa krpa kare tanhara upare\nharidasa lagi, kichu kaila nivedane\nharidasa-rupe lana prabhu vasila eka-sthane\nharidasa-sthane gela saba bhakta-gal)e\n\n1.197\n3.19\n3.67\n3.51\n2.83\n1.222\n2.120\n\n242\n231\n162\n124\n181\n\n3.141\n1.200\n2.61\n1.60\n\n281\n113\n153\n30\n\n3.91\n1.107\n1.170\n1.143\n\n253\n53\n96\n75\n\n2.43\n2.47\n2.67\n2.71\n2.60\n\n146\n148\n156\n157\n153\n\n2.64\n3.236\n2.105\n3.223\n3.75\n\n155\n329\n174\n323\n245\n\n3.224\n2.27\njanghadhas-tata-sangi-dak�il)a-padaril kiilcid 1.166\njani/u, prthak niitaka karite prabhu-ajna haifa 1.69\n3.163\njati-dhana-jana khanera sakala /a-ila\n2.2\njayiidvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\n\n324\n140\n92\n\nihan ramacandra khana sevake ajna di/a\nihan sankirl)a-sthala, tamara manu�yaihara gul)e ihate amara tu�ta haifa mana\n\"ihare kahiye suddha-premera taranga\niha-sabara ki prakare ha-ibe mocana?\"\niha-sabara kon mate ha-ibe nistara?\niha yei sune, jane caitanya-prabhava\niha yei sune, paya caitanya-cara/)a\n\n3.119\n3.165\nharidasa thakura kahena,-\"ami ki karimu? 3.249\n1.209\nharidasa-thakura rOpe alingana kaila\n1.46\nharidasa-thakura tanre bahu-krpii kaila\n\n267\n293\n334\n118\n24\n\n3.271\n3.169\n3.202\n3.99\n3.103\n\n346\n295\n310\n257\n260\n\n1.48\n2.130\n3.211\n3.146\n3.95\n\n24\n186\n315\n283\n255\n\n3.93\n3.96\n3.98\n3.175\n3.167\n\n254\n255\n256\n297\n294\n\n3.143\n2.160\n3.109\n1.132\n1.188\n\n282\n199\n263\n67\n106\n\n3.179\n2.18\n3.232\n1.81\n\n299\n136\n327\n40\n\n1.82\nhiral)ya, govardhana-dui mulukera\n3.166\nhitva dare pathi dhava-taror antikarh dharma- 1.155\n1.212\nhrdi yasya preral)aya\n1.189\nhriyam avagrhya grhebhyab kar�ati\n\n40\n293\n84\n120\n107\n\nharidasa tare bahu asvasa kari/a\n\nharidasa-thakura ca/i' aila candapure\n\nharidiisa thiikurera kahilun mahimiira kal)a\nharidasa-thiikurere yiii' karena darsana\nharidiisa-thiikure tuili kaili apamiina!\nharidasa yabe nija-grha tyiiga kailii\nharidiise toke puje, sahite nii pare\nharidase mili' prabhu rape iilingilii\n'haridase prasiida liigi' kaila nivedana\nharidase prasarilsi' tanre kare namaskara\nharidasera aparadhe haifa asura-samana\nharidasera, gul)a-gal)a-asankhya, apara\n\nindriya carana bule 'prakrti' sambh�iya\"\nindriya-damana haifa, premera prakasa\ninhara ye jye�tha-bhrata, nama-'sanatana'\ni�ta-deva nrsirilha lagi' prthak bac;li/a\ni�ta-go�thi dunha sane kari' kata-k�al)a\nisvara-svabhiiva,-aisvarya cahe acchiidite\n'isvara-svabhava'-bhaktera na laya\niti kena sada sriyojjvafaril\niyaril sakhi sudubsadhya\n\nJ\njagadananda haya tahan, tenho bhik�a dibe\njagadananda, sivananda dubkhita ha-ifa\njagannatha-nrsirhha-saha kichu bheda nai\n\nharidasera gul)a kahe sata-mukha haila\nharidasera gul)a kichu kariyachena prakasa\nharidasera gul)a kichu suna, bhakta-gal)a\nharidasera gul)a sabe kahe pailca-mukhe\nharidasera krpa-patra, tate bhakti-mane\n\njagannatha-nrsirhha upavasi ha-ifa\"\njagannathera bhinna bhoga prthak biic;li/a\n'jagannathe-tomaya aikya, khao tanra bhoga\n\"jagatera bandhu tumi rupa-gul)avan\njagatera madhye 'patra'-sac;Je tina jana\n\nharidasera mahima kake kari' namaskara\nharidasera varta tenho sabare kahila\nharidasera vasaya gela ullasita hailii\nharib purata-sundara-dyuti-kadambaharim uddisate rajo-bharab\nhasaty atho roditi rauti gayaty\nhase, kande, nace, gaya unmatta hana\nhena-ka/e eka nari angane aila\nhena-kale prabhu aila tanhare milite\n\njagat-nistara lagi' karena cintana\njagat nistarite ei tamara avatara\njala-tulasi diyii puja karite lagila\n\njana dui cari yaha, bolaha tahare'\n\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nhena-kale rupa-gosani snana kari' aila\n\n2.68\n3.157\n3.153\n\n156\n289\n287\n111\n216\n\niha janibare pradyumnera guc;Jha haita mana\n\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\njaya jaya gauracandra jaya nityananda\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayatarn suratau pangor\n\n1.8\n8.2\n3.2\n1.8\n2.2\n1.5\n\n34\n292\n128\n\n209\n209\n5\n128\n3\n\n", "ant1#p0394": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\njivajnana-kalpita isvare, sakala-i ajnana\njyotsnavati ratri, dasa dik sunirmala\n\n2.99\n3.230\n\n171\n326\n\nkotM haite janibe se ei saba tattva?\nkoti-janme brahma-jnane yei 'mukti' naya\nkoti-kalpe kabhu tara nahika nistare\n\"koti-nama-grahaQa-yajna kari eka-mase\n\nK\n\nkrame rOpa-gosani kahe kari' namaskara\n\n363\n\n3.206\n3.194\n3.255\n3.124\n1.157\n\n312\n307\n338\n269\n86\n\n1.141\n3.132\n1.55\n1.207\n3.268\n\n74\n274\n27\n117\n345\n\n3.225\n2.11\n2.91\n1.34\n3.258\n\n324\n132\n16i\n18\n340\n\n3.263\n3.257\n3.253\n1.101\n3.268\n\n343\n339\n337\n50\n345\n\n2.139\n2.77\n1.36\n1.157\n3.111\n\n190\n160\n19\n86\n263\n\n3.118\n3.120\nk;l/i madhyahne tenho asibena tomara ghare 2.55\nkali samapta habe, tabe habe vrata-bhanga\n3.126\nkanha tomara kr$Qa-rasa-kavya-sudha-sindhu 1.179\n\n266\n267\n151\n271\n101\n\n1.i\n2.153\n2.89\n1.162\n1.203\n\n4\n196\n165\n89\n115\n\n3.10\n1.193\nkebii ki balite pare tomara upara?\n2.135\nkeha bale,-'nama haite haya piipa-k$aya'\n3.1i7\nkeha bale,-'nama haite jivera mok$a haya' 3.1i7\n\n212\n110\n188\n298\n298\n\nkr$Qe bhoga Iagana yabe kaila dhyana\n\n1.156\n1.219\n3.213\n3.224\n3.33\n\n85\n123\n316\n324\n223\n\n3.9i\n3.95\n3.82\n1.75\n3.107\n\n256\n255\n249\n3i\n262\n\n3.246\n1.66\nkr$QO 'nyo yadu-sambhOto\n1.67\nkrtandolari1 mandonnatibhir anilaiS candana- 1.158\n1.133\nkrtartha karila sabaya sloka sunana\n\n333\n32\n33\n86\n67\n\n2.72\n3.47\n2.116\n2.114\n1.195\n\n158\n229\n178\n178\n110\n\n1.143\n3.193\n3.159\n3.35\n2.120\n\n75\n306\n290\n223\n181\n\n3.135\n1.151\n\n275\n81\n\n3.116\n3.130\n3.244\n\n265\n273\n332\n\n1.22\n1.20\n1.33\nkukkurake kr$Qa kahana karila mocana\n1.22\nkukkura nahi paya bhata suni' dubkhi haila\n'kukkura panache bhata?'-sevake puchile 1 .21\n\n11\n11\n17\n11\n11\n\n3.241\n2.116\n3.104\n3.210\n\n331\n178\n260\n314\n\n1.19\n\n10\n93\n8\n25\n\nkabhu krpa karibena yate dayalu antara\nkabhu nahi khai aiche mi$tanna-vyanjana'\nkar;Jaca kariya kichu lagila likhite\nkaha, tomara kavitva suni' haya camatkara\"\nkahite liigila kichu sumadhura svare\nkali avasya tahara sange ha-ibe sangame'\n\n'kali dubkha paila, aparadha na la-iba mora\n\nkar$an ve(lu-svanair gopir\nka5isvara, sankara, damodara, mukunda\nka5ite vedanta par;li' gela tanra thani\nkasmat tvaya sakhi guror vi$ama grhita\nk!i$thera putali tumi para nacaite\nkata-k$a(le se biilaka uthi' yabe gela\n\"kavitva na haya ei amrtera dhara\n\nkeha kichu kahe karite apana pavitra\nkeha kona amse varQe, nahi paya para\nkeha nil bujhite pare tomara gor;Jha nata\nkene sloka par;Je-iha keha nahi jane\nkhanna kahe,-\"mora paika yauka tomara\nkiba premavese kahe, kibii satya haya\nki lagi' ki kare, keha na pare bujhite\nki lagiya dvara-mana, kare upavasa?\"\nki lagiya dvara-mana keha nahi jane\nkim kavyena kaves tasya\nki mora kartavya, yate yaya bhava-klesa\"\nkimva pamara-kama-karmuka-paritrasta\nkirtana kare haridasa pratab-kale haila\nkirtana karite aiche ratri-5e$e haila\nkirtana karite as;• pratab-kala haila\nkirtana samapta haile, haya dik$ara visrama\n\"kon aparadha, prabhu, kaila haridasa?\nkona-prakare haridasera chidra nahi piiya\nkonkar;Ja ha-ila saba, ku$1he gela gali'\n\nkrame sri-rOpa-gosiiili sakali kahila\nkrpa kari' kara mo-adhame nistara\"\nkrpa kari' rOpe sabe kaila alingana\nkrpa kari' rOpe sabe kaila alingana\nkr$Qa-adi, !ira yata sthavara-jangame\nkr$Qa avatlrQa ha-ibena, -ei tanra mana\nkr$Qa bali' nace saba premavi$ta hana\nkr$Qa-bhakti vina prabhura na haya ullasa\nkr$Qa-lila-nataka karite haila mana\nkr$Qa-nama deha' tumi more kara dhanya\nkr$Qa-nama lana nace, prema-vanyaya bhase\n'kr$Qa-nama' piiraka hanii kare prema-dana\nkr$Qa-nama upadesi' krpa kara mote\nkr$Qa-namera mahima sastra-sadhu-mukhe\nkr$Qa-preme matta kare kr$Qa-sankirtane\nkr$Qil. radhikara kaiche kariyacha varQana\nkr$Qa-seva, rasa-bhakti kariha pracara\nkr$Qa-svabhava,-bhakta-ninda sahite na\nkr$Qe avatiirite advaita pratijna karila\n\nkr$Qe namavi$fa-mana sada haridasa\n\n\"kr$Qere bahira nahi kariha vraja haite\n\nkrta yatra cikitsapi\nkruddha hana bale sei sarO$a vacana\nkruddha hailii mleccha ujira aila tara ghara\nk$a(leke asru muchiya sunya dekhi' pata\nk$udra-jiva saba markata-vairiigya kariya\nkukkura cahite da5a-manu$ya pathilila\nkukkurake bhata dite sevaka pasarila\n\nkukkura rahila, -sivananda dubkhi haila\n\nkula-varatanu-dharma-grava-vrndani bhindan 1.167\nkulina-grami bhakta ara yata kha(lr;/a-vasi\nkusala-prasna, i$1a-go$thi kaila kata-k$a(le\n\n1.15\n1.49\n\n", "ant1#p0395": "364\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nkvacid bhrngi-gitaril kvacid anila-bhaligi-\n\n1.160\n\n88\n\nmajumadarera sabMya iii/a !hiikure lafi!i\n\nkvacid dhiir!i-5!ili karaka-phala-piili-rasa-bharo 1.160\n\n88\n\nmama dhrti-dhanaril ceta/:l-ko$iid\n\n'kya- pulithi likha?' bali' eka-patra nila\n\n48\n\nmandire ye pras!ida p!ina, dena dui jane\n\n1.59\n\n29\n\nmanera santo$e tiilire kail!i !ililigana\n\n3.90\n\n253\n\nmaligal!icaral)a 'niindi-5/oka' tath!ii /ikhil!i\n\n1.35\n\n18\n\n1.96\n\n3.172\n1.190\n\n296\n108\n\nL\nmanu$ya n!i dekhe-madhura gita-m!itra\n\n2.155\n\n197\n\nmiisa-dui teliho prabhura nikate rahil!i\n\n2.39\n\n145\n\nmatake vai$Qave dite prthak prthak dila\n\n3.41\n\n226\n\nm!it!ira grhe raha yai mat!ira caral)e\n\n3.25\n\n219\n\n3.21\n\n217\n\nmatiire kahiha mora ko.tl namask!ire\n\n3.27\n\n220\n\nmat!ire miliy!i tiilira caral)e ralii/a\n\n3.42\n\n226\n\nmiitM mur;Ji' eka-vastre rahila sei ghare\n\n3.140\n\n280\n\n204\n\nm!itr!i svasra duhitr!i vii\n\n2.119\n\n180\n\n215\n\nmat-sarvasva-padiimbhojau\n\n1.5\n\n3\n\nm!iya-balena bhavatapi niguhyamiinaril\n\n3.92\n\n254\n\nlajja-bhaya p!iiia !icarya mauna ha-il!i\n\n2.100\n\n172\n\n/ajjate na par;Je rupa mauna dharil!i\n\n1.112\n\n56\n\nlak$mi-adi kari' k($Qa-preme lubdha haiiii\n\n3.264\n\n343\n\nlebhe catvaratiiril ca tiil)r;iava-vidher vrndiitavi- 1.136\n\n71\n\nm!itara samipe tumi raha tiilihii y!iii!i\n\nlebhe k($Qiirl)ava nava-ras!i radhik!i-vahini\n\n1.155\n\n84\n\nloka-hita /agi' tamara saba vyavaMra\n\n2.136\n\n188\n\n'/aka nist!iriba', -ei i5vara svabhava\n\n2.6\n\n130\n\nlake nahi bujhe, bujhe yei 'bhakta' 'dhira'\n\n2.170\n\n/okera kiil)iikiil)i-v!ite delia avasara\"\n\n3.17\n\n/okera sarilghatte keha dar5ana n!i piiya\n\n2.26\n\n139\n\nlupta-tirtha saba t!ihali kariha pracaral)a\n\n1.218\n\n122\n\nM\n\nmaya-d!isi 'prema' mage,-ithe ki vismaya? 3.266\n\n344\n\nmayav!ida-5raval)e citta avasya phire talira\"\n\n2.96\n\n169\n\nmay!iv!ida 5unibare upajila range\n\n2.94\n\n168\n\nmi$(anna vyafijana saba kariye bhojane\n\n3.30\n\n221\n288\n\nmada-kala-cala-bhrngi-bhr!inti-bhaligim\n\n1.171\n\n96\n\nmadhura caitanya-lil!i-samudra-gambhira\n\n2.170\n\n204\n\nmleccha go-vadha kare, tara yogya haya\"\n\n3.155\n\nmadhura prasanna ihara kavya sa/ankara\n\n1.198\n\n112\n\n'mora antara-varta rupa janila kemane?'\n\n1.86\n\n42\n\nmadhyahna karite prabhu karila gamana\n\n1.60\n\n30\n\n'mora gur;Jha-lil!i haridiisa kemane j!inila?'\n\n3.89\n\n252\n\nmadhyahna karite samudre karila gamana\n\n1.102\n\n51\n\nmora mano-gtxara nahe tara eka bindu\"\n\n3.88\n\n252\n\nmora mukhe ye saba rasa kari/a prac!iral)e\n\n1.204\n\n115\n\n3.40\n\n225\n\nmadhyahne asiya prabhu bhojane vasi/a\n\n2.109\n\n176\n\nmadhya-lila-madhye antya-li/a-sutra-gaQa\n\n1.10\n\n6\n\nmora nama lafia t!ilira vandiha caral)a\"\n\nmadhya-lila safik$epete kariluli varl)ana\n\n1.9\n\n5\n\n'mora name 5ikhi-mahitira bhagini-stMne giya 2.103\n\n173\n\nmadhye madhye iisiba kabhu amara dara5ane 3.26\n\n219\n\nmora sukha-katha kahi' sukha diha' talire\n\n3.27\n\n220\n\nmadhye madhye prabhura teliho karena\n\n164\n\n2.86\n\nmore ajiia haya, mufii y!ilia alalanatha\n\n2.132\n\n187\n\nmore aligikara kara hafi!i sadaya\n\n3.237\n\n329\n319\n\nmaha-bMgavata tumi,-tomara dar5ane\n\n3.252\n\n337\n\nmaha-bhagavata yei, kr$Qa pral)a-dhana y!ira\n\n2.96\n\n169\n\nmore pratyaha anna delia' kon prayojane?\n\n3.218\n\nmahad-apar!idhera phala adbhuta kathana\n\n3.145\n\n283\n\nmriyamiil)o harer nama\n\n3.64\n\n240\n\nmaha-maha-vipra ethii ku/ina-samiija\n\n3.219\n\n319\n\nmriyamiil)o harer nama\n\n3.187\n\n303\n\nmahantera apam!ina ye de5a-griime haya\n\n3.164\n\n292\n\nmukhara jagatera mukha para acch!idite\n\n3.14\n\n214\n\nmukti-hetuka taroka haya 'r!ima-n!ima'\n\n3.257\n\n339\n\nmah!iprabhu-krpa-sindhu, ke pare bujhite? 2.143\n\n191\n\n'mukti' tuccha-phala haya niimiibhiisa haite\n\n3.186\n\n303\n\nmahaprabhu madhyahna karite cali, ge/ii\n\n2.127\n\n185\n\nmufii kon k$udra,-yena khadyota-prakasa 1.173\n\n97\n\nmahaprabhu tare dekhi' bar;Ja krpa kail!i\n\n2.39\n\n145\n\nmaha-preme bhakta kahe,-'M riima, hi!\n\n3.54\n\n233\n\nmahendra-mal)i-mal)r;iali-mada-vir;Jambi-\n\n1.168\n\n94\n\nmahitira bhagini sei, n!ima-madhavi-devi\n\n2.104\n\n173\n\nna caivaril vismaya/:1 k!iryo\n\n3.84\n\nmajumadara sei vipre karila dhikkara\n\n3.200\n\n309\n\nn!icite l!igil!i 5/okera artha pra5arilsi'\n\n1.100\n\nso\n\nmajumad!ira sei vipre ty!iga karili!\n\n3.203\n\n311\n\nnakula-brahmacarira dehe 'i!vi$!a' ha-il!i\n\n2.5\n\nmajumadarera ghare sei arind!i pradhiina\n\n3.190\n\n305\n\nnakula-hrdaye prabhu 'ave5a' karila\n\n2.17\n\n130\n135\n\nN\n249\n\n", "ant1#p0396": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n365\n\nn!im!ibhasa haite haya sarhsarera k�aya\nnamabhasa haite haya sarva-p!ipa-k�aya\nnamabhase 'mukti' haya sarva-sastre dekhi\nnamabhase 'mukti' suni n!i ha-ila sahana\nnamaikarh yasya vaci smaral)a-patha-gatarh\n\n3.63\n3.61\n3.65\n3.192\n3.60\n\n240\n239\n241\n305\n237\n\nnity!inanda-gosMi gaur;Je yabe iii/a\nnityanandera nrtya dekhena asi' bare bare\nniyama kariyachi, t!iha kemane char;Jimu?\"\nno j:i.ne janayann apOrva-natana-krTr;l!inrsirhha lak�ya kari' bahye kichu kare\n\n3.148\n2.80\n3.249\n1.145\n2.66\n\n284\n161\n334\n77\n155\n\nnama-prema asv!idi/a manu�ye janmiya\nnama-prema prac!iri' kail!i jagat uddhara\n'n!ima pOrQa habe !iji',-bale haridasa\nnama pOrQa hai/e, pOrQa habe tamara mana'\nnama samapta haile karimu tava priti-acaral)a\n\n3.264\n3.226\n3.129\n3.121\n3.242\n\n343\n325\n273\n267\n331\n\n'nrsirhhananda' nama tiir'lra kail!i gaura-dhama 2.53\nnrsirhh!inandera !ige avirbhata han!i\n2.36\nnrsirhhanandera guQa kahite lagil!i\n2.76\nnrsirhhera bhoga kene kara upayoga?\n2.64\nnrsirhhera haila jani aji upavasa\n2.65\n\n150\n143\n159\n155\n155\n\nnama-samapti haile karimu ye tamara mana\"\nnama-sankirtana karena ucca kariy!i\nnamask!ira kari' t!it'lra nikate vasi/a\nnamaska� rabhu tanre sambhrame vasai/a\nnamera ak�ara-sabera ei ta' svabhava\n\n3.115\n3.229\n2.29\n2.129\n3.59\n\n265\n326\n140\n185\n236\n\nnamera m!idhuri aiche kah!it'l nahi suni\n1.101\n3.176\nnamera mahim!i uth!iila paQr;iita-gaQa\nnamera phale kr�Qa-pade prema upajaya\n3.178\nn!ina bh!iva dekhaya, yate brahmara hare mana 3.245\n3.32\nn!ina vyanjana, k�ira, pi!hii, payasa randhi/a\n\n50\n298\n299\n333\n222\n\n2.59\n3.263\n1.193\n1.184\n3.219\n\n152\n343\n110\n103\n319\n\nnija-bhaktera guQa kahe hana panca-mukha 1.105\n2.112\nnija-grhe asi' govindere !ijn!i dila\nnija karye yaha sabe, ch!ir;Ja vrtha kath!i\n2.125\n2.126\nnija nija karye sabe gela ta' uthiy!i\nnija-pral)ayitarh sudham udayam !ipnuvan yah 1.177\n\n52\n177\n184\n184\n100\n\nnika.te lana yao am!i tamara prema-bale\nnTI!icale dekhe yana prabhura caral)a\n'nirantara !ivirbhava' raghavera ghare\nnirantara nama lao, kara tu/asi sevana\n'nirantana nija-kath!i tomare sun!iite\n\n3.39\n2.75\n2.80\n3.137\n3.28\n\n225\n159\n161\n277\n220\n\nnirantara preme nrtya, saghana hunk!ira\n'nirapek�a' nahile 'dharma' n!i y!iya rak�aQe\nnirjana parl)a-s!il!iya karena kirtana\nnirjana-vane kutira kari' tulasT sevana\nnirvikara haridasa gambhira-!iSaya\n\n2.19\n3.23\n3.168\n3.100\n3.239\n\n136\n218\n294\n257\n330\n\nniscaya kahil!in, kichu sandeha n!i kara\nnist!irera hetu tara trividha prak!ira\nnitya aise prabhu tare kare maha-prTta\n\n2.56\n2.3\n3.7\n\n151\n129\n211\n\n�\n\nnana vyanjana, pi!hii. k�ira n<ina upahiira\nn!irada-prahladadi ase manu�ya-prak!iSe\nnataka-lak�aQa saba siddh!intera sara\nna.tata kirata-rajarh\nnice adara kara, na vasaha bhaya laja!!\n\np\npadani tv agat!irthani\npar;litei sloka, preme avi�ta ha-ila\npaka kari' nrsirhhera bhoga l!igaila\npaka-p!itre dekhil!i saba anna ache bhari'\npaka-samagri !inaha, ami bhik�a dimu tanre\n\n1.186\n1.98\n2.74\n3.37\n2.55\n\n105\n48\n159\n224\n151\n\npaka-samagri anaha, ami yah!i cai'\npaQr;iita hana mane kene vicare n!i kare?\npangurh langhayate sailarh\n\"paQih!iti grame ami prabhure ani/a\nparama-sundara, paQr;iita, nutana-yauvana\n\n2.58\n3.15\n1.1\n2.54\n3.192\n\n152\n215\n\nparama-vai�Qava tenho bar;Ja adhikari\nparama vai�Qava tenho supa(lr;iita !irya\nparammiir'lgu�tha-trayam asita-ratnair\nparasya hrdaye lagnarh\nparik�a karite tanra yabe icch!i haila\n\n2.16\n2.84\n1.161\n1.195\n2.23\n\n135\n163\n88\n110\n138\n\npathe ca/i' aise n!itakera ghatana bh!ivite\npathe t!ir'lra guQa sabare l!igil!i kahite\npau$a-mase iii/a dunhe s!imagri kariy!i\npaya par;li' asana dila kariy!i samm!ina\npha/ena phala-k!ira(lam anumiyate\n\n1.36\n1.104\n2.46\n3.173\n1.91\n\n19\n52\n147\n296\n44\n\npir;Jabhir nava-kala-kuta-katuta-garvasya\npi(lr;iate vasil!i prabhu lana bhakta-gaQa\npitr-sunya, maha-sundara, mrdu-vyavah!ira\nprabh!ite kukkura cahi' kanh!i na p!iila\nprabh!ive sakala /aka karaye pujana\n\n1.148\n1.110\n3.3\n1.24\n3.101\n\n79\n55\n209\n12\n258\n\nprabhu-bhangi ei, pache j!iniba ni5caya\"\nprabhu dekhib!ire ail!i utkaQth!i-antara\nprabhu dekhi' da(lr;iavat pr!ingaQe par;lil!i\nprabhu-gaQe y!inra dekhe alpa-mary.}d!iprabhu hathe par;Jiy!iche svatantra Tsvara\nprabhu kahe,-\"d!imodara, ca/aha nadiy!i\n\n2.159\n2.38\n1.83\n3.45\n2.139\n3.21\n\n199\n144\n41\n228\n190\n217\n\n150\n305\n\n", "ant1#p0397": "366\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"iliho amaya prayage milila\n\n1.88\n\n43\n\npriita/.1-kii/a haite piika karilii apara\n\n2.59\n\n152\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"kaha rOpa, n.3takera s/oka\n\n1.118\n\n59\n\n'pratidhvani' nahe, sei karaye 'kirtana'\n\n3.71\n\n244\n\nprabhu kahe,-'kon yai' magiya ani/a?'\n\n2.111\n\n176\n\npratidina aisena, prabhu iii/a acambite\n\n1.47\n\n24\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"mora va5a nahe mora\n\n2.124\n\n183\n\npratidina asi' rOpe karena mi/ane\n\n1.59\n\n29\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"prayage ihara ha-ila milana 1.197\n\n111\n\npratita karite kahi karal)a ihiira\n\n3.261\n\n342\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"riiya, tamara ihate ullasa\n\n1.181\n\n102\n\npravesa/.1 syiit pravartaka/.1\n\n1.135\n\n69\n\nprabhu kahe,-rOpe krpa kara kaya-mane\n\n1.56\n\n28\n\nprayaga ha-ite eka vai�Qava navadvipa ai/a\n\n2.160\n\n199\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"saba jiva mukti yabe pabe\n\n3.77\n\n246\n\nprayage suniluli, -teliho gela vrndavane\n\n1.52\n\n26\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"vair!igi kare prakrti\n\n2.117\n\n179\n\nprayagete gela kareha kichu nii baliya\n\n2.146\n\n193\n\nprabhuke prasanna kara'-kaila nivedane\n\n2.128\n\n185\n\nprema-krodha kari' svarOpa balaya vacane\n\n2.93\n\n167\n\nprabhu-krpa p!iii!i antardhanei rahilii\n\n2.148\n\n194\n\npremiikma haya,-prabhura sahaja svabhava 2.35\n\n143\n\nprabhu-krpa piiiia rOpera ananda apiira\n\n1.61\n\n30\n\nprema-paripiiti ei adbhuta varl)ana\n\n110\n\n1.194\n\nprabhu-krpa-patra, !ira k�etrera maral)a\n\n2.158\n\n198\n\nprema-pracaral)a ara p�aQr;/a-dalana\n\n3.149\n\n285\n\nprabhu-krpa rOpe, !ira rOpera sad-guQa\n\n1.208\n\n117\n\nprema praciirite tabe bhramite /agila\n\nprabhu /ekhii kare yare-riidhikiira 'gal)a'\n\n2.105\n\n174\n\npremii sundari nanda-nandana-paro jagarti\n\n3.148\n1.148\n\n284\n79\n\nprabhu-pada-priipti lagi' salikalpa kari/a\n\n2.147\n\n194\n\nprema-vaci 'ha'-sabda tiihate bho�ita\n\n3.58\n\n236\n\nprabhu-pase vasiyiiche kichu a/pa-dOre\n\n1.28\n\n15\n\nprema-va5a gaura-prabhu, yahiili premottama 2.81\n\n162\n\nprabhura bhakta-gaQa-pa5e vidaya la-i/a\n\n1.221\n\n124\n\nprema-va5a haiia tahii dena dara5ana\n\n2.81\n\n162\n\nprabhura krpate teliho bar;la bhagyaviin\n\n2.37\n\n144\n\npreme matta dui-jana nacite lagila\n\n1.64\n\n31\n\nprabhura nrtya-'5/oka 5uni' 5ri-r0pa gosaiii\n\n1.73\n\n36\n\nprita haiia karena prabhu ak�arera stuti\n\n1.97\n\n48\n191\n\nprabhura satikoce rOpa nii kare pathana\n\n1.129\n\n65\n\npriya bhakte daQr;/a karena dharma bujhiiite\n\n2.143\n\nprabhura yaiche ajiia, paQr;/ita taha acari/a\n\n3.43\n\n227\n\npriya/.1 so yarh k($Qa/.1 sahacari kuru-k�etra-\n\n1.79\n\n39\n\nprabhure dekhite tanra utkaQthita mana\n\n1.38\n\n20\n\npriya/.1 so 'yarh kr$1Ja/.1 sahacari kuru-k$elra-\n\n1.114\n\n57\n\nprabhure dekhiy!i yay a 'vai�Qava' haiia\n\n2.11\n\n132\n\nprodyann anta/.1-karal)a-kuhare hanta yan-\n\n1.71\n\n35\n\nprabhure milila asi' anandita haiia\n\n2.162\n\n200\n\nprthak kariya likhi kari-a bhavana\n\n1.71\n\n35\n\nprabhure na dekhi/e sei rahite na pare\n\n3.6\n\n210\n\n\"prthak nataka karite satyabhamii ajiia dila\n\n1.69\n\n34\n\nprabhu-sane vat kahe prabhu-pral)a' tara\n\n3.4\n\n210\n\n\"prthivite bahu-jiva-sthavara-jaligama\n\n3.67\n\n242\n\nprabhu-sthane nitya aise, kare namaskara\n\n3.4\n\n210\n\nprthivite vijiia-vara nahi tiitira sama\n\n1.200\n\n113\n\nprabhute tahara priti, prabhu daya kare\n\n3.5\n\n210\n\npuchil!i, -ki ajiia, kene haifa agamana?\n\n2.130\n\n186\n\nprabhu tanre capar;la mari' kahite lagila\n\n1.83\n\n41\n\npulindenapy agni/.1 kimu samidham-\n\n1.139\n\n72\n\nprabhu-thaiii prata/.1-kii/e iii/a ara dine\n\n1.27\n\n14\n\n224\n\n2.142\n\n191\n\npuna/.! bhoga liigailii sthana-sarhskara kari'\n.\npuna/ ! gaur;la-de5e yaya prabhure miliya\n\n3.37\n\nprabhu yadi yiina jagannatha-dara5ane\n\n2.8\n\n131\n\n'pradyumna brahmaciiri'-tatira nija-nama\n\n2.53\n\n150\n\npuna/.! yadi kaha ama nii dekhibe hetha\"\n\n2.125\n\n184\n\npradyumna-nrsirhhananda age kaila 'avirbhiiva'2.5\n\n130\n\npunarapi bhatigi kari' puchaye talihare\n\n3.66\n\n241\n\n1.221\n\n124\n\nprakrti dar5ana kaile ei praya5citta'\n\n2.165\n\n201\n\npunarapi gaur;la-pathe vrndiivane aila\n\nprakrti-sambhii�i vairagi na kare dar5ana\n\n2.124\n\n183\n\npurire namaskiira kari' uthiy!i calilii\n\n2.133\n\n187\n\npramada-rasa-taratiga-smera-gaQr;/a-sthalaya/.1 1.171\n\n96\n\npuru�ottame eka ur;liya-brahmaQa-kumara\n\n3.3\n\n209\n\nprasada khaya, 'hari' bale sarva-bhakta-jana\n\n1.63\n\n31\n\npuru$ottame prabhu-pa5e bhagaviin acarya\n\n2.84\n\n163\n\nprasada narikela-sasya dena phelana\n\n1.29\n\n15\n\npOrva-granthe salik$epete kariyachi varl)ana\n\n1.10\n\n6\n\nprasiddhii vai�Qavi haifa parama-mahanti\n\n3.142\n\n281\n\npOrva-likhita grantha-sOtra-anusare\n\n1.12\n\n7\n\nprastava paiiii kahi, 5una, bhakta-gal)a\n\n3.145\n\n283\n\npOrva-raga, vikara, ce$t:i, kama-likhana?\"\n\n1.140\n\n73\n\nprata/.1-kii/a dekhi' niiri uthiya calila\n\n3.244\n\n332\n\n'pOrva-5/oka par;la, rOpa' prabhu ajii!i kailii\n\n1.112\n\n56\n\nprata/.1-kii/a dekhi' ve5ya uthiya calila\n\n3.117\n\n266\n\npOrvavat mahaprabhu milila sakale\n\n1.25\n\n13\n\n", "ant1#p0398": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n367\n\npOrvavat sabare prabhu pathaila vasa-sthane\n\n1.27\n\n14\n\nraya kahe,-\"vrndavana, murali-nibsvana\n\n1.156\n\n85\n\npOrve ami rama-nama p!lflachi 'siva' haite\n\n3.256\n\n339\n\npOrve dui nataka chi/a ekatra racana\n\n1.70\n\n34\n\nrundhann ambu-bhrtas camatkrti-param\nropa daQ(lavat kare',-haridasa kahila\n\n1.164\n1.48\n\n91\n24\n\nporve sei saba katM kariyachi varf)ana\n\n1.74\n\n36\n\nrOpa-gosani kahe, -\"sahajika prema-\n\n1.149\n\n80\n\npOrve yena raghunatha saba ayodhya lana\n\n3.81\n\n248\n\nrOpa-gosani mah!iprabhura caraf)e rahila\n\n1.93\n\n46\n\npOrve yena vraje kr�Qa kari' avatara\n\n3.83\n\n249\n\npu�paQi ca sphita-madhu-vratani\n\n1.159\n\n87\n\nR\n\nrOpa-gosani mane kichu vismaya ha-ifa\n\n1.68\n\n33\n\nrOpa-gosani prabhu-pase karila gamana\n\n1.38\n\n20\n\nrOpa-gosani prabhura janiya abhipraya\n\n1.77\n\n37\n\nrOpa gosani sire dhare prabhura caraf)a\n\n1.220\n\n123\n\nrOpa haridasa dutihe vasi/a piQ(lii-tale\n\n1.111\n\n55\n\nraghunatha dasa balaka karena adhyayana\n\n3.169\n\n295\n\nraghunatha dasa-mukhe ye saba suni/a\n\n3.69\n\n345\n\nrOpa kahe,-\"aiche haya kr�Qa-vi�ayaka\n\n1.147\n\n78\n\nramacandra kharina aparadha-bija kaila\n\n3.144\n\n283\n\nropa kahe,-\"kahari tumi suryopama bhasa 1.173\n\n97\n\nramacandra-kharinera katha kaila nivedane\n\n3.131\n\n274\n\nrOpa kahe,-\"kala-siimye 'pravartaka' nama\" 1.134\n\n68\n\n'rama' dui ak�ara iM nahe vyavahita\n\n3.58\n\n236\n\nrOpa kahe,-\"mahiiprabhura sravaQecchii\n\n1.137\n\n70\n\nrOpa kahe,-'tara sarige dekhii na ha-ifa\n\n1.50\n\n25\n\n'!e\n\n'rama' 'kr�ra' 'hari' kaha'-balena Msiya\n\n1.29\n\n15\n\nriil)(li b\n\nmaf)ira ba/ake priti kene kara?\n\n3.15\n\n215\n\nrope mi/ailii sabaya krpa ta' kariya\n\n1.54\n\n27\n\nratha-a re prabhura nrtya-kirtana dekhi/a\n\n1.72\n\n35\n\nrOpera kavitva prasamsi' sahasra-vadane\n\n1.192\n\n109\n\nrope tahiiri vasa diya gos!lfli calila\n\n1.53\n\n27\n\nratha-yatraya jagannatha darsana karila\n\n1.72\n\n35\n\nratre asi' sivananda bhojanera kale\n\n1.21\n\n11\n\nratre svapne dekhe,-eka divya-ropa nari\n\n1.41\n\n21\n\nratre uthi kariha gela, keha nahi jane\"\n\n2.151\n\n1%\n\ns\n\nratri ava5e�e prabhure dar(lavat hana\n\n2.146\n\n193\n\nsaba bhakta-gaf)a kahe sloka suniya\n\n1.133\n\n67\n\nratri-dine nahe tomara nama-samapana\"\n\n3.248\n\n334\n\nsaba bhakta-gaf)a mane vismaya ha-ifa\n\n2.152\n\n196\n\nratri-dine tina-lak�a nama grahara kare\n\n3.140\n\n280\n\nratri-dine tina lak�a nama-sarikirtana\n\n3.100\n\n257\n\nratri-ka/e sei vesya suvesa dhariya\n\n3.109\n\n263\n\nsaba jiva preme bhase, prthivT haifa dhanya\n\n3.254\n\n338\n\nsaba kahii na yaya haridasera caritra\n\n3.97\n\n256\n\nsaba lana kaila jagannatha darasana\n\n1.26\n\n14\n\nratri-se�a haifa, vesyii usimisi kare\n\n3.123\n\n269\n\nsaba /ana maMprabhu karena bhojana\n\n1.26\n\n14\n\nratrye prabhure sunaya gTta, anye nahi jane\n\n2.149\n\n195\n\nsaba mukta kari' tumi vaikurthe pathaibii\n\n3.79\n\n247\n\nraya, bha�tacarya bale,-\"tomara prasada\n\n1.115\n\n57\n\nsabara agrahe na uthila pir(lara upare\n\n1.111\n\n55\n\nsabara carara rupa karilii vandana\n\n1.55\n\n27\n\nsabara ha-ifa rupa snehera bMjana\n\n1.58\n\n29\n146\n\nraya kahe,-\"Tsvara tumi ye ciiha karite\n\n1.203\n\n115\n\nriiya kahe,-\"kaha age arigera vise�a\"\n\n1.187\n\n105\n\nraya kahe,-\"kaha dekhi bhavera svabhava?''1.147\n\n78\n\nsabare kahila,-e vatsara keha na asibe\"\n\n2.43\n\nraya kahe,-\"kaha dekhi premotpatti-\n\n1.140\n\n73\n\nsabare palana kare, dey a vasa-sthana\n\n1.16\n\n9\n\nraya kahe,-'kaha i�ta-devera varQana'\n\n1.129\n\n65\n\nsaba samacara yai khilrinere kahi/a\n\n3.117\n\n266\n\nsaba vai�Qava lana tumi raha ei thani\n\n2.131\n\n186\n\nraya kahe,-\"kaha sahaja-premera lak�ara\" 1.149\n\n80\n\nsabe bale,-'nama-mahima suniyachi apara 1.122\n\n62\n\nraya kahe,-\"kon amukhe patra-\n\n1.134\n\n68\n\nraya kahe,-\"kon arige patrera pravesa?\"\n\n1.183\n\n102\n\nsabe eka svarupa gosani slokera artha jane\n\n1.76\n\n37\n\nraya kahe,-\"kon grantha kara hena jani?\n\n1.123\n\n62\n\nsabe kahe,-'haridasa var�a-pOrQa dine\n\n2.151\n\n196\n\nraya kahe, -\"lokera sukha ihara sravaf)e\n\n1.182\n\n102\n\nsabe kahe,-'tumi kaha artha-vivaraQa'\n\n3.182\n\n301\n\nraya kahe,-\"niindi-sloka pa(la dekhi, suni?\"1.127\n\n64\n\nsabe krpa kari' iriMre deha' ei vara\n\n1.199\n\n113\n\nraya kahe,-\"prarocanadi kaha dekhi, suni?\" 1.137\n\n70\n\nsabe me/i' aisa, suni 'bh�ya' ihara sthane'\n\n2.93\n\n167\n\nraya kahe,-\"rOpera kavya amrtera pura\n\n1.180\n\n101\n\nsabe mi/i' ca/i aila sri-tape milite\n\n1.104\n\n52\n\nraya kahe,-\"tomara kavitva amrtera dMra\n\n1.172\n\n97\n\nsabe mi/i' nilaca/e karila gamana\n\n1.14\n\n8\n\n", "ant1#p0399": "368\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nsabe tamara hita varichi, karaha visvasa\n\n2.138\n3.204\n1.78\n\n189\n311\n38\n\n2.34\n3.266\n\n143\n344\n\n2.1\n3.1\n1.162\n1.190\n3.146\n\n127\n208\n89\n108\n283\n\n3.10\n3.83\n3.86\n3.72\n1.24\n\nsabha-sahite haridasera pac;Jila caraoe\nsa caivasmi tathapi tatra surata-vyapara-lilasacira mandire, ara nityananda-nartane\n'sadhu-krpa-'nama' vina 'prema' na janmaya\nsadvaitarh savadhOtarh parijana-sahitarh\nsadvaitarh savadhutarh parijana-sahitarh\nsad-varh5atas tava jani/:1 puru�ottamasya\nsahacari niratatika/:1 ko 'yam yuva mudirasahajei avai�oava ramacandra khatina\nsahite na pare, damodara kahite lagila\nsakala brahmaoc;Ja-jivera khaoc;laila sarhsara\nsakala-brahmaoc;Ja-jivera kari/a nistara\nsakala jagate haya ucca satikirtana\nsakala vai�oavera mane camatkara haila\nsakhi murali vi5ala-cchidra-jalena puroa\nsakhi sthira-ku/atigana-nikara-nivisakhya-bhavakranta-citta, gopa-avatlira\nsak�at-dar5ana, ara yogya-bhakta-jive\n'sak�at-dar5ane' praya saba nistarila\nsak�at-dar5ane saba jagat tarila\n5akti diya bhakti-5astra karite pravartane\nsa/okya-sar�!i-sarupya5alyanna dekhi' prabhu acarye puchila\nsamantat santapodgama-vi�ama-sarhsarasamanya eka 5/oka prabhu pac;Jena kirtane\nsamasta ratri niluti nama samapta na haifa\nsamaye tena vidheyarh\nsambhrame dutihe uthi' daoc;favat haila\nsammukhe asiya ajria dila bahu krpa kari'\nsamudra-snana karibare rupa-gosarii ge/a\nsamudra-snane gela sabe, 5une katho dure\nsanatanera varta yabe gosani puchila\nsandhya-paryanta rahe apek�a kariya\nsatikhya-nama-samapti yavat na haya amara\n\"satikhya-nama-satikirtana-ei 'mahasatikoca paria rupa pac;lite lagila\nsanto�a paila dekhi' vyarijana-paripati\nsapta-dvipera /aka ara nava-khaoc;la-vasi\nsarvabhauma-ramananda-svarupadi-satha\nsarvabhauma-ramanande parik�a karite\nsarvajria nityananda ai/a tara ghare\nsarvajria-5iromaoi prabhu kahite lagila\n\n2.3\n3.202\nsastre kahe, -namabhasa-matre 'mukti' haya 3.195\nsasya khaya kukkura, 'kr�oa' kahe bara bara\n1.30\nsatya-bhamara ajna-prthak nataka karibare 1.43\n\n129\n310\n307\n16\n22\n\n3.155\n3.221\n1.77\n3.144\n3.208\n\n288\n320\n37\n283\n313\n\n212\n249\n251\n244\n12\n\nsei de5adhyak�a nama-ramacandra khanna 3.102\n\n3.134\n3.162\n3.80\n2.14\n\n259\n275\n291\n247\n134\n\n1.163\n1.168\n2.85\n2.4\n2.5\n\n90\n94\n163\n129\n130\n\nsei krpa 'karaoa' haifa caitanya paibare\n\n3.170\n3.220\n2.148\n3.243\n2.156\n\n295\n319\n194\n332\n197\n\n2.7\n1.202\n3.189\n2.109\n1.128\n\n130\n114\n304\n176\n64\n\n1.98\n1.204\n3.270\n1.85\n1.73\n\n48\n115\n346\n42\n36\n\n1.75\n3.125\n1.184\n1.95\n1.41\n\n37\n271\n103\n47\n21\n\nse januka, mora puna/:1 ei ta' nikaya\n\n3.87\n3.106\nsevaka bale-\"gosarii, more pathiiila kh!itina 3.152\n2.95\nsevya-sevaka-bhava chac;li' apanare 'i5vara'\nsiddha-deha paria kukkura vaikuothete gela\n\n1.32\n\n251\n261\n287\n168\n17\n\n1.80\n2.154\n1.50\n2.46\n3.114\n\n40\n196\n25\n147\n265\n\nSighra kari' puna/:1 tahati karaha gamane\n\n3.26\n\n3.240\n1.175\n2.69\n2.10\n1.103\n\n330\n99\n157\n132\n52\n\n5ivananda kon, tomaya bolaya brahmacari\n\n1.106\n3.150\n1.65\n\n53\n286\n32\n\nsarva-loka uddharite gaura-avatara\n\nsarva-nasa habe tara, na habe ka/yiil)a\"\n\n\"satya kahe,-ei ghara mora yogya naya\nsei acariba, yei 5astra-mata haya\nsei arthe 5/oka kaila prabhure ye bhaya\nsei bija vrk�a haria agete phali/a\nsei brahmaoe nija dvara-mana kaila\n\nsei-dina yaitama e-sthana chiic;liya\nsei ghare tina dina kare amedhya randhana\nsei jiva habe ihati sthavara-jatigama\nsei jive nija-bhakti karena prakase\n\nsei krpa kariba,-yate mora rak�a haya\"\nsei-k�aoe divya-dehe prabhu-sthane aila\nsei nari vasi' kare 5ri-nama-5ravaoa\nsei pape jani 'brahma-rak�asa' haifa\nsei patre prabhu eka 5/oka ye dekhi/a\nsei rasa dekhi ei ihara likhane\nsei saba lila kahi satik�epa kariya\nsei 5/oka /aria prabhu svarupe dekhai/a\nsei 5/okartha /aria 5/oka karila tathai\n\nse kahe,-\"tina-dine hariba tatira mati\"\n\n2.70\n1.16\n\n219\n174\n147\n157\n9\n\n2.28\n1.31\n2.42\n2.37\n2.78\n\n140\n16\n146\n144\n160\n\n2.82\n1.76\n1.82\n\n162\n37\n40\n\n5ikhi-mahiti-tina, tiitira bhagini-ardha- 2.106\n5ivananda, jagadananda, rahe pratyasa kariya 2.45\n5ivananda kahe, -'kene karaha phutkara?'\n5ivananda kare sabara ghati samadhana\n\n5ivananda kukkura dekhi' daoc;Javat kaila\n5ivanande kahiha,-ami ei pau�a-mase\nsivanandera bhagina 5ri-kanta-sena nama\nsivanandera mane tabe pratyaya janmila\nsivanandera prema-sima ke kahite pare?\n5/okanurupa pada prabhuke karana asvadane\n5/oka pac;li' prabhu sukhe premavi�!a haifa\n\n", "ant1#p0400": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n369\n\n5/oka 5uni' haridasa ha-ilil ullasi\n5/oka 5uni' sabara ha-ila ananda-vismaya\nsnana bhojana kara, apane krodha yabe\"\nsnehe randhi/a prabhura priya ye vyat'ijana\nso 'yam vasanta-samaya/:1 samiyaya yasmin\n\n1.100\n1.121\n2.140\n2.108\n1.136\n\n50\n61\n190\n175\n70\n\n5uni' prabhu kahe,- 'ei ati stuti haifa'\n5uni' prabhu kahe-'kya kaha, damodara?'\n5uni' prabhura bhakta-gaQera camatkara haifa\n5uni' sabakara citte camatkara haila\n5uni' 5aci anandita, saba bhakta-ga(Ja\n\n1.131\n3.13\n1.141\n1.113\n1.14\n\n66\n214\n74\n56\n8\n\n5ri-bhagavate tate aj!imila-siik$i\"\n5ri-jiva, gopala-bhatta, d!isa-raghunatha\n5ri-kanta !isiya gauc;le sande5a kahi/a\nsrimad-radha-5rila-govinda-devau\nsriman-rasa-rasarambhi\n\n3.65\n1.3\n2.44\n1.6\n1.7\n\n241\n3\n147\n4\n4\n\n5uni' sabha-sad uthe kari' h!ih!ik!ira\n5uni' 5ivananda iii/a kariy!i sandehe\n5uni' sivananda sena tanha 5ighra aila\n5uni' 5ivanandera citte ha-ila sam5aya\n5uni' 5riv!isadira mane vismaya ha-ila\n\n3.200\n2.22\n2.29\n2.72\n2.161\n\n309\n138\n140\n158\n199\n\n5ri-rupa kahena,-ami kichui na jani\n5ri-rupa kahena kichu sal'lk$epa-udde5a\n5ri-rupa prabhu-pade nilacale rahi/a\n5ri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\n5ri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara a5a\n\n1.211\n1.187\n1.215\n1.223\n2.172\n\n119\n105\n121\n125\n205\n\n5unitei lajj!i, lake kare upah!isa\"\n5uniya jangamera haya sarilsara-k$aya\n5uniya kahena prabhu, -\"5unaha, gosani\nsuniya prabhura sukha bac;laye antare\n5uniya prabhura yadi antare ullasa\n\n1.181\n3.70\n2.131\n3.66\n1.178\n\n102\n243\n186\n241\n100\n\n5ri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara liSa\n5ri-rupa, san!itana, bhatta-raghunatha\n5ri-rupa 5/oka par;Je prabhu-ajt'i!i mani'\nsri-rupera ak$ara-yena mukutara panti\n5ri-rupera guQa dunhare lagila kahite\n\n3.272\n1.3\n1.127\n1.97\n1.106\n\n346\n3\n64\n48\n53\n\nsuniya prem!ive5e nace sthavara-jangama\nsura-ripu-sudrsam uroja-kokan\nsva-bhaktera gar;Jha-anuraga-prakatT-karaQa\nsvacchande acara kara, ke pare balite?\nsvacchande tamara sarlge ha-ibeka sarlga\"\n\n3.72\n1.175\n2.168\n3.14\n3.126\n\n244\n98\n203\n214\n271\n\nsri-v!isa-kirtane, ara raghava-bhavane\n5rivasera grhe karena kirtana-darsana\n5rutva ni$thuratiiril mamendu-vadana\nsthavara-jarlgama age kariyacha nistara\nsthavara-jangamera sei hayata' 5rava(Ja\n\n2.34\n2.79\n1.151\n3.68\n3.69\n\n143\n161\n81\n242\n243\n\n\"sva-karma-phala-bhuk pumim\"-prabhu\n\nsvapna dekhi' rupa-gosat'ii karila vicara\nsvapne ha chac;lila sabe stri-sambhil$aQe\n\n2.163\n1.2\n3.35\n1.43\n2.144\n\n200\n2\n223\n22\n192\n\nsthavare se 5abda /age, pratidhvani haya\nsthira-cara jivera saba kha\\lc;/aila samsara\"\nstotram yatra tata-sthataril prakatayac\nstri-putra-sahita ramacandrere bandhiya\nsudhanaril candriQ!im api madhurimonmada-\n\n3.70\n3.76\n1.150\n3.161\n1.128\n\n243\n246\n80\n291\n64\n\nsvargapaga-hema-mrQalininam\nsvarupadi asi, puchila mahaprabhura pa5a\nsvarupa kahena,-\"ei mithya anumana\nsvarupa kahe, \"tath!ipi mayavada-sravaQe\nsvarupa kahe-\"yate ei 5/oka dekhilun\n\n1.92\n2.115\n2.157\n2.98\n1.90\n\n45\n178\n198\n170\n44\n\nsugandhau milkanda-prakara-makarandasya\nsukhani go$padayante\nsukhe kala gorlaya rupa haridasa-sarlge\n5ukla-caula eka mana anaha magiya\ns0k$ma-jive puna/:! karme udbuddha kariba\n\n1.158\n3.197\n1.213\n2.103\n3.79\n\n86\n308\n120\n173\n247\n\nsvarupadi mili' tabe vicara kari/a\nsvarupa gosani, ara raya ramananda\nsvarupa-gosani gaur;Je varta patai/a\nsvarupa-gosani kar;Jacaya ye-lila /ikhi/a\nsvarupa gosiiii re acarya kahe !ira dine\n\n2.166\n2.106\n1.13\n3.269\n2.92\n\n202\n174\n7\n345\n167\n\nsamagri ana nrsimha lagi puna/:! paka kari'\nsuni' bhakta-gaQa-mane ananda ha-ifa\n5uni' bhakta-gaQa mane a5carya manila\n5uni' brahmacari kahe,-'karaha sanlO$e\n5uni' citta-karQera haya ananda-ghUrQana\n\n2.73\n2.44\n2.78\n2.51\n1.194\n\n158\n147\n160\n149\n110\n\nsvarupa kahe-\"jani, krpa kariyacha apane\nsvarupa kahe, -\"krma-lilara nataka karite\nsvarupa-gosani kahe,-\"5una, harid!isa\nsvarupa-gosani-saha sakhya-vyavah!ira\nsvarupa-gosani tabe sei 5/oka par;Jila\n\n42\n62\n189\n163\n56\n\n5uni' harid!isa tabe uthiya ca/ila\n5uni' mahaprabhu i$at hasiya rahila\nsuni' prabhu hasi' kahe suprasanna citta\n\n3.203\n2.152\n2.165\n\n311\n196\n201\n\n1.86\n1.124\n2.138\n2.85\n1.113\n\nsvarupera parik$a lagi' tanhare puchila\nsvayam bhagavan k[$Qa-caitanya-gosat'ii\n\n1.85\n2.67\n\n42\n156\n\nsva-krpa-ya$ti-danena\nsvapana dekhilun, 'yena nimat'ii khaila bh!ita'\n\n", "ant1#p0401": "Sri Caitanya-caritamfla\n\n370\n\nT\ntabe amara naka katimu, -ei suni5caya\"\n\n3.199\n\ntahare kahena acarya r;lakiya aniya\n\n2.102\n\ntaha vina nahe tamara hrdayanuvada\"\n\n1.117\n\n58\n\n309\n\ntaiche gaura-kanti, taiche sada premave5a\n\n2.20\n\n137\n\n172\n\ntabe ailgikara kaila jivera moe ana\n\n3.74\n\n245\n\ntaiche tumi navadvlpe kari' avatara\n\n3.86\n\n251\n\ntabe damodara ca/i' nadlya aila\n\n3.42\n\n226\n\ntala-patre 5/oka likhi' ca/ete rakhila\n\n1.80\n\n40\n\ntabe gosatiira prati$!ha puru$Ottame ha-ibe\n\n3.12\n\n213\n\ntabe jani, itihate haya caitanya-ave5e\"\n\n2.25\n\n139\n\ntamalasya skandhe vinihita-bhuja-vallarir iyam1.146\n\n78\n\ntam nirvyajam bhaja gu(la-nidhe pavanam\n\n239\n\n3.62\n\ntabe mahaprabhu dutihe kari' a/itigana\n\n1.102\n\n51\n\ntaf)r;/ula dekhi' acaryera adhika ullasa\n\n2.107\n\n175\n\ntabe mahaprabhu kaila rOpe alitigana\n\n1.206\n\n116\n\ntanha lana goHhl kari' tanhare puchila\n\n3.49\n\n229\n\ntabe mahaprabhu nija-bhakta-pa5e y!ili!i\n\n3.93\n\n254\n\ntanhara dar5ane /aka haya premoddama\n\n2.21\n\n137\n\ntabe mahaprabhu saba bhakta lana gela\n\n1.209\n\n118\n\ntabe nari kahe tatire kari' namaskara\n\n3.250\n\n335\n\ntabe prabhu tatire ajna kai/a gaur;le yaite\n\n2.40\n\n145\n\ntabe puri-gosani eka prabhu-sthane ai/a\n\n2.129\n\n185\n\n'tabe pOr(la karimu aji tamara abhilil$a'\n\n3.129\n\n273\n\ntabe rupa-gosani kahe !ahara vi5e$a\n\n1.183\n\n102\n\ntabe rupa-gosani yadi 5/oka par;lila\n\n1.131\n\n66\n\ntatihara prabhava-prema jane dui-jane\n\n2.52\n\n150\n\ntatira atiga-gandhe dasa dik amodita\n\n3.233\n\n328\n\ntatira atiga-kantye sthana pita-var(la ha-ila\n\n3.232\n\n327\n\ntiltira apamana karite nana upaya kare\n\n3.103\n\n260\n\nlatira pita 'Vi$ayi' bar;fa Satananda-khJtina\n\n2.88\n\n165\n\ntatira thalii ta(lr;/ula magi' ani/a haridasa\n\n2.107\n\n175\n\ntiltire karaila sabara cara(la vandana\n\n1.206\n\n116\n\ntabe sakti sancari' ami kailuti upadesa\n\n1.89\n\n43\n\ntara bhaye sabe kare satikoca vyavahara\n\n3.44\n\ntabe se hira(lya-dasa nija ghare ai/a\n\n3.208\n\n227\n\n313\n\ntara do$a nahi, tara tarka-ni$!ha mana\n\n3.205\n\n312\n\ntara ghara-grama lute tina-dina rahiya\n\n3.161\n\n291\n101\n\ntabe sei 5/oka rupa-gosani kahila\n\n1.119\n\n60\n\ntabe sei vesya gurura ajna la-ila\n\n3.139\n\n279\n\ntabe sivananda bhoga-samagri ani/a\n\n2.74\n\n159\n\n!abe sivananda t!itire sakala kahila\n\n2.50\n\n149\n\ntara madhye eka bindu diyache karpura\"\n\n1.180\n\ntara madhye mithya kene stuti-k$ara bindu\n\n1.179\n\n101\n\ntara(lir iva timira-jaladhim\n\n3.181\n\n300\n\ntabe sivanande kichu kahe brahmacarl\n\n2.73\n\n158\n\ntara purohita- 'balarama' nama tiltira\n\n3.166\n\n293\n\ntabe sivanandera mane pratili ha-i/a\n\n2.32\n\n142\n\ntara rili dekhi' haridasa kahena tahare\n\n3.123\n\n269\n\ntare da(lr;/a dite se grame na rahi/a\n\n3.156\n\n289\n\ntarka na kariha, tarkagocara tatira riti\n\n3.228\n\n326\n\ntabe srivasa lara v(ltanta kahi/a\n\n2.164\n\n201\n\ntabe tatire etha ami aniba satvara\n\n2.56\n\n151\n\ntabe tamara naka kaW karaha ni5caya\"\n\n3.198\n\n308\n\ntarka na kariha, tarke habe viparita\n\n2.171\n\n204\n\ntabu mahaprabhura mane prasada nahila\n\n2.145\n\n193\n\ntarkera gocara nahe namera mahattva\n\n3.206\n\n312\n\ntabu ramacandra mana na haifa parasanna\n\n290\n237\n\nta-saba tarite prabhu sei saba de5e\n\n2.13\n\n133\n\ntac ced deha-dravi(la-janata-lobha-pil$a(lr;/a-\n\n3.158\n3.60\n\ntad api bhajasi svasvac cumbanananda-\n\n1.163\n\n90\n\ntasya hare/:! pada-kamalam\n\n1.212\n\n120\n\ntate jani-purve tamara panache prasada\n\n1.117\n\n58\n\n156\n\ntathapi i5vara tare phala bhunjaila\n\n3.212\n\n315\n\ntahati yaiche haifa haridasera mahima kathana 3.171\n\n295\n\ntathapi kahiye kichu sat'lk$epe kathana\n\n1.74\n\n36\n\ntahara dmanta yaiche suryera praka5a\n\n3.180\n\n300\n\ntathapi namera teja na haya vinasa\n\n3.55\n\n234\n\ntahara hetu nil dekhiye, -e du/:lkha apara\"\n\n3.51\n\n231\n\ntaha taha rundhasi bali-am\n\n1.144\n\n76\n\ntathapi !ahara do$a-sundari yuvati\ntathapy anta/:1-khe/an-madhura-mura/i-\n\n3.16\n1.79\n\n215\n39\n\ntaha dekhaila prabhu kariya bhojana\n\n2.68\n\n3.80\n\n247\n\ntathapy anta/:1-khe/an-madhura-mura/i-\n\n1.114\n\n57\n\n3.240\n\n330\n\ntava sanga /agi' mora ethake pray!if)a\n\n3.236\n\n329\n\ntaha dekhibare aise sarva gauqa-desa\n\n2.20\n\n137\n\ntaha dekhi' damodara du/:lka paya mane\n\n3.8\n\n211\n\ntavat ihan vasi' suna nama-sanklrtana\n\n3.121\n\n267\n\ntahai milimu saba advaitadi sane\n\n2.41\n\n145\n\ntahara darsane 'vai$(lava' haya sarva-dese\n\n2.14\n\n134\n\ntavat sthiivara-jangama, sarva jiva-jati\ntavat tumi vasi' 5una nama-sankirtana\n\n3.78\n3.115\n\n247\n265\n\ntahate bharibe brahma(lr;/a yena purva-sama\ntahate dik$ita ami ha-i prati-dine\n\n", "ant1#p0402": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n371\n\n1.161\n2.70\n3.173\n3.136\n\n88\n157\n296\n276\n\nth!ikura kahe,-khannera katha saba ami jilni 3.133\n\n274\n\n\"thilkura, tumi-parama-sundara, prathama 3.112\n\n2.65\n3.130\n3.247\n2.62\n\n264\n155\n273\n334\n154\n\n3.209\n2.115\n3.134\n3.248\n2.61\n\n314\n178\n275\n334\n153\n\n2.71\n3.176\n2.169\n3.112\n2.49\n\n157\n298\n203\n264\n148\n\n1.57\n3.113\n1.174\n1.185\n3.25\n\n28\n264\n98\n103\n219\n\n3.39\n1.115\n3.71\n3.252\n3.107\n\n225\n57\n244\n337\n262\n\n1.196\n3.113\n3.256\n3.38\n1.201\n\n111\n264\n339\n225\n114\n\n2.135\n3.88\n3.205\n3.23\n\n188\n252\n312\n218\n\nutkaQthaya ca/i' sabe ililil nililcale\n\n3.22\n3.267\n2.166\n\n218\n344\n202\n\nvaikuQthake ge/il, anya-jive ilyodhya bharatiii\n\ntayor madhye hirojjva/a-vimala-jambanadatenha kahe,-\"dekha tomilra prabhura\nthilkura dekhi' dui bhili kailil abhyutthilna\nthakura kahe,-\"gharera dravya brilhmaQe\n\nthakura upavilsi rahe, jiye kaiche dilsa?\"\nthilkurera sane vesyara mana phiri' gela\nthilki.Jrera sthilne nilri kahite lagila\ntina bhoga khaila, kichu avasi�ta nili\ntina dina bhitare sei viprera 'ku�tha' haila\ntina-dina haila haridasa kare upavilsa\ntina dina rahilana tomil nistilra lagiya\n\"tina dina vaticila ama kari' i!Svasana\nti\n\nJ\n\nne samarpiya bahire dhyana kaila\n\ntina janara bhoga tenho eke/a khaila\ntina-lak$a nama thilkura karena kirtana\ntirthera mahimil, nija bhakte iltmasilt\ntomil dekhi' kon nilrl dharite pare mana?\n'tomil dunhilkilre kene dekhi nirananda?\ntoma-dunhilra krpate inhilra ha-u Iaiche sakti\ntoma na paile praQa nil yaya dhilraQa\"\ntomiira age dhilmya ei mukha-vyadana\ntomilra age kahi-iha dhilr$tyera tara riga\ntomara age nahibe karo svacchandilcaraQe\ntomilra iljtiate ami iichi nililcale\ntomara hrdaya ei janila kemane\ntomara krpara ei akathya kathana\ntomilra kr�Qa-nilma-kirtana-sravaQe\ntomara sahita ekatra tare dhari' yena ilne\"\n\n2.147\n3.247\n3.128\n3.110\n3.234\n\n194\n334\n272\n263\n328\n\n3.122\n3.141\n1.46\n1.89\n3.17\n\n268\n281\n24\n43\n215\n\n2.140\n1.90\n3.222\n1.87\n3.105\n\n190\n44\n321\n43\n261\n\n1.196\n3.69\n1.120\n1.99\n3.197\n\n111\n243\n60\n49\n308\n\n3.76\n3.184\n3.185\nudaya kai/e kr�Qa-pade haya premodaya\n3.183\nudaya nil haite arambhe tamera haya k$aya\n'udghatyaka' nama ei 'ilmukha'-'vithl' ariga 1.185\n\n246\n302\n302\n301\n103\n\n1.40\n1.18\n3.56\n3.92\n3.260\n\n21\n9\n234\n253\n341\n\n1.47\n1.191\n3.138\n1.25\n2.110\n\n24\n108\n279\n13\n176\n\n3.81\n3.147\n2.95\n\n284\n284\n168\n\ntriveQi pravesa kari' prilQa chilc;li/a\ntrtiya divasera ratri-se�a yabe haila\ntulasike, thilkurake namaskilra kari'\ntulasi namaskari' haridilsera dvilre yilna\ntulasi parikramil kari' ge/il gonphil-dvara\ntulasire tanke vesya namaskilra kari'\ntulasi sevana kare, carvaQa, upavilsa\n'tumi ilsibe,-more prabhu ye haila\ntumiha kahio ihanya rasera vise�a\"\ntumi-ha -parama yuvil, parama sundara\ntumi hatha kaile tanra hatha se bac;libe\ntumi kariyacha krpa, tavanhi janilu\ntumi khili/e haya koti-brilhmaQa-bhojana\"\ntumi purve krpa kailil, kari anumilna\"\ntumi-saba kara ihilra vairagya-dharma nasa\ntumi sakti diya kahilo,-hena anumilni\"\ntumi ye kariyacha ei ucca sanklrtana\ntuQc;/e taQc;/avini ratirh vitanute tuQc;/ilvalituQc;/e taQc;/avini ratirh vitanute tuQc;/ilvalitvat-sak�atkaraQ!ihlada-\n\nu\nucca sankirtana tilte karilil pracilra\n\nudaya haile dharma-karma-ildi parakasa\n\nuc;liya-dese 'satyabhama-pura'-niime grama\nuc;liyii nilvika kukkura nil cac;laya naukate\nuktvapi muktim ilpnoti\n\ntomara sakti vi nil jivera nahe ei Vil.Qi\ntomilra sangama lagi' lubdha mora mana\ntomara sange lobha haila kr�Qa-nilma laite\ntomilra suddha-preme more kare ilkar�aQa\ntomilra yaiche vi�aya-tyaga, taiche tanra riti\n\nu/larighita-trividha-sima-samatisilyiupadesa pana maya calila hana prita\n'upala-bhoga' dekhi' haridilsere dekhite\nuro 'mbara-tatasya cabharaQa-cilru-tarilvali\nuthiyil calila thilkura bali' 'hari' 'hari'\n\n\"tomara ye iccha, kara, svatantra isvara\ntomilra ye lila maha-amrtera sindhu\n\"tomil-sabara do�a nilhi, ei ajtia brahmaQa\ntomil sama 'nirapek�a' nilhi mora gaQe\ntoma vinil tanhilra rak�aka nilhi dekhi ana\ntribhuvana nilce, gilya, piltia prema-bhilva\ntriveQI-prabhilve haridasa prabhu-pada pili/a\n\nuttama anna eta taQc;/ula kanhilte pili/a?\n\nv\nvai�Qava-dharma nindil kare, vai�Qavavai$Qava hatia yebil sariraka-bhil$ya sune\n\n", "ant1#p0403": "372\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n3.102\n3.45\n1.166\nvamslm kutmalile dadhanam adhare\nvande 'hamsri-guro/:lsrl-yula-pada-kamalam 2.1\nvande 'hamsri-guro/:l sri-yula-pada-kamalam 3.1\n\n259\n228\n92\n127\n208\n\n2.75\n2.162\n3.74\n1.153\n2.92\n\n159\n200\n245\n83\n167\n\n3.106\n3.104\n3.105\n3.127\n3.132\n\n261\n260\n261\n272\n274\n\n3.135\nvesya kahe,-\"mora sanga ha-uka eka-bara 3.108\nvesyara caritra dekhi' toke camalkara\n3.143\nvidagdha-madhava ara lalila-madhava\n1.126\n1.170\nvidhur eli diva vir0palari1\n\n275\n262\n282\n63\n96\n\nvai$Qava-vidve$i sei p�al)c;la-pradhana\n\nvakya-dal)c;la kari' kare maryada slhapana\n\ny\n3.55\n3.16\n3.212\n3.207\n1.4\n\n234\n215\n315\n313\n3\n\n2.167\n3.238\n1.123\n3.46\n3.271\n\n202\n330\n62\n228\n346\n\n2.99\n3.261\n3.227\n1.78\n3.73\n\n171\n342\n325\n38\n245\n\n2.161\n2.164\n3.7\n2.82\n2.21\n\n199\n201\n211\n162\n137\n\n1.205\n1.152\n1.121\n1.57\n1.1\n\n116\n82\n61\n28\n\n3.167\n3.53\nyavanera bhiigya dekha, /aya sei nama\n3.54\nyavanera samsiira dekhi' du/:lkha na bhiiviha\n3.52\nyaval kirlana samapla nahe, na kari anya kama 3.241\n\n294\n233\n233\n232\n331\n\n2.57\n1.211\n1.12\n2.12\n3.87\n\n119\n7\n133\n251\n\nyadyapi anya sankele anya haya namabhasa\nyadyapi brahmal)l sei lapasvini sail\nyadyapi haridasa viprera do$a na la-ila\nyaha ghara, kr$1Ja karuna kusala sabara\n\nvar$anlare sivananda lana bhakla-gal)a\nvar$iinlare sivananda saba bhakla lana\nvasudeva jiva lagi' kaila nivedana\nvayam newm yukla/:1 karham asaral)am kam\n'vedanla pac;liya gopala aisache ekhane\n\nyaha haile vighna-nasa, abhi$ta-paral)a\nyaha suni' bhakla-gaQera yuc;laya karl)a-mana\nyahara darsane munira haya dhairya-nasa\nyahara bhilare ei siddhanlera khani?\"\nyahara sraval)e bhage 'ajiiana p�al)c;la'\n\nvesya-gal)a-madhye eka sundari yuvali\nvesya-gal)e ani' kare chidrera upaya\nvesyii-gal)e kahe,-\"ei vairagi haridasa\nvesya giya samacara khannere kahila\n\"vesyii hana muni papa kariyachon apara\n\nyahiira sraval)e bhaklera juc;laya sraval)a\nyahara sraval)e bhaklera phate mana priil)a\"\nyahara sravaQe haya visvasa sabara\nyahara sraval)e toke haya camatkara\nya/:1 kaumara-hara/:1 sa eva hi varas Ia eva\n\nvesya kahe, -\"krpa kari' karaha upadesa\n\nyaiche kaila jharikhal)c;le vrndavana yaile\nyaiche sankalpa, yaiche lrivel)i pravesila\nyaiche sankalpa, yaiche trivel)i pravesila\nyanha prili 1anha aise,-balakera rila\nyanra preme va5a prabhu aise bare bare\n\nvihara-sura-dirghikii mama mana/:1-karindrasya 1.191\n\nyare dekhe tare kahe,-'kaha kr$1Ja-nama'\n\n3.214\n2.156\n2.88\n\n108\n308\n317\n197\n165\n\n3.57\n2.171\n3.228\n1.66\n1.199\n\n235\n204\n326\n32\n113\n\nyat-krpa lam aham vande\n\n1.124\n1.44\n1.188\n1.218\n2.104\n\n62\n23\n106\n122\n173\n\n3.98\n1.13\n1.159\n1.67\n1.35\n\n256\n7\n87\n33\n18\n\n1.217\n3.171\n3.59\n\n122\n295\n236\n\nvipra kahe,-\"namabhase yadi 'mukli' naya 3.198\nviprera ku$tha suni' haridasa mane du/:lkhi\n'vi$iidi khana haridasa alma-ghala kaila\n'Vi$aya-vimukha' iicarya-'vairagya-\n\nyare kariio, sei karibe jagal lomara vasa\nyasyolsanga-sukhasaya silhili!ii gurvi\nyala bhakla-vrnda !ira ramananda raya\nyale vivarile parena kr$1)a-rasa-bhakli\n\nvi$1)U-d0la asi' chac;laya !ahara bandhana\nvisvasa kariya suna cailanya-carila\nvisvasa kariya suna kariyii pralili\nvraja chac;li' kr$1Ja kabhu na yana kahiiille\nvraja-lila-prema-rasa yena varl)e niranlara\nvraja-lila-pura-/ila ekalra varl)ile\nvraja-pura-lila ekalra kariyiichi ghatana\nvrajavama-drsam na paddhali/:1\nvraje yai rasa-siistra kariha nirupal)a\nvrddha lapasvini ara parama vai$QaVi\n\nyalna kari' thiikurere rakhila sei griime\n\nyavana-sakalera 'mukli' habe anayase\n\nye cahiye, liiha kara hana tal-para\nyei mahaprabhu kahana, sei kahi val)i\nyei nahi /ikhi, liihii /ikhiye visliire\nye keha asile nare aneka samsari\n\nvrndavana-diisa yiihii na kaila varl)ana\nvrndavana haile prabhu niliica/e aila\nvrndavanam divya-lala-parilam\nvrndiivanam parilyajya\nvrndiivane niitakera arambha karila\n\"vrndavane yaha' Wmi, rahiha vrndavane\nvyakhyana,-adbhula kalha suna, bhaklavyavahila haile na chac;le apana-prabhiiva\n\nye kahe,-'cailanya-mahima mora gocara\nye magi/a, siviinanda ani' dila lai\nye mukli bhakla nii laya, se kr$1Ja ciihe dile\"\nye saba siddhiinle brahma nahi paya anla\nye saba varl)ila, ihiira ke jane mahima?\"\nye 5/oka suni/e /okera yay a du/:lkha-soka\nyoc;la-hale haridasera vandi Ia caral)a\n\n152\n\n2.58\n3.188\n1.116\n\n152\n\n1.210\n1.118\n3.235\n\n118\n59\n328\n\n304\n58\n\n", "ant1#p0404": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nyogesvaresvare kmJe\nyogya-bhakta jiva-dehe karena 'iivese'\nyogya-piitra jani inhiiya mora krpa ta' ha-ifa\n\n3.84\n2.13\n1:88\n\n249\n133\n43\n\nyojayanti padair anyaii)\n\n373\n\n1.186\n\nyugapad ayam apurvai) kai) puro visva-karmii 1.167\n\n105\n93\n\n", "ant1#p0405": "General Index\nNumerals in bold type indicate references to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\nverses. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\nA\n\nAnimals\ndog liberated by Sivananda Sena, 9-18\ndoglike persons do not appreciate Kr�r:Ja\nconsciousness, 59\nlion kills elephants of desire, 67\npeople less than in Kali-yuga, 231\n\nAcarya\npreaches bhakti cult all over the world,\n323\nrole not to earn living through temple\nincome, 323\n\nAntya-li/a\n\ncited, 69\nAnupama\nas brother of Rupa, 20\ndeath of, 20-21, 26\nArjuna\nadvised to rise above modes of nature,\n106\n\nAdau sraddha tata/:1 sadhu-sango\n\nverses quoted, 337\nAdvaita Acarya\nalways meditating on deliverance of\nfallen souls, 323\nassociates with Haridasa Thakura,\n318-322\ndecided to cause Kr�r:Ja to descend, 324\nembraced Rupa Gosvami, 117\nmeets with Haridasa Thakura, 317\nnot afraid of brahminical culture and\ncustoms, 321\noffered Ganges water and tulasi leaves,\n324\nset standard for Vai�r:Java sampradaya,\n323\nshowed respect to Haridasa Thakura,\n317\nstayed back aw aiting arriv a l of\nCaitanya, 147\n\nAsarhskrta/:1 kriya-hina\n\nverse quoted, 46, 270\n\nA�tabhir dasabhir yukta\n\nverses quoted, 19\nAta/:1 sri-kr�f)a-namadi\n\nquoted, 51\nAtheists\nfind fault with devotees, 261\nAttachment\nas cause of loving affairs, 73\nto dog by (Sivananda Sena, 13\nto Kr�r:Ja described by Radharar:JT, 75\nAvai�f)ava-mukhodgirf)am\n\nverse quoted, 51, 119\nAyodhya\nRamacandra took residents of from\nworld, 248\n\nAharh tvarh sarva-papebhyo\n\nquoted, 280\nAindrarh kaseru sakalarh kila\n\nverse quoted, 132\nAjamila\nsaved by holy name, 235, 241\nAlalanatha\nParamananda PurT begged to go to, 187\n\n8\nBalabhadra Bhattacarya\nas servant of Caitanya, 245\nBalarama\ndescribes Vrndavana, 87\nBalarama Acarya\nas priest of Hirar:Jya Majumadara, 317\nattached to Haridasa, 293-294\nchastised Gopala CakravartT, 310\n\nAmrta-pravaha-bha�ya\n\ncited on Gaura-gopala mantra, 141\nsummary of First Chapter given in, 1\nAnanta\naffected by Kr�r:Ja's flute, 91\nAnger\nCaitanya manifests external, 100\nnot manifested against the envious, 5 4\n\n375\n\n", "ant1#p0406": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrfa\n\n376\n\nBali Maharaja\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\nBeauty\n\nBhaktir a$ta-vidhil hy e$a\n\naffected by Kr�r:Ja's flute, 91\n\nverse quoted, 54\n\nquoted, 322\n\nincreased by mode of goodness, 45\nof holy name, 50\n\nBhakti-sandarbha\n\nof Kr�oa, 92\n\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura\ncited on comparison of moon to Kr�oa\n\nof inhabitants of heavenly planets, 45\n\nof Kr�oa compared to jewels, 94-95\nof Radharaoi described, 95\n\nBenapola\n\ncited, 322\n\nand Radharar:Ji, 70\ncited on drama, 69\n\ncited on junior Haridasa, 192\n\nHaridasa stayed in forest of, 257\n\ncited on lessons in Chapter Two,\n\nBengal\n\ndevotees return to, 121\n\n205-206\n\ncited on ROpa's dramas, 64\n\nRopa travels on path to, 124\n\ncomments on simplicity, 179\n\nBhagavad-gitii\n\nexplains markata as restless, 182\n\ncited on rising above modes, 106\n\nquoted on drama, 1 04\n\nkalpa explained in, 338\n\nmany descriptions of are mundane, 119\nquoted on acceptability of low-born as\ndevotees, 321\n\nquoted on association with material\nnature, 248\n\nquoted on divine energy of Lord, 335\n\nBhaktivinoda Thakura\n\ncited on rules for sannyasi, 202\n\nquoted on becoming dog of Vai�oava,\n\n13\nBharata-bhamite haifa manu$ya\nverses quoted, 231\n\nquoted on Kr�oa helping devotee, 112\n\nBharau-vrtti\n\nquoted on offering everything to Kr�oa,\n\nBilvamarigala Thakura\n\nquoted on liberation, 306\n\n277\n\nquoted\n\non\n\npurpose\n\npearance, 285\n\nof\n\nKr�oa's\n\nap­\n\nquoted on qualities of brahmal)a, 276\n\nquoted on those eligible for devotional\nservice, 272\n\nsurrender as ultimate instruction of, 278\n\nverse quoted, 45\n\nBhagavan Acarya\n\nbrought Caitanya to his home to eat,\n\n165\ndid not give Caitanya remnants of\n)agannatha prasada, 165\nhad friendly relationship with Svaropa\nDamodara, 164\n\nincarnation of cowherd boy, 164\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\ncited, 104\n\nquoted on liberation, 306\n\nBlasphemy\n\ncannot be tolerated by Kr�oa, 316\n\ntolerated by the Lord, 54\n\nBrahma\n\nattracted by maya, 336\n\nhas no access to Caitanya's internal\nfeelings, 58\n\ntook birth at time of Caitanya, 342\nBrahmal)a\n\nbecoming a qualified, 270\n\nCaitanya as emperor of, 100\n\ncharity given to qualified, 276-277\n\ndifferent ranks of, 322\n\nLord as protector of, 230\nqualities of, 276\n\nworshiped salagrama-si/a, 259\n\nquoted on advancement of devotional\n\nBrahmal)anarh sahasrebhya/:1\n\nquoted on power of holy name, 240\n\nBrahmananda\n\nservice, 337\n\nquoted\n\non\n\nwriting\n\nliterature, 120\n\ntranscendental\n\nquoted, 322\n\ncompared to water in hoofprint of a\ncalf, 308\n\n", "ant1#p0407": "General Index\n\nBrahma-sarhhita\n\nquoted on vision of devotee, 222\n\nc\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\naccepted Madhavidevi as associate of\nRadharaQi, 174\nappeared because of attraction to love\nof devotees, 143\nappeared before Nrsimhananda\nBrahmacari, 144\nappears in four places, 130, 143\n\nappears in house of Raghava Pao<;lita,\n130, 143, 161\n\nappears in house of Sacimata, 130, 143,\n161\n\nappears in house of Srivasa during\nkirtana, 130, 143, 161\nappears wherever Nityananda Prabhu\ndances in ecstasy, 130, 143, 161\nas emperor of brahmaf)as, 100\nas patita-pavana, 231\n\n377\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\ndescended because of the devotional\nservice of Advaita Acarya and\nHaridasa Thakura, 325\ndisapproves of ROpa's verse glorifying\nHim, 66\nempowered living beings, 134\n\nempowered Nakula Brahmacari, 135\nempowers ROpa to speak, 119\nexamines Ramananda Raya, 53\n\nexamines Sarvabhauma Bhanacarya, 53\n\nfeet of placed on ROpa's head, 124\nforbade Bengal devotees to come to\n\nPuri, 145\ngreatly influenced by love of devotees,\n162\nhad three and a half intimate devotees,\n174\n\ninquires about Sanatana, 26\ninstructs dog to chant, 15\n\nknown as Gaurasundara, 150, 162\nKr�oa as, 231\nmeets with Haridasa Thakura and ROpa,\n23-25\nmeets with ROpa and Haridasa, 47-51\n\nas son of mother Saci, 18\nate all three offerings of Nrsimhananda,\n154\n\nmeets\\With Sarvabhauma Bha��acarya,\nRamananda Raya, and SvarOpa\nDamodara, 52\nno difference between Jagannatha,\n\nbestows special mercy upon ROpa,\n42-44, 58, 59\nbrought to Paniha�i by Nrsimhananda's\nmeditating, 151\ncan control everyone's mind, 100\ncaused deliverance of living beings in\nthree ways, 129\n\nNrsimhadeva and, 156\noverwhelmed by ecstatic love, 41\npraises handwriting of ROpa, 48\n\nattends Dola-yatra, 121\n\nchanged name\nBrahmacari, 150\n\nof\n\nPradyumna\n\ncompared to lion, 67\ndelivered fallen souls by directly meeting them, 130\n\ndelivered three worlds by direct meetings, 133\ndelivers prasada to ROpa and\nHaridasa, 29\nderives no happiness from meeting one\nwho is not pure devotee, 167\ndescended at Navadvipa, 251\n\npraised qualities of Nrsimhananda, 160\nquoted on empowered living beings,\n134\n\nrecites verse at Ratha-yatra, 36-38, 39\nsends for Sanatana, 122\n\nsends Ropa to Vrndavana, 122-124\nsits on elevated seat, 55-56\nteachings on humility, 313\ntold Govinda to ban Cho�a Haridasa,\n177\nVai�oavas consider Radha-Kr�oa nondifferent from, 142\nCaitanya-marigala\n\nattributes of Haridasa described in, 256\nCaoakya Pao<;lita\ncited on mingling with women, 193\n\n", "ant1#p0408": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n378\n\nCandapura\nHaridasa visited, 293\nCandravali-sakhi\nas gopi competitor of Radhara�Ji, 90\nCaturmasya\nROpa remains in )agannatha Puri after,\n46-47\nCause\nlaw of and effect, 45\nof loving affairs between Kr��Ja nad\ngopis, 73\nunderstood by result, 44\nChanting\nawakens service in ecstatic love, 303\nby non-Vai�l)avas like poisonous milk,\n51\nby-products of, 300\ncannot be performed by ordinary\nsenses, 51\ncauses symptoms in adva\npersons,\n299\noffenseless compared to rising sun,\n301-303\nof holy name by advanced person, 299\nof holy name frees one from reactions\nto sinful life, 298\nof holy name liberates one, 298\nof holy name received through spiritual\nmaster, 51\nwith faith and reverence, 303\nCharity\ngiven to qualified brahma(Ja, 276-277\nChota Haridasa\nfasted, 178-179\nsang for Caitanya, 173\nCows\npeople concerned with killing in Kaliyuga, 230\n\n�d\n\nD\nDaivi hy e$a gu(Jamayi\n\nverses quoted, 335\nDamodara Pai)Qita\nheard singing of junior Haridasa, 197\n\nDamodara Pandita\nhis imp�dence as sign of love for\nCaitanya, 217\nintolerant of young boy who visited\nCaitanya, 210-213\nSaci put in care of, 217-221\nstrict in practical dealings, 227-228\nDeath\nas leading to shelter of Ganges, 20\nof Anupama, 20-21, 26\nRadhara�Ji projects Her funeral, 78\nDeceit\nas characteristic of Kr��Ja, 84\nDeity\nfirst-class white rice is required for\nofferings to, 1 73\nremembrance of invades good fortune,\n102\nDemons\nwives of distressed by Mukunda's glories, 99\nDesa-ka/a-katha-vastu-\n\nverse quoted, 71\nDesire\nof ROpa, 59\nDesires\n\nunwanted nullified by pastimes of\nKr��Ja, 65\nDevotees\nappealed to Caitanya on behalf of\nChota Haridasa, 183\nas constantly thinking of Supreme Lord,\n72\nas deliverers of holy name, 50-51\nas highly advanced, 72\nCaitanya derives no happiness from\nmeeting one who is not pure,\n167\ncaused appearance of Caitanya by their\nlove, 143\ncollect money for benefit of donors,\n280\ndealings of advanced, 222\ndear to Kr�!Ja even if low-born, 323\nHaridasa as foremost of, 255\nhearing Mayavada commentary breaks\nheart and life of a, 171\n\n", "ant1#p0409": "379\n\nDevotees\nlife of is knowledge and renunciation,\n\nDvaitadvaita-vada\nphilosophy of Nimbarka Acarya, 169\n\n259\nLord can't cover His opulence before,\n\nE\n\n253-254\nlove of greatly influences Caitanya,\n162\nlowborn purified by grace of, 321\n\nEcstatic symptoms\nas heart palpitations of Radharaoi, 76\nof Radharaoi described, 76-77\n\nmust be unalloyed to describe Kr�oa's\npastimes, 119\nmust never consider spiritual master or­\n\nF\n\ndinary man, 213\npeople\n\nwould\n\nbecome\n\nby\n\nseeing\nFaith\n\nCaitanya's devotees, 134\n\nreasons for people to have, 342\n\npleased by glories of Mukunda, 99\nFire\n\nprostitutes as, 261\n\npurifies gold, 73\n\nseriousness of offenses against, 292\ntake shelter of six Gosvamis, 3\n\nFood\naccording to modes of nature, 45-46\n\ntheir hearts are cleansed by reading\n\nbecomes transcendental when offered,\n\nVidagdha-madhava, 73\ntwo classes of, 285-286\n\n45\nin mode of goodness, 45\n\nunderstand Kr�oa's activities, 107\nDevotional service\n\nFortune\ninvocation of by ROpa, 35\n\nas path of vairagya-vidya, 261\nduplicity or cunning behavior against\nprinciples of, 179\n\nG\n\nof pure devotee appreciated, 53\nspoiled by mad elephant offense, 317\nstages of development of, 337\nGandharvas\n\nthose eligible for, 272\n\nwonder at sound of Kr�oa's flute, 91\n\nDharma-dhvaji\nbrings\n\ncondemnation\n\nupon\n\nreligious\n\nGanges\nas shelter for deceased, 20\n\norder, 182\n\nflowing from heavenly planets, 45\n\nDharma-kalatika\nbrings\n\ncondemnation\n\nupon\n\nRadha compared to, 109\n\nreligious\n\nwaves of looked dazzling. 327\n\norder, 182\nDivya-martye sa tad rOpo\n\nGargi\n\nverse quoted, 68\nDola - yatra\n\nGarur;fa Puraf)a\n\nROpa\n\nattends\n\nquoted on Kr�oa's flute, 107\nwith\n\nCaitanya\n\nquoted on qualifications of Vai�oavas,\n\nMahaprabhu, 121\nDream\n\n322\nGaura-gopala mantra\n\nof ROpa, 22-23\nDurga\nHindus worship, 286\nDurga-mao<:Japa\nat house of Ramacandra Khan, 286\n\ngiven, 141-142\nGod\nMayavadis say God is imaginary, 171\nGoddess of fortune\ncame to earth at time of Caitanya, 343\n\n", "ant1#p0410": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n380\n\nGoodness\nactivities in lead to pure devotion,\n45-46\nfood in mode of, 45\nGopala Cakravarti\nas chief tax collector, 305\nas ghara-patiya logician, 310\nattacked by leprosy, 314-315\ncriticizes Haridasa Thakura, 306-307\ndismissed from Majumadaras' service,\n311\nqualities of, 306\nGopinatha\nas originator of transcendental mellow\nof rasa dance, 5\nGop is\ndance with Kr�l)a in Vrndavana, 72\nenchanted by K[�l)a's flute, 90\nnever lose Kr�l)a, 107\nGosvamis\noffer shelter to devotees, 3\nGovardhana\nBalarama Acarya as priest of, 293\nchastised the brahmana fax collector,\n310\nGopala Cakravarti at house of, 305\nGovernment\nleaders are polluted, 46\nGovinda\nCaitanya told him to ban Chota\nHaridasa, 177\nheard singing of Junior Haridasa, 197\nKr�l)a known as, 222\nGrhasthas\nshould be renounced, 259\nGundica-marjana\nperformed by Caitanya and devotees,\n31\nGuru\ndoesn't accept money for sense gratification, 280\n\nH\nHappiness\nof love of Godhead compared to nectar, 79\nof Rupa and Haridasa, 121\n\nHari-bhakti-sudhodaya\nquoted on brahmananda, 308\n\nHaridasa Thakura\naccepted food daily from Advaita\nAcarya, 318\naccepts Gopala Cakravarti's challenge,\n309\nas foremost of devotees, 255\nas Mohammedan, 270\nassociated with Advaita Acarya,\n318-322\nchanted holy name 300,000 times daily,\n257, 298\nchanted with intention to cause Kr�l)a's\ndescent, 324\nchanting mentioned in the assembly,\n298\nc r iticized by Gopala Cakravarti,\n306-307\ndid not take insults seriously, 313\nembraces ROpa, 118\nepitomized Vai�l)ava humility, 316\nexcuses Gopala Cakravarti, 312\nexplains true result of chanting the holy\nname, 299\ngreater than most exalted brahmaQa,\n322\ninfluence praised by everyone, 315\nMaya initiated by, 341\nmeets with Advaita Acarya, 317\nmeets with Caitanya and ROpa, 23-25,\n47-51\noffered respect and obeisances to\nAdvaita 317\nquoted on namabhasa, 234\nreceives prasada from Caitanya, 29,\n32\nreplies to Gopala Cakravarti's criticism,\n307\nrequested by scholars to explain important verse, 301\nrequests scholars to explain a verse, 301\ntempted by Maya, 327-335\nunhappy when informed of Gopala's\nleprosy, 317\nwent to Santipura, 317\nHeavenly planets\nGanges flowing from, 45\n\n", "ant1#p0411": "General Index\nHeavenly planets\ninhabitants of, 45\nHindus\nworship Durga, 286\nHiral)ya\nBalarama Acarya as priest of, 293\nGopala Cakravarti at house of, 305\nchastised the brahmaQa tax collector,\n310\nRaghunatha dasa as son of, 295\nr e f u s e d a d m it t a n c e to G o p a l a\nCakravarti, 314\nHiral)yakasipu\nchastised Prahlada, 316\nkilled by Nrsimhadeva, 316\nHoly name\nattraction of, 345\nbenedictions not the true result of\nchanting, 299\nCaitanya quoted on how to chant, 278\nchanted by Ajamila, 303\nchanted by dog, 16\nchanted by Haridasa Thakura, 298\nchanted by prostitute, 273\nchanted by Narada and Prahlada, 343\nchanted 300,000 times da ily b y\nHaridasa, 257\nchanting of compared to rising sun,\n301-303\nchanting of frees one from reactions of\nall sinful life, 298\nchanting of liberates a living being from\nmaterial bondage, 298\ncompared to sun, 240\nconquers the mind and senses, 49, 61\ndances within the mouth, 49, 61\nglories of discussed by learned scholars,\n298\nglories of not understandabe by logic\nand argument, 312\nHaridasa absorbed in, 333\nmust be delivered by devotees, 50-51\nof Rama gives liberation, 339-340\none must be empowered to spread,\n116\nRopa's description of as sweetest, 62\ntranscendental power of, 234-235,\n236-241\n\n381\n\nIgnorance\nleaders eat food in mode of, 46\nlmpersonalists\nmust work hard for liberation, 306\nIndians\ngiven mission by Caitanya, 231\nIntelligence\nRadharal)i as having, 84\nIntoxication\nRadharal)i's glance affected by, 97\n\nJ\n)agadananda\nheard singing- of Junior Haridasa, 197\nstayed back awaiting a r r i v a l of\nCaitanya, 147\n)agannatha Deity\npeople use to invite Caitanya for remnants of food offered to, 165\nseen by ROpa at Ratha-yatra, 35\nvisited by Caitanya, 191\n)agannatha Puri\nCaitanya lived in by order of Saci, 225\nSivananda Sena came to, 200\nJharikhal)<;la\nCaitanya in forest of, 245\njunior Haridasa\nlessons from story of, 205-206\nParamananda Puri begged mercy for,\n186\n\nK\nKal i -kalera dharma- kr� Qii-n amasarikirtana\nverse quoted, 134\nKali-yuga\natheistic administrators in, 270\nCaitanya descends in age of, 67\n\npeople bereft of Vedic culture in, 230\npeople less than animals in, 231\nROpa's desire for, 59\n\n", "ant1#p0412": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n382\n\nKalki avatara\n\nappears at end of Kali-yuga, 230\n\nKarilsa\n\nKr�oa\npastimes of depicted in Vidagdhamadhava, 72\n\nas ruler of uncivilized men, 103\n\nkilled, 103\nKaraQaril guQa-sango 'sya\n\nquoted, 45, 248\nKaryam nidanad dhi guQan adhite\n\nverse quoted, 45\nKasiSvara\n\nheard singing of junior Haridasa, 197\n\nKevaladvaita-vadis\n\noccu p y t h e m s el v e s w i t h h e aring\nSariraka-bha�ya, 169\nKirata-hiiQandhra-pulinda-pulkasa\n\nquoted, 321\nKleso 'dhikaratas te�am\n\nquoted, 306\nKr�oa\n\npurpose of appearance of, 285-286\n\nqualities of described, 54\n\nquoted on Radharaoi's face, 96-97\nrepents for mistreatment of RadharaQi,\n\n81-82\nseen as Syamasundara by devotee, 222\nsyllables of name produce nectar, 49,\n\n61\nKr�oa consciousness\naccepts devotees from any part of the\nworld, 321\n\none\n\neager\n\nto\n\nachieve\n\nrejects doglike persons as candidates\nfor Kr�oa consciousness, 59\nKm1a-sakti vina nahe tara\n\nas moon in family of Nanda Maharaja,\n\nKumaras\n\n94\n\nquoted, 116\n\ntook birth at time of Caitanya, 342\n\nas son of Nanda Maharaja, 33, 79\n\nKumara-sampradaya\n\nbeauty of described, 92\n\nKuruk�etra\n\nat Kuruk�etra, 39, 57\n\nbodily features of described, �\n\neat\n\nKr�oadasa Kaviraja\n\nas deceitf-ul, 84\n\nas master of all arts, 103\n\nmust\n\nprasada , 45\n\nsee Nimbarka-sampradaya\n\nKr�oa at, 39, 57 .\n\nbodily luster of, 94\nCaitanya as, 231\n\nL\n\ncannot tolerate blasphemy of His devotees, 316\n\ncompared to maddened elephant, 108\ncompared to the ocean, 85\n\nLaghu-bhagavatamrta\n\ndescended in Vrndavana, 249\n\nLalitadevi\n\ncovered by dust storm, 107\n\ndescription of, 92\n\necstatic love for awakened by offenseless chanting, 299\n\nHis flute affects Radharaoi, 107\nHis flute described, 89-91\nHis flute enchants the gopis, 90\n\nHis transcendental pleasure increased in\nVrndavana, 86\n\nis never lost to gopis, 107\nknown as Yadukumara, 33\n\nloving glances of, 94\n\nMukhara as His grandmother, 77\nnever leaves Vrndavana, 33\n\nverse quoted, 33\nquoted on Kr�oa's bodily features, 93\nquoted on Kr�oa's glories, 95\n\nLalita-madhava\n\ncompleted in Sakabda 1459, 64\ndescribes ecstatic love of God, 64\ndescribes\n\npastimes\n\nin\n\nDvaraka and\n\nMathura, 35\ndrama by ROpa, 35\nquoted by ROpa to Ramananda, 106\nquoted on beauty of Kr�r:Ja, 94-95\n\nquoted on bodily features of Kr�oa, 93,\n\n94\nquoted on glories of Mukunda, 99\n\n", "ant1#p0413": "General Index\nLalita-madhava\nquoted on Kr��a's flute, 95, 107\n\nquoted on pastimes of Kr��a and gopis,\n\n106\nROpa recites introductory verse of, 98\nthoughts of Kr��a in quoted, 109\nverse spoken by Radha in quoted, 108\nLalita-sakhi\nas confidential friend to Radhara�i, 84\nLamentation\ndissipated by ROpa's verse, 60\n\nLeaders\n\neat foods in mode of ignorance, 46\n\nexploit the citizens, 46\n\nLiberation\n\nattained by m/eccha, 235\n\nawarded even to envious, 250\n\nby-product of chanting the holy name,\n\n300\nholy name of Rama gives, 339-340\ninsignificant for devotee, 308\n\ninsignificant result of offenseless chanting, 303\n\nof dog by Sivananda Sen, 9-18\n\noffered by Kr��a without difficulty, 304\nunacceptable for pure devotees, 304\n\nLogic\n\nnot as means to understand the glories\nof the holy name, 312\n\nRadhara�i, 174\nChota Haridasa begged rice from,\n172\n\nconsidered as \"the half\", 174\nsister of Sikhi Mahiti, 174\n\nMadhumangala\nas cowherd friend of Kr��a's, 88\nquoted on Kr��a's flute, 91\n\nspeaks to Kr��a in prakrta language, 77\n\nMadhvacarya\n\nwrote POrQa-prajfia-bha�ya, 169\n\nMaha-bhagavata\n\n51\n\none cannot spread unless empowered,\n\n134\n\nMaha-prabhob sphOrtim vina\nquoted, 67\n\nMam hi partha vyapasritya\nquoted, 321\n\nManu-samhita\n\ncited on senses, 181\n\nMarkata-viaragya\n\nrenunciation like monkey's is called,\n\n181\n\nCaitanya overwhelmed by ecstatic, 41\n\ncharacteristics of emotional described,\nin\n\nMfya,initiated in chanting of, 341\n\nmust be delivered by spiritual master,\n\nMaterial attachment\n\nLove of Godhead\n\ndescr i b e d\n\nCaitanya accepted her as associate of\n\nfalls down if hears Sariraka-bha�ya, 169\nMaha-mantra\n\nmust eat prasada, 46\n\nmadhava, 64\n\nMadhavidevi\n\nin Brahma-sampradaya, 169\n\nare polluted, 46\n\n79\ne cstatic\n\n383\n\nVidagdha­\n\nflood of due to Caitanya, 338\n\nof Godhead compared to poison and\n\none must gradually become disgusted\nwith, 179\n\nMaterial nature\n\nArjuna advised to rise above modes of.\n\n106\nbirth according to qualities of, 45\n\nMaya\n\nMayavadis think Absolute Truth is\n\nnectar, 79\n\npastimes of Kr��a full of, 113\n\npossible by devotee's mercy, 344\n\nM\n\nbefooled by, 171\n\nMaya\n\nBrahma attracted by, 336\n\ninitiated by Haridasa, 341\n\ntempts Haridasa Thakura, 327-335\n\nMayavada philosophy\nMad elephant offense\nas greatest offense, 317\n\ncommentaries on Vedanta are imaginary, 169\n\n", "ant1#p0414": "384\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nMayavada philosophy\ncommentary should not be touched,\n169\ngain no spiritual understanding from,\n171\npresents word jugglery, 170\nMayavadis\ncannot tolerate statements of sastras\nabout how easily liberation is\nachieved, 306\nghata-patiya philosophy of, 310\nsay God is imaginary, 171\nsay world created by maya is false, 171\nMeateaters\nbenefit from holy name, 235\nMellows\ninstruction on by SvarOpa Damodara to\nROpa, 44\nof conjugal love most elevated, 367\nof Kr�r:Ja's pastimes compared to nectar,\n101\nportrayed in drama, 104\nROpa ordered to preach of, 123\nMercy\nbestowed by Caitanya upon ROpa,\n42-44, 58, 59\nCaitanya as ocean of, 192\ndevotees depend on Lord's, 276-277\nlame man can walk by Caitanya's, 2\nlove of God by devotee's, �)\nof Caitanya, 231\nof Caitanya toward ROpa, 118\nof Lord attained by junior Haridasa,\n194\npower of Caitanya's, 243\nROpa G o sv ami's poetry due to\nCaitanya's, 111\nMind\ncan be controlled by Caitanya, 100\nof Kr�r:Ja is pure, 54\nROpa knows Caitanya's, 41, 58\nMiseries\nreduced by Kr�r:Ja's pastimes, 65\nMoney\nvalue of has decreased, 10\nMonkey\nresembles a saint, 181\n\nMoon\ncompared with Radharar;tT's face, 96\nglories of Mukunda compared to, 99\nin drama, 104\ninspired the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, 70\nMother\nshould not sit closely with one's, 181\nMukhara\nas Kr�r:Ja's grandmother, 77\nMukti/:1 svayam mukulitaiijali\n\nquoted, 306\nMukunda\nheard singing of junior Haridasa, 197\n\nN\nNadia\nDamodara Par:J<;lita went to, 227\nNakula Brahmacari\ncalled Sivananda Sena from far away,\n140\nempowered by Caitanya, 135\nexhibited bodily transformations of\necstatic love, 136-137\nSivananda Sena doubted authenticity\nof, 138\nNala-nai$adha\n\nverse quoted, 45\nNa me 'bhaktas catur-vedi\n\nquoted, 323\n\nNamo brahmaQya-devaya go\n\nquoted, 230\nNamo maha-vadanyaya kr�Qa­\n\nverse quoted, 231\nNanda Maharaja\nas father of Kr�r:Ja, 33, 79\nNarada\ncame to earth at time of Caitanya, 343\nNarottama dasa Thakura\nachieved most elevated stage of\nrenounced order, 182\nquoted on patita-pavana, 231\nthose influenced by material energy accept as ordinary human being, 182\n\n", "ant1#p0415": "General Index\n\n385\n\nNataka-candrika\n\np\n\nverse quoted, 68\n\nverse quoted, 69\n\nverse quoted on prarocana, 71\n\nPadma Pural)a\n\nverses by Bhaktisiddhiinta Sarasvati\nThakura quoted,18-19\n\nquoted on chanting by non-devotees,\n\n51\n\nquoted\n\nNavadvipa\n\nchanting,\n\nverse quoted,39\n\nNimbiirka-sampradaya\nParijata-saurabha-bhii?ya is commentary\nof, 169\n\nParamananda Puri\n\nCaitanya pacified by,186-187\n\nParitraQaya sadhanarh vinasaya\n\nNrsimhananda Brahmacari\nb ro u g h t Caitanya to Paniha�i b y\nmeditating, 151\n\nverses quoted,�5\n\n)\n\nPastimes\n\nat Vrndavana full of love of God, 113\n\nCaitanya ate his offerings, 144\nCaitanya praised qualities of, 160\n\ncooked for Caitanya, 153\n\no f f e n s e less\n\nPadyavali\n\n·\n\nSee: Nadia\n\non\n\n237-238\n\nCaitanya decended at, 251\n\nPastimes of Caitanya\n\n.\n\nmade second offering for Nrsimhadeva,\n158-159\n\nas ocean of nectar, 252\ncharacteristics of, 345\ndeeper than millions of seas, 229\n\nreal name was Pradyumna Brahmacari,\n150\n\nsatisfy ears and mind, 203\nshould be heard with faith and confi­\n\nNityananda\n\ndence,205\n\nembraced RCipa Gosvami, 117\n\nPastimes of Kr�f.la\n\noffended by Ramacandra Khan 286-\n\nand gopis covered, 106\n\nperfect even if He enters liquor shop,\n\ndepicted in Vidagdha-madhava, 72\n\n289\n\ncompared to nectar on moon, 65\n\n213\n\nof\n\ntoured country,285\n\nKr�f.la\n\ndiscussed\n\nNrsimhadeva\n\ndivided by RGpa, 63\n\nNrsirhha Puriu;a\n\nincrease in beauty, 70\n\nkilled Hira1,1yakasipu,316\ncited on meateaters in pura1,1ic age,235\n\nby\n\nRCipa\n\nand\n\nHaridasa, 121\ndrama of written by Rupa, 18-19\nmust be described by Vai�1,1ava, 119\n\nnullify desires, 65\nreduce miseries, 65\n\n0\nOffenses\nchanting without, 237-238\nchanting without awakens ecstatic love\nfor Kr�f.la, 299\nof pure devotee not serious, 53-54\nseriousness of against devotees,292\nOld age\nas impetus to writing transcendental\nliteratures, 6-7\n\nPatita-pavana\n\nCaitanya as, 231\nPaur1,1amasi\n\nas describing love of Godhead, 79\n\nas grandmother of Radhara1,1i, 77\n\ndescribes Kr�f.la's flute, 89\n\nd i s c u s s e s K r �f.la's d e a l i n g s w i t h\nRadhara1,1i, 85\n\nquoted on beauty of Radharaf.li, 95\n\nquoted on Kr�f.la's beauty, 92\nquoted on pastimes of Kr�f.la and gopis,\n\n106\n\n", "ant1#p0416": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n386\n\nPious activities\nattain maturity in devotional service, 72\nof Kr��a's flute, 90\nPluto\nhis kingdom as destination of sinful, 84\n\nPuru�ottama\nSu preme P e r sonality of Godhead\nknown as, 54\n\nPradyumna Brahmacari\nSee : Nrsirhhananda Brahmacari\n\nR\n\nPrahlada Maharaja\ncame to earth at time of Caitanya,\n343\ntolerated his father's chastisement, 316\nPrasada\nbrought to ROpa and Haridasa by\nCaitanya, 29,32\nby eating one can be promoted to\nVaikun��aloka, 17\ndevotees satisfied with, 280\nKr��a conscious candidate must eat, 45\nleaders must eat, 46\nsent by Caitanya to Saci, 226\ntaken by Caitanya at houses\n\nof\n\nVai�oavas, 259\ntaken by Haridasa at house of Balarama\nAcarya, 294\nPrastavanayas tu mukhe\nverses quoted, 19\nPrayaga\nCaitanya met ROpa Gosvami at, 112\nJunior Haridasa died at, 194\nPremMijana-cchurita-bhakti-\n\nverses quoted, 222\nProstitutes\nas devotees, 261\ndevotees engage possessions of, 280\nPrthivite ache yata nagaradi-grama\n\nverse quoted, 59\n)\n,___/\nPure devotees\nas worshipable as Kr��a, 323\nexcuse any offense, 316\nliberation stands at door of, 306\nliberation unacceptable by, 304\nnever desire liberation, 308\nnever take insults seriously, 313\nqualities of 114-115\nPOrQapraj fia-bha$ya\n\nMadhvacarya's commentary on Vedanta, 169\n\nRadhara�i\naffected by Kr��a's flute, 107\nas qualified with all transcendental attributes, 103\nas intelligent, 84\nbeauty of described, 95\ncompared to Ganges, 109\ncompared to river, 85\ndescribes attachment to Kr��a, 75\nHer ecstatic\n76-77\n\nsymptoms described,\n\nHer face compared with lotus, 96\nHer face compared with moon, 96\nKr�oa's pastimes with increase in\nbeauty, 70\nmistreated by Kr��a, 82\nPaur�amasi as Her grandmother, 77\nprojects Her funeral, 78\nquoted on attraction of Kr�oa, 108\nquoted on Kr��a's bodily features, 94\nreferred to by ROpa, 39, 57\nviolates vow of dedication to husband,\n82\nRaghava Pa�Qita\nCaitanya appears in house of, 130, 143,\n161\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami\nas son of Hira�ya, 295\nKr��adasa Kaviraja prays to, 125\nRajo-guQa\ncovers Kr�oa's pastimes with\n106-107\n\ngopis,\n\nRamacandra\nname of chanted by yavanas, 233\nname of gives liberation, 339-340\npraised poetry of ROpa Gosvami,\n109-111\ntook residents of Ayodhya from world,\n248\n\n", "ant1#p0417": "General Index\n\nRamacandra Khan\nbecame like demoniac atheist, 284\nenvious of Haridasa Thakura, 320\nNityananda offended by, 286-289\npunishment of, 290-292\ntried to dishonor Haridasa, 259-262\nRamananda Raya\nachieved most elevated stage of\nrenounced order, 182\nas expert dramatist, 71\nexamined by Caitanya, 53\ninquires about loving affairs between\nKr�oa and g opis 73\nmeets with Lo r d Caitanya, Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya, and SvarOpa\nDamodara, 52\none of intimate disciples of Caitanya,\n\n387\n\nROpa Gosvami\nas expert dramatist, 71\nas humble Vai�Qava, 1OS\nattends Dola-yatra, 121\nbecomes object of love and affection\nfor all devotees, 29\ndivides description of Kr�oa's pastimes,\n63\n\ndreams of order to write drama, 22-23\nembraced by Advaita and Nityananda,\n117\n\nembraced by Haridasa, 118\nempowered to speak by Caitanya, 119\nexcellence of his poetry, 109-112\nhandwriting of praised by Caitanya, 48\nhis description of holy name as\nsweetest, 62\nhis verse dissipates lamentation, 60\nhis verse glorifying Caitanya disapproved, 66\ninstructed by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nabout vai�Qava-aparadha, 316\nmeets with Caitanya and Haridasa\nThakura, 23-25, 47-51\nplaces Lord's feet on his head, 124\nquoted on understanding Kr�oa's\npastimes, 67\nreceives prasada from Caitanya, 29, 32\nreceives special mercy of Caitanya,\n\n,\n\n174\n\nthose influenced by material energy accept as ordinary human beings, 182\nRasa Dance\nSri Srila Gopinatha originated transcendental mellow of, 5\nRatha-yatra\nattended by Caitanya, 35-37\nattended by ROpa, 35\nRavaoa\nRamacandra Khan compared to, 284\nRegulative principles\none should strictly follow, 181\nstrictly enforced by Caitanya, 192\nReligion\nCaitanya reestablishes principles of, 192\nRemnants\nCaitanya did not have any, 154\ndevotees would offer Caitanya Jagannatha's, 165\nRenunciation\nespecially means of sex, 260\nmembers of temple should practice,\n\n42-44, 58, 59\n\nsees Lord jagannatha at Ratha-yatra, 35\nsent to Vrndavana, 122-124\nspecial function of, 59\nverse of recited by Svaropa Damodara\nGosvami, 57\nwrites drama of Kr�oa's pastimes, 18-19\nwrites verse on palm leaf, 38-40\n\ns\n\n259\n\nof Sanatana, 114\nRice\n\nCaitanya pleased with\n\nSaci\nquality of,\n\n176-177\n\nCho�a Haridasa begged, 173\nfirst-class is required to offer Deity, 173\n\nas mother of Caitanya, 18\nas mother of Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, 100\nput in care of Damodara Paoc;lita,\n217-221\n\n", "ant1#p0418": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n388\n\nSahitya-darpaQa\ncited on drama, 104\nquoted on word meaning, 105\nverse by Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\nThakura quoted, 19\nverse quoted, 68, 71, 104\n\nSalagrama-si Ia\n\nworshiped by brahmal)as, 259\nSa /ekha/:1 kama-/ekha/:1 syat\nverse quoted, 74\n\n5amo damas tapa/:1 saucam\nverse quoted, 276\n\nSampradaya-acaryas\n\nVai�l)avas should study commentaries\nof, 169\nSan aka\naffected by Kr�rJa's flute, 91\nSanandana\naffected by KrsrJa's flute, 91\nSanatana Gosvami\nCaitanya calls for, 122\nforbids hearing holy name from nonVai�l)avas, 51\nglorified by Caitanya, 113-114\ninquired about by Caitanya, 26\nquoted on hearing from non-Vai�l)avas,\n119\nSarikara\nheard singing of Junior Harida�, 197\nSarikaracarya\nVedanta understood through commentary of, 166\n\nSankirtana\n\nliving beings delivered by, 2 43-246\nROpa's desire to spread, 59\n\nSannyasa\n\none who is unfit should not accept,\n181\nSanskrit\naccording to rules and regulations, 71\nSantipura\nfull o f exceedingly aristocratic\nbrahmaQas, 320\nvisited by Haridasa Thakura, 317\nrenounced order of life, 181\n\nSaralata\n\nfirst qualification of Vai�l)ava, 179\n\nSaraQagati\nquoted on taking shelter of a Vai�r:Java,\n13\n\nSariraka-bha�ya\n\nadvocates one impersonally consider\noneself Supreme, 169\ncited, 166\nlike poison for Vai�r:Java, 169\nmaha-bhagavata falls down if he hears,\n169\nshould be shunned by all Vai�r:Javas,\n169\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya\nexamined by Caitanya, 53\nmeets with Lord Caitanya, Ramananda\nRaya and SvarOpa Damodara, 52\n\nSarva-dharman parityajya\n\nquoted, 27B\nSatananda Khan\nfather of Bhagavan Acarya, 165\nSatyabhama\ninstructed ROpa in dream, 23\nSense gratification\nguru doesn't accept money for,\n280\n\nsannyasi can't think of, 202\n\ntalking with women for, 193\nSense objects\nalways attractive to senses, 180\nintimately related to senses, 180\nordinary cannot transmit transcendental vibration, 51\nSenses\nrestless person wanders about gratifying, 182\nsometimes perturbed by sense objects,\n180\nSeparation\nfeelings of Saci from Caitanya, 222\nSex\nillict never allowed by Vai�l)avas,\n192\nmaterial enjoyment culminates in,\n336\nrenunciation means especially of, 261\n\nSiddhanta-siromaQi\n\nquoted on nine khaQcjas, 132\n\n", "ant1#p0419": "389\n\nGeneral Index\n\nSikhi Mahiti\none of intimate disciples of Caitanya,\n174\n\nSrimad-Bhiigavatam\nKr�Qa: The Supreme Personality of God­\n\nSiksa�taka\nquoted on how to chant holy name,\n\nquoted by Ajamila, 241\nquoted by Haridasa Thakura, 300, 303,\n304\n\n278\nSin\n\nquoted on atheistic administrators, 270\nq u o t e d on b e c o m i n g q u a l i f i e d\n\nquoted on humility, 313\n\nbrahmaQa, 270\nquoted on falling from liberation, 340\nquoted on glories of Kr�Qa, 250\nquoted on polluted politicians, 46\nquoted on purification of lowborn,\n\nRadharaQi considers Her life a, 82\nSister\nshould not sit closely with one's, 181\nSiva\ntook birth at time of Caitanya, 342\nSivananda Sena\ncame to )agannatha Puri, 200\ndoubted authenti city\nBrahmacari, 138\n\nSoul\n\nliberation of dog by, 9-18\nstayed back awaiting\nCaitanya, 147\n\nof\n\nNak u l a\n\narrival\n\nof\n\nreaches origin of Ganges at death, 20\nSpiritual master\nactiviites of must not be criticized,\n213\nchanges character of disciples, 282\ndevotional service under guidance of,\n337\nmust transmit holy name, 51\noffense against spoils devotional service, 317\n\nSri-bha�ya\n\ncited on visi�tadvaita-vada philosophy,\n169\n\nSri-caitanya-mano 'bhi�tarh\n\nverse quoted on Caitanya's special mercy to Rupa, 59\n\nSridama\nas friend to Balarama, 87\nSrikanta Sena\nas nephew of Sivananda Sena, 144\nreturned from Puri with message from\nCaitanya, 147\nstayed near Caitanya for two months in\nPuri, 145\nSri-kr�Qa-caitanya-radha-kr�Qa nahe anya\nquoted, 142\n\nhead as essence of, 7\n\n321\nSrivasa\nCaitanya appears in house of, 130, 143,\n161\nsurprised at suicide of Junior Haridasa,\n200\nStotra-ratna\n\n�\n\nLord covering His glories, 254\nSubmission\nof Vai�Qavas like trees and grass, 313\nSuddhadvaita-vada\nestablished by Madhvacarya, 169\nestablished by Vi�Qusvami, 169\n\nSupreme Lord\nas maintainer of brahminical culture,\n230\ncould not tolerate offense against\nHaridasa Thakura, 315\ndevotees are constantly thinking of\nHim, 72\ninspired by the moon, 70\nknown as Puru�ottama, 54\nqualities of described, 54\n\ntranscendental attributes of described\nin Vidagdha-madhava, 73\n\nSOtra-dharo nati brute\n\nverse quoted, 68-69\n\nSvarupa Damodara\nBhagavan Acarya had friendly relationship with, 164\nBhagavan Acarya requested him to hear\nMayavada philosophy, 168\n\none of intimate disciples of Caitanya,\n174\n\n", "ant1#p0420": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n390\n\nSyamasundara\ndevotee sees Lord as, 222\nSvarOpa Damodara Gosvami\n\nheard singing of Junior Haridasa, 197\n\nrecites verse of ROpa, 42, 57\n\nspoke to junior Haridasa, 189-191\n\nVai��avas\nadore proper Vedanta philosophy, 169\nAmerican and European as good as any\nother, 320\n\nanyone can become, 281-282\nblasphemy\n\nof described as greatest\n\noffense, 317\n\nT\n\nconsider\n\nCaitanya\n\nRadha-Kr��a, 142\n\nnondifferent from\n\ndeliver souls by transcendental tricks,\n\nTamo-gul)a\n\n268\n\ncovers Kr��a's pastimes with gopis, 107\n\ndeliver their charges, 13\n\nverse quoted, 71\n\ngives\n\nTasya/:1 prarocana vithi\n\nTe$arh satata-yuktanam\nverses quoted, 112\n\nTolerance\nof insults by Vai��avas, 313\n\nTraigul)ya-vi�aya veda\nquoted, 106\n\nTrive�i\n\njunior Haridasa died at, 194\n\nTwad api sunicena taror\n\nverses quoted, 218, 313\n\nTulasi\n\nplanted by Haridasa, 257-258\n\nprostitute offered obeisances to, 263,\n\n273\n\nrendering service to, 278\n\nexpects no honor, 316\nup\n\n�r��a consciousness upon\n\nhearing Sariraka-bha$ya, 169\n\nhumility of, 1OS\n\ninterested in chanting without being\n\ndisturbed, 313\noffense against spoils devotional ser-\n\nvice, 317\nof low birth considered a scholar, 323\n\nSariraka-bha?ya like poison for, 169\n\nshould study Vedanta commentaries of\nVai��ava sampradayas, 169\n\nstrictly follow directions of sastras on\nliberation, 306\ntolerant of insults, 313\n\nyavanas becoming, 232\n\nVai?IJava-aparadha uthe hati mata\nquoted, 316\n\nVasudeva Datta\n\nu\nUdghatyaka/:1 kathodghataf)\nverse quoted, 104\n\nUjjvala-nilamal)i\n\nverse quoted, 74\n\nGopala Bha��acarya studied, 166\n\nMayavada commentaries on are imaginary, 169\n\nVa/:1 yu?miikam hrdaya-rupa-guhayam\nquoted, 67\nachieve liberation as a by-product of\nchanting, 306\n\nsame as Yadukumara, 33\n\nVedanta-sOtra\n\nunderstood\n\nv\n\nVai��avas\n\nhis plea to Caitanya, 245\n\nVasudeva Kr��a\n\nVedas\n\nthrough\n\nSankaracarya, 166\n\ncommentary\n\nof\n\nhymns of surpassed by bees buzzing, 87\nVedic culture\n\npeople bereft of in Kali-yuga, 230\n\nVidagdha-madhava\ncited, so, 70\n\ncompared to fire, 73\n\ncomposed in Sakabda 1454, 64\n\n", "ant1#p0421": "General Index\nVidagdha-madhava\ndepicts characteristic pastimes of Kr��a,\n72\ndescribes ecstatic love of God, 64\ndescribes pastimes in Vrndl!.vana, 35\ndescribes transcendental attributes of\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, 73\ndrama by ROpa Gosvami, 35\nquoted on beauty of Radhara�i, 95\nquoted on Caitanya as rising moon, 100\nquoted on forest of Vrndavana, 86\nquoted on Kr��a's beauty, 92\nquoted on Kr��a's flute, 89-91\nquoted on Kr��a's unfair dealings with\nRadhara�i, 85\nquoted on pleasant atmosphere of\nVrndavana, 88\nquoted on pleasing qualities of\nVrndavana, 87\nquoted on Radhara�i's affection for\nKr��a, 84\nquoted on Radhara�i's chastisement of\nKr��a, 83\nquoted on Radhara�i's face, 96-97\nquoted on Radhara�i's lamentation for\nKr��a, 82\nverses quoted, 67, 72, 73, 75-79\nVisakha.\nas constant companion to Radhara�i,\n78\nVisi?tiidvaita-vada\nphilosophy established in Sri-bha�ya,\n169\nVi?QU PuriiQa\nquoted on mercy of Lord, 250\nVi��usvami\n\n391\n\nVrndl!.vana\ndescribed by ROpa, 86-88\ndescription of Sri Sri Radha-Govinda in,\n4\ngrounds of as platform for rasa dance,\n72\ni n c r e a s e s K r ��a's t r a n sc e n d e n t a l\npleasure, 86\nKr��a descended in, 249\nKr��a never leaves, 33\npastimes of Kr��a at full of love of God,\n113\nRa�hara�i wishes to remain there, 78\nRdpa and Sanatana sent to, 114\nVrndavana dasa Thakura\nas author of Caitanya-mangala, 256\n\nw\nWoman\neven a wooden statue of attracts mind,\n180\nWomen\noffense for sannyasi to talk intimately\nwith, 182\ntake vow of dedication to husband,\n82\ntalking with for sense gratification, 193\ntheir devotion to husbands diminished,\n94\nWorld, material\nMayavadis say is false, 171\nWorld, spiritual\nattained by Ajl!.mila, 303\n\ncommentary called Sarvajiia-bha?ya,\n169\n\nestablishes suddhadvaita-vada philosophy, 169\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura\nq u o t e d on describing t h e Lo rd's\npastime, 67\nVithyam eko bhaved anka/:1\nverse quoted, 1 04\nVrndavana\nas giving pleasure to the senses, 88\nCaitanya sends ROpa to, 122-124\n\ny\nYadukumara\nsame as Vasudeva Kr��a. 33\nYadyapi nityananda sura-bac;Ji\nverses quoted, 213\nYajiiai/:1 sankirtana-prayair\nquoted, 269\nYamuna\nreferred to by ROpa, 39, 57\n\n", "ant1#p0422": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n392\n\nYan- namadheya-sravaQanuk irtanad\n\nverses quoted, 270\nYat karo�i yad asnasi\n\nverses quoted, 277\nYavanas\n\nbecoming Vai�r:Javas, 232\nchant ha rama, ha rama, 233-235\npeople in Kali-yuga mostly, 230\n\nYe 'nye 'ravindak�a vimukta\n\nverses quoted, 340\nYe$arh tv anta-gatarh paparh\n\nverses quoted, 272\nYe yatha marh prapadyante\n\nverse quoted, 112\n\n", "ant1#p0423": "", "ant1#p0424": "", "ant1#p0425": "", "ant2#p0001": "cTkc7J�&j:Z#idW�()//f�\n-\n\nSRI CAITANYA-\n\nCJl _...._..1\\\n\n1\\\n\nANTYA- LILA \\blume 2\n\nHIS DmNE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n", "ant2#p0002": "SRI CAITANYA-CARITAMRTA\nIt would not be inaccurate to say that Sri\nCaitanya-caritamrta is one of the most important works of historical and philosophical\nliterature ever written, in any language. It is\nthe principal work on the life and teachings\nof Sri Kr��a Caitanya, a divine incarnation of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Sri\nCaitanya is the pioneer of a great social and\nreligious movement which began in India a\nlittle less than five hundred years ago and\nwhich has directly and indirectly influenced\nthe subsequent course of religious and\nphilosophical thinking not only in India but\nin the recent West as well.\nAt a time when, in the West, man was\ndirecting his explorative spirit toward\ncircumnavigating the world in search of new\noceans and continents and toward studying\nthe structure of the physical universe, Sri\nKr��a Caitanya, in the East, was inaugurating\nand masterminding a revolution directed inward, toward a scientific understanding of\nthe highest knowledge of man's spiritual\nnature.\nWithin his lifetime, Sri Caitanya\ntransformed the face o f India i n four\nrespects: philosophically, by encountering,\ndefeating and converting the greatest philosophers and thinkers of his day; religiously,\nby organizing the largest, most widespread\ntheistic movement in India's history;\nsocially, by his strong challenges against the\nreligious inequities of the caste system;\npolitically, by his organization of a massive\ncivil disobedience movement in Bengal, 450\nyears before Gandhi.\nThe text is divided into three sections\ncalled \"li/as.\" Adi-lila (the early period)\ntraces his life from birth through his acceptance of the renounced order, sannyasa, at\nthe age of twenty-four. This part includes his\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and\nearly philosophical confrontations, as well as\nh i s organization of the widespread\nsankirtana movement and his civil disobedience against the repression of the\nMohammedan government.\n\n(continued on back flap)\n\n", "ant2#p0003": "-\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAMRTA\n•\n\n", "ant2#p0004": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace AC. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\nBhagavad-gTta As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-5 (15 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri TSopani�ad\nEasy Journey to Other Planets\nKr�oa Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr�oa, The Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nKr�r;�a, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�oa\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Krsna Consciousness\nKr�oa Consci���ness: The Matchless Gift\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\nA complete catalogue is available upon request\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\n\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "ant2#p0005": "All Glory to �rl Guru and Gaurllriga\n\n�\n\nSRI CJ\\ITANYJ\\CARITAMRTA\n•\n\nof K!lQadasa Kaviraj a Gosvami\n\nAntya-li/a\nVolume Two\n\n\"The Glories of the Associates\nof the Lord\"\n\nwith the original Bengali tex�\nRoman transliterations, synonyms,\ntranslation and elaborate purports\n\nby\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acary a of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London· Bombay\n\n", "ant2#p0006": "Readers interested in the subj ect matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 WatsekaAvenue\nLosAngeles, California 90034\n\n© 1975 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-93206\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-73-0\n\nFirst printing, 1975: 20,000 copies\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "ant2#p0007": "Contents\n\nIntroduction\n\nChapter 4\n\nvi\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\nat jagannatha Puri\n\nChapter 5\n\n1\n\nHow Pradyumna Misra Received Instructions\nfrom Ramananda Raya\n\nChapter 6\n\n117\n\nThe Meeting of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nand Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\nReferences\n\n203\n\n355\n\nGlossary\n\n357\n\nBengali Pronunciation Guide\n\n361\n\nIndex of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n363\n\nGeneral Index\n\n381\n\nv\n\n", "ant2#p0008": "Introduction\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is the principal work on the life and teachings of Sri\n\nKr�l)a Caitanya. Sri Caitanya is the pioneer of a great social and religious move­\n\nment which began in India a little less than five hundred years ago and which has\n\ndirectly and indirectly influenced the subsequent course of religious and philosophical thinking not only in India but in the recent West as well.\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is regarded as a figure of great historical significance.\n\nHowever, our conventional method of historical analysis-that of seeing a man as\n\na product of his times-fails here. Sri Caitanya is a personality who transcends the\n\nlimited scope of historical settings.\n\nAt a time when, in the West, man was directing his explorative spirit toward\n\nstudying the structure of the physical universe and circumnavigating the world in\nsearch of new oceans and continents, Sri Kr�l)a Caitanya, in the East, was in­\n\naugurating and masterminding a revolution directed inward, toward a scientific\nunderstanding of the highest knowledge of man's spiritual nature.\n\nThe chief historical sources for the life of Sri Kr�l)a Caitanya are the kar;lacas (di­\n\naries) kept by Murari Gupta and SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT. Murari Gupta, a\n\nphysician and close associate of Sri Caitanya's, recorded extensive notes on the\n\nfirst twenty-four years of Sri Caitanya's life, culminating in his initiation into the\nrenounced order, sannyasa. The events of the rest of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's for­\n\nty-eight years are recorded in the diary of SvarOpa Damodora Gosvami, another of\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's intimate associates.\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is divided into three sections called lilas, which literally\n\nmeans \"pastimes\"-Adi-/ila (the early period), Madhya-lila (the middle period)\nand Antya-lila (the final period). The notes of Murari Gupta form the basis of the\n\nAdi-lila, and SvarOpa Damodara's diary provides the details for the Madhya- and\n\nAntya-lilas.\n\nThe first twelve of the seventeen chapters of Adi-/ila constitute the preface for\n\nthe entire work. By referring to Vedic scriptural evidence, this preface establishes\n\nSri Caitanya as the avatara (incarnation) of Kr�l)a (God) for the age of Kali-the\ncurrent epoch, beginning five thousand years ago and characterized by material­\n\nism, hypocrisy and dissension. In these descriptions, Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\nis identical with Lord Kr�l)a, descends to liberally grant pure love of God to the\n\nfallen\n\nsouls\n\nof\n\nthis\n\ndegraded\n\nage\n\nby\n\npropagating\n\nsarikirtana-literally,\n\n\"congregational glorification of God\"-especially by organizing massive public\n\nchanting of the maha-mantra (Great Chant for Deliverance). The esoteric purpose\n\nof Lord Caitanya's appearance in the world is revealed, his co-avataras and prin­\n\ncipal devotees are described and his teachings are summarized. The remaining\n\nportion of Adi-lila, chapters thirteen through seventeen, briefly recounts his\n\ndivine birth and his life until he accepted the renounced order. This includes his\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and early philosophical confrontations, as\n\nwell as his organization of a widespread sankirtana movement and his civil disobe­\n\ndience against the repression of the Mohammedan government.\n\nvi\n\n", "ant2#p0009": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\nThe subject of Madhya-lila, the longest of the three divisions, is a detailed narration of Lord Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels throughout India as a\nrenounced mendicant, teacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and mystic. During this period of six years, Sri Caitanya transmits his teachings to his principal disciples. He debates and converts many of the most renowned philosophers and\ntheologians of his time, including Sarikarites, Buddhists and Muslims, and incorporates their many thousands of followers and disciples into his own burgeoning\nnumbers. A dramatic account of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's miraculous activities at\nthe giant jagannatha Cart Festival in Orissa is also included in this section.\n\nAntya-lila concerns the last eighteen years of Sri Caitanya's manifest presence,\nspent in semiseclusion near the famous Jagannatha temple at jagannatha Puri in\nOrissa. During these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted deeper and deeper into\ntrances of spiritual ecstasy unparalleled in all of religious and literary history,\nEastern or Western. Sri Caitanya's perpetual and ever-increasing\n\nreligious\n\nbeatitude, graphically described in the eyewitness accounts of SvanJpa Damodara\nGosvami, his constant companion during this period, clearly defy the investigative\nand descriptive abilities of modern psychologists and phenomenologists of\nreligious experience.\nThe author of this great classic, Kr�r;�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami, born in the year\n1507, was a disciple of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, a confidential follower of\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Raghunatha dasa, a renowned ascetic saint, heard and\nmemorized all the activities of Caitanya Mahaprabhu told to him by SvarOpa\nDamodara. After the passing away of Sri Caitanya and SvanJpa Damodara,\nRaghunatha dasa, unable to bear the pain of separation from these objects of his\ncomplete devotion, traveled to Vrndavana, intending to commit suicide by jumping from Govardhana Hill. In Vrndavana, however, he encountered Ropa Gosvami\nand Sanatana Gosvami, the most confidential disciples of Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThey convinced him to give up his plan of suicide and impelled him to reveal to\nthem the spiritually inspiring events of Lord Caitanya's later life. Kr�r;�adasa Kaviraja\nGosvami was also residing in Vrndavana at this time, and Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami endowed him with a full comprehension of the transcendental life of Sri\nCaitanya.\nBy this time, several biographical works had already been written on the life of\nSri Caitanya by contemporary and near-contemporary scholars and devotees.\n\nThese included Sri Caitanya-carita by Murari Gupta, Caitanya-mangala by Locana\n\ndasa Thakura and Caitanya-bhagavata. This latter text, a work by Vrndavana dasa\n\nThakura, who was then considered the principal authority on Sri Caitanya's life,\nwas highly revered. While composing his important work, Vrndavana dasa, fearing\nthat it would become too voluminous, avoided elaborately describing many of\nthe events of Sri Caitanya's life, particulary the later ones. Anxious to hear of these\nlater pastimes, the devotees of Vrndavana requested Kr�r;�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami,\nwhom they respected as a great saint, to compose a book to narrate these\n\nvii\n\n", "ant2#p0010": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\nepisodes in detail. Upon this request, and with the permission and blessings of the\n\nMadana-mohana Deity of Vrndavana, he began compiling Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\nwhich, due to its biographical excellence and thorough exposition of Lord\nCaitanya's profound philosophy and teachings, is regarded as the most significant\nof biographical works on Sri Caitanya.\nHe commenced work on the text while in his late nineties and in failing health,\nas he vividly describes in the text itself: \"I have now become too old and disturbed in invalidity. While writing, my hands tremble. I cannot remember anything, nor can I see or hear properly. Still I write, and this is a great wonder.\" That\nhe nevertheless completed, under such debilitating conditions, the greatest literary gem of medieval India is surely one of the wonders of literary history.\nThis English translation and commentary is the work of His Divine Grace A. C.\nBhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of Indian religious and philosophical thought. His commentary is based upon two\nBengali commentaries, one by his teacher Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami,\nthe eminent Vedic scholar who predicted, \"The time will come when the people\n\nof the world will learn Bengali to read Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\" and the other by\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta's father, Bhaktivinoda Thakura.\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada is himself a disciplic\ndescendant of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and he is the first scholar to execute\nsystematic English translations of the major works of Sri Caitanya's followers. His\nconsummate Bengali and Sanskrit scholarship and intimate familiarity with the\nprecepts of Sri Kr��a Caitanya are a fitting combination that eminently qualifies\nhim to present this important classic to the English-speaking world. The ease and\nclarity with which he expounds upon difficult philosophical concepts lures even a\nreader totally unfamiliar with Indian religious tradition into a genuine understanding and appreciation of this profound and monumental work.\nThe entire text, with commentary, presented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, represents a contribution of major importance to the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n-The Publishers\n\nviii\n\n", "ant2#p0011": "His Divine Crace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "ant2#p0012": "The Deity of Sri lsvara Puri at the house of Srivasa Thakura in Halisahara. TSvara Puri pleased Srila\nMadhavendra Puri by service, and by the blessings of his spiritual master he became such a great personality that Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted him as His spiritual master.\n\n", "ant2#p0013": "The temple of Madana-mohana, established by SrTia Sanatana GosvamT, by whose endeavors all the\nlost places of pilgrimage in the Vrndavana area were excavated. By his personal example, he taught\npeople how to stay in Vrndavana to execute devotional service. (p.41)\n\n", "ant2#p0014": "Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, one of the most dear servants of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, left all his\nmaterial possessions to surrender completely unto the Lord and live at His lotus feet.\n\n", "ant2#p0015": "The site in Paniha�i where Raghunatha dasa Gosvami received the mercy of Lord Nityananda and\norganized a great feast for the satisfaction of the Lord. (pp.223-225)\n\n", "ant2#p0016": "The samadhi tomb and Deities of Uddharana Datta Thakura, an extremely elevated and liberal devotee of Lord Nityananda Prabhu,\nwho sat on the raised platform with the Lord at the festival of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami. (p.232)\n\n", "ant2#p0017": "t\n\nI\n\nThe sacred birthplace of Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami in the village of Saptagrama, district of Hugali.\n\n", "ant2#p0018": "PLATE ONE\nSrila ROpa Gosvami and Srila Sanatana Gosvami were\nministers directly in charge of the government of\nNawab Hussain Shah and they were also householders,\nbut later they became gosvamls. These two brothers\nmet at Vrndavana, where they stayed to execute the\nwill of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Srila ROpa Gosvami\nand Sanatana Gosvami collected many revealed scriptures, and from the evidence in those scriptures they\nexcavated all the lost sites of pilgrimage. Thus they established temples for the worship of Lord Kr�l)a. Being\nempowered by Lord Caitanya, they both compiled\nmany transcendental literatures to spread the bhakti\ncult.\n\n", "ant2#p0019": "", "ant2#p0020": "PLATE TWO\n\"Sanatana Gosvami was very eager to see the lotus\nfeet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Therefore Haridasa\nThakura said, 'The Lord is coming here very soon.' At\nthat very moment, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, after\nvisiting the temple of Jagannatha to see the offering of\nupala-bhoga [morning refreshments), came with His\nother devotees to see Haridasa Thakura. Seeing Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, they both immediately fell flat\nlike rods to offer obeisances. The Lord then lifted\nHaridasa and embraced him. Haridasa Thakura said to\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, 'Here is Sanatana Gosvami\noffering his obeisances.' Seeing Sanatana Gosvami, the\nLord was\n\ngreatly surprised.\n\nWhen\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu came forward to embrace him, Sanatana\nbacked away and spoke as follows. 'My Lord, please do\nnot touch me. I am the lowest of men, having been\nborn of a low caste. Besides that, I have infections on\nmy\n\nbody.'\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu,\n\nhowever,\n\nembraced Sanatana Gosvami by force.\" (pp.9-11)\n\n", "ant2#p0021": "", "ant2#p0022": "PLATE THREE\n\"In the village of Paniha�i, Raghunatha dasa obtained\nan interview with Nityananda Prabhu, who was accompanied by many kirtana performers, servants and\nothers. Sitting on a rock under a tree on the bank of the\nGanges,\n\nLord\n\nNityananda seemed as\n\neffulgent as\n\nhundreds and thousands of rising suns. Many devotees\nsat on the ground surrounding Him. Seeing the influence of Nityananda Prabhu, Raghunatha dasa was\nastonished. Raghunatha dasa offered his obeisances by\nfalling prostrate at a distant place, and the servant of\nNityananda Prabhu pointed out, There is Raghunatha\ndasa, offering You obeisances.' Hearing this, Lord Nityananda Prabhu said, 'You are a thief. Now you have\ncome to see Me. Come here, come here. Today I shall\npunish you!' The Lord called him, but Raghunatha dasa\ndid not go near the Lord. Then the Lord forcibly caught\nhim and placed His lotus feet upon Raghunatha dasa's\nhead.\" (pp.223-225)\n\n", "ant2#p0023": "", "ant2#p0024": "PLATE FOUR\n\"When chipped rice had been served to everyone,\nLord Nityananda Prabhu, in\n\nmeditation; brought Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\narrived, Lord Nityananda Prabhu stood up. They then\nsaw how the others were enjoying the chipped rice\nwith yogurt and condensed milk. From each and every\n\npot, Lord Nityananda Prabhu took one morsel of chip­\n\nped rice and pushed it into the mouth of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu as a joke. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, also\nsmiling, took a morsel of food, pushed it into the\nmouth of Nityananda and laughed as he made Lord\nNityananda eat it. In this way Lord Nityananda was\n\nwalking through all the groups of eaters, and all the\nVai�r:tavas standing there were seeing the fun. No one\ncould understand what Nityananda Prabhu was doing\n\nas He walked about. Some, however, who were very\nfortunate, could see that Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwas also present. Seeing Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\neating with Him, Lord Nityananda Prabhu became very\nhappy and exhibited varieties of ecstatic love. Lord\nNityananda Prabhu ordered, 'All of you eat, chanting\nthe holy name of Hari!' Immediately the holy names\n'Hari, Hari' resounded, filling the entire universe.\"\n\n(pp.238-241)\n\n", "ant2#p0025": "", "ant2#p0026": "PLATE FIVE\n\"When all the Vai��avas were chanting the holy\nnames 'Hari, Hari' and eating, they remembered how\nKr��a and Balarama ate with Their companions the\ncowherd boys on the bank of the Yamuna.\" (p.242)\n\n", "ant2#p0027": "", "ant2#p0028": "PLATE SIX\n\"Nityananda Prabhu rested for the day, and when\nthe day ended He went to the temple of Raghava Pat:�<;iita and began congregational chanting of the holy\nname of the Lord. Lord Nityananda Prabhu first influenced all the devotees to dance, and finally He Himself began dancing, thus inundating the entire world in\necstatic love. Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was ob­\n\nserving the dancing of Lord Nityananda Prabhu. Nitya­\n\nnanda Prabhu could see this, but others could not. The\ndancing of Lord Nityananda Prabhu, like the dancing of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, cannot be compared to anything within these three worlds. No one can properly\ndescribe the sweetness of Lord Nityananda's dancing.\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally comes to see it.\"\n\n(pp.248-249)\n\n", "ant2#p0029": "", "ant2#p0030": "PLATE SEVEN\n\"Do not expect honor, but offer all respect to others.\nAlways chant the holy name of Lord Kr�rya, and within\nyour mind render service to Radha and Kr�r:ta in\nVrndavana.\" (p.31 0)\n\n", "ant2#p0031": "", "ant2#p0032": "PLATE EIGHT\n\"Lord Jagannatha's prasada is sold by shopkeepers,\nand that which is not sold decomposes after two or\nthree days. All the decomposed food is thrown before\nthe cows from Tailariga at the Simha-dvara gate.\nBecause of its rotten odor, even the cows cannot eat it.\nAt night Raghunatha dasa would collect that decomposed rice, bring it home and wash it with ample\nwater. Then he ate the hard inner portion of the rice\nwith salt. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard news\nof this from the mouth of Govinda, He went there the\nnext day and spoke as follows. 'What nice things are\nyou eating? Why don't you give anything to Me?'\nSaying this, He forcibly took a morsel and began to\neat.\" (pp.347-350)\n\n", "ant2#p0033": "", "ant2#p0034": "CHAPTER 4\n\nSanatana Gosvami\nVisits the Lord at Jagannatha Puri\nThe Fourth Chapter of Antya-li/a is summarized by Bhaktivinoda Thakura in his\n\nAmrta-pravaha-bha�ya as follows. Srila Sanatana Gosvami came alone from\nMathura to Jagannatha Puri to see Lord Caitanya. Because of bathing in bad water\nand not getting enough food every day while traveling on the path through\nJharikhat:�r;la Forest, he developed a disease that made his body itch. Suffering\ngreatly from this itching, he resolved that in the presence of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu he would throw himself under the wheel of Jagannatha's car and in\nthis way commit suicide.\nWhen Sanatana Gosvami came to Jagannatha Puri, he stayed under the care of\nHaridasa Thakura for some time, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very happy to\nsee him. The Lord informed Sanatana Gosvami about the death of his younger\nbrother, Anupama, who had great faith in the lotus feet of Lord Ramacandra. One\nday Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said to Sanatana Gosvami, \"Your decision to commit suicide is the result of the mode of ignorance. One cannot get love of God\nsimply by committing suicide. You have already dedicated your life and body to\nMy service; therefore your body does not belong to you, nor do you have any\nright to commit suicide. I have to execute many devotional services through your\nbody. I want you to preach the cult of devotional service and go to Vrndavana to\nexcavate the lost holy places.\" After having thus spoken,\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu left, and Haridasa Thakura and Sanatana Gosvami had many talks\nabout this subject.\nOne day Sanatana Gosvami was summoned by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu , who\nwanted him to come to Y amesvara-�o�a. Sanatana Gosvami reached the Lord\nthrough the path along the beach by the sea. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nasked Sanatana Gosvami which way he had come, Sanatana replied, \"Many servitors of Lord Jagannatha come and go on the path by the Sirhha-dvara gate of the\nJagannatha temple. Therefore, I did not go by that path, but instead went by the\nbeach.\" Sanatana Gosvami did not realize that there were burning blisters on his\nfeet because of the heat of the sand . Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was pleased to\nhear about Sanatana Gosvami's great respect for the temple of Lord Sri Jagannatha.\nBecause his disease produced wet sores on his body, Sanatana Gosvami used to\navoid embracing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, but nevertheless the Lord would\n\n1\n\n", "ant2#p0035": "2\n\nSri Caitanya-caritampa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nembrace him by force. This made Sanatana Gosvami very unhappy, and therefore\nhe consulted Jagadananda Par;.<;lita about what he should do. Jagadananda advised him to return to Vrndavana after the cart festival of Jagannatha, but when Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu heard about this instruction, He chastised Jagadananda\nPaQ<;lita and reminded him that Sanatana Gosvami was senior to him and also\nmore learned. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu informed Sanatana Gosvami that because\nSanatana was a pure devotee, the Lord was never inconvenienced by his bodily\ncondition. Because the Lord was a sannyasi, He did not consider one body better\nthan another. The Lord also informed him that He was maintaining Sanatana and\nthe other devotees just like a father. Therefore the moisture oozing from\nSanatana's itching skin did not affect the Lord at all. After speaking with Sanatana\nGosvami in this way, the Lord again embraced him, and after this embrace,\nSanatana Gosvami became free from the disease. The Lord ordered Sanatana\nGosvami to stay with Him for that year, and the next year, after seeing the Rathayatra festival, he left Puru�ottama-k�etra and returned to Vrndavana\nAfter meeting Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Sri ROpa Gosvami also returned to\nBengal, where he remained for one year. Whatever money he owned, he distributed among his relatives, the brahmaf)as and the temples. In this way he completely retired and returned to Vrndavana to meet Sanatana Gosvami.\nAfter narrating these incidents, Kr�r;.adasa Kaviraja Gosvami has given a list of\nthe main books of Sanatana Gosvami, Srila ROpa Gosvami and ]iva Gosvami .\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�ift«. �: 12ft�� �!';��: �:Jtilt�illf. I\n�?tt�� '�te. re•� �c;iJP ?tit��1 II � II\nvrndavanat punah praptarh\nsri-gaura/:1 sri-sanatanam\ndeha-patad avan snehat\n\nsuddharh cakre parik?aya\nSYNONYMS\n\nvrndavanat-from Vrndavana; puna/:1-again; praptam-received; sri-gaura/:1Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sri-sanatanam-Sri Sanatana Gosvami; dehapatat-from giving up his body; avan-protecting; snehat-by affection; suddham-pure; cakre-made; parik?aya-by examination.\n\n", "ant2#p0036": "Sanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\nText 3]\n\n3\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen\n\nSanatana\n\nGosvami\n\nreturned\n\nfrom\n\nVrndavana,\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu affectionately saved him from his determination to commit\nsuicide . Then, after testing him, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu purified his body.\nTEXT 2\n\n'Q 'Sfi !l�tJ � fii'!J'fi{\"f I\n\n��!!'SRI (;��16·� II � II\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; sri-caitanya-to Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-all\n\nglories; nityananda-to Nityananda Prabhu; jaya-all glories; advaita-candra-to\nSrT Advaita Acarya; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of\nLord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to lord Caitanya! All glories to Lord Nityananda! All glories to\nAdvaitacandra! And all glories to all the devotees of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu!\nTEXT 3\n\n�\"11� '�r;;� �9f <;'it�� �r;;� <;'$1'1'1 I\n\n';{�1 '�� ��t'!� �\"''t�\"'' <e�t�� n � n\nnilacala haite rupa gauge yabe gela\nmathura haite sanatana nilacala aila\nSYNONYMS\nnilacala haite-from NTiacala (Jagannatha PurT); rupa-SrTia ROpa GosvamT;\ngauge-to Bengal; yabe-when; ge/a-went; mathura haite-from Mathura;\n\nsanatana-Sanatana GosvamT; nilaca/a aila-came to Jagannatha PurT.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Srila Rupa Gosvami returned from Jagannatha Puri to Bengal,\nSanatana Gosvami went from Mathura to Jagannatha Puri to see Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant2#p0037": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n4\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 4\n\n�tfit��·<{i{?ff;� �t��1 <.!lf;�'f1 �>f'f1111\n\n�¥_ �?f��, �'-I>� �ff111 II 8 II\njharikhar:u;la-vanapathe aila eke/a caliya\nkabhu upavasa, kabhu carval)a kariya\nSYNONYMS\njharikhal)c;ia-known\n\nas\n\nJharikhal)<;la; vana-pathe-through the path of the\n\nforest of central India; ai/a-came;\n\neke/a-alone; ca/iya-w alking ; kabhu­\n\nsometimes; upavasa-fasting; kabhu-sometimes; carval)a kariya-chewing\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami walked alone on the path through Jharikhar;�<,ia Forest in\ncentral India. Sometimes he fasted, and sometimes he would eat.\nTEXT 5\n\n�tfit�� iSff;�� oor;�, �?f<{t:JJ �ti! 1\n\n'ittf;i1f �� '��' �JI1 ?tr;� �i��f;i! II <t II\njharikhal)c;iera ja/era do,se, upavasa haite\ngatre kaQc;iu hai/a, rasa pac;Je khajuyaite\nSYNONYMS\njharikhal)c;iera-at the place known as jharikhal)<;la; ja/era-of the water;\ndo,se-by the fault; upavasa haite-by fasting; gatre-on the body; ka(lc;iuitches; hai/a-there were; rasa-fluid; pac;Je-oozes out; khajuyaite-by itching.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of bad water in Jharikhar;�<,ia and because of fasting, Sanatana\nGosvami contracted a disease that made his body itch. Thus he was afflicted\nwith itching sores from which fluid oozed.\nTEXT 6\n\nf.{�� ��� ?tr;�, �f;�i{ Rfit� I\n'�l>·iSftf�, <;�� <;1ft�-��J� ��t� II� II\nnirveda ha-ila pathe, karena vicara\n'nica-jati, deha mora-atyanta asara\n\n", "ant2#p0038": "Sanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\nText 8]\n\n5\n\nSYNONYMS\nnirveda ha ifa-there was\n-\n\nvicara\n\n-\n\ndisappointment;\n\nthe path;\n\npathe-on\n\nkarena\n\nhe considered; nica-jati-of a lower caste; deha mora-my body; atyan­\n\nta-completely; asara-useless for devotional service .\nTRANSLATION\nIn disappointment, Sanatana Gosvami considered, \"I am of a low caste, and\nmy body is useless for devotional service.\nTEXT 7\n\n>s?�i�� ,��'� i� wafi1 if! ��11.1\n�'l� wafil\" �If! <llRt�i! il\"tRI� n � n\njagannathe gele tarira darsana na paimu\nprabhura darsana sada karite narimu\n\nSYNONYMS\njagannathe-to Jagannatha Puri; ge/e-when I go; tarira-His; darsana-visit;\nna paimu-1\n\nshall\n\nnot\n\nget;\n\nprabhura\n\ndarsana-seeing\n\nLord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; sada-always; karite-to do; narimu-1 shall not be able.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When I go to Jagannatha Puri, I shall not be able to see Lord Jagannatha,\nnor shall I always be able to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 8\n\n11\"�-��\\j �� tit� �t�1·f�� I\n1{��-�<llt\\j �t�ti! �t� il\"t� -r� \" lr \"\nmandira-nikate suni tarira vasa-sthiti\nmandira-nikate yaite mora nahi sakti\n\nSYNONYMS\nmandira-nikate-near the temple; .Suni\n\n-\n\nl hea r ; tarira-His; vasa-sthiti-resi­\n\ndential place; mandira-nikate-near the temple; yaite-to go; mora-my; nahi\nsakti-the re is no power.\n\n", "ant2#p0039": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n6\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have heard that the residential quarters of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are\nnear the temple of Jagannatha. But I shall not have the power to go near the\ntemple.\nTEXT 9\n\n��srtt�1f ��<ti <;<Pt1f <tit�-'fSI�tm� 1\ntf� 11191.( '�t� <;�t1': � 'et�1ftt� II � II\njagannathera sevaka phere karya-anurodhe\ntarira sparsa haile mora habe aparadhe\nSYNONYMS\njagannathera-of Lord Jagannatha; sevaka-different servants; phere-move\nabout; karya-anurodhe-because of different duties; tarira-of them; sparsatouch; haile-if there is; mora-my; habe�there will be; aparadhe-offense.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The servants of Lord Jagannatha generally move about tending to their\nduties, but if they touch me I shall be an offender.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n� �rw lfll: ,� ��·\"(tti{ fift11 ,\n\ni:'t·-ttf� � �t1f �fi! �tl:t11 II � o II\ntate yadi ei deha bhala-sthane diye\nduQkha-santi haya ara sad-gati paiye\nSYNONYMS\ntate-therefore;\n\nyadi-if;\n\nei-this; deha-body;\n\nbha/a-sthane-in\n\na\n\ngood\n\nplace; diye-1 sacrifice; dubkha-santi-appeasement of unhappiness; hayathere is; ara-and; sat-gati-good destination; paiye-1 get.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Therefore if I sacrifice this body in a good place, my unhappiness will be\nmitigated, and I shall attain an exalted destination.\n\n", "ant2#p0040": "Text 13]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n7\n\nTEXT 11\n\niSf�� �QfCltijii� ��t�e{ �tf� I\ni'Rf �Qf-�<t�rn �t�l!_ ��-tit� II �� II\njagannatha ratha-yatraya ha-ibena bahira\ntanra ratha-cakaya chac;fimu ei sarira\nSYNONYMS\njagannatha ratha-yatraya-on the occasion of the car festival of Lord )agannatha; ha-ibena bahira-He will be out; tanra-of Him; ratha-cakaya-under the\nwheel of the cart; chac;fimu-1 shall give up; ei sarira-this body.\nTRANSLATION\n\"During the Ratha-yatra festival, when lord Jagannatha comes out of the\ntemple, I shall give up this body under the wheel of His cart.\nTEXT 12\n\n�� �1t�, �� ��, iSf�.tQ! I\n�Qf �� �tf�lk- �i: 9l�1f-���u�n �� 11\nmahaprabhura age, ara dekhi' jagannatha\nrathe deha chac;fimu, -ei parama-puru?artha'\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhura age-in front of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ara-and; dekhi'\njagannatha-after\n\nseeing\n\nLord\n\n)agannatha;\n\nrathe-under\n\nthe\n\ncart;\n\ndeha\n\nchac;fimu-1 shall give up this body; ei-this; parama-puru?a-artha-the highest\nbenediction of life.\nTRANSLATION\n\"After seeing lord Jagannatha, I shall give up my body under the wheel of\nthe cart in the presence of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. This will be the highest\nbenediction of my life.\"\nTEXT 13\n\n�� I!' filll6� \"<t�Bf' ��t�� �t��� I\n�tt\"<fl �' �Bf��·•tti1 ��Bf�1n �� 11\n\n", "ant2#p0041": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n8\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nei ta' ni5caya kari' niJacaJe aiJa\nJoke puchi' haridasa-sthane uttariJa\nSYNONYMS\nei ta'-in this way; ni5caya kari'-ascertaining; niJacaJe aiJa-came to Jagannatha Puri; Joke puchi'-inquiring from people; haridasa-sthane-the place of\nHaridasa Thakura; uttariJa-approached.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving made this resolution, Sanatana Gosvami went to Nilacala, where he\ninquired directions from people and approached the residence of Haridasa\nThakura.\nTEXT 14\n\n��itt�� ,�'11 c;i� R't �\"'i-. I\n'Sftfil' ��t;� �tt� '�if! �fil'fi' II �8 II\nharidasera kaiJa teriha caraQa vandana\njani' haridasa tarire kaiJa aJirigana\nSYNONYMS\nharidasera-of Haridasa Thakura; kaiJa-did; teriha-he; caraQa vandanaworshiping the lotus feet; jani'-knowing; haridasa-Haridasa Thakura; tarirehim; kaila aJingana-embraced.\nTRANSLATION\nHe offered his respects to the lotus feet of Haridasa Thakura, who knew him\nand thus embraced him.\nTEXT 15\n\n�t�'{ ��t� it1l t§e:�h 'If\" 1\n��� <Tit�,-'�'t_ �f�t'i1\" tJl�-.' II�� II\nmahaprabhu dekhite tarira utkaQthita mana\nharidasa kahe,-'prabhu asibena ekhana'\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ndekhite-to\n\nsee;\n\ntarira-his;\n\nutkaQthita-anxious; mana-mind; haridasa kahe-Haridasa said; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; asibena ekhana-will come here.\n\n", "ant2#p0042": "Sanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\nText 17]\n\n9\n\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami was very eager to see the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. Therefore Haridasa Thakura said, \"The Lord is coming here very\nsoon.\"\nTEXT 16\n\n��ttlif �t. '�*'ftcet'$1' �f�1 1\n�Rt�tt� fil�t'! ���1 re�'$1'1 \"1$111 �� 11\nhena-kale prabhu 'upala-bhoga' dekhiya\nharidase milite aila bhakta-gal)a lana\n\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kale-at this time; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; upala-bhoga-the\nupala-bhoga offering to Lord Jagannatha; dekhiya-after seeing; haridaseHaridasa; milite-to meet; ai/a-came; bhakta-gal)a /ana-with other devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that very moment, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, after visiting the temple of\nJagannatha to see the offering of upala-bhoga [morning refreshments], came\nwith His other devotees to see Haridasa Thakura.\nTEXT 17\n\n�� ��' ,_·� \"Ptt� w��e. �lfP1 1\n�'f �tfi;tfif� �Rt\\ftt�t1!1 �t$111 �9 II\nprabhu dekhi' dunhe pac;fe daQc;favat hana\nprabhu alingila haridasere uthana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu dekhi'-seeing Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dunhe-both of them;\npac;fe-fell\n\ndown;\n\ndaQc;/avat\n\nhana-fiat\n\nlike\n\nrods;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; a/iilgi/a-embraced; haridasere-Haridasa Thakura; uthana-after\nlifting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, they both immediately fell flat like rods to\noffer obeisances. The Lord then lifted Haridasa and embraced him.\n\n", "ant2#p0043": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n10\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�fit�tlf �t�,-'lfi!i'!i1 �t1f i1��' I\n�i1ti!ti1 '�f�' <:!!� '�� �t.<flH II �lr II\nharidasa kahe,- 'sanatana kare namaskara'\nsanatane dekhi' prabhu haila camatkara\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa kahe-Haridasa said; sanatana-Sanatana GosvamT; kare namaskarais offering his obeisances; sanatane dekhi'-seeing Sanatana GosvamT; prabhuSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; hai/a camatkara-became very surprised.\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura said to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, \"Here is Sanatana\nGosvami offering his obeisances.\" Seeing Sanatana Gosvami, the Lord was\ngreatly surprised.\nTEXT 19\n\n:Jfi1ti!ti1 �t�filti! <:!!� �t� ,��11\n�li �tt� �i1ti!i1 <flf�l! iltf�'l111 �:;, II\nsanatane alingite prabhu agu hai/a\npache bhage sanatana kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\nsanatane-Sanatana GosvamT; alingite-to embrace; prabhu-SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; agu haifa-came forward; pache-back; bhage-runs; sanatanaSanatana GosvamT; kahite lagila-began to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu came forward to embrace him, Sanatana\nbacked away and spoke as follows.\nTEXT 20\n\n\"'�tt1f i11 i\"��' <:!!t_, '?ft�·1 �'t1rt1f �ti I\ntllt� ��srtR! ��lf, �H <fl�1flfi �rn II\" � II\no\n\n\"more na chuniha, prabhu, pac;Jon tamara paya\neke nica-jati adhama, ara kaQc;lu-rasa gaya\n\n", "ant2#p0044": "Sanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\nText 22]\n\n11\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nmore-me; na chi.Jniha-please do not touch; prabhu-my Lord; pac;:lon-1 fall\ndown; tamara paya-at Your feet; eke-on one side; nica-jati-of a low caste;\nadhama-the lowest of mankind; ara-and; kaQc;/u-rasa-a disease of wet, itching infections; gaya-on the body.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My Lord, please do not touch me. I fall at Your lotus feet. I am the lowest of\nmen, having been born of a low caste. Besides that, I have infections on my\nbody.\"\nTEXT 21\n\n�Qlte.�tt� �f �� �tf�il '�Ql I\n��?;JiW ��t�'t_� !l�t\"f Qltf'$fQT ll �� ll\nba/atkare prabhu tar'ue a/ingana kaila\nkaQc;/u-k/eda mahaprabhura sri-ange Jagila\nSYNONYMS\n\nbalatkare-by force; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tanre -him; alingana\nkai/a-embraced;\n\nkaQc;/u-k/eda-the\n\nmoisture\n\nof\n\nweeping\n\nitches;\n\nmahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sri-transcendental; ange-body;\n/agi/a-touched.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, however, embraced Sanatana Gosvami by force.\nThus the moisture oozing from the itching sores touched the transcendental\nbody of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 22\n\n�� �'$1t'l � ��1 �ilti!til I\n\n�ilt'!il ,�\"1'1 ��'Rf R'l �\"ftil II �� II\nsaba bhakta-gaQe prabhu milaila sanatane\nsanatana kaila sabara caral)a vandane\nSYNONYMS\n\nsaba-all;\n\nbhakta-gaQe-devotees;\n\nmi/ai/a-introduced;\n\nsanatane-to\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nSanatana\n\nCaitanya\n\nGosvami;\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nsanatana-Sanatana\n\nGosvami; kaila-did; sabara-of all of them; caraQa vandane - wo rshiping the\nlotus feet.\n\n", "ant2#p0045": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n12\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord introduced all the devotees to Sanatana Gosvami, who offered his\nrespectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of them all.\nTEXT 23\n\n� \"f�i ��llfi f�t� i:il-Ptt� ���'11\nf�ftft!t\"l �f�� � f*�t � �it II�� II\nprabhu lana vasila pil)r;fara upare bhakta-gal)a\npil)r;fara tale vasila haridasa sanatana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu /aria-with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nvasila-sat down; pil)r;fara\n\nupare-upon the raised platform; bhakta-gal)a-all the devotees; pil)r;fara talebelow the platform; vasila-sat down; haridasa sanatana- Haridasa Thakura and\nSanatana Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord and His devotees sat on a raised platform, and below tllat sat\nHaridasa Thakura and Sanatana Gosvami.\nTEXT 24\n\n�llf\"f�t� ��t-2ft_ �fiil �i!t\\!ti1 I\n\n�� �t�i!,-'\"Pt�� �8f\"f '\"�'l Rt'1' II �8 II\nkusala-varta mahaprabhu puchena sanatane\ntetiha kahena,-'parama matigala dekhinu caral)e'\nSYNONYMS\nkusala-of well-being; varta-news; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\npuchena-inquires; sanatane-from Sanatana Gosvami; tetiha kahena-he said;\nparama matiga/a-everything is auspicious; dekhinu caral)e-1 have seen Your\nlotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu inquired from Sanatana about news of his wellbeing. Sanatana replied, \"Everything is auspicious because I have seen Your\nlotus feet.\"\n\n", "ant2#p0046": "Text 27]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n13\n\nTEXT 25\n\n1l�t� '���-'$!� �-t� �� I\n��� 'f'\"i� ��ti!� �Srte{t�� II �<t II\nmathurara vai�Qava-sabera kusa/a puchila\nsabara kusala sanatana j anaila\nSYNONYMS\nmathurara-of\n\nMathura;\n\nvai�Qava-sabera-of\n\nall\n\nthe\n\nVai�r:Javas;\n\nkusala\n\npuchi/a-inquired about the auspiciousness; sabara kusala-the well-being of all\nof them; sanatana-Sanatana Gosvami; janaila-informed\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord asked about all the Vai�r;�avas at Mathura, Sanatana Gosvami\ninformed Him of their good health and fortune.\nTEXT 26\n\ni2lt. �t�,-\"�t1 �\"Pt fit� tif-t� I\n�ti �ti! ,�� ''5ta'l1, G�� f� �-t II �� II\nprabhu kahe,-\"ihali rupa chi/a dasa-masa\nihali haite gauc;Je gela, haila dina dasa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; ihali-here; rupa-ROpa\nGosvami; chi/a-was; dasa-masa-ten m onths; ihali haite-from here; gauc;Je\nge/a-has gone to Bengal; hai/a-it was; dina-days; dasa-ten\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu informed Sanatana Gosvami, \"Srila Rupa Gosvami\nwas here for ten months. He left for Bengal just ten days ago.\nTEXT 27\n\n''!t;rt� �t� �il_\"Ptt1l� 't�� '$ftr1·�t� I\n�t� fit�, ��•rtr;;� f� \\!t� �f• II\"�� II\ntamara bhai anupamera hai/a galiga-prapti\nbha/a chi/a, raghunathe drc;Jha tara bhakti\"\n\n", "ant2#p0047": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n14\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara bhai-your brother; anupamera-of Anupama; hai/a-was; gangaprapti-death; bhala chi/a-he was a very good man; raghu-nathe-unto Lord\nRaghunatha (Lord Ramacandra); dr(iha-firm; tara bhakti-his devotion.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Your brother Anupama is now dead. He was a very good devotee who had\nfirm conviction in Raghunatha [lord Ramacandra].\"\nTEXT 28\n\n�ti!if <lit� ,-\"��-��t-1' '11Tit Q I\n�����t� ��,-�t�t1'f ����II �lr II\nsanatana kahe,- \"nica-varhse mora janma\nadharma anyaya yata, -amara kula-dharma\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana kahe-Sanatana Gosvami said; nica-varhse-in a low family; mora\njanma-my\n\nbirth;\n\nadharma-irreligion;\n\nanyaya-sinful\n\nactivities;\n\nyata-all;\n\namara-my; kula-dharma-family business.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami said, \"I was born in a low family, for my family commits\nall kinds of irreligious acts that violate the scriptural injunctions.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n'�if �'-t V'l1 �t�' C<li�1 �efl<litJ I\n\n'i!t�t11' �?ft� �'t-t' � �t�t1'f II �� II\nhena varhsa ghrQa cha(ii' kai/a angikara\ntamara krpaya varhse mangala amara\nSYNONYMS\nhena-such; vamsa-family; ghwa-hatred; cha(ii'-giving up; kai/a-You\nhave done; angikara-acceptance; tamara-Your; krpaya-by mercy; vamse-in\nthe family; manga/a-auspiciousness; amara-my.\n\n", "ant2#p0048": "Sanatana Go svami Visits the Lord\n\nText 31]\n\n15\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My lord, without hatred for my family You have accepted me as Your servant. O nly by Your mercy is there good fortune in my family.\nTEXT 30\n\n�� �ii.?ll{·<eiil fi!t�<Tlt� C�i! I\n�t�-�?tt�ifl � '\\Jf� 11 '!)o 11\nsei anupama-bhai sisu-kala haite\nraghunatha-upasana kare drc;lha-citte\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; anupama-bhai-brother named Anupama; sisu-kala haite-from the\nbeginning of childhood; raghu-natha-of Lord Ramacandra; upasana-worship;\nkare-performs; drc;iha-citte-with great determination.\nTRANSLATION\n\"From the very beginning of his childhood, my younger brother A nupama\nwas a great devotee of Raghunatha [lord Ramacandra], and he worshiped Him\nwith great determination.\nTEXT 31\n\n11't�·Nt� il,_�tt� ,�, � ''fJtil' I\n11'tilt11'1 fil11'<t� ��' <Ti� '$1t� II '!)� II\nratri-dine raghunathera 'nama' ara 'dhyana'\nramayal)a niravadhi sune, kare gana\nSYNONYMS\nratri-dine-day and night; raghu-nathera-of Lord Ramacandra; nama-holy\nname; ara-and; dhyana-meditation; ramayaQa-the epic about the activities\nof Lord Ramacandra known as the RamayaQa; niravadhi-continuously; sunehears; kare gana-chants.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He always chanted the holy name of Raghunatha and meditated upon Him.\nHe continuously heard about the activities of the lord from the RamayaQa and\nchanted about them.\n\n", "ant2#p0049": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n16\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 32\n\n�tfif �� �9f-'!� '�J�·�T;�1W11' I\n�t1t1·,�t�·�T;ef '� 11T;� fi{�'J1f II �� II\nami ara nJpa-tara jye�tha-sahodara\n\nama-donha-sange tenha rahe nirantara\nSYNONYMS\n\nami-1; ara-and; rupa-ROpa Gosvami; tara-his; jye�tha-sahodara-elder\n\nbrothers; ama-donha-the two of us; sange-with; tenha-he; rahe-remains;\nnirantara -continuously.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Rupa and I are his elder brothers. He stayed with us continuously.\nTEXT 33\n\n�t1f1·��1-llter ?�<�\"Q!1, �t'$l�'! �r;e{ 1\n���t1f 9fit..-l C<fi� �tfif·���til' II �� II\nama-saba-sange kr�l)a-katha, bhagavata sune\n\ntahara parik�a kai/un ami-dui-jane\nSYNONYMS\nama-saba-all\n\nof us;\n\nsange-with;\n\nkr�Qa-katha-talks about Lord Kr�r;Ja;\n\nbhagavata sune-hears Srimad-Bhagavatam; tahara-his; parik�a-examination;\n\nkai/un-did; ami-dui-jane-both of us.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"He heard Srimad-Bhagavatam and talks about Lord Kr�Qa with us, and both\nof us examined him .\nTEXT 34\n\n\"�il'� ����, ?� 9f�1t-'al{.� I\n-·\n\n(;�\"!�, 'al1fl..�, (;�Ji-�ilf·t�-(2f� II �8 II\nsunaha vallabha, kr�l)a-parama-madhura\n\nsaundarya, madhurya, prema-vilasa-pracura\n\n", "ant2#p0050": "Text 36]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n17\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsunaha-please hear; va//abha-dear Vallabha; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; paramamadhura-supremely attractive;\n\nsaundarya-beauty;\n\nmadhurya-sweetness;\n\nprema-vi/asa-pastimes of love; pracura-without limitation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Dear Vallabha,' we said, 'please hear from us. Lord Kr�J:ta is supremely attractive. His beauty, sweetness and pastimes of love are without limit.\nTEXT 35\n\n���� �11\" 'l.fif \"e�t1fl·�•t11\" liter 1\nf'!i{ � ��� � � � ���Qii-�tr II\" �� I!\nkr�Qa-bhajana kara tumi ama-dunhara sange\ntina bhai ekatra rahimu kr�Qa-katha-range\"\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�Qa-bhajana-devotional service to Lord Kr�r:Ja; kara-engage in; tumi-you;\nama-dunhara-the two of us; sailge-with; tina bhai-three brothers; ekatra-in\none place; rahimu-we shall stay; kr�Qa-katha-of the pastimes of Lord Kr�r:Ja;\nrange-in enjoyment.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Engage y ourself in devotional service to Kr�J:ta with both of us. We three\nbrothers shall stay together and enjoy discussing the pastimes of Lord Kr�r:�a.'\nTEXT 36\n\n��lfi! <tt11\"�� �� ��iSfil I\n�t�1·�·ffl <;'$1)�t<f f�i f<p�' <;'$1� �il II � � II\nei-mata bara-bara kahi dui-jana\nama-dunhara gaurave kichu phiri' gela mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; bara-bara-again and again; kahi-we speak; dui-janatwo persons; ama-dunhara-of us both; gaurave-out of respect; kichu-somewhat; phiri' ge/a-turned; mana-mind.\n\n", "ant2#p0051": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n18\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this way we both spoke to him again and again, and because of this persuasion and his respect for us, his mind turned somewhat toward our instructions.\nTEXT 37\n\n\"(;'!t311-�t� �t�1 �tfif (;�1!7;i1 \"'f1Pf11_?\n�..-J-q (;��' ?�-��il ���II\" �'Ill\n\"toma-dutihara ajria ami kemane /arighimu?\ndik�a-mantra deha' km1a-bhajana karimu\"\nSYNONYMS\n\ntoma-of you; durihara-of both; ajria-the order; ami-1; kemane-how;\nlarighimu-shall disobey; dik�a -initiation; mantra-mantra; deha'-just give;\nkm;a-bhajana-devotional service to Kr�r;Ja; karimu-1 shall perform.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Vallabha replied, 'My dear brothers, how can I disobey your orders? Initiate me into the Kr��;�a mantra so that I may perform devotional service to\nLord Kr��;�a.'\nTEXT 38\n\n��' �tff!i�ttif �t�il ��i1 I\n(;�1!7;i1 �t�IJ, �iltt�� ��'I II �t,- II\n\nlfli!\n\neta kahi' ratri-kale karena cintana\nkemane cha(iimu raghunathera caraQa\nSYNONYMS\n\neta kahi'-saying this; ratri-kale-at night; karena cintana-began to think;\nkemane-how; cha(iimu-shall I give up; raghu-nathera caraQa-the lotus feet of\nLord Raghunatha.\nTRANSLATION\n\"After saying this, at night he began to think, 'How shall I give up the lotus\nfeet of lord Raghunatha ?'\nTEXT 39\n\n�� �tfui �\"til �fil' '�a, �t�'l I\n�1i!:�tta;r �111-�·�t� '<tSa;r fitt��il II �� II\n\n", "ant2#p0052": "Text 41]\n\n19\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\nsaba ratri krandana kari' kaila jagaraQa\nprataf!-kale ama-durihaya kaila nivedana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsaba ratri-throughout the whole night; krandana-crying; kari'-doing; kaila\njagaraQa-remained awake; prataf!-kale-in the morning; ama-durihaya-to the\ntwo of us; kai/a-made; nivedana-submission.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He stay ed up all night and cried. In the morning, he came to us and submitted the following plea.\nTEXT 40\n\n'11�e{1t�11 �tw�t'!l '���tt!{i ��i 1\n��t\\! iii �tt�ti ;rt�i, �t� �� �J�i II 8o II\n'raghunathera pada-padme veciyachori matha\nkac;lite na paron matha, paria bac;la vyatha\nSYNONYMS\n\nraghu-nathera-of\n\nLord\n\nRamacandra;\n\npada-padme-at\n\nthe\n\nlotus\n\nfeet;\n\nveciyachori matha-1 have sold my head; kac;lite-to take away; na parori-1 am\nunable; matha-the head; paria-1 get; bac;la vyatha-too much pain.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'I have sold my head at the lotus feet of Lord Ramacandra. I cannot take it\naway. That would be too painful for me.\nTEXT 41\n\nti� <li�' �t11 'f;lti9!31 <;lif�' �i_iSM I\nI!Jrt��tilf �t�1 11�i{tt �11 �'i II 8� II\nkrpa kari' more ajna deha' dui-jana\njanme-janme sevori raghunathera caraQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nkrpa kari'-being merciful; more-unto me; ajna deha'-give the order; duijana-both of you; janme-janme-life after life; sevori-let me serve; raghunathera caraQa-the lotus feet of Lord Raghunatha.\n\n", "ant2#p0053": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n20\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Both of you please be merciful to me and order me in such a way so that\nlife after life I may serve the lotus feet of Lord Raghunatha.\n\nTEXT 42\n\n11�tt�11 �ilf�'ll �t�ti{ e{1 � I\n1U�t11 �i{ �t\"'' �t'l �t$' �Rl II' 8� II\nraghunathera pada-padma cha(iana na yaya\ncha(iibara mana haile praf)a phati' yaya\n\n'\n\nSYNONYMS\nraghu-nathera-of Lord Raghunatha; pada-padma-lotus feet; cha(iana na\nyaya-it is impossible to give up; cha(iibara-of giving up; mana haile-when I\nthink; praf)a-my heart; phati' yaya-breaks.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'It is impossible for me to give up the lotus feet of Lord Raghunatha.\nWhen I even think of giving them up, my heart breaks.'\n\nTEXT 43\n\nl!t� �tfir-�'\"t� l!tt11 �tfiieri{ �<ll( 1\n'�t'k '\\f'e� (;i!�t11'-��' ��fila( II 8� II\ntabe ami-durihe tare a/irigana kailuri\n'sadhu, dr(iha-bhakti tomara'-kahi' prasarhsi/uri\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; ami-durihe-both of us; tare-him; alirigana kai/uriembraced;\n\nsadhu-very good;\n\ndr(iha-very determined;\n\nbhakti-devotion;\n\ntomara-your; kahi'-saying; prasarhsiluri-we praised\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Upon hearing this, both of us embraced him and encouraged him by saying, 'You are a great saintly devotee, for your determination in devotional service is fixed.' In this way we both praised him.\n\n", "ant2#p0054": "Text 46]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the lord\n\n21\n\nTEXT 44\n\n'� <!l�t-ff �� �tlt'Rf � �9f1·c;�llf I\n�'l''f 1fflf'f I!� �� �<� 'Jill£ n' 88 n\nye varhsera upare tamara haya krpa-Jesa\nsakala mangala tahe khaQ(ie saba klesa'\nSYNONYMS\nye vamsera-which family; upare-upon; tamara-Your; haya-there is; krpa/esa-little mercy; sakala mangala-all auspiciousness; tahe-an that; khar:)(;Jeare destroyed; saba-all; k/esa-miserable conditions.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear lord, the family upon which You bestow even a little mercy is always fortunate, for such mercy makes all miseries disappear.\"\nTEXT 45\n\n,'itt�r$ <'l'itr(�,-\"��1{\\! �trn-�� 1\n\"U(�tfif 9fitf..-( I!'Rf �l i\\1! II 8� II\ngosMii kahena,- \"ei-mata murari-gupta\npurve ami parik$ilun tara ei rita\nSYNONYMS\ngasam kahena-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied;\n\nei-mata-in this way;\n\nmurari-gupta-Murari Gupta; purve-formerly; ami-1; parik?ilun-examined;\ntara-of him; ei-this; rita-manner.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"There was a similar incident concerning\nMurari Gupta . Formerly I examined him, and his determination was similar.\nTEXT 46\n\n'�� �� Sf\"' � �1 �tr;;� �'t_1f �'1 I\n'�� �t_ SfiJJ, '� it! �t� fi{iSf·iSf� II 8 � II\nsei bhakta dhanya, ye na cha(ie prabhura caral)a\nsei prabhu dhanya, ye na cha(ie nija-jana\n\n", "ant2#p0055": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n22\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei bhakta-that devotee; dhanya-glorious; ye-who; na-not; chac;/egives up; prabhura caraQa-the lotus feet of the Lord; sei prabhu-that Personality of Godhead; dhanya-glorious; ye-who; na-not; chac;/e-gives up;\nnija-jana-His servant.\nTRANSLA liON\n\"Glorious is that devotee who does not give up the shelter of his lord, and\nglorious is that lord who does not abandon His servant.\nTEXT 47\n\n�t\"' '�\"'� �rw �t� ll§liJJ 'llttil 1\n'JI� it�� tiiJJ l!tt� �t'l' -.fit' �ttilll 89 ll\ndurdaive sevaka yadi yaya anya sthane\nsei thakura dhanya tare cufe dhari' ane\nSYNONYMS\ndurdaive-by\n\nchance;\n\nsevaka-the\n\nservant;\n\nyadi-if;\n\nyaya-goes;\n\nanya\n\nsthane-to another place; sei thakura-that master; dhanya-glo rified; tarehim; cufe-by the hair; dhari'-capturing; ane-brings back.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If by chance a servant falls down and goes somewhere else, glorious is that\nmaster who captures him and brings him back by the hair.\n\nTEXT 48\n\n�t\"f '�\"'' 'i!t1ml ��1 '�\"' ll§lt'5t1ltill\n\n�� �t� �fl �� flRtWt�·�til II Sir II\nbhafa haifa, tamara ihan haifa agamane\nei ghare raha ihan haridasa-sane\nSYNONYMS\nbhafa haifa-it was very good; tamara-your; ihan-here; haifa-there was;\nagamane-arrival; ei ghare-in this room; raha- remain; ihan-here; haridasasane-with Haridasa Thakura.\n\n", "ant2#p0056": "Sanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\nText 50]\n\n23\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is very good that you have arrived here. Now stay in this room with\nHaridasa Thakura.\nTEXT 49\n\n�<e��lt 'Q.·� �� <.2j$fti{ I\n��1tlt �t�t�i{ �11', �� ��ilt1f II\" 8� II\nkr�Qa-bhakti-rase dunhe parama pradhana\nkr�Qa-rasa asvadana kara, /aha kr�Qa-nama\"\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-of Lord Kr�l)a; bhakti-rase-in the transcendental mellow of devotional\nservice; dunhe-both of you; parama pradhana-highly expert; kr�Qa-rasa-the\ntranscendental taste of Kr�l)a; asvadana-relishing; kara-do; /aha kr�Qa-namachanting the holy name of Kr�l)a.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Both of you are expert in understanding the mellows of Lord Kr�Qa's devotional service. Therefore you should both continue relishing the taste for such\nactivities and chanting the Hare Kr�Qa maha-mantra.\"\n\nTEXT 50\n\n�� <t�' 11��'- �fb1 �� I\n\n''Stt�\"'-�H!'t11 rlr.� �Jtt� �i�tl�111 <to II\neta bali' mahaprabhu u thiya calila\ngovinda-dvaraya dunhe prasada pathaila\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i -saying this; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; uthiya ca/ila'\n\ngot up and left; govinda-dvaraya-through Govinda; dunhe-to both of them;\nprasada pathaila-sent prasada.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving said this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu got up and left, and through\nGovinda He sent prasada for them to eat.\n\n", "ant2#p0057": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n24\n\nTEXT 51\n\n�.!!l'lf� ��i( �t� �'t·'l'fti( I\n\\gf�m� � <;WM' �t� �'ftt'lf II <t� II\nei-mata sanatana rahe prabhu-sthane\njagannathera cakra dekhi' karena praQame\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; sanatana-Sanatana GosvamT; rahe-remains; prabhusthane-under the care of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jagannathera-of Lord\nJagannatha; cakra-the wheel on the top of the temple; dekhi'\n\n-\n\nseeing; karena\n\npraQame-offers respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Sanatana Gosvami stayed under the care of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. He would see the wheel on the pinnacle of the Jagannatha\ntemple and offer respectful obeisances.\n\nTEXT 52\n\n� �t�' �f�� i( fift\"fi( �li!fti( I\n--���' �<f-�1 � ��'lft'1 II <t� II\nprabhu asi' prati-dina milena dui-jane\ni�ta-go�thi, kr�Qa-katha kahe kata-k�aQe\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nasi'-coming;\n\nprati-dina-every day;\n\nmilena dui-jane-meets both of them; i�ta-go�thi-discussion; kr�Qa-kathatopics of Lord Kr�Qa; kahe-speaks; kata-k�aQe-for some time.\nTRANSLATION\nEvery day Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would go there to meet these two stalwart devotees and discuss topics of Kr�Qa with them for some time.\n\nTEXT 53\n\nffl�J ��\"tlf �1� fi(�J iSf�� t�-'lf�il I\n�1 �tfi(' ��J ��� <;�if <;�1 ��ttilll <t� II\n\n", "ant2#p0058": "Sanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\nText 55]\n\n25\n\ndivya prasada paya nitya jagannatha-mandire\ntaha ani' nitya avasya dena dolihakare\nSYNONYMS\ndivya-first-class;\n\nprasada-prasada; paya-gets; nitya-daily; jagannatha­\n\nmandire-at the temple of Lord jagannatha; taha ani'-bringing that; nityadaily; avasya-certainly; dena-delivers; dolihakare-to both of them.\nTRANSLATION\nThe offerings of prasada in the temple of lord Jagannatha were of the highest quality. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would bring this prasada and deliver it to\nboth devotees.\nTEXT 54\n\n�-.fit���' �'f_ 'A·�r;;� filfiliii I\n�ift'W{ �1�f�t� ��� � tf'Sfiil1 II �8 II\neka-dina asi' prabhu dulihare milila\nsanatane acambite kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; asi'-coming; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dulihare\nmilila-met both of them; sanatane-unto Sanatana GosvamT; acambite-all of a\nsudden; kahite /agi /a-began to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day when the lord came to meet them, He suddenly began speaking to\nSanatana Gosvami.\nTEXT 55\n\n\"��'!�, C5f��J'tt'$f �� �fit �1�t� I\n�$-,�� 'IK'ft� l!t� �1f�t'! �1�t� II �� II\n\"sanatana, deha-tyage kr$Qa yadi paiye\nkoti-deha k$af)eke tabe chac;iite pariye\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana-My dear Sanatana; deha-tyage-by committing suicide; kr$QaLord Kr�l)a; yadi-if; paiye-1 can get; koti-deha-millions of bodies; k$af)ekein a moment; tabe-then; chac;iite pariye-1 can give up.\n\n", "ant2#p0059": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\n26\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Sanatana,\" He said, \"if I could attain Kr�r:Ja by committing\nsuicide, I would certainly give up millions of bodies without a moment's\nhesitation.\nTEXT 56\n\n<;'l�Jft'$1 �� �1 �t�, 'Pf�til ��t� I\nfli21tt�� �?t1li <;�'ti{ ilt� '�f9' fu� II <t�ll\ndeha-tyage kr$f! a na pai, paiye bhajane\nk($f)a-praptyera upaya kana nahi 'bhakti' vine\nSYNONYMS\ndeha-tyage-by giving up the body; k($f)a-Lord Kr�l)a; na pai-l do not get;\npaiye-1\n\nget;\n\nbhajane-by devotional service;\n\nk($f)a-praptyera-to get the\n\nshelter of Kr�t:Ja; upaya-means; kana-any; nahi-there is not; bhakti vinewithout devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You should know that one cannot attain Kr�r:Ja simply by giving up the\nbody. Kr�r:Ja is attainable by devotional service. There is no other means to attain Him.\nTEXT 57\n\n��'!Jt'$ftfif �i!, :JI�-i!t111-'l� I\ni!t1li·�-� �t�� � 'Pft�t111� II C9 II\ndeha-tyagadi yata, saba-tamo-dharma\ntamo-rajo-dharme k($f)era na paiye marma\nSYNONYMS\ndeha-tyaga-adi-beginning with giving up the material body; yata-as many;\ns aba-all;\n\ntamab-dharma-performed under the mode of ignorance; tamab-rajab­\n\ndharme-by remaining in the modes of ignorance and passion; kr$Qera-of Lord\nKr�l)a; na paiye-1 cannot attain; marma-the truth.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Acts such as suicide are influenced by the mode of ignorance, and in ignorance and passion one cannot understand who Kr�r:Ja is.\n\n", "ant2#p0060": "Text 59]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n27\n\nTEXT 58\n\n'cef•' M �t� �'- � ''<21t�11' 1\n'!${ Ril1 ��<2!tf� �i3J �\\! il11 II ((lr II\n'bhakti' vina k($Qe kabhu nahe 'premodaya'\nprema vina kr�Qa-prapti anya haite naya\nSYNONYMS\nbhakti vina-without devotional service; kr�Qe-unto Kr�l)a; kabhu-at any\ntime; nahe-is not; prema-udaya-development of dormant love for K[�l)a;\nprema vina-without love of Kr�l)a; kr�Qa-prapti-attaining Kr�l)a; anya-anything else; haite-from; naya-is not possible.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Unless one discharges devotional service, one cannot awaken one's dormant love for Kr�r;�a, and there is no means to attain Him other than awakening\nthat dormant love.\nTEXT 59\n\nOf '!Tif�f� 'lli� C<!lC�1 Of \"'lf��IJ� <t1i �%<1 I\nOf \"l!TifJlll�9f�J1C'i\\l <!�1 i5f'(f>�C'lltf'Sf\\!il II �;;, II\n\nna sadhayati marh yoga\nna sarikhyarh dharma uddhava\nna svadhyayas tapas tyago\nyatha bhaktir mamorjita\nSYNONYMS\nna-never; sadhayati-causes to remain satisfied; mam-Me; yogab-the process of control; na-nor; sarikhyam-the process of gaining philosophical knowledge about the Absolute Truth; dharmab-such an occupation; uddhava-My\ndear Uddhava; na-nor; svadhyayab-study of the Vedas; tapab-austerities;\ntyagab-renunciation, acceptance of sannyasa, or charity; yatha-as much as;\nbhaktib-devotional service; mama-unto Me; Orjita-developed.\nTRANSLATION\n[The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r;�a, said:] \"'My dear Uddhava,\nneither through �tanga-yoga [the mystic yoga system to control the senses],\nnor through impersonal monism or an analytical study of the Absolute Truth,\n\n", "ant2#p0061": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n28\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nnor through study of the Vedas, nor through austerities, charity or acceptance\nof sannyasa can one satisfy Me as much as by developing unalloyed devotional\nservice unto Me.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.14.20).\nTEXT 60\n\n��Jt'$ftfif '!t111·$fSI-9l\"t'!<fi·<rt�� I\n�tt{<fi il1 9ft� '!ttl! �?;�� ��� II � o II\ndeha-tyagadi tamo-dharma -pataka-karal)a\n\nsadhaka na paya tate kr�IJera caral)a\nSYNONYMS\n\ndeha-tyaga-giving up the material body by suicide; adi-beginning with;\n\ntama/:1-dharma-on the platform of the mode of ignorance; pataka-karal)a­\n\ncause of sinful activities; sadhaka-the devotee; na paya-does not get; tate-by\nthat; kr�l)era caral)a\n\n-\n\nthe lotus feet of Kr�t:�a.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Measures like suicide are causes for sin. A devotee never achieves shelter\nat Kr�r;�a's lotus feet by such actions.\nTEXT 61\n\n'� re� mtt'$1 � �� titf� 1\n'�� �� filr;C�J, �� il1 9ft?;� 1f�l';'! II�� II\npremf bhakta viyoge cahe deha chac;lite\npreme kr�l)a mile, seha na pare marite\nSYNONYMS\npremf bhakta-a devotee attached to Kr�t:�a by love; viyoge-in separation;\n\ncahe-wants; deha chac;lite-to give up the body; preme-by such ecstatic love;\n\nkr�l)a mile-one meets Kr�t:�a; seha-such a devotee; na pare marite-cannot die.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because of feelings of separation from Kr�r;�a, an exalted devotee some­\n\ntimes wants to give up his life. By such ecstatic love, however, one attains the\naudience of Kr�r;�a, and at that time he cannot give up his body.\n\n", "ant2#p0062": "Sanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\nText 63]\n\n29\n\nTEXT 62\n\n'Sf�� Rt�t'St if1 � �0:� I\n�� �11-�t� \"ftt'! �� �11'1 II �� II\ngac;lhanuragera viyoga na yaya sahana\ntate anuragi vMiche apana maraQa\nSYNONYMS\ngac;lha-anuragera-of one who has deep attachment; viyoga-separation ; nanot; yaya sahana-tolerated; tate-therefore; anuragi-a deeply attached devotee; variche-desires; apana maraQa-death of himself.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One who is deeply in love with Kr�r;�a cannot tolerate separation from the\nLord. Therefore such a devotee always desires his own death.\nTEXT 63\n\n�\"-'i� 9\\����=�9f<�� 'll�lnrl\n\"\"'\n\n<ti�\"T'llt9\\r�r�•rt��r:'ll�9f�hr 1\n\n��J't,�t'l'f 01 .,�� �<l��'!il'f�\n��ill�\"\\_ :31�f\"'t1���'ll\"�: \"-'1\" II M II\nyasyarighri-parikaja-raja/:1-snapanarh mahanto\nvarichanty uma-patir ivatma-tamo 'pahatyai\nyarhy ambujak?a na /abheya bhavat-prasadarh\njahyam asun vrata-krsan chata-janmabhi/:1 syat\nSYNONYMS\nyasya-whose;\n\narighri-of\n\nfeet;\n\nparika-ja-lotus;\n\nsnapanam-bathing; mahanta/:1-great personalities;\n\nraja/:1-in\n\nthe\n\ndust;\n\nvarichanti-desire; uma­\n\npati/:1-Lord Siva; iva-like; atma-personal; tama/:1-ignorance; apahatyai-to\ndrive away; yarhi-when; ambuja-ak?a-0 lotus-eyed one; na /abheya-1 do not\nget; bhavat-prasadam-Your mercy; jahyam-1 shall give up; asun-life; vratakrsan-reduced by observing vows; sata-janmabhi/:1-by hundreds of births;\nsyat-if it is possible.\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 lotus-eyed one, great personalities like Lord Siva desire to bathe in the\n\ndust of Your lotus feet to drive away ignorance. If I do not get the mercy of\n\n", "ant2#p0063": "-\n\n-\n\n--\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n30\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nYour lordship, I shall observe vows to reduce the duration of my life, and thus\nI shall give up bodies for hundreds of births if it is possible to get Your mercy\nin that way.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse was spoken by Rukmii)TdevT in Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.52.43). Rukmii)TdevT, the daughter of King BhT�maka, had heard about Kr�l)a's transcendental\nattributes, and thus she desired to get Kr�r:Ja as her husband. Unfortunately, her\nelder brother RukmT was envious of Kr�l)a and therefore wanted her to be offered\nto S isupala. When Rukmii)T became aware of this, she was greatly aggrieved. Thus\nshe wrote Kr�l)a a confidential letter, which was presented and read to Him by a\nbrahmaQa messenger. This verse appeared in that letter.\nTEXT 64\n\nf'l�t'Jf <l�'f<t�ll!�9f._�r:<r-'l\n�t1Jl<t\"Cil'ft<f-<f.'1���-���tf�'\\_ I\nC011 WHI� f<r���ttl.J<>i\"lJ._�\"C'i\"�-1\n\n�017:0101 \"<lt1T 9f'fC�1: 9f'!\"'l,� \"JJ\"C�I C� II -loB II\nsfficariga nas tvad-adharamrta-parakeQa\n\nhasavaloka-kala-gitaja-hrc-chayagnim\n\nno ced vayarh virahajagny-upayukta-deha\n\ndhyanena yama padayof) padavirh sakhe te\nSYNONYMS\n\nsifica-j ust sprinkle water; ariga-0 my dear Kr�l)a; naf.J-our; tvat-Your;\n\nadhara-of the lips; amrta-of nectar; pGrakeQa\n\n-\n\nby the stream; hasa-smile;\n\nava/oka-glancing; kala-melodious; gita-speaking; ja-produced by ; hrt-in\nthe heart; .Saya\n\n-\n\nresting; agnim-upon the fire; no cet-if not; vayam-we;\n\nviraha-from separation;\n\nja-produced;\n\nagni-by the fire;\n\nsumed; dehaf)-whose bodies; dhyanena-by meditation;\n\nupayukta-con­\n\nyama-shall go;\n\npadayof)-of the lotus feet; padavim-to the site; sakhe-0 my dear friend; te­\n\nYour.\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 dear Kr�r;�a, by Your smiling glances and melodious talk, You have\n\nawakened a fire of lusty desire in our hearts. Now You should extinguish that\nfire with a stream of nectar from Your lips by kissing us. Kindly do this. O ther-\n\n", "ant2#p0064": "Sanatana Gosvami Visits the L ord\n\nText 66]\n\n31\n\nwise, dear friend, the fire within our hearts will burn our bodies to ashes because of separation from You. Thus by meditation we shall claim shelter at\nYour lotus feet.' \"\nPURPO RT\nThis verse (Bhag.\n\n1 0.29.35) was spoken by the gopis when they were attracted\n\nby the vibration of Kr�l)a's flute in the moonlight of autumn. All of them, being\nmaddened, came to Kr�l)a, but to increase their ecstatic love, Kr�l)a gave them\nmoral instructions to return home. The gopis did not care for these instructions.\nThey wanted to be kissed by Kr�l)a, for they had come there with lusty desires to\ndance with Him.\nTEXT 65\n\nn� ��1 �11' ��ct-��� 1\n•fRt� � \\!t� �11' R'i II �d II\nkubuddhi cha(iiya kara sravaf)a-kirtana\n\nacirat pabe tabe kr�f)era caraf)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nku buddh i\n-\n\ncha(iiya\n\n-\n\n-\n\nintelligence not favorable to discharging devotional service;\n\ngiving up;\n\nka ra\n\nacirat-very soon; pabe\n\n-\n\njust do;\n\n-\n\nsra va f) a-k irtana\n\nyou will get;\n\ntabe\n\n-\n\n-\n\nhearing and chanting;\n\nthen; kr?Qera caraf)a\n\n-\n\nthe lotus\n\nfeet of Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu told Sanatana Gosvami, \"Give up all your nonsensical desires, for they are unfavorable for getting shelter at the lotus feet of\nKf�Qa. Engage yourself in chanting and hearing. Then you will soon achieve\nthe shelter of Kr�Qa without a doubt.\n\nTEXT 66\n\niT\\�·rsrtft! �� \"�C� ��'Sij I\nlfe.��-�� �� 'e•t�� c�t'Stl n �� n\nnica-jati nahe kr?Qa-bhajane ayogya\nsat-kula-vipra nahe bhajanera yogya\n\n", "ant2#p0065": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n32\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nSYNONYMS\nnica-jati-a lowborn person;\n\nnahe-is not; kr�Qa-bhajane-in discharging\n\ndevotional service; ayogya-unfit; sat-kula-vipra-a brahmal)a born in a very\nrespectable aristocratic family; nahe-is not; bhajanera yogya-fit for discharging\ndevotional service.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A person born in a low family is not unfit for discharging devotional service to lord K��1.1a, nor is one fit for devotional service simply because he is\nborn in an aristocratic family of brahma1.1as.\nTEXT 67\n\n<;� �� <;lll �' �\"5�-�, liBr I\n�� iftfit iSIT�-�a,tfW-�m II �'l II\nyei bhaje sei bac;Ja, abhakta-hina, chara\nkr�Qa-bhajane nahi jati-kuladi-vicara\nSYNONYMS\nyei bhaje-anyone who takes to devotional service; sei-he; bac;Ja-exalted;\nabhakta-nondevotee; hina chara-most condemned and abominable; kr�Qabhajane-in discharging devotional service; nahi-there is not; jati-caste;\nkula-family; adi-and so on; vicara-consideration of.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Anyone who takes to devotional service is exalted, whereas a nondevotee\nis always condemned and abominable. Therefore in the discharge of devotional service to the lord, there is no consideration of the status of one's\nfamily.\nTEXT 68\n\nWttiltf ��� tif�1 �tf \"5$t\"\"f1t I\n�' 9f\"f�'!, ����II �lr' II\ndinere adhika daya kare bhagavan\nkulina, pal)c;lita, dhanira bac;Ja abhimana\nSYNONYMS\ndinere-to\n\nthe\n\nhumble;\n\nadhika-more;\n\ndaya-mercy;\n\nkare-shows;\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ku/fna-aristocratic; paQc;litalearned scholar; dhanira-of rich man; bac;Ja abhimana-great pride.\n\n", "ant2#p0066": "Text 69]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the lord\n\n33\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r;ta, is always favorable to the\nhumble and meek, but aristocrats, learned scholars and the wealthy are always\nproud of their positions.\nTEXT 69\n\n�·�tf,'lf�, 'S9lL\\!itlf���ott�9ftlftiT���,�I1� �9(1)� <l\"f�i-t I\n'llCiJJ '!ilff9f'!'lJCO!l�DCO\\�'!iN�19'Z �\"ltf'! 'll'1� 0! � �111110!: II\"';;� II\nviprad dvi?ac;/-guQa-yutad aravinda-nabha­\n\npadaravinda-vimukhat svapacarh vari?tham\n\nmanye tad-arpita-mano-vacane 'hitartha­\n\npraQarh punati sa ku/arh na tu bharimanaf:r\nSYNONYMS\n\nviprat-than a brahmaQa; dvi-?at-guQa-yutat-who has twelve brahminical\n\nqualifications; aravinda-nabha-of Lord Vi�l)u, who has a lotuslike navel; padaaravinda-unto the lotus feet; vimukhat-than a person bereft of devotion; sva­\n\npacam-a caQc;/a/a, or person accustomed to eating dogs; vari?tham-more\nglorified;\n\nmanye-1\n\nthink;\n\ntat-arpita-dedicated unto Him;\n\nmanaf:r-mind;\n\nvacane-words; ahita-activities; artha-wealth ; praQam-life ; p u nati-purifies;\n\nsaf:r-he; ku/am-his family; na tu-but not; bhuri-manaf:r-a brahmaQa proud of\npossessing such qualities.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'One may be born in a brahmar;ta family and have all twelve brahminical\nqualities, but if in spite of being thus qualified he is not devoted to the lotus\nfeet of lord Kr�r;ta, who has a navel shaped like a lotus, he is not as good as a\ncar;t�ala who has dedicated his mind, words, activities, wealth and life to the\nservice of the lord. Simply to take birth in a brahmar;ta family or to have\nbrahminical qualities is not sufficient. One must be a pure devotee of the\nlord. Thus if a svapaca, or car;t�ala, is a devotee, he delivers not only himself\nbut his entire family as well, whereas a brahmar;ta who is not a devotee but\nsimply has brahminical qualifications cannot even purify himself, what to\nspeak of his family.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (7.9.9).\n\n------\n\n", "ant2#p0067": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n34\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 70\n\n�til� 'alt-a ,�� i{��t{1 �r� 1\n'flt�'a'f', '?�' f'� tft� 'a'f�f� ll �o 11\nbhajanera madhye sre�tha nava-vidha bhakti\n'kr�Qa-prema', 'kr�f!a' dite dhare maha-sakti\nSYNONYMS\nbhajanera madh ye\n\n-\n\nin executing devotional service; sre�tha-the best; nava­\n\nvidha bhakti-the nine prescribed methods of devotional service; kr�Qa-prema­\n\necstatic love of Kr�l)a; kr�Qa-and Kr�l)a; dite-to deliver; dhare-possess ; mahasakti -great potency.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Among the ways of executing devotional service, the nine prescribed\nmethods are the best, for these processes have great potency to deliver Kr�r:-a\nand ecstatic love for Him.\nPURPORT\nThe nine kinds of devotional service are mentioned in Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(7.5.23):\nsravaQarh kirtanarh vi�Q0/:1\n\nsmaraQarh pada-sevanam\n\narcanarh vandanarh dasyarh\n\nsakhyam atma-nivedanam\n\nThese nine are hearing, chanting, remembering K[�l)a, offering service to Kr�l!a's\nlotus feet, offering worship in the temple, offering prayers, working as a servant,\nmaking friendship with Kr�l!a and unreservedly surrendering to Kr�l)a. These nine\nprocesses of devotional service can grant one Kr�l!a and ecstatic love for Him. In\nthe beginning one has to discharge devotional service according to regulative\nprinciples, but gradually, as devotional service becomes one's life and soul, one\nachieves the most exalted position of ecstatic love for Kr�l)a. Ultimately, Kr�l!a is\n\nthe goal of life. One need not have taken birth in an aristocratic brahmaQa family\nto attain the lotus feet of K[�l)a, nor is a person born in a low family unfit to\nachieve Kr�l!a's lotus feet.\n\nIn Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.33.7) Devahoti says to\n\nKapiladeva:\naho bata sva-paco 'to gariyan\n\nyaj-jihvagre vartate nama tubhyam\n\n", "ant2#p0068": "Text 71]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n35\n\ntepus tapas te juhuvu/:1 sasnur arya\nbrahmanucur nama gwanti ye te\n\"\n\n0 my Lord, even a person born in a low family of dog-eaters is glorious if he al­\n\nways chants the holy name of the Lord. Such a person has already performed all\ntypes of austerities, penances and Vedic sacrifices, has already bathed in the\nsacred rivers, and has also studied all the Vedic literature. Thus he has become an\nexalted personality.\" Similarly, KuntidevT says to Lord Kr��a:\n\njanmaisvarya-sruta-sribhir\nedhamana-mada/:1 puman\nnaivarhaty abhidhaturil vai\ntvam akiflcana-gocaram\n\"A person who is proud of his birth, opulence, knowledge and beauty cannot\n\nachieve Your lotus feet. You are available only to the humble and meek, not to the\nproud.\" (Bhag.\n\n1.8.26.)\nTEXT 71\n\n�� �$fJ :Jf��� ift�-:Jf��i{ I\n��9f�'tt$f ilt'lf '� 9ft11 '��$fi{ ll '\\ � ll\ntara madhye sarva-sre�tha nama-sankirtana\nniraparadhe nama /aile paya prema-dhana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntara madhye-of the nine different types of devotional service; sarva-sre�thathe most important of all; nama sa ilkirtana-chanting of the holy name of the\n-\n\nLord; niraparadhe-without offenses; nama /ai le-if one chants the holy name;\npaya-he gets; prema-dhana-the most valuable ecstatic love of Kr��a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Of the nine processes of devotional service, the most important is to always chant the holy name of the Lord. If one does so, avoiding the ten kinds of\noffenses, one very easily obtains the most valuable love of Godhead.\"\nPURPORT\n\nSrTia ]Tva GosvamT Prabhu gives the following directions in his Bhakti-sandarbha\n\n(270):\niyam ca kirtanakhya bhaktir bhagavato dravya-jati-gul)a-kriyabhir dina-janaikavi�ayapara-karul)a-mayiti sruti-pural)adi-visruti/:1. ataeva ka/au svabhavata evatidinew\n\n", "ant2#p0069": "��\n\n-\n\n36\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\n/oke�u avirbhUya tan anayasenaiva tat tad yuga-gata-maha-sadhananaril sarvam eva\nphalaril dadana sa krtarthayati. yata eva tayaiva kalau bhagavato vi5e$atas ca santo�o\nbhavati.\n\n\"Chanting the holy name is the chief means of attaining love of Godhead. This\nchanting or devotional service does not depend on any paraphernalia, nor on\none's having taken birth in a good family. By humility and meekness one attracts\nthe attention of Kr�r:Ja. That is the verdict of all the Vedas. Therefore if one becomes very humble and meek, he can easily attain the lotus feet of Kr�r:Ja in this\nage of Kali. That is the fulfillment of all great sacrifices, penances and austerities\nbecause when one achieves ecstatic love of Godhead, he attains the complete\nperfection of life. Therefore whatever one does in executing devotional service\nmust be accompanied with the chanting of the holy name of the Lord.\" The\nchanting of the holy name of Kr�r:Ja-Hare Kr�r:Ja, Hare Kr�r:Ja, Kr�r:Ja Kr�r:Ja, Hare\nHare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare-has been praised by Srila\nROpa Gosvami in his Nama? taka (verse 1):\nnikhila-sruti-mauli-ratna-maladyuti-nirajita-pada-pankajanta\nayi mukta-ku/air upasyamanarh\nparitas tvarh hari-nama sarhsrayami\n\"0 Hari-nama! The tips of the toes of Your lotus feet are constantly being\n\nworshiped by the glowing radiance emanating from the string of gems known as\nthe Upani�ads, the crown jewels of all the Vedas. You are eternally adored by\nliberated souls such as Narada and Sukadeva. 0 Hari-nama! I take complete\nshelter of You.\"\nSimilarly, Srila Sanatana Gosvami has praised the chanting of the holy name as\nfollows in his Brhad-bhagavatamrta (Chapter One, verse 9):\njayati jayati namananda-ruparh murarer\nvi ramita-nij a-dharma-dhyana-pa jadi-yatnam\nkathamapi sakrd-attarh muktidarh praf)inarh yat\nparamam amrtam ekarh jivanarh bha$af)arh me\n\n\"All glories, all glories to the all-blissful holy name of Sri Kr�r:Ja, which causes the\ndevotee to give up all conventional religious duties, meditation and worship.\nWhen somehow or other uttered even once by a living entity, the holy name\nawards him liberation. The holy name of Kr�r:Ja is the highest nectar. It is my very\nlife and my only treasure.\"\nIn Srimad-Bhagavatam (2.1.11) Sukadeva Gosvami says:\netan nirvidyamananam\nicchatam akuto-bha.yam\nyoginarh nrpa nirf)itarh\nharer namanukirtanam\n\n", "ant2#p0070": "Text 73]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n37\n\n\"0 King, constant chanting of the holy name of the Lord after the ways of the\ngreat authorities is the doubtless and fearless way of success for all, including\nthose who are free from all material desires, those who are desirous of all material\nenjoyment, and those who are self-satisfied by dint of transcendental knowledge.\"\nSimilarly, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has said in His Sik?ii?taka (3):\n\ntwad api sunicena\ntaror api sahi?I)Una\namanina manadena\nkirtaniyab sada harib\n\"One should chant the holy name of the Lord in a humble state of mind, thinking\noneself lower than the straw in the street. One should be more tolerant than a\ntree, devoid of all sense of false prestige and ready to offer all respect to others. In\nsuch a state of mind one can chant the holy name of the Lord constantly.\"\nRegarding the ten offenses in chanting the holy name, one may refer to the Adi­\n\nfifa, Chapter Eight, verse 24.\n\nTEXT 72\n\n�'! � �' �ift'!� �� �'Ife.<tSt� I\n\n�'t_� il1 �111 �t� �'l·�m II 'l� II\neta suni' sanatanera haifa camatkara\n\nprabhure na bhaya mora maral)a-vicara\nSYNONYMS\n\neta suni -hearing this; sanatanera-of Sanatana Gosvami; haifa camatkara'\n\nthere was astonishment; prabhure na bhaya-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu does not\napprove; mora-my; maral)a-vicara-decision to commit suicide.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing this, Sanatana Gosvami was exceedingly astonished. He could\nunderstand, \"My decision to commit suicide has not been greatly appreciated\nby Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\"\nTEXT 73\n\n�(91 'lf�t�t_ fil�fif�1 ''If� I\n�� R'l SfRJ' <tST;� it�� II 'l� II\nsarvajfia mahaprabhu ni?edhifa more\nprabhura caral)a dhari' kahena tanhare\n\n", "ant2#p0071": "Sri Caitanya-caritiim!'la\n\n38\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-jfia-who knows everything; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nni$edhila-has forbidden; more-me; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ncaraQa-the feet; dhari'-touching; kahena tanhare-began to speak to Him.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami concluded, \"Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who knows\neverything-past, present and future-has forbidden me to commit suicide.\"\nHe then fell down, touching the lotus feet of the Lord, and spoke to Him as\nfollows.\nTEXT 74\n\n\"Jf('a, ��t� 1f.t1l\n\nJr'ft� <llti!'l 1\n�� ift�'S, �(!tli ilt�,-,�il ���II 'l8 II\n\"sarvajfia, krpalu tumi isvara svatantra\nyaiche nacao, taiche naci, -yena ka$tha-yantra\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarva-jfia-all-knowing; krpa/u-merciful;\n\ntumi-You;\n\nisvara-the Supreme\n\nLord; svatantra-independent; yaiche-as; nacao-You make to dance; taicheso; naci-1 dance; yena-as if; ka$tha-yantra-an instrument of wood.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My Lord, You are the omniscient, merciful, independent Supreme Lord.\nExactly like an instrument of wood, I dance as You make me do so.\nTEXT 75\n\n�li, 'fSI'f1f, �� '{'$ �t1Rr·��� I\nG;�1U �t·� Q!�tl f��i �t� \"11� ?\" 'lit II\nnica, adhama, pamara mufii pamara-svabhava\nmore jiyaile tamara kiba habe labha?\"\nSYNONYMS\nnica-lowborn; adhama-lowest;\n\npamara-condemned; mufii-1; pamara­\n\nsvabhava-naturally sinful; more jiyaile-if You save me; tamara-Your; kibawhat; habe-will be; /abha-profit.\n\n", "ant2#p0072": "Text 77]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n39\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am lowborn. Indeed, I am the lowest. I am condemned, for I have all the\ncharacteristics of a sinful man. If You keep me alive, what will be the profit?\"\n\nTEXT 76\n\n�t. <!IS�,- \"''!t11tt \"'� ,1111f r�-� ,\n1fif �mf �� �,.lt11� II 9� II\nprabhu kahe, -\"tamara deha mora nija-dhana\ntumi more kariyacha atma-samarpaf)a\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu says; tamara deha-your body;\nmora-My;\n\nnija-dhana-personal\n\nproperty;\n\ntumi-you;\n\nmore-to\n\nMe;\n\nkariyacha-have done; atma-samarpaf)a-compiete surrender.\nTRANSLATION\nlord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Your body is My property. You have\nalready surrendered unto Me. Therefore you no longer have any claim to your\nbody.\nTEXT 77\n\n�t i!!� 1[if ,<15ti{ m �i{tf-ttl! ?\n�1� ��Rf �� e{1 9f� <!IS�tl! ? 9't II\nparera dravya tumi kene caha vinasite?\ndharmadharma vicara kiba na para karite?\nSYNONYMS\nparera dravya-another's property;\n\ntumi-you;\n\nkene-why;\n\ncaha-want;\n\nvina5ite-to destroy; dharma-adharma-what is pious and what is impious;\nvicara-consideration; kiba-why; na-not; para-you can; karite-do.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Why should you want to destroy another's property? Can't you consider\nwhat is right and wrong?\n\n", "ant2#p0073": "40\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 78\n\nc:!t1l� -rftf-�� <21� '�tt�' I\nIf! -tft� :J�tf�'filtfil �I( <2ft't� II '\\lr II\ntamara sarira-mora pradhana 'sadhana'\ne sarire sadhimu ami bahu prayojana\nSYNONYMS\ntamara sarira-your body; mora-My; pradhana-chief; sadhana-instrument;\ne sarire-by this body; sadhimu-shall carry out; ami-1; bahu-many; prayojana-necessities.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Your body is My principal instrument for executing many necessary functions. By your body I shall carry out many tasks.\nTEXT 79\n\n'e-.-oef�-��r;<2f1f·l!t'flf �tttf 1\nG��t�f �' 'fil� ,��<1-�tf II '\\� II\nbhakta-bhakti-kmJaprema-tattvera nidhara\nvai�Qavera krtya, ara vai�Qava-acara\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-devotee; bhakti-devotional service; kr�Qa-prema-love of Kr��a;\ntattvera-of the truth of; nidhara-ascertainment; vai�Qavera krtya-duties of a\nVai��ava; ara -and; vai�Qava-acara -characteristics of a Vai��ava.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You shall have to ascertain the basic principles of a devotee, devotional\nservice, love of Godhead, Vai�r:tava duties, and Vai�r:tava characteristics.\nTEXT 80\n\n��fi, �t�Jlt:ll�1-<2f<t� I\n���Q{-�m, 'filt� '�m-flst'lf'1lllr0 11\nkr�Qa-bhakti, kr�!Japrema-seva-pravartana\nlupta-tirtha-uddhara, ara vairagya-sik�aQa\n\n", "ant2#p0074": "Text 81]\n\n41\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\nSYNONYMS\nkm1a-bhakti-devotional service to Kr�t:�a; kr�Qa-prema-love of Kr�t:�a; sevaservice; pravartana-establishment of; lupta-tirtha-the lost places of pilgrimage;\nuddhara-excavating; ara-and; vairagya-sik�aQa-instruction on the renounced\norder of life.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You will also have to explain Kr�r:'la's devotional service, establish centers\nfor cultivation of love of Kr�r:'la, excavate lost places of pilgrimage and teach\npeople how to adopt the renounced order.\nTEXT 81\n\nf�-f�� '�H -1\\�i-�lftt<ili( I\n\\!tti c.fl\\! 'f'Si ijt� �r;\\! �ijt�'llllr� II\nnija-priya-sthana mora -mathura-vrndavana\ntahan eta dharma cahi karite pracaraQa\nSYNONYMS\nnija-own; priya-sthana-very dear place; mora-My; mathura-vrndavanaMathura and Vrndavana;\n\ntahan-there;\n\neta-so many;\n\ndharma-activities;\n\ncahi-1 want; karite-to do; pracaraQa-preaching.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Mathura-Vrndavana is My own very dear abode. I want to do many things\nthere to preach Kr�r:'la consciousness.\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted to accomplish many purposes through the\nexegetical endeavors of Srila Sanatana Gosvami. First Sanatana Gosvami compiled\nthe book called Brhad-bhagavatamrta to teach people how to become devotees,\nexecute devotional service and attain love of Kr�t:�a. Second, he compiled the\nHari-bhakti-vilasa, wherein he collected authoritative statements from scriptural\ninjunctions regarding how a Vai�t:�ava should behave. Only by the endeavors of\nSri Sanatana Gosvami were all the lost places of pilgrimage in the Vrndavana area\nexcavated. He established Madana-mohana, the first Deity in the Vrndavana area,\nand by his personal behavior he taught how one should act in the renounced\norder, completely devoted to the service of the Lord. By his personal example, he\ntaught people how to stay in Vrndavana to execute devotional service. The principal mission of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was to preach Kr�t:�a consciousness.\n\n", "ant2#p0075": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n42\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nMathura and Vrndavana are the abodes of Lord Km1a. Therefore these two places\nare very dear to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and He wanted to develop their glories\nthrough Sanatana Gosvami.\nTEXT 82\n\n�tf �1Whl �fir� ��ilf I\n\n�'.!ttl '�' fit-t�l'.! �t� fi{tr-�tilf II lr� II\nmatara ajfiaya ami vasi ni/aca/e\ntahari 'dharma' sikhaite nahi nija-bale\nSYNONYMS\nmatara-of My mother; ajfiaya-by the order; ami-1; vasi-reside; ni/aca/eatjagannatha Puri; tahari-in Mathura and Vrndavana; dharma sikhaite-to teach\nreligious principles; nahi -not; nija-ba/e-within My ability.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By the order of My mother I am sitting here in Jagannatha Puri; therefore, I\ncannot go to Mathura-Vrndavana to teach people how to live there according\nto religious principles.\nTEXT 83\n\n�1'.! �Cf C(i� �fit �-,lft't C(ifit''l, I\n\n1'.!� �t�tl'.! � 1_fif, �1fti' ��?\" 1r� II\neta saba karma ami ye-dehe karimu\ntaha char;iite caha tumi, kemane sahimu?\"\nSYNONYMS\neta saba-all this; karma-work; ami-1; ye-dehe-by which body; karimuwill do; taha-that; char;iite-to give up; caha tumi-you want; kemane-how;\nsahimu-shall I tolerate.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have to do all this work through your body, but you want to give it up.\nHow can I tolerate this?\"\nTEXT 84\n\nl'.!tCf ��ti!i{ C(it't,-64(;i!flltt� �� I\nc;\\!tlf� '5fVT1lf!Pf� '� �� 9ftt1f ? IrS II\n\n", "ant2#p0076": "Sanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\nText 86]\n\n43\n\ntabe sanatana kahe,- \"tomake namaskare\ntamara gambhira hrdaya ke bujhite pare?\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-at\n\nthat\n\nnamaskare-1\ngambhi ra\n\n-\n\ntime;\n\noffer\n\ndee p; hrdaya\n\nkahe-S anatana\n\nsanatana\n\nmy\n-\n\nrespectful\n\nobeisances\n\nGosvami\n\nunto\n\nYou;\n\nsaid;\n\ntomake\n\ntamara-Your;\n\nheart; ke-who; bujhite pare-can understand.\nTRANSLATION\n\nA t that time Sanatana Gosvami said to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, \"I offer my\nrespectful obeisances unto You. No one can understand the deep ideas You\nplan within Your heart.\nTEXT 85\n\n�t�� �\"\"f <;�i{ 'f�� ilt�t� I\n��i{ ifl iSftcil, �i!'ft f��i ift�� '$lRt I lr<t II\nka$thera putali yena kuhake nacaya\napane na jane, putali kiba nace gaya!\nSYNONYMS\n\nka$thera puta/i-a doll made of wood; yena-as; kuhake nacaya\n\n-\n\nmagician\n\ncauses to dance; apane-pers onally; na j ane-does not know; putali-the doll;\nkiba-how; nace-dances; gaya-sings\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"A wooden doll chants and dances according to the direction of a magician\nbut does not know how he is dancing and singing.\nTEXT 86\n\n� ��fi ilt�t\\S, � �i!� �� i{�ti{ I\n\n��fi if�, <;��1 iftm, <;ll� ilt� �S?ttil II\" \\r� II\nyare yaiche nacao, se taiche kare nartane\nkaiche nace, keba nacaya, seha nahi jane\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nyare\n\n-\n\nwhomever; yaiche-as; nacao-You cause to dance; se-that person;\n\ntaiche-so;\n\nkare\n\nnartane-dances;\n\nkaiche-how;\n\nnace-he\n\ndances;\n\nnacaya-who causes to dance; seha-he; nahi jane-does not know.\n\nkeba\n\n", "ant2#p0077": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n44\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, as You cause one to dance, he dances accordingly, but how\nhe dances and who is causing him to dance he does not know.\"\nTEXT 87\n\n�m� �t� ��-\"�i{, �fitw� 1\n'Pft11'11' i!f�J l�t� l)tt�i{ �Btt'! �i{t-f II \\r'l II\nharidase kahe prabhu, -\"suna, haridasa\nparera dravya ifiho cahena karite vinasa\nSYNONYMS\nharidase-Haridasa Thakura;\n\nkahe prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ad­\n\ndressed; suna haridasa-My dear Haridasa, please hear; parera dravya-another's\nproperty;\n\niliho-this\n\nSanatana Gosvami;\n\ncahena-wants;\n\nkarite vinasa-to\n\ndestroy.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then said to Haridasa Thakura,\n\n\"My dear\n\nHaridasa, please hear Me. This gentleman wants to destroy another's property.\nTEXT 88\n\n'Pft11'11' •t'PfJ lFU '<f.� ifl �' �llft11 I\n\nf�f� l\"�t11',- c<i'i{ i{1 <fit11' ��t11 1\" \\r\\r II\nparera sthapya dravya keha na khaya, vilaya\nni�edhiha inhare, -yena na kare anyaya\"\nSYNONYMS\nparera-by another; sthapya-to be kept; dravya-property; keha na khaya­\n\nno one uses; vi/aya-distributes; ni�edhiha-forbid; inhare-him; yena-so; na\nkare-he does not do; anyaya-something unlawful.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One who is entrusted with another's property does not distribute it or use\nit for his own purposes. Therefore, tell him not to do such an unlawful thing.\"\n\n", "ant2#p0078": "Text 91]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n45\n\nTEXT 89\n\nl!(Bf�t� �,-\"fif�JI �f<elfti{ �Rl I\n�'tlml �� �lf1t �c;l! il1 �tRf II lr� II\nharidasa kahe, -\"mithya abhimana kari\ntamara gambhira hrdaya bujhite na pari\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa kahe-Haridasa Thakura replied; mithya-falsely; abhimana kari-are\nproud; tamara-Your; gambhira-deep; hrdaya-intention; bujhite na pari-we\ncannot understand.\nTRANSLA liON\nHaridasa Thakura replied, \"We are falsely proud of our capabilities. Actually we cannot understand Your deep intentions.\nTEXT 90\n\n�'fit <;�'fit �t1i �fiT � <;� �t� I\n'{f1f ifllftilfl� <;�l!( iSft�?;l! if! �� II � II\no\n\nkon kan karya tumi kara kan dvare\ntumi na janai/e keha janite na pare\nSYNONYMS\nkon kan karya-what work; tumi-Yau; kara-perfarm; kan dvare-through\nwhich; tumi na janai/e-unless You make to understand; keha janite na pare-no\none can understand.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Unless You inform us, we cannot understand what Your purpose is nor\nwhat You want to do through whom.\nTEXT 91\n\n�1!1,-t � �·� \"'f�t� ���'Af I\n�I! �lfjt'$l:J •t1 i{1l!(1t <ftl!(t1f II\" �� II\netadrsa tumi inhare kariyacha angikara\neta saubhagya ihan na haya kahara\"\n\n", "ant2#p0079": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n46\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nSYNONYMS\netadrsa-such; tumi-You; irihare-him; kariyacha arigikara-have accepted;\neta saubhagya-so much fortune; ihari-upon him; na haya-is not possible;\nkahara-by anyone else.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear sir, since You, a great personality, have accepted Sanatana\nGosvami, he is greatly fortunate; no one can be as fortunate as he.\"\nTEXT 92\n\nl;!f;<!f �t� �Bt' �·�tf �t�it I\n\n'11-o�' <!fiBtti! �' <!tSBt\"1 $li{ II �� II\ntabe mahaprabhu kari' durihare alirigana\n'madhyahna' karite uthi' kari/a gamana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kari' durihare a/iriganaembracing both of them; madhya-ahna karite-to perform His noon duties;\nuthi'-getting up; karila gamana-left.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced both Haridasa Thakura and\nSanatana Gosvami and then got up and left to perform His noon duties.\nTEXT 93\n\n�itti!tit <!fit� rtBt�� <!tiRf' �tf'l1fit I\n\"'i!tlftl �tt'itHI' �1 it1 �ill <!fl�i{ II �� II\nsanatane kahe haridasa kari' alirigana\n\"tomara bhagyera sima na yaya kathana\nSYNONYMS\nsanatane-unto Sanatana GosvamT; kahe-said; haridasa-Haridasa Thakura;\nkari' a/irigana-embracing; tamara-your; bhagyera-of fortune; sima-limitation; na yaya kathana-cannot be d escribed.\nTRANSLA liON\n\"My dear Sanatana,\" Haridasa Thakura said, embracing him, \" no one can\nfind the limits of your good fortune.\n\n", "ant2#p0080": "Text 96]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n47\n\nTEXT 94\n\nQ!t�Hf '5tft <!15��� �'- '�t� f�Sf·l{�' I\n'i!t1fl·�1{ 'et�t-t �t� '<!15t� lgf� ll �8 ll\ntamara deha kahena prabhu 'mora nija-dhana'\ntoma-sama bhagyavan nahi kana jana\nSYNONYMS\ntamara deha-your body; kahena prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu says;\nmora-My; nija-dhana-personal property; toma-sama-like you; bhagyavanfortunate person; nahi-there is not; kana jana-anyone.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has accepted your body as His own property.\nTherefore no one can equal you in good fortune.\nTEXT 95\n\n�-·�tft � <!15t1t iff ��� �fif� I\n� �t1i <!1511�t<l 'i!t�1, '�� �t.11tti! ll �<t ll\nnija-dehe ye karya na parena karite\nse karya karaibe toma, seha mathurate\nSYNONYMS\nnija-dehe-with His personal body; ye karya-whatever business; na parena\nkarite-He cannot do; se karya-those things; karaibe-He will cause to do;\ntoma-you; seha-that; mathurate-in Mathura.\nTRANSLATION\n\"What Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu cannot do with His personal body He\nwants to do through you, and He wants to do it in Mathura.\nTEXT 96\n\n'� �t�t'! littft �1f, �� �'i �� I\n\n'i!'tlf� ,�)�t'StJ \\!!� ��( fii11R ll �� ll\nye karaite cahe isvara, sei siddha haya\ntamara saubhagya ei kahilwi niscaya\n\n", "ant2#p0081": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n48\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nSYNONYMS\nye-whatever;\n\nkaraite-to cause to do; cahe-wants; isvara-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; sei-that; siddha-s u ccessful; haya- is; tamara\nsaubhagya-your great fortune; ei-this; kahi/un-1 have spoken; niscaya-my\nconsidered opinion.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Whatever the Supreme Personality of Godhead wants us to do will successfully be accomplished. This is your great fortune. That is my mature opinion.\nTEXT 97\n\n'f)f�filllfit�, xtTIII·llilt�t�-fil(� I\n'\\!it�1-f4tt� <ti��t�i{, <Jf�( � II �'l II\nbhakti-siddhanta, sastra-acara-nirQaya\ntoma-dvare karaibena, bujhilun asaya\nSYNONYMS\nbhakti-siddhanta-conclusive decision in devotional service; sastra-according\nto the scriptural injunctions; acara-nirQaya-ascertainment of behavior;\n\ntomadvare-by you; karaibena-will cause to be done; bujhi/un-1 can understand;\nasaya- His desire.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I can understand from the words of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu that He\n\nwants you to write books about the conclusive decision of devotional service\nand about the regulative principles ascertained from the revealed scriptures.\nTEXT 98\n\n�t�� If!� '����<tit� i{'j \"ftf�'f I\nret�\\!i·'t_fitt'!i ;srfiJt' �� '� �Jtf '� 11 Cllr 11\namara ei deha prabhura karye na lagila\nbharata-bhamite janmi' ei deha vyartha haila\nSYNONYMS\n\namara-my; ei this; deha-body; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkarye-in the service; na /agi/a-co uld not be used; bharata-bhamite-in the\nland of India; janmi -taking birth; ei deha-this body; vyartha hai/a-has be-\n\n'\n\ncome useless.\n\n", "ant2#p0082": "Sanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\nText 99]\n\n49\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My body could not be used in the service of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTherefore although it took birth in the land of India, this body has been useless.\"\nPURPORT\nFor a further explanation of the importance of Bharata-bhomi, one may refer to\nthe Adi-lila (9.41) and also Srimad-Bhagavatam (5.19.19-27). The special feature\nof a birth in India is that a person born in India becomes automatically God conscious. In every part of India, and especially in the holy places of pilgrimage, even\nan ordinary uneducated man is inclined toward Kr�r:Ja consciousness, and as soon\nas he sees a Kr�r:Ja conscious person, he offers obeisances. India has many sacred\nrivers like the Ganges, Yamuna, Narmada, KaverT and Kr�r:Ja, and simply by bathing\nin these rivers people are liberated and become Kr�r:Ja conscious. SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu therefore says:\n\nbharata-bhamite haila manu?ya-janma yara\njanma sarthaka kari' kara para-upakara\n\nOne who has taken birth in the land of Bharata-bhOmi, India, should take full advantage of his birth. He should become completely well versed in the knowledge\n\nof the Vedas and spiritual culture and should distribute the experience of Kr�r:Ja\n\nconsciousness all over the world. People all over the world are madly engaging in\nsense gratification and in this way spoiling their human lives, with the risk that in\nthe next life they may become animals or less. Human society should be saved\nfrom such a risky civilization and the danger of animalism by awakening to God\nconsciousness, Kr�r:Ja consciousness. The Kr�r:Ja consciousness movement has\nbeen started for this purpose. Therefore unbiased men of the highest echelon\nshould study the principles of the Kr�r:Ja consciousness movement and fully\ncooperate with this movement to save human society.\n\nTEXT 99\n\n�itli!� <tlt�,-\"Q!t1li·�';f �� �� �fi{ I\n\n';{�� 'Stt'l �-';f�t�t�J<$f, ! �� II\nsanatana kahe, -\"toma-sama keba ache ana\n\nmahaprabhura gaQe tumi-maha-bhagyavan!\nSYNONYMS\n\nsanatana kahe-Sanatana GosvamT said; toma-sama-like you; keba-who;\n\nache-is there; ana\n\n-\n\nanother ; mahaprabhura-of\n\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\n", "ant2#p0083": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n50\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 4\n\ngaQe-among the personal associates; tumi-you; maha-bhagyavan-the most\nfortunate.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami replied, \"0 Haridasa Thakura, who is equal to you? You\nare one of the associates of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Therefore you are the\nmost fortunate.\nTEXT 100\n\n���rn-� <21t_�-il\"tlf·<2li1t1f 1\nc;Jt• �-�1� <21'f �t�if �tlf1� �� n �\n\no o\n\nn\n\navatara-karya prabhura -nama-pracare\nsei nija-karya prabhu karena tamara dvare\nSYNONYMS\navatara-karya-mission\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nincarnation;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; nama-pracare-spreading the importance of the holy name of the\nLord;\n\nsei-that;\n\nnija-karya-mission\n\nof\n\nHis\n\nlife;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; karena- pe rforms; tamara dvare-through you.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The mission of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, for which He has descended as\nan incarnation, is to spread the importance of chanting the holy name of the\nLord. Now instead of personally doing so, He is spreading it through you.\nTEXT 101\n\n<2i�J� <!fi� �if'i'lti il1�-ll��il I\n\n�(ft� �1t'if <fi� iltt�� ���1 ��il II �o� II\npratyaha kara tina-lak�a nama-sankirtana\nsabara age kara namera mahima kathana\nSYNONYMS\nprati-aha-daily;\n\nkara-you\n\ndo;\n\ntina-/ak�a-300,000;\n\nnama-sankirtana­\n\nchanting of the holy name; sabara age-before everyone; kara-you do;\nnamera-of the holy name; mahima kathana-discussion of the glories.\n\n", "ant2#p0084": "Text 103]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n51\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear sir, you are chanting the holy name 300,000 times daily and informing everyone of the importance of such chanting.\nTEXT 102\n\n�t�l;i( �t�c;� (;<fi�, i(1 \"<fit� ��t� I\n� <fit�il (;<IS�, i(1 <fit�i( �t�t� II �o� II\napane acare keha, na kare pracara\npracara karena keha, na karena acara\nSYNONYMS\n\napane-personally; acare-behaves; keha-someone; na kare pracara-does\nnot do preaching work; pracara karena-does preaching work; keha-someone;\nna karena acara-does not behave strictly according to the principles.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Some behave very well but do not preach the cult of Kr�r:'la consciousness,\nwhereas others preach but do not behave properly.\nTEXT 103\n\n'���', '���',-i!tt�� <fi�� '��' <fittf I\n\n�f1f-�(-��' � iSf�i;�� �ttf 11\" �o� II\n'acara', 'pracara', -namera karaha 'dui' karya\ntumi-sarva-guru, tumi jagatera arya\nSYNONYMS\n\nacara pracara-behaving well and preaching; namera-of the holy name;\nkaraha-you do; dui-two; karya-works; tumi-you; sarva-guru-everyone's\nspiritual master; tumi-you; jagatera arya-the most advanced devotee within\nthis world.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You simultaneously perform both duties in relation to the holy name by\nyour personal behavior and by your preaching. Therefore you are the spiritual\nmaster of the entire world, for you are the most advanced devotee in the\nworld.\"\n\n", "ant2#p0085": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n52\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nPURPORT\nSanatana Gosvami clearly defines herein the bona fide spiritual master of the\nworld. The qualifications expressed in this connection are that one must act according to the scriptural injunctions and at the same time preach. One who does\nso is a bona fide spiritual master. Haridasa Thakura was the ideal spiritual master\nbecause he regularly chanted on his beads a prescribed number of times. Indeed,\nhe was chanting the holy name of the Lord 300,000 times a day. Similarly, the\nmembers of the Kr��a consciousness movement chant a minimum of sixteen\nrounds a day, which can be done without difficulty, and at the same time they\nmust preach the cult of Caitanya Mahaprabhu according to the gospel of\nBhagavad-gita As It Is. One who does so is quite fit to become a spiritual master\nfor the entire world.\nTEXT 104\n\n1.!1�11'! ���il: il:Til:1·<\\'I�Hit� I\n����i �t�tlif� ��' \\.!l��r;� II � o 8 II\nei-mata dui-jana nana-katha-rarige\nkm)a-katha asvadaya rahi' eka-sarige\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; dui-jana-two persons; nana-katha-rarige-in the happiness of discussing various subject matters; km)a-katha-the subject matter of\nKr��a; asvadaya-they taste; rahi' eka-sarige\n\n-keeping together.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way the two of them passed their time discussing subjects concerning Kr�r;�a. Thus they enjoyed life together.\nTEXT 105\n\n�'tijjt�� ��\"1'1 �<I '��� ���'! I\n\n'J1�e, '�\"''i �t� ���t�i lif�llfil: II �o<t II\nyatra-ka/e ai/a saba gauc;:lera bhakta-gaQa\npurvavat kaila sabe ratha-yatra darasana\nSYNONYMS\nyatra-ka/e-during the time of the car festival; a i/a-came; saba-all; gauc;:lera\nbhakta-gaQa-devotees from\n\nBengal;\n\npurvavat\n\n-like previously; kai/a-did;\n\nsabe-all; ratha-yatra darasana-visiting the car festival of Lord Jagannatha.\n\n", "ant2#p0086": "Text 107]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n53\n\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the time of Ratha-yatra, all the devotees arrived from Bengal to visit\nthe cart festival as they had done previously.\nTEXT 106\n\n1f�-�r;l1t �� C�f;li <f'Bt'i! i{�i{ I\n\n,�� �e,<tit� C�'i �ilt�r;il� l!il II � 0� II\nratha-agre prabhu taiche karila nartana\ndekhi camatkara hai/a sanatanera mana\nSYNONYMS\nratha-agre-in front of the car; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; taichesimilarly; kari/a nartana-performed dancing; dekhi-seeing; camatkara hailawas astonished; sanatanera mana-the mind of Sanatana.\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the Ratha-yatra festival, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu again danced\nbefore the cart of Jagannatha. When Sanatana Gosvami saw this, his mind was\nastonished.\nTEXT 107\n\n�1i11f ��-�{tJI 11'�'11 �� fil� ��'ltr;� I\n�-llr;e? �� ��'i1 �ilt�r;il II � O'l II\nvar�ara cari-masa rahila saba nija bhakta-gaQe\nsaba-sange prabhu mi/aila sanatane\nSYNONYMS\nvar�ara cari-masa-the four months of the rainy season; rahi/a-remained;\nsaba-all; nija bhakta-gaQe-the devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sabasar'lge-with all\n\nof them;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nmi/ai/a-in­\n\ntroduced; sanatane-Sanatana.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord's devotees from Bengal stayed at Jagannatha Puri during the four\nmonths of the rainy season, and lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu introduced\nSanatana Gosvami to them all.\n\n", "ant2#p0087": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n54\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTEXTS 108-110\n\n����, ��Jtiliii, �<!lt#f, �?;;i!P.I� I\n�t��<!l, ���t�, �t�<!l, Wt?;;�'lli� II �017' II\n\n�1, �t��' ���� �r��-�wt�� 1\nlft(�\\11, �t11til�, iSf�IWtil�, -��� II �o� II\n\"'tJtl'!f�, '�t�\"'tfif �� ���'! I\nlf�1·lf?;;il lfilt�?;;il� <r-�t�\"f1 f'i!�il II � �o II\nadvaita, nityananda, srivasa, vakresvara\nvasudeva, murari, raghava, damodara\npuri, bharati, svarupa, paQc;fita-gadadhara\nsarvabhauma, ramananda, jagadananda, sankara\nkasisvara, govindadi yata bhakta-gaQa\nsaba-sane sanatanera karaila milana\n\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-Advaita;\nVakresvara;\n\nnityananda-Nityananda;\n\nvasudeva-Vasudeva;\n\nsrivasa-Srivasa;\n\nmurari-Murari;\n\nvakresvara­\n\nraghava-Raghava;\n\ndamodara-Damodara; puri-Puri; bharati-Bharati; svarupa-SvarOpa; paQc;fitagadadhara -Gadadhara\nRamananda;\n\nPar;�<;lita;\n\nsarvabhauma -Sarvabhauma;\n\njagadananda-Jagadananda;\n\nsankara-Sankara;\n\nramanandakasisvara­\n\nKasiSvara; govinda-Govinda; adi-and others; yata bhakta-gaQa-all the devotees; saba-sane-with all of them; sanatanera-of Sanatana Gosvami; karaila\nmilana-made introduction.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu introduced Sanatana Gosvami to these and other\nselected devotees: Advaita, Nityananda, Srivasa, Vakresvara, Vasudeva,\nMurari, Raghava, Damodara, Paramananda Puri, Brahmananda Bharati,\nSvarupa Damodara, Gadadhara Par;��ita, Sarvabhauma, Ramananda, Jagadananda, Salikara, Kasisvara and Govinda.\n\nTEXT 111\n\n��a�tm <fl�t�e, lf�� ��'� <�\"'ii 1\n�tr;;� <fi��� lf�� ��t� ��i{ II �� � II\n\n", "ant2#p0088": "Text 113]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n55\n\nyatha-yogya karaila sabara caral)a vandana\ntafire karaila sabara krpara bhajana\nSYNONYMS\nyatha-yogya-as it is fit; karaila-caused to perform; sabara-of all; caral)a\nvandana-worshiping the lotus feet; talire-him; karaila-made; sabara-of all of\nthem; krpara bhajana-object of mercy.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord asked Sanatana Gosvami to offer obeisances to all the devotees in\na way that befitted each one. Thus He introduced Sanatana Gosvami to them\nall, just to make him an object of their mercy.\nTEXT 112\n\n��t'i, �tf�ti!J, �<tt� f�11-��'ti!� I\n��tC�t�J ��1·,�®·,'$1)�-�tiSf� II � �� II\nsad-guQe, paQr;iitye, sabara priya-sanatana\nyatha-yogya krpa-maitri-gaurava-bhajana\nSYNONYMS\nsat-guQe-in good qualities; paQr;iitye-in learning; sabara priya-dear to\neveryone; sanatana-Sanatana Gosvami; yatha-yogya-as it is suitable; krpamercy; maitri-friendship; gaurava-honor; bhajana-worthy of being offered.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami was dear to everyone because of his exalted qualities in\nlearning. Suitably, therefore, they bestowed upon him mercy, friendship\nand honor.\nTEXT 113\n\n�<!5a, '<t�<t �t� ,��t\\ift-t ,�a,11\n��ti!� 1f�t�� ��'I ��� II � �� II\nsakala vai�Qava yabe gaur;ia-dese gela\nsanatana mahaprabhura caraQe rahi/a\nSYNONYMS\nsakala-all; vai�Qava-devotees; yabe-when; gaur;ia-dese-to Bengal; ge/areturned;\n\nsanatana-Sanatana\n\nGosvami;\n\nmahaprabhura-of\n\nMahaprabhu; caral)e rahila-stayed at the lotus feet.\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\n", "ant2#p0089": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n56\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all the other devotees returned to Bengal after the Ratha-yatra\nfestival, Sanatana Gosvami stayed under the care of the lotus feet of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 114\n\n'Wt'i�-�tfW � ���� 'W�'i I\nfW�il·\"fW�il �-��� �tili5! �tf�'i II ��8 II\ndola-yatra-adi prabhura sarigete dekhila\ndine-dine prabhu-sarige ananda bagila\nSYNONYMS\ndola-yatra-the festival of Dola-yatra; adi-and others; prabhura sarigetewith Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dekhila-he saw; dine-dine-day after day;\nprabhu-sarige-in the association of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ananda bagilahis pleasure increased.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana\n\nGosvami observed\n\nthe Dola-yatra ceremony with Lord Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. In this way, his pleasure increased in the company of\nthe Lord.\nTEXT 115\n\n�(��-tt�-il�� �ilt�il �� ��a,i I\n�iSf.i�t� �ifl. �t�1{ \"Pt�'lfii <fi��i II ��� II\npurve vaisakha-mase sanatana yabe aila\njyai$tha-mase prabhu tarire parik$a karila\nSYNONYMS\npurve-formerly; vaisakha-mase-during the month of April-May; sanatanaSanatana Gosvami; yabe-when; ai/a-came; jyai$tha-mase-in the month of\nMay-June;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\ntarire-him;\n\nparik$a karila­\n\ntested.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami had come to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu at Jagannatha\nPuri during the month of April-May, and during the month of May-June Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu tested him.\n\n", "ant2#p0090": "Sanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\nText 118]\n\n57\n\nTEXT 116\n\nC���t� �!_ �����-d�tl;i �1�'11 I\n��·�il_�1ft�� �1�1 f� ..i '� �fil\"fi II ��� II\njyai�tha-mase prabhu yamesvara-tota aila\nbhakta-anurodhe tahan bhik�a ye kari/a\nSYNONYMS\njyai�tha-mase-during\n\nthe\n\nmonth\n\nof\n\nMay-June;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; yamesvara-tota-to the garden of Lord Siva, Yamesvara; ai/acame; bhak ta-anurodhe-on the request of the devotees; tahan-the re; bhik�a\nye karila-accepted prasada.\nTRANSLATION\nIn that month of May-June, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu came to the garden of\nYamesvara [lord Siva] and accepted prasada there at the request of the devotees.\nTEXT 117\n\n��Jt�-�'Jiit<fitC'i �ift��i{ '<1t'itl'i I\n�� '<1t'it��1, oit1f �fi{� <1tf�'1 II ��'I II\nmadhyahna-bhik�a-kale sanatane bolaila\nprabhu bolai/a, tanra ananda bac;lila\nSYNONYMS\nmadhya-ahna-at noon; bhik�a-ka/e-at the time for lunch; sanatane-for\nSanatana\n\nGosvami;\n\nbo/ai/a-He\n\ncalled;\n\nprabhu bolaila-Lord\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu called; tar'lra-his; ananda-happiness; ba c;ii/a-increased.\nTRANSLATION\nAt noon, when it was time for lunch, the lord called for Sanatana Gosvami,\nwhose happiness increased because of the call.\nTEXT 118\n\n��tt� �ll_lft·<1t��l.fPtt� �f'tt·�';! I\n'�l'Pft� �i{� <fiBl\"ff '$f';!i{ II ��1r II\nmadhyahne samudra-valu hanache agni-sama\nsei-pathe sanatana karila gamana\n\n", "ant2#p0091": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n58\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nSYNONYMS\nmadhya-ahne-at noon; samudra-vafu-the sand by the sea; haiiache-was;\nagni-sama-as\n\nhot\n\nas\n\nfire;\n\nsei-pathe-by\n\nthat\n\npath;\n\nsanatana-Sanatana\n\nGosvami; karifa gamana-came.\nTRANSLATION\nAt noon the sand on the beach was as hot as fire, but Sanatana Gosvami\ncame by that path.\nTEXT 119\n\n'�t. c;�t\"ft$�1i',-�� �tilf'f!� �till\n��-�t�<rStt'! �1 c;�tt�, '!t�1 ilt� �ttilll���ll\n'prabhu bofaiiache', -ei anandita mane\ntapta-vafukate pa poc;Je, taha nahi jane\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu bofaiiache-the Lord has called; ei-this; anandita -happy; manewithin the mind; tapta-vafukate-on the hot sand; pa-feet; poc;Je-were burning; taha-that; nahi jane-could not understand.\nTRANSLATION\nOverwhelmed by joy at being called by the Lord, Sanatana Gosvami did not\nfeel that his feet were burning in the hot sand.\nTEXT 120\n\n� � �t� ��' ��c;'SWrl ��ttill\n�� <rSRf' ��� <fiRf�tt-il ��� II ��\n\no\n\nII\n\ndui paye phoska haifa, tabu gefa prabhu-sthane\nbhik?a kari' mahaprabhu kariyachena visrame\nSYNONYMS\ndui paye-on the two soles; phoska haifa-there were blisters; tabu-still;\ngefa-came; prabhu-sthane-to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhik?a kari'-after\nfinishing lunch; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kariyachena visramewas taking rest.\n\n", "ant2#p0092": "Text 122]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the lord\n\n59\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the soles of both his feet were blistered because of the heat, he\nnevertheless went to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. There he found that the lord,\nhaving taken His lunch, was resting.\nTEXT 121\n\nf�'l51·��r;-t�·�t� c;'Stt��t l!tr;� fwifl I\n��� �t$i 'fift'!i{ �\"i_�tr;-t 'Cit�iflll ��� II\nbhik$a-ava5e$a-patra govinda tare dila\nprasada pafia sanatana prabhu-pase ai/a\nSYNONYMS\nbhik$a-ava5e$a-of remnants of the food; patra-plate;\n\ngovinda\n\n-\n\nGovinda;\n\ntare di /a-del ivered to him; prasada pafia-after taking the remnants of food;\nsanatana-Sanatana GosvamT; prabhu-pase-to Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nai/a-came.\nTRANSLATION\nGovinda gave Sanatana Gosvami the plate with the remnants of lord\nCaitanya's food. After taking the prasada, Sanatana Gosvami approached lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 122\n\n� �r;�,-'� �Ql 'C!tlifl, �t\\!i{ ?'\n� �,-'�'l\\Jf-�7;;�, �fit( �'rt�i{ II'��� II\nprabhu kahe, -'kon pathe aila, sanatana?'\ntenha kahe, -'samudra-pathe, karilun agamana'\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord inquired;\n\nkon pathe-through which path;\n\naila\n\nsanatana-you have come, Sanatana; tenha kahe-he replied; samudra-patheon the path by the sea; karilun agamana-1 have come.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the lord inquired, \"By which path have you comeJ\" Sanatana\nGosvami replied, \"I have come on the path along the beach.\"\n\n", "ant2#p0093": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n60\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 123\n\n<2l'l <lit�, \"��-.,t�<IS� '��ti{ 'C{� ?\n-\n\nflf��t� ��-=it��, '<�Stif ili 'Citl� ?��� n\nprabhu kahe, -\"tapta-vafukate kemane ai/a?\nsimha-dvarera patha-sitafa, kene na aila?\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; tapta-vafukate-on hot sand;\nkemane ai/a-how did you come; simha-dvarera patha-the path of the Simhadvara gate; sitafa-very cool; kene-why; na ai/a-did you not come.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"How did you come through the beach\nwhere the sand is so hoH Why didn't you come by the path in front of the\nSirhha-dvara gate? It is very cool.\nPURPORT\nSirhha-dvara refers to the main gate on the eastern side of the Jagannatha\ntemple.\nTEXT 124\n\n�!�·�<�Sill ,i!t11Bf �rn c� a'i 1\n\n�lift�!� �t�, �tif <ISBt'11 ��il ?\"��8 II\ntapta-vafukaya tamara paya haifa vral)a\ncafite na para, kemane karifa sahana?\"\nSYNONYMS\ntapta-vafukaya-by the hot sand; tamara-your; paya-on the soles; haifathere were; vral)a-blisters; cafite na para-you cannot walk; kemane-how;\nkarifa sahana-did you tolerate.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The hot sand must have blistered your soles. Now you cannot walk. How\ndid you tolerate iH\"\n\n", "ant2#p0094": "Text 127]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n61\n\nTEXT 125\n\n��tl!� <fl�,-\"�� �Ill'! �1 �c( I\n� \\31'1 ��ttli � � �tf�· II ��(!' II\nsanatana kahe, - \"dukha bahuta na pailun\npaye vraQa hafiache taha na janilun\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana kahe-Sanatana GosvamT replied; dukha-pain; bahuta-much; na\npai/un-1 did not feel; paye-on the soles; vraQa hafiache-there were blisters;\ntaha-that; na jani/un-1 did not know.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami replied, \"I did not feel much pain, nor did I know that\nthere are blisters because of the heat.\nTEXT 126\n\nfit��� ��t� �� � �fit<flf1{ I\nR�-it�t� �!'ttl <::Jt�t� ��t1{ II ��� II\nsirhha-dvare yaite mora nahi adhikara\nvise�e - thakurera tahan sevakera pracara\nSYNONYMS\nsirhha-dvare-in front of the main gate, known as Sirhha-dvara; yaite-to go;\nmora-my; nahi adhikara-there is no right; vise�e-specifically; thakurera-of\nLord Jagannatha; tahan-there; sevakera pra cara-tra ffi c of the servants.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have no right to pass by the Simha-dvara, for the servants of Jagannatha\nare always coming and going there.\nTEXT 127\n\n<;�� '5fl!t'5f� <flt1f, �tft �� � I\n\n��'��'�txt�� <:� II\" ��'l II\nsevaka gatagati kare, nahi avasara\ntara sparsa haile, sarva-nasa habe mora\"\n\n", "ant2#p0095": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n62\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nSYNONYMS\nsevaka-servants; gatagati kare-come and go; nahi avasara-there is no interval; tara sparsa haile-if I touch them; sarva-nasa habe mora-l shall be ruined.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The servants are always coming and going without interval. If I touch\nthem, I shall be ruined.\"\nPURPORT\nHerein it is very clearly indicated that priests performing Deity worship should\nbe careful to keep themselves completely pure and not be touched by outsiders.\nSanatana GosvamT and Haridasa Thakura, thinking themselves mlecchas and\nyavanas because of their past association with Mohammedans, did not enter the\ntemple nor even travel on the path in front of the temple gate. It is customary for\nthe priests of temples in India not even to touch outsiders nor enter the Deity\nroom after having been touched. This is a very important item in temple worship.\nTEXT 128\n\n�fil' �t�'- 1(1;� � �t��1 I\n\n� ��1 it� f� ��� �tf� n ��17' n\nsuni' mahaprabhu mane santo�a paila\ntu�ta hana taine kichu kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mane-in the mind;\nsanto�a paila-became very happy; tu�ta hana-being pleased; tatire-unto him;\nkichu-something; kahite lagila-began to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving heard all these details, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, greatly pleased,\nspoke as follows.\nTEXTS 129-130\n\n\"�M� 1_fif � �SP'Ite.�� I\n�t1f1-�?;a( ��� �11 '��-�'It'\"! n ��� n\nl!�t� 'e�-��-rt-�1�'Jti'\"l I\n�t�1·?fti(i{ �11 �� �'\"! n ��o 11\n\n", "ant2#p0096": "Text 132]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the lord\n\n63\n\n\"yadyapio tumi hao jagat-pavana\ntoma-sparse pavitra haya deva-muni-gaf)a\ntathapi bhak ta-svabhava -maryada-rak�af)a\nmaryada-pa/ana haya sadhura bha�af)a\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapio-although; tumi-you; hao-are; jagat-pavana-the deliverer of the\nentire universe; toma-you; sparse-by touching; pavitra-purified; haya-becomes; deva-muni-gaQa-the demigods and great saintly persons; tathapi-still;\nbhakta-svabhava-the nature of a devotee; maryada-etiquette; rak�af)a-to\nprotect or observe; maryada palana-to maintain etiquette; haya-is; sadhura\nbha�af)a-ornament of devotees.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Sanatana, although you are the deliverer of the entire universe\nand although even the demigods and great saints are purified by touching\nyou, it is the characteristic of a devotee to observe and protect the Vai�l)ava\netiquette. Maintenance of the Vai��:tava etiquette is the ornament of a devotee.\nTEXT 131\n\n��1-c;ripfti{ <;\"ft� � ��� I\n��\"'t�, 9f1ft\"ft�-� �� i{tllf II ��� II\nmaryada-langhane /aka kare upahasa\niha-laka, para-/aka-dui haya nasa\nSYNONYMS\nmaryada-langhane-by surpassing the customs of etiquette; /aka-people;\nkare upahasa-joke; iha loka-this world; para-/aka-the next world; dui-two;\n-\n\nhaya nasa-become vanquished.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If one transgresses the laws of etiquette, people make fun of him, and thus\nhe is vanquished in both this world and the next.\nTEXT 132\n\n�'titlfl1ftf�\"f, '1.� C�\"f <;�t1( �i{ I\n'l.fll �t� i{1 �rnt\"f �tif ,�-t � ?\" ��� 11\n\n", "ant2#p0097": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n64\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nmaryada rakhi/e, tu?ta kaile mora mana\ntumi aiche na karile kare kon jana?\"\nSYNONYMS\nmaryada rakhile-since you have observed the etiquette; tu$ta kai/e-you\nhave satisfied; mora mana-My mind; tumi-you; aiche-like that; na karilewithout doing; kare-would do; kon jana-who.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By observing the etiquette, you have satisfied My mind. Who else but you\nwill show this example?\"\nTEXT 133\n\n�i! <tfGi' �\" ftt� �� '�Ql I\n\n�� <li���i � ��'lr Qltf'*'f II �\\!)� II\neta bali' prabhu tanre alingana kaila\ntanra kaf)c;iu-rasa prabhura sri-ange lagila\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tanre-him; alingana\nkai/a-embraced;\n\ntanra-his;\n\nkaf)c;iu-rasa-moisture oozing from the itches;\n\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sri-ange /agi/a-smeared the body.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced Sanatana Gosvami,\nand the moisture oozing from the itching sores on Sanatana's body smeared\nthe body of the Lord.\nTEXT 134\n\n<'11� <I� f.l��' '!i� <li� �f��� I\n� �1 i(tt'$f, �:� ?it� �t:!� II �\\!)8 II\nbara bara ni$edhena, tabu kare alingana\nange rasa /age, duf:Jkha paya sanatana\nSYNONYMS\nbara bara-again and again; ni?edhena-forbids; tabu-still; kare alingana-He\nembraces; ange-on the body; rasa /age-oozing moisture touches; duf:Jkhaunhappiness; paya-gets; sanatana-Sanatana GosvamT.\n\n", "ant2#p0098": "Text 136]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n65\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Sanatana Gosvami forbade Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to embrace\nhim, the Lord did so. Thus His body was smeared with the moisture from\nSanatana's body, and Sanatana became greatly distressed.\nTEXT 135\n\nt.!l�11t� ��<f.-�'- ro.,\"� �� <;'11\"11 I\n�� �il iSfmftil� :Jtilti!tilt1f fif� II ��� II\nei-mate sevaka-prabhu durihe ghara gela\nara dina jagadananda sanatanere milila\nSYNONYMS\nei-mate-in this way; sevaka-prabhu-the servant and the master; duriheboth of them; ghara ge/a-returned to their respective places; ara dina-the next\nday; jagadananda-Jagadananda; sanatanere mili/a-met Sanatana Gosvaml.\nTRANSLATION\nThus both servant and master departed for their respective homes. The next\nday, Jagadananda Par;��ita went to meet Sanatana Gosvami.\nTEXT 136\n\n��� ��' fl�tf'i·<;'ltti't C� I\n9ffut�t1f lfilti!il �:� fi(r;�fw'i'l II ��� II\ndui-jana vasi' km)a-katha-go�thf kai/a\npat:u;fitere sanatana duf:Jkha nivedi/a\nSYNONYMS\ndui-jana vasi'-both of them sitting;\ngo�thf-discussion;\n\nkai/a-did;\n\nkmJa-katha-topics of Lord Kr�r_1a;\n\npary;fitere-unto\n\nJagadananda\n\nPar_1<;iita;\n\nsanatana-Sanatana GosvamT; du/:lkha ni vedi/a-submitted his unhappiness.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Jagadananda Par;��ita and Sanatana Gosvami sat together and began\nto discuss topics about Kr�r;�a, Sanatana Gosvami submitted to Jagadananda\nPar;�� ita the cause of his distress.\n\n", "ant2#p0099": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n66\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 137\n\n\"�t1 ���tiS �t_� �' 'l:� �itt� I\n��i ';{ti{, ��i �t_ i{i fif�i �filti! II ��'\\ II\n\"ihari ailari prabhure dekhi' du/:rkha khaQ(iaite\nyeba mane, taha prabhu na dila karite\nSYNONYMS\n\nihari-here (to Jagannatha PurT); ailari -I have come; prabhure-Lord SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; dekhi'-by seeing; du/:rkha khaQ(iaite-to diminish my\nunhappiness; yeba mane-what was in my mind; taha-that; prabhu-Lord SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; na dila karite-did not allow me to do.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I came here to diminish my unhappiness by seeing Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, but the Lord did not allow me to execute what was in my mind.\nTEXT 138\n\n�t�!lft'! �t. �tM&'fi{ �t1!fi{ <;�tt1!1' I\nc;�t1!1' ����1 �tt'if �t.� -t�t1!1' II ��17' II\nni?edhite prabhu alirigana karena more\nmora kaQ(iu-rasa /age prabhura sarire\nSYNONYMS\n\nni?edhite-although I forbid; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; a/iriganaembracing; karena-does; more-unto me; mora kaQ(iu-rasa-my wet sores;\n/age-touches; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sarire-on the body.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although I forbid Him to do so, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu nevertheless\nembraces me, and therefore His body becomes smeared with the discharges\nfrom my itching sores.\nTEXT 139\n\n�·PfiH'f �11 c;�t1!1', i{tf�� fil�t1!1' I\n\n�'ititt�� i{i c;5ff�11, --� 'l:� ��t1!1' II ��� II\n\n", "ant2#p0100": "Sanatana Gosvami Visits the lord\n\nText 141]\n\n67\n\naparadha haya mora, nahika nistara\njagannatheha na dekhiye, -e dubkha apara\nSYNONYMS\naparadha-offense;\n\nhaya-is;\n\nmora-mine;\n\nnahika\n\nnistara-there\n\nis\n\nno\n\ndeliverance; jagannatheha-also Lord jagannatha; na dekhiye-1 cannot see; ethis; dubkha apara-great unhappiness.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this way I am committing offenses at His lotus feet, for which I shall certainly not be delivered. At the same time, I cannot see lord Jagannatha. This is\nmy great unhappiness.\nTEXT 140\n\n��-fi{fif� �t�\"fti§ �tfif, C�\"f ��?;� I\nf<ti <fiRt?;\"f f�� �� illBl fil�lBl?;� ll\" �So II\nhita-nimitta ailana ami, hai/a viparite\nki karile hita haya nari nirdharite\"\nSYNONYMS\nhita-nimitta-for benefit; ai/ana-came; ami-1; haila viparite--it has become\njust the opposite;\n\nki karile-how; hita haya-there will be benefit;\n\nnari\n\nnirdharite-1 cannot ascertain.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I came here for my benefit, but now I see that I am getting just the opposite. I do not know, nor can I ascertain, how there will be benefit for me.\"\nTEXT 141\n\n9ffu� �,-\",�� <!lt��tm '��t<!lil' 1\n1{�� QTM' �ttl <!II�� ��illl �8� II\npar:u;fita kahe, -\"tamara vasa-yogya 'vrndavana'\nratha-yatra dekhi' tahafi karaha gamana\nSYNONYMS\npaf)c;lita kahe-Jagadananda Pal)c;jita said; tamara--your; vasa-yogya-a suitable place for residence; vrndavana-Vrndavana; ratha-yatra dekhi'--after seeing\nthe Ratha-yatra festival; tahali-there; karaha gamana-go.\n\n", "ant2#p0101": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n68\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda PaQ«;;ita said, \"The most suitable place for you to reside is\nVrndavana. After seeing the Ratha-yatra festival, you can return there.\nTEXT 142\n\n�� �tet1 ��ttli 'i!t111' �� �� I\n\n��t�til ,�,, �t�1 �('�� �r;� II �8� II\nprabhura ajfia hafiache toma' dui bhaye\nvrndavane vaisa, tahali sarva-sukha paiye\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\najfia-order; hafiache-has been;\n\ntoma'-you; dui bhaye-to the two brothers; vrndavane vaisa-sit down at\nVrndavana; tahali-there; sarva-sukha-all happiness; paiye-you will get.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The lord has already ordered both of you brothers to situate yourselves in\nVrndavana. There you will achieve all happiness.\nTEXT 143\n\n'�·<lit� ��\"(1, ��� OT��1 ��'1 I\n1{7;;� i9f'St�tl 'W�' ��� 'St1!il II\" �8� II\nye-karye aila, prabhura dekhila caral)a\nrathe jagannatha dekhi' karaha gamana\"\nSYNONYMS\nye-karye-for\n\nwhich\n\nbusiness;\n\nai/a-you\n\nhave\n\ncome;\n\nprabhura-of SrT\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; dekhila-you have seen; caral)a-the feet; rathe-on the\ncar; jagannatha-Lord jagannatha; dekhi'-after seeing; karaha gamana-go.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Your purpose in coming has been fulfilled, for you have seen the lotus feet\nof the lord. Therefore, after seeing lord Jagannatha on the Ratha-yatra car,\nyou can leave.\"\n\n", "ant2#p0102": "Text 145]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the lord\n\n69\n\nTEXT 144\n\n�ilt�il �f;ri,-\"�t\"f ,�'11 ��t\\M I\n� �t�, �t c;�t� '��� c;�-t' II\" �88 II\nsanatana kahe, -\"bha/a kaila upadesa\ntahail yaba, sei mora 'prabhu-datta desa'\"\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana kahe-Sanatana Gosvami replied; bhala kaila upadesa-you have\ngiven good advice; tahail yaba-1 shall go there; sei-that; mora-my; prabhudatta-given by the Lord; desa-residential country.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami replied, \"You have given me very good advice. I shall\ncertainly go there, for that is the place the lord has given me for my residence.\"\nPURPORT\nThe words prabhu-datta desa are very significant. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\ndevotional cult teaches one not to sit down in one place but to spread the devotional cult all over the world. The Lord dispatched Sanatana Gosvami and ROpa\nGosvami to Vrndavana to excavate and renovate the holy places and from there\nestablish the cult of bhakti. Therefore Vrndavana was given to Sanatana Gosvami\nand ROpa Gosvami as their place of residence. Similarly, everyone in the line of S ri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's devotional cult should accept the words of the spiritual\nmaster and thus spread the Kr��a consciousness movement. They should go\neverywhere, to all parts of the world, accepting those places as prabhu-datta desa,\nthe places of residence given by the spiritual master or Lord Kr��a. The spiritual\nmaster is the representative of Lord Kr��a; therefore one who has carried out the\norders of the spiritual master is understood to have carried out the orders of Kr��a\nor Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted to spread the\nbhakti cult all over the world (prthivite ache yata nagaradi grama). Therefore\ndevotees in the line of Kr��a consciousness must go to different parts of the world\nand preach, as ordered by the spiritual master. That will satisfy S ri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 145\n\n�� �f\"f' �·� �i!lf-�tt1t ��' c;�\"fi I\n�t� Nil';{��,. fiff\"f�tr;� �t�\"fi II �Set II\n\n", "ant2#p0103": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n70\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\neta bali' dunhe nija-karye uthi' gela\nara dina mahaprabhu milibare aila\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-talking like this; dunhe-both )ag adananda Par;�c;Jita and Sanatana\nGosv ami; nija-karye-to their respe ctive duties; uthi'-getting up; ge/a- went;\nara dina-the next day; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; milibare ai/ac ame to meet.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter talking in this way, Sanatana Gosvami and Jagadananda Pa��ita\nreturned to their respective duties. The next day, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwent to see Haridasa and Sanatana Gosvami.\nTEXT 146\n\n��t� ,�'11 � ijit\"f ��i{ I\n��tr;� ,��1 �'t, <;�'al·�tfli�i{ II �8� II\nharidasa kai/a prabhura caraoa vandana\nharidase kaila prabhu prema-a/ingana\n\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa-Haridasa\nMahaprabhu;\nHaridasa;\n\ncaraoa\n\nkaila\n\n-\n\ndid;\n\nThakura;\n\nkai/a\n\n-\n\ndid;\n\nvandana-w orshiping\n\nprabhura-of\nthe\n\nLord Sri Caitanya\n\nlotus feet;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nharidase-unto\n\nprema-alingana­\n\nembracing in ecstatic love.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura offered obeisances to the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, and the Lord embraced him in ecstatic love.\nTEXT 147\n\n�1t '�tl! W�·�1t'ftlf \"f.t1t ��<!� I\n�'- <;�t�t11 �t1t �t1t �Bftl! �tf��i{ II �8� II\ndura haite dao(ia-paraoama kare sanatana\nprabhu bolaya bara bara karite alingana\n\n", "ant2#p0104": "Sanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\nText 149]\n\n71\n\nSYNONYMS\ndOra haite-from a distant place; dal)r;ia-paral)ama-offering obeisances and\ndal)r;iavats;\n\nkare-did;\n\nsanatana-Sanatana\n\nGosvamT;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; bolaya-calls; bara bara-again and again; karite alingana-to\nembrace.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami offered his obeisances and dar:Jc.favats from a distant\nplace, but Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu called him again and again to embrace\nhim.\nTEXT 148\n\n���t�·�f;11 c;�� f�f\"lr;� il1 ���I\n��t�'t_ f;!fa;�tr;� (;JI� �tf$ (;'5t'i II �Sir II\naparadha-bhaye tenha milite na aila\nmahaprabhu milibare sei thani gela\nSYNONYMS\naparadha-bhaye-out of fear of offenses; tenha-Sanatana GosvamT; militeto\n\nmeet;\n\nna\n\naila-did\n\nnot\n\ncome\n\nforward;\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; milibare-to meet; sei thani-to Sanatana GosvamT; ge/a-went.\nTRANSLATION\nOut of fear of committing offenses, Sanatana Gosvami did not come forward to meet Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The Lord, however, went forward to\nmeet him.\nTEXT 149\n\n�ilt�il �tf'5t' 'Pft�Ti <tlf;�il '5t �il I\n�e.<tStf;� �Rf' �t C�'i1 �tf'itril II � 80>1 II\nsanatana bhagi' pache karena gamana\nbalatkare dhari, prabhu kaila alingana\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana-Sanatana GosvamT; bhagi'-running away; pache-back; karena\ngamana-goes; balatkare-by force; dhari-capturing;\nMahaprabhu; kaila alingana-embraced.\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya\n\n", "ant2#p0105": "72\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami backed away, but Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu caught him\nby force and embraced him.\nTEXT 150\n\n� tSfil ��1 �� ���1 f�w� 1\n���� �ilti!il �tHta;1 ��t� 11 �<to 11\ndui jana /aria prabhu vasila pir:)(;late\nnirviQQa sanatana lagila kahite\nSYNONYMS\ndui jana /aria-taking the two of them; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nvasila-sat down; piQ(iate-on the altar; nirviQQa-advanced in renunciation;\nsanatana-Sanatana Gosvami; lagila kahite-began to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord took them both with Him and sat down in a sacred place. Then\nSanatana Gosvami, who was advanced in renunciation, began to speak.\nTEXT 151\n\n\"�i! vrtf�' <e:�t?J:'t ��' c�� ��I! 1\n'��tt�t�J ilf�, ��t${ �t�{1 �� �� ll :><t:>ll\n\"hita lagi' ainu murii, haifa viparita\nseva-yogya nahi, aparadha karori niti niti\nSYNONYMS\nhita lagi'-for benefit; ainu murii-1 came; haifa viparita-it has become just\nthe opposite; seva-yogya nahi-1 am not fit to render service; aparadha karori-1\ncommit offenses; niti niti-day after day.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I came here for my benefit,\" he said, \"but I see that I am getting just the\nopposite. I am unfit to render service. I simply commit offenses day after day.\nTEXT 152\n\n��t� �� �t fi! ��' ��; '��-t11' I\n�� 'i._fit -·��;� c;'alBf �9l�t$f � II :><t� II\n-\n\n", "ant2#p0106": "Text154]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n73\n\nsahaje nica-jati muiii, du�ta, 'papasaya'\nmore tumi chwiile mora aparadha haya\nSYNONYMS\nsahaje-by nature; nica-jati-lowborn; mufii-1; du�ta-sinful; papa-Mayareservoir of sinful activities; more-me; tumi churiile-if You touch; mora-my;\naparadha haya-there is offense.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By nature I am lowborn. I am a contaminated reservoir of sinful activities.\nIf You touch me, sir, that will be a great offense on my part.\nTEXT 153\n\n��r;'! �r�Hl �� ��-11�-11� Gr;a<� I\n�t1{� �r;� a<ftf;'$f, �1_J<OPI(�\n\n� �r;a<t II �<t� II\n\ntahate amara arige karxJu-rasa-rakta cafe\ntamara arige /age, tabu sparsaha tumi bale\nSYNONYMS\ntahate-over and above this; amara-my; arige-on the body; kaQc;/u-rasafrqm wet, itching sores; rakta-blood; ca/e-runs; tamara arige /age-touches\nYour body; tabu-still; sparsaha-touch; tumi-You; bale-by force.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Moreover, blood is running from infected itching sores on my body,\nsmearing Your body with moisture, but still You touch me by force.\nTEXT 154\n\n��e,� J<OPI� iii �11\" �'ti·,a<tt-f I\n�� ���tr;� '�111\" � �(iltr;llf II �<t8 II\nbibhatsa sparsite na kara ghrQa-lese\nei aparadhe mora habe sarva-nase\nSYNONYMS\nbibhatsa-horrible; sparsite-to touch; na kara-You do not do; ghwa-/e5eeven a small bit of aversion; ei aparadhe-because of this offense; mora-my;\nhabe-there will be; sarva-na5e-loss of everything auspicious.\n\n", "ant2#p0107": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n74\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear sir, You do not have even a pinch of aversion to touching my\nbody, which is in a horrible condition. Because of this offense, everything\nauspicious will be vanquished for me.\nTEXT 155\n\n\\51r;� �ti 1f�t\"' '1lt1f iff �� '<f-'i'Jt'l' I\n�t�1 Of�'-1f� Of�' �t� 1�illl �act 11\ntate ihan rahile mora na haya 'kalyaf,la'\najfia deha'-ratha dekhi' yana vrndavana\nSYNONYMS\ntate-because of this; ihar'l -here; rahi/e-if I remain; mora-my; na-not;\nhaya-there is; ka/yaf,la-auspiciousness; ajfia deha'-kindly give the order; ratha\ndekh i -after witnessing the Ratha-yatra festival; yana vrndavana-1 may return\n'\n\nto Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Therefore I see that I will get nothing auspicious by staying he�e. Kindly\ngive me orders allowing me to return to Vrndavana after the Ratha-yatra\nfestival.\nTEXT 156\n\ni!lf'5f(ftil\"l·?ffut� �tfif W� �\"' I\n��il �t�� '� �?fti-t fif\"' u\" �a� u\njagadananda-paf,lc;fite ami yukti puchila\nvrndavana yaite tenha upadesa di/a\"\nSYNONYMS\njagadananda-paQc;fite-from\n\n)agadananda\n\nPal)<;iita;\n\nami-1;\n\nyukti-advice;\n\npuchi/a-inq u ired; vrndavana yaite-to go to Vrndavana; tenha-he; upadesa\ndi/a-has given instruction.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have consulted Jagadananda Pa•:u;fita for his opinion, and he has also advised me to return to Vrndavana.\"\n\n", "ant2#p0108": "Text 159]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n75\n\nTEXT 157\n\n\\fli! ��' 1l�t11'- ��11�-��7;11' I\n18f'$fWti{t\"f �o...'fi ��1 �7;11' f\\!11�11' II �a9 II\neta suni' mahaprabhu saro�a-antare\n\njagadanande kruddha hana kare tiraskare\n\nSYNONYMS\neta suni'-hearing this; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sa-ro?a-antare-in an angry mood; jagadanande-at Jagadananda Pal)<;lita; kruddha haliabecoming very angry; kare tiraQ-kare-chastises.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, in an angry mood, began to chastise\nJagadananda Pa•:u;fita.\nTEXT 158\n\n\"�t�t11' ���1 iSf'$f1 �tfi '$f.ff ,�\"1 I\n�\"f1rt·:Jt�tt11'� �9ft�-£ <!iRtt� \"'tf�\"' II �a1r II\n\"kalikara batuya jaga aiche garvi haila\ntoma-sabareha upadesa karite lagila\n\nSYNONYMS\nka/ikara-new; batuya-boy; jaga-Jagadananda Pal)<;lita; aiche-so; garvi\n\nhaila-has become proud; toma-sabareha-persons like you; upadesa karite-to\nadvise; /agi/a-has begun.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Jaga [Jagadananda Pa•:'l(;fita] is only a new boy, but he has become so proud\nthat he thinks himself competent to advise a person like you.\nTEXT 159\n\n���f-9f11'1ltt�l[�t-�rn ��·1\"11 1\n'i!t11tt11' �9ft5ft-t, il1 iS'fttil �t9fil·iL_\"'J II � <t� II\nvyavahare-paramarthe tumi-tara guru-tulya\ntomare upadese, na jane apana-mOiya\n\n", "ant2#p0109": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n76\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nSYNONYMS\nvyavahare-in ordinary dealings; parama-arthe-in spiritual matters; tumiyou; tara-:-of him; guru-tulya-like a spiritual master; tomare-you; upadesehe advises; na jane-does not know; apana-mulya-his value.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In affairs of spiritual advancement and even in ordinary dealings, you are\non the level of his spiritual master. Yet not knowing his own value, he dares to\nadvise you.\nTEXT 160\n\n�IIH1 �?t?;if�i �-�tlltf't<fl �t1t I\n\nQ!tllt?;� ���-<ttai'<fli<li?;��?;� <tSt1t ����011\namara upade�ta tumi-pramaoika arya\ntomareha upadese-balaka kare aiche karya\nSYNONYMS\namara-My; upade�ta-adviser; tumi-you; pramaoika arya-authorized person;\n\ntomareha-even you; upadese-he advises; balaka-boy; kare-does;\n\naiche-such; karya-business.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Sanatana, you are on the level of My adviser, for you are an\nauthorized person. But Jaga wants to advise you. This is but the impudence of\na naughty boy.\"\nTEXT 161\n\n�fi{' �i{tl!i{ � $fBl' �� <tSf� I\n\"iSr'StSft�1f (;:JI�t'StJ �tf� c;� iSftfil� II ��� II\nsuni' sanatana paye dhari' prabhure kahila\n\"jagadanandera saubhagya aji se janila\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; sanatana-Sanatana GosvamT; paye dhari'-capturing the feet;\nprabhure kahila-began to say to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jagadanandera-of\n\nJagadananda Pal)<;lita; saubhagya-fortune; aji-now; se-that; jani/a-1 understand.\n\n", "ant2#p0110": "Sanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\nText 163]\n\n77\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was thus chastising Jagadananda Pal)c:Jita,\nSanatana Gosvami fell at the Lord's feet and said, \"I can now understand the\nfortunate position of Jagadananda.\nTEXT 162\n\no:tS�t�tl' ''f;{t�'�t�J' �� ,�'\"1 gjtil I\n\ni!lr� ilt� iSf��til't!·�� oetm�fit II ��� II\napanara 'asaubhagya' aji haifa jnana\njagate nahi jagadananda-sama bhagyavan\n\nSYNONYMS\napanara-my personal; asaubhagya-misfortune; aji-today; haifa jnana-1\ncan understand; jagate-within this world; nahi-there is not; jagadanandasama-like Jagadananda Pat:J<;fita; bhagyavan-fortunate person.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I can also understand my misfortune. No one in this world is as fortunate\nas Jagadananda.\nTEXT 163\n\n1Sf$ffi{t't! f\"Phlt� 'f;{n11�i!i·��t�� I\n\n�� f9tm� ,�,���F!·fillil·filf-t't!Hl� �������\njagadanande piyao atmiyata-sudha-rasa\nmore piyao gaurava-stuti-nimba-nisinda-rasa\n\nSYNONYMS\njagadanande-unto\n\nJagadananda\n\nPat:J9ita;\n\npiyao-You\n\ncause\n\nto\n\ndrink;\n\natmiyata-sudha-rasa-the nectar of affectionate relations; more-me; piyaoYou cause to drink; gaurava-stuti-honorable prayers; nimba-nisinda-rasa-the\njuice of nimba fruit and nisinda.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sir, You are making Jagadananda drink the nectar of affectionate relationships, whereas by offering me honorable prayers, You are making me drink the\nbitter juice of nimba and nisinda.\n\n", "ant2#p0111": "78\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 164\n\n�tftr� e{�� c;�tt� �tit��1·9'Jte{ I\nc;�� ��t'StJ, �--�i!� <e��Jet !\" :>�8 II\najiha nahila more atmiyata-jfiana!\nmora abhagya, tumi-svatantra bhagavan!\"\nSYNONYMS\najiha-even until now; nahila-there has not been; more-unto me; atmiyatajfiana-feeling as one of Your relations; mora abhagya-my misfortune; tumiYou; svatantra bhagavan-the independent Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is my misfortune that You have not accepted me as one of Your intimate\nrelations. But You are the completely independent Supreme Personality of\nGodhead.\"\nTEXT 165\n\n�fil' �t� f\"'i illfiil� � 'lfti{ I\n\nitt� ��t�t� f\"'i; �ti'fi{ ��ti{ II :>�<!' II\nsuni' mahaprabhu kichu lajjita haifa mane\ntafire santo-?ite kichu balena vacane\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Ma h a p rabh u ; kichu-somewhat;\nlajjita-ashamed;\n\nhaifa-became; mane-within the mind; talire-him; san­\n\nto-?ite-to satisfy; kichu-some; balena-said; vacane-words.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this,\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was somewhat ashamed. Just to\n\nsatisfy Sanatana Gosvami, He spoke the following words.\nTEXT 166\n\n\"iSf�ifte{\"f f�� �tlft� e{t� c;�t�1 ��� I\nlf�tlifi·i'f�i{ �tfil e{i 'Pitt�(i �f�ti! II ��� II\n\"jagadananda priya amara nahe toma haite\nmaryada-langhana ami na paron sahite\n\n", "ant2#p0112": "Text 168]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the lord\n\n79\n\nSYNONYMS\njagadananda-Jagadananda Pa!)<;lita; priya-more dear; amara-to Me; naheis not; toma haite-than you; maryada-/arighana-transgressing the etiquette;\nami-1; na-not; paron-can; sahite-tolerate.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Sanatana, please do not think that Jagadananda is more dear to\nMe than you. However, I cannot tolerate transgressions of the standard etiquette.\nTEXT 167\n\n�� �- i11t1ftf't�, -ttt� i11�'1 !\n�tti iSf�-�tf��� ���1 il�il ! ��9 II\nkahari tumi-pramaQika, sastre praviQa!\nkahari jaga-kalikara batuya navina!\nSYNONYMS\nkahari-where;\n\ntumi-you;\n\nprama(Jika-authority;\n\nsastre\n\npravi(Ja-ex­\n\nperienced in the learning of the sastras; kahari-where; jaga-jaga; ka/ikararecent; batuya-youth; navina-new.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are an experienced authority in the sastras, whereas Jaga is just a\nyoung boy.\nTEXT 168\n\n�J!tt�� ���t'! � � -tf� I\n�I! �tM3 ��t�t� <1J<1��-�f� II ��11' II\namakeha bujhaite tumi dhara sakti\nkata thani bujhaiiacha vyavahara-bhakti\nSYNONYMS\namakeha-even Me; bujhaite-to convince; tumi-you; dhara-have; saktipower; kata thaiii-in how many places; bujhaiiacha-you have convinced;\nvyavahara-bhakti-ordinary behavior as well as devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You have the power to convince even Me. In many places you have already\nconvinced Me about ordinary behavior and devotional service.\n\n", "ant2#p0113": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n80\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 169\n\n�t�tt� ts9fttif1Cf �t�, e{i �t� ��e{ I\n�(jj'<t t:!'tt� �tfi{ �Bft� �e,\"\"�e{ II ��:;,II\ntomare upadesa kare, na yaya sahana\nataeva tare ami kariye bhartsana\nSYNONYMS\ntomare-you; upadesa kare-advises; na yaya sahana-1 cannot tolerate;\nataeva-therefore; tare-unto him; ami-1; kariye-do; bhartsana-chastisement.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Jaga's advising you is intolerable for Me. Therefore I am chastising him.\nTEXT 170\n\n<t��fJF·9ittil: 'l!�'tt� e{i �Bf ��i{ I\n,1!1�1� �t'l �f% ��� '�t� ,1!�11 �'J ll�'\\011\nbahirariga-jfiane tomare na kari stavana\ntamara guQe stuti karaya yaiche tamara guQa\nSYNONYMS\nbahirariga-jfiane-thinking outside My intimate relationship; tomare-unto\nyou; na kari-1 do not; stavana-offer praise; tamara-your; guQe-by qualifications; stuti karaya-one is induced to offer prayers; yaiche-as; tamara-your;\nguQa-attributes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I offer you praise not because I think of you as being outside an intimate\nrelationship with Me but because you are actually so qualified that one is\nforced to praise your qualities.\nTEXT 171\n\n�w� ��� '��l!i' <t�iS'fti{ �� 1\n&i\\�-\"5f�1t<t �t�'tt<! '� �'tt<ilttif� II �'\\ � II\nyadyapi kahara 'mamata' bahu-jane haya\npriti-svabhave kahate kana bhavodaya\n\n", "ant2#p0114": "Text 173]\n\n81\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\nSY NONYMS\n\nyadyapi-although; kahara-of someone;\n\nmamata-affection; bahu-jane­\n\nunto many persons; haya-there is; priti-svabhave-according to one's affection;\nkahate-in someone; kona-some; bhava-udaya-awakening of ecstatic love.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although one has affection for many persons, different types of ecstatic\nlove awaken according to the nature of one's personal relationships.\nTEXT 172\n\n'�� '�� 1_f1l �� ��e.�·�tet I\n'i!it� '�� �t�mf �tr;� ��i!i·��iil; II �9� II\ntamara deha tumi kara bibhatsa-jnana\ntamara deha amare /age amrta-samana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntamara deha-your body; tumi-you; kara bibhatsa-jnana-consider horrible;\ntamara deha-your body; amare-unto Me; /age-appea;s; amrta-samana-as if\nmade of nectar.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You consider your body dangerous and awful, but I think that your body is\nlike nectar.\nTEXT 173\n\n��'� �� '�t�' �'¥. em 1\n\n�..-tf?t '��I!� �t,�-�- �llll �9'!> II\naprakrta-deha tamara 'prakrta' kabhu naya\ntathapi tamara tate prakrta-buddhi haya\nSY NONYMS\n\naprakrta-transcendental;\n\ndeha-body;\n\ntamara-your;\n\nprakrta-material;\n\nkabhu naya-is never; tathapi-still; tamara-your; tate-in that; prakrta-buddhi-conception as material; haya-is.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Actually your body is transcendental, never material. You are thinking of\nit, however, in terms of a material conception.\n\n", "ant2#p0115": "82\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nPURPORT\n\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura gives his opinion about how a person\ncompletely engaged in the service of the Lord transforms his body from material\nto transcendental. He says: \"A pure devotee engaged in the service of Lord Kr�r:Ja\nhas no desire for his personal sense gratification, and thus he never accepts anything for that purpose. He desires only the happiness of the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, Kr�r:Ja, and because of his ecstatic love for Kr�r:Ja, he acts in various\nways. Karmis think that the material body is an instrument for material enjoyment,\nand that is why they work extremely hard. A devotee, however, has no such\ndesires. A devotee always engages wholeheartedly in the service of the Lord,\nforgetting about bodily conceptions and bodily activities. The body of a karmi is\ncalled material because the karmi, being too absorbed in material activities, is always eager to enjoy material facilities, but the body of a devotee who tries his\nbest to work very hard for the satisfaction of Kr�r:Ja by fully engaging in the Lord's\nservice must be accepted as transcendental. Whereas karmis are interested only\nin the personal satisfaction of their senses, devotees work for the satisfaction of\nthe Supreme Lord. Therefore one who cannot distinguish between devotion and\nordinary karma may mistakenly consider the body of a pure devotee material.\nOne who knows does not commit such a mistake. Nondevotees who consider\ndevotional activities and ordinary material activities to be on the same level are\noffenders to the chanting of the transcendental holy name of the Lord. A pure\ndevotee knows that a devotee's body, being always transcendental, is just suitable for rendering service to the Lord.\nA devotee on the topmost platform of devotional service always humbly thinks\nthat he is not rendering any devotional service. He thinks that he is poor in devotional service and that his body is material. On the other hand, those known as\nthe sahajiyas foolishly think that their material bodies are transcendeni:al. Because\nof this, they are always bereft of the association of pure devotees, and thus they\ncannot behave like Vai�l)avas. Observing the defects of the sahajiyas, SrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura has sung as follows in his book KalyaQa-ka/pa-taru:\nami ta' vai?Qava,\n\ne-buddhi ha-ile,\n\namanr na haba ami\nprati?thasa asi',\n\nhrdaya dO?ibe,\n\nha-iba niraya-gamr\nnije sre?tha jani',\n\nucchi?tadi-dane,\n\nhabe abhimana bhara\ntai si?ya tava,\n\nthakiya sarvada,\n\nna la-iba puja kara\n\"If I think I am a Vai�l)ava, I shall look forward to receiving respect from others.\nAnd if the desire for fame and reputation pollute my heart, certainly I shall go to\nhell. By giving others the remnants of my food, I shall consider myself superior and\n\n", "ant2#p0116": "Text 175]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n83\n\nshall be burdened with the weight of false pride. Therefore, always remaining\nyour surrendered disciple, I shall not accept worship from anyone else.\" Srrla\nKr�t:�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami has written (Antya-lila 20.28):\n\npremera svabhava- yahail premera sambandha\nsei mane, -'kr�Qe mora nahi prema-gandha'\n\"Wherever there is a relationship of love of Godhead, the natural symptoms are\nthat the devotee does not think himself a devotee, but always thinks that he has\nnot even a drop of love for Kr�t:Ja.\"\nTEXT 174\n\n'�1lit;!' ��C:'f� (;t;!t1ft1 ��e{tBf �I:��T;;t;! I\n�i!f·��9fti{ e{t�� '�' II �'\\8 II\n'prakrta' haile ha tomara vapu nari upek�ite\nbhadrabhadra-vastu-jnana nahika 'prakrte'\nSYNONYMS\n\nprakrta-material; hai/e ha-even if it were;\nnari-1 cannot;\n\nupek�ite - neglect ;\n\ntomara-your;\n\napu -body;\n\nv\n\nbhadra-abhadra-good and bad;\n\nvastu­\n\njflana -appreciation of things; nahika-there is not; prakrte-in the material\nworld.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Even if your body were material, I still could not neglect it, for the material\nbody should be considered neither good nor bad.\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu told Sanatana Gosvami, \"Since you are a Vai�t:�ava,\nyour body is spiritual, not material. Therefore you should not consider this body\nto be subjected to superior or inferior qualities. Moreover, I am a sannyasi.\nTherefore even if your body were material, a sannyasi should see no distinction\nbetween a good body and a bad body.\nTEXT 175\n\nf�� �:!!� f�1l�!!'l. <�1 c���t·r��= f���� 1\n\n<!lC�tfrf'!i� � lf0]7l� 1!0!'!1 lfll�f.1!<! '5\" II ��It II\nkirh bhadrarh kim abhadrarh va\ndvaitasyavastuna/:1 kiyat\n\n", "ant2#p0117": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n84\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nvacoditarh tad anrtarh\n\nmanasa dhyatam eva ca\nSYNONYMS\n\nkim-what;\n\nbhadram-good;\n\nkim-what;\n\nabhadram-bad;\n\nva-or;\n\nuditam-vibrated;\n\ntat-that;\n\ndvaitasya-of this material world; avastunafl-that which has temporary exis­\n\ntence;\n\nkiyat-how\n\nmuch;\n\nvaca-by\n\nwords;\n\nanrtam-without permanent existence; manasa-by the mind; dhyatam-con­\n\nceived; eva-certainly; ca-and.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Anything not conceived in relationship to Kr�r:Ja should be understood to\nbe illusion [maya]. None of the illusions uttered by words or conceived in the\nmind are factual. Because illusion is not factual, there is no distinction between what we think is good and what we think is bad. When we speak of the\nAbsolute Truth, such speculations do not apply.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.28.4).\nTEXT 176\n\n'�CI!' 'e�·afti{, �-'1ltilt�' I\n'�- �' �· ll\"t',-�� �� 'l!Pl' II �'\\\\!j ll\n'dvaite' bhadrabhadra-jnana, saba-'manodharma'\n\n'ei bha/a, ei manda', -ei saba 'bhrama'\nSYNONYMS\n\ndvaite-in the material world; bhadra-abhadra-jnana-understanding of good\n\nand bad; saba-all; manafl-dharma-speculative mental creations; ei bha/a-this\nis good; ei manda-this is bad; ei-this; saba-all; bhrama-mistake.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the material world, conceptions of good and bad are all mental speculations. Therefore, saying, 'This is good, and this is bad,' is all a mistake.\nPURPORT\nKr�f!a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the Absolute Truth, ever existing\n\nwith different varieties of energies. When one is absorbed in the illusory energy of\nKr�f!a and cannot understand Kr�f!a, one cannot ascertain what is good and bad\n\n", "ant2#p0118": "Text 178]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n85\n\nfor him. Conceptions of good and bad are all imaginations or mental speculations.\nWhen one forgets that he is an eternal servant of Kr��a, he wants to enjoy the\nmaterial world through different plans. At that time he distinguishes between material plans that are good and those that are bad. Actually, however, they are all\nfalse.\nTEXT 177\n\nf<r'ilt�•nr'!\"'9fr� �r'1 'iff<�\" �fufO! 1\n�f'O! C'A 19ftr� 1) <>tf��1: 1f'lllrMO!: 11 � � � 11\nvidya-vinaya-sampanne\nbrahmaQe gavi hastini\nsuni caiva svapake ca\npaQ(iitaf:r sama-darsinaf:r\nSYNONYMS\n\nvidya -knowledge;\n\nvinaya-gentleness;\n\nsampanne -endowed\n\nwith;\n\nbrahmaQe-unto a brahmaQa; gavi-unto a cow; hastini-unto an elephant;\nsuni-unto a dog; ca-and; eva-also; sva-pake -unto a dog-eater; ca-also;\n\npaQ(iitaf:r -those who are actually learned in spiritual understanding; sama-darsinaf:r -equipoised.\nTRANSLATION\n.\" 'The humble sage, by virtue of true knowledge, sees with equal vision a\nlearned and gentle brahmaQa, a cow, an elephant, a dog and a dog-eater.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Bhagavad-gita (5.18).\nTEXT 178\n\n�t'O!f.l'�t'O!l�'Mri ��r�1 f<lf'!lir���: 1\n\n�� ��nm� c'!lt� 1!1lr\"Tt�t\"lr<fit�PO!: 11 � ��r 11\njnana-vijnana-trptatma\nku.tastho vijitendriyaf:r\nyukta ity ucyate yogi\nsama-towasma-kancanaf:r\nSYNONYMS\n\njnana -by acquired knowledge; vijnana-realized knowledge; trpta -satisfied;\natma -living entity; kuta-sthaf:r -fi xed in his constitutional position; vijita-con-\n\n", "ant2#p0119": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n86\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\ntrolled; indriyab -whose senses; yuktab-in touch with the Supreme; iti-thus;\nu cyate -is\n\nsaid;\n\nyogi-a yogi; sama-equal;\n\n/o�tra-pebbles;\n\nasma-stone;\n\nkancanab -gold.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'One who is fully satisfied in knowledge obtained and practically applied\nin life, who is always determined and fixed in his spiritual position, who completely controls his senses, and who sees pebbles, stone and gold on the same\nlevel, is understood to be a perfect yogi.'\nPURPORT\nThis is also a quotation from Bhagavad-gita (6.8).\nTEXT 179\n\n�tfif 1!'-�tJt�, �t1ft� '�11'-,m' �� 1\n�i{-�r;�r;;l! �t11'� �i{ � '�ll' II �'l� II\nami ta'-sannyasi, amara 'sama-dr�ti' dharma\ncandana-parikete amara jnana haya 'sama'\n\nSYNONYMS\nami-1; ta'-certainly; sannyasi-in the renounced order of life; amara-My;\nsama-dr�ti -seei n g everything on the same platform; dharma-duty; candanaparikete-between sandalwood pulp and mud; amara-My; jfiana-knowledge;\nhaya\n\n-\n\nis; sama -same.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Since I am in the renounced order, My duty is to make no distinctions but\ninstead be equipoised. My knowledge must be equally disposed toward sandalwood pulp and dirty mud.\nPURPORT\nIt is the duty of a sannyasi, a person in the renounced order, to be always\nequipoised, and that is also the duty of a learned man and a Vai��ava. A Vai��ava,\na sannyasi or a learned person has no conception of the material world; in other\nwords, he has no conception of anything materially important. He has no desire to\nuse sandalwood pulp for sense gratification, nor does sense gratification make\nhim hate mud. Acceptance or rejection of material things is not the concern of a\nsannyasi, a Vai��ava or a learned person. An advanced devotee has no desire to\n\nenjoy or reject anything. His only duty is to accept whatever is favorable for the\n\n", "ant2#p0120": "Text 182]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n87\n\nadvancement of Kr�l)a consciousness. A Vai�l)ava should be indifferent to material enjoyment and renunciation and should always hanker for the spiritual life of\nrendering service to the Lord.\nTEXT 180\n\n1.!1� 'ftf-st' ,�tl{i �Jt-st ��t� ill �rn 1\nV'li-� �� ttfW, fil�-'1� ttt11 n\" ��ro n\nei lagi' toma tyaga karite na yuyaya\nghwa-buddhi kari yadi, nija-dhar ma yaya\"\nSYNONYMS\nei lagi'-for this reason; toma-you; tyaga karite-to reject; na yuyaya-is not\nbefitting; ghwa-buddhi kari-1 regard with hatred; yadi-if; nija-dharma yaya-1\ndeviate from My duty.\nTRANSLATION\n\"For this reason, I cannot reject you. If I hated you, I would deviate from My\noccupational duty.\"\nTEXT 181\n\nt(��� �r;�,-\"� 'tt ��'fl '!_fit I\n\nl.!lt: '�t� !2J�t11'1i' ilt� lltfil <c�tf1f II �lr� II\nharidasa kahe, - \"prabhu, ye kahi/a tumi\nei 'bahya prataraf)a' nahi mani ami\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa kahe\n\n-\n\nH arid asa said; prabhu-my Lord;\n\nye-what; kahila-have\n\nspoken; tumi-You; ei-this; bahya prataraf)a-e xternal formality; nahi mani\nami-1 do not accept.\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa said, \"My dear Lord, what You have spoken deals with external\nformalities. I do not accept it.\nTEXT 182\n\n<eltJ!i·�� 'CI�tll '� ��11t� 'CI��t11' I\n\n���¥3'1 �tart11 �t�ttl! ��� II\" � lr� II\n\n", "ant2#p0121": "88\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nama-saba adhame ye kariyacha angikara\ndina-dayalu-gul)a tamara tahate pracara\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nama-saba-all of us; adhame-most fallen; ye-that; kariyacha-You have\ndone;\n\nar'lgikara-acceptance;\n\ndina-dayalu-merciful unto\n\nthe\n\nfallen souls;\n\nguQa-attribute; tamara-of You; tahate-in that; pracara-proclaiming.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My lord, we are all fallen, but You have accepted us due to Your attribute\nof being merciful to the fallen. This is well known all over the world.\"\n\nTEXT 183\n\n� �fll' �t�,-\"�it, �f.�t:JJ, :Jfittl!it I\nl!'tl!: �� 'l!i\"ati·��t� '�{;fi ''ali1t 'alit II �lr� II\nprabhu hasi' kahe, -\"suna, haridasa, sanatana\ntattvatab kahi toma-vi$aye yaiche mora mana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; hasi'-smiling; kahe-says; suna-hear;\nharidasa-My dear Haridasa; sanatana-My dear Sanatana; tattvatab-truly;\nkahi-1 am speaking; toma-Vi$aye-about you; yai che-as; mora mana-My\nmind.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya smiled and said, \"listen, Haridasa and Sanatana. Now I am\nspeaking the truth about how My mind is attached to you.\n\nTEXT 184\n\n'l!'t11tt� '�', �i�ittt� '\"ft'i'�' lf5{�11tit I\n'l't'ft�� iiftt\"fl itt� '�ill·��e�Jtit II �IrS II\ntomare '/alya', apanake '/a/aka' abhimana\nlalakera lalye nahe do$a-parijnana\n\n", "ant2#p0122": "Text 186]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n89\n\nSYNONYMS\ntomare-unto you; /a/ya-maintained; apanake-unto Me; /a/aka-the maintainer; abhimana-conception; la/akera-of the maintainer; /a/ye-unto the\nmaintained; nahe-not; do,sa-fault; parijnana-understanding.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Haridasa and Sanatana, I think of you as My little boys, to be\nmaintained by Me. The maintainer never takes seriously any faults of the\nmaintained.\nPURPORT\nWhen a father maintains a child and the child is maintained by the father, the\nfather never takes seriously the faults of the child. Even if they actually are faults,\nthe father does not mind them.\nTEXT 185\n\n'fllt�tt� � c;ft� 'fl!�-��ltil I\nC!'t1fl·�·�m;� <!it�·i 'ifc!P 'ilt'f<f-·��'aftilll�IY<t II\napanare haya mora amanya-samana\ntoma-sabare karofi muni ba/aka-abhimana\nSYNONYMS\napanare-unto Myself; haya-there is; mora-My; amanya-not deserving\nrespect; samana-like; toma-sabare-unto all of you; karofi-do; muni-1;\nba/aka-abhimana-considering My sons.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I always think of Myself as deserving no respect, but because of affection I\n\nalways consider you to be like My little children.\nTEXT 186\n\n'aftl!� '�tfi 'ilil'tt<fl� '�t'af-o' 'ltt'$1 1$1111 I\n�'ti ilt� iSftiJf, 'flit� 'af�ftjf� 9ft11 1 �IY� II\nmatara yaiche balakera 'amedhya' /age gaya\nghwa nahi janme, ara maha-sukha paya\n\n", "ant2#p0123": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n90\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nSYNONYMS\nmatara-of the mother; yaiche-as; balakera-of the child; amedhya-stool\nand urine; /age gaya-touches the body; ghrQa-hatred; nahi janme-does not\narise; ara-more; maha-sukha-great pleasure; paya-gets.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When a child passes stool and urine that touch the body of the mother, the\nmother never hates the child. On the contrary, she takes much pleasure in\ncleansing him.\nTEXT 187\n\n''lt'IJtT;lf'fJ' 'ftftf; �1f �\"til·��� 'et� I\n�ilt'!til1f '�\" �t11t1f �'tl i1115'Pf•t� u\" �lrct u\n'/alyamedhya' lalakera candana-sama bhaya\nsanatanera klede amara ghrQa na upajaya\"\nSYNONYMS\n/alya-of the maintained child; amedhya-stool and urine; /alakera-of the\nmaintainer;\n\ncandana-sama-like\n\nsandalwood\n\nsanatanera-of Sanatana Gosvami;\n\npulp;\n\nbhaya-appears;\n\nklede-unto the moisture of the sores;\n\namara-My; ghwa-hatred; na-not; upajaya-arises.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The stool and urine of the maintained child appear like sandalwood pulp\nto the mother. Similarly, when the foul moisture oozing from the itches of\nSanatana touches My body, I have no hatred for him.\"\nTEXT 188\n\n�Rt'ft� �r;�,-\"� WISt� �ntt11� 1\n�t11HI '$f�� �\\f� 1_�il il1 �rn II �lrlr II\nharidasa kahe, -\"tumi isvara daya-maya\ntamara gambhira hrdaya bujhana na yaya\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa kahe-Haridasa Thakura said; tumi-You; isvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; daya-maya-merciful; tamara-Your; gambhira-deep;\nhrdaya-heart; bujhana na yaya-cannot be understood.\n\n", "ant2#p0124": "Text 190]\n\n91\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura said, \"My dear sir, You are the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead and are most merciful toward us. No one can understand what is\nwithin Your deeply affectionate heart.\nTEXT 189\n\n��t��-'$f\"[e,��' �tt� \"'SS'f-�l�1!� I\n�tt1f <eltfif'fil ��'\"fi ��i :JI�� II :>r� II\nvasudeva-galat-ku$thi, tate ariga-kic;fa-maya\ntare alirigana kaila haiia sadaya\nSYNONYMS\nvasudeva-Vasudeva; galat-ku�thi-suffering from leprosy; tate-over and\nabove that; ariga-the body; kic;fa-maya-full of worms; tare-him; a/iriganaembracing; kaila-You did; haiia sa-daya-being merciful.\nTRANSLATION\n\" You embraced the leper Vasudeva, whose body was fully infected by\nworms. You are so kind that in spite of his condition You embraced him.\nTEXT 190\n\n<eltffffirni ��ffi �Ht <f.I'!'P(-�11 �tf I\n1['�t� �i �t� Q!l1!Ht ��t� �1t'f II\" :>�o II\nalirigiya kaila tara kandarpa-sama ariga\nbujhite na pari tamara krpara tarariga\"\nSYNONYMS\nalirigiya-by embracing;\nbeautiful as Cupid;\n\nkaila-You\n\nariga-body;\n\nmade;\n\ntara-his;\n\nkandarpa-sama-as\n\nbujhite na pari-we cannot understand;\n\ntamara-Your; krpara tarariga-waves of mercy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By embracing him You made his body as beautiful as that of Cupid. We\ncannot understand the waves of Your mercy.\"\n\n", "ant2#p0125": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n92\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 191\n\n� ���,-\"��<1-(;lif� '�1?�' �'t_ il� I\n'�!2lt��' (;lif'i ��� '�liftil\"i�' II ��� II\nprabhu kahe, - \"vai?Qava-deha 'prakrta' kabhu nay a\n'aprakrta' deha bhaktera 'cid-ananda-maya'\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; vai?Qava deha-the body of a\nVai�r;ava;\n\nprakrta-material; kabhu naya-is never; aprakrta-transcendental;\n\ndeha-body; bhaktera-of a devotee; cit-ananda-maya-full of transcendental\nbliss.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"The body of a devotee is never material. It\nis considered to be transcendental, full of spiritual bliss.\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is trying to convince Haridasa Thakura and Sanatana\nGosvami that a devotee whose life is dedicated to the service of the Lord is never\nin the material conception. Because he always engages in the service of the Lord,\nhis body is transcendental and full of spiritual bliss. His body should never be considered material, just as the body of the Deity worshiped in the temple is never\nconsidered to be made of stone or wood. Factually, the Deity is directly the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, without a doubt. The injunctions of the Padma\nPural)a therefore state: arcye Vi?l)aU siladhir gurU?U nara-matir vai?l)ave jati bud-\n\ndhib ... yasya va naraki sab. The Deity worshiped in the temple is never stone or\nwood. Similarly, the body of a Vai�r;ava fully dedicated to the service of the Lord\nis never considered to belong to the material modes of nature.\nTEXT 192\n\n�'lit��� �� ��11 �t'11�9('1 I\n(;����� �� �t�� ��� �t'11�� II �:;,� II\ndik?a-ka/e bhakta kare atma-samarpal)a\nsei-ka/e kr?Qa tare kare atma-sama\nSYNONYMS\ndik?a-ka/e-at the time of initiation;\n\nbhakta-the devotee; kare-does;\n\natma-of himself; samarpaQa-full dedication; sei-kale-at that time; kr?QaLord Kr�r;�; tare-him; kare-makes; atma-sama-as spiritual as Himself.\n\n", "ant2#p0126": "93\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\nText 194]\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"At the time of initiation, when a devotee fully surrenders unto the service\nof the lord, Kr�r;�a accepts him to be as good as Himself.\nTEXT 193\n\n� �� <fit� t!t� ��til\"tll� I\n'fil�t�i!·,�� i� ��'l �iSf� II ���II\nsei deha kare tara cid-ananda-maya\naprakrta-dehe tanra caraQa bhajaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei deha-that body; kare-makes; tara-his; cit-anan da-maya-fuil of transcendental\n\nbliss;\n\naprakrta-dehe-in\n\nthat transcendental\n\nbody;\n\ntanra-His;\n\ncaraQa-feet; bhajaya-worships.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the devotee's body is thus transformed into spiritual existence, the\ndevotee, in that transcendental body, renders service to the lotus feet of the\nlord.\n\"' TEXT 194\n\n\"I!C-&Ji �l'f I �J-e> 'l\"Il���l\nf�c<�Rr�t�r �fl5�11l!c�l C\"I! 1\n\\!i\"ifl���� •2ff�9f''<�PltT.<l1\n\"I!�l\".!'¥�t� \"15 ��c� C<l\" n � � s 11\nmartyo yada tyakta-samasta-karma\nniveditatma vicikir$ito me\ntadamrtatvaril pratipadyamano\nmayatma-bhuyaya ca kalpate vai\nSYNONYMS\n\nmartya/:l-the living entity subjected to birth and death; yada-as soon as;\ntyakta-giving up; samasta-all; karma/:l-fruitive activities; nivedita-atma-a\nfully surrendered soul; vicikir$ita/:l-desired to act; me-by Me; tada-at that\ntime; amrtatvam-immortality; pratipadyamana/:1-attaining; maya-with Me;\natma-bhayaya-for becoming of a similar nature; ca-also; kalpate-is eligible;\nvai-certainly.\n\n", "ant2#p0127": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n94\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The living entity who is subjected to birth and death, when he gives up\nall material activities dedicating his life to Me for executing My order, and\nthus acts according to My direction, at that time he reaches the platform of\nimmortality, and becomes fit to enjoy the spiritual bliss of exchange of loving\nmellows with Me.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.29.34). At the time of initiation,\na devotee gives up all his material conceptions. Therefore, being in touch with the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, he is situated on the transcendental platform.\nThus having attained knowledge and the spiritual platform, he always engages in\nthe service of the spiritual body of Kr?r)a. When one is freed from material connections in this way, his body immediately becomes spiritual, and Kr?r)a accepts\nHis service. However, Kr?r)a does not accept anything from a person with a material conception of life. When a devotee no longer has any desire for material\nsense gratification, in his spiritual identity he engages in the service of the Lord, for\nhis dormant spiritual consciousness awakens. This awakening of spiritual consciousness makes his body spiritual, and thus he becomes fit to render service to\nthe Lord. Karmis may consider the body of a devotee material, but factually it is\n\nnot, for a devotee has no conception of material enjoyment. If one thinks that the\nbody of a pure devotee is material, he is an offender, for that is a vai�Qavaaparadha. In this connection one should consult SrTia Sanatana GosvamT's Brhadbhagavatamrta (1.3.45 and 2.3.139).\n\nTEXT 195\n\n�ilt\\!f;il� � ?� �� \\S9f�t�il\n�t1{1 \"Ptilf-.T;\\! ��1 ffl'il 9ft�t�i II ��<2' II\nsanatanera dehe kr�Qa kar:JC;Iu upajana\n\nama parik�ite ihan dila pathana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsanatanera-of Sanatana GosvamT; dehe-in the body; kr�Qa-Lord Kf?r)a;\n\nkaQ(iu-itches; upajaiia-manifesting; ama-Me; parik�ite\ndila pathana-has sent.\n\n-\n\nto test; ihan\n\n-\n\nhere;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r;�a somehow or other manifested these itching sores on the body of\nSanatana Gosvami and sent him here to test Me.\n\n", "ant2#p0128": "Sanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\nText 197]\n\n95\n\nTEXT 196\n\n\"'11 �fJ' �t�� �1 �� �rr;<r 1\n\n�··if� ��111'1·\\if� �tll!'t11 l!t� U ��� II\nghwa kari' a/ingana na karitama yabe\nkr�Qa-thani aparadha-daQ(ia paitama tabe\nSYNONYMS\n\nghwa kari -hating; a/ingana-embracing; na karitama-1 would not do;\n'\n\nyabe-when; kr�Qa-thafli-unto Lord Kr�l)a; aparadha-daQ(ia\n\n-\n\npunishment for\n\noffenses; paitama-1 would have gotten; tabe-then.\nTRANSLATION\n. \"If I had hated Sanatana Gosvami and had not embraced him, I would certainly have been chastised for offenses to Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 197\n\n��-� �J�l, �1 � �'S{q� I\n�� flR� �tl( ij't_:i111·'$f'l!i II\" ��'l II\npari$ada-deha ei, na haya durgandha\nprathama divase pailun catu/:lsama-gandha\"\nSYNONYMS\n\npari�ada-d eha-the body of Kr�r:Ja's associate; ei-this; na haya-is not;\ndurgandha-having a bad smell; prathama divas e\n\n-\n\non the first day; pai/un-1\n\ngot; catu/:Jsama-gandha-the smell of catul)sama, a mixture of sandalwood pulp,\ncamphor, aguru and musk.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sanatana Gosvami is one of the associates of Kr�r:Ja. There could not be any\nbad odor from his body. On the first day I embraced him, I smelled the aroma\nof catu�sama [a mixture of sandalwood pulp, camphor, aguru and musk].\"\nPURPORT\nAn associate of the Lord is one whose body is fully engaged in the service of\nthe Lord. A materialist might see Sanatana Gosvami's body as being full of itching\nsores that exuded foul moisture and a bad smell. S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\nhowever, said that actually the aroma of his body was the excellent scent of a\n\n", "ant2#p0129": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n96\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nmixture of sandalwood pulp, camphor, musk and aguru. In the Caruga Puri'iQa this\nmixture, which is called catubsama, is described as follows:\nkastarikaya dvau bhagau\ncatvaras candanasya tu\nkunkumasya trayas caikab\nsasinab syat catubsamam\n\"Two parts of musk, four parts of sandalwood, three parts of aguru or saffron and\none part of camphor, when mixed together, form catubsama.\" The aroma of\ncatubsama is very pleasing. It is also mentioned in the Hari-bhakti-vifasa (6.115).\nTEXT 198\n\n�'181!: � �� '�\"'1 �tMifil I\n\nfit� �taf '51� � ��til� �'al II ��lr II\nvastutab prabhu yabe kaifa afingana\ntanra sparse gandha haifa candanera sama\nSYNONYMS\nvastutab-in fact; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yabe-when; kaifadid; afing ana-embracing; tanra sparse\nfragrance; candanera sama\n\n- by His touch; gandha haifa - there was a\n- xactly like that of sandalwood pulp.\ne\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn fact, however, when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced the body of\nSanatana Gosvami, by the Lord's touch alone there was manifest a fragrance\nexactly like that of sandalwood pulp.\nTEXT 199\n\n� �t�,- :J'fili'!il, il11ft� �:� I\nQ!'tllt� �tfi!flftil �tfif � �'��II ���II\nprabhu kahe, - \"sanatana, na maniha dubkha\ntomara afingane ami pai baga sukha\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued to speak; sanatana-My\ndear Sanatana; na maniha dubkha-do not be unhappy; tomara afingane-by\nembracing you; ami-1; pai-get; baga sukha-great happiness.\n\n", "ant2#p0130": "Text 202]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n97\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"My dear Sanatana, do not be aggrieved, for when I embrace you I actually get great pleasure.\nTEXT 200\n\n�-�e.,.t '�_flf �111'� lfi{flrl·�il I\n�e.� J�' <:'!'t1fttJ �fl{ ?ft�·� i\"ff�tilll�\n\n0 0\n\n11\n\ne-vatsara tumi ihan raha ama-sane\nvatsara rahi' tomare ami pathaimu vrndavane\nSYNONYMS\ne-vatsara-this year; tumi-you; ihan-here; raha-remain; ama-sane-with\nMe;\n\nvatsara-year;\n\nrahi'-remaining;\n\ntomare-you;\n\nami-1;\n\npathaimu\n\nvrndavane-shall send to Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Stay with Me at Jagannatha Puri for one year, and after that I shall send you\nto Vrndavana.\"\nTEXT 201\n\n�� �fil' �= m �l'fl �t� 1\n�� <:�, � �� ��eft �I( II � � II\no\n\neta bali' puna/:! tanre kaila alingana\nkaQ(iu gela, ariga hai/a suvarf)era sama\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this;\n\npuna/:1-again;\n\ntanre-him;\n\nkai/a-did;\n\na/ingana­\n\nembracing; kaQ(iu ge/a-the itching sores disappeared; ar'lga-the body; hai/abecame; suvarf)era sama-like gold.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu again embraced Sanatana\nGosvami. Thus immediately Sanatana's itches disappeared, and his entire\nbody resembled the color of gold.\nTEXT 202\n\n'\"'f�' �f1f�t� l(l;il C�1 �l(e, �t� I\n��11' <!it�il, -\"111� �� '� '�tl(tt II � o� II\n\n", "ant2#p0131": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n98\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch.\n\n4\n\ndekhi' haridasa mane haifa camatkara\nprabhure kahena, - \"ei bhangi ye tamara\nSYNONYMS\ndekhi'-seeing; haridasa-Haridasa Thakura; mane-in the mind; haifa\ncamatkara-became astonished; prabhure kahena-spoke to the Lord; ei-this;\nbhangi-transcendental activity; ye-which; tamara-Your.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the change, Haridasa Thakura, greatly astonished, told the Lord,\n\"This is Your pastime.\nTEXT\n\n203\n\n,�� � t��r;�� '?£1� 'l_f;r �t�11t��1 I\n�� '?ft�·�'1iJ ���t� <!i� @<?f�t��1 II � o� II\nsei jharikhal')c;fera pani tumi khaoyaila\nsei pani-lak?ye inhara kaf)c;fu upajaila\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that;\njharikhaf)c;fera-of\njharikhal)c;la;\npani-water;\ntumi-You;\nkhaoyaila-made to drink; sei pani-lak?ye-on account of this water; inhara-of\nSanatana GosvamT; kaf)c;fu upajaila-You generated the itching.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, You made Sanatana Gosvami drink the water of Jharikhar;�c;Ja,\nand You actually generated the consequent itching sores on his body.\nTEXT\n\n204\n\n<!i� <lim' <?tit-.1 <lim'� :Jtift�'� 1\n�� ��j·�i!' '�t;rt� '\"<!i� �1� �tr;�\" II� 0811\nkai')QU kari' parik?a karile sanatane\nei lila-bhangi tamara keha nahi jane\"\nSYNONYMS\nkal)c;lu kari'-generating the itching sores; parik?a-examination; karile-You\ndid; sanatane-unto Sanatana GosvamT; ei-this; lila-of pastimes; bhangitrick; tamara-Your; keha nahi jane-no one knows.\n\n", "ant2#p0132": "Text 206]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n99\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"A fter thus causing these itching sores, You examined Sanatana Gosvami.\nNo one can understand Your transcendental pastimes.\"\nTEXT 205\n\nit� �tMfir111 �� ''it\"f1 filiSft\"f11 I\n�� �sJ <tS?;� �·r;� ��1 (;12!��1111 �o(t II\ndwihe a/ingiya prabhu gela nijalaya\nprabhura guQa kahe duilhe haria prema-maya\nSYNONYMS\ndufihe-both\n\nof\n\nthem;\n\na/iligiya-embracing;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; ge/a-departed; nija-alaya-for His place; prabhura guQa-attributes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kahe-discussed; dufihe-both of them;\nhafia-being; prema-maya-overwhelmed by ecstasy.\nTRANSLATION\nA fter embracing both Haridasa Thakura and Sanatana Gosvami, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu returned to His residence. Then both Haridasa Thakura and\nSanatana Gosvami, in great ecstatic love, began to describe the Lord's transcendental attributes.\nTEXT 206\n\nc.!ll�� ��t�� �t� ��·'\"a:tt� I\nflt�i!�·�'l·<tS�1 �rn�t�·�t� II��� II\nei-mata sanatana rahe prabhu-sthane\nkr?Qa-caitanya-guQa-katha haridasa-sane\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; sanatana-Sanatana Gosvami; rahe-remained; prabhusthane-at the shelter of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; k[$Qa-caitanya-of Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; guQa-of the attributes; katha-discussion; haridasasane-with Haridasa Thakura.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Sanatana Gosvami stayed under the care of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and discussed the transcendental qualities of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu with Haridasa Thakura.\n\n", "ant2#p0133": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n100\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4\n\nTEXT 207\n\nc;�t\"'�mn c;v;�' �t. \\ltt� �'frn flf\"f1 1\n��tit c;� <fflft4!1it, �4!1 f-t�'i\"111 � � II\no\n\ndofa-yatra dekhi' prabhu tanre vidaya difa\nvrndavane ye karibena, saba sikhaifa\nSYNONYMS\ndofa-yatra-the festival of Dola-yatra; dekhi'-seeing; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\ntanre-unto\n\nhim;\n\nvidaya\n\ndifa-bid\n\nfarewell;\n\nvrndavane-at\n\nVrndavana; ye karibena-whatever he would do; saba-all; sikhaifa-instructed.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter they saw the Dola-yatra festival, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu instructed\nSanatana Gosvami fully about what to do in Vrndavana and bade him farewell.\nTEXT 208\n\n�-� �tift� ��1121!_� ��t'f I\n\n�emt fctt�\\f·W-£1 if1 �rn 4!1(tet II � 17' II\no\n\nye-kafe vidaya haifa prabhura caraQe\ndui-janara viccheda-dasa na yaya varQane\nSYNONYMS\nye-kafe-when; vidaya-farewell; haifa-there was; prabhura caraQe-at the\nlotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dui-janara-both of them; vicchedadasa-condition of separation; na yaya varQane-cannot be described.\nTRANSLATION\nThe scene of separation that took place when Sanatana Gosvami and Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu took leave of one another is so piteous that it cannot be\ndescribed herein.\nTEXT 209\n\n� 4!1it·�tQf !!ft_ c;'St'i\"1 �\"ft4!1it I\nc;Jtl�� �ltl! 1fit '� ,itt\\!it II � � II\no\n\nyei vana-pathe prabhu gefa vrndavana\nsei-pathe yaite mana kaifa sanatana\n\n", "ant2#p0134": "Text 211]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n101\n\nSYNONYMS\nyei-which; vana-pathe-on the path in the forest; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; ge/a vrndavana-went to Vrndavana; sei-pathe-on the very path;\nyaite-to go; mana-mind; kaila-made; sanatana-Sanatana Gosvami.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami decided to go to Vrndavana by the very forest path Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu had traversed.\nTEXT 210\n\nClf-�r;Qf, ,�hm'lf·i{�-c�, �ttt ,�• �\"1 1\n�'eil<ej·'ltte{ �� f��' �\"1 II �) II\no\n\nye-pathe, ye-grama-nadi-sai/a, yahari yei lila\nbalabhadra-bhatta-sthane saba likhi' nita\n\nSYNONYMS\nye-pathe-on which path; ye-which; grama-villages; nadi-rivers; sai/ahills;\n\nyahari-where;\n\nyei-which; /i ta-pastimes; balabhad ra-bhatta-sthane­\n\nfrom Balabhadra Bhatta; saba-everything; /ikhi'-writing; nita-he took.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami noted from Balabhadra Bhaftacarya all the villages, rivers\nand hills where Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had performed His pastimes.\n\nTEXT 211\n\n�t�'\\11' ��'$lt'l �tr;J fit� I\n\n'���tQf �f�' � '�·'lti{ '���1 II �) � II\nmahaprabhura bhakta-gaQe sabare miliya\nsei-pathe ca/i' yaya se-sthana dekhiya\n\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-gaQe-the devotees;\nsabare-all;\n\nmi/iya-meeting ;\n\nsei-pathe-on\n\nthe path;\n\nthrough; se-those; sthana-places; dekhiya-v isiting.\n\nca/i' yaya-passed\n\n", "ant2#p0135": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n102\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4,\n\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami met all the devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and\nthen, traveling by that same path, visited the places through which Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu had passed.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura writes in a song (Saraf)agati 31.3):\ngaura amara,\n\nye saba sthane,\n\nkara/a bhramaf)a range\nse-saba sthana,\n\nheriba ami,\n\npraf)ayi-bhakata-sange.\n\"May I visit all the holy places associated with the li/as of Lord Caitanya and His\ndevotees.\" A devotee should make a point of visiting all the places where Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu performed His pastimes. Indeed, pure devotees of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu even want to see the places He simply visited for only\nhours or minutes.\nTEXT 212\n\n�-(;�-�\"ff � �� C<fi�1 �-�-,��I\n�t�1 �f�' <;�1fttc,-t � ��t� ll �)� II\nye-ye-li/a prabhu pathe kai/a ye-ye-sthane\ntaha dekhi' premavesa haya sanatane\nSYNONYMS\nye-ye-whatever; lila-pastimes; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; pathe­\n\non the way; kai/a-pe rformed; ye-ye-sthane-in whatever places; taha-those\nplaces;\n\ndekhi'-by\n\nseeing;\n\nprema-avesa-ecstatic\n\nsanatane-in Sanatana Gosvami.\n\nlove;\n\nhaya-there\n\nis;\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs\n\nsoon\n\nas\n\nSanatana\n\nGosvami\n\nvisited\n\na\n\nplace where\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu had performed His pastimes on the way, he was immediately\nfilled with ecstatic love.\nTEXT 213\n\n��1ft� �t�� �itft� �t-� I\n'P!�li �t�' ��-(;�Jit�i�tGffif� �������\n\n", "ant2#p0136": "Text 215]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n103\n\nei-mate sanatana vrndavane aila\npache asi' rupa-gosafii tanhare milila\nSYNONYMS\nei-mate-in this way; sanatana-Sanatana GosvamT; vrndavane a il a-came to\nVrndavana;\n\npache\n\nasi'-coming\n\nafter;\n\nrDpa-gosafii-SrTia\n\nROpa\n\nGosvamT;\n\ntanhare-him; milila-met.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Sanatana Gosvami reached Vrndavana. Later Rupa Gosvami\ncame and met him.\nTEXT 214\n\n\\.fl<!i<!te.�� �9f·(;'$ft�tf$� (;'$f)� ��llfif C� I\n��!';llfif� 'f\"l�'·�� �:et'$f \"<!iBf' flf\"' II �)8 II\neka-vatsara rDpa-gosafiira gauc;Je vi/amba haifa\nkutumbera 'sthiti'-artha vibhaga kari' dila\nSYNONYMS\neka-vatsara-for one year; rDpa-gosafiira-of SrTia ROpa GosvamT; gauc;Je-in\nBengal; vi/amba-delay; haifa-there was; kutumbera-of the relatives; sthitiartha-wealth for maintenance; vibhaga-shares; kari -making; di/a-gave.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Rupa Gosvami was delayed in Bengal for a year because he was dividing his money among his relatives to situate them in their proper positions.\nPURPORT\nAlthough SrTia ROpa GosvamT renounced his family life, he nevertheless was not\nunjust to his family members. Even after renunciation, he returned to Bengal,\nwhere he properly divided whatever money he had and gave it to his relatives so\nthat they would not be inconvenienced.\nTEXT 215\n\n(;�!';� � �(r-\"1', l;!t�i ��t�Cifl I\n��llfif·i3't'ifi'1·c;W<!ttift� �t$' t\"ifiti II ��� II\ngauc;Je ye artha chi/a, taha anai/a\nkutumba-brahmaf)a-devalaye banti' dila\n\n", "ant2#p0137": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n104\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4,\n\nSYNONYMS\ngauc;Je-in Bengal; ye-whatever; artha-money; chi/a-there was; tahathat;\n\nanaila-collected;\n\nkutumba-to\n\nrelatives;\n\ndevalaye-temples; bafiti' dila -divided and distributed\n\nbrahmal)a-brahmaQas;\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe collected whatever money he had accumulated in Bengal and divided it\namong his relatives, the brahmar;�as and the temples.\nTEXT 216\n\n�� J(il::�l!fi ''SttJttf$ �fif' fil�'l I\n\nfii�'Q �$1 � �1li'fl �\"ft�i{ II �)� II\nsaba manaf)-katha gosarii kari' nirvahaQa\nni5cinta haria sighra aila vrndavana\nSYNONYMS\nsaba-all; manaf)-katha-decisions; gosarii-ROpa GosvamT; kari' nirvahaQaexecuting properly; ni5cinta haria-being freed from all anxiety ; sighra aila-very\nsoon returned; vrndavana-to Vrndavana\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus after finishing all the tasks he had on his mind, he returned to\nVrndavana fully satisfied.\nTEXT 217\n\nl� �� fil�' �t�ti{ �� ��ll'fl \"I\n� � �arl, l·r.� � fil��'t1 II �y� II\ndui bhai mi/i' vrndavane vasa kaila\nprabhura ye ajria, dunhe saba nirvahila\nSYNONYMS\ndui bhai-both brothers;\nkaila-resided;\n\nmi/i'-meeting; vrndavane-in Vrndavana; vasa\n\nprabhura ye ajria-whatever\n\nwas ordered by Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; dunhe-both of them; saba-a l l; nirvahila-executed.\n\n", "ant2#p0138": "Sanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\nText 218]\n\n105\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe brothers met at Vrndavana, where they stayed to execute the will of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nPURPORT\nsri-caitanya-mano-'bhi?tarh\nsthapitarh yena bhO-tale\nsvayarh rOpa/:1 kada mahyarh\ndadati sva-padantikam\n\"When will S rila ROpa Gosvami Prabhupada, who has established within the material world the mission to fulfill the desire of Lord Caitanya, give me shelter under\nhis lotus feet?\"\n\nS rila ROpa Gosvami and Sanatana Gosvami were previously\n\nministers directly in charge of the government of Nawab Hussain Shah, and they\nwere also householders, but later they became gosvamis. A gosvami, therefore, is\none who executes the will of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The title \"gosvami\" is not\nan inherited designation; it is meant for a person who has controlled his sense\ngratification and dedicated his life to executing the order of\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. Therefore S rila Sanatana Gosvami and S rila ROpa Gosvami became\ngenuine gosvamis after dedicating their lives to the service of the Lord.\nTEXT 218\n\niltilt-ttsf �tfil' ....�-�Q('��tf� I\n�\"'t�ti{ �·� ��t-t �f'Pn\" �)lr\"\nnana-sastra ani' /upta-tirtha uddharila\nvrndavane km;a-seva prakasa karila\nSYNONYMS\nnana-5astra-different types of revealed scripture; ani'-bringing together; lupta-tirtha\n\n-\n\nthe lost sites of the holy places; uddhari/a-excavated; vrndavane-at\n\nVrndavana; kr�Qa-seva-Lord Kr�r:Ja's direct service; prakasa kari/a-manifested.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Rupa Gosvami and Sanatana Gosvami collected many revealed scriptures, and from the evidence in those scriptures they excavated all the lost\nsites of pilgrimage. Thus they established temples for the worship of Lord\nKr��;�a.\n\n", "ant2#p0139": "106\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4,\n\nTEXT 219\n\n�ilt'!il �· C<fii!1 '�t'St<l�t�c;'!' I\n��-�f�-��-'!, iS'ft� �t�1 c�c;'! II �)� II\nsanatana grantha kaila 'bhagavatamrte'\nbhakta-bhakti-kr�Qa-tattva jani yaha haite\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana-Sanatana GosvamT; grantha-books; kai/a-compiled; bhagavataamrte-in the Bhagavatamrta; bha kta-devotee; bhakti-devotional service;\nkr�Qa-tattva-Kr�r:Ja, the Absolute Truth; jani-we know; yaha haite-from\nwhich.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Sanatana Gosvami compiled the Bhagavatamrta. From this book one\ncan understand who is a devotee, what is the process of devotional service,\nand who is Kr�r;�a, the Absolute Truth.\nTEXT 220\n\n��t�Jt� �· C<fii!1 'W�-���' I\n���\"'t��-c;�� �t�1 C�c;'! iS'fi� II �� o II\nsiddhanta-sara grantha kaila 'dasama-tippani'\nkr�Qa-li/a-rasa-prema yaha haite jani\nSYNONYMS\nsiddhanta-sara-mature understanding; grantha-book; kaila-compiled;\ndasama-tippani-commentary on the Tenth Canto; kr�Qa-lila -of pastimes of\nLord Kr�r:Ja; rasa-of the transcendental mellow; prema-ecstatic love; yaha\nhaite-from which; jani-we can understand.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Sanatana Gosvami wrote a commentary on the Tenth Canto known as\nDasama-tippani, from which we can understand the transcendental pastimes\nand ecstatic love of lord Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 221\n\n'��llif�Mi!iJI'·�· c<�Sa;1 C<l�<l-·�m�t� I\nC<l�c;;q� <�St<IJ �tt1 �t�c;� �� II ��� II\n\n", "ant2#p0140": "Text 222]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n107\n\n'hari-bhakti-vilasa'-grantha kai/a vai$Qava-acara\nvai$Qavera kartavya yahan paiye para\nSYNONYMS\nhari-bhakti-vilasa-of the name Hari-bhakti-vilasa; grantha-book;\n\nkai/a­\n\ncompiled; vai$Qava-acara-the standard behavior of a Vai�r;ava; vai$Qavera-of a\ndevotee; kartavya-duty; yahan-in wh1ch; paiye para\n\n-\n\none can understand up\n\nto the extreme limit.\nTRANSLATION\nHe also compiled the Hari-bhakti-vilasa, from which we can understand the\nstandard behavior of a devotee and the full extent of a Vai�l)ava's duty.\nPURPORT\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura writes: \"The Hari-bhakti-vi/asa was\noriginally compiled by SrTia Sanatana GosvamT. Later, Gopala Bhaga GosvamT produced a shortened version of it and added the Dig-darsini-tika. In the Hari-bhaktivilasa there are so many quotations from the satvata scriptures that sometimes it is\ninquired how the atheistic smartas can refuse to accept them and instead imagine\nsome other opinions. What is recorded in the Hari-bhakti-vilasa strictly follows\nthe Vedic scriptures and is certainly pure, but the attitude of the karmis is always\none of giving up the conclusion of pure Vai�r;ava understanding. Because the\nkarmis are very much attached to the world and material activities, they always\ntry to establish atheistic principles that oppose the understanding of the\nVai�r;avas.\nTEXT 222\n\n�11' �F! � '�a,J, '!t�i '� �?;11' 'l\"t'lill\n'JlWil?;'ijt'Pft;;r-�'ijt�tili11' '�Cft'·$�t� II ���II\nara yata grantha kai/a, taha ke kare gaQana\n'madana-gopala-govindera seva'-prakasana\nSYNONYMS\nara yata-all other; grantha-books; kai/a-comp i l ed ; taha-that; ke kare\ngaQana-who can enumerate;\n\nmadana-gopa/a-the Deity named Madana­\n\nmohana; govindera-of the Deity named SrT Govinda; seva\n\n-\n\nservice;\n\npra­\n\nkasana-exhibition.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Sanatana Gosvami also compiled many other books. Who can enumerate them? The basic principle of all these books is to show us how to love\nMadana-mohana and Govindaji.\n\n", "ant2#p0141": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n108\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4,\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe Bhakti-ratnakara refers to the following books by Srila Sanatana Gosvami:\n\n(1) Brhad-bhagavatamrta, (2) Hari-bhakti-vilasa and his commentary known as\nDig-dar5ini, (3) Ula-stava and (4) the commentary on the Tenth Canto of SrimadBhagavatam known as Vai?Qava-to?aQi. Sanatana Gosvami compiled many, many\n\nbooks, all with the aim of describing how to serve the principal Deities of\n\nVrndavana-Govinda and Madana-gopala. Later, other Deities were gradually\n\nestablished, and the importance of Vrndavana increased.\nTEXT 223\n\n��t-<;�t:Jttf� C�'11 '1t:Jtt�i!f:Jt'' :Jtt11\" I\n��'e�·1t!;:Jf11\" �t�1 9lt�r;� ��t11\" II ��� II\nrupa-gosafii kaila 'rasamrta-sindhu' sara\n\nkr?Qa-bhakti-rasera yahari paiye vistara\nSYNONYMS\n\nrupa-gosafii -Srila\n\nROpa Gosvami;\n\nkaila -compiled;\n\nrasamrta-sindhu -the\n\nbook known as Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu; sara-the essence of knowledge in devo­\n\ntional service; kr?Qa-bhakti-rasera-of the transcendental mellow in devotional\n\nservice; yahari-wherein; paiye-we can get; vistara-elaboration.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSrila Rupa Gosvami also wrote many books, the most famous of which is\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu. From that book one can understand the essence of\ndevotional service to Kr��a and the transcendental mellow one can derive\nfrom such service.\nTEXT 224\n\n't5�'1�f'i'·il\"t1f litlj!{ C�'1 �t11\" I\n\n1lf$fl���'1t1t:Jt �1 9lt�r;� 9ft� II ��8 II\n'ujjvala-nilamaQi'-nama grantha kaila ara\n\nradha-kr?Qa-lila-rasa tahari paiye para\nSYNONYMS\n\nu jjvala-nila-maQi -Ujjvala-ni/amaQi; nama -named; grantha-scripture;\n\nkai/a-compiled; ara-also; radha-kr?Qa-lila-rasa-the transcendental mellow of\n\nthe pastimes of Radha and Kf�l)a; tahari-there; paiye-we get; para-the extreme limit.\n\n", "ant2#p0142": "Text 226]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n109\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Riipa Gosvami also compiled the book named Ujjvala-nilamar;�i, from\nwhich one can understand, to the fullest limits, the loving affairs of Sri Sri\nRadha and Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 225\n\n'A�¢alt${<1'' '�f�i.!il!t${�',-�<IS�� I\n��a,Hl:if \\!itt19f�t� :if<tSa, II ��<t II\n'vidagdha-madhava', '/alita-madhava', -nataka-yugala\nkm;a-Jila-rasa tahan paiye sakala\nSYNONYMS\nvidagdha-madhava- Vidagdha-madhava;\nnataka-yugala-two dramas;\n\n/alita-madhava-Lalita-madhava;\n\nkr?Qa-lila-rasa-the mellow\n\nderived from\n\nthe\n\npastimes of Lord Kr�r:Ja; tahari-there; paiye sakala-we can understand all.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Riipa Gosvami also compiled two important dramas named Vidagdhamadhava and Lalita-madhava, from which one can understand all the mellows\nderived from the pastimes of Lord Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 226\n\n'�i{t�fa,t<tS�\"\"i' �tfW a,��· '<tSa, I\n\n'� :Jt� �'{ �t'S'f� �:if Pl�tfifa, II ��� II\n'dana-keli-kaumudi' adi /ak?a-grantha kaila\nsei saba granthe vrajera rasa vicarila\nSYNONYMS\ndana-keli-kaumudi-the book named Dana-keli-kaumudi;\n\nadi-beginning\n\nwith; /ak?a-100,000; grantha-verses; kaila-compiled; sei-those; saba-all;\ngranthe-in scriptures; vrajera-of Vrndavana; rasa vicarila-elaborately explained the transcendental mellows.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Riipa Gosvami compiled 100,000 verses, beginning with the book\nDana-keli-kaumudi. In all these scriptures he elaborately explained the transcendental mellows of the activities of Vrndavana.\n\n", "ant2#p0143": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 4,\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n110\n\nPURPORT\nReferring to the words lak�a-grantha (\"1 00,000 verses\"), Srila Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvati Thakura says that the total number of verses written by Srila ROpa\nGosvami is 100,000 (eka-lak�a or lak�a-grantha). The copyists count both the\nverses and the prose sections of the Sanskrit works. One should not mistakenly\nthink that Srila Ropa Gosvami compiled 100,000 books. He actually wrote sixteen\nbooks, as mentioned in the First Wave of the Bhakti-ratnakara (sri-rupa-gosvami\n\ngrantha �oc;fasa kari/a).\nTEXT 227\n\n�BI' ��i!iit� -t!\\��re-�-t�� 1\nit� �\\!1 ��t�fu�-��t'itt�tfc.fP �t� II ��9 II\ntafira laghu-bhrata-sri-va/labha-anupama\ntafira putra maha-paQc;/ita-jiva-gosMii nama\nSYNONYMS\ntanra-his; laghu-bhrata-younger brother; sri-vallabha-anupama-named Sri\nVallabha or Anupama; tafira putra-his son; maha-paQc;/ita-very learned scholar;\n\nji va go satii\n-\n\n-\n\nSrila )iva Gosvami; nama-named.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe son of Sri Vallabha, or Anupama, Srila Rupa Gosvami's younger\nbrother, was the great learned scholar named Srila Jiva Gosvami.\nTEXT 228\n\n�.(�J�' ,i!�1 �ttt� �t�� 1�t�� I\nr.i� ��-�t� <I� C��1 �liB\\''111 ��lr II\nsarva tyaji' tefiho pache aila vrndavana\ntenha bhakti-sastra bahu kaila pracaral)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarva tyaji'-renouncing everything; teliho-he (Srila )iva Gosvami); pache!ater; aila vrndava n a-came to Vrndavana; tetiha\n\n-\n\nhe; bhakti-sastra-books on\n\ndevotional service; bahu-many ; kai/a-did; pracaral)a-spreading.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter renouncing everything, Srila Jiva Gosvami went to Vrndavana. later\nhe also wrote many books on devotional service and expanded the work of\npreaching.\n\n", "ant2#p0144": "Sanatana Gosvami V isits the Lord\n\nText 231)\n\n111\n\nTEXT 229\n\n'�t��·lf\"!�'-�111' '� �'l(·lf'Rf I\n����-fit�tr;�� t.!'tt1 �t11 �t� II ��<;� II\n'bhagavata-sandarbha'-nama kaila grantha-sara\nbhagavata-siddhantera tahari paiye para\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhagavata-sandarbha-the Bhagavata-sandarbha, which is also known as $atsandarbha; nama\n\n-\n\nnamed; kaila-made; grantha-sara-the essence of all scrip­\n\ntures; bhagavata-siddhantera-of conclusive information about the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His service; tahari-there; paiye-we get; para-the\nlimit.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn particular, Srila Jiva Gosvami compiled the book named Bhagavata-sandarbha, or �at-sandarbha, which is the essence of all scriptures. From this\nbook one can obtain a conclusive understanding of devotional service and the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 230\n\n'c;���-�PSf � �'I(�'� I\na�-0�1f-�·�:JY-lf'Rf <;lif�Qln ��o 11\n'gopala-campu' nama grantha sara kaila\nvraja-prema-lila-rasa-sara dekhaila\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopala-campu-Gopala-campa; nama-named; grantha sara-the essence of\nall Vedic literature; kaila-made; vraja-of Vrndavana; prema-of love; lila-of\npastimes; rasa-of mellows; sara-essence; dekhai/a-exhibited\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe also compiled the book named Gopala-campu, which is the essence of\nall Vedic literature. In this book he has exhibited the ecstatic loving transactions and pastimes of Radha and Km1a in Vrndavana.\nTEXT 231\n\n·�� �\"!!;\"' ��/;�It-� �<titfiltQT I\n�Ql'Jf �'ll c;-ir;�t ��rn <:lifiJQ'fn ��=> 11\n\n", "ant2#p0145": "112\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4,\n\n'$at sandarbhe' k[$Qa-prema-tattva prakasi/a\ncari-lak$a grantha tetiho vistara kari/a\n\nSYNONYMS\n$at sandarbhe-in the Sat-sandarbha; k[$Qa-prema-tattva-the truth about\ntranscendental love of Kr�r:Ja;\n\nprakasila-he exhibited;\n\ncari-lak$a grantha-\n\n400,000 verses; tetiho-he; vistara kari/a-expanded.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the �a!-sandarbha Srila Jiva Gosvami set forth the truths about the transcendental love of Kr�1.1a. In this way he expanded 400,000 verses in all his\nbooks.\nTEXT 232\n\n�<t-c;�t�tf� c;�� �I! ';!�i �M� I\n�'!Jtil��'t_\"�t� �1 ';!tf�llti II ��� II\njiva-gosMii gauc;la haite mathura calila\nnityananda-prabhu-thani ajfia magi/a\n\nSYNONYMS\njiva-gosafii -SrTpada jiva Gosvami; gauc;la haite-from Bengal; mathura ca/i/astarted for Mathura; nityananda-prabhu-thafii-from Srila Nityananda Prabhu;\najfia magi/a-he asked permission.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen )iva Gosvami wanted to go to Mathura from Bengal, he requested\npermission from Srila Nityananda Prabhu.\nTEXT 233\n\n� &i\\r;I!J �t� ';!'tt� $fl1f�i �'I I\n11i9f·'1filti!il·'1fllilr;'fi '<li� �tf�efil II ��� II\nprabhu pritye tatira mathe dhari/a caraQa\nrupa-sanatana-sambandhe kaila a/itigana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu pritye-because of the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tatira-his;\nmathe-on the head; dhari/a caraQa-rested His lotus feet; rupa-sanatana-sam-\n\n", "ant2#p0146": "Text 235]\n\nSanatana Gosvami Visits the Lord\n\n113\n\nbandhe-because of his relationship with ROpa GosvamT and Sanatana GosvamT;\nkaila a/irigana-embraced.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of Jiva Gosvami's relationship with Rupa Gosvami and Sanatana\nGosvami, who were greatly favored by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, lord Nityananda Prabhu placed His feet on the head of Srila Jiva Gosvami and embraced\nhim.\nTEXT 234\n\n�t� f\"W\"f1,-\"ift!l � �t� �\"ft�r;;� I\n\nc�t�t� ��t-t �� f\"W11tt�� c�l\"!!tr;;� 11 ��s 11\najna di/a, -\"sighra tumi yaha vrndavane\ntamara varhse prabhu diyachena sei-sthane\nSYNONYMS\najna\n\ndila-He\n\ngave\n\norders;\n\nsighra-very\n\nsoon;\n\ntumi-you;\n\nyaha-go;\n\nvrndavane-to Vrndavana; tamara-your; varhse-to the family; prabhu-Lord\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; diyachena-has given; sei-sthane-that place.\nTRANSLATION\nlord Nityananda Prabhu ordered, \"Yes, go soon to Vrndavana. That place\nhas been awarded to your family, to your father and uncles, by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, and therefore you must go there immediately.\"\nTEXT 235\n\ntit� �tS5t1l �t�\"fi, �tS1j1·lii;;{ 9ftl�1 I\n\n-trnr <15�' <15i!� '�f'@' ��t�\"fiu ��a- 11\ntarira ajnaya aila, ajna-phala paila\nsastra kari' kata-ka/a 'bhakti' pracari/a\nSYNONYMS\ntarira ajnaya-by His order; ai/a-came; ajna-phala-the result of His order;\npai/a-got; sastra kari'-compiling various scriptures; kata-ka/a-for a long time;\nbhakti pracari/a-preached devotional service.\n\n", "ant2#p0147": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n114\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 4,\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy the order of Nityananda Prabhu, he went and actually achieved the result\nof His order, for he compiled many books for a long time and preached the\ncult of bhakti from Vrndavana.\nTEXT 236\n\n�� fl!���' �� ��ift��t� I\n·\n·\n· �-�<ft� l)�'t <tt\"' 1, �t� �If$ 'liftl'f' �������\nei tina-guru, ara raghunatha-dasa\ninha-sabara carat;Ja vandon, yanra mufii 'dasa'\nSYNONYMS\nei-these; tina-guru-three spiritual masters; ara-also; raghunatha-dasaRaghunatha dasa Gosvami; inha-sabara-of all of them; carat;Ja-the lotus feet;\nvandon-1 worship; yanra-of whom; mufii-1; dasa-the servant.\nTRANSLATION\nThese three-Rupa Gosvami, Sanatana Gosvami and Jiva Gosvami-are my\nspiritual masters, and so also is Raghunatha dasa Gosvami. I therefore offer\nprayers at their lotus feet, for I am their servant.\nTEXT 237\n\n�� �' <fi�( ��� ��ti!�-lt�t� I\n��� �t-t� iS'ftfil �n�t� �<1t:.'lu ��'l u\nei ta' kahilun puna/:1 sanatana-sangame\nprabhura asaya jani yahara sravat;Je\nSYNONYMS\nei ta' kahilun-thus I have described; punal)-again; sanatana-sangame-the\nmeeting\n\nwith\n\nSanatana\n\nGosvami;\n\nprabhura\n\nasaya-Lord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's desire; jani-1 can understand; yahara sravaQe-by hearing of\nwhich.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have described the Lord's meeting again with Sanatana Gosvami. By\nhearing this I can understand the Lord's desire.\n\n", "ant2#p0148": "Sanatana Gosvami Visits the L ord\n\nText 239]\n\n115\n\nTEXT 238\n\n'������ (.fj�-��'if�-�lll\n�('t <fi�t� �� ��-�t�t'if� II ��lr II\ncaitanya-caritra ei-ik?u-darxla-sama\ncarval)a karite haya rasa-asvadana\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-caritra-the characteristics of Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ei--this;\nik?u-daQc;ia-sama-exactly like sugar cane; carval)a karite-chewing; haya-there\nis; rasa-asvadana-a taste of juice.\nTRANSLATION\nThese characteristics of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are like sugar cane that\none can chew to relish transcendental juice.\nTEXT 239\n\n(!i)�?t-��ilt�·?tt'if �1� '511-t I\n\n'������t�� <lit� \"l�'ift� II ��� II\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr?Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rOpa-SrTia ROpa GosvamT; raghunatha-SrTia Raghunatha dasa GosvamT;\npade-at\n\nthe\n\nlotus\n\nfeet\n\nof;\n\nyara-whose;\n\nasa-expectation;\n\ncaitanya­\n\ncaritamrta-the book named Caitanya-caritamrta; kahe-describes; kr?Qa-dasaSrTia Kr�r;Jadasa Kaviraja GosvamT.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�r;�adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the SrT Caitanya-caritamrta, Antya-ITia,\nFourth Chapter, describing Sanatana Gosvami's stay with the Lord at }agannatha\nPuri.\n\n", "ant2#p0149": "CHAPTER 5\n\nHow Pradyumna Misra\nReceived Instructions from Ramananda Raya\nThe following summary of the Fifth Chapter is given by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura\nin his Amrta-pravaha-bha�ya. Pradyumna Misra, a resident of Srihatta, came to see\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to hear from Him about Lord Kr�l)a and His pastimes.\nThe Lord, however, sent him to Srila Ramananda Raya. Srila Ramananda Raya was\ntraining the deva-dasi dancing girls in the temple, and when Pradyumna Misra\nheard about this, he returned to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The Lord, however,\nelaborately described the character of Srila Ramananda Raya. Then Pradyumna\nMisra went to see Ramananda Raya again to hear about the transcendental truth\nfrom him.\nA brahmaQa from Bengal composed a drama about the activities of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and went to Jagannatha Puri to show it to the associates of the Lord.\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's secretary, SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami, heard\nthe drama, he discerned a tinge of Mayavada philosophy and pointed it out to the\nauthor. Although SvarOpa Damodara condemned the entire drama, by reference\nto secondary meanings of the introductory verse he nevertheless satisfied the\n\nbrahmaQa. That brahmaQa poet thus became greatly obliged to SvarOpa\nDamodara Gosvami, renounced his family connections and stayed at jagannatha\nPuri with the associates of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n���stJ��lif�: C��iJ·l31't���: I\nC�lltclr;� fif�r;'Ut��' '��W·C�\"1(t�r;� II � II\nvaiguQya-kna-ka/ita/:1\npaisunya-vraQa-pigita/:1\ndainyarQave nimagno 'ham\ncaitanya-vaidyam asraye\nSYNONYMS\n\nvaiguQya-of\n\nmaterial\n\nactivities;\n\nkita-by\n\nthe\n\ngerms;\n\nka/ita/:1 -bitten;\n\npaisunya-of envy; vraQa-from boils; p i gital) - suffering; dainya-arQave-in the\n117\n\n", "ant2#p0150": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n118\n\nocean of humility;\n\nnimagna/:1 -merged;\n\naham-1;\n\ncaitanya-vaidyam-to the\n\nphysician known as Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; asraye-1 surrender.\nTRANSLATION\nI am infected by germs of material activity and suffering from boils due to\nenvy. Therefore, falling in an ocean of humility, I take shelter of the great\nphysician Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 2\n\nISH! !Sf� -���i! �?���i!� I\n!Sf� � �'?f\"t'lf� fii�Jtil� �� II � II\njaya jaya saci-suta sri-k[�f)a-caitanya\njaya jaya krpa-maya nityananda dhanya\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; saci-suta-to the son of mother 5aci; sri-kr?Qa-caitanyaSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya jaya-all glories; krpa-maya-to the most merciful; nityananda dhanya-the glorious Srila Nityananda Prabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the son of mother Saci! All glories\nto Sri Nityananda Prabhu! Indeed, He is the most glorious and merciful.\n\nTEXT 3\n\n1Sf1rt��i! ?'?f\"tfil! iSf� ���'! I\n� �11i'?f\", �wt�1f, �91\", ��� n � 11\njayadvaita krpa-sindhu jaya bhakta-gaf)a\njaya svarupa, gadadhara, rupa, sanatana\nSYNONYMS\njaya adva ita-all glories to Advaita Prabhu; krpa-sindhu-the ocean of mercy;\njaya bhakta-gaf)a-all glories to the devotees; jaya svarupa-all glories to SvarOpa\nDamodara;\n\ngadadhara-Gadadhara\n\nSanatana Gosvami.\n\nPat:�9ita;\n\nrOpa-Srila\n\nROpa;\n\nsanatana­\n\n", "ant2#p0151": "Text 51\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n119\n\nTRANSLATION\nI offer my respectful obeisances unto Advaita Prabhu, the ocean of mercy,\nand to all the devotees, such as Svarupa Damodara Gosvami, Gadadhara Par:�c;tita, Sri Rupa Gosvami and Sri Sanatana Gosvami.\nTEXT 4\n\n1!1�� i2f�J�·f1fi!l' �'-� ��t'll\nW��e, �fit' �� �� �t�Wti( II 8 II\neka-dina pradyumna-misra prabhura caraQe\ndaQ(iavat kari' kichu kare nivedane\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; pradyumna-misra-the devotee named Pradyumna Misra;\nprabhura caraQe-at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; daQ(iavat kari'offering his respects; kichu-something; kare n i vedane-s u bmits as a petition.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day Pradyumna Misra came to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, offering\nhis respects and inquiring from Him with great submission.\nTEXT 5\n\n\"�i(, i2f'-, �� Wti( \"5J�'l ��'Ill\n<;�ti( ���J �t�ttli•i <;1!1';:(1� �a(<e ��'! II <t II\n\"suna, prabhu, mufii dina grhastha adhama!\nkana bhagye pafiachon tamara dur/abha caraQa\nSYNONYMS\nsuna-please hear; prabhu-my Lord; mufii-1; d ina-ve ry fallen; grhasthahouseholder; adhama-the lowest of men; kana bhag ye-by some good fortune; pafiachon-1 have gotten;\n\ntamara-Your;\n\ndur/abha-rarely achieved;\n\ncaraQa-lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My lord,\" he said, \"kindly hear me. I am a cripple-minded householder,\nthe most fallen of men, but somehow, by my good fortune, I have received the\nshelter of Your lotus feet, which are rarely to be seen.\n\n", "ant2#p0152": "120\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 6\n\n��<ti�1 �fil�tr;;� '1ft� �� �11 I\n����1 <li� '1ft?;� �1113 #1�11 II\" � II\nkr�Qa-katha sunibare mora iccha haya\nk(�Qa-katha kaha more hana sadaya\"\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-katha -discussions on the subject of Lord Kr�t:Ja; sunibare-to hear;\nmora-my; iccha-desire; haya-is; kr�Qa-katha-talks about Lord SrT Kr�t:Ja;\nkaha-kindly speak; more-unto me; hana-being; sa-daya-kind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I wish to hear topics concerning Lord Kr�r;�a constantly. Be merciful unto\nme and kindly tell me something about Kr�r;�a.\"\nTEXT 7\n\n�'- <!i�,-\"��<ti�1 �tfif ilt� iSftfill\n#!?;;� �t1fti{itf iSftr;;e{, �HI �� �filii 'I II\nprabhu kahena, -\"kr�Qa-katha ami nahi jani\nsabe ramananda jane, tanra mukhe suni\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahena-the Lord replied; kr�Qa-katha-talks about Lord Kr�t:Ja; ami-1;\nnahi jani-do not know; sabe-only; ramananda jane-Ramananda Raya knows;\ntanra mukhe-from his mouth; suni-1 hear.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"I do not know about topics concerning\nLord Kr�r;�a. I think that only Ramananda Raya knows, for I hear these topics\nfrom him.\nTEXT 8\n\n<etr;;'StJ 'l!t11HI �<tiQ!1 �f.fr;� �1111il I\n�11til�tt·9ft-t ��' <li�� i!t�'1 II lr II\nbhagye tamara kr�Qa-katha sunite haya mana\nramananda-pasa yai' karaha sraval)a\n\n", "ant2#p0153": "Ramananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\nText 10]\n\n121\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhagye-by fortune; tamara-your; kr�Qa-katha-topics about Lord Kr�r:ta;\nsunite-to hear; haya mana-there is an inclination; ramananda-pasa-to Ramananda Raya; yai -going; karaha sravaQa-hear.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is your good fortune that you are inclined to hear topics regarding\nKr�r:-a. The best course for you would be to go to Ramananda Raya and hear\nthese topics from him.\nTEXT 9\n\nfl<fitetni 115� Q!t�nt-�� �'$1J<�11t I\n�nt fl<fiQ{t1115�, C�� �t�t�t II � II\nkr�Qa-kathaya ruci tomara-bac;Ja bhagyavan\nyara kr�Qa-kathaya ruci, sei bhagyavan\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-kathaya-in\n\ntalking\n\nof\n\nKr�r:ta;\n\nruci-taste;\n\ntamara-your;\n\nbac;Ja\n\nbhagyavan-very fortunate; yara-of whom; kr�Qa-kathaya-in hearing about\nKr�r:ta; ruci-taste; sei bhagyavan-he is very fortunate.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I see that you have acquired a taste for hearing talks regarding Kr�r:-a.\nTherefore you are extremely fortunate. Not only you but anyone who has\nawakened such a taste is considered most fortunate.\nTEXT 10\n\n��\"* 'l!���: ��'li� f<r�r�r:'IOI<fllli� <1: 1\n\nC'li�9fi�C�\"i{.llflf\" � [\\!i� .!!!'! <ll'1 � C<l''1\"1\"(11 �\n\n•\n\nU\n\ndharmab svanu�thitab purhsarh\nvi�vaksena-kathasu yab\nnotpadayed yadi ratirh\nsrama eva hi kevalam\nSYNONYMS\ndharmab-execution of the system of varQa and asrama; su-anu�thitab-properly executed; purhsam-of men; vi�vaksena-kathasu-in talks about Vi�vaksena,\n\n", "ant2#p0154": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n122\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nor Kr�r:\"�a; yab-which; na-not; utpadayet-awakens; yadi-if; ratim-taste;\nsrama-labor; eva-without doubt; hi-certainly; keva/am-only.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'A person who properly performs his regulative duties according to varr;ta\nand asrama but does not develop his dormant attachment for Kr�r:ta or awaken\nhis taste to hear and chant about Kr�r:ta is certainly laboring fruitlessly.'\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.2.8).\nTEXT 11\n\n'!t<t 12i�J�·fil\\!l\" <;'St�11f11ltilt\"'1J \"'AA. I\n1ftt�1f <;�<!� �tt1f <t�t�� �t�til II � � II\ntabe pradyumna-misra gela ramanandera sthane\nrayera sevaka tatire vasaila asane\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; pradyumna-misra-of the name Pradyumna Misra; ge/a­\n\nwent; ramanandera sthane-to the place of Ramananda Raya; rayera sevaka-the\nservant of Ramananda Raya; tanre-unto him; vasai/a asane-gave a sitting place.\nTRANSLATION\nPradyumna Misra, being thus advised by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, went to\nthe home of Ramananda Raya. There the servant of Ramananda Raya gave him\na proper place to sit down.\nTEXT 12\n\nl'f-fil il1 �$1 f1l(!f � �� I\n1flt�1f ��t� G;�<t� ��?;'! 'ltf� II �� II\ndarsana na pana misra sevake puchila\n\nrayera vrttanta sevaka kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\ndarsana-audience;\n\nna-not;\n\npana-getting;\n\nmisra-Pradyumna\n\nMisra;\n\nsevake-unto the servant; puchi/a-inquired; rayera-of Ramananda Raya; vrt­\n\ntanta-description; sevaka-the servant; kahite lagila-began to speak.\n\n", "ant2#p0155": "Text 14]\n\n123\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\nTRANSLATION\n\nUnable to see Ramananda Raya immediately, Pradyumna Misra inquired\nfrom the servant, who then gave a description of Sri Ramananda Ray a.\nTEXT 13\n\n\"'l� 'tf<f·<�S�1 � 9lP{·��i\\ I\n�J-<$ft� �fi{�5f1, <f�t� f<�St-t1if II ��II\n\"dui deva-kanya haya parama-sundari\nnrtya-gite sunipuf)a, vayase kisori\nSYNONYMS\ndui-twq; deva-kanya-dancing girls; haya-are; parama-sundari-very, very\nbeautiful; nrtya-gite-in singing and dancing; su-nipuf)a-very expert; vayasein age; kisori-very young.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are two dancing girls who are extremely beautiful. They are very\nyouthful, and they are expert in dancing and singing.\nTEXT 14\n\n�� 'l·� \"f�i �t11 f�i! I§�QJ� I\nfi{iSf·ii�<IS-�1 fit�� ilttilll �8 II\nsei dunhe lana raya nibhrta udyane\nnija-nataka-gitera sikhaya nartane\nSYNONYMS\nsei\n\ndun he\n\n-\n\nthose\n\ntwo;\n\n/ana-taking;\n\nraya-Ramananda\n\nRaya;\n\nnibhrta\n\nudyane-in a solitary place in the garden; nija-nataka-of the drama composed\nby him; gitera-of the songs; sikhaya-gives direction; nartane-in dancing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srila Ramananda Raya has taken these two girls to a solitary place in his\ngarden, where he is teaching and directing them to dance according to the\nsongs he has composed for his drama.\n\n", "ant2#p0156": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n124\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nPURPORT\nThe drama being rehearsed by Ramananda Raya and the two young girls was\nthe well-known }agannatha-vallabha-napka. The songs and dances were meant\nfor the pleasure of Lord Jagannatha; therefore Ramananda Raya was personally\ngiving instructions on how to sing and dance for the drama.\nTEXT 15\n\n� �t1 .,r�, 11�, �'tt<ti �tr�.,i{ 1\n�t., '�� �i!B1 ��' �� <tS�t.,i{ 11\" �a- 11\ntumi ihan vasi' raha, k�aQeke asibena\ntabe yei ajfia deha, sei karibena\"\nSYNONYMS\ntum i-you ; ihan-here; vasi -sitting; raha-just wait; k�a!Jeke asibena-he\n'\n\nwill come within a moment; tabe-then; ye i-whatever ; ajfia-order; dehayou give; s e i-he; karibena-will do.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please sit here and wait for a few moments. As soon as he comes, he will\nexecute whatever order you give him.\"\nTEXT 16\n\n\\!t., �'QJ�·fili!l l!'til:111�\"1' .,fil�11\n\n11t�ti{� fil'ft� <;:JI� 'Q�·iSfi{ \"1'�111 ��II\ntabe pradyumna-misra tahan rahila vasiya\nramananda nibhrte sei dui-jana lafia\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then; pradyumna-misra-of the name Pradyumna Misra; tahar'l-there;\nrahila vas i ya-re mained seated; ramananda-Ramananda Raya; nibhrte-in a\nsolitary place; sei-those; dui jana-two girls; /aria-taking.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Pradyumna Misra remained seated there, Ramananda Raya took the\ntwo girls to a solitary place.\n\n", "ant2#p0157": "Text 19]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n125\n\nTEXT 17\n\nlllf�t� ��i{ '!Bf ��er-\"at\\('i{ 1\nlllf�t� ��'til 'mil, '$f'tl!i �'1lt�il II �9 II\nsva-haste karena tara abhyariga-mardana\nsva-haste karana snana, gatra sammarjana\nSYNONYMS\nsva-haste-with his own hand;\n\nkarena-does;\n\ntara-of those two girls;\n\nabhyariga-mardana-massaging the body with oil; sva-haste-with his own\nhand; karana snana-bathes them; gatra sammarjana-cleansing the whole body.\nTRANSLATION\nWith his own hand, Sri Ramananda Raya massaged their bodies with oil and\nbathed them with water. Indeed, Ramananda Raya cleansed their entire\nbodies with his own hand.\nTEXT 18\n\n�r;;� �i{ 'il!f, �(ter �i{ I\n\\!<J._ fil�<ft� �-�t1l'tiltlft� 'ali{ II �17\" II\nsva-haste parana vastra, sarvariga maQc}ana\ntabu nirvikara raya-ramanandera mana\nSYNONYMS\nsva-haste-with his own hand; parana vastra-dresses them; sarvariga maQcjana-decorating the whole body; tabu-still; nirvikara-without transformation; raya-ramanandera-of Ramananda Raya; mana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough he dressed the two young girls and decorated their bodies with\nhis own hand, he remained unchanged. Such is the mind of Srila Ramananda\nRaya.\nTEXT 19\n\n�t�·�t<ft'l-�c;af' �11 � �t<f I\n1:!111�-�r;;-f �t1lti1Cift� �ttri 'IIJl'el<il' II �� II\n\n", "ant2#p0158": "126\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nkastha-pii$iil)a-sparse haya yaiche bhava\ntarul)i-sparse ramanandera taiche 'svabhava'\nSYNONYMS\nkii$tha-wood; pii$iil)a-stone; sparse-by touching; haya-there is; yaicheas; bhava-mental position; tarul)i-sparse-by touching the young girls; ramanandera-of Ramananda Raya; taiche-like that; svabhava-nature.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile touching the young girls, he was like a person touching wood or\nstone, for his body and mind were unaffected.\nTEXT 20\n\n�-'!_� ·�rt�tf911Tl �� c,� 1\n�M� wt�t� �tifi{ �tt1ft9f'l 11 � o 11\nsevya-bujhi aropiya karena sevana\nsvabhavika dasi-bhava karena aropal)a\nSYNONYMS\nsevya-bujhi aropiya-considering worshipable; karena se vana-engages in service; svabhavika-by his natural position; dasi-bhava-as a maidservant; karena\naropal)a -considers.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Ramananda Raya used to act in that way because he thought of himself\nin his original position as a maidservant of the gopis. Thus although externally\nhe appeared to be a man, internally, in his original spiritual position, he considered himself a maidservant and considered the two girls gopis.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura writes in his Amrta-pravaha-bha$ya: \"Srila Ramananda Raya composed a drama named Jagannatha-va/labha-nataka, and he engaged\ntwo young girls who were professional dancers and singers to demonstrate the\nideology of the drama. Such girls, who are called deva-dasis, are still employed in\nthe temple of )agannatha, where they are called maharis. Sri Ramananda Raya\nengaged two such girls, and because they were meant to play the parts of gopis,\nhe taught them how to awaken thoughts like those of the gopis. Because the\ngopis are worshipable personalities, Ramananda Raya, who considered the two\n\n", "ant2#p0159": "Text 22]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n127\n\ngirls gopis and himself their maidservant, engaged in their service by massaging\ntheir bodies with oil to cleanse them completely. Because Ramananda Raya always placed himself in the position of a maidservant of the gopis, his rehearsal\n\nwith the girls was actually on the spiritual platform.\"\nBecause there was no question of personal sense gratification when SrT Ramananda Raya was serving the\n\ngirls,\n\nhis\n\nmind was\n\nsteady and his\n\nbody\n\nuntransformed. This is not to be imitated, nor is such a mentality possible for anyone but SrT Ramananda Raya, as SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu will explain. The example of SrT Ramananda Raya is certainly unique. The author of Sri Caitanyacaritamrta has given this description because in perfect devotional service one can\n\nattain such a position. Nevertheless, one must understand this subject very\nseriously and never attempt to imitate such activities.\nTEXT 21\n\n11��,1f re•'Stt'l� �'Sf11 11�1fl 1\nl!\"tt� 1ftlrt�t�1f <e�f9·<;�1f-,f\\1f1 II �) II\nmahaprabhura bhakta-gaQera durgama mahima\n\ntahe ramanandera bhava-bhakti-prema-sima\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhura-of Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nbhakta-gaQera-of the\n\ndevotees; durgama-difficult to understand; mahima-greatness; tahe-in that\n\nconnection; ramanandera-of SrT Ramananda Raya; bhava-bhakti-of ecstatic\ndevotion; prema-sima-the limit of love of Kr��a.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe greatness of the devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is exceedingly\ndifficult to understand. Sri Ramananda Raya is unique among them all, for he\nshowed how one can extend his ecstatic love to the extreme limit.\nTEXT 22\n\ni!t<il: <;:Jl� �i9ft� iJi!J fit�t��i I\n�ti!1f � �� �f<e�� ·<fi�ft�\"!i II �� II\ntabe sei dui-jane nrtya sikhaila\n\ngitera guc;Jha artha abhinaya karaila\n\n", "ant2#p0160": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n128\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereupon;\n\nsei-those;\n\ndui-jane-two young girls; nrtya sikhaila­\n\ndirected how to dance; gitera-of the songs; guc;Jha artha-the deep meaning;\nabhinaya karaila-taught how to express by dramatic performances.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya directed the two girls how to dance and express the deep\nmeaning of his songs through dramatic performances.\nTEXT 23\n\n��1�, �tr,.<f), �Rt-�tt<�� a'ii�'l 1\n�� '�t\\!i ���11 ..,..� �<f.G� II�� II\nsancari, sattvika, sthayi-bhavera /ak$af)a\nmukhe netre abhinaya kare prakatana\nSYNONYMS\nsai'icari-passing; sattvika-natural; sthayi-continuously existing; bhaveraof ecstasies; /ak?aQa-symptoms; mukhe-in the facial expressions; netre-in\nthe movement of the eyes; abhinaya-the dramatic performance; kare prakatana-he demonstrates.\nTRANSLATION\nHe taught them how to express the symptoms of continuous, natural and\ntransitional ecstasies with the movements of their faces, their eyes and the\nother parts of their bodies.\nTEXT 24\n\n�1<1�<15G�·a'ilt\"$ �t11 � f-t�t11 I\n�'it�ttQJ� �tt'it �\"t� �<t-G 'w�t11n �s 11\nbhava-prakatana-lasya raya ye sikhaya\njagannathera age durihe prakata dekhaya\nSYNONYMS\nbhava-ecstasy; prakatana-manifesting; /asya-feminine poses and dancing;\nraya-Ramananda Raya; ye-which; sikhaya-was teaching; jagannathera agein front of Lord Jagannatha; durihe-both of them; prakata dekhaya-demonstrated.\n\n", "ant2#p0161": "Text 26]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n129\n\nTRANSLATION\nThrough the feminine poses and dances they were tau ght by Ramananda\nRaya, the two girls precisely exhibited all these expressions of ecstasy before\nLord Jagannatha.\n\nTEXT 25\n\n'!� '� �iSftil ��tw �t��1�� 1\nf.litt'! 't�tt� fi:liS'f·'<lt� 911�l\"'i II�� II\ntabe sei dui-jane prasada khaoyaila\nnibhrte dunhare nija-ghare pathaila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then; sei-to those;\n\ndui-jane-two girls; prasada khaoyaila-gave\n\nprasada to eat; nibhrte-without being exposed; dunhare-both of them; nijaghare-their homes; pathaila-sent.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Ramananda Raya fed the two girls sumptuous prasada and sent them\n\nto their homes unexposed.\n\nTEXT 26\n\n�f'!�il m �t� �1tt11 �t${il 1\n'�t-t iSfttil '!i!l �4!1 'cl1�i �� �i{ ? �� II\nprati-dina raya aiche karaya sadhana\nkon jane k�udra jiva kanha tanra mana?\nSYNONYMS\nprati-dina-daily;\n\nraya-Ramananda\n\nRaya;\n\naiche-in\n\nthis\n\nway;\n\nkaraya\n\nsadhana-teaches regularly; kon jane-who can know; k�udra jiva-an insignificant living entity; kanha-where; tailra-his; mana-mind.\nTRANSLATION\nEvery day he trained the two deva-dasis how to dance. Who amon g the\nsmall livin g entities, their minds always absorbed in material sense gratifica­\n\ntion, could understand the mentality of Sri Ramananda RayaJ\n\n", "ant2#p0162": "130\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nPURPORT\nRamananda Raya's service to the gopis for the satisfaction of Kr�r:Ja is purely an\naffair of the spiritual world. Unless one is fully situated in the spiritual atmosphere,\nthe activities of Ramananda Raya are most difficult to understand.\nTEXT 27\n\nfilt�� 'Clt�1(i{ ��� <;��� ���i I\n�!! �t1ltil\"' t:!t� ��ttt:! 'Cli��i II �9 II\nmisrera agamana raye sevaka kahila\nsighra ramananda tabe sabhate aila\nSYNONYMS\nmisrera-of Pradyumna Misra; agamana-arrival; raye-to Ramananda Raya;\nsevaka kahila-the servant informed; sighra-very soon; ramananda-Ramananda Raya; tabe-thereupon; sabhate aila-came to the assembly room.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the servant informed Ramananda Raya of Pradyumna Misra's arrival,\nRamananda Ray a immediately went to the assembly room.\nTEXT 28\n\nfi{r;�r;� if'l�t� � �'1{'(.{ �fflt11\nfe{t��i{ �� f<��i �� ��111 �lr II\nmisrere namaskara kare sammana kariya\nnivedana kare kichu vinita haiia\nSYNONYMS\nmisrere-unto Pradyumna Misra;\n\nnamaskara kare-offers respectful obei­\n\nsances; sammana kariya-with all respect; nivedana kare-submitted; kichusomething; vinita haiia-with great humility.\nTRANSLATION\nHe offered his obeisances to Pradyumna Misra with all respect and then,\nwith great humility, spoke as follows.\n\n", "ant2#p0163": "Text 31]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n131\n\nTEXT 29\n\n\"�\"'I �l'ii, �� C�� ifl �� I\n\nc�t'llt� m'l C'll� �\"Pt1ft-. ��a, 11 �� 11\n\"bahu-k$al)a aila, more keha na kahifa\ntamara caral)e mora aparadha ha-ifa\nSYNONYMS\n\nbahu-k$al)a-long ago; ai/a-you came; more-me; keha na kahifa-no one\ninformed; tamara caral)e-unto your lotus feet; mora-my; aparadha-offense;\nha-ifa-there was.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sir, you came here long ago, but no one informed me. Therefore I have\ncertainly become an offender at your lotus feet.\nTEXT 30\n\ncl:!t1l� �t�1ltil c'll� \"Pt�l! c�a;- �� 1\n�� ��' �Ji �t�·i �t� f<fi� II\" �o II\ntamara agamane mora pavitra haifa ghara\najfia kara, kya karon tamara kinkara\"\nSYNONYMS\n\ntamara agamane-because of your arrival;\n\nmora-my;\n\npavitra-purified;\n\nhaifa-became; ghara-house; ajfia kara-kindly order; kya karon-what can I\ndo; tamara kinkara-1 am your servant.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My entire home has been purified by your arrival. Kindly order me. What\ncan I do for you? I am your servant.\"\nTEXT 31\n\nfi!<!t �t�,- \"cl:!t1li �f� �\" �t$itill\n�t�ili ��\\! C�( �t1!1' \\ifPltil II\" �� II\nmisra kahe,-\"toma dekhite haifa agamane\napana pavitra kaifun tamara darasane\"\n\n", "ant2#p0164": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n132\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nSYNONYMS\nmisra kahe-Pradyumna Misra replied; toma-you; dekhite-to see; haifa\nagamane-1\n\ncame;\n\napana-myself;\n\npavitra kai/un-1\n\nhave purified;\n\ntamara\n\ndarasane-by seeing you.\nTRANSLATION\nPradyumna Misra replied, \"I came simply to see you. Now I have purified\nmyself by seeing Your Honor.\"\nTEXT 32\n\n�fi!�tff ,�r�' �� f<ll1 ifl �r� 1\nf�t11 ��111 filC!t filiSl'i11f ''it\"' II �� II\natikala dekhi' misra kichu na kahila\nvidaya ha-iya misra nija-ghara gela\nSYNONYMS\natika/a dekhi'-seeing that it was too late; misra-Pradyumna Misra; kichuanything; na kahi/a-did not say; vidaya ha-iya-taking leave; misra-Pradyumna\nMisra; nija-ghara-to his own place; ge/a-returned.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause Pradyumna Misra saw that it was late, he did not say anything else\nto Ramananda Raya. Instead, he took leave of him and returned to his own\nhome.\nTEXT 33\n\n� � �� �t�ff �'-·R:tJ1ftcill\n\n� ��,-'?�<tSQ)1 ��\"ff m�'? �� 11\nara dina misra aila prabhu-vidyamane\nprabhu kahe, -'kr?Qa-katha sunila raya-sthane'?\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-the next day;\n\nmisra-Pradyumna\n\nMisra;\n\nai/a-came;\n\nprabhu­\n\nvidyamane-in the presence of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prabhu kahe-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu inquired; kr?Qa-katha-talks about Kr�r:Ja; suni/a-have\nyou heard; raya-sthane-from Sri Ramananda Raya.\n\n", "ant2#p0165": "Texts 35-36]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n133\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, when Pradyumna Misra arrived in the presence of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, the lord inquired, \"Have you heard talks about Kr�r;�a\nfrom Sri Ramananda Raya?\"\nTEXT 34\n\n� fif� ��t\"t1f ��� ��t'fl I\n\n�fil' 1l�t�'- l!t\"!t ��I! i!ftf'st'l111 �8 II\ntabe misra ramanandera vrttanta kahila\nsuni' mahaprabhu tabe kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereupon; misra-Pradyumna Misra; ramanandera-of Sri Ramananda\nRaya; vrttanta kahi /a-described the activities; suni'-hearing; mahaprabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; tabe-then; kahite lagila- began to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nPradyumna Misra thereupon described the activities of Sri Ramananda\nRaya. After hearing about these activities, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began to\nspeak.\nTEXTS 35-36\n\n\"�t( I!' �m�, ���1f f�• �fit' 1Ttfil1\n� 1f'i: �1f, '12l?fl!�' �t1l �fw 'efiJ II �tt II\n\n1!0!1�· ��t1f 11t1t ''alt1f l!lf.·� I\n��f!.t;-ftil f\"'l1f �1l '�'tit iS'fiJ ?\" �� ll\n\"ami ta' sannyasi, apanare virakta kari' mani\ndarsana rahu dare, 'prakrtira' nama yadi suni\ntabahiri vikara paya mora tanu-mana\nprakrti-dar5ane sthira haya kon jana?\"\nSYNONYMS\nami-1; ta'-certainly; sannyasi-in the renounced order of life; apanareMyself; virakta kari -having renounced everything; mani-1 consider; darsana\n'\n\n", "ant2#p0166": "134\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nrahu dare-what to speak of seeing; prakrtira-of a woman; nama-name;\nyadi-if; suni-1 hear; tabahiri-immediately; vikara-transformation; payagets; mora-My; tanu-mana-mind and body; prakrti-darsane-by seeing a\nwoman; sthira-steady; haya-is; kon jana-what person.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am a sannyasi,\" He said, \"and I certainly consider Myself renounced. But\nnot to speak of seeing a woman, if I even hear the name of a woman, I feel\nchanges in My mind and body. Therefore who could remain unmoved by the\nsight of a woman? It is very difficult.\nTEXT 37\n\n�'!lrt�'if �tt�� <!i�i �if, �(sr� 1\n���t� <!i�i ��' ttt�i �t'al>�-<!i�� II �'l II\nramananda rayera katha suna, sarva-jana\nkahibara katha nahe, yaha ascarya-kathana\nSYNONYMS\nramananda rayera-of SrT Ramananda Raya; katha-topics; suna-please hear;\nsarva-jana-all people; kahibara-to be spoken; katha-talks; nahe-they are\nnot; yaha-which; ascarya-kathana-wonderful and uncommon talks.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Everyone please hear these topics about Ramananda Raya, although they\nare so wonderful and uncommon that they should not be spoken.\nTEXT 38\n\n�t<!i ����' �t� �'if� \\!�� I\n\\!'Rf �� �tr-c;:JJ�i <lit�� �t�M II �lr II\neke deva-dasi, ara sundari taruf)i\ntara saba ariga-seva karena apani\nSYNONYMS\neke-on one side; deva-dasi-the professional dancing girls; ara-and; sundari\ntaruQi-very beautiful and youthful; tara-their; saba-all; ariga-of the body;\nseva-service; karena apani-performs personally.\n\n", "ant2#p0167": "Text 40]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n135\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The two professional dancing girls are beautiful and youthful, yet Sri\nRamananda Ray a personally massages oil upon their bodies.\nTEXT 39\n\nWiltfif ��w, ��rn <�t�- R't�'� 1\n���?:���HI '!t�1 �.f.l-�af'illl '!.� II\nsnanadi karaya, paraya vasa-vibha$af)a\nguhya angera haya taha darsana-sparsana\nSYNONYMS\nsnana-adi karaya-he performs their\n\nbathing and so on;\n\nparaya vasa­\n\nvibha$af)a-dresses and decorates the body with various types of ornaments;\nguhya angera-of the private parts of the body; haya-there is; taha-that; darsana-sparsana-seeing and touching.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He personally bathes and dresses them and decorates them with ornaments. In this way, he naturally sees and touches the private parts of their\nbodies.\nTEXT 40\n\n1!<1_��<lit� 11:t�·1ti'milt'i!� �il I\niltilt�<ttit'$1t� l!tt11: �1ft� r-t'lfi'i II 8\n\no\n\nII\n\ntabu nirvikara raya-ramanandera mana\nnana-bhavodgara tare karaya sik$af)a\nSYNONYMS\ntabu-still; nirvikara-unchanged; raya-ramanandera mana-the mind of Sri\nRamananda Raya; nana-bhava-udgara-ail the symptoms and transformations of\necstasy; tare-unto them; karaya sik$af)a-he teaches.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Nevertheless, the mind of Sri Ramananda Raya never changes, although he\nteaches the girls how to physically express all the transformations of ecstasy.\n\n", "ant2#p0168": "136\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 41\n\n���� '��·1{i{-��-��t'l-�1l !\n�t�'1l,-1!��-\"\"91�af ��<li� 'alii II 8� II\nnirvikara deha-mana-ka�tha-pa�al)a-sama!\nascarya, -tarul)i-sparse nirvikara mana\nSYNONYMS\nnirvikara-unchanged; deha-mana-body and mind; ka�tha-pa�al)a-samalike wood or stone; ascarya-wonderful; tarul)i-sparse-in touching young girls;\nnirvikara-unchanged; mana-mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"His mind is as steady as wood or stone. Indeed, it is wonderful that even\nwhen he touches such young girls, his mind never changes.\nTEXT 42\n\n�� 1tt'altil�\"!1t �� �� �fit�� I\n��� -srt� ����·,W� -it�t1t II 8� II\neka ramanandera haya ei adhikara\ntate jani aprakrta-deha tanhara\nSYNONYMS\neka-only one; ramanandera-of SrT Ramananda Raya; haya-there is; eithis; adhikara-special authority; tate-in that way; jani-we can understand;\naprakrta-spiritual; deha-body; tanhara-his.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The authority for such acts is the prerogative of Ramananda Raya alone,\nfor I can understand that his body is not material but has been completely\ntransformed into a spiritual entity.\nTEXT 43\n\ni�t1t 1ltil1t � 'i� rsrltil 'alt� I\n\n�t� -srtfil�tt1t �t1t ��� �t� �ti)i II 8� II\ntanhara manera bhava tenha jane matra\ntaha janibare ara dvitiya nahi patra\n\n", "ant2#p0169": "Texts 45-46)\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n137\n\nSYNONYMS\ntanhara-his; manera-of the mind;\n\nbhava-positi on;\n\ntenha-he;\n\njane­\n\nknows; matra-only; taha janibare-to understand that; ara-other; dvitiya­\n\nsecond; nahi-there is not; patra-eligible person.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"He alone, and no one else, can understand the position of his mind.\nTEXT 44\n\nf�� llf1�fr;�J �� �fit �11.1ft� I\n��t'5t�l!·llf�-\\!t�\\! �'111 88 II\nkintu sastra-dr$tye eka kari anumana\n\nsri-bhagavata-sastra-tahate pramal)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nkintu-b u t; sastra-dr$tye-acco rdi n g to the direction of the sastra; eka-one;\n\nkari anumana-1 make a guess; sri-bhagavata-sastra-Srimad-Bhagavatam, the\n\nVedic scripture; tahate-in that connection; pramaQa-e vidence\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"But I can make a guess in terms of directions from the sastra. SrimadBhagavatam, the Vedic scripture, gives the direct evidence in this matter.\nTEXTS 45-46\n\n�t:�ter ��� 11t�tfw-�� 1\n'� 'Sf� �t!{, �� �f�1 �'flt� II 8([ II\n18ti!t'5t·�t1f tit� '!e.�tr;&lf !{� � I\n��f8'1·c;'1'� �t!{, '1f!{t��· Q II 8� II\nvraja-vadha-sange k[$/)era rasadi-vilasa\n\nyei jana kahe, sune kariya visvasa\n\nhrd-roga-kama tanra tat-kale haya k$aya\n\ntina-guQa-k$obha nahe, 'maha-dhira' haya\nSYNONYMS\n\nvraja-vadha-sange-in the association of the damsels of V rajabhOmi; k[$Qera­\n\nof Lord Kr�r:Ja; rasa-adi-vilasa-pastimes like the rasa dance; yei-which; jana-\n\n", "ant2#p0170": "138\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nperson; kahe-describes; sune-hears; kariya vi svasa-with great faith; hrt­\n\nroga-the disease of the heart; kama-lust; tanra-of him; tat-kale-at that time;\nhaya k,saya-becomes nullified;\n\ntina-guf)a-of the three modes of material\n\nnature; k,sobha-agitation; nahe-is not; maha-dhira-very sober; haya-becomes.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"When one hears or describes with great faith the pastimes of Lord Kr�r;�a,\nsuch as His rasa dance with the gopis, the disease of lusty desires in his heart\nand the agitation caused by the three modes of material nature are immediately nullified, and he becomes sober and silent.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura comments in this connection, \"Any per­\n\nson seriously inclined to hear about the pastimes of Kr�l)a's rasa dance, as mentioned in Srimad-Bhagavatam, with great faith and a transcendental, spiritually in­\n\nspired mind, is immediately freed from the natural lusty desires found within the\nheart of a materialistic man.\"\n\nWhen a pure Vai�l)ava speaks on Srimad-Bhagavatam and another pure\n\nVai�l)ava hears Srimad-Bhagavatam from such a realized soul, both of them live in\nthe transcendental world, where the contamination of the modes of material\nnature cannot touch them. Freed from the contamination of the modes of nature,\nthe speaker and hearer are fixed in a transcendental mentality, knowing that their\nposition on the transcendental platform is to serve the Supreme Lord. The class\n\nknown as prakrta-sahajiya, who consider the transcendental pastimes of Lord\nKr�l)a something like the behavior between a man and a woman in the material\n\nfield, artificially think that hearing the rasa-lila will help them by diminishing the\nlusty desires of their diseased hearts. But because they do not follow the regula­\n\ntive principles but instead violate even ordinary morals, their contemplation of\n\nrasa-lila is a futile attempt, which sometimes results in their imitating the dealings\n\nof the gopis and Lord Kr�l)a. To forbid such habits of the prakrta-sahajiyas, Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu has excluded their material intelligence by using the word\n\nvisvasa (\"faith\"). In Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.33.31), Srila Sukadeva Gosvami says:\nnaitat samacarej jatu\n\nmanasapi hy anisvaraf)\n\nvina5yaty acaran mauc;Jhyad\n\nyatha rudro 'bdhijarh vi,sam\n\n\"Certainly one who is not the Supreme Personality of Godhead should never,\n\neven within his mind, imitate the activities of the transcendental rasa-lila of Kr�l)a.\nIf out of ignorance one does so, he will be destroyed, just as if he were to imitate\nLord Siva, who drank poison produced from the ocean.\"\n\n", "ant2#p0171": "Text 48]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n139\n\nTEXT 47\n\n�qa, ';!� (;-2l11�f� (;�� �t11 I\n�tilt� ��';It�� ��t1l ��HI II 8'lll\nujjvala madhura prema-bhakti sei paya\nanande km;a-madhurye vihare sadaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nujjva/a-illuminated; madhura-sweet; prema-bhakti-ecstatic love of Kr�l)a;\nsei-he; paya-gets; anande-in transcendental bliss;\n\nk[$1)a-madhurye-the\n\nsweetness of Kr�l)a's pastimes; vihare-enj o ys; sadaya-always.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Tasting the transcendental, effulgent, sweetly ecstatic love of Kr��a, such\na person can enjoy life twenty-four hours a day in the transcendental bliss of\nthe sweetness of Kr��a's pastimes.\nTEXT 48\n\nfq:�\">)��� �'!l!<l:'{_f�f�li� f<lc�t:\n�t�c�t��\"1��1li'4 <�cfl:lii!._'l: 1\n�f<e>� 9f�t� �st<lf� <2ff�\"1�J <fi\"t'l�\n�'tl:�llst'lt'19f�l:011�J fD\"C�'l 1(1�: II SIT II\nvikric;:litarh vraja-vadhubhir idarh ca Vi$f)OQ\nsraddhanvito 'nuswuyad atha varuayed ya/:1\nbhaktirh pararh bhagavati prati/abhya kamaih\nhrd-rogam asv apahinoty acireua dhira/:1\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nvikric;:litam -the activity of the rasa dance; vraja-vadhObhi/:1-the damsels of\nVraja, the gopis; idam-this; ca-and; Vi$1)0/:1-of Lord Kf�l)a; sraddha-anvita/:1with transcendental faith; anuswu y at-continuously hears in the parampara\nsystem; atha-also; varuay et - describes; ya/:1-one who; bhaktim-devotional\nservice; param-transcendental; bhagavati -unto the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; prati/abhya-attaining; kamam-lusty material desires; hrt-rogamthe disease of the heart; asu-very soon; apahinoti-gives up; acireua-without\ndelay; dhira/:1 -one who is sober because of advanced devotional service.\n\n", "ant2#p0172": "140\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'A transcendentally sober person who, with faith and love continuously\nhears from a realized soul about the activities of Lord Kr�r:ta in His rasa dance\nwith the gopis, or one who describes such activities, can attain full transcendental devotional service at the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus lusty material desires, which are the heart disease of all materialistic persons, are for him quickly and completely vanquished.'\nPURPORT\nAll the activities of Lord Km1a are transcendental, and the gopis are also transcendentally situated. Therefore the activities of the gopis and Lord Kr�l)a, if\nseriously understood, will certainly free one from material attachment. Then there\nis no possibility that lusty material desires will awaken.\nTEXTS 49-50\n\n� �r;il, <;� �r;�, it� �� �i!t�2\\t I\n<;� �t<ttf<t� �� <;:Jtt<t ���f-t II s:;, II\n�t� �� f<fi <li�1!' <!i�r;il •rl �t11 1\n�i!Jfil� (;:Jf�, �t11·f�� it� <!it11 II <?o II\nye sune, ye pac;le, tarira phala etadrsi\nsei bhavavi�ta yei seve ahar-nisi\ntarira phala ki kahimu, kahane na yaya\nnitya-siddha sei, praya-siddha tarira kaya\nSYNONYMS\nye sune-anyone who hears; ye pac;/e-anyone who recites; tarira-of him;\npha/a-the result;\n\netadrsi-this;\n\nsei-he;\n\nbhava avi�ta-always absorbed in\n-\n\nthoughts of Kr�l)a; yei seve-who serves; aha/:1 nisi-day and night; tarira-his;\n-\n\nphala-result; ki ka himu-what shall I say; kahane na yaya-it is impossible to\nexpress; nitya-siddha-eternally liberated; sei-such a person; praya-siddhatranscendental; tarira-his; kaya-body\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If a transcendentally situated person, following in the footsteps of Srila\nRupa Gosvami, hears and speaks about the rasa-lila dance of Kr�r:ta and is always absorbed in thoughts of Kr�r:ta while serving the Lord day and night within his mind, what shall I say about the result? It is so spiritually exalted that it\n\n", "ant2#p0173": "Text 52]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n141\n\ncannot be expressed in words. Such a person is an eternally liberated associate of the Lord, and his body is completely spiritualized. Although he is visible to material eyes, he is spiritually situated, and all his activities are\nspiritual. By the will of Kr�Qa, such a devotee is understood to possess a\nspiritual body.\nTEXT 51\n\n1ft��:�t-\";ttt'$f i9ftfi{ �tt1l!f �'Sri( I\n\n��t�·l_\"fJ, l!ft� '�It�' il't� �illl q� II\nraganuga-marge jani rayera bhajana\nsiddha-deha-tulya, tate 'prakrta' nahe mana\nSYNONYMS\nraganuga-marge-on the path of spontaneous love of Kr�!)a; jani-we can\nunderstand; rayera bhajana-the devotional service of Ramananda Raya; siddhadeha-spiritual\n\nbody;\n\ntulya-equal\n\nto;\n\ntate-therefore;\n\nprakrta-material;\n\nnahe-is not; mana-mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srila Ramananda Raya is situated on the path of spontaneous love of Godhead. Therefore he is in his spiritual body, and his mind is not materially\naffected.\nTEXT 52\n\n�tfit� �t� \"(tti( �fil f���1 I\n\n�felt� �� �� �f�, �il'� �t� \\!i� II <r� II\namiha rayera sthane suni k[?f)a-katha\nsunite iccha haya yadi, puna/:! yaha tatha\nSYNONYMS\namiha-1 also; rayera sthane-from Ramananda Raya; sun i-hear; kr?Qakatha-talks of Kr�t:Ja; sunite-to hear; iccha-desire; haya-there is; yadi-if;\npuna/:1-again; yaha-go; tatha-there.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I also hear topics about Kr�Qa from Ramananda Raya. If you want to hear\n\nsuch topics, go to him again.\n\n", "ant2#p0174": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n142\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 53\n\n00� ilt;r Ql��'- 'c;�r;� �il��1 <;�r;� I\nc;�t�t� \"!tCil ?�<li�1 �fi{<tt� \\!f;� II' <2'� II\nmora nama la-iha,-'teho pathaila more\ntamara sthane k[$1)a-katha sunibara tare'\nSYNONYMS\nmora-My; nama-name; /a-iha-take; teho-He; pathaila-sen t; moreme; tamara sthane-from you; kr$1Ja-katha-topics of Kr�t:�a; sunibara tare-to\nhear.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You can take My name before him, saying, 'He has sent me to hear about\nLord Kr�r:'la from you.'\nTEXT 54\n\n� <lr�, <lt<te. c;�r;� �tr;� ��r;\\! 1\"\n�� �til· ��J�-PT� TiM�1 't_fift'! II <2'8 II\nsighra yaha, yavat tenho achena sabhate\"\neta suni' pradyumna-misra ca/i/a turite\nSYNONYMS\nsighra yaha-go hastily; yavat-while; teliho-he; achena-is; sabhate-in the\nassembly room; eta suni'-hearing this; pradyumna-misra-Pradyumna Misra;\nca/i/a-went; turite-very hastily.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Go hastily while he is in the assembly room.'' Hearing this, Pradyumna\nMisra immediately departed.\nTEXT 55\n\n�rn-�t-r c;'$f�, �-rn �'tfi! �fif\"l 1\n'�� fl, � Q'JtRf' �t'$f;ril' C��' II <2'<2' II\nraya-pasa gela, raya pral)ati karila\n'ajna kara, ye lagi' agamana haifa'\n\n", "ant2#p0175": "Text 57]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n143\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nraya-pasa-to Ramananda Raya; gefa-he went; raya-Ramananda Raya; praQati karifa-offered his respects; ajfia kara-please order me; ye fagi'-for what\npurpose; agamana haifa-have you come.\nTRANSLATION\nPradyumna Misra went to Ramananda Raya, who offered him respectful\nobeisances and said, \"Please order me. For what purpose have you come?\"\n\nTEXT 56\n\nfiti!t <{i7;�,-'��;2f� ��t·a;rl '�t?;11' I\n'i!ta:jt11' Q(t?;il ?�<t'Q)i �fi(�1{ 1:!7;11'' II a� II\nmisra kahe,- 'mahaprabhu pathaifa more\ntomara sthane kr�Qa-katha sunibara tare'\nSYNONYMS\n\nmisra kahe-Pradyumna Misra said; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\npathaifa more-has sent me; tamara sthane-from you; kr�Qa-katha-topics of\nLord Kr�r:ta; sunibara tare-to hear.\nTRANSLATION\nPradyumna Misra answered, \"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has sent me to hear\ntopics about Lord Kr�r:-a from you.\"\n\nTEXT 57\n\n�fil' 11't�til� 11'nt �\"11 '12fa:jt?;<!!?;-t I\n�� \"ftRf\"fi f<ti� a:j?;il� �Rt?;� II a 'l II\nsuni' ramananda raya haifa premavese\nkahite fagifa kichu manera hari�e\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuni'-hearing; ramananda raya-Ramananda Ray a; haifa -became; premaavese-absorbed in ecstatic love; kahite fagi /a-began to speak; kichu-something; manera hari�e-in transcendental pleasure.\n\n", "ant2#p0176": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n144\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, Ramananda Raya became absorbed in ecstatic love and began\nto speak with great transcendental pleasure.\n\nTEXT 58\n\n\"�� �e�Jt11 ��<fiQ!I �f.l:t(! �l�'illJI�1 I\n�ft1 �� �ftt�\"ifJ �tf;{ 'Pft� (;<fit�1 ?\" a�r 11\n\"prabhura ajfiaya k[$f)a-katha sunite aila etha\niha va-i maha-bhagya ami paba kotha?\"\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura ajfiaya-under the instruction of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; k[$f)akatha-topics of Lord Km1a; sunite-to hear; ai/a etha-you have come here; iha\nva-i-without\n\nthis;\n\nmaha-bhagya-great fortune;\n\nami-1;\n\npaba-will\n\nget;\n\nkotha -where.\nTRANSLATION\n. \"Following the instruction of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, you have come to\nhear about Kr�r,a. This is my great fortune. How else would I get such an opportunity?\"\nTEXT 59\n\nlJ!i! �� i!tt� if�1 �,ti! �f:Jt'il I\n'f<fi <fiQl1 ��ti! �1� ?' filt<!tt� �'11 II a<;> II\neta kahi tare laiia nibhrte vasila\n'ki katha sunite caha?' misrere puchila\nSYNONYMS\neta kahi-saying\n\nthis;\n\ntare-him;\n\n/alia-taking;\n\nnibhrte vasila-sat in a\n\nsecluded place; ki katha-what kind of topics; sunite caha-do you want to hear;\nmisrere puchila-he inquired from Pradyumna Misra.\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, Sri Ramananda Raya took Pradyumna Misra to a secluded place\nand inquired from him, \"What kind of kr�r,a-katha do you want to hear from\nme?\"\n\n", "ant2#p0177": "Text 62]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n145\n\nTEXT 60\n\n�t�1 <tit�,-\"c;� <ti�\"ff Pl'.rtil�t1{ I\n\n�� <fiQI1 �t� � <15�4!11 �t'aftt1{ II �o II\ntetiho kahe, -\"ye kahila vidyanagare\nsei katha krame tumi kahiba amare\nSYNONYMS\n\ntenho kahe-he replied;\n\nye-what; kahila-you spoke;\n\nvidya-nagare-at\n\nVidyanagara; sei katha-those topics; krame-according to the order; tumiyou; kahiba-please speak; amare-to me.\nTRANSLATION\nPradyumna Misra replied, \"Kindly tell me about the same topics you spoke\nabout at Vidyanagara.\nTEXT 61\n\n� f<t� '<ti�1, �-�t1{ �91t\\if�1 l\n\n�tfif �' ��� PI�, '[fiT _,�11{ c;9ft�1 II �� II\nanera ki katha, tumi-prabhura upade?ta!\nami ta' bhik?uka vipra, tumi-mora PO?ta\nSYNONYMS\nanera ki katha-w hat to speak of others; tumi-you; prabhura upade?tii-an\ninstructor of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ;ami-1; ta'-certainly; bhik?uka-beggar;\nvipra- brahmaQa; tumi-you; mora-my; po?ta-maintainer.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are an instructor even for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, not to speak of\nothers. I am but a beggar brahmar:Ja, and you are my maintainer.\nTEXT 62\n\n<et\"J, 11\"'-f<t�i; �fit �lit� il1 iSftfi{ I\n\n'�il' '\\if�' �9f1 '<tiBt' <�Sf�·l �t9ffif 11\" ·�� 11\nbha/a, manda-kichu ami puchite na jani\n'dina' dekhi' krpa kari' kahiba apani\"\n\n", "ant2#p0178": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n146\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhafa-good; manda-bad; kichu-something; ami-1; puchite-to inquire;\nna j ani-do not know; dina-very poor in knowledge; dekhi'-seeing (me);\nkrpa kari -very mercifully; kahiba-please; apani-by your own good will.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I do not know how to inquire, for I do not know what is good and what is\nbad. Seeing me to be poor in knowledge, kindly speak whatever is good for\nme by your own good will.\"\nTEXT 63\n\nI!� �tJ�t�\"! I.Q>tJI ��r;l! �tf��1 I\n\n�·��1-��'11Ji!·�11: IS��� ll �� II\ntabe ramananda krame kahite fagifa\nkr?Qa-katha-rasamrta-sindhu uthafifa\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereupon; ramananda-Ramananda Raya; krame-gradually; kahite\nfagifa-began to speak; kr?Qa-katha-of the topics of Kr�Da; rasamrta-sindhuthe ocean of transcendental mellow; uthafifa-became agitated.\nTRANSLATION\nThereupon Ramananda Raya gradually began speaking on topics of Kr�r:ta.\nThus the ocean of the transcendental mellow of those topics became agitated.\nTEXT 64\n\n�t�t� � �fit' �tr;� ��� �'t� I\n\n,m <21� ��, � ��1-�� u �s u\napane prasna kari' pache karena siddhanta\ntrtiya prahara haifa, nahe katha-anta\nSYNONYMS\napane-personally; prasna kari'-making the question; pache-after that;\nkarena siddhanta-gives the conclusion; trtiya prahara haifa-it became afternoon; nahe katha-anta-there was no end to such topics.\n\n", "ant2#p0179": "Text 66]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n147\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe began personally posing questions and then answering them with conclusive statements. When afternoon came, the topics still did not end.\nTEXT 65\n\n��1 '�t� <fit� �t� '5_·� O�lftt<ilt-f I\n<f;111f,f! �t�, �1 iSftfil� ffl�·,-tt� II �<t II\nvakta srota kahe sune dunhe premavese\natma-smrti nahi, kahan janiba dina-5e$e\nSYNONYMS\nvakta-the speaker; srota-the listener; kahe- speaks; sune-hears; dunheboth of them; prema-avese-in ecstatic love; atma-smrti nahi-there was no\nbodily consciousness; kahan-where; janiba- can understand; dina-5e$e-the\nend of day.\nTRANSLATION\nThe speaker and listener spoke and heard in ecstatic love. Thus they forgot\ntheir bodily consciousness. How, then, could they perceive the end of the\nday?\nTEXT 66\n\n�<1i <1i�, 'fw� 'G� 'f.ll��til' I\n--\n\n�t� 11'11l �<1i�tif <1iRt� ��t� II �� II\nsevaka kahifa, -'dina haifa avasana'\ntabe raya k[$f)a-kathara karifa visrama\nSYNONYMS\nsevaka kahifa-the servant informed;\n\ndina-the day;\n\nhaifa avasana-has\n\nended; tabe-at that time; raya-Ramananda Raya; k[$f)a-kathara-the talks of\nKr�t:�a; karifa visrama-ended.\nTRANSLATION\nThe servant informed them, \"The day has already ended.\" Then Ramananda Raya ended his discourses about Kr�Qa.\n\n", "ant2#p0180": "148\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 67\n\n����t� <IS�' tifr;� f<lwt� flf'i\"! 1\n'�� ��\"'t�' <tfi;r' fif� ilt�r;'! �tf'ifir!u �'� u\nbahu-sammana kari' misre vidaya dila\n'kttartha ha-ilana' bali' misra nacite lagila\nSYNONYMS\nbahu-sammana-much respectful behavior;\n\nkari'-doing; misre-unto Pra­\n\ndyumna Misra; vidaya dila -bade farewell; krtartha ha-i/ana-1 have become very\nsatisfied; ba/i'-saying; misra-Pradyumna Misra; nacite lagila-began to dance.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya paid great respect to Pradyumna Misra and bade him\nfarewell. Pradyumna Misra said, \"I have become very satisfied.\" He then\nbegan to dance.\nTEXT 68\n\n�1';1{ fost�1 f'al� ���til, G<et�� I\n\n�Jt�tr;� G��ti! 'Cit�'f �\"1f �1f'l II �lr II\nghare giya misra kaila snana, bhojana\nsandhya-kale dekhite aila prabhura caraQa\nSYNONYMS\nghare giya-return i ng home;\n\nmisra-Pradyumna Misra; kai/a-performed.;\n\nsnana-bathing; bhojana-eating; sandhya-kale-in the evening; dekhite-to\nsee; ai/a-ca me; prabhura caraQa\n\n-\n\nthe lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter returning home, Pradyumna Misra bathed and ate his meal. In the\nevening he came to see the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 69\n\n�� R'1 <t� t§mfJt'!·'altil I\n\n� <�ir;�,-'����1 ��� ��t'l' ? �� II\nprabhura caraQa vande ullasita-mane\nprabhu kake,- 'k($Qa-katha ha-ifa sravaQe'?\n\n", "ant2#p0181": "149\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\nText 71]\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; cara1,1a-the lotus feet; vande-he\nworships;\n\nullasita-mane-in\n\ngreat\n\nhappiness;\n\nprabhu\n\nkahe-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu says; kr?Qa-katha-talks of Kr�r:ta; ha-ila srava1,1e-did you hear.\nTRANSLATION\nIn great happiness he worshiped the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThe lord inquired, \"Have you heard topics about Kr�Qa?\"\nTEXT 70\n\nfiti!t ��'- \"� c;�mf �l!t� �fi1�1 I\n����t�'!it(r;� c;�t� �<It�� II 'l II\no\n\nmisra kahe,- \"prabhu, more krtartha kari/a\nkr?Qa-kathamrtarQave more (fubaila\nSYNONYMS\nmisra kahe-Pradyumna Misra said;\n\nprabhu-my dear Lord;\n\nmore-me;\n\nkrtartha-satisfied; kariia-You have made; kr?Qa-katha-of talks about Kr�r:ta;\namrta-ar1,1ave-in the ocean of the nectar;\n\nmore-me;\n\n(fubaila-You have\n\ndrowned.\nTRANSLATION\nPradyumna Misra said, \"My dear lord, You have made me extremely\nobliged to You because You have drowned me in a nectarean ocean of talks\nabout Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 71\n\n�il\"f m-��u �� e�1 �11 1\n'��' �� m, ��oe����1111 'l :> 11\nramananda raya-katha kahile na haya\n'manu?ya' nahe raya, kr?Qa-bhakti-rasa-maya\nSYNONYMS\nramananda raya-katha-the speeches of Ramananda Raya; kahi/e-describing;\nna haya-is not possible; manu?ya-an ordinary human being; nahe-is not;\nraya-Ramananda Raya; kr?Qa-bhakti-rasa-maya-absorbed in the devotional\nservice of Lord Kr�t:Ja.\n\n", "ant2#p0182": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n150\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I cannot properly describe the discourses of Ramananda Raya, for he is not\nan ordinary human being. He is fully absorbed in the devotional service of the\nLord.\nPURPORT\nOne is forbidden to accept the guru, or spiritual master, as an ordinary human\nbeing (guru?u nara-mati/:1). When Ramananda Raya spoke to Pradyumna Misra,\nPradyumna Misra could understand that Ramananda Raya was not an ordinary\nhuman being. A spiritually advanced person who acts with authority, as the\nspiritual master, speaks as the Supreme Personality of Godhead dictates from\nwithin. Thus it is not he that is personally speaking. When a pure devotee or\nspiritual master speaks, what he says should be accepted as having been directly\nspoken by the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the parampara system.\nTEXT 72\n\n� �<ll <ll�111t� <ll�\"ff �t�tt11 I\n\n''f�<l5�Ht•1<llRt' il1 'SIT�� Clrtt11 II 9� II\nara eka katha raya kahila amare\n'kmJa-katha-vakta kari' na janiha more\nSYNONYMS\nara-another;\namare\n\n-\n\neka-one ;\n\nkatha-topic ;\n\nraya -Ramananda\n\nRaya;\n\nkahila\n\nsaid to me; kmJa-katha-vakta-the speaker on the talks of Kr�l)a; kari'­\n\nas; na janiha more-do not consider me.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is one other thing Ramananda Raya said to me. 'Do not consider me\nthe speaker in these talks about Kr�Qa.\n\nTEXT 73\n\n� ;p;� <ll� <llt�il �H�til ,��HI�ef I\n\n�t� <ll�, ''!t� .<fS�,- � �'tt�� II 9� II\n·mora mukhe katha kahena apane gauracandra\nyaiche kahaya, taiche kahi,-yena viQa-yantra\n\n", "ant2#p0183": "Text 75]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n151\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nmora mukhe-in my mouth; katha-topics; kahena-speaks; apane-personally; gaura-candra-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yaiche kahaya-as He\ncauses to speak; taiche kahi-so I speak; yena-like; vil)a-yantra-the stringed\ninstrument called the vil)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'Whatever I speak is personally spoken by Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nLike a stringed instrument, I vibrate whatever He causes me to speak.\nTEXT 74\n\n� �� � Cfi�i, �t� ���Rf I\n\n�fQt�t� <;� iSftfilt� �-�;;! �t�Rf ?' �8 II\nmora mukhe kahaya katha, kare paracara\nprthivite ke janibe e-li/a tanhara ?'\nSYNONYMS\n\nmora mukhe-in my mouth; kahaya-causes to speak; katha-words; kare\nparacara-preaches; prthivite-in this world; ke janibe-who will understand; eli/a-this pastime; tanhara-His.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'In this way the Lord speaks through my mouth to preach the cult of\nK��l)a consciousness. Within the world, who will understand this pastime of\nthe Lord?'\nTEXT 75\n\n<;�·�<!�f.{�·, �- �t�J �t'$fJ I\na'fitfif·<;�!';<l� � �� �1 � <;'$ftR II�� II\nye-saba sunilun, kr?Qa-rasera sagara\nbrahmadi-devera e saba na haya gocara\nSYNONYMS\n\nye-saba-all that; suni/un-1 heard; kr?Qa-rasera-of the nectar of Lord Kf�l)a;\nsagara-the ocean; brahma-adi-devera-of the demigods, beginning with Lord\nBrahma; e saba-all this; na haya gocara-is not possible to be understood.\n\n", "ant2#p0184": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n152\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"What I have heard from Ramananda Raya is like a nectarean ocean of discourses about Kr�l)a. Even the demigods, beginning with Lord Brahma, cannot\nunderstand all these topics.\nTEXT 76\n\n<;� '��' 9f� (;11mf <ti�\"f1 1_fit I\n\n'SftiJf 'SftiJf '�t� �t� ��t� 'C{tf11 ll\"'l� II\nhena 'rasa' pana more karaila tumi\njanme janme tamara paya vikailana ami\n\nSYNONYMS\nhena rasa-such transcendental mellows; pana-to drink; more-me; karalla\ntumi-You have caused; janme janme-life after life; tamara paya-at Your feet;\nvikailana ami-1 have become sold.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, You have made me drink this transcendental nectar of\nkr�l)a-katha. Therefore I am sold to Your lotus feet, life after life.\"\nTEXT 77\n\n12!'t_ <tit�,-\"�tlrtil\"' �il�� -tf.t I\n'C{ts>f� <ti� s>f��L_ro <;\\til 'fi{t�' II 'l 'l II\nprabhu kahe, -\"ramananda vinay era khani\napanara katha para-mur:u;le dena ani'\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the\n\nLord replied;\n\nramananda-Ramananda Raya;\n\nvinayera\n\nkhani-the mine of humility; apanara katha-his own words; para mur:lC;le-on\n-\n\nanother's head; dena-confers; ani'-bringing.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \" Ramananda Raya is a source of all humility.\nTherefore he has attributed his own words to another's intelligence.\n\n", "ant2#p0185": "Text 80]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n153\n\nTEXT 78\n\nJt�tll.�� l.!li: �� '���' �� I\n'f.Sit?f�t� �'1 �t� �t'?f� �� II\" '\\lr' II\nmahanubhavera ei sahaja 'svabhava' haya\napanara gul)a nahi apane kahaya\"\nSYNONYMS\nmahanubhavera-of those who are advanced in realization; ei-this; sahajanatural; svabhava-characteristic; haya-is; apanara gul)a -their own personal\nqualities; nahi-do not; apane-personally; kahaya-speak.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This is a natural characteristic of those advanced in devotional service.\nThey do not personally speak of their own good qualities.\"\nTEXT 79\n\n�t�til\"f�rtt1� l.!li: <fl���'1 -�-t 1\n12fll� filt�� � ��\"11 �91�-t II 9� II\nramananda-rayera ei kahilu gul)a-lesa\npradyumna misrere yaiche kaila upadesa\nSYNONYMS\nramananda-rayera-of Sri Ramananda Raya; ei-th i s; kahi/u-1 have spoken;\ngul)a-lesa-a fraction of the transcendental attributes; pradyumna misrere -unto\nPradyumna Misra; yaiche-in which way; kaila upadesa-he gave instruction.\nTRANSLATION\nI have described but a fraction of the transcendental attributes of Ramananda Raya, as revealed when he instructed Pradyumna Misra.\nTEXT 80\n\n'�'l' �1$1 �� fl1t ��,�t'5f� �T;-t I\n'��' �1$1 :Jt�t�� �'?!t�t-t II lr'0 II\n'grhastha' haiia nahe raya �acj-vargera vase\n'vi$ayi' hafia sannyasire upadese\n\n", "ant2#p0186": "154\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nSYNONYMS\ngrhastha hafi a-being a householder; nahe-is not; raya-Ramananda Raya;\n?at-vargera vase-under the control of the SiX kinds of bodily change; Vi?ayi\nhafi a-being a pounds-and-shillings man; sannyasire upadese-advises persons in\nthe renounced order of life.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Ramananda Raya was a householder, he was not under the control\nof the six kinds of bodily change. Although apparently a pounds-and-shillings\nman, he advised even persons in the renounced order.\nPURPORT\nSri Ramananda Raya externally appeared to be a grhastha who was under the\ninfluence of the external, material energy, not a self-controlled brahmacari,\nvanaprastha or sannyasi. Crhasthas (householders) who are under the influence of\nthe external energy accept householder life for the purpose of sense enjoyment,\nbut a transcendentally situated Vai�r:\"�ava is not subjected to the influence of the\nsenses by the Lord's material rule of the six kinds of bodily change (kama, krodha,\nlobha, moha, mada, and matsarya), even when he plays the part of a grhastha.\nThus although Srila Ramananda Raya acted as a grhastha and was accepted as an\nordinary pounds-and-shillings man, he was always absorbed in the transcendental\npastimes of Lord Kr�r:\"�a. Therefore his mind was spiritually situated, and he was interested only in the subject of Kr�r:\"la. Ramananda Raya was not among the\nMayavadi impersonalists or materialistic logicians who are opposed to the principles of Lord Kr?r:\"la's transcendental pastimes. He was already spiritually situated\nin the order of renounced life; therefore he was able to turn sand into gold by\nspiritual potency, or, in other words, to elevate a person from a material to a\nspiritual position.\nTEXT 81\n\n<.!!����'I it1r ��\"M �Rft'! I\nfilt�t1t \"Pttit�a;rl i!'tt1 ��'I (\\'iRft'! u lr� u\nei-saba gul)a tanra prakasa karite\nmisrere pathaila tahan sraval)a karite\nSYNONYMS\nei-saba-all these; gul)a-attributes;\n\ntalira-of Ramananda Raya; prakasa\n\nkarite-to demonstrate; misrere-Pradyumna Misra; pathaila-He sent; tahanthere; sraval)a karite-to hear.\n\n", "ant2#p0187": "Ramananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\nText 83]\n\n155\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo demonstrate the transcendental attributes of Ramananda Raya, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu sent Pradyumna Misra to hear discourses about Kr�J;Ja\nfrom him.\nTEXT 82\n\n���'1 �<fitfllftl! �!_ �t� �'tti{ I\nittit1·�efltl! �'1 �<fitf-t' fil��t� �ttit lllr� II\nbhakta-guQa prakasite prabhu bhala jane\nnana-bhangite guQa prakasi' nija-labha mane\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-guQa-the attributes of a devotee; prakasite-to manifest; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; bhala jane-knows very well how; nana-bhangite-by\nvarious ways; guQa-attributes; prakasi'-manifesting; nija-labha-His profit;\nmane-He considers.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, knows\nvery well how to demonstrate the qualities of His devotees. Therefore, acting\nlike an artistic painter, He does so in various ways and considers this His personal profit.\nTEXT 83\n\n�ftf �<l'i ':15f��' ''it�� �it, �'@'it'1 I\n\n�-�ret<!! -szy <tit� �<tiSit 11 � 11\nara eka 'svabhava' gaurera suna, bhakta-gaQa\naisvarya-svabhava gur;:Jha kare prakatana\nSYNONYMS\nara-another;\nCaitanya\n\neka-one;\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nsvabhava-characteristic;\n\nsuna-hear;\n\nbhakta-gaQa-0\n\ngaurera-of\ndevotees;\n\nLord\n\nSri\n\naisvarya­\n\nsvabhava-opulences and characteristics; gur;:lha-very deep; kare-does; prakatana-manifestation.\nTRANSLATION\nThere is yet another characteristic of lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. 0\ndevotees, listen carefully to how He manifests His opulence and characteristics, although they are exceptionally deep.\n\n", "ant2#p0188": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n156\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 84\n\n���1 9fful!\"'tt't� <lifittl! �<(iftllt I\n\n��-�·�t1f1 <!itT-! �� �<fit-f II lr'8 II\nsannyasi paf')c;/ita-gaf')era karite garva nasa\n\nnica-sadra-dvara karena dharmera prakasa\nSYNONYMS\nsannyasi-persons in the renounced order; paQc;lita-gaQera-of the learned\nscholars;\n\nkarite-to\n\ndo;\n\ngarva-pride;\n\nnasa-vanquishing;\n\nnica-lowborn;\n\nsadra-a fourth-class man; dvara-through; karena-does; dharmera prakasaspreading of real religious principles.\nTRANSLATION\nTo vanquish the false pride of so-called renunciants and learned scholars,\nHe spreads real religious principles, even through a sudra, or lowborn fourthclass man.\nPURPORT\nWhen a man is greatly learned in the Vedanta-sutras, he is known as paQc;/ita, or\na learned scholar. Generally this qualification is attributed to brahmaf')as and sannyasis. Sannyasa, the renounced order of life, is the topmost position for a\n\nbrahmaf')a, a member of the highest of the four varf')as (brahmaf')a, k?atriya, vaisya\nand sudra). According to public opinion, a person born in a brahmaf')a family, duly\nreformed by the purificatory processes and properly initiated by a spiritual master,\nis an authority on Vedic literature. When such a person is offered the sannyasa\norder, he comes to occupy the topmost position. The brahmaf')a is supposed to be\nthe spiritual master of the other three varf')as, namely k?atriya, vaisya and sadra,\nand the sannyasi is supposed to be the spiritual master even of the exalted\n\nbrahmaf')as.\nGenerally brahmaf')as and sannyasis are very proud of their spiritual positions.\nTherefore, to cut down their false pride, SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu preached Kr�l)a\nconsciousness through Ramananda Raya, who was neither a member of the\nrenounced order nor a born brahmaf')a. Indeed, SrT Ramananda Raya was a\n\ngrhastha belonging to the sadra class, yet SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu arranged for\nhim to be the master who taught Pradyumna Misra, a highly qualified brahmaf')a\nborn in a brahmaf')a family. Even SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu Himself, although\nbelonging to the renounced order, took instruction from SrT Ramananda Raya. In\nthis way SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu exhibited His opL:Ience through SrT Ramananda\nRaya. That is the special significance of this incident.\n\n", "ant2#p0189": "Text 85]\n\n157\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\nAccording to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's philosophy, yei kr�f.la-tattva-vetta, sei\n\n'guru' haya: anyone who knows the science of Kr�l)a can become a spiritual\n\nmaster, without reference to whether or not he is a brahmaf.Ja or sannyasi. Ordi­\n\nnary people cannot understand the essence of sastra, nor can they understand the\n\npure character,\n\nbehavior and abilities of strict followers of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's principles. The Kr�l)a consciousness movement is creating pure, exalted Vai�l)avas even from those born in families considered lower than those of\n\nsudras. This is proof that a Vai�l)ava may appear in any family, as confirmed in\nSrimad-Bhagavatam:\n\nkirata-haQandhra-pulinda-pulkasa\n\nabhira-sumbha yavanab khasadayab\n\nye 'nye ca papa yad-apasrayasrayab\n\nsudhyanti tasmai prabhavi�f,Jave namab\n\n\"Kirata, HOI)a, Andhra, Pulinda, Pulkasa, Abhira, Sumbha, Yavana and the Khasa\nraces, and even others addicted to sinful acts, can be purified by taking shelter of\nthe devotees of the Lord, for He is the supreme power. I beg to offer my respect­\n\nful obeisances unto Him.\" (Bhag.\n\n2.4.18) By the grace of the Supreme Lord Vi�l)u,\n\none can be completely purified, become a preacher of Kr�l)a consciousness, and\nbecome the spiritual master of the entire world. This principle is accepted in all\n\nVedic literature. Evidence can be quoted from authoritative sastras showing how a\n\nlowborn person can become the spiritual master of the entire world. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu is to be considered the most munificent personality, for He dis­\n\ntributes the real essence of Vedic sastras to anyone who becomes qualified by becoming His sincere servant.\n\nTEXT 85\n\n'oe�', ''�1f', '1!\"1' <li'� 1ftt1l <!iRf' '<1�1' 1\n�-Ptfi{ �fiti!t·ll� �� ''i!tti!1' \" lr<t \"\n'bhakti', 'prema', 'tattva' kahe raye kari' 'vakta'\n\napani pradyumna-misra-saha haya 'srota'\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhakti-devotional service; prema-ecstatic love; tattva\n\n-\n\ntruth; kahe-He\n\nsays; raye-Ramananda Raya; kari'-by making; vakta-the speaker; apaniHimself; pradyumna-misra-Pradyumna Misra;\ncomes the listener.\n\nsaha- with;\n\nhaya srota-be­\n\n", "ant2#p0190": "158\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu preached about devotional service, ecstatic love\nand the Absolute Truth by making Ramananda Raya, a grhastha born in a low\nfamily, the speaker. Then Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu Himself, the exalted\nbrahmal)a-sannyasi, and Pradyumna Misra, the purified brahmar;1a, both became the hearers of Ramananda Raya.\nPURPORT\nSrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura says in his Amrta-pravaha-bha$ya that sannyasis in\nthe line of Sarikaracarya always think that they have performed all the duties of\nbrahmaf)as and that, furthermore, having understood the essence of VedantasOtra and become sannyasis, they are the natural spiritual masters of all society.\n\nSimilarly, persons born in brahmaf)a families think that because they execute the\nritualistic ceremonies recommended in the Vedas and follow the principles of\nsmrti, they alone can become spiritual masters of society. These highly exalted\nbrahmaf)as think that unless one is born in a brahmaf)a family, one cannot become\n\na spiritual master and teach the Absolute Truth. To cut down the pride of these\nbirthright brahmaf)as and MayavadT sannyasis, SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu proved\nthat a person like Ramananda Raya, although born in a sOdra family and situated in\nthe grhastha-asrama, can become the spiritual master of such exalted personalities\nas Himself and Pradyumna Misra. This is the principle of the Vai�l!ava cult, as\nevinced in the teachings of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. A person who knows what\nis spiritual and what is material and who is firmly fixed in the spiritual position can\nbe jagad-guru, the spiritual master of the entire world. One cannot become jagadguru simply by advertising oneself as jagad-guru without knowing the essential\n\nprinciples for becoming jagad-guru. Even people who never see what a jagadguru is and never talk with other people become puffed-up sannyasis and declare\n\nthemselves jagad-gurus. SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu did not like this. Any person\nwho knows the science of Kr�l!a and who is fully qualified in spiritual life can become jagad-guru. Thus SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally took lessons from SrT\nRamananda Raya and also sent Pradyumna Misra, an exalted brahmaf)a, to take\nlessons from him.\nTEXT 86\n\n�mt�-�t1rt �t�·'Jft��-t21�t-t ,\n�t'!�·�t1fl �f�fllm�\"f� II lr� II\nharidasa-dvara nama-mahatmya-prakasa\nsanatana-dvara bhakti-siddhanta-vilasa\n\n", "ant2#p0191": "Text 88]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n159\n\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa-dvara-by Haridasa Thakura;\n\nnama-mahatmya-of the glories of\n\nchanting the Hare Kr��a maha-mantra; prakasa-manifestation; sanatana-dvaraby Sanatana Gosvami; bhakti-siddhanta-vi/asa-spreading the essence of devotional life.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu exhibited the glories of the holy name of the lord\nthrough Haridasa Thakura, who was born in a Mohammedan family. Similarly,\nHe exhibited the essence of devotional service through Sanatana Gosvami,\nwho had almost been converted into a Mohammedan.\n\nTEXT 87\n\ne\\)��-� �11\" <;${·��-� I\n� �� �ttif � ���1{ <;�\"fi ? lrl\\ ll\nsri-rupa-dvara vrajera prema-rasa-li/a\nke bujhite pare gambhira caitanyera khela?\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-dvara -through Sri ROpa Gosvami; vrajera-of Vrndavana; premarasa-/i/a-description of ecstatic love and pastimes; ke-who; bujhite pare-can\nunderstand; gambhira-deep; caitanyera khe/a-the activities of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord also fully exhibited the ecstatic love and transcendental pastimes\nof Vrndavana through Srila Rupa Gosvami. Considering all this, who can\nunderstand the deep plans of lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu?\n\nTEXT 88\n\ne\\)��\\!tl�i ��-�\\!1 til'f I\nffl��e, 'e�IS 1itt1f �t1f �� �\"!_ ll lrlr II\nsri-caitanya-lila ei-amrtera sindhu\ntrijagat bhasaite pare yara eka bindu\n\n", "ant2#p0192": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n160\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-caitanya-lila-transcendental activities of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; eithese;\n\namrtera sindhu-the ocean of nectar;\n\ntri-jagat-the three worlds;\n\nbhasaite-to inundate; pare-is able; yara-of which; eka bindu-one drop.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe activities of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are just like an ocean of nectar.\nEven a drop of this ocean can inundate all the three worlds.\nPURPORT\nTo inundate the three worlds with nectar is the purpose of the pastimes of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. How this could be possible was exhibited by Srila\nRaghunatha Gosvami and later by Thakura Narottama dasa and Syamananda\nGosvami, who all represented the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Now that\nsame mercy is overflooding the entire world through the Kr�l)a consciousness\nmovement. The present Kr�l)a consciousness movement is nondifferent from the\npastimes performed by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu when He was personally present, for the same principles are being followed and the same actions performed\nwithout fail.\n\nTEXT 89\n\n���al!�i! fi{i!J <fit � 1\n��1 �ftti! 'c;�;rti{�t', '�f�i!--·S�til' II r� II\ncaitanya-caritamrta nitya kara pana\nyaha haite 'premananda', 'bhakti-tattva-jnana'\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-caritamrta-this\n\ntranscendental\n\nliterature\n\nknown\n\nas\n\nCaitanya­\n\ncaritamrta; nitya-daily; kara pana-do relish; yaha haite-by which; premaananda-transcendental bliss; bhakti-tattva-jfiana-transcendental knowledge in\ndevotional service.\n\nTRANSLATION\n0 devotees, relish daily the nectar of Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa and the\n\npastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, for by doing so one can merge in the\ntranscendental bliss and full knowledge of devotional service.\n\n", "ant2#p0193": "Text 92]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n161\n\nTEXT 90\n\n�·��! ��t �·�tj 0'1$1 I\n.n�rti� M�'��'� �� �itRrnl11 � 11\no\n\nei-mata mahaprabhu bhakta-gal)a lana\nni/aca/e viharaye bhakti pracariya\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-gal)a\n/ana-accompanied\n\nby\n\nHis\n\npure\n\ndevotees;\n\nnilacale-at\n\nJagannatha\n\nPurT;\n\nviharaye-enjoys transcendental bliss; bhakti pracariya-preachi ng the cult of\ndevotional service.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, accompanied by His associates, His\npure devotees, enjoyed transcendental bliss in Jagannatha Puri [Nilacala]\npreaching the bhakti cult in many ways.\nTEXT 91\n\n��<IS f<f� � iftfCI! I\netti� �ff' O'flfl31 'ett�O'f �� �i{�CI! �����\nbailga-desi eka vipra prabhura carite\nnataka kari' lana aila prabhuke sunaite\n\nSYNONYMS\nbailga-desi-from Bengal; eka vipra-one brahmal)a; prabhura carite-about\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's characteristics; nataka kari\n\n'-\n\nmakin g a drama; /ana­\n\ntaking; ai/a-came; prabhuke sunaite-to induce Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nto hear.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA brahmar:'la from Bengal wrote a drama about the characteristics of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and came with his manuscript to induce the Lord to\nhear it.\nTEXT 92\n\n'6��i{.-'ettit1t-�ci{ � ��i� 1\ntite1t fiifi;r' lit� �t� ��0'1 � II �� II\n\n", "ant2#p0194": "162\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nbhagavan-acarya-sane tara paricaya\ntafire mifi' tafira ghare karifa afaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhagavan-acarya-the devotee of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu named\nBhagavan Acarya; sane-with; tara paricaya-his acquaintance; tafire mifi'meeting him; tanra ghare-at his place; karifa afaya-made residence.\nTRANSLATION\nThe brahmaJ;�a was acquainted with Bhagavan Acarya, one of the devotees\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Therefore after meeting him at Jagannatha Puri,\nthe brahmaJ;�a made his residence at Bhagavan Acarya's home.\nTEXT 93\n\n�Qfr;;11 �ttl\" <;-ir;;�1 �tr;;� ��t�if I\n\n�� �r;;tr ��<ti ,�_, �ttl� �fi{if II �� II\nprathame nataka tefiho tafire sunaifa\ntafira safige aneka vai?Qava nataka sunifa\nSYNONYMS\nprathame-at first; nataka-the drama; tefiho-he; talire-him; sunaifamade to hear; tafira salige-with him; aneka-many; vai?Qava-devotees; nataka\nsunifa-listened to the drama.\nTRANSLATION\nFirst the brahmaJ;�a induced Bhagavan Acarya to hear the drama, and then\nmany other devotees joined Bhagavan Acarya in listening to it.\nTEXT 94\n\n:ffl;\"i!f� ��tJl �ttl\"i!fi '�� ��' I\n�� ���r;;i! �-.,� C�l'( � II �8 II\nsabei prasarhse nataka 'parama uttama'\nmahaprabhure sunaite sabara haifa mana\nSYNONYMS\nsabei-all;\n\nprasarilse-praised; nataka-the drama;\n\nparama uttama-\"very\n\ngood, very good\"; mahaprabhure-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sunaite-to cause\nto hear; sabara-of everyone; haifa-there was; mana-mind.\n\n", "ant2#p0195": "Text 97]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n163\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the Vai��avas praised the drama, saying, \"Very good, very good.\" They\nalso desired for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to hear the drama.\nTEXT 95\n\n�' <;��, �., <�Sf� �� <IS�' �tt� I\n-\n\n��� �ift� <;�� ��1f \"itt� II Cll� II\ngita, 5/oka, grantha, kavitva-yei kari' ane\nprathame 5unaya sei svarupera sthane\nSYNONYMS\ngita-song; 5/oka-verse; grantha-literature; kavitva-poetry; yei-anyone\nwho; kari'-making; ane-brings; prathame-first; 5unaya-recites; sei-that\nperson; svarapera sthane-before SvanJpa Damodara Cosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nCustomarily, anyone who composed a song, verse, literary composition or\npoem about Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu first had to bring it to Svariipa\nDamodara Gosvami to be heard.\nTEXT 96\n\n\"lf��-�tf� ��t1f CffW, ��i, �t1f ��I\n�t� ���'t_\"itf$ �t� i!t�f! II Cll� II\nsvarapa-thani uttare yadi, lana, tanra mana\ntabe mahaprabhu-thani karaya 5ravaf)a\nSYNONYMS\nsvarapa-thani-before SvarOpa Damodara CosvamT; uttare-passes; yadi-if\none; /ana-taking; tanra mana-his mind; tabe-thereafter; mahaprabhu-thanibefore SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karaya 5ravaf)a-causes to be heard.\nTRANSLATION\nIf passed by Svariipa Damodara Gosvami, it could be presented for Sri\nCaitanya Mahap_rabhu to hear.\nTEXT 97\n\n'1f��' �� Cf� '�llrt\"!�t1ft$f' I\n��� � �tt1f �t_, �t� �� <;\\!Ft$f II Cll� II\n\n", "ant2#p0196": "164\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\n'rasabhasa' haya yadi 'siddhanta-virodha'\nsahite na pare prabhu, mane haya krodha\n\nSYNONYMS\nrasa-abhasa-overlapping of transcendental mellows; haya-there is; yadi-if;\nsiddhanta-virodha-aga,inst the principles of the bhakti cult; sahite na pare-cannot tolerate; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mane-within the mind; hayais; krodha-anger.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf there were a hint that transcendental mellows overlapped in a manner\ncontrary to the principles of the bhakti cult, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would\nnot tolerate it and would become very angry.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura quotes the following definition of\nrasabhasa from the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (Uttara-vibhaga, Ninth Wave,\n1-3,20,22,24):\nparvam evanusi�tena\nvika/a rasa-lak?al)a\nrasa eva rasabhasa\nrasajfiair anukirtita/:1\nsyus tridhoparasas canurasas caparasas ca te\nuttama madhyama/:1 prokta/:1\nkani?thas cety ami kramat\npraptai/:1 sthayi-vibhavanubhavadyais tu virupatam\nsantadayo rasa eva\ndvadasoparasa mata/:1\nbhaktadibhir vibhavadyai/:1\nkr?f!a-sambandha-varjitai/:1\nrasa hasyadaya/:1 sapta\nsantas canurasa mata/:1\nkr?f!a-tat-pratipak?as ced\nvi�ayasrayataril gata/:1\nhasadinaril tada te 'tra\nprajfiair aparasa mata/:1\n\n", "ant2#p0197": "Text 98]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n165\n\nbhava/:1 sarve tadabhasa\nrasabhasas ca kecana\nami prokta rasabhijnai/:1\nsarve 'pi rasanad rasa/:!\nA mellow temporarily appearing transcendental but contradicting mellows pre­\n\nviously stated and lacking some of a mellow's necessities is called rasabhasa, an\noverlapping mellow, by advanced devotees who know how to taste transcendental mellows. Such mellows are called uparasa (submellows), anurasa (imitation\ntranscendental mellows) and aparasa (opposing transcendental mellows). Thus\nthe overlapping of transcendental mellows is described as being first grade, second grade or third grade. When the twelve mellows-such as neutrality, servitor­\n\nsthayi-bhava, vibhava and\nanubhava ecstasies, they are known as uparasa, submellows. When the seven in­\n\nship and friendship-are characterized by adverse\n\ndirect transcendental mellows and the dried up mellow of neutrality are produced\nby devotees and moods not directly related to Kr��a and devotional service in\necstatic love, they are described as anurasa, imitation mellows. If Kr��a and the\nenemies who harbor feelings of opposition toward Him are respectively the object and abodes of the mellow of laughter, the resulting feelings are called aparasa,\nopposing mellows. Experts in distinguishing one mellow from another sometimes\naccept some overlapping transcendental mellows (rasabhasa) as rasas due to their\nbeing pleasurable\n\nand tasteful.\n\nSrTia\n\nVisvanatha\n\nCakravartT Thakura\n\nsays,\n\nparaspara-vairayor yadi yogas tada rasabhasa/:1: \"When two opposing transcendental mellows overlap, they produce rasabhasa, or an overlapping of transcendental mellows.\"\nTEXT 98\n\n�'!�� � r�� �tt'if e{t� �ti{ 1\n�� �WI �t_ �f.�tt� fi{11� II �lr II\nataeva prabhu kichu age nahi sune\nei maryada prabhu kariyache niyame\nSYNONYMS\n\natae va -therefore; prabhu -SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kichu-anything;\nage-ahead; nahi sune-does not hear; ei maryada-this etiquette; prabhu-SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; kariyache niyame - has made a regulative principle.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would not hear anything before\nSvarupa Damodara heard it first. The Lord made this etiquette a regulative\nprinciple.\n\n", "ant2#p0198": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n166\n\nTEXT 99\n\nCIJI1fit'Pf1f �tflfP �t�� ��\"ff filt��il I\n�� �� �'-� il$� ���t�li ��� II �� II\nsvarupera thMii acarya kaila nivedana\neka vipra prabhura nataka kariyache uttama\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupera\nAcarya;\n\nthani-before\n\nkai/a-did;\n\nSvarOpa\n\nDamodara\n\nnivedana-submission;\n\nGosvami;\neka\n\nacarya-Bhagavan\n\nvipra-one\n\nbrahmaQa;\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nataka-drama; kariyache-has composed; uttama-very nice.\nTRANSLATION\nBhagavan Acarya submitted to Svarupa Damodara Gosvami, \"A good\nbrahmar;�a has prepared a drama about Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu that appears\nexceptionally well composed.\nTEXT 100\n\n�tr;�) �f� �il, �fw c;�t1ft� �il �ttil 1\n�tt\"l ��t121�� �� ��t�� �t'i II �\n\no o\n\nII\n\nadau tumi suna, yadi tamara mana mane\npache mahaprabhure tabe karaimu sravaf)e\nSYNONYMS\nadau-in the beginning;\nmane-you\n\naccept;\n\ntumi-yau;\n\nsuna-hear;\n\npache-thereafter;\n\nyadi-if;\n\ntamara mana\n\nmahaprabhure-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; tabe-then; karaimu sravaQe-1 shall request to hear.\nTRANSLATION\n\"First you hear it, and if it is acceptable to your mind, I shall request Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu to hear it.\"\nTEXT 101\n\nCIJI1fi� �r;�,-\"� 'c;\"ift�' ��-�\\Tt� I\n\n,�.,� -ttm �f� �� ��r;� ,��rn u �0� 11\nsvarupa kahe,- \"tumi 'gapa' parama-udara\nye-se sastra sunite iccha upaje tamara\n\n", "ant2#p0199": "Text 103]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n167\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvarDpa kahe-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami said; tumi-you; gopa-cowherd\nboy; parama-udara-very liberal; ye-se .Sastra-anything written as scripture;\nsunite-to hear; iccha-desire; upaje-awakens; tamara-of you.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara Gosvami replied, \"Dear Bhagavan Acarya, you are a very\nliberal cowherd boy. Sometimes the desire awakens within you to hear any\nkind of poetry.\nTEXT 102\n\n'�1-��, <IS�� �tt<�SJ � '1Pit�t�' I\n\n�..fflf<t�'3i ��t� i11 � ���t� II �o� II\n'yadva-tadva' kavira vakye haya 'rasabhasa'\nsiddhanta-viruddha sunite na haya ullasa\nSYNONYMS\nyadva-tadva kavira-of any so-called poet; vakye-in the words; haya-there\nis; rasa-abhasa-overlapping of transcendental mellows; siddhanta-viruddhaagainst the conclusive understanding; sunite-to hear; na-not; haya-there is;\nu//asa-joy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the writings of so-called poets there is generally a possibility of overlapping transcendental mellows. When the mellows thus go against the conclusive understanding, no one likes to hear such poetry.\nPURPORT\nYadva-tadva kavi refers to anyone who writes poetry without knowledge of\nhow to do so. Writing poetry, especially poetry concerning the Vai�r:Java conclusion, is very difficult. If one writes poetry without proper knowledge, there is\nevery possibility that the mellows will overlap. When this occurs, no learned or\nadvanced Vai�r:Java will like to hear it.\nTEXT 103\n\n'�', '�t'et�' �� i1t� ��� I\nref�f�..t�-�� i1t� ��II �o� II\n'rasa', 'rasabhasa' yara nahika vicara\nbhakti-siddhanta-sindhu nahi paya para\n\n", "ant2#p0200": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n168\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nSYNONYMS\nrasa-transcendental mellows; rasa-abhasa-overlapping of transcendental\nmellows; yara-of whom; nahika vicara-there is no consideration; bhakti-siddhanta-sindhu-the ocean of the conclusions of devotional service; nahi-not;\npaya-attains; para-the limit.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A so-called poet who has no knowledge of transcendental mellows and\nthe overlapping of transcendental mellows cannot cross the ocean of the conclusions of devotional service.\nTEXTS 1 04-105\n\n'�Jt�'l' �t� ��, �1 illftt� '�iltn�' I\n'�$�til�'-�t� �t�� �rta II �oS II\n���i11 ��t� �1 illft� � !ria 1\nf�-tt� ����'��-��a 11 �oct II\n'vyakaraQa' nahi jane, na jane 'a/ankara'\n'natakalankara'-jfiana nahika yahara\nkr�Qa-lila varQite na jane sei chara!\nvise�e durgama ei caitanya-vihara\nSYNONYMS\nvyakaraQa-grammar; nahi jane-does not know; na jane-does not know;\na/ankara-metaphorical ornaments; nataka-a/ankara-of the metaphorical ornaments of drama; jfiana-knowledge; nahika-there is not; yahara-of whom;\nkr�Qa-li/a-the pastimes of Lord Kr��a; varQite-to describe; na jane-does not\nknow; sei-he; chara-condemned; vise�e-especially; durgama-very, very\ndifficult;\n\nei-these;\n\ncaitanya-vihara-the\n\npastimes\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A poet who does not know the grammatical regulative principles, who is\nunfamiliar with metaphorical ornaments, especially those employed in drama,\nand who does not know how to present the pastimes of Lord K��l)a is condemned. Moreover, the pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are especially\ndifficult to understand.\n\n", "ant2#p0201": "Text 107]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n169\n\nTEXT 106\n\n�·�1, <:'it�1!'11 � <fit� �('i{ I\n<:�1t-�t��'ll' �HI �� �t'i·�i{ II �o� II\nkr�Qa-lila, gaura-lila se kare varQana\ngaura-pada-padma yailra haya praQa-dhana\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-lila-the pastimes of Lord Kr�l)a; gaura-/i/a-the pastimes of Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; se-he; kare varQana-describes; gaura-pada-padmathe lotus feet of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yailra-whose; ha ya-is; praQadhana-the life and soul.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One who has accepted the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as his life\nand soul can describe the pastimes of Lord Kr�Qa or the pastimes of Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 107\n\n�t11J·<fi�11 ��11 �felt�;! Q 'l:-r' I\n��15-�t�'fll-�t<fiJ �til� � '�-t' II �oct II\ngramya-kavira kavitva sunite haya 'du/:lkha'\nvidagdha-atmiya-vakya sunite haya 'sukha'\nSYNONYMS\ngramya-kavira-of a poet who writes poetry concerning man and woman;\nkavitva-poetry;\n\nsunite-to\n\nhear;\n\nhaya-there\n\nis;\n\ndu/:lkha-unhappiness;\n\nvidagdha-atmiya-of a devotee fully absorbed in ecstatic love; vakya-the\nwords; sunite-to hear; haya-there is; sukha-happiness.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Hearing the poetry of a person who has no transcendental knowledge and\nwho writes about the relationships between man and woman simply causes\nunhappiness, whereas hearing the words of a devotee fully absorbed in\necstatic love causes great happiness.\nPURPORT\nCramya-kavi refers to a poet or writer such as the authors of novels and other\nfiction who write only about the relationships between man and woman.\n\n", "ant2#p0202": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n170\n\nVidagdha-atmiya-vakya, however, refers to words written by a devotee who fully\nunderstands pure devotional service. Such devotees, who follow the parampara\nsystem, are sometimes described as sajatiyasaya-snigdha, or \"pleasing to the same\nclass of people.\" Only the poetry and other writings of such devotees are accepted with great happiness by devotees.\nTEXT 108\n\n�� '�� 'i� il$� �f.�1t� �111t'i I\n\n�firr;'! �il� <tit� �111�L_'I<ttlllfi II\" �olr II\nrupa yaiche dui nataka kariyache arambhe\nsunite ananda ba(ie yara mukha-bandhe\"\nSYNONYMS\nrOpa-ROpa GosvamT;\n\nyaiche-as;\n\ndui-two;\n\nnataka-dramas;\n\nkariyache\n\narambhe-has compiled; sunite-to hear; ananda bade-transcendental happiness increases; yara-of which; mukha-bandhe-even the introductory portion.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The standard for writing dramas has been set by Rupa Gosvami. If a devotee hears the introductory portions of his two dramas, they enhance his transcendental pleasure.\"\nTEXT 109\n\n�$ftil_·�t�1t <Ti�,-'�i1 IS�� I\n\n��tilt� �t\"f·'al� 'Sftfil?;;<t ��rnu'�o�ll\nbhagavan-acarya kahe,- 'suna eka-bara\ntumi sunile bhala-manda janibe vicara'\nSYNONYMS\nbhagavan-acarya-Bhagavan Acarya; kahe-says; suna-please hear; ekabara-once;\n\ntumi sunile-if you hear;\n\nbhala-manda-good or bad; janibe\n\nvicara-will be able to understand.\nTRANSLATION\nDespite the explanation of Svarupa Damodara, Bhagavan Acarya requested,\n\"Please hear the drama once. If you hear it, you can consider whether it is\ngood or bad.\"\n\n", "ant2#p0203": "Text 112]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n171\n\nTEXT 110\n\nl� f'!il f�il �t�� �t� �f1(tl( I\nit11' ��r;;�'lllf1'fi1;�11' �filr;;'! �� �\"'ll ��o II\ndui tina dina acarya agraha karila\ntanra agrahe svarupera sunite iccha ha-ifa\n\nSYNONYMS\ndui tina dina-for two or three days; acarya-Bhagavan Acarya; agraha karilaexpressed his ardent desire; tanra agrahe-by his eagerness; svarupera-of\nSvarOpa Damodara; sunite-to hear; iccha-desire; ha-ifa-there was.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor two or three days Bhagavan Acarya continually asked Svarupa\nDamodara Gosvami to hear the poetry. Because of his repeated requests,\nSvarupa Damodara Gosvami wanted to hear the poetry written by the\nbrahmar;�a from Bengal.\nTEXT 111\n\n�Cii \"lc$i �� '�tfc$ �filr;;'! �fil\"li I\n'!T;;� '�� <fi� ifttlfl-� ��iii II ��� II\nsaba lana svarupa gosaiii sunite vasila\ntabe sei kavi nandi-sloka pac;lila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaba /aiia-in the company of other devotees;\n\nsvarupa gosaiii-SvarOpa\n\nDamodara Gosvami; sunite vasila-sat down to hear; tabe-thereafter; sei kavithat poet; nandi-sloka-the introductory verse; pac;Jila-read.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara Gosvami sat down with other devotees to hear the poetry, and then the poet began to read the introductory verse.\nTEXT 112\n\nf<t'<fi'P�Jl\"f?:Of?:\\!i ��'i(':\\i�'!'CiM\n<f\"f<fi'll'f\"Pfir�r�r��r� �: �9f'!1: 1\n\n", "ant2#p0204": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n172\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\n�����'ll\"C\"\" t�� C�\\!JU1 f<l'�t��\nII fii� \\!J'l iS'lJ� �h\\!J�H:'!'<t: II ') � � II\nvikaca-kamala-netre 5ri-jagannatha-sarhjne\nkanaka-rucir ihatmany atmatarh yai) prapannai)\nprakrti-jac;lam ase?arh cetayann avirasit\nsa di5atu tava bhavyarh kr?Qa-caitanya-devai)\nSYNONYMS\n\nvikaca-expanded; kamala-netre-whose lotus eyes; 5ri-jagannatha-sarhjnenamed Sri ]agannatha; kanaka-ruci/:1-possessing a golden hue; iha-here in\n]agannatha Puri; atmani-in the body; atmatam-the state of being the self;\nyai)-who; prapannai)-has obtained; prakrti-matter; jac;:lam-inert; ase?amunlimitedly; cetayan-enlivening; avirasit-has appeared; sa/:1-He; di5atu-may\nbestow;\n\ntava-unto you;\n\nbhavyam-auspiciousness; kr?Qa-caitanya-deva/:1-\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, known as Kr�r:Ja Caitanya\nTRANSLATION\n\"The Supreme Personality of Godhead has assumed a golden complexion\nand has become the soul of the body named Lord Jagannatha, whose blooming lotus eyes are widely expanded. Thus He has appeared in Jagannatha Puri\nand brought dull matter to life. May that Lord, Sri Kr�r;�a Caitanyadeva, bestow\nupon you all good fortune.\"\nTEXT 113\n\n00� �f.{' :Jf�� I!� ��tte{ I\n��'51 <15�,-'�� 00� <IS�� �Jt�' II ���II\n5/oka suni' sarva-loka tahare vakhane\nsvarDpa kahe,-'ei 5/oka karaha vyakhyane'\nSYNONYMS\n\n5/oka 5uni'-hearing the verse; sarva-/oka-everyone; tahare-him; vakhanepraised; svarapa kahe-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami said; ei 5/oka-this verse;\nkaraha vyakhyane-kindly explain.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen everyone present heard the verse, they all commended the poet, but\nSvarupa Damodara Gosvami requested him, \"Kindly explain this verse.\"\n\n", "ant2#p0205": "Text 115]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n173\n\nTEXT 114\n\n�� �,-�'$!itO!- �\"1�--t�� I\n��·G;'$!1�$- -titit Jt�t� II ��8 II\nkavi kahe, -\"jagannatha -sundara-sarira\ncaitanya-gosafii- sariri maha-dhira\nSYNONYMS\nkavi kahe-the poet said; jagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; sundara-sarira-very\n\nbeautiful body; caitanya-gosafii-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sariri-possessor of\nthe body; maha-dhira-very grave.\nTRANSLATION\nThe poet said, \"Lord Jagannatha is a most beautiful body, and Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, who is exceptionally grave, is the owner of that body.\nPURPORT\nSariri refers to a person who owns the sarira, or body. As stated in Bhagavad­\n\ngita:\n\ndehino 'smin yatha dehe\n\nkaumaram yauvanam jara\n\ntatha dehantara-praptir\n\ndhiras tatra na muhyati\n\n\"As the embodied soul continually passes, in this body, from boyhood to youth to\nold age, the soul similarly passes into another body at death. The self-realized soul\nis not bewildered by such a change.\" (Bg. 2.13) For the ordinary living being in\nmaterial existence there is a division or distinction between the body and the\nowner of the body. In spiritual existence, however, there is no such distinction, for\nthe body is the owner himself and the owner is the body itself. In spiritual existence, everything must be spiritual. Therefore there is no distinction between the\nbody and its owner.\nTEXT 115\n\n�� �Sf'$!f;'!� �� �11t�� I\n\n��tlif �t�t�'- ��1 �t�('� 11\" ��<t 11\nsahaje ja(ia-jagatera cetana karaite\n\nnilaca/e mahaprabhu haifa avirbhute\n\n", "ant2#p0206": "174\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nSYNONYMS\nsahaje-naturally; jac;Ja-jagatera-the dull material world; cetana karaite-to inspire to spiritual consciousness; nifacafe-at Jagannatha Puri; mahaprabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; haifa avirbhute-has appeared.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has appeared here in Nilacala [Jagannatha Puri]\nto spiritualize the entire dull material world.\"\nTEXT 116\n\n��i :Jt� c�� ·�rtil�'!·�ill\n'l:� ��i 115f�� �t� �.. �iii II ��� II\nsuniya sabara haifa anandita-mana\ndu/:lkha paiia svarOpa kahe sakrodha vacana\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing; sabara-of all of them; haifa-there was; anandita-managreat happiness in the mind; du/:lkha paiia\n\n-\n\nbecoming unhappy; svarupa kahe­\n\nSvarOpa Damodara Gosvami began to speak; sa-krodha vacana-angry words.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, everyone present was greatly happy. But Svarupa Damodara,\nwho alone was very unhappy, began to speak in great anger.\nTEXT 117\n\n\"�tt1f '�!_( �t?filt� C�M :Jt('iftllt I\n\n'l� '!' �m �t� ilt�<ll R�t� 11 ��'Ill\n\"are murkha, apanara kaifi sarva-nasa!\ndui ta' isvare tara nahika visvasa\nSYNONYMS\nare murkha-0 fool; apanara-of yourself; kaifi-you have done; sarva-na5aloss of all auspiciousness; dui ta' isvare-in the two controllers; tara-your;\nnahika visvasa-there is no faith.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are a fool,\" he said. \"You have brought ill fortune upon yourself, for\nyou have no knowledge of the existence of the two Lords, Jagannathadeva and\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, nor have you faith in Them.\n\n", "ant2#p0207": "Text 119]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n175\n\nTEXT 118\n\n�cft�\"f-fije,'l5f�� iSf�tQJ'·1ft11 I\n�tt1t ��� iSf�-�\"'1t·�t�·�t11 !! ��IT' II\npurl)ananda-cit-svarupa jagannatha-raya\ntarire kaili jac;ia-nasvara-prakrta-kaya!!\nSYNONYMS\npurl)a-ananda-complete transcendental bliss; cit-svarupa-the spiritual identity; jagannatha-raya-Lord Jagannatha;\n\ntarire-Him; kaili-you have made;\n\njac;Ja-inert; nasvara-perishable; prakrta-material; kaya-possessing a body.\nTRANSLATION\n\"lord Jagannatha is completely spiritual and full of transcendental bliss,\nbut you have compared Him to a dull, destructible body composed of the inert, external energy of the lord.\nPURPORT\nIf one thinks that the form of Lord Jagannatha is an idol made of wood, he immediately brings ill fortune into his life. According to the direction of the Padma\n\nPural)a: arcye vi�l)au si/a-dhi/:1 ...yasya va naraki sa/:1. Thus one who thinks that the\nbody of Lord jagannatha is made of matter and who distinguishes between Lord\njagannatha's body and soul is condemned, for he is an offender. A pure devotee\nwho knows the science of Kr�l)a consciousness makes no distinction between\nLord Jagannatha and His body. He knows that they are identical, just as Lord Kr�l)a\nand His soul are one and the same. When one's eyes are purified by devotional\nservice performed on the spiritual platform, one can actually envision Lord Jagannatha and His body as being completely spiritual. The advanced devotee,\ntherefore, does not see the worshipable Deity to have a soul within a body like an\nordinary human being. There is no distinction between the body and soul of Lord\nJagannatha, for Lord Jagannatha is sac-cid-ananda-vigraha, just as the body of\nKr�l)a is sac-cid-ananda-vigraha. There is actually no difference between Lord\nJagannatha and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, but the ignorant poet from Bengal applied a material distinction to the body of Lord Sri Jagannatha.\nTEXT 119\n\n�(..��(!}\"'� ��i!il-'15111' �'it�ti{, I\nitt1t ��f\"'' � �� �f\"''tl?·�'lft� II��� II\npurl)a-�ac;i-aisvarya caitanya -svayarh bhagavan\ntarire kaili k�udra jiva sphuliriga-samana!!\n\n", "ant2#p0208": "176\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nSYNONYMS\n\npOrQa-complete; �at-aisvarya-possessing six opulences; caitanya-Lord SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; svayam-Himself; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; tar'lre-Him; kai/i-you have made; k�udra jiva-an ordinary living en­\n\ntity; sphulinga-samana-exactly equal to the spark.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You have calculated Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, full in six opulences, to be on the level of an ordinary living being. Instead of knowing Him as the supreme fire, you have accepted\nHim as a spark.\"\nPURPORT\n\nIn the Upani�ads it is said, yathagner visphulinga vyuccaranti: the living entities\nare like sparks of fire, and His Lordship the Supreme Personality of Godhead is\nconsidered the original great fire. When we hear this sruti-vakya, or message from\n\nthe Vedas, we should understand the distinction between the Supreme Lord\nKr�l\")a and the living entities. A person under the control of the external energy,\nhowever, cannot understand that distinction. Such a person cannot understand\nthat the Supreme Person is the original great fire, whereas the living entities are\nsimply small fragmental parts of that Supreme Personality of Godhead. As Kr�l\")a\nsays in Bhagavad-gita (15.7):\n\nmamaivarilso jiva-loke\njTva-bhata/:1 sanatana/:1\nmana/:! �a�thanTndriyaQi\nprakrti-sthani kar�ati\n\"The living entities in this conditioned world are My eternal, fragmental parts. Due\nto conditioned life, they are struggling very hard with the six senses, which include the mind.\"\nThere is a distinction between the body and soul of the materially existing living being, but because SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Lord Jagannatha do not\npossess material bodies, there is no distinction between Their bodies and souls.\nOn the spiritual platform, body and soul are identical; there is no distinction be­\n\ntween them. As stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam:\n\netad isanam Tsasya\nprakrti-stho 'pi tad-guQai/:1\nna yujyate sadatma-sthair\nyatha buddhis tad-asraya\n\n", "ant2#p0209": "Text 120]\n\n177\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n\"This is the divinity of the Personality of Godhead. He is not affected by the\n\nqualities of material nature, even though He is in contact with them. Similarly, the\ndevotees who have taken shelter of the Lord cannot be influenced by the ma­\n\nterial qualities.\" (Bhag. 1.11.38) His Lordship the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�l)a, is unaffected by the influence of the three modes of material nature.\n\nIndeed, His devotees are also unpolluted by the influence of the external energy\n\nbecause they engage in the service of His Lordship. Even the very body of a devo­\n\ntee becomes spiritualized, just as an iron rod put into fire becomes as qualified as\n\nfire because it becomes red hot and will immediately burn anything it touches.\nTherefore the poet from Bengal committed a great offense by treating Lord jagan­\n\nnatha's body and Lord Jagannatha, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as two\ndifferent entities, material and spiritual, as if the Lord were an ordinary living being.\n\nThe Lord is always the master of the material energy; therefore He is not doomed\n\nto be covered by the material energy like an ordinary living entity.\nTEXT 120\n\n'Al-itf� �9f:�rt�� 9ftlR l'5f�!\n��\"� '�\"' ��(, �1� �� �r� t ��\n\no\n\nu\n\nduHhafli aparadhe paibi durgati!\natattva-jfla 'tattva' varl)e, tara ei riti!\nSY NONYMS\ndui-thafli-unto both; aparadhe-by offense; paibi-you will get; durgatihellish destination; a-tattva-jfla-one who has no knowledge of the Absolute\nTruth; tattva varl)e-describes the Absolute Truth; tara-his; ei-this; riti­\n\ncourse.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara continued, \"Because you have committed an offense to\nlord Jagannatha and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, you will attain a hellish\ndestination. You do not know how to describe the Absolute Truth, but\nnevertheless you have tried to do so. Therefore you must be condemned.\nPURPORT\nThe brahmal)a poet from Bengal was an offender in the estimation of SvarOpa\nDamodara Gosvami, for although the poet had no knowledge of the Absolute\n\nTruth, he had nevertheless tried to describe it. The Bengali poet was an offender\n\nto both Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Lord Jagannatha. Because he had made a\ndistinction between Lord jagannatha's body and soul and because he had indi-\n\n", "ant2#p0210": "178\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\ncated that Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was different from Lord jagannatha, he\nhad committed offenses to Them both. A-tattva-jna refers to one who has no\nknowledge of the Absolute Truth or who worships his own body as the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead. If an ahangrahopasaka-mayavadi, a person engaged in\nfruitive activities or a person interested only in sense gratification, describes the\nAbsolute Truth, he immediately becomes an offender.\n\nTEXT 121\n\n�tt �� �� � '�11�' I\n\nQf�-��-� -� '�tl'f ''fJI�Ji'f' I ��) II\nara eka kariyacha parama 'pramada'!\ndeha-dehi-bheda isvare kaile 'aparadhar!\n\nSY NONYMS\nara eka-another one; kariyacha-you have done; parama-the supreme; pramada-illusion; deha-dehi-bheda-the distinction between the body and soul;\nisvare-in His Lordship; kaile-you have done; aparadha-an offense.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are in complete illusion, for you have distinguished between the body\nand soul of His lordship [lord Jagannatha or Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu]. That\nis a great offense.\nPURPORT\nWhen one differentiates between the body and soul of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he immediately becomes an offender. Because the living entities in the material world are generally covered by material bodies, the body and\nsoul of an ordinary human being cannot be identical. The Supreme Lord bestows\nthe fruits of one's activities, for He is the Lord of the results of fruitive action. He is\nalso the cause of all causes, and He is the master of the material energy. Therefore\nHe is supreme. An ordinary living being, however, in his material condition, enjoys\nthe results of his own fruitive activities and therefore falls under their influence.\nEven in the liberated stage of brahma-bhOta identification, he engages in rendering service to His Lordship. Thus there are distinctions between an ordinary\nhuman being and the Supreme Lord. Karmis and jnanis who ignore these distinctions are offenders against the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nAn ordinary human being is prone to be subjugated by the material energy,\nwhereas His Lordship the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, Lord Kr�r:Ja or Lord Jagannatha-is always the master of the material\nenergy and is therefore never subject to its influence. His Lordship the Supreme\n\n", "ant2#p0211": "Text 122]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n179\n\nPersonality of Godhead has an unlimited spiritual identity, never to be broken,\nwhereas the consciousness of the living entity is limited and fragmented. The living entities are fragmental portions of the Supreme Personality of Godhead eter­\n\nnally (mamaivarhso jiva-Joke jiva-bhata/:1 sanatana/:1). It is not that they are\n\ncovered by the material energy in conditioned life but become one with the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead when freed from the influence of material energy. Such an idea is offensive.\nAccording to the considerations of Mayavadi fools, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead accepts a material body when He appears in the material world. A\nVai�l)ava, however, knows perfectly well that for Kr�l)a, Lord Jagannatha or Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu-unlike ordinary human beings-there is no distinction\nbetween the body and the soul. Even in the material world His Lordship retains His\nspiritual identity; therefore Lord Kr�l)a exhibited all opulences even in His childhood body. There is no distinction between the body and soul of Kr�l)a; whether\nHe is in His childhood body or His youthful body, He is always identical with His\nbody. Even though Kr�l)a appears like an ordinary human being, He is never sub­\n\njected to the rules and regulations of the material world. He is svarat, or fully inde­\n\npendent. He can appear in the material world, but contrary to the offensive conclusion of the Mayavda school, He has no material body. In this connection one\nmay again refer to the\n\nabove-mentioned\n\nverse\n\nfrom\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(1.11.38):\netad isanam isasya\n\nprakrti-stho 'pi tad-gu(lai/:1\n\nna yujyate sadatma-sthair\n\nyatha buddhis tad-asraya\n\nThe Supreme Person has an eternal spiritual body. If one tries to distinguish between the body and soul of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he commits a\ngreat offense.\n\nTEXT 122\n\n-�R ift� � '��-,'f�-� I\nllll11i'Pf\", ��,-��til\", ilt�� ���II���II\nisvarera nahi kabhu deha-d ehi bh eda\n-\n\nsvarapa, deha, -cid-ananda, nahika vibheda\n\nSYNONYMS\nisvarera-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nahi-there is not; kabhuat any time;\n\ndeha-dehi-bheda-distinction between\n\nthe body and soul;\n\n", "ant2#p0212": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n180\n\nsvarupa-personal\n\nidentity;\n\ndeha-body;\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\ncihlnanda-all made\n\nspiritual energy; nahika vibheda-there is no distinction.\n\nof\n\nblissful\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAt no time is there a distinction between the body and soul of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead. His personal identity and His body are made of\nblissful spiritual energy. There is no distinction between them.\nPURPORT\nLord Kr�r;.a, the son of Nanda Maharaja, is advaya-jfiana; in other words, there is\nno distinction between His body and soul, for His existence is completely spiritual.\n\nAccording to the verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam beginning with the words vadan­\n\nti tat tattva-vidas tattvam (1.2.11 ), the Absolute Truth is always to be understood\nfrom three angles of vision as Brahman, Paramatma and Bhagavan. Unlike the objects of the material world, however, the Absolute Truth is always one and always\nthe same. Thus there is no distinction between His body and soul. His form, name,\nattributes and pastimes, therefore, are completely distinct from those of the material world. One should know perfectly well that there is no difference between\nthe body and soul of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. When one conceives\nof a distinction between His body and soul, one is immediately conditioned by\nmaterial nature. Because a person in the material world makes such distinctions,\n\nhe is called baddha-jiva, a conditioned soul.\n\nTEXT 123\n\n\"Clf�-Clf�-f�tr.'i!l�.\"!l� C0!1T.� f<ttv?:� �f�� II\" \") �\" II\n\"deha-dehi-vibhago 'yam\n\nnesvare vidyate kvacit\"\nSYNONYMS\n\ndeha-of the body; dehi-of the embodied; vibhagab -distinction; ayam­\n\nthis; na-not; isvare-in the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vidyate - exists;\nkvacit-at any time.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'There is no distinction between the body and soul of the Supreme Per­\n\nsonality of Godhead at any time.'\n\n", "ant2#p0213": "Texts 124-125] Ramananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n181\n\nPURPORT\nThis quotation, which is included in the Laghu-bhagavatamrta (1.5.342), is from\nthe Karma PuraQa.\n\nTEXTS 124-125\n\n01�: 9(�� 9(�'t{ <r���= ��<>t­\n\n't!totOW1lt\\11'1l��lT't!f���S: I\n<>t�tf'll f<�1���7!�\"1�\n't?:l!f!\"!f'lltl!U'�7l\"lf� �<>tt�r��f'll u � � s n\n1!�·1 h� 't<IOI't!'Jf'l'l 't!'Jf\"f1 �\n\nlfT11:0! 'll COT I \"lfll f.or'!i� � \\;9(1'l<��\"1'ltl{,l\n\\!�'ll <�\"C't!1 �5t<rr:'!i��f�lfll ��g\n\nC\"llt�011\"1]1:\\!ii 01�<11\"�t5t,fti�'l �·�'l�'Jf: II � H II\nnatal; param parama yad bhavata/:1 svarOpam\nananda-matram avikalpam aviddha-varca/:1\npasyami visva-srjam ekam avisvam atman\nbhatendriyatmaka-madas ta upasrito 'smi\ntad va idam bhuvana-mangala mangalaya\ndhyane sma no darasitam ta upasakanam\ntasmai namo bhagavate 'nuvidhema tubhyam\nyo 'nadrto naraka-bhagbhir asat-prasangai/:1\n\nSYNONYMS\nna-do not; ata/:1 param-here after; parama-0 Supreme; yat-that which;\nbhavata/:1-of Your Lordship; svarupam-eternal form; ananda-matram-imper\n\n­\n\nsonal Brahman effulgence; avikalpam-without changes; aviddha-varca/:1-without deterioration of potency; pasyami-do I see; visva-srjam-creator of the cosmic manifestation; ekam-one without a second; avisvam-and yet not of matter; atman-0 supreme cause; bhata-body; indriya-senses; atmaka-on such\nidentification; mada/:1-pride; te-unto You; upasrita/:1-surrendered; asmi-1\nam; tat-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; va-or; idam-this present form;\nbhuvana-mangala-they are all-auspicious for all the universes; mangalaya-for\nthe sake of all prosperity; dhyane-in meditation; sma-as it were; na/:1-unto\nus; darasitam-manifested; te-Your; upasakanam-of the devotees; tasmai-\n\n", "ant2#p0214": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n182\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nunto Him; nama/:1-my respectful obeisances; bhagavate-unto the Personality of\nGodhead;\n\nanuvidhema-1\n\nperform;\n\ntubhyam-unto\n\nYou;\n\nya/:1-which ;\n\nanadrta/:1-is neglected; naraka-bhagbhi/:1-by persons destined for hell; asat­\n\nprasarigai/:1-by material topics.\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 my Lord, I do not see a form superior to Your present form of eternal\n\nbliss and knowledge. In Your impersonal Brahman effulgence in the spiritual\nsky, there is no occasional change and no deterioration of internal potency. I\nsurrender unto You because, whereas I am proud of my material body and\nsenses, Your Lordship is the cause of the cosmic manifestation. Y et You are untouched by matter.\n\" 'This present form, or any transcendental form expanded by the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Sri Kr�r:Ja, is equally auspicious for all the universes.\nSince You have manifested this eternal personal form upon whom Your devotees meditate, I therefore offer my respectful obeisances unto You. Those who\nare destined to be dispatched to the path of hell neglect Your personal form\nbecause of speculating on material topics.'\nPURPO RT\nThese verses from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.9.3,4) were spoken by Lord Brahma.\nTEXT 126\n\n� '�(til�'!��' *.. '�t�' !\n�'tt1 '�' m '�:�', '�'Rit11' f<t\\\"Q' I ��l!:t II\nkahari 'purf)anandaisvarya' k[$f)a 'mayesvara'!\n\nkahari 'k$udra' jiva 'du/:lkhi', 'mayara kirikara'!\nSYNONYMS\n\nkahari-whereas; purf)a-full;\n\nananda-bliss;\n\naisvarya-opulences; k[$f)a­\n\nLord Kr�r:Ja; maya-isvara-the master of the material energy; kahari-w h ereas;\n\nk$udra jiva-the little conditioned soul; du/:lkhi-unhappy; mayara kirikara-th e\n\nservant of the material energy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Whereas Kr�r:Ja, the A bsolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nis full of transcendental bliss, possesses all six spiritual opulences in full, and\nis the master of the material energy, the small conditioned soul, who is always\nunhappy, is the servant of the material energy.\n\n", "ant2#p0215": "Text 128]\n\n183\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\nPURPORT\n\nThe living entity is an ever-conditioned servant of the material energy, whereas\nKr�l')a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is master of the material energy.\nHow, then, could they be on an equal level? There can be no comparison between them. His Lordship is always in a happy condition of transcendental bliss,\nwhereas the conditioned soul is always unhappy because of his contact with the\nmaterial energy. The Supreme Lord controls the material energy, and the material\nenergy controls the conditioned souls. There is therefore no comparison between\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead and the ordinary living entities.\nTEXT 127\n\n\"�fir'lJ1 'l�ii'tf:��: '!roowt�<;f �1�: ,\n\n�tf<l�1-'!��c�1 �'l<1: 'li\\r.Prr<r<li�rt\"<li1!: u\" H, u\n\"h/adinya samvidasli$ta/:l\nsac-cid-ananda-isvara/:1\nsvavidya samvrto jiva/:1\nsanklesa-nikarakara\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nhladinya -by the hladini potency; samvida -by the samvit potency; asli$tabsurrounded;\n\nsat-cit-ananda -always\n\ntranscendentally\n\nblissful;\n\nisvara/:1-the\n\nSupreme Controller; sva-own; avidya-by ignorance; samvrtab-surrounded;\njivab-the living entity; sanklesa-of the three fold miseries; nikara-of the\nmultitude; akara-the mine.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Supreme Controller, is always\nfull of transcendental bliss and is accompanied by the potencies known as\nhladini and samvit. The conditioned soul, however, is always covered by ignorance and embarassed by the threefold miseries of life. Thus he is a treasure\nhouse of all kinds of tribulations.'\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is found in Sridhara Svami's Bhavartha-dipika (1.7.6), wherein he\nquotes Sri Vi�l')usvami.\nTEXT 128\n\n�f.l' ���f;'f� f� C� �e.<15'Rf I\n'�i:!J <15'� c;'ltt�tr�, �·�rn <1Sfi1��� f!��' u\n\n", "ant2#p0216": "184\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nsuni' sabha-sadera citte haifa camatkara\n'satya kahe gosMii, durihara kariyache tiraskara'\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; sabha-sadera-of all the members of the assembly; citte-in\nthe minds; haifa-there was; camatkara-wonder; satya-the truth; kahe-said;\ngosar'ii-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami; durihara-of both; kariyache-has done;\ntiraskara-offense.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this explanation, all the members of the assembly were struck with\nwonder. \"Svarupa Damodara Gosvami has spoken the real truth,\" they admitted. \"The brahmaQa from Bengal has committed an offense by wrongly describing Lord Jagannatha and Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\"\nTEXT 129\n\n�firni ��� �'i' �llii, �' �\"'ml I\n��:Jt-1lt�J <I� �li f�'i; �t� �� II ��� II\nsuniya kavira haifa fajja, bhaya, vismaya\nharhsa-madhye baka yaiche kichu nahi kaya\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing;\n\nkavira-of\n\nthe\n\npoet;\n\nhaifa-there\n\nwas;\n\nfajja-shame;\n\nbhaya-fear; vismaya-astonishment; harhsa-madhye-in a society of white\nswans; baka-a duck; yaiche-just as; kichu-anything; nahi-not; kaya-utters.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Bengali poet heard this chastisement from Svarupa Damodara\nGosvami, he was ashamed, fearful and astonished. Indeed, being like a duck\nin a society of white swans, he could not say anything.\nTEXT 130\n\nI!� �:� '\"f�, \"l!11i9f :Jtif�-fli'f� I\n\n��-t � i!i� � '��!' �� II ��o II\ntara du/:lkha dekhi, svarupa sadaya-hrdaya\nupadesa kaifa tare yaiche 'hita' haya\n\n", "ant2#p0217": "Text 131]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n185\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ntara-his; du/:lkha dekhi-observing the unhappiness; svarupa-SvarOpa\nDamodara Gosvami; sadaya-hrdaya-very kindhearted; upadesa kai/a gave instruction; tare-unto him; yaiche-so that; hita-benefit; haya-there can be.\n-\n\nTRANSlATION\nSeeing the poet's unhappiness, Svariipa Damodara Gosvami, who was\nnaturally very kindhearted, advised him so that he could derive some benefit.\nTEXT 131\n\n�' ���I! �� �t.,11' \"'fc;i{ I\nIJI(!i� �t� '(!i1f '��·�11't'i II ��� II\n\"yaha, bhagavata pa(fa vai�Qavera sthane\nekanta asraya kara caitanya-caraQe\nSYNONYMS\n\nyaha just go; bhagavata pa(ia-read Srimad-Bhagavatam; vai�Qavera sthanefrom a self-realized Vai�r:Java; ekanta asraya kara-fu l ly surrender; caitanyacaraQe-at the lotus feet of S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"If you want to understand Srimad-Bhagavatam,\" he said, \"you must approach a self-realized Vai�r:Java and hear from him. You can do this when you\nhave completely taken shelter of the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\"\nPURPORT\nHerein Svaropa Damodara Gosvami instructs the poet from Bengal to hear\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam from a pure Vai�r:Java and learn from him. In India especially,\nthere is now a class of professional Bhagavatam readers whose means of livelihood is to go from village to village, town to town, reading Bhagavatam and collecting dak�iQa, or rewards, in the form of money or goods, like umbrellas, cloth\nand fruit. Thus there is now a system of Bhagavata business, with recitations called\nBhagavata-saptaha that continue for one week, although this is not mentioned in\nSrimad-Bhagavatam. Nowhere does Srimad-Bhagavatam say that the Bhagavatam\nshould be heard for one week from professionals. Rather, Srimad-Bhagavatam\n(1.2.17) says: swvatam sva-katha/:1 kr?Qa/:1 puQya-sravaQa-kirtana/:1. One should\nregularly hear Srimad-Bhagavatam from a self-realized Vai�r:Java. By such hearing,\none becomes pious. Hrdy anta/:lstho hy abhadraQi vidhunoti suhrt-satam. As one\n\n", "ant2#p0218": "186\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nthus hears the Bhagavatam regularly and sincerely, his heart is purified of all material contamination.\n\nna$ta-praye$V abhadre$U\n\nnityarh bhagavata-sevaya\n\nbhagavaty uttama-5/oke\n\nbhaktir bhavati nai$thiki\n\n\"As one regularly hears the Bhagavatam or renders service unto the pure devotee,\nall that is troublesome to the heart is practically destroyed, and loving service\nunto the glorious Lord, who is praised with transcendental songs, is established as\nan irrevocable fact.\" (Bhag. 1.2.18)\n\nThis is the proper process, but people are accustomed to being misled by\n\nprofessional Bhagavatam reciters. Therefore SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT herein\nadvises that one should not hear Srimad-Bhagavatam from professional reciters.\n\nInstead, one must hear and learn the Bhagavatam from a self-realized Vai�t:Java.\n\nSometimes it is seen that when a MayavadT sannyasi reads the Bhagavatam, flocks\nof men go to hear jugglery of words that cannot awaken their dormant love for\nKr�t:Ja. Sometimes people go to see professional dramas and offer food and money\nto the players, who are expert at collecting these offerings very nicely. The result\nis that the members of the audience remain in the same position of grham andha­\n\nkupam, family affection, and do not awaken their love for Kr�l)a.\n\nIn the Bhagavatam (7.5.30), it is said, matir na kr$1!€ parata/:1 svato va mitho\n\n'bhipadyeta grha-vratanam: the grhavratas, those who are determined to continue\n\nfollowing the materialistic way of life, will never awaken their dormant love of\n\nKr�t:Ja, for they hear the Bhagavatam only to solidify their position in household life\n\nand to be happy in family affairs and sex. Condemning this process of hearing the\n\nBhagavatam from professionals, SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT says, yah a, bhagavata\n\npac;Ja vai$Qavera sthane: \"To understand the Srimad-Bhagavatam, you must ap­\n\nproach a self-realized Vai�l)ava.\" One should rigidly avoid hearing the Bhagavatam\nfrom a MayavadT or other nondevotee who simply performs a grammatical jugglery of words to twist some meaning from the text, collect money from the innocent public, and thus keep people in darkness.\nSvarOpa Damodara GosvamT strictly prohibits the behavior of the materialistic\n\nso-called hearers of Srimad-Bhagavatam. Instead of awakening real love for Kr�l)a,\n\nsuch hearers of the Bhagavatam become more and more attached to household\n\naffairs and sex life (yan maithunadi-grhamedhi-sukharh hi tuccham). One should\n\nhear Srimad-Bhagavatam from a person who has no connection with material ac­\n\ntivities, or, in other words, from a paramaharhsa Vai�t:Java, one who has achieved\n\nthe highest stage of sannyasa. This, of course, is not possible unless one takes\nshelter of the lotus feet of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The Srimad-Bhagavatam is\n\nunderstandable only for one who can follow in the footsteps of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant2#p0219": "Text 133]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n187\n\nTEXT 132\n\n��'!UJHI �'Stt'l1l fii�J <fif '�'F' I\n'!� i9ftf� fil�t��i!f·'!� II ��� II\ncaitanyera bhakta-gal)era nitya kara 'sariga'\ntabeta janiba siddhanta-samudra-tarariga\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanyera-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-gal)era-of the devotees;\n\nnitya-regularly;\n\nkara-do;\n\nsari ga-association;\n\ntabeta-then\n\nonly;\n\njaniba-you will understand; siddhanta-samudra-tarariga-the waves of the\nocean of devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara continued, \"Associate regularly with the devotees of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, for then only will you understand the waves of the\nocean of devotional service.\nPURPORT\nIt is clearly to be understood in this connection that the followers of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's way of devotional service are eternally associates of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead and perfect knowers of the Absolute Truth. If\none immediately follows the principles of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu by associating\nwith His devotees, lusty desires for material enjoyment will vanish from one's\n\nheart. Then one will be able to understand the meaning of Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nand the purpose of listening to it. Otherwise such understanding is impossible.\nTEXT 133\n\n�'! �f�'!J Q!t�tf ��t� �� I\n�t�� ��9f-�1 �ftlil1 fil�if II ���II\ntabeta pal)(fitya tomara ha-ibe saphala\n\nk($1)era svarupa-lila varQiba nirmala\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabeta-then only; paQ(fi tya-learning; tamara-your; ha-ibe-will become;\n\nsa-pha/a-successful; k($f)era-of Lord Kr�r:ta; svarupa-lila-the transcendental\npastimes; varf)iba-you will describe; nirma/a-without material contamination.\n\n", "ant2#p0220": "188\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Only if you follow the principles of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His\ndevotees will your learning be successful. Then you will be able to write about\nthe transcendental pastimes of Kr�Qa without material contamination.\nTEXT 134\n\n�� '�� �fir�1� ��1 �t�� 1\n'1!11f'hf fijift�1\\' �t� l � �� ,,��' ����811\n..\n\nei sloka kariyacha paiia santo?a\ntamara hrdayera arthe durihaya /age 'do?a'\nSYNONYMS\nei 5/oka-this verse; kariyacha-you have composed; paiia santo?a-getting\nsatisfaction; tamara hrdayera-of your heart; arthe-by the meaning; durihayato both; /age do?a-there is an offense.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You have composed this introductory verse to your great satisfaction, but\nthe meaning you have expressed is contaminated by offenses to both Lord\nJagannatha and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 135\n\n� ��t�-��t� <f.�, i{1 iSftfirn1 1flf� I\n�1\\'\"'51� '��-� <f.Rrnltli.l'&f! II ��It II\ntumi yaiche-taiche kaha, na janiya riti\nsarasvati sei-sabde kariyache stuti\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-you; yaiche-taiche-somehow or other; kaha-speak; na janiya ritinot knowing the regulative principles; sarasvati -the goddess of learning; seisabde-in those words; kariyache stuti-has made prayers.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You have written something irregular, not knowing the regulative principles, but the goddess of learning, Sarasvati, has used your words to offer her\nprayers to the Supreme Lord.\n\n", "ant2#p0221": "Text 137]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n189\n\nPURPORT\nSvarOpa Damodara Gosvami informed the Bengali poet, \"Because of your ignorance and your leaning toward Mayavada philosophy, you cannot distinguish\nthe difference between the Mayavada and Vai�Qava philosophies. Therefore the\nprocess you have adopted to praise Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Lord\nJagannatha does not follow the proper system; indeed, it is irregular and offensive.\nFortunately, however, through your words, the goddess of learning, mother\nSarasvati, has tactfully offered her prayers to her master, Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\"\nTEXT 136\n\n'�li �!§f, �I!Jtf'f ��11 ���11 �e.\"\"�� I\n\"'�� ��� <fit� ��� ll ��� ll\nyaiche indra, daityadi kare kr?Qera bhartsana\nsei-sabde sarasvati karena stavana\nSYNONYMS\nyaiche-just like; indra-Lord lndra, the King of heaven; daitya-demons;\nadi-and others; kare-do;\n\nk(?f)era bhar ts ana-chast isement to Kr�Qa; sei­\n\nsabde-by those words; sarasvati-the goddess of learning; karena stavanaoffers prayers.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sometimes demons, and even Lord lndra, the King of heaven, chastised\nKr�r;ta, but mother Sarasvati, taking advantage of their words, offered prayers\nto the Lord.\nTEXT 137\n\n<1tst�� <11r�\"f� �\"��� 9ff�'!i1\\tf;!\"'' 1\n�\"lll� 11ir�,9ftf\"t!t\\!iJ C5\\t9f1 C1\\ \"P����, II ).:�� II\nvacalaril balisaril stabdharil\najriaril paf)(iita-maninam\nkr?Qaril martyam upasritya\ngopa me cakrur apriyam\nSYNONYMS\nvaca/am-talkative; ba/isam-childish; stabdham-impudent; ajriam-foolish;\npaf)(iita-maninam-thinking Himself a very learned scholar; kr?Qam-K r�Qa; mar-\n\n", "ant2#p0222": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n190\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\ntyam-an ordinary mortal human being; upa.Sritya-taking shelter of; gopa/:r-the\ncowherd men; me-unto me; cakru/:r-committed; apriyam-that which is not\nvery much appreciated.\nTRANSLATION\n\"[lord lndra said:] 'This Kr�r;�a, who is an ordinary human being, is talkative, childish, impudent and ignorant, although He thinks Himself very\nlearned. The cowherd men in Vrndavana have offended me by accepting Him.\nThis has not been greatly appreciated by me.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.25.5).\nTEXT 138\n\n�'St�·1f''f � ��,-�� 1ftt'!t�tqy I\n���tllf '�qy, c;��qy �tfft� �t�t� II � �lr II\naisvarya-made matta indra,- yena matoyala\nbuddhi-na.Sa hai/a, kevala nahika sambhala\n\nSYNONYMS\naisvarya-made-being proud of his opulence; matta-maddened; indra-the\nKing of heaven; yena-as if; matoyala-a mad person; buddhi-nasa-bereft of\nintelligence; hai/a-became; keva/a-only; nahika-there is not; sambha/a-caution.\nTRANSLATION\n\"lndra, the King of heaven, being too proud of his heavenly opulences, became like a madman. Thus bereft of his intelligence, he could not restrain\n'\n\nhimself from speaking nonsensically about Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 139\n\n�\\!! ��,-\"aff� ?r;�� �rn�t� til\"'�\" 1\n��� �� ��\"5f� �'�� ��� II ��til II\nindra bale,- \"mufii kr?Qera kariyachi nindana\"\ntara-i mukhe sarasvatf karena stavana\n\n", "ant2#p0223": "Text 141]\n\n191\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\nSYNONYMS\n\nindra ba/e-lndra says; mut'ii-1; k($Qera-of Lord Kr�l)a; kariyachi-have\ndone; nindana-chastisement and defamation; tara-i mukhe-from his mouth;\nsarasvati-mother Sarasvati, the goddess of learning; karena stavana\n\n-\n\noffers\n\nprayers.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus lndra thought, 'I have properly chastised Kr��a and defamed Him.'\nBut Sarasvati, the goddess of learning, took this opportunity to offer prayers to\nKr��a.\nTEXT 140\n\n'�ijt�' <!i�r;;�-'<;�'if���<!i' � I\n'�'-��tM 'fit�-;21�' 'it�iJJ II �So II\n'vaca/a kahiye_!veda-pravartaka' dhanya\n. 'ba/isa'-tathapi 'sisu-praya' garva-sanya\nSYNONYMS\n\nvaca/a-talkative; kahiye-1 say; veda-pravartaka-one who can speak with\nthe authority of the Vedas; dhanya-glorious; ba/isa-childish; tathapi-stil l;\nsisu-praya-like a child; garva-sanya-without pride.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word 'vacala' is used to refer to a person who can speak according to\nVedic authority, and the word 'balisa' means 'innocent.' Kr��a spoke the\nVedic knowledge, yet He always presents Himself as a prideless, innocent\nboy.\nTEXT 141\n\n��t'fltt� 'l;lilll'-'�'·-t� <!i� I\n��1 �r;;e �iJJ 'R�' i{t�-'� '��' l8t u�s�11\nvandyabhave 'anamra'-'stabdha'-sabde kaya\nyaha haite anya 'vijt'ia' nahi-se 'ajna' haya\nSYNONYMS\n\nvandya-abhave\n\n-\n\nbecause there is no one else to be offered obeisances;\n\nanamra-the one who does not offer obeisances; stabdha-sadbe-by the word\nstabdha (\"impudent\");\n\nkaya-says;\n\nyaha haite-than whom;\n\nanya-other;\n\nvijt'ia-learned scholar; nahi-is not; se-He; ajna-one by whom nothing is\nunknown; haya-is.\n\n", "ant2#p0224": "192\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When there is no one else to receive obeisances, one may be called\n'anamra,' or one who offers obeisances to no one. This is the meaning of the\nword 'stabdha.' A nd because no one is found to be more learned than Kr�l)a,\nHe may be called 'ajiia,' indicating that nothing is unknown to Him.\nTEXT 142\n\n'�f'Gtl!t!f '1ft�-�� - �� '�fu�'lf�' I\n�Q{tf9t <e<§t�te.llt\"'J ''lfii.JB' �R5'1ft� II �8� II\n'par:u;fitera manya-patra-haya 'paf)c;iita-mani'\ntathapi bhakta-vatsalye 'manu�ya' abhimani\nSYNONYMS\npaQc;iitera-of learned scholars; manya patra-worshipable object; haya-is;\n-\n\npaQc;iita-mani-a person honored by the learned scholars; tathapi-stili; bhaktavatsalye-because of being very affectionate to the devotees; manu�ya abhimani -presents Himself as an ordinary human being.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word 'paQ�ita-mani' can be used to indicate that Kr�l)a is honored\neven by learned scholars. Nevertheless, because of affection for His devotees,\nKr�l)a appears like an ordinary human being and may therefore be called 'martya.'\nTEXT 143\n\n��Rrtll� <{)t�, -\"�·-�-��'If I\n\n��iii �'k \"�@t �:' 11 �8� n\nj arasandha kahe,-\"kr�Qa -puru�a- adhama\ntara sarige na yujhimu, \"yahi b andhu-han\"\nSYNONYMS\nj a rasandha kahe-Jarasandha says; kr�Qa-Kr�r:Ja; puru�a-adhama-the lowest\nof human beings; tara sa rige-with You; na yujhimu-1 shall not fight; yahi-be\n\n­\n\ncause; bandhu-han-kilier of Your own relatives.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The demon Jarasandha chastised Kr�l)a, saying, 'You are the lowest of\nhuman beings. I shall not fight with You, for You killed Your own relatives.'\n\n", "ant2#p0225": "Text 145]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n193\n\nPURPORT\nIn this verse also, mother Sarasvati offers prayers to Kr�Qa. The word puru�aadhama refers to the Personality of Godhead, under whom all other persons\nremain, or, in other words, puru�a-uttama, the best of all living beings. Similarly,\nthe word bandhu-han means \"the killer of maya.\" In the conditioned state of life,\none is closely related with maya as a friend, but when one comes in contact with\nKr�r;�a one is freed from that relationship.\nTEXT 144\n\n..� �!{� �il ���lf�-'�${1f' I\n\n� � '��$1'11'-����� 1filll �88 II\nyaha haite anya puru$a-sakala\n'adhama'\nsei haya 'puru$adhama'\nsarasvatira mana\n-\n\n-\n\nSYNONYMS\nyaha\n\nhaite\n\n-\n\nfro m\n\nwhom;\n\nanya-other;\n\npuru�a-persons;\n\nsaka/a-all;\n\nadhama-subordinate; sei-he; ha y a-is; p uru�a-adhama-the person under\nwhom all others remain; sarasvatira man a-the explanation of mother Sarasvati.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Mother Sarasvati takes 'puru�adhama' to mean 'puru�ottama,' He to whom\nall men are subordinate.\nTEXT 145\n\n'�� ��ft�'-\\!tc;\\! �f.mi '�t' � I\n'�f.mi·iltllf�'-'�t�-llf� �1111 �8<1 II\n'bandhe sabare'-tate avidya 'bandhu' haya\n'avidya-nasaka'- 'bandhu-han'-sabde kaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nsa bare-everyone ; tat e-therefore; avidya-nescience, or\nmaya; bandhu-binder or relative; ha ya is; avidya-nasaka-vanquisher of\nmaya; bandhu-han-sabde-by the word \"bandhu-han\"; kaya-mother Sarasvati\nbandhe-binds;\n\n-\n\nsays.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Nescience, or maya, may be called 'bandhu' because she entangles\neverone in the material world. Therefore by using the word 'bandhu-han,'\nmother Sarasvati says that Lord Kr��a is the vanquisher of maya.\n\n", "ant2#p0226": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n194\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nPURPORT\nEveryone is entangled in the illusory energy, but as stated in Bhagavad-gitii.,\nmam eva ye prapadyante mayam etaril taranti te: as soon as one surrenders to\nKr�Qa, he is freed from maya. Therefore Kr�Qa may be called bandhu-han, the killer\nof maya.\nTEXT 146\n\n��1{1! f-t�9f� �� fi{\"fil I\n��� ���� <ti�i{ �<til ll �8� ll\nei-mata 5i5upala karila nindana\nsei-vakye sarasvati karena stavana\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; 5i5u-pala-of the name Sisupala;\n\nkarila nindana­\n\nblasphemed; sei-vakye-by those words; sarasvati-the goddess of learning;\nkarena stavana-offers prayers.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sisupala also blasphemed Kr�r:ta in this way, but the goddess of learning,\nSarasvati, offered her prayers to Kr�r:ta even by his words.\n\nTEXT 147\n\n'� �� <;ttrt<li <;�t1ft� �t4 '�\"11' 'CI�t� I\n�'Ill� 'elf( �il, �it�! '1131%' <ett� II �8'l ll\ntaiche ei 5/oke tomara arthe 'ninda' aise\nsarasvatira artha 5una, yate 'stuti' bhase\nSYNONYMS\ntaiche-in that way; ei 5/oke-in this verse; tamara-your; arthe-by the\nmeaning; ninda\n\n-\n\nb l asphemy; aise-comes; sarasvatira artha-the meaning of\n\nmother Sarasvati; 5una-hear; yate-by which; stuti-prayers; bhase-appear\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In that way, although your verse is blasphemous according to your meaning, mother Sarasvati has taken advantage of it to offer prayers to the Lord.\n\n", "ant2#p0227": "Text 150]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n195\n\nTEXT 148\n\n'f�Qf !(i{ ��� '�111��-Pl' I\n\nffl ��1 �t11'�'11 -\"'lt��·;!'�Bfi<Pl II �8b- II\njagannatha hana kr�Qera 'atma-svarupa'\nkintu ihari daru-brahma-sthavara-svarupa\nSYNONYMS\njagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; hana-is; kr�Qera atma-svarupa-identical with\nKr��a; kintu-but; ihari-here, at Jagannatha Puri; daru-brahma-the Absolute\nappearing as wood; sthavara-svarupa-nonmoving identity.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is no difference between Lord Jagannatha and Kr�Qa, but here Lord\nJagannatha is fixed as the Absolute Person appearing in wood. Therefore He\ndoes not move.\nTEXT 149\n\n�t�-lf� �t\"lt�1 �<11�-Pl �$1 I\n� �<151!,�-Pl-�� �<Pl �$111 �8� II\ntariha-saha atmata eka-rupa hafia\nkr�Qa eka-tattva-rupa-dui rupa hafia\nSYNONYMS\ntariha-saha-with Him; atmata-the quality of being the self; eka-rupa hafiabeing one form; kr�Qa-Lord Kr��a; eka-tattva-rupa-one principle; dui-two;\nrupa-forms; hafia-becoming.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus Lord Jagannatha and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, although appearing\nas two, are one because They are both Kr�Qa, who is one alone.\nTEXT 150\n\n���t�l!�'l·<;�'t_ � ��--tf� I\n�� fil�� <lint' �<15\\51 �� �tf� II �tto II\nsarhsara-taraQa-hetu yei iccha-sakti\ntahara milana kari' ekata yaiche prapti\n\n", "ant2#p0228": "196\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarhsara-taraua-hetu -for delivering the entire world; yei -that; iccha-saktithe potency of will; tahara-of that will; milana kari'-by the meeting; ekataoneness; yaiche-so that; prapti-o btainment\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The supreme desire to deliver the entire world meets in both of Them, and\nfor that reason also They are one and the same.\nTEXT 151\n\n� ���t� \"\"'tt<ll� �Rftl! � I\n\nc;�1f-�·flf;� ��� ��\\!� II �<'l� II\nsaka/a sarhsari lokera karite uddhara\ngaura-jangama-rDpe kaila avatara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsakala -all; sarhsar i-materially contaminated; /okera -person s; karite uddhara-to deliver; gaura-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jailgama- moving; rape-in\nthe form; kaila a vatara -has descended.\nTRANSLATION\n\"To deliver all the materially contaminated people of the world, that same\nKr��a has descended, moving as Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 152\n\n'SfmtttQf� W�il �rn ��� I\n�-OfQIAf ��·c;'lt<Tl iltf;� �tfif�� II �<'l� II\njagannathera darsane khauc;laya sarhsara\nsaba-desera saba-loka nare asibara\nSYNONYMS\n\njagannathera-of Lord Jagannatha; darsane-by visiting; khauc;laya sarhsaraone is freed from material existence; saba-desera-of all countries; saba-loka-all\nmen; nare asibara -cannot come.\n\n", "ant2#p0229": "Text 154]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n197\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"By visiting Lord Jagannatha one is freed from material existence, but not\nall men of all countries can come or be admitted here in Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 153\n\n!l��li'i!��'{ (;lift-t <:5ft-f �t�i I\n��·�<ti ��tfif'i'1 iSfflf�-'21� �\\!Pi II �Q� II\nsri-kr?Qa-caitanya-prabhu dese dese yafia\nsaba-toke nistarita jangama-brahma hafia\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-kr?Qa-caitanya-prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dese dese yafiamoving from one country to another; saba-toke nistarita-delivered all conditioned souls; jangama-brahma-moving Brahman; hafia-being.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, however, moves from one country to another,\npersonally or by His representative. Thus He, as the moving Brahman, delivers\nall the people of the world.\nTEXT 154\n\n�t!'T� �4 �� ��( ��'1 I\n�t�1 �t'm <:i!t11� �r;� m� �(i{ II �QS II\nsarasvatira artha ei kahitun vivaraQa\neho bhagya tamara aiche karite varQana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarasvatira-of Sarasvati; artha-meaning; ei-this; kahitun vivaraQa-1 have\nexplained; eho-this; bhagya-great fortune; tamara aiche-in such a way;\nkarite varQana-you have described.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus I have explained the meaning intended by mother Sarasvati, the goddess of learning. It is your great fortune that you have described Lord Jagannatha and Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in that way.\n\n", "ant2#p0230": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n198\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTEXT 155\n\n�� �tf� fif''! <ti� ift1f ��Rt'l I\n\n,� ift1f � '!t� 'I!�' �'I 11\" �<2'<2' 11\nkm;e gali dite kare nama uccaraQa\nsei nama haya tara 'muktira' karal)a\"\nSYNONYMS\nk[$Qe-Lord Kr�r:\"�a; gali dite-to blaspheme or chastise; kare nama uccaraQachants the name of Kr�r:\"�a; sei nama-that holy name; haya-becomes; tara-his;\nmuktira karaQa-the cause of liberation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sometimes it so happens that one who wants to chastise Kr�1.1a utters the\nholy name, and thus the holy name becomes the cause of his liberation.\"\nTEXT 156\n\n'!t<� '�l �� ��rn m'l ���1 1\n�rn -t�'l �� lit'� 'f'l t;\"�1 II �<2'� II\ntabe sei kavi sabara caral)e pac;fiya\nsabara saral)a /aila dante trl)a /aria\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereupon; sei-that; kavi-poet; sabara-of all; caraQe-at the feet;\npac;fiya-falling down; sabara-of all the devotees; saral)a laila-took shelter;\ndante-in the mouth; twa /aria-taking a straw.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing this proper explanation by Svarupa Damodara Gosvami, the\nBengali poet fell down at the feet of all the devotees and took shelter of them\nwith a straw in his mouth.\nTEXT 157\n\nt:!t� � �� \\!� \"�''Jf't�rn '<15\"'1 1\n��'I <IS�' �t�� fil�t-\"1111 �<2''1 II\ntabe saba bhakta tare angikara kaila\ntara guQa kahi' mahaprabhure milaila\n\n", "ant2#p0231": "Text 159]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n199\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereupon; saba bhakta-all the devotees; tare -him; angikara kai/aaccepted as one of the associates; tara gul)a kahi'-explaining his humble\nbehavior; mahaprabhure mi/aila -introduced him to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThereupon all the devotees accepted his association. Explaining his humble\nbehavior, they introduced him to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 158\n\nc;�� <\\'i� �(��' J� �ift� I\nc;��'e9�t'tf �9f1 (;<\\\"i <\\'i�� 9f1tf f �<kb- II\nsei kavi sarva tyaji' rahila nilaca/e\ngaura-bhakta-gal)era krpa ke kahite pare?\nSYNONYMS\nsei kavi -that poet; sarva tyaji'-giving up all nonsensical activities; rahi/aremained; nilaca/e-at Jagannatha Puri; gaura-bhakta-gal)era-of the devotees of\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; krpa-the mercy; ke-who; kahite pare-can explain.\nTRANSLATION\nBy the mercy of the devotees of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, that poet\nfrom Bengal gave up all other activities and stayed with them at Jagannatha\nPuri. Who can explain the mercy of the devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu?\nTEXT 159\n\nIJI� I!' <\\\"i� ��J�fif�-��t! I\n!21� �951� ,�'1' ���Ciltif �.,'ill�<!� II\nei ta' kahilun pradyumna-misra-vivaral)a\nprabhura ajnaya kaila kr�l)a-kathara sraval)a\nSYNONYMS\nei ta' kahi /un-thus I have described; pradyumna-misra-vivaral)a-the descriptive narration of Pradyumna Misra; prabhura ajnaya-on the order of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; kai /a-did; kr�l)a-kathara sraval) a-li stening to discourses on topics\nconcerning Kr�r:Ja.\n\n", "ant2#p0232": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n200\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have thus described the narration concerning Pradyumna Misra and how,\nfollowing the order of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he listened to discourses\nabout Kr�Qa spoken by Ramananda Raya.\nTEXT 160\n\n� 1ft'3 <fi� 1l:t1f�t\"'1l: 1f�1fi I\n�t�il �ll.t� �'t_ cttcf �t1l: ,f\\-1fi ll ��o II\ntara madhye kahiluri ramanandera mahima\napane sri-mukhe prabhu varf)e yarira sima\nSYNONYMS\ntara madhye-within these statements; kahi/uri-1 have explained; ramanandera mahima-the glories of Ramananda Raya; apane-personally; sri-mukhefrom his mouth; prabhu-the Lord; varf)e-explains; yarira-of whom; sima-the\nlimit of ecstatic love.\nTRANSLATION\nWithin the narration I have explained the glorious characteristics of Sri\nRamananda Raya, through whom Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally described the limits of ecstatic love for Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 161\n\n��t� <li�( <fi�1l: •rt�<r-·��'I 1\n�� ��1 �'tiRl ��Cif �'t_1l: �11:'111 ��� II\nprastave kahiluri kavira nataka-vivaraf)a\najiia haiia sraddhaya paila prabhura caraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nprastave-by the way; kahi/uri-1 have explained; kavira-of the poet; natakavivaraf)a-description of the drama; ajiia haiia-although being ignorant; sraddhaya-with faith and love; paila-got; prabhura caraf)a-the shelter of Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the course of the narration, I have also told about the drama by the poet\nfrom Bengal. Although he was ignorant, because of his faith and humility he\nnevertheless obtained the shelter of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant2#p0233": "Text 164]\n\nRamananda Raya Instructs Pradyumna Misra\n\n201\n\nTEXT 162\n\n�\"���-�1-�� �111' I\n�<Tl�'li·!2f�� � -tl!--tl! -n1f II ���II\nsri-km)a-caitanya-lila -amrtera sara\neka-lila-pravahe vahe sata-sata dhara\nSYNONYMS\nsri-kr�Qa-caitanya-lila-the pastimes of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; amrtera\nsara-the essence of nectar; eka-lila-of one pastime; pravahe-by the stream;\nvahe-flow; sata-sata dhara-hundreds and hundreds of branches.\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of Lord Sri Kr��a Caitanya Mahaprabhu are the essence of\nnectar. From the stream of one of His pastimes flow hundreds and thousands\nof branches.\nTEXT 163\n\n�'it <TlRf' �- � <;�l ��' �� I\n\n<;�\"f!, �f�-�·�·1!\"1 �il\" II ��� II\nsraddha kari' ei lila yei paqe, sune\ngaura-li/a, bhakti-bhakta-rasa-tattva jane\nSYNONYMS\nsraddha kari'-with faith and love; ei lila-these pastimes; yei-anyone who;\npaqe, sune-reads and hears; gaura-lila-the pastimes of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\nbhakti-bhakta-rasa-tattva-the\n\ntruth about devotional service,\n\ndevotees and their transcendental mellows; jane-understands.\nTRANSLATION\nAnyone who reads and hears these pastimes with faith and love can understand the truth about devotional service, devotees and the transcendental\nmellows of the pastimes of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 164\n\n!J111��il\"tot·�tlf � �1-t I\n'�\\!IJJ�fif\\!1� <Tl!;;rt �·wr� u ��s 11\n\n", "ant2#p0234": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n202\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 5\n\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-Srila ROpa Gosvami; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr�Qadasa-Srila\n\nKr��adasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�r:tadasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Antya-lila,\nFifth Chapter, describing how Pradyumna Misra received instructions from Ramananda Raya.\n\n", "ant2#p0235": "CHAPTER 6\n\nThe Meeting of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nand Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\nA summary of this chapter is given by Bhaktivinoda Thakura in his Amrta-pravaha­\n\nbha$ya as follows. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went into transcendental fits\nof ecstatic love, Ramananda Raya and Svaropa Damodara Gosvami attended to\nHim and satisfied Him as He desired. Raghunatha dasa Gosvami had been attempting to come to the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu for a long time,\nand finally he left his home and met the Lord. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had\ngone to Santipura on His way to Vrndavana, Raghunatha dasa Gosvami had\noffered to dedicate his life at the Lord's lotus feet. In the meantime, however, a\nMohammedan official became envious of Hirar:tya dasa,\n\nRaghunatha dasa\n\nGosvami's uncle, and induced some big official court minister to have him arrested. Thus Hirar:tya dasa left his home, but by the intelligence of Raghunatha\ndasa the misunderstanding was mitigated. Then Raghunatha dasa went to\nPanihati, and, following the order of Nityananda Prabhu, he observed a festival\n\n(cir;la-dadhi-mahotsava) by distributing chipped rice mixed with yogurt. The day\nafter the festival, Nityananda Prabhu gave Raghunatha dasa the blessing that he\nwould very soon attain the shelter of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. After this incident, Raghunatha dasa, with the help of his priest, whose name was Yadunandana\nAcarya, got out of his house by trickery and thus ran away. Not touching the\ngeneral path, Raghunatha dasa Gosvami secretly went to Jagannatha Puri. After\ntwelve days, he arrived in jagannatha Puri at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu entrusted Raghunatha dasa Gosvami to SvarOpa\nDamodara Gosvami. Therefore another name for Raghunatha dasa Gosvami is\nSvarOpera Raghu, or the Raghunatha of SvarOpa Damodara. For five days\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami took prasada at the temple, but later he would stand at\nthe Sirhha-dvara gate and eat only whatever he could gather by alms. Later he\nlived by taking alms from various chatras, or food distributing centers. When\nRaghunatha's father received news of this, he sent some men and money, but\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami refused to accept the money. Understanding that\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami was living by begging from the chatras, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu presented him with His own gunja-ma/a and a stone from\nGovardhana Hill. Thereafter, Raghunatha dasa Gosvami used to eat rejected food\nthat he had collected and washed. This renounced life greatly pleased both\n\n203\n\n", "ant2#p0236": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n204\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSvarOpa Damodara Gosvami and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. One day Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu took by force some of the same food, thus blessing Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami for his renunciation.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�9ft��tj�� ����9f1·\n�'f.�I!J ��J1 ��ilt�tift:J�J{, I\n\n�� ��91' Atitt'f'?<���e.\n(!U�������� �9ftw II � II\nkrpa-guQair ya/:1 kugrhandha-kopad\nuddhrtya bhangya raghunatha-dasam\nnyasya svarOpe vidadhe 'ntarangarh\nsri-k[�Qa-caitanyam amurh prapadye\nSYNONYMS\nkrpa-guQai/:1-by the ropes of causeless mercy; ya/:1-who; ku-grha-of contemptible family life;\n\nandha-kopat-from the blind well;\n\nuddhrtya-having\n\nraised; bhangya-by a trick; raghunatha-dasam -Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\nnyasya-giving over; svarOpe-to SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami; vidadhe-made;\nantarangam -one of His personal associates; sri-k[�Qa-caitanyam-unto Lord Sri\nKr�Qa Caitanya Mahaprabhu; amum-unto Him; prapadye-1 offer my obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nWith the ropes of His causeless mercy, Sri Kr�Qa Caitanya Mahaprabhu employed a trick to deliver Raghunatha dasa Gosvami from the blind well of contemptible family life. He made Raghunatha dasa Gosvami one of His personal\nassociates, placing him under the charge of Svariipa Damodara Gosvami. I\noffer my obeisances unto Him.\nTEXT 2\n\n� iSHl (!U��� iS111 f.II!Jtil\"! I\n\niSf�t���� \\Sf11 <;'it�'e��\"f II � II\njaya jaya sri-caitanya, jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra, jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\n\n", "ant2#p0237": "Lord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\nText 4]\n\n205\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; sri-caitanya-to Lord Caitanya; jaya-all glories; nityananda-to\n\nLord\n\nNityananda;\n\njaya-all glories;\n\nadvaita-candra-to Advaita\n\nAcarya; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glory to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glory to Lord Nityananda! All\nglory to Sri Advaita Acarya! And all glory to all the devotees of Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu!\nTEXT 3\n\nl.!l�i! ''$ft��i!i ��'$f'1·'Jl� I\n��� ifti{'f �'11 �� i{tifl·1lt\"f ll � ll\nei-mata gauracandra bhakta-gal')a-sange\nnilacale nana lila kare nana-range\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; gauracandra-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhaktagal')a-sange-with His associates; nilacale-at Nilacala (Jagannatha Puri); nanavarious; lila-pastimes; kare-performs; nana-range-in varieties of transcendental pleasure.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Lord Gauracandra performed various pastimes with His associates at\nJagannatha Puri in varieties of transcendental pleasure.\nTEXT 4\n\nW� 'et�t1l �-�'$f <!It� I\n�� iff �'lit-t� �-�:�·�t� ll 8 II\nyadyapi antare kr�Qa-viyoga badhaye\nbahire na prakasaya bhakta-dubkha-bhaye\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; antare-within the heart; kr�Qa-viyoga-separation from\nKr�r:Ja; badhye-obstructs; bahire-externally; na prakasaya-does not exhibit;\nbhakta-dubkha-bhaye-fearing the unhappiness of the devotees.\n\n", "ant2#p0238": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n206\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu felt pangs of separation from Kr�r:-a, He\ndid not manifest His feelings externally, for He feared the unhappiness of His\ndevotees.\nTEXT 5\n\n�e.��-�:� if!';<!! �fft�t� I\nl!t� 'if ���;;) �t_� �(i{ ill ifrn II � II\nutkata viraha-dubkha yabe bahiraya\ntabe ye vaikalya prabhura van;�ana na yaya\nSYNONYMS\nutkata-severe;\n\nviraha-dubkha-unhappiness of separation;\n\nyabe-when;\n\nbahiraya-is manifested; tabe-at that time; ye-what; vaika/ya-transformations; prabhura-of the Lord; van;�ana na yaya-cannot be described.\nTRANSLATION\nThe transformations undergone by the Lord when He manifested severe\nunhappiness due to separation from Kr�Qa cannot be described.\nTEXT 6\n\nlt�ti{t\"f' ���Qf\"l, �1'1it�11: '$fti{ I\n\n�-c;;��i{t� �'t_11: ��t;l ��'I II � II\nramanandera kr?Qa-katha, svarupera gana\nviraha-vedanaya prabhura rakhaye paral)a\nSYNONYMS\nramanandera-of Ramananda Raya; kr?Qa-katha-talks of Lord Kr�t:Ja; svarupera\ngana-the songs of SvarOpa Damodara; viraha-vedanaya-at the time of pangs of\nseparation;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nLord\n\nSri. Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nrakhaye-keep;\n\nparaQa-the life.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord acutely felt pangs of separation from Kr�r:-a, only Sri Ramananda Raya's talk about Kr�Qa and the sweet songs of Svarupa Damodara kept\nHim alive.\n\n", "ant2#p0239": "Text 9)\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n207\n\nTEXT 7\n\nfifti{ � �1-�t'f � CCI� 11i{ I\nflfijf� � � �11'�-,�Wil II � II\ndine prabhu nana-sarige haya anya mana\nratri-kale ba<;fe prabhura viraha-vedana\nSYNONYMS\n\ndine-during the daytime; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nanasarige-by different association; haya-becomes; anya-diverted; mana-His\nmind; ratri-ka/e-at night; ba<;fe-increase; prabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; viraha-vedana-pangs of separation.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause the Lord associated with various devotees during the day, His mind\nwas somewhat diverted, but at night the pangs of separation from Kr�r;�a increased very rapidly.\nTEXT 8\n\ntt11' ��-� � � �l iSfil1 I\n\n\"�-CJt�-� �C1fillft..i1111 lr' II\ntarira sukha-hetu sarige rahe dui jana\nk($f)a-rasa-sloka-gite karena santvana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntarira sukha-hetu-for His happiness; sarige-in His association; rahe-remain;\ndui jana-two personalities; k($f)a-rasa-of the transcendental mellows of Kr�l)a;\n5/oka-verses; gite-by songs; karena santvana-they pacified.\nTRANSLATION\nTwo people-Ramananda Raya and Svarupa Damodara Gosvami-stayed\nwith the Lord to pacify Him by reciting various verses about Kr�r;�a's pastimes\nand by singing appropriate songs for His satisfaction.\nTEXT 9\n\n�llf����t��m1\n,���Wtil·�,_ � 1ft11·1fi11 II � II\n\n", "ant2#p0240": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n208\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nsubala yaiche parve kr$f!a-sukhera sahaya\ngaura-sukha-dana-hetu taiche rama-raya\nSYNONYMS\nsuba/a-Subala, one of the cowherd boy friends of Kr�t:Ja; yaiche-just as;\nparve-previously; kr$f!a-sukhera-to give happiness to Kr�t:�a; sahaya-helper;\ngaura-sukha-dana-hetu-for giving happiness to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ntaiche-similarly; rama-raya-Ramananda Raya.\nTRANSLATION\nPreviously, when lord Kr�Qa was personally present, Subala, one of His\ncowherd boy friends, gave Him happiness when He felt separation from\nRadharaQi. Similarly, Ramananda Raya helped give happiness to Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 10\n\n�(c� �t� ��i!i �!ftt�·�'fti{ 1\nc'!c;!i a'ui�-,�t�tf$ �tt� Jlftt�t� \\2lttt n�o\"\nparve yaiche radhara Ialita sahaya-pradhana\ntaiche svarapa-gosani rakhe mahaprabhura prarJa\nSYNONYMS\nparve-previously; yaiche-just as; radhara-of Srimati Radharat:Ji; /a/ita-Her\ncompanion named Lalita; sahaya-pradhana-the best helper; taiche-similarly;\nsvarapa-gosani-SvarOpa\n\nDamodara\n\nGosvami;\n\nrakhe-keeps;\n\nmahaprabhura\n\nprarJa-the life of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nPreviously, when Srimati RadharaQi felt the pangs of separation from Kr�Qa,\nHer constant companion Lalita kept Her alive by helping Her in many ways.\nSimilarly, when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu felt RadharaQi's emotions, Svarupa\nDamodara Gosvami helped Him maintain His life.\n\nTEXT 11\n\n�� �� iSfi{Rf ,�\\�t�J ��� if1 iffil I\n�� '���er' ��' �tt� '�tt� � 11 �� u\n\n", "ant2#p0241": "Text 13]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n209\n\nei dui janara saubhagya kahana na yaya\nprabhura 'antaranga' bali' yanre Joke gaya\nSYNONYMS\nei dui janara-of these two personalities; saubhagya-fortune; kahana na\nyaya-cannot be described; prabhura-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; antaranga-very intimate and confidential associates; ba/i'-as; y anre-whom;\nJoke-people; gaya-say.\nTRANSLATION\nTo describe the fortunate position of Ramananda Raya and Svarupa\nDamodara Gosvami is extremely difficult. They were renowned as intimately\nconfidential friends of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTEXT 12\n\n��111! ��7;11' <;'itl� Q(�1 ���'I I\n1\\''ili{t�-� ��� �i{, ��'Ill�� II\nei-mata vihare gaura /aria bhakta-gaQa\nraghunatha-milana ebe suna, bhakta-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; vihare-enjoys; gaura-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n/aria bhakta-gaQa-keeping company with His devotees; raghunatha-milanameeting with Raghunatha dasa Gosvami; ebe-now; suna-hear; bhakta-gaQa0 devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord thus enjoyed His life with His devotees. 0 devotees of Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, now hear how Raghunatha dasa Gosvami met the Lord.\nTEXT 13\n\n�-rtfu� 1\\'�t� � ��� I\n�tl2!¥_ ?9f'i �Rf' �t�11' fit�� II�� II\npDrve santipure raghunatha yabe aila\nmahaprabhu krpa kari' tanre sikhaila\n\n", "ant2#p0242": "210\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSYNONYMS\npurve-previously; santipure-to Santipura; raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa;\nyabe ai/a-when he came; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; krpa kari'showing causeless mercy; tanre sikhaila-gave him lessons.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Raghunatha dasa, during his family life, went to meet Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu at Santipura, the Lord gave him worthy instructions by His causeless mercy.\nTEXT 14\n\n� fit-.� �� fii'Sf-�t1f 'ffil I\n��-,�'$fJ �t�' '�i'li '�Ri-12111' ll �8 II\nprabhura sik�ate tenho nija-ghare yaya\nmarkata-vairagya chaqi' haifa 'vi�ayi-praya'·\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura sik�ate-by the instruction of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; teilho-he;\nnija-ghare yaya-returned to his home; markata-vairagya-monkey renunciation;\nchaqi'-giving up; hai/a-became; vi�ayi-praya-like a pounds-and-shillings man.\nTRANSLATION\nInstead of becoming a so-called renunciate, Raghunatha dasa, following the\ninstructions of the Lord, returned home and played exactly like a pounds-andshillings man.\nTEXT 15\n\nf'e�!;1f '<if1ft'$fJ, <ift�t� � �(.�'#l I\n(}ff-l11i '!' �t\\!i·f9f�t1f �tilf\"f� 1filll �t II\nbhitare vairagya, bahire kare sarva-karma\ndekhiya ta' mata-pitara anandita mana\nSYNONYMS\nbhitare-within his heart; vairagya-complete renunciation; bahire-externally; kare-does; sarva-all; karma-activities; dekhiya-seeing; ta'-certainly;\nmata-pitara-of the father and mother; anandita-satisfied; mana-the mind.\n\n", "ant2#p0243": "Text 17]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n211\n\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa was inwardly completely renounced, even in family life,\nbut he did not express his renunciation externally. Instead, he acted just like\nan ordinary businessman. Seeing this, his father and mother were satisfied.\nTEXT 16\n\n'Jf�� ��\\! �'t_ �',-�1 �� �'1'1 I\n�'l-�t-r �r��tt� \\IDtc;�� <tSBfa,iu � � \"\n'mathura haite prabhu aila',\n\n-\n\nvarta yabe paila\n\nprabhu-pasa calibare udyoga karila\nSYNONYMS\nmathura haite-from Mathura; prabhu ai/a-Lord S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has\n\ncome back; varta-message; yabe paila-when he received; prabhu-pasa-to Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; calibare-to go; udyoga karila-made an endeavor.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen he received a message that Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had\nreturned from Mathura City, Raghunatha dasa endeavored to go to the lotus\nfeet of the Lord.\nTEXT 17\n\n�il-<lStc;� ��<f.� �<IS <;Jr� ��<f.ttf I\n��l!lt�-��c;<f-11 '� �11 ,,�,\\:�' \" �9 \"\nhena-kale mulukera eka mleccha adhikari\nsaptagrama-mulukera se haya 'caudhuri'\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kale-at this time; mulukera-of the country; eka-one; m/ecchaMohammedan; adhikari-official; saptagrama-mulukera-of the place known as\nSaptagrama; se-that person; haya-is; caudhuri-tax collector.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time there was a Mohammedan official collecting the taxes of Saptagrama.\n\n", "ant2#p0244": "212\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nPURPORT\nFormerly, when the Mohammedan government was in power, the person appointed tax collector would collect the taxes of the local Zamindars, or landholders. He would keep one-fourth of the collection for himself as a profit, and\nthe balance he would deliver to the treasury of the government.\nTEXT 18\n\n�'IJ'f1� �� filff '���f1l' �f11�1 I\nI!Hf �fif�nf t';�Q'f, 1ft� <;� <;'f��111 �lr II\nhiraf)ya-dasa muluka nila 'makrari' kariya\ntara adhikara gela, mare se dekhiya\nSYNONYMS\n\nhiraf)ya-dasa-the uncle of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami; muluka nila-took\ncharge of the country; makrari kariya-by some agreement; tara adhikara ge/athe Mohammedan caudhuri lost his position; mare se de khiya-became extremely envious of Hiral)ya dasa.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Hirar:Jya dasa, Raghunatha dasa's uncle, made an agreement with the\ngovernment to collect taxes, the Mohammedan caudhuri, or tax collector,\nhaving lost his position, became extremely envious of him.\nTEXT 19\n\n<It� ff.. '\"� �t�t�, �tf;;${ �-t ff.. I\n� ''t��, r�i il1 9lt�1 c�ff �f�9l.. 11 �� 11\nbara lak$a deya rajaya, sadhe bisa /ak$a\nse 'turuk' kichu na pana haila pratipak$a\nSYNONYMS\n\nbara lak$a-1 ,200,000 coins; deya-delivers; rajaya-unto the Mohammedan\ngovernment; sadhe-collects; bisa /ak$a-2,000,000 coins; se turuk-that Turk;\n\nkichu-anything; na pana-not getting; haila pratipak$a-became his rival.\nTRANSLATION\nHirar:Jya dasa was collecting 2,000,000 coins and therefore should have\ndelivered 1,500,000 to the government. Instead, he was giving only 1,200,-\n\n", "ant2#p0245": "Text 22]\n\n213\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n000, thus making an extra profit of 300,000 coins. Seeing this, the Mohammedan caudhuri, who was a Turk, became his rival.\nTEXT 20\n\n1!�·�f;� C<lifiii1le. fw�1 @�r;� �tf�\"l I\n�1!'1J�t� 9fa'ft�a,, ���tr;�r;� <tt!lfia, II �\n\no\n\nII\n\nraja-ghare kaiphiyat diya ujire ani/a\nhiraQya-dasa palaila, raghunathere bandhila\nSYNONYMS\nraja-ghare-to the government treasury; kaiphiyat diya-sending a confidential account; ujire ani/a-brought the minister in charge; hiraQya-dasa pa/ai/aHiral)ya dasa fled; raghunathere bandhila-he arrested Raghunatha dasa.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter sending a confidential account to the government treasury, the\ncaudhuri brought the minister in charge. The caudhuri came, wanting to arrest HiraQya dasa, but HiraQya dasa had left home. Therefore the caudhuri arrested Raghunatha dasa.\nTEXT 21\n\n�J%fw� ��iltr;� <fi�f;1! �e,/��1 I\n'�t9f·,��tr;� �til', ilf;� 9ft�<t1 �t\\!�111 �� II\nprati-dina raghunathe karaye bhartsana\n'bapa-jyethare ana', nahe paiba yatana\nSYNONYMS\nprati-dina-daily;\n\nraghunathe-Raghunatha\n\ndasa;\n\nkaraye\n\nbhartsana-he\n\nchastised; bapa-jyethare ana-bring your father and his elder brother; naheotherwise; paiba yatana-you will be punished.\nTRANSLATION\nEvery day, the Mohammedan would chastise Raghunatha dasa and tell him,\n\"Bring your father and his elder brother. Otherwise you will be punished.\"\nTEXT 22\n\n1f'tBff;l! �tilr;1! �flf ,�r;� �'l�tr;� I\n1fit f��' �nt, l!t<t �19ftr;� l!tf.<tt'! II�� II\n\n", "ant2#p0246": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n214\n\nmarite anaye yadi dekhe raghunathe\nmana phiri' yaya, tabe na pare marite\nSYNONYMS\nmarite-to beat; anaye-brings; yadi-when; dekhe-sees; raghunatheRaghunatha dasa; mana-his mind; phiri' yaya-becomes changed; tabe-at that\ntime; na pare marite-he could not beat.\nTRANSLATION\nThe caudhuri wanted to beat him, but as soon as he saw Raghunatha's face,\nhis mind changed, and he could not beat him.\nTEXT 23\n\n�T;IIfT;� <ti'RI'l·��J ��t1{ <fif;1f !!if I\n�� '!t� 'ijf;IS(, �tf�T;'! ��11 ��if \" �� \"\nvise?e kayastha-buddhye antare kare c;Jara\nmukhe tarje garje, marite sabhaya antara\nSYNONYMS\nvise?e-specifically;\n\nkayastha-buddhye-considering a\n\nkayastha;\n\nantare­\n\nwithin his heart; kare c;Jara-is afraid; mukhe-with his mouth; tarje garjethreatens; marite-to beat; sa bhaya-afraid ; antara-at heart.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed, the caudhuri was afraid of Raghunatha dasa because Raghunatha\ndasa belong to the kayastha community. Although the caudhuri would\nchastise him with oral vibrations, he was afraid to beat him.\nPURPORT\nRaghunatha dasa belonged to a very aristocratic family of the kayastha community. He had substantial influence with the local people, and therefore the\ncaudhuri, or minister, was afraid to beat him. Superficially he would chastise\nRaghunatha dasa with threatening vibrations, but he did not beat him. The members of the kayastha community in India are generally very intelligent and expert\nin business management. Formerly they were mostly government officers. They\nwere mentioned even by Yajiiavalkya, as quoted by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura in\nhis Amrta-pravaha-bha?ya:\n\n", "ant2#p0247": "Text 25]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n215\n\ncata-ta$kara-durvrttair\nmaha-sahasikadibhib\npi(iyamana praja rak$et\nkayasthais ca vise$tab\nFrom this verse it appears that the governmental officials of the kayastha community would sometimes chastise the citizens, and thus it was the duty of the\nking to protect the people in general from the atrocities of the kayasthas. In\nBengal the kayastha community is honored almost as much as the brahmal)a commUIIity, but in the up-country of India the kayasthas are considered sCtdras because they generally eat meat and drink wine. In any case, from history the\n\nkayasthas appear very intelligent. Thus the Mohammedan caudhuri was afraid of\nRaghunatha dasa because he belonged to the kayastha community.\n\nTEXT 24\n\n�t<!f 1l'�i1t� f<lii; f�f\"Jiiti ��t� I\n�ilf� <!iBt�i <litft ��'�·9ft� ll �8 ll\ntabe raghunatha kichu cintila upaya\nvinati kariya kahe sei mleccha-paya\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-then; raghunatha- Raghunatha dasa Gosvami; kichu-some; cinti/athought of; upaya-means; vinati ka riya-in great humility; kahe-he says; sei\n\nmleccha-of that Mohammedan caudhuri; paya -at the feet.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile this was going on, Raghunatha dasa thought of a tricky method of\nescape. Thus he humbly submitted this plea at the feet of the Mohammedan\ncaudhuri.\nTEXT 25\n\n\"�11l' f�i, '�Ji1 �� �'t1rt1l' �� 'et� I\n\n'et�·'et�t� '�t1l1l'i <liiil� <li1l' �(w� u �<t u\n\"amara pita, jyetha haya tomara dui bhai\nbhai-bhaiye tomara kalaha kara sarvadai\n\n", "ant2#p0248": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n216\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSYNONYMS\nam ara pita-my father; jyetha-and his elder brother; haya-are; tamar a\n\n­\n\nyour; dui bhai-two brothers; bhai-bhaiye-between brother and brother;\ntam a ra-all of you; kalaha kara-fight; sar vadai-always.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear sir, my father and his elder brother are both your brothers. All\nbrothers always fight about something.\nTEXT 26\n\n�'t. ��' �'t. &ilfi!-��r� fil\"'6� ilt� 1\n�ifiit �il� fi!il �t� ���i ��-�tf<1P II�� II\nkabhu ka/aha, kabhu priti\n\n-\n\nihara ni5caya nai\n\nkali puna/:! tina bhai ha-iba eka-thMii\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes; ka/aha-fight; kabhu-sometimes; priti-very intimate\nfriendly behavior; ihara-of these things; niscaya nai-there is no certainty;\nka/i-the next day; puna/:1-again; tina bhai-three brothers; ha-iba-will be;\neka-thaiii-at one place.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sometimes brothers fight among themselves, and sometimes they have\nvery friendly dealings. There is no certainty when such changes will take\nplace. Thus I am sure that although today you are fighting, tomorrow you\nthree brothers will be sitting together in peace.\nTEXT 27\n\n�ifif '�f;fi f9fi!�, 'i!f;fi <;i!t�Hf �<fl I\n�tf� <;i!i�� 9ft�, � �t�t1l 9ft�<fi II �'\\ II\nami yaiche pitara, taiche tamara ba/aka\nami tamara palya, tumi amara palaka\nSYNONYMS\nami-1; yaiche-j ust like; pitara-of my father; taiche-similarly; tamarayour; ba/aka-son; ami-1; tamara-your; palya-person to be maintained;\ntumi-you; amara-my; pa/aka-maintainer\n\n.\n\n", "ant2#p0249": "Text 30]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n217\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Just as I am my father's son, so I am also yours. I am your dependent, and\nyou are my maintainer.\nTEXT 28\n\n�� �$1 ?ttr;�i! '!tf�t\\! �1 l!_�t� I\n\n��(lift� �t� '�\"!t;n1t'·�'hlll\" �lr' II\npalaka hana palyere tac;fite na yuyaya\ntumi sarva-sastra jana 'jinda-pira'-praya\"\nSYNONYMS\npalaka hana-being a maintainer; palyere-the person who is maintained;\ntac;fite-to punish; na yuyaya-is not good; tumi-you; sarva-sastra-all scriptures; jana-know; jinda-pira-a living saintly person; praya-just like.\nTRANSLATION\n\"For a maintainer to punish the person he maintains is not good. You are expert in all the scriptures. Indeed, you are like a living saint.\"\nTEXT 29\n\n�\\! �fi\\' <;��'Ill;����.,.,� I\n\n�tf� <ill�' �i!ti ?it�, .tfift'! �tf'itill II �� II\neta suni' sei mlecchera mana ardra haila\ndac;fi vahi' asru pac;fe, kalidite lagila\nSYNONYMS\neta suni'-hearing this; sei mlecchera-of that Mohammedan; mana-mind;\nardra hai/a-became softened; dac;fi vahi'-flowing over his beard; asru pac;fetears fell; kalidite /agi/a-began to cry.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing Raghunatha dasa's appealing voice, the Mohammedan's heart\nsoftened. He began to cry, and tears glided down his beard.\nTEXT 30\n\nCJ{tili <ilt'f,-*�tfir � 1_fil-� ''1�' I\n\n�r. til�ttl!<;l!l�1' �fil' ��,�II\" �o II\n\n", "ant2#p0250": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n218\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nmleccha ba/e,-\"aji haite tumi-mora 'putra'\naji chac;faimu toma' kari' eka sutra\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nmleccha bale-the Mohammedan said; aji haite-from this day; tumi-you;\nmora putra-my son; aji-today; chac;faimu toma'-1 shall get you released; kari'\neka sutra-by some means.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Mohammedan caudhuri told Raghunatha dasa, \"You are my son from\nthis day on. Today, by some means, I shall have you released.\"\nTEXT 31\n\n��t1f ��11i 11'ilttQl �� I\n\n�ft! ��' �ttQt ��tl! \"ftf'$fiif II�:> II\nujire kahiya raghunathe chac;fai/a\nprfti kari' raghunathe kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\n\nujire-unto the minister; kahiya-speaking; raghunathe chac;fai/a-released\nRaghunatha dasa; prfti kari'-with great affection; raghunathe-unto Raghunatha\ndasa; kahite /agi/a-began to say.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter informing the minister, the caudhuri released Raghunatha dasa and\nthen began to speak to him with great affection.\nTEXT 32\n\n\"�a �Jil til(� ���-. �rn 1\n\n.rrf1t-oet�, �t1ftt11 f<lli fW�t11 �t1111 ��II\n\"tamara jyetha nirbuddhi a�ta-lak�a khaya\nami-bhagi, amare kichu dibare yuyaya\nSYNONYMS\n\ntamara jye.tha-the elder brother of your father; nirbuddhi-bereft of intelligence; a�ta-lak�a khaya-enjoys 800,000 coins; ami -I; bhagi-shareholder;\namare-unto me; kichu-something; dibare-to give; yuyaya-is proper.\n\n", "ant2#p0251": "Text 34]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n219\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The elder brother of your father is less intelligent,\" he said. \"He enjoys\n800,000 coins, but since I am also a shareholder, he should give some portion\n\nof it to me.\nTEXT 33\n\n�I( 'lfif, �'t11-m �J� f'�t� ��� I\n�·117;(! <etilf � �11\"{, -e-m\n\nfw( itt� II �� II\n\nyaha tumi, tamara jyethare milaha amare\nye-mate bhafa haya karuna, bhara difun tanre\nSYNONYMS\nyaha-ga; tumi-yau; tamara-your; jyethare-the elder brother of your\nfather; mifaha amare-arrange to meet with me; ye-mate-in whatever way;\nbhafa-good; haya-is; karuna-let him do; bhara difun tanre-1 shall completely\ndepend upon him.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now you go arrange a meeting between me and your uncle. Let him do\nwhatever he thinks best. I shall completely depend on his decision.\"\nTEXT 34\n\n�� �' !!�� ��J �\"l I\n��f?tl! � �ill-�� lift� '�ill II �8 II\nraghunatha asi' tabe jyethare mifaifa\nmfeccha-sahita vasa kaifa-saba santa haifa\nSYNONYMS\nraghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; asi -coming; tabe-then; jyethare mifaifa'\n\narranged a meeting between the caudhuri and the elder brother of his father;\nmfeccha-sahita-with the Mohammedan ; vasa kaila-he settled; saba-everything; santa haifa-became peaceful.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa arranged a meeting between his uncle and the caudhuri.\nHe settled the matter, and everything was peaceful.\n\n", "ant2#p0252": "220\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 35\n\n�� ��tt� �e,�t�� c;'iji!f I\n� �e,� ��� �il �II�<!' II\nei-mata raghunathera vatsareka gela\ndvitiya vatsare palaite mana kaila\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; raghunathera-of Raghunatha dasa; vatsareka-one\nyear; ge/a-passed; dvitiya vatsare-the next year; palaite-to go away from\nhome; mana kaila-he decided.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Raghunatha dasa passed one year exactly like a first-class business manager, but the next year he again decided to leave home.\nTEXT 36\n\n11'� ��' �t�ilfi Gfira,-j *'tt�i I\n\n� � f�l!i f>tt1f �tfili!f 'fRfm II�� II\nratre uthi' eke/a ca/ila pa/aiia\ndura haite pita tanre ani/a dhariya\nSYNONYMS\nratre-at night; uthi'-getting up; eke/a-alone; ca/i/a-left; pa/aiia-running\naway; dura haite-from a distant place; pita-his father; tat'lre-him; ani/abrought back; dhariya-catching.\nTRANSLATION\nHe got up alone one night and left, but his father caught him in a distant\nplace and brought him back.\nTEXT 37\n\n��1{t\\! �� � �' 'fRf' � I\nI:Wt �� �1 <fi� it1f f9t'!i �til II�'I II\nei-mate bare bare palaya, dhari' ane\ntabe tanra mata kahe tanra pita sane\n\n", "ant2#p0253": "Text 39]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n221\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mate-in this way; bare bare-again and again; pa/aya-he goes away;\ndhari' ane-brings him back; tabe-then; tanra mata-his mother; kahe-speaks;\ntanra pita sane-with his father.\nTRANSLATION\nThis became almost a daily affair. Raghunatha would run away from home,\nand his father would again bring him back. Then Raghunatha dasa's mother\nbegan speaking to his father.\nTEXT 38\n\n� '�1..\"' �-tlf, -.m �� �f'RI\" 1\ni'B f�1 �� t:!1t11 f�ll rt<fl3111 '!l\\r' II\n\"putra 'batula' ha-i/a, iflaya rakhaha bandhiya\"\ntanra pita kahe tare nirvif)Qa hana\n\nSYNONYMS\nputra-son; batula ha-ifa-has become mad; ihaya-him; rakhaha bandhiyajust keep by binding; tanra pita-his father; kahe-says; tare-to her; nirvif)Qa\nhaiia-being very unhappy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Our son has become mad,\" she said. \"Just keep him by binding him with\nropes.\" His father, being very unhappy, replied to her as follows.\nTEXT 39\n\n\"-!!� �' 'it <:C��1·ll';l I\n� ll� �1� il1f'il\"\"<li �tif 1{i{ II '!l� II\n\"indra-sama aisvarya, stri apsara-sama\ne saba bandhite narileka yanra mana\nSYNONYMS\nindra-sama-like the heavenly King, lndra; aisvarya-material opulence; striwife; apsara-sama-like an angel of heaven; e saba-all this; bandhite-to bind;\nnarileka-was not able; yanra mana-whose mind.\n\n", "ant2#p0254": "222\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Raghunatha dasa, our son, has opulences like lndra, the heavenly King,\nand his wife is as beautiful as an angel. Yet all this could not tie down his mind.\nTEXT 40\n\nw� �qj� �� �t��i t;�1!tl;! ?\n'Sfll!Wt�i f?t�i iltt� '�t11�' ��t�tl;! II 8\" II\ndac;lira bandhane tarire rakhiba ke-mate?\njanma-data pita nare 'prarabdha' khaQc;iaite\nSYNONYMS\ndac;lira bandhane-by bonds of ropes; tarire-him; rakhiba-will you keep; kemate-how; janma-data pita-the father who begets the child; nare-is not able;\nprarabdha-the reaction of previous activities; khaQc;iaite-to nullify.\nTRANSLATION\n\"How then could we keep this boy home by binding him with ropes? It is\nnot possible even for one's father to nullify the reactions of one's past activities.\nTEXT 41\n\nCt>i!��t�� ?�i ��tt� ���tt111\nC����t�� '�t'l'i' t;<ll ��t� �tt� ?\"II 8� II\ncaitanya-candrera krpa hafiache irihare\ncaitanya-candrera 'batula' ke rakhite pare?\"\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-candrera-of Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; krpa- mercy; hafiache\nirihare-has been bestowed upon him; caitanya-candrera-of Lord SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; batu/a-madman; ke-who; rakhite pare-can keep.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has fully bestowed His mercy on him. Who\ncan keep home such a madman of Caitanyacandra?\"\n\n", "ant2#p0255": "Text 44]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n223\n\nTEXT 42\n\n�� �t� fctii ��fil�1 ';!til I\n\nfii'!Jtilltf·,'it'PitflfP� 9ft-t ��� �t� fwtet II 8� II\ntabe raghunatha kichu vicarila mane\nnityananda-gosanira pasa ca/ila ara dine\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereupon; raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; kichu-something; vicarila\nmane-considered within his mind; nityananda-gosanira pasa-unto Nityananda\nGosaiii; ca/i/a-went; ara dine-the next day.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Raghunatha dasa considered something in his mind, and the next day\nhe went to Nityananda Gosaiii.\nTEXT 43\n\n9ftf.l�t$-�';! 9ftl�1 � �-til I\n��'l'vt '��Cfi �ttf �t� �'liSfil II 8� II\npanihati-grame paila prabhura darasana\nkirtaniya sevaka sarige ara bahu-jana\nSYNONYMS\npanihati-grame-in the village\n\nknown as Paniha�i;\n\npaila-got;\n\nprabhura\n\ndarasana-the audience of Nityananda Prabhu; kirtanTya sevaka-performers of\nsarikirtana and servants; sarige-with; ara-and; bahu-jana-many other persons.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the village of Panihafi, Raghunatha dasa obtained an interview with\nNityananda Prabhu, who was accompanied by many kirtana performers, servants and others.\nTEXT 44\n\n�t� �llfo�e'f ���9ft� I\n�f��tt� ,�il '�� ��� � II 88 n\n-\n\n", "ant2#p0256": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\n224\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nganga-tire vrk�a-mule piQ<;/ara upare\nvasiyachena-yena koti suryodaya kare\nSYNONYMS\nganga-tire-on the bank of the Ganges; vrk�a-mule-underneath a tree; piQ<;Iara upare-on a rock; vasiyachena-was sitting; yena-as if; koti suryahundreds of thousands of suns; udaya kare-rise.\nTRANSLATION\nSitting on a rock under a tree on the bank of the Ganges, lord Nityananda\nseemed as effulgent as hundreds and thousands of rising suns.\nTEXT 45\n\n�\"\" �9lt� �'-(�• ��ttli ,�\n\nm� 1\n\n�M' �� �'et� �,ilt�-R� \" 8� \"\ntale upare bahu-bhakta hafiache ve�tita\ndekhi' prabhura prabhava raghunatha-vismita\nSYNONYMS\ntale-the surface;\n\nupare-upon;\n\nbahu-bhakta-many devotees;\n\nhafiache\n\nve�tita-He was surrounded; dekhi'-seeing; prabhura prabhava-the influence\nof Nityananda Prabhu; raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; vismita-astonished.\nTRANSLATION\nMany devotees sat on the ground surrounding Him. Seeing the influence of\nNityananda Prabhu, Raghunatha dasa was astonished.\nTEXT 46\n\n���e. rt�i\n\n<;lf� 9l�� ���� I\n\n��<�\" ��,-'�'ilt� ���e. ��' \" 8� \"\ndaQ<;/avat hafia sei pa<;lila kata-dtJre\nsevaka kahe,-'raghunatha daQ<;/avat kare'\nSYNONYMS\ndaQ<;/avat hafia-falling flat like a rod; sei-he; pa<;lila kata-dtJre-fell down at a\ndistant place; sevaka kahe-the servant of Nityananda Prabhu said; raghunathaRaghunatha dasa; daQ<;/avat kare-is offering obeisances.\n\n", "ant2#p0257": "Text 48]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n225\n\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa offered his obeisances by falling prostrate at a distant\nplace,\n\nand the servant of Nityananda\n\nPrabhu\n\npointed out,\n\n\"There is\n\nRaghunatha dasa, offering You obeisances.\"\nTEXT 47\n\n�fil' � \"'�,-\"�1 flffi;f tiRI-fi{ I\n�rn, ·�rrn, �� (;\\!nt <fi�ll.��i{\" 11 s'l 11\nsuni' prabhu kahe,- \"cora dili darasana\naya, aya, aji tara karimu daQr;iana\n\n\"\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuni'-hearing; prabhu kahe-Lord Nityananda Prabhu said; cora-thief; dili\ndarasana-you have come to see Me; aya aya-come here, come here; ajitoday; tora-your; karimu-1 shall do; daQr;iana-punishment.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, lord Nityananda Prabhu said, \" You are a thief. Now you have\ncome to see Me. Come here, come here. Today I shall punish you!\"\n\nTEXT 48\n\n�'l �t�rn, '�'� fil� i{1 <fit� �ati{ 1\n�<fl��1 tint \"altt� � ..TJ� R'l II Sir II\nprabhu bolaya, tenho nikate na kare gamana\nakar?iya tanra mathe prabhu dharila caraQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu bo/aya-the Lord calls; tenho-he; nikate-nearby; na kare gamanadoes not come;\n\nakar?iya-bringing him near;\n\ntanra mathe-on his head;\n\nprabhu-Nityananda Prabhu; dhari/a caraQa-placed His feet.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord called him, but Raghunatha dasa did not go near the lord. Then\nthe lord forcibly caught him and placed His lotus feet upon Raghunatha\ndasa's head.\n\n", "ant2#p0258": "226\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 49\n\n�'1_� fil'i!:fti{\"f �tiSf w� 1\nt��tr;� <15� f<l5t; f{�i ��� II 8� II\nkautuki nityananda sahaje dayamaya\nraghunathe kahe kichu hana sadaya\nSYNONYMS\nkautuki-very funny; nityananda-Lord Nityananda; sahaje-by nature; dayamaya - very merciful; raghunathe- unto Raghunatha dasa; kahe-says; kichu­\n\nsomething; hana sa- da ya -b eing merciful.\nTRANSLATION\nlord Nityananda was by nature very merciful and funny. Being merciful, He\nspoke to Raghunatha dasa as follows.\nTEXT 50\n\n\"fii<�St� �1 �t��' '��1, �t�' l_tt �t I\n\n�tf\\Sf �t�, �t$t�, �11_ '�t1tttt II <to II\n\"nikate na aisa, cora, bhaga' dare dare\naji lag panachi, daQgimu tomare\nSYNONYMS\nnikate-nearby; na aisa-y ou\n\ndo not come; cora-thief; bhaga'-you go\n\naway; dare dare-a long distance; aji-today; lag panachi-1 have caught; daQgimu tomare-1 s ha ll punish y ou.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are just like a thief, for instead of coming near, you stay away at a distant place. Now that I have captured you, I shall punish you.\nTEXT 51\n\n�fit, �� �'lfi'l·<IS�� ''lftt �t'l I\"\n�f-1' �t�f\"fi! Cf{a;'f 1f��t'4 'l{ti{ II It� II\ndadhi, ciga bhak?aQa karaha mora gaf)e\"\nsuni' anandita haifa raghunatha mane\n\n", "ant2#p0259": "Text 53]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n227\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ndadhi-yogurt; ciQ'a-chipped rice; bhak?aQa karaha-feed; mora gaQe-My\nassociates; suni'-hearing; anandita haifa-became very happy; raghunathaRaghunatha dasa; mane-in the mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Make a festival and feed all My associates yogurt and chipped rice.\" Hearing this, Raghunatha dasa was greatly pleased.\nTEXT 52\n\n,��'Jtif;'i fil�·(';a;i� �t�;;i � l\n�'JtiJ·(Jf<tJ (';�t<tS �<t $t1f C�f;'! �tr;i{ II �� II\nsei-k?aQe nija-loka pa.thaila grame\nbhak?ya-dravya /aka saba grama haite ane\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei-k?aQe-immediately; nija-laka-his servants; pathaifa grame-he sent to\nthe nearby village; bhak?ya-dravya-eatables; /aka saba-all the persons; grama\nhaite-from the village; ane-bring.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa immediately sent his own men to the village to purchase\nall kinds of eatables and bring them back.\nTEXT 53\n\n�' wfif, �tti, �r;lf!-t, �nt ftfil, <tS;;i 1\n� i!f� ��-�t�i �)fWr;<tS 'lfPiill �� 11\nciQ'a, dadhi, dugdha, sandesa, ara cini, kala\nsaba dravya anaiia caudike dharila\nSYNONYMS\n\nciQ'a-chipped rice;\n\ndadhi-yogurt;\n\ndugdha-milk;\n\nsandesa-sweetmeats;\n\nara-and; cini-sugar; kala-banana; saba-all; dravya-materials; anaiia-causing to be brought; cau-dike-all around; dharila-kept.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa brought chipped rice, yogurt, milk, sweetmeats, sugar,\nbananas and other eatables and placed them all around.\n\n", "ant2#p0260": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n228\n\nTEXT 54\n\n'Jft�te.��'-iltJf ��, at'fi'l-�'iil 1\n�tfittl! Qftf�\"' 'Qft<li �:J�.rJ-�'lil II <t8 II\n'mahotsava'-nama suni' brahmal)a-sajjana\nasite lagila /aka asankhya-gal)ana\nSYNONYMS\nmahotsava-festival;\n\nnama-name;\n\n5uni-hearing;\n\nbrahmaQa-sat-jana­\n\nbrahmal)as and other gentlemen; asite /agi/a-began to pour in; /aka-people;\nasankhya-gal)ana-innumerable.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as they heard that a festival was going to be held, all kinds of\nbrahmar;�as and other gentlemen began to arrive. Thus there were innumerable people.\nTEXT 55\n\n�1� �tJI't�11' C�l! �t�&t �t�\"' I\n� ��-it� '�l'{ili it�i �t�\"J II <t<t II\nara gramantara haite samagri ani/a\nsata dui-cari holna tanha anaila\nSYNONYMS\nara-also; grama-antara haite-from other villages; samagrf-articles; ani/abrought; sata-hundred; dui-cari-two to four; holna-round earthen pots;\ntar'lha-there; anai/a-caused to be brought.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the crowd increasing, Raghunatha dasa arranged to get more eatables from other villages. He also brought two to four hundred large, round\nearthen pots.\nTEXT 56\n\n�� �� �e,�f�<t-i �tilt�&'� 11ft� ��\\! I\nt.£1<15 �� �ifi_ Qftf�' ��i f�iS'ft1il!ttl! II <tl!! II\n\n", "ant2#p0261": "Text 58]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n229\n\nbaqa baqa mrt-kUQQika anaila panca Sate\neka vipra prabhu lagi' ciqa bhijaya tate\nSYNONYMS\nbaqa baqa-big, big; mrt-kUQQika-earthen basins; anaila-arranged to be\nbrought; panca sate-five or seven; eka vipra-one brahmaQa; prabhu lagi'-for\nNityananda Prabhu; ciqa-the chipped rice; bhijaya-soaked; tate-in those.\nTRANSLATION\nHe also obtained five or seven especially large earthen pots, and in these\npots a brahmaQa began soaking chipped rice for the satisfaction of Lord Nityananda.\n\nTEXT 57\n\n�<fi-�f� ��·'D,t� ��1 �'Sft�11\n��(<ti �tfil� Wfif, fufi{, <fi� ��i II <tC\\ II\neka-thaiii tapta-dugdhe ciqa bhijafia\nardheka chanila dadhi, cini, kala diya\nSYNONYMS\neka-thaiii-in one place; tapta-dugdhe-in hot milk; ciqa-the chipped rice;\nbhijafia-soaking; ardheka-half of it; chanila-mixed; dadhi-yogurt; cinisugar; kala-bananas; diya-putting in.\nTRANSLATION\nIn one place, chipped rice was soaked in hot milk in each of the large pots.\nThen half the rice was mixed with yogurt, sugar and bananas.\nTEXT 58\n\n'fi{t � ��$f� 'il�t��·'D,t��� �f-1� I\n\n�t�t<ll�, ffifi{, V�, <fi� ��� flf� II <tlr II\n\nara ardheka ghanavrta-dugdhete chanila\ncanpa-kala, cini, ghrta, karpura tate dila\nSYNONYMS\nara ardheka-the other half; ghana-avrta-condensed; dugdhete-in milk;\nchanila-mixed; canpa-kala-a special type of banana; cini-sugar; ghrtaclarified butter, ghee; karpura-camphor; tate dila-put into that.\n\n", "ant2#p0262": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n230\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe other half was mixed with condensed milk and a special type of banana\nknown as calipa-kala. Then sugar, clarified butter and camphor were added.\nTEXT 59\n\n'if���'�\"- �fw f'Pf�tc;� <��e'li 1\n:J�t'!�� �� �t11' �He;��� ��e'li II�:;, II\ndhuti pari' prabhu yadi piQc;iate vasila\nsata-kul)c;ii vipra tatira agete dharila\nSYNONYMS\ndhuti pari -pu tting on a new cloth; prabhu-Lord Nityananda; yadi-when;\n'\n\npiQc;iate vasila-sat on a high platform; sata-kuQc;ii-the seven big, big earthen\npots; vipra-the brahmal)a; tatira agete-in f ront of Him; dhari/a-placed\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Nityananda Prabhu had changed His cloth for a new one and sat on a\nraised platform, the brahmar:ta brought before Him the seven huge pots.\nTEXT 60\n\n�1._�11'i·@9f�11' �� �'-11' fii!Sf�c;'l I\n'<!� '<!� �t� '<l�e'li 1!��-��til II �o II\ncabutara-upare yata prabhura nija-gal)e\nbac;ia bac;ia /oka vasi/a maf)c;iali-racane\nSYNONYMS\ncabutara-upare-on the raised platform; yata\n\n-\n\nintimate associates of the Lord; bac;ia bac;ia /oka\n\nall; prabhura nija gal)e\n\n-\n\n-\n\n-\n\nvery\n\nbig, big people; vasi/a-sat\n\ndown; maf)c;iali-racane -in a circle.\nTRANSLATION\nOn that platform, all the most important associates of Sri Nityananda\nPrabhu, as well as other important men, sat down in a circle around the Lord.\nTEXT 61\n\n11't1!Wtlf, ���til�, Wtlf·�Wt�� I\n�tij', �1l'�t�11', lfWtPt'<l, �� II�� II\n\n", "ant2#p0263": "Text 63]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n231\n\nramadasa, sundarananda, dasa-gadadhara\nmurari, kama/akara, sadasiva, purandara\nSYNONYMS\nramadasa-Ramadasa;\n\nsundarananda-Sundarananda;\n\ndasa-gadadhara-\n\nGadadhara dasa; murari-Murari; kama/akara-Kamalakara; sadasiva-Sadasiva;\npurandara-Purandara.\nTRANSLATION\nAmong them were Ramadasa, Sundarananda, Gadadhara dasa, Murari,\nKamalakara, Sadasiva and Purandara.\nTEXT 62\n\n�iiWHI, iST�W1-t, ��7;��-�t:Jt I\n\n��' <;�)i\\wt:Jt, (;��-��� II �� II\ndhananjaya, jagadisa, paramesvara-dasa\nmahesa, gauridasa, hoc;fa-k[$Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\ndhanafljaya-Dhanaiijaya;\n\njagadisa-JagadiSa;\n\nparamesvara-dasa-\n\nParamesvara dasa; mahesa-Mahesa; gauridasa-GaurTdasa; hoc;fa-k[$QadasaHo<;Ja Kr�r:tadasa.\nTRANSLATION\nDhanai'ijaya, Jagadisa, Paramesvara dasa, Mahesa, Gauridasa and Hoc;Ja\nKr�r,adasa were also there.\nTEXT 63\n\n�'it�'! �� �tfw <I� filiST'if'l I\n\ni!�t� �fitQ'Ii �<!!, <;<ti �t� �'til ? �� II\nuddharal)a datta adi yata nija-gal)a\nupare vasila saba, ke kare gaQana?\nSYNONYMS\nuddharaQa datta-Uddharar:ta Datta; adi-and similar other persons; yata nijagaQa-all personal associates; upare-above; vasi/a-sat down; saba-all; kewho; kare gaQana-can count.\n\n", "ant2#p0264": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n232\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nSimilarly, Uddhara!Ja Datta Thakura and many other personal associates of\nthe Lord sat on the raised platform with Nityananda Prabhu. No one could\ncount them all.\nPURPORT\nThe devotees mentioned herein are described by Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\nThakura in his Anubha�ya. For further information one may consult the following\nreferences in the Adi-lila. Ramadasa-Chapter Ten, texts 116 and 118, and\nChapter Eleven, texts 13 and 16. Sundarananda-11.23. Gadadhara dasa-10.53,\n11.13-14 and 11.17. The Murari mentioned herein is different from Murari Gupta.\nHis full name is Murari Caitanya dasa, and he is a personal associate of Nityananda\nPrabhu. Thus one should consult Chapter Eleven, text 20. Kamalakara-11.24.\nSadasiva-11.38.\n\nPurandara -11.28.\n\nParamesvara-11.29.\n\nMahesa-11.32.\n\nDhanaiijaya-11.31.\nGauridasa-11.26.\n\nJagadisa-11.30.\n\nHoc_ja\n\nKr�r:Jadasa-\n\n11.47. Uddharal)a Datta Thakura-11.41.\nTEXT 64\n\n�til' �r��-��t�t� �� f<f� �t(\"ffr\n�i}) <!i�' �� �<!!�� ��t� <!l�t��1 ll �8 ll\nsuni' paQ(iita bhattacarya yata vipra iii/a\nmanya kari' prabhu sabare upare vasaila\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; paQ(iita bhattacarya-learned scholars and priests; yata-all;\nvipra-brahmaQas; iii/a-came; manya kari'-giving honor; prabhu-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; sabare-all of them; upare vasaila-seated on the top.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing about the festival, all kinds of learned scholars, brahma..,as and\npriests went there. Lord Nityananda Prabhu honored them and made them sit\non the raised platform with Him.\nTEXT 65\n\n�� �� �e:t:fu<li1 ��� �tort fit� 1\n�t<!ll ��-��j, �tr;� �tfif-��1 C<!lli'f ll �<t II\ndui dui mrt-kuQ(iika sabara age dila\neke dugdha-ci(ia, are dadhi-ci(ia kaila\n\n", "ant2#p0265": "Text 67]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n233\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ndui dui-two and two; mrt-kuQ(Iika-earthen pots; sabara age-before everyone; di/a-offered; eke-in one; dugdha-ci(la-chipped rice with condensed\nmilk; are-in the other; dadhi-ci(la-chipped rice with yogurt; kai/a-put.\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone was offered two earthen pots. In one was put chipped rice with\ncondensed milk and in the other chipped rice with yogurt.\nTEXT 66\n\n�1� �i! c;a;r t<ti �<t c;�l'!�i-'!a;rtr;i{ I\n\n��·<tl';� <tfil�, '!1� iii �11 �'fl';i{ II �� II\nara yata /aka saba cotara-talane\nmaQ(Iali-bandhe vasila, tara na haya gaQane\nSYNONYMS\n\nara-other; yata-as many as; /aka-people; saba-all; cotara-talane-at the\nbase of the platform; maQ(Iali-bandhe-in groups; vasi/a-sat down; tara-of\nthem; na haya gaQane-there was no counting.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the other people sat in groups around the platform. No one could count\nhow many people there were.\nTEXT 67\n\nlflt�<tS 'ST�tr;� �� �� c;�i11(il1 fifa;r I\n\n5ffif·fii�1 �� fu�i ��!';'! f��t�a;r II �� II\n-\n\n,\n\nekeka janare dui dui holna dila\ndadhi-ci(la dugdha-ci(la, duite bhijaila\nSYNONYMS\n\nekeka janare-to each and every one of them; dui dui-two and two; holna\ndi/a-earthen pots were supplied;\n\ndadhi-ci(la-chipped rice with yogurt;\n\ndugdha-ci(la-chipped rice with condensed milk; duite-in the two pots; bhijaila-were soaked.\nTRANSLATION\nEach and every one of them was supplied two earthen pots-one of chipped\nrice soaked in yogurt and the other of chipped rice soaked in condensed milk.\n\n", "ant2#p0266": "234\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 68\n\n�ti{ c;\"fiti{ f<l� @9fr.;� \"'ti{ il1 911�11\n\ntl c;�tll(i{t� ��1 �\"SfHI 'ijflrt�'� f<ij�1 II �IY II\nkana kana vipra upare sthana na pafia\ndui holnaya cic;la bhijaya ganga-tire giya\nSYNONYMS\nkana kana-some; vipra-brahmaQas; upare-on the platform; sthana na\npana-not having gotten a place; dui holnaya-in two earthen pots; cic;la bhijaya - soak chipped rice; gariga-tire-on the bank of the Ganges; giya-going.\nTRANSLATION\nSome of the brahmar;�as, n ot having gotten a place on the platform, went to\nthe bank of the Ganges with their two earthen pots and soaked their chipped\nrice there.\nTEXT 69\n\n&lr.;� \"iti{ il1 9ft�1 't'il� \"fil! �il I\n�''\"f e�tfif' wfil-��1 �r.;� �-.'! II �� II\ntire sthana na pafia ara kata jana\njale nami' dadhi-cic;la karaye bhak�aQa\nSYNONYMS\ntire-on the bank; sthana -p l ace; na pafi a-not having gotten; ara-other;\nkata-some; jana -person s; jale nami'-getting down into the water; dadhicic;la-yogurt and chipped rice; karaye bhak�aQa-began to eat.\nTRANSLATION\nOthers, who could not get a place even on the bank of the Ganges, got\ndown into the water and began eating their two kinds of chipped rice.\nTEXT 70\n\nc;\"fi� �9f,�. c;<r.� �r.;a,, c;<t�� 'ijeft�r.;� I\nf<t-tiSTil �i{·�f� 9ffifr.;�-til \"fi'� II 9 ., II\nkeha upare, keha tale, keha gariga-tire\nbisa-jana tina-thafii parivesana kare\n\n", "ant2#p0267": "Text 72]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n235\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nkeha upare-some on the platform; keha tale-some at the base of the platform; keha ganga-tire-some on the bank of the Ganges; bisa-jana-twenty\nmen; tina-thani-in three places; parivesana kare-distributed.\nTRANSLATION\nThus some sat on the platform, some at the base of the platform, and some\non the bank of the Ganges, and they were all supplied two pots each by the\ntwenty men who distributed the food.\nTEXT 71\n\n��i'tlif �t�� i!�i �l'CI<I �fui! I\n\n�t� fl'tRt� c;if�' �lfPi f<lf\"iii! ll '\\ � ll\nhena-ka/e ai/a tatha raghava par:Hjita\nhasite lagila dekhi' haiia vismita\nSYNONYMS\n\nhena-kale-at this time; iii/a-arrived;\n\ntatha-there; raghava parxiita-the\n\ngreat scholar named Raghava Pal)c;iita; hasite /agi/a-began to laugh; dekhi'seeing; haiia vismita-being astonished.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, Raghava Pa•:u;fita arrived there. Seeing the situation, he began\nto laugh in great surprise.\nTEXT 72\n\nf.{-��� iltilt�i! ��w �t�vr 1\n�t.� �tt� fifm ��f;'i �$ fw\"f u '\\� u\nni-sakqi nana-mata prasada ani/a\nprabhure age diya bhakta-gaQe bali!i dila\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nni-sak<;/i-food cooked in ghee; nana-mata-various types; prasada-remnants\nof the Lord's food; ani/a-he brought; prabhure age-in front of Lord Nityananda;\ndiya-placing; bhakta-gaQe-to all the devotees; banp di/a-distributed.\n\n", "ant2#p0268": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n236\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe brought many other kinds of food cooked in ghee and offered to the\nLord. This prasada he first placed before Lord Nityananda and then distributed\namong the devotees.\nTEXT 73\n\n<!f't_tf �t�,--'�1 �tf'St' �t'St �t'Stt�� I\ntt.fif ��� �e.�� �f, �tf �t� f�� u\" '\\� u\nprabhure kahe, -\"toma lagi' bhoga lagaila\ntumi ihan utsava kara, ghare prasada rahi/a\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhure kahe-he said to Lord Nityananda Prabhu; toma lagi'-for You; bhoga\n/agai/a-1 have offered food to the Deity; tumi\n\n-\n\nYou ; ihan-here; utsava kara­\n\nare engaged in a festival; ghare-at home; prasada-the prasada; rahilaremained.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRaghava Par;�c.!ita said to Lord Nityananda, \"For You, sir, I have already\noffered food to the Deity, but You are engaged in a festival here, and so the\nfood is lying there untouched.\"\nTEXT 74\n\n!!i't_ �t!(,-\"lf!·'ft� tiftil �fi!t11 �ti!Jfil I\nttm Q!t1ftf �tf <!f�t� <fiRt� oe-.'lu '\\8 u\nprabhu kahe, -\"e-dravya dine kariye bhojana\nratrye tamara ghare prasada karimu bhak$aQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord Nityananda Prabhu said; e dravya-this food; dine-dur-\n\ning the daytime; kariye bhojana-i et Me eat; ratrye-at night; tamara ghare\n\n-\n\nin\n\nyour house; prasada-the prasada; karimu bhak$aQa-i shall eat.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Nityananda replied, \"Let Me eat all this food here during the day, and I\nshall eat at your home at night.\n\n", "ant2#p0269": "Text 77]\n\nlord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n237\n\nTEXT 75\n\n<;�1�·rsrtf� ll!iltf';f <!ttl <;�1��� �t� 1\nll!iltfiT �� �t� �- ��il��t�il·��� n\" �� 11\ngopa-jati ami bahu gopa-gaQa sange\n\nami sukha pai ei pulina-bhojana-range\"\nSYNONYMS\n\ngopa-jati-belonging to the community of cowherd boys; am i- 1 ; bahumany; gopa-gaQa-cowherd boys; sange-with; ami-1; sukha pai-become\nvery happy; ei-this; puli na-by the riverside; bh ojana-rang e\n\n-\n\nin the enjoyment\n\nof eating.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I belong to a community of cowherd boys, and therefore I generally have\nmany cowherd associates with Me. I am happy when we eat together in a picnic like this by the sandy bank of the river.\"\nTEXT 76\n\nill�7.;<!1 <!l�t<.£P1 �� �I§T <;W��t�� I\n�1�<!1 ��� ��1 �1�� f�'Sft��1 II �� II\nraghave vasafia dui kuQr;ii deoyaila\nraghava dvividha cir;ia tate bhijaila\nSYNONYMS\nra ghave-Raghava Pat:�c;lita; vasafia-making sit down; dui-tw o; kuQr;ii­\n\nearthen pots; deoyai/a-arranged to be delivered to him; raghava-Raghava Pat:�c;lita; dvi-vidha-two kinds; cir;ia-chipped rice; tate-in them; bhijai/a-soaked.\nTRANSLATION\nlord Nityananda made Raghava Pa•:u:fita sit down and had two pots\ndelivered to him also. There were two kinds of chipped rice soaked in them.\nTEXT 77\n\n���-<;�K<!li� ��1 'i_cf ��<!� ��� I\n'Ulr.;il 1:!7.;<!1 � 'al�1�\"'r.;� ll!iltfil� II �� II\n\n", "ant2#p0270": "238\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nsaka/a-/okera ci<;fa pOrQa yabe ha-ifa\ndhyane tabe prabhu mahaprabhure ani/a\nSYNONYMS\nsaka/a-lokera-of everyone; ci<;fa-chipped rice; pOrQa-full; yabe-when;\nha-ifa-was; dhyane-in meditation; tabe-at that time; prabhu-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; mahaprabhure ani/a-brought SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen chipped rice had been served to everyone, Lord N ityananda Prabhu,\nin meditation, brought Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 78\n\n11�t�� �t��1 �wf�' fil�t� ��\"11 1\n�tr;11\" \"'$1 ��11\" ��1 �w�r;� �Rt\"f111 \"\"' 11\nmahaprabhu aila dekhi' nitai uthila\n\ntar'lre lafia sabara ci<;fa dekhite lagila\nSYNONYMS\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ai/a-came; dehki'-seeing; nitaiLord Nityananda; uthi/a-stood up; tanre /afia-with Him; sabara-of everyone;\nci<;fa-chipped rice; dekhite lagila-began to see.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu arrived, Lord Nityananda Prabhu stood up.\nThey then saw how the others were enjoying the chipped rice with yogurt and\ncondensed milk.\nTEXT 79\n\n�� �11\", �ilt11\" ��t11\" �<li �<li �JII\n\n11��� �� �Wil <liRt' ���t� II 'l� II\nsakala kuQ<;fira, ho/nara ci<;fara eka eka grasa\nmahaprabhura mukhe dena kari' parihasa\nSYNONYMS\nsaka/a kuQ<;fira-from all the pots; holnara-from the big pots; ci<;fara-of\nchipped rice; eka eka grasa-one morsel; mahaprabhura mukhe-into the mouth\nof SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dena- puts; kari' parihasa-making a joke.\n\n", "ant2#p0271": "Text 82]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n239\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom each and every pot, lord Nityananda Prabhu took one morsel of\nchipped rice and pushed it into the mouth of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as a\njoke.\nTEXT 80\n\n�t�' 1f�t�t. �'Rf �<fi �t� \"1�1 I\ni'Rf �� flf�i �t'S�'hl �f��i ���i 111ro 11\nhasi' mahaprabhu ara eka grasa lana\ntanra mukhe diya khaoyaya hasiya hasiya\nSYNONYMS\nhasi\n\n'\n\n-smiling; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ara - another; eka\n\ngrasa-one morsel; /afia-taking; tanra mukhe-in the mouth of Lord Nityananda\nPrabhu; diya-putting; khaoyaya-makes eat; hasiya hasiya-laughing.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, also smiling, took a morsel of food, pushed it into\nthe mouth of Nityananda and laughed as He made lord Nityananda eat it.\nTEXT 81\n\n��11� f.l�t� �\"' �<fill'! �7;\"1 I\n��t�i 1{., <;.. t� '��� �<fit\"f II lr� II\nei-mata nitai bule sakala maQc;iale\ndaQc;iafia ranga dekhe vai$Qava sakale\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; nitai bule-Lord Nityananda was walking; saka/a maQc;ia/e-through all the groups; daQc;iafia-standing; ranga dekhe-see the fun;\nvai$Qava sakale-all the Vai�l)avas.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way lord Nityananda was walking through all the groups of eaters,\nand all the Vai��avas standing there were seeing the fun.\nTEXT 82\n\n� <fiRl� <;��,- ��i <;<fi� e{t� iS'f� I\n\n�t�t.1f �af� �rn <;<fit� <et'm�tt� II lr� II\n\n", "ant2#p0272": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n240\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nki kariya bec;faya, -iha keha nahi jane\nmahaprabhura darsana paya kana bhagyavane\nSYNONYMS\nki kariya\none\n\n-\n\ncould\n\ndoing what; bec;faya-walks through; iha-this; keha nahi jane-no\nunderstand;\n\nmahaprabhura\n\ndarsana\n\npaya-see\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kana bhagyavane-some fortunate men.\nTRANSLATION\nNo one could understand what Nityananda Prabhu was doing as He walked\nabout. Some, however, who were very fortunate, could see that Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu was also present.\nTEXT 83\n\nI!� �t�' fii�Jt�\"' ���1 �t� I\n\n�t� �� �tt�t�1 �i!fl �tf��115t�tillllr� II\ntabe hasi' nityananda vasila asane\ncari kuf)c;fi aroya cic;fa rakhila c;fahine\nSYNONYMS\ntabe hasi -thereupon smiling; nityananda-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; vasi/a\n'\n\nasane-sat down on His seat; cari k u f)c;fi-four earthen pots; aroya cic;fachipped rice not made from boiled paddy; rakhila c;fahine-He kept on His right\nside.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Nityananda Prabhu smiled and sat down. On His right side He kept\nfour pots of chipped rice that had not been made from boiled paddy.\nTEXT 84\n\n�t,il�m ll�t��t� �t�1 �,�� 1\n\nl� <et� �t� ��1 ��� �tf'St�1 II IT' 8 II\nasana diya mahaprabhure tahan vasai/a\ndui bhai tabe cic;fa khaite /agila\nSYNONYMS\nasana\n\ndiya-offering\n\na\n\nsitting\n\nplace;\n\nmahaprabhure-unto Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; tahan-there; vasai/a-made sit; dui bhai\n\n-\n\nthe two brothers;\n\ntabe-at that time; cic;fa-chipped rice; khaite /agi/a-began to eat.\n\n", "ant2#p0273": "Text 87]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n241\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Nityananda offered Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu a place and had Him sit\ndown. Then together the two brothers began eating chipped rice.\nTEXT 85\n\n��' fi{�Jti{��� �ti{�� '�'\"'1 I\nfl <ll�\n\n<et<!tt�<!tlef �<lltllf '<llfi1� II 17'0' II\n\ndekhi' nityananda-prabhu anandita haifa\nkata kata bhavavesa prakasa karila\nSYNONYMS\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nnityananda-prabhu-Lord\n\nNityananda\n\nPrabhu;\n\nanandita\n\nhaifa-became very happy; kata kata-so much; bhava-avesa-ecstatic love;\nprakasa karila-He manifested.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu eating with Him, Lord Nityananda\nPrabhu became very happy and exhibited varieties of ecstatic love.\nTEXT 86\n\n�tsei1 fw'\"'1,-'�11f <!I'M' <ll� � (;'etiSTil' I\n'�11f' '�11f'·�� \\§�' �11f'\"' �'<!fi{ II 17-� II\najria di/a, -'hari bali' karaha bhojana'\n'hari' 'hari'-dhvani uthi' bharila bhuvana\nSYNONYMS\najria dila-He ordered; hari ba/i'-saying \"Hari\"; karaha bhojana-all of you\neat;\n\nhari hari-dhvani-the resounding of \"Hari, Hari\";\n\nuthi'-rising;\n\nbharila\n\nbhuvana-filled the universe.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Nityananda Prabhu ordered, 11 All of you eat, chanting the holy name of\nHari.\" Immediately the holy names 11Hari, Hari11 resounded, filling the entire\nuniverse.\nTEXT 87\n\n'��' '�11f' �M' '���<IS��� '�t�i{ I\n'i_R'fi{·(;�'tiSfi{ ��t� �l'\"' ��'I II 17-9 II\n\n", "ant2#p0274": "242\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\n'hari' 'hari' bali' vai?Qava karaye bhojana\npulina-bhojana sabara ha-i/a smaraQa\nSYNONYMS\nhari hari ba/i'-chanting Hari, Hari; vai?Qava-all the Vai�t;�avas; karaye bhojana-eat; pulina-bhojana-eating on the bank of the Yamuna; sabara ha-ila\nsmaraQa-everyone could remember.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all the Vai�Qavas were chanting the holy names \"Hari, Hari\" and eating, they remembered how Kf�Qa and Balarama ate with Their companions the\ncowherd boys on the bank of the Yamuna.\nTEXT 88\n\nfii'!J�� 1l�tl2l'f-��� �� I\n1f'i{i!'IT;�1f rett\"itJ �'! C<li�1 ���t1f 11 1r1r 11\nnityananda mahaprabhu-krpa/u, udara\nraghunathera bhagye eta kai/a afigikara\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda mahaprabhu-Lord Nityananda Prabhu and Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; krpa/u-merciful; udara-liberal;\n\nraghunathera bhagye-by the\n\ngreat fortune of Raghunatha dasa; eta-all this; kaila afigikara-They accepted.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and lord Nityananda Prabhu are extremely merciful and liberal. It was Raghunatha dasa's good fortune that They accepted all\nthese dealings.\nTEXT 89\n\nfi:I'!Jt�\"!-��t�-��1 �f.lt� <;<!iti\\_ \\Sf� ?\n'al��'- 'f;{tfi:l' �111 ��·Qet�� II lr� II\nnityananda-prabhava-krpa janibe kon jana?\nmahaprabhu ani' karaya pulina-bhojana\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda-of Nityananda Prabhu; prabhava-krpa-influence and mercy;\njanibe-can know; kon jana-who;\n\nmahaprabhu ani'-bringing Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; karaya pulina-bhojana-induces Him to eat on the river bank.\n\n", "ant2#p0275": "Text 91]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n243\n\nTRANSLATION\nWho can understand the influence and mercy of lord Nityananda Prabhu?\nHe is so powerful that He induced lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to come eat\nchipped rice on the bank of the Ganges.\nTEXT 90\n\n��t��t�tfif c�t� C<2f�tR� �� I\n��ti!1t1l '��1-<S>jf�il' �til ,��1 II �\n\no\n\nII\n\nsri-ramadasadi gopa premavi�ta haifa\nganga-tire 'yamuna-pulina' jfiana kaila\nSYNONYMS\nsri-ramadasa-adi-headed\n\nby\n\nSri\n\nRamadasa;\n\ngopa-the\n\nco wherd\n\nboys;\n\nprema-avi�ta haifa-became absorbed in ecstatic love; ganga-tire-the bank of\nthe Ganges River; yamuna-pulina-the bank of the Yamuna River; jfiana kai/athey thought.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the confidential devotees who were cowherd boys, headed by Sri\nRamadasa, were absorbed in ecstatic love. They thought the bank of the\nGanges to be the bank of the Yamuna.\nTEXT 91\n\n�!';���<! �fil' <?!�tRI iltilh�tt� �!';� I\nfi�1, Wfif, �t�-t, ��1 �tfil� C<lfiti! II �� II\nmahotsava suni' pasari nana-grama haite\ncic;la, dadhi, sandesa, kala ani/a vecite\nSYNONYMS\nmahotsava suni'-hearing about this festival; pasari-the shopkeepers; nanagrama-various villages; haite-from ; cic;ia-chipped rice; dadhi-yogurt; sandesa-sweetmeats; kala-bananas; ani/a-brought; vecite-to sell.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the shopkeepers of many other villages heard about the festival, they\narrived there to sell chipped rice, yogurt, sweetmeats and bananas.\n\n", "ant2#p0276": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n244\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 92\n\n�F! ��J �<!13i �tlt:JJ, :Jf� 1J.._� J <ti�' �� I\n�Rf ��J 1J.._�J flf�i '!t�tt1f �t'S�t� II �� II\nyata dravya lana aise, saba mulya kari' Jaya\ntara dravya mulya diya tahare khaoyaya\nSYNONYMS\nyata dravya-all materials; /aria-bringing; aise-come; saba-all; mulya kari'\n/aya-Raghunatha purchased; tara dravya-of their goods; mulya diya-giving\nthe price; tahare khaoyaya-fed them.\nTRANSLATION\nAs they came, bringing all kinds of food, Raghunatha dasa purchased it all.\nHe gave them the price for their goods and later fed them the very same food.\nTEXT 93\n\nc;�'l_<fi c;�f�'! �t�\"' �'! 1fi! � I\nc;:JJ� ��1, �fit\", �� <fiBf� ��'1 II �� II\nkautuka dekhite aila yata yata jana\nsei cic;fa, dadhi, kala karila bhak?aQa\nSYNONYMS\nkautuka-these funny things; dekhite-to see; iii/a-arrived; yata yata janaall kinds of men; sei-they; cic;fa-chipped rice; dadhi-yogurt; kala-bananas;\nkarila bhak?al)a -ate.\nTRANSLATION\nAnyone who came to see how these funny things were going on was also fed\nchipped rice, yogurt and bananas.\nTEXT 94\n\n'�t�il <tifit' fi{�Jtiliii �t�'alil C<li�i I\n\n�t� �'111' ��t-t� ��iltt� flf�i II �8 II\nbhojana kari' nityananda acamana kaila\ncari kul)c;iira avase?a raghunathe dila\n\n", "ant2#p0277": "Text 96]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n245\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhojana\n\nkari'-after\n\nfinishing\n\neating;\n\nnityananda-Nityananda\n\nPrabhu;\n\nacamana kai/a-washing His hands and mouth; cari kuQ(iira-of the four pots;\navase�a-what was remaining; raghunathe di/a-delivered to Raghunatha dasa.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Lord Nityananda Prabhu finished eating, He washed His hands and\nmouth and gave Raghunatha dasa the food remaining in the four pots.\nTEXT 95\n\n�t� �� �fu� ��tllf� �� I\n@t�·�tt� <ll�' f<tl2! �� �t'@ �� II c;,a- II\nara tina kuQ(iikaya avase�a chi/a\ngrase-grase kari' vipra saba bhakte dila\nSYNONYMS\n\nara-other; tina kuQ(iikaya-in three pots; avase�a chi/a-there was food\nremaining; grase-grase-by morsel; kari'-delivering; vipra-a brahmaQa; saba\nbhakte-to all the devotees; di/a-delivered.\nTRANSLATION\nThere was food remaining in the three other big pots of Lord Nityananda,\nand a brahma�;�a distributed it to all the devotees, giving a morsel to each.\nTEXT 96\n\n��'aft� �121 �tfil' 12i't_·�t� �� I\n�\"til �fil11i 12i't_� ��r;� t;�f�� II <ll� II\npu�pa-mala vipra ani' prabhu-gale dila\ncandana aniya prabhura sarvarige Jepila\nSYNONYMS\n\npu�pa-mala-a flower garland; vipra-one brahmaQa; ani'-bringing; prabhugale-on the neck of Lord Nityananda Prabhu; di/a-placed; candana aniyabringing sandalwood pulp; prabhura-of Lord Nityananda Prabhu; sarvarige\n/epi/a-smeared all over the body.\n\n", "ant2#p0278": "246\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen a brahma1.1a brought a flower garland, placed the garland on Nityananda Prabhu's neck and smeared sandalwood pulp all over His body.\nTEXT 97\n\n'�<!!� l!tlif aor aor�i �t11' ��9('1 1\n�\n���i ���1 �¥_ �11't� �� II �� II\nsevaka tambala lana kare samarpaQa\nhasiya hasiya prabhu karaye carvaQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsevaka-servant;\n\ntambala-betel nuts;\n\n/ana-bringing;\n\noffers; hasiya hasiya-smiling; prabhu-Lord\n\nkare samarpaQa­\n\nNityananda Prabhu; karaye car­\n\nvaQa-chews.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen a servant brought betel nuts and offered them to lord Nityananda,\nthe Lord smiled and chewed them.\nTEXT 98\n\n�ta;1-��i(·l!tlif6...aor '� '� �t�aor 1\n��t� �'t_l!t�i if��tt11' �ltfG' f'Wa;y II �lr II\nmala-candana-tambala se$a ye achila\nsri-haste prabhu taha sabakare banV dita\n\nSYNONYMS\nma/a-candana-tambala-the flower garlands, sandalwood pulp and betel; se$a\nye achi/a-whatever remained; sri-haste-in His own hand; prabhu-Nityananda\nPrabhu; taha-that; sabakare-to all; bari.ti' di/a-distributed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith His own hands lord Nityananda Prabhu distributed to all the devotees\nwhatever flower garlands, sandalwood pulp and betel nuts remained.\nTEXT 99\n\n�ti(fl'!l! �t� �11' ''-t�' �t�11\n��i(t11' �'i·ll� �t�aori -.lt$�i II �� II\n\n", "ant2#p0279": "Text 101]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n247\n\nanandita raghunatha prabhura 'se?a' paiia\napanara gaf)a-saha khaila banpya\nSYNONYMS\nanandita-being very happy; raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; prabhura se?a\npaiia-after getting the remnants left by Lord Nityananda Prabhu; apanara gaf)ahis own associates; saha-with; khai/a-ate; bantiya-distributing.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter receiving the remnants of food left by Lord Nityananda Prabhu,\nRaghunatha dasa, who was greatly happy, ate some and distributed the rest\namong his own associates.\nTEXT 100\n\n<.!!l�:!' <\\'���· fi(I!Jtil�\"'� ��t� I\n'�\"1-�fif-�t�te.#f�'·iltr;� �Jtf% �HI II �\n\no o\n\nII\n\nei ta' kahilun nityanandera vihara\n'cic;fa-dadhi-mahotsava'-name khyati yara\nSYNONYMS\nei ta'-in this way; kahi/un-1 have described;\n\nnityanandera vihara-the\n\npastimes of Lord Nityananda Prabhu; ch;Ja-dadhi-mahotsava-the festival of eating chipped rice and yogurt; name-of the name; khyati-the fame; yara-of\nwhich.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have described the pastimes of Lord Nityananda Prabhu in relation to\nthe celebrated festival of chipped rice and yogurt.\nTEXT 101\n\n�\" ��t� '�\"\"1, �rw fwil·�� c�a; ,\n\n���·�fl'lr;� l!t� <f.'T�il �t�� II � � II\no\n\nprabhu visrama kai/a, yadi dina-se?a haila\nraghava-mandire tabe kirtana arambhila\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Nityananda Prabhu; visrama kaila-took rest; yadi-when; dina-se�a\nhai/a-the day was ended; raghava-mandire-at the temple of Raghava Pal)c;lita;\n\n", "ant2#p0280": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n248\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\ntabe-at that time; kirtana J.rambhila-began congregational chanting of the holy\nname.\nTRANSLATION\nNityananda Prabhu rested for the day, and when the day ended He went to\nthe temple of Raghava PaJ;�Qita and began congregational chanting of the holy\nname of the lord.\nTEXT 102\n� �� iltl1t�1 fii�Jtil\"!-�t� I\n\n<;�� iJ�J �t� <;�t� iSf\"'fe. <e�t� II � o � II\nbhakta saba nacana nityananda-raya\nse?e nrtya kare preme jagat bhasaya\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta saba-all the devotees; nacana-making to dance; nityananda-rayalord Nityananda Prabhu; se?e-at the end; nrtya kare-began to dance; premein ecstatic love; jagat bhasaya-inundated the entire world.\nTRANSLATION\nlord Nityananda Prabhu first influenced all the devotees to dance, and\nfinally He Himself began dancing, thus inundating the entire world in ecstatic\nlove.\nTEXT 103\n\n21!/tt�'t_ �t� iJ�J �t�il w�-til 1\n�t., ��Jtil\"f G\\ift�, il1 <:lift� �;JiSfil II � o� II\nmahaprabhu tatira nrtya karena darasana\nsabe nityananda dekhe, na dekhe anya-jana\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tar'lra-His; nrtya-dancing; karena\ndarasana-sees;\n\nsabe-all;\n\nnityananda dekhe-Nityananda Prabhu sees;\n\nna\n\ndekhe-do not see; anya-jana-others.\nTRANSLATION\nlord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was observing the dancing of lord Nityananda Prabhu. Nityananda Prabhu could see this, but the others could not.\n\n", "ant2#p0281": "Text 106]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n249\n\nTEXT 104\n\nfi1i!Jtiltlf!1t il(!J,-,<fi{ tit�t1t i{�ti{ I\n�� fw<1t1t i{t� �-f!il '-<itti{ II �o8 II\nnityanandera nrtya, - yena tanhara nartane\nupama dibara nahi e-tina bhuvane\nSYNONYMS\nnityanandera nrtya-the dancing of Lord Nityananda Prabhu;\n\nyena-as;\n\ntanhara nartane-with the dancing of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; upama dibara\nnahi-there cannot be any comparison; e-tina bhuvane-within these three\nworlds.\nTRANSLATION\nThe dancing of Lord Nityananda Prabhu, like the dancing of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, cannot be compared to anything within these three worlds.\nTEXT 105\n\nilti!J1t 1ft� (;<ti<l1 <tftt<lit1t �c;� I\n�� �t�t� '<l� il'!l C5ff�<ltt1t II �0<2 II\nnrtyera madhuri keba varQibare pare\nmahaprabhu aise yei nrtya dekhibare\nSYNONYMS\nnrtyera madhur i-the sweetness of the dancing; keba-who; varQibare parecan describe; mahaprabhu aise-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu comes; yei-that;\nnrtya-dancing; dekhibare-to see.\nTRANSLATION\nNo one can properly describe the sweetness of Lord Nityananda's dancing.\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally comes to see it.\nTEXT 106\n\nili!J <!i�' 121{ <l!:<l Ri!lt11 <lif.�j I\n�c;e{1t \"ftf�' 9ffu� fi{r;<IWi{ '<li�111 �o� II\nnrtya kari' prabhu yabe visrama karila\nbhojanera lagi' paQ(iita nivedana kai/a\n\n", "ant2#p0282": "250\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nnrtya kari'-after dancing; prabhu-Lord Nityananda; yabe-when; visrama\nkari/a-took rest; bhojanera lagi'-for His eating; paQc;iita-Raghava Pal)c;lita;\nnivedana kai/a-submitted a request.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the dancing and after Lord Nityananda had rested, Raghava Par;�c;lita\nsubmitted his request that the Lord take supper.\nTEXT 107\n\n'ceT'f�� <tf�l �t. fi:li5f'$f'1 \"t<$1 I\n\nJf��{� �t:J�� �Stf��� �tf'!�1 II � 'l II\no\n\nbhojane vasila prabhu nija-gaQa lana\nmahaprabhura asana c;iahine patiya\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhojane-to eat; vasi/a-sat down; prabhu-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; nijagaQa /ai'ia-with His own personal associates; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; asana-sitting place; c;iahine patiya-setting on the right side.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Nityananda Prabhu sat down for supper with His personal associates\nand made a sitting place on His right side for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 108\n\n��t_ �tf:J�' ,:Jf� �tJt�� <tf:J�\"t I\nc;w�' 1ft��11' Jft� �t�\"f <It�\"' II � otr II\nmahaprabhu asi' sei asane vasila\ndekhi' raghavera mane ananda bac;iila\nSYNONYMS\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; asi'-coming; se1 asane-on that\nseat; vasi/a-sat down; dekhi'-seeing; raghavera mane-in the mind of Raghava\nPal)c;lita; ananda-great happiness; bacji/a-increased.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu came there and sat down at His place. Seeing this,\nRaghav a Pa�;�c;lita felt increasing happiness.\n\n", "ant2#p0283": "Text 111]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n251\n\nTEXT 109\n\n�-�17;'$f �:Jltw �tfemll{�\"fl I\n�� '��� f�tli �rnr;�-M '<f'�111 �\"� 11\ndui-bhai-age prasada aniya dharila\nsakala vai?Qave piche parivesana kaila\nSYNONYMS\ndui-bhai-age-in front of the two brothers; prasada-the remnants of food\noffered to Lord Kr�l)a; aniya-bring ing; dharila-put; sakala vai?Qave-to all the\nVai�l)avas; piche-thereafter; parivesana kai/a-distributed.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghava Pal)<;lita brought the prasada before the two brothers and thereafter\ndistributed prasada to all the other Vai�l)avas.\nTEXT 110\n\nittit�<f't1T f�, �t�:JT, N�J -tt�Jit I\n� fil\"'t� �r;� �f<{l{ ctJcti{ II � �\" II\nnana-prakara pitha, payasa, divya salyanna\namrta nindaye aiche vividha vyafijana\nSYNONYMS\nnana-prakara pi tha\nna\n\n-\n\n-\n\nvari ous types of cake; payasa-sweet rice; divya salyan­\n\nfine cooked rice; amrta-nectar; nindaye\n\n-\n\nsurpassed; aiche-such; vividha\n\nvyafijana-varieties of vegetables.\nTRANSLATION\nThere were varieties of cakes, sweet rice and fine cooked rice that surpassed the taste of nectar. There were also varieties of vegetables.\nTEXT 111\n\n1(��-�tf;�1( �:Jlt{f �� � I\n��{ �� �tlr;� �tlr;:JT � �t1T II � � � II\nraghava-thakurera prasada amrtera sara\nmahaprabhu yaha khaite aise bara bara\n\n", "ant2#p0284": "252\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSYNONYMS\nraghava-thakurera-of Raghava Pal)c;iita; prasada-food offered to the Deity;\namrtera sara-the essence of nectar; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nyahJ.-which; khaite-to eat; aise-came; bara bara-again and again.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe food prepared and offered to the Deity by Raghava P�<;lita was like the\nessence of nectar. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu came there again and again to eat\nsuch prasada.\nTEXT 112\n\n�<ti �rn' �t�� �r;� ,�t'$f � t'$ft� 1\n\n�� iftRf' c;�'$f ��� � II ��� II\npaka kari' raghava yabe bhoga lagaya\nmahaprabhura lagi' bhoga prthak ba(iaya\n\nSYNONYMS\npaka kari'-after cooking; raghava-Raghava Pal)c;iita; yabe-when; bhoga\nlagaya-offers food to the Deity; mahaprabhura Jagi'-for Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; bhoga-offering; prthak-separate; ba(faya-arranges.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Raghava PaQ<;Iita offered the food to the Deity after cooking, he\nwould make a separate offering for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 113\n\n��i{ �t�t, �i{ c;$i{ I\n'lit-o ';fr;-o i21t_ -it� �i{ �1fllfi{ II ��-s II\nprati-dina mahaprabhu karena bhojana\nmadhye madhye prabhu tarire dena darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprati-dina-daily; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karena bhojanaeats; madhye madhye-sometimes; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tarireunto him; dena darasana-gives His audience.\n\n", "ant2#p0285": "Text 114]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n253\n\nTRANSLATION\nEvery day, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would eat at the house of Raghava Par;�c;lita. Sometimes He would give Raghava Par;�c;lita the opportunity to see Him.\nTEXT 114\n\n�l �1\"lt� 11�� �t�' �oot-r 1\n�'J <Tifif' -tt��t11, if!�� ��t-t� II ��8 II\ndui bhaire raghava ani' parivese\nyatna kari' khaoyaya, na rahe ava5e$e\nSYNONYMS\ndui bhaire-to the two brothers; raghava-Raghava Par:J<;lita; ani'-bringing;\nparivese-distributed; yatna kari'-with great attention; khaoyaya-fed Them;\nna rahe ava.5e$e-there were no remnants.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghava Par;�c;lita would bring and distribute prasada to the two brothers,\nfeeding Them with great attention. They ate everything, and therefore there\nwere no remnants left.\nTEXT 115\n\n<IS� ��m �tti{, �i{ i{t� 'Sft� 1\n\n11��� �t� �tt'fi 1ft�-i�llt II ��([ II\nkata upahara ane, hena nahi jani\nraghave ra ghare randhe radha-thakuraQi\nSYNONYMS\nkata upahara-many presentations; ane-brings; hena-such; nahi jani-1 cannot understand; raghavera ghare-at the house of Raghava Par:J<;lita; randhecooks; radha-thakuraQi-the supreme mother, Srimati Radharar:Ji.\nTRANSLATION\nHe brought so many presentations that no one could know them perfectly.\nIndeed, it was a fact that the supreme mother, Radharar;�i, personally cooked\nin the house of Raghava Par:Jc;lita.\n\n", "ant2#p0286": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n254\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 116\n\n��rn �tM3 ,�t�1 �t�tt�i{ � 1\n��i! ��tl! �t<fi it� ��<fi ';f!� II ��� II\ndurvasara thani teriho pariachena vara\namrta ha-ite paka tarira adhika madhura\nSYNONYMS\ndurvasara tharii-from Durvasa Muni; teriho-She; pariachena vara-got the\nbenediction;\n\namrta ha-ite-than nectar; paka-cooking; tarira-Her;\n\nadhika\n\nmadhura-more sweet.\nTRANSLATION\nSrimati Radharar;�i received from Durvasa Muni the benediction that whatever She cooked would be sweeter than nectar. That is the special feature of\nHer cooking.\nTEXT 117\n\n��fifi �\"Rf ��ffl-';ft�� �t� I\n\nIll �tl i!t�1 �t�1 �r.;�� ��rn II ��'I II\nsugandhi sundara prasada -madhuryera sara\ndui bhai taha khana santo�a apara\nSYNONYMS\nsu-gandhi-fragrant; sundara-beautiful; prasada-food; madhuryera sarathe essence of all sweetness; dui bhai-the two brothers; taha-that; khariaeating; santo�a apara-very, very happy.\nTRANSLATION\nAromatic and pleasing to see, the food was the essence of all sweetness.\nThus the two brothers, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Lord Nityananda\nPrabhu, ate it with great satisfaction.\nTEXT 118\n\n�i{ ��ti! ��0! <fi� �(� I\n\n�fui! <fil';�,-'�·� �tt� �fif� (;e%fi{ II' ��lr II\n\n", "ant2#p0287": "Text 120]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n255\n\nbhojane vasite raghunathe kahe sarva-jana\npaQ(iita kahe, - inha pache karibe bhojana'\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhojane-to eat; vasite-to sit down; raghunathe-unto Raghunatha dasa;\nkahe-requested; sarva-jana-everyone; paQ(/ita kahe-Raghava Pat:�c;lita said;\nir'lha-this; pache-later; karibe bhojana-will take food.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees present requested Raghunatha dasa to sit down and take\nprasada, but Raghava Par:\"��ita told them, \"He will take prasada later.\"\nTEXT 119\n\n�·'$f'l �t�� ceffil1 �fit&lf �iSfil I\n\n'�t:fit' �fi{ �fit'��'��� ��1{i{ II ���II\nbhakta-gaQa akaQtha bhariya karila bhojana\n'hari' dhvani kari' uthi' kai/a acamana\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhakta-gaQa-all the devotees; akaQtha-up to the neck; bhariya-filling;\nkarila bhojana-took prasada; hari dhvani-chanting of the holy name of Hari;\nkari'-doing; uthi'-getting up; kaila acamana-washed their mouths and hands.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees took prasada, filling themselves to the brim. Thereafter,\nchanting the holy name of Hari, they stood up and washed their hands and\nmouths.\nTEXT 120\n\n,.� �fit' �� cetl �<ti'li �tfi{ 1\n1fN� �t�' � tftilfl·� II �� II\no\n\nbhojana kari' dui bhai kaila acamana\nraghava ani' paraila malya-candana\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhojana kari'-after eating; dui bhai-the two brothers; kaila acamanawashed Their hands and mouths; raghava-Raghava Pat:�c;lita; ani'-bringing;\n\n", "ant2#p0288": "256\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nparai/a-decorated Them with; malya-candana-flower garlands and sandalwood pulp.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter eating, the two brothers washed Their hands and mouths. Then\nRaghava Par;��ita brought flower garlands and sandalwood pulp and decorated\nThem.\nTEXT 121\n\nA'Ji �t'S11��' �\"fl R'l �i{ I\n'e�'itf;'l � �' 1ft'IJ-�\"fii II ��) II\nbic;la khaoyaila, kai/a caraQa vandana\nbhakta-gaQe di/a bic;la, malya-candana\nSYNONYMS\n\nbic;la khaoyaila-he offered betel nuts; kaila caraQa vandana-prayed to the\nlotus feet; bhakta-gaQ e-unto the devotees';\n\ndi/a- gave; bi c;/a- betel nuts;\n\nmalya-c andana- garlands and sandalwood pulp.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghava Par;��ita offered Them betel nuts and worshiped Their lotus feet.\nHe also distributed betel nuts, flower garlands and sandalwood pulp to the\ndevotees.\nTEXT 122\n\nmt� �� t'e{tt�1f �9ft1f 1\n�� �\\fl1f �f.t!9l'tt§ fif\"fl �tt1f II ���II\nraghavera krpa raghunathera upare\ndui bhaiera avasi?ta patra dila tatire\nSYNONYMS\n\nraghavera-of R aghava Pa�c;lita;\n\nkrpa-mercy;\n\nraghunathera upare\n\n-\n\nunto\n\nRaghunatha dasa; dui bhaiera-of the two brothers; avasi?ta-of remnants of\nfood; patra-the dishes; di/a tatire-offered to him.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghava Par;��ita, being very merciful toward Raghunatha dasa, offered him\nthe dishes with the remnants of food left by the two brothers.\n\n", "ant2#p0289": "Text 125]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n257\n\nTEXT 123\n\n�,-\"� ,�t�tf$ �Rf�i{ ,retsfi{ 1\ntitt � 9ltl�, Q!Pttt �fu\"' �'lfii{ 11\" )�� 11\nkahi/a, -\"caitanya gosaJii kariyachena bhojana\ntalira se�a pai/e, tamara khal')<;iila bandhana\"\nSYNONYMS\nkahila-he said; caitanya gosat'ii- Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kariyachena\nbhojana-has eaten; talira se�a\n\n-\n\nH is remnants; paile-if you take; tamara-your;\n\nkhaQ<;iila-will cease; bandhana-bondage.\nTRANSLAliON\nHe said, \"lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has eaten this food. If you take His\nremnants, you will be released from the bondage of your family.\"\nTEXT 124\n\n��-f�r.;� �•·'1t� �� �<t�ti{ I\n\n� ��' �� <IJ�, 115f'!� ��<!til_ II ��8 II\nbhakta-citte bhakta-grhe sada avasthana\nkabhu gupta, kabhu vyakta, svatantra bhagavan\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-citte-in the heart of a devotee; bhakta-grhe-at the house of a devotee; sada avasthana-always resides; kabhu gupta-sometimes hidden; kabhu\nvyakta-sometimes\n\nmanifest;\n\nsvatantra-fully\n\nindependent;\n\nbhagavan-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead always resides either in the heart or in\nthe home of a devotee. This fact is sometimes hidden and sometimes\nmanifest, for the Supreme Personality of Godhead is fully independent.\nTEXT 125\n\n�(� '<tJt9f<!i' ��� �\\if1 �� �t� I\n\n�� �'-t� �rn, '�l �t� iltllf II��� II\n\n", "ant2#p0290": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n258\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nsarvatra 'vyapaka' prabhura sada sarvatra vasa\nihate sarhsaya yara, sei yaya nasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarvatra-everywhere; vyapaka-perv ading; prabhura-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sada-al ways; sarvatra-everywhere; vasa-residence;\nihate-about this; sarhsaya-doubt; yara-of whom; sei-he; yaya nasa-be\n\n­\n\ncomes annihilated.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead is all-pervasive, and therefore He\nresides everywhere. Anyone who doubts this will be annihilated.\nTEXT 126\n\n� fii'!Jtel� � �� <limt1 I\n\n�� ��� <!�� ���'I ��111 ��� II\nprate nityananda prabhu ganga-snana kariya\nsei vrk$a-m0/e vasila nija-gaQa lana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprate-in the morning; nityananda prabhu-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; galigasnana-bathing in the Ganges; kariya-after doing; sei vrk$a-mOie\n\n-\n\nunder that\n\ntree; vasi/a-sat down; nija-gaQa /aiia-with His associates.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the morning, after taking His bath in the Ganges, Nityananda Prabhu sat\ndown with His associates beneath the same tree under which He had previously sat.\nTEXT 127\n\n�t� �tf,., 't �1 ij�'l �Ill� I\n\\\n\n���9ff�'!-�t�1 't<1i�1 filt�Wil II ��9 II\nraghunatha asi' kaila caraQa vandana\nraghava-paQ<;/ita-dvara kaila nivedana\n\n", "ant2#p0291": "Text 129]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n259\n\nSYNONYMS\nraghunatha-Raghunatha\n\ndasa;\n\nasi'-ceming;\n\nkai/a\n\ncaral)a\n\nvandana­\n\nworshiped His lotus feet; raghava-paQc;fita-dvara-through Raghava Pat:�9ita; kai/a\nnivedana-submitted his desire.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa went there and worshiped Lord Nityananda's lotus feet.\nThrough Raghava PaQ�ita, he submitted his desire.\nTEXT 128\n\n\"��';{, �t� �� �� iSfl<lt�';l !\n� ��1 �-�\\§ C���-��'i II ��IT' II\n\"adhama, pamara mui hina jivadhama!\nmora iccha haya-pana caitanya-caral)a\nSYNONYMS\nadhama-the most fallen;\n\npamara-the most sinful;\n\nmui-1;\n\nhina-con­\n\ndemned; jiva-adhama-the lowest of all living beings; mora-my; iccha-desire;\nhaya-is; pana-1 can get; caitanya-caral)a-the shelter of the lotus feet of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am the lowest of men, the most sinful, fallen and condemned. Nevertheless, I desire to attain the shelter of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 129\n\n�t';{� �$1 <;���tilt �fu<ltt� �t� I\n�t�<ti �1 C<tlil_, �tt� <ti'- fil� �� II ��., II\nvamana hana yena canda dharibare caya\naneka yatna kainu, tate kabhu siddha naya\nSYNONYMS\nvamana haiia-being a dwarf; yena-as if; canda-the moon; dharibare-to\ncatch; caya-wants; aneka yatna-many attempts; kainu-1 have made; tate-in\nthat; kabhu siddha naya-1 have not been successful.\n\n", "ant2#p0292": "260\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" Like a dwarf who wants to catch the moon, I have tried my best many\ntimes, but I have never been successful.\nTEXT 130\n\n�i!<tftf ��tl �tfif ��tfW �tf�'il1 I\n\nf?tl!t, 1!ti!t-�l �tc:11' 1ft�c:1l <�tmt 11 ��0 u\nyata-bara palai ami grhadi chac;fiya\npita, mata-dui more rakhaye bandhiya\nSYNONYMS\nyata-bara-as many times; palai-go away; ami-1; grha-adi chac;fiya-giving\nup my relationship with home; pita mata-father and mother; dui-both of\nthem; more-me; rakhaye bandhiya-keep bound.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Every time I tried to go away and give up my home relationships, my father\nand mother unfortunately kept me bound.\nTEXT 131\n\nQ!t'Jfftf ?� f�i (;<II� '�i!�' il1 �t111\n\ntfil ��1 C<IIC:\"f rite;� �${C:'Jf� ?tW II ��� II\ntamara krpa vina keha 'caitanya' na paya\ntumi krpa kaile tanre adhameha paya\nSYNONYMS\ntamara krpa-Your mercy; vina-without; keha-anyone; caitanya-Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; na paya-cannot get; tumi krpa kaile-if You are merciful;\ntanre-Him; adhameha-even the fallen soul; paya-can get.\nTRANSLATION\n\"No one can attain the shelter of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu without Your\nmercy, but if You are merciful, even the lowest of men can attain shelter at His\nlotus feet.\n\n", "ant2#p0293": "Text 134]\n\n261\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\nTEXT 132\n\n���t'$fJ 1!.� �\\ifi{ <fififl;'! <fiR �11 I\n\n� ''�'!�' ��' <;'$f1�f$ ��1 �W11 II ��� II\nayogya mui nivedana karite kari bhaya\nmore 'caitanya' deha' gosafii hafia sadaya\nSYNONYMS\nayogya-unfit; mui-1; nivedana karite-to submit my desires; kari bhaya-1\nam afraid; more-unto me; caitanya deha'- kindly give the shelter of Lord Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; gosafii-0 my Lord; hafia sa daya-being merciful.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"A lthough I am unfit and greatly afraid to submit this plea, I nevertheless\nrequest You, sir, to be especially merciful toward me by granting me shelter at\nthe lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 133\n\nC11t� 1ftt� 9f\\if liRt' <ti�� ��ttif I\n\n'AAt'i '�'!� 9ft�- <fi� ��<{ttif 11\" ��� u\n\nmora mathe pada dhari' karaha prasada\nnirvighne caitanya patia-kara asirvada\"\nSYNONYMS\nmora mathe-upon\n\nmy\n\nhead;\n\npada\n\ndhari'-keeping\n\nYour feet;\n\nkaraha\n\nprasada-bless me; nirvighne-without difficulty; caitanya patia-1 may get the\nshelter of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kara asirvada-gi ve this benediction.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Placing Your feet on my head, give me the benediction that I may achieve\nthe shelter of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu without difficulty. I pray for this\nbenediction.\"\nTEXT 134\n\n�fir ��' <fit� �'1. �� ��'$fc;5j 1\n\n�l�t� ��11��-�<!JI��·�t1f II ��8 II\n\n", "ant2#p0294": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n262\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nsuni' hasi' kahe prabhu saba bhakta-gaQe\n\"ihara vi?aya-sukha-indra-sukha-sama\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; hasi'-smiling; kahe-says; prabhu-Lord Nityananda Prabhu;\nsaba bhakta-gaQe-unto all the devotees; ihara-of Raghunatha dasa; vi?ayasukha-material happiness; indra-sukha-the material happiness of the King of\nheaven, lndra; s ama-equal to.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing this appeal by Raghunatha dasa, Lord Nityananda Prabhu\nsmiled and told all the devotees, \"Raghunatha dasa's standard of material\nhappiness is equal to that of lndra, the King of heaven.\nTEXT 135\n\n'(il!iJJ·�?!W! (;:JI� ilt� <et� �ti{ I\n�� �t;n<(i� \"f-1t -�t:g<ifi '(iQ·(i1tt'l II ��� II\ncaitanya-krpate seha nahi bhaya mane\nsabe asirvada kara-pauka caitanya-caraQe\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-krpate-by the mercy of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; seha-such a\nstandard of material happiness; nahi bhaya-he does not take as valuable;\nmane-at mind; sabe-all of you; asirvada kara-give the benediction; paukalet him get; caitanya-caraQe-the shelter of the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because of the mercy bestowed upon him by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nRaghunatha dasa, although situated in such material happiness, does not like\nit at all. Therefore let every one of you be merciful toward him and give him\nthe benediction that he may very soon il.ttain shelter at the lotus feet of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 136\n\n���'tlf?l'll'·� (;�l!Siil' 9ft� I\n�Qift<l'i·�t�-�� �tr;� ilt� �t� II\"��� II\n\n", "ant2#p0295": "Text 137]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n263\n\nkr$Qa-pada-padma-gandha yei jana paya\n\nbrahma/oka-adi-sukha tanre nahi bhaya\"\nSYNONYMS\nkm1a-of Lord Kr�Qa; pada-padma-of the lotus feet; gandha\n\n-\n\nthe fragrance;\n\nyei jana-anyone who; paya-gets; brahma-/oka-of Brahmaloka; adi-and so\n\non; sukha\n\n-\n\nhappiness; tarire-to him; nahi bhaya-does not appear valuable.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"One who experiences the fragrance of the lotus feet of lord K��J:Ja does\nnot even value the standard of happiness available in Brahmaloka, the topmost\nplanet. And what to speak of heavenly happiness?\nTEXT 137\n\nCll1 ��J�t\"!._ ift��\\!it\"l_ ��'t_�t�J� �flf\"'Pj\"f: I\n\n�n;�� �h<l\" 'l<'f<I�OT-C�t<l'<'lt<'l'l: II )-:J�\nyo dustyajan dara-sutan\n\nsuhrd-rajyarh hrdi-sprsa/:1\n\njahau yuvaiva malavad\n\nuttama-sloka-lalasai)\nSYNONYMS\n\nyai)-who (Bharata Maharaja); dustyajan-difficult to give up; dara-sutan­\n\nwife and children; suhrt-friends; rajyam-kingdom; hrdi-sprsa/:1-dear to the\n\ncore of the heart; jahau-gave up; yuva-youth; eva-at that time; ma/avat­\n\nlike stool; uttama-5/oka-Jalasai)-being captivated by the transcendental qualities,\npastimes and association of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'lord K���;�a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is offered sublime, poetic prayers by those trying to attain His favor. Thus He is known as Uttamasloka. Being very eager to gain the association of lord K��J:Ja, King Bharata, although in the prime of youth, gave up his very attractive wife, affectionate\nchildren, most beloved friends and opulent kingdom, exactly as one gives up\nstool after excreting it.' \"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (5.14.43).\n\n", "ant2#p0296": "264\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 138\n\nl!t<!f ���tt� <2i't_ fil�t� '\"'�t�t��j I\n\n�� 'altt� 9flf �fit' �f�� �tRf�1 II ��lr II\ntabe raghunathe prabhu nikate bo/aila\ntanra mathe pada dhari' kahite Jagila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then; raghunathe-Raghunatha dasa; prabhu-Lord Nityananda Prabhu;\nnikate bolaila-called nearby; tanra mathe-on his head; pada dhari'-keeping\nHis feet; kahite /agi/a-began to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Lord Nityananda Prabhu called Raghunatha dasa near Him, placed His\nlotus feet upon Raghunatha dasa's head and began to speak.\nTEXT 139\n\n\"�fif '� ��t��j �� ��i{·,�liSfil I\n�'alt1l ?9!1 �fit' ,�)1'f '�\"fi �t��� II ��;;, II\n\"tumi ye karai/a ei pulina-bhojana\ntomaya krpa kari' gaura kaila agamana\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-you; ye-that; karaila-caused to do; ei-this; pulina-bhojana-picnic\non the bank of the Ganges; tomaya-unto you; krpa kari'-being merciful;\ngaura-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kaila agamana-came.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Raghunatha dasa,\" He said, \"since you arranged the feast on the\nbank of the Ganges, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu came here just to show you His\nmercy.\nTEXT 140\n\n?9f1 �fit' C�4'f1 ��·�$ '�tiSfil I\nif!J �' �tt\\!iJ '�\"fi <2!:)'!tlf �'l!''lll �So II\nkrpa kari' kaila cic;Ja-dugdha bhojana\nnrtya dekhi' ratrye kaila prasada bhak$a/')a\n\n", "ant2#p0297": "Text 142]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n265\n\nSYNONYMS\nkrpa kari'-by His causeless mercy; kaila -did; cicja-dugdha bhojana-eating\nof the chipped rice and milk; nrtya dekhi'-after seeing the dancing; ratrye-at\nnight; kai/a prasada bhak?aQa-ate the prasada.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By His causeless mercy He ate the chipped rice and milk. Then, after\nseeing the dancing of the devotees at night, He took His supper.\nTEXT 141\n\n�1�1 �!Qit� '� 'filt�� 'filt� I\n�$'1 �t� � �\"it�·<t'fit� II �8� II\ntoma uddharite gaura aila apane\nchutila tamara yata vighnadi-bandhane\nSYNONYMS\ntoma-you; uddharite-to deliver; gaura-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nGaurahari; aila apane-came personally; chutila-have gone; tamara-your;\nyata-all kinds of; vighna-adi-bandhane-impediments for bondage.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Gaurahari, came here personally to deliver\nyou. Now rest assured that all the impediments meant for your bondage are\ngone.\nTEXT 142\n\nIIQit�� .-tt� '�\"Pft �filt<t ��'I I\n'ifil�tr' �i!J <tM' ��r.;<t Rt'l II �8� II\nsvarupera sthane toma karibe samarpaQe\n'antarariga' bhrtya bali' rakhibe caral)e\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupera sthane-unto SvarOpa Damodara; toma-you; karibe samarpaQeHe will give; antarariga-very confidential; bhrtya-servant; bali'-as; rakhibe\ncaral)e-will keep under His lotus feet.\n\n", "ant2#p0298": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n266\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu will accept you and place you under the charge\nof His secretary, Svarupa Damodara. You will thus become one of the most\nconfidential internal servants and will attain the shelter of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 143\n\nfil�\"i ��i �� �t9fil-�<lil I\n\n�frn m�\"i 9ft'<! C�\\!IID-��'111\" �8-!l II\nniscinta hafia yaha apana-bhavana\n\nacire nirvighne pabe caitanya-caraQa\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nniscinta-without anxiety; hafia-being; yaha-go; apana-bhavana-to your\nown place; acire-very soon; nirvighne-without impediments; pabe-you will\nget; caitanya-caraQa-the shelter of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Being assured of all this, return to your own home. Very soon, without impediments, you will attain the shelter of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\"\nTEXT 144\n\n�<I ����� �tt� �t�<{tw ��tl�1 1\ni1-�<I'Rt ��'I ��ilt� <lfll!ffi II �88 II\nsaba bhakta-dvare tatire asirvada karaila\ntan-sabara caraQa raghunatha vandila\nSYNONYMS\nsaba-all; bhakta-dvare-by the devotees; tanre asirvada karai/a-had him\nblessed;\n\ntan-sabara-of all of them;\n\ncaraQa-the lotus feet;\n\nraghunatha­\n\nRaghunatha dasa; vandi/a-worshiped.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Nityananda had Raghunatha dasa blessed by all the devotees, and\nRaghunatha dasa offered his respects to their lotus feet.\n\n", "ant2#p0299": "Text 147]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n267\n\nTEXT 145\n\n�,-�� '1�1 C<l�t<l� �ttB1 'ita-r1 I\n1t'M<l·lt��l! �,t� w-� ��'li II �8� II\nprabhu-ajna lana vai$Qavera ajna /a-ila\nraghava-sahite nibhrte yukti karila\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu ajna- the order of Lord Nityananda Prabhu; /ana-taking; vai$Qavera\n-\n\najna-the permission of all the Vai�l)avas; /a-i/a-he took; raghava-sahite-with\n\nRaghava Pal)<;lita; nibhrte-in a solitary place; yukti karila-he consulted.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter taking leave of lord Nityananda Prabhu and then all the other\n\nVaiH1avas, Sri Raghunatha dasa consulted secretly with Raghava PaJ;J�ita.\nTEXT 146\n\n� ��' -t� IJ.,flf1, c�NI �t�·�tc;� I\n�tl! � � �ro� �I! II �8� II\nyukti kari' sata mudra, SOT)cl to/a-sate\nnibhrte dila prabhura bhaQc;/arira hate\nSYNONYMS\nyukti kari'-after consultation; sata mudra\n\n-\n\none hundred COins; SOQa-in gold\n\npieces; to/a-sate-about seven to/as (about two and a half ounces); nibhrtesecretly; di/a-delivered; prabhura- of Lord Nityananda Prabhu; bhaQc;/arira-of\nthe treasurer; hate-into the hand.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter consulting with Raghava PaJ;J�ita, he secretly delivered one hundred\n\ngold coins and about seven tolas of gold to the hand of Nityananda Prabhu's\ntreasurer.\n\nTEXT 147\n\n�tt1t �fi{�,-\"�'t_t1f ��if! ��<li I\n\n��-�tit �<li{ �t<ll!t<l �t<l�111\" �8\" II\n\n", "ant2#p0300": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n268\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\ntiifire ni$edhila, -\"prabhure ebe na kahiba\nnija-ghare yabena yabe tabe nivediba\"\nSYNONYMS\ntanre-him; ni$edhila-he forbade; prabhure-unto Lord Nityananda Prabhu;\nebe-now; na kahiba-do not speak; nija-ghare-to His home; yabena-will\nreturn; yabe-when; tabe-then; nivediba-kindly inform Him.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa admonished the treasurer, \"Do not speak about this to\nLord Nityananda Prabhu now, but when He returns home, kindly inform Him\nabout this presentation.\"\nTEXT 148\n\n�� �t<l<t·�fu� f;mf �� a;r�1 c;�a;r1 I\n\nit�� w.f� <!i�t�1 �t�1-�\"f� fifa;rin �s�r n\ntabe raghava-paQ(iita tanre ghare lana gela\nthakura dar5ana karana mala-candana dila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereupon; raghava-paQ(iita-Raghava Pa�c;lita; tanre-him; ghare lana\ngela-took to his home; thakura darsana karana-after inducing him to see the\nDeity; mala-candana-a garland and sandalwood pulp; di/a-delivered.\nTRANSLATION\nThereupon, Raghava Par;u;Jita took Raghunatha dasa to his home. After inducing him to see the Deity, he gave Raghunatha dasa a garland and sandalwood pulp.\nTEXT 149\n\n'Cit�� 'i2!�' �a,1 �t� ��<ttt� I\n�� �: ��t� <li� �fut�t� II �8� II\naneka 'prasada' dila pathe khaibare\ntabe puna/:! raghunatha kahe paQ(iitere\nSYNONYMS\naneka prasada-much prasada; dila-delivered; pathe khaibare-to eat on his\nway; tabe-then; puna/:1-again; raghunatha kahe-Raghunatha dasa said; paQ(iitere-to Raghava Pa�c;lita.\n\n", "ant2#p0301": "Text 152]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n269\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe gave Raghunatha dasa a large quantity of prasada to eat on his way\nhome. Then Raghunatha dasa again spoke to Raghava Par;\"�c;fita.\nTEXT 150\n\n\"� �t!f �i! ��' 'i!J, �tf�� � I\n�i!rt'! �t�t� �tfil ��� R'lll �ct\" II\n\"prabhura sange yata mahanta, bhrtya, asrita jana\npujite cahiye ami sabara caraQa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura sange-with Lord Nityananda Prabhu; yata-all; mahanta-great\ndevotees; bhrtya-servants; asrita jana-subservient people; pujite-to worship;\ncahiye-want; ami-1; sabara caraQa-the lotus feet of all of them.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I want to give money,\" he said, \"just to worship the lotus feet of all the\ngreat devotees, servants and subservants of lord Nityananda Prabhu.\nTEXT 151\n\n�, ?t•w-r, �t�, w-r, ?t• �� 1\n�� <;�' ��tf11' �t� �i! �t'itJ �II �ct� II\nbisa, panca-dasa, bara, dasa, panca haya\nmudra deha' vicari' yara yata yogya haya\nSYNONYMS\nbisa-twenty; paiica-dasa-fifteen; bara-twelve; dasa-ten; paiica-five;\nhaya-are; mudra-coins; deha'-give; vicari'-considering; yara-of whom;\nyata-as much; yogya haya-is fit.\nTRANSLATION\n\"As you think fit, give twenty, fifteen, twelve, ten or five coins to each of\nthem.\"\nTEXT 152\n\n�� c;t'l-t1 �fD't m�-� flfi'f11\n\n�� i{itlf �C! m� �� <;i'l� II �ct� II\n\n", "ant2#p0302": "270\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nsaba lekha kariya raghava-pasa dila\nyanra name yata raghava cithi lekhaila\nSYNONYMS\nsaba-all; lekha kariya-writing; raghava-pasa di/a-delivered to Raghava Pa!!c;iita; yanra name-in whose name; yata-as much; raghava-Raghava Pa!!<;lita;\ncithi-a list; lekhaila-had written.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa drew up an account of the amount to be given and submitted it to Raghava Par:��ita, who then made up a list showing how much money\nwas to be paid to each and every devotee.\nTEXT 153\n\n\\11�-1� 1J...iif1 �t1f '�t'tl �-�� I\n9ffur;�� �tr;'ij � �ffit Rem\"���\"\neka-sata mudra ara soQa tola-dvaya\npaQ(iitera age dila kariya vinaya\nSYNONYMS\neka-sata mudra-one hundred coins; ara-and; so(la-gold; tola-dvaya-two\nto/as; paQ(iitera age-before Raghava Pa!!c;iita; di/a-presented; kariya vinayawith great humility.\nTRANSLATION\nWith great humility, Raghunatha dasa placed one hundred gold coins and\nabout two tolas of gold before Raghava Par:��ita for all the other devotees.\nTEXT 154\n\nt1'1f 9flf(';if Q'l$1 115l�r;� �t·Q'I1 I\n�\"f-?9f19ftt.flii ?�t�t�tfil;;r1u ��s n\ntanra pada-dhuli lana svagrhe aila\nnityananda-krpa pafia krtartha manila\nSYNONYMS\ntanra-his; pada-dhU/i-the dust of the feet; /ana-taking; sva-grhe ai/areturned to his home; nityananda-krpa-the mercy of Lord Nityananda Prabhu;\npafia-getting; krtartha manila-he felt greatly obligated.\n\n", "ant2#p0303": "Text 157]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n271\n\nTRANSLAliON\nAfter taking dust from the feet of Raghava Pa•:u;iita, Raghunatha dasa\nreturned to his home, feeling greatly obligated to lord Nityananda Prabhu because of having received His merciful benediction.\nTEXT 155\n\n�� �t\\! ��J�� �1 �t�� ${i( I\n<ft�t� �'5ftlf�t� <rt�1 ��� -t11� II �<tct II\nsei haite abhyantare na karena gamana\nbahire durga-mary;iape yana karena sayana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei haite-from that day;\n\nabhyantare-in the interior rooms; na karena\n\ngamana-did not go; bahire-outside; durga-mar:u;iape-to the place where\nDurga worship was performed; yaiia-going; karena sayana-he sleeps.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom that day on, he did not go into the interior section of the house. Instead, he would sleep on the Durga-ma�;�«_japa [the place where mother Durga\nwas worshiped].\nTEXT 156\n\nfit�1 >srtRf' �� �<t �IIJ1i�'ij'1 I\n\n��t\\! �� i(ti(i ��rn ��i( 11 �a� 11\ntariha jagi' rahe saba rak?aka-gaf)a\npa/aite karena nana upaya cintana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntariha-there; jagi -keeping awake; rahe-stay; saba-all; rak?aka-gaf)a-the\n'\n\nwatchmen; pa/aite-to go away; karena-does; nana-various; upaya-means;\ncintana-thinking of.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere, however, the watchmen alertly kept guard. Raghunatha dasa was\nthinking of various means by which to escape their vigilance.\nTEXT 157\n\n'��tt� '�wr;;-t� �<t ���'1 1\n\n�� Cliff�'! ���� �fil� '$fJ!� 11 �<t'\\ a\n\n", "ant2#p0304": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n272\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nhena-kale gauc;la-desera saba bhakta-gaQa\nprabhure dekhite nrlacale karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kale-at this time; gauc;la-desera-of Bengal; saba-all; bhakta-gaQadevotees; prabhure-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dekhite-to see; nrlaca/eto Jagannatha Puri; karila gamana-went.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, all the devotees of Bengal were going to Jagannatha Puri to see\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 158\n\niJ-�<fHf �ter �'I�tQf �t�t� if1 �� I\n12!fif� 12!<till �'7, �<f�· �� �\" II ��lr II\ntan-sabara sange raghunatha yaite na pare\nprasiddha prakata sanga, tabahin dhara pac;le\nSYNONYMS\ntan-sabara-all of them; sange-with; raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; yaite na\npare-could\n\nnot\n\ngo;\n\nprasiddha-famous;\n\nprakata-known;\n\nsanga-group;\n\ntabahin-immediately; dhara pac;le-he would be caught.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa could not accompany them, for they were so famous that\nhe would immediately have been caught.\nTEXTS 159-160\n\nc.it�1f� �rot'! 'm c.it<fi�ti{ 1\n<ft�� Ql�JT'Gt� <f\"fintttli� a&f11ti{ 11 ��� a\n�-�fif �tfijj �<f �tt!ri �<ft� I\n���'if�-��t1{ \\!t<f <f'i� 12lt<f-t II ��o II\nei-mata cintite daive eka-dine\nbahire devr-maQc;/ape kariyachena sayane\ndaQc;/a-cari ratri yabe ache ava5e$a\nyadunandana-acarya tabe karila pravesa\n\n", "ant2#p0305": "Lord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\nText 161]\n\n273\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; cintite-while he was thinking; daive-by chance; ekadine-one day; bahire-outside the house; devi-maQc;lape-on the Durga platform; kariyachena sayane-was sleeping; daf)c;la-cari-four daQc;las (ninety-six\nminutes); ratri-night; yabe-when; ache avase?a-there remained; yadunandana-acarya-the priest of the name Yadunandana Acarya; tabe-then; karila\npravesa-entered.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Raghunatha dasa thought deeply about how to escape, and one night\nwhile he was sleeping on the Durga-ma�c;iapa, the priest Yadunandana Acarya\nentered the house when only four da�c;ias remained until the end of the night.\nTEXT 161\n\n�tit�-� �� � '�i[��'!' I\n\n�tt�� '�?' 'it� � '��'!' ll ��� ll\nvasudeva-dattera teriha haya 'anugrhTta'\nraghunathera 'guru' teriho haya 'purohita'\nSYNONYMS\nvasudeva-dattera-of Vasudeva Datta; teriha-he; haya anugrhTta-was given\nthe mercy;\n\nraghunathera-of Raghunatha dasa; guru-the spiritual master;\n\nteriho-he; haya-was; purohita-the priest.\nTRANSLATION\nYadunandana Acarya was the priest and spiritual master of Raghunatha\ndasa. A lthough born in a brahmaQa family, he had accepted the mercy of\nVasudeva Datta.\n\n\\\n\nPURPO RT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura comments that although the atheists\nwho have deviated from the order of Sri Advaita Acarya introduce themselves as\nfollowers of Advaita Acarya, they do not accept Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r:Ja. Yadunandana Acarya, one of the most\nconfidential followers of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, was the initiated disciple of\nAdvaita Acarya. He was not polluted by sentimental distinctions classifying\nVai�r:Javas according to birth. Therefore although Vasudeva Datta had not been\nborn in a brahmaQa family, Yadunandana Acarya accepted Vasudeva Datta as his\nspiritual master.\n\n", "ant2#p0306": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n274\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 162\n\n��'!-�11;� �� 'fim ��tr' I\n��t�·�teftr;;l! 1ftt'i{- ��l!iJ '�'fll{il' II �� II\n,\n\nadvaita-acaryera teriha '5i$ya antarariga'\nacarya-ajnate mane-caitanya 'praua-dhana'\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-acaryera-of Advaita Acarya; teriha-Yadunandana Acarya; 5i$ya-disciple;\n\nantarariga-very confidential; acarya-ajnate-by the order of Advaita\n\nAcarya;\n\nmane-he\n\naccepted;\n\ncaitanya\n\npraua-dhana-Lord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu as his life and soul.\nTRANSLATION\nYadunandana Acarya had been officially initiated by A dvaita Acarya. Thus\nhe considered Lord Caitanya his life and soul.\nTEXT 163\n\n�il �tfit�i ,�,� � �rut�Q'£1 1\n\n�ilt� �t�' I!� ���e, �<t�Q'£1 II ���II\narigane asiya teriho yabe dauc;faila\nraghunatha asi' tabe dauc;favat kaila\nSYNONYMS\narigane-in the courtyard;\n\nasiya-entering;\n\nteriho-Yadunandana Acarya;\n\nyabe-when; dauc;Jaila-stood up; raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; asi'-coming;\ntabe-at that time; dauc;favat kaila-offered his respects, falling down.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Yadunandana Acarya entered the house of Raghunatha dasa and\nstood in the courtyard, Raghunatha dasa went there and fell down to offer his\nobeisances.\nTEXT 164\n\ntift( �<ti fit\" tit� �tt:r;;�� ��i <tit� I\n\n(;:Jt�i ���ttfi, l!t� �t��t� I!� II ��8 II\n\n", "ant2#p0307": "Text 166]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n275\n\ntanra eka si�ya tanra thakurera seva kare\nseva cha{iiyache, tare sadhibara tare\n\nSYNONYMS\ntanra-his; eka-one; si�ya-disciple; tanra-his; thakurera-of the Deity;\nseva-service; kare-does; seva cha{iiyache-he has left that service; tare-him;\nsadhibara tare-to induce.\nTRANSLATION\nOne of Yadunandana Acarya's disciples had been worshiping the Deity but\nhad left that service. Yadunandana Acarya wanted Raghunatha dasa to induce\nthe disciple to take up that service again.\n\nTEXT 165\n\n�ifte� <l\"t�,-\"l!tt1t <1\"1t� �t$fil I\n<;��1 � �t1t, � ilt�� �t'fi'l II\" ��(!' II\nraghunathe kahe, -\"tare karaha sadhana\nseva yena kare, ara nahika brahmaf)a\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nraghunathe kahe-he said to Raghunatha dasa; tare-him ; karaha sadhana-induce to accept the service; seva-service; yena-that; kare-he does; araother; nahika-there is no; brahmaf)a-brahmaf)a.\n\nTRANSLATION\nYadunandana Acarya requested Raghunatha dasa,\n\n\"Please induce the\n\nbrahmar;�a to resume the service, for there is no other brahmar;�a to do it.\"\n\nTEXT 166\n\n�!! �f�' �tt� it$1 �fitQ11 1\n�111'\" �� c;-t�ti!i fiiUfrn �f�1u ��� u\neta kahi' raghunathe lana ca/ila\nrak�aka saba se�a-ratre nidraya pa{ii/a\n\n", "ant2#p0308": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n276\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSYNONYMS\neta kahi '-sa ying this; raghunathe /alia-taking Raghunatha dasa; ca/i/a-he\nwent out; rak�aka saba-all the watchmen; se�a-ratre-at the end of night;\nnidraya pa<;li la-fell asleep.\nTRANSLATION\nA fter saying this, Yadunandana Acarya took Raghunatha dasa with him and\nwent out. By that time all the watchmen were deeply asleep because it was the\nend of the night.\nTEXT 167\n\n�!itt�� 'itt l� ��-tit� I\n�f�t� ��t� �·t� litq <;�� �t� II ��'l II\nacaryera ghara ihara purva-disate\nkahite sunite dunhe cafe sei pathe\nSYNONYMS\nacaryera ghara-the house of Yadunandana Acarya; ihara-of this; purva-disate-to the east; kahite-talking; sunite-listening; dunhe-both of them;\ncafe-go; sei pathe-on that path.\nTRANSLATION\nEast of the house of Raghunatha dasa was the house of Yadunandana Acarya.\nYadunandana Acarya and Raghunatha dasa talked together as they went\ntoward that house.\nTEXT 168\n\n�(�t� ��t� �t� �?� li�t'll\n\"�tf� '�l �r;� �tfil' �t�t��<;i!tlrl \"'tti{ II\nardha-pathe raghunatha kahe gurura caral)e\n\"ami sei vipre sadhi' pathaimu toma sthane\nSYNONYMS\nardha-pathe-halfwa y along the path; raghunatha kahe-Raghunatha dasa\nsaid; gurura caraQe-unto the lotus feet of his spiritual master; ami-1; sei-that;\nvipre-brahmaQa; sadhi '-inducing; pathaimu-shall send; toma sthane-to your\nplace.\n\n", "ant2#p0309": "Text 170]\n\n277\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\nTRANSLATION\nHalfway along the path, Raghunatha dasa submitted at the lotus feet of his\nspiritual master, \"I shall go to the home of that brahma�a, induce him to\nreturn, and send him to your home.\nTEXT 169\n\n� �t� 11t� ��-,�tt� �t531 ��\"I\n�� � �t�1 ;jtRt' �rn'ii fil� u ��� u\ntumi sukhe ghare yaha-more ajna haya\"\nei chale ajna magi' karila niscaya\n\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-you; sukhe-in happiness; ghare yaha-go to your place; more-to\nme; ajfla-order; haya-is; ei chale-on this plea; ajna magi'-asking permission;\nkarila ni5caya-decided.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You may go home without anxiety. Following your order, I shall persuade\nthe brahma�a.\" On this plea, after asking permission, he decided to go away.\nTEXT 170\n\n\"'�� \"� � '�� il't� �tef I\n��t� �t�t� �tQf ��� ��t'f ll\" � 9 ll\n°\n\n\"sevaka rak$aka ara keha nahi sange\npalaite amara bhala eita prasange\nSYNONYMS\nsevaka-servant; rak$aka-watchman; ara-and; keha nahi-there is no one;\nsange-along;\n\npa/aite-to go away;\n\namara-my;\n\nbha/a-good;\n\neita-this;\n\nprasange-opportunity.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa thought, \"This is the greatest opportunity to go away because this time there are no servants or watchmen with me.\"\n\n", "ant2#p0310": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n278\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 171\n\n�I! fuf�' ��� �Rt�l �'ali{ I\n\n��$�1 itt� �tt!i,-ilt� '�til iS'filll �'l� II\neta cinti' purva-mukhe karila gamana\nulatiya cahe pache, -nahi kana jana\nSYNONYMS\n\neta cinti -th i n king this; purva-mukhe-toward the east; karila gamana'\n\nbegan to proceed; u/atiya-turning around; cahe-looks; pache-behind; nahi\n\nkana j ana- t h ere was no one.\nTRANSLATION\nThinking in this way, he quickly proceeded toward the east. Sometimes he\nturned around and looked back, but no one was following him.\nTEXT 172\n\n���l!�fiii!Jtii\"!·R'I �fum I\nsot� lit�' ���t� �tt�il �tlfP111 �'l� II\nsri-caitanya-nityananda-caraf)a cintiya\npatha chac;li' upapathe yayena dhana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri-caitanya-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nityananda-of Lord Nityananda\nPrabhu; caraf)a-the lotus feet; cintiya-t h inking of; patha chac;fi - giving up the\n'\n\ngeneral pathway; upapathe-by the path not generally used; yayena dhana-he\nwent very swiftly.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThinking of the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Lord Nityananda\nPrabhu, he left the general path and proceeded with great haste on the one not\ngenerally used.\nTEXT 173\n\nc!ttt\"�h1tt 'lf� �� litf�' �111 �il �til I\n�1�1ftilt<ltt<IIJ �t� '��iJ·��t'l II �'l-e II\n\n", "ant2#p0311": "Text 175]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n279\n\ngrame-gramera patha char;fi' yaya vane vane\nkaya-mano-vakye cinte caitanya-caral)e\nSYNONYMS\ngrame-gramera-from village to village; patha-the general path; char;fi'-giving up; yaya-goes; vane vane-through the jungles; kaya-manab-vakye- with\nbody, mind and words; cinte-thinks; caitanya caraQe-of the lotus feet of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nGiving up the general path from village to village, he passed through the\njungles, thinking with heart and soul about the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 174\n\n�·�·�-�� �fi;(' '�Qfl �<TSfifr;;� I\n��Jt<TS'tt� ���i �<\\'S ,�17;�� ��tr:;� II �'\\8 II\npafica-dasa-krosa-patha ca/i' ge/a eka-dine\nsandhya-kale rahila eka gopera bathane\nSYNONYMS\npafica-dasa-krosa-about thirty miles; patha ca/i'-walking on the path; ge/awent; eka-dine-in one day; sandhya-ka/e-in the evening; rahi/a-remained;\neka gopera-of a milkman; bathane-in the cowshed.\nTRANSLATION\nHe walked about thirty miles in one day, and in the evening he took rest in\nthe cowshed of a milkman.\nTEXT 175\n\n@�<!� ��' ,�1� �15 �1fil' � I\n\n�� � �til <TSfi1' ��11i �f��i II �'\\<t II\nupavasi dekhi' gopa dugdha ani' dila\nsei dugdha pana kari' par;fiya rahila\nSYNONYMS\nupavasi-fasting; dekhi'-seeing; gopa-the milkman; dugdha-milk; ani'bringing; di/a-gave; sei dugdha-that milk; pana kari'-drinking; par;fiya-lying\ndown; rahila-he remained.\n\n", "ant2#p0312": "280\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the milkman saw that Raghunatha dasa was fasting, he gave him some\nmilk. Raghunatha dasa drank the milk and lay down to rest there for the night.\nTEXT 176\n\n�ttl �t� �<I� ��� �� if! C5ff�111 I\n\n�t� ��?ttt-t <tt�1 �tilil Ht�ill �\"�II\netha tarira sevaka rak�aka tarire na dekhiya\ntarira guru-pase varta puchilena giya\nSY NONYMS\netha-here, at his home; tarira-his; sevaka-servant; rak�aka-watchman;\ntarire-him; na dekhiya-not seeing; tarira guru-pase-from his spiritual master;\nvarta-news; puchi/ena-inquired; giya-going.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the house of Raghunatha dasa, the servant and watchman, not seeing him\nthere, immediately went to inquire about him from his spiritual master, Yadunandana Acarya.\nTEXT 177\n\n<;� <fit�, ''fS11esl1ltf'$f' <; '$ff{\"l �iSf·'il� I'\n'?i'lt�a;r ��tfll'-��a;r <;<fi1a;rt�a;r II �'l'l II\nteriha kahe, 'ajfla magi' gela nija-ghara'\n'pa/aila raghunatha'-uthila kolahala\nSY NONYMS\nteriha kahe-he said; ajfia magi'-asking my permiSSIOn; ge/a-went; nija\nghara-to his home; pa/ai/a raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa has gone away;\nuthi/a-arose; kolahala-a tumultuous sound.\nTRANSLATION\nYadunandana Acarya said, \"He has already asked my perm1ss1on and\nreturned home.\" Thus there arose a tumultuous sound, as everyone cried,\n\"Now Raghunatha has gone away!\"\n\n", "ant2#p0313": "Text 180]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n281\n\nTEXT 178\n\n� f9f!!i ���,--\"<:���11' ���·�'II\n�'f·\"''t�il �Q'ft�Q'f <!if.� �11illl �9\\r II\ntatira pita kahe, -\"gauc;Jera saba bhakta-gaQa\nprabhu-sthane nilacale karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntatira-his; pita-father; kahe-said; gauc;Jera-of Bengal; saba-all; bhaktagaQa-the devotees; prabhu-sthane-to the place of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nnilaca/e-at jagannatha Puri; karila gamana-have gone.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa's father said, \"Now all the devotees from Bengal have\ngone to Jagannatha Puri to see Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 179\n\n<:�-�ttr 1f�t� (;�Q'( 9f\"!t�1 1\n�-t 'Sfil �t�, !!tt1f �t� mill\" �9� II\nsei-satige raghunatha gela palafia\ndasa jana yaha, tare anaha dhariya\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei-satige-with them; raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; ge/a pa/ai'ia-has fled;\ndasa jana-ten men; yaha-go; tare-him; anaha-bring; dhariya-catching.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Raghunatha dasa has fled with them. Ten men should immediately go\ncatch him and bring him back.\"\nTEXT 180\n\nf�tilt\"f 9f® fir'l Ril� <�Sf� I\n'�111' ���11'\n\n� firct1 ctttl�' II �\\1'0 II\n\nsivanande patri dila vinaya kariya\n'amara putrere tumi diba bahuc;Jiya'\n\n", "ant2#p0314": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n282\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSYNONYMS\nsivanande-unto Sivananda Sena; patri-a letter; di/a-sent; vinaya kariyawith great humility; amara putrere-my son; tumi-you; diba-please give;\nbahuqiya-returning.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa's father wrote a letter to Sivananda Sena, asking him with\ngreat humility, \"Please return my son.\"\nTEXT 181\n\n�tt<fi1'fi ��� C�Gif C�� �llf iS'fti{ I\n�\"'t�1'ftt'! �t�Gif fmli '\"f�t<!l1'f �'I II �17-� II\njhankara paryanta gela sei dasa jane\njhankarate paila giya vai?f)avera gaf)e\nSYNONYMS\njhankara paryanta-to the place known as Jharikara; ge/a-went; sei dasa\njane-those ten men; jhankarate-at jharikara; pai/a-caught up to; giya-going;\nvai?f)avera gaf)e-the group of Vai?�avas.\nTRANSLATION\nIn Jhankara, the ten men caught up with the group of Vai��;�avas going to\nNilacala.\nTEXT 182\n\n� flf�i filt\"'l'tilt� �t�i �� I\nf�� �t�,--'C�� ��i iii ��\"'' II �17-� II\npatri diya sivanande varta puchila\nsivananda kahe, -'tenha etha na ai/a'\nSYNONYMS\npatri-letter;\n\ndiya-delivering;\n\nsivanande-unto Sivananda Sena;\n\nvarta­\n\nnews; puchi/a- i nq uired; sivananda kahe-Sivananda said; ten ha-he ; etha­\n\nhere; na ai/a-did not come.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter delivering the letter, the men inquired from Sivananda Sena about\nRaghunatha dasa, but Sivananda Sena replied, \"He did not come here.\"\n\n", "ant2#p0315": "Text 185]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n283\n\nTEXT 183\n\n���:f� �l w-r ;sr� l)l t� �� ·t\ni� �ti!1·f�1 �� ��i! ��1f ll �lr� ll\nbahuc;fiya sei dasa jana aila ghara\ntarira mata-pita ha-i/a cintita antara\nSYNONYMS\nbahuc;fiya-returning; sei-those; dasa jana-ten men; ai/a ghara-came back\nhome; tarira-his; mata-pita-mother and father; ha-i/a-became; cintita-full of\nanxiety; antara-within themselves.\nTRANSLATION\nThe ten men returned home, and Raghunatha dasa's father and mother were\nfilled with anxiety.\nTEXT 184\n\n�Qf\"l ���·W'Pl �<eW! ���11\n\n\"J._<('!_� �t�' �a;{ �f-.'1·11_-r �$111 �1r8 ll\netha raghunatha-dasa prabhate uthiya\npDrva-mukha chac;fi' ca/e dak?if)a-mukha hafia\nSYNONYMS\netha-here; raghunatha-dasa-Raghunatha dasa; prabhate-early in the morning; uthiya-rising; parva-mukha-facing the east; chac;fi'-giving up; ca/ebegan to proceed; dak?if)a-mukha-facing south; hafia-being.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa, who had been resting at the milkman's house, got up\nearly in the morning. Instead of going to the east, he turned his face south and\nproceeded.\nTEXT 185\n\n�'et1t � �$1 ��1 �1ft'! I\n\n\"t:�� f�1 fif�1 �fila;{ ��t'l ll �lr<t ll\nchatrabhoga para hafia chac;fiya saraf)a\nkugrama diya diya karila prayaf)a\n\n", "ant2#p0316": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n284\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSYNONYMS\nchatra-bhoga-the place named Chatrabhoga; para hafia\n\n-\n\ncrossing; cha{iiya­\n\ngiving up; saraQa-the royal road; kugrama diya diya-going through village\npathways; karila prayaQa\n\n-\n\nproceeded.\nTRANSLATION\n\nHe crossed Chatrabhoga, but instead of going on the general path, he proceeded on the path that went from village to village.\nPURPORT\nChatrabhoga, known now as Chac;la-khac;li, is in the district of twenty-four\npargat:Jas in West Bengal. It is situated near the celebrated village Jayanagara-majilapura. Formerly the Ganges or some of its branches flowed through this region.\nSometimes Chatrabhoga is misunderstood to have been a village on the River\n·\n\nKarisai-nadT in Benapola.\nTEXT 186\n\n'elll''l 'f;IT;��i i{t�, ��� fir�� �� I\n\\l!$fl ift� �c;${, C�i!���'l-�tc;� 1filll �lr� II\nbhak�aQa apek�a nahi, samasta divasa gamana\nk�udha nahi badhe, caitanya-caraf)a-praptye mana\nSYNONYMS\nbhak�aQa apek�a nahi-did not care for eating; samasta divasa-all day;\ngamana-traveling; k�udha-hunger; nahi badhe-did not become an impediment; caitanya-caraQa-the lotus feet of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; praptye-on\nobtaining; mana-mind.\nTRANSLATION\nNot caring about eating, he traveled all day. Hunger was not an impediment, for his mind was concentrated upon obtaining shelter at the lotus feet\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 187\n\n�!_ �, <fit_ �filii{, <.Ti!_ ��9fti{ I\n'fr;� � firc;a,, � 1ttt� f� �t'l II �lr'l II\nkabhu carvaQa, kabhu randhana, kabhu dugdha-pana\nyabe yei mile, tahe rakhe nija praQa\n\n", "ant2#p0317": "Text 189]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n285\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nkabhu carvaQa-sometimes chewing; kabhu randhana-sometimes cooking;\nkabhu dugdha-pana-sometimes drinking milk; yabe-when; yei-whoever;\nmile-meets; tahe-in that way; rakhe-keeps; nija praQa-his life.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes he chewed fried grains, sometimes he cooked, and sometimes\nhe drank milk. In this way he kept his life and soul together with whatever was\navailable wherever he went.\nTEXT 188\n\nift1f fir� �fit' <;'Sf� c!i\\�t� I\n�� f!�� ;rt()l �f.� <;'e�i111 �lrlr II\nbara dine ca/i' gefa sri-purU?Ottama\npathe tina-dina matra karila bhojana\nSYNONYMS\n\nbara dine-for twelve days; ca/i'-traveling; ge/a-reached; sri-pUfU?OttamaJagannatha Puri, or Nilacala, the place of Puru�ottama; pathe-on the path; tinadina-on three days; matra-only; karila bhojana-he ate.\nTRANSLATION\nHe reached Jagannatha Puri in twelve days but could only eat for three days\non the way.\nTEXT 189\n\naq�fw-� <;'St\"P!tf� �tCfi� <tf�11i I\n�i1�tt� 1f�� f�oor �tfi111i u ��r:;,\"\nsvarupadi-saha gosani achena vasiya\nhena-ka/e raghunatha mi/ila asiya\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvarupa-adi-saha-in the company of devotees, headed by SvarOpa Damodara;\ngosalii-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; achena vasiya-was sitting; hena-kaleat this time; raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; mi/i/a-met; asiya-coming.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Raghunatha dasa met Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Lord was sitting\nwith His companions, headed by Svarupa Damodara.\n\n", "ant2#p0318": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n286\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 190\n\n��t'! � ��' <fit� �f't� I\n��\"!·if� �t�,-'�� �t�'l' ��ilt�' II ��o II\nanganete dare rahi' karena praQipata\nmukunda-datta kahe, -'ei ai/a raghunatha'\nSYNONYMS\nanganete-in the cou rtyard; dare rahi'-keeping himself at a distant place;\nkarena praQipata-offered his obeisances; mukunda-datta kahe-Mukunda Datta\nsaid; ei-this; aila-has come; raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa.\nTRANSLATION\nStaying at a distant place in the courtyard, he fell down to offer obeisances.\nThen Mukunda Datta said, \"Here is Raghunatha.\"\nTEXT 191\n\n�'t_ �il,-'�t�:Jt', 'it�1lf�� R'l I\n\ntij�' �� ?�t11 itt� C<F-'11 �tf\"J�illl ��� II\nprabhu kahena, -'aisa', tenho dharila caraQa\nuthi' prabhu krpaya tanre kaila alingana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahena-the Lord said; aisa-come here; teflho-he; dharila caraQacaught His lotus feet; uthi'-standing up; prabhu-the Lord; krpaya-out of mercy; tanre-him; kai/a alingana-embraced.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard these words, He immediately\nwelcomed Raghunatha dasa. \"Come here,\" He said. Raghunatha dasa then\nclasped the lotus feet of the Lord, but the Lord stood up and embraced him\nout of His causeless mercy.\nTEXT 192\n\n�:sl'i�tfif :Jt� �t�� ij�'J <lf\"f'!'1 I\n�'t_-?�1 ��' :Jtt� 'f;lt�il C<f-'1'1 II ��� II\n\n", "ant2#p0319": "Text 193]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n287\n\nsvarapadi saba bhaktera cara1.1a vandi/a\nprabhu-krpa dekhi' sabe a /ingana kaila\nSYNONYMS\nsvarapa-adi-headed by SvarOpa Damodara; saba bhaktera-of all the devotees; cara(1a vandila-offered prayers to the lotus feet; prabhu-krpa-the mercy\nof Lord Caitanya; dekhi'-seeing; sabe-all of them; a lingana kai/a-embraced.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa offered prayers at the lotus feet of all the devotees, headed\nby Svarupa Damodara Gosvami. Seeing the special mercy Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu had bestowed upon Raghunatha dasa, they embraced him also.\nTEXT 193\n\n� <15�,-\"fl��i ��� �� C�tl! I\n�tt1f <1Stf� ��11-��-11� c�ti! u\" ��� u\nprabhu kahe, -\"kf$(1a-krpa bali$tha saba haite\ntomare kac;fila vi$aya-Vi$tha-garta haite\"\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; kf$(1a-krpa-the mercy of\nLord Kr�r:Ja; bali$tha-more powerful; saba haite-than anything; tomare-you;\nkac;fila-He has delivered; vi$aya-of material enjoyment; vi$tha-of stool; garta-the ditch; haite-from.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"The mercy of Lord Kr�r:ta is stronger\nthan anything else. Therefore the Lord has delivered you from the ditch of materialistic life, which is like a hole into which people pass stool.\"\nPURPORT\nAccording to the law of karma, everyone is destined to suffer or enjoy according to a certain material standard, but the mercy of Lord Kr�r:Ja is so powerful that\nthe Lord can change all the reactions of one's past karma, or fruitive activities. Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu specifically drew attention to the mercy of Lord Kr�r:Ja.\nThat mercy is more powerful than anything else, for it had saved Raghunatha dasa\nfrom the strong bondage of materialistic life, which the Lord compared to a hole\nwhere people pass stool. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu gave His verdict that those ad-\n\n", "ant2#p0320": "288\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 6\n\ndieted to the materialistic way of life are like worms that are living in stool but\ncannot give it up. A grhavrata, one who has decided to live in a comfortable home\nalthough it is actually miserable, is in a condemned position. Only the mercy of\nKr�r:Ja can save one from such misery. Without Kr�r:Ja's mercy, one cannot get out\nof the filthy entanglement of materialistic life. The poor living entity cannot give\nup his materialistic position on his own; only when granted the special mercy of\nKr�r:Ja can he give it up. Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu knew very well that\nRaghunatha dasa was already liberated. Nevertheless He emphasized that\nRaghunatha dasa's life of material comfort as a very rich man's son with a very\nbeautiful wife and many servants to attend him was like a ditch of stool. The Lord\nthus specifically indicated that ordinary men who are very happy with material\ncomforts and family life are in no better position than worms in stool.\nTEXT 194\n\n11�� 1ltil <fit�,-'�� ift� !Srt� I\n�:!� �� <fit� �,- �� �fit 1ft� U' ��8 II\nraghunatha mane kahe, -'km)a nahi jani\ntava krpa kac;fila ama, -ei ami mani'\nSYNONYMS\nraghunatha-Raghunatha dasa;\n\nmane\n\nkahe-answered within his mind;\n\nkr?f.1a-Lord Kr�r:Ja; nahi jani-1 do not know; tava-Your; krpa-mercy; kac;filahas delivered; ama-me; ei-this; ami mani-1 accept.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa answered within his mind, \"I do not know who Kr�l)a is. I\nsimply know that Your mercy, 0 my lord, has saved me from my family life.\"\nTEXT 195\n\n� �,-\"Q!t� f9fl:!i-�\\SfJii 'l� �ill\ni��-�llfi �'Pl '��' <fif1t' � II ��Q- II\nprabhu kahena, -\"tomara pita-jyetha dui jane\ncakravarti-sambandhe hama 'aja' kari' mane\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahena-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; tamara-your; pita-jyethafather and his elder brother; dui jane-both of them; cakravarti-sambandhe-be-\n\n", "ant2#p0321": "Text\n\n197]\n\n289\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\ncause of a relationship with NTiambara CakravartT; hama-l; aja kar i -as My\n'\n\ngrandfathers; mane -consider.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord continued, \"Your father and his elder brother are both related as\nbrothers to My grandfather, Nilambara Cakravarti. Therefore I consider them\nMy grandfathers.\nPURPORT\nNTiambara CakravartT, the grandfather of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, was very intimately related to Raghunatha dasa's father and uncle. NTiambara CakravartT used\nto call them his younger brothers because both of them were very devoted to the\nbrahmaQas and were very respectable gentlemen. Similarly, they used to call him\nDada CakravartT, addressing him as an elder brother brahmaQa. Raghunatha dasa,\nhowever, was almost the same age as Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Generally a\ngrandchild may joke about his grandfather. Therefore SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ntook advantage of the relationship between His grandfather and Raghunatha\ndasa's father and uncle to speak in a joking way.\nTEXT\n\n196\n\n5ilti�f ��� �ll i!!'t!f�9f SfPl I\nW!l!c.!l<f l!\"ttf �tf1f �fi ?tfi�lf II :>�� II\ncakravartira duhe haya bhratr-rupa dasa\nataeva tare ami kari parihasa\nSY NONYMS\ncakravartira-of NTiambara CakravartT; duhe-both; haya-are; bhratr-rupa\ndasa-servants as younger brothers; ataeva-therefore; tare-unto them; ami1; kari parihasa-say something jokingly.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since your father and his elder brother are younger brothers of Nilambara\nCakravarti, I may j oke about them in this way.\nTEXT\n\n197\n\nC!t1mf <ft?t-�lt-�����i-� � I\n�� �fit' 1f� ��-f�� 1f�t� II :>�'\\ II\n\n", "ant2#p0322": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n290\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\ntamara bapa-jyetha -Vi$aya-vi$tha-gartera ki{fa\nsukha kari' mane vi�aya-Vi$era maha-pi{ia\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-your; bapa-father; jyetha-his elder brother; Vi$aya-of material enjoyment; vi$tha-stool; gartera-of the ditch; ki{fa-worms; sukha kari'-as happiness; mane-they consider; vi$aya-of material enjoyment; Vi$era-of the\npoison; maha-pi{ia-the great disease.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Raghunatha dasa, your father and his elder brother are just like\nworms in stool in the ditch of material enjoyment, for the great disease of the\npoison of material enjoyment is what they consider happiness.\nPURPORT\nWhen a man is attached to material enjoyment, he is attached to many miserable conditions, but nevertheless he accepts his condemned position as one of\nhappiness. Sense enjoyment is so strong for such a person that he cannot give it\nup, exactly as a worm in stool cannot give up the stool. From the spiritual point of\nview, when a person is too absorbed in material enjoyment, he is exactly like a\nworm in stool. Although such a position is utterly miserable to the eyes of liberated souls, the materialistic enjoyer is greatly attached to it.\nTEXT 198\n\n�f� '!3'fi'fJ �t� l3tllfit'l� ��'1111\n'�1l����' il't�, �t11 '(;��t�� �111' II ��lr II\nyadyadi brahmaQya kare brahmaQera sahaya\n'suddha-vai$Qava' nahe, haye 'vai$Qavera praya'\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although;\n\nbrahmaQya\n\nkare-give\n\ncharity\n\nto\n\nthe\n\nbrahmaoas;\n\nbrahmaf)era sahaya-great helpers to the brahmaf)as; suddha-vai$Qava-pure\nVai�t:�avas; nahe-not; haye-they are; vai$Qavera praya-almost like Vai�l)avas.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although your father and uncle are charitable to brahmaQas and greatly\n\nhelp them, they are nevertheless not pure Vai�r:tavas. However, they are\nalmost like Vai�r:tavas.\n\n", "ant2#p0323": "Text 199]\n\nlord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n291\n\nPURPORT\nAs stated by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura in his Amrta-pravaha-bha?ya, some\npeople, usually very rich men, dress like Vai�l)avas and give charity to brahmaQas.\nThey are also attached to Deity worship, but because of their attachment to material enjoyment, they cannot be pure Vai�l)avas. Anyabhila?ita-sanyarh jflanakarmady-anavrtam. The pure Vai�l)ava has no desire for material enjoyment. That\nis the basic qualification of a pure Vai�l)ava. There are men, especially rich men,\nwho regularly worship the Deity, give charity to brahmaQas and are pious in every\nrespect, but they cannot be pure Vai�l)avas. Despite their outward show of\nVai�l)avism and charity, their inner desire is to enjoy a higher standard of material\nlife. Raghunatha dasa's father, Hiral)ya dasa, and uncle, Govardhana, were both\nvery charitable to brahmaQas. Indeed, the brahmaQas from the Gauc;liya district\nwere practically dependent upon them. Thus they were accepted as very pious\ngentlemen. However, they presented themselves as Vai�l)avas to the eyes of\npeople in general, although from a purely spiritual point of view they were ordinary human beings, not pure Vai�l)avas. Actual Vai�l)avas considered them almost\nVai�l)avas, not pure Vai�l)avas. In other words, they were kani?tha-adhikaris, for\nthey were ignorant of higher Vai�l)ava regulative principles. Nevertheless, they\ncould not be called vi?ayis, or blind materialistic enjoyers.\nTEXT 199\n\nl!�t� f�m 'lll��-<�St1t �-� 1\n\n� <IS'Sf <ll�til, �t\\! � 'e�·CI'fi II ��� II\ntathapi vi?ayera svabhava-kare maha-andha\nsei karma karaya, yate haya bhava-bandha\nSYNONYMS\ntathapi-still; vi?ayera svabhava-the potency of material enjoyment; kare\nmaha andha-makes one completely blind; sei karma karaya-causes one to act\n-\n\nin that way; yate-by which; haya-there is; bhava-bandha-the bondage of\nbirth and death.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Those who are attached to materialistic life and are blind to spiritual life\nmust act in such a way that they are bound to repeated birth and death by the\nactions and reactions of their activities.\nPURPORT\nAs clearly stated in Bhagavad-gita (3.9), yajflarthat karmaQo 'nyatra Joko 'yarh\nkarma-bandhana/:1: If one does not act as a pure devotee, whatever acts he per-\n\n", "ant2#p0324": "292\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nforms will produce reactions of fruitive bondage (karma-bandhanab). In SrimadBhagavatam it is said:\n\nnOnarh pramattab kurute vikarma\nyad-indriya-pritaya apwoti\n\nna sadhu manye yata atmano 'yam\nasann api klesada asa dehab\n\n\"A materialistic person, madly engaged in activities for sense enjoyment, does not\n\nknow that he is entangling himself in repeated birth and death and that his body,\n\nalthough temporary, is full of miseries.\" (Srimad-Bhagavatam 5.5.4) A vi�ayi, a per­\n\nson blindly caught in a web of materialistic life, remains in the cycle of birth and\ndeath perpetually. Such a person cannot understand how to execute pure devo­\n\ntional service, and therefore he acts as a karmi, jiiani, yogi or something else, ac­\n\ncording to his desire, but he does not know that the activities of karma, jiiana and\nyoga simply bind one to the cycle of birth and death.\n\nTEXT 200\n\n�il ,��11' '�t� �� ��m�1 C!tJ!1' 1\n��il iii �t11 ���9ft� J!�Ji1 u\" � o o u\nhena 'vi�aya' haite kr�Qa uddharila toma'\n\nkahana na yaya kr�Qa-krpara mahima\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nhena vi�aya-such a fallen condition of material enjoyment; haite-from;\n\nkr�Qa-Lord Kr�t:Ja; uddhari/a toma' - has delivered you; kahana na yaya-cannot\n\nbe described; kr�Qa-krpara-of the mercy of Lord Kr�t:Ja; mahima-the glories.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"By His own free will, Lord Kr��a has delivered you from such a condemned\nmaterialistic life. Therefore the glories of Lord Kr��a's causeless mercy cannot\nbe expressed.\"\nPURPORT\nIn the Brahma-sarilhita (5.54) it is said, karmaQi nirdahati kintu ca bhakti-bha­\n\njam. Lord Kr�t:�a is so merciful that He can stop the reaction of karma for His devo­\n\ntee. Everyone-from a small insect called indra-gopa up to lndra, the King of\nheaven-is bound by the reactions of fruitive activities.\n\n", "ant2#p0325": "Text 202]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n293\n\nyas tv indra-gopam athavendram aha sva-karmabandhanurupa-phala-bhajanam atanoti\nkarmaQi nirdahati kintu ca bhakti-bhajarh\ngovindam adi-purU$arh tam aharh bhajami\nEveryone, whether like an insect or the King of heaven, is entangled and bound by\nthe actions and reactions of his karma. However, when one becomes a pure\ndevotee, free from material desires and from bondage to karma, jiiana and yoga,\none is freed from material actions and reactions by the causeless mercy of Kr�l)a.\nOne cannot express sufficient gratitude to Kr�l)a for being freed from the materialistic way of life.\nTEXT 201\n\n1l�t7;�1!' ..,.'1�!1·1ltfii� t;�f�1li I\n'15111\\t� <fit�i{ �'t_ �9ft�-�� ��111 �o� II\nraghunathera k�iQata-malinya dekhiya\nsvarupere kahena prabhu krpardra-citta haiia\nSYNONYMS\nraghunathera-of Raghunatha dasa; k$iQata-thinness; ma/inya-dirty condition of the body; dekhiya-seeing; svarupere kahena-said to SvarOpa Damodara\nGosvami; prabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; krpa-out of mercy; ardramelted; citta-heart; haiia-being.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing Raghunatha dasa skinny and dirty because of having traveled for\ntwelve days and fasted, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, His heart melting due\nto causeless mercy, spoke to Svarupa Damodara.\nTEXT 202\n\n\"�� 11'�i!ttQl �f� :Jt\"f�IJ'. <;l!�tt11' I\n�-,�J-11\\t� � <fi11' � �<fitt11' ll � 0� ll\n\"ei raghunathe ami sanpinu tomare\nputra-bhrtya-rupe tumi kara angikare\nSYNONYMS\nei rag hunathe-this Raghunatha dasa; ami-1; sanpinu tomar e-am entrusting\nto you; putra-son; bhrtya-serv ant; rape-as; tumi-you (SvarOpa Damodara\nGosvami); kara angikare -please accept.\n\n", "ant2#p0326": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n294\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Svarupa,\" He said, \"I entrust this Raghunatha dasa to you. Please\naccept him as your son or servant.\nTEXT 203\n\nf� '���'-�t1f �� �t1fHf '$ft'1 I\n\n'�t9!� ��-�t� c�t'! �m �tt1f u\"�o� 11\ntina 'raghunatha'-nama haya amara gaQe\n'svarupera raghu'-aji haite ihara name\"\nSYNONYMS\ntina raghunatha-three Raghunathas; nama-named; hay a-are; amara gaQeamong My associates; svarupera raghu-the Raghunatha of Svaropa Damodara;\naji haite-from this day; ihara-of this one; name-the name.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are now three Raghunathas among My associates. From this day forward, this Raghunatha should be known as the Raghu of Svarupa Damodara.\"\nPURPORT\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had three Raghus among His associates-Vaidya\nRaghunatha (vide Adi-lila\n\n11.22), Bhatta Raghunatha and Dasa Raghunatha.\n\nDasa Raghunatha became celebrated as the Raghunatha of SvarOpa.\nTEXT 204\n\nl!l'! ��' �,�tt� �� ..��1 I\n��t9f� �� r:itr;� �1(�'1 C<\\'i�111 � 08 II\neta kahi' raghunathera hasta dharila\nsvarupera haste tatire samarpaQa kaila\nSYNONYMS\neta kah i -saying this; raghunathera-of Raghunatha dasa; hasta dharila'\n\ncaught the hand; svarupera haste-in the hands of Svaropa Damodara; tatirehim; samarpaQa kai/a-entrusted.\n\n", "ant2#p0327": "Text 206]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n295\n\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu gras ped the hand of Raghunatha dasa\nand entrusted him to the hands of Svariipa Damodara Gosvami.\nTEXT 205\n\n� �,-'1!�1121� � �ta-l �\"l' I\n1.!1\\! ��' 11�1ttl ��: �t�flf\"f ll � o(t ll\nsvarupa kahe, -'mahaprabhura ye ajfla haifa'\neta kahi' raghunathe puna/:! a/irigila\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa\n\nkahe-SvarOpa\n\nDamodara\n\nsaid;\n\nmahaprabhura-of\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; ye-whatever; ajfla-order; haifa-there is; eta kahi'-saying this;\nraghunathe-Raghunatha dasa; puna/:1-again; alirigila-he embraced.\nTRANSLATION\nSvariipa Damodara Gosvami accepted Raghunatha dasa,\n\nsaying,\n\n\"Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, whatever You order is accepted.\" He then embraced\nRaghunatha dasa again.\nTEXT 206\n\n'�\\!tiJJ11' 'e�<tte.�i'IJ <t'i�t\\! �i �� I\n<.;'5ft�\"!t11' <!'it� 11,�tttt \"� �' \" � 0� \"\ncaitanyera bhakta-vatsalya kahite na pari\ngovindere kahe raghunathe daya kari'\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanyera-of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-vatsalya-affection for\ndevotees; kahite na pari-1 cannot express properly; govindere-to Govinda;\nkahe-He said; raghunathe-upon Raghunatha; daya kari'-being very merciful.\nTRANSLATION\nI cannot properly express the affection of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu for His\ndevotees. Being merciful toward Raghunatha dasa, the Lord spoke as follows\nto Govinda.\n\n", "ant2#p0328": "296\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamtta\n\nTEXT 207\n\n\"91�tt �·� �m-tli �n ill� 1\n��il �11' ��111' <e1ilf ��.,fctu\" � o'l II\n\"pathe inha kariyache bahuta /anghana\nkata-dina kara ihara bhala santarpaQa\"\nSYNONYMS\npathe-on the way;\n\nir'lha-this Raghunatha dasa;\n\nkariyache-has done;\n\nbahuta-much; /ar'lghana-fasting and difficult endeavor; kata-dina-for some\ndays; kara-do; ihara-of him; bha/a-good; santarpaQa-attention.\nTRANSLATION\n\"On the way, Raghunatha dasa has fasted and undergone hardships for\nmany days. Therefore, take good care of him for some days so that he may eat\nto his satisfaction.\"\nTEXT 208\n\n11'�1�� ��-\"�1�1, �11' f:JI� I\n..�Qf ��' �1flt' �1{� �� ll\" �olr II\nraghunathe kahe-\"yafia, kara sindhu-snana\njagannatha dekhi' asi' karaha bhojana\"\nSYNONYMS\nraghunathe kahe-He said to Raghunatha dasa; yana-going; kara sindhusnana-bathe in the sea; jagannatha dekhi'-after seeing Lord Jagannatha; asi'after coming; karaha bhojana-take your meal.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu told Raghunatha dasa, \"Go bathe in the sea.\nThen see Lord Jagannatha in the temple and return here to take your meal.\"\nTEXT 209\n\n\\fl� �fir' �\" �-uti! �f� �\"'\"I\n\n�ifttf·'fPf � �� fll� II � o� II\neta bali' prabhu madhyahna karite uthila\nraghunatha-dasa saba bhaktere milila\n\n", "ant2#p0329": "Text 211]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n297\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba li -after saying this; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; madhyahna\n'\n\nkarite-for performing His midday duties; uthila-got up; raghunatha-dasaRaghunatha dasa; saba-all; bhaktere-devotees; mi/i/a-met.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu got up and went to perform His\nmidday duties, and Raghunatha met all the devotees present.\nTEXT 210\n\n�� c21\"� �9f1 �f�, 'e�'St'l I\n�f'il� ltlfP1 <fit1f �1� 'e1'Stl���illl ��o II\nraghunathe prabhura krpa dekhi, bhakta-gaQa\nvismita haria kare tarira bhagya-prasarhsana\nSYNONYMS\nraghunathe-unto Raghunatha dasa; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkrpa-mercy; dekhi-seeing; bhakta-gaQa-all the devotees; vismita-struck\nwith wonder; haria-being; kare-do; tarira-his; bhagya-fortune; prasarhsana-praise.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving seen the causeless mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu upon\nRaghunatha dasa, all the devotees, struck with wonder, praised his good fortune.\nTEXT 211\n\n�'( �� �$1 'Wtil �� I\n'f'Stlt-t �, �: 'm�-'Pf'lWf ��'flu��� n\nraghunatha samudre yaria snana karila\njagannatha dekhi' puna/:! govinda-pasa aila\nSYNONYMS\nraghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; samudre-to the sea; yana-going; snana\nkarila-took a bath; jagannatha dekhi'-after seeing Lord Jagannatha; puna/:1again; govinda-pasa ai/a-came to Govinda.\n\n", "ant2#p0330": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n298\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa took his bath in the sea and saw Lord Jagannatha. Then he\nreturned to Govinda, the personal servant of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 212\n\n�11' ��� ?ftijf ,'$ft�\"' m fifllfl ,\n'efti{f\"fl! �$1 �ttt �� ?ft�fl1 II �)� U\nprabhura avasi�ta patra govinda tanre dila\nanandita haiia raghunatha prasada paila\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; avasi�ta patra-a plate of remnants of\nfood; govinda-the personal servant of the Lord; tanre-to him; di/a-offered;\nan andita haiia -becoming very happy; raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; prasada\npai/a-accepted the prasada.\nTRANSLATION\nGovinda offered him a plate with the remnants of food left by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, and Raghunatha dasa accepted the prasada with great happiness.\nTEXT 213\n\n��111! m � \"q?f·m'f 1\n<;'$ft�\"f � � fif\"f ?f. fifti{ II ��� II\nei-mata rahe tenha svarOpa-caraQe\ngovinda prasada tanre dila paiica dine\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; rahe-remained; tenha-he; svarOpa-caraQe-under the\nshelter of SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT; govinda-the personal servant of SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; prasada-the remnants of the food of SrT Caitanya\n·\n\nMahaprabhu; tanre-unto him; di la-gave; paiica dine-for five days.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa stayed under the care of Svariipa Damodara Gosvami, and\nGovinda supplied him remnants of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's food for five\ndays.\n\n", "ant2#p0331": "Text 216]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n299\n\nTEXT 214\n\n�� fit� '� ''i_IIPI·�tPfil' Off� I\n���tt� � �t� �11fi'Rt 'ltfosml II �)8 II\nara dina haite 'pu�pa-anja/i' dekhiya\nsirhha-dvare kha{ia rahe bhik$ara lagiya\nSYNONYMS\n\nara dina-the next day; haite-from; pu$pa-anjali-the ceremony of offering\nflowers to the Lord; dekhiya-after seeing; sirhha-dvare-at the main gate;\nkha{ia rahe-remains standing; bhik$iira Jagiya-for begging some alms.\nTRANSLATION\nBeginning from the sixth day, Raghunatha dasa would stand at the gate\nknown as Sirilha-dvara to beg alms after the pu�pa-aiijali ceremony, in which\nflowers were offered to the Lord.\n\nTEXT 215\n\ntr'Slltt�� �� �-'��� 'Sl'l' I\n��1 Jf1�' 1ftOO �t� '1t� ${� II ��<t II\njagannathera sevaka yata-'vi$ayira gal)a'\nseva sari' ratrye kare grhete gamana\nSYNONYMS\n\njagannathera-of Lord Jagannatha; sevaka-servants; yata-all; vi�ayira gal)agenerally known as vi�ayi; seva sari'-after finishing their service; ratrye-at\nnight; kare-do; grhete gamana-returning home.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter finishing their prescribed duties, the many servants of Lord Jagannatha, who are known as vi�ayis, return home at night.\n\nTEXT 216\n\n��� �-1� '��t� �f��11\n�� ttfdP �· Of� �� �' ���111 �)� I\n\n", "ant2#p0332": "300\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nsirhha-dvare annarthi vai�Qave dekhiya\npasarira thani anna dena krpa ta' kariya\nSYNONYMS\nsirhha-dvare-at the Sirhha gate; anna-arthi-in need of some eatables;\nvai�Qave-Vai�r:Javas; dekhiya-seeing; pasarira thani-from the shopkeepers;\nanna dena-deliver some eatables; krpa ta' kariya\n\n-\n\nout of mercy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf they see a Vai�Qava standing at the Sirilha-dvara begging alms, out of\nmercy they arrange with the shopkeepers to give him something to eat.\nTEXT 217\n\nIf!���� ��'Rf I\n�·� 'e9 � Q fit�� II �Y:I II\nei-mata sarva-kala ache vyavahara\nni�kincana bhakta khac;ia haya sirhha-dvara\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; sarva-kala-for all time; ache-is; vyavahara-the etiquette; ni�kincana bhakta-a devotee who has no other support; khac;ia hayastands; sirhha-dvara-at the gate known as Simha-dvara.\nTRANSLATION\nThus it is a custom for all time that a devotee who has no other means of\nsupport stands at the Sirilha-dvara gate to receive alms from the servants.\nTEXT 218\n\n�fif� �t11il C�1:p� ift�-��� I\nCl!t�t\"f ��il i51'51itQf �pt� II �)lr II\nsarva-dina karena vai�Qava nama-salikirtana\nsvacchande karena jagannatha darasana\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-dina-the whole day; karena-performs; vai�Qava-a Vai�r:Java; namasalikirtana-chanti ng of the holy name of the Lord; svacchande-with full\nfreedom; karena-does; jagannatha darasana-see in g Lord jagannatha.\n\n", "ant2#p0333": "Text 220]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n301\n\nTRANSLATION\nA completely dependent Vai�r;�ava thus chants the holy name of the Lord all\nday and sees Lord )agannatha with full freedom.\nTEXT 219\n\n�� � 1rtRt' �, ��1 r�� ?trn 1\n� 1rltiJi N5lll'! 'ftf�' fi1���t1f R II �)� U\nkeha chatre magi' khaya, yeba kichu paya\nkeha ratre bhik$a lagi' sirhha-dvare raya\nSYNONYMS\nkeha-some; chatre-at the almshouse; magi'-begging; khaya-eat; yebawhatever; kichu-little; paya-they receive; keha-some; ratre-at night; bhik?a lagi'-for begging alms; sirhha-dvare raya-stand at the gate known as Simhadvara.\nTRANSLATION\nIt is a custom for some Vai$Qavas to beg from the charity booths and eat\nwhatever they obtain, whereas others stand at night at the Sirilha-dvara gate,\nbegging alms from the servants.\nTEXT 220\n\n�� \"'�� ��m 12f'ftill\n��,��c;�-te�n��o II\nmahaprabhura bhakta-gaQera vairagya pradhana\nyaha dekhi' prita hana gaura-bhagavan\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhura- of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-gal)era- of the devotees;\nvairagya-renunciation;\n\npradhana-the basic principle;\n\nprita\n\nsatisfied;\n\nwhich;·\n\nhana-becomes\n\nyaha dekhi' -seeing\n\ngaura-bhagavan-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nRenunciation is the basic principle sustaining the lives of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's devotees. Seeing this renunciation, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, is extremely satisfied.\n\n", "ant2#p0334": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n302\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nPURPORT\nAnyone, whether an ordinary materialistic person or a pure devotee, can understand the behavior of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's devotees if he studies it\nminutely. One will thus find that the devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are\nnot at all attached to any kind of material enjoyment. They have completely given\nup sense enjoyment to engage fully in the service of Lord Sri Kr�t:�a and dedicate\ntheir lives and souls to serving Kr�t:�a without material desires. Because their devotional service is free from material desires, it is unimpeded by material circumstances. Although ordinary men have great difficulty understanding this attitude\nof the devotees, it is greatly appreciated by the Supreme Personality of Godhead,\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 221\n\n� <;'itt� <1'l�,-\"�itl� '�' ill 'At I\n1(ftijij r��� -t� �<$i 1ftHt' �rnu\" ��� 11\nprabhure govinda kahe, -\"raghunatha 'prasada' na laya\nratrye sirhha-dvare kha(ia haiia magi' khaya\"\nSYNONYMS\nprabhure-unto Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; govinda kahe-Govinda said;\nraghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; prasada na /aya-does not take prasada; ratryeat night; sirhha-dvare-at the Sirhha-dvara gate; kha(ia haiia-standing; magi'begging; khaya-he eats.\nTRANSLATION\nGovinda said to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, \"Raghunatha dasa no longer\ntakes prasada here. Now he stands at the Sirhha-dvara, where he begs some\nalms to eat.\"\nTEXT 222\n\n�fil' � �<$i � <Tl�t� llftf'$f'f I\n\n\"'et'l ��' �<!f1ft�il' 'fSi ��fPI II ���II\nsuni' tU$ta haiia prabhu kahite /agi/a\n\"bhala kai/a, vairagira dharma acari/a\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuni'-hearing; tU$ta haiia-being very satisfied; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkahite /agi/a-began to say; bhala kaila-he has done well;\n\n", "ant2#p0335": "Text 223]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n303\n\nvairagira-of a person in the renounced order; dharma-the principles; acari/ahe has performed.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard this, He was greatly satisfied.\n\"Raghunatha dasa has done well,\" He said. \"He has acted suitably for a person in the renounced order.\nTEXT 223\n\n�� �� � il't1f·�il I\nmmn �t$1 �t1f ir�il 1\\''11'1 11 ��� 11\nvairagi karibe sada nama-sarikirtana\nmagiya khafia kare jivana rak�aQa\nSYNONYMS\nvatragt-a person in the renounced order; karibe-will do; sada-always;\nnama-sarikirtana-chanting of the holy name of the Lord; magiya-by begging;\nkhafia-eating; kare jivana rak�aQa-he sustains his life.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nA person in the renounced order should always chant the holy name of the\n\nlord. He should beg some alms to eat, and he should sustain his life in this\nway.\nPURPORT\nAs stated in the Hari-bhakti-vilasa at the end of the Twentieth\n\n(366, 379, 382):\nkrtyanyetani tu prayo\ngrhiQaril dhaninaril satam\nlikhitani na tu tyaktaparigraha-mahatmanam\nprabhate cardha-ratre ca\nmadhyahne divasa-k�aye\nkirtayanti hariril ye vai\nte taranti bhavarQavam\nevam ekantinaril prayab\nkirtanaril smaraQaril prabhob\n\nVi/asa\n\n", "ant2#p0336": "304\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nkurvatarh parama-pritya\nkrtyam anyan na rocate\nA well-to-do householder Vai�J)ava cannot live like a person in the renounced\n\norder who completely takes shelter of the holy name. Such a householder should\nchant the holy name of Kr�J)a in the morning, at midday and in the evening. Then\n. he will be able to cross beyond nescience. Pure devotees in the renounced order,\nhowever, who fully surrender to the lotus feet of Kr�J)a, should chant the holy\nname of the Lord with great love and faith, always thinking of Kr�l)a's lotus feet.\nThey should have no other occupation than chanting the holy name of the Lord.\nIn the Bhakti-sandarbha, SrTia ]Tva GosvamT says:\nyadyapi sri-bhagavata-mate panca-ratradivad-arcana-margasyavasyakatvarh nasti,\ntad vinapi saraf)apattyadinam ekataref)api purU$iirtha-siddher abhihitatvat\n\nTEXT 224\n\n��;ft �$i <;�� � �t�-.i I\n<fit��� i{t�, � �t�i{ ��-.111 ��8 II\nvairagi hana yeba kare parapek$a\nkarya-siddhi nahe, kr$f!a karena upek$ii\n\nSYNONYMS\nvairagi hana-being in the renounced order; yeba-anyone who; kare-does;\n\nparapek$a-dependence on others; karya-siddhi nahe\n\n-\n\nhe does not become\n\nsuccessful; kr$Qa-Lord Kr�J)a; karena upek$a-neglects.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A vairagi [a person in the renounced order] should not depend on others.\n'If he does so, he will be unsuccessful, and he will be neglected by Kr�r;�a.\n\nTEXT 225\n\n�<!f�t;ft �$i �t� fillr�� �� I\n�11'llt� �\"ht, �t� � �� <11-t II ��<t II\nvairagi hana kare jihvara lalasa\nparamartha yaya, ara haya rasera vasa\n\n", "ant2#p0337": "Text 227]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n305\n\nSYNONYMS\nvairagi hatia-be i ng in the renounced order; kare-does; jihvara-of the\ntongue; /a/asa-lust;\n\nparama-artha-the goal of life;\n\nyaya-goes; ara -and;\n\nhaya-becomes; rasera vasa-dependent on taste.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If a renunciant is eager for his tongue to taste different foods, his spiritual\nlife will be lost, and he will be subservient to the tastes of his tongue.\nTEXT 226\n\n��� W�!J-��1 �\"t1f·�� I\nllft�·�·�;lf-�\"'f �-�'1 II ��� II\nvairagira krtya-sada nama-sarikirtana\nsaka-patra-phala-mule udara-bharaf)a\nSYNONYMS\nvairagira-of a person in the renounced order; krtya-duty; sada-always;\nnama-sarikirtana-chanting the holy name of the Lord; saka-vegetables; patraleaves; phala-fruit; mule-by roots; udara-bharaQa-filling the belly.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The duty of a person in the renounced order is to chant the Hare Kr��a\nmantra always. He should satisfy his belly with whatever vegetables, leaves,\nfruits and roots are available.\nTEXT 227\n\n�� itt�� �� �f!-�fl! l{\"Ri I\n\nfiltt��\"Ri'1 � �tf?( � II\" ��\" II\njihvara /a/ase yei iti-uti dhaya\nsisnodara-parayaQa kr�Qa nahi paya\"\n\nSYNONYMS\njihvara-of the tongue; /a/ase-because of greed; yei-anyone who; iti-utihere and there; dhaya-goes; sisna-genitals; udara-belly; parayaQa-devoted\nto; kr�Qa- L ord Kr��a; nahi paya-does not get.\n\n", "ant2#p0338": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n306\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"One who is subservient to the tongue and who thus goes here and there,\ndevoted to the genitals and the belly, cannot attain Kt�Qa.\"\n\nTEXT 228\n\n� nti{ �ilt� llll�9f·nt'll\n\n'Cft9fi{t� ?!J �Rt' ��� fi{t�til II ��11- II\nara dina raghunatha svarapa-caraQe\napanara krtya lagi' kaila nivedane\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-the next day; raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; svarapa-caraQe-unto\nthe lotus feet of SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami; apanara-his; krtya-duty; lagi'for; kaila nivedane-submitted.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, Raghunatha dasa inquired at the lotus feet of Svarupa\nDamodara about his duty.\nTEXT 229\n\n\"� 'l't�' �t� ��, �1 'Srtfit � I\n� � ��' 121!. � �91�-t II\" ��� II\n\"ki lagi' chac;faila ghara, na jani uddesa\nki mora kartavya, prabhu kara upadesa\"\nSYNONYMS\nki lagi'-for what reason; chat;iaila ghara-have I been obliged to give up my\nhousehold life; na jani-1 do not know; uddesa-the purpose; ki-what; mora\nkartavya-my duty; prabhu-my dear Lord; kara upadesa-please give instruction.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I do not know why I have given up household life,\" he said. \"What is my\n\nduty? Kindly give me instructions.\"\n\n", "ant2#p0339": "Text 232]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n307\n\nTEXT 230\n\n�� �ft� ��·1ftiji il1 �t� �iltQ! I\n���-c;�-� �!(-rn �i9f-�t�, ll ��o II\nprabhura age katha-matra na kahe raghunatha\nsvarapa-govinda-dvara kahaya nija-vat\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura age-in front of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; katha-matra-any speaking; na kahe-does not say; raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; svarapa-'govindadvara-through Govinda and Svaropa Damodara Gosvami; kahaya-he informs;\nnija-vat-his intention.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa never even spoke a word before the lord. Instead, he informed the lord of his desires through Svarupa Damodara Gosvami and\nGovinda.\nTEXT 231\n\n� <c�tt� �?f f�<!tfifGif'l 'f'Jit� �til I\n�� ��� �� ffi'lll ��� ll\nprabhura age svarapa nivedila ara dine\nraghunatha nivedaya prabhura caraQe\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura\n\nage-in\n\nfront\n\nof Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nsvarapa-Svaropa\n\nDamodara Gosvami; nivedi/a-submitted; ara dine-on the next day; raghunatha\nnivedaya-Raghunatha dasa inquires; prabhura caraQe-at the lotus feet of Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, Svarupa Damodara Gosvami submitted to lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, \"Raghunatha dasa has this to say at Your lotus feet.\nTEXT 232\n\n\"� c;'lftJ ��<!tl, llf<fP eo i9ft·fil �-r 1\n'f'Jit?f� ��� c;1ltt1l �1l �� n\" � �� 11\n\n", "ant2#p0340": "308\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 6\n\n\"ki mora kartavya, muiii na jani uddesa\napani sri-mukhe more kara upadesa\"\nSYNONYMS\nki-what; mora kartavya-my duty; muiii-1; najani-do notknow; uddesathe goal of my life; apani-personally; sri mukhe-through Your transcendental\n-\n\nmouth; more-unto me; kara upadesa-please give instructions.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'I do not know my duty or the goal of my life. Therefore, please personally\ngive me instructions from Your transcendental mouth.' \"\nTEXT 233\n\n�' �t�'t_ �,iltt� <15�� I\n\"�� \\i;-Pftw�1 <fiRt' �11\\t� fw\"f II ��� II\nhasi' mahaprabhu raghunathere kahila\n\"tamara upade?ta kari' svarupere dila\nSYNONYMS\nhasi'-smiling;\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nraghunathere-to\n\nRaghunatha dasa; kahila-said; tamara-your; upade?ta -instructor; kari' -as;\nsvarapere di/a-1 have appointed Svaropa Damodara Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nSmiling, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu told Raghunatha dasa, \"I have already\nappointed Svarupa Damodara Gosvami as your instructor.\nTEXT 234\n\n'�t'fJ'·'��,-�, r-t� �·� •tr;il I\n� � ill� iSft�, �·r;�1 �i! iSTttil II ��8 II\n'sadhya'-'sadhana'-tattva sikha irihara sthane\nami tata nahi jani, iriho yata jane\nSYNONYMS\nsadhya-duty; sadhana-how to execute it; tattva-truth; sikha-learn; irihara\nsthane-from him; ami-1; tata-so much; nahi jani-do not know; iriho-he;\nyata-as much as; jane -knows.\n\n", "ant2#p0341": "Text 237]\n\n309\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" You may learn from him what your duty is and how to discharge it. I do not\nknow as much as he.\nTEXT 235\n\n�� 'eftllt1f �t91Jrn � �rw � 1\n..tilt11' <.!!� �t�J �� <lifil\"� �� II ��<t II\ntathapi amara ajfiaya sraddha yadi haya\namara ei vakye tabe kariha niscaya\nSYNONYMS\ntathapi-still;\n\namara ajfiaya-in My instruction;\n\nsraddha-faith;\n\nyadi-if;\n\nhaya-there is; amara-My; ei-these; vakye-by words; tabe-then; kariha\nni5caya-you can ascertain.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Nevertheless, if you want to take instructions from Me with faith and love,\nyou may ascertain your duties from the following words.\nTEXT 236\n\nt1tt1i\"J<f'�1 �1 ���' �tilJ�t� �1 <lif't?;� I\n'e'tiif �1 �t�t� �t1f 'et'1 i11 �fil\"� II ��� II\ngramya-katha na sunibe, gramya-varta na kahibe\nbhala na khaibe ara bhala na paribe\nSYNONYMS\ngramya-katha-ordinary talks of common men;\ngramya-varta-ordinary\n\nnews;\n\nna sunibe-never hear;\n\nna kahibe-do not speak;\n\nbha/a-well;\n\nna\n\nkhaibe-do not eat; ara-and; bha/a-nicely; na paribe-do not dress.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Do not talk like people in general or hear what they say. You should not eat\nvery palatable food, nor should you dress very nicely.\nTEXT 237\n\n..-��� \"iltil� ��1 ���if ��1 '1'?;� I\n� �${t��-C:��111ti1tJt <f'Rlf;� U ��'\\ II\n\n", "ant2#p0342": "310\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\namanT manada hafia k[$1)a-nama sada /a'be\nvraje radha-k[$1)a-seva manase karibe\nSYNONYMS\namanT-not expecting any respect; mana-da-offering respect to others;\nhafia-becoming;\n\nk[$1)a-nama-the holy name of the Lord;\n\nsada-always;\n\n/a'be-you should chant; vraje-in Vrndavana; radha-k[$1)a-seva-service to\nRadha and Kr�r:Ja; manase-within the mind; karibe-you should do.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Do not expect honor, but offer all respect to others. Always chant the holy\nname of Lord Km•a, and within your mind render service to Radha and Kr�r;�a\nin Vrndavana.\nPURPORT\nSrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura says in his Amrta-pravaha-bha$ya that when a man\nand woman are married, they beget children and are thus entangled in family life.\nTalk concerning such family life is called gramya-katha. A person in the renounced\norder never indulges in either hearing or talking about such subjects. He should\nnot eat palatable dishes, since that is unfit for a person in the renounced order. He\nshould show all respect to others, but should not expect respect for himself. In\nthis way, one should chant the holy name of the Lord and think of how to serve\nRadha and Kr�r:Ja in Vrndavana.\n\nTEXT 238\n\nlfl� '!' ���'ltit9f �t� '<t-'( @9fr;;lif-t I\n!�Qit� itf$ ��t� 9ft�t� �t� ll ��11-ll\nei ta' sar'lk$epe ami kai/un upadesa\nsvarupera thafii ihara paibe vi5e$a\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; ta'-certainly; sar'lk$epe-in brief; ami-1; kailun upadesa-have\ngiven instruction; svarupera thafii-from SvarOpa Damodara; ihara-of this instruction; paibe-you will get; vi5e$a-all details.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have briefly given you My instructions. Now you will get all details about\nthem from Svarupa Damodara.\n\n", "ant2#p0343": "Text 241]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n311\n\nTEXT 239\n\n�<ttlff9f �O{'lr�Ol �r�rtRr<� ����0{1 1\n'l!l'lftfo\\0!1 �tO!ClfO( <J>'li§O!'l�: lflfi �f�: n\" <. �_, II\ntwad api sunicena\ntaror iva sahi$QUna\n\namanina manadena\n\nkirtaniya/:1 sada hari/:1\"\nSYNONYMS\n\ntwat api-than downtrodden grass; sunicena-being lower; taro/:1-than a\ntree; iva-indeed; sahi$QUna-with more tolerance; amanina-without being\npuffed up by false pride; manadena-giving respect to all; kirtaniya/:1-to be\nchanted; sada-always; hari/:1-the holy name of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One who thinks himself lower than grass, who is more tolerant than a tree,\nand who does not expect personal honor but is always prepared to give\nrespect to others, can very easily always chant the holy name of the Lord.\"\nTEXT 240\n\n<.!1\\! �til' �ilt� <t� ij�'Jt\n\n���if �<ti'i1 itr;� �9!i-�t�� II �8\" II\neta suni' raghunatha vandi/a caral)a\nmahaprabhu kaila tarire krpa-alirigana\nSYNONYMS\n\neta suni'-hearing this; raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; vandi/a caraQa-offered\nprayers to the lotus feet; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kai/a-did;\ntarire-him; krpa-a/irigana-embracing out of mercy.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving heard this, Raghunatha dasa offered prayers at the lotus feet of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, and the Lord, with great mercy, embraced him.\nTEXT 241\n\n�: ��� it� C151�� \"'ttil I\n'q1f1f-(;:J�<t1' �� �9(� :Jitilll �8� II\n\n", "ant2#p0344": "312\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\npuna/:! samarpila tarire svarupera sthane\n'antarariga-seva' kare svarupera sane\nSYNONYMS\npuna/:1 -again; samarpila-handed over; tarire-him; svarupera sthane-to\nSvarOpa Damodara; antarariga-seva-very confidential service; kare-he renders;\nsvarupera sane-with SvarOpa Damodara.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu again entrusted him to Svariipa Damodara. Thus\nRaghunatha dasa rendered very confidential service with Svariipa Damodara\nGosvami.\nPURPORT\nAntarariga-seva refers to service performed in one's spiritual body. SvarOpa\nDamodara Gosvami was formerly Lalitadevi. Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, who was\namong his assistants, now also began to serve Radha and Kr�l)a within his mind.\nTEXT 242\n\nm-� �tl� � c;\"St)�� <e�1t'l 1\n\n�e.�� �Rt'11 f�i{ ll �8� ll\nhena-kale aila saba gauc;/era bhakta-gaQa\npurvavat prabhu sabaya karila milana\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kale-at this time; aila-ca me; saba-all; gauc;/era bhakta-gaQa-devotees from Bengal; purva-vat-as formerly; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nsabaya-every one of them; karila milana-met.\nTRANSLATION\nAt this time, all the devotees from Bengal arrived, and, as previously, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu met them with great feeling.\nTEXT 243\n\n� i'l'c$1 '�� �'t, �fu�-��i{ I\n�Cfl \"1'$1 '�;.y1 �'t. <1�-,�t�i{ ll �8� ll\nsaba lana kaila prabhu guQc;/ica-marjana\nsaba lana kaila prabhu vanya-bhojana\n\n", "ant2#p0345": "Text 245]\n\nlord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n313\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsaba /ana-taking all of them;\n\nkai/a-performed;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; guQ(iica-marjana-washing of the Gur:J<;lica temple; saba /anawith all of them; kaila-performed; prabhu-Sri Caitanya; vanya-bhojana-eating in the garden.\nTRANSLATION\nAs He had previously done, He cleansed the Gur:-c;fica temple and held a picnic feast in the garden with the devotees.\n\nTEXT 244\n\n11\"�� ��1 �$1 ��\"ft il� I\n\n��' �ttQ{1f ���til ��(if 1{illl �88 ll\nratha-yatraya saba lana karila nartana\ndekhi' raghunathera camatkara haifa mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nratha-yatraya-during the Ratha-yatra performance; saba /ana-taking all of\nthem; karila nartana-danced; dekhi'-seeing; raghunathera-of Raghunatha\ndasa; camatkara-struck with wonder; haifa-became; mana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord again danced with the devotees during the Ratha-yatra festival.\nSeeing this, Raghunatha dasa was struck with wonder.\n\nTEXT 245\n\n1f�t�·Wl:lt �t� ��tt1f fil�1 I\n�'!-� i\"tt1\" �- �� ��� ll �8� ll\nraghunatha-dasa yabe sabare milila\nadvaita-acarya tanre bahu krpa kaila\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nraghunatha-dasa-Raghunatha dasa; yabe-when; sabare milila-met all the\ndevotees;\n\nadvaita-acarya-Advaita Acarya;\n\nkrpa-mercy; kaila-did.\n\ntanre-unto him;\n\nbahu-much;\n\n", "ant2#p0346": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n314\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Raghunatha dasa met all the devotees, Advaita Acarya showed him\ngreat mercy.\nTEXT 246\n\nf-t�·(;lli{ �t� � ��'I I\n\n'\\!t1rl �iff;\\! '\\!t� f9f\\!1 9ftitbr tif-t '8fi{ 11�8·\nsivananda-sena tanre kahena vivaraf)a\ntoma laite tamara pita pathaila dasa jana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsivananda-sena-Sivananda Sena; tatire-unto him; kahena-says; vivaraQadescription; toma laite-to take you; tamara pita-your father; pathaila-sent;\ndasa jana-ten men.\n\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe also met Sivananda Sena, who informed him, \"Your father sent ten men\nto take you away.\nTEXT 247\n\n�tr;� 9ft�\\! � 9ft��'( (;;jttf I\n\n�tt<t�11'1 � Q!1111 ifl9ftlfl31 (;'Stif �tf II �8� II\ntomare pathaite patri pathaila more\njhankara ha-ite toma na pana gela ghare\n\nSYNONYMS\ntomare-you; pathaite-to send back; patri-letter; pathaila more-sent to\nme; jhankara ha-ite-from Jharikara; toma-you; na pana-not getting; ge/a\nghare-returned home.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"He wrote me a letter asking me to send you back, but when those ten men\nreceived no information about you, they returned home from Jhatikara.\"\nTEXT 248\n\n�� ;rt� 11'�' 'e�'St'l (;'$11� (;'St'fl I\n�fil' �� r;r\\!1 1111.1JJ 9ft��'fl II �Sir U\n\n", "ant2#p0347": "Text 250]\n\n315\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\ncari masa rahi' bhakta-gaf)a gau(ie ge/a\nsuni' raghunathera pita manu�ya pathaila\nSYNONYMS\n\ncari masa-for four months; rahi'-rema i n i ng ; bhakta-gaf)a-all the devotees;\ngau(ie ge/a-returned to Bengal; sun i'-h ear i ng; raghunathera pita-the father of\nRaghunatha dasa; manu�ya-a man; pathaila-sent.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all the devotees from Bengal returned home after staying at Jagannatha Puri for four months, Raghunatha dasa's father heard about their arrival\nand therefore sent a man to Sivananda Sena.\n\nTEXT 249\n\n� �iflJJ �fi{l'f·(;:J!�t11 �� I\n\n�� •tt� �<Ti '�;fi' ,wr� u �s� •\nse manu�ya sivananda-senere puchi/a\n\"mahaprabhura sthane eka 'vairagi' dekhila\n\nSYNONYMS\nse\n\nmanu�ya-that\n\npuchi/a-inquired ;\n\nmessenger;\n\nmahaprabhura\n\nsivananda-senere-from\nsthane-at\n\nthe\n\nplace\n\nSivananda\nof\n\nSri\n\nSena;\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; eka vairagi-a person in the renounced order; dekhila-did you\nsee.\nTRANSLATION\nThat man inquired from Sivananda Sena, \"Did you see anyone in the\nrenounced order at the residence of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu?\n\nTEXT 250\n\n(;'itt�(�� (;�t�, �1�-'�t-t' I\nifl\"'1ti''1 ��R 'eft� c;i!'t1la �'f ?\" ��o I\ngovardhanera putra tenho, nama-'raghunatha'\nnilaca/e paricaya ache tamara satha?\"\n\n", "ant2#p0348": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n316\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSYNONYMS\ngovardhanera-of Govardhana; putra-the son; tetiho-he; nama-named;\nraghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; ni/aca/e-in Nilacala; paricaya ache-is there acquaintance; tamara satha-with you.\nTRANSLATION\n\"That person is Raghunatha dasa, the son of Govardhana Majumadara. Did\nyou meet him in N ilacala?\"\nTEXT 251\n\nr-t�lil'*f ��,-\"� U � \"'ttil I\n� �� c;��' c;<li� ilt� �ttil II -\\�) II\nsivananda kahe,\n\n-\"tetiho haya prabhura sthane\n\n·\n\nparama vikhyata tetiho, keba nahi jane\n\nSYNONYMS\nsivananda kahe-Sivananda Sena replied;\n\ntetiho-he;\n\nhaya-is;\n\nprabhura\n\nsthane-with Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; parama vik hyata-very famous;\ntetiho-he; keba-who; nahi jane-does not know.\nTRANSLATION\nSivananda Sena replied, \" Yes, sir. Raghunatha dasa is with Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and is a very famous man. Who does not know him?\n\nTEXT 252\n\n�� \"'tti '!rot �firnttliil �oar� 1\n\n1!1� �9'$fC'f� c;��i � �'t� 11-\\�� II\nsvarupera sthane tare kariyachena samarpaQa\nprabhura bhakta-gaQera tetiho haya praQa-sama\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupera sthane-to SvarOpa Damodara; tare-him; kariyachena samarpaQaLord Caitanya has given charge of; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-gaQera-of all the devotees; tetiho-he; haya-is; praQa-the life; sama-like.\n\n", "ant2#p0349": "Text 254]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n317\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has placed him under the charge of Svarupa\nDamodara. Raghunatha dasa has become just like the life of all the Lord's\ndevotees.\nTEXT 253\n\n�-�i{ �r;� ��1 il1;r·��� I\nllli'l�(jj i{t� titC:� 121� 1>�'1 II �<2'� II\nratri-dina kare tetiho nama-satikirtana\nk?aQa-matra nahi chaqe prabhura caraQa\nSYNONYMS\nratri-dina-all day and night; kare-performs; tetiho-he; nama-satikirtanachanting of the Hare Kr�l)a mantra; k?aQa-matra-even for a moment; nahi\nchaqe-does not give up; prabhura caraQa-the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He chants the Hare Kr��a maha-mantra all day and night. He never gives\nup the shelter of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, not even for a moment.\n\nTEXT 254\n\n� c�t�J '!t�, iltr� �\"f>J-�Rf� ,\n\n� C�C:� ��1� �fif' �1-tr;11 ��ttl II �<2'8 II\nparama vairagya tara, nahi bhak?ya-paridhana\nyaiche taiche ahara kari' rakhaye paraQa\nSYNONYMS\nparama-supreme; vairagya-renunciation; tara-his; nahi-not; bhak?yaeating; paridhana-dressing; yaiche taiche-somehow or other; ahara kari'-eating; rakhaye paraQa-keeps life.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He is in the supreme order of renounced life. Indeed, he does not care\nabout eating or dressing. Somehow or other he eats and maintains his life.\n\n", "ant2#p0350": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n318\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTEXT 255\n\n5f� �tfijj <;'$fr;� '��t•f�' ,�Rim 1\n\n����t� ��1 � �� �f� II �<t<t II\ndasa-daQc;/a ratri gele 'pu$piil'lja/i' dekhiya\nsirhha-dvare khac;la haya ahara lagiya\n\nSYNONYMS\ndasa-daQc;/a-ten daQc;/as\n\n(240 minutes); ratri-night; ge/e-having gone;\n\npu$piil'ljali-the pu$panjali performance; dekhiya-after seeing; sirhha-dvare-at\nthe Simha-dvara gate; khac;la haya-stands; ahara lagiya-to get some alms for\neating.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"After ten da�«;Jas [four hours] of the night have passed and Raghunatha\ndasa has seen the performance of pu�pafijali, he stands at the Simha-dvara\ngate to beg some alms to eat.\nTEXT 256\n\n�� �rw ,W1l, �t<� <'fi�t11 �\"''� 1\n<fit_ ���a�, <tit <ti� �('I 11\" �<t� 11\nkeha yadi deya, tabe karaye bhak$af)a\nkabhu upavasa, kabhu karaye carvaQa\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nkeha-someone; yadi-if; deya- offers; tabe-then; karaye bhak$aQa-he\neats;\n\nkabhu-sometimes;\n\nupavasa-fasting; kabhu-sometimes;\n\nkaraye car­\n\nvaQa-he chews.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"He eats if someone gives him something to eat. Sometimes he fasts, and\nsometimes he chews fried grains.\"\nTEXT 257\n\n�� �fil' '�� �\"l1JJ <;'$ft<f('iPitt� I\n\n<fi�� f'$f111 �<t ��i{t�·f<t<t�t'i II �cr� II\n\n", "ant2#p0351": "Text 259]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n319\n\neta suni' sei manu$ya govardhana-sthane\nkahila giya saba raghunatha-vivaraQe\nSYNONYMS\neta suni'-hearing this; sei manu$ya-that messenger; govardhana-sthane-to\nGovardhana\n\nMajumadara;\n\nkahila-spoke;\n\ngiya-going;\n\nsaba-everything;\n\nraghunatha-vivaraQe-the description of Raghunatha dasa.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing this, the messenger returned to Govardhana Majumadara and\ninformed him all about Raghunatha dasa.\n\nTEXT 258\n\n�fil' it� �t�i f?t�i �:f�i! ���I\n\n�-tt� \\H<!IJ·�il.� ?tttt�ti! � C<fi� II �<Hr II\nsuni' tanra mata pita dul)khita ha-i/a\nputra-thafii dravya-manu$ya pathaite mana kaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; tanra-his; mata pita-father and mother; dui)khita ha-ila-became very unhappy; putra-thafii-to their son; dravya-manu$ya-articles and\nmen; pathaite-to send; mana kai/a-decided.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing the description of Raghunatha dasa's behavior in the renounced\norder, his father and mother were very unhappy. Therefore they decided to\nsend him some men with goods for his comfort.\n\nTEXT 259\n\n�trn-r� ;,r�, �� '�1, \\fl<!i l3t'Jfi'l 1\n�<!!tilt�� �tr� �nt�� i!i!�'l n �<t� 11\ncari-sata mudra, dui bhrtya, eka brahmaQa\nsivanandera thafii pathaila tata-k$aQa\n\n", "ant2#p0352": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n320\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSYNONYMS\ncari-sata\n\nmudra-four\n\nhundred\n\ncoins;\n\ndui\n\nbhrtya-two\n\nservants;\n\neka\n\nbrahmal)a-one brahmal)a; sivanandera thani-to Sivananda Sena; pathailasent; tata-k�al)a -immediately.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa's father immediately sent four hundred coins, two servants and one brahmal)a to Sivananda Sena.\nTEXT 260\n\n��rtil\"f ��,-\"1_fil � ���! iftf.� 1\n�fir � �r;�, �t'IIBI �r;tr �(\"f! II � �\n\no\n\nII\n\nsivananda kahe, -\"tumi saba yaite nariba\nami yai yabe, amara sange yaiba\nSYNONYMS\nsivananda kahe-Sivananda Sena said; tumi-you; saba-all; yaite naribacannot go; ami yai-1 go; yabe-when; amara sar'lge-with me; yaiba-you will\ngo.\nTRANSLATION\nSivananda Sena informed them, \" You cannot go to Jagannatha Puri directly.\nWhen I go there, you may accompany me.\nTEXT 261\n\n�� �F� ��' ��� 'fJitfil �� �I\nI!� �t�1 ��tr;� �t'f \"1'�1 �'Pl_ll ��� \"\nebe ghara yaha, yabe ami saba calimu\ntabe toma sabakare sange lana yamu\nSYNONYMS\nebe-now;\n\nghara\n\nyaha-go\n\nhome;\n\nyabe-when;\n\namt-we;\n\nsaba-all;\n\nca/imu-will go; tabe-then; toma sabakare-all of you; sar'lge-with; /alia-taking; yamu-1 shall go.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now go home. When all of us go, I shall take all of you with me.\"\n\n", "ant2#p0353": "Lord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\nText 263]\n\n321\n\nTEXT 262\n\n<.!1� �' �����(�I\n�t�-� � fi!rf� �II��� II\nei ta' prastave sri kavi-karQapura\nraghunatha-mahima granthe likhila pracura\n\nSYNONYMS\nei ta' prastave-in this connection; sri kavi-karQapura-the poet named Kavikarr:tapOra; raghunatha-mahima-the glories of Raghunatha dasa; granthe-in his\nbook; lik hi la\n\n-\n\nwrote; pracura-much.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDescribing this incident, the great poet Sri Kavi-karQapura has written extensively about the glorious activities of Raghunatha dasa in his book.\nTEXT 263\n\n\"<5!totc�1 ��'l\"!f<!: \"311��= �<tt�c�r<1f.2l\"l!��c�1 �,<�N ��JN�\"l: �1'ttN-c<��\"11l'ti!\"'ftl(. 1\n�b;�'lf'W9ftf\\!ic�<��\"\"'!��f.l5,�i: \"lfili9ft�csn\n\nh�1hlr<ll'f-lN-;f<r.� f<Tilic�1 \"l'l<'�to\"CC'ff���tl{. �������\nacaryo yadunandanab sumadhurab sri-vasudeva-priyas\ntac-chi�yo raghunatha ity adhiguQab praQadhiko madrsam\nsri-caitanya-krpatireka-satata-snigdhab svarupanugo\nvairagyaika-nidhir na kasya vidito ni/aca/e ti�thatam\n\nSYNONYMS\nacaryab\n\nyadunandanab-Y adunandana Acarya;\n\nsu-madhurab-very\n\nwell\n\nbehaved; sri-vasudeva-priyab-very dear to Sri Vasudeva Datta Thakura; tatsi�yab-his disciple; raghunathab-Raghunatha dasa; iti-thus; adhiguQab-so\nqualified; praQa-adhikab-more dear than life; ma-drsam-of all the devotees of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu like me; sri-caitanya-krpa-by the mercy of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\natireka-excess;\n\nsatata-snigdhab-always\n\npleasing;\n\nsvarupa­\n\nanugab-following in the footsteps of SvarOpa Damodara; vairagya-of renunciation; eka-nidhib-the ocean;\n\nna-not;\n\nkasya-by whom;\n\nviditab-known;\n\nni/aca/e-at )agannatha Puri; ti�thatam-of those who were staying.\n\n", "ant2#p0354": "322\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Raghunatha dasa is a disciple of Yadunandana Acarya, who is very gentle\nand is extremely dear to Vasudeva Datta, a resident of Kaiicanapalli. Because\nof Raghunatha dasa's transcendental qualities, he is always more dear than life\nfor all of us devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Since he has been favored\nby the abundant mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he is always pleasing.\nVividly providing a superior example for the renounced order, this very dear\nfollower of Svarupa Damodara Gosvami is the ocean of renunciation. Who\namong the residents of Nilacala [Jagannatha Puri] does not know him very\nweiU\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Sri Caitanya-candrodaya-nataka (1 0.3) of Kavi-karr;�apOra.\nTEXT 264\n\n<r: 1J�arth>�1!r.ltl%ii'SJ1\nC'IT�t'itr'¥:: �tfswW�9fsJ1 1\n<r<1il�mc�t9f9�.,J�l.,,\n��'C �'Il\"ttft 'lf<i<llr{�<'[J: II <..,);, 8 II\n\nyab sarva-lokaika-manobhirucya\nsaubhagya-bhab kacid akma-pacya\nyatrayam aropaQa-tulya-ka/arh\ntat-prema-sakhi phalavan atulyab\nSYNONYMS\nyab-who; sarva-loka-of all the devotees in Puri; eka-foremost; manab-of\n\nthe minds; abhirucya-by the affection; saubhagya-bhab-the ground of good\n\nfortune; kacit-indescribable; akr?ta-pacya-perfect without tilling or perfect\nwithout practice;\n\nyatra-in which;\n\nayam-this;\n\naropaQa-tulya-ka/am-at the\n\nsame time as the sowing of the seed; tat-prema-sakhi-a tree of the love of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; pha/avan-fruitful; atulyab-the matchless.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Because he is very pleasing to all the devotees, Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\neasily became like the fertile earth of good fortune in which it was suitable for\nthe seed of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu to be sown. At the same time that the\nseed was sown, it grew into a matchless tree of the love of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and produced fruit.\"\n\n", "ant2#p0355": "Text 267]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n323\n\nPURPORT\nThis is the next verse from Sri Caitanya-candrodaya-nataka (1 0.4).\nTEXT 265\n\n�\"f �f;fi � �ii.tlJJ �� I\n�('1_� (;��� �� ��� II ��� II\n5ivananda yaiche sei manu�ye kahifa\nkaruapura sei-rupe 5foka varuifa\nSYNONYMS\n5ivananda-Sivananda\n\nSena;\n\nyaiche-as;\n\nsei-unto\n\nthe;\n\nmanu�ye­\n\nmessenger; kahi /a-said; karuapura-the great poet Kavi-kar�apOra; sei rOpe-in\nthat way; 5foka varuifa-co mposed verses.\nTRANSLATION\nIn these verses, the great poet Kavi-karr:\"�apfira gives the same information\nthat Sivananda Sena conveyed to the messenger from Raghunatha dasa's\nfather.\nTEXT 266\n\n�t\"J� f-t�til\"f �� ���O'f I\n�iltt�� (;��<!i, �� ;i� �� �� II ��� II\nvar�antare 5ivananda cafe nifacafe\nraghunathera sevaka, vipra tanra sange cafe\nSYNONYMS\nvar�a-antare-the next year; 5ivananda-Sivananda Sena; cafe nifacafe-was\ngoing to Jagannatha Puri; raghunathera-of Raghunatha dasa; sevaka-the servants; vipra-and the brahmaua; tanra sailge-with him; cafe-go.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next year, when Sivananda Sena was going to Jagannatha Puri as usual,\nthe servants and the brahmar:'la, who was a cook, went with him.\nTEXT 267\n\n�l �:ll ��' Titfif·llf(! IJ.� 'i$1 I\n�� �iltr;� fiff\"f� �tnt�1 II ��'\\ II\n\n", "ant2#p0356": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n324\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nsei vipra bhrtya, cari-sata mudra /aria\nnT/aca/e raghunathe milila asiya\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei\n\nvipra-that\n\nbrahmaQa;\n\nbhrtya-the\n\nservants;\n\ncari-sata\n\nmudra-four\n\nhundred coins; /aria-bringing; nilacale-at Jagannatha Puri; raghunathe-with\nRaghunatha dasa; milila-met; asiya-coming.\nTRANSLATION\nThe servants and brahmar:'Ja brought four hundred coins to Jagannatha Puri,\nand there they met Raghunatha dasa.\nTEXT 268\n\n��-5f� �lfl�RI i{l �Rti'f I\ni!f<U ilf'�1 �� � ��i'f II ��11' II\nraghunatha-dasa arigTkara na kari/a\ndravya /aria dui-jana taharii rahila\nSYNONYMS\nraghunatha-dasa-Raghunatha dasa; arigikara na karila-did not accept; dravya\n/aria-taking the wealth; dui-jana-two persons; taharii rahi/a-remained there.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa did not accept the money and men sent by his father.\nTherefore a servant and the brahmar:'Ja stayed there with the money.\nTEXT 269\n\nt;!t� �ift� �fif' �r;�� ��� I\n\n';ftt� 'llflr� ��i'f1 �t_� �1111'1 II ��� II\ntabe raghunatha kari' aneka yatana\nmase dui-dina kaila prabhura nimantraQa\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; kari' aneka yatana-with\ngreat attention; mase-every month; dui-dina-two days; kaila-he made;\nprabhura nimantraQa-invitation to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant2#p0357": "Text 272]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n325\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, Raghunatha dasa invited Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to his house\nwith great attention for two days every month.\nTEXT 270\n\ntl f�t'l 'ftt'$f ,�� ��9f'l I\n�t'fi't·,�·�t� <fi� �ti!� ��'Ill �'\\o II\ndui nimantraf)e /age kaugi a?ta-paf)a\nbrahmaf)a-bhrtya-thaiii karena eteka grahaf)a\nSYNONYMS\ndui nimantraf)e-these two invitations;\n\n/age-cost; kaugi a�ta-paf)a-640\n\nkaugis; brahmaf)a-bhrtya-thafii-from the brahmaf)a and the servant; karenadoes; eteka-so much; grahaf)a-accepting.\nTRANSLATION\nThe cost for. these two occasions was 640 kau«;Jis. Therefore he would take\nthat much from the servant and the brahmar,a.\nTEXT 271\n\n��1fi! fil1f�'l �� �� '<fi�1 I\n�ttli ���tQf fil�'llit�' fir� II �'\\ � II\nei-mata nimantraf)a var?a dui kai/a\npache raghunatha nimantraf)a chagi' dila\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; nimantraf)a-invitation; var?a dui-for two years; kai/acontinued; pache-at the end; raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; nimantraf)a-invitation; chagi' di/a-gave up.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa continued to invite Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in this way\nfor two years, but at the end of the second year he stopped.\nTEXT 272\n\n1(�-�� � �Qf ifl <fit� fil1f!l'l I\n�t9f �� l!t� llfm �15!� n � 'l� II\n\n", "ant2#p0358": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n326\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nmasa-dui yabe raghunatha na kare nimantraf)a\nsvarupe puchila tabe sacira nandana\nSYNONYMS\nmasa-dui-for two months; yabe-when; raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; na\nkare nimantraf)a-does not invite; svarDpe puchi/a-inquired from SvarOpa\nDamodara; tabe-at that time; sacira nandana-the son of mother Saci, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Raghunatha dasa neglected to invite Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nfor two consecutive months, the Lord, the son of Saci, questioned Svariipa\nDamodara.\nTEXT 273\n\n'�� ,� �1;rrn �•'� �1�' fif\"f ?'\n� <f.t�,-\"�il f<fi� ��t� <fifif\"f 11 �'l� n\n'raghu kene amaya nimantraf)a chac;Ji' di/a?'\nsvarDpa kahe, -\"mane kichu vicara karila\nSYNONYMS\nraghu-Raghunatha dasa; kene-why; amaya-to Me; nimantraQa-invitation;\n\nchac;Ji' dila-has stopped;\n\nsvarDpa kahe-SvarOpa Damodara replied;\n\nmane-within his mind; kichu-something; vicara karila-he has thought.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord asked, \"Why has Raghunatha dasa stopped inviting Mel\" Svariipa\nDamodara replied, \"He must have reconsidered something in his mind.\nTEXT 274\n\n�'1� i!f�J \"f�1 <fifif f�l'l I\n$li iO �� ��rn illfl� �!_� ;ri{ II �'l8 II\nvi�ayira dravya fafia kari nimantraf)a\nprasanna na haya ihaya jani prabhura mana\nSYNONYMS\nvi�ayira dravya-things supplied by m aterialistic men; /ana-accepting; kari\nnimantraf)a-1 invite; prasanna-satisfied; na haya-is not; ihaya-in this con-\n\n", "ant2#p0359": "Text 276]\n\nlord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n327\n\nnection; jani-1 can understand; prabhura mana-the mind of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'I invite Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu by accepting goods from materialistic\npeople. I know that the lord's mind is not satisfied by this.\n\nTEXT 275\n\n�� � (if� 'i'l� il1 � fi{Sfa, I\n\n�� fii�SI:'I c;lf�,-'121��1'·1f� ·� II '\"t II\nmora citta dravya /a-ite na haya nirmala\nei nimantraf)e dekhi, -'prati$tha'-matra phala\nSYNONYMS\nmora citta-my consciousness; dravya la-ite-to accept the goods; na haya-is\nnot; nirma/a-pure; ei nimantraf)e-by this invitation; dekhi-1 see; prati$thareputation; matra-on l y; pha/a-the result.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'My consciousness is impure because I accept all these goods from\n\npeople who are interested only in pounds, shillings and pence. Therefor-e by\nthis kind of invitation I only get some material reputation.\n\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura remarks that people who are under the\nbodily conception of life are called materialists. If we accept the offerings of such\npeople, place them before the Lord and invite Vai�r;�avas to partake of the\nprasada, that attempt will gain us only a material reputation, not the actual benefit\nof service to a pure Vai�r;�ava. One should therefore try to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead by fully surrendering at His lotus feet. If one engages for the\nservice of the Lord whatever money one has honestly earned, that is spiritual service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the spiritual master and the\nVai�r;tavas.\nTEXT 276\n\n��r;1ftr;$f 121¥_ c;�t� 'Jfttili{ fii'JfS'I I\nif! �tfe{l';a, �:� �lt�<fi 1!_( iSfi{ II '9� II\n\n", "ant2#p0360": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n328\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nuparodhe prabhu mora manena nimantraf)a\nna manile du/:lkhi ha-ibeka murkha jana\nSYNONYMS\nuparodhe-by my request; prabhu-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; moramy; manena-accepts; nimantraQa-invitation; na manile-if He does not accept; du/:lkhi-unhappy; ha-ibeka-will become; murkha jana-foolish person.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'At my request Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepts the invitations because\nHe knows that a foolish person like me would be unhappy if He did not accept\nthem.'\nPURPORT\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura says that people who are advanced in\nlearning but attached to material enjoyment, who are puffed up by material\npossessions, by birth in an elevated aristocratic family or by education, may offer\nshowbottle devotional service to the Deity and also offer prasada to Vai�r:Javas.\nBecause of their ignorance, however, they cannot understand that since their\nminds are materially polluted, neither the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord\nKr�r:Ja, nor the Vai�r:Javas accept their offerings. If one accepts money from such\nmaterialistic persons to offer food to the Deity and Vai�r:Javas, a pure Vai�r:Java\ndoes not accept it. This causes unhappiness for the materialists because they are\nfully absorbed in the bodily conception of life. Therefore they sometimes turn\nagainst the Vai�r:Javas.\nTEXT 277\n\n�I! R�tfir�1 fil;j�� �t�' fwiif\" 1\n\n�fil' ;j��'- �f�' �fitt'! \"'ttR1\"'f II �'\\'\\ II\neta vicariya nimantraf)a chac;Ji' di/a\"\nsuni' mahaprabhu hasi' balite lagila\nSYNONYMS\neta vicariya-considering this;\n\nnimantraf)a-invitation; chac;Ji' dila-he has\n\nstopped; suni'-hearing; mahaprabhu -SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; hasi'-smiling;\nbalite /agi/a-began to say.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Considering all these points,\" Svariipa Damodara concluded, \"he has\nstopped inviting You.\" Hearing this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu smiled and\nspoke as follows.\n\n", "ant2#p0361": "Text 279]\n\n329\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\nTEXT 278\n\n\"��11' �� �t�t\"f ';{fifil �HI ';!� I\nJffifil ';{il �t\"f ilt� �� \"il�'i II �'llr ll\n\"vi�ayira anna khaile ma/ina haya mana\nmalina mana haile nahe kr�Qera smaraQa\nSYNONYMS\nvi�ayira-of materialistic persons; anna-food; khaile-if one eats; ma/inacontaminated; haya mana\nhai/e-when\n\nthe\n\n-\n\nthe mind becomes; ma/ina-contaminat� ; mana\n\nmind becomes;\n\nnahe-is\n\nnot;\n\nkr�Qera-of\n\nLord\n\nKr�l)a;\n\nsmaraQa -remembrance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When one eats food offered by a materialistic man, one's mind becomes\ncontaminated, and when the mind is contaminated, one is unable to think of\nKm1a properly.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura suggests that people who are materialistically inclined and sahajiyas, or so-called Vai�l)avas who take everything very\ncasually, are both vi�ayi, materialists. Eating food offered by them causes contamination, and as a result of such contamination, even a serious devotee becomes like a materialistic man. There are six kinds of association-giving charity,\naccepting charity, accepting food, offering food, talking confidentially and inquiring confidentially. One should very carefully avoid associating with both the sahajiyas, who are sometimes known as Vai�l)avas, and the non-Vai�l)avas, or\navai�Qavas. Their association changes the transcendental devotional service of\nLord Kr�l)a into sense gratification, and when sense gratification enters the mind\nof a devotee, he is contaminated. The materialistic person who aspires after sense\ngratification cannot properly think of Kr�l)a.\nTEXT 279\n\n�� �� �11 '��' �1fS'i I\n�, ,<et•1-�·m ';{� �11 ';Iilli �\"� u\nvi�ayira anna haya 'rajasa' nimantraQa\ndata, bhokta-dunhara malina haya mana\nSYNONYMS\nvi�ayira-offered by materialistic men; anna-food; haya-is; rajasa-in the\nmode of passion; nimantraQa-invitation; data-the person who offers; bhokta-\n\n", "ant2#p0362": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n330\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nthe person who accepts such an offering; dunhara-of both of them; rna/inacontaminated; haya mana-the mind becomes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When one accepts an invitation from a person contaminated by the material mode of passion, the person who offers the food and the person who accepts it are both mentally contaminated.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura says that there are three varieties of invitationsthose in the mode of goodness, those in passion and those in ignorance. An invitation accepted from a pure devotee is in the mode of goodness, an invitation\naccepted from a person who is pious but materially attached is in the mode of\npassion, and an invitation accepted from a person who is materially very sinful is\nin the mode of ignorance.\nTEXT 280\n\n�·�� �\"� �tfif �\\! nr� fil� 1\n�� c��tQT-�fil111 �t�filllt�� u\"��ro n\ninhara sankoce ami eta dina nila\nbhala haila-janiya apani char;fi di/a\"\nSYNONYMS\ninhara s ankoce-because of his eagerness; ami-1; eta dina-for so many days;\nni/a-1 accepted; bhala haifa-it is very good; janiya-knowing; apani-automatically; char;fi dila-he has given up.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because of Raghunatha dasa's eagerness, I accepted his invitation for\nmany days. It is very good that Raghunatha dasa, knowing this, has now automatically given up this practice.\"\nTEXT 281\n\n�\\! 11ft� 11��t� ��1/t�Rl -tf�fli I\nfitijl �t�' 11tf�111 ��t\\! CCI�'# �f�ilft II �lr� II\nkata dine raghunatha sirhha-dvara char;fila\nchatre yai' magiya khaite arambha karila\n\n", "ant2#p0363": "Text 283]\n\n331\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\nSYNONYMS\n\nkata dine-after some days;\n\nraghunatha-Raghunatha dasa;\n\nsirhha-dvara\n\ncha(lila-gave up standing at the gate known as Simha-dvara; chatre yai'-going\nto an alms booth; magiya-begging; khaite-to eat; arambha karila-he began.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter some days, Raghunatha dasa gave up standing near the Sirilha-dvara\ngate and instead began eating by begging alms from a booth for free distribution of food.\nTEXT 282\n\n(;'$ffR15f-9ltllf �fil' c2f!_ �� llil�9lt� I\n,�,�..1 a;rtf'$f' �t� �til il� �����' ?�lr-�11\ngovinda-pasa suni' prabhu puchena svarupere\n'raghu bhik�a lagi' tha(la kene nahe sirhha-dvare'?\nSYNONYMS\ngovinda-pasa-from\n\nGovinda;\n\nsuni'-hearing;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; puchena svarupere-inquired from SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami;\nraghu-Raghunatha dasa; bhik�a lagi'-for begging; tha(la kene nahe-why does\nhe not stand; sirhha-dvare-at the Simha-dvara gate.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard this news from Govinda, He inquired\nfrom Svariipa Damodara, \"Why does Raghunatha dasa no longer stand at the\nSirilha-dvara gate to beg alms J\"\nTEXT 283\n\nllil�9l �t�,-\"��� �=� ���1fll\n\n� �Rt' �rn �ur��� Ht�i 11\"�� 11\nsvarupa kahe, -\"sirhha-dvare du/:lkha anubhaviya\nchatre magi' khaya madhyahna-kale giya\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvarupa kahe-SvarOpa Damodara replied; sirhha-dvare-at the Simha-dvara\ngate; du/:lkha anubhaviya-feeling unhappy;\n\nchatre-at the charity booth;\n\nmagi'-begging; khaya-he eats; madhyahna-kale-at midday; giya-going.\n\n", "ant2#p0364": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n332\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara replied, \"Raghunatha dasa felt unhappy standing at the\nSirilha-dvara. Therefore he is now going at midday to beg alms from the\ncharity booth.\"\nTEXT 284\n\n<21t_ <\\'it�,-�'��' � ��� I\n����rot f�llfi-�f�-,��J.rrn ��i� 11 ��rs 11\nprabhu kahe, -\"bhala kai/a, chagi/a sirhha-dvara\nsirhha-dvare bhik$a-vrtti-ve$yara acara\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; bha/a kaila-he has done well;\nchagi/a sirhha-dvara-he has given up standing at the Sirhha-dvara; sirhha-dvare\nbhik$a-vrtti-to beg alms standing at the Sirhha-dvara;\n\nvesyara acara-the\n\nbehavior of a prostitute.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this news, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"He has done very well\nby no longer standing at the Sirilha-dvara gate. Such begging of alms resembles the behavior of a prostitute.\nTEXT 285\n\n�Qjtf�-f<f\"ll�\"l!�\"l!t'if�i%, ��� if\"t��. �C'l\"Of iM�\"l!9f�: I �C\"l!�H� lfPJJ�, �CO{Oltf9f Of lf\\S\"l{�: �C\"ll�f�,\n\n� if\"t�f� ��Jtfir II :('cr¢ II\nkim artham ayam agacchati, ayarh dasyati, anena dattam ayam\napara/:1. samety ayarh dasyati, anenapi na dattam\nanya/:1 same$yati, sa dasyati ity adi.\nSYNONYMS\n\nkim artham-why; ayam-this person; agacchati-is coming; ayam-this person; dasyati-will give; anena-by this person; dattam-given; ayam-this;\n\napara/:1\n\n-\n\nother; sameti-comes near; ayam-this person; dasyati-will give;\n\nan ena-by this person; api-also; na-n ot ; dattam-given; anya/:1-another;\nsame$yati-will come near; sa/:1-he; dasyati-wil l give; iti-thus; adi-and so\non.\n\n", "ant2#p0365": "Text 287]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n333\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Here is a person coming near. He will give me something. This person\ngave me something last night. Now another person is coming near. He may\ngive me something. The person who just passed did not give me anything, but\nanother person will come, and he will give me something.' Thus a person in\nthe renounced order gives up his neutrality and depends on the charity of this\nperson or that. Thinking in this way, he adopts the occupation of a prostitute.\nTEXT 286\n\n�ii �� �qf1-'fte ��·'e1f'l I\nQ �� �' �t� �·JI�� ll\"�lr� II\nchatre yai yatha-labha udara-bharaQa\nanya katha nahi, sukhe kr$Qa-sankTrtana\"\nSYNONYMS\nchatre yai-going to the booth for free food distribution; yatha-labha-with\nwhatever is obtained; udara-bharaQa-filling the belly; anya-other; katha-talk;\nnahi-there is not; sukhe-happily; k{$Qa sankTrtana-chanting the Hare Kr��a\n-\n\nmaha-mantra.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If one goes to the booth where free food is distributed and fills his belly\nwith whatever he obtains, there is no chance of further unwanted talk, and one\ncan very peacefully chant the Hare Kr��a maha-mantra.\"\n\nTEXT 287\n\n�I!�, m �= <21� <li� 1\n\n'(;'Jt1�� �', '�W1·�' �tt11' fifl'flll�lr'lll\neta bali' tanre punab prasada karila\n'govardhanera sila', 'gunja-ma/a' tanre dila\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i -s ayi n g this; tanre-unto him; punab-again; prasada kari/a-gave\n'\n\nsomething in mercy; govardhanera si/a-a stone from Govardhana Hill; gunjamala-a garland of small conchshells; tanre di/a-delivered to him.\n\n", "ant2#p0366": "334\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu again bestowed His mercy upon\nRaghunatha dasa by giving him a piece of stone from Govardhana Hill and a\ngarland of small conchshells.\nTEXT 288\n\na&fQ'til\"l·�11�� �\"lt� i{ '�� �t�\"fl I\n\n�� � fif\"Ji·�Wtllt\"i \"'dPi <;'Sf� II �lrlr II\nsankarananda-sarasvatf vrndavana haite aila\nte!iha sei si/a-gunja-mala lana gela\nSYNONYMS\nsa!ikarananda-sarasvati-one of the devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nvrndavana haite-from Vrndavana; ai/a-came; teliha-he; sei-that; sila-gunjamala-stone and the garland of small conchshells; /ana-tak ing; ge/a-went.\nTRANSLATION\nPreviously, when Sankarananda Sarasvati had returned from Vrndavana, he\nhad brought the piece of stone from Govardhana Hill and also the garland of\nconchshells.\nTEXT 289\n\n�( osttQl'l �wmrtl'ti, <;ostt�(i{� 1\n'i� �� �ftt ��� �tt'St �t�' f\\f\"'1 II �lr� U\nparsve gantha gunja-mala, govardhana-sila\ndui vastu mahaprabhura age ani' dila\nSYNONYMS\nparsve-on one side; galitha-strung together; gunja-mala-the garland of\nsmall conchshells; govardhana-sila-the stone from Govardhana; dui vastu-two\nthings; mahaprabhura age-in front of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ani' di/a-presented.\nTRANSLATION\nHe presented Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu these two items-the garland of\nconchshells and the stone from Govardhana Hill.\n\n", "ant2#p0367": "Text 292]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n335\n\nTEXT 290\n\n�l ��(.�� �ttfll1 � �� �Qf11\n'Dt't1f � � �t1f �-� II��o II\ndui apurva-vastu paria prabhu tu�ta haifa\nsmaraQera kale gaie pare gurija-mala\nSYNONYMS\n\ndui-two; apurva-vastu-uncommon things; paria-getting; prabhu-Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; tu�ta haifa-became very happy; smaraQera kale._-at the\ntime of remembering (when He was chanting Hare Kr�r:Ja); gale -on the neck;\npare-wears; gurija-ma/a-the garland of small conchshells.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon receiving these two uncommon items, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was\nextremely happy. While chanting, He would put the garland around His neck.\nTEXT 291\n\n<;'$l�(�-f'itQf1 � 118lft1t·<:�tii 'ft� I\n� �Jl'RI i!lt't i{1l\", �t_ fitt� �t1f II��� II\ngovardhana-sila prabhu hrdaye-netre dhare\nkabhu nasaya ghraQa laya, kabhu sire kare\nSYNONYMS\n\ngovardhana-sila-the stone from Govardhana Hill;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; hrdaye-on the heart; netre-on the eyes; dhare-puts; kabhusometimes; nasaya-with the nose; ghraQa laya-smells; kabhu-sometimes;\nsire kare-He puts on His head.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord would put the stone to His heart or sometimes to His eyes. Sometimes He would smell it with His nose and sometimes place it on His head.\nTEXT 292\n\n<:��\"' <;�� f'itQf1 f�t� fiRl�1f I\n\nfat� �t�� ��-'?�·�tQf<l1f' II��� II\n\n", "ant2#p0368": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n336\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nnetra-ja/e sei si/a bhije nirantara\nsilare kahena prabhu- 'km)a-kalevara'\nSYNONYMS\nnetra jale-by the tears of His eyes; sei-that; sila-stone; bhije-remains\n-\n\nwet; niran tara-always; silare-the stone; kahena-says; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; k[$Qa-kalevara-the body of Lord Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\nThe stone from Govardhana was always moist with tears from His eyes. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu would say, \"This stone is directly the body of Lord\nKr��a.\"\nTEXT 293\n\n��';!\\! f'!il�e,�� fit�-1{� 'ffif'i11\n'{� f{�1 fir\"f1·1ft� ��il'tt� 11f'i1 II ���!> II\nei-mata tina-vatsara sila-mala dharila\ntU$ta hafia si/a-ma/a raghunathe di/a\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; tina-vatsara-for three years; si/a-ma/a-the stone and\nthe garland of conchshells; dharila-He kept; tu$ta hafia-when He became very\nhappy; si/a-ma/a-the stone and the garland; raghunathe-to Raghunatha dasa;\ndila-He delivered.\nTRANSLATION\nFor three years He kept the stone and garland. Then, greatly satisfied by the\nbehavior of Raghunatha dasa, the Lord delivered both of them to him.\nTEXT 294\n\n� �tf{,-\"�� f-t� �t�� f<t�� I\n�·tttf <;��1 <fi� 'tf1l �fi1111 �t� II ��8 II\nprabhu kahe, -\"ei si/a k[$Qera vigraha\ninhara seva kara tumi kariya agraha\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; ei si/a-this stone; kr$Qera\nvigraha-the form of Lord Kr�l)a; inhara-of this; seva-worship; kara-do;\ntumi-you; kariya agraha-with great eagerness.\n\n", "ant2#p0369": "Text 295]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n337\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu instructed Raghunatha dasa, \"This stone is the\ntranscendental form of lord Kr�Qa. Worship the stone with great eagerness.\"\nPURPORT\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura writes in his Anubha�ya that in the opin­\n\nion of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the govardhana-si/a, the stone from Govardhana\n\nHill, was directly the form of Kr�r:'Ja, the son of Maharaja Nanda. The Lord used the\n\nstone for three years, and then in the heart of Raghunatha dasa the Lord\nawakened devotional service to the stone. The Lord then gave the stone to\nRaghunatha dasa, accepting him as one of His most confidential servants.\nHowever, some envious people conclude that because Raghunatha dasa had not\ntaken birth in the family of a brahmaQa, SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu did not give him\nthe right to worship the Deity directly, but instead gave him a stone from\nGovardhana. This kind of thought is narakr, or hellish. As stated in the Padma\nPural)a, arcye Vi$QaU siladhrr gurU$U nara-matir vai�Qave jati-buddhi/:1 ... yasya va\nnarakr saf:J: \"One who considers the arca-murti (the worshipable Deity of Lord\nVi�l)u) to be stone, the spiritual master to be an ordinary human being, or a\nVai�l)ava to belong to a particular creed is possessed of hellish intelligence.\" If one\n\nthinks that the worshipable salagrama-sila is a mere stone, that the spiritual\nmaster is an ordinary human being or that a pure Vai�l)ava preaching the bhakti\ncult all over the world is a member of a particular caste or material division of\n\nsociety, he is considered a narakr, a candidate for hellish life. When SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu instructed\n\nthat\n\nthe\n\ngovardhana-sila,\n\nthe\n\nstone\n\ntaken\n\nfrom\n\nGovardhana, is nondifferent from the body of SrT Kr�r:'Ja, the Supreme Personality\nof Godhead, He indirectly advised such foolish persons that one should not be\n\nenvious of a Vai�l)ava who belongs to a different caste or sect. One should accept\n\na Vai�l)ava as transcendental. In this way one can be saved; otherwise, one is\nsurely awaiting a hellish life.\nTEXT 295\n\n�� � �� !_fil ��II: I\n\n�fRte, � � �-.t�11'f� II �M II\nei silara kara tumi sattvika pujana\nacirat pabe tumi kr?Qa-prema-dhana\nSYNONYMS\n\nei si/ara-of this stone; kara-do; tum i-you ; sattvika prJjana-worsh i ping like\n\na perfect brahmaQa, or in the mode of goodness; acirat-very soon; pabe tumiyou will get; kr?Qa-prema-ecstatic love of Kr�l)a; dhana-wealth.\n\n", "ant2#p0370": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n338\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"Worship this stone in the mode of\ngoodness like a perfect brahmaQa, for by such worship you will surely attain\necstatic love of K��Qa without delay.\nTEXT 296\n\n� 'f't �Rf !_t'l�·1f•it I\n��<f.·� t$l�-�� �� II ���II\n�<\\'i\n\neka kwija jala ara tulasi-manjari\nsattvika-seva ei-suddha-bhave kari\nSYNONYMS\neka-one; kunja-jug; jala-water; ara-and; tulasi-manjari-flowers of the\ntulasi tree; sattvika-seva-worship in goodness; ei-this; suddha-bhave-in complete purity; kari-performing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"For such worship, one needs a jug of water and a few flowers from a tulasi\ntree. This is worship in complete goodness when performed in complete\npurity.\nTEXT 297\n\n�wt<l'i �'Pt\\JJ 1ft�J (;'Ill� 1f•Jt I\n��1fi! ��1ftPft � i!t\"1 <l'iRf' II\" ��ct II\ndui-dike dui-patra madhye kamala manjari\nei-mata a$ta-manjari dibe sraddha kari'\n\nII\n\nSYNONYMS\ndui-dike-on two sides;\n\ndui-patra-two\n\ntulasi leaves;\n\nmadhye-within;\n\nkamala manjari-very soft tulasi flower; ei-mata-in this way; a$ta-manjarieight tulasi flowers; dibe-you should offer; sraddha kari'-with faith and love.\nTRANSLATION\n\"With faith and love, you should offer eight soft tulasi flowers, each with\ntwo tulasi leaves, one on each side of each flower.\"\n\n", "ant2#p0371": "Text 300]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n339\n\nTEXT 298\n\n��t� f-t� fif111 r.!l� � � I\n\"'ftilt\"t if�t� '�1 �Rft� ilftRf� II ��17' II\nsri-haste sila diya ei ajna dila\nanande raghunatha seva karite lagila\nSYNONYMS\nsri-haste-by His own transcendental hand; si/a-the stone from Govardhana\nHill; diya-delivering; ei ajna\n\n-\n\nthis order; dila-He gave; anande-in great hap­\n\npiness; raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; seva karite lagila-began to worship.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter thus advising him how to worship, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally offered Raghunatha dasa the govardhana-sila with His transcendental\nhand. As advised by the Lord, Raghunatha dasa worshiped the sila in great\ntranscendental jubilation.\nTEXT 299\n\nr.!l<f.·�(!f� l-�m, f�·� r.!l<Ti�tfi{ I\n'liffi� fif�il t�1 ���t� �f.{ II ��\"' II\neka-vitasti dui-vastra, pincja eka-khani\nsvarupa dilena kunja anibare pani\nSYNONYMS\neka-vitasti-about six inches long; dui-vastra-two cloths; pincja eka-khanione wooden platform; svarupa di/ena\nkunja-a j ug; anibare pani\n\n-\n\n-\n\nS varO pa Damodara Gosvami delivered;\n\nfor bringing water.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSvarupa Damodara gave Raghunatha dasa two cloths, each about six inches\nlong, a wooden platform and a jug in which to keep water.\nTEXT 300\n\n\\!1�11� ��Qf �t1fil �� I\n�i-�tt� �t'-1 fitfffi! '�il\"fil' II �o o II\n\n", "ant2#p0372": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n340\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nei-mata raghunatha karena pujana\npuja-kale dekhe silaya 'vrajendra-nandana'\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; raghunatha-Raghu natha dasa Gosvami; karena pOjana\n\n-\n\nworships; puja-ka/e-while worshiping; dekhe-he sees; silaya-in the\n\nstone from Govardhana; vrajendra-nandana-the son of Nanda Maharaja.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Raghunatha dasa began worshiping the stone from Govardhana, and\nas he worshiped he saw the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r:ta, the son\nof Nanda Maharaja, directly in the stone.\nTEXT 301\n\n'� ��-q (;'Stt�(il·flst'f!J\n�� �fit �eft� (;�tlf �fil' (;'$f'flll �o � II\n'prabhura svahasta-datta govardhana-sila\nei cinti' raghunatha preme bhasi' gela\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sva-hasta-own hand; datta-handed\n\nover by; govardhana-sila-the stone from Govardhana Hill; ei cinti'-thinking\nthis; raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; preme-in ecstatic love; bhasi' ge/a-became overflooded.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThinking of how he had received the govardhana-sila directly from the\nhands of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Raghunatha dasa was always overflooded\nwith ecstatic love.\nTEXT 302\n\n�-'{� ��ti �tif �I! �t�� I\n(;����tif·��ii 1!1! �� iii II �o� II\njala-tulasira sevaya tanra yata sukhodaya\n?ocfasopacara-pujaya tata sukha naya\n\n", "ant2#p0373": "341\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\nText 3041\n\nSYNONYMS\nja/a-tulasira sevaya-by worshiping with water and tulasi; tatira-his; yata-as\nmuch as; sukha-udaya-rise of transcendental happiness; $Oc;fasa-upacara-pujaya-by worshiping with sixteen kinds of paraphernalia; tata-so much; sukhahappiness; naya-is not.\nTRANSLATION\nThe amount of transcendental bliss that Raghunatha dasa enjoyed simply by\noffering water and tulasi is impossible to achieve even if one worships the\nDeity with sixteen kinds of paraphernalia.\nTEXT 303\n\n�-1(1! <fi'! �il <fit�il �ISfil I\n� \"5f��·(;'$1t�tf� it� �fft'11 �� II '!lo'!l II\nei-mata kata dina karena pujana\ntabe svarupa-gosafii tatire kahila vacana\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in\n\nthis\n\nway;\n\nkata\n\ndina-for\n\nsome\n\ndays;\n\nkarena\n\npujana-he\n\nworshiped; tabe-at that time; svarupa-gosafii-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami;\ntatire-to him; kahila vacana-said some words.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Raghunatha dasa had thus worshiped the govardhana.$ila for some\ntime, Svarupa Damodara one day spoke to him as follows.\nTEXT 304\n\n\"��-(;<fi,�1( -tt1Sf1·�t\"!llt 4!fi1( �119f't I\n� <fiRr' fift\"f, �� ��1( �1111\" '!loS II\n\"a$ta-kauc;fira khaja-sandesa kara samarpaQa\nsraddha kari' dile, sei amrtera sama\nSYNONYMS\na$ta-kauc;fira-costing eight kauc;fis; khaja-sandesa-khaja and sandesa sweetmeats; kara samarpaQa-offer; sraddha kari'-with love and faith; dile-if you\noffer; sei\n\n-\n\nthat ; amrtera sama-j ust like nectar.\n\n", "ant2#p0374": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n342\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Offer the Govardhana stone eight kau�is worth of the first-class sweetmeats known as khaja and sande5a. If you offer them with f aith and love, they\nwill be just like nectar.\"\nTEXT 305\n\n�r;;� ��-,��1\\' �1�1 <H;1\\' :Jt1f9f''l I\n\n�9f-�� <;'ittfcl\"f �� �t11' :Jt1f1'f'tiln �0� n\ntabe a$ta-kaugira khaja kare samarpaQa\nsvarupa-ajriaya govinda taha kare samadhana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then; a?ta-kaugira-costing eight kaugis; khaja-the sweetmeat named\nkhaja;\n\nkare\n\nsamarpaQa-offers;\n\nsvarupa-ajriaya-by\n\nthe order of Svaropa\n\nDamodara; govinda-the personal servant of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; taMthat; kare samadhana-arranges.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa then began offering the costly sweetmeats known as khaja, which Govinda, following the order of Svarupa Damodara, would supply.\nTEXT 306\n\n�i11QJ\" �l fit�i·1f1�i �r;;� 9ft�� I\n'�tf�1f �f<e�1� �� ��i1i �Rt'flll �o� II\nraghunatha sei sila-ma/a yabe pai/a\ngosariira abhipraya ei bhavana karila\n\nSYNONYMS\nraghunatha-Raghunatha dasa Gosvami; sei si/a-that stone; mala-garland;\nyabe-when; pai/a-he got; gosariira-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; abhiprayaintention; ei-this; bhavana karila-he thought.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Raghunatha dasa received from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu the stone\nand the garland of conchshells, he could understand the lord's intention.\nThus he thought as follows.\n\n", "ant2#p0375": "Text 309]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n343\n\nTEXT 307\n\n\"f-t�1 m1 ,�i'*f� :Jt1l%i�1 ,,�t�(t�' 1\n�-t;rt� ��1 fif'l1 '�f1r<�S1·o�t'l' u\" l!)o'l \"\n\"si/a diya gosMii samarpila 'govardhane'\ngunja-mala diya dila 'radhika-caraQe'\nSYNONYMS\nsila diya-by offering this stone; gosafii-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; samarpi/a-offered; govardhane-a place near Govardhana Hill; gunja-ma/a oiya-by\noffering the garland of small conchshells; di/a-offered; radhika-caraQe-shelter\nat the lotus feet of SrTmati RadharaQi.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By offering me the govardhana-sila, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has offered\nme a place near Govardhana Hill, and by offering me the garland of\nconch shells, He has offered me shelter at the lotus feet of Srimati Radharani.\"\nTEXT 308\n\nC�t�151 ��tt�� �� R\"9'i I\n�oat� <;:Jt�t� <;�)�t!7·o�'i ll'-!)011\"· ll\nanande raghunathera bahya vismaraQa\nkaya-mane sevilena gauranga-caraQa\nSYNONYMS\nanande-in transcendental bliss; raghunathera-of Raghunatha dasa; bahya\nvismaraQa-forgetting everything external;\n\nkaya-mane-by mind and body;\n\nsevilena-served; gauranga-caraQa-the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa's transcendental bliss was boundless. Forgetting everything external, he served the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu with his\nbody and mind.\nTEXT 309\n\nC��� �'I ��tt�� <;<ti <fioo '��1 ?\n��t?;;�� fil�11,-<;� �t�t'i� (;1f�11ll!)o� ll\n\n", "ant2#p0376": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n344\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nananta guf)a raghunathera ke karibe lekha?\nraghunathera niyama, -yena pii$iif)era rekha\nSYNONYMS\nananta\nRaghunatha\n\ngu(1a-unlimited\ndasa;\n\nke-who;\n\ntranscendental\nkaribe\n\nattributes;\n\nraghunathera-of\n\nwrite;\n\nraghunathera-of\n\nlekha-can\n\nRaghunatha dasa; niyama-the strict regulative principles; yena-like; pii$ii(1era\n\nrekha-lines on a stone.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWho could list the unlimited transcendental attributes of Raghunatha dasa?\nHis strict regulative principles were exactly like lines on a stone.\nPURPORT\nThe words pa$a(1era rekha are very significant. Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\nfollowed the regulative principles so strictly and rigidly that they were compared\nto the lines on a stone. As such lines cannot be erased at any time, so the regulative principles observed by Sri Raghunatha dasa Gosvami could not be changed\nunder any circumstances.\nTEXT 310\n\n�� � 121� � ��·li!Qt'l I\n\n��11f·filttj �tRf �� �� il� (;�'ti{ ffltilll��o\nsaqe sata prahara yaya kirtana-smaraf)e\nahara-nidra cari daf)qa seha nahe kana dine\nSYNONYMS\nsaqe sata prahara-7.5 praharas (one prahara equals three hours); yaya-is\nspent; kirtana-smaraQe-in chanting the Hare Kr�l)a maha-mantra and remembering the lotus feet of Kr�l)a; ahara-nidra-eating and sleeping; cari daQ(fa-four\ndaf)qas (one daQ(fa equals twenty-four minutes); seha-that; nahe-is not; kana\ndine-some days.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha dasa spent more than twenty-two hours out of every twentyfour chanting the Hare K��r:-a maha-mantra and remembering the lotus feet of\nthe Lord. He ate and slept for less than an hour and a half, and on some days\nthat also was impossible.\n\n", "ant2#p0377": "Text 312]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n345\n\nTEXT 311\n\n'��tt'SfJ� <fiQ!i � 'Cl� 1:! ��i{ I\n'elt�IJf iii flfl'f �t1t �f;� �-filii ��� II\n\"'\n\n-\n\nvairagyera katha tafira adbhuta-kathana\najanma na dila jihvaya rasera sparsana\nSYNONYMS\n\nvairagyera-of\n\nthe\n\nrenunciation;\n\nkathana-wonderful topics;\n\nkatha-talks;\n\na-janma-from birth;\n\ntafira-of\n\nhim;\n\nadbhuta­\n\nna di/a-did not. allow;\n\njihvaya-to the tongue; rasera sparsana-tasting.\nTRANSLATION\nTopics concerning his renunciation are wonderful. Throughout his life he\nnever allowed his tongue sense gratification.\nTEXT 312\n\nfi�1 <fltfi{ �Qji �i{i i{i �� �'!i{ I\n'lt�lftr;i{ �� '�l'fl 'Cltem t>ft'fi{ II ��� II\nchif:)(;fa kani kantha vina na pare vasana\nsavadhane prabhura kai/a ajfiara palana\nSYNONYMS\n\nchiQ(ia kani-a small torn cloth; kalitha-a patchwork cotton wrapper; vinaexcept; na pare-does not wear; vasana-clothing; savadhane-with great care;\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kai/a-performed; ajfiara pa/ana-execution of the order.\nTRANSLATION\nHe never touched anything to wear except a small torn cloth and a patchwork wrapper. Thus he very rigidly executed the order of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nPURPORT\n\nThe principle of very rigidly carrying out the order of the spiritual master must\nbe observed. The spiritual master gives different orders to different people. For example, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ordered Jiva Gosvami, ROpa Gosvami and\n\n", "ant2#p0378": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n346\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nSanatana GosvamT to preach, and He ordered Raghunatha dasa GosvamT to\nstrictly follow the rules and regulations of the renounced order. All six GosvamTs\nstrictly followed the instructions of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu. This is the principle\nfor progress in devotional service. After receiving an order from the spiritual\nmaster, one must strictly try to execute the order. That is the way of success.\nTEXT 313\n\n�t'I·11'1J'i 'ltf'$1' '��i <1it11� �'If''! I\n�t� -ttlflli �t��t!;<1i <1it� fiu;�·Ciii{ II��� II\npral)a-rak?a lagi' yeba karena bhak?al)a\ntaha khafia apanake kahe nirveda-vacana\nSYNONYMS\npral)a-rak?a lagi'-to maintain life; yeba-whatever; karena bhak?al)a-he ate;\ntaha khafia-eating that; apanake-to himself; kahe-said; nirveda-vacanawords of reproach.\nTRANSLATION\nWhatever he ate was only to keep his body and soul together, and when he\nate he would reproach himself thus.\nTEXT 314\n\n�j�o:{� 'D��jo:{\"')�j� 9f�� � i\"ll{.'\\!ij·\"t�: I\nf�f1l�'\\ <fi� 11 '�c�tc.f�� ��1� \"!\"'PP�: • � � s n\natmanarh ced vijaniyat\npararh jfiana-dhatasaya/:1\nkim icchan kasya va hetor\ndeharh pu?QJ.ti /ampata/:1\nSYNONYMS\natmanam-the soul; cet-if; vijaniyat-one understands; param-supreme;\njfiana-by knowledge; dhata-thrown off; asaya/:1-material desires; kim-what;\nicchan-desiring; kasya-what; va-or; heto/:1-for reason; deham-the material\nbody; pU?QJ.ti-maintains; /ampata/:1-debauchee.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If one's heart has been cleansed by perfect knowledge and one has understood Km1a, the Supreme Brahman, he then gains everything. Why should\n\n", "ant2#p0379": "Text 316]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n347\n\nsuch a person act like a debauchee by trying very carefully to maintain his material bodyl\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse (Bhag. 7.15.40) was spoken by Narada to Yudhi�thira Maharaja\nregarding a householder's liberation from material bondage. On the spiritual platform, one does not unnecessarily care for the body. Srila Narottama dasa Thakura\nhas said, deha-smrti nahi yara, sarhsara bandhana kahari tara. One who is\nspiritually situated does not think that he is the body. Therefore he can transcendentally execute severe penances in the renounced order of life. The best example of such renunciation is Raghunatha dasa Gosvami.\nTEXT 315\n\n<If� �fft �I! if! ��'At I\n\nll·f!i{ fifi{ ''tt'f �11! :Jtf�J' � II ��t II\nprasadanna pasarira yata na vikaya\ndui-tina dina haile bhata sac;fi' yaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nprasada-anna-food of Jagannatha; pasarira-of the shopkeepers; yata-as\nmuch as; na vikaya-is not sold; dui-tina dina-two and three days; hai/e-after;\nbhata-the rice; sac;fi' yaya-becomes decomposed.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Jagannatha's prasada is sold by shopkeepers, and that which is not\nsold decomposes after two or three days.\nTEXT 316\n\nPI�� 'Sttit·'Cftt'St �l 'etl! l5'IU I\n\n:JtiJ'I·'SttiJifi C!'ffr·� �I! i{1 �tt1f II ��� II\nsirhha-dvare gabhi-age sei bhata c;fare\nsac;fa-gandhe tailarigi-gai khaite na pare\nSYNONYMS\nsirhha-dvare-at the gate known as Sirhha-dvara; gabhi-age-in front of the\n\ncows; sei bhata-that food; c;fare-they throw; sac;fa-gandhe-because of a rotten smell; tailarigi-gai-the cows from Tailar'lga; khaite na pare-cannot eat.\n\n", "ant2#p0380": "348\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the decomposed food is thrown before the cows from Tailanga at the\nSirilha-dvara gate. Be�ause of its rotten odor, even the cows cannot eat it.\nTEXT 317\n\n<;�� �t'! 11,�1� 1111';(![ �t� �1fil' I\n�1� ��1fiRli �t� �t� fw11i <l'f �fil ����'\\II\nsei bhata raghunatha ratre ghare ani'\nbhata pakhaliya phele ghare diya bahu pani\nSYNONYMS\nsei bhata-that rejected rice; raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; ratre-at night;\nghare ani'-bringing home;\n\nbhata-the rice;\n\npakhaliya-washing;\n\nphele­\n\nthrows; ghare-at home; diya-putting; bahu pani-much water.\nTRANSLATION\nAt night Raghunatha dasa would collect that decomposed rice, bring it\nhome and wash it with ample water.\nTEXT 318\n\n��� ,, <;�� �1f;sr �tt:! �t1t I\n��� fif11i 11'ilt� <;:Jt� <eli �t� II ��lr II\nbhitarera drc;fha yei maji bhata paya\n/avaQa diya raghunatha sei anna khaya\nSYNONYMS\nbhitarera-within; drc;fha-the harder portion; yei-which; maji-the core;\nbhata-rice;\n\npaya-he gets;\n\nlavaQa diya-with a little salt;\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami; sei anna-that rice; khaya-eats.\nTRANSLATION\nThen he ate the hard inner portion of the rice with salt.\nTEXT 319\n\n�� 'Ill�� l!t�i <ISRt� <;W�llfi I\n\n�tfirni �!1m f<�St; �Rf1li ��� II ��� II\n\nraghunatha­\n\n", "ant2#p0381": "Text 321]\n\n349\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\neka-dina svarupa taha karite dekhi/a\nhasiya tahara kichu magiya khaila\nSYNONYMS\n\neka-dina-one\n\nday;\n\nsvarupa-Svaropa\n\nDamodara\n\nGosvami;\n\ntaha-that;\n\nkarite-doing; dekhila-saw; hasiya-smiling; tahara-of that; kichu-some;\nmagiya khai/a-he begged and ate.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day Svarupa Damodara saw the activities of Raghunatha dasa. Thus he\nsmiled and asked for a small portion of that food and ate it.\nTEXT 320\n\n��9f (fi�,-\"�� �'! �t'S ��-��I\n�1� i(tfit��',-� Q!�� ?\"��•I\nsvarupa kahe, -\"aiche amrta khaa niti-niti\nama-sabaya nahi deha', -ki tamara prakrti?\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvarupa kahe-Svaropa Damodara said; aiche-such; amrta-nectar; khao­\n\nyou eat; niti-niti-daily; ama-sabaya-to us; nahi deha'-you do not offer; kiwhat; tamara-your; prakrti\n\n-\n\nnature.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSvarupa Damodara said, \"You eat such nectar every day, but you never offer\nit to us. Where is your character?\"\nTEXT 321\n\n''Stt�t\"RR' �.. �if� .,t� �� I\n� f� ��' � �t'! 'ftf� II ��� D\ngavindera mukhe prabhu se varta sunila\nara dina asi' prabhu kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\n\ngovindera\n\nmukhe-from the\n\nmouth of Govinda;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; se varta-that news; suni/a-heard; ara dina-the next day; asi'coming; prabhu-Sri Ca i tanya Mahaprabhu; kahite /agi/a-began to say.\n\n", "ant2#p0382": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n350\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard news of this from the mouth of\nGovinda, He went there the next day and spoke as follows.\n\nTEXT 322\n\n�1 ���� � �r;�, �� i{1 ,�, '� ?'\n<.fll! �' �<fi �t� <fifil'il11t5-.r;'llt ���\"\nkariha vastu khao sabe, more na deha' kene?'\neta bali' eka grasa karila bhak?aQe\nSYNONYMS\nkariha-what; vastu-things; khao-you eat; sabe-all; more-to Me; na\ndeha' kene-why do you not give; eta ba/i'-saying this; eka grasa-one morsel;\nkari/a bhak�aQe-ate.\nTRANSLATION\n\"What nice things are you eating? Why don't you give anything to Me?\"\nSaying this, He forcibly took a morsel and began to eat.\nTEXT 323\n\n1ilt!!f �r� '�r;;l! �11i?t �t��r;� ltaC,11\n'i!� c;i.ft�J il'r;�' ��' �c� �t�' �\"fin �� � 11\nara grasa /aite svarupa hatete dharila\n'tava yogya nahe' bali' bale ka(fi' nita\n\nSYNONYMS\nara-another;\n\ngrasa-morsel;\n\n/aite-taking;\n\nsvarupa-SvarOpa\n\nDamodara;\n\nhatete-the hand; dharila-caught; tava-for You; yogya-fit; nahe-is not;\nba/i'-saying; bale-by force; kac;ii'-snatching; nita-he took.\nTRANSLAliON\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was taking another morsel of food, Svarupa\nDamodara caught Him by the hand and said, \"It is not fit for You.\" Thus he\nforcibly took the food away.\n\n", "ant2#p0383": "Text 3261\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n351\n\nTEXT 324\n\n� �' -\"fil�-f.l� �tifl �$f �t� I\n�� '15f1W 'f;�Hf '�t� ��HtW ifl �II ��8 II\"\nprabhu bale, -\"niti-niti nana prasada khai\naiche svada ara kona prasade na pai\"\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu bale-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; niti-niti-day after day; nana\nprasada-varieties of prasada; khai-1 eat; aiche svada-such a nice taste; araother; kona-any; prasade-in the remnants of Lord jagannatha's food; ha pai-l\ndo not get.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Of course, every day I eat varieties of\nprasada, but I have never tasted such nice prasada as that which Raghunatha is\neating.\"\nTEXT 325\n\n!.!!�� �t�¥_ �tift �'11 �� I\n�iltt�� G��t'm 'W�' :lit�� �tJ II��� II\nei-mata mahaprabhu nana lila kare\nraghunathera vairagya dekhi' santo$a antare\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nana lilamany pastimes; kare-performs; raghunathera-of Raghunatha dasa; vairagyarenunciation; dekhi'-by seeing; santo$a antare -satisfied within.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu performed many pastimes at Jagannatha\nPuri. Seeing the severe penances performed by Raghunatha dasa in the\nrenounced order, the Lord was greatly satisfied.\nTEXT 326\n\n�t9fil-ig�� �� �t�wt, 1\n\n,,�.��<f'.r�t'lft' �firntt(ii{ ��t-f II��� II\n\n", "ant2#p0384": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n352\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\napana-uddhara ei raghunatha-dasa\n'gauranga-stava-kalpa-vrk�e' kariyachena prakasa\nSYNONYMS\napana-uddhara-his\n\npersonal\n\ndeliverance;\n\nei\n\nraghunatha-dasa-this\n\nRaghunatha dasa GosvamT; gauranga-stava-kalpa-vrk�e-in his poem known as\nCauranga-stava-kalpavrk�a; kariyachena prakasa-has manifested.\nTRANSLATION\nIn his own poem known as the Gauranga-stava-kalpavrk�a, Raghunatha\ndasa has described his personal deliverance.\nTEXT 327\n\n1l���<ttlff9f 9ff��ll_�\\!iJ �9\\�1\n�ilic9f lj: �� '� l�011lf9r 11t� �� �rlf\\!i: 1\n\n�\"C�t��t�t�� f��1lf9f \"D C'i\\i�('!f.ct<'ft�\nlf\"Clfl C\"ll\" c5\\ht\"C!If1 �If� \\Slfll'lTi� 1llf�f� II -:,�'I II\nmaha-sampad-davad api patitam uddhrtya krpaya\nsvarupe yaf:r sviye kujanam api marh nyasya muditaf:r\nuro-gufija-hararh priyam api ca govardhana-silarh\ndadau me gaurango hrdaya udayan marh madayati\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-sampat-of profuse material opulence; davat-from a forest fire; apialthough; patitam-fallen; uddhrtya-delivering; krpaya-by mercy; svarupeunto SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT; ya/:r-He who (Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu);\nsviye-His personal associate; ku-janam-low person; api-although; mamme; nyasya-having delivered;\n\nmudita/:r-pleased;\n\nuraf:r-of the chest; gufija­\n\nharam-the garland of conchshells; priyam-dear;\n\napi-although; ca-and;\n\ngovardhana-si/am-a stone from Govardhana Hill; dadau-delivered; me-to\nme; gauranga/:r-Lord Gaurariga; hrdaye-in my heart; udayan-by manifesting;\nmam-me; madayati-maddens.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although I am a fallen soul, the lowest of men, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\ndelivered me from the blazing forest fire of great material opulence by His\nmercy. He handed me over in great pleasure to Svarupa Damodara, His per-\n\n", "ant2#p0385": "Text 329]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\n353\n\nsonal associate. The Lord also gave me the garland of small conchshells that\nHe wore on His chest and a stone from Govardhana Hill, although they were\nvery dear to Him. That same Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu awakens within\nmy heart and makes me mad after Him.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Sri Cauranga-stava-kalpavrk$a (11), written by Raghunatha\n\ndasa Cosvami.\n\nTEXT 328\n\n�� I!' <1\"�( 1t�iftt�1t �VIii I\n� �� �til 9ft1t ��l!tJR'l II ��lr II\nei ta' kahilun raghunathera milana\n\niha yei sune paya caitanya-caraQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-this; ta'-certainly; kahi/un-1 have described; raghunathera mi/ana-the\n\nmeeting of Raghunatha dasa; iha-this; yei-anyone who; sune-hears; paya­\n\ngets; caitanya-caraQa-the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThus I have described the meeting of Raghunatha dasa with Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. Anyone who hears about this incident attains the lotus feet of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 329\n\n�15�·�'1-� �t1t �t-r I\n�\"�Rl�l! <T'� �Wtlt II ��� II\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa,\n\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe k[$Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-Srila Ropa Gosvami; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nKr�t:�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nk[$Qadasa-Srila\n\n", "ant2#p0386": "354\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 6\n\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�Qadasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the SrT Caitanya-caritamrta, Antya-ITia,\nSixth Chapter, describing Lord Caitanya's meeting with Raghunatha dasa Cosvami.\n\n", "ant2#p0387": "References\nThe statements of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta are all confirmed by standard Vedic\nauthorities. The following authentic scriptures are quot�d in this book on the\npages listed. Numerals in bold type refer the reader to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\ntranslations. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\n\nAmrta-pravaha-bha�ya (Bhaktivinoda Thakura), 1-2,117, 126,158,203-204,215,\n291,310\n\nAnubha�ya (Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati), 232, 337\nBhagavad-gita, 85, 86, 173, 176, 194, 291\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (ROpa Gosvami), 108, 164-165\nBhakti-ratnakara (Narahari Cakravarti), 1 08,110\nBhakti-sandarbha (Jiva Gosvami), 35-36, 304\nBhavartha-dipika (Sridhara Svami), 183\nBrahma-samhita, 292-293\nBrhad-bhagavatamrta (Sanatana Gosvami), 36, 106\nCaruc;ia Puraf)a, 96\nCaurariga-stava-kalpavrk�a (Raghunatha dasa Gosvami), 352-353\nHari-bhakti-vilasa (Sanatana Gosvami), 107, 108, 303-304\nKalyaf)a-kalpataru (Bhaktivinoda Thakura), 82\nKarma Puraf)a, 181\nNama�taka (ROpa Gosvami), 36\nPadma Puraf)a, 92, 175, 337\nSik�a�taka (Caitanya Mahaprabhu), 37\n\n355\n\n", "ant2#p0388": "356\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\nSri Caitanya-candrodaya-nataka (Kavi-Karr:JapOra),\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 27, 33, 34, 35, 37, 84, 94, 122, 138, 176, 179, 182, 186, 190,\n263, 292, 346-347.\n\n", "ant2#p0389": "Glossary\nA\nAcarya-one who teaches by example.\nAcintya-bhedabheda-tattva-Lord Caitanya's \"simultaneously one and different\"\ndoctrine, which establishes the inconceivable simultaneous existence of the\nAbsolute Truth as both personal and impersonal.\nAharigrahopasaka-mayavadT-a person engaged in fruitive activities or a person interested only in sense gratification.\nAjna-a description of Kr�t:Ja indicating that nothing is unknown to Him.\nAnamra-one who offers obeisances to no one.\nAntarariga-seva-service performed in one's spiritual body.\nAnurasa-imitation transcendental mellows.\nAparasa-opposing transcendental mellows.\nArca-murti-worshipable Deity of Lord Vi�t:Ju.\nAsramas-the four spiritual orders of life- brahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha and\nsannyasa.\nA�tariga-yoga-the mystic yoga system to control the senses.\nA-tattva-jna-one who has no knowledge of the Absolute Truth or who worships his\nown body as the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nB\nBaddha-jna-a conditioned soul who distinguishes between the Lord's body and\nsoul.\nBhagavan-one who possesses all opulences in full.\nBa/isa-innocent, as a young boy.\nBandhu-ham-the killer of maya.\nBrahmaloka-topmost planet in this universe.\nBrahman-the all-pervading impersonal aspect of Kr�t:Ja.\nBrahma-bhata-stage of realization at which one becomes j oyful knowing he is not\nthe body.\nBrahmaQas-the intelligent class of men.\n\nc\nCaQ(iala-dog-eaters.\nCatubsama-mixture of sandalwood pulp, camphor, aguru, and musk.\n\nD\nDak�iQa-an offering made by the disciple to the spiritual master at the time of initiation.\n357\n\n", "ant2#p0390": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n358\n\nDeva-dasis-maharis, professional dancing and singing girls trained to dramatize\nVai�l)ava ideology.\nDola-yatra ceremony-swing festival for the Deities.\nDurga-mal)c;lapa-the place in a house where mother Durga is worshiped.\n\nG\nCosvami-one who controls his sense gratification and serves Caitanya.\nCovardhana-sila-a stone from Govardhana hill in Vrndavana which is worshipable\nas Kr�r:Ja Himself.\nGramya-katha.-talk concerning family life.\nCramya-kavi-one who writes only about the relationship between man and\nwoman.\nCrham andhakupam-family affection.\nCrhastha-a householder who follows the rules of saintly life.\nCrhavrata-one who is attached to living in a confortable home although it is actually miserable.\nCrhavratas-those determined to continue following the materialistic way of life.\nGuru-spiritual master.\n\nImpersonal monism-philosophy that everything is one, and that the Absolute Truth\nis not a person.\nlndra-the King of heaven.\n\nJ\n}agad-guru-the spiritual master of the entire world.\n}iiana-knowledge.\n}iiani-a transcendentalist interested in speculative philosophy.\n\nK\nKani$tha-adhikari-lowest class of devotee.\nKarma-fruitive work, for which one must accept good or bad reactions.\nKarma bandana/:1-bondage to the reactions of fruitive activities.\n-\n\nKarmi-a fruitive worker.\nKhaja-a kind of light sweetmeat.\nK[$T)a-katha-topics of Kr�l)a.\n\n", "ant2#p0391": "Glossary\n\n359\n\nM\nMaha-mantra-the great chanting of deliverance: Hare Kr�r:Ja, Hare Kr�r:Ja, Kr�Qa\nKr�r:Ja, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\n\nMartya-a description of Kr�Qa indicating that because of His affection for His devotees, He appears like an ordinary human being.\n\nMaya-illusion; Kr�Qa's external energy.\n\nN\nNaraki-candidate for hellish life.\n\np\nPaQc;iita-one greatly learned in the Vedanta-sOtras.\n\nPaQc;iita-mani-word indicating that Kr�r:Ja is honored even by learned scholars.\n\nParamaharhsa-topmost swanlike devotee.\n\nParamatma-Supersoul; Kr�Qa as He is present within every heart and every atom.\nPrabhu-datta desa-place of residence given by the spiritual master or Lord Kr�Qa.\nPrahara-three hours.\n\nPrakrta-sahajiya-materialistic so-called devotees who take everything very lightly.\nPrasada-the mercy of the Lord; or foodstuffs offered to Him.\n\nPuraQas-the eighteen very old books which are histories of this and other planets.\nPuru?a-adhama-the Personality of Godhead, under whom all other persons remain.\nPu$pa-arijali-the ceremony of offering flowers to the Lord.\n\nR\nRasa-mellow.\n\nRasa-/i/a-Kr�Qa's pastime of dancing with the gopis.\n\nRatha-yatra festival-Lord Jagannatha's car festival.\n\ns\nSac-cid-ananda-vigraha-the form of eternality, bliss and knowledge-characteristic\nof Kr�Qa.\n\nSahajiyas-See: Prakrta-sahajiyas.\n\nSajatiyasaya-snigdha-pleasing to the same class of people.\nSalqgrama-sila-a special stone worshipable as Lord Vi�Qu.\n\nSandesa-a delicate sweetmeat made with curd and sugar.\n\n", "ant2#p0392": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n360\n\nSannyasi-one in the renounced order of life.\n\nSarasvatT-goddess of learning.\nSariri-the owner of the body.\nSastra-revealed scripture.\n\nSirhha-dvara-the main gate of the Jagannatha temple.\nSOdra-the working or servant class of men.\nSvapaca-lowborn person.\n\nSvarat-independent quality of the Supreme Lord.\n\nT\nTulasi-a great devotee in the form of a plant. This plant is very dear to the Lord, and\nits leaves are always offered to His lotus feet.\n\nu\nUpala-bhoga-morning refreshments offered to the Deity.\nUparasa-submellows.\n\nUttama-sloka-name of Kr�l)a which means \"one who is praised by sublime\nprayers.\"\n\nv\nVaca/a-a person who can speak according to Vedic authority.\nVairagi-a person in the renounced order of life.\n\nVai?f)ava-aparadha-an offense to the devotee of Kr�l)a.\n\nVarf)as-the social orders-brahmaf)a, k?atriya, vaisya and sOdra.\nVi?ayis-blind materialistic enjoyers.\n\nVrndavana-the site of Kr�l)a's transcendental village pastimes, exhibited when He\nwas present on earth about 5,000 years ago.\n\ny\nYadva-tadva kavi-one who writes poetry without proper knowledge.\n\nYoga-process of linking with the Supreme Lord.\n\nYogi-one who practices faithfully a system of yoga.\n\n", "ant2#p0393": "Bengali Pronunciation Guide\nBENGALI DIACRITICAL EQUIVALENTS AND PRONUNCIATION\n\nVowels\n\n�a\n\n'efta\n\n�i\n\n'r\n\n<.fie\n\n' ril (anusvara)\n\n•\n\nii �u to .,r\n� ai 'eo �au\nil ( candra-bindu)\n\n: !1 (visarga)\n\nConsonants\nGutterals:\nPalatals:\nCerebrals:\nDentals:\nLabials:\nSemivowels:\nSibilants:\n\n\"ka\n� ca\nt ta\n� ta\n9f' pa\n�ya\nalf sa\n\n'f kha\n\n'Sf ga\n\n'1 gha\n\n� i!a\n\nfi cha\n\n• ja\n\n?fl jha\n\n� iia\n\nt5' c;!a\n\nTi c;lha\n\n'I Qa\n\n1f da\n\n't dha\n\ni{ na\n\n�ba\ni'( Ia\n�sa\n\n'ebha\n� va\n'ha\n\n1{ rna\n\nJ tha\n\nQktha\n.pha\n1f ra\n��a\n\nVowel Symbols\nThe vowels are written as follows after a consonant:\n\nfi �� ....u 6-o\n\n'e �ai 't '\\au\nFor example: .rka\n�ki � ki �ku lku 9 kr\nfkr �ke �kai \"'1 ko �' kau\nla\n\n<\n\nr\n\n361\n\ntf\n\n0\n\n", "ant2#p0394": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n362\n\nThe letter a is implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\nThe symbol viriima (-..) indicates that there is no final vowel.\n\n<@ k\n\nThe letters above should be pronounced as follows:\na -like the o in hot; sometimes like the o in go;\nfinal a is usually silent.\n\na -like the a in far.\ni, I -like the ee in meet.\nu, u -like the u in rule.\nr -like the ri in rim.\n\nr -like the ree in reed.\ne -like the ai in pain; rarely like e in bet.\nai -like the oi in boil.\no -like the o in go.\nau -like the ow in owl.\n\nrn -(anusviira) like the ng in song.\n\nIt -(visarga) a final h sound like in Ah.\nn -(candra-bindu) a nasaln sound.\nlike in the French word bon.\nk -like the k in kite.\nkh -like the kh in Eckhart.\ng -like the g in got.\ngh -like the gh in big-house.\n\nn -like then in bank.\nc -like the ch in chalk.\nch -like the chh in much-haste.\n\nj -like thej injoy.\n\njh -like the geh in college-hall.\n\nn -like then in bunch.\n\nt -like the t in talk.\n\nth -like the th in hot-house.\n\ng -like the d in dawn.\ngh -like the dh in good-house.\n\nr_1 -like then in gnaw.\nt-as in talk but with the tongue against the\nthe teeth.\nth-as in hot-house but with the tongue against\nthe teeth.\nd-as in dawn but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\ndh-as in good-house but with the tongue\nagainst the teeth.\nn-as in nor but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\np -like the p in pine.\nph -like the ph in philosopher.\nb -like the b in bird.\nbh -like the bh in rub-hard.\nm -like the m in mother.\ny -like thej injaw. �\n\ny -like they linyear. 1\nr -like the r in r un.\n\nI -like the 1 in law.\nv -like the b in bird or like the w in dwarf.\n\ns, �-like the sh in shop.\ns -like the s in sun.\nh-like the h in home.\n\nThis is a general guide to Bengali pronunciation. The Bengali transliterations in this\nbook accurately show the original Bengali spelling of the text. One should note, however,\nthat in Bengali, as in English, spelling is not always a true indication of how a word is pronounced. Tape recordings of His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupiida\nchanting the original Bengali verses are available from the International Society for Krishna\nConsciousness, 3959 Landmark St., Culver City, California 90230.\n\n", "ant2#p0395": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete alphabetical listing of the first and third line of each four-line\n\nverse and both lines of each two-line verse in Sri Caitanya-caritamrta. In the first column the trans-\n\n!iteration is given, and in the second and third columns respectively the chapter-verse references\nand page number for each verse are to be found.\n\n6.235\n6.25\n6.180\n4.160\n4.182\n\n309\n215\n281\n76\n88\n\nam�-sab�-sange kr�l)a-katha, bhagavata sune 4.33\n\n6.320\n4.32\n6.,32\n5.52\n\n16\n349\n16\n218\n141\n\n6.168\n6.75\n5.61\n4.179\n5.35\n\n276\n237\n145\n86\n133\n\n6.234\n6.27\n6.27\n6.260\n6.116\n\n308\n216\n216\n320\n254\n\n6.110\n5.47\n6.298\n6.212\n6.99\n\n251\n139\n339\n298\n247\n\n6.309\n6.149\n6.129\n5.61\n6.163\n6.190\n\n344\n268\n259\n145\n274\n286\n\n4.134\n6.142\n6.241\n6.286\n5.31\n4.162\n6.99\n\n64\n265\n312\n333\n131\n77\n247\n\nam�ra ei v�kye tabe kariha ni5caya\n\nA\n\n\"am�ra pita, jyetha haya tom�ra dui bh�i\n·am�ra putrere tumi dib� Mhuc;liy�·\n\n·ac�ra', 'prac�ra', -n�mera karaha 'dui'\nac�rya-�jn�te m�ne-caitanya 'pr�l)aac�ryera ghar a ihara purva-dis�te\nac�ryo yadunandanal) sumadhural) sriacir�t p�be tabe kr�l)era caral)a\n\n4.103\n6.162\n6.167\n6.262\n4.65\n\n51\n274\n276\n321\n31\n\n6.295\n6.143\n5.100\n6.128\n4.28\n\n337\n266\n166\n259\n14\n\n6.245\n6.162\n4.108\n6.324\n5.137\n\n313\n274\n54\n351\n190\n\n5.83\n6.311\n6.30\n4.164\n6.50\n\n155\n345\n218\n78\n226\n\n4.155\n6.86\n4.234\n5.161\n5.30\n\n74\n241\n113\n200\n131\n\n5.55\n6.48\n4.190\n4.32\n4.36\n\n142\n225\n91\n16\n17\n\nam�ra upade�t� tumi-pr�m�l)ika �rya\nam�-saba adhame ye kariy�che angik�ra\n\n�m�-sab�ya n�hi deha', -ki tom�ra\nam; �ra rupa-t�ra jye$tha-sahodara\n\nacir�t p�be tumi kr�l)a-prema-dhana\nacire nirvighne p�be caitanya-caral)a\"\n�dau tumi suna, yadi tom�ra mana m�ne\n\"adhama, p�mara mui hlna jlv�dhama!\nadharma any�ya yata, -�m�ra kula-dharma\n\nami-bh�gi, �mare kichu dib�re yuy�ya\namiha r�yera sth�ne suni kr�l)a-katha\n\"ami sei vipre s�dhi' p�thaimu tom� sthane\n�mi sukha p�i ei pulina-bhojana-range\"\nami ta' bhik$Uka vipra, tumi-mora pO$�\n\nadvaita-ac�rya tanre bahu krp� kail�\nadvaita-�c�ryera tenha 'si$ya antaranga'\nadvaita, nityananda, sriv�sa, vakresvara\naiche sv�da �ra kana pras�de n� p�i\"\naisvarya-made matta indra,\n\n�mi ta'-sanny�si, �mara 'sama-dmi'\n\"�mi ta' sanny�sl, �panMe virakta kari' m�ni\n�mi tata n�hi j�ni, inho yata j�ne\nami tom�ra p�lya, tumi am�ra pa/aka\n�mi yaiche pit�ra, taiche tom�ra b�laka\n\naisvarya-svabhava guc;lha kare prakatana\najanma n� dila jihv�ya rasera sparsana\naji chac;laimu tom�· kari' eka sutra\"\n�jiha nahila more �tmiyat�-jn�na!\naji l�g pan�chi, dal)c;/imu tomMe\n\nam; y�i yabe, �m�ra sange y�ib�\namrta ha-ite p�ka tanra adhika madhura\namrta nindaye aiche vividha vyanjana\n�nande kr$Qa-m�dhurye vihare sad�ya\nanande raghun�tha sev� karite lagil�\n\najn� deha'-ratha dekhi' yana vrndavana\najna dil�.-'hari bali' karaha bhojana'\n�jn� dil�.-\"slghra tumi yaha vrndavane\najna han� sraddh�ya p�ila prabhura\n�jn� kara, ky� karon tamara kinkara\"\n\nanandita hana raghunatha pras�da pail�\n�andita raghun�tha prabhura 'se$a' p�n�\nananta gul)a raghun�thera ke karibe lekha?\naneka 'pras�da' dil� pathe khaib�re\naneka yatna kainu, t�te kabhu siddha naya\n\n'ajn� kara, ye l�gi' �gamana haila'\n�ar$iy� tanra mathe prabhu dhari/a caral)a\n�lingiy� kail� t�ra kandarpa-sama anga\nam�-donM-sange tenha rahe nirantara\nam�-dunhMa gaurave kichu phiri' gela mana\n\n�era ki katha, tumi-prabhura upade$�1\nangane asiy� tenho yabe dal)c;/�il�\nanganete dure rahi' karena pral)ip�ta\nange rasa l�ge, dul)kha p�ya sanatana\n'antaranga' bhrtya bali' r�khibe cara(le\n\nam�keha bujhaite tumi dhara sakti\nam�nl m�nada han� kr$1)a-nama sad� la'be\nam�in� m�nadena\nam� parik�ite ihan dil� pathan�\nam�ra ei deha prabhura k�rye n� l�gila\n\n4.168\n6.237\n6.239\n4.195\n4.98\n\n79\n310\n311\n94\n48\n\n363\n\n'antaranga-seva' kare svarupera sane\nanya katha nahi, sukhe kf$1)a-sanklrtana\"\n�pan� pavitra kailun tom�ra darasane\"\n�an�ra 'asaubh�gya' aji haila jnana\n�an�ra gal)a-saha khail� bantiya\n\n", "ant2#p0396": "364\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nJpanara gu(la nahi apane kahaya\"\n\n5.78\n4.185\n5.77\n6.228\n6.326\n\napanare hay a mora amanya-samana\nJpanara katha para-muQc;/e dena ani'\napanara krtya lagi' kaila nivedane\napana-uddhara ei raghunatha-dilsa\n\n153\n89\n152\n306\n352\n\n6.314\n5.65\n4.100\n5.145\n6.47\n6.132\n\n346\n147\nso\n193\n225\n261\n\n6.60\n6.56\n4.170\n6.159\n6.155\n\n230\n229\n80\n272\n271\n\n6.4\n6.183\n5.29\n5.67\n4.210\n\n205\n283\n131\n148\n101\n\n4.149\n4.21\n5.140\n5.145\n5.91\n\n71\n11\n191\n193\n161\n\n6.21\n4.134\n6.188\n6.19\n4.174\n\n213\n64\n285\n212\n83\n\n5.109\n5.92\n'bhiigavata-sandarbha'-nama kai/a grantha4.229\nbhagavata-siddhantera tahan paiya para\n4.229\nbhiigye lomiira kr$Qa-katha sunite haya mana 5.8\n\n170\n162\n111\n111\n120\n\n6.25\n4.70\n6.186\n6.52\n4:116\n\n215\n34\n284\n227\n57\n\n4.79\n4.219\n6.124\n6.119\n6.121\n\n40\n106\n257\n255\n256\n\natmanam ced vijaniyat\natma-smrti nahi, kahan janiba dina-5e$a\navatara-kafya prabhura-nama-pracare\n'avidya-nasaka-'bandhu-han 'aya, aya, aji lora karimu daQc;/ana\"\nayogya mui nivedana karite kari bhaya\n\napane acare deha, na kare pracara\nJpane na jane, putali kiba nace gaya!\napane prasna kari' pache karena siddhan!a\napane sri-mukhe prabhu var(le\napani pradyumna-misra-saha haya 'srota'\n\n4.102\n4.85\n5.64\n5.160\n5.85\n\n51\n43\n146\n200\n157\n\nB\nbac;la bac;la loka vasi/a maQc;/a/i-racane\nbac;la bac;la mrt-kuQc;/ika anaila panca sate\n\napani sri-mukhe more kara upadesa\"\naparadha-bhaye tenha mi/ite na ail a\naparadha haya mora, nahika nistara\n'aprakrta' deha bhaktera 'cid-ananda-maya'\naprakrta-deha tamara 'prakrta' kabhu naya\n\n6.232\n4.148\n4.139\n4.191\n4.173\n\n308\n71\n67\n92\n81\n\nbahiranga-jfiane tomare nil kari stavana\nbahire devi-maQc;/ape kariyachena sayane\nbahire durga-maQc;/ape yana karena sayana\nbah ire na prakasaya bhakta-duhkha-bhaye\nbiihuc;liyii sei dasa jana ai/a ghara\n\naprakrta-dehe tanra caraQa bhajaya\nilra ardheka ghanavrta-dugdhete chani/a\nara dina asi' prabhu kahite lagila\nara dina haite 'pu$pa-afija/i' dekhiya\nara dina jagadananda sanatanere mi/i/a\n\n4.193\n6.58\n6.321\n6.214\n4.135\n\n93\n229\n349\n299\n65\n\n\"bahu-k$aQa ailii, more keha nil kahi/a\nbahu-sammana kari' misre vidaya di/a\nbalabhadra-bha!!a-sthane saba likhi' nila\nbalatkare dhari, prabhu kaila a/ingana\nbalatkare prabhu tanre alingana kaila\n\nara dina mahaprabhu mi/ibare ai/ii\nara dina misra aila prabhu-vidyamane\nara dina raghunatha svarupa-caraQe\nara eka kariyiicha parama\nara eka kathil ray a kahi/a amare\n\n4.145\n5.33\n6.228\n5.121\n5.72\n\n70\n132\n306\n178\n150\n\n'balisa'-tathapi 'sisu-praya'\n'bandhe sabare'-tate avidya\nbanga-desi eka vipra prabhura carite\n'bJpa-jyethiire ana', nahe paiba yatana\nbara bara ni$edhena, tabu kare alingana\n\nara eka 'svabhiiva' gaurera suna, bhakta-gaQa\nars gramiintara haite samagri ani/a\nara grasa /aile svarupa hatete dharila\nara tina kuQc;/ikaya ava5e$a chi/a\nara yata grantha kaila, taha ke kare gaQana\n\n5.83\n6.55\n6.323\n6.95\n4.222\n\n155\n228\n350\n245\n107\n\nbara dine ca/i' ge/a sri-purU$Otlama\nbara lak�a deya rajaya, sadhe bisa lak$a\nbhadriibhadra-vastu-jfiana nahika 'priikrte'\nbhagavan-acarya keha,-'suna eka-bilra\nbhagaviin-iicarya-sane tara paricaya\n\nara yata loka saba cotara-ta/iine\nardha-pathe raghunatha kahe gurura caraQe\nardheka chani/a dadhi, cini, kala diyii\n\"are murkha, apanara kaili sarva-nasa!\nasana diya mahaprabhure tahan vasaila\n\n6.66\n6.168\n6.57\n5.117\n6.84\n\n233\n276\n229\n174\n240\n\nbhai-bhiiiye tamara kalaha kara sarvadai\nbhajanera madhye sre�tha nava-vidha bhakti\n\nascarya, -taruQi-sparse nirvikara mana\nasite lagila /oka asankhya-gaQana\n\"a$(a-kauc;lira khaja-sandesa kara\nataeva prabhu kichu age niihi sune\nataeva tare ami kari parihiisa\n\n5.41\n6.54\n6.304\n5.98\n6.196\n\n136\n228\n341\n165\n289\n\nbhak$aQa apek$il nahi, samasta divasa\nbhak$ya-dravya loka saba grama haite ane\nbhakta-anurodhe tahan bhik$il ye karila\nbhakta-bhak!i-kr$1Japrema-tal!vera nidhara\nbhakta-bhak!i-kr�Qa-tallva jani yaha haite\n\nataeva tare ami kariya bhartsana\natal!va-jna 'tal!va' varQe, tara ei\natikala dekhi' misra kichu nii kahi/a\n\n4.169\n5.120\n5.32\n\n80\n177\n132\n\nbhakta-cil!e bhakta-grhe sada avasthana\nbhakta-gaQa akaQtha bhariya kari/a bhojana\nbhakta-gaQe dila bic;la, malya-candana\n\n", "ant2#p0397": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n365\n\n5.82\n6.102\nbhaktiril pararil bhagavati pratilabhya kamaril 5.48\n5.85\n'bhakti', 'prema', 'tattva' kahe raye kari'\n4.97\nbhakti-siddMnta, sastra-acarya-nirt;Jaya\n\n155\n248\n139\n157\n48\n\n5.103\n4.58\n4.27\n6.280\n4.48\n\n167\n27\n13\n330\n22\n\n6.222\n5.62\n6.236\n4.98\n6.317\n\n302\n145\n309\n48\n348\n\n5.24\n4.121\nbhik$ii kari' maMprabhu kariy�chena visrame 4.120\nbhitarera drr;iha yei maji bhata paya\n6.318\nbhitare vairagya, bahire kare sarva-karma\n6.15\n\n128\n59\n58\n348\n210\n\n6.120\n6.94\n6.106\n6.107\n6.118\n\n255\n244\n249\n250\n255\n\nchatre yai' magiya khaite arambha karila\n\n4.154\n6.121\n6.70\n6.151\n5.75\n\n73\n256\n234\n269\n151\n\ncir;la, dadhi, sandesa, kala ani/a vecite\n\n6.136\nbriihma(Ja-bhrtya-thani karena eteka graha(Ja 6.270\n5.138\nbuddhi-nasa haifa, kevala n�hika\n4.190\nbujhite na p�ri tom�ra krpara tarariga\"\n\n263\n325\n190\n91\n\nbhakta-gut;Ja prak�site prabhu bh�la jane\nbhakta saba n�ciii'i� nity�nanda-r�ya\n\nbhakti-siddhanta-sindhu nahi paya para\n'bhakti' vina kr$t;Je kabhu nahe 'premodaya'\nbhala chi/a, raghunathe drr;iha tara bhakti\"\nbhala haila-janiya apani cMr;Ji di/a\"\nbhala haifa, tamara ihan haifa agamane\n\"bhiila kaila, vairagira dharma acari/a\nbhala, manda-kichu ami puchite na jani\nbhii/a na khaibe ara bhala na paribe\nbhilrata-bhOmite janmi' ei deha vyartha haifa\nbhiita pakhilliya phele ghare diya bahu pani\nbhava-prakatana-lasya raya ye sikhaya\n\nbhik$a-ava5e$a-patra govinda tare di/a\n\nbhojana kari' dui bhai kai/a acamana\nbhojana kari' nityimanda acamana kai/a\nbhojanera /agi' pat;Jr;iita nivedana kai/a\nbhojane vasila prabhu nija-gat;Ja lana\nbhojane vasite raghunathe kahe sarva-jana\n\ncaitanya-caritra ei -ik$u-dat;Jr;ia-sama\ncaitanya-gosani -sariri maha-dhira\ncaitanya-krp�te seha nahi bMya mane\ncaitanyera bhakta-ga(Jera nitya\ncaitanyera bhakta-vatsalya kahite na pari\ncakravartira duhe haya bhratr-rupa dasa\ncakravarti-sambandhe hama 'aja' kari'\ncalite na para, kemane karila sahana?\"\ncandana aniya prabhura sarvange lepila\ncandana-parikete amara jilana haya 'sama'\ncaripa-ka/J., cini, ghrta, karpura tate di/a\ncari kut;Jr;ii aroya cir;la rakhila r;Jahine\ncari kut;Jr;lira avase$a raghunathe dila\ncari-lak$a grantha teriho vistara kari/a\ncari masa rahi' bhakta-gat;Ja gaur;Je gela\ncari-sata mudra, dui bhrtya, eka brahma(Ja\ncarva(Ja karite haya rasa-asvadana\nchar;Jibara mana haile pra(Ja phati' yaya'\nchatrabhoga para haila char;liya sara(Ja\nchatre magi' khaya madhyahna-ka/e giy�\"\n\nchatre yai yatha-labha udara-bhara(Ja\nchit;Jr;ia kani karitha vina na pare vasana\nchutila tamara yata vighnadi-bandhane\ncir;Ja, dadhi, dugdha, sandesa, ara cini, kala\n'cir;la-dadhi-mahotsava'-name khyati yara\n\nbibhatsa sparsite na kara ghrt;Ja-lese\nbir;la khaoyaila, kaila carat;Ja vandana\nbisa-jana tina-thani parivesana kare\nbisa, pailca-dasa, bara, dasa, pailca haya\nbrahmadi-devera e saba na haya gocara\n\ndadhi-cir;la dugdha-cir;lii, duite bhijai/a\ndar;lira bandhane t�rire r�khiba ke-mate?\nd�r;li vahi' asru par;Je, karidite lagila\ndainyiirt;Jave nimagno 'ham\n'dana-keli-kaumudi' adi /ak$a-grantha kaila\n\nc\n\ndat;Jr;ia-cari ratri yabe ache ava5e$a\ndat;Jr;iiii'ia rariga dekhe vaimava sakale\n\ncabutara-upare yata prabhura nija-gat;Je\ncaitanya-candrera 'batu/a' ke r�khite p�re?\"\ncaitanya-candrera krpa hail�che irihare\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe krmadasa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$t;Jadasa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$t;Jadasa\ncaitanya-caritamrta nitya kara pana\n\n6.60\n6.41\n6.41\n4.239\n5.164\n6.329\n5.89\n\n230\n222\n222\n115\n202\n353\n160\n\n115\n173\n262\n187\n295\n\n6.176\n6.195\n4.124\n6.96\n4.179\n\n289\n288\n60\n245\n86\n\n6.58\n6.83\n6.94\n4.231\n6.248\n\n229\n240\n244\n112\n315\n\n6.259\n4.238\n4.42\n6.185\n6.283\n\n319\n115\n20\n283\n331\n\n6.281\n6.286\n6.312\n6.141\n6.53\n6.100\n6.91\n\n330\n333\n345\n265\n227\n247\n243\n\n6.51\n6.67\n6.40\n6.29\n5.1\n\n226\n233\n222\n217\n117\n\n4.226\n6.160\n6.81\n6.46\n5.4\n\n109\n272\n239\n224\n119\n\n5.12\n5.35\n6.255\n6.179\n\n122\n133\n318\n281\n\nD\ndadhi, cir;Ja bhak$a(Ja karaha mora gat;Je\"\n\nbrahmaloka-adi-sukha tanre nahi bhaya\"\n\n4.238\n5.114\n6.135\n5.132\n6.206\n\ndat;Jr;iavat haila sei par;lila kata-dure\ndat;Jr;iavat kari' kichu kare nivedane\ndarsana na paila misra sevake puchi/a\ndarsana rahu dure, 'prakrtira' nama yadi suni\ndasa-dat;Jr;ia ratri gele 'pu$panja/i' dekhiya\ndasa jana yaha, t�re �naha dhariya\"\n\n", "ant2#p0398": "366\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ndat4 bhokta-dunhara malina haya\n\n6.279\n5.121\n4.1\n4.60\n4.57\n\n329\n178\n2\n28\n26\n\n4.56\n4.106\n4.202\n6.85\n6.45\n\n26\n53\n98\n241\n224\n\n6.108\n6.244\n6.15\n6.62\n4.77\n\n250\n313\n210\n231\n39\n\ndeha-dehi-bheda lsvare kaile\ndeha-patad avan snehat\ndeha-tyagadi tamo-dharma-pataka-kararya\ndeha-tyagadi yata, saba-tamo-dharma\ndeha-tyage kr�rya na pai, paiye bhajane\ndekhi camatkara hai/a sanatanera mana\ndekhi' haridasa mane haila camatkara\ndekhi' nityiinanda-prabhu iinandita hai/a\ndekhi' prabhura prabhava raghunatha\ndekhi' raghavera mane ananda bar;lila\ndekhi' raghunathera camatkara hai/a mana\ndekhiya ta' mata-pitara iinandita mana\ndhananjaya, jagadisa, paramesvara-dasa\ndharmadharma vic!ira kiba n!i para karite?\n\ndui jana lana prabhu vasila pir:u;late\ndui-jana vasi' kr�rya-katha-goHhf kaila\ndui nimantrarye /age kaur;li a�ta-parya\ndui paye phoska haila, tabu gela prabhudui ta' isvare tara nahika visvasa\ndui-thani aparadhe paibi durgati!\ndui tina dina acarya agraha kari/a\ndui-tina dina hai/e bhata sadi' yaya\ndui vastu mahiiprabhura age ani' dila\ndunhe alingiya prabhu gela nijalaya\ndOra haite daryr;la-pararyama kare sanatana\ndora haite pita tanre ani/a dhariya\ndurdaive sevaka yadi yaya anya sthiine\ndurvasara thiifii tenho piiilachena vara\n'dvaite' bhadrabhadra-jnana, saba\ndvitiya vatsare palaite mana kaila\n\ndharma/:! svanu�thita/:1 purilsaril\ndhuti pari' prabhu yadi piryr;late vasila\ndhyane tabe prabhu mahiiprabhure ani/a\ndik�a-kale bhakta kare atma-samarparya\ndik�a-mantra deha' kr�rya-bhajana karimu\"\n\n5.10\n6.59\n6.77\n4.192\n4.37\n\n121\n230\n238\n92\n18\n\n'dina' dekhi' krpii kari' kabhiba apani\"\ndine-dine prabhu-sange ananda bar;li/a\ndine prabhu nana-sange haya anya mana\ndinere adhika daya kare bhagavan\n\n4.182\n5.62\n4.114\n6.7\n4.68\n\n88\n145\n56\n207\n32\n\nebe ghara yaha, yabe ami saba calimu\nei aparadhe mora habe sarva-nase\nei 'bahya pratararya' nahi mani ami\n'ei bha/a, ei manda', -ei saba 'bhrama'\nei chale ajnii magi' kari/a ni5caya\nei cinti' raghunatha preme bhiisi' gela\n\ndivya prasada paya nitya jagannatha-mandire 4.53\ndola-y!itra-adi prabhura sangete dekhila\ndola-yatrii dekhi' prabhu tanre vidaya di/a\ndravya lana dui-jana tahiini rahila\ndu/:lkha pana svarOpa kahe sakrodha vacana\n\n4.114\n4.207\n6.268\n5.116\n\n25\n56\n100\n324\n174\n\nei dui janara saubhagya kahana na yaya\nei ghare raha ihan haridasa-sane\nei lagi' toma tyaga karite na yuyaya\nei /ila-bhangi tamara keha nahi jane\"\nei maryada prabhu kariyache niyame\n\ndu/:lkha-santi haya !ira sadcgati paiye\ndui apOrva-vastu piiila prabhu tu�ta haila\ndui-bhai-iige prasada aniya dhari/a\ndui bhiiiera ava5i�ta patra dilii tiilire\ndui bhai mi/i' vrndavane vasa kaila\n\n4.10\n6.290\n6.109\n6.122\n4.217\n\n6\n335\n251\n256\n104\n\nei-mata a�ta-mailjari dibe sraddhii kari'\"\nei-mata bara-bara kahi dui-jana\nei-mata cintite daive eka-dine\nei-mata dui-jana niina-kathii-range\nei-mata gauracandra bhakta-garya-sange\n\ndui bhiiire raghava ani' parivese\ndui bhiii tabe cir;la khiiite lagila\ndui bhai tahii khiiiia santo�a apara\n\"dui deva-kanya hay a parama-sundari\n\n6.114\n6.84\n6.117\n5.13\n\n253\n240\n254\n123\n\n6.297\n6.65\n6.68\n4.208\n\n338\n232\n234\n100\n\nei-mata kata dina karena pOjana\nei-mata mahaprabhu bhakta-garya lana\nei-mata mahaprabhu nana lila kare\nei-mata nimantrarya var�a dui kailii\n\ndui-dike dui-patra madhye kamala manjari\ndui dui mrt-kuryr;lika sabara age dila\ndui holnaya cir;la bhijaya ganga-tire giya\ndui-janara viccheda-da5a na yaya varryane\n\n72\n65\n325\n58\n174\n\n5.120\n5.110\n6.315\n6.289\n4.205\n\n177\n171\n347\n334\n99\n\n4.147\n6.36\n4.47\n6.116\n4.176\n6.35\n\n70\n220\n22\n254\n84\n220\n\n6.261\n5.154\n5.154\n4.181\n4.176\n\n320\n197\n73\n87\n84\n\n6.169\n6.301\n6.11\n4.48\n4.180\n\n277\n340\n209\n22\n87\n\n4.204\n5.98\n6.297\n4.36\n6.159\n\n98\n165\n338\n17\n272\n\n4.104\n6.3\n6.303\n5.90\n6.325\n\n52\n205\n341\n161\n351\n\n6.271\n6.81\n6.300\n6.35\n6.213\n\n325\n239\n340\n220\n298\n\nE\n\neho bhagya tamara aiche kari/e\ndina-dayalu-gurya tamara tah!ite pracara\"\n\n4.150\n4.136\n6.270\n4.120\n5.117\n\nei-mata nitai bule sakala maryr;lale\nei-mata raghunatha karena pOjana\nei-mata raghunathera vatsareka gela\nei-mata rahe tenha svaropa-cararye\n\n", "ant2#p0399": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n367\n\nei-mata san3tana rahe prabhu-sthilne\nei-mata saniltana rahe prabhu-sthilne\nei-mata sarva-kala ache vyavahara\nei-mata sisup!lla karila nindana\nei-mata tina-vatsara silil-millil dharilil\n\n4.51\n4.206\n6.217\n5.146\n6.293\n\n24\n99\n300\n194\n336\n\neta bali' mahilprabhu u(hiyil calilil\neta bali' prabhu madhyilhna karite u(hilil\neta bali' prabhu tiltire illingana kaila\neta bali' puna/:! tilrire kai/11. illirigana\neta bali' tiltire puna/:! pras!lda karil!l\n\n4.50\n6.209\n4.133\n4.201\n6.287\n\n23\n296\n64\n97\n333\n\nei-mata vihare gaura lana bhakta-gal)a\nei-mate bare b3re palilya, dhari' ilne\nei-mate saniltana vrnd!lvane !lila\nei-mate sevaka-prabhu durihe ghara gela\nei nimantral)e dekhi,-'prati$th!l'-miltra\n\n6.12\n6.37\n4.213\n4.135\n6.275\n\n209\n220\n103\n65\n327\n\neta cinti' purva-mukhe karil!l gamana\netildrsa tumi irihilre kariy!lcha arigTk!lra\neta kahi' raghun!lthe lailil calilil\neta kahi' raghunilthe puna/:! !llingila\neta kahi' raghun!lthera hasta dharilil\n\n6.171\n4.91\n6.166\n6.205\n6.204\n\n278\n45\n275\n295\n294\n\n\"ei raghun3the 3mi saripinu tomilre\nei-saba guQa tilrira prakii.Sa karite\nei sil!lra kara tumi s3ttvika pOjana\nei sloka kariy!lcha p!lilil santO$a\nei ta' kahiluri nity!lnandera vihara\n\n6.202\n5.81\n6.295\n5.134\n6.100\n\n293\n154\n337\n188\n247\n\neta kahi' r!ltri-kille karena cintana\neta kahi tilre lana nibhrte vasi/11.\neta saba karma ami ye-dehe karimu\neta saubhilgya ihari n3 haya kilh3ra\"\neta suni' mahilprabhu sarO$a-antare\n\n4.38\n5.59\n4.83\n4:91\n4.157\n\n18\n144\n42\n45\n75\n\nei ta' kahiluri pradyumna-misraei ta' kahiluri puna/:!' saniltana-sarigame\nei ta' kahiluri raghunilthera milana\nei ta' ni5caya kari' nll!lcale !lila\nei ta' prastilve sri kavi-karQapOra\n\n5.159\n5.237\n6.238\n4.13\n6.262\n\n199\n114\n353\n8\n321\n\neta suni' pradyumna-misra calil3 turite\neta suni' raghuniltha vandi/11. cara(Ja\neta suni' saniltanera haila camatkilra\neta suni' sei manu$ya govardhana-sthilne\neta suni' sei mlecchera mana !lrdra haila\n\n5.54\n6.240\n4.72\n6.257\n6.29\n\n142\n311\n37\n319\n217\n\nei ta' sarik$epe ami kailuri upadesa\nei tina-guru, !lra raghuniltha dilsa\neka-dina asi' prabhu durihilre milila\neka-dina pradyumna-misra prabhura caral)e\neka-dina svarupa tilhil karite dekhi/11.\n\n6.238\n4.236\n4.54\n5.4\n6.319\n\n310\n114\n25\n119\n349\n\neta vic!lriya nimantral)a chilr;li' di/a\"\nethil raghunatha-dilsa prabhilte uthiyil\neth!l tilrira sevaka rak$aka tilrire nil dekhiya\ne-vatsara tumi hilri raha !lmil-sane\n\n6.277\n6.184\n6.176\n4.200\n\n328\n283\n280\n97\n\neka kurij!l jala ara tulasT-mailjarT\neka-lila-pravahe vahe sata sata\nekilnta asraya kara caitanya-caral)e\neka ramanandera haya ei adhikilra\neka-sata mudr!l !lra sol)il tola-dvaya\n\n6.296\n5.162\n5.131\n5.42\n6.153\n\n338\n201\n185\n136\n'\n270\n\neka-thilni tapta-dugdhe cir;lil bhijilil!l\neka-vatsara rOpa-gosililira gaur;Je vilamba\neka vipra prabhu l!lgi' cir;la bhij!lya tilte\neka vipra prabhura niltaka kariyilche uttama\neka-vitasti dui-vastra, pirir;lil eka-khilni\n\n6.57\n4.214\n6.56\n5.99\n6.299\n\n229\n103\n229\n166\n339\n\ngilr;Jhanur!lgera viyoga nil yilya sahana\nganga-tire vrk$a-mule piQr;/ilra upare\nganga-tire 'yamunil-pulina' jil!lna kail!l\ngiltre kaQr;lu haila, rasa par;Je khajuyaite\ngaur;Je ye artha chi/a, tilhil ilnililil\ngaura-bhakta-gaQera krpa ke kahite\n\n4.62\n6.44\n6.90\n4.5\n4.215\n5.158\n\n29\n224\n243\n4\n103\n199\n\neke deva-dasl, ilra sundarl tarui)T\neke dugdha-cir;/!1., are dadhi-cir;/11. kaila\nekeka janilre dui dui hoinil dila\neke nlca-j!lti adhama, !lra kaQr;lu-ras!l gaya\n\n5.38\n6.65\n6.67\n4.20\n\n134\n232\n233\n10\n\ngaura-jangama-rupe kailil avatilra\ngaura-lilil, bhakti-bhakta-rasa-tattva\n'gauriltiga-stava-kalpa-vrk$e' kariyilchena\ngaura-p!lda-padma y!lrira haya purii.Qa-dhana\ngaura-sukha-d!lna-hetu taiche rilma-rilya\n\n5.151\n5.163\n6.326\n5.106\n6.9\n\n196\n201\n352\n169\n208\n\ne saba b!lndhite n!lrileka yilrira mana\ne sarlre sildhimu 3mi bahu prayojana\neta bali' durihe nija-kilrye u(hi' gelil\neta bali' eka grasa karil!l bhak$al)e\n\n6.39\n4.78\n4.145\n6.322\n\n221\n40\n70\n350\n\nghare giy!l misra kaila snilna. bhojana\nghrQ!l-buddhi kari yadi, nija-dharma yilya\"\ngh[l)il kari' !llirigana nil karit!lma yabe\nghrQil n!lhi janme, ilra mahil-sukha pilya\nglta, sloka. grantha. kavitva-yei kari' !lne\ngltera gur;Jha artha abhinaya karili/11.\n\n5.68\n4.180\n4.196\n4.186\n5.95\n5.22\n\n148\n87\n95\n89\n163\n127\n\nG\n\n", "ant2#p0400": "368\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ngopa-jati ami bahu gopa-gal)a sar\\ge\n\n6.75\n4.230\n4.45\n6.306\n6.291\n\n237\n111\n21\n342\n335\n\n6.250\n6.287\n4.50\n6.282\n6.213\n\n315\n333\n23\n331\n298\n\nhena-kale raghunatha milila asiya\n\n6.321\n6.206\n6.173\n6.236\n5.107\n\n349\n295\n279\n309\n169\n\nhiral)ya-diisa palaila, raghunathere bandhila\n\n6.95\n5.80\n5.39\n6.307\n\n245\n153\n135\n343\n\n'gopala-campii' nama grantha sara kaila\ngosani kahena,-\"ei-mata murari-gupta\ngosanira abhipraya ei bhavana kari/a\ngovardhana-sila prabhu hrdaye-netre dhare\ngovardhanera putra tenho, nama\n'govardhanera silii', 'gunja-ma/a' tanre dila\ngovinda-dviiriiya dunhe prasada piithaila\ngovinda-pasa suni' prabhu puchena\ngovinda prasada tiinre dila panca dine\ngovindera mukhe prabhu se viirtii sunilii\ngovindere kahe raghuniithe dayii kari'\ngriime-griimera patha chac;li' yiiya vane vane\ngramya-kathii na sunibe, griimya-vartii nii\ngriimya-kavira kavitva sunite haya 'dubkha'\ngrase-griise kari' vipra saba bhakte di/a\n'grhastha' hana nahe raya �ac;l-vargera va5e\nguhya ar\\gera haya taha darsana-sparsana\ngunjii-mala diyii dilii 'riidhikii-caral)e'\n\n6.242\n6.71\n6.157\n6.17\n4.16\n\n312\n235\n272\n211\n9\n\n6.189\n5.76\n4.29\n6.200\n6.18\n\n285\n152\n14\n292\n212\n\nhrd-roga-kama tiit'lra tat-kale haya k�aya\n\n6.10\n4.151\n4.140\n5.127\n5.46\n\n213\n72\n67\n183\n137\n\niha-loka, para-loka-dui haya nasa\n\n4.131\n4.26\n6.134\n6.125\n\n63\n66\n13\n262\n258\n\n5.58\n6.328\n5.139\n6.39\n\n144\n353\n190\n221\n\n6.280\n6.294\n4.236\n4.52\n5.122\n\n330\n336\n114\n24\n179\n\n4.156\n4.166\n4.157\n4.163\n\n74\n78\n75\n77\n\n4.161\n6.208\n6.211\n5.148\n\n76\n296\n297\n195\n\nhena-kale iii/a saba gauc;lera bhakta-gal)a\nhena-kale iii/a tatha raghava pal)c;lita\nhena-kale gauc;la-desera saba bhakta-gal)a\nhena-kale mulukera eka mleccha adhikari\nhena-kale prabhu 'upala-bhoga' dekhiya\n\nhena 'rasa' pana more karaila tumi\nhena varhsa gh(l)ii chac;li' kaila angTkiira\nhena 'vi�aya' haite kr�l)a uddhiirila toma'\nhiral)ya-diisa muluka nila 'makrari' kariya\n\n\"hita liigi' ainu muni, haifa viparita\nhita-nimitta iii/ana ami, haifa viparite\n\"h/adinyii samvidasli�tab\n\n\"ihiiri ililiin prabhure dekhi' dubkha khal)c;laite 4.137\nihan haite gauc;Je gela, haila dina dasa\n\nH\n\n\"ihara vi�aya-sukha-indra-sukha-sama\nih!ite sarhsaya yiira, sei yaya nasa\n\nharhsa-madhye baka yaiche kichu\n'hari-bhakti-vi/iisa'-grantha kailii vai�l)avaharidasa-dviirii niima-mahiitmya-prakasa\nharidiisa kahe,-\"mithyii abhimiina kari\nharidiisa kahe,-'prabhu iisibena ekhana'\nharidiisa kahe,-\"prabhu, ye kahilii tumi\nharidiisa kake,-'saniitana kare namaskiira'\nharidiisa kahe,-\"tumi isvara dayii-maya\nharidasa kaila prabhura caral)a vandana\nharidiise kahe prabhu, -\"suna, haridiisa\nharidiise kailii prabhu prema-iilir\\gana\nharidase milite iii/a bhakta-gal)a lana\nharidasera kailii tenha caral)a vandana\n'hari' dhvani kari' uthi' kaila acamana\n'hari' 'hari' bali' vai�l)ava karaye bhojana\n\n5.129\n4.221\n5.86\n4.89\n4.15\n\n184\n107\n158\n45\n8\n\n4.181\n4.18\n4.188\n4.146\n4.87\n\n87\n10\n90\n70\n44\n\n4.146\n4.16\n4.14\n6.119\n6.87\n\n70\n9\n8\n255\n242\n\n6.86\n6.80\n6.233\n6.71\n6.97\n6.319\n\n241\n239\n308\n235\n246\n349\n\nih!i va-i maha-bhiigya iimi piiba kothii?\"\nihii yei sune paya caitanya-caral)a\nindra ba/e,-\"muni kr�l)era\n\"indra-sama aisvarya, stri apsarii-sama\ninhiira sankoce ami eta dina nila\ninhiira seva kara tumi kariya agraha\ninh!i-sabiira caral)a vandon, yanra muni\ni�ta-go�thi, kr�l)a-kathii kahe kata-k�al)e\nisvarera nahi kabhu deha-dehi-\n\nJ\njagadananda-pal)c;lite ami yukti puchila\n\"jagadiinanda priya amara nahe toma haite\njagadanande kruddha hana kare tiraskare\n\n'hari' 'hari'-dhvani uthi' bharila bhuvana\nhiisi' mahiiprabhu !ira eka griisa lana\nha5i' mahiiprabhu raghunathera kahila\nhiisite lagila dekhi' hana vismita\nhasiya hiisiya prabhu karaye carval)a\nhasiya tahiira kichu magiya khaila\n\njagadanande piyao atmTyata-sudha-rasa\n\"jagadanandera saubhiigya aji se jiini/a\njagannatha dekhi' iisi' karaha bhojana\"\njagannatha dekhi' punab govinda-pasa iii/a\njagannatha hana kr�l)era 'atma-\n\n", "ant2#p0401": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\njagannatha ratha-yatraya ha-ibena bahira\njagannathe gele tatira darsana na paimu\njagannatheha na dekhiye,-e du�kha\njagannathera age dwihe prakata dekhaya\njagannathera cakra dekhi' karena pral)ame\njagannathera darsane khal)c;/aya\njagannathera sevaka phere karya-anurodhe\njagannathera sevaka yata-'vi�ayira gal)a'\njagate nahi jagadananda-sama bhagyavan\njahau yuvaiva malavad\njahyam ason vrata-krsan chata-janmabhi�\njala-tulasira sevaya tarira yata sukhodaya\njale nami' dadhi-cic;la karaye bhak�al)a\njani' haridasa tarire kaila alirigana\njanma-data pita nare 'prarabdha' khal)c;/aite\njanme-janme sevori raghunathera caral)a\njanme janme tomara paya vikailaria ami\"\njariisandha kahe,-\"kr�Qa\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\njayadvaita-candra, jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\njayadvaita krpa-sindhu jaya bhakta-gal)a\n\n4.11\n4.7\n4.139\n5.24\n4.51\n\n7\n5\n67\n128\n24\n\nkabhu upavasa, kabhu carval)a kariya\n\n5.152\n4.9\n6.215\n4.162\n6.137\n\n196\n6\n299\n77\n263\n\nkahan 'k�udra' jiva 'du�khi'\n\n4.63\n6.302\n6.69\n4.14\n6.40\n\n29\n340\n234\n8\n222\n\n4.41\n5.76\n5.143\n4.2\n6.2\n5.3\n\n19\n152\n192\n3\n204\n118\n\n5.2\n5.2\n4.2\n6.2\n5.3\n\n118\n118\n3\n204\n118\n\n6.247\n6.181\n6.181\n4.4\n4.5\n\n314\n282\n� 82\n4\n4\n\nkata dine raghuniitha sirilha-dviira chac;lilii\n\n6.227\n4.232\n4.178\n4.115\n4.116\n\n305\n112\n85\n56\n57\n\nkautuki nityananda sahaje dayiimaya\n\nkabhu upavasa, kabhu karaye carval)a\"\nkac;lite na paron matha, pana bac;la vyatha\nkahana na yaya kr�Qa-krpara mahima\"\nkahan jaga-kalikara batuya navlna!\n\nkahari 'pOrl)anandaisvarya' kr�l)a\nkahari tumi-pramal)ika, sastre pravll)a!\nkahibara katha nahe, yaha ascarya-kathana\nkahi/a,-\"caitanya gosM!i kariyachena\nkahi/a giya saba raghunatha-vivaral)e\nkahite /agi/ii kichu manera hari�e\nkahite sunite durihe cafe sei pathe\nkaiche nace, keba nacaya, seha nahi jane\"\n\"kalikara batuya jaga aiche garvi haila\nkali puna� tina bhai ha-iba eka-thani\nkal)c;/u gela, ariga haila suvarl)era sama\nkaQc;/u kari' parik�ii karile sanatane\nkal)c;/u-k/eda mahaprabhura sri-arige /agi/a\nkariha vastu khao sabe, more na deha'\nkarl)apOra sei-rOpe sloka varl)ila\n\njaya jaya krpa-maya nityananda dhanya\njaya jaya saci-suta srl-kr�Qa-caitanya\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njaya jaya sri-caitanya, jaya nityananda\njaya svarOpa, gadadhara, rOpa, sanatana\n\nkarya-siddhi nahe, kr�Qa karena upek�a\nkasisvara, govindadi yata bhakta-gal)a\nk�tha-p�al)a-sparse haya yaiche bhava\nk�thera putali yena kuhake nacaya\nkata-dina kara ihara bhala santarpal)a\"\n\njharikarii ha-ite toma na pana gela ghare\njharikarii paryanta gela sei dasa jane\njhankarate paila giya vai�l)avera gal)e\njharikhal)c;/a-vanapathe ai/a eke/a caliya\njharikhal)c;/era jalera do$e, upaviisa haite\n\nkata kata bhavavesa prakasa karila\nkata thani bujhaiiacha vyavahara-bhakti\nkata upahara line, hena nahi jani\nkautuka dekhite iii/a yata yata jana\n\njihvara lalase yei iti-uti dhaya\njlva-gosaiii gauc;/a haite mathura ca/i/a\njiiiina-vijiiiina-trptatma\njyai$tha-miise prabhu tarire parik$a karila\njyai$tha-mase prabhu yame5vara-totii iii/a\n\nkavi kahe,-\"jagannatha-sundara-sarira\nkaya-mane sevilena gauranga-caral)a\nkaya-mano-viikye cinte caitanya-caral)e\nke bujhite pare gambhira caitanyera khela?\nkeha chatre magi' khaya, yeba kichu paya\n\nK\n\nkeha ratre bhik$ii lagi' sirilha-dvare\nkeha upare, keha tale, keha garigii-tire\n\nkabhu carval)a, kabhu randhana, kabhu\nkabhu gupta, kabhu vyakta, svatantra\nkabhu kalaha, kabhu priti-irihara ni5caya\nkabhu niisaya ghral)a laya, kabhu sire kare\n\n6.187\n6.124\n6.26\n6.291\n\n284\n257\n216\n335\n\nkeha yadi deya, tabe karaye bhak�l)a\nkemane chac;limu raghunathere caral)a\nki kari/e hita haya nari nirdharite\"\n\n369\n\n4.4\n6.256\n4.40\n6.200\n4.167\n\n4\n318\n19\n292\n79\n\n5.126\n5.126\n4.167\n5.37\n6.123\n\n182\n182\n79\n134\n257\n\n6.257\n5.57\n6.167\n4.86\n4.158\n\n319\n143\n276\n43\n75\n\n6.26\n4.201\n4.204\n4.21\n6.322\n\n216\n97\n98\n11\n350\n\n6.265\n6.224\n4.110\n5.19\n4.85\n\n323\n304\n54\n126\n43\n\n6.207\n6.281\n6.85\n4.168\n6.115\n\n296\n330\n241\n79\n253\n\n6.93\n6.49\n5.114\n6.308\n6.173\n\n244\n226\n173\n343\n273\n\n5.87\n6.219\n6.219\n6.70\n\n159\n301\n301\n234\n\n6.256\n4.38\n4.140\n\n318\n18\n67\n\n", "ant2#p0402": "370\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nki kariya bec;laya, -iha keha nahi jane\n'ki katha §unite caha?' misrere puchi/a\n\"ki /agi' chac;lai/a ghara, na jani uddesa\nkim artham a yam agacchati, ayarh dasyati,\nkirh bhadrarh kim abhadrarh va\n\n6.82\n5.59\n6.229\n6.285\n4.175\n\n240\n144\n306\n332\n83\n\nkm1e gali dite kare nama uccara(la\nkr$Qera svaropa-/Tia varQiba\n'krtartha ha-ilana' bali' misra nacite /agila\nk$a(la-matra nahi chac;le prabhura cara(la\nk$udha nahi badhe, caitanya-cara(la-praptye\n\n5.155\n5.133\n5.67\n6.253\n6.186\n\n198\n187\n148\n317\n284\n\nkim icchan kasya va hetor\n\"ki mora kartavya, murii na jani uddesa\nki mora kartavya, prabhu kara upadesa\"\nkintu ihan daru-brahma\nkintu sastra-dmye eka kari anumana\n\n6.314\n6.232\n6.229\n5.148\n5.44\n\n346\n308\n306\n195\n137\n\nkubuddhi chac;liya kara srava(la-kTrtana\nkugrama diya diya karila prayaQa\nku/Tna, paQc;lita, dhanTra bac;la abhimana\nkusala-varta mahaprabhu puchena sanatane\nkutumba-brahmaQa-devalaye ban!i' dila\nkutumbera 'sthiti'-artha vibhaga kari' dila\n\n223\n119\n234\n129\n45\n\n31\n283\n32\n12\n103\n103\n\nkTrtaniya sevaka sar\\ge ara bahu-jana\nkona bhagye pMachor\\ tomara durlabha\nkona kona vipra upare sthana na pana\nkon jane k$udra jiva kanha tanra mana?\nkon kon karya tumi kara kon dvare\n\n6.43\n5.5\n6.68\n5.26\n4.90\n\n4.65\n6.185\n4.68\n4.24\n4.215\n4.214\n\nkoti-deha k$aQeke tabe chac;lite piiriye\nkrpa-guQaira yab kugrhandha-kupad\nkrpa kari' kaila cic;la-dugdha bhojana\nkrpa kari' more ajna deha' dui-jana\nkr$Qa-bhajana kara tumi ama-dur\\hara sar\\ge\n\n4.55\n6.1\n6.140\n4.41\n4.35\n\n25\n204\n264\n19\n17\n\n4.184\n4.187\n6.318\n4.13\n4.80\n\n88\n90\n348\n8\n40\n\nkr$Qa-bhajane nahi jati-kuladi-vicara\nkr$Qa-bhakta, kr$Qaprema-seva-pravartana\nkr$Qa-bhakti-rase dur\\he parama pradhana\nkr$Qa-bhakti-rasera yahan paiye vis tara\nkr$Qa-caitanya-guQa-katha haridasa-sane\n\n4.67\n4.80\n4.49\n4.223\n4.206\n\n32\n40\n23\n108\n99\n\n4.222\n'madana-gopala-govindera seva'-prakasana\n4.117\nmadhyiihna-bhik$a-kiile sanatane bo/ai/a\n4.92\n'madhyiihna' karite uthi' kari/a gamana\nmadhyahne samudra-valu hariache agni-sama 4.118\nmadhye madhye prabhu tar\\re dena darasana 6.113\n\n107\n57\n46\n57\n252\n\nkr$Qa eka-tattva-rOpa-dui rOpa\nkr$Qa-katha asvadaya rahi' eka-sar\\ge\nkr$Qa-kathamrtarQave more du/;laila\nkr$Qa-katha-rasamrta-sindhu uthalilii\nkr$Qa-katha sunibare mora iccha haya\n\n5.149\n4.104\n5.70\n5.63\n5.6\n\n195\n52\n149\n146\n120\n\nmagiyii kharia kare jivana rak$a(la\nmahanubhavera ei sahaja 'svabhava' haya\nmahaprabhu ai/ii dekhi' nitai uthi/a\nmahiiprabhu aise yei nrtya dekhibare\nmahaprabhu ani' karaya pulina-bhojana\n\n6.223\n5.78\n6.78\n6.105\n6.89\n\n303\n153\n238\n249\n242\n\n'kr$Qa-katha-vakta kari' na janiha more\nkr$Qa-kathaya ruci tomara-bac;la\nkr$Qa-li/il, gaura-li/a se kare var(lana\nkr$Qa-li/a-rasa-prema yaha haite jani\nkr$Qa-li/a-rasa lahar\\ paiye sakala\n\n5.72\n5.9\n5.106\n4.220\n4.225\n\n150\n121\n169\n106\n109\n\nmahaprabhu asi' sei asane vasi/a\nmahiiprabhu dekhite tar\\ra utka(l!hita mana\nmahaprabhu kai/a tanre krpa-alingana\nmahaprabhu krpa kari' tanre sikhai/a\n\n6.108\n4.15\n6.240\n6.13\n\n250\n8\n311\n209\n\nkr$Qa-IT/a varQite nil jane sei chara!\nkr$Qarh martyam upasritya\nkr$Qa-pada-padma-gandha yei jana paya\nkr$Qa-praptyera upaya kona nahi 'bhakti'\n\n5.105\n5.137\n6.136\n4.56\n\n168\n189\n263\n26\n\nmahaprabhu milibare sei tharii ge/a\nmahaprabhura age, ara dekhi' jagannatha\nmahaprabhura asana c;lahine patiya\nmahaprabhura bhakta-gaQera durgama\n\n4.148\n4.12\n6.107\n5.21\n\n71\n7\n250\n127\n\n'kr$Qa-prema', 'kr$Qa' dite dhare maha-sakti\nkr$Qa-rasa asvadana kara, /aha kr$Qa-nama\"\nkr$Qa-rasa-sloka-gTte karena santvana\nkr$Qa-tharii aparadha-daoc;la paitama tabe\n\n4.70\n4.49\n6.8\n4.196\n\n34\n23\n207\n95\n\nmahaprabhura bhakta-gaoera vairagya\nmahaprabhura bhakta-gaQe sabare miliya\nmahaprabhura darsana paya kona\nmahaprabhura ga(le tumi-maha-bhagyavan!\n\n6.220\n4.211\n6.82\n4.99\n\n301\n101\n240\n49\n\nL\n/alakera lalye nahe do$a-parijriana\n'/a/yamedhya' /alakera candana-sama bhaya\n/avaQa diya raghunatha sei anna khaya\nJoke puchi' haridasa-sthane uttarila\nlupta-tirtha-uddhara, ara vairagya-sik$a(la\n\nM\n\n,\n\n", "ant2#p0403": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n371\n\nmahaprabhura lagi' bhoga prthak ba(laya\nmahaprabhura mukhe dena kari' parihasa\n\"mahaprabhura sthane eka 'vairagT' dekhi/a\nmahaprabhure sunaite sahara haifa mana\nmahaprabhu tanra nrtya karena darasana\n\n6.112\n6.79\n6.249\n5.94\n6.103\n\n252\n238\n315\n162\n248\n\nmora iccha haya-pana caitanya-caral)a\nmora kal)r;/u-rasa liige prabhura sarire\nmora mathe pada dhari' karaha prasada\nmora mukhe kahilya katha, kare paracara\nmora mukhe katha kahena apane\n\n6.128\n4.138\n6.133\n5.74\n5.73\n\n259\n66\n261\n151\n150\n\nmahilprabhu yaha khaite aise bilra biira\nmah!i-sampad-d!iv!id api patitam uddhrtya\nmahesa, gauridasa, ho(la-kr�l)ad!isa\n'mahotsava'-nama suni' br!ihmal)a-sajjana\n\n6.111\n6.327\n6.62\n6.54\n\n251\n352\n231\n228\n\nmora nilma la-iha, -'teho pathilila more\nmore 'caitanya' deha' gos!iili hail!i sadaya\nmore jiyaile tomara kiba habe labha?\"\n\"more na churliha, prabhu, par;/orl tamara\nmore piyao gaurava-stuti-nimba-nisinda-rasa\n\n5.53\n6.132\n4.75\n4.20\n4.163\n\n142\n261\n38\n10\n77\n\nmahotsava suni' pasilri nan!i-grama haite\nmala-candana-tambOia se�a ye achila\nmalina mana haile nahe kr�l)era smaral)a\nmana phiri' yaya, tabe na pare marite\nmal)r;/ali-bandhe vasi/a, tara na haya gal)ane\n\n6.91\n6.98\n6.278\n6.22\n6.66\n\n243\n246\n329\n214\n233\n\nmandira-nikate suni tanra v!isa-sthiti\nmandira-nikate yaite mora n!ihi sakti\n'manu�ya' nahe raya, k[�l)a-bhakti-rasa-maya\nmanya kari' prabhu sabare upare vasail!i\nmanye tad-arpita-mano-vacane 'hit!irtha-\n\n4.8\n4.8\n5.71\n6.64\n4.69\n\n5\n5\n149\n232\n33\n\nmore tumi churlile mora aparadha haya\nmudra deha' vicari' y!ira yata yogya haya\nmukhe netre abhinaya kare prakatana\nmukhe tarje garje, marite sabhaya antara\nmukunda-datta kahe,-'ei ai/a\nmurari, kamaliikara, sadiWva, purandara\n\n4.152\n6.151\n5.23\n6.23\n6.190\n6.61\n\n73\n269\n128\n214\n286\n231\n\nmarite anaye yadi dekhe raghuniithe\nmarkata-vairagya chil(li' haifa 'vi�ayi-praya'\nmartyo yadii tyakta-samasta-karmii\nmaryiida-larlghana ami nii pilrorl sahite\nmaryadii-larlghane loka kare upah!isa\n\n6.22\n6.14\n4.194\n4.166\n4.131\n\n214\n210\n93\n78\n63\n\nna miini/e dubkhi ha-ibeka mOrkha jana\nnana-bharlgite gul)a prakasi' nija-labha mane\nnilna-bhiivodgiira tare karaya sik�al)a\nniina-prakara pitha. piiyasa, divya siilyanna\nnanii-siistra ani' /upta-tirtha uddhiirila\n\n6.276\n5.82\n5.40\n6.110\n4.218\n\n328\n155\n135\n251\n105\n\nmaryiida-palana haya sadhura bhO�al)a\nmaryiida rakhi/e, tu�ta kaile mora mana\nm!ise dui-dina kailii prabhura nimantral)a\nm!isa-dui yabe raghunatha nii kare\nmatara ajniiya ami vasi nil!icale\n\n4.130\n4.132\n6.269\n6.272\n4.82\n\n63\n64\n324\n326\n42\n\nna sadhayati marh yoga\nna sviidhyayas tapas tyiigo\nnatab pararh parama yad bhavatab\nnataka kari' lana iii/a prabhuke suniiite\n'natakalankiira'-jilana niihika yahara\n\n4.59\n4.59\n5.124\n5.91\n5.104\n\n27\n27\n181\n161\n168\n\nmiitiira yaiche balakera 'amedhya' /age gaya\n'mathura haite prabhu iii/a',-viirta yabe pal/a\nmathurii haite saniitana niliicala iii/a\nmathuriira vai�l)ava-sabera kusala puchil!i\nmisra kahe,-'mahaprabhu pathaila more\n\n4.186\n6.16\n4.3\n4.25\n5.56\n\n89\n211\n3\n13\n143\n\n6.292\nnetra-jale sei silii bhije nirantara\n6.146\nnibhrte di/a prabhura bhiil)r;/iirira hate\n5.25\nnibhrte durlhare nija-ghare piithilila\nnica, adhama, piimara muili piimara-svabhava 4.75\n4.6\n'nica-j!iti, deha mora -atyanta asara\n\n336\n267\n129\n38\n4\n\nmisra kahe, -\"prabhu, more krtiirtha karilii\nmisra kahe,-\"tomii dekhite haifa agamane\nmisrera agamana riiye sevaka kahilii\nmisrere namaskara kare sammiina kariya\nmisrere pathiiila tahan sraval)a karite\n\n5.70\n5.31\n5.27\n5.28\n5.81\n\n149\n131\n130\n130\n154\n\nnica-jati nahe kr�l)a-bhajane ayogya\nnica-sudra-dviirii karena dharmera prakiisa\nnija-dehe ye karya na piirena karite\nnija-ghare yabena yabe tabe nivedibii\"\nnija-nataka-gitera sikhiiya nartane\n\n4.66\n5.84\n4.95\n6.147\n5.14\n\n31\n156\n47\n268\n123\n\nmleccha bale,-\"!iji haite tumi-mora\nm/eccha-sahita VaSa kai/a-saba santa haifa\nmora abh!igya, tumi-svatantra bhagaviin!\"\nmora citta dravya /a-ite na haya nirmala\n\n6.30\n6.34\n4.164\n6.275\n\n218\n219\n78\n327\n\nnija-priya-sthana mora-mathura-vrndiivana\n\"nikate nii !iisa, cor!i, bhiiga' dOre dure\nnilacala haite rOpa gauge yabe gela\nnil!icale mahaprabhu haifa avirbhute\nnilaca/e nana lila kare nana-rat'lge\n\n4.81\n6.50\n4.3\n5.115\n6.3\n\n41\n226\n3\n173\n205\n\nN\n\n", "ant2#p0404": "372\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrfa\n\nnilaca/e paricaya ache tamara satha?\"\n\n6.250\n6.267\n5.90\n4.71\n4.6\n\n315\n324\n161\n35\n4\n\n6.133\n5.41\n4.150\n6.72\n4.216\n\n261\n136\n72\n235\n104\n\n6.143\n4.88\n4.138\n6.217\n6.42\n\n266\n44\n66\n300\n223\n\n6.154\n6.88\n6.89\n4.232\n6.104\n\n270\n242\n242\n112\n249\n\n5.50\n5.28\n4.64\n5.10\n6.140\n\n140\n130\n30\n121\n264\n\n5.13\n6.106\n6.105\n6.1\n\n123\n249\n249\n204\n\nnilacale raghunathe mili/a asiya\nnilacale viharaye bhakti pracariya\nniraparadhe nama /aile paya prema-dhana\nnirveda ha-ifa pathe, karena vicara\nnirvighne caitanya pana-kara asirvada\"\nnirvikara deha-mana-ka�tha-pa�al)a-sama!\nnirvil)l)a sanatana /agila kahite\nni-sakc;li nana-mata prasada ani/a\nnikinta hafia sighra aila vrndavana\nniscinta hafia yaha apana-bhavana\nni�edhiha ir\\hare,-yena na kare anyaya\"\nni�edhite prabhu a/ir\\gana karena more\nni�kificana bhakta khac;la hay a sirilha-dvara\nnityananda-gosafiira pasa ca/ila ara dine\nnityananda-krpa pafia krtartha manila\nnityananda mahaprabhu-krpalu, udara\nnityananda-prabhava-krpa janibe kon jana?\nnityananda-prabhu-thani ajfia magi/a\nnityanandera nrtya, -yena tanhara nartane\nnitya-siddha sei, praya-siddha tar\\ra kay a\nnivedana kare kichu vinita hafia\nno ced vayaril virahajagny-upayukta-deha\nnotpiidayed yadi ratiril\nnrtya dekhi' ratrye kaila prasada bhak�al)a\nnrtya-gite sunipul)ii, vayase kisorl\nnrt.ya kari' prabhu yabe visrama karila\nnrtyera madhuri keba varl)ibiire pare\nnyasya svarupe vidadhe 'ntarar\\garil\n\np\n\n4.141\n6.153\n5.142\n4.136\n6.43\n\n67\n270\n192\n65\n223\n\n6.225\n6.254\n6.251\n4.87\n4.77\n\n304\n317\n316\n44\n39\n\n4.88\n4.197\n6.289\n6.216\n5.124\n\n44\n95\n334\n300\n181\n\n6.172\n6.207\n6.188\n6.182\n4.125\n\n278\n296\n285\n282\n61\n\n4.23\n6.130\n6.145\n4.17\n4.52\n\n12\n260\n267\n9\n24\n\nprabhu bolaya, ter\\ho nikate nii kare gamana\n\n6.324\n4.117\n4.119\n4.147\n6.48\n\n351\n57\n58\n70\n225\n\nprabhu dekhi' dur\\he pac;le dal)c;lavat hana\n\n4.17\n6.284\n6.74\n6.294\n4.26\n\n9\n88\n332\n236\n336\n13\n\n4.122\n5.69\n5.33\n6.193\n6.191\n5.7\n6.195\n\n59\n148\n132\n287\n286\n120\n288\n\npal)c;lita kahe,-\"tamara vasa-yogya\npal)c;litera age dila kariya vinaya\n'pal)c;litera manya-patra-haya\npal)c;litere sanatana duhkha nivedi/a.\npa.nihati-grame pai/a prabhura darasana\nparamartha yaya, ara haya rasera vasa\nparama vairagya tara, na.hi bhak�yaparama vikhyata ter\\ho, keba nahi jane\nparera dravya ir\\ho cahena karite vina5a\nparera dravya tumi kene caha vina.site?\nparera sthapya dravya keha na khaya. vilaya\npari�ada-deha ei, na haya durgandha\nparsve gantha gufija-mala, govardhana-sila\npasarira thafii anna dena krpa. ta' kariya\npasyami visva-srjam ekam avisvam\npatha chac;li' upapathe yayena dhafia\n\"pathe ir\\ha kariyache bahuta lar\\ghana\npathe tina-dina matra kari/a bhojana\npatri diya sivanande varta puchi/a\npaye vral)a hafiache taha na janilur\\\npil)c;lara tale vasilii haridiisa sanatana\npita, mata-dui more rakhaye bandhiya\nprabhu-iijfia lafiii vai�l)avera ajfia la-ilii\nprabhu iilir\\gila haridasere uthafiii\nprabhu asi prati-dina milena dui-jane\nprabhu bale,-\"niti-niti niina prasada khai\nprabhu boliii/a, tiir\\ra ananda bac;lila\n'prabhu bolanache',-ei iinandita mane\nprabhu bolaya bara bara karite a/ir\\gana\n\nprabhu hasi' kahe,-\"suna, haridasa, saniitana 4.183\npache iisi' rupa-gosani tanhare milila\npiiche bhage sanatana kahite lagila\npache mahiiprabhure tabe karaimu srava/)e\npache raghunatha nimantral)a chac;li' dila\npaka kari' raghava yabe bhoga lagaya\n'palaila raghunatha'-uthi/a kolahala\n\n4.213\n4.19\n5.100\n6.271\n6.112\n6.177\n\n103\n10\n166\n325\n252\n280\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"bhala kaila, chiic;lila\nprabhu kahe,-\"e-dravya dine kariye\nprabhu kahe,-\"ei si/a kr�l)era vigraha\nprabhu kahe,-\"ihar\\ rOpa chi/a dasaprabhu kahe,-'kon pathe aila, sanatana?'\nprabhu kahe,-'kr�l)a-katha ha-ila sraval)e'?\n\npalaite amara bhala eita prasar\\ge\npalaite karena nana upaya cintana\npalaka hafia palyere tac;lite na yuyaya\npanca-dasa-krosa-patha ca/i' ge/a eka-dine\npal)c;iita kahe,-'ir\\ha pache karibe bhojana'\n\n6.170\n6.156\n6.28\n6.174\n6.118\n\n77\n271\n217\n279\n255\n\nprabhu kahe,-'kr�l)a-katha sunila rayaprabhu kahe,-\"kr�Qa-krpa bali�tha saba\nprabhu kahena,-'aisa', ter\\ho dharila\nprabhu kahena.-\"kr�Qa-katha ami nahi jani\nprabhu kahena, -\"tamara pita-jyetha\n\n", "ant2#p0405": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n373\n\n5.77\n4.199\n4.123\n4.76\n4.191\n\n152\n96\n60\n39\n92\n\nprasanna nil haya ihilya ;ani prabhura\nprasiddha prakata satlga, tabahitl dhara pat,le\nprastave kahilutl kavira niltakapril.ta/;1-ka/e ama-dutlhaya kaila nivedana\nprate nityananda prabhu gatlgil-snana kariya\n\n6.274\n6.158\n5.161\n4.39\n6.126\n\n326\n272\n200\n19\n258\n\nprabhu-krpa dekhi' sabe a/itlgana kaila\n6.192\nprabhu lana vasila pil)r;iara upare bhakta4.23\nprabhu-pasa calibare udyoga kari/a\n6.16\nprabhu pritye tMra mathe dhari/a caral)a\n4.233\nprabhura age katha-matra na kahe raghunatha 6.230\n\n287\n12\n211\n112\n307\n\nprathama divase pailutl catu/;Jsama-gandha\"\nprathame niltaka tetlho tMre sunaila\nprathame sunaya sei svarupera sthane\nprati-dina mahaprabhu karena bhojana\nprati-dina raghunathe karaye bhartsana\n\n4.197\n5.93\n5.95\n6.113\n6.21\n\n95\n162\n163\n252\n213\n\nprabhura age svarupa nivedi/:1. ara dine\nprabhura iljila haililche toma' dui bhaye\nprabhura ajilaya kaila kr$1)a-kathara\n\"prabhura ajilaya kr$1)a-katha sunite aila etha\nprabhura 'antaratlga' bali' yanre Joke gaya\n\n6.231\n4.142\n5.159\n5.58\n6.11\n\n307\n68\n199\n144\n209\n\nprati-dina raya aiche karaya sadhana\npratyaha kara tina-lak$a nilma-satlkirtana\nprema vina kr$Qa-prapti anya haite naya\npreme kr$Qa mile, seha na pare marite\npremi bhakta viyoge cahe deha char;iite\n\n5.26\n4.101\n4.58\n4.61\n4.61\n\n129\n50\n27\n28\n28\n\nprabhura asaya ;ani yahara sraval)e\nprabhura ava5i$ta patra govinda tanre dila\nprabhura bhakta-gal)era tetlho haya pral)aprabhura caral)a dhari' kahena tatlhare\nprabhura caral)a vande ullasita-mane\n\n4.237\n6.212\n6.252\n4.73\n5.69\n\n114\n298\n316\n37\n148\n\nprthivite ke janibe e-li/a tMhara?'\npriti kari' raghunathe kahite /agi/a\npriti-svabhave kahate kona bhavodaya\npuja-kale dekhe silaya 'vrajendra-nandana'\npujite cahiye ami sabara caral)a\n\n5.74\n6.31\n4.171\n6.300\n6.150\n\n151\n218\n81\n340\n269\n\nprabhura dar5ana sada karite nilrimu\nprabhura gul)a kahe dun he haila prema\"prabhura satlge yata mahanta, bhrtya, asrita\nprabhura sik$ate tetlho nija-ghare yaya\n'prabhura svahasta-datta govardhana-sila\n\n4.7\n4.205\n6.150\n6.14\n6.301\n\n5\n99\n269\n210\n340\n\npulina-bhojana sabara ha-ila smaral)a\npuna/:! samarpila tatlre svarupera sthane\npurl, bharati, svarupa, pal)r;iita-gadadhara\npurl)ananda-cit-svarupa jagannatha-raya\np0rl)a-$ar;i-aisvarya caitanya\n\n6.87\n6.241\n4.109\n1.118\n5.119\n\n242\n312\n54\n175\n175\n\nprabhura ye ajila, dutlhe saba nirvahi/a\nprabhure age diya bhakta-gaQe bMti dila\nprabhure dekhite nllacale karila gamana\nprabhure govinda kahe,-\"raghuniltha\nprabhure kahena,-\"ei bhangi ye tamara\n\n4.217\n6.72\n6.157\n6.221\n4.202\n\n104\n235\n272\n302\n98\n\npurva-mukha char;li' cale dak$il)a-mukha\npurvavat kaila sabe ratha-yatra dara5ana\npurvavat prabhu sabaya kari/a milana\npurve ami parik$ilun tara ei rita\npurve santipure raghunatha yabe aila\n\n6.184\n4.105\n6.242\n4.45\n6.13\n\n283\n52\n312\n21\n209\n\nprabhure kahe,- \"toma /agi' bhoga /agai/a·\nprabhure na bhaya mora maral)a-vicara\nprabhu-sthane nllacale karila gamana\nprabhu visrama kai/a, yadi dina-5e$a haila\npracara karena keha, na karena acara\n\n6.73\n4.72\n6.178\n6.101\n4.102\n\n236\n37\n281\n247\n51\n\npurve vaisakha-mase sanatana yabe ai/a\npurve yaiche radhara Ialita sahaya-pradhana\npu$pa-mala vipra ani' prabhu-gale dila\n\"putra 'batu/a' ha-i/a, ihaya rakhaha\nputra-bhrtya-ra'pe tumi kara atlglkilre\nputra-thaili dravya-manu$ya pathaite mana\n\n4.115\n6.10\n6.96\n6.38\n6.202\n6.258\n\n56\n208\n245\n221\n293\n319\n\npradyumna misrere yaiche kaila upadesa\n'prakrta' hai/e ha tomilra vapu nari upek$ite\nprakrti-darsane sthira haya kon jana?\"\nprakrti-jar;Jam a5e$aril cetayann aviraslt\n\n5.79\n4.174\n5.36\n5.112\n\n153\n83\n133\n172\n\nprill)a-rak$a /agi' yeba karena bhak$al)a\nprasadanna pasarira yata nil vikaya\nprasada p!lila sanatana prabhu-pase aila\n\n6.313\n6.315\n4.121\n\n346\n347\n59\n\n4.224\n5.51\n6.120\n6.76\n\n109\n141\n255\n237\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"ramananda vinayera khani\nprabhu kahe,-\"saniltana, nil mil.niha\nprabhu kahe,-\"tapta-valukil.te kemane\nprabhu kahe,- \"tamara deha mora nijaprabhu kahe,-\"vaigtava-deha 'prakrta'\n\nR\nradha-kr$Qa-lila-rasa tahan paiye para\nraganuga-marge jani rilyera bhajana\nraghava ani' paraila malya-candana\nraghava dvividha cir;Ja tate bhijaila\n\n", "ant2#p0406": "374\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nraghava-mandire tabe kTrtana �rambhi/a\nr�ghava-pa(lr;lita-dv�r� kail� nivedana\nr�ghava-sahite nibhrte yukti karilil\nraghava-thakurera pras�da amrtera silra\nraghavera ghare rilndhe rildhil-th�ur�i\n\n6.101\n6.127\n6.145\n6.111\n6.115\n\n247\n258\n267\n251\n253\n\nr��ya(la niravadhi sune, kare g�na\n'rasabhasa' haya yadi 'siddh�nta-virodha'\n'rasa', 'ras�hasa' y�ra n�ika vic�ra\nratha-agre prabhu Iaiche karilil nartana\nratha-yiltril dekhi' tilhilti karaha gamana\n\n4.31\n5.97\n5.103\n4.106\n4.141\n\n15\n164\n167\n53\n67\n\nraghavera krpil raghun�thera upare\nraghave vas�nil dui ku(lr;li deoyilil�\n'raghu bhik$� /�gi' thar;la kene nahe sirhha'raghu kene �m�ya nimantra(la chac;li'\n\n6.122\n6.76\n6.282\n6.273\n\n256\n237\n331\n326\n\nratha-yiltrilya sabil lanil karil� nartana\nrathe deha char;limu,-ei paramarathe jagann�tha dekhi' karaha gamana\"\nr�tre uthi' eke/� calif� pa/an�\nr�tri-dina kare tenho n�ma-sankTrtana\n\nraghun�tha �si' kaila cara(la vandana\nraghuniltha asi' tabe da(lr;lavat kailil\nraghun�tha �si' tabe jyethare mililila\nraghuniltha-d�sa angikara na kari/a\nraghun�tha-d�sa saba bhaktere mili/a\n\n6.244\n4.12\n4.143\n6.36\n6.253\n\n313\n7\n68\n220\n317\n\n6.127\n6.163\n6.34\n6.268\n6.209\n\n258\n274\n219\n324\n296\n\n4.31\n6.7\nr�trye sirhha-dvare khar;la hana m�gi' khaya\" 6.221\nr�trye tamara ghare pras�da karimu bhak�(la 6.74\nrilya-pilsa ge/a, raya pra(lali karila\n5.55\n\n15\n207\n302\n236\n142\n\nraghun�tha-d�sa yabe sabare milil�\nraghuniltha-mahim� granthe likhilil pracura\nraghunatha mane kahe, -'k($(1a nilhi jilni\nraghuniltha-milana ebe suna, bhakta-ga(la\nraghuniltha nivedaya prabhura cara(le\n\n6.245\n6.262\n6.194\n6.12\n6.231\n\n313\n321\n288\n209\n307\n\nrilyera sevaka tililre vasilila ilsane\nrilyera vrttilnta sevaka kahite lilgila\nrupa-gosani kaila 'rasilmrta-sindhu' silra\nrupa-sanatana-sambandhe kai/� illingana\nrupa yaiche dui niltaka kariyilche �rambhe\n\nraghuniltha samudre yilnil snilna karil!i\nraghunatha sei sila-malil yabe pili/a\nraghuniltha-upasanil kare drr;lha-citte\nraghunilthe kahe kichu hanil sadaya\nraghunilthe kahe,-\"tare karaha sadhana\n\n5.11\n5.12\n4.223\n4.233\n5.108\n\n122\n122\n108\n112\n170\n\n6.211\n6.306\n4.30\n6.49\n6.165\n\n297\n342\n15\n226\n275\n\nraghunilthe kahe-\"yilnil, kara sindhu6.208\nraghunathe prabhura krpil dekhi, bhakta-ga(la 6.210\n6.88\nraghunathera bhagye eta kailil angikilra\n6.161\nraghunilthera 'guru' tenho hay a 'purohita'\nraghunilthera k$i(1alil-millinya dekhiyil\n6.201\n\n296\n297\n242\n273\n293\n\nsaba lanil kailil prabhu gu(lr;licil-milrjana\n\n6.144\n4.22\n5.152\n6.53\n6.243\n\n266\n11\n196\n227\n312\n\nraghunilthera niyama,-yena pil$il(lera\nraghunilthera pilda-padma char;lana na yay a\n'raghunilthera pilda-padme veciyachon\nraghunilthera sevaka, vipra tilnra sange cafe\nraghunilthera vairagya dekhi' sanlo$a antare\n\n6.309\n4.42\n4.40\n6.266\n6.325\n\n344\n20\n19\n323\n351\n\nsaba /anil kailil prabhu vanya-bhojana\nsaba lanil svarupa gosaili sunite vasila\nsaba lekhil kariyil rilghava-pii.Sa dil�\nsaba-loke nistilrilil jangamasaba manaf:r-kathil gosat'li kari' nirv�a(la\n\n6.243\n5.111\n6.152\n5.153\n4.216\n\n312\n171\n270\n197\n104\n\nrilja-ghare kaiphiyat diyil ujire ani/a\nrak$aka saba 5e$a-riltre nidrilya par;lilil\nr�adasa, sundarilnanda, dilsa-gadildhara\nr�ilnanda nibhrte sei dui-jana /anil\nr�ilnanda-pilsa yili' karaha srava(la\n\n6.20\n6.166\n6.61\n5.16\n5.8\n\n213\n275\n231\n124\n120\n\nsabara age kare namera mahimil kathana\nsabilra kusala saniltana janililil\nsaba riltri krandana kari' kaila jilgara(la\nsabara sara(la /aila dante twa lanil\nsaba-sane saniltanera karilila milana\n\n4.101\n4.25\n4.39\n1.156\n4.110\n\n50\n13\n19\n198\n54\n\nr�ilnanda rilya-katha kahi/e nil hilya\nr�ilnanda-rilyera ei kahilu gu(la-lesa\nr��nanda rayera katha suna, sarva-jana\nr��nandera k($(1a-kathil, svarupera gilna\n\n5.71\n5.79\n5.37\n6.6\n\n149\n153\n134\n206\n\n4.107\nsabil-sange prabhu miW/il sanatane\nsabe ii.Sirvilda kara -piluka caitanya-cara(le 6.135\n5.94\nsabei pra5arhse niltaka 'parama uttama'\nsabe nityilnanda dekhe, na dekhe anya-jana 6.103\n\n53\n262\n162\n248\n120\n347\n\nratri-dine raghun�thera 'n�ma' ara 'dhy�na'\nr�tri-k�/e bar;le prabhura viraha-vedana\n\ns\nsaba bhakta-dvilre tililre ilSTrvilda kar�ila\nsaba bhakta-ga(le prabhu miWI� san�tane\nsaba-desera saba-loka n�re �sibilra\nsaba dravya ilnana caudike dharilil\n\nsabe r��nanda jilne, lililre mukhe suni\nsar;lil-gandhe tai/ailgf-g�i khaite na pilre\n\n5.7\n6.316\n\n", "ant2#p0407": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n375\n\nsar;Je sata prahara yaya kTrtana-smaraQe\nsad-guQe, pilQr;/itye, sab!lra priya-san!ltana\ns!ldhaka na p!lya t!lte kr$Qera caraQa\n's!ldhu, drr;Jha-bhakti tom!lra'-kahi'\n's!ldhya'-'s!ldhana'-tattva sikha itihara sthane\n\n6.310\n4.112\n4.60\n4.43\n6.234\n\n344\n55\n28\n20\n308\n\n4.74\n\"sarvajila, krp!llu tumi Tsvara svatantra\n4.73\nsarvajila mahilprabhu ni$edhil!l more\nsarvatra 'vyapaka' prabhura sada sarvatra vasa 6.125\n4.228\nsarva tyaji' tetiho p!lche !lila vrnd!lvana\n4.235\nsastra kari' kata-k!lla 'bhakti' pracari/a\n\n38\n37\n258\n110\n113\n\nsahaje jar;Ja-jagatera cetana kariiite\nsahaje nrca-j!lti muili, du$ta, 'papi!Saya'\nsahite nit pare prabhu, mane haya krodha\nsakala kul)r;/Tra, holnilra cir;Jilra eka eka grasa\nsakala-lokera cir;J!l pOrQa yabe ha-ila\nsakala matigala tahe khaQr;ie saba klesa'\n\n5.115\n4.152\n5.97\n6.79\n6.77\n4.44\n\n173\n73\n164\n238\n238\n21\n\nsata dui-cilri holn!l t!ltiha !ln!lila\nsata-kuQr;ii vipra tatira agete dharil!l\nsat-kula-vipra nahe bhajanera yogya\n'$at sandarbhe' kf$Qa-prema-tattva prakilSile\ns!lttvika-seva ei-suddha-bhave kari\n\n6.55\n6.59\n4.66\n4.231\n6.296\n\n228\n230\n31\n112\n338\n\nsakala sarilsiirT lokera karite\nsakala vai$Qava yabe gaur;Ja-dese gel!l\nsakala vai$Qave piche parivesana kai/a\ns!lka-patra-phala-mOie udara-bharaQa\nsarils!lra-t!lraQa-hetu yei icch!l-\n\n5.151\n4.113\n6.109\n6.226\n5.150\n\n196\n55\n251\n305\n195\n\n'satya kahe gosaili, dutihara\nsaundarya, madhurya, prema-vi/asa\ns!lvadhane prabhura kail!l !ljil!lra p!llana\nsei anupama-bhili sisu-k!lla haite\nsei bhakta dhanya, ye nil char;Je prabhura\n\n5.128\n4.34\n6.312\n4.30\n4.46\n\n184\n16\n345\n15\n21\n\nsan!ltana bhagi' p!lche karena gamana\n\"sanatana, deha-ty!lge kr$Qa yadi p!liye\nsan!ltana-dv!lr!l bhakti-siddh!lnta-vilasa\nsanatana grantha kaila 'bhagavatamrt.e'\nsan!ltana kahe,-\"bhala kail!l upade5a\n\n4.149\n4.55\n5.86\n4.219\n4.144\n\n71\n25\n158\n106\n69\n\nsei bhata raghunatha ratre ghare !lni'\nsei bhav!lvi$ta yei seve ahar-nisi\nsei cir;J!l, dadhi, kala karila bhak$al)a\nsei deha kare tara cid-!lnanda-maya\nsei dugdha pilna kari' par;Jiy!l rahil!l\n\n6.317\n5.49\n6.93\n4.193\n6.175\n\n348\n140\n244\n93\n279\n\nsan!ltana kahe,-\"dul)kha bahuta nil pili/uti\nsan!ltana kahe,-\"nTca-varilse mora janma\nsan!ltana kahe,-\"tom!l-sama keb!l ache\nsan!ltana kailil sab!lra caral)a vandane\nsan!ltana mahaprabhura caral)e rahila\n\n4.125\n4.28\n4.99\n4.22\n4.113\n\n61\n14\n49\n11\n55\n\nsei dutihe lana raya nibhrta udyane\nsei haite abhyantare nil karena gamana\nsei haya 'puru$ildhama'\nsei jh3.rikhaQr;iera p!lni tumi khaoyail!l\nsei-kale kr�Qa tare kare atma-sama\n\n5.14\n6.155\n5.144\n4.203\n4.192\n\n123\n271\n193\n98\n92\n\nsan!ltane !lcambhite kahite l!lgil!l\nsan!ltane !llitigite prabhu ilgu hail!l\nsan!ltane dekhi' prabhu hail!l camatkara\nsan!ltane kahe haridasa kari' alitigana\nsan!ltanera dehe k[$Qa kaQr;iu upajail!l\n\n4.54\n4.19\n4.18\n4.93\n4.195\n\n25\n10\n10\n46\n94\n\nsei karma karaya, yate haya bhava-bandha\nsei katha krame tumi kahiba !lm3.re\nsei kavi sarva tyaji' rahil!l nTI!lca/e\nsei-k$al)e nija-loka p!lthilil!l grilme\nsei n!lma haya tara 'muktira'\n\n6.199\n5.60\n5.158\n6.52\n5.155\n\n291\n145\n199\n227\n198\n\nsaniltanera klede !lmilra ghwil nil upajaya\"\nsailc!lrT, silttvika, sthayi-bhavera /ak$al)a\nsandhyil-k!lle dekhite !lila prabhura caral)a\nsandhyil-kale rahil!l eka gopera bathilne\nsatikar!lnanda-sarasvatr vrnd!lvana haite !lil!l\n\n4.187\n5.23\n5.68\n6.174\n6.288\n\n90\n128\n148\n279\n334\n\nsei nija-karya prabhu karena tomilra dv!lre\nsei pilni-/ak$ye itihara kaQr;iu upajililil\nsei-pathe cali' yaya se-sthilna dekhiy!l\nsei-pathe sanatana karilil gamana\nsei-pathe y!lite mana kailil saniltana\n\n4.100\n4.203\n4.211\n4.118\n4.209\n\n50\n98\n101\n57\n100\n\nsannyasr paQr;iita-gaQera karite garva nilSa\nsaptagr!lma-mulukera se haya 'caudhurT'\nsarasvatrra artha ei kahilun vivaraQa\nsarasvatrra artha suna, y!lte 'stuti'\n\n5.84\n6.17\n5.154\n5.147\n\n156\n211\n197\n194\n\nsei prabhu dhanya, ye nil char;Je nija-jana\nsei saba granthe vrajera rasa vic!lrila\nsei-sabde sarasvatr karena stavana\nsei-satige raghun!ltha gela pal!lil!l\n\n4.46\n4.226\n5.136\n6.179\n\n21\n109\n189\n281\n\nsarasvatr sei-sabde kariy!lche stuti\nsilrvabhauma, rilmilnanda, jagad!lnanda,\nsarva-dina karena vai$Qava nilma-sankTrtana\n\n5.135\n4.109\n6.218\n\n188\n54\n300\n\nsei thilkura dhanya tilre cute dhari' ilne\nsei-vilkye sarasvatr karena stavana\nsei vipra bhrt.ya, cilri-sata mudril /ana\nsei vrk$a-m0/e vasil!l nija-gaQa /ailil\n\n4.47\n5.146\n6.267\n6.126\n\n22\n194\n324\n258\n\n", "ant2#p0408": "376\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nse karya karaibe toma, seha mathurate\nse manu$ya sivananda-senere puchila\nse$e nrtya kare preme jagat bhasaya\nse 'turuk' kichu nil pM\\a haifa pratipak$a\nseva cha<;liyache, tare sadhibara tare\n\n4.95\n6.249\n6.102\n6.19\n6.164\n\n47\n315\n248\n212\n275\n\nsri-bhagavata-sastra-tahate pramar:ra\nsri-caitanya-krpatireka-satata-snigdhab\nsri-caitanya-IT/a ei-amrtera sindhu\nsrf-caitanya-nityananda-carar:ra cintiya\nsri-haste prabhu taha sabakare banti' dila\n\n5.44\n6.262\n5.88\n6.172\n6.98\n\n137\n321\n159\n278\n246\n\nsevaka gatagati kare, nilhi avasara\nsevaka kahe,-'raghunatha dar:r<;iavat kare'\nsevaka kahila,-'dina haifa avasana'\n\"sevaka rak$aka ara keha nahi sange\nsevaka tambala lana kare samarpar:ra\n\n4.127\n6.46\n5.66\n6.170\n6.97\n\n61\n224\n174\n277\n246\n\nsri-haste sila diya ei ajt'la dila\nsri-kr$r:ra-caitanya-lila-amrtera\nsri-kr$r:ra-caitanya-prabhu dese\nsri-ramadasadi gopa premaviHa haila\nsri-rupa-dvara vrajera prema-rasa-lila\n\n6.298\n5.162\n5.153\n6.90\n5.87\n\n339\n201\n197\n243\n158\n\nseva sari' ratrye kare grhete gamana\nseva yena kare, ilra nilhika brahmar:ra\"\nseva-yogya nahi, aparadha karon niti niti\nsevya-bujhi aropiya karena sevana\nsiddha-deha-tulya, tate 'prakrta' nahe mana\n\n6.215\n6.165\n4.151\n5.20\n5.51\n\n299\n275\n72\n126\n141\n\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\nsrf-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\nsubala yaiche purve kr$r:ra-sukhera sahaya\n'suddha-vai$r:rava' nahe, haye 'vai$r:ravera\n\n4.239\n5.164\n6.329\n6.9\n6.198\n\n115\n202\n353\n208\n290\n\nsiddhanta-sara grantha kaila 'dasamasiddhanta-viruddha sunite na haya ullasa\nsighra ramananda tabe sabhate aila\nsighra yaha, yavat tenho achena sabhate\"\n\"Si/a diya gosat'li samarpila 'govardhane'\n\n4.220\n5.102\n5.27\n5.54\n6.307\n\n160\n167\n130\n142\n343\n\nsugandhi sundara prasada-madhuryera sara\nsukha kari' mane Vi$aya-Vi$era maha-pT<;Ia\nsunaha vallabha, kr$r:ra-parama\"suna, prabhu, mut'li dina grhastha adhama!\nsuni' anandita haifa raghunatha mane\n\n6.117\n6.197\n4.34\n5.5\n6.51\n\n254\n290\n16\n119\n226\n\nsi/are kahena prabhu-'kr$r:ra-kalevara'\nsirilha-dvara kha<;la haya ahara lagiya\nsirilha-dvare annarthf vai$r:rave dekhiya\nsirilha-dvare bhik$a-vrtti-vesyara acara\nsirilha-dvare gabhi-age sei bhata <;/are\n\n6.292\n6.255\n6.216\n6.284\n6.316\n\n336\n318\n300\n332\n347\n\nsuni caiva svapake ca\nsuni' hasi' kahe prabhu saba bhakta-gar:re\nsuni' mahaprabhu hasi' balite lagila\nsuni' mahaprabhu kichu lajjita haila mane\nsuni' mahaprabhu mane santo$a paila\n\n4.177\n6.134\n6.277\n4.165\n4.128\n\n85\n262\n328\n78\n62\n\nsirilha-dvare kha<;la rahe bhik$ara lagiya\nsirilha-dvare patha-sitala, kene na iii/a?\nsirilha-dvare yaite mora nahi adhikara\nsificanga nas tvad-adharamrta-paraker:ra\nsisnodara-parayar:ra krwa nahi paya\"\n\n6.214\n4.123\n4.126\n4.64\n6.227\n\n299\n60\n61\n30\n305\n\nsuni' mahaprabhu tabe kahite lagila\nsuni' par:r<;lita bhattacarya yata vipra aila\nsuni' prabfiu kahe,-\"cora dili darasana\nsuni' raghunathera pita manu$ya pathai/a\nsuni' ramananda raya haila premavese\n\n5.34\n6.64\n6.47\n6.248\n5.57\n\n133\n232\n225\n315\n143\n\nsivananda kahe,-'tenha etha na ail a'\nsivananda kahe,-\"tenho haya prabhura\nsivananda kahe,-\"tumi saba yaite\nsivananda-sena tanre kahena vivarar:ra\nsivananda yaiche sei manu$ye kahila\n\n6.182\n6.251\n6.260\n6.246\n6.265\n\n282\n316\n320\n314\n323\n\nsuni' sabha-sadera citte haila\nsuni' sanatana paye dhari' prabhure kahila\nsuni' tanra mata pita dubkhita ha-ila\nsunite ananda ba<;le yara mukha-bandhe\"\nsunite iccha haya yadi, punab yaha tatha\n\n5.128\n4.161\n6.258\n5.108\n5.52\n\n184\n76\n319\n170\n141\n\nsivanande patri dila vinaya kariya\nsivanandera thani pathaila tata-k$ar:ra\nsloka suni' sarva-loka tahare vakhane\nsmarar:rera kale gale pare gut'lja-mala\n\n6.180\n6.259\n5.113\n6.290\n\n81\n319\n172\n335\n\nSUni' !U$ta hana prabhu kahite /agi/a\nsuniya kavira haifa lajja, bhaya,\nsuniya sabara haila anandita-mana\nsvabhavika dasi-bhava karena aropar:ra\n\n6.222\n5.129\n5.116\n5.20\n\n302\n184\n174\n126\n\nsnanadi karaya, paraya vasa-vibhO$ar:ra\n$O<;/asopacara-pujaya tata sukha naya\nsraddha kari' dile, sei amrtera sama\nsraddha kari' ei lila yei pa<;le, sune\n\n5.39\n6.302\n6.304\n5.163\n\n135\n340\n341\n201\n\nsvacchande karena jagannatha dara5ana\nsva-haste karana snana, gatra sammarjana\nsva-haste karena tara abhyanga-mardana\nsva-haste parana vastra, sarvanga mar:rc;lana\n\n6.218\n5.17\n5.17\n5.18\n\n300\n125\n125\n125\n\n", "ant2#p0409": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n377\n\nsvarOpa-iljnilya govinda tilhil kare samildhilna\nsvaropa, deha, -cid-ilnanda\nsvarOpa dilena kw'ljil ilnibilre pilni\nsvarOpildi saba bhaktera caral)a vandilil\nsvarOpildi-saha gosili'li ilchena vasiyil\n\n6.305\n5.122\n6.299\n6.192\n6.189\n\n342\n179\n339\n287\n285\n\ntabe sei dui-jane nrtya sikhililil\ntabe sei dui-jane prasilda khiloyilifil\ntabe sei kavi nilndi-sloka par;lilil\ntabe sei kavi sabilra caral)e par;liyil\ntabe svarOpa-gosilni tilr'lre kahilil vacana\n\n5.22\n5.25\n5.11\n5.156\n6.303\n\n127\n129\n171\n198\n341\n\nsvarOpa-govinda-dvilril kahilya nija-vilt\nsvarOpa kahe,-\"aiche amrta khilo niti-niti\nsvarOpa kahe,-'ei sloka karaha vyilkhyilne'\nsvarOpa kahe,-'mahilprabhura ye iljnil\nsvaropa kahe,-\"mane kichu vicilra\n\n6.230\n6.320\n5.113\n6.205\n6.273\n\n307\n349\n172\n295\n326\n\ntabeta jilnibil siddhilnta-samudratabe tilr'lra miltil kahe tilnra pitil sane\ntabeta pill)r;/itya tomilra ha-ibe\ntabe tomil sabilkilre sange fanil yilmu\ntabe yei iljnil deha, sei karibena\"\n\n5.132\n6.37\n5.133\n6.261\n5.15\n\n187\n220\n187\n320\n124\n\nsvaropa kahe,-\"sirhha-dvilre duf)kha\nsvarOpa kahe,-\"tumi 'gopa' parama-udilra\nsvarOpa-thili'li uttare yadi, fanil, tilnra mana\nsvarope puchila tabe saclra nandana\nsvarOpera haste tilr'lre samarpal)a kaila\n'svarOpera raghu'-ilji haite ihilra nilme\"\n\n6.283\n5.101\n5.96\n6.272\n6.204\n6.203\n\n331\n166\n163\n326\n294\n294\n\ntabe ye vaikafya prabhura varl)ana nil yilya\ntabu nirvikilra raya-ramilnandera mana\ntabu nirvikara raya-ramilnandera mana\ntadilmrtatvarh pratipadyamilno\ntad vil idarh bhuvana-mangafa\n\n96.5\n5.18\n5.40\n4.194\n5.125\n\n206\n125\n135\n93\n181\n\nsvarOpera sthilne tilre kariyilchena\nsvarOpera sthilne tomil karibe samarpal)e\nsvarOpera thilni ilcilrya kaifil nivedana\nsvarOpera thili'li ihilra pilibe vise$a\nsvarOpere kahena prabhu krpilrdra-citta hanil\nsvilvidyil sarhvrto jivaf)\n\n6.252\n6.142\n5.99\n6.238\n6.201\n5.127\n\n316\n265\n166\n310\n293\n183\n\ntilhil ani' nitya avasya dena donhilkilre\ntilhil char;lite caha tumi, kemane sahimu?\"\ntahil dekhi' premilvesa haya saniltane\ntilhil jiinibilre ilra dvitiya nilhi piltra\ntilhil khilnil ilpanilke kahe nirveda-vacana\n\n4.53\n4.83\n4.212\n5.43\n6.313\n\n25\n42\n102\n136\n346\n\ntilhilr'l 'dharma' sikhilite nahi nija-bafe\ntahan eta dharma cilhi karite pracaral)a\ntahiln yliba, sei mora 'prabhu-datta desa\"\ntilhilra milana kari' ekata yaiche\ntahilra parik$ii kailun ami-dui-jane\n\n4.82\n4.81\n4.144\n5.150\n4.33\n\n42\n41\n69\n195\n16\n\ntabahin vikara paya mora tanu-mana\ntabe ami-dunhe tilre ilfingana kailun\ntabe a$ta-kaur;lira khiljil kare samarpal)a\ntabe hasi' nityananda vasila asane\ntabe mahaprabhu kari' dunhilre alin�ana\n\n5.36\n4.43\n6.305\n6.83\n4.92\n\n133\n20\n342\n240\n46\n\ntahilte amara ange kal)r;/u-rasa-rakta cafe\ntahe ramiinandera bhilva-bhakti-prema-sima\ntaiche ei stoke tamara arthe\ntaiche svarOpa-gosani rakhe mahaprabhura\ntale upare bahu-bhakta hanilche ve$tita\n\n4.153\n5.21\n5.147\n6.10\n6.45\n\n73\n127\n194\n208\n224\n\ntabe mahaprabhu-thani karilya sraval)a\ntabe misra ramilnandera vrttilnta kahifa\ntabe pradyumna-misra gefil rilmanandera\ntabe pradyumna-misra tilhilr'l rahila vasiya\ntabe puna{) raghuniltha kahe pal)r;/itere\n\n5.96\n5.34\n5.11\n5.16\n6.149\n\n163\n133\n122\n124\n268\n\ntamo-rajo-dharme k($1)era nil paiye marma\ntilr'lhil jilgi' rahe saba rak$aka-gal)a\ntilr'lhara manera bhava tenha jilne miltra\ntilr'lhil-saha atmata eka-ropa hanil\ntilr'lra agrahe svarOpera sunite icchil ha-ifa\n\n4.57\n6.156\n5.43\n5.149\n5.110\n\n26\n271\n136\n195\n171\n\ntabe raghava-pal)r;/ita tanre ghare fanil gefil\ntabe raghuniltha kari' aneka yatana\ntabe raghuniltha kichu cintila upaya\ntabe raghunatha kichu vicilrifil mane\ntabe raghunilthe prabhu nikate bofilifil\n\n6.148\n6.269\n6.24\n6.42\n6.138\n\n268\n324\n215\n223\n264\n\ntilr'lra iljnilya ilifil, iljiiil-phafa pilifil\ntanra eka 5i$ya tilnra thilkurera sevil kare\ntanra guru-pilse varta puchifena giyil\ntilr'lra kal)r;/u-rasil prabhura sri-ange lagila\n\n4.235\n6.164\n6.176\n4.133\n\n113\n275\n280\n64\n\ntabe rilmilnanda krame kahite filgifil\ntabe raya k($1)a-kathilra karifil visrilma\ntabe saba bhakta tilre anglkilra\ntabe saniltana kahe,-\"tomilke namaskilre\n\n5.63\n5.66\n5.157\n4.84\n\n146\n147\n198\n43\n\ntanra laghu-bhratil-sri-vaffabha-anupama\ntilr'lra miltil-pitil ha-ifa cintita antara\ntilr'lra mathe pada dhari' kahite lilgila\ntilr'lra mukhe diyil khiloyilya hasiyil hilsiyil\n\n4.227\n6.183\n6.138\n6.80\n\n110\n283\n264\n239\n\nT\n\n", "ant2#p0410": "378\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ntanra pada-dhuli /aiia svagrhe ai/a\n\n6.154\n5.50\n6.178\n6.38\n4.227\n\ntarira pha/a ki kahimu, kahane na yaya\ntarira pita kahe,-\"gaur;lera saba bhaktatarira pita kahe tare nirvity;a haiia\ntarira putra maha-paQr;/ita-jiva-gos!iii\ntiirira ratha-cakaya char;limu ei sarira\ntarira sarige aneka vai$Qava nataka sunila\ntanra 5e$a pai/e, tamara khaQr;/ila bandhana\"\ntarira sparsa hai/e mora habe aparadhe\ntarira sparse gandha haifa candanera sama\ntarira sukha-hetu sarige rahe dui jan!i\nt!irire kaili jar;lana5vara-prakrta-kaya!!\ntiirire kaili k$udra jiva sphuliriga\ntarire karai/a sabara krpara bhajana\ntarire /aiia sabara cir;la dekhite lagila\n\n270\n140\n281\n221\n110\n\ntattvata/:r kahi toma-vi$aye yaiche mora mana 4.183\n\n6.194\n6.323\n4.228\n6.177\n4.24\n\n8\n288\n350\n110\n280\n12\n\n4.122\n6.288\n5.60\n6.148\n4.35\n5.46\n\n59\n334\n145\n268\n17\n137\n\n6.203\n6.69\n4.37\n4.97\n6.246\n\n294\n234\n18\n48\n314\n\n5.30\n4.199\n4.153\n6.197\n4.93\n\n131\n96\n73\n290\n46\n\n4.27\n5.29\ntamara deha amare /age amrta-samana\n4.172\ntamara deha kahena prabhu 'mora nija-dhana' 4.94\ntamara deha tumi kara bibhatsa-jnana\n4.172\n\n13\n131\n81\n4�\n81\n\ntamara gambhira hrdaya bujhana na yaya\n\n4.188\n4.89\ntamara gambhira hrdaya ke bujhite pare?\n4.84\ntamara guQe stuti karaya yaiche tamara guQa 4.170\ntamara hrdayera arthe durihaya\n5.134\n\n90\n45\n43\n80\n188\n\n\"tamara jyetha nirbuddhi a$!a-lak$a khilya\n\n6.32\n6.131\n4.29\n4.78\n4.96\n5.53\n\n218\n260\n14\n40\n47\n142\n\n5.56\n6.233\n4.234\n4.160\n6.193\n4.184\n\n143\n308\n113\n76\n28 7\n88\n\ntava krpa kar;lila ama,-ei ami mani'\n'tava yogya nahe' bali' bale kar;li' ni/a\nteriha bhakti-sastra bahu kaila pracarat;a\nteriha kahe, 'ajiia magi' gela nija-ghara'\nteriha kahena,-'parama marigala\n\n4.11\n5.93\n6.123\n4.9\n4.198\n\n7\n162\n257\n6\n96\n\n6.8\n5.118\n5.119\n4.111\n6.78\n\n207\n175\n175\n55\n238\n\nteriha kahe,-'samudra-pathe, kariluri\nteriha sei sila-guiija-mala laiia gela\nteriho kahe,-\"ye kahila vidyanagare\nthakura darsana kariiiia mala-candana dila\ntina bhai ekatra rahimu kr$Qa-katha-rarige\"\ntina-guQa-k$obha nahe, 'maha-dhira' haya\ntina 'raghunatha'-nama haya amara gaQe\ntire sthilna na paiia ara kata jana\n\"toma-durihilra ajiia ami kemane /arighimu?\ntoma-dvare karaibena, bujhiluri asaya\n\ntarire mi/i' tarira ghare karila alaya\ntarire ni$edhi/a,-\"prabhure ebe na kahiba\nt!lrire santo$ile kichu balena vacane\ntari-sabara caral)a raghunatha vandila\ntari-sabara sarige raghunatha yaite na pare\ntapta-valukate pa por;le, tahil nahi jane\ntapta-valukaya tamara paya haifa vral)a\ntara adhikara gela, mare se dekhiya\ntara dravya mulya diya tahare khaoyaya\ntara duf:rkha dekhi, svarupa sadaya\ntara guQa kahi' mahaprabhure\ntara-i mukhe sarasvati karena\ntara madhye kahiluri ramanandera\ntara madhye sarva-sre$tha nama-sarikirtana\ntara saba ariga-seva karena apani\ntara sparsa haile, sarva-nasa habe mora\"\ntare alirigana kai/a haiia sadaya\ntaruQi-sparse ramanandera taiche 'svabhilva'\ntasmai namo bhagavate\ntate anuragi vaiiche apana maraQa\n\n5.92\n6.174\n4.165\n6.144\n6.158\n\n162\n268\n78\n263\n272\n\n4.119\n4.124\n6.18\n6.92\n5.130\n\n58\n60\n212\n244\n184\n\n5.157\n5.139\n5.160\n4.71\n5.38\n\n198\n190\n200\n35\n134\n\n4.127\n4.189\n5.19\n5.125\n4.62\n\n61\n91\n126\n181\n29\n\ntoma /aite tamara pita pathili/a dasa jana\ntamara agamane mora pavitra haifa ghara\ntamara a/irigane ami pai bar;la sukha\ntamara arige /age, tabu sparsaha tumi bale\ntamara bapa-jyetha-Vi$aya-vi$!hil-gartera\n\"tamara bhilgyera sima na yaya kathana\ntamara bhili anupamera haifa gariga-prapti\ntamara caraQe mora aparadha ha-ifa\n\ntamara gambhira hrdaya bujhite na pari\n\ntamara krpa vina keha 'caitanya' na paya\ntamara krpaya varhse marigala amara\ntamara sarira-mora pradhana 'sadhana'\n\ntate ihari rahile mora na haya 'kalyaQa'\ntate jani aprakrta-deha tanhara\ntate yadi ei deha bhala-sthane diye\ntathilpi amara ajiiaya sraddhil yadi haya\ntathapi bhakta-svabhilva-maryada-rak$al)a\ntathapi bhakta-vatsalye 'manu$ya'\ntathapi tamara tate prakrta-buddhi haya\ntathilpi Vi$ayera svabhilva-kare maha-\n\n4.155\n5.42\n4.10\n6.235\n\n74\n136\n6\n309\n\ntamara saubhilgya ei kahiluri ni5caya\ntamara sthilne k[$1)a-katha sunibara tare'\ntamara sthilne k[$/)a-katha sunibara tare'\n\"tamara upade$!a kari' svarOpere di/a\n\n4.130\n5.142\n4.173\n6.199\n\n63\n192\n81\n291\n\ntamara varhse prabhu diyachena sei-sthilne\ntomareha upadese-balaka kare aiche karya\ntomare kar;li/a Vi$aya-Vi$!hil-garta haite\"\ntomare '/alya', apanake '/a/aka' abhimana\n\n", "ant2#p0411": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\ntomare pathaite patrT pii!haila more\ntomare upadesa kare, na yaya sahana\ntomare upadese, na jane apana-mulya\ntoma-sabareha upadesa karite /agila\ntoma-sabare karorl muni balaka-abhimana\n\n6.247\n4.169\n4.159\n4.158\n4.185\n\n314\n80\n75\n75\n89\n\nloma-sama bhagyavan nahi kana jana\nlama-sparse pavitra haya deva-muni-gat:Ja\ntoma uddharite gaura ai/a apane\ntomaya krpa kari' gaura kai/a agamana\nlora sarlge na yujhimu, \"yahi\n\n4.94\n4.129\n6.141\n6.139\n5.143\n\n47\n63\n265\n264\n192\n\ntrijagat bhasaite pare yara eka bindu\ntrt:�ad api sunicena\nI(ITya prahara hai/a, nahe katha-anta\ntumi aiche na karile kare kon jana?\"\ntumi ihan utsava kara, ghare prasada rahi/a\"\n\n5.88\n6.239\n5.64\n4.132\n6.73\n\n159\n311\n146\n64\n236\n\ntumi iharl vasi' raha, k$al)eke asibena\ntumi krpa kai/e tanre adhameha paya\ntumi more kariyacha atma-samarpat:Ja\ntumi na janai/e keha janite na pare\nWmi-sarva-guru, lumi jagatera arya\ntumi sarva-sastra jana 'jinda-pira'-praya\"\n\n5.15\n6.131\n4.76\n4.90\n4.103\n6.28\n\n124\n260\n39\n45\n51\n217\n\ntumi sukhe ghare yaha-more ajna haya\"\ntumi sunile bhala-manda janibe vicara'\nlumi yaiche-laiche kaha, na janiya\n\"Wmi ye karaila ei pulina-bhojana\nIU$!a hana si/a-ma/a raghunathe di/a\nIU$!a hana tanre kichu kahite /agila\n\n6.169\n5.109\n5.135\n6.139\n6.293\n4.128\n\n277\n170\n188\n264\n336\n62\n\nu\nuddharat:Ja dalla adi yata nija-gat:Ja\nujire kahiya raghunathe cha(laila\nujjvala madhura prema-bhakli sei paya\n'ujjvala-nilamat:�i'-nama grantha kaila ara\nula!iya cahe pache, -nahi kana jana\n\n6.63\n6.31\n5.47\n4.224\n6.171\n\n231\n218\n139\n109\n278\n\nupadesa kailii tare yaiche 'hila'\nupama dibara nahi e-tina bhuvane\nupare vasila saba, ke kare gal)ana?\nuparodhe prabhu mora manena\n\n5.130\n6.104\n6.63\n6.276\n\n184\n249\n231\n328\n\nupavasi dekhi' gopa dugdha ani' dila\nuro-gunja-hararh priyam api ca govardhanauthi' prabhu krpaya tanre kai/a alirlgana\nutka!a viraha-du/:lkha yabe bahiraya\n\n6.175\n6.327\n6.191\n6.5\n\n279\n352\n286\n206\n\n379\n\nv\n'vaca/a kahiye-'veda-pravartaka'\nvacalarh balisarh stabdharh\nvacoditarh tad anrtarh\nvaigut:Jya-k;ra-ka/ita/:1\nvairag; hana kare jihvara /a/asa\n\n5.140\n5.137\n4.175\n5.1\n6.225\n\n191\n189\n84\n117\n304\n\nvairagi hana yeba kare parapek$a\nyairagT karibe sada nama-sarlkirtana\nvairagira krtya-sada nama-sarlkirtana\nvairagyera katha tanra adbhuta-kathana\nvai$1)avera kartavya yahM paiye para\n\n6.224\n6.223\n6.226\n6.311\n4.221\n\n304\n303\n305\n345\n107\n\nvai$t:Javera krtya, ara vaimava-acara\nvakta srola kahe sune dwihe premavese\nvamana hanii yena canda dharibare caya\nvandyabhave 'anamra'-'stabdha'\nvar$antare sivananda cale nilacale\n\n4.79\n5.65\n6.129\n5.141\n6.266\n\n40\n147\n259\n191\n323\n\nvar$iira cari-masa rahila saba nija bhakta-gat:Je\nvasiyachena-yena ko!i suryodaya kare\nvastuta/:1 prabhu yabe kaila alirlgana\nvasudeva-dallera terlha haya 'anugrhita'\nvasudeva-galat-ku$!hi, tate arlga-kida\n\n4.107\n6.44\n4.198\n6.161\n4.189\n\n53\n224\n96\n273\n91\n\n4.108\nvasudeva, muriiri, raghava, damodara\nvatsara rahi' tomare ami pathaimu vrndavane 4.200\n5.107\nvidagdha-almiya-vakya sunile haya 'sukha'\n4.225\n'vidagdha-madhava', '/alita-madhava',\nvidaya ha-iya misra nija-ghara gela\n5.32\n\n54\n97\n169\n109\n132\n\nvidya-vinaya-sampanne\nvikaca-kamala-nelre sri-jagannatha-sarhjne\nvikriditarh vraja-vadhabhir idarh ca vi$1)0/:1\nvinali kariyii kahe sei mleccha-piiya\nviprad dvi$ad-gut:�a-yutad aravinda-nabha-\n\n4.177\n5.112\n5.48\n6.24\n4.69\n\n85\n172\n139\n215\n33\n\nviraha-vedanaya prabhura rakhaye parat:�a\n'vi$ayi' hana sannyasire upadese\nVi$ayira anna haya 'rajasa' nimantral)a\n\"Vi$ayira anna khaile malina haya mana\nVi$ayira dravya lana kari nimantrat:�a\n\n6.6\n5.80\n6.279\n6.278\n6.274\n\n206\n153\n329\n329\n326\n\nvi5e$e durgama ei caitanya-vihara\nvi5e$e kayastha-buddhye antare kare (lara\nvi5e$e-thakurera tahan sevakera pracara\nvismita hana kare tarlra bhagya-prasarhsana\nvraja-prema-11/a-rasa-sara dekhaila\nvraja-vadhu-sarlge kr$t:Jera rasadi-vi/asa\n\n5.105\n6.23\n4.126\n6.210\n4.230\n5.45\n\n168\n214\n61\n297\n111\n137\n\n", "ant2#p0412": "380\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nvraje ri!dh:l-kr$1)a-sevil milnase karibe\n\n6.237\n4.1\n4.156\n4.218\n\n310\n2\n74\n105\n\n4.142\n4.207\n'vyakaral)a' nahi jilne, nil jane 'a/atikara'\n5.104\nvyavahare-paramarthe tumi-tara guru-tulya 4.159\n\n68\n100\n168\n75\n\nvrndi!vanilt puna/:1 prilptarh\nvrndi!vana yilite ter'lha upadesa di/a\"\nvrndi!vane kr$1)a-sevil prakasa karili!\nvrndi!vane vaisa, tilhM sarva-sukha piliye\nvrndi!vane ye karibena, saba sikhaili!\n\n6.254\n6.152\n5.9\nyilra kr$1)a-kath:lya ruci, sei bh:lgyaviln\nyilre yaiche nilcilo, se taiche kare nartane\n4.86\nyasyatighri-par'lkaja-raja/:1-snapanarh maMnto 4.63\n\n317\n270\n121\n43\n29\n\n6.130\n6.92\n4.111\n4.112\n6.114\n\n260\n244\n55\n55\n253\n\n4.105\n6.264\n4.67\n5.45\n4.209\n\n52\n322\n32\n137\n100\n\n4.208\n4.96\n4.143\nye-karye aila, prabhura dekhi/a caral)a\nye-mate bM/a haya karuna, bh:lra dilur'l tMre 6.33\n4.210\nye-pathe, ye grama-nadf-saila, yahM yei\n\n100\n47\n68\n219\n101\n\n5.75\n5.101\n5.49\n4.44\n\n151\n166\n140\n21\n\n4.212\n6.137\n4.178\n6.146\n\n102\n263\n85\n267\n\nyaiche taiche i!h:lra kari' rilkhaye parill)a\nyMra name yata rilghava cithi lekh:lilil\n\nyata-bara pa/ai ami grhadi cM<;Iiyil\nyata dravya lana aise, saba mulya kari' laya\nyathayogya karilila sabilra caral)a vandana\nyathayogya krpil-maitrf-gaurava-bMjana\nyatna kari' kMoyaya, nil rahe ava5e$e\n\ny\n\nyatra-kale iii/a saba gau<;lera bhakta-gal)a\nyeba mane, taM prabhu nil dila karite\nyabe yei mile, tahe rakhe nija pral)a\nyadunandana-acarya tabe kari/a pravesa\n'yadva-tadva' kavira vakye haya 'rasabhasa'\nyadyapi antare kr$Qa-viyoga badhaye\nyadyadi brahmal)ya kare brahmal)era saMya\n\n4.137\n6.187\n6.160\n5.102\n6.4\n6.198\n\n66\n284\n272\n167\n205\n290\n\nyatrayam aropal)a-tulya-kalam\nyei bhaje sei ba<;la, abhakta-hina, ch:lra\nyei jana kahe, sune kariya visvasa\nyei vana-pathe prabhu gela vrndavana\nye-kale vidaya haila prabhura caral)e\n\nye karaite cahe fsvara, sei siddha haya\n\nyadyapi kah:lra 'mamata' bahu-jane haya\n\"yadyapio tumi hao jagat-pavana\n\"yaha, bMgavata pa<;la vai$1)avera\nyaha dekhi' prita hana gaura-bhagavan\nyaha haite anya puru$a-sakala\nyah:! haite anya 'vijna' nahi-se\n\n4.171\n4.129\n5.131\n6.220\n5.144\n5.141\n\n81\n63\n185\n301\n193\n191\n\nye-saba sunilur'l, kr$1)a-rasera sagara\nye-se sastra sunite iccha upaje tomilra\nye sune, ye pa<;le, tMra phala etadrsf\n\nyaM haite 'premananda', 'bhakti-tattva-jnana' 5.89\n\n6.33\n6.264\nyaiche indra, daityadi kare kr$1)era\n5.136\nyaiche kahaya, taiche kahi,-yena vfl)il-yantra 5.73\nyaiche nilcao, taiche naci,-yena kil$tha4.74\n\nyaha tumi, tomara jyethare milaha amare\nya/:1 sarva-lokaika-manobhirucya\n\n160\n219\n322\n189\n150\n38\n\nye varhsera upare tomara haya krpa-lesa\nye-ye-lila prabhu pathe kaila ye-ye-stMne\nyo dustyajan dara-sutan\nyukta ity ucyate yogf\nyukti kari' sata mudra, SOI)a to/a-silte\n\n", "ant2#p0413": "General Index\nNumerals in bold type indicate references to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\nverses. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\n\nAnupama\n\nA\n\ndetermination of\n\nfixed\n\non serving\n\nRaghuniitha diisa, 18-20\n\nAbsolute Truth\n\nheard\n\nas master of material energy, 182\n\nBhagavatam from\n\nROpa\n\nand\n\nSaniitana, 16\n\nBengali poet has no knowledge of, 177\nunderstood from three angles of vision,\n\nrequests initiation into Kr�r:ta mantra, 18\nVallabha a name of,17\n\n180\n\nAnyabhilii?ita-sunyaril jf1ana\n\nSee also: Kr�!Ja,Supreme Lord\n\nquoted, 291\n\nActivities\n\nArcye Vi$QaU si/adhir gurU$U\n\nof devotee are spiritual, 141\nAdi-lila\n\nquoted,92, 175,337\nAsrama\n\ncited on India,49\n\nduties performed according to,122\n\nAdvaita Aciirya\n\nAssociation\n\nas ocean of mercy, 119\nfalse followers of, 273\n\nsix kinds of, 329\n\nYadunandana Acarya initiated by,274\n\nwith devotees required to understand\ndevotional service,187\n\nAffection\nfor devotees causes Kr�r:ta's appearance\n\nAusterity\ndevotional service satisfies Kr�r:ta more\n\nas ordinary human being,192\nAmi ta' vai?Qava, e-buddhi ha-ile\n\nthan,28\n\nverses quoted, 82\nAmrta-pravaha-bha$ya\n\nB\n\ncited on caste brahmaQas, 158\ncited on entanglement in family life,\n310\ncited\n\nBalabhadra Bhanaciirya\non\n\nthose who\n\nare\n\nalmost\n\ngave Saniitana Gosvami Caitanya's\n\nVai�oavas, 291\n\nroute,101\nBalariima\n\nFourth Chapter summarized in, 1-2\nquoted on kayastha community, 215\n\nate with Kr�r:ta on banks of Yamuna,\n\nquoted on Riimiinanda Riiya's dancing\n\n242\nBandhu-han\n\ngirls, 126\nsummary of Chapter Six in, 203-204\n\nKr�oa as,193-194\n\nsummary of Fifth Chapter in,117\n\nBengal\n\nAnubha$ya\n\nbrahmaQa from wrote drama\n\ncited on govardhana sila, 337\n\nabout\n\nCaitanya, 161\n\ndevotees of Nityiinanda described in,\n\n232\nAnupama\nas good devotee of Raghuniitha (Riimacandra), 14\n\nCaitanya met devotees from, 312\ndevotees of went to jaganniitha Purl,\n\n272\nkayastha community highly honored in,\n215\n\nas younger brother of Saniitana and\nROpa Gosvamls, 14-16\n\noffense committed by poet of, 177,\n\n184, 188-189\n\n381\n\n", "ant2#p0414": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n382\n\nBengal\n\nBhaktivinoda Thakura\n\npoet of compared to duck, 184\n\nas author of KalyaQa-kalpa-taru, 82\n\npoet of stays at Jagannatha Puri, 199\n\ncited on invitations in the modes, 330\n\nshelter of devotees taken by poet of,\n\n198\nBhagavad-gita\nquoted on bondage of karma, 291\n\nquoted on visiting holy places,102\nBharata-bhomi\nSee: India\nBharata Maharaja\n\nquoted on conditioned life, 176\nquoted on equal vision of humble sage,\n\nrenunciation of, 263\nBhana Raghunatha\n\n85\nquoted on equal vision of perfect yogi,\n\n86\nquoted on freedom from maya, 194\nquoted on transmigration, 173\nBhagavan\nas angle of vision of Absolute Truth,\n180\nSee also: Kr�oa\nBhagavan Acarya\n\nas one of three Raghunatha of Caitanya,\n\n294\nBhavartha-dipika\nquoted on miseries of conditioned soul,\n183\nBirth\nlow or high not related to devotional\nservice, 32\nBody, material\nas instrument for enjoyment to karmis,\n\nas liberal cowherd bo-x, 167\nlistened to drama of brahmal)a from\nBengal, 162\n\n82\nas temporary and full of miseries, 292\nof Ramananda Raya is transformed into\n\nBhagavat-sandarbha\nas compiled by Jiva Gosvami, 111\n\nspirit, 136\nsannyasi should not see as good or bad,\n\nBhakti\n\n83\n\ncult of preached by Caitanya, 161\nSee also: Devotional service\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\ndescribes d e v o t i o n a l service and\nmellows, 108\nquoted on rasabhasa, 164-165\nwritten by ROpa Gosvami,108\nBhakti-ratnakara\nlist of Sanatana Gosvami's books in, 108\nquoted on ROpa Gosvami's books,110\nBhakti-sandarbha\nquoted, 304\nquoted on chanting,35-36\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\ncited on false followers of Advaita, 273\ncited on govardhana sila, 337\ncited on Hari-bhakti-vi/asa, 107\ncited on materialists, 327-329\n\nBody, spiritual\nas non-different from soul, 176-180\ndevotee possesses, 141\ndevotee has, 177\ndevotee's body transformed into, 93\nservice performed in one's,312\nBrahma\ncan't understand all topics about Kr�f.la,\n\n152\nquoted on the Lord's form,182\nBrahmacari\nas self-controlled,154\nBrahmaloka\nhappiness in not valued by devotee,\n\n263\nBrahman\nas angle of vision of Absolute Truth,\n180\n\ncited on rasabhasa, 164-165\n\nCaitanya as moving, 197\n\nquoted on liberation from lusty desires,\n\nno change or deterioration of internal\n\n138\nquoted on transformation of devotee's\nbody,82\n\npotency in, 182\nBrahmal)a\nnot as good as caQc;Ja/a devotee, 33\n\n", "ant2#p0415": "General Index\n\n383\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nBrahmaf)a\n\nPradyumna Misra as beggar, 145\nPradyumna Misra as purified, 158\npride of birthright cut down by\nCaitanya, 158\nsannyasa as topmost position of, 156\nthose who are almost Vai�l)avas give\ncharity to, 291\nBrahma sarilhita\nquoted on Kr�l)a's mercy, 292-293\nBrhad-bhagavatamrta\n\ncompiled by Sanatana Gosvami, 41\nexplains devotee, devotional service,\nand Kr�l)a, 106\nreferred to in Bhakti-ratnakara, 108\nquoted on holy name, 36\n\nc\nCaitanyacandra\nas name of Caitanya, 222\nCaitanya-caritamrta\ndevotees should relish nectar of daily,\n160\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nand Jagannatha as K[�l)a, 195\nand ]agannatha desire to deliver the\nworld, 196-197\nargues against Sanatana's suicide\nresolution, 25-46\nashamed, 78\nas merciful and liberal, 88, 242\nas most munificent personality, 157\nas physician, 118\nas sannyasi, 134\nas son of Saci, 118\nate at house of Raghava Pal)<:]ita daily,\n253\nate decomposed prasada, 350-351\nB h agavatam is understandable b y\nfollowers of, 186\nbody of smeared by discharge of\nSanatana's sores, 11, 65, 73\ncame to festival for Nityananda,\n238-243\ncan't tolerate transgressions of etiquette, 79\n\ncharacteristics of like sugar cane, 115\nchastises ]agadananda Pal)<:]ita, 75-77\ncompared to fire, 176\nconsiders Sanatana and Haridasa as His\nlittle boys, 89-90\nconverses with Sanatana regarding\nAnupama, 14-21\ncures Sanatana Gosvami's itch, 97\ncuts down pride of renunciants and\nscholars, 156\ndances before car of ]agannatha, 53\ndemonstrates qualities of devotees, 155\ndoesn't know topics concerning Kr�l)a,\n120\nembraced Haridasa Thakura, 9, 46, 70\nembraced Sanatana GosvamT, 11, 46,\n72\nexcludes m a t e r i a l intelligence of\nprakrta-sahajiyas, 138\nexplains His external relationship with\nSanatana Gosvami, 78-87\nexplains h o w He wants to u s e\nSanatana's body, 39-42\nfelt pangs of separation from Kr�l)a,\n206-207\ngave Raghunatha dasa govardhana sila,\n334\nidentical to ]agannatha Deity, 175\ninstructs S anatana Gosvami\nHaridasa Thakura, 23\nknown as Gaurahari, 265\n\nand\n\nmade lepor Vasudeva beautiful, 91\nmercy of devotees of is inexplicable,\n199\nmercy of makes miseries disappear,\n21\nmet daily with Sanatana Gosvami and\nHaridasa Thakura, 24\nmission of to spread holy name, 50\nNilambara Cakravarti as grandfather oi,\n289\nno one can understand ideas in heart of,\n43\no b served dancing of Nityananda,\n248-249\npreached through Ramananda Raya,\n151, 158, 200\n\n", "ant2#p0416": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n384\n\nCaitanya\n\nDasama-tippani\n\nquoted on duties of those in renounced\n\nas commentary on the Tenth Canto,\n\norder, 309-311\n\n106\n\nRaghunatha dasa desires shelter of, 259,\n\n261\n\nwritten by Sanatana Gosvami, 106\nDeha-smrti nahi yara\n\nRamananda Raya instructs, 145\nrasabhasa not tolerated by, 164\nremained injagannatha Puri by order of\nHis mother, 42\n\nquoted, 347\nDeity\nas completely spiritual, 175\nat home of Raghava Paoc:Jita seen by\n\nsatisfied by renunciation of His devotees, 301\n\nRaghunatha dasa, 268\nconsidered stone by hellish persons,\n\nsaved Sanatana Gosvami from suicide,\n\n3\nsaw\n\n337\nnever considered stone or wood, 92\n\nto jagan­\n\nRaghava Paodita offered food to, 236,\n\nprasada through Govinda for\n\nworshiped by those who are almost\n\nupala-bhoga\n\noffering\n\nnatha, 9\nsent\n\n252\n\nSanatana Gosvami and Haridasa\nThakura, 23\nshelter\n\nof\n\nVai�oavas, 291\nDemigods\n\nattained\n\nby\n\nNityananda's\n\ncan't understand all topics about Kr�oa,\n\nmercy, 260\n\n152\n\ntested Sanatana Gosvami, 56-64\nCata-ta?kara-durvrttaril\nverses quoted, 215\n\nDemons\nchastise Kr�oa, 189\njarasandha as one of, 192\nDesires\n\nChanting\nas most important of nine deovtional\n\nfor\n\nmaterial\n\nenjoyment\n\nvanish\n\nby\n\nassociating with devotees, 187\n\nprocesses, 35\nas only occupation of pure devotees,\n\n304\nmust accompany devotional service, 36\nCharity\ndevotional service satisfies Kr�oa more\n\nheart disease as lusty, 140\nto deliver the world meet in Caitanya\nandjagannatha, 196\nDevotees\nbecome like materialists by association,\n\n329\n\nthan, 29\n\nbodies of never material, 92\n\nChatrabhoga\ncrossed by Raghunatha dasa, 284\n\nCaitanya demonstrates qualities of, 155\nCaitanya enjoyed life with His, 209\n\nConditioned souls\nas friends of maya, 193\nas servants of material energy, 182\nas unhappy, 183\ndivision of body and soul for, 173, 180\n\ndeliver\n\nthemselves\n\nand\n\ntheir\n\nentire\n\nfamily, 33\ndifficulty of understanding greatness of,\n127\nfeelings of separation from Kr�oa of, 28\n\nCowherd boys\nNityananda's associates as, 237, 243\n\nhave spiritual bodies, 177\nhearing\n\nD\n\nwords of causes happiness,\n169-170\n\nin separation desire own death, 29\nmercy of Caitanya's is inexplicable, 199\n\nDancing\nsweetness of Nityananda's, 248-249\n\nof Bengal visited Ratha-yatra, 53\nof Caitanya must go everywhere, 69\n\n", "ant2#p0417": "General Index\n\nDola-yatra\n\nDevotees\n\nobserved by Caitanya and Sanatan a, 56\n\npossess spiritual bodies, 141\n\nDramas\n\npreserve Vai�oava etiquette, 63\n\nstandard for writing of set by ROpa\n\nrenunciation sustains lives of Caitanya's,\n\nGosvami, 170\n\n301\nshould\n\n385\n\nrelish\n\nnectar\n\nof\n\nCaitanya­\n\nDurga-mar.)(;Japa\nRaghunatha dasa slept on, 271, 273\n\ncaritamrta daily, 160\nshould visit all Caitanya's pastime sites,\n\nDurvasa Muni\nRadharaQi received benediction from,\n\n102\n\n254\n\nsilence as characteristic of advanced,\nDuty\n\n153\n\nperformed without attachment for\n\nto understand devotional service one\n\nKr�oa as useless, 122\n\nmust associate with, 187\nwho met Sanatana Gosvami listed, 54\nwho remain with their Lord are glorious,\n22\n\nE\n\nwork for satisfaction of Supreme Lord,\nEcstatic symptoms\n\n82\n\nexpressed by dancing girls, 128-129,\n\nSee also: Pure devotees\n\n135\n\nDevotional service\n\nof Raghunatha dasa, 340-341\n\nassociation with devotees required to\n\nof Sanatana Gosvami, 102\n\nunderstand, 187\n\nEnjoyment\n\nattained by hearing rasa-lila, 140\n\nexperienced\n\nchanting as most important process of,\n\nby\n\nr e li s h i n g\n\nKr�oa's\n\npastimes, 139\n\n35\nessence of exhibited through Sanatana\n\nEtad isanam isasya\n\nGosvami, 159\n\nquoted, 179\n\nfitness for not determined by birth, 32\n\nEtan nirvidyamananam\n\nis established as irrevocable fact, 186\nKr�oa attainable by, 26\n\nverses quoted, 36\nEvam ekantinam prayaf:J\n\nnine prescribed methods of, 34\n\nverses quoted, 303-304\n\nof puffed-up persons is showbottle, 328\nRamananda Raya exemplifies perfect,\n127\n\nF\n\nRamananda Raya fully absorbed in, 150\nFaith\n\nrendered in brahma-bhata stage, 178\nthose advanced in do not boast, 153\nunderstood\n\nby\n\nhearing\n\npastimes\n\nKr�oa, 201\n\npastimes of Kr�oa heard and described\nwith great, 138\n\nof\n\nFamily life\n\nDhananjaya\n\nobstructs awakening love for Kr�oa, 186\n\nattended festival for Nityananda, 231\n\nRaghunatha dasa renounced in, 211\n\nDig-darsini\n\nRaghunatha dasa saved from blind well\n\nreferred to in Bhakti ratnakara, 108\nDisease\nlusty desires as heart, 140\nof lusty desires can be nullified, 138\nof material enjoyment, 118, 290\n\nof, 204\nFire\nCaitanya compared to, 176\nForm of Kr�oa\nas auspicious, 182\n\n", "ant2#p0418": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n386\n\nGovardhana sila\n\nFortune\n\nCaitanya's use of, 335-336\n\ninclination to hear about Kr�Da as good,\n\n121\nFruitive activities\noffenses committed by one engaged in,\n\nworship of by Raghunatha dasa, 334,\n\n336-343\nGovinda\nRaghunatha dasa informed Caitanya of\n\n178\n\nhis desires through, 307\nsupplied, prasada to Raghunatha dasa,\n\nG\n\n298\nGrhastha\nRamananda Raya as low born, 158\n\nGadadhara dasa\n\nSee also: Householder\n\nattended festival for Nityananda, 231\n\nGury<:Jica\n\nGanges\n\ntemple of cleansed by Caitanya, 313\n\nas sacred river in India, 49\nfestival for\n\nNityananda on bank of,\n\nGuru\nnot to be taken as ordinary human\n\n227-234\n\nbeing, 150\n\nNityananda bathed in, 258\n\nSee also: Spiritual master\n\nRaghunatha dasa met Nityananda on\n\nGuru�u mara-matib\n\nbank of, 224\n\nquoted, 150\n\nthought to be Yamuna by Nityananda's\nassociates, 243\nGaruc;Ja PuraQa\n\nH\n\nquoted on catubsana, 96\nGaura amara, ye saba sthane\nHappiness\n\nverses quoted, 1 02\n\ncaused by hearing words of devotee,\n\nGauracandra\n\n169-170\n\nas name of Caitanya, 205\n\ngiven by Ramananda Raya to Caitanya,\n\nGaurahari\n\n208\n\nCaitanya known as, 265\n\nin Brahmaloka not valued by devotee,\n\nGauranga-stava-kalpavrk�a\nquoted\n\non\n\nRaghunatha\n\n263\n\ndasa's\n\nmaterialist accepts his condemned posi­\n\ndeliverance, 352-353\n\ntion as, 290\n\nGauridasa\n\nof the Lord compared to unhappiness\n\nattended festival for Nityananda, 231\n\nof conditioned soul, 183\n\nGopala-campO\n\nRaghunatha dasa's material, 262\n\nas compiled by )iva Gosvami, 111\nHari\n\nGopis\ndancing girls compared to, 126\nprayer of to Kr�Da quoted, 30\nsent home by Kr�Da to increase ecstatic\nlove, 31\nGosvami\nnot inherited designation, 105\nGovardhana Majumadara\nas almost Vai�ryava, 291\nas father of Raghunatha dasa, 319\nGovardhana sila\nas directly the body of Kr�Qa, 336, 337\n\nname\n\nof\n\nchanted\n\nby\n\nassociates of\n\nNityananda, 241-242\nSee also: Kr�Qa\nHari-bhakti-vilasa\nBhaktisiddhanta's statements on, 107\ncompiled by Sanatana Gosvami, 107\nexplains Vai�ryava's behavior and duty,\n\n107\nquoted on duties of one in renounced\norder, 303-304\nreferred to in Bhakti-ratnakara, 108\n\n", "ant2#p0419": "General Index\n\nHari-nama\nSee: Holy name\nHaridiisa Thiikura\nborn in Mohammedan family, 159\nCaitanya met with daily, 24\nchanted 300,000 holy names daily,\n51\ndeclares his body useless, 49\nembraced by Caitanya, 9, 46, 70\nembraced Saniitana GosvamT, 8, 46\nencouraging statements of Saniitana to,\n50-51\nencouraging statements of to Sanatana,\n46-48\nexpert in understanding mellows,\n23\nglories of holy name exhibited through,\n159\nrejects Caitanya's speaking on external\nformalities, 87\nHearing\nas one of nine processes of devotional\nservice, 34\nBhagavatam as pious activity, 186\nfrom a realized soul, 140\npastimes gives understanding of devotional service, 201\nHeart\nlusty desires as disease of, 140\nHiral)ya dasa\nas almost Vai�l)ava, 291\nas crooked tax collector, 212-213\nas uncle of Raghunatha diisa, 212\nHo<;la Kr��Jadiisa\nattended festival for Nityananda, 231\nHoly name\nas uttered during chastisement, 198\nCaitanya's mission to spread, 50\nchanted by associates of Nityananda,\n241-242\nchanted by Vai�l)avas all day, 301\nchanting of as only occupation of pure\ndevotee, 304\nchanting of the way of success, 37\nglories of exhibited through Haridasa\nThakura, 159\nlotus feet of worshiped, 36\nSee also: Chanting\n\n387\n\nHouseholder\nhears Bhagavatam to increase material\nlife, 186\nPradyumna Misra as cripple-minded,\n119\nRamananda Raya as self-controlled, 154\nHumility\nof Bengali poet exhibited, 198-199\nof Ramananda Raya described, 152\nHunger\nno impediment to Raghunatha dasa,\n284\n\nIgnorance\nacts such as suicide influenced by, 26\nalways covers conditioned soul, 183\nimitation of rasa-lila performed in, 138\nlmpersonalism\ndevotional service satisfies ..\nKrsna\n. more\nthan, 28\nIndia\nperson born in is automatically God\nconscious, 49\nsacred rivers of, 49\nbound by karma, 292-293\nlndra\nchastises Kr��Ja, 189-191\nRaghunatha dasa's opulence equal to\nthat of, 222, 262\nInitiation, spiritual\ndevotee gives up material ideas at, 94\nKr��Ja accepts devotee at time of, 93\nIntelligence\nlost by lndra, 190\nof prakrta-s ahajiyas e x c l u d e d by\nCaitanya, 138\n\n/yam ca kirtanakhya bhaktir bhagavato\nverses quoted, 35-36\n\nJ\nJagadananda Pal)<;lita\nadvises Sanatana, 68\n\n", "ant2#p0420": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n388\n\n)agad-guru\nqualities of, 158\n\njiva Gosvami\n\ncompiled Copala-campO, 111\n\nSee also: Spiritual master\nJagadisa\n\nembraced by Nityananda, 113\ngiven permission by Nityananda to go\n\nattended festival for Nityananda, 231\nJagannatha Deity\nand\n\nCaitanya\n\nto Vrndavana, 112-114\nstatements of on chanting, 35-36\n\ndesire\n\nto\n\ndeliver\n\nthe\n\nworld, 196-297\nas Absolute Person appearing in wood,\n\n195\nas completely spiritual, 175\nCaitanya identical to, 175\n\nwent to Vrndavana, 110\nwrote 400,000 verses, 112\n\n)iiana\n\nbinds one to birth and death, 292\n)nan is\nas offenders, 178\n\ndancing girls at temple of, 126\ndancing girls exhibit ecstasy before, 129\n\nK\n\noffense committed against, 177-180,\n\n184, 188-189\nprasada offerings to of highest quality,\n25\nRamananda Raya's drama meant for\npleasure of, 124\nresidence of Caitanya near temple of, 6\nSanatana offered obeisances to wheel\non top of temple of, 24\nseen by Raghunatha dasa, 298\nseen by Vai�t:�avas with full freedom,\n\n301\nJagannatha Puri\nall men not admitted to, 197\nBengali poet stays at, 199\nCaitanya and associates enjoyed bliss\nin, 161\ndevotees of Bengal went to, 272\npastimes of Caitanya performed at, 205\nreached by Raghunatha dasa, 285\n\n)agannatha-vallabha-nataka\nas drama by Ramananda Raya, 124, 126\nJarasandha\nas demon, 192\n\nKalyaf)a-kalpa-taru\nquoted on defects of sahajiyas, 82\nKamalakara\nattended festival for Nityananda, 231\nKarma\nbondage to reactions of, 291-293\neven lndra bound by, 292-293\nLord can change reactions of, 287-288\nreaction of stopped by Kr�t:�a, 292-293\n\nKarmaf)i nirdahati kintu ca bhakti\nverses quoted, 292, 293\nKarmis\nas offenders, 178\nonly interested in personal satisfaction,\n82\nKastOrikaya dvau bhagau\nverses quoted, 96\nKaveri\nas sacred river in India, 49\nKavi-karnapOra\n\nas �uthor of Sri-Caitanya-candrodaya­\n\nnataka, 321\n\n)ayati jayati namananda-rOpam\nverses quoted, 36\n\nKayastha community\nR a g h u n a t h a dasa as member of,\n214-215\n\nJharikhat:�<;la Forest\n\nKnowledge\n\nchastises Kr�t:�a, 192\n\nSanatana Gosvami walked through, 4\njiva Gosvami\nactivities of in Vrndavana, 114\nas son of Anupama, 110\nas spiritual master of Kr�t:�adasa Kaviraja,\n\n114\n\nform of Kr�t:�a full of, 182\nof Kr�oa as unsurpassed, 192\nPradyumna Misra poor in, 146\nKr�oa\na c c e p t s nothing from materiallyminded, 94\n\n", "ant2#p0421": "General Index\n\n389\n\nKr�t:�a consciousness movement\n\nKr�t:�a\nand His soul are identical, 175\n\nmembers of must chant sixteen rounds\n\nas Caitanya and Jagannatha, 195\n\nnatives of India should help spread, 49\n\nas bandhu-han, 193-194\n\nas master of material energy, 182\nas son of Nanda Maharaja, 180\nas supremely attractive, 17\nas the goal of life, 34\nate with Balarama on banks of Yamuna,\n242\n\nattainable by devotional service, 26\n\nawakening dormant love only means to\n\nand preach, 52\n\nKr�t:�adasa Kaviraja\n\nfollows in footsteps of\n\nCaitanya doesn't know topics concerning, 120\n\nCaitanya felt pangs of separation from,\n\nand\n\nstatement of on devotees' feelings, 83\nKr�!Ja-katha\n\nPradyumna Misra asks Ramananda Raya\nto speak, 144\n\nPradyumna Misra drowned in ocean of,\n149\n\nattain, 27\n\nblasphemed by Sisupala, 194\n\nROpa\n\nRaghunatha Gosvamis, 202\n\nKrtyanyetani tu prayo grhi(Jam\n\nverses quoted, 303\nKurma Pura(Ja\n\nquoted on sameness of the Lord's body\nand soul, 181\n\n206-207\n\ncannot be attained simply by suicide,\n26\n\nL\n\ncannot be understood in ignorance and\npassion, 26\n\nchastised by demons, 189\nchastised by lndra, 189-191\n\ndemigods can't understand all topics\nabout, 152\n\nfavorable to the meek, 33\nfamily affection obstructs love for,\n186\n\ngiven happiness by Subala, 208\nglories of mercy of, 292-293\nhas a navel shaped like a lotus, 33\nknown as Uttama-sloka, 263\n\none subservient to tongue can't attain,\n306\npresents Himself as innocent boy, 191\nqualities of, 192\nRadha's feelings of separation for, 208\nRamananda Raya speaks on topics of,\n146-147\n\nseen by Raghunatha dasa in govardhana\nsila, 340\n\nspiritual master as representative of,\n69\n\nspiritual master knows science of, 157\n\nstrength of mercy of, 287-288\nKr�t:�a\n\nas sacred river in India, 49\n\nLalita\n\nRadha helped by in many ways, 208\nSvarOpa Damodara was formerly, 312\n\nLalita-madhava\n\nas drama compiled by ROpa Gosvami,\n109\n\nLila-stava\n\nreferred to in Bhakti-ratnakara, 108\nLiving entities\nas distinguished from Supreme Lord,\n178-180\n\ncan't\n\nunderstand\n\nmentality, 129\n\nRamananda\n\nRaya's\n\ncompared to sparks, 176\nLotus feet of Caitanya\nSanatana Gosvami eager to see, 9\nseeing makes everything auspicious, 12\nLotus feet of Kr�t:�a\ndust of drives away ignorance, 29\n\nnever achieved by sinful actions, 28\nvalue of fragrance of, 263\nLove of God\nfor Kr�t:�a obstructed by family affection,\n186\n\none attains audience of Kr?t:�a\necstatic, 28\n\nby\n\n", "ant2#p0422": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n390\n\nLove of God\n\nMercy\n\nRamananda Raya has spontaneous, 141\n\nof Caitanya bestowed on Raghunatha\n\nvanishes by associating with devotees,\n\nof\n\nLust\n\ndasa, 262\nCaitanya\n\non\n\nRaghunatha\n\ndasa\n\nGosvami, 204, 222\n\n187\nof\n\nM\n\nCaitanya on\n286-287\n\nRaghunatha dasa,\n\nof Caitanya overfloods world, 160\nof Caitanya's devotees as inexplicable,\n\nMadana-mohana\n\n199\n\nas first Deity in Vrndavana, 41\n\nof Nityananda, 243\n\nMahesa\n\nof\n\nattended festival for Nityananda, 231\n\nMamaivamso jiva-loke\n\nPaQc;Jita\n\non\n\nRaghunatha\n\nof Vasudeva Datta accepted by Yadu­\n\nquoted, 176, 179\n\nnandana Acarya, 273\n\nMam eva ye prapadyante\n\nshelter of Caitanya attained by Nitya­\n\nquoted, 194\n\nnanda's, 260\n\nMaterialists\nassociation with\n\nRaghava\n\ndasa, 256-257\n\nstrength of Kr�Qa's, 287-288\nchanges service\n\nto\n\nKr�Qa into sense gratification, 329\nas under bodily conception of life, 327\n\nMind\nas a sense, 176\nas contaminated by food offered by\n\ncompared to worms in stool, 287-288,\n\n290\n\nmaterialist, 329\ncontaminated, cannot think of K[�Qa,\n\ninvitation of pious in mode of passion,\n\n330\ninvitation of sinful in mode of\nnorance, 330\n\n329\nonly Ramananda Raya can understand\n\nig­\n\nhis own, 137\nof Caitanya diverted by association of\n\nofferings of to Kr�Qa not accepted, 328\nturn against Vai�Qavas, 328\n\ndevotees, 207\nof Raghunatha dasa not tied down by\n\nMathura-Vrndavana\nas very dear abode of Caitanya, 41\n\nMatir na kr�Qe parata/:1\n\nhis opulence, 222\nof\n\nquoted, 186\n\nMaya\n\nRamananda\ndancing\n\ngirls,\n\nRaya\n\nunchanged by\n125-129, 135-136,\n\n141\nspiritually inspired, 136\n\nas friend of conditioned soul, 193\nMayavadis\nclaim that the Lord accepts material\nbody, 179\n\nMiseries\nconditioned soul embarrased by, 183\nModes of nature\nagitation caused by can be nullified,\n\nRamananda Raya not among, 154\nMeditation\n\n138\nthe\n\nNityananda brought Caitanya in, 238\nMellow\nof topics of Kr�Qa agitated, 146\n\nMercy\nAdvaita as ocean of, 119\nglories of Kr�Qa's, 292-293\n\nand\n\nHis\n\ndevotees\n\nare\n\nMohammedans\nHaridasa Thakura born in family of,\n\nMental speculation\ndispatches one to hell, 182\n\nLord\n\nunaffected by, 177\n\n159\nRaghunatha dasa arrested by, 213\nMoney\nhonestly earned, can be used to serve\nKr�Qa, 327\n\n", "ant2#p0423": "General Index\n\n391\n\nNityananda\n\nMukunda Datta\nsees Raghunatha dasa, 286\n\nRaghunatha dasa has interview with,\n223-226\n\nMurari Gupta\nattended festival for Nityananda, 231\ndetermination\n\nof\n\ncompared\n\nto\n\nshelter of attained by mercy of, 260\nsweet dancing of, 248-249\nNondevotees\n\nAnupama, 21\n\nalways condemned, 32\nNOnaril pramatta/:1 kurute vikarma\n\nN\n\nverses quoted, 292\n\nNaitat samacarej jatu\n\n0\n\nquoted, 138\nOffenses\n\nNama�taka\n\ncommitted\n\nquoted on holy name, 36\n\nby\n\nah angrah o p a s aka­\n\nmayavadis, 178-179\n\nNanda Maharaja\n\nOpulences\n\nas father of Kr��a, 180\n\nlndra displays pride of, 190\n\nNarada\nas liberated soul, 36\n\nKr��a possesses six spiritual, 182\n\nquoted on renunciation, 346-347\n\nof Caitanya deep, 155\nof Raghunatha dasa compared to those\n\nNarmada\n\nof lndra, 222\n\nas sacred river in India, 49\nNarottama dasa Thakura\nquoted on spiritual knowledge, 347\n\np\n\nrepresented mercy of Caitanya, 160\nNa�ta-praye$V abhadre$U\nPadma PuraQa\n\nquoted, 186\n\nquoted on hellish intelligence, 337\n\nNescience\nentangles everyone in material world,\n193\n\nquoted on nature of Deity, 92\nquoted on spirituality of Deity, 175\nPanihati\n\nNikhila-sruti-mauli-ratna-mala\n\nRaghunatha dasa met Nityananda at,\n\nverses quoted, 36\n\n223\n\nNilacala\nSee: )agannatha Puri\n\nParamatma\nas angle of vision of Absolute Truth,\n\nNilambara Cakravarti\nas grandfather of Caitanya, 289\n\n180\n\nNityananda\n\nParamesvara dasa\n\nas merciful and liberal, 118, 242\n\nattended festival for Nityananda, 231\n\ndistributed garlands to devotees, 246\n\nParampara\n\nembraced )iva Gosvami, 113\n\nfollowed by devotees, 170\n\ngave )iva Gosvami permission to go to\n\npure devotee speaks in system of, 150\n\nVrndavana, 112-114\nmeeting of\n\nRaghunatha\n\nSee also: Disciplic succession\ndasa\n\nand,\n\n259-266\nordered His friends to chant holy name,\n241\nplaced His feet on head of Raghunatha\ndasa, 264\n\nParaspara-vairayor yadi yogas\nquoted, 165\nPastimes of Caitanya\ncan be described only by devotee,\n169\nfull of transcendental pleasure, 205\n\n", "ant2#p0424": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n392\n\nPastimes of Caitanya\n\nPrasada\n\nshould be relished daily by devotees,\n\ndecomposed eaten by Raghunatha\ndasa, 347-351\n\n160\nPastimes of K[�l)a\n\ngiven to Raghunatha dasa by Raghava\nPar:JQita, 269\n\nas essence of nectar, 201\nCaitanya pacified by hearing, 207\n\nin )agannatha temple of highest quality,\n\ncan be described only by devotee, 169\n\n25\n\nrelishing,\n\noffered by Raghava Pai)Qita to Caitanya,\n\nexhibited through Rupa GosvamT, 159\n\nof )agannatha sold by shopkeepers, 347\n\nfollowing Caitanya's principles required\n\nreceived by dancing girls, 129\n\nenjoyment experienced by\n139\n\n251-255\n\nsupplied by Govinda to Raghunatha\n\nfor recording, 188\n\ndasa, 298\n\nheard with great faith, 138\nPious activity\n\ntaken by devotees of Caitanya, 255\n\nhearing Bhagavatam as, 185\n\nSee also: Food\n\nPleasure\n\nPrayers\n\npastimes of Caitanya full of, 205\n\noffered by SarasvatT,\n\nPoetry\n\n188-189,\n\n191,\n\n193, 194\n\nwith\n\nrasabhasa n o t tolerated\n\nby\n\nCaitanya, 163-165\n\nof gopis to Kr�r:Ja quoted, 30\nof Rukmir:JTdevT to Kr�r:Ja quoted, 30\n\nwritten without proper knowledge,\n167-170\nPrabhate cardha-ratre ca\n\nverses quoted, 303\nPradyumna Misra\nand Ramananda Raya lose perception\nof time, 147\nas beggar brahmal)a, 145\nas cripple-minded householder, 119\nasks Ramananda Raya to speak kr�Qakatha, 144\n\nas poor in knowledge, 146\nas purified brahmal)a, 158\ndances in satisfaction, 148\ndescribes activities of Ramananda Raya,\n133\ndrowned in ocean of kr�Qa-katha, 149\nheard discourses by Ramananda Raya,\n200\npurified by seeing Ramananda Raya,\n132\nRamananda Raya offends, 131\nRamananda Raya offers obeisances to,\n130\nvisits Ramananda Raya, 122\nPrakrta-sahajiyas\n\nwant to hear rasa-lila, 138\n\nsublime offered to Kr�r:Ja, 263\nPremera svabhava yahati premera sambandha\n\nverses quoted, 83\nPride\naristocrats always afflicted by, 33\nof renunciates and scholars vanquished,\n156\nProstitute\nbegging alms resembles behavior of,\n323-333\nPrthivite ache yata nagaradi grama\n\nquoted, 69\nPurandara\nattended festival for Caitanya, 231\nPure devotees\nchanting as only occupation of, 304\ndon't accept food from materialists,\n328\ndon't distinguish between Jagannatha\nand His body, 175\ndon't speak independently, 150\nfree from bondage to karma, 293\ninvitation of in mode of goodness, 330\nPurification\nachieved by hearing Bhagavatam, 186\nPuru�adhama\n\nsame as purU$Otlama, 193\n\n", "ant2#p0425": "General Index\n\nRaghunatha dasa\n\nPurU$Ottama\n\nsame as puru$iidhama, 193\nPuru�ottama-k�etra\nSee: Jagannatha Puri\n\nR\nRadharar:Ji\ncooked at house of Raghava Par:Jc;fita,\n253\n\nhelped by Lalita in many ways, 208\nKr�r:Ja's feelings of separation for, 208\nreceived benediction from Durvasa\nMuni, 254\nRaghava Par:Jc;fita\narrived at festival for Nityananda,\n235-237\n\nCaitanya ate at house of daily, 253\nhas me rcy on Raghunatha dasa,\n256-257\n\nNityananda went to temple of, 248253\n\nRadharar:Ji cooked at house of, 253\nRaghunatha dasa saw Deity at home of,\n268\n\nRaghunatha dasa\nactivities of glorified by Kavi-karr:Japura,\n321\n\narrested by Mohammedans, 213\nas author of Cauranga-stava-kalpavrkg\n352\n\nas one of three Raghunathas of\nCaitanya, 294\nas same age as Caitanya, 289\nas spiritual master of Kr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja,\n114\n\nbegged alms at Sirhha-dvara, 299, 302\nbelonged to kayastha community,\n214-215\n\nblessed by all devotees, 266\nCaitanya placed His feet on head of,\n264\n\nCaitanya satisfied by behavior of, 336\ncalled madman of Caitanya, 222\nceased begging at Sirhha-dvara gate,\n331-332\n\n393\n\nceased\n\nusing\n\nhis\n\nfather's\n\nmoney,\n\n326-328\n\ncompares himself to dwarf, 260\ndelivered gold coins to Raghava Par:Jc;fita, 267-270\ndid not take birth as brahmal)a, 337\nentrusted to Svarupa Damodara,\n294-295\n\ngiven remnants of Nityananda's food,\n245-247\n\ng o t i n terview with Nityananda,\n223-226\n\nhad opulences like lndra, 222\nhis escape from his parents, 277-285\ngood fortune of, 242\nHirar:Jya dasa as uncle of, 212\nKr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja follows in footsteps\nof, 202\nmade festival for Nityananda, 227234\n\nmeeting of Nityananda and, 259-266\nmet the Lord at Santipura, 210\nopulence of equal to lndra's 262\nparents of desired comfort for him,\n319-320\n\nplayed like pounds-and-shillings man,\n210\n\nR aghava\n\nPar:Jc;fita h a s mercy\n\non,\n\n256-257\n\nrenounced life of, 317-318, 344-346\nrepresented mercy of Caitanya, 160\nsaved from blind well of family life, 204\nsaw Deity at house of Raghava Par:Jc;fita,\n268\n\nthought of means to escape his parents,\n271-273\n\nunder charge of Svarupa Damodara,\n317\n\nused father's money to invite Caitanya,\n324-325\n\nYadunandana Acarya as spiritual master\nof, 273\nRamadasa\nattended festival for Nityananda, 231\nheaded confidential devotees of Nityananda, 243\n\n", "ant2#p0426": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n394\n\nRasa-lila\n\nRamananda Raya\nand Pradyumna Misra lose perception\n\nlusty desires are nullified by hearing\n\nof time, 147\n\nabout, 138\n\nas conversant in topics on\n\nKr�f.la,\n\n120-121\n\nprakrta-sahajiyas want to hear, 138\nRatha-yatra festival\n\nas instructor for Caitanya, 145\n\nCaitanya danced with devotees during,\n\nas lowborn grhastha, 158\n\n313\n\nas maidservant of gopis, 126-12 7\n\ndevotees of Bengal visited, 53\n\nas offender against Pradyumna Misra,\n\nSanatana resolves to commit suicide\n\n131\nas only knower of his mind, 137\nas self-controlled householder, 154\nas source of humility, 152\n\nduties of one in, 303-305, 309-311\nSee also: Sannyasa\n\nas sudra, 156\nCaitanya pacified\n\nduring, 7\nRenounced order\n\nRenunciation\nby talks w i t h,\n\nnot expressed externally by Raghunatha\n\n206-209\n\ndasa, 211\n\nCaitanya preached through, 158\n\nof King Bharata, 263\n\ncompared to person touching wood,\n\nsustains lives of Caitanya's devotees,\n\n126, 136\n\n301\n\ncompared to stringed instrument, 151\ndiscussed Kr�f.la with Pradyumna Misra,\n\n200\n\nRukmiQidevi\nprayer of to Kr�f.la quoted, 30\nROpa Gosvami\n\nfeeds dancing girls prasada, 129\n\nabsorption in Kr�f.la as following, 140\n\nhas spiritual body, 136\n\nas\n\nhas spontaneous love of God, 141\nmassages bodies of dancing girls, 125,\n\n135\n\nauthor\n108\n\nof\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu,\n\nas spiritual master of Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja,\n\n114\n\nnot to be taken as ordinary human\nbeing, 150\n\ncompiled drama Lalita-madhava, 109\ncompiled drama Vidagdha-madhava,\n\noffers obeisances to Pradyumna Misra,\n\n130\n\n109\ncompiled Ujjvala-nilamaQi, 109\n\nPradyumna Misra describes activities of,\n\nDana-keli-kaumudi as first book of,\n109\n\n133\nPradyuman Misra is purified by seeing,\n132\n\nhow he divided his money, 104\n\nrequested to speak kr�Qa-katha, 144\n\nKr�Qadasa Kaviraja follows in footsteps\n\nspeaks on topics of Kr�f.la, 146-147\nspoke at Vidyanagara, 145\nteaches\n\nd a n c in g\n\ngirls,\n\nof, 202\nleft Jagannatha Puri for Bengal, 13\n\n123-124,\n\n128-129\nvisited by Pradyumna Misra, 122\nRamayaQa\nAnupama heard and chanted from, 15\nRasabhasa\nnot tolerated by Caitanya, 164\nRasa-lila\ndevotional service attained by hearing,\n\n140\n\ndelayed a year in Bengal, 103\n\nmet Sanatana Gosvami at Vrndavana,\n\n105\npastimes of V r n d a vana exhibited\nthrough, 159\nstandard for writing dramas set by,\n\n170\nstatements of on holy name, 36\nstayed in Jagannatha\n\nPuri for ten\n\nmonths, 13\nwrote 100,000 verses, 110\n\n", "ant2#p0427": "General Index\n\ns\nSac-cid-ananda-vigraha\n\nbody of Kr�l)a is, 175\nSaci\nas mother of Caitanya, 118\nSadasiva\nattended festival for Nityananda, 231\nSahajiyas\nas materialists, 329\nfoolishly think they are transcendental,\n82\nSanatana Gosvami\nas advanced in renunciation, 72\nas author of Oasama-tippani, 106\nas deliverer of the entire universe, 63\nas spiritual master of Kr�l)adasa Kaviraja,\n114\nattempts to avoid Caitanya's embrace,\n10-11, 71-72\nbasic principle of books of, 107\nCaitanya met with daily, 24\ncompares chastisement of Caitanya to\nnectar, 77\ncompares himself to wooden doll, 43\ncompiled Hari-bhakti-vilasa, 107\nconversation of Caitanya and regarding\nAnupama, 14-21\ncured by Caitanya's embrace, 97\ndear to everyone for his learning, 55\ndischarge of sores of smear Caitanya's\n\n395\n\nSanatana Gosvami\noffered respects to Haridasa Thakura, 8\noffers obeisances to Caitanya, 9-10,\n71\nordered by Caitanya to stay for one\nyear, 97\nreasons of for committing suicide, 6-7\nsaved from suicide by Caitanya, 3\nseparation scene with Caitanya piteous,\n100\nspecific accomplishments of, 41\nstatements of on chanting, 36\nstayed with Haridasa Thakura, 23\ntells ]agadananda about his distress,\n65-67\ntested by Caitanya, 56-64\nthinks himself low-caste and useless, 5\nwalked through ]harikhai)Qa Forest, 4\nwent from Mathura to ]agannatha Puri,\n3\nwent to Vrndavana by Caitanya's route,\n101\nSarikarananda Sarasvati\nbrought govardhana si/a and conchshell\ngarland to Caitanya, 334\n\nSannyasa\n\nas topmost position for brahmal)a,\n156\n\ndevotional service satisfies Kr�l)a more\nthan acceptance of, 29\nparamaharilsa as highest stage of, 186\n\nSannyasi\n\nbody, 11, 65, 73\nembraced by Caitanya, 11, 46, 72\nessence of devotional service exhibited\n\nacceptance and rejection of matter not\nconcern of, 86\naffected by women, 134\n\nthrough, 159\nexpert in understanding mellows, 23\n\nas self-controlled, 154\nCaitanya as, 134\n\nexplains his distress to Caitanya, 72-74\nfeet of blistered by hot sand, 60\n\nin line of Sarikara, 158\nSantipura\n\nhad almost become Mohammedan, 159\nhas power to convince Caitanya, 79\nhis life's work delineated by Caitanya,\n39-42\n\nCaitanya met Raghunatha dasa at, 210\nSaptagrama\nMohammedan official collected taxes\nof, 211\nSaral)agati\n\ninstructed by Caitanya to chant and\nhear, 31\nitching disease of, 4\nno one as fortunate as, 46-47\noffered obeisances to devotees, 12\n\nwritten by Bhaktivinoda Thakura, 1 02\nSarasvati\noffers prayers to Kr�l)a, 194, 188-189,\n191,193\n\n", "ant2#p0428": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n396\n\nSastras\n\nSiviinanda Sena\nRaghunatha dasa's father wrote letter\n\nCaitanya distributed real essence of,\n\n157\nSat-sandarbha\n\nSongs\n\nSee: Bhagavat-sandarbha\n\nof SvarOpa Damodara pacify Caitanya,\n\nSense gratification\n\n206-209\n\ndevotees of Caitanya not attached to,\n\nwith\n\n302\nSoul\n\ndifficult to give up, 290\n\nby\n\nas nondifferent from spiritual body,\n\n129\noffenses committed by one engaged in,\n178\n\nBengali poet distinguishes between\n\n176-180\njagannatha's body and, 177-179\n\nSpiritual master\n\nRamananda Raya's service to dancing\n\nas representative of Lord Kr�rya, 69\nbona fide must act and preach cor­\n\ngirls devoid of, 127\n\nrectly, 52\n\nspoils human life, 49\n\nconsidered ordinary human being by\n\nSenses\n\nhellish persons, 337\n\nliving entities struggle with six, 176\n\nknows science of Kr�rya, 157\n\nSeparation\nCaitanya felt\n\npangs of from\n206-207\nfeelings of Kr�rya for Radha, 208\nmaterialists\n\nhear\n\nBhagavatam\n\nAc a r y a\n\naccepted\n\nVasudeva Datta a s his, 273\n\nto\n\nin­\n\nquoted on humility and holy name, 37\n\nSilence\n\nas characteristic of advanced devotees,\n\n153\nSimha!dvara\nas main gate of jagannatha temple, 60\nRaghunatha dasa begged alms at, 299,\n\n302\nSanatana said he had no right to pass\nby, 61\nVai�ryavas beg alms at, 300\npurification of those addicted to, 157\n\nSisupala\nblasphemes Kr�rya, 194\nSiva\ndesires to bathe in dust of Kr�rya's lotus\nfeet, 29\ndrank poison, 138\ndescribes Raghunatha dasa's renounced\nlife, 316-318\n\nqualities of, 158\nYa d u n a n d a n a\n\nSik�a�taka\n\nSivananda Sena\n\nof entire world is Haridasa, 51\n\nKr�rya,\n\ncrease, 186\n\nSin\n\nrasabhasa not tol erated\n\nCaitanya, 163-165\n\nminds of living entities are absorbed in,\n\npure devotee has no desire for, 82\n\nSex\n\nto, 282\n\nSraval)ari1 kirtanaril Vi$1JOQ\n,\n\nverses quoted, 34\n\n,\n\nquoted on Raghunatha dasa, 322\n\nSri Caitanya-candrodaya-nataka\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nas heard and spoken by pure Vai�ryava,\n\n138\ncited on India, 49\ngives evidence on the spiritually inspired mind, 136\nprofessional\n\nreaders\n\nof condemned,\n\n185-186\nquoted on angles of vision of Absolute\nTruth, 180\n\nquoted on attainment of Kr�rya, 27\n\nquoted on bondage of karma, 292\n\nquoted on availability of Kr�rya to humble, 35\n\nquoted on chanting, 37\nquoted on death-wish of Rukmiryidevi,\n\n29-30\nquoted on distinguishing spiritual body\nfrom soul, 179\nquoted on divinity of the Lord and His\ndevotees, 176\n\n", "ant2#p0429": "General Index\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nquoted on fruitless labor, 122\n\n397\n\nSvarOpa Damodara\nas kindhearted, 185\n\nquoted on grhavratas, 186\n\nCaitanya pacified by songs of, 206-207\n\nquoted on illusion of \"good\" and \"bad\",\n\nchastised brahma(Ja poet from Bengal,\n\n174 184\n\n84\n\n-\n\nquoted on imitating rasa-lila, 138\n\nconsiders Bengali poet an offender, 177,\n\nquoted on lndra's chastisement of\nKr�oa, 190\nquoted on nine kinds of devotional ser­\n\n184, 188-189\nembraced Raghunatha dasa, 287,\n\nRaghunatha dasa placed under charge\nof, 204\n\nvice, 34\n\nRaghunatha dasa entrusted to, 294-295\n\nquoted on renunciation, 346-347\n\nquoted on renunciation of King 8harata,\n\nRaghunatha dasa under charge of, 317\n\n263\nquoted on spiritual initiation, 94\n\nRaghunatha dasa informed Caitanya of\n\nquoted on the Lord's form, 182\n\nscreened songs and poetry brought to\n\nhis desires through, 307\nCaitanya, 163-165\n\nquoted on unimportance of birth status,\n\n33, 34\nunderstandable\nCaitanya, 186\n\nwas formerly Lalita, 312\nby\n\nf o l l o we r s\n\nof\n\nSyamananda Gosvami\nrepresented mercy of Caitanya, 160\n\nunderstood by hearing from Vai�oava,\n\n185\nSri-rupa-gosvami grantha �or;Jasa karila\nquoted, 110\nSrr:rvatarh sva-kathah\nquoted, 185\nSubala\n,\n\nKr�oa given happiness by, 208\n\nSudra\n\nRamananda Raya as, 156\nSuicide\ninfluenced by mode of ignorance, 26\nSukadeva\nstatements of on chanting, 36-37\n\nT\nTime\nnot perceived by Ramananda Raya and\nPradyumna Misra, 147\n\nTransmigration\n\ndescribed in Gita, 173\nTrr:rad api sunicena\nverses quoted, 37\nTulasi\n\noffered to govardhana sila, 338, 341\n\nSundarananda\n\nu\n\nattended festival for Nityananda, 231\nSupreme Lord\nas distinguished from living entity,\n178-180\nas full of bliss, 183\nas praised with songs, 186\n\ncan change reactions of karma, 287288\nDeity of never considered stone, 92\ndictates to spiritually advanced, 150\ndoesn't accept offerings of puffed-up\nmaterialists, 328\nfavorable to the meek, 33\n\nresides everywhere, 257-258\n\nserved by full surrender, 327\n\nUddharaoa Datta Thakura\nattended festival for Nityananda, 232\nUjjvala-nilama(Ji\ncompiled by ROpa Gosvami, 109\nexplains loving affairs of Radha and\nKr�oa, 109\n\nUttama-sloka\n\nKr�oa known as, 263\n\nv\nVadanti tat tattva-vidas tattvam\nquoted, 180\n\n", "ant2#p0430": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n398\n\nVidyanagara\n\nVaidya Raghunatha\nas\n\none\n\nof\n\nthree\n\nRaghunathas\n\nof\n\nRamananda Raya spoke at, 145\nVisvanatha Cakravarti Thakura\n\nCaitanya, 294\n\nquoted on rasabhasa, 165\n\nVai�oavas\nacceptance and rejection of matter not\n\nVrndavana\nawarded by\n\nconcern of, 86\nBhagavatam heard and spoken by pure,\n\nCaitanya to Sanatana's\n\nfamily, 113\ngiven to Sanatana and ROpa as resi­\n\n138\nconsidered sectarian by hellish persons,\n\ndence, 69\nlndra offended by cowherd men of, 190\n\n337\ndon't distinguish between body and\n\none should think of how to serve Radha\nand Kr�oa in, 310\n\nsoul of the Lord, 179\netiquette of as the ornament of a devo­\n\npastimes of exhibited through ROpa\nGosvami, 159\n\ntee, 63\nnot subject to\n\nsix\n\nkinds of bodily\n\nchange, 154\n\nw\n\nshould hanker for spiritual service, 87\nto understand Bhagavalam one must\nWomen\n\nhear from, 185-186\n\nsannyasis affected by, 134\n\nbeg alms at Sirhha-dvara, 300\n\nWorld, material\n\ndon't like poetry with rasabhasa, 167\nKr�oa consciousness movement creates\n\nideas of \"good\" and \"bad\" in all speculations, 84\n\npure, 157\nRaghunatha dasa's father and uncle as\n\nnescience entangles everyone in, 193\nWorld, spiritual\n\nalmost, 290-291\n\nRamananda Raya's service as affair of,\n\nthose who are almost, 291\nproper behavior of given in Hari-bhakli­\n\n130\nWorship\n\nvilasa, 41\n\nof one's own body as Supreme Lord,\n\nVai�Qava-aparadha\nexplained, 94\n\n178\npriests performing must be pure, 62\n\nVai$Qava lO$aQi\nreferred to in Bhakli-ralnakara, 108\nVai�oavism\noutward show of, 291\n\ny\n\nVallabha\nSee: Anupama\nYadunandana Acarya\n\nVanapraslha\n\naccepted money of Vasudeva Datta,\n\nas self-controlled, 154\n\n273\n\nVarQa\n\nas spiritual master of Raghunatha dasa,\n\nduties performed according to, 122\n\n273\n\nVasudeva Datta\nCaitanya's\n\nembrace\n\nmade\n\nbody\n\nof\n\nbeautiful, 91\nYadunandana Acarya accepted mercy\nof, 273\nVidagdha-madhava\nas drama compiled by ROpa Gosvami,\n109\n\ninitiated by Advaita Acarya, 274\nYadyapi sri-bhagavata-male\nverses quoted, 304\nY aha, bhagavata par;Ja vai�Qavera\nquoted, 186\nYajnarthal karmaQO 'nyatra loko\nquoted, 291\n\n", "ant2#p0431": "General Index\n\nY ajiiavalkya\nquoted on kayastha community, 215\nYamesvara\ngarden of, 57\n\nYan maithunadi-grhamedhi\nquoted, 186\nYathagner visphuliriga vyuccaranti\nquoted, 176\n\nYei kr?f!a-tattva-vetta\n\nYamuna\nas sacred river in India, 49\nGanges thought to be by Nityananda's\nassociates, 243\nKr�r:Ja ate with Balarama on banks of,\n\n242\n\nquoted, 157\nYoga\nbinds one to birth and death,\n292\n\n399\n\n", "ant2#p0432": "(continued from front flap)\n\n(the middle period), the\nlongest of the three, is a detailed narration of\nMadhya-lila\n\nSri Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels\n\nthroughout India as a renounced mendicant,\n\nteacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and\n\nmystic. Finally, Antya-lila (the final period)\nconcerns the last eighteen years of Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's manifest presence, spent in\nsemiseclusion in Jagannatha Puri,\n\nOrissa.\n\nDuring these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted\n\ndeeper and deeper into trances of spiritual\necstasy unparalleled in all of religious and\n\nliterary history, Eastern or Western.\n\n, Kr�r;�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami, the author of\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta, was a great saint and\n\na confidential disciple and student of\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami, the renowned\n\nascetic saint who was one of the most intimate disciples of Sri Caitanya. He com­\n\nmenced work on the text while in his late\n\nnineties and in failing health, as he vividly\ndescribes in the text itself: \"I have now become too old and disturbed in invalidity.\n\nWhile writing, my hands tremble. I cannot\n\nremember anything, nor can I see or hear\n\nproperly. Still I write, and this is a great\nwonder.\" That he nevertheless completed,\nunder such debilitating conditions, the\n\ngreatest literary gem of medieval India is\n\nsurely one of the wonders of literary history.\n\nThe English translation and commentary is\n\nthe work of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhakti­\n\nvedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's\n\nmost distinguished scholar and teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought.\nHe himself is a disciplic descendant of Sri\n\nCaitanya, and his intimate familiarity with\nthe precepts of Caitanya Mahaprabhu eminently qualifies him to present this important classic to the English-speaking world.\nThe ease and clarity with which he ex­\n\npounds upon Sri Caitanya's precepts lures\neven a reader totally unfamiliar with Indian\nreligious tradition into a genuine under­\n\nstanding and appreciation of this profound\nand monumental work.\nThe entire text, with commentary, presented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\n\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust,\nrepresents a contribution of major importance to the intellectual, cultural and\nspiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n", "ant2#p0433": "ANTYA-LILA\nVblume2\n\nSRI\nCAITANYA·\nCARITAMRTll\n•\n\nHIS DMNE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bbaktlvedanta\nSwami\nPrabhupada\n\nSri Caitanya-carit.vnrta is the authorized work on the life and teachings of Sri\nKr�IJa Caitanya-the philosopher, saint, spiritual preceptor, mystic and divine\nincarnation who pioneered a great social and religious movement in Sixteenth\nCentury India. His teachings, which embody the highest philosophical and\ntheolgoical truths, have affected centuries of religious and philosophical\nthinkers until the present day.\nThis translation and co mmentary on the original Bengali text is the work of\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada (pictured above), the\nworld's most distinguished scholar and teacher of Indian thought and culture\nand author of the best-selling Bhagavad-gita As It Is. This translation of Sri\nCaitanya-caritamrta represents a contribution of major importance to the\n\nintellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n•\n\nTHE\nBHAKTIVEDANTA\nBOOK TRUST\n\n", "ant2#p0434": "", "ant3#p0001": "-\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAMRTA\n-\n\n•\n\nANTYA- LILA Volume 3\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nJ\\.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n", "ant3#p0002": "--\n\nSRI CAITANYA-CARITAMSTA\nIt would not be inaccurate to say that Sri\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta is one of the most im­\n\nportant works of historical and philosophical\nliterature ever written, in any language. It is\n\nthe principal work on the life and teachings\nof Sri Kr�oa Caitanya, a divine incarnation of\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Sri\nCaitanya is the pioneer of a great social and\nreligious movement which began in India a\nlittle less than five hundred years ago and\nwhich has directly and indirectly influenced\nthe\n\nsubsequent course of religious and\n\nphilosophical thinking not only in India but\n\nin the recent West as well.\n\nAt a time when, in the West, man was\n\ndirecting\n\nhis\n\nexplorative\n\nspirit\n\ntoward\n\ncircumnavigating the world in search of new\noceans and continents and toward studying\nthe structure of the physical universe, Sri\nKr�oa Caitanya, in the East, was inaugurating\n\nand masterminding a revolution directed in­\n\nward, toward a scientific understanding of\n\nthe highest knowledge of man's spiritual\nnature.\n\nWithin\n\nhis\n\nlifetime,\n\nSri Caitanya\n\ntransformed the face o f India i n four\nrespects: philosophically, by encountering,\ndefeating and converting the greatest philosophers and thinkers of his day; religiously,\nby organizing the largest, most widespread\ntheistic\n\nmovement\n\nin\n\nIndia's\n\nhistory;\n\nsocially, by his strong challenges against the\nreligious inequities of the caste system;\npolitically, by his organization of a massive\ncivil disobedience movement in Bengal, 450\nyears before Gandhi.\nThe text is divided into three sections\n\ncalled \"li/as.\"\n\nAdi-lila\n\n(the early period)\n\ntraces his life from birth through his accep­\n\ntance of the renounced order, sannyasa, at\nthe age of twenty-four. This part includes his\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and\nearly philosophical confrontations, as well as\nhis\n\norganization\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nwidespread\n\nsatikirtana movement and his civil disobe­\n\ndience\n\nagainst\n\nthe\n\nrepression\n\nMohammedan government.\n\n(continued on back flap)\n\nof\n\nthe\n\n", "ant3#p0003": "-\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAMRTA\n•\n\n", "ant3#p0004": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-5 (15 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri TSopani�ad\nEasy journey to Other Planets\nKr�JJa Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr�JJa, The Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nKr�JJa, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�JJa\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Krsna Consciousness\nKr�JJa Conscio�sness: The Matchless Gift\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\nA complete catalogue is available upon request\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n·\n\n", "ant3#p0005": "All Glory to SrT Guru and Gaurliriga\n\n--\n\nSRI CJ\\ITJ\\NYJ\\CARITAIRTA\n•\n\nof Kr,r:tadasa Kaviraja Gosvami\n\nAntya-li/a\nVolume Three\n\n\"The Ecstasy of the Lord and His Devotees\"\n\nwith the original Bengali tex�\nRoman transliterations, synonyms,\ntranslation and elaborate purports\n\nby\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society lor Krishna Consciousness\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London· Bombay\n\n", "ant3#p0006": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n© 1975 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-93206\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-74-9\n\nFirst printing, 1975: 20,000 copies\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "ant3#p0007": "Contents\n\nIntroduction\n\nChapter 7\n\nvi\nThe Meeting of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nand Vallabha Bhaga\n\n1\n\nChapter 8\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the Lord\n\n83\n\nChapter 9\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Paganayaka\n\n131\n\nChapter 10\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu Accepts Prasada\nfrom the Devotees\n\n203\n\nReferences\n\n275\n\nGlossary\n\n277\n\nBengali Pronunciation Guide\n\n281\n\nIndex of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n283\n\nGeneral Index\n\n299\n\nThe Author\n\n311\n\nv\n\n", "ant3#p0008": "Introduction\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is the principal work on the life and teachings of SrT\nKr�r;�a Caitanya. Sri Caitanya is the pioneer of a great social and religious movement which began in India a little less than five hundred years ago and which has\ndirectly and indirectly influenced the subsequent course of religious and philosophical thinking not only in India but in the recent West as well.\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is regarded as a figure of great historical significance.\nHowever, our conventional method of historical analysis-that of seeing a man as\na product of his times-fails here. Sri Caitanya is a personality who transcends the\nlimited scope of historical settings.\nAt a time when, in the West, man was directing his explorative spirit toward\nstudying the structure of the physical universe and circumnavigating the world in\nsearch of new oceans and continents, Sri Kr�r;�a Caitanya, in the East, was inaugurating and masterminding a revolution directed inward, toward a scientific\nunderstanding of the highest knowledge of man's spiritual nature.\n\nThe chief historical sources for the life of Sri Kr�r;�a Caitanya are the kac;facas (di­\n\naries) kept by Murari Gupta and SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami. Murari Gupta, a\nphysician and close associate of Sri Caitanya's, recorded extensive notes on the\nfirst twenty-four years of Sri Caitanya's life, culminating in his initiation into the\nrenounced order, sannyasa. The events of the rest of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's for­\n\nty-eight years are recorded in the diary of SvarOpa Damodora Gosvami, another of\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's intimate associates.\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is divided into three sections called lilas, which literally\n\nmeans \"pastimes\"-Adi-lila (the early period), Madhya-lila (the middle period)\n\nand Antya-/ila (the final period). The notes of Murari Gupta form the basis of the\n\nAdi-li/a, and SvarOpa Damodara's diary provides the details for the Madhya- and\nAntya-li/as.\n\nThe first twelve of the seventeen chapters of Adi-lila constitute the preface for\n\nthe entire work. By referring to Vedic scriptural evidence, this preface establishes\n\nSri Caitanya as the avatara (incarnation) of Kr�r;�a (God) for the age of Kali-the\n\ncurrent epoch, beginning five thousand years ago and characterized by materialism, hypocrisy and dissension. In these descriptions, Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\nis identical with Lord Kr�r;�a, descends to liberally grant pure love of God to the\nfallen\n\nsouls\n\nof\n\nthis\n\ndegraded\n\nage\n\nby\n\npropagating\n\nsankirtana-literally,\n\n\"congregational glorification of God\"-especially by organizing massive public\n\nchanting of the maha-mantra (Great Chant for Deliverance). The esoteric purpose\n\nof Lord Caitanya's appearance in the world is revealed, his co- avataras and prin­\n\ncipal devotees are described and his teachings are summarized. The remaining\n\nportion of Adi-lila, chapters thirteen through seventeen, briefly recounts his\ndivine birth and his life until he accepted the renounced order. This includes his\n\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and early philosophical confrontations,-as\n\nwell as his organization of a widespread sankirtana movement and his civil disobedience against the repression of the Mohammedan government.\n\nvi\n\n", "ant3#p0009": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\nThe subject of Madhya-lila, the longest of the three divisions, is a detailed narration of Lord Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels throughout India as a\nrenounced mendicant, teacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and mystic. During this period of six years, Sri Caitanya transmits his teachings to his principal disciples. He debates and converts many of the most renowned philosophers and\ntheologians of his time, including Sarikarites, Buddhists and Muslims, and incorporates their many thousands of followers and disciples into his own burgeoning\nnumbers. A dramatic account of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's miraculous activities at\nthe giant Jagannatha Cart Festival in Orissa is also included in this section.\n\nAntya-lila concerns the last eighteen years of Sri Caitanya's manifest presence,\n\nspent in semiseclusion near the famous Jagannatha temple at Jagannatha Purl in\nOrissa. During these final years, SrT Caitanya drifted deeper and deeper into\ntrances of spiritual ecstasy unparalleled in all of religious and literary history,\nEastern or Western. SrT Caitanya's perpetual and ever-increasing religious\nbeatitude, graphically described in the eyewitness accounts of SvarOpa Damodara\nGosviimi, his constant companion during this period, clearly defy the investigative\nand descriptive abilities of modern psychologists and phenomenologists of\nreligious experience.\nThe author of this great classic, Kr�r;�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami, born in the year\n1507, was a disciple of Raghunatha dasa Gosviimi, a confidential follower of\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Raghunatha dasa, a renowned ascetic saint, heard and\nmemorized all the activities of Caitanya Mahaprabhu told to him by SvarOpa\nDamodara. After the passing away of SrT Caitanya and SvarOpa Damodara,\nRaghunatha dasa, unable to bear the pain of separation from these objects of his\ncomplete devotion, traveled to Vrndavana, intending to commit suicide by jumping from Govardhana Hill. In Vrndavana, however, he encountered ROpa Gosvami\nand Sanatana Gosvami, the most confidential disciples of Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThey convinced him to give up his plan of suicide and impelled him to reveal to\nthem the spiritually inspiring events of Lord Caitanya's later life. Kr�r;�adasa Kaviriija\nGosviimi was also residing in Vrndavana at this time, and Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami endowed him with a full comprehension of the transcendental life of SrT\nCaitanya\nBy this time, several biographical works had already been written on the life of\nSri Caitanya by contemporary and near-contemporary scholars and devotees.\n\nThese included Sri Caitanya-carita by Murari Gupta, Caitanya-mangala by Locana\n\ndasa Thakura and Caitanya-bhagavata. This latter text, a work by Vrndavana dasa\nThakura, who was then considered the principal authority on Sri Caitanya's life,\nwas highly revered. While composing his important work, Vrndavana dasa, fearing\nthat it would become too voluminous, avoided elaborately describing many of\nthe events of Sri Caitanya's life, particulary the later ones. Anxious to hear of these\nlater pastimes, the devotees of Vrndavana requested Kr�r;�adasa Kaviraja GosvamT,\nwhom they respected as a great saint, to compose a book to narrate these\n\nvii\n\n", "ant3#p0010": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\nepisodes in detail. Upon this request, and with the permission and blessings of the\nMadana-mohana Deity of Vrndavana, he began compiling Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\n\nwhich, due to its biographical excellence and thorough exposition of Lord\nCaitanya's profound philosophy and teachings, is regarded as the most significant\nof biographical works on Sri Caitanya.\nHe commenced work on the text while in his late nineties and in failing health,\nas he vividly describes in the text itself: \"I have now become too old and disturbed in invalidity. While writing, my hands tremble. I cannot remember anything, nor can I see or hear properly. Still I write, and this is a great wonder.\" That\nhe nevertheless completed, under such debilitating conditions, the greatest literary gem of medieval India is surely one of the wonders of literary history.\nThis English translation and commentary is the work of His Divine Grace A. C.\nBhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of Indian religious and philosophical thought. His commentary is based upon two\nBengali commentaries, one by his teacher Srrla Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Gosvami,\nthe eminent Vedic scholar who predicted, \"The time will come when the people\n\nof the world will learn Bengali to read Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\" and the other by\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta's father, Bhaktivinoda Thakura.\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada is himself a disciplic\ndescendant of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and he is the first scholar to execute\nsystematic English translations of the major works of SrT Caitanya's followers. His\nconsummate Bengali and Sanskrit scholarship and intimate familiarity with the\nprecepts of SrT Kr�t:�a Caitanya are a fitting combination that eminently qualifies\nhim to present this important classic to the English-speaking world. The ease and\nclarity with which he expounds upon difficult philosophical concepts lures even a\nreader totally unfamiliar with Indian religious tradition into a genuine understanding and appreciation of this profound and monumental work.\nThe entire text, with commentary, presented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, represents a contribution of major importance to the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n-The Publishers\n\nviii\n\n", "ant3#p0011": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "ant3#p0012": "The temple of Jagannatha Puri in Orissa, where Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu resided during the last eighteen years of His manifest\npresence in this world.\n\n", "ant3#p0013": "Narendra-sarovara, the celebrated lake in the garden near Jagannatha Puri, when, Lord\nGovinda performed His water pastimes with all the devotees. (p.221 )\n\n", "ant3#p0014": "�\n\nr--·- -':����:;;�.�\n\n��\n\n-'-\n\nThe gate to the Gur;�c,iica temple, where the godde�s of fortune arrests the servants of Lord )agannatha during the Hera-paiicami festivaL\n\n", "ant3#p0015": "LEFT: The samadhi tomb of Sril,a Narottama dasa Thakura, the successor of Kr��Jadasa Kaviraja Gosvami and a famous Vaisnava poet.\nRIGHT: The samadhi tomb of Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura, the successor of Narottama dasa Thakura and the author of many\nimportant commentaries on Vai�!Java literature.\n\n", "ant3#p0016": "The bhajana-ku!i of Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami at Sri Radha-kuf)<;la in Vrndavana.\n\n", "ant3#p0017": "The original Deities and samadhi tomb of Srila Raghava PaQc;lita in the village of Paniha�i, West Bengal.\n\n", "ant3#p0018": "PLATE ONE\n\"When Uddhava was sent by Kr�Qa to see the condition of the gopis in\nVrndavana, he stayed there for a few months in their association and always talked with them about Kr�Qa. Although this greatly pleased the\ngopis and other residents of VrajabhOmi, Vrndavana, Uddhava saw that\nthe gopis were severely afflicted by their separation from Kr�Qa. Their\nhearts were so disturbed that their minds were sometimes deranged. Observing the unalloyed devotion and love of the gopis for Kr�Qa, Uddhava\ndesired to become a creeper, a blade of grass or an herb in Vrndavana so\nthat sometimes the gopis would trample him and he would receive the\ndust of their lotus feet on his head.\" (pp.26-2 7)\n\n", "ant3#p0019": "", "ant3#p0020": "PLATE TWO\n\"One day Ramacandra Puri came in the morning to the abode of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Seeing many ants, he said something to criticize\nthe Lord. 'Last night there was sugar candy here,' he said. 'Therefore ants\nare wandering about. Alas, this renounced sannyasf is attached to such\nsense gratification.' After speaking in this way, he got up and left. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu had heard rumors\n\nabout Ramacandra Puri's\n\nblasphemy. Now He directly heard his fanciful accusations. Ants generally\ncrawl about here, there and everywhere, but Ramacandra Puri, looking for\nimaginary faults, criticized Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu by alleging that there\n\nhad been sweetmeats in His room.\" (pp.106-107)\n\n", "ant3#p0021": "", "ant3#p0022": "PLATE THREE\n\"Boarding a boat in the waters of Narendra-sarovara, Lord Govinda performed His water pastimes with all the devotees. Then Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu arrived with His personal associates to see the jubilant\npastimes of Lord jagannatha in the Narendra-sarovara. At the same time,\nall the devotees from Bengal arrived at the lake and had a great meeting\nwith the Lord. Because of the pastimes in the water, there was great\njubilation on the shore, with music, singing, chanting, dancing and\ntumultuous crying. The chanting and crying of the Gau<;liya Vai�r:tavas\nmixed and created a tumultuous sound vibration that filled the entire\nuniverse. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu entered the water with His devotees\nand began His pastimes with them in great jubilation.\" (pp.221-224)\n\n", "ant3#p0023": "", "ant3#p0024": "PLATE FOUR\n\"After performing kirtana with His personal associates, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu took prasada with all of them and then asked them to return\nto their dwellings and take rest.\" (pp.238)\nThe details of the Lord's picnic (as given in Madhya-lila, Chapter 12,\nverses 152-202) are as follows: \"In the garden, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nsat down with the other devotees. Vaoinatha Raya then came in and\nbrought all kinds of maha-prasada. Both Kasi Misra and Tulasi, the superintendent of the Cuo<;lica temple, brought as much prasada as five hundred\nmen could eat. Seeing the large quantity of prasada, which consisted of\nrice,\n\ncakes,\n\nsweet rice and a\n\nvariety\n\nof vegetables,\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu was very satisfied. Since Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is\nomniscient, He knew that type of preparation each person liked. He\ntherefore had SvarOpa Damodara deliver these preparations to their full\nsatisfaction. There is no one within these three worlds-save for Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu-who is always so willing to increase the glories of\nthe devotees and give them satisfaction. Sri Advaita Acarya and Nityananda Prabhu sat side by side, and when prasada was being distributed,\nThey both engaged in a type of mock fighting.\"\n\n", "ant3#p0025": "", "ant3#p0026": "PLATE FIVE\n\"The chanting made a tumultuous roar that filled the sky. All the inhabitants of Jagannatha Puri came to see the kirtana. Due to the forceful\n\nvibration of kirtana, the entire world began trembling. When everyone\nchanted the holy name, they made a tumultuous sound. In this way the\nLord had congregational chanting performed for some time, and then He\nHimself desired to dance. The seven groups began chanting and beating\n\ntheir drums in seven directions, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began\n\ndancing in the center in great ecstatic love. People all around Him floated\n\nin the water of His tears. Raising His two arms, the Lord said, 'Chant!\nChant!' Floating in transcendental bliss, the people responded by chanting the holy name of Hari.\" '(pp.230-233)\n\n", "ant3#p0027": "", "ant3#p0028": "PLATE SIX\n\"It was a steady, long-standing rule that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwould lie down to rest after lunch and Govinda would come to massage\nHis legs. Then Govinda would honor the remnants of food left by Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. This time when the Lord lay down, He occupied\nthe entire doorway. Govinda could not enter the room, and therefore he\nmade the following request. 'Kindly turn on one side. Let me pass to enter\n\nthe room.' However, the Lord replied, 'I don't have the strength to move\n\nMy body.' Govinda made his request again and again, but the Lord\nreplied, 'I cannot move My body.' Govinda repeatedly requested, 'I want\nto massage Your legs,' but the Lord said, 'Do it or don't do it.. It depends\nupon your mind.' Then Govinda spread the Lord's wrapper over the\nLord's body and in this way entered the room by crossing over Him.\"\n(pp.239-241)\n\n", "ant3#p0029": "", "ant3#p0030": "PLATE SEVEN\n\"Accompanied by His personal associates, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwashed and swept the Guo<;lica temple, cleansing it as usual. The Lord\ndanced and chanted and then enjoyed a picnic in the garden as He had\ndone before. As previously, He danced in front of the Jagannatha car and\nobserved the festival of Hera-pancami.\" (pp.247-248)\n\nThe details of the Hera-pancami festival (as given in Madhya-lila,\nChapter 14, verses 1 06-135) are as follows: \"The Hera-pancami festival\ntakes place five days after the Ratha-yatra festival. Lord Jagannatha has\nleft His wife, the goddess of fortune, and gone to Vrndavana, which is the\nGuo<;lica temple. Due to separation from the Lord, the goddess of fortune\narrives at the main gate of the temple accompanied by many members of\nher family, all of whom exhibit uncommon opulence. When the procession arrives, the maidservants of the goddess of fortune begin to arrest all\nthe principal servants of Lord Jagannatha. The maidservants bind the servants of jagannatha, handcuff them, and make them fall down at the lotus\nfeet of the goddess of fortune. When the servants fall down before the\nlotus feet of the goddess of fortune, they almost fall unconscious. They\nare chastised and made the butt of jokes and loose language.\"\n\n", "ant3#p0031": "", "ant3#p0032": "PLATE EIGHT\n\"Govinda kept accumulating the food, and soon it filled a corner of the\nroom. There was quite enough to feed at least a hundred people. All the\ndevotees asked Govinda with great eagerness, 'Have you given Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu the prasada brought to me?' When the devotees\nquestioned Govinda, he had to tell them lies. Therefore one day he spoke\nto the Lord in disappointment, 'Many respectable devotees, headed by\nAdvaita Acarya, make a great endeavor to entrust me with varieties of\nfood for You. You do not eat it, but they ask me again and again. How\nlong shall I go on cheating them? How shall I be freed from this responsibility?' Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, 'Why are you so foolishly\nunhappy? Bring here to Me whatever they have given you.' Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu sat down to eat. Then Govinda offered Him the preparations one after another, and as he did so he spoke the name of the person\nwho had given each one. In this way, Govinda gave everyone's name as\nhe put the food before the Lord. Being very satisfied, the Lord began to\neat it all. The hard sweets made of coconut, mukuta narikela, the sweetballs, the many kinds of sweet drinks and all the other preparations were\nat least a month old, but although they were old, they had not become\ntasteless or stale. Indeed, they had all stayed fresh. That is the mercy of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Within a very short time, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu ate enough for a hundred people. Then He asked Govinda,\n'Is there anything more left?' Govinda replied, 'Now there are only the\nbags of Raghava.' The Lord said, 'Let them remain today. I shall see them\nlater.' The next day, while taking His lunch in a secluded place, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu opened the bags of Raghava and inspected their\ncontents one after another. He tasted a little of everything they contained\nand praised it for all its flavor and aroma.\" (pp.250-259)\n\n", "ant3#p0033": "", "ant3#p0034": "CHAPTER 7\n\nThe Meeting of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Vallabha Bhafta\nThe following summary of Chapter Seven is given by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura in\nhis Amrta-pravaha-bha�ya. In this chapter, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's meeting with Vallabha Bhaga is described. There was some joking behavior between\nthese two personalities, and finally Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu corrected Vallabha\nBhaga and sympathetically accepted an invitation from him. Before this, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu saw that Vallabha\n\nBhaga was greatly attached to\n\nCadadhara Pa�<;iita. Therefore He acted as if displeased with Cadadhara Pa�<;iita.\nLater, when Vallabha Bhaga became intimately connected with the Lord, the Lord\nadvised him to take instructions from Cadadhara Pa�<;iita. Thus the Lord expressed\nHis feelings of love for Cadadhara Pa�<;iita.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�R'ttr;•tsr��t\"!Mr;;�1 �r;sr I\n�� ��rt�f1ftr;\\l'l 9ft�r;;11t�9f:J1Jr;1\\i �r;�e, 11�11\ncaitanya-caraQambhojamakaranda-liho bhaje\nye�arh prasada-matref)a\npamaro 'py amaro bhavet\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; caraQa-ambhoja-at the lotus feet;\n\nmakaranda-the honey; lihah-unto those engaged in licking; bhaje-1 offer my\nobeisances;\n\nye�am-of\n\nwhom;\n\nprasada-matreQa-simply\n\nby\n\nthe\n\nmercy;\n\npamarah-a fallen soul; api-even; amarah-liberated; bhavet-becomes\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nLet me offer my respectful obeisances unto the devotees of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. Simply by the causeless mercy of the devotees engaged in licking honey from His lotus feet, even a fallen soul becomes eternally liberated.\n\n1\n\n", "ant3#p0035": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n2\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 2\n\n'\"' trn !lc��' trn fi{�� 1\n\n'fii1C'4'!�5f i&r� ,�t<e��� II � II\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya -all glories; sri-caitanya-to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-all glories; nityananda-to Nityananda Prabhu; jaya-all glories; advaita-candra-to\nAdvaita Acarya; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Nityananda Prabhu!\nAll glories to Advaitacandra! And all glories to the devotees of Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu!\nTEXT 3\n\n�t'l� �'! c;��� ftl�'i �tl\"f1 I\n'!.._(\"�e, ��¥_ ��t�;� f;fn,\"f1 II � II\nvar�antare yata gauc;lera bhakta-gaf)a aila\nparvavat mahaprabhu sabare milila\nSYNONYMS\nvar�a-antare-the next year; yata-all; gauc;lera-of Bengal; bhakta-gaf)adevotees;\n\naila-came;\n\npurva-vat-as previously;\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; sabare mili/a-met every one of them.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next year, all the devotees of Bengal went to visit Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, and as previously, the Lord met each and every one of them.\nTEXT 4\n\n<JJllf'l �� (2!¥_� �fi'��'i 'f�1 I\n��'f �ll<e·<e� fifM'f �tfif�1 II 8 II\n\n", "ant3#p0036": "Lord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatta\n\nText 6]\n\n3\n\nei-mata vilasa prabhura bhakta-gaQa lana\nhena-kale vallabha-bhatta milila asiya\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in\nthis way; vi/asa-pastimes; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; bhakta-gaQa /alia-with His devotees; hena-kale-at this time;\nvallabha-bhatta-the greatly learned scholar named Vallabha Bhana; mili/amet; asiya-coming.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu performed His pastimes with His devotees.\nThen a learned scholar named Vallabha Bhatta went to Jagannatha Purl to\nmeet the lord.\nPURPORT\n\nFor a description of Vallabha Bhana, one may refer to the Madhya-lila, Chapter\nNineteen, text 61.\nTEXT 5\n\n�finu <��\"�rei �t.� ��r;'l 1\n\n� '<et'it<ti!��J' �<fiff1 �t�err;il u 11 u\nasiya vandila bhatta prabhura caraQe\nprabhu 'bhagavata-buddhye' kaila alingane\n\nSYNONYMS\nas1ya -coming;\n\nobeisances; bhatta-Vallabha Bhana;\nthe lotus feet of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prabhu-SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; bhagavata-buddhye-accepting him as a great devotee;\nkai/a a/itigane -embraced\nvandi/a-offered\n\nprabhura caraQe-at\n\n'\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen .Vallabha Bhatta arrived, he offered his obeisances at the lotus feet of\nthe lord. Accepting him as a great devotee, the lord embraced him.\nTEXT 6\n\n� <tiBf' � � [i{<fi?;� ��'li I\n\n� <�Sfim1 <el <11� llftHt'fi II� II\n\n", "ant3#p0037": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n4\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nmanya kari' prabhu tare nikate vasaila\nvinaya kariya bhatta kahite lagila\n\nSYNONYMS\nmanya kari '-with great respect; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tare­\n\nhim; nikate-near; vasai/a-seated; vinaya kariya-with great humility; bhattaVallabha Bhana; kahite lagila-began to speak.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWith great respect, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu seated Vallabha Bhatta near\nHim. Then Vallabha Bhatta very humbly began to speak.\nTEXT 7\n\n\"�� 1ftit11f.. ,�t1f1' ,�r-r�ttt 1\n.,�.. '1._(�, Qff�· c;�flrttt \" \" n\n\"bahu-dina manoratha toma' dekhibare\njagannatha pDrQa kai/a, dekhilun tomare\n\nSYNONYMS\nbahu-dina-for a long time; manoratha-my desire; toma' dekhibare-to see\nYou; jagannatha-Lord Jagannatha; pDrQa kaila-has fulfilled; dekhilun tomare-1\nhave seen You.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"For a long time,\" he said, \"I have desired to see You, my lord. Now lord\nJagannatha has fulfilled this desire; therefore I am seeing You.\nTEXT 8\n\nQ!11111f �.fil '� ?f'llt '� 'et'$fFt1Jt I\n\nQ!tlrtt� ,�rm,-�illft..te. 'e1t�t�t n\"' a\ntamara darsana ye paya sei bhagyavan\ntomake dekhiye, -yena sak?at bhagavan\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara\n\ndarsana-Your\n\naudience;\n\nye paya-anyone who gets;\n\nsei-he;\n\nbhagyavan-very fortunate; tomake dekhiye-1 see You; yena-as if; sak?at\nbhagavan-directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "ant3#p0038": "Text 10]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhafta\n\n5\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"One who receives Your audience is fortunate indeed, for You are the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead Himself.\nTEXT 9\n\nC!tJfttf � 'R'l �t1(, � Q 'tfcl111\n\n� 'tfclil �Cf,-tt«<t fefi �f� ? n � n\ntomare ye smaraQa kare, se haya pavitra\ndarsane pavitra habe, -ithe ki vicitra?\nSYNONYMS\n\ntomare-You; ye-anyone who; smaraQa kahe-remembers; se-he; hayabecomes; pavitra-purified; darsane-by seeing; pavitra-purified; habe-will\nbe; ithe-in this; ki vicitra-what astonishment.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Since one who remembers You is purified, why should it be astonishing\nthat one becomes purified by seeing You?\nTEXT 10\n\nC�lft� 1f�\"'i!il'ft<:.. ��111� 11�: �lfJf� h ��t: I\nf'f� �•Pf-f0{\"'11{9ft'if'C\"IT5\"t'IO{tfirl%: II �\n\n•\n\nII\n\nye�aril sarilsmaraQat purilsaril\nsadyab suddhyanti vai grhab\nkim punar darsana-sparsapada-saucasanadibhib\nSYNONYMS\n\nye�am-of whom; sarilsmaraQat-by remembrance; purilsam-of persons;\n\nsadyab-immediately; suddhyanti-become purified; vai-certainly; g rhab-the\nhouses; kim punab-what to speak of; darsana-by seeing; sparsa-touching;\n\npada sauca-washing the feet; asana-adibhib-by offering a seat and so on.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'One can immediately purify his entire house simply by remembering exalted personalities, to say nothing of directly seeing them, touching their lotus\nfeet, washing their feet or offering them places to sit.'\n\n", "ant3#p0039": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n6\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.19.33).\nTEXT 11\n\n\"fi1�1\"\"1 �-�iftlf·�� I\n\n�--tf9 Ptifl � �11{ �� \" � � \"\nkali-kalera dharma -kr?Qa-nama-sailkirtana\nkr?Qa-sakti vina nahe tara pravartana\nSYNONYMS\nkali-kalera-of this age of Kali; dharma-the duty; kr?Qa-nama-sailkirtanachanting the holy name of Lord Kr�r;�a; kr?Qa-sakti vina-without being empowered by Lord Kr�r;�a; nahe-is not; tara-of that; pravartana-propagation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The fundamental religious system in the age of Kali is the chanting of the\nholy name of Kr�r:Ja. Unless empowered by Kr�r:Ja, one cannot propagate the\nsankirtana movement.\nTEXT 12\n\n!!� ���ilf1 �,-��!! 'i211rt'l' I\n�-.� 'fiJI � ,-�7;;� ilt� �til \" �� \"\ntaha pravartaila tumi, -ei ta 'pramal)a'\nkr?Qa-sakti dhara tumi, -ithe nahi ana\nSYNONYMS\ntaha-that; pravartaila-have propagated; tumi-You; ei-this; ta -certainly;\npramal)a-evidence; kr$Qa-sakti-the energy of Kr�r;�a; dhara-bear; tumi-You;\nithe nahi ana-there is no question about it.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You have spread the sankirtana movement of Kr�r:Ja consciousness.\nTherefore it is evident that You have been empowered by L ord Kr�r:Ja. There is\nno question about it.\nPURPORT\nSri Madhvacarya has brought our attention to this quotation from the\nNarayaQa-sarhhita:\n\n", "ant3#p0040": "Text 13]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatfa\n\n7\n\ndvapariyair janair vi�Qu/:1\npaficaratrais ca keva/ai/:1\nkalau tu nama-matreQa\npujyate bhagavan hari/:1\n\"In the Dvapara-yuga one could satisfy Kr�r:Ja or Vi�I)U only by worshiping opulently according to the paficaratriki system, but in the age of Kali one can satisfy\nand worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead Hari simply by chanting His\nholy name.\" SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura explains that unless one is\ndirectly empowered by the causeless mercy of Kr�r:Ja, one cannot become the\nspiritual master of the entire world (jagad-guru). One cannot become an acarya\nsimply by mental speculation. The true acarya presents Kr�r:Ja to everyone by\npreaching the holy name of the Lord throughout the world. Thus the conditioned\nsouls, purified by chanting the holy name, are liberated from the blazing fire of\nmaterial existence. In this way, spiritual benefit grows increasingly full, like the\nwaxing moon in the sky. The true acarya, the spiritual master of the entire world,\nmust be considered an incarnation of Kr�r:Ja's mercy. Indeed, he is personally\nembracing Kr�r:Ja. He is therefore the spiritual master of all the varQas (brahmaQa,\nk�atriya, vaisya and sudra) and all the asramas (brahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha\nand sannyasa). Since he is understood to be the most advanced devotee, he is\ncalled paramaharhsa-thakura.\n\nThakura is a\n\ntitle\n\nof honor offered to the\n\nparamaharhsa. Therefore one who acts as an acarya, directly presenting Lord Kr�r:Ja\nby spreading His name and fame, is also to be called paramaharhsa-thakura.\nTEXT 13\n\n'f'$ft\\! <liRfi'fl 1_fif �ift� �<li\"tt-t I\n\n� Q!t1f1 �t�. ,,� �ti21t1f tfj� ll �\\!) ll\njagate kari/a tumi kr�Qa-nama prakase\nyei toma dekhe, sei kr�Qa-preme bhase\nSYNONYMS\njagate-throughout the entire world; karila-have done; tumi-You; kr�Qanama prakase-manifestation of the holy name of Lord Kr�r:Ja; yei-anyone who;\ntoma dekhe-sees You; sei-he; kr�Qa-preme-in ecstatic love of Kr�r:Ja; bhasefloats.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You have manifested the holy name of Kr�r;�a throughout the entire world.\nA nyone who sees You is immediately absorbed in ecstatic love of Kr�r;�a.\n\n", "ant3#p0041": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n8\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 14\n\n,�·?111'�1\"-t il't� ��llf� �?;il I\n\n'?�'-�<IS ,���'1\\!i, llft?Jr·t$1't?;'f II �8 II\nprema-parakasa nahe kr�Qa-sakti vine\n'kr�Qa'-eka prema-data, sastra-pramaQe\nSYNONYMS\nprema-of ecstatic love of Kr�t:�a; parakasa-manifestation; nahe-cannot be;\nkr�Qa-sakti vine-without the power of Kr�t:Ja; kr�f.la-Lord Kr�t:�a; eka-the only\none; prema data-giver of prema; sastra-pramaQe-the verdict of all revealed\n-\n\nscriptures.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Without being especially empowered by Kr�r:Ja, one cannot manifest\necstatic love of Kr�Qa, for Kr�Qa is the only one who gives ecstatic love. That is\nthe verdict of all revealed scriptures.\nTEXT 15\n\n��\\!it�1 <f�<t: 9J:.�it'lt� 'l<tt\\!it'!ii!ft: I\n�lflllf'lr: C�1 �1 '1\\!ii�f9f C�'ll'Clf1 �<lf� A\" H U\nsantv avatara bahava/:1\npu�kara-nabhasya sarvato-bhadra/:1\nkr�Qad anya/:1 ko va /atasv\napi premado bhavati\"\nSYNONYMS\nsantu-let there be; avatara/:1-incarnations; bahava/:1-many; pu�karanabhasya-of the Lord, from whose navel grows a lotus flower; sarvata/:1bhadra/:1-completely auspicious; kr�Qat-than Lord Kr�t:�a; anya/:1-other; ka/:1\nva-who possibly; /atasu-on the surrendered souls; api-a l so; prema-da/:1-the\nbestower of love; bhavati-is.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'There may be many all-auspicious incarnations of the Personality of Godhead, but who other than Lord Sri Kr�Qa can bestow love of God upon the surrendered souls?'\"\n\n", "ant3#p0042": "Text 17]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatfa\n\n9\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse written by Bilvamangala Thakura. It is found in the Laghubhagavatamrta (1.5.3 7).\n\nTEXT 16\n\n1f�� <15tf(-\"�i1, 'e� �fl! I\n1f�t� �� �fit, if! i!Jftfi{ �Q II �� II\nmahaprabhu kahe-\"suna, bhatta maha-mati\nmayavadi sannyasi ami, na jani kr?Qa-bhakti\n\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; suna-please hear; bhatta-My dear Vallabha Bhatta; maha-mati-learned scholar; mayavadi-in the\nMayavada school; sannyasi-sannyasi; ami-1; na jani-1 do not know; kr?Qabhakti-devotional service to Kr�r:Ja.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"My dear Vallabha Bhatfa, you are a\nlearned scholar. Kindly listen to Me. I am a sannyasi of the Mayavada school.\nTherefore I have no chance of knowing what kr�Qa-bhakti is.\nTEXT 17\n\n��i!t�-(;�t�t� -'�r.te. �f' I\nlitf �t'f �Hl 1fi1 � � II �'\\ II\nadvaitacarya-gosiil'ii- 'sak?at isvara'\ntarira sarige amara mana ha-ifa nirmala\n\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-acarya-gosani-Advaita Acarya; sak?at isvara-directly the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; tarira sarige-by His association; amara-My; manamind; ha-i/a-has become; nirma/a-purified.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Nevertheless, My mind has become purified because I have associated\nwith Advaita Acarya, who is directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "ant3#p0043": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n10\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�� \"'ef;� ift� �tt � I\n��<.!!� '��-��' itt ift1f \" �lr \"\nsarva-sastre kr?Qa-bhaktye nahi yarira sama\nataeva 'advaita-acarya' tarira nama\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-sastre-in all revealed scriptures; kr?Qa-bhaktye-in the devotional service of Lord Kr�r;�a; nahi-is not;\ntherefore;\n\nyarira-of whom; sama-equal; ataeva­\n\nadvaita-without a competitor;\n\nacarya-acarya; tarira nama-His\n\nname.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He is unparalleled in His understanding of all the revealed scriptures and\nthe devotional service of Lord Kr��a. Therefore He is called Advaita Acarya.\nTEXT 19\n\n�� ti'PfW! �� � \"<ef9 I\n� \"tl�� � ttt �·�-llf�? �� II\nyarihara krpate mlecchera haya kr?Qa-bhakti\nke kahite pare tarira vai?Qavata-sakti?\nSYNONYMS\nyarihara-whose;\n\nkrpate -by mercy;\n\nmlecchera-of mlecchas;\n\nhaya-is;\n\nkr?Qa-bhakti-devotional service to Kr�r;�a; ke-who; kahite pare-can describe;\ntarira-His; vai?Qavata-sakti -power of Vai�r;�avism.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He is such a great personality that by His mercy He can convert even the\nmeateaters [mlecchas] to the devotional service of Kr��a. Who, therefore, can\nestimate the power of His Vai��avism?\nPURPORT\nIt is extremely difficult to convert a m/eccha, or meateater, into a devotee of\nLord Kr�r;�a. Therefore anyone who can do so is situated on the highest level of\nVai�r;�avism.\n\n", "ant3#p0044": "11\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhafta\n\nText 22]\n\nTEXT 20\n\nfi{\\!Jti{ftf-��'L'!-'�te, ��'I\n<et�� � �-.t<2f� �t'5Rf II �\n\no\n\nII\n\nnityananda-avadhata- 'sak�at isvara'\nbhavonmade matta kr�Qa-premera sagara\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda-Lord\n\nNityananda;\n\navadhata-paramaharhsa;\n\nsak�at\n\nisvara­\n\ndirectly the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhava-unmade-by the madness\nof ecstatic love; matta-overwhelmed, intoxicated; kr�Qa-premera-of love of\nKr�l)a; sagara-the ocean.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Nityananda Prabhu, the avadhuta, is also directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is always intoxicated with the madness of ecstatic\nlove. Indeed, He is an ocean of love of Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 21\n\n�,waf�-�� �t�·�t(t�� I\n�,W� 1Sf�1l' 'et�t� II �� II\n�ac;l-darsana-vetta bhattacarya-sarvabhauma\n�ac;J-darsane jagad-guru bhagavatottama\nSYNONYMS\n�at-darsana-of the six philosophical theses; vetta-the knower; bhattacaryasarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma\n\nBhattacarya;\n\n�at-darsane-in\n\nsix\n\nphilosophical\n\ntheses; jagat-guru-the spiritual master of the entire world; bhagavata-uttamathe best of the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya perfectly knows the six philosophical theses. He\nis therefore the spiritual master of the entire world in the six paths of philosophy. He is the best of devotees.\nTEXT 22\n\n� �-rt� �t� '6f��t�-9fnf I\n� <2!JtttW 'Sftfir( '����t�' �11{ II �� II\n\n", "ant3#p0045": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n12\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\ntenha dekhaila more bhakti-yoga-para\ntanra prasade janilun 'kr�Qa-bhakti-yoga' sara\nSYNONYMS\ntenha-he; dekhaila-has shown; more-to Me; bhakti-yoga-of devotional\nservice; para-the limit; tanra prasade-by his mercy; jani/un-1 have understood; kr�Qa-bhakti-of devotional service to Lord Kr�Qa; yoga-of the yoga\nsystem; sara-the essence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sarvabhauma Bhaftacarya has shown Me the limit of devotional service.\nOnly by his mercy have I understood that devotional service to Kr�t:�a is the\nessence of all mystic yoga.\nTEXT 23\n\nltlfti{�·� �··� 'fi{'ttil' I\n\nc;t� ��ffl-fl-�� <e�ti{_ II �.'� II\nramananda-raya kr�Qa-rasera 'nidhana'\ntenha janaila-kr�Qa-svayarh bhagavan\nSYNONYMS\nramananda-raya -SrTia Ramananda Raya; kr�Qa-rasera-of the transcendental\nmellow of Kf�Qa's devotional service; nidhana-the mine; tenha-he ; janailahas given instruction;\n\nkr�Qa-Lord Kf�Qa;\n\ns vayam- H imse lf;\n\nbhagavan-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srila Ramananda Raya is the ultimate knower of the transcendental\nmellows of Lord Kr�t:�a's devotional service. He has instructed Me that Lord\nKr�t:�a is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 24\n\n�� '�JJ<e� -'�t��t(-fitr;mf'l' 1\n\n11:t1f1ftt-sf(;�1f'ef• '�fif�' ilftfi{ II �8 II\ntate prema-bhakti-'puru�artha-siromaQi'\nraga-marge prema-bhakti 'sarvadhika' jani\n\n", "ant3#p0046": "Text 26]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhafta\n\n13\n\nSYNONYMS\ntate-therefore; prema-bhakti-devotional service in ecstatic love; puru�aartha-of all goals of human life; siromaQi-the crown jewel; raga-marge-on the\npath of spontaneous love; prema-bhakti-love of Kr�t:Ja; sarva-adhika-the highest of all; jani-1 can understand.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Through the mercy of Ramananda Raya, I have understood that ecstatic\nlove of Kr�r;�a is the highest goal of life and that spontaneous love of Kr�r;�a is\nthe highest perfection.\nPURPORT\nPuru�artha (\"the goal of life\") generally refers to religion, economic development, satisfaction of the senses and, finally, liberation. However, above these four\nkinds of puru�arthas, love of Godhead stands supreme. It is called paramapuru�artha (the supreme goal of life) or puru�artha-siromaQi (the most exalted of\nall puru�arthas). Lord Kr�t:Ja is worshiped by regulative devotional service, but the\nhighest perfection of devotional service is spontaneous love of Godhead.\nTEXT 25\n\n'f-rJJ, �..J, �te,�, �11{ � �11' I\n�' ��' ��' �t.-1,-'�ti!AI' �II �<t II\ndasya, sakhya, vatsalya, ara ye srngara\ndasa, sakha, guru, kanta, -'asraya' yahara\nSYNONYMS\ndasya-servitude; sakhya-friendship; vatsa/ya-paternal love; ara-and; yethat; srngara-conjugal love; dasa-the servant; sakha-friend; guru-superior;\nkanta-lover; asraya-the shelter; yahara-of which.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The servant, friend, superior and conjugal lover are the shelters of the\ntranscendental mellows called dasya, sakhya, vatsalya and srngara.\nTEXT 26\n\n'�'!f�el�9', '<;�..'·'et� � I\n�11f-attil if! ?l� �t:1111t II �� II\n\n", "ant3#p0047": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n14\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\n'aisvarya-jriana-yukta', 'kevala'-bhava ara\naisvarya-jriane na pai vrajendra-kumara\n\nSY NONYMS\naisvarya-jriana-yukta-with understanding of the opulences; kevala-pure;\nbhava-emotion; ara-also; aisvarya-jriane-by understanding of the opulences;\nna pa i-o n e does not get; vrajendra-kumara-the son of Nanda Maharaj a.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are two kinds of emotion [bhaval. Emotion with an understanding of\nthe Lord's full opulences is called aisvarya-jfiana-yukta, and pure, uncontaminated emotion is called kevala. One cannot achieve shelter at the lotus feet of\nKr�Qa, the son of Maharaja Nanda, simply by knowing His opulences.\nPURPORT\nVide Madhya-lila, Chapter Nineteen, text 192.\n\nTEXT 27\n\nO!W. ��W'f1 ig<;1�l\"l. Clff��t� C'i1lM<Til��: I\n\n�tf\"!�l�l�'i�i�i� �'41 igf���lfll� II �'I II\nnayarh sukhapo bhagavan\ndehinarh gopika-suta/:1\njrianinarh catma-bhatanarh\nyatha bhakti-matam iha\n\nSY NONYMS\nna-not; ayam-this Lord Sri Kr��a; sukha apai)\n-\n\neasily available; bhagavan­\n\n-\n\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; dehinam-for materialistic persons who\nhave accepted the body as the self; gopika-suta/:1-the son of mother Yasoda;\njrianinam-for\n\npersons\n\naddicted\n\nto\n\nmental\n\nspeculation;\n\nca-and;\n\natma­\n\nbhatanam-for persons performing severe austerities and penances or for personal associates; yatha\n\n-\n\nas; bhakti-matam-for persons engaged in spontaneous\n\ndevotional service; iha-in this world.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�Qa, the son of mother Yasoda, is\naccessible to those devotees engaged in spontaneous loving service, but He is\nnot as easily accessible to mental speculators, to those striving for self-\n\n", "ant3#p0048": "Text 29]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatta\n\n15\n\nrealization by severe austerities and penances, or to those who consider the\nbody the same as the self.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.9.21 ).\nTEXT 28\n\n'�'-� <l'itft '��<it'l' I\n�1{-attil ll(llit ifl �ttilfl StiSf!lil\"fil.ll �lr II\n'atma-bhata'-sabde kahe 'pari�ada-gal)a'\n\naisvarya-jnane lak�mi na paila vrajendra-nandana\nSYNONYMS\n\natma-bhata-sabde-the word atma-bhata; kahe-means; pari?ada-gal)a-per­\n\nsonal associates; aisvarya-jnane-in the understanding of opulence; lak�mi-the\n\ngoddess of fortune; na paila-could not get; vrajendra-nandana-the shelter of\nKr�l)a, the son of Nanda Maharaja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word 'atma-bhuta' means 'personal associates.' Through the understanding of opulence, the goddess of fortune could not receive the shelter of\nKr�r:Ja, the son of Nanda Maharaja.\nPURPORT\n\nLak�mi, the goddess of fortune, has complete knowledge of Kr�l)a's opulences,\nbut she could not achieve the association of Kr�l)a by dint of such knowledge.\nThe devotees in Vrndavana, however, actually enjoy the association of Kr�l)a.\nTEXT 29\n\nO{i�� �c�r�.,- � f;r�t��c�: ·�Pitlf:\n.\n\n�t�!if�t� O{f\"'O{�-qj'll'5i� lC\\!ii�iJ}j: I\n�tt\"ft� \"f��� �l!ilf ���\"'t\\!i<li �­\n\n\"l�tM'lli� � �'if�tl{.�lli���\"'}'ft\"( II � 01 II\nnayarh sriyo 'nga u nitanta-rateb prasadab\n\nsvar-yo$itarh nalina-gandha-rucarh kuto 'nyab\n\n", "ant3#p0049": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n16\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nrasotsave 'sya bhuja-dat;u;!a-grhita-kaf)thalabdhasi?iirh ya udagad vraja-sundarif)am\nSYNONYMS\nna-not; ayam-this; sriyaf)-of the goddess of fortune; arige-on the chest;\nu-alas; nitanta-ratef)-who is very intimately related; prasadaf)-the favor;\n\nsvaf)-of the heavenly planets; yo?itam-of women; na/ina-of the lotus flower;\ngandha-having the aroma;\n\nrucam-and bodily luster;\n\nkutaf:J-much less;\n\nanyaf)-others; rasa-utsave-in the festival of the rasa dance; asya-of Lord Sri\n\nKr�t:Ja;\n\nbhuja-daf)c;/a-by the arms;\n\ngrhita-embraced; kaQtha-their necks;\n\nlabdha-asi?iim-who achieved such a blessing; yaf:J-which; udagat-became\n\nmanifest; vraja-sundarif)am-of the beautiful gopis, the transcendental girls of\n\nVrajabhomi.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'When Lord Sri K��Qa was dancing with the gopis in the rasa-lila, the gopis\nwere embraced by the arms of the Lord. This transcendental favor was never\nbestowed upon the goddess of fortune or the other consorts in the spiritual\nworld. Indeed, never was such a favor even imagined by the most beautiful\ngirls in the heavenly planets, whose bodily luster and aroma resemble those of\nlotus flowers. And what to speak of worldly women who are very beautiful according to the material estimation?'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.47.60).\nTEXT 30\n\n�ll� �-tl1'i� \"-'� �tr;1f�'l I\n,ll'eWl i3f;�..i} 1'itF{ �� II �o II\nsuddha-bhave sakha kare skandhe arohaf)a\nsuddha-bhave vrajesvari karena bandhana\nSYNONYMS\nsuddha-bhave-in pure consciousness; sakha-friend; kare-does; skandhe­\n\non the shoulder; arohaf)a-ris i ng; suddha-bhave-in pure consciousness; vraja-isvari-the Queen of Vraja; karena bandhana-binds.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In pure K��Qa consciousness, a friend mounts the shoulder of K��Qa, and\nmother Yasoda binds the Lord.\n\n", "ant3#p0050": "Text 32]\n\n17\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatfa\nPURPORT\n\nSuddha-bhava, pure consciousness, is not dependent on an understanding of\n\nthe Lord's opulences. Even without such opulences, the devotee in suddha-bhava\nis inclined to love Kr��a as a friend or son.\nTEXT 31\n\n'� ��', '� �ill',- <.!l� '�'' 'llil I\n'Cii!IJI� ��·�Jt� �t1f 12!-t��il II �� II\n'mora sakha,' 'mora putra,'-ei 'suddha' mana\n\nataeva suka-vyasa kare prasarhsana\nSYNONYMS\n\nmora sakha-my friend; mora putra-my son; ei-this; suddha-pure; manaconsciousness;\n\nataeva-therefore;\n\nVyasadeva; kare prasarhsana-praise.\n\nsuka-vyasa-S ukadeva\n\nGosvamT\n\nand\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In pure Kr�Qa consciousness, without knowledge of the Lord's opulences,\na devotee considers Kr�Qa his friend or son. Therefore this devotional attitude\nis praised even by Sukadeva Gosvami and Vyasadeva, the supreme authority.\nTEXT 32\n\n��� 'f\\!i1� �'ifi��t��\\!iJ1\n\"ift�� 5\\'!i1\"11� 9f11br�t\\!i\"l 1\n\"lf1�1f�\\!i1\"lt� Of�\"ift�t<fi '1\n'11'f� �'Gi� \"f\\!i�'IJ�ilt: II \"� II\nittharh satarh brahma-sukhanubhatya\ndasyarh gatanarh para-daivarena\n\nmayasritanarh nara-darakef)a\n\nsakarh vijahru/:r krta-puf)ya-pufija/:r\nSYNONYMS\n\nittham-in this way; satam-of persons who prefer the impersonal feature of\n\nthe Lord; brahma-of the impersonal effulgence; sukha-by the happiness;\n\nanubhutya-who is realized; dasyam-the mode of servitude; gatanam-of\n\nthose who have accepted; para-daivatena-who is the supreme worshipable\n\n", "ant3#p0051": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n18\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nDeity; maya-asritanam-for ordinary persons under the clutches of external energy; nara-darakeQa-with He who is like a boy of this material world; sakam-in\n\nfriendship; vijahru/:1-played; krta-puQya-punja/:1-those who have accumulated\n\nvolumes of pious activities.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Those who are engaged in self-realization, appreciating the Brahman\n\neffulgence of the Lord, and those engaged in devotional service, accepting the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead as master, as well as those who are under the\nclutches of maya, thinking the Lord an ordinary person, cannot understand\nthat certain exalted personalities-after accumulating volumes of pious activities-are now playing with the Lord in friendship as cowherd boys.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from the Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.12.11 ).\nTEXT 33\n\ni1il!T1 cst?f f.rlf f'!!\"S \"'lt��nl!tr-;t-5 \"'lt��= 1\n�9f�nrittOf\"I!t�1�T� �fig. \"'11�\"11��1��\"{_ II Ill\" II\ntrayya copani$adbhis ca\n\nsarikhya-yogais ca satvatai/:1\n\nupagiyamana-mahatmyarh\n\nharirh samanyatatmajam\nSYNONYMS\n\ntrayya-by followers of the three Vedas who perform great sacrifices like lndra\n\nand other demigods; ca-also; upani$adb hi/:l-by the followers of the Upani$ads,\n\nthe topmost portion of Vedic knowledge; ca-also; sarikhya-by the philoso­\n\nphers who analytically study the universe; yogai/:1-by mystic yogis; ca-and;\n\nsatvatai/:1-by devotees who follow the method of worship mentioned in the\n\nPancaratra and other Vedic literatures; upagiyamana-being sung; mahatmyam­\n\nwhose glories; harim-unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sa-she,\n\nmother Yasoda; amanyata-considered; atma jam-her own son, born out of her\n-\n\nbody.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'When mother Yasoda saw all the universes within the mouth of Kr�r;�a, she\n\nwas certainly astonished for the time being. Nevertheless, she still considered\nthe Lord her own son, although He is worshiped by great personalities who\n\n", "ant3#p0052": "Text 35]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhana\n\n19\n\noffer him sacrifices, great saints who understand the greatness of the lord by\nstudying the Upani�ads, great philosophers who analytically study the universe, great yogis who know him as the all-pervading Supersoul, and even\ndevotees who accept the lord as the Supreme Personality of Godhead.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.8.45).\nTEXT 34\n\"lOW: f<fi'l:<fi?:1Tt'l(��\"t C\\!111 <11�� ·O{?:�t•nr� I\n\nll?:\"ftlf1 �1 'l:�t�tst1 9f?:9f) <1\"-lt: �01� �fil: II �8 II\nnanda/:1 kim akarod brahman\nsreya evarh mahodayam\n\nyasoda va maha-bhaga\n\npapau yasya/:1 stanarh hari/:1\nSY NONYMS\n\nnanda/:1-Nanda Maharaja; k im-what; akarot-has performed; brahman-0\n\nbrahma(la; sreya/:1-auspicious activities; e vam-thus; maha-udayam-rising to\n\nsuch an exalted position as the father of Kr��a; yasoda-mother Yasoda; va-or;\n\nmaha-bhaga-most fortunate; papau-drank; yasya/:1-of whom; stanam-the\nbreasts; hari/:1-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 brahmar,a, what pious activities did Nanda Maharaja perform to\n\nreceive the Supreme Personality of Godhead Kr�r,a as his son? And what pious\nactivities did mother Ya5oda perform that made the Absolute Supreme Personality of Godhead Kr�r,a call her \"mother\" and suck her breasts?'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.8.46).\nTEXT 35\n\n� �f� '�tQ' i1t� �--� 91� I\n��!�� � �-tl! ''��'-�R �'ftil' II �<t II\naisvarya dekhileha 'suddhera' nahe aisvarya-jnana\nataeva aisvarya ha-ite 'keva/a'-bhava pradhana\n\n", "ant3#p0053": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n20\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nSYNONYMS\naisvarya-opulence; dekhileha-even after seeing; suddhera-of a pure devotee; nahe-is not; aisvarya-jfiana-knowledge of opulence; ataeva-therefore;\naisvarya ha-ite-than the understanding of opulence; keva/a-bhava-pure emotion; pradhana-more eminent.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Even if a pure devotee sees the opulence of K��l)a, he does not accept it.\nTherefore pure consciousness is more exalted than consciousness of the\nlord's opulence.\nTEXT 36\n\n1!1 �� flat'4ftbrl �t 1fRI·tt1f'ti{\"f I\n\n�ilosf'l �1 <;��-rtil\"f II �� II\ne saba sikhaila more raya-ramananda\nanargala rasa-vetta prema-sukhananda\nSYNONYMS\ne saba-all this;\n\nsikhai/a-instructed;\n\nmore-unto Me; raya-ramananda­\n\nRamananda Raya; anarga/a-incessantly; rasa-vetta-one who understands transcendental mellows; prema-sukha-ananda-absorbed in the happiness of ecstatic\nlove of Kr��a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Ramananda Raya is extremely aware of transcendental mellows. He is incessantly absorbed in the happiness of ecstatic love of Knl)a. It is he who has\ninstructed Me all this.\nTEXT 37\n\n��il il1 � t11f1�\"ff \\2llf5'R I\nm-12l�t�\n\n�tfif( ��Sr� '�'li' lf5t<t II �'\\ II\n\nkahana na yaya ramanandera prabhava\nraya-prasade janilwi vrajera 'suddha' bhava\nSYNONYMS\nkahana na yaya-cannot be described; ramanandera prabhava-the influence\nof Ramananda Raya;\n\nraya-of Ramananda Raya;\n\nprasade-by the mercy;\n\n", "ant3#p0054": "lord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatta\n\nText 39)\n\n21\n\njani/un-1 have understood; vrajera-of the inhabitants of Vraja; suddha bhavaunalloyed love.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is impossible to describe the influence and knowledge of Ramananda\nRaya, for only by his mercy have I understood the unalloyed love of the residents of Vrndavana.\nTEXT 38\n\n�t1ft'fi·\"Qi9l-''�111f�' �111JtI\n\n�11( �ttr � �·11!J·1f�·ati{ II �lr' II\ndamodara-svarupa- 'prema-rasa' murtiman\nyanra sange haila vraja-madhura-rasa-jfiana\nSYNONYMS\ndamodara-svarupa-Svaropa Damodara Gosvami; prema-rasa-the transcendental mellows of ecstatic love; murtiman- person i fied; yanra sange-by whose\nassociation; hai/a-there was; vraja-of Vraja; madhura-rasa-of the mellow of\nconjugal love; jfiana-knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The transcendental mellow of ecstatic love is personified by Svarupa\nDamodara. By his association I have understood Vrndavana's transcendental\nmellow of conjugal love.\nTEXT 39\n\n'�•t�11' asrtw�11 \"'t11'$l'fi�il 1\n'�·��te.�',-���11( ��II 'e>� II\n'suddha-prema' vraja-devira -kama-gandha-hina\n'k($f)a-sukha-tatparya', -ei tara cihna\nSYNONYMS\nsuddha-prema-unalloyed\n\nlove;\n\nvraja-devira-of\n\nthe\n\ngopis\n\nor\n\nsrrmatr\n\nRadharar:JT; kama-gandha-hina-without a scent of material lust; k($f)a-of Kr�r:Ja;\nsukha-ha ppiness; tatparya-the purpose; ei-this; tara-of that; cihna-the\nsymptom.\n\n", "ant3#p0055": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n22\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The unalloyed love of the gopis and Srimati Radharal)i is without any trace\nof material lust. The criterion of such transcendental love is that its only purpose is to satisfy Kr�l)a.\nTEXT 40\n\n�C'G ��j�SI1't1'{ili�� �COI\"l!_\n\n���1: \"ItO!: f�� wl(}'llf� <fi�C\"'l!_ I\nC�0!1�<1�'l!�f'l �l'f.<IJQ(C'i! 01\" f<li� f��\n\n�9f1ffrf;s;!('1!f'i! (j;:§<!lfll!,\"ll1� ;r: • so n\n..\n\nyat te sujata-caraQamburuharh stane�u\n\nbhitah sanai/:1 priya dadhimahi karkase�u\n\ntenatavim atasi tad vyathate na kirh svit\n\nkurpadibhir bhramati dhir bhavad-ayu�arh na/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nyat-which; te-Your; sujata-very fine; caraQa-ambu-ruham-lotus feet;\n\nstane�u-on the breasts; bhita/:1 -bein g afraid; sanai/:1-gently; priya-0 dear\n\none; dadhimahi-we place; karkase�u- rough; tena-with them; atavim-the\n\npath; atasi-You roam; tat-they; vyathate-are distressed; na-not; kim svit­\n\nwe wonder; karpa-adibhi/:1-by small stones and so on; bhramati-flutters;\n\ndhi/:1-the mind; bhavat-ayu�am-of those of whom Your Lordship is the very\n\nlife; na/:1-of us.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\n\" '0 dearly beloved! Your lotus feet are so soft that we place them gently on\n\nour breasts, fearing that Your feet will be hurt. Our lives rest only in You. Our\nminds, therefore, are filled with anxiety that Your tender feet might be\nwounded by pebbles as You roam about on the forest path.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is spoken by the gopis in Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.31.19).\nTEXT 41\n\nc;'5tt�htt'B �'fit<211f ��91til�ill\nc;l2tt'lf� ree,/� <mf 1!1� t:!tf �II 8� II\ngopi-gal)era suddha-prema aisvarya-jflana-hina\n\npremete bhartsana kare ei tara cihna\n\n", "ant3#p0056": "Text 42]\n\nL ord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatta\n\n23\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopi-gaf)era-of the gopis; suddha-prema-unalloyed love; aisvarya-,nana­\n\nhina-devoid of knowledge of opulences; premete-of pure love; bhartsana­\n\nchastisement; kare-do; ei-this; tara-of that; cihna-the symptom.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"O bsessed with pure love, without knowledge of opulences, the gopis\nsometimes chastised Kr�r;ta. That is a symptom of pure ecstatic love.\nTEXT 42\n\n9ff��\\!i���tW<1�<11\"� f\\!if<l<'I�J C\\!i��J�J�j5f\\!it: I\n\n5ff\\!i�'f�t<lt�'l�c1ltf��1:\nf<r>\\!i<! c�f�: <l\"�J\"C��f\"f II 8� II\npati-sutanvaya-bhratr-bandhavan\n\nativilanghya te 'nty acyutagata/:1\n\ngati-vidas tavodgita-mohita/:1\n\nkitava yo?ita/:1 kas tyajen nisi\nSYNONYMS\n\npati-husbands; suta-sons; anvaya-family; bhratr-brothers; bandhavan­\n\nfriends; ativilanghya-without caring for; te-Your; anti-dear shelter; acyuta0 infallible one; agata/:1-have come; gati-vida/:1-who know everything of our\n\nactivities; tava-of You; udgita-by the singing flute; mohita/:1-being attracted;\n\nkitava-0 great cheater; yo$ita/:f-beautiful women; ka/:1 -who; tyajet-would\ngive up; nisi-in the dead of night.\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 dear Kr�r;ta, we gopis have neglected the order of our husbands, sons,\n\nfamily, brothers and friends and have left their company to come to You. You\nknow everything about our desires. We have come only because we are attracted by the supreme music of Your flute. But You are a great cheater, for\nwho else would give up the company of young girls like us in the dead of\nnighH'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.31.16).\n\n", "ant3#p0057": "24\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 43\n\n��11 'e� �� �'(ce� fiTfi{' I\n�1!1!1� � <15�,-'�fif �11rt1f �2ft' 118� H\nsarvottama bhajana ei sarva-bhakti jini'\nataeva km1a kahe, -'ami tamara wi'\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-uttama-above all; bhajana-devotional service; ei-this; sarva-bhaktiall types of bhakti; jini'-conq uer i ng; ataeva-therefore; kr�Qa kahe-Lord Kr�l)a\nsays; ami-1; tamara-your; wi-debtor.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The conjugal love of the gopis is the most exalted devotional service, surpassing all other methods of bhakti. Therefore Lord Kr�Qa is obliged to say,\n'My dear gopis, I cannot repay you. Indeed, I am always indebted to you.'\nTEXT 44\n\nfol1l��'l�\"ll_S/1\\!_\n�'lt�?�J� �\\�f1,.ll.tf'1 �: I\n\n#! 9ft�r���\\!_\n\n<!111\"1���-,_ !Q_��\"C'5f��'1t:\n'f\\!_�\"l)J ��= ·�f�<!i� '11�#!111 88 u\nna paraye 'ham niravadya-sari1yujari1\nsva-sadhu-krtyam vibudhayu�api va/:1\nya mabhajan durjaya-geha-srnkhala/:1\nsamvrscya tad va/:1 pratiyatu sadhuna\nSYNONYMS\nna-not; paraye-am able to make; aham-1; niravadya-sarilyujam-to those\nwho are completely free from deceit; sva-sadhu krtyam-proper compensation;\n-\n\nvibudha-ayu�a-with a lifetime as long as that of the demigods; api-although;\nva/:1-to you; ya/:1-who; ma-Me; abhajan-have worshiped; durjaya-gehasrnkhala/:1-the chains of household life, which are difficult to overcome;\nsamvr5cya-cutting;\n\ntat-that;\n\nva/:1-of you;\n\nsadhuna-by the good activity itself.\n\npratiyatu-let it be returned;\n\n", "ant3#p0058": "Text 46]\n\nL ord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatfa\n\n25\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 gopis, I am not able to repay My debt for your spotless service, even\n\nwithin a lifetime of Brahma. Your connection with Me is beyond reproach. You\nhave worshiped Me, cutting off all domestic ties, which are difficult to break.\nTherefore please let your own glorious deeds be your compensation.'\nPURPO RT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.32.22).\nTEXT 45\n\n�'Sf1f·�fi{ �t'! '��i·�'R-�� I\n�fQI�t\\! � i{m: �'i<t·�;rti{ II 8� II\naisvarya-jfiana haite kevala-bhava -pradhana\n\nprthivTte bhakta nahi uddhava-samana\nSYNONYMS\n\naisvarya-jfiana haite-than transcendental love in opulence; keva/a-bhava­\n\npure love; pradhana-more prominent; prthivTte-on the surface of the world;\nbhakta nahi-there is no devotee; uddhava-samana-like Uddhava.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Completely distinct from love of Kr�r:-a in opulence, pure love of Kr�r:-a is\non the highest level. On the surface of the world there is no devotee greater\nthan Uddhava.\nTEXT 46\n\n,i� �-m �tifr{'i!i'f <fi� �t{i{ I\n115111ii:'Pf1f �'f ��� � � f-r.'1 II 8� II\ntenha yanra pada-dholi karena prarthana\nsvarupera sange pai/un e saba sik?af)a\nSYNONYMS\ntenha-he;\n\nyanra-whose;\n\npada-dholi-dust\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nlotus\n\nfeet;\n\nkarena\n\nprarthana-desires; svarupera sange-from Svaropa Damodara; pailun-1 have\n\ngotten; e saba-all these; sik?af)a-instructions.\n\n", "ant3#p0059": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n26\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Uddhava desires to take on his head the dust of the gopis' lotus feet. I have\nlearned about all these transcendental loving affairs of lord Kr�r:-a from\nSvariipa Damodara.\nTEXT 47\n\n�t'llJft�1 nctt'fCJ,.'(�'�r�t. 'lilt.\n�'iifl�t\"l f�liM 'SI5!�t'!�.ft0lt1{. I\nll'1 -co:�r�e_ ��\"llll�9f��tlfl ��1\n\nC�'!f_(�9flf<t�� ���Prlj�Jll{_ll s 'I 11\nasam aha caraQa-reQu-ju�am aham syarh\n\nvrndavane kim api gulma-latau�adhinam\n\nya dustyajarh svajanam arya-patharh ca hitva\n\nbhejur mukunda-padavirh srutibhir vimrgyam\nSYNONYMS\n\nasam-of the gopis; aho-oh; caraQa-reQu-the dust of the lotus feet;\n\nju�am-devoted to; aham syam-let me become; vrndavane-in Vrndavana;\n\nkim api-anyone; gulma-lata-au�adhinam-among bushes, creepers and herbs;\n\nya-they who; dustyajam-very difficult to give up; sva-janam-family mem­\n\nbers; arya-patham-the path of chastity; ca-and; hitva-giving up; bhejuf:J­\n\nworshiped; mukunda-padavim-the lotus feet of Mukunda, Kr�r:Ja; srutibhif)-by\nthe Vedas; vimrgyam-to be searched for.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The gopis of Vrndavana have given up the association of their husbands,\nsons and other family members, who are very difficult to give up, and they\nhave forsaken the path of chastity to take shelter of the lotus feet of Mukunda,\nKr�r:-a, which one should search for by Vedic knowledge. Oh, let me be fortunate enough to be one of the bushes, creepers or herbs in Vrndavana because\nthe gopis trample them and bless them with the dust of their lotus feet.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.47.61) was spoken by Uddhava. When\n\nUddhava was sent by Kr�r:Ja to see the condition of the gopis in Vrndavana, he\n\nstayed there for a few months in their association and always talked with them\n\nabout Kr�r:Ja. Although this greatly pleased the gopis and other residents of Vra­\n\njabhOmi, Vrndavana, Uddhava saw that the gopis were severely afflicted by their\n\n", "ant3#p0060": "Text 49]\n\nlord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatfa\n\n27\n\nseparation from Kr�l)a. Their hearts were so disturbed that their minds were sometimes deranged. Observing the unalloyed devotion and love of the gopis for\nKr�l)a, Uddhava desired to become a creeper, a blade of grass or an herb in\nVrndavana so that sometimes the gopis would trample him and he would receive\nthe dust of their lotus feet on his head.\nTEXT 48\n\nm�-�t�-�t�·�'t� 1\n� fire{ 'At� f!� �11' II 81r II\nharidasa-thakura- maha-bhagavata-pradhana\nprati dina Iaya tenha tina-Jak?a nama\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa-thakura -Haridasa Thakura; maha-bhagavata-pradhana -the topmost\nof all pure devotees; prati dina-eve ry day; /aya -chants; tenha-he; tina-Jak?a\nnama-300,000 holy names of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Haridasa Thakura, the teacher of the holy name, is among the most exalted\nof all devotees. Every day he chants 300,000 holy names of the lord.\nTEXT 49\n\nfitf-1( I\nit1f ��t� iftt11'11' 1l'f�1 i9ftfir( 11 so;, 11\n\ni{tt1Rf 11�111 �fif ttf it�\n\nnamera mahima ami tanra thaiii sikhilun\ntanra prasade namera mahima janilun\n\nSYNONYMS\nnamera mahima-the glories of the holy name; ami-1; tanra tha ni-from him;\nsikhilun-have learned; tanra prasade -by his mercy; namera -of the holy name;\nmahima-the glories; jani/un-1 could understand.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have learned about the glories of the lord's holy name from Haridasa\nThakura, and by his mercy I have understood these glories.\n\n", "ant3#p0061": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n28\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTEXTS 50-52\n\n\"t�f1it'l ��fi{ ?fful!·� I\n'f�\"'' �ttlt'tlrt, ai!Q, �trlli� II to II\nCI'1Jl�t, '!_�, ��' �ft I\n�tt � �'St'l ,'Sf)� �a' II t� II\n\"·iftlf·'$1' ��'11 'f'Sttl! @tt I\n··� � � \"'e� � �'t1ftt'�l t� II\nacaryaratna acaryanidhi paQc;iita-gadadhara\njagadananda, damodara, sankara, vakresvara\nkasisvara, mukunda, vasudeva, murari\nara yata bhakta-gaQa gauc;Je avatari'\nkr$Qa-nama-prema kaila jagate pracara\ninha sabara sange kr?Qa-bhakti ye amara\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nacaryaratna -Acaryaratna;\nGadadhara\n\nPat:�9ita;\n\nsankara -Sarikara;\n\nacaryanidhi-Acaryanidhi;\n\njagadananda-jagadananda;\n\nvakresvara-Vakresvara;\n\npaQc;iita-gadadharadamodara -Damodara;\n\nkasisvara-KasiSvara;\n\nmukunda­\n\nMukunda; vasudeva-Vasudeva; murari-Murari; ara-and; yata-as many as;\nbhakta-gaQa-devotees; gauc;ie-in Bengal; avatari'-having descended; kr?Qanama-the holy name of Lord Kr�t:�a; prema-ecstatic love of Kr�t:�a; kai/a-did;\njagate-all over the world; pracara-preaching; inha sabara-of all of them;\nsange-by association; kr?Qa-bhakti-devotional service to Kr�t:�a; ye-which;\namara-My.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Acaryaratna, Acaryanidhi, Gadadhara Par;tC;fita, Jagadananda, Damodara,\nSalikara, Vakresvara, Kasisvara, Mukunda, Vasudeva, Murari and many other\ndevotees have descended in Bengal to preach to everyone the glories of the\nholy name of Kr�r:ta and the value of love for Him. I have learned from them\nthe meaning of devotional service to Kr�r;ta.\"\nTEXT 53\n\n'6th lll!i'ftll \" ����'ti{ ��' I\n._.,. �fi' 1ff(t� � �I! �tit II t·� II\n\n", "ant3#p0062": "lord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatta\n\nText 54]\n\n29\n\nbhattera hrdaye drc;fha abhimana jani'\n\nbhangi kari' mahaprabhu kahe eta vaf!i\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhattera hrdaye-in the heart of Vallabha Bhaga; drc;fha-fixed; abhimana­\n\npride; jani'-understanding;\n\nbhangi kari' -making a hint;\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; kahe-spoke; eta vaf!i-these words.\nTRANSLATION\nKnowing that Vallabha Bhatta's heart was full of pride, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu spoke these words, hinting at how one can learn about devotional service.\nPURPORT\nVallabha Bhaga was greatly proud of his knowledge in devotional service, and\ntherefore he wanted to speak about Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu without\nunderstanding the Lord's position. The Lord therefore hinted in many ways that if\nVallabha Bhaga wanted to know what devotional service actually is, he would\nhave to learn from all the devotees He mentioned, beginning with Advaita\nAcarya, Lord Nityananda, Sarvabhauma Bhagacarya and Ramananda Raya. As\n\nSvarOpa Damodara has said, if one wants to learn the meaning of Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam, one must take lessons from a realized soul. One should not proudly\n\nthink that one can understand the transcendental loving service of the Lord\nsimply by reading books. One must become a servant of a Vai��ava. As Narottama dasa Thakura has confirmed, chac;fiya vai�f!ava-seva nistara payeche keba:\n\none cannot be in a transcendental position unless one very faithfully serves a pure\n\nVai��ava. One must accept a Vai��ava guru (adau gurv-asrayam), and then by\n\nquestions and answers one should gradually learn what pure devotional service to\nKr��a is. That is called the parampara system.\n\nTEXT 54\n\n*-.tfif � '�<1',-<e�Pt� �� 'ftfi{ I\n\n'fJitfil � <et��·'fJI(��� <lt�fi{ II\" Q8 II\n\"ami se 'vai�f!ava', -bhakti-siddhanta saba jani\n\nami se bhagavata-artha uttama vakhani\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nami-1; se-that; vai�f!ava-Vai��ava; bhakti-siddhanta-conclusions of devotional service;\n\ns\n\naba-all; jani-1 know; ami-1; se-that; bhagavata-artha­\n\nmeaning of the Bhagavatam; uttama-very well; vakhani-can explain.\n\n", "ant3#p0063": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n30\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am a great Vai�r;�ava. Having learned all the conclusions of Vai�r;�ava philosophy, I can understand the meaning of Srimad-Bhagavatam and explain it\nvery well.\"\nTEXT 55\n\n$ ;rt�t� �� � ft� '$f'( I\n� �i� ��' <;� � -t( II <t<t II\nbhattera manete ei chi/a dirgha garva\nprabhura vacana suni' se ha-ila kharva\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhattera manete-in the mind of Yallabha Bhaga; ei-this; chi/a-was existing;\n\ndirgha-for\n\na\n\nlong\n\nMahaprabhu; vacana\n\n-\n\ntime;\n\ngarva-pride;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nthe words; suni'-by hearing; se-that; ha-ila-was;\n\nkharva-cut down.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuch pride had existed for a long time within Vallabha Bhafta's mind, but as\nhe heard the preaching of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, his pride was cut down.\nTEXT 56\n\nt2i't_1( �-t �·��i �f�1 �ftf I\n� tii'l ��'f ii·��t� <;1ff-t� II <t� II\nprabhura mukhe vai?Qavata suniya sabara\nbhattera iccha haila tan-sabare dekhibara\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura mukhe-from the mouth of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vai?Qavatathe standard of Yai��avism; suniya sabara-hearing of all the devotees; bhattera-of Yallabha Bhatta; iccha-desire; haila-was; tan-sabare-all of them;\ndekhibara-to see.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Vallabha Bhatfa heard from the mouth of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nabout the pure Vai�r;�avism of all these devotees, he immediately desired to\nsee them.\n\n", "ant3#p0064": "Text 59)\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatfa\n\n31\n\nTEXT 57\n\n'e� ��,-\"� �� �·� ft� �ti{_ \"'tti{ ?\nc;<fitl{. !2l<!'itt� �t�3!_�t1-��tf lit\"� ? a9 n\nbhatta kahe, -\"e saba vai�f!ava rahe kon sthane?\nkon prakare paimu ihari-sabara darsane?\nSYNONYMS\nbhatta kahe-Vallabha Bhana said; e saba vai�f!ava-all these Vai�t:�avas;\nrahe-live; kon sthane-where; kon prakare-how; paimu-shall l attain; iharisabara darsane-seeing all these Vai�t:�avas.\nTRANSLATION\nVallabha Bhatfa said, \"Where do all these Vai�r;tavas live, and how can I see\nthem?\"\nTEXT 58\n\n� <fit�,-\",<fi� (;�, <;�� (;lif� I\n�� ���t� ��tl§l (;liff-t�tt� II a�r II\nprabhu kahe, -\"keha gauge, keha desantare\nsaba asiyache ratha-yatra dekhibare\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; keha gauge-some in Bengal;\nkeha-some; desa-antare-in other states; saba-all; asiyache-have come;\nratha-yatra dekhibare-to see the car festival of Lord Jagannatha\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"Although some of them live in Bengal\nand some in other states, they have all come here to see the Ratha-yatra\nfestival.\nTEXT 59\n\n� Jm �t�, $fl-�ifl·\"itti{ I\n�t1t � 'l_fif ��tf lif-f'ti{ II\" a� II\niharii rahena sabe, vasa -nana-sthane\niharii paiba tumi sabara darsane\"\n\n", "ant3#p0065": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n32\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nSYNONYMS\niharii-here; rahena sabe-all of them are living; vasa-their residential places;\nnana-sthane-in various quarters;\n\niharii-here;\n\npaiba-will get;\n\ntumi-you;\n\nsabara darsane-everyone's audience.\nTRANSLATION\n\"At present they are all living here. Their residences are in various quarters.\nHere you will get the audience of them all.\"\nTEXT 60\n\n�� �� �� �t( f� �� I\n� ��� ��' �it '� fil1f!l'l II �\" II\ntabe bhatta kahe bahu vinaya vacana\nbahu dainya kari' prabhure kaila nimantraQa\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; bhatta kahe-Vallabha Bhatta said; bahu-very; vinayahumble;\n\nvacana-words;\n\nbahu dainya kari'-in all humility;\n\nprabhure-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; kai/a nimantraQa-invited to dine.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, with great submission and humility, Vallabha Bhatta invited Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu to dine at his home.\nTEXT 61\n\n'Cft11' � ,.� '��� �'f·'l\"ttil' �tl'li I\nlf�·,.ti{ 1fftt� retl fil�\"ffll �� 11\nara dina saba vai$Qava prabhu-sthane aila\nsaba-sane mahaprabhu bhatte milaila\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-the next day; saba vai$Qava-all the Vai�l)avas; prabhu-sthane-to\nthe place of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ai/a-came; saba-sane-with all of them;\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhatte mi/ai/a-introduced Vallabha\nBhatta.\n\n", "ant3#p0066": "Text 63]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatta\n\n33\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, when all the Vai�r:tavas came to the abode of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, the Lord introduced Vallabha Bhatta to them all.\nTEXT 62\n\n'��'1f <;C!� Of�' te� G1fe.<l'i� I\ni1·� �tt� 'e�-���·�t<l't1f II �� II\n'vai�Qave'ra teja dekhi' bhattera camatkara\ntan-sabara age bhatta-khadyota-akara\nSYNONYMS\nvai�Qavera-of the Vai��avas; teja-the brilliance; dekhi'-seeing; bhattera­\n\nof Vallabha Bhatta; camatkara-surprised; tan-sabara-of all of them; age-in\nfront; bhatta-Vallabha Bhatta; khadyota-akara-like a glowworm.\nTRANSLATION\nHe was surprised to see the brilliance of their faces. Indeed, among them\nVallabha Bhatta seemed just like a glowworm.\nTEXT 63\n\nC!� •I � ��� �ilt-i'f I\n\n�'!·�� ��r;t <;$il �ttbf II �-e II\ntabe bhatta bahu maha-prasada anaila\ngaQa-saha mahaprabhure bhojana karai/a\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; bhatta-Vallabha Bhatta; bahu-much; maha-prasadaLord Jagannatha's remnants; anai/a-brought in; gaQa-saha mahaprabhure-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu with His associates; bhojana karaila-he fed.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Vallabha Bhatta brought in a great quantity of Lord Jagannatha's\nmaha-prasada and sumptuously fed Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His\nassociates.\n\n", "ant3#p0067": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n34\n\nTEXT 64\n\n9fpt'ti{l'f �'l-·lltlr :J�IJt� '$f'1 I\n��f'ft� '� :J'f� <fifi{r;l! �� II �8 II\nparamananda puri-sarige sannyasira gaQa\neka-dike vaise saba karite bhojana\nSYNONYMS\nparamananda purFsarige-with Paramananda PurT; sannyasira gaQa-all the\nsannyasi associates of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; eka-dike-on one side; vaisesat down; saba-all; karite bhojana-to accept the prasada.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the sannyasi associates of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu headed by Paramananda Puri, sat on one side and thus partook of the prasada.\nTEXT 65\n\n��'!, f�il\"'f-m -9ftr;( ��iSfil 1\n1ft${} 1l�ti2tt_ ��' �tr;'$f·9ltr;� ��'$f'1 II �<t II\nadvaita, nityananda-raya-parsve dui-jana\nmadhye mahaprabhu vasi/a, age-pache bhakta-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-Advaita Acarya; nityananda-raya-Lord Nityananda; parsve-on the\nsides; dui-jana-two personalities; madhye-in the middle; mahaprabhu vasilaSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu sat down; age-in front;\n\npache-behind; bhakta­\n\ngaQa-all the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sat in the midst of the devotees. Advaita Acarya\nand Lord Nityananda each sat on one side of the lord. The other devotees sat\nin front of the lord and behind Him.\nTEXT 66\n\nc;� �� �� �f�r;� il1 9ftfi{ I\n�lfti{ �fit� :J'f� �lfP1 :J'ft� :J�t� II �� II\n\n", "ant3#p0068": "Text 68]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhana\n\n35\n\ngau<;fera bhakta yata kahite na pari\nangane vasi/a saba hana sari sari\nSYNONYMS\ngau<;fera-of Bengal; bhakta yata-all the devotees; kahite-to mention; na\npari-1 am unable;\n\nangane-in the courtyard; vasi/a-sat down; saba-all;\n\nhana-being; sari sari-in lines.\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees from Bengal, whom I am unable to count, all sat down in lines\nin the courtyard.\nTEXT 67\n\n�J �'Sftf �f�' !fitVJ �1(e,�B{ I\n�t� �<rtf �ttf '�it ii11\"Jf'1f II �'\\ II\nprabhura bhakta-gaQa dekhi' bhattera camatkara\npratyeke sabara pade kaila namaskara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nbhakta-gaQa-devotees; dekhi'­\n\nseeing; bhattera-of Vallabha Bhaga; camatkara-surprise; prati-eke-unto each\nand every one; sabara-of all; pade-at the lotus feet; kaila namaskara-he\noffered obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Vallabha Bhana saw all the devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he\nwas greatly surprised, but in devotion he offered his obeisances at the lotus\nfeet of each and every one of them.\nTEXT 68\n\nlllf11i9t, 'lr'5tW1il\"f, �1�-Q, -tlJf I\n\n�f11Qi!lilf �tf, <c�tt m�, \\f�f II �r II\nsvarupa, jagadananda, kasisvara, sankara\nparivesana kare, ara raghava, damodara\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-SvarOpa;\njagadananda-Jagadananda;\nkasisvara -KasTsvara;\nsankara-Sankara; parivesana kare-distribute; ara-and; raghava damodaraRaghava and Damodara.\n\n", "ant3#p0069": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n36\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara, Jagadananda, Kasisvara and Sankara, along with\nRaghava and Damodara Par:tc;fita, took charge of distributing the prasada.\nTEXT 69\n\n11�t�:Jlffl ��'e� �tl �tifl\"l'l I\n12!''t_·:Jl� :Jl�Jtf:J�'$f'l �t'til ��'I II �� II\nmaha-prasada vallabha-bhatta bahu anaila\nprabhu-saha sannyasi-gaf)a bhojane vasila\n\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-prasada-food offered to SrT Jagannatha;\n\nvallabha-bhatta-Vallabha\n\nBhatta; bahu-a large quantity; anaila-brought; prabhu-saha-with SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; sannyasi-gaQa-all the sannyasis; bhojane vasila-sat down to accept the prasada.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVallabha Bhafta had brought a large quantity of maha-prasada offered to\nLord Jagannatha. Thus all the sannyasis sat down to eat with Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 70\n\n��tlf 11t11 c�•�'$f'l �till', '�fit' '�a' 1\nltRf ltRf �� t9t� :Jl� �'G <eRt' II 'l II\no\n\nprasada paya vai?Qava-gaf)a bale, 'hari' 'hari'\nhari hari dhvani uthe saba brahmaf)c;fa bhari'\n\nSYNONYMS\nprasada-the prasada; paya-accept; vai?Qava-gaf)a-all the Vai�l)avas; balechant; hari hari-Hari, Hari; hari hari dhvani-the vibration of Hari, Hari; utherises; saba brahmaf)c;fa-the entire universe; bhari'-filling.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAccepting the prasada, all the Vai�r:tavas chanted the holy names Hari, Hari.\nThe rising vibration of the holy name of Hari filled the entire universe.\n\n", "ant3#p0070": "Texts 73-74]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatta\n\n37\n\nTEXT 71\n\n�' �\"til, �<lt<Ti, 9ltil �!';;il<!l\" �� I\n\n:JI�1' '1_et1 <15Rt' �� �tilf\"!l! � II 9 � II\nmala, candana, guvaka, pana aneka ani/a\nsaba' puja kari' bhatta anandita haifa\nSYNONYMS\n\nmala-garlands; candana-sandalwood pulp; guvaka-spices; pana-betel;\naneka-much; ani/a-brought; saba' puja kari -worshiping all the Vai�t:�avas;\n'\n\nbhatta-Vallabha Bhana; anandita haifa-became very happy.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all the Vai�l)avas had finished eating, Vallabha Bhatta brought a large\nquantity of garlands, sandalwood pulp, spices and betel. He worshiped them\nvery respectfully and became extremely happy.\nTEXT 72\n\n��t�·ft;til �� �� ��fV'f'll\n\n��e. :Jitl! :J��t11 'P)�� <15�111 9� II\nratha-yatra-dine prabhu kirtana arambhila\npurvavat sata sampradaya prthak k arila\nSYNONYMS\n\nratha-yatra-dine-on\n\nthe day of the car\n\nfestival;\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kirtana arambhila-began the congregational chanting; purva-vat­\n\nas previously; sata sampradaya-in seven groups; prthak karila-He divided.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOn the day of the car festival, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began the congregational chanting. As He had done previously, He divided all the devotees\ninto seven groups.\nTEXTS 73-74\n\n��1!, f.II!Jtil\"f, 1!/tRtt;t:JI, �r;;�f I\n��' �t��' ?lfui!·'Sflift�� II 9� II\n\n", "ant3#p0071": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n38\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\n\"� i!Jfil \"t'!·�tf� <lfit�il �il I\n\n'�m��' �fit' �t_ <lfit�il i!'i1f'i II '\\8 II\nadvaita, nityananda, haridasa, vakresvara\nsrivasa, raghava, par:u;iita-gadadhara\nsata jana sata-thani karena nartana\n'hari-bo/a' bali' prabhu karena bhramaQa\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-Advaita Acarya; nityananda-Lord Nityananda; haridasa-Thakura\nHaridasa; vakresvara-Vakresvara; srivasa-SrTvasa Thakura; raghava-Raghava;\npaQc;fita-gadadhara-Gadadhara Par:Jc)ita; sata jana -seven persons; sata-thaniin seven groups; karena nartana-dance; hari-bola ba/i'-uttering \"Hari bol\";\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karena bhramaQa-wanders.\nTRANSLATION\nSeven devotees-Advaita, Nityananda, Haridasa Thakura, Vakresvara,\nSrivasa Thakura, Raghava PaQc;tita and Gadadhara PaQc;tita-formed seven\ngroups and began dancing. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, chanting \"Hari bol,\"\nwandered from one group to another.\nTEXT 75\n\n����I!!���� I\n�<lfi �<lfi il�<lfi� c;2jr;� �t�\"' �il II '\\<t II\ncaudda madala baje ucca safikirtana\neka eka nartakera preme bhasi/a bhuvana\nSYNONYMS\ncaudda\n\nmada/a-fourteen\n\nmrdangas;\n\nbaje-were\n\nbeing\n\nplayed;\n\nucca\n\nsankirtana-loud congregational chanting; eka eka-of each group; nartakeraof the dancer; preme-in ecstatic love; bhasila bhuvana-inundated the entire\nworld.\nTRANSLATION\nFourteen mrdangas resounded with the loud congregational chanting, and\nin each group was a dancer whose dance of ecstatic love inundated the entire\nworld.\n\n", "ant3#p0072": "Text 78]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatta\n\n39\n\nTEXT 76\n\n��' ����·'et�� �a, �e;<\\'SH I\n�'11 ��llf ift� 'Clt�·Jttvtif II 'I� II\ndekhi' vallabha-bhattera haifa camatkara\nanande vihvafa nahi apana-sambhafa\nSYNONYMS\ndekhi'-seeing; vallabha-bhattera-of Vallabha Bhana; haifa camatkara-was\nastonishment;\n\nanande vihvafa-overwhelmed by transcendental happiness;\n\nnahi-there was not; apana-sambhafa - keeping his normal position.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing all this, Vallabha Bhatta was completely astonished. He was overwhelmed by transcendental bliss and lost himself.\nTEXT 77\n\nI;!� �t� ��t� iJI;!J �t�a;r11\n\n�e, �t9fte{ �J <flRftl;! llftf'Sta,i II '\\'I II\ntabe mahaprabhu sabara nrtya rakhifa\npurvavat apane nrtya karite fagifa\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sabara-of all of\nthem; nrtya rakhifa-stopped the dancing; purvavat-as previously; apane-personally; nrtya -dancing; karite fagifa - began to perform.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stopped the dancing of the others, and as\nHe had done previously, He personally began to dance.\nTEXT 78\n\n�'-' ,�'11� ,�r� 'Cit� ,�t'll�� 1\n\n'�� I;!' �t\"fte. ��' �t� �l'l f�� II '\\lr II\n\nprabhura saundarya dekhi ara premodaya\n'ei ta' sak$at kr$Qa' bhattera ha-ifa niscaya\n\n", "ant3#p0073": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n40\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nsaundarya-the beauty;\n\ndekhi­\n\nseeing; .:'ira-also; prema-udaya-arousing of ecstatic love; ei-this; ta'-certainly; sc'ik?c'it-directly; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�r:'la; bhattera-of Vallabha Bhatta; haifa-was; ni5caya-certainty.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the beauty of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and the awakening of His\necstatic love, Vallabha Bhatta concluded, \"Here is Lord Kr�r;�a, without a\ndoubt.\"\nTEXT 79\n\n1.!1� 'If� 11\"��rt� ��t'f '�f-1'1 I\n\n�11\" �filti! reti11 �e.�t11\" � II '\\� II\neta mata ratha-yatra sakafe dekhifa\nprabhura caritre bhattera camatkara haifa\nSYNONYMS\neta mata-in this way; ratha-yatra-the car festival; sakafe-all; dekhifa-saw;\nprabhura caritre-by the character of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhattera-of\nVallabha Bhatta; camatkara haifa-there was astonishment.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Vallabha Bhatta witnessed the car festival. He was simply astonished\nby the characteristics of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 80\n\n�till�''l 'eJ ����I\n\n��'!Itt! �� � fel'ii!l'\"� II lro II\nyatranantare bhatta yai mahaprabhu-sthane\nprabhu-caraQe kichu kaifa nivedane\nSYNONYMS\nyatra-anantare-after the Ratha-yatra; bhatta-Vallabha Bhatta; yai-going;\nmahaprabhu-sthane-to the place of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prabhu-caraQeat the lotus feet of the Lord; kichu-some; kaila-made; nivedane-submission.\n\n", "ant3#p0074": "Lord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhaffa\n\nText 82]\n\n41\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day, after the festival was over, Vallabha Bhaffa went to the abode of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and submitted a request at the lotus feet of the Lord.\nTEXT 81\n\n\"'et� 't!<lSi f<lSi <lS�mfii re,�i{ 1\n�9fti{ �� �flf <lS�i{ C!t�'i II\" lr� II\n\"bhagavatera fika kichu kariyachi likhana\n\napane mahaprabhu yadi karena sravar)a\"\nSYNONYMS\nbhagavatera-on\n\nkariyachi /ikhana-1\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam;\nhave written;\n\ntika-commentary;\n\napane-You;\n\nMahaprabhu; yadi-if; karena sravaQa-wouid hear.\n\nkichu-some;\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have written some commentary on Srimad-Bhagavatam,\" he said.\n\"Would Your Lordship kindly hear iH\"\nTEXT 82\n\n� \"<15�,-��� �1:1! i{i �t� I\n<et�t���I! �tfif i{� ��<151ft lllr� II\nprabhu kahe, -\"bhagavatartha bujhite na pari\nbhagavatartha sunite ami nahi adhikari\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; bhagavata-artha-the mean­\n\ning of Srimad-Bhagavatam; bujhite na pari-1 cannot understand; bhagavataartha-the purport of Srimad-Bhagavatam; sunite-to hear; ami nahi adhikari-1\n\nam not the proper person.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord replied, \"I do not understand the meaning of Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nIndeed, I am not a suitable person to hear its meaning.\n\n", "ant3#p0075": "Sri Caitanya-caritampa\n\n42\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 83\n\n41fit' �·iftlf J�tiJ �00 �'1 I\n��-oi·iftlf '!_c( �t �� 111fi!·�� II Ire II\nvasi' km;a-nama matra kariye grahaQe\nsankhya-nama pOrQa mora nahe ratri-dine\nSYNONYMS\nvasi'-sitting; kr�Qa-nama-the holy name of Lord Kr�l)a; matra-simply;\nkariye grahaQe-1 chant; sankhya-nama-a fixed number of rounds; pOrQacompiete; mora-My; nahe-is not; ratri-dine-throughout the entire day and\nnight.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I simply sit and try to chant the holy name of Kr�r:-a, and although I chant\nall day and night, I nevertheless cannot complete the chanting of my\nprescribed number of rounds.\"\nTEXT 84\n\nrei �,-\"\"ifttQ �*-41Jt�J� 1\n�W �ttr-, l!t� �11� i!tCit'1 II\" IrS II\nbhatta kahe, \"kr�Qa-namera artha-vyakhyane\nvistara kairachi, taha karaha sravaQe\"\nSYNONYMS\nbhatta kahe-Vallabha Bhana said; kr�Qa-namera-of the holy name of Kr�l)a;\nartha-vyakhyane-description\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nmeaning;\n\nvistara-very\n\nelaborately;\n\nkairachi-1 have made; taha-that; karaha sraval)e-kindly hear.\nTRANSLATION\nVallabha Bhatfa said, \"I have tried to describe elaborately the meaning of\nKr�r:-a's holy name. Kindly hear the explanation.\"\nTEXT 85\n\n\\2l't_ �r;�,-\"\"il'ttlm � �(il11ftfi{ I\n'����ltfl' ·�-tttiffil\"tii',-t.fl���t! 'ftf.lu�r� 11\n\n", "ant3#p0076": "Text 87]\n\nL ord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhana\n\n43\n\nprabhu kahe, -\"kr$Qa-namera bahu artha na mani\n\"syama-sundara' 'yasoda-nandana,' -ei-matra jani\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; krsna-namera-of the\nholy name of Kr�l)a; bahu artha-many meanings; na mani-1 do not accept;\nsyama-sundara-Syamasundara; yasoda-nandana-Yasodanandana; ei-matraonly this; jani-1 know.\nTRANSLATION\nlord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"I do not accept many different\nmeanings for the holy name of Kr�r,a. I know only that lord Kr�r,a is Syamasundara and Yasodanandana. That's alii know.\nTEXT 86\n\n�llt\"f�ll\"f f�� �<K\"rl'l!'t;:g<f�iT� I\n�OitC�I �fl;Rlf�\n\n'l�\"'ft�-fq-fO!cf�: II � I\n\ntama/a-syamala-tvi$i\nsri-yasoda-stanandhaye\nkr$Qa-namno rughir iti\nsarva-sastra-vini rf)ayab\nSYNONYMS\ntamala-syamala-tvi$i-whose complexion is dark blue, resembling a tamala\ntree; sri-yasoda-stanam-dhaye-sucking the breast of mother Yasoda; kr$Qanamnab-of the name Kr�l)a; raghib-the chief meaning; iti-thus; sarvasastra-of all revealed scriptures; vinirQayab-the conclusion.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The only purport of the holy name of Kr�r,a is that He is dark blue like a\ntamala tree and is the son of mother Yasoda. This is the conclusion of all the\nrevealed scriptures.'\nPURPO RT\nThis is a verse from the Nama-kaumugi.\nTEXT 87\n\nIJI� �� �flf 1ft11 � fi{s{t1J I\n�tf ��Q(c;!t1f �t� �f�t1r II\" lr'l II\n\n", "ant3#p0077": "[A ntya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n44\n\nei artha ami matra janiye nirdhara\nara sarva-arthe mora nahi adhikara\"\nSYNONYMS\nei artha-this meaning; ami-1; matra-only; janiye-know; nirdhara-conclusion;\n\nara-other;\n\nsarva-all;\n\narthe-meanings;\n\nmora-My;\n\nnahi-is\n\nnot;\n\nadhikara-capacity to understand.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I conclusively know these two names, Syamasundara and Ya5odanandana.\nI do not understand any other meanings, nor have I the capacity to understand\nthem.\"\nTEXT 88\n\n�� !fJth iftJttflf �F'I··�ut'IJI I\n\n:Jf('a � �fil' l!'tt1f �m ��i 11 �r�r 11\nphalgu-praya bhattera namadi saba-vyakhya\nsarvajna prabhu jani' tare karena upek$a\nSYNONYMS\nphalgu-praya-generally useless; bhattera-of Vallabha Bhaga; nama-adi-the\nholy name and so on; saba-all; vyakhya-explanations; sarva-jiia-omniscient;\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jani'-knowing; tare-him; karena upek?aneglects.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is omniscient. Therefore He could understand that Vallabha Bhaffa's explanations of Kr�r:-a's name and SrimadBhagavatam were useless. Therefore He did not care about them.\nTEXT 89\n\n�Jtili �c.$i !fJ� ''$J'fi �-�J I\n\n�-�� 'ef� f�� ��ilf ��J II lr� II\nvimana hana bhatta gela nija-ghara\nprabhu-Vi$aye bhakti kichu ha-ifa antara\n\n", "ant3#p0078": "Text 91]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhafta\n\n45\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nvimana hana-feeling morose; bhatta-Vallabha Bhatta; ge/a-went; nijaghara-to his home; prabhu-vi�aye-unto SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhaktidevotion; kichu-somewhat; ha-ifa-became; antara-different.\nTRANSLAliON\n\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu rigidly declined to hear his explanations,\nVallabha Bhafta went home feeling morose. His faith and devotion to the Lord\nchanged.\nTEXT 90\n\nl!t� o:ei ''ij\"ff �f'GI!·,�f$11' �tf$ I\nitlil11ftl! &ilfi! <iii�' <!it11' �t�1-� \" �\n\n0\n\n\"\n\ntabe bhatta gela paQc;/ita-gosanira thani\nnana mate prrti kari' kare asa-yai\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nbhatta-Vallabha\n\nBhatta;\n\nge/a-went;\n\npaQc;/ita-gosanira\n\nthani-to Gadadhara Pai)<;Jita Gosafii; nana mate-in various ways; prrti kari'showing affection; kare asa-yai-comes and goes.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThereafter, Vallabha Bhafta went to the home of Gadadhara Par:u;lita. He\nkept coming and going, showing affection in various ways, and thus maintained a relationship with him.\nTEXT 91\n\n� ��'I!'\"Ri �� �\"''t�� 'Sfif I\n�� �� Pfit; il1 <!it11' ��'I \" :;,� \"\nprabhura upek�aya saba nilacalera jana\nbhattera vyakhyana kichu na kare sraval)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; upek�aya-because of neglect; sabaall; nilacalera jana-people in Jagannatha PurT; bhattera vyakhyana-explanation\nof Vallabha Bhatta; kichu-any; na kare sraval)a-do not hear.\n\n", "ant3#p0079": "46\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu did not take Vallabha Bhaffa very\nseriously, none of the people in Jagannatha Puri would hear any of his explanations.\nTEXT 92\n\n'ff'\" ��\"f �' � ���� I\n�=�� �$1 G;'$f\"f �f�tt;!1f \"'tt� II �� II\nfajjita haifa bhatta, haifa apamane\nduf:Jkhita hafia gefa paQ(iitera sthane\nSYNONYMS\n\nfajjita-ashamed; haifa-became; bhatta-Vallabha Bhatta; haifa apamanefelt insulted; du/:lkhita hafia-being unhappy; gefa-went; paQ(iitera sthane-to\nGadadhara Par:u;Jita.\nTRANSLATION\nAshamed, insulted and unhappy, Vallabha Bhaffa went to Gadadhara Par;�c;Jita.\nTEXT 93\n\n�fil ��' ��,-\"fi{( �tJ�t1f -Rt'1 I\n\n� ��1 <ISRt' 1ft� 'Cit1ft1f 'it�� II �� II\ndainya kari' kahe, -\"nifun tamara saraQa\ntumi krpa kari' rakha amara jivana\nSYNONYMS\n\ndainya kari'-with great humility; kahe-said; nifun-1 have taken; tamara\nsaraQa-shelter of you; tumi-you; krpa kari'-being merciful; rakha-keep;\namara jivana-my life.\nTRANSLATION\nApproaching him with great humility, Vallabha Bhaffa said, \"I have taken\nshelter of you, my dear sir. Kindly be merciful to me and save my life.\nTEXT 94\n\n\"�11J·'Ut� �fif ��� ��'1 I\n� (}ft1f lflli1·� � ��f\"fi{ II\" �8 II\n\n", "ant3#p0080": "Text 96]\n\nlord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatta\n\n47\n\nkm;a-nama-vyakhya yadi karaha sravar,Ja\ntabe mora /ajja-panka haya prak?Jiana\"\nSYNONYMS\nkr?f.la-nama-of the name of Lord Kr��a; vyakhya-explanation; yadi-if;\nkaraha sravar,Ja-you hear; tabe-then; mora-my; /ajja-panka-the mud of\nshame; haya - there is; prak?aiana-washi n g.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please hear my explanation of the meaning of lord Kr��a's name. In that\nway the mud of the shame that has come upon me will be washed off.\"\nTEXT 95\n\n�·cj 9ff\"'f ?tf��' <fl�� ��-t� I\nf� ��,-lflt\"1, <flfR� il1 9frul\" f�ll II �a- II\nsankate pa(iila paQ(iita, karaye sarilsaya\nki karibena, -eko, karite na pare niscaya\nSYNONYMS\nsar'lkate-into a dilemma; pa(iila par,J (iita-Pa�<;Jita Gosani fell; karaye samsaya-felt doubts; ki karibena-what he will do; eko-alone; karite na pare\nni5caya-cannot make a decision.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Pa�c;fita Gosani fell into a dilemma. He was in such doubt that he could\nnot decide alone what to do.\nPURPORT\n\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu did not take Vallabha Bhana very seriously. Therefore\nPa�<;Jita Gosani, or Gadadhara Gosani, fell into perplexity. What would be his position if he heard Vallabha Bhana's explanation of SrT Kr��a's name? Certainly SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu would be displeased. Therefore Gadadhara Pa�<;Jita Gosani\ncould not make a decision.\nTEXT 96\n\nwf?t 9f�� �tJ � \"''1'1 \"'tft<tSt1l 1\n\noet �ft' �9ft\" <tSfl' �te.<fStJ II �� II\n\n", "ant3#p0081": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\n48\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nyadyapi parxfita ara na kaila angikara\nbhatta yai' tabu pac;fe kari' balatkara\n\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although;\n\npaQc;iita-Gadadhara\n\nangikara-did not accept;\n\nPaQc;lita;\n\nara-also;\n\nna\n\nkai/a\n\nbhatta-Vallabha Bhana; yai'-going; tabu-still;\n\npac;fe-reads; kari' ba/atkara-forcibly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA lthough Gadadhara Par;�c;tita Gosani did not want to hear it, Vallabha Bhatfa\nbegan to read his explanation with great force.\nTEXT 97\n\n��i!J ?tf�� <fi�� � �'{e{ I\n\"� �..n;;t J1�, �·�lift'! -t1flj II �9 II\nabhijatye paQc;iita karite nare ni$edhana\n\"e sankate rakha, k($/)a /a-i/ana saral)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nabhijatye-because of his aristocracy; paQc;fita-Gadadhara PaQc;lita; karite nare\nni$edhana-could not forbid; e sankate-in this danger; rakha-please protect;\nkr$Qa -0 Lord Kr�Qa; la-ilana -I have taken; saraQa -shelter.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause Vallabha Bhatfa was a learned brahmar;�a, Gadadhara Par;�c;tita could\nnot forbid him. Thus he began to think of Lord Kr�r;�a. \"My dear Lord Kr�r;�a,\"\nhe requested, \"please protect me in this danger. I have taken shelter of You.\nTEXT 98\n\n���'=t �� 'Sr1���i{ �� IIi{ I\n\nittJ <ei e{t� f�, '��' �tJ 'it'! 11\"�1r u\nantaryami prabhu janibena mora mana\ntar'lre bhaya nahi kichu, 'Vi$ama' tar'lra gal)a\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nantaryami-existing in everyone's heart; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\njanibena-will know; mora mana-(Tly mind; tanre-of Him; bhaya-fear; nahithere is not; kichu-any; vi$ama-very critical; tanra gaQa-his associates.\n\n", "ant3#p0082": "Text 100]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatta\n\n49\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is present in everyone's heart, and He will certainly know my mind. Therefore I do not fear Him. His associates, however,\nare extremely critical.\"\nPURPORT\nAs the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu exists in\neveryone's heart. Therefore He would know the circumstances under which Pa�<;lita Gosarii agreed to hear Vallabha Bha��a's explanations, and certainly He would\nnot be angry. However, the Vai��avas who were always with Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu might not understand Gadadhara Pa�<;lita's inner consciousness, and\nthey might accuse him of having compromised with Vallabha Bhana, despite his\nhaving been neglected by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Gadadhara Pa�<;lita Gosai'ii\nwas seriously thinking in this way.\nTEXT 99\n\n�wf� ��J 'l�r;�J ift� fefll �1� 1\n��� �J 'St'l ittJ <fitif �'At·<;� II ;;,;;, II\nyadyapi vicare paQ(iitera nahi kichu do?a\ntathapi prabhura gaQa tatire kare praQaya-ro�a\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; vicare-conclusively; paQ(iitera-of Gadadhara Pa�<;lita;\nnahi kichu do?a-there was no fault; tathapi-stili; prabhura gaQa-associates of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tatire-unto him; kare praQaya-ro?a-showed affectionate anger.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Gadadhara Pa�c;fita Gosani was not in the least at fault, some of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's devotees showed affectionate anger toward him.\nTEXT 100\n\n121� <lfll•<et �\"ft� 12it_·... tti' I\n\n'�12t�tfif' 121111 <ifitif �tit�fif-�-. II �\n\no o\n\nII\n\npratyaha vallabha-bhatta aise prabhu-sthane\n'udgrahadi' praya kare acaryadi-sane\nSYNONYMS\nprati-aha-daily;\n\nva//abha-bhatta-Vallabha Bhana;\n\naise-comes;\n\nprabhu­\n\nsthane-to the place of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; udgraha-adi praya-un-\n\n", "ant3#p0083": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\n50\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nnecessary argument; kare-doe s; acarya-adi-sane-with Advaita Acarya and\nothers.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEvery day, Vallabha Bhafta would come to the place of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu to engage in unnecessary arguments with Advaita Acarya and\nother great personalities, such as Svarupa Damodara.\nTEXT 101\n\n�- �� �t1f <el 'fit�-r.' 'l\"Mif I\n��- �� �� �t1fif �if ll �0� ll\nyei kichu kare bhatta 'siddhanta' sthapana\nsunitei acarya taha karena khar:u;:lana\n\nSYNONYMS\nyei-whatever;\n\nkichu\n\n-\n\nany;\n\nkare-does;\n\nbhatta-Vallabha\n\nBhana;\n\nsid­\n\ndhanta -conclusion; sthapana-establishing; sunitei -hearing; acarya-Advaita\nAcarya; taha-that; karena khaQI;/ana-refu ted\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhatever conclusions Vallabha Bhafta eagerly presented were refuted by\npersonalities like Advaita Acarya.\nTEXT 102\n\n'Wftit�fif-�tt'$! �� �� � � I\n1ft���·'llt-o �if 11t� �<1\"12lnl II �o� II\nacaryadi-age bhatta yabe yabe yaya\nrajaharhsa-madhye yena rahe baka-praya\n\nSYNONYMS\nacarya-adi-age-in front of Advaita Acarya and others; bhatta-Vallabha\nBhana; yabe yabe-whenever; yaya-goes; raja-hamsa-madhye-in a society of\nwhite swans; yena-as; rahe-remained; baka-praya-iike a duck.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhenever Vallabha Bhafta entered the society of devotees, headed by\nAdvaita Acarya, he was like a duck in a society of white swans.\n\n", "ant3#p0084": "Text 105]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatta\n\n51\n\nTEXT 103\n\nIJI...-fifif �� 'i[�'f 'Cftl>tt�t1f I\n�-'�fi!' '?ffi!' �n.' Jf'ti{� �t1f II �o�ll\neka-dina bhatta puchila acaryere\n\"jiva-'prakrti' 'pati' kari' manaye kr�Qere\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; bhatta-Vallabha Bhana; puchila acaryere-inquired from\nAdvaita Acarya; jiva-the living entity; prakrti-female; pati-husband; kari'as; manaye kr�Qere-accepts Kr�r:Ja.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day Vallabha Bhatta said to Advaita Acarya, \"Every living entity is\nfemale [prakrtil and considers Kr�r:-a her husband [patil.\nTEXT 104\n\n9f�i!1 �$1 ?lf!1f iltJf ift� � I\n�'tlf1f1 �iltJf·i{�,- '�' 'I'Si � 1\"�o8 II\npati-vrata haiia patira nama nahi laya\ntamara kr?Qa-nama-laha, -kon dharma haya?\"\n\nSYNONYMS\npati-vrata-devoted to the husband; haiia-being; patira-of the husband;\nnama-name; nahi laya-does not utter; tamara-all of you; kr?Qa-nama-lahachant the name of Kr�r:Ja; kon-what; dharma - religious principle; haya-is it.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is the duty of a chaste wife, devoted to her husband, not to utter her husband's name, but all of you chant the name of Kr�r;�a. How can this be called a\nreligious principle?\"\nTEXT 105\n\n� ��,-�tt'it �tJJt1f ''I'Si' �llti{. I\n�·� ��' �·� �f1fQlil ��t1f �'l'ti{ II �o�ll\nacarya kahe, -\"age tomara 'dharma' murtiman\ninhare puchaha, inha karibena ihara samadhana\n\n", "ant3#p0085": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n52\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nSYNONYMS\nacarya kahe-Advaita Acarya said; age-in front; tomara-of you; dharmareligious principles; mu rtiman-personified; inhare puchaha-ask Him; inha-He;\nkaribena-will make; ihara-of this; samadhana-solution.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita\n\nAcarya responded,\n\n\"In front of you is lord Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, the personification of religious principles. You should ask Him,\nfor He will give you the proper answer.\"\nTEXT 106\n\n\"fil' q ���'- � �1 iSftil 'tSlJ�Si I\n�tfif·�ta1 �M,-�1( �f�(3i!1·'tSi II �o� II\nsuni' prabhu kahena, -\"tumi na jana dharma-marma\nsvami-ajfia pale, -ei pati-vrata-dharma\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni\n\n'-\n\nhearing; prabhu kahena-S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; tumi-you; na\n\njana-do not know; dharma-marma-real religious principles; svami-of the husband; ajfia-order; pale-obeys; ei-this; pati-vrata-dharma-the religious principle of a chaste woman.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"My dear Vallabha Bhatfa,\nyou do not know religious principles. Actually, the first duty of a chaste\nwoman is to carry out the order of her husband.\nTEXT 107\n\n� 'Clta1,- ��if -itif �t'Jf �?(ti! 1\n��1{ �tai �f!2Ii!1 �1 �ttif iilf�ti! II � o� II\npatira ajfia, -nirantara tanra nama la-ite\npatira ajfia pati-vrata na pare langhite\n\nSYNONYMS\npatira ajfia-the husband's order; ni rantara\n\n-\n\nalways; tanra-His; nama-name;\n\nla-ite-to chant; patira ajfia-the order of the husband; pati-vrata-a chaste,\ndevoted wife; na pare langhite-cannot deny.\n\n", "ant3#p0086": "Text 109)\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatfa\n\n53\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The order of Kr�r;�a is to chant His name incessantly. Therefore one who is\nchaste and adherent to the husband Kr�r;�a must chant the Lord's name, for she\ncannot deny the husband's order.\nTEXT 108\n\n��� ilt';f i!AI, iftt�11 '�' �� I\niltt11'1f �t� �·9ft� ''��, i59fiSft� II\"� ol7' II\nataeva nama laya, namera 'pha/a' paya\nnamera phale kr�Qa-pade 'prema' upajaya\"\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; nama /aya-chants the holy name; namera-of the name;\npha/a-result; paya-gets; namera pha/e-as a result of chanting the holy name;\nkr�Qa-pade-at the lotus feet of Kr�t:�a; prema-ecstatic love; upajaya-develops.\nTRANSLAliON\n\"Following this religious principle, a pure devotee of Lord Kr�r;�a always\nchants the holy name. As a result of this, he gets the fruit of ecstatic love for\nKr�r;�a.\"\nTEXT 109\n\n,fi111 �ll'e·<ei � fil�� I\nm �tl' �til �:t� �t1fil fl•il II � o � II\nsuniya val/abha-bhatta haila nirvacana\nghare yai' mane du/:lkhe karena cintana\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing;\n\nva//abha-bhatta-Vallabha\n\nBhatta;\n\nhai/a-became;\n\nnir­\n\nvacana-speechless; ghare yai'-returning home; mane-in the mind; du/:lkheunhappy; karena cintana-began to consider.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, Vallabha Bhatfa was speechless. He returned home greatly\nunhappy and began to consider thus.\n\n", "ant3#p0087": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n54\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTEXTS 110-111\n\n\"fii'!J ..t1ltf c.fl� �tll Q �..1-� I\nlfl�fif� lA� �fif u � �, n ��on\n��'t�, .. t���'f'li1� I\n1111·� '11 � .. tfil f� �fif Ia� ? ��� II\n\"nitya amara ei sabhaya haya kak?a-pata\neka-dina upare yadi haya mora vat\ntabe sukha haya, ara saba lajja yaya\nsva-vacana sthapite ami ki kari upaya?\nSYNONYMS\nnitya-daily; amara-my; ei-this; sabhaya-in the assembly; haya-there is;\nkak?a-pata-defeat; eka-dina-one day; upare-on top; yadi-if; haya-are;\nmora-my; vat-words; tabe-then; sukha-happiness; haya-is; ara-and;\nsaba-all; /ajja-shame; yaya-goes; sva-vacana-my statement; sthapite-to\nestablish; ami-1; ki-what; kari-shall adopt; upaya-means.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Every day I am defeated in this assembly. If by chance I am one day victorious, that will be a great source of happiness for me, and all my shame will\ngo away. But what means shall I adopt to establish my statements?\"\nTEXT 112\n\n..111' fit'� ..m�' �f�'fl � ��fif' I\n�rett� �� f�i 1tt� \"St(�rn' u ��� 11\nara dina asi' vasila prabhure namaskari'\nsabhate kahena kichu mane garva kari'\nSYNONYMS\nara\n\ndina-the\n\nnext\n\nday;\n\nasi'-coming;\n\nvasi/a-sat\n\ndown;\n\nprabhure\n\nnamaskari'-offering obeisances to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sabhate-in\n\nthe assembly; kahena-he said; kichu-something; mane-within the mind; garva kari' -being proud.\n\n", "ant3#p0088": "Text 114)\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatta\n\n55\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day when he came to the assembly of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he\nsat down after offering obeisances to the Lord and said something with great\npride.\nTEXT 113\n\n�t${t� �� �-rJ'til '<fi11t� � I\n\n'1-tl! if! �fif tit11 ��-�i{ \" ��� \"\n\"bhagavate svamira vyakhyana kairachi khaQc;/ana\n/a-ite na pari tarira vyakhyana-vacana\nSYNONYMS\nbhagavate-in my commentary on Srimad-Bhagavatam; svamira-of Sridhara\n\nSvami; vyakhyana-explanation; kairachi khaQc;/ana-1 have refuted; /a-ite na\n\npari-1 cannot accept; tarira-his; vyakhyana-vacana-words of explanation.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"In my commentary on Srimad-Bhagavatam,\" he said, \"I have refuted the\nexplanations of Sridhara Svami. I cannot accept his explanations.\nTEXT 114\n\n�� �Jt'fl1 � �'tt1 ,� 9(� ..-tfi{' I\n�<\\'i�� i{t�, � ,�.,., i{t� 11tfi111\"��811\nsei vyakhya karena yahari yei pac;le ani'\n\neka-vakyata nahi, tate 'svami' nahi mani\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei-he;\n\nvyakhya\n\nkarena-explains;\n\nyahari-wherever;\n\nyei-whatever;\n\npac;/e-reads; ani'-accepting; eka-vakyata-consistency; nahi-there is not;\ntate-therefore; svami-Sridhara Svami; nahi mani-1 cannot accept.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Whatever Sridhara Svami reads he explains according to the circumstances. Therefore he is inconsistent in his explanations and cannot be accepted as an authority.\"\n\n", "ant3#p0089": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n56\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 115\n\n� ��' �r;!!i,-\"�t� it! IT� � iS?� I\n�� mt11' �tt� �filt11 '$l't� II\" ���II\nprabhu hasi' kahe, -\"svami na mane yei jana\nvesyara bhitare tare kariye gaQana\"\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; hasi'-smiling; kahe-said; svami-husband; na mane-does not accept; yei jana-anyone who; vesyara bhitareamong the prostitutes; tare-him; kariye gaQana-1 count.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu smilingly replied, \"One who does not accept the\nsvami [husband] as an authority I consider a prostitute.\"\nTEXT 116\n\n�i! ��' �121\" t;�\\il �fil'fi I\n,firni �� 'lftil ��� ��\"'i II ��� II\neta kahi' mahaprabhu mauna dharila\nsuniya sabara mane santo�a ha-ila\nSYNONYMS\neta\n\nkahi'-saying\n\nthis;\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\ndharila-became very grave; suniya-hearing;\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nmauna\n\nsabara-of all the devotees;\n\nmane-in the mind; santo?a ha-ila-there was great satisfaction.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very grave. All the devotees\npresent derived great satisfaction from hearing this statement.\nTEXT 117\n\ni!l?'51�� �� 'l'tf'$l' t;'$l)f·��i!t� I\n��� ������II ��'l II\njagatera hita lagi' gaura-avatara\nantarera abhimana janena tahara\n\n", "ant3#p0090": "Text 119]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatfa\n\n57\n\nSYNONYMS\njagatera-of the entire world; hita Jagi -for the benefit; gaura-avatara-the in'\n\ncarnation of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nantarera abhimana-internal pride;\n\njanena-understands; tahara-his.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu descended as an incarnation for the benefit of the\nentire world. Thus He knew the mind of Vallabha Bhatfa very well.\nTEXT 118\n\nJttil1 �-� <ett Qlt1w{ 'e'$f�ti{_ I\n\n\" ��tvi �futl'f� ��11: 'e1�1fti{ II ��IT' II\nnana avajfiane bhatte sodhena bhagavan\nkr�Qa yaiche khaQc;filena indrera abhimana\nSYNONYMS\nnana-various; avajfiane-by disrespect; bhatte-Vallabha BhaHa; sodhenapurifies; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r;�a;\nyaiche-as; khaQc;filena-cuts down; indrera abhimana-the pride of lndra.\nTRANSLATION\nBy various hints and refutations, Lord Caitanya, the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, corrected Vallabha Bhatfa exactly as Kr�r:Ja had cut down the false\npride of lndra.\nPURPORT\nlndra, the King of heaven, was very proud of his position. Therefore when the\nresidents of Vrndavana decided not to perform the lndra-yajiia but to perform the\nGovardhana-yajiia in accordance with the instructions of Kr�r;�a, lndra, because of\nhis false pride, wanted to chastise the residents of Vrndavana. Thinking himself\nextremely powerful, lndra poured incessant rain upon Vrndavana, but Lord Kr�r;�a\nimmediately cut down his pride by lifting the Govardhana Hill as an umbrella to\nsave the residents of Vrndavana. In this way Kr�r;�a proved lndra's power most insignificant in the presence of His own omnipotence.\nTEXT 119\n\n� �� fe{Sf·'�ti!' ''e1�' �fif' 1ftti{ I\n\n'St(f(��t'f, �t� ��t� erntif II ��Q) II\n\n--------\n\n", "ant3#p0091": "58\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\najfia jiva nija-'hite' 'ahita' kari' mane\ngarva curQa hai/e, pache ughac;fe nayane\nSYNONYMS\najfia jiva-the ignorant living entity; nija-hite-his personal benefit; ahita kari'\nmane-considers a loss; garva cOrQa haile-when pride is cut down; pacheafterward; ughac;fe nayane-the eyes open.\nTRANSLATION\nAn ignorant living being does not recognize his actual profit. Because of ignorance and material pride, he sometimes considers profit a loss, but when his\npride is cut down he can actually see his true benefit.\nTEXT 120\n\n�� �t�' 1ftt\\JJ <et fijR!t'! iiftf$1 I\n\n�(\"121\\Jtt� 'lftt{ lf�1·�9f1 '�'( II ��\n\no\n\nII\n\nghare asi' ratrye bhatta cintite lagila\n\"purve.prayage more maha-krpa kaila\nSYNONYMS\nghare asi'-coming home; ratrye-at night; bhatta-Vallabha BhaHa; cintite\nlagila-began to think; purve-previously; prayage-at Prayaga; more-unto\nme; maha-krpa kaila-showed great mercy.\nTRANSLATION\nReturning home that night,\n\nVallabha Bhatfa thought, \"Previously, at\n\nPrayaga, Lord Caitanya was very kind to me.\nTEXT 121\n\n��lj·��t'! � lftfilffj �!1'1 I\n\n�t� '�i{ 121� ,;rt?;'! filiRI'' '�\"' lfi{? ��� II\nsvagaQa-sahite mora manila nimantraQa\nebe kene prabhura mote phiri' gela mana?\nSYNONYMS\nsva-gaQa-sahite-accompanied\n\nby\n\nHis\n\npersonal\n\nassociates;\n\nmora-my;\n\nmanila-accepted; nimantraQa-invitation; ebe-now; kene-why; prabhura-\n\n", "ant3#p0092": "Text 123]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhana\n\n59\n\nof SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mote-unto me; phiri' ge/a-has changed; manamind.\nTRANSLAliON\n\n\"He accepted my invitation with His other devotees, and He was kind to\nme. Why has He now changed so much here at Jagannatha PurH\n\nTEXT 122\n\n'...rfif fiT�',-�l $(.-J_� �i!<f' �·� fi� I\n�-�,-�i1 �<tt<f'H � II ��� II\n'ami jiti', -ei garva-sunya ha-uka irihara cita\nisvara-svabhava, -karena sabakara hita\nSY NON YMS\nami jiti\n\n-\n\nlet me become victorious; ei-this; garva-pride; sOnya-devoid of;\n\nha-uka-let be; irihara cita\n\n-\n\nthis person's mind; isvara-svabhava-the charac­\n\nteristic of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; karena-He does; sabakara-of\neveryone; hita-benefit.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Being very proud of my learning, I am thinking, 'Let me become victorious.' Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, however, is trying to purify me by nullifying this false pride, for a characteristic of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nis that He acts for everyone's welfare.\n\nTEXT 123\n\n�t9fifl �ti1flf;� �tfif '<f'fi <!§If� I\n� '$f(-r�� � �i1 �� II ��� II\napana janaite ami kari abhimana\nse garva khaQ(iaite mora karena apamana\nSYNONYMS\napana janaite-advertising myself; ami -I; kari abhimana-am falsely proud; se\ngarva-that pride; khaQ(iaite-to cut down; mora karena apamana-He insults\nme.\n\n", "ant3#p0093": "60\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am falsely proud, advertising myself as a learned scholar. Therefore Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu insults me just to favor me by cutting down this false\npride.\nTEXT 124\n\n.. 1'1Jtf '�C8' �tfi{,-�� ..-tfif 1ftfi{ '':-t' I\n�·� �� '�\" � •i!l � u\" ��s 11\namara 'hita' karena,-iho ami mani 'du/:lkha'\nkr?Qera upare kaila yena indra maha-murkha\"\nSYNONYMS\namara-my; hita-benefit; karena-He is doing; iho-this; ami-1; mantconsider; du/:lkha-unhappiness; kr?Qera upare-upon Kr�l)a; kai/a-did; yenaas; indra-lndra; maha-murkha-the great fool.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He is actually acting for my benefit, although I interpret His actions as insults. This is exactly like the incident in which Lord Kr�r:ta cut down lndra, the\ngreat, puffed-up fool, to correct him.\"\nTEXT 125\n\nlf!C8 fi�' l!tttC8 ..-tfit' � Rt'l I\n\nro. -.fJ' •� �ft' � llfltet 11 ��t n\neta cinti' prate asi' prabhura caraf)e\ndainya kari' stuti kari' /a-ila saraf)e\nSYNONYMS\neta cinti'-considering this; prate-in the morning; asi'-coming; prabhura\ncaraf)e-to the lotus feet of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dainya kari'-with great\nhumility; stuti kari'-offering many prayers; /a-ila saraf)e-took shelter.\nTRANSLATION\nThinking in this way, Vallabha Bhatfa approached Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nthe next morning, and in great humility, offering many prayers, he sought\nshelter and surrendered at the lotus feet of the Lord.\n\n", "ant3#p0094": "Text 128]\n\n61\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhafta\n\nTEXT 126\n\n\"\"C�tfit 'CIUI �,-�tatfn �� �� I\n'I!� �r;-q 11.( � fiT 'Pft�t!l 12f������:�n\n\"ami ajna jiva, -ajnocita karma kailun\ntamara age mDrkha ami paQc;fitya prakasilun\n\nSYNONYMS\nami-1; ajna jiva-a foolish living being; ajna-ucita-fit for a fool; karma-activity; kai/un-1 have done; tamara age-before You; mDrkha-a fool; ami-1;\npaQc;litya prakasilun-have tried to demonstrate learning.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVallabha Bhafta admitted, \"I am a great fool, and indeed I have acted like a\nfool by trying to demonstrate to You my learning.\nTEXT 127\n\n'�_fiT-�, f�trtfn 'f�1 � �fl'fl I\n�?fllfi{ \"'fl' :Jt(oq(q� II ��ct II\ntumi-isvara, nijocita krpa ye karila\napamana kari' sarva garva khaQc;laila\n\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-You; isvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nija ucita-exactly\n-\n\nbefitting Your position; krpa-mercy; ye-that; karila-You showed; apamana\nkari'-by insulting; sarva-all; garva-pride; khaQc;faila-You have cut down.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead. You have\nshowed mercy to me in a way just befitting Your position by insulting me to\ncut down all my false pride.\nTEXT 128\n\n\"C�tfil-�a, '�'·-.ttil Jltfi{ '�?fllttil' I\n�� '�i{ ·�1l fil\"f'' �fJ't �afti{ II ��lr II\nami-ajna, 'hita'-sthane mani 'apamane'\nindra yena kr�Qera ninda kari/a ajnane\n\n", "ant3#p0095": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n62\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nSYNONYMS\nami-1; ajr'ia-ignorant fool; hita-sthane-what is for my benefit; mani-1 consider; apamane-as an insult; indra-King lndra; yena-as; kr$1Jera-of Lord\nKr�l)a; ninda-offense; karila-did; ajnane-out of ignorance.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am an ignorant fool, for I interpret as an insult what is meant for my\nbenefit, just like King lndra, who out of ignorance tried to surpass Kr�r,a, the\nSupreme Lord.\nTEXT 129\n\n�1� �911·'CI•tif �� 'Sf(-� ''St'l I\n\n,_flf � �911 ��ilf1,-�� 't�tif' � �������\n\ntamara krpa-anjane ebe garva-andhya gela\ntumi eta krpa kaila, -ebe 'jnana' haifa\n\nSYNONYMS\ntomara krpa-anjane-by the eye-ointment of Your mercy; ebe-now; garvaandhya-the blindness of false pride; ge/a-has gone; tumi-You; eta-such;\nkrpa-mercy; kai/a-have shown; ebe-now; jr'iana-knowledge; haifa-has\nbecome.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, You have cured the blindness of my false pride by smearing\nmy eyes with the ointment of Your mercy. You have bestowed so much mercy\nupon me that my ignorance is now gone.\nTEXT 130\n\n'451� �' -.11, 'Itt. llff'f I\n�911 �' � 'lfttfll � R'l II\" �l!>o II\naparadha kainu, k$ama, /a-inu saraf)a\nkrpa kari' mora mathe dharaha caraf)a\"\n\nSYNONYMS\naparadha kainu-1 have committed offenses; k$ama-please excuse; /a-inu\nsaraQa-1 have taken shelter; krpa kari'-being merciful; mora mathe-on my\nhead; dharaha caraQa-please keep Your lotus feet.\n\n", "ant3#p0096": "lord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatta\n\nText 132]\n\n63\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear lord, I have committed offenses. Please excuse me. I seek shelter\nof You. Please be merciful unto me by placing Your lotus feet on my head.\"\nTEXT 131\n\n��,-\"'�fit '?ffui!' '�ti6t'$f�i!' I\n\n��'I �tt1, i!tt1 itt� �-�i! u ��� n\n\nprabhu kahe-\"tumi 'pary;fita' 'maha-bhagavata'\ndui-guf)a yahan, tahan nahi garva-parvata\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya\n\nlearned scholar;\n\nMahaprabhu said;\n\nmaha-bhagavata-great devotee;\n\nyahan-wherever; tahan-there;\n\nmountain of pride.\n\ntumi-you;\n\npaQc;iita-very\n\ndui-guQa-two qualities;\n\nnahi-there cannot be; garva-parvata-the\n\nTRANSLATION\nlord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"You are both a greatly learned scholar\nand a great devotee. Wherever there are two such attributes, there cannot be a\nmountain of false pride.\nTEXT 132\n\nll'fl�� fi{�' �-tl�i �1{ 1\n!i)Q� itt� 1{�',-lfli! ''$f� 'f� 1 ���II\nsridhara-svami nindi' nija-Fka kara!\n\nsridhara-svami nahi mana', -eta 'garva' dhara!\nSYNONYMS\nsridhara-svami-a\n\nblaspheming;\n\ngreat\n\ncommentator\n\non\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam;\n\nnija-Fka-your own commentary;\n\nkara-you make;\n\nnindi'­\n\nsridhara­\n\nsvami-SrTdhara SvamT; nahi mana'-you do not accept; eta-this; garva-pride;\ndhara-you bear.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You have dared criticize Sridhara Svami, and you have begun your own\ncommentary on Srimad-Bhagavatam, not accepting his authority. That is your\nfalse pride.\n\n", "ant3#p0097": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n64\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 133\n\n-�fit·��tt'f '•t'lt��' 'ftfi{ I\n...�� -q� '@t'' �fi' 1ftfi{ II ��� II\nsridhara-svami-prasade 'bhagavata' jani\n\njagad-guru sridhara-svami 'guru' kari' mani\nSYNONYMS\n\nsridhara-svami-of Sridhara SvamT; prasade-by the mercy; bhagavata jani­\n\nwe can understand Srimad-Bhagavatam; jagat-guru-the spiritual master of the\nentire world; sridhara-svami-SrTdhara SvamT; guru kari'-as a spiritual master;\nmani-1 accept.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sridhara Svami is the spiritual master of the entire world because by his\nmercy we can understand Srimad-Bhagavatam. I therefore accept him as a\nspiritual master.\nTEXT 134\n\n•\"'·'?ttt � � f�l fiffm 1\n,..�, fit�i{ �l, �t'r;;<fi i{11ft� II ��8 II\nsridhara-upare garve ye kichu Jikhibe\n\n'artha-vyasta' Jikhana sei, Joke na manibe\nSYNONYMS\n\nsridhara-upare-above\n\nSridhara\n\nSvamT;\n\ngarve-in\n\nfalse\n\npride;\n\nye kichu\n\nJikhibe-whatever you write; artha-vyasta-the opposite meaning; Jikhana sei­\n\nsuch writing; Joke na man ibe-no one will care about it.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Whatever you might write due to false pride, trying to surpass Sridhara\nSvami, would carry a contrary purport. Therefore no one would pay attention\nto it.\nPURPORT\nSrimad-Bhagavatam has many tikas, or commentaries, following the parampara\n\nsystem, but SrTdhara SvamT's is first. The commentaries of all the other acaryas\n\n", "ant3#p0098": "Text 136]\n\nlord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatfa\n\n65\n\nfollow his. The parampara system does not allow one to deviate from the com­\n\nmentaries of the previous acaryas. By depending upon the previous acaryas, one\n\ncan write beautiful commentaries. However, one cannot defy the previous\nacaryas. The false pride that makes one think that he can write better than the\n\nprevious acaryas will make one's comments faulty. At the present moment it has\n\nbecome fashionable for everyone to write in his own way, but such writing is\nnever accepted by serious devotees. Because of false pride, every scholar and phi­\n\nlosopher wants to exhibit his learning by interpreting the sastras, especially\nBhagavad-gita and Srimad-Bhagavatam, in his own way. This system of comment­\n\ning in one's own way is fully condemned by S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Therefore\nHe says, 'artha-vyasta' likhana sei. Commentaries written according to one's own\n\nphilosophical way are never accepted; no one will appreciate such commentaries\non the revealed scriptures.\nTEXT 135\n\nll-.m 'CIIl.'Sf� � �� fir� I\n� c;tft� 1ftt1 ��' �fil� 1!1�'1 II ��ct II\nsridharera anugata ye kare likhana\n\nsaba loka manya kari' karibe grahaQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsridharera-of S ridhara Svami; anugata-following in the footsteps; ye-any­\n\none who; kare likhana-writes; saba /aka-everyone; manya kari'-with great\nhonor; karibe grahaQa-will accept.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"One who comments on Srimad-Bhagavatam following in the footsteps of\nSridhara Svami will be honored and accepted by everyone.\nTEXT 136\n\nI)�� �� •t-st�·�IJt�� I\n��� ��' •illf \" ·�1\\. II ��� II\nsridharanugata kara bhagavata-vyakhyana\nabhimana chac;li' bhaja kr?f!a bhagavan\nSYNONYMS\nsridhara-anugata-following in the footsteps of\n\nSridhara Svami; kara -put\n\nforth; bhagavata-vyakhyana-an explanation of Srimad-Bhagavatam; abhimana\n\n", "ant3#p0099": "66\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nchaQ'i'-giving up false pride or false conceptions;\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nbhaja-worship;\n\nkr$Qa\n\nbhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Put forth your explanation of Srimad-Bhagavatam following in the\nfootsteps of Sridhara Svami. Giving up your false pride, worship the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, Kr��a.\nTEXT 137\n\n-.9fft'l ��'�¥!'��I\n-.fRte. �� � �� R'l II\"��� II\naparadha chaQ'i' kara kr$Qa-sarikirtana\nacirat pabe tabe kr$Qera caraQa\"\nSYNONYMS\naparadha chaQ'i'-giving up offenses; kara k [$Qa-sari k irtana-chant the holy\nname of the Lord; acirat-very soon; pabe-you will get; tabe-thereupon;\nkr$Qera caraQa-shelter at the lotus feet of Lord Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Abandoning your offenses, chant the Hare Kr��a maha-mantra, the holy\nnames of the Lord. Then very soon you will achieve shelter at the lotus feet of\nKr��a.\"\nTEXT 138\n\nce• �t.:,-\"�fif �ttt � 121�1 1\n���� �: �� �' f�'l II\" ��lr II\nbhatta kahe, - \"yadi more ha-ifa prasanna\neka-dina puna/:1 mora mana' nimantraQa\"\nSYNONYMS\nbhatta kahe-Vallabha Bhatta said; yadi-if; more-with me; ha-ifa prasanna-You are pleased; eka-dina-one day; puna/:1-again; mora-my; mana'-accept; nimantraQa -invitation.\nTRANSLATION\nVallabha Bhatfa Acarya requested Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, \"If You are actually pleased with me, please accept my invitation once again.\"\n\n", "ant3#p0100": "Text 141]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatta\n\n67\n\nTEXT 139\n\n� ��sr��'fl ;r\"Ste. �t� 1\n1ft� fi{Q'1, �tif �� fift� II ��� II\nprabhu avatirQa haifa jagat tarite\nmanifena nimantraQa, tare sukha dite\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; avatirQa haifa-made His advent; jagatthe universe; tarite-to deliver; manifena-He accepted; nimantraQa-the invitation; tare-to him; sukha-happiness; dite-to give.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who had descended to deliver the entire universe, accepted the invitation of Vallabha BhaUa just to give him happiness.\nTEXT 140\n\n'f'Stt� '��' d�,-�� l!t1_f Jti11\n\n�� �ft' �if �tif '!i�i '-t� II �So II\njagatera 'hita' ha-uka-ei prabhura mana\ndaQc;fa kari' kare tara hrdaya sodhana\nSYNONYMS\n\njagatera-of the entire world; hita-welfare; ha-uka-let there be; ei-this;\nprabhura mana-the mind of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; daQc;fa kari'-punishing;\nkare-does; tara-his; hrdaya-heart; sodhana-purifying.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is always eager to see everyone in the material\nworld happy. Therefore sometimes He chastises someone just to purify his\nheart.\nTEXT 141\n\n�'St'1·��1! �� fillls'1 ��'fl I\n\n'«t� �ttl �t� �� dlf111 �8� II\nsvagaQa-sahita prabhura nimantraQa kaila\nmahaprabhu tare tabe prasanna ha-ifa\n\n", "ant3#p0101": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n68\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nSYNONYMS\nsva-gaQa-sahita-with His associates; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nnimantraQa-invitation; kai/a-made; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ntare-upon him; tabe-then; prasanna ha-ifa-became very pleased.\n\nTRANSLATION\n-\n\nWhen Vallabha BhaHa invited Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His associates,\nthe lord was very pleased with him.\nTEXT 142\n\nSf'St�'til\"f·?tfuti!l �'5 'SttJ <et� I\n�J<et11 ·�t11 '�11' '�tllJ·'III'e'M' II �8� II\njagadananda-paQc;fitera suddha gac;fha bhava\nsatyabhama-praya prema 'vamya-svabhava'\n\nSYNONYMS\njagadananda-paQc;fitera-of Jagadananda\n\nPaQ<;lita;\n\nsuddha-pure;\n\ngac;fha­\n\ndeep; bhava-ecstatic love; satyabhama-praya-like Satyabhama; prema-his\nlove for the Lord; vamya-svabhava-quarrelsome nature.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda PaJ;u;Jita's pure ecstatic love for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was\nvery deep. It can be compared to the love of Satyabhama, who always quarreled with lord Km1a.\nTEXT 143\n\n�-��'I� �� �t� �-�t� I\n\n'C!tt.J�tt.J ��$ � ��� II �8� II\nbara-bara praQaya kafaha kare prabhu-sane\nanyonye khatmati cafe dui-jane\n\nSYNONYMS\nbara-bara-again and again; praQaya-loving; kafaha-quarrel; kare-makes;\nprabhu-sane-with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nanyonye-mutual; khatmati­\n\npicking a quarrel; cafe-goes on; dui-jane-between the two.\n\n", "ant3#p0102": "lord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bha!fa\n\nText 145]\n\n69\n\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda Par:\"�Qita was accustomed to provoking loving quarrels with the\nlord. There was always some disagreement between them.\nTEXT 144\n\n�t�·�fut'!� �- � 'ei� I\n111m�-�� '�!;i '�f'a1s'l·��t�' II �88 II\ngadadhara-paQr;iitera suddha gar;Jha bhava\nrukmiQT-devlra yaiche 'dak?iQa-svabhava'\nSYNONYMS\ngadadhara-paQr;iitera-of Gadadhara Par;<;lita; suddha-pure; gar;Jha-deep;\nbhava-ecstatic love;\n\nrukmiQT-devlra-of Rukmir;idevi;\n\nyaiche-as;\n\ndak?iQa­\n\nsvabhava-submissive nature.\nTRANSLATION\nGadadhara Par:\"�Qita's pure ecstatic love for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was\nalso very deep. It was like that of Rukmir:\"�idevi, who was always especially\nsubmissive to Kr��Ja.\nTEXT 145\n\n�H �'1�-� ��!;'! �� �� � I\n\n��·at�;� ti� �� �t� ��iSf� II �8� II\ntarira praQaya-ro?a dekhite prabhura iccha haya\naisvarya-jiiane tarira ro?a nahi upajaya\nSYNONYMS\ntarira-his; praQaya-ro?a-affectionate anger; dekhite-to see; prabhura-of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; iccha haya-there is a desire; aisvarya-jiiane-due to\nknowledge\n\nof\n\nopulences;\n\ntarira-his;\n\nfO?a-anger;\n\nnahi-not;\n\nupajaya-is\n\nawakened.\nTRANSLATION\nlord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sometimes desired to see Gadadhara Pa�JQita's affectionate anger, but because of knowledge of the lord's opulences,\nhis anger was never invoked.\n\n", "ant3#p0103": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n70\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nPURPORT\nJoking with Rukmil)idevi in Dvaraka, Kr�l)a once advised her to accept another\nhusband because He thought Himself unfit for her. Rukmil)idevi, however, unable\nto understand His joking words, took them very seriously and immediately fell to\nthe ground in fear of separation from Him. In the pastimes of Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, Jagadananda Pal)<;lita was always in disagreement with the Lord like\nSatyabhama, whereas Gadadhara Pal)<;lita was always awed by the Lord's opulence and was therefore submissive to the Lord under all circumstances.\nTEXT 146\n\n�� � ?ft�1 �!_ ��llf1 c;;�tlf I\n�fi{' �fut'!l m;� ��� \\lt:Jf II !>8� II\nei lak$ya paiia prabhu kaila ro$abhasa\nsuni' pal)c;/itera citte upajila trasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; lak$ya-aim; paiia-taking; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kaila\nro$a a bhasa-made\n-\n\na\n\nsemblance\n\nof\n\nanger;\n\nsuni'-hearing;\n\npal)c;/itera-of\n\nGadadhara Pal)<;lita; citte-in the heart; upajila--arose; trasa-fear\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor this purpose Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sometimes showed His apparent\nanger. Hearing of this anger inspired great fear in the heart of Gadadhara Pa��ita.\nTEXT 147\n\n'!_t(��-\" '{� �� �� I\n�f.{' 111PI!Ittl � i!tlf ��� n �8<t 11\npurve yena kr$Qa yadi parihasa kaila\nsuni' rukmii)Tra mane trasa upaji/a\n\nSYNONYMS\npurve- p reviously;\n\nyena-as;\n\nkr$Qa- Lord\n\nKr�l)a;\n\nyadi-when;\n\nparihasa\n\nkai/a-play a joke; suni'-hearing; rukmiQTra mane-in the mind of Rukmil)idevi;\ntrasa-fear; upajila-arose.\n\n", "ant3#p0104": "Text 149]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha BhaHa\n\n71\n\nTRANSLATION\nPreviously, in kr�l)a-lila, when Lord Kr�l)a wanted to joke with Rukmil)idevi,\nshe took His words seriously, and fear awoke within her mind.\nTEXT 148\n\n�·�� !li �e.�ffJ-�9f�i{ I\n�llft'5119ft'f·1ftS <.;fi�1 �t1fi{ ��i{ II �8\\r' II\nvallabha-bhattera haya vatsalya-upasana\nba/a-gopala-mantre tenho karena sevana\nSYNONYMS\nvallabha-bhattera-of Vallabha Bhatta; haya-there is; vatsalya-upasana-worship as a parent; bala-gopala-mantre-with the mantra of Bala-gopala, child\nKr�l)a; tenho-he; karena-practices; sevana-worship.\nTRANSLATION\nVallabha BhaHa was accustomed to worshiping the Lord as child Kr�l)a.\nTherefore he had been initiated into the Bala-gopala mantra and was thus\nworshiping the Lord.\nTEXT 149\n\n9f��J �i{ l!'t1f 'ali{ f��' <.;'51'1 I\nf\"t-tt1fr;;'$ft9ftft·�9f� 1!i{ f� II �so;, II\npaQc;iitera sane tara mana phiri' gela\nkisora-gopala-upasanaya mana dila\nSYNONYMS\npaQc;iitera sane-in the association of Gadadhara Pal)c,iita; tara-his; manamind; phiri' ge/a-became converted; kisora-gopa/a-of Kr�l)a as a young boy;\nupasanaya-to the worship; mana dila-he gave his mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the association of Gadadhara Pal)c;tita, his mind was converted, and he\ndedicated his mind to worshiping Ki5ora-gopala, Kr�l)a as a young boy.\n\n", "ant3#p0105": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n72\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 150\n\n9f�ttft itf$ �� '!!It� fitf�� I\n9ff�� �,-\"�� � � 'Cff1rt � II �(to U\npar:l(;iitera thani cahe mantradi sikhite\npaf)Qita kahe, -\"ei karma nahe ama haite\n\nSYNONYMS\npaf)Qitera\n\nthani-from\n\nGadadhara\n\nPaf)Qita;\n\ncahe-wanted;\n\nmantra-adi\n\nsikhite-to be initiated; paf)Qita kahe-Gadadhara Paf)Qita said; ei karma-this\nwork; nahe ama haite-is not possible for me.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVallabha Bhatfa wanted to be initiated by Gadadhara Par:u;tita, but\nGadadhara Par:u;fita refused, saying, \"The work of acting as a spiritual master\nis not possible for me.\nTEXT 151\n\n'Cltfif-��' �11ft' \\2l't.- <:'$1�!! I\n\ntAr 'Cltalli �1 'Cltfif ifl�t� '\"1�!11' n �<t� u\nami-paratantra, amara prabhu-gauracandra\ntanra ajna vina ami na ha-i 'svatantra'\n\nSYNONYMS\nami-1; paratantra-dependent; amara prabhu-my Lord; gauracandra-Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tanra-His; ajna-order; vina-without; ami-1; nanot; ha-i-am; svatantra-independent.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am completely dependent. My lord is Gauracandra, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. I cannot do anything independently, without His order.\nTEXT 152\n\n,_fif Clf 'Clt1l:H �tf$ � 'Cltm I\n��tt�� �'. '1l:tt' �i{ �� U\" �<t� II\n\n", "ant3#p0106": "Text 154]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhafta\n\n73\n\ntumi ye amara thafii kara agamana\ntahatei prabhu more dena ofahana\"\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-you; ye-that; amara thafii-to me; kara agamana-come; tahateidue to that; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; more-unto me; dena-gives;\nofahana-punishment by words.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Vallabha Bhafta, your coming to me is not appreciated by Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Therefore He sometimes speaks to chastise me.\"\nTEXTS 153-154\n\n�-� 'e� <fitfit� flfi{ ''Sfll'/ I\n�� �fif � l!ttf �i2f� � II �It� II\nfiflf!lt'ff mif ?t�ti! ,��t�t�1 1\nq?f, tr'Sflfti1\"f, ''Sft�\"f �tl'£111 �ItS II\nei-mata bhattera katheka dina gefa\n5e$e yadi prabhu tare suprasanna haifa\nnimantraf)era dine paQc;fite bolaifa\nsvarupa, jagadananda, govinde pathaifa\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; bhattera-of Vallabha Bha��a; katheka dina-some days;\ngefa-passed; 5e$e-at last; yadi-when; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ntare-upon him; su-prasanna haifa-became very pleased; nimantraf)era dineon the day of invitation; paQc;fite bolaifa-He called for Gadadhara Pal)<;iita;\nsvarupa-Svaropa Damodara; jagadananda-Jagadananda Pal)<;iita; govindeGovinda; pathaifa-He sent.\nTRANSLATION\nSome days passed, and when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, finally pleased with\nVallabha Bhafta, accepted his invitation, the Lord sent Svarupa Damodara,\nJagadananda Par:u;lita and Govinda to call for Gadadhara Par:u;lita.\n\n", "ant3#p0107": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n74\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 155\n\n9ft1t 9ff'Otl!tf q9f \"t� � I\n\n�f�tl! 12ft_ Q!t'llttf �..t91'1 ��'I II ��� II\npathe par;u;fitere svarupa kahena vacana\n\"parik?ite prabhu tomare kai/a upek?aQa\n\nSYNONYMS\npathe-on the way; paQ(iitere-unto Gadadhara Pat:�<;iita; svarupa-SvarOpa\nDamodara; kahena vacana-sai d some words; parik?ite-to test; prabhu-Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tomare-you; kaila upek?aQa-neglected.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the way, Svariipa Damodara said to Gadadhara Par;t�ita, \"Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu wanted to test you. Therefore He neglected you.\nTEXT 156\n\n'{fir '\"ti{ �tPf' ittf ifl fif't1 � ?\nml2f'hl �lfP1 4-tt:rt \"ftl'\" �l(i{ 1, ��� n\ntumi kene asi' tarire na dila olahana?\nbhita-praya hana karihe karila sahana?\"\n\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-you; kene-why; asi'-coming; tarire-unto Him; na di/a-did not\ngive; o/ahana-chastisement; bhita-praya-as if fearful; haiia-being; karihewhy; kari/a sahana-did you tolerate.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Why did you not retaliate by reproaching Him? Why did you fearfully\ntolerate His criticism?\"\nTEXT 157\n\n9fful! �i{,- � IIIJI!S �--f� I\n� �i{ '��' �ftl,-�\" i{� 'lit� II )�'t II\npaQ(iita kahena, -prabhu svatantra sarvajfia-siromaQi\ntarira sane 'hatha' kari, -bhala nahi mani\n\n", "ant3#p0108": "Text 159]\n\nLord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatfa\n\n75\n\nSYNONYMS\npaQc;/ita\n\nkahena-Gadadhara\n\nPar:u;lita\n\nsaid;\n\nprabhu-Lord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; svatantra-independent; sarvajna-siromal)i-the best of the omniscient; tarira sane-with Him; hatha kari-if I talk on an equal level; bha/a-good;\nnahi mani-1 do not think it is.\nTRANSLATION\nGadadhara Par:IC;fita said, \"Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is completely independent. He is the topmost omniscient personality. It would not look well\nfor me to talk to Him as if His equal.\nTEXT 158\n\n�- ��' �- �� �-filtt1f �ff' I\n�t9ftil �� �9f'l '@'!·<;�� �M' II\" ��lr II\nyei kahe, sei sahi nija-sire dhari'\napane karibena krpa gul)a-dO$a vicari' \"\nSYNONYMS\nyei kahe-whatever He says; sei sahi-1 tolerate that; nija-sire-on my head;\ndhari'-bearing; apane-automatically;\n\nkaribena krpa-He will be merciful;\n\ngul)a-do$a-attributes and faults; vicari'-after considering.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I can tolerate whatever He says, bearing it upon my head. He will automatically be merciful to me after considering my faults and attributes.\"\nTEXT 159\n\nIf!� �fil' 9ffu� �11 \"ttti �ttllfl I\n\n<;1ft�il ��1 �,.11 Rtt! 9f� II �Q� II\neta bali' pal)c;/ita prabhura sthane aila\nrodana kariya prabhura caral)e pac;:lila\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; pal)c;:/ita-Gadadhara Par:u;lita; prabhura sthane-to Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nai/a-came;\n\nrodana kariya-crying;\n\nprabhura-of Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; caral)e-at the lotus feet; pac;:li/a-fell down.\n\n", "ant3#p0109": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n76\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Gadadhara PaJ;t�ita went to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and\nfell down crying at the lotus feet of the lord.\nTEXT 160\n\n-�e, �VI � �trl 'eft�� I\n�ttl: �ift�1 <f'� 1(� �Pf \" ��0 \"\ni?at hasiya prabhu kaila a/irigana\nsabare sunana kahena madhura vacana\nSYNONYMS\ni?at\n\nhasiya-sm iling\n\nslightly;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkaila\n\na/irigana-embraced; sabare-all others; sunafla-causing to hear; kahenabegan to say; madhura vacana-sweet words.\nTRANSLATION\nSmiling slightly, the lord embraced him and spoke sweet words so that\nothers would also hear.\nTEXT 161\n\n\"�tfif �( c;l!t1fl, t_flf �1 �� I\n�'{ Ptsi � ��'li, ��ll'f �� II ��� II\n\"ami calailun toma, tumi na calila\nkrodhe kichu na kahila, saka/a sahila\nSYNONYMS\nami-1; ca/ai/uri-tried to agitate; toma-you; tumi-you; na ca/i/a-did not\nbecome agitated; krodhe-in anger; kichu-anything; na kahila-you did not\nsay; saka/a-everything; sahila-you tolerated.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I wanted to agitate you,\" the lord said, \"but you did not become agitated.\nIndeed, you could not say anything angry. Instead, you tolerated everything.\nTEXT 162\n\n'fift1(tt 'e� Q!t1f'tl' � �1 �� I\n� �'e� 'filt1rtt1l: Pts�'li II\"��� II\n\n", "ant3#p0110": "Text 164]\n\nlord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhatfa\n\n77\n\namara bhangite tamara mana na calila\nsudr9ha sarala-bhave amare kini/a\"\nSYNONYMS\namara bhangite-by My trick; tamara mana-your mind; na ca/i/a-did not become\n\ndisturbed;\n\nsudr9ha-firm;\n\nsarala-bhave-by\n\nsimplicity;\n\namare-Me;\n\nkinila-you have purchased.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Your mind was not disturbed by My tricks. Rather, you stayed fixed in your\nsimplicity. In this way you have purchased Me.\"\nTEXT 163\n\n9lfut'R 'e�·� �� il1 � I\n'11�1'{1(·\\tlt'lilt-t' ift1l �'\" �11111 ��'!) II\npaf)Qitera bhava-mudra kahana na yaya\n'gadadhara-praf)a-natha' nama haifa yaya\nSYNONYMS\npaQ(iitera-of Gadadhara Pal)<;lita; bhava-mudra-characteristics and ecstatic\nlove; kahana na yaya-cannot be described; gadadhara-praQa-natha-the Lord of\nthe life of Gadadhara; nama-name; haifa-became; yaya-goes.\nTRANSLATION\nNo one can describe the characteristics and ecstatic love of Gadadhara PaQc;!ita. Therefore another name for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is Gadadhara-praQanatha, \"the life and soul of Gadadhara PaQc;!ita.\"\nTEXT 164\n\n�?;\\! <!I� � ��il il1 �ll I\n\n'�1�11 ,�tr' �fit' �1t1f '� 'ft'hr II ��8 II\npaf)Qite prabhura prasada kahana na yaya\n'gadaira gauranga' bali' yanre toke gaya\nSYNONYMS\npaQc;/ite-upon Gadadhara Pal)<;lita; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nprasada-mercy; kahana na yaya-no one can explain; gadaira gauraliga-the\n\n", "ant3#p0111": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n78\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nGaurariga of Gadadhara Pat:�Qita; ba/i'-as; yarire-whom; toke gaya-people\nsay.\nTRANSLATION\nNo one can say how merciful the Lord is to Gadadhara Par;�c;fita, but people\nknow the Lord as Gadaira Gaura, \"the Lord Gauratiga of Gadadhara Par;�c;fita.\"\nTEXT 165\n\n�-�1{������?\n��� � 'Sitrt11' � !If'! 'ftt11' 11 ��a 11\ncaitanya-prabhura lila ke bujhite pare?\neka-lilaya vahe garigara sata sata dhare\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-prabhura lila-the pastimes of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kewho; bujhite pare-can understand; eka-lilaya-in one activity; vahe-flow;\ngarigara-of the Ganges; sata sata dhare-hundreds and hundreds of branches.\nTRANSLATION\nNo one can understand the pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. They are\nlike the Ganges, for hundreds and thousands of branches flow from even one\nof His activities.\nTEXT 166\n\n��� �' i3'11'W!1·�'1 I\nf' '�'1..\\!1 �� <flffll'li '!Jt� II��� II\npaf)c;litera saujanya, brahmaf)yata-guf)a\ndrc;Jha prema-mudra toke karila khyapana\nSYNONYMS\npaf)c;litera saujanya-the gentle behavior of Gadadhara Pat:�Qita; brahmaf)yataguf)a-the attributes of a perfect brahmaf)a; drc;lha-firm; prema-mudra-characteristic of love; toke-people; karila khyapana-proclaimed.\nTRANSLA liON\nGadadhara Par;�c;fita is celebrated all over the world for his gentle behavior,\nhis brahminical attributes and his steady love for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant3#p0112": "Text 169)\n\nlord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhaffa\n\n79\n\nTEXT 167\n\n��1f1il·?!tr '!_tfPi 'etit� �t� I\n\n�·� �1� �� �� fit�� II ��'\\ II\nabhimana-panka dhufia bhattere sodhiJa\nsei-dvara ara saba Joke sikhaiJa\nSYNONYMS\nabhimana-panka-the mud of false pride; dhufia-washing; bhattere sodhiJapurified Vallabha Bhatta; sei-dvara-by that; ara saba-all other; Joke-persons;\nsikhaiJa -instructed.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord purified Vallabha Bhaffa by cleansing him of the mud of false\npride. By such activities the lord also instructed others.\nTEXT 168\n\n�·t� '��', �ttff '�t?!� !21111' I\n�( <;�� \"11!, <;�� i(1-f �II ��lr II\nantare 'anugraha,' bahye 'upek$ara praya'\nbahyartha yei Jaya, sei nasa yaya\nSYNONYMS\nantare-within the heart;\n\nanugraha-mercy;\n\nbahye-externally;\n\nupek$ara\n\npraya-like neglect; bahya-artha-the external meaning; yei-anyone who;\nJaya-takes; sei-he; nasa yaya-becomes vanquished.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was actually always merciful within His heart, but\nHe was sometimes externally negligent of His devotees. We should not be\npreoccupied with His external feature, however, for if we do so we shall be\nvanquished.\nTEXT 169\n\n�,, �1!-�'li �·tl! �t'f � f\n� �·' <;��t� �ftf \" 'ef9, II ��� II\n\n", "ant3#p0113": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n80\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nniguc;lha caitanya-lila bujhite ka'ra sakti?\nsei bujhe, gauracandre yanra drc;lha bhakti\nSYNONYMS\nniguc;lha-very deep; caitanya-lila-the pastimes of Lord Caitanya; bujhite-to\nunderstand; ka'ra-of whom; sakti-the power; sei buj he-he understands;\ngauracandre-unto Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yanra -whose; drc;lha bhakti-fixed devotion.\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are very deep. Who can understand them? Only one who has firm, deep devotion to His lotus feet.\nTEXT 170\n\nfifil\"t'Jt1f 9lfu� C<fil'f � filqtj I\n�,.�ttl �11111 C�l'f lll<$1 fil�'$ftj II �'\\\n\no\n\nI\n\ndinantare paQc;/ita kaila prabhura nimantraQa\nprabhu tahan bhik$a kaila lana nija-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\ndina-antare-another day; paQc;/ita-Gadadhara Pa�<;lita; kaila prabhura\nnimantraQa-in vited SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; tahan -there; bhik$a kaila-took prasada; lana nija-gaQa -with His\npersonal associates.\nTRANSLATION\nAnother day, Gadadhara Par;�c;lita invited Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to dinner. The Lord took prasada at his home with His personal associates.\nPURPORT\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura comments that Lord SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu acted as a very merciful well-wisher toward Vallabha Bhatta by externally neglecting him in many ways to purify him of his false pride in being a\nlearned scholar. The Lord neglected Gadadhara Pa�<;lita for a few days because of\nhis associating with Vallabha Bhana. Actually He was not at all displeased with\nGadadhara Pa�<;lita. Indeed, because Gadadhara Pa�<;lita is the personal potency\nof Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu, there is no chance of the Lord's being dissatisfied\nwith him. However, a person who is too attracted to externals cannot understand\n\n", "ant3#p0114": "Text 172]\n\nlord Caitanya Meets Vallabha Bhafta\n\n81\n\nthe deep meaning of these dealings of Srr Caitanya Mahaprabhu. If one therefore\nbecomes disrespectful to Gadadhara Pal)<;lita, he will surely be vanquished.\nTEXT 171\n\nt!tttt �-<et � 'Citai � I\n�t!-ltf$ '1_(�1! � fltf� �'I II ��:!� II\ntahani vallabha-bhatta prabhura ajna laila\npaQc;lita-thani parva-prarthita saba siddhi haifa\nSYNONYMS\ntahani-there; va//abha-bhatta-Vallabha Bhatta; prabhura ajna-the permission of Srr Caitanya Mahaprabhu; /ai/a-took; paQc;lita-thani-from Gadadhara\nPal)<;lita; pOrva-prarthita-as previously petitioned; saba siddhi haifa-everything\nwas perfectly executed.\nTRANSLATION\nThere Vallabha Bhafta took permission from lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nand his desire to be initiated by Gadadhara Par;��ita was thus fulfilled.\nTEXT 172\n\nt��l I!' �� 41111'6·�� f� I\n� <'!t�t'l �i <;�i2!1f'(il II ��:!� II\nei ta' kahilun val/abha-bhattera milana\nyahara sraval)e paya gaura-prema-dhana\nSYNONYMS\nei ta' kahilun-thus I have explained; vallabha-bhattera milana-the meeting of\nVallabha Bhatta; yahara sraval)e-by hearing which; paya-one can get; gauraprema-dhana-the treasure of love for Srr Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nI have thus explained the lord's meeting with Vallabha Bhafta. By hearing of\nthis incident,\nMahaprabhu.\n\none can achieve\n\nthe\n\ntreasure\n\nof love\n\nfor\n\nSri Caitanya\n\n", "ant3#p0115": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n82\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 7\n\nTEXT 173\n\n!\\11i?!·11'SJ_itltl!·� �t11 �'flit I\nCi����· �\"(;;� flif� II �\"'� II\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa -Srila ROpa Gosvami; raghunatha -Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa\nthe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\n-\n\ne x pectat i on; caitanya-caritamrta­\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr�Qadasa-Srila\n\nKr�l')adasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kt��adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritam�a, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Antya-lila,\n\nSeventh Chapter, describing the meeting of Vallabha Bhatta with Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant3#p0116": "CHAPTER 8\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the Lord\nThe following summary of the Eighth Chapter is given by Srila Bhaktivinoda\nThakura in his Amrta-pravaha-bha�ya. This chapter describes the history of the\nLord's dealings with Ramacandra Puri. Although Ramacandra Puri was one of the\ndisciples of Madhavendra Puri, he was influenced by dry Mayavadis, and\ntherefore he criticized Madhavendra Puri. Therefore Madhavendra Puri accused\nhim of being an offender and rejected him. Because Ramacandra Puri had been rejected by his spiritual master, he became concerned only with finding faults in\nothers and advising them according to dry Mayavada philosophy. For this reason\nhe was not very respectful to the Vai�r:Javas, and later he became so fallen that he\nbegan criticizing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu for His eating. Hearing his criticisms, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu reduced His eating, but after Ramacandra Puri left Jagannatha Puri, the Lord resumed His usual behavior.\n\nTEXT 1\n\nI!� �\"! \"�fi'i!tR �����me. I\n\n,���t1tl!: �� ,�1 f<e'fti{� ��tne. 11�11\ntam vande kmJa-caitanyarh\nramacandra -puri-bhayat\nlaukikaharata/:l svarh yo\nbhik�annarh samakocayat\nSYNONYMS\n\ntam-to Him; vande-1 offer my respectful obeisances; kr�Qa-caitanyam-Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ramacandra-puri-bhayat-due to fear of Ramacandra\nPuri; laukika-ordinary; aharata/:l-from eating; svam-His own; ya/:1-who;\nbhik�a-annam-quantity of food; samakocayat-reduced.\nTRANSLATION\nLet me offer my respectful obeisances to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\nreduced His eating due to fear of the criticism of Ramacandra Puri.\n\n83\n\n", "ant3#p0117": "S ri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n84\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 2\n\nQ � !i\\��11 �P1tfif']i·�tl I\n\n�-f-t�tffl<fi 'et� i�'t �t�t� II � II\njaya jaya sri-caitanya karul)a-sindhu-avatara\nbrahma-sivadika bhaje caral)a yarihara\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories;\n\nsri-caitanya-to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karul)a­\n\nsindhu-avatara-the incarnation of the ocean of mercy; brahma-siva-adikademigods, beginning from Lord Brahma and Siva; bhaje-worship; caral)a-lotus\nfeet; yariha ra-whose\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the incarnation of the ocean of\nmercy. His lotus feet are worshiped by demigods like Lord Brahma and Lord\nSiva.\nTEXT 3\n\n'f� 'SRI ��'(!i� fii'!Jtil\"f I\n'f'Ste. -.rfilllf '�� fif�1 '<2111-.Jt� II � II\njaya jaya avadhata-candra nityananda\njagat baridhila yeriha diya prema-pharida\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; avadhata-candra-to the moon of mendicants; nityananda-Lo rd Nityananda; jagat-the world; baridhila-bound ; yeriha-who; diyaby; prema-pharida-the noose of ecstatic love of Kr�r:\"�a.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Nityananda Prabhu, the greatest of mendicants, who bound\nthe entire world with a knot of ecstatic love for God.\nTEXT 4\n\n��������HI\nf� ���t�' �llf �'Ste.·f�tl II 8 II\n\n", "ant3#p0118": "Text 6]\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the Lord\n\n85\n\njaya jaya advaita isvara avatara\nk[$1)a avatari' kaila jagat-nistara\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya -all glories; advaita-to Advaita Acarya; isvara-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; avatara-i ncarnation; k[$1Ja a vatari'-induc ing Kr�r:Ja to descend; kai/a-did; jagat-nistara-deliverance of the entire world.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Advaita Prabhu, the incarnation of the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead. He induced Km1a to descend and thus delivered the entire world.\nTEXT 5\n\ntri 11rn ���� � ce��tf 1\n\n�\"�l!tJ �t_-�t11' �tf� II <t II\njaya jaya srivasadi yata bhakta-gal)a\nsri-k[$1)a-caitanya prabhu- yanra pral)a-dhana\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; srivasa-adi-headed by Srivasa Thakura; yata bhaktagaQa-to all the devotees; sri-k[$Qa-caitanya prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nyanra-whose; pral)a-dhana-life and soul.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to all the devotees, headed by Srivasa Thakura. Sri Kr��;�a\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is their life and soul.\nTEXT 6\n\n�·� (;��!! �n�-�H;;'F I\n��'!' �1 �t1f ��t$11!�t'F II � II\nei-mata gauracandra nija-bhakta-sange\nnilacale kriqa kare k[$1)a-prema-tarange\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; gauracandra-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nnija­\n\nbhakta-sange-with His own devotees; ni /aca/e-at j agannatha Puri; kriqa kare­\n\nexecutes different pastimes; k[$1)a-prema-tarange-in the waves of love of Kr�r:Ja.\n\n", "ant3#p0119": "86\n\nSri Caitanya-caritampa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, at Jagannatha Puri, performed His various\npastimes with His own devotees in the waves of love for Kr�r:'la.\nTEXT 7\n\n�i{� 11'11f�!!��-cost�tf� �tlllfl1\n\n�i{lilt·�� � �tt filf'll'rl U 'l II\nhena-ka/e ramacandra-puri-gosat'ii aila\nparamananda-purire ara prabhure mili/a\nSYNONYMS\n\nhena-kale-at this time; ramacandra-puri-gosat'ii-a sannyasi named Ramaai/a-came; paramana nda-pur ire- Paramananda Puri; ara-and;\nprabhure-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; milila-met.\n\ncandra Puri;\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen a sannyasi named Ramacandra Puri Gosafii came to see Paramananda\nPuri and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 8\n\n�fJ!ti1\"f-�� ��'f �f't �lilti{ I\n�-C'St�tf� ��iif itt� W �tf'iit1fi{ II \\r II\nparamananda-puri kaila caral)a vandana\npuri-gosat'ii kaila tanre drc;fha a/ingana\nSYNONYMS\n\nparaman anda-puri- Paramananda Puri; kai/a-did; caraQa-unto the feet; vandana-offering obeisances; puri-gosat'ii-Ramacandra Puri; kai/a-did; tanreunto him; drc;iha-strong; a/ingana-embracing.\nTRANSLATION\nParamananda Puri offered respects at the feet of Ramacandra Puri, and\nRamacandra Puri strongly embraced him.\nPURPORT\nBecause Ramacandra Puri was a disciple of Madhavendra Puri, both Paramananda Puri and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu offered him respectful obeisances. Srila\n\n", "ant3#p0120": "Text 9]\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the Lord\n\n87\n\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura comments that although Ramacandra Puri was\nnaturally very envious and although he was against the principles of Vai�t:Javismor, in other words, against the principles of the Supreme Personality of Godhead\nand His devotees-common people nevertheless addressed him as Gosvami or\nGosaiii because he was superficially in the renounced order and dressed like a\nsannyasi. In the modern age the title gosvami is used by a caste of grhasthas, but\nformerly it was not. ROpa Gosvami antl Sanatana Gosvami, for example, were\ncalled gosvami because they were in the renounced order. Similarly, because\nParamananda Puri was a sannyasi, he was called Puri Gosvami. By careful scrutiny,\ntherefore, one will find that gosvami is not the title for a certain caste; rather, it is\nproperly the title for a person in the renounced order.\nTEXT 9\n\n��'{ ��� �ttf �'G�t. �frs I\n�t�il ��' C��i ��'I �-.frl II � II\nmahaprabhu kaila tanre dar:u;Javat nati\nalingana kari' tenho kaila kr�Qa-smrti\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kai/a-did; tanre-unto him; daQt;favat nati-offering obeisances; alingana kari'-embracing; tenho-Ramacandra\nPuri; kai/a-did; kr�Qa-smrti-remembrance of Kr�t:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu also offered obeisances unto Ramacandra Puri,\nwho then embraced Him and thus remembered Kr�r:Ja.\n\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu offered obeisances to Ramacandra Puri in consideration of his being a disciple of Srila Madhavendra Puri, the spiritual master of His\nown spiritual master, Tsvara Puri. When a Vai�t:Java sannyasi meets another\nVai�t:Java sannyasi, they both remember Kr�t:Ja. Even Mayavadi sannyasis generally\nremember Narayal)a, who is also Kr�t:Ja, by saying orh nama bhagavate narayaQa or\nnamo narayaQa. Thus it is the duty of a sannyasi to remember Kr�t:Ja. According to\nsmrti-sastra, a sannyasi does not offer obeisances or blessings to anyone. It is said,\nsannyasi nirasir nirnama�kriyab: a sannyasi should not offer anyone blessings or\nobeisances.\n\n", "ant3#p0121": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n88\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 10\n\n��� ·�t'5t� �� �\"\" I\n\"'StWtil��fl$i! �ttf ��'fl r-.qtt II � II\no\n\ntina-jane i?tha-go?thi kai/a kata-k?aQa\njagadananda-paQr;/ita tafire kaila nimantral)a\n\nSYNONYMS\ntina-jane-three\n\npersons;\n\ni?tha-go?thi-discussion\n\non\n\nKr�l)a;\n\nkai/a-per­\n\nformed; kata-k�aQa-for some time; jagadananda-paQr;/ita-Jagadananda Pal)<;iita; tafire -Ramacandra PurT; kaila nimantral)a -invited.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe three of them talked about Kr�Qa for some time, and then Jagadananda\ncame and extended an invitation to Ramacandra Puri.\nTEXT 11\n\n'-''5tm�� <2f�tlf �tfil'fl f'e'lfit1f t'ftRmi 1\n�r;Q{� �'lfi1 ��'fl ,�t�1 fil\"ft1f llftf'St11111 �� II\njagannathera prasada ani/a bhik?ara lagiya\nyathe?ta bhik?a karila tefiho nindara lagiya\n\nSYNONYMS\njagannathera prasada-remnants of the food of Lord jagannatha; ani/abrought; bhik?ara lagiya-for feeding; yathe�ta bhik?a karila-ate sumptuously;\ntefiho-he; nindara lagiya-to find some fault.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA large quantity of the remnants of food from Lord Jagannatha was brought\nin for distribution. Ramacandra Puri ate sumptuously, and then he wanted to\nfind faults in Jagadananda PaQ�ita.\nTEXT 12\n\nR5'1fi1 �fJ' �� �1,-\"�il, 't'�Ntil\"' I\n�� i21Jtt� 1_fi{ <R� o:e.r II\" �� II\nbhik?a kari' kahe puri,- \"suna, jagadananda\navase�a prasada tumi karaha bhak?al)a\"\n\n", "ant3#p0122": "Text 14]\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the Lord\n\n89\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhik�a kari '- after finishing the lunch; kahe puri-Ramacandra PurT began to\nspeak; suna, jagadananda -my dear Jagadananda, just hear; avase�a prasada -the\nremaining prasada; tumi -you; karaha bhak�af)a -eat.\nTRANSLATION\nA fter finishing the meal, Ramacandra Puri requested, \"My dear Jagadananda, please listen. You eat the food that is left.\"\nTEXT 13\n\n��� �t1�1 �tt1f �fit' ��m•\" 1\n�� ��� �f�' ��� �II ��II\nagraha kariya tanre vasi' khaoyaila\napane agraha kari' parivesana kai/a\nSYNONYMS\nagraha kariya -wi th great eagerness; tanre vasi '-seating him; khaoyai/a-he\nfed; apane- personally; agraha kari'-w i th great eagerness; parivesana kaila -administered the prasada.\nTRANSLATION\nWith great eagerness Ramacandra Puri seated Jagadananda Pal){,fita and\npersonally served him prasada.\nTEXT 14\n\n�t� <1$Rf�1 �: �-.: �'i�'l I\n�-. �� t'i{\"ff <I$Rl�� 'l1f'*'f II �8 II\nagraha kariya puna/:! puna/:! khaoyai/a\nacamana kaile ninda karite lagila\nSYNONYMS\nagraha kariya-with eagerness; puna/:! pu na/:1 -again and again; khaoyailafed; acamana kai/e-when he had washed his hands and mouth; ninda karite\n/agi/a-began to criticize.\nTRANSLATION\nEncouraging him again and again, Ramacandra Puri fed him sumptuously,\nbut when Jagadananda had washed his hands and mouth, Ramacandra Puri\nbegan criticizing him.\n\n", "ant3#p0123": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n90\n\nTEXT 15\n\n\"�til, �ii!t.J'$ftf �� � \"'11\n'lli!J' � �t�J,-llt'Pt� c;wf�( ���� n �(t n\n\"suni, caitanya-gaQa kare bahuta bhak?aQa\n'satya' sei vakya, -sak?ilt dekhiluri ekhana\nSYNONYMS\nsuni-1 have heard; caitanya-gaQa-the followers of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkare bahuta bhak?aQa-eat more than necessary; satya\n\n-\n\ntrue; sei vakya-that\n\nstatement; sak?J.t-directly; dekhi/uri-1 have seen; ekhana-now.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have heard,\" he said, \"that the followers of Caitanya Mahaprabhu eat\nmore than necessary. Now I have directly seen that this is true.\nTEXT 16\n\nqj� �i! �t�'l11$1 �� � ifPit I\n�tfit lll$1 �i! �, ��tt'5tll ilt� '�' 11\")�11\nsannyasire eta khaoyafla kare dharma na.Sa\nvairagi hafla eta khaya, vairagyera nahi 'bhasa'\"\nSYNONYMS\nsannyasire-unto a sannyasi; eta\nna.Sa\n\n-\n\n-\n\nso much; khaoyafla-feeding; kare dharma\n\ndestroys the regulative principles; vairagi hafla- being in the renounced\n\norder; eta-so much; khaya-eats; vairagyera nahi bhasa-there is no trace of\nrenunciation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Feeding a sannyasi too much breaks his regulative principles, for when a\nsannyasi eats too much, his renunciation is destroyed.\"\nTEXT 17\n\nIfill!' �oe\"R m �� �ffirl1\nf9t� f.l..n �tt, �1t'$1 �•i! �1�ml$1n )ct n\nei ta' svabhava tarira agraha kariya\npiche ninda kare, age bahuta khaoyafla\n\n", "ant3#p0124": "Text 19]\n\n91\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the Lord\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-this; ta'-certainly; sva-bhava-characteristic; tar'lra-his; agraha kariyawith great eagerness; piche-afterward; ninda kare-criticizes; age-at first;\nbahuta-much; khaoyafia-feeding.\nTRANSLATION\nThe characteristic of Ramacandra Puri was that first he would induce someone to eat more than necessary and then he would criticize him.\nTEXT 18\n\n�(� 1ft�\"!!� <fit�il �!(Js{til I\nft1li�'i_iT l!t<f �t.illi �t� 'ltil II �lr II\npurve yabe madhavendra karena antardhana\nramacandra-puri tabe aila tanra sthana\nSYNONYMS\n\nparve-formerly; yabe-when; madhavendra-Madhavendra PurT; karena antardhana-was about to die; ramacandra-puri-Ramacandra PurT; tabe-at that\ntime; ai/a-came; tanra sthana-to his place.\nTRANSLATION\nFormerly, when Madhavendra Puri was at the last stage of his life, Ramacandra Puri came to where he was staying.\nTEXT 19\n\n'i_�·,\"ittJttf� <fi� �·rt1l·��il 1\n'1l� iii ��'l' <f�' <fit1til \\!fi\"'il II �� II\npuri-gosafii kare kr?Qa-nama-sankirtana\n'mathura na painu' bali' karena krandana\nSYNONYMS\n\npuri-gosafii-Madhavendra\n\nPuri;\n\nkare-was\n\nperforming;\n\nkr?Qa-nama­\n\nsankirtana-the chanting of the holy name of Lord Kr�r:Ja; mathura na painu-1 did\nnot get shelter at Mathura; ba/i'-saying; karena krandana-was crying.\nTRANSLATION\nMadhavendra Puri was chanting the holy name of Kr�r:ta, and sometimes he\nwould cry, \"0 my Lord, I did not get shelter at Mathura.\"\n\n", "ant3#p0125": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'la\n\n92\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 20\n\n111ln!� �t� '�t�tllf ittl I\nfit1J �1$1 �ti t � ��' oe� ilt� �t� 11 �\n\no\n\nn\n\nramacandra-puri tabe upadese tanre\nsi�ya hafia guruke kahe, bhaya nahi kare\nSYNONYMS\nramacandra-puri-Ramacandra Puri; tabe-then; upadese tar'lre-instructed\nhim; si�ya hafia-being a disciple; guruke k ahe-said to his spiritual master;\nbhaya nahi kare\n\n-\n\nwithout fear.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThen Ramacandra Puri was so foolish that he fearlessly dared to instruct his\nspiritual master.\nTEXT 21\n\n\"1,fif-'1_(..!3�til\"f, ��� �tj I\nata�e, �1$1 c;�il �� c;lt�il ?\" �) II\n\"tumi-pOrQa-brahmananda, karaha smaral)a\nbrahmavit hafia kene karaha rodana?\"\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-you;\n\npOrQa-brahma-ananda-full\n\nin\n\ntranscendental\n\nbliss;\n\nkaraha\n\nsmaraQa-you should remember; brahma-vit hafia-being fully aware of Brahman; k ene-why; karaha rodana-are you crying.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If you are in full transcendental bliss,\" he said, \"you should now remember only Brahman. Why are you crying?\"\nPURPORT\nAs stated in Bhagavad-gita, brahma-bhatab prasannatma: a Brahman realized\nperson is always happy. Na socati na kank�ati: he neither laments nor aspires for\nanything. Not knowing why Madhavendra Puri was crying, Ramacandra Puri tried\nto become his advisor. Thus he committed a great offense, for a disciple should\nnever try to instruct his spiritual master.\n\n", "ant3#p0126": "Text 23]\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the lord\n\n93\n\nTEXT 22\n\n�fil' Jtt�!!·Jttil (;\\!lit� ��� I\n\n''1_1, �' �M�' ��' !f!t. :fli!'l �fl\"'l' II�� II\n...\n\nsuni' madhavendra-mane krodha upajila\n'dOra, dora, papi�tha' bali' bhartsana karila\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuni'-hearing;\n\nmadhavendra-of Madhavendra Puri; mane-in the mind;\n\nkrodha-anger; upajila- arose ; dOra dOra-get out; papi�tha-you sinful rascal;\nba/i'-saying; bhartsana karila-he chastised.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this instruction, Madhavendra Puri, greatly angry, rebuked him by\nsaying, \"Get out, you sinful rascal!\nPURPORT\nRamacandra Puri could not understand that his spiritual master, Madhavendra\nPuri, was feeling transcendental separation. His lamentation was not material.\nRather, it proceeded from the highest stage of ecstatic love of Kr�r:Ja. When he\nwas crying in separation, \"I could not achieve Kr�r:Ja! I could not reach Mathura!\"\nthis was not ordinary material lamentation. Ramacandra Puri was not sufficiently\nexpert to understand the feelings of Madhavendra Puri, but nevertheless he\nthought himself very advanced. Therefore, regarding Madhavendra Puri's expressions as ordinary material lamentation, he advised him to remember Brahman because he was latently an impersonalist. Madhavendra PurT understood Ramacandra Purl's position as a great fool and therefore immediately rebuked him. Such\na reprimand from the spiritual master is certainly for the betterment of the disciple.\nTEXT 23\n\n'�· il1 ��il_, il1 ��'l ''ll�' I\n\n�t�il·l:t� 'llt�·i- �� �ti! �t�'l' l!it'l'i n�-el\n'kr�f!a na painu, na painu 'mathura'\napana-du/:lkhe maroti-ei dite aila jvala\nSYNONYMS\nkr�f!a-Lord Kr�r:Ja; na painu-1 did not get; na painu-did not get; mathuraMathura; apana-du/:lkhe-in my own unhappiness; maroti-1 am dying; ei-this\nperson; dite aila jvala-has come to give more pain.\n\n", "ant3#p0127": "94\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 my Lord Kr��;�a, I could not reach You, nor could I reach Your abode,\n\nMathura. I am dying in my unhappiness, and now this rascal has come to give\nme more pain.\nTEXT 24\n\n�t� 11.� ilt (;\\if�t� �' iff� ��·l!fir I\n(;l!'ft1( <;\\iff�' 'llti!f <;IIHI �t� 'CI��f\\6 II �8 n\nmore mukha na dekhabi tui, yao yathi-tathi\ntore dekhi' maile mora habe asad-gati\nSYNONYMS\nmore-to me; mukha-face; na dekhabi-do not show; tui-you; yao-go;\nyathi-tathi-anywhere else; tore-you; dekhi'-seeing; mai/e-if I die; mora\nhabe asat-gati-1 shall not get my destination.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Don't show your face to me! Go anywhere else you like. If I die seeing\nyour face, I shall not achieve the destination of my life.\nTEXT 25\n\np il1 'Pftl'l. ;{� ll:t1(•t �t'Pfil� 1:1:-t I\nClfff:1( '21�' �'Pi� �l �� �(u\" �� 11\nkr?Qa na painu mufii maron apanara dubkhe\nmore 'brahma' upadese ei chara murkhe\"\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-Kr�r:Ja; na painu-could not get; mufii-1; maron-1 die; apanara\ndubkhe-in my own unhappiness; more-to me; brahma-Brahman; upadeseinstructs; ei-this; chara-condemned; murkhe-fool.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am dying without achieving the shelter of Kr��;�a, and therefore I am\ngreatly unhappy. Now this condemned foolish rascal has come to instruct me\nabout Brahman.\"\n\n", "ant3#p0128": "Text 26]\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the Lord\n\n95\n\nTEXT 26\n\nIf!� '� ll'lft'ft�!! C!il�t� �t�..-1 �� I\n�� ��C'f �·�t11' '��ifl' i9f� II�� II\nei ye sri-madhavendra sri-pada upek?a karila\n\nsei aparadhe irihara 'vasana' janmila\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-this; ye-that; sri-madhavendra sri-pada-His Lordship Madhavendra Puri;\n\nupek?a kari/a-neglected or denounced; sei aparadhe- because of the offense;\n\nirihara-of Ramacandra Puri; vasana-material desire; janmila-arose.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamacandra Puri was thus denounced by Madhavendra Puri. Due to his\noffense, gradually material desire appeared within him.\n\nPURPORT\nThe word vasana (\"material desires\") refers to dry speculative knowledge. Such\n\nspeculative knowledge is only material. As confirmed in Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(10.14.4), a person without devotional service who simply wants to know things\n\n(keva/a-bodha-Jabdhaye) gains only dry speculative knowledge but no spiritual\n\nprofit. This is also confirmed in the Bhakti-sandarbha (111), wherein it is said:\n\njivan-mukta api punar\n\nyanti sarhsara-vasanam\n\nyady acintya-maha-saktau\nbhagavaty aparadhinaf)\n\n\"Even though one is liberated in this life, if one offends the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead he falls down in the midst of material desires, of which dry speculation\nabout spiritual realization is one.\"\n\nIn his Laghu-to?aQi commentary on Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.2.32), jiva Gosvami\n\nsays;\n\njivan-mukta api punar\n\nbandhanarh yanti karmabhif)\n\nyady acintya-maha-saktau\nbhagavaty aparadhinaf)\n\n", "ant3#p0129": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n96\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\n\"Even if one is liberated in this life, he becomes addicted to material desires because of offenses to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\"\nA similar quotation from one of the PuriiQas also appears in the Vi$QU-bhakticandrodaya:\njivan-mukta/:1 prapadyante\nkvacit sarhsara-vasanam\nyogino na vilipyante\nkarmabhir bhagavat-para/:1\n\"Even liberated souls sometimes fall down to material desires, but those who fully\nengaged in devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead are not\naffected by such desires.\"\nThese are references from authoritative revealed scriptures. If one becomes an\noffender to his spiritual master or the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he falls\ndown to the material platform to merely speculate.\nTEXT 27\n\n\"··l3'11��, �tf� �·\"f ,,\"\"\", I\n�\"'t� �\"fi �t\"f, �\"'tt� �.II �'l II\nSU$ka-brahma-jnani, nahi k[$/)era 'sambandha'\nsarva /oka ninda kare, nindate nirbandha\nSYNONYMS\n\n5u$ka - dry ; brahma-jnani-impersonalist philosopher; nahi-there is not;\nk[$Qera-with Lord Kr�t:�a; sambandha - relationship; sarva-all; /aka-persons;\nninda kare-criticizes; nindate nirbandha-fixed in blaspheming.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who is attached to dry speculative knowledge has no relationship with\nK��Qa. His occupation is criticizing Vai�Qavas. Thus he is situated in criticism.\nPURPORT\nSrrla Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvatr Thakura has explained in his Anubhii$ya that the\nword nirbandha indicates that Ramacandra Purr had a steady desire to criticize\nothers. lmpersonalist Mayavadrs who have no relationship with Kr�t:�a. who cannot take to devotional service and who simply engage in material arguments to\nunderstand Brahman regard devotional service to Kr�t:�a as karma-kaQr;fa, or fruitive activities. According to them, devotional service to Kr�t:�a is but another\nmeans for attaining dharma, artha, kama and mok$a. Therefore they criticize the\ndevotees for engaging in material activities. They think that devotional service is\n\n·\n\n", "ant3#p0130": "Text 30]\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the Lord\n\n97\n\nmaya and that Kr�l)a or Vi�l)u is also maya. Therefore they are called Mayavadis.\nSuch a mentality awakens in a person who is an offender to Kr�l)a and His devotees.\n\nTEXT 28\n\n��\" ''Stt�tf� �t1t l\\9ftw·�� I\n�� �t1t� 11�:�t� 111�� n ��Y 11\nisvara-puri gosaiii kare sri-pada-sevana\nsvahaste karena mala-mutradi marjana\n\nSYNONYMS\nisvara-puri-Tsvara Puri; gosaiii- Gosvami; kare-performs; sri-pada-sevanaservice to Madhavendra Puri; sva-haste-with his own hand; karena-performs;\nmala-mutra-adi-stool, urine, and so on; marjana-cleaning.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIsvara Puri, the spiritual master of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, performed service to Madhavendra Puri, cleaning up his stool and urine with his own hand.\nTEXT 29\n\nf.1n1t \"�t1l �m �1t'l 1\n�-.�t1f, fl� ��1� �ll_'lli't II�� II\nnirantara kr?Qa-nama karaya smaraQa\nkr?Qa-nama, kr?Qa-li/a sunaya anuk$al)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nnirantara-always; kr?Qa-nama-the name of Lord Kr�l)a; karaya smaraQa-was\nreminding; kr?Qa-nama-the holy name of Kr�l)a; kr?Qa-/i/a-pastimes of Kr�l)a;\nsunaya anuk$al)a -was always causing to hear.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIsvara Puri was always chanting the holy name and pastimes of Lord Kr�r:'la\nfor Madhavendra Puri to hear. In this way he helped Madhavendra Puri\nremember the holy name and pastimes of Lord Kr�r:'la at the time of death.\nTEXT 30\n\n� ��i � itt1t '� �tMtr� I\n\n� �-'� (;'!t1lt1t ��� '�1f${il' II �o II\n\n", "ant3#p0131": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n98\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\ntU?ta hafia puri tatire kai/a a/itigana\nvara dila-'kr?fJe tamara ha-uka prema-dhana'\nSYNONYMS\ntu?ta\n\nhalia-being\n\na/itigana-embraced;\n\npleased;\n\npuri-Madhavendra\n\nvara dila-gave\n\nPuri;\n\nthe benediction;\n\ntatire-him;\n\nkai/a\n\nkr?fJe-unto Kf�l)a;\n\ntamara-your; ha-uka-let there be; prema-dhana-the wealth of love.\nTRANSLATION\nPleased with isvara Puri, Madhavendra Puri embraced him and gave him the\n\nbenediction that he would be a great devotee and lover of Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 31\n\n�-�!ttl! ..��� -',12ftQ �t'Stf' I\nt11li�'1_i'T � ���� 11 �� 11\nsei haite isvara-puri-'premera sagara'\nramacandra-puri haila sarva-nindakara\nSYNONYMS\nsei haite-from that; isvara-puri-Tsvara Puri; premera sagara-the ocean of\necstatic love;\n\nramacandra-puri-Ramacandra Puri;\n\nhai/a-became; sarva-nin­\n\ndakara-critic of all others.\nTRANSLATION\nThus isvara Puri became like an ocean of ecstatic love for Kr�r;�a, whereas\nRamacandra Puri became a dry speculator and a critic of everyone else.\nTEXT 32\n\nlf!t�'l�·fi{� '�t..,' ��i{ I\n1!1� lt'fttf f.t�ttllf1 l!f'Stl!fti{ 11 �� 11\nmahad-anugraha-nigrahera 'sak?i' dui-jane\nei dui-dvare sikhaila jaga-jane\nSYNONYMS\nmahat-of an exalted personality; anugraha-of the blessing; nigrahera-of\nchastisement; sak?i-giving evidence; dui-jane-tw� persons; ei dui-dvare-by\nthese two; sikhai/a-instructed; jaga-jane-the people of the world.\n\n", "ant3#p0132": "Ramacandra Puri Criticizes the lord\n\nText 34]\n\n99\n\nTRANSLATION\nIsvara Puri received the blessing of Madhavendra Puri, whereas Ramacandra Puri received a rebuke from him. Therefore these two persons, Isvara\nPuri and Ramacandra Puri, are examples of the objects of a great personality's\nbenediction and punishment. Madhavendra Puri instructed the entire world\nby presenting these two examples.\nTEXT 33\n\nISP'Sftl�� 1ft�� �Rf' '�1f � I\n�- alt� ��' Qlr;� �<tiiif ��(ti{ II ��\njagad-guru madhavendra kari' prema dana\nei sloka pac;fi' teliho kaila antardhana\nSYNONYMS\njagat-guru-the spiritual master of the entire world; madhavendra-Madhavendra Puri; kari' prema dana-giving ecstatic love of Kr�r:ta as charity; ei sloka\npac;fi'-reciting this verse; teliho-he; kaila antardhana-passed away from this\nmaterial world.\nTRANSLATION\nHis Divine Grace Madhavendra Puri, the spiritual master of the entire\nworld, thus distributed ecstatic love for Kr�r:-a. While passing away from the\nmaterial world, he chanted the following verse.\nTEXT 34\n\n'15l:fil tr,'llf�i�'lt� c�\n\n'll��t'lt� <flfi�C<'Ii<T>H:'!\n�'if�� �lfC<'I'i<fi<fii���\n\nlffil� �11lJf� f<fi� <fC�i'llJ�l{_ II -'8 n\nayi dina-dayardra natha he\nmathura-natha kadavalokyase\nhrdayarh tvad-aloka-katararh\ndayita bhramyati kim karomy aham\nSYNONYMS\nayi-0 my Lord; dina-on the poor; daya-ardra-compassionate; natha-0\nmaster;\n\nhe-0;\n\nmathura-natha-the\n\nmaster\n\nof\n\nMathura;\n\nkada-when;\n\n", "ant3#p0133": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n100\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nava/okyase-1 shall see you; hrdayam-my heart; tvat-of You; a/aka-without\nseeing; kataram-very much aggrieved; dayita-0 most beloved; bhramyatibecomes overwhelmed; kim-what; karomi-shall do; aham-1.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 my Lord! 0 most merciful master! 0 master of Mathura! When shall I\n\nsee You again? Because of my not seeing You, my agitated heart has become\nunsteady. 0 most beloved one, what shall I do now?\"\nTEXT 35\n\n�- � �?;� �� �91� I\n�·� ��� 'e7;9J \"et��tllf� ll �<2' ll\nei slake k[$f)a-prema kare upadesa\nk[$f)era virahe bhaktera bhava-vise$a\nSYNONYMS\nei slake-in this verse; k[$Qa-prema-love of Kr�r:ta; kare upadesa-instructs;\nk[$f)era virahe-by feeling separation from Kr�r:ta; bhaktera-of the devotee;\nbhava-vise$a -transcendental situation.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this verse Madhavendra Puri instructs how to achieve ecstatic love for\nKm1a. By feeling separation from Kr�r;�a, one becomes spiritually situated.\nTEXT 36\n\n�� <;Jt�'t �R' '�\"1 <;12!11'1!1 I\n� <;\\211rt!tJJ fl' ��IJJ� ll �� II\n-\n\nprthivite ropaf)a kari' gela premarikura\nsei premarikurera vrk$a-caitanya-thakura\nSYNONYMS\nprthivite-within this material world;\n\nropaf)a kari'-sowing;\n\nge/a-went;\n\nprema-arikura-the seed of ecstatic love for Kr�r:ta; sei prema-arikurera-of that\nseed of ecstatic love for Kr�r:ta; vrk$a-the tree; caitanya-thakura-Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant3#p0134": "Text 38]\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the Lord\n\n101\n\nTRANSLATION\nMadhavendra Puri sowed the seed of ecstatic love for Kmta within this material world and then departed. That seed later became a great tree in the form\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 37\n\n��\n\n�� �-,'mJtt�� fil�'t I\n\n� � �til, �- � 'et�ti{.\" �9 \"\nprastave kahiluri puri-gosai1ira niryaQa\nyei iha sune, sei bac;Ja bhagyavan\nSYNONYMS\nprastave-incidentally; kahi/uri-1 have described; puri-gosanira-of Madhavendra Puri; niryaQa-the passing away; yei-one who; iha-this; sune-hears;\nsei-he; bac;Ja bhagyavan-very fortunate.\nTRANSLATION\nI have incidentally described the passing away of Madhavendra Puri. Anyone who hears this must be considered very fortunate.\nTEXT 38\n\nlt1fii!!� �� �� �lift�t\"r I\nRt9 ��' �!. �t� '�til \"'t\"� \" �\"\" \"\nramacandra-puri aiche rahila nilacale\nvirakta svabhava, kabhu rahe kona stha/e\nSYNONYMS\nramacandra-puri-Ramacandra Puri;\n\naiche-in this way; rahila ni/aca/e­\n\nremained at Jagannatha Puri; virakta-renounced; sva-bhava-as is the custom;\nkabhu-sometimes; rahe-he remained; kana sthale-at a particular place.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Ramacandra Puri stayed at Jagannatha Puri. As customary for those in\nthe renounced order, he would sometimes stay someplace and then go away.\n\n", "ant3#p0135": "102\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrfa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 39\n\n�Fe.qst � <l'i�, ift�<\\'i Fe.(i I\n�Sf fre'P� f-I:�J \"fCi� f�i II �� II\nanimantraQa bhik�a kare, nahika nirQaya\nanyera bhik�ara sthitira layena niscaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nanimantraQa-without being invited; bhik�a kare-accepts food; nahika nirQaya-there is no certainty; anyera-of others; bhik�ara-of acceptance of\nprasada; sthitira-of the situation; layena ni5caya-takes account.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere was no certainty of where Ramacandra Puri would take his meal, for\nhe would do so even uninvited. Nevertheless, he was very particular to keep\naccount of how others were taking their meals.\nTEXT 40\n\n� f�cst 'ftt'St �)� �fJ �'1 1\n� <l'i�J, ''Stt�\"f �t� f?!� � II So II\nprabhura nimantraQe /age kau<;ii cari paQa\nkabhu kasisvara, govinda khana tina jana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nimantraQe-for invitation; /age-is\nrequired; kau<;ii cari paQa-four times eighty small conchshells; kabhu kasisvarasometimes KasiSvara; govinda-the personal servant of Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkhana-eat; tina jana-three persons.\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo invite Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would cost 320 kauc;fis [small conchshells]. This would provide lunch for three people, including Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and sometimes Kasisvara and Govinda.\nTEXT 41\n\n� 12t� fre'l51 ��-�� Q 1\n��fir '!_lfJ �r;�, �tfJ�st·f.l(i II 8� II\n\n", "ant3#p0136": "Text 43]\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the Lord\n\n103\n\npratyaha prabhura bhik?a iti-uti haya\nkeha yadi mulya ane, cari-paQa-nirQaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nprati-aha-daily; prabhura-of S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhik?a-alms; itiuti-here and there; haya-is; keha-someone; yadi-if; mulya ane-pays; caripaQa-four times eighty small conchshells; nirQaya-as a fixed amount.\nTRANSLATION\nEvery day the Lord would take His meal at a different place, and if someone\nwas prepared to pay for a meal, the price was fixed at only four paQas.\nTEXT 42\n\n� r..�, it�, �..1, -t1let, �'� 1\nltlli!l�) �t;i!' �<{fit�'fitit II 8� II\nprabhura sthiti, riti, bhik?a, sayana, prayaQa\nramacandra-puri kare sarvanusandhana\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhura-of S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sthiti-situation; riti-regulative principles; bhik?a-accepting lunch; sayana-sleeping; prayaQa-movement; ramacandra-puri-Ramacandra Puri; kare sarva-anusandhana-takes all information of.\nTRANSLATION\nRamacandra Puri concerned himself with gathering all sorts of information\nabout how Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was situated, including His regulative\nprinciples, His lunch, His sleep and His movements.\nTEXT 43\n\n� �'!� �'1 -.rfiltt'! ett�i'f I\nf� �t�' 1f;'f, �'tt1 fil(!l ii1 �t�i'f II s-e II\nprabhura yateka guQa sparsite narila\nchidra cahi' bule, kanha chidra na paila\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhura-of S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yateka guQa-all the transcendental\nattributes; sparsite narila-could not touch or understand; chidra cahi'-looking\n\n", "ant3#p0137": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n104\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nfor faults; bu/e-he goes about; kaliha-anywhere; chidra-fault; na paila-he\ncould not find.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause Ramacandra Puri was interested only in finding faults, he could not\nunderstand the transcendental qualities of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. His only\nconcern was finding faults, but still he could not find any.\nTEXT 44\n\n':lfiJPlT ��1 <!it1f fil�t. 'e� I\n�� 'rett� � '�Vi �f!n-·�rtJ'I' ? 88 11\n'sannyasi hafia kare mi$tanna bhak$af)a\nei bhoge haya kaiche indriya-varaf)a'?\n\nSYNONYMS\nsannyasi hafia-being a sannyasi; kare mi$tanna bhak$af)a-eats sweetmeats;\nei bhoge-by this eating; haya-there is; kaiche-how; indriya-varaf)a-controlling the senses.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt last he found a fault. \"How can a person in the renounced order eat so\nmany sweetmeats?\" he said. \"If one eats sweets, controlling the senses is very\ndifficult.\"\nTEXT 45\n\n�- fi{\"ff <ISRf' �r;� �'ft�·-.tr;i{ I\n�J �����:If��� II 8t I\nei ninda kari' kahe sarva-loka-sthane\nprabhure dekhiteha avasya aise prati-dine\n\nSYNONYMS\nei ninda-this criticism; kari'-making; kahe-speaks; sarva-loka-sthane-to\neveryone;\n\nprabhure- S ri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ndekhiteha -to\n\nsee,\n\nstill;\n\navasya-certainly; aise-comes; prati-dine-daily.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Ramacandra Puri blasphemed Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu before\neveryone, but nevertheless he would regularly come to see the Lord every day.\n\n", "ant3#p0138": "Ramacandra Puri Criticizes the Lord\n\nText 48)\n\n105\n\nTEXT 46\n\n������'�'\nC�t� fQ Gt�' �,-�� �� <!f't1lll 8� II\nprabhu guru-buddhye karena sambhrama, sammana\ntenho chidra cahi' bu/e, -ei tara kama\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nguru-buddhye-accepting\n\nhim\n\nas a\n\nGodbrother of His spiritual master; karena sambhrama sam mana-offers full\nrespect and obeisances; teriho-Ramacandra Puri; chidra cahi'-trying to find\nfault; bu/e-goes about; ei-this; tara-his; kama-business.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen they met, the Lord would offer him respectful obeisances, considering him a Godbrother of His spiritual master. Ramacandra Puri's business,\nhowever, was to search for faults in the Lord.\nTEXT 47\n\n�I! fil\"ff �� l!t� 12!¥_ �� \\9ftti{ I\n\nl!'ltf9t �5t1f �� � l!g� II 8'l II\nyata ninda kare taha prabhu saba jane\ntathapi adara kare bac;fa-i sambhrame\nSYNONYMS\nyata-whatever;\n\nninda-blasphemy;\n\nkare-does;\n\ntaha-that;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; saba-all; jane-knows; tathapi-still; adara kare-offers\nrespect; bac;fa-i sambhrame-with great attention.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu knew that Ramacandra Puri was criticizing Him\nbefore everyone, but whenever Ramacandra Puri came to see Him, the Lord\noffered him respects with great attention.\nTEXT 48\n\n��� 12!tl!:�t� ��� � �if I\nf?tJftfiR;j CWM' �� <fit�it �lft II Sir II\n\n", "ant3#p0139": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\n106\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\neka-dina prata/:1-ka/e aila prabhura ghara\npipilika dekhi' kichu kahena uttara\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day;\n\nprata/:1-ka/e-in the morning;\n\nai/a-came;\n\nprabhura\n\nghara-to the place of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; pipilika dekhi'-seeing many\n\nants; kichu kahena uttara- began to say something critical.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day Ramacandra Puri came in the morning to the abode of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. Seeing many ants, he said something to criticize the Lord.\nTEXT 49\n\n\"�liJ!l<tiJ! .1t'!1'<t�t�'l!, C�O{ A�M-�1= 11'·�� I\n\n\"ratrav atra aik$avam asi� tena\npipi/ika/:1 saficaranti aho! viraktanarh\nsannyasinam iyam indriya-lalaseti\nbruvann utthaya gata/:1.\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nratrau-at night; atra-he re; aik$avam-sugar candy; asit-was; tena-by\n\nthat;\n\npipi/ika/:1-ants;\n\nrenounced;\n\nsaficaranti-wander\n\nabout;\n\naho\n\n-\n\nalas;\n\nviraktanam­\n\nsannyasinam-of sannyasis; iyam-thi s; indriya-to the senses;\n\n/a/asa-attachment; iti-thus; bruvan-speaking; utthaya-getting up; gata/:1left.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Last night there was sugar candy here,\" he said. \"Therefore ants are wandering about. Alas, this renounced sannyasi is attached to such sense gratification!\" After speaking in this way, he got up and left.\nTEXT 50\n\n� 911�11{ f�\"ff '\"J� C!t�'l I\n���� �r.te. �filt'fi{ '\"f\"' fit'1fi' II <to n\nprabhu paramparaya ninda kairachena sravaf)a\nebe sak$at sunilena 'kalpita' nindana\n\n", "ant3#p0140": "Text 52]\n\n107\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the Lord\nSYNONYMS\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nparamparaya-by\n\nkairachena\n\nsravaQa-had\n\nheard;\n\nprabhu-Sri\nblasphemy;\n\nhearsay;\n\nebe-now;\n\nninda­\n\nsak�at-directly;\n\nsunilena-He heard; ka/pita-imaginary; nindana-blasphemy.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had heard rumors about Ramacandra Puri's\nblasphemy. Now He directly heard his fanciful accusations.\nPURPORT\nRamacandra Puri could find no faults in the character of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, for He is situated in a transcendental position as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Ants are generally found everywhere, but when Ramacandra Puri saw ants crawling in the abode of the Lord, he took for granted that\nthey must have been there because C�itanya Mahaprabhu had been eating\nsweetmeats. He thus discovered imaginary faults in the Lord and then left.\nTEXT 51\n\n:11�� f9l�fllt�1 �(ijj (;�� I\nt! �t � �• ��t�1 c;5f� \"ft'itt1111 �� n\nsahajei pipilika sarvatra bec;Jaya\ntahate tarka uthafia do!ia lagaya\nSYNONYMS\nsahajei-generally;\n\npipilika-ants;\n\ntahate-by that; tarka uthafia\n\n-\n\nsarvatra-everywhere;\n\nbec;Jaya-loiter;\n\nraising a controversy; do!ia /agaya-find faults.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAnts generally crawl about here, there and everywhere, but Ramacandra\nPuri, looking for imaginary faults, criticized Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu by\nalleging that there had been sweetmeats in His room.\nTEXT 52\n\n��' �1 12!'t_� ��t�-'e� 1ft� I\nc;'lttf�t\"' �tftt�1 f�� �\"tft� ��II <t� II\nsuni' taha prabhura sarikoca-bhaya mane\ngovinde bolana kichu kahena vacane\n\n", "ant3#p0141": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n108\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuni'-hearing;\n\ntaha-that;\n\nprabhura-of Sri\n\nCaitanya;\n\nsankoca -doubt;\n\nbhaya-fear; mane-in the mind; govinde bolana-calling for Govinda; kichusome; kahena-spoke; vacane-words.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing this criticism, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was doubtful and apprehensive. Therefore He called Govinda and instructed him as follows.\nTEXT 53\n\nM�� �ttt'! �..-! �t1ft11' (!Ill!' fir�1f 1\nf���1f (!!� ��' 9lt��t1f �·i{ II <t� II\n\"aji haite bhik�a amara ei ta' niyama\n\npiry;fa-bhogera eka cauthi, panca-gaQ(fara vyanjana\nSYNONYMS\n\naji haite-from today; bhik?a amara-My accepting prasada; ei-this; ta'-cer­\n\ntainly; niyama-the rule; piQ(fa-bhogera-of Lord jagannatha's prasada; eka\ncauthi-one-fourth of a pot; panca-gaf)(fara vyanjana-vegetables costing five\ngaf)(fas (one gaf)ga equals four kaugis).\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"From today on it will be a rule that I shall accept only one-fourth of a pot\nof Lord Jagannatha's prasada and five gar;��as worth of vegetables.\nTEXT 54\n\nl�1 �l �til� �11f f�l; e{1 �tfi{� I\n�til� �tfi{� �f1r1 (!1�1 il1 <;w��1 11\" <tS 11\niha ba-i adhika ara kichu na aniba\nadhika anile ama etha na dekhiba\"\nSYNONYMS\n\niha ba-i-except for this; adhika-more; ara-extra; kichu-anything; na\naniba-do not bring; adhika anile-if more is brought; ama-Me; etha-here; na\ndekhiba-you will not see.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If you bring any more than this, you will not see Me here anymore.\"\n\n", "ant3#p0142": "Texts 57-58]\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the Lord\n\n109\n\nTEXT 55\n\n�(\\'ii'f C�t� ''Sft�\"f (\\'i� �� �t� I\n�f.{' ��a 1fttQ! �tli '�i'f �;wt�� II aa II\n'\n\nsakafa vai?f)ave govinda kahe ei vat\nsuni' sabara mathe yaiche haifa vajraghata\nSYNONYMS\n\nsakafa vai$f)ave-to all the Vai�!)avas; govinda-Govinda; kahe-informs; ei\nvat-this message; suni'-hearing; sabara mathe-on everyone's head; yaicheas if; haifa-there was; vajra-aghata-striking of lightning.\nTRANSLATION\nGovinda relayed this message to all the devotees. When they heard it, they\nfelt as if their heads had been struck by thunderbolts.\nTEXT 56\n\n�!J�(fi �<trn ,� r�\"n' 1\n'If!� �� 'Citf�' �t'l i'f�'i' �<fnf' II a� II\nramacandra-purike sabaya deya tiraskara\n'ei papi?tha asi' praf)a fa-ila sabara'\nSYNONYMS\n\nramacandra-purike-unto Ramacandra Puri; sabaya-all the devotees; deya\ntiraskara-offer chastisement; ei papi?tha-this sinful man; asi'-coming; praf)alife; fa-ifa-has taken; sabara-of everyone.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees condemned Ramacandra Puri, saying, \"This sinful man has\ncome here and taken our lives.\"\nTEXTS 57-58\n\n��i{ ���\\21 c(fia;- f.{Jtl'll\n�(fi·,�� �t�, �li-'Sf'Gt� �epi{ II a9 II\n��Jft� ''Sft�\"f �'I 'CI�(fift I\nJtt�ti � 1ft� �\\21, �t1l oo�t 11 alr n\n\n", "ant3#p0143": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n110\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nsei-dina eka-vipra kaila nimantraQa\neka-cauthi bhata, pailca-gaQ(iara vyanjana\nei-matra govinda kaila ailgikara\nmathaya gha mare vipra, kare hahakara\nSYNONYMS\nsei-dina-that day; eka-vipra-one brahmaQa; kaila nimantraQa-invited; ekacauthi bhata-one-fourth of a pot of rice; pailca-gaQ(iara vyanjana-vegetables\nworth only five gaQ(ias; ei-matra-only this; govinda-the servant of Lord\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkai/a ailgikara-accepted;\n\nmathaya-his head;\n\ngha\n\nmare-struck; vipra-the brahmaQa; kare haha-kara-began to say, \"alas, alas.\"\nTRANSLATION\nThat day, a brahma�;�a extended an invitation to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nWhen Govinda accepted only five ga�;�«;;as worth of vegetables and a fourth of\na pot of rice, the brahma�;�a, in great despair, struck his head with his hand and\ncried,\" Alas! Alas!\"\nTEXT 59\n\n�� re�-�•il � �t(\" 'f�'f 1\n� f \"i ��' I!� ''itt�\"' �� 11 �� n\nsei bhata-vyanjana prabhu ardheka khai/a\nye kichu rahila, taha govinda paila\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that;\n\nbhata-rice;\n\nvyanjana-vegetable;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; ardheka khai/a-ate half; ye kichu rahi/a-whatever remained;\ntaha-that; govinda-Govinda; pai/a-got.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ate only half of the rice and vegetables, and whatever remained was taken by Govinda.\nTEXT 60\n\n�(t-fi{ ��il � ''itt�\"' �.rfatil I\n�� re9'it'f I!� �f� '��il 11 �\n\n0\n\n11\n\n", "ant3#p0144": "Text 62]\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the Lord\n\n111\n\nardhasana karena prabhu, govinda ardhasana\nsaba bhakta-gaQa tabe chac;Jila bhojana\nSYNONYMS\nardha-asana karena-eats half; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; govindaGovinda; ardha-asana-eats half; saba bhakta-gaQa-all the d evotees; tabe-at\nthat time; chac;Jila bhojana-gave up eating.\nTRANSLATION\nThus both Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and Govinda ate only half the food they\nneeded. Because of this, all the other devotees gave up eating.\nTEXT 61\n\n''5tt�\"f-�t�'!fr;� � '•'It �tat� I\n'i.·� �R 11tf'5t' fl � 'e11:'1' II �� II\ngovinda-kasisvare prabhu kaila ajnapana\n'dunhe anyatra magi' kara udara bharaQa'\nSYNONYMS\ngovinda-kasisvare-unto\n\nGovinda\n\nand\n\nKasisvara;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kai/a-made; aji'iapana-order; dunhe-both of you; anyatraelsewhere; magi'-begging; kara udara bharaQa-fill your bellies.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ordered Govinda and Kasisvara, \"You may both\ntake alms elsewhere to fill your bellies.\"\nTEXT 62\n\n<11.ti9f 'll�i,:t� flfil �'! ''$flit I\n�fif' 11't�'i_i\\ �-9ftllf ��lit II �� II\nei-rOpa maha-duf)khe dina kata gela\nsuni' ramacandra-puri prabhu-pasa aila\nSYNONYMS\nei-rOpa-in this way; maha-duf)khe-in great unhappiness; dina kata-some\ndays; ge/a-passed; suni'-hearing; ramacandra-puri-Ramacandra Puri; prabhupasa aila-came to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant3#p0145": "112\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, some days passed in great unhappiness. Hearing of all this,\nRamacandra Puri went to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 63\n\n�tttlf ��' � C� ��'I �il I\n\nl!tftl �� f� �f�1 ��i{ II �� II\npraQama kari' prabhu kaila caraQa vandana\nprabhure kahaye kichu hasiya vacana\nSYNONYMS\npraQama kari'-offering obeisances; prabhu- SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kaila\ncaraQa vandana-offered respect at his feet; prabhure-to Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkahaye-he says; kichu-some; hasiya-smiling; vacana-;-words.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu offered His obeisances to Ramacandra Puri,\nworshiping his feet. Then Ramacandra Puri smiled and spoke to the Lord.\nTEXT 64\n\n\"'1� 'fS'i ilt� '�f�!Bl·i!�'i' I\n\n�Ji Ci!� �tl 1ft\\!! ��� <e�'i II �8 II\n\"sannyasTra dharma nahe 'indriya-tarpaQa'\nyaiche taiche kare matra udara bharaQa\nSYNONYMS\nsannyasTra-of a sannyasT; dharma-religious principle; nahe-is not; indriyatarpaQa-to gratify the senses; yaiche taiche-some way or other; kare-does;\nmatra-only; udara bharaQa-filling the belly.\nTRANSLATION\nRamacandra Puri advised, \"It is not the business of a sannyasi to gratify his\nsenses. He should fill his belly some way or other.\nTEXT 65\n\n'i!'t1rtt� \"''I��' �fit,-� �� 1-til I\n....\n\n�� '�-.-C��t\"m' i{t� lfjJ'f'� ''fS'i' II �� II\n\n", "ant3#p0146": "Texts 67-68]\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the Lord\n\n113\n\ntomare k�il')a dekhi, suni, -kara ardhasana\nei 'su�ka-vairagya' nahe sannyasira 'dharma'\nSYNONYMS\ntomare\n\n-\n\nYou; k�iQa-skinny; dekhi-1 see; suni-1 have heard; kara ardha­\n\nasana-You are eating half; ei-this ; su�ka-vairagya-dry renunciation; nahe-is\nnot; sannyasira dharma-the religion of a sannyasi.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have heard that You have cut Your eating in half. Indeed, I see that You\nare skinny. Such dry renunciation is also not the religion of a sannyasi.\nTEXT 66\n\n��'SfJ � 'el;11\", iff •t11\" '���' c;�'$f\nlfiJt�J l!t� f� � 91�t�t'5t II �� II\nyatha-yogya udara bhare, na kare 'vi�aya' bhoga\nsannyasira tabe siddha haya jnana-yoga\nSYNONYMS\nyatha-yogya-as much as necessary; udara bhare-fills the belly; na karedoes not do; vi�aya bhoga-material enjoyment; sannyasira-of a sannyasi;\ntabe-then; siddha-perfect; haya-is; jtiana-yoga-spiritual advancement in\nknowledge.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A sannyasi eats as much as necessary to maintain his body, but he does not\nenjoy satisfying his senses materially. Thus a sannyasi becomes perfect in his\nspiritual advancement in knowledge.\nTEXTS 67-68\n\n\"lt�J':IC�i�f<>f C\"l!it'ilt�f� \"'CS<fi�\"ll��= I\n01 stf�'l!9;1�\"!.,; �t�c�1 CO\\� st\"('Ol 11 �� 11\n\n'I..'§;t�t�f<t�J�.,; ��rs�.,; <t�� 1\n�'l!9;1i<tC<ti�>,; Cl!ic'>!1 i5�f� fli::��1 II\" '\"17 II\nnatyasnato 'pi yogo 'sti\nna caikantam anasnata/:1\n\n·\n\n", "ant3#p0147": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n114\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nna catisvapna-silasya\njagrato naiva carjuna\nyuktahara-viharasya\nyukta-ce?tasya karmasu\nyukta-svapnavabodhasya\nyoga bhavati dul)khaha\"\nSYNONYMS\nna-not; ati-asnata/:1-of one who eats too much; api-certainly; yoga/:1-li nking with the Supreme; asti-there is; na-not; ca-also; ekantam-solely;\nanasnata/:1-of one who abstains from eating; na-not; ca-also; ati-svapnasilasya-of one who dreams too much in sleep; jagrata/:1-of one who keeps\nawake; na-not; eva-certainly; ca-also; arjuna-0 Arjuna; yukta-as much as\nnecessary; ahara-eati n g; viharasya-of one whose sense enjoyment; yuktaproper; ce?tasya-of one whose endeavor; karmasu-in executing duties; yukta-as much as necessary; svapna-drea m ing while asleep; avabodhasya-of one\nwhose keeping awake;\n\nyoga/:1-practice of yoga;\n\nbhavati-is;\n\ndu/:lkha-ha­\n\ndiminishing sufferings.\nTRANSLATION\n11 '\n\nMy dear Arjuna, one cannot perform mystic yoga if he eats more than\n\nnecessary or needlessly fasts, sleeps and dreams too much or does not sleep\nenough. One should eat and enjoy his senses as much as necessary, one\nshould properly endeavor to execute his duties, and one should regulate his\nsleep and wakefulness. Thus one can become freed from material pains by executing mystic yoga.'\n\n11\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Bhagavad-gita (6.16-17).\nTEXT 69\n\n� �,-�GI �1'1� 'IJ...� 'firt' � I\n�� fil-.1 \"'�',-<.!!� cet'$ij �1ftt u\" �� n\nprabhu kahe, -\"ajna ba/aka mui 'si?ya' tamara\nmore sik?a deha', -ei bhagya amara\"\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe\n\n-\n\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; ajfla-ignorant; ba/aka-boy;\n\nmui-1; si?ya tamara-your disciple; more-Me; sik?a deha'-you are instructing; ei-this; bhagya amara-My great fortune.\n\n", "ant3#p0148": "Text 71]\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the Lord\n\n115\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then humbly submitted, \"I am just like an ignorant boy and am like your disciple. It is My great fortune that you are instructing Me.\"\nTEXT 70\n\n���fit' 1ft�i!!� �' c;'$f'fll\noe•'$flj oet(t-le{ ��11,-� (;�$ �� II\neta suni' ramacandra-puri uthi' ge/a\nbhakta-gaQa ardhasana kare, -puri gosMii sunila\n\nSYNONYMS\neta suni'-hearing this; ramacandra-puri-Ramacandra Puri; uthi' ge/a-got up\nand left; bhakta-gaQa-the devotees; ardha-asana kare-were taking half the\nquantity of food; puri gosafii-Ramacandra Puri; suni/a-heard.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, Ramacandra Puri got up and left. He also heard from various\nsources that all the devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu were eating half as\nmuch as usual.\nTEXT 71\n\n�I\n�� f.tt�flfin �IJJ-f� �ff' II�� II\n\n� flfil !fti'$flj·� �JII1illf\n\nara dina bhakta-gaQa-saha paramananda-puri\nprabhu-pase nivedila dainya-vinaya kari'\n\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-the next day; bhakta-gaQa-saha-with the other devotees; paramananda-puri-Paramananda Puri; prabhu-pase-before S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nnivedi/a-submitted; dainya-vinaya kari'-in great humility and submission.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, Paramananda Puri and other devotees approached Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu with great humility and submission.\n\n", "ant3#p0149": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n116\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 72\n\n\"�� il� f�<fi·\"l� I\nt.!� '�� 'ell itf�' f<tl�i 'l� lift� ? '\\� II\n\"ramacandra-puri haya ninduka-svabhava\ntara bole anna char;fi' kiba habe labha?\nSYNONYMS\nramacandra-puri-Ramacandra PurT; haya-is; ninduka-svabhava-a critic by\nnature; tara bole-by his words; anna char;fi'-giving up eating properly; kibawhat; habe-will be; labha-profit.\nTRANSLATION\nParamananda Puri said, \"My Godbrother Ramacandra Puri is by nature a\nbad critic. If You give up eating because of his words, what will be the profit1\nTEXT 73\n\n'1�1f �>et�,- �t�� 'Cltftt' �'tlflli I\n'� ifl �rn, t.!'tt' �t'e�t� ��i{ �fBi II '\\� n\npurira svabhava, -yathe$ta ahara karafia\nye na khaya, tare khaoyaya yatana kariya\nSYNONYMS\npurira svabhava-Ramacandra Purl's character; yatha-i$ta-as much as desired;\nahara karafia-getting someone to eat; ye-what; na khaya-one does not eat;\ntare khaoyaya-causes him to eat; yatana kariya-with great attention.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is the nature of Ramacandra Puri that first he lets one eat as much as\ndesired, and if one does not eat more than necessary, with great attention he\nmakes him eat more.\nTEXT 74\n\n��M,i '1i{: t.!tt' �R1l fil\"fi{ I\n'l.fl� ._.. �t'e,- 'i!111� �t.! <e�tt- '!i{ ? '\\8 I\n\nkhaoyafia puna/:! tare karaye nindana\n'eta anna khao, -tamara kata ache dhana?\n\n", "ant3#p0150": "Text 76]\n\n117\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the lord\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nkhaoyafia-after feeding; punab-again; tare-him; karaye nindana-criticizes; eta-so much; anna-food; khao-you eat; tamara-your; kata-how\nmuch; ache-is there; dhana-wealth.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this way he induces one to eat more than necessary, and then he directly\ncriticizes him, saying, 'You eat so much. How much money do you have in\nyour treasury?\nTEXT 75\n\n�IJt�<fi �i! �1'61lt�1 <fiJ 'I� ifl1't I\n�i!�Cf ��il_,- Q!t'altl f<fii i{� �' II ctt I\nsannyasike eta khaoyafia kara dharma nasa!\nataeva janinu, -tamara kichu nahi bhasa'\nSYNONYMS\n\nsannyasike-sannyasis; eta-so much; khaayafia-inducing to eat; kara dharma nasa-you spoil their religious principles; ataeva-therefore; janinu-1 can\nunderstand; tamara-your; kichu nahi bhasa-there is no advancement.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Also, by inducing sannyasis to eat so much, you spoil their religious principles. Therefore I can understand that you have no advancement.'\nTEXT 76\n\n(;<fi ��ti CI'J��rol', (;<fi� �<IS� -tt1t I\n�l �� �tt1 � 11m II 'l� II\nke kaiche vyavahare, keba kaiche khaya\nei anusandhana tenha karaya sadaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nke-who; kaiche-how;\n\nvyavahare-behaves;\n\nkeba-who;\n\nkaiche-how;\n\nkhaya-eats; ei anusandhana-this inquiry; tenho-he; karaya-does; sadayaalways.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is Ramacandra Puri's business to inquire always about how others are\neating and conducting their daily affairs.\n\n", "ant3#p0151": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n118\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTEXT 77\n\n-ttts '�l �l � �<lif'ttl �l!(i{ I\n\n� �'S{ fifJ'If l•!{H �11\"'1 II '1'1 U\nsastre yei dui dharma kairache varjana\n\nsei karma nirantara inhara karaQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsastre-in the revealed scriptures; yei-which; dui-two; dharma-activities;\n\nkairache varjana-are rejected; sei-those; ka rma-activit i es; n irantara\nin hara-h i s ; karaQa-action\n\n-\n\nalways;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The two kinds of activity rejected in the revealed scriptures constitute his\ndaily affairs.\nTEXT 78\n\n9f���l<�<r-�tr<t \"� �,.r�c11:� �1-(r�\" 1\n\n�1C1l�t�<ll� 9\\�\"1_ ��'!>J1 9J_�r�'1 D U ,lr I\npara-svabhava-karmaQi\n\nna prasarhsen na garhayet\n\nvisvam ekatmakarh pasyan\nprakrtya puru$eQa ca\nSYNONYMS\n\npara-svabhava-karmaQi-the characteristics or activities of others; na-not;\n\nprasarhset-one should praise; na-not; garhayet-shou l d criticize; visvam-the\nuniverse;\n\neka-atmakam-as\n\none;\n\npasyan-seeing;\n\npuru$eQa-by the living entity; ca-and.\n\nprakrtya-by\n\nnature;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'One should see that because of the meeting of material nature and the\nliving entity, the universe is acting uniformly. Thus one should neither praise\nnor criticize the characteristics or activities of others.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.28.1) was spoken by Lord Kr�r:ta to Uddhava.\n\n", "ant3#p0152": "Text 80]\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the Lord\n\n119\n\nTEXT 79\n\n�tf 'llt'O ��� '!21-f��, �111 I\n\n9ff�� '�1' •r;;, '�f\"�' •tfem u \"� n\ntara madhye purva-vidhi 'prasarilsa' chaqiya\npara-vidhi 'ninda' kare 'bali�tha' janiya\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ntara madhye-between the two; purva-vidhi-the former rule; prasamsa­\n\npraising; chaqiya-giving up;\n\npara-vidhi-the other rule;\n\nninda\n\nkare-does; bali�tha janiya- k nowing it to be more prominent.\n\n-\n\ncriticizing;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Of the two rules, Ramacandra Puri obeys the first by abandoning praise,\nbut although he knows that the second is more prominent, he neglects it by\ncriticizing others.\nPURPORT\n\nThe above-mentioned verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam gives two injunctions.\n\nThe first, called purva-vidhi, is that one should not praise, and the second, paravidhi, is that one should not criticize. As will be apparent from the following verse,\n\nthe injunction against praise is less important than the injunction against\n\nblasphemy. One should carefully observe the para-vidhi, although one may\nneglect the purva-vidhi. Thus the actual injunction is that one may praise but\nshould not criticize. This is called 5/e�okti, or a statement having two meanings.\n\nRamacandra PurT, however, acted in just the opposite way, for he neglected the\npara-vidhi but strictly observed the purva-vidhi. Since he avoided following the\n\nprinciple of not criticizing, Ramacandra PurT broke both the rules.\n\nTEXT 80\n\n��'i�C\"llt�r�<n <>t��N*'I�t\"{ 11 tro\npurva-parayor madhye para-vidhir balavan\n\nSYNONYMS\n\npurva-parayof)-the former and the latter; madhye-between; para-vidhi/:1the latter rule; balavan-more prominent.\n\n", "ant3#p0153": "120\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrfa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Between the former rule and the latter rule, the latter is more important.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from the nyaya literatures.\nTEXT 81\n\n'ftt1 �ct 1¢! �' l;!tft1 if! <f.t11' �� I\n�'fJTt-u It� �tf �·'eltt1ft�ct 1117'� II\nyahari gw;a sata ache, taha na kare grahaQa\nguQa-madhye chale kare do�a-aropaQa\nSYNONYMS\nyahari-where;\n\nguQa-good attributes;\n\nsata-hundreds; ache-there are;\n\ntaha-them; na kare grahaQa-he does not accept; guQa-madhye-in such good\nattributes; chale-by tricks; kare-does; do�a-aropaQa-attributing faults.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Even where there are hundreds of good qualities, a critic does not consider\nthem. Rather, he attempts by some trick to point out a fault in those attributes.\nTEXT 82\n\nt•m ���ttl��� il1 �m 1\n�;!tltf'� ��t� f�i �-�:-t � II lr-� II\nirihara svabhava ihari karite na yuyaya\ntathapi kahiye kichu marma-dubkha paya\nSYNONYMS\nirihara sva-bhava-his characteristics;\n\nihari-here; karite na yuyaya-one\n\nshould not follow; tathapi-still; kahiye-1 say; kichu-something; marmadubkha-unhappiness within the heart; paya-get.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One should not, therefore, follow the principles of Ramacandra Puri.\nNevertheless, I have to say something against him because he is making our\nhearts unhappy.\n\n", "ant3#p0154": "Text 85]\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the Lord\n\n121\n\nTEXT 83\n\n�-� �� <:�til �- �t'St �� ?\n\n��e. fi{qtf Jftil',-��t11 ��II\" lr� II\ninhara vacane kene anna tyaga kara?\npurvavat nimantra�1a mana', -sabara bola dhara\"\nSYNONYMS\n\ninhara vacane-by his words; kene-why; anna-food; tyaga kara-You give\nup; purva-vat-as before; nimantraQa mana'-please accept the invitation;\nsabara-of everyone; bola-the words; dhara-accept\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Why have you given up proper eating due to the criticism of Ramacandra\nPurH Please accept invitations as before. This is the request of us all.\"\nTEXT 84\n\nc!lt. �tl(,-\"�t<!f �til �'1t11 <f.� ,11'1�?\n'�' 'fSf <f.tl( ,ir;�, tit� ��1 �1�? IrS II\nprabhu kahe, - \"sabe kene purire kara rD$a?\n'sahaja' dharma kahe tenho, tanra kiba do!ia?\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe-S rT Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; sabe-all of you; kene-why;\npurire-at Ramacandra PurT; kara ro$a-are angry; sahaja-natural; dharmareligious principles;\n\nkahe-speaks;\n\ntenho-he;\n\ntanra-of him;\n\nkiba-what;\n\ndo$a-fault.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"Why are all of you angry at Ramacandra\nPurH He is expounding the natural principles of sannyasa life. Why are you\naccusing him?\nTEXT 85\n\n�f! ��!Pi �'(Cii·'f�TiJ,-��ro �m 1\n�1!11 'fSI,-12tt'l11tf'ltl;! �1�1111ftii �'AI II\" lr<t II\n\n", "ant3#p0155": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n122\n\nyati hana jihva-lampatya-atyanta anyaya\nyatira dharma, -pral)a rakhite ahara-matra khaya\"\nSYNONYMS\nyati hafla-being a sannyasT;\n\njihva-/ampatya-indulging in satisfying the\n\ntongue; atyanta anyaya-grievous offense; yatira dharma-the religious principle\nof a sannyasT; praQa rakhite-to maintain life; ahara-food; matra-only; khaya·eats.\nTRANSLATION\n\"For a sannyasi to indulge in satisfying the tongue is a great offense. The\nduty of a sannyasi is to eat only as much as needed to keep body and soul\ntogether.\"\nTEXT 86\n\n'Wf � �fil' �t1f 'Cit( �'I ��'11 I\n\n� �t� � �tf{� �'1'1 lllr� II\ntabe sabe me/i' prabhure bahu yatna kai/a\nsabara agrahe prabhu ardheka rakhila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nsabe\n\nme/i'-when\n\nall\n\nthe\n\ndevotees\n\ncame\n\ntogether;\n\nprabhure-unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bahu yatna kai/a-requested fervently; sabara agrahe-due to the eagerness of all of them; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; ardheka rakhila-accepted half.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen they all requested very fervently that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu take a\nfull meal, He still would not do so. Instead, He responded to their request by\naccepting half as much as usual.\nTEXT 87\n\n�'let �)� 'fttoq ���'I I\n� �� �1, � fl:!iMr� II 1.-'\\ II\ndui-paQa kauc;ii /age prabhura nimantraQe\nkabhu dui-jana bhokta, kabhu tina-jane\n\n", "ant3#p0156": "Text 89]\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the Lord\n\n123\n\nSYNONYMS\ndui-paQa kaur;li-two paQas of kaur;lis (160 small conchs hells); /age-costs;\nprabhura nimantraQe-to invite Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kabhu-sometimes;\ndui-jana-two men; bhokta-eati ng; kabhu-sometimes; tina-jane-three men.\nTRANSLATION\nThe cost for the food needed to invite Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was fixed at\ntwo paQas of kau�is [160 conchshellsl, and that food would be taken by two\nmen and sometimes three.\nTEXT 88\n\n��t\"m. R� �flf �tFI f-111!1'1 I\n��rffl·1J!fJ 'fl� '\"ltt'51 ,�\\� ��'I n 1r1r 11\nabhojyanna vipra yadi karena nimantraQa\nprasada-malya /a-ite /age kaur;Ji dui-paQa\nSYNONYMS\nabhojya-anna vipra-a brahmaQa at whose place an invitation cannot be accepted; yadi-if; karena nimantraQa-he invites; prasada-malya-the price of the\nprasada; la-ite-to bear; /age-costs; kaur;Ji dui-paQa-two paQas of kaur;lis.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen a brahmaQa at whose home an invitation could not be accepted invited the Lord, he would pay two paQas of conchshells to purchase the\nprasada.\nTEXT 89\n\nC6'ilJnti R� �flf �11!1'1 <ilitf I\n\nf�t; '��t�' �fti{, f�t; � <fltf \"til' II lr� II\nbhojyanna vipra yadi nimantraQa kare\nkichu 'prasada' ane, kichu paka kare ghare\nSYNONYMS\nbhojya-anna vipra-a brahmaQa at whose place an invitation could be accepted; yadi-if; nimantraQa kare-invites; kichu-some; prasada-prasada;\nane-brings; kichu-some; paka kare-cooks; ghare-at home.\n\n", "ant3#p0157": "124\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen a brahmar;�a at whose home an invitation could be accepted invited\nHim, the brahmar;�a would purchase part of the prasada and cook the rest at\nhome.\nTEXTS 90-91\n\n�fu�·c;'Jftlltf$, 'e'$f�tJt-�M(i, �� I\nfi(qr;'1J flftit �fif �tl �Q't II� II\nti1-�<ft1f l!i!i'RI � �tJit c;<er.it I\n�'ft1 � llllt�!IJ ittl, �� �'fJ 'llit II�� II\no\n\npaQ<;/ita-gosani, bhagavan-acarya, sarvabhauma\nnimantraQera dine yadi kare nimantraQa\ntari-sabara icchaya prabhu karena bhojana\ntahari prabhura svatantrya nai, yaiche tarira mana\n\nSYNONYMS\npaQ<;/ita-gosani -Gadadhara Par;1c;lita; bhagavan-acarya -Bhagavan Acarya; sarvabhauma-Sa rvabhauma Bhanacarya; nimantraQera dine-on the day on which\nLord Caitanya was invited by others; yadi-if; kare nimantraQa-they would invite; tari-sabara-of all of them; icchaya-by the desire; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; karena bhojana-would accept His meal; tahari-in that case;\nprabhura-of Lord Caitanya;\n\nsvatantrya nai-there was no independence;\n\nyaiche-as; tarira-of them; mana-the mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEven on a day when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was invited to dine by others,\nif Gadadhara Par;�c;fita, Bhagavan Acarya or Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya invited\nHim, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had no independence. He would accept their\ninvitations as they desired.\nTEXT 92\n\n�'$Jr;'f �� f� c2f't_J '���tJ' I\n\n� �� �'$fJ, �'ft1 �T;Jit �� II �� II\nbhakta-gaQe sukha dite prabhura 'avatara'\nyahari yaiche yogya, tahari karena vyavahara\n\n", "ant3#p0158": "Text 94]\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the Lord\n\n125\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-gaQe-to His devotees; sukha dite-to give happiness; prabhura-of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; avatara-incarnation; yahan yaiche yogya-whatever\nwas fitting according to the time and circumstances; tahan karena vyavahara-He\nbehaved in that way.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu actually descended to give happiness to the devotees. Thus He behaved in whatever way fit the time and circumstances.\nTEXT 93\n\n�\"- '\"'r�� �f!,- � ,��· i9fil 1\n�'t. �'!!I, �t1fil '�' �<tiGilll ��II\nkabhu /aukika riti, -yena 'itara' jana\nkabhu svatantra, karena 'aisvarya' prakatana\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes; laukika riti-common behavior; yena-as; itara jana-a\ncommon man; kabhu-sometimes; svatantra-fully independent; karena-does;\naisvarya praka tana-man i festation of godly opulence.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of His full independence, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sometimes\nbehaved like a common man and sometimes manifested His godly opulence.\nTEXT 94\n\n�'{1ft���� � �J�i11 I\n�'{ �� ilt� 1{'tti{, Oft� �f'l·�t� II �8 II\nkabhu ramacandra-purira haya bhrtya-praya\nkabhu tare nahi mane, dekhe twa-praya\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes;\n\nramacandra-purira-of\n\nRamacandra\n\nPuri;\n\nhaya-was ;\n\nbhrtya praya-exactly like a servant; kabhu-sometimes; tare-for him; nahi\n-\n\nmane-He did not care; dekhe-sees; twa-praya-just like a straw.\n\n", "ant3#p0159": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n126\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sometimes accepted Ramacandra Puri as His\nmaster and considered Himself a servant, and sometimes the Lord, not caring\nfor him, would see him as being just like a straw.\nTEXT 95\n\n�-�Rrtl �11- �m �t'5f�11 1\n� �� �t�, <;�� ��-11�11 II �«t II\nisvara-caritra prabhura-buddhira agocara\nyabe yei karena, sei saba-manohara\n\nSYNONYMS\nisvara-caritra-character exactly like that of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; buddhira agocara-beyond one's\nintelligence; yabe-when; yei-whateve r; karena-He did; sei-that; saba-all;\nmanohara-very beautiful.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu behaved exactly like the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, beyond the restriction of anyone's intelligence. Whatever He liked\nHe did, but all His activities were very beautiful.\nTEXT 96\n\nIf!� 11111��� �� I\n� �I! ��' <;'$fl!f1 'tit�' ��<!ltt11' II �� II\nei-mata ramacandra-puri nilacale\ndina kata rahi' gela 'tirtha' karibare\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; ramacandra-puri-Ramacandra Puri; nilacale-at )agannatha Puri; dina kata-for some days; rahi'-staying; ge /a-left; tirtha karibareto visit holy places.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Ramacandra Puri stayed for some days at Nilacala [Jagannatha Puri].\nThen he left to visit various holy places of pilgrimage.\n\n", "ant3#p0160": "Text 99]\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the Lord\n\n127\n\nTEXT 97\n\n'b1 ''Stt'f �� 'Stet �'f �� I\nfittB �Qf1f � �'f �i! II �'I II\nteriho gefe prabhura gaQa haifa hara$ita\nsirera pathara yena pa(fifa acambita\nSYNONYMS\nteriho gefe-when he left; prabhura gaQa-the associates of\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; haifa hara$ita-became very, very happy; sirera-on the head;\npathara-a stone; yena-as if; pa(fila-fell down; acambita-suddenly.\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees considered Ramacandra Puri to be like a great burden on their\nheads. When he left Jagannatha Puri, everyone felt extremely happy, as if a\ngreat stone burden had suddenly fallen from their heads to the ground.\nTEXT 98\n\nlllffiW'I f.lqct, � �·� I\nlllf�tllt ��� 'It� $ft'f �� II �V\" II\nsvacchande nimantraQa, prabhura kirtana-nartana\nsvacchande karena sabe prasada bhojana\nSYNONYMS\nsvacchande-freely;\n\nnimantraQa-invitation;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kirtana-nartana-chanting and dancing; svacchande-in full independence; karena sabe-everyone did; prasada bhojana-accepting prasada.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter his departure, everything was happy once again.\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu accepted invitations as usual and led congregational chanting\nand dancing. Everyone else also accepted prasada without hindrances.\nTEXT 99\n\nft lit� ��t'f, ��..,. Q I\n� -'Q� �1fttt'f a�ll n �� II\n\n", "ant3#p0161": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n128\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nguru upek?a kaiJe, aiche phaJa haya\nkrame isvara-paryanta aparadhe thekaya\nSYNONYMS\nguru upek?a kaile-if one's spiritual master rejects him; aiche-such; phaJaresult; haya-there is; krame-gradua ll y; isvara-paryanta-up to the point of the\nPersonality of Godhead; aparadhe thekaya-commits offenses.\nTRANSLATION\nIf one's spiritual master rejects him, one becomes so fallen that he, like\nRamacandra Puri, commits offenses even to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 100\n\n�� ��-J � \\!'RI' ��if!� I\n\\!'RI' •�RI1 �t� fllf'1!51 �11tl� II � II\no o\n\nyadyapi guru-buddhye prabhu tara do!ia na Ja-ila\ntara phaJa-dvara Joke sik?a karaiJa\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi-although; guru-buddhye-due to considering him a spiritual master;\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tara-his; do?a-offense; na Ja-ila-did not\naccept; tara-his; phaJa-result; dvara-by; Joke-the general populace; sik?a\nkaraiJa-He instructed.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu did not consider the offenses of Ramacandra Puri,\nfor the Lord considered him His spiritual master. However, his character instructed everyone about the result of offending the spiritual master.\nTEXT 101\n\n'��-�i{ ��\\!11 �I\n�� �t'f 1fti{ ���tm 11\"' 11 �0� 11\ncaitanya-caritra-yena amrtera para\nsunite sravaQe mane Jagaye madhura\n\n", "ant3#p0162": "129\n\nRamacandra Puri Criticizes the lord\n\nText 103]\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-caritra-the character of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nyena-as if;\n\namrtera para-filled with nectar; sunite-hearing; sravaQe-to the ear; mane-to\nthe mind; /agaye-feels; madhura-pleasing.\nTRANSLATION\nThe character of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is full of nectar. Hearing about it\nis pleasing to the ear and mind.\nTEXT 102\n\n�� filf't, �il \\!l�til I\n�ttJ'I �WI'� !l)���t5f 11 �o� 11\ncaitanya-caritra likhi, suna eka-mane\nanayase pabe prema sri-kr$Qa-caraQe\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-caritra-the character of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; likhi-l write;\nsuna-please hear; eka-mane-with attention; anayase-easily; pabe-you will\nget; prema-ecstatic love; sri-kr$Qa-caraQe-at the lotus feet of lord Sri Kr��a.\nTRANSLATION\nI write about the character of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. 0 readers, please\nhear with attention, for thus you will easily receive ecstatic love for the lotus\nfeet of lord Sri Km1a.\nTEXT 103\n\n!D111��tot·� �Hl <c�\"M I\n'�������� �� ��tlf II �ol!) II\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rOpa-Srila ROpa Gosvami; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nKr��adasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr$Qadasa-Srila\n\n", "ant3#p0163": "130\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 8\n\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�r:-adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Antya-ITia,\nEighth Chapter, describing how the Lord reduced His eating in fear of the criticism\nof Ramacandra Puri.\n\n", "ant3#p0164": "CHAPTER 9\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Pattanayaka\nThis Ninth Chapter is summarized as follows. Gopinatha Pananayaka, the son of\nBhavananda Raya, was engaged in the service of the government, but he misap­\n\npropriated some funds from the treasury. Therefore the ba{ia-jana, the eldest son\nof King Prataparudra, ordered that he be punished by death. Thus Gopinatha Pattanayaka was raised on the caliga to be killed, but by the mercy of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu he was delivered. Moreover, he was even promoted to a higher\npost.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��ljJ��IJI�'Itift� c;�� I\n���t.11'111: -���1{, II � II\nagaQya-dhanya-caitanyagaQanarh prema-vanyaya\nninye 'dhanya-jana-svantamaruh sasvad anapatam\nSYNONYMS\nagaQya-innumerable; dhanya -glorious; caitanya-gaQanam-of the associates of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prema-vanyaya-by the inundation of ecstatic\nlove;\nmaruh\n\nninye-was brought;\n-\n\nadhanya-jana -of unfortunate persons;\n\nsvanta­\n\nthe desert of the heart; sasva t -always; anupatam-to the state of being\n\nfilled with water.\nTRANSLATION\nThe innumerable, glorious followers of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu brought a\nconstant flood to the desertlike hearts of the unfortunate with an inundation of\necstatic love.\nTEXT 2\n\n'fi 'fi 1\\fl��I!IJ �1t1l'� I\n'fi 'fi f�� �111'1·'8� II� II\n\n131\n\n", "ant3#p0165": "132\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\njaya jaya sri-k[�l)a-caitanya dayamaya\njaya jaya nityananda karul)a-hrdaya\nSYNONYMS\n\njaya jaya-all glories; sri-k[�l)a-caitanya-to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dayamaya-merciful; jaya jaya-all glories; nityananda-to Lord Nityananda; karul)ahrdaya-whose heart is very compassionate.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Kr��a Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the most merciful incarnation! All glories to lord Nityananda, whose heart is always compassionate!\n\nTEXT 3\n\nI!JR!t�l!t�� � !!IF� ��t;r� I\n!SRI ,�il���'l �� 11� II � II\njayadvaitacarya jaya jaya dayamaya\njaya gaura-bhakta-gal)a saba rasamaya\nSYNONYMS\n\njaya-all glories; advaita-acarya-to Advaita Acarya; jaya jaya-all glories;\ndaya-maya-merciful; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-gal)a-to the devotees of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; saba-all; rasa-maya-overwhelmed by transcendental bliss.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Advaita Acarya, who is very merciful! All glories to the devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who are always overwhelmed by transcendental bliss!\nTEXT 4\n\n�� �� ����-llttf I\n�i� �� � \"t<%JajitW II 8 II\nei-mata mahaprabhu bhakta-gaQa-sarige\nnilacale vasa karena kr�Qa-prema-rarige\n\n", "ant3#p0166": "Text 6]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Paftanayaka\n\n133\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-gaQasarige-along with His devotees; nilaca/e-at Jagannatha Puri; vasa karenaresides; kr�Qa-prema-rarige-overwhelmed by the ecstatic love of Lord Kr?r:'la.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu lived at Nilacala [Jagannatha Puri] with His\npersonal devotees, always merged in ecstatic love for Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 5\n\nQt1f·� ��-��I\niftifl·� �'I <2lt11' Jli{ �t11' � II It U\nantare-bahire kr�Qa-viraha-tarariga\nnana-bhave vyaku/a prabhura mana ara ariga\n\nSYNONYMS\nantare-bahire-internally and externally; kr�Qa-viraha-tarariga-the waves of\nseparation from Kr?r:\"�a; nana-bhave-by various ecstasies; vyaku/a-agitated;\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mana ara ariga-mind and body.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu always felt waves of separation from Kr�Qa, externally and internally. His mind and body were agitated by various spiritual\ntransformations.\nTEXT 6\n\n� if!J·�, 'lr�Qf·�� I\n� m-��-� 11'�·�ta!i!t�i{ 11 � \"\ndine nrtya-kirtana, jagannatha-darasana\nratrye raya-svarupa-sane rasa-asvadana\n\nSYNONYMS\ndine-during the day;\n\nnrtya-kirtana-dancing and chanting;\n\njagannatha­\n\ndarasana-seeing Lord Jagannatha; ratrye-at night; raya-svarupa-sane-with\nRamananda Raya and SvarOpa Damodara; rasa-asvadana-tasting transcendental\n\nbliss.\n\n", "ant3#p0167": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n134\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the day He chanted, danced and saw lord Jagannatha in the temple.\nAt night He tasted transcendental bliss in the company of Ramananda Raya\nand Svarupa Damodara.\nTEXT 7\n\n�'SW!I ���'��I\n\n� Qft�, <;�� � �t�'ll� II 'I II\ntrijagatera loka asi' karena darasana\nyei dekhe, sei paya kr�Qa-prema-dhana\nSYNONYMS\ntri-jagatera-of\n\nthe\n\nthree\n\nworlds;\n\n/oka-people;\n\nasi'-coming;\n\nkarena\n\ndarasana-visited; yei dekhe-anyone who saw; sei paya-he got; kr�Qa-premadhana-the transcendental treasure of ecstatic love for Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\nPeople from the three worlds used to come visit Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nAnyone who saw Him received the transcendental treasure of love for Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 8\n\nJllltft � OR·'5f��Q I\n�·�1� � �i!J �'fl II 1r II\nmanu�yera vese deva-gandharva-kinnara\nsapta-patalera yata daitya vi�adhara\nSYNONYMS\nmanu�yera vese-in the dress of human beings; deva-gandharva-kinnara-the\ndemigods, the Gandharvas and the Kinnaras; sapta-patalera-of the seven lower\nplanetary systems; yata-all kinds of; daitya-demons; vi�a dhara-serpentine\n-\n\nliving entities.\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of the seven higher planetary systems-including the\ndemigods, the Gandharvas and the Kinnaras-and the inhabitants of the seven\nlower planetary systems [Patalaloka], including the demons and serpentine\nliving entities, all visited Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in the dress of human\nbeings.\n\n", "ant3#p0168": "Text 10]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Paftanayaka\n\n135\n\nTEXT 9\n\n��t't����l\niftifl·'� .m-,., <ml � \"� n � •\nsapta-dvipe nava-khaf)c;ie vaise yata jana\nnana-vese asi' kare prabhura darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsapta-dvipe-in seven islands; nava-khaf)c;ie-in nine khaf)c;ias; vaise-reside;\nyata jana-all persons;\n\nnana-vese-in different dresses;\n\nasi'-coming;\n\nkare\n\nprabhura darasana-visited Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDressed in different ways, people from the seven islands and nine kha�;�Qas\nvisited Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 10\n\n��' �fill, �. �� �tf(f \"ifii'$f'1 I\n�t�' � ��� '<2it1f � ��.. D �o II\nprahlada, bali, vyasa, suka adi muni-gaf)a\nasi' prabhu dekhi' preme haya acetana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprahlada -Prahlada Maharaja; bali-Bali Maharaja; vyasa-Vyasadeva; sukaSukadeva Gosvami; adi-and so on; muni-gal)a-great sages; asi'-co m ing;\nprabhu dekhi'-by seeing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; preme-in ecstatic love of\nKr�r;ta; haya acetana-became unconscious.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPrahlada Maharaja, Bali Maharaja, Vyasadeva, Sukadeva Gosvami and other\ngreat sages came to visit Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Upon seeing Him, they became unconscious in ecstatic love for Kr��;�a.\nPURPORT\nAccording to the opinion of some historians, Prahlada Maharaja was born in\nTreta-yuga in the city of MOiatana in the state of Punjab. He was born of\nHirar;tyakasipu, a king of the dynasty of Kasyapa. Prahlada Maharaja was a great\ndevotee of Lord Vi�l)u, but his father was very much against Vi�I)U. Because the\nfather and son thus differed in their consciousness, the demon father inflicted all\n\n", "ant3#p0169": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n136\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nkinds of bodily pain upon Prahlada. When this torture became intolerable, the\nSupreme\n\nLord\n\nHira�yakasipu.\n\nappeared\n\nas\n\nNrsirilhadeva\n\nand\n\nkilled\n\nthe\n\ngreat\n\ndemon\n\nBali Maharaja was the grandson of Prahlada Maharaja. The son of Prahlada\n\nMaharaja was Virocana, and his son was known as Bali. Appearing as Vamana and\nbegging Bali Maharaja for three feet of land, the Lord took possession of the entire\n\nthree worlds. Thus Bali Maharaja became a great devotee of Lord Vamana. Bali\n\nMaharaja had one hundred sons, of whom Maharaja Ba�a was the eldest and\n\nmost famous.\n\nVyasadeva was the son of the great sage Parasara. Other names for him are\n\nSatyavateya and Kr��a-dvaipayana Badaraya�a Muni. As one of the authorities on\n\nthe Vedas, he divided the original Veda, for convenience, into four divisions­\n\nSama, Yajur, �g and Atharva. He is the author of eighteen Puraf)as as well as the\n\ntheosophical\n\nthesis\n\nBrahma-sDtra\n\nand\n\nits\n\nnatural\n\ncommentary,\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhagavatam. He belongs to the Brahma-sampradaya and is a direct disciple of\nNarada Muni.\n\nSukadeva GosvamT is the son of Vyasadeva. He was a brahmacari fully con­\n\nscious of Brahman realization, but later he became a great devotee of Lord Kr��a.\nHe narrated Srimad-Bhagavatam to Maharaja ParTk�it.\nTEXT 11\n\n�t� 'f�tt1f �' �.f-1 iii 9ft�i I\n'\" ��' � � �t�C1f �t� n �� II\nbahire phukare loka, darsana na pana\n\n'kr?Qa kaha' balena prabhu bahire asiya\nSYNONYMS\n\nbahire-outside; phu-kare-with a tumultuous sound; /oka-people; darsana\n\nna pa na-not being able to see;\n\nkr?Qa kaha-chant Kr��a; balena\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bahire asiya-coming outside.\n\n-\n\nsays;\n\nTRANSLATION\nBeing unable to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the populace outside His\nroom would make a tumultuous sound. Thus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would\ngo outside and tell them, \"Chant Hare Kr�Qa.\"\nTEXT 12\n\n� w.(� � 00\" '� �� I\n\\!1�11\\! � �� 1ftfui·fif� II�� II\n\n", "ant3#p0170": "Text 13]\n\nThe Deliverance of Goplnatha Patfanayaka\n\n137\n\nprabhura darsane saba /aka preme bhase\nei-mata yaya prabhura ratri-divase\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura darsane-by seeing SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; saba /aka-all the\npeople; preme bhase-became inundated in ecstatic love; ei-mata-in this way;\nyaya-passes; prabhura-of Srr Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ratri-divase-night and\nday.\nTRANSLATION\nAll kinds of people would come to see the Lord, and upon seeing Him they\nwould be overwhelmed with ecstatic love for Kr�J:la. In this way Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu passed His days and nights.\nTEXT 13\n\nc.!!� �<tS �tf�' �\"t1f �fifllt I\n\nc;'5tt�lll\"t1f '�t:J �, �ttwr �bf n �'-!) n\neka-dina /aka asi' prabhure nivedila\ngopinathere 'bar;fa jana' carige car;faila\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; /aka-people; asi'-coming; prabhure-to 5rr Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; nivedi/a-informed; gopinathere-Goprnatha Paganayaka; bar;fa\njana-the eldest son of King Prataparudra; carige car;fai/a-was raised on the\ncariga.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day people suddenly came to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and informed\nHim, \"Gopinatha Patfanayaka, the son of Bhavananda Raya, has been condemned to death by the ba�a-jana, the eldest son of the King, and has been\nraised on the canga.\nPURPORT\nThe cariga was a device for killing a condemned person. It consisted of a raised\nplatform on which the condemned was made to stand. Underneath the platform,\nthere were stationary upright swords. The condemned man would be pushed\ndown onto the swords, and in this way he would die. For some reason, Goprnatha\nPananayaka had been condemned to death and had therefore been raised upon\nthe cariga.\n\n", "ant3#p0171": "138\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 14\n\n� �,'Sf 'ttf!!' !!'ttf -� � I\n\n�\"\"' �m �' !!� �� n �s n\ntale khac;fga p;lti' tare upare c;faribe\nprabhu rak�a karena yabe, tabe nistaribe\nSYNONYMS\ntale-underneath; khac;fga-swords; pati'-setting; tare-him; upare-upon;\nc;faribe-he will throw; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rak�a karena-will\nprotect; yabe-when; tabe-then; nistaribe-he will be saved.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He has placed swords beneath the platform,\" they said, \"and will throw\nGopinatha upon them. 0 lord, only if You protect him will he be saved.\nTEXT 15\n\n'l��t-r �� ��� - �t� I\n\nitf 'i_ii-Q!t11tf '�t� ttf� \\1l'At II �ct U\nsavarhse tamara sevaka -bhavananda-raya\ntafira putra-tomara sevake rakhite yuyaya\nSYNONYMS\nsa-varhse-with his family;\n\ntamara-Your;\n\nsevaka-servant;\n\nbhavananda­\n\nraya-Bhavananda Raya; tafira putra-his son; tamara sevake-Your servant;\nrakhite-to protect; yuyaya-is quite fit.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Bhavananda Raya and his entire family are your servants. Therefore it is\nquite fitting for You to save the son of Bhavananda Raya.\"\nTEXT 16\n\n� �,-'� �ti{ �lt1t !!� ?'\n� � � �t:tt \"\"\" ��'I u �� n\nprabhu kahe, -'raja kene karaye tac;fana?'\ntabe sei /aka kahe saba vivaraQa\n\n", "ant3#p0172": "Text 18]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Pattanayaka\n\n139\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; raja-the King; kene-why;\nkaraye tac;Jana-punishes; tabe-thereupon; sei /aka-those persons; kahestated; saba vivaraQa-all of the description.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu inquired, \"Why is the King chastising him?\"\nThereupon the people described the entire incident.\nTEXT 17\n\n-,'Stt�Cif·1'!�\"ll-�llt-'et- I\n��Q�t...�it11�911\n\"gopinatha-pattanayaka- ramananda-bhai\nsarva-kala haya tenha raja-vi�ayi\nSYNONYMS\ngopinatha-pattanayaka-Gopinatha Paganayaka; ramananda-bhai -a brother\nof Ramananda Raya; sarva-ka/a-always; haya-is;\n\ntenha-he;\n\nraja-vi�ayi­\n\ntreasurer of the King.\nTRANSLATION\nThey said, \"Gopinatha Pa��anayaka, the brother of Ramananda Raya, has always been a treasurer for the government.\nTEXT 18\n\n'lflfltttiJt��' �tl �fif\"lltl I\n�tfit' �' ��' iJRJ fif'f tt�tJ n �lr II\n'malajathya-daQc;lapate' tara adhikara\nsadhi' pac;li' ani' dravya dila raja-dvara\nSYNONYMS\nmalajathya-daQc;lapate-in the place known as Malaja�hya Dat:Jc;lapata; tarahis;\n\nadhikara-authority;\n\nsadhi'-soliciting;\n\npac;li'-collecting;\n\nani'-bringing;\n\ndravya-the money; di/a-gave; raja-dvara-to the door of the King.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He served in the place known as Malaja�hya Dai)Qapata, soliciting and collecting money there and depositing it in the government treasury.\n\n", "ant3#p0173": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n140\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 19\n\n� �� � �tf$ ���\"'I\n� � '�� � 11' \"ltf'Sftlll ):;, n\ndui-lak�a kahana tara thani baki ha-ila\ndui-lak�a kahana kauc;li raja ta' magi/a\nSYNONYMS\ndui-lak�a kahana-200,000 kahanas of kauc;lis (one kahana equals 1280\nkauc;lis); tara thani-from him; baki ha-ifa-there was a balance due; dui-lak�a\nkahana-200,000 kahanas; kauc;li-conchshells; raja-the King; ta'-certainly;\nmagiIa-demanded.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Once when he deposited the collection, however, a balance of 200,000\nkahanas of conchshells was due from him. Therefore the King demanded this\nsum.\nTEXT 20\n\n� ��' \"'PttJtilJ � � 'Stfet' fiR I\niJiitlf-iJiit1f ��, �fil' tJtiill •fl;q 11 'o n\nteriha kahe,- \"sthala-dravya nahi ye gaQi' diba\nkrame-krame veci' kini' dravya bhariba\nSYNONYMS\nteriha kahe-he replied; sthala-dravya-cash money; nahi-there is not; yewhich; gaQi'-counting; diba-1 can give; krame-krame-gradually; veci' kini'purchasing and selling; dravya-goods; bhariba-1 shall fill.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Gopinatha Patfanayaka replied, 'There is no money I can immediately give\nyou in cash. Please give me time. Gradually I shall purchase and sell my gross\ngoods and in this way fill your treasury.\nTEXT 21\n\n�rt'l Pr·� Q, IPl' '\\.'0 �fJ' I\"\nl.fll! �fit' Cilrt'l �AA �� 'ffi' II') n\n\n", "ant3#p0174": "Text 23]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Pattanayaka\nghor;:la dasa-bara haya, /aha' mulya kari'\n\n141\n\nII\n\neta bali' ghor;:la ane raja-dvare dhari'\nSYNONYMS\nghor;:/a-horses;\n\ndasa-bara-ten to twelve;\n\nhaya-there are;\n\n/aha'-take;\n\nmulya kari'-on the proper value; eta ba/i'-saying this; ghor;:la ane-he brought\nthe horses; raja-dvare dhari'-keeping at the door of the King.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'There are ten to twelve good horses. Take them immediately for a proper\nprice.' After saying this, he brought all the horses to the door of the King.\nTEXT 22\n\nIJ!Cil lttf'.@i �� IJ!I1 � '8ftti{ I\n�� 'tt�llf tttr1 ?ltil·fir(J( �II�� II\neka raja-putra ghor;:lara mulya bha/a jane\ntare pathaila raja p;Hra-mitra sane\nSYNONYMS\neka-one; raja-putra-prince; ghor;:lara mulya-the price of horses; bha/awell; jane-knows; tare pathai/a-sent for him; raja-the King;\n\npatra-mitra\n\nsane-accompanied by ministers and friends.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One of the princes knew how to estimate the price of horses very well.\nThus the King sent for him to come with his ministers and friends.\nTEXT 23\n\n� tt•'i_(J( 'L'fl �tt �ti'f$1 I\n<;'Sft�'ft (;i1fit'f ��llf 'IJ._'IJ 'e��111 �� II\nsei raja-putra mulya kare ghatafia\ngopinathera krodha haila ma/ya suniya\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that;\n\nraja-putra-prince;\n\nma/ya-price;\n\nkare-estimates;\n\nghatafia­\n\nreducing; gopinathera-of Gopinatha; krodha haila-there was anger; mulya\nsuniya-hearing the price.\n\n", "ant3#p0175": "142\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamfta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The prince, however, purposely gave a reduced estimate for the value of\nthe horses. When Gopinatha Paffanayaka heard the price quoted, he was very\nangry.\nTEXT 24\n\n� �� \"ffi�,-dft� f� I\n�\"'it� �tt ��-�� ,;rnn �s 11\nsei raja-putrera svabhava, -griva phiraya\nOrdhva-mukhe bara-bara iti-uti caya\nSYNONYMS\nsei raja-putrera-of that prince; sva-bhava -characteristic; griva phiraya-turns\nhis neck; Ordhva-mukhe-with his face toward the sky; bara-bara-again and\nagain; iti-uti-here and there; caya-looks.\nTRANSLATION\n\"That prince had a personal idiosyncrasy of turning his neck and facing the\nsky, looking here and there again and again.\nTEXT 25\n\n�ttt �i ��' �t� �\"St(�� I\n� �9fi �tt �ttl! ce� ift� 1fttil II �� II\ntare ninda kari' kahe sagarva vacane\nraja krpa kare tate bhaya nahi m ane\n\nSYNONYMS\ntare-him; ninda kari'-criticizing; kahe-said; sa-garva vacane-words full of\npride; raja-the King; krpa kare-was very kind to him; tate-therefore; bhaya\nnahi mane-he was not afraid.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Gopinatha Paffanayaka criticized the prince. He was unafraid of the prince\nbecause the King was very kind toward him.\n\n", "ant3#p0176": "Text 28]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Patfanayaka\n\n143\n\nTEXT 26\n\n'�'f1fa <;\"C�'t�Ji � if! r�� �'fit\"' errfit m 1\n\n�tr;� <;'Cl� � \"C�ti �fit� iii '\\Vf11u' �� n\n'amara ghor;:la griva na phiraya urdhve nahi caya\ntate ghor;:lara mulya ghati karite na yuyaya'\nSYNONYMS\n\namara ghor;:la-my horses; griva-the neck; na phiraya-do not turn; urdhveu pw a rd; nahi caya-d o not look;\n\ntat e- because of this; ghor;:Jara mu/ya-the\n\nprice of the horse; ghati karite-to reduce; na yuyaya-is not proper.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Gopinatha Patfanayaka said, 'My horses never turn their necks or look upward. Therefore the price for them should not be reduced.'\nTEXT 27\n\n��' ft��·'lltil <;(!)it't �?tf�'l I\nf1'rif if� �t�' �� 'i1'5tt� �ffll' II �'\\ II\nsuni' rajaputra-mane krodha upajila\n\nrajara thani yai' bahu laga ni karila\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuni'-hearing; raj a-pu tra-of the prince; mane-in the mind; krodha-a nger ;\nupajila-arose; rajara thani-before the King; yai'-going; bahu Jagani karila­\n\nmade many false a l le ga tions\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Hearing this criticism, the prince became very angry. Going before the\nKing, he made some false allegations against Gopinatha Patfanayaka.\nTEXT 28\n\n\"<;<fl)f� iltfit ilf� \\fl., �� li'l �fil' I\nCC�t&rl (;\\if� �fif,-'m�r �t�1 � ,�, f �' \"�\"'•\n\"kaur;:li nahi dibe ei, ber;:Jaya chadma kari'\najna deha yadi,-'carige car;:lana /a-i kaur;:li'\n\n", "ant3#p0177": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n144\n\nSYNONYMS\nkauc;fi-the money; nahi dibe-will not pay; ei-this man; bec;/aya-wanders;\nchadma kari'-on some pretext; ajna deha yadi-if you order; calige cac;/aliaraising on the caliga; la-i kauc;fi-1 shall get the money.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'This Gopinatha Patfanayaka,' he said, 'is unwilling to pay the money due.\nInstead, he is squandering it under some pretext. If you issue an order, I can\nput him on the canga and thus realize the money.'\nTEXT 29\n\nflW1 �t'f,-\",� \"et'l, '�l �� �nt I\n� '� ,�)� �, �� � �9fti II\" �� D\nraja bale,- \"yei bhala, sei kara yaya\nye upaye kauc;fi pai, kara se upaya\"\nSYNONYMS\nraja bale-the King said; yei bhala-whatever is best; sei kara-do that;\nyaya-going; ye upaye-by whatever means; kauc;fi pai-l can get back our\nmoney; kara-do; se upaya-such means.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The King replied, 'You can adopt whatever means you think best. Any\ndevice by which you can somehow or other realize the money is all right.'\nTEXT 30\n\n�� �, �1U � �tl'll\n�-� �tl! l!t'f �l?'f 9ft� ll\"�o I\nraja-putra asi' tare cange cac;faila\nkhac;faga-upare phelaite tale khac;faga patila\"\nSYNONYMS\nraja-putra-the\n\nprince;\n\nasi'-coming;\n\ntare-him;\n\ncange-on\n\nthe\n\ncanga;\n\ncac;laila-raised; khac;faga-upare-upon the swords; phelaite-to throw; talebelow; khac;faga patila-he spread swords.\n\n", "ant3#p0178": "Text 32]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Paftanayaka\n\n145\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thus the prince went back, raised Gopinatha Paftanayaka onto the platform of the caliga and spread swords below upon which to throw him.\"\nTEXT 31\n\n�fil' <21!. �t� �� �fif' �tf�·<;1ftl{ I\n\nM�.�� Rft� il��' 1ft•t1f � '�� f ���\nsuni' prabhu kahe kichu kari' prar)aya-ro?a\n\"raja-kau(ii dite nare, rajara kiba do?a?\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; prabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; kichu-some;\nkari' praQaya-ro?a-displaying anger in affection; raja-kau(ii-money due the\ngovernment; dite nare-does not wish to pay; rajara-of the King; kiba do?awhat is the fault.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing this explanation, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied with affectionate anger. \"Gopinatha Paftanayaka does not want to pay dues to the\nKing,\" the lord said. \"How then is the King at fault in punishing him?\nTEXT 32\n\nlttr·�'ft�,�tfit' ��' ilt� 11't•·'ei I\n'fti)'-iltl� finli �t11' iftili � II �� II\nraja-bilat sadhi' khaya, nahi raja-bhaya\ndari-natuyare diya kare nana vyaya\nSYNONYMS\nraja-bilat-money due the King; sadhi'-collecting; khaya-he uses; nahi rajabhaya-without fear of the King; dari-natuyare-to dancing girls; diya-giving;\nkare-makes; nana-various; vyaya-expenditures.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Gopinatha Paftanayaka is in charge of collecting money on behalf of the\ngovernment, but he misappropriates it. Not fearing the King, he squanders it\nto see dancing girls.\n\n", "ant3#p0179": "146\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 33\n\n�· �'{'' �- �tl� 1ft'f·��i I\n�-� Q'ttfif' 9N'i, �11f �� � 11\"��n\nyei catura, sei kuruka raja-vi�aya\nraja-dravya sodhi' paya, tara karuka vyaya\"\nSYNONYMS\nyei-one who; catura-intelligent; sei-such a person; kuruka-let him do;\nraja-vi�aya-government service; raja-dravya sodhi'-after paying the dues of the\ngovernment; paya-whatever he gets; tara karuka vyaya-let him spend that.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If one is intelligent, let him perform service to the government, and after\npaying the government, he can spend whatever money is left.\"\nTEXT 34\n\n�i{-� � �� �� 'ft$1 I\n\n'��t-ttfif �CI�tl't 11{$1 <;'$f\"f �i1' II �8 II\nhena-kale ara loka aila dhana\n'vaQinathadi savamse lana gela bandhiya'\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kale-at this time; ara-another; /aka-person; ai/a-came; dhana-in\ngreat haste; vaQinatha-adi-beginning with Vii.Qinatha; sa-varhse /ana-with his\nfamily; ge/a bandhiya-was arrested.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time another person came there in great haste, bringing the news\nthat Va�;�inatha Raya and his entire family had been arrested.\nTEXT 35\n\n� Cfl�,-\"� �� (;11{� � � I\n..-tfif-f�• �.wn, �'� � � ?\" �� n\nprabhu kahe,- \"raja apane lekhara dravya /a-iba\nami-virakta sannyasi, tahe ki kariba?\"\n\n", "ant3#p0180": "The Deliverance of Gopinatha Patfanayaka\n\nText 37]\n\n147\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; raja-the King; apane-personally; /ekhara dravya-dues of the proper account; /a-iba-will take; ami-1;\nvirakta sannyasi-a renounced sannyasi; tahe-about that; ki kariba-what can I\ndo.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"The King must personally realize the dues.\nI am but a sannyasi, a member of the renounced order. What can I do?\"\nTEXT 36\n\n\\WI �111�tflf � �� 'e9'St'l I\n\n<!ft_t Rt'l � � fift�� II �� II\ntabe svarupadi yata prabhura bhakta-gaQa\nprabhura caral)e sabe kai/a nivedana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; svarupa-adi-beginning with SvarOpa Damodara; yata-all;\nprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nbhakta-gal)a-devotees;\n\nprabhura\n\ncaraQe-at the lotus feet of the Lord; sabe-all of them; kaila nivedana-submitted.\nTRANSLATION\nThen all the devotees, headed by Svarupa Damodara Gosvami, fell at the\nlotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and submitted the following plea.\nTEXT 37\n\n\"f11ft��t�·1ftt'fl' e-st�, ��-�1f '�' 1\n�� tg�� �r;� �i� �t� II\" �'t II\n\"ramananda-rayera go?thi, saba-tamara 'dasa'\ntamara ucita nahe aichana udasa\"\nSYNONYMS\nramananda-rayera-of Ramananda Raya; go?thi-family; saba-all; tamara\ndasa-Your servants; tamara-for You; ucita-befitting; nahe-is not; aichanasuch; udasa-indifference.\n\n", "ant3#p0181": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n148\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"All the members of Ramananda Raya's family are Your eternal servants.\nNow they are in danger. It is not befitting for You to be indifferent to them in\nthis way.\"\nTEXT 38\n\n\"fj{' 1f��'- �� :Jft\\ltit'f ��r;;i( I\n\"� .-.ta'l ��' :Jf�, �t� 1ftnfei{ ! -elr' II\nsuni' mahaprabhu kahe sakrodha vacane\n\"more ajria deha' sabe, yana raja-sthane!\nSY NONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; mahaprabhu- Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kahe-says; sakrodha vacane-angry words; more-Me; ajria deha'-you order; sabe-all;\nyana-1 shall go; raja-sthane-to the place of the King.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu spoke in an angry mood. \"You\nwant to order Me to go to the King,\" He said.\nTEXT 39\n\n�-� <Jl� 1{\\!,-�·itf$ �<fl311\n\n�� 'lftfit' l'f�, �$ ��ilf �tf?ftl II e� II\ntoma-sabara ei mata,\n\n-\n\nraja-tharii yana\n\nkaudi magi' Jan murii anca/a patiya\nSY NONYMS\ntoma-sabara-of all of you; ei mata-thi s is the opinion; raja-tharii yaria-going\nto the King; kau(ii magi'-begging kau(iis; /an-shall take; murii-1; ancala\npatiya-spreading My cloth.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Your opinion is that I should go to the King's palace and spread My cloth\nto beg money from him.\n\n", "ant3#p0182": "Text 42]\n\n149\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopihatha Pattanayaka\nTEXT 40\n\n�'it'$'tt � �� �iWft �If I\nJJtf<stt'f � <;�ti{ � �'f� ��i{ ?\" 8 II\no\n\nparica-gal)c;/ara patra haya sannyasr brahmal)a\nmagile va kene dibe dui-lak�a kahana?\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nparica-gal)c;/ara-of five gal)c;/as; patra-due recipients; haya-are; sannyas1\nbrahmal)a-sannyasls and brahmal)as; magile-by begging; va-or; kene-why;\ndibe-shall give; dui-lak�a kahana-200,000 kahanas of kauc;:lis.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Of course, a sannyasi or brahmaQa may beg for up to five gaQ�as, but why\nshould he be granted the inappropriate sum of 200,000 kahanas of conchshells?\"\nTEXT 41\n\n<;�'f � \"\"� �tbf 'ftc$1 I\n��f '\"� <;'ittlftirtt� Nt'!� �&tfbll 8� I\nhena-kale ara loka aila dhana\nkhac;:legara upare goplnathe diteche c;:lariya\nSYNONYMS\n\nhena-kale-at this time; ara-another; /oka-person; ai/a-came; dhaiiarunning; khac;:legara upare-upon the swords; gopfnathe-Gopinatha; diteche\nc;:lariya -they are throwing.\nTRANSLATION\nThen another person came with the news that Gopinatha had already been\nset up to be thrown upon the points of the swords.\nTEXT 42\n\n�fil' � 'iftf �� �tt ._.� I\n\nl2tt. �,-�fi{ f'\"fct�, ._.1\"111 � f� Q I\nsuni' prabhura gal)a prabhure kare anunaya\nprabhu kahe,-\"ami bhik�uka, ama haite kichu naya\n\n", "ant3#p0183": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n150\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni -hearing; prabhura gaQa-the devotees of the Lord; prabhure kare\n'\n\nanunaya-entreated the Lord; prabhu kahe- Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said;\nami bhik$uka-l am a beggar; ama haite kichu naya\n\n-\n\nit is not possible for Me to\n\ndo anything.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this news, all the devotees again appealed to the Lord, but the Lord\nreplied, \"I am a beggar. It is impossible for Me to do anything about this.\nTEXT 43\n\n�J'Ifj��fifQ��I\n�� \"'til' � •'Stlttttt m'1 n 81!> •\ntate rak$a karite yadi haya sabara mane\nsabe me/i' janaha jagannathera caral)e\nSYNONYMS\ntate-therefore;\nmane-in the\n\nrak?a karite-to save;\n\nmind;\n\nsabe\n\nyadi-if;\n\nme/i'-all together;\n\nhaya-is; sabara-of all;\n\njanaha-pray;\n\njagannathera\n\ncaral)e -at the lotus feet of Lord jagannatha.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Therefore if you want to save him, you should all pray together at the lotus\nfeet of )agannatha.\nTEXT 44\n\nfrcl-�'11.-�� � �'�.(' I\n�1f•(1ftl'lf1 -.ftt� � u\" 88 n\nisvara jagannatha,-yanra hate sarva 'artha'\nkartum akartum anyatha karite samartha\"\nSYNONYMS\nisvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; jagannatha-Lord jagannatha;\nyanra hate-within His hands; sarva artha-all potencies; kartum-to do; akartum-not to do; anyatha-and otherwise; karite-to do; samartha-able.\n\n", "ant3#p0184": "The Deliverance of Gopinatha Pattanayaka\n\nText 46]\n\n151\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Jagannatha is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He possesses all\npotencies. Therefore He is able to act freely and can do and undo whatever He\nlikes.\"\nTEXT 45\n\nW �fif 11�-!lf <.fit�� �� I\n�f1'�-'Pftil ��' �rtf ��1 II 8� II\nihan yadi mahaprabhu eteka kahila\nharicandana-patra yai' rajare kahila\n\nSYNONYMS\nihan\n\n-\n\nhere;\n\nyadi-w hen;\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\neteka\n\nkahila-spoke like this; haricandana-patra-the officer named Haricandana Patra;\nyai'-going; rajare kahi l a-inf ormed the King.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied in this way, an officer named Haricandana Patra went to the King and spoke with him.\nTEXT 46\n\n\"''$ft�iftQ{·�t11�-�Cf� (;i!f'lrA' I\n�Cft�J 12!t'ltif� i1� �tt II 8� II\n''gopinatha-pattanayaka -sevaka tamara\nsevakera praf)a-dar:ll;la nahe vyavahara\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopinatha-pattanayaka -Gopinatha Pananayaka; sevaka tamara -your servant; sevakera praQa-daQc;ia-to condemn a servant to death; nahe-is not;\nvyavahara -good behavior.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"After all,\" he said, \"Gopinatha Pattanayaka is your faithful servant. To\ncondemn a servant to death is not good behavior.\n\n", "ant3#p0185": "152\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamfta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 47\n\n�-�� ��tf itfl$ �� �� Q I\n12lt'1 fi1t'f f� � f � � II 8't II\nvise?a tahara thaiii kauc;li baki haya\npraQa nile kiba labha? nija dhana-k?aya\nSYNONYMS\nvise?a-particular; tahara thani-from him; kauc;li-of kauc;lis; baki-debt;\nhaya-there is; praQa nile-if he is killed; kiba-what; /abha-profit; nija-own;\ndhana -wealth; k?aya-loss.\nTRANSLATION\n\"His only fault is that he owes some money to the government. If he is\nkilled, however, what profit will there be? The government will be the loser,\nfor it will not get the money.\nTEXT 48\n\n�-tt(� �11fl �' � �� � I\nilPt1l' i1Pt1f fit�, �J( !211'1 � 'Ill 11\" s�r a\nyathartha malye ghoc;Ja /aha, yeba baki haya\nkrame krame dibe, vyartha praQa kene /aya\"\nSYNONYMS\nyatha-artha ma/ye-for the proper price; ghoc;Ja /aha-accept the horses;\nyeba-whatever; baki haya-balance is due; krame krame-gradually; dibe-he\nwill give; vyartha-unnecessarily; praQa-his life; kene-why; laya-are you taking.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It would be better to take the horses for a proper price and let him gradually repay the balance. Why are you killing him unnecessarily?\"\nTEXT 49\n\n� �r;�, -\"�l �t�, �tf1f ilt� iSftfit I\n�'1 '�!;il lfl�, �tf ti!�J �� .. tfif II 8iil II\nraja kahe,- \"ei vat ami nahi jani\npraf)a kene la-iba, tara dravya cahi ami\n\n", "ant3#p0186": "Text 51]\n\n153\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Patfanayaka\n\nSYNONYMS\nraja kahe-the King replied; ei vat-this news; ami-1; nahi jani-do not\nknow; pra(1a-his life; kene-why; ta-iba-should I take; tara-his; dravyamoney; cahi ami-1 want.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King answered in surprise, \"I did not know about all this. Why should\nhis life be taken? I only want the money from him.\nTEXT 50\n\n'{flr �' �f i!iti '!<( �1f1Sfti{ I\nill�����' �11{ JT;;� i!1J �t'J ll\"�o II\ntumi yai' kara tahari sarva samadhana\ndravya yaiche aise, ara rahe tara pra(1a\"\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-you; yai'-going; kara-make; tahari-there; sarva samadhana-all adjustments;\n\ndravya-goods;\n\nyaiche-so that;\n\naise-come;\n\nara-and;\n\nrahe­\n\nkeeps; tara-his; pra(1a-life.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Go there and adjust everything. I want only the payment, not his life.\"\nTEXT 51\n\n� ���\"fi{ �t�' iSfti{tT;;J � I\n�mr c�ti! '�t�i{tc;Qf �!l -.t�\"f 11 a� 11\ntabe haricandana asi' janare kahila\ncarige haite gopinathe sighra namaila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; haricandana-Haricandana Patra; asi'-coming; janare\nkahi/a-informed the prince; carige haite-from the cariga platform; gopinatheGopinatha; sighra-very soon; namai/a-took down.\nTRANSLATION\nHaricandana then returned and informed the prince of the King's desire,\nand immediately Gopinatha Patfanayaka was taken down from the canga.\n\n", "ant3#p0187": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n154\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 52\n\n'� ��' i!J:Sf11ltt'$f\n\n�� �li'f I\n'\n'�\"\"��'IJ ,'Cl'tl1 � , ,-i� '!' �r� ,, ct� u\n-\n\n'dravya deha' raja mage-upaya puchi/a\n'yathartha-ma/ye ghoqa /aha', tenha ta' kahi/a\nSYNONYMS\ndravya deha-pay the dues; raja mage-the King asks; upaya-the means;\npuchi/a-inquired; yatha-artha-mO/ye-at a proper price; ghoqa /aha-take the\nhorses; tenha ta' kahila-he replied.\nTRANSLATION\nThen he was told that the King demanded the money due him and asked\nwhat means he would adopt to pay it. \"Kindly take my horses,\" he replied,\n\"for a proper price.\nTEXT 53\n\n'il!it11' �t1l �'k 'C�Hf �I! f<ti; �ff I\n\n��tl �'1 'f�,-f<f' <tf'iro! �fJ ?' ct� II\n'krame krame dimu, ara yata kichu pari\navicare praQa /aha,-ki ba/ite pari?'\nSYNONYMS\nkrame krame-gradually;\n\ndimu-1 shall pay; ara-more;\n\nyata-as much;\n\nkichu-any; pari-1 can; avicare-without consideration; praQa /aha-you take\nmy life; ki ba/ite pari-what can I say.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall gradually pay the balance as I can. Without consideration, however,\nyou were going to take my life. What can I say?\"\nTEXT 54\n\n�tlftt{ 'i._'IJ �ff' l!t<t �<I ''l'fl1 ilfl'f I\n�a ��t<�Jf IJ...'\"' <f'a' 'Clt� ?ttJtbf 11 cts 11\nyathartha malya kari' tabe saba ghoqa la-ila\nara dravyera muddau kari' ghare pathaila\n\n", "ant3#p0188": "Text 56]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Paftanayaka\n\n155\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nyatha-artha mulya kari'-estimating the proper price; tabe-then; saba-all;\ngho(ia-horses; /a-i/a-took; ara dravyera-of the balance; muddati kari'-setting a time for payment; ghare pathaila-sent home.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThen the government took all the horses for a proper price, a time was set\nfor payment of the balance, and Gopinatha Paftanayaka was released.\nTEXT 55\n\n�'lt1 (2ft_� 1flft1Jt1f �· C� I\n\n\"-tt�CI{ � <rof, �t� �tfirnl �tfil� ?\"��II\netha prabhu sei manu�yere prasna kaila\n\"vaf)inatha ki kare, yabe bandhiya ani/a?\"\nSYNONYMS\n\netha-here; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sei manu�yere-unto that person who brought the message; prasna kai/a- inquired; vaf)inatha ki kare-what\n\nwas Val)inatha doing;\n\nyabe-when;\n\nbandhiya ani/a-he was arrested and\n\nbrought there.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu inquired from the messenger, \"What was\nVa1_1inatha doing when he was arrested and brought there?\"\nTEXT 56\n\n(;JI �t�-\"�t��tQf fe.-et\"i �� \"i{f1{ I\n'It� \"' � \" ' <:fitft ���f1{ II �� II\nse kahe-\"vaf)inatha nirbhaye laya kr�f.la-nama\n'hare kr�f.la, hare kr�f.la' kahe avisrama\nSYNONYMS\n\nse kahe-he replied; vaQinatha-Va l) inatha; nirbhaye-without fear; laya\nkr�f.l a-nama-was chanting the Hare Kr�l)a maha-mantra; hare kr�f.la, hare kr?f.laHare Kr�l)a, Hare Kr�l)a; kahe avisrama-was chanting incessantly.\n\n", "ant3#p0189": "156\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe messenger replied, \"He was fearlessly, incessantly chanting the mahamantra-Hare Kr�r;�a, Hare Kr�r;�a, Kr�r;�a Kr�r;�a, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare\nRama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nTEXT 57\n\n��� lftf�' tt�� �� <;'Ptll\n���tfir '!..(��\"' � <�Sttll �1 11\" t'l n\nsankhya fagi' dui-hate angufite fekha\nsahasradi pcm;a hai/e, ange kate rekha\"\nSYNONYMS\nsankhya fagi'-for counting; dui-hate-in two hands; angufite-on the fingers;\nfekha-marking; sahasra-adi-one thousand times; purf)a haile-when finished;\nange-on the body; kate rekha-makes a mark.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He counted the chants on the fingers of both hands, and after he had\nfinished chanting one thousand times, he would make a mark on his body.\"\nTEXT 58\n\n�fi{' �� dllt �'If �te{'lf I\n\n\"' � 'lttf <;�J �9ft-�'lfCIIIIfi ? a\\r' II\nsuni' mahaprabhu ha-ifa parama ananda\nke bujhite pare gaurera krpa-chanda-bandha?\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing;\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nha-ifa-became;\n\nparama ananda-very pleased; ke bujhite pare-who can understand; gaureraof Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; krpa-chanda-bandha-mercy upon His devotee.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this news, the Lord was very pleased. Who can understand the\nmercy of the Lord upon His devotee?\n\n", "ant3#p0190": "Text 61]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Paftanayaka\n\n157\n\nTEXT 59\n\n�tt'f �11ttfii!t ��'11 �-wa:tti{ I\n\n� i1r;1f �tft f<lfii �1!';��-� II �� II\nhena-kale kasi-misra ai/a prabhu-sthane\nprabhu tafire kahe kichu sodvega-vacane\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kale-at this time; kasi-misra-Kasi Misra; ai/a-came; prabhu-sthaneto the place of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ntafire-to him; kahe-said; kichu-some; sa-udvega-with anxiety; vacanewords.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time Kasi Misra came to the residence of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nand the Lord talked with him with some agitation.\nTEXT 60\n\n\"-t11f�� ii1Rr, �11 �1�-t I\niltil1 �� -(1, il1 �� <';,1111-t ll\"�o II\n\"ihafi rahite nari, yamu alalanatha\nnana upadrava ihan, na pai soyatha\"\nSYNONYMS\nihan rahite nari-1 cannot stay here; yamu a/a/anatha-1 shall go to Alalanatha;\nnana-various; upadrava-disturbances;\n\nihan-here;\n\nna pai-l cannot get;\n\nsoyatha-rest.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I cannot stay here any longer,\" the Lord said. \"I shall go to Alalanatha.\nThere are too many disturbances here, and I cannot get any rest.\nTEXT 61\n\n��\"f·1ftt111f <';�� �t1f 1lt'l�� I\ni11il1·t2l<l\"ttf �t1f l!t1f11ft��J �111 II �� II\nbhavananda-rayera gO$thi kare raja-Vi$aya\nnana-prakare kare tara raja-dravya vyaya\n\n", "ant3#p0191": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n158\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhavananda-rayera-of Bhavananda Raya; go?thi-the family; kare-engages;\nraja-vi?aya-in government service; nana-prakare-in various ways; kare-do;\ntara-all of them; raja-dravya vyaya-spending the government's revenues.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All the family members of Bhavananda Raya are engaged in government\nservice, but they spend the government's revenue in various ways.\nTEXT 62\n\n11'� f� (;If�? J1iSfl fil�·i!f� �1� I\n\n� i{f� i!t�, � �11ft� �i{1� II �� II\nrajara ki do?a raja nija-dravya caya\ndite nare dravya, daf)qa amare janaya\nSYNONYMS\nrajara-of the King; ki do?a-what is the fault; raja- the King; nija-own;\ndravya-money; caya-wants; dite nare-they cannot give; dravya-money;\ndaQqa-punishment ; amare-to Me; janaya - the y inform.\nTRANSLATION\n\"What is the fault on the part of the King? He wants the government's\nmoney. However, when they are punished for failing to pay the government\nits due, they come to Me to release them.\nTEXT 63\n\nJ'ttn c;'itt�e{tttl �fit �tt'f �l?f�'l' I\n\ni't��� �tt� 'Clt�' (;11� i9fti{t�i'f II�� D\nraja gopinathe yadi cange caqaiJa\ncari-bare Joke asi' more janaiJa\nSYNONYMS\nraja-the King; gopinathe - G opTnatha; yadi - when; car'lge-on the canga;\ncaqai/a-raised; cari-bare-four times; Joke-messengers; asi'-coming; moreunto Me; janaiJa- informed .\n\n", "ant3#p0192": "Text 65]\n\n159\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Pa1fanayaka\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"When the King put Gopinatha Pattanayaka on the canga, messengers came\nfour times to inform Me about the incident.\n\nTEXT 64\n\nf'e\"f� �� �tfif fil-i{�� I\n\n�t1ffil1:-t m, filiSf·l:'t ��' �tflf' 11 �s n\nbhik�uka sannyasi ami nirjana-vasi\namaya dubkha deya, nija-dubkha kahi' asi'\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhik�uka -beggar; sannyasi-mendicant; ami\ntary place;\n\namaya-to Me;\n\n-\n\nI ; nirjana-vasi-living in a soli­\n\ndubkha-unhappiness;\n\ndeya-they\n\ngive;\n\nnija­\n\ndubkha-their own unhappiness; kahi'-speaking; asi'-coming.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"As a beggar sannyasi, a mendicant, I wish to live alone in a solitary place,\nbut these people come to tell Me about their unhappiness and disturb Me.\n\nTEXT 65\n\n1Jftfif t:!� iSf'itit'! <fifPrl �'Jii'f I\n�tfif � flf�, �fif if! fif� fliSf'fi{ 1 �<t n\naji tare jagannatha karila rak�af)a\nkali ke rakhibe, yadi na dibe raja-dhana?\n\nSYNONYMS\naji-today;\n\ntare-him;\n\njagannatha-Lord jagannatha;\n\nkarila rak�af)a-pro­\n\ntected; kali-tomorrow; ke rakhibe-who will protect; yadi-if; na dibe-he will\nnot pay; raja-dhana-the King's money.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Jagannatha has saved him once from death today, but if tomorrow he again\ndoes not pay what he owes the treasury, who will give him protection?\n\n", "ant3#p0193": "160\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nPURPORT\nThe Supreme Personality of Godhead will certainly protect a devotee who does\nsomething sinful accidentally. As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gitii. (9.30-31):\napi cet suduracaro\nbhajate mam ananya-bhak\nsadhur eva sa mantavyaf:r\nsarhyag vyavasito hi saf:r\nk�iprarh bhavati dharmatma\nsasvac-chantirh nigacchati\nkaunteya pratijanihi\nna me bhaktaf:r praf)asyati\n\"Even if one commits the most abominable actions, if he is engaged in devotional\nservice, he is to be considered saintly because he is properly situated. He quickly\nbecomes righteous and attains lasting peace. 0 son of Kunti, declare it boldly that\nMy devotee never perishes.\" However, if a devotee or so-called devotee purposefully commits sinful activities continually in the hope that Kr�t:�a will give him\nprotection, Kr�t:�a will not protect him. Therefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said,\nkali ke rakhibe, yadi na dibe raja-dhana?: \"Jagannatha has saved Gopinatha Pattanayaka from being killed by the King today, but if he commits the same offense\nagain, who will give him protection?\" Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu thus warns all\nsuch foolish devotees that jagannatha will not protect them if they continue to\ncommit offenses.\nTEXT 66\n\nf����'�Q11i{ I\n� -tit�' �t� iftfil ��i{ u\" �� n\nvi�ayira varta suni' k�ubdha haya mana\ntate ihali rahi' mora nahi prayojana\"\nSYNONYMS\nvi�ayira-of materialistic persons; varta-news; suni'-hearing; k�ubdha-agitated; haya-becomes; mana-mind; tate-therefore; ihali rahi\n\n'-\n\nto stay here;\n\nmora-My; nahi prayojana-there is no necessity.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If we hear about the activities of materialistic persons, our minds become\nagitated. There is no need for Me to stay here and be disturbed in that way.\"\n\n", "ant3#p0194": "Text 68]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Pattanayaka\n\n161\n\nTEXT 67\n\n�'tltffif(!f � �'-' '{fm m't 1\n\"''_fif �ti{ <.fll �t� � � 1{te{ ? �� n\nkasi-misra kahe prabhura dhariya caraQe\n\"tumi kene ei vate k$obha kara mane?\nSYNONYMS\n\nka.Si-misra kahe-KasT Misra said; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ndhariya caraQe-embracing the lotus feet; tumi-You; kene-why; ei vate-by\nthese talks; k$obha kara-become agitated; mane-within the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nKasi Misra caught hold of the lord's lotus feet and said, \"Why should You\nbe agitated by these affairs?\nTEXT 68\n\n�����-,��?\n��t:tt 'ftf\"Jt' � �' � �-� n �\"' 1\nsannyasi virakta tamara ka-sane sambandha?\nvyavahara lagi' toma bhaje, sei jiiana-andha\nSYNONYMS\n\nsannyas1-a sannyas1; virakta-one who has given up all connections with\neveryone;\n\ntamara-Your;\n\nka-sane-with\n\nwhom;\n\nsambandha-relationship;\n\nvyavahara lagi'-for some material purpose; toma bhaje-worships You; sei-he;\njiiana-andha-blind to all knowledge.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are a renounced sannyasi. What connections do You have? O ne who\nworships You for some material purpose is blind to all knowledge.\"\n\nPURPO RT\n\nBecoming a devotee of the Lord to serve material purposes is a great mistake.\nMany people become showbottle devotees for material profits. Indeed materialistic persons sometimes take to professional devotional service and keep\nVi�Qu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as a means of livelihood. None of\nthis, however, is approved. In the book known as Sapta-sati, as mentioned by SrTia\n\n", "ant3#p0195": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n162\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura, one can discover how a person worshiping the\ngoddess Durga begs her for different varieties of material profit. Such activities are\nvery popular among people in general, but they are the attempts of foolish, blind\npeople (sei jflana-andha).\n\nA materialist does not actually know why one should become a devotee. A\ndevotee's only concern is to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Pure\ndevotional service is defined by Srila ROpa Gosvami:\n\nanyabhila$ita-sunyam\n\nj nana-karmady-anavrtam\n\nanukulyena k[$Qanu­\n\nsi/anari1 bhaktir uttama\nOne should be completely free from all material desires and should serve Kr�l')a\nsimply to please Him. When people become interested in their own sense grati­\n\nfication (bhukti mukti siddhi kamo, some of them desire to enjoy the material\n\nworld to the fullest extent, some of them desire to be liberated and merge into\nthe existence of Brahman, and others want to perform magic through mystic\npower and thus become incarnations of God. These are all against the principles\nof devotional service. One must be free from all material desires. The desire of the\nimpersonalist to merge into the existence of Brahman is also material because\nsuch an impersonalist wants to gratify his senses by merging into the existence of\nKr�l')a instead of serving His lotus feet. Even if such a person merges into the Brah­\n\nman effulgence, he falls down again into material existence. As stated in Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam (1 0.2.32):\n\naruhya krcchreQa pararil padaril tata/:l\n\npatanty adho 'nadrta-yu$mad-anghraya/:l\nBecause Mayavadi philosophers have no information regarding the transcendental service of the Lord, even after attaining liberation from material activities and\nmerging in the Brahman effulgence, they must come down again to this material\nworld.\n\nTEXT 69\n\n� -i{-� Q!� ''12f'll1fi{' I\nr�� llftf�' �11m �, �l1!.( i!Jfi{ 11 �� 11\ntomara bhajana-phale tomate 'prema-dhana'\nvi$aya lagi' tomaya bhaje, sei murkha jana\n\n", "ant3#p0196": "Text 70]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Pattanayaka\n\n163\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-Your; bhajana-devotional service; pha/e-by the result of; tomateunto You; prema-dhana-wealth of love; vi�aya lagi'-for material profit; tomaya\nbhaje-one engages in Your service; sei-he; mOrkha jana-a fool.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKasi Misra continued, \"If one engages in devotional service for Your\nsatisfaction, this will result in his increasingly awakening his dormant love for\nYou. But if one engages in Your devotional service for material purposes, he\nshould be considered a number-one fool.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura comments that there are many materialistic persons who become preachers, gurus, religionists or philosophers only\nfor the sake of maintaining a high standard of living and sense gratification for\nthemselves and their families. Sometimes they adopt the dress of a sannyasi or\npreacher. They train some of their family members as lawyers and continually\nseek help from a high court to acquire riches on the plea of maintaining temples.\nAlthough such persons may call themselves preachers, live in Vrndavana or\nNavadvipa, and also print many religious books, it is all for the same purpose,\nnamely to earn a living to maintain their wives and children. They may also professionally recite the Bhagavatam or other scriptures, worship the Deity in the temple\nand initiate disciples. Making a show of devotional paraphernalia, they may also\ncollect money from the public and use it to cure the disease of some family member or near relative. Sometimes they become babajis or collect money on the plea\nof worshiping the poor, whom they call daridra-narayaQa, or for social and political upliftment. Thus they spread a network of business schemes to collect money\nfor sense gratification by cheating people in general who have no knowledge of\npure devotional service. Such cheaters cannot understand that by offering devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one can be elevated to a\nposition of eternal servitude to the Lord, which is even greater than the position\nof Brahma and other demigods. Unfortunately, fools have no understanding of the\nperpetual pleasure of devotional service.\n\nTEXT 70\n\nQ!t1fl 'ftf�' 11\"tlftil\"f � '!Jt� �<Jiilf1 I\nQ!t1fl 'ftf�' :Jt�il '��' �� II q\" II\ntoma lagi' ramananda rajya tyaga kaila\ntoma lagi' sanatana 'vi�aya' char;Jila\n\n", "ant3#p0197": "164\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nSYNONYMS\ntoma /agi'-for Your sake; ramananda-Ramananda Raya; rajya-the kingdom;\ntyaga kai/a-gave up; toma /agi'-for Your sake; sanatana-Sanatana Gosvami;\nvi?aya-material life; chaqi/a-gave up.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is only for Your sake that Ramananda Raya resigned from the governorship of South India and Sanatana Gosvami gave up his post as minister.\nTEXT 71\n\n� �Rf' �Qf �<tiff �tf\"\" I\n�� i!t� �i!i f<l�11 'Pt�'l' II 'l � II\ntoma lagi' raghunatha saka/a chaqi/a\nhethaya tahara pita vi?aya pathaila\nSYNONYMS\ntoma lagi'-for Your sake; raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa; saka/a chaqi/a-gave\nup everything; hethaya-here; tahara pita-his father; vi?aya pathaila-sent\nmoney.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is for Your sake that Raghunatha dasa gave up all his family relationships.\nHis father sent money and men here to serve him.\n\nTEXT 72\n\nQ!t1fnl R'I·�'Pti ��� �ttf I\n� 11tf-st' 'ft1t, 'f�· II>Ptaf' iff� <fit1f II 'l� II\ntamara caral)a-krpa hafiache tahare\nchatre magi' khaya, 'vi?aya' sparsa nahi kare\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara caral)a-of Your lotus feet; krpa-the mercy; hafiache-has been;\ntahare-upon him; chatre-from centers for the distribution of food; magi'-begging; khaya-he eats; vi?aya-mone\"y; sparsa nahi kare-he does not touch.\n\n", "ant3#p0198": "Text 74]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Patfanayaka\n\n165\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"However, because he has received the mercy of Your lotus feet, he does\nnot even accept his father's money. Instead he eats by begging alms from centers for the distribution of food.\nTEXT 73\n\n1fflrti{t\"f1f tet� (;'itt��ttf·�t-nt I\n\n� �� f<rot·Cft'!1, (,!nf �� i111 II ct� II\nramanandera bhai gopinatha-mahasaya\ntoma haite vi?aya-vancha, tara iccha naya\nSYNONYMS\nramanandera-of\n\nRamananda;\n\nbhai-brother;\n\ngopinatha-Gopinatha\n\nPa�­\n\n�anayaka; mahasaya-a great gentleman; toma haite-from You; vi?aya-vanchadesire for material advantage; tara iccha-his desire; naya-is not.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Gopinatha Patfanayaka is a good gentleman. He does not desire material\nbenefits from You.\nTEXT 74\n\n(,!nf 'l:� <;Wf�' �nf �Cf<�Stfit\"'it'l I\n�11ftr;;1f iS'f�t�\"f,-�ftr;;(,! '���-t1f'i' II C!8 II\ntara dubkha dekhi' tara sevakadi-gaf)a\ntomare janaila,-yate 'ananya-sarar)a'\nSYNONYMS\ntara-his; dubkha-distressed condition; dekhi'-seeing; tara-his; sevakaadi-gaQa-servants and friends; tomare janai/a-informed You; yate-because;\nananya-no other; saraf)a-shelter.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is not Gopinatha who sent all those men so that You would release him\nfrom his plight. Rather, his friends and servants, seeing his distressed condition, informed You because they all knew that Gopinatha is a soul surrendered\nunto You.\n\n", "ant3#p0199": "166\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamfta\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 75\n\n(;lf� '�11��', <;� <;i!t�1 �t'Sf c;i!t1rl 'ftf't' I\n'elt�� ��-�:t� �� <;�t'$f·c;�;ft' II 9� II\nsei 'suddha-bhakta', ye toma bhaje toma lagi'\napanara sukha-dubkhe haya bhoga-bhogi'\nSYNONYMS\nsei-he; suddha-bhakta-a pure devotee; ye-who; toma bhaje-worships\nYou; toma lagi'-for Your satisfaction; apanara sukha-dubkhe-for personal happiness and distress; haya-is; bhoga bhogi-one who wants to enjoy this ma-\n\nterial world.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Gopinatha Paftanayaka is a pure devotee who worships You only for Your\nsatisfaction. He does not care about his personal happiness or distress, for that\nis the business of a materialist.\nTEXT 76\n\n�t� 'ellf�--N it�,��� I\n\n�Rte. fiftlf tttJ �11rtl iJ'I a 9� n\ntamara anukampa cahe, bhaje anuk�af)a\nacirat mile tanre tamara caraf)a\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-Your; anukampa-mercy; cahe-desires; bhaje an uk�af)a-engages\nin devotional service twenty-four hours a day; acirat-very soon; mile-meet;\ntanre-him; tamara caraT) a-Y our lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\"O ne who engages in Your devotional service twenty-four hours a day,\ndesiring only Your mercy, will very soon attain shelter at Your lotus feet.\nTEXT 77\n� !:'(!��<f>\"'Pft' � \"'l\"ll�'l'!' 11il:<t1\n\n��tO{ 1!1�1\"ll\"f'!� f<19ft�, I\n\n", "ant3#p0200": "Text 78]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Pananayaka\n\n1&7\n\n��15J'\"J:.�f<rif�t1111r.:�\n��C<I\\5 C<!1 '!_f�9fClf '! lf1�\"St� 11 � �\ntat te 'nukamparil susamik�amaf)o\n\nbhw'ijana evatma-krtaril vipakam\n\nhrd-vag-vapurbhir vidadhan namas te\njiveta yo mukti-pade sa daya-bhak\nSYNONYMS\ntat-therefore; te-Your; anukampam-compassion; su-samik�amaf)a/:1-hop­\n\ning for; bhuiijana/:1-enduring; eva-certainly; atma-krtam-done by himself;\n\nvipakam-fruitive results; hrt-with the heart; vak-words; vapurbhi/:1-and\n\nbody; vidadhat-offering; nama/:1-obeisances; te-unto You; jiveta-may live;\n\nya/:1-anyone who; mukti-pade-in devotional service; sa/:1-he; daya-bhak-a\n\nbona fide candidate.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'One who seeks Your compassion and thus tolerates all kinds of adverse\n\nconditions due to the karma of his past deeds, who engages always in Your\ndevotional service with his mind, words and body, and who always offers\nobeisances unto You is certainly a bona fide candidate for becoming Your\nunalloyed devotee.'\nPURPO RT\nThis is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.14.8).\nTEXT 78\n\n�'1!1 �fil �' �' �te( �M �t'ftt'filt'll?\n�� � ifl �� f� �' n \"�r n\netha tumi vasi' raha, kene yabe a/a/anatha?\n\nkeha toma na sunabe vi�ayira vat\nSYNONYMS\netha-here;\n\ntumi-You;\n\nvasi'-residing;\n\nraha-kindly\n\nstay;\n\nkene-why;\n\nyabe-shall You go; alalanatha-to Alalanatha; keha toma na sunabe-no one\n\nwill inform You; vi?ayira vat-about the affairs of materialistic persons.\n\n", "ant3#p0201": "168\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kindly stay here at Jagannatha Puri. Why should You go to Alalanatha?\nHenceforward, no one will approach You about material affairs.\"\nTEXT 79\n\n�� �1 't!'f1rt11' i!ttJ �f� � � I\nCC�tfif '� Jtf�, ,:Jf� ��� J� II\" �� II\nyadi va tamara tare rakhite haya mana\naji ye rakhi/a, sei karibe rak?aQa\"\nSY NONYMS\nyadi va-if somehow or other; tamara-of You; tare-him; rakhite-to protect; haya-is; mana-mind; aji-today; ye-He who; rakhi/a-protected; seihe; karibe rak?aQa-will give protection.\nTRANSLATION\nFinally Kasi Misra told the lord, \"If You want to give protection to\nGopinatha, then lord Jagannatha, who protected him today, will also protect\nhim in the future.\"\n\nTEXT 80\n\n�i! �' �tJtlfifcet ''$fi'f1 \"lf·1ff�WtJ I\n11'-ott� 12li!19fJ�(I �i'f11.itJ �tllllro n\neta bali' kasi-misra gela sva-mandire\nmadhyahne prataparudra ai/a tarira ghare\nSY NONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; kasi-misra-KasT Misra; ge/a-went; sva-mandire-to his\nown temple; madhyahne-at noon; prataparudra-King Prataparudra; ai/acame; tanra ghare-to his home.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Kasi Misra left the abode of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and\nreturned to his own temple. At noon King Prataparudra came to Kasi Misra's\nhome.\n\n", "ant3#p0202": "Text 83]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Pattanayaka\n\n169\n\nTEXT 81\n\n12t�t�r;i!R �� �tlil:� � I\n�i! f'fil «� � ��\n..��r;� II lr� II\nprataparudrera eka achaye niyame\nyata dina rahe teriha sri-puru�ottame\nSYNONYMS\nprataparudrera-of King Prataparudra; eka-one; achaye-is; niyame-a regular duty; yata dina-as long as; rahe-remained; teriha-he ; sri-puru�ottame-at\nJagannatha PurT.\nTRANSLATION\nAs long as King Prataparudra stayed in his capital, Puru�ottama, he performed one regular duty.\nTEXT 82\n\nfif!J ��' �� f'llt�f ?tllf �lllrt!f:il I\niSf�'l-G;��ftf �f ��til ���� II lr� II\nnitya asi' kare misrera pada sarhvahana\njagannatha-sevara kare bhiyana sraval)a\nSYNONYMS\nnitya asi'-coming daily; kare\n\n-\n\nperform s; misrera-of KasT Misra; pada-the\n\nfeet; sarhvahana-massaging; jagannatha-sevara -for the service of Lord jagannatha; kare-does; bhiyana-arrangements; sraval)a-hearing.\nTRANSLATION\nHe would come daily to the house of Kasi Misra to massage his lotus feet.\nThe King would also hear from him about how opulently Lord Jagannatha was\nserved.\nTEXT 83\n\nftiSf1 filr;� H'l �� �Mr;i! 'ftf'StC'n 1\n\n�� fif� �tr;� f�i ��r;'! �f� n 1r� n\nraja misrera caral)a yabe capite lagila\ntabe misra tanre kichu bhangite kahi/a\n\n", "ant3#p0203": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n170\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nraja-the King; misrera-of KasT Misra; caral)a-the lotus feet; yabe-when;\ncapite /agi/a-began to press; tabe-at that opportunity; misra-KasT Misra;\ntarire-unto him; kichu-something; bharigite-by a hint; kahi/a-informed.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the King began pressing his lotus feet, Kasi Misra informed him\nabout something through hints.\nTEXT 84\n\n*Qf�, �i{ �� �� ��\"Pt �ti!' l\n\nlf�t-2Jt_ <;..iJI �t�' �t�;� �tif�iltQf !\"IrS II\n\"deva, suna ara eka aparupa vat!\nmahaprabhu k$etra cha<;:/i' yabena a/a/anatha!\"\nSYNONYMS\n\ndeva-my dear King; suna-hear; ara-another; eka-one; aparupa-uncommon; vat-news; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; k$etra cha(ii'-leaving\nJagannatha PurT; yabena-will go; ala/anatha-to Alalanatha.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear King,\" he said, \"please hear one uncommon item of news. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu wants to leave Jagannatha Puri and go to Alalanatha.\"\n\nTEXT 85\n\n�fi{ �t� 1:� �!ltll't1, ��t\"fi{ <llt�'l I\ni!� fif ;5 � fit� :Jt� f<r<!t�'l II IT'� II\nsuni raja duf)khi haifa, puchilena karal)a\ntabe misra kahe tarire saba vivaral)a\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuni-hearing;\n\nraja-the\n\nKing;\n\nduf)khi\n\nhaifa-became\n\nvery\n\nunhappy;\n\npuchi/ena-inquired; karal)a-the reason; tabe-at that time; misra kahe-Misra\nsaid; tarire-to him; saba-all; vivaral)a-details.\n\n", "ant3#p0204": "Text 87]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopfnatha Paftanayaka\n\n171\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the King heard that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was going to\nAlalanatha, he was very unhappy and inquired about the reason. Then Kasi\nMisra informed him of all the details.\nTEXT 86\n\n\"<;'Stt�iltt!l·9fiilffi� �t� �ttJf ���i I\nliB <;Jt�� �� 'fj{ tf�' �7;1{ ��� II 11-� II\n\"gopinatha-pattanayake yabe carige cacjaila\ntara sevaka saba asi' prabhure kahifa\nSYNONYMS\ngopinatha-pattanayake-Gopinatha Pattanayaka; yabe-when; carige-on the\ncariga; cacjaifa-they lifted; tara sevaka-his servants; saba-all; asi'-coming;\nprabhure kahifa-informed Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Gopinatha Paftanayaka was lifted onto the cailga,\" he said, \"all his\nservants went to inform Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 87\n\n��i oofft '�\" 1f�t• 1(il 1\n�tt'f <;'Stt�iltt� '<�'lilt �l(i! �e. �il \"\"\"\" ll\n....\n\nsuniya k?obhita haifa mahaprabhura mana\nkrodhe gopinathe kaifa bahuta bhartsana\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing; k?obhita haifa-became agitated; mahaprabhura mana-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's mind; krodhe-in anger; gopinathe-unto Gopinatha\nPattanayaka; kaifa-did; bahuta bhartsana-much chastisement.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Hearing about this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was extremely sorry at heart,\nand in anger He chastised Gopinatha Paftanayaka.\n\n", "ant3#p0205": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n172\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 88\n\n':etftrt��J 1t$i �t1f ��� I\n�tr-.1 �t,�� 'C\\5tlltQ� <!HI II lrlr II\n'ajitendriya hafia kare raja-vi�aya\nnana asat-pathe kare raja-dravya vyaya\nSYNONYMS\najitendriya hafia-being mad after sense gratification; kare raja-vi�aya-serves\nthe government; nana asat-pathe-in various sinful activities; kare raja-dravya\nvyaya-spends the revenue of government.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Because he is mad after sense gratification,' the lord said, 'he acts as a\n\ngovernment servant but spends the government's revenue for various sinful\nactivities.\nTEXT 89\n\n�-�'C\\5 <.fl. Q ���I\n� m' ,.t'5f CKI ��'\\\\ llfil II lr� II\nbrahmasva-adhika ei haya raja-dhana\ntaha hari' bhoga kare maha-papi jana\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmasva-a brahmaQa's property; adhika-more than; ei-this; haya-is;\nraja-dhana-the revenue of the government; taha hari'-stealing that; bhoga\nkare-enjoys sense gratification; maha-papi jana-a most sinful person.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'The revenue of the government is more sacred than the property of a\n\nbrahmar;�a. One who misappropriates the government's money and uses it to\nenjoy sense gratification is most sinful.\nTEXT 90\n\ntttrtl � �' \"'ftt ift\" <rot I\n�1 Q � -t\"tt?l �� \" �0 \"\n\n", "ant3#p0206": "Text 92]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Pananayaka\n\n173\n\nrajara vartana khaya, ara curi kare\nraja-daQc;fya haya sei sastrera vicare\n\nSYNONYMS\nrajara vartana-the salary of the King; khaya-he takes; ara-and; curi karesteals; raja-daQc;fya-liable to be punished by the King; haya-is; sei-he; sastrera\nvicare-the verdict of the revealed scripture.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'One who serves the government but misappropriates the government's\nrevenue is liable to be punished by the king. That is the verdict of all revealed\nscriptures.\nTEXT 91\n\nfittr·�)fl'lftt'St, �� ift� � � I\nlt'fl-�t�, 1.!1� Q ?tt� � I Oil� II\nnija-kauc;fi mage, raja nahi kare daQc;fa\nraja-maha-dharmika, ei haya papi bhaQc;fa!\n\nSYNONYMS\nnija-kauc;fi-his own money; mage-demands; raja-the King; nahi kare daQc;fa-does not punish; raja-the King; maha-dharmika-very religious; ei-this\nman; haya-is; papi-sinful; bhaQc;fa-cheat.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'The King wanted his revenue paid and did not want to enforce punishment. Therefore the King is certainly very religious. But Gopinatha Pattanayaka is a great cheat.\nTEXT 92\n\n�-�� -o m, �flfttJ !� 1\nl.fll 1f� � � ��� 9fttt? �� II\nraja-kac;fi na deya, amare phukare\nei maha-du/:lkha ihan ke sahite pare?\n\n", "ant3#p0207": "174\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nraja-kac;:li-the revenue of the King; na deya-does not pay; amare-to Me;\nphu-kare-cries; ei-this; maha-du/:lkha-great unhappiness; ihari-here; ke\nsahite pare-who can tolerate.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'He does not pay the revenue to the King, but he wants My help for\n\nrelease. This is a greatly sinful affair. I cannot tolerate it here.\nTEXT 93\n\n�'fti'fi{t� �1�' l!'tt1 fi{fJ16t� if�11 I\n\n��'1if <et'f 11\"1 <tt�1 e{1 �fi{JI'Il\" �� II\nala/anatha yai' tahan ni5cinte rahimu\nvi�ayira bhala manda varta na sunimu'\n\nII\n\nSYNONYMS\n\na/alanatha yai'-going to Alalanatha; tahail-there; ni5cinte rahimu-1 shall live\npeacefully; vi�ayira-of materialistic persons; bha/a manda-good and bad; var­\n\nta-news; na sunimu-1 shall not hear.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Therefore I shall leave Jagannatha Puri and go to Alalanatha, where I shall\n\nlive peacefully and not hear about all these affairs of materialistic people.' \"\nTEXT 94\n\n�\\! �fi{' �t� ifttrl 9ft$11{t:;i{ <U�11\n·\n\",<� ii-u itt� 1, �rw 121'- � �ot1n �s a\neta suni' kahe raja paiia mane vyatha\n\"saba dravya chac;:lon, yadi prabhu rahena etha\nSYNONYMS\n\neta suni'-hearing all these details; kahe raja-the King said; paiia-getting;\nmane vyatha-pain in his mind; saba dravya chac;:Ion-1 shall give up all the dues;\nyadi-if; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rahena etha-remains here.\n\n", "ant3#p0208": "Text 96]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha PaHanayaka\n\n175\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen King Prataparudra heard all these details, he felt great pain in his\nmind. \"I shall give up all that is due from Gopinatha PaHanayaka,\" he said, \"if\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stays here at Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 95\n\n�'f.'II'! ��� � Tw 9ft�r;� if�llfi{ I\nC<�it$��t�f'1-\"ft� -.r;� '!� �� n e;,<t n\neka-k�aQa prabhura yadi paiye darasana\nkoti-cintamaQi-labha nahe tara sama\nSYNONYMS\n\neka-k�aQa-for a moment; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yadi-if;\npaiye-1 get; darasana-an interview; koti-cintamaQi-labha-obtaining millions\nof cintamaQi stones; nahe-is not; tara sama-equal to that.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If even for a moment I could get an interview with Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, I would not care for the profit of millions of cintamar:ti stones.\nTEXT 96\n\n�lit� 9fift� �� �l\"f'JIS <lit� ?\n·\n!21t'l-�tiSfJ <lit� 1 ��9ftif ���-. n\" \"'� n\nkon chara padartha ei dui-lak�a kahana?\npraQa-rajya karon prabhu-pade nirmanchana\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nkon-what;\n\nchara-little;\n\npadartha-matter;\n\nei-this;\n\ndui-lak�a kahana-\n\n200,000 kahanas; praQa-life; rajya-kingdom; karon-1 do; prabhu-pade-at\n\nthe lotus feet of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nirmanchana-sacrificing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I do not care about this small sum of 200,000 kahanas. Not to speak of this,\nI would indeed sacrifice everything at the lotus feet of the Lord, including my\nlife and kingdom.\"\n\n", "ant3#p0209": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n176\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 97\n\nfif� ��, �,�)f\" �t�<!!1,-�t� � 'Iii{ I\n\n� t:� �,-�� �1 �� � II\" �9 II\n\nmisra kahe, \"kaw;ii chac;liba, -nahe prabhura mana\ntara du/:lkha paya, -ei na yaya sahana\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nmisra kahe-Kasi Misra said; kauc;li chac;liba-you shall abandon the money;\ntarathey; du/:lkha paya-get unhappiness; ei-this; na yaya sahana-is intolerable.\nnahe-is not; prabhura mana-the desire of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nTRANSLATION\nKasi Misra hinted to the King, \"It is not the lord's desire that you forfeit the\npayment. He is unhappy only because the whole family is troubled.\"\nTEXT 98\n\n� �,-\"i!mf �fif t:� ift� � I\n\n� ��1, �t� t5t�,-�fif � trt� n\n\n:;,\"' 11\n\nraja kahe, -\"tare ami du/:lkha nahi diye\ncalige cac;ia, khac;Jge c;iara, -ami na janiye\nSYNONYMS\n\nraja kahe -the King replied; tare-to him; ami-1; du/:lkha-unhappiness; nahi\ndiye -have no desire to give; calige ca c;ia-the raising on the caliga; khac;Jge-on\nthe swords; c;Jara-the throwing; ami-1; na janiye-did not know.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King replied, \"I have no desire to give pain to Gopinatha Pattanayaka\nand his family, nor did I know about his being lifted on the caliga to be thrown\non the swords and killed.\nTEXT 99\n\n��t�...-t� c;i� ����I\n'\"� 'tft�' � C5f�l'l' fif�1 ilt7f n �� n\npuru?ottama-janare tefiha kaila parihasa\nsei 'jana' tare dekhaila mithya trasa\n\n", "ant3#p0210": "Text 101]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Patfanayaka\n\n177\n\nSYNONYMS\npuru�ottama-janare-at\nparihasa-made a joke;\n\nPuru�ottama\n\njana,\n\nthe\n\nsei jana-that prince;\n\nprince;\n\ntetiha-he;\n\ntare-unto him;\n\nkaila\n\ndekhaila­\n\nshowed; mithya-false; trasa-scare.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He sneered at Puru�ottama Jana. Therefore the prince tried to scare him as\na punishment.\nTEXT 100\n\n!.fif ��, �t_tif 11:t-t� q �At' I\n�- � �1;11: litfft ��)�II\" �o o II\ntumi yaha, prabhure rakhaha yatna kari'\nei mui tahare chac;linu saba kauc;li\"\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-you; yaha-go; prabhure-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rakhaha-keep;\nyatna kari'-with great attention; ei mui-as far as I am concerned; tahare-unto\nhim; chac;linu-1 abandon; saba kauc;li-all dues.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Go personally to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and keep Him at Jagannatha\nPuri with great attention. I shall excuse Gopinatha Patfanayaka from all his\ndebts.\"\nTEXT 101\n\nfif� '<f'�, ��� lit�,-�� 1f!;il I\n\n,�,� li1NJC91 ����e. 'l:-t 1ft!;ilu\"�o� n\nmisra kahe, \"kauc;li chac;liba, -nahe prabhura mane\nkauc;fi chac;lile prabhu kadacit duf:Jkha mane\"\nSYNONYMS\nmisra kahe-Kasi Misra said; kauc;li chac;liba-you will excuse all dues; nahe-is\nnot; prabhura mane-the thought of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kauc;li chac;lile-if\nyou excuse all the dues; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kadacit-certainly;\nduf:Jkha mane-will be sorry.\n\n", "ant3#p0211": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n178\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nKasi Misra said, \"Excusing Gopinatha Pattanayaka of all his debts will not\nmake the Lord happy, for that is not His intention.\"\nTEXT 102\n\n� �' \"(;�� ��'k--.-1 iO ·�1 I\n�� (;1fR f� t!t'1ft,-t� -� II �o� I\nraja kahe, \"kauc;li chac;limu, -iha na kahiba\nsahaje mora priya ta'ra, -iha janaiba\nSYNONYMS\nraja kahe-the King said; kauc;li chac;limu-i shall excuse all the dues; iha-this;\nna kahiba-do not speak; sahaje-naturally; mora priya-my dear friends; ta'rathey; iha-this; janaiba-let Him know.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King said, \"I shall absolve Gopinatha Pattanayaka of all his debts, but\ndon't speak of this to the Lord. Simply let Him know that all the family members of Bhavananda Raya and Gopinatha Pattanayaka are naturally my dear\nfriends.\nTEXT 103\n\n��i{l'f•'f'llt -<et11tt1f '1_�-'it�il I\n\nia �ii'itt'l ..t�t'f ��t� � ll\"�o� 11\nbhavananda raya -amara pujya-garvita\n-\n\ntafira pu tra-gaf)e amara sahajei prita\"\nSYNONYMS\nbhavananda raya-Bhavananda Raya; amara-by me; pujya-worshipable;\ngarvita-honorable; talira-his; pu tra-gaf)e....:unto sons; amara-my; sahajeinaturally; prita-affection.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Bhavananda Raya is worthy of my worship and respect. Therefore I am always naturally affectionate to his sons.\"\n\n", "ant3#p0212": "Text 106]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Paftanayaka\n\n179\n\nTEXT 104\n\n�i! �fil' f'ifti!l ill���' 1ft�i �t1f <;'$ff11 I\n\n�ilttot '<1{1!j i!?tilt�' t;Stf��1 �tfillli II � oS II\neta bali' misre namaskari' raja ghare gela\ngopinathe 'baqa janaya' qakiya ani/a\nSYNONYMS\neta bali' -saying this; misre namaskari' -after offering obeisances to Kasi Misra;\nraja-the King; ghare ge/a-returned to his palace; gopinathe-Gopinatha Pattanayaka; baqa janaya-the eldest prince; qakiya ani/a-called forth.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter offering obeisances to Kasi Misra, the King returned to his palace and\ncalled for both Gopinatha and the eldest prince.\nTEXT 105\n\nJtsfl ��,-\",ct <;�)� <;1!11ltt1f �tf�( I\n\n� �1�Jn \\if� 1>ftG <;i!t1t1t1f I!' fif( \\l�o0\\1\nraja kahe, -\"saba kauqi tomare chaqiluri\nsei malajathya daQQa pata tomare ta' diluri\nSYNONYMS\nraja kahe-the King said; saba-all;\n\nkauqi-money;\n\ntomare-unto you;\n\nchaqi/uri-1 excuse; sei malajathya daQ(Ia pata-the place called Malajathya Dal)<;iapata; tomare-to you; ta'-certainly; di/uri-1 give.\nTRANSLATION\nThe King told Gopinatha Paftanayaka, \"You are excused for all the money\nyou owe the treasury, and the place known as Malajathya Da•:\";lapata is again\ngiven to you for collections.\n\nTEXT 106\n\n'fift� eft��� ifl �t·� 1fiSf� I\n'fift� '�\"(;�! fif( (;I!� �@'I <'1� ll\"�o� II\n\n", "ant3#p0213": "180\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\nara bara aiche na khaiha raja-dhana\naji haite dilwi tomaya dviguf)a vartana\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nara bara-another time; aiche-like this; na khaiha-do not misappropriate;\nraja-dhana-government revenue;\n\naji\n\nhaite-from\n\ntoday;\n\ndiluri-1\n\naward;\n\ntomaya-unto you; dvi-guf)a vartana-twice the salary.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Do not again misappropriate the revenue of the government. In case you\nthink your salary insufficient, henceforward it will be doubled.\"\n\nTEXT 107\n\nIJI� .,(i,, '���' '!mf �l'f I\n\"12f't_-�tal l'f$1 �' f� ,1!1111 fifill\" II�0C!II\neta bali' 'neta-dhati' tare paraila\n\n\"prabhu-ajna lana yaha, vidaya toma dila\"\nSYNONYMS\n\n.\n\neta ba/i'-saying this; neta-dhati-silken wrapper; tare paraila-put on him;\n\nprabhu-ajna lana -after taking permission from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yahago; vidaya-farewell; toma-to you; di/a-1 give.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, the King appointed him by offering him a silken wrapper\nfor his body. \"Go to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\" he said.\"After taking permission from Him, go to your home. I bid you farewell. Now you may go.\"\nTEXT 108\n\n'tPltt( �� ��' '�� 1UI �� I\n� �� •\"'' ,� .,r�t\\! 9f'tt11 ? � 0lr n\nparamarthe prabhura krpa, seha rahu dare\nananta tahara phala, ke balite pare?\n\n", "ant3#p0214": "Text 110]\n\n181\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Paftanayaka\nSYNONYMS\n\nparamarthe-for spiritual advancement; prabhura krpa-mercy of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; seha-that; rahu dare- l et alone; ananta-unlimited; tahara-of\nthat; pha/a-result; ke-who; balite pare-can estimate.\nTRANSLATION\nBy the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, one can certainly become\nspiritually advanced. Indeed, no one can estimate the results of His mercy.\nTEXT 109\n\n'11\"�-R�'·ll'Q'f �l-�� · �t'l§t��' I\n� '$f'fifl � ;r�i( i!t� ��� I � o� II\n'rajya-vi�aya'-pha/a ei-krpara 'abhase'!\ntahara gaQana karo mane nahi aise!\nSYNONYMS\nrajya-vi�aya-kingly opulence; pha/a-result; ei-this; krpara abhase-by only\na glimpse of such mercy; tahara-of that; gaQana-calculation; karo-of anyone;\nmane-within the mind; nahi aise-does not come.\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Paftanayaka achieved the result of kingly opulence due to but a\nglimpse of the Lord's mercy. Therefore no one can calculate the full value of\nHis mercy.\nTEXT 110\n\n�itl Gtttr G�t�i a;rn Sfi(·�ft'f I\n� �<I �t�' c;:Jtl1f1�J1Pf·i21�ti! I � � o II\nkahari carige cac;laiia laya dhana-praQa!\nkahari saba chac;li' sei rajyadi-pradana!\nSYNONYMS\nkahari-on one hand; carige-on the cariga;\n\ncac;laiia-raising;\n\n/aya-takes ;\n\ndhana-wealth ; praQa-life; kahari-on the other hand; saba-all; chac;li'-excusing; sei-he; rajya-adi-pradana-awarding the same government post and so\non.\n\n", "ant3#p0215": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n182\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Patfanayaka was lifted onto the canga to be killed, and all his\nmoney was taken away, but instead his debts were excused, and he was appointed collector in the same place.\nTEXT 111\n\n�1�1 :Jf� ��' ill!, 'W111 if! �111 ,�)f\"$!\n�tti ���� <it�, 9f�rt11 ��f� ! ��� II\nkahafi sarvasva veci' laya, deya na yaya kauc;li!\nkahafi dviguQa vartana, paraya neta-dhac;li!\nSYNONYMS\nkahafi-on one hand; sarvasva-all possessions; veci'-selling; /aya\n\n-\n\ntakes;\n\ndeya na yaya-cannot be paid; kauc;/i-the debt; kahafi-on the other hand; dviguQa vartana\n\n-\n\ntwice the salary; paraya-puts on; neta-dhac;li-the silken cover.\nTRANSLATION\n\nOn one hand Gopinatha Patfanayaka was unable to clear his debt even by\nselling all his possessions, but on the other his salary was doubled, and he was\nhonored with the silken wrapper.\nTEXT 112\n\n�� .61il �tf�, '!it� ,�)� fi�� I\n���� <if�i{ �Bf' �i{: 'f<i�11' Nt<if II ��� II\nprabhura iccha nahi, tare kauc;li chac;laibe\ndviguQa vartana kari' punab 'Vi?aya' dibe\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura iccha-the wish of the Lord; nahi-was not; tare kauc;li chac;laibe-he\nbe excused from the dues; dvi-guQa-twice as much; vartana kari'-increasing\nthe salary; punab-aga i n; vi?aya dibe-he should be appointed to the post.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt was not the desire of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu that Gopinatha Patfanayaka be excused of his debt to the government, nor was it· His desire that\nhis salary be doubled or that he be reappointed collector at the same place.\n\n", "ant3#p0216": "Text 115]\n\n183\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Patfanayaka\nTEXT 113\n\n'!ott� '!t� ,��<f �t�' c:�'i' r..�� 1\nl!tf;'! � � �f;Cf �tc2t� 1fi{ I !)!)� II\ntathapi tara sevaka asi' kaifa nivedana\ntate k�ubdha haifa yabe mahaprabhura mana\nSYNONYMS\ntathapi\n\n-\n\nstill; tara sevaka-his servant; asi -coming; kaifa nivedana\n'\n\nted; tate-by that; k�ubdha haifa\n\n-\n\n-\n\nsubmit­\n\nwas agitated; yabe-when; mahaprabhura\n\nmana-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's mind.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Gopinatha Patfanayaka's servant went to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nand informed the Lord of his plight, the Lord was somewhat agitated and dissatisfied.\nTEXT 114\n\n��i·�-t tift'! � i{f� 'lit� I\nfilf;��i{·$1� '!'\\� �t;! ... U ))8 R\nvi�aya-sukha dite prabhura nahi manobafa\nnivedana-prabhaveha tabu phafe eta phafa\nSYNONYMS\nvi�aya'-of material opulence; sukha-happiness; dite-award; prabhura-of\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nnahi-is\n\nnot;\n\nmano bafa-desire;\n\nnivedana­\n\nprabhaveha-simply because He was informed about it; tabu-still ; phafe eta\nphafa-so much of a result was obtained.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord had no intention to award His devotee the happiness of material\nopulence, yet simply because of His being informed, such a great result was\nobtained.\nTEXT 115\n\n,� �r� �tc' ,'$1lf;,, �t-.;� '\"R ,\n�1·f� �tfw �t11' i�:1 �t1{ 'CI••t� II !)!)t n\n\n", "ant3#p0217": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n184\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nke kahite pare gaurera ascarya svabhava?\nbrahma-siva adi yanra na paya antarbhava\nSYNONYMS\nke-who; kahite pare-can estimate; gaurera-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\na5carya svabhava-wonderful characteristics; brahma-siva-Lord Brahma, Lord\nSiva;\n\nadi-and\n\nothers;\n\nyanra-whose;\n\nna paya-cannot understand;\n\nan­\n\ntarbhava -the intention.\nTRANSLATION\nNo one can estimate the wonderful\n\ncharacteristics of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. Even Lord Brahma and Lord Siva cannot understand the intentions of the Lord.\nTEXT 116\n\n�-t1 �tJtlfili!t �tf� �tf ilt'l I\n'\n\nm�tJ ififi! �<!{ ��llfl filt<!f� II ��\\& II\netha kasi-misra asi' prabhura caraQe\nrajara caritra saba kai/a nivedane\nSYNONYMS\netha-here; kasi-misra-Kasi Misra; asi'-coming; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; caraQe-to the feet; rajara-of the King; caritra saba-all the\nbehavior; kai/a nivedane-informed.\nTRANSLATION\nKasi Misra went to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and informed Him in detail of\nall the King's intentions.\nTEXT 117\n\n�'- ��,-\"�tJtlfili!t, r� � �fPii,\n1t'f·:2ff'!� � �'111' ' ��U�\"f1 7\" � �\" n\nprabhu kahe, -\"kasi-misra, ki tumi kari/a?\nraja-pratigraha tumi ama' karaila?\"\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; kasi-misra-My dear Kasi Misra;\nki-what; tumi kari/a-have you done; raja-pratigraha-taking from the King;\ntumi-you; ama'-me; karaila-have made to do.\n\n", "ant3#p0218": "Text 119]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Paftanayaka\n\n185\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing about Kasi Misra's tactics with the King, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu said, \"Kasi Misra, what have you done? You have made Me indirectly take help from the King.\"\nPURPORT\nWhen the King heard the details of GopTnatha Pattanayaka's unfortunate condemnation, he was induced to excuse his debt, in particular because he felt that\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very sorry about this incident. The Lord did not like\nthe idea that the money forfeited to GopTnatha Pattanayaka was indirectly a contribution to Him. Therefore He immediately protested.\nTEXT 118\n\nfil� Cfi�,-\"�if, � �tf �� I\n\n'Cl<fi�tll � (!)� '<fi� ���if 11 � ��r n\nmisra kahe, -\"suna, prabhu, rajara vacane\nakapate raja ei kaila nivedane\nSYNONYMS\n\nmisra kahe-KasT Misra said; suna-kindly hear; prabhu-my dear Lord; rajar a\nvacane-to the statement of the King; akapate-without duplicity; raja-the\nKing; ei-this; kaila nivedane-has submitted.\nTRANSLATION\nKasi Misra said, \"My dear L ord, the King has done this without reservations.\nKindly hear his statement.\nTEXT 119\n\n'�'�if ift� �,-� �11' .m-'$1111 I\n���'115 ��if ,�)� f� titf�111 ��� II\n'prabhu yena nahi janena,\n\n-\n\nr aj a ama ra lagiya\n\ndui-lak$a kahana kauc;li dileka c hac;liya\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yena-so that; nahi janena-may not\nthink; raja-the King; a mara lagiya-for Me; dui-lak$a kahana kauc;li-200,000\n\nkahanas of kauc;lis; dileka chac;liya-has remitted.\n\n", "ant3#p0219": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n186\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The King said, 'Speak to the lord in such a way that He will not think, \"For\nMy sake the King has forfeited 200,000 kahanas of kauc;Jis.\"\nPURPORT\nThe kauc;ii is like an American cent or japanese yen. In the old medium of exchange, the first unit of currency was a small conchshell called a kauc;ii. Four\nkauc;iis made one gal)c;ia, twenty gal)c;ias made one pal)a, and sixteen pal)as made\none kahana. GopTnatha Pattanayaka owed the government 200,000 kahanas. The\nKing absolved him of this debt, reappointed him to his post and doubled his\nsalary.\nTEXT 120\n\n�tiff;\"!� � �-� fl$1!11' I\n\n�·�1-��tt11 �fit 00-t �t� II �� II\no\n\nbhavanandera putra saba-mora priyatama\ninha-sabakare ami dekhi atma-sama\nSYNONYMS\nbhavanandera-of Bhavananda Raya; putra saba-all the sons; mora-to me;\npriyatama-very dear; inha-sabakare-all of them; ami-1; dekhi-see; atmasama-as my relatives.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Inform Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu that all the sons of Bhavananda Raya are\nespecially dear to me. I consider them like members of my family.\nTEXT 121\n\n�I!�CJ �ut1 �ti ,� �r..� 1\n�a�, f��, ��' �\"ft�, iii <tit�·1 �m n ��� n\nataeva yahan yahan dei adhikara\nkhaya, piye, lute, vilaya, na karori vicara\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; yahari yahari-wherever; dei adhikara-1 appoint them;\nkhaya-they\n\neat;\n\npiye-drink;\n\nvicara-1 do not consider.\n\nlute-plunder;\n\nvilaya-dist ribut�;\n\nna karori\n\n", "ant3#p0220": "Text 123]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Paftanayaka\n\n187\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Therefore I have appointed them collectors in various places, and although they spend the government's money, eat, drink, plunder and distribute it as they like, I do not take them very seriously.\nTEXT 122\n\n�t����1f '1lWI' ��� 1{�-m 1\n'� �tl\"'', '��1 fw'\"f, i{t� ��1-wrn n ��� 11\nrajamahindara 'raja' kainu rama-raya\nye khaila, yeba dila, nahi lekha-daya\nSYNONYMS\nrajamahindara-of the place known as Rajamahendri; raja-governor; kainu-1\nmade; rama-raya-Ramananda Raya; ye khai/a-whatever money he took;\nyeba-whatever; di/a-distributed; nahi lekha-daya:_there is no account.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'I made Ramananda Raya the governor of Rajamahendri. There is practically no account of whatever money he took and distributed in that position.\n\nPURPORT\nNear Rajamahendri is a famous railway station. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\nnotes that the present Rajamahendri City is located on the northern bank of the\nGodavari. At the time when Ramananda Raya was governor, however, the state\ncapital, which was known as Vidyanagara or Vidyapura, was located on the\nsouthern side of the Godavari, at the confluence of the Godavari and the sea.\nThat was the part of the country which at that time was known as Rajamahendri.\nNorth of Kalinga-desa is Utkalinga, or the state of Orissa. The capital of southern\nOrissa was known as Rajamahendri, but now the location of Rajamahendri has\nchanged.\nTEXT 123\n\n<;\"itt��� �l�'! '��' �fiml 1\n�i1R·� ��i{ �� '!' �t�1 II ��� II\ngopinatha ei-mata 'vi�aya' kariya\ndui-cari-lak�a kahana rahe ta' khafia\n\n", "ant3#p0221": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n188\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopinatha -GopTnatha; ei-mata-in this way; vi$aya kariya-doing business;\ndui-cari-lak$a kahana-two to four hundred thousand kahanas; rahe ta' khafiaspends as he likes.\nTRANSLATION\n11 'Having\n\nbeen appointed collector, Gopinatha, in the same way, also\n\ngenerally spends two to four hundred thousand kahanas as he likes.\nTEXT 124\n\n� m, � ifl \"', ifl �fl � 1\n'Wtifl'-11� �bJ t:-t 9ft.llf If!-� II ��811\nkichu deya, kichu na deya, na kari vicara\n'jana'-sahita apritye du/:lkha pai/a ei-bara\nSYNONYMS\nkichu-some; deya-he pays; kichu-some; na deya-he does not pay; na\nkari vicara-1 do not consider; jana sahita-with the prince; apritye-due to some\nunfriendliness; du/:lkha pai/a-has gotten so much trouble; ei-bara-this time.\nTRANSLATION\n11 'Gopinatha Paftanayaka would collect some and pay some, spending it at\n\nwill, but I would not consider this very seriously. This time, however, he was\nput in trouble because of a misunderstanding with the prince.\nTEXT 125\n\n�, If!� �...1,--� '!_. 1ft� �ei1 I\n�'tiftiQ �-� �� 'lltt-1111 ��ct II\n'jana' eta kaila, -iha mui nahi janori\nbhavanandera putra-s abe atma-sama manari\nSYNONYMS\njana - the prince; eta-such; kaila-has done; iha-this; mui-1; nahi janoridid not know; bhavanandera putra-the sons of Bhavananda Raya; sabe-all;\natma-s ama manori-1 considered like my relatives.\n\n", "ant3#p0222": "Text 127]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Pattanayaka\n\n189\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'The prince created this situation without my knowledge, but actually I\n\nconsider all the sons of Bhavananda Raya to be like my relatives.\nTEXT 126\n\nt:!� 'ftf'51' � �t�,- �� 1fte. � I\n'�-� �11f &itR! tti !!�-��, ,r���� 11\ntanha lagi' dravya cha(ii'-iha mat jane\n'sahajei mora priti haya taha-sane' \"\nSYNONYMS\ntanha lagi'-for them; dravya cha(ii'-1 remit the debt; iha-this; mat jane-He\ndoes not know; sahajei-naturally; mora priti-my affection; haya-is; tahasane-with them all.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Because of my intimate relationship with\n\nthem, I have absolved\n\nGopinatha Pattanayaka of all his debts. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu does not\nknow this fact. Whatever I have done is because of my intimate relationship\nwith the family of Bhavananda Raya.' \"\nTEXT 127\n\n\"�1 �1�11f �iii <21'{1l' �I\n�il'lfitt'l �tt\"'1 �-t1111i lf5�1il'tl II ��'\\ II\nsuniya rajara vinaya prabhura ananda\nhena-kale ai/a tatha raya bhavananda\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing; rajara-of the King; vinaya-submission; prabhura anandaSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu became very happy; hena-kale-at this time; ai/a-arrived; tatha-there; raya bhavananda-Bhavananda Raya.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving heard from Kasi Misra all these statements concerning the King's\nmentality, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very happy. At that time, Bhavananda\nRaya also arrived there.\n\n", "ant3#p0223": "190\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTEXT 128\n\n'l·�i141�� �tfit' 'I� i�t'l I\n�$1 � tttt �� ..-tfirtr� II ��\\r' II\npanca-putra-sahite asi' pac;fila caral)e\nuthana prabhu tanre kaila alingane\nSYNONYMS\npanca-putra-sahite-with five sons; asi'-coming; pac;fila caral)e-fell down at\nthe lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; uthalia-getting him up; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; tanre-him; kaila alingane-embraced.\nTRANSLATION\nBhavananda Raya, along with his five sons, fell at the lotus feet of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, who lifted him up and embraced him.\nTEXT 129\n\n� � ��� flffiltn I\n\n·��1'tfl!tcf � 'ftf'$flt'l II ��� II\nramananda-raya adi sabai milila\nbhavananda-raya tabe balite lagila\nSYNONYMS\nramananda-raya adi-Ramananda Raya and other brothers; sabai-all; mililamet; bhavananda-raya-Bhavananda Raya; tabe-then; balite lagila-began to\nspeak.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Ramananda Raya, all his brothers, and their father met Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. Then Bhavananda Raya began speaking.\nTEXT 130\n\n\"Q811ftf �Q �t: � �� tt'f I\n<JI � Iff�' � �il: fiiWJ11J!f 11 ��· n\n\"tamara kinkara ei saba mora kula\ne vipade rakhi' prabhu, punab nila mala\n\n", "ant3#p0224": "Text 132)\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Pattanayaka\n\n191\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara kirikara-your servants; ei saba-all these; mora kula-my family; e\nvipade-in this great danger; rakhi'-by saving; prabhu-my Lord; punaf:Jagain; nila mula-have purchased.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All these members of my family,\" he said, \"are Your eternal servants. You\nhave saved us from this great danger. Therefore You have purchased us for a\nproper price.\nTEXT 131\n\n��\"lfl ����I\n\n�� ��t� ���II\"��� II\nbhakta-vatsalya ebe prakata karila\npDrve yena pafica-paQc;iave vipade tariJa\"\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-vatsalya-love for Your devotees; ebe-now; prakata karila-You have\ndemonstrated;\n\npurve-previously;\n\nyena-as;\n\npafica-pal)c;iave-the five Par:J­\n\n<;lavas; vipade-from danger; tariJa-You saved.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You have now demonstrated Your love for Your devotees, just as when You\npreviously saved the five Par:tc.Javas from great danger.\"\nTEXT 132\n\n'��'-1ftttlt <;1tt�tlt rntt � 1\n11� ��-����II ���II\n'netadhati'-mathe gopinatha caral)e pac;iila\nrajara krpa-vrttanta sakala kahila\nSYNONYMS\nnetadhaF-mathe-with the silken cover on the head; gopinatha-Gopinatha\nPaganayaka; caral)e pac;iila-feli down at the lotus feet; rajara-of the King; krpavrttanta-story of the mercy; saka/a-all; kahi/a-narrated.\n\n", "ant3#p0225": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n192\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha PatJanayaka, his head covered with the silken wrapper, fell at the\nlotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and described in detail the King's\nmercy toward him.\nTEXT 133\n\n\"��-�)[', �' �� f�'f ct� �� I\n'!_e�: 'fil��' m1 ''ilt!�\"'' ���'\" n �\\!)\\!) •\n\"baki-kau(ii bada, ara dviguQa vartana kaila\npunah 'vi?aya' diya 'neta-dhati' paraila\nSYNONYMS\nbaki-kau(ii bada-excusing the balance due; ara-and; dvi-guQa-double; vartana kai/a-made the salary; punab-again; vi?aya diya-giving the post; netadhati paraila-decorated with the silken cloth.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The King has excused me for the balance due,\" he said. \"He has reappointed me to my post by honoring me with this silken cloth and has doubled\nmy salary.\nTEXT 134\n\n<fi'tt1 �tt'ff li;�f <;�� llf'f-�llt� I\nC�Stti '(;il�\"\"'' �:,-��� ��� 1 �'!IS n\nkahan cangera upara sei maraQa-pramada!\nkahan 'neta-dhati' punah, -e-saba prasada!\nSYNONYMS\nkahan-on one hand; cangera upara-on the canga; sei-that; maraQa-pramada-danger of death; kahan-on the other hand; neta-dhati-the silken cloth;\npunab-again; e-saba-all this; prasada-mercy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I was lifted upon the canga to be killed, but on the contrary I was honored\nwith this silken cloth. This is all Your mercy.\n\n", "ant3#p0226": "Text 137]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha PaHanayaka\n\n193\n\nTEXT 135\n\nmfft �� Q!'tlrtf R'l � �( I\n\nR'l·�'l-�'e'tt� �l•llf 9ftl�· II �'>!>� II\ncangera upare tamara caraQa dhyana kaiJun\ncaraQa-smaraQa-prabhave ei phaJa paiJun\n\nSYNONYMS\ncangera upare-on the car'lga; tamara caraQa-on Your lotus feet; dhyana\nkaiJun-1 meditated; caraQa-smaraQa-prabhave-by the power of remembering\n\nYour lotus feet; ei phaJa-these results; paiJun-1 have got.\nTRANSLATION\n\"O n the canga I began meditating upon Your lotus feet, and the power of\nthat remembrance has yielded all these results.\nTEXT 136\n\n�� �e.�a ,11� � � \"'�111 1\n\n121-f�t� �tf ��·�1f11tt$i II �'>!>� II\nJoke camatkara mora e saba dekhiya\nprasarhse tamara krpa-mahima gafia\n\nSYNONYMS\nJoke-among the people; camatkara-great wonder; mora-my; e saba-all\nthese; dekhiya-by seeing; prasarhse-they glorify;\nmercy; mahima-great n ess; gafia\n\n-\n\ntamara-Your; k rpa-of\n\nchant i n g .\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Struck with wonder by my affairs, the populace is glorifying the greatness\nof Your mercy.\nTEXT 137\n\nf<fl• Q!t'altJ WS�Jt'lf il� �l '�!_�'I\n'�•�' lfl-,-�tt� '���' li\"fallf 11 �\\!let n\nkintu tamara smaraQera nahe ei 'mukhya-phaJa'\n'phaJabhasa' ei, -yate 'vi�aya' caficaJa\n\n", "ant3#p0227": "194\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nSYNONYMS\nkintu-but; tamara-Your; smaraQera-of remembrance; nahe-not; ei-this;\n\nmukhya-phala-chief result; phala-abhasa-a glimpse of the result; ei-this;\nyate-because; vi?aya-material opulence; cafica/a-flickering.\nTRANSLATION\n\"However, my lord, these are not the principal results of meditating upon\nYour lotus feet. Material opulence is very flickering. Therefore it is simply a\nglimpse of the result of Your mercy.\nPURPO RT\nOne can achieve the highest perfection of life simply by meditating upon the\nlotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Generally people are concerned with the\nfour religious principles, namely religion, material opulence, sense gratification and\n\nliberation. However, as indicated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (dharma/:! projjhita­\n\nkaitavo 'tra), success in these four kinds of material and spiritual gain are not the\n\ntrue results of devotional service. The true result of devotional service is the actual\ndevelopment of one's dormant love for K[�l)a in every circumstance. By the mercy\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Gopinatha Pattanayaka could understand that the\nmaterial benefits he had achieved were not the ultimate result of meditating upon\nHis lotus feet. The true result comes when one is detached from material opulences. Therefore Gopinatha Pattanayaka prayed to the Lord for such detachment.\nTEXT 138\n\n1ft1f·1ftti, �11tfiltt� C;�l'!'l '���' I\n�� �9li <;1ftt\\! ilt�, �tl! �t� �i I��\"\"\nrama-raye, vaQinathe kaila 'nirvi?aya'\n\nsei krpa mote nahi, yate aiche haya!\nSYNONYMS\n\nrama-raye-Ramananda Raya; vciQinathe-Val)inatha; kaila-You have made;\n\nnirvi?aya-free from all material attachment; sei krpa-that mercy; mote nahi-1\nhave not received; yate-by which; aiche-such; haya-is.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Your real mercy has been granted to Ramananda Raya and Var;�inatha Raya,\nfor You have detached them from all material opulence. I think that I have not\nbeen favored by such mercy.\n\n", "ant3#p0228": "Text 141]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Paftanayaka\n\n195\n\nTEXT 139\n\n�� �9f'l <R, <;'StPI'tf�, �� '�' I\n\nfil�lt �' � '�11' il1 �1111\" �\\!)� ft\nsuddha krpa kara, gosarii, ghucaha 'vi�aya'\nnirvif)f)a ha-inu, mote 'vi�aya' na haya\"\nSYNONYMS\nsuddha krpa-pure mercy; kara-kindly bestow; gosani-my Lord; ghucaha\nvi�aya-let me be free from all these material opulences; nir vif)Q a - detac hed; hainu-1 have become; mote vi�aya na haya-1 am no longer interested in material\nopulences.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kindly bestow upon me Your pure mercy so that I may also become\nrenounced. I am no longer interested in material enjoyment.\"\nTEXT 140\n\nl!l't. ��,- � � �1 't·� I\n\n�-� Q!\"t11 1f <;� �tit 'e�'l ? �So n\n\nprabhu kahe, -sannyasi yabe ha-iba panca-jana\nkutumba-bahulya tamara ke kare bharaf)a?\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said;\n\nsannyas1-sannyas1s;\n\nyabe-when; ha-iba-will be; panca-jana-five persons; kutumba-bahulya-the\nmany members of the family; tamara-your; ke-who; kare bharaf)a-will maintain.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"If you all adopt the renounced order and\nlose interest in dealing with pounds, shillings and pence, who will take charge\nof maintaining your large family?\nTEXT 141\n\n�1�11<fi�, f-.,s�1 rot� �\" \"tll l\ni!Jf�IJf·�� ll_fir'Pf•-(;�� '�'Sf\"t�' II �8� II\n\n", "ant3#p0229": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n196\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nmaha-vi�aya kara, kiba virakta udasa\njanme-janme tumi panca-mora 'nija-dasa'\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-vi�aya-great material engagements;\n\nkara-you perform;\n\nkiba-or;\n\nvirakta-renounced; udasa-free from attachment; janme janme-birth after\n-\n\nbirth; tumi panta-you five; mora-My; nija dasa-own servants.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Whether you are involved in material activities or become completely\nrenounced, you five brothers are all My eternal servants, birth after birth.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura comments that one should remember\nthat he is eternally a servant of Kr�l)a. Whether one is engaged in material activity\ninvolving pounds, shillings and pence or is in the renounced order, he should always think that he is an eternal servant of God, for that is the real position of the\nliving being. Taking sannyasa and dealing in pounds, shillings and pence are both\nexternal affairs. One should always consider how to please and satisfy Kr�l)a. Thus\neven if one is involved in great material affairs, he will not become attached. As\nsoon as one forgets that he is an eternal servant of Kr�l)a, he becomes involved in\nmaterial attachments. However, if one is always conscious that Kr�l)a is always the\nsupreme master and that he is an eternal servant of Kr�l)a, he is a liberated person\nin any condition. Entangling material activities will not affect him.\nTEXT 142\n\n�. ''�'Rf ��� �\" ''elt�1' �'fi{ I\n'�� i{1 �� f'f-i �t�� ��'II �8� II\nkintu mora kariha eka 'ajna' palana\n'vyaya na kariha kichu rajara mu/a-dhana'\nSYNONYMS\nkintu-but;\n\nmora-My;\n\nkariha-just\n\ncarry\n\nout;\n\neka-one;\n\najna-order;\n\npa/ana-obedience to; vyaya na kariha-never spend; kichu-any; rajara mu/adhana-capital of the King.\nTRANSLATION\n\"However, just obey one order from Me. Do not spend any of the King's\nrevenue.\n\n", "ant3#p0230": "Text 144]\n\n197\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Paftanayaka\nPURPORT\n\nWhen a person forgets his position as an eternal servant of Kr�r:Ja, he commits\nmany sinful activities, but one who maintains his position as an eternal servant of\nKr�r:Ja cannot deviate from the path of morality, religion and ethics. At the present,\npeople all over the world, especially in India, have forgotten their relationship\nwith the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His eternal servants. Therefore the\nprinciples of morality, religion and ethics have almost disappeared. This situation\nis most unprofitable for human society. Therefore everyone should try to accept\nKr�r:Ja consciousness and follow the principles of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 143\n\n1r�t� 1J._\"flf� fifll1 '� Ptsi ��J �ll I\n�ll{i{ <IS�� �t� lft�·<!St� � II �81!> I\nrajara mula-dhana diya ye kichu labhya haya\nsei dhana kariha nana dharme-karme vyaya\nSYNONYMS\nrajara-of the King;\n\nmu/a-dhana-revenue;\n\ndiya-after paying;\n\nye kichu\n\n/abhya haya-whatever is obtained; sei-that; dhana-money; kariha nana\ndharme-karme vyaya-spend in various types of religious and fruitive activities.\nTRANSLATION\n\"First you should pay the revenue due the King, and then you may spend\nthe balance for religious and fruitive activities.\n\nTEXT 144\n\n�m �1 �r�,-�ttl! �lt\"ft� � ,,\n�I! �fir' ���mf fift\"'i' f�t� II �88 II\nasad-vyaya na kariha, -yate dui-loka yaya\"\neta bali' sabakare dilena vidaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nasat-vyaya na kariha-do not spend for sinful activities; yate-by which; dui/oka yaya-one loses this life and the next; eta ba/i'-saying this; sabakare-to all\nof them; dilena vidaya- bade farewell.\n\n", "ant3#p0231": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n198\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Don't spend a farthing for sinful activities for which you will be the loser\nboth in this life and the next.\" After saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nbade them farewell.\nTEXT 145\n\n� 'ilt� � '��-A��' �� I\n\n��te.�·�'l tl'tt� �J� C�fl' II �8� II\nrayera ghare prabhura 'krpa-vivarta' kahila\nbhakta-vatsalya-gul)a yate vyakta haila\n\nSYNONYMS\nrayera-of Bhavananda Raya; ghare-at the home; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; krpa-vivarta-mercy appearing as something else; kahila-spoke;\nbhakta-vatsalya-gul)a-the quality of being very affectionate to the devotees;\nyate-in which; vyakta haila-was revealed.\nTRANSLATION\nThus the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was spoken of in the family of\nBhavananda Raya. That mercy was clearly demonstrated, although it appeared\nto be something different.\nPURPORT\nThe result of advancement in spiritual knowledge is not material improvement,\nbut Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu advised Gopinatha Pananayaka how to use material\nopulence without incurring reactions to sinful life. From this advice, it appeared\nthat the Lord encouraged Gopinatha Pananayaka to enhance his material condition. Actually, however, He did not. In fact, this was but a manifestation of His\ngreat affection for His devotee.\nTEXT 146\n\n��-rn �tfitrfir�1 � Rift� tl't� fwfl'1 1\n\n�Rf�fj{ �fif' �� ����'<;'$fa;! II �8� II\nsabaya aliligiya prabhu vidaya yabe dila\nhari-dhvani kari' saba bhakta uthi' gela\n\n", "ant3#p0232": "Text 148]\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Pattanayaka\n\n199\n\nSYNONYMS\nsabaya-all of them; a/ir'lgiya-embracing; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nvidaya-farewell; yabe di la-when He gave; hari-dhvani kari'-chanting the holy\nname of Hari; saba bhakta-all devotees; uthi -getting up; gefa-left.\n'\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced them all and bade them farewell. Then\nall the devotees got up and left, loudly chanting the holy name of Hari.\nTEXT 147\n\n� �?tl �f�' ��t� �� �11e:�tf 1\nl!�t1f! <jf�t'! iflt1f �,_� �J��t� II �8'1 II\nprabhura krpa dekhi' sabara haifa camatkara\ntahara bujhite nare prabhura vyavahara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; krpa -mercy; dekhi'-seeing; sabara\nhaifa camatkara-everyone became struck with wonder; tahara-they; bujhite\n\nnare-could not understand; prabhura vyavahara-the behavior of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the extraordinary mercy the lord granted to the family of Bhavananda Raya, everyone was struck with wonder. They could not understand the\nbehavior of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 148\n\nI!H1 �t� tftif �?tl <fiRftl! �tf� I\n'�'t111' �'ttl! f�l ilt�-�,_ l!t� <fi�� II �Sir II\ntara sabe yadi krpa karite sadhifa\n'ama' haite kichu nahe-prabhu tabe kahifa\nSYNONYMS\ntara-they; sabe-all; yadi-when; krpa karite-to show mercy; sadhifa-requested; ama haite kichu nahe-1 cannot do anything; prabhu-Lord Caitanya;\ntabe-then;· kahifa-replied.\n\n", "ant3#p0233": "200\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed, when all the devotees had requested the Lord to bestow His mercy\nupon Gopinatha Pattanayaka, the Lord had replied that He could do nothing.\nPURPORT\nWhen a person is sinful, he loses both the chance for spiritual advancement and\nthe chance for material opulence. If one enjoys the material world for sense gratification, he is certainly doomed. Advancement in material opulence is not the\ndirect mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nevertheless, it indicates\nthe indirect mercy of the Lord, for even a person too attached to material\nprosperity can gradually be detached and raised to the spiritual platform. Then he\ncan offer causeless, purified service to the Lord. When Sri Caitanya said,' ama haite\nkichu nahe (\"It is not My business to do anything\"), He set the ideal example for a\nperson in the renounced order. If a sannyasi takes the side of a vi?ayi, a person\nengaged in material activities, his character will be criticized. A person in the\nrenounced order should not take interest in material activities, but if he does so\nout of affection for a particular person, that should be considered his special\nmercy.\nTEXT 149\n\nc'm�iftt� �' �nf �t9fif·fift� 1\n\n��� <fi��-bt1 if1 ��t<l �II �8� II\ngopinathera ninda, ara apana-nirveda\nei-matra kahila-ihara na bujhibe bheda\nSYNONYMS\ngopinathera ninda-the chastisement of Gopinatha Pattanayaka; ara and;\napana-nirveda-His indifference; ei-this; matra-simply; kahi/a-1 have de-\n\nscribed; ihara-of this; na bujhibe bheda-one cannot understand the depth of\nmeaning.\nTRANSLATION\nI have simply described the chastisement of Gopinatha Pattanayaka and Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's indifference. But the deep meaning of this behavior is\nvery difficult to understand.\nTEXT 150\n\n�filti!t if1 �tfit\"£, 1f�rol\" if1 �� I\n\n��t'lt �if1 'lf�t�'l �'!��fit\"!' II ��o II\n\n", "ant3#p0234": "Text 152]\n\n201\n\nThe Deliverance of Gopinatha Patfanayaka\nkasi-misre na sadhila, rajare na sadhila\nudyoga vina mahaprabhu eta pha/a dila\nSYNONYMS\n\nkasi-misre-Kasi Misra; na sadhi/a-He did not request; rajare-the King; na\nsadhila-He did not request; udyoga vina -without endeavor; mahaprabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; eta-such; pha/a-result; di/a-gave.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu gave so much to Gopinatha Patfanayaka without\ndirectly making requests of either Kasi Misra or the King.\nTEXT 151\n\n�GI!;JJ�Bti1i �- � '$fVt� I\n� <jl;�, � 9fr;'f �HI� 'ift�' II �<t� II\ncaitanya-caritra ei parama gambhira\nsei bujhe, tafira pade yafira mana 'dhira'\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-caritra-behavior of Lord Caitanya; ei-this; parama gambhira-very\ngrave; sei bujhe-he understands; tafira pade-upon His lotus feet; yalirawhose; mana-mind; dhira-sober.\nTRANSLATION\nThe intentions of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are so deep that one can understand them only if he has complete faith in service to the lotus feet of the Lord.\nTEXT 152\n\n� .t1 �f;i{ �� �te,�-��t-1 I\n<;$1oef• 9ft�, � �9f'f �t� i{t-f II �<t� II\nyei ihan sune prabhura vatsalya-prakasa\nprema-bhakti paya, tafira vipada yaya nasa\nSYNONYMS\nyei-one\n\nwho;\n\nihali-this;\n\nsune-hears;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; vatsa/ya-prakasa-manifestation of special affection; prema-bhakti-loving devotional service; paya-attains; talira-his; vipada-dangerous condition of life; yaya nasa-is destroyed.\n\n", "ant3#p0235": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n202\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 9\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhether or not one understands it, if one hears of this incident concerning\nGopinatha PatJanayaka's activities and Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's causeless mercy upon him, certainly he will be promoted to the platform of ecstatic\nlove for the Lord, and for him all dangers will be nullified.\nTEXT 153\n\nMlrr-��t�·?tttif �a e�t-r 1\n��l!ll�fN�� <ft� �·\\if� II ��� II\nsri-rDpa-raghunatha pade yara asa\n\nsri-caitanya-caritamrta kahe k[$Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-Srila ROpa Gosvami; raghunatha-Srila Ragh u natha dasa Gosvami;\n\npade\n\nthe\n\n-\n\nat the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrta­\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nk[$Qadasa-Srila\n\nKr�l)adasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, K��Qadasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritam�a, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Antya-lila,\n\nNinth Chapter, describing the deliverance of Copinatha Pattanayaka and the\n\nmanifestation of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's causeless mercy to His devotee.\n\n", "ant3#p0236": "CHAPTER 10\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nAccepts Prasada from the Devotees\nThe following summary of Chapter Ten is given by Bhaktivinoda Thakura in his\nAmrta-pravaha-bha$ya. Before the Ratha-yatra ceremony, all the devotees from\nBengal started for Jagannatha Puri as usual. Raghava Par:t9ita brought with him\nvarious kinds of food for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The food had been cooked by\nhis sister, whose name was Damayanti, and the stock was generally known as\nraghavera jhali. Makaradhvaja Kara, an inhabitant of Paniha�i who accompanied\nRaghava Par:t9ita, was the secretary in charge of accounting for the raghavera jha/i,\nthe bags of food carried by Raghava Par:tc;Jita.\nThe day when all the devotees arrived at Jagannatha Puri, Lord Govinda was\nenjoying sporting pastimes in the water of Narendra-sarovara. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu also enjoyed the ceremony in the water with His devotees. As previously, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu performed the cleansing ceremony at Gur:tc;Jica\nand chanted the famous verse jagamohana-pari-muQ(ia yau. After kirtana ended,\nHe distributed prasada to all the devotees and also took some Himself. Then He\nlay down at the door of the Gambhira to take rest. Somehow or other Govinda\ncame by and massaged His feet. Govinda could not go out that day, however, and\ntherefore he was unable to accept prasada. From the character of Govinda it is to\nbe learned that we may sometimes commit offenses for the service of the Lord,\nbut not for sense gratification.\nGovinda, the personal servant of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, induced the Lord to\neat all the food delivered by the devotees of Bengal for His service. All the\nVai�r:tavas used to invite Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to their homes. The Lord accepted the invitation of Caitanya dasa, the son of Sivananda Sena, and ate rice\nand yogurt there.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�\"f �fi·���tR oe�tl2.��1'!111( I\n\n�it �ittf?t ��� 'e·��it i!t91 II � II\nvande sri-kr$Qa-caitanyarh\nbhaktanugraha-kataram\n\n203\n\n", "ant3#p0237": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n204\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1 o\n\nyena kenapi santu�tarh\nbhakta-dattena sraddhaya\nSYNONYMS\nvande-1 offer my respectful obeisances; sri-k[�l)a-caitanyam-to Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-to His devotees; anugraha-kataram-eager to\nshow mercy; yena kenapi\n\n-\n\nby anything; santu�tam-pleased; bhakta-by His\n\ndevotees; dattena-offered ; sraddhaya-with faith and love.\nTRANSLATION\nLet me offer my respectful obeisances unto Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nwho is always pleased to accept anything given with faith and love by His\ndevotees and is always ready to bestow mercy upon them.\nTEXT 2\n\nem o ,�if�!! o �I!Jt�\"' 1\n\nIRI�I!�i!! 'Sf11 ''it�'e9�\"f II � II\njaya jaya gauracandra jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; gauracandra-to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-all glories;\n\nnityananda-to Lord Nityananda; jaya-all glories;\n\nadvaita-candra-to\n\nAdvaita Acarya; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Lord\nGaurariga.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityananda\nPrabhu! All glories to Advaitacandra! All glories to all the devotees of Lord\nCaitanya!\nTEXT 3\n\n�t1f �., 'e9 12fli_t1t ,�r.tt'! I\n9f1J�·,..1'ift\"f �t., �ift�il �t�tl! II � II\nvar�antare saba bhakta prabhure dekhite\nparama-anande sabe nilacala yaite\n\n", "ant3#p0238": "Text 5]\n\n205\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\nSYNONYMS\n\nvar�a-antare-at the next year; saba bhakta-all the devotees; prabhure\ndekhite-to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; parama-anande-in great happiness;\nsabe-all of them; nilacala yaite-to go to Jagannatha Puri, Nilacala.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe next year, all the devotees were very pleased to go to Jagannatha Puri\n[Nilacalal to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 4\n\n��·<;'$ft:Jttf$ -��l!t'St'fJ I\n�m�t, �t��fi{fi{, <!i\\�:Jt �tfif \"'-' II 8 II\nadvaitacarya-gosafii -sarva- agra-gaQya\nacaryaratna, acaryanidhi, srivasa adi dhanya\n\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-acarya-gosatii-Advaita Acarya Gosvami;\n\nsarva-of all;\n\nagra-the\n\nchief; gaQya-to be counted; acaryaratna-Candrasekhara; acaryanidhi-Pur:tc;larika Vidyanidhi; srivasa-Srivasa Thakura; adi-and so on; dhanya-glorious.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya Gosaiii led the party from Bengal. He was followed by\nAcaryaratna, Acaryanidhi, Sri vasa Thakur a and other glorious devotees.\nTEXT 5\n\nwr;r �t �ta1 '� ��t'! 1\n'!�f9f fi{'!Jti{\"f <;� �fir'ff �fW! II <t II\nyadyapi prabhura ajiia gauge rahite\ntathapi nityananda preme cali/a dekhite\n\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapi;_although; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ajiia-the order;\ngauge rahite-to stay in Bengal; tathapi-still; nityananda-Lord Nityananda;\npreme-in ecstatic love; ca/i/a-went; dekhite-to see.\n\n", "ant3#p0239": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n206\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had ordered Lord Nityananda to stay in Bengal,\nbut nevertheless, because of ecstatic love, Lord Nityananda also went to see\nHim.\nTEXT 6\n\n�tt� �tf �l,-'��' itt� 1itl;i4 I\n\nta -.rtarl �tt\" li� �� �t1fr;tf 11 � 11\nanuragera /ak�aQa ei,-'vidhi' nahi mane\ntanra ajfia bhange tanra sangera karaf)e\nSYNONYMS\nanuragera-of real affection; /ak�aQa-symptom; ei-this; vidhi-the regulation; nahi mane-does not care for; tanra-His; ajfia-order; bhange-neglects;\ntanra-His; sangera-association; karaQe-for the purpose of.\nTRANSLATION\nIndeed, it is a symptom of real affection that one breaks the order of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead, not caring for the regulative principles, to\nassociate with Him.\nTEXT 7\n\n11M ��Iii 'iBf �tlt� '<$ft\"ftt1l �tst1 flr'li I\n\n�� �tati �tfir' f>t11 �tiF Glf 1l�\"f!l1 't II\nrase yaiche ghara yaite gopire ajfia dila\ntanra ajfia bhangi' tanra sange se rahila\nSYNONYMS\n\nrase-at the time of the rasa dance; yaiche-as; ghara yaite-to return home;\ngopire-the gopis; ajfia dila-Lord Kr�r:Ja ordered; tanra-His; ajfia-order;\nbhangi'-breaking; tanra sange-in His association; se-they; rahi/a-kept themselves.\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the rasa dance, Kr��a asked all the gopis to return home, but the\ngopis neglected His order and stayed there for His association.\n\n", "ant3#p0240": "Text 11]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n207\n\nTEXT 8\n\n'Cita1·�t�te{ \"f�� '�I';;Ti 'lffr;;� I\n\n<;�Clf 'Cita1 o:etfirr;;'t � <;�t$��-(;� II 1r II\najfia-palane kr�r)era yaiche parito�a\n\npreme ajfia bharigile haya koti-sukha-po�a\nSYNONYMS\najfia-palane-by carrying out the order; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�r:ta; yaiche-as;\n\nparito�a-happiness; preme-in ecstatic love; ajfia bharigi/e-when one breaks\nthe order; haya-there is; koti-sukha-po�a-millions of times more happiness.\nTRANSLATION\nIf one carries out Kr�l)a's order, Kr�l)a is certainly pleased, but if one sometimes breaks His order due to ecstatic love, that gives Him millions of times\ngreater happiness.\nTEXTS 9-11\n\n�tlf�-��' JPftRf·��' �lrt�t� I\n���-�' ��ti{,·�ful!, \"C�f<1i•i{ �•�tJt 11:;,11\n�tfif, '5t\"·�f�l!, �'�Pf�·-lti{ I\n\n�-�-���' �ful!·o:e'5t�ti{, II � II\n�JS�J, �fll��fi{\"f 'Cit� �I! l9fi{ I\n�tt �' ift1f iff �\"AI firf� II � � II\no\n\nvasudeva-datta, murari-gupta, garigadasa\n\nsriman-sena, sriman-par)(iita, akiiicana kr�Qadasa\nmurari, garuga-paQ(iita, buddhimanta-kharina\nsafijaya-puru�ottama, paQ(iita-bhagavan\n\nsuklambara, nrsirhhananda ara yata jana\nsabai cali/a, nama na yaya likhana\nSYNONYMS\nvasudeva-datta-Vasudeva Datta; murari-gupta-Murari Gupta; garigadasaGarigadasa;\n\nsriman-sena-SrTman\n\nSena;\n\nsriman-paQ(iita-SrTman\n\nPar:t<;lita;\n\n", "ant3#p0241": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n208\n\nakificana k[$Qadasa-Akincana Kr�r;Jadasa; murari -Murari Gupta; garuqa-paQgita-Garuc;la\n\nPar;Jc;lita;\n\npuru$ottama-Sanjaya\n\nbuddhimanta-khalina-Buddhimanta\nPuru�ottama;\n\nsukfambara-Suklambara;\n\nKhan;\n\nsafijaya­\n\npaf)gita-bhagavan -Bhagavan\n\nPar;Jc;lita;\n\nnrsimhananda-Nrsimhananda;\n\nara-and;\n\nyata-as\n\nmany; jana-persons; sabai-all; cafi/a-went; nama-names; na yaya fikhanait is not possible to mention.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVasudeva Datta, Murari Gupta, Gangadasa, Sriman Sena, Sriman Par:-c;tita,\nAkincana Kr�r:-adasa, Murari Gupta, Garuc;ta Par:-c;tita, Buddhimanta Khan,\nSanjaya Puru�ottama, Bhagavan Par:-c;tita, Suklambara Brahmacari, Nrsimhananda Brahmacari and many others joined together to go to Jagannatha Puri. It\nwould be impossible to mention the names of them all.\nTEXT 12\n\ntlfti{�, ��<tl� fif�11ift��1 I\nfllt�ti{\"'-� � �<fttJ '1�111 ��II\nkulina-grami, khaQ(\"la-vasi mififa asiya\nsivananda-sena cafila sabare fafia\n\nSYNONYMS\nkufina-grami -the residents of Kulina-grama; khaf)ga-vasi -the residents of\nKhar;Jc;la;\n\nmififa\n\nasiya-came\n\nand joined;\n\nsivananda-sena-Sivananda\n\nSena;\n\ncafi/a-went; sabare fafia-taking all of them.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of Kulina-grama and Khar:-c;ta also came and joined.\nSivananda Sena took the leadership and thus started taking care of them all.\nTEXT 13\n\nJtcl<1·9ffu� lit'f .rf'f ��bil\n\nSf1111i} �\\! ti�J flf11ttli �ffiti II � � II\nraghava-paQ(\"lita cafe jhafi sajaiya\ndamayanti yata dravya diyache kariya\n\nSYNONYMS\nraghava-paQ(\"lita-Raghava Par;Jc;lita; cafe-goes; jhafi sajaiya-after preparing\nhis bag of food; damayanti-his sister; yata dravya-all the goods; diyache\nkariya-cooked and prepared.\n\n", "ant3#p0242": "Text 16]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n209\n\nTRANSLATION\nRaghava PaQ�ita came with bags full of food prepared very nicely by his\nsister, Damayanti.\nTEXT 14\n\niltil1 �'1<�-.Jijf4!(J �� �tm c�t'if 1\n4!1��tf� �!_ �� �1fil ��t'if II �8 II\nnana apOrva bhak$ya-dravya prabhura yogya bhoga\nvatsareka prabhu yaha karena upayoga\nSYNONYMS\n\nnana -various; upOrva -unparalleled; bhak$ya-dravya -eatables; prabhuraof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yogya bhoga-just suitable for the eating; vatsareka-for one year; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yaha- which; karena\nupayoga-uses.\nTRANSLATION\nDamayanti made varieties of unparalleled food just suitable for lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu to eat. The lord ate it continually for one year.\nTEXTS 15-16\n\n�-�-tf\"r, �i·\"<l5tllf� �t\"'·�f� ilt11 I\n<;���1 �!Jlr;\"<l5tfif f<il�'f �'ftil II � <t II\n�' ��' 'i!'ftllt, �11�� I\n�� 4!1ifJ' ��1 \"<15fJ' ��� �f:i!111 �� II\namra-kasandi, ada-kasandi jhala-kasandi nama\nnembu-ada amra-koli vividha vidhana\namsi, ama-khar:u;Ja, tailamra, ama-satta\nyatna kari' gurxfa kari' puraQa sukuta\nSYNONYMS\n\namra-kasandi-amra-kasandi;\n\nada-kasandi-ada-kasandi;\n\njhala-kasandi-\n\njhala-kasandi; nama-named; nembu-ada-a preparation made with lime and\nginger; amra-koli-amra-koli; vividha vidhana - various preparations; amsi­\n\namsi; ama-khaQc;fa-ama-khaQ(fa; tailam ra-mango within mustard oil; ama-satta-ama-satta; yatna kari' -with great attention; guQ(fa kari'-making into a\npowder; puraQa sukuta-dried bitter vegetables such as bitter melon.\n\n", "ant3#p0243": "210\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTRANSLATION\n\nThese are the names of some of the pickles and condiments in the bags of\nRaghava Par:u;fita: amra-kasandi, ada-'kasandi, jhala-kasandi, nembu-ada,\namra-koli, amsi, ama-khar:'l(;la, tailamra and ama-satta. With great attention,\nDamayanti also made dried bitter vegetables into a powder.\nTEXT 17\n\n'�fi!1' �f'l' 'Cl�i ifl �Rf� f�� I\n�ti!t� ��.. �'{if, i!trt1 i{tft �·'tlJti! II �'\\ II\n'sukuta' bali' avajna na kariha citte\nsukutaya ye sukha prabhura, taha nahe pancamrte\n\nSYNONYMS\nsukuta-sukuta; ba/i'-because; avajfla-neglect; na kariha-do not make;\ncitte-within the mind; sukutaya-from sukuta; ye-which; sukha-happiness;\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; taha-that; nahe-is not; paflcamrte-in\npancamrta.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDo not neglect sukuta because it is a bitter preparation. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu derived more happiness from eating this sukuta than from drinking paiicamfla [a preparation of milk, sugar, ghee, honey and curd].\nTEXT 18\n\n'fit�� �tq '� IIlli\n���rat����� n ��r u\nbhava-grahi mahaprabhu sneha-matra laya\nsukuta pata kasandite maha-sukha paya\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhava-grahi-one who accepts the purpose;\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; sneha-affection; matra-only; /aya-accepts; sukuta pata-in\nleaves of sukuta; kasandite-in kasandi; maha-sukha-much pleasure; payagets.\n\nTRANSLA liON\nSince Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, He\nextracts the purpose from everything. He accepted Damayanti's affection for\nHim, and therefore He derived great pleasure even from the dried bitter\nleaves of sukuta and from kasandi [a sour condiment].\n\n", "ant3#p0244": "Text 20]\n\n211\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\nTEXT 19\n\n'�•'·�� 'f11Wl �tif � �1� l\n�111-�1tr'il �m <fit_ ''fJ{t1l' ��1 � II �� II\n'manu�ya'-buddhi damayanti kare prabhura paya\nguru-bhojane udare kabhu 'ama' hafia yaya\nSYNONYMS\nmanu�ya-buddhi-considering an ordinary human being; damayanti-the\nsister of Raghava Pal)<;lita; kare-does; prabhura paya-at the lotus feet of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; guru-bhojane-by overeating; udare-in the abdomen;\nkabhu-sometimes; ama-mucus; hafia yaya-there is.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of her natural love for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Damayanti considered the Lord an ordinary human being. Therefore she thought that He\nwould become sick by overeating and there would be mucus within His abdomen.\nPURPORT\nBecause of pure love, the devotees of Kr�t:�a in Goloka Vrndavana, VrajabhOmi,\nloved Kr�t:�a as an ordinary human being like them. Yet although they considered\nKr�t:�a one of them, their love for Kr�t:�a knew no bounds. Similarly, because of extreme love, devotees like Raghava Pat:�<;lita and his sister, DamayantT, thought of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as a human being, but their love for Him was boundless.\nBy overeating, an ordinary human being becomes prone to a disease called amlapitta, which is a product of indigestion characterized by acidity of the stomach.\nDamayantT thought that such a condition would afflict Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 20\n\n��i!1 �tl'� � 'fJ{t1l �'�<Tl iiM I\n�!�l �� 11� retf<l' �� �1ft� II � II\no\n\nsukuta khaile sei ama ha-ibeka nasa\nei sneha mane bhavi' prabhura ullasa\nSYNONYMS\nsukuta khaile-by eating the sukuta; sei ama-that mucus; ha-ibeka nasa-will\nbe vanquished; ei-this; sneha-affection; mane-in the mind; bhavi'-thinking\nof; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; u//asa-delight.\n\n", "ant3#p0245": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n212\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of sincere affection, she thought that eating this sukuta would cure\nthe Lord's disease. Considering these affectionate thoughts of Damayanti, the\nLord was very pleased.\nTEXT 21\n\nf2ic�'1 '!'Z !f�J �'1�-'!f11<[1\"1._'1tf�\\!5i� <��1\"1 9'11 <nf�OJ'1'\n\n��'Z 'l' <f>iT��lliC�� �<;t�<'fi'Z\n<�'If� f� c fl'{_f<l �<!1 'l' <��f;{ 11 � ) n\npriyel')a sangrathya vipak�a-sannidhav\nupahitarh vak�asi pivara-stani\nsrajarh na kacid vijahau jalavilarh\nvasanti hi preml')i gul')a na vastuni\nSYNONYMS\npriyel')a-by the lover; sangrathya-after stringing; vipak�a-sannidhau-in the\npresence of an opposite party; upahitam-p l aced ; vak�asi-on the chest; pivarastani - having raised breasts; srajam-a garland; na-not; kacit-some beloved;\nvijahau-rejected; ja/a-avi/am-muddy; vasanti-reside; hi-because; preml')iin love; guQafl-attributes; na-not; vastuni-in the material things.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A dear lover strung a garland and placed it on the shoulder of his beloved\nin the presence of her co-wives. She had raised breasts and was very beautiful,\nyet although the garland was tainted with mud, she did not reject it, for its\nvalue lay not in material things but in love.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse from the Kiratarjuniya by Bharavi.\nTEXT 22\n\n'f�1·'� ��� ��1 �fil�1 I\ni{� �t�'ilttli �fi{-9ft� \"'film II �� II\n\"'\n\ndhaniya-mauharira tal')r;iula guQr;ia kariya\nnar;Ju bandhiyache cini- paka kariya\n\n", "ant3#p0246": "Text 24]\n\n213\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\nSYNONYMS\ndhaniya-of coriander seeds; mauharira-of anise seeds; taQ(iu/a-grains; guQ(ia kariya-grinding to a powder; na(iu bandhiyache-rendered into /a(i(ius; cinipaka kariya-cooking with sugar.\nTRANSLATION\nDamayanti powdered coriander and anise seeds, cooked them with sugar\nand made them into small sweetmeats that were shaped like small balls.\nTEXT 23\n\n�$�� il�� �nl' �t�f9t�� I\n\"J�� \"J�� 4ilt�' 4iltSJ� ��� m� II �-e II\nsuQthi-khaQ(ia na(iu, ara ama-pitta-hara\nprthak prthak bandhi' vastrera kuthali bhitara\nSYNONYMS\nsuQthi-khaQ(ia na(iu-sweetmeat balls made with dried ginger; ara-and; amapitta hara-which removes mucus caused by too much bile; prthak prthak-\n\nseparately;\n\nbandhi'-packaging;\n\nvastrera-of\n\ncloth;\n\nkuthali-small\n\nbags;\n\nbhitara-within.\nTRANSLATION\nShe made balls of sweetmeats with dried ginger to remove mucus caused\nby too much bile. She put all these preparations separately into small cloth\nbags.\nTEXT 24\n\n'�t��$, c;<.fitfl;{�(, c;<tStfi'r�'G �nl' I\n<til! ilt� �<t, -t��\"t� '�t�t�' II �8 II\nkoli-suQthi, ko/i-cOrQa, koli-khaQ(ia ara\nkata nama la-iba, sata-prakara 'acara'\nSYNONYMS\nkoli-suQthi-dried ginger and berries; ko/i-cOrQa-powder of berries; kolikhaQ(ia-another preparation of berries;\n\nara-and;\n\nkata nama-how many\n\nnames; /a-iba-1 shall call; sata-prakara-a hundred varieties; acara-condiments\nand pickles.\n\n", "ant3#p0247": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n214\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTRANSLATION\nShe made a hundred varieties of condiments and pickles. She also made\nkoli-sur,thi, koli-curr,a, koli-khar,c;la and many other preparations. How many\nshould I name?\nTEXT 25\n\nilt�t�'f·�'G ilt�� �t1f ilt� '$ftrt�'f I\n�\n��•tit ����tit �f.� :Jt�il(\" ��\"\nnarikela-khaf)(ia na(iu, ara na(iu ganga-ja/a\ncira-sthayi khaf)(ia-vikara karila sakala\n\nSYNONYMS\nnarikela-khaf)(ia na(iu-sweetmeat balls made with coconut powder; araand; na(iu ganga-jala-a sweetmeat ball as white as Ganges water; cira-sthayilong-lasting; khaf)(ia-vikara\n\n-\n\nmodified forms of sugar-candy sweets; karila­\n\nmade; saka/a-all.\n\nTRANSLATION\nShe made many sweetmeats shaped like balls. Some were made with\npowdered coconut, and others looked as white as the water of the Ganges. In\nthis way she made many varieties of long-lasting sugar confections.\nTEXT 26\n\nf� �JtHJ, �tflf·��ttr\n���-��� �fir �til� ��t1 II �� II\ncira-sthayi k$ira-sara, maf)(iadi-vikara\namrta-karpura adi aneka prakara\n\nSYNONYMS\ncira-sthayi -long-lasting;\n\nk$ira-sara-cheese;\n\nmaf)(iadi-vikara-varieties\n\nof\n\nsweetmeats made from maf)(ia, or milk and cream; amrta-karpura-a preparation\nmade with milk and camphor; adi-and others; aneka prakara-m any varieties.\n\nTRANSLATION\nShe made long-lasting cheese, many varieties of sweetmeats with milk and\ncream, and many other varied preparations, such as amrta-karpura.\n\n", "ant3#p0248": "Text 30]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n215\n\nTEXT 27\n\nllftf'l'���·'ftttHI' '�ti!�' �� <tSfJ' I\niJ_i!iF�t�� <!If ��\"' �<I �f�' II � 9 II\nsalikacuti-dhanyera 'atapa' cir;la kari'\nnatana-vastrera bar;Ja kutha/i saba bhari'\nSYNONYMS\n\nsalikacuti-dhanyera-of a kind of fine rice; atapa -dried in the sunshine; cir;la\nkari'-making flat rice; nOtana-vastrera-of new cloth; bar;Ja kutha/i-a large bag;\nsaba-all; bhari '- fil ling:\nTRANSLATION\nShe made flat rice from fine, unboiled, sali paddy and filled a large bag\nmade of new cloth.\nTEXT 28\n\n�ti!<IS f� �6.'11. <IS�' �tl!tl! �tfirn1 I\n�f.{-�tt� ..�.,._ ��1 \"'(�trw flrn111 ��r n\nkateka cir;la hur;Jum kari' ghrtete bhajiya\ncini-pake nar;Ju kaila karparadi diya\nSYNONYMS\n\nkateka cir;la-some of the flat rice; hur;Jum kari'-making into puffed rice;\nghrtete bhajiya-frying in ghee; cini-pake-by cooking in sugar juice; nar;Ju\nkaila-made into round balls; karpara-adi diya-mixing with camphor and other\ningredients.\nTRANSLATION\nShe made some of the flat rice into puffed rice, fried it in ghee, cooked it in\nsugar juice, mixed in some camphor and rolled it into balls.\nTEXTS 29-30\n\nllft�·'fttiJJ� i!�i'(·��1 �( <�Sf.�1 I\n�l!f�� �cf ,<1511'1 ��·91t<IS 1lf�1 II �� II\n<IS\"(t, Jf��. li'(�IF, �'lt�, ��t� I\n�cf f�111 illlf-._ ��0'(1 ��It ��t� II -e>o II\n\n", "ant3#p0249": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n216\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nsali-dhanyera taQgula-bhaja cDrQa kariya\nghrta-sikta cDrQa kai/a cini-paka diya\nkarpura, marica, Javanga, e/aci, rasavasa\ncDrQa diya nagu kaila parama suvasa\nSYNONYMS\nsali-dhanyera-of rice of a fine quality; taQ(iu/a-the grains; bhaja-being\nfried; cDrQa kariya-making it into a powder; ghrta-sikta-moistened with ghee;\ncDrQa-the powder; kaila-made; cini-paka diya-by cooking with sugar; karpura-camphor;\n\nmarica-black\n\npepper;\n\nlavanga-cloves;\n\ne/aci-cardamom;\n\nrasa-vasa-and other spices; cOrQa-to the powder; diya-adding; nagu-round\nsweetmeats; kai/a-made; parama su-vasa-very palatable.\nTRANSLATION\nShe powdered fried grains of fine rice, moistened the powder with ghee and\ncooked it in a solution of sugar. Then she added camphor, black pepper,\ncloves, cardamom and other spices and rolled it into balls that were very\npalatable and aromatic.\nTEXT 31\n\nllftfif·�� �- �i{� ,tl!t� �tfirnt I\n�fil-?tt� �--t,� '� ���t� �11111 ��II\nsali-dhanyera kha-i punab ghrtete bhajiya\ncini-paka ukhga kaila karpuradi diya\nSYNONYMS\nsa/i-dhanyera kha-i-parched rice from fine paddy; punab-again; ghrtete\nbhajiya-frying with ghee; cini-paka-boiling with sugar juice; ukhga-of the\nname ukhga; kaila-made; karpura-adi diya-mixing with camphor.\nTRANSLATION\nShe took parched rice from fine paddy, fried it in ghee, cooked it in a sugar\nsolution, mixed in some camphor and thus made a preparation called ukh<;Ja\nor mu<;Jki.\nTEXT 32\n\n��i'ft- �c( � �' ,tl! lf5tstt-i'f I\n�fil-9ftt� ��1ft� �111 i{�6.. '�if II �� II\n\n", "ant3#p0250": "Text 34]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n217\n\nphutka/ai cOrQa kari' ghrte bhajai/a\ncini-pake karpuradi diya nac;iu kaila\nSYNONYMS\nphutka/ai-fused peas fried in ghee and soaked in sugar juice; cOrQa kari'making into powder; ghrte bhajaila-tried with ghee; cini-pake-cooking with\nsugar; karpura-adi-camphor and other ingredients; diya-adding; nac;iu kai/amade round sweetmeat balls.\nTRANSLATION\nAnother variety of sweet was made with fused peas that were powdered,\nfried in ghee and then cooked in sugar juice. Camphor was mixed in, and then\nthe sweet was rolled into a ball.\nTEXT 33\n\n<fi�� e{1 �tfj{ ift1f �-\\Sft'Jf �t� I\n\n�� i{f�1 'e'ISJi!f�J ����<flnf II�� II\nkahite na jani nama e-janme yahara\naiche nana bhak$ya-dravya sahasra-prakara\nSYNONYMS\nkahite na jani-1 cannot speak; nama-the names; e-janme-in this life;\nyahara-of\n\nwhich;\n\naiche-similar;\n\nnana\n\n-\n\nma ny ; · bhak$ya-dravya-eatab l es;\n\nsahasra-prakara-hundreds and thousands of varieties.\nTRANSLATION\nI could not mention the names of all these wonderful eatables, even in a\nlifetime. Damayanti made hundreds and thousands of. varieties.\nTEXT 34\n\n1tt�f;�1t \"-i!t611, �t1t �1t � tf11�� I\n�·�1t �'t_�'! '� 911t1f·'e<f'f'! II �8 II\nraghavera ajiia, ara karena damayanti\ndurihara prabhute sneha parama-bhakati\nSYNONYMS\nraghavera ajiia-the order of Raghava Pai)Qita; ara-and; karena-executes;\ndamayanti-Damayanti; durihara-of both of them; prabhute-unto Sri Caitanya\n\n", "ant3#p0251": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n218\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nMahaprabhu; sneha-affection; parama-bhakati-highly developed devotional\nservice.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDamayanti made all these preparations following the order of her brother,\nRaghava PaJ:�c;tita. Both of them had unlimited affection for Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and were advanced in devotional service.\nTEXT 35\n\n'$f'fi·���1 �fil' �t�t� litfil�1 I\n\n9ft?!� �fil�1 �\"11 '$f'fiift�J ��1 !! �� II\nganga-mrttika ani' vastrete chaniya\npanpac;ii kariya dila gandha-dravya diya\n\nSYNONYMS\nganga-mrttika-dirt from the River Ganges; ani'-bringing; vastrete-through a\ncloth;\n\nchaniya-pressing ; panpac;ii kariya dila-made into small balls; gandha­\n\ndravya diya-mixing with aromatic agents.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDamayanti took earth from the Ganges, dried it, powdered it, strained it\nthrough a fine cloth, mixed in aromatic ingredients and rolled it into small\nballs.\nTEXT 36\n\n911'!� �e,?Ittill �'!itiltfw �fif' I\n151� �� �� � ��� ��alfi II �� II\npatala mrt-patre sandhanadi bhari'\nara saba vastu bhare vastrera kuthali\n\nSYNONYMS\npata/a-thin; mrt-patre-in pots of earth; sandhana-adi-condiments and\nother items; bhari'-filling; ara-other; saba-all; vastu-things ; bhare-filled;\nvastrera kuthali-sma l l bags of cloth.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe condiments and similar items were put into thin earthen pots, and\neverything else was put into small cloth bags.\n\n", "ant3#p0252": "Text 39]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n219\n\nTEXT 37\n\n�11ft� �tf� '�i! ��'I �t� '�'i1 I\n\n�Rt?tt$ �Rt' �� �tfi;t 'e1f�'iill �\" II\nsamanya jhali haite dviguf)a jhali kaila\nparipati kari' saba jhali bharaila\nSYNONYMS\nsamanya-small; jhali-bags; haite-from; dvi-guf)a-twice as big; jha/ibags; kaifa-made; paripati kari'-with great attention; saba jhali-all the bags;\nbharaila-she filled.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom small bags Damayanti made bags that were twice as large. Then with\ngreat attention she filled all the large ones with the small ones.\nTEXT 38\n\n�tfi'f �tfqj' '�t�1f N'i �t�� <I'IRt'ID I\n\nfi!il: '�t�tf1f �tf� �r;� �'If <tif.<mlll �17- II\njhali bandhi' mohara di/a agraha kariya\ntina bojhari jhali vahe krama kariya\nSYNONYMS\njhali bandhi'-binding the bags; mohara dila-she sealed; agraha kariya-with\ngreat attention; tina bojhari-three carriers; jhali vahe-carried the bags; krama\nkariya-one after another.\nTRANSLATION\nShe then wrapped and sealed each and every bag with great attention. The\nbags were carried by three bearers, one after another.\nTEXT 39\n\n��r;-.r;� �f� �� �tM1f Btmf I\n'1ft��11 �tM' �f'i' Bt�Jt� �1� II �� II\nsar'lk$epe kahilun ei jhalira vicara\n'raghavera jha/i' bali' vikhyati yahara\n\n", "ant3#p0253": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n220\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nSYNONYMS\nsank�epe-in brief; kahi/un-1 have spoken; ei jhalira-of these bags; vicarathe description; raghavera jhali-the bags of Raghava; ba/i'-as; vikhyati-the\nfame; yahara-of which.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have briefly described the bags that have become famous as\nraghavera jhali.\nTEXT 40\n\n�tf� �?l� 'll.il_�<!t' 'llfltf!!Sf·<!ti� I\n�t'ffir.;?l �tf\"f �tr.;� �lfl31 i!e.?l� II So II\njhalira upara 'munsiba' makaradhvaja-kara\npraQa-rupe jhali rakhe haiia tatpara\nSYNONYMS\njhalira upara-upon the bags; munsiba-the superintendent; makaradhvajakara-Makaradhvaja Kara; praQa-rupe-like his life; jha/i rakhe-he keeps the\nbags; haiia tatpara-with great attention.\nTRANSLATION\nThe superintendent for all those bags was Makaradhvaja Kara, who kept\nthem with great attention like his very life.\nTEXT 41\n\n����ti! ��<!t �<!t �'lt�r.;'( �t� '111\n��t;<!t iSf'$fjtf;�� elf �� iSfit·�i'fi II 8 � II\nei-mate vai?Qava saba nilacale aila\ndaive jagannathera se dina ja/a-lila\nSYNONYMS\nei-mate-in this way; vai?Qava saba-all the Vai�l)avas; ni/aca/e aila-came to\nNilacala; daive-by chance; jagannathera-of Lord Jagannatha; se dina-that\nday; ja/a-/i/a-pastimes in the water.\nTRANSLATION\nThus all the Vai�r:Javas from Bengal went to Jagannatha Puri. By chance, they\narrived on the day when Lord Jagannatha performs pastimes in the water.\n\n", "ant3#p0254": "Text 44]\n\n221\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\nTEXT 42\n\n�i!!'J{ �tq'( ''\"Stt��tt' �l�tr;i! ���1 I\n\n\\Sfil�� �t1l �� ��'St'l \"l$1 II 8� II\n\nnarendrera jale 'govinda' naukate ca(fiya\njala-kri(fa kare saba bhakta-gaf)a lana\nSYNONYMS\nnarendrera jale-upon the water of the Jake known as Narendra-sarovara;\ngovinda-Lord Govinda;\n\nnaukate\n\nc a(fiya-getting\n\naboard a boat; jala-kri(fa\n\nkare-displays His water pastimes; saba bhakta-gaf)a-all the devotees; /anataking.\nTRANSLATION\nBoarding a boat in the waters of Narendra-sarovara, Lord Govinda performed His water pastimes with all the devotees.\nTEXT 43\n\n��tr;'l' ';{�� 'e9'it'1-�ttr I\n�!! �t� c;lff� ��fil-Wlf II 8-e II\nsei-kale mahaprabhu bhakta-gaQa-sange\nnarendre aila dekhite jala-keli-'range\nSYNONYMS\nsei-ka/e-at that time; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-gaf)asarige-with His devotees;\n\nnarendre ai/a-arrived at the\n\nNarendra\n\nLake;\n\ndekhite-to see; jala-keli-the pastimes on the water; range-in great jubilation.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu arrived with His personal associates to see\nthe jubilant pastimes of Lord Jagannatha in the Narendra-sarovara.\nTEXT 44\n\n�-�tr;llf �1�1 �� ,�� <e�'St'l I\n�t1lr;�i! �-�ttr �'I fit� II 88 II\nsei-kale aila saba gau(fera bhakta-gaf)a\nnarendrete prabhu-sange ha-ifa milana\n\n", "ant3#p0255": "222\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei-ka/e-at the same time; ai/a-arrived; saba-all; gaur;Jera bhakta-gaQa-the\ndevotees from Bengal; narendrete-at the lake known as Narendra-sarovara;\nprabhu-salige-with Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ha-ila mi/ana-there was a\nmeeting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the same time, all the devotees from Bengal arrived at the lake and had a\ngreat meeting with the Lord.\nTEXT 45\n\n'e9�'1 �t� 'filtf�' � Rt'l I\n\nlait�i �t_ � �t � '<ffli �t�il II sa- II\nbhakta-gaQa par;Je asi' prabhura caraQe\nuthaiia prabhu sabare kaila aliligane\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhakta-gaQa-the devotees; par;ie-fell; asi -coming; prabhura caraQe-at\n'\n\nthe lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; uthaiia-getting them up; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; sabare-all of them; kaila a/iligane-embraced.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees immediately fell at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, and the Lord lifted and embraced every one of them.\nTEXT 46\n\n,�1��1-�m �� ��i1 �� 1\n�� �til �t� '�tQ i:Qi\"fil II 8� II\ngaur;iiya-sampradaya saba karena kirtana\nprabhura milane uthe premera krandana\nSYNONYMS\n\ngaur;iiya-sampradaya-of the group of Vai�Qavas from Bengal; saba-all; karena\nprabhura milane-upon meeting Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; uthe-rise; premera krandana-c rying in ecstatic love.\nkirtana-perform congregational chanting;\n\n", "ant3#p0256": "Text 48]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n223\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Gauc;fiya-sampradaya, consisting of all the devotees from Bengal, began\ncongregational chanting. When they met the Lord, they began to cry loudly in\necstatic love.\nTEXT 47\n\n'Sf�,�\"' ;fti!, il�, <ft� I\n';!��� �11', �fi'lr;;\"f C��il II 8� II\njafa-kric;fa, vadya, gita, nartana, kirtana\nmaha-kofahafa tire, safi/e khefana\nSYNONYMS\njafa-kric;fa-the pastimes in the water; vadya-musical vibration; gita-singing;\nnartana-dancing; kirtana-chanting; maha-kofahafa-tumuituous sound; tireon the bank; safi/e-in the water; khefana-sporting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of the pastimes in the water, there was great jubilation on the\nshore, with music, singing, chanting, dancing and tumultuous crying.\nTEXT 48\n\nc�1111·���{;il <e{t1f C1ftt;il fil�1 1\n';f�'ifitlllt�i'f '�i'f al�t'G �Rt�1 II Sb-- II\ngauc;fiya-sankirtane ara rodana mifiya\nmaha-kofahafa haifa brahmaf)c;fa bhariya\nSYNONYMS\ngauc;fiya-sarikirtane-congregationai chanting by the Gauc;jiya Vai�t:�avas; araand; rodana-crying; mifiya-mixing; maha-kofahafa-a great, tumultuous sound\nvibration; haifa-there was; brahmaf)c;fa-the universe; bhariya-filling.\nTRANSLATION\nThe chanting and crying of the Gauc;fiya Vai�r:tavas mixed and created a\ntumultuous sound vibration that filled the entire universe.\n\n", "ant3#p0257": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n224\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 49\n\n� 'e� i!flfl31 � iltfiltilfiii!Jftilf I\n�� if$1 i9fif�� �il �����if II 8� II\nsaba bhakta lana prabhu namilena jale\nsaba lana jala-kri<;la karena kutahale\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaba\n\nbhakta-all\n\nthe\n\ndevotees;\n\n/ana-taking;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; namilena jale-got down in the water; saba /ana-taking all of\nthem; jala-kri<;la-activities in the water; karena-performs; kutahale-in great\njubilation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu entered the water with His devotees and began\nHis pastimes with them in great jubilation.\nTEXT 50\n\n� �� i9faot�� w�-��t�il 1\n''�il�tr�if' Pl�tAt' �mt�liil �\"'il 11 <to 11\nprabhura ei jala-kri<;la dasa-vrndavana\n'caitanya-manga/e' vistari' kariyachena varQana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ei-these; ja/a-kri(ia-activities in the\nwater;\n\ndasa-vrndavana-Vrndavana dasa Thakura;\n\ncaitanya-mangale-in his\n\nbook Caitanya-mangala, now known as Caitanya-bhagavata; vistari'-describing\nin detail; kariyachena varQana-has narrated.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn his Caitanya-mangala [now known as Caitanya-bhagavatal, Vrndavana\ndasa Thakura has given a detailed description of the activities the Lord performed in the water.\nTEXT 51\n\n�il: �ti �r� ��� �� 1\n\n�J( tfl�il ��' \"l!iit� �· <1� II <t� II\n\n", "ant3#p0258": "225\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\nText 53]\n\npuna/:1 ihan varQile punarukti haya\nvyartha likhana haya, ara grantha bac;Jaya\nSYNONYMS\npuna/:1-again; ihail-here; varQile-if I describe; puna/:1-ukti haya-it will be\nrepetition;\n\nvyartha-useless;\n\n/ikhana-writing;\n\nhaya-is;\n\nara-and;\n\ngrantha\n\nbac;Jaya-increases the volume of the book.\nTRANSLATION\nThere is no use describing here the activities of the Lord again. It would\nsimply be repetitious and would increase the size of this book.\nTEXT 52\n\n�� �fif' <;'Stt�\"f 11� �� I\n�Sf'$1'1 �$1 t21't_ (;'$1\"{1 '��\"� ll �� ll\njala-/ila kari' govinda calila alaya\nnija-gaQa lana prabhu gela devalaya\nSYNONYMS\njala-li/a kari'-after finishing the pastimes on the water; govinda-Lord jagannatha in His moving form as Govinda; ca/i/a a/aya-returned to His place; nijagaQa-His devotees; /alia-taking; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ge/a\n\n­\n\nwent; deva-alaya-to the temple.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter concluding His pastimes in the water, Lord Govinda returned to His\nresidence. Then Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to the temple, taking all His\ndevotees with Him.\nPURPORT\nThe Deity referred to herein as Govinda is the vijaya-vigraha in the temple of\nJagannatha. When there is a need to take jagannatha somewhere, the vijayavigraha is taken because the body of Jagannatha is very heavy. The vijaya-vigraha\nin the Jagannatha temple is known as Govinda. For the pastimes in the Narendrasarovara, the vijaya-vigraha was carried there instead of Lord jagannatha.\nTEXT 53\n\n\"'$1tt� <;�M' �: filsr·�� ��� 1\n$1tW �tilt$1 <e•'$1t'l �t'-S�t� ll t'l'� II\n\n", "ant3#p0259": "226\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1 o\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\njagannatha dekhi' puna/:! nija-ghare aila\nprasada anafia bhakta-gaQe khaoyaila\nSYNONYMS\njagannatha dekhi'-after seeing Lord Jagannatha; puna/:1-again; nija-ghareto His residence;\n\nai/a-returned;\n\nprasada-prasada;\n\nanafia-causing to be\n\nbrought; bhakta-gaQe khaoyaila-fed the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned to His residence after visiting the\ntemple of Jagannatha, He asked for a large quantity of Lord Jagannatha's\nprasada, which He then distributed among His devotees so that they could eat\nsumptuously.\nTEXT 54\n\n��r;� �<f1 \"1'�1 <f'l'!'lfi'l C�i'fi I\n� filosr �\"<ft�t11 �<ft11 �m�\"'1 u <ts u\ni�ta-go�thi saba lafia kata-k�af)a kai/a\nnija nija purva-vasaya sabaya pathaila\nSYNONYMS\ni�ta-go�thi-discussion of spiritual matters; saba /afia-taking all the devotees;\nkata-k�af)a-for some time; kai/a-did; nija nija-respective; pDrva-vasaya-to\nthe former residences; sabaya-all; pathaila-He sent.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter talking with all the devotees for some time, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nasked them to occupy the individual residences in which they had lived the\nprevious year.\nTEXT 55\n\nc;'Stt�·�tf� 1ft�<f �t� ��if! I\nc;�ttr�-'1�� c;<f'ltr;'l �tfif c;\"Sttf<l\"' 1ftr.ti'f1 u�t�tu\ngovinda-thafii raghava jhali samarpila\nbhojana-grhera koQe jhali govinda rakhi/a\n\n", "ant3#p0260": "Text 57]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n227\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ngovinda-thalii-in charge of Govinda; raghava-Raghava Pat:�Qita; jhali-the\njha/i, the bags of eatables; samarpi/a-delivered; bhojana-grhera-of the dining\nroom; ko(1e-in the corner; jhali-the bags; govinda-Govinda; rakhila-kept.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghava Par;u;fita delivered the bags of eatables to Govinda, who kept them\nin a corner of the dining room.\nTEXT 56\n\n'1.(-�e,ll� �t� �t�t� ���1 I\niRJ �tr;� �tr;� �;» �r;� �$1 II <t� II\npurva-vatsarera jhali ajac;Ja kariya\ndravya bharibare rakhe anya grhe lana\nSYNONYMS\n\npurva-vatsarera-of the previous year; jha/i-bags; ajac;Ja kariya-emptying;\ndravya bharibare-to fill with goods; rakhe-keeps; anya grhe-to another room;\n/alia-taking.\nTRANSLATION\nGovinda thoroughly emptied the bags from the previous year and kept\nthem in another room to fill them with other goods.\n\nTEXT 57\n\n� f� Jf�i21't_ �;sr'it'l �$1 I\n\ni!Jf'itit� c;wf�i(i( -tr;�Jt�tr;e{ �t$111 a'l 11\nara dina mahaprabhu nija-gaQa /alia\njagannatha dekhilena sayyotthane yalia\nSYNONYMS\n\nara dina-the next day; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nija-gaQa\n/alia-accompanied by His personal devotees; jagannatha dekhilena-saw Lord\n)agannatha; sayya-utthane-at the time of rising early from bed; yalia-going.\n\n", "ant3#p0261": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 1 o\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n228\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went with His personal devotees to\nsee lord Jagannatha when lord Jagannatha arose early in the morning.\nTEXT 58\n\n�-llfl�il C!t't1 �t�• �i1ti!f1 I\n'f�·ll'e!llft� �� �tlt� 'i\"tf�ilf1 II <tlr II\nbec;Ja-salikirtana tahali arambha karila\nsata-sampradaya tabe gaite lagila\nSYNONYMS\nbec;:Ja-salikirtana-surrounding\n\ncongregational\n\nchanting;\n\ntahali-there;\n\narambha karila-began; sata-sampradaya-seven groups; tabe-thereupon; gaite\nlagila-began to chant.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter seeing lord Jagannatha, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began His allencompassing salikirtana. He formed seven groups, which then began to\nchant.\nPURPORT\nFor an explanation of the bec;Ja-salikirtana, one may refer to Madhya-lila,\nChapter Eleven, verses 215-238.\nTEXT 59\n\n�-11� if!J �� lltC! l!fi1 I\n\n'CI�.i! 'Cit�, 'Cit� <2l't_·fi{i!� II <tl;) II\nsata-sampradaye nrtya kare sata jana\nadvaita acarya, ara prabhu-nityananda\nSYNONYMS\n\nsata-sampradaye-in the seven groups; nrtya kare-danced; sata jana-seven\npersons; advaita acarya-Advaita Acarya; ara-and; prabhu-nityananda-Lord\nNityananda.\nTRANSLATION\nIn each of the seven groups was a principal dancer like Advaita Acarya and\nlord Nityananda.\n\n", "ant3#p0262": "Text 62]\n\n229\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\nTEXT 60\n\n�11', 'CI�til't, 9ffu'!·ll� I\n\n�J11'ttr·-.ltil, 'Cil11' �fif�� II�\" II\nvakresvara, acyutananda, paQ(Iita-srivasa\nsatyaraja-khanna, ara narahari-dasa\nSYNONYMS\nvakresvara-Yakresvara;\n�ita\n\nSrivasa;\n\nacyutananda -Acyutananda;\n\nsatyaraja-khanna-Satyaraja\n\nKhan;\n\npaQ(Iita-srivasa-Pa�­\n\nara -and;\n\nnarahari-dasa­\n\nNarahari dasa.\nTRANSLATION\nThe dancers in the other groups were Vakresvara Par;t�tita, Acyutananda,\nPar;t�ita Srivasa, Satyaraja Khan and Narahari dasa.\nTEXT 61\n\n�-�tt� � � l!'fl{lj I\n'c;ft11' ��t � �'(-�!';���II�� II\nsata-sampradaye prabhu karena bhramaf)a\n'mora sampradaye prabhu'-aiche sabara mana\nSYNONYMS\nsata-sampradaye-in the seven groups; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkarena\n\nbhramaQa-wanders;\n\nmora\n\nsampradaye\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu is in our group; aiche-in this way; sabara mana-everyone was\nthinking.\nTRANSLATION\nAs Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu walked from one group to another inspecting\nthem, the men in each group thought, \"The lord is within our group.\"\nTEXT 62\n\n:Jt�-c�t\"ft�t� 'CI�t-t cef� 1\n� i!r'$fttflt<tt� �Rf(;l! ��� II �� II\nsankirtana-kolahale akasa bhedila\nsaba jagannatha-vasi dekhite aila\n\n", "ant3#p0263": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n230\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nSYNONYMS\nsankirtana-ko/aha/e -tumultuous roaring of congregational chanting; akasa\nbhedi/a-filled the sky; saba-all; jagannatha-vasi-the inhabitants of Jagannatha\nPurT; dekhite aila-came to see.\nTRANSLATION\nThe congregational chanting made a tumultuous roar that filled the sky. All\nthe inhabitants of Jagannatha Puri came to see the kirtana.\nTEXT 63\n\n�t� �t�' �t� '�t� fil•�'l a,�1 I\n1fliSf�'fT �� �t� �ittft ��1 II �� II\nraja asi' dare dekhe nija-gaf)a lana\nraja-patni saba dekhe attali cac;fiya\nSYNONYMS\nraja-the King; asi'-coming; dare-from a distant place; dekhe-sees; nijagaf)a /alia-accompanied by his personal staff; raja patni-the queens; saba-all;\n-\n\ndekhe-see; attali cac;fiya-going up high in the palace.\nTRANSLATION\nAccompanied by his personal staff, the King also came there and watched\nfrom a distance, and all the queens watched from the elevated parts of the\npalace.\nTEXT 64\n\n��-�ttttt� �� �t� �� I\n'���fil' �t� ��' C�\"f '�t� II �8 II\nkirtana-atope prthivi kare talamala\n'hari-dhvani' kare /aka, haifa kolahala\nSYNONYMS\nkirtana-atope-by the force of congregational chanting; prthivi-the whole\nworld; kare ta/ama/a-tre mbles; hari-dhvani kare-chanted the transcendental\n.\n\nsound Hari; /aka-people in general; haifa-there was; ko/aha/a-a tumultuous\nsound.\n\n", "ant3#p0264": "Text 66]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n231\n\nTRANSLATION\nDue to the forceful vibration of kirtana, the entire world began trembling.\nWhen everyone chanted the holy name, they made a tumultuous sound.\nTEXT 65\n\n�l1fl �\\!-.'l <fi�tl'11 �� I\n\n�� ift�tl! \\!t� �� ��'! 1fi{ II �� II\nei-mata kata-k?aQa karaifa kirtana\napane nacite tabe prabhura haifa mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; kata-k?aQa-for some time;\n\nkaraifa kirtana-caused\n\nkirtana to be performed; apane-personally; nacite-to dance; tabe-then;\nprabhura haifa mana-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu desired.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way the Lord had congregational chanting performed for some time,\nand then He Himself desired to dance.\nTEXT 66\n\n�t'!·f'Wt� �t\\!·ll�if\"RI �t�, �t'Sft� I\nJft'f.J �tt�ll�t-t i{tt� c;�·if\"RI II �� II\nsata-dike sata-sampradaya gaya, bajaya\nmadhye maha-premavese nace gaura-raya\nSYNONYMS\nsata-dike-in seven directions; sata-sampradaya-the seven groups; gayachant;\n\nbajaya-play on the mrdariga;\n\nmadhye-in the center;\n\nmaha-pre­\n\nmavese-in great ecstatic love of Kr�r;ta; nace-dances; gaura-raya-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThe seven groups began chanting and beating their drums in seven directions, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began dancing in the center in great\necstatic love.\n\n", "ant3#p0265": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\n232\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 67\n\n@�-11� �t�t_� lltil \"ZJ� C� I\n�1'1it9!� ':Jl� 11� �tlt'! �t� fifif II �'l II\nur;liya-pada mahaprabhura mane smrti haila\nsvarupere sei pada gaite ajfia dila\nSYNONYMS\nur;iiya-pada-a line of a song in the language of Orissa; mahaprabhura-of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; mane-in the mind; smrti haila-was remembered;\nsvarapere-unto SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami; sei pada-that special line; gaiteto sing; ajfia dila-ordered.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu remembered a line in the Orissan language and\nordered Svarupa Damodara to sing it.\nTEXT 68\n\n�'if7;1f�il·11a�1 �ii-,\" II �lr II ali II\n\"jagamohana-pari-muQr;ia yau\"\nSYNONYMS\njagamohana-the kirtana hall known as jagamohana; pari-in; muQr;ia-my\nhead; yau-let it be offered.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Let my head fall at the feet of Jagannatha in the kirtana hall known as\nJagamohana.\"\nTEXT 69\n\n�� 11tlf 'f!J �f;�il 11�1f-�tf;<!lf;llf I\n:Jl�f;ift<!fi ,�flfr;� �t.� '�1f-�tlf �t� II ��II\nei pade nrtya karena parama-avese\nsaba-loka caudike prabhura prema-jale bhase\nSYNONYMS\nei pade-by this line; nrtya karena-dances; parama-avese-in great ecstatic\nlove; saba-loka-all people; cau-dike-in all four directions; prabhura-of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; prema-jale-in tears of love; bhase-float.\n\n", "ant3#p0266": "Text 72]\n\nlord Caitanya Accepts Pras�da\n\n233\n\nTRANSLATION\nSimply because of this line, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was dancin g in\nreatly\necstatic love. People all around Him floated in the water of His tears.\ng\nTEXT 70\n\n''�\"l' 'c�tl'(' �t�i{ �'- ��ttl �f�m 1\n�R�� <1it11' Clift� �ilt\"f �t�1 II 'I\n\no\n\nII\n\n'bot' 'bot' balena prabhu sri-bahu tuliya\nhari-dhvani kare /aka anande bhasiya\nSYNONYMS\nbo/-chant; bo/-chant; ba/ena-said; prabhu-the Lord; sri-bahu-His transcendental arms; tuliya-rai si ng; hari-dhvani kare-chanted the holy name Hari;\n/aka-people; anande bhasiya-float ing in transcendental bliss.\nTRANSLATION\nRaising His two arms, the Lord said, \"Chant! Chant!\" Floating in transcen­\n\ndental bliss, the people responded by chanting the holy name of Hari.\nTEXT 71\n\n�\" �f�' � �rt1l, w.ft� ilt� �t11' I\n�t�flllfti! �?;� �\" <1lBt111 f!•t11' II 'I� II\nprabhu pac;fi' mOrcha yaya, svasa nahi ara\nacambite uthe prabhu kariya hunkara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-the Lord; pa9i'-falling down; marcha yaya-became unconscious;\nsvasa nahi-there was no breathing; ara-and; acambite-suddenly; uthestands up; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kariya hunkara-ma ki ng a loud\nsound.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord fell to the ground unconscious, not even breathing . Then suddenly He stood up, making a loud sound.\nTEXT 72\n\n��e{ ��<ti,-C�e{ f-1��11' \\!� I\n\n��!fill! �11, �\" �1l �� II 'I� II\n\n", "ant3#p0267": "234\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1 o\n\nsaghana pulaka,-yena simulera taru\nkabhu praphullita anga, kabhu haya saru\n\nSYNONYMS\nsa-ghana-constant; pu/aka-standing of the hairs of the body; yena-like;\nsimu/era taru-the simula tree; kabhu-sometimes; praphullita-swollen; angabody; kabhu-sometimes; haya-is; saru-lean and thin.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe hairs on His body constantly stood up like the thorns on a simula tree.\nSometimes His body was swollen and sometimes lean and thin.\nTEXT 73\n\n<2tf! c;� t'lf· �� � <2ft�if, �t�� I\n'�' ''Sf'Sf' '11t�' '�!_�- 'Sf�'SfW ��i{ II 't� II\nprati roma-kupe haya prasveda, raktodgama\n'jaja' 'gaga' 'pari' 'mumu'-gadgada vacana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprati roma-kupe-in every hole of the hair; haya-there was; prasvedaperspiration; rakta-udgama-a profusion of blood; jaja gaga pari mumu-the\nsounds \"jaja gaga pari mumu\"; gadgada-faltering; vacana-words.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe bled and perspired from every pore of His body. His voice faltered. Unable to say the line properly, He uttered only, \"jaja gaga pari mumu.\"\nTEXT 74\n\n�� �� if� c;�i{ �0!� �� e{tll? I\n\n�ti iltll? W�,-c;�i{ �1( �f�' � II 't8 II\neka eka danta yena prthak prthak nac;Je\naiche nac;Je danta,-yena bhame khasi' pac;Je\n\nSYNONYMS\neka eka-each and every;\n\ndanta-tooth;\n\nyena-as if;\n\nprthak prthak­\n\nseparately; nac;le-shakes; aiche-like that; nac;le-shake; danta-the teeth;\nyena-as if; bhame-on the ground; khasi'-becoming loose; pac;Je-fall.\n\n", "ant3#p0268": "Text 76]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n235\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll His teeth shook, as if each were separate from the others. Indeed, they\nseemed about to fall to the ground.\n\nTEXT 75\n\nllfit'i llfit'f �tti!P �'t� �til'tf·�tr;�-t I\n\nIf����� ��ff, ��J �r;� c;�� II 'lQ II\nk$al)e k$aQe bac;fe prabhura ananda-avesa\ntrtiya prahara ha-ifa, nrtya nahe 5e$a\n\nSYNONYMS\nk$al)e k$aQe-at every moment; bac;fe-increases; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; ananda-avesa-transcendental bliss; trtiya prahara-midafternoon;\nha-ifa-there was; nrtya-the dancing; nahe 5e$a-did not end.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis transcendental bliss increased at every moment. Therefore even by\nmidafternoon the dancing had not ended.\n\nTEXT 76\n\n� c;\"ttr;�� l!;�fil\"' �t�Jtf-�ft'St� I\n\n�� c;ift� 'P!t:Jtf.� c;��·�il1l·'il� II 'l� II\nsaba lakera uthalila ananda-sagara\nsaba /aka pasarila deha-atma-ghara\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaba lokera-of every person;\n\nutha/i/a-overflowed;\n\nananda-sagara-the\n\nocean of transcendental bliss; saba /aka-every person; pasarila-forgot; dehabody; atma-mind; ghara-home.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe ocean of transcendental bliss overflowed, and everyone present forgot\nhis body, mind and home.\n\n", "ant3#p0269": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!1a\n\n236\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1 0\n\nTEXT 77\n\nl!t� fii'!Jfil\"' �¥_ �f'f\"f1 iS�t� I\nilPtlf·\\liittf �'1���11ftf�'f ��t� II 'l'l II\ntabe nityananda prabhu srjila upaya\nkrame-krame kirtaniya rakhila sabaya\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; nityananda-Lord Nityananda; prabhu-the Lord; srjila\nupaya-made a device; krame-krame-by and by; kirtaniya-the chanters;\nrakhila -stopped; sabaya-all.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Lord Nityananda found a way to end the kirtana. He gradually stopped\nall the chanters.\nTEXT 78\n\n'15111it�t �twr 1lti! �J�� ���rn 1\n'15111it�t �ttr '�� 1l\"'l511J '$f1� II 9\\r II\nsvarupera sarige matra eka sampradaya\nsvarDpera sarige seha manda-svara gaya\nSYNONYMS\nsvarapera\n\nsarige-with\n\nSvaropa\n\nDamodara;\n\nmatra-only;\n\neka-one;\n\nsampradaya -group; svarDpera sarige-with SvarOpa Damodara; seha-they;\nmanda-svara-very softly; gaya-chanted.\nTRANSLATION\nThus only one group continued chanting with Svarupa Damodara, and they\nchanted very softly.\nTEXT 79\n\n���'f �t�, �t f�� �� �'I\" I\n� f.fi!Jti\\\"1 �Hl � i!ftilt�'f II 9� II\nkolahala nahi, prabhura kichu bahya haifa\ntabe nityananda sabara srama janaila\n\n", "ant3#p0270": "Text 81]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n237\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nko/aha/a-tumultuous sound; nahi-there was not; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; kichu-some; bahya-external consciousness; haifa-there was;\ntabe-at that time; nityananda-Lord Nityananda;\n\nsabara-of all of them;\n\nsrama-fatigue; janai Ia-informed.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen there was no longer a tumultuous sound, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nreturned to consciousness. Then Nityananda Prabhu informed Him of the\nfatigue of the chanters and dancers.\nTEXT 80\n\n'e�i!l1l �tfil' '<fi'ii <f\\�i{ :Jt1lt'Pti{ I\n\n:Jt�1 \"1'�1 �tf�' '�a;i :Jl'!ti!f �9fi{ II lro II\nbhakta-srama jani' kaila kirtana samapana\nsaba lana asi' kaila samudre snapana\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhakta-srama-the fatigue of the devotees; jani'-understanding; kaila -performed; kirtana samapana-ending the chanting; saba lana asi'-accompanied by\nall of them; kaila-did; samudre-in the sea; snapana-bathing.\nTRANSLATION\nUnderstanding the fatigue of the devotees, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nstopped the congregational chanting. Then He bathed in the sea, accompanied by them all.\nTEXT 81\n\n:Jl� 'f�1 � '�'f1 c21� ''et� I\n:Jt�tt11' �1tt11 � �ati! -t1fi{ 111r� 11\nsaba lana prabhu kaila prasada bhojana\nsabare vidaya dila karite sayana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsaba /ana-with all of them; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kai/a-performed; prasada bhojana-taking prasada; sabare-to everyone; vidaya dilabade farewell; karite sayana-to take rest.\n\n", "ant3#p0271": "238\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu took prasada with all of them and then\nasked them to return to their dwellings and take rest.\nTEXT 82\n\n'5fW't1{ �tt1!f <l'lt�il �t9ftil llf�il I\n<;'ltt�lf! vtf�VI \"<l'lt1!f �-�llft�il II 11-� II\ngambhirara dvare karena apane sayana\ngovinda asiya kare pada-samvahana\nSYNONYMS\ngambhirara dvare-at the door of the GambhTra, the small room within the\nroom; karena-does; apane-personally; sayana-lying down; govinda-His\npersonal servant Govinda; asiya-coming; kare-performs; pada-samvahanamassaging the legs.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu lay down at the door of the Gambhira, and Govinda came there to massage His legs.\nTEXTS 83-84\n\n�(�� lf;(ttti �i: �'\\i 'f�' I\n\n'� �� ��t� 9ft�i \"<l'lt1!fil-f�illllr� II\n<;'itt�\"! �tfirn1 <l'it1!f 9ftw�.. t�il 1\nl!t� �ti:' �1_1!1\" '<;-t�' <l'it1!fil (;'fi� II' IrS II\nsarva-kala ache ei sudr9ha 'niyama'\n'prabhu yadi prasada pafia karena sayana\ngovinda asiya kare pada-samvahana\ntabe yai' prabhura 'se?a' karena bhojana'\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-kala-all the time; ache-there is; ei-this; su-dr9ha\n\n-\n\nhard-and fast;\n-\n\nniyama-regulation; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yadi-when; prasada\npafia-after taking His meals; karena sayana-lies down; govinda-Govinda;\nasiya-coming; kare-performs; pada-samvahana-massaging the legs; tabe-\n\n", "ant3#p0272": "Text 86]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n239\n\nthereafter; yai'-going; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; 5e$a-the remnants of food; karena bhojana-eats.\nTRANSLATION\nIt was a steady, long-standing rule that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would lie\ndown to rest after lunch and Govinda would come to massage His legs. Then\nGovinda would honor the remnants of food left by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 85\n\n�� �t� �' �!_ <tif.��� llf� I\nf�I!\"C;� �t�� �� ''$ft�\"f <lit� �t�tif� 1117-ltll\n'\nsaba dvara yuqi' prabhu kariyachena sayana\nbhitare yaite nare, govinda kare nivedana\nSYNONYMS\nsaba dvara-the whole door; yuqi'-occupying the space of; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; kariyachena sayana-was lying down; bhitare-within;\nyaite nare-could not go; govinda-Govinda; kare nivedana-he requested.\nTRANSLATION\nThis time when the lord lay down, He occupied the entire doorway. Govinda could not enter the room, and therefore he made the following request.\nTEXT 86\n\n'��9ft-t �' '1ftt� '��' f�l!� �t�ti!' I\n�!_ <lit�,-·-t� �t� �tr �t�t'!' II lr� II\n'eka-pasa hao, more deha' bhitara yaite'\nprabhu kahe,- 'sakti nahi afiga calaite'\nSYNONYMS\neka-pasa hao-kindly turn on one side; more-me; deha'-aiiow; bhitarawithin; yaite-to go; prabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; saktistrength; nahi-there is not; aliga calaite-to move My body.\nTRANSLATION\n11Kindly turn on one side. let me pass to enter the room.11 However, the\nlord replied, 111 don't have the strength to move My body.11\n\n", "ant3#p0273": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n240\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 87\n\n�t� �t� ''$ft�\"f �?;;� �\"f.N� ��?;;\\! I\n� �7;;�,-'�tr �tfir i{t� �t�t�t'! II' 17-'\\ II\nbara bara govinda kahe eka-dik ha-ite\nprabhu kahe,-'aliga ami nari calaite'\nSYNONYMS\nbara bara-again and again; govinda-Covinda; kahe-requests; eka-dik haite-to turn on one side; prabhu kahe-S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; aligaMy body; ami-1; nari calaite-cannot move.\nTRANSLATION\nGovinda made his request again and again, but the Lord replied, \"I cannot\nmove My body.\"\nTEXT 88\n\n<;'$ft� �?;; �\n\n,-\n\n'�Rftl! �t� ��lllif�il' I\n\n12ft_ �t�,-'�1f �1 i{1 <f.1f, '�� i'l� '1!111� Jli{' II 17-17- II\ngovinda kahe,-'karite cahi pada-samvahana'\nprabhu kahe,-'kara va na kara, yei laya tamara mana'\nSYNONYMS\ngovinda kahe-Covinda said; karite-to do; cahi-1 want; pada-samvahanamassaging Your legs; prabhu kahe-the Lord replied; kara-do; va-or; na karado not do; yei-whatever; Jaya tamara mana-you decide.\nTRANSLATION\nGovinda repeatedly requested, \"I want to massage Your legs,\" but the Lord\nsaid, \"Do it or don't do it. It deperids upon your mind.\"\nTEXT 89\n\n\\!� <;'$f�\"f �f�:JJ � �?f� fit�t I\n�\\!1{·�� ''$flll11f�t�t1f iilf� II 17-� II\ntabe govinda bahirvasa talira upare diya\nbhitara-ghare gela mahaprabhure falighiya\n\n", "ant3#p0274": "Text 91]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n241\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then; govinda-Govinda; bahirvasa-outward wrapper; tanra upareover Him;\n\ndiya-spreading;\n\nbhitara-ghare-within\n\nthe\n\nroom;\n\ngefa-went;\n\nmahaprabhure fanghiya-crossing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSlATION\nThen Govinda spread the Lord's wrapper over the Lord's body and in this\nway entered the room by crossing over Him.\nTEXT 90\n\n�'tlf��il ��l'f, �$-� �� I\n1l�·1l'(tili2f'.11' �R�1l C'$fllf II :;,o 11\npada-samvahana kaifa, kati-p r? tha capifa\nmadhara-mardane prabhura parisrama gefa\nSYNONYMS\npada-samvahana-massaging of the legs; kaifa-he performed; kati-waist;\npr?tha-back; capifa-pressed; madhara-mardane-by mild pressing; prabhura­\n\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; parisrama-fatigue; gefa-went away.\nTRANSLATION\n\nGovinda massaged the Lord's legs as usual. He pressed the Lord's waist and\nback very softly, and thus all the Lord's fatigue went away.\nTEXT 91\n\n�-t fimfl '� 12t�, c� stt11 �\" 1\n\n'f�ll � � '� fi{(Ji-�\" II .,� II\nsukhe nidra haifa prabhura, govinda cape anga\ndaQ(ia-dui ba-i prabhura haifa nidra-bhanga\n\nSYNONYMS\nsukhe-very nicely; nidra haifa prabhura-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu slept;\ngovinda\n\n-\n\nGovinda; cape ar'lga-pressed the body; daQ(ia-dui bai-after about\n\nforty-five minutes; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; haifa-there was;\nnidra-bhanga-breaking of sleep.\n\n", "ant3#p0275": "242\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs Govinda stroked His body, the lord slept very nicely for about forty-five\nminutes, and then His sleep broke.\nTEXT 92\n\n''m�t\"f \"'f� � � � ��i I\n''Clt� '<!Sti' �i!-.'1 ��� <tfit�i ? �� II\ngovinde dekhiya prabhu bale kruddha hana\n'aji kene eta-k�al)a achis vasiya?\nSYNONYMS\ngovinde dekhiya-seeing Govinda; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; balesaid; kruddha hana-in an angry mood; aji-today; kene-why; eta-k�al)a-for\nso long; achis-have you been; vasiya-sitting.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw Govinda sitting by His side, He was\nsomewhat angry. \"Why have you been sitting here for so long today?\" the\nlord asked.\nTEXT 93\n\n,�11( �<!i �?;if '<!Sti' �1 <;'$fi'fl (2j� 'tt�tl! ?'\n\n(;'Stt�\"f <15� -'14tt1t ��a;rl, �ti! �t� �t�' II �� II\nmora nidra hai/e kene na gela prasada khaite?'\ngovinda kahe-'dvare sui/a, yaite nahi pathe'\nSYNONYMS\nmora nidra haile-wh en I fell asleep; kene-why; na ge/a-did you not go;\nprasada khaite-to take your meal; govinda kahe-Govinda said; dvare-the\ndoor; sui/a-You were bloc king; yaite-to go; nahi pathe\n\n-\n\nthere is no passage.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Why didn't you go to take your meal after I fell asleep?\" the lord asked.\nGovinda replied, \"You were lying down, blocking the door, and there was no\nway to go.\"\n\n", "ant3#p0276": "Text 96]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n243\n\nTEXT 94\n\n� ��,-'� l!t� �tt'l1 ��?\n��t tl '�� 12f�t� ��iii ��'li '5t1ltil?' ;;,s u\nprabhu kahe,-'bhitare tabe aila kemane?\ntaiche kene prasada /aite na kaila gamane?'\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; bhitare-inside; tabe-then;\nai/a-you came; kemane-how; taiche-in the same way; kene-why; prasada\n/aite-to take prasada; na kaila gamane-did you not go.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord asked, \"How did you enter the room? Why didn't you go out to\ntake your lunch in the same way?\"\nTEXT 95\n\nt';'$ftR\"' <fit� 'lttil- \"!Cl't1tHf ,,��i' '� 'firn'lt' I\n'Cl��t-f ���' ��1 �<fi '5t1lilll <;>� II\ngovinda kahe mane-\"amara 'seva' se 'niyama'\naparadha ha-uka, kiba narake gamana\nSYNONYMS\ngovinda kahe-Govinda said; mane-within his mind; amara seva-my service; se niyama-that is the regulation; aparadha ha-uka-let there be offenses;\nkiba-or; narake-to hell; gamana-going.\nTRANSLATION\nGovinda mentally replied, \"My duty is to serve, even if I have to commit\noffenses or go to hell.\nTEXT 96\n\n'<;��i' illtR't' �19 ''Cl��t'f' ilt� '5tflt I\n�-fi\\fi{� ''Cl�1ft'ft�tt�' re� 1ttfiln\" <;>� n\n'seva' lagi' koti 'aparadha' nahi gaQi\nsva-nimitta 'aparadhabhase' bhaya mani\"\n\n", "ant3#p0277": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n244\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nSYNONYMS\nseva lagi'-for the matter of service; koti aparadha-ten million offenses; nahi\ngaQi-1 do not care for; sva-nimitta-for my personal self; aparadha-abhase-by a\nglimpse of an offense; bhaya mani-1 am afraid.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I would not mind committing hundreds and thousands of offenses for the\nservice of the Lord, but I greatly fear committing even a glimpse of an offense\nfor my own self.\"\nTEXT 97\n\n�'! �� Jfti{ <!fi�' ''$ft�\"f ��� I\n�\" � ��1, � �� il1 fifG!flll �'l II\neta saba mane kari' govinda rahila\nprabhu ye puchi/a, tara uttara na dila\nSYNONYMS\neta saba-all this; mane kari'-thinking; govinda rahila-Govinda kept silent;\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ye-what; puchila-inquired; tara-of that;\nuttara-reply; na dila-did not give.\nTRANSLATION\nThinking in this way, Govinda kept silent. He did not reply to the Lord's inquiry.\nTEXT 98\n\n�'!J� �t� fil�ill \"til ��tw �t'! 1\n\n'� ilf� i!lJf 'W�' \"ftf�\"'i �tMt'! II �r II\npratyaha prabhura nidraya yana prasada la-ite\nse divasera srama dekhi' lagila capite\nSYNONYMS\nprati-aha-daily; prabhura nidraya-when the Lord was asleep; yana-he\ngoes; prasada /a-ite-to accept his lunch; se divasera-of that day; srama-the\nweariness; dekhi -seeing; lagila capite-began to press.\n'\n\n", "ant3#p0278": "Text 100]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n245\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt was Govinda's practice to go take lunch when the Lord was asleep. On\nthat day, however, seeing the Lord's weariness, Govinda continued massaging\nHis body.\nTEXT 99\n\n�t�t�� 9f� ilt�, ��t<!f (;<!i'a\"ftil?\n�-���� �� ��1f if�il n e;,e;, n\nyaiteha patha nahi, yaibe kemane?\nmaha-aparadha haya prabhura /anghane\nSYNONYMS\nyaiteha-to go; patha nahi-there was no passage; yaibe kemane-how\n\nwould he go away; maha-aparadha-a great offense; haya-there would be;\nprabhura langhan e-to cross over the body of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThere was no way to go. How could he leave? When he thought of crossing\nover the Lord's body, he considered it a great offense.\nTEXT 100\n\n�� �., � -e�s-ll._-.. \"aT� t\n�t�� �9ft� �ttil �� �<!! � II �\n\no o\n\nII\n\nei saba haya bhakti-sastra-sak�ma marma\ncaitanyera krpaya jane ei saba dharma\nSYNONYMS\nei saba-all these; haya\n\n-\n\nare; bhakti-sastra-of the system of devotional ser­\n\nvice; sak�ma marma-finer principles; caitanyera krpaya-by the mercy of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; jane-one can understand; ei saba-all these; dharma­\n\nprinciples of devotional service.\nTRANSLATION\nThese are some of the finer points of etiquette in devotional service. Only\none who has received the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu can understand\nthese principles.\n\n", "ant3#p0279": "246\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1 o\n\nPURPORT\nKarmis, fruitive workers, cannot understand the finer conclusions of devotional\nservice because they accept only its ritualistic value but do not understand how\ndevotional service satisfies the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The karmis view\nthe formalities as a means of advancing in religion, economic development, sensual satisfaction and liberation. Although these are only material results of following religious principles, the karmis consider them everything. Such ritualistic activities are called karma. Karmis who adopt devotional service very loosely and\nwho therefore remain on the platform of material activities are called prakrtasahajiyas. They cannot understand how pure devotional service is rendered in\npaternal and conjugal love, for this can be understood only by the special mercy\nbestowed by SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu upon pure devotees.\nTEXT 101\n\n��·�'! �<fitfittl! �� �� 1lif I\n\n�l �� ��tf-ttl! C�i'f1 �i! � II !> !> II\n0\n\nbhakta-gul)a prakasite prabhu baga rangi\nei saba prakasite kaila eta bhangi\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-guQa-the attributes of the devotee; prakasite-to manifest; prabhuthe Lord; baga rang i-very interested; ei saba\n\n-\n\nall these; prakasite-to manifest;\n\nkai/a-He performed; eta-such; bhar'lgi-incident.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord is very interested in manifesting the exalted qualities of His devotees, and that is why He engineered this incident.\nTEXT 102\n\n��t� <ti�( �� �Rt�1·iji!J I\n\n��tf�� '5tt11 �t�1 C�l!t�� 'i!J II !> � II\n0\n\nsar'lk?epe kahilun ei pari-mul)ga-nrtya\nadyapiha gaya yaha caitanyera bhrtya\nSYNONYMS\nsar'lk?epe-in brief; kahi/un-1 have described; ei-this; pari-mul)ga-nrtyadancing in the dancing hall of )agannatha's temple; adyapiha-even up-to-dately;\n\n", "ant3#p0280": "Lord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\nText 104]\n\n247\n\ngaya-sing about; yaha-which; caitanyera bhrtya-the servants of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have briefly described Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's dancing in the hall\nof the Jagannatha temple. The servants of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sing about\nthis dancing even now.\nTEXT 103\n\nl!ll�� 1l��'f Clf<$i �iSf'ij5J I\n�f��-��� C<f'�i \"'t�i{, 111..-i{ II �0� II\nei-mata mahaprabhu laiia nija-gaQa\nguQc;:/ica-grhera kaila k?alana, marjana\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\n/aiia nija­\n\ngaQa-accompanied by His personal associates; guQc;:/ica-grhera-of the Gul)9ica\ntemple; kai/a-performed; k�a/an a-washing; marjana-cleansing\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAccompanied by His personal associates, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu washed\nand swept the Gu•:u;lica temple, cleansing it as usual.\nTEXT 104\n\n'1_�e. �if! �'f <1\"'1�, i{�i{ I\n�e. '�t� '�� �;JJ·,�tillfi{ II �o8 II\nparvavat kaila prabhu kirtana, nartana\npurvavat totaya kaila vanya-bhojana\n\nSYNONYMS\npurva-vat-as\n\npreviously;\n\nkai/a-pe rformed;\n\nMahaprabhu; k irtana-chanting; nartana-dancing;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\npurva-vat-as previously;\n\ntotaya-in the garden; kai/a-performed; vanya-bhojana-taking a picnic.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord danced and chanted and then enjoyed a picnic in the garden as He\nhad done before.\n\n", "ant3#p0281": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n248\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1 o\n\nTEXT 105\n\n'1_�e, 11'Q!·�tt'it ��\"fi �� I\n�11't91��-�fti1!i �\"fi �11'-t� II �o<t II\npurvavat ratha-age kari/a nartana\nhera-paficami-yatra kai/a darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\npurva-vat-as previously; ratha-age-in front of the chariot; kari/a nartanaperformed dancing;\n\nhera-paficami-yatra-the festival of Hera-paficami; kai/a\n\ndarasana-He saw.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs previously, He danced in front of the Jagannatha cart and observed the\nfestival of Hera-paiicami.\nTEXT 106\n\nlitf1f�t� <�(it1t 11'�Gil �<� re•'il'll\n;f'Jft�'l' �tflf �t(]li '�'ii ��-t� II �o� II\ncari-masa var?aya rahi/a saba bhakta-gaQa\njanma?tami adi yatra kaila darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\ncari-masa-for four months; var,saya-of the rainy season; rahi/a-stayed; saba\nbhakta-gaQa-all the devotees; janma?tami adi yatra -festivals like Lord Kr��a's\nbirth ceremony; kaila darasana-observed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees from Bengal stayed in Jagannatha Puri for the four months\nof the rainy season and observed many other ceremonies, such as the anniversary of lord Kr�r:�a's birth.\nTEXT 107\n\n��fif (;� ��?;'! <e�'5t'l 'f;l� I\n�� f�i �t�1lt�1;1! �<It� ��i ,�\"1 II �oct II\npurve yadi gauc;la ha-ite bhakta-gal)a ai/a\nprabhure kichu khaoyaite sabara iccha haifa\n\n", "ant3#p0282": "Text 109]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n249\n\nSYNONYMS\npurve-formerly; yadi-when; gauc;fa ha-ite-from Bengal; bhakta-gaf)a ai/athe devotees arrived; prabhure-to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kichu-something; khaoyaite-to feed; sabara iccha haila-everyone desired.\nTRANSLATION\nFormerly, when all the devotees had arrived from Bengal, they all desired to\n\ngive Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu something to eat.\nTEXT 108\n\n�� �'ti{ $fttf �t�' (;\\if� <;'$lt�\"f-itf$ I\n\n'�� � � �-.'1 ��il <;'$ftlftfcjp' n �olr n\nkeha kona prasada ani' deya govinda-thaJii\n'iha yena avasya bhak?af)a karena gosaiii'\nSYNONYMS\nkeha-someone; kona prasada-some variety of prasada; ani'-bringing;\ndeya-delivers; govinda-thaiii-to Govinda; iha..-this; yena-that; avasya-certainly; bhak?aiJa karena-eats; gosaiii-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nEach devotee would bring a certain type of prasada. He would entrust it to\nGovinda and request him, \"Please arrange that the Lord will surely eat this\n\nprasada.\"\n\nTEXT 109\n\n�� ��' <;�� �� <;�� f9tit�il1 I\n\n�� ��·I!!Jtt\\f·l!!� �� iltil1 n �o\"' n\nkeha paic;fa, keha nac;fu, keha pitha-pana\nbahu-ma/ya uttama-prasada-prakara yara nana\nSYNONYMS\nkeha-someone; paic;fa-a coconut preparation; keha-someone; nac;fusweetballs; keha-someone; pitha-cakes; pana-sweet rice; bahu-ma/yacostly; uttama-prasada-very palatable food; prakara yara nana-of different\nvarieties.\n\n", "ant3#p0283": "250\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1 o\n\nTRANSLATION\nSome brought paic;ta [a coconut preparation], some brought sweetballs, and\nsome brought cakes and sweet rice. The prasada was of different varieties, all\nvery costly.\nTEXT 110\n\n'�� �l finrttfi' ''5tt�\"f �tJ fift��i{ 1\n\n''{11f' Jt�' �fit' � ifl �tJi{ c:e-.'111 � � 11\no\n\n'amuk ei diyache' govinda kare nivedana\n'dhari' rakha' bali' prabhu na karena bhak?aQa\n\nSYNONYMS\namuk-such and such devotee; ei-this; diyache-has given; govindaGovinda; kare nivedana-informs; dhari' rakha-please keep them; ba/i'-saying;\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; na karena bhak?aQa-does not eat.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGovinda would present the prasada and say to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\"This has been given by such and such devotee.\" The Lord, however, would\nnot actually eat it. He would simply say, \"Keep it in storage.\"\nTEXT 111\n\n'{� '{f1fti! �t1fJ <ef1fif �<ti '�t'l I\n\n-ti!·'Sfti{J 'e..J � �if �·�i{ II � � � II\ndharite dharite gharera bharila eka koQa\nsata-janera bhak?ya yata haifa saficayana\n\nSYNONYMS\ndharite dharite-keeping and keeping; gharera-of the room; bharila-filled\nup; eka koQa-one corner; sata-janera-of one hundred people; bhak?ya-sufficient for feeding; yata-all; haifa-there was; saficayana-accumulation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nGovinda kept accumulating the food, and soon it filled a corner of the room.\nThere was quite enough to feed at least a hundred people.\n\n", "ant3#p0284": "Text 114]\n\n251\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\nTEXT 112\n\n<;'Jtt�t\"tt1f � �� <ISRf�i �� I\n\n'�11li·�� � �t_t1( f<�S <ISJ�'fi �'lfi'l ?���II\ngovindere sabe puche kariya yatana\n'ama-datta prasada prabhure ki karaila bhak�aQa?\nSYNONYMS\ngovindere-unto Govinda; sabe-all the devotees; puche-inquired; kariya\nyatana-with great eagerness; ama-datta prasada-the prasada given by me;\nprabhure-unto S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ki karai/a bhak�aQa-have you given\nfor eating.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees asked Govinda with great eagerness, \"Have you given Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu the prasada brought by me?\"\nTEXT 113\n\n<�Stti f�� ��' <;�1�\"1 �t� �·� I\n\n�fir� �t1f ���-���II ���II\nkahan kichu kahi' govinda kare vaticana\nara dina prabhure kahe nirveda-vacana\nSYNONYMS\nkahan-to someone; kichu-something; kahi'-saying; govinda-Govinda;\nkare vaticana-told lies;\n\nara dina-one day;\n\nprabhure-unto\n\nS ri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kahe-said; nirveda-vacana-a statement of disappointment.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the devotees questioned Govinda, he had to tell them lies. Therefore\none day he spoke to the lord in disappointment.\nTEXT 114\n\n\"�t� �M� <�Sf1rnt ��I\n�11l1tJ �to.e�tl� �1!1 �� Cll111' 'Itt� II ��8 II\n\n", "ant3#p0285": "252\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 10\n\n\"acaryadi mahasaya kariya yatane\ntomare khaoyaite vastu dena mora sthane\nSYNONYMS\nacarya-adi-headed by Advaita Acarya; mahasaya-respectable gentlemen;\nkariya yatane-with great endeavor; tomare khaoyaite-to feed You; vastu\ndena-deliver varieties of food; mora sthane-to me.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Many respectable devotees, headed by A dvaita Acarya, make a great endeavor to entrust me with varieties of food for You.\nTEXT 115\n\n�fir '� if! -tt-s, ti'Rr! � � �Rf I\n<ri'! �·if! <riRf'k �Jlti( 'f;ltJTRf til�?\"��� ll\ntumi se na khao, tarira puche bara bara\nkata vaiicana karimu, kemane amara nistara?\"\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-You; se-that; na khao-do not eat; tarira-they; puche-inquire; bara\nbara-again and again; kata vaiicana karimu-how long shall I cheat; kemanehow; amara-my; nistara-deliverance\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" You do not eat it, but they ask me again and again. How long shall I go on\ncheating them? How shall I be freed from this responsibility?\"\nTEXT 116\n\n� �,-'�tfif<!l�' l:-t ;trr;'{ Jftr;;i( ?\n'<ri<!t1 f<ri fifmt�, \\!t'{t 'f;ltil'{ ��ttil II'��� ll\nprabhu kahe,-'adi-vasya' dubkha karihe mane?\nkeba ki diyache, taha anaha ekhane'\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe- the Lord replied; adi-vasya-you who have been residing with\nMe for a very long time; dubkha karihe mane-why are you unhappy about this;\nkeba ki diyache-whatever they have delivered; taha-all that; anaha ekhanebring here.\n\n", "ant3#p0286": "Text 118]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n253\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"Why are you so foolishly unhappy?\nBring here to Me whatever they have given you.\"\nPURPORT\nSrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura explains that the word adi-vasya refers to one who\nhas been living with another for a very long time. Govinda was addressed as adivasya because he had been living with SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu for a very long\ntime, whereas other devotees, who were mostly new, would come and go. In\neffect, the Lord told Govinda, \"Since you have been living with Me for a long time,\nyou should not be foolishly disappointed in this situation. Bring all the food to Me,\nand you will see that I can eat it.\"\nTEXT 117\n\n�'! ��· ��t�, <lf��i <;�t'Sftil I\nilt� $��' $��' <;\"ittf<lii �t� filt<lwtil II ��9 II\neta bali' mahaprabhu vasila bhojane\nnama dhari' dhari' govinda kare nivedane\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vasi/a bhojane-sat down for eating; nama-the name; dhari' dhari'-speaking; govindaGovinda; kare nivedane-offers.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sat down to eat. Then Govinda offered Him the\npreparations one after another, and as he did so he spoke the name of the person who had given each one.\nTEXT 118\n\n\"�t�tr;;1i� �� C��' �'lili·��-�� I\n\n�� <o!�i!-�$�1, ��i, <1\"�-!:;n II ��\\1\"' II\n\"acaryera ei paic;Ja, pana-sara-pupi\nei amrta-gutika, maQc;la, karpara-kupi\nSYNONYMS\nacaryera-of Advaita Acarya; ei-these; paic;la-coconut preparation; panasweet rice; sara-pupi-cakes made with cream; ei-these; amrta-gutika-sweet\n\n­\n\nballs; maQc;la-a type of round sweetmeat; karpura-kupi-a pot of camphor.\n\n", "ant3#p0287": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n254\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"These preparations-paif;la, sweet rice, cakes made with cream, and also\namrta-gutika, mar;�f;la and a pot of camphor-have been given by Advaita\nAcarya.\nTEXT 119\n\nC!U��-�w�ti!11' �� �til<fi �<fiR( 1\nf9f�i, 9ftili, ��i!\"at�i, 91'11'-�fi{ �R( II ���II\nsrivasa-paQQitera ei aneka prakara\npitha, pana, amrta-maQ(fa padma-cini ara\n\nSYNONYMS\nsrivasa-paQ(iitera-of\n\nSrivasa\n\nPar:Jc;lita;\n\nei-these;\n\naneka\n\nprakara-many\n\nvarieties; pitha-cakes; pana-cream; amrta-maQ(ia-another type of sweetball;\npadma-cini-padma-cini; ara-and.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Next there are varieties of food-cakes, cream, amrta-mar;�f;la and padmacini- given by Sri vasa Par;�f;lita.\nTEXT 120\n\n�t�t�11't'l11' �� �� @9f�t� I\n�t�t��fif11' ��' �til<fi �<fit11' II �� II\no\n\nacaryaratnera ei saba upahara\nacaryanidhira ei, aneka prakara\n\nSYNONYMS\nacaryaratnera-of Candrasekhara; ei-these; saba-all; upahara-presentations;\n\nacaryanidhira-of Acaryanidhi; ei-these; aneka prakara-of different\n\nvarieties.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"All these are gifts of Acaryaratna, and these varieties of gifts are from\nAcaryanidhi.\n\n", "ant3#p0288": "Text 123]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n255\n\nTEXT 121\n\n��t�<t-�t�� �� 11�tfit·�t� �a 1\n\n��11�·'4ttil11' \\!!� ��� i2!<1lt11' II ��) II\nvasudeva-dattera ei murari-guptera ara\nbuddhimanta-khafmera ei vividha prakara\nSYNONYMS\nvasudeva-dattera-of Vasudeva Datta; ei-these; murari-guptera -of Murari\nGupta; ara-and; buddhimanta-khafmera-of Buddhimanta Khan; ei-these;\nvividha prakara-of different varieties.\nTRANSLATION\n\"And all these varieties of food have been given by Vasudeva Datta, Murari\nGupta and Buddhimanta Khan.\nTEXT 122\n\n�11li!._·,�il, �111-t�fu'!, 'Cill)11til�il I\n�i-�<lt� �� \\!!� <ll�� '�l'Sfil II ��� II\nsriman-sena, sriman-paf)c;/ita, acarya-nandana\ntan-sabara datta ei karaha bhojana\nSYNONYMS\nsriman-sena-Sivananda Sena; sriman-paQc;/ita -SrTman Pal)<;lita; acarya-nandana-Acarya Nandana; tan-sabara-of all of them; datta-given; ei-these;\nkaraha bhojana-please eat.\nTRANSLATION\n\"These are gifts given by Sriman Sena, Sriman Par;u;tita and Acarya Nandana.\n·\n\nPlease eat them all.\nTEXT 123\n\n\"t_�i111ltt1111' \\!!� �tr;\"it '�� �'! I\n\n��<It� ''ilf;<ll11' \\!!� '\\f� '!'! II\" ��� II\nkulina-gramera ei age dekha yata\nkhaf)c;/a-vasi lokera ei dekha tata\"\n\n", "ant3#p0289": "256\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nSYNONYMS\nku/ina-gramera-of the residents of Kulina-grama; ei-these; age-before;\ndekha-see; yata-all; khaQ(ia-vasi lokera-of the residents of Khai)Qa; eithese; dekha-see; tata-so many.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Here are the preparations made by the inhabitants of Kulina-grama, and\nthese have been made by the inhabitants of Khar;�c;ta.\"\nTEXT 124\n\n�� :Jt�t� iltlf '11!131 c.!l't_� �tt'$f �r;� I\n:Jf�� �1!131 �'t_ :Jf� '�tiSfil <lit� II ��8 II\naiche sabara nama lana prabhura age dhare\nsantu�ta hana prabhu saba bhojana kare\n\nSYNONYMS\naiche-in th is way; sabara nama-everyone's name; /ana-taking; prabhura\nage-before the Lord; dhare-he places; santu�ta hana-being very satisfied;\nprabhu-the Lord; saba-all; bhojana kare-began to eat.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Govinda gave everyone's name as he put the food before the\nLord. Being very satisfied, the Lord began to eat it all.\nTEXTS 125-126\n\n��M 1lt�t<li� �tf:Jt 11_�\\!1 iltf.�<ti'l I\n��i!-�$�tflr, \"Pttilt!if �<li\" II ��It II\ni!�tf\"Pt iJ..i!il�t� :Jt<t i!ft<tnf �t\\if I\n'<trfil' ��rw ilt� ,:Jt� 121� c.!l�t\\if 11 ��� n\nyadyapi masekera vasi mukuta narikela\namrta-gutikadi, panadi sakala\ntathapi nutana-praya saba dravyera svada\n'vasi' visvada nahe sei prabhura prasada\n\n", "ant3#p0290": "257\n\nlord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\nText 128]\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nyadyapi-although;\n\nmasekera-one\n\nmonth;\n\nvas1-remarnrng;\n\nmukuta\n\nnarikela-a very hard sweet preparation of coconut; amrta-gutika-amrta-gutika\nsweetballs; adi-etc.; pana-sweet drinks; adi-and so on; sakala-all; tathapistill; niitana-praya-as if fresh; saba dravyera-of every preparation; svada-the\ntaste; vasi-stale; visvada-tasteless;\n\nnahe-were not;\n\nsei-that;\n\nprabhura\n\nprasada-the mercy of the Lord.\nTRANS LAliON\nThe hard sweets made of coconut, mukuta narikela, the sweetballs, the\nmany kinds of sweet drinks and all the other preparations were at least a\nmonth old, but although they were old, they had not become tasteless or stale.\nIndeed, they had all stayed fresh. That is the mercy of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 127\n\n�-�r;i{l <elltiJ 12ft_ w�r;� ��'ft 1\n'�11 f�i �tr;� ?' �fi'r' <;�·tf�r;\"f �� II ��'\\ II\nsata-janera bhak�ya prabhu dar.u;Jeke khai/a!\n'ara kichu ache?' bali' govinde puchila\nSYNONYMS\n\nsata-janera-of\n\none\n\nhundred\n\npersons;\n\nbhak�ya-eatables;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; daQqeke khaila-ate within twenty-four minutes; ara\nkichu ache-is there anything more; bali'-saying; govinde-unto Govinda;\npuchila-inquired.\nTRANSLATION\nWithin a very short time, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ate enough for a\nhundred people. Then He asked Govinda, \"Is there anything more left?\"\nTEXT 128\n\n'�� ctr;\"J,- 'lt�r;�� �tf'l 1fti!i 'Cftt•' I\n12f't_ ��,-'�t� �t(, I;!� <;W�� �t�' 11��\\r\ngovinda bale,-'raghavera jhali matra ache'\nprabhu kahe,-'aji rahu, taha dekhimu pache'\n\n", "ant3#p0291": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n258\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nSYNONYMS\ngovinda ba/e-Govinda replied; raghavera jhali -the bags given by Raghava;\nmatra-only; ache-there is; prabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; ajitoday; rahu-let remain; taha-that; dekhimu-1 shall see; pache-later.\nTRANSLATION\nGovinda replied, \"Now there are only the bags of Raghava.\" The lord said,\n\"let them remain today. I shall see them later.\"\nTEXT 129\n\n���if�\"�� ��ti! <;'eliSfif '<fi�11\n�t�t<t� �tM �' �<fi� cwf�\"'1 II ��c;, II\nara dina prabhu yadi nibhrte bhojana kaila\nraghavera jhali khuli' sakala dekhila\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-the next day; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yadi-when;\nnibhrte-in a secluded place; bhojana kaila-took His lunch; raghavera-of\nRaghava Pat:Jc;lita; jhali-the bags; khu/i'-opening; sakala dekhila-saw everything.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, while taking His lunch in a secluded place, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu opened the bags of Raghava and inspected their contents one\nafter another.\nTEXT 130\n\n�<t i!fl:<tJ� f<fii f<fii i9�t�t'it '<li�i I\n<llft�, �'itr.ti <;�f�' <t'{ �-t�f�\"!111 ��o II\nsaba dravyera kichu kichu upayoga kaila\nsvadu, sugandhi dekhi' bahu prasarhsila\nSYNONYMS\nsaba dravyera-of all the articles; kichu kichu-something; upayoga kai/aused; svadu-tasteful; su-gandhi-aromatic; dekhi'-seeing; bahu-very much;\nprasarhsi/a-He praised.\n\n", "ant3#p0292": "Text 132]\n\n259\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\nTRANSLATION\n\nHe tasted a little of everything they contained and praised it all for its flavor\nand aroma.\nTEXT 131\n\n�e.�t1f<li i!� �Br �tf�i'fi �RI�i I\n\n�Sfil·<litti'f \"5!�9f <?tf�t�llf ��t�i II ��� II\nvatsareka tare ara rakhi/a dhariya\nbhojana-kale svarupa parivese khasafia\nSYNONYMS\nvatsareka-one year; tare-for; ara-balance; rakhila dhariya-kept in stock;\nbhojana-kale-at the time of lunch; svarOpa-SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT;\nparivese-administered; khasafia-taking out little by little.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the varieties of the remaining prasada were kept to eat throughout the\nyear. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ate His lunch, Svarupa Damodara\nGosvami would serve it little by little.\nTEXT 132\n\n<li!_ n�<litti'f f<fii <.fit�il �?tt\"t� 1\n�t�1f ��� � �� �t�il �9ft���������\nkabhu ratri-kale kichu karena upayoga\nbhaktera sraddhara dravya avasya karena upabhoga\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes;\n\nratri-kale-at night;\n\nkichu-some;\n\nkarena upayoga­\n\nused; bhaktera-of the devotees; sraddhara-with faith and love; dravya-preparations; avasya-certainly; karena upabhoga-enjoys.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would take some of it at night. The\nLord certainly enjoys preparations made with faith and love by His devotees.\nPURPORT\nKr�l)a is very pleased with His devotees and their offerings. Therefore in\nBhagavad-gita the Lord says:\n\n", "ant3#p0293": "260\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\npatrarh pu�parh phalarh toyarh\nyo me bhaktya prayacchati\ntad aharh bhakty-upahrtam\nasnami prayatatmana/:1\n\"If one offers Me with love and devotion a leaf, a flower, fruit or water, I will accept it.\" (Bg. 9.26) Herein also we find that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted all\nthis food because it had been offered by His devotees. Sometimes He would eat it\nduring lunch and sometimes at night, but He would always think that since His\ndevotees had offered it with great love and affection, He must eat it.\nTEXT 133\n\n�� Jt�t�'t_ <e�\"itsJ·lH;;tr I\n�t'l_�t� '\"itt�t��1 ��<fi�i-��\" II ���II\nei-mata mahaprabhu bhakta-gaQa-sange\ncaturmasya gofiaila kr�Qa-katha-range\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-gaQasange-with His personal devotees; caturmasya goliai/a-passed the four months\nof the rainy season; kr�Qa-katha-range-in the happiness of discussing topics\nabout Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu spent the entire period of Caturmasya [the\nfour months of the rainy season] in the happiness of discussing topics of Kr�r:-a\nwith His devotees.\nTEXT 134\n\nltt-u JI7;;'1J �t��t� <fi7;;� fiiJtlsJ I\n\n��� 'eti! �t�llfi �t� �f�'l �J'Iilll ��8 II\nmadhye madhye acaryadi kare nimantraQa\nghare bhata randhe ara vividha vyanjana\nSYNONYMS\nmadhye madhye-at intervals; acarya-adi\nnimantraQa-invite;\n\n-\n\nAdvaita Acarya and others; kare\n\nghare-at home; bhata-rice; randhe-cook; ara-and;\n\nvividha vyanjana -varieties of vegetables.\n\n", "ant3#p0294": "Text 137]\n\nlord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n261\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom time to time, Advaita Acarya and others would invite Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu for home-cooked rice and varieties of vegetables.\nTEXTS 135-136\n\n1ff11't�11' �t'f, �a \"��til �a 1\n\n�tW'!, �'1, ''�� l�' �flf, ��II ��a II\n-t'tCfi l-·it�, �t11' ��'!111' c;�1C, I\n��-�lt�1Cfil, �t11' lf�·�tl;1i'f II }�� II\nmaricera jha/a, ara madhuramla ara\nada, lavaQa, lembu, dugdha, dadhi, khaQc;ia-sara\nsaka dui-cari, ara sukutara jhola\nnimba-vartaki, ara bhr�ta-patola\nSYNONYMS\nmaricera jha/a-a pungent preparation with black pepper; ara-as well as;\nmadhuramla-a sweet-and-sour preparation; ara-also; ada-ginger; /avaQasalted preparations; /embu-lime; dugdha-milk; dadhi-yogurt; khaQc;ia-saracheese; saka dui-cari-spinach of two to four kinds; ara-and; sukutara jhola-a\nsoup made of bitter melon; nimba-vartaki-eggplant.mixed with nimba leaves;\nara-and; bhr�ta-patola-fried patola.\nTRANSLATION\nThey offered pungent preparations made with black pepper, sweet-andsour preparations, ginger, salty preparations, limes, milk, yogurt, cheese, two\nor four kinds of spinach, soup made with bitter melon, eggplant mixed with\nnimba flowers, and fried patola.\nTEXT 137\n\n� ��' �111' ll_�·t51fi'f·,� I\n��If�-� mlllfi ��� ��-�� II ��\"' II\nbhma phula-bac;li, ara mudga-c;Jali-sDpa\nvividha vyanjana randhe prabhura ruci-anurDpa\n\n", "ant3#p0295": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n262\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhma-fried;\n\nphula-baqi-a hot dahl preparation;\n\nara-and;\n\nmudga-c;fali­\n\nsupa-a liquid preparation made from mung dahl; vividha vyafijana-varieties of\nvegetables; randhe-used to cook; prabhura ruci-anurupa-very tasteful for Srr\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThey also offered phula-bac;li, liquid mung dahl and many vegetables, all\ncooked according to the Lord's taste.\nTEXT 138\n\n�'$li�� �� �ll:i{ <15�� ��i! I\n\n� ��1 ��i{, �ttl '$fr;;Cf��� 11 �1!)\\r 11\njagannathera prasada ane karite misrita\nkahari eka yayena, kahari gaQera sahita\nSYNONYMS\njagannathera-of Lord )agannatha; prasada-remnants of food; ane-bring;\nkarite misrita-mixing; kahari-somewhere; eka yayena-goes alone; kaharisomewhere; gaQera sahita-with associates.\nTRANSLATION\nThey would mix these preparations with the remnants of food from Lord\nJagannatha. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted the invitations, He went\nsometimes alone and sometimes with His associates.\nTEXT 139\n\n��t1i��, �tmfil�, i{\"fi{, �t�<� 1\n<!n�-�t� �� ��,���<Ill �I!)� 11\nacaryaratna, acaryanidhi, nandana, raghava\nsrivasa-adi yata bhakta, vipra saba\nSYNONYMS\nacaryaratna-Acaryaratna;\n\nacaryanidhi -Acaryanidhi;\n\nnandana-Nan dana\n\nAcarya; raghava -Raghava Par:IC;Jita; srivasa-adi -headed by Srivasa; yata bhakta-all devotees; vipra saba-all brahmal)as.\n\n", "ant3#p0296": "Text 141]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n263\n\nTRANSLATION\nDevotees like Acaryaratna, Acaryanidhi, Nandana Acarya, Raghava Par:u;lita\nand Srivasa were all of the brahmar,a caste.\nTEXTS 140-141\n\nIJl�'lf� filqfj �il �1 <liRf I\n�t�W�, $rt��·WtJt, ��-���t� II �So II\n\"f�il�t�, ���t�, �1f ���ill\n�'$f�ttQf� ��tw �fil' <li�1f \"fii'ITS'lll �s� 11\nei-mata nimantraQa karena yatna kari\nvasudeva, gadadhara-dasa, gupta-murari\nku/ina-grami, khaQc;fa-vasi, ara yata jana\njagannathera prasada ani' kare nimantral)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-like this; n imantraQa-invitation; karena-execute; yatna kari-with\ndevotion;\n\nvasudeva-Yasudeva;\n\ngadadhara-dasa-Gadadhara\n\ndasa;\n\ngupta­\n\nmurari-Murari Gupta; kulina-grami-the inhabitants of Kulina-grama; khaQc;favasi-the\n\ninhabitants of Khar:J<)a; ara-and; yata jana-many other persons;\n\njagannathera prasada-remnants of the food of Jagannatha; ani'-bringing; kare\nnimantraQa-invite.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey would extend invitations to the Lord. Vasudeva Datta, Gadadhara\ndasa, Murari Gupta, the inhabitants of Kulina-grama and Khar,�a and many\nother devotees who were not brahmar,as by caste would purchase food\noffered to Lord Jagannatha and then extend invitations to Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nPURPORT\nThe inhabitants of Kulina-grama, such as Satyaraja Khan and Ramananda Yasu,\nwere not brahmaQas by caste, nor were the inhabitants of Khar:J<)a, such as\nMukunda dasa, Narahari dasa and Raghunandana. Therefore they would purchase\nprasada from the market where the remnants of Lord Jagannatha's food was sold\nand then extend invitations to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, whereas Acaryaratna,\nAcaryanidhi and others who were brahmaQas by caste would cook at home when\n\n", "ant3#p0297": "264\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nthey invited the Lo�d. Caitanya Mahaprabhu observed the etiquette then current\nin society by accepting only prasada cooked by members of the brahmaQa caste,\nbut on principle He accepted invitations from His devotees, regardless of whether\nthey were brahmaQas by caste.\nTEXT 142\n\nf-t<!ftit\"f·(;Jftil� �it �'lf�'tt�Jtit I\nfit<!f�\"f� <!f\\!P·�\\Ji� ''�'!�Vft�' itt'lf II �8� II\nsivananda-senera suna nimantraQakhyana\nsivanandera bac;Ja-putrera 'caitanya-dasa' nama\nSYNONYMS\nsivananda-senera-of Sivananda Sena; suna-hear; nimantraQa-akhyana-the\nstory of the invitation; sivanandera-of Sivananda Sena; bac;ia-putrera-of the\neldest son; caitanya-dasa nama-the name is Caitanya dasa.\nTRANSLATION\nNow hear about the invitation Sivananda Sena extended to the lord. His\neldest son was named Caitanya dasa.\n\nTEXT 143\n\n12!{7;;� fifa;�t'! �'tt� �r.;er� �t�a;1 1\nfif�t�ta<J, ':if¥_ �t� itt'lf �' ��111 �8� II\nprabhure milaite tanre sangei ani/a\nmi/ai/e, prabhu tanra nama ta' puchila\nSYNONYMS\nprabhure mi/aite-to introduce to the Lord;\n\ntatire-him, Caitanya dasa;\n\nsatigei-along; ani/a-brought; mi/ai/e-when he introduced him; prabhu-SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; tatira-his; nama-name; ta'-thereupon; puchi/a-inquired.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sivananda brought his son, Caitanya dasa, to be introduced to the\nlord, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu inquired about his name.\n\n", "ant3#p0298": "Text 146]\n\nlord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n265\n\nTEXT 144\n\n'Cj\\!iJ$ft,' i{'tlf ��' �� C'ltl��t1l I\n'f�� i{tlf $f�t�t�, 'i.�il if! �t1l' II �88 II\n'caitanya-dasa' nama suni' kahe gaura-raya\n'kiba nama dharafiacha, bujhana na yaya'\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-dasa-Caitanya dasa;\n\nnama-name;\n\nsuni'-hearing;\n\nkahe gaura­\n\nraya-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; kiba-what; nama-name; dharafiachayou have given; bujhana na yaya-it cannot be understood.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the lord heard that his name was Caitanya dasa, He said, \"What kind\nof name have you given him? It is very difficult to understand.\"\nTEXT 145\n\n� <lit�, -'c�\n\niSftfir(, ,,� i{'tlf ���' 1\n\n�'! <'lfCII' ���t_t� �q'i C�Cif II �8� II\n\nsena kahe,- 'ye janiluri, sei nama dharila'\neta bali' mahaprabhure nimantraQa kaila\nSYNONYMS\nsena kahe-Sivananda Sena replied; ye janiluri-whatever I know; sei namathat name; dharila-he has kept; eta ba/i'-saying this; mahaprabhure-unto SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; nimantraQa kaila-gave an invitation.\nTRANSLATION\nSivananda Sena replied, \"He has kept the name that appeared to me from\nwithin.\" Then he invited Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu for lunch.\nTEXT 146\n\n�'ltitt�� <'l'l�L_�J <2ilf� �ti{tla,1 I\nre•'ltt'i 'f�1 <2ft_ (;1;t�i{ <'If� II �8� II\njagannathera bahu-mulya prasada anaila\nbhakta-gaQe lana prabhu bhojane vasila\n\n", "ant3#p0299": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n266\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nSYNONYMS\njagannathera-of Lord Jagannatha; bahu-mulya-very costly; prasada-remnants of food; anai/a-brought; bhakta-gaQe-the devotees; /ana-taking along;\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhojane vas i/a-sat down to accept prasada.\nTRANSLATION\nSivananda Sena had bought very costly remnants of Lord Jagannatha's food.\nHe brought it in and offered it to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who sat down to\naccept the prasada with His associates.\nTEXT 147\n\nf�t�t\"f1t <;'Sf�� � �fiiQfj (;��� I\n<filf!��-��t� �� ��� �r;� ';{i{ II �S<:t II\nsivanandera gaurave prabhu karila bhojana\nati-guru-bhojane prabhura prasanna nahe mana\nSYNONYMS\nsivanandera-of Sivananda Sena; gaurave-out of honor; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; karila bhojana\n\n-\n\nate; ati-guru-bhojane-because of eating too\n\nmuch; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prasanna nahe mana-the mind\nwas not satisfied.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of Sivananda Sena's glories, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ate all kinds\nof prasada to honor his request. However, the Lord ate more than necessary,\nand therefore His mind was dissatisfied.\nTEXT 148\n\n'fil'ht � �����t� ��Qfl f�11�'1 I\n\n� 4\"'1��' <Jf�' �t�'li �J-� II �8\\r' II\nara dina caitanya-dasa kaila nimantraQa\nprabhura 'abhi?ta' bujhi' ani/a vyafijana\nSYNONYMS\nara\n\ndina-ne x t\n\nday;\n\ncaitanya-dasa-the\n\nson\n\nof\n\nSivananda\n\nSena;\n\nkai/a\n\nnimantraQa-invited; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; abhi?ta-desire;\nbujhi'-understanding; ani/a vyanjana-bought different vegetables.\n\n", "ant3#p0300": "Text 150]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n267\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, Caitanya dasa, the son of Sivananda Sena, extended an invitation to the Lord. He could understand the Lord's mind, however, and therefore\nhe arranged for a different kind of food.\nTEXT 149\n\nw�, � �tlf1, �'Rf '\"'�' Q'J<ttf 1\n\n�� 'W��1 �\"� ��if'� � II �8� II\ndadhi, lembu, ada, ara phu/a-ba<;fa, lavaf)a\nsamagri dekhiya prabhura prasanna haifa mana\n\nSYNONYMS\ndadhi-yogurt; /embu-lime; ada-ginger; ara-and; phula-ba<;fa-soft cake\nmade\n\nof\n\ndahl;\n\n/avaQa-salt;\n\nsamagri\n\ndekhiya\n\nseeing\n\n-\n\nthese\n\ningredients;\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prasanna-satisfied; haifa-became;\n\nmana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nHe offered yogurt, limes, ginger, soft ba�a and salt. Seeing all these arrangements, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very pleased.\nPURPORT\nBy the grace of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Caitanya dasa understood the Lord's\nmind. Therefore he arranged for food that would counteract the heavy meal the\nLord had eaten the previous day.\nLater in life, Caitanya dasa became a very learned Sanskrit scholar and wrote\nmany books. Among these books, his commentary on Kr?Qa-karQamrta is very\nfamous. There is another book called Caitanya-caritamrta, which is a work of\nSanskrit poetry.lt is said that this was also composed by him.\nTEXT 150\n\n�'t �t�,-\"� <rt\"f<15 �tlft� 11� iSf� 1\n�� ��\"ft� �fif �m �iffJttf 11\" �ao 11\nprabhu kahe, -\"ei balaka· a mara mata jane\nsantu?ta ha-ilari ami ihara nimantraQe\"\n\n", "ant3#p0301": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n268\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; ei ba /aka-this boy; amara\nmata-My mind; jane-can understand; santu$ta ha ilan-am very satisfied;\n-\n\nami-1; ihara nimantral)e-by his invitation.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"This boy knows My mind. Therefore I am\nvery satisfied to keep his invitation.\"\nTEXT 151\n\nlfli! �fiir' wfif·�l! �f.�1 '�tiSfil 1\n'�l!�lf'tt�t1t fif\"ff @f��·�tiSfi{ II ��� II\neta bali' dadhi-bhata kari/a bhojana\ncaitanya-dasere dila ucchi$ta-bhajana\nSYNONYMS\neta ba /i'-sayin g this; dadhi bhata-yogurt with rice; karila bhojana-ate;\n-\n\ncaitanya-dasere-unto Caitanya dasa; dila-He offered; ucchi$ta-bhajana-the\nremnants of His food.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, the Lord ate the rice mixed with yogurt and offered\nCaitanya dasa the remnants of His food.\nTEXT 152\n\n�fitJtt� lfl�Jii! �q?;;'! �111 I\n(;�til (;�til '��� 'fif��' �tflt 'Pft� II �<t� II\ncari-masa ei-mata nimantral)e yaya\nkana kana vai$1)ava 'divasa' nahi paya\nSYNONYMS\ncari-masa-for four months;\n\nei-mata-in this way;\n\nnimantral)e yaya-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu keeps His invitations; kana kana vai$1)ava-some of the\nVai�r;�ava devotees; divasa\n\n-\n\nday; nahi paya-could not get.\n\n", "ant3#p0302": "Text 155]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n269\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe four months of Caturmasya passed in this manner, with the Lord accepting invitations from His devotees. Because of a heavy schedule of invitations, however, some of the Vai�r:-avas could not get an open day on which to\ninvite the Lord.\nTEXT 153\n\n��t'f�·�fui!, ·�m :�rt�·'� 1\n\n�·���HI �t�;� f151J1St� fif��·f.rn'J( II ���II\ngadadhara-paQc;iita, bhattacarya sarvabhauma\ninha sabara ache bhik�ara divasa-niyama\n\nSYNONYMS\ngadadhara-paQc;iita-Pa�<;lita\n\nGadadhara;\nbhattacarya sarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; inha sabara-of all these persons; ache-there is; bhik�ara-for accepting invitations; divasa-niyama-a f i xe d date in every month.\nTRANSLATION\nGadadhara Par:-(,fita and Sarvabhauma Bhatfacarya had fixed dates on which\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would accept their invitations every month.\nTEXTS 154-155\n\n'�t�iltQ!tl1t-ti, iSf�\\iftil'l!, <flt:nl!f� I\n'e�if.., ����tl1t-ti, -1\"�' <!l't�l!f� II �Q8 II\n\n�t� �t$fJ ��·'etti! <fi� fi{'J(S'I I\n�t\"JJ� fi{\"aTSt'll2j�Wf ,�)� ��'I II �QQ II\ngopinathacarya, jagadananda, kasisvara\nbhagavan, ramabhadracarya, sankara, vakresvara\nmadhye madhye ghara-bhate kare nimantraf)a\nanyera nimantraf)e prasade kauc;ii dui-paf)a\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopinatha-acarya-Gopinatha Acarya;\nka.Sisvara-KasiSvara;\n\njag ada n anda-Jagadananda Pa�<;lita;\nramabhadra-acarya-Rama\n\nbhagavan-Bhagavan;\n\n", "ant3#p0303": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n270\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nbhadracarya; sarikara-Sarikara; vakresvara-Vakresvara; madhye madhye-at\nintervals; ghara-bhate-with rice at home; kare nimantraQa-invite; anyera\nnimantraQa-for others' invitations;\n\nprasade-prasada; kau9i dui-paQa-two\n\npanas of conchs hells (160 conchshells).\nTRANSLATION\nGopinatha Acarya, Jagadananda, Kasisvara, Bhagavan, Ramabhadracarya,\nSankara and Vakresvara, who were all brahmar;\"�as, extended invitations to Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and offered Him food cooked at home, whereas other\ndevotees would pay two par;\"�as of small conchshells to purchase Jagannatha's\nprasada and then invite the lord.\nTEXT 156\n\n��1f �t�\"f 'fi{('qj' <;\"'l� �t�9f'l I\n\n1ftJf�i!i�·'fJt11 �i�'fl fiiJIS'l II ��� II\nprathame achila 'nirbandha' kau9i cari-paQa\nramacandra-puri-bhaye ghataila nimantraQa\nSYNONYMS\nprathame-in the beginning; achi/a-it was; nirbandha-fixed; kau9i caripaQa-four\n\npaQas of\n\nconchshells;\n\nramacandra-puri-bhaye-because of the\n\nrestriction of Ramacandra Purr; ghafiii/a-decreased; nimantraQa-the price of an\ninvitation.\nTRANSLATION\nAt first the cost of Jagannatha prasada for an invitation was four par;�as of\nconchshells, but when Ramacandra Puri was there, the price was cut in half.\nTEXT 157\n\n�t�Jft� 1ff�' <;�lt�1f �� fct�t11 fW� I\n�'11�t\"11f �if <e� �tri 1f� II ��9 II\ncari-masa rahi' gau9era bhakte vidaya dila\nnilacalera sarigi bhakta sarigei rahila\nSYNONYMS\ncari-masa rahi'-remaining for four months; gau9era bhakte-to the devotees\ncoming from Bengal; vidaya dila-bade farewell; nilacalera sarigi-associates at\nJagannatha Purr; bhakta-devotees; sarigei-with; rahi/a-remained.\n\n", "ant3#p0304": "Text 159]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n271\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees who came from Bengal stayed with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nfor four consecutive months, and then the Lord bade them farewell. After the\nBengali devotees departed, the devotees who were the Lord's constant companions at Jagannatha Puri stayed with the Lord.\nTEXT 158\n\n�� '!' ��( <21't1f r� ..1-filqtj 1\n��-tif� �'I '�l:li ,�\"1'1 �t�tw� II ��\\r' II\nei ta' kahilwi prabhura bhik�a-nimantral)a\nbhakta-datta vastu yaiche kaila asvadana\nSYNONYMS\nei\n\nta'-thus;\n\nkahi/un-1\n\nhave\n\ndescribed;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; bhik�a-nimantral)a-the invitation to dine; bhakta-datta-offered\nby the devotees; vastu-things; yaiche-as; kaila asvadana-He tasted.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have described how Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted invitations\nand how He accepted and tasted the prasada offered by His devotees.\nTEXT 159\n\n� 1ft${} 1ft'Cll:�1f �t�-��1ftf I\nC!t1f �00 ���1-ij'!J-�tti{ II �<t� II\ntara madhye raghavera jhali-vivaral)a\ntara madhye pari-muQ<;:/a-nrtya-kathana\nSYNONYMS\ntara madhye-in the midst of that; raghavera-of Raghava Pai')Qita; jhalivivaral)a-description of the bags of food; tara madhye-along with that; parimul)<;:/a-nrtya-kathana-the description of dancing in the temple of Jagannatha.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the midst of that narration are descriptions of Raghava Pai)Qita's bags of\nfood and the dancing in the temple of Jagannatha.\n\n", "ant3#p0305": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n272\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 10\n\nTEXT 160\n\n�1 �HI' �Ci{ c;�� ���� �QJ'11\n\n�\\!iJRt'l c;$T �t�� �(�i II ��o II\nsraddha kari' sune yei caitanyera katha\ncaitanya-caraf)e prema paibe sarvatha\nSYNONYMS\nsraddha kari'-with great faith and love; sune-hears; yei-anyone who;\ncaitanyera katha-the narration of the activities of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ncaitanya-caraf)e-at the lotus feet of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prema-love;\npaibe-must achieve; sarvatha-without fail.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who hears about the pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu with faith\nand love will certainly attain ecstatic love for the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu without fail.\nTEXT 161\n\n��?;<:! ��<:!·�� i!ll_\"t11 �(..�i{ I\n�� �t'StJ�tif.., c;�� �t� �t�tifi{ II ��� II\nsunite amrta-sama jugaya karf)a-mana\nsei bhagyavan, yei kare asvadana\nSYNONYMS\nsunite-to hear; amrta-sama-just like nectar; ju(iaya karf)a-mana-satisfies\nthe ears and mind;\n\nsei bhagyavan-he is very fortunate; yei-who; kare\n\nasvadana -tastes.\nTRANSLATION\nNarrations of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's activities are just like nectar to\nhear. Indeed, they satisfy both the ears and mind. One who tastes the nectar\nof these activities is certainly very fortunate.\nTEXT 162\n\nll��·if'f!i{10f·�tif �� �t-t I\n'�ififil<:!'tlJi! �t� �ift� II ��� II\n\n", "ant3#p0306": "Text 162]\n\nLord Caitanya Accepts Prasada\n\n273\n\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr?Qadasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsr i-rupa\n\n-\n\nSriia ROpa Gosvami; raghunatha -Sriia Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe\n\n-\n\ndescr i bes;\n\nkr?Qadasa-Srila\n\nKr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�r;�adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Antya-lila,\n\nTenth Chapter, describing how Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu tasted the prasada\noffered by His devotees.\n\n", "ant3#p0307": "References\nThe statements of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta are all confirmed by standard Vedic\nauthorities. The following authentic scriptures are quot�d in this book on the\npages listed. Numerals in bold type refer the reader to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\ntranslations. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\n\nAmrta-pravaha-bhii?ya (Bhaktivinoda Thakura), 1,83,203\nAnubhii?ya (Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati), 96\nBhagavad-gita, 92, 114, 160,260\nBhakti-sandarbha (Jiva Gosvami), 95\nLaghu-bhagavatamrta (ROpa Gosvami), 8\nLaghu-to?aQi (Jiva Gosvami), 95\nNama-kaumuc;li, 43\nNarayaQa-sarhhita, 7\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 5, 14-15, 16, 23, 25, 26, 95, 118-119, 162, 167, 194\nVi?Qu-bhakti-candrodaya, 96\n\n275\n\n", "ant3#p0308": "Glossary\nA\n\nAcarya-a spiritual master who teaches by his own example.\nAcintya-bhedabheda-tattva-Lord Caitanya's \"simultaneously one and different\" doctrine,\n\nwhich establishes the inconceivable simultaneous existence of the Absolute Truth as\nboth personal and impersonal.\nAis var ya-jriana-yuk ta-emotion with an understanding of the Lord's full opulences.\nArtha-economic development.\n\nAsrama-four orders of spiritual life.\nAvatara-(literally one who descends) an incarnation of the Lord who descends from the\n,\n\nspiritual sky to the material universe with a particular mission described in the scriptures.\n\nB\nBala-gopala-the child Kr�r:Ja.\nBhagavan-a name of Kr�r:Ja which means one who possesses all opulences.\nBhava-the stage of transcendental ecstasy experienced after transcendental affection.\nBrahmacarya-student life of celibacy and study under a spiritual master.\nBrahma(la-the intelligent class of men.\n\nD\nOasya -rasa-loving relationship with Kr�r:Ja in servitorship.\nDharma-religiosity.\n\nG\nGadadhara-prar:Janatha-Lord Caitanya, the life and soul of Gadadhara PaQ<;lita.\nGadaira Gaura-Lord Caitanya, the Lord Gaurariga of Gadadhara PaQ<;lita.\nGosvami-one who controls his senses.\nGrhastha-regulated married life.\n\nJ\n]aga d -guru-spiritual master of the entire world.\n\nK\nKali-yuga-the age of quarrel, the fourth and last age in the cycle of a maha-yuga.\nKama-lust.\n\n277\n\n", "ant3#p0309": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n278\n\nKarma -fruitive work.\nKarma-kaQc;:/a-the section of the Vedas dealing with fruitive work.\nKarmis -fruitive workers.\n\nKauc;:lis-small conchshells.\nKeva / a-pure, uncontaminated emotion.\n\nKisora-gopala-Kr��a as a young boy.\nKr$ 1J a-bhakti -loving devotional service to Kr��a.\nK$atriya -the administrative and warrior class of men.\n\nM\nMaha-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance: Hare Kr��a, Hare Kr��a, Kr��a Kr��a, Hare\nHare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nMayavadi-impersonalist or voidist adhering to the belief that ultimately God is formless and\nwithout personality.\nMlecchas-meateaters.\nMok$a-liberation.\n\nMukunda-Kr��a, the bestower of liberation.\n\np\nParamaharilsa-thakura-one who acts as an acarya directly presenting Lord Kr��a by spread­\n\ning His name and fame.\nParama-puru$iirtha-the supreme goal of life.\n\nParamatma-the Supreme, the localized aspect of the Supreme Lord within the heart of all\nliving entities.\nParampara-disciplic succession.\nPara-vidhi-Bhagavatam injunction against criticizing characteristics or activities of others.\nPati -a husband.\nPrakrta-sa h ajiyas-so called Vai��avas who take everything very lightly.\n-\n\nPrakrti-material nature.\nPuriiQas-the eighteen very old books which are histories of this and other planets.\nPuru$iirtha-the goal of life.\nPOrva-vidhi -Bhagavatam injunction against praising characteristics or activities of others.\n\ns\nSakhya-rasa-loving relationships with Kr��a in friendship.\nSa nnyasa-the renounced order of spiritual life.\n\nSle$okti-a statement having two meanings.\nS rtigara-an array of garments worn for amorous purposes.\nSuddha-bhava -pure consciousness.\nSOdra -the laboring and servant class of men.\n\n", "ant3#p0310": "Glossary\n\n279\n\nT\nTikas-commentaries.\nv\nVai�l)ava-a devotee of the Supreme Lord Vi�I)U, or Kr�l)a.\nVaisya-the mercantile and agricultural class of men.\nVanaprastha-the retired order of spiritual life.\nVarQas-the four orders of social life.\nVasana-a wish or desire.\nVatsa/ya-rasa-loving relationship with Kr�r;Ja in parenthood.\nVi$ayi-a person engaged in material activities.\nVrndavana-the site of Kr�l)a's transcendental village pastimes, exhibited when He was present on earth about 5,000 years ago.\n\n", "ant3#p0311": "Bengali Pronunciation Guide\nBENGALI DIACRITICAL EQUIVALENTS AND PRONUNCIATION\n\nVowels\n\n.. a\n\n�ta\n\n-i\n\n.i\n\n�u\n\n\"(i\n\n'f\n\nc.fle\n\n� ai �0\n\n�au\n\n' ril (anusvara)\n\n•\n\nil ( candra-bindu)\n\n�r\n\n: j1 (visarga)\n\nConsonants\nGutterals:\n\n� ka\n\n-t kha\n\n� ga\n\n1t gha\n\n� ri.a\n\nPalatals:\n\n'5 ca\n\ntj cha\n\ntP ja\n\n�jha\n\n$na\n\nCerebrals:\n\nt ta\n\n� tha\n\nl5 r;la\n\ni r;lha\n\ntj !)a\n\nDentals:\n\n� ta\n\nQf tha\n\nSf da\n\n� dha\n\n... na\n\n.pha\n\n�ba\n\n.bha\n\n1f rna\n\nSemivowels:\n\n'Pf'pa\n�ya\n\n�ra\n\ni'(Ia\n\n� va\n\nSibilants:\n\naf sa\n\n1f �a\n\n�sa\n\n�ha\n\nLabials:\n\nVowel Symbols\nThe vowels are written as follows after a consonant:\n\nla\n\n-.t' ka\n\n� ai 'To ')au\nr.. ki �, k � ku l: ku ft kr\n\nfkr\n\n�ke �kai �Tko �)kau\n\nfi �I .... u\n\nFor example:\n\n6-u\n\ntr\n\n�r\n\n'e\n\ni\n\n281\n\n", "ant3#p0312": "282\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nThe letter a is implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\nThe symbol viriima (') indicates that there is no final vowel.\n\n�k\n\nThe letters above should be pronounced as follows:\na -like the o in hot; sometimes like the o in go;\nfinal a is usually silent.\na -like the a in far.\ni, T -like the ee in meet.\nu, u -like the u in rule.\nr -like the ri in rim.\nr -like the ree in reed.\ne -like the ai in pain; rarely like e in bet.\nai -like the oi in boil.\no -like the o in go.\nau -like the ow in owl.\nm -(anusviira) like the ng in song.\n!). -(visarga) a final h sound like in Ah.\nn -(candra-bindu) a nasal n sound.\nlike in the French word bon.\nk -like the k in kite.\nkh -like the kh in Eckhart.\ng -like the g in got.\ngh -like the gh in big-house.\nn -like the n in bank.\nc -like the ch in chalk.\nch -like the chh in much-haste.\nj -like thej injoy.\njh -like the geh in college-hall.\nn -like the n in bunch.\n\nt -like the t in talk.\nth -like the [h in hot-house.\n\nq -like the d in dawn.\nqh -like the dh in good-house.\n�-like the n in gnaw.\nt-as in talk but with the tongue against the\nthe teeth.\nth-as in hot-house but with the tongue against\nthe teeth.\nd-as in dawn but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\ndh-as in good-house but with the tongue\nagainst the teeth.\nn-as in nor but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\np -like the p in pine.\nph -like the ph in philosopher.\nb -like the b in bird.\nbh -like the bh in rub-hard.\nm -like them inmother.\ny -like thej injaw. �\ny -like they inyear. �\nr -like the r in run.\n!-like the l in law.\nv -like the b in bird or like the w in dwarf.\ns, �-like the sh in shop.\ns -like the s in sun.\nh-like the h in home.\n\nThis is a general guide to Bengali pronunciation. The Bengali transliterations in this\nhook accurately show the original Bengali spelling of the text. One should note, however,\nthat in Bengali, as in English, spelling is not always a true indication of how a word is pronounced. Tape recordings of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nchanting the original Bengali verses are available from the International Society for\nKrishna Consciousness, 3764 Watseka Ave., Los Angeles, California 90034.\n\n", "ant3#p0313": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete alphabetical listing of the first and third line of each four-line\n\nverse and both lines of each two-line verse in Sri Caitanya-caritamrta. In the first column the trans­\n\nliteration is given, and in the second and third columns respectively the chapter-verse references\nand page number for each verse are to be found.\n\naisvarya-jiiane nil pili vrajendra-kumara\n\nA\n\naisvarya-jiiane tanra ro$a nahi upajaya\n\"aji haite bhik�il ilmara ei ta' niyama\n\nabhijatye pal)c;iita karite nare ni$edhana\nabhimana chilc;li' bhaja kr$1)a bhagaviln\nabhimana-panka dhuiia bhattere sadhila\nabhajyanna vipra yadi karena nimantral)a\nacamana kai/e ninda karite lagila\n\n48\n7.97\n7.136 65\n7.168 79\n8.88 123\n89\n8.14\n\naji haite dilun tamaya dvigul)a vartana\"\n'aji kene eta-k�al)a achis vasiyil?\naji tare jagannatha kari/a rak�al)a\n'ajitendriya haiia kare raja-Vi$aya\naji ye rakhila, sei karibe rak�al)a\"\n\nacambite uthe prabhu kariya hunkara\naciiryadi-iige bhatta yabe yabe yaya\n\"ilcaryadi mahilsaya kariya yatane\n!learya kahe,- \"age tamare 'dharma'\naciiryanidhira ei, aneka prakara\n\n10.71 233\n7.102 50\n10.114 252\n7.105 51\n10.120 254\n\najiia deha yadi,-'cange cac;laiia la-i\n\n10.139\n7.50\n10.4\n10.120\n10.118\n\n262\n28\n205\n254\n253\n\nalingana kari' tenha kaila kr�l)a-smrti\n\n9.16\n7.137\n10.135\n8.54\n10.59\n\n166\n66\n261\n108\n228\n\najiia jiva nija-'hite' 'ahita' kari' mane\najiia-palane kr�l)era yaiche parita�a\nakapate riijii ei kaila nivedane\na/alaniitha yiii' tiihiin ni5cinte rahimu\n\nacaryaratna, acaryanidhi, nandana, raghava\nacaryaratna acaryanidhi pal)c;lita-gadiidhara\nilcaryaratna, acaryanidhi, srivasadi dhanya\nilcaryaratnera ei saba upahilra\n\"acaryera ei paic;la, pana-sara-pupi\n\n'ama-datta prasada prabhure ki karaila\n'amil' haite kichu nahe-prabhu tabe kahila\namara bhangite tamara mana nil calila\n'amara ghac;la griva nii phiriiya Ordhve nahi\n\nacirat mile tanre tamara caral)a\nacirat pabe tabe kr�l)era caral)a\"\nada, laval)a, /embu, dugdha, dadhi, khal)c;ia\nadhika anile ama ethil nil dekhiba\"\nadvaita aciirya, iira prabhu-nityananda\n\niimara 'hita' karena,-iha ami mani 'du�kha'\namaya du�kha deya, nija-du�kha kahi' iisi'\niimi-ajiia, 'hita'-sthiine mani 'apamane'\n\"ami ajiia jiva,-ajiiacita karma kailun\n\"ami calailun tama, tumi nil calila\n\nadvaitacarya-gasaiii-'sak$ilt isvara'\nadvaitacarya-gasiiiii-sarva agra-gal)ya\nadvaita, nityananda, haridasa, vakresvara\nadvaita, nityilnanda-raya-pilrsve dui-jana\nadyapiha gaya yaha caitanyera bhrtya\n\n9\n7.17\n10.4\n205\n38\n7.73\n34\n7.65\n10.102 246\n\n'ami jiti',-ei garva-sunya ha-uka inhiira cita\nami-paratantra, amara prabhu-gauracandra\nami se bhiigavata-artha uttama vakhiini\"\n\"ami se 'vai$1)ava',-bhakti-siddhiinta\niimi-virakta sannyasi, tahe ki kariba?\"\n\nagal)ya-dhanya-caitanyaagraha kariya puna� puna� khilayai/a\niigraha kariyii tanre vasi' khaayaila\naiche nac;le danta, -yena bhume khasi' pac;le\naiche nana bhak�ya-dravya sahasra-prakara\n\n9.1\n8.14\n8.13\n10.74\n10.33\n\n131\n89\n89\n234\n217\n\namra-kiisandi, ada-kasandi jhilla-kasandi\namrta-gutikiidi, panadi sakala\namrta-karpura adi aneka prakiira\namsi, ama-khal)c;ia, tailamra, ama-satta\n'amuk ei diyiiche' gavinda kare nivedana\n\n10.124 256\n19\n7.35\n25\n7.45\naisvarya-jiiana haite keva.fa-bhilva-pradhana\n14\n'aisvarya-jiiana-yukta', 'keva/a'-bhava ara\n7.26\n15\naisvarya-jiiane /ak�mi nil pili/a\n7.28\n\n7.26\n14\n7.145 69\n8.53 108\n9.106 180\n10.92 242\n9.65\n9.88\n9.79\n9.28\n7.119\n\n159\n172\n168\n143\n58\n\n10.8\n9.118\n9.93\n8.9\n10.112\n\n207\n185\n174\n87\n251\n\n9.148 199\n7.162 77\n9.26 143\n7.124 60\n9.64 159\n7.128\n7.126\n7.161\n7.122\n7.151\n\n61\n61\n76\n59\n72\n\n7.54\n7.54\n9.35\n10.15\n\n29\n29\n146\n209\n\n10.125\n10.26\n10.16\n10.110\n\n256\n214\n209\n250\n\naiche sabara nama /aiia prabhura age dhare\n\naisvarya dekhileha 'suddhera' nahe\n\n283\n\nanande vihvala nahi apana-siimbhala\nananta tahara phala, ke balite pare?\nanargala rasa-vetta prema-sukhilnanda\nanayiise piibe prema sri-kr$1)a-caral)e\n\n7.76\n39\n9.108 180\n7.37\n20\n8.102 129\n\n", "ant3#p0314": "284\n\nangane vasila saba hana sari sari\nanimantrara bhik�a kare, nahika nirraya\nantare 'anugraha,' bahye 'upek�ara praya'\nantare-biihire kr�ra-viraha-tarar\\ga\nantarera abhimana jiinena tahiira\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n35\n7.66\n8.39 102\n7.167 79\n9.5\n133\n7.117 56\n\nataeva kr�ra kahe,-'ami tomara rri'\n\n7.98\n48\n10.6\n206\n8.39 102\n10.155 269\n7.143 68\n\n'atma-bhata'-sabde kahe 'pari�ada-gara'\n\nataeva nama laya, namera 'phala' paya\nataeva suka-vyiisa kare prasarilsana\nataeva yahar\\ yahar\\ dei adhikara\nati-guru-bhojane prabhura prasanna nahe\n\nantaryami prabhu janibena mora mana\nanuragera lak�ara ei,-'vidhi' nahi mane\nanyera bhik�iira sthitira layena ni5caya\nanyera nimantrare prasade kaur;Ji dui-para\nanyonye kharmati ca/e dui-jane\napamana kari' sarva garva kharr;Jai/a\napana-du/:lkhe maror\\-ei dite iii/a jviila\napanii jiiniiite ami kari abhimiina\napaniira sukha-du/:lkhe haya bhoga-bhogi'\niipane agraha kari' parivesana kai/a\n\n7.127 61\n8.23\n93\n7.123 59\n9.75 166\n8.13\n89\n\navase�a prasada tumi karaha bhak�ara\"\navicare priira /aha, -ki balite pari?'\nayi dina-dayiirdra niitha he\n\napane mahiiprabhu yadi karena sravara\"\napane nacite tabe prabhura haila mana\napariidha char;Ji' kara kr�ra-sar\\kirtana\napariidha ha-uka, kiba narake gamana\n\n7.158 75\n41\n7.81\n10.65 231\n7.137 66\n10.95 243\n\nbahire phukiire /oka, darsana na pana\nbahu dainya kari' prabhure kaila nimantrara\n\"bahu-dina manoratha toma' dekhibare\nbahyiirtha yei laya, sei nasa yaya\n\"biiki-kaur;Ji biida, ara dvigura vartana kaila\nbala-gopala-mantre ter\\ho karena sevana\nbara bara govinda kahe eka-dik ha-ite\nbara-bara praraya kalaha kare prabhu-sane\n\n7.130 62\niira bara aiche nil khiiiha ;aja-dhana\n9.106 180\niira dina asi' vasila prabhure namaskari'\n7.112 54\niira dina bhakta-gara-saha paramananda-puri\n8.71 115\n!ira dina caitanya-dasa kailii nimantrara\n10.148 266\naparadha kainu, k�ama, /a-inu sarara\n\nber;Ja-sar\\kirtana tahar\\ iirambha karila\nbhagavan, ramabhadriiciirya, sar\\kara,\nbhiigavatartha sunite ami nahi adhikari\n\"bhagavatera tikii kichu kariyiichi likhana\n\"bhagavate svamira vyakhyiina kairachi\n\n!ira dina mahiiprabhu nija-gara lana\n!ira dina prabhure kahe nirveda-vacana\n!ira dina pr'abhu yadi nibhrte bhojana kaila\n!ira dina saba vai�rava prabhu-sthane aila\n!ira dravyera muddati kari' ghare pathiiila\n\n10.57\n10.113\n10.129\n7.61\n9.54\n\n227\n251\n258\n32\n154\n\nbhakta-datta vastu yaiche kaila asvadana\nbhakta-gara ardhilsana kare,-purl gosiii'ii\nbhakta-gara par;Je asi' prabhura carare\nbhakta-gare lana prabhu bhojane vasila\nbhakta-gare sukha dite prabhura 'avatara'\n\n'ara kichu ache?' bali' govinde puchila\nara saba vastu bhare vastrera kuthali\nara sarva-arthe mora nahi adhikara\"\nara yata bhakta-gara gaur;Je avatari'\nardhasana karena prabhu, govinda ardhiisana\n\n10.127 257\n10.36 218\n7.87\n44\n28\n7.51\n8.60 111\n\nbhakta-gura prakasite prabhu bar;Ja rar\\gi\nbhakta-srama jani' kaila kirtana samapana\nbhakta-vatsalya ebe prakara kari/a\nbhakta-vatsalya-gura yate vyakta haila\nbhaktera sraddhiira dravya avasya karena\n\n'artha-vyasta' likhana sei, /oke na manibe\nasad-vyaya nil kariha,-yate dui-loka yaya\"\nasam aho carara-reru-ju�am aharil syiiril\niisi' prabhu dekhi' preme haya acetana\n\n7.133 64\n9.144 197\n7.47\n26\n9.10 135\n\nbhar\\gi kari' mahaprabhu kahe eta vari\nbharta kahe,-\"e saba vai�rava rahe kon\nbharta kahe, \"kr�ra-namera artha-vyakhyane\nbharta kahe,-\"yadi more ha-ila prasanna\n\n7.5\n7.18\nataeva aisvarya ha-ite 'keva/a'-bhilva pradhiina 7.35\nataeva janinu, -tomara kichu nahi bhasa'\n8.75\niisiya vandi/a bharta prabhura carare\n\nataeva 'advaita-acarya' tiir\\ra nama\n\n3\n10\n19\n117\n\n10.147 266\n7.28\n15\n8.12\n88\n9.53 154\n8.34\n99\n\n8\n\nbahu-mulya uttama-prasada-prakiira yiira\napane karibena krpii gura-do�a vicari'\"\n\n24\n7.43\n7.108 53\n7.31\n17\n9.121 186\n\nbharta yai' tabu par;Je kari' balatkara\nbhartera hrdaye drr;Jha abhimana jani'\nbhartera iccha hai/a tiir\\-sabare dekhibara\nbhattera manete ei chi/a dirgha garva\n\n9.11 136\n7.60\n32\n7.7\n4\n10.109 249\n7.167 79\n9.133\n7.148\n10.87\n7.143\n10.58\n10.154\n\n192\n71\n240\n68\n228\n269\n\n41\n7.82\n7.81\n41\n7.113 55\n10.158 271\n8.70 115\n10.45\n10.146\n8.92\n10.101\n10.80\n\n222\n265\n124\n246\n237\n\n9.131 191\n9.145 198\n10.132 259\n29\n7.53\n7.57\n31\n7.84\n7.138\n7.96\n7.53\n7.56\n7.55\n\n42\n66\n48\n29\n30\n30\n\n", "ant3#p0315": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nbhattera vyakhyana kichu na kare sravara\nbhava-grahi mahaprabhu sneha-matra laya\nbhavananda raya-amara pOjya-garvita\nbhavananda-raya tabe balite lagila\nbhavananda-rayera gO$/hi kare raja-Vi$aya\nbhavanandera putra saba-mora priyatama\nbhavanandera putra-sabe atma-sama manari\nbhavonmade matta krwa-premera sagara\nbhik$a kari' kahe puri,- \"suna, jagadananda\nbhik$uka sannyasi ami nirjana-vasi\n\n7.91\n10.18\n9.103\n9.129\n9.61\n\n45\n210\n178\n190\n157\n\n9.120 186\n9.125 188\n7.20\n11\n8.12\n88\n9.64 159\n\n285\n\ncari-bare lake asi' more janaila\ncari-masa ei-mata nimantrare yaya\ncari-masa rahi' gauc;lera bhakte vidaya dila\ncari-masa var$aya rahila saba bhakta-gara\ncaturmasya gonaila kr$Qa-katha-rarige\ncaudda madala baje ucca sarikirtana\nchatre magi' khaya, 'vi$aya' spar5a nahi kare\nchidra cahi' bule, kariha chidra na paila\ncini-paka ukhc;la kaila karpOradi diya\ncini-pake karporadi diya nac;lu kaila\n\nbhita-praya hana kiirihe karila sahana?\"\nbhitara-ghare gela mahaprabhure larighiya\nbhitare yaite nare, govinda kare nivedana\nbhojana-grhera kore jhali govinda rakhila\nbhojana-kale svarOpa parivese khasana\nbhojyanna vipra yadi nimantrara kare\nbhma phula-bac;li, ara mudga-c;lali-sOpa\n'bol' 'bol' balena prabhu sri-bahu tuliya\nbrahma-siva adi yarira na pay a antarbhava\n\n7.156\n10.89\n10.85\n10.55\n10.131\n\n74\n240\n239\n226\n259\n\n8.89\n10.137\n10.70\n9.115\n\n123\n261\n233\n184\n\ncini-pake nac;lu kaila karpOradi diya\ncira-sthayi kharc;la-vikara karila sakala\ncira-sthayi k$ira-sara, marc;ladi-vikara\ncurra diya nac;lu kaila parama suvasa\n\nbrahmasva-adhika ei haya raja-dhana\nbrahmavit hana kene karaha rodana?\"\nbuddhimanta-khiirinera ei vividha prakara\n\n8.2\n84\n9.89 172\n92\n8.21\n10.121 255\n\ndadhi, lembu, ada, ara phula-bac;la, lavara\ndainya kari' kahe,- \"niluri tamara sarara\ndaive jagannathera se dina jala-lila\ndamayanti yata dravya diyache kariya\ndamodara-svarOpa- 'prema-rasa' mOrtiman\ndarc;la-dui va-i prabhura haila nidra-bhariga\ndarc;la kari' kare tara hrdaya sodhana\n\nc\n\ndari-natuyare diya kare nana vyaya\ndarsane pavitra habe,-ithe ki vicitra?\n\ncaitanya-cararambhojacaitanya-carare prema paibe sarvatha\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$Qadasa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$Qadasa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$Qadasa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$Qadasa\ncaitanya-caritra ei parama gambhira\ncaitanya-caritra likhi, suna eka-mane\ncaitanya-caritra-yena amrtera para\n'caitanya-dasa' nama suni' kahe gaura-raya\ncaitanya-dasere dila ucchi$la-bhajana\n\n7.1\n1\n10.160 272\n7.173 82\n8.103 129\n9.153 202\n10.162\n9.151\n8.102\n8.101\n10.144\n10.151\n\n273\n201\n129\n128\n265\n268\n\n10.50\n7.166\n10.100\n9.98\n9.51\n9.135\n9.135\n\n224\n78\n245\n176\n153\n193\n193\n\ndasa, sakha, guru, kantii,-'asraya' yahara\ndasya, sakhya, vatsalya, ara ye srrigara\ndekhi' vallabha-bhattera haila camatkara\n\"deva, suna ara eka aparOpa vat!\ndhaniya-mauharira tarc;lula gurc;la kariya\n'dhari' rakha' bali' prabhu na karena bhak$al)a\ndharite dharite gharera bharila eka kora\ndina kata rahi' gela 'tirtha' karibare\ndinantare paQc;lita kaila prabhura nimantral)a\ndine nrtya-kirtana, jagannatha-darasana\ndite nare dravya, darc;la amare janaya\n\n'caitanya-marigale' vistari' kariyachena\ncaitanya-prabhura lila ke bujhite pare?\ncaitanyera krpaya jane ei saba dharma\ncange cac;la, khac;lge c;lara, -ami na janiye\nciirige haite gopinathe sighra namaila\ncarigera upare tamara caral)a dhyana kailuri\ncarara-smarara-prabhave ei phala pailuri\n\n158\n268\n270\n248\n260\n\n7.75\n9.72\n8.43\n10.31\n\n38\n164\n103\n216\n\n10.32\n10.28\n10.25\n10.26\n10.30\n\n217\n215\n214\n214\n216\n\nD\n\ndainya kari' stuti kari' la-ila saral)e\nbrahma-sivadika bhaje carara yarihara\n\n9.63\n10.152\n10.157\n10.106\n10.133\n\ndravya bharibare rakhe anya grhe lana\n'dravya deha' raja mage-upaya puchila\ndravya yaiche aise, ara rahe tara prara\"\ndrc;lha prema-mudra lake karila khyapana\ndul)khita hana gela parc;litera sthane\ndui-cari-lak$a kahana rahe ta' khana\n\n10.149 267\n7.93\n46\n7.125 60\n10.41 220\n10.13 208\n7.38\n21\n10.91 241\n7.140 67\n9.32 145\n7.9\n5\n7.25\n7.25\n7.76\n9.84\n10.22\n\n13\n13\n39\n170\n212\n\n10.110\n10.111\n8.96\n7.170\n9.6\n9.62\n\n250\n250\n126\n80\n133\n158\n\n10.56\n9.52\n9.50\n7.166\n7.92\n9.123\n\n227\n154\n153\n78\n46\n187\n\n", "ant3#p0316": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n286\n\ndui-gu(la yahiiri, tahiiri nahi garva-parvata\ndui-laksa kahana kauc;li di/eka chac;liya\ndui-laksa kahana kauc;li raja ta' magi/a\ndui-lak$a kahana tara thani baki ha-ifa\ndui-pa(la kauc;li /age prabhura nimantra(le\ndwihara prabhute sneha parama-bhakati\n'dutihe anyatra magi' kara udara bhara(la'\n'dura, dura, papi$tha' bali' bhartsana karila\ndvigu(la vartana kari' punab 'visaya' dibe\n\n7.131\n9.119\n9.19\n9.19\n8.87\n\n63\n185\n140\n140\n122\n\n10.34 217\n8.61 111\n93\n8.22\n9.112 182\n\nei sneha mane bhavi' prabhura ullasa\nei 'suska-vairagya' nahe sannyasira 'dharma'\nei ta' kahilwi prabhura bhik$a-nimantra(la\nei ta' kahilwi vallabha-bhattera milana\n'ei ta' siik$at k[$(la' bhattera ha-ifa ni5caya\nei ta' svabhava tarira agraha kariya\nei ye sri-madhavendra sri-pada upek$a kari/a\neka-cauthi bhata, piirica-ga(lc;lara vyanjana\neka-dike vaise saba karite bhojana\neka-dina bhatta puchila acaryere\n\nE\n\neka-dina /oka asi' prabhure nivedila\neka-dina pratab-kale aila prabhura ghar a\n\nebe kene prabhura mote phiri' ge/a mana?\nebe sak$at sunilena 'kalpita' nindana\nei amrta-gvtika, ma(lc;la karpura-kupi\nei anusandhana tetiho karaya sadaya\nei artha ami matra janiye nirdhara\n\n7.121 58\n8.50 106\n10.118 253\n8.76 117\n7.87\n44\n\neka-dina punab mora mana' nimantra(la\"\neka-dina upare yadi haya mora vat\neka eka danta yena prthak prthak nac;le\neka eka nartakera preme bhasila bhuvana\neka-ksa(la prabhura yadi paiye darasana\n\nei bhoge haya kaiche indriya-vara(la'?\nei dui-dvare sikhailii jaga-jane\nei lak$ya pana prabhu kaila rO$!ibhasa\nei maha-dubkha ihati ke sahite pare?\nei-mata bhattera katheka dina gela\n\n8.44 104\n8.32\n98\n7.146 70\n9.92 173\n7.153 73\n\neka-lilaya vahe gatigara sata sata dhare\n'eka-pasa hao, more deha' bhitara yaite'\neka raja-putra ghoc;lara mulya bha/a jane\neka-vakyata nahi, tate 'svami' nahi mani\"\ne saba sikhaila more raya-ramananda\n\nei-mata gauracandra nija-bhakta-satige\nei-mata kata-k$a(la karaila kirtana\nei-mata mahaprabhu bhakta-ga(la-satige\nei-mata mahaprabhu bhakta-ga(la-satige\nei-mata mahaprabhu lana nija-ga(la\n\n8.6\n10.65\n9.4\n10.133\n10.103\n\n85\n231\n132\n260\n247\n\n\"e satikate rakha, k[$(la la-ilatia sara(la\n'eta anna khao, -tamara kata ache dhana?\neta bali' dadhi-bhata kari/a bhojana\neta bali' ghoc;la ane raja-dvare dhari'\neta bali' kasi-misra ge/a sva-mandire\n\nei-mata nimantra(la karena yatna kari\nei-mata ramacandra-puri nilacale\nei-mata vi/asa prabhura bhakta-ga(la lana\nei-mata yaya prabhura ratri-divase\nei-mate vai$Qava saba nilacale ailii\n\n10.140\n8.96\n7.4\n9.12\n10.41\n\n263\n126\n3\n137\n220\n\neta bali' mahaprabhure nimantra(la kaila\neta bali' mahiiprabhu vasila bhojane\neta bali' misre namaskari' raja g�are ge/a\neta bali' 'neta-dhalf' tare pariii/a\neta bali' pa(lc;lita prabhura sthane aila\n\nei-matra govinda kaila atigikara\nei-matra kahila-ihara nii bujhibe bheda\nei mui tahare chac;linu saba kauc;li\"\nei ninda kari' kahe sarva-loka-sth!ine\n\n8.58\n9.149\n9.100\n8.45\n\n110\n200\n177\n104\n\neta bali' sabakare di/ena vidaya\n\n10.69\n8.56\n8.62\n10.100\n\n232\n109\n111\n245\n\neta saba mane kari' govinda rahila\n\neta cinti' prate asi' prabhura cara(le\neta kahi' mahaprabhu mauna dharila\neta mata ratha-yatra saka/e dekhi/a\n\nei pade n[tya karena parama-avese\n'ei papi$tha asi' pra(la fa-ita sabara'\nei-rupa maha-dubkhe dina kata ge/a\nei saba haya bhakti-sastra-suksma marma\nei saba prakasite kaila eta bhatigi\nei sloka pac;li' tetiho kai/a antardhana\nei stoke k[$(la-prema kare upadesa\n\n10.101 246\n8.33\n99\n8.35 100\n\neta suni' kahe raja pana mane vyatha\neta suni' ramacandra-puri uthi' ge/a\netha kasi-misra asi' prabhura cara(le\netha prabhu sei manuwere prasna kaila\netha tumi vasi' raha, kene yabe a/a/anatha?\ne vipade rakhi' prabhu, punab nita mula\n\n10.20 211\n8.65 113\n10.158 271\n7.171 81\n7.78\n39\n90\n8.17\n95\n8.26\n8.57 110\n34\n7.64\n7.103 51\n9.13 137\n8.48 106\n7.138 66\n7.110 54\n10.74 234\n38\n7.75\n9.95 175\n7.165 78\n10.86 239\n9.22 141\n7.114 55\n7.36\n20\n7.97\n48\n8.74 116\n10.151 268\n9.21\n9.80\n10.145\n10.117\n9.104\n\n141\n168\n265\n253\n179\n\n9.107 180\n7.159 75\n9.144 197\n7.125 60\n7.116 56\n7.79\n10.97\n9.94\n8.70\n9.116\n\n40\n244\n174\n115\n184\n\n9.55 155\n9.78 167\n9.130 190\n\n", "ant3#p0317": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nH\n\nG\ngadadhara-paQc;lita, bhattacarya sarvabhauma\ngadadhara-pal)c;litera suddha gac;lha bhava\n'gadadhara-pral)a-natha' nama haifa yaya\n'gadaira gauranga' bali' yanre lake gaya\ngambhirara dvare karena apane sayana\ngal)a-saha mahaprabhu bhajana karaila\nganga-mrttika ani' vastrete chaniya\ngarva cOrl)a haifa, pache ughac;le nayane\ngati-vidas tavadgita-mahitab\ngauc;lera bhakta yata kahite na pari\ngauc;liya-sampradaya saba karena kirtana\ngauc;liya-sankirtane ara radana miliya\nghare asi' ratrye bhaua cintite lagila\nghare bhata randhe ara vividha vyaiijana\nghare yai' mane dubkhe karena cintana\nghac;la dasa-bara haya, /aha' mO/ya kari'\"\nghrta-sikta cOrl)a kaila cini-paka diya\ngapi-gal)era suddha-prema aisvarya-jiianagapinathacarya, jagadananda, ka5isvara\ngapinatha ei-mata 'vi�aya' kariya\n\"gapinatha-pattanayaka-ramananda-bhai\n\"gapinatha-pa�tanayaka-sevaka tamara\n\"gapinatha-pattanayake yabe cange cac;laila\ngapinathe 'bac;la j!in!iya' c;lakiya ani/a\ngapinathera kradha haifa mulya suniya\n\n287\n\n10.153 269\n7.144 69\n7.163 77\n7.162 77\n10.82 238\n7.63\n33\n10.35 218\n7.119 58\n7.42\n23\n35\n7.66\n10.46 222\n10.48 223\n7.120 58\n10.134 260\n7.109 53\n9.21\n10.29\n7.41\n10.154\n9.123\n\n141\n216\n22\n269\n187\n\n9.17\n9.47\n9.86\n9.104\n9.23\n\n139\n152\n171\n179\n141\n\n9.56\n7.74\nharicandana-patra yai' rajare kahila\n9.46\nharidasa-thakura-maha-bhagavata-pradhana 7.48\nhari-dhvani kare /aka anande bhasiya\n10.70\n\n155\n38\n151\n27\n233\n\n10.64\n9.146\n7.70\n9.127\n9.34\n\n230\n198\n36\n189\n146\n\n'hare kr�Qa, hare kr�Qa' kahe avisrama\n\n'hari-ba/a' bali' prabhu karena bhramal)a\n\n'hari-dhvani' kare /aka, haifa kalahala\nhari-dhvani kari' saba bhakta uthi' gela\nhari hari dhvani uthe saba brahmal)c;ia bhari'\nhena-kale aila tatha raya bhavananda\nhena-ka/e ara /aka ai/a dhana\nhena-kale ara /aka aila dhaiia\nhena-kale kasi-misra aila prabhu-sthane\nhena-kale ramacandra-puri-gasaiii aila\nhena-kale val/abha-bhaua milila asiya\nhera-paiicami-yatra kaila darasana\nhethaya tahara pita vi�aya pathai/a\nhrdayam tvad-alaka-kataram\nhrd-vag-vapurbhir vidadhan namas te\n\nihani paiba tumi sabara darsane\"\nihani rahena sabe, vasa-nana-sthane\n\"ihan rahite nari, yamu a/alanatha\nihan yadi mahaprabhu eteka kahila\n\ngapinathera ninda, ara apana-nirveda\ngapinathere 'bac;la jana' cange cac;laila\ngavinda asiya kare pada-samvahana\ngavinda asiya kare pada-samvahana\ngavinda bale,-'raghavera jha/i' m!itra\n\n9.149\n9.13\n10.82\n10.84\n10.128\n\n200\n137\n238\n238\n257\n\niha va-i adhika ara kichu na aniba\n'iha yena avasya bhak�al)a karena gastiiii'\nindra yena kr�Qera ninda kari/a ajiiane\ninhara svabhava ihan karite na yuyaya\ninhara vacane kene anna tyaga kara?\n\n10.92\n10.93\ngavinda kahe,-'karite cahi pada-samvahana' 10.88\ngavinda kahe mane-\"amara 'seva' se\n10.95\ngavinda-kasisvare prabhu kai/a ajiiapana\n8.61\n10.55\ngavinda-thaiii raghava jhali samarpi/a\n\ngavinda dekhiya prabhu bale kruddha hana\n\ngavinda kahe-'dvare sui/a, yaite nahi pat he'\n\n242\n242\n240\n243\n111\n226\n\ninhare puchaha, inha karibena ihara\ninha-sabakare ami dekhi atma-sama\ninha sabara ache bhik�ara divasa-niyama\ninha sabara sange kr�Qa-bhakti ye amara\"\ni$at hasiya prabhu kaila a/ingana\ni�ta-ga�thi saba lana kata-k$al)a kai/a\n\ngavinde baliiiia kichu kahena vacane\ngavindere sabe puche kariya yatana\ngul)a-madhye chafe kare da$a-araeal)a\nguQc;lica-grhera kaila k$alana, marjana\nguru-bhajane udare kabhu 'ama' haiia yay a\nguru upek$ii kaile, aiche phala haya\n\n8.52\n10.112\n8.81\n10.103\n10.19\n8.99\n\n107\n251\n120\n247\n211\n128\n\nisvara-caritra prabhura-buddhira agocara\nisvara jagannatha, -tanra hate sarva 'artha'\nisvara-puri gasani kare sri-pada-sevana\nisvara-svabhava,-karena sabakara hita\nittham satam brahma-sukhanubhOtya\n\n9.41 149\n9.59 157\n86\n8.7\n3\n7.4\n10.105 248\n9.71\n8.34\n9.77\n\n164\n99\n167\n\n7.59\n7.59\n9.60\n9.46\n8.54\n\n31\n31\n157\n151\n108\n\n10.108\n7.128\n8.82\n8.83\n7.105\n9.120\n\n249\n61\n120\n121\n51\n186\n\n10.153 269\n7.52\n28\n7.160 76\n10.54 226\n8.95 126\n9.45 151\n97\n8.28\n7.122 59\n17\n7.32\n\n", "ant3#p0318": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'la\n\n288\n\njhalira upara 'munsiba' makaradhvaja-kara\n\nJ\n\n\"jiva-'prakrti' 'pati' kari' manaye krwere\njfianinam catma-bhOtanam\n\njagadananda, damodara, sankara, vakresvara\njagadananda-paQc;lita tanre kaila nimantraQa\njagadananda-paQc;litera suddha gac;lha bhava\njagad-guru madhavendra kari' prema dana\njagad-guru sridhara-svami 'guru' kari' mani\n\n7.50\n8.10\n7.142\n8.33\n7.134\n\n28\n88\n68\n97\n64\n\nK\nkabhu dui-jana bhoktii, kabhu tina-jane\nkabhu kasisvara, govinda khana tina jana\n\n\"jagamohana-pari-muQc;la yau\"\njagannatha dekhilena sayyotthane yiifia\njagannatha dekhi' punab nija-ghare aila\njagannatha pOrQa kailii, dekhilun tomare\njagannatha-sevara kare bhiyana sraval)a\n\n10.68\n10.57\n10.53\n7.7\n9.82\n\n232\n227\n226\n4\n169\n\nkabhu laukika riti,-yena 'itara' jana\nkabhu praphullita anga, kabhu haya saru\nkabhu ramacandra-purira haya bhrtya-praya\nkabhu svatantra, karena 'aisvarya' prakatana\nkabhu tare nahi mane, dekhe twa-praya\n\njagannathera bahu-mO/ya prasada anaila\njagannathera prasada ane karite misrita\njagannathera prasada ani' kare nimantral)a\njagannathera prasada ani/a bhik$ara lagiya\njagat bandhila yenha diya prema-phanda\n\n10.146 265\n10.138 262\n10.141 263\n8.11\n88\n8.3\n84\n\nkahana na yaya ramanandera prabhava\nkahan cange cac;lana laya dhana-praQa!\nkahan cilrigera upara sei maraQa-pramada!\nkahan dviguQa vartana, paraya neta-dhac;li!\nkahan eka yayena, kahan gaQera sahita\n\njagate karila tumi k($Qa-nama prakase\njagatera 'hita' ha-uka-ei prabhura mana\njagatera hila lagi' gaura-avatara\n'jaja' 'gaga' 'pari' 'mumu'-gadgada vacana\njala-kric;la kare saba bhakta-gaQa lana\n\n7\n7.13\n7.140 67\n7.117 56\n10.73 234\n10.42 221\n\nkahilri kichu kahi' govinda kare vaficana\nkahan 'neta-dhati' punab,-e-saba prasada!\nkahan saba chac;li' sei rajyadi-pradana!\nkahan sarvasva veci' laya, deya na yay a kauc;li!\nkahite na jani nama e-janme yahara\n\njala-kric;la, vadya, glta, nartana, kirtana\njala-lila kari' govinda cali/a alaya\n'jana' eta k_aila, -iha mui nahi jiinon\n'jana'-sahita apritye dubkha pai/a ei-bara\njanmii$tami iidi yiitra kaila darasana\n\n10.47\n10.52\n9.125\n9.124\n10.106\n\n223\n225\n188\n188\n248\n\nkali-kalera dharma-k($Qa-nama-sankirtana\nkali ke rakhibe, yadi na dibe raja-dhana?\nkarpOra, marica, lavanga, e/aci, rasavasa\nkartum akartum anyatha karite samartha\"\nkasi-misra kahe prabhura dhariya caral)e\n\njanme-janme tumi pafica-mora 'nija-diisa'\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\njayadvaitacarya jaya jaya dayiimaya\njaya gaura-bhakta-gaQa saba rasamaya\n\n9.141\n7.2\n10.2\n9.3\n9.3\n\n196\n2\n204\n132\n132\n\n8.4\n8.3\n10.2\n9.2\n7.2\n\n85\n84\n204\n132\n2\n\nkasi-misre nii sadhila, riijare na sadhi/a\nkasisvara, mukunda, vasudeva, murari\nkata nama ta-iba, sata-prakara 'aciira'\n\njay a jay a avadhOta-candra nityananda\njaya jaya gauracandra jaya nityananda\njaya jaya nityananda karuQa-hrdaya\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\n\nkauc;li chac;lile prabhu kadacit dubkha mane\"\nkauc;li magi' /an mufii ancala patiya\n\"kaur;Ji nahi dibe ei, bec;liiya chadma kari'\nkeba ki diyache, tiiha iinaha ekhane'\nke bujhite pare gaurera krpa-chanda-bandha?\n\njaya jaya sri-caitanya karul)a-sindhu-avatara\njaya jaya sri-k($1)a-caitanya dayamaya\njaya jay a srivasadi yata bhakta-gal)a\njhali biindhi' mohara di/a agraha kariyii\n\n8.2\n9.2\n8.5\n10.38\n\n84\n132\n85\n219\n\n8.87\n8.40\n8.93\n10.72\n8.94\n\n122\n102\n125\n234\n125\n\n8.93\n8.94\n7.37\n9.110\n9.134\n\n125\n125\n20\n181\n192\n\n9.111\n10.138\n10.113\n9.134\n9.110\n\n182\n262\n251\n192\n181\n\n9.111\n10.33\n7.11\n9.65\n10.30\n\n182\n217\n6\n159\n216\n\n9.45\n9.67\n9.150\n7.51\n10.24\n\n151\n161\n201\n28\n213\n\nkata vaficanii karimu, kemane amara nistara?\" 10.115 252\nkateka cic;lii huc;lum kari' ghrtete bhajiya\n\njaya jaya advaita isvara avatara\n\n10.40 220\n7.103 51\n14\n7.27\n\nkeha kona prasada ani' deya govinda-thiifii\nkeha paic;la, keha niic;lu, keha pitha-pana\nkeha tomii na sunabe Vi$ayira val\nkeha yadi molya ane, cari-paQa-nirQaya\n\n10.28\n9.101\n9.39\n9.28\n\n215\n177\n148\n143\n\n10.116\n9.58\n10.108\n10.109\n9.78\n8.41\n\n252\n156\n249\n249\n167\n103\n\n", "ant3#p0319": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nke kahite p:Jre gaurera t�karya svabht�va?\nke kahite pare tanra vai$1)avat:J-sakti?\nke kaiche vyavaMre, keba kaiche khaya\nkhac;laga-upare pheWte tale khac;laga ptlti/a\"\nkhac;legara upare gopln:Jthe diteche c;I:Jriy:J\nkhal)c;ia-v:Jsi lokera ei dekha tata\"\nkhaoyana punab tare karaye nindana\nkhaya, piye, lute, vii:Jya, na karol\\ vicara\n'kiba n:Jma dharM:Jcha, bujhana n:J yt�ya'\nkichu deya, kichu n:J deya, n:J kari vic:Jra\nkichu 'pras:Jda' tine, kichu paka kare ghare\nki karibena,-eko, karite nil p:Jre nikaya\nkim punar darsana-spar5akintu mora kariha eka 'iijila' p:Jiana\nkintu tomiira smaral)era nahe ei 'mukhya-\n\n9.115\n7.19\n8.76\n9.30\n9.41\n\n184\n10\n117\n144\n149\n\n10.123\n8.74\n9.121\n10.144\n9.124\n\n255\n116\n186\n265\n188\n\n8.89 123\n47\n7.95\n7.10\n5\n9.142 196\n9.137 193\n\n289\n\nkmra-sakti vin:J nahe t:Jra pravartana\n'k[$1)a-sukha-tatparya', -ei t:Jra cihna\nkrma yaiche khal)c;lilena indrera abhim:Jna\nk[$1)era upare kai/a yena indra maha-mOrkha\"\nkr�l)era virahe bhaktera bhava-vi5e$a\nk$al)e k$al)e bt�c;le prabhura ananda-avesa\nku/Tna-gramera ei age dekha yata\nkulina-gr:Jmi, khal)c;ia-v:Jsi, :Jra yata jana\nkulina-grt�mi, khal)c;ia-v:Jsi milii:J :Jsiya\nkutumba-bahulya tom:Jra ke kare bharal)a?\n\nkisora-gopiila-upt�san:Jya mana dila\nkoliihala nahi, prabhura kichu bt�hya haifa\nkoli-sul)thi, koli-cOrl)a, koli-khal)c;ia !ira\nkona kona vai$1)ava 'divasa' n:Jhi paya\n\nla-ite nil pari tanra vyakhyiina-vacana\nlajjita haifa bhatta, haifa apamane\n\n10.64\n7.149\n10.79\n10.24\n10.152\n\n230\n71\n236\n213\n268\n\nJoke camatk:Jra mora e saba dekhiyii\n\nkon prak:Jre p:Jimu ihiin-sabara darsane?\nkoti-cintamal)i-I:Jbha nahe tara sama\nkrame Tsvara-paryanta aparadhe thekaya\nkrame krame dibe, vyartha priil)a kene laya\"\n\n9.96\n7.57\n9.95\n8.99\n9.49\n\n175\n31\n175\n128\n152\n\nmadhyiihne prataparudra aila t:Jnra ghare\n\n9.53\n10.77\n9.20\n9.87\n7.161\n\n154\n234\n140\n171\n76\n\nmagile vii kene dibe dui-lak$a kahana?\"\n\nmadhye madhye acaryt�di kare nimantral)a\nmadhye madhye ghara-bhiite kare\nmadhye mahiiprabhu vasilii, iige-pache\nmadhye maM-prem:Jvese niice gaura-riiya\n\n'krame krame dimu, !ira yata kichu pari\nkrame-krame kirtaniya riikhi/a sabt�ya\nkrame-krame veci' kini' dravya bhariba\nkrodhe gopinathe kai/a bahuta bhartsana\nkrodhe kichu n:J kahi/a, sakala sahii:J\n\n235\n255\n263\n208\n195\n\n7.113 55\n7.92\n46\n83\n8.1\n9.136 193\n\nM\nmadhOra-mardane prabhura parisrama gela\n\nkon cMra padartha ei dui-lak$a kahana?\n\n10.75\n10.123\n10.141\n10.12\n9.140\n\nL\n\n/aukikiiht�ratab svarh yo\nkirtana-:Jtope prthivi kare talamala\n\n7.11\n6\n7.39\n21\n7.118 57\n7.124 60\n8.35 100\n\nmaM-apart�dha haya prabhura /anghane\nmahad-anugraha-nigrahera 'siik$i' dui-jane\nmaha-ko/:Jhala haifa brahmiil)c;la bhariyii\n\n10.90\n9.80\n10.134\n10.155\n7.65\n\n241\n168\n260\n269\n34\n\n10.66\n9.40\n10.99\n8.32\n10.48\n\n231\n149\n245\n98\n223\n\n10.47 223\n9\n7.16\nmaMprabhu kaii:J tanre dal)c;iavat nati\n87\n8.9\n170\nmahiiprabhu k$e!ra cMc;li' yiibena ai:Jianiitha!\" 9.84\nmahaprabhu tare tabe prasanna ha-ila\n7.141 67\n\nmahii-koi:Jhala tire, sali/e khelana\nkrpt� kari' mora mathe dharaha caral)a\"\nkrma avatiiri' kaila jagat-nistara\nkr�l)iid anyab ko v:J lat:Jsv\n'k[$/)a'-eka prema-dat:J, s:Jstra-pramill)e\n'k[$1)a kaha' balena prabhu b:Jhire :Jsiyii\nkrma-nama, k[$1)a-/Tia sunaya anuk$al)a\n\n7.130 62\n8.4\n85\n7.15\n8\n7.14\n8\n9.11 136\n8.29\n97\n\nmaMprabhu kahe-\"suna, bhatta mahii-mati\n\nmaM-prasiida vallabha-bhatta bahu anaila\nmaha-Vi$aya kara, kiba virakta ud:Jsa\n\nk[$1)a-nama-prema kai/a jagate praciira\nkrma-n:Jma-vy:Jkhy:J yadi karaha sraval)a\nk[$1)a-n!imno ruc;lhir iti\nkrma n!i pt�inu muni maron :Jpan:Jra dubkhe\n'k[$1)a na piiinu, na ptlinu 'mathur:J'\nk[$1)a-sakti dhara tumi, -ithe nt�hi !ina\n\n7.52\n7.94\n7.86\n8.25\n8.23\n7.12\n\n28\n47\n43\n94\n93\n6\n\nmala, candana, guv:Jka, pt�na aneka :Jnila\n'malajt�thya-dal)c;iapt�te' tara adhikiira\nm:Jnilena nimantral)a, t:Jre sukha dite\n'manu$ya'-buddhi damayanti kare prabhura\nmanu$yera vese deva-gandharva-kinnara\n\n7.69\n36\n9.141 196\n37\n7.71\n9.18 139\n7.139 67\n10.19 211\n9.8\n134\n\n", "ant3#p0320": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n290\n\nmanya kari' prabhu tare nikate vasai/a\nmaricera jhafa, ara madhuramfa ara\nmathaya gha mare vipra, kare hahiikiira\n'mathura na painu' bali' karena krandana\nmayasritanam nara-daraker;�a\nmayavadi sannyiisi ami, na jani kr$r;�a-bhakti\nmilaile, prabhu tanra nama ta' puchila\nmisra kahe, \"kaucji chiicjiba, -nahe prabhura\nmisra kahe, \"kaucji chiicjibii, -nahe prabhura\n\n7.6\n4\n10.135 261\n8.58 110\n8.19\n91\n7.32\n17\n9\n7.16\n10.143 264\n9.97 176\n9.101 177\n\n'netadha!i'-mathe gopinatha carare pacjila\nnigucjha caitanya-lila bujhite ka'ra sakti?\nnija-gar;�a lana prabhu gela devafaya\nnija-kaucji mage, raja nahi kare dar;�cja\nnija nija purva-viisaya sabaya pii!hiiilii\nnilacafe kricja kare kr$r;�a-prema-tarange\nnilaca/era sangi bhakta sangei rahilii\nniliicafe vasa karena kr$r;�a-prema-range\nnimantrar;�era dine par;�cjite bolaila\nnimantrarera dine yadi kare nimantrar;�a\n\n9.118\nmora nidra haile kene na gela prasada khaite?' 10.93\nmora sampradiiye prabhu' -aiche sabara\n10.61\n'mora sakhii,' 'mora putra, '-ei 'suddha' mana 7.31\n\"more ajtia deha' sabe, yana raja-sthane!\n9.38\n\n185\n242\n229\n17\n148\n\n8.25\n8.24\nmore mukha nii dekhiibi tui, yao yathi-tathi\nmore sik$a deha', -ei bhagya amiira\"\n8.69\nmurari, garucja-par;�cjita, buddhimanta-khanna 10.10\n\n94\n94\n114\n207\n\nmisra kahe,-\"suna, prabhu rajara vacane\n\nnimba-viirtaki, iira bhr$!a-patola\nninye 'dhanya-jana-svantanirantara kr$r;�a-niima karaya smarar;�a\nnirvir;�r;�a ha-inu, mote 'vi$aya' na haya\"\n\"nitya amara sabhaya haya kak$a-piita\n\nmore 'brahma' upadese ei chiira murkhe\"\n\nnitya asi' kare misrera pada sariwahana\nnityananda-avadhota-'siik$at isvara'\nnivedana-prabhaveha tabu phafe eta phafa\nnutana-vastrera bacja kuthali saba bhari'\n\nN\nniicju bandhiyiiche cini-paka kariyii\nnama dhari' dhari' govinda kare nivedane\nniimera mahima ami tiir\\ra !hiitii sikhilun\nnamera phafe kf$r;Ja-pade 'prema' upajaya\"\nnana apurva bhaksya-dravya prabhura yogya\n\nnana avajtiiine bhat!e sodhena bhagaviin\nniina-bhave vyakufa prabhura mana !ira ar\\ga\nnana mate priti kari' kare iisa-yai\nniina-prakiire kare tara raja-dravya vyaya\n\npada-samvahana kaifa, ka!i-pr$!ha capita\npiiilca-gar;�cjara piitra haya sannyiisi brahmar;�a\npatica-putra-sahite iisi' pacjila carare\npar;�cjita-gosatii, bhagavan-acarya,\n\n9.88 172\n7.118 57\n133\n9.5\n7.90\n45\n9.61 157\n\npar;�cjita kahena, -prabhu svatantra sarvajtiapar;�cjita-!hatii purv;#-prarthita saba siddhi haifa\npar;�cjite prabhura prasada kahana na yaya\npar;�cjitera bhiiva-mudra kahana na yay a\npar;�cjitera sane tara mana phiri' gefa\n\nnana upadrava ihiir\\, na pai soyiitha\"\nniina-vese iisi' kare prabhura darasana\nnandah kim akarod brahman\nna paraye 'ham niravadya-samyujam\nnarendre iii/a dekhite jafa-kefi-range\nnarendrera jale 'govinda' naukate cacjiya\nnarendrete prabhu-sange ha-ifa milana\nniirikela-khar;�cja nacju, !ira n!icju ganga-jafa\nnatyasnato 'pi yoga 'sti\nniiyaril sriyo 'nga u nitanta-rateh prasadah\nniiyam sukhapo bhagavan\nnembu-iidii iimra-koli vividha vidhana\n\n191\n80\n225\n173\n226\n\n85\n8.6\n10.157 270\n132\n9.4\n7.154 73\n8.90 124\n10.136 261\n9.1\n131\n8.29\n97\n9.139 195\n7.110 54\n9.82 169\n7.20\n11\n9.114 183\n10.27 215\n\np\n10.22 212\n10.117 253\n7.49\n27\n7.108 53\n10.14 209\n\npafJcfita kahe,- \"ei karma nahe iimii haite\nniina asat-pathe kare raja-dravya vyaya\n\n9.132\n7.169\n10.52\n9.91\n10.54\n\n9.60\n9.9\n7.34\n7.44\n10.43\n10.42\n\n157\n135\n19\n24\n221\n221\n\n10.44\n10.25\n8.67\n7.29\n7.27\n10.15\n\n221\n214\n113\n15\n14\n209\n\npafJcfitera saujanya, brahmar;�yatii-gur;�a\npar;�cjitera !hiitii cahe mantradi sikhite\npanpacji kariyii dilii gandha-dravya diya\nparama-iinande sabe nil!ica/a y!iite\nparamananda-puri kaila carar;�a vandana\nparamananda-purire !ira prabhure milila\nparamiinanda puri-sange sannyasira gar;�a\nparamarthe prabhura krpa, seha rahu dure\npara-svabhava-karmar;�i\npara-vidhi 'ninda' kare 'bafis!ha' jiiniya\n\"parik$ite prabhu tomare kaila upek$ar;�a\n\n10.90\n9.40\n9.128\n8.90\n7.150\n\n241\n149\n190\n124\n72\n\n7.157\n7.171\n7.164\n7.163\n7.149\n\n74\n81\n77\n77\n71\n\n7.166 78\n7.150 72\n10.35 218\n10.3\n204\n8.8\n86\n8.7\n86\n7.64\n34\n9.108 180\n8.78 118\n8.79 119\n7.155 74\n\n", "ant3#p0321": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n291\n\npAripAti kari' saba jhiili bharaiiA\nparivesana kare, Ara raghava, dAmodara\npAtala mrt-patre sandhiinadi bhari'\npathe parx/itere svariipa kahena vacana\npatira ajna,-nirantara tanra nama la-ite\n\n10.37 219\n35\n7.68\n10.36 218\n7.155 74\n7.107 52\n\nprabhu-saha sannyAsi-gaQa bhojane vasila\nprabhura 'abhi$ta' bujhi' Ani/A vyanjana\nprabhura bhakta-gaQa dekhi' bhattera\nprabhura caraQe sabe kaiiA nivedana\nprabhura caritre bhauera camatkara haifa\n\n7.69\n36\n10.148 266\n35\n7.67\n9.36 147\n41\n7.78\n\npatira ajna pati-vrata na pare langhite\npati-sutAnvaya, bhratr-bandhavan\npati-vrata hana patira nama nahi laya\n'phalabhasa' ei, -yAte 'vi$aya' cancala\nphalgu-praya bhattera namadi saba-vyakhya\n\n7.107 52\n7.42\n23\n7.104 51\n9.137 193\n44\n7.88\n\nprabhura darsane saba loka preme bhase\nprabhura ei jala-krir;la dasa-vrndavana\nprabhura iccM nAhi, tare kaur;li char;Jaibe\nprabhura krpa dekhi' sabara haifa camatkara\nprabhu rak$A karena yabe, tabe nistaribe\n\n9.12\n10.50\n9.112\n9.147\n9.14\n\n137\n224\n182\n199\n138\n\nphutkalai ciirQa kari' ghrte bhiijAila\npiche ninda kare, age bahuta khiioyana\npiQr;ia-bhogera eka cauthi, panca-gaQr;iara\npipilika dekhi' kichu kahena uttara\npitha, pana, amrta-maQr;ia padma-cini ara\n\n10.32\n8.17\n8.53\n8.48\n10.119\n\n217\n90\n108\n106\n254\n\nprabhura milane uthe premera krandana\nprabhura mukhe vai$Qavata suniya sabara\nprabhura nimantraQe /age kaur;li cari paQa\nprabhura saundarya dekhi ara premodaya\nprabhura sthiti, riti, bhik$a, sayana, prayiiQa\n\n10.46\n7.56\n8.40\n7.79\n8.42\n\n222\n30\n102\n40\n103\n\n\"prabhu-ajna lana yaha, vidiiya tomii dila\"\nprabhu avatirQa haifa jagat tarite\nprabhu 'bhiigavata-buddhye' kaila iilingane\nprabhu-caraQe kichu kaila nivedane\nprabhu guru-buddhye karena sambhrama,\n\n9.107 180\n7.139 67\n3\n7.5\n7.80\n40\n8.46 105\n\nprabhura upek$aya saba niliicalera jana\nprabhura vacana suni' se ha-ifa kharva\nprabhura yateka guQa sparsite narila\nprabhure dekhiteha avasya aise prati-dine\nprabhure kahaye kichu hasiya vacana\n\n7.91\n7.55\n8.43\n8.45\n8.63\n\n45\n30\n103\n104\n112\n\nprabhu hAsi' kahe,-\"svami na mane yei jana 7.115\nprabhu kahe,-'adi-vasya' duhkha kanhe\n10.116\nprabhu kahe,-'aji rahu, tAhii dekhimu\n10.128\nprabhu kahe, \"ajna balaka mui '5i$ya' tomAra\n8.69\nprabhu kahe,-\"Ami bhik$uka, Ama haite kichu 9.43\n\n56\n252\n257\n114\n150\n\nprabhure kichu khaoyiiite sabara iccM haifa\nprabhure milaite tanre sangei ani/a\nprabhu tAhM bhik$A kaila lana nija-gaQa\nprabhu tarire kahe kichu sodvega-vacane\nprabhu-vi$aye bhakti kichu ha-ifa antara\n\n10.107 248\n10.143 264\n7.170 80\n9.59 157\n44\n7.89\n\nprabhu kahe,-'ariga ami nari calaite'\nprabhu kahe, \"bhagavatArtha bujhite nii pari\nprabhu kahe,-'bhitare tabe aila kemane?\nprabhu kahe,-\"ei balaka amara mata jane\nprabhu kahe,-'kara vii na kara, yei laya\n\n10.87\n7.82\n10.94\n10.150\n10.88\n\n240\n41\n243\n267\n240\n\n'prabhu yadi prasada paM karena sayana\n'prabhu yena nahi janena, -raja amara lagiya\nprabhu ye puchilii, tara uttara na dila\nprahlada, bali, vyasa, suka adi muni-gaQa\npriiQa kene la-iba, tara dravya cahi ami\npraQ!ima kari' prabhu kaila caraQa vandana\n\n10.83\n9.119\n10.97\n9.10\n9.41\n8.63\n\n238\n185\n244\n135\n149\n112\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"kiiSi-misra, ki tumi karila?\nprabhu kahe,-\"keha gaur;Je, keha desAn tare\nprabhu kahe,-\"kr$t:Ja-namera bahu artha na\nprabhu kahe,-\"raja apane lekhara dravya\nprabhu kahe,-'raja kene karaye tar;lana?'\n\n9.117 184\n31\n7.58\n43\n7.85\n9.35 146\n9.16 130\n\nprabhu kahe, \"sabe kene purire kara ro$a?\nprabhu kahe,-'sakti nahi anga calaite'\nprabhu kahe,-sannyAsi yabe ha-iba\nprabhu kahe-\"tumi 'patJr;/ita'\n\n8.84 121\n10.86 239\n9.140 195\n7.131 63\n\npraQa nile kiba labha? nija dhana-k$aya\n9.48\nprAQa-rajya karon prabhu-pade nirmanchana\" 9.96\npraQa-riipe jhiili rakhe hana tatpara\n10.40\nprasada ananii bhakta-gaQe khaoyaila\n10.53\nprasada-miilya la-ite /age kaur;li dui-paQa\n8.88\n7.70\nprasada paya vai$Qava-gaQa bale, 'hari' 'hari'\n\n152\n175\n220\n226\n123\n36\n\nprabhu par;li' miircha yaya, svasa nAhi !ira\nprabhu paramparaya nindA kairachena\nprabhu-piiSe nivedila dainya-vinaya kari'\n\n10.71\n8.50\n8.71\n\n9.136\n8.37\n9.81\n10.156\n7.48\n10.73\n\n193\n101\n169\n270\n27\n234\n\n233\n115\n\nprasarilse tomara krpa-mahima gana\nprastave kahilun puri-gosiiilira niryaQa\nprataparudra eka achaye niyame\nprathame achila 'nirbandha' kaur;li cari-paQa\nprati dina laya teriha tina-lak$a nama\npratiroma-kiipe haya prasveda, raktodgama\n\n", "ant3#p0322": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n292\n\n8.41 103\npratyaha prabhura bhik$a iti-uti haya\npratyaha prabhura nidraya yana prasada /a-ite 10.98 244\n7.100 49\npratyaha vaffabha-bhatta aise prabhu-sthane\n7.67\npratyeke sabara pade kaila namaskara\n35\nprema-bhakti paya, tanra vipada yaya nasa\n9.152 201\n\nraja-dravya sodhi' paya, tara karuka vyaya\"\nraja gopinathe yadi cange cac;Iaifa\nrajahamsa-madhye yena rahe baka-praya\nraja-kac;Ii na deya, amare phukare\nraja kahe,-\"ei vat ami nahi jani\n\n9.33 146\n9.63 158\n7.102 so\n9.92 173\n9.41 149\n\n7.14\nprema-parakasa nahe k{$Qa-sakti vine\n10.8\npreme ajna bhangife haya koti-sukha-po$a\n7.41\npremete bhartsana kare ei tara cihna\n10.21\npriyeQa sangrathya vipak$a-sannidhav\nprthak prthak bandhi' vastrera kutha/i bhitara 10.23\n\n8\n207\n22\n212\n213\n\nraja keha, \"kauc;Ii chac;Iimu,-iha na kahiba\nraja kahe,-\"saba kauc;Ii tomare chac;Iilun\nraja kahe, -\"tare ami dubkha nahi diye\n\"raja-kauc;Ii dite nare, rajara kiba do$a?\nraja krpa kare tate bhaya nahi mane\n\n9.102\n9.105\n9.98\n9.31\n9.25\n\n178\n179\n176\n145\n142\n\nprthivite bhakta nahi uddhava-samana\nprthivite ropaQa kari' gela premankura\npunab ihan varQile punarukti haya\npunab 'vi$aya' diya 'neta-dhati' paraila\npuri-gosaiii kaila tanre drc;Iha alingana\n\n7.45\n25\n8.36 100\n10.51 225\n9.133 192\n8.8\n86\n\nraja-maha-dharmika, ei haya papi bhaQc;la!\nrajamahindara 'raja' kainu rama-raya\nraja misrera caraQa yabe capite lagila\nraja-patni saba dekhe attali cac;Iiya\nraja-pratigraha tumi ama' karaila?\"\n\n9.91\n9.122\n9.83\n10.63\n9.117\n\n173\n187\n169\n230\n184\n\npuri-gosani kare k{$Qa-nama-sankirtana\npurira svabhava, -yathe$!a ahara karana\npurU$Ottama-janare tenha kai/a parihasa\npurva-parayor madhye para-vidhir balavan\npurvavat apane nrtya karite lagila\n\n8.19\n8.73\n9.99\n8.80\n7.77\n\n91\n116\n176\n119\n39\n\nraja-putra asi' tare cange cac;Iaila\nrajara caritra saba kaila nivedane\nrajara ki do$a raja nija-dravya caya\nrajara krpa-vrttanta sakala kahifa\nrajara mula-dhana diya ye kichu /abhya haya\n\n9.30\n9.116\n9.62\n9.132\n9.143\n\n144\n184\n158\n191\n197\n\npurvavat kai/a prabhu kirtana, nartana\npurvavat mahaprabhu sabare milila\npurvavat nimantraQa mana',-sabara bola\npurvavat ratha-age karila nartana\npurva-vatsarera jhali ajada kariya\npurvavat sata sampradaya prthak karila\n\n10.104\n7.3\n8.83\n10.105\n10.56\n7.72\n\n247\n2\n121\n248\n227\n37\n\nrajara thani yai' bahu lagani karila\nrajara vartana khaya, ara curi kare\n'rajya-vi$aya'-phala ei-krpara 'abhase'!\nramacandra-puri aiche rahila nilacale\nramacandra-puri-bhaye ghatai/a nimantraQa\n\n9.27\n9.90\n9.109\n8.38\n10.156\n\n143\n173\n181\n101\n270\n\npurvavat totaya kaila vanya-bhojana\n\"purve prayage more maha-krpa kai/a\npurve yabe madhavendra karena antardhana\npurve yadi gauc;Ia ha-ite bhakta-gaQa ai/a\npurve yena k[$Qa yadi parihasa kaila\npurve yena paiica-piiQc;lave vipade tariJa\"\n\n10.104 247\n7.120 58\n8.18\n91\n10.107 248\n7.147 70\n9.131 191\n\nramacandra-puri haifa sarva-nindakara\n\"ramacandra-puri haya ninduka-svabhava\nramacandra-puri kare sarvanusandhana\nramacandra-purike sabaya deya tiraskara\nramacandra-puri tabe iii/a tanra sthana\nramacandra-puri tabe upadese tanre\n\n8.31\n8.72\n8.42\n8.56\n8.18\n8.20\n\n98\n116\n103\n109\n91\n92\n\nramananda-raya adi sabai milila\nramananda-raya krwa-rasera 'nidhana'\n\"ramananda-rayera go$thi, saba-tomara\nramanandera bhai gopinatha-mahasaya\nrama-raye, vaQinathe kaila 'nirvi$aya'\n\n9.129\n7.23\n9.37\n9.73\n9.138\n\n190\n12\n147\n165\n194\n\nrase yaiche ghara yaite gopire ajna dila\nrasotsave 'sya bhuja-daQc;la-grhita-kaQtharatha-yatra-dine prabhu kirtana arambhi/a\n\"ratrav atra aik$avam asit, tena\n\n10.7\n7.29\n7.72\n8.49\n\n206\n16\n37\n106\n\nratrye raya-svarupa-sane rasa-asvadana\nraya-prasade janilun vrajera 'suddha' bhava\nrayera ghare prabhura 'krpa-vivarta' kahila\n\n133\n9.6\n7.37\n20\n9.145 198\n\nR\nraga-marge prema-bhakti 'sarvadhika' jani\nraghava-paQc;lita cafe jhali sajaiya\nraghavera ajna, ara karena damayanti\n'raghavera jhali' bali' vikhyati yahara\nraghavera jhali khu/i' sakala dekhi/a\n\n7.24\n10.13\n10.34\n10.39\n10.129\n\n12\n208\n217\n219\n258\n\nraja asi' dure dekhe nija-gaQa lana\nraja bale,-\"yei bhala, sei kara yaya\nraja-bilat sadhi' khaya, nahi raja-bhaya\nraja-daQc;lya haya sei sastrera vicare\n\n10.63\n9.29\n9.32\n9.90\n\n230\n144\n145\n173\n\n", "ant3#p0323": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n293\n\n7.159\n7.144\n\n75\n69\n\nsamanya jhali haite dviguQa jhali kai/a\nsanjaya-puru$ottama, paQqita-bhagavan\nsankate paqila paQr;/ita, karaye sarhsaya\nsatikhya lagi' dui-hate angulite lekha\nsatikhya-nama piirQa mora nahe ratri-dine\n\n10.37 219\n10.10 207\n7.95\n47\n9.157 156\n42\n7.83\n\n7.58\nsaba iisiyache ratha-yatra dekhibare\nsaba bhakta-gaQa tabe chaqi/a bhojana\n8.60\n10.49\nsaba bhakta lana prabhu namilena jale\n\"saba dravya chaqoti, yadi prabhu rahena etha 9.94\nsaba dravyera kichu kichu upayoga kaila\n10.130\n\n31\n111\n224\n174\n258\n\nsatikirtana-kolahale akiiSa bhedila\nsatik$epe kahiluti ei jhalira vicara\nsatik$epe kahiluti ei pari-muQc;/a-nrtya\n'sannyiisi hana kare mi$tilnna bhak$aQa\nsannyiisike eta khaoyana kara dharma nasa!\n\n10.62\n10.39\n10.102\n8.44\n8.75\n\n229\n219\n246\n104\n117\n\n10.85\n10.11\n10.62\n10.80\n10.49\n\n239\n207\n229\n237\n224\n\n\"sannyiisira dharma nahe 'indriya-tarpaQa'\n8.64\n8.66\nsannyiisira tabe siddha haya jnana-yoga\n8.16\nsannyiisire eta khaoyana kare dharma nasa\nsannyiisi virakta tamara ka-sane sambandha? 9.68\n10.150\nsantu$ta ha-ilati ami ihara nimantrar)e\"\n\n112\n113\n90\n161\n267\n\n10.81\nsaba lana prabhu kai/a prasada bhojana\nsaba-loka caudike prabhura prema-jale bhiise 10.69\n7.135\nsaba /aka manya kari' karibe grahaQa\nsaba /aka piisari/a deha-atma-ghara\n10.76\nsaba /okera uthalila ananda-sagara\n10.76\n\n237\n232\n65\n235\n235\n\nsantu$ta hana prabhu saba bhojana kare\nsantv avatara bahava/:1\nsapta-dvipe nava-khaQqe vaise yata jana\nsapta-patalera yata daitya vi$adhara\nsarvajna prabhu jani' tare karena upek$a\n\n10.124 256\n7.15\n8\n135\n9.9\n134\n9.8\n44\n7.88\n\nrodana kariya prabhura caraQe paqila\nrukmiQi-devira yaiche 'dak$iQa-svabhava'\n\ns\n\nsaba dvara yuqi' prabhu kariyachena sayana\nsabai calila, nama na yaya likhana\nsaba jagannatha-viisi dekhite iii/a\nsaba lana asi' kaila samudre snapana\nsaba lana jala-kriqa karena kutiihale\n\nsaba' piijil kari' bhatta ilnandita hai/a\nsabara agrahe prabhu ardheka rakhila\nsabare sunana kahena madhura vacana\nsabare vidaya dila karite sayana\nsaba-sane mahaprabhu bhatte milaila\n\n7.71\n37\n8.86 122\n7.160 76\n10.81 237\n7.61\n32\n\nsarva-kala ache ei sudrqha 'niyama'\nsarva-kala haya tetiha raja-vi$ayi\nsarva /aka ninda kare, nindate nirbandha\nsarva-sastre kr$Qa-bhaktye nahi yiitira sama\nsarvottama bhajana ei sarva-bhakti jini'\n\n10.83\n9.17\n8.27\n7.18\n7.43\n\n238\n139\n96\n10\n24\n\nsabaya alitigiya prabhu vidaya yabe dila\nsabe me/i' janaha jagannathera caraQe\nsabhate kahena kichu mane garve kari'\n$ac;/-darsana-vettil bhattacarya-sarvabhauma\n$ac;/-darsane jagad-guru bhilgavatottama\n\n9.146 198\n9.44 150\n7.112 54\n11\n7.21\n7.21\n11\n\nsastre yei dui dharma kairache varjana\nsilta-dike sata-sampradaya gaya, bajaya\nsilta jana sata-thiliii karena nartana\nsata-janera bhak$ya prabhu daQr;/eke khaila!\nsata-janera bhak$ya yata haila sancayana\n\n8.77\n10.66\n7.74\n10.127\n10.111\n\n118\n231\n38\n257\n250\n\nsadhi' pac;li' ani' dravya di/a raja-dvara\nsaghana pulaka, -yena simulera taru\n'sahaja' dharma kahe tetiho, tiitira kiba do$a?\n'sahajei mora priti haya tahil-sane' \"\nsahajei pipilika sarvatra beqaya\n\n9.18\n10.72\n8.84\n9.126\n8.51\n\n139\n234\n121\n189\n107\n\nsata-sampradaya tabe g!lite lagila\nsilta-sampradaye nrtya kare sata jana\ns�ta-sampradaye prabhu karena bhramaQa\nsatyabhilma-praya prema 'viimya-svabhava'\nsatyaraja-khanna, ara narahari-dasa\n\n10.58\n10.59\n10.61\n7.142\n10.60\n\n228\n228\n229\n68\n229\n\nsahaje mora priya ta'ra, -iha janaib!l\nsahasradi piirQa haile, atige kate rekha\"\nsaka dui-cari, ara sukutara jhola\nsakala vai$Qave govinda kahe ei vat\n\n9.102\n9.57\n10.136\n8.55\n\n178\n156\n261\n109\n\n'satya' sei vakya, -sak$at dekhiluti ekhana\nsavarhse tamara sevaka-bhavilnanda-raya\nse divasera srama dekhi' /agila capite\nse garva khaQc;laite mora karena apamana\n\n8.15\n90\n9.15 138\n10.98 244\n7.123 59\n\nsali-dhanyera kha-i puna/:1 ghrtete bhiljiya\nsali-dhilnyera taQr;/ula-bhilja ciirQa kariya\nsa/ikacuti-dhanyera 'iltapa' ciqa kari'\ns!lmagrT dekhiya prabhura prasanna hai/a\n\n10.31\n10.29\n10.27\n10.149\n\n216\n216\n215\n267\n\nsei aparadhe itihilra 'viisana' janmila\nsei bhagyavan, yei kare asvadana\nsei bhilta-vyanjana prabhu ardheka khaila\nsei bujhe, gauracandre y!ltira drr;/ha bhakti\n\n95\n8.26\n10.161 272\n8.59 110\n7.169 80\n\n", "ant3#p0324": "294\n\nsei bujhe, tarira pade yarira mana 'dhira'\nsei dhana kariha nana dharme-karme vyaya\nsei-dina eka-vipra kaila nimantrat:�a\nsei-dvara ara saba loke sikhaila\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n9.151 201\n9.143 197\n8.57 110\n7.168 79\n\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\nsrivasa-adi yata bhakta, vipra saba\nsrivasa-pat:�c;fitera ei aneka prakara\nsrivasa, raghava, pat:�c;fita-gadadhara\nsuddha-bhave sakha kare skandhe arohat:�a\n\nsei haite isvara-puri-'premera sagara'\nsei 'jana' tare dekhaila mithya trasa\nsei-ka/e ai/a saba gauc;Jera bhakt�-gat:�a\nsei-kale mahaprabhu bhakta-gat:�a-sarige\nsei karma nirantara irihara karat:�a\nsei krpa mote nahi, yate aiche hay a!\nsei malajathya dat:�c;fa pata tomare ta' dilun\nsei premarikurera vrk�a -caitanya-thakura\nsei raja-putra molya kare ghatana\nsei raja-putrera svabhava, -griva phiray a\n\n8.31\n9.99\n10.44\n10.43\n8.77\n\n98\n176\n221\n221\n118\n\n9.138\n9.105\n8.36\n9.23\n9.24\n\n194\n179\n100\n141\n142\n\n7.30\n16\n9.139 195\n7.39\n21\n'suddha-prema' vraja-devira-kama-gandha7.164 77\nsudrc;fha sarala-bhave amare kini/a\"\n10.91 241\nsukhe nidra haifa prabhura, govinda cape\nsuddha-bhave vrajesvari karena bandhana\n\nsuddha krpa kara, gosat'ii, ghucaha 'vi�aya'\n\nsuklambara, nrsirhhananda ara yata jana\n'sukut!i' bali' avajt'ia na kariha citte\nsukuta khaile sei ama ha-ibeka nasa\nsukuta pata kasandite maha-sukha paya\nsukutaya ye sukha prabhura, taha nahe\n\n9.75 166\nsei vyakhya karena yahari yei pac;Je ani'\n7.114 55\nse kahe-\"vat:�inatha nirbhaye laya krst:�a-nama 9.56\n155\nsena kahe,-'ye janiluri, sei nama dharila'\n10.145 265\nse�e yadi prabhu tare suprasanna haifa\n7.153 73\n\n10.162 273\n10.139 262\n10.119 254\n7.73\n38\n7.30\n16\n\n10.11\n10.17\n10.20\n10.18\n10.17\n\n207\n210\n211\n210\n210\n\nsei 'suddha-bhakta', ye toma bhaje toma lagi'\n\n\"suni, caitanya-gat:�a kare bahuta bhak�a!Ja\nsuni' madhavendra-mane krodha upajila\nsuni' mahaprabhu ha-ifa parama ananda\nsuni' mahaprabhu kahe sakrodha vacane\nsuni' pat:�c;fitera citte upajila trasa\n\nsevakera prat:�a-dat:�c;fa nahe vyavahara\n'seva' /agi' koti' 'aparadha' nahi gat:�i\nsirera pathara yena pac;fila acambita\nsi�ya hat'ia guruke kahe, bhaya nahi kare\nsivananda-sena calila sabare lana\n\n9.47\n10.96\n8.97\n8.20\n10.12\n\n152\n243\n127\n92\n208\n\nsuni' prabhu kahe kichu kari' prat:�aya-ro�a\nsuni' prabhu kahena,-\"tumi n!i jana dharmasuni' prabhura gat:�a prabhure kare anunaya\nsuni' raja duf:tkhi haifa, puchilena karat:�a\nsuni' rajaputra-mane krodha upajila\n\nsivananda-senera suna nimantrat:�akhyana\nsivanandera bac;fa-putrera 'caitanya-dasa'\nsivanandera gaurave prabhu kari/a bhojana\nsraddha kari' sune yei caitanyera katha\nsrajam na kacid vijahau jalavilarh\n\n10.142\n10.142\n10.147\n10.160\n10.21\n\n264\n264\n266\n272\n212\n\nsuni' ramacandra-puri prabhu-pasa aila\nsuni' rukmit:�ira mane trasa upajila\nsuni' sabara mathe yaiche haifa vajraghata\nsuni' taha prabhura sarikoca-bhaya mane\nsunite amrta-sama juc;faya kart:�a-mana\n\n9.153 202\nsridharanugata kara bhagavata-vyakhyana\n7.136 65\nsridhara-svami n!ihi mana', -eta 'garva' dhara! 7.132\n63\nsridhara-svami nindi' nija-r;ka kara!\n7.132 63\nsridhara-svami-prasade 'bhagavata' jani\n7.134 64\n\n8.15\n90\n8.22\n93\n9.58 156\n9.38 148\n7.146 70\n9.31\n7.106\n9.43\n9.85\n9.27\n\n145\n52\n150\n170\n143\n\n8.62\n7.147\n8.55\n8.52\n10.161\n\n111\n70\n109\n107\n272\n\nsri-caitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�t:�adasa\n\n7.133 64\n7.135 65\nsri-krma-caitanya prabhu yanra prat:�a-dhana\n8.5\n85\nsriman-sena, sriman-pat:�c;fita, acarya-nandana 10.122 255\nsridhara-upare garve ye kichu likhibe\n\nsridharera anugata ye kare likhana\n\nsriman-sena, sriman-pat:�c;lita, akit'icana\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\n\n10.9\n207\n7.173 82\n8.103 129\n9.153 202\n\nsunitei acarya taha karena khat:�c;fana\nsunite sravat:�e mane lagaye madhura\nsuniya k�obhita haifa mahaprabhura mana\nsuniya rajara vinaya prabhura ananda\n\n7.101 50\n8.101 128\n9.87 171\n9.127 189\n\n7.116 56\n7.109 53\n10.23 213\nsut:�thi-khat:�c;fa nac;Ju, ara ama-pitta-hara\n96\nsu�ka-brahma-jt'iani, nahi kr�t:�era 'sambandha' 8.27\nsuniya sabara mane santo�a ha-ifa\n\nsuniya vallabha-bha!!a haila nirvacana\n\nsvacchande karena sabe prasada bhojana\nsvacchande nimantrat:�a, prabhura kirtanasvadu, sugandhi dekhi' bahu prasarhsi/a\nsvagat:�a-sahita prabhura nimantrat:�a kaila\n\n8.98 127\n8.98 127\n10.130 258\n7.141 67\n\n", "ant3#p0325": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nsvagat;�a-sahite mora milnilii nimantrat;�a\nsvahaste karena mala-mutriidi milrjana\nsv!imi-iijnii pille,-ei pati-vralil-dharma\nsva-nimitta 'aparadhiibhiise' bhaya mani\"\nsvarupa, jagadananda, govinde piithilila\nsvarupa, jagadiinanda, kasisvara, sarikara\n\n7.121 58\n97\n8.28\n7.106 52\n10.96 243\n7.154 73\n7.68\n35\n\n10.78 235\n7.46\nsvarOpera sarige pailuri e saba sik$at;�a\n25\n10.78 235\nsvarOpera sarige seha manda-svara gaya\nsvarapere sei pada gaite ajna dila\n10.67 232\n7.111 54\nsva-vacana sthiipite ami ki kari upiiya?\n43\n\"syama-sundara' 'yasoda-nandana, '-ei-miltra 7.85\nsvarupera sarige miltra eka sampradiiya\n\ntiirihii /iigi' dravya chiic;li' -ihii mat jane\ntarira iljna bhilrige tilrira sarigera kilrat;�e\ntilrira !ijnil bhiirigi' tilrira sarige se rahila\ntilrira ajn!i vina ami nil ha-i 'svatantra'\ntilrira prat;�aya-ro$a dekhite prabhura iccha\ntilrira prasiide janiluri 'kr$t;�a-bhakti-yoga' sara\ntiirira prasiide namera mahima janiluri\ntarira putra-gat;�e amara sahajei prila\"\ntarira putra-tomara sevake rakhite yuyaya\ntarira sane 'hatha' kari,-bhiila nahi milni\ntilrira sarige amilra mana ha-ifa nirmala\ntilrire bhaya nahi kichu, 'vi$ama' tarira gat;�a\"\ntilri-sabilra age bha�ta-khadyota-iikilra\n\nT\n\ntilri-sabilra datta ei karaha bhojana\ntilri-sabilra icchiiya prabhu karena bhojana\n\ntabe bhaua bahu mahii-prasilda ilnilila\ntabe bhaua gelil pat;�c;lita-gosanira thilrli\ntabe bhaua kahe bahu vinaya vacana\ntabe govinda bahirviisa tilrira upare diya\ntabe haricandana iisi' jilnilre kahila\n\n7.63\n7.90\n7.60\n10.89\n9.51\n\n33\n45\n32\n240\n153\n\ntara bole anna chiic;li' kibii habe labha?\ntara du/:lkha dekhi' tara sevakadi-gaQa\ntara du/:lkha paya,-ei na yilya sahana\"\ntara madhye pari-mut;�c;la-nrtya-kathana\ntilra madhye parva-vidhi 'prasamsil' chiic;liya\n\ntabe mahilprabhu sabilra nrtya rilkhila\ntabe misra kahe tilrire saba vivaraQa\ntabe misra tilt'lre kichu bharigTte kahilil\ntabe mora lajjil-parika haya prak$iilana\"\ntabe nityananda prabhu srjila upaya\n\n7.77\n9.85\n9.83\n7.94\n10.77\n\n39\n170\n169\n47\n234\n\ntara madhye raghavera jhiili-vivaraQa\ntara phala-dvara toke sik$il karilila\ntara sabe yadi krpa karite siidhila\ntara sevaka saba !lsi' prabhure kahi/a\ntare ninda kari' kahe sagarva vacane\n\ntabe nityananda sabilra srama jan!lila\ntabe sabe mali' prabhure bahu yatna kaila\ntabe sei /oka kahe saba vivarat;�a\ntabe sukha haya, !ira saba lajja yaya\ntabe svarupildi yata prabhura bhakta-gaQa\n\n10.79\n8.86\n9.16\n7.11\n9.36\n\n236\n122\n138\n54\n147\n\n10.84\n9.89\n9.147\n7.171\n8.91\n7.12\n\n238\n172\n199\n81\n124\n6\n\ntare piilhiiila rilja piitra-mitra sane\ntate ghoc;lara molya ghati karite na yuyaya'\ntate ihiin rahi' mora nahi prayojana\"\ntate k$ubdha haifa yabe mahaprabhura mana\ntate prema-bhakti-'puru$ilrtha-siromat;�i'\n\ntabe yai' prabhura '5e$a' karena bhojana'\ntiihii hari' bhoga kare mahii-piipT jana\ntilhiln bujhite nare prabhura vyavahiira\ntiihiltii vallabha-bhatta prabhura ajna /aila\ntahiln prabhura svatantrya n!ii, yaiche tilt'lra\ntiiha pravart!iila tumi,-ei ta 'pramilQa'\ntiihiira gaQanii kilro mane niihi !lise!\ntiihiltei prabhu more dena olahana\"\ntiihilte tarka uthanii do$a liigaya\ntaiche kene prasiida laite nii kail!i gamane?\"\ntale khac;lga pilti' tilre upare c;lilribe\ntamiila-syiimala-tvi$i\ntam vande kr$Qa-caitanyam\n\n9.109 181\n7.152 73\n8.51 107\n10.94 243\n9.14\n7.86\n8.1\n\n138\n43\n83\n\ntilte rak$il karite yadi haya sabara mane\ntathilpi ildara kare bac;la-i sambhrame\ntathapi kahiye kichu marma-du/:lkha paya\ntathilpi nityiinanda preme calila dekhite\ntathapi nutana-prilya saba dravyera svilda\ntathilpi prabhura gaQa tanre kare praQaya-ro$a\ntathapi tilra sevaka !lsi' kaila nivedana\ntat te 'nukampam susamik$amat;�o\ntenatavfm atasi tad vyathate na kim svit\n\n295\n\n9.126 189\n10.6\n206\n10.7\n206\n7.151 72\n7.145 69\n12\n7.22\n7.49\n27\n9.103 178\n9.15 138\n7.157 74\n7.17\n9\n48\n7.98\n7.62\n33\n10.122 255\n8.91 124\n8.72\n9.74\n9.97\n10.159\n8.79\n\n116\n165\n176\n271\n119\n\n10.159\n8.100\n9.148\n9.86\n9.25\n\n271\n128\n199\n171\n142\n\n9.22\n9.26\n9.66\n9.113\n7.24\n\n141\n143\n160\n183\n12\n\n9.44\n8.47\n8.82\n10.5\n10.126\n\n150\n105\n120\n205\n256\n\n7.99\n49\n9.113 183\n9.77 167\n7.49\n22\n\n7.22\n7.23\ntenha kahe,-\"sthala-dravya nahi ye gat;�i' diba 9.20\n\ntenha dekhailil more bhakti-yoga-pilra\n\ntenha jiln!lilii-kr$1!a-svayam bhagavan\n\n12\n12\n140\n\n", "ant3#p0326": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n296\n\nteriha yarira pada-dhali karena prarthana\nteriho chidra cahi' bule, -ei tara kama\nteriho gele prabhura gaQa haifa hara�ita\ntina bojhari jhali vahe krama kariya\ntina-jane i�tha-go�thi kai/a kata-k�aQa\ntoma haite vi�aya-vancha, tara iccha naya\ntomake dekhiye, -yena sak�at bhagavan\ntoma lagi' raghunatha sakala char;li/a\ntoma lagi' ramananda rajya tyaga kai/a\ntoma lagi sanatana 'vi$aya' char;lila\ntomara age murkha ami paQr;iitya, prakasiluri\ntomara anukampa cahe, bhaje anuk�aQa\n\n7.46\n8.46\n8.97\n10.38\n8.10\n9.73\n\n25\n105\n127\n219\n88\n165\n\n7.8\n9.71\n9.70\n9.70\n7.126\n9.76\n\n4\n164\n163\n163\n61\n166\n\nupagiyamana-mahatmyaril\nOrdhva-mukhe bara-bara iti-uti caya\nuthana prabhu sabare kaila alirigane\nuthana prabhu tarire kaila alirigane\n\nv\nvairagi hana eta khaya, vairagyera nahi\n'vai$Qave'ra teja dekhi' bhattera camatkara\nvakresvara, acyutananda, paQr;iita-srivasa\nvallabha-bhattera haya vatsalya-upasana\nvande sri-kr�Qa-caitanyariJ\n'vaQinathadi savamse lana gela bandhiya'\n\n9.69 162\ntomara caraQa-krpa hanache tahare\n9.72 164\ntomara darsana ye pay a sei bhagyavan\n7.8\n4\n\"tomara kirikara ei saba mora kula\n9.130 190\ntomara krpa-anjane ebe garva-andhya gela\n7.129 62\ntomara krma-nama-laha, -kon dharma haya?\" 7.104\n51\n\n7.33\n18\n9.24 142\n10.45 222\n9.128 190\n\n8.16\n90\n7.62\n33\n10.60 229\n7.148 71\n10.1\n203\n9.34 146\n\ntomara bhajana-phale tomate 'prema-dhana'\n\n\"vaQfnatha ki kare, yabe bandhiya ani/a?\"\nvara dila 'kr$f!e tomara ha-uka prema-dhana'\nvar�antare saba bhakta prabhure dekhite\nvar�antare yata gaur;Jera bhakta-gaQa aila\nvasi' k[$Qa-nama matra kariye grahaQe\n'vasi' visvada nahe sei prabhura prasada\n\ntomara ucita nahe aichana udasa\"\ntomare janai/a,-yate 'ananya saraQa'\ntomare khaoyaite vastu dena mora sthane\ntomare k$iQa dekhi, suni, -kara ardhasana\ntomare ye smaraQa kare; se hay a pavitra\ntoma-sabara ei mata, -raja-thani yana\ntore dekhi' maile mora habe asad-gati\n\n9.37\n9.74\n10.114\n8.65\n7.9\n9.39\n8.24\n\n147\n165\n252\n113\n5\n148\n94\n\nvasudeva-datta, murari-gupta, garigadasa\nvasudeva-dattera ei murari-guptera ara\nvasudeva, gadadhara-dasa, gupta-murari\nvatsareka prabhu yaha karena upayoga\nvatsareka tare ara rakhi/a dhariya\nvesyara bhitare tare kariye gaQana\"\nvi mana hana bhatta gela nija-ghara\n\ntrayya copani�adbhis ca\ntrijagatera /oka asi' karena darasana\ntrtiya prahara ha-ifa, nrtya nahe 5e$a\ntumi eta krpa kai/a, -ebe 'jMma' haifa\ntumi-isvara, nijocita krpa ye karila\ntumi kene asi' tarire na dila olahana?\n\"tumi kene ei vale k$obha kara mane?\n\n7.33\n18\n9.7\n134\n10.75 235\n7.129 62\n7.127 61\n7.156 74\n9.67 161\n\nvinaya kariya bhatta kahite lagila\nvirakta svabhava, kabhu rahe kona sthale\nvi�aya lagi' tomaya bhaje, sei murkha jana\nVi$aya-sukha dite prabhura nahi manobala\nVi$ayira bha/a manda varta nil SUnimu' \"\nvi$ayira varta suni' k$ubdha hay a mana\nvi5e$a tahara thani kaur;li baki haya\n\ntumi krpa kari' rakha amara jivana\n\"tumi ptJrQa-brahmananda, karaha smaraQa\ntumi se na khao, tarira puche bara bara\ntumi yaha, prabhure rakhaha yatna kari'\ntumi yai' kara tah!iri sarva samadhana\ntumi ye amara thani kara agamana\ntu�ta hana puri tarire kaila alirigana\n\n7.93\n46\n8.21\n92\n10.115 252\n9.100 177\n9.50 153\n7.152 73\n98\n8.30\n\nu\nur;liya-pada mahaprabhura mane smrti haifa\n'udgrah:idi' praya kare acaryadi-sane\nudyoga vina mahaprabhu eta phala dila\n\nvistara kairachi, taha karaha sravaQe\"\nvisvam ekatmakariJ pasyan\nvividha vyanjana randhe prabhura ruci\nvyartha likhana haya, ara grantha bar;Jaya\nvyavahara /agi' toma bhaje, sei jnana-andha\n'vyaya na kariha kichu rajara mula-dhana'\n\n9.55 155\n8.30\n98\n10.3\n204\n7.3\n2\n7.83\n42\n10.126 256\n10.9\n207\n10.121 255\n10.140 263\n10.14 209\n10.131 259\n7.115 56\n7.89\n44\n7.6\n8.38\n9.69\n9.114\n9.93\n9.66\n9.48\n\n4\n101\n162\n183\n174\n160\n152\n\n7.84\n8.78\n10.137\n10.51\n9.68\n9.142\n\n42\n118\n261\n225\n161\n196\n\n8.95\n9.79\n7.47\n\n126\n168\n26\n\ny\n10.67 232\n7.100 49\n9.150 201\n\nyabe yei karena, sei saba-manohara\nyadi va tomara tare rakhite haya mana\nya dustyajaril svajanam arya-pathariJ ca hitva\n\n", "ant3#p0327": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n297\n\nyadyapi guru-buddhye prabhu tara do�a na\nyadyapi milsekera vasi mukuta narikela\nyadyapi paQc;/ita ara na kaila angikara\nyadyapi prabhura ajria gauc;/e rahite\nyadyapi vicare paQc;/itera nahi kichu do�a\n\n8.100 128\n10.125 256\n7.96\n48\n10.5\n205\n7.99\n49\n\nyati haria jihvii-liimpa!ya -atyanta anyaya\nyatira dharma, -priir)a riikhite iihiira-miitra\nyatna kari' purar)a sukuta\nyatranantare bha!!a yai mahaprabhu-sthane\nyat te sujata-carar)amburuharil stane�u\n\n8.85\n8.86\n10.16\n7.80\n7.40\n\n122\n122\n209\n40\n22\n\nyahan gu(la sata ache, taha na kare graha(la\nyahan yaiche yogya, tahan karena vyavahara\nyahara sravar)e paya gaura-prema-dhana\nyaiche taiche kare matra udara bhara(la\nyaiteha patha nahi, yaibe kemane?\n\n8.81\n8.92\n7.171\n8.64\n10.99\n\n120\n124\n81\n112\n245\n\nyei catura, sei kuruka raja-vi�aya\nyei dekhe, sei paya kr�(la-prema-dhana\nyei ihan sune prabhura vatsalya-prakasa\nyei iha sune, sei bac;la bhagyavan\nyei kahe, sei sahi nija-sire dhari'\n\n9.33\n9.7\n9.152\n8.37\n7.158\n\n146\n134\n201\n101\n75\n\nya mabhajan durjaya-geha-srnkhala/:1\nyanhara krpate mlecchera hay a kr�Qa-bhakti\nyanra sange haila vraja-madhura-rasa-jriana\nyasoda va maha-bhaga\nyala dine rahe lenha sri-puru�ollame\n\n7.44\n7.19\n7.38\n7.34\n9.81\n\n24\n10\n21\n19\n169\n\nye khaila, yebii dila, nahi lekha-daya\nyei kichu kare bha!!a 'siddhanta' sthapana\nyei toma dekhe, sei kr�Qa-preme bhase\nye kichu rahila, taha govinda paila\nyena kenapi sanlu�!aril\n\n9.122 187\n7.101 50\n7\n7.13\n8.59 110\n10.1\n204\n\nyata ninda kare tahii prabhu saba jane\nyathartha molya kari' tabe saba ghoc;la la-ila\n'yathartha-mOiye ghoc;la /aha', tenha ta' kahila\nyathartha molye ghoc;la /aha, yeba baki haya\nyatha-yogya udara bhare, na kare 'vi�aya'\nyathe�!a bhik$a karila tenho nindara lagiya\n\n8.47\n9.54\n9.52\n9.49\n8.66\n8.11\n\n105\n154\n1-34\n152\n113\n88\n\nye na khaya, tare khaoyaya yatana kariya\nye�iiril prasada-miilre(la\nye�aril sarilsmara(lal purilsaril\nye upaye kauc;/i pai, kara se upaya\"\nyuktahiira-vihiirasya\nyukta-svapniivabodhasya\n\n8.73\n7.1\n7.10\n9.29\n8.68\n8.68\n\n116\n1\n5\n144\n114\n114\n\n", "ant3#p0328": "General Index\nNumerals in bold type indicate references to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\nverses. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\nAsramas\n\nA\n\nacarya is spiritual master of all, 7\nAttachment\n\nAcarya\n\nto speculation precludes relationship\n\nSee: Spiritual master\nAcaryanidhi\n\nwith Kr�Qa, 96\nAusterity\n\ndescended in Bengal, 28\nAcaryaratna\n\nKr�oa inaccessible merely by, 14-15\n\ndescended in Bengal, 28\nActivities\nof Caitanya as beautiful, 126\ntwo kinds rejected in revealed scriptures, 118\n\n8\n\nAdvaita Acarya\nas dancer at car festival, 38\nas directly the Supreme Lord, 9\nas incarnation of Supreme Lord, 85\ninduces Kr�oa to descend, 85\nled devotees from Bengal to Jagannatha\nPuri, 205\nqualities of, 10\ntook prasada with Caitanya, 34\nVallabha Bhana argued with, 50-52\nAkiiicana Kr�oadasa\nwent to Jagannatha Puri, 208\n\nBali Maharaja\nas great devotee of Vamana, 136\ncame to visit Caitanya, 135\nBengal\nAdvaita led devotees from, 205\ndevotees of go to see Caitanya, 2\nlist of devotees who descended in, 28\nBhagavad-gita\n\nquoted, 114\nquoted on happiness of Brahman\nrealized soul, 92\nquoted on offerings accepted by Kr�oa,\n260\nquoted on proper situation of devotee,\n160\nBhagavan Acarya\nCaitanya accepts dinner invitation of,\n124\n\nAlalanatha\nCaitanya desires to go to, 157\nAmrta-pravaha-bha$ya\nsummary of Eighth Chapter given in, 83\nsummary of Chapter Ten in, 203\nsummary of Chapter Seven in, 1\nAnubha$ya\ncited on nirbandha, 96\nAnyabhila�ita-sanyarh\n\noffered Caitanya home-cooked food,\n270\nBhagavan Pao<;Jita\n\nverses quoted, 162\n\nwent to Jagannatha Puri, 208\n\nApi cet suduracaro\n\nBhakti\n\nverses quoted, 160\nArjuna\n\nBhakti-sandarbha\n\nSee: Devotional service\n\naddressed by Kr�oa, 114\n\nquoted on mental speculation, 95\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\ncited on becoming jagad-guru, 7\n\nAruhya krcchreQa pararh padam\n\nverses quoted, 162\n\n299\n\n", "ant3#p0329": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n300\n\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\ncited on materialists who become\npreachers, 163\ncited on Ramacandra Puri as sannyasi,\n87\n\ncited on real position of living beings,\n196\n\ncited on Vallabha Bhaga, 80\nBhava\n\ntwo kinds of, 14\nBhavananda Raya\nfamily of criticized by Caitanya, 158\nGopinatha Paganayaka as father of, 137\n\nintimate relationship of Prataparudra\nwith family of, 189\nBrahma\n\ncan't understand intentions of Caitanya,\n184\nworships lotus feet of Caitanya, 84\nBrahma-bhota/:1 prasannatma\nquoted, 92\nBrahman\nmaterial arguments used to understand,\n96\nBrahmaf)a\n\nmay beg for up to five gaf)qas, 149\nrevenue of government more sacred\nthan property of, 172-173\nBrahma-sampradaya\nVyasadeva belongs to, 136\nBrahma-sutra\nVyasadeva as author of, 136\nBuddhimanta Khan\nwent to Jagannatha Puri, 208\n\nc\nCaitanya dasa\nas son of Sivananda Sena, 264\nCaitanya ate at house of, 267-268\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\n\naccepted Sridhara Svami as His spiritual\nmaster, 64-65\n\nas fully independent, 95, 125-126\nas great 'tree, 101\n\nas incarnation of ocean of mercy, 84\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nas Kr�r;�a Himself, 5, 40, 61\n\nas life and soul of devotees, 85\nas Mayavadi sannyasi, 9\n\nas most merciful incarnation, 132\nas omniscient, 44\nas personification of religious principles,\n52\n\nblasphemed by Ramacandra Puri,\n106-107\nconsiders Ramacandra Puri as spiritual\nmaster, 128\ndefends Ramacandra Puri, 121-122\ndescended as incarnation, 57\ndescends to please the devotees, 125\nexists in everyone's heart, 49\nextracts the purpose from everything,\n210\nGadadhara-prar;�anatha as name of, 77\nHis purport on the holy name, 43-44\n\nknown as Gadaira Gaura, 78\nmeets Paramananda Puri and Ramacandra Puri, 86-88\none should not be preoccupied with external feature of, 79\novereating by devotees of, 90\nreduces His eating, 83\nreduces intake of prasada,\n110-111\n\n108,\n\nrequested to disregard Ramacandra\n\nPuri, 116, 120-121\nrespects Ramacandra Puri, 105\nCaturmasya\nhow Caitanya spent period of, 260-269\nChaqiya vai?T)ava-seva nistara\nquoted, 29\nChanting\nCaitanya leads congregational, 127\nChastity\n\ngopis forsake path of, 26\nConditioned souls\ndon't recognize their actual profit, 58\n\npurified by chanting holy name, 7\nConjugal love\n\nof gopis as most exalted bhakti, 24\nCowherd boys\npious activities accumulated by, 18\n\n", "ant3#p0330": "301\n\nGeneral Index\nE\n\nD\nDamayantT\nconsidered Caitanya an ordinary\nhuman, 211\n\nEcstatic symptoms\nmanifested by Caitanya, 133\nof Caitanya, 233-235\n\ncooked many things for Caitanya,\n209-219\n\nDamodara\ndescended in Bengal, 28\nDeath\n\nMadhavendra Puri remembers Kr�r:Ja at,\n97-101\n\nDemigods\nvisited Caitanya, 134\nDesires\nOffenses cause material, 95-96\nDevotees\nCaitanya life and soul of, 85\ncondemn Ramacandra Puri, 109\ngave up eating, 111\n\nof Caitanya overeat, 90\nof Caitanya reduced eating, 115\nprotected from reactions to sin,\n160\n\nshowbottle, 161-162\nUddhava as greatest of, 25-27\nDevotional service\nas essence of all mystic yoga, 12\n\nconjugal love of gopis as highest,\n24\n\nfiner points of etiquette in, 245\n\nlearned from pure Vai�r:Java, 29\n\npure described, 162\nthe true result of, 194\n\nDharma/:! projjhita-kaitavo 'tra\nquoted, 194\n\nDisciple\nreprimanded by spiritual master, 93\nDreams\naffect yoga practice, 114\nDuties\nshould be properly executed, 114\nDvapara-yuga\nsystem of religion in, 7\n\nDvapariyair janair vi�QUQ\nverses quoted, 7\n\nF\nFasting\nunnecessarily precludes\n\nyoga practice,\n\n114\n\nFood\ncost of Caitanya's, 123\neating sweets affects sense control, 104\n\nG\nGadadhara Par:J9ita\nas dancer at car festival, 38\nCaitanya accepts dinner invitation of,\n124\nconverted Vallabha Bhana to worship\nof Kisora-gopala, 71\ndescended in Bengal, 28\nheard explanations of Vallabha Bhatfa,\n47-48\n\nlove of compared to Rukmir:Jidevi's,\n69-70\n\nrefused to act as spiritual master, 72\n\nVallabha Bhana initiated by, 81\nGadadhara-prar:Janatha\nas name of Caitanya, 77\nGadaira Gaura\n\nCaitanya known as, 78\nGandharvas\n\nvisited Caitanya, 134\nGarigadasa\nwent to ]agannatha Puri, 208\nGanges\npastimes of Caitanya compared to, 78\nGaru<;la Par:J9ita\nwent to ]agannatha Puri, 208\nGau<;liya-sampradaya\ncongregational chanting of, 223\n\n", "ant3#p0331": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n302\n\nGauracandra\nSee: Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nGoddess of fortune\ncould not receive shelter of Kr�Qa,\n15-16\nGoloka Vrndavana\nSee: Vrndavana\nGopinatha Acarya\noffered Caitanya home-cooked food,\n270\nGopinatha Pananayaka\nas a pure devotee, 166\nas son of Bhavananda Raya, 137\nstory of his arrest and release, 137-155\nGop is\ngood fortune of, 16\nneglected order of Kr�Qa, 206\nsometimes chastise Kr�Qa, 23\nUddhava desired dust of feet of, 2627\nunalloyed love of, 22-26\nGosarii\nSee: Gosvami\nGovernment\nr e v e n u e of m o r e s a c r e d t h a n\nbrahmal)a's property, 172-173\nGovinda\nSee: Kr�Qa\nGovinda (servant)\nentrusted by devotees with prasada for\nCaitanya, 249-251\nmassages Caitanya's legs, 238\nr e d u c e s intake of prasada, 1 0 8 ,\n110-111\ntakes lunch with Caitanya, 102\nGuQQica temple\ncleansed by Caitanya, 247\nGuru\nSee: Spiritual master\n\nH\nHappiness\nCaitanya eager to give everyone, 67\nof Brahman realized soul described, 92\nof residents of Jagannatha Puri after\ndeparture of Ramacandra Puri, 127\n\nHaricandana Patra\npleaded for life of Gopinatha Pa��anayaka, 151-152\nHaridasa Thakura\nas dancer at car festival, 38\nchants 300,000 holy names daily, 27\nHearing\nabout Caitanya arouses ecstatic love,\n129\nHeart\nCaitanya chastises someone to purify\nhis, 67\nCaitanya exists in everyone's, 49\nHera-pancami\nCaitanya observed festival of, 248\nHiraQyakasipu\nkilled by Nrsirilhadeva, 136\nHoly name\nalways chanted by Tsvara Puri, 97\nCaitanya's purport on, 43-44\nchanted day and night by Caitanya, 42\nchanteq 300,000 times daily by\nHaridasa Thakura, 27\nchanting of as religion for Kali-yuga, 6\npure devotees always chant, 53\n\nIgnorance\nof Vallabha BhaHa dispelled by\nCaitanya, 62\nlmpersonalists\ntheir desire to merge is material, 162\nIncarnations\nAdvaita as one of, 85\nlndra\nKr�Qa cut down pride of, 57, 60, 62\nIntelligence\nCaitanya's behavior beyond restriction\nof anyone's, 126\nTsvara Puri\nas ocean of ecstatic love for Kr�Qa,\n98\nas spiritual master of Madhavendra Puri\nand Caitanya, 87\ncleans up Madhavendra Puri's stool and\nurine, 97\n\n", "ant3#p0332": "General Index\n\nJagadananda Paryc;fita\ncriticized by Ramacandra Puri, 88-91\ndescended in Bengal, 28\nlove of compared to Satyabhama's, 68\noffered Caitanya home-cooked food,\n270\nserved prasada to devotees, 36\n]agannatha Deity\ndevotees purchased food offered to,\n263\nfulfilled desire of Vallabha Bhaga, 4\n]agadananda Paryc;fita eats prasada of, 89\npossesses all potencies, 151\nPrataparudra Maharaja heard about service of, 169\nsaved Gopinatha Pa��anayaka from\ndeath, 159-160\nseen by Caitanya, 134\nwater pastimes of, 220-221\nJagannatha Puri\nCaitanya lived at, 133\ndevotees went to to see Caitanya, 205\nlist of devotees who went to, 208\nRamacandra Puri departs from, 127\nRamacandra Puri stays at, 101\nVallabha Bhaga went to meet the Lord\nat, 3\n}ivan-mukta api punar\nverses quoted, 95\n}ivan-mukta/:1 prapadyante\nquoted, 96\n\nK\nKali-yuga\nchanting holy name as religion for, 6\nKarma-kal)r;/a\nMayavadis regard devotional service as,\n96\nKarmis\ncan't understand fine points of devotional service, 246\nKasi Misra\nhis talk with Caitanya, 157-168\nPrataparudra Maharaja came to home\nof, 168-178\n\n303\n\nKasi Misra\nPrataparudra Maharaja daily massaged\nfeet of, 169\nKasisvara\ndescended in Bengal, 28\noffered Caitanya home-cooked food,\n290\nserved prasada to devotees, 36\ntakes lunch with Caitanya, 102\nKevala-bodha-/abdhaye\nquoted, 95\nKharyc;fa\nresidents of went to ]agannatha Puri,\n208\nKinnaras\nvisited Caitanya, 134\nKiratarjuniya\nverse from quoted, 212\nKisora-gopala\nVallabha Bhaga converted to worship\nof, 71\nKnowledge\nKr�rya should be sought by Vedic, 26\nKr�rya\nalone gives love of God, 8\nas husband of living beings, 51\nas master of Mathura, 100\nas son of Nanda and Yasoda, 1819\nas Syamasundara and Yasodanandana,\n43-44\nCaitanya as, 5, 40, 61\nconsidered ordinary human by devotees in Vrndavana, 211\ncut down pride of lndra, 57, 60,\n62\nduty of sannyasi to remember, 87\nindebted to gopis, 24-25\ninduced to descend by Advaita,\n85\npleased with offerings of His devotees,\n259-260\nregarded as maya by Mayavadis, 9697\nKr�ryadasa Kaviraja\np r a ys to ROpa and R a ghunatha\nGosvami, 130\nK�iprarh bhavati dharmatma\nverses quoted, 160\n\n", "ant3#p0333": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n304\n\nKulina-grama\n\nLove of God\n\nresidents of went to Jagannatha Puri,\n\nas highest goal of life, 13\n\n208\n\nas true result of devotional service, 194\nbreaking Kr�r:Ja's order due to, 207\nhearing\n\nL\n\nabout\n\nCaitanya\n\narouses\n\necstatic, 129\ninstructions on achieving, 100\nTSvara Puri as ocean of ecstatic, 98\n\nLaghu-bhagavatamrta\n\nNityananda always intoxicated with, 11\n\nquoted on Kr�r:Ja as bestower of love of\n\nNityananda binds world with knot of\n\nGod,8\n\necstatic, 84\n\nLaghu-to$al)i\n\nquoted on addiction to material desires,\n95\nLak�mi\n\nonly Kr�r:Ja can give, 8\nLust\n\nlove of gopis without any, 22\n\nSee: Goddess of fortune\n\nM\n\nLamentation\nBrahman realized soul experiences no,92\nof Madhavendra Puri, 91, 93\nLiberation\nfalling down from, 96\n\nMadhavendra Puri\nas spiritual master of Ramacandra Puri\nand TSvara Puri, 87\n\nMayavadis fall down from, 162\n\nTSvara Puri cleans up stool and urine of,\n\nfour goals of human, 13\n\nlamentation of, 91,93\n\nLife\nLiving beings\n\nas prakrti, 51\n\nmeeting of material nature and, 118\nLotus feet of Caitanya\ndevotees lick honey from, 1\nGopinatha Pananayaka meditated on,\n\n193\nPrataparudra desires to surrender fully\nto, 175\nworshiped by devotees,84\nLotus feet of Kr�r:Ja\nhearing about Caitanya arouses ecstatic\nlove for, 129\nnot attained by knowing His opulences,\n\n14\nplaced on breasts of gopis, 22\nLove\npurpose of unalloyed is to satisfy Kr�r:Ja,\n\n97\nMadhvacarya\ncited on religion for Kali-yuga, 6-7\n\nMaha-mantra\n\nVar:Jinatha Raya incessantly chanted,\n\n156\nMakaradhvaja Kara\nas superintendent for\nMalaja�hya Dar:Jc;lapata\nGopinatha Pananayaka served in, 139\nMaterialists\nmind agitated by hearing activities of,\n\n160\nMaterial nature\nmeeting of living entity and, 118\nMathura\nKr�r:Ja as master of, 100\nnot reached by Madhavendra Puri, 91,\n\n94\n\n22\nRamananda Raya incessantly absorbed\nin, 20\nLove of God\nanyone who saw Caitanya received,\n\n134\n\nraghavera jhali,\n\n220\n\nMaya\nMayavadis regard devotional service as,\n96-97\nthose in clutches of can't understand\ncowherd boys, 18\n\n", "ant3#p0334": "General Index\n\n305\n\nMayavadis\nCaitanya as MayavadT sannyasi, 9\ncriticize Vai�oavas, 96-97\nin r e n o u n c e d o r d e r r e m e m b e r\nNarayaoa, 87\nMental speculation\nas material, 95\nKr�oa inaccessible by, 1 4\none can't become a n acarya by, 7\nrelationship with Kr�oa precluded by attachment to, 96\nMercy\nCaitanya incarnation of ocean of, 84\ngreatness of Caitanya's, 1 93-194\nmeateaters converted by Advaita's, 1 0\nno one can estimate Caitanya's, 1 81\nof Caitanya on Vallabha Bhana, 62\nof Caitanya's devotees, 1\nof Haridasa Thakura, 27\nof Kr�oa necessary to become jagadguru, 7\nof Ramananda Raya, 21\nspiritual master as incarnation of\nKr�oa's, 7\n\nNarayal)a\nMayavadi sannyasis remember, 87\n\nMind\nagitated by hearing activities of materialists, 1 60\nhearing about Caitanya pleasing to, 1 29\n\nNyaya\n\nNarayaQa-sarhhita\n\nquoted on religion for Kali-yuga, 7\nNarendra-sarovara\nwater pastimes of Lord ]agannatha at,\n220-221\nNarottama dasa Thakura\nquoted on serving a pure Vai�oava, 29\nNilacala\nSee: ]agannatha Puri\nNityananda Prabhu\nalways intoxicated with love of God, 1 1\nas dancer at car festival, 38\nas greatest of mendicants, 84\nbinds world with knot of ecstatic love\nof God, 84\ndisobeyed order of Caitanya, 206\nkirtana ended by, 236\ntook prasada with Caitanya, 34\nNrsirhhadeva\nPrahlada saved by, 135-136\nNrsirhhananda Brahmacari\nwent to ]agannatha Puri, 208\nquoted on praise and criticism, 120\n\nMlecchas\n\nconverted by mercy of Advaita, 1 0\nMurari Gupta\nwent to Jagannatha PurT, 28, 208\nMukunda\nSee: Kr�oa\nMystic yoga\ndevotional service as essence of all, 1 2\n\nN\n\n0\nOffenses\ncommitted by instructing spiritual\nmaster, 92\ncommitted by rejected disciple, 1 28\nmaterial desires result from, 9 5-96\nOm nama bhagavate narayaQa\n\nrecited by Mayavadi sannyasis, 87\nOpulence\nmaterial as flickering, 1 94\n\nNama-kaumur;ii\n\nquoted on purport of holy name, 43\n\np\n\nNama narayaQa\n\nrecited by Mayavadi sannyasis, 87\nNanda Maharaja\nreceived Kr�Qa as his son, 1 9\nNarada Muni\nVyasadeva as disciple of, 136\n\nPaficaratrika\n\nworship according to system of, 7\nPar:J<.lavas\nsaved from danger by Kr�r:Ja, 191\n\n", "ant3#p0335": "306\n\nSri Caitanya-caritampa\n\nParamananda PurT\nasks Caitanya to disregard Ramacandra\nPurT, 116, 120-121\ncalled GosvamT, 87\nmeets Ramacandra PurT and Caitanya,\n86-88\ntook prasada with Caitanya, 34\nParampara\ncommentaries written in, 65\nsystem of described, 29\nParasara\nVyasadeva as son of, 136\nParTk�it Maharaja\nBhagavatam narrated to, 136\nPastimes of Caitanya\ncompared to Ganges, 78\nlike nectar to hear, 272\nunderstood by one with devotion to His\nlotus feet, 80\nPastimes of Kr�r:ta\nalways chanted by TSvara PurT, 97\nPatalaloka\ninhabitants of visit Caitanya, 134\nPatram pu�pam phalam toyam\nverses quoted, 260\nPious activities\naccumulated by cowherd boys, 18\nof Nanda and Yasoda, 19\nPrahlada Maharaja\nBali Maharaja as grandson of, 136\ncame to visit Caitanya, 135\nPrasada\naccepted without hindrances at Jagannatha PurT, 127\nbrought by devotees to Caitanya,\n249-251\nCaitanya and Govinda reduce intake of,\n59-60, 108, 110-111\ngiven by Caitanya to His devotees, 226\ngiven to Caitanya by Vallabha Bhana,\n33-36\nof Jagannatha eaten by Jagadananda\nParyc;lita, 89\nt a k e n by Caitanya at home o f\nGadadhara Paryc;lita, 80\nPrataparudra Maharaja\ncame to home of KasT Misra, 168-178\ndaily massaged feet of KasT Misra, 169\n\nPrataparudra Maharaja\nintimate relationship of with family of\nBhavananda Raya, 189\nPrayaga\nCaitanya kind to Vallabha Bhana at, 58\nPrayers\noffered by Kr�r:tadasa Kaviraja, 130\nPride\nof lndra cut down by Kr�rya, 57, 60, 62\nof scholars and philosophers, 65\nof Vallabha BhaHa cut down by\nCaitanya, 29-30\nPuraQas\nVyasadeva as author of, 136\nPure devotees\nalways chant holy name, 53\ndo not accept opulence of Kr�rya, 20\n\nQ\nQualities\ncritics disregard good, 120\n\nR\nRadhararyT\nunalloyed love of, 22\nRaghava Paryc;lita\nas dancer at car festival, 38\nsister of cooked for Caitanya, 209\nRaghunatha dasa\ngave up his family to serve Caitanya,\n164\nRajamahendrT\nRamananda Raya as governor of, 187\nRamabhadracarya\noffered Caitanya home-cooked food,\n270\nRamacandra PurT\nas disciple of Madhavendra PurT, 87\nas sannyasi, 87\nas speculator and critic, 98\nblasphemes Caitanya, 106-107\ncondemned by devotees, 109\n\n", "ant3#p0336": "General Index\nRamacandra Puri\nconsidered as spiritual master by\nCaitanya, 128\ncriticizes Caitanya, 83\ncriticizes Jagadananda Par:1<;lita, 88-91\ndeparts from ]agannatha Puri, 127\ndefended by Caitanya, 121-122\ninstructs his spiritual master, 92\nlooks for faults in Caitanya, 103-104\nmeets Paramananda Puri and Caitanya,\n86-88\nobserves pOrva-vidhi and neglects paravidhi, 119\nParamananda Puri requests Caitanya to\ndisregard, 116, 120-121\nreduced price of jagannatha-prasada,\n270\nstays at Jagannatha Puri, 101\nRamananda Raya\nas governor of Rajamahendri, 187\nas ultimate knower of transcendental\nmellows, 12-13\nCaitanya's mercy on, 194\nCaitanya tasted bliss in company of,\n134\nGopinatha Pananayaka as brother of,\n139\ninfluence and knowledge of, 20-21\nresigned from government for sake of\nCaitanya, 164\nRasas\nfour named, 13\nRasa-lila\nKr�r:ra danced with gopis in, 16\nRatha-yatra\ndevotees of Bengal came to see, 31\nRegulative principles\nbroken out of affection for Kr�r:ra, 206\nRelationships\nwith Kr�r:ra precluded by attachment to\nspeculation, 96\nReligion\nCaitanya as personification of principles\nof, 52\nof sannyasi not dry renunciation, 113\novereating by sannyasis spoils their\nprinciples of, 117\nsystem of in Kali-yuga, 6-7\n\n307\n\nRenunciation\ndry not religion of sannyasi, 113\nof sannyasi destroyed by overeating, 90\nRukmir:ridevi\nlove of Gadadhara Par:rc;lita compared to\nthat of, 69-70\nRupa Gosvami\nKr�r:radasa Kaviraja prays to, 130\npure devotional service described by,\n162\n\ns\nSanatana Gosvami\ngave up his post as minister for\nCaitanya, 164\nSarijaya Puru�ottama\nwent to ]agannatha Puri, 208\nSarikara\ndescended in Bengal, 28\noffered Caitanya home-cooked food,\n270\nserved prasada to devotees, 36\nSatikirtana\none must be empowered by Kr�r:ra to\npropagate, 6\nperformed by Caitanya, 228\nSannyasa\ntaking of as external affair, 196\nSannyasi\nCaitanya as Mayavadi, 9\ngratification of senses not business of,\n112\nmay beg for up to five gaQc;ias, 149\novereating destroys renunciation of, 90\nRamacandra Puri as, 87\nreligious principles spoiled by overeating of, 117\nremembering Kr�r:ra duty of, 87\nshould not take interest in material activities, 200\nshould not overeat, 122\nSannyasi nirasir nirnama�kriyaf:r\nquoted, 87\nSapta-sau\nworship of Durga described in, 161-162\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya\nas knower of six philosophical theses,\n\n", "ant3#p0337": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n308\n\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya\n11-12\n\nCaitanya accepts dinner invitation of,\n124\n\nSatyabhama\nlove of Jagadananda comapred to that\nof, 68\nScriptures\nAdvaita unparalleled in understanding,\n10\n\nSense gratification\ndesire of impersonalists to merge is, 162\nnot business of sannyasi, 112\nSenses\neating sweets affects control of, 104\nSeparation\nexperienced by Madhavendra Puri, 93\nfeelings of situate one spiritually, 100\ngopis' feelings of, 26-27\nwaves of felt by Caitanya, 133\nSin\nLord protects devotee from reactions\nto, 159-160\nSiva\ncan't understand intentions of Caitanya,\n184\n\nworships lotus feet of Caitanya, 84\nSivananda Sena\nCaitanya ate at house of, 266\nCaitanya dasa as son of, 264\ntook charge of devotees in Jagannatha\nPuri, 208\nSleep\nmust be regulated for yoga practice,\n114\n\nSmrti-sastra\n\ncited on restrictions for sannyasis, 87\nSpiritual master\nas incarnation of Kr�r:Ja's mercy, 7\nCaitanya accepted Sridhara Svami as\nHis, 64-65\ndevotional service learned from, 29\nGadadhara Par:Jc;lita refused to act as, 72\ninstructed by Ramacandra Puri, 92\none becomes by mercy of Kr�r:Ja, 7\nR a m a c a n d r a P u ri c o n s i d e r e d a s\nCaitanya's, 128\nrejects disciple, 128\n\nSpiritual master\nreprimands disciple, 93\nSridhara Svami\naccepted by Caitanya as His spiritual\nmaster, 64-65\nVallabha Bhana denies explanations of,\n55\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\ncited on speculative knowledge, 95\nmany commentaries on, 64-65\nmust be learned from realized soul, 29\nprofessional reciters of, 163\nquoted on association of great personalities, 5\nquoted on falling down from liberation,\n162\n\nquoted on good fortune of gopis, 16\nquoted on gopis chastising Kr�r:Ja, 23\nquoted on Kr�r:Ja's indebtedness to\n\ngopis, 25\n\nquoted on one eligible to become\ndevotee, 167\nquoted on praise and criticism, 118119\n\nquoted on sentiments of Uddhava, 26\nquoted on those to whom Kr�r:Ja is inaccessible, 14-15\nquoted on true result of devotional service, 194\nquoted on Yasoda, Nanda and cowherd\nboys, 18-19\nVallabha Bhana wrote commentary on,\n41-42, 55\n\nVyasadeva as author of, 136\nSriman Par:Jc;lita\nwent to Jagannatha Puri, 208\nSriman Sena\nwent to Jagannatha Puri, 208\nSrivasa Thakura\nas dancer at car festival, 38\nas head of devotees, 85\nSukadeva Gosvami\nnarrated Bhagavatam, 136\npraises attitude of pure devotees,\n17\n\nvisited Caitanya, 135\nSuklambara Brahmacari\nwent to Jagannatha Puri, 208\n\n", "ant3#p0338": "General Index\nSupersoul\n\n309\n\nVallabha Bhana\n\nyogis know the Lord as, 19\n\nwrote commentary on Bhagavatam,\n\nSupreme Lord\nacts for everyone's welfare, 59\nSvarOpa Damodara\n\n41-42,55\nVamana\n\nBali Maharaja as great devotee of,\n136\n\nCaitanya tasted bliss in company of,\n\n134\necstatic love personified by, 21\nsang to Caitanya, 232\n\nVa�Tnatha Raya\n\narrest of, 146\nCaitanya's mercy on, 194\n\nserved prasada to devotees, 36\n\nVallabha Bhana argued with, 50\nSyamasundara\nas name of Kr��a, 43-44\n\nincessantly chanted maha-mantra,\n\n156\nVedas\ndivided by Vyasadeva, 136\nVirocana\n\nas son of Prahlada Maharaja, 136\n\nu\nUddhava\n\nas greatest devotee, 25-27\n\nVisnu\nregarded as maya by MayavadTs, 96·\n\n·\n\n97\nSee also: Kr��a, Naraya�a\n\nVi�Qu-bhakti-candrodaya\nquoted on material desires, 96\n\nv\nVai��avas\ncriticized by MayavadTs, 96-97\nSee a/so: Devotees\nVai��avism\n\nVarQas\nacarya is spiritual master of all, 7\nVasudeva Datta\ndescended in Bengal, 28\nwent to )agannatha PurT, 208\nVrajabhOmi\nSee: Vrndavana\nVrndavana\n\npower of Advaita's, 10\n\ndevotees in consider Kr��a an ordinary\n\nas dancer at car festival, 38\n\ndevotees in enjoy association of Kr�.na,\n\nVakresvara\n\ndescended in Bengal, 28\noffered Caitanya home-cooked food,\n\n270\nVallabha Bhana\naccustomed to worshiping child Kr��a,\n\n71\n\nhuman, 211\n15\nVyasadeva\nas author of the Vedas, 136\n\npraises attitude of pure devotees, 17\nvisited Caitanya, 135\n\nconverted to worship of Kisora-gopala,\n\n71\n\nw\n\ninitiated by Gadadhara Pa�<;lita, 81\nlike duck in society of swans, 50\npride of cut down by Caitanya, 29-30,\n57-66\nseemed like glowworm compared to\nother Vai��avas, 33\n\nwent to )agannatha PurT to meet the\nLord, 3\n\nWorld, material\nseed of ecstatic love for Kr��a sowed in,\n\n101\nWorship, temple\n\nas system of religion in Dvapara-yuga,\n7\n\n", "ant3#p0339": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n310\n\ny\nYasoda\nconsidered Kr�r:Ja her son, 18-19\nKr�r:Ja bound by, 16\nYasodanandana\nas name of Kr�r:Ja, 43-44\n\nYoga\nbodily activities must be regulated to\nperform, 114\nfrees one from material pains, 114\n\nYogis\nknow the Lord as Supersoul, 19\n\n", "ant3#p0340": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada appeared in this world\nin 1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvati Gosvami, in Calcutta in 1922. Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati, a prominent\ndevotional scholar and the founder of sixty-four Gauc;iiya Mathas (Vedic Institutes), liked this educated young man and convinced him to dedicate his life to\nteaching Vedic knowledge. Srila Prabhupada became his student, and eleven\nyears later (1933) at Allahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in 1922, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura requested\nSrila Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge through the English language. In\n\nthe years that followed, Srila Prabhupada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavadgita, assisted the Gauc;Jiya Matha in its work and, in 1944, without assistance,\n\nstarted an English fortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and\nchecked the galley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies freely and\nstruggled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the magazine never stopped;\nit is now being continued by his disciples in the West.\nRecognizing Srila Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion, the\nGauc;iiya Vai�l)ava Society honored him in 1947 with the title \"Bhaktivedanta.\" In\n1950, at the age of fifty-four, Srila Prabhupada retired from married life, and four\n\nyears later he adopted the vanaprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his\nstudies and writing. Srila Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of Vrndavana,\n\nwhere he lived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and writing.\n\nHe accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in 1959. At Radha-Damodara,\nSrila Prabhupada began work on his life's masterpiece: a multivolume translation\n\nand commentary on the eighteen thousand verse Srimad-Bhagavatam\n(Bhagavata PuraQa). He also wrote Easy Journey to Other Planets.\n\nAfter publishing three volumes of Bhagavatam, Srila Prabhupada came to the\n\nUnited States, in 1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual master. Since that time,\nHis Divine Grace has written over forty volumes of authoritative translations,\ncommentaries and summary studies of the philosophical and religious classics of\nIndia.\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, Srila Prabhupada\nwas practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great difficulty that he\nestablished the International Society for Krishna Consciousness in july of 1966.\nUnder his careful guidance, the Society has grown within a decade to a worldwide confederation of almost one hundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes\nand farm communities.\nIn 1968, Srila Prabhupada created New Vrndavana, an experimental Vedic community in the hills of West Virginia. Inspired by the success of New Vrndavana,\nnow a thriving farm community of more than one thousand acres, his students\nhave since founded several similar communities in the United States and abroad.\n\n311\n\n", "ant3#p0341": "312\n\nSri Caitanya-caritimrta\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and second­\n\nary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in Dallas, Texas. The\nschool began with 3 children in 1972, and by the beginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\nSrTia Prabhupada has also inspired the construction of a large international\ncenter at SrTdhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also the site for a\nplanned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the magnificent Kr�QaBalarama Temple and International Guest House in Vrndavana, India. These are\ncenters where Westerners can live to gain firsthand experience of Vedic culture.\nSrTia Prabhupada's most significant contribution, however, is his books. Highly\nrespected by the academic community for their authoritativeness, depth and\nclarity, they are used as standard textbooks in numerous college courses. His\nwritings have been translated into eleven languages. The Bhaktivedanta Book\nTrust, established in 1972 exclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace,\nhas thus become the world's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian\nreligion and philosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of SrTia Prabhupada's\nmost recent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-completed\n\nby SrTia Prabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali religious classic Sri\nCaitanya-caritamrta.\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, SrTia Prabhupada has circled\nthe globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to six continents. In\nspite of such a vigorous schedule, SrTia Prabhupada continues to write prolifically.\nHis writings constitute a veritable library of Vedic philosophy, religion, literature\nand culture.\n\n", "ant3#p0342": "(continued from front flap)\nMadhya-lila (the middle period), the\n\nlongest of the three, is a detailed narration of\nSri Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels\n\nthroughout India as a renounced mendicant,\n\nteacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and\n\nmystic. Finally, Antya-lila (the final period)\n\nconcerns the last eighteen years of Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's manifest presence, spent in\n\nsemiseclusion in Jagannatha Puri, Orissa.\n\nDuring these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted\n\ndeeper and deeper into trances of spiritual\n\necstasy unparalleled in all of religious and\n\nliterary history, Eastern or Western.\n\n, Kr�Dadasa Kaviraja Gosvami, the author of\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta, was a great saint and\n\na confidential disciple and student of\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami, the renowned\n\nascetic saint who was one of the most inti­\n\nmate disciples of Sri Caitanya. He com­\n\nmenced work on the text while in his late\n\nnineties and in failing health, as he vividly\ndescribes in the text itself: \"I have now be­\n\ncome too old and disturbed in invalidity.\nWhile writing, my hands tremble. I cannot\n\nremember anything, nor can I see or hear\n\nproperly. Still I write, and this is a great\nwonder.\" That he nevertheless completed,\n\nunder such debilitating conditions, the\n\ngreatest literary gem of medieval India is\n\nsurely one of the wonders of literary history.\n\nThe English translation and commentary is\n\nthe work of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhakti­\n\nvedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's\n\nmost distinguished scholar and teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought.\n\nHe himself is a disciplic descendant of Sri\n\nCaitanya, and his intimate familiarity with\nthe precepts of Caitanya Mahaprabhu emi­\n\nnently qualifies him to present this impor­\n\ntant classic to the English-speaking world.\n\nThe ease and clarity with which he ex­\n\npounds upon Sri Caitanya's precepts lures\n\neven a reader totally unfamiliar with Indian\n\nreligious tradition into a genuine under­\n\nstanding and appreciation of this profound\n\nand monumental work.\n\nThe entire text, with commentary, pre­\n\nsented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust,\nrepresents a contribution of major impor­\n\ntance to\n\nthe intellectual, cultural and\n\nspiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n", "ant3#p0343": "ANTYA-LILA\nVolume 3\n\nSRI\nCAITANYACARITAMRT\n•\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bhaktlvedanta\nSwami\nPrabhupada\n\nSri Caitanya-caritiimrta is the authorized work on the life and teachings of Sri\nKm1a Caitanya-the philosopher, saint, spiritual preceptor, mystic and divine\nincarnation who pioneered a great social and religious movement in Sixteenth\nCentury India. His teachings, which embody the highest philosophical and\ntheolgoical truths, have affected centuries of religious and philosophical\nthinkers until the present day.\nThis translation and commentary on the original Bengali text is the work of\nHis Divine Grace A C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada (pictured above), the\nworld's most distinguished scholar and teacher of Indian thought and culture\nand author of the best-selling Bhagavad-gita As It Is. This translation of Sri\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta represents a contribution of major importance to the\nintellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n•\n\nTHE\nBHAKTIVEDANTA\nBOOK TRUST\n\n", "ant3#p0344": "", "ant4#p0001": "-\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAMRTA\n-\n\n•\n\nANTYA- LILA Volume 4\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n", "ant4#p0002": "SRI CAITANYA-CARITAM6TA\nIt would not be inaccurate to say that Sri\nCaitanya-carWi.mrta is one of the most important works of historical and philosophical\nliterature ever written, in any language. It is\nthe principal work on the life and teachings\nof Sri Kr?oa Caitanya, a divine incarnation of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Sri\nCaitanya is the pioneer of a great social and\nreligious movement which began in India a\n\nlittle less than five hundred years ago and\nwhich has directly and indirectly influenced\nthe subsequent course of religious and\n\nphilosophical thinking not only in India but\nin the recent West as well.\nAt a time when, in the West, man was\ndirecting\n\nhis explorative spirit toward\n\ncircumnavigating the world in search of new\noceans and continents and toward studying\nthe structure of the physical universe, Sri\nKr?oa Caitanya, in the East, was inaugurating\n\nand masterminding a revolution directed inward, toward a scientific understanding of\nthe highest knowledge of man's spiritual\n\nnature.\n\nWithin his lifetime,\n\nSri Caitanya\n\ntransformed the face o f India i n four\nrespects: philosophically, by encountering,\ndefeating and converting the greatest philosophers and thinkers of his day; religiously,\nby organizing the largest, most widespread\ntheistic\n\nmovement\n\nin\n\nIndia's\n\nhistory;\n\nsocially, by his strong challenges against the\nreligious inequities of the caste system;\npolitically, by his organization of a massive\ncivil disobedience movement in Bengal, 450\nyears before Gandhi.\nThe text is divided into three sections\n\ncalled \"lilas.\"\n\nAdi-lila\n\n(the early period)\n\ntraces his life from birth through his acceptance of the renounced order, sannyasa, at\n\nthe age of twenty-four. This part includes his\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and\nearly philosophical confrontations, as well as\nhis\n\norganization of the widespread\nsankirtana movement and his civil disobedience against the repression of the\nMohammedan government.\n\n(continued on back flap)\n\n", "ant4#p0003": "-\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAMRTA\n•\n\n", "ant4#p0004": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-5 (15 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri TSopani�ad\nEasy journey to Other Planets\nKr�oa Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr�oa, The Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nKr�oa, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�oa\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Krsna Consciousness\nKr�oa Consci��sness: The Matchless Gift\nBack to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\n\nA complete catalogue is available upon request\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "ant4#p0005": "All Glory to Sri Guru and Gaura.nga\n\nSRI CAITJ\\NYACARITAIRTA\n--\n\n•\n\nof K\"r:tadasa Kaviraja Gosvami\n\nAntya-lila\nVolume Four\n\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\nEcstatic Love of Godhead\"\n\nwith the original Bengali tex�\nRoman transliterations, synonyms,\ntranslation and elaborate purports\n\nby\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acflrya of the International Society lor Krishna Consciousness\n\ne\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London· Bombay\n\n", "ant4#p0006": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n© 1975 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-93206\n\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-76-5\n\nFirst printing, 1975: 20,000 copies\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "ant4#p0007": "Contents\n\nvi\n\nIntroduction\n\nChapter 11\n\nThe Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\nChapter 12\n\nThe Loving Dealings Between Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and jagadananda Pa�c;lita\n\nChapter 13\n\n119\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's Feelings of\nSeparation from Kr��a\n\nChapter 15\n\n51\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda Pa�c;lita and\nRaghunatha Bhaga Gosvami\n\nChapter 14\n\n1\n\n185\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\n251\n\nReferences\n\n303\n\nGlossary\n\n305\n\nBengali Pronunciation Guide\n\n309\n\nIndex of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n311\n\nGeneral Index\n\n327\n\nThe Author\n\n341\n\nv\n\n", "ant4#p0008": "Introduction\nSri Caitanya-carWimrta is the principal work on the life and teachings of Sri\nKr�Qa Caitanya. Sri Caitanya is the pioneer of a great social and religious move­\n\nment which began in India a little less than five hundred years ago and which has\ndirectly and indirectly influenced the subsequent course of religious and phi­\n\nlosophical thinking not only in India but in the recent West as well.\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is regarded as a figure of great historical significance.\n\nHowever, our conventional method of historical analysis-that of seeing a man as\n\na product of his times-fails here. Sri Caitanya is a personality who transcends the\n\nlimited scope of historical settings.\n\nAt a time when, in the West, man was directing his explorative spirit toward\n\nstudying the structure of the physical universe and circumnavigating the world in\nsearch of new oceans and continents, Sri Kr�Qa Caitanya, in the East, was in­\n\naugurating and masterminding a revolution directed inward, toward a scientific\n\nunderstanding of the highest knowledge of man's spiritual nature.\n\nThe chief historical sources for the life of Sri Kr�Qa Caitanya are the kar;iacas (di­\n\naries) kept by Murari Gupta and SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT. Murari Gupta, a\n\nphysician and close associate of Sri Caitanya's, recorded extensive notes on the\nfirst twenty-four years of Sri Caitanya's life, culminating in his initiation into the\nrenounced order, sannyasa. The events of the rest of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's for­\n\nty-eight years are recorded in the diary of Svaropa Damodora Gosvami, another of\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's intimate associates.\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is divided into three sections called /i/as, which literally\n\nmeans \"pastimes\" -Adi-lila (the early period), Madhya-lila (the middle period)\nand Antya-lila (the final period). The notes of Murari Gupta form the basis of the\n\nAdi-lila, and SvarOpa Damodara's diary provides the details for the Madhya- and\n\nAntya-lilas.\n\nThe first twelve of the seventeen chapters of Adi-lila constitute the preface for\n\nthe entire work. By referring to Vedic scriptural evidence, this preface establishes\n\nSri Caitanya as the avatara (incarnation) of Kr�Qa (God) for the age of Kali-the\ncurrent epoch, beginning five thousand years ago and characterized by material­\n\nism, hypocrisy and dissension. In these descriptions, Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\nis identical with Lord Kr�Qa, descends to liberally grant pure love of God to the\n\nfallen\n\nsouls\n\nof\n\nthis\n\ndegraded\n\nage\n\nby\n\npropagating\n\nsal'lkirtana-literally,\n\n\"congregational glorification of God\"-especially by organizing massive public\n\nchanting of the maha-mantra (Great Chant for Deliverance). The esoteric purpose\n\nof Lord Caitanya's appearance in the world is revealed, his co-avataras and prin­\n\ncipal devotees are described and his teachings are summarized. The remaining\n\nportion of Adi-lila, chapters thirteen through seventeen, briefly recounts his\n\ndivine birth and his life until he accepted the renounced order. This includes his\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and early philosophical confrontations, as\nwell as his organization of a widespread sankirtana movement and his civil disobedience against the repression of the Mohammedan government.\n\nvi\n\n", "ant4#p0009": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\nThe subject of Madhya-lila, the longest of the three divisions, is a detailed narration of Lord Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels throughout India as a\nrenounced mendicant, teacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and mystic. During this period of six years, Sri Caitanya transmits his teachings to his principal disciples. He debates and converts many of the most renowned philosophers and\ntheologians of his time, including Salikarites, Buddhists and Muslims, and incorporates their many thousands of followers and disciples into his own burgeoning\nnumbers. A dramatic account of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's miraculous activities at\nthe giant Jagannatha Cart Festival in Orissa is also included in this section.\n\nAntya-lila concerns the last eighteen years of Sri Caitanya's manifest presence,\n\nspent in semiseclusion near the famous Jagannatha temple at Jagannatha Puri in\nOrissa. During these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted deeper and deeper into\ntrances of spiritual ecstasy unparalleled in all of religious and literary history,\nEastern or Western. Sri Caitanya's perpetual and ever-increasing religious\nbeatitude, graphically described in the eyewitness accounts of SvarOpa Damodara\nGosvami, his constant companion during this period, clearly defy the investigative\nand descriptive abilities of modern psychologists and phenomenologists of\nreligious experience.\nThe author of this great classic, Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja Gosvami, born in the year\n1507, was a disciple of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, a confidential follower of\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Raghunatha dasa, a renowned ascetic saint, heard and\nmemorized all the activities of Caitanya Mahaprabhu told to him by SvarOpa\nDamodara. After the passing away of Sri Caitanya and SvarOpa Damodara,\nRaghunatha dasa, unable to bear the pain of separation from these objects of his\ncomplete devotion, traveled to Vrndavana, intending to commit suicide by jumping from Govardhana Hill. In Vrndavana, however, he encountered ROpa Gosvami\nand Sanatana Gosvami, the most confidential disciples of Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThey convinced him to give up his plan of suicide and impelled him to reveal to\nthem the spiritually inspiring events of Lord Caitanya's later life. Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja\nGosvami was also residing in Vrndavana at this time, and Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami endowed him with a full comprehension of the transcendental life of Sri\nCaitanya\nBy this time, several biographical works had already been written on the life of\nSri Caitanya by contemporary and near-contemporary scholars and devotees.\n\nThese included Sri Caitanya-carita by Murari Gupta, Caitanya-mangala by Locana\n\ndasa Thakura and Caitanya-bhagavata. This latter text, a work by Vrndavana dasa\nThakura, who was then considered the principal authority on Sri Caitanya's life,\nwas highly revered. While composing his important work, Vrndavana dasa, fearing\nthat it would become too voluminous, avoided elaborately describing many of\nthe events of Sri Caitanya's life, particulary the later ones. Anxious to hear of these\nlater pastimes, the devotees of Vrndavana requested Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja Gosvami,\nwhom they respected as a great saint, to compose a book to narrate these\n\nvii\n\n", "ant4#p0010": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\nepisodes in detail. Upon this request, and with the permission and blessings of the\n\nMadana-mohana Deity of Vrndavana, he began compiling Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\nwhich, due to its biographical excellence and thorough exposition of Lord\nCaitanya's profound philosophy and teachings, is regarded as the most significant\nof biographical works on Sri Caitanya.\nHe commenced work on the text while in his late nineties and in failing health,\nas he vividly describes in the text itself: \"I have now become too old and disturbed in invalidity. While writing, my hands tremble. I cannot remember anything, nor can I see or hear properly. Still! write, and this is a great wonder.\" That\n\nhe nevertheless completed, under such debilitating conditions, the greatest literary gem of medieval India is surely one of the wonders of literary history.\n\nThis English translation and commentary is the work of His Divine Grace A C.\nBhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of Indian religious and philosophical thought. His commentary is based upon two\nBengali commentaries, one by his teacher Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami,\nthe eminent Vedic scholar who predicted, \"The time will come when the people\n\nof the world will learn Bengali to read Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\" and the other by\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta's father, Bhaktivinoda Thakura.\nHis Divine Grace A C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada is himself a disciplic\ndescendant of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and he is the first scholar to execute\nsystematic English translations of the major works of Sri Caitanya's followers. His\nconsummate Bengali and Sanskrit scholarship and intimate familiarity with the\nprecepts of Sri Kr�r:Ja Caitanya are a fitting combination that eminently qualifies\nhim to present this important classic to the English-speaking world. The ease and\nclarity with which he expounds upon difficult philosophical concepts lures even a\nreader totally unfamiliar with Indian religious tradition into a genuine understanding and appreciation of this profound and monumental work.\nThe entire text, with commentary, presented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, represents a contribution of major importance to the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n-The Publishers\n\nviii\n\n", "ant4#p0011": "His Divine Grace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "ant4#p0012": "In Puri, the bhajana-ku}ira (place of worship) of Srila Haridasa Thakur a, who received the title namacarya (the preacher of the glories of\nthe holy name) from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. At this site he would chant the holy name of Kr�t:Ja 300,000 times a day without fail.\n\n", "ant4#p0013": "The samadhi (tomb) of Srila Haridasa Thakura in Puri. On the wall there is an inscription by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura: \"He reasons ill\nwho tells that Vai�l)avas die when thou art living still in sound! The Vai�l)avas die to live, and living try to spread the holy name\naround!\" There was no end to the transcendental qualities of Haridasa Thakura.\n\n", "ant4#p0014": "The Sirhha-dvara gate of the Jagannatha Puri temple, where Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was found lying unconscious in ecstatic love of\nGodhead. (p.222)\n\n", "ant4#p0015": "The temple and Deity of SrT To�a GopTnatha in PurT. At this sacred place, SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nconcluded His manifested astimes in this material world.\n\n", "ant4#p0016": "PLATE ONE\n\"As He described the transcendental attributes of Haridasa Thakura, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu seemed to possess five mouths. The more He described, the more His happiness increased. After hearing of the transcendental qualities of Haridasa Thakura, all the devotees present were struck\nwith wonder. They all offered their respectful obeisances to the lotus feet\nof Haridasa Thakura. Haridasa Thakura made Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sit\ndown in front of him, and then he fixed his eyes, like two bumblebees, on\nthe lotus face of the Lord. He held the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu on his heart and then took the dust of the feet of all the\ndevotees present and put it on his head. He began to chant the holy\nname of Sri Kr��a Caitanya again and again. As he drank the sweetness of\nthe face of the Lord, tears constantly glided down from his eyes.\"\n\n(pp.24-25)\n\n", "ant4#p0017": "", "ant4#p0018": "PLATE TWO\n\"The devotees, in great happiness, started for jagannatha Puri, congregationally chanting the holy name of the Lord. One day when the\nparty was being checked by a toll collector, the devotees were allowed\nto pass, and Sivananda Sena remained behind alone to pay the taxes. The\nparty went into a village and waited beneath a tree because no one but\nSivananda Sena could arrange for their residential quarters. Nityananda\nPrabhu meanwhile became very hungry and upset. Because He had not\n\nyet obtained a suitable residence, He began calling Sivananda Sena ill\nnames. 'Sivananda Sena has not arranged for My residence: He complained, 'and I am so hungry I could die. Because he has not come, I curse\nhis three sons to die.' Hearing this curse, Sivananda Sena's wife began to\ncry. just then, Sivananda returned from the toll station. Crying, his wife informed him, 'Lord Nityananda has cursed our sons to die because His\nquarters have not been provided.' Sivananda Sena replied, 'You crazy\n\nwoman! Why are you needlessly crying? Let my three sons die for all the\ninconveniences we have caused Nityananda Prabhu.' After saying this,\nSivananda Sena went to Nityananda Prabhu, who then stood up and\nkicked him.\" (pp.57-62)\n\n", "ant4#p0019": "", "ant4#p0020": "PLATE THREE\n\"When ten days had passed,\n\nGovinda again told Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, 'It is the desire of jagadananda Par:t<;iita that Your Lordship\naccept the oil.' When the Lord heard this, He angrily said, 'Why not keep\na masseur to massage me? Have I taken sannyasa for such happiness? Accepting this oil would bring Me ruination, and all of you would laugh. If\nsomeone passing on the road smelled this oil on My head, he would think\nMe a dari sannyasi, a tantric sannyasi who keeps women.' Hearing these\nwords of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Govinda remained silent. The next\nmorning jagadananda went to see the Lord. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said\nto jagadananda Par:t<;iita, 'My dear Par:t<;iita, you have brought Me some oil\nfrom Bengal, but since I am in the renounced order, I cannot accept it.\nDeliver the oil to the temple of Jagannatha so that it may be burned in the\nlamps. Thus your labor in preparing the oil will be fruitful.' jagadananda\nPar:t<;fita replied, 'Who tells You all these false stories? I never brought any\noil from Bengal.' After saying this, jagadananda Par:t<;fita took the jug of oil\nfrom the room and threw it down before Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in the\ncourtyard and broke it.\" (pp.99-103)\n\n", "ant4#p0021": "", "ant4#p0022": "PLATE FOUR\n\"One day while He was resting. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu dreamed He\nsaw Kr?na performing His rasa dance. S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw Lord\nKr?na standing with His beautiful body curved in three places. holding His\nflute to His lips. Wearing yellow garments and garlands of forest flowers.\nHe was enchanting even to Cupid. The gopis were dancing in a circle. and\nin the middle of that circle. Kr?r:ta. the son of Mahara1a Nanda. danced\nwith Radharani. Seeing this. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was overwhelmed\nwith the transcendental mellow of the rasa dance. and He thought. 'Now I\nam with Kr?r:ta in Vrndavana.'\" (pp.195-196)\n\n", "ant4#p0023": "", "ant4#p0024": "PLATE FIVE\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu performed His customary daily duties, and\nat the usual time He went to see Lord jagannatha in the temple. As He\nviewed Lord jagannatha from behind the Garu<;la column, hundreds and\nthousands of people in front of Him were seeing the Deity. Suddenly, a\nwoman from Orissa, unable to see Lord jagannatha because of the crowd,\nclimbed the column of Garu<;la, placing her foot on Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's shoulder. When he saw this, Caitanya Mahaprabhu's personal secretary, Govinda, hastily got her down from her position. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, however, chastised him for this. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu said to Govinda, '0 adi-vasya (uncivilized man), do not forbid this woman to climb the Garu<;la-stambha. Let her see Lord Jagannatha to her satisfaction.'\" (pp.197-199)\n\n", "ant4#p0025": "", "ant4#p0026": "PLATE SIX\n\"When SvarOpa Damodara entered the room, he found the three doors\nlocked, but Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had gone. All the devotees were\nvery anxious when they saw that the Lord was not in His room. They\nwandered about searching for Him with a warning lamp. After searching\nfor some time, they came upon Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu lying in a corner\nby the northern side of the Simha-dvara gate.At first they were overjoyed\nto see Him, but when they saw His condition, all the devotees, headed by\nDamodara Gosvami, were very anxious. S ri Caitanya\n\nSvarOpa\n\nMahaprabhu was lying unconscious, and His body had become elongated\nto five or six cubits (eight or nine feet). There was no breath from His\nnostrils ....When they saw this, SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami and all the\nother devotees began to chant the holy name of Kr�t:�a very loudly into Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's ear.\" (pp.221-225)\n\n", "ant4#p0027": "", "ant4#p0028": "PLATE SEVEN\n\"One day, while Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was going to the sea to\nbathe, He suddenly saw a sand dune named Ca�aka-parvata. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu mistook the sand dune for Govardhana Hill and ran toward\nit. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ran toward the sand dune as fast as the wind.\nGovinda ran after Him, but he could not approach Him. First one devotee\nshouted loudly, and then a tumultuous uproar arose as all the devotees\nstood up and began to run after the Lord. SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami,\n)agadananda PaQQita, Gadadhara PaQ<;lita, Ramai, Nandai and Sarikara PaQ<;lita are some of the devotees who ran after Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nParamananda Puri and Brahmananda Bharati also went toward the beach,\nand Bhagavan Acarya, who was lame, followed them very slowly.\"\n(pp.231-234)\n\n", "ant4#p0029": "", "ant4#p0030": "PLATE EIGHT\n\"When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw all the Vai�r:Javas, He returned to\npartial external consciousness and spoke to SvarOpa Damodara. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu said, 'Who has brought Me here from Govardhana\nHill? I was seeing Lord Kr�r:Ja's pastimes, but now I cannot see them.\nToday I went from here to Govardhana Hill to find out if Kr�r:Ja was tending His cows there. I saw Lord Kr�r:Ja climbing Govardhana Hill and playing\nHis flute, surrounded on all sides by grazing cows. Hearing the vibration\nof Kr�r:Ja's flute, Srimatl Radharar:Ji and all Her gopi friends came there to\nmeet Him. They were all very nicely dressed. When Kr�r:Ja and Srimatl\nRadharar:Ji entered a cave together, the other gopis asked Me to pick\nsome flowers. just then, all of you made a tumultuous sound and carried\nMe from there to this place. Why have you brought Me here, causing Me\nunnecessary pain? I had a chance to see Kr�r:Ja's pastimes, but I could not\nsee them.'\" (pp.240-243)\n\n", "ant4#p0031": "", "ant4#p0032": "PLATE NINE\n\"Lord Caitanya mistook a garden for Vrndavana and very quickly entered it. Absorbed in ecstatic love of Kr?r:Ja, He wandered through the\ngarden in the mood of the gopis. After Kr?r:Ja disappeared with Radharar:Ji\nduring the rasa dance, the gopis wandered in the forest looking for Him.\nThe gopis said, '0 cuta tree, priyala tree, panasa, asana and kovidara! 0\njambu tree, 0 arka tree, 0 bel, baku/a and mango! 0 kadamba tree, 0\nnipa tree and all other trees living on the bank of the Yamuna for the\nwelfare of others, please let us know where Kr?r:Ja has gone. We have lost\nour minds and are almost dead. 0 tulasi! 0 malati! 0 yuthi, madhavi and\nmallika! Kr?r:Ja is very dear to you. Therefore He must have come near\nyou. You are all just like dear friends to us. Kindly tell us which way Kr?r:Ja\nhas gone and save our lives!'\" (pp.266-272)\n\n", "ant4#p0033": "", "ant4#p0034": "CHAPTER 11\n\nThe Passing of Haridasa Thakura\nThe summary of the chapter is given by SrTia Bhaktivinoda Thakura in his Amrtapravaha-bha?ya as follows. In this chapter, Brahma Haridasa Thakura gave up his\n\nbody with the consent of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and the Lord Himself personally performed the funeral ceremony and carried the body to the sea. He personally entombed the body, covered it with sand, and erected a platform on the\nsite. After taking bath in the sea, He personally begged prasada of jagannatha\nfrom shopkeepers arrl distributed prasada to the assembled devotees.\n\nTEXT 1\n\nil11tf;r �Rrwtll� ��'��f)�\\!� �e,�!_1f.l\n\n�RPl'!t11M �lifo� <15fttq: �,-! ilil� �: II � II\nnamami haridasam tam\ncaitanyam tam ca tat-prabhum\nsamsthitam api yan-mOrtim\nsvafike krtva nanarta ya/:1\nSYNONYMS\nnamami-1 offer my respectful obeisances; haridasam-unto Haridasa Thakura;\n\ntam-him; caitanyam-unto Lord Caitanya; tam-Him; ca-also; tat-prabhumhis master;\n\nsamsthitam-dead;\n\napi-certainly;\n\nyat-whose;\n\nmurtim-bodily\n\nform; sva-alike-on His lap; krtva-keeping; nanarta-danced; ya/:1-He who.\nTRANSLATION\n\nlet me offer my respectful obeisances unto Haridasa Thakura and his\nmaster, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who danced with the body of Haridasa\nThakura on His lap.\nTEXT 2\n\niSRl �� ���'!� �� w�t;r� 1\niSRlt��f2!1� fii�Jtil�f�� �� II � II\n1\n\n", "ant4#p0035": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n2\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 11\n\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya dayamaya\njayadvaita-priya nityananda-priya jaya\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; sri-caitanya-to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-all\nglories; daya-maya-to the most merciful; jaya-all glories; advaita-priya-to the\ndear master of Advaita Acarya; nityananda-priya-to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nwho is very dear to Lord Nityananda; jaya-all glories.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is very merciful and who\nis very dear to Advaita Acarya and lord Nityananda.\n\nTEXT 3\n\ni!JA1 �fi{�W�._� �rn5ft:Jf�tQ£ 1\ni!JA1 '515ft'fJf� \"f��-�t'lilt� II � II\njaya srinivasesvara haridasa-natha\njaya gadadhara-priya svarupa-praQa-natha\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya-all glories; srinivasa-isvara-to the master of Srinivasa; haridasa-nathathe master of Haridasa Thakura; jaya-all glories; gadadhara-priya-to the dear\nmaster of Gadadhara; svarupa-praQa-natha-the master of the life of SvarOpa\nDamodara.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to the master of Srinivasa Thakura! All glories to the master of\nHaridasa Thakura! All glories to the dear master of Gadadhara PaQ�ita! All\nglories to the master of the life of Svarupa Damodara!\n\nTEXT 4\n\n�� ���� 'Sf$ftil\"'·�t!\"a I\n� �9f-ltilti!il·��iltt�1!1� II 8 II\n\n", "ant4#p0036": "Text 6]\n\nThe Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\n3\n\njaya kasi-priya jagadananda-praQesvara\njaya rupa-sanatana-raghunathesvara\nSYNONYMS\njaya - all glories; kasi-priya-to Lord SrT Caitanya, who is very dear to KasT\nMisra; jagadananda-praQa-isvara-the Lord of the life of Jagadananda Par)c;iita;\njaya - all glories; rupa-sanatana-raghunatha-isvara-to the Lord of ROpa GosvamT,\nSanatana GosvamT and Raghunatha dasa GosvamT.\nTRANSLATION\nA ll glories to lord Sri Caitanya, who is very dear to Kasi Misra. He is the\nlord of the life of Jagadananda and the lord of Rupa Gosvami, Sanatana\nGosvami and Raghunatha dasa Gosvami.\nTEXT 5\n\niSffi <;�)1t�� �� ��e_ ���til_ I\n�� �R1' (;��' �� �Sf-9fif·Wti{ II a- II\njaya gaura-deha kr�Qa svayarh bhagavan\nkrpa kari' deha' prabhu, nija-pada-dana\nSYNONYMS\njaya-all glories; gaura-deha-to the transcendental body of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�f)a; svayam - personally ; bhagavan-the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead; krpa kari '- be i ng merciful; deha '-pleas e give; prabhumy Lord; nija-pada-dana-shelter at Your lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nA ll glories to the transcendental form of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is\nKr�r;�a Himself, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. My dear lord, kindly\ngive me shelter at Your lotus feet by Your causeless mercy.\nTEXT 6\n\ni5rn �i!Jti{lif� �HI C�'!t�1t �t'1 I\n\n<;i!t�t1t �1t'1t1t�tlif �� <;W�' Wti{ II � II\njaya nityananda-candra jaya caitanyera praQa\ntamara caraQaravinde bhakti deha' dana\n\n", "ant4#p0037": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n4\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya-all glories; nityananda-candra-to Lord Nityananda Prabhu; jaya-all glories; caitanyera praQa\n\n-\n\nto the life and soul of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tamara\n\ncaraQa-aravinde-at Your lotus feet; bhakti-devotional service; deha'-please\n\ngive; dana-the gift.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Lord N ityananda, who is the life and soul of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. My dear Lord, kindly give me engagement in devotional service\nat Your lotus feet.\nTEXT 7\n\niS'Rl iSHit����� C�l!t�� �1� I\n\n13if�1ft'i �� <;W�' iSf1lt��i!t�t� II 9 II\njaya jayadvaita-candra caitanyera arya\nsva-caraQe bhakti deha' jayadvaitacarya\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; advaita-candra-to Advaita Acarya; caitanyera arya­\n\nrespected by the Lord; sva-caraQe-at Your lotus feet; bhakti deha'-please give\ndevotional service; jaya-all glories; advaita-acarya-to Advaita Acarya.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Advaita Acarya, who is treated by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as\nsuperior due to His age and respectability. Please give me engagement in\ndevotional service at Your lotus feet.\nTEXT 8\n\niSf1l <:-sft1f���'i, <;�)11' �t1f �t'i I\n-\n\n:Jt� �� fil�' <:�tt11' �f�\n\nOf�' if� II 1r II\n\njaya gaura-bhakta-gaQa,-gaura yarira praQa\nsaba bhakta mi/i' more bhakti deha' dana\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya-all\n\nglories;\n\ngaura-bhakta-gaQa-to\n\nthe\n\ndevotees\n\nof\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; gaura-Lord Caitanya; yarira-of whom; praQa-the life and soul;\nsaba-all; bhakta -devotees; mi/i -togethe r; more-to me; bhakti-devotional\n'\n\nservice; deha' dana-kindly give the charity.\n\n", "ant4#p0038": "Text 10]\n\nThe Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\n5\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to all the devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, for the Lord is\ntheir life and soul. All of you, kindly bestow devotional service upon me.\nTEXT 9\n\nI!IR1 ��' �ilt�il, ��' 1t�il1� I\n\n�ilt�, ''itt�t'i\",-�� '�11t ilt� II � II\njaya rOpa, sanatana, j iva, raghunatha\nraghunatha, gopala, -chaya mora natha\nSYNONYMS\n\njaya-all glories; rOpa-to ROpa Gosvami; sanatana-Sanatana Gosvami; jivaJiva Gosvami; raghunatha-Raghunatha dasa Gosvami; raghunatha-Raghunatha\nBhatta Gosvami; gopa/a-Gopala Bhatta Gosvami; chaya-six; mora-my;\nnatha-lords.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Rupa Gosvami, Sanatana Gosvami, Jiva Gosvami, Raghunatha\ndasa Gosvami, Raghunatha BhaHa Gosvami, and Gopala BhaHa Gosvami, the\nsix Gosvamis of Vrndavana. They are all my masters.\nTEXT 10\n\n�-llif 12!lftr::\\if Mf� CT>��-�'1'1-�'1 I\n\n�C� C�C� f'i'�, �� �t�il �t�il II �o II\ne-saba prasade likhi caitanya-lila-guQa\nyaiche taiche likhi, kari apana pavana\nSYNONYMS\n\ne-saba-of all these; prasade-by the mercy; /ikhi-1 am writing; caitanya-lilaguQa-the attributes and pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yaiche taichesomehow or other; /ikhi-1 am writing; kari-1 do; apana pavana-purifying\nmyself.\nTRANSLATION\nI am writing this narration of the pastimes and attributes of the Lord by the\nmercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His associates. I do not know how to\nwrite properly, but I am purifying myself by writing this description.\n\n", "ant4#p0039": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 11\n\n���� ��t 21� �aott�� <It� I\n�t� ���'1 aof$1 ��il-�aott'f II � � II\nei-mata mahaprabhura niliicale vasa\nsarige bhakta-gaf)a lana kirtana-vilasa\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nilacale\nvasa -residence at Jagannatha Puri; sarige-along; bhakta-gaf)a lana -taking His\ndevotees; kirtana-vilasa-enjoyment of performance of congregational chanting.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu thus resided at Jagannatha Puri with His personal\ndevotees and enjoyed the congregational chanting of the Hare Kr�r:ta mahamantra.\nTEXT 12\n\nf5fc;il ij�J-<t1T�i1, if1�-W�-fil I\n�tc;i]IJ �t�-���-il{;il ��-�t\"5ft�il II ��II\ndine nrtya-kirtana, isvara-darasana\nratrye raya-svarupa-sane rasa-asvadana\nSYNONYMS\ndine-during the daytime;\n\nnrtya-kirtana-dancing and chanting;\n\nisvara­\n\ndarasana-visiting the temple of Lord jagannatha; ratrye-at night; raya-Ramananda Raya; svarupa-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami; sane-with; rasa-asvadanatasting the transcendental mellows.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the daytime Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu engaged in dancing and chanting\nand in seeing the temple of Lord Jagannatha. At night, in the company of His\nmost confidential devotees, such as Ramananda Raya and Svarupa Damodara\nGosvami, He tasted the nectar of the transcendental mellows of Lord Sri\nKr�r:ta's pastimes.\nTEXT 13\n\n�·�I! ��t�\"� �t� <!it\"f �t� I\n�� Ff�ft-�<fit� �tflf iltil1 �II ��II\n\n", "ant4#p0040": "Text 15]\n\nThe Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\n7\n\nei-mata mahaprabhura sukhe kala yaya\nkr?Qera viraha-vikara ange nana haya\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sukhe-in\nhappiness; kala yaya-time passes; kr?Qera-of Lord Kr�r:ta; viraha-from separation; vikara-transformations; ai!ge-on the body; nana-various; haya-there\nare.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu very happily passed His days in this way at\nNilacala, Jagannatha Puri. Feeling separation from Kr�r:ta, He exhibited many\ntranscendental symptoms all over His body.\nTEXT 14\n\nfir� mil <ttt� fc1<1lt�, �ttij!J �r�-�� 1\n��1, �t�\"it, ��ft<?ttfif �� -tttm �� II �8 II\ndine dine bar;:le vikara, ratrye atisaya\ncinta, udvega, pralapadi yata sastre kaya\n\nSYNONYMS\ndine dine-day after day; bar;:le-increase; vikara-transformations; ratrye\natisaya-especially at night; cinta-anxiety; udvega-agitation; pralapa-talking\nlike a madman; adi-and so on; yata-as many as; sastre kaya-are mentioned in\nthe sastras.\n\nTRANSLATION\nDay after day the symptoms increased, and at night they increased even\nmore. All these symptoms, such as transcendental anxiety, agitation, and talking like a madman, were present, just as they are described in the sastras.\nTEXT 15\n\n�<?t <;\"itt�tf<.fP, �t� �11ftil\"'·�t� I\n�tfu!·fiftil �t� <;�tt� ��� � �� II �ll II\nsvarupa gosani, ara ramananda-raya\nratri-dine kare donhe prabhura sahaya\n\n", "ant4#p0041": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n8\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa gosafii-Svaropa Damodara Gosvamr; ara-and; ramananda-raya­\n\nRamananda Raya; ratri-dine-day and night; kare-do; dotihe-both of them;\nprabhura-of Srr Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sahaya-help.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSvariipa Damodara Gosvami and Ramananda Raya, the chief assistants in Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's pastimes, remained with Him both day and night.\nTEXT 16\n\n<.!l<fiffli{ ''$ftf<f\"f 1t�t��tw �<.fP1 1\n�Rflfl�� ffl�� ''$f� �fi{f\"'� �<-fP111 �� II\neka-dina govinda maha-prasada lafia\nharidase dite gela anandita hafia\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one\n\nday;\n\ngovinda-the\n\npersonal\n\nservant\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; maha-prasada /afia-taking maha-prasada; haridase dite-to deliver\n\nto Haridasa; ge/a-went; anandita hafia-in great jubilation.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day Govinda, the personal servant of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, went in\ngreat jubilation to deliver the remnants of Lord )agannatha's food to Haridasa\nThakura.\nTEXT 17\n\n'If��,-�Btlft� it<l:� <TiBt11t�!i llf11i{ I\n';{Iff ';{\"' <flBt��t!i ���Ji-�it�i{ II �'I II\ndekhe, -haridasa thakura kariyache sayana\nmanda manda kariteche satikhya-satikirtana\n\nSYNONYMS\ndekhe-he saw; haridasa thakura-Haridasa Thakura; kariyache sayana-was\n\nlying down; manda manda-very slowly; kariteche-he was doing; satikhyasatikirtana- chanting the fixed number of rounds.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Govinda came to Haridasa, he saw that Haridasa Thakura was lying\non his back and chanting his rounds very slowly.\n\n", "ant4#p0042": "Text 20]\n\nThe Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\n9\n\nTEXT 18\n\nc;�f<tltf �r;�,-'�� 'filtfil' \"<R� c;�t��' I\n�Bfift� <fit�,-'filt� <fiBfl{_ll'f�� II �t,- II\ngovinda kahe,-'utha asi' karaha bhojana'\nharidasa kahe, -aji karimu larighana\nSYNONYMS\ngovinda kahe-G ovi nda said; utha-please get up; asi -coming; karaha bho'\n\njana-take your prasada; haridasa kahe-Haridasa replied; aji-today; karimu\nlarighana-1 shall observe fasting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please rise and take your maha-prasada,\" Govinda said. Haridasa Thakura\nreplied, \"Today I shall observe fasting.\nTEU 19\n\n���-�� 11j�� �tf�' '<fi�t� �t�ct ?\n��t��tif 'filt'fi(11tli, c;��t� �t�f�ct f'' �� II\nsarikhya-kirtana pOre nahi, ke-mate khaiba?\nmaha-prasada aniyacha, ke-mate upek�iba?\nSYNONYMS\nsarikhya-kirtana-the fixed amount of chanting; pOre nahi-is not complete;\nke-mate khaiba-how shall I eat; maha-prasada aniyacha-you have brought the\nmaha-prasada; ke-mate upek�iba-how shall I neglect.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have not finished chanting my regular number of rounds. How, then, can\nI eat? But you have brought maha-prasada, and how can I neglect it?\"\nTEXT 20\n\n<11� �fi;(' ��t�JttW <fiBf\"11 <!lilt� I\n\nIf!� �· \"1�1 �� <fiBf\"11 ��'I II � II\no\n\neta bali' maha-prasada karila vandana\neka ranca lana tara karila bhak�af)a\n\n", "ant4#p0043": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'la\n\n10\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; maha-prasada-to the maha-prasada; karila vandana-he\noffered respect; eka rafica-one fractional part; /ana-taking; tara karila bhak�aQa-ate it.\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, he offered prayers to the maha-prasada, took a little portion,\nand ate it.\nPURPORT\nMaha-prasada is nondifferent from Kr�l)a. Therefore, instead of eating mahaprasada, one should honor it. It is said here, karila vandana, \"he offered prayers.\"\nWhen taking maha-prasada, one should not consider the food ordinary preparations. Prasada means favor. One should consider maha-prasada a favor of Kr�l)a.\nAs stated by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura, kr�Qa bacja dayamaya karibare jihva jaya\nsvaprasada-anna dila bhai. Kr�l)a is very kind. In this material world we are all very\nattached to tasting various types of food. Therefore, Kr�l)a eats many nice\nvarieties of food and offers the food back to the devotees, so that not only are\none's demands for various tastes satisfied, but by eating prasada he makes advancement in spiritual life. Therefore, we should never consider ordinary food on\nan equal level with maha-prasada.\nTEXT 21\n\n�t� �i{ 1f�t�'- it� �t� �t�Q'f1 I\n�\"I �'S, �fifwt� --�fa,' it�� �'11 II � � II\nara dina mahaprabhu tanra thafii aila\nsustha hao, haridasa-ba/i' tanre puchila\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-the next day; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tanra thafiito his place; ai/a-came; su-stha hao\n\n-\n\nare you all right; ';�ridasa-0 Haridasa;\n\nba/i'-saying; tanre-unto him; puchi/a-inquired.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next day, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to Haridasa's place and inquired from him, \"Haridasa, are you well?\"\nTEXT 22\n\ni{1(�t� �fu' c;i��1 C<li\"f 1 fii��Wi{ I\n�� �\"I �� c;1(t�, ��\"I <Jf�·1(i{ II �� II\n\n", "ant4#p0044": "The Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\nText 23]\n\n11\n\nnamaskara kari' teilho kaila nivedana\nsarira sustha haya mora, asustha buddhi-mana\n\nSYNONYMS\nnamaskara kari'-after offering obeisances; teilho-he, Haridasa Thakura; kai/a\nnivedana\n\n-\n\nsubmitted; sarira-body; su-stha-all right; haya-is; mora-my; asu­\n\nstha-not in a healthy condition; buddhi-mana-my mind and intelligence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa offered his obeisances to the Lord and replied, \"My body is all\nright, but my mind and intelligence are not well.\"\n\nTEXT 23\n\n�'t. �c�,-'G�t-t. �mfif, �� I!' f.l�� ?'\n\n�r;� �r;�, -':JI��1-��� �1 ��'II�� II\nprabhu kahe,- 'kon vyadhi, kaha ta' nirQaya ?'\nteilho kahe,- 'sailkhya-kirtana na puraya'\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; kon vyadhi-what disease; kaha\nta' nirQaya-can you ascertain; teilho kahe-he said; sailkhya-kirtana-fixed\namount of chanting; na puraya-has not become complete.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu further inquired from Haridasa, \"Can you ascertain what your disease is?\" Haridasa Thakura replied, \"My disease is that I\ncannot complete my rounds.\"\nPURPORT\nIf one cannot complete the fixed number of rounds he is assigned, he should be\nconsidered to be in a diseased condition of spiritual life. SrTia Haridasa Thakura is\ncalled namacarya. Of course, we cannot imitate Haridasa Thakura, but everyone\nmust chant a prescribed number of rounds. In our Kr�r:Ja consciousness movement\nwe have fixed sixteen rounds as the minimum so that the Westerners will not feel\nburdened. These sixteen rounds must be chanted, and chanted loudly, so that\none can hear himself and others.\n\n", "ant4#p0045": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n12\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 24\n\n<2t't_ �!';�,--\"�� ��'11 '��-m' �W �� I\nf�-(}f� '�_fiT,�${!';� �t�� <;�r;� <R? �8 II\nprabhu kahe, -\"vrddha ha-ifa 'sankhya' alpa kara\nsiddha-deha tumi, sadhane agraha kene kara?\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; vrddha ha ifa-you have\n-\n\nbecome old; sankhya a/pa kara-reduce your number; siddha-deha tumi-you\nare already liberated; sadhane-in the regulative principles; agraha kene karawhy are you eager.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now that you have become old,\" the Lord said, \" you may reduce the number of rounds you chant daily. You are already liberated, and therefore you\nneed not follow the regulative principles very strictly.\nPURPORT\n\nUnless one has come to the platform of spontaneous love of God, he must\nfollow the regulative principles. Thakura Haridasa was the living example of how\nto follow the regulative principles. Similarly, Raghunatha dasa Gosvami was also\nsuch a living example. In the $ac;J-gosvamy-a?taka it is stated: sankhya-purvakanama-gana-natibhih kalavasanikrtau. The Gosvamis, especially Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami, strictly followed all the regulative principles. The first regulative principle is that one must chant the Hare Kr��a maha-mantra loudly enough so that he\ncan hear himself, and one must vow to chant a fixed number of rounds. Not only\nwas Raghunatha dasa Gosvami chanting a fixed number of rounds, but he had\nalso taken a vow to bow down many times and offer obeisances to the Lord.\nTEXT 25\n\n�t� fiRI�!';i! �� <;i!t�t� '��'!11t' I\n� 'al�'al1 <;\"ft!';<fi ��'11 ���II �<t II\n/aka nistarite ei tamara 'avatara'\nnamera mahima lake karila pracara\n\nSYNONYMS\n/aka nistarite-to deliver the people in general; ei-this; tamara avata ra-your\nincarnation; namera mahima-the glories of the holy name; lake-in this world;\nkarila pracara-you have preached.\n\n", "ant4#p0046": "Text 27]\n\nThe Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\n13\n\nTR ANSLATION\n\" Your role in this incarnation is to deliver the people in general. You have\nsufficiently preached the glories of the holy name in this world.\"\nPURPO RT\nHaridasa Thakura is known as namacarya because it is he who preached the\nglories of chanting hari-nama, the holy name of God. By using the words tamara\navatara (\"your incarnation\"), Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu confirms that Haridasa\n\nThakura is the incarnation of Lord Brahma. Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura\nsays that advanced devotees help the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His\nmission and that such devotees or personal associates incarnate by the will of the\nSupreme Lord. The Supreme Lord incarnates by His own will, and, by His will,\ncompetent devotees also incarnate to help Him in His mission. Haridasa Thakura is\nthus the incarnation of Lord Brahma, and other devotees are likewise incarnations\nwho help in the prosecution of the Lord's mission.\nTEXT 26\n\n���'I �R�J1 �fit'�� ���e{ I\"\n\n�RtWt� �,-\"�e{ <;11� ��J �{;<fWe{ II�� II\nebe alpa sarikhya kari' kara sarikirtana\"\nharidasa kahe, -\"suna mora satya nivedana\n\nSYNONYMS\nebe-now; alpa sarikhya-a reduced number of chanting; kari -doing; kara\n'\n\nsarikirtana -chant the Hare Kr�Qa maha-mantra; haridasa kahe -Haridasa Thakura\n\nreplied; suna-kindly hear; mora-my; satya-real; nivedana-submission.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord concluded, \"Now, therefore, please reduce the fixed number of\ntimes you chant the Hare Kr�r;�a maha-mantra.\" Haridasa Thakura replied,\n\"Kindly hear my real plea.\nTEXT 27\n\n�e{-� � G11t� fii\"!J·�\"f<ll� I\n\n��t'ti �� 'ff� <f;lt{1f 9ft11� II �'l II\nhina-jati janma mora nindya-kalevara\nhina-karme rata muni adhama pamara\n\n", "ant4#p0047": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n14\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nSYNONYMS\nhina-jati-in a low family;\n\njanma mora-my birth;\n\nnindya-abominable;\n\nka/evara-body; hina-karme-in low activities; rata mw?i-1 am fully engaged;\nadhama-the lowest of men; pamara-most condemned.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I was born in an inferior family, and my body is most abominable. I always\nengage in low work. Therefore, I am the lowest, most condemned of men.\nTEXT 28\n\n�9, �\"'9f<.� <;J!t� �eft<lit� '�i I\n<;�� �lr;;'! <lit�' <;1ft� ��r;;� G�tl'li ll�lr II\nadrsya, asprsya more angikara kaila\nraurava ha-ite kac;fi' more vaikuQthe cac;Jaila\nSYNONYMS\nadrsya-unseeable; asprsya-untouchable; more-me; angikara kaila-You\nhave accepted; raurava ha-ite-from a hellish condition; kac;fi'-taking away;\nmore-me; vaikuQthe cac;faila-have raised to the Vaikul)�ha platform.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am unseeable and untouchable, but You have accepted me as Your servant. This means that You have delivered me from a hellish condition and\nraised me to the Vaikur:Jfha platform.\nTEXT 29\n\nlli!q �\"(� �fil �'-S �li§!t1111 I\nl!lr'lte. i{fGt'-S, �tr;;� '�r;;� ��i � II � i\\1 II\nsvatantra isvara tumi hao icchamaya\njagat nacao, yare yaiche iccha haya\nSYNONYMS\nsvatantra-fully\n\nindependent;\n\nisvara-Supreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead;\n\ntumi-You; hao-are; iccha-maya-free to act according to Your desire; jagatthe world; nacao-You are causing to dance; yare-which; yaiche-as; iccha\nhaya-You like.\n\n", "ant4#p0048": "Text 30]\n\nThe Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\n15\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear L ord, You are the fully independent Personality of Godhead. You\nact by Your own free will. You cause the whole world to dance and act as You\nlike.\nTEXT 30\n\n��<ti ilt�tt� �� ��'tlf �f.� I\n\nf<1��� \\!l't��t\\1 �t�il. '(J{�' ��111 �o II\naneka nacaila more prasada kariya\nviprera sraddha-patra khainu 'm/eccha' haria\nSYNONYMS\naneka-in many ways; nacaila-You have made dance; more-me; prasada\nkariya-by Your mercy; viprera-of the brahmaQas; sraddha-patra-the dish of\nthe sraddha ceremony; khainu-1 have eaten; mleccha haria-although born in a\nfamily of meateaters.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear L ord, by Your mercy You have made me dance in many ways. For\nexample, I was offered the sraddha-patra that should have been offered to\nfirst-class brahmaQas. I ate from it even though I was born in a family of meateaters.\nPURPO RT\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura, in his Anubha?ya, quotes from the\nVi?QU-smrti in reference to sraddha-patra.\nbrahmaQapasada hy ete\nkathita/:r pankti-dO?akaJ:r\nelan vivarjayed yatnat\nsraddha-karmaQi paQr;/ita/:r\nAccording to this verse, if one is born in a brahmaQa family but does not behave\naccording to brahminical standards, he should not be offered the sraddha-patra,\nwhich is prasada offered to the forefathers. Advaita Acarya offered the sraddhapatra to Haridasa Thakura, not to a brahmaQa who had been born in a brahmaQa\nfamily. Although Haridasa Thakura was born in the family of meateaters, because\nhe was an advanced devotee he was shown more respect than a first-class\nbrahmaQa.\n\n", "ant4#p0049": "16\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 31\n\n�� �fU!1 �HI '11Hf �� Nil �C'! I\n\n��1 ��fife��-,-�� '1ft� �r;� II -e� II\neka vaiicha haya mora bahu dina haite\nlila samvaribe tumi-laya mora citte\nSYNONYMS\neka vaiicha-one desire; haya-is; mora-my; bahu dina-a very long time;\nhaite-since; lila-Your activities; samvaribe tumi-You will close; laya mora\ncitte-1 am thinking.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have had one desire for a very long time. I think that quite soon, my Lord,\nYou will bring to a dose Your pastimes within this material world.\nTEXT 32\n\n� �� ��'1ft�� �'t_ il1 'lif�tl�1 I\n� t'Pfilt� �tr;� �HI -t�� 'Pftf��1 II -e� II\nsei lila prabhu more kabhu na dekhaiba\napanara age mora sarira pac;iiba\nSYNONYMS\nsei lila-that pastime; prabhu-my Lord; more-unto me; kabhu-ever; na\ndekhaiba-do not show;\n\napanara age-before You; mora sarira-my body;\n\npac;iiba-let fall down.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I wish that You not show me this dosing chapter of Your pastimes. Before\nthat time comes, kindly let my body fall down in Your presence.\nTEXT 33\n\nf8m st� <:�t1f'RI' �11vr ��'I 1\n\ni111til ���� '�ro11' m �lifil II -e-e II\nhrdaye dharimu tamara kamala caraQa\nnayane dekhimu tamara canda vadana\n\n", "ant4#p0050": "Text 35]\n\nThe Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\n17\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nhrdaye-upon my heart;\n\ndharimu-1\n\nshall catch;\n\ntamara-Your;\n\nkamala\n\ncaral)a-lotuslike feet; nayane-with my eyes; dekhimu-1 shall see; tamaraYour; canda vadana-face like the moon.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I wish to catch Your lotuslike feet upon my heart and see Your moonlike\nface.\nTEXT 34\n\n�rn �wtBl'�J:_ �t� '��t�l!�'-iftlf 1\n\nlfl�Jil! � ��,\n\n-\n\nlit���ttl II �8 II\n\njihvaya uccarimu tamara 'kr�Qa-caitanya'-nama\nei-mata mora iccha, -chac;limu paral)a\nSYNONYMS\n\njihvaya-with my tongue;\n\nuccarimu-1 shall chant;\n\ntamara-Your;\n\nkr�Qa­\n\ncaitanya-nama-holy name of Lord Kr?t:�a Caitanya; ei-mata-in this way; mora\niccha-my desire; chac;limu paral)a-1 shall give up life.\nTRANSLATION\n\"With my tongue I shall chant Your holy name, 'Sri Kr�r:Ja Caitanya!' That is\nmy desire. Kindly let me give up my body in this way.\nTEXT 35\n\nC1l� If!� ·�1 �� Ci!tJI� ��t�\\if � I\n\nIf!� fil�� C1lt� <ti�, tif1ltll1111 �<!' II\nmora ei iccha yadi tamara prasade haya\nei nivedana mora kara, dayamaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nmora-my; ei-this; iccha-desire; yadi-if; tamara prasade-by Your mercy;\nhaya-is; ei nivedana-this submission; mora-my; kara-just do; daya-maya0 merciful one.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 most merciful lord, if by Your mercy it is possible, kindly grant my\ndesire.\n\n", "ant4#p0051": "18\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 36\n\n!Jl� ��Of� �t� 9f� � \\!� �tt'St I\n�\n!Jl� �t'!1·fitf� '� <;'!tJttc;'!� �c;ost 11\" �� 11\nei nica deha mora pac;fuka tava age\nei vaficha-siddhi mora tomatei /age\"\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; nica-lowborn; deha-body; mora-my; pac;fuka-let it fall down;\ntava age-in front of You; ei-this; vaficha-siddhi-perfection of desire; moramy; tomatei-by You; /age-can become possible.\nTRANSLATION\n\" Let this lowborn body fall down before You. You can make possible this\nperfection of all my desires.\"\nTEXT 37\n\n� ��,-\"���' <;� �fir 1ftf'Stt� I\n�· �9ft1f� \\!t�1 'el<l� �fil't� II �'l II\nprabhu kahe,- haridasa, ye tumi magibe\n\"\n\nkr?Qa krpama ya taha avasya karibe\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; haridasa-My dear Haridasa;\nye-w hatever; tumi-you; magibe-request; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�r:ta; krpa-mayaall-merciful; taha-that; ava.Sya-certainly; karibe-will execute.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"My dear Haridasa, Kr�J;�a is so merciful that\nHe must execute whatever you want.\nTEXT 38\n\nf<fi• �1ft� � f<fii; ��' �� Q!t1{1 �<ll31 I\nc;!� <;�t'StJilt�,-�tt<� �1ftc;� lit��111\"�trn\nkintu amara ye kichu sukha, saba toma lana\ntamara yogya nahe,-yabe amare chac;fiya\"\n\n", "ant4#p0052": "Text 40]\n\nThe Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\n19\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nkintu-but;\n\namara-My;\n\nye-whatever;\n\nkichu-any;\n\nsukha\n\n-\n\nhappiness;\n\nsaba-all; toma /alia-because of your association; tamara-for you; yogya\nnahe-it is not fit; yabe-you will go away; amare chaqiya-leaving Me aside.\nTRANSLATION\n\"But whatever happiness is Mine is all due to your association. It is not fitting for you to go away and leave Me aside.\"\nTEXT 39\n\nRt� tf�' �t� �Rtlft:Jt,-\"ili �fit� '�t111' I\n\n��� �-�tft�, �'t_, �1f �� '�11i' II�� II\ncara(le dhari' kahe haridasa, -\"na kariha 'maya'\navasya mo-adhame, prabhu, kara ei 'daya'\nSYNONYMS\n\ncara(le-the lotus feet;\n\ndhari'-catching;\n\nkahe-said;\n\nharidasa-Haridasa\n\nThakura; na kariha maya-do not create an illusion; avasya-certainly; moadhame-unto me, who am so fallen; prabhu-my Lord; kara ei daya-show this\nmercy.\nTRANSLATION\nCatching the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Haridasa Thakura said,\n\"My Lord, do not create an illusion! A lthough I am so fallen, You must certainly show me this mercy!\nTEXT 40\n\n'�1f fift��f'l �\\! �\\! ��t-t11 I\n'\\!t�f �tf lf�t11 '�t$�� �11 11 8 o II\nmora siroma(li kata kata mahasaya\ntamara li/ara sahaya koti-bhakta haya\nSYNONYMS\n\nmora-my; siroma(li-crown jewels; kata kata-many, many; mahasayagreat persons; tamara l ilara-in Your pastimes; sahaya-hel pers ; koti-bhaktamillions of devotees; haya-there are.\n\n", "ant4#p0053": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n20\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My Lord, there are many respectable personalities, millions of devotees,\nwho are fit to sit on my head. They are all helpful in Your pastimes.\nTEXT 41\n\n�t1!i·�il �fir��� ;rfit' c;�\"f I\n�� f�4fttil�i ';rr;\"f '1,� <H�i �t� '�\"f ?8�11\nama-hena yadi eka kita mari' gela\neka pipilika maile prthvira kahan hani haila?\nSYNONYMS\nama-hena-like me; yadi-if; eka-one; kita-insect; mari' ge/a-dies; ekaone; pipilika-ant; maile-if he dies; prthvira-of the earth; kahan-where; hani\nhaila-is there any loss.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My Lord, if an insignificant insect like me dies, what is the loss? If an ant\ndies, where is the loss to the material world?\nTEXT 42\n\n'<e�i!�e.�'\"l\"' � �fiT, \\.� '�t•t�' I\n�CI� �tt�, �'-' c;;rt� �� �tllf II\" 8� II\n'bhakata-vatsala' prabhu, tumi, mui 'bhaktabhasa'\navasya pDrabe, prabhu, mora ei asa\"\nSYNONYMS\nbhakata-vatsala-always affectionate to devotees; prabhu-my Lord; tumiYou; mui-1; bhakta-abhasa-an imitation devotee; avasya-certainly; pDrabeYou will fulfill; prabhu-my Lord; mora-my; ei-this; asa-expectation.\nTRANSLA liON\n\"My Lord, You are always affectionate to Your devotees. I am just an imitation devotee, but nevertheless I wish that You fulfill my desire. That is my expectation.\"\nTEXT 43\n\n;r�� <fiRtti! �'{ �� �t�il I\n�� c;lf��i �tfllf fift�il �1r'ttil II 8� II\n\n", "ant4#p0054": "Text 45]\n\nThe Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\n21\n\nmadhyahna karite prabhu calila apane\nisvara dekhiya kali dibena darasane\nSYNONYMS\nmadhyahna\n\nkarite-to\n\nperform His\n\nnoon\n\nduties;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; calila apan e-aroused Himself; isvara dekhiya-after visiting Lord\nJagannatha; kali-tomorrow; dibena darasane-He would see Haridasa Thakura.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause He had to perform His noon duties, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu got\nup to leave, but it was settled that the following day, after He saw Lord Jagannatha, He would return to visit Haridasa Thakura.\nTEXT 44\n\n�� ��t�'t_ �tc;1t <tiRt' �t�� I\n�� <Tiffi� ��\\! <tifiti'f! 'Sf�� II 88 II\ntabe mahaprabhu taine kari' alitigana\nmadhyahna karite samudre karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then;\n\nmahJprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\ntatire-unto\n\nhim\n\n(Haridasa); kari' -doing; alitigana -embracing; madhyahna karite -to perform\nHis noon duties; samudre-toward the sea; karila gamana-went.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter embracing him, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu left to perform His noon\nduties and went to the sea to take His bath.\nTEXT 45\n\n�t�:<Titt� � <;�f�' �� �� \"f�1 I\n�Rt�� <;��t� 1151�'11 �!l <TiRt�1 II 8<t II\npratah-kale isvara dekhi' saba bhakta lana\nharidase dekhite aila sighra kariya\nSYNONYMS\npratah-ka/e -in the morning; isvara dekhi' -after visiting Lord jagannatha; saba\nbhakta-all the devotees; /ana-accompanied by; haridase-Haridasa; dekhiteto see; aila-ca m e; sighra kariya-hastily.\n\n", "ant4#p0055": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n22\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe next morning, after visiting the Jagannatha temple, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, accompanied by all His other devotees, came hastily to see\nHaridasa Thakura.\nTEXT 46\n\n�mtt:Jt� �tt'it �f:Jt' fifiti �pfi{ 1\n�filwr� �f�1 �,_1l �t� ��<!f·��ct 11 8� 11\nharidasera age asi' dila darasana\nharidasa vandila prabhura ara vai�f)ava-caraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nharidasera-of Haridasa Thakura; age-in front; asi'-coming; dila darasanagave His\n\naudience;\n\nharidasa-Haridasa\n\nThakura;\n\nvandila-offered respect;\n\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ara-and; vai�f)ava-of the Vai?l')avas;\ncaraf)a -unto the lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and the other devotees came before Haridasa\nThakura,\n\nwho\n\noffered his\n\nrespects to the lotus feet of\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu and all the Vai��avas.\nTEXT 47\n\n�'- �t�,-'m�t:Jf, �� :Jf�tm' 1\nm�Pl ��,-'�'-' '� �9!1 ''!t111l' II 89 II\nprabhu kahe,\n\n-\n\nharidasa kahe,\n\n'haridasa, kaha samacara'\n\n-\n\n'prabhu, ye krpa tamara'\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; haridasa-My dear Haridasa;\nkaha samacara-what is the news; haridasa kahe-Haridasa replied; prabhu-my\nLord; ye-whatever; krpa-mercy; tamara-Your.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu inquired, \"My dear Haridasa, what is the\nnews?\" Haridasa Thakura replied, \"My Lord, whatever mercy You can bestow\nupon me.\"\n\n", "ant4#p0056": "The Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\nText 50]\n\n23\n\nTEXT 48\n\n�� �t1f� <!!� 'lf�tlfft� I\n�il!i�1f-�f'S'! '!1�1 �t�il il�il II Sir II\natigane arambhila prabhu maha-satikirtana\nvakresvara-paf)c;lita tahati karena nartana\n\nSYNONYMS\natigane-in\n\nthe\n\ncourtyard;\n\narambhila-began;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; maha-satikirtana-great congregational chanting; vakresvara-paf)c;lita-Vakresvara Pat:�9ita; tahati-there; karena nartana-danced.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu immediately began great congregational chanting in the courtyard. Vakresvara Pa•:u:fita was the chief\ndancer.\nTEXT 49\n\n<llf��·<;'itt�rtf<.!P �iffl �\\! <!1�1f 'it'! I\n�f�Wttlf �f�' �t� ilt1J·lf.rt�i1 II 8� II\nsvarupa-gosani adi yata prabhura gaf)a\nharidase bec;li' kare nama-satikirtana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvarOpa-gosalii-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami;\n\nadi-and others;\n\nyata-all;\n\nprabhura gaf)a-the company of the Lord; haridase bec;li'-surrounding Haridasa\nThakura; kare-performed; nama-satikirtana-congregational chanting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHeaded by Svarupa Damodara Gosvami, all the devotees of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu surrounded Haridasa Thakura and began congregational chanting.\nTEXT 50\n\nlt1ftil\"l, lfM��, lf�t1f �t�t\\! I\n\ntlfJ�ttlf� �'I �� l'ltf'$1�1 ��t\\! II <to II\n\n", "ant4#p0057": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n24\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nramananda, sarvabhauma, sabara agrete\nharidasera gw;a prabhu fagifa kahite\nSYNONYMS\nramananda-Ramananda\n\nRaya;\n\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma\n\nBhattacarya;\n\nsabara-of all; agrete-in front; haridasera-of Haridasa Thakura; guQa-attributes; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; fagifa kahite-began to describe.\nTRANSLATION\nIn front of all the great devotees like Ramananda Raya and Sarvabhauma\nBhaHacarya, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began to describe the holy attributes of\nHaridasa Thakura.\nTEXT 51\n\n�f1f�tt:Jf1f �'I <fif�� 121'{ ��� ?f•l!_-r I\n<!'if�� �f�� 1211_1f � ���� II �� II\nharidasera guQa kahite prabhu ha-ifa pafica-mukha\nkahite kahite prabhura ba(ie maha-sukha\nSYNONYMS\nharidasera-of\nprabhu-SrT\n\nHaridasa\n\nCaitanya\n\nThakura;\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nguQa-attributes;\nha-ifa-became;\n\nkahite-speaking;\n\npafica-mukha-as\n\nif\n\npossessing five mouths; kahite kahite-while He was speaking; prabhura-of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; ba(ie-increased; maha-sukha-great happiness.\nTRANSLATION\nAs He described the transcendental attributes of Haridasa Thakura, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu seemed to possess five mouths. The more He described, the more His great happiness increased.\nTEXT 52\n\n���tt:Jf� �t'l :Jf�t� �f� �� 1fil I\n:Jf- �\"f �f��tt:Jf� �1f'lll ��II\nharidasera guQe sabara vismita haya mana\nsarva-bhakta vande haridasera caraQa\n\n", "ant4#p0058": "The Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\nText 54]\n\n25\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nharidasera-of Haridasa Thakura; guQe-by the attributes; sabara-of all of\nthem;\n\nvismita-struck with wonder;\n\nhaya-become;\n\nmana-minds;\n\nsarva­\n\nbhakta-all the devotees; vande-worship; haridasera caraQa-the lotus feet of\nHaridasa Thakura.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing of the transcendental qualities of Haridasa Thakura, all the\ndevotees present were struck with wonder. They all offered their respectful\nobeisances to the lotus feet of Haridasa Thakura.\nTEXT 53\n\n�fil�� filiSfttc!lti! !ZI\"t� <l�'lt�fl1 I\nfiliSf·,iiOO- 'l� ��- ��9lt'll' �\"!i II �� II\nharidasa nijagrete prabhure vasaila\nnija-netra-dui bhrnga-mukha-padme dila\nSYNONYMS\n\nharidasa-Thakura\n\nHaridasa;\n\nnija-agrete-in\n\nfront\n\nof\n\nhimself;\n\nprabhure\n\nvasaila-made the Lord sit down; nija-netra-his eyes; dui bhrnga-as if two\nbumblebees; mukha-padme-on the lotus face; dila-he fixed.\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura made Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sit down in front of him,\nand then he fixed his eyes, like two bumblebees, on the lotus face of the lord.\nTEXT 54\n\nllll·f3�t� �1fil' �fil� �\"� ��'1 I\n�(\"��-91�t�'l._11��·�'1 II �8 II\nsva-hrdaye ani' dharila prabhura caraQa\nsarva-bhakta-pada-reQu mastaka-bha?aQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsva-hrdaye-upon his heart; ani'-bringing; dharila-held; prabhura caraQathe lotus feet of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sarva-bhakta-of all the devotees;\npada-reQu-the dust of the feet; mastaka-bha?aQa-the ornament of his head.\n\n", "ant4#p0059": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n26\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe held the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu on his heart and then\ntook the dust of the feet of all the devotees present and put it on his head.\nTEXT 55\n\n'�����I!�' � <ftilfi{ �'At �'At I\n<2ft_ll_�-1ft� f�t�, �m'i �iil�t� II <t<t II\n'sri-kmJa-caitanya' sabda balena bara bara\nprabhu-mukha-madhuri piye, netre jala-dhara\nSYNONYMS\nsri-kr�Qa-caitanya-Lord SrT Kr�l)a Caitanya; sabda-vibration; ba/ena-speaks;\nbara bara-again and again; prabhu-mukha-madhuri-the sweetness of the face\nof SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; piye-he drinks; netre-through the eyes; jaladhara-a continuous flow of water.\nTRANSLATION\nHe began to chant the holy name of Sri Kr�Qa Caitanya again and again. As\nhe drank the sweetness of the face of the Lord, tears constantly glided down\nfrom his eyes.\nTEXT 56\n\n'������'·llf� <fiBttl! �iiijt1\\''l I\ni{tt�1\\' �f� <2ft'! �<fiiil �e.i!Ft�'l II a� II\n'sri-kr�Qa-caitanya' sabda karite uccaraQa\nnamera sahita praQa kaila utkramaQa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-kr�Qa-caitanya-SrT Kr�l)a Caitanya; sabda-the sound vibration; karite uccaraQa-chanting; namera sahita-with the name; pral)a-life; kai/a utkramaQawent away.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile chanting the holy name of Sri Kr�Qa Caitanya, he gave up his air of\nlife and left his body.\n\n", "ant4#p0060": "The Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\nText 59]\n\n27\n\nTEXT 57\n\n11��tt'S!'!f�-�111 ��' ��� ';!:;t� I\n'�t'Q fil�t�' ��t:;t �if �:;t'lll �9 II\nmaha-yogesvara-praya dekhi' svacchande maral)a\n'bhi?mera niryaQa' sabara ha-ifa smaral)a\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-yogesvara-praya-just like a great mystic yogi; dekhi'-seeing; svacchande-at his will; maraQ a-dying ; bhi?mera niryaQa-the passing of BhT�ma;\nsabara ha-ifa smaral)a-everyo ne remembered.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the wonderful death of Haridasa Thakura by his own will, which was\njust like a great mystic yogi's, everyone remembered the passing away of\nBhi�ma.\nTEXT 58\n\n'llRt' 'fi�'·lllt \"ff �t� <fit� <;�tl!f�if I\n(;�Jltilt� 111(1�� ��it1 ��it II air II\n'hari' 'kr?Qa'-sabde sabe kare kofahafa\npremanande mahaprabhu ha-ifa vihvafa\nSYNONYMS\nhari-the holy name of Hari; kr?Qa-the holy name of Kr��a; sabde-with the\nsound vibration; sabe-all of them; kare-make; kofahafa-great noise; premaanande-in\n\necstatic\n\nlove;\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nha-ifa\n\nvihvafa-became overwhelmed.\nTRANSLATION\nThere was a tumultuous noise as they all chanted the holy names \"Hari\" and\n\"Kr�r;�a.\" Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu became overwhelmed with ecstatic love.\nTEXT 59\n\n�Rtiflt:JI:;t l!'l �� <;�ttif \"'if iS�t�1 I\n�'!til ii1C5il �'- <;�11tf�� ��i II a� II\n\n", "ant4#p0061": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n28\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nharidasera tanu prabhu kale laila uthafia\nangane nacena prabhu premavi�ta hafia\n\nSYNONYMS\nharidasera-of\n\nHaridasa Thakura;\n\ntanu-the body;\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kale-on the lap; laila-took; uthana-raising; atigane-in the\nyard; nacena-dances; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; premavi�ta hafia\n\n-\n\nbe­\n\ncoming overwhelmed by ecstatic love.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord raised the body of Haridasa Thakura and placed it on His lap. Then\nHe began to dance in the courtyard in great ecstatic love.\nTEXT 60\n\n<2f<t1f �tt�t-t �-r :J1.(oe�'St'l 1\n'�1!tt�t-t �t� iltt�, <tit1fil <tili!\"ilu �o u\nprabhura avese avasa sarva-bhakta-gaf)a\npremavese sabe nace, karena kirtana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nave se -because\navasa-hel pl ess;\n\nof\n\nthe\n\necstatic\n\nemotions\n\nof\n\nSrT\n\nsarva-bhakta-gaQa-all the devotees;\n\nCaitanya\nprema­\n\navese-in great ecstatic love; sabe-all of them; nace-dance; karena kirtanaand perform congregational chanting.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's ecstatic love, all the devotees were\nhelpless, and in ecstatic love they also began to dance and chant congregationally.\nTEXT 61\n\n(.fll11tl! ij�J � '�a,1 <fi�'li'i I\nIQI�·,'Stt:J1tfc1P �t� <fi��ll( :J1t�$ftilll �� p\nei-mate nrtya prabhu kaila kata-k�af)a\nsvarupa-gosafii prabhure karaila savadhana\n\n", "ant4#p0062": "Text 63]\n\nThe Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\n29\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mate-in this way; nrtya-dancing; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkai/a-performed;\n\nkata-k?aQa-for\n\nsome\n\ntime;\n\nsvarupa-gosani-Svaropa\n\nDamodara Gosvami; prabhure-unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karai/a-caused\nto do; savadhana-care of other rituals.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu danced for some time,\n\nand then Svarupa\n\nDamodara Gosvami informed Him of other rituals for the body of Thakura\nHaridasa.\nTEXT 62\n\n�fl�t�·�t�tf t:!t� �111ti{ �IJ1�11\n�� 'f�1 ''i1'f1 t:!t� ��i{ �fl�1 II �� II\nharidasa-thakure tabe vimane ca(fana\nsamudre lana gela tabe kirtana kariya\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa-thakure-Haridasa Thakura; tabe-then; vimane-on a carrier like an\nairship; ca(fana-raising; samudre-to the seashore; lana ge/a-took; tabethen; kirtana kariya-performing congregational chanting.\nTRANSLATION\nThe body of Haridasa Thakura was then raised onto a carrier that resembled\nan airship and taken to the sea, accompanied by congregational chanting.\nTEXT 63\n\n�'11 �t� � � ����I\n�ttti if!J �tf �t�f �9'11'f-�ot II �� II\nage mahaprabhu calena nrtya karite karite\npache nrtya kare vakresvara bhakta-gaQa-sathe\nSYNONYMS\nage-in front; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ca/ena-goes; nrtyadancing;\n\nkarite\n\nkarite-performing;\n\npache-behind;\n\nnrtya\n\nkare-dances;\n\nvakresvara-Vakresvara; bhakta-gaQa-sathe-with other devotees.\n\n", "ant4#p0063": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n30\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu danced in front of the procession, and Vakresvara\nPa•:u;Jita, along with the other devotees, chanted and danced behind Him.\nTEXT 64\n\n�Rt5fttlf ��ijf·iSft� �til �1'lt�'l1 I\n�\" ��,-\"�ll_ijf <.!1� '';!��� ��l'fl\" II �8 II\nharidase samudra-jale snana karaila\nprabhu kahe,-\"samudra ei 'maha-tirtha' ha-i/a\"\n\nSYNONYMS\n. haridase-the body of Haridasa; samudra-jale-in the water of the sea; snana\nkarai/a-bathed; prabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; samudra-sea;\nei-this; maha-tirtha ha i/a-has become a great place of pilgrimage.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu bathed the body of Haridasa Thakura in the sea\nand then declared, \"From this day on, this sea has become a great pilgrimage\nsite.\"\nTEXT 65\n\n�f«tt�� 'Pfttwtw� f�t� ��'Sf� 1\nrt�wt�� �t'Jf ffl� ��t'f-�\"fi{ II �� II\nharidasera padodaka piye bhakta-gaQa\nharidasera ange dila prasada-candana\n\nSYNONYMS\nharidasera-of Haridasa Thakura; pada udaka-the water that touched the\n-\n\nlotus feet; piye-drink; bhakta-gaf)a-the devotees; haridasera-of Haridasa\nThakura; ar'lge-on the body; di/a-smeared; prasada-candana\n\n-\n\nremnants of\n\nsandalwood pulp offered to Lord jagannatha.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone drank the water that had touched the lotus feet of Haridasa\nThakura, and then they smeared remnants of Lord Jagannatha's sandalwood\npulp over Haridasa Thakura's body.\n\n", "ant4#p0064": "Text 68]\n\nThe Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\n31\n\nTEXT 66\n\nc;l!1�, <f-�1�, ��1W, <l?lf �tlf nt'fi I\n\n��� ��, <l'i�' �tt� �1�� II �� II\ndora, kadara, prasada, vastra ange dila\nvalukara garta kari' tahe soyaila\n\nSYNONYMS\ndora-silken ropes; kadara-remnants of Lord )agannatha's sandalwood pulp;\nprasada-remnants of )agannatha's food; vastra-cloth; ange-on the body;\ndila-gave; valukara-of sand; garta-a ditch; kari -making; tahe-within that;\n'\n\nsoyaila-put down.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter a hole was dug in the sand, the body of Haridasa Thakura was placed\nin it. Remnants from Lord Jagannatha, such as His silken ropes, sandalwood\npulp, food and cloth, were placed on the body.\nTEXT 67\n\n�1fifilft<l'i ��'rt'l <f.t�� ��� I\n\n��·�ful! <�'it�� �e{t\"f �I(� II �'I II\ncari-dike bhakta-gaQa karena kirtana\nvakresvara-paQdita karena anande nartana\n\nSYNONYMS\ncari-dike-all\n\naround;\n\nkirtana-congregational\n\nbhakta gaQa-the\n-\n\nchanting;\n\ndevotees;\n\nkarena-perfo rmed;\n\nvakresvara-paQdita-Vakresvara\n\nkarena-perfor med; anande-in jubilation; nartana-dancing\n\nPat:�<;lita;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll around the body, the devotees performed congregational chanting, and\nVakresvara Pam:fita danced in jubilation.\nTEXT 68\n\n'�fift<!lt'f' '�fift<�ili' <�t'� <:ort'Bim 1\n\n�t91f� �!(t� <ill�fif'fi t'Rf 'Stt111 �lr II\n\n", "ant4#p0065": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n32\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 11\n\n'hari-bola' 'hari-bola' bale gauraraya\napani sri-haste valu dila tarira gaya\nSYNONYMS\nhari-bola hari bola-chant Hari, chant Hari; bale-chanted; gauraraya-Sri\n-\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; apani-personally; sri-haste-w ith His transcendental\nhands; valu dila-placed sand; tarira gaya-on his body.\nTRANSLATION\nWith His transcendental\n\nhands, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu personally\n\ncovered the body of Haridasa Thakura with sand, chanting \"Hari bol! Hari\nbol!\"\nTEXT 69\n\nti� �t� ftfm ��11' f9f'G1 -lt'ff�\"'i 1\n\n�fw!';<\\'i f?tro1f 1l� ��11''1 �<\\'i\"'i II �� II\ntarire valu diya upare pil:u;la baridhaila\ncaudike piQc;/era maha avaraf)a kaila\nSYNONYMS\ntarire-upon the body of Haridasa Thakura;\n\nvalu-sand;\n\ndiya-putting;\n\nupare-on top; pif)c;/a baridhaila-constructed a p latform; cau-dike-all around;\npiQc;/era-the platform; maha avara!Ja kai / a\n\n-\n\nmade a great protective fence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey covered the body of Haridasa Thakura with sand and then constructed\na platform upon the site. The platform was protected all around by fencing.\nTEXT 70\n\n�t�1 '��' � �<IS\"!i �\\{'�, �\\{'� I\n\n�fil�fi{·c;�i�t�t'f 'e�� \"'�� II '\\o II\ntaha bec;/i' prabhu kaila kirtana, nartana\nhari-dhvani-kolahale bharila bhuvana\nSYNONYMS\ntaha-that; bec;/i'-surrounding; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kailaperformed; kirtana nartana-chanting and dancing; hari-dhvani-kolahale-the\n\n", "ant4#p0066": "Text 72]\n\nThe Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\n33\n\ntumultuous sound of the holy name of Hari; bhari/a-filled; bhuvana-the entire\nuniverse.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu danced and chanted all around the platform, and\nas the holy name of Hari roared tumultuously, the whole universe became\nfilled with the vibration.\nTEXT 71\n\nl!t<t lf��'l �� ��'$l'l-�ter 1\n��ift <fif1t� �ii·IS!fft�fllt 1tttr II 'I� II\ntabe mahaprabhu saba bhakta-gal)a-sange\nsamudre karila snana-jala-keli range\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereupon; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; saba-all; bhaktagal)a-sange-with the devotees; samudre-in the sea; karila snana-took a bath;\nja/a-ke/i-playing in the water; range-in great jubilation.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter sailkirtana, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu bathed in the sea with His devotees, swimming and playing in the water in great jubilation.\nTEXT 72\n\n�fif�1t� 12t�fll!i'l �Rt' �1�ff fit��•tt1t I\n�fif�)�i!·c;�t\"it�'\"f ��'\"I i1'$lt� II 'I� II\nharidase pradak?il)a kari' aila sirhha-dvare\nhari-kirtana-kolaha/a saka/a nagare\nSYNONYMS\nharidase-Haridasa; pradak?il)a kari'-circumambulating; ai/a sirhha-dvarecame to the gate of Jagannatha temple known as Simha-dvara; hari-kirtanako/ahala-the tumultuous sound of congregational chanting; sakala nagare-all\nover the city.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter circumambulating the tomb of Haridasa Thakura, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu went to the Simha-dvara gate of the Jagannatha temple. The\n\n", "ant4#p0067": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n34\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nwhole city chanted in congregation, and the tumultuous sound vibrated all\nover the city.\nTEXT 73\n\nf�e_�l{tt� 'fJft�' � ��t�� �·t� I\n�ti\"'' �t�m ��'N 'Jftf'$f� I!Qit� II 9� II\nsirhha-dvare asi' prabhu pasarira thafii\nalica/a patiya prasada magi/a tathai\nSYNONYMS\nsirhha-dvare asi'-coming in front of the Sirhha-dvara; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; pasarira thafii-from all the shopkeepers; alica/a patiya-spreading\nHis cloth; prasada-Jagannatha's prasada; magi/a-begged; tathai-there.\nTRANSLATION\nApproaching the Sirilha-dvara gate, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu spread His\ncloth and began to beg prasada from all the shopkeepers there.\nTEXT 74\n\n'�f��t�·�f.t1t� 1lt�te. ��� \\!t� I\n��tlf 'Jftf'itt� f�..-1 '!if�' '!' 'f;l11ltt�' II 98 II\n'haridasa-thakurera mahotsavera tare\nprasada magiye bhik$a deha' ta' amare'\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa-thakurera-of Haridasa Thakura; mahotsavera tare-for holding a\nfestival; prasada magiye-1 am begging prasada; bhik$a deha'-please give alms;\nta'-certainly; amare-unto Me.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am begging prasada for a festival honoring the passing away of Haridasa\nThakura,\" the Lord said. \"Please give Me alms.\"\nTEXT 75\n\n�f.l�i ��fu ��it\"'� ��t�i I\n��t� ftrtl! 'f;ltt� 1!1�1 'f;lt�f\"!l! ��i II 9<t II\n\n", "ant4#p0068": "35\n\nThe Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\nText 77]\n\nsuniya pasari saba cariga(ia uthana\nprasada dite ase tara anandita hana\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing; pasari-the shopkeepers; saba-all; cariga(ia uthana-taking\na big basket; prasada dite-to deliver the prasada; ase-come forward; tarathey; anandita hana-in great jubilation.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, all the shopkeepers immediately came forward with big\nbaskets of prasada, which they jubilantly delivered to Lord Caitanya.\nTEXT 76\n\n���·(;'$f1�tf� ��tft1t� fil��fil� I\n�ttr�i \"f�i �Jttft1 �Jttt� <l�a;{ II 9� II\nsvarupa-gosani pasarike ni�edhila\ncariga(ia lana pasari pasare vasi/a\nSYNONYMS\nsvarapa-gosani-Svaropa Damodara GosvamT;\nni�edhila-forbade;\n\npasarike-the shopkeepers;\n\ncariga(ia /ana-taking the baskets; pasari-shopkeepers;\n\npasare vasila-sat down in their shops.\nTRANSLATION\nHowever, Svarupa Damodara stopped them, and the shopkeepers returned\nto their shops and sat down with their baskets.\nTEXT 77\n\n���:.,'$fi�1f� ��t� �� �1�1�a;{11\n�t� '��<1, �Rf ��t� �t� �t��i II 'l'lll\nsvarupa-gosani prabhure ghara pathaila\ncari vai�Qava, cari pichaqa sarige rakhila\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-gosal'ii-Svaropa\nMahaprabhu;\n\nghara\n\nDamodara\n\npathaila-sent\n\nto\n\nGosvamT;\nHis\n\nprabhure-SrT\n\nresidence;\n\ncari\n\nCaitanya\n\nvai�Qava-four\n\nVai�r:Javas; cari picha(ja-four carrier servants; sarige rakhila-he kept with him.\n\n", "ant4#p0069": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n36\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara sent Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu back to His residence,\nand kept with him four Vai�r:-avas and four servant carriers.\nTEXT 78\n\n�11i9f·<:'5tPrtf$ (fi��i{ �� 9f�mt� 1\n�(fi �(fi �� �<tl �(fi �f/11 <:��' Qltt� II 'llr II\nsvarapa-gosani kahilena saba pasarire\neka eka dravyera eka eka punja deha' more\nSYNONYMS\nsvarapa-gosani-Svaropa Damodara GosvamT; kahilena-said; saba pasarireto all the shopkeepers; eka eka dravyera-of each particular type of prasada; eka\neka punja-four palmfuls; deha' more-deliver to me.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara said to all the shopkeepers, \"Deliver to me four\npalmfuls of prasada from each and every item.\"\nTEXT 79\n\n�·;rc;'! i{ti{1 ��t� <:�t<!ll1 �t�t$11\n\"t$1 �t�1 �1ft' �ti{� ';1�t(fi �Wf$111 'l� II\nei-mate nana prasada bojha bandhana\nlana aila cari janera mastake cac;Jana\nSYNONYMS\nei-mate-in\n\nthis\n\nbandhana-packing;\n\nway;\n\nnana-various;\n\nlana aila-brought;\n\nprasada-prasada;\n\nbojha-load;\n\ncari janera-of the four persons;\n\nmastake-on the heads; cac;Jana-mounting.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way varieties of prasada were collected, then packed up in different\nloads and carried on the heads of the four servants.\nTEXT 80\n\n�t�i{t� 9f�i{t�(fi ��� �t��1 I\n(fit=l'rfili!l �ti{<ti ��ti 'P!t�la,111tro II\n\n", "ant4#p0070": "The Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\nText 82]\n\n37\n\nVaQinatha pattanayaka prasada ani/a\nkasi-misra aneka prasada pathaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nVaQinatha pattanayaka-Vai)Tnatha Pa��anayaka;\nbrought in;\n\nkasi-misra-KasT\n\nMisra;\n\naneka\n\nprasada-prasada; ani/a­\n\nprasada-varieties\n\nof\n\nprasada;\n\npathaiIa -sent.\n\nTRANSLATION\nNot only did Svarupa Damodara Gosvami bring prasada, but Var;�inatha Pattanayaka, as well as Kasi Misra, sent large quantities.\nTEXT 81\n\n�<f �<!l.f;<!l �t_ <!1�1��1 �ifil\" �tfil\" I\n'fi11�il �fil\"t<tf;llf <21t_ \"11$1 i&'fil1 �fil\" II lr:> II\nsaba vai?Qave prabhu vasaila sari sari\napane parivese prabhu lana jana cari\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaba vai?(lave-all the Vai�l)avas; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vasai/amade to sit down; sari sari-in lines; apane-personally; parivese-distributes;\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; /ana-taking; jana cari-four men.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu made all the devotees sit in rows and personally\nbegan to distribute the prasada, assisted by four other men.\nTEXT 82\n\n1l�t�t_� ��t� �\" il1 ��t� I\ncJl<ficJl<fi �if;� �·�ilt� �-.J �fil\"f;<!�f;llf II lr� II\nmahaprabhura sri-haste alpa na aise\neka eka pate panca-janara bhak?ya parivese\n\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sri-haste-in the transcendental\nhands; alpa-a small quantity; na aise-did not come; eka eka pate-on each\nand every plate; panca-janara-of five men; bhak?ya-eatables; parivese-He\nadministered.\n\n", "ant4#p0071": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n38\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was not accustomed to taking prasada in small\nquantities. He therefore put on each plate what at least five men could eat.\n\nTEXT 83\n\n�pt ��,-\"�¥_, �fit' ill�� �a(i{ I\n\n�fir l* �1-�<ti ��1 �Rf �Rrt� II lr� II\nsvarupa kahe,- \"prabhu, vasi' karaha darsana\nami inha-saba lana kari parivesana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa kahe-Svaropa Damodara said; prabhu-my Lord; vasi'-sitting down;\nkaraha darsana-watch; ami-1; inha-saba /afia-with all these persons; kari\nparivesana-shall administer.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara Gosvami requested Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, \"Please\nsit down and watch. With these men to help me, I shall distribute the\nprasada.\"\nTEXT 84\n\n��,���,���,����\n\n��� �Rf�llfi{ �r;� fil��� II IrS II\nsvarupa, jagadananda, kasisvara, sankara\ncari-jana parivesana kare nirantara\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT; jagadananda-Jagadananda Paoc;lita;\nkasisvara-KasT5vara; sankara-Sarikara; cari-jana-four men; parivesana kareadminister; nirantara-continuously.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe four men-Svarupa, Jagadananda, Kasisvara and Sankara-distributed\nthe prasada continuously.\n\n", "ant4#p0072": "Text 87]\n\nThe Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\n39\n\nTEXT 85\n\n�'t. if! �1�r;a;r '<fi� iii <!i?;� 'ret�il 1\n\n� ':Jl ffl?;il <li1�filt�� f-111�'1 II lr<r II\nprabhu na khai/e keha na kare bhojana\nprabhure se dine kasi-misrera nimantraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu na khaile-as long as the Lord does not eat; keha na kare bhojana-no\none would eat; prabhure-unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; se dine-on that day;\nkasi-misrera-of Kasi Misra; nimantraf)a-the invitation.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees who sat down would not accept the prasada as long as the\nlord had not eaten. On that day, however, Kasi Misra had extended an invitation to the lord.\nTEXT 86\n\n�1�til <fit�fil� �1�\"11 �:Jti\"W \"1�1 I\n�� r�-.1 <fi�� �1�� <ll��111 1r� 11\napane kasi-misra aila prasada lafia\nprabhure bhik?a karaila agraha kariya\nSYNONYMS\napane-personally; kasi-misra-Kasi Misra; ai/a-ca me; prasada /alia-taking\nprasada; prabhure-to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nbhik?a karai/a-delivered\n\nprasada to eat; agraha kari ya- w i th great attention.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore Kasi Misra personally went there and delivered prasada to Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu with great attention and made Him eat.\nTEXT 87\n\n�1-�rn�� �er �'- r�-.1 c<fi\"fil\n\n:Jl<fi'l' ��<! 1!?;<1 �t'Sfil <fi�aoJ1 II lr'\\ II\npuri-bharatira salige prabhu bhik?a kaila\nsaka/a vai?Qava tabe bhojana karila\n\n", "ant4#p0073": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n40\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nSYNONYMS\npuri-bharatira sa rige-with\n\nParamananda PurT and Brahmananda BharatT;\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhik�a kai/a-honored the prasada; saka/a\nvai�Qava-all the Vai�l)avas; t abe-then; bhojana kari/a-began to eat.\nTRANSLATION\nWith Paramananda Puri and Brahmananda Bharati, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nsat down and accepted the prasada. When He began to eat, so did all the\nVai�r;�avas.\nTEXT 88\n\n��� �t�i ��111 ��t�� ��il I\n''1�' <;W�' ��' �\" ��i!i'fil �� II lrlr II\nakaQtha parana sabaya karaila bhojana\ndeha' deha' bali' prabhu balena vacana\nSYNONYMS\nakaQtha parana-filling to the neck; sabaya-everyone; karaila bhojana-He\nmade to eat; deha' deha'-give them more, give them more; ba/i'-saying;\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; balena vacana-talked.\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone was filled up to the neck because Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu kept\ntelling the distributors, \"Give them more! Give them more!\"\nTEXT 89\n\n'�t�il ��11i :JI�� C�� �t�llil I\n��� ��t�� � �-�\"'iiii lr� II\nbhojana kariya sabe kaila acamana\nsabare paraila prabhu malya-candana\nSYNONYMS\nbhojana kariya-after eating;\n\nsabe-:-all the devotees;\n\nkai/a-performed;\n\nacamana-washing of the mouth and hands; sabare-all of them; parai/a-put\non; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ma/ya-flower garland; candana-sandalwood pulp.\n\n", "ant4#p0074": "41\n\nThe Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\nText 93]\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter all the devotees finished accepting prasada and had washed their\nhands and mouths, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu decorated each of them with a\nflower garland and sandalwood pulp.\nTEXT 90\n\nO.!f'Jit�� ��1 �� �t1til ��Hftil I\n�fil' 'e�'Stt� ��t� 'Jiii'�Jf't'JIII �o II\npremavi?ta hafla prabhu karena vara-dana\nsuni' bhakta-gaQera juc;Jaya manaskama\nSYNONYMS\nprema-avi?ta\n\nhafla-being\n\noverwhelmed\n\nby\n\necstatic\n\nlove;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; karena vara-dana-offered a benediction; suni'-hearing;\nbhakta-gaQera-of the devotees; juc;/aya-became fulfilled; manab-kama-the\ndesires of the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nOverwhelmed with ecstatic love, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu offered a\nbenediction to al l the devotees, which all the devotees heard with great\nsatisfaction.\nTEXTS 91-93\n\n\"�f«tt� ��11 te.:Jt� � c�� waf'il 1\n�ttl �J '��' <;� C�� �l�illl ��II\n�m ���1 nrti! � fil � '$f'J!i1 1\n� 1ftlfJ �e.ltt� � '�� <;'e� II �� II\n�rrn �ttc� '!1-�t1f ·�•�tf�' 1\n�fiffltlf-t;1fllftil � �� '-tf9' II �I!) II\n\"haridasera vijayotsava ye kaila darsana\nye ihari nrtya kaila, ye kaila kirtana\nye tarire valuka dite karila gamana\ntara madhye mahotsave ye kaila bhojana\nacire ha-ibe ta-sabara 'kr?Qa-prapti'\nharidasa-darasane haya aiche 'sakti'\n\n", "ant4#p0075": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n42\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nSYNONYMS\nharidasera-of Haridasa Thakura; vijaya-utsava-the festival of the passing\naway; ye-anyone who; kaila darsana-has seen; ye-anyone who; ihan-here;\nnrtya kaila-danced; ye-anyone who; kai/a kirtana-chanted; ye-anyone\nwho; tailre-upon him; va/uka dite-to offer sand; karila gamana-came forward; tara madhye-in that connection; mahotsave-in the festival; ye-anyone\nwho; kaila bhojana-took prasada; acire-very soon; ha-ibe-there will be; tasabara-of all of them; km1a-prapti-attainment of Kr�Qa; haridasa-darasane-by\nseeing Haridasa Thakura; haya-there is; aiche-such; sakti-power.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu gave this benediction:\" Anyone who has seen the\nfestival of Sri Haridasa Thakura's passing away, anyone who has chanted and\ndanced here, anyone who has offered sand on the body of Haridasa Thakura\nand anyone who has joined this festival to partake of the prasada will achieve\nthe favor of Kr�r:ta very soon. There is such wonderful power in seeing\nHaridasa Thakura.\nTEXT 94\n\n��1 �fi1' � <;�tt� fw�t�� � I\n'lit�� �l;�� ��,-C<ti� �lf-'elf II �8 II\nkrpa kari' kr�!Ja more diyachila sanga\nsvatantra kr�!Jera iccha, -kaila sanga-bhanga\nSYNONYMS\nkrpa kari'-being merciful; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�Qa; more-unto Me; diyachila\nsailga-gave the association; svatantra-independent; kr�!Jera-of Lord Kr�Qa;\niccha-desire; kaila sanga-bhanga-He has broken My association.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Being merciful upon Me, Kr�r:ta gave Me the association of Haridasa\nThakura. Being independent in His desires, He has now broken that association.\nTEXT 95\n\n�fi1Wt'l:�� �� �t� ��t'lf �� I\n��Hf -t<t�fl! it'l:� ift� �t�� II �tt II\n\n", "ant4#p0076": "Text 97]\n\nThe Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\n43\n\nharidasera iccha yabe ha-ifa calite\namara sakati .tanre narifa rakhite\nSYNONYMS\nharidasera-of Haridasa Thakura; iccha-the desire; yabe-when; ha-ifawas; cafite-to go away; amara sakati-My strength; talire-him; narifa rakhitecould not keep.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Haridasa Thakura wanted to leave this material world, it was not\nwithin My power to detain him.\nTEXT 96\n\n��tlft�� C<l'i�i ���t'l fil�'l I\n�( c;�� �f�11t� �t'lr� lf�'l II �� II\niccha-matre kaila nija-praQa ni�kramaQa\npOrve yena suniyachi bhi�mera maraQa\nSYNONYMS\niccha-matre-just\n\nby\n\ndesire;\n\nni�kramaQa-going away;\n\nkaifa-performed;\n\npOrve-formerly;\n\nnija-praQa-of\n\nyena-as;\n\nhis\n\nlife;\n\nsuniyachi-we have\n\nheard; bhi�mera maraQa-the death of BhT�madeva.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Simply by his will, Haridasa Thakura could give up his life and go away,\nexactly like Bhi�ma, who previously died simply by his own desire, as we have\nheard from sastra.\nTEXT 97\n\n���t� �t�� �fQj�� 'fitrn11f'l' 1\n��i ��1 �'§-� ��� G'alfif� II M II\nharidasa achifa prthivira 'siromaQi'\ntaha vina ratna-sunya ha-ifa medini\nSYNONYMS\nharidasa-Thakura Haridasa; achifa-was; prthivira-of this world; siromaQithe crown jewel; taha vina-without him; ratna-sOnya-without the valuable\njewel; ha-ifa-becomes; medini-this world.\n\n", "ant4#p0077": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n44\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Haridasa Thakura was the crown jewel on the head of this world; without\nhim, this world is now bereft of its valuable jewel.\"\nTEXT 98\n\n''Sf� lSi� ���t�' �fa,' �� �fif'fiffil\" I\n�i! <f�' 'al�t�\" iltt�il �i�fif II �17' II\n'jaya jaya haridasa' bali' kara hari-dhvani\"\neta bali' mahaprabhu nacena apani\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; haridasa-to Haridasa Thakura; ba li'-saying; kara haridhvani-chant the holy name of the Lord; eta bali -saying this; mahaprabhu'\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nacena-dances; apani\n\n-\n\npersonally\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then told everyone, \"Say 'All glories to Haridasa\nThakura!' and chant the holy name of Hari.\" Saying this, He personally began\nto dance.\nTEXT 99\n\n�t<f '$ft�,-\"� � � ���t� I\niltt1AI' 1if� (;�� �� �<fit-f II\" �� II\nsabe gaya,-\"jaya jaya jaya haridasa\nnamera mahima yeriha karila prakasa\"\nSYNONYMS\nsabe gaya-everyone chanted;\n\njaya\n\njaya jaya-all glories;\n\nharidasa-to\n\nHaridasa Thakura; namera mahima -the glories of chanting the holy name;\nyeriha-who; karila prakasa-revealed\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone began to chant, \"All glories to Haridasa Thakura, who revealed\nthe importance of chanting the holy name of the Lord!\"\n\n", "ant4#p0078": "Text 101]\n\nThe Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\n45\n\nTEXT 100\n\nI!� 1f��\" �<if <et� ��t11 fif'fl I\n\n�t{-��r;W �\" �� <.fiBf� II �oo II\ntabe mahaprabhu saba bhakte vidaya dila\nhar�a-vi�ade prabhu visrama karila\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-thereafter; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; saba bhakte-to all\nthe devotees; vidaya di/a-bade farewell; har�a-vi�ade-in mixed happiness and\ndistress; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; visrama karila-took His rest.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu bid farewell to all the devotees, and\nHe Himself, with mixed feelings of happiness and distress, took rest.\nTEXT 101\n\n�� I!' -..,.;�( �Biwtt:mf R•11 1\n�� i!t<lt'l �t� w�r� Q 11 �o � n\nei ta' kahilun haridasera vijaya\nyahara sraval)e kr�Qe drc;iha-bhakti haya\nSYNONYMS\n\nei ta'-thus; kahilun-l have spoken; haridasera-of Haridasa Thakura; vijaya-victory; yahara sravaQe-by hearing which; kr�Qe-unto Lord Kr�r:ta;\ndrc;iha-bhakti-firm devotional service; haya-becomes.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have spoken about the victorious passing away of Haridasa Thakura.\nAnyone who hears this narration will certainly fix his mind firmly in devotional\nservice to Kr�r:�a.\nPURPORT\n\nAt Puru�ottama-k�etra, or )agannatha Puri, there is a temple of Tota-gopinatha.\nIf one goes from there to the sea, he can discover the tomb of Haridasa Thakura\nstill existing. Every year on the date of Ananta-caturdasi there is a festival to commemorate the passing away of Haridasa Thakura. At the same place, three Deities\n\n", "ant4#p0079": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n46\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nof Nityananda, Kr�r;�a Caitanya and Advaita Prabhu were established about one\nhundred years ago. A gentleman named Bhramaravara from Kendrapa<;la in the\nprovince of Orissa contributed funds to establish these Deities in the temple. The\nmanagement of the temple was under the Tota-gopinatha gosvamis.\nThis temple was later sold to someone else, and this party is now maintaining\nthe seva-puja of the temple. Near this temple and the tomb of Haridasa Thakura,\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura constructed a small house, called Bhakti-kup. In the\nBengali year 1329, Puru�ottama-matha, a branch of the Gau<;liya Matha, was\nestablished there. In the Bhakti-ratnakara it is stated:\nsrinivasa sighra samudrera kule gela\nharidasa-thakurera samadhi dekhila\nbhumite pac;iiya kaila praf)ati vistara\nbhagavata-gaf)a sri-samadhi-sannidhane\nsrinivase sthira kaila sasneha-vacane\npunah srinivasa sri-samadhi praf)amiya\nye vilapa kaila, ta sunile drave hiya\n\n\"Srinivasa Thakura quickly ran to the seashore. When he saw the tomb of\nHaridasa Thakura, he immediately fell down offering prayers and almost fainted.\nThe devotees present there pacified him with very sweet and affectionate words,\nand Srinivasa again offered his obeisances to the tomb. Hearing of the separation\nthat Srinivasa expressed in his lamentation at the tomb of Haridasa Thakura makes\none's heart melt.\"\nTEXT 102\n\nc�c:�� 'e��te.JJa;u ��tc:l!� ..rfi{ 1\n���t�1 �(,<r-�1 �tfil·f-tc�t1ffit II �o� II\ncaitanyera bhakta-vatsalya ihatei jani\nbhakta-vaficha purf)a kaila nyasi-siromaf)i\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaitanyera-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-vatsalya-affection for His\n\ndevotees; ihatei-from this; jani-one can understand; bhakta-vancha-the\ndesire of the devotee; pOrf)a kaila-fully satisfied; nyasi-siromaf)i-the crown\njewel of the sannyasis, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant4#p0080": "Text 104]\n\nThe Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\n47\n\nTRANSLATION\nFrom the incident of Haridasa Thakura's passing away and the great care Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu took in commemorating it, one can understand just\nhow affectionate He is toward His devotees. Although He is the topmost of all\nsannyasis, He fully satisfied the desire of Haridasa Thakura.\nTEXT 103\n\nc;-t��tt\"f fflllli itt11 'fafi{·a!9faf.ll\nf>'ft11 �1t\"f �Rf' C�\"fi �t'Pfti{ i{� II �o\\!) II\nse�a-kale dila tatire darsana-sparsana\ntatire kale kari' kaila apane nartana\nSYNONYMS\nse�a-kale-at the last stage of his life; dila-gave; tatire-to Haridasa Thakura;\ndarsana-sparsana-interview and touching; tatire-him; kale kari'-taking on the\nlap; kaila-performed; apane-persanally; nartana-dancing.\nTRANSLATION\nAt the last stage of Haridasa Thakura's life, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu gave\nhim His company and allowed him to touch Him. Thereafter, He took the\nbody of Thakura Haridasa on His lap and personally danced with it.\nTEXT 104\n\n'fSit'Pfti{ ���t� �'Pf'Rl ri'tt11 ��fif\"fi I\n'fSit'Pfti{ ��� 111Rf' J�roe.�� c�� 11 �os 11\napane sri-haste krpaya tatire valu dila\napane prasada magi' mahatsava kaila\nSYNONYMS\napane-personally; sri-haste-with His transcendental hands; krpaya-aut of\nHis causeless mercy; tatire-him; valu dila-covered with sand; apane-personally; prasada magi'-begging prasada; mahatsava kai/a-performed a great\nfestival.\nTRANSLATION\nOut of His causeless mercy He personally covered the body of Haridasa\nThakura with sand and personally begged alms from the shopkeepers. Then\n\n", "ant4#p0081": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n48\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nHe conducted a great festival to celebrate the passing away of Haridasa\nThakura.\nTEXT 105\n\n11�t�t��! �rn5tt�-�11·R�t�t.l\n� '�'t�tm �tf<ij' �tr;'ij �fif�1 �11t'lu �\"� u\n\nmaha-bhagavata haridasa-parama-vidvan\ne saubhagya lagi' age karila prayaf)a\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-bhagavata-great devotee;\n\nvan\n\n-\n\nharidasa-Haridasa Thakura; parama-vid­\n\nthe most learned; e saubhagya lagi'-because of his great fortune; age­\n\nfirst; kari/a prayaQa-he passed away.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaridasa Thakura was not only the topmost devotee of the Lord, but also a\ngreat and learned scholar. It was his great fortune that he passed away before\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nPURPORT\nHaridasa Thakura is mentioned here as the most learned scholar, parama-vid­\n\nvan. Actually, the most important science to know is the science of getting out of\nthe clutches of material existence. Anyone who knows this science must be con­\n\nsidered the greatest learned person. Anyone who knows the temporary situation\nof this material world and is expert in achieving a permanent situation in the\nspiritual world, who knows that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is beyond\nthe jurisdiction of our experimental knowledge, is understood to be the most\nlearned scholar. Haridasa Thakura knew this science perfectly. Therefore, he is de­\n\nscribed in this connection as parama-vidvan. He personally preached the impor­\n\ntance of chanting the Hare Kf�l)a maha-mantra, which is approved by the revealed\nscriptures. As stated in the Srimad-Bhagavatam (7.5.24):\niti purhsarpita vi�Qau\n\nbhaktis cen nava-/ak�af)a\n\nkriyeta bhagavaty addha\n\ntan manye 'dhitam uttamam\n\nThere are nine different processes of devotional service to Kr�l)a, the most impor­\n\ntant being sravaf)arh kirtanam\n\n-\n\nhearing and chanting. Haridasa Thakura knew this\n\n", "ant4#p0082": "Text 107]\n\nThe Passing of Haridasa Thakura\n\n49\n\nscience very well, and he can therefore be called, technically, sarva-sastradhiti.\nAnyone who has learned the essence of all the Vedic scripture is to be known as a\nfirst-class educated person, with full knowledge of all sastra.\nTEXT 106\n\n'li�illim �� �t�� r� 1\n<fi�1fi{ �� <fit� �t� �<fi �if!_ II � o� II\ncaitanya-caritra ei amrtera sindhu\nkarl\")a-mana trpta kare yara eka bindu\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaitanya-caritra-the life and characteristics of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; eithis; amrtera sindhu-the ocean of nectar; karl\")a-ear; mana-mind; trpta karepleases; yara-of which; eka-one; bindu -drop.\nTRANSLATION\nThe life and characteristics of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are exactly like an\nocean of nectar, one drop of which can please the mind and ear.\nTEXT 107\n\n'!j<!l�'l �:!�<!!� �tt� �� f� I\n(!f� <ti�' �i{ <;�� 'li��li�i!i II �o'l 11\nbhava-sindhu taribare ache yara citta\nsraddha kari' suna sei caitanya-caritra\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhava-sindhu-the ocean of material existence;\n\ntaribare-to cross over;\n\nache-is; yara-whose; citta-desire; sraddha kari -w ith faith and love; suna'\n\nhear;\n\nsei -that;\n\ncaitanya-caritra -life\n\nand\n\ncharacteristics\n\nof\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAnyone who desires to cross over the ocean of nescience, please hear with\ngreat faith the life and characteristics of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant4#p0083": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n50\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 11\n\nTEXT 108\n\n��'Pf-�t�-'Pf�\\if �t� �t-t I\n'�'!���'!t�� �t� ��\\ift:Jf II � otr II\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr?Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsr i-rupa-Srila ROpa Gosvami; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr?Qadasa-Srila\n\nKr�l'.ladasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�r;�dasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaifi5vedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Antya-l il a\nEleventh Chapter, describing the passing of Haridasa Thakura.\n\n,\n\n", "ant4#p0084": "CHAPTER 12\n\nThe Loving Dealings\nBetween Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nand Jagadananda Pal)�ita\nA summary of the Twelfth Chapter is given by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura in his\nAmrta-pravaha-bha?ya as follows. This chapter discusses the transformations of\necstatic love that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu exhibited day and night. The devotees\nfrom Bengal again journeyed to Jagannatha Puri to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nAs usual, the leader was Sivananda Sena, who traveled with his wife and children.\nBecause arrangements were delayed en route and Lord Nityananda did not have a\nsuitable place to reside, He became somewhat disturbed. Thus He became very\nangry with Sivananda Sena, who was in charge of the affairs of the party, and\nkicked him in loving anger. Sivananda Sena felt highly favored to have been\nkicked by Nityananda Prabhu, but his nephew Srikanta Sena became upset and\ntherefore left their company. He met Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu at Jagannatha Puri\nbefore the rest of the party arrived.\nThat year a devotee named Paramesvara dasa Modaka also went with his\nfamily to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu at Jagannatha Puri. The devotees often invited Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to eat with them. When the Lord bade them all\nfarewell, He talked very pleasingly with them. The year before, Jagadananda Par:J<;lita had been sent to Sacimata with prasada and cloth. This year he returned to\nPuri with a big pot of floral-scented oil to massage the Lord's head. The Lord,\nhowever, would not accept the oil, and because of His refusal, Jagadananda Par:J<;lita broke the pot in front of Him and began to fast. The Lord tried to pacify him\nand asked Jagadananda Par:J<;lita to cook for Him. Jagadananda Par:J<;lita became so\npleased when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted his cooking that he broke his\nfast.\n\nTEXT 1\n\ni!li��t� i!li�i!t� M�� ��C!t� ��i!t� '!_'fl I\nfli�J'!t� fii'«Ji!t� ��t�i!iB�Rf��i!l(, ll � ll\nsruyatarh sruyatarh nityarh\ngiyatarh giyatarh muda\n\n51\n\n", "ant4#p0085": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n52\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\ncintyatarh cintyatam bhaktas\ncaitanya-caritamrtam\nSYNONYMS\nsrayatam-let it be heard;\n\nsruyatam-let it be heard;\n\nnityam-always;\n\ngiyatam-let it be chanted; giyatam-let it be chanted; muda-with great happiness; cintyatam-let it be meditated upon; cintyatam-let it be meditatet.. upon;\nbhaktab-0 devotees; caitanya-caritamrtam-the transcendental life and c�laracteristics of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\n0 devotees, may the transcendental life and characteristics of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu be always heard, chanted and meditated upon with great happiness.\nTEXT 2\n\niS111 �11 �Ct��� iSf1l W�t11'11 I\n�11 iSf1l f.{�Jtil\"f �?tt� iSf1l II � II\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya dayamaya\njaya jaya nityananda krpa-sindhu jaya\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; sri-caitanya-to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-all\nglories; daya maya\n-\n\n-\n\nall-merciful; jaya jaya-all glories; nityananda-to Nitya­\n\nnanda Prabhu; krpa-sindhu-the ocean of mercy; jaya-all glories.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is all-merciful! All glories to\nNityananda Prabhu, who is an ocean of mercy!\nTEXT 3\n\niSf11 ����� �11 ��'t1·lft�� I\n� ,����'t �?ti-�'it'J� II � II\njayadvaita-candra jaya karuf)a-sagara\njaya gaura-bhakta-gaf)a krpa-pOrf)antara\nSYNONYMS\njaya-all glories; advaita-candra-to Advaita Acarya; jaya-all g1ories; karuf)asagara-the ocean of mercy; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-gaf)a-to the devo-\n\n", "ant4#p0086": "Text 5]\n\nThe Lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Pa�r,Jita\n\n53\n\ntees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; krpa-pOrQa-antara-whose hearts are always\nfilled with mercy.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Advaita Acarya, who is also an ocean of mercy! All glories to\nall the devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, whose hearts are always filled\nwith mercy!\nTEXT 4\n\n�:?!� �t121� f�11-�m 1\n�� �'$f·t;-li �� fi{��� II 8 II\natabpara mahaprabhura vi?aQQa-antara\nkr?Qera viyoga-dasa sphure nirantara\nSY NONYMS\natabpara-thereafter; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vi?af)Qaantara-morose mind; kr?Qera-of\n\nKr�l)a; viyoga-dasa-feeling of separation;\n\nsphure-manifests; nirantara-continuously.\nTRANSLATION\nThe mind of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was always morose because of a continuously manifested feeling of separation from Kr��a.\nTEXT 5\n\n'�1 �� 12!t${t� ����� I\n\n�·ft1 �t� �ttl��' ���\\if�!' <t II\n'haha kr?Qa praf)a-natha vrajendra-nandana!\nkahan yana kahan pana, murali-vadana!'\nSY NONYMS\nhaha-0; kr?Qa-My dear Kr�l)a; praQa-natha-My life and soul; vrajendranandana-the son of Maharaja Nanda; kahan yana-where shall I go; kahan\npana-where shall I get; mura/i-flute; vadana-mouth.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord would cry, \"0 My Lord Kr��a, My life and soul! 0 son of Maharaja\n. Nanda, where shall I go? Where shall I attain You? 0 Supreme Personality\nwho plays with Your flute to Your mouth!\"\n\n", "ant4#p0087": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n54\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 6\n\n�t�-flf� �� ifllf1 �� �tflt lit� I\n\n<lit� �t� <;'ltNH1111l1�9f-�tlft�\"l·ll� II � II\nrc'itri-dina ei dasa svasti nahi mane\nka?te ratri gotiaya svanJpa-ramananda-sane\nSYNONYMS\nratri-dina-day and night; ei dasa-this situation; svasti nahi mane-no peace\nof mind; ka?te-with great difficulty; ratri gotiaya-passe s the night; svaruparamananda-sane-in the company of SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT and Ramananda Raya.\nTRANSLATION\nThis was His situation day and night. Unable to find peace of mind, He\npassed His nights with great difficulty in the company of Svarupa Damodara\nand Ramananda Raya.\nTEXT 7\n\n�J��1 '��rn-r �� �� �•'Itt� 1\n\n�'t_ <;iff-t�t� llf;� <liRf\"''1 �� II 9 II\netha gauc;la-dese prabhura yata bhakta-gaQa\nprabhu dekhibare sabe karila gamana\nSYNONYMS\netha-on the other hand; gauc;/a-dese-in Bengal; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; yata-all; bhakta-gaQa-devotees; prabhu dekhibare-to see SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; sabe-all; karila gamana-went.\nTRANSLATION\nMeanwhile, all the devotees journeyed from their homes in Bengal to see Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 8\n\nfit��\"!·�� �� �t�11i·<;'itro� I\n���� ll� �� C�\"f1 �<li itf� II \\r' II\n\n", "ant4#p0088": "Text 10]\n\nThe lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Pal)�ita\n\n55\n\nsivananda-sena ara acarya-gosJ.t'ii\nnavadvipe saba bhakta haila eka thani\nSYNONYMS\nsivananda-sena-Sivananda Sena; ara-and; acarya-gosani-Advaita Acarya;\nnavadvipe-at Navadvipa;\n\nsaba bhakta-all devotees;\n\nhai/a-became;\n\neka\n\nthani-assembled in one place.\nTRANSLATION\nHeaded by Sivananda Sena, Advaita Acarya and others, all the devotees\nassembled in Navadvipa.\n\n·\n\nTEXT 9\n\n't:��tilt��i� �111' �i! -t�C�t� I\n�<WI fil� �CI ��m9f �tfil' II � II\nkulina-grama-vasi ara yata kharxla-vasi\nekatra milila saba navadvipe asi'\nSYNONYMS\nkulina-grama-vasi-the inhabitants of Kulina-grama; ara-as well as; yata-all;\nkhaQc;la-vasi-the inhabitants of Khar:u;la; ekatra-at one place; milila-met;\nsaba-all of them; navadvipe asi'-coming to Navadvipa.\nTRANSLATION\nThe inhabitants of Kulina-grama and Khal)�a village also assembled at\nNavadvipa.\nTEXT 10\n\n�Jt��-�11 �'11� �tan iff� I\nI!�� (}fMti! �t� ��i!�·c;'$ft�f1$ 11 �\n\n•\n\n11\n\nnityananda-prabhure yadyapi ajna nai\ntathapi dekhite ca/ena caitanya-gosani\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda-prabhure-unto Lord Nityananda; yadyapi-although; ajna naithere was no order; tathapi-still; dekhite-to see; ca/ena-He went; caitanyagosani-Lord Caitanya.\n\n", "ant4#p0089": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n56\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause Nityananda Prabhu was preaching in Bengal, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu had ordered Him not to come to Jagannatha Puri. That year,\nhowever, He went with the rest of the party to see the Lord.\nTEXT 11\n\nll�tflf �ij- �t�, �t'ft'! 'aft�� I\n��m� �'\" �trtt� 'J�� n �� n\nsrivasadi cari bhai, saligete malini\nacaryaratnera salige talihara grhiQi\n\nSYNONYMS\nsrivasa-adi-headed by SrTvasa Thakura; cari bhai-four brothers; saligete\nma/inf-accompanied\n\nby\n\nhis wife,\n\nMalinT;\n\nacaryaratnera\n\nsalige-and\n\nwith\n\nAcaryaratna; talihara grhiQi-his wife.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSrivasa Thakura was also there with his three brothers and his wife, Malini.\nAcaryaratna was similarly accompanied by his wife.\nTEXT 12\n\nfit�t�\"f·�fT �t� f!i{·�� ��i I\n���·�fu� �\"\" <!lltf� �t�t�i \" �� \"\nsivananda-patni cafe tina-putra lana\nraghava-paQ(iita cafe jhali sajana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsivananda-patnr-the wife of Sivananda; ca/e-was going; tina-putra /ana-accompanied by her three sons; raghava-paQ(iita ca/e-Raghava Pat:�<;iita was going;\njhali sajana-carrying his bags.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe wife of Sivananda Sena also came, along with their three sons. Raghava\nPar:u,lita joined them, carrying his famous bags of food.\n\n", "ant4#p0090": "Text 15]\n\nThe Lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Par:u;lita\n\n57\n\nTEXT 13\n\n��' ��' �liltf�fi{, 'tilnf �� iSf� I\n\n�-�� ..� �· <tiBt\"'i 'ijlf� ll �� ll\ndatta, gupta, vidyanidhi, ara yata jana\ndui-tina sata bhakta karila gamana\n\nSYNONYMS\ndatta-Vasudeva Datta; g upta-Murari Gupta; vidyanidhi-Vidy anidhi; araand; yata jana-all persons; dui-tina sata-two hundred to three hundred;\nbhakta-devotees; karila gamana-went.\n\nTRANSLATION\nVasudeva Datta, Murari Gupta, Vidyanidhi and many other devotees went\nto see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. All together, they numbered two or three\nhundred.\nTEXT 14\n\n�ti!'l '��' �t� it� �t'ii1 '1�1 I\n�\"' t;fi£'11 ���� <fiBt�1 ll �8 ll\nsacimata dekhi' sabe W1ra ajria /aria\nanande ca/ila kr�Qa-kirtana kariya\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaci-mata dekhi -seeing 5acimata; sabe-all of them; tanra ajria /aria-taking\n'\n\nher permission; anande-with great jubilation; ca/i/a-they proceeded; kr�Qakirtana kariya -performing congregational chanting.\n\nTRANS LAliON\nThe devotees first saw Sacimata and took her permission. Then, in great\nhappiness, they started for Jagannatha Puri, congregationally chanting the\nholy name of the Lord.\n\n·\n\nTEXT 15\n\n�'lf·,:Jf� <fit11\" �1�·:Jilft�t� I\n:J(� 'Pft�� <tia' �t� '1�1 �ti{ n �a u\n\n", "ant4#p0091": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n58\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nsivananda-sena kare ghatf-samadhana\nsabare palana kari' sukhe lana yana\nSYNONYMS\nsivananda-sena-Sivananda\n\nSena;\n\nkare-does;\n\nghatf-samadhana-manage­\n\nment of payment of tolls; sabare palana kari'-maintaining everyone; sukhe-in\nhappiness; /ana-taking; yana-goes.\nTRANSLATION\nSivananda Sena managed the payment of tolls at different places. Maintaining everyone, he guided all the devotees in great happiness.\nPURPORT\nChat� refers to the different toll booths used by the Zamindars to collect taxes\nin each state. Generally, this tax was collected to maintain the roads governed by\nthe various Zamindars. Since the devotees from Bengal were going to Jagannatha\nPurT, they had to pass through many such toll booths. Sivananda Sena was in\ncharge of paying the tolls.\nTEXT 16\n\n��� �<t <tSt1t <ti�il, O'fil <tt�\"'i:til I\nfilt�il\"f iSftr;;il ���1-9ftQ!� �ll.fitil ll �� ll\nsabara saba karya karena, dena vasa-sthana\nsivananda jane uc;fiya-pathera sandhana\nSYNONYMS\nsabara-of everyone; saba-all; karya-business; karena-performs; denagives; vasa-sthana-place of residence;\n\nsivananda-Sivananda Sena; jane­\n\nknows; uc;fiya-pathera-of the path going to Orissa; sandhana-junctions.\nTRANSLATION\nSivananda Sena took care of everyone and gave each devotee places to stay.\nHe knew all the paths leading to Orissa.\nTEXT 17\n\nc.fl<ti� �<t �� �t$�tt\"f �tf�\"f1 I\n11<t1 ��I!P1 f-t�til\"! �7;�\"11 �&111111 �9 ll\n\n", "ant4#p0092": "Text 19]\n\nThe Lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Par:\"J{,Iita\n\n59\n\neka-dina saba /aka gh.Wyale rakhila\nsaba chac;Jana sivananda eka/a rahila\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day;\n\nsaba /oka-all the members of the party; ghatiyale\n\nrakhila-were checked by the toll collector; saba-all of them; chac;iafia-causing\nto be let go; sivananda-Sivananda Sena; ekala rahila-re mained alone.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day when the party was being checked by a toll collector, the devotees\nwere allowed to pass, and Sivananda Sena remained behind alone to pay the\ntaxes.\nTEXT 18\n\n�� f� ���i �fJ(·f'ei!� �..�t� I\n\nfi&t�'ti{\"f �ifl �t�\"'te{ i{f� fif�� II �lr II\nsabe giya rahila grama-bhitara vrk�a-tale\nsivananda vina vasa-sthana nahi mile\nSYNONYMS\nsabe-all of them; giya-going; rahi/a-remained; grama-bhitara-inside a\nvillage; vrk�a-ta/e-under a tree; sivananda vina-without Sivananda Sena; vasasthana\n\n-\n\nresidential quarters; nahi mile-no one could get.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe party went into a village and waited beneath a tree because no one but\nSivananda Sen a could arrange for their residential quarters.\nTEXT 19\n\nfii\\!Jti{\"f�� �t� �Jt�� ��1 I\nfirt�te{t\"f �tM 1>ft�� �t�1 e{i 1>ft�i II �� II\nnityananda-prabhu bhokhe vyakula hana\nsivananda gali pac;ie vasa na pana\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda-prabhu-Lord Nityananda Prabhu; bhokhe-became very hungry;\nvyakula hana-being disturbed; sivananda gali pa c;ie-was calling Sivananda ill\nnames; vasa na pana-not getting residential quarters.\n\n", "ant4#p0093": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n60\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nNityananda Prabhu meanwhile became very hungry and upset. Because He\nhad not yet obtained a suitable residence, He began calling Sivananda Sena ill\nnames.\nTEXT 20\n\n'�i{ � 11?<fi f-t�t1f, (Jj� i{1 �i'f I\n'�t�;;� 11�' ''St'f, '11tt1f �t:��1 i\\1 <;�\\S�t�l'l' II� 011\n'tina putra maruka sivara, ekhana na aila\nbhokhe mari' genu, more vasa na deoyaila'\nSYNONYMS\ntina putra-three sons; maruka-let them die; sivara-of Sivananda Sena;\nekhana-here; na ai/a-he does not come; bhokhe mari' genu-lam dying from\nhunger; more-for Me; vasa-residential place; na deoyaila-he did not arrange.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sivananda Sena has not arranged for My residence,\" He complained, \"and\nI am so hungry I could die. Because he has not come, I curse his three sons to\ndie.\"\nTEXT 21\n\n�fil' f-t�ti{t�1f 9f'i) �tf�ti! i'ftf'Sti'f1 I\n'�i{<fitti'f fit� ti{itf 'itt'Gt Cftti! �t�i'f1 II � � II\nsuni' sivanandera patni kandite lagila\nhena-kale sivananda ghati haite aila\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; sivanandera-of Sivananda Sena; patni-the wife; kandite\nlagila-began to cry; hena-kale-at this time; sivananda-Sivananda Sena; ghati\nhaite-from the toll <:tation; ai/a-came.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this curse, Sivananda Sena's wife began to cry. Just then, Sivananda\nreturned from the toll station.\n\n", "ant4#p0094": "Text 24]\n\nThe Lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Pai)Qita\n\n61\n\nTEXT 22\n\nf-t�t�t�� �ft itt� �t�� �tfitt�i I\n\n'�00 lift� fwt!i:� <;'m�tf� �t�i � �t�i' ����II\nsivanandera patni tanre kahena kandiya\n'putre sapa dichena gosMii vasa na pafia'\nSYNONYMS\nsivanandera-of Sivananda Sena; patni-the wife; tanre-unto him; kahenasays; kandiya-crying; putre-on our sons; sapa-curse; dichena-awarded;\ngosafii-Nityananda Prabhu; vasa na pafia-not getting His residential quarters.\nTRANSLATION\nCrying, his wife informed him, \"Lord Nityananda has cursed our sons to die\nbecause His quarters have not been provided.\"\nTEXT 23\n\n'�� <flt�,- \"<fl�fiif, (;�t� �� �tf��i ?\n��<fl �tilt� f�� �\\!i 'i� �tUft� '1$i II\" �� II\ntenho kahe,-\"bauli, kene maris kandiya?\nmaruka amara tina putra tanra balai lana\n\n\"\n\nSYNONYMS\ntenho kahe-he said;\n\nbauli-crazy woman;\n\nkene-why; maris-are you\n\ndying; kandiya-crying; maruka-let die; amara-my; tina-three; putra-sons;\ntar'lra-His; balai-inconveniences; /afia-taking.\nTRANSLATION\nSivananda Sena replied, \"You crazy woman! Why are you needlessly crying? Let my three sons die for all the inconvenience we have caused Nityananda Prabhu.\"\nTEXT 24\nl!li! �M'\n\n�-�-r <;\"it'ii f�t�� I\n\n��'itt� \"'ftfQ! ilt�Gi1 �� fii�Jt�\"f II �8 ll\neta bali' prabhu-pase gela sivananda\nuthi' tanre lathi maila prabhu nityananda\n\n", "ant4#p0095": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n62\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; prabhu-pase-to Nityananda Prabhu; ge/a-went; sivananda-Sivananda Sena; uthi'-standing up; tailre-him; lathi mai/a-kicked;\nprabhu-the Lord; nityananda-Nityananda.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Sivananda Sena went to Nityananda Prabhu, who then\nstood up and kicked him.\nTEXT 25\n\n�tilfitt� c�i11 f-t<�t� 9ft���� 9ft�11\n�!l1t�1-�� C��1 <;�)�-�l;� f�111 II �� II\nanandita haila sivai pada-prahara paiia\nsighra vasa-ghara kaila gaur;ia-ghare giya\nSYNONYMS\nanandita haila-became very pleased; sivai-Sivananda Sena; pada-prahara\npaiia-being kicked; sighra-very soon; vasa-ghara-residential place; kai/a-arranged; gaur;ia-ghare-to a milkman's house; giya-going.\nTRANSLATION\nVery pleased at being kicked, Sivananda Sena quickly arranged for a milkman's house to be the lord's residence.\nTEXT 26\n\n��l;'i ${Rl111 �\"l;� <lt�i11 Qf�1 <;�'it I\n1�1 fif111 �� ��1 ��tl! �tf� II � � II\ncaraf)e dhariya prabhure vasaya laiia gela\nvasa diya hr�ta haiia kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\ncaraQe-the feet;\n\ndhariya-catching;\n\nprabhure-Lord Nityananda Prabhu;\n\nvasaya-to His residence; /aiia-taking; ge/a-went; vasa diya-after giving His\nresidential quarters; hma haiia-being very pleased; kahite lagila-began to\nspeak.\n\n", "ant4#p0096": "Text 28]\n\nThe Lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Par:u;tita\n\n63\n\nTRANSLATION\nSivananda Sena touched the lotus feet of Nityananda Prabhu and led Him to\nHis residence. A fter giving the Lord His quarters, Sivananda Sena, being very\npleased, spoke as follows.\nTEXT 27\n\n\"�t� �tt1f '�J � f1f' �'l'�'Rt ,�'11 I\n�i{ ���t� ,f;�J�, �t'StJ �\"' �'i1 II �'l II\n\"aji more bhrtya kari' angikara kaila\nyemana aparadha bhrtyera, yogya phala dila\nSYNONYMS\naji-today;\n\nmore-me;\n\nbhrtya-servant;\n\nkari'-as;\n\nar'lgikara-acceptance;\n\nkai/a-You have done; yemana-as; aparadha-offense; bhrtyera-of the servant; yogya-proper; pha/a-result; di/a-You have given.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Today You have accepted me as Your servant and have properly punished\nme for my offense.\nTEXT 28\n\n'-tt�'-�r;'i ��1 ��,- cJl ,�tm� '��'tt' 1\nm'Str;� ,�tlf'Rt ��� �<�� ,�r-t iSf.. l 1 �\"' 11\n'sasti'-cha/e krpa kara,-e tamara 'k... •u!Ja'\ntrijagate tamara caritra bujhe kon jana?\nSYNONYMS\nsasti-chale-on the pretext of chastisement; krpa kara-You bestow mercy;\ne-this; tamara karuQa-Your causeless mercy;\n\ntri-jagate-within the three\n\nworlds; tomara-Your; caritra-character; bujhe-understands; kon jana-what\nperson.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, Your chastising me is Your causeless mercy. Who within the\nthree worlds can understand Your real character?\n\n", "ant4#p0097": "[A ntya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n64\n\nTEXT 29\n\n�nf �i(<e <;i!t�t� �1>�'1·<;�� I\n\n�il 1>�'1·\"'9faf ��� �t� ��� i!'l_ II�� II\nbrahmara durfabha tamara sri-Caraf)a-ref)U\nhena caraf)a-sparsa paila mora adhama tanu\nSYNONYMS\nbrahmara-by Lord Brahma; durlabha-almost unattainable; tomara-Your; sricaraf)a-ref)u-dust of the lotus feet; hena-such; caraf)a-sparsa-touch of the\nlotus feet; paila-got; mora-my; adhama-most fallen; tanu-body.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The dust of Your lotus feet is not attainable even by lord Brahma, yet Your\nlotus feet have touched my wretched body.\nTEXT 30\n\n�t� <;�t� �<fi� C� iS'fiJT, ��' <f.-sf I\n�� 'Pf�il; ����, �� <t>t'Jf, �\"Sf 11\" ·�o II\naji mora saphala haifa janma, kula, karma\naji painu kr?Qa-bhakti, artha, kama, dharma\"\nSYNONYMS\naji-today; mora-my; sa-phala-successful; haifa-became; janma-birth;\nkula-family;\n\nkarma-activities;\n\nbhakti-devotional\n\nservice\n\nto\n\naji-today;\nLord\n\nKr�r:Ja;\n\npainu-1\n\nhave\n\nartha-economic\n\ngotten;\n\nkr?Qa­\n\ndevelopment;\n\nkama-satisfaction of the senses; dharma-religion.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Today my birth, my family and my activities have all become successful.\nToday I have achieved the fulfillment of religious principles, economic\ndevelopment, satisfaction of the senses and ultimately devotional service to\nLord Kr�r;�a.\"\nTEXT 31\n\n��' �'!Ttili1f��� �tilf�� �i{ I\n\n��' fit�ti{7;11f C�� <;(21'Jf-�t�il II �� II\n\n", "ant4#p0098": "Text 33)\n\nThe lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Pa�f,lita\n\n65\n\nsuni' nityananda-prabhura anandita mana\nuthi' sivanande kaila prema-alingana\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing;\n\nnityananda-prabhura-of Lord Nityananda;\n\nanandita-very\n\npleased; mana-mind; uthi'-standing up; sivanande-unto Sivananda Sena;\nkai/a-performed; prema-in love; a/iligana-embracing.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen lord Nityananda heard this, He was very happy. He rose and\nembraced Sivananda Sena in great love.\nTEXT 32\n\n�rtilf\"t� f-t�til� <15?;11' ��t�til 1\n�rt�f1itN·���r;�r;� Rf'11 �t�t�til II �� II\nanandita sivananda kare samadhana\nacaryadi-vai$f)avere dila vasa-sthana\nSYNONYMS\nanandita-pleased; sivananda-Sivananda Sena; kare samadhana-began to\narrange things; acarya-adi-vai$Qavere-unto all the Vai�t:Javas, headed by Advaita\nAcarya; di/a-gave; vasa-sthana-residential places.\nTRANSLATION\nBeing very pleased by Nityananda Prabhu's behavior, Sivananda Sena began\nto arrange residential quarters for all the Vai��avas, headed by Advaita\nAcarya.\nTEXT 33\n\nfi{�Jtil\"f��11' �� !)�(!!-'����' I\n\n� ��1 'itf� �rtBt' <15?;11' �t11' f� II�� II\nnityananda-prabhura saba caritra- 'viparfta'\nkruddha hafia /athi mari' kare tara hita\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda-prabhura-of Lord SrT Nityananda Prabhu; saba caritra-all characteristics; viparita-contradictory; kruddha hafia-becoming angry; lathi mari'kicking; kare-performs; tara hita-his benefit.\n\n", "ant4#p0099": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n66\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne of Sri Nityananda Prabhu's characteristics is His contradictory nature.\nWhen He becomes angry and kicks someone, it is actually to his benefit.\nTEXT 34\n\nf�t�t\"f� �tf'$f�i,-�<!it�·,#l� �� I\n111'1ft1f �t'$f·�� <lit� <lifit' ���t� II �8 II\nsivanandera bhagina, -srTkanta-sena nama\nmamara agocare kahe kari' abhimana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsivanandera-of Sivananda Sena;\n\nbhagina-the sister's son;\n\nsrTkanta-sena\n\nnama-named SrTkanta Sena; mamara-of his maternal uncle; agocare-in the\nabsence of; kahe-said; kari' abhimana-w ith an offended state of mind.\nTRANSLATION\nSivananda Sena's nephew, Srikanta, the son of his sister, felt offended, and\nhe commented on the matter when his uncle was absent.\nTEXT 35\n\n\"���t\"J ?tt��\\if ,11Bf �'lt� �r� 1\n'it�·�' <lit�i{ ''$ft#!tf�, itt� �ttif 'It�\" II\n\"caitanyera pari?ada mora matulera khyati\n'thakura/T' karena gosani, tafire mare lathi\"\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaitanyera pari?ada-associate of SrT Caitanya\nmatu/era-of the maternal uncle;\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkhyati-reputation;\n\nmora-my;\n\nthakura/T-superiority;\n\nkarena -exhibits; gosani -Nityananda Prabhu; tafire -him; mare lathi -kicks.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My uncle is well known as one of the associates of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, but Lord Nityananda Prabhu asserts His superiority by kicking\nhim.\"\n\n", "ant4#p0100": "Text 37]\n\nThe lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Pa�c;Jita\n\n67\n\nTEXT 36\n\n�I! �fiirt ��t�, �1l'r� �tt� �f�' �til I\n� Pit�' �tt� '�11f�t�'-� •til II �� II\neta bali' srikanta, balaka age cali' yana\nsanga char;ii' age gela mahaprabhura sthana\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; srikanta-the nephew of Sivananda Sena; balaka-a\nboy; age cali' yana-went forward; sanga char;ii'-giving up their association;\nage-forward; ge/a-went; mahaprabhura sthana-to the place of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Srikanta, who was only a boy, left the group and traveled\non alone to the residence of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 37\n\n(;\"P!�tfir-�'111 �t� ��e,·il� I\n(;�R\"f ��,-'��t�, �� (;\"P!�tfer �1!-tl' 11\npetangi-gaya kare daQr;iavat-namaskara\ngovinda kahe,-'srikanta, age petangi utara'\nSYNONYMS\npetangi-shirt and coat; gaya-on the body;\n\nkare-performs;\n\ndaQr;iavat­\n\nnamaskara-offering of obeisances; govinda kahe-Govinda said; srikanta-my\ndear Srikanta; age-first; petangi utara-take off your shirt and coat.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Srikanta offered obeisances to the lord, he was still wearing his shirt\nand coat. Therefore Govinda told him, \"My dear Srikanta, first take off these\ngarments.\"\nPURPORT\nOne is forbidden to enter the Deity room or offer anything to the Deity while\nwearing a shirt or coat. In the tantras it is said:\n\n", "ant4#p0101": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n68\n\nvastreQavrta-dehas tu\nyo narab praQamed dharim\nsvitri bhavati mar;Jhatma\nsapta janmani bhavini\n\"Anyone who offers respects and obeisances to the Deity while wearing garments on the upper portion of his body is condemned to be a leper for seven\nbirths.\"\nTEXT 38\n\n� ��,-\"���f�r�ttti�t�11fti{�:111 1\nf�i i{1 ���' <151!1<15, �ttl! �m �� II\" �lr II\nprabhu kahe,-\"srikanta asiyache pana mano-dubkha\nkichu na baliha, karuka, yate ihara sukha\"\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; srikanta-Srikanta; asiyachehas come; pana-getting; manab-dubkha-distress in the mind; kichu-anything; na baliha-do not say; karuka-let him do; yate-by which; ihara-his;\nsukha-happiness.\nTRANSLATION\nAs Govinda was warning Srikanta, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Don't\nbother him. Let Srikanta do whatever he likes, for he has come here in a distressed state of mind.\"\nTEXT 39\n\nC�t'111f �1�1f c;�'Pftf� �� I\n�t<fi �t<fi :JY�11f i{t1f �<fit� iSfti{t�� II �� II\nvai�Qavera samacara gosani puchila\neke eke sabara nama srikanta janaila\nSYNONYMS\nvai�Qavera-of all the Vai�r:Javas;\n\nsamacara -news;\n\ngosani-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; puchi/a-inquired; eke eke-one after another; sabara-of all of\nthem; nama-names; srikanta-the nephew of Sivananda Sena; janai/a-informed.\n\n", "ant4#p0102": "Text 41]\n\nThe Lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Par:Jc;Jita\n\n69\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu inquired from Srikanta about all the Vai�r:Javas,\nand the boy informed the Lord about them, naming them one after another.\nTEXT 40\n\n'�:� 9ft<$i �tfif�tc;�'-�� �� �t�J ��' I\n\n'Sftfii\"Ji '��� �'l'-�1! �\"l�f�' II So II\n'du/:rkha pana asiyache'-ei prabhura vakya suni'\njanila 'sarvajna prabhu'-eta anumani'\nSYNONYMS\ndu/:rkha-unhappiness;\n\npafia-getting;\n\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya\n\nasiyache-he has come;\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nvakya-statement;\n\nei-this;\n\nsuni'-hearing;\n\njanila-could understand; sarvajna prabhu-the Lord is omniscient; eta-this;\nanumani' -guessing.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Srikanta Sena heard the Lord say, \"He is distressed,\" he could understand that the Lord is omniscient.\nTEXT 41\n\nfit�t�l;llt \"ftf� 1ftRf\"Ji,- �� � <fi�\"fi I\n��i �<! C��\"it'l �tf:Jt�i filf� II 8� II\nsivanande lathi mari/a, -iha na kahila\netha saba vai�Qava-gaQa asiya milila\nSYNONYMS\nsivanande-Sivananda Sena; /athi marila-(Lord Nityananda) has kicked; ihathis; na kahi la-he did not say; etha-here; saba-all; vai�Qava-gaQa-devotees;\nasiya-coming; milila-met\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs he described the Vai�r:Javas, therefore, he did not mention Lord Nityananda's kicking Sivananda Sena. Meanwhile, all the devotees arrived and went\nto meet the Lord.\n\n", "ant4#p0103": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n70\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 42\n\n��e. �� C<fi� :Jt�t� fifilil' I\n�-:Jt� � �lt� c<ti� �'-� ��-til u 8� u\npurvavat prabhu kai/a sabara milana\nstri-saba dura ha-iie kaila prabhura darasana\nSYNONYMS\npurva-vat-as previously;\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nkai/a-per­\n\nformed; sabara mi/ana-meeting everyone; stri-women; saba-all; dura haite-from a distance; kai/a-performed; prabhura darasana-seeing the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu received them all, just as He had in previous\nyears. The women, however, saw the Lord from a distance.\nTEXT 43\n\n�t:Jtt�� �e. :Jt�w.f '�'S�tlffll\n\n1(����-,��ti{ ��w.f '��1l� ll 8� ll\nvasa-ghara purvavat sabare deoyai/a\nmahaprasada-bhojane sabare bo/aila\nSYNONYMS\nvasa-ghara-residential quarters; purva-vat-as previously; sabare-unto all of\nthem; deoyaila-caused to be given; maha-prasada-the remnants of food from\n)agannatha; bhojane-to eat; sabare-unto everyone; bo/ai/a-He called.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord again arranged for the residential quarters of all the devotees and\nthereafter called them to partake of the remnants of food offered to Lord\nJagannatha.\nTEXT 44\n\nfit�til'\"' r�i{�\\Jl ,�t:Jttf�� fil�\"i 1\nf-t�ti{ltf-l\\llft'fi :Jt�� �t�:�911 c�'li u 88 u\nsivananda tina-putre gosaiiire mi/aila\nsivananda-sambandhe sabaya bahu-krpa kai/a\n\n", "ant4#p0104": "Text 47]\n\nThe Lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Par:-�ita\n\n71\n\nSYNONYMS\nsivananda-Sivananda\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nSena;\n\ntina-putre-three\n\nmi/ai/a-introduced;\n\nsons;\n\ngosafiire-unto\n\nSri\n\nsivananda-sambandhe-because\n\nthey were sons of Sivananda Sena; sabaya-unto all of them; bahu-krpa kailashowed much mercy.\nTRANSLATION\nSivananda Sena introduced his three sons to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Because they were his sons, the Lord showed the boys great mercy.\nTEXT 45\n\n!;�ti� !;�f�' �\" �'t11' �� I\n'9l1l11�\"1��'-�t11 �� �tert�'l111 8� 11\nchota-putre dekhi.' prabhu nama puchila\n'paramananda-dasa'-nama sena janaila\nSYNONYMS\nchota-putre-the\n\nyoungest\n\nson;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; nama puchi/a-inquired about his name; paramananda-dasaParamananda dasa; nama-name; sena-Sivananda Sena; janai/a-informed.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya asked the youngest son's name, and Sivananda Sena informed the Lord that his name was Paramananda dasa.\nTEXTS 46-47\n\n�('�� f�t� ��c� �tl'\"f'll\n� 'al�-21\" �tt� ��C\\! \"ftf�\"f1 II 8� II\n\n\"��t� !;�t'al� !;�� ��t� �'alt1l I\n'��t#l' �fit' �11 $fRt� t;!�t1l II 8'\\ II\npurve yabe sivananda prabhu-sthane aila\ntabe mahaprabhu tarire kahite lagila\n\"e-bara tamara yei ha-ibe kumara\n'puri-dasa' bali' nama dhariha tahara\n\n", "ant4#p0105": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n72\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSYNONYMS\npurve-formerly; yabe-when; sivananda-Sivananda Sena; prabhu-sthaneto the place of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; aifa-came; tabe-at that time;\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tarire-unto him; kahite fagifa-began\nto speak; e-bara-this time; tomara-your; yei-that; ha-ibe-will be; kumarason; puri-dasa-Puri dasa; bafi'-as; nama-name; dhariha-gave; tahara-his.\nTRANSLATION\nOnce before when Sivananda Sena had visited Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu at\nHis residence, the Lord had told him, \"When this son is born, give him the\nname Puri dasa.\"\nTEXT 48\n\n(;�� I!' ��t� I\nM<!tt�i5f �� (;�1:'1\"' iSfiJl '�a;r �t� II Sir II\n�!:<it �t�� �!:� ��\n\ntabe mayera garbhe haya sei ta' kumara\nsivananda ghare gefe, janma haifa tara\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; mayera garbhe-the womb of the mother; haya-was; sei\nta' kumara-that son; sivananda ghare gefe-when Sivananda Sena returned\nhome; janma haifa tara-he was born.\nTRANSLATION\nThe son was in the womb of his wife, and when he returned home the son\nwas born.\nTEXT 49\n\n��·llltg§t� �ftt-'1\"i �t�-'?!��tilii!·WtJt' I\n'�iff�' <lift�\"' �'{ <fiC�� t59f�� II 8� II\nprabhu-ajfiaya dharifa nama-'paramananda-dasa'\n'puri-dasa' kari' prabhu karena upahasa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-ajfiaya-under the order of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dharifa namaheld the name; paramananda-dasa-Paramananda dasa; puri-dasa-Puri dasa;\nkari'-as; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karena upahasa-began to joke.\n\n", "ant4#p0106": "Text 51)\n\nThe Lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Pa��ita\n\n73\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe child was named Paramananda dasa in accordance with the Lord's\norder, and the Lord jokingly called him Puri dasa.\nTEXT 50\n\nfit�ilf �'� c;�?J: ��<li r��t��1 1\n��� �twt� I!Rf �� fW� II <to II\nsivananda yabe sei b alak e milaila\nmahaprabhu padangu�tha tara mukhe dila\nSYNONYMS\nsivananda-Sivananda Sena; yabe-when; sei-that; ba/ake-child; mi/ai/aintroduced;\n\nmahaprabhu-Mahaprabhu;\n\npada-afigu�tha-His toe;\n\ntara-his;\n\nmukhe-within the mouth; di/a-pushed.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sivananda Sena introduced the child to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the\nLord put His toe in the child's mouth.\nPURPORT\nIn this connection one may refer to Antya-lila, Chapter Sixteen, verses 65-75,\nfor information about the later manifestations of the Lord's mercy.\nTEXT 51\n\nfit�t-�c:iii� �tmf�� c;<p �t?J:c:� �� ,\n�t� �� G;��c;<p �'t_ <!ir;� '�t��' II <1� II\nsivanandera bhagya-s indhu ke paibe para?\nyafira saba go�thike prabhu kahe 'apanara'\nSYNONYMS\nsivanandera-of Sivananda Sena; bhagya-sindhu-the ocean of fortune; kewho; paibe para-can cross over; yalira-whose; saba go�thike-whole family;\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kahe-says; apanara-His own.\nTRANSLATION\nNo one can cross over the ocean of Sivananda Sena's good fortune, for the\nLord considered Sivananda's whole family His own.\n\n", "ant4#p0107": "74\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 52\n\nl!t� �� �� Gif$1 <fiRtGif1 '<etiSfil I\n''Stt�t�l;1t �t�1 ��1 <fiRt' �tl>llil II �� II\ntabe saba bhakta /aria kari/a bhojana\ngovindere ajria dila kari' acamana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-then; saba bhakta /aria-with all the devotees; kari/a bhojana-took\nlunch; govindere-unto Govinda; ajria di/a-gave the order; kari' acamana-after\nwashing His hands and mouth.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord ate lunch in the company of all the other devotees, and after washing His hands and mouth He gave an order to Govinda.\nTEXT 53\n\n\"fit�\"�1t '��fl!', �-��� ��rn 1\n\n�t�t� ���-�� l!t1t1 '� �111 II\"�� II\n\"sivanandera 'prakrti', putra-yavat ethaya\namara ava5e$a-patra tara yena paya\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nsivanandera-of Sivananda Sena; prakrti-wife; putra-sons; yavat-as long\nas; ethaya-here; amara-My; ava5e$a-patra-plate of the remnants of food;\n\ntara-all of them; yena-must; paya-get.\nTRANSLATION\n\"As long as Sivananda Sena's wife and children stay in Jagannatha Puri,\" He\nsaid, \"they must be given the remnants of My food.\"\nTEXT 54\n\nilffl1·� '�tlif�, l!t1t ilt�-'��t��1t' I\n�<fi '��' �t_1t �t�1t fil<li� l!t1t �1t II �8 II\nnadiya-vasi modaka, tara nama-'paramesvara'\nmodaka vece, prabhura vawa nikata tara ghara\n\n", "ant4#p0108": "Text 56]\n\nThe Lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Par:Jc;lita\n\n75\n\nSYNONYMS\nnadiya-vasi-inhabitant of the district of Nadia; modaka-one confectioner;\ntara nama-his name; paramesvara-Paramesvara; modaka vece-does the business of a confectioner; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vatira nikatanear the house; tara ghara-his house.\nTRANSLATION\nThere was a resident of Nadia named Paramesvara, who was a confectioner\nliving near the home of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 55\n\n���·�ttif �t_ '!� �r;� �t��t� � f'il I\n�' � C�Ttw� c;w�t, �'- 1!�1 �t'il u �<t u\nbalaka-kale prabhu tara ghare bara bara ya'na\ndugdha, khary;ia modaka deya, prabhu taha kha'na\nSYNONYMS\nbalaka-kale-when He was a boy; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tara\nghare-at his house; bara bara-again and again; ya'na-used to go; dugdhamilk;\n\nkhar:u;ia-sweetmeats;\n\nmodaka deya-the confectioner used to give;\n\nprabhu-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; taha-that; kha'na-used to eat.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord was a boy, He would visit the house of Paramesvara Modaka\nagain and again. The confectioner would supply the Lord milk and sweetmeats, and the Lord would eat them.\nTEXT 56\n\n�-f<l�ti c;�� I!� ���·<!itif �t'! I\n'� �e.lf� �� �t�if �t� c;w�tl! u <t� u\nprabhu-vi?aye sneha tara ba/aka-ka/a haite\nse vatsara seha aila prabhure dekhite\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-vi?aye-in regard to SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nsneha-affection;\n\ntara-of Paramesvara Modaka; balaka-ka/a haite-since He was a boy; se vatsara-that year; seha-he also; ai/a-came; prabhure dekhite-to see the Lord.\n\n", "ant4#p0109": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n76\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nParamesvara Modaka had been affectionate toward the lord since His childhood, and he was one of those who came that year to see the lord at Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 57\n\n'��t� ��' �fa;' ��<te, ,<{)'1 I\n\n1!1� ��' � �tl!l!t�t� �� II GC! II\n'paramesvara mufii' bali' dar.J(;Iavat kai/a\ntare dekhi' prabhu prite tahare puchila\nSYNONYMS\nparamesvara-0 Paramesvara; kusala hao-be blessed; bhala haifa-it is very\ngood;\n\nai/a-you have come;\n\nmukundara mata-the mother of Mukunda;\n\nasiyache-has come; seha-he; prabhure kahila-informed the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he offered his obeisances to the lord, he said, \"I am the same\nParamesvara.\" Upon seeing him, the lord asked him questions with great\naffection.\nTEXT 58\n\n'�'DlW!f� �a;�'$,� '�a;, '151t�a;1' I\n\n''!_�\"!� 1Ttl!1 '151t�11t �',(;�� �t� <{)�a;iiiGirll\n'paramesvara kusala hao, bhala haifa, ai/a'\n'mukundara mata asiyache', seha prabhure kahila\nSYNONYMS\nparamesvara-0 Paramesvara; kusula hao-be blessed; bhala haifa-it is very\ngood;\n\nai/a-you have come;\n\nmukundara mata-the mother of Mukunda;\n\nasiyache-has come; seha-he; prabhure kahi/a-informed the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Paramesvara, may you be blessed. It is very\ngood that you have come here.\" Paramesvara then informed the lord,\n\"Mukundara Mata has also come.\"\n\n", "ant4#p0110": "77\n\nThe lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Par:'l<:fita\n\nText 60]\n\nTEXT 59\n\n�l\"ft� �ti!t� �t� �fil' �'f �t'f't� C��1 I\nt:!�tf� t:!t�Hl &ftr;;i! f<fii �1 ���1 II a� II\nmukundara matara nama suni' prabhu sarikoca haifa\ntathapi tahara prite kichu na bali/a\nSYNONYMS\nmukundara matara-of the mother of Mukunda; nama-name; suni'-hearing;\nprabhu-Sri\ntathapi\n\n-\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nsarikoca\n\nhaifa-felt\n\nsome\n\nhesitation;\n\nstill; tahara-of Paramesvara; prite-out of affection; kichu-anything;\n\nna bali/a-did not say.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing the name of Mukundara Mata, lord Caitanya hesitated, but because\nof affection for Paramesvara, He did not say anything.\nPURPORT\nA sannyasi is restricted from even hearing a woman's name, and Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu conducted Himself very strictly in His vow. Paramesvara informed\nthe Lord that his wife, Mukundara Mata, had come with him. He should not have\nmentioned her, and therefore the Lord hesitated for a moment, but due to His\naffection for Paramesvara, He did not say anything. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had\nknown Paramesvara Modaka since His childhood, and therefore Paramesvara did\nnot think twice about informing the Lord of his wife's arrival.\nTEXT 60\n\n�<!111-�'51� �\"-�w� �1 �tt� 1\n'fJI� �� C�� � t:!� (;:J'I� �t'i II �o II\nprasraya-pagala suddha-vaidagdhi na jane\nantare sukhi haifa prabhu tara sei guQe\nSYNONYMS\nprasraya-due to indulgence; paga/a\n\n-\n\nfoolish; suddha-pure; vaidagdhi-eti­\n\nquette; na jane-does not know; antare-within the heart; sukhi haifa-became\nvery happy; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tara-his; sei guQe-by that attribute.\n\n", "ant4#p0111": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n78\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nAn intimate relationship sometimes makes a person overstep formal etiquette. Thus Paramesvara actually pleased the Lord in His heart by his simple\nand affectionate behavior.\nPURPORT\nPrasraya means affection, humility, faith, a demand for some special concession,\nor indulgence in such a concession. Pagala means impudence, arrogance, and if}_­\n\nfluence. Vaidagdhi means cunningness, humor, beauty, expertise, learning, tricky\nbehavior, and indications.\n\nTEXT 61\n\n\"!_(�e, �\"11 ��1 �fu�1-�t'S{i( I\n��·�tt'it �\"'e. <li��1 i(� II�� II\nparvavat saba lana gw;c;fica-marjana\nratha-age parvavat karila nartana\n\nSYNONYMS\nparva-vat-as previously; saba-all the devotees; /afia-taking; guQc;fica-mar­\n\njana -the cleaning of the Gul)c;iica temple; ratha-age-in front of the chariot; purva-vat-as previously; karila nartana-danced.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees engaged in the cleansing ceremony of the Gur:u;lica temple\nand danced in front of the Ratha-yatra chariot, just as they had done in the\npast.\nTEXT 62\n\n�t�t� �\"' �ti:!i1 �<li�i �Jifi( I\n�M���� �'t_t� �<li� fii�HI'1 ll �� II\ncaturmasya saba yatra kai/a darasana\n\nmalini-prabhrti prabhure kai/a nimantraQa\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaturmasya-for four months; saba yatra-all the festivals; kai/a darasana­\n\nsaw; malini-prabhrti-ladies like Malini, the wife of Srivasa Thakura; prabhure­\n\nunto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kaila nimantraQa-made invitations.\n\n", "ant4#p0112": "Text 64]\n\nThe lord's Dealings with Jagadananda PaQc,lita\n\n79\n\nTRANSLATION\nFor four consecutive months, the devotees observed all the festivals. The\nwives, such as Malini, extended invitations for lunch to Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 63\n\n�� f�11 ifti{1 i!f�J �tfil11t�� c;�lef C��� I\n\nc;�� �U'til �fit' f�'Jfii (;lifil ��-�� II �� II\nprabhura priya nana dravya aniyache desa haite\nsei vyanjana kari' bhik�a dena ghara-bhate\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; priya-dear; nana dravya-varieties of\nthings; aniyache- brought; desa haite-from their country; sei vyanjana kari'preparing those vegetables; bhik�a dena-offer food; ghara-bhate-cooking at\nhome.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom Bengal the devotees had brought varieties of Bengali food that Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu liked. They also cooked various grains and vegetables\nin their homes and offered them to the lord.\nTEXT 64\n\nfifr;il iltil1 m� ��i( 'f$1 �-st'l 1\n� ��-f<t�� �'t ���il c;�ttifil II �8 II\ndine nana kriqa kare lana bhakta-gaf)a\nratrye kr�Qa-vicchede prabhu karena rodana\nSYNONYMS\ndine-during the day; nana-various; kri(fa kare-performed pastimes; lana\nbhakta-gaf)a-with His devotees; ratrye-at night; kr�Qa-vicchede-because of\nseparation from Kr�l)a; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karena rodana-cries.\nTRANSLATION\nDuring the day, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu engaged in various activities with\nHis devotees, but at night He felt great separation from K��Qa and used to cry.\n\n", "ant4#p0113": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n80\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 65\n\n�l�'! iltili�ift� �1'1_�� '�\" I\n,�c;�c;-t �lc;'! \\!� rec;9 �19§i �'f II �� II\nei-mata nana-lilaya caturmasya gela\ngauc;fa-dese yaite tabe bhakte ajna dila\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; nana-lilaya-in various pastimes; caturmasya ge/a-the\nfour months of the rainy season passed; gauc;fa-dese yaite-to return to Bengal;\ntabe-at\n\nthat\n\ntime;\n\nthe\n\nbhakte-all\n\ndevotees;\n\najna\n\ndila-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu ordered.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way the Lord spent the four months of the rainy season in various\npastimes, and then He ordered the Bengali devotees to return to their homes.\nTEXT 66\n\n�� <e� �c;1!1il ���1!1 fillW't I\n�(�c;� � ?;�il �� �� �� II �� II\nsaba bhakta karena mahaprabhura nimantral)a\nsarva-bhakte kahena prabhu madhura vacana\nSYNONYMS\nsaba bhakta-all the devotees; karena mahaprabhura nimantral)a- i nvite Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu to lunch; sarva-bhakte-to all the devotees; kahenaspeaks; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; madhura vacana-sweet words.\nTRANSLATION\nAll\n\nthe\n\ndevotees\n\nfrom\n\nBengal\n\nwould\n\nregularly\n\ninvite\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu for lunch, and the Lord would speak to them in very sweet\nwords.\nTEXT 67\n\n\"���c;-ti �tl� �t<f �� Of�� I\n�tf� �lc;\\! �:� �� <ftl�?;\\! II �'l II\n\n", "ant4#p0114": "Text 69]\n\nThe Lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Par:u;lita\n\n81\n\n\"prati-var�e aisa sabe amare dekhite\nasite yaite dul)kha pao bahu-mate\nSYNONYMS\nprati-var�e-every year; aisa-come; sabe-all of you; amare dekhite-to see\nMe; asite-to come; yaite-to return; dul)kha pao-you get much trouble;\nbahu-mate-in various ways.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All of you come to see Me every year,\" the Lord said. \"To come here and\nthen return must certainly give you great trouble.\nTEXT 68\n\n<;�-��� �:� ��' �t� �t�f${� I\n�t111·�<ffit ��t� <;�t� �t� �t� II �17- II\ntoma-sabara dul)kha jani' cahi ni�edhite\ntoma-sabara satiga-sukhe /obha bar;Je citte\nSYNONYMS\ntoma-sabara-of all of you;\n\ndu/:lkha-trouble;\n\njani'-understanding;\n\ncahi\n\nni�edhite-1 want to stop this; toma-sabara-of all of you; satiga-sukhe-for the\nhappiness of association; /obha-desire; bar;/e-increases; citte-in My mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I would like to forbid you to do this, but I enjoy your company so much\nthat My desire for your association only increases.\nTEXT 69\n\n�i!Jtiltlfl � �'1· <;�lt�i! ��I\n�te�i1 ��, �t��, f� ?ttf1( �row� ? �� 11\nnityanande ajna diluti gaur;lete rahite\najna latighi' aila, ki pari balite?\nSYNONYMS\nnityanande-unto Sri Nityananda Prabhu; ajna di/uti-1 ordered; gaur;fete\nrahite-to stay in Bengal; ajna /atighi'-transgressing My order; ai/a-He has\ncome; ki-what; pari balite-can I say.\n\n", "ant4#p0115": "82\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I\n\nordered Sri Nityananda Prabhu not to leave Bengal, but He has\n\ntransgressed My order and come to see Me. What can I say?\nTEXT 70\n\n�t��i{ �t�t�-,�t�tf� <;11tt� 7f'Pi1 �fif' I\n\n(;�11-�t'l � �tfif, �filtl! i{i 'Pftfif II 'I\n\no\n\nII\n\nailena acarya-gosafii more krpa kari'\nprema-we baddha ami, sudhite na pari\nSYNONYMS\nai/ena-has come; acarya-gosafii-Advaita Acarya; more-to Me; krpa kari'giving mercy; prema-of love; we-by the debt; baddha ami-1 am bound;\nsudhite-to pay back; na pari-1 am unable.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Out of His causeless mercy upon Me, Advaita Acarya has also come here. I\nam indebted to Him for His affectionate behavior. This debt is impossible for\nMe to liquidate.\nTEXT 71\n\n<;11t� �tf�' 'it·��J�·'1ftt� ijT��1 I\n\ni{li{ilj\"$(11 'Pi���' �'l�t�i{ �t�1 II '\\� II\nmora lagi' stri-putra-grhadi chac;liya\nnana durgama patha langhi' aisena dhafia\nSYNONYMS\nmora lagi'-for Me; stri-wife;\nchac;/iya-leaving\n\naside;\n\nputra-sons;\n\nnana-various;\n\ngrha-adi-home and so on;\n\ndurgama-difficult;\n\npatha-paths;\n\n/alighi'-crossing; aisena dhafia-come here with great haste.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All My devotees come here just for Me. Leaving aside their homes and\nfamilies, they travel by very difficult paths to come here in great haste.\nTEXT 72\n\n�tfif �� ��t�� �� '� ��111 I\n\"Ptf1ti!t11 i{T� <;11'1� �'111 ��t� �f�11111 '\\� II\n\n", "ant4#p0116": "Text 74]\n\nThe Lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Par:J�ita\n\n83\n\nami ei nilaca/e rahi ye vasiya\nparisrama nahi mora toma sabara lagiya\nSYNONYMS\nami-1; ei-this; ni/aca/e-atjagannatha Puri; rahi-remain; ye vasiya-sitting;\nparisrama nahi mora-l have no fatigue; toma sabara lagiya-due to all of you.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is no fatigue or trouble for Me, for I stay here at Nilacala, Jagannatha\nPuri, and do not move at all. This is the favor of all of you.\nTEXT 73\n\n��Jt� �'!<{ ,�, ilt� '<��til ${ill\nf� ��i �11lt1l �'I ��� 'llft'iil ? �� II\nsannyasi manu?a mora, nahi kana dhana\nki diya tamara wa karimu sodhana?\nSYNONYMS\nsannyasi manu?a-in the renounced order of life; mora-My; nahi-there is\nnot; kana-any; dhana-money; ki-what; diya-giving; tamara wa-the debt\nto you; karimu sodhana-shall I repay.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am a mendicant and have no money. How can I clear My debt for the\n\nfavor you have shown Mel\nTEXT 74\n\n't;�'al� 'til 'l.!t'all� �i_ �1l9f'l I\n1.!1tl ��t�, <t1t1 ,��tl! '1.!�1( 'alii II\" �8 II\ndeha-matra dhana tomaya kailuri samarpaf)a\ntahari vikai, yahari vecite tamara mana\"\nSYNONYMS\ndeha-body; matra-only; dhana-asset; tomaya-unto you; kailuri samarpaQa-1 have dedicated; tahari-there; vikai-1 sell; yahari-where; vecite-to\nsell; tomara mana-your mind.\n\n", "ant4#p0117": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n84\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have only this body, and therefore I surrender it unto you. Now, if you\nwish, you may sell it anywhere you like. It is your property.\"\nTEXT 75\n\n�'t_l �� � (!f�1_1! Jlil I\n���1'1t·il�ti1 �� ���il �il II '\\� II\nprabhura vacane sabara dravi-bhata mana\najhora-nayane sabe karena krandana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vacane-by the words; sabara-of\neveryone;\n\ndravi-bhata-melted;\n\nmana-hearts;\n\najhora-incessantly\n\npouring\n\ntears; nayane-eyes; sabe-all; karena krandana-were crying.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen all the devotees heard these sweet words of lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, their hearts melted, and they began to shed incessant tears.\nTEXT 76\n\n�'- ��Hf �� -.RI' ���i{ <;�t�il I\n�tf\"f�i! �tf\"f�i! ��t11 C<f.ifl �tf'i'?il II \"� II\nprabhu sabara gala dhari' karena rodana\nkandite kandite sabaya kaila alingana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sabara-of all of them; gala-necks;\ndhari'-catc�ing; karena rodana-began to cry; kandite kandite-crying and crying; sabaya-all of them; kaila alingana-He embraced.\nTRANSLATION\nCatching hold of His devotees, the lord embraced them all and began to\ncry and cry.\nTEXT 77\n\n��t� ��'i, <;�� �f'l�(! illRl'i I\n\n�11 tifil �t�·�t(! (ft�JI�i! <;�'i II '\\'\\ II\n\n", "ant4#p0118": "Text 79]\n\nThe Lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Par:-�ita\n\n85\n\nsabai rahila, keha calite narila\n\nara dina par'lca-sata ei-mate ge/a\nSYNONYMS\nsabai rahila-all of them stayed; keha calite narila-no one could move; arafurther; dina parica-sata-five to seven days; ei-mate-in this way; ge/a-passed.\nTRANSLATION\nUnable to leave, everyone remained there, and five to seven more days thus\npassed by.\nTEXT 78\n\n�C! ��'i_C! f�i; <lit� ��-� I\n\"��tiS'f c;'!t'al� �t'i iS'f�e, f<r<�S111 II 'liT' II\nadvaita avadhDta kichu kahe prabhu-paya\n\"sahaje tamara guf)e jagat vikaya\nSYNONYMS\nadvaita-Advaita Prahbu; avadhata-Nityananda Prabhu; kichu-something;\nkahe-said; prabhu-paya-at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sahajenaturally; tamara-Your;\n\ngul)e-because of transcendental attributes;\n\njagat\n\nvikaya-the whole world is obligated to You.\nTRANSLATION\nA dvaita Prabhu and Lord Nityananda Prabhu submitted these words at the\nlotus feet of the Lord: \"The entire world is naturally obligated to You for Your\ntranscendental attributes.\nTEXT 79\n\n�1<ft� C!tt'! <tt�'-�tli �111·<tt<fiJ·c;l5it11' I\n\n�tili lit�' c;<li�i <�itt! �tl<ttt� 11tt� ?\" 'I� II\nabara tate bandha'-aiche krpa-vakya-gore\ntoma chagi' keba kahan yaibare pare?\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nabara-again; tate-by that; bandha'-You bind; aiche-such; krpa-merciful;\n\nvakya-of words; gore-by the rope; toma cha(ii'-leaving You; keba-who;\nkahar'!-anywhere; yaibare pare-can go.\n\n", "ant4#p0119": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n86\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Yet You bind Your devotees again with Your sweet words. Under these\ncircumstances, who can go anywhere?\"\nTEXT 80\n\n�7;<( �t_ ��t<litt1t �t�t� <liRf1li I\n\n�<ftt� �� fif'li �f\"' ��i lllro II\ntabe prabhu sabakare prabodha kariya\nsabare vidaya dila susthira haiia\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sabakare-all of them;\nprabodha kariya-pacifying; sabare-to every one of them; vidaya dila-bade\nfarewell; su-sthira haiia-being in a peaceful condition.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu peacefully calmed them all and bade each of\nthem farewell.\nTEXT 81\n\nfii!Jti{tllf ��i'fi-\"� iii �t�� ���t� I\n��t� \"--!i1{t� �tr ��t� '�t11t� II\" lr� II\nnityanande kahila-\"tumi na asiha bara-bara\ntathai amara satiga ha-ibe tamara\"\nSYNONYMS\nnityanande-unto Nityananda Prabhu; kahila-said; tumi-You; na asiha-do\nnot come; bara-bara-again and again; tathai-there (in Bengal); amara-My;\nsatiga-association; ha-ibe-there will be; tamara--Your.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord specifically advised Nityananda Prabhu, \"You should not come\nhere again and again. You will have My association in Bengal.\"\nTEXT 82\n\n�til �� �'@'5t'l ,�.. \"<fim1 1\n11�t�t_ ��i'f1 �r;;� f;q��� ��i II lr� II\n\n", "ant4#p0120": "Text 84]\n\nThe lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Pa•:u;lita\n\n87\n\ncafe saba bhakta-ga(la rodana kariya\nmahaprabhu rahifa ghare vi�a(l(la hana\nSYNONYMS\ncafe-proceed; saba-all; bhakta-gaQa-the devotees; rodana kariya-crying;\nmahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rahi/a-remained; ghare-at His place;\nvi�a(l(la hana-being very morose.\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began their journey crying, while\nthe lord remained morosely at His residence.\nTEXT 83\n\n��·�9ft�ttJ �'t_ �tfq;�i ��tt� I\n��'f.� ?9fi·�tJ '� '-ttfi{t'! 9ftt� 717'� II\nnija-krpa-gu(le prabhu bandhila sabare\nmahaprabhura krpa-wa ke sodhite pare?\nSYNONYMS\nnija-own; krpa-guQe-by the attribute of mercy;\nMahaprabhu;\n\nbandhila-bound;\n\nsabare-everyone;\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya\nmahaprabhura-of\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; krpa-wa-debt for the mercy; ke-who; sodhite parecan repay.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord bound everyone by His transcendental mercy. Who can repay his\ndebt for the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu?\nTEXT 84\n\n�tt1f ��li �t�t� �'t, �1!!1 -� I\n'!Ttl! �tt� �1fc�' 'i'ft� �t11 (;liflrft�1f 1117'8 II\nyare yaiche nacaya prabhu svatantra isvara\ntate tar'lre chac;li' /aka yaya desantara\nSYNONYMS\nyare-whomever; yaiche-as; nacaya-causes to dance; prabhu-SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; svatantra isvara-the fully independent Personality of Godhead;\n\n", "ant4#p0121": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n88\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\ntate-therefore; talire-Him; cha<;li'-leaving; /oka-people; yaya-go; desa-antara\n\n-\n\nto different parts of the country.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the fully independent Personality of Godhead\nand makes everyone dance as He likes. Leaving His company, therefore, all\nthe devotees returned to their homes in different parts of the country.\nTEXT 85\n\n.rtR �� <;� �t<fl �tG'hl I\n�-mi11 � �� en � \" 17-a- \"\nka?thera putali yena kuhake nacaya\nfsvara-caritra kichu bujhana na yaya\nSYNONYMS\nka?thera-made of\n\nwood;\n\nputali-do ll;\n\nyena-as;\n\nkuhake-a\n\nmag1c1an;\n\nnacaya-causes to dance; fsvara-caritra-the characteristic of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kichu bujhana na yaya-no one can understand.\nTRANSLATION\nAs a wooden doll dances to the will of a puppeteer, everything is accomplished by the will of the Lord. Who can understand the characteristics of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead?\nTEXT 86\n\n��� iSfmt� '��' ���t1f I\n\n�\"l,-�telt '1$1 �1�\"1 �fu1-��t11 \" lr� \"\npurva-var?e jagadananda 'ai' dekhibare\nprabhu-ajna lana aila nadfya-nagare\nSYNONYMS\n\npurva-var?e-in the previous year; jagadananda-)agadananda Pal!c;lita; ai­\n\nSacTmata; dekhibare-to see; prabhu-ajna /ana-taking the permission of Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; ai/a-came; nadfya-nagare-to the city of Nadia.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThe previous year, Jagadananda Pa�c;tita, following the Lord's order, had\nreturned to the city of Nadia to see Sacimata.\n\n", "ant4#p0122": "Text 89]\n\nThe lord's Dealings with Jagadananda PaJ:�c:;tita\n\n89\n\nTEXT 87\n\n�lb ��'I �1l' <fi�� �\"til I\n'Sf�� ��-2!�1lf �<fi� firc;�tifil II \\7'9 II\naira caraQa yai' karila vandana\njagannathera vastra-prasada kai/a nivedana\nSYNONYMS\naira-of Sacimata; caraQa-to the lotus feet; yai'-going; karila vandanaoffered prayers; jagannathera-of Lord )agannatha; vastra-prasada-cloth and\nprasada; kaila nivedana-offered.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he arrived, he offered prayers at her lotus feet and then offered her\nthe cloth and prasada of lord Jagannatha.\nTEXT 88\n\n�!,� il\"l\"tlf 1ft'!itt� 'f��e, �<fi� I\n�� �ilf!·l3f?! ';\"ft'!irof <fi�� ll \\rlr ll\nprabhura name matare daQr;iavat kaila\nprabhura vinati-stuti matare kahila\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura name-in the name of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; matare-to His\nmother; daQr;iavat kaila-he offered obeisances;\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; vinati-stuti-very submissive prayers; matare-to His mother;\nkahila-he informed.\nTRANSLATION\nHe offered obeisances to Sacimata\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nname\n\nof\n\nlord\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu and informed her of all the lord's submissive prayers to her.\nTEXT 89\n\n'Sf'Sf'ftil� �tlfl31 ';\"ft'!i1 �til� 1ftil I\n\n�1 � � ��1 <f.t�, �til �t�·ftftillllr� ll\njagadanande paiia mata anandita mane\ntenho prabhura katha kahe, sune ratri-dine\n\n", "ant4#p0123": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n90\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSYNONYMS\njagadanande-Jagadananda;\n\npai'ia-getting;\n\nmata-Sacimata;\n\nanandita\n\nmane-in great satisfaction; teriho-he; prabhura katha-the pastimes of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; kahe-speaks; sune-listens; ratri-dine-day and night.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda's coming pleased mother Saci very much. As he talked of Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, she listened day and night.\nTEXT 90\n\n�'$1�'til� ��,-\"�rti!1, �til '<fitil \"llt il 1\nQ!t'lft1( ��1 �tf�' �� �t�il '�1iSftil II �\n\no\n\nII\n\njagadananda kahe,-\"mata, kana kana dine\ntamara etha asi' prabhu karena bhajane\n\nSYNONYMS\njagadananda kahe-Jagadananda said; mata-mother; kana kana dine-sometimes; tamara etha asi'-coming here to your place; prabhu-the Lord; karena\nbhojane-accepts food.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda Pa�:\"��ita said, \"My dear mother, sometimes the Lord comes\nhere and eats all the food you have offered.\nTEXT 91\n\n,��il ��m <fit� �tilf'tti! ��1 1\n�i!i �� �t�m-l� ��-b �rnm 11 ..,� n\nbhojana kariya kahe anandita hana\nmata aji khaoyaila akaQtha puriya\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhojana kariya-after eating; kahe-says; anandita hai'ia-being very pleased;\nmata-mother; aji-today; khaayaila-fed; akaQtha-up to the neck; puriyafilling.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"After eating the food, the Lord says, 'Today, mother has fed Me up to My\nneck.\n\n", "ant4#p0124": "Text 94]\n\nThe Lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Par:\"J�ita\n\n91\n\nTEXT 92\n\n'Citfif �' <;��i{ �Rf-Jt�i i{tf� �tti{ I\n�..W! -tt� �fif' <;it�1 '��' �i{ �tti{ 11\"��11\nami yai' bhojana kari-mata nahi jane\nsak�ate khai ami' tenho 'svapna' hena mane\"\nSYNONYMS\nami-1; yai'-going; bhojana kari-eat; mata-mother; nahi jane-cannot\nunderstand; sak�ate\n\n-\n\ndi rectl y; khai ami'-1 eat; tenho-she; svapna-a dream;\n\nhena-as; mane-thinks\n\n.\n\nTRANSLAliON\n\"'I go there and eat the food My mother offers, but she cannot understand\nthat I am eating it directly. She thinks that this is a dream.' \"\nTEXT 93\n\n� ��,-\"�1! 11tf� �� �C/i{ I\n\nfil1{tf� �tl �111,-�� �� <;�t� �II�\\!) II\nmata kahe,-\"kata randhi uttama vyarijana\nnimarii ihan khaya,-iccha haya mora mana\nSYNONYMS\nmata kahe-mother said; kata-how many; randhi-1 cook; uttama vyarijanafirst-class vegetables; nimarii-Nimai; ihan-here; khaya-may eat; icchadesire; haya-is; mora mana-my mind.\nTRANSLATION\nSacimata said, \"I wish Nimai would eat all the nice vegetables I cook. That\nis my desire.\nTEXT 94\n\n��tf� -tt$1tti,-�l:fi �� <;�� Jfi{ I\n'Pf� ate{��,-'{� �f-t'!. '\"if'Pfi{' n\" �s 11\nnimarii khariache, -aiche haya mora mana\npache jriana haya,-murii dekhinu 'svapana' \"\n\n", "ant4#p0125": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n92\n\nSYNONYMS\nnimafii khafiache-Nimai has eaten;\nmana-mind;\n\npache-afterwards;\n\njfiana\n\naiche-such;\nhaya-1\n\nhaya-is;\n\nthink;\n\nmora-my;\n\nmufii-1;\n\ndekhinu\n\nsvapana-saw a dream.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sometimes I think that Nimai has eaten them, but afterwards I think that I\nwas only dreaming.\"\nTEXT 95\n\n«.ff�� iSf'$f�t�\"' -rm�1-�'� 1\n�t� �'f-� �f( 1ftfi1l·fif� II �<t II\nei-mata jagadananda sacimata-sane\ncaitanyera sukha-katha kahe rcitri-dine\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; jagadananda-Jagadananda Par;�c;lita; sacimata-sanewith mother Saci; caitanyera-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sukha-katha-words\nof happiness; kahe-says; ratri-dine-day and night.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Jagadananda PaQ<Jita and mother Saci talked day and night\nabout the happiness of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 96\n\ne�mt1f �'$ft'l �� fiff'r\"''1 1\n�'$f{fti!tl\"fl �t�1 �t<l 'Cltilfit!� ,��111 �� II\nnadiyara bhakta-gaQe sabare mififa\njagadanande pafia sabe anandita haifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nnadiyara-of Nadia, or NavadvTpa; bhakta-gaQe-the devotees; sabare-all;\nmififa-met; jagadanande-jagadananda; pafia-getting; sabe-everyone; anandita haifa-became very happy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda Par:J<Jita met all the other devotees in Nadia. They were all very\nhappy to have him present.\n\n", "ant4#p0126": "Text 99]\n\nThe Lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Par:u;lita\n\n93\n\nTEXT 97\n\n\"lllt�1i fi!fin:;'! '!t<t <;'$1� iSf'$f�te{llf 1\n\niS'f��tllf �tlfP1 C�i'f �t�t1i \"lll�llf II �\"' II\nacarya mifite tabe gefa jagadananda\njagadanande pafia haifa acarya ananda\nSYNONYMS\nacarya mifite-to meet Advaita Acarya; tabe-thereafter; gefa-went; jagadananda-Jagadananda; jagadanande paiia-getting jagadananda; haifa-became;\nacarya-Advaita Acarya; ananda-very happy.\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda Par:u;lita thereafter went to meet Advaita Acarya, who also was\nvery happy to have him.\nTEXT 98\n\n<ft��, �<ftBl·�� i9f'Stlifli1tllf �tlfPi I\n�t� mM�i �n:�, e{1 <;lifil litf�1n �17\" 11\nvasudeva, murari-gupta jagadanande pafia\nanande rakhifa ghare, na dena char;Jiya\nSYNONYMS\nvasudeva-Vasudeva; murari-gupta-Murari Gupta; jagadanande paiia-getting Jagadananda; anande-in great happiness; rakhifa-kept; ghare-at home;\nna dena char;iiya-did not allow to go out.\nTRANSLATION\nVasudeva Datta and Murari Gupta were so pleased to see Jagadananda Par;�c;lita that they kept him at their homes and would not allow him to leave.\nTEXT 99\n\nC��t�� ��<fiQ!i �te{ it� ll._t� I\n�t�e{i �t:Jtt� :Jlt<f Cl1�·<!iQ!i·�t� II �� II\ncaitanyera marma-katha sune tarira mukhe\napana pasare sabe caitanya-katha-sukhe\n\n", "ant4#p0127": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n94\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanyera-of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; marma-katha-confidential talks;\nsune-they hear; tanra mukhe-through his mouth; apana pasare-forget themselves; sabe-all of them; caitanya-katha-sukhe-in the happiness of talks of Lord\nCaitanya.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey heard confidential narrations about Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu from the\nmouth of Jagadananda Par;��ita and forgot themselves in the great happiness of\nhearing about the lord.\nTEXT 100\n\niSf��til� fil�tl! �Til '�� �'{!Ji·\"Cit� I\n\n�� '� �-. �t� �t9lifl 9lt�t� II �\n\no o\n\nll\n\njagadananda milite yaya yei bhakta-ghare\nsei sei bhakta sukhe apana pasare\n\nSYNONYMS\njagadananda-Jagadananda\n\nPat;�<;lita;\n\nmilite-to meet;\n\nyaya-goes;\n\nyei­\n\nwhich; bhakta-ghare-to a devotee's house; sei sei-that; bhakta-devotee;\nsukhe-in happiness; apana pasare-forgets himself.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhenever Jagadananda Par;��ita went to visit a devotee's house, that devotee immediately forgot himself in great happiness.\nTEXT 101\n\nCl1��� '���\\!i iSf�liftil� -.� I\n�tt� f�t\"f ,�� �ttil,-'9lt�i Cl1'!�' II �0� II\ncaitanyera prema-patra jagadananda dhanya\nyare mile sei mane,-'pailun caitanya'\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanyera-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prema-patra-recipient of affection;\njagadananda-Jagadananda Pat;�<;lita; dhanya-glorious; yare mile-whomever he\nmeets; sei mane-he understands; pailun caitanya-1 have gotten Lord Caitanya.\n\n", "ant4#p0128": "Text 103]\n\nThe Lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Pa�«Jita\n\n95\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Jagadananda Pa�«Jita! He is so favored by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu that anyone who meets him thinks, \"Now I have gotten the association of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu directly.\"\nTEXT 102\n\nf-t�tiliit�·�t� �$i ��� I\n'l)ltfiltflt' ,�\"1 �ttl �<!5�t�1 '<IS\"'i II � o � II\nsivananda-sena-grhe yana rahi/a\n'candanadi' tai/a tahan eka-matra kaila\nSYNONYMS\nsivananda-sena-grhe-to the house of Sivananda Sena; yana-going; rahi/aremained; candana-adi taila-oil distilled from sandalwood and other substances;\ntahali-there; eka-matra-one matra (sixteen seers, or seras); kai/a-prepared.\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda Pa�«Jita stayed at Sivananda Sena's house for some time, and\nthey prepared about sixteen seers of scented sandalwood oil.\nTEXT 103\n\n��fllfi <!SBt�i �\"' �t�� �fil�i I\nifl\"'tl)t\"' Ql$i �i(Qli ��il <�Sfil�i II � o� II\nsugandhi kariya taila gagari bhariya\nnilaca/e lana ai/a yatana kariya\nSYNONYMS\nsu-gandhi kariya-ma king aromatic; taila-oil; gagari-a big pot; bhariya-filling; nilacale-to Jagannatha Puri; /ana-ta kin g; aila-came; yatana kariya\ngreat care.\n\n-\n\nwith\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey filled a large earthen pot with the aromatic oil, and with great care\nJagadananda Par:J«Jita brought it to Nilacala, Jagannatha Puri.\n\n", "ant4#p0129": "96\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 104\n\n,�tR?;� �f$ '�� ��111 �tf��1 I\n\"�'t_-�?;1f ��, c�'1\" ,�tRr;� <ri�'1111 :>osll\ngovindera thani tai/a dhariya rakhila\n\"prabhu-ailge diha' taila\" govinde kahila\nSYNONYMS\ngovindera tharii-in the care of Govinda; tai/a-the oil; dhariya rakhila-was\nkept; prabhu-ailge-over the body of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; diha'-put;\ntai/a-oil; govinde kahila-he advised Govinda.\nTRANSLATION\nThis oil was placed in the care of Govinda, and Jagadananda requested him,\n\"Please rub this oil on the body of the lord.\"\nTEXT 105\n\nl:!t� �'t_-�tf$ ,�t�� C<fi� til��� I\n\"sr'$Ttil'if 6�iltfit·c� �tfil11ttliil 11 :>o �t 11\ntabe prabhu-tharii govinda kaila nivedana\n\"jagadananda candanadi-taila aniyachena\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; prabhu-tharii-before Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; govinda-Govinda; kaila nivedana-submitted; jagadananda-Jagadananda Pal)c;iita; candana-adi-taila-scented sandalwood oil; aniyachena-has brought.\nTRANSLATION\nGovinda therefore told Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, \"Jagadananda Par:'«.fita has\nbrought some scented sandalwood oil.\nTEXT 106\n\ni� ��,- �'- �\" ��t� ��11 I\nf9l�·�t��Jtfii-�t<fi19lllft� �$1 �11111 :>o� II\ntailra iccha, -prabhu a/pa mas take lagaya\npitta-vayu-vyadhi-prakopa santa haria yaya\n\n", "ant4#p0130": "Text 108]\n\nThe lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Par;�c;lita\n\n97\n\nSYNONYMS\ntarira iccha -his desire; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; a/pa-very little;\nmastake /agaya-s mears over the head; pitta-vayu-vyadhi-of blood pressure\ndue to bile and air; prakopa - seve rity; santa hana yaya-will be decreased.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is his desire that Your lordship apply a little of this oil on Your head so\nthat blood pressure due to bile and air will be considerably diminished.\nTEXT 107\n\n��-��� ��flfi �� '�'� \"�m 1\n�tl �tf�tt� �� �\\!il �f11'�i II\" :>oct II\neka-ka/asa sugandhi taila gauc;fete kariya\nihari aniyache bahu yatana kariya\"\nSYNONYMS\neka-kalasa-one big full jug; su-gandhi taila-scented oil; gauc;lete kariyamanufacturing in Bengal;\n\nihari-here; aniyache -has brought;\n\nbahu yatana\n\nkariya-with great care.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He prepared a large jug of it in Bengal, and with great care he has brought\nit here.\"\nTEXT 108\n\n� ��,-\"�W1'11f ift� � 'elf� I\n'!t� ���\\!�,-��'If fil� ! :>olr II\nprabhu kahe,-\"sannyasira nahi tai/e adhikara\ntahate sugandhi taila,-parama dhikkara!\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; sannyasira-for a sannyasi;\nnahi-there is not; tai/e-with oil; adhikara-use; tahate-over and above this;\nsu-gandhi tai/a-perfu med oil; parama dhik-kara-im m ediately to be rejected.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord replied, \"A sannyasi has no use for oil, especially perfumed oil\nsuch as this. Take it out immediately.\"\n\n", "ant4#p0131": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n98\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nPURPORT\nAccording to Raghunandana Bhanacarya, the spokesman for the smarta regulative principles:\nprata�-snane vrate sraddhe\ndvadasyarh grahaQe tatha\nmadya-lepa-samarh tailarh\ntasmat tailarh vivarjayet\n\"If one who has taken a vow smears oil on his body while bathing in the morning,\nwhile observing a ritualistic ceremony like the sraddha ceremony, or on dvadasi\nday, he may as well pour wine over his body. Therefore, oil should be rejected.\"\nThis word vrata (vow) is sometimes understood to refer to the sannyasa-vrata.\nRaghunandana Bhanacarya has also said in his book Tithi-tattva:\nghrtarh ca sar�aparh tailarh\nyat tailarh pu?pa-vasitam\nadu?tarh pakva-tailarh ca\ntailabhyange ca nityasa�\nThis means that clarified butter (ghee), mustard oil, floral oil and boiled oil may be\nused only by grhasthas, householders.\nTEXT 109\n\n'f�iltCQ! <;��' ''!�,-�� �� �\"'f I\nt!H ��\\!Pf C� ��11-��� 11\" �o� II\njagannathe deha' tai/a,-dipa yena jvale\ntara parisrama haiba parama-saphale\"\nSYNONYMS\n\njagannathe -unto Lord jagannatha; deha'-deliver ; taila-oil; dipa-la mps;\nyena-so; jvale -burn; tara parisrama-his labor; haiba-will become; paramasaphale -completely successful.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Deliver this oil to the temple of Jagannatha, where it may be burned in the\nlamps. In this way, Jagadananda's labor to manufacture the oil will be perfectly successful.\"\n\n", "ant4#p0132": "Text 112]\n\nThe lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Par;��ita\n\n99\n\nTEXT 110\n\n�� �Qf'l c\"Stt�\"' I!Jr'Sttiftiltl'f!t11' �r�� 1\n\n<;11� �fit' �f�� �f��, f�t; il1 ��� II ��\n\no\n\nII\n\nei katha govinda jagadanandere kahila\nmauna kari' rahila paQ(fita, kichu na kahi/a\nSYNONYMS\n\nei katha-this message; govinda-Govinda; jagadanandere kahi/a-informed\njagadananda; mauna kari'-keeping silent; rahi/a-remained; paQ(fita-Jagadananda Pat:�c;lita; kichu-anything; na kahila-did not reply.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Govinda informed Jagadananda Par;��ita of this message, Jagadananda remained silent, not saying even a word.\nTEXT 111\n\nNil tif-t ''5ttlf c'Stt�\"f iSftilt�'f � 1\n\n�futl!11 ��,-'ci!� �� <fltf �tn<fl�' �������\ndina dasa gele govinda janai/a ara-bara\npaf)gitera iccha, -'taila prabhu kare angikara'\nSYNONYMS\n\ndina dasa ge/e-when ten days passed; govinda-Govinda; janai/a-informed;\nara-bara-again; paQ(fitera iccha-the desire of Jagadananda Pat:�c;lita; tai/a-oil;\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kare angikara-accepts.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen ten days had passed, Govinda again told Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\"It is the desire of Jagadananda Par;��ita that Your lordship accept the oil.\"\nTEXT 112\n\n'ef-1' � �t� f<flt; �\\!iit$f �Tiil I\nJ(l('film �� 11t'f �Btti! 1fl(e� I ��� II\nsuni' prabhu kahe kichu sakrodha vacana\nmardaniya eka rakha karite mardana!\n\n", "ant4#p0133": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n100\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kahe-says; kichu-some;\nsa-krodha vacana-angry words; mardaniya-masseur; eka-one; rakha-keep;\nkarite mardana-to give massages.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord heard this, He angrily said, \"Why not keep a masseur to\nmassage Me?\nTEXT 113\n\n�� �� 'ltf-st' �tfif <fifir( �iUt� !\n�t� 'Jt�ilt-t'-''!t1fi·�� '�Rt?tt�' II ���II\nei sukha lagi' ami karilwi sannyasa!\namara 'sarva-nasa'-toma-sabara 'parihasa'\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; sukha-happiness; /agi'-for; ami-1; kariluti sannyasa-have taken\nto the renounced order; amara sarva-nasa-My ruination; toma-sabara-of all of\nyou; parihasa-joking\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Have I taken sannyasa for such happiness? Accepting this oil would bring\nMy ruination, and all of you would laugh.\nPURPORT\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu declared Himself a strict sannyasi. A sannyasi is not\nsupposed to take help from anyone. Retaining a masseur to give Him massages\nwould indicate His dependence on others. SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu wanted to\nfollow very strictly the principle of not accepting anyone's help for His bodily\ncomfort.\nTEXT 114\n\n�t� ��t� �'!'St'fi '1ft� '�� �tt� I\n\n'�fl �t�' �fit' �t1ftt� �f?tt� II ��8 II\npathe yaite taila-gandha mora yei pabe\n'dari sannyasi' kari' amare kahibe\n\n", "ant4#p0134": "Text 116]\n\nThe lord's Dealings with Jagadananda PaJ;��ita\n\n101\n\nSYNONYMS\n\npathe yaite-while passing on the road; taila-gandha-the scent of the oil;\nmora-My; yei pabe-anyone who smells; dari sannyasi-a tantric sannyasi who\nkeeps women for sense gratification; kari'-as; amare kahibe-they will speak of\nMe.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If someone passing on the road smelled this oil on My head, he would\nthink Me a dari sannyasi, a tantric sannyasi who keeps women.\"\nTEXT 115\n\n�fi1 �� <ft<flJ {;'5tl�\"f �)il <fl�1 I\n\n��:<fltt\"f iSf'5tWtil\"f �'t_-\"Ur;;il ��\"11 II �� lr II\nsuni prabhura vakya govinda mauna karila\nprata/:1-ka/e jagadananda prabhu-sthane aila\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuni-hearing; prabhura vakya-the statement of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ngovinda-Govinda; mauna kari/a-remained silent; prata/:1-ka/e-in the morning;\njagadananda-Jagadananda Pat:�c;lita;\n\nprabhu-sthane-to Sri Caitanya Maha­\n\nprabhu; ai/a-came.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing these words of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Govinda remained silent.\nThe next morning, Jagadananda went to see the lord.\nTEXT 116\n\n�\"- <f.t�,-'1�f��, 'l!ff �tfi\\\"'1 c;\"ii�� ��t\\! t\n�fif �' :JI:IJ1�,-'\\!\"' il1 �tfit \"'�\"\\! \\1���11\nprabhu kahe,-\"pal')c;lita, tai/a ani/a gauc;Ja ha-ite\nami ta' sannyasi,-taila na pari la-ite\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; paQc;lita-My dear Pat:�c;lita;\ntaila-oil; ani/a-you have brought; gauc;Ja ha-ite-from Bengal; ami-1; ta'-but;\nsannyasi-a sannyasi; taila-oil; na pari /a-ite-1 cannot accept.\n\n", "ant4#p0135": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n102\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said to Jagadananda Pa•:u;lita, \"My dear Par:tc;lita,\nyou have brought Me some oil from Bengal, but since I am in the renounced\norder, I cannot accept it.\nTEXT 117\n\niSf�iltt� ,�, \"J$1 W1'Pf '� � I\n'i!t;rf11' ��if�� �t<l ��t\"f II\" ��9 II\njagannathe deha' /aria dipa yena jvale\ntamara sakala srama ha-ibe sapha/e\"\nSYNONYMS\njagannathe-unto\n\nLord\n\nJagannatha;\n\ndeha'-deliver;\n\n/aria-taking;\n\ndipa­\n\nlamps; yena-so that; jva/e-burn; tamara-your; saka/a-all; srama-labor; haibe sa-phale-will be fruitful.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Deliver the oil to the temple of Jagannatha so that it may be burned in the\nlamps. Thus your labor in preparing the oil will be fruitful.\"\n\nTEXT 118\n\n�tr�� �t�,-,,<15 ,�t�tt11' <lit� r�Q!Ji �� 1\n�tfif ,�1� C�t� C�\"f <15� itt� �tfi{ II' ��lr II\npar:u;lita kahe,- 'ke tomare kahe mithya val)i\nami gaur;la haite taila kabhu nahi ani'\n\nSYNONYMS\npaQr;/ita\n\nkahe-Jagadananda Pal)c;lita said;\n\nke-who;\n\ntomare-unto You;\n\nkahe-says; mithya val)i-false stories; ami-l; gaur;la haite-from Bengal; tailaoil; kabhu nahi ani�never brought.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda Par:tc;lita replied, \"Who tells You all these false stories? I never\nbrought any oil from Bengal.\"\n\n", "ant4#p0136": "Text 121]\n\nThe lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Par:u;fita\n\n103\n\nTEXT 119\n\n�� �f'\"f' 'il� C�?;� C�'\"f-�'\"fli '\"1�1 I\n��� �wst �tferiiW� 'li>f'\"ffl1 oetfil�1 11 ��� 11\neta bali' ghara haite taila-kalasa lana\nprabhura age anginate phelila bhangiya\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; ghara haite-from the room; taila-kalasa-the jugful of\noil; /ana-taking; prabhura age-in front of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; anginatein the courtyard; phelila-threw; bhangiya-breaking.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Jagadananda Par:u;fita took the jug of oil from the room and\nthrew it down before Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in the courtyard and broke it.\nTEXT 120\n\nCl!'\"l <etl1P' 'll� ?f?;� �i'Jf-� fm11 I\n�-11i if�fli 'il?;� <fi�ti �M-m \" �� \"\n0\n\ntaila bhangi' sei pathe nija-ghara giya\nsuiya rahila ghare kapata khiliya\n\nSYNONYMS\ntaila bhangi'-breaking the pot of oil; sei-he; pathe-by the path; nijaghara-to his room; giya-going; suiya rahila-lay down; ghare-in the room;\nkapata-the door; khiliya-bolting closed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter breaking the jug, Jagadananda Par:u;lita returned to his residence,\nbolted the door and lay down.\nTEXT 121\n\n,�� fw�?;l! �� ii� �� �t�i I\n\n'���' �f��'- <fl�' �?;�i1!8tf��i\" ��� \"\ntrtiya divase prabhu tanra dvare yana\n'uthaha' paQ(iita'-kari' kahena (iakiya\n\n", "ant4#p0137": "104\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!1a\nSYNONYMS\n\ntrtiya divase-on the third day; prabhu-Sri C aitanya Mahaprabhu; tatira-of\nJagadananda Pal)c;lita; dvare-to the door; yatia-going; uthaha'-please get up;\npaf)c;/ita-My dear Jagadananda Pal)c;lita; kari'-saying; kahena-said; c;lakiyacalling.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThree days later, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to the door of his room and\nsaid, \"My dear Jagadananda Pal)� ita, please get up.\nTEXT 122\n\n'�� �lff01 fiM1 �t1ft� �1 �'fit� I\n1f'Ott� �tf��, �t� �t� \\l�-tt� II' ���II\n'aji bhik�a diba amaya kariya randhane\nmadhyahne asiba, ebe yai darasane\n\n'\n\nSYNONYMS\naji-today; bhik�a diba-give lunch; amaya-unto Me; kariya randhanecooking; madhyahne asiba-1 shall come at noon; ebe-now; yai darasane-1 am\ngoing to see Lord Jagannatha.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I want you personally to cook My lunch today. I am going now to see the\nLord in the temple. I shall return at noon.\"\nTEXT 123\n\n�'! ��' �� c;'*'li, 9ff'G'! i5�'i\"t I\n'W� �fil' �til1 �J�� ��il �fif'i\"t II ��� II\neta bali' prabhu gela, paf)c;/ita uthila\nsnana kari' nana vyanjana randhana kari/a\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; prabhu ge/a-Sri C aitanya Mahaprabhu left; paf)c;/ita\nuthi/a-Jagadananda Pal)c;lita got up; snana kari'-taking his bath; nana-various;\nvyatijana-vegetables; randhana kari/a-cooked.\n\n", "ant4#p0138": "Text 125]\n\nThe Lord's Dealings with Jagadananda PaQ<;Iita\n\n105\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said this and left, Jagadananda PaQ<;Iita got\nup from his bed, bathed, and began to cook varieties of vegetables.\nTEXT 124\n\n1l'!Jt� <tifil111 �� �t�a;i '�t'Sft•r 1\n�t'f �'ft�il <!iRl' Rfta;il �t�til II ��8 II\nmadhyahna kariya prabhu aila bhojane\npada prak�alana kari' dilena asane\nSYNONYMS\nmadhyahna kariya-after finishing his noon ritualistic ceremonies; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; ai/a-came; bhojane-to take lunch; pada prak�alana\nkari'-after washing His feet; dilena asane-offered a sitting place.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter finishing His noontime ritualistic duties, the Lord arrived for lunch.\nJagadananda PaQ<;Iita washed the Lord's feet and gave the Lord a sitting place.\nTEXT 125\n\n�Vi! -tta;Jtt �a;t�t� �\"� ,�\"1'1 I\n<fiifnt 'IS�i �fit' �J'lil ,6)fwt<fi -.fif\"fill ��� II\nsaghrta salyanna kala-pate stapa kaila\nkalara c;loriga bhari' vyafijana caudike dharila\nSYNONYMS\nsa-ghrta-mixed with ghee; sali-anna-very fine rice; kala-pate-on a banana\nleaf; stapa kaila-stacked; kalara c;loriga-pots made of the bark of a banana tree;\nbhari'-filling; vyafijana-vegetables; cau-dike-all around; dharila-piaced.\nTRANSLATION\nHe had cooked fine rice, mixed it with ghee and piled it high on a banana\nleaf. There were also varieties of vegetables, placed all around in pots made of\nbanana tree bark.\n\n", "ant4#p0139": "106\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTEXT 126\n\n'Cij·�IJ!f?;;ilt�� ��·�If� I\n19f'$f�?;;Qi� f�i1-�tili 'C�t?;;'$1 'Clttil �fit' II ��� II\nanna-vyafijanopari tulasi-mafijari\njagannathera pitha-pana age ane dhari'\nSYNONYMS\nanna-rice;\n\nvyafijana-vegetables;\n\nupari-on;\n\ntulasi-mafijari-flowers\n\nof\n\ntulasi; jagannathera-of Lord Jagannatha; pitha-pana-cakes and sweet rice;\nage-in front; ane dhari'-brings.\nTRANSLATION\nOn the rice and vegetables were tulasi flowers, and in front of the Lord were\ncakes, sweet rice and other prasada of Jagannatha.\nTEXT 127\n\n�'t. <15�,-\"N��-�tt� �t�' 'Clj·�•ill\n\n'��t� 'Clt�t� 'CltfiSf 111<15� <15Bt� ,�tiSfilll��'\\11\nprabhu kahe,- \"dvitiya-pate bac;fa' anna-vyafijana\ntomaya amaya aji ekatra kariba bhojana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; dvitiya-pate-on a second leaf;\nbac;fa'-deliver; anna-vyafijana-cooked rice and vegetables; tomaya amayaboth you and I; aji-today; ekatra-together; kariba bhojana-will take lunch.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord said, \"Spread another leaf with a helping of rice and vegetables so\nthat today you and I may take lunch together.\"\nTEXT 128\n\n�� ��' �t�il �t_, il1 <157;;�il '��il I\n\\!?;;� �f�'! <157;�il f�i; �?;�'If ��illl ��lr II\nhasta tu/i' rahena prabhu, na karena bhojana\ntabe pal)c;fita kahena kichu saprema vacana\n\n", "ant4#p0140": "Text 130]\n\nThe lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Par;tc;fita\n\n107\n\nSYNONYMS\nhasta tu/i'-raising His hands;\n\nrahena prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nremained; na karena bhojana-did not eat; tabe-at that time; paQc;/ita kahenaJagadananda said; kichu-some; sa-prema vacana-words with great affection\nand love.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu kept His hands raised and would not accept the\nprasada until Jagadananda Par;�c;fita, with great affection and love, spoke the\nfollowing words.\nTEXT 129\n\n\"�t� c!!f�tw \"f� �tfi iffJP \"f�l!_ 1\n,\n\n<;l!f;ft� �t�� �tfif <;�;rti{ �ful!_?\" ��� II\n\"apane prasada /aha, pache mwii /a-imu\ntamara agraha ami kemane khaf)c;/imu?\"\nSYNONYMS\napane-Yaurself; prasada /aha-take prasada; pache-afterwards; muiii /aimu-1 shall take; tamara-Your; agraha-insistence; ami-1; kemane-how;\nkhaQc;/imu-shaii disobey.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please first take prasada Yourself, and I shall eat later. I shall not refuse\nYour request.\"\nTEXT 130\n\nI!� ��'t_ �t� <;��ti{ <11�\"'11 I\n\n<!IJCfti{� � �tJPi ��ti! �f'lt� II ��o II\ntabe mahaprabhu sukhe bhojane vasila\nvyaiijanera svada paiia kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sukhe-in happiness; bhojane vasi/a-sat to take His food; vyaiijanera svada-the taste of the\nvegetables; paiia-getting; kahite /agi/a-began to say.\n\n", "ant4#p0141": "108\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn great happiness, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then accepted the lunch.\nWhen He had tasted the vegetables, He again began to speak.\nTEXT 131\n\n\"'��t�t-t11' �tt�11' �� �t� �tw 1\n\n��I!' iSft�t� <:l!tJ!� ��11' '��1W' II �-e� II\n\"krodhavesera pakera haya aiche svada!\nei ta' janiye tomaya kr?Qera 'prasada'\nSYNONYMS\n\nkrodha-avesera-in an angry mood; pakera-of cooking; haya-is; aichesuch; svada-taste; ei ta'-for this reason; janiye-1 can understand; tomayaunto you; kr?Qera prasada-the mercy of Kr?�a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Even when you cook in an angry mood,\" He said, \"the food is very\ntasteful. This shows how pleased Kr�r;�a is with you.\nTEXT 132\n\n�t�t� ��t� ?�, 1!�111' a;tf'5t�11\n\n�1ft11' �� �� <li�rn @�� <li�ID II ��� II\napane khaibe kr?Qa, tahara lagiya\ntomara haste paka karaya uttama kariya\nSYNONYMS\n\napane-personally; khaibe-will eat; kr?Qa-Lord Kr?�a; tahara lagiya-for\nthat reason; tamara haste-by your hands; paka karaya-causes to cook; uttama\nkariya-so nicely.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because He will personally eat the food, Kr�r;�a makes you cook so nicely.\nTEXT 133\n\n� �1JI!·�i ?t� <li11' �Ji� I\nc;�tJ�t11' �t'5tJ11' � c;<!i <lit11' �(� ?\" � �� II\n\n", "ant4#p0142": "Text 135]\n\nThe lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Par:Jc;lita\n\n109\n\naiche amrta-anna kr�Qe kara samarpaQa\n\ntamara bhagyera sima ke kare varQana?\"\nSYNONYMS\naiche-such; amrta-anna-nectarean rice; kr�Qe-unto Lord Kr�r:Ja; kara samarpaQa-you offer; tamara-your; bhagyera-of fortune; sima-limit; ke-who;\nkare varQana-can describe.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You offer such nectarean rice to Kr�r:Ja. Who can estimate the limit of your\nfortune?\"\nTEXT 134\n\n9ffui! <fit�,-\"<;� ��r;;�, � 9f't<fl<fi<til\n�tfil·��-c;�<!l�l!i �t�&t-�t��1u\" ��s u\npaQ(fita kahe,- \"ye khaibe, sei paka-karta\nami-saba -kevala-matra samagri-aharta\"\nSYNONYMS\npaQ(fita kahe-the Pal)<;lita said; ye khaibe-He who will eat; sei-He; pakakarta-the cook; ami-saba-as far as I am concerned; keva/a-matra-only;\nsamagri-of ingredients; aharta-collector.\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda Par:Jc;lita replied, \"He who will eat has cooked this. As far as I\nam concerned, I simply collect the ingredients.\"\nTEXT 135\n\n�: �il: 91f-G'! ilti11 <fJ\"il 9fRlt<!lt-t I\n� f�i il1 <!lt;;ril � �t�il �Rlt<{ II ��� II\npunab punab pal)(fita nana vyafljana parivese\nbhaye kichu na ba/ena prabhu, khayena hari�e\nSYNONYMS\npunab\n\npunab-again\n\nand\n\nvyafljana-various vegetables;\nkichu-anything;\n\nna\n\nagain;\n\npaQ(fita-Jagadananda\n\nparivese-administered;\n\nbalena-does\n\nnot\n\nspeak;\n\nMahaprabhu; khayena-eats; hari�e-very happily.\n\nPar:J<;lita;\n\nnana\n\nbhaye-out of fear;\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\n", "ant4#p0143": "110\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda Pa��ita continued to offer the Lord varieties of vegetables.\nOut of fear, the Lord said nothing, but continued eating happily.\nTEXT 136\n\nrcrt� <t>rn�t �ful! <f'1f��1 ,�tiSfi{ 1\n�a fwil '�t� �tiSfil '�� w-t�'lll �-e>� 11\nagraha kariya par:)(;lita karaifa bhojana\nara dina haite bhojana haifa dasa-gur)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nagraha kariya-with great eagerness; paQqita-Jagadananda Pat:�c;lita; karaifa\nbhojana-fed; ara dina -other days; hai te -than; bhojana-the eating; haifawas; dasa-gu Qa -ten times greater.\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda Pa��ita eagerly forced the Lord to eat so much that He ate ten\ntimes more than on other days.\nTEXT 137\n\n�Rt�Rt �� ��t'! <f't1fil '�til I\n'���tt� �fu� ��t;�c;-t �Jflil II ��'\\ II\nbara-bara prabhu uthite karena mana\nsei-kafe paQqita parivese vyanjana\nSYNONYMS\n\nbara-bara-again and again; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; uthite-to get\nup; karena mana-desires; sei-kafe-at that time; paQqita-Jagadananda Pat:�c;lita; parivese-gives; vyanjana-vegetab l es.\nTRANSLATION\nAgain and again when the Lord wished to get up, Jagadananda Pa��ita\nwould feed Him more vegetables.\nTEXT 138\n\nf<t>i �f�l! iltt1fil �'-' �tt�il 1!1ftt� I\nil1 -.a�t� i!Jf�til� ��c;� ���ttt:Jf II ��lr II\n\n", "ant4#p0144": "Text 140]\n\n111\n\nThe lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Par:Jc;lita\nkichu balite narena prabhu, khayena tarase\nna khaile jagadananda karibe upavase\n\nSYNONYMS\nkichu-anything;\n\nbalite\n\nnarena-could\n\nnot\n\nsay;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; khayena-eats; tarase-out of fear; na khaile-if He did not eat;\njagadananda-Jagadananda Pal)<;iita; karibe upavase-would fast.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu dared not forbid him to feed Him more. He just\ncontinued eating, fearful that Jagadananda would fast if He stopped.\nTEXT 139\n\nt:!t� �if Cfit�� Cfifit' �ern·ll'lft� 1\n'W-t�'1 �'S�l�\"l1lflt� Cfi� �lft�t�' II ��c;, II\ntabe prabhu kahena kari' vinaya-sammana\n'dasa-guQa khaoyaila ebe kara samadhana'\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kahena-says; kari'making; vinaya-sammana-submissive respect;\n\ndasa-guQa-ten times more;\n\nkhaoyaila-you have made to eat; ebe-now; kara samadhana-please stop.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt last the lord respectfully submitted, \"My dear Jagadananda, you have\nalready made Me eat ten times more than I am used to. Now, please stop.\"\nTEXT 140\n\nt:!t� lf�t�'t_ iS�' '<ti\"li �t��� I\n'Plfut:! \"-iitfil\"f, '�!_��' lft\"lJ, ��� II �go II\ntabe mahaprabhu uthi' kaila acamana\npaQ(iita ani/a, mukhavasa, malya, candana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-at that time; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; uth(-getting up;\nkai/a acamana-performed washing of the hands and mouth; paQ(i ta-Jagada­\n\nnanda Pal)<;iita; ani/a-brought; mukha-vasa-spices; ma/ya-flower garland;\ncandana-sandalwood pulp.\n\n", "ant4#p0145": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n112\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stood up and washed His hands and mouth, while\nJagadananda Par:Jc;lita brought spices, a garland, and sandalwood pulp.\nTEXT 141\n\n�fir \"1\"<1P1 <2ft �fJt\"ft C'fl 'lt!:� I\n'�11\" �tr;'$f �t� '�fit �11\"� Qett?t�' 11�8�11\ncandanadi lana prabhu vasi/a sei sthane\n'amara age aji tumi karaha bhojane'\nSYNONYMS\ncandana-adi /ana-accepting the sandalwood pulp and other items; prabhuSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vasila-sat down; sei sthane-at that place; amara\nage- in front of Me; aji-now; tumi-you; karaha-perform; bhojane-eating.\nTRANSLATION\nAccepting the sandalwood pulp and garland, the Lord sat down and said,\n\"Now, in front of Me, you must eat.\"\nTEXT 142\n\n�fu'! ��,-\"�i!i �tl' � R� I\n\n�, �t<!f �l({ �Jlt� �fif' 'f�t'ft� II �8� II\npaQr;/ita kahe,- \"prabhu yai' karuna visrama\nmui, ebe la-iba prasada kari' samadhana\nSYNONYMS\npaQr;/ita kahe-Jagadananda Pal)<;lita said; prabhu-my Lord;\nkaruna\n\nvisrama-take\n\nrest;\n\nmui-1;\n\nebe-now;\n\nyai'-going;\n\nla-iba prasada-shall\n\ntake\n\nprasada; kari' samadhana-after arranging.\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda replied, \"My Lord, You go take rest. I shall take prasada after I\nfinish making some arrangements.\nTEXT 143\n\n11\"�l� � �<li11\"t!:!!; 11\"t�l, ��t� I\nl·�1 'f<ft� fitr;'! �t� f<lii ({J.i{·�t� II\" �8� II\n\n", "ant4#p0146": "The Lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Par:u;fita\n\nText 145]\n\n113\n\nrasuira karya kairache ramai, raghunatha\niliha sabaya dite cahi kichu vyanjana-bhata\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nrasuira-of cooking; karya-the work; kairache-have done; ramai-Ramai;\nraghunatha- Raghunatha Bhana; iliha-to them; s abaya- all; dite cahi-1 want\nto give; kichu-some; vyanjana-bhata-rice and vegetables.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Ramai Par:u;fita and Raghunatha Bhatfa did the cooking, and I want to give\nthem some rice and vegetables.\"\nTEXT 144\n\n�\" <!St�il,-\"�'$ft��' � �tt� 11f?t�1 I\n�fui! ��t�i{ C<tit\"t, �t�1t11 <!)�<fill\" �88 II\nprabhu kahena,-\"govinda, tumi iharii rahiba\nparxlita bhojana kaile, amare kahiba\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahena-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; govinda-Govinda; tumiyou; ihiirii rahiba- will stay here; paQc;iita-Jagadananda Par:u;lita; bhojana kaile­\n\nafter he has taken his meal; amare kahiba-you should inform Me.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then told Govinda, \"You remain here. When the\nPar:u;fita has taken his food, come inform Me.\nTEXT 145\n\n�� ��' ���{ <IS��i '$f�i{ I\n\n�'$fif<tt�t11 �fui! f�� <IS�if <f�i{ II �8<t II\neta kahi' mahaprabhu karila gamana\ngovindere paQc;iita kichu kahena vacana\n\nSYNONYMS\neta\n\nkahi - saying\n'\n\ngamana-left;\n\nthis;\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT\n\ngovindere-unto\n\nGovinda;\n\nkichu-some; kahena-said; vacana-words.\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kari/a\nPar:r<;lita;\n\npaQc;iita-jagadananda\n\n", "ant4#p0147": "114\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had said this and left, Jagadananda Par:�c.Jita\nspoke to Govinda.\nTEXT 146\n\n\"l,_f1f � �t� <f'fitt� 'Pft\\f:Jt��� I\n\n<1\"��,-'\"Ptfu� �t<t <tfit� t;�t'Sftil' 11�8�11\n\"tumi sighra yaha karite pada-samvahane\nkahiha, -'par:u;iita ebe vasila bhojane'\nSYNONYMS\n\ntumi-you; sighra-hastily; yaha-go; karite-to perform; pada-samvahanemassaging the feet; kahiha-say; paQ Q'ita-J agadananda Pal)<;lita; ebe-just now;\nvasila bhojane-sat down to eat.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Go quickly and massage the lord's feet,\" he said. \"You may tell Him, 'The\nPar:�c.Jita has just sat down to take his meal.'\nTEXT 147\n\n,�t11rof �� ,��, �t�� �rn�i 1\n�� fi{(!fj (;�a;, ,__fit �t�� �tf:Jt1li II\" �89 II\ntomare prabhura 'se?a' rakhimu dhariya\nprabhu nidra gele, tumi khaiha asiya\"\nSYNONYMS\ntomare-for you; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; se?a-remnants of\n\nfood; rakhimu-1 shall keep; dhariya-taking; prabhu nidra ge/e-when Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is asleep; tumi-you; khaiha asiya-come and eat.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall keep some remnants of the lord's food for you. When He is asleep,\ncome and take your portion.\"\nTEXT 148\n\n�111i, il�tl, �t� ,�t��' �ilt� I\nll<fttf �r$m Na;1 �'-� <�JC�il-�t� 11 �s�r 11\n\n", "ant4#p0148": "Text 150]\n\nThe Lord's Dealings with Jagadanaflda Par:u:fita\n\n115\n\nramai, nandai ara govinda, raghunatha\nsabare barJtiya dila prabhura vyafijana-bhata\n\nSYNONYMS\nramai-Ramai\n\nPar:J<;lita;\n\nnandai-Nandai;\n\nara-and;\n\ngovinda-Covinda;\n\nraghunatha-Raghunatha Bhaga; sabare-for all of them; barJtiya di/a-dis.\ntributed; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vyafijana-bhata-vegetables\nand rice.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda Par:u:fita thus distributed remnants of the Lord's food to Ramai,\nNandai, Govinda and Raghunatha Bhafta.\nTEXT 149\n\n..-t�i1 �� ,�, �RI� (/�t'Sfi1 I\nt!� '���� �!_ �t�� �: II �8� II\napane prabhura '5e$a' karila bhojana\ntabe govindere prabhu pathaila puna/:!\n\nSYNONYMS\napane-personally; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; Se$a-remnants of\nfood; karila bhojana-ate; tabe-at that time; govindere-Covinda; prabhu-SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; pathaila-sent; puna/:1-again.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe also personally ate the remnants of food left by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. Then the Lord again sent Govinda.\nTEXT 150\n\n\"Of�,-'Sf'itWti{\"f �:JltW �t� �if! �� I\n� �fil' :J11f't�t� <fif�c;� �t�HI II\" �t:l'o II\n\"dekha, -jagadananda prasada paya ki na paya\nsighra asi' samacara kahibe amaya\"\n\nSYNONYMS\ndekha-see; jagadananda-Jagadananda Par:J<;lita; prasada-prasada; payagets; ki-or; na-not; paya-gets; sighra asi'-coming hastily; samacara-the\nnews; kahibe-inform; amaya-to Me.\n\n", "ant4#p0149": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n116\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord told him, \"Go see whether Jagadananda Par:u;lita is eating. Then\nquickly return and let Me know.\"\nTEXT 151\n\n<;'$11R� ��' '��' <:flf� ��\"(;;�� <;�t�� I\nI!?;;� 11�ti2!'t_ �?;;�J <:flRf� -rn� II ��� II\ngovinda asi' dekhi' kahila paQc;Jitera bhojana\n\ntabe mahaprabhu svastye karila sayana\n\nSYNONYMS\ngovinda-Govinda;\n\nasi'-coming;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nkahi/a-informed;\n\npaQ­\n\nc;Jitera bhojana-the eating of Jagadananda Par;�c;lita; tabe-thereupon; maha­\n\nprabhu-Sri C a itanya Mahaprabhu; svastye-in peace; karila sayana-went to\nsleep.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing that Jagadananda Par:u�tita was indeed eating, Govinda informed the\nLord, who then became peaceful and went to sleep.\nTEXT 152\n\n1Sf'$f�f�t�·i2!t_?;;� <;i2!1! �� �l'llt � I\n�'!J�1f1·'f� C� �f� �t'$f�t� II ���II\njagadanande-prabhute prema cafe ei-mate\nsatyabhama-k[$Qe yaiche suni bhagavate\n\nSYNONYMS\njagadanande-prabhute-between Jagadananda Par;�c;lita and the Lord; prema­\n\naffection; ca/e-goes on; ei-mate-in this way; satyabhama-k[$Qe-between\nSatyabhama and Kr�r;�a; yaiche-as; suni-we learn; bhagavate-in the SrimadBhagavatam.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe affectionate loving exchanges between Jagadananda Par:u�tita and Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued in this manner, exactly like the exchanges\nbetween Satyabhama and Lord Kmta related in Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\n", "ant4#p0150": "Text 154]\n\nThe lord's Dealings with Jagadananda Pa�«_tita\n\n117\n\nTEXT 153\n\n'f'itlftilt\"f1{ ,�)�t'St:Hf '� ��1'.;<1 �'ali ?\n�'St�ilt�1{ G;JI)�tt'St:Hf G:ri� G;lf @�'a{i II �<t� II\njagadanandera saubhagyera ke kahibe sima?\njagadanandera saubhagyera tefiha se upiima\nSYNONYMS\njagadanandera-of Jagadananda Par:Jc;lita; saubhagyera-of the fortune; kewho; kahibe-shall speak; sima-the limit; jagadanandera-of Jagadananda;\nsaubhagyera-of the fortune; tefiha-he; se-the; upama-example.\nTRANSLATION\nWho can estimate the limit of Jagadananda Pa�«_tita's fortune? He himself is\nthe example of his own great fortune.\nTEXT 154\n\n�'itlftilt�1{ 'G;�'al�<1-t' �til G;�� �il I\n021t'al1{ ':111�?1' �tr;il, ?tBI '�'al$fil II � <t8 II\njagadanandera 'prema-vivarta' sune yei jana\npremera 'svarDpa' jane, paya prema-dhana\nSYNONYMS\njagadanandera-of Jagadananda;\n\nprema-vivarta-loving exchange;\n\nsune­\n\nhears; yei jana-any person who; premera-of love; svarupa-identity; jane-he\nknows; paya-gets; prema-dhana-the wealth of ecstatic love of Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\nAnyone who hears about the loving exchanges between Jagadananda Pa�«_tita and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, or who reads Jagadananda's book Premavivarta, can understand what love is. Moreover, he achieves ecstatic love of\nKr��a.\nPURPORT\nThe word vivarta means accepting something to be the opposite of what it appears. Here, Jagadananda Par:Jc;lita appeared very angry, but this anger was a\nmanifestation of h1s great love for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Prema-vivarta is also\n\n", "ant4#p0151": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n118\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 12\n\nthe name of a book written by Jagadananda Par:t<;lita. Therefore the author of\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta, Kr�r:tadasa Kaviraja Gosvami, uses the words prema-vivarta to\n\nrefer to one who reads the book or hears about Jagadananda Par:t<;lita's relationships with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. In either case, such a person very soon\nachieves love of Kr�r:ta.\nTEXT 155\n\n���-�,ilt�·�t'f llt� �t-t I\n���J.J'�Btl!�� <fi� �-.wtll II �qq II\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\n\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe k[$f)adasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsri-rupa-Srila ROpa Gosvami; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nk[$f)adasa-Srila\n\nKr�r:tadasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Riipa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�r;�adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Antya-lila,\n\nTwelfth Chapter, describing }agadananda Paf)(iita's loving dealings with Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant4#p0152": "CHAPTER 13\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda Par:a�ita\nand Raghunatha Bhafta Gosvami\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura gives the following summary of the Thirteenth Chapter\nin his Amrta-pravaha-bha�ya. Thinking Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to be uncomfortable sleeping on bark of plantain trees, Jagadananda made a pillow and quilt\nfor Him. The Lord, however, did not accept them. Then Svaropa Damodara\nGosvami made another pillow and quilt from finely shredded plantain leaves, and\nafter strongly objecting, the Lord accepted them. With the permission of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, jagadananda Pal)c;lita went to Vrndavana, where he discussed many devotional subjects with Sanatana Gosvami. There was also a discussion about Mukunda Sarasvati's garment. When jagadananda returned to\nJagannatha Puri, he presented Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu some gifts from Sanatana\nGosvami, and the incident of the pilu fruit took place.\nOnce, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu became ecstatic upon hearing the songs of a\ndeva-dasi. Unaware of who was singing, He ran toward her through thorny\nbushes, but when Govinda informed the Lord that it was a woman singing, He immediately stopped. By this incident, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu instructed everyone that sannyasis and Vai�l)avas should not hear women singing.\n\nWhen Raghunatha Bhatta Gosvami left Varal)asi on his way to Jagannatha Puri\nafter completing his education, he met Ramadasa Visvasa Pal)c;lita. Visvasa Pal)c;lita\nwas very proud of his education, and being an impersonalist, he was not well\nreceived by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. A partial study of the life of Raghunatha\nBha��a Gosvami comprises the end of this chapter.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�-.�?;��i!lf1i!t�1 -.1?;'1 �tM 1lil�iJ.. I\n�� !ll�t� �tt<��� i!� <;'$fl�1ltl!tc;� n � n\nkr�Qa-viccheda-jatartya\nk�iQe capi manas-tanu\ndadhate phullatarh bhavair\nyasya tam gauram asraye\n\n119\n\n", "ant4#p0153": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n120\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-viccheda-by separation from Kf�J)a; jata-produced; artya-by the\npain; k�iQe-thin, exhausted; ca-and; api-although; mana0-mind; tanuand\n\nbody;\n\ndadhate-assumes;\n\nphullatam-developed\n\nstate;\n\nbhavai0-by\n\necstatic emotions; yasya-of whom; tam-unto Him; gauram-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; a5raye-l take shelter.\nTRANSLATION\nlet me take shelter at the lotus feet of lord Gauracandra. His mind became\nexhausted and His body very thin from the pain of separation from Kr�r;�a, but\nwhen He felt ecstatic love for the lord, He again became fully developed.\nTEXT 2\n\niSf11 iST1I <!i\\t�\\!� iSf11 ��Jt�ilf I\n\niSf11�i!�e!f iSf11 ,�,��'@�\"! II � II\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\n\njaya jaya-all glories; sri-caitanya-to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-all\nglories; nityananda-to Lord Nityananda; jaya-all glories; advaita-candra-to\nAdvaita Acarya; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Lord\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Nityananda Prabhu!\nAll glories to Advaita Acarya! And all glories to the devotees of the lord!\nTEXT 3\n\n��'alti! �t�t_ iSf$ft��tt-��� I\n�fflt'alti! � l'l51ilf11 c;��� i!��er II � II\nhena-mate mahaprabhu jagadananda-sange\nnana-mate asvadaya premera tarange\nSYNONYMS\nhena-mate-in this way; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jagadananda-sange-in the company of jagadananda Paf)<;lita; nana-mate-in various ways;\nasvadaya-tastes; premera tarange-the waves of spiritual loving affairs.\n\n", "ant4#p0154": "Text 5]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhatfa\n\n121\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the company of Jagadananda Par:��Jita, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would\ntaste various transcendental relationships of pure love.\nTEXT 4\n\n���� �:t� �,'1 'al�·�'hl I\n��tt�t-t �'l �'l �'tf�l! �� II 8 II\nkr?Qa-vicchede du/:lkhe k?if)a mana-kaya\nbhavavese prabhu kabhu praphullita haya\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-vicchede-because of separation from Kr�r:Ja; du/:lkhe-in unhappiness;\nk?if)a-thin;\n\nmana kaya\n-\n\n-\n\nmind and body;\n\nbhava-avese-by\n\necstatic\n\nlove;\n\nprabhu-Srr Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kabhu-sometimes; praphullita haya-becomes healthy and developed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe unhappiness of separation from K��r;�a exhausted the Lord's mind and\nreduced the structure of His body, but when He felt emotions of ecstatic love,\nHe again became developed and healthy.\nTEXT 5\n\n� ��ttl!, ��' �fl! -qtl'f �1� I\n-ffilt�l! �J� �tt'St, �J�1 �� 'Stt� II � II\nkalara sara/ate, sayana, ati k$if)a kaya\nsara/ate hac;Ja /age, vyatha haya gaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nkalara sara/ate-on the dry bark of a plantain tree; sayana-lying down; ativery; k$if)a kaya-skinny body; sara/ate-on the dry bark of a plantain tree; hac;Ja\n/age-bones contact; vyatha-pain; haya-is; gaya-in the body.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBecause He was very thin, when He lay down to rest on the dry bark of plantain trees, it caused Him pain in His bones.\n\n", "ant4#p0155": "122\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 6\n\nOf�' �� ��'Sf� ����� �'hl I\n\n��?:'! iltt� �Sr'itWtil\"f, �� @9ft� II � II\ndekhi' saba bhakta-gaQa maha-du/:lkha paya\nsahite nare jagadananda, srjila upaya\n\nSYNONYMS\ndekhi'-seeing; saba bhakta-gaQa-ail the devotees; maha-du/:lkha-great\nunhappiness; paya-get; sahite-to tolerate; nare-was unable; jagadanandaJagadananda Pat:�<;lita; srjila upaya-devised a means.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees felt very unhappy to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in pain.\nIndeed, they could not tolerate it. Then Jagadananda Pa��ita devised a\nremedy.\nTEXT 7\n\n,� <�m �1fil' costfu<ti flf�i �err�� 1\nM�� 1_aot1 ��1 '!�1 �tt0'11 II 9 II\nsuk�ma vastra ani' gaurika diya rarigaila\nsimulira tula diya taha puraila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuk�ma vastra-fine cloth; ani'-bringing; gaurika-red oxide; diya-with the\nhelp of; rarigai/a-made reddish; simulira-of the simula tree; tu/a-cotton;\ndiya-with; taha-that; puraila-filled.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe acquired some fine doth and colored it with red oxide. Then he filled it\nwith cotton from a simula tree.\nTEXT 8\n\n�<ti �1-��� ''$ft�?:�� �tt'! �'fl I\n\n'�� ��t�� t�111'-l:!t�� <ti�i'fl 11 �,- n\neka tuli-ba/isa govindera hate di/a\n'prabhure soyaiha ihaya'-tahare kahila\n\n", "ant4#p0156": "Text 10]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhana\n\n123\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-one; tu/i-ba/isa-quilt and pillow; govindera-of Govinda; hate-in the\nhand; di/a-delivered; prabhure-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; soyaiha-ask to lie\ndown; ihaya-on this; tahare-to him; kahi/a-said.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way he made a quilt and a pillow, which he then gave to Govinda,\nsaying, \"Ask the Lord to lie on this.\"\n\nTEXT 9\n\n��9t-(;�t�tf$t<t' <fit� 'Sf�\"f I\n'�t� �t'Pft� �NP1 �'{t� <fi�t�� llf��' II :;, II\nsvarupa-gosanike kahe jagadananda\n'aji apane yana prabhure karaiha sayana'\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-gosanike-to Svaropa Damodara GosvamT; kahe-says; jagadanan­\n\nda-Jagadananda Pai)Qita; aji-today; apane-Your' Honor; yalia-going;\nprabhure-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karaiha sayana-cause to lie down.\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda said to Svarupa Damodara Gosvami, \"Today please personally\npersuade Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to lie down on the bed.\"\nTEXT 10\n\n-AI�� <fit� ��'11 �ttt� � ��1 I\n��·<ttf�, ,.. �, �� 'i!M�tf�� ���111 �\" II\nsayanera kale svarupa tahafii rahila\ntuli-balisa dekhi' prabhu krodhavi�ta ha-ifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsayanera kale-at\n\nbedtime; svarupa-SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT; tahani\n\nrahi/a-remained there; tu/i-quilt; ba/isa-pillow; dekhi'-seeing; prabhu-SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; krodha-avi�ta ha-ifa-became very angry.\n\n", "ant4#p0157": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n124\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen it was time for the lord to go to bed, Svarupa Damodata stayed nearby, but when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw the quilt and pillow, He was immediately very angry.\nTEXT 11\n\n''Stt�\"ft� �Iii{,-'�� <fi��'1 '<fit�\\_ iSfi{ ?'\n-'$f�ti{lt\"f� i{tlf �f.{· �r;�t� C�'11li{ II � � II\ngovindere puchena,-'iha karaila kon jana?'\njagadanandera nama suni' sarikoca haifa mana\nSYNONYMS\ngovindere puchena-He inquired from Govinda; iha-this; karai/a-has made;\nkon jana-what person; jagadanandera-of Jagadananda Par:J<;lita; nama-name;\nsuni'-hearing; sarikoca-afraid; haifa-was; mana-mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord inquired from Govinda, \"Who has made this?\" When Govinda\nnamed Jagadananda Pat:��ita, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was somewhat fearful.\nTEXT 12\n\n,'Stt�t\"ft� <ti�' ,�� 'Jf\"' � C<ti\"'1 I\n\"<fi'1rn -Rt\"!l·ts?t� -t1ii{ <fi�\"'1 II �� II\ngovindere kahi' sei tali dura kaila\nkalara sarala-upara sayana karila\nSYNONYMS\ngovindere kahi'-by asking Govinda; sei tali-that quilt; dura kai/a-put aside;\nka/ara-of a plantain tree; sarala-upara-on the dry bark; sayana karila-He lay\ndown.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter asking Govinda to put aside the quilt and pillow, the lord lay down on\nthe dry plantain bark.\n\n", "ant4#p0158": "Text 15]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhana\n\n125\n\nTEXT 13\n\n��9f �t�, -'t;i!t�n1' ��1, r� ��� 9ftR1 ?\n-tlU1 �t9ff'Ifot� 9ffui! ��� 9ftt<l �t� II' �� II\nsvarupa kahe,-'tomara iccha, ki kahite pari?\nsayya upek$ile pwu;lita duf:Jkha pabe bhari'\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvarupa kahe-SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT said; tamara iccha-Your will; kiwho; kahite pari-can say; sayya upek$ile-if You do not accept the bedding;\npaQ(iita-Jagadananda Pa�c;lita; duf:Jkha-unhappiness; pabe-will feel; bharigreat.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara said to the lord, \"I cannot contradict Your supreme will,\nmy lord, but if You do not accept the bedding, Jagadananda Par:u;fita will feel\ngreat unhappiness.\"\nTEXT 14\n\n�t_ �?;�il,-\"�i� �<11 �til� 9ft�ti! I\ni9f'$f�til\"f �tt� ��t� ��� 'Wt�t� II �8 II\nprabhu kahena, -\"khata eka anaha pa(iite\njagadananda cahe amaya Vi$aya bhwijaite\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu kahena-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; khata-bedstead; eka-one;\nanaha-bring; pa(iite-to lie down; jagadananda-)agadananda Pa�c;lita; cahewants; amaya-Me; vi$aya bhuiijaite-to cause to enjoy material happiness.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"You should bring a bedstead here for Me\nto lie on. Jagadananda wants Me to enjoy material happiness.\nTEXT 15\n\n�ilJt� �til.� �t�t� ��i! xrnil 1\n�t�t� ��-��-<ltM� ��<11·1{_�i{ !\" �q II\n\n", "ant4#p0159": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n126\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nsannyasi manu?a amara bhamite sayana\namare khata-tali-balisa mastaka-mur:u;iana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsannyast manu?a-a person in the renounced order of life; amara-My;\nbhamite sayana-lying on the floor; amare-for Me; khata-bedstead; taliquilt; ba/isa-pillow; mastaka-mur:u;iana-a great shame.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am in the renounced order, and therefore I must lie on the floor. For Me\nto use a bedstead, quilt or pillow would be very shameful.\"\nTEXT 16\n\n'15111i9f·<:'llt,.tf� �rtfil' �r�,� <r>�\"ff 1\n�f�' 'Sf'l!5f�� lit� l!�t��� ?!t�\"ffll �� II\nsvarupa-gosafii asi' pal)c;lite kahila\nsuni' jagadananda mane maha-dul)kha paila\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvarupa-gosafii -Svaropa\n\nDamodara\n\nGosvami;\n\nasi'-returning;\n\npal)c;lite\n\nkahila-said to jagadananda Pal)<;lita; suni'-hearing; jagadananda-jagadananda\nPal)<;lita; mane-within the mind; maha-dul)kha paila-felt great unhappiness.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Svarupa Damodara returned and related all these incidents, Jagadananda Par;1«.iita felt very unhappy.\nTEXT 17\n\n���·(;'l!tlltf� �t<l' \"'(�'11 �<r>t� I\n�5f� �..�� �t�'11 �9ft� II �'I II\nsvarapa-gosafii tabe srjila prakara\nkadalira SU?ka-patra ani/a apara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvarapa-gosalii-SvarOpa DamQdara Gosvami; tabe-thereafter; srjila prakara-devised a means; kadalira-of banana; su?ka-patra-dry leaves; ani/abrought; apara-in great quantity.\n\n", "ant4#p0160": "Text 19]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha BhaHa\n\n127\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen Svariipa Damodara Gosvami devised another method. First he secured\na large quantity of dry banana leaves.\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�\"'� �fit' �fit' �t�1 �r� �\"\" '<�\"�1 ,\n\n12!� ��(r, ��r;� ,, ,� �Rt�1 II �lr' II\nnakhe ciri' ciri' taha ati sDk?ma kai/a\nprabhura bahirvasa duite se saba bhari/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nnakhe-with the nails; ciri' ciri'-tearing and tearing; taha -them; ati-very;\nsDk?ma-fine; kaila-made; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bahirvasacovering cloths; duite-in two; se saba-all those; bharila-filled.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe then tore the leaves into very fine fibers with his nails and filled two of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's outer garments with the fibers.\n\nTEXT 19\n\n���� �� ,<1\"\"11 'S�-�� I\n���nt ,��1 �'t_ �?;ii<!S ��� II �� II\nei-mata dui kaila o(fana-pa(fane\narigikara kai/a prabhu aneka yatane\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; dui-two pieces; kai/a-made; o(fana-pa(fane-one for\nbedding, one for the pillow; arigikara kaila-did accept; prabhu-SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; aneka yatane-after much endeavor.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Svariipa Damodara made some bedding and a pillow, and after\nmuch endeavor by the devotees, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu accepted them.\n\n", "ant4#p0161": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n128\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 20\n\n�tt� -t11il �t�il �t_,-orf�' �t� �� 1\niSf'$f�1il\"f -f��� �t� �t�t� 11�1�:� II�\n\no\n\nII\n\ntate sayana karena prabhu, -dekhi' sabe sukhi\njagadananda-bhitare krodha bahire maha-du/:lkhi\nSYNONYMS\ntate-on that; sayana karena-lies down; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ndekhi'-seeing; sabe sukhi -everyone became happy; jagadananda -Jagadananda Pai)Qita;\n\nbhitare-within his mind; krodha -angry; bahire-externally;\n\nmaha-du/:lkhi-very unhappy.\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone was happy to see the lord lie down on that bed, but Jagadananda\nwas inwardly angry, and externally he appeared very unhappy.\nTEXT 21\n\n�.(1Sf$;t�t\"f� �� �lit<!lil �t�� I\n� �t9ii1 iii Ofil tit�, iii �t� �Mtl! II�� II\npurve jagadanandera iccha vrndavana yaite\nprabhu ajna na dena tanre, na pare ca/ite\nSYNONYMS\npurve-formerly;\n\njagadanandera-of jagadananda Pal)<;iita;\n\niccha-desire;\n\nvrndavana yaite-to go to Vrndavana; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ajnapermission; na dena -did not give; tanre-to him; na pare calite-he could not\ngo.\nTRANSLATION\nFormerly, when Jagadananda Par:u;fita had desired to go to Vrndavana, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu had not given His permission, and therefore he could\nnot go.\nTEXT 22\n\n��?;�� 'i!iit�-�:� ��t-t iii C�� I\n\n1f�i �t�tl! ��-'\"attil �t5'li1ltf'$f� II �� II\n\n", "ant4#p0162": "Text 24]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhafta\n\n129\n\nbhitarera krodha-du/:!kha prakasa na kaila\nmathura yaite prabhu-sthane ajna magi/a\nSYNONYMS\nbhitarera-internal;\n\nkrodha-du/:!kha-anger\n\nand unhappiness;\n\npraka5a\n\nna\n\nkaila-did not disclose; mathura yaite-to go to Mathura; prabhu-sthane-from\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ajna magi/a-asked for permission.\nTRANSLATION\nNow, concealing his anger and unhappiness, Jagadananda Par:t�ita again\nasked Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu for permission to go to Mathura.\nTEXT 23\n\n�t_ �t�,-\"���1 �tl�1 �t1ft� Gt!}at� ��' I\n�t1ft� GWt� �t-stt�1 � ���1 ��tit u\" �� u\nprabhu kahe,- \"mathura yaiba amaya krodha kari'\namaya do$a Iagana tumi ha-iba bhikhari\"\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-the Lord said; mathura yaiba-you would go to Mathura;\namaya-at Me; krodha kari'-being angry; amaya-Me; do$a /agafla-accusing;\ntumi-you; ha-iba-will become; bhikhari-a beggar.\nTRANSLATION\nWith great affection, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"If you are angry with\nMe when you go to Mathura, you will merely become a beggar and criticize\nMe.\"\nTEXT 24\n\niSf'StVftil'tf �t� ��� �Rt�i ��'I I\n'�(��tl! ��1 G�t� �t�t� �'tt �il ll �8 II\njagadananda kahe prabhura dhariya caraQa\n\"purva haite iccha mora yaite vrndavana\nSYNONYMS\njagadananda-Jagadananda Pai)Qita; kahe-said; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; dhariya cara(la-grasping the lotus feet; purva haite-for a very\nlong time; iccha-desire; mora-my; yaite vrndavana-to go to Vrndavana.\n\n", "ant4#p0163": "[A ntya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n130\n\nTRANSLATION\nGrasping the Lord's feet, Jagadananda Par;��ita then said, \"For a long time I\nhave desired to go to Vrndavana.\nTEXT 25\n\n��-�t93i �t�, �!itt� �i '?ftBt <tt�tl! I\n<J�t� �t�i 'w�', ��1!11 <t�l!. ��I! 11\" �a- ti\nprabhu-ajfia nahi, tate na pari yaite\nebe ajfia deha', avasya yaimu niscite\"\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-ajfia-the permission of Your Lordship; nahi-not; tate-therefore; na\npari yaite-1 could not go; ebe-now; ajfia-permission; deha'-give; avasyacertainly; yaimu-1 shall go; niscite-without fail.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I could not go without Your Lordship's permission. Now You must give me\npermission, and I shall certainly go there.\"\nTEXT 26\n\n� &fttl! �t� 'itJJ� �i <lit�� ��<lit� I\n,�t�i �'.� �t� �tSIJi JJtt'it �t� �t� II �� II\nprabhu prite tafira gamana na karena afigikara\ntenho prabhura thafii ajfia mage bara bara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nprite-out\n\nof\n\naffection;\n\ntalira-his;\n\ngamana-departure; na karena afigikara-does not accept; tefiho-he; prabhura\nthafii-from SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ajiia-permission; mage-begs; bara\nbara-again and again.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of affection for Jagadananda Par:��ita, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwould not permit him to depart, but Jagadananda Par:��ita repeatedly insisted\nthat the Lord give him permission to go.\n\n", "ant4#p0164": "Text 29]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha BhaHa\n\n131\n\nTEXT 27\n\n<ll!�\"Pt·<;'ijtJ!tflfPt� 'Ptfu'! �<ll'\"l1 �t;��i{ I\n\n\"�(��?;\\! ��f�i{ �t�t\\! <:111� Jii{ II �<j II\nsvarapa-gosafiire par:u;lita kaila nivedana\n\"pOrva haite vrndavana yaite mora mana\nSYNONYMS\nsvarapa-gosafiire-to SvarOpa\n\nDamodara\n\nGosvami;\n\nPai)Qita; kaila nivedana-made his petition;\n\npar:H;/ita-)agadananda\n\npOrva haite-for a long time;\n\nvrndavana yaite-to go to Vrndavana; mora mana-my mind.\nTRANSLATION\nHe then submitted a plea to Svarupa Damodara Gosvami. \"For a very long\ntime,\" he said, \"I have wanted to go to Vrndavana.\nTEXT 28\n\n�-'el� f� '!tt1 ��\\! if! 'Ptt� I\n<.!!� 'elt911 if! (;Wi{ <;�, '�\"ft$f ��,�� 11�\\rll\nprabhu-ajfia vina tahari yaite na pari\nebe ajfia na dena more, 'krodhe yaha' bali\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-ajfia-the perm1ss1on of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vina-without;\ntahari-there; yaite-to go; na pari-1 am unable; ebe-now; ajfia-permission;\nna dena-does not give; more--:me; krodhe-in anger; yaha-you go; bali-saying.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I cannot go there, however, without the lord's permission, which at present He denies me. He says, 'You are going because you are angry at Me.'\n\nTEXT 29\n\n��l <:111� '!ttl ��t\\! 1fi{ � I\n��-�1911 '\"flfP1 '�', �Bft11 �i{1111\" �� II\n\n", "ant4#p0165": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n132\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nsahajei mora tahari yaite mana haya\nprabhu-ajna lana deha', kariye vinaya\"\nSYNONYMS\nsahejei-naturally;\n\nmora-my;\n\ntahari-there;\n\nyaite-to go;\n\nmana-mind;\n\nhaya-is; prabhu-ajna-permission from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; lana deha'kindly get; kariye vinaya-humbly requesting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Naturally I have a desire to go to Vrndavana; therefore please humbly request Him to grant His permission.\"·\n\nTEXT 30\n\n\\!t� �111'Pf·c:'5tf�t� �'� �� m't 1\n�'it�\"!� ��1 �� �t�t\\! �\"'t�til II �o II\ntabe svarupa-gosani kahe prabhura caral)e\n\"jagadanandera iccha bac;Ja yaite vrndavane\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; svarupa-gosani-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami; kahe-submits; prabhura caral)e-at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jagadanandera-of )agadananda Pa�<;lita; iccha bac;Ja-intense desire; yaite vrndavane-to\ngo to Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Svarupa Damodara Gosvami submitted this appeal at the lotus\nfeet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. \"Jagadananda Par;�c;lita intensely desires to\ngo to Vrndavana.\nTEXT 31\n\n(;I!Pfftt �t� ��1 'it�1 �tt'it �t� �t� I\n\n�tgrj (}f�',-��1 'W�' �il.tJT ���t� II�� II\ntamara thani ajna teriho mage bara bara\najna deha', -mathura dekhi' aise eka-bara\n\n", "ant4#p0166": "Text 33]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhafta\n\n133\n\nSYNONYMS\ntamara thafli-from You; a,na-permiSSIOn; teriho-he;\n\nmage-begs; bara\n\nbara-again and again; ajna deha'-please give permission; mathura dekhi'-after\nseeing Mathura; aise-comes back; eka-bara-once.\n\nTRANSlATION\n\"He begs for Your permission again and again. Therefore, please permit\nhim to go to Mathura and then return.\nTEXT 32\n\n��c;� <;5f�c;l! c��li '���wt-t �t� 1\n�i!c;� �<li�� �ifft�� <;WM' �rn 11\" �� II\naire dekhite yaiche gau{ia-dese yaya\ntaiche eka-bara vrndavana dekhi' aya\"\n\nSYNONYMS\naire-mother Saci; dekhite-to see;\nyaya-he went;\n\ntai che-similarl y;\n\nyaiche-as;\n\ngau{ia-dese-to Bengal;\n\neka-bara-once;\n\nvrndavana dekhi'-after\n\nseeing Vrndavana; aya-he can come back.\n\nTRANSlATION\n\"You permitted him to go see mother Saci in Bengal, and You may similarly\npermit him to go see Vrndavana and then return here.\"\nTEXT 33\n\nOllf�9f·<;'SttJJt�� <;�tt'i' �t_ �t1JJ1 fit� I\nlllr'StW� <;�t'i't�i (!tc;� f.t�t�'i'i II �� II\nsvarupa-gosanira bole prabhu ajna dila\njagadanande bolana tarire sikhaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-gosanira-of SvarOpa Damodara G osvami;\n\nbole-on the request;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ajna dila -gave permission; jagadanande-to\njagadananda Par:J<;Iita; bo lana-call i ng; tarire-to him; sikhaila-gave instructions.\n\n", "ant4#p0167": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n134\n\nTRANSLATION\nAt the request of Svarupa Damodara, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu granted\nJagadananda Par;�c;lita permission to go. The Lord sent for him and instructed\nhim as follows.\nTEXT 34\n\n\"�1tt'l� ��� \"'lf�r;;\"' �u��i �t� 1\n�'$f �t.,�ttil �� 'lifijjilt�·lltt� II �8 II\n\"varal)asi paryanta svacchande yaiba pathe\nage savadhane yaiba k?atriyadi-sathe\nSYNONYMS\nvaral)asi paryanta-up to Varal)asi; svacchande-without disturbance; yaiba\npathe-you can go on the path; age-after that; savadhane-with great care;\nyaiba-you should go; k?atriya-adi-sathe-with the k?atriyas.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You may go as far as Varar;�asi without encountering disturbances, but\nbeyond Varar;�asi you should be very careful to travel on the path in the company of the k�atriyas.\nPURPORT\nThe path from Varar:Jasi to Vrndavana was infested with robbers, and therefore\nin those days there were k?atriyas to protect travelers.\nTEXT 35\n\nc<fi<!t'l ,��'ii ��t� '<!t1TI�1�' C��fil' <!ttt- 1\n\n�<!f �' <.ltflf' 1ttt�, �t�tl! Pftiltt'f II �<! II\n\nke vala gaugiya paile 'batapaga' kari' bandhe\nsaba /uti' bandhi' rakhe, yaite virodhe\n\nSYNONYMS\nkeva/a-alone;\n\ngau(iiya-Bengali;\n\npaile-if gotten;\n\nbatapa(ia-plundering;\n\nkari'-doing; bandhe-they arrest; saba-everything; /uti'-taking; bar'ldhi'-arresting; rakhe-keep; yaite virodhe-do not release.\n\n", "ant4#p0168": "Pastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhafta\n\nText 37]\n\n135\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"As soon as the plunderers on the road see a Bengali traveling alone, they\ntake everything from him, arrest him and do not let him go.\nPURPORT\nBengalis are generally not very stout or strong. Therefore when a lone Bengali\ntraverses the roads of Bihar, the plunderers on the road capture him, rob all his\nbelongings and kidnap him for their own service. According to one opinion, the\nrogues of Bihar know very well that Bengalis are intelligent; therefore these\nthieves generally force the Bengalis into service requiring intelligence and do not\nallow them to leave.\nTEXT 36\n\n';It_� '�ti'f ��ti!�-�te?� �f��i I\n';!�� �t';!l\" �t�� fHI't �� II I!)� II\nmathura gele sanatana-sarigei rahiba\nmathurara svami sabera caraQa vandiba\nSYNONYMS\n.\n\nmathura ge/e-when you go to Mathura; sanatana-sarigei-in the association\nof Sanatana Gosvami; rahiba-remain; mathurara svam i-the leading men of\nMathura; sabera-of all; caraQa vandiba-worship the feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When you reach Mathura, you should remain with Sanatana Gosvami and\noffer respectful obeisances to the feet of all the leading men there.\nTEXT 37\n\n� �f�' <e� <tSBf� �te? �i ���i I\nlii-��t� '�rt��-,��i i'f�t� �tfit�i II I!)C! II\ndare rahi' bhakti kariha sarige na rahiba\ntari-sabara acara-Ce$ta fa-ite nariba\nSYNONYMS\ndare rahi -keeping apart; bhakti kariha-show devotion; sarige-in asso'\n\nciation; na rahiba-do not stay; tari-sabara-their; acara-behavior; ce$ta-endeavors; /a-ite nariba-you cannot take up.\n\n", "ant4#p0169": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n136\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 1 3\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Do not mix freely with the residents of Mathura; show them respect from a\ndistance. Because you are on a different platform of devotional service, you\ncannot adopt their behavior and practices.\nPURPORT\n\nThe residents of Vrndavana and Mathura are devotees of Kr�l!a in parental\naffection, and their feelings always conflict with the opinions of smartabrahmaf)as. Devotees who worship Kr�l!a in opulence cannot understand the\n\nparental devotional feelings of the residents of Mathura and Vrndavana, who\nfollow the path of spontaneous love. Devotees on the platform of vidhi-marga\n(regulative devotional principles) may misunderstand the activities of those on\nthe platform of raga-marga (devotional service in spontaneous love). Therefore Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu instructed Jagadananda Pal')c;lita to remain apart from the\nresidents of Vrndavana, who were spontaneous devotees, so as not to become\ndisrespectful toward them.\nTEXT 38\n\n��ti!�·�r;� �Rf� �i{ ��-til I\n:Jti{ti!r;il� � il1 ��<11 �\"<!i�'l II �lr' II\nsanatana-sarige kariha vana darasana\nsanatanera sariga na cha(iiba eka-k�af)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nsanatana-sarige-with Sanatana GosvamT; kariha-do; vana darasana\n\nvis i ting\n\n-\n\nthe twelve forests; sanatanera-of Sanatana GosvamT; sariga-association; na\ncha(iiba-do not leave; eka-k�af)a-even for a moment.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Visit all twelve forests of Vrndavana in the company of Sanatana Gosvami.\nDo not leave his association for even a moment.\nTEXT 39\n\n�� �fit�, i!tf1 il1 �f� ��<fit\"( I\n<;�t<�<r;i{ il1 �f�� <;lfM!;i! '<;�t9ft\"f' II �� II\nsighra asiha, tahari na rahiha cira-kala\ngovardhane na ca(iiha dekhite 'gopa/a'\n\n", "ant4#p0170": "Text 41]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha BhatJa\n\n137\n\nSYNONYMS\nsighra-as soon as possible; asiha-return; tahari-there; na rahiha-do not\nremain; cira-ka/a-for a long time; govardhane-on Govardhana Hill; na cac;lihado not climb; dekhite gopala-to see the Gopala Deity.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You should remain in Vrndavana for only a short time and then return here\nas soon as possible. Also, do not climb Govardhana Hill to see the Gopala\nDeity.\nPURPORT\nIn his Amrta-pravaha-bha�ya, Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura advises that one avoid\nremaining in Vrndavana for a very long time. As the saying goes, \"Familiarity\nbreeds contempt.\" If one stays in Vrndavana for many days, he may fail to maintain proper respect for its inhabitants. Therefore those who have not attained the\nstage of spontaneous love for Kr��a should not live in Vrndavana very long. It is\nbetter for them to make short visits. One should also avoid climbing Govardhana\nHill to see the Gopala Deity. Since Govardhana Hill itself is identical with Gopala,\none should not step on the hill or touch it with his feet. One may see Gopala\nwhen He goes elsewhere.\nTEXT 40\n\n�tfil� ��tl!�,- ��� �iltl!til I\n�t1mt '!� �<fi\"'ltil '�i{ <fi� ��t�til II\" So II\namiha asitechi, -kahiha sanatane\namara tare eka-sthana yena kare vrndavane\"\nSYNONYMS\namiha-1 also;\n\nasitechi-am coming;\n\nkahiha sanatane-inform\n\nSanatana\n\nGosvami; amara tare-for Me; eka-sthana-one place; yena-so; kare-he may\nmake; vrndavane-at Vrndavana.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Inform Sanatana Gosvami that I am coming to Vrndavana for a second time\nand that he should therefore arrange a place for Me to stay.\"\nTEXT 41\n\n�I! �fit' \\Sf'$lWtilt\"f C<fia;rl �t�l?il I\n\ni9f�til� ��1 �� ���1 �11'1 II 8� II\n\n", "ant4#p0171": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n138\n\neta bali: jagadanande kaila a/ingana\njagadananda calila prabhura vandiya caraQa\nSYNONYMS\neta bali'-saying this;\n\njagadanande-to Jagadananda Paf)c;iita;\n\nkaila -did;\n\na/ingana-embracing; jagadananda-jagadananda Paf)c;iita; ca/i/a-proceeded;\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vandiya caraQa-after worshiping the\nfeet.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, the Lord embraced Jagadananda Pa•:u;tita, who then\nworshiped the Lord's lotus feet and started for Vrndavana.\nTEXT 42\n\n�� ��'St\"'·�� 'flltel11itf'St\"t1 I\n�il�'� �f'l' �fi'f' �'Rtt'1� 'fll�'11 II 8� II\nsaba bhakta-gaQa-thafii ajfia magi/a\nvana-pathe ca/i' ca/i' varaQasi aila\nSYNONYMS\nsaba bhakta-gaQa-thafii-from all the devotees; ajfia magi/a-asked permission; vana-pathe ca/i' ca/i'-traversing the forest path; varaQasi ai/a-he reached\nVaraf)asi.\nTRANSLATION\nHe took permission from all the devotees and then departed. Traveling on\nthe forest path, he soon reached Varar;�asi.\nTEXT 43\n\n��ilfit\\!t, ��1;-t��,-<:��t� fif� I\n\nit� �flfP 121'-� �QJ'1 �<r.� �filifln 8� n\ntapana-misra, candrasekhara, -donhare milila\ntanra thafii prabhura katha saka/a-i sunila\nSYNONYMS\ntapana-misra-Tapana\nmilila-he\n\nmet\n\nboth;\n\nMisra;\ntanra\n\ncandra-sekhara-Candrasekhara;\n\nthafii-from\n\nhim;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nMahaprabhu; katha-topics; saka/a-i-all; sunila-they heard.\n\ndonhare\n\nSri Caitanya\n\n", "ant4#p0172": "Text 46]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhatta\n\n139\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he met Tapana Misra and Candrasekhara in Varal)asi, they both heard\nfrom him about topics concerning Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 44\n\n1{�tt'! 'f)ltfll' fiff*li �ilt�ti' I\nl�!Sftil� �t� it� 'f)ltil�\\! 1{til II 88 II\nmathurate asi' milila sanatane\ndui-janera sange dunhe anandita mane\n\nSYNONYMS\nmathurate asi'-when he reached Mathura: milila sanatane-he met Sanatana\nGosvamT; dui-janera-of both; salige-in association; dunhe-both; anandita\nmane-very pleased within their minds.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFinally Jagadananda Pa1;1«_fita reached Mathura, where he met Sanatana\nGosvami. They were very pleased to see each other.\nTEXT 45\n\n�ilt'!il �fll\"'i t:itt� lfti!lef �il if� I\n<;'5tt\"ft\"' ��it� <;wf�' J��t�illl 8� 11\nsanatana karai/a tafire dvadasa vana darasana\ngokule rahila dunhe dekhi' mahavana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana-Sanatana GosvamT; karai/a-made; talire-him; dvadasa-twelve;\nvana-forests;\n\ndarasana-visiting;\n\ngoku/e-at\n\nGokula;\n\nrahi/a-remained;\n\ndunhe-both; dekhi'-after seeing; maha-vana-Mahavana.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter Sanatana Gosvami had taken Jagadananda to see all twelve forests of\nV�ndavana, concluding with Mahavana, they both remained in Gokula.\nTEXT 46\n\n�ilt\\!tiRf <;�twft'! l?;i: �t� ���tf$ I\n9lfu'! 9lt� �t�il <;t;�tllft� �' II 8'\"' II\n\n", "ant4#p0173": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n140\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nsanatanera gophate dunhe rahe eka-thafii\npar:u;Jita paka karena devalaye yai'\nSYNONYMS\nsanatanera gophate-in the cave where Sanatana Gosvami stayed; dunhe­\n\nrahe-stay; eka-thafii-in one place; paQQita-Jagadananda;\nkarena-cooks; devalaye yai�going to a temple.\n\nboth;\n\npaka\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey stayed in Sanatana Gosvami's cave, but Jagadananda Par;1�ita would go\ncook for himself at a nearby temple.\nTEXT 47\n\n:Jtifti!il 1%'1fi1 � �f�' Jf�f;il I\n�'t_ c;tf�, <fi't_ �'1-�Wf;illl 8'111\nsanatana bhik�a karena yai' mahavane\nkabhu devalaye, kabhu brahmaQa-sadane\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana-Sanatana Gosvami; bhik�a karena-begs alms; yai' maha-vanegoing to the vicinity of Mahavana; kabhu-sometimes; devalaye-in a temple;\n\nkabhu-sometimes; brahmaQa-sadane-in the house of a brarmaQa.\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami would beg alms from door to door in the vicinity of\nMahavana. Sometimes he would go to a temple and sometimes to a\nbrahmar;1a's house.\nTEXT 48\n\n�il't'! il \"Ptfur;l!� <tif;� �lft�til I\nJf�il <:�il �tfil' Jttf\"it' �i-�tilll Sir II\nsanatana paQQitera kare samadhana\nmahavane dena ani' magi' anna-pana\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana-Sanatana\n\nGosvami;\n\npaQQitera-of\n\nJagadananda\n\nPat:�<;lita;\n\nkare\n\nsamadhana-gave all kinds of service; maha-vane-at Mahavana; dena-gives;\nani'-bringing; magi'-by begging; anna-pana-food and drink.\n\n", "ant4#p0174": "Text 51]\n\n141\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhatta\nTRANSLATION\n\nSanatana Gosvami attended to all of Jagadananda PaJ;�«.Jita's needs. He\nbegged in the area of Mahavana and brought Jagadananda all kinds of things\nto eat and drink.\nTEXT 49\n\n��fifi{ �i{t�ti{ �r�� f-{11f!Prl 1\n\nf.{i!Jti!J �rn' ,-i� �rt� �>��if! II s� 11\neka-dina sanatane par:u;fita nimantrila\nnitya-krtya kari' tenha paka cac;faila\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one\n\nd:ty;\n\nsanatane-Sanatana\n\nGosvami;\n\npaQc;fita\n\nnimantrila­\n\nJagadananda Paryc;lita invited; nitya-krtya kari'-after finishing his routine duties;\ntenha-he; paka cac;fai/a-began to cook.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day Jagadananda PaJ;�«.Jita, having invited Sanatana to the nearby\ntemple for lunch, finished his routine duties and began to cook.\nTEXT 50\n\n'1!_�\"1 ���' i{t11 �iJ�) ��f;;i{ I\n�� �f�(t'Jf ,��1 fir'f �i{ti!?;i{ II <to II\n'mukunda sarasvati' nama sannyasi maha-jane\neka bahirvasa tenho dila sanatane\n\nSYNONYMS\nmukunda sarasvati-Mukunda Sarasvati; nama-named; sannyasi-a sannyasi;\nmaha-jane-a\n\ngreat\n\npersonality;\n\neka-one;\n\nbahirvasa-outward\n\ncovering;\n\ntenho-he; di/a-gave; sanatane-to Sanatana Gosvami.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPreviously, a great sannyasi named Mukunda Sarasvati had given Sanatana\nGosvami an outer garment.\nTEXT 51\n\nJfi{t�i{ ,,� 'il?if 1l�f;;� <:�tf'li111 I\n�$rti{f;;\"f� �tJf1-�tt11' <:�fltifl 't;ltflt11111 <t� II\n\n", "ant4#p0175": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n142\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nsanatana sei vastra mastake bandhiya\njagadanandera vasa-dvare vasifa asiya\n\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana-Sanatana\n\nGosvamT;\n\nsei-that;\n\nvastra-cloth;\n\nmastake-on the\n\nhead; bandhiya-binding; jagadanandera-of Jagadananda Pal)<;lita; vasa-dvareat the door of the residence; vasifa-sat down; asiya-coming.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami was wearing this cloth bound about his head when he\ncame to Jagadananda PaQ�ita's door and sat down.\n\nTEXT 52\n\n�t� �m 'W�' �f�� '��tR� ��iii 1\n'��'l� �:JftW' iSFt�' lit��� �\"fill a� 11\nratufa vastra dekhi' parp;fita premavi$ta ha-ifa\n'mahaprabhura prasada' jani' tanhare puchifa\nSYNONYMS\nratufa-red;\n\nvastra-cloth;\n\ndekhi'-seeing; paQt;iita-Jagadananda Pal)<;lita;\n\nprema-avi$ta ha-ifa-became overwhelmed in ecstatic love;\n\nmahaprabhura\n\nprasada-the blessed gift of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jani'-thinki ng ; tanhare\n\npuchifa-inqu ired from him.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAssuming the reddish cloth to be a gift from Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Jagadananda PaQ�ita was overwhelmed with ecstatic love. Thus he questioned\nSanatana Gosvami.\nTEXT 53\n\n\"�tf1 ?tt�\"f1 '{fil �� �t1_\"1 �� ?\"\n'�\"!-\"111��, fw\"f,-�� :Jtifti!illl a-� u\n\"kahan paifa tumi ei ratufa vasana?\"\n'mukunda-sarasvati' difa,- kahe sanatana\n\n", "ant4#p0176": "Text 55]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha BhaHa\n\n143\n\nSYNONYMS\nkahari-where; paila-did get; tumi-you; ei-this; ratula vasana-red cloth;\nmukunda-sarasvati dila-Mukunda Sarasvati gave;\n\nkahe sanatana-Sanatana\n\nreplied.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Where did you get that reddish cloth on your head?\" Jagadananda asked.\nSanatana Gosvami replied, \"Mukunda Sarasvati gave it to me.\"\nTEXT 54\n\n��' �fut'!� �ti{ (;\\Wf� ���I\n\n�I!� �fu �ttl! \"l$i �t�tl! �tl\"f II �8 II\nsuni' paQc}itera mane krodha upajila\nbhatera haQc}i hate lana marite aila\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing;\n\npaQc}itera-of jagadananda Pal)c;lita;\n\nmane-in the mind;\n\nkrodha-anger; upajila-arose; bhatera haQc}i-the cooking pot; hate-in his\nhand; lana-taking; marite ai/a-was ready to beat.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, Jagadananda Pa•:u,Jita was immediately very angry and took a\ncooking pot in his hand, intending to beat Sanatana Gosvami.\n\nTEXT 55\n\n:Jfi{tl!i{ t:itt� ISftfil' \"ffSiiil! �l� I\n��tl! \"ftf'it� �fu� �tf� �\"fttl! �fit� II �� II\nsanatana tarire jani' lajjita ha-ila\nbalite lagila paQc}ita haQc}i culate dharila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana-Sanatana Gosvami; tarire-him; jani'-knowing; lajjita ha-ila-became ashamed; balite lagila-began to speak; paQc}ita-jagadananda Pal)c;lita;\nhaQcji-the cooking pot; culate-on the stove; dharila-kept.\n\n", "ant4#p0177": "144\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami, however, knew Jagadananda PaQ�ita very well and was\nconsequently somewhat ashamed. Jagadananda therefore left the cooking\npot on the stove and spoke as follows.\nTEXT 56\n\n� 11�1\\21,.� �IS �t1i�·\\!l-tt� I\n<;�11li·l11! �t\\21,_� f\\21� �t� �1-{ II 0� II\n\"tumi mahaprabhura hao par�ada-pradhana\ntoma-sama mahaprabhura priya nahi ana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-you; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; hao-are; par�adapradhana-one of the chief associates; toma-sama-like you; mahaprabhura-of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; priya-dear; nahi-is not; ana-other.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are one of the chief associates of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Indeed, no\none is dearer to Him than you.\nTEXT 57\n\n�� lliUt�� ��\n\n�fif �� M�� I\n\n<;�til �t� ��,-�� �tt� ll��tt� ?\"a� 11\nanya sannyasira vastra tumi dhara sire\nkon aiche haya, -iha pare sahibare?\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nanya sannyasira-of another sannyasi; vastra-cloth; tumi-you; dhara-keep;\nsire-on the head; kon-who; aiche haya-is such; iha-this; pare sahibarecan tolerate.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Still, you have bound your head with a cloth given to you by another sannyasi. Who can tolerate such behavior?\"\n\n", "ant4#p0178": "Text 60]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhafta\n\n145\n\nTEXT 58\n\n� ��-M�t!_�ful!·�-�� !\n�'t1li-� �ttP.t f�� <;<15� ern n ��r u\nsanatana kahe-\"sadhu paQc;/ita-mahasaya!\ntoma-sama caitanyera priya keha naya\n\nSYNONYMS\nsanatana\nscholar;\n\nkahe-Sanatana\n\nGosvami\n\nmahasaya-a great soul;\n\nsaid;\n\nsadhu-saint;\n\npaQc;/ita-learned\n\ntoma-sama-like you;\n\ncaitanyera-of Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; priya-dear; keha naya-no one is.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami said, \"My dear Jagadananda PaQ�ita, you are a greatly\nlearned saint. No one is dearer to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu than you.\nTEXT 59\n\n�� �f-1� �m <;'!tlfttl! 1\n1_flf i{j Of�tttil � f-tf�� (;<fi11tl! ? <?:>l II\naiche caitanya-ni?tha yogya tomate\ntumi na dekhaile iha sikhiba ke-mate?\n\nSYNONYMS\naiche-such; caitanya-ni?tha-faith in Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yogya-just\nbefitting; tomate-in you; tumi na dekhaile-if you do not show; iha-this;\nsikhiba-l shall learn; ke-mate-how.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"This faith in Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu fits you quite well. Unless you demonstrate it, how could I learn such faith?\nTEXT 60\n\n��1 Of��� �� 11�t<\\5 �tf'fi� I\n\n� ��(<;�11 �� �I!J-. <;�f�\"f II �o II\nyaha dekhibare vastra mastake bandhi/a\nsei apurva prema ei pratyak?a dekhila\n\n", "ant4#p0179": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n146\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSYNONYMS\nyaha-which ;\n\ndekhibare-to see; vastra-the cloth; mastake bandhi/a-1\n\nbound on my head; sei\n\n-\n\nthat; aparva prema-uncommon love; ei-this; pra­\n\ntyak?a-by direct experience; dekhi/a-1 have seen.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My purpose in binding my head with the cloth has now been fulfilled because\n\nI\n\nhave\n\npersonally seen\n\nyour\n\nuncommon\n\nlove\n\nfor Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 61\n\nRi.,m '���' �firr;l! il1 \\�t� 1\n\n'�til ��� fif'l? f� � �111 ? �� \"\nrakta-vastra 'vai?Qavera' parite na yuyaya\nkona pravasire dimu, ki kaya uhaya?\n\nSYNONYMS\nrakta-vastra-saffron clothing; vai?Qavera-for a Vai�t:�ava; parite na yuyaya-is\nnot fit to put on; kona pravasire-to some outsider; dimu-1 shall give; ki-what;\nkaya-business; uhaya-with that.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This saffron cloth is unfit for a Vai�Qava to wear; therefore I have no use for\nit. I shall give it to a stranger.\"\nPURPORT\nSrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura comments on this incident as follows:\nVai�t:�avas are all liberated persons, unattached to anything material. Therefore a\nVai�t:�ava need not accept the dress of a sannyasi to prove his exalted position. SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu accepted the renounced order from a sannyasi of tile\nMayavada school. Present-day Vai�t:�ava sannyasis, however, never think that by\naccepting the dress of the sannyasa order they have become equal to Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. In fact, a Vai�t:Java accepts the sannyasa order to remain an eternal\nservant of his spiritual master. He accepts the sannyasa order knowing that he is\nunequal to his spiritual master, who is a paramaharhsa, and he thinks that he is unfit to dress like a paramaharhsa. Therefore a Vai�t:�ava accepts sannyasa out of\nhumility, not out of pride.\nSanatana GosvamT had adopted the dress of a paramaharhsa; therefore it was\ninappropriate for him to wear the saffron cloth on his head. However, a Vai�t:Java\n\n", "ant4#p0180": "Text 63]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhalfa\n\n147\n\nsannyasi does not think himself fit to imitate the dress of a paramaharhsa\n\nVai�r;ava. According to the principles set down by SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n(twad api sunicena), one should always think himself in the lowest stage, not on\n\nthe level of a paramaharhsa Vai�r;ava. Thus a Vai�r;ava will sometimes accept the\nsannyasa order just to keep himself below the level of a paramaharhsa Vai�r;ava.\n\nThis is the instruction of SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura.\n\nTEXT 62\n\n� �Rf' iSf'ifW�\"l �f,!ttJ �� I\n��<If�'� �t� ��111 �� 11\npaka kari' jagadananda caitanya samarpila\ndui-jana vasi' tabe prasada paila\n\nSYNONYMS\npaka kari'-after cooking; jagadananda-Jagadananda Par;c;lita; caitanya samarpi/a-offered to SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dui-jana-two persons; vasi'-sitting;\n\ntabe-then; prasada-remnants of food; pai/a-took\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Jagadananda Par:-«;tita finished cooking, he offered the food to Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Then he and Sanatana Gosvami sat down and ate the\nprasada.\nTEXT 63\n\n� � �tJWJJ C�i£1 �tf\"f'P� I\n\n�� ,·t� �fili£1 � 11 �� 11\nprasada pai anyonye kaila alirigana\ncaitanya-virahe durihe karila krandana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprasada pai-after eating the remnants of food; anyonye-one another; kaila\na/irigana\n\n-\n\nthey embraced; caitanya-virahe-in separation from Lord Caitanya;\n\ndurihe-both; kari/a krandana-cried.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter eating the prasada, they embraced each other and cried due to separation from lord Caitanya.\n\n", "ant4#p0181": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n148\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 64\n\nIJI�1f� 1ftlf �� ��'ft ��� I\n��IJJR11'�-�:� �1�t� lf� II �8 II\nei-mata masa dui rahila vrndavane\ncaitanya-viraha-duhkha na yaya sahane\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in\n\nthis\n\nway;\n\nvrndavane-in Vrndavana;\n\nmasa-months;\n\ndui-two;\n\nrahila-remained;\n\ncaitanya-viraha-of separation from Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; duhkha-unhappiness; na yaya sahane-could not tolerate.\nTRANSLATION\nThey passed two months in Vrndavana in this way. Finally they could no\nlonger tolerate the unhappiness of separation from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 65\n\n�1!!1'-11' lft\"'-t <ll�lll1lfiltc:!t� I\n'�t� �flftc:!f�, 1l�t� <f'Ht� IJI<II'Itt�' 11�011\nmahaprabhura sandesa kahila sanatane\n'amiha asitechi, rahite kariha eka-sthane'\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhura -of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sandesa -message; kahila -said;\nsanatane-to Sanatana; amiha asitechi-l am also coming; rahite-for My stay;\nkariha eka-sthane-arra n ge for one place.\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda Par:Jc;fita therefore gave Sanatana Gosvami the message from\nthe Lord: \"I am also coming to Vrndavana; please arrange a place for Me to\nstay.\"\nTEXT 66\n\niSf'$ft�\"'·9tf�� l;!t<i!l �t9511ftf'$flll'l I\n�tl;!� 121'-t11' r�� eel;<�'!'! fifi'li 11 �� 11\njagadananda-paQc;iita tabe ajfia magi/a\nsanatana prabhure kichu bheta-vastu dila\n\n", "ant4#p0182": "Text 68]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhatta\n\n149\n\nSYNONYMS\njagadananda-paQQita-Jagadananda Pal)<;iita; tabe-at that time; ajna magi/aasked permission; sanatana-Sanatana GosvamT; prabhure-for Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; kichu-some; bheta-vastu-gifts; di/a-presented.\nTRANSlATION\nWhen Sanatana Gosvami granted permission for )agadananda to return to\nJagannatha\n\nPuri,\n\nhe\n\ngave\n\nJagadananda\n\nsome\n\ngifts\n\nfor\n\nLord\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 67\n\n�tll\"PJ1J �� �t� ''ltt<!l<til� M\"f'' I\n�· �· ���'f �t11\" 'fSWt11t'li II �9 II\nrasa-sthalira va/u ara govardhanera sila\n5u$ka pakka pilu-phala ara gunja-mala\nSYNONYMS\nrasa-sthalira va/u-sand from the place where Lord Kr�l)a held His rasa dance;\nara-and; govardhanera sila-a stone from Govardhana Hill; SU$ka-dry; pakkamature;\n\npilu-phala-pilu fruit;\n\nara-also;\n\ngunja-mala-a\n\ngarland of\n\nsmall\n\nconchshells.\nTRANSLATION\nThe gifts consisted of some sand from the site of the rasa-lila, a stone from\nGovardhana Hill, dry ripened pilu fruits and a garland of small conchshells.\n\nTEXT 68\n\n�\"itlf�\"!-�tf'�l! �f'l'f1 :)l<!ll'f<$11\n<!!Jt�\"f C�ij'f1 llilt(!il �tt11\" PtW'Ill ��i II �\\r' II\njagadananda-paQQita calila saba lana\nvyakula haifa sanatana tarire vidaya diya\nSYNONYMS\njagadananda-paQQita-Jagadananda\n/ana-taking;\n\nvyakula\n\nPal)<;iita;\n\nhaifa-became\n\nvery\n\ncalila-proceeded;\nagitated;\n\nGosvami; tarire-to him; vidaya diya-bidding farewell.\n\nsaba-all;\n\nsanatana-Sanatana\n\n", "ant4#p0183": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n150\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Jagadananda Pa•:u;lita, bearing all these gifts, started on his journey.\nSanatana Gosvami, however, was very agitated after bidding him farewell.\nTEXT 69\n\n�� filfil� �<fi\"lt� 11� ��t�ff I\n\n�-ttfw'!J·$ift11 �<fi '11�' �tlff II �� II\nprabhura nimitta eka-sthana mane vicarila\ndvadasaditya-tilaya eka 'matha' paila\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura nimitta-for\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; eka-sthana-one place;\n\nmane-within the mind; vicari/a-considered; dvadasaditya-tilaya-on the highland named Dvadasaditya; eka-one; matha-temple; paila-got.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSoon afterward, Sanatana Gosvami selected a place where Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu could stay while in Vrndavana. It was a temple in the highlands\nnamed Dvada5aditya-fila.\nTEXT 70\n\n'�l \"ltil �tf�1 ,��tf� �e.� <1\"��11\n� ��� �t�ffi �<I\" fl't�f� �tfifi111 II 'l II\no\n\nsei sthana rakhila gosfif'ii sarhskara kariya\nmathera age rakhi/a eka chauni bandhiya\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei sthana-that place; rakhila-kept reserved; gosani-Sanatana Gosvami;\nsarhskara kariya-cleansing and repairing; mathera age-in front of the temple;\nrakhila-kept; eka-one; chauni-small hut; bandhiya-erecting.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSanatana Gosvami kept the temple very clean and in good repair. In front of\nit he erected a small hut.\nTEXT 71\n\n�!l �fit' ��tff ,'$l.ff1 'Sf��ftil\"f I\n� �� ,�t,t� �ffi ��11 �til\"f II 'l � II\n\n", "ant4#p0184": "Pastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhatfa\n\nText 73]\n\n151\n\nsighra ca/i' ni/aca/e gela jagadananda\nbhakta saha gosaiii haila parama ananda\n\nSYNONYMS\nsighra-very quickly; ca/i'-going; nilacale-at Jagannatha Puri; gela -arrived;\njagadananda-Jagadananda Pat:�c;lita; bhakta saha-with His devotees; gosai'iiSrr Caitanya Mahaprabhu; haila-became; parama ananda-very happy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nMeanwhile, traveling very quickly, Jagadananda Par:uJita soon arrived in\nJagannatha Puri, much to the joy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and His\ndevotees.\nTEXT 72\n\n�'t,1f R'l �fitt' ��t1f fif� I\n\n�� ttl:1f \" �t� �<IS\"!i II ct� II\nprabhura caraQa vandi' sabare milila\nmahaprabhu tatire drr;fha alirigana kai/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; caraQa-lotus feet; vandi'-offering\nprayers\n\nto;\n\nsabare\n\nmilila-he\n\nmet\n\neveryone;\n\nmahaprabhu-Srr\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; tarire-to him; drr;fha-very strong; alirigana-embracing; kailadid.\n\nTRANS LAliON\nAfter offering prayers at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Jagadananda Pa.,c;tita greeted everyone. Then the Lord embraced Jagadananda very\nstrongly.\nTEXT 73\n\n�1\\!ti1f iltt1f 9lfu\\! ��<re. '<!Sl'f!l\n\n1ft��� 'If� �flf :JI� Qe� f.f\"i II 'l� II\nsanatanera name paQr;/ita daQr;/avat kaila\nrasa-sthalira dhuli adi saba bheta dila\n\nSYNONYMS\nsanatanera-of Sanatana Gosvami; name-in the name; paQr;/ita-Jagadananda\nPat:�c;lita; daQr;/avat kai/a-offered obeisances; rasa-stha/ira-the arena of the rasa\ndance; dhali-dust; adi-and other things; saba-all; bheta-gifts; dila-presented.\n\n", "ant4#p0185": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n152\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda Par;��ita also offered obeisances to the Lord on behalf of\nSanatana Gosvami. Then he gave the Lord the dust from the site of the rasa\ndance and the other gifts.\nTEXT 74\n\n:JR � 111�, �e:[ fifr;a,i{ -.1$-m I\n\n'Of\"lt� �' �fit' '!�� fiji ��i II '\\8 U\nsaba dravya rakhilena, pilu dilena bar)tiya\n'vrndavanera pha/a' bali' khaila hma hana\nSYNONYMS\nsaba-all; dravya-gifts; rakhilena-kept; pilu-the pilu fruit; dilena-gave;\nbaritiya-distributing; vrndavanera phala-fruit from Vrndavana; bali'-because\nof; khaila-ate; hma hana-with great happiness.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu kept all the gifts except the pilu fruits, which He\ndistributed to the devotees. Because the fruits were from Vrndavana, everyone ate them with great happiness.\nTEXT 75\n\n� �� �i{, �t� ��� \"'tf�e'f I\n� � �i{ c'$1)�1\n\n�mt�1 ��\"' n '\\(t 11\n\nye keha jane, ariti cu�ite lagila\nye na jane gauqiya pilu cavana khaila\nSYNONYMS\nye-those who; keha-some; jane-knew; ariti-seeds; cu�ite lagila-began\nto lick; ye-those who; na jane-did not know; gau(iiya-Bengali devotees;\npilu-the pilu fruit; cavafla-chewing; khaila-ate.\nTRANSLATION\nThose devotees who were familiar with pilu fruits sucked on the seeds, but\nthe Bengali devotees who did not know what they were chewed the seeds and\nswallowed them.\n\n", "ant4#p0186": "Text 78]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhatta\n\n153\n\nTEXT 76\n\n�J_t-r �� �� (;$!', fi9r�1 �t� �t'fll\n�\"ft<!1til� '�� �t�tl! �� �� �� II Cl � II\nmukhe tara jhala gela, jihva kare jvala\nvrndavanera 'pilu' khaite ei eka lila\nSYNONYMS\nmukhe tara -in their mouths; jha/a-the taste of chili; ge/a-went; jihva-the\n\ntongue; kare jvala-was burning; vrndavanera-of Vrndavana; pi/u-the pilu\nfruit; khaite-eating; ei-this; eka lila-a pastime.\nTllANSLATION\nThe hot chili-like taste burned the tongues of those who chewed the seeds.\nThe eating of pilu fruits from Vrndavana was a pastime for Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 77\n\n\\Sr$ftil\"\"� lfilt$ftil �<!1Rt � I\n\n��� ��ti!f �\"� R� II CIC! II\njagadanandera agamane sabara ullasa\nei-mate nilaca/e prabhura vilasa\nSYNONYMS\njagadanandera-of Jagadananda Pa�c;fita; agamane-upon the return; sabara\nullasa-everyone was jubilant; ei-mate-in this way; nilacale-at Jagannatha\nPuri; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vi/asa-pastime.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Jagadananda Par:u;tita returned from Vrndavana,\n\neveryone was\n\njubilant. Thus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu enjoyed His pastimes while residing\nat Jagannatha Puri.\nTEXT 78\n\n��fifil � �t1f'n·d�ti1 ��� I\n��AA <;W<!1W·� \"Jtf'5t� �I! II Cllr' II\n\n", "ant4#p0187": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n154\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\neka-dina prabhu yamesvara-tota yaite\nsei-kale deva-dasi lagila gaite\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yamesvara-tota-to\nthe temple of Yamesvara-tota; yaite-when He was going; sei-kale-at that\ntime; deva-dasi-a female singer of the Jagannatha temple; /agi/a-began;\ngaite-to sing.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day when the Lord was going to the temple of Yamesvara, a female\nsinger began to sing in the Jagannatha temple.\nTEXT 79\n\n��tf�� �$1 ���-�� I\n'�'m�\"''-� �11tllir� �1lll �;;, ll\ngujjari-ragiQi lafia sumadhura-svare\n'gita-govinda'-pada gaya jaga-mana hare\nSYNONYMS\ngujjari-ragiQi-the\n\ngunan mode of singing;\n\n/alia-accompanied by;\n\nsu­\n\nmadhura-svare-in a very sweet voice; gita-govinda-Cita-govinda, by jayadeva\nGosvami; pada-verses; gaya-sings; jaga-mana-the mind of the entire world;\nhare-attracts.\nTRANSLATION\nShe sang a gujjari tune in a very sweet voice, and because the subject was\nJayadeva Gosvami's Gita-govinda, the song attracted the attention of the entire world.\nTEXT 80\n\n� 'mil ��' �'-1'1' ��� �Wfllf I\n'it,�'� 'itrn,-ii11Sf'ttil ��� n�ro n\ndure gana suni' prabhura ha-ifa avesa\nstri, puru$a, ke gaya, -na jane vi5e$a\n\n", "ant4#p0188": "Text 82]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhatfa\n\n155\n\nSYNONYMS\ndare-from a distant place; gana-song; suni'-hearing; prabhura-of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nha-ifa-there was;\n\navesa-ecstatic\n\nemotion;\n\nstri­\n\nwoman; puru$a-man; ke gaya-who sings; na jane-could not understand;\nvi5e$a-particularly.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing the song from a distance, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu immediately\nbecame ecstatic. He did not know whether it was a man or a woman singing.\nTEXT 81\n\n�tr;1f fil�tr;� � �tr;�r;;-.ct �0'1'1 I\n�ot 'fitr;tr� ��' �' ��1 ��111\"1 \" lr� \"\ntare milibare prabhu avese dhaila\npathe 'sijera bac;ii' haya, phutiya calila\nSYNONYMS\ntare-the singer;\n\nmilibare-to meet;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\navese-in ecstasy; dhaila-ran; pathe-on the path; sijera bac;ii-thorny hedges;\nhaya-were; phutiya-pricking; ca/i/a-He went on.\nTRANSLATION\nAs the Lord ran in ecstasy to meet the singer, thorny hedges pricked His\nbody.\nTEXT 82\n\n� ·� lftRfalf, f<fii; ifl \\!Jftfil�1!\n\n�-�Jr;;� '''H�\"t lit� 'ttr;�� '1�111\" II lr� II\nalige kanta lagila, kichu na janila!\naste-vyaste govinda tanra pachete dhai/a\nSYNONYMS\nalige-on the body; kanta-thorns; /agi/a-touched; kichu-anything; na\njanila-did not perceive; aste-vyaste-very hastily; govinda-His personal servant; talira-Him; pachete-behind; dhaila-ran.\n\n", "ant4#p0189": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n156\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nGovinda ran very quickly behind the Lord, who did not feel any pain from\nthe pricking of the thorns.\nTEXT 83\n\nSft�i �t�il �' it \"511t!i 'fS;W �� I\n\nit ostt�' �l'l' <;ostt�\"' �\\til c<r.lili ,�t tlif u�u\ndhafia yayena prabhu, stri ache alpa dare\nstri gaya' bali' govinda prabhure kai/a kale\nSYNONYMS\ndhafia-very hastily; yayena-was going; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nstri-the woman; ache-was; a/pa dare-within a short distance; stri gaya'-a\nwoman is singing; ba/i'-saying; govinda-His personal servant; prabhure-SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; kai/a ko/e-held in his arms.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was running very rapidly, and the girl was only a\nshort distance away. Just then Govinda caught the Lord in his arms and cried,\n\"It is a woman singing!\"\nTEXT 84\n\nif·ilt'al' 'efil' 121\\� �t� �--�i I\n�ili!f9f (;ll� 9ft'l �t��' ijfvi'\"fi 111r8 II\nstri-nama suni' prabhura bahya ha-ifa\npunarapi sei pathe bahur;li' calila\nSYNONYMS\nstri-nama-the word \"woman\"; suni'-hearing; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\nbahya-external\n\nconsciousness;\n\nha-ifa-returned;\n\npunarapi­\n\nagain; sei pathe-on that path; bahur;li' ca/i/a-He turned back.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as He heard the word \"woman,\" the Lord became externally conscious and turned back.\n\n", "ant4#p0190": "Text 87]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhatfa\n\n157\n\nTEXT 85\n\n<21'¥_ �t�,-\"c;�tR\"f, �t� 1ft��1 it� I\nif-��-t ��t� �'t11HI ��\\! ��'111 lr<t II\nprabhu kahe,-\"govinda, aji rakhila jivana\nstri-parasa haile amara ha-ita maral)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; govinda-My dear Govinda; aji-today; rakhila jivana-you saved My life; stri-parasa hai/e-if I had\ntouched a woman; amara-My; ha-ita-there would have been; maral)a-death.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Govinda,\" He said, \"you have saved My life. If I had touched the\nbody of a woman, I would certainly have died.\nTEXT 86\n\n�-'11'1 c;-ttfllt\\! �tf;f ilt� <;\\!t�t� I\"\nc;�f<il\"f <f.t�,- 1iSf��t� �tt�ill!.,� '�ti{,lit�' ? lr� II\ne-wa sodhite ami narimu tamara\"\ngovinda kahe,- 'jagannatha rakhena mui kon chara'?\n\nSYNONYMS\ne-wa-this debt; sodhite-to repay; ami-1; narimu-shall not be able;\ntamara-to you; govinda kahe-Govinda replied; jagannatha-Lord Jagannatha;\nrakhena-saves;\n\nmui-1; kon chara-the most insignificant person.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I shall never be able to repay My debt to you.\" Govinda replied, \"Lord\n\nJagannatha has saved You. I am insignificant.\"\nTEXT 87\n\n� �t�,-\"c;�t�\"' c;�� �ter ��<111 1\n��1 '!ttl c;�� �-.111 �t<t��te� �·4!11 n\" lr\"' n\nprabhu kahe,-\"govinda, mora sange rahiba\nyahan tahan mora rak?Jya savadhana ha-iba\"\n\n", "ant4#p0191": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n158\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; govinda-My dear Govinda;\nmora sange rahiba-you should always remain with Me; yahan tahar'l-anywhere\nand everywhere; mora-My; rak�aya-for protection; savadhana ha-iba-you\nshould be very careful.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"My dear Govinda, you should stay with\nMe always. There is danger anywere and everywhere; therefore you should\nprotect Me very carefully.\"\nTEXT 88\n\n�i! <!!fi;!' (;'t�S' �,_ c;�fti filiSf·�ttil I\n�f-1' �-�11 ��� aq'Pftflf·'lltil II \\rlr' II\neta bali' /euti' prabhu gela nija-sthane\nsuni' maha-bhaya ha-ifa svarupadi-mane\nSYNONYMS\neta bali'-saying this; leuti'-returning; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nge/a-went; nija-sthane-to His own place; suni'-hearing; maha-bhaya-great\nfear; ha-ifa-there was; svarupa-adi-mane-in the minds of SvarOpa Damodara\nand other attendants.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned home. When Svariipa\nGosvami and His other attendants heard about the incident, they were very\nafraid.\nTEXT 89\n\n�� i!9filfif\\!t·�� �Ql-��tl)t1i I\n�� c;w�tl! I)Ma,i �f�' �('�t� II IT'� II\netha tapana-misra-putra raghunatha-bhattacarya\nprabhure dekhite ca/ila chagi' sarva karya\nSYNONYMS\netha-on the other hand; tapana-misra-putra-the son of Tapana Misra;\nraghunatha-bhattacarya-Raghunatha\n\nBhana;\n\nprabhure-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\n", "ant4#p0192": "Text 91]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhatta\n\n159\n\nMahaprabhu; dekhite-to meet; cafi/a-proceeded; cha<;ii'-giving up; sarva\nkarya-all duties.\nTRANSLATION\nDuring this time, Raghunatha Bhatfacarya, the son of Tapana Misra, gave up\nall his duties and left home, intending to meet Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 90\n\n<li� '�\"(;�! �f\"''� ,�� ''Stl��� fif�11\n�If '��<li ��tit� �tf\"'' ��m II �o II\nkasi haite cafifa tetiho gau<;ia-patha diya\nsatige sevaka cafe tatira jhafi vahiya\nSYNONYMS\nkasi haite-from KasT; cafifa-proceeded; tetiho-he; gau<;ia-patha diya-by\nthe path through Bengal; satige-along with him; sevaka-one servant; cafegoes; tatira-his; jhafi-baggage; vahiya-carrying.\nTRANSLATION\nAccompanied by one servant carrying his baggage, Raghunatha Bhatta\nstarted from Variir:\"�asi and traveled along the path leading through Bengal.\nTEXT 91\n\n�r;� l!rof fiffi1'f1 �\"ft�·�PfWPT I\n����fitt1( �t�'l ,��1 �t� �tlf II�� II\npathe tare mififa visvasa-ramadasa\nvisvasa-khanara kayastha tetiho rajara visvasa\nSYNONYMS\npathe-on the path; tare-him; mififa-met; visvasa-ramadasa-Ramadasa\nVisvasa;\n\nvisvasa-khanara-of\n\nthe\n\ngovernmental\n\naccounting\n\ndepartment;\n\nkayastha-belonging to the kayastha class; tetiho-he; rajara-to the king;\nvisvasa-secretary.\nTRANSLATION\nIn Bengal he met Ramadasa Visvasa, who belonged to the kayastha caste. He\nwas one of the king's secretaries.\n\n", "ant4#p0193": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n160\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nPURPORT\nThe word visvasa-khanara kayastha indicates a secretary or clerk belonging to\nthe kayastha caste. Kayasthas were usually secretaries to kings, governors or other\nimportant persons. It is said that anyone working in the government secretariat at\nthis time was a kayastha.\nTEXT 92\n\n�(-ttt'rif ��'!, <TSt<U�<TSt-t·'fSI�J't?l<Ti I\n�1l���<f, t:t�t�·�9!t�<TS II e;,� II\nsarva-sastre pravif)a, kavya-prakasa-adhyapaka\nparama-vai�f)ava, raghunatha-upasaka\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-sastre-in all revealed scriptures; pravif)a -very learned scholar; kavyaprakasa-of the famous book Kavya-prakasa; adhyapaka-a teacher; paramavai�f)ava-highly advanced devotee; raghunatha-upasaka-worshiper of Lord\nRamacandra.\nTRANSLATION\nRamadasa Visvasa was very learned in all the revealed scriptures. He was a\nteacher of the famous book Kavya-prakasa and was known as an advanced\ndevotee and worshiper of Raghunatha [Lord Ramacandra].\nPURPORT\nCommenting on the word parama-vai�f)ava, Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura says\nthat anyone who desires to merge into the existence of the Lord cannot be a pure\nVai�r:Java, but because Ramadasa Visvasa was a great devotee of Lord Ramacandra, he was almost a Vai�r:Java. In those days, no one could distinguish between a pure Vai�r:Java and a pseudo Vai�r:Java. Therefore Ramadasa Visvasa was\nknown as a Vai�r:Java because he worshiped Lord Ramacandra.\nTEXT 93\n\n'fSI���t:t t:tt1lilt1l!Sft'Plil t:tt�·�til I\n\n�(�Jfsr' ��1 iSf�ift�Hft:t-t� II e;,� II\na�ta-prahara rama-nama japena ratri-dine\nsarva tyaji' calila jagannatha-darasane\n\n", "ant4#p0194": "Text 95]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhafta\n\n161\n\nSYNONYMS\na�ta-prahara-twenty-four hours a day; rama-nama-the holy name of Lord\nRama; japena-chants; ratri-dine-day and night; sarva-all; tyaji'-giving up;\nca/i/a-went; jagannatha-darasane-to see Lord Jagannatha.\nTRANSLATION\nRamadasa had renounced everything and was going to see Lord Jagannatha.\nWhile traveling, he chanted the holy name of Lord Rama twenty-four hours a\nday.\nTEXT 94\n\n��ilt�·�t� �til �tQft'! fif� I\n�\"'�� �tM ;rtr.;� �fi1' �f�1 ��111 �8 II\nraghunatha-bhattera sane pathete milila\nbhattera jhali mathe kari' vahiya calila\nSYNONYMS\nraghunatha-bhattera-Raghunatha Bhatta; sane-with; pathete-on the way;\nmilila-he met; bhattera-of Raghunatha Bhatta; jha/i-baggage; mathe kari'taking on the head; vahiya ca/i/a-carried.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he met Raghunatha Bhafta on the way, he took Raghunatha's baggage\non his head and carried it.\nTEXT 95\n\nilti11 (;��1 �fif' �t� �tW·��il I\nt!Tt'! 11�iltt�� �� �!�t! 1ti1 II �tt II\nnana seva kari' kare pada-samvahana\ntate raghunathera haya sankucita mana\nSYNONYMS\nnana seva kari'-serving in various ways; kare pada-samvahana-massaged his\nlegs; tate-because of this; raghunathera-of Raghunatha Bhatta; haya-there\nwas; sankucita mana-hesitation in the mind.\n\n", "ant4#p0195": "162\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamadasa served Raghunatha BhaHa in various ways, even massaging his\nlegs. Raghunatha Bhatta felt some hesitation in accepting all this service.\nTEXT 96\n\n\"� �� (;�It�, 9fful!, 1f�t�'! I\n(;��i •rl �fit�, �t� �Q'f '� �tt� II\"�� II\n\"tumi bac;fa /aka, paQc;fita, maha-bhagavate\nseva na kariha, sukhe cala mora sathe\"\n\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-you; bac;fa /aka-a great personality; paQc;fita-a learned scholar; mahabhagavate-a great devotee; seva na kariha-please do not serve; sukhe-happily; ca/a-go; mora sathe-with me.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You are a respectable gentleman, a learned scholar and a great devotee,\"\nhe said. \"Please do not try to serve me. just come with me in a happy mood.\"\nTEXT 97\n\n1li11Wtlt �t�,-\"�fil � ��11 !\n'E�t'litcf1l '��i',-<JI� '�f.{--� II �'I II\nramadasa kahe,-\"ami sadra adhama!\n'brahmaQera seva', -ei mora nija-dharma\n\nSYNONYMS\nramadasa kahe-Ramadasa said; ami-1; sudra-a sudra; adhama-most fallen;\nbrahmaQera seva-to serve a brahmaQa; ei-this; mora nija-dharma-my own\nreligious duty.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamadasa replied, \"I am a siidra, a fallen soul. To serve a brahmaJ;�a is my\nduty and religious principle.\nTEXT 98\n\n�t'¥t� �i �1l �' �tfil-�t1ftl '�t�' I\nQ!t1ft1l '�i �fitt'i' � ��t11 ���t� 11\" �\"' 11\n\n", "ant4#p0196": "Text 100]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhana\n\n163\n\nsarikaca na kara tumi, ami-tamara 'dasa'\ntamara seva karile haya hrdaye ul/asa\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarikaca-hesitation; na-not; kara-do; tumi-you; ami-1; tamara-your;\ndasa-servant; tamara-your; seva-service; karile-by rendering; haya-there\nis; hrdaye-within the heart; u//asa-jubilation.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Therefore please do not be hesitant. I am your servant, and when I serve\nyou my heart becomes jubilant.\"\nTEXT 99\n\nl.fll! �f�' �tM �l:�il, ��i{ �Cfti{ I\n\n�ttJ I!Ht<tsq i!Jft�il Jt�·t\"if!';il II �� II\neta bali' jhali vahena, karena sevane\nraghunathera taraka-mantra japena ratri-dine\n\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; jhali vahena-carries the baggage; karena sevaneserves; raghunathera-of Lord Ramacandra; taraka-deliverer; mantra-chanting\nof the holy name; japena-chants; ratri-dine-day and night.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus Ramadasa carried the baggage of Raghunatha Bhafta and served him\nsincerely. He constantly chanted the holy name of lord Ramacandra day and\nnight.\nTEXT 100\n\nl.fl�l:! �ttt 'f.ll�ll!i ���t'i\" I\n�J R!';'l �tlfl31 f1Tf�'i\"\"! ���t� II �oo II\nei-mate raghunatha aila nilacale\nprabhura caraQe yatia milila kutahale\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mate-in this way; raghunatha-Raghunatha Bhana; ai/a-came; nilaca/eto Jagannatha PurT;\n\nprabhura caraQe-to\n\nthe lotus feet\n\nof SrT\n\nMahaprabhu; yatia-going; milila-met; kutahale-in great delight.\n\nCaitanya\n\n", "ant4#p0197": "164\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nTraveling in this way, Raghunatha Bhatta soon arrived at Jagannatha Puri.\nThere, with great delight, he met Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and fell at His\nlotus feet.\nTEXT 101\n\n�9f�ctt1l �Rf' �v 9(�\"1 ��t'i ,\n\n�'f '��' iSftfil '�ilfi �tf�!ftil II � � II\no\n\ndar:u;la-paraQama kari' bhatta pac;/ila caraQe\nprabhu 'raghunatha' jani kai/a alingane\nSYNONYMS\ndaQc;/a-paraQama kari'-offering obeisances by falling down on the ground;\nbhatta-Raghunatha Bhatta; pac;/ila caraQe-fell at the lotus feet; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; raghunatha-Raghunatha Bhatta; jani-knowing; kaila\na/ingane-embraced.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha Bhatta fell straight as a rod at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. Then the Lord embraced him, knowing well who he was.\nTEXT 102\n\nfil<'!t �t� Qlt�r;;�� tif��e, iSftil��1 I\n\n11�� �i·ll�� �t�1 \"if� II � o� II\nmisra ara sekharera daQc;/avat janaila\nmahaprabhu tan-sabara varta puchila\nSYNONYMS\nmisra-of Tapana Misra; ara-and; sekharera-of Candrasekhara; daQc;/avatobeisances; janaila-he informed; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tansabara-of all of them; varta-news; puchi/a-inquired.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha offered respectful obeisances to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu on\nbehalf of T apana Misra and Candrasekhara, and the Lord also inquired about\nthem.\n\n", "ant4#p0198": "Text 105]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhatfa\n\n165\n\nTEXT 103\n\n�t� � �t��' '�� '<l'i��t�il' I\n�t� �tllt� �J�� <l'ifif�1 �llttif '<et� u\" �0� u\n\"bhafa ha-ifa aifa, dekha 'kamafa-focana'\naji amara etha kariba prasada bhojana\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhafa ha-ifa-it is very good; aila-you have come; dekha-see; kamafafocana-the lotus-eyed Lord ]agannatha; aji-today; amara etha-at My place;\nkariba prasada bhojana-you will accept prasada.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is very good that you have come here,\" the Lord said. \"Now go see the\nlotus-eyed Lord Jagannatha. Today you will accept prasada here at My place.\"\nTEXT 104\n\n''Stt�t\"f� \"<\\')�' IJI� ��1 'tf'S11t�ffll\n�9ft� ��'St'l·'lltil f�ift�ff'lll �08 II\ngovindere kahi' eka vasa deoyaifa\nsvarupadi bhakta-gaQa-sane milaifa\n\nSYNONYMS\ngovindere-to Govinda; kahi'-speaking; eka-one; vasa-residential place;\ndeoyaifa-caused to be given; svarupa-adi-headed by Svaropa Damodara\nGosvami; bhakta-gaQa-sane-with the devotees; mi/aifa-introduced.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord asked Govinda to arrange for Raghunatha Bhatfa's accomodations\nand then introduced him to all the devotees, headed by Svariipa Damodara\nGosvami.\nTEXT 105\n\n\\!�� �'.\"llt\"f �f�� ���t, I\nfiftil tlftil �'t� ?'Pft11 �t�11 i!;llt, II � <t II\no\n\nei-mata prabhu-sarige rahifa a�ta-masa\ndine dine prabhura krpaya ba{iaye ul/asa\n\n", "ant4#p0199": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n166\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; prabhu-sange-along with SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nrahi/a-remained;\n\na,sta-masa-eight\n\nmonths;\n\ndine\n\ndine-day\n\nafter\n\nday;\n\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; krpaya-by the mercy; bar;Jaye ul/asafelt increased jubilation.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Raghunatha BhaHa lived with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continuously\nfor eight months, and by the Lord's mercy he felt increased transcendental\nhappiness every day.\nTEXT 106\n\n1ft;S(J 1fi;;S(J 1f�t�� �t;�i{ �1ffj'J I\n\"il�·'fitl! ���, �� ��� <fJ1Pi{ II �o� II\nmadhye madhye mahaprabhura karena nimantral)a\nghara-bhata karena, ara vividha vyanjana\nSYNONYMS\nmadhye madhye-at intervals; mahaprabhura-to SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkarena nimantral)a-he makes invitations; ghara-bhata karena-he cooks rice at\nhome; ara-and; vividha vyanjana-various kinds of vegetables.\nTRANSLATION\nHe would periodically cook rice with various vegetables and invite Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu to his home.\nTEXT 107\n\n�i{t�-'fi�-9flt;� �fl! �fi:l� I\n\n,�- ��'li, �� � ��!;;�� �1( II �o'\\ II\nraghunatha-bhatta-pake ati sunipul)a\nyei randhe, sei haya amrtera sama\nSYNONYMS\nraghunatha-bhatta-Raghunatha Bhana; pake-in cooking; ati su-nipuQavery expert; yei randhe-whatever he cooked; sei-that; haya-is; amrtera\nsama-like nectar.\n\n", "ant4#p0200": "Text 109]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhatfa\n\n167\n\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha Bhatfa was an expert cook. Whatever he prepared tasted just\nlike nectar.\nTEXT 108\n\n'Pf�� �r;�tl:� � �l:�if �t�if I\n\n� ��f-t�-'Pf� �d� �-.'l u �011-ll\nparama santo?e prabhu karena bhojana\nprabhura avasi?ta-patra bhattera bhak?af)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nparama santo?e-in great satisfaction; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkarena bhojana-eats; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; avasi?ta-patrathe plate of remnants; bhattera-of Raghunatha Bhatta; bhak?af)a-the eatables.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would accept with great satisfaction all the food\nhe prepared. After the Lord was satisfied, Raghunatha Bhatfa would eat His\nremnants.\nTEXT 109\n\n�t1llft� <tfw 121�� ��� f�f� I\n��t� �fsfCII �tl:� �'Pf1 ifl <f'Rt\"f111 �o� II\nramadasa yadi prathama prabhure mili/a\nmahaprabhu adhika tarire krpa na karila\n\nSYNONYMS\nramadasa-the devotee Ramadasa Visvasa; yadi-when; prathama-for the\nfirst time; prabhure mili/a-met Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mahaprabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nadhika-much;\n\ntarire-unto him;\n\nk rpa-me rcy ;\n\nna\n\nkarila-did not show.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Ramadasa Visvasa met Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Lord did not\nshow him any special mercy, although this was their first meeting.\n\n", "ant4#p0201": "168\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 110\n'fii�C� ��'f c;;ir;�1, f<fW1·��ti{. I\n\n���-erst�1 �¥_- �(91 ��<Hi{. II ��\" II\nantare mumuk?u tenho, vidya-garvavan\nsarva-citta-jfiata prabhu-sarvajna bhagavan\nSYNONYMS\nantare-within his heart; mumuk?u-desiring liberation; teliho-he; vidya-gar­\n\nvavan-ve ry proud of his learning; sarva-citta-jfiata-one who knows the heart of\neveryone; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sarva-jfia bhagavan-the omniscient Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWithin his heart, Ramadasa Visvasa was an impersonalist who desired to\nmerge into the existence of the Lord, and he was very proud of his learning.\nBeing the\n\nomniscient\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead,\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu can understand the heart of everyone, and thus He knew all these\nthings.\nTEXT 111\n\n1'ft�wt� C<f'�11!r;� �ljr;� �1� 1\n\n�iift11<f'·C� t�r;<'!l 91�111 '<f't<U�<f'1llf' II ��� II\nramadasa kaila tabe nilacale vasa\npattanayaka-go?thike pac;laya 'kavya-prakasa'\nSYNONYMS\nramadasa-Ramadasa Visvasa;\n\nkai/a-did; tabe-then; nilaca/e vasa-resi\n\n­\n\ndence at Jagannatha Puri; pattanayaka-go?thike-to the Pananayaka family (the\ndescendants of Bhavananda Raya); pac;laya -teaches; kavya-prakasa-on the\nbook Kavya-prakasa.\n\nTRANSLATION\nRamadasa Visvasa then took up residence in Jagannatha Puri and taught the\nKavya-prakasa to the Paf!anayaka family [the descendants of 8havananda\nRaya].\n\n", "ant4#p0202": "Text 113]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhafta\n\n169\n\nTEXT 112\n\n'CI��tlf ��' �, �t� ��-rn ��11\n'f�\"'lt� i{1 �fit'�' �fl!lf' �t�'f �fil-'1'1 II � �� II\na?ta-masa rahi' prabhu bhatte vidaya dila\n'vivaha na kariha' bali' ni?edha karila\n\nSYNONYMS\na?ta-masa-for\n\neight\n\nmonths;\n\nrahi'-staying;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; bhatte-to Raghunatha Bhatta; vidaya dila-bid farewell; vivaha na\n\nkariha-do not marry; ba/i\n\n'-\n\nsaying; ni?edha karila-he forbade.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter eight months, when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu bade farewell to\nRaghunatha Bhatfa, the Lord flatly forbade him to marry. \"Do not marry,\" the\nLord said.\nPURPORT\nRaghunatha Bhattacarya had become a greatly advanced devotee while still unmarried. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu could see this, and therefore He advised him\nnot to begin the process of material sense gratification. Marriage is a concession\nfor people who are unable to control their senses. Raghunatha, however, being an\nadvanced devotee of Kr�r:Ja, naturally had no desire for sense gratification.\nTherefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu advised him not to enter the bondage of marriage. Generally a person cannot make much advancement in spiritual consciousness if he is married. He becomes attached to his family and is prone to sense\ngratification. Thus his spiritual advancement is very slow or almost nil.\n\nTEXT 113\n\n�'fi 1fli!1·�i!t� ��' �����I\n\nc�-.�·�tllf �t'$l�i! �� 'CI$lJ1li{ II � �� II\nvrddha mata-pitara yai' karaha sevana\n\nvai?Qava-pasa bhagavata kara adhyayana\n\nSYNONYMS\nvrddha-old; mata-pitara-of the mother and father; yai'-going back; karaha\n\nsevana-engage in service; vai?Qava-pasa-from a pure Vai�l)ava; bhagavata­\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam; kara adhyayana -study.\n\n", "ant4#p0203": "170\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said to Raghunatha Bhatta, \"When you return\nhome, serve your aged father and mother, who are devotees, and try to study\nSrimad-Bhagavatam from a pure Vai��ava who has realized God.\"\nPURPORT\nOne should note how SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Supreme Personality of\n\nGodhead, advised Raghunatha Bha!!acarya to learn Srimad-Bhagavatam. He ad­\n\nvised him to understand Srimad-Bhagavatam not from professional men but from\n\na real bhagavata, devotee. He also advised Raghunatha Bhatta to serve his mother\n\nand father because they were both His devotees. Anyone who wishes to advance\nin Kr�t:�a consciousness must try to serve the devotees of Kr�t:Ja. As Narottama\ndasa Thakura says, chac;liya vai$Qava-seva nistara payeche keba: \"Without serving\n\na self-realized Vai�r)ava, no one has ever been released from the materialistic way\nof life.\" SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu would have never advised Raghunatha Bhatta to\nserve ordinary parents, but since his parents were Vai�r)avas, the Lord advised him\nto serve them.\nOne might ask \"Why shouldn't ordinary parents be served?\" As stated in\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam (5.5.18):\n\ngurur na sa syat svajano na sa syat\npita na sa syaj janani na sa syat\ndaivarh na tat syat na patis ca sa syan\nna mocayed ya/:1 samupeta-mrtyum\n\"One who cannot deliver his dependent from the path of birth and death should\nnever become a spiritual master, a relative, a father or mother, or a worshipable\ndemigod, nor should such a person become a husband.\" Everyone naturally gets a\nfather and mother at the time of birth, but the real father and mother are they\nwho can release their offspring from the clutches of imminent death. This is possible only for parents advanced in Kr�Cia consciousness. Therefore any parents\nwho cannot enlighten their offspring in Kf�r)a consciousness cannot be accepted\n\nas a real father and mother. The following verse from the Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\n(1.2.200) confirms the uselessness of serving ordinary parents:\n\nlaukiki vaidiki vapi\nya kriya kriyate mune\nhari-sevanukulaiva\nsa karya bhaktim icchata\n\n", "ant4#p0204": "Pastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhatfa\n\nText 114]\n\n171\n\n\"One should perform only those activities-either worldly or prescribed by Vedic\nrules and regulations-which are favorable for the cultivation of Kr�t:�a consciousness.\"\n\nConcerning the study of Srimad-Bhagavatam, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu clearly\n\nadvises that one avoid hearing from a non-Vai�t:�ava professional reciter. In this\n\nconnection Sanatana Gosvami quotes a verse from the Padma Puraf)a:\navai?Qava-mukhodgirQarh\n\nputarh hari-kathamrtam\n\nsravaf)arh naiva kartavyarh\n\nsarpocchi?tarh yatha payaf)\n\n\"No one should hear or take lessons from a person who is not a Vai�t:�ava. Even if\nhe speaks about Kr�t:Ja, such a lesson should not be accepted, for it is like milk\ntouched by the lips of a serpent.\" Nowadays it is fashionable to observe\nBhagavata-saptaha and hear Srimad-Bhagavatam from persons who are anything\n\nbut advanced devotees or self-realized souls. There are even many Mayavadis\nwho read Srimad-Bhagavatam to throngs of people. Many Mayavadis have\n\nrecently begun reciting Srimad-Bhagavatam in Vrndavana, and because they can\n\npresent the Bhagavatam with word jugglery, twisting the meaning by grammatical\n\ntricks, materialistic persons who go to Vrndavana as a matter of spiritual fashion\nlike to hear them. All this is clearly forbidden by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. We\nshould note carefully that since these Mayavadis cannot personally know the\nmeaning of Srimad-Bhagavatam, they can never deliver others by reciting it. On\n\nthe other hand, an advanced devotee of the Lord is free from material bondage.\n\nHe personifies the Srimad-Bhagavatam in life and action. Therefore we advise that\n\nanyone who wants to learn the Srimad-Bhagavatam must approach such a\nrealized soul.\n\nTEXT 114\n\n�i{1f� �<1S�� �t� ��t�?:� 1\"\n�� <!t�' <1i-b·';J1C'f1 ffl� :it1l �?:� II � �8 II\npunarapi eka-bara asiha nilacale\"\n\neta bali' kaQtha-mala dila tanra gale\nSYNONYMS\n\npunarapi-again, also; eka-bara-once ; asiha nilacale\n\ncome to Jagannatha\n\n-\n\nPuri; eta ba/i -saying this; kaQtha-mala-neck beads; di /a-gave; tanra gale-on\n'\n\nhis neck.\n\n", "ant4#p0205": "172\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu concluded, \"Come again to Nilacala [Jagannatha\nPuri].\" After saying this, the Lord put His own neck beads on Raghunatha\nBhatfa's neck.\nTEXT 115\n\n�tf'teri{ <li�' �!. P1wt� citr;1( fif'1i 1\n'\\21t� '$f1( '$fi! �§ �tf'trti! '1 tf'$f'1i II � � Q II\na/ingana kari' prabhu vidaya tanre dila\npreme gara gara bhatta kandite lagila\n\nSYNONYMS\nalingana kari'-embracing; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vidaya tanre\ndila-bade him farewell; preme-in ecstatic love; gara gara-overwhelmed;\nbhatta-Raghunatha Bhatta; kandite /agi/a-began to cry.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThen the Lord embraced him and bade him farewell. Overwhelmed with\necstatic love, Raghunatha Bhatta began to cry due to imminent separation\nfrom Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 116\n\n�t��·�t� ��-�1f� <e�tS�Ji �tfosrni 1\n�tilt'!� �t�\"fi �§ �t_1( 'filtSIJi �tl$1 II � �� II\nsvarupa-adi bhakta-thani ajna magiya\nvaraQasi aila bhatta prabhura ajna pana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-adi-headed by Svaropa Damodara Gosvami; bhakta-thani-from the\ndevotees; ajna magiya-asking permission; vara(laSi ai/a-returned to Varat:�asi;\nbhatta-Raghunatha Bhana; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ajna paflagetting permission.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter taking permission from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and all the devotees,\nheaded by Svarupa Damodara, Raghunatha Bhatfa returned to Varar:�asi.\n\n", "ant4#p0206": "Text 119]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhatta\n\n173\n\nTEXT 117\n\ni1�<!1t.�f �tf f'Pf\\!1-111\\!1� ':Jt�1 C<11�1 I\n�<!l..<!l·?ffu'!-�1flfP �t'$14!f\\! 'Pf�\"1111 ��9 II\ncari-vatsara ghare pita-matara seva kaila\nvai?Qava-par:IC;fita-thani bhagavata pac;lila\nSYNONYMS\n\ncari-vatsara-for four years; ghare-at home; pita-matara-of the father and\nmother; seva kai/a-rendered service; vai?Qava-paQc;lita-thani-from a selfrealized, advanced Vai�l)ava; bhagavata pac;lila-he studied Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nTRANSLATION\nIn accordance with the instructions of Sri Caitan.y a Mahaprabhu, he continuously rendered service to his mother and father for four years. He also\nregularly studied the Srimad-Bhagavatam from a self-realized Vai�r;tava.\nTEXT 118\n\nf9ti!1-� 4!fS� 'Pf!lt� ��t�il ��11\n'i_il: 121� �1f� �tl� ')�tflf li1�11111 ��b- II\npita-mata kasi paile udasina hana\npunab prabhura thani aila grhadi chac;Jiya\nSYNONYMS\n\npita-mata-the father and mother; kasi paile-when they passed away at Kasi\n(Varar:Jasi); udasina hafla-being indifferent; punab -again; prabhura thani-to\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ai/a-returned; grha-adi chac;li ya leaving all relation-\n\nships with home.\nTRANSLATION\nThen his parents died at Kasi [Varar;tasi], and he became detached. He\ntherefore returned to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, giving up all relationships\nwith his home.\nTEXT 119\n\n�e. ��ll\"t:Jt �'-·'Pft-t �� I\n��11\"� tfit' �: � �1�1 r.f\"ti II �� � II\n\n", "ant4#p0207": "174\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\npurvavat a?ta-masa prabhu-pasa chi/a\n\na?ta-masa rahi' punab prabhu ajna di/a\nSYNONYMS\npurva-vat-as previously; a?ta-masa-for eight months; prabhu-pasa chi/a­\n\nremained with SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; a?ta-masa rahi -after staying for eight\n'\n\nmonths; punab-again; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ajna di/a-ordered\nhim.\nTRANSLATION\nAs previously,\n\nRaghunatha\n\nremained continuously with Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu for eight months. Then the Lord gave him the following order.\nTEXT 120\n\n\"�tJft1t �t91t�, 11'i1tQt, �t� ��tCfte{ I\n\n�ft1 �t�111� 11i9l·lti1ti!i{·\"ltti1 II �� II\no\n\n\"amara ajnaya, raghunatha, yaha vrndavane\n\ntahail yana raha rupa-sanatana-sthane\nSYNONYMS\namara aJ naya-upon My order;\n\nraghunatha-My dear Raghunatha;\n\nyaha\n\nvrndavane-go to Vrndavana; tahail yana-going there; raha-remain; rupa­\n\nsanatana-sthane-in the care of ROpa GosvamT and Sanatana GosvamT.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"My dear Raghunatha, go to Vrndavana, following My instructions, and\nplace yourself under the care of Riipa and Sanatana Gosvamis.\nTEXT 121\n\n'e't�i! 9(�, lf\\f1 �� ?�iltJf I\n��t11 <��f17tcti1 �9(1 �� �'$f<!lti!.ll\" ��) II\nbhagavata pac;Ja, sada /aha kr?Qa-nama\n\nacire karibena krpa kr?Qa bhagavan\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhagavata pac;/a-read Srimad-Bhagavatam; sada-always; /aha kr?Qa-nama­\n\nchant the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra; acire-very soon; karibena-will bestow; krpamercy; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\n", "ant4#p0208": "Text 123]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhafta\n\n175\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In Vrndavana you should chant the Hare Kr��;�a mantra twenty-four hours a\nday and read Srimad-Bhagavatam continuously. Kr��;�a, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, will very soon bestow His mercy upon you.\"\nTEXT 122\n\n�� ��' � i rt� 'tiitMIPif C<f.� I\n\n�� ?�ttl! �t�llll� C�� II ��� II\neta bali' prabhu tatire alitigana kaila\nprabhura krpate kr?Qa-preme matta haifa\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tatire-Raghunatha\nBhaga;\n\nalitigana kaila-embraced;\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nkrpate-by the mercy; kr?Qa-preme-in love of Kr�t:Ja; matta haifa-became enlivened.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu embraced Raghunatha Bhafta,\nand by the Lord's mercy Raghunatha was enlivened with ecstatic love for\nKr��;�a.\nTEXT 123\n\n·-�� i!lf��� 1_Q'(�� 11tQ'I11\nPi-�ti{·R�illt�te,�r;� �$tf!iQ'I111 ��� II\ncaudda-hata jagannathera tulasira mala\nchuta-pana-vir;la mahotsave pafiachila\nSYNONYMS\ncaudda-hata-fourteen cubits long; jagannathera -of Lord )agannatha; tu/asira\nmala-a garland made of tulasi leaves; chuta-pana-vir;la-unspiced betel; mahotsave-at a festival; pafiachila-got.\nTRANSLATION\nAt a festival Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had been given some unspiced betel\nand a garland of tulasi leaves fourteen cubits long. The garland had been worn\nby Lord Jagannatha.\n\n", "ant4#p0209": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n176\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTEXT 124\n\n�� 1fta;ri, Pi �ti( �� �tt� fif�i I\n\n'lWf�' �fif' 1ltaori ${�111 �tf�O'Ii II ��8 II\nsei mala, chuta pana prabhu tarire dila\n'i�ta-deva' kari' mala dhariya rakhila\nSYNONYMS\nsei\n\nmala-that\n\ngarland;\n\nchuta\n\npana-the\n\nbetel;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; tatire di/a-delivered to him; i�ta-deva-his worshipable Deity;\nkari'-accepting as; mala-that garland; dhariya rakhi/a-kept.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu gave the garland and betel to Raghunatha Bhatta,\nwho accepted them as a worshipable Deity, preserving them very carefully.\nTEXT 125\n\n� itt$ \"'ii t9l1 �lfPi <;'$fa;ri �\"ft�ti( I\n\n\"C�ti!t11 �� 'Citfit' 11i�·'Jii(ti!ti( II ��<t II\nprabhura thani ajna lana gela vrndavane\nasraya karila asi' rupa-sanatane\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura thani-from Sri Ca itany a Mahaprabhu; ajna /ana-taking permission;\ngela vrndavane-went to Vrndavana; asraya karila-took shelter; asi'-coming;\nrupa-sanatane-of ROpa Gosvami and Sanatana Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nTaking permission from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Raghunatha Bhatta then\ndeparted for Vrndavana. When he arrived there, he put himself under the care\nof Rupa and Sanatana Gosvamis.\nTEXT 126\n\n11i�·<;'$ft�f$� �<et11 �frr;1{i( �t��� I\n<et'$f�l! ��I! <;�t1l �1��11 � 1li( II ��� II\nrupa-gosanira sabhaya karena bhagavata-pathana\nbhagavata pat;fite preme aulaya tatira mana\n\n", "ant4#p0210": "Text 128]\n\n177\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhatta\nSYNONYMS\n\nrDpa-gosamra\n\nVai�r:tavas;\n\nsabhaya-in the\n\nkarena-performs;\n\nassembly\n\nof\n\nROpa,\n\nSanatana\n\nbhagavata-pathana-recitation\n\nand\n\nof\n\nother\n\nSrimad­\n\nBhagavatam; bhagavata pa(iite-while reciting Srimad-Bhagavatam; preme-in\necstatic love; au/aya-becomes overwhelmed; tafira mana-his mind.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen reciting Srimad-Bhagavatam in the company of Rupa and Sanatana,\nRaghunatha Bhatta would be overwhelmed with ecstatic love for Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 127\n\n�r!ti, <!i�, 'rt�W �1l �'Pft�� I\n�i! <fi� <;�tt1f �IIIP(, iii 'Pft�� �f�� II ��'\\ II\na5ru, kampa, gadgada prabhura krpate\n\nnetra kaQtha rodhe ba�pa, na pare pa(iite\nSYNONYMS\na5ru-tears; kampa-trembling; gadgada-faltering of the voice; prabhura-of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; krpate-by the mercy; netra-eyes; kaQtha-neck;\nrodhe-choked up; ba�pa-tears; na pare pa(iite-could not recite.\nTRANSLATION\n\nBy the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, he experienced the symptoms of\necstatic love-tears, trembling, and faltering of the voice. His eyes filled with\ntears, his throat became choked, and thus he could not recite SrimadBhagavatam.\nTEXT 128\n\nf� <!i�� <!i�, �t�� ��'SI� ��'jf I\nl!j<fi��<fi 'Pf�?;'! Tlfi�t� T'!il·ijtf� �t'$f II ��lr II\n-\n\npika-svara-kaQtha, tate ragera vibhaga\n\neka-5/oka pa(iite phiraya tina-cari raga\nSYNONYMS\n\npika-svara-kaQtha-a very sweet voice like a cuckoo's; tate-above that;\n\nragera-of tunes; vibhaga-division; eka-5/oka-one verse; pa(iite-reciting;\n\nphiraya-changes; tina-cari raga-three or four different tunes.\n\n", "ant4#p0211": "178\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nTRANSLATION\nHis voice was as sweet as a cuckoo's, and he would recite each verse of\nSrimad-Bhagavatam in three or four tunes. Thus his recitations were very\nsweet to hear.\nTEXT 129\n\n?t�� <;�lii�·111� �t� ?ft�, �til I\n<;�ttftle ��0'1' '!�, f��� il1 iSfiti( II ��� II\nkr?Qera saundarya-madhurya yabe pac;ie, sune\npremete vihvala tabe, kichui na jane\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qera-of Kr�l)a; saundarya-beauty; madhurya-sweetness; yabe-when;\npage-recites; sune-hears; premete-in ecstatic love of K[�l)a; vihva/a-overwhelmed; tabe-then; kichui-anything; na jane-d oe s not know.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he recited or heard about the beauty and sweetness of K��r;�a, he\nwould be overwhelmed with ecstatic love and become oblivious to everything.\nTEXT 130\n\n<;�ti�lf!-Rt'l '�'i1 �1'V�119f'1 I\n<;'it1�\"1-R'11��1if-�1� �1'1$1il II ��o II\ngovinda-caraQe kaila atma-samarpaQa\ngovinda-caraQaravinda-yanra praQa-dhana\nSYNONYMS\ngovinda-caraQe-at the lotus feet of Lord Govinda; kaila atma-samarpaQa-he\nsurrendered himself fully; govinda-caraQa-aravinda-the lotus feet of Lord Govinda; yanra-of whom; praQa-dhana-the life and soul.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Raghunatha Bhafta surrendered fully at the lotus feet of lord Govinda,\nand those lotus feet became his life and soul.\n\n", "ant4#p0212": "Text 133]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhatta\n\n179\n\nTEXT 131\n\nfilsr fittll �f�' c;'$lt8tt\"!� 11�� ��t�� 1\n.,�Jft, 1{�, ���� ''t�'1' <t�Rt' fif\"till �-e� II\nnija si?ye kahi' govindera mandira karaila\nvarhsi, makara, kur.H:;Ia/adi 'bhU$al)a' kari' dila\nSYNONYMS\nnija si?ye-to his own disciples; kahi'-by speaking; govindera-of Lord\nGovinda; mandira karai/a-constructed a temple; vams i-flute; makara kuQ(ialaadi-earrings shaped like sharks, etc.; bhU?al)a-ornaments; kari'-preparing;\ndi/a - gave.\nTRANSLATION\nSubsequently Raghunatha Bhatfa ordered his disciples to construct a\ntemple for Govinda. He prepared various ornaments for Govinda, including a\nflute and earrings shaped like sharks.\nTEXT 132\n\n�tJIJ.,t� �1 �t�, �i �t� ��HI I\nFfJ��i-�srtfltt'! ����� �111 1 �-e� II\ngramya-varta na sune, na kahe jihvaya\nkr?Qa-katha-pujadite a?ta-prahara yaya\nSYNONYMS\ngramya-varta-common topics; na sune-he never heard; na-not; kahe-utters; jihvaya-with his tongue; kr?Qa - katha-topics on Kr�r:Ja; puja - adite-and in\nworshiping and so on; a?ta-prahara yaya-he passed the whole day and night.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha Bhatfa would neither hear nor speak about anything of the material world. He would simply discuss Kr�Qa and worship the Lord day and\nnight.\nTEXT 133\n\nC�t.,il fii\"'J-�� �t� 9ftt� �tt'l I\n�t., 'f• \"� �7;1t,-��11t(! �Sttt� II �-e-e II\n\n", "ant4#p0213": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n180\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nvai�Qavera nindya-karma nahi pac;le kaQe\nsabe kr�Qa bhajana kare, -ei-matra jane\nSYNONYMS\nvai�Qavera-of the Vai�r;�ava;\n\nnindya-karma-reproachable activities; nahi\n\npac;le kaQe-he does not hear; sabe-all; kr�Qa bhajana kare-are engaged in\nKr�r;�a's service; ei-matra-only this; jane-he understands.\nTRANSLATION\nHe would not listen to blasphemy of a Vai��ava, nor would he listen to talk\nof a Vai��ava's misbehavior. He knew only that everyone was engaged in\nKr��a's service; he did not understand anything else.\nPURPORT\nRaghunatha Bhatta never did anything harmful to a Vai�r;�ava. In other words,\nhe was never inattentive in the service of the Lord, nor did he ever violate the\nrules and regulations of a pure Vai�r;�ava. It is the duty of a Vai�r;�ava acarya to prevent his disciples and followers from violating the principles of Vai�r;�ava behavior.\nHe should always advise them to strictly follow the regulative principles, which\nwill protect them from falling down. Although a Vai�r;�ava preacher may sometimes criticize others, Raghunatha Bhatta avoided this. Even if another Vai�r;�ava\nwas actually at fault, Raghunatha Bhatta would not criticize him; he saw only that\neveryone was engaged in Kr�r;�a's service. That is the position of a mahabhagavata. Actually, even if one is serving maya, in a higher sense he is also a servant of Kr�r;�a. Because maya is the servant of Kr�r;�a, anyone serving maya serves\nKr�r;�a indirectly. Therefore it is said:\nkeha mane, keha na mane, saba tarira dasa\nye na mane, tara haya sei pape nasa\n\"Some accept Him, whereas others do not, yet everyone is His servant. One who\ndoes not\n\naccept\n\nHim,\n\nhowever,\n\nwill\n\nbe\n\nruined\n\nby his sinful activities.\"\n\n(Cc. Adi. 6.85)\nTEXT 134\n\n�t�'.J � 1fttl111�t�J �ttCII I\n\n\\21�t\\if·��-�� <ttf'li (;CI(� \"'tt� II �1!)8 II\nmahaprabhura datta mala mananera kale\nprasada-kac;lara saha bandhi lena gale\n\n", "ant4#p0214": "Text 137]\n\n181\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhafta\n\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhura-by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; datta-given; mala-tulasi garland; mananera-of remembering; kale-at the time; prasada-kac;Jara-the remnants of Lord Jagannatha; saha-with; bandhi-binding together; lena\n\n-\n\ntakes;\n\ngale-on his neck.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Raghunatha Bhafta Gosvami was absorbed in remembrance of Lord\nKr�r:Ja, he would take the tulasi garland and the prasada of Lord Jagannatha\n\ngiven to him by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, bind them together and wear them\non his neck.\nTEXT 135\n\n�� ��nt ���11 �il�� I\n�� �' �f�· �t� C���-��'tlli� II��� II\nmahaprabhura krpaya k{$Qa-prema anargala\nei ta' kahilwi tate caitanya-krpa-phala\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhura krpaya-by the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; k{$Qa-prema\nanarga/a-incessantly overwhelmed with ecstatic love of Kr�r;�a; ei ta'-thus;\nkahi/uri-1 have described; tate-thereby; caitanya-krpa-phala-the result of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's mercy.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have described the powerful mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, by\nwhich Raghunatha Bhafta Gosvami remained constantly overwhelmed with\necstatic love for K r�r:Ja.\nTEXTS 136-137\n\n�'mft�� ��( ���il'it1fil I\n�'R{ �'tJ ���t� 'ittil·t'!t�'lll ��� II\n\n11�� �,iftr;� ��1·,�·� I\n���Bf�liit� �il �Qli �fft( �<f''f II �lel<\\ II\njagadanandera kahiluri vrndavana-gamana\ntara madhye deva-dasira gana-sravaQa\n\n", "ant4#p0215": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n182\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 13\n\nmahaprabhura raghunathe krpa-prema-phala\neka-paricchede tina katha kahilun sakala\n\nSYNONYMS\njagadanandera-of\n\nJagadananda\n\nPa!)c;lita;\n\nvrndavana-gamana-going to Vrndavana;\n\nkahi/un-1\n\nhave\n\ndescribed;\n\ntara madhye-within that;\n\ndeva­\n\ndasira-of the female singer in the temple of Jagannatha; gana-sravaQa-hearing\nof the song; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; raghunathe-unto\nRaghunatha Bhana; krpa-by mercy; prema-love; pha/a-result; eka-paricchede-in one chapter; tina katha-three topics; kahi/un-1 have described;\nsaka/a-all.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this chapter I have spoken about three topics: Jagadananda Pa�;�c;lita's\nvisit to Vrndavana, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's listening to the song of the\ndeva-dasi at the temple of Jagannatha, and how Raghunatha Bhatfa Gosvami\nachieved ecstatic love of Kr��;�a by the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 138\n\nr.ll <J�i.:J��� �� �t� i!t'1 � r�' 1\n\n�tt� �t��${il '�il ,'St��Rf II ��lr II\nye ei-saka/a katha sune sraddha kari'\ntanre k[$Qa-prema-dhana dena gaurahari\n\nSYNONYMS\nye-one who;\n\nei- saka/a-all these; katha-topics; sune-hears; sraddha\n\nkari -with faith and love; tanre-unto him; k[$Qa-prema-dhana-the wealth of\n'\n\necstatic love of Lord Kf?!)a; dena-delivers; gaurahari-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu [Gaurahari] bestows ecstatic love for Kr��;�a upon\nanyone who hears all these topics with faith and love.\nTEXT 139\n\n���-�ilt�-�� �il 'f;lt!Cf I\n'��iJJ�fif'!PJi! �t� �·�t, II ��� II\nsri-rDpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe k[$Qadasa\n\n", "ant4#p0216": "Text 139]\n\nPastimes with Jagadananda and Raghunatha Bhalfa\n\n183\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-Srila ROpa Gosvaml; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvaml;\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectati on; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-descri bes;\n\nkr?Qadasa-Srila\n\nKr�l)adasa Kaviraja Gosvaml.\n\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�Qadasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Antya-lila,\nThirteenth Chapter, describing }agadananda PaQc;fita's visit to Vrndavana, the\nLord's hearing the song of the deva-dasi, and Raghunatha Bhatta Gosvami's\nachieving love of Kr?Qa.\n\n", "ant4#p0217": "CHAPTER 14\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\nFeelings of Separation from K�Qa\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura gives the following summary of the Fourteenth\nChapter of Antya-lila. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's feelings of separation from Kr�r;.a\nresulted in highly elevated transcendental madness. When He was standing near\nthe Garu9a-stambha and praying to Lord jagannatha, a woman from Orissa put\nher foot on the Lord's shoulder in her great eagerness to see Lord Jagannatha.\nGovinda chastised her for this, but Caitanya Mahaprabhu praised her eagerness.\nWhen Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to the temple of Lord Jagannatha, He was absorbed in ecstatic love and saw only Kr�r;.a. As soon as He perceived this woman,\nhowever, His external consciousness immediately returned, and He saw Jagannatha, Baladeva and Subhadra. Caitanya Mahaprabhu also saw Kr�r;.a in a dream,\nand He was overwhelmed with ecstatic love. When He could no longer see Kr�r;.a,\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu compared Himself to a yogi and described how that\n\nyogi was seeing Vrndavana. Sometimes all the transcendental ecstatic symptoms\nwere manifest in Him. One night, Govinda and SvarOpa Damodara noticed that although the three doors to the Lord's room were closed and locked, the Lord was\nnot present inside. Seeing this, SvarOpa Damodara and the other devotees went\noutside and saw the Lord lying unconscious by the gate known as Sirhha-dvara.\nHis body had become unusually long, and the joints of His bones were loose. The\ndevotees gradually brought Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu back to His senses by\nchanting the Hare Kr�r;.a mantra, and then they took Him back to His residence.\nOnce Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu mistook Cataka-parvata for Govardhana-parvata.\nAs He ran toward it, He became stunned, and then the eight ecstatic transformations appeared in His body due to great love for Kr�r;.a. At that time all the devotees chanted the Hare Kr�r;.a mantra to pacify Him.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�·f<lt��i!iitml11��1 �� f�i I\n��iS '�ttr�tll-t: �Qijt'!�f!_� II � II\nkr?f!a-viccheda-vibhrantya\nmanasa vapu?ii dhiya\n185\n\n", "ant4#p0218": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n186\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nyad yad vyadhatta gaurarigas\ntal-/esa/:1 kathyate 'dhuna\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-viccheda-of separation from Kr�l)a; vibhrantya-by the bewilderment;\nmanasa-by the mind; vapu�a-by the body; dhiya-by the intelligence; yat\nyat-whatever ; vyadhatta\ntat-of that;\n\nperformed; gaurariga/:1-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkathyate-is being described;\n\n-\n\n/esa/:1-a very small fragment;\n\nadhuna-now.\nTRANSLATION\nI shall now describe a very small portion of the activities performed by Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu with His mind, intelligence and body when He was\nbewildered by strong feelings of separation from Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 2\n\n'Sfi 'Sfi ��t;i!� �-�R �'$l�1i{.l\n\n'Sf11 'Sf� (;'$l�t;l!§f ��'1-�t\"' II � II\njaya jaya sri-caitanya svayarh bhagavan\njaya jaya gauracandra bhakta-gaQa-praf)a\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories;\n\nsri-caitanya-to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nsvayam\n\nbhagavan-the Personality of Godhead Himself; jaya jaya-all glories; gauracandra-to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhakta-gaf)a-praf)a-the life and soul of the\n\ndevotees.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead! All glories to Lord Gauracandra, the life and soul of His devotees.\nTEXT 3\n\n'Sf� 'Sf� fili!Jt�\"f '11i!�-<it�� I\n'Sfrut�i!t� 'Sfi c;�f2!i�i!1l II '!l II\njaya jaya nityananda caitanya-jivana\njayadvaitacarya jaya gaura-priyatama\n\n", "ant4#p0219": "Text 5]\n\nThe lord's Feelings of Separation\n\n187\n\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; nityananda-to Lord Nityananda; caitanya-jivana-the\nlife of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-all glories; advaita-acarya-to Advaita\nAcarya; jaya-all glories; gaura-priya-tama-very, very dear to SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to lord Nityananda, who is Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's very life.\nAnd all glories to Advaita Acarya, who is extremely dear to Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 4\n\n'1m ��9l, ��t:Jtt� ���'$f'l I\n\n-.r� Ot�',-<f>Rf �i1 ��\\!�<tcf'i1 n s n\njaya svarOpa, srivasadi prabhu-bhakta-gaQa\nsakti deha',-kari yena caitanya-varf)ana\nSYNONYMS\njaya-all glories; svarOpa-to SvarOpa Damodara;\n\nsrivasa-adi-headed by\n\nSrTvasa Thakura; prabhu-bhakta-gaQa-to the devotees of the Lord; sakti deha'please give strength; kari-l can make; yena-so that; caitanya-varQana-description of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Svarupa Damodara and the devotees, headed by Srivasa\nThakura. Please give me the strength to describe the character of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 5\n\n�� ��r;�IJftW-�� 'it'�� I\n\n:cr_f.!lr;'! i1i 9ltr;� '��, �w� � 'in�' n <t n\nprabhura virahonmada-bhava gambhira\nbujhite na pare keha, yadyapi haya 'dhira'\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; viraha-unmada-of the transcendental\nmadness of separation from Kr�r:Ja; bhava-emotion; gambhira-very deep and\n\n", "ant4#p0220": "188\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nmysterious; bujhite-to understand; na pare keha-no one is able; yadyapi-although; haya-is; dhira-a very learned and gentle scholar.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's emotion of transcendental madness in separation from Kr�l)a is very deep and mysterious. Even though one is very advarwed and learned, he cannot understand it.\nTEXT 6\n\n:c(�t� il1 9ftff �1, �tttt� '� � f\n�l ��, �r;(, '�� -rf� '\"il �rof 11 � 11\nbujhite na pari yaha, varQite ke pare?\nsei bujhe, varl)e, caitanya sakti dena yailre\nSYNONYMS\nbujhite-to understand; na pari-not being able; yaha-subj ect which; varQite\nke pare-who can describe; sei bujhe-he can understand; varl)e-can describe;\ncaitanya-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sa kti-capacity; dena-gives; yanre-to\nwhom.\nTRANSLATION\nHow can one describe unfathomable subject matters? It is possible only if\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu gives him the capability.\nTEXT 7\n\n��9f·,'itt�tf� �t� �ilttl·'ft� I\n�l ll� ���t� �-�;;{112f�t-t II 9 II\nsvarapa-gosaiii ara raghunatha-dasa\nei duira kac;:lacate e-li/a prakasa\nSYNONYMS\nsvarapa-gosani-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami; ara-and; raghunatha-dasaRaghunatha dasa Gosvami; ei duira-of these two; kac;:/acate-in the notebooks;\ne-li/a-these pastimes; prakasa-described.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara Gosvami and Raghunatha dasa Gosvami recorded all\nthese transcendental activities of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in their notebooks.\n\n", "ant4#p0221": "Text8]\n\nThe Lord's Feelings of Separation\n\n189\n\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's transcendental feelings of separation from Kr�r:ta and\nHis consequent madness are not at all understandable by a person on the material\nplatform. Nonetheless, a so-called party of devotees named nadiya-nagari has\nsprung up and introduced the worship of Vi�r:tupriya. This certainly indicates their\nignorance concerning Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's pastimes. In the opinion of\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura, such worship is a product of the imagination.\nMany other methods of worshiping Caitanya Mahaprabhu have also been introduced, but they have all been rejected by stalwart devotees like Bhaktivinoda\nThakura. The groups practicing such unauthorized worship have been listed by\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura:\naula, bau/a, kartabhaja, ner;Ja, daravesa, sani\nsahajiya, sakhibheki, smarta, jata-gosani\nativar;ii, cur;JadharT, gauranga-nagari\nSvarOpa Damodara Gosvami and Raghunatha dasa Gosvami witnessed Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's activities firsthand, and they recorded them in two notebooks.\nTherefore, without reference to these notebooks, one cannot understand the activities of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Anyone inventing some new method for\nworshiping Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is certainly unable to understand the Lord's\npastimes, for he is bereft of the real process of approaching the Lord.\nTEXT8\n\n��'I �-�� ��i{ 1lftt��1{ �tO't I\n�� �� \"15��-<15� 1{f;� \\1{f;W?;ilf II \\r' II\nse-kale e-dui rahena mahaprabhura pase\nara saba kar;Jaca-karta rahena dura-dese\nSYNONYMS\nse-kale-in those days; e-dui-these two; rahena-stayed; mahaprabhura\npase-with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ara-other; saba-all; kar;Jaca-karta-commentators; rahena-remained; dura-dese-far away.\nTRANSLATION\nIn those days, Svarupa Damodara and Raghunatha dasa Gosvami lived with\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, whereas all other commentators lived far away from\nHim.\n\n", "ant4#p0222": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n190\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nPURPORT\nBesides SvarOpa Damodara and Raghunatha dasa GosvamT, there were many\nothers who also recorded SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's activities. SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura believes that the people of the world would benefit\ngreatly if such notes were available. It is a most unfortunate situation for human\nsociety that none of these notebooks are still extant.\n\nTEXT 9\n\n'flit'! 'flit'! �'l�Bt' 111� 'Q�iSf� I\n��t-.t� �t�t� <lit1t� ��1-�� ll � ll\nk�aQe k�aQe anubhavi' ei dui-jana\nsailk�epe bahulye karena kac;faca-granthana\n\nSYNONYMS\nk�aQe k�aQe-moment by moment; anubhavi'\nthese two persons;\n\nsailk�epe-in brief;\n\n-\n\nunderstanding; ei dui-jana­\n\nbahu/ye-elaborately;\n\nkarena-do;\n\nkac;faca-granthana-compiling the notebooks.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThese two great personalities [Svarupa Damodara and Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami] recorded the activities of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu moment by\nmoment. They described these activities briefly as well as elaborately in their\nnotebooks.\nPURPORT\nFor future reference, we should remember that SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT\nrecorded the pastimes briefly, whereas Raghunatha dasa GosvamT recorded them\nelaborately. These two great personalities simply recorded the facts; they did not\ncreate any descriptive literary embellishments.\n\nTEXT 10\n\nOllf1'!i�-'�<!i-tl', �ilt�-'��<fi�' I\nl!t� �t�a;o ��-��-�<fiHU��� ll �o ll\nsvarapa- 'sutra-karta', raghunatha -'vrttikara'\ntara bahulya varQi -pailji-tika-vyavahara\n\n", "ant4#p0223": "Text 12]\n\nThe Lord's Feelings of Separation\n\n191\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT; sutra-karta-maker of short codes;\nraghunatha -Raghunatha dasa GosvamT; vrttikara -maker of elaborate explanations; tara-of those; bahulya-more elaborately; varQi-1 shall describe; parijifluffing out (as of cotton); tika-explanation; vyavahJra-behavior.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara wrote short codes, whereas Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\nwrote elaborate descriptions. I shall now describe Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\nactivities more elaborately, as if fluffing out compressed cotton.\nPURPORT\nPariji-Fka means further explanations of a subject. Writing such explanations is\nlikened to the process of fluffing out cotton.\nTEXT 11\n\n1!1?::1! �--t� �fif' �� 'e't?;;�� �(� I\n\n��� <ett� eiitil, 9f1��1 t:�1{${� \" � � \"\ntate visvasa kari' suna bhavera varl)ana\nha-ibe bhavera jnana, paiba prema-dhana\nSYNONYMS\ntate-therefore; visvasa kari'-having faith; suna-please hear; bhavera varl)ana-description of ecstatic emotions;\n\nha-ibe-there will be; bhavera-of\n\necstatic emotions; jtiana-knowledge; paiba-you will get; prema-dhana-love\nof Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\nPlease hear faithfully this description of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's ecstatic\nemotions. Thus you will come to know of His ecstatic love, and ultimately you\nwill achieve love of Godhead.\nTEXT 12\n\n�· 11��t� c;\"St?;;�, c;'itt�� (;��-tiC�� I\n�·�t�w �'-� '� w-ti �9f�'11l ��\"\nkr�Qa mathuraya gele, gopira ye dasa haifa\nkr�Qa-vicchede prabhura se dasa upajila\n\n", "ant4#p0224": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n192\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr?Qa mathuraya gefe-when Lord Kr�l)a departed for Mathura; gopira-of the\ngopis; ye dasa-which condition; haifa-was; kr?Qa-vicchede-by separation\nfrom Kr�l)a; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; se dasa-that situation; upajifa-happened.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu felt separation from Kr��;�a, His condition\nexactly corresponded to the condition of the gopis in Vrndavana after Kr��;�a's\ndeparture for Mathura.\nTEXT 13\n\n�'5�-�af� '1ttfi 1ltlftl �iilt9f I\ntlfi\"!;1( iilit11 '�ill �'t_l <;� iftlt�·�'ft9f II ��II\nuddhava-darsane yaiche radhara vifapa\nkrame krame haifa prabhura se unmada-vifapa\nSYNONYMS\n\nuddhava-darsane-by seeing\nRadharai)T;\n\nvifapa-lamentation;\n\nUddhava;\n\nyaiche-as;\n\nkrame\n\nkrame-gradually;\n\nradhara-of\n\nSrTmatT\n\nhaifa-became;\n\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; se-that; unmada-vifapa-lamentation\nin madness.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lamentation of Srimati Radhara�;�i when Uddhava visited Vrndavana\ngradually became a feature of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's transcendental madness.\nTEXT 14\n\n1ltflf�t1l �tt� �11 ��1 '��t�' I\n\n<;�� �11:� �t9f�tt� �� '1ltlf1'·atti{ II �8 II\nradhikara bhave prabhura sada 'abhimana'\nsei bhave apanake haya 'radha'-jnana\nSYNONYMS\n\nradhikara bhave-in the emotion of SrTmatT Radharai)T;\n\nprabhura-of SrT\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; sada-always; abhimana-conception; sei bhave-under\n\n", "ant4#p0225": "The lord's Feelings of Separation\n\nText 15]\n\n193\n\nsuch a conception; apanake-upon Himself; haya-becomes; radha-jfiana-consideration as Srimati Radharat:�i.\nTRANSLATION\nSrimati Radharal)i's emotions after seeing Uddhava exactly correspond to\nthose of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. He always conceived of Himself in Her\nposition and sometimes thought that He was Srimati Radharal)i Herself.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura explains that the purport of the word\nabhimana, or \"self-conception,\" is that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu thought Himself\nto be in the position of Srimati Radharat:�i and was always ready to render service\nin that way. Although Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is Kr�t:�a Himself, He assumed the\ncomplexion and emotions of Srimati Radharat:�i and remained in that status. He\nnever assumed the complexion or status of Lord Kr�t:�a. Of course, Kr�t:�a wanted\nto experience the role of Srimati Radharat:�i; that is the original cause of His assuming the body of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Therefore pure Vai�t:�avas never disturb\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's conception of being Srimati Radharat:�i.\nUnfortunately, at the present time a group of so-called devotees maintain that\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the enjoyer and that they are enjoyers as well. They\nhave actually deviated from devotional service to the Lord. Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu manifested Himself to show that cultivation of love for Kr�t:�a in\nseparation is the easiest way of success for all living entities. Despite this fact,\nthere are some theosophists who declare that because Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nis the Supreme Personality of Godhead, such cultivation is easy for Him but difficult for the living entity and that one can therefore approach Kr�r:Ja in any way\nhe likes. To nullify this idea, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu demonstrated practically\nhow one can achieve love of Kr�r:Ja by adopting Srimati Radharar:Ji's mood in\nseparation from Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 15\n\nflft-utlllttw ��:� �11, r� �ft1 ��11 ?\n� �111\\i·�tt� flft�J1'-iW-�i'f19f ft1l II �It II\ndivyonmade aiche haya, ki iha vismaya?\nadhirCJ(;Iha-bhave divyonmada·pralapa haya\nSYNONYMS\ndivya-unmade-in transcendental madness; aiche-such; haya-is; ki iha\nvismaya-what is the wonder; adhiruc;Jha-bhave-in highly elevated love of\nKr�r:Ja; divya-unmada-in transcendental madness; pra / apa-talking; haya-there\nis.\n\n", "ant4#p0226": "194\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrfa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuch is the state of transcendental madness. Why is it difficult to understand? When one is highly elevated in love of Kr�r:Ja, he becomes transcendentally mad and talks like a madman.\nTEXT 16\n<.!1\\!i� c111�0J1�J':!l 5\\f'\\!i'l. \"\"1'1'1_wnr:�: 1\n\n��1�1 <l'1Fr c<�fs\"Jl\"'t flf-c<�Jl'll11f �\\!>\"'\\(c'\\!i 1\n\n�'t:<J:,<fl-fS\"Jl��1'211�C>g\"lfJ ��c<h 11�1: 11 �� 11\netasya mohanakhyasya\ngatim kamapy upeyu�ab\nbhramabha kapi vaicitri\ndivyonmada itiryate\nudgharQa-citra-ja/padyas\ntad-bheda bahavo matab\nSYNONYMS\netasya-of this; mohana-akhyasya-mood known as mohana, or enchanting;\ngatim-progress; kamapi-inexplicable; upeyu�ab-having obtained; bhramaabha-resembling bewilderment; kapi-some; vaicitri-condition bringing about\nastonishment; divya-unmada-transcendental madness; iti-thus; iryate-it is\ncalled; udgharQa-of the name udgharQa; citra-jalpa-of the name citra-jalpa;\nadyab-and so on; tat-bhedab-different features of that; bahavab-many;\nmatab-described.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the ecstatic emotion of enchantment gradually progresses, it becomes similar to bewilderment. Then one reaches the stage of astonishment\n[vaicitri], which awakens transcendental madness. UdghfirQa and citra-jalpa\nare two among the many divisions of transcendental madness.\"\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Ujjva/a-nilamaQi (Sthayibhava-prakaraQa,\nTEXT 17\n\n� �fifi{ �t� �ffirtt� -Aii{ I\n�· 1f1�� �,-c;'ff�tii \"'f�i{ II �� II\n\n190).\n\n", "ant4#p0227": "Text 19]\n\nThe lord's Feelings of Separation\n\n195\n\neka-dina mahaprabhu kariyachena sayana\nkr�Qa rasa-lila kare, -dekhila svapana\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day;\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nkariyachena\n\nsayana-was taking rest; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; rasa-lila kare-performs rasa-lila\ndance; dekhila-He saw; svapana-a dream.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day while He was resting, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu dreamed He saw\nKr�r:ta performing His rasa dance.\nTEXT 18\n\n�-�\"fJ·\"'!f' ���w� 1\n\n\"ftl!�, �tfrl, ���� II �lr II\ntribhanga-sundara-deha, murali-vadana\npitambara, vana-mala, madana-mohana\nSYNONYMS\ntri-bhanga-curved in three places; sundara-beautiful; deha-body; muralivadana-with a flute to the mouth; pita-ambara-with yellow garments; vanamala-forest flower garlands; madana-mohana-enchanting Cupid.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw lord Kr�r:ta standing with His beautiful body\ncurved in three places, holding His flute to His lips. Wearing yellow garments\nand garlands of forest flowers, He was enchanting even to Cupid.\nTEXT 19\n\n��� c;'5tt\"ft'5tt! �� i{�i{ I\n1ft�J Jt'f!·� i{ft� ��\"fi{ II �� II\nmaQc;iali-bandhe gopi-gaQa karena nartana\nmadhye radha-saha nace vrajendra-nandana\nSYNONYMS\nmaQc;ia/i-bandhe-in a circle; gopi-gaQa-the gopis; karena nartana-engaged\nin dancing; madhye-in the middle; radha-saha-with Srimati Radharar:Ji; nacedances; vrajendra-nandana-Kr�r:Ja, the son of Maharaja Nanda.\n\n", "ant4#p0228": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n196\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe gopis were dancing in a circle, and in the middle of that circle, Kr�r:Ja,\nthe son of Maharaja Nanda, danced with Radharar:Ji.\nTEXT 20\n\n�' � �� 11� 'fift�� ��11\n'�!<i!l'i1 �� 9fil�t'-�t ati1 �'11 1 �\n\no\n\nII\n\ndekhi' prabhu sei rase avi�ta haifa\n'vrndavane kr�Qa painu'-ei jnana kaifa\nSYNONYMS\nde khi -seeing; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sei-that; rase-in the\n'\n\ntranscendental mellow;\n\navi�ta haifa-became overwhelmed;\n\nvrndavane-in\n\nVrndavana; kr�Qa painu-l have gotten Kr�r:Ja; ei-this; jnana kaila-He thought.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSeeing this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was overwhelmed with the transcendental mellow of the rasa dance, and He thought, \"Now I am with Kr�r:Ja in\nVrndavana.\"\nTEXT 21\n\n� R� �f�' '�\"'��I\n�tf� '�11'-atiil ��' �'. t:� ��lift II �� II\nprabhura vifamba dekhi' govinda jagaifa\njagife 'svapna'-jnana haifa, prabhu dubkhi haifa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nvi/amba-delay;\n\ndek hi'-seeing;\n\ngovinda jagaifa-caused to awaken; jagife-when He awoke;\n\nsvapna-jnana\n\nhaifa-could understand that it was a dream; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ndubkhi haifa-became unhappy.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Govinda saw that the Lord had not yet risen, he awakened Him.\nUnderstanding that He had only been dreaming, the Lord was somewhat\nunhappy.\n\n", "ant4#p0229": "The Lord's Feelings of Separation\n\nText 24]\n\n197\n\nTEXT 22\n\n�tel� f���J <f.Rf' �1ft� I\n�If ��' �tift iSf�Qf lifPt� II �� II\ndehabhyase nitya-krtya kari' samapana\nkale yai' kaila jagannatha darasana\nSYNONYMS\ndeha-abhyase-as a habit; nitya-krtya-the daily duties; kari' samapanafinishing; kale-at the proper time; yai'-going; ka ila-performed; jagannatha\ndarasana\n\n-\n\nseeing Lord Jagannatha.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu performed His customary daily duties, and at the\nusual time He went to see Lord Jagannatha in the temple.\nTEXT 23\n\n�e, � �.(i{ <f.tifi{ 'Sf� �t� I\n\n� �'tt'St �.(i{ �tit '�<fi llftt� 'l'tt� II �� II\nyavat kala darsana karena garu(iera pache\nprabhura age darsana kare loka lakhe lakhe\nSYNONYMS\nyavat kala-as long as; darsana-seeing; karena-pe rforms ; garu(iera pachefrom the back of the Garu<;la column; prabhura age\n\n-\n\nin front of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; darsana kare-see; loka-people; lakhe lakhe-in hundreds of\nthousands.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs He viewed Lord Jagannatha from behind the Garu�a colunm, hundreds\nand thousands of people in front of Him were seeing the Deity.\nTEXT 24\n\nt�i �<fi i) �� �.(i{ i{i ��1 I\n'Sf���'�� !2t't_1t IIJJt� 9f5f fif�111 �8 II\n\n", "ant4#p0230": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n198\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nur;iiya eka stri bhir;le darsana na paiia\ngarur;ie car;li' dekhe prabhura skandhe pada diya\nSYNONYMS\nur;liya-a native of Orissa; eka-one; stri-woman; bhir;le-in the crowd; darsana na paiia-being unable to see; garur;Je ca r;ii -cli mbi ng up the column of\n'\n\nGaruc;la; dekhe-sees; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; skandhe-on the\nshoulder; pada-her foot; diya-placing.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSuddenly, a woman from Orissa, unable to see Lord Jagannatha because of\nthe crowd, climbed the column of Garuc;la, placing her foot on Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's shoulder.\nTEXT 25\n\n(}f[� '��\"' ��-�nt� �t� ��\"11 1\n�1f �t'! (2f'- ''$lt�t�tt �t�fitc;rl u �<t u\ndekhiya govinda aste-vyaste strike varjila\ntare namaite prabhu govinde ni?edhila\nSYNONYMS\ndekhiya-seeing; govinda-the personal servant of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\naste-vyaste-with great haste; strike-the woman; varjila-got down; tare-her;\nnamaite-to get down; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; govinde-Govinda;\nni?edhila -forbade.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he saw this, Caitanya Mahaprabhu's personal secretary, Govinda,\nhastily got her down from her position. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, however,\nchastised him for this.\nPURPORT\nBecause Garuc;la is the carrier of Lord Vi�I)U, he is the supreme Vai�l)ava.\nTherefore to touch his body with one's feet or to climb the column of Garuc;la is\ncertainly a vai?l)ava-aparadha, an offense to a Vai�l)ava. The woman was also\noffensive to Kr�l)a by putting her foot on the shoulder of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. Seeing all these offenses, Govinda very hastily made her get down.\n\n", "ant4#p0231": "Text 27]\n\nThe Lord's Feelings of Separation\n\n199\n\nTEXT 26\n\n'�tfif�' �� G� iff �� �� I\n��� ��� \\Sf'$1it1Qf if�-til II �� II\n'adi-vasya' ei strire na kara varjana\nkaruka yathe$ta jagannatha darasana\n\nSYNONYMS\nadi-vasya-uncivilized; ei-this; strire-woman; na kara varjana-do not forbid; karuka-let her do; yatha-i$ta-as desired; jagannatha darasana-seeing Lord\nJagannatha.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said to Govinda, \"0 adi-vasya [uncivilized man],\ndo not forbid this woman to climb the Garuc;ta-stambha. Let her see Lord\n)agannatha to her satisfaction.\"\nPURPORT\nFor an explanation of the word adi-vasya, refer to Antya-li/a, Chapter Ten, verse\n116.\n\nTEXT 27\n\n�1t�·�Jt� (;�� il1ft \"t11t\\! iltf1{i'f1 I\n��� �' i� ��cj �f\"fiif111 �'I II\naste-vyaste sei nari bhOmete namila\nmahaprabhure dekhi' tailra caral)a vandila\n\nSYNONYMS\naste-vyaste-in great haste; sei nari-that woman; bhOmete-on the ground;\nnamila-got down; mahaprabhure dekhi'-seeing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ntar'lra-His; caral)a vandi/a-begged pardon at the lotus feet.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the woman came to her senses, however, she quickly climbed back\ndown to the ground and, seeing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, immediately\nbegged at His lotus feet for forgiveness.\n\n", "ant4#p0232": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n200\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 28\n\n\\!� � '��' �ifi_ <!ifu;'! \"Jtf'iWI1 I\n\n\"�'! �t� 'Sf'$fitQf '1ftt1f i{t� ffl\"f1 I �!7- II\ntara arti dekhi' prabhu kahite lagila\n\"eta arti jagannatha more nahi dila!\nSYNONYMS\ntara-her;\n\narti-eagerness;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; kahite /agi /a-began to speak; eta arti-so much eagerness; jagannatha-Lord )agannatha; more-unto Me; nahi di /a-did not bestow.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the woman's eagerness, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Lord Jagannatha has not bestowed so much eagerness upon Me.\nPURPORT\nThe woman was so eager to see Lord )agannatha that she forgot she was\noffending the feet of a Vai?t:�ava by climbing the column of Garuc;ia. She also\nneglected to consider that by putting her foot on the shoulder of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, she offended the Supreme Personality of Godhead. These are both\ngrievous offenses that displease the Supreme Lord and Vai?t:�avas. She was so\neager to see Lord )agannatha, however, that she committed all these offenses\nobliviously. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu praised her eagerness; He regretted that\nLord )agannatha had not bestowed such great eagerness upon Him.\nTEXT 29\n\niSf'$fittQJ ��i ��t� \\!�·1fi{·�'1 I\n'� �tllli �� ftrntt�, '!tt� i{t� 'Sft'(;i{ II �;;, II\njagannathe avi�ta ihara tanu-mana-praQe\nmora skandhe pada diyache, taho nahi jane\nSYNONYMS\njagannathe-in Lord )agannatha; avi�ta-fully absorbed; ihara-of this woman;\ntanu-body;\n\nmana-mind;\n\npraQe-life;\n\nmora s kandh e-upon My shoulder;\n\npada-foot; diyache-has put; taho-she; nahi jane-did not understand.\n\n", "ant4#p0233": "Text 31)\n\nThe Lord's Feelings of Separation\n\n201\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"She has fully absorbed her body, mind and life in Lord Jagannatha.\nTherefore she was unaware that she was putting her foot on My shoulder.\nTEXT 30\n\n� 'et'$fJ.,� ��' .,flit ��111' 911� I\n\n��if ���� �tli �t� �t�HI .,i ��\" J �o II\naha bhagyavati ei, vandi ihara paya\nihara prasade aiche arti amara va haya\"\nSYNONYMS\naha-alas; bhagyavati-very, very fortunate; ei-she; vandi-let Me offer\nprayers; ihara paya-at her feet; ihara prasade-by her favor; aiche-such; artieagerness; amara va haya-may be Mine.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Alas! How fortunate this woman is! I pray at her feet that she favor Me\nwith her great eagerness to see Lord Jagannatha.\"\n\nTEXT 31\n\n� �tf� �� '<ll\"f! 1Sf'$fit� �11'-1� I\niSf'$fittot �t�- ::111-.te. �iSf���il II �� II\n'\n\npurve asi' yabe kaila jagannatha darasana\njagannathe dekhe-sak�at vrajendra-nandana\nSYNONYMS\npurve-before this; asi'-coming; yabe-when; kai/a-executed; jagannatha\ndarasana-seeing Lord Jagannatha; jagannathe dekhe-sees Lord Jagannatha;\nsak�at vrajendra-nandana-personally the son of Maharaja Nanda.\nTRANSLATION\nJust previously, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had been seeing Lord Jagannatha\nas the son of Maharaja Nanda, Kr�r;�a, in person.\n\n", "ant4#p0234": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n202\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 32\n\n\"lft1til \\if.fteltt�t-t �i!fi� �Q'f � I\n�ttl '!ttl �t� �('\\! ���-�\\ifi{ P 'el� II\nsvapnera darsanavese tad-rupa haila mana\nyahan tahan dekhe sarvatra murali-vadana\nSYNONYMS\nsvapnera-of the dream; darsana-avese-by being fully absorbed in the vision;\ntat-rupa-like that; haila mana-the mind became; yahan tahan-anywhere and\neverywhere; dekhe-sees; sarvatra-all around; murali-vadana-Kr�t:�a with His\nflute to His mouth.\nTRANSLATION\nBecoming fully absorbed in that vision, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had\nassumed the mood of the gopis, so much so that everywhere He looked He\nsaw Km1a standing with His flute to His lips.\nTEXT 33\n\n�� �rw � ,\\if�' �'-if �t� '�\"f 1\n\niSf'5tit�-�tll-�'i�tt�il �111� ,wr�� 11 �'el 11\nebe yadi strire dekhi' prabhura bahya hai/a\njagannatha-subhadra-balaramera svarOpa dekhila\nSYNONYMS\nebe-now; yadi-when; strire-the woman; dekhi -seeing; prabhura-of Sri\n'\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; bahya hai/a-there was external consciousness; jagannatha-Lord jagannatha; subhadra-His sister, Subhadra; ba/aramera-and of His\nelder brother, Balarama; sva-rOpa-forms; dekhila\n\n-\n\nsaw\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter seeing the woman, the Lord's external consciousness returned, and He\nsaw the original Deity forms of Lord Jagannatha, Subhadra and Lord Balarama.\nTEXT 34\n\n��� (;lff't' � �tr; �(!( � I\n'� �t\\!f �ft�iS, <fi'ttt �t<ili{ ?' \"'8 II\n\n", "ant4#p0235": "Text 36)\n\n203\n\nThe lord's Feelings of Separation\n\nkuruk$etre dekhi' k[$Qe aiche haila mana\n'kahari kuruk$etre ailana, kahari vrndavana'\nSYNONYMS\n\nkuruk$etre-in Kuruk�etra; dekhi'-seeing; kr$Qe-Lord Kr�l)a; aiche-in that\nway; haila mana-became His mind; kahari-where; kuruk$etre ai/ana-1 have\ncome to Kuru�etra; kahari-where; vrndavana-Vrndavana\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen He saw the Deities, lord Caitanya thought He was seeing Kr�r:'la in\nKuruk�etra.\n\nHe\n\nwondered,\n\n\"Have\n\nI\n\ncome\n\nto\n\nKuruk�etra?\n\nWhere\n\nis\n\nVrndavana?\"\nTEXT 35\n\nt2lt�111J �1111�1 �tfi �J111 ��� I\n��� ��1 t2l'- �i9f-��1 'f51�\"11 II �� II\nprapta-ratna harafia aiche vyagra ha-i/a\nVi$aQQa hafia prabhu nija-vasa ai/a\nSYNONYMS\n\nprapta-ratna-the achieved jewel; harafia-having lost; aiche-in that way;\nvyagra ha-ila-became very agitated; vi$aQQa hafia-being morose; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; nija\n\nown; vasa-to His residential place; ai/a-returned.\n\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nlord Caitanya grew very agitated, like a person who has just lost a recently\nacquired jewel. Then He became very morose and returned home.\nTEXT 36\n\n�fiR�' ��11 �' fili9f·ifr;� � filt� I\n��-1 � ��' f<TiJ;� il1 <:�� II �� II\nbhOmira upara vasi' nija-nakhe bhami likhe\nasru-gariga netre vahe, kichui na dekhe\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhamira upara-on the ground; vasi -sitting down; nija-nakh e-with His\n'\n\nnails; bhami likhe- m arked the ground; asru-gariga-a flow of tears like the\n\n", "ant4#p0236": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n204\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nGanges; netre-in the eyes; vahe-flows; kichui-anything; na dekhe-could\nnot see.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sat down on the ground and began to mark it with\nHis nails. He was blinded by tears, which flowed from His eyes like the\nGanges.\nTEXT 37\n\n'� ��ileft�, �: ��( I\n<;��f��-.?�ti� ��?\\!)�II\n'pailun vrndavana-natha, puna/:! harailun\nke mora nileka kr?Qa? kahan mui ainu'?\nSYNONYMS\n\npai/un-1 got; vrndavana-natha-the Supreme Lord of Vrndavana; puna/:1again; harai/un-1 have lost; ke-who; mora-My; nileka-took away; kr?QaLord Kr�l!a; kahan-where; mui ainu\n\n-\n\nhave I come.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"I found Kr��a, the Lord of Vrndavana, but I\nhave lost Him again. Who has taken My Kr��a? Where have I come?\"\nPURPORT\n\nThese are the feelings of Srimati Radharal)i. First Lord Caitanya felt that He had\nbeen taken to Vrndavana, where He saw Kr�l!a's rasa dance with the gopis. Then\nHe was brought to Kuruk�etra to see Lord Jagannatha, His sister (Subhadra) and\nLord Balarama. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu lost Vrndavana and Kr�l!a, the master of\nVrndavana. At this time, Caitanya Mahaprabhu experienced divyonmada, transcendental madness in separation from Kr�l)a. At Kuruk�etra, Kr�l!a displays His\nopulence, whereas in Vrndavana He is in His original position. Kr�l!a never goes\neven a step away from Vrndavana; therefore Kuruk�etra is less important for the\ngopis than Vrndavana.\nAlthough devotees who worship Kr�l!a in opulence (His Vaikul)tha aspect) may\nprefer to see Lord Kr�l!a at Kuruk�etra along with Subhadra and Balarama, the\ngopis want to see Kr�l!a in Vrndavana, performing the rasa dance with Srimati\nRadharal)i. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu showed by practical example how one can\ncultivate the mood of Radharal)i and the other gopis in separation from Kr�l)a.\nDevotees absorbed in this mood do not like to see Kr�l!a anywhere else but\n\n", "ant4#p0237": "The lord's Feelings of Separation\n\nText 39]\n\n205\n\nVrndavana. Therefore Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu lamented, \"I found Kr�l)a in\nVrndavana, and now I have again lost Him and come to Kuruk�etra.\" Unless one is\na very highly advanced devotee, he cannot understand these intricate feelings.\n\nThe author of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, however, has tried to explain this divyonmada as far as possible, and it is our duty simply to appreciate it as far as possible.\n\nTherefore the author has made the following request in verse 11 :\ntate visvasa kari' suna bhavera varQana\n\nha-ibe bhavera jfiana, paiba prema-dhana\n\n\"My dear readers, simply try to hear this description with faith and love. That will\nhelp you to understand transcendental ecstasy, and at last you will achieve love\nof Godhead very easily.\"\nTEXT 38\n\n��� <;� �11' �11' ��I\n\n� c�t\"�' �- � ��\" Iii{ \" �\"\" \"\nsvapnavese preme prabhura gara gara mana\n\nbahya haile haya-yena haraila dhana\nSYNONYMS\nsvapna-avese-when\n\nabsorbed\n\nin\n\ndreams;\n\npreme-in\n\nlove\n\nof\n\nKr�l)a;\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gara gara-fully absorbed; mana-mind;\n\nbahya hai/e-when He awakens; haya-it is; yena-as if; harai/a-He has lost;\ndhana-something very precious.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu dreamed of the rasa dance, He was fully absorbed in transcendental bliss, but when His dream broke, He thought He had\nlost a precious jewel.\nTEXT 39\n\nk� � � <fit1fi{ �t��J I\n\"'� �oett.,- <fit11'� �-c;oe�·�J 11 �� 11\nunmattera praya prabhu karena gana-nrtya\n\ndehera svabhave karena snana-bhojana-krtya\n\n", "ant4#p0238": "206\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nSYNONYMS\nunmattera praya-as if mad; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karena-performs; gana-nrtya-singing and dancing; dehera-of the body; svabhave-by\nnature; karena-carries out; snana-bathing; bhojana-eating; krtya-duties.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would chant and dance, always absorbed in\nthe bliss of transcendental madness. He carried out the necessities of the\nbody, such as eating and bathing, merely out of habit.\nTEXT 40\n\n1ftfijj � ��Hit11 tilt\"! 1(�1 I\n�9f� ';ftil� >et<�t � ��t�1ll So II\nratri haile svarupa-ramanande lana\napana manera bhava kahe ughac;fiya\nSYNONYMS\nratri haile-when there was night; svarupa-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami;\nramanande-Ramananda Raya; /ana-taking together; apana manera-of His\nown mind; bhava-the ecstatic feelings; kahe-speaks; ughac;fiya-revealing.\nTRANSLATION\nAt night, Lord Caitanya would reveal to Svariipa Damodara and Ramananda\nRaya the ecstatic feelings of His mind.\nTEXT 41\n\n·�t�·�<t�1F:::�f<l� �1�1\n\nl!Clll f•rlltriftf�r�-c��cc;t�: 1\n����<'ft9ftf'1<fi1f�?;<fl Cll\n1�l�O!� C'!�f\"t��: II 8 � II\nprapta-praf)a$tacyuta-vitta atma\nyayau vi?adojjhita-deha-geha/:1\ngrhita-kapalika-dharmako me\nvrndavanarh sendriya-5i$ya-vrnda/:l\n\n", "ant4#p0239": "Text 42]\n\n207\n\nThe lord's Feelings of Separation\nSYNONYMS\n\nprapta-achieved; pra(1a?ta-lost; acyuta-Kr�l)a; vitta�-the treasure; atma­\n\nrnind; yayau-went; vi�ada-by lamentation; ujjhita-given up; deha-geha�body and horne; grhita-accepted; kapafika-dharmaka�-the religious principles\nof a kapafika-yogi, a kind of mendicant; me-My; vrndavanam-to Vrndavana;\nsa-with; indriya-senses; si�ya-vrnda�-disciples.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"At first My mind somehow achieved the\ntreasure of Kr�r;�a, but it again lost Him. Therefore it gave up My body and\nhome because of lamentation and accepted the religious principles of a\nkapalika-yogi. Then My mind went to Vrndavana with its disciples, My\nsenses.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is clearly metaphorical.\nTEXT 42\n\n�t��\" mtlfP1,\n\n� �'I �'!firm,\n\n1f�t�'- ��tt9f ��!!If I\ntt�-'15!�9f� 1l� 'fRt'' 1l7;� ,��1 �fif �Rt''\nCfi� ,�, ��'it �� II 8� II\nprapta-ratna harana,\n\ntara gu(1a sanariya,\n\nmahaprabhu santape vihvafa\n\nraya-svarapera ka(1tha dhari',\n\nkahe 'haha hari hari',\n\ndhairya gefa, ha-ifa capafa\nSYNONYMS\nprapta-acquired; ratna-gern; harafla-having lost; tara-of it; gu(1a-attributes; sar'lariya-rernernbering; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; santape-in\n\nlamentation;\n\nvihvafa-overwhelrned;\n\nraya-of\n\nRarnananda\n\nRaya;\n\nsvarOpera-of SvarOpa Darnodara Gosvarni; ka(1tha dhari'-catching the necks;\n\nkahe-said; haha hari hari-alas, where is Hari, where is Hari; dhairya-patience;\ngefa-lost; ha-ifa capafa-becarne restless.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving lost His acquired gem, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu became overwhelmed with lamentation by remembering its attributes. Then, grasping the\n\n", "ant4#p0240": "208\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nnecks of Ramananda Raya and Svariipa Damodara Gosvami, He cried, \"Alas,\nwhere is My lord Haril Where is Haril\" Finally He became restless and lost all\npatience.\nTEXT 43\n\n\"�i{, <!ttllifi<!t, �tlt!� �1� I\n�� �� '1ft� Jfi{,\n\nijt�' (}it�-��'\n\n�t;ft !lilfl31 !/i�Ql fre�� II 8� II o!fi II\n\"suna, bandhava, kr�Qera madhuri\nyara lobhe mora mana,\n\nchac;fi' /aka-veda-dharma,\n\nyogi hafia ha-ifa bhikhari\nSYNONYMS\n\nsuna-please hear; bandhava-My friends; kr�Qera madhuri-the sweetness of\nLord Kr�r;�a; yara-for which; /obhe-by the greed; mora mana-My mind;\ncha(fi'-giving up; /aka-veda-dharma-social and Vedic religious principles; yogi\nhaiia-having become a yogi; ha-ifa bhikhari-has become a beggar.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friends,\" He said, \"please hear of Kr�r;�a's sweetness. Because of a\ngreat desire for that sweetness, My mind has given up all social and Vedic\nreligious principles and taken to the profession of begging, exactly like a\nmystic yogi.\nTEXT 44\n\n�'i -t�e'f,\n\n�·�Ql1-��'\n\n�f�t� �<fi <fitRf�� I\n�1-Qlt�-�� --�',\n�t-t1-�fiil\n<fit�� ��� II 88 II\n....\n\n�- f�'l <!titt'l �fif',\nkr�f)a-/ila-maf)(fa/a,\n\nsuddha sankha-kuf)(fala,\n\ngac;fiyache suka karikara\nsei kuf)(fa/a kaf)e pari',\n\ntr�Qa-lau-thali dhari',\n\na.Sa-jhuli kandhera upara\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�Qa-lila-maf)qala-the ring of the pastimes of Kr�r;�a; suddha-pure; sankhakuQ(fala-an earring of conchshell;\n\ngac;fiyache-has manufactured;\n\nsuka-\n\n", "ant4#p0241": "Text 46]\n\nThe lord's Feelings of Separation\n\n209\n\nSukadeva Gosvami; karikara-craftsman; sei kw:l1;/a/a-that earring; kaQe pari'putting on the ear; tr?Qc'i-aspiration; /au-of squash or gourd; thali-the bowl;\ndhari'-taking; asci-expectation; jhuli-b ag; kandhera upara-on the shoulder.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The ring of Kr�r:'la's rasa-lila, manufactured by Sukadeva Gosvami, the\n\nmost auspicious craftsman, is as pure as an earring made from a conchshell.\nThe yogi of My mind is wearing that earring upon his ear. From a gourd he has\ncarved out the bowl of My aspirations, and he has taken the bag of My expec­\n\ntations on his shoulder.\n\nTEXT 45\n\n��-�� t9� �,\n\n��-f��r�-�-�-rn,\n\n'�t�i �' ���-ii;� I\n1Dt'4'ij '4t�-t �tt�,\n\n'�t'e1'{ �\"'�fi{11't7;;Qt,\n\nf�-.t'ett� ..-r't �tt'l�1'f II 8� II\ncinta-kantha ur;fhi gaya,\n\ndhD/i-vibhDti-malina-kaya,\n\n'haha kr?Qa' pralapa-uttara\nudvega dvadasa hate,\n\n/obhera jhu/ani mathe,\n\nbhik?abhave k?iQa kalevara\nSYNONYMS\n\ncinta-of anxiety; kantha-the torn quilt; ur;/hi-covering; gaya-on the body;\ndhD/i-dust; vibhDti-ashes;\nKr�r:Ja;\n\npralapa-uttara-crazy\n\nmalina-kaya-dirty body;\nreplies;\n\nhaha - alas ;\n\nudvega-distress;\n\nkr?Qa­\n\ndvadasa-twelve\n\n(bangles); hate-on the wrist; lobhera-of greed; jhulani-turban; mathe-on\nthe head; bhik?a-abhave-in the absence of alms; k?iQa-skinny; kalevarabody.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The yogi of My mind wears the torn quilt of anxiety on his dirty body,\nwhich is covered with dust and ashes. His only words are, 'Alas! Kr�r;\"�a!' He\nwears twelve bangles of distress on his wrist and a turban of greed on his\nhead. Because he has not eaten anything, he is very thin.\nTEXT 46\n\n�:rt�, ��trw ,�tf<ij<ijcj, �� �rvt ��·i{,\nEiltiSf it1'f �I! �t'$1'1 I\n\n", "ant4#p0242": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n210\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\n�R�1t• �(�,\n<et��i!tflf -t1m'itt'l,\n<;'!� t;!� �t' �'lllti'l II 8� II\nvyasa, sukadi yogi-gaf)a,\n\nkr?f)a atma nirarijana,\n\nvraje tarira yata lila-gaf)a\n\nbhagavatadi sastra-gaf)e,\n\nkariyache varf)ane,\n\nsei tarja pac;le anuk?af)a\nSYNONYMS\nvyasa-Dvaipayana Vyasa; suka-adi-and other sages, such as Sukadeva\n\nGosvami; yogi-gaf)a-great mystic yogis; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; atma-the Super­\n\nsoul; nirarijana-without material contamination; vraje-in Vrndavana; tanraHis;\n\nyata-all;\n\n/i/a-gal)a-pastimes;\n\nbhagavata-adi-Srimad-Bhagavatam\n\nand\n\nothers; sastra-gaf)e-in revealed scriptures; kariyache varf)ane-have described;\n\nsei tarja-that competition of poetry between two parties; pac;/e-reads; anuk?af)a-every moment.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The great yogi of My mind always studies the poetry and discussions of\nLord Kr�r;.a's Vrndavana pastimes. In the Srimad-Bhagavatam and other scriptures, great saintly yogis like Vyasadeva and Sukadeva Gosvami have described Lord Kr�r;.a as the Supersoul, beyond all material contamination.\nTEXT 47\n\nwt-tf�t� f-t� �f1t',\n\n'';ffti-<lt�Q'l' �� 'fR',\n\nf-tlJJ Q'l�i �fitQ'l �';{� I\n,';ft11' � �-\"��,\n\nr��1t·,�t� ';fft1�,\n\n�� �t�' ,�Q'li �\"!�� II 8'l II\ndasendriye si?ya kari',\n\n'maha-bau/a' nama dhari',\n\nsi?ya /aria karila gamana\n\nmora deha sva-sadana,\n\nvi?aya-bhoga maha-dhana,\n\nsaba chac;li' gela vrndavana\nSYNONYMS\n\ndasa-indriye-the ten senses; si?ya kari'-ma king disciples; maha-baula-of a\n\ngreat mendicant; nama dhari'-taking the name; si?ya /aria-taking disciples;\n\nkarila gamana-has gone; mora-My; deha-body; sva-sadana-own home;\n\nvi?aya-bhoga-material enjoyment; maha-dhana-great treasure; saba chac;/i'­\n\nleaving aside everything; gela vrndavana-has gone to Vrndavana.\n\n", "ant4#p0243": "Text 49]\n\n211\n\nThe lord's Feelings of Separation\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The mystic yogi of My mind has assumed the name Mahabaula and made\ndisciples of My ten senses. Thus My mind has gone to Vrndavana, leaving\naside the home of My body and the great treasure of material enjoyment.\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu compares His mind to one of the mystic yogis known\nas bau/a, who makes at least ten disciples.\nTEXT 48\n\n�I! \"11�11-QJf,\n\n�ltf1�til �'Sft'St't,\n\n�'IS\"\"fi!1 ��\"i-�1�t1f I\nt:!nt �� ��1�il,\n\n�\"f-1!_'l·9fi:jjtl&fil,\n\n�� �f� �t1t f-t1JJ�til II Sir II\nvrndavane praja-gaQa,\n\nyata sthavara-jangama,\n\nvrk?a-lata grhastha-asrame\ntara ghare bhik?atana,\n\nphala-mala-patrasana,\n\nei vrtti kare si?ya-sane\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavane-in\n\nVrndavana;\n\npraja-gaQa-the\n\not1zens;\n\nyata-all;\n\nsthavara­\n\njangama-nonmoving and moving; vrk?a-/ata-the trees and creepers; grhasthaasrame-in household life; tara ghare-at his house; bhik?a-atana-begging from\ndoor to door; phala-mala-patra-fruits, roots and leaves; asana-eating; ei vrttithis business; kare-performs; si?ya-sane-with the disciples.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In Vrndavana, he goes from door to door begging alms with all his disciples. He begs from both the moving and the inert inhabitants-the citizens,\nthe trees and the creepers. In this way he lives on fruits, roots and leaves.\nTEXT 49\n\n��-�t!-1119f·FJ,\n\n'it'fi, llf<(f, 9fpf,\n\n� �-rl 'CI� <;'Stt�'St'1 I\n\n!!1·��11r 1111�·0'1t�,\n\n'ell�' 9ft.f!ii f-tt1JJ,\n\n<;� f�'l51� 1\\'lt�il it�il II 8� II\n\n", "ant4#p0244": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n212\n\nkr?Qa-gw)a-rupa-rasa,\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\ngandha, sabda, parasa,\n\nse sudha asvade gopi-gaQa\nta-sabara grasa-se?e,\n\nani' pancendriya si?ye,\n\nse bhik?aya rakhena jivana\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-of Lord Kr�r:Ja;\n\nguQa-rupa-rasa-attributes, beauty and sweetness;\n\ngandha sabda parasa-aroma, sound and touch; se sudha-that nectar; asvadetaste; gopi-gaQa-all the gopis; ta-sabara-of all of them; grasa-se?e-remnants\nof food; ani'-bringing; panca-indriya-five senses; si?ye-the disciples; se bhik?aya-by such alms; rakhena-maintain; jivana-life.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The gopis of Vrajabhumi always taste the nectar of Kr�r:\"Ja's attributes, His\nbeauty, His sweetness, His aroma, the sound of His flute and the touch of His\nbody. My mind's five disciples, the senses of perception, gather the remnants\nof that nectar from the gopis and bring them to the yogi of My mind. The\nsenses maintain their lives by eating those remnants.\nTEXT 50\n\n��t:•Jf��-,<lltt'l,\n\n'�t�t�Jt� \"'�lfJ1te{,\n\n�tti11� ii�1 f-t��'l I\n\"'� �,.1 fi{1f'�Pi{,\n\n�t-.te. 'wf�t� Jfi{,\n\n'U� 1ft� <llt1f 'Sft�11'l II �o II\nsunya-kunja-maQc;fapa-koQe,\n\nyogabhyasa kr?Qa-dhyane,\n\ntahari rahe lana si?ya-gaQa\nkr?f!a atma niranjana,\n\nsak?at dekhite mana,\n\ndhyane ratri kare jagaraQa\nSYNONYMS\nsunya-kunja-maQc;fapa-koQe-in the corner of a pavilion in a solitary garden;\nyoga-abhyasa-practice of mystic yoga; kr?Qa-dhyane-by meditating on Kr�l)a;\ntahari -there; rahe-remains; lana -taking; si?ya-gaQa -disciples; kr?Qa-Lord\nKr�r:Ja; atma-the Supersoul; niranjana-without material contamination; sak?at-directly; dekhite-to see; mana-mind; dhyane-in meditation; ratri-at\nnight; kare jagaraQa-keeps awake.\n\n", "ant4#p0245": "Text 51]\n\nThe Lord's Feelings of Separation\n\n213\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There is a solitary garden where K��Qa enjoys His pastimes, and in one corner of a pavilion in that garden, the yogi of My mind, along with his disciples,\npractices mystic yoga. Wanting to see K��Qa directly, this yogi remains awake\nthroughout the night, meditating on K��Qa who is the Supersoul, uncontaminated by the three modes of nature.\nTEXT 51\n\n�=t� �il '�\"' ,�n;rr,\n\n1fi{ ���t11t;ft,\n\nc;Jt �tt'ij 'f-t 'f-t1 �11 I\n1fi{ c;'ijf( �c$1,\n\"' 'f-tt1l �Jtt'f �$1,\n� c;11tf � �it'RIII\" 0� II\nmana k[$f)a-viyogi, dubkhe mana haifa yogi,\nse viyoge dasa dasa haya\nse dasaya vyakula hana,\n\nmana gela palana,\n\nsOnya mora sarira a/aya\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nmana-the mind; k[$f)a viyogi-bereft of Kr�l)a's association;\n-\n\ndubkhe-in\n\nunhappiness; mana-the mind; haila-bec::ame; yogi-a mystic yogi; se viyogeby that feeling of separation; dasa-ten; dasa-transcendental transformations;\nhaya-there are; se dasaya-by those transcendental transformations; vyaku/a\nhana-being very agitated; mana-the mind; ge/a-went away; pa/ana-fleeing;\nsOnya-void; mora-My; sarira-body; a/aya-place of residence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When My mind lost the association of K��Qa and could no longer see Him,\nhe became depressed and took up mystic yoga. In the void of separation from\nK��Qa, he experienced ten transcendental transformations. Agitated by these\ntransformations, My mind fled, leaving My body, his place of residence,\nempty. Thus I am completely in trance.\"\nPURPORT\n\nIn this verse, the outward activities of the kapalika mendicants have been described, but not their actual life. The kapa/ika mendicants are tantric materialists\nwho carry skulls in their hands. They are not Vai�l)avas and have nothing to do\nwith spiritual life. Therefore they are untouchable. Only an outward comparison\n\n", "ant4#p0246": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n214\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nhas been made between the mind and their activities, but their behavior should\nnever be imitated.\nTEXT 52\n\n��J f�tt;'$f ''$l1�J Wllf �-ti � I\n�l �-t 'fllti � �tJ \\!;� II Q:� II\nkr�Qera viyoge gopira dasa dasa haya\nsei dasa dasa haya prabhura udaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�Qera viyoge-by separation from Kr�r:Ja; gopira-of the gopis; dasa dasaten kinds of transcendental transformations of the body; haya-there are; seithose;\n\ndasa dasa-ten kinds of transcendental transformations; hay a-are;\nprabhura udaya-visible in the body of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the gopis felt separation from Kr�r:Ja, they experienced ten kinds of\n\nbodily transformations. These same symptoms appeared on the body of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 53\n\nf5�l� �15\\r:\"?ttr:�r:�r1 'i!>1\"1<t� �f-.,'1t'Jf�1 1\n·!lt\"11r:9f1 <nt�i1''llWf'l fc�tr�1 ��Pf\"t1 lf\"t 11 a-=- 11\ncintatra jagarodvegau\n\ntanavarh malinarigata\npralapo vyadhir unmado\nmoho mrtyur dasa dasa\nSYNONYMS\ncinta-anxiety;\nwakefulness;\n\natra-here\n\nudvegau-and\n\n(because of separation from\nmental\n\nagitation;\n\nKr�r:Ja); ja gara malina­\n\ntanavam-thinness;\n\narigata-an unclean, almost dirty state of the body; pra/apa/:1-talking like a madman; vyadhi/:1-disease; unma da/:1-madness; moha/:1-i l lusion; mrtyu/:1-death;\n\ndasa-conditions; dasa-ten.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The ten bodily transformations resulting from separation from Kr�r:Ja are\nanxiety, wakefulness, mental agitation, thinness, uncleanliness, talking like a\nmadman, disease, madness, illusion and death.\"\n\n", "ant4#p0247": "The Lord's Feelings of Separation\n\nText 53]\n\n215\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse is part of a description of Srimati Radharal)i's different traits from Ujjvala-nilamaQi by Srila ROpa Gosvami. In this book, he elaborately explains the ten\nsymptoms as follows.\nCinta. As stated in the Hamsaduta:\n\nyada yato gopi-hrdaya-madano nanda-sadanan\nmukundo gandinyas tanayam anurundhan madhu-purim\ntadamar'lk$iC cinta-sariti ghana-ghDrQaparicayair\nagadhayam vadhamaya-payasi radha virahiQi\n\"At the request of Akrora, Kr�r:Ja and Balarama left the house of Nanda Maharaja\nfor Mathura. At that time, Srimati Radharar:Ji's mind was disrupted, and She became almost mad because of extreme separation from Kr�r:Ja. She experienced\ngreat mental pain and agitation, which caused Her to drown in mental speculation\nin the river of anxiety. She thought, 'Now I am going to die, and when I die, Kr�r:Ja\nwill surely come back to see Me again. But when He hears of My death from the\npeople of Vrndavana, He will certainly be very unhappy. Therefore I shall not\ndie.' \" This is the explanation of the word cinta.\nJagara. As stated in the Padyavali:\nyab pasyanti priyam svapne\ndhanyastab sakhi yo�itab\nasmakam tu gate kr�f.!e\ngata nidrapi vairiQi\n\n·\n\nThinking Herself very unfortunate, Srimati Radharar:Ji addressed Her very dear\nfriend Visakha, \"My dear friend, if I could see Kr�r:Ja in My dreams, I would certainly be glorified for My great fortune. But what can I do? Sleep also plays\nmischievously with Me. Indeed, it has become My enemy. Therefore I have not\nslept since the departure of Kr�r:Ja.\"\nUdvega. This word is also explained in the Hamsaduta as follows:\nmana me ha ka$tam jvalati kim aham hanta karavai\nna param navaram sumukhi kalayam yasya jaladheb\niyam vande murdhna sapadi tam upayam kathaya me\nparamrsye yasmad dhrti-kaQikayapi k$aQi-kaya\nSrimati Radharar:Ji addressed Lalita, \"My dear beautiful-faced Lalita, I cannot express how My heart is burning. It is a great, unfathomable ocean of anxiety. Still, I\nwish to offer My obeisances at your lotus feet. What shall I do? Please consider\n\n", "ant4#p0248": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n216\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nMy condition and advise Me how I can become peaceful. That is My desire.\"\nTanava is described as follows:\nudaiicad-vaktrambhoruha-vikrtir antah-kula�ita\nsadaharabhava-glapita-kucakoka yadu-pate\nvisu�yanti radha tava viraha-tapad anudinam\nnidaghe kuly eva krasima-paripakam prathayati\nWhen Uddhava returned to Mathura after visiting Vrndavana, Lord Kr��a inquired\nfrom him about Radhara�l and Visakha. Uddhava replied as follows: \"Consider the\ncondition of the gopis! Srlmatl Radhara�l especially is in a very painful condition\nbecause of separation from You. She has grown skinny, and Her bodily luster is\nalmost gone. Her heart is immersed in pain, and because She has given up eating,\nHer breast has become black, as if diseased. Because of separation from You, all\nthe gopis, especially Radhara�l, appear like dried-up water holes under the\nscorching heat of the sun.\"\nMalina-arigata is described as follows:\nhima-visara-visin;ambhoja-tulyanana-srih\nkhara-marud-aparajyad-bandhu-jivopamau�thi\nagha-hara sarad-arkottapitendivarak�i\ntava viraha-vipatti-mlapitasid visakha\nUddhava said to Kr��a, \"0 most auspicious Kr��a, please hear me. The tribulation\ncaused by Your absence has made Visakha languid. Her lips tremble like trees in a\nstrong wind. Her beautiful face is like a lotus flower that has withered under the\nsnow, and Her eyes are like lotus petals scorched by the heat of the autumn sun.\"\nPra/apa is explained in Lalita-madhava as follows:\nkva nanda-kula-candramah kva sikhi-candra-kalarikrtih\nkva manda-murali-ravah kva nu surendra-nila-dyutih\nkva rasa-rasa-tar:u:;Javi kva sakhi jiva-rak�au�adhir\nnidhir mama suhrttamah kva tava hanta ha dhig-vidhih\nThis is Srlmatl Radhara�l's lamentation for Her beloved Kr��a, who was away from\nhome. A woman whose husband has left home and gone to a foreign land is\ncalled pro�ita-bhartrka. Lamenting for Kr��a in the same way as such a woman\nlaments for her husband, Srlmatl Radhara�T said, \"My dear friend, where is the\nglory of the family of Maharaja Nanda, who wears a half-moon ornament on His\nhead? Where is Kr��a, whose hue is like that of the indranila jewel and who plays\n\nso nicely on His flute? Where is your friend, the best of all men, so expert in danc­\n\ning in the circle of the rasa dance? Where is He who is the real medicine to save\n\n", "ant4#p0249": "Text 53)\n\nThe Lord's Feelings of Separation\n\n217\n\nMe from dying of heart disease? I must condemn Providence, for he has caused\nMe so many tribulations by separating Me from Kr��a.\"\nVyadhi is also described in Lalita-madhava:\nuttapi puta-pakato 'pi garala-gramad api k?obhaf)o\ndambholer api du/:!saha/:1 katur a/am hrn-magna-50/yad api\ntivra/:1 prauc;Jha-visucikani-cayato 'py uccair mamayaril bali\nmarmaf)y adya bhinatti gokula-pater visle?a-janma jvara/:1\nBeing greatly afflicted by the pain of separation from Kr��a, Srimati Radhara�i said,\n\"My dear Lalita, kindly hear Me. I cannot bear suffering the fever of separation\nfrom Kr��a, nor can I explain it to you. It is something like gold melting in an\nearthen box. This fever produces more distress than poison, and it is more piercing\nthan a thunderbolt. I suffer exactly like someone almost dead from cholera. To be\ngiving Me so much pain, this fever must be very strong indeed.\"\nUnmada is explained as follows:\nbhramati bhavana-garbhe nirnimittaril hasanti\nprathayati tava vartaril cetanacetane?U\nluthati ca bhuvi radha kampitangi murare\nvi?ama-viraha-khedodgari-vibhrante.-citta\nUddhava said to Kr��a, \"My dear Kr��a, all the gopis are so afflicted by Your absence that they have become almost mad. 0 Murari, at home Srimati Radhara�i\nlaughs unnecessarily and, like a madwoman, inquires about You from every entity\nwithout distinction, even from the stones. She rolls on the ground, unable to bear\nthe agony of Your absence.\"\nMoha is explained as follows:\nnirundhe dainyabdhim harati guru-cinta paribhavaril\nvilumpaty unmadam sthagayati balad ba?pa-laharim\nidaniril kamsare kuva/aya-drsa/:1 kevalam idam\nvidhatte sacivyaril tava viraha-murccha-sahacari\nLalita wrote Kr��a the following letter on Srimati Radhara�i's behalf: \"My dear\nKr��a, separation from You has greatly agitated Srimati Radhara�i's mind, and She\nhas fallen unconscious on the ground. 0 enemy of Karhsa, You have now become\na first-class politician, and therefore You can supposedly give relief to everyone.\nTherefore please consider the plight of Srimati Radhara�i, or very soon You will\nhear of Her death. Maybe at that time You will lament, although now You are\njubilant.\"\n\n", "ant4#p0250": "[Antya-llla, Ch. 14\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n218\n\nMrtyu is explained in the Harhsaduta:\naye rasa-kricja-rasika mama sakhyarh nava-nava\npura baddha yena praQaya-/ahari hanta gahana\nsa cen muktapek�as tvam asi dhig imam talasaka/arh\nyad etasya nasa-nihitam idam adyapi calati\nIn the following letter, Lalita chastised Kr�r:'la for staying in Mathura: \"Simply by\ndancing in the circle of the rasa dance, You attracted SrimatT Radharal)i's love.\nWhy are You now so indifferent to my dear friend Radharal)i? She is lying nearly\nunconscious, thinking of Your pastimes. I shall determine whether She is alive by\nputting a cotton swab under Her nostrils, and if She is still living, I shall chastise\nHer.\"\nTEXT 54\n\n�� �-t-�llf'Rt ��'I �tfulfwt� I\n(fi!_ (;(fiti{ �-tl �tl, f-1� �t!( 1ft� II t8 II\nei dasa-dasaya prabhu vyakula ratri-dine\nkabhu kana dasa uthe, sthira nahe mane\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-these;\n\ndasa-dasaya-by\n\nten\n\nconditions;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; vyaku/a-overwhelmed; ratri-dine-night and day; kabhu-sometimes;\n\nkana-some;\n\ndasa-condition; uthe-arises; sthira-steady; nahe-is\n\nnot; mane-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was overwhelmed night and day by these ten\necstatic conditions. Whenever such symptoms arose, His mind became\nunsteady.\nTEXT 55\n�I! (fi�' �!(t�\"\n\n(;1l� (fi�\"'11\n\n�t�t�il!·'llt� Cttt<T> 'Pff�tl! \"ftf'$f'1111 a <t II\neta kahi' mahaprabhu mauna karila\nramananda-raya 5/oka pacjite lagila\n\n", "ant4#p0251": "Text 57]\n\nThe Lord's Feelings of Separation\n\n219\n\nSYNONYMS\n\neta kahi'-speaking this;\n\nmahaprabhu -Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nmauna\n\nkarila-became silent; ramananda-raya-Ramananda Raya; 5/oka-verses; par;lite\n/agi/a-began to recite.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter speaking in this way, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu fell silent. Then Ramananda Raya began to recite various verses.\nTEXT 56\n\n�11i9f·c;\"itt �tf<113 <liT.;� ?��\"11 \"ittil I\n\n�� iSFCil f<!)i; '<!i\"'i �-�� �t� i931il II (! � II\nsvarapa-gosafii kare kr?Qa-lila gana\ndui jane kichu kaila prabhura bahya jfiiina\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvarupa-gosafii-Svaropa Damodara Gosani; kare-does; kr?Qa-lila-of the\npastimes of Kr�r:Ja; gana-singing; dui jane-both of them; kichu-some; kai/arevived; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bahya jfiana-external consciousness.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya recited verses from Srimad-Bhagavatam, and Svarupa\nDamodara Gosvami sang of Kr�r:Ja's pastimes. In this way, they brought Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu to external consciousness.\nTEXT 57\n\n���� �('�ful ,�\"11 �-tit9f'1 I\n���-�r.;�tr.;� �lr.;� <!i�t�\"fi -t�il n <?� n\nei-mata ardha-ratri kaila niryapaQa\nbhitara-prako?the prabhure karaila sayana\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; ardha-ratri-half the night; kaila niryapaQa-passed;\nbhitara-prako?the-in the inner room; prabhure-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkaraila sayana-they made to lie down.\n\n", "ant4#p0252": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n220\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter half the night had passed in this way, Ramananda Raya and Svarupa\nDamodara Gosvami made Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu lie down on His bed in the\ninner room.\nTEXT 58\n\n�t1{til�·�t� �t� <;'it� �� �H:� I\n::15f�'Pf-<;'itt�� 'Q,·r.� ��l:\"lil �t� II �lr II\nramananda-raya tabe gela nija ghare\nsvarupa-govinda dunhe suilena dvare\nSYNONYMS\nramananda-raya-Ramananda Raya;\nghare-to his home;\n\ntabe-thereupon; ge/a-returned; nija\n\nsvartipa-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami;\n\ngovinda-and\n\nGovinda; dunhe-both; suilena-lay down; dvare-at the door.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Ramananda Raya returned home, and Svarupa Damodara Gosvami,\nalong with Govinda,\n\nlay down in front of the door to Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's room.\nTEXT 59\n\n�� �t� 1{�tl2!¥_ <lit� �t'it�'i I\n�� <lint' <!if.� ��ilt1{'J'ff\\�il II a-� II\nsaba ratri mahaprabhu kare jagaraQa\nucca kari' kahe k[$Qa-nama-sankirtana\nSYNONYMS\nsaba ratri-all night; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kare-does;\njagaraQa-remaining without sleep; ucca kari'-very loudly; kahe k[$Qa-namasankirtana-chants the holy name of Kr�t:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu remained awake throughout the entire night,\nchanting the Hare Kr�r;�a mantra very loudly.\n\n", "ant4#p0253": "Text 62]\n\n221\n\nThe lord's Feelings of Separation\n\nTEXT 60\n\nllf<5i i11 �t�1 ��� <f.�lJ C<f.'11 �t� I\n\n�i1� (;\\if�111 �tc;�, �'t_ ilf� �t� I �o II\nsabda na pana svarapa kapata kaila dare\ntina-dvara deoya ache, prabhu nahi ghare!\nSYNONYMS\nsabda-sound;\nGosvamT;\n\nna-not;\n\nkapata-the door;\n\nsvarapa-SvarOpa\n\npafla-hearing;\n\nkaila dare-opened;\n\nDamodara\n\ntina-dvara-three doors;\n\ndeoya ache-were locked; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nahi ghare-was\nnot within the room.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter some time, Svarupa Damodara could no longer hear Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu chanting. When he entered the room, he found the three doors\nlocked, but Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had gone.\nTEXT 61\n\n�r�� ��'1 �c� <21'-c� il1 <;\\if�111 1\n\n�t_ �t�' �t:;'1 �t� (;\\if�� i!iitf'111111 �� II\ncintita ha-ila sabe prabhure na dekhiya\nprabhu cahi' bule sabe deuti jvaliya\nSYNONYMS\ncintita ha-ila\nCaitanya\n\n-\n\nbecame very anxious; sabe-all the devotees; prabhure-SrT\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nna\n\ndekhiya-not\n\nseeing;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; cahi'-searching for; bu/e-wander; sabe-all of them; deutilamp; jva/iya-lighting.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees were very anxious when they saw that the lord was not in\nHis room. They wandered about searching for Him with a warning lamp.\nTEXT 62\n\nr�,�SJI·tt�� @�-fif-rrn �tc� �\"<f. iff$ 1\n�t� �t5fJ ��' �tt�i1 CI,;��J-(��tJttf� II�� II\n\n", "ant4#p0254": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n222\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nsirhha-dvarera uttara-disaya ache eka thani\ntara madhye paqi' achena caitanya-gosani\nSYNONYMS\n\nsirhha-dvarera-of the gate known as Simha-dvara; uttara-disaya-on the\nnorthern side; ache-there is; eka thani -a place; tara madhye-within that\nplace;\n\npaqi'\n\n-\n\nlying\n\ndown;\n\nachena-was;\n\ncaitanya-gosani-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter searching for some time, they came upon Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nlying in a corner by the northern side of the Sirilha-dvara gate.\nTEXT 63\n\nOf�' �1ti9f-,'ijt�tt$-'f;ltfif �i{f\"f� C�ili I\n�� ����1 ��, �: �r�,i! �tRt�1u �� u\ndekhi' svarupa-gosani-adi anandita haila\nprabhura dasa dekhi' puna/:! cintite lagila\nSYNONYMS\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\nDamodara\n\nsvarupa-gosani-adi-all the devotees, headed by SvarOpa\n\nGosvami;\n\nanandita haila-became very\n\nglad;\n\nprabhura-of Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; dasa-the condition; dekhi'-seeing; puna/:1-again; cin­\n\ntite /agi /a-they began to feel anxiety.\nTRANSLATION\nAt first they were overjoyed to see Him, but when they saw His condition,\nall the devotees, headed by Svariipa Damodara Gosvami, were very anxious.\nTEXT 64\n\n�� \"Pt�' 'f;IW��i{ �� � -9ftli·li� I\n�'lii!i{ '��' i{t�t� �t� ilt� �11 II �8 II\nprabhu paqi' achena dirgha hata parka-chaya\nacetana deha, nasaya svasa nahi vaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhu-the Lord; paqi' achena-was lying down; dirgha-prolonged; hata\nparica-chaya-five to six cubits (one cubit equals about a foot and a half); acetana\n\n", "ant4#p0255": "The lord's Feelings of Separation\n\nText 67]\n\n223\n\ndeha-unconscious body; nasaya-in the nostrils; svasa-breath; nahi vayadoes not flow.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was lying unconscious, and His body had become\nelongated to five or six cubits [eight or nine feet]. There was no breath from\nHis nostrils.\nTEXTS 65-66\n\n�� \\fl<r. �ll!-9ftw-W'l'(f?!et �il-�� 1\n\n�f-a:�� f�i, ij� �ttli �tl!i �t� II �� II\n��' 9fti, �)<fj, <TSfll, e�foa:, �fili ll'� I\n\\fl� \\fl� \"Rs�f� f<ei ��ttli �� II �� II\neka eka hasta-pada-dirgha tina tina-hata\nasthi-granthi bhinna, carma ache matra tata\nhasta, pada, griva, kati, asthi sandhi yata\neka eka vitasti bhinna hafiache tata\n\nSYNONYMS\neka eka-each one; hasta-pada-arms and legs; dirgha-prolonged; tina tinahata-three cubits; asthi-granthi-joints of the bones; bhinna-separated; carrna-skin; ache-there is; matra-only; tata-a slight temperature indicating life;\nhasta-arms;\n\npada-legs;\n\ngriva-neck;\n\nkati-waist;\n\nasthi-bones;\n\nsandhi­\n\njoints; yata-as many; eka-one; eka-one; vitasti-about six inches; bhinnaseparated; hafiache-were; tata-so many.\n\nTRANSLATION\nEach of His arms and legs had become three cubits long; only skin connected the separated joints. The lord's body temperature, indicating life, was\nvery low. All the joints in His arms, legs, neck and waist were separated by at\nleast six inches.\nTEXT 67\n\n��\\!i @9ft�, ,f'fi �� �� ��11\n\n��f�� ��\"11 �t� �'tt� ���1 II �'l II\n\n", "ant4#p0256": "224\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\ncarma-matra upare, sandhi ache dirgha hana\ndu�khita ha-ifa sabe prabhure dekhiya\n\nSYNONYMS\ncarma-matra-only skin; upare-over; sandhi-joints; ache-are; dirghaprolonged; hafla-being; du�khita-very sorry; ha-ifa-became; sabe-all of\nthem; prabhure-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dekhiya-seeing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIt appeared that only skin covered His elongated joints. Seeing the Lord's\ncondition, all the devotees were very unhappy.\nTEXT 68\n\nJI?;;� 'i't\"''i·,�il �\"� IS�til·iiiDil I\n\"'f��i ��\"'' �?;;�� 'til� ij'tt� �'t51 II �lr II\nmukhe /ala-phena prabhura uttana-nayana\ndekhiya sakala bhaktera deha char;le praQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nmukhe-at the mouth; /a/a-saliva; phena-foam; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; uttana-turned upwards; nayana-eyes; dekhiya-seeing; sakala\nbhaktera-of all the devotees; deha-body; char;/e-leaves; praQa-life.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThey almost died when they saw Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu with His mouth\nfull of saliva and foam and His eyes turned upward.\nTEXT 69\n\n\"'ll�9f-,'ijt�t� �t� �� �Rf�i I\n�\"� �tt'l ��il't1f <tit� 'e�'ij&j ��i II �� II\nsvarupa-gosafli tabe ucca kariya\nprabhura kaQe k[$Qa-nama kahe bhakta-gaQa lana\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-gosafli-SvarOpa Damodara Gosaiii; tabe-at that time; ucca kariyavery loudly; prabhura kaQe-in the ear of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; k[$Qa-\n\n", "ant4#p0257": "Text 71]\n\nThe Lord's Feelings of Separation\n\n225\n\nnama-the holy name of Lord Kr�r;Ja; kahe-began to chant; bhakta-gaQa /aliawith all the other devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen they saw this, Svariipa Damodara Gosvami and all the other devotees\nbegan to chant the holy name of Kr�!)a very loudly into Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's ear.\nTEXT 70\n\n<1l{'lfit'1 ��ilt� �w� 9ff-ta<fl 1\n'��t<1�' <tM' �'t_ '$lfSr11i ��'li II 9\n\no\n\nII\n\nbahu-k�aQe kr�Qa-nama hrdaye pasila\n'hari-bola' bali' prabhu garjiya uthila\nSYNONYMS\nbahu-k�aQe-after a long time; kr�Qa-nama-the holy name of Lord Kr�r;Ja;\nhrdaye pasila-entered the heart; hari-bo/a ba/i'-saying Hari bol; prabhu-SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; garjiya-making a loud sound; uthi/a-got up.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter they chanted in this way for a long time, the holy name of Kr�!)a entered the heart of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and He suddenly arose with a\nloud shout of \"Hari bol.\"\nTEXT 71\n\nc;��il 9ft�� �f\"!!-�fqj �tf'$1� I\n�(�t� ��t<le. llf�� ��� II 9 � II\ncetana paite asthi-sandhi lagila\npDrva-praya yathavat sarira ha-ifa\nSYNONYMS\ncetana paite-after coming to consciousness; asthi-sandhi-the joints of the\nbones; /agi/a-contracted; pDrva-praya-as before; yathavat-in a normal condition; sarira-the body; ha-ifa-became.\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as the Lord returned to external consciousness, all His joints contracted, and His entire body returned to normal.\n\n", "ant4#p0258": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n226\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 72\n\n<il� �1 ��t�'!_� ��ili��t:JI I\n'''it)�te?��<f.��t\"1i' �fi1�ttti ��txt II 'l� II\nei lila mahaprabhura raghunatha-dasa\n'gauranga-stava-kalpavrk$e' kariyache prakasa\nSYNONYMS\nei /i/a-this pastime; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; raghunathadasa-Raghunatha dasa\n\nGosvami;\n\ngauranga-stava-kalpa-vrk$e-in the book\n\nknown as Gauranga-stava-kalpavrk$a; kariyache praka5a-has described.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami has described these pastimes elaborately in\nhis book Gauranga-stava-kalpavrk�a.\nTEXT 73\n\n�fsf'lli'!!fi<liU! 3l\"J9ff��\\!iC�i�fq��t<:.\n':t'<l�l '!f��tlif<flfR��'if'iff'Z ��\"!C'ift: I\n\n'l.i\"\\ �C'Il� �\"!WI Pl<fi<'Tf'il�<'f\\, 5llf'illf�SI\n�If'\\ �C'ilhtc'f1 '<ilf� �lf�'llt� 1\\lf 1\\f� II �-' II\nkvacin mi5ravase vraja-pati-sutasyoru-virahat\n5/athac chri-sandhitvad dadhad-adhika-dairghyarh bhuja-padoh\nluthan bhumau kakva vikala-vikalarh gadgada-vaca\nrudan 5ri-gaurango hrdaya udayan marh madayati\nSYNONYMS\nkvacit-sometimes;\n\nmi5ra-avase-in the house of Kasi Misra;\n\nvraja-pati­\n\nsutasya-of the son of Nanda Maharaja; uru-virahat-because of strong feeling of\nseparation; 5/athat-being slackened; 5ri-sandhitvat-from the joints of His transcendental body; dadhat-obtaining; adhika-dairghyam-extraordinary longness; bhuja-padoh-of the arms and legs; /uthan-rolling; bhamau-on the\nground; kakva-with a cry of lamentation; vikala-vikalam-very sorrowfully;\ngadgada-vaca-with a faltering voice; rudan-crying; 5ri-gaurangah-Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; hrdaye-in the heart; udayan-awakening; mam-me;\nmadayati-maddens.\n\n", "ant4#p0259": "Text 75]\n\nThe Lord's Feelings of Separation\n\n227\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sometimes Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would go to the house of Kasi Misra.\nThere He would be greatly aggrieved, feeling separation from Kr�r;�a. The\njoints of His transcendental body would slacken, and His arms and legs would\nbecome elongated. Rolling on the ground, the Lord would cry out in distress\nin a faltering voice and weep very sorrowfully. The appearance of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, awakening in my heart, maddens me.\"\nTEXT 74\n\n����tt� Of�' ��� 81�11 ��\"11 I\n'4-t�1 <1S� f<1S'-�� �<.1i1;'Pf W�\"f111 98 II\nsimha-dvare dekhi' prabhura vismaya ha-ila\n'kanha kara ki'-ei svarupe puchila\nSYNONYMS\nsimha-dvare-at the gate known as Sirhha-dvara; dekhi'-seeing; prabhuraof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vismaya ha-i/a-there was astonishment; kalihawhere; kara ki'-what am\n\nI doing; ei-this; svarupe puchi/a-inq ui red from\n\nSvaropa Damodara Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very astonished to find Himself in front of the\nSirilha-dvara. He asked Svarfipa Damodara Gosvami, \"Where am I? What am I\ndoing here?\"\nTEXT 75\n\nG5l<.1i9f <1St�,-'��'�� �\"f \"M�·�r;� I\ni!�t� <;i!t�t� �<I <:fiBtlj._<;'Sttl) t� II' 9<t II\nsvarupa kahe,-'utha, prabhu, cala nija-ghare\ntathai tomare saba karimu gocare'\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa kahe-Svar O pa Damodara Gosvami replied; utha prabhu-my dear\nLord, please get up; ca/a-go; nija-ghare-to Your place; tathai-there; tomareunto You; saba-all; karimu gocare-1 shall inform.\n\n", "ant4#p0260": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n228\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara said, \"My dear Lord, please get up. Let us go to Your\nplace. There I shall tell You everything that has happened.\"\nTEXT 76\n\n111� �M' �'�'� ${Rf' �r;� �$i ''It� I\n\nit�t� ��'ii �� ��r;� �tf� 119 � II\neta bali' prabhure dhari' ghare lana gela\ntanhara avastha saba kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\neta bali'-saying this; prabhure dhari' -taking Mahaprabhu; ghare-home;\nlana ge/a-took back; tanhara avastha-His condition; saba-all of them; kahite\n/agi/a-began to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nThus all the devotees carried Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu back to His residence. Then they all described to Him what had happened.\nTEXT 77\n\n'$�' ��'t �� ���i �Jle.�� I\n�t_ ��,-'f<!ii �� �t�<fi �tJlt� ! 99 II\nsuni' mahaprabhu baqa haifa camatkara\nprabhu kahe,-'kichu smrti nahika amara\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hear ing; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; baqa-very much;\nhaifa camatkara-became astonished; prabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nsaid; kichu-any; smrti-remembrance; nahika-is not; amara-Mine.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing the description of His condition while lying near the Sirilha-dvara,\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was very astonished. He said, \" I do not remember\nany of these things.\n\n", "ant4#p0261": "Text 80]\n\nThe Lord's Feelings of Separation\n\n229\n\nTEXT 78\n\n�r;� G�f-t -�� <;�t� �� ��lit� I\n\nf<l�le.�t� ��1 N�1 �� �1l(r�' II 91r II\nsabe dekhi-haya mora kr�f)a vidyamana\nvidyut-praya dekha diya haya antardhana'\nSYNONYMS\n\nsabe-only this; dekhi-1 know; haya -there is; mora-My; kr�f)a-Lord\nKr�r)a; vidyamana-brightly present; vidyut praya-like lightning; dekha diya-\n\nappearing; haya-there is; antardhana -disappea rance\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I can only remember that I saw My Kr�r;�a, but only for an instant. He appeared before Me, and then, like lightning, immediately disappeared.\"\nTEXT 79\n\n��<fftr;� iSf�:rfr;�� 9ftf't·-r.l <itt�llf1 I\n�f� <!il1t' lf�1�t_ ��-tr;� <;'it�1 II 9� II\nhena-ka/e jagannathera paf)i-sarikha bajila\nsnana kari' mahaprabhu darasane gela\nSYNONYMS\n\nhena-kale-at this time; jagannathera-of Lord Jagannatha; paf)i-sarikhaa conchshell that can be held in the hand; baji/a-vibrated ; snana kari'-after\n\nbathing; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; darasane ge/a-went to see\nLord Jagannatha.\nTRANSLATION\nJust then, everyone heard the blowing of the conchshell at the Jagannatha\n\ntemple. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu immediately took His bath and went to see\nLord Jagannatha.\nTEXT 80\n\n��I!' <li�� �'-� �� 1! fffi1f I\n\n6..\n��� <!R!';'J � �!';� �e,<ti� ll\\7-0 II\n\n", "ant4#p0262": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n230\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nei ta' kahilwi prabhura adbhuta vikara\nyahara sravaf)e toke /age camatkara\nSYNONYMS\nei\n\nta'-thus;\n\nkahi/uri-1\n\nhave\n\ndescribed;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; adbhuta vikara-uncommon transformations of the body; yahara\nsravaf)e-hearing which; toke-people; /age-feel; camatkara-astonishment.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have described the uncommon transformations of the body of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. When people hear about this, they are very astonished.\nTEXT 81\n\n,a,1t<ll ilt� '� �tli, -t1t?Jr ilt� �fill\n'�i( �l<f <fJ� <ll� �t�-��f'l II lr � II\nlake nahi dekhi aiche, sastre nahi suni\nhena bhava vyakta kare nyasi-cac;lamaf)i\nSYNONYMS\nlake-among people; nahi dekhi-we do not see; aiche-such; sastre-in\nscripture; nahi suni-we do not hear; hena-such; bhava-emotions; vyakta\nkare-exhibits; nyasi-cuc;lamaf)i-the supreme sannyasi.\nTRANSLATION\nNo one has witnessed such bodily changes elsewhere, nor has anyone read\nof them in the revealed scriptures. Yet Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the supreme\nsannyasi, exhibited these ecstatic symptoms.\nTEXT 82\n\n-ttmta;rt<llt�� ,�?;: '�� �t<f �� 1\n1J:�1l:·G��1l: �tt� i(1 �� �-t;� 11 lr� 11\nsastra-lokatita yei yei bhava haya\nitara-lokera tate na haya niscaya\nSYNONYMS\nsastra-loka-atita-beyond the conception of people and the revealed scriptures; yei yei-whatever; bhava-emotional ecstasies; haya-there are; itaralokera-of common men; tate-in that; na haya-there is not; ni5caya-belief.\n\n", "ant4#p0263": "The Lord's Feelings of Separation\n\nText 85]\n\n231\n\nTRANSLATION\nThese ecstasies are not described in the sastras, and they are inconceivable\nto common men. Therefore people in general do not believe in them.\nTEXT 83\n\n�t�·Wtt:if� :i!W1 ��:ift'f f\"'lf� I\nit1f �t� �fi{' Mf� <ti�1li �®f?! II 11-� II\nraghunatha-dasera sada prabhu-sange sthiti\ntanra mukhe suni' likhi kariya pratiti\nSYNONYMS\nraghunatha-dasera-of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n\nsada-always;\n\nprabhu­\n\nsange-with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sthiti-living; tanra mukhe-from his\nmouth; suni'-hearing; /ikhi-1 write; kariya pratiti-accepting in total.\nTRANSLATION\nRaghunatha\n\ndasa\n\nGosvami\n\nlived\n\ncontinuously\n\nwith\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. I am simply recording whatever I have heard from him. Although common men do not believe in these pastimes, I believe in them\ntotally.\nTEXT 84\n\n�<tiNil ��t�� ��� iltltl! I\n\n'�G<ti'-�(1! <:Wf� �t��tl! II 11-8 II\neka-dina mahaprabhu samudre yaite\n'cataka'-parvata dekhilena acambite\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; samudre yaitewhile going to the sea; cataka-parvata-the Cataka-parvata sand hill; dekhilenasaw; acambite-suddenly.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day, while Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was going to the sea to bathe, He\nsuddenly saw a sand dune named Ca!aka-parvata.\nTEXT 85\n\n<;4$ft<f('ii-C-t\"l-�ttil �tR� �l�1 I\n�(1!-�-tt� �'f $ft�1 �� II 11-� II\n\n", "ant4#p0264": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n232\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\ngovardhana-saila-jfiane avi�ta ha-ila\nparvata-disate prabhu dhaiia calila\nSYNONYMS\ngovardhana-sai/a-Govardhana Hill; jiiane-by the understanding; avi�ta haifa-became overwhelmed; parvata-disate-in the direction of the sand hill;\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dhana ca/i/a-began to run.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu mistook the sand dune for Govardhana Hill and\nran toward it.\nTEXT 86\n\n��t�'lfu�<l:'-'1'1 -�f�lft'f<rc�l\n<!'(.\\'fi'l�Si1'1--i\\'1\"\"[-2ft.'l1'f: I\n'llt�� �C�1f� 'l�-C?(j?\\'lt.lli�.mrt��\n\n'1ioflll-�<!<l:'l-<f��- ���r'-'1: II lr� II\nhantayam adrir abala hari-dasa-varyo\nyad rama-kr�Qa-caraQa-sparasa-pramoda/:1\nmanarh tanoti saha-go-gaQayos tayor yat\npaniya-suyavasa-kandara-kanda-mu/ai/:1\nSYNONYMS\nhanta-oh; ayam-this; adri/:1-hill; abala/:1-0 friends; hari-dasa-varya/:1-the\nbest among the servants of the Lord; yat-because; rama-kr�Qa-caraQa-of the\nlotus feet of Lord Kr�Qa and Balarama; sparasa-by the touch; pramoda/:1jubilant;\n\nmanam-respects;\n\ntanoti-offers;\n\nsaha-with;\n\ngo-gaQayo/:1-cows,\n\ncalves and cowherd boys; tayo/:1-to Them (SrT Kr�Qa and Balarama); yat-because; paniya-drinking water; suyavasa-very soft grass; kandara-caves; kanda-mu/ai/:1-and by roots.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Of all the devotees, this Govardhana Hill is the best! 0 My friends, this hill\nsupplies Kr�.,a and Balarama, as well as Their calves, cows and cowherd\nfriends, with all kinds of necessities-water for drinking, very soft grass,\ncaves, fruits, flowers and vegetables. In this way the hill offers respect to the\nLord. Being touched by the lotus feet of Kr�.,a and Balarama, Govardhana Hill\nappears very jubilant.\"\n\n", "ant4#p0265": "The Lord's Feelings of Separation\n\nText 88]\n\n233\n\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.21.18). It was spoken by the\n\ngopis when Lord Kr�r:Ja and Balarama entered the forest in the autumn. The gopis\nspoke among themselves and glorified Kr�r:Ja and Balarama for Their pastimes.\nTEXT 87\n\n�l <;ttl� ?t�' � ��� �t��'$f I\n<;'5ttMifl 'ftl� ?t'tt!i, e{tf� 91t� �'$l II lr'i II\nei 5/oka pac;fi' prabhu catena vayu-vege\n\ngovinda dhaila pache, nahi paya /age\nSYNONYMS\n\nei 5/oka -this verse;\n\ncatena-goes;\n\npac;fi'-reciting;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nvayu-vege-at the speed of the wind;\n\ngovinda -Govinda;\n\ndhaila-ran; pache-behind; nahi paya /age-could not catch.\nTRANSLATION\n\nReciting this verse, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ran toward the sand dune as\nfast as the wind. Govinda ran after Him, but he could not approac� Him.\nTEXT 88\n\n��a ?t�, �-,�i�t�� �l� 1\n�l �ttl f�\"f �l i!;��i 'ft�\"f II lrlr II\nphukara pac;fila, maha-ko/aha/a ha-ifa\n\nyei yahan chi/a sei uthiya dhaila\nSYNONYMS\n\nphu-kara-a loud call; pac;fila-arose; maha-kolahala-a tumultuous sound;\n\nha-ifa-there was;\n\nyei-whoever;\n\nyahan -wherever ;\n\nuthiya dhaila-got up and began to run.\n\nchi/a-was;\n\nsei-he;\n\nTRANSLATION\nFirst one devotee shouted loudly, and then a tumultuous uproar arose as all\nthe devotees stood up and began to run after the Lord.\n\n", "ant4#p0266": "234\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 89\n\n��9f, iSf��til\"f, 9ff�\\!·��t�� I\n\n�'llt�, il\"'�, �rn 9ff�\\!·lCJ'¥� lllr<;! 11\nsvarOpa, jagadananda, paQc;/ita-gadadhara\nramai, nandai, ara paQc;/ita safikara\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvarOpa-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami; jagadananda-Jagadananda Pat:�<;lita;\npaQc;/ita-gadadhara-Gadadhara Pat:�<;lita; ramai-Ramai; nandai-Nandai; araand; paQc;/ita-safikara-Sarikara Pat:�<;lita.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSvariipa Damodara Gosvami, jagadananda Pa•:l(.fita, Gadadhara Pa•:u;lita,\nRamai, Nandai and Sailkara Par:J�ita are some of the devotees who ran after Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 90\n\n�'1--ern�-,�t�tf$ �t�'\"f1 �.�r;1f 1\n��\"'lti{_·�t�1i �� �M� ��;� �� 11 c;,o 11\npuri-bharati-gosaiii aila sindhu-tire\nbhagavan-acarya khaiija ca/ila dhire dhire\n\nSYNONYMS\npuri-Paramananda Puri; bharati-gosaiii-Brahmananda Bharati; ai/a-came;\nsindhu-tire-on the shore of the sea; bhagavan-acarya-Bhagavan Acarya;\nkhaiija-lame; ca/i/a-ran; dhire dhire-very slowly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nParamananda Puri and Brahmananda Bharati also went toward the beach,\nand Bhagavan Acarya, who was lame, followed them very slowly.\nTEXT 91\n\n��1ll1�� �'t_,-,�il <rtq_�� I\n�·�� 9fr;tt C�'f, 11f� ilt� -rf• II<;�� II\nprathame calila prabhu,- yen a vayu-gati\nstambha-bhava pathe hai/a, ca/ite nahi sakti\n\n", "ant4#p0267": "Text 93]\n\nThe lord's Feelings of Separation\n\n235\n\nSYNONYMS\nprathame-in the beginning; ca/i/a-went; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nyena-like; vayu-gati-the speed of the wind; stambha-bhava-the emotion of\nbeing stunned; pathe-on the way; hai/a-there was; ca/ite-to move; nahino; sakti-power.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was running with the speed of the wind, but He\nsuddenly became stunned in ecstasy and lost all strength to proceed further.\nTEXT 92\n\n121fT!·���� -a*�- �'11t �1<f)t� I\n�11t ��t1t (;1ttt�t5f'St�-<ti\"�<l'it11' II�� II\nprati-roma-kupe marhsa-vraQera akara\ntara upare romodgama-kadamba-prakara\nSYNONYMS\nprati-roma-kupe-in every hair hole; marhsa-the flesh; vraQera akara-like\npimples; tara upare-upon that; roma-udgama-standing of the hair; kadambaprakara-like the kadamba flowers.\nTRANSLATION\nThe flesh at each of His pores erupted like pimples, and His hair, standing\non end, appeared like kadamba flowers.\nTEXT 93\n\n�-�t� 121t�W �� 115�1t lffif I\n<tit� ��' ilt� Cft(1t l!;wt1f II �� II\nprati-rome prasveda page rudhirera dhara\nkaQthe gharghara, nahi varQera uccara\nSYNONYMS\nprati-rome-from each hair; prasveda-sweat; page-drops; rudhirera-of\nblood; dhara-flow; kaQthe-in the throat; gharghara-gargling sound; nahinot; varQera-of letters; uccara-pronunciation.\n\n", "ant4#p0268": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n236\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nBlood and perspiration flowed incessantly from every pore of His body, and\nHe could not speak a word but simply produced a gargling sound within His\nthroat.\nTEXT 94\n\n�� � <e�' �� ��7;;11 ��1� I\n��i!f filf�ff1 '<!� 'iteri-'<l�ifi-� II �8 II\ndui netre bhari' asru vahaye apara\nsamudre mififa yena ganga-yamuna-dhara\nSYNONYMS\ndui netre-in the two eyes; bhari'-filling; asru-tears; vahaye-flow; aparaunlimited;\n\nsamudre-the\n\nocean;\n\nmififa-met;\n\nyena-as if;\n\nganga-of the\n\nGanges; yamuna-of the Yamuna; dhara-flow.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord's eyes filled up and overflowed with unlimited tears, like the\nGanges and Yamuna meeting in the sea.\nTEXT 95\n\n�7;;(1 -1\\Wl�111 ''!tl! C�-., �fir I\nI!� �lOP{ t9?;;i,-,<l� ��\\! I!� II �a II\nvaivarQye sankha-praya sveta haifa anga\ntabe kampa uthe,-yena samudre taranga\nSYNONYMS\nvaivarQye-by fading; sankha-praya-like a conchshell; sveta-white; haifabecame;\n\nanga-body;\n\ntabe-at that time;\n\nkampa-shivering;\n\nuthe-arises;\n\nyena-as if; samudre-in the ocean; taranga-waves.\nTRANSLATION\nHis entire body faded to the color of a white conchshell, and then He began\nto quiver, like the waves in the ocean.\n\n", "ant4#p0269": "The Lord's Feelings of Separation\n\nText 98]\n\n237\n\nTEXT 96\n\n•-rf�tl! .tf?ttl! � �11t� ��1 I\nl!t� �' '�t�\"f �� �<fit� �t�l'f1 II �� II\nkanpite kanpite prabhu bhUmete pac;lila\ntabe ta' govinda prabhura nikate aila\nSYNONYMS\nkanpite\n\nkanpite-while\n\nshivering;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nbhamete-on the ground; pac;lila-fell down; tabe-at that time; ta'-certainly;\ngovinda-Govinda; prabhufa-to SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nikate-near; ai/acame.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile quivering in this way, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu fell down on the\nground. Then Govinda approached Him.\nTEXT 97\n\n<fiRtr� 15ft� <fit� ��tr �·� I\n��� \"1�1 <fit� �tr ���� II �9 II\nkarangera jale kare sarvatiga sincana\nbahirvasa lana kare anga sarhvijana\nSYNONYMS\nkarangera ja/e-with water from a karanga waterpot; kare-does; sarvaatiga-all parts of the body; sincana-sprinkling; bahirvasa-covering cloth;\n/ana-taking; kare-does; atiga-the body; sarhvijana-fanning.\nTRANSLATION\nGovinda sprinkled water from a karanga waterpot all over the Lord's body,\nand then, taking His own outer garment, he began to fan Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 98\n\n'3ff11i�tffl�'l �!ttl ���1 flt�i I\n�� ��.-! ��' <fitf'itt� �f�� II �\\r II\n\n", "ant4#p0270": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n238\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nsvarupadi-gaQa tahan asiya milifa\nprabhura avastha dekhi' kandite fagifa\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-adi-gaQa-the devotees, headed by Svaropa Damodara Gosvami;\ntahan-there;\n\nasiya-coming;\n\nmififa-met;\n\nprabhura-of Lord\n\nSri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; avastha-condition; dekhi'-seeing; kandite fagifa-began to cry.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Svarupa Damodara and the other devotees reached the spot and saw\nthe condition of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, they began to cry.\nTEXT 99\n\n�'t_11' �ter <;�t� '151�:Jtt�� f<l�t11' 1\n�1i �tf� 'w�' c�a;j ��e:<llt11' ll �� ll\nprabhura ange dekhe a$ta-sattvika vikara\nascarya sattvika dekhi' haifa camatkara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ange-in the body; dekhe-they see;\na$ta-sattvika vikara- eight kinds of transcendental transformations; ascaryawonderful; sattvika-transcenden tal ; dekhi'-seeing; haifa camatkara-they became struck with wonder.\nTRANSLATION\nAll eight kinds of transcendental transformations were visible in the Lord's\nbody. All the devotees were struck with wonder to see such a sight.\nPURPORT\nThe eight ecstatic symptoms are the state of being stunned, perspiration,\nstanding of the hairs on end, faltering of the voice, trembling, fading of the body's\ncolor, tears and devastation.\nTEXT 100\n\n�51> :Jf��� �7;11' �'t_11' �'I I\nJtl�iii t!J!tiif �11' �'t_11' �� �'lftiS(til ll �\nucca sankirtana kare prabhura sraval)e\nsitafa jafe kare prabhura anga sammarjane\n\n0 °\n\nll\n\n", "ant4#p0271": "Text 1021\n\nThe Lord's Feelings of Separation\n\n239\n\nSYNONYMS\nucca-loud;\n\nsar'lkirtana-chanting\n\nof the\n\nHare Kr�r:Ja\n\nmantra;\n\nkare-do;\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; srava(le-within the hearing; sitalacold;\n\njale-with water;\n\nkare-do; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nar'lga-body; sammarjane-washing.\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees loudly chanted the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra near Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and washed His body with cold water.\nTEXT 101\n\n��\";fi! �tfl!lt� �� �fitr;� I\n'�fit�' ��' <21!_ �t� �t�flllft� \" �0 � \"\nei-mata bahu-bara kirtana karite\n'hari-bola' bali' prabhu uthe acambite\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; bahu-bara-for a long time; kirtana karite-chanting;\nhari-bola ba/i'-uttering Hari bol; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; uthestands up; acambite-suddenly.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the devotees had been chanting for a long time, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu suddenly stood up, shouting, \"Hari boll\"\nTEXT 102\n\n�r;� �<fi� 't�� �� '�Rt' '�fit' I\n�!Pr 1f'f\"''�fif �<fi �fit' \" �0� \"\nsanande sakala vai?Qava bale 'hari' 'hari'\nuthila mangala-dhvani catur-dik bhari'\nSYNONYMS\nsa-anande-with great pleasure;\n\nsakala-all;\n\nvai?Qava-devotees;\n\nbale­\n\nchanted; hari hari-the holy name of the Lord; uthila-there arose; mangaladhvani-an auspicious sound; catub-dik -all directions; bhari'-filling.\n\n", "ant4#p0272": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n240\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stood up, all the Vai�l)avas loudly chanted,\n\"Hari! Hari!\" in great jubilation. The auspicious sound filled the air in all\ndirections.\nTEXT 103\n\n��' �t� �r��, �1% �� �rn 1\n<;� c;vrf�\"tl;! ��' l;!t�1 <;Wf�t� ifl �II �o� II\nuthi' mahaprabhu vismita, iti uti caya\nye dekhite caya, taha dekhite na paya\nSYNONYMS\nuthi'-standing\n\nup;\n\nmahaprabhu-S ri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nvismita­\n\nastonished; iti uti-here and there; caya-looks; ye-what; dekhite caya-He\nwanted to see; taha-that; dekhite na paya-He could not see.\nTRANSLATION\nAstonished, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stood up and began looking here and\nthere, trying to see something. But He could not catch sight of it.\nTEXT 104\n\n'��<1' <;��1 �� <fJ!('<1� ��\"f I\n'Qi1i·<;�f$� f<fii; <fif� �\"f II �o8 II\n'vai$f)ava' dekhiya prabhura ardha-bahya ha-ifa\nsvarupa-gosanire kichu kahite fagifa\nSYNONYMS\nvai$f)ava\nMahaprabhu;\n\ndekhiya-seeing\n\nthe\n\ndevotees;\n\nardha-bahya-half-external\n\nsvarupa-gosanire-unto\n\nSvaropa Gosaiii;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nconsciousness;\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nha-ifa-there was;\n\nkichu-something;\n\nkahite fagifa­\n\nbegan to speak.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw all the Vai�l)avas, He returned to partial\nexternal consciousness and spoke to Svarupa Damodara.\n\n", "ant4#p0273": "The Lord's Feelings of Separation\n\nText 107]\n\n241\n\nTEXT 105\n\n\"<=ostt�<� ru'! <=1lt� <=<�S �t1 �tiwr ?\n��1 �t�� �'11 <:�f�l! �� ��II �o<t II\n\"govardhana haite more ke ihafi ani/a?\npana kr�!Jera lila dekhite na pai/a\nSYNONYMS\ngovardhana haite-from Govardhana Hill; more-Me; ke-who; ihali-here;\nani/a-brought; pana-getting;\n\nkr�!Jera lila-pastimes of Kr�l)a;\n\ndekhite na\n\npai/a-1 could not see.\nTRANSLATION\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\n\nsaid,\n\n\"Who\n\nhas\n\nbrought\n\nMe\n\nhere\n\nfrom\n\nGovardhana HiiB I was seeing Lord Kr�Qa's pastimes, but now I cannot see\nthem.\nTEXT 106\n\n�t1 C�t'! �t� �� <:'11� <:'Sft�s{ti{ I\nClifl';�,-�fw ��<lit�� <='Stt�·l>t11t'lll �o� II\nihafi haite aji mui genu govardhane\ndekhofi,-yadi kr�!Ja karena godhana-caraf)e\nSYNONYMS\nihan haite-from here; aji-today;\nGovardhana\n\nHill;\n\ndekhofi-1\n\nwas\n\nmui-1; genu-went; govardhane-to\n\nsearching;\n\nyadi-if;\n\nkr�Qa-Lord\n\nKr�l)a;\n\nkarena-does; godhana-caraf)e-tending the cows.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Today I went from here to Govardhana Hill to find out if Kr�Qa were tending His cows there.\nTEXT 107\n\n<='i1t<t(t� 1>�' �� <l���i c;�'t I\n<='Stt<t(te�11 c;�f'it<IS m �� t';�il,ll �o9 II\ngovardhane ca(ii' kr�!Ja bajaila ve!Ju\ngovardhanera caudike care saba dhenu\n\n", "ant4#p0274": "242\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nSYNONYMS\ngovardhane -on Govardhana Hill; caqi'-going up; kr�1,1a-Lord Kr�l)a; bajaila\nve1,1u-played the flute; govardhanera-of Govardhana Hill; cau-dike-in four\ndirections; care-graze; saba-all; dhenu-cows.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I saw Lord Km1a climbing Govardhana Hill and playing His flute, surrounded on all sides by grazing cows.\nTEXT 108\n\n'�'l_iltW �fil' ��'ii itt'fl-tt�lft I\n�� ��'St'l-�t'f �fil�1 �tiSffilll � 0\\r II\nVe1,1u-nada suni' ai/a radha-thakura1,1i\nsaba sakhi-ga1,1a-sange kariya sajani\nSYNONYMS\nVe1,1u-nada-the vibration of the flute; suni'-hearing; ai/a-came; radhathakural,1i-SrTmati Radharai)T;\n\nsaba-all;\n\nsakhi-ga1,1a-sange-accompanied by\n\ngopis; kariya sajani-nicely dressed.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Hearing the vibration of Kr�r;�a's flute, Srimati Radharar;�i and all Her gopi\nfriends came there to meet Him. They were all very nicely dressed.\nTEXT 109\n\nitt'fl \"'<JP1 � ���1 �\"'itttl! I\n��'it'! �t� ';jttit � �tt�tl! II � o� II\nradha lana kr�1,1a pravesila kandarate\nsakhi-ga1,1a kahe more phula uthaite\nSYNONYMS\nradha /aiia-taking SrTmati Radharai)T along; kr�1,1a-Lord Kr�l)a; pravesi/a-entered; kandarate-a cave; sakhi-ga1,1a-the gopis; kahe-said; more-unto Me;\nphula-flowers; uthaite-to pick up.\n\n", "ant4#p0275": "243\n\nThe Lord's Feelings of Separation\n\nText 112]\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When K��r;�a and Srimati Radharar;�i entered a cave together, the other\ngopis asked Me to pick some flowers.\nTEXT 110\n\n���tt� 1Jil·ll� ,�t�� C��1 I\n\ni!ttl �ti! �fit' �tt� lfl ��1 �tl� II �� II\no\n\nhena-kale tumi-saba kolahala kaila\ntahan haite dhari' more ihan lana aila\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kale-at this time;\ntumultuous sound;\n\ntumi-saba-all of you;\n\ntahan haite-from there;\n\nko/ahala kai/a-made a\n\ndhari -catching;\n'\n\nmore-Me;\n\nihan-here; lana ai/a-you have brought.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Just then, all of you made a tumultuous sound and carried Me from there\nto this place.\nTEXT 111\n\nC:�t� �1 �f-{�1 � ��1 'Q:� fwti! I\n'Pft�1 ��� ��1, ift �il.�f� !\"�����\nkene va ani/a more vrtha du/:lkha dite\npana kr?Qera lila, na painu dekhite\nSYNONYMS\nkene-why;\n\nva-then;\n\nani/a-brought;\n\nmore-Me;\n\nvrtha-unnecessarily;\n\ndu/:lkha dite-to give pain; pana-getting; kr?Qera /i/a-the pastimes of Kr�r:ta; na\npainu dekhite-1 could not see.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Why have you brought Me here, causing Me unnecessary pain? I had a\nchance to see K��r;�a's pastimes, but I could not see them.\"\nTEXT 112\n\n1.!1� <tfi;t' ��t2it_ �� i!lil'f� I\n\ntit� lif-t! t;tiff-t' C�� ��� �� II ��� II\n\n", "ant4#p0276": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n244\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\neta bali' mahaprabhu karena krandana\ntatira dasa dekhi' vai?Qava karena rodana\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-sayi ng this; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karena krandana-began to cry;\n\ntatira dasa-H is state;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nvai?Qava-the\n\nVai�r;�avas; karena rodana-began to cry.\nTRANSLATION\nSaying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began to weep. When all the\nVai�Qavas saw the Lord's condition, they also wept.\nTEXT 113\n\n<;�il<lltr;-., �1�c;i �it, ��®,-��\"i{ I\n�·� <;��' 1f�21�-� ��'1' :11�1f II ���II\nhena-ka/e aila puri, bharati, -dui-jana\ndutihe dekhi' mahaprabhura ha-ifa sambhrama\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kale-at this time;\n\nai/a-came;\n\npuri-Paramananda Puri;\n\nbharati­\n\nBrahmananda Bharati; dui-jana-two persons; dutihe dekhi'-seeing both of\nthem;\n\nmahaprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nha-i/a-there\n\nwas;\n\nsambhrama -respect.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, Paramananda Puri and Brahmananda Bharati arrived. Seeing\nthem, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu became somewhat respectful.\nTEXT 114\n\n���� ��'\"' I2Jf �·� �fii!'1'11\n�t�tr;� ��Sfi{ (;�1ftM�il ,<f-\"1111 ��8 II\nnipatta-bahya ha-ile prabhu dutihare vandila\nmahaprabhure dui-jana premalitigana kai/a\nSYNONYMS\nnipatta bahya-complete external consciousness; ha-i/e-when there was;\n-\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dutihare-to both of them; vandila-offered\n\n", "ant4#p0277": "Text 116]\n\nThe Lord's Feelings of Separation\n\nprayers; mahaprabhure-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\n245\n\ndui-jana-both persons;\n\nprema-afingana kaifa-embraced with love and affection.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned to complete external consciousness and\nimmediately offered prayers to them. Then these two elderly gentlemen both\nembraced the Lord with loving affection.\nTEXT 115\n\n�\"' ��,--'�·-,;;� c;<TS� �t�� <Jll! �r;�' ?\n\n�r;�t�t� <fS!';�,-'c;l!t;rt� �I!J c;w�iftr;�' II\nprabhu kahe,- 'dunhe kene aila eta dure'?\npuri-gosani kahe,- 'tamara nrtya dekhibare'\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; dunhe-both of you; kenewhy; ai/a-have come; eta dure-so far; puri-gosani kahe-Puri Gosafii said;\ntamara nrtya-Your dancing; dekhibare-to see.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said to Puri Gosvami and Brahmananda Bharati,\n\"Why hav� you both come so far?\" Puri Gosvami replied, \"Just to see Your\ndancing.\"\nTEXT 116\n\n�fSSil! ��'ii �t �l1f ��� I\n��l!f�tG �t��1 �� ,��<1-�?;;i{ II ���II\nlajjita ha-ifa prabhu purira vacane\nsamudra-ghata aila saba vai�Qava-sane\nSYNONYMS\nfajjita-ashamed; ha-ifa-became; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; purira\nvacane-by the words of Paramananda Puri; samudra-of the sea; ghata-to the\nbathing place; ai/a-came; saba vai�Qava-sane-with all the Vai�r:Javas.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen He heard this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was somewhat ashamed.\nThen He went to bathe in the sea with all the Vai�r:Javas.\n\n", "ant4#p0278": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n246\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nTEXT 117\n\n�ti{ �fi(· il��'- \\lf;1tt'! �t�\"f1 I\n\n��1 \"1�1 ��t�llt'f C�t�i{ �fili!1 II � �9 II\nsnana kari' mahaprabhu gharete aila\nsaba lana maha-prasada bhojana karila\nSYNONYMS\nsnana kari'-after taking a bath; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ngharete aila -returned home; saba lana-taking everyone with Him; mahaprasada-remnants of food from Jagannatha; bhojana karila-ate.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter bathing in the sea, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned to His residence\nwith all the devotees. Then they all lunched on the remnants of food offered to\nLord Jagannatha.\nTEXT 118\n\nIJI� !;!' <�if� �� MJt'lft�·'eti!l I\n�� <!i�l! i{tf;11 ��t1t �'e� II ��17' II\nei ta' kahiluri prabhura divyonmada-bhava\nbrahmao kahite nare yahara prabhava\nSYNONYMS\nei\n\nta'-thus;\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkahiluri-1\n\nhave\n\ndescribed;\n\nprabhura-of\n\ndivya-unmada-bhava-transcendental\n\necstatic\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\nemotions;\n\nbrahmao-even Lord Brahma; kahite nare-cannot speak; yahara-of which;\nprabhava-the influence.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have described the transcendental ecstatic emotions of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. Even Lord Brahma cannot describe their influence.\nTEXT 119\n\n't)G<f.'-f'it�-'it�i{-�\"f11t�tQf'ft� I\n''�t��<r<r.c�t-.' <r-BI11tt�i{ ��t-t n ��� n\n\n", "ant4#p0279": "Text 120]\n\n247\n\nThe Lord's Feelings of Separation\n'cataka'-giri-gamana-lila raghunatha-dasa\n'gaurailga-stava-kalpavrk?e' kariyachena prakasa\nSYNONYMS\n\ncataka-giri-the sand hill known as Cataka-parvata; gamana-of going to;\nlila-pastime;\n\nraghunatha-dasa-Raghunatha dasa\n\nGosvamT;\n\ngauranga-stava­\n\nkalpa-vrk?e-in the book known as Gaurailga-stava-kalpavrk?a; kariyachena prakasa-has described.\nTRANSLATION\nIn his book Gaurailga-stava-kalpavrk�a, Raghunatha dasa Gosvami has very\nvividly described Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's pastime of running toward the\nCa�aka-parvata sand dune.\nTEXT 120\n\n'l�T.'1 �,\"'11T.i!f·5�<fifstf��t'!;l� <fi\"'�1l!'l:� C?ftc� C?I1<T(�f5tfll<>ff�� C'-'11l<fi�Tl \"!: I\n\n3!\\Sl:l\"l!��1�1 f!'l\\li' �<I <i1<T:l<l'jC�1\n5\\C't: C�C'ift\"il1T.'Jfl ���� �li'�'Jl1' 'IIlf�l\\! II\n\n0\n\n�. II\n\nsamipe niladres cataka-giri-rajasya kalanad\naye go?the govardhana-giri-patiril lokitum ita/:!\nvrajann asmity uktva pramada iva dhavann avadhrto\ngaQai/:1 svair gaurailgo hrdaya udayan maril madayati\nSYNONYMS\nsamipe-near; ni/adre/:1-Jagannatha PurT;\n\ncataka-named Cataka;\n\ngiri-ra­\n\njasya-the king of sand hills; ka/anat-account of seeing; aye-oh; go?the-to\nthe place for pasturing cows; govardhana-giri-patim-Govardhana, the king of\nhills; lokitum-to see; ita/:1-from here; vrajan-going; asmi-1 am; iti-thus;\nuktva-saying; pramadal;!-maddened; iva-as if; dhavan-running; avadhrta/:1being followed; gaQai/:1-by the devotees; svail;!-own; gaurailga/:1-Lord SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; hrdaye-in the heart; udayan-awakening; mam-me;\nmadayati -maddens.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Near Jagannatha Puri was a great sand dune known as Ca�aka-parvata.\nSeeing that hill, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, 'Oh, I shall go to the land of\n\n", "ant4#p0280": "248\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 14\n\nVraja to see Govardhana Hill.' Then He began running madly toward it, and all\nthe Vai��avas ran after Him. This scene awakens in my heart and maddens\nme.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is quoted from the Caurariga-stava-kalpavrk�a (8).\nTEXT 121\n\n�t� �� �� C<t-�1 �t�l��-��1 I\n'� ��t� 91tC:� �� ��t��� ,��1? :>�:> II\nebe prabhu yata kaila alaukika-lila\nke varQite pare sei mahaprabhura khe/a?\nSYNONYMS\nebe-now; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yata\n\n-\n\nall that; kai/a-per\n\n­\n\nformed; alaukika-li/a-uncommon pastimes; ke-who; varQite pare-can describe; sei-they; mahaprabhura khela-the play of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nWho can properly describe all the uncommon pastimes of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu? They are all simply His play.\nTEXT 122\n\n:Jt�t�t\"Pt ��1l1 �fit �� ��-t� I\n,� ��1 �t�, 9lt1l �t�� ��'1 II :>�� II\nsarik�epe kahiya kari dik darasana\nyei iha sune, paya kr�Qera caraQa\nSYNONYMS\nsarik$epe-in brief; kahiya-describing; kari dik darasana-1 show an indication; yei-anyone who; iha-this; sune-hears; paya-gets; k[$Qera caraQa-the\nshelter of the lotus feet of Lord Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\nI have briefly described them just to give an indication of His transcendental pastimes. Nevertheless, anyone who hears this will certainly attain the\nshelter of lord Kr��a's lotus feet.\n\n", "ant4#p0281": "The lord's Feelings of Separation\n\nText 123]\n\n249\n\nTEXT 123\n\n���-��ilt�-�r;w �t� �t-t 1\nC�l!�mti!t�l! �'� ��lift� II ��\\!) II\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\n\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr?Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-Srila Ropa Gosvami; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr?Qadasa-Srila\n\nKr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, K��r;�adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the S ri Caitanya-caritamrta, Antya-lila,\n\nFourteenth Chapter, describing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's transcendental ecstatic\nemotions and His mistaking Cataka-parvata for Govardhana Hill.\n\n", "ant4#p0282": "CHAPTER 15\n\nThe Transcendental Madness\nof Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nThe following is a summary of the Fifteenth Chapter of Antya-lila. After seeing the\nupala-bhoga ceremony of Lord Jagannatha, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu once more\n\nbegan to feel ecstatic emotions. When He saw the garden on the beach by the\nsea, He again thought that He was in Vrndavana, and when He began to think of\nKr�r:ta engaging in His different pastimes, transcendental emotions excited Him\nagain. On the night of the rasa dance, the gopis, bereaved by Kr�r:ta's absence,\nsearched for Kr�r:ta from one forest to another. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu adopted\nthe same transcendental thoughts as the gopis and was filled with ecstatic emotion. SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami recited a verse from Gita-govinda just suitable\nto the Lord's emotions. Caitanya Mahaprabhu then exhibited the ecstatic\ntransformations known as bhavodaya, bhava-sandhi, bhava-sabalya and so on.\nThe Lord experienced all eight kinds of ecstatic transformations, and He relished\nthem very much.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n��r;� ���t<ttr;�� fi1�r;'U1\"n'ttf;�i!i�1 I\nc;\"'t)r;�'l �fif'N '����tw1 �fif WMi II :> II\ndurgame kr�f!a-bhavabdhau\nnimagnonmagna-cetasa\ngaurel)a haril)a premamaryada bhuri darsita\nSYNONYMS\ndurgame-very difficult to understand; kr?f!a-bhava-abdhau-in the ocean of\n\necstatic love for Kr�r:ta; nimagna-submerged; unmagna-cetasa-His heart being\nabsorbed; gaurel)a-by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; haril)a-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; prema-maryada-the exalted position of transcendental\nlove; bhuri-in various ways; darsita-was exhibited.\nTRANSLATION\nThe ocean of ecstatic love for Kr�r:Ja is very difficult to understand, even for\nsuch demigods as lord Brahma. By enacting His pastimes, Sri Caitanya\n\n251\n\n", "ant4#p0283": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n252\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nMahaprabhu submerged Himself in that ocean, and His heart was absorbed in\nthat love. Thus He exhibited in various ways the exalted position of transcendental love for Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 2\niSH! � �,<Ptlii!� ��'!(� I\n� �i!Jtil� �cftii�·<!SI:a;'f<l� II � II\n\njaya jaya sri-kr?Qa-caitanya adhisvara\njaya nityananda pCJrQananda-kalevara\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories;\n\nsri-kr?Qa-caitanya-to\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nadhisvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; jaya-all glories; nityanandato\n\nLord\n\nNityananda;\n\npurQa-ananda-filled\n\nwith\n\ntranscendental\n\npleasure;\n\nka/evara-His body.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Kr�r;�a Caitanya, the Supreme Personality of Godhead! All\nglories to lord Nityananda, whose body is always filled with transcendental\nbliss!\nTEXT 3\n\niSHitt�'!tlit� �<Ptli\\!�·f��i!� I\n� �<ltJT·�t�\n\n�'{� ��'it'! II \\!) II\n\njayadvaitacarya kr?Qa-caitanya-priyatama\njaya srivasa-adi prabhura bhakta-gal)a\nSYNONYMS\njaya-all glories; advaita-acarya-to Advaita Acarya; kr?Qa-caitanya-to Lord\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; priya-tama-very dear; jaya-all glories; srivasa-adiheaded by SrTvasa Thakura; prabhura-of Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhaktagaQa-to the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Advaita Acarya, who is very dear to lord Caitanya! And all\nglories to the devotees of the lord, headed by Srivasa Thakura!\n\n", "ant4#p0284": "Text 6]\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of lord Caitanya\n\n253\n\nTEXT 4\n\n���� �t�, �rt�·f'f<\"�tlt I\n\n'{ii ��� ilt� ���t<\"�t?:<\"�tilf II 8 II\nei-mata mahaprabhu ratri-divase\natma-spharti nahi km;�a-bhavavese\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ratri-divasenight and day; atma-sphurti nahi-forgot Himself; kr?f.la-bhava-avese-being\nmerged in ecstatic love for Kr�r;�a.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu forgot Himself throughout the entire day\nand night, being merged in an ocean of ecstatic love for Kr�.,a.\nTEXT 5\n\n�, �tr;;., �\"U, <ll� �(..<lt�\"\"f� I\n<ll� <It���,- f�il �1:\\! ;2f't_�f'! 11 � 11\nkabhu bhave magna, kabhu ardha-bahya-sphurti\nkabhu bahya-sphurti,-tina rite prabhu-sthiti\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes; bhave-in ecstatic emotion; magna-merged; kabhusometimes; ardha-half; bahya-sphurti-in external consciousness;\n\nkabhu­\n\nsometimes; bahya-spharti-in full external consciousness; tina r ite-in three\nways; prabhu-sthiti-the situation of the Lord.\nTRANSLATION\nThe lord would maintain Himself in three kinds of consciousness: sometimes He merged totally in ecstatic emotion, sometimes He was in partial external consciousness and sometimes in full external consciousness.\nTEXT 6\n\n�til, �.fil. <;�t� <;��-�����I\n���Bl ti1<1l (;�il lt�\\! f���II � II\n\n", "ant4#p0285": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n254\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nsnana, darsana, bhojana deha-svabhave haya\nkumarera caka yena satata phiraya\n\nSYNONYMS\nsnana-bathing; darsana-visiting the temple; bhojana-taking lunch; dehasvabhave-by the nature of the body; haya-are; kumarera caka-the potter's\nwheel; yena-as; satata-always; phiraya-revolves.\n\nTRANSLATION\nActually, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was always merged in ecstatic emotion,\nbut just as a potter's wheel turns without the potter's touching it, the lord's\nbodily activities, like bathing, going to the temple to see lord Jagannatha, and\ntaking lunch, went on automatically.\n\nTEXT 7\n\n<jj(!)f(fi{ <!l�i{ �t \\Sf'i\\:tt� ��-fi{ I\n'Sf'i'litt� (;�?.;� �t'ifite. aftiS'f��i{ II 9 II\neka-dina karena prabhu jagannatha darasana\njagannathe dekhe sak$at vrajendra-nandana\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; karena-does; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jagannatha-Lord\n\njagannatha;\n\ndarasana-visiting;\n\njagannathe-Lord\n\n)agannatha;\n\ndekhe-He sees; sak$at-personally; vrajendra-nandana-the son of Maharaja\nNanda.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day, while Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was looking at lord Jagannatha in\nthe temple, lord Jagannatha appeared to be personally the son of Nanda\nMaharaja, Sri Kr��a.\nTEXT 8\n\n<jj<!i�tr.;� �?.;� ��� �(.;�� �·�'l I\n�fltJ�t'l (!)� �fltJfi!§f� �t<r.fi'l II lr II\neka-bare sphure prabhura km1era pafica-gw;a\npafica-gw;e kare paficendriya akar$af)a\n\n", "ant4#p0286": "The Transcendental Madness of Lord Caitanya\n\nText 10]\n\n255\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-bare-at\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\none\n\ntime;\n\nsphure-manifest;\n\nkr�f!era-of Lord\n\nKr�r:Ja;\n\nprabhura -of\n\npalica-guQa-five\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nattributes;\n\npalica­\n\nguQe-five attributes; kare-do; palica-indriya-of the five senses; akar�al)a­\n\nattraction.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen He realized Lord Jagannatha to be Kr�'.la Himself, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's five senses were immediately absorbed in attraction for the five\nattributes of Lord Kr�1.1a.\nPURPORT\n\nSrT Kr�r:Ja's beauty attracted the eyes of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Kr�r:Ja's\nsinging and the vibration of His flute attracted the Lord's ears, the transcendental\nfragrance of Kr�r:Ja's lotus feet attracted His nostrils, Kr�r:Ja's transcendental sweetness attracted His tongue, and Kr�r:Ja's bodily touch attracted the Lord's sensation\nof touch. Thus each of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu's five senses was attracted by\none of the five attributes of Lord Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 9\n\nl!l<Ti�� 9f�f5tt<Ti 9f��'l �tr;� I\n��t�fif ��� �� C�� �t'St1ltt� II � II\neka-mana panca-dike palica-guf)a tane\ntanatani prabhura mana haila ageyane\nSYNONYMS\n\neka-mana-one mind; panca-dike-in five directions; palica-guQa-the five\nattributes; tane-attracted; tanatani-by a tug-of-war; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; mana-the mind; haila-became; ageyane-unconscious.\nTRANSLATION\nJust as in a tug-of-war, the single mind of Lord Caitanya was attracted in five\ndirections by the five transcendental attributes of Lord Kr�'.la. Thus the Lord\nbecame unconscious.\nTEXT 10\n\n(;��<tilt������ @9f�r;�t� ��� I\n��\"it'l ��t�t�� �r.;� ��1 <:eilt�� II � o II\n\n", "ant4#p0287": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n256\n\nhena-kale isvarera upala-bhoga sari/a\nbhakta-gaQa mahaprabhure ghare lafia aila\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kale-at this time;\nupala-bhoga\n\nceremony;\n\nisvarera-of Lord Jagannatha;\n\nsari/a-was\n\nfinished;\n\nupala-bhoga-the\n\nbhakta-gaQa-the\n\ndevotees;\n\nmahaprabhure-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ghare-home; lana iii/a-brought.\nTRANSLATION\nJust then, the upala-bhoga ceremony of lord )agannatha concluded, and the\ndevotees who had accompanied lord Caitanya to the temple brought Him\nback home.\nTEXT 11\n\n��' �'til\"l,- �� l�fSFi{ ftl$1 I\nf�Q'ft� �t1fi{ i�11t �t�t� 'lf11�111 �� II\nsvarupa, ramananda, -ei dui-jana lana\nvilapa karena durihara kaQthete dhariya\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami; ramananda-Ramananda Raya; ei duijana-these two personalities; /aiia-with; vilapa karena-laments; durihara-of\nboth; kaQthete-the necks; dhariya-holding.\nTRANSLATION\nThat night, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was attended by Svarupa Damodara\nGosvami and Ramananda Raya. Keeping His hands around their necks, the\nlord began to lament.\nTEXT 12\n\n�t�Hl �r.;�tt� �t'lt1t �e,�$'! ';{i{ I\n�lrft�tt:� <fit� �t�il @e,��1-<fiHl'lll �� II\nkr?Qera viyoge radhara utkaQthita mana\nvisakhare kahe apana utkaQtha-karal)a\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qera-from\nRadharat:Ji;\n\nLord\n\nKr?t:Ja;\n\nutkaQthita-very\n\nviyoge-in\n\nagitated;\n\nseparation;\n\nmana-mind;\n\nradhara-of\n\nSrimati\n\nvisakhare-to Visakha;\n\n", "ant4#p0288": "The Transcendental Madness of lord Caitanya\n\nText 14]\n\n257\n\nkahe-spoke; apana-own; utkaQtha-karaf)a-the cause of great anxiety and\nrestlessness.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Srimati Radharar;�i was very agitated due to feeling great separation\nfrom Kr�r;�a, She spoke a verse to Visakha explaining the cause of Her great\nanxiety and restlessness.\nTEXT 13\n\n�� Gtft<li 9ff�' �t9f?:� <!it1l �il�t9f I\n00!';<!i1l tJ�Q(' ��t� �·�tt1l <liBt�1 f<l'\"lt9l ����II\nsei 5/oka pac;li' apane kare manastapa\n5/okera artha 5unaya dwihare kariya vilapa\nSYNONYMS\nsei 5/oka-that verse; pac;li'-reciting; apane-personally; kare-does; mana/:1tapa-burning of the mind; 5/okera-of the verse; artha-meaning; 5unayacauses to hear; dwihare-both; kariya vilapa-lamenting.\nTRANSLATION\nReciting that verse, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu expressed His burning emotions. Then, with great lamentation, He explained the verse to Svarupa\nDamodara and Ramananda Raya.\nTEXT 14\n\nC'ITO!!tltlJ\\!if'l�55f\"!\"';;1- fu;etf<!f'j\\ ���<fi:\n<fi<ft\"lfO!f'- 'f���\"TJ<rt;O(: C<fil�llj� '!l�<fi: I\nC'lh�JllJ\\!i'ft��l �'Hlf5l<l.. ����\"!Jl�ll:\n�C51lC9fW�\\!: '! <ll�f'!i 'l<'!l<:, 91C�fW�t'tJlf\"' C\"! ID 811\nsaundaryamrta-sindhu-bhatiga-/a/ana-cittadri-sarhp/avaka/:1\nkarf)anandi-sanarma-ramya-vacana/:1 kotindu-5itatigaka/:1\nsaurabhyamrta-samplavavrta-jagat piytJ?a-ramyadhara/:1\n5ri-gopendra-suta/:1 sa kar?ati balat paiicendriyal)y ali me\nSYNONYMS\nsaundarya-His beauty; amrta-sindhu-of the ocean of nectar; bhatiga-by\nthe waves; /a/ana-of women; citta-the hearts; adri-hills; sarhp/avaka/:1-inun-\n\n", "ant4#p0289": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n258\n\ndating;\n\nkarQa-thro u gh the ears;\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nanandi-giving pleasure;\n\nsanarma-joyful;\n\nramya-beautiful; vacana/:1-whose voice; koti-indu-than ten million moons;\nsita-more cooling; arigaka/:1-whose body; saurabhya-His fragrance; amrta-of\nnectar; samp/ava-by the inundation; avrta-covered; jagat-the entire universe; piyu?a-nectar; ramya-beautif u l; adhara/:1-whose lips; sri-gopa indra\n-\n\n­\n\nof Nanda Maha raj a; suta/:1-the son; sa/:1-He; kar?ati-attracts; ba/at-by force;\npanca-indriyaQi-the five senses; a/i-0 dear friend; me-My.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said: \"'Though the hearts of the gopis are like\nhigh-standing hills, they are inundated by the waves of the nectarean ocean of\nKr�Qa's beauty. His sweet voice enters their ears and gives them transcendental bliss. The touch of His body is cooler than millions and millions of moons\ntogether, and the nectar of His bodily fragrance overfloods the entire world. 0\nMy dear friend, that Kr�Qa, who is the son of Nanda Maharaja and whose lips\nare exactly like nectar, is attracting My five senses by force.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in Govinda-li/amrta (8.3).\nTEXT 15\n\n,�)il<eJ·�'fi\\'·��'\n\n��-�'PI·lli<tf·\"'9f-f',\n\n�t� �t'1_1i <II�� �1 �Hl I\n\n,w�' ,�tt� 'PI�,\n\nl!l<li �\"' _,�rn ��,\n\nijf�' 'PI� �tijfift<ll �t� II �� II\nkr?Qa-rupa-sabda-sparsa,\n\nsaurabhya-adhara-rasa,\n\nyara madhurya kahana na yaya\ndekhi' lobhe panca-jana,\n\neka asva-mora mana,\n\ncac;li' panca parica-dike dhaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-of\n\nLord\n\nKf�l)a;\n\nrupa-bea u ty;\n\nsabda-so u nd;\n\ns parsa-to u ch;\n\nsaurabhya-fragrance; adhara-of lips; rasa-taste; yara-whose; madhuryasweetness;\n\nkahana-describing;\n\nna yaya-is\n\nnot possible;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\n/obhe-in greed; panca-jana-five men; eka-one; asva-horse; mora-My;\nmana-mind; cac;li'-riding on; panca-all five; parica-dike-in five directions;\ndhaya-run.\n\n", "ant4#p0290": "Text 17]\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of lord Caitanya\n\n259\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"lord Sri Kr�r:'la's beauty, the sound of His words and the vibration of His\nflute, His touch, His fragrance and the taste of His lips are full of an indescribable sweetness. When all these features attract My five senses at once,\nMy senses all ride together on the single horse of My mind but want to go in\nfive different directions.\nTEXT 16\n\n�r� ,�, �� ,�t� �=t�� �t�ct ,\n\n��i·\"!�� lii�J'$f'l,\n\n�t� ?tt.�11'$f'l,\n\n�t� <fit�,-Q' ?f�({i{ II �� II ali II\nsakhi he, suna mora du/:lkhera karaf)a\nmora paficendriya-gaf)a,\n\nmaha-lampata dasyu-gaf)a,\n\nsabe kahe, -hara' para-dhana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsakhi-My dear friend; he-0; suna-please hear; mora-My; du/:lkhera\nkaraf)a-the cause of unhappiness; mora-My; pafica-indriya-gaf)a-five senses\nof perception; maha-very; /ampata-extravagant; dasyu-gaQa-rogues; sabe\nkahe-they all say; hara'-plunder; para-dhana-another's property.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 My dear friend, please hear the cause of My misery. My five senses are\nactually extravagant rogues. They know very well that Kr�r:'la is the Supreme\nPersonality of Godhead, but they still want to plunder Kr�r:'la's property.\nTEXT 17\n\nlfl<fi 'f;l'f.( �<fi'ifSt'l,\n\n�� <Plt� fit� ttr;�,\n\nlfl<fi �i{ <;<fiti{_ fit<fi �t1l ?\nlfl<fi<fitt\"' �t� �tti{,\n\nc;'$f\"( c;�t� ?t�tt'l,\n\n�� �:� ��i{ �i �111 II �'\\ II\neka asva eka-k?af)e,\n\nparka pane� dike tane,\n\neka mana kon dike yaya?\neka-ka/e sabe tane,\n\ngela ghoc;lara paraf)e,\n\nei du/:lkha sahana na yaya\n\n", "ant4#p0291": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n260\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\n\neka-one; asva-horse; eka-k�af)e-at one time; parica-five men; panca\ndike-in five directions; tane-pull; eka-one; mana-mind; kon dike-in what\ndirection; yaya-will go; ek:a-kale-at one time; sabe-all; tane-pull; ge/a-will\ngo;\n\nghoc;Jara-of the\n\nhorse;\n\nparaf)e-life;\n\nei-this;\n\nduhkha-unhappiness;\n\nsahana-tolerating; na yaya-is not possible.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My mind is j ust like a single horse being ridden by the five senses of perception, headed by sight. Each sense wants to ride that horse, and thus they\npull My mind in five directions simultaneously. In what direction will it go? If\nthey all pull at one time, certainly the horse will lose its life. How can I tolerate\nthis atrocity?\nTEXT 18\n\n�f�t� ifl �rn �t�,\n�·�1-��\"hf �tti ,w�,\n?���t� lf�1 �t�-ti'l I\n�*llf �t� �tt� �ttif, ,�a, CCI�� �tt'l,\ncalt� 'Wt� ifl �t� �<iti{ II � 1r' II\nindriye na kari ro�a,\n\niriha-sabara kahari dog\n\nkr�Qa-rupadira maha akar�af)a\nrupadi parica parice tane,\n\ngela ghoc;Jara paraf)e,\n\nmora dehe na rahe jivana\nSYNONYMS\n\nindriye-at the senses; na-not; kari ro�a-1 can be angry; iriha-sabara-of all\nof them; kahari-where; do�a-fault; kr�Qa-rupa-adira-of Lord Kr�r:Ja's beauty,\nsounds, touch, fragrance and taste; maha-very great; akar�af)a-attraction;\nrupa-adi-the beauty and so on; parica-five; parice-the five senses; tanedrag; ge/a-is going away; ghoc;Jara-of the horse; paraf)e-life; mora-My;\ndehe-in the body; na-not; rahe-remains; jivana-iife.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friend, if you say, 'Just try to control Your senses,' what shall I\nsay? I cannot become angry at My senses. Is it their fault? Kr�r;�a's beauty,\nsounds, touch, fragrance and taste are by nature extremely attractive. These\nfive features are attracting My senses, and each wants to drag My mind in a\n\ndifferent direction. Thus the life of My mind is in great danger, j ust like a\nhorse ridden in five directions at once. Thus I am also in danger of dying.\n\n", "ant4#p0292": "Text 20]\n\n261\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of lord Caitanya\nTEXT 19\n\n�t�'hl ��-f��\n��9ft����'\n�<tiRili_ sr�e, ��t1l 1\nTI!isr\"'tc;� �� iiHft,\n\n�t� ��-�f�Br,\n\n�t�1 �<rt� �tc;� @�' $ft1l II �� II\nkr$Qa-rupamrta-sindhu,\n\ntahara taranga-bindu,\n\neka-bindu jagat (iubaya\ntrijagate yata nari,\n\ntara citta-ucca-giri,\n\ntaha (iubai age uthi' dhaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr$Qa-r0pa-of Km1a's transcendental beauty; amrta-sindhu-the ocean of\nnectar; tahara-of that; taranga-bindu-a drop of a wave; eka-bindu-one drop;\njagat-the whole world; (iubaya-can flood; tri-jagate-in the three worlds; yata\nnari-all women; tara citta-their consciousness; ucca-giri-high hills; tahathat; (iubai-drowning; age-forward; uthi'-raising; dhaya-runs\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The consciousness of each woman within the three worlds is certainly like\na high hill, but the sweetness of Kr�r;�a's beauty is like an ocean. Even a drop of\nwater from that ocean can flood the entire world and submerge all the high\nhills of consciousness.\nTEXT 20\n\n��� �l)ii-'�Tt'!_�'\n\nilti11·��·ii'SI$ftit'\n\n�t� ��t1t \"<ti�il il1 �rn 1\ni9f\"'tl:�� iltlt� <fitC:'l,\n\n'alt��c;'l �tfllli' ittil,\n\nitiltit� <fi'tC:'I� �t'l �t1l II � o II\nkr$Qera vacana-madhuri,\n\nnana-rasa-narma-dhari,\n\ntara anyaya kathana na yaya\njagatera narira kaf)e,\n\nmadhuri-guf)e bandhi' tane,\n\ntanatani kaf)era praf)a yaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr$Qera-of Lord Kr?r:Ja; vacana-madhuri-the sweetness of speaking; nanavarious; rasa-narma-dhari-full of joking words; tara-of that; anyaya\n\n-\n\natrocities;\n\n", "ant4#p0293": "262\n\nkathana-description;\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nna yaya-cannot be made;\n\njagatera-of the world;\n\nnarira-of women; ka1,1e-in the ear; madhuri-gu1,1e-to the attributes of sweetness; bandhi'-binding; tane-pulls; tanatani-tug-of-war; ka1,1era-of the ear;\npra1,1a yaya-the life departs.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The sweetness of Kr�r:'la's joking words plays indescribable havoc with the\nhearts of all women. His words bind a woman's ear to the qualities of their\nsweetness. Thus there is a tug-of-war, and the life of the ear departs.\nTEXT 21\n\nf<fi ��� i!t11\" <(�,\n\n�·-�\"' ��i!�,\n\nrQT; r� rsr�i{ c;� t����il 1\n\nl!t�1 �t��!:l! t;'lf,\n��-t\"f i{til� <�-.,\n�t<ti1i�11 i{tiht'l·'lfi{ II �) II\nkr�Qa-ariga susitala,\n\nki kahimu tara bala,\n\nchataya jine kotindu-candana\nsasaila narira vak�a,\n\ntaha akar�ite dak�a,\n\nakar�aye nari-gaQa-mana\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-ariga-the body of Kr�r:Ja; su-sitala-very cool; ki kahimu-what shall I\nsay; tara-of that; ba/a-the strength; ch.;Jtaya-by the rays; jine-surpasses;\nkoti-indu-millions upon millions of moons; candana-sandalwood pulp; sa5ai/a-like raised hills; narira-of a woman; vak�a-breasts; taha-that; akar�ite-to attract; dak�a-very expert; akar�aye-attracts; nari-gaQa-mana-the\nminds of all women.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r:'la's transcendental body is so cool that it cannot be compared even to\nsandalwood pulp or to millions upon millions of moons. It expertly attracts\nthe breasts of all women, which resemble high hills. Indeed, the transcendental body of Kr�r:'la attracts the minds of all women within the three worlds.\nTEXT 22\n\n��1flif·1{t;��'\n?1tt !Jf-(;���J��,\n���te.��� �?;;� �(-${i{ I\n\n", "ant4#p0294": "Text 23]\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of Lord Caitanya\n\niSf�e.-ittm it1�1,\n\n263\n\n�1� r��� �it� �1�1,\n\niti��t'l �?;� �i�'li'l II �� II\nmrga-mada-mada-hara,\n\nkr�Qariga-saurabhya-bhara,\n\nnilotpalera hare garva-dhana\njagat-narira nasa,\n\ntara bhitara pate vasa,\n\nnari-gaQe kare akar�aQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�Qa-ariga-the body of Kr��a; saurabhya-bhara-full of fragrance; mrgamada-of musk; mada-hara-intoxicating power; nilotpalera-of the bluish lotus\n\nflower; hare-takes away; garva-dhana-the pride of the treasure; jagat-nariraof the women in the world; nasa-nostrils; tara bh i tara- within them; pate\nvasa-constructs a residence; nari-gaQe-women; kare akar�aQa-attracts.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The fragrance of Kr�Qa's body is more maddening than the aroma of musk,\nand it surpasses the fragrance of the bluish lotus flower. It enters the nostrils\nof all the women of the world and, making a nest there, thus attracts them.\nTEXT 23\n\n� �\"'f\"'ll�,\n\n��� �'11H�i!,\n\n�W! �\n\n�-�t�� �?;� itt�� �it I\n��(!j li:�i� <;a,t�,\nit1 �ilt'i' �tit <;':lit�,\na�ilt�'Stt't� \"!..'i''lit u\"�� u\nkr�Qera adharamrta,\n\ntate karpura manda-smita,\n\nsva-madhurye hare narira mana\nanyatra chac;laya lobha,\n\nna paile mane k�obha,\n\nvraja-nari-gaQera mu/a-dhana\"\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qera-of Lord Kr��a; adhara-amrta-the sweetness of the lips; tate-with\n\nthat; karpura-camphor; manda-smita-gentle smile;\n\nsva-madhurye-by His\n\nsweetness; hare-attracts; narira mana-the minds of all women; anyatra-anywhere else; chac;/aya\n\n-\n\nvanquishes;\n\n/obha-greed; na paile\n\n-\n\nwithout getting;\n\nmane-in the mind; k�obha- great agitation; vraja-nari-gaQera-of all the gopis\nof Vrndavana; mula-dhana-wealth.\n\n", "ant4#p0295": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n264\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr��a's lips are so sweet when combined with the camphor of His gentle\nsmile that they attract the minds of all women, forcing them to give up all\nother attractions. If the sweetness of Kr��a's smile is unobtainable, great mental difficulties and lamentation result. That sweetness is the only wealth of the\ngopis of Vrndavana.\"\nTEXT 24\n\n���ill1'1 <fl� ��',\n\n�i! <fl�' <;'$'fl1'1�!1f,\n\n<fit�,- '�il, ��9Hrtl!1'1l11 I\n<flt�i <flt1t'\\ <fl�i �t�g, <flt�i <;'$1r;� ?<f! 9!\"M,\n�·?;� <;'afi't1'1 <fi� <;� t!;�' II �8 II\neta kahi' gaurahari,\n\ndui-janara kaQtha dhari',\n\nkahe,- 'suna, svarupa-ramaraya\nkahan karon, kahan yana,\n\nkahan gele kr�f!a pana,\n\ndurihe more kaha se upaya'\nSYNONYMS\n\neta kahi'-saying this; gaurahari-Srl Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dui-janara-of the\ntwo persons; kaQtha dhari'-catching the necks; kahe-said; suna-please hear;\nsvarupa-rama-raya-Svaropa Damodara and Ramananda Raya; kahari karoriwhat shall I do; kahari yaria-where shall I go; kahari ge/e-going where; kr�Qa\nparia-1 can get Kr��a; durihe-both of you; more-unto Me; kaha-please say;\nse upaya-such a means.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter speaking in this way, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu caught hold of the\nnecks of Ramananda Raya and Svarupa Damodara. Then the Lord said, \"My\ndear friends, please listen to Me. What shall I do? Where shall I go? Where\ncan I go to get Kr��a? Please, both of you, tell Me how I can find Him.\"\n\nTEXT 25\n\n��� <;'$'fT1f�'. \\21fl! ffl?;il-fittil I\n�t9t <fit1til �9!\"-1'1ll!li\\'tf-�?;il II �� II\nei-mata gaura-prabhu prati dine-dine\nvilapa karena svarupa-ramananda-sane\n\n", "ant4#p0296": "Text 27]\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of lord Caitanya\n\n265\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; gaura-prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prati dine­\n\ndine-day after day; vilapa karena-laments; svarupa-ramananda-sane-in the\n\ncompany of SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT and Ramananda Raya.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThus absorbed in transcendental pain, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu lamented\nday after day in the company of Svariipa Damodara Gosvami and Ramananda\nRaya.\nTEXT 26\n\n'�� ��iSfi1 �'tt� <lit� �t�t�i1 I\n'�fi'Pf �t�, �t� <lit� \"tt� 'Pf� II �� II\nsei dui-jana prabhure kare asvasana\n\nsvarupa gaya, raya kare sloka pathana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei-those; dui-jana-two persons; prabhure-to SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nkare-do;\n\na5vasana-pacification;\n\nsvarupa\n\ngaya-SvarOpa\n\nDamodara\n\nraya-Ramananda Raya; kare-does; sloka pathana-recitation of verses.\n\nsings;\n\nTRANSLATION\nSvariipa Damodara Gosvami would sing appropriate songs, and Ramananda\nRaya would recite suitable verses to enhance the ecstatic mood of the lord. In\nthis way they were able to pacify Him.\nTEXT 27\n\n<fi���, �'Mt-Ptf\\!, �Wft'!t�tMI5! I\n�f(t� \"tt�·�l:� �\"� ��t� �ti115! II �� II\nkan;amrta, vidyapati, sri-gita-govinda\n\nihara 5/oka-gite prabhura karaya ananda\nSYNONYMS\n\nkar(1amrta-the book Kr�Qa-kar(1amrta; vidyapati -the author Vidyapati; sri­\n\ngita-govinda-the book Sri Gita-govinda by jayadeva GosvamT; ihara-of these;\n\n5/oka-gite-verses and songs; prabhura-for SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karaya­\n\ncreate; ananda-happiness.\n\n", "ant4#p0297": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n266\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord especially like� to hear Bilvamangala Thakura's Kr�r;�a-karr;�amrta,\n\nthe poetry of Vidyapati and Sri Gita-govinda by Jayadeva Gosvami. Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu felt great pleasure in His heart when His associates\nchanted verses from these books.\nTEXT 28\n\n�<fififi{ \";t�t�'l �1li!f-�r;;� �r�r;;C! 1\n�O!IPI� �tJti{ \\!�1 ,�r;;�i{ �t�f��tr;;'! II �lr II\neka-dina mahaprabhu samudra-Ure yaite\npuf?pera udyana tatha dekhena acambite\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; mahaprabhu-S rT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; samudra-tire-to\nthe seashore; yaite-while going; puf?pera udyana-a flower garden; tathathere; dekhena-sees; acambite-suddenly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne day, while going to the beach by the sea, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nsuddenly saw a flower garden.\nTEXT 29\n\n��t�i{-i!;l';';f �t�i �f-t\"'i $ff�1 I\n'�\";ttr;;�r;;-t �� '!t�1 �� �r;;��i II �� II\nvrndavana-bhrame tahan pasila dhana\npremavese bule tahan krf?Qa anvef?iya\n\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavana-bhrame-taking it for Vrndavana; tahan-there; pasi/a-entered;\ndhalia-running;\n\nprema-avese-in\n\necstatic love of\n\nKr�l)a;\n\nbu/e-wanders;\n\ntahan-there; krf?Qa-Lord Kr�l)a; anvef?iya-searching for.\n\nTRANSLATION\nlord Caitanya mistook that garden for Vrndavana and very quickly entered\nit. Absorbed in ecstatic love of Kr�r;�a, He wandered throughout the garden,\nsearching for Him.\n\n", "ant4#p0298": "Text 31]\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of Lord Caitanya\n\n267\n\nTEXT 30\n\n�t� �t�1 'i�i �· �\"J�l� ��'ii I\n9ft� ��'S1'1 ��l:li �tf�' '��t�'i111 �o II\nrase radha lana kr?Qa antardhana kaila\npache sakhi-gal)a yaiche cahi' bec;faila\nSYNONYMS\nrase-in the rasa dance; radha-Srimati Radharal)i; /ana-taking; kr?Qa-Lord\n\nKr�t:Ja; antardhana kai/a-disappeared; pache-afterward; sakhi-gaQa-all the\ngopis; yaiche-as; cahi'-looking; bec;fai/a-wandered.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAfter Kr��a disappeared with Radhara�i during the rasa dance, the gopis\nwandered in the forest looking for Him. In the same way, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu wandered in that garden by the sea.\nTEXT 31\n\n,�� <et�tl:�l:xf �'- ��-��'i�1 I\n'�<�\" 9f�' 9ff�' �t�' �'i ��1 \\!�111 �� II\nsei bhavavese prabhu prati-taru-lata\n\nsloka pac;fi' pac;fi' cahi' bule yatha tatha\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei-that;\n\nbhava-avese-in ecstasy;\n\nprabhu-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nprati-taru-lata-each tree and creeper; sloka pac;fi' pac;fi'-reciting verses; cahi'­\n\ninquiring; bu/e-wanders; yatha tatha-here and there.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAbsorbed in the ecstatic mood of the gopis, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wandered here and there. He began to inquire after Kr��a by quoting verses to all\nthe trees and creepers.\nPURPORT\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then quoted the following three verses from Srimad­\n\nBhagavatam (1 0.30.9,7,8).\n\n", "ant4#p0299": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n268\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 32\n\nr:!i rfl �tO'f-9f\"!'lt'IOI\"c� r r�lf' ri1�,.,�f<�'H�O'fr:!l�lf',.•i'�9f1: I\nC<!�C'll' 9f�t'<f�nl <l'COT1''1\"�<'11:\n\"[''l� ��?jl'f'�' ���1<ir'l1' 01: II q II\n\ncuta-priyala-panasasana-kovidarajambv-arka-bilva-bakulamra-kadamba-nipah\nye 'nye parartha-bhavaka yamunopaka/ah\nsarhsantu kr?Qa-padavirh rahitatmanarh nah\nSYNONYMS\ncuta-0 cuta tree (a kind of mango tree); priya/a-0 priyala tree; panasa-0\njackfruit tree; asana-0 asana tree; kovidara-0 kovidara tree; jambu-0 jambu\ntree; arka-0 arka tree; bi/va-0 belfruit tree; baku/a-0 baku/a tree; amra-0\nmango tree;\n\nkadamba-0 kadamba tree;\n\nanye-others;\n\npara-artha-bhavakah-very\n\nnipah-0 nipa tree; ye-which;\nbeneficial\n\nto\n\nothers;\n\nyamuna­\n\nupakalah-on the bank of the Yamuna; sarhsantu-please tell; kr?Qa-padavimwhere Kr�r;a has gone; rahita-atmanam-who have lost our minds; nah-us.\nTRANSLATION\n\"[The gopis said:] '0 cuta tree, priyala tree, panasa, asana and kovidara! 0\njambu tree, 0 arka tree, 0 bel, bakula and mango! 0 kadamba tree, 0 nipa\ntree and all other trees living on the bank of the Yamuna for the welfare of\nothers, please let us know where Kr�r:-a has gone. We have lost our minds and\nare almost dead.\nTEXT 33\n\n�i'661i..,<'�f'l <f<'�Jlf<l c�nf�OilD�.,f�c� 1\n\"� �tf<'�lr'-'lf<F!i't�ec��Ft r�r:lit��r\\!i: 11 ,'J:J n\nkaccit tu/asi kalyaQi\ngovinda-caraQa-priye\nsaha tvali-kulair bibhrad\ndr?tas te 'ti-priyo 'cyutah\nSYNONYMS\nkaccit-whether;\n\ntu/asi-0 tulasi plant;\n\nka/yaQi-all-auspicious; govinda­\n\ncaraQa-to Govinda's lotus feet; priye-very dear; saha-with; tva-you; ali-\n\n", "ant4#p0300": "Text 35]\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of lord Caitanya\n\n269\n\nku/aiQ-bumblebees; bibhrat-bearing; dr?taQ-has been seen; te-your; atipriyaQ-very dear; acyutaQ-Lord Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n1\n\n0 all-auspicious tulasi plant, you are very dear to Govinda's lotus feet,\n\nand He is very dear to you. Have you seen Kr�r:Ja walking here wearing a garland of your leaves, surrounded by a swarm of bumblebees?\nTEXT 34\n\n�i<'��Jlff\"f <�: <t'fli6'l!rnc<t> �r� <r_f<<�r.., 1\n.fl'l[\\!5� C<l1 �\"lifO\\. \"l!{\\!5! <fil\"'9\\C'{Ol \"lli<t<l: II -:.a II\nmalaty adarsi vaQ kaccin\nmal/ike jati yuthike\npritirh vo janayan yataQ\nkara-sparsena madhavaQ\nSYNONYMS\nma/ati-0 plant of malati flowers; adarsi-was seen; vaQ-by you; kaccitwhether; ma//ike-0 plant of mallika flowers; jati-0 plant of jati flowers;\nyuthike-0 plant of yuthika flowers; pritim-pleasure; vaQ-your; janayancreating;\n\nyataQ-passed\n\nby;\n\nkara-sparsena-by\n\nthe\n\ntouch\n\nof\n\nHis\n\nhand;\n\nmadhavaQ-Sri Kr�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'\n\n0 plants of malati flowers, mallika flowers, jati and yuthika flowers, have\n\nyou seen Kr�r:Ja passing this way, touching you with His hand to give you\npleasure?' 11\n\nTEXT 35\n\n�1111, '51illf, f'P!�t�, iST� <;<r.tf<l�t� I\n\n�{� ��<f, <li� 'P!�·i;!;'P!<tSt� II �� II\namra, panasa, piyala, jambu, kovidara\ntirtha-vasi sabe, kara para-upakara\nSYNONYMS\namra-0 mango tree; panasa-0 jackfruit tree; piya/a-0 piyala tree; jambu-0 jambu tree; kovidara-0 kovidara tree; tirtha-vasi-inhabitants of a holy\nplace; sabe-all; kara-please do; para-upakara-others' benefit.\n\n", "ant4#p0301": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n270\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued: \"'0 mango tree, 0 jackfruit tree, 0\npiyala, jambu and kovidara trees, you are all inhabitants of a holy place.\nTherefore kindly act for the welfare of others.\nTEXT 36\n\n�� �;rH! �t1 �t��1, 9f1��1 w�-til '?\n�?;�� �tiW-1 <ti�' �-t�� �<til II �� II\nk[$/)a tamara ihan aila, paila darasana?\nk[?Qera uddesa kahi' rakhaha jivana\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; tamara-your; ihan-here; ai/a-came; pai/a darasana­\n\nyou have seen; kr?Qera-of Lord Kr�r:Ja; uddesa-the direction; kahi'-by telling;\nrakhaha j i vana-ki n dly save our lives,\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Have you seen Kr�r:ta coming this way? Kindly tell us which way He has\ngone and save our lives.'\nTEXT 37\n\n�� il1 9ft�1 �� <tit� �\"l_;rtil I\n\n<Jl� �<1'-���·'S'ftf\\!, �?;�� ���� ll�'til 11�911\nuttara na pana puna/:! kare anumana\nei saba-puru?a-jati, kr?Qera sakhara samana\n\nSYNONYMS\nuttara-answer;\n\nna-not;\n\npana-getting ;\n\npuna/:l-again;\n\nkare-do;\n\nanumana-guess; ei saba-all these; puru?a-jati-belonging to the male class;\nkr?Qera-of Kr�r:Ja; sakhara sa mana -as good as friends,\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the trees did not reply, the gopis guessed, 'Since all of these trees\nbelong to the male class, all of them must be friends of Kr�r;ta.\n\n", "ant4#p0302": "Text 40]\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of Lord Caitanya\n\n271\n\nTEXT 38\n\n<J� c;<!ir;� <!i�r;<�\" ?!';�� �t'i-t �111-m T\n(fl-i)�tfi! ��1, �t�HI ���t� II �lr II\ne kene kahibe kr�Qera uddesa amaya?\ne-stri-jati lata, amara sakhi-praya\nSYNONYMS\n\ne-these; kene-why; kahibe-will say; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�r:Ja; uddesadirection; amaya-to us; e-these; stri-jati-belonging to the class of women;\nlata-creepers; Jmara-our; sakhi-praya-like friends.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Why should the trees tell us where Kr�r:ta has gone? Let us rather inquire\nfrom the creepers; they are female and therefore are like friends to us.\nTEXT 39\n\n�il� <lif�t�,-\"?tt�tt� ?�� tif-f'ti{ I\n(f)� ��tfil' �� '{��t�·�t'l II �� II\navasya kahibe, -panache kr�Qera darsane\neta anumani' puche tulasy-adi-gaQe\nSYNONYMS\n\navasya-certainly;\n\nkahibe-they\n\nkr�Qera-of Lord Kr�r:Ja;\n\nwill\n\nsay;\n\ndarsane-audience;\n\npanache-they\neta-this;\n\nhave\n\ngotten;\n\nanumani'-guessing;\n\npuche-inquire from; tu/asi-adi-gaQe-the plants and creepers, headed by the\ntu/asi plant.\nTRANSLATION\n'' 'They will certainly tell us where Kr�r:ta has gone, since they have seen\nHim personally.' Guessing in this way, the gopis inquired from the plants and\ncreepers, headed by tulasi.\nTEXT 40\n\n\"��' ��fi!, �' ���' �fCII;<Ii I\n'�'t1lt� f� ?� �t��1 ''!it�t� �fflt<li T So II\n\n", "ant4#p0303": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n272\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 15\n\n\"tulasi, malati, yuthi, madhavi, mal/ike\ntamara priya kr?Qa aila tamara antike?\nSYNONYMS\ntu/asi-0 tulasi; ma/ati-0 ma/ati; yuthi-0 yuthi; madhavi-0 madhavi;\nma//ike-0 mallika; tamara-your; priya-very dear; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�l)a; ai/acame; tamara antike-near you.\nTRANSLATION\n11 '0 tulasi! 0 malati! 0 yuthi, madhavi and mallika! Kr�r:ta is very dear to\n\nyou. Therefore He must have come near you.\nTEXT 41\n\n'lfil·Jiil-�� �t�t� ,m ,�til 1\n\"tt'EPtt\"f-t <���' ,t<t �t�� 'Pi�t'l II\" 8 � ll\ntumi-saba-hao amara sakhira samana\nkr?Qoddesa kahi' sabe rakhaha paraQa\"\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-saba-all of you; hao-are; amara-our; sakhira-dear friends; samanaequal to; kr?Qa-uddesa-the direction in which Kr�l)a has gone; kahi'-speaking;\nsabe-all of you; rakhaha paraQa-save our lives.\nTRANSLATION\n11 'You are all just like dear friends to us. Kindly tell us which way Kr�r:ta has\n\ngone and save our lives.'\nTEXT 42\n\ntg�� if! �tt$1 'Pj_il: �ttilil ��t� I\n\n'(.fl�-\"t�ift�, �t11 iii �t� �t�tt�' II 8� ll\nuttara na pafia punal) bhavena antare\n'eha-kr?Qa-dasi, bhaye na kahe amare'\nSYNONYMS\nuttara-reply; na-not; pafia-getting; puna/:1-again; bhavena-think; antare-within\n\ntheir\n\nminds;\n\neha-these;\n\nkr?Qa-dasi-maidservants\n\nbhaye-out of fear; na kahe-do not speak; amare-to us.\n\nof\n\nKr�l)a;\n\n", "ant4#p0304": "Text 44]\n\n273\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of Lord Caitanya\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When they still received no reply, the gopis thought, 'These plants are all\nKr�Qa's maidservants, and out of fear they will not speak to us.'\nTEXT 43\n\n�tt� �;n�'1 '��' ��tfJ!�qj �t<1P1 I\nI!Bt l!_'l '�f�' ��il fil\"'� <fi� �1 II 8� II\nage mrgi-gaQa dekhi' kr�Qanga-gandha pana\ntara mukha dekhi' puchena nirQaya kariya\nSYNONYMS\n\nage-in front; mrgi-gal)a-the deer; dekh i '-seeing; kr�Qa-anga-gandha-the\naroma of Kr�f.1a's body; paiia-getting; tara mukha-their faces; dekhi -seeing;\n'\n\npuchena-inquire; nirQaya kariya-ma king certain.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The gopis then came upon a group of she-deer. Smelling the aroma of\nKr�Qa's body and seeing the faces of the deer, the gopis inquired from them to\nascertain if Kr�Qa was nearby.\nTEXT 44\n\n\"!{r;9fJ'1-�T....9f5t�: f��rnr� '>tlr<J!�� r·rt� 'IN �f;rr'f�1l�Tl:�1 �= I\n\n<ftm'f1f�l>1.'f��-�r��t\"llt:\n���!H 1_'19fr:�f�� �lf� 5(�: II 8 8 II\napy eQa-patny upagata/:1 priyayeha gatrais\ntanvan drsaril sakhi sunirvrtim acyuto va/:1\nkantanga-sanga-kuca-kunkuma-ranjitaya/:1\nkunda-sraja/:1 kula-pater iha vati gandha/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\napi-whether; el)a-patni-0 she-deer; upagata/:1-has come; priyaya-along\nwith His dearmost companion; iha-here; gatrai/:1-by the bodily limbs; tanvanincreasing; drsam-of the eyes; sakhi-0 my dear friend; su-nirvrtim\n\n-\n\nhappi\n\n­\n\nness; acyu ta/:1-Kr�f.l a; va/:1-of all of you; kanta-anga-with the body of the\nbeloved ; sanga\n\n-\n\nby association; kuca-kunkuma-with kunkuma powder from\n\n", "ant4#p0305": "274\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nthe breasts; rafijitaya/:1-colored; kunda-sraja/:1-of the garland of kunda flowers;\nku/a-pate/:1-of Kr�l)a; iha-here; vati-flows; gandha/:1-the fragrance.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'0 wife of the deer, lord Kr�J;Ja has been embracing His beloved, and thus\n\nthe kulikuma powder on Her raised breasts has covered His garland of kunda\nflowers. The fragrance of this garland is flowing here. 0 my dear friend, have\nyou seen Kr�J;Ja passing this way with His dearmost companion, increasing the\npleasure of the eyes of all of you?'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.30.11 ).\nTEXT 45\n\n\"<15�, �f'$f, �tlf1·lf� ��· �(�1 I\n'l!\"l'lfl� �-t r��l! 'filt��1 ? ��f�<l5 'fil��111 8� n\n\"kaha, mrgi, radha-saha sri-km)a sarvatha\n\ntomaya sukha dite aila? nahika anyatha\n\nSYNONYMS\nkaha-please say; mrgi-0 she-deer; radha-saha-with SrTmatT Radhar ai) T; sri­\n\nkr�Qa-Lord SrT Kr�l)a; sarvatha-in all respects; tomaya-to you; sukha dite-to\n\ngive pleasure; ai/a-did come; nahika anyatha-it is certain.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'0 dear doe, Sri Kr�J;Ja is always very pleased to give you pleasure. Kindly\n\ninform us whether He passed this way in the company of Srimati RadharaJ;Ji.\nWe think They must certainly have come this way.\nTEXT 46\n\n1ft�1·f��� �t1f1fl, �� ���tr I\nt.� '�'I! iSftfil i!'t1t c� �-� n s� n\nradha-priya-sakhi amara, nahi bahiratiga\n\ndura haite jani tara yaiche atiga-gandha\n\n", "ant4#p0306": "Text 48]\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of lord Caitanya\n\n275\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nradha-of SrTmati Radharat:JT; priya-sakhl-very dear friends; amara-we; nahi\nbahirariga-are not outsiders; dura haite-from a distance; jani-we know;\n\ntara-of Lord Kr�t:Ja; yaiche-as; ariga-gandha-bodily fragrance.\nTRANSlATION\n11\n\n'We are not outsiders. Being very dear friends of Srimati Radharar:Ji, we\n\ncan perceive the bodily fragrance of K��r:Ja from a distance.\nTEXT 47\n\n�..-�-�er·lfttr ��n��-'t_�C! 1\n\n�·\"f\"!1f�·'itt'l!i �t�-�t�t! II S'l II\nradha-ariga-sarige kuca-kurikuma-bha�ita\n\nkm)a-kunda-mala-gandhe vayu-s uvasita\nSYNONYMS\n\nradha-ariga-the body of SrTmatT Radharat:JT; sarige-by embracing; kucakurikuma-with the kurikuma from the breasts; bha�ita-decorated; kr�Qa-of\nLord Kr�t:Ja; kunda-ma/a-of the g arland of kunda flowers; gandhe-by the\nfragrance; vayu-the air; su-vasita-aromatic.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11 '\n\nK��r:Ja has been embracing Srimati Radharar:Ji, and the kunkuma powder\n\non Her breasts has mixed with the garland of kunda flowers decorating His\nbody. The fragrance of the garland has scented the entire atmosphere.\nTEXT 48\n\n�� �t1 �tf�' ''it\"f!, �1:�1-���� I\n\nf<li� ��11' f� ��-if! �ti1 <lit�itf 11\" Sir II\nkr�Qa ihari cha�/i' g ela, ihori-virahiQi\n\nkiba uttara dibe ei-na sune kahini\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�Qa-Lord\n\nKr�t:Ja;\n\nihari-here;\n\nchac;Ji' g e/a-has\n\nleft;\n\nihori-the\n\ndeer;\n\nvirahiQi-feeling separation; kiba-what; uttara-reply; dibe-wili they give;\nei-these; na sune-do not hear; kahini-our words.\n\n", "ant4#p0307": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n276\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Lord Kr�r:Ja has left this place, and therefore the deer are feeling separation. They do not hear our words; therefore how can they reply?'\nTEXT 49\n\n�t�'lt �llfi'lt'l '\"�� ���'et1f I\nllft�i �<I 11�� 'Pjfil�-�11� II 8� II\nage vrk�a-gaQa dekhe pu�pa-pha/a-bhare\nsakha saba pac;liyache prthivi-upare\nSYNONYMS\n\nage-in front; vrk�a-gaQa-the trees; dekhe-see; pu�pa-phala-bhare-because of the heavy burden of flowers and fruits; sakha saba-all the branches;\npac;liyache-have bent down; prthivi-upare-to the ground.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The gopis then came upon many trees so laden with fruits and flowers that\ntheir branches bent down to the ground.\n\nTEXT 50\n\n� (;'ff�' �l � ��il illNt� I\n\n�'lt1fil � �� <tifi!vl fil(� II <to II\nkr�f!e dekhi' ei saba karena namaskara\nkr�Qa-gamana puche tare kariya nirdhara\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�f!e dekhi'-seeing Kr�l)a; ei-these; saba-all; karena namaskara-offer\nrespectful obeisances; kr�Qa-gamana-the passing of Kr�l)a; puche-inquire;\ntare-from them; kariya nirdhara-making certain.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The gopis thought that because all the trees must have seen Kr�r:Ja pass by\nthey were offering respectful obeisances to Him. To be certain, the gopis inquired from the trees.\n\n", "ant4#p0308": "Text 52]\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of Lord Caitanya\n\n277\n\nTEXT 51\n\n��� fff�t�'l �9f'fnl 'Jil '!9f\"Ciifl\n\n�t1l���a;rf'l�tf�rF�'4ilfft�: 1\n\n'!!ofl�1l't<l �� <1�1l�: <ff'f11l�\nff��tf�O!Oiff� H1_ ·ff'!\"Vl<1t�t�: I t � I\nbahuril priyarilsa upadhaya grhita-padmo\n\nramanujas tulasikali-kulair madandhaii)\n\nanviyamana iha vas taravai) praQamariJ\n\nkirilvabhinandati caran praQayavalokaii)\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nbahum-arm; priya-arilse-on the shoulder of His beloved; upadhaya-placing;\n\ngrhita-having\n\ntaken;\n\npadmai)-a\n\nlotus\n\nflower;\n\nrama-anujai)-Lord\n\nBalarama's younger brother (Kr�r:Ja); tulasika-becau se of the garland of tulasi\n\nflowers; ali-kulaii)-by bumblebees; mada-andhaii)-blinded by the fragrance;\n\nanviyamanai)-being followed; iha-here; vai)-of you; taravai)-0 trees; pra­\n\nQiimam-the obeisances; kirilva-whether; abhinandati-welcomes; caranwhile passing; praQaya-avalokaii)-with glances of love.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'0 trees, kindly tell us whether Balarama's younger brother, Kr��a,\n\nwelcomed your obeisances with loving glances as He passed this way, resting\none hand on the shoulder of Srimati Radhara�i, holding a lotus flower in the\nother, and being followed by a swarm of bumblebees maddened by the\nfragrance of tulasi leaves.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.30.12).\n\nTEXT 52\n\nf��1-�'f lf'lf ?f�, 1!1� fil�1fro! I\n\n-11'1't'PI'Il tittlf't'ltl! '•\" �-r� 11 <t� 11\npriya-mukhe bhrnga pac;Je, taha nivarite\n/ila-padma calaite haila anya-citte\n\n", "ant4#p0309": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n278\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nSYNONYMS\npriya-mukhe-on His beloved's face; bhrnga-the bumblebees; page-fall;\ntaha-that; nivarite-to prevent; /i/a-the pastimes; padma-the lotus flower;\nca/aite-causing to move; haifa-was; anya-citte-diverted in the mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'To stop the bumblebees from landing on the face of His beloved, He\nwhisked them away with the lotus flower in His hand, and thus His mind was\nslightly diverted.\nTEXT 53\n\n� 12trttt11 f.,s cfltt� �'fti{ ?\n�� ift� <11t1fil, <15� <!l��trt II <t� II\ntamara praQame ki kairachena avadhana?\nkiba nahi karena, kaha vacana-pramaQa\nSYNONYMS\ntomara-your; praQame-to the obeisances; ki-whether; kairachena-has\ngiven; avadhana-attention; kiba-or; nahi karena-did not do so; kaha-kindly\nspeak; vacana-words; pramaQa-evidence.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Did He or did He not pay attention while You offered Him obeisances?\nKindly give evidence supporting your words.\n\nTEXT 54\n\n��� �t�tt� �� (;'t<!l<1i �:f't'! I\nf<11� ��fit<!!? ��t1f ift�<11 ll�e. n\" <tS 11\nkr�Qera viyoge ei sevaka dul)khita\nkiba uttara dibe? ihara nahika samvit\"\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qera\n\nviyoge-by separation\n\ndul)khita-very unhappy;\n\nfrom Kr��a;\n\nkiba-what;\n\nei-these;\n\nuttara-reply;\n\nsevaka-servants;\n\ndibe-will they give;\n\nihara-of these; nahika-there is not; samvit-consciousness.\n\n", "ant4#p0310": "Text 56]\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of Lord Caitanya\n\n279\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Separation from Kr�Qa has made these servants very unhappy. Having\nlost consciousness, how can they answer us?'\nTEXT 55\n\n�\\! �fi'l' �tr;;'Sf �� �ll_emf 'f:t� I\n\nOft�,-l!ttl ��!'HI �tift:�1f l!t\"' ll <t<t ll\neta bali' age cafe yamunara kale\ndekhe,-tahan kr�Qa haya kadambera tale\nSYNONYMS\n\neta ba/i'-saying this; age cafe-go forward; yamunara kale-onto the beach\nby the Yamuna; dekhe-they see; tahati-there; kr�Qa-Lord Kr��a; haya-is\npresent; kadambera tale-underneath a kadamba tree.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Saying this, the gopis stepped onto the beach by the Yamuna River. There\nthey saw Lord Kr��a beneath a kadamba tree.\nTEXT 56\n\n<:�SJ�iJtlit��i{ ���tifi{ I\n�'Pi� ,:Jt)\"\"� m iS'f'St�·J�i{ \" <t� \"\nkoti-manmatha-mohana murali-vadana\napara saundarye hare jagan-netra-mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nkoti-ten million; manmatha-Cupids; mohana-enchanting; murali-vadanawith His flute to His lips; apara-unlimited; saundarye-by the beauty; hareenchants; jagat-of the whole world; netra-mana-the eyes and mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Standing there with His flute to His lips, Kr��a, who enchants millions\nupon millions of Cupids, attracted the eyes and minds of all the world with\nHis unlimited beauty.\"\n\n", "ant4#p0311": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n280\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 57\n\n,�� '(f��i ,_!';1{ �� \"i_�1 ��i I\n���1t� ���flt fit�rti �tf� �i II <l'l II\nsaundarya dekhiya bhume page murccha pana\nhena-kale svarupadi milila asiya\nSYNONYMS\n\nsau ndarya-beauty; dekhiya-seeing; bhume-on the ground; page-fell;\nmurccha pana-becoming unconscious; hena-kale-at that time; svarupa-adithe devotees, headed by SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami;mi/i/a asiya-came there\nand met.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw the transcendental beauty of Kr�r;�a, He\nfell down on the ground unconscious. At that time, all the devotees, headed\nby Svarupa Damodara Gosvami, joined Him in the garden.\nTEXT 58\n\n��e. �(m? � 1���t<pr� � 1\n�t1f �til\"!·�t:'5f15f, �t�r;� ��� 111117' II\npurvavat sarvange sattvika-bhava-sakala\nantare ananda-asvada, bahire vihvala\nSYNONYMS\n\npurva-vat-as before; sarva-ange-all over the body; sattvika-transcendental; bhava-sakala-all the symptoms of ecstatic love; antare-within; ananda­\n\nasvada-the\n\ntaste\n\nof\n\ntranscendental\n\nbliss;\n\nbahire-e xterna lly;\n\nvihva/a­\n\nbewildered.\nTRANSLATION\nJust as before, they saw all the symptoms of transcendental ecstatic love\nmanifested in the body of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Although externally He\nappeared bewildered, He was tasting transcendental bliss within.\nTEXT 59\n\n�(�e. �t� tiff�' ����i �i!il I\n��m ,�rwt� �, �tJi{ 5f-filll �� 11\n\n", "ant4#p0312": "Text 61]\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of lord Caitanya\n\n281\n\npurvavat sabe mili' karaila cetana\nuthiya caudike prabhu karena darsana\nSYNONYMS\n\npurva-vat-as before; sabe-all;\n\nmi/i'-coming together; karaila cetana­\n\nbrought to consciousness; uthiya-standing up; cau-dike-all around; prabhuSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karena darsana-was looking.\nTRANSLATION\nOnce again all the devotees brought Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu back to consciousness by a concerted effort. Then the lord got up and began wandering\nhere and there, looking all around.\nTEXT 60\n\n\"<tS'tt1 ''$fi'fl ?-. ? l!l�� �tlil. ��-t� I\n�� ,�)\"!� �t� �fit\"t '�\\!!·\";{� I � II\no\n\n\"kahan gela kr?f!a? ekhani painu darasana!\ntanhara saundarya mora harila netra-mana'\nSYNONYMS\n\nkahan-where;\ndarasana-1 saw;\n\ngela\n\nkr?f!a -has\n\ntanhara-His;\n\nKr�r)a\n\ngone;\n\nekhani-just\n\nsaundarya-beauty;\n\nmora-My;\n\nnow;\n\npainu\n\nharila-has\n\ntaken away; netra-mana-eyes and mind.\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Where has My Kr�r:ta gone? I saw Him just\nnow, and His beauty has captured My eyes and mind.\nTEXT 61\n\n�: <;�t� �1 '��t11 '!.��-�� I\n�tt �(�-\"'� �� ��� 11\" �� 11\npuna/:! kene na dekhiye murali-vadana!\ntanhara darsana-lobhe bhramaya nayana\"\nSYNONYMS\n\npuna/:1-again; kene-why; na dekhiye-1 do not see; murali-vadana-with\nHis flute to His lips; tanhara-of Him; darsana-lobhe-in hopes of seeing;\nbhramaya-are wandering; nayana-My eyes.\n\n", "ant4#p0313": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n282\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Why can't I again see Km1a holding His flute to His lips? My eyes are wandering in hopes of seeing Him once more.\"\nTEXT 62\n\nf��tt� �t'fl �t� �� <rif�it1 I\n�- Cit� Jf�t� 9ff�tl! Qft�'l1 II �� II\nvi5akhare radha yaiche 5/oka kahi/a\nsei 5/oka mahaprabhu pac;lite lagila\nSYNONYMS\n\nvi5akhare-to Visakha; radha-SrTmatr Radhara�T; yaiche-as; 5/oka kahi/arecited a verse; sei that; 5/oka-verse; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\npac;lite /agi/a-began to recite.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then recited the following verse, which was\nspoken by Srimati Radharar:-i to Her dear friend Visakha.\nTEXT 63\n\nOl'lt'{lf-\"l'l't�Tf��·r��wr:<�t;mt��=\n�f5<11ll_�\"l\"1���\"illf\"1l\"'i\"Datt0l'l: I\nll1I.\"�lf\"l�f\"!f�: ��5f�t1l � t�·2!�:\n.\n\n\"' C'I\\ \"lllfOlC'Ii�OJ: J'!i� \\!!COlT� C01<11.,.�1'l\\ U�-'11\nnavambuda-lasad-dyutir nava-tac;lin-manojnambara/:1\nsucitra-mura/i-sphurac-charad-amanda-candranana/:1\nmayura-da/a-bha?ita/:1 subhaga-tara-hara-prabha/:1\nsa me madana-mohana/:1 sakhi tanoti netra-sprham\nSYNONYMS\n\nnava-ambuda-a newly formed cloud; /asat-brilliant; dyuti/:1-whose luster;\nnava-new; tac;lit-lightning; manoj!'ia-attractive; ambara/:1-whose dress; su­\n\ncitra-very charming; mura/i-with a flute; sphurat-appearing beautiful; 5aratautumn;\n\namanda-bright;\n\n-\n\npeacock;\n\ncandra-like\n\nthe\n\nda/a-with a feather;\n\nmoon;\n\nanana/:1-whose\n\nface;\n\nbhu? ita/:1-decorated; su-bhagalovely; tara-of pearls; hara-of a necklace; prabha/:1-with the effulgence; sa/:1-\n\nmayura\n\n", "ant4#p0314": "Text 64]\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of lord Caitanya\n\n283\n\nHe; me-My; madana-mohana/:1-Lord Kr�r:Ja, the enchanter of Cupid; sakhi-0\nMy dear friend; tanoti -increases; netra-sprham-the desire of the eyes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friend, the luster of Kr�r;�a's body is more brilliant than a newly\nformed cloud, and His yellow dress is more attractive than newly arrived\nlightning. A peacock feather decorates His head, and on His neck hangs a\nlovely necklace of brilliant pearls. As He holds His charming flute to His lips,\nHis face looks as beautiful as the full autumn moon. By such beauty, Madanamohana, the enchanter of Cupid, is increasing the desire of my eyes to see\nHim.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is also found in the Covinda-lilamrta (8.4).\nTEXT 64\n\n�.,��m$�(,\n5f�t•�-fu•t�,\n��.,�-�fit! �7;<!i� I\nfsr�' �9fmil-'$f'l,\nm �.,.� <;�i!i-�,\n?�<litf� �1f �<f� II �8 II\nnava-ghana-snigdha-varQa,\n\nda/itafijana-cikkaQa,\n\nindivara-nindi sukomala\njini' upamana-gaQa,\n\nhare sabara netra-manj,\n\nkr$t:Ja-kanti parama prabala\nSYNONYMS\nnava-ghana-a newly formed cloud; snigdha-attractive; varQa-bodily complexion; da/ita-powdered; afijana-ointment; cikkaQa-polished; indivara-a\nblue\n\nlotus\n\nflower;\n\nnindi-defeating;\n\nsu-komala-soft;\n\njini'-surpassing;\n\nupamana-gaQa-all comparison; hare-attracts; sabara-of all; netra-mana-the\neyes and mind;\n\nkr$Qa-kanti-the complexion of\n\nKr�r:Ja;\n\nparama\n\npraba/a­\n\nsupremely powerful.\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu continued: \"Sri Kr�r;�a's complexion is as polished as\npowdered eye ointment. It surpasses the beauty of a newly formed cloud and\nis softer than a blue lotus flower. Indeed, His complexion is so pleasing that it\nattracts the eyes and mind of everyone, and it is so powerful that it defies all\ncomparison.\n\n", "ant4#p0315": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n284\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 65\n\n��, �r.r, f<fl <I'SfJ i.iJ9frn 1\n\"�6,.\\! �;;rt�<!i,\n�t11' G:i{(Jl·Gt'!<!i,\niii c;��' f�t�� �fit' �t� II �<t II c!P II\nkaha, sakhi, ki kari upaya?\nmora netra-cataka,\n\nkr?Qiidbhuta ba/ahaka,\n\nna dekhi' piyase mari' yaya\nSYNONYMS\nkaha-p l ease tell; sakhi-My dear friend; ki kari upaya-what shall I do;\nkr?Qa-Kr�r:Ja; adbhuta-wonderful; balahaka-clou d; mora-My; netra-eyes;\ncataka-like cataka birds; na dekhi -withou t seeing; piyase-from thirst; mari'\n'\n\nyaya-are dying.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friend, please tell me what I should do. Kr�1;1a is as attractive as a\nwonderful cloud, and My eyes are just like cataka birds, which are dying of\nthirst because they do not see such a cloud.\n\nTEXT 66\n\nf\"e i{�� f-111'�,\n\n,��tf�� .;n'!t'Q,\n\n�t�t11' �<!i�t� ret;;r 1\n\\1J9ft11' fw�ttfi c;��'\n�i!!'fll.·fitf-t9ft�1,\n�t11' lfiJ ��-�'it·�� II �� II\nsaudamini pitambara,\n\nsthira nahe nirantara,\n\nmukta-hara baka-panti bhala\nindra-dhanu sikhi-pakha,\n\nupare diyache dekha,\n\nara dhanu vaijayanti-ma/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaudamini\n\n-\n\nnot; nirantara\n\nlightning; pita-ambara-the yellow dress; sthira-still; nahe-is\n\n-\n\na l ways; mukta-hara-the necklace of pearls; baka-par'lti bha/a­\n\nlike a line of ducks; indra-dhanu-the bow of lndra (a rainbow); sikhi-pakha-the\npeacock feather; upare-on the head; diyache dekha\n\n-\n\nanother rainbow; vaijayanti-mala-the vaijayanti garland.\n\nis seen; ara dhanu­\n\n", "ant4#p0316": "Text 68]\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of Lord Caitanya\n\n285\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�Qa's yellow dress looks exactly like restless lightning in the sky, and the\npearl necklace on His neck appears like a line of ducks flying below a cloud.\nBoth the peacock feather on His head and His vaijayanti garland [containing\nflowers of five colors] resemble rainbows.\nTEXT 67\n\n'If� 'it� �til',\n\n�tft1t <filJf�fi{,\n\n�ltlt�te{ e{ttt; ll'!_1t� I\n�t�'IJ-c;•sme..,1 �(1(1li'f,\n\n��\"'., �(��,\n\nfijijjijti!!f1f l!t�ttl! ��� II �'\\ II\nmuralira kala-dhvani,\n\nmadhura garjana suni',\n\nvrndavane nace mayura-caya\nakalanka purf)a-ka/a,\n\n/avaf)ya-jyotsna jhalamala,\n\ncitra-candrera tahate udaya\nSYNONYMS\nmuralira -of the flute; ka/a-dhvani-the low vibration; madhura -sweet; garjana-thundering;\n\nsuni'-hearing;\n\nvrndavane-in\n\nVrndavana;\n\nnace-dance;\n\nmayura-caya-the peacocks; aka/anka-spotless; pur f) a ka la-the full moon;\n-\n\nlavaf)ya-beauty; jyotsna-light;\n\njhalamala-glittering; citra-candrera-of the\n\nbeautiful moon; tahate-in that; udaya-the rising.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The luster of Kr�Qa's body is as beautiful as a spotless full moon that has\njust risen, and the vibration of His flute sounds exactly like the sweet thundering of a newly formed cloud. When the peacocks in Vrndavana hear that\nvibration, they all begin to dance.\nTEXT 68\n\ntflt��t�'!-���t'l,\n\nf�t· ,ij).., 't.�te{,\n\n'�e{ '��� �t� <;��1 ffl\"' I\n\n��-�-���.\n\n''1ft� felt�� �IJ.I'Itte{,\n\n'lft1f ij��' f'Pftl! ifl 'Pft�\"' II �17' II\nli/amrta-vari�af)e,\n\nsince caudda bhuvane,\n\nhena megha yabe dekha di/a\n\n", "ant4#p0317": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n286\n\ndurdaiva-jhaiijha-pavane,\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nmeghe nila anya-slhane,\n\nmare cataka, pile na pai/a\nSYNONYMS\n\nlila-of the pastimes of Kr�r:Ja;\n\namrla-of nectar; vari�at:le-the shower;\n\nsifice-drenches; caudda bhuvane-the fourteen worlds; hena megha-such a\ncloud; yabe-when; dekha di/a-was visible; durdaiva -misfortune; jhafijhapavane-a high wind;\n\nmeghe-the cloud;\n\nni/a-brought;\n\nanya-slhane-to\n\nanother place; mare-dies; cataka-the cataka bird; pile na pai/a-could not\ndrink.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The cloud of Kr�r:�a's pastimes is drenching the fourteen worlds with a\nshower of nectar. Unfortunately, when that cloud appeared, a whirlwind arose\nand blew it away from Me. Being unable to see the cloud, the cataka bird of\nMy eyes is almost dead from thirst.\"\nTEXT 69\n\n�: <tSc;�,-'�rn ��'\n� 9f� �t';lm',\n<til;;� � '$f�lf �t�Jtl;;i1 I\n��' �'t_� ���t<fi,\n�t11ti1� 9fc;� C�<fi,\n'C119fc;i1 �'t_ �\"l;;�i1 <1Jt�Jtti1 II �� II\npuna}) kahe,- 'haya haya,\n\npar;!a par;la rama-raya',\n\nkahe prabhu gadgada akhyane\nramananda par;le 5/oka,\n\n5uni' prabhura har�a-5oka,\n\napane prabhu karena vyakhyane\nSYNONYMS\n\npunai)-again; kahe-says; haya haya-alas, alas; par;la par;la-go on reading;\nrama-raya-Ramananda Raya; kahe-says; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ngadgada akhyane-in a faltering voice; ramananda-Ramananda Raya; par;/ereads; 5/oka-a verse; 5uni'-hearing; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nhar�a-5oka-jubilation\n\nand\n\nlamentation;\n\napane-personally;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; karena vyakhyane-explains.\nTRANSLATION\nIn a faltering voice, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu again said, \"Alas, go on reading, Rama Raya.\" Thus Ramananda Raya began to read a verse. While listening\n\n", "ant4#p0318": "Text 71]\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of Lord Caitanya\n\n287\n\nto this verse, the Lord was sometimes very jubilant and sometimes overcome\nby lamentation. A fterwards the Lord personally explained the verse.\nTEXT 70\n\n<�l'lfJtc:r<fS\"n\\!i,�� \\!i<t ��.,r�\n'i!��<'fN��If� �fJI\\!ii<IC<'!T<f\"\\_ I\nif;at�'l� ��if��5J� f<tC<11<fT\n\n<t'lf: J�C�'H�'f� �<IT'll ifj�: II 'lo II\nvik?yalakavrta-mukharh tava kuQc;/ala-sri­\n\ngaQc;/a-sthaladhara-sudharh hasitava/okam\n\ndattabhayarh ca bhuja-daf)c;/a-yugarh vilokya\n\nvak?a/:1 sriyaika-ramaf)arh ca bhavama dasya/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nvik?ya-seeing; a/aka-avrta-decorated with curling tresses of hair; mukham­\n\nface; tava-Your; kuf)c;/ala-sri-the beauty of earrings; gaf)c;/a-stha/a-falling in\n\nYour cheeks; adhara-sudham-and the nectar of Your lips; hasita-avalokam-Your\n\nsmiling glance; datta-abhayam-which assure fearlessness; ca-and; bhuja-daf)c;fa-yugam-the two arms; vilokya-by seeing; vak?a/:1-chest; sriya-by the\n\nbeauty;\n\neka-ramal)am-chiefly\n\nproducing\n\nconjugal\n\nbhavama-we have become; dasya/:1-Your maidservants.\n\nattraction;\n\nca-and;\n\nTR ANSLATION\n\"'Dear Kr�Qa, by seeing Your beautiful face decorated with tresses of hair,\nby seeing the beauty of Your earrings falling on Your cheeks, and by seeing the\nnectar of Your lips, the beauty of Your smiling glances, Your two arms, which\nassure complete fearlessness, and Your broad chest, whose beauty arouses\nconjugal attraction, we have simply surrendered ourselves to becoming Your\nmaidservants.'\nPURPO RT\n\nThis verse quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.29.39) was spoken by the gopis\n\nwhen they arrived before Kr�r:ta for the rasa dance.\nTEXT 71\n\n�· fWfil' �·-�t\"f,\n\n�tft!\"J�� 11_-t �,\n\n�!'ttl! 'e1'ff·'l{{f�1! �tf I\n\n", "ant4#p0319": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n288\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\n•�tit ��' �tf:Jt',\n\n�tt\"f 'Pf�' � 'f'tlll,\n�t�' �sr-\"Pt�-��·•t� 119� 11\n\nkr�!Ja jini' padma-canda,\n\npatiyache mukha phanda,\n\ntate adhara-madhu-smita cara\nvraja-nari asi' asi',\n\nphande par;/i' haya dasi,\n\nchar;li' laja-pati-ghara-dvara\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-Lord Kr�l}a; jini'-surpassing; padma-canda-the lotus flower and the\n\nmoon; patiyache-has spread; mukha-the face; phanda-noose; tate-in that;\nadhara\n\n-\n\nlips ; madhu-smita-sweet smiling; cara-bai t; vraja-nari-the damsels\n\nof Vraja; asi' asi'_..:._approaching; phande-in the network; par;/i'\ndasi\n\n-\n\nbecome maidservants; char;/i'-giving up; /aja\n\nghara- home; dvara-fami ly\n\n-\n\n-\n\nfalling; haya\n\nprestige; pati-husbands;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"After conquering the moon and the lotus flower, Kr�Qa wished to capture\nthe doelike gopis. Thus He spread the noose of His beautiful face, and within\nthat noose He placed the bait of His sweet smile to misguide the gopis. The\ngopis fell prey to that trap and became Kr�Qa's maidservants, giving up their\nhomes, families, husbands and prestige.\n\nTEXT 72\n\n<��tllfi<'� �� <fit1f <'1Jtt'{1f �tm 1\n\n� �i! '{�t'l�,\nltt11' i!l�-�;rr-�'Si,\n� i!ti!i 199ft� l!tltt� II 9� lll!li II\nbandhava kr�!Ja kare vyadhera acara\nnahi mane dharmadharma,\n\nhare nari-mrgi-marma,\n\nkare nana upaya tahara\n\nSYNONYMS\nbandhava-0 friend; kr�Qa\n\n-\n\nLord Kr�l}a; kare-does; vyadhera acara-the\n\nbehavior of a hunter; nahi-not; mane-cares for; dharma-adharma-piety and\nimpiety; hare-attracts; nari-of a woman; mrgi-doe; marma-the core of the\nheart; kare-does; nana-varieties of; upaya-means; tahara-for that purpose.\n\n", "ant4#p0320": "Text 74]\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of lord Caitanya\n\n289\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friend, Kr�r:Ja acts just like a hunter. This hunter does not care for\npiety or impiety; He simply creates many devices to conquer the cores of the\nhearts of the doelike gopis.\nTEXT 73\n\nilt?;t; 11'��-�a;-,\n\n'Sf'G\"!!:al'f <!li?f1fa;',\n\n�� �?;'51 �t� iltm� 1\n�1-�·n� tijW!';� �tr;il,\n\n�f'll� ��t'Jii·•Hr;'l,\n\nilt�·<I!';Sf ilt� f�� �� II 'l� II\ngaQc;ia-sthala jhalamala,\n\nnace makara-kuQc;ia/a,\n\nsei nrtye hare nari-caya\nsasmita katak�a-baQe,\n\nta-sabara hrdaye hane,\n\nnari-vadhe nahi kichu bhaya\nSYNONYMS\n\ngaQc;ia-sthala-on the cheeks; jha/ama/a\n\n-\n\nglittering; nace-dance; makara­\n\nkuQc;ia/a-earrings shaped like sharks; sei-that; nrtye-dancing; hare-attracts;\nn ari- caya-all the women;\n\nsa-smita-with smiles; katak�a-of glances; baQe-by\n\nthe arrows; ta-sabara-of all of them; hrdaye-the hearts; hane-pierces; narivadhe-for killing women; nahi-there is not; kichu-any; bhaya-fear.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The earrings dancing on Kr�r:Ja's cheeks are shaped like sharks, and they\nshine very brightly. These dancing earrings attract the minds of all women.\nOver and above this, Kr�r:Ja pierces the hearts of women with the arrows of His\nsweetly smiling glances. He is not at all afraid to kill women in this way.\nTEXT 74\n\n?J�-��e.�-���t�,\n�� �(jij ����'\n�r;�� (;� <st�tf��1 � 'lli I\n�i-��t� 1ftilt�'lti,\n�t�� 'l''lli �..,\n�Bt\\ft� �ftt�tr;� �'fi II '18 II\nati ucca suvistara,\n\n/ak�mi-Srivatsa-alankara,\n\nkr�Qera ye c;Jakatiya vak�a\n\n", "ant4#p0321": "290\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nvraja-devi lak$a lak$a,\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nta-sabara mano-vak$a,\n\nhari-dasi karibare dak$a\nSYNONYMS\n\nati-yery; ucca-high; su-vistara-broad; Jak$mi-a mark of golden lines on\n\nthe left side of the chest of Srr Kr�t:Ja, indicating the residence of the goddess of\nfortune; srivatsa-a mark of silver hairs on the right side of the Lord's chest;\na/ankara-ornaments; k[$f)era-of Lord Kr�t:Ja; ye-that; gakatiya-like a plun­\n\nderer; vak$a-chest; vraja-devi-the damsels of Vraja; /ak$a lak$a-thousands\nupon thousands; ta-sabara-of all of them; manai)-vak$a-the minds and breasts;\n\nhari-dasi-maidservants of the Supreme Lord; karibare-to make; dak$a-expert.\nTRANSLATION\n\"On Kr��a's chest are the ornaments of Srivatsa and the mark indicating the\nresidence of the goddess of fortune. His chest, which is as broad as a plunderer's, attracts thousands upon thousands of damsels of Vraja, conquering\ntheir minds and breasts by force. Thus they all become maidservants of the\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nTEXT 75\n\n�t�� ��'*\"'\n�� •n;�,-��ll�<��t� 1\n\n�f'fl! W\\�r��,\n\ni100� lfj�t� ��r;-t,\n�l '-t�·fiitil! '�r;-t,\n�� e1m 'll ���'it� II 90' II\nsu/a/ita dirghargala,\n\nk[$f)era bhuja-yugala,\n\nbhuja nahe, -k[$f)a-sarpa-kaya\ndui sai/a-chidre paise,\n\nnarira hrdaye darhse,\n\nmare nari se vi$a-jvalaya\nSYNONYMS\nsu-lalita -very beautiful; dirgha-argala-long bolts; k[$f)era-of Kr�t:�a; bhujayugala-two arms; bhuja-arms; nahe-not; k[$f)a-black; sarpa-of snakes;\nkaya-bodies; dui-two; saila-chidre-in the space between the hills; paiseenter; narira-of women; hrdaye-the hearts; dariJse-bite; mare-die; nariwomen; se-that; vi$a-jvalaya-from the burning of the poison.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The two very beautiful arms of Kr��a are just like long bolts. They also\nresemble the bodies of black snakes that enter the space between the two hill-\n\n", "ant4#p0322": "Text 77]\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of Lord Caitanya\n\n291\n\nlike breasts of women and bite their hearts. The women then die from the\nburning poison.\nPURPORT\n\nIn other words, the gopis become very agitated by lusty desires; they are burning due to the poisonous bite inflicted by the black snakes of Kr?l)a's beautiful\narms.\nTEXT 76\n\n��-��·'PtWi!�,\n\n��t$��-��'!�,\n\nf�fil' <f.��-��'lt�a-t·��il I\n\"il�!Sita-t1· P1� iltt-t,\n\n<Jl�<rt� �� \"\"9ft-t\n\n�t� \"\"9fr.-f 'l_� ilt�-�il II 'I� II\nkr?f.la-kara-pada-tala,\n\nkoti-candra-susita/a,\n\njini' karpura-vef)a-mula-candana\neka-bara yara sparse,\n\nsmara-jva/a-Vi?a nase,\n\nyara sparse lubdha nari-mana\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr?f.la-of Lord Kr?f)a; kara-pada-tala-the palms and the soles of the feet; koticandra-millions upon millions of moons; su-sitala-cool and pleasing; jini'surpassing; ka rpura\n\n-\n\ncamphor; vef)a-mu/a-roots of khasakhasa; candana-san\n\ndalwood pulp; eka-bara\n\n-\n\n­\n\nonce; yara-of which; sparse-by the touch; smara­\n\njva/a-the burning effect of remembering; Vi?a-the poison; nase-becomes\nvanquished;\n\nyara-of which; sparse-by the touch;\n\n/ubdha-enticed; nari­\n\nmana-the minds of women.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The combined cooling effect of camphor, roots of khasakhasa and sandalwood is surpassed by the coolness of Kr�r:Ja's palms and the soles of His feet,\nwhich are cooler and more pleasing than millions upon millions of moons. If\nwomen are touched by them even once, their minds are enticed, and the\nburning poison of lusty desire for Kr�r:Ja is immediately vanquished.\"\n\nTEXT 77\n\n<Jlt�� P1a,t-Pt �fit'\n\n��'altr;;�t-t �'ifl��ftt,\n\n<Jl� �t� 'Ptt� <Jl� ��t� I\n\n", "ant4#p0323": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n292\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\n'�� '�<IS 9f�' �tSfi,\nf<l-tt�tc� <�St� �t'f!,\n��tf��i �we�� '-tt<�S 11 \"\" 11\neteka vilapa kari'\n\npremave5e gaurahari,\n\nei arthe pac;le eka 5/oka\nsei 5/oka pac;li' radha,\n\nvi5akhare kahe badha,\n\nughac;liya hrdayera 5oka\nSYNONYMS\neteka-thus; vilapa kari'-lamenting; prema-ave5e-in ecstatic love of Kr�r:ta;\ngaurahari-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ei arthe-in understanding the purpose;\npac;/e-recites;\n\neka 5/oka-one verse;\n\nsei 5/oka-this verse; pac;/i'-reading;\n\nradha-Srimati Radharal)i; vi5akhare-to Visakha; kahe-says; badha-obstacle;\nughac;/iya-exposing; hrdayera-of the heart; 5oka-lamentation.\nTRANSLATION\nlamenting in ecstatic love, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then recited the\nfollowing verse, which was spoken by Srimati Radharar;ti while exposing the\nlamentation of Her heart to Her friend Srimati Visakha.\nTEXT 78\n\n��<llr.r�·nfi;�r����TR1-<f'l'f':�,:\n�llt-i�lii2'fl�O!:<fi��w�crrtll'>fi.'f: 1\n�1ft� ��fils�c\"li�9fi.'fPJ\\!t��'!ttr•:\n\"'I C� �lf<IC�l�OJ: \"'If� �r;;rtf'! <f�:��l� II 'IT II\nharinmaQi-kavatika-pratata-hari-vak?af:J-sthala/:1\nsmararta-tarul)i-mana/:1-kalu?a-hari-dor-argala/:1\nsudham5u-hari-candanotpala-sitabhra-5itangaka/:l\nsa me madana-mohana/:1 sakhi tanoti vak?a/:1-sprham\nSYNONYMS\nharit-mal)i-of indranila gems; kavatika-like a door; pratata-broad; hari-attractive; vak?a/:1-stha/af:l-whose chest; smara-arta-distressed by remembering;\ntarul)i-of young women; mana/:1-of the mind; kalu?a-the pain; hari-taking\naway; do/:1-whose two arms; arga/a/:1-like bolts; sudharil5u-the moon; haricandana-sandalwood;\n\nutpa/a-lotus flower;\n\nsitabhra-camphor;\n\n5ita-cool;\n\naligaka/:1-whose body; sa/:1-that; me-My; madana-mohana/:1-K[�I)a, who is\nmore\n\nattractive\n\nthan\n\nCupid;\n\nsakhi-My\n\nsprham-the desire of the breasts.\n\nfriend;\n\ntanoti-expands;\n\nvak?a/:1-\n\n", "ant4#p0324": "Text 80]\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of Lord Caitanya\n\n293\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friend, Kr�r:Ja's chest is as broad and attractive as a door made of\nindranila gems, and His two arms, strong as bolts, can relieve the mental\nanguish of young girls distressed by lusty desires for Him. His body is cooler\nthan the moon, sandalwood, the lotus flower and camphor. In this way,\nMadana-mohana, the attractor of Cupid, is increasing the desire of My\nbreasts.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is also found in the Covinda-lilamrta (8.7).\n\nTEXT 79\n\n�<lit�,-\"\" 'If$ 1!1� � I\n�� �� �: m1l't ll \"\"' n\nprabhu kahe,- \"kr?Qa mufii ekhana-i painu\napanara durdaive puna/:! harainu\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; kr�Qa-Lord Kr?r;ta; mufii-1;\nekhana-i-just now; painu-had; apanara-My own; durdaive-by misfortune;\npuna/:1-again; harainu-1 have lost.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then said, \"I just now had Kr�r:Ja, but unfortunately I have lost Him again.\nTEXT 80\n\n�fltll'f-� �t·�' if! H t!l<�SWftti{ I\nOf-t! m11fi' �At' <IS� �('ftil ll1r0 II\ncaficala-svabhava kr?Qera, na raya eka-sthane\ndekha diya mana hari' kare antardhane\nSYNONYMS\ncafica/a-restless; svabhava -characteristic; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr?r;ta; na-does\nnot; raya-stay; eka-sthane-in one place; dekha diya-giving His audience;\nmana-mind; hari'-enchanting; kare-does; antardhane-disappearance.\n\n", "ant4#p0325": "294\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"By nature, Kr�.,a is very restless; He does not stay in one place. He meets\nwith someone, enchants his mind and then disappears.\nTEXT 81\n\n�'It� \\!i�Pft�'iflflf'� '1�'ll'T 'llt\"l� C<f\"t�: I\n�\"l'l!lll �'ltlflll \\!ir\\Jl�t��l(}�\\!i H IT� II\ntasarh tat-saubhaga-madarh\n\nvik$ya manarh ca kesavah\n\nprasamaya prasadaya\n\ntatraivantaradhiyata\nSYNONYMS\n\ntasam-of the gopis; tat-their; saubhaga-madam-pride due to great fortune;\n\nvik$ya-seeing; manam-conception of superiority; ca-and; kesavab-Kr�r:Ja,\n\nwho subdues even ka (Lord Brahma) and isa (Lord Siva); prasamaya-to subdue;\n\nprasadaya-to show mercy; tatra-there; eva-certainly; antaradhiyata-disap­\n\npeared.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'The gopis became proud of their great fortune. To subdue their sense of\nsuperiority and show them special favor, Kesava, the subduer of even lord\nBrahma and lord Siva, disappeared from the rasa dance.'\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse quoted from\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nSukadeva Gosvami to Maharaja Parik�it.\n\n(1 0.29.48) was spoken by\n\nTEXT 82\n\nllll11i'P!\"·,'Sf�1�t� �t��,-\"'5tf's 1.!1� h I\n� <e�t1lt1f �Wt�1!1' �t� �' '�r.te.' II\" lr� II\nsvarapa-gosafiire kahena,- \"gao eka gita\nyate amara hrdayera haye ta' 'samvit'\"\nSYNONYMS\nsvarapa-gosafiire-to SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami; kahena-said; gao-sing;\n\neka-one; gita-song; yate-by which; amara-My; hrdayera-of the heart;\nhaye-there is; ta'-certainly; samvit-consciousness.\n\n", "ant4#p0326": "Text 84]\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of Lord Caitanya\n\n295\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then said to Svarupa Damodara Gosvami: \"Please\nsing a song that will bring consciousness to My heart.\"\nTEXT 83\n\n'5fti�·<;;1tt'ltf$ !!t<l 'Jf{11' �ftm I\n\n�t�t\"'� � 'St1i �tl �ift$1117'� II\nsvarupa-gosafii tabe madhura kariya\ngita-govindera pada gaya prabhure sunafia\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-gosani-SvarOpa\n\nDamodara\n\nGosvami;\n\ntabe -thereafter;\n\nmadhura\n\nkariya-very sweetly; gita-govindera-of the book Gita-govinda; pada-one\nverse; gaya-sings; prabhure-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; 5unafia-making to\nhear.\nTRANSLATION\nThus for the pleasure of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Svarupa Damodara\nGosvami began very sweetly singing the following verse from Gita-govinda.\nTEXT 84\n\n1llC'I �fif�� ��\\!�4'11\"' I\n\n\"'I�� �COli � \"f\\!9fRI�1'1l{_ I IrS II\nrase harim iha vihita-vilasam\nsmarati mana mama krta-parihasam\nSYNONYMS\nrase-in the rasa dance; harim-Sri Kr�l)a; iha-here; vihita-vilasam-performing\n\npastimes;\n\nsmarati-remembers;\n\nmanab-mind;\n\nmama-my;\n\nkrta­\n\nparihasam-fond of making jokes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Here in the arena of the rasa dance, I remember K��r;�a, who is always fond\nof joking and performing pastimes.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is quoted from Gita-govinda (2.3).\n\n", "ant4#p0327": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n296\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTEXT 85\n\n:lll1fi'Pf·c;'$ft,tM3 �!;;if �� 'Pf'f 'Sft�'li I\n\n��' C��tt;<ltllf �� �tfur;;i! �tf'$f\"Ji II lr<t II\nsvarupa-gosani yabe ei pada gahila\nuthi' premavese prabhu nacite Jagila\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-gosani-SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT; yabe-when; ei-this; padaverse; gahila-sang; uthi'-standing up; prema-avese-in ecstatic love of Kr�t:Ja;\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nacite /agi/a-began to dance.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Svarupa Damodara Gosvami sang this special song, ·Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu immediately got up and began to dance in ecstatic love.\nTEXT 86\n\n'��,t��' �til �!;;\"7 i2t<fi� ��\"' I\n\n��tfw '<�Jf��' ,if @�f�ff lllr� II\n'a�ta-sattvika' bhava afige prakata ha-ila\nhar?adi 'vyabhicarl' saba uthalila\nSYNONYMS\na?ta-sattvika-eight spiritual; bhava-emotions; alige-on the body; prakata\nha-i/a-became manifest; har?a-adi-beginning with jubilation; vyabhicarithirty-three changes of vyabhicari-bhava; saba-all; uthalila-were manifest.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, all eight kinds of spiritual transformations became manifest in\nlord Caitanya's body. The thirty-three symptoms of vyabhicari-bhava, beginning with lamentation and jubilation, became prominent as well.\nTEXT 87\n\n�ttift'f\"i, <eti!·ll�, 'e1i!·llft<I;�JJ I\n'etti! 'ett;<l �i\"ll_t';;l:h :J�ift� 12ft<I�J II lr\"' II\n·\n\nbhavodaya, bhava-sandhi, bhava-sabalya\nbhave-bhave maha-yuddhe sabara prabalya\n\n", "ant4#p0328": "Text 89]\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of Lord Caitanya\n\n297\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhava-udaya-awakening of all the ecstatic symptoms; bhava-sandhi-meeting of ecstatic symptoms; bhava-sabafya-mixing of ecstatic symptoms; bhavebhave-between one ecstasy and another;\n\nmaha-yuddhe-a great\n\nfight;\n\nsabara-of all of them; prabafya-prominence.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the ecstatic symptoms, such as bhavodaya, bhava-sandhi and bhavasabalya, awakened in the body of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. A great fight arose\nbetween one emotion and another, and each of them became prominent.\n\nTEXT 88\n\n<;J1� 9f� �� �it: ��nl �t�it I\n�: �it: �t�r;;�, �r;;�it il� II b-b- II\nsei pada puna/:! puna/:! karaya gayana\npuna/:! puna/:! asvadaye, karena nartana\nSYNONYMS\nsei pada-that verse; puna/:! puna/:1-again and again; karaya g ayana-made to\n\nsing; puna/:! puna /:1-again and again; asvadaye-tastes; karena nartana-dances.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Caitanya Mahaprabhu had Svarupa Damodara sing the same verse\nagain and again. Each time he sang it, the Lord tasted it anew, and thus He\ndanced again and again.\nTEXT 89\n\n�·ll\\! ��J �fit\" �·� �C{'Ifi'l I\n\"5{��-<;�tlltf� �� �<f.'i! �lft�it II b-� II\nei-mata nrtya yadi ha-ifa bahu-k?af)a\nsvarupa-gosani pada kaila samapana\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way;\n\nnrtya-dancing;\n\nyadi-when;\n\nha-ifa-was;\n\nbahu­\n\nk?af)a-for a long time; svarupa-gosai'ii-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami; padaverse; kaifa samapana-stopped.\n\n", "ant4#p0329": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n298\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the lord had been dancing for a long time, Svariipa Damodara\nGosvami stopped singing the verse.\nTEXT 90\n\n'<��'( '<��111.' <ilfV�' �, <fi��il <ilt�<ilt� I\nifl �'AI \"ll��-,��tf� �� c;wf�' it1l11 �o 11\n'ba/' 'bal' bali' prabhu kahena bara-bara\nna gaya svarupa-gosMii srama dekhi' tatira\nSYNONYMS\n\nba/-sing;\n\nba/-sing;\n\nkahena-says;\n\nbali'-uttering;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nbara-bara-again and again;\n\nna-not;\n\ngaya-sings;\n\nsvarupa­\n\ngosani-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami; srama-fatigue; dekhi'-seeing; tatira-of\nLord Caitanya.\nTRANSLATION\nOver and over again Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"Go on! Sing! Sing!\"\nBut Svariipa Damodara, seeing the lord's fatigue, did not resume singing.\nTEXT 91\n\n'<��'(' '<ili'f.' � <iltV!il, �·�'l �fil' I\n,M��ti! �t<�� ,1ifV�' <fit� ��'f<lfilu � � 11\n'bat' 'ba/' prabhu balena, bhakta-gaf)a suni'\ncaudikete sabe me/i' kare hari-dhvani\nSYNONYMS\n\nbat\n\nbat-go\n\non\n\nsinging,\n\ngo\n\non\n\nsinging;\n\nprabhu\n\nbalena-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu said; bhakta-gaf)a-the devotees; suni'-hearing; cau-dikete-aii\naround; sabe-all; me/i'-combining; kare hari-dhvani-vibrate the holy name of\nHari.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the devotees heard Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu say, \"Go on singing!\"\nthey all gathered around Him and began to chant the holy name of Hari in\nunison.\n\n", "ant4#p0330": "Text 94]\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of Lord Caitanya\n\n299\n\nTEXT 92\n\n111��\"'-m� l!t� �'lt1f ��1�'11 1\n���t� <l'lfi1' �'t_1f i!t� ��� II �� II\nramananda-raya tabe prabhure vasaila\nvijanadi kari' prabhura srama ghucaila\nSYNONYMS\nramananda-raya-Ramananda\n\nRaya;\n\ntabe-at\n\nthat\n\ntime;\n\nprabhure-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; vasai/a-made to sit down; vijana-adi kari'-fanning and\nso on; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; srama-fatigue; ghucai/a-dissipated.\nTRANSLATION\nAt that time, Ramananda Raya made the Lord sit down and dissipated His\nfatigue by fanning Him.\nTEXT 93\n\n�r;1f ��1 ''$!\"11 �r;� :J!IJ,_?;ijf1f �r;1f I\n�t� <l'l1ft�j �il: itr;1f \"1�1 �t�� �r;;1f II �� II\nprabhure lana gela sabe samudrera tire\nsnana karafia punab tatire lana aila ghare\nSYNONYMS\nprabhure-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; /ana-taking; ge/a-went; sabe-all;\nsamudrera tire-to the beach by the sea; snana karana-bathing Him; punabagain; tatire-Him; lana ai/a-brought back; ghare-to His residence.\nTRANSLATION\nThen all the devotees took Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to the beach and\nbathed Him. Finally they brought Him back home.\n\nTEXT 94\n\n'�t�� <l'l1ft�1 �'t_r;� ��tl;:\"f1llf�� I\n1ft11t�\"f-�1'� �7;� ''SI\"t1 f�iSf·\"'l1� II <;-8 II\n\n", "ant4#p0331": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n300\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nbhojana karafla prabhure karaila sayana\nramananda-adi sabe gela nija-sthana\nSYNONYMS\nbhojana\n\nkaraiia-feeding;\n\nsayana-made to lie down;\n\nprabhure-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkaraila\n\nramananda-adi-headed by Ramananda Raya;\n\nsabe-all of them; ge/a-went; nija-sthana-to their homes.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter they fed Him lunch, they made Him lie down. Then all the devotees,\nheaded by Ramananda Raya, returned to their respective homes.\nTEXT 95\n\nl.fl- '!' �f�\"( <2l't� @wtii·��Bf I\n�l'f�il·i!1it1l �1�1 �t�llf rlt�RI II �a II\nei ta' kahilun prabhura udyana-vihara\nvrndavana-bhrame yahan pravesa tanhara\nSYNONYMS\nei\n\nta'-thus;\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkahi/un-1\n\nhave\n\ndescribed;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nudyana-vihara-pastimes in the garden;\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nvrndavana-bhrame­\n\nmistaking for Vrndavana; yahan-where; pravesa-entrance; tanhara-His.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have described Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's pastimes in the garden,\nwhich He entered, mistaking it for Vrndavana.\nTEXT 96\n\n�t� ��\\! l.fl� �t�·�cf'il I\n\n�1'1i9f·c;;�t�t� -�1 �RBrtt�il �cfil II �� II\npralapa sahita ei unmada-varf)ana\nsri-rOpa-gosafli iha kariyachena varQana\nSYNONYMS\npra/apa-ecstatic ravings; sahita-with; ei-this; unmada-of madness; varQana-description; sri-rOpa-gosafli-SrT ROpa GosvamT; iha-this; kariyachena\nvarQana-has described.\n\n", "ant4#p0332": "Text 98]\n\nThe Transcendental Madness of lord Caitanya\n\n301\n\nTRANSLATION\nThere He exhibited transcendental madness and ecstatic ravings, which Sri\nRupa Gosvami has described very nicely in his Stava-mala as follows.\nTEXT 97\n\n9f\"C�t�tC\"t�'l-c� ���9fctOJt<'f'l� <'101�1\n\nlJ..�� \"'ft�<IJ\"31�'1\"� fOJ\\!\"C �Plfctct\"l: I\n....\n\n�fu� �'ll3t�f'e·�\"D<'!�'ICOJ1 �f\"(3'1ff'l�:\n'�CD��: f<��' c'I! '1_01�f'1 lfC\"rt�t�r� 9flf\"{_ll�'\\u\npayorases tire sphurad-upavanali-kalanaya\nmuhur vrndaraQya-smaraQa-janita-prema-vivasab\nkvacit k[$Qilvrtti-pracala-rasano bhakti-rasikab\nsa caitanyab kim me punarapi drsor yasyati padam\nSYNONYMS\n\npayab-raseb-by the sea; tire-on the beach; sphurat-beautiful; upavanaligarden; kalanaya-by seeing; muhub-continuously; vrndaraQya-the forest of\nVrndavana;\n\nsmaraQa-janita-by\n\nremembering;\n\nprema-vivasab-being\n\nover­\n\nwhelmed by ecstatic love of Kr��a; kvacit-sometimes; k[$Qa-of the holy name\nof Kr��a; avrtti-repetition; praca/a-busily engaged in; rasanab-whose tongue;\nbhakti-rasikab-expert in devotional service; sab-that; caitanyab-SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; kim-whether; me-my; punarapi-again; drsob-of the eyes;\nyasyati-will go; padam-in the path.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the topmost of all devotees. Sometimes, while\nwalking on the beach, He would see a beautiful garden nearby and mistake it\nfor the forest of Vrndavana. Thus He would be completely overwhelmed by\necstatic Jove of Kr��a and begin to dance and chant the holy name. His tongue\nworked incessantly as He chanted, 'Kr��a! Kr��a!' Will He again become visible before the path of My eyes?\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis quotation is from the first Caitanya$taka, verse 6, in SrTia ROpa GosvamT's\nStava-mala.\nTEXT 98\n\n�ii\"J ,i\\!�\"11 il1 � f'f�il I\n\n�i!D� G;tif�'t�1 '!� �Rft1l 'iilll �lr II\n\n", "ant4#p0333": "302\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 15\n\nananta caitanya-lila na yaya likhana\ndin-matra dekhafia taha kariye socana\nSYNONYMS\nananta-endless; caitanya-li/a-the pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; na\nyaya likhana-it is impossible to write; dik-matra-only a direction; dekhafiashowing; taha-them; kariye sOcana-1 introduce.\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are unlimited; it is not possible to\nwrite of them properly. I can only give an indication of them as I try to introduce them.\nTEXT 99\n\n�111�·1t�t�-�� �t11' \"-ii'M I\n�\\!il��\\!�i! <fi� *��� II C>\\Cil II\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr?Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsr i-rOpa-Srila Ropa Gosvami; raghunatha-Srila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe book named Caitanya-caritamrta; kahe-describes; kr?Qadasa-Sril a\nKr�t:�adasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�1,1adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Antya-lila,\nFifteenth Chapter, describing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's pastimes in the garden by\nthe sea.\n\n", "ant4#p0334": "References\nThe statements of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta are all confirmed by standard Vedic\nauthorities. The following authentic scriptures are quot.:;d in this book on the\npages listed. Numerals in bold type refer the reader to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\ntranslations. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\nAmrta-pravaha-bha?ya (Bhaktivinoda Thakura), 1, 51, 119, 137\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (ROpa Gosvami), 170\nBhakti-ratnakara (Narahari Cakravarti), 46\nGaurariga-stava-kalpavrk?a (Raghunatha dasa Gosvami), 226,247-248\nGita-govinda Oayadeva Gosvami), 295\nGovinda-lilamrta (Kr�r:tadasa Kaviraja), 258,283,293\nPadma PuraQa, 171\nPadyavali (ROpa Gosvami), 215\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 48, 233, 268-269,274-276,277,278-279,287,294\nStava-mala (ROpa Gosvami), 301\nTithi-tattva, 98\nUjjvala-nilamaQi (ROpa Gosvami), 194,214\n\n303\n\n", "ant4#p0335": "Glossary\nA\nAcarya-a spiritual master who teaches by example.\nAnanda-spiritual bliss.\nArcana-worship of the Deity in the temple.\nAnanta-caturdasi-date of the yearly festival commemorating the passing away of Haridasa\nThakura.\nAvai$f)avas-those who are after material enjoyment and those who are against the\nsupremacy of the Lord.\n\nc\nCinta-the ecstatic symptom of anxiety.\nCit-Kr�r;�a's spiritual knowledge potency.\n\nD\nDari sannyasi -a bogus tantric sannyasi who keeps women.\nDeva-dasi-a female servant in the Jagannatha temple.\nDivyonmada-transcendental madness in separation from Kr�r;�a.\n\nG\nGrhasthas-householders who follow regulative principles.\n\nH\nHari boi-\"Chant the holy name of Hari.\"\n\nJ\n)agara-the ecstatic symptom of wakefulness.\n)apa-chanting Hare Kr�r;�a softly and slowly.\n\nK\nKaranga -a water pot.\nKirtana-chanting Hare Kr�r;�a loudly.\nK�atriyas-the warrior and administrative class.\n\n305\n\n", "ant4#p0336": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n306\n\nM\nMaha-mantra-the great chant for deliverance; Hare Kr�r;�a, Hare Kr�r;�a, Kr�r;�a Kr�r;�a, Hare\nHare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nMalina-ailgata-the ecstatic symptom of uncleanliness.\nMayavadi-an impersonalist or voidist adhering to the belief that ultimately God is formless\nand without personality.\nMoha-the ecstatic symptom of illusion.\nMrtyu-the ecstatic symptom of death.\n\nN\nNadiya-nagari-a so-called party of devotees who worship Vi�r;�upriya.\nNamacarya-acarya of the chanting of the holy names (Haridasa Thakura).\n\np\nPailji-tika-further explanations of a subject.\nParamahamsa-a topmost swan-like devotee of the Lord.\nParama-vidvan-the most learned scholar.\nPra/apa-the ecstatic symptom of talking like a madman.\nPrasada-remnants of food which have been offered to the Lord.\nPro�ita-bhartrka-a woman whose husband has left home and gone to a foreign country.\nPura(las-the eighteen very old books which are histories of this and other planets.\n\nR\nRaga-marga-the path of devotional service in spontaneous love.\nRamacandra-the incarnation of the Supreme Lord as a perfect king.\n\ns\nSailkirtana-congregational chanting of the holy names of God.\nSannyasa-the renounced order of life.\nSastra-revealed scripture.\nSimha-dvara-the gate of the ]agannatha temple.\nSraddha-patra-remnants of prasada offered to the forefathers.\nSOdra-the servant and laboring class of men.\n\nT\nTanava-the ecstatic symptom of thinness.\n\n", "ant4#p0337": "Glossary\n\n307\n\nu\nUdvega-the ecstatic symptom of mental agitation.\nUnmada-the ecstatic symptom of madness.\n\nv\nVaijayanti-a garland containing flowers of five colors.\nVai�Qava-a devotee of Vi�Qu.\n\nVai?Qava-aparadha-an offense to a Vai�Qava.\nVidhi-marga-the path of regulative devotional principles.\nVrndavana-the village where Kr�Qa lived as a child; the topmost transcendental abode of\nthe Supreme Lord.\n\nVyadhi -the ecstatic symptom of disease.\n\n", "ant4#p0338": "Bengali Pronunciation Guide\nBENGALI DIACRITICAL EQUIVALENTS AND PRONUNCIATION\n\nVowels\n\nqJfa\n\n�ta\n\n�i\n\n-�\n\n�u\n\n,11\n\n'f\n\n�e\n\n�ai\n\n�0\n\n�au\n\n' rh (anusvtira)\n\n•\n\niJ. (\n\n�r\n\n: p (visarga)\n\ncandra-bindu}\n\nConsonants\nGutterals:\nPalatals:\nCerebrals:\nDentals:\nLabials:\nSemivowels:\nSibilants:\n\n.. ka\ni ca\nt ta\n� ta\n9f'pa\n�ya\n-f sa\n\n� kha\n\n'Sf ga\n\n� gha\n\n� il.a\n\nfi cha\n\n\" ja\n�ga\nSf da\n�ba\ni'( Ia\n�sa\n\n� jha\n\n<.fP na\n\ni <;iha\n\n'1 !)a\n\n� dha\n\ni{ na\n\n'ebha\n� va\n�ha\n\n1{ rna\n\nJ tha\nQf tha\n\n.pha\n1( ra\nl( �a\n\nVowel Symbols\nThe vowels are written as follows after a consonant:\n\nla .f: �� �u\nFor example:\n\n�ai '10 '\\au\n-.t ka �ki ..... kl � ku lkl1 ftkr\nfkr �ke �kai C..1 ko �' kau\n�11\n\n�r\n\n309\n\ntr\n\n'\n\ne\n\n", "ant4#p0339": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n310\n\nThe letter\n\na is implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\n\nThe symbol virama (\"\") indicates that there is no final vowel.\n\n�k\n\nThe letters above should be pronou11ced as follows:\na -like the o in hot; sometimes like the o in g o;\n\n9 -like the d in dawn.\n\na is usually silent.\na -like the a in fa r.\n\nfJ -like the n in gnaw.\n\ni, T -like the ee in meet.\n\nt-as in talk but with the tongue against the\n\nfinal\n\nu, ii -like the u in rule.\n\ngh -like the dh in good-house.\n\nthe teeth.\n\nr -like the ri in rim.\n\nth-as in hot-house but with the tongue against\n\ne -like the ai in pain; rarely like e in bet.\n\nd-as in dawn but with the tongue against the\n\nr -like the ree in reed.\n\nai -like the oi in boil.\no -like the o in go.\nau -like the ow in owl.\n\nthe teeth.\nteeth.\ndh-as in good-ho use but with the tongue\nagainst the teeth.\n\nm -(an usvara) like the ng in song.\n\nn-as in nor but with the tongue against the\n\nit -(candra-bindu) a nasal n sound\n\np -like the p in pine.\n\n� -(visarga) a final h sound like in Ah.\n\nlike in the French word bon.\nk -like the k in kite.\nkh -like the kh in Eckhart.\n\ng -like the gin got.\n\ngh -like the gh in big-house.\n\nn -like the n in bank.\nc -like the ch in chalk.\nch -like the chh in much-haste.\n\nj -like thej injoy.\n\njh -like the geh in college-hall.\n\nn -like the n in bunch.\n\nt -like the t in talk.\n\nth -like the th in hot-house.\n\nteeth.\nph -like the ph in philosopher.\nb -like the b in bird.\nbh -like the bh in rub-hard.\nm -like the m in mother.\ny -like thej injaw. �\ny -like they inyear. 'I\n\nr -like the r in r un.\n\nI -like the I in law.\nv -like the b in bird or like the w in dwarf.\n\ns, � -like the sh in shop.\ns -like the s in sun.\nh-like the h in home.\n\nThis is a general guide to Bengali pronunciation. The Bengali transliterations in this\nbook accurately show the original Bengali spelling of the text. One should note, however,\nthat in Bengali, as in English, spelling is not always a true indication of how a word is pronounced. Tape recordings of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nchanting the original Bengali verses are available from the International Society for\nKrishna Consciousness, 3764 Watseka Ave., Los Angeles, California 90034.\n\n", "ant4#p0340": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete alphabetical listing of the first and third line of each four-line\n\nverse and both lines of each two-line verse in Sri Caitanya-caritamrta. In the first column the trans­\n\nliteration is given, and in the second and third columns respectively the chapter-verse references\nand page number for each verse are to be found.\n\nA\n85\n65\n93\n56\n222\n\n'am�ra age aji tumi karaha bhojane'\n\"amara aji'taya, raghunatha, yaha vrndavane\namara avese�a-patra tara yena paya\"\namara sakati tatire narila rakhite\namara 'sarva-nasa'-toma-sabara 'parihasa'\namara tare eka-sthana yena kare vrndavane\"\namare khata-10/i-ba/isa mastaka-muQ<;/ana\n\n12.141\n13.120\n12.53\n11.95\n12.113\n13.40\n13.15\n\n112\n174\n74\n43\n100\n137\n126\n129\n83\n102\n137\n148\n\nabara tate bandha'-aiche krpa-vakya-<;lore\nacaryadi-vai�Qavere dila vasa-slhana\nacarya milite tabe gela jagadananda\nacaryaratnera satige tiltihara grhiQT\nacetana deha, nasaya svasa nahi vaya\n\n12.79\n12.32\n12.97\n12.11\n14.64\n\nacire ha-ibe ta-sabara 'kr$Qa-prapti'\nacire karibena krpa kr$1Ja bhagavan\"\nadhiruc;lha-bhave divyonmada pralapa haya\n'adi-vasya' ei strire na kara varjana\nadrsya, asprsya more atigikara kaila\n\n41\n11.93\n13.121 174\n14.15 193\n14.26 199\n11.28\n14\n\namaya do$a Iagana tumi ha-iba bhikhari\"\nami ei ni/aca/e rahi ye vasiya\nami gauc;/a haite taila kabhu nahi ani'\namiha asitechi, -kahiha sanatane\n'amiha asitechi, rahite kariha eka-sthane'\n\n13.23\n12.72\n12.118\n13.40\n13.65\n\nadvaita avadhota kichu kahe prabhu-paya\nage mahaprabhu ca/ena nrtya karite karite\nage mrgi-gaQa dekhi' kr$Qiltiga-gandha pana\nage savadhane yaiba k$alriyadi-sathe\nage vrk$a-gaQa dekhe pu$pa-phala-bhare\n\n12.78\n11.63\n15.43\n13.34\n15.49\n\n85\n29\n273\n134\n276\n\nami inha-saba lana kari parivesana\nami-saba-kevala-matra samagri aharta\"\nami ta' sannyasi,-tai/a na pari /a-ite\nami yai' bhojana kari-mata nahi jane\namra, panasa, piyala, jambu, kovidara\n\n11.83\n38\n12.134 109\n12.116 101\n12.92\n91\n15.35 269\n\nagraha kariya paQc;/ita karai/a bhojana\naho bhagyavall ei vandi ihara paya\naiche amrta-anna kr$Qe kara samarpaQa\naiche caitanya-ni$!ha yogya tamale\nailena acarya-gosani more krpa kari'\n\n12.136\n14.30\n12.133\n13.59\n12.70\n\n110\n201\n109\n145\n82\n\nanande ca/ila kr$Qa-kirtana kariya\nanande rakhila ghare, na dena cha<;liya\nanandita haifa sivai pada-prahara pana\nanandita sivananda kare samadhana\nananta caitanya-/ila na yaya likhana\n\n12.14\n12.98\n12.25\n12.32\n15.98\n\n57\n93\n62\n65\n302\n\naira caraQa yai' karila vandana\naire dekhite yaiche gau<;la-dese yaya\najhora-nayane sabe karena krandana\naji amara etha karib!i prasada bhojana\"\n'aji apane yana prabhure karaiha sayana'\n\n12.87\n89\n13.32\n133\n84\n12.75\n13.103 165\n123\n13.9\n\niltica/a patiya prasada magi/a tathai\naneka nacaila more prasada kariya\nangane arambhila prabhu maha-satikirtana\nangane nacena prabhu premavi$!a hana\nange kanta lagila, kichu na janila!\n\n11.73\n11.30\n11.48\n11.59\n13.82\n\n34\n15\n23\n28\n155\n\n'aji bhik$a diba amaya kariya randhane\naji mora saphala haifa janma, kula, karma\n\"aji more bhrtya kari' angikara kaila\naji p�inu kr$Qa-bhakti, artha, kama, dharma\"\najna deha,-mathura dekhi' aise eka-bara\n\n12.122 104\n12.30\n64\n12.27\n63\n64\n12.30\n13.31 132\n\natigikara kai/a prabhu aneka yatane\nanna-vyanjanopari tulasi-manjari\nantare ananda-asvada, bahire vihvala\nantare mumuk$U tenho, vidya-garvavan\nantare sukhi haifa prabhu tara sei guQe\n\n13.19\n12.126\n15.58\n13.110\n\n127\n106\n280\n168\n\n12.60\n\n77\n\najna /anghi' aila, ki pari balite?\nakalatika pOrQa-ka/a, lavaQya-jyotsna\nakaQtha parana sabaya karaila bhojana\nalingana kari' prabhu vidaya tanre di/a\nama-hena yadi eka kita mari' gela\n\n12.69\n81\n15.67 285\n11.88\n40\n13.115 172\n11.41\n20\n\nanviyamana iha vas tarava/:1 praQamarh\nanya sannyasira vastra tumi dhara sire\nanyatra cha<;laya lobha, na paile mane\napana manera bhava kahe ughac;liya\napana pasare sabe caitanya-katha-sukhe\n\n15.51\n13.57\n15.23\n14.40\n12.99\n\n277\n144\n\n311\n\n263\n206\n93\n\n", "ant4#p0341": "312\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\napanilra age mora sarira par;Jibil\nilpanara durdaive puna/:1 hilrilinu\niipane kilsi-misra ai/!1 prasilda /ani!\nilpane khaibe kr$1Ja, tahilra lilgiya\napane parivese prabhu /ani! ;ana cari\n\n11.32\n16\n15.79 293\n11.86\n39\n12.132 108\n37\n11.81\n\n'ba/' 'bat' bali' prabhu kahena bilra-bilra\n'bat' 'bat' prabhu balena, bhakta-gal)a suni'\nbalite lagila pal)r;iita hal)r;ii culilte dhari/!1\nbilndhava k($1)a kare vyildhera ilcilra\nbara-bara prabhu uthite karena mana\n\n15.90\n15.91\n13.55\n15.72\n12.137\n\nilpane prabhura 'se$a' kari/!1 bho;ana\n\"apane prasada /aha, pache muni la-imu\nilpane prasada magi' mahotsava kaila\napane sri-haste krpaya tanre vatu dilii\nilpani sri-haste vatu dila tarira gaya\n\n12.149 115\n12.129 107\n11.104 47\n11.104 47\n11.68\n32\n\nbhagavan-acarya khan;a calita dhire dhire\nbhiigav.atiidi sastra-gal)e, kariyache\nbhiigavata par;Ja, sada /aha k($1)a-nama\nbhiigavata par;Jite preme aulaya tanra mana\n'bhakata-vatsala' prabhu, tumi, mui\n\n14.90 234\n14.46 210\n13.121 174\n13.126 176\n11.42\n20\n\napara saundarye hare ;agan-nerra-mana\napy el)a-patny upagata/:1 priyayeha gatrais\nara dina haite bho;ana haifa dasa-gul)a\nara dina mahiiprabhu tanra thani aila\nara dina parica-sata ei-mate ge/a\n\n15.56 279\n15.44 273\n12.136 110\n11.21\n10\n12.77\n85\n\nbhakta-gal)a mahaprabhure ghare lana\nbhakta saha gosani haifa parama ananda\nbhakta-vancha pOrl)a kaila nyasi-siromal)i\n\"bhii/a ha-ifa !lila, dekha 'kamala-locana'\nbhatera hiil)r;ii hate lana marite aila\n\n15.10\n13.71\n11.102\n13.103\n13.54\n\n256\n151\n46\n165\n143\n\nara saba kar;Jaca-karta rahena dOra-dese\nascarya sattvika dekhi' haifa camatkara\nasile yaite dul)kha pao bahu-male\nasraya kari/a asi' rOpa-sanatane\na5ru-gariga neue vahe, kichui na dekhe\n\n14.8\n14.99\n12.67\n13.125\n14.36\n\n189\n238\n81\n176\n203\n\nbhaUera ;hali mathe kari' vahiya calita\nbhava-sindhu taribare ache yara cilia\nbhavavese prabhu kabhu praphullita haya\nbhave-bhave mahii-yuddhe sabara prabalya\nbhavodaya, bhava-sandhi, bhava-silbalya\n\n13.94\n11.107\n13.4\n15.87\n15.87\n\n161\n49\n121\n296\n296\n\na5ru, kampa, gadgada prabhura krpate\n�!a-masa rahi' prabhu bha!!e vidaya dila\n�!a-masa rahi' puna/:1 prabhu a;na dila\n�ta-prahara rama-niima ;apena ratri-dine\n·�ta-siittvika' bhava arige prakata\n\n13.127\n13.112\n13.119\n13.93\n15.86\n\n177\n169\n174\n160\n296\n\nbhaye kichu na balena prabhu, khiiyena\n'bhi$mera niryal)a' sabara ha-ila smaral)a\nbhitara-prakO$/he prabhure karai/a sayana\nbhitarera krodha-dul)kha prakasa na kaila\nbho;ana karMa prabhure karaila sayana\n\n12.135\n11.57\n14.57\n13.22\n15.94\n\n109\n27\n219\n129\n300\n\nasle-vyaste govinda tarira pachete\naste-vyaste sei nari bhamete nami/a\nasthi-granthi bhinna, carma ache matra\natal)para maMprabhura vi$al)l)a-antara\nlak$ml-srivatsa\nati ucca suvistara,\n\n13.82\n14.27\n14.65\n12.4\n15.74\n\n155\n199\n223\n52\n289\n\nbho;ana kariya kahe ilnandita hana\nbho;ana kariyil sabe kai/a acamana\nbhokhe mari' genu, more vasa nil deoyaila'\nbhramabha kapi vaicitri\nbhamira upara vasi' ni;a-nakhe bhami likhe\n\n12.91\n11.89\n12.20\n14.16\n14.36\n\n90\n40\n60\n194\n203\n\natma-sphorti nahi k($1)a-bhavavese\navasya kahibe,-pai'iache k($1)era\nava5ya mo-adhame, prabhu, kara ei 'day a'\navasya pOrilbe, prabhu, mora ei asa\"\n\n15.4\n15.39\n11.39\n11.42\n\n253\n271\n9\n20\n\n'brahmaf)era seva',-ei mora ni;a-dharma\nbrahmao kahite nilre yilhara prabhiiva\nbrahmara dur/abha tamara sri-caral)a-rei)U\nbuihite na pare keha, yadyapi haya 'dhira'\nbuihite na pari yaha, varl)ile ke pare?\n\n13.97\n14.118\n12.29\n14.5\n14.6\n\n162\n246\n64\n187\n188\n\n14.97\n14.70\n15.51\n14.38\n12.55\n\n237\n225\n277\n205\n75\n\n8\nbahirvasa lana kare ariga samvi;ana\nbahu-k$al)e k($f)a-nama hrdaye pasila\nbahum priyamsa upadhilya grhilabahya hai/e haya-yena hiiraila dhana\nbalaka-kille prabhu tara ghare bara bar a\n\n298\n298\n143\n288\n110\n\nc\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe k($f)adasa\ncailanya-caritamrta kahe k($1)adilsa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe k($f)adasa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe k($f)adilsa\n\n11.108 50\n12.155 118\n13.139 182\n14.123 249\n\n", "ant4#p0342": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n313\n\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe km1adasa\ncaitanya-caritra ei amrtera sindhu\ncaitanya-viraha-du/:lkha na yaya sahane\ncaitanya-virahe dwihe karila krandana\ncaitanyera bhakta-vatsalya ihatei jani\n\n15.99 302\n11.106 49\n13.64 148\n13.63 147\n11.102 46\n\n'dasa-guoa khaoyaila ebe kara\n12.139\nda5endriye 5i$ya kari', 'maha-baula'\n14.47\ndattabhayaril ca bhuja-daor;Ja-yugaril vilokya 15.70\ndatta, gupta, vidyanidhi, ara yata jana\n12.13\ndehabhyase nitya-krtya kari' samapana\n14.22\n\ncaitanyera marma-katha sune tatira\n\"caitanyera piiri$ada mora matulera khyati\ncaitanyera prema-patra jagadananda dhanya\ncaitanyera sukha-katha kahe ratri-dine\ncafe saba bhakta-gaoa rodana kariya\n\n12.99\n12.35\n12.101\n12.95\n12.82\n\ndeha' deha' bali' prabhu balena vacana\ndeha-matra dhana tomaya kailuti\ndehera svabhave karena snana-bhojanadekha diya mana hari' kare antardhane\n\"dekha,-jagadananda prasada paya\n\n11.88\n40\n12.74\n83\n14.39 205\n15.80 293\n12.150 115\n\ncancala-svabhava kr$1)era, na raya\ncandanadi lana prabhu vasi/a sei sthane\n'candanadi' taila tahan eka-matra kaila\ncangar;Ja lana pasari pasare vasila\ncaral)e dhari' kahe haridasa, -\"na kariha\n\n15.80 293\n12.141 112\n12.1()2 95\n35\n11.76\n11.39\n19\n\ndekhe,-haridasa thakura kariyache\ndekhe,-tahati k($1)a haya kadambera tale\ndekhi' /obhe panca-jana, eka asva-mora\ndekhi' prabhu sei rase avi$ta haifa\ndekhi' saba bhakta-gaoa maha-du/:lkha\n\n11.17\n15.55\n15.15\n14.20\n13.6\n\n8\n279\n258\n196\n122\n\ncaraoe dhariya prabhure vasaya lana\ncari-dike bhakta-gaoa karena kirtana\ncari-jana parivesana kare nirantara\ncari vai$oava, cari pichar;Ja satige\ncari-vatsara ghare pita-matara seva kai/a\n\n12.26\n62\n11.67\n31\n11.84\n38\n35\n11.77\n13.117 173\n\ndekhi' svarupa-gosani-adi anandita\ndekhiya govinda aste-vyaste strike varji/a\ndekhiya sakala bhaktera deha char;Je\ndekhoti,-yadi k($1)a karena godhana-caraoe\ndhana yayena prabhu, stri ache alpa dare\n\n14.63\n14.25\n14.68\n14.106\n13.83\n\n222\n198\n224\n241\n156\n\ncarma-matra upare, sandhi ache dirgha hana\n'cataka'-giri-gamana-lila raghunatha-dasa\n'cataka'-parvata dekhi/ena acambite\ncaturmasya saba yatra kaila darasana\ncaudda-h!lta jagannathera tufasira mala\n\n14.67\n14.119\n14.84\n12.62\n13.123\n\ndina dasa gele govinda ganaila ara-bara\ndine dine bar;Je vikara, ratrye atisaya\ndine dine prabhura krpaya bar;Jaye ullasa\ndui-jana vasi' tabe prasada paila\ndin-matra dekhana taha kariye sucana\n\n12.111 99\n7\n11.14\n13.105 165\n13.62 147\n15.98 302\n\ncaudike pil)r;iera mah!l avaraoa kai/a\ncaudikete sabe meli' kare hari-dhvani\ncetana paite asthi-sandhi lagila\nchota-putre dekhi' prabhu nama puchila\nchuta-pana-vir;Ja mahotsave panachila\n\n32\n11.69\n15.91 298\n14.71 225\n12.45\n71\n13.123 175\n\ndine nana krir;la kare lana bhakta-gaoa\ndine nrtya-kirtana, isvara-darasana\ndivyonmade aiche haya, ki iha vismaya?\nr;Jora, kar;Jara, prasada, vastra atige gila\ndugdha, khaor;ia modaka deya, prabhu t!lha\n\n12.64\n11.12\n14.15\n11.66\n12.55\n\n79\n6\n193\n31\n75\n\ncinta-k!lntha ur;Jhi gaya, dhali-vibhaticintatra jagarodvegau\ncint!l, udvega, pra/apadi yata sastre kaya\ncintita ha-ifa sabe prabhure na dekhiya\ncintyataril cintyataril bhaktas\ncuta-priyala-panasasana-kovidara-\n\n14.45\n14.53\n11.14\n14.61\n12.1\n15.32\n\n'du/:lkha pana asiyache'-ei prabhura vakya\ndu/:lkhita ha-ifa sabe prabhure dekhiya\ndui jane kichu kail!l prabhura bahya jnana\ndui-janera satige dutihe !lnandita mane\ndui netre bhari' asru vahaye apara\n\n12.40\n14.67\n14.56\n13.44\n14.94\n\n69\n224\n219\n139\n236\n\ndui saila-chidre paise, narira hrdaye\ndui-tina sata bhakta karila gamana\ndutihe dekhi mahaprabhura ha-ifa\ndura haite j!lni tara yaiche atiga-gandha\n\n15.75 290\n57\n12.13\n14.113 244\n15.46 274\n\n93\n66\n94\n92\n87\n\n224\n247\n231\n78\n175\n\n209\n214\n7\n221\n51\n268\n\nD\ndadhate phullat!lril bhavair\ndal)r;ia-parao!lma kari' bha!!a par;Jila\n'dari sannyasi' kari' amare kahibe\n\n119\n13.1\n13.101 164\n12.114 100\n\ndurdaiva-jhanjha-pavane, meghe nila anya- 15.68\n13.80\ndare gana suni' prabhura ha-ifa avesa\n13.37\ndare rahi' bhakti kariha satige nil rahiba\n\n111\n210\n287\n57\n197\n\n286\n154\n135\n\n", "ant4#p0343": "314\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\ndurgame kr�ra-bhavabdhau\n\n15.1\n13.69\n\ndvadasaditya-!ilaya eka 'ma!ha ' paila\n\n251\n150\n\nei ta' kahiluil prabhura udyana-vihara\nei ta' kahilun tate caitanya-krpa-phala\nei vancha-siddhi mora tomatei /age\"\neka asva eka-k$a(le,\n\n\"e-bara tamara yei ha-ibe kumara\nebe ajna deha', avasya yaimu niscite\"\nebe ajna na dena more, 'krodhe yaha' bali\nebe a/pa sailkhya kari' kara sailkirtana\"\nebe prabhu yata kaila a/aukika-lila\nebe yadi strire dekhi' prabhura bahya haifa\n'eha-kr$(la-dasi, bhaye na kahe amare'\nei dasa-dasaya prabhu vyakula ratri-dine\nei duira kac;lacate e-li/a prakasa\nei katha govinda jagadanandere kahila\nei lila mahaprabhura raghunatha-dasa\nei-mata ardha-ratri kai/a niryapara\nei-mata bahu-bara kirtana karite\n\nei-mata dui kai/a o1ana-pac;lane\n\nei-mata gaura-prabhu prati dine-dine\nei-mata jagadananda sacimata-sane\nei-mata mahaprabhura nilaca/e vasa\nei-mata mahaprabhura sukhe kala yaya\nei-mata mahaprabhu ratri-divase\nei-mata masa dui rahila vrndavane\nei-mata mora iccha, -chac;limu parara\nei-mata nana-lilaya caturmasya\nei-mata nrtya yadi ha-ifa bahu-k$a(la\nei-mata prabhu-sailge rahi/a a�ta-masa\nei-mate nana prasada bojha bandhana\nei-mate nilacale prabhura vilasa\nei-mate nrtya prabhu kaila kata-k$ane\nei-mate raghunatha aila nilaca/e\nei nica deha mora pac;luka tava age\nei nivedana mora kara, day!imaya\nei saba -puru$a-jati, kr$(lera\nei 5/oka pac;li' prabhu catena vayu-vege\nei sukha lagi' ami kariluil sannyasa1\nei ta' janiye tomaya kr�rera 'prasada'\nei ta' kahilun haridasera vijaya\nei ta' kahiluil prabhura adbhuta\nei ta' kahiluil prabhura divyonmada-\n\npanca pailca dike\n\neka bahirvasa teilho dila sanatane\n\nE\n\neka-bara yara sparse,\n\n12.47\n71\n13.25 130\n13.28 131\n11.26\n13\n14.121 248\n14.33\n15.42\n14.54\n14.7\n12.110\n\n202\n272\n218\n188\n99\n\n14.72\n14.57\n14.101\n13.19\n15.25\n\n226\n219\n239\n127\n264\n\n12.95\n11.11\n11.13\n15.4\n13.64\n\n92\n6\n7\n253\n148\n\n11.34\n17\n12.65\n80\n15.89 297\n13.1 OS 165\n36\n11.79\n13.77 153\n11.61\n28\n13.100 163\n18\n11.36\n11.35\n17\n15.37\n14.87\n12.113\n12.131\n\n270\n233\n100\n108\n\n11.101 45\n14.80 230\n14.118 246\n\nsmara-jvala-vi$a\n\neka-bare sphure prabhura km1era pancaeka-dina govinda maha-prasada lana\neka-dina karena prabhu jagannatha\neka-dina mahaprabhu kariyachena sayana\neka-dina mahaprabhu samudra-tire\neka-dina mahaprabhu samudre yaite\neka-dina prabhu yamesvara-tota yaite\neka-dina saba loka ghatiyale rakhi/a\neka-dina sanatane parc;lita nimantri/a\neka eka dravyera eka eka punja deha'\neka eka hasta-pada-dirgha tina tina-hata\neka eka pate panca-janara bhak�ya\neka eka vitasti bhinna hanache tata\neka-kalasa sugandhi taila gauc;lete kariya\neka-kale saba tane,\n\ngela ghoc;lara\n\neka-mana panca-dike panca-gura tane\neka-paricchede tina katha kahi/uil\neka pipilika maile prthvira kahail\neka ranca lana tara karila bhak$a(la\neka-5/oka pac;lite phiraya tina-cari raga\nekatra milila saba navadvipe asi'\neka tuli-balisa govindera hate dila\neka vancha haya mora bahu dina haite\neke eke sabara nama srikanta janai/a\ne kene kahibe kr�rera uddesa amaya?\ne-rra sodhite ami narimu tamara\"\ne-saba prasade.likhi caitanya-lila-gura\ne-stri-jati lata, amara sakhi-praya\ne saubhagya lagi' age kari/a prayara\neta anumani' puche tulasy-adi-gare\n\"eta arti jagannatha more nahi dila!\neta bali' age cafe yamunara kale\neta bali' ghara haite taila-kalasa lana\neta bali' jagadanande kaila a/iilgara\neta bali' jhali vahena, karena sevane\neta bali' kartha-ma/a di/a tailra\neta bali' /eu!i' prabhu gela nija-sthane\n\n15.95\n13.135\n11.36\n15.17\n13.50\n15.76\n\n300\n181\n18\n259\n141\n291\n\n15.8\n11.16\n15.7\n14.17\n15.28\n\n254\n8\n254\n195\n266\n\n14.84\n13.78\n12.17\n13.49\n11.78\n\n231\n154\n59\n141\n36\n\n14.65 223\n37\n11.82\n14.66 223\n12.107 97\n15.17 259\n255\n15.9\n13.137 181\n20\n11.41\n9\n11.20\n13.128 177\n12.9\n13.8\n11.31\n12.39\n15.38\n\n55\n122\n16\n68\n271\n\n13.86 157\n5\n11.10\n15.38 271\n11.105 48\n15.39 271\n14.28\n15.55\n12.119\n13.41\n\n200\n279\n103\n138\n\n13.99 163\n13.114 171\n13.88 158\n\n", "ant4#p0344": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\neta bali' mahaprabhu karena krandana\neta bali' mahaprabhu nacena apani\neta bali' maha-prasada karila vandana\neta bali' prabhu gela, paQcjita uthila\neta bali' prabhu-pase gela sivananda\neta bali' prabhure dhari' ghare lana gela\n\n14.112 244\n11.98\n44\n11.20\n9\n12.123 104\n12.24\n61\n14.76 228\n\n315\n\n13.104\n13.12\n12.145\n13.11\n13.132\n14.41\n13.79\n\n165\n124\n113\n124\n179\n206\n154\n\n12.5\n14.11\n14.86\n14.70\n14.101\n11.68\n\n53\n191\n232\n225\n239\n32\n\n11.97\n11.93\n11.18\n11.47\n11.26\n\n43\n41\n9\n22\n13\n\n11.53\n11.74\n11.62\nharidasa-thakure tabe vimane cacjana\nharidasa val)cjila prabhura ara vai�l)ava-caral)a 11.46\n11.49\nharidase becji' kare nama-sarikirtana\n\n25\n34\n29\n22\n23\n\n11.45\n11.16\n11.72\n11.46\n11.65\n\n21\n8\n33\n22\n30\n\n11.51\n11.50\n11.52\n11.95\n11.65\n\n24\n24\n24\n43\n30\n\n11.59\n11.91\n11.64\n11.70\n\n28\n41\n30\n32\n\n11.72\n11.58\n15.78\n\n33\n27\n292\n\ngovindere kahi' eka vasa deoyaila\ngovindere kahi' sei Wli dOra kaila\ngovindere paQcjita kichu kahena vacana\ngovindere puchena,-'iha karaila kon jana?'\ngramya-varta na sune, na kahe jihvaya\ngrhita-kapalika-dharmako me\ngujjari-ragiQi lana sumadhura-svare\n\neta bali' prabhu tanre alingana kaila\neta bali' srikanta, balaka age ca/i' yana\neta kahi' gaurahari,\n\ndui-janara kaQtha\n\neta kahi' mahaprabhu karila gamana\neta kahi' mahaprabhu mauna karila\n\n13.122\n12.36\n15.24\n12.145\n14.55\n\n175\n67\n264\n113\n218\n\n14.16\n15.77\n12.7\n12.41\n13.89\n\n194\n292\n54\n69\n158\n\nH\n'haha kr�Qa praQa-natha vrajendra-nandana!\n\netasya mohanakhyasya\neteka vilapa kari'\n\npremavese gaurahari,\n\netha gaucja-dese prabhura yata bhakta-gaQa\netha saba vai$Qava-gal)a asiya\netha tapana-misra-putra raghunatha-\n\nha-ibe bhavera jnana, paiba prema-dhana\nhantayam adrir abala hari-dasa-varyo\n'hari-bo/a' bali' prabhu garjiya uthila\n'hari-bola' bali' prabhu uthe .lcambite\n'hari-bola' 'hari-bola' bale gauraraya\nharidasa achila prthivira 'siromal)i'\nharidasa-dara5ane haya aiche 'sakti'\n\nG\n\nharidasa kahe,-aji karimu larighana\nharidasa kahe,-'prabhu, ye krpa tamara'\n\nga(lcja-sthala jhalamala,\n\nnace makara-\n\ngarucje cacji' dekhe prabhura skandhe pada\ngaucja-dese yaite tabe bhakte ajna\n'gaurariga-stava-kalpavrk�e' kariyachena\n'gaurariga-stava-kalpavrk�e' kariyache\ngaurel)a haril)a premaghara-bhata karena, ara vividha vyat'ijana\n'gita-govinda'-pada gaya jaga-mana hare\ngita-govindera pada gaya prabhure sunana\ngokule rahi/a durihe dekhi' mahavana\n\"govardhana haite more ke ihari anita?\ngovardhana-saila-jnane avi�ta ha-ifa\ngovardhane c�di' kr�tJa bajaila vel)u\ngovardhane na cacjiha dekhite 'gopala'\ngovardhanera caudike care saba dhenu\ngovinda asi' dekhi' kahila pal)cjitera bhojana\ngovinda-caral)aravinda-yarira pr.lQa-dhana\ngovinda-cara(le kaila atma-samarpa(la\ngovinda dhaila p.lche, nahi paya /age\ngovinda kahe, -'jagannatha rakhena fTlUi\ngovinda kahe, -'srikanta, age petarigi utara'\ngovinda kahe, -'utha asi' karaha bhojana'\ngovindera thani taila dhariya rakhila\ngovindere ajna dila kari' acamana\n\n15.73\n14.24\n12.65\n14.119\n14.72\n15.1\n13.106\n\n289\n198\n80\n247\n226\n251\n166\n\n13.79\n15.83\n13.45\n14.105\n14.85\n\n154\n295\n139\n241\n232\n\nharidase dekhite ai/a sighra kariya\n\n14.107\n13.39\n14.107\n12.151\n13.130\n\n241\n136\n241\n116\n178\n\nharidasera guQa kahite prabhu ha-ifa pane a-\n\n13.130 178\n14.87 233\n13.86 157\n12.37\n67\n11.18\n12.104\n12.52\n\n9\n96\n74\n\nharidasa kahe,- \"suna mora satya nivedana\nharidasa nijagrete prabhure vasaila\n\n'haridasa-thakurera mahotsavera tare\n\nharidase dite gela anandila hana\nharidase pradak�il)a kari' aila simha-dvare\nharidasera age asi' dila darasana\nharidasera arige dila prasada-candana\n\nharidasera guQa prabhu lagila kahite\nharidasera gul)e sabara vismita haya mana\nharidasera iccha yabe ha-ifa calite\nharidasera p.ldodaka piye bhakta-gaQa\nharidasera tanu prabhu kale laila uthana\n\"haridasera vijayotsava ya kaila darsana\nharidase samudra-jale snana karai/a\nhari-dhvani-kolahale bharila bhuvana\nhari-kirtana-kolahala sakala nagare\n'hari' 'kr$Qa'-sabde kare kolahala\nharinmaQi-kavatika-pratata-hari-vak�a/:1-\n\n", "ant4#p0345": "316\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nhar�adi 'vyabhicari' saba uthalila\n\n15.86\n11.100\n14.66\n12.128\n14.81\n\nhar�a-vi�ade prabhu visrama karila\nhasta, pada, grivil, kati, asthi sandhi yata\nhasta tuli' rahena prabhu na karena bhojana\nhena bhava vyakta kare nyasi-citc;lama(li\nhena cara(la-sparsa pili/a mora adhama tanu\nhena-kale aila puri, bharati, -dui-jana\nhena-kale isvarera upala-bhoga sari/a\nhena-kale jagannathera pa(li-satika bajila\nhena-kale sivananda gha!i haite aila\nhena-kale svaritpadi milila asiya\nhena-kale tumi-saba kolahala kaila\nhena-mate mahaprabhu jagadananda-satige\nhina-jati janma mora nindya-kalevara\nhina-karme rata muiii adhama pamara\nhrdaye dharimu tamara kamala cara(la\n\n296\n45\n223\n106\n230\n\n13.66\n13.33\n12.97\n12.89\n12.96\n\n148\n133\n93\n89\n92\n\n12.152\n13.77\n\"jagadanandera iccha bac;la yaite vrndavane\n13.30\njagadanandera kahiluti vrndavana-gamana\n13.136\njagadanandera nama suni' satikoca haila mana 13.11\n\n116\n153\n132\n181\n124\n\n12.154\n12.153\n12.153\n13.51\n14.33\n14.29\n\n117\n117\n117\n142\n202\n200\n\n12.117\n12.109\njagannathe dekhe-sak$at vrajendra-nandana 14.31\njagannathe dekhe sak�at vrajendra-nandana\n15.7\njagannathera pi!ha-pana age ane dhari'\n12.126\n\n102\n98\n201\n254\n106\n\n12.87\n11.29\n15.22\n14.21\n\n89\n261\n14\n263\n196\n\n12.40\n11.7\n13.2\n12.3\n14.3\n\n69\n4\n120\n52\n186\n\n15.3\n11.2\n11.3\n11.8\n12.3\n\n252\n2\n2\n4\n52\n\n11.5\n11.5\n14.2\n11.98\n14.3\n12.2\n11.2\n\n3\n3\n186\n44\n186\n52\n2\n\njagadananda-pat;JC;Iita tabe ajiia magi/a\njagadanande bolaiia tatire sikhaila\njagadanande paiia haila acarya ananda\njagadanande paiia milta anandita mane\njagadanande paiia sabe anandita haila\n\n12.29\n64\n14.113 244\n15.10 256\n14.79 229\n12.21\n60\n\njagadanande-prabhute prema cale ei-mate\n\n15.57 280\n14.110 243\n13.3\n120\n11.27\n13\n11.27\n13\n11.33\n16\n\njagadanandera 'prema-vivarta' sune yei ;ana\n\njagadanandera agamane sahara ullasa\n\njagadanandera saubhagyera ke kahibe sima?\njagadanandera saubhagyera tetiha se upama\njagadanandera vasa-dvare vasila asiya\njagannatha-subhadra-balaramera svarOpa\njagannathe aVi$!a ihara tanu-mana-pril(le\njagannathe deha' lana dipa yena jvale\n\njagannathe deha' taila, -dipa yena ;vale\n\niccha-matre kaila nija-pra(la ni�krama(la\nihilti aniyache bahu yatana kariya\"\nihati haite aji mui genu govardhane\nihara prasade aiche arti amara va haya\"\nihara sloka-gite prabhura karaya ananda\n\n11.96\n43\n12.107 97\n14.106 241\n14.30 201\n15.27 265\n\njagannathera vastra-prasada kaila nivedana\njagatera narira kil(le,\n\njagat nacao, yare yaiche iccha haya\njagat-narira nasa,\n\nindra-dhanu sikhi-pakha,\nindriye na kari rag\n\nupare diyache\n\nitiha-sabara kahilti\n\nitiha sabaya dite cilhi kichu vyaiijana-bhata\"\n'i$!a-deva' kari' mala dhariya rakhila\nisvara-caritra kichu bujhana nil yaya\nisvara dekhiya kali dibena darasane\nitara-lokera tate na haya ni5caya\n\n15.66\n15.18\n12.143\n13.124\n12.85\n11.43\n14.82\n\n284\n260\n113\n176\n88\n21\n230\n\nmadhuri-gu(le bandhi' 15.20\n\ntara bhitara pate vasa.\n\njagile 'svapna'-jiiana haila, prabhu du/:rkhi\njanila 'sarvajiia prabhu'-eta anumani'\njaya jayadvaita-candra caitanyera arya\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\njayadvaita-candra jaya karu(la-sagara\njayadvaitacarya jaya gaura-priyatama\njayadvaitacarya kr�(la-caitanya-priyatama\njayadvaita-priya nityananda-priya jaya\n\nJ\n\njaya gadadhara-priya svaritpa-pra(la-natha\njaya gaura-bhakta-ga(la, -gaura yatira prii(la\n\njagadananda-bhitare krodha bahire mahajagadananda cahe amaya vi�aya bhuiijaite\njagadananda calila prabhura vandiya cara(la\n\n13.20\n13.14\n13.41\n\n128\n125\n138\n\njaya gaura-bhakta-ga(la krpa-pitr(liintara\njaya gaura-deha kr�(la svayam bhagavan\njaya gaura-deha kr�(la svayam bhagavan\n\n\"jagadananda candanadi-taila aniyachena\njagadananda kahe,-\"matil, kana kana dine\njagadananda kahe prabhura dhariya cara(la\njagadananda milite yaya yei bhakta-ghare\njagadananda-pa(lt;/ita calila saba laiia\n\n12.1 OS 96\n12.90\n90\n13.24 129\n12.100 94\n13.68 149\n\njaya jaya gauracandra bhakta-ga(la-pril(la\n'jaya jaya haridasa' bali' kara hari-dhvani\"\njaya jaya nityananda caitanya-jivana\njaya jaya nityananda krpa-sindhu jaya\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya dayamaya\n\n", "ant4#p0346": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\njaya jaya srf-caitanya jaya dayamaya\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njaya jaya sri-caitanya svayaril bhagavan\njaya jaya sri-kmra-caitanya adhisvara\njaya kasi-priya jagadananda-praryesvara\njaya nityananda-candra jaya caitanyera prarya\njaya nityananda purryananda-kalevara\njaya rupa, sanatana, jiva, raghunatha\njaya rupacsanatana-raghunathesvara\njaya srinivasesvara haridasa-natha\njaya srivasa-adi prabhura bhakta-garya\njaya svarupa, srivasadi prabhu-bhakta-garya\njihvaya uccarimu tamara 'kr$Qa-caitanya'jini' upamana-garya,\n\nhare sabara netra-\n\n12.2\n13.2\n14.2\n15.2\n11.4\n\n52\n120\n186\n252\n3\n\n11.6\n15.2\n11.9\n11.4\n11.3\n\n3\n252\n5\n3\n2\n\n15.3\n14.4\n11.34\n15.64\n\n252\n187\n17\n283\n\n317\n\nkar(la-mana trpta kare yara eka bindu\nkarramrta, vidyapati, sri-gita-govinda\nkaruka yathe$ta jagannatha darasana\nkasi haite calila tenho gaul)a-patha diya\nkasi-misra aneka prasada pathaila\nk;i$thera putali yena kuhake nacaya\nk�te ratri gonaya svarupa-ramananda-sane\nke mora ni/eka kr$r:ra? kahan mui ainu'?\nkene va ani/a more vrtha dubkha dite\nkevala gaul)iya paile 'batapal)a' kari\nke varryite pare sei mahaprabhura khela?\nkiba nahi karena, kaha vacana-pramarya\nkiba uttara dibe ei-na sune kahini\"\nkiba uttara dibe? ihara nahika samvit\"\nkichu balite narena prabhu, khayena tarase\n\nK\n\nkichu na baliha, karuka, yate ihara sukha\"\nki diya tamara rr:ra karimu sodhana?\nkintu amara ye kichu sukha, saba toma lana\n\n15.5\n13.47\n14.54\n15.33\n\n253\n253\n140\n218\n268\n\n13.17\n15.45\n\"kaha, mrgi, radha-saha sri-k[$(la sarvatha\n15.60\n\"kahan gela kr$r:ra? ekhani painu dara5ana!\nkahari gele kr$Qa 15.24\nkahan karon, kahM yana,\n14.34\n'kahari kuruk$etre ailarya kahan vrndavana'\n\n126\n274\n281\n264\n203\n\nkabhu bahya-sphOrti, -tina rite prabhu-sthiti 15.5\nkabhu bhave magna, kabhu ardha-bahyakabhu devalaye, kabhu bnlhmarya-sadane\nkabhu kana dasa vthe, sthira nahe mane\nkaccit tulasi kalyaryi\n\nkon aiche haya,-iha pare sahibare?\"\nkana pravasire dimu, ki kaya uhaya?\nkoti-manmatha-mohana murali-vadana\nkrame krame haifa prabhura se unmada\"krodhavesera pakera haya aiche svada!\n\nkadalira 5u$ka-patra ani/a apara\n\n\"kahan paila tumi ei ratula vasana?\"\nkahan yana kahan pana, murali-vadana!\nkaha, sakhi, ki kari upaya?\nkahiha,-'paryl)ita ebe vasi/a bhojane'\nkahite kahite prabhura bade maha-sukha\n\nkrpa kari' deha' prabhu, nija-pada-dana\nkrpa kari' k($Qa more diyachila sanga\nk($Qa-ariga susita/a,\n\nki kahimu tara ba/a,\n\nkr$r:ra atma niraiijana,\n\nsak$at dekhite mana,\n\nkr$Qadbhuta balahaka,\n\nmora netra-cataka,\n\n13.53 142\n12.5\n53\n15.65 284\n12.146 114\n24\n11.51\n\nk[$Qa-gamana puche tare kariya nirdhara\n\n12.125\n13.5\n13.12\n14.22\n12.76\n\n105\n121\n124\n197\n84\n\nkr$Qa-katha-pujadite a$ta-prahara yaya\n\n14.74\n14.96\n15.44\n14.93\n14.97\n\n227\n237\n273\n235\n237\n\nkr$r:ra ihan chal)i' gela, ihon-virahiryi\nkr$r:ra jini' padma-canda,\nk[$Qa-kara-pada-ta/a,\n\nka/iira l)origa bhari' vyaiijana caudike dharila\nkalara sara/ate, sayana, ali k$ir)a kaya\nkalara sara/a-upara sayana karila\nkale yai' kaila jagannatha darasana\nkandite kandite sabaya kaila alirigana\n'kanha kara ki'-ei svarupe puchila\nkMpite kanpite prabhu bhamete pagila\nkantanga-sariga-kuca-kunkuma-raiijitayab\nkar:rthe gharghara, nahi varryera uccara\nkarangera ja/e kare sarvariga siiicana\n\ngandha, sabda,\n\nkr$Qa-gu(la-rupa-rasa,\n\npatiyache mukha\n\nkoti-candra-susitala,\n\nk[$Qa krpamaya taha ava5ya karibe\nk[$Qa-kunda-ma/a-gandhe vayu-suvasita\nsuddha sarika-kuryl)ala,\nkr$Qa-lila-maryl)a/a,\nk($Qa mathuraya ge/e, gopira ye dasa haifa\nmrga-madakr$Qanga -saurabhya-bhara,\nk[$Qa rasa-lila kare, -dekhi/a svapana\nkr$r:ra-rupamrta-sindhu,\n\ntahara tarariga-\n\nkr$r:ra-rupa-sabda-sparsa,\n\nsaurabhya-\n\nkr$Qa tamara ihan ai/a, paila darasana?\n\n11.106 49\n15.27 265\n14.26 199\n13.90 159\n11.80\n37\n12.85\n88\n12.6\n53\n14.37 204\n14.111 243\n13.35 134\n14.121\n15.53\n15.48\n15.54\n12.138\n\n248\n278\n275\n278\n111\n\n12.38\n12.73\n11.38\n13.57\n13.61\n\n68\n83\n18\n144\n146\n\n15.56 279\n14.13 192\n12.131 108\n3\n11.5\n42\n11.94\n15.21\n14.50\n15.65\n15.50\n14.49\n\n262\n212\n284\n276\n212\n\n15.48\n15.71\n15.76\n13.132\n11.37\n15.47\n\n275\n288\n291\n179\n18\n275\n\n14.44\n14.12\n15.22\n14.17\n15.19\n15.15\n15.36\n\n208\n191\n263\n195\n261\n258\n270\n\n", "ant4#p0347": "318\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nkr�ra-viccheda-jatartya\n\n13.1\n13.4\n14.12\n14.1\n15.50\n\n119\n121\n191\n186\n276\n\n15.23\n13.129\nkr�rera uddesa kahi' rakhaha jivana\n15.36\nnana-rasa-narma- 15.20\nkr�rera vacana-madhuri,\n12.4\nkr�rera viyoga-dasa shpure nirantara\n\n263\n178\n270\n261\n52\n\n15.54\n14.52\n15.12\n11.13\n15.41\n\n278\n214\n256\n7\n272\n\n12.33\n14.9\nkulina-grama-vasi ara yata kharqa-viisi\n12.9\nkumarera caka yena satata phiraya\n15.6\nkuruk$elre dekhi' k($(1e aiche haifa mana\n14.34\nkvacin misravase vraja-pati-sutasyoru-virah!it 14.73\nkvacit kr�ravrlli-pracala-rasano bhakti15.97\n\n65\n190\n55\n254\n203\n226\n301\n\nkr�ra-vicchede duf:tkhe k�i(la mana-kay a\nkr�ra-vicchede prabhura se dasa upajila\nkr�ra-viccheda-vibhrantya\nkr�re dekhi' ei saba karena namaskiira\nkr�rera adharamrta,\n\nWe karpiira manda-\n\nk($/)era saundarya-madhurya yabe page,\n\nkr�rera viyoge ei sevaka du/:lkhita\nkr�rera viyoge gopira dasa dasa haya\nkr�rera viyoge radh!ira utkarthita mana\nk($(1era viraha-vikiira atige nana haya\nkr�roddesa kahi' sabe rakhaha parara\"\nkruddha hana lathi mari' kare tara hila\nk�aQe k�a(le anubhavi' ei dui-jana\n\nmahii-bhagavata haridasa-parama-vidvan\nmahaprabhu adhika tatire krpa na kari/a\nmahaprabhu padatigu�tha tara mukhe dila\nmahaprabhura daua mala mananera kale\nmahaprabhu rahila ghare vi�af)Qa hana\n\n12.83\n13.135\n'mahaprabhura prasada' j!ini' tatihiire puchila 13.52\nmah!iprabhura raghunathe krpa-prema-phala 13.137\nmahaprabhura sandesa kahila sanatane\n13.65\n\n87\n181\n142\n181\n148\n\n11.82\n14.27\n14.114\n13.72\n13.102\n\n37\n199\n244\n151\n164\n\n11.19\n12.43\n13.48\n11.57\n15.34\n\n9\n70\n140\n27\n269\n\n12.62\n12.34\n14.51\n14.86\n14.19\n\n78\n66\n213\n232\n195\n\n11.17\n12.112\n12.23\n12.91\n12.93\n\n8\n99\n61\n90\n91\n\n13.70\n13.36\n13.36\n13.44\n13.22\n12.110\n\n150\n135\n135\n139\n129\n99\n\n15.63\n13.102\n12.54\nmodaka vece, prabhura vatira nikata tara\n13.76\nmukhe tara jhiila gela, jihva kare jva/a\n13.53\n'mukunda-sarasva!i' dila, -kahe sanatana\n'mukunda sarasva!i' nama sannyasi maha-jane 13.50\nvi�aya-bhoga maha 14.47\nmora deha sva-sadana,\n\n282\n164\n74\n153\n142\n141\n210\n\nmahaprabhura krpa-wa ke sodhite pare?\n\nmahaprabhura krpaya kr�ra-prema anargala\n\nmahaprabhura sri-haste alpa na aise\nmahaprabhure dekhi' t!itira carara vandila\nmahaprabhure dui-jana premalitigana kaila\nmahaprabhu tatire dr(iha alitigana kaila\nmahaprabhu tati-sabara varia puchila\nmaha-prasada aniyacha, ke-male upek$iba?\nmah!iprasada-bhojane sabare bolaila\nmahavane dena ani' magi' anna-pana\nmaha-yogesvara-praya dekhi' svacchande\nmalaty adarsi va/:1 kaccin\nmalini-prabhrti prabhure kaila nimantrara\nmamara agocare kahe kari' abhimiina\nmana kr�ra-viyogi, du/:lkhe mana haifa\nmanarh tanoti saha-go-garayos tayor yat\n\nL\nlajjita ha-ifa prabhu purira vacane\nlana aila cari janera mastake caqana\nlilamrta-vari�a(le,\n\nsince caudda bhuvane,\n\nlila-padma calaite haifa anya-ciue\n\nmarqali-bandhe gopi-ga(la karena nartana\n\n14.116 245\n11.79\n36\n15.68 285\n15.52 277\n\nmanda manda kariteche satikhya-satikirtana\nmardaniya eka rakha karite mardana!\nmaruka amara tina putra tatira balai lana\"\nmata aji khiioyaila iikaQtha piiriya\nmata kahe,-\"kala randhi uuama vyanjana\n\nlila samvaribe tumi-laya mora citte\nloka nistarite ei tomara 'avatara'\ntoke nahi dekhi aiche, siistre nahi suni\nluthan bhamau kakva vikala-vikalarh\n\n11.31\n11.25\n14.81\n14.73\n\n16\n12\n230\n226\n\nmathera age rakhila eka chauni biindhiya\nmathura gele sanatana-satigei rahiba\nmathurara sv!imi sabera carara vandiba\nmathurate asi' mili/a sanatane\nmathura yaite prabhu-sthane ajna magi/a\nmauna kari' rahi/a pa(lqita, kichu na kahila\n\nM\n\nmayiira-da/a-bh0$ila/:l subhaga-tara-h!ira-\n\nmadhyahna karite prabhu calilii iipane\nmadhyahna karite samudre kari/a gamana\nmadhyahna kariyii prabhu aila bhojane\nmadhyahne asiba, ebe yai darasane'\nmadhye madhye mah!iprabhura karena\nmadhye radha-saha nace vrajendra-nandana\n\n11.43\n11.44\n12.124\n12.122\n13.106\n14.19\n\n21\n21\n105\n104\n166\n195\n\n11.105 48\n13.109 167\n12.50\n73\n13.134 180\n12.82\n87\n\nmisra !ira sekharera da(lqaval janiii/a\n\n", "ant4#p0348": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nmora ei icchii yadi tamara prasade haya\nmora /agi' stri-putra-grhadi chiic;liyii\nmora pancendriya-gal)a,\n\nmahii-lampata\n\nmora siromal)i kala kala mahasaya\nmora skandhe pada diyache, taho niihi\nmukhe liilii-phena prabhura uttana-nayana\nmui, ebe la-iba prasada kari' samadhiina\n'mukundiira matii iisiyiiche', seha prabhure\nmukundiira miitiira niima suni' prabhu\nmura/ira kala-dhvani,\n\nmadhura garjana\n\n11.35\n12.71\n15.16\n11.40\n14.29\n\n17\n82\n259\n19\n200\n\n14.68 224\n12.142 112\n12.58\n76\n12.59\n77\n15.67 285\n\n319\n\nnityiinande iijna dilun gauc;lete rahite\nnityiinande kahilii-\"tumi na iisiha biira-bara\n\npiiche jnana haya,-muni dekhinu 'svapana'\npache sakhi-gal)a yaiche cahi' bec;lailii\npiika kari' jagadiinanda caitanya samarpi/a\n'piiilun vrndiivana-natha, puna� harailun\n\npiii'ii kr$1Jera lila, na piiinu dekhite\npanca-guQe kare pancendriya iikar$al)a\n\nnadiyara bhakta-gal)e sabiire mi/i/ii\nnadiya-viisi modaka, tara niimanii gaya svarupa-gosani srama dekhi' tiinra\nnahi mane dharmiidharma, kare niiri-mrginii khai/e jagadiinanda karibe upaviise\n\n12.96\n92\n12.54\n74\n15.90 298\n15.72 288\n12.138 111\n\n81\n86\n\n12.94\n15.30\n13.62\n14.37\n14.1 OS\n\n91\n267\n147\n204\n241\n\n14.111\n15.8\n12.140\n12.144\n12.118\n\n243\n254\n111\n113\n102\n\np\n\npiii'ii kr$1Jera lila dekhite na pa.ila\n\nN\n\n12.69\n12.81\n\npaQc;/ita ani/a, mukhaviisa, malya, candana\npal)c;/ita bhojana kaile, iimiire kahibii\"\npaQc;/ita kahe,-'ke tomiire kahe mithya viitJi\n\n12.142 112\n12.134 109\n13.46 140\npaQc;/ita piika karena deviilaye yai'\npal)c;/itera icchii,-'tai/a prabhu kare angikara' 12.111\n99\n71\n12.45\n'paramananda-diisa'-niima sena janiiilii\npal)c;/ita kahe,-\"prabhu yiii' karuna visrama\npaQc;/ita kahe,-\"ye khaibe, sei paka-kartii\n\nnakhe ciri' ciri' tahii s0k$ma kaila\nnamami haridiisarh tam\nnamaskiira kari' tenho kaila nivedana\nnamera mahimii lake karila praciira\nniimera mahimii yenha karilii prakasa\"\n\n13.18\n11.1\n11.22\n11.25\n11.99\n\n127\n1\n11\n12\n44\n\nparama saniO$e prabhu karena bhojana\nparama-vai$1)ava, raghuniitha-upiisaka\n\nniimera sahita priil)a kaila utkramatJa\nnanii durgama patha lang hi' iiisena dhiinii\nniinii-mate asviidaya premera tarange\nniinii sevii kari' kare piida-samviihana\nnavadvipe saba bhakta hailii eka thiini\n\n11.56\n12.71\n13.3\n13.95\n12.8\n\n26\n82\n120\n161\n55\n\n'paramesvara kusala hao, bha/a haila, iii/a'\n'paramesvarii muni' bali' dal)c;/avat kaila\nparisrama niihi mora toma sabiira lagiyii\n\n13.108 167\n13.92 160\n76\n12.58\n12.57\n76\n12.72\n83\n\n14.85\n13.81\n13.91\npathe tare mi/i/ii visviisa-ramadasa\n12.114\npathe yaite taila-gandha mora yei pabe\npattaniiyaka-go$thike pac;/iiya 'kavya-prakasa' 13.111\n\n232\n155\n159\n100\n168\n\n15.97\n12.37\n14.88\n13.128\n13.118\n\n301\n67\n233\n177\n173\n\n14.18\n12.106\n12.86\n13.29\n13.21\n13.25\n13.28\n\n195\n96\n88\n132\n128\n130\n131\n\nparvata-disate prabhu dhiina calila\n\npathe 'sijera biic;/i' haya, phutiya calilii\nnava-ghana-snigdha-varl)a,\n\ndalitiinjana-\n\nnavambuda-lasad-dyutir nava-tac;linnayane dekhimu tamara ciinda vadana\nnetra kal)tha rodhe bii$pa, nii pare pac;lite\nnija-krpa-gul)e prabhu bandhila sabare\n\n15.64 283\n15.63 282\n11.33\n16\n13.127 177\n12.83\n87\n\npayorases tire sphurad-upavaniili-ka/anayii\npetiingi-gaya kare dal)c;/avat-namaskiira\n\nnija-netra-dui bhrnga-mukha-padme\nnija 5i$ye kahi' govindera mandira karaila\nnilacale lana iii/a yatana kariya\nnimani ihiin khiiya,-iccha haya mora mana\nnimani khiinache,-aiche haya mora mana\n\n25\n11.53\n13.131 179\n12.103 95\n91\n12.93\n91\n12.94\n\nphukara pac;lila, maha-kolahala ha-ila\npika-svara-kal)tha, liile riigera vibhiiga\npita-mata kasi paile udiisina hana\npitiimbara, vana-malii, madana-mohana\npitta-viiyu-vyiidhi-prakopa santa hanii yaya\n\nnipatta-bahya ha-i/e prabhu dunhare vandila\nnitya-krtya kari' tenha paka cac;lailii\nnityananda-prabhu bhokhe vyiikula hana\nnityiinanda-prabhura saba caritra-'viparita'\nnityiinanda-prabhure yadyapi ajna nai\n\n14.114 244\n13.49 141\n12.19\n59\n12.33\n65\n12.10\n55\n\nprabhu-ajna lana iii/a nadiya-nagare\nprabhu-iijnii lana deha', kariye vinaya\"\nprabhu iijna na dena tanre, nii pare calite\nprabhu-ajnii nahi, tate na pari yaite\nprabhu-ajna vina tahiin yaite na pari\n\n", "ant4#p0349": "320\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nprabhu-ajnaya dhari/a nama-'paramananda- 12.49\n\nprabhura 1hani ajna lana gela vrndavane\n\n\"prabhu-ange diha' tai/a\" govinde kahila\n\nprabhura vacane sabara dravi-bhuta mana\n\nprabhu cahi' bule sabe deuli jvaliya\nprabhu dekhibare sabe karila gamana\nprabhu kahe,-'dwihe kene aila eta dare?\nprabhu kahe,-\"dvitiya-pate baga' annaprabhu kahe,-\"govinda, aji rakhi/a jivana\nprabhu kahe,-\"govinda, mora sange rahiba\nprabhu kahe,-'haridasa, kaha samacara'\nprabhu kahe,-\"haridasa, ye tumi magibe\n\n72\n12.104 96\n14.61 221\n12.7\n54\n14.115 245\n12.127 106\n13.85 157\n13.87 157\n11.47\n22\n11.37\n18\n\n228\n11\nprabhu kahe,-\"km1a muni ekhana-i painu\n15.79 293\nprabhu kahe,-\"mathura yaiba amaya krodha 13.23\n129\nprabhu kahena, -\"govinda, tumi ihani rahiba 12.144 113\n\nprabhu kahe,-'kichu smrti nahika amara\n\n14.77\n\nprabhu kahe,-'kon vyadhi, kaha ta' nirl)aya?' 11.23\n\nprabhura vi/amba dekhi' govinda jagai/a\nprabhura vinati-stuti matare kahila\nprabhura virahonmada-bhava gambhira\nprabhure bhik�a karaila agraha kariya\nprabh.ure dekhite ca/ila chagi' sarva karya\nprabhure lana ge/a sabe samudrera tire\nprabhure se dine kaii-misrera nimantrara\n'prabhure soyaiha ihaya'-tahare kahila\nprabhu sabara gala dhari' karena rodana\nprabhu-vi�aye sneha tara balaka-kala haite\npache nrtye kare vakresvara bhakta-garapra/apa sahita ei unmada-varrana\npra/Jpo vyadhir unmado\n\nprabhu kahena,-\"kha!a eka anaha pagite\n\n13.14 125\n12.116 101\nprabhu kahe,-\"samudra ei 'maha-tirtha'\n11.64\n30\nprabhu kahe,-\"sannyasira nahi taile adhikara 12.108\n97\nprabhu kahe,-\"srikanta asiyache pana mana- 12.38\n68\n\nprapta-prara�lacyuta-vitta atma\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"pargita, taila ani/a gauga\n\nprapta-ratna harana aiche vyagra ha-ifa\n\n12\n26\n11.85\n39\nprabhu na khai/e keha na kare bhojana\n12.147 114\nprabhu nidra gele, tumi khaiha asiya\"\n222\nprabhu pagi' achena dirgha hata palica-chaya 14.64\n\nprasada magiye bhik�a deha' ta' amare'\n\nprabhu kahe,-\"vrddha ha-ifa 'sankhya' a/pa\n\n11.24\n\nprabhu-mukha-madhuri piye, netre jala-dhara 11.55\n\n12.119\n14.23\n14.99\n13.108\n14.98\n\n130\n103\n197\n238\n167\n238\n\n11.60\n13.18\n13.72\n13.100\n14 .63\n\n28\n127\n151\n163\n222\n\n13.101\n14.69\n13.112\n12.88\n13.69\n12.63\n\n164\n224\n175\n89\n150\n79\n\nprabhu prite tarlra gamana na karena angikara 13.26\nprabhura age arlginate phelila bhangiya\nprabhura age darsana kare loka /akhe lakhe\nprabhura ange dekhe a�la-sattvika vikara\nprabhura ava5i�la-patra bha!lera bhak$al)a\nprabhura avastha dekhi' kardite /agi/a\n\nprapta-ratna haranii,\n\ntara gura sanariya,\n\nprasada dite ase tara anandita ham\nprasada-kagara saha bandhi lena gale\n\npra5raya-pagala suddha-vaidagdhi na jane\nprasada pai anyonye kaila alirlgana\npra5amaya prasadaya\npratal)-kale isvara dekhi' saba bhakta lana\npratal)-kale jagadananda prabhu-sthane aila\nprathame cali/a prabhu,-yena vayu-gati\nprati-roma-kupe mamsa-vrarera akara\nprati-rome prasveda page rudhirera dhara\n\"prati-var�e aisa sabe amare dekhite\npremanande mahaprabhu ha-ifa vihvala\n\nprabhura avese ava5a sarva-bhakta-gara\nprabhura bahirvasa duite se saba bharila\nprabhura carara vandi' sabare milila\nprabhura carare yana milila kutahale\nprabhura da5a dekhi' puna!) cintite /agi/a\nprabhu 'raghunatha' jani kaila a/irlgane\nprabhura kare krma-nama kahe bhakta-gatJa\nprabhura krpate kr�tJa-preme malta haifa\nprabhura name matare dargavat kai/a\nprabhura nimitta eka-sthana mane vicari/a\nprabhura priya nana dravya aniyache desa\n\npremavese bule tahan kr$Qa anve�iya\npremavese sabe nace, karena kirtana\npremavi�la hana prabhu karena vara-dana\npreme gara gara bhaua kandite lagila\npremera 'svarupa' jane, paya prema-dhana\n\n13.125 176\n12.75\n84\n14.21 1%\n12.88\n89\n14.5\n187\n11.86\n13.89\n15.93\n11.85\n13.8\n\n39\n158\n299\n39\n122\n\n12.76\n12.56\n11.63\n15.96\n14.53\n\n84\n75\n29\n300\n214\n\n14.41\n14.35\n14.42\n11.75\n13.134\n\n206\n203\n207\n35\n180\n\n11.74\n12.60\n13.63\n15.81\n11.45\n\n34\n77\n147\n294\n21\n\n12.115\n14.91\n14.92\n14.93\n12.67\n\n101\n234\n235\n235\n81\n\n27\n11.58\n15.29 266\n28\n11.60\n41\n11.90\n13.115 172\n12.154 117\n\n12.70\n13.129\n15.34\npritim vo janayan yatal)\n15.52\npriya-mukhe bhrnga page, taha nivarite\npuna!) kahe,-'haya haya, paga paga rama- 15.69\n15.61\npuna!) kene na dekhiye murali-vadana!\nprema-rre baddha ami, sudhite na pari\n\npremete vihvala tabe, kichui na jane\n\n82\n178\n269\n27 7\n286\n281\n\n", "ant4#p0350": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n13.118\n15.88\npuna� puna� paryr;lita nanii vyaiijana parivese 12.135\n13.114\npunarapi eka-b�ra asiha nil�cale\"\n13.84\npunarapi sei pathe b�hur;li' calila\npuna� prabhura thaili �ila grhadi char;Jiya\npuna� puna� asvadaye, karena nartana\n\npuri-bh�ratl-gosaiii aila sindhu-lire\npuri-bharalira sange prabhu bhik$a kaila\n'puri-dasa' bali' n�ma dhariha t�hara\n'purT-dasa' kari' prabhu karena upahasa\npuri-gosani kahe,- 'tamara nrtya dekhibare'\n\"purva haite iccha mora yaite vrndavana\n\"purva kahite vrndavana yaite mora mana\npurva-praya yathiivat sarira ha-ila\npurva-var$e jagadananda 'iii' dekhibare\npurvavat a$ta-masa prabhu-pasa chila\npurvavat prabhu kaila sabara milana\npurvavat saba lana guryr;Jica-marjana\npurvavat sabe mili' karaila cetana\npurvavat sarvange sattvika-bhava-sakala\npurve asi' yabe kaila jagannatha dara5ana\npurve jagadilnandera iccha vrndavana yaite\npurve yabe sivananda prabhu-sthane aila\npurve yena suniyachi bhi$mera mararya\npu$pera udyana tatha dekhena acambite\n'putre sapa dichena gosani vasa na pailil'\n\n173\n297\n109\n171\n156\n\n14.90 234\n11.87\n39\n12.47\n71\n12.49\n72\n14.115 245\n13.24\n13.27\n14.71\n12.86\n13.119\n\n129\n131\n225\n88\n174\n\n12.42\n12.61\n15.59\n15.58\n14.31\n\n70\n78\n280\n280\n201\n\n13.21\n12.46\n11.96\n15.28\n12.22\n\n128\n71\n43\n266\n61\n\nradha-anga-sange kuca-kunkuma-bh0$ila\nradha-priya-sakhi amilra, nahi bahiranga\nradhikara bhave prabhura sada 'abhimana'\nr�hava-paryr;Jita cale jhali sajiiila\nraghunatha-bhatta-pake ali sunipurya\nraghunatha-bhattera sane pathete milila\nraghunatha-dasera sada prabhu-sange sthiti\nraghunatha, gopala,-chaya mora natha\nraghunathera taraka-mantra japena\nrakta-vastra 'vai$ryavera' parite na yuyaya\nramadasa kahe,-\"�mi sudra adhama!\nramadasa kailil tabe nilacale vasa\n\nramadasa yadi prathama prabhure milil�\nramai, nandai ara govinda, raghunatha\nramai, nandai, ara paryr;Jita sankara\nramananda-adi sabe gela nija-sthana\nramananda par;Je sloka,\n\nsuni' prabhura\n\nr�mananda-raya sloka par;Jite l�gil�\nr�m�nanda-raya tabe gel� nija ghare\nr�mananda-raya tabe prabhure vasaila\nramananda, sarvabhauma, sabara agrete\nrasa-sthalira dhali adi saba bheta dila\nrasa-sthalira valu ara govardhanera sila\nrase harim iha vihita vilasam\nrase radha laiia kr$Qa antardhana kaila\nrasuira karya kairache ramai, raghuniltha\nratha-age purvavat karila nartana\nriltri-dina ei dasa svasti nilhi mane\nratri-dine kare donhe prabhura sahaya\nratri haile svarupa-ramilnande laiia\nriltrye k[$Qa-vicchede prabhu karena rodana\nriltrye raya-svarupa-sane rasa-asvadana\nratula vastra dekhi' paryr;Jita premavi$ta ha-ila\nraurava ha-ite kar;li' more vaikur)!he car;Jaila\nraya-svarupera karytha dhari',\nrupadi panca tane,\n\nkahe 'haha\n\ngela ghor;Jara\n\nrupa-gosaiiira sabhaya karena bhagavata-\n\n13.109\n12.148\n14.89\n15.94\n15.69\n\n167\n115\n234\n300\n286\n\n14.55\n14.58\n15.92\n11.50\n13.73\n\n218\n220\n299\n24\n151\n\n13.67\n15.84\n15.30\n12.143\n12.61\n\n149\n295\n267\n113\n78\n\n12.6\n11.15\n14.40\n12.64\n11.12\n\n53\n7\n206\n79\n6\n\n13.52\n11.28\n14.42\n15.18\n13.126\n\n142\n14\n207\n260\n176\n\n13.42\n\n138\n80\n4\n59\n152\n\ns\n\nR\n\nradha laiia k[$Qa pravesila kandarate\n\n321\n\n15.47\n14.109\n15.46\n14.14\n12.12\n\n275\n242\n274\n192\n56\n\nsaba bhakta-garya-thilili ajiiil magi Ia\n\n13.107\n13.94\n14.83\n11.9\n13.99\n\n166\n161\n231\n5\n163\n\nsabai rahila, keha calite narila\n\n13.61 146\n13.97 162\n13.111 168\n\nsaba bhakta karena mahaprabhura nimantrarya 12.66\nsaba bhakta mili' more bhakti deha' dana\nsaba char;Jaila sivananda ekala rahila\nsaba dravya rakhilena, pilu dilena billl!iya\n\nsaba laiia maha-prasada bhojana karila\nsabara saba karya karena, dena vasa-sthana\nsaba ratri mahaprabhu kare jagararya\nsabare ball!iya dila prabhura vyailjana-bhata\nsabare palana kari' sukhe lana yilna\nsab�re pariiila prabhu m�lya-candana\nsab�re vid�ya dil� susthira hailil\n\n11.8\n12.17\n13.74\n\n85\n12.77\n14.117 246\n12.16\n58\n14.59 220\n12.148 115\n12.15\n11.89\n12.80\n\n58\n40\n86\n\n", "ant4#p0351": "322\n\nSri Caitanya-caritampa\n\nsaba sakhi-gaf)a-sange kariya sajani\nsaba vai$f)ave prabhu vasaila sari sari\nsabda na patia svarupa kapata kaila dare\nsabe dekhi-haya mora k[$f)a vidyamana\nsabe gaya,-\"jaya jaya jaya haridasa\n\n14.108 242\n11.81\n37\n14.60 221\n14.78 229\n11.99\n44\n\nsankoca na kara wmi, ami-tomara 'dasa'\nsailk$epe bahulye karena kar;laca-granthana\nsailk$epe kahiya kari dik darasana\nsannyasi manu$a amara bhamite sayana\nsannyasi manu$a mora, nahi kona dhana\n\n13.98\n14.9\n14.122\n13.15\n12.73\n\n163\n190\n248\n12 6\n83\n\nsabe giya rahila grama-bhitara vrk$a-tale\nsabe k[$f)a bhajana kare, -ei-matra jane\nsaba /uti' bandhi' rakhe, yaite virodhe\nsacimata dekhi' sabe tanra ajtia lana\nsaghrta salyanna kala-pate stapa kai/a\n\n12.18\n59\n13.133 180\n13.35 134\n12.14\n57\n12.125 105\n\nsara/ate har;la /age, vyatha haya gaya\n13.5\nsarira sustha haya mora, asustha buddhi-mana 11.22\nsarva-bhakta-pada-ref)u mastaka-bha$af)a\n11.54\nsarva-bhakta vande haridasere caraf)a\n11.52\nsarva-bhakte kahena prabhu madhura vacana 12.66\n\n121\n11\n25\n24\n80\n\nsahajei mora tahan yaite mana haya\n\"sahaje tomara guf)e jagat vikaya\nsaha tvali-kulair bibhrad\nsahite nare jagadananda, srjila upaya\nsakala vai$f)ava tabe bhojana kari/a\n\n13.29\n12.78\n15.33\n13.6\n11.87\n\n132\n85\n268\n122\n39\n\nsarva-citta-jtiata prabhu-sarvajtia bhagavan\nsarva-sastre pravif)a, kavya-prakasasarva tyaji' calila jagannatha-darasane\nsa5aila narira vakg taha akar$ite dakg\nsasmita katiik$a-biif)e, ta-sabara hrdaye\n\n13.110\n13.92\n13.93\n15.21\n15.73\n\n168\n160\n160\n262\n289\n\nsakha saba par;liyache prthivi-upare\nsakhi-gara kahe more phula uthaite\nsakhi he, suna mora dul)khera karaf)a\nsak$ate khai ami' tenho 'svapna' hena mane\"\nsakti deha', -kari yena caitanya-varf)ana\n\n15.49\n14.109\n15.16\n12.92\n14.4\n\n276\n242\n259\n91\n187\n\n'sasti'-chale krpa kara, -e tomara 'ka,-ul)a'\nsastra-lokatita yei yei bhava haya\nsatyabhama-k[$/)e yaiche suni bhagavate\nsaudamini pitambara, sthira nahe nirantara,\nsaundarya dekhiya bhame par;le murccha\n\n12.28\n14.82\n12.152\n15.66\n15.57\n\n63\n230\n116\n284\n280\n\nsamipe niladre5 cataka-giri-rajasya kalanad\nsarilsthitam api yan-murtiril\nsamudra-ghata aila saba vai$f)ava-sane\nsamudre karila snana-jala-ke/i range\nsamudre lana gela tabe kirtana kariya\n\n14.120 247\n11.1\n1\n14.116 245\n11.71\n33\n11.62\n29\n\nsaurabhyamrta-sarilplavavrta-jagat piy0$asaundaryamrta-sindhu-bhanga-lalanasayanera kale svarupa tahani rahila\nsayya upek$ile paf)r;/ita dul)kha pabe bhari'\nse da5aya vyakula hati;i, mana gela palana,\n\n15.14\n15.14\n13.10\n13.13\n14.51\n\n257\n257\n123\n125\n213\n\nsamudre mili/a yena ganga-yamuna-dhara\nsanande sakala vai$f)ava bale 'hari' 'hari'\nsan!itana bhik$a karena yai' mahavane\nsanatana kahe-\"sadhu paf)r;/ita-mahasaya!\nsanatana karaila tanre dvadasa vana dara5ana\n\n14.94\n14.102\n13.47\n13.58\n13.45\n\n236\n239\n140\n145\n139\n\nsei apurva prema ei pratyak$a dekhila\nsei bhavave5e prabhu prati-taru-lata\nsei bhave apanake hay a 'radhii'-jtiana\nsei bujhe, varf)e, caitanya 5akti dena yanre\nsei da5a dasa haya prabhura udaya\n\n13.60\n15.31\n14.14\n14.6\n14.52\n\n145\n267\n192\n188\n214\n\nsanatana paf)r;/itera kare samadhana\nsanatana prabhure kichu bheta-vastu di/a\nsanatana-sange kariha vana darasana\nsanatana sei vastra mastake bandhiya\nsanatana tanre jani' lajjita ha-ila\nsanatanera gophate dun he rahe eka-thatii\n\n13.48\n13.66\n13.38\n13.51\n13.55\n13.46\n\n140\n148\n136\n142\n143\n140\n\nsei dui-jana prabhure kare asvasana\nsei-kale deva-dasi /agila gaite\nsei-kale paf)c;iita parivese vyanjana\nsei kuf)c;iala kaf)e pari', t[$f)a-lau-thiili\nsei lila prabhu more kabhu na dekhaiba\n\n15.26\n13.78\n12.137\n14.44\n11.32\n\n265\n154\n110\n208\n16\n\nsanatanera name paf)c;iita daf)c;iavat kaila\nsan!itanera sanga na chac;liba eka-k$af)a\nsatiga chac;li' age ge/a mahaprabhura sthana\nsatige bhakta-gaf)a lana kirtana-vilasa\nsatige sevaka cale tanra jhali vahiya\nsankhya-kirtana pure nahi, ke-mate khaiba?\n\n13.73\n13.38\n12.36\n11.11\n13.40\n11.19\n\n151\n136\n67\n6\n159\n9\n\nsei mala, chuta pana prabhu tanre dila\nsei pada punal) punal) karaya gayana\nsei sei bhakta sukhe apanii pasare\nsei s/oka mahaprabhu pac;lite lagila\n\n13.124 176\n15.88 297\n12.100 94\n15.62 282\n\nsei 5/oka par;li' apane kare manastapa\nsei 5/oka par;li' radha, vi5akhare kahe\nsei sthana rakhila gosani sarilskara kariya\n\n15.13\n15.77\n13.70\n\n257\n292\n150\n\n", "ant4#p0352": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n12.63\n79\n14.8\n189\n5e$a-kale dila ta/ire dar5ana-sparsana\n11.103 47\nseva na kariha, sukhe ca/a mora sathe\"\n13.96 162\nse vatsara seha iii/a prabhure dekhite\n12.56\n75\nsiddha-deha tumi, siidhane iigraha kene kara? 11.24\n12\n\n323\n\nsei vyanjana kari' bhik$a dena ghara-bhiite\n\n5ri-riipa-raghunatha-pade yiira a5a\n\nse-kale e-dui rahena mahaprabhura pase\n\n5ri-riipa-raghunatha-pade yara a5a\n5ri-riipa-raghuniitha-pade yiira asa\nsri-riipa-raghunatha-pade yara a5a\nsri-riipa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\nsrivasadi cari bhai, sangete malini\n\nsighra asiha, tiihiiil nii rahiha cira-kii/a\nsighra asi' samacara kahibe amaya\"\nsighra ca/i' nilacale gela jagadananda\nsighra vasa-ghara kaila gauc;la-ghare giya\nsirilha-dvare asi' prabhu pasarira thatii\n\n13.39 136\n12.150 115\n13.71 151\n12.25\n62\n34\n11.73\n\nsriiyataril sriiyatiiril nityaril\nstambha-bhava pathe hai/a, ca/ite nahi sakti\nstri gaya' bali' govinda prabhure kaila kole\nstri-niima suni' prabhura biihya ha-i/a\nstri-para5a haile amiira ha-ita mara(la\n\nsirilha-dvare dekhi' prabhura vismaya ha-ila\nsirilha-dvarera uttara-di5aya ache eka thiiil\n5imulira tula diya tahii piiriiila\n5itala jale kare prabhura ailga sammarjane\n5ivananda gali pac;le vasa na pana\n\n14.74\n14.62\n13.7\n14.100\n12.19\n\n227\n222\n122\n238\n59\n\n12.48\n12.16\n12.12\n12.44\n12.8\n\n72\n58\n56\n70\n55\n\n12.102\n12.15\n12.44\n12.18\n12.50\n\n95\n58\n70\n59\n73\n\n12.41\n12.34\n12.51\n12.22\n12.53\n\n69\n66\n73\n61\n74\n\n15.31\n15.13\n15.84\n15.6\n15.93\n14.79\n\n267\n257\n295\n254\n299\n229\n\nstri, purug ke gaya, -nii jane vi5e$a\nstri-saba dura ha-ite kaila prabhura dara5ana\nsudhiirilsu-hari-candanotpala-sitiibhrasugandhi kariya taila gagari bhariya\n5uiya rahilii ghare kapiita khiliya\n\n5ivananda ghare gele, janma haila tara\n5ivananda jiine uc;liya-pathera sandhana\n5ivananda-patni ca/e tina-putra lana\n5ivananda-sambandhe sabaya bahu-krpa\n5ivananda-sena !ira acarya-gosani\n\nsiik$ma vastra ani' gaurika diya rangaila\nsu/alita dirghargala,\n\nkr$f)era bhuja-yugala,\n\n\"5una, bandhava, krmera madhuri\n5uni' bhakta-gaf)era juc;liiya manaskama\n5uni' jagadananda mane maha-du/:lkha paila\n\n5iviinanda-sena-grhe yiiil a rahila\n5ivananda-sena kare ghiilf-samadhana\n5ivananda tina-putre gosanire milaila\n5iviinanda vinii viisa-sthana nahi mile\n5ivananda yabe sei balake milaila\n\n5uni' mahii-bhaya ha-ila svariipiidi-mane\n5uni' mahaprabhu bac;la haila camatkara\n5uni' nityananda-prabhura anandita mana\n5uni' paf)c;/itera mane krodha upaji/a\n.5uni' prabhu kahe kichu sakrodha vacana\n\n5ivanande /athi miirilii,-iha nii kahilii\n5ivanandera bhaginii,-5rikanta-sena nama\n5ivanandera bhagya-sindhu ke paibe para?\n5ivanandera patni tiiilre kahena kandiya\n\"5ivanandera 'prakrti', putra-yavat ethaya\n\n5uni' prabhura vakya govinda mauna karilii\n5uni' sivanandera patni kiindite liigilii\n5uniya pasari saba cailgac;/a uthana\n5iinya-kunja-maf)c;/apa-kof)e,\n\nyogabhyasa\n\n5u$ka pakka pilu-phala ara gunja-mala\n5/oka pac;li' pac;li' ciihi' bule yatha tatha\n5/okera artha 5uniiya dutihiire kariya viliipa\nsmarati mano mama krta-parihasam\nsnana, dar5ana, bhojana deha-svabhiive haya\nsnana karana puna/:1 tatire lana aila\nsnana kari' mahiiprabhu dara5ane gela\nsnana kari' mahaprabhu gharete iii/a\nsnana kari' nana vyanjana randhana karilii\n5raddha kari' 5una sei caitanya-caritra\n'5ri-kf$f)a-caitanya' 5abda balena bara bara\nlri-kr$f)a-caitanya' 5abda karite uccaraf)a\nlri-riipa-gosiitii ihii kariyiichena varf)ana\n\n14.177 246\n12.123 104\n11.107 49\n26\n11.55\n26\n11.56\n15.96 300\n\nsustha hao, haridiisa-ba/i' tailre puchi/a\nsva-caraf)e bhakti deha' jayadvaitacarya\nsva-hrdaye ani' dhari/a prabhura caraf)a\nsvapnera dar5aniive5e tad-riipa hai/a mana\nsvapnave5e preme prabhura gara gara mana\nsvariipa-adi bhakta-thiini iijnii miigiya\nsvariipiidi bhakta-gaf)a-sane milaila\nsvariipadi-gaf)a tahan asiya milila\nsvariipa gaya, raya kare 5/oka pathana\nsvariipa-gosatii adi yata prabhura ga(la\nsvariipa-gosani ara raghunatha-dasa\n\n11.108\n12.155\n13.139\n14.123\n15.99\n\n50\n118\n182\n249\n302\n\n12.11\n12.1\n14.91\n13.83\n13.84\n\n56\n51\n234\n156\n156\n\n13.85 157\n13.80 154\n12.42\n70\n15.78 292\n12.103 95\n12.120\n13.7\n15.75\n14.43\n11.90\n\n103\n122\n290\n208\n41\n\n13.16\n13.88\n14.77\n12.31\n13.54\n\n126\n158\n228\n65\n143\n\n12.112 99\n12.115 101\n12.21\n60\n11.75\n35\n14.50 212\n13.67\n11.21\n11.7\n11.54\n14.32\n\n149\n10\n4\n25\n202\n\n14.38\n13.116\n13.104\n14.98\n\n205\n172\n165\n238\n\n15.26\n11.49\n14.7\n\n265\n23\n188\n\n", "ant4#p0353": "324\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\nsvarupa gosani, ara ramananda-raya\n\n11.15\n13.16\n11.78\n14.56\n13.9\n\n7\n126\n36\n219\n123\n\ntabe prabhu-thani govinda kai/a nivedana\n\n15.89\n11.76\n11.77\n11.61\n13.33\n\n297\n35\n35\n28\n133\n\ntahari haite dhari' more ihiiri lana aila\n\n15.82\n14.104\n13.27\n15.83\n13.17\n\n294\n240\n131\n295\n126\n\n14.69\n15.85\n14.58\n11.84\n14.89\n11.83\n\n224\n296\n220\n38\n234\n38\n\nsvarupa kahe,-'tomara iccha, ki kahite pari? 13.13\n\n125\n227\n256\n190\n14\n42\n\nsvarupa-gosani asi' parxlite kahi/a\nsvarupa-gosani kahilena saba pasarire\nsvarupa-gosani kare kr$1)a-lila gana\nsvarupa-gosanike kahe jagadananda\nsvarupa-gosani pada kaila samapana\nsvarupa-gosani pasarike ni$edhila\nsvarupa-gosani prabhure ghara pathaila\nsvarupa-gosani prabhure karaila savadhana\nsvarupa-gosanira bole prabhu ajilii dila\nsvarupa-gosanire kahena,-\"gao eka gila\nsvarupa-gosanire kichu kahite lagila\nsvarupa-gosanire pal)r;lita kaila nivedana\nsvarupa-gosani tabe madhura kariya\nsvarupa-gosani tabe srjila prakara\nsvarupa-gosani tabe ucca kariya\nsvarupa-gosani yabe ei pada gahi/a\nsvarupa-govinda durihe suilena dvare\nsvarupa. jagadananda, kasisvara, sarikara\nsvarupa, jagadananda, pal)r;lita-gadadhara\nsvarupa kahe,-\"prabhu, vasi' karaha\n\ntabe saba bhakta lana kari/a bhojana\n!abe svarupa-gosani kahe prabhura caral)e\n!abe !a' govinda prabhura nikate ai/a\ntaha ber;fi' prabhu kaila kirtana, nartana\n\ntahiiri vikai, yahari vecite tomara mana\"\ntahari yana raha rupa-sanatana-sthane\ntahate sugandhi taila, -parama dhikkara!\ntaha vina ratna-sunya ha-ifa medini\nIaiche eka-bara vrndavana dekhi' aya\"\ntaila bharigi' sei pathe nija-ghara giya\ntanatani prabhura mana haifa ageyane\ntarihara avastha saba kahite lagila\ntiirihara saundarya mora harila netra-mana!\ntarihara darsana-lobhe bhramaya nayana\"\ntarira dasa dekhi' vai$1)ava karena rodana\ntarira icchii, -prabhu a/pa mastake lagaya\ntiirira mukhe suni' likhi kariya pratiti\ntiirira thiiili prabhura katha sakala-i sunila\ntiirire kole kari' kaila apane nartana\n\nsvarupa kahe, -'utha, prabhu, ca/a nija-ghare 14.75\n\n15.11\nsvarupa-'sutra-karta', raghunatha-'vrttikara' 14.10\nsvatantra isvara tumi hao icchamaya\n11.29\nsvatantra krwera iccha, -kaila sar'lga\n11.94\nsvarupa, ramananda, -ei dui-jana lana\n\ntarire kr$1)a-prema-dhana dena gaurahari\ntarire valu diya upare pil)r;la baridhaila\ntiiri-sabara acara-ce$tii la-ite nariba\ntapana-misra, candrasekhara,-donhare\ntara arti dekhi' prabhu kahite lagila\ntara bahulya varl)i -pariji-r;ka-vyavahara\ntara ghare bhik$atana.\n\nT\ntabe govindere prabhu pathaila puna/:!\ntabe kampa uthe, -yena samudre taral)ga\ntabe mahaprabhu saba bhakta-gal)a-sange\ntabe mahaprabhu saba bhakte vidaya dila\ntabe mahaprabhu sukhe bhojane vasila\ntabe mahaprabhu svastye karila sayana\ntabe mahaprabhu tarire kahite lagila\ntabe mahaprabhu tar'lre kari' alingana\ntabe mahaprabhu uthi' kaila acamana\n!abe mayera garbhe haya sei ta' kumara\ntabe pal)r;/ita kahena kichu saprema vacana\ntabe prabhu kahena kari' vinaya-sammana\ntabe prabhu sabiikare prabodha kariya\n\nphala-mula-\n\ntara madhye deva-dasira gana-sraval)a\ntara madhye mahotsave ye kai/a bhojana\n\n12.149 115\n14.95 236\n11.71\n33\n11.100 45\n12.130 107\n12.151 116\n12.46\n71\n11.44\n21\n12.140 111\n72\n12.48\n12.138 106\n12.139 111\n86\n12.80\n\ntara madhye par;li' achena caitanya-gosani\ntare milibare prabhu avese dhaila\ntara mukha dekhi' puchena nirl)aya kariya\ntara parisrama haiba parama-sapha/e\"\ntara upare romodgama-kadamba-prakara\ntare dekhi' prabhu pri!e tahare puchila\ntare namaite prabhu govinde ni$edhila\nta-sabara grasa-5e$e,\n\nani' pailcendriya\n\ntiisam tat-saubhaga-madam\ntate raghunathera haya sankucita mana\ntate sayana karena prabhu, -dekhi' sabe\ntate tanre char;fi' /oka yaya desantara\ntate visvasa kari' suna bhavera varl)ana\n\n12.105 90\n12.52\n74\n13.30 132\n14.96 237\n11.70\n32\n14.110 243\n12.74\n83\n13.120 174\n12.108 97\n11.97\n43\n13.32\n12.120\n15.9\n14.76\n15.60\n\n133\n103\n255\n228\n281\n\n15.61\n14.112\n12.106\n14.83\n13.43\n\n281\n244\n96\n231\n138\n\n11.103 47\n13.138 182\n32\n11.69\n13.37 135\n13.43 138\n14.28\n14.10\n14.48\n13.136\n11.92\n\n200\n190\n211\n181\n41\n\n14.62\n13.81\n15.43\n12.109\n14.92\n\n222\n155\n273\n98\n235\n\n12.57\n14.25\n14.49\n15.81\n\n76\n198\n212\n\n13.95\n13.20\n12.84\n14.11\n\n161\n138\n87\n191\n\n294\n\n", "ant4#p0354": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\ntathai amara sanga ha-ibe tomara\"\ntathai tomare saba karimu gocare'\ntathapi dekhite calena caitanya-gosani\ntathapi tahara prite kichu na bali/a\ntenho kahe,-\"bauli, kene maris kandiya?\n\n12.81\n14.75\n12.10\n12.59\n12.23\n\n86\n227\n55\n77\n61\n\ntenho kahe,-'sankhya-kirtana na puraya'\ntenho prabhura katha kahe, sune ratri-dine\ntenho prabhura thani ajna mage bara bara\n'thakurali' karena gosani, tanre mare /athi\"\ntina-dvara deoya ache, prabhu nilhi ghare!\n\n11.23\n12.89\n13.26\n12.35\n14.60\n\n11\n89\n130\n66\n221\n\n'tina putra maruka sivara, ekhana na aila\ntirtha-vasi sabe, kara para-upakara\ntoma chac;/i' keba kahan yaibare pare?\"\ntomara agraha ami kemane khaf)c;/imu?\"\ntomara bhagyera sima ke kare varf)ana?\"\n\n12.20\n60\n15.35 269\n12.79\n85\n12.129 107\n12.133 109\n\ntomara caraf)aravinde bhakti deha' dana\ntomara etha asi' prabhu karena bhojane\ntomara haste paka karaya uttama kariya\ntomara lilara sahaya koti-bhakta haya\ntomara praf)ame ki kairachena avadhana?\n\n11.6\n3\n12.90\n90\n12.132 108\n11.40\n19\n15.53 278\n\ntomara priya kr$f)a ai/a tomara antike?\ntomara sakala srama ha-ibe sapha/e\"\ntomara seva karile haya hrdaye ullasa\"\ntomara thani ajna tenho mage bara bara\ntomara yogya nahe, -yabe amare chilc;liya\"\n\n15.40\n12.117\n13.98\n13.31\n11.38\n\ntomare prabhura 'se$a' rakhimu dhariya\ntoma-sabara du/:lkha jani' cahi ni$edhite\ntoma-sabara sanga-sukhe /obha bac;le citte\ntoma-sama caitanyera priya keha naya\ntoma-sama mahilprabhura priya nahi ana\n\n12.147 114\n12.68\n81\n12.68\n81\n13.58 145\n13.56 144\n\ntomaya amaya aji ekatra kariba bhojana\ntomaya sukha dite aila? nahika anyatha\ntribhanga-sundara-deha, murali-vadana\ntrijagate tomara caritra bujhe kon jana?\ntrijagate yata nari, tara citta-ucca-giri,\n\n12.127\n15.45\n14.18\n12.28\n15.19\n\n106\n274\n195\n63\n261\n\ntrtiya divase prabhu tanra dvare yana\n\"tulasi, malati, yuthi, madhavi, mal/ike\ntuli-balisa dekhi' prabhu krodhavi$ta ha-ifa\n\"tumi bac;la /oka, paf)c;/ita, maha-bhilgavate\n\"tumi mahaprabhura hao piir$ada-pradhana\n\n12.121\n15.40\n13.10\n13.96\n13.56\n\n103\n272\n123\n162\n144\n\ntumi na dekhilile iha sikhiba ke-mate?\ntumi-saba-hao amara sakhira samana\n\"tumi sighra yaha karite pada-samvahane\n\n13.59 145\n15.41 272\n12.146 114\n\n272\n102\n163\n132\n18\n\n325\n\nu\nucca kari' kahe kr$f)a-nama-sankirtana\nucca sankirtana kare prabhura sravare\nuddhava-darsane yaiche radhara vilapa\nudghurf)a-citra-jalpadyas\nuc;liya eka stri bhic;/e darsana na pana\n\n14.59\n14.100\n14.13\n14.16\n14.24\n\n220\n238\n192\n194\n198\n\nudvega dvadasa hate, lobhera jhulani\nunmattera praya prabhu karena gana-nrtya\n'uthaha' paf)c;/ita'-kari' kahena c;lakiya\nuthila mangala-dhvani catur-dik bhari'\nuthi' mahaprabhu vismita, iti uti caya\n\n14.45\n14.39\n12.121\n14.102\n14.103\n\n209\n205\n103\n239\n240\n\nuthi' premavese prabhu nacite lagila\nuthi' sivanande kaila prema-alingana\nuthi' tanre lathi maila prabhu nityananda\nufhiya caudike prabhu karena darsana\nuttara na pana puna/:1 bhavena antare\nuttara na pana puna/:1 kare anumana\n\n15.85\n12.31\n12.24\n15.59\n15.42\n15.37\n\n296\n65\n61\n280\n272\n270\n\n'vai�f)ava' dekhiya prabhura ardha-bahya ha-ila14.104\nvai$f)ava-paf)c;/ita-thani bhagavata pac;/ila\n13.117\nvai$f)ava-pa5a bhagavata kara adhyayana\n13.113\nvai$f)avera nindya-karma nahi pac;le kaf)e\n13.133\nvai$f)avera samacara gosani puchila\n12.39\n\n240\n173\n169\n180\n68\n\nv\n\nvaivarf)ye sankha-praya sveta haifa anga\nvakresvara-paf)c;/ita karena anande nartana\nvakresvara-paf)c;/ita tahan karena nartana\nvalukara garta kari' tahe soyai/a\nvarilsi, makara, kuf)c;/aladi 'bhO$al)a' kari' dila\n\n14.95 236\n11.67\n31\n11.48\n23\n31\n11.66\n13.131 179\n\nvana-pathe cali' cali' varaf)asi ai/a\nvaf)inatha pattanayaka prasada ani/a\nvilraf)asi aila bhatta prabhura ajna pana\n\"varaf)asi paryanta svacchande yaiba pathe\nvasa diya hma hana kahite lagila\nvasa-ghara purvavat sabare deoyaila\n\n13.42 138\n11.80\n37\n13.116 172\n13.34 134\n12.26\n62\n12.43\n70\n\nvasudeva, murari-gupta jagadanande pana\nvef)u-nada suni' iii/a radha-thakuraf)i\nvidyut-praya dekha diya haya antardhana'\nvijanadi kari' prabhura srama ghucaila\nvik$yalakavrta-mukharil tava kuf)c;/ala-srivilapa karena dunhara kaf)thete dhariya\n\n12.98\n14.108\n14.78\n15.92\n15.70\n15.11\n\n93\n242\n229\n299\n287\n256\n\n", "ant4#p0355": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n326\n\n15.25\n11.30\n15.12\nvisakhare kahe apana utkaQiha-karaQa\n15.62\nvisakhiire radha yaiche 5/oka kahila\n14.35\nvi$aQQa hana prabhu nija-vasa aila\nvisvasa-khanara kayastha tenho rajara visvasa 13.91\nvi/apa karena svarupa-ramananda-sane\n\nviprera sraddha-patra khainu 'm/eccha' hana\n\n264\n15\n256\n282\n203\n159\n\nyahan tahan dekhe sarvatra murali-vadana\nyahan tahiiri mora rak$aya savadhana ha-iba\"\nyahara srava(le k($Qe drc;Jha-bhakti haya\nyahara sravaQe loke /age camatkara\nyaiche taiche likhi, kari apana pavana\nyanra saba go$ihike prabhu kahe 'apanara'\n\nvivaha na kariha' bali' ni$edha kari/a\nvraja-devi lak$a /akg\nvraja-nari asi' asi',\n\nta-sabara mano-\n\nphande pac;Ji' haya\n\nvrajann asmity uktva pramada iva dhavann\nvrddha mata-pitara yai' karaha sevana\nvrndavana-bhrame tahan pasila dhana\nvrndavana-bhrame yahan pravesa tanhara\n'vrndavane k($Qa painu' -ei jnana kaila\nvrndavane praja-gaQa,\n\nyata sthavara-\n\n'vrndavanera phala' bali khaila hma hana\nvrndavanera 'pilu' khaite ei eka lila\nvyakula haifa sanatana tanre vidaya diya\nvyanjanera svada pana kahite lagila\nV)'Jsa, sukadi yogi-gaQa,\n\nkr$Qa atma\n\n13.112\n15.74\n15.71\n14.120\n13.113\n15.29\n15.95\n\n169\n290\n288\n247\n169\n266\n300\n\n14.20\n14.48\n13.74\n13.76\n13.68\n12.130\n14.46\n\n196\n211\n152\n153\n149\n107\n210\n\nyara /obhe mora mana,\n\nchac;Ji' loka-veda-\n\nyare mile sei mane,-'pailwi caitanya'\nyare yaiche nacaya prabhu svatantra isvara\nyate amara hrdayera haye ta' 'samvit' \"\nyavat kala darsana karena garuc;Jera pache\nye dekhite caya, taha dekhite na paya\nye ei-sakala katha sune sraddha kari'\nye ihan nrtya kai/a, ye kaila kirtana\nyei iha sune, paya k($Qera caraQa\nyei randhe, sei haya amrtera sama\nyei yahan chi/a sei urhiya dhaila\nye keha jane, ai'Jii CU$ite lagila\nyemana aparadha bhrtyera, yogya phala dila\n\ny\nyad yad vyadhatta gaurangas\nyaha dekhibare vastra mas take bandhila\n\nye na jane gauc;Jiya pilu cavana khai/a\n\n14.1\n13.60\n\n186\n145\n\nye 'nye parartha-bhavaka yamunopakula/:1\nye tanre valuka dite karila gamana\n\n14.32 202\n13.87 157\n11.101 45\n14.80 230\n11.10\n5\n12.51\n73\n14.43 208\n12.101 94\n12.84\n87\n15.82 294\n14.23 197\n14.103 240\n13.138 182\n11.91\n41\n14.122 248\n13.107 166\n14.88 233\n13.75 152\n12.27\n63\n13.75\n15.32\n11.92\n\n152\n268\n41\n\n", "ant4#p0356": "General Index\nNumerals in bold type indicate references to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\nverses. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\n\nA\nAcarya\n\nduty of Vai�l)ava, 180\nAcaryaratna\n\nwent to Jagannatha Puri with his wife,\n56\nActivity\nonly Kr�r:Ja conscious should be performed, 171\n\nAdvaita Acarya\n\nCaitanya dear to, 2\nCaitanya in debt to, 82\n\nDeity of, 45-46\nled Bengali devotees, 55\nmet jagadananda Pal)<;lita in Nadia, 93\ntreated by Caitanya as superior, 4\nAmrta-pravaha-bha}ya\n\ncited on short visits to Vrndavana, 137\nEleventh Chapter summarized in, 1\nThirteenth Chapter summarized in, 119\nTwelfth Chapter summarized in, 51\nAnxiety\necstatic symptom of described, 215\nAssociation\n\nof Haridasa and Caitanya broken, 42\nof Haridasa as cause for Caitanya's hap­\n\nBeauty\nsweetness of Kr�r:Ja's, 255, 258-259,\n260-261\nBengal\nCaitanya ordered Nityananda Prabhu to\nstay in, 81\nfoods of brought to Caitanya, 79\n\nBengalis\ngeneral characteristics of, 135\nBhagavan Acarya\nas lame, 234\n\nfollowed Caitanya and devotees, 234\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\nquoted on uselessness of serving ordinary parents, 170\n\nBhakti-ratnakara\n\nquoted on Srinivasa's lamentation at\nHaridasa's tomb, 46\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\n\ncited on Caitanya in mood of Radha,\n193\n\ncited on humble and unattached\nVai�l)avas, 146\ncited on worship of Vi�l)upriya, 189\nquoted on incarnation of advanced\ndevotees, 13\nBhaktivinoda Thakura\nas author of Amrta-pravaha-bha�ya,\n\npiness, 19\n\n137\n\n8\nBalarama\nas brother of Kr�r:Ja, 204, 277\n\nsupplied with n e cessities b y\nGovardhana Hill, 232\nBeauty\nCaitanya fainted on seeing Kr�r:Ja's, 280\nKr�r:Ja's attracts all the minds of the\nworld, 279\n\nconstructed house near Haridasa's\ntomb, 46\nquoted on honoring prasada, 10\nso-called groups of devotees listed by,\n189\nBhisma\n. Haridasa's death compared to that of,\n27,143\nBhramati bhavana-garbhe\nverses quoted, 217\nBilvamar'lgala Thakura\nas author of Kr�f.la-karf,Jamrta, 266\n\n327\n\n", "ant4#p0357": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n328\n\nBlasphemy\nRaghunatha Bhana never listened to,\n180\nBody of Kr�f.la\ncool touch of, 258, 262\nfragrance of, 263\nluster of, 283,285\nBrahma\ncan't describe influence of Caitanya's\necstatic emotions, 246\ncan't understand love of Kr�f.la, 251\nHaridasa Thakura as incarnation of, 13\nK[�r_la as subduer of, 294\nBrahmananda Bharati\nCaitanya takes prasada with, 40\nfollowed Caitanya toward beach, 234\nvisits Caitanya to see Him dance,\n244-245\nBrahmaQas\nsraddha-patra offered to, 15\n\nc\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nas Kr�f.la Himself, 3, 88, 168, 170\ndistributes prasada to devotees, 37-38\neats food offered by Sacimata, 90-92\ninstructions of to Raghunatha Bhana,\n169-172, 174-175\ninstructs ja g a da n a n d a Par_1c;lita on\nvisiting Vrndavana, 134-137\nlife and characteristics of like ocean of\nnectar, 49\nrefuses jagadananda Par_1c;lita's sandalwood oil, 97-102, 108-117\nVai�r_1ava sannyasis never think they are\nequal to, 146\nworld is obligated to, 85\nCandrasekhara\nheard about Caitanya from jagadananda Par_1c;lita, 139\nCataka-parvata\n\nmistaken by Caitanya for Govardhana\nHill, 231-232\npastime of described in Gauratiga-stavakalpavrksa, 247-248\nChar;Jiya vai$Qava-seva nistara\n\nquoted, 170\n\nChanting\ncongregational at Haridasa's death, 23\nfixed number of rounds, 11\nHare K[�r_la as regulative principle, 12\nof Caitanya at Jagannatha Puri, 6\nof devotees in Caitanya's ear, 225\nof devotees near Caitanya, 239\nof Haridasa at his death, 17, 26\nof holy name Rama by Ramadasa\nVisvasa, 161\nof regular number of rounds by\nHaridasa, 9\nof the glories of Haridasa Thakura, 44\nwhole city of jagannatha Puri engaged\nin congregational, 33-34\nConsciousness\nCaitanya returns to external, 216, 225,\n245\nCaitanya returns of partial, 240\nCupids\nKr�f.la enchants millions of, 195, 279,\n283,293\n\nD\nDeath (ecstatic symptom)\ndescribed, 218\nDeath\nas insignificant in material world, 20\nHaridasa des ires in presence of\nCaitanya, 16-18\nof Haridasa, 25-26\nDeities\nof Caitanya Nityananda, and Advaita,\n45-46\nthose worshiping must not wear shirt or\ncoat, 67-68\nDesires\nof Haridasa as independent, 42\nof Haridasa satisfied by Caitanya, 47\nDevotees\nadvanced incarnate to help Supreme\nLord's mission, 13\nBhagavatam must be heard from, 170\nCaitanya as life and soul of, 5\ndust of feet of, 26\nfit to sit on Haridasa's head. 20\n\n", "ant4#p0358": "General Index\nDevotees\nin Vrndavana and Mathura are in parental affection, 136\nmust be served by those who wish to\nadvance, 170\nof Caitanya, filled with mercy, 52\nof Vrndavana in conflict with smartabrahmal)as, 136\non vidhi-marga misunderstand devotees on raga-marga, 136\n\nDevotional service\nachieved by Sivananda Sena, 64\nby hearing about Haridasa's death one\nbecomes fixed in, 45\nDisease\necstatic symptom of explained, 217\nDvadasaditya-tila temple\nSanatana prepared for Caitanya's visit,\n150\n\nE\n\n329\n\nG\nGadadhara Paf,lc;lita\nCaitanya master of, 2\nruns after Caitanya, 234\n\nGanges\ntears of Caitanya compared to, 204,\n236\nGaruc;la\nas supreme Vai�r_lava, 198\nGaurahari\nas name of Caitanya, 182\nCaurariga-stava-kalpavrk?a\n\npastimes of Caitanya described in, 226\nquoted on Cataka-parvata, 247-248\nChrtaril ca siir?aparil tailaril\nverses quoted, 98\nCita-govinda\nCaitanya liked to hear, 266\nJayadeva Gosvami author of, 154\nquoted by SvarOpa Damodara, 295\nGopala Deity\nidentical with Govardhana Hill, 137\n\nEcstatic symptoms\neight kinds of visible in Caitanya's body,\n235-238\nmanifested by Caitanya, 280, 296-297\nof Caitanya as unique, 230\nof Caitanya\n\nat Simha-dvara\n\ngate,\n\n223-224\nof Caitanya\n\ndescribed\n\nROpa\n\nby\n\nGosvami, 301\nof Caitanya hearing Cita-govinda, 155\nof Caitanya manifested at Kasi-Misra's\nhouse, 228\nof Raghunatha Bhana, 172, 175,\n177-178\nof separation manifested by Caitanya, 7\nten described, 214-218\n\nF\nFasting\nof Haridasa Thakura, 9\nFlute of Kr�f.la\nsounds like thunder, 285\n\nCop is\n\nagitated by lusty desires, 290-291\nalways taste nectar of Kr�f.la's attributes,\n212\n\nas friends of Radha, 275\n\nask Caitanya to pick flowers, 243\nbecame maidservants of Kr�f.la, 288,\n290\nCaitanya absorbed in mood of, 267\nCaitanya assumed mood of, 202\nCaitanya's condition like that of, 192\ncompared to does, 288-289\ndanced with Kr�f.la, 196\n\necstatic symptom of thinness exhibited\nby, 216\n\nexperience ecstatic symptom of madness, 217\n\nexperienced t e n kinds of bodily\ntransformations, 214\nglorified Kr�f.la and Balarama, 233\nhearts of like high hills, 258\nKr�f.la disappeared from, 294\nK u r u k �e t r a l e s s i m p o r t a n t t h a n\nVrndavana for, 204\nlooked for Kr�f.la in forest, 267-279\n\n", "ant4#p0359": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n330\n\nCop is\n\nsweetness of Kr��Ja's smile as wealth of,\n264\nverse spoken by quoted, 287\nCosvamis, six\nas masters of Kr��Jadasa Kaviraja, 5\nCovardhana Hill\nCaitanya mistakes sand dune for, 232\nCaitanya sees Kr��Ja climbing, 242\ndevotees should not climb, 137\nlocated in land of Vraja, 248\n\nstone from given as gift to Caitanya,\n149\nCovinda\nSee: Kr�!Ja\nCovinda\nas personal servant of Caitanya, 8\n\nCaitanya requested protection of, 158\nchastised by Caitanya, 198-199\nlays down outside Caitanya's room, 220\n\noffers prasada to Haridasa Thakura,\n8-10\nreceived Caitanya's remnants, 115\nruns after Caitanya, 233\nsaved Caitanya from approaching\nwoman singer, 156-158\n\nsprinkles water on Caitanya, 237\nwarned Srikanta to remove his coat,\n67-68\nCovinda-lilamrta\n\nverses spoken by Radha quoted in, 258,\n283,293\nCrhasthas\nonly may use oil and ghee, 98\n\nCul)c;iica temple\ncleansed by devotees, 78\n\nH\n\nHappiness\nof Caitanya due to association of\nHaridasa, 17\nof Caitanya while glorifying Haridasa,\n\n24\nHare Kr��Ja\nchanted by Caitanya at Jagannatha Puri,\n6\nchanted by Caitanya throughout the\n\nnight, 220\nchanted loudly near Caitanya, 239\nchanting of as regulative principle, 12\nSee also: Chanting, maha-mantra\nHari\nSee: Kr�!Ja\nHaridasa Thakura\naccepts maha-prasada, 9-10\nas crown jewel, 44\n\nas example of following regulative principles, 12\nbodily identification of, 14\nbody of placed on Caitanya's lap, 28\nCaitanya danced with body of, 1\nCaitanya master of, 2\nCaitanya satisfied desires of, 47\ndeath of, 25-26\ndisease of, 11\nqualifications of, 48\nrituals performed upon body of, 29-32\nsraddha-patra offered to, 15\n\ntomb of, 45\ntranscendental attributes of described\nby Caitanya, 24\nwonderful power in seeing, 42\nHeart\nCaitanya's lotus feet held on Haridasa's,\n26\nhearts of gopis like high hills, 258\nof Caitanya absorbed in love of God,\n252\n\nHamsadata\n\nHima-visara-visirQambhoja\n\nHappiness\nCaitanya's mixed feelings of distress\nand, 45\n\nHoly name\nenters heart of Caitanya, 225\nHaridasa chants at death, 17, 26\nHaridasa preached glories of, 13\nof Hari filled universe, 33\n\nword cinta explained in, 215\nword mrtya explained in, 218\nword udvega explained in, 215-216\n\nverses quoted, 216\n\n", "ant4#p0360": "General Index\nHumility\nVai�Qava accepts sannyasa out of, 146\n\n331\n\njagannatha Deity\nappeared as Kr�Qa to Caitanya, 201,\n254-255\n\nIllusion\necstatic symptom of, 217\nIncarnations\nof Haridasa Thakura, 13\nIndependence\nof Haridasa Thakura, 42-43\nIntelligence\nof Haridasa as diseased, 11\nlti purilsarpita vi?Qau\n\nquoted, 48\n\n)agadananda PaQQita\nCaitanya Lord of life of, 3\ndistributes prasada to devotees, 38\nas author of Prema-vivarta, 117\nasked permission to go to Vrndavana,\n\nCaitanya gave Raghunatha Bhana garland of, 175-176\nCaitanya sees, 21-22, 229\nprasada of given to Caitanya, 106\nprasada of offered to Haridasa Thakura,\n8\n\nremnants from placed on Haridasa's\nbody, 31\nSacimata offered remnants of, 89\nviewed by Caitanya from behind\nGaru<;la column, 197\nJagannatha Puri\nCataka-parvata near, 247\ndaily activities of Caitanya at, 6-7\nRamadasa Visvasa resided in, 168\nJagannatha temple\nCaitanya wanted oil delivered to, 98,\n102\n\njayadeva Gosvami\nas author of Cita-govinda, 266\n\nK\n\n129-134\n\nconcealed anger and unhappiness,\n\nKadamba\n\nCaitanya's hair compared to flowers,\n\n129\n\ncooked lunch for Caitanya, 104, 105\ndistributed Caitanya's remnants,\n114-115\n\nintended to beat Sanatana, 143\ninstructed to remain apart from\nVrndavana devotees, 136\nmade quilt and pillow for Caitanya,\n122-126\n\npetitioned Svarupa Damodara, 131-132\nrelayed Caitanya's message to\nSanatana, 148\nruns after Caitanya, 234\nsandalwood oil prepared by, 95\nstayed at home of Sivananda Sena, 95\nthose who met had Caitanya's direct\nassociation, 95\nvisited Sacimata, 88-92\nwanted Caitanya to enjoy material happiness, 125\n\n235\nKaranga\n\nCaitanya sprinkled with water from\nwater pot, 237\nKasi Misra\nCaitanya dear to, 3\nCaitanya visits house of, 227\ndelivers prasada to Caitanya, 37, 39\nKasisvara\ndistributes prasada to devotees, 38\nKeha mane, keha na mane\n\nverses quoted, 180\nKesava\nKr�Qa known as, 294\nKhaQ<;la village\ninhabitants of went to Navadvipa, 55\nKrsna\nanyone participating in Haridasa's death\nfestival gets favor of, 42\n0 0\n\n0\n\n", "ant4#p0361": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n332\n\nKuruk�etra\n\nKr��a\nappeared before Caitanya, 229\n\nas attractive as a cloud, 63-65, 283-284\nas flute-player, 53\n\nKr��a displays His opulence at, 204\nKva-nanda-ku/a-candrama/:1\nverses quoted, 216\n\nas restless, 294\n\nas younger brother of Balarama, 277\n\nL\n\nattracts Radha's senses by force, 258\nCaitanya as, 3, 168, 170\n\ncompared to hunter, 289\n\nLalita\n\ndisappeared with Radha from rasa\n\nLalita-madhava\n\ncomplexion of described, 283\ndance, 267\n\necstatic love for bestowed on hearers\nof Caitanya's pastimes, 182\n\nletter written to Kr��a by, 217-218\nword pra/apa explained in, 216-217\nword vyadhi expalined in, 217\n\nLamentation\n\nenchanting even to Cupid, 195\n\nof Srinivasa Thakura, 46\n\nenchants millions of Cupids, 279\n\nLaukiki vaidiki vapi\n\n116\njoking words of, 262\nknown as Kesava, 294\nknown as Madana-mohana, 283, 293\nLord )agann atha app e a r e d as t o\nCaitanya, 201, 254-255\nprasada non-different from, 10\nRaghunatha Bhana saw everyone as\nservant of, 180\n\nLiberation\n\nexchanges between Satyabhama and,\n\nserved indirectly by those who serve\nmaya, 180\n\nsupplied\n\nw i th\n\nverses quoted, 170\nregulative principles\nfollowed after, 12\n\nneed\n\nnot be\n\nLotus feet of Caitanya\n\ncaught by Haridasa, 19\n\nheld on Haridasa's heart, 26\n\na t t a i n e d by hearing narrat ion of\nChapter Fourteen, 248\n\nGovardhana Hill touched by, 232\ntulasi is dear to, 269\n\nLove of God\nnecessities\n\nGovardhana Hill, 232\n\nby\n\nsweet smile of, 264\n\nwanted to experience role of Radha,\n\nCaitanya dances in ecstatic, 28-29\n\nCaitanya's heart absorbed in, 252\n\nmakes one transcendentally mad, 194\n\n193\n\nM\n\nKr�Qa bar;la dayamaya karibare\nquoted, 10\n\nKr��a consciousness\n\nadvancement in comes from serving\ndevotees, 170\n\nas criterion for activities, 171\nKr�Qa-karl)amrta\n\nCaitanya liked to hear, 266\n\nK�atriyas\n\nMadana-mohana\n\nKr��a known as, 283, 293\n\nMadness\n\necstatic symptom of explained, 217\n\nMaha-bhagavata\nRaghunatha Bhana as, 180\n\nsees everyone as engaged in Kr��a's ser­\n\nprotected travelers, 134\n\nKulina-grama\n\ninhabitants of went to Navadvipa, 55\n\nKuruk�etra\n\nCaitanya brought to, 203, 204\n\nvice, 180\nMaha-prasada\nSee: Prasada\n\nMalini\n\nas wife of Srivasa Thakura, 56, 79\n\n", "ant4#p0362": "General Index\nMana me ha ka$taril jvalati kim\n\nverses quoted, 215\nMarriage\nas concession to sense gratifiction, 169\nspiritual advancement in is slow or\nalmost nil, 169\nMaterialists\ncan't understand Caitanya's feelings of\nseparation, 189\ngo to Vrndavana's as a fashion, 171\nMathura\nresidents of on platform of spontaneous\nlove, 136\nresidents of should be respected, 136\nMaya\n\nas servant of Kr�r:Ja, 180\nMayavada school\nCaitanya accepted sannyasa from one\nin, 146\nMayavadis\ncannot know meaning of Bhagavatam,\n171\npresent Bhagavatam with word jugglery,\n171\nMellows\nCaitanya tastes nectar of transcendental, 6\nMental agitation\necstatic symptom of described,\n215-216\nMercy\neveryone is bound by Caitanya's, 87\nof Caitanya on Raghunatha Bhaga,\n166\nMind\nCaitanya compares His to a yogi,\n208-214\nof Caitanya attracted by attributes of\nKr�r:Ja, 255, 259-260\nof Haridasa Thakura as diseased, 11\nMoon\nCaitanya's face compared to, 17\nconquered by Kr�r:Ja, 288\nluster of Kr�r:Ja's body compared to,\n285\nMukundara Mata\nas wife of Paramesvara Modaka, 76-77\n\n333\n\nMukunda Sarasvati\nSanatana Gosvami wore outer garment\nof, 141-142\nMurari Gupta\nmet jagadananda Pal)<;lita in Nadia, 93\nwent to see Caitanya, 57\n\nN\nNamacarya\n\nHaridasa Thakura, 11, 13\nNandai\nreceived Caitanya's remnants, 115\nruns after Caitanya, 234\nNarottama dasa Thakura\nquoted on serving devotees, 1 70\nNescience\ncrossing ocean of, 49\nNilacala\nSee: ]agannatha Puri\nNimai\nSee: Caitanya\nNirundhe dainyabdhiril harati guru\n\nverses quoted, 217\nNityananda Prabhu\nas life and soul of Caitanya, 4\nbody of filled with transcendental bliss,\n252\nCaitanya dear to, 2\ncontradictory nature as characteristic\nof, 66\ncurses Sivananda Sena's three sons to\ndie, 60\nDeity of, 45-46\nfeet of touched by Sivananda Sena, 63\nkicked Sivananda Sena, 62\nordered by Caitanya not to come to\nJagannatha Puri, 56\nordered by Caitanya not to leave\nBengal. 82, 86\ntransgressed Caitanya's order, 82\n\n0\nOld age\nHaridasa Thakura advised to reduce\nchanting in, 12-13\n\n", "ant4#p0363": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n334\n\nOrissa\n\nPrasada\n\nSivananda Sena knew all paths to, 58\n\nwoman from stepped on Caitanya's\nshoulder, 198\n\ndistributed by Caitanya, 37-38\n\ntranscendental qualities of, 10\nPrasraya\ndefinitions of, 78\nPrataf:J-snane vrate sraddhe\n\np\n\nverses quoted, 98\n\nPrayers\n\nPadma Puran�\nquoted on proper study of Bhagavatam,\n\n171\nPadyava/i\n\noffered to maha-prasada, 10\nPrema-vivarta\n\nexplanation of word jagara in, 215\nPagala\n\necstatic love achieved by one who\nPride\n\nreads, 117\n\nVai�r_1avas never accept sannyasa out of,\n\ndefinitions of, 78\n\nParamananda dasa\n\n146\n\nas youngest son of Sivananda Sena,\n71\n\nPurification\nof Kr�r_1adasa Kaviraja through writing, 5\n\ncalled Purl dasa by Caitanya, 73\n\nParamananda Purl\n\nR\n\nCaitanya takes prasada with, 40\nfollowed Caitanya toward beach, 234\n\nvisits\n\nCaitanya\n\n244-245\n\nto\n\nsee\n\nHim\n\ndance,\n\nParamesvara Modaka\n\ngave child Caitanya milk and sweetmeats, 75\n\npleased Caitanya, 78\n\nParents\n\nof Raghunatha Bhatta as devotees, 170\nuselessness of serving ordinary, 170\n\nPastimes of Caitanya\nas His play, 248\n\neating of Vrndavana pilu fruits as one\nof, 153\n\nRadharar_1T\n\nand K[�r_la enter cave, 243\nCaitanya e xhibited\n204-205\n\nemotions of,\n\nCaitanya thought Himself in position of,\n192-193\n\necstatic symptom of death experienced\nby, 218\n\ne c s t at i c symptom of illusion experienced by, 217\n\necstatic symptom of thinness exhibited\nby, 216\n\nembraced by Kr�f.la, 275\n\nnot believed by common men, 231\n\nexhibits ecstatic symptom of talking like\n\nR a g h u n a t h a dasa, 1 8 8-191\n\nexperiences ecstatic symptom of dis­\n\nrecorded by Svaropa Damodara and\nPastimes of Kr�1.1a\n\na madman, 216-217\nease, 217\n\nCaitanya tastes nectar of mellows of, 6\n\nexperiences ecstatic symptom of mad-\n\nseen by Caitanya, 241-243\n\ne x p e r i e n ce s ecstatic symptom of\n\ncompared to cloud, 286\n\nPattanayaka family\nas descendants of Bhavananda Raya,\n168\n\nness, 217\n\nwakefulness, 215\n\ngopis as friends of, 275\nKr�1.1a danced with, 196\n\nPeacocks\n\nK[�r_la\n\nPrasada\n\nmental agitation e xperienced by,\n\nin Vrndavana dance, 285\nbegged by Caitanya, 34\n\ndisappeared with\n\ndance, 267\n\n215-216\n\nfrom\n\nrasa\n\n", "ant4#p0364": "General Index\nRadharaoT\ntranscendental anxiety of, 215\nverses spoken to Visakha by, 257-258,\n283,293\nRaghava Pao<;lita\ncarried bags of food to )agannatha PurT,\n56\nRaghunandana Bhanacarya\nas author of Tithi-tattva, 98\nas expert cook, 167\nas son of Tapana Misra, 159\nas spokesman, for smarta regulations, 98\nCaitanya gave His neck-beads to, 172\ncooked for Caitanya, 113\nembraced by Caitanya, 164\ninstructed by Caitanya not to marry,\n169\nleft home to meet Caitanya, 159\nlived for eight months with Caitanya,\n166\nmet Ramadasa Visvasa, 159\nparents of died at KasT [VaraoasTL 173\nplaced in care of Ropa and Sanatana\nCosvamTs, 174\nquoted on oil, 98\nreceived Caitanya's remnants, 115\nreceived tu/asi garland and betel from\nCaitanya, 175-176\nrecited Bhagavatam very beautifully,\n177-178\nRaghunatha dasa CosvamT\nas author of Cauranga-stava-kalpavrkg\n226\nas example of following regulative principles, 12\nCaitanya as Lord of, 3\nlived continuously with Caitanya,\n231\nlived with Caitanya, 189\nrecorded p astimes of Caitanya,\n188-191\nwrote elabor ate descriptions o f\nCaitanya's pastimes, 191\nRamacandra\nRamadasa Visvasa worshiped, 160\nRamadasa Visvasa\nalmost a Vai�oava, 160\nas kayastha caste, 159\n\n335\n\nRamadasa Visvasa\ndid not receive Caitanya's special mercy, 167\nqualities of described, 160-163\nserved Raghunatha Bhana, 161-163\ntaught Kavya-prakasa to Pa��anayaka\nfamily, 168\nRamai Pary<;lita\ncooked for Caitanya, 113\nreceived Caitanya's remnants, 115\nruns after Caitanya, 234\nRamananda Raya\nbrings Caitanya to external consciousness, 219\nCaitanya lamented to, 256-265\nCaitanya pacified by verses of, 265\nCaitanya passed His nights with, 54\nCaitanya revealed His mind to, 206-208\npresent at Haridasa's glorification, 24\nremains with Caitanya day and night, 8\nreturns home after reviving Caitanya,\n220\nshares nectar of Kr�oa's pastimes with\nCaitanya, 6\nRasa dance\nCaitanya dreamed He saw, 195-196\nKr�rya disappeared with Radha from,\n267, 294\nRadha attracted to Kr�rya in, 218\nring of manufactured by Sukadeva, 209\nsand from site of as gift to Caitanya,\n149\nRatha-yatra\ndevotees celebrated, 78\nRegulative principles\nalways enforced by Vai�ryava acaryas,\n180\nneed not be followed after liberation,\n12\nprotect one from falling down, 180\n\ns\nSacTmata\nCaitanya eats food offered by, 90-92\ndevotees took permission of to see\nCaitanya, 57\n\n", "ant4#p0365": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n336\n\nSacimata\n]agadananda Pal)c;lita visited, 88-92,\n133\nlistened to Caitanya's pastimes day and\nnight, 90\n\n$ar;f-gosvamy-a�taka\n\nquoted on six Gosvamis, 12\nSanatana Gosvami\nadopted dress of paramaharhsa, 146\nbegged alms, 140-141\ngifts of to Caitanya, 149\nprepared a place for Caitanya in\nVrndavana, 150\nquotes Padma Pural)a on hearing\nBhagavatam, 171\nvisited Vrndavana forests with Jagadananda Par;Jc;lita, 139\nwore garment oi Mukunda Sarasvati,\n-141-142\nSarikara Pal)c;lita\ndistributes prasada to devotees, 38\nruns after Caitanya, 234\nSankhya-purvaka-nama-gana\n\nquoted, 12\n\nSarikirtana\n\nSee: Chanting, Holy name\n\nSannyasi\n\nCaitanya as supreme, 47, 230\nhas no use for oil, 97\nnot supposed to accept help for bodily\ncomfort, 100\nrestricted from hearing a woman's\nname, 77\nSarvabhauma Bhanacarya\npresent at Haridasa's glorification, 24\nSastras\nCaitanya's ecstasies not described in,\n231\nSatyabhama\nlove of Jagadananda compared to that\nof, 116\nSense gratification\nmarriage as part of process of, 169\nSenses\nof Caitanya attracted to attributes of\nKr�r;Ja, 255, 259-260\nSenses\nof Radha forcibly attracted to Kr�l)a,\n258\n\nSenses\nthose who cannot control can marry,\n169\nSeparation from Kr�l)a\nCaitanya manifested love of God in,\n193\nCaitanya's emotion of madness in, 188\nCaitanya's feelings of, 7, 79, 120, 121\nCaitanya's feelings of at Kasi Misra's\nhouse, 227\nSirhha-dvara\nCaitanya astonished to find Himself at,\n227-228\nCaitanya found lying down near, 222\nCaitanya went to, 33-34\nSin\nthose who do not accept Kr�l)a ruined\nby, 180\nSiva\nKr�l)a as subduer of, 294\nSivananda Sena\narranged places to stay for travelling\ndevotees, 58-59\nCaitanya considered family of His own,\n73\nCaitanya showed mercy on three sons\nof, 71\nembraced by Nityananda Prabhu, 65\nJagadananda Par;Jc;lita stayed at home of,\n95\nkicked by Nityananda Prabhu, 62\nled Bengali devotees, 55\npayment of tolls managed by, 58\nthree sons of cursed by Nityananda\nPrabhu, 60\nwent to ]agannatha Puri with his family,\n56\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nCaitanya advised Raghunatha Bhana to\nstudy, 170\nexchanges between Satyabhama and\nKr�r;Ja in, 116\nKr�r;Ja described as Supersoul in, 210\nmust not be heard from professional\nmen, 170, 171\nRaghunatha Bhatta's beautiful chanting\nof, 177-178\nRamananda Raya recites verses from,\n219\n\n", "ant4#p0366": "General Index\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\nquoted on gopis' search for Kr�Da in\nforest, 268-269, 274-276, 277,\n278-279\nquoted on Govardhana Hill, 233\n\nquoted on Kr�Da disappearing from rasa\ndance, 294\n\nquoted on qualification of scholar, 48\nverse spoken by gop is quoted in, 287\nSraddha-patra\noffered to Haridasa, 15\n\nSrTkanta\nas nephew of Sivananda Sena, 66\ncould understand that Caitanya is omniscient, 69\noffended when his uncle was kicked, 66\noffered obeisances while wearing shirt\nand coat, 67\nSrinivasa sighra samudrera\nverses quoted, 46\nSrTnivasa Thakura\nlamentation at tomb of Haridasa, 46\nSrTvasa Thakura\nwent to Jagannatha PurT with his family,\n56\nSrTvatsa\nornaments of on chest of Kr�Qa, 290\nSpiritual master\n\nas paramaharilsa, 146\nVai�Qava never thinks himself equal to,\n146\nStava-mala\n\nquoted on ecstatic\nCaitanya, 301\nSubhadra\n\nsymptoms\n\nof\n\nas sister of Krsna, 204\n\nSudra\n\n· ·\n\n·\n\nservice to brahma(Ja as duty of, 162\nSukadeva GosvamT\n\nring of rasa-lila manufactured by, 209\nSupersoul\nKr�Da described in Bhagavatam, 210\n\nSvarupa Damodara\nbrings Caitanya to external consciousness, 219\nCaitanya lamented to, 256-265\nCaitanya pacified by songs of, 265\nCaitanya passed His nights with, 6, 54\n\nCaitanya revealed His mind to, 206-208\n\n337\n\nSvarupa Damodara\ncollects prasada from shopkeepers,\n36-37\ncries upon seeing Caitanya's bodily\ncondition, 238\ndiscovers Caitanya's absence, 221\ndistributes prasada to devotees, 38\n\nexplains S irhha -d v a r a episode to\nCaitanya, 228\ninstructs Caitanya on funeral rituals, 29\nlays down outside Caitanya's room,\n220\nmade bedding for Caitanya, 126-127\nheads kirtana at Haridasa's death, 23\nlived with Caitanya, 189\n\npetitioned by Jagadananda PaQc;lita,\n131-132\nquestioned by Caitanya about leaving\nGovardhana Hill, 240-241\n\nrecorded p astimes of Caitanya,\n188-191\nremains with Caitanya day and night, 8\nruns after Caitanya, 234\nsang verse from Gita-govinda, 295\nshares nectar of Kr�Da's pastimes with\nCaitanya, 6\nwrote s h ort codes of Caitanya's\npastimes, 191\n\nT\nTalking like a madman\necstatic symptom of described,\n216-217\nTapana Misra\nheard about Caitanya from Jagadananda PaQc;lita, 139\nThinness\necstatic symptom of described, 216\n\nTithi-tattva\n\nquoted on use of oil by grhasthas, 98\n\nTulasi\n\nbumblebees maddened by fragrance of,\n277\nCaitanya gave Raghunatha fourteen\ncubit garland of, 175\nvery dear to Govinda's lotus feet, 269\n\n", "ant4#p0367": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n338\n\nu\nUdaficad-vaktrambhoruha-vikrtir\n\nverses quoted, 216\nUddhava\nquoted on madness of gopis, 218\nRadha's emotions on seeing, 192-193\nUjjvala-nilamaQi\nquoted on transcendental madness,\n194\nten ecstatic symptoms listed in, 214\nUncleanliness\necstatic symptom of described, 216\nUttapi puta-pakato 'pi gara/a\nverses quoted, 217\n\nv\nVaiku�Jtha\nHaridasa elevated to platform of, 14\nVai�l)ava\naccepts sannyasa out of humility, 146\naccepts sannyasa to keep himself below\nparamahamsa, 147\nanyone who wants to merge cannot be\npure, 160\nCaitanya bathes in sea with, 245\nloudly chants 'Hari! Hari!', 240\nno one could distinguish between pure\nand pseudo, 160\nRaghunatha Bhaga would not hear\nabout misbehavior of, 180\nservice to releases one from materialistic life, 170\nsight of brings Caitanya to partial consciousness, 240\ntake prasada with Caitanya, 40-41\nweep upon seeing Caitanya's condition,\n244\nVakresvara Pal)c;Jita\nas chief dancer in kirtana at Haridasa's\ndeath, 23\ndancing of, 30,31\nVa�Jinatha Paganayaka\nsent prasada to Caitanya, 37\n\nVastreQavrta-dehas tu\n\nverses quoted, 68\nVasudeva Datta\nmet Jagadananda Pal)c;Jita in Nadia, 93\nwent to see Caitanya, 57\nVidagdhi\ndefinitions of, 78\nVidyanidhi\nwent to see Caitanya, 57\nVidyapati\nCaitanya liked to hear poetry of, 266\nVisakha\necstatic symptom of uncleanliness exhibited by, 216\nverses spoken by Radha to, 257-258,\n283,293\nVraja\nas location of Govardhana Hill, 248\nVi��Jupriya\nworshiped by nadiya-nagari, 189\nVrndavana\nCaitanya mistook garden by sea for,\n266, 301\nCaitanya's mind goes to, 210-211\ndancing of peacocks in, 285\ninhabitants must always be respected,\n137\nKr��Ja is in His original position in, 204\nresidents of on platform of spontaneous\nlove, 136\nrobbers on path to, 134-135\nVyabhicari-bhava\nsymptoms of manifested by Caitanya,\n296\n\nw\nWakefulness\necstatic symptom of described, 215\nWater\nCaitanya's body washed with cold, 239\nof sea becomes pilgrimage site, 30\nWomen\nattracted to beauty of Kr��Ja, 261-264,\n289\ndari sannyasis keep, 101\n\n", "ant4#p0368": "339\n\nGeneral Index\nYamesvara temple\n\nWomen\n\nsannyasis restricted from hearing names\nof, 77\n\nCaitanya was going to, 154\nYamuna\nCaitanya's tears compared to meeting\n\nWorld, material\n\nof Ganges and, 236\n\ndeath insignificant in, 20\neveryone attached to eating in, 10\nRaghunatha Bhana would never hear or\nspeak about, 132\ntemporary situation of, 48\nWorld, spiritual\npermanent situation in, 48\n\ny\nYada yato gopi-hrdaya-madano\nverses quoted, 215\n\nYa/:1 pasyanti priyaril svapne\nverses quoted, 215\n\nYogi\n\ngopis saw K[�l)a on beach of, 279\nCaitanya\n\ncompares\n\nHis\n\nmind\n\nto\n\na,\n\n208-214\n\nHaridasa's death compared to that of,\n27\n\nz\nZamindars\nmaintained roads by taxes, 58\n\n", "ant4#p0369": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada appeared in this world\nin 1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master, SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvatT GosvamT, in Calcutta in 1922. Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT, a prominent\ndevotional scholar and the founder of sixty-four Gau<;!Tya Ma�has (Vedic Institutes), liked this educated young man and convinced him to dedicate his life to\nteaching Vedic knowledge. SrTia Prabhupada became his student, and eleven\nyears later (1933) at Allahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in 1922, SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura requested\nSrTia Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge through the English language. In\n\nthe years that followed, SrTia Prabhupada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavadgita, assisted the Gau<;!Tya Ma�ha in its work and, in 1944, without assistance,\n\nstarted an English fortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and\nchecked the galley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies freely and\nstruggled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the magazine never stopped;\nit is now being continued by his disciples in the West.\nRecognizing SrTia Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion,\n\nthe\n\nGau<;!Tya V ai�l)ava Society honored him in 1947 with the title \"Bhaktivedanta.\" In\n\n1950, at the age of fifty-four, SrTia Prabhupada retired from married life, and four\nyears later he adopted the vanaprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his\n\nstudies and writing. SrTia Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of Vrndavana,\nwhere he lived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and writing.\nHe accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in 1959. At Radha-Damodara,\n\nSrTia Prabhupada began work on his life's masterpiece: a multivolume translation\nand commentary on the\n\neighteen thousand verse\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\n\n(Bhagavata PuraQa). He also wrote Easy journey to Other Planets.\n\nAfter publishing three volumes of Bhagavatam, SrTia Prabhupada came to the\n\nUnited States, in 1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual master. Since that time,\nHis Divine Grace has written over forty volumes of authoritative translations,\ncommentaries and summary studies of the philosophical and religious classics of\nIndia.\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, SrTia Prabhupada\nwas practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great difficulty that he\nestablished the International Society for Krishna Consciousness in july of 1966.\nUnder his careful guidance, the Society has grown within a decade to a world­\n\nwide confederation of almost one hundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes\nand farm communities.\nIn 1968, SrTia Prabhupada created New Vrndavana, an experimental Vedic community in the hills of West Virginia. Inspired by the success of New Vrndavana,\nnow a thriving farm community of more than one thousand acres, his students\nhave since founded several similar communities in the United States and abroad.\n\n341\n\n", "ant4#p0370": "342\n\nSri Caitanya-caritlm�a\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and secondary education in the West by founding the Gurukula school in Dallas, Texas. The\nschool began with 3 children in 1972, and by the beginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\nSrlla Prabhupada has also inspired the construction of a large international\ncenter at Srldhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also the site for a\nplanned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the magnificent Kr�r:JaBalarama Temple and International Guest House in Vrndavana, India. These are\ncenters where Westerners can live to gain firsthand experience of Vedic culture.\nSrlla Prabhupada's most significant contribution, however, is his books. Highly\nrespected by the academic community for their authoritativeness, depth and\nclarity, they are used as standard textbooks in numerous college courses. His\nwritings have been translated into eleven languages. The Bhaktivedanta Book\nTrust, established in 1972 exclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace,\nhas thus become the world's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian\nreligion and philosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Srlla Prabhupada's\nmost recent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-completed\n\nby Srlla Prabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali religious classic Sri\nCaitanya-caritamrta.\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Srlla Prabhupada has circled\nthe globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to six continents. In\nspite of such a vigorous schedule, Srlla Prabhupada continues to write prolifically.\nHis writings constitute a veritable library of Vedic philosophy, religion, literature\nand culture.\n\n", "ant4#p0371": "(continued from front flap)\nMadhya-lila (the middle period), the\n\nlongest of the three, is a detailed narration of\nSri Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels\n\nthroughout India as a renounced mendicant,\n\nteacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and\n\nmystic. Finally, Antya-li/a (the final period)\n\nconcerns the last eighteen years of Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's manifest presence, spent in\nsemiseclusion in Jagannatha Puri,\n\nOrissa.\n\nDuring these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted\n\ndeeper and deeper into trances of spiritual\n\necstasy unparalleled in all of religious and\nliterary history, Eastern or Western.\n\n, Kr�Dadasa Kaviraja Gosvami, the author of\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta, was a great saint and\na confidential disciple\n\nand student of\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami, the renowned\n\nascetic saint who was one of the most inti­\n\nmate disciples of Sri Caitanya. He com­\n\nmenced work on the text while in his late\n\nnineties and in failing health, as he vividly\ndescribes in the text itself: \"I have now be­\n\ncome too old and disturbed in invalidity.\n\nWhile writing, my hands tremble. I cannot\n\nremember anything, nor can I see or hear\n\nproperly. Still I write, and this is a great\nwonder.\" That he nevertheless completed,\n\nunder such debilitating conditions, the\n\ngreatest literary gem of medieval India is\n\nsurely one of the wonders of literary history.\n\nThe English translation and commentary is\n\nthe work of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's\n\nmost distinguished scholar and teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought.\n\nHe himself is a disciplic descendant of Sri\n\nCaitanya, and his intimate familiarity with\nthe precepts of Caitanya Mahaprabhu emi­\n\nnently qualifies him to present this important classic to the English-speaking world.\n\nThe ease and clarity with which he ex­\n\npounds upon Sri Caitanya's precepts lures\n\neven a reader totally unfamiliar with Indian\nreligious tradition into a genuine under­\n\nstanding and appreciation of this profound\n\nand monumental work.\n\nThe entire text, with commentary, pre­\n\nsented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust,\n\nrepresents a contribution of major importance\n\nto\n\nthe intellectual, cultural and\n\nspiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n", "ant4#p0372": "", "ant4#p0373": "", "ant5#p0001": "-\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAMRTA\n-\n\n•\n\nANTYA- LILA Volume 5\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\n\n", "ant5#p0002": "SRI CAITANYA-CARITAMRTA\n.\n\nIt would not be inaccurate to say that Sri\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta is one of the most im­\n\nportant works of historical and philosophical\n\nliterature ever written, in any language. It is\n\nthe principal work on the life and teachings\nof Sri Kr�t:�a Caitanya, a divine incarnation of\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Sri\nCaitanya is the pioneer of a great social and\nreligious movement which began in India a\nlittle less than five hundred years ago and\nwhich has directly and indirectly influenced\n\nthe subsequent course of religious and\n\nphilosophical thinking not only in India but\nin the recent West as well.\n\nAt a ·time when, in the West, man was\n\ndirecting\n\nhis\n\nexplorative spirit\n\ntoward\n\ncircumnavigating the world in search of new\noceans and continents and toward studying\n\nthe structure of the physical universe, Sri\nKr�t:�a Caitanya, in the East, was inaugurating\n\nand masterminding a revolution directed in­\n\nward, toward a scientific understanding of\n\nthe highest knowledge of man's spiritual\nnature.\nWithin\n\nhis\n\nlifetime,\n\nSri Caitanya\n\ntransformed the face o f India i n four\nrespects: philosophically, by encountering,\ndefeating and converting the greatest phi­\n\nlosophers and thinkers of his day; religiously,\n\nby organizing the largest, most widespread\ntheistic\n\nmovement\n\nin\n\nIndia's\n\nhistory;\n\nsocially, by his strong challenges against the\nreligious inequities of the caste system;\npolitically, by his organization of a massive\ncivil disobedience movement in Bengal, 450\nyears before Gandhi.\nThe text is divided into three sections\n\ncalled \"/ilas.\"\n\nAdi-lila\n\n(the early period)\n\ntraces his life from birth through his accep­\n\ntance of the renounced order, sannyasa, at\n\nthe age of twenty-four. This part includes his\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and\nearly philosophical confrontations, as well as\nhis\n\norganization\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nwidespread\n\nsatikirtana movement and his civil disobe­\n\ndience\n\nagainst\n\nthe\n\nrepression\n\nMohammedan government.\n\n(continued on back flap)\n\nof\n\nthe\n\n", "ant5#p0003": "-\n\nSRI CAITANYACARITAMRTA\n•\n\n", "ant5#p0004": "BOOKS by\nHis Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupida\n\nBhagavad-gita As It Is\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, Cantos 1-5 (15 Vols.)\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta (17 Vols.)\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\nThe Nectar of Devotion\nSri TSopani�ad\nEasy journey to Other Planets\nKr�oa Consciousness: The Topmost Yoga System\nKr�oa, The Supreme Personality of Godhead (3 Vols.)\nTranscendental Teachings of Prahlad Maharaja\nKr�oa, the Reservoir of Pleasure\nThe Perfection of Yoga\nBeyond Birth and Death\nOn the Way to Kr�oa\nRaja-vidya: The King of Knowledge\nElevation to Krsna Consciousness\nKrsna Consciousness: The Matchless Gift\nB��k to Godhead Magazine (Founder)\nA complete catalogue is available upon request\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\n\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n", "ant5#p0005": "All Glory to Sri Guru and Gaurariga\n\n-\n\nSRI CAITJ\\NYACARITAIRTA\n•\n\nof Knr,adasa Kaviraja Gosvami\n\nAntya-lila\nVolume Five\n\n\"The Confidential Pastimes of\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\"\n\nwith the original Bengali tex�\nRoman transliterations, synonyms,\ntranslation and elaborate purports\n\nby\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Ac3rya of the International Society lor Krishna Consciousness\n\nTHE BHAKTIVEDANTA BOOK TRUST\nNew York· Los Angeles· London· Bombay\n\n", "ant5#p0006": "Readers interested in the subject matter of this book\nare invited by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\nto correspond with its Secretary.\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\n3764 Watseka Avenue\nLos Angeles, California 90034\n\n© 1975 Bhaktivedanta Book Trust\nAll Rights Reserved\nLibrary of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 73-93206\nInternational Standard Book Number: 0-912776-77-3\n\nFirst printing, 1975: 20,000 copies\nPrinted in the United States of America\n\n", "ant5#p0007": "Contents\n\nvi\n\nIntroduction\n\nChapter 16\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu Tastes Nectar\nfrom the Lips of Lord Sri Kr�oa\n\nChapter 17\n\nChapter 18\nChapter 19\n\nChapter 20\n\n1\n\nThe Bodily Transformations\nof Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\n79\n\nRescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\n119\n\nThe Inconceivable Behavior\nof Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\n179\n\nThe Sik�a�taka Prayers\n\n243\n\nConcluding Words\n\n319\n\nReferences\n\n323\n\nGlossary\n\n325\n\nBengali Pronunciation Guide\n\n329\n\nIndex of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n331\n\nGeneral Index\n\n347\n\nThe Author\n\n363\n\nv\n\n", "ant5#p0008": "Introduction\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is the principal work on the life and teachings of SrT\n\nKr�r;�a Caitanya. SrT Caitanya is the pioneer of a great social and religious move­\n\nment which began in India a little less than five hundred years ago and which has\ndirectly and indirectly influenced the subsequent course of religious and phi­\n\nlosophical thinking not only in India but in the recent West as well.\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu is regarded as a figure of great historical significance.\n\nHowever, our conventional method of historical analysis-that of seeing a man as\n\na product of his times-fails here. SrT Caitanya is a personality who transcends the\nlimited scope of historical settings.\n\nAt a time when, in the West, man was directing his explorative spirit toward\n\nstudying the structure of the physical universe and circumnavigating the world in\nsearch of new oceans and continents, Sri Kr�r;�a Caitanya, in the East, was in­\n\naugurating and masterminding a revolution directed inward, toward a scientific\n\nunderstanding of the highest knowledge of man's spiritual nature.\n\nThe chief historical sources for the life of Sri Kr�r;�a Caitanya are the kar;lacas (di­\n\naries) kept by Murari Gupta and SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT. Murari Gupta, a\n\nphysician and close associate of Sri Caitanya's, recorded extensive notes on the\nfirst twenty-four years of Sri Caitanya's life, culminating in his initiation into the\nrenounced order, sannyasa. The events of the rest of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's for­\n\nty-eight years are recorded in the diary of SvarOpa Damodora Gosvami, another of\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu's intimate associates.\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is divided into three sections called li/as, which literally\n\nmeans \"pastimes\"-Adi-lila (the early period), Madhya-lila (the middle period)\n\nand Antya-lila (the final period). The notes of Murari Gupta form the basis of the\n\nAdi-lila, and SvarOpa Damodara's diary provides the details for the Madhya- and\n\nAntya-lilas.\n\nThe first twelve of the seventeen chapters of Adi-lila constitute the preface for\n\nthe entire work. By referring to Vedic scriptural evidence, this preface establishes\n\nSri Caitanya as the avatara (incarnation) of Kr�r;�a (God) for the age of Kali-the\n\ncurrent epoch, beginning five thousand years ago and characterized by material­\n\nism, hypocrisy and dissension. In these descriptions, Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\nis identical with Lord Kr�r;�a, descends to liberally grant pure love of God to the\n\nfallen souls of this degraded age by propagating sankirtana-literally,\n\"congregational glorification of God\"-especially by organizing massive public\nchanting of the maha-mantra (Great Chant for Deliverance). The esoteric purpose\n\nof Lord Caitanya's appearance in the world is revealed, his co-avataras and prin­\n\ncipal devotees are described and his teachings are summarized. The remaining\n\nportion of Adi-li/a, chapters thirteen through seventeen, briefly recounts his\n\ndivine birth and his life until he accepted the renounced order. This includes his\n\nchildhood miracles, schooling, marriage and early philosophical confrontations, as\n\nwell as his organization of a widespread sankirtana movement and his civil disobe­\n\ndience against the repression of the Mohammedan government.\n\nvi\n\n", "ant5#p0009": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrfa\nThe subject of Madhya-lila, the longest of the three divisions, is a detailed nar­\n\nration of Lord Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels throughout India as a\nrenounced mendicant, teacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and mystic. During this period of six years, Sri Caitanya transmits his teachings to his principal disciples. He debates and converts many of the most renowned philosophers and\ntheologians of his time, including Sarikarites, Buddhists and Muslims, and incorporates their many thousands of followers and disciples into his own burgeoning\nnumbers. A dramatic account of Caitanya Mahaprabhu's miraculous activities at\nthe giant jagannatha Cart Festival in Orissa is also included in this section.\n\nAntya-li/a. concerns the last eighteen years of Sri Caitanya's manifest presence,\n\nspent in semiseclusion near the famous Jagannatha temple at jagannatha Purr in\nOrissa During these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted deeper and deeper into\ntrances of spiritual ecstasy unparalleled in all of religious and literary history,\nEastern or Western. Sri Caitanya's perpetual and ever-increasing religious\nbeatitude, graphically described in the eyewitness accounts of Svarupa Damodara\nGosvi!imi, his constant companion during this period, clearly defy the investigative\nand descriptive abilities of modern psychologists and phenomenologists of\nreligious experience.\nThe author of this great classic, Kr��adasa Kaviri!ija GosvamT, born in the year\n1507, was a disciple of Raghunatha dasa Gosvamr, a confidential follower of\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Raghunatha dasa, a renowned ascetic saint, heard and\nmemorized all the activities of Caitanya Mahaprabhu told to him by SvarOpa\nDamodara. After the passing away of Sri Caitanya and Svarupa Damodara,\nRaghunatha dasa, unable to bear the pain of separation from these objects of his\ncomplete devotion, traveled to Vrndavana, intending to commit suicide by jumping from Govardhana Hill. In Vrndavana, however, he encountered ROpa Gosvamr\nand Sanatana GosvamT, the most confidential disciples of Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThey convinced him to give up his plan of suicide and impelled him to reveal to\nthem the spiritually inspiring events of Lord Caitanya's later life. Kr��adasa Kaviri!ija\nGosvi!imi was also residing in Vrndavana at this time, and Raghunatha dasa\nGosvami endowed him with a full comprehension of the transcendental life of Sri\nCaitanya\nBy this time, several biographical works had already been written on the life of\nSri Caitanya by contemporary and near-contemporary scholars and devotees.\n\nThese included Sri Caitanya-carita by Murari Gupta, Caitanya-matigala by Locana\n\ndasa Thakura and Caitanya-bhagavata. This latter text, a work by Vrndavana dasa\nThakura, who was then considered the principal authority on Sri Caitanya's life,\nwas highly revered. While composing his important work, Vrndavana dasa, fearing\n\nthat it would become too voluminous, avoided elaborately describing many of\nthe events of Sri Caitanya's life, particulary the later ones. Anxious to hear of these\nlater pastimes, the devotees of Vrndavana requested Kr��adasa Kaviraja Gosvamr,\n\nwhom they respected as a great saint, to compose a book to narrate these\n\nvii\n\n", "ant5#p0010": "Sri Caitanya-caritampa\nepisodes in detail. Upon this request, and with the permission and blessings of the\n\nMadana-mohana Deity of Vrndavana, he began compiling Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\n\nwhich, due to its biographical excellence and thorough exposition of Lord\nCaitanya's profound philosophy and teachings, is regarded as the most significant\nof biographical works on Sri Caitanya.\nHe commenced work on the text while in his late nineties and in failing health,\nas he vividly describes in the text itself: \"I have now become too old and disturbed in invalidity. While writing, my hands tremble. I cannot remember anything, nor can I see or hear properly. Still I write, and this is a great wonder.\" That\nhe nevertheless completed, under such debilitating conditions, the greatest literary gem of medieval India is surely one of the wonders of literary history.\nThis English translation and commentary is the work of His Divine Grace A. C.\nBhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's most distinguished teacher of Indian religious and philosophical thought. His commentary is based upon two\nBengali commentaries, one by his teacher Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami,\nthe eminent Vedic scholar who predicted, \"The time will come when the people\n\nof the world will learn Bengali to read Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\" and the other by\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta's father, Bhaktivinoda Thakura.\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada is himself a disciplic\n\ndescendant of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and he is the first scholar to execute\nsystematic English translations of the major works of Sri Caitanya's followers. His\nconsummate Bengali and Sanskrit scholarship and intimate familiarity with the\nprecepts of Sri Kr�l)a Caitanya are a fitting combination that eminently qualifies\nhim to present this important classic to the English-speaking world. The ease and\nclarity with which he expounds upon difficult philosophical concepts lures even a\nreader totally unfamiliar with Indian religious tradition into a genuine understanding and appreciation of this profound and monumental work.\nThe entire text, with commentary, presented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, represents a contribution of major importance to the intellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n-The Publishers\n\nviii\n\n", "ant5#p0011": "His Divine Crace\nA. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nFounder-Acarya of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness\n\n", "ant5#p0012": "SrT Puru�ottama-k�etra ()agannatha PurT), the sacred site where SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu taught and exhibited the highest principles of\ndevotional service to the Lord.\n\n", "ant5#p0013": "The temple of Lord Nrsirhhadeva in Puri. Sri Caitanya Mah.lprabhu would personally cleanse this temple along with the Gut:J<;Iica temple every year before the Ratha-y.ltr.l festival.\n\n", "ant5#p0014": "The house of Kasi Misra in Puri, where Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu resided during the last eighteen years of His manifest presence. It was\nhere that the Lord, overwhelmed with pure love of Godhead, experienced various inconceivable transcendental ecstasies.\n\n", "ant5#p0015": "The Gambhira, the actual room where Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu lived. The Lord's shoes and water\npot are preserved in the glass case (foreground).\n\n", "ant5#p0016": "LEFT: The bhajana-kutira (place of worship) of Srila ]iva Gosvami at Radha-kur;J<;la in Vrndavana. Srila ]Tva Gosvami is known as the\ngreatest philos�pher of all time, and he compiled 400,000 verses in all his books about the transcendental love of Kr�r:Ja. After the disappearance of Srila ROpa and Sanatana Gosvamis, Srila ]Tva Gosvami became the acarya of all the Vai�l)avas in the world.\nRIGHT: The samadhi (tomb) of Srila ]Tva Gosvami at the Radha-Damodara temple in Vrndavana.\n\n", "ant5#p0017": "The temple of Sri Sri Radha-Damodara, established in Vrndavana by Srila )iva Gosvami. While living very humbly at this sacred place,\nHis Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada wrote the first three volumes of his life's master piece-the eig hteen thousand\nverse Srimad-Bhagavatam. Thereafter, in 1965, His Divine Grace Srila Prabhupada traveled to the United States to fulfill the great mission of his spiritual master-to teach the message of Lord Caitanya and deliver the Western countries from voidism and impersonalism.\n\n", "ant5#p0018": "PLATE ONE\n\"I offer my respectful obeisances unto You, Lord Nrsirhhadeva. You are\n\nthe giver of pleasure to Maharaja Prahlada, and Your nails cut the chest of\nHirar:tyakasipu like a chisel cutting stone. Lord Nrsirhhadeva is here, and\nHe is also there on the opposite side. Wherever I go, there I see Lord\nNrsirhhadeva. He is outside and within my heart. Therefore I take shelter\nof Lord Nrsirhhadeva, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead.\"\n(pp.28-29)\n\n", "ant5#p0019": "", "ant5#p0020": "PLATE TWO\n\"One day when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to visit the temple of\nLord Jagannatha, the gatekeeper at Sirhha-dvara approached Him and\noffered respectful obeisances. The Lord asked him, 'Where is Kr?t:Ja, My\nlife and soul? Please show Me Kr?t:Ja.' Saying this, He caught the\ndoorkeeper's hand. The doorkeeper replied, 'The son of Maharaja Nanda\nis here; please come along with me, and I shall show You.' Lord Caitanya\nsaid to the doorman, 'You are My friend. Please show Me where the Lord\nof My heart is.' After the Lord said this, they both went to the place\nknown as Jagamohana, where everyone views Lord Jagannatha. 'just see!'\nthe doorkeeper said. 'Here is the best of the Personalities of Godhead.\nFrom here You may see the Lord to the full satisfaction of Your eyes.' Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu stayed behind the huge column called the Garu<;lastambha and looked upon Lord Jagannatha, but as He looked He saw that\nLord ]agannatha had become Lord Kr?t:Ja, with His flute to His mouth.\"\n(pp.40-42)\n\n", "ant5#p0021": "", "ant5#p0022": "PLATE THREE\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stood up, and then sat down again. Looking\nhere and there, He inquired from Svarupa Damodara, 'Where have you\nbrought Me? After hearing the vibration of a flute, I went to Vrndavana,\nand there I saw that Kr�l)a, the son of Maharaja Nanda, was playing on His\nflute in the pasturing grounds. He brought Srlmatl Radharal)l to a bower\nby signalling with His flute. Then He entered that bower to perform\npastimes with Her. I entered the bower just behind Kr�l)a, My ears captivated by the sound of His ornaments. I saw Kr�l)a and the gopis enjoying\nall kinds of pastimes while laughing and joking together. Hearing their\nvocal expressions enhanced the joy of My ears. Just then, all of you made\na tumultuous sound and brought Me back here by force. Because you\nbrought Me back here, I could no longer hear the nectarean voices of\nKr�l)a and the gopis, nor could I hear the sounds of their ornaments or the\nflute.' \" (pp.BB-91 )\n\n", "ant5#p0023": "", "ant5#p0024": "PLATE FOUR\n\"Passing along the beach, the devotees saw a fisherman approaching\nwith his net over his shoulder. Laughing, crying, dancing and singing, he\nkept repeating the holy name, 'Hari, Hari.' Seeing the activities of the\nfisherman,\n\neveryone was\n\nastonished. SvarOpa\n\nDamodara\n\nGosvami,\n\ntherefore, asked him for information. 'My dear fisherman,' he said, 'why\nare you behaving like this? Have you seen someone hereabouts? What is\nthe cause of your behavior? Please tell us.' The fisherman replied, 'I have\nnot seen a single person here, but while casting my net in the water, I\ncaptured a dead body. I lifted it with great care, thinking it a big fish, but\nas soon as I saw that it was a corpse, great fear arose in my mind. As I\ntried to release the net I touched the body, and as soon as I touched it, a\nghost entered my heart. I shivered in fear and shed tears. My voice\nfaltered, and all the hairs on my person stood up...' SvarOpa Damodara\nsaid to the fisherman, 'My dear sir, the person whom you are thinking a\nghost is actually not a ghost but the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri\nKr�r:ta Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Because of ecstatic love, the Lord fell into\nthe sea, and you have caught Him in your net and rescued Him.'\n\n(pp.138-147)\n\n\"\n\n", "ant5#p0025": "", "ant5#p0026": "PLATE FIVE\n\"In His half-external consciousness, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu talked\nlike a madman. The devotees could distinctly hear Him speaking to the\nsky. 'Seeing the River Yamuna,' He said, 'I went to Vrndavana. There I saw\nthe son of Nanda Maharaja performing His sporting pastimes in the water.\nLord Kr�t:�a was in the water of the Yamuna in the company of the gopJs,\nheaded by Srlmatl Radharat:�L They were performing pastimes in a great\nsporting manner. I saw the pastimes as I stood on the bank of the Yamuna\nin the company of the gopJs. One gopJ was showing some other gopJs\nthe pastimes of Radha and Kr�t:�a in the water. All the gopJs entrusted\ntheir silken garments and ornaments to the care of their friends and then\nput on fine white cloth. Taking His beloved gopJs with Him, Lord Kr�t:�a\nbathed and performed very nice pastimes in the water. Kr�t:�a's restless\npalms resemble lotus flowers. He is just like a chief of mad elephants, and\nthe gopJs who accompany Him are like she-elephants. The sporting\npastimes in the water began, and everyone started splashing water back\nand forth. In the tumultuous showers of water, no one could be certain\nwhich party was winning and which was losing. This sporting water fight\nincreased unlimitedly.'\" (pp.153-156)\n\n", "ant5#p0027": "", "ant5#p0028": "PLATE SIX\n\"Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued to describe His pastimes with\nLord Kr��a in Vrndavana: 'In Vrndavana, the trees and creepers are wonderful because throughout the entire year they produce all kinds of fruits\nand flowers. The gopis and maidservants in the bowers of Vrndavana\npick these fruits and flowers and bring them before Radha and Kr��a. The\ngopis peeled all the fruits and placed them together on large plates on a\nplatform in the jeweled cottage. They arranged the fruit in orderly rows\nfor eating, and in front of it they made a place to sit. Among the fruits\nwere many varieties of coconut and mango, bananas, berries, jackfruits,\n\ndates, tangerines, oranges, blackberries, santaras, grapes, almonds and all\nkinds of dried fruit. There were cantaloupes, k�irikas, palmfruits, kesuras,\n\nwater fruits, lotus fruits, bael, pi/u, pomegranate and many others. Some\n\nof them are variously known in different places, but in Vrndavana they\nare always available in so many thousands of varieties that no one can\nfully describe them. At home Srimati Radhara�T had made various types of\nsweetmeats from\n\nmilk\n\nand sugar,\n\nsuch as gangajala,\n\namrtakeli,\n\npiyO�agranthi, karpOrakeli sarapOri, amrti, padmacin i and karxfa-k�irisara,\n\nvrk�a. She had then brought them all for Kr��a. When Kr��a saw the very\nnice arrangement of food, He happily sat down and had a forest picnic.'\n(pp.167-170)\n\n\"\n\n", "ant5#p0029": "", "ant5#p0030": "PLATE SEVEN\n\"As His feelings of separation in the ecstasy of Srimati Radharal)i increased at every moment. Lord Caitanya's activities, both day and night,\nwere now wild, insane performances. Suddenly there awoke within Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu the scene of Lord Kr�l)a's departure to Mathura,\nand He began exhibiting the symptom of ecstatic madness known as\n\nudghDrf}J.. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu spoke like a madman, holding Ramananda Raya by the neck, and He questioned SvarOpa Damodara, thinking\nhim to be His gopi friend. just as Srimati Radharal)i inquired from Her personal friend Visakha, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began speaking like a\nmadman.\" (pp.793-794)\n\n", "ant5#p0031": "", "ant5#p0032": "PLATE EIGHT\n\"One full-moon night in the month of Vaisakha (April and May), Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu went to a garden. The Lord, along with His devo­\n\ntees, entered one of the nicest gardens, called )agannatha-vallabha. In the\ngarden were fully blossomed trees and creepers exactly like those in\nVrndavana. Bumblebees and birds like the suka, sari and pika talked with\none another. A mild breeze was blowing, carrying the fragrance of\naromatic flowers. The breeze had become a guru and was teaching all the\ntrees and creepers how to dance. Brightly illuminated by the full moon,\nthe trees and creepers glittered in the light. The six seasons, especially\nspring,\n\nseemed\n\npresent there.\n\nSeeing\n\nthe\n\ngarden,\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, was very happy. In\nthis atmosphere, the Lord had His associates sing a verse from the Otagovinda, as He danced and wandered about with them. As He thus wandered around every tree and creeper, He came beneath an asoka tree and\nsuddenly saw Lord Kr��a. When He saw Kr��a, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nbegan\n\nrunning\n\n(pp.218-221)\n\nvery\n\nswiftly,\n\nbut\n\nKr��a\n\nsmiled\n\nand\n\ndisappeared.\"\n\n", "ant5#p0033": "", "ant5#p0034": "CHAPTER 16\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nTastes Nectar from the Lips of\nLord Sri Kr�Qa\nThe Sixteenth Chapter is summarized by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura in his Amrtapravaha-bha�ya. When the Bengali devotees of the Lord returned to Jagannatha\n\nPuri, a gentleman named Kalidasa who was an uncle of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami\nwent with them to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Kalidasa had tasted the remnants of food of all the Vai��avas in Bengal, even Jha<;Ju Thakura. Because of this,\nhe received the shelter of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu at ]agannatha Puri.\nWhen Kavi-kar�apOra was only seven years old, he was initiated by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu into the Hare Kr��a maha-mantra. He later became the greatest poet\namong the Vai��ava acaryas.\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ate the remnants of food known as va/labhabhoga, He described the glories of such remnants of the Lord's food and then fed\n\nall the devotees the prasada. Thus they all tasted adharamrta, the nectar from the\nlips of Lord Sri Kr��a.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n�\"! I'J�C�i!iiJ� \"'et�i!� fit �: I\n\n�twfl{f� 'e'(§ttJ{_ 'i2f1{�..-t1ff-t�e, II � II\nvande sri-kmJa-caitanyam\nkr�Qa-bhavamrtam hi yah\nasvadyasvadayan bhaktan\nprema-dik�am asik�ayat\nSYNONYMS\nvande-1 offer my respectful obeisances; sri-k[�Qa-caitanyam-unto Lord Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; kr�Qa-bhava-amrtam-the nectar of ecstatic love of Kr��a;\nhi-certainly; ya/:1-He who; asvadya-tasting; asvadayan-causing to taste;\nbhaktan-the devotees; prema-in love of Kr��a; dfk�am-initiation; asik�ayatinstructed.\n1\n\n", "ant5#p0035": "2\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nlet me offer my respectful obeisances unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who\npersonally tasted the nectar of ecstatic love for Kr�r:Ja and then instructed His\ndevotees how to taste it. Thus He enlightened them about ecstatic love of\nKr�r:Ja to initiate them into transcendental knowledge.\nTEXT 2\n\n8 � �\\�iii!\" i9RI �i!Jtil\"' I\n\nO!�'Oi!li!l iSf1t <;'it�'e.�\"t II � II\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-ail glories; sri-caitanya-to Lord SrT Kr�r;�a Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\njaya-all glories; nityananda-to Nityananda Prabhu; jaya-all glories; advaitacandra-to Advaita Acarya; jaya-ail glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to all the\ndevotees of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to lord Nityananda! All\nglories to Advaita Acarya! And all glories to all the devotees of the lord!\nTEXT 3\n\n�-� �t� �il �m\" 1\n�'it'l·,t\" lNt <;�-�� II � II\nei-mata mahaprabhu rahena ni/aca/e\nbhakta-gaQa-salige sada prema-vihvale\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; rahena-stays;\nni/acale-in Jagannatha PurT; bhakta-gaQa-salige-in the association of devotees;\nsada-always; prema-vihva/e-merged in ecstatic love.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu thus stayed at Jagannatha Puri in the association\nof His devotees, always merged in ecstatic devotional love.\n\n", "ant5#p0036": "Text 6]\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\n3\n\nTEXT 4\n\n�� 'filt�l'£1 �� <;� ��'St'l I\n\"!_(�e, 'filtflt' C�'l �'t_1f fil'lil II 8 II\nvar$antare aila saba gauc;iera bhakta-gal)a\npurvavat asi' kaila prabhura milana\nSYNONYMS\nvar$a-antare-the next year; ai/a-came; saba-all; gauc;iera-of Bengal; bhakta-gal)a-the devotee,s;\n\npurva-vat-as previously;\n\nasi'-coming;\n\nkai/a-did;\n\nprabhura mi/ana-meeting with SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThe next year, as usual, all the devotees from Bengal went to Jagannatha\nPuri, and, as in previous years, there was a meeting between Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and the devotees.\nTEXT 5\n\nii·\"Jt� �ttf ��i'( �tfilw\"tlf ift1f I\n�·iltlf f� <;tr;�1 ilt� �t� 'Cfti{ II 11 II\ntan-sabara sange aila kalidasa nama\nk[$1)a-nama vina tenho nahi kahe ana\nSYNONYMS\ntan-sabara sange-with all of them; ai/a-came; kali-dasa nama-a man\nnamed Kalidasa; k[$1)a-nama-the holy name of Kr�r:Ja; vina-besides; tenhohe; nahi-does not; kahe-say; ana-anything else.\nTRANSLATION\nAlong with the devotees from Bengal came a gentleman named Kalidasa. He\nnever uttered anything but the holy name of Kr�r:Ja.\nTEXT 6\n\n11��t'St�� <;� 'J(pt ��t� I\n\"ift11·''Jit•t�' �t1l ��� II � II\n\n", "ant5#p0037": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n4\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nmaha-bhagavata teriho sara/a udara\nkr?Qa-nama-'sarikete' calaya vyavahara\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-bhagavata-a highly advanced devotee; teriho-he; sara/a udara-very\nsimple and liberal; kr?Qa-nama-sarikete-with chanting of the holy name of\n. Kr?t:Ja; ca /aya-performs; vyavahara-ordinary dealings.\nTRANSLATION\nKalidasa was a very advanced devotee, yet he was simple and liberal. He\nwould chant the holy name of Kmta while performing all his ordinary\ndealings.\nTEXT 7\n\n(;��� �t�1 �fit' 'Ptt-t� (;�� I\n'� �' '��' �fit' 'Pttllf � �t�t� II 9 II\nkautukete teriho yadi pasaka khelaya\n'hare kr?Qa' 'kr?Qa' kari' pasaka calaya\nSYNONYMS\nkautukete-in jest; teriho-he; yadi-when; pasaka khelaya-plays with dice;\nhare kr?Qa-the holy name of the Lord; kr?Qa-Kr?t:Ja; kari -chanting; pasaka\n'\n\nca/aya\n\n-\n\nthrows the dice.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWhen he used to throw dice in jest, he would throw the dice while chanting\nHare Kmta.\nPURPORT\nIn this connection SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura warns the men of this\nage not to imitate the jesting of a maha-bhagavata like Kalidasa. If someone imitates him by playing with dice or gambling while chanting the Hare Kr?t:�a mahamantra, he will certainly become a victim of offenses unto the holy name. As it is\n\nsaid, hari-nama-bale pape pravrtti: one must not commit sinful activities on the\nstrength of chanting the Hare Kr?t:�a mantra. Playing with dice is certainly\ngambling, but it is clearly said here that Kalidasa did this only in jest A mahabhagavata can do anything, but he never forgets the basic principles. Therefore it\nis said, vai?Qavera kriya-mudra vijneha na bujhaya: \"No one can understand the\nactivities of a pure devotee.\" We should not imitate Kalidasa.\n\n", "ant5#p0038": "Text 10]\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\n5\n\nTEXT 8\n\n1l��t�·Wtt:J�1t <;it� �� e�tfl!-� I\n�-!f�t�11 @�� -tt�tl! <;it�i �� 1_� II lr II\nraghunatha-dasera tenho haya jfiati-khuc;la\nvai?Qavera ucchi?ta khaite tenho haifa buc;la\nSYNONYMS\n\nraghunatha-dasera-of Raghunatha\nhaya-is;\n\njfiati-relative;\n\ndasa\n\nkhuc;la-uncle;\n\nGosvamT;\n\nteliho-he\n\n(Kalidasa);\n\nvai?Qavera-of the Vai�r:Javas;\n\nuc­\n\nchi?ta-remnants of food; khaite-eating; tenho-he; haifa-became; buc;laaged.\nTRANSLATION\nKalidasa was an uncle of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami. Throughout his entire\nlife, even in his old age, he tried to eat the remnants of food left by Vai�Qavas.\nTEXT 9\n\n<;�twt-f � �I! ���t� 'it'! I\n�111 @�� <;bi �rn� �� II � ll\ngauc;la-dese haya yata vai?Qavera gaiJa\nsabara ucchi?ta tenho kari/a bhojana\nSYNONYMS\n\ngauc;la-dese-in\n\nBengal;\n\nhaya-are;\n\nyata-as\n\nmany;\n\nvai?Qavera\n\nga(la­\n\nVai�r:Javas; sabara-of all; ucchi?ta-remnants of food; tenho-he; kari/a bhojana-ate.\nTRANSLATION\nKalidasa ate the remnants of food of as many Vai�Qavas as there were in\nBengal.\nTEXT 10\n\n�'1-���� �I!-<;��' �� �� I\n��11-�118 ce� �tfPi it11: JtQp �t� n �\n\no\n\nn\n\nbrahmal)a-vai?Qava yata-chota, bac;Ja haya\nuttama-vastu bhe�a lana tanra thani yaya\n\n", "ant5#p0039": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n6\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nbrahmal)a-vai�Qava-Vai�f)avas coming from brahmal)a families;\n\nyata-all;\n\nchota-neophyte; bac;/a-highly advanced; haya-are; uttama-vastu-first-class\neatables; bheta /ana-taking as gifts; tarira thani-to them; yaya-goes.\nTRANSLATION\nHe would go to all the Vai�r:Javas born in brahmar:Ja families, be they\nneophyte or advanced devotees, and present them gifts of first-class eatables.\nTEXT 11\n\niBf �� <;�·\"Ptt� �11� ';ftf'$f11i I\n<fit�i �1 'Pft11, �1:� �t� �<fit�ill � � II\ntarira thani se�a-patra layena magiya\nkahari na paya, tabe rahe lukana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntarira thani-from them;\n\nse�a-patra-plates\n\nof remnants;\n\n/ayena-takes;\n\nmagiya-begging; kahari-where; na paya-does not get; tabe-then; raheremains; /ukana-hiding.\nTRANSLATION\nHe would beg remnants of food from such Vai�r:Javas, and if he did not\nreceive any, he would hide.\nTEXT 12\n\n�m <fiRti'f � ,�i'ft�i �t11 1\n\na:r�t�i '�l \"Pttl! �tfil' �t$• �rn11 �� 11\nbhojana karile patra phelana yaya\nlukana sei patra ani' cati' khaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhojana karile-after eating; patra-the plate; phe/ana yaya-is thrown away;\n/ukana-hiding; sei patra-that plate; ani'-bringing; cati' khaya-he licks up.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the Vai�r:Javas finished eating, they would throw away their dishes or\nleaves, and Kalidasa would come out of hiding, take the leaves and lick up the\nremnants.\n\n", "ant5#p0040": "Text 14)\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\n7\n\nTEXT 13\n\n-J_i!f·��t�1{ �t1f �nt ce� t'f �1 1\n��'ll� it1f q;�� ��� ��t�111 ��II\nsadra-vai�f,Javera ghare yaya bheta /aria\n\nei-mata tanra ucchi�ta khaya lukaria\nSYNONYMS\n\nsudra-vai�Qavera-of Vai�r:Javas born in sudra families; ghare-at the homes;\nyaya-goes; bheta /ari a\n\n-\n\ntaking gifts; ei-mata-in this way; tan ra-their; uc­\n\nchi�ta-remnants of food; khaya-eats; /uka ria-hiding.\nTRANSLATION\nHe would also take gifts to the homes of Vai�r;�avas born in sudra families.\nThen he would hide and eat the remnants of food they threw away in this manner.\nTEXT 14\n\nii:'lltfc;r-�tf?!, ,,��'-'q; it1f iltal l\n�tll�i'f Ci�i '<it�1 '�iii i� •til II �8 II\nbhunimali-jati, 'vai�Qava'-'jhac;iu' tanra nama\namra-phala /aria tenho g ela tanra sthana\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhanimali-jati-belonging to the bhanimali caste; vai�Qava-a great devotee;\njhac;Ju-Jha<;lu; tanra-his; nama-name; amra-phala-mango fruits; /ariataking; tenho-he; ge/a-went; tanra sthana-to his place.\nTRANSLATION\nThere was a great Vai�r;�ava named Jha�u Thakura, who belonged to the\nbhunimali caste. Kalidasa went to his home, taking mangoes with him.\nPURPORT\n\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvatl Thakura remarks that both Kalidasa and )ha<;iu\nThakura are worshiped at a place called Srlpatabap, in the village known as Bhedo\nor Bhaduya. This village is situated about three miles south of the village of\nKr�t:Japura, the birthplace of Raghunatha dasa Gosvaml, which is about one mile\nwest of the Byar:J<;iel junction of the B urdwan line. A post office there is named\n\n", "ant5#p0041": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n8\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nDevananda-pura. jhac;lu Thakura used to worship the Deity of SrT Madana-gopala.\nThe Deity is still worshiped by one Ramaprasada dasa, who belongs to the\nramayet community. It is said that the Deity worshiped by Kalidasa had been\n\nworshiped until now in the village of Sankhya on the bank of the SarasvatT River,\nbut the Deity has been taken away by a gentleman named Matilala Cattopadhyaya from the village of Trivel)T. The Deity is now being worshiped at his\nplace.\nTEXT 15\n\n�� ,teti Rf111 i� ij�&j �f\"!ill1 I\n\ni� �!';� l!t� �11�1' ,�'11 II �<t II\namra bhe.ta diya tanra caral)a vandila\ntanra patnire tabe namaskara kaila\n\nSYNONYMS\namra-mangoes; bheta-gift; diya-presenting; tanra-his; caral)a-feet; vandila-offered respects to; tanra patnire-to his wife; tabe-thereafter; namaskara\nkaila-offered respectful obeisances.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKalidasa presented the mangoes to Jha�u Thakura and offered him respectful obeisances. Then he also offered respectful obeisances to the Thakura's\nwife.\nTEXT 16\n\n�'l\"-'Jf�l! ,;i� �!';�� �fl'f111 I\n�I( 'JfWiftil c�'\"li �t�tt'Jf� ��11111 �� 11\npatni-sahita tenho achena vasiya\nbahu sammana kaila ka/idasere dekhiya\n\nSYNONYMS\npatni-sahita-with his wife; tenho-he (Jhac;lu Thakura); achena vasiya-was\nsitting; bahu-much; sammana-respect; kai/a-offered; ka/idasere dekhiyaseeing Kalidasa.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Kalidasa went to Jha�u Thakura, he saw that saintly person sitting\nwith his wife. As soon as Jha�u Thakura saw Kalidasa, he likewise offered his\nrespectful obeisances unto him.\n\n", "ant5#p0042": "Text 19]\n\nThe lord Tastes Nectar\n\n9\n\nTEXT 17\n\n��t� �I!� ��' �Hr �til: I\n��.,.-itt11' �� �mf 11� <I� II �� II\ni?tago�thi kata-k?al)a kari' tarira sane\njhar;Ju-thakura kahe tarire madhura vacane\nSYNONYMS\ni?ta-go?thi -discussion; kata-k?al)a-for some time; kari'- performing; tarira\nsane-with him; jhar;Ju-thakura-Jhac;lu Thakura; kahe-says; tarire-unto him\n(Kalidasa); madhura vacane-in sweet words.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter a discussion for some time with Kalidasa, Jhac;tu Thakura said something to him in sweet words.\nTEXT 18\n\n\"�fif-�t;\"tf;�, �,-�r�r.. :JI� 1\n'<ti1Jt �<ii1t11' <iiBrl!_�tfif '�111� �<lil:? �\\r II\n\"ami-nica-jati, tumi,-atithi sarvottama\nkon prakare karimu ami tamara sevana?\nSYNONYMS\nami-1; nica-jati-belong to a low caste; tumi-you; atithi-guest; sarva-uttama-very respectable; kon prakare-how;\n\nkarimu-shall perform; ami-1;\n\ntamara sevana-your service.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I belong to a low caste, and you are a very respectable guest. How shall I\nserve you?\nTEXT 19\n\n�911 �',-�'1-�t� �� 'l'$i fif� I\n�i '�fit �tw �1\\S, �� �tfif �� n\"��n\najfia deha', -brahmal)a-ghare anna lana diye\ntahari tumi prasada pao, tabe ami jiye\"\n\n", "ant5#p0043": "10\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSYNONYMS\najtia deha'-permit me; brahmaQa-ghare-to the house of a brahmaQa; annafood; lana diye-1 shall offer; tahari-there; tumi-you; prasada pao-take\nprasada; tabe-then; ami-1; jiye-shall live.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If you will permit me, I shall send some food to a brahma�a's house, and\nthere you may take prasada. If you do so, I shall then live very comfortably.\"\nTEXT 20\n\n�'tf'llft� <lit�,-· \"�t��' ��1 � c;1lttl I\nQ!'t1ft1f �ti{ �ft'J; �� ��i! �f1(t1f II �\n\no\n\nII\n\nkalidasa kahe,- \"thakura, krpa kara more\ntomara darsane ainu mui patita pamare\nSYNONYMS\nkalidasa kahe-Kalidasa replied; thakura-my dear saintly person; krpa karabestow your mercy; more-upon me; tomara darsane-to see you; ainu-hC�.ve\ncome; mui-1; patita pamare-very fallen and sinful.\nTRANSLATION\nKalidasa replied, \"My dear sir, please bestow your mercy upon me. I have\ncome to see you, although I am very fallen and sinful.\nTEXT 21\n\n�� �·fl. IJ.� �ft'I. � I\n��t{ 'tl'J;, <;� � ��i{ II �) II\npavitra ha-inu mui painu darasana\nkrtartha ha-inu, mora saphala jivana\nSYNONYMS\npavitra ha-inu-have become purified; mui-1; painu darasana-have gotten\nyour interview; krta-artha-obliged; ha-inu-1 have become; mora-my; saphala-successful; jivana -life.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Simply by seeing you, I have become purified. I am very obligated to you,\nfor my life is now successful.\n\n", "ant5#p0044": "Text 24]\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\n11\n\nTEXT 22\n\nlfl� �ttf1 ��,-�rw �9f1 �r�, �� 1\n9ftw�<sr c;w�', 9ftw c;11t� 1ft7.;tt 'f1t 11\"�� 11\neka vaJicha haya,- yadi krpa kari' kara\npada-raja deha', pada mora mathe dhara\"\nSYNONYMS\neka vancha-one desire; haya-there is; yadi-if ; krpa kari -being merciful;\n'\n\nkara-you do; pada-raja-the dust of your feet;\n\ndeha'-give ; pada-feet;\n\nmora-my; mathe-on the head; dhara-please place.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear sir, I have one desire. Please be merciful to me by kindly placing\nyour feet upon my head so that the dust on your feet may touch it.\"\nTEXT 23\n\n�� �t�,-\"�r;� ��, �f�r;� �1 �ti I\n'Cftfil·-�t;'Sftf�, 1_fil-�'1fiil �ti II\"�� II\nthakura kahe,-\"aiche vat kahite na yuyaya\nami-nica-jati, tumi-susajjana raya\"\nSYNONYMS\nthakura kahe-j ha<;iu Thakura said; aiche vat-s uch a request; kahite na\nyuyaya -should not be spoken; ami-1; n ica-jati-coming from a family of a very\nlow caste; tumi-you; su-sat-jana raya\n\n-\n\nvery respectable and rich gentleman.\n\nTRANSLATION\nJhac;lu Thakura replied, \"It does not befit you to ask this of me. I belong to a\nvery low-caste family, whereas you are a respectable rich gentleman.\"\nTEXT 24\n\n�r;� �tfilwtlt aft� 9f�' ,�t-111 I\n\n,fil' ���r;�� � �������II �811\ntabe kalidasa 5/oka paqi' sunaila\nsuni' jhaqu-thakurera baqa sukha ha-ifa\n\n", "ant5#p0045": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n12\n\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; ka/idasa-Kalidasa; sfoka-verses; pa(ii -reciting; sunaifa'\n\ncaused to hear; sun i ' - heari n g; jha(fu-thakurera-of Jha<;lu Thakura; ba(fa-very\ngreat; sukha-happiness; ha-ifa-there was.\nTRANSLATION\nKalidasa then recited some verses, which Jha�u Thakura was very happy to\nhear.\nTEXT 25\n� C1!���\"6�t�lf1 1!��: ,9fD: f�\"ll; I\n\n�bf Clf\"ll� �t�1 �l�� 'I 5 \"i_ti'liJ1 <1�1 ��\"\\I �<t II\nna me 'bhaktas catur-vedi\nmad-bhakta/:1 sva-paca/:1 priya/:1\ntasmai deyam tato grahyam\nsa ca pujyo yatha hy aham\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nno-not; me - M y; abhakta/:1\n\n-\n\ndevoid of pure devotional service; catu/:1-\n\nvedi-a scholar of the four Vedas; mat-bhakta/:1-My devotee; sva-paca/:1-even\n\nfrom a family of dog-eaters; priya/:1-very dear; tasmai-to him (the pure devotee); deyam-should be given; ta ta/:1-from him; g rahyam-should be accepted\n(remnants of food); sa/:1-that person; ca-also; pujya/:1-is worshipable; yathaas much as; hi-certainly; aham-1.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Even though one is a very learned scholar in Sanskrit literature, if he is not\nengaged in pure devotional service, he is not accepted as My devotee. But if\nsomeone born in a family of dog-eaters is a pure devotee with no motives for\nenjoyment through fruitive activity or mental speculation, he is very dear to\nMe. All respect should be given to him, and whatever he offers should be accepted, for such devotees are indeed as worshipable as I am.'\n\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse spoken by the Supreme Personality of Godhead is found in Haribhakti-vi/asa.\n\n", "ant5#p0046": "13\n\nThe lord Tastes Nectar\n\nText 27]\n\nTEXT 26\n\nf<l·�tl{.�'ll�' �<fl!_'!itlf� f<lil'f�t-s9f1'ift�f<l��,:�t.:. '19fD� <If��\"( I\n'!?:� �'ifM�'!r:�t<ID?:�f�\"!i1��t<ft.. �Oltf\"!i if l\"'� 01 � '¥fi1'l!t\"l: II �� II\nviprad dvi-�ac;f-guf)a-yutad aravinda-nabha­\n\npadaravinda-vimukhat sva-pacaril vari�tham\n\nmanye tad-arpita-mano-vacanehitartha­\n\npraf)aril punati sa kularil na tu bhuri-mana/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nviprat-than a brahmaf)a; dvi-�at-guQa-yutat-who is qualified with twelve\n\nbrahminical qualifications; aravinda-nabha-of Lord Vi�I)U, who has a lotuslike\n\nnavel; pada-aravinda-unto the lotus feet; vimukhat-than a person bereft of\ndevotion;\n\nsva-pacam-a caf)qa/a, or person accustomed to eating dogs;\n\nvari�tham-more glorified; manye-1 think; tat-arpita-dedicated unto Him;\n\nmana/:1-mind; vacana-words; ihita-activities; artha-wealth; praf)am-l ife;\n\npunati\n\n-\n\npurifies; sa/:1-he; ku/am-his family; na tu\n\n-\n\nbrahmaf)a proud of possessing such qualities.\n\nbut not; bhuri-mana/:1-a\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'A person may be born in a brahmar;�a family and have all twelve brahminical qualities, but if in spite of being qualified he is not devoted to the lotus\nfeet of lord Kr�r;�a, who has a navel shaped like a lotus, he is not as good as a\ncar;�c;lala who has dedicated his mind, words, activities, wealth and life to the\nservice of the lord. Simply to take birth in a brahmar;�a family or to have\nbrahminical qualities is not sufficient. One must become a pure devotee of the\nlord. If a sva-paca or car;�c;lala is a devotee, he delivers not only himself but his\nwhole family, whereas a brahmar;�a who is not a devotee but simply has\nbrahminical qualifications cannot even purify himself, not to speak of his\nfamily.'\nPURPORT\nThis and the following verse are quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (7.9.1 0 and\n\n3.33.7).\nTEXT 27\n\n151?:�1 <1\\!i 19f?:l)1 �J\\!i1 51�\"1�1-t\nll'f�tnr <t-ic\"!i <�1'1! ��JO(I\n\n", "ant5#p0047": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n14\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nC\\!i��9fr� \"'(�': 'l'lf.._�t�1\n\n�'lfi1\"l,�i{t'1{ �<f� C� C� H � � H\naha bata sva-paco 'to gariyan\nyaj-jihvagre vartate nama tubhyam\ntepus tapas te juhuvu/:1 sasnur arya\nbrahmanucur nama gwanti ye te\n\nSYNONYMS\naha bata-how wonderful it is; sva-paca/:1-a dog-eater; ata/:1-than the initiated brahmaf)a; gariyan-more glorious; yat-of whom; jihva-agre-on the tip\nof the tongue; vartate-remains; nama-the holy name; tubhyam-of You, my\nLord; tepu/:1-have performed; tapa/:1-austerity; te-they; juhuvul)-have performed sacrifices;\n\nsasnu/:1-have bathed in all holy places; arya/:1-actually\n\nbelonging to the Aryan race; brahma-all the Vedas; anucu/:1-have studied;\nnama-the holy name; g(f)anti-chant; ye-who; te-they.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear Lord, anyone who always keeps Your holy name on his tongue is\ngreater than an initiated brahmal)a. Although he may be born in a family of\ndog-eaters and therefore, by material calculations, be the lowest of men, he is\nglorious nevertheless. That is the wonderful power of chanting the holy name\nof the Lord. One who chants the holy name is understood to have performed\nall kinds of austerities. He has studied all the Vedas, he has performed all the\ngreat sacrifices mentioned in the Vedas, he has already taken his bath in all the\nholy places of pilgrimage, and it is he who is factually the Aryan.' \"\nTEXT 28\n\n��' � �,-*-tt• �� � \"fl I\n\n�� c$, � �ttl! �··� tli II �\"' II\nsuni' thakura kahe,- \"sastra ei satya kaya\nsei sre�tha, aiche yante k(�f)a-bhakti haya\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; thakura kahe-Jha<;lu Thakura said; sastra-revealed scripture;\nei-this; satya-truth; kaya-says; sei-he; sre�tha-best; aiche-in such a way;\nyarite-in whom; kr�Qa-bhakti-devotion to Kr��a; haya-there is.\n\n", "ant5#p0048": "Text 29]\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\n15\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing these quotations from the revealed scripture Srimad-Bhagavatam,\nJha(,fu Thakura replied, \"Yes, this is true, for it is the version of sastra. It is\ntrue, however, for one who is genuinely advanced in devotion to Kr�r:'la.\n\nTEXT 29\n\n..qfif -�Pftf�, �t�tl i{fftl \"�� I\n• �� �\"J, �t1ftJ i{t� �t� ·W� u\" �\"' u\nami-nica-jati, amara nahi kr�Qa-bhakti\n\nanya aiche haya, amaya nahi aiche sakti\"\n\nSY NONYMS\nami-1; nica-jati-belonging to a lower caste; amara-my; nahi-there is not;\n\nkr�Qa-bhakti-devotion to Kr�r;�a; anya-others; aiche haya-may be such;\namaya-unto me; nahi-there is not; aiche sakti-such power.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Such a position may befit others, but I do not possess such spiritual power.\nI belong to a lower class and have not even a pinch of devotion to Kr�r:'la.\"\nPURPORT\nIn his statement, jha<;lu Thakura presents himself as being born in a low-caste\n\nfamily and not having the qualifications of a bona fide devotee of Lord Kr�r;�a. He\naccepts the statements declaring a lowborn person highly exalted if he is a\n\nVai�r;�ava. However, he feels that these descriptions from Srimad-Bhagavatam ap­\n\npropriately describe others, but not himself. jha<;lu Thakura's attitude is quite\n\nbefitting a real Vai�r;�ava, for a Vai�r;�ava never considers himself exalted, even if he\n\nfactually is. He is always meek and humble and never thinks that he is an ad­\n\nvanced devotee. He assigns himself to a lower position, but that does not mean\n\nthat he is indeed low. Sanatana Gosvami once said that he belonged to a low­\n\ncaste family, for although he was born in a brahmaQa family, he had associated\nwith mlecchas and yavanas in his service as a government minister. Similarly,\n\njha<;lu Thakura presented himself as someone who belonged to a low caste, but\n\nhe was actually elevated above many persons born in brahmaQa families. Not only\n\nis there evidence for this in Srimad-Bhagavatam, as quoted by Kalidasa in verses\n26 and 27; there is also considerable evidence for this conclusion in other sastras.\n\nFor example, in the Mahabharata, Vana-parva, Chapter 180, it is stated:\n\n", "ant5#p0049": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n16\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nsudre tu yad bhavel /ak$ma\ndvije tac ca na vidyate\nna vai sudro bhavec chadro\nbrahmal)o na ca brahmaQa/:1\n\"If the characteristics of a brahmaQa are found in a sudra and not in a brahmal)a,\nthat sudra should not be known as a sudra, and that brahmal)a should not be\nknown as a brahmal)a.\"\nSimilarly, in the Vana-parva, Chapter 211, it is said:\n\nsudra-yonau hi jatasya\nsad-guQanupati$thata/:!\narjave vartamanasya\nbrahmaQyam abhijayate\n\"If a person born in a sudra family has developed the qualities of a brahmal)a, such\nas satya [truthfulness], sama [peacefulness],\n\ndama [self-control] and arjava\n\n[simplicity], he attains the exalted position of a brahmal)a.\"\nIn the Anusasana-parva, Chapter 163, it is said:\n\nsthito brahmaQa-dharmeiJa\nbrahmaQyam upajivati\nk$atriyo vatha vaisyo va\nbrahma-bhaya/:1 sa gacchati\nebhis tu karmabhir devi\nsubhair acaritais tatha\nsudro brahmal)ataril yati\nvaisya/:1 k$atriyataril vrajet\nna yonir napi sarilskaro\nna srutaril na ca santati/:1\nkaral)ani dvijatvasya\nvrttam eva tu karal)am\n\"If one is factually situated in the occupation of a brahmal)a, he must be considered a brahmal)a, even if born of a k$atriya or vaisya family.\n\"0 Devi, if even a\n\nsudra is actually engaged in the occupation and pure\n\nbehavior of a brahmal)a, he becomes a brahmal)a. Moreover, a vaisya can become\na k$atriya.\n\"Therefore, neither the source of one's birth, nor his reformation, nor his education is the criterion of a brahmal)a. The vrtta, or occupation, is the real standard by\nwhich one is known as a brahmal)a.\"\n\n", "ant5#p0050": "Text 29]\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\n17\n\nWe have seen that a person who is not the son of a doctor and has not attended a medical college is sometimes able to practice medicine. By practical\nknowledge of how to perform a surgical operation, how to mix medicine and how\nto give certain medicines for certain diseases, a person can receive a certificate\nand be registered as a medical practitioner in the practical field. He can do a medical man's work and be known as a doctor. Although qualified medical men may\nconsider him a quack, the government will recognize his work. Especially in India,\nthere are many such doctors who perform their medical services perfectly. They\nare accepted even by the government. Similarly, if one is engaged in brahminical\n\nservice or occupational duties, he must be considered a brahmaQa despite the\nfamily in which he is born. That is the verdict of all the sastras.\nIn the Srimad-Bhagavatam, (7.11.35), it is said:\n\nyasya yal /ak�aQarh proktarh\n\npurhso varQabhivyanjakam\n\nyad anyatrapi drsyeta\n\ntat tenaiva vinirdiset\n\nThis is a statement by Narada Muni to Maharaja Yudhi?thira, wherein Narada says\nthat the symptoms of a brahmaQa, k�atriya and vaisya are all described in sastra.\n\nTherefore, if one is found exhibiting the symptoms and qualities of a brahmaQa\nand serving in a brahminical occupation, even if he is not born a brahmaQa or\nk�atriya, he should be considered according to his qualifications and occupation.\nSimilarly, in the Padma PuraQa it is said:\n\nna sudra bhagavad-bhaktas\nte tu bhagavata mata/:1\n\nsarva-varf)e�u te sudra\n\nye na bhakta janardane\n\n\"A devotee should never be considered a sudra. All the devotees of the Supreme\n\nPersonality of Godhead should be recognized as bhagavatas. If one is not a devo­\n\ntee of Lord Kr?r:Ja, however, even if born of a brahmaQa, k�atriya or vaisya family,\nhe should be considered a sudra.\"\n\nIn the Padma PuraQa it is also said:\nsva-pakam iva nek�eta\n\nJoke vipram avai�Qavam\n\nvai�Qavo varQo-bahyo 'pi\n\npunati bhuvana-trayam\n\n\"If a person born in a brahmaQa family is an avai�Qava, a nondevotee, one should\n\nnot see his face, exactly as one should not look upon the face of a caQc;lala, or\n\n", "ant5#p0051": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n18\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\ndog-eater. However, a vai$Qava found in varQas other than brahmaQa can purify all\nthe three worlds.\"\nThe Padma PurJ.Qa further says:\n\nsudraril va bhagavad-bhaktaril\nni$iidaril sva-pacaril tatha\nvik$ate jati-samanyat\nsa yati narakaril dhruvam\n\"One who considers a devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead who was\nborn in a family of sadras, ni$iidas or caf)ga/as to belong to that particular caste\ncertainly goes to hell.\"\nA brahmaf)a must be a Vai�r)ava and a learned scholar. Therefore in India it is\ncustomary to address a brahmaQa as paQQita. Without knowledge of Brahman,\none cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore a\nVai�r)ava is already a brahmaQa, whereas a brahmaQa may become a Vai�r)ava. In\nthe Garuga PuraQa it is said:\n\nbhaktir a$ta-vidha hy e$ii\nyasmin mlecche 'pi vartate\nsa vipren·dro muni-sre$tha/:l\nsa jnani sa ca paQgita/:l\n\"If even a mleccha becomes a devotee, he is to be considered the best of the\n\nbrahmaQas and a learned paQgita.\"\nSimilarly, Tattva-sagara says:\nyatha kancanataril yati\nkarilsyaril rasa-vidhanatal}\ntatha dik$ii-vidhanena\ndvijatvaril jayate nwam\n\"As bell metal is turned to gold when mixed with mercury in an alchemical process, so one who is properly trained and initiated by a· bona fide spiritual master\nbecomes a brahmaQa immediately.\" All this evidence found in the revealed scriptures proves that according to the Vedic version, a Vai�r)ava is never to be considered an abrahmaQa, or non-brahmaQa. A Vai�r)ava should not be thought to\nbelong to a lower caste even if born in a mleccha or yavana family. Because he has\nbecome a devotee of Lord Kr�r)a, he has become purified and has attained the\nstage of brahmaf)a (dvijatvaril jayate nwam).\n\n", "ant5#p0052": "Text 32]\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\n19\n\nTEXT 30\n\n�!'ttl���' \"1t'if5ft� �5ft� 111f'$fffl I\n�.;� l!t� itf 1i1il.af�' 1i1t�'f111 �o 1\ntare namaskari' kalidasa vidaya magi/a\njhac;iu-thakura tabe tanra anuvraji' ai/a\nSYNONYMS\n\ntare-unto him (Jha<;lu Thakura); namaskari' -offering obeisance�; kalidasaKalidasa; vidaya magi/a-asked permission to go; jhac;iu-thakura-Jha<;lu Thakura;\ntabe-at that time; tailra-him; anuvraji'-following; ai/a-went.\nTRANSLATION\nKalidasa again offered his obeisances to Jha�u Thakura and asked his permission to go. The saint Jha�u Thakura followed him as he left.\nTEXT 31\n\n�ttl f� N�1 it� �ffl �� 1)1�11( I\nit� lif'l·f� ,� itf$ �� II �� II\ntanre vidaya diya thakura yadi ghare aila\ntanra caral)a-cihna yei thatii pac;ii/a\nSYNONYMS\n\ntanre-unto him (Kalidasa); vidaya diya -bidding farewell; thakura-Jha<;lu\nThakura; yadi-when; ghare ai/a-returned to his home; tanra caral)a-cihna-the\nmark of his feet; yei thatii-wherever; pac;ii/a-fell.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter bidding farewell to Kalidasa, Jha�u Thakura returned to his home,\nleaving the marks of his feet plainly visible in many places.\nTEXT 32\n\n<;lt� 'f['f 'l$1 \"t�Jt �t� ��I\n\nit1f fi{� l.fl\"'l1t� ��t$11l�Vfl II �� II\nsei dhCili lana kalidasa sarvange lepila\ntanra nikata eka-sthane lukatia rahi/a\n\n", "ant5#p0053": "20\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei dha/i-that dust; /aiia-taking; ka/idasa-Kalidasa; sarva-arige-all over his\nbody; lepila-smeared; tarira nikata-near his place; eka-sthane-in one place;\nlukaiia rahila-remained hidden.\n\nTRANSLATION\nKalidasa smeared the dust from those footprints all over his body. Then he\nhid in a place near Jhac;lu Thakura's home.\nTEXT 33\n\n\"\"';It�����, c;wf�' �tlll'lifl 1\nJfti{r;�� ���ti!! 'C{f'?t�1 �<\\\"a, II �� ll\njhac;Ju-thakura ghara yai' dekhi' amra-pha/a\nmanasei kr�Qa-candre arpila sakala\n\nSYNONYMS\njhac;Ju-thakura-jhac)u Thakura;\n\nghara yai'-returning home;\n\ndekhi' amra­\n\nphala-seeing the mangoes; manasei-within his mind; kr�Qa-candre-unto\nKr�r:Ja; arpila-offered; saka/a-all.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon returning home, Jhac;lu Thakura saw the mangoes Kalidasa had presented. Within his mind he offered them to Kr��a-candra.\nTEXT 34\n\n�'1111' 'ltl�U·c;�'l1 '�r;� �1• ��tf-li1 I\nit11' 11ft 'ltt11' c;��' 'ttti� ��i1 ll �8 II\nkalara patuya-khola haite amra nikasiya\ntarira patni tarire dena, khayena ca�iya\n\nSYNONYMS\nkalara-of the banana tree; patuya-kho/a-leaves and bark; haite-from within; amra-mangoes; nikasiya-taking out; tarira patni-his wife; tarire-to him;\ndena-gives; khayena-eats; cu�iya-sucking.\n\n", "ant5#p0054": "Text 36]\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\n21\n\nTRANSLATION\nJha�u Thakura's wife then took the mangoes from their covering of banana\ntree leaves and bark and offered them to Jha�u Thakura, who began to suck\nand eat them.\nTEXT 35\n\n�fif• �fif' 'Titlf! .t� '�fiteorl �llllttl! I\n\nl!ttf �t�llt$1 �tf � �tll ���! II �� II\nca�i' ca�i' co�a anthi phelila patuyate\ntare khaoyafia talira patni khaya pa5cate\nSYNONYMS\ncu�i' cu�i'-sucking and sucking; co�a-sucked; alithi-the seeds; phe/ilaleft; patuyate-on the plantain leaf; tare-him; khaoyafia-after feeding; talira\npatni-his wife; khaya-eats; pa5cate-afterwards.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he finished eating, he left the seeds on the banana leaf, and his wife,\nafter feeding her husband, later began to eat.\nTEXT 36\n\n�t�·,Ti�1 �� �tllli·,�Mtt�! cea�11\n�t f�tf �f��·'Stt� �t�'l1 'l$1 II �� II\nanthi-co�a sei patuya-kholate bhariya\nbahire ucchi�ta-garte phe/aila lana\nSYNONYMS\nanthi-the seeds; co�a-that had been sucked; sei-that; patuya-kholatebanana leaf and bark; bhariya-filling; bahire-outside; ucchi�ta-garte-in the\nditch where refuse was thrown; phe/ai/a /afia-picked up and threw.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter she finished eating, she filled the banana leaves and bark with the\nseeds, picked them up and threw them in the ditch where all the refuse was\nthrown.\n\n", "ant5#p0055": "22\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 37\n\n�� c;'t�, .t�, c;J't<fillf1 �� �tf'l'ft� I\n��t� ��tiS Q c;�tlft� @JI� II �9 II\nsei kho/a, afithi, coka/a cO?e kalidasa\ncO?ite cO?ite haya premete ullasa\nSYNONYMS\nsei-that; kho/a-bark of the banana tree; afithi-seeds of the mango;\ncoka/a-skin of the mango; cO?e-licks up; ka/idasa-Kalidasa; C0$ite CO?itewhile licking up; haya-there was; premete u//asa-great jubilation in ecstatic\nlove.\nTRANSLATION\nKalidasa licked the banana bark and the mango seeds and skins, and while\nlicking them he was overwhelmed in jubilation by ecstatic love.\nTEXT 38\n\n��11'! �'! C�<!t '� ''$l�t5ttllt I\n<!tltf\"�� �� �� � 'CI<!tt-lt� II �lr II\nei-mata yata vai?f)ava vaise gauc;fa-dese\nkalidasa aiche sabara nila avase?e\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; yata-as many as; vai?Qava-Vai��avas; vaise-reside;\ngauc;fa-dese-in Bengal; ka/idasa-Kalidasa; aiche-in that way; sabara-of all of\nthem; nila-took; avase?e-the remnants.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Kalidasa ate the remnants of food left by all the Vai�Qavas\nresiding in Bengal.\nTEXT 39\n\nc;� �tfi;{5ft� �t<!t ��til' 'CI� I\n�t� i� �91� 11�911 '<!tlil111 �� II\nsei kalidasa yabe nilacale aila\nmahaprabhu tafira upara maha-krpa kai/a\n\n", "ant5#p0056": "The Lord Tastes Nectar\n\nText 41]\n\n23\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsei kalidasa-that Kalidasa; yabe-when; nilaca/e ai/a-came to Jagannatha\nPuri; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tanra upara-upon him; mahakrpa-great mercy; kai/a-bestowed.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Kalidasa visited )agannatha Puri, Nilacala, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nbestowed great mercy upon him.\nTEXT 40\n\n<21�� � �rw �t'i{ 5f1{-tti{ 1\n'fl't'-��tr Clf�i ''$ftf<l� �t11 �'f:�ti{ II 8° II\nprati-dina prabhu yadi ya'na darasane\njala-karanga lana govinda yaya prabhu-sane\nSYNONYMS\n\nprati-dina-every day;\nya'na-goes;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\ndarasane-to see Lord )agannatha;\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nyadi-when;\n\njala-karanga-a waterpot;\n\n/afia-taking; govinda-the personal servant of the Lord (Govinda); yaya-goes;\nprabhu-sane-with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had been regularly visiting the temple of Jagannatha every day, and at that time Govinda, His personal servant, used to carry\nHis waterpot and go with Him.\nTEXT 41\n\nr����tt1{1{ ��fwt<li �<Pttdl1f �tt� 1\n\nctt�-t '�!lt�'·'!tCif �tt'i (Jl\" �� '$ftl;� II 8� II\nsirhha-dvarera uttara-dike kapatera at;ie\nbaisa 'pahaca'-tale ache eka nimna gat;ie\nSYNONYMS\n\nsirhha-dvarera-of\n\nthe Simha-dvara;\n\nuttara-dike-on\n\nthe northern\n\nside;\n\nkapatera at;:le-behind the door; baisa 'pahaca'-of the twenty-two steps; taleat the bottom; ache-there is; eka-one; nimna-low; gat;:le-ditch.\n\n", "ant5#p0057": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n24\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nOn the northern side of the Simha-dvara, behind the door, there are twentytwo steps leading to the temple, and at the bottom of those steps is a ditch.\n\nTEXT 42\n\nc;�l 'StWJ �t�i{ 12ft_ �tw-�..t\"ftil I\n� ���tt1f �t� Jr'!f�·WIIIftilll 8� II\nsei gac;fe karena prabhu pada-prak�alane\ntabe karibare yaya isvara-darasane\nSYNONYMS\nsei gac;fe-in that ditch; karena-does; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\npada-prak�a/ane-washing the feet; tabe-thereafter; karibare-to do; yayaHe goes; isvara-darasane-to visit Lord Jagannatha.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would wash His feet in this ditch, and then He\nwould enter the temple to see lord Jagannatha.\n\nTEXT 43\n\nc;'SttMt\"'t1f 1!!(tt2ft_ C<li1f� fil�11 I\n'(;l{tl �tlif'fff c;�i{ il1 �� c;�ti{ �i{' II 8� II\ngovindere mahaprabhu kairache niyama\n'mora pada-jala yena na laya kona jana'\n\nSYNONYMS\ngovindere-unto\n\nGovinda;\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkairache-has given; niyama-a regulative principle; mora-My; pada-jalawater from washing the feet; yena-that; na laya-does not take; kana janaanyone.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ordered His personal servant Govinda that no one\nshould take the water that had washed His feet.\n\n", "ant5#p0058": "Text 46]\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\n25\n\nTEXT 44\n\n�tfltJffiJ �7;i! ifl �t� '�� iSfi'l I\n�'GJtf ,.,. i'f� ��' '�til fiC1( II 88 II\npraQi-matra la-ite na paya sei jala\nantarariga bhakta /aya kari' kana chala\nSYNONYMS\n\npraQi-matra-all living beings; /a-ite-to take; na paya-do not get; sei ja/athat water; antarariga-very intimate; bhakta-devotees; /aya-take; kari'doing; kana chala-some trick.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of the Lord's strict order, no living being could take the water.\nSome of His intimate devotees, however, would take it by some trick.\nTEXT 45\n\n��fifill2tt_ �t� �t.; 121..-tf'lr;l! I\n�tf'tlft� �tf�' '!ttl �t�7;i'(i{ f{t7;1! II 8� II\neka-dina prabhu tariha pada prak�alite\nkalidasa asi' tahari patilena hate\nSYNONYMS\n\neka-dina-one day; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tariha-there; pada\nprak�a/ite-washing His feet; ka/idasa-Kalidasa; asi'-coming; tahari-there;\npatilena-spread; hate-his palm.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day as Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was washing His feet in that place,\nKalidasa came and extended his palm to take the water.\nTEXT 46\n\n�� �Wf'r, �� �Wfii', �il '6\\W� f?t\"J1 I\n\ni!7;<!f �t� tfr;� ��'( <f'fif\"f1 II 8� II\neka anjali, dui anjali, tina anjali pi/a\ntabe mahaprabhu tarire ni�edha karila\n\n", "ant5#p0059": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n26\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSYNONYMS\n\neka afijali-one palmful; dui afijali-two palmfuls; tina afijali-three palmfuls;\npi/a-he drank; tabe-at that time; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ntar'1re- him; ni$edha karila-forbade.\nTRANSLATION\nKalidasa drank one palmful and then a second and a third. Then Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu forbade him to drink more.\nTEXT 47\n\n\"��:9ft \"C�tl �1 �fif� ���1\\' I\n��t<t� �tt!1·�'1 �fif'( �t�t1\\' 11\" 89 11\n\"ata/:lpara ara na kariha punar-bara\netavata vaficha-paraQa karilwi tamara\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nata/:lpara-hereafter; ara- any more; na kariha-do not do; puna/:1-baraagain; etavata-so far; vaficha-puraQa-fulfilling the desire; kari/uri-1 have done;\ntamara-of you.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Do not act in this way any more. I have fulfilled your desire as far as possible.\"\nTEXT 48\n\n�(et-�f't C��� if._1\\' I\nC<t�t<t i�t1\\' R..t�, iSftt�i{ ��1\\' II Sir II\nsarvajfia-siromaQi caitanya isvara\nvai?Qave tarihara visvasa, janena antara\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarva-jfia -omniscient; siromar)i -topmost; caitanya -Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; isvara-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vai?Qave-unto the\nVai�l',lavas; tarihara visvasa-his faith; janena-He knows; antara-the heart.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the most exalted, omniscient Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore He knew that Kalidasa, in the core of his\nheart, had full faith in Vai��;�avas.\n\n", "ant5#p0060": "Text 51]\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\n27\n\nTEXT 49\n\n,ll��'l ��1 �'-it� '!_� ���1 I\n\n�ttlt'li'(� �llt5f �t�tt11' �Rt�111 8(;) II\nsei-guua lana prabhu tanre tu�ta ha-ila\nanyera durlabha prasada tanhare karila\nSYNONYMS\nsei-guua-that quality; /ana-accepting; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ntanre-him; tu�ta ha-ifa-satisfied; anyera-for others; durlabha-not attainable;\nprasada-mercy; tanhare-unto him; karila-showed.\nTRANSLATION\nBecause of this quality, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu satisfied him with mercy\nnot attainable by anyone else.\nTEXT 50\n\n.,�.. '?lt��'-�fi \\.9� 5ff-.'1·flft� I\n1.!1� �fll��-'1!..� �ttfi� \\.sfi�� .,t�tt� II <to II\nbaisa 'pahaca'-pache upara dak�iua-dike\neka nrsirhha-murti achena uthite vama-bhage\nSYNONYMS\nbaisa pahaca-of the twenty-two steps; pache-toward the back; uparaabove; dak�iua-dike-on the southern side; eka-one; nrsirhha-murti-Deity of\nLord Nrsimha; achena-there is; uthite-while stepping upward; vama-bhageon the left side.\nTRANSLATION\nOn the southern side, behind and above the twenty-two steps, is a Deity of\nLord Nrsimhadeva. It is on the left as one goes up the steps toward the temple.\nTEXT 51\n\n�f?!fif� itt11' �'- �t�� �11�R I\n�at�f11:' 1.!1� \"tt� � .,111'�111' II q� II\nprati-dina tanre prabhu karena namaskara\nnamaskari' ei sloka pac;le bara-bara\n\n", "ant5#p0061": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n28\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSYNONYMS\nprati-dina-every day; tanre-unto the Deity of Lord Nrsirhhadeva; prabhuSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karena-does; namaskara-obeisances; namaskari'offering obeisances; ei 5/oka-these verses; page-recites; bara-bara-again and\nagain.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, His left side toward the Deity, offered obeisances\nto lord Nrsimha as He proceeded toward the temple. He recited the following\nverses again and again while offering obeisances.\nTEXT 52\n0\\llC� 0111f'l���� ��tlft�llflflRlc'l I\n\nf�11'1J<ff'olc9ft�\"'l':f\"l<'!lfJ�-OI�It\"!OI II a� II\nnamas te nara-sirhhaya\nprahladah/ada-dayine\nhiraf)yakasipor vak?a/:1si/a-tanka-nakha/aye\nSYNONYMS\nnama/:l-1 offer my respectful obeisances; te-unto You; nara-sirhhaya-Lord\nNrsirhhadeva; prah/ada-to Maharaja Prahlada; ahlada-of pleasure; dayinegiver;\n\nhiraf)ya-kasipo/:1-of\n\nHirat:Jyakasipu;\n\nvak?a/:1-chest;\n\nsi/a-like\n\nstone;\n\ntanka-like the chisel; nakha-alaye-whose fingernails.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I offer my respectful obeisances unto You, lord Nrsimhadeva. You are the\n\ngiver of pleasure to Maharaja Prahlada, and Your nails cut the chest of\nHirar:-yaka5ipu like a chisel cutting stone.\nPURPORT\nThis and the following verse are quoted from the Nrsirhha Puraf)a.\nTEXT 53\n\n�r�1 �rrr��= 9f�r.�1 �f'l�r�t\n�C�1 �C�I �tfll �r�1 �fi!��: I\n<rf��'fi!' Wi �lfC'I! �f'l� r�1\n�f'!��'lltflf� \"(�'!� �9f\"C'V II N I\n\n", "ant5#p0062": "Text 55]\n\nThe lord Tastes Nectar\n\n29\n\nito nrsirilha/:1 parato nrsirilho\nyato yato yami tato nrsirilha/:1\nbahir nrsirilho hrdaye nrsirilho\nnrsirilham adiril saraQaril prapadye\nSYNONYMS\nita/:1-here;\n\nnrsirilha/:1-Lord\n\nNrsirhha;\n\nparata/:1-on\n\nthe\n\nopposite\n\nside;\n\nnrsirilha/:1-Lord Nrsirhha; yata/:1 yata/:1-wherever; yami-1 go; tata/:1-there;\nnrsirilha/:1-Lord Nrsirhha; bahi/:1-outside; nrsirhha/:1-Lord Nrsirhha; hrdaye-in\nmy heart;\n\nnrsirilha/:1-Lord\n\nNrsirhha;\n\nnrsirilham-Lord Nrsirhha;\n\nadim-the\n\noriginal Supreme Personality; saraQam prapadye-1 take shelter of.\nTRANSLATION\n\"lord Nrsirilhadeva is here, and He is also there on the opposite side.\nWherever I go, there I see lord Nrsirilhadeva. He is outside and within My\nheart. Therefore I take shelter of lord Nrsirilhadeva, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead.\"\nTEXT 54\n\nI!� �'t_ <fi�\"fl \"'$fit� tif11-tif I\n\n�t11 \"''tf�' 1fSfJl� <r�Rt' <ll�llf ce� II �8 II\ntabe prabhu karila jagannatha darasana\nghare asi' madhyahna kari' karila bhojana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-after this; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kari/a-did; jagannatha\ndarasana-visiting Lord Jagannatha; ghare asi'-after returning home; madhyahna\nkari'-after performing His noon activities; karila bhojana-took lunch.\nTRANSLATION\nHaving offered obeisances to lord Nrsirilhadeva, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nvisited the temple of lord Jagannatha. Then He returned to His residence,\nfinished His noon duties and took His lunch.\nTEXT 55\n\n��l/:11 �t� �f\"tif� �I!Jt-tl <��fBI I\nc;'$f1��1:11 �11 � <!l�i{ ISftfimt II 0 � II\nbahir-dvare ache kalidasa pratyasa kariya\ngovindere thare prabhu kahena janiya\n\n", "ant5#p0063": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n30\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSYNONYMS\nbahib-dvare-outside the door; ache-there was; ka/idasa-Kalidasa; pratyasa\nkariya-expecting; govindere-unto Govinda; thare-by indications; prabhuSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kahena-speaks; janiya-knowing.\nTRANSLATION\nKalidasa was standing outside the door, expecting the remnants of food\nfrom Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Knowing this, Mahaprabhu gave an indication\nto Govinda.\nTEXT 56\n\n�t�'-� �ftr'! (;�tf.:t\"f :Jl� ISfttil I\n�tfi*l��� fit� �� (;-!�?t'till·�tt� II �� II\nmahaprabhura ingita govinda saba jane\nkalidasere dila prabhura se�a-patra-dane\nSYNONYMS\nmahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; iilgita-indications; govindaHis personal servant; saba-all; jane-knows; kalidasere-unto Kalidasa; di/adelivered; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; se�a-patra-the remnants of\nfood; dane-presentation.\nTRANSLATION\nGovinda understood all the indications of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTherefore\n\nhe\n\nimmediately\n\ndelivered\n\nthe\n\nremnants\n\nof\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's food to Kalidasa.\nTEXT 57\n\n��t�� �-�-.t'l� t.!ltl!� ll�'lt1 I\n�tf'f5ftt:Jl �t��t�'f �� ��-� II 11'1 II\nvai�Qavera se�a-bhak�al)era eteka mahima\nkalidase paoyaila prabhura krpa-sima\nSYNONYMS\nvai�Qavera-of Vai�l)avas; se�a-bhak�al)era-of eating the remnants of food;\neteka mahima-so much value; ka/idase-Kalidasa; paoyai/a-caused to get;\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; krpa-sima-the supreme mercy.\n\n", "ant5#p0064": "Text 59]\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\n31\n\nTRANSLATION\nTaking the remnants of the food of Vai�Qavas is so valuable that it induced\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to offer Kalidasa His supreme mercy.\nTEXT 58\n\n�W! 'C�� \"\".._f;1' �1'$ �t�' ,'f1-lllti!lf I\n�� �t� ���1 �i!lf �tf�� � �ti!lf II �lr II\ntate 'vai�Qavera jhuta' khao chadi' ghwa-laja\nyaha haite paiba nija vanchita saba kaja\nSYNONYMS\n\ntate-therefore; vai�Qavera jhuta-remnants of the food of Vai�!)avas; khaoeat; chadi'-giving up; ghwa-/aja-hate and hesitation; yaha haite-by which;\npaiba-you will get; nija-your own; vanchita-desired; saba-all; kaja-success.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, giving up hatred and hesitation, try to eat the remnants of the\nfood of Vai�Qavas, for you will thus be able to achieve your desired goal of\nlife.\nTEXT 59\n\n��� ��� � '�t�'ltlf' ilt1f I\n\n'�t-t�' C�ti'f '�-1f�t$f\"tlft'!Jtil' II (ti;) II\nkr�Qera ucchi�ta haya 'maha-prasada' nama\n'bhakta-se�a' haile 'maha-maha-prasadakhyana'\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�Qera ucchi�ta-remnants of the food of Kr�!)a; haya-are; maha-prasada\nnama-called maha-prasada; bhakta-se�a-the remnants of a devotee; hai/ewhen it becomes; maha-maha-prasada-great maha-prasada; akhyana-named.\nTRANSLATION\nThe remnants of food offered to Lord Kr�Qa are called maha-prasada. After\nthis same maha-prasada has been taken by a devotee, the remnants are elevated to maha-maha-prasada.\n\n", "ant5#p0065": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n32\n\nTEXT 60\n\n'e�9f�'J[ff �t1f 'e9�·1Sf\"J I\n'e.,_••��t-1�,-f<:!i( ���t�i'f II �o II\nbhakta-pada-dhuli ara bhakta-pada-jala\nbhakta-bhukta-avase�a, -tina maha-bala\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-pada-dhali-the dust of the lotus feet of a devotee; ara-and; bhaktapada-ja/a\n\n-\n\nthe water that washed the feet of a devotee;\n\navase�a-and the remnants of food eaten by a devotee; tina\n\nbhakta-bhukta-\n\nthree; maha­\n\nbala-very powerful.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe dust of the feet of a devotee, the water that has washed the feet of a\ndevotee, and the remnants of food left by a devotee are three very powerful\nsubstances.\nTEXT 61\n\n�� �i(·(;:JI<1i '�t� ��t�11i �� I\n�i(: �i(: :J�.{.jti:?Jf !<litfir�i � II �� II\nei tina-seva haite kr�Qa-prema haya\npuna/:! puna/:! sarva-sastre phukariya kaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nei tina-seva\n\n-\n\nrendering\n\nservice to these three; haite-from; kr�Qa-prema­\n\necstatic love for Kr�t:�a; haya\n\n-\n\nthere is; puna/:! puna /:1\n\nsastre-all the revealed scriptures; phu-kariya kaya\n\n-\n\n-\n\nagain and again; sarva­\n\ndeclare loudly.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBy rendering service to these three, one attains the supreme goal of ecstatic\nlove for Kr��a. In all the revealed scriptures this is loudly declared again and\nagain.\nTEXT 62\n\n�tti! �nr <1t1f <li�,-�i( ��'$f'l 1\nfct\"lt:J! <liffili <lSI �-�i( c;:JI�i( II � � II\n\n", "ant5#p0066": "Text 64]\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\n33\n\ntate bara bara kahi, -suna bhakta-gal)a\nvisvasa kariya kara e-tina sevana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntate-therefore; bara bara-again and again; kahi-1 say; suna-hear; bhaktagal)a-devotees; visvasa kariya-keeping faith; kara-do; e-tina sevana-rendering service to these three.\nTRANSLATION\nTherefore, my dear devotees, please hear from me, for I insist again and\nagain: please keep faith in these three and render service to them without\nhesitation.\nTEXT 63\n\nfl!i{ �tl! ��i{tJI-ci2ttlf� �lltll' I\n�t�� i2t:Jttlf, l!ttl! ':Jtt�' <litf� II�� II\ntina haite kr?Qa-nama-premera ullasa\nkr?Qera prasada, tate 'sak?i' kalidasa\nSYNONYMS\n\ntina haite-from these three; kr?Qa-nama-of the holy name of Lord Kr�l)a;\npremera u//asa-awakening of ecstatic love; kr?Qera prasada-the mercy of Lord\nKf�l)a; tate-in that; sak?i-evidence; ka/idasa-Kalidasa.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom these three one achieves the highest goal of life-ecstatic love of\nKr��a. This is the greatest mercy of Lord Kr��a. The evidence is Kalidasa himself.\nTEXT 64\n\n�llft�\"f If�� �t� �l�Itl! I\n\n<litlifwtt:Jt ����9f'i �<fi\"'1 �'l'flllitl! II�8 II\nnilacale mahaprabhu rahe ei-mate\nkalidase maha-krpa kaila alak?ite\nSYNONYMS\n\nnilacale-at Jagannatha PurT; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; raheremains; ei-mate-in this way; kalidase-unto Kalidasa; maha-krpa-great favor;\nkai/a-bestowed; a/ak?ite-invisibly.\n\n", "ant5#p0067": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n34\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu remained at Jagannatha Puri, Nilacala,\nand He invisibly bestowed great mercy upon Kalidasa.\nTEXT 65\n\n''Jf �e,�� f�\"f �ft il$i �tlili I\n\n'��'·�tl;� �r;;trr;;l! �tfilil1 II �� II\nse vatsara sivananda patni fafia aila\n'puridasa'-chota-putre sangete ani/a\nSYNONYMS\n\nse vatsara-that year; sivananda- Sivananda Sena; patni-the wife; /anabringing;\n\nai/a-came;\n\npuri-dasa-PurTdasa;\n\nchota-putre-the youngest son;\n\nsangete ani/a-he brought with him.\nTRANSLATION\nThat year, Sivananda Sena brought with him his wife and youngest son,\nPuridasa.\nTEXT 66\n\n'.1[! � �$i �i �� �'ltti{ I\n�msr;;� ��-� <2ft� R'l �� II �� II\nputra sarige lana tenho aila prabhu-sthane\nputrere karai/a prabhura caraQa vandane\nSYNONYMS\nputra-the son; sange-along; /afia-taking; tenho-he; ai/a-came; prabhusthane-to the place of S rT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; putrere-his son; karai/amade\n\nto\n\ndo;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; carat:Ja vandane­\n\nworshiping the lotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\nTaking his son, Sivananda Sena went to see Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu at His\nresidence. He made his son offer respectful obeisances at the lotus feet of the\nLord.\n\n", "ant5#p0068": "Text 69]\n\nThe lord Tastes Nectar\n\n35\n\nTEXT 67\n\n'*• -.�' ��' � �� <!fi\"J � I\n\n� �ilt'lf �t\"f<fi il1 <fitJ �tJ II �9 II\n'k[$f)a kaha' bali' prabhu balena bara bara\ntabu k[$f)a-nama balaka na kare uccara\nSYNONYMS\nk[$f)a kaha-say Kr�r:Ja;\n\nba/i'-saying;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nba/ena-said; bara bara-again and again; tabu-still; k[$f)a-nama-the holy\nname of Kr�r:Ja; ba/aka-the boy; na kare uccara-did not utter.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked the boy again and again to chant the name\nof Kr��a, but the boy would not utter the holy name.\nTEXT 68\n\n�� �ti'ft�tJ �I( � <fiBfQ'('I I\n1!1_ c;�� �ta,<tS fliftlr il1 ��Qfl II II �lr II\nsivananda balakere bahu yatna kari/a\ntabu sei balaka k[$f)a-nama na kahila\nSYNONYMS\nsivananda-Sivananda Sena; balakere-unto the boy; bahu-much; yatnaendeavor; kari/a-did; tabu-still; sei balaka-that boy; k[$f)a-nama-the name\nof Kr�r:Ja; na kahi/a-did not utter.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Sivananda Sena tried with much endeavor to get his boy to speak\nKr��a's holy name, the boy would not utter it.\nTEXT 69\n\n� <fif;�,-\"�tfil ilt'lf iSf'it1;1! \"'��'fl�· I\n'It� ��\"' ?-.ilt'lf ��( II �� II\nprabhu kahe,-\"ami nama jagate /aoyailun\nsthavare paryanta k[$f)a-nama kahai/un\n\n", "ant5#p0069": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n36\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; ami-1; nama-the holy name;\njagate-throughout the whole world; /aoyai/uri-induced to take; sthavare-the\nunmovable; paryanta-up to; kr,sQa-nama-the holy name of Kr�t:�a; kahai/uri-1\ninduced to chant.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"I have induced the whole world to take to\nthe holy name of Kr�r:Ja. I have induced even the trees and immovable plants\nto chant the holy name.\nTEXT 70\n\ni:�tf ilt�( ��ilt� �t�t'! !\"\n\n�f.rni \"lf1119lt'Stt�t� ilftRt'l1 ��t'! II 9\n\no\n\nII\n\nihare nariluri kr,sQa-nama kahaite!\"\nsuniya svarupa-gosani lagila kahite\nSYNONYMS\nihare-this boy; nari/uri-1 could not; kr,sQa-nama-the holy name of Kr�t:�a;\nkahaite-cause to speak; suniya-hearing; svarupa-gosani-SvarOpa Damodara\nGosaf\\i; /agi/a-began; kahite-to say.\nTRANSLATION\n\"But I could not induce this boy to chant the holy name of Kr�r:Ja.\" Hearing\nthis, Svarupa Damodara Gosvami began to speak.\nTEXT 71\n\nMl,_fif ��il�·11!1 C�\"fl �9lt'ft-! I\n1IS 9lt�1 �1'� �tt'St il1 �� ��tt:lllf II 9� II\n\"tumi kr,sQa-nama-mantra kaila upadese\nmantra pana ka'ra age na kare prakase\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-You; kr,sQa-nama-the holy name of Kr�t:�a; mantra-this hymn; kaila\nupadese-have instructed; mantra pafla-getting the hymn; ka'ra age-in front\nof everyone; na kare prakase-he does not express.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My lord,\" he said, \" You have given him initiation into the name of Kr�r:Ja,\nbut after receiving the mantra he will not express it in front of everyone.\n\n", "ant5#p0070": "The Lord Tastes Nectar\n\nText 74]\n\n37\n\nTEXT 72\n\n1{Q{ 1fti{ �'Pf, �� i{1 �tif �t�i{ I\n\nc.!l• ��tif 11-.:<�� 1-<��fif �'1.1lt-. 11\" �� 11\nmane mane jape, mukhe na kare akhyana\nei ihara mana�-katha-kari anumana\"\nSYNONYMS\nmane mane-within the mind; jape-chants; mukhe-in the mouth; na kare\nakhyana-does not express; ei-this; ihara-his; mana�-katha-intention; kari\nanumana-1 guess.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This boy chants the mantra within his mind, but does not say it aloud. That\nis his intention, as far as I can guess.\"\nTEXT 73\n\n�11{ flfi{ �t� �'-'-''Pf�, 1_�� I'\n\nc.!l. ''tr� �fif' <;i� �fif'li �<!It-t II �� II\nara dina kahena prabhu, -'pacja, puridasa'\nei 5/oka kari' teriho karila prakasa\nSYNONYMS\nara dina-another day; kahena prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; pacjarecite; puridasa-Puridasa; ei-this; 5/oka-verse; kari'-making; teriho-he;\nkarila praka5a-manifested.\nTRANSLATION\nAnother day, when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said to the boy, \"Recite, My\ndear Puridasa,\" the boy composed the following verse and expressed it before\neveryone.\nTEXT 74\n\n��r:'fi: l�<'l��r.?l�il�,�r.'f·l �r.�ot�f<j�j� I\n�Oift�0!�1llJt\"li�, ����f�'-'1� ��;Sf�f� II � 8 II\n5ravaso� kuva/ayam ak$f)Or afijanam\nuraso mahendra-maQi-dama\nvrndavana-ramaQinarh maQcjanam\nakhilarh harir jayati\n\n", "ant5#p0071": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n38\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nsravasol)-of the two ears; kuva/ayam-blue lotus flowers; ak$QOI)-of the\ntwo eyes; afijanam-ointment; urasa/.1-of the chest; mahendra-maQi-dama-a\nnecklace of indrani/a gems; vrndavana-ramaQinam-of the damsels of Vrndavana;\nmaQdanam-ornaments; akhilam-all; hari/.1 jayati-all glories to Lord Sri Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Sri Kr�r;�a is just like a bluish lotus flower for the ears; He is ointment\nfor the eyes, a necklace of indranila gems for the chest, and universal ornaments for the gopi damsels of Vrndavana. Let that Lord Sri Hari, Kr�Qa, be\nglorified.\"\nTEXT 75\n\n�ti! <!le.'lt1f� f.t�, e�t� �-u�it I\n\n�t� <;;� �\"(;1f,-�1f ij1fe.�1f 1fit II'\\� II\nsata vatsarera sisu, nahi adhyayana\naiche sloka kare, -lokera camatkara mana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsata vatsarera-seven years old; sisu-the boy; nahi adhyayana-without\neducation;\n\naiche-such;\n\n5/oka-verse;\n\nkare-composes;\n\nlokera-of all the\n\npeople; camatkara-struck with wonder; mana-mind.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough the boy was only seven years old and still had no education, he\ncomposed such a nice verse. Everyone was struck with wonder.\nTEXT 76\n\n�i!IJ�� �- �9ft1f 11\"�11\"1 I\n�fir C'l<l � itt� 9fnt �111 '\\� II\ncaitanya-prabhura ei krpara mahima\nbrahmadi deva yara nahi paya sima\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaitanya-prabhura-of\n\nLord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nei-this;\n\nkrpara\n\nmahima-the glory of the mercy; brahma-adi-headed by Lord Brahma; devathe demigods; yara-of which; nahi paya-do not reach; sima-the limit.\n\n", "ant5#p0072": "The Lord Tastes Nectar\n\nText 78]\n\n39\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis is the glory of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's causeless mercy, which even\nthe demigods, headed by Lord Brahma, cannot estimate.\nTEXT 77\n\n'e�'$1'1 �lft'f �t� �Rt1fttlf I\n\n� �� ffl\"fflft� (;'$fii!li (;'$1��tl't II �'I II\nbhakta-gaQa prabhu-sange rahe cari-mase\nprabhu ajna dila sabe gela gaur;fa-dese\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhakta-gaQa-ali the devotees; prabhu-sange-with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nrahe-remained; cari-mase-for four months; prabhu-Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; ajna di/a-gave the order; sabe-unto everyone; ge/a-returned;\ngaur;fa-dese-to Bengal.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees remained with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continuously for\nfour months. Then the Lord ordered them back to Bengal, and therefore they\nreturned.\nTEXT 78\n\n�i-�t� lft'f � � <ft��'til I\n�m ,� �: c�'il @IJitlf �te�u �IY u\ntan-sabara sange prabhura chi/a bahya-jnana\ntanra gele punah haifa unmada pradhana\nSYNONYMS\ntan-sabara-all of them; sange-with; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nchi/a-there was; bahya-jnana-external consciousness; tanra ge/e-when they\ndeparted; punah-again; hai/a-there was; unmada-madness; pradhana-the\nchief business.\nTRANSLATION\nAs long as the devotees were in Nilacala, Jagannatha Puri, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu maintained His external consciousness, but after their departure\nHis chief engagement was again the madness of ecstatic love for K���a.\n\n", "ant5#p0073": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n40\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 79\n\n11't�·fifr;;it �r;;1r �'�11' ��·'$fl!lfi·�� I\n�'fitW��,-�it ��-��\"\"Pf.f ll \"'� ll\nratri-dine sphure km)era rDpa-gandha-rasa\nsiik$iid-anubhave, -yena k($Qa-upasparsa\nSYNONYMS\nratri-dine-night and day; sphure-appears; k($f)era-of Lord Kr�r:ta; rupa-the\nbeauty;\n\ngandha-fragrance;\n\nrasa-mellow;\n\nsak$at-anubhave-directly\n\nex­\n\nperienced; yena-as if; k($Qa-upasparsa-touching Kr�r:ta.\nTRANSLATION\nThroughout the entire day and night, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu directly\nrelished K���a's beauty, fragrance and mellow as if He were touching K���a\nhand to hand.\nTEXT 80\n\n�� �t_ ''$f�1 iSf'$f:U�·W11'llftit I\nf����tt11' W'i'� 'fJ!tf�' <fi�'i' �\"!r;;it lllr'o ll\neka-dina prabhu gela jagannatha-darasane\nsirhha-dvare dala-i asi' karila vandane\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ge/a-went; jagannatha-darasane-to see Lord Jagannatha; sirhha-dvare-at the gate known as\nSirhha-dvara;\n\ndala-i-the gatekeeper;\n\nasi'-coming;\n\nkarila vandane-offered\n\nrespectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nOne day, when Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu went to visit the temple of lord\nJagannatha, the gatekeeper at Sirilha-dvara approached Him and offered\nrespectful obeisances.\nTEXT 81\n\nt;!t� �t\"J,-',�t�1 ��' ,11111' �tctitt� ?\n(;1ft� � <:W�t'S' �fi'l' l{r;;� t;!t1f �tt;! ll lr'� ll\n\n", "ant5#p0074": "Text 83]\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\n41\n\ntare bale,-'kotha kr�Qa, mora praf)a-natha?\nmore kr?Qa dekhao' bali' dhare tara hata\nSYNONYMS\n\ntare-to him; bale-said; kotha kr�Qa-where is Kr�l)a; mora-My; praf)anatha-Lord of life; more-to Me; kr?Qa dekhao-please show Kr�l)a; bali'saying; dhare-catches; tara-his; hata-hand.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord asked him, \"Where is Kr��a, My life and soul? Please show Me\nKr��a.\" Saying this, He caught the doorkeeper's hand.\nTEXT 82\n\n'� �,-'l·� � �ll\"fi{ I\n� '{flf <;1ftf 'lt'f, \"flt� �II' lr-� II\nseha kahe,- 'iriha haya vrajendra-nandana\naisa tumi mora sarige, kararia darasana'\nSYNONYMS\n\nseha kahe-he said; iriha-here; haya-is; vrajendra-nandana-the son of\nNanda Maharaja;\n\naisa-come;\n\ntumi-You;\n\nmora sarige-with\n\nme;\n\nkararia\n\ndarasana-1 shall show.\nTRANSLATION\nThe doorkeeper replied, \"The son of Maharaja Nanda is here; please come\nalong with me, and I shall show You.\"\nTEXT 83\n\n''{fit (;1ftf ��, OJ��,-....1 !2tt'fifttlf ?'\n\\fli! �fif' 'P�i1 ''St'ff --�' i!R �ti! II � II\n'tumi mora sakha, dekhaha-kahari praQa-natha?'\neta bali' jagamohana gela dhari' tara hata\nSYNONYMS\n\ntumi-you; mora sakha-My friend; dekhaha-please show; kahari-where;\npraf)a-natha-the Lord of My heart; eta bali'-saying this; jagamohana-to\nJagamohana; gela-went; dhari'-catching; tara-his; hata-hand.\n\n", "ant5#p0075": "42\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nLord Caitanya said to the doorman, \"You are My friend. Please show Me\nwhere the Lord of My heart is.\" A fter the Lord said this, they both went to the\nplace known as )agamohana, where everyone views Lord )agannatha.\nTEXT 84\n\n� �'1',-'�· �-r ��t� I\nCii(Jf oeffln 1._fif � SfPrilll' IrS II\nseha bale,-'ei dekha sri-puru�ottama\nnetra bhariya tumi karaha darasana'\nSYNONYMS\nseha bale-he also said; ei-this; dekha-just see; sri-puru�a-uttama-Lord\nKr�r;�a, the best of all Personalities of Godhead; netra bhariya-to the full satisfaction of Your eyes; tum i-You; karaha darasana-see.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Just see!\" the doorkeeper said. \"Here is the best of the Personalities of\nGodhead. From here You may see the Lord to the full satisfaction of Your\neyes.\"\nTEXT 85\n\n'$ffl�'!l \"Pttt� ��' �t1i1 �-til I\nort-ril,-l'!lf� �� 1Jii'ft<fSfillllr11' 11\ngaruc;fera pache rahi' karena darasana\ndekhena, -jagannatha haya murali-vadana\nSYNONYMS\ngaruc;fera\n\npache-behind\n\nthe\n\nGaruc,ia\n\ncolumn;\n\ndarasana-He was seeing; dekhena-He saw;\n\nrahi -staying;\n'\n\nkarena\n\njagannatha-Lord jagannatha;\n\nhaya-was; murali-vadana-Lord Kr�r;�a with His flute to the mouth.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stayed behind the huge column called the\nGaruc;fa-stambha and looked upon Lord )agannatha, but as He looked He saw\nthat Lord Jagannatha had become Lord Kr�Qa, with His flute to His mouth.\n\n", "ant5#p0076": "Text 87]\n\n43\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\nTEXT 86\n\n�� � ��-� �t�·'ftlt I\n'<;1f,�\"t���·�W�IIfi' �fil�ttfii{ !2i<�St-f II � II\nei 17/a nija-granthe raghunatha-dasa\n'gauranga-stava-kalpavrk?e' kariyachena prakasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nei lila-this pastime;\nRaghunatha\n\ndasa\n\nnija-granthe-in his own book;\n\nGosvami;\n\nraghunatha-dasa­\n\ngauranga-stava-kalpa-vrk?e-Gauranga-stava­\n\nkalpavrk?a; kariyachena prakasa-has described.\nTRANSLATION\nIn\n\nhis\n\nbook known\n\nas\n\nGauranga-stava-kalpavrk�a,\n\nRaghunatha\n\ndasa\n\nGosvami has described this incident very nicely.\nTEXT 87\n� C1! �t:g: fli3�RI�RT� �� C<'lt�� '!?:�\n\n'«1TC<tf� �tlllflf9j1!T�\"<t\"if'll..__?!\"if' �<r I\n��� 51���.� f11� f1Tf� \\!lli;C�O{ lj�-�'l_��t:gc'!f\"'nft?:'f1 �\"if'� @\"if'�?It� 1llf�f� u �r'l u\nkva me kanta/:1 kr?Qas tvaritam iha tam lokaya sakhe\ntvam eveti dvaradhipam abhivadann unmada iva\ndrutaril gaccha dra?turil priyam iti tad-uktena dhrta-tadbhujantar gaurango hrdaya udayan maril madayati\nSYNONYMS\n\nkva-where;\n\nme-My;\n\nkanta/:1-beloved;\n\nquickly; iha-here; tam-Him;\neva-certainly;\n\niti-thus;\n\nkr?Qa/:1-Lord Kr�t:�a;\n\ntvaritam­\n\n/okaya-show; sakhe-0 friend; tvam-you;\n\ndvara-adhipam-the\n\ndoorkeeper;\n\nabhivadan-re­\n\nquesting; unmada/:1-a madman; iva-like; drutam-very quickly;\n\ngaccha­\n\ncome; dra?tum-to see; priyam-beloved; iti-thus; tat-of him; uktena-with\nthe words; dhrta-caught; tat-His; bhuja-anta/:1-end of the arm; gauranga/:1Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; hrdaye-in my heart; udayan-rising; mam-me;\nmadayati-maddens.\n\n", "ant5#p0077": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n44\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear friend the doorkeeper, where is Kf�l)a, the Lord of My heart?\nKindly show Him to Me quickly.' With these words, Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu addressed the doorkeeper like a madman. The doorkeeper\ngrasped His hand and replied very hastily, 'Come, see Your beloved!' May that\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu rise within my heart and thus make me mad\nalso.\"\nTEXT 88\n\n�il�'ttif '<;�·�J<e'·�� 1ft� I\n-r.l·\"l-61-� � �fl! �� II lrlr II\nhena-kale 'gopala-val/abha'-bhoga lagaila\nsankha-ghaf!ta-adi saha arati bajila\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kale-at this time; gopala-vallabha-bhoga-the food offered early in the\nmorning; lagai/a-was offered; sankha-conch; gharJta-adi-bells and so on;\nsaha-with; arati-arati; bajila-sounded.\nTRANSLATION\nThe offering of food known as gopala-vallabha-bhoga was then given to\nLord Jagannatha, and arati was performed with the sound of the conch and the\nringing of bells.\nTEXT 89\n\nce't� �Rlt'f �1tm�f <;���'! I\n� if�1 ��·itf$ �<fiif �t�1lilll lrCil II\nbhoga sarile jagannathera sevaka-gaf!a\nprasada lana prabhu-thafii kaila agamana\nSYNONYMS\nbhoga sarile-when the food was taken away; jagannathera-of Lord jagannatha; sevaka-gaf!a-the servants; prasada /afia-taking the prasada; prabhuthafii-unto Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kaila agamana-came.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the arati finished, the prasada was taken out, and the servants of Lord\nJagannatha came to offer some to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant5#p0078": "Text 92]\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\n45\n\nTEXT 90\n\n�ttlfl 9fft�1 $tt'l fPr �� rl'tti! I\n'Clt� � It(, �tl 1tt'lfi 1fil �ttl! II !;I\n\no\n\nII\n\nmala parana prasada dila prabhura hate\nasvada dare rahu, yara gandhe mana mate\nSYNONYMS\nmala parana-after garlanding; prasada-the remnants of Lord Jagannatha's\nfood; dila-delivered; prabhura hate-in the hand of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nasvada-tasting; dare rahu-what to speak of; yara-of which; gandhe-by the\naroma; mana-mind; mate-becomes maddened.\nTRANSLATION\nThe servants of Lord Jagannatha first garlanded Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nand then offered Him Lord Jagannatha's prasada. The prasada was so nice that\nits aroma alone, to say nothing of its taste, would drive the mind mad.\nTEXT 91\n\n� ��t'l (;71� <1'3 �� I\n� �- �t��t�t� �<l<fi �fif� ��il II c;, � II\nbahu-malya prasada sei vastu sarvottama\ntara alpa khaoyaite sevaka karila yatana\nSYNONYMS\nbahu-malya-very valuable; prasada-remnants of food; sei-that; vastu-ingredients; sarva-uttama-first class; tara-of that; alpa-very little; khaoyaiteto feed; sevaka-the servant; karila yatana-made some endeavor.\nTRANSLATION\nThe prasada was made of very valuable ingredients. Therefore the servant\nwanted to feed Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu a portion of it.\nTEXT 92\n\n� \"51• i'1'�1 \\21't r�f(i!lfti! �fir fifi'l'1 1\n'Cltl � (;'$ft�\"!l �t�� <�tt1PI1 II c;,� II\n\n", "ant5#p0079": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n46\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\ntara alpa /aiia prabhu jihvate yadi dila\nara saba govindera anca/e bandhila\nSYNONYMS\ntara-of\n\nthat;\n\na/pa-very\n\nlittle;\n\n/aiia-taking;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; jihvate-on the tongue; yadi-when; di/a-put; ara saba-a l l the\nbalance; govindera-of Govinda; ar'lca/e-at the end of the wrapper; bandhilabound.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu tasted a portion of the prasada. Govinda took the\nrest and bound it in the end of his wrapper.\nTEXT 93\n\n'<ritS-��1!-� ?tt�112!� �e:<��tJ 1\n\n�ttlf '.t._i'f<fl, (';iltl§ �t� ��J II �� II\nkoti-amrta-svada pafia prabhura camatkara\nsarvange pulaka, netre vahe asru-dhara\nSYNONYMS\nkoti-millions upon millions; amrta-nectar;\n\nsvada-taste; pafia-gettin g;\n\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; camatkara-great satisfaction; sarvaange-all over the body; pu/aka-standing of the hair; netre-from the eyes;\nvahe-flows; asru-dhara-a stream of tears.\nTRANSLATION\nTo Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu the prasada tasted millions upon millions of\ntimes better than nectar, and thus He was fully satisfied. The hair all over His\nbody stood on end, and incessant tears flowed from His eyes.\nTEXT 94\n\n'�� t!ft� �I! � \"<��ttl '� �t�il' ?\n��J �'fJt�l! �t� J�•tf1fif u' �s 11\n'ei dravye eta svada kahan haite aila?\nkr?Qera adharamrta ithe saficari/a'\n\n", "ant5#p0080": "The Lord Tastes Nectar\n\nText 96]\n\n47\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nei dravye-in these ingredients; eta-so much; svada-taste; kahari-where;\nhaite-from; ai/a-has come; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�r;�a; adhara-amrta-nectar from\nthe lips; ithe-in this; saticarifa-has spread.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu considered, \"Where has such a taste in this\nprasada come froml Certainly it is due to its having been touched by the nectar of Kr�Qa's lips.\"\nTEXT 95\n\n(!!� �� 1t�t�,_� (;<:!llftf;'il-t �i'f I\n�'Sfttf;� (;:J!Oil<li (;'f�' :Jt�'l '<li� II �<t II\nei buddhye mahaprabhura premavesa haifa\njagannathera sevaka dekhi' samvaraf)a kaifa\nSYNONYMS\n\nei\n\nbuddhye-by\n\nthis\n\nunderstanding;\n\nmahaprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; prema-avesa-ecstatic emotion; haifa-there was; jagannatheraof\n\nLord Jagannatha;\n\nsevaka-servants;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nsamvaraf)a\n\nkaifa­\n\nrestrained Himself.\nTRANSLATION\nUnderstanding this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu felt an emotion of ecstatic\nlove for Kr�Qa, but upon seeing the servants of Lord Jagannatha, He restrained\nHimself.\nTEXT 96\n\n'���·\"''eJ ���<il'-�t� ��� I\n��·(;:Jt<i�� '1_�,-'f� �� ���' ? �� II\n'sukrti-fabhya phefa-fava'-bafena bara-bara\nisvara-sevaka puche,-'ki artha ihara'?\nSYNONYMS\n\nsukrti-by great fortune; fabhya-obtainable; phefa-fava-a particle of the\nremnants; bafena-says; bara-bara-again and again; isvara-sevaka-the servants\nof Jagannatha; puche-inquire; ki-what; artha-the meaning; ihara-of this.\n\n", "ant5#p0081": "48\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord said again and again, \"Only by great fortune may one come by a\nparticle of the remnants of food offered to the Lord.\" The servants of the\nJagannatha temple inquired, \"What is the meaning of thisl\"\nPURPORT\nThe remnants of Kr�l)a's food are mixed with His saliva. In the Mahabharata and\nthe Skanda Puraf)a it is stated:\nmaha-prasade govinde\nnama-brahmaf)i vai�f)ave\nsvalpa-puf)yavataril rajan\nvisvaso naiva jayate\n\"Persons who are not very highly elevated in pious activities cannot believe in the\nremnants of food [prasada] of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, nor in Govinda, the holy name of the Lord, nor in the Vai�l)avas.\"\nTEXT 97\n\n�'{ �c;�, -\"IJI� <;� f�i �-.t'fft�i! I\n\n��-�\"\"� IJI� fil�� '�i!' II �9 II\nprabhu kahe,- \"ei ye dila kr�Qadharamrta\nbrahmadi-durlabha ei nindaye 'amrta'\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; ei-this; ye-which; dila\n\n-\n\nyou\n\nhave given; kr�f)a -of Lord Kr�l)a; adhara-amrta-nectar from the lips; brahmaadi-by the demigods, headed by Lord Brahma; dur/abha-difficult to obtain;\nei-this; nindaye-defeats; amrta\n\n-\n\nnecta r\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"These are remnants of food that K��r;�a\nhas eaten and thus turned to nectar with His lips. It surpasses heavenly nectar,\nand even such demigods as Lord Brahma find it difficult to obtain.\nTEXT 98\n\n�c;-.� <;� '{�·Q'Ilf, i!Hf '<;��1'-iltJI' I\ni!� IJI� '�if' <;� �t�, �� <e1'StJ�ti{.ll �lr' II\n\n", "ant5#p0082": "Text 100]\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\n49\n\nkm;�era ye bhukta-seg tara 'phela'-nama\ntara eka 'lava' ye paya, sei bhagyavan\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qera-of Lord Kr?Qa; ye-whatever; bhukta-se�a-remnants of food; taraof that; phela-nama-the name is phela; tara-of that; eka-one; lava-fragment; ye-one who; paya-gets; sei-he; bhagyavan-fortunate.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Remnants left by Kr�r:Ja are called phela. Anyone who obtains even a small\nportion must be considered very fortunate.\nTEXT 99\n\nC�ti! �HI �tf� ill� !HI I\n��� �tt� �,!(��1, ':J!l �1�1 �11l II �� II\n\n�'tllt� �\"'tJ\n\nsamanya bhagya haite tara prapti nahi haya\nkr�Qera yante purl')a-krpa, sei taha paya\nSYNONYMS\nsamanya-ordinary; bhagya-fortune; haite-from; tara-of that; prapti-attainment;\n\nnahi-not;\n\nhaya-there is;\n\nkr�Qera-of Lord Kr?Qa;\n\nyarite-unto\n\nwhom; purl')a-krpa-full mercy; sei-he; taha-that; paya-can get.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One who is only ordinarily fortunate cannot obtain such mercy. Only persons who have the full mercy of Kr�r:Ja can receive such remnants.\nTEXT 100\n\n'��f�'·-tt� �t� '����-,�� �'IJ' I\n\n':J!l �1� �' ''•a<�1' �HI '':J!l SftJ II\" �\n\no o\n\nII\n\n'sukrti'-sabde kahe 'kr�Qa-krpa-hetu puQya'\nsei yarira haya, 'phela' paya sei dhanya\"\nSYNONYMS\nsukrti-sukrti (pious activities); sabde-the word; kahe-is to be understood;\nkr�Qa-krpa-the mercy of Kr?Qa; hetu-because of; puQya-pious activities;\nsei-he; yarira-of whom; haya-there is; phela-the remnants of food; payagets; sei-he; dhanya-very glorious.\n\n", "ant5#p0083": "50\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The word 'suk�ti' refers to pious activities performed by the mercy of\nK��Qa. One who is fortunate enough to obtain such mercy receives the remnants of the Lord's food and thus becomes glorious.\"\nTEXT 101\n\n�i! �f'i' �'- i!i·,�t�� ��t� fit'Ji I\nq;9(�-<;�1� '���j �,. �1Sf-�1,i �f�'li 11�0�11\neta bali' prabhu ta-sabare vidaya di/a\nupala-bhoga dekhiya prabhu nija-vasa ai/a\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ta-sabare-unto all\nof them; vidaya di/a-bade farewell; upala-bhoga-the next offering of food;\ndekhiya-seeing; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nija-vasa-to His place;\naila-returned.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu bade farewell to all the servants.\nAfter seeing the next offering of food to Lord Jagannatha, a function known as\nupala-bhoga, He returned to His own quarters.\nTEXT 102\n\n';!•m� �fit�i c<tS�i r�..i �{t�'� ,\n\n��t�ID�i! ,�i ���� \"ii�'f II � � II\no\n\nmadhyahna kariya kaila bhik$a nirvahaf)a\nk[$f)ildharamrta sada antare smaraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nmadhyahna kariya-after finishing His noon duties; kai/a bhik$a nirvahaf)acompleted His lunch; k[$f)a-adhara-amrta -the nectar from the lips of Kr��a;\nsada-always; antare-within Himself; smaraf)a-remembering.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter finishing His noon duties, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ate His lunch, but\nHe constantly remembered the remnants of K��Qa's food.\n\n", "ant5#p0084": "The Lord Tastes Nectar\n\nText 105]\n\n51\n\nTEXT 103\n\n<lt�·�J <illt�i{, <:�11' mf'$l� 1fi{ I\n�t� �lllil�'l <illt�i{, <e�tt<tllf �'eli{ II �o� II\nbahya-krtya karena, preme garagara mana\nka$te samvaral)a karena, avesa saghana\nSYNONYMS\nbahya-krtya-external activities; karena-performs; preme-in ecstatic love;\ngaragara-filled; mana-mind; ka$te-with great difficulty; samvaral)a karenarestricts; avesa-ecstasy; saghana-very deep.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu performed His external activities, but His mind\nwas filled with ecstatic love. With great difficulty He tried to restrain His\nmind, but it would always be overwhelmed by very deep ecstasy.\nTEXT 104\n\n�Ji-��J <II�' �: fel�'$l'l·�tlf I\nfil�� <l��i i{ti{i·��<li�H!tlf II � 8 II\no\n\nsandhya-krtya kari' puna/:! nija-gal)a-sange\nnibhrte vasila nana-kr�Qa-katha-range\nSYNONYMS\nsandhya-krtya-the evening duties; kari'-after performing; puna/:1-again;\nnija-gal)a-sange-along with His personal associates; nibhrte-in a solitary place;\nvasi/a-sat down; nana-various; kr$1Ja-katha-of topics of Kr?r:\"la; range-in the\njubilation.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter finishing His evening duties, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sat down with\nHis personal associates in a secluded place and discussed the pastimes of\nKr�Qa in great jubilation.\nTEXT 105\n\n�'{� �rift'! <:'$lt�\"f 12!�tlif �tfi{i'f1 I\n��-�t��t� �'l f<��i; 9ft�t��111 �oa II\n\n", "ant5#p0085": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n52\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nprabhura ingite govinda prasada ani/a\npuri-bharatire prabhu kichu pathai/a\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura ingite-by the indication of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; govinda­\n\nGovinda; prasada ani/a-brought the remnants of the food of Lord Jagannatha;\npuri-to Paramananda PurT; bharatire-to Brahmananda BharatT; prabhu-Lord SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; kichu -some; pathaila -sent.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFollowing the indications of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Govinda brought the\nprasada of Lord Jagannatha. The Lord sent some to Paramananda Puri and\nBrahmananda Bharati.\nTEXT 106\n\nmt��-�-aq9ftfif·'$ft'l 1\n��'tt11' 12!�t� f'if'l �Rt1fl �iGt� II � � II\no\n\nramananda-sarvabhauma-svarupadi-gaf)e\nsabare prasada dila kariya baf)tane\n\nSYNONYMS\nramananda-Ramananda\n\nRaya;\n\nsarvabhauma-Sarvabhauma\n\nsvarupa-SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT;\n\nBhattacarya;\n\nadi-headed by; gal)e-unto them;\n\nsabare-u nto all of them; prasada-the remnants of the food of Lord Jagannatha;\n\ndi/a-delivered; kariya baf)tane-making shares.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then gave shares of the prasada to Ramananda\nRay a, Sarvabhauma Bhaffacarya, Svarupa Damodara Gosvami and all the other\ndevotees.\nTEXT 107\n\n��'ttW1f <;:JI)11'�J·1lt� �fil' �\"t�tWi{ I\n\n�t�f�� �t�'ft� ��111' Rf�� � 'lfi{ 11�0'\\11\nprasadera saurabhya-madhurya kari' asvadana\nalaukika asvade sabara vismita haifa mana\n\n", "ant5#p0086": "53\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\nText 109]\n\nSYNONYMS\nprasadera-of\n\nthe\n\nprasada;\n\nsweetness\n\nsaurabhya-madhurya-the\n\nand\n\nfragrance; kari' asvadana-tasting; a/aukika-uncommon; asvade-by the taste;\nsabara-of everyone; vismita-struck with wonder; haila-became; mana-the\nmind.\nTRANSLATION\nAs they tasted the uncommon sweetness and fragrance of the prasada,\neveryone's mind was struck with wonder.\nTEXTS 108-109\n\n<21'- �t�,-\"..fl� �� �� '��' i!\"U I\n�..�, ��' 11Rfli, �if�li, if�tf, 'St�J II �olr II\n1{��1�, ���-�1flf �\\! �� I\n'�1?i!' �'8 �tW ��� �'l..�� II �o� II\nprabhu kahe,- \"ei saba haya 'prakrta' dravya\naik�ava, karpura, marica, elaica, Javariga, gavya\nrasavasa, guc;latvaka-adi yata saba\n'prakrta' vastura svada sabara anubhava\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; ei-these; saba-all; haya-are ;\nprakrta-material;\n\ndravya-ingredients;\n\nmarica-black pepper;\n\naik�ava-sugar;\n\ne/aica-cardamom;\n\nkarpura-camphor;\n\n/avariga-cloves;\n\ngavya-butter;\n\nrasavasa-s pices; guc;/atvaka-licorice; adi-and so on; yata saba-each and\nevery one of them; prakrta-material; vastura-of ingredients; svada-taste ;\nsabara-everyone's; anubhava -experience.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"These ingredients, such as sugar, camphor,\nblack pepper, cardamom, cloves, butter, spices and licorice, are all material.\nEveryone has tasted these material substances before.\nPURPORT\nThe word prakrta refers to things tasted for the sense gratification of the conditioned soul. Such things are limited by the material laws. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwanted to make the point that material things have already been experienced by\nmaterially absorbed persons who are interested only in sense gratification.\n\n", "ant5#p0087": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n54\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 110\n\n� i!f� �i! ��t�, �llifi (.�t<tit�'! I\n�1�t� �11111 c;��,- �1� ��'!II ��o II\nsei dravye eta asvada, gandha lokatita\nasvada kariya dekha, -sabara pratita\nSYNONYMS\nsei dravye-in such material things; eta-so much; asvada\n\n-\n\npleasing taste;\n\ngandha-fragrance; loka-atita-never experienced by any common man; asvada\nkariya-tasting; dekha-see; sabara-of everyone; pratita-experience.\nTRANSLATION\n\"However,\" the lord continued, \"in these ingredients there are extraordinary tastes and uncommon fragrances. Just taste them and see the difference\nin the experience.\nTEXT 111\n\n�� �� �'f, �tf �tllifi 1ftt'! 'II'� I\n�t9l� f<l�i • 'll't� <tift11 f<l�'l II ��� II\nasvada dare rahu, yara gandhe mate mana\napana vina anya madhurya karaya vismaral)a\nSYNONYMS\nasvada-the taste; dare rahu-leave aside; yara-of which; gandhe-by the\nfragrance; mate-becomes pleased; mana-the mind; apana vina-besides itself;\nanya-diffe rent; madhurya\n\n-\n\nsweetness; karaya v ismaral)a\n\n-\n\ncau ses to forget.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Apart from the taste, even the fragrance pleases the mind and makes one\nforget any other sweetness besides its own.\nTEXT 112\n\n'!t tl! �� i!f�J �t-m�-f �� I\n��tff �'I �� ��ttl! �·1�� II ��� II\ntate ei dravye kr$QJdhara-sparsa haifa\nadharera gul)a saba ihate sancarila\n\n", "ant5#p0088": "Text 114]\n\n55\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\nSYNONYMS\ntate-therefore; ei dravye-in these ingredients; kr�Qa-adhara-of the lips of\nKr�t:�a; sparsa-touch; hai/a-there was; adharera-of the lips; guQa-attributes;\nsaba-all; ihate-in these ingredients; saficarila-have become transferred.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Therefore, it is to be understood that the spiritual nectar of Kr�r:Ja's lips has\ntouched these ordinary ingredients and transferred to them all their spiritual\nqualities.\nPURPORT\nSince everyone had previously tasted these ingredients, why had they become\nextraordinary and spiritually tasteful? This was proof that food, prasada, becomes\nuncommonly flavorful and tasteful by touching Kr�t:�a's lips.\nTEXT 113\n\n�t��<ti-�lllfi-�tw, ��·R1<itrn'll\n11�-��<ti � �- �·t��t �'I ll ��� II\na/aukika-gandha-svada, anya-vismaraQa\nmaha-madaka haya ei kr�Qadharera guQa\nSYNONYMS\nalaukika-uncommon; gandha\n\n-\n\nfragrance;\n\nsvada-taste;\n\nanya-vismaraQa­\n\nforgetting all others; maha madaka-highly enchanting; haya-are; ei-these;\n-\n\nkr�Qa-adharera-of the lips of Kr�r:Ja; guQa-attributes\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"An uncommon, greatly enchanting fragrance and taste that make one\nforget all other experiences are attributes of Kr�r:Ja's lips.\nTEXT 114\n\n'6ltil<ti '��t�' --� �$1tli ll�tf� I\n\nllt� �-- �t�tw <R <tifil' �t�� 11\" ��s 11\naneka 'sukrte' iha hafiache samprapti\nsabe ei asvada kara kari' maha-bhakti\"\n\n", "ant5#p0089": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n56\n\nSYNONYMS\naneka-many; sukrte-by pious activities; iha-this; hafiache samprapti-has\nbecome available; sabe-all of you; ei-this prasada; asvada kara-taste; kari'\nmaha-bhakti-with great devotion.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This prasada has been made available only as a result of many pious activities. Now taste it with great faith and devotion.\"\nTEXT 115\n\n���fi1 ��· �t� ��� �tllilt�� I\n\n�t�tflftl! c;�t111l� �iii' ��t1\\' 11� II � �ct II\nhari-dhvani kari' sabe kaifa asvadana\nasvadite preme matta ha-ifa sabara mana\nSYNONYMS\nhari-dhvani kari'-loudly resounding the holy name of Hari; sabe-all of them;\nkaifa asvadana-tasted; asvadite-as soon as they tasted; preme-in ecstatic\nlove; matta-maddened; ha-ifa-became; sabara mana-the minds of all.\nTRANSLATION\nLoudly chanting the holy name of Hari, all of them tasted the prasada. As\nthey tasted it, their minds became mad in the ecstasy of love.\nTEXT 116\n\nc;l2flftt�t-f �ti2tf �t� �ta1 fif'f1 I\nmtil...-ltt �� 9f�� 'ftf'Stlfl n ��� 11\npremavese mahaprabhu yabe ajfia difa\nramananda-raya sfoka pacjite fagifa\nSYNONYMS\nprema-avese-in\n\necstatic\n\nlove;\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nyabe-when; ajfia difa-ordered; ramananda-raya-Ramananda Raya; sfokaverses; pacjite fagifa-began to recite.\nTRANSLATION\nIn ecstatic love, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu ordered Ramananda Raya to\nrecite some verses. Thus Ramananda Raya spoke as follows.\n\n", "ant5#p0090": "Text 118]\n\nThe L ord Tastes Nectar\n\n57\n\nTEXT 117\n\n����l(Ol� C\"tt�\"li\"f<l�, �RI\\!ic�'.l.Oll �� �f�\\!il( 1\n�\\!.�nlfSI�\"lliil9� \"]<fie_, f<1\"\\!iil �'l� 01C���f�1�\\!il( D) 'Ill\nsurata-vardhanarh 5oka-na5anarh\n\nsvarita-vef)una su�thu-cumbitam\n\nitara-raga-vismaraf)arh nrf)arh\n\nvitara vira nas te 'dharamrtam\nSYNONYMS\n\nsurata-vardhanam-which increases the lusty desire for enjoyment; 5oka­\n\nna.Sanam-which vanquishes all lamentation; svarita-vef)una-by the vibrating\nsu�thu-nicely;\n\nflute;\n\ncumbitam-touched;\n\nitara-raga-vismaraf)am-which\n\ncauses forgetfulness of all other attachment; nwam-of the human beings;\n\nvitara-please deliver; vira-0 hero of charity; na�-unto us; te-Your; adhara­\n\namrtam-the nectar of the lips.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 hero of charity, please deliver unto us the nectar of Your lips. That nec­\n\ntar increases lusty desires for enjoyment and diminishes lamentation in the\nmaterial world. Kindly give us the nectar of Your lips, which are touched by\nYour transcendentally vibrating flute, for that nectar makes all human beings\nforget all other attachments.\"\nPURPO RT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.31.14).\nTEXT 118\n\n�� �fil' �tl2t,_ �� ��'fl I\nm'Rt �e.�-b1·cllt� 9f�t'! 'ftf'itl!f1u ��\"' u\n5foka 5uni' mahaprabhu maha-tu�ta haifa\n\nradhara utkaQtha-5foka pa(fite fagifa\nSYNONYMS\n\n5foka 5uni -hearing the verse; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; maha'\n\ntu�ta\n\n-\n\nvery satisfied; haifa-became; radhara-of SrTmatT Radharar;JT; utkaQtha-\n\n5foka-a verse pertaining to the anxiety; pa(fite fag ifa- began to recite.\n\n", "ant5#p0091": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n58\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing Ramananda Raya quote this verse, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nwas very satisfied. Then He recited the following verse, which had been\nspoken by Srimati Radhara�i in great anxiety.\nTEXT 119\n\n��t�•·r��i'Jft\"l\\!i�-�'li��lfli��.!li()<�Trrlf�PJ'!i: �ff'\\!i<'li8T-C�<'I1-<'!<!: I\n�lfif�rrf�<!�<�'l-�rr<'f<fl�'�'> 1-&f<t�:\n'I C'l 'lifOI\"Cllt�'l: 'ff?l \\!ir.Oltf� f��I-\"'Pj�tll M � )� I\n\nvrajatu la-ku lariganetara-rasa Ii-tr?Qii-harapradrvyad-adharamrtab sukrti-labhya-phela-lavab\nsudha-jid-ahivallika-sudala-vltika-carvitab\nsa me madana-mohanab sakhi tanoti jihva-sprham\nSYNONYMS\nvraja-of Vrndavana; atula-incomparable; kularigana-of the gopls; itaraother;\n\nrasa-ali-for\n\ntastes\n\nor\n\nmellows;\n\ntr?Qa-desire;\n\nhara-vanquishing;\n\npradrvyat-all-surpassing; adhara-amrtab-whose nectar emanating from the lips;\nsukrti-after many pious activities; labhya-obtainable; phela-of the nectar of\nwhose\n\nlips;\n\nlavab-a\n\nsmall\n\nportion;\n\nsudha-jit-conquering\n\nthe\n\nnectar;\n\nahivallika-of the betel plant; su-dala-made from selected leaves; vltika-pan;\ncarvitab-chewing; sab-He;\n\nme-My;\n\nmadana-mohanab-Madana-mohana;\n\nsakhi-My dear friend; tanoti-increases; jihva-of the tongue; sprham-desire.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friend, the all-surpassing nectar from the lips of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, K���a, can be obtained only after many, many pious activities. For the beautiful gopis of V�ndavana, that nectar vanquishes the\ndesire for all other tastes. Madana-mohana always chews pan that surpasses\nthe nectar of heaven. He is certainly increasing the desires of My tongue.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in the Covinda-lrlamrta (8.8).\nTEXT 120\n\nlfl(! ��' c;'$f� 21't_ �t�t�� fi<fl!i I\n\n� ctftt<ll1f �t( � <2!1!1'ft9f <!fiRfi111 �� II\no\n\n", "ant5#p0092": "The Lord Tastes Nectar\n\nText 122]\n\n59\n\neta kahi' gaura-prabhu bhavavi$ta hafla\ndui 5/okera artha kare pralapa kariya\nSYNONYMS\neta kahi'-saying this;\n\navi$ta-overwhelmed\n\nby\n\ngaura-prabhu-SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\necstatic\n\nhafla-becoming;\n\nloving\n\nemotions;\n\nbhava­\n\ndui\n\n5/okera-of the two verses; artha-meaning; kare-makes; pralapa kariyatalking like a madman.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter saying this, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was overwhelmed by ecstatic\nloving emotions. Talking like a madman, He began to explain the meaning of\nthe !wo verses.\nTEXTS 121-122\n\nl!ll·1li{ <ISm �t<6,\n\n�t�t� ��i!-�\"ft<6,\n\nrt�·Cllft<�Stfif·� �i{t-f� I\n� �\" t�,\n\n'Sf�� �� �t..r�llf,\n\ni'f'(iJ, �' �--1{ �� Ill'� II ��) II\n\ni{t��' �it Cl!\"t1ft11 ��·�Btl! I\nf� <mt �t����'\n\n�1� �t �i{,\n\n�too�� �9fitl! ������� .. 11\ntanu-mana karaya k$obha,\n\nba(iaya surata-lobha,\n\nhar$a-5okadi-bhara vinasaya\npasaraya anya rasa,\n\njagat kare atma-va5a,\n\nlajja, dharma, dhairya kare k$aya\n\nnagara, 5una tamara adhara-carita\n\nmataya narira mana,\n\njihva kare akar$af)a,\n\nvicarite saba viparita\nSYNONYMS\ntanu-body; mana-mind; karaya-cause; k$obha-agitation; ba(iaya-increase; surata-lobha-lusty desires for enjoyment; har$a-of jubilation; 5oka­\n\nlamentation; adi-and so on; bhara-burden; vina5aya-destroy; pasaraya­\n\ncause to forget; anya rasa-other tastes; jagat-the whole world; kare-make;\natma-va5a-under their\n\ncontrol;\n\n/ajja-shame;\n\ndharma-religion;\n\ndhairya­\n\npatience; kare k$aya-vanquish; nagara-0 lover; 5una-hear; tamara-Your;\nadhara-of\n\nlips;\n\ncarita-the\n\ncharacteristics;\n\nwomen; mana-mind; jihva-tongue;\nsidering; saba-all; viparita-opposite\n\n.\n\nmataya-madden;\n\nkare akar$af)a-attract;\n\nnarira-of\n\nvicarite-con­\n\n", "ant5#p0093": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n60\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear lover,\" He said, \" let Me describe some of the characteristics of\nYour transcendental lips. They agitate the mind and body of everyone, they increase lusty desires for enjoyment, they destroy the burden of material happiness and lamentation, and they make one forget all material tastes. The whole\nworld falls under their control. They vanquish shame, religion and patience,\nespecially in women. Indeed, they inspire madness in the minds of all women.\nYour lips increase the greed of the tongue and thus attract it. Considering all\nthis, we see that the activities of Your transcendental lips are always perplexing.\nTEXT 123\n\n��tt:! �tf�ti 'lttr,\n'�tl ��� �If ��·I'Rl I\n� �tl �t��'1, �f9fil1 f��tt:! J{�,\n�i!B1f� � 9f�lnt II��� II\n\n'tiTti� �t11'l11 �t�,\n\nachuka narira kaya,\n\nkahite vasiye laja,\n\ntamara adhara baqa dhr�ta-raya\npuru�e kare akar�af)a,\n\napana piyaite mana,\n\nanya-rasa saba pasaraya\nSYNONYMS\nachuka-let it be; narira-of women; kaya-the bodies; kahite-to speak;\nvasiye-1 feel;\n\n/aja-shame; tamara-Your; adhara-lips; baqa-very much;\n\ndh[?ta-raya-impudent; puru�e-the male; kare akar�af)a-they attract; apanathemselves; piyaite-causing to drink; mana-mind; anya-rasa-other tastes;\nsaba-all; pasaraya-cause to forget.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear K��r;ta, since You are a male, it js not very extraordinary that the attraction of Your lips can disturb the minds of women. I am ashamed to say\nthis, but Your lips sometimes attract even Your flute, which is also considered\na male. It likes to drink the nectar of Your lips, and thus it also forgets all other\ntastes.\nTEXT 124\n\n���Iff '11_!';1,\n\n�t�� �t��� �t11,\n\n�tJ�tl �'fl- �� �fif�l I\n\n", "ant5#p0094": "Text 125]\n\n61\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\n(;l!'t11BJ '�'t�,..�, I!Bf iSfiiJit� 1J:fi!!�·1fi{,\nl!ttf �t9fifl f9f11nt fii�'Jif II ��8 II\nsacetana rahu dare,\n\nacetana sacetana kare,\n\ntamara adhara-bar;Ja vajikara\ntamara vel)u su?kendhana, tara janmaya indriya-mana,\ntare apana piyaya nirantara\nSYNONYMS\nsa-cetana-cansciaus living beings; rahu dare-leave aside; acetana-unconscious;\n\nsa-cetana-conscious;\n\nbar;Ja-very great;\n\nkare-make;\n\nvajikara-magicians;\n\ntamara-Your;\n\ntamara-Your;\n\nadhara-lips;\n\nVel)u-flute; SU?ka-in­\n\ndhana-dry wood; tara-of that; janmaya-creates; indriya-mana-the senses\nand mind; tare-the flute; apana-themselves; piyaya-cause to drink; nirantara -constantly.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A side from conscious living beings, even unconscious matter is sometimes made conscious by Your lips. Therefore, Your lips are great magicians.\nParadoxically, although Your flute is nothing but dry wood, Your lips make it\ndrink their nectar. They create a mind and senses in the dry wooden flute and\ngive it transcendental bliss.\nTEXT 125\n\n�'t�-� �-1,\n'1_t'�tQ f9ti1 f1'A11,\n<;'Sf�'Sft'1 tr\"ti{'AI filtr·'f\"ti{ I\n'�t�i �if, (;'Sft\"i\\'51'1, �'\" f9ft'1 (;l!tii\"B l{il,\n\n(;l!tlltf �fif tlftt� �f� II ��t II\nvel)u dh[?ta-puru?a hana,\n\npuru?adhara piya piya,\n\ngopi-gaQe janaya nija-pana\n'aha suna, gopi-gal)a,\n\nbale pirio tamara dhana,\n\ntamara yadi thake abhimana\nSYNONYMS\nvel)u-the flute;\n\ndh(?ta-puru?a-a cunning\n\nmale;\n\nhalia-being;\n\npuru?a­\n\nadhara-the lips of the male; piya piya-drinking and drinking; gapi-gaQe-unto\nthe gopis; janaya-informs; nija-pana-own drinking; aha-oh; suna-hear;\ngopi-gaQa-gapis; bale-says; piria-drink; tamara-your; dhana-property;\ntamara-your; yadi-if; thake-there is; abhimana-pride.\n\n", "ant5#p0095": "62\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"That flute is a very cunning male who drinks again and again the taste of\nanother male's lips. It advertises its qualities and says to the gopis, '0 gopis, if\nyou are so proud of being women, come forward and enjoy your propertythe nectar of the lips of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.'\nTEXT 126\n\nI!� � �t� ��', 'ltfil 'ei, �' .-t�',\n\n.-t�' fif'k �� .nf�' 9f'fi{ I\n\ni{� f9f'!_ fiHI.,, �11ft11 G;1ftl i{t�� lft,\n�ttl m-11 't'll ���'fi{ II ��� II\ntabe more krodha kari',\n\nlajja bhaya, dharma, chac;li',\n\nchac;li' dimu, kara asi' pana\nnahe pimu nirantara,\n\ntomaya mora nahika c;lara,\n\nanye dekhon twera samana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereupon; more-at Me; krodha kari'-becoming angry; /ajja-shame;\nbhaya-fear; dharma-religion; chac;/i'-giving up; chac;/i'-giving up; dimu-1\nshall give; kara asi' pana-come drink; nahe-not; pimu-1 shall drink; nirantara-continuously; tomaya-of You; mora-my; nahika-there is not; c;/arafear; anye-others; dekhori-1 see; twera samana-equal to straw.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thereupon, the flute said angrily to Me, 'Give up Your shame, fear and\nreligion and come drink the lips of Kr�Qa. O n that condition, I shall give up\nmy attachment for them. If You do not give up Your shame and fear, however,\nI shall continuously drink the nectar of Kr�Qa's lips. I am slightly fearful because You also have the right to drink that nectar, but as for the others, I consider them like straw.'\nTEXT 127\n\n��t�� ��-111(�,\n\n�·t�1 ':JI� �tit,\n\n�t��il f\\1ii9f�e,-�i{ I\n�t1111 l!f'Sf·'e'il ��''\n\n11'�' �fit 'llf'li II{�''\n\nl!t� �t11t'il �t1f f�� II ��\"' II\n\n", "ant5#p0096": "Text 128]\n\n63\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\nadharamrta nija-svare,\n\nsancariya sei bale,\n\nakar�aya trijagat-jana\namara dharma-bhaya kari',\n\nrahi' yadi dhairya dhari',\n\ntabe amaya kare vic;iambana\nSYNONYMS\nadhara-amrta-the nectar of the lips; nija-svare-with the vibration of the\nflute; sancariya-combining; sei-that; bale-by strength; akar�aya-attract; trijagat-jana-the people of the three worlds;\n\namara-we;\n\ndharma-religion;\n\nbhaya-fear; kari'-because of; ralii'-remaining; yadi-if; dhairya dhari'keeping patient; t abe-then; amaya-us; kare vic;iambana-criticizes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The nectar of Kr�Qa's lips, combined with the vibration of His flute, attracts all the people of the three worlds. However, if we gopis remain patient\nout of respect for religious principles, the flute then criticizes us.\nTEXT 128\n\n�� 'tJlt� ��-�tt�, \"'SSt1-� <Tl� \\!Jlt�,\n<;<Tltllf lffi1' (';� \"1�1 �� I\n\n�fil'�� (;\\!l�� �' ��,,��?;;� �tfJt',\n<..!��'\\! iltitt� ilt�t� II ��lr II\nnivi khasaya guru-age,\n\nfajja-dharma karaya tyage,\n\nkese dhari' yena lana yaya\nani' karaya tomara dasi,\n\nsuni' /aka kare hasi',\n\nei-mata narire nacaya\nSYNONYMS\nnivi-the belts; khasaya-cause to loosen; guru-age-before superiors; lajjadharma-shame and religion; karaya-induce; tyage-to give up; kese dhari'catching by the hair; yena-as if; lana yaya-takes us away; ani'-bringing;\nkaraya-induce to become; tamara-Your; dasi-maidservants; suni -hearing;\n'\n\n/oka-people;\n\nkare\n\nhasi'\n\n-\n\nlaugh;\n\nei-mata-in\n\nthis\n\nway;\n\nnarire-women;\n\nnacaya-cause to dance.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The nectar of Your lips and vibration of Your flute join together to loosen\nour belts and induce us to give up shame and religion, even before our\n\n", "ant5#p0097": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n64\n\nsuperiors. As if catching us by our hair, they forcibly take us away and surrender us unto You to become Your maidservants. Hearing of these incidents,\npeople laugh at us. We have thus become completely subordinate to the flute.\nTEXT 129\n\n\".. �W't� \"'��1�,\n\n�I! �t� 'f;I'P!1ftil,\n\n�l �-tl �ft1tt, ''5ftlttf<$ I\n� ��' r� \"'Bftl! �rft1,\n\n1!1t� �� ,�,� -.ft1',\n\n�� 1ftt� 15tf�' �tfitrt'!i �tl �������\nsu?ka bJ.nsera lathikhana,\n\neta kare apamana,\n\nei dasa karila, gosafii\nna sahi' ki karite pari,\n\ntahe rahi mauna dhari',\n\ncorara make c;faki' kandite nai\nSY NONYMS\nsu?ka-dry;\n\nbansera-of\n\nbamboo;\n\nJathi-khana-a\n\nstick;\n\neta-this;\n\nkare\n\napamana-insults; ei-this; dasa-condition; karila-made; gosafii-the master;\nna sahi'-not tolerating; ki-what; karite pari-can we do; tahe-at that time;\nrahi-we remain; mauna dhari'-keeping silent; corara-of a th ief; make-for the\nmother; c;faki'-calling; kandite-to cry; nai-is not possible.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This flute is nothing but a dry stick of bamboo, but it becomes our master\nand insults us in so many ways that it forces us into a predicament. What can\nwe do but tolerate it? The mother of a thief cannot cry loudly for justice when\nthe thief is punished. Therefore we simply remain silent.\nTEXT 130\n\n� 'f;!Sf1f·Jit� �t1f '1lill1 I\n�l <ell!iJ·ce�J-'Pit�,\n\n�-Jt ��1!-��t�,\n\n�t� 1!111' !HI '��-,��j' II �'!1° II\nadharera ei riti,\n\nara suna kuniti,\n\nse adhara-sane yara me/a\nsei bhak?ya-bhojya-pana,\n\nhaya amrta-samana,\n\nnama tara haya 'kr?Qa-phe/a'\n\n", "ant5#p0098": "Text 132]\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\n65\n\nSYNONYMS\nadharera-of the lips; ei-this; rTti-policy; ara-other; suna-hear; kunTtiinjustices; se-those; adhara-lips; sane-with; yara-of which; me/a-meeting;\nsei-those; bhak$ya-eatables; bhojya-foods; pana-drink or betel; haya-become; amrta-samana-like nectar; nama-the name; tara-of those; haya-becomes; k[$1)a-phela-the remnants of Kf�l)a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"That is the policy of these lips. Just consider the other injustices. Everything that touches those lips-including food, drink or betel-becomes just\nlike nectar. It is then called km1a-phela, or remnants left by Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 131\n\nQll � �<.fi �Cf,\n\n-.1 'Pf1l1 �ctl!'l �C{,\n\n� �tV '<.fict1 �tF!�t� ?\n\n�tct '���' ift1J �'\n\nCffi:Q �tfJ <.fif;f,\n\nQll '��tl!' I!H � � II ��� II\nse phelara eka lava,\n\nna paya devata saba,\n\ne dambhe keba patiyaya?\nbahu-janma pul)ya kare,\n\ntabe 'sukrti' nama dhare,\n\nse 'sukrte' tara lava paya\nSYNONYMS\nse phe/ara-of those remnants; eka-one; lava-small particle; na paya-do\nnot get; devata-the demigods; saba-all; e dambhe-this pride; keba-who;\npatiyaya7'can believe; bahu-janma-for many births; pul)ya kare-acts piously;\ntabe-then; sukrti-one who performs pious activities; nama-the name;\ndhare-bears; se-those; sukrte-by pious activities; tara-of that; lava-a fraction; paya-one can get.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Even after much prayer, the demigods themselves cannot obtain even a\nsmall portion of the remnants of such food. Just imagine the pride of those\nremnants! Only a person who has acted piously for many, many births and has\nthus become a devotee can obtain the remnants of such food.\nTEXT 132\n\n�� '� �rn ��&.-..�'\n\n�� l!tf -.t� \"!.�'\n\n\\!� �H �·-��� I\n\n", "ant5#p0099": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n66\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\n1!1� � '��tJ''\n\\!� �� �1�,\n<;�1�� II_� �tJ '�1ilf�t�' I ���II\nkr?Qa ye khaya tambala,\n\nkahe tara nahi mula,\n\ntahe ara dambha-paripati\ntara yeba udgara,\n\ntare kaya 'amrta-sara',\n\ngopira mukha kare 'alabati'\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; ye-what; khaya-chews; tambala-the betel; kahe-it is\nsaid; tara-of it; nahi-there is not; mula-price; tahe-over and above that;\nara-also; dambha-paripaF-complete pride;\n\ntara-of that; yeba-whatever;\n\nudgara-coming out; tare-that; kaya-is called; amrta-sara-the essence of the\nnectar; gopira-of the gopis; mukha-the mouth; kare-makes; alabaF-spittoon.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The betel chewed by K��r:-a is priceless, and the remnants of such chewed\nbetel from His mouth are said to be the essence of nectar. When the gopis accept these remnants, their mouths become like His spittoons.\nTEXT 133\n\n���-<;1!111\"� �ntil1nt,\n\nli� �· \"PtRf?t�.\n\n��tt� .tt� ��' 1211'1 I\nil� iltfrJ �-.�t�,\n\"''t\"Ptil1� �t� fl'tf�',\n<;5f�' �'Sft$f��'!·�tilll\" ��� II\ne-saba-tomara kutinati,\n\nchac;Ja ei paripati,\n\nveQu-dvare karihe hara' praQa\napanara hasi lagi',\n\nnaha narira vadha-bhagi,\n\ndeha' nijadharamrta-dana\"\nSYNONYMS\ne-saba-all these; tamara-Your; kutinati-tricks; chac;Ja-give up; ei-these;\nparipaF-very expert activities; veQu-dvare-by the flute; kanhe-why; haraYou take away; praQa-life; apanara-Your own; hasi-laughing; lagi'-for the\nmatter of; naha-do not be; narira-of women; vadha-bhagi-responsible for\nkilling; deha'-kindly give; nija-adhara-amrta-the nectar of Your lips; danacharity.\n\n", "ant5#p0100": "Text 135]\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\n67\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Therefore, My dear Kr,r;�a, please give up all the tricks You have set up so\nexpertly. Do not try to kill the life of the gopis with the vibration of Your flute.\nBecause of Your joking and laughing, You are becoming responsible for the\nkilling of women. It would be better for You to satisfy us by giving us the\ncharity of the nectar of Your lips.\"\nTEXT 134\n\n<fi�tl;! \"'�ti! 121'{� �il f�fif' <;'�tit I\n�'f·��llf lift�'�\"!', �e.<fi�1 �t�\"f II ��8 II\nkahite kahite prabhura mana phiri' gela\nkrodha-arhsa santa haila, utkaf)tha ba(iila\nSYNONYMS\nkahite kahite-talking and talking; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nmana-mind; phiri' ge/a-became changed; krodha-arhsa-the part of anger;\nsanta haila-became pacified; utkaf)tha-agitation of the mind; ba(ii/a-increased.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was talking like this, His mind changed. His\nanger subsided, but His mental agitation increased.\nTEXT 135\n\n�� l� �l ��t�t·i! I\n\ni!t�1 �l �'AI, i!� ��\"!' .,.�i! II ��� II\nparama durlabha ei kr?f)adharamrta\ntaha yei paya, tara saphala jivita\nSYNONYMS\nparama-supremely; dur/abha-difficult to obtain; ei-this; kr�f)a-of Kr�r:Ja;\nadhara-amrta-the nectar from the lips; taha-that; yei-one who; paya-gets;\ntara-his; sa-pha/a-successful; jivita-life.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"This nectar from Kr,r;�a's lips is\nsupremely difficult to obtain, but if one gets some, his life becomes successful.\n\n", "ant5#p0101": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n68\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 136\n\n�t'StJ �$1 G:�� �Rft\\! �1 \"PI'RI 9ft� I\n\\!..tM G:� fileltti, ����1 'ltJ �t'l II ���II\nyogya hafla keha karite na paya pana\ntathapi se nirlajja, vrtha dhare praQa\nSYNONYMS\nyogya-competent; haiia-being; keha-anyone; karite-to do; na payadoes not get; pana-drinking; tathapi-still; se-that person; nirlajja-shameless; vrtha-uselessly; dhare praQa-continues life.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When a person competent to drink that nectar does not do so, that shameless person continues his life uselessly.\nTEXT 137\n\n�t�'StJ �$1 '!1•1 c�.: �'f1 9ft� �tJ 1\n\n�tm � �t� 'Pfti, c'ft toe 'lftil ��� 11 ��\" 11\nayogya hafla taha keha sada pana kare\nyogya jana nahi paya, lobhe matra mare\nSYNONYMS\nayogya-unfit;\n\nhaiia-being;\n\ntaha-that;\n\nkeha-someone;\n\nsada-always;\n\npana kare-drinks; yogya jana-the competent person; nahi paya-does not get;\n/obhe-out of greed; matra-simply; mare-dies.\nTRANSLATION\n\"There are persons who are unfit to drink that nectar but who nevertheless\ndrink it continuously, whereas some who are suitable never get it and thus die\nof greed.\nTEXT 138\n\n�t� 'ftfit,-c�t� \\!\"PI'liHf �ttfi �'I I\n\"'lt�tt'StJt� G;'f'Siti �·t���··llf II ��\\r' II\ntate jani, -kana tapasyara ache bata\nayogyere deoyaya k[$Qadharamrta-phala\n\n", "ant5#p0102": "Text 140]\n\n69\n\nThe lord Tastes Nectar\n\nSYNONYMS\ntate-therefore; jani-1 can understand; kona-some; tapasyara - of austerity;\nache-there is; ba/a-strength; ayogyere-unto the unfit; deoyaya-deli vers;\nkr?Qa-adhara-amrta-the nectar of Kr�l)a's lips; pha/a-the result.\nTRANSLATION\n\"It is therefore to be understood that such an unfit person must have obtained the nectar of Kr�r:-a's lips on the strength of some austerity.\"\nTEXT 139\n\n'�� 1ft1f·�-m, f� 'e�i! � 1fil' I\n�fit� iSft�' �r;;� 1ft� c;'$ft�1f �� II ��e;, II\n'kaha rama-raya, kichu sunite haya mana'\nbhava jani' pac;le raya gopira vacana\nSYNONYMS\nkaha-speak; rama- raya-Ramananda Raya; kichu-something; sunite-to\nhear; haya mana-1 wish; bhava-the situation; jani'-understanding; pac;le\nraya-Ramananda Raya cites; gopira vacana-the words of the gopis.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAgain Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said to Ramananda Raya, \"Please say something. I want to hear.\" Understanding the situation, Ramananda Raya recited\nthe following words of the gopis.\nTEXT 140\n\nC5fl<>fJ: f<f'1l1HIT�' �\"f'-'1\\ \"i1 C'l'k\nlfle1ll1T�tlf��q I\")\"{ f<>f C'>tlf<>f<fi l\"l\"l'{_ I\n�;g_r:� ��\\ �IT<� f;.rh'f' sfifc�n\n�lJJ�C5l�!F '' ��lK<I1 ��1�1: II� 8\n\n•\n\nII\n\ngopya� kim acarad ayaril kusalaril sma vef)ur\ndamodaradhara-sudham api gopikanam\nbhunkte svayaril yad avasi?ta-rasaril hradinyo\nhr?yat-tvaco 'sru mumucus taravo yatharya�\n\n", "ant5#p0103": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n70\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopyab-0 gopis; kim-what; acarat-performed; ayam-this; ku5a/am­\n\nauspicious activities; sma-certainly; ve(Jub-flute; damodara-of Kr�l)a; adharasudham-the nectar of the lips; api-even; gopikanam-which is owed to the\ngopis; bhuilkte-enjoys; svayam-independently; yat-from which; ava5i?ta­\n\nremaining; rasam-the taste only; hradinyab-the rivers; hr?yat-feeling jubilant;\ntvacab-whose\n\nbodies;\n\na5ru-tears;\n\nmumucub-shed;\n\nyatha-exactly like; aryab-old forefathers.\n\ntaravab-the trees;\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear gopis, what auspicious activities must the flute have performed to\nenjoy the nectar of Kr��a's lips independently and leave only a taste for the\ngopis for whom that nectar is actually meant. The forefathers of the flute, the\nbamboo trees, shed tears of pleasure. His mother, the river, on whose bank\nthe bamboo was born, feels jubilation, and therefore her blooming lotus\nflowers are standing like hair on her body.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.21.9) regarding a discussion\n\nthe gopis had among themselves. As the autumn season began in Vrndavana,\n\nLord Kr�l)a was tending the cows and blowing on His flute. The gopis then began\n\nto praise Kr�l)a and discuss the fortunate position of His flute.\nTEXT 141\n\n!JI� '\"t� ��' � 'et�t�� �1$11\n�t.��ttl;! �-f \"'t11' 12i'lt� ���111 �8� II\nei 5/oka 5uni' prabhu bhavavi?ta hafla\n\nutkaQthate artha kare pralapa kariya\nSYNONYMS\nei 5/oka-this verse;\n\n5uni'-hearing;\n\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nbhava-avi?ta-absorbed in ecstatic love; hai!a-becoming; utkaQthate-in agita­\n\ntion of the mind; artha kare-makes the meaning; pralapa kariya-talking like a\nmadman.\n\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing the recitation of this verse, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu became\nabsorbed in ecstatic love, and with a greatly agitated mind He began to explain its meaning like a madman.\n\n", "ant5#p0104": "Text 143]\n\n71\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\nTEXT 142\n\n�� '�til �..r'$f'l,\n\nl.!lt�1 �ilf8il\"til,\n\n�� �ff� �ft'AI I\n�-ll�'fi ''\\tt�'$f'l,\n\n� �ttil �'fil'\n\n� �'f1 �J �J ern 11 �s� n\neho vrajendra-nandana,\n\nvrajera kana kanya-gaf)a,\n\navasya kariba parif)aya\nse-sambandhe gopi-gaQa,\n\nyare mane nija-dhana,\n\nse sudha anyera /abhya naya\nSYNONYMS\neho-this;\nVrndavana;\n\nvrajendra-nandana-the son of\nkana-any;\n\nNanda\n\nkanya-gaQa-gopis;\n\nMaharaja;\n\nvrajera-of\n\navasya-certainly;\n\nkariba\n\npariQaya-will marry; se-sambandhe-in that connection; gopi-gaQa-the gopis;\nyare-which; mane-consider; nija-dhana-the personal property; se sudhathat nectar; anyera-by others; labhya naya-is not obtainable.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Some gopis said to other gopis, 'Just see the astonishing pastimes of\nKr�r;�a, the son of Vrajendra!\n\nHe will certainly marry all the gopis of\n\nVrndavana. Therefore, the gopis know for certain that the nectar of Kr�r;�a's\nlips is their own property and cannot be enjoyed by anyone else.'\nTEXT 143\n\n,'$ft�'$f'l, �� ll� �m1 ��tJ 1\n'�til_ �-'f?f,\n'�tit it�, �tit��,\n\n1.!1� ,.,'1_'\"'\" iSfiJI1'(Jt11 ? �8� II l4i II\ngopi-gaf)a, kaha saba kariya vicare\nkon tirtha, kon tapa,\n\nkon siddha-mantra-japa,\n\nei vef)u kaila janmantare?\nSYNONYMS\ngopi-gaQa-0 gopis; kaha-say; saba-all; kariya vicare-after full consideration; kon-what; tirtha-holy places; kon-what; tapa-austerities; kon-what;\nsiddha-mantra-japa-chanting of a perfect mantra; ei-this; vef)u-flute; kai/adid; janma-antare-in his past life.\n\n•\n\n", "ant5#p0105": "Sri Caitanya-caritampa\n\n72\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'My dear gopis, fully consider how many pious activities this flute per­\n\nformed in his past life. We do not know what places of pilgrimage he visited,\nwhat austerities he performed or what perfect mantra he chanted.\nTEXT 144\n\n'� \"t'ff-�,\n\n(;1{ �\"\" 'el� '1_-rl,\n�t1f 'fJl111tt1( '1tt\"ft � l!tt'f I\n�� ,��tf!',\n�• �'t�1tJ �rc:s,\n<;ltl �-.1 �'t1 \"� ?lt� II �88 II\nhena km)adhara-sudha,\n\nye kaila amrta mudha,\n\nyara asaya gopi dhare pral)a\nei vel)u ayogya ati,\n\nsthavara 'puru�a-jati',\n\nsei sudha sada kare pana\nSY NONYMS\nhena-such; kr�Qa-adhara-of Kr�r:ta's lips; sudha-nectar; ye-which; kai/amade; amrta-nectar; mudha-surpassed; yara asaya-by hoping for which;\ngopi-the gopis; dhare praQa-continue to live; ei veQu-this flute; ayogya-unfit; ati-completely; sthavara-dead; puru�a-jati-belonging to the male class;\nsei sudha-that nectar; sada-always; kare pana-drinks.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'This flute is utterly unfit because it is merely a dead bamboo stick.\n\nMoreover, it belongs to the male sex. Yet this flute is always drinking the nectar of Kr�r;�a's lips, which surpasses nectarean sweetness of every description.\nOnly in hope of that nectar do the gopis continue to live.\nTEXT 145\n\n�11( --�, il1 \"?;� c:st�,\n?ttil �7;1( �'l'te.<fitr;1f,\nf?tt� �t� cstf\"1111S?�t1f I\n�11( �?f.,-r1( �iii',\n\"'-r ·� 'et1tJ-�\"'\nl�tJ ��i 11��� � II �8� II\nyara dhana, na kahe tare,\n\npana kare ba/atkare,\n\npite tare (iakiya janaya\ntara tapasyara pha/a,\n\ndekha ihara bhagya-ba/a,\n\nihara ucchi�ta maha-jane khaya\n\n", "ant5#p0106": "Text 146]\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\n73\n\nSYNONYMS\nyara-of whom; dhana-the property; na kahe-does not speak; tare-to\nthem; pana kare-drinks; balatkare-by force; pite-while drinking; tare-unto\nthem;\n\n(lakiya-calling\n\nloudly;\n\njanaya-informs;\n\ntara-its;\n\ntapasyara-of\n\nausterities; pha/a-result; dekha-see; ihara-its; bhagya-ba/a-strength of fortune; ihara-its; ucchi?ta-remnants; maha-jane-great personalities; khayadrink.\nTRANSLATION\n1\n1\n\n'Although the nectar of Kr�r;�a's lips is the absolute property of the gopis,\n\nthe flute, which is just an insignificant stick, is forcibly drinking that nectar\nand loudly inviting the gopis to come drink it also. Just imagine the strength\nof the flute's austerities and good fortune. Even great devotees drink the nectar of Kr�r;�a's lips after the flute has done so.\n\nTEXT 146\n\n1ftil��1, �tfil�,\n\n�-� i!Wt,\n\n� �flf �;!'ft�;! �til' 'W� I\n\n�'1_11' �t..11'·1f)f,\n�$1 �t'e �,\n�� �tt'l � �til' '1� II �8� II\nmanasa-ganga, kalindi,\n\nbhuvana-pavani nadi,\n\nkr?Qa yadi tate kare snana\nvel)ura jhutadhara-rasa,\n\nhana lobhe paravasa,\n\nsei kale har?e kare pana\n\nSYNONYMS\nmanasa-galiga-the Ganges of the celestial world; kalindi-the Yamuna;\nbhuvana-the world; pavani-purifying; nadi-rivers; kr?Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; yadiif; tate-in those; kare snana-takes a bath; vel)ura-of the flute; jhuta-adhararasa-remnants of the juice of the lips;\n\nhafla-being;\n\nlobhe-by greed;\n\nparavasa-controlled; sei kale-at that time; har?e-in jubilation; kare panadrink.\n\nTRANSLATION\n1\n\n1\n\n'When Kr�r;�a takes His bath in universally purifying rivers like the Yamuna\n\nand the Ganges of the celestial world, the great personalities of those rivers\ngreedily and jubilantly drink the remnants of the nectarean juice from His lips.\n\n", "ant5#p0107": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n74\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 147\n\n\\!1•1! ift� �- ��'\n\n�.. � l!t1 �tl,\n\nl!?f �t� ?f�·�?f�1it I\n�� �1..�11,\nil� '�-�� ?l1$1,\n�til f9t�, �tl! il1 ?ftftf II �8� II\ne-ta nari rahu dare,\n\nvrk$a saba tara tire,\n\ntapa kare para-upakari\nnadira 5e$a-rasa pana,\n\nma/a-dvare akar$iya,\n\nkene piye, bujhite na pari\nSYNONYMS\ne-ta nari-these women; rahu dare-leaving aside; vrk$a-the trees; saba-all;\ntara tire-on their banks; tapa kare-perform austerities; para-upakari-benefactors of all other living entities; nadira-of the rivers; 5e$a-rasa-the remnants of\nthe nectarean juice;\n\npafla-getting; ma/a-dvare-by the roots; akar$iya­\n\ndrawing; kene-why; piye-drink; bujhite na pari-we cannot understand.\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'Aside from the rivers, the trees standing on the banks like great ascetics\nand engaging in welfare activities for all living entities drink the nectar of\nKr�Qa's lips by drawing water from the river with their roots. We cannot\nunderstand why they drink like that.\nTEXT 148\n\n�apf �1\"' ����,\n11�flft� �� �l!li'IHf I\n��� 111�' �iSf-�f'!, �tt�11' �il 'i_<!·i11fl!,\n'��·�'�tit �1il\"i·��111' II �Sir II\nfiltrtt�' �\"f�l!,\n\nnijafikure pulakita,\n\npu$pe hasya vikasita,\n\nmadhu-mi$e vahe asru-dhara\nVeQUre mani' nija-jati,\n\naryera yena putra-nati,\n\n'vai$Qava' haile ananda-vikara\nSYNONYMS\nnija-afikure-by their buds; pu/akita-jubilant; pu$pe-by flowers; hasyasmiling; vikasita-exhibited;\n\nmadhu-mi$e-by the oozing of honey; vahe-\n\n", "ant5#p0108": "Text 149]\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\n75\n\nflows; asru-dhara-showers of tears; ve(1Ure-the flute; mani'-accepting; nijajati-as belonging to the same family; aryera-of forefathers; yena-as if; putranati-son or grandson; vai�Qava-a Vai�l)ava; hai/e-when becomes; anandavikara-transformation of transcendental bliss.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" 'The trees on the bank of the Yamuna and Ganges are always jubilant.\nThey appear to be smiling with their flowers and shedding tears in the form of\nflowing honey. Just as the forefathers of a Vai�Qava son or grandson feel transcendental bliss, the trees feel blissful because the flute is a member of their\nfamily.'\n\nTEXT 149\n\n�'l� �;!� 'ftfil �t<!l,\n\"'\n\n'�� �;!� <f.Rf I!T;<!I,\n\n�-�ttft'$f'J, �t��-�t'511l e�titJ\n\n� il1 �$1l:t��fir,�t�'51J f�� ���;! e�tfir,\nl;!t�1 �f'5t' I!�� ��fir II �8C>l II\nveQura tapa jani yabe,\n\nsei tapa kari tabe,\n\ne-ayogya, amara-yogya nari\nya na pafia du/:lkhe mari,\n\nayogya piye sahite nari,\n\ntaha lagi' tapasya vicari\n\nSY NONYMS\nveQura-of the flute; tapa-austerities; jani-knowing; yabe-when; seithose; tapa-austerities; kari-we perform; tabe-at that time; e-this (flute);\nayogya-unfit; amara-we; yogya nari- fit women; ya-which; na pafia-not\ngetting; du/:lkhe-in unhappiness; mari-we die; ayogya-the most unfit; piyedrinks; sahite nari-we cannot tolerate; taha lagi'-for that reason; tapasyaaL:sterities; vicari-we are considering.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The gopis considered, 'The flute is completely unfit for his position. We\nwant to know what kind of austerities the flute executed, so that we may also\nperform the same austerities. Although the flute is unfit, he is drinking the\nnectar of Kr�Qa's lips. Seeing this, we qualified gopis are dying of unhappiness. Therefore, we must consider the austerities the flute underwent in his\npast life.' \"\n\n", "ant5#p0109": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n76\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 16\n\nTEXT 150\n\n�tl!� �'11� <!flnt''\n<;�Jttt�tllf <;<$1)���'\n:Jtttr \"f�i llif��-�111�� I\n� �tu, � '5thr,\n�t�tt�twf � �'\n�·E� �fijj·Pfil � II ��o II\neteka pralapa kari',\n\npremavese gaurahari,\n\nsarige lana svarupa-rama-raya\nkabhu nace, kabhu gaya,\n\nbhavavese murccha yaya,\n\nei-rupe ratri-dina yaya\nSYNONYMS\neteka-so much; pralapa kari'-talking like a crazy man; prema-avese-in\n\necstatic love; gaurahari-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sarige /ana-taking with Him;\n\nsvarupa-rama-raya-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami and Ramananda Raya; kabhu\n\nnace-someti mes\n\ndances;\n\nkabhu\n\ngaya-somet i mes\n\nsings;\n\nbhava-avese-in\n\necstatic love; murccha yaya-becomes unconscious; ei-rupe-in this way; ratridina-the whole night and day; yaya-passes.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile thus speaking like a madman, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu became full\nof ecstatic emotion. In the company of His two friends, Svarupa Damodara\nGosvami and Ramananda Raya, He sometimes danced, sometimes sang and\nsometimes became unconscious in ecstatic love. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\npassed His days and nights in this way.\nTEXT 151\n\n�t� !!ilR'I,\nQ�, ��' :Jt��'\n� -.�' �ff �a �t-t 1\n�\"��t�,\n�� �tl! �'\n'$1m ��il �·�t� II��� II\nsvarupa, rupa, sanatana,\n\nraghunathera sri-caral)a,\n\nsire dhari' kari yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta,\n\namrta haite paramrta,\n\ngaya dina-hina kr�IJadasa\n\n", "ant5#p0110": "Text 151]\n\nThe Lord Tastes Nectar\n\n77\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami; rupa- Srila ROpa Gosvami; sanatanaSanatana Gosvami; raghunathera-of Raghunatha dasa Gosvami; sri-caraQa-the\nlotus feet; sire-on the head; dhari -ta king ; kari yara asa -hoping for their\n'\n\nmercy; caitanya-caritamrta-the book named Caitanya-caritmrta; amrta haitethan nectar; para-amrta-more nectarean; gaya-chants; dina-hina-the most\nwretched; kr�Qadasa-Kr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nExpecting the mercy of Svarupa, Rupa, Sanatana and Raghunatha dasa, and\ntaking their lotus feet on my head, I, the most fallen Kt�t;�adasa, continue\nchanting the epic Sri Caitanya-caritamtfa, which is sweeter than the nectar of\ntranscendental bliss.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the SrT Caitanya-caritamrta, Antya-lila,\n\nSixteenth Chapter, describing the nectar flowing from Sri Kr�Qa's lotus lips.\n\n", "ant5#p0111": "CHAPTER 17\n\nThe Bodily Transformations of\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nSrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura gives the following summary of this Seventeenth\nChapter in his Amrta-pravaha-bha�ya. Absorbed in transcendental ecstasy, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu went out one night without opening the doors to His\nroom. After crossing over three walls, He fell down among some cows belonging\nto the district of Tailariga. There He remained unconscious, assuming the aspect\nof a tortoise.\nTEXT 1\n\nfir� �lii·<:��J· �'l[t'f)f��'ll\n\n�/�� t;!'l_�t�1 ffl�IJI�·�t1;St;!l( II � II\nlikhyate srila-gaurendor\natyadbhutam a/aukikam\nyair dr�tarh tan-mukhac chrutva\ndivyonmada-vice�titam\nSYNONYMS\n\nlikhyate-they are being written; sri/a-most opulent; gaura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; indob-moonlike; ati-very; adbhutam-wonderful; a/aukikamuncommon; yaib-by whom; dmam-personally seen; tat-mukhat-from their\nmouths;\n\nsrutva-after hearing;\n\ndivya-unmada-in transcendental madness;\n\nvice�titam-activities.\nTRANSLATION\nI am simply trying to write about Lord Gauracandra's transcendental activities and spiritual madness, which are very wonderful and uncommon. I\ndare to write of them only because I have heard from the mouths of those who\nhave personally seen the Lord's activities.\nTEXT 2\n\n'Rl 'Rl ���� 'Rl �� I\n\not�RJ 'Rl <;�·� II � II\n79\n\n", "ant5#p0112": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n80\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 17\n\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; sri-caitanya-to Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-all\nglories; nityananda-to Lord Nityananda; jaya-all glories; advaita-candra-to\nAdvaita Acarya; jaya\n\n-\n\nall glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityananda! All\nglories to Advaitacandra! All glories to all the devotees of the Lord!\nTEXT 3\n\nl.!llll� �t� Jtffl-� I\nftrof1( c;�li, c2ilft9f ClltJ c;�t�t-t II� II\nei-mata mahaprabhu ratri-divase\nunmadera ce?ta, pralapa kare premavese\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ratri-divasenight and day; unmadera-of a madman; ce?ta-activities; pralapa kare-talks\ninsanely; prema-avese-in ecstatic love.\nTRANSLATION\nAbsorbed in ecstasy, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu acted and talked like a madman day and night.\nTEXT 4\n\nl.!l�ftt'� � 'Q�·�tJft�\"f-ltttr I\n�('1(tffl c;'Sft\"�1 �·�Qfi·Jttr II 8 II\neka-dina prabhu svarupa-ramananda-sarige\nardha-ratri goriaila kr?Qa-katha-rarige\nSYNONYMS\neka-dina-one day; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; svarupa-ramanandasarige-with Svaropa Damodara Gosvami and Ramananda Raya; ardha-ratri-half\nthe night; goriai/a-passed; kr?Qa-katha-of discussing Kr�t:�a's pastimes; rarigein the matter.\n\n", "ant5#p0113": "Text 6]\n\nThe Lord's Bodily Transformations\n\n81\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the company of Svarupa Damodara Gosvami and Ramananda Raya, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu once passed half the night talking about the pastimes of\nLord Kr��a.\nTEXT 5\n\n��������ll�l\n�1�fil.11i� �� �f111Qi�-1f� II � II\nyabe yei bhava prabhura karaye udaya\nbhavanurupa gita gaya svarupa-maha5aya\nSYNONYMS\n\nyabe-whenever; yei-whatever; bhava-ecstasy; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; karaye udaya-rises; bhava-anurupa-befitting the emotion; gitasong; gaya-sings; svarupa-SvarOpa Damodara; mahasaya-the great personality.\nTRANSLATION\nAs they talked of Kr��a, Svarupa Damodara Gosvami would sing songs exactly suitable for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's transcendental emotions.\nTEXT 6\n\nf\"Wt�f!, ��rt�, -���\"' 1\n�R11ffi� <;tft� �� 1f't1·1111ft�\"f II � II\nvidyapati, carxJidasa, 5ri-gita-govinda\nbhavanurupa 5/oka par;Jena raya-ramananda\nSYNONYMS\n\nvidyapati-the author Vidyapati; caQ(iidasa-the author Car:J<;iidasa; 5ri-gitagovinda-the famous book by Jayadeva Gosvami; bhava-anurupa-according to\nthe ecstatic emotion; 5/oka-verses; pa(iena-recites; raya-ramananda-Ramananda Raya.\nTRANSLATION\nRamananda Raya would quote verses from the books of Vidyapati and\nCa�«;fidasa, and especially from the Gita-govinda by Jayadeva Gosvami, to\ncomplement the ecstasy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant5#p0114": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n82\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 7\n\n1ft'U 1ft'U �� !2l't_ 'Itt� 9f� I\n\n��� �or �tfi{ !2l'f. �'lt9f �tt�1 u \" u\nmadhye madhye apane prabhu 5foka pac;fiya\n5fokera artha karena prabhu vifapa kariya\nSYNONYMS\nmadhye madhye-at intervals;\n\napane-personally;\n\nprabhu-Srr Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; 5foka-a verse; pac;fiya-reciting; 5fokera-of the verse; arthameaning;\n\nkarena-gives; prabhu-Srr Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vilapa kariya­\n\nlamenting.\nTRANSLATION\nAt intervals, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would also recite a verse. Then, in\ngreat lamentation, He would explain it.\nTEXT 8\n\n�·1ft'! �tift'e� �'f�t� �ff I\n<;'$1t�f$tl -f�i{ ��H·' rltff 'ittf (;'$ff( U \\r U\nei-mate nana-bhave ardha-ratri haifa\ngosafiire 5ayana karai' durihe ghare gefa\nSYNONYMS\nei-mate-in this way; nana-bhave-in varieties of emotions; ardha-ratri-half\nthe night; haifa-passed; gosafiire-Srr Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sayana karai'making Him lie down; durihe-both; ghare gefa-went home.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu passed half the night experiencing varieties of\nemotions. Finally, after making the lord lie down on His bed, both Svarupa\nDamodara and Ramananda Raya returned to their homes.\nTEXT 9\n\nostVt1ft1f '(ft1f ''$ft�\"f �fifill1 -t�� I\n�<t1ftiTl !2l't_ �t1fi{ ���� u � u\n\n", "ant5#p0115": "Text 11]\n\nThe Lord's Bodily Transformations\n\n83\n\ngambhirara dvare govinda karila sayana\nsaba-ratri prabhu karena ucca-safikirtana\n\nSYNONYMS\ngambhirara-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's room; dvare-at the door; govinda-His personal servant; karila sayana-lay down; saba-ratri-all night;\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nkarena-performs;\n\nucca-safikirtana-loud\n\nchanting.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's personal servant, Govinda, lay down at the door\nof His room, and the lord very loudly chanted the Hare Kr�r:-a maha-mantra all\nnight.\nTEXT 10\n\n��r.t� ��i{ � �t�'J.::'$f1i{ I\n��llf 12it_ �tt1 �Rf'11 �ttl II �\n\no\n\nII\n\nacambite sunena prabhu kf$Qa-VeQu-gana\nbhavavese prabhu tahafi karila prayaQa\nSYNONYMS\nacambite-suddenly;\n\nsunena-hears;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkr�Qa-veQu-of Kr�r:Ja's flute; gana-the vibration; bhava-avese-in ecstatic emotion; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tahali-there; karila prayaQa-departed.\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuddenly, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu heard the vibration of Kr�r:-a's flute.\nThen, in ecstasy, He began to depart to see lord Kr�r:-a.\nTEXT 11\n\n�� -.9ftt �� �� �' lftfmn 1\n'6Ait'ittlf � <;'$fllf1 �fb �$'! II � � II\ntina-dvare kapata aiche ache ta' lagiya\nbhavavese prabhu gela bahira hafia\n\n", "ant5#p0116": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n84\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSYNONYMS\ntina-dvare-in three doorways; kapata-the doors; aiche-as previously;\nache-are; ta' /agiya-being closed; bhava-avese-in ecstatic emotion; prabhu­\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ge/a-went; bahira-out; haria-being.\nTRANSLATION\nAll three doors were fastened as usual, but Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, in\ngreat ecstasy, nevertheless got out of the room and left the house.\nTEXT 12\n\nfll�llm-mt'1 �� �.rt-��-11\n\n�:!ttl �' �� � �1$1 �� II �� II\nsirilha-dvara-dak?if)e ache tailatigi-gabhi-gaf)a\ntahati yai' pac;iila prabhu haria acetana\nSYNONYMS\nsirilha-dvara-of the gate named Sirhha-dvara; dak?iQe-on the southern side;\nache-there are; tailatigi-gabhi-gaf)a-cows belonging to the Tailariga district;\ntahati-there;\n\nyai'-going;\n\npac;Jila-fell\n\ndown;\n\nprabhu-Lord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; haria acetana-becoming unconscious.\nTRANSLATION\nHe went to a cow shed on the southern side of the Sirilha-dvara. There the\nLord fell down unconscious among cows from the district of Tailanga.\nTEXT 13\n\n�fiN '1ft� �� -.� il1 ?ttfP11\n:IJIE� �� <l'i� �fin1111 �� II\netha govinda mahaprabhura sabda na paria\nsvarupere bo/aila kapata khuliya\n\nSYNONYMS\netha-here; govinda-Govinda; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nsabda-sound; na paria-not getting; svarupere-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami;\nbo/ai/a-called for; kapata-the doors; khuliya-opening.\n\n", "ant5#p0117": "Text 16]\n\nThe Lord's Bodily Transformations\n\n85\n\nTRANSLATION\nMeanwhile, not hearing any sounds from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Govinda immediately sent for Svarupa Damodara and opened the doors.\nTEXT 14\n\n� �-,'StPft� �ttr lf$1 '\"'1tcf I\n(}f'* \"ftfiRI �t�i112tf� ��cf II �8 II\ntabe svarupa-gosa1ii sange fafia bhakta-gal)a\ndeuti jvaliya karena prabhura anve�al)a\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; svarupa-gosafii-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvaml; sange-with\nhim; /aiia-taking; bhakta-gal)a-the devotees; deuti-lamp; jva/iya-burning;\nkarena-does; prabhura-for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; anve�al)a-searching.\nTRANSLATION\nThen Svarupa Damodara Gosvami lit a torch, and went out with all the\ndevotees to search for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 15\n\n�f!-'f! �� ���� '1t'fil\n1tt�1t'1·1IOO �' � �'tt1t111 �tl 11\niti-uti anve�iya sirhha-dvare gela\ngabhi-gal)a-madhye yai' prabhure paila\nSYNONYMS\niti-uti-here and there; anve�iya-searching; sirhha-dvare-to the gate named\nSimha-dvara; ge/a-went; gabhi-gal)a-madhye-among the cows; yai'-going;\nprabhure paila-found Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter searching here and there, they finally came to the cow shed near the\nSimha-dvara. There they saw Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu lying unconscious\namong the cows.\nTEXT 16\n\n'� R5�� �-9fW-� ��\"Rf I\n� '�' �ttr, ���II ��II\n\n", "ant5#p0118": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n86\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 17\n\npetera bhitara hasta-pada-kurmera akara\nmukhe phena, pulakanga, netre asru-dhara\nSYNONYMS\npetera-the abdomen; bhitara-within; hasta-pada-the arms and legs; kurmera akara-just like a tortoise; mukhe-in the mouth; phena-foam; pu/akaanga-eruptions on the body; netre-in the eyes; asru-dhara-a flow of tears.\nTRANSLATION\nHis arms and legs had entered the trunk of His body, exactly like those of a\ntortoise. His mouth was foaming, there were eruptions on His body, and tears\nflowed from His eyes.\nTEXT 17\n\n��� 9ff��,-� t_'Wt� I\n\n�� \\llf�, �t1f �'til\"'-�'1 \" �\" \"\nacetana pac;:liyachena, -yena ku�maQc;:la-pha/a\nbahire jac;:lima, antare ananda-vihvala\nSYNONYMS\nacetana-unconscious; pac;:liyachena-was lying down; yena-as if; ku�maQc;:la-phala-a pumpkin; bahire-externally; jac;:lima-complete inertia; antarewithin; ananda-vihvala-overwhelmed with transcendental bliss.\nTRANSLATION\nAs the Lord lay there unconscious, His body resembled a large pumpkin.\nExternally He was completely inert, but within He felt overwhelming transcendental bliss.\nTEXT 18\n\n'5t� � �� �·� <!!t� !}� I\n� '�t'l � � � §)�-�\" �\"'\"\ngabhi saba caudike sunke prabhura sri-anga\ndura kaile nahi chac;:le prabhura sri-anga-sanga\nSYNONYMS\ngabhi-cows; saba-all; cau-dike-around; sunke-sniff; prabhura-of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; sri-anga-the transcendental body; dura kai/e-if they\n\n", "ant5#p0119": "The Lord's Bodily Transformations\n\nText 20]\n\n87\n\nare taken away; nahi cha1e-they do not give up; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; sri-ariga-sariga-association with the transcendental body.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the cows around the Lord were sniffing His transcendental body. When\nthe devotees tried to check them, they refused to give up their association\nwith the transcendental body of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 19\n\n'Citi{� �fiflf1 �' i{1 � '�i{ I\n� �<fP1 � 'Citf�1 'fti'$f'1 II �� II\naneka karila yatna, na haya cetana\nprabhure uthafia ghare ani/a bhakta-gaf)a\nSYNONYMS\naneka-many; karila-made; yatna-endeavors; na haya-there was not;\ncetana-consciousness; prabhure-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; uthafia-lifting;\nghare-home; ani/a-brought; bhakta-gaf)a-the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees tried to rouse the Lord by various means, but His consciousness did not return. Therefore they all lifted Him and brought Him back home.\nI\n\nTEXT 20\n\n\\Iii ��' (!t41t'1 �t� iftltJI� I\n\"''ti{...C'l �� �tl.n '�i{ II � o II\nucca kari' sravaf)e kare nama-sarikirtana\naneka-k$af)e mahaprabhu paila cetana\nSYNONYMS\nucca\n\nkari'-very\n\nloudly;\n\nsravaf)e-in\n\nthe\n\nears;\n\nkare-perform;\n\nnama­\n\nsarikirtana-chanting of the holy name; aneka-k$af)e-after a considerable time;\nmahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; paila cetana-returned to consciousness.\nTRANSLATION\nAll the devotees began to chant the Hare Kr�r:-a mantra very loudly, and\nafter a considerable time, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu regained consciousness.\n\n", "ant5#p0120": "88\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'ta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 21\n\n� � ��·�tlf <ft�t11' �ft'f I\n\n�� ��'Stl -ritf �II �) II\ncetana ha-ile hasta-pada bahire aila\npurvavat yatha-yogya sarira ha-ila\nSYNONYMS\ncetana ha-i/e-when there was consciousness; hasta-pada-the arms and legs;\nbahire-outside; ai/a-came; purvavat-as before; yatha-yogya-in complete\norder; sarira-the body; ha-ila-was.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen He regained consciousness, His arms and legs came out of His body,\nand His whole body returned to normal.\nTEXT 22\n\n�1 'llfit'f� � � ���R! I\n'Qit� ��,-\"'l_fil <c�t211 .qfiwrj �R! ? �� II\nuthiya vasilena prabhu, cahena iti-uti\nsvarupe kahena,- \"tumi ama ani/a kati?\nSYNONYMS\nuthiya-getting up; vasilena-sat down; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ncahena-looks;\n\niti-uti-here\n\nand\n\nthere;\n\nsvarupe-to\n\nSvarOpa\n\nDamodara;\n\nkahena-says; tumi-you; ama-Me; ani/a-have brought; kati-where.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stood up, and then sat down again. Looking here\nand there, He inquired from Svarupa Damodara, \"Where have you brought\nMe?\nTEXT 23\n\n<;'II'J:� ��' �tfif <;'StJrtiS ��t'll� I\n�f't,-,�tt� <;:qct\"''lit� ��\"fi{ P ��II\nVef)U-Sabda SUni' ami ge/afla vrndavana\ndekhi, -go�the vef)u bajaya vrajendra-nandana\n\n", "ant5#p0121": "Text 25]\n\nThe Lord's Bodily Transformations\n\n89\n\nSYNONYMS\nVeQU-Sabda-the vibration of the flute; SUni'-after hearing; ami-1; ge/ariawent; vrndavana-to Vrndavana; dekhi-1 saw; go?the-in the pasturing field;\nveQu-the flute; bajaya-played; vrajendra-nandana-Kr�f)a, the son of Nanda\nMaharaja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"After hearing the vibration of a flute, I went to Vrndavana, and there I saw\nthat Kr��a, the son of Maharaja Nanda, was playing on His flute in the\npasturing grounds.\nTEXT 24\n\n��'l_·ifttSf It� �tr..' t•�tl I\n\ntt•� �fillfl \" � �mtt� 11 -\\8 n\nsariketa-veQu-nade radha ani' kuiija-ghare\nkuiijere ca/ila kr?Qa kriqa karibare\nSYNONYMS\nsariketa-veQu-nade-by the signal of the vibration of the flute; radha -Srimati\nRadharaf)i; ani '-bringing; kuiija-ghare-to a bower; kuiijere-within the bower;\nca/i/a-went; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�f)a; kriqa karibare-to perform pastimes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He brought Srimati Radhara�i to a bower by signaling with His flute. Then\nHe entered within that bower to perform pastimes with Her.\nTEXT 25\n\ni� � 'fttti �fit �fpt '5t1fi1 I\nlitl �-��� �'tlft1f �fPII!!t�lf \" -\\�\"\ntarira pache pache ami karinu gamana\ntarira bhu?a-dhvanite amara harila sravaQa\nSYNONYMS\ntarira pache pache-just behind Him; ami-1; karinu gamana-went; tariraHis; bha?a-dhvanite-by the sound of ornaments; amara-My; harila-became\ncaptivated; sravaQa-ears.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I entered the bower just behind Kr��a, My ears captivated by the sound of\nHis ornaments.\n\n", "ant5#p0122": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n90\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 26\n\n(;�'Sftf·�'l �1f, �' 9f�� I\n\n�tb��-�f9 ��' (;1ft1f �t(tll'tlf II�� II\ngopi-gaQa-saha vihara, hasa, parihasa\nkaQtha-dhvani-ukti suni' mora karQollasa\nSYNONYMS\ngopi-gaQa-saha-with the\nhasa -joking;\n\ngopis;\n\nvihara- p astimes;\n\nkaQtha-dhvani-ukti -vocal\n\nhasa-laughing;\n\npari­\n\nexpressions; suni'-he aring ; mora­\n\nMy; karQa-u//asa-jubilation of the ears.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I saw Kr�r;�a and the gopis enjoying all kinds of pastimes while laughing\n\nand joking together. Hearing their vocal expressions enhanced the joy of My\nears.\nTEXT 27\n\n�tttlf 1flf-� <;���I'( ��' I\n\n�111 t·�1'llfP1 �tt'li �'lte.�nt •R' II �� II\nhena-kale tumi-saba kolahala kari'\nama inha lana aila balatkara kari'\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kale-at this time; tumi-saba-all of you; kolahala kari'-making a\ntumultuous sound; ama-Me; inha-here; lana ai/a-brought back; balatkara\nkari'-by force.\nTRANSLATION\n\"just then, all of you made a tumultuous sound and brought Me back here\nby force.\nTEXT 28\n\n�tiro! �1 9fttlf �t ��:Jt1( �1� I\n\n\"r�tt.e �19ftt�t �'�·�i_Pn1f·:�r� 11\"�lr 11\nSUnite na painu sei amrta-sama VaQi\nsunite na painu bha$al)a-muralira dhvani\"\n\n", "ant5#p0123": "Text 30]\n\nThe Lord's Bodily Transformations\n\n91\n\nSYNONYMS\nsunite na painu-1 could not hear; sei-those; amrta-sama-exactly like nec­\n\ntar; VJ(li-VOices; SUnite na painu-1 COuld not hear; bha�a(la-of ornaments;\nmuralira-of the flute; dhvani-vibration.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because you brought Me back here, I could no longer hear the nectarean\nvoices of Kr�r;�a and the gopis, nor could I hear the sounds of their ornaments\nor the flute.\"\nTEXT 29\n\n��tilt �11 ��� �-�ltf I\n'�( �1� 11t1f, 91� ��t��, �fi{ n' �� n\nbhavavese svarupe kahena gadgada-vaQi\n\n'kar(\"la tr�Qaya mare, par;la rasayana, suni'\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhava-avese-in great ecstasy; svarupe-to SvarOpa Damodara; kahena­\n\nsays; gadgada-vaQi-in a faltering voice; kar(la-the ears; tr�Qaya-because of\n\nthirst; mare-dies; par;/a-recite; rasa-ayana-something relishable; suni'-let\nMe hear.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn great ecstasy, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said to Svarupa Damodara in a\nfaltering voice, \"My ears are dying of thirst. Please recite something to\nquench this thirst. Let me hear it.\"\nTEXT 30\n\n�91-,'itt'ltf$ �11' �� �fil�i I\n�ost�� � 91� 11� �mn n �0 n\nsvarupa-gosatii prabhura bhava janiya\n\nbhagavatera sloka par;le madhura kariya\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvarupa-gosani-SvarOpa\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nDamodara\n\nbhava-the emotion;\n\nGosafii;\n\nprabhura-of\n\njaniya-understanding;\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nbhagavatera-of\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam; 5/oka-a verse; par;/e-recites; madhura kariya-in a sweet\n\nvoice.\n\n", "ant5#p0124": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'la\n\n92\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nU nderstanding the ecstatic emotions of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, Svariipa\nDamodara, in a sweet voice, recited the following verse from SrimadBhagavatam.\nTEXT 31\n\n�t�J� C� �VI9fif1�C����'IC\"S�tf��1�SRI�lt1 SCVI<:_ filc<'�t�Jt\"( I\nC\\J\\C\"VIt�J-C'Ih'>ff'llif� f-11f\"'l>:rJ ili<>f�\n\n�I{_C'ift���ll�'ift: �VI�1iJJf'l�'{ II \"� II\nka stry anga te kala-padamrta-veQu-gita­\n\nsammohitarya-caritan na ca/et trilokyam\n\ntrailokya-saubhagam idarh ca nirik�ya ruparh\n\nyad go-dvija-druma-mrgab pulakany abibhran\nSYNONYMS\n\nka-what; stri-woman; anga-0 Kr�r;�a; te-of You; ka/a-pada-by the\n\nrhythms; amrta-veQu-gita-of the sweet songs of the flute; sammohita-being\ncaptivated; arya-caritat-from the path of chastity according to Vedic civilization;\n\nna-not; ca/et-would wander; tri-lokyam-in the three worlds; trai-lokya­\n\nsaubhagam-which is the fortune of the three worlds; idam-this; ca-and;\n\nnirik�ya-by observing; rupam-beauty; yat-which; go-the cows; dvija­\n\nbirds; druma-trees; mrgab-forest animals like the deer; pu/akani-transcen­\n\ndental jubilation; abibhran-manifested.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear lord Kr��a, where is that woman within the three worlds who\ncannot be captivated by the rhythms of the sweet songs coming from Your\nwonderful flute? Who cannot fall down from the path of chastity in this way?\nYour beauty is the most sublime within the three worlds. U pon seeing Your\nbeauty, even cows, birds, animals and trees in the forest are stunned in jubilation.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.29.40).\nTEXT 32\n\n�fil' �'t c'itt\"l\\ce� �t�� ��'11 1\n\n<et'$lti!J <:Jttt�11' �( ��t� 'ltRI'Ii II \\!)� 11\n\n", "ant5#p0125": "Text 33]\n\nThe Lord's Bodily Transformations\n\n93\n\nsuni' prabhu gopi-bhave avi�ta ha-ifa\nbhagavatera sfokera artha karite fagifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; prabhu-S rT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gopi-bhave-in the emotion of the gopis; avi�ta ha-ifa-became overwhelmed; bhagavatera-of SrimadBhagavatam; sfokera-of the verse; artha-the meaning; karite fagifa-began to\nexplain.\nTRANSLATION\nUpon hearing this verse, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, overwhelmed with the\necstasy of the gopis, began to explain it.\n\nTEXT 33\n\n� c;1tt�·'et�llf,\n'�� 1ft� 91�-t,\n��11\" ��' �91...1·�� I\n��1111.._�-��-C�tt�,\n\\!Jtt'Sf \\!�1 ,\\!J Jlt�''\nc;11tt� �t· c;�� '$l'ff.:� II �-e II\nhaifa gopi-bhavavesa,\n\nkaifa rase paravesa,\n\nkr�Qera suni' upek�a-vacana\nkr�Qera mukha-hasya-vaQi,\n\ntyage taha satya mani',\n\nro�e kr�Qe dena ofahana\n\nSYNONYMS\nhaifa-there was; gopi-of the gopis; bhava-avesa-ecstatic emotion; kai/adid; rase-in the rasa dance; paravesa-entrance; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�r;�a; suni'hearing; upek�a-vacana-the words of negligence; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�r;�a;\nmukha-face; hasya-smiling; vaQi-talking; tyage-renounce; taha-that; satya\nmani'-taking as a fact; ro�e-in anger; kr�Qe-to Lord Kr�r;�a; dena-give;\nofahana-chastisement.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"The gopis entered the arena of the rasa\ndance in ecstasy, but after hearing Kr�r:-a's words of negligence and detachment, they understood that He was going to renounce them. Thus they began\nto chastise Him in anger.\n\n", "ant5#p0126": "[A ntya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n94\n\nTEXT 34\n\n\"ilt'SRr, <1\"�, �fit <�'if.� fill'R I\n\n�i �i!f'ije. ��',\n\n�rttli � '�'ijJI -.�,\n\n'�t'lft� '�� <l\"tt1 iii �t<f.�� ? �8 II 81 II\n\"'\n\n\"nagara, kaha, tumi kariya niscaya\nei trijagat bhari',\n\nache yata yogya nari,\n\ntamara Vef)U kahati na akar?aya?\nSYNONYMS\nnagara-0 lover; kaha-say; tumi-You; kariya-making; niscaya-certain;\nei-these;\nmany;\n\ntri-jagat-three worlds;\n\nyogya-suitable;\n\nbhari'-filling;\n\nnari-women;\n\nache-there are; yata-as\n\ntamara-Your;\n\nveQu-flute; kahati­\n\nwhere; na-not; akar?aya-attracts.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'0 dear lover,' 11 they said, 11 'please answer just one question. Who\n\namong all the youthful women within this universe is not attracted by the\nsound of Your flute?\nTEXT 35\n\nc<f-�1 iSf'ijt� �'���'\n\nfif\\'lfl1 ,�tf<ij�,\n\n\"'\n\n�® �$1 ''��tt� ilt�·'lfil I\n�t1i�� lit�t$1,\n\n'lft�te,<1\"�1 ��t$1,\n\n�t�' �t�t� <f'� �1{9('1 II I'J<t II\nkaila jagate veQu-dhvani,\n\nsiddha-mantra yogini,\n\nduti hana mohe nari-mana\nmahotkaQtha bac;Jana,\n\narya-patha chac;Jana,\n\nani' tomaya kare samarpaQa\nSYNONYMS\nkaila-You have made; jagate-in the world; veQu-dhvani-the vibration of\nthe flute;\nmystic;\n\nsiddha-mantra-perfected in chanting mantras; yogini-a female\n\nduti-a messenger;\n\nminds of women;\n\nhalia-being;\n\nmohe-enchants; nari-mana-the\n\nmaha-utkaQtha-great anxiety;\n\nba(ialia-increasing;\n\narya­\n\npatha-the regulative principles; chagalia-inducing to give up; ani'-bringing;\ntomaya-to You; kare samarpaQa-delivers.\n\n", "ant5#p0127": "Text 37]\n\nThe Lord's Bodily Transformations\n\n95\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'When You play Your flute, it acts like a messenger in the form of a yogini\n\nperfect in the art of chanting mantras. This messenger enchants all the women\nin the universe and attracts them to You. Then she increases their great anxiety\nand induces them to give up the regulative principle of obeying superiors.\nFinally, she forcibly brings them to You to surrender in amorous love.\nTEXT 36\n\nSf1i �'ti!PHI <;<il��t�,\n\n�ttil ��...�'t1fllft1f,\n��1, �' �����I\n�tOil 'f51t�'t11 ��' C1l�, <IS�' �P!I!J'tt'if 'Oft�',\n�� ��1 �� f-t�t� I �� II\ndharma chaqaya vef)u-dvare,\n\nhane katiik$a-kama-sare,\n\nlajja, bhaya, saka/a chac;laya\nebe amaya kari' rag\n\nkahi' pati-tyage 'do?a',\n\ndharmika hafia dharma sikhaya!\nSYNONYMS\ndharma-religious\n\nprinciples;\n\nchaqaya-induces to reject;\n\nvef)u-dvare­\n\nthrough the flute; hane-pierces; katak?a-glancing; kama-sare-by the arrows\nof lust;\n\n/ajja shame; bhaya-fear; saka/a-all; chaqaya-induces to give up;\n-\n\nebe-now; amaya-at us; kari' ro?a-becoming angry; kahi'-saying; patityage-to give up one's husband; do?a-fault; dharmika-very religious; hafiabecoming; dharma-religious principles; sikhaya-You teach.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'The vibration of Your flute, accompanied by Your glance, which pierces\n\nus forcibly with the arrows of lust, induces us to ignore the regulative principles of religious life. Thus we become excited by lusty desires and come to\nYou, giving up all shame and fear. But now You are angry with us. You are\nfinding fault with our violating religious principles and leaving our homes and\nhusbands. A nd as You instruct us about religious principles, we become helpless.\nTEXT 37\n\n�t�tf q OCitRtf,\n'fJI!I��1, 'CI�il,\n�- �<t llf�-���� I\n�fll trtil ��'\n�� iftit11\"��1-t,\nli� �� �� �il\"ttl II �� ll\n\n", "ant5#p0128": "Sri Caitanya-caritampa\n\n96\n\nanya-katha, anya-mana,\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nbahire anya acaraQa,\n\nei saba satha-paripati\ntumi jana parihasa,\n\nhaya narir<: sarva-nasa,\n\ncha(ia ei saba kutiniiti\n\nSYNONYMS\nanya-different; katha-words; anya-different; mana-mind; bahire-externally; anya-different; acaraQa-behavior; ei-these; saba-all; satha-paripatiwell-planned\n\ncheating\n\nbehavior;\n\ntumi-You;\n\njana-know;\n\nparihasa-joking;\n\nhaya-there is; narira-of women; sarva-nasa-total annihilation; cha(ia-please\ngive up; ei-these; saba-all; kutinati-clever tricks.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'We know that this is all a well-planned trick. You know how to make\n\njokes that cause the complete annihilation of women, but we can understand\nthat Your real mind, words and behavior are different. Therefore please give\nup all these clever tricks.\nTEXT 38\n\n'�tt•H1f ��-,�tt'l',\n..._\n\n���'fi{ fif� �tt'l',\n\n���·�ti{ �'l·fitf•� I\n\nr�.. �•� �if <l'ltct,\n\n�� 1!\"i{, m <21tct,\n\n'<l'i'lfti{ i{t� -.f.�<:fi �� ?\" 'elr II\nVeQU-nada am[ta-ghole,\n\nam[ta-samana mithJ. bole,\n\namrta-samana bhD?aQa-sifljita\ntina amrte hare kaQa,\n\nhare mana, hare praQa,\n\nkemane nari dharibeka cita?\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nveQu-nada-the vibration of the flute; amrta-ghole-like nectarean buttermilk;\namrta-samana-equal to nectar; mitha bole-sweet talking; amrta-samana-exactly like nectar;\n\nbha?aQa-sifljita-the vibration of ornaments; tina-three;\n\namrte-nectars; hare-attract; kaQa-the ear; hare-attract; mana-the mind;\nhare-attract; praQa-the life; kemane-how; nari-women; dharibeka-will\nkeep; cita-patience or consciousness.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'The nectarean buttermilk of Your flute's vibration, the nectar of Your\n\nsweet words and the nectarean sound of Your ornaments mix together to attract our ears, minds and lives. In this way You are killing us.' \"\n\n", "ant5#p0129": "Text 40]\n\nThe lord's Bodily Transformations\n\n97\n\nTEXT 39\n\n�� <!fi�' <:i11it-rtr;�-t,\n\n��� I!Jr;er �,\n\n�e.<r.�1-�'5tt� F! Jlil' I\n��' �9fr;i!' �'ftfi{,\nJt'l� ii;e.<f.�HH�,\n�1ft� <f.tJ �tlllft� II �� II\neta kahi' krodhavese,\nbhavera tararige bhase,\nutkal)tha-sagare <;lube mana\nradhara utkal)tha-val)i,\npa<;li' apane vakhani,\nkr$Qa-madhurya kare asvadana\nSYNONYMS\n\neta kahi'-saying this; krodha-avese-in the mood of anger; bhavera tararigein the waves of ecstatic love; bhase-floats; utkaQtha-of anxieties; sagare-in\nthe ocean; <;lube mana-merges the mind; radhara-of SrTmati Radharai)T;\nutkar)tha-val)i-words of anxiety; pa<;/i'-reciting; apane-personally; vakhaniexplaining; kr$1)a-madhurya -the sweetness of Kr�l)a; kare asvadana-tastes.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu spoke these words in a mood of anger as He\nfloated on waves of ecstatic love. Merged in an ocean of anxiety, He recited a\nverse spoken by Srimati Radharal)i expressing the same emotion. Then He\npersonally explained the verse and thus tasted the sweetness of Kr��;�a.\nTEXT 40\n\nOjl'flliif\"'fl'ff•r-�01: !I <I<!� fii'lf�fil\\!:\n'IOJ��'I�S<f1\"1'�9fl'fl�'S'J!T f'e'�: I\n\n�'lltfif<f-��1'fOJ1-�l'f��t Rf-� ��<f<'!:\n'I c� �l'fO!r:�t�OI: 'lN �r:01tf� <f'f'��ll{. II s • II\nnadaj-ja/ada-nisvana/:1 sravar)a-kar$i-sac-chiiijita/:l\nsanarma-rasa-sucakak$ara-padartha-bharigy-uktika/:l\nramadika-vararigana-hrdaya-hari-varilsi-kala/:1\nsa me madana-mohana/:1 sakhi tanoti karl)a-sprham\nSYNONYMS\n\nnadat-resounding; jalada-the cloud; nisvana/:1-whose voice; sraval)a-the\nears; kar$i- attracting; sat-siiijita/:1-the tinkling of whose ornaments; sa-narma-\n\n", "ant5#p0130": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n98\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nwith deep meaning; rasa-sucaka-joking; ak?ara-letters; pada-artha-meanings;\nbharigi-indications; uktika/:1-whose talk; rama-adika-beginning with the goddess of fortune; vara-arigana-of beautiful women; hrdaya-hari-attracting the\nhearts; varhsi-kala/:1-the sound of whose flute; sa/:1-that; me-My; madanamohana/:1-Madana-mohana; sakhi-My dear friend; tanoti-expands; karf)asprham-the desire of the ears.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"'My dear friend, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kr�r:Ja, has a voice as deep as a cloud resounding in the\nsky. With the tinkling of His ornaments, He attracts the ears of the gopis, and\nwith the sound of His flute He attracts even the goddess of fortune and other\nbeautiful women. That Personality of Godhead, known as Madana-mohana,\nwhose joking words carry many indications and deep meanings, is increasing\nthe lusty desires of My ears.'\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is found in the Covinda-Jilamrta (8.5).\nTEXT 41\n\n�'li{·m ��',\n\"<fit�1t �vr1t �f.{,\n� �t'l '<fltf�ll'f ilf� I\n� 'f��f �tt'l,\n�11{ �<fi 1!1il%-<flt'l,\n�i{: <fit'!��' e{1 �'At II 8� II\n\"kaf)thera gambhira dhvani,\n\nnavaghana-dhvani jini',\n\nyara guQe kokila lajaya\ntara eka sri.Jti-kaf)e,\n\nc;Jubaya jagatera kaf)e,\n\npuna/:! kaf)a bahuc;ii' na aya\nSYNONYMS\n\nkaQthera-of the throat; gambhira-deep; dhvani-sound; nava-ghana-of\nnew clouds; dhvani-the resounding; jini'-conquering; yara-of which; guQethe attributes; kokila-the cuckoo; /ajaya-put to shame; tara-of that; ekaone; sruti-kal)e-particle of sound; c;Jubaya-inundates; jagatera-of the whole\nworld; kaQe-the ear; puna/:1-again; kaQa-the ear; bahuc;fi'-getting out; na\naya-cannot come.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r:Ja's deep voice is more resonant than newly arrived clouds, and His\nsweet song defeats even the sweet voice of the cuckoo. Indeed, His song is so\n\n", "ant5#p0131": "Text 43]\n\n99\n\nThe Lord's Bodily Transformations\n\nsweet that even one particle of its sound can inundate the entire world. If such\na particle enters one's ear, one is immediately bereft of all other types of\nhearing.\nTEXT 42\n\n�' l!�, f� � �?t111 ?\n\n•die;� �1�111' <151t'l,\n�r;�J <;lf -t\"\"·�t'l,\n\\.!It� i{1 9f111, lf�111 1fff' llt11 II 8� II II# II\nkaha, sakhi, ki kari upaya?\nkr?Qera se sabda-guQe,\n\nharile amara kaQe,\n\nebe na paya, tr?Qiiya mari' yaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nkaha-please say; sakhi-My dear friend; ki-what; kari-can I do; upayameans; kr?Qera-of Kr�l')a; se-that; sabda-of the sound; guQe-the qualities;\nhari/e-hav ing attracted; amara-My; kaQe-ears; ebe-now; na paya-do not\nget; tr?Qiiya-from thirst; mari' yaya-1 am dying.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friend, please tell me what to do. My ears have been plundered by\nthe qualities of Kr�l)a's sound. Now, however, I cannot hear His transcendental sound, and I am almost dead for want of it.\nTEXT 43\n\n\\�-f<IS�an-�fil,\n\n��l!·l!1�l! r�fil',\n�q:tj-�fil�;�t<fi \"ft�t11 I\n�1f9t �t�' �1� <fitt'l,\n\n\\.!1<15�111' (';ll� �7;i{,\n\n�tJ -t� <;lf·<�Stt'l i{ilf11111 8� II\nnupura-kinkini-dhvani,\n\nharilsa-sarasa jini',\n\nkankaQa-dhvani catake /ajaya\neka-bara yei sune,\n\nvyapi rahe' tara kaQe,\n\nanya sabda se-kaQe na yaya\nSYNONYMS\n\nnupura-of the ankle bells; kinkini -tinkling; dhvani-the sound; harilsaswans;\n\nsarasa-cranes;\n\njini'-conquering;\n\nkankaQa-dhvani-the\n\nsound\n\nof\n\n", "ant5#p0132": "100\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nbangles; catake-the cataka bird; /ajaya-puts to shame; eka-bara-once; yeione who; sune-hears; vyapi-expanding; rahe'-remains; tara kaQe-in his ear;\nanya-other; sabda-sound; se-ka(\"le-in that ear; na yaya-does not go.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The tinkling of Kr�r;�a's ankle bells surpasses the songs of even the swan\nand crane, and the sound of His bangles puts the singing of the cataka bird to\nshame. Having allowed these sounds to enter the ears even once, one cannot\ntolerate hearing anything else.\nTEXT 44\n\n'� lil�-�1�,\n\n'til�� ��� ��'PJ�,\nffi·�� �1�1t� tif�'! I\nift�1-� <tit� ��'\n�' ..�--�[9,\n12f��-ifl{-���\\! II 88 II\nse sri-mukha-bha?ita,\n\namrta haite paramrta,\n\nsmita-karpura tahate misrita\nsabda, artha,-dui-sakti,\n\nnana-rasa kare vyakti,\n\npratyak?ara-narma-vibhil?ita\n\nSYNONYMS\nse-that; sri-beautiful; mukha-by the mouth; bha?ita-spoken; amrtanectar; haite-than; para-amrta-more nectarean; smita-smiling; karpuracamphor; tahate-in that; misrita-mixed; sabda-sound; artha-meaning; duisakti-two energies; nana-various; rasa-mellows; kare vyakti-express; pratiak?ara-every word; narma-vibhil?ita-full of meaning.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r;�a's speech is far sweeter than nectar. Each of His jubilant words is full\nof meaning, and when His speech mixes with His smile, which is like\ncamphor, the resultant sound and the deep meaning of Kr�r;�a's words create\nvarious transcendental mellows.\nTEXT 45\n\n� �t�f ��-�'1,\n\n�cf.it<ti'tt���,\n\n�(.51;�1� �r;� '�� �war 1\n\n�11fJ�t-t �'t. ?tt�,\n\n��1t'SfJ �'- �1 ?t m,\n\n�1 ��ttl 1f� f?t�1t� II 8� II\n\n", "ant5#p0133": "Text 46]\n\nThe lord's Bodily Transformations\n\nse amrtera eka-kaQa,\n\n101\n\nkarQa-cakora-jivana,\n\nkarf)a-cakora jiye sei ase\nbhagya-vase kabhu paya,\n\nabhagye kabhu na paya,\n\nna paile maraye piyase\nSYNONYMS\nse amrtera-of that nectar; eka-kaQa-one particle; karQa-cakora-of the ear,\nwhich is like a cakora bird; jivana-the life; karQa-the ear; cakora-the cakora\nbird; jiye-lives; sei ase-with that hope; bhagya-vase-by good fortune;\nkabhu-sometimes; paya-gets; abhagye-by misfortune; kabhu-sometimes;\nna paya-does not get; na paile-if does not get; maraye-dies; piyase-from\nthirst.\nTRANSLATION\n\"One p article of that transcendental, blissful nectar is the life and soul of\nthe ear, which is like a cakora bird that lives in hope of tasting that nectar.\nSometimes, by good fortune, the bird can taste it, but at other times he unfortunately cannot and therefore almost dies of thirst.\nTEXT 46\n\nl.!l\"<ll<!ltt �� ��''\n\n�� G;<!t'l:�ll(�f-1,\n\n'Sf��-f� �111 I\n�M·\"<�• ��� �fll',\n�-�\" Q \"'Pl\\,\n�t� �$1 �-�t-f -.'At II 8� II\nyeba vef)u-ka/a-dhvani,\n\neka-bara taha suni',\n\njagan-nari-citta aulaya\nnivi-bandha pac;Je khasi',\n\nvina-mO/e haya dasi,\n\nbauli hana kr?Qa-pase dhaya\nSYNONYMS\nyeba-whoever; veQu-of the flute; ka/a-dhvani-the sweet vibration; ekabara-once; taha-that; suni -hearing; jagat-of the universe; nari-of the\n'\n\nwomen; citta-hearts; aulaya-become disturbed; nivi-bandha-the fastened\nbelts; pac;/e-fall; khasi'-becoming loosened;\n\nvina-ma/e-without a price;\n\nhaya-they become; dasi-maidservants; bau/i-mad; halia-becoming; kr?Qapase-after Kr��a; dhaya-run\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The transcendental vibration of Kr�Qa's flute disturbs the hearts of women\nall over the world, even if they hear it only once. Thus their fastened belts\n\n", "ant5#p0134": "102\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nbecome loose, and these women become the unpaid maidservants of Kr�r:Ja.\nIndeed, they run toward Kr�r:Ja exactly like madwomen.\nTEXT 47\n\n�� '1..-i�ift�,\n\n,�� � \"t�lll �f�',\n\"·'Pft-t �� !2f'!Jt-rnl I\n\nill 'Pft� �·� �,,\n\n.,� �1-t:!Jif,\n\n'!'Pf �tt, �'\\�tfit 'Pft'i II 8'\\ II\nyeba /ak�mi-thakuraQi,\n\ntenho ye kakali suni',\n\nkr�Qa-pasa aise pratyasaya\nna paya kr�Qera sanga,\n\nba(ie tr�Qa-taranga,\n\ntapa kare, tabu nahi paya\nSYNONYMS\nyeba-even; /ak�mi-thakuraQi-the goddess of fortune; tenho-she; yewhich; kaka/i-vibration of the flute; suni'-hearing; kr�Qa-pasa-to Lord Kr�r;Ja;\naise-comes; pratyasaya-with great hope; na paya-does not get; kr�Qera\nsanga-association with Kr�r;Ja; ba(ie-increase; tr�Qa-of thirst; taranga-the\nwaves; tapa kare-undergoes austerity; tabu-still; nahi paya-does not get.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When she hears the vibration of Kr�r:Ja's flute, even the goddess of fortune\ncomes to Him, greatly hoping for His association, but nevertheless she does\nnot get it. When the waves of thirst for His association increase, she performs\nausterities, but still she cannot meet Him.\nTEXT 48\n\n1!1� �'! �tRI',\n� 11{1 �'Stl �RI',\n� �tcf��1 �tif 'Pft� I\n��1 �l iftflt �ti{,\n'� �t'l 'ffiJI'f '��,\n\"t'tt�lf1f <:�l �t'l II\" Sir II\nei sabdamrta cari,\n\nyara haya bhagya bhari,\n\nsei karQe iha kare pana\niha yei nahi sune,\n\nse kaQa janmila kene,\n\nkaQaka(ii-sama sei kaQa\"\n\n", "ant5#p0135": "Text 49)\n\nThe lord's Bodily Transformations\n\n103\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-these; sabda-amrta-nectarean sound vibrations;\n\ncari-four; yara-of\n\nwhom; haya-the re is; bhagya bhari-great fortune; sei-such a person; karl)eby the ears; iha-these sounds; kare pana-drinks; iha-these sounds; yei-anyone who; nahi sune-does not hear; se-those; kal)a-ears; janmifa-took birth;\nkene-why; kaQakar;li-a hole in a small conchshell; sama-j ust like; sei kal)athose ears.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Only the most fortunate can hear these four nectarean sounds-Kr�r:'la's\nwords, the tinkling of His ankle bells and bangles, His voice and the vibration\nof His flute. If one does not hear these sounds, his ears are as useless as small\nconchshells with holes.\"\nTEXT 49\n\n�if��,., <et<t,\n\n�ftt'! �t� fifii'ft?f,\n\nlfti{ ��1 � 'Cf�i{ I\n\n�,., fit�'tlf, ���, ���1, iit�, .r'!, ,r\\!,\ni{�1-<e1�� !(�'f fil� II 8� II\nkarite aiche vifapa,\n\nuthifa udvega, bhava,\n\nmane kaho nahi afambana\nudvega, vi$ada, mati,\n\nautsukya, trasa, dhrti, smrti,\n\nnana-bhavera ha-ifa mifana\n\nSYNONYMS\nkarite-doing; aiche-such;\n\nvifapa-lamentation; uthifa-the re arose; ud­\n\nvega-agitation; bhava-ecstasy; mane-in the mind; kaho-anywhere; nahithere is not; afambana-shelter; udvega-an xiety; vi$ada-lamentation; matiattention;\n\nautsukya-eagerness;\n\ntrasa-fear;\n\ndhrti-determination;\n\nsmrti­\n\nremembrance; nana-bhavera-of various ecstasies; ha-ifa-there was; mifanacombining.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu lamented in this way, agitation and ecstasy\nawoke in His mind, and He became very restless. Many transcendental\necstasies combined in Him, including anxiety, lamentation, attention, eagerness, fear, determination and remembrance.\n\n", "ant5#p0136": "104\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 50\n\n�llft�t•o �t'ftf tlf9, �\"'<fi � �,\n\nc;lll<e� � �· r.Jtt• I\n�m �,Q(j,\nc;ll ''\"'•' � ..,caf,\nG� ...tf �t� .-tt� �t<fi II to II\n\nbhava-5abalye radhara ukti,\n/ila-5uke haila sphurti,\nsei bhave pac;le eka 5/oka\nunmadera samarthye,\nsei 5/okera kare arthe,\nyei artha nahi jane /aka\nSYNONYMS\n\nbhava-5abalye-in the aggregate of all ecstasies; radhara-of SrTmatT\nRadharai)T; ukti-statement; lila-5uke-in Bilvamangala Thakura; hai/a-there\nwas; spharti-awakening; sei bhave-in that ecstasy; pac;/e-recites; eka-one;\n5/oka-verse; unmadera-of madness; samarthye-in the capacity; sei 5/okeraof that verse; kare arthe-describes the meaning; yei artha-which meaning;\nnahi-do not; jane-know; /aka-people.\nTRANSLATION\nThe aggregate of all these ecstasies awoke a statement by Srimati Radharar;�i\nin the mind of Bilvamangala Thakura [Lila-sukal. In the same ecstatic mood,\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu now recited that verse, and on the strength of madness, He described its meaning, which is unknown to people in general.\nTEXT 51\n\n�f1f� ��1{: <f� �\"11: �\\!;� f�\"11i\"f�1\n<f��� <fQ(jl(�j� lf�f\"1{f:�l �lff:� t �: I\n1flJ:_��lj_�f:\"i!ilt�ir:\"il\" \"llf:O!tO!�r:O!t� 'If: <I\"\n�9f'lf1'11 ff:lll �I fD�f.. <\\\"� \"f�r:� H t � a\n\"\n\nkim iha kwumaf) kasya brOmaf) krtaril krtam a5aya\nkathayata katham anyaril dhanyam aha hrdaye 5ayaf)\nmadhura-madhura-smerakare mano-nayanotsave\nkrpaQa-krpaQa k($Qe t($Qa ciraril bata lambate\nSYNONYMS\n\nkim-what; iha-here; kwumaf;l-shalll do; kasya-to whom; brumaf;l-shall\nI speak; krtam-what is done; krtam-done; a5aya-in the hope; kathayata-\n\n", "ant5#p0137": "Text 52]\n\nThe Lord's Bodily Transformations\n\n105\n\nplease speak; katham-words; anyam-other; dhanyam-auspicious; aho-alas;\nhrdaye-within\n\nMy\n\nheart;\n\nsaya/:1-lying;\n\nmadhura-madhura-sweeter\n\nthan\n\nsweetness; smera-smiling; akare-whose form; mana/;1-nayana-to the mind\nand eyes; utsave-who gives pleasure;\n\nkrpaQa-krpaQa-the best of misers;\n\nkr?Qe-for Kr�r;.a; tr?Qa-thirst; ciram-at every moment; bata-alas; /ambate-is\nincreasing.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"'Alas, what shall I do? To whom shall I\nspeak? Let whatever I have done in hopes of meeting Kr�r;�a be finished now.\nPlease say something auspicious, but do not speak about Kr�r;�a. Alas, Kr�r;�a is\nlying within My heart like Cupid; therefore how can I possibly give up talking\nof Him? I cannot forget Kr��a, whose smile is sweeter than sweetness itself\nand who gives pleasure to My mind and eyes. Alas, My great thirst for Kr�r;�a is\nincreasing moment by moment!'\nPURPORT\nThis statement by SrTmatT Radharar;.T is quoted from Kr?Qa-karQamrta (42).\nTEXT 52\n\ni!tt�'$f 11� Fe �'\n\"<Jll �� f�,\n!!it� J�'hl·�� ifl �AI I\n� tt_fif lf�'$f'f,\n��ttlf �t� 'lfi',\n�mr ��1, � �t't ��ti ? ct� \"\n\"'\n\n\"ei kr?Qera virahe,\n\nudvege mana sthira nahe,\n\nprapty-upaya-cintana na yaya\nyeba tumi sakhi-gaQa,\n\nVi?ade baula mana,\n\nkare puchori, ke kahe upaya?\nSYNONYMS\nei-this;\n\nkr?Qera-of\n\nKr�r;.a;\n\nvirahe-in\n\nseparation;\n\nudvege-in\n\nanxiety;\n\nmana-mind; sthira-patient; nahe-is not; prapti-upaya-the means for obtaining; cintana na yaya-1 cannot think of; yeba-all; tumi-you; sakhi-gaQafriends;\n\nvi?ade-in\n\nlamentation;\n\nbau/a-maddened;\n\nmana-minds;\n\nkare­\n\nwhom; puchori-shalll ask; ke-who; kahe-will speak; upaya-the means.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The anxiety caused by separation from Kr�r;�a has made Me impatient, and\nI can think of no way to meet Him. 0 My friends, you are also deranged by\nlamentation. Who, therefore, will tell Me how to find Him?\n\n", "ant5#p0138": "106\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTEXT 53\n\n•t�1 ��, f<fi <fiRf �9ft11!\n·t� �tf1' <��tt1 �t\\1,\n<��ttl ''Stt\"' fi. 9ft\\!,\n\" � �t'l c;JlRt � II\" �� II I# II\nha ha sakhi, ki kari upaya!\nkariha karori, kahari yaria,\n\nkahari gefe kr�f.la paria,\n\nkr�f.la vina praf)a mora yaya\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nha ha-0; sakhi-friends; ki-what; kari-shall I do; upaya-means; kariha\nkarori-what shall I do?; kahari yaria-where shall I go; kahan gefe-where\ngoing; kr�f.la paria-1 can get Kr�l)a; kr�f.la vina-without Kr�l)a; praf)a-life;\nmora-My; yaya-is leaving.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 My dear friends, how shall I find Kr�r;Ja? What shall I do? Where shall I\n\ngo? Where can I meet Him? Because I cannot find Kr�r;Ja, My life is leaving\nMe.\"\nTEXT 54\n\n'!t� 1fti( �itn,\n<lf'lt'! ��ilf 'ett�t't_$1' I\n<lift�ilf �-�,\nf�Rt ��i(-��'\n'!ttt! <litf ��·fil('t1t'l II �8 II\n\"t'l 1fi( Fif ��'\n\nk�af)e mana sthira haya,\n\ntabe mane vicaraya,\n\nbafite ha-ifa bhavodgama\npirigafara vacana-smrti,\n\nkaraifa bhava-mati,\n\ntate kare artha-nirdharaf)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nk�af)e-in a moment; mana-the mind; sthira haya-becomes patient; tabeat that time; mane-within the mind; vicaraya-He considers; balite-to speak;\nha-ifa-there was; bhava-udgama-awakening of ecstasy; pirigafara-of Piligala;\nvacana-smrti-remembering the words; karaifa-caused; bhava-mati-ecstatic\nmind; tate-in that; kare-does; artha-nirdharaf)a-ascertaining the meaning.\n\n", "ant5#p0139": "Text 56)\n\nThe Lord's Bodily Transformations\n\n107\n\nTRANSLATION\nSuddenly, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu became calm and considered His state\nof mind. He remembered the words of Pingala, and this aroused an ecstasy\nthat moved Him to speak. Thus He explained the meaning of the verse.\nPURPORT\nPirigala was a prostitute who said, \"To hope against hope produces only misery.\n\nUtter hopelessness is the greatest happiness.\" Remembering this statement, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu became ecstatic. The story of Pirigala is found in SrimadBhagavatam, Eleventh Canto, Eighth Chapter,\nMahabharata, Santi-parva, Chapter 17 4.\n\nverses 22-44, as well as in\n\nTEXT 55\n\n\"�f� �l �9fml,\n\n��-�t-t1 ��' flf�,\n\n�tllfilit�fl �� � 1fi' I\n<II� ���\n�' ����t1 ��,\ntil'� \"\"'\n� � ��·A\"iRJ'l II\" t}(t II\n\"dekhi ei upaye,\n\nkr?Qa-asa chaqi' diye,\n\nasa chagile sukhi haya mana\n\nchaga' kr?Qa-katha adhanya,\n\nkaha anya-katha dhanya,\n\nyate haya kr?Qa-vismaral)a\"\nSYNONYMS\n\ndekhi-1 see; ei upaye-this means; kr?Qa-asa-hope for Kr�t:Ja; chaqi' diye-1\n\ngive up; asa-hope; chagi/e-if I give up; sukhi-happy; haya-becomes;\n\nmana-the mind; chaqa'-give up; kr?Qa-katha-talks of Kr�t:�a; adhanya-most\n\ninglorious; kaha-speak; anya-katha-other topics; dhanya-glorious; yate-by\nwhich; haya-there is; kr?Qa-vismaral)a-forgetfulness of Kr�t:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \" 'If I give up hope of meeting Kr�Qa, I shall\nthen be happy. Therefore, let us stop this most inglorious discussion of Kr�Qa.\nIt would be better for us to talk of glorious topics and forget Him.'\nTEXT 56\n\nr�� crtil ���'\n�\\!� ��� ��,\n��t� <fltrt ��1 �f�t'! I\n\n", "ant5#p0140": "108\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nt4�ttt �� �t�r;;�,\n\n,�� ��i �n ti�,\n'<Ti� fu� ili 9ftft �r;;� II\" <t� II\n\nkahitei ha-ifa smrti,\n\ncitte haifa kr�Qa-spharti,\n\nsakhire kahe hana vismite\n\"yare cahi chac;lite,\n\nsei suna ache citte,\n\nkana rite na pari chac;lite\"\nSYNONYMS\nkahitei-while speaking; ha-ifa-there was; smrti-remembrance; citte-in\nthe heart; haifa-there was; kr�Qa-spharti-the appearance of Kr��a; sakhire-to\nthe friends; kahe-said; hana vismite-being very astonished; yare-He whom;\ncahi chac;/ite-1 want to give up; sei-that person; sui'ia ache-is lying; citte-in\nthe heart; kana rite-by any process; na pari-1 am not able; chac;lite-to give up.\nTRANSLATION\n\"While speaking in this way, Srimati Radhariir:ti suddenly remembered\nKr�r:ta. Indeed, He appeared within Her heart. Greatly astonished, She told Her\nfriends, 'The person I want to forget is lying in My heart.'\nTEXT 57\n\n�tt<�1f ��-p, �ti{, �r;;� <fi1ft1l '<fit1f'-ate{,\n<fit1f-�tr;;i{ \\jjf� '�� �r;;� I\n\n'� �fit'� ��tt,\n�l '�'l\" ili �11 �Rfr;;� II\" a� II\n\n'1151';�-\"'� i!lr\"ite. 1fttt'\n\nradha-bhavera svabhava ana,\n\nkr�Qe karaya 'kama'-jnana,\n\nkama-jnane trasa haifa citte\nkahe-\"ye jagat mare,\n\nse pasila antare,\n\nei vairi na deya pasarite\"\nSYNONYMS\nradha-bhavera -of the ecstasy of Srimati Radhara�i; sva-bhava-characteristic;\nana-another; kr�Qe-to Kr��a; karaya-causes Her to do; kama-ji'iana-understanding as Cupid; kama-as Cupid; jnane-in the understanding; trasa-fear;\nhaifa-was; citte-in the mind; kahe-She says; ye-the person who; jagat-the\nwhole world; mare-conquers; se-that person; pasi/a-entered; antare-within\nMy heart; ei vairi-this enemy; na deya-does not allow; pasarite-to forget.\n\n", "ant5#p0141": "Text 59]\n\nThe lord's Bodily Transformations\n\n109\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Srimati Radharar;Ji's ecstasy also made Her think of Kr�r;Ja as Cupid, and\nthis understanding frightened Her. She said, 'This Cupid, who has conquered\nthe whole world and entered My heart, is My greatest enemy, for He does not\nallow Me to forget Him.'\nTEXT 58\n\n�l!!,�<l!iP.f �t�t'fJ,\ntirfl!' 'C(� �t�-'�'\n�� ,�\"1 fil�·�tiSfJ·1ftif I\nil1 � 'Cit�if-�,\n11ti' �ill �'\n�:t-t 1ftif <fi�i{ �e,/�tif \" <tlr \"\nautsukyera pravil)ye,\n\njiti' anya bhava-sainye,\n\nudaya haifa nija-rajya-mane\nmane ha-ifa fafasa,\n\nna haya apana-vasa,\n\nduf)khe mane karena bhartsane\nSYNONYMS\nautsukyera-of eagerness; pravil)ye-because of high development; jiti'-conquering; anya-other; bhava-sainye-soldiers of ecstasy; udaya-arising; haifathere was; nija-rajya-mane-within the kingdom of Her own mind; mane-within the mind; ha-ifa-there was; fafasa-greed; na-not; haya-becomes; apanavasa-within Her own control; duf)khe-in unhappiness; mane-to the mind;\nkarena-does; bhartsane-chastisement.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Then great eagerness conquered all the other soldiers of ecstasy, and an\nuncontrollable desire arose in the kingdom of Srimati Radharar;Ji's mind.\nGreatly unhappy, She then chastised Her own mind.\nTEXT 59\n\n\"11if �tt �-i.'r-1,\n\n\\llf'l �ill � �'\n\n\" f�1 'lilt'! 11f1f' �t� I\n11!_1-�·�tif,\n\n11if·�\\!-�ti{,\n\n\"�1 ��'1 ��\" <t� \"\n\"mana mora varna-dina,\n\njafa vina yena mina,\n\nkr$Qa vina k$al)e mari' yaya\n\n", "ant5#p0142": "110\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nmadhura-hasya-vadane,\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nmana-netra-rasayane,\n\nkr�Qa-tr�f!a dviguQa bac;faya\n\nSYNONYMS\nmana mora-My mind; vama-dina-unagreeably poor; ja/a-water; vmawithout; yena-as if; mina-a fish; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�t:Ja; vina-without; k�al)e-in\na moment; mari' yaya-dies; madhura-sweet; hasya-smiling; vadane-face;\nmana-the mind; netra-the eyes; rasa-ayane-very pleasing to; kr�Qa-tr�Qiithe thirst for Kr�t:Ja; dvi-gul)a-twice as much; bac;/aya-increases.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'If I do not think of Kr�r:-a, My impoverished mind will die within a\n\nmoment like a fish out of water. But when I see Kr�r:-a's sweetly smiling face,\nMy mind and eyes are so pleased that My desire for Him redoubles.\nTEXT 60\n\nlf1 � � c21ttt-.\",\n\n!f1 � ��t�,\n\n!f�1 flf� �'t,fS'l·lltmf !\n�1!f1·t�\"!J,\n\n!f1 �1 ��t... J'fJ,\n\n� � Jt��ii'f� �t'itJ II �o II\nha ha kr�Qa pral)a-dhana,\n\nha ha padma-locana,\n\nha ha divya sad-guQa-sagara!\nha ha syama-sundara,\n\nha ha pitambara-dhara,\n\nha ha rasa-vilasa nagara\n\nSYNONYMS\nha ha-alas; kr�Qa-0 Kr�t:Ja; pral)a-dhana-the treasure of My life; ha haalas; padma-locana-the lotus-eyed one; ha ha-alas; divya-divine; sat-guQasagara-ocean of transcendental attributes; ha ha-alas; syama-sundara-the\nbeautiful, blackish youth; ha ha-alas; pita-ambara-dhara-one who wears\nyellow garments; ha ha-alas; rasa-vilasa-of the rasa dance; nagara-the hero.\n\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\n'Alas! Where is Kr�r:-a, the treasure of My life? Where is the lotus-eyed\n\none? Alas! Where is the divine ocean of all transcendental qualities? Alas!\nWhere is the beautiful, blackish youth dressed in yellow garments? Alas!\nWhere is the hero of the rasa dance?\n\n", "ant5#p0143": "111\n\nThe lord's Bodily Transformations\n\nText 62]\n\nTEXT 61\n\n�t�1 ''Sitiit ,1!1111 9ft�, � ��' -1!1�1 �t�\"\n�I! ��' �filfiil1lf1$11\n11Qi1'f' �' �tt� ��''\n�t� �tfewJ lffJ''\n�i!f\"ltte{ <!l�rtll'li C�$111 �� u\nt\n\nkahan gele toma pai,\n\ntumi kaha,-tahari yai\",\n\neta kahi' ca/ila dhafia\nsvarupa uthi' kale kari',\n\nprabhure ani/a dhari',\n\nnija-sthane vasaila laifia\n\nSYNONYMS\nkahari-where; ge/e-going; toma-You; pai-l can get; tumi-You; kahaplease tell; tahari-there; yai-1 shall go; eta kahi'-saying this; calila dhafiabegan to run; svarupa-SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT; uthi' -getting up; kale\nkari'-taking on His lap; prabhure-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ani/a-brought\nback;\n\ndhari'-catching; nija-sthane-in His own place;\n\nvasai/a-sat down;\n\nlaifia-taking.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Where shall I go? Where can I find You? Please tell Me. I shall go there.'\"\nSpeaking in this way, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began running. Svarupa\nDamodara Gosvami, however, stood up, caught Him and took Him on his lap.\nThen Svarupa Damodara brought Him back to His place and made Him sit\ndown.\nTEXT 62\n\n'ft'tt� � � c�iil,\n<lll�11t� �tw� tit�,\n\"<lll�1'!', f�i; <tlif 11� 'Sit� I\"\n11Qi11 'itt� R'ilt1if�!,\n\n.sn�!t'Sit�\"'-.sn�,\n\n��' �t_if 'Sj_��� �t'ill ��II\nk?aQeke prabhura bahya haila,\n\nsvarupere ajfia di/a,\n\n\"svarupa, kichu kara madhura gana\"\nsvarupa gaya vidyapati,\n\ngita-govinda-giti,\n\nsuni' prabhura juc;laila kaf)a\n\n", "ant5#p0144": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n112\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSYNONYMS\nk�a(leke-within a moment; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bahyaexternal consciousness;\n\nhai/a-there was;\n\nsvarupere ajfia dila-He ordered\n\nSvaropa Damodara Gosvami; svarupa-My dear SvarOpa; kichu-some; karamake;\n\nmadhura-sweet;\n\ngana-songs;\n\nsvarupa-SvarOpa Damodara; gaya­\n\nsings; vidyapati-songs by Vidyapati; gita-govinda-giti-songs from Gita-govinda; suni'-hearing; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; juc;Jai/a-became\nsatisfied; ka(la-ears.\nTRANSLATION\nSuddenly Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu returned to external consciousness and\nsaid to Svarupa Damodara Gosvami, \"My dear Svarupa, please sing some\nsweet songs.\" The Lord's ears were satisfied when He heard Svarupa\nDamodara sing songs from Gita-govinda and those by the poet Vidyapati.\nTEXT 63\n\n�-� ��t� �fi!·�f\\!·fifti{ I\n� �$1! �11 �'i19f·41!iti{ II �� II\nei-mata mahaprabhu prati-ratri-dine\nunmada ce�tita haya pralapa-vacane\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way;\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prati-ratri­\n\ndine-every night and day;\n\nunmada-mad;\n\nce�tita-activities;\n\nhaya-are;\n\npra/apa-vacane-talking like a madman.\nTRANSLATION\nEach day and night, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would become deranged in\nthis way and talk like a madman.\nTEXT 64\n\ntfl �fifti{ �i! �11 'eWIJ ��t� I\n\n�llti!f'!C� \"1t( �flf, i{t� �11 �J II �8 II\neka-dine yata haya bhavera vikara\nsahasra-mukhe varQe yadi, nahi paya para\n\n", "ant5#p0145": "Text 66]\n\nThe Lord's Bodily Transformations\n\n113\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-dine-in one day; yata haya-as many as there are; bhavera-of ecstasy;\nvikara-transformations;\n\nsahasra-mukhe-possessing\n\nthousands\n\nof\n\nmouths;\n\nvar1,1e yadi-if describes; nahi paya-cannot reach; para-the limit.\nTRANSlATION\nEven Anantadeva, who possesses thousands of mouths, cannot fully describe the ecstatic transformations that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu experienced\nin a single day.\nTEXT 65\n\n� �i{ r� �fft<f �t�tt <!f(i{ r\n\n-tt�·i!!·IJ'hl ((Iff' flf��ifllf� II �ct II\n'\n\njiva dina ki karibe tahara var1,1ana?\nsakha-candra-nyaya kari' dig-darasana\nSYNONYMS\njiva-a living entity; dina-very poor; ki-what; karibe-will do; tahara-of\nthat; var(1ana-description; sakha-candra-nyaya-the logic of showing the moon\nthrough the branches of a tree; kari'-1 make; dik-darasana-seeing the direction.\nTRANSLATION\nWhat can a poor creature like me describe of those transformations? I can\ngive only a hint of them, as if showing the moon through the branches of a\ntree.\nTEXT 66\n\n��1 c;� �t�, �tl i!!_�111 �-((it'1 I\n�f((l((l 1J1t�lf-c;i�1 �Hl g§t� II �� II\niha yei sune, tara ju{iaya mana-ka(1a\nalaukika gD{iha-prema-ce�ta haya jriana\nSYNONYMS\niha-this; yei sune-anyone who hears; tara-his; ju{iaya-become satisfied;\nmana-ka1,1a-mind and ears;\n\na/aukika-uncommon;\n\ngD{iha-prema-of deep\n\necstatic love for Kr�l)a; ce�ta-activities; haya jriana-he can understand.\n\n", "ant5#p0146": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n114\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nTRANSLATION\nThis description, however, will satisfy the mind and ears of anyone who\nhears it, and he will be able to understand these uncommon activities of deep\necstatic love for Kt�Qa.\nTEXT 67\n\n'451• � fii'SJ� (;�t'�Rf 11t'!_�·1lf� I\n.._\n'451t'Pf� '451t�tfif' �\" <;���� � II �� II\nadbhuta niguc;:fha premera madhurya-mahima\napani asvadi' prabhu dekhaita sima\nSYNONYMS\nadbhuta-wonderful; niguc;:fha-deep; premera-of ecstatic love for Kr�t:�a;\nmadhurya-mahima-the glories of the sweetness; apani-personally; asvadi'tasting; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dekhaita-showed; sima-the extreme limit.\nTRANSLATION\nEcstatic love for Kt�Qa is wonderfully deep. By personally tasting the\nglorious sweetness of that love, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu showed us its extreme limit.\nTEXT 68\n\n<451'1 �-5Rit� �1)\\!�-�� �-�1ft� I\n..._\n\n..._\n\n�r;� Wllt�'1ti!i �r;� e(ta �fi( Q II �IT' II\nadbhuta-dayatu caitanya-adbhuta-vadanya!\naiche dayatu data toke nahi suni anya\nSYNONYMS\nadbhuta-wonderfully; dayatu-merciful; caitanya-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nadbhuta-vadanya-wonderfully magnanimous; aiche-such; dayatu-merciful;\ndata-charitable person; toke-within this world; nahi-not; suni-we have\nheard of; anya-other.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is wonderfully merciful and wonderfully magnanimous. We have heard of no one else within this world so merciful and\ncharitable.\n\n", "ant5#p0147": "Text 71]\n\nThe Lord's Bodily Transformations\n\n115\n\nTEXT 69\n\n�(�� 'eSf, �t�, ,!i'!�-��'1 I\n� '�'! �t��1 �r����1l'!·fiii{ II �C>I II\nsarva-bhave bhaja, /aka, caitanya-caraQa\nya.ha haite paiba k[$Qa-premamrta-dhana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsarva-bhave-in all respects; bhaja-worship; /oka-0 entire world; caitanyacaraQa-the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yaha haite-by which;\npaiba-you will get; k[$Qa-prema-of love of Kr��a; amrta-of the nectar;\ndhana-the treasure.\nTRANSLATION\nWorship the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in all respects. Only in\nthis way will you achieve the nectarean treasure of ecstatic love for Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 70\n\n��I!'\"� '�t�f'!'·'C{Il<et<lt I\n��-��'! 1!1�1! ����·12!'11� II�., II\nei ta' kahilun 'kurmakrti'-anubhava\nunmada-Ce$tita tate unmada-pra/apa\nSYNONYMS\n\nei ta' kahilun-thus I have described; kurma-akrti-of becoming like a tortoise;\nanubhava-the ecstatic symptom; unmada-Ce$tita-enacted in madness; tatein that; unmada-pralapa-talking like a madman.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have described Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's ecstatic transformation of\nbecoming like a tortoise. In that ecstasy, He talked and acted like a madman.\nTEXT 71\n\n�- \"\"'\" :!Jf�� J�ii{1'f·�ft� I\n,���(f.W�t� '�Jttfiii{ ��\"flit II � � II\nei lila sva-granthe raghunatha-dasa\ngauranga-stava-kalpavrk$e kairachena prakasa\n\n", "ant5#p0148": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n116\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 17\n\nSYNONYMS\nei lila-this pastime; sva-granthe-in his book; raghunatha-dasa-Raghunatha\ndasa GosvamT; gauranga-stava-kalpa-vrk$e-named Gauranga-stava-kalpavrk$a;\nkairachena prakasa-has fully described.\nTRANSLATION\nSrila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami has fully described this pastime in his book\nGaurailga-stava-kalpav�k�a.\nTEXT 72\n\n��l!<lt&J �t�tJil.l'\"ll' 1> ft;f\\tltJiiP1?:�1\nPl<'!C�Jlho: <lltf\"''f'Jf<i>-��R;\"I[r.\"fJ fr!\"ff��: I\n\"!i\"J:.�''IC-.tst� <'1'1[� �<I\" fC�1\"ll'f���1'f..\nf��t�, C�htc'f1 �lfl,l ��l,l'll\"1� \"I[�l.lf\\!i II H II\nanudghatya dvara-trayam uru ca bhitti-trayam aho\nvilanghyoccai/:1 kalingika-surabhi-madhye nipatita/:1\ntanudyat-sankocat kamatha iva .k[$f)Oru-virahad\nvirajan gaurango hrdaya udayan marh madayati\nSYNONYMS\nanudghatya-without opening; dvara-trayam-the three doors; uru-strong;\nca-and; bhitti-trayam-three walls; aho-how wonderful; vi/anghya-crossing\nover; uccai/:1-very high; kalingika-of Kalinga-desa, which is in the district of\nTailanga;\n\nsurabhi-madhye-among the cows;\n\nnipatita/:1-fallen down; tanu­\n\nudyat-sankocat-by contracting within the body; kamatha/:1-a tortoise; ivalike; k[$1)a-uru-virahat-because of strong feelings of separation from Kr�r:Ja; virajan-appearing;\n\ngauranga/:1-Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; hrdaye-in my\n\nheart; udayan-rising; mam-me; madayati-maddens.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"How wonderful it is! Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu left His residence without\nopening the three strongly bolted doors. Then He crossed over three high\nwalls, and later, because of strong feelings of separation from K��r;.a, He fell\ndown amidst the cows of the Tailailga district and retracted all the limbs of\nHis body like a tortoise. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who appeared in that way,\nrises in my heart and maddens me.\"\n\n", "ant5#p0149": "Text 73]\n\nThe Lord's Bodily Transformations\n\n117\n\nTEXT 73\n\n1\\��-��t'lt-�t� �11{ � I\nC���i!t.i! �� �·�t� II 'l� II\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�f.ladasa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-SrTia ROpa GosvamT; raghunatha-SrTia Raghunatha dasa GosvamT;\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr�f.ladasa-SrTia\n\nKr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja GosvamT.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Riipa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�Qadasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the SrT Caitanya-caritamrta, Antya-ITia,\n\nSeventeenth Chapter, describing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's pastim� of retracting\nHis limbs like a tortoise.\n\n", "ant5#p0150": "CHAPTER 18\n\nRescuing the Lord from the Sea\nA summary of the Eighteenth Chapter is given by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura in his\nAmrta-pravaha-bha�ya. On an autumn evening when the moon was full, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu walked along the seashore near the Aitota temple.\nMistaking the sea for the Yamuna River, He jumped into it, hoping to see the\nwater pastimes of Kr��a and Srimati Radhara�i and the other gopis. As He floated\nin the sea, however, He was washed away to the Ko�arka temple, where a fisherman, thinking that the Lord's body was a big fish, caught Him in his net and\nbrought Him ashore. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was unconscious, and His body\nhad become unusually transformed. As soon as the fisherman touched the Lord's\nbody, he became mad in ecstatic love of Kr��a. His own madness frightened him,\nhowever, because he thought that he was being haunted by a ghost. As he was\nabout to seek a ghost charmer, he met SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami and the other\ndevotees on the beach, who had been looking everywhere for the Lord. After\nsome inquiries, SvarOpa Damodara could understand that the fisherman had\ncaught Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in his net. Since the fisherman was afraid of\nbeing haunted by a ghost, SvarOpa Damodara gave him a slap and chanted Hare\nKr��a, which immediately pacified him. Thereafter, when the devotees chanted\nthe Hare Kr��a maha-mantra loudly, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu came to His external consciousness. Then they brought Him back to His own residence.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n¥f1{clfilte:m-fl'ftlllfit11�\"�i \"ti!�­\n\ni!i�1��-t ��� �fl��i!t'Pft(� � I\n�lt!';'Ui ��= ��fl:f ��,.,_ 11�'11�\n�retr;l! �t�: �FI,. 'I �,'la� �: II � II\nsaraj-jyotsna-sindhor avakalanaya jata-yamunabhramad dhavan yo 'smin hari-viraha-taparf)ava iva\nnimagno murcchala/:1 payasi nivasan ratrim akhilarh\nprabhate prapta/:1 svair avatu sa saci-sunur iha na/:1\n\n119\n\n", "ant5#p0151": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n120\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\nsarat-jyotsna-in\n\nthe\n\nmoonlight\n\nof\n\nautumn;\n\nsindho/:1-of\n\nthe\n\nsea;\n\navakalanaya-by sight; jata-appeared; yamuna-the River Yamuna; bhramatby mistake; dhavan-running; ya/:1-He who; asmin-in this; hari-viraha-due to\nseparation from Hari; tapa-of suffering; arl)ave-in the ocean; iva-as if; nimagna/:1-dove; murccha/a/:1-unconscious; payasi-in the water; nivasan-staying;\nratrim-the night; akhilam-whole; prabhate-in the morning; prapta/:1-was\ngotten; svai/:1-by His personal associates; avatu-may protect; sa/:1-He; sacTsunu/:1-the son of mother Saci; iha-here; na/:1-us.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the brilliant autumn moonlight, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu mistook the sea\nfor the River Yamuna. Greatly afflicted by separation from Kr�Qa, He ran and\ndove into the sea and remained unconscious in the water the entire night. In\nthe morning, He was found by His personal devotees. May that Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, the son of mother Saci, protect us by His transcendental\npastimes.\nTEXT 2\n\n� tr11 ����tl � fiMJ1il\"f I\n\n��!§! � c;'it�� II� II\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; sri-caitanya-to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-all\nglories; nityananda-to Nityananda Prabhu; jaya-all glories; advaita-candra-to\nAdvaita Acarya; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Nityananda Prabhu!\nAll glories to Advaita Acarya! And all glories to all the devotees of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu!\nTEXT 3\n\n�� 1f�.tf, �� �t� I\nJtfui·flftil ����t�� � lilt) II\n\n", "ant5#p0152": "Text 5]\n\nRescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\n121\n\nei-mate mahaprabhu nilacale vaise\nratri-dine kr?Qa-vicchedarl)ave bhase\nSYNONYMS\nei-mate-in this way; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ni/aca/e-at\njagannatha Puri; vaise-resides; ratri-dine-night and day; kr?Qa-viccheda-of\nseparation from Kr�J)a; arQave-in the ocean; bhase-floats.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile thus living at Jagannatha Puri, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu floated all\nday and night in an ocean of separation from Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 4\n\n-t1ft.�tt\"AA' 1ft�, �('! �f!i<tfi-�.... I\n\n� filtr'$f'l '1$i ��� 1ft�·�<f.if II 8 II\n5arat-ka/era ratri, saba candrika-ujjvala\nprabhu nija-gaQa lana bec;lana ratri-sakala\nSYNONYMS\n5arat-ka/era-of autumn; ratri-night; saba-all; candrika-ujjva/a-brightened\nby the moonlight; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nija-gaQa-His own associates; /ana-taking; bec;/ana-walks; ratri-sakala-the whole night.\nTRANSLATION\nDuring a night of the autumn season when a full moon brightened everything, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu wandered all night long with His devotees.\nTEXT 5\n\n-tt� �Wtt� �� <;�)� <;Wf�ti! I\n1ft��11 .ffti!·OO� �f�ti! �f.lti! II <t II\nudyane udyane bhramena kautuka dekhite\nrasa-lilara gita-5/oka pac;lite 5unite\nSYNONYMS\nudyane udyane-from garden to garden;\n\nbhramena-He walks;\n\nkautuka\n\ndekhite-seeing the fun; rasa-lilara-of the rasa dance; gita-5/oka-songs and\nverses; pac;lite 5unite-reciting and hearing.\n\n", "ant5#p0153": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n122\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe walked from garden to garden, seeing the pastimes of Lord Km1a and\nhearing and reciting songs and verses concerning the rasa-lila.\nTEXT 6\n\n� (;$J� �t�i{ 'ill-{, i{� I\n<fi't_ �Pttt�-t �tll�lllftil.��'l II � II\nprabhu premavese karena gana, nartana\nkabhu bhavavese rasa-lilanukaraQa\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prema-avese-in ecstatic love; karena­\n\ndoes; gana-singing; nartana-dancing; kabhu-sometimes; bhava-avese-in\necstatic emotion; rasa-lila-the rasa-lila dance; anukaraQa-imitating.\nTRANSLATION\nHe sang and danced in ecstatic love and sometimes imitated the rasa dance\nin emotional ecstasy.\nTEXT 7\n\n<fi't_ �t<ttiJittW � �fi!·�fi! �t� I\n� 9£�' �'t_ 1!_�1, �'t_ 'it�' �t� II 9 II\nkabhu bhavonmade prabhu iti-uti dhaya\nbhume par;fi' kabhu murccha, kabhu gar;fi' yaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nkabhu-sometimes;\n\nbhava-unmade-in\n\nthe\n\nmadness\n\nof\n\necstatic\n\nlove;\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; iti-uti-here and there; dha ya-runs; bhUme\npar;/i'-fal l i ng on the ground; kabhu murccha-sometimes unconscious; kabhu­\n\nsometimes; gar;fi' yaya\n\n-\n\nro ll s on the ground.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe sometimes ran here and there in the madness of ecstasy and sometimes\nfell and rolled on the ground. Sometimes He became completely unconscious.\nTEXT 8\n\n1ft,�� (Jl� c;Jtt� �t<l' 9ft�, �ti{ I\n\n�<te. i! t<l �� �t�i{ �t9fti{ II 11- II\n\n", "ant5#p0154": "Text 10]\n\nRescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\n123\n\nrasa-lilara eka 51oka yabe pac;fe, 5une\npDrvavat tabe artha karena apane\nSYNONYMS\n\nrasa-lilara-of the rasa-lila; eka-one; 51oka-verse; yabe-when; pac;ferecites; 5une-hears; pDrva-vat-as previously; tabe-then; artha karena-explains; apane-personally.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen He heard Svarupa Damodara recite a verse concerning the rasa-lila or\nHe Himself recited one, He would personally explain it, as He had previously\ndone.\nTEXT 9\n\n(!!� �:Jt�� �� �\\! C�<fi I\n:Jt<ffif �� <li7;1f, �rn <li� �-�II� II\nei-mata rasa-lilaya haya yata sloka\nsabara artha kare, paya kabhu har�a-5oka\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; rasa-lilaya-in the pastimes of the rasa-lila; haya-there\nare; yata 51oka-as many verses; sabara-of all of them; artha kare-He explains\nthe meaning; paya-gets; kabhu-sometimes; har�a-5oka-happiness and lamentation.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, He explained the meaning of all the verses concerning the rasalila. Sometimes He would be very sad and sometimes very happy.\nTEXT 10\n\n':Jt �� '�tt<Ti� �c(, ':Jt :Jt� '�<fi'R1' I\n\n,,. �� �%jr;;'! � � �f?!-��t1r II �o II\nse saba 51okera artha, se saba 'vikara'\nse saba varf)ite grantha haya ati-vistara\nSYNONYMS\n\nse saba-all those; 51okera-of verses; artha-meanings; se-those; saba-all;\nvikara-transformations; se saba-all of them; varf)ite-to describe; grantha\nhaya-the book becomes; ati-vistara-very, very large.\n\n", "ant5#p0155": "124\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nTo explain fully all those verses and all the transformations that took place\nin the Lord's body would require a very large volume.\nTEXT 11\n\n� �e.�?;� � '� � 'ltit'I-\"Jtit'l I\n\n�r��ilt�J-�t� �.: iii c<�S\"( r��til 11 � � 11\ndvadasa vatsare ye ye lila k?aQe-k?al)e\nati-bahulya-bhaye grantha na kailuti likhane\nSYNONYMS\ndvadasa vatsare-in twelve years; ye ye-whatever; lila-pastimes; k?al)ek?al)e-moment after moment; ati-bahulya-too abundant; bhaye-being afraid\nof; grantha-book; na-not; kailuri likhane-1 have written.\nTRANSLATION\nSo as not to increase the size of this book, I have not written about all the\nLord's pastimes, for He performed them every moment of every day for twelve\nyears.\nTEXT 12\n\n�( ,�i: or�t�t� ffl�twPrill\nc�t� �t[i{� '�<�St�' '��t�' �(ilu �� 11\npurve yei dekhafiachi dig-darasana\ntaiche janiha 'vikara' 'pralapa' varl)ana\nSYNONYMS\npurve-previously; yei-as; dekhafiachi-1 have shown; dik-darasana-only\nan indication; taiche-similarly; janiha-you may know; vikara-transformations;\npralapa-crazy talks; varl)ana-description.\nTRANSLATION\nAs I have previously indicated, I am describing the mad speeches and\nbodily transformations of the Lord only in brief.\n\n", "ant5#p0156": "Text 15]\n\nRescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\n125\n\nTEXT 13\n\n:Jf�i:!!f·��ti{ �t� <f.�� '�i{�' I\n���ti{� ��t� 1!1_ i{t� 9ft� �� II �� II\nsahasra-vadane yabe kahaye 'ananta'\neka-dinera lilara tabu nahi paya anta\nSYNONYMS\nsahasra-vadane-in thousands of mouths; yabe-when; kahaye-says; ananta-Lord Ananta; eka-dinera-of one day; lilara-of pastimes; tabu-still;\nnahi-does not; paya-reach; anta-the limit.\nTRANSLATION\nIf Ananta, with His one thousand hoods, tried to describe even one day's\npastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, He would find them impossible to describe fully.\nTEXT 14\n\n<;�t$�'it �'ti� �fif f\"!�� 'itt'tllf I\n��FWc;� �'�I!<! -.t� �t� �II �811\nkoti-yuga paryanta yadi likhaye gaQesa\neka-dinera lilara tabu nahi paya se?a\nSYNONYMS\nkoti-yuga-millions of millenniums;\n\nparyanta-to the extent of;\n\nyadi-if;\n\nlikhaye-writes; gaQesa-the demigod Ga�esa (son of Lord Siva); eka-dinera-of\none day; lilara-of pastimes; tabu-sti ll; nahi paya-cannot reach; se?a-the\nl imit\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf Ga�esa, Lord Siva's son and the expert scribe of the demigods, tried for\nmillions of millenniums to fully describe one day of the Lord's pastimes, he\nwould be unable to find their limit.\nTEXT 15\n\n�c;�� <;�11-�<f-t� �f�' fit�� �e.� I\nfi� �t� �1 �t� ��' <;��1!itt �-m 'P �(t II\n\n", "ant5#p0157": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n126\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nbhaktera prema-vikara dekhi' kr�Qera camatkara!\nkr�Qa yara na paya anta, keba chara ara?\nSYNONYMS\nbhaktera-of a devotee; prema-vikara-transformations of ecstatic emotion;\ndekhi'-seeing; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�r:Ja; camatkara-wonder; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja;\nyara-of which; na paya-cannot get; anta-the limit; keba-who; chara-insignificant; ara-others.\nTRANSLATION\nEven lord Kr��;�a is struck with wonder at seeing the transformations of\necstasy in His devotees. If Kn�;�a Himself cannot estimate the limits of such\nemotions, how could others?\nTEXTS 16-17\n\n��-(;�1{Bf �i! tif-t1, � 'itfl! ��tf I\n\n�I! �:�, �i! ��' �tl!<fi �<fitl II �� II\n�� 1!1�1 �1lJ� il1 9fttf �t�tl! I\n�•�t� ���t1f I! t�·j �t�t!lftl! II �� II\nbhakta-premara yata dasa, ye gati prakara\nyata du/:lkha, yata sukha, yateka vikara\nkr�Qa taha samyak na pare janite\nbhakta-bhava arigikare taha asvadite\nSYNONYMS\nbhakta-premara-of the ecstatic emotion of the devotee; yata-all; dasaconditions; ye-which; gati prakara-mode of progress; yata-all; du/:lkhaunhappiness; yata-all; sukha-happiness; yateka-all; vikara-transformation;\nkr�Qa-Lord Kr�r;�a; taha-that; samyak-fully; na pare janite-cannot understand; bhakta-bhava-the mood of a devotee; arigikare-He accepts; taMthat; asvadite-to taste.\nTRANSLATION\nKr��;�a Himself cannot fully understand the conditions, the mode of\nprogress, the happiness and unhappiness, and the moods of ecstatic love of\nHis devotees. He therefore accepts the role of a devotee to taste these emotions fully.\n\n", "ant5#p0158": "Text 20]\n\n127\n\nRescuing the Lord from the Sea\nTEXT 18\n\n�t� ertm '�1fi, �t�� e{tm 1\n�t'Pfti{ �m11,- fi!ti{ e{tt� ��itf� u �,.. 11\nkr�Qere nacaya prema, bhaktere nacaya\napane nacaye, -tine nace eka-thafii\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qere-Kr�r;�a; nacaya-causes to dance; prema-love of Kr�r;�a; bhakterethe devotee; nacaya-causes to dance; apane-personally; nacaye-dances;\ntine-all three; nace-dance; eka-thafii-in one place.\nTRANSLATION\nEcstatic love of Kr�r:Ja makes Kr�r:Ja and His devotees dance, and it also\ndances personally. In this way, all three dance together in one place.\nTEXT 19\n\n<;�1ft� ��t� �%fti! �tl:� <;�� l!ri{ I\n�\"! 'fRtti! �' <;�i{ ��i '<!lt1f�' II �<;� II\npremara vikara varQite cahe yei jana\ncanda dharite cahe, yena hafia 'vamana'\nSYNONYMS\npremara-of ecstatic love of Kr�r;�a; vikara-transformations; varQite-to describe; cahe-wants; yei jana-which person;\n\ncanda dharite-to catch the\n\nmoon; cahe-he wants; yena-as if; hafia-being; vamana-a dwarf.\nTRANSLATION\nOne who wants to describe the transformations of ecstatic love of Kr�r:Ja is\nlike a dwarf trying to catch the moon in the sky.\nTEXT 20\n\n� �� �1{-�l:\"Rf �t� �� '<!i'l' I\n�t��·<!i'l Ci!t� ��� \"\"Pf-fi{ II � II\n0\n\nvayu yaiche sindhu-jalera hare eka 'kal)a'\nkr�Qa-prema-kaQa taiche jivera spar5ana\n\n", "ant5#p0159": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n128\n\nSYNONYMS\nvayu-the wind; yaiche-as; sindhu-jalera-of the water of the ocean; haretakes away; eka kaQa-one particle; kr?Qa-prema-kaQa-one particle of love of\nKr�r:Ja; taiche-similarly; jivera sparsana-a living entity can touch.\nTRANSLATION\nAs the wind can carry away but a drop of the water in the ocean, a living entity can touch only a particle of the ocean of love of Kr��a.\nTEXT 21\n\n'l't'l ..t'l �ti 0�1lt� l!�tr �il� I\nit� �1f �1t1 l!\"t� �1�t�� �� f �) II\nk$al)e k$aQe uthe premara taranga ananta\njiva chara kahan tara paibeka anta?\nSYNONYMS\nk$aQe k?aQe-moment after moment; uthe-rise; premara-of love of Kr�r:Ja;\ntarar'lga-waves; ananta-unlimited; jiva-a living entity; chara-insignificant;\nkahan-where; tara-of that; paibeka-will get; anta-the limit.\nTRANSLATION\nEndless waves arise moment after moment in that ocean of love. How could\nan insignificant living entity estimate their limits?\nTEXT 22\n\nllflt�tJ � �il �ffi�il I\n�t<t �� llrttil l!t�1 ��tfif ''St'l' II �� II\nsri-kr?Qa-caitanya yaha karena asvadana\nsabe eka jane taha svarDpadi 'gaQa'\nSYNONYMS\nsri-kr?Qa-caitanya-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; yaM-whatever; karenadoes;\n\nasvadana-tasting;\n\nsabe-fully;\n\neka-one;\n\njane-knows;\n\ntaha-that;\n\nsvarDpa-adi gaQa -devotees like SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nOnly a person on the level of Svarupa Damodara Gosvami can fully know\nwhat Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu tastes in His love for Kr��a.\n\n", "ant5#p0160": "Text 25]\n\n129\n\nRescuing the Lord from the Sea\nTEXT 23\n\n�� �<fl31 �t� '�� �t�t� �c(i{ I\n�t'Pfi{1 Qlttfift� �a ,li:·tt� �� '�'I' II �� II\njiva hafia kare yei tahara varl)ana\napana 5odhite tara choriye eka 'kal)a'\nSYNONYMS\njiva hafia- being an ordinary living entity;\ntahara-of\n\nthat;\n\nvar/)ana-description;\n\nkare-makes;\n\napana-himself;\n\ntara-of that; choriye-touches; eka kaQa-one particle.\n\nyei-whoever;\n\n5odhite-to\n\npurify;\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen an ordinary living entity describes the pastimes of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, he purifies himself by touching one drop of that great ocean.\nTEXT 24\n\n��1(i! fltJlif <;Jt�-lf�� 'Pf�&ll11\n�� �r;;�fil� '\"t� 'Pf�t� iltf'51&��111 �8 u\nei-mata rasera 5/oka-saka/a-i pac;li/a\n5e$e jala-kelira 5/oka pac;lite lagila\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; rasera-of the rasa dance; 5/oka-verses; saka/a-i-all;\npac;lila-recited; 5e$e-at the end; jala-kelira-of pastimes in the water; 5/oka­\n\nverse; pac;lite /agi/a -began to recite.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus all the verses about the rasa-lila dance were recited. Then finally the\nverse concerning the pastimes in the water was recited.\nTEXT 25\n\n'\\!itr�(�: �1l1lr.\"f rf��'�'f'l'f�'g��= 'l �Dl\"f:'�l1 fil� nrr: r\n\n5f'\"�9ftf�r�l1�iiii� �tr<� �rlf,<�l:\ni!liC�1 5f?;f��fl\"SI1if�'l f�ilC'l�: II � <t II\n\n", "ant5#p0161": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n130\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\ntabhir yuta/:l sramam apohitum atiga-satigagh($ta-srajal) sa kuca-kutikuma-rafijitaya/:l\ngandharva-palibhir anudruta avisad val)\nsranto gajibhir ibha-rac;f iva bhinna-setul)\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabhi/:l-by them (the gopis); yuta/:l-accompanied; sramam-fatigue;\napohitum-to remove; atiga-satiga-by touching of the bodies; ghr� ta -crushed;\nsraja/:l--from the flower garland; sa/:l-H e; kuca-kutikuma-by kutikuma on the\nbreasts; rafijitayal)-colored; gandharva-pa-like celestial beings of Gandharvaloka; alibhil)-by bees; anudrutal)-followed; avisat-entered; va/:l-the\nwater; sranta/:l- being fatigued; gajibhil)-by she-elephants; ibha-of elephants;\nrat-the king; iva- like; bhinna-setul)-beyond the Vedic principles of morality.\nTRANSLATION\n\"As an independent leader among elephants enters the water with its\nfemale elephants, Kr�r;�a, who is transcendental to the Vedic principles of\nmorality, entered the water of the Yamuna with the gopis. His chest had\nbrushed against their breasts, crushing His flower garland and coloring it with\nred kunkuma powder. Attracted by the fragrance of that garland, humming\nbumblebees followed Kr�r;�a like celestial beings of Gandharvaloka. In this\nway, lord Kr�r;�a mitigated the fatigue of the rasa dance.\"\nPURPORT\n\nThis verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.33.23).\nTEXT 26\n\ntfl� �ti2t't_ i!if1!tl! �filtl! I\n\"ett•r;i$1 ��t\\! 'l�!._i!f ''ft�il: \"151t�fiiftl! n �� n\nei-mata mahaprabhu bhramite bhramite\naitota haite samudra dekhena acambite\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhramite\nbhramite-while wandering; aitota haite-from the temple of Aitota; samudrathe sea; dekhena-sees; acambite-suddenly.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile thus wandering near the temple of Aitofa, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nsuddenly saw the sea.\n\n", "ant5#p0162": "Text 29]\n\nRescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\n131\n\nTEXT 27\n\n��t� -� '!ft \\i;W!iJa;J I\n� �t�,-(;�i{ '�l!_i{t� �'II �9 II\ncandra-kantye uchalita tarariga ujjvala\njha/amala kare,-yena 'yamunara ja/a'\nSYNONYMS\ncandra-kantye-by the shining of the moon; ucha/ita-swollen high; tararigawaves; ujjvala-very bright; jhalamala kare-glitter; yena-as if; yamunara ja/athe water of the River Yamuna.\nTRANSLATION\nBrightened by the shining light of the moon, the high waves of the sea glittered like the waters of the River Yamuna.\nTEXT 28\n\n�� i!it:� �\"f $it�1 �f'la;r1 I\n·\n��� �t�' f�·'Sfl:a;J � t9f fw'1111 �lr 11\nyamunara bhrame prabhu dhana ca/ila\na/ak�ite yai' sindhu-ja/e jharipa dila\nSYNONYMS\nyamunara bhrame-by mistaking for the Yamuna; prabhu-SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; dhana ca/i/a-began to run very swiftly; a/ak�ite-without being\nseen; yai'-going; sindhu-ja/e-into the water of the sea; jharipa dila-He\njumped.\nTRANSLATION\nMistaking the sea for the Yamuna, the Lord ran swiftly and jumped into the\nwater, unseen by the others.\nTEXT 29\n\n9f�t\\!� �\" �1, r��:� i{i �tti{ 1\n�\" �t�, �\" �t�t� i!�t:�� �t'f II �� II\npac;litei haifa murccha, kichui na jane\nkabhu c;Jubaya, kabhu bhasaya tararigera gal)e\n\n", "ant5#p0163": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n132\n\nSYNONYMS\npaqitei-falling down; haifa murccha-He became unconscious; kichui-anything; na jane-did not understand; kabhu-sometimes; qubaya-cause to sink;\nkabhu-sometimes; bhasaya\n\n-\n\nfloat; tarangera gaQe -the waves.\nTRANSLATION\n\nFalling into the sea, He lost consciousness and could not understand where\nHe was. Sometimes He sank beneath the waves, and sometimes He floated\nabove them.\nTEXT 30\n\n\\H� <I�ID f�,-(;�il �� <!i� I\n(;<li �T;I! �tt � �t '��r;�� ilit? �o II\ntarange vahiya phire, -yena su?ka ka?tha\nke bujhite pare ei caitanyera nata?\n\nSYNONYMS\ntarar'lge-the waves; vahiya phire -carry here and there; yena-l ike; su?ka\nka?tha-a piece of dry wood; ke-who; bujhite pare-can understand; ei-this;\ncaitanyera nata-dramatic performance of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe waves carried Him here and there like a piece of dry wood. Who can\nunderstand this dramatic performance by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu?\nTEXT 31\n\n(;<!it'ltt� fflt<li �'-t� l!�t'f �<fl31 �tll I\n� �<H<fl31 �tr;;�, <li'- �t�t<fP1 �$1 �ill II�� II\nkoQarkera dike prabhure tarange lana yaya\nkabhu qubana rakhe, kabhu bhasana lana yaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nkoQarkera\n\ndike-toward\n\nthe\n\nKol)arka\n\ntemple;\n\nprabhure-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; tarar'lge-the waves; lana yaya-take away; kabhu-sometimes;\n9ubana-causing to sink; rakhe-keep; kabhu-sometimes; b hasana -floating;\nlana yaya\n\n-\n\ntake away.\n\n", "ant5#p0164": "Text 33]\n\nR escuing the Lord from the Sea\n\n133\n\nTRANSLATION\nKeeping the Lord sometimes submerged and sometimes afloat, the waves\ncarried Him toward the Kor;�arka temple.\nPURPO RT\nKoQarka, generally known as Arka-tirtha, is a temple of Lord Sorya, the sun-god.\nIt is situated on the seashore, nineteen miles north of Jagannatha PurL It was constructed of black stone in the beginning of the thirteenth century of the Saka Era,\nand it shows expert craftsmanship and architecture.\nTEXT 32\n\n�t� �� <;'Stt��'l-lfttr I\n��<Tit�� -11��'t 11'tt <;Jt� �T;Jf II �� II\nyamunate jala-keli gopi-gaf)a-sange\nkr?f!a karena-mahaprabhu magna sei range\nSYNONYMS\nyamunate-in the River Yamuna; ja/a-ke/i-pastimes in the water; gopi-gaf)asange-with\n\nthe\n\ngopis;\n\nkr?f!a\n\nkarena-Kr�Qa\n\nperforms;\n\nmahaprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; magna-fully merged; sei range-in those pastimes.\nTRANSLATION\nLord Kr�r;�a performed pastimes with the gopis in the waters of the Yamuna,\nand Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu fully merged in those pastimes.\nTEXT 33\n\nttl \"iB1i�tflr�'l � �1 ��'fi I\n'�tt1 <;�\"'i i2t't_ ?' <Tit!( �1lf�i! !(<.fP111 �� II\nihan svarupadi-gaf)a prabhu na dekhiya\n'kahan gela prabhu?' kahe camakita hana\nSYNONYMS\nihan-here; svarupa-adi-gaf)a-the devotees headed by SvarOpa Damodara;\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; na dekhiya-not seeing; kahan-where;\nge/a-has gone; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kahe-say; camakita hanabeing astonished.\n\n", "ant5#p0165": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n1 34\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nMeanwhile, all the devotees, headed by Svarupa Damodara, lost sight of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu. Astonished, they began searching for Him, asking,\n\"Where has the Lord gone?\"\nTEXT 34\n\n'Jft�tt�1t '� 12!¥_, c:wf�� iltR� I\n\n�iii c;wf�1 �����11 �Rt� e,tf� II �8 II\nmano-vege gela prabhu, dekhite narila\nprabhure na dekhiya samsaya karite lagila\n\nSYNONYMS\nmanaf:J-vege-at the speed of mind;\nMahaprabhu;\n\ndekhite\n\nge/a-went; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nnarila-no one could see;\n\nprabhure-the Lord;\n\nna\n\ndekhiya-not seeing; samsaya-doubts; karite /agi/a-began to feel.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu had run off at the speed of mind. No one could see\nHim. Thus everyone was puzzled as to His whereabouts.\nTEXT 35\n\n'�1t:1t� c:w�t� r��1 c:w�tomt ,� 1\n'QJ �wtr;� f��1 �IJirof 9l� ? �<t n\n'jagannatha dekhite kiba devalaye gela?\nanya udyane kiba unmade pac;fila?\n\nSYNONYMS\njagannatha-Lord )agannatha; dekhite-to see; kiba-whether; devalaye-to\nthe temple; ge/a-went; anya-other; udyane-in a garden; kiba-or; unmade-in madness; pac;fila-fell down.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Has the Lord gone to the temple of Jagannatha, or has He fallen down in\nmadness in some garden?\n\n", "ant5#p0166": "Text 38]\n\nRescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\n135\n\nTEXT 36\n\n�FG�·'JI'flff� c;'5t�, r��1 �\"'� ?\n�<ri-�1\"! c;'5t'li, f��i �tctt�� ?' I!)� \"\nguQc;fica-mandire gela, kiba narendrere?\ncataka-parvate gela, kiba kof)arkere?'\nSYNONYMS\nguQc;fica-mandire-to\n\nthe\n\nGul)c;iica\n\ntemple;\n\nge/a-has\n\ngone;\n\nkiba-or;\n\nnarendrere-to the Narendra Lake; cataka-parvate-to Cataka-parvata; ge/a-has\ngone; kiba-or; kof)arkere-to the Kol)arka temple.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Perhaps He went to the Gu•:uJica temple, or to Lake Narendra, or to the\nCataka-parvata. Maybe He went to the temple at Kor;1arka.\"\nTEXT 37\nlfll\"! ��' �t� f�t� �\"i_t� 1H��i I\n\n:Jl'llt� ®t� �ti'li �I! iSfi( 'l'$1 \" \\!)� \"\neta bali' sabe phire prabhure cahiya\nsamudrera tire aila kata jana lana\nSYNONYMS\neta ba/i'-saying this; sabe-all of them; phire-w ander; prabhure cahiyalooking for Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; samudrera tire-on the seashore; ai/a-arrived; kata-many; jana-people; /ana-accomp anied by.\nTRANSLATION\nTalking like this, the devotees wandered here and there looking for the\nLord. Finally they came to the shore, accompanied by many others.\nTEXT 38\n\n��t� '��tl\"! � �tf�-c;-t� �'I' I\n'��(ti( ��'11 �'t_',-fil.'A6� ��\"'\"'!>IT'\"\ncahiye bec;Jaite aiche ratri-se�a haila\n'antardhana ha-i/a prabhu', -ni5caya karila\n\n", "ant5#p0167": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n136\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\ncahiye-looking; bec;faite-wandering; aiche-in this way; ratri-se�a haifathe night ended; antardhana ha-ifa-has disappeared; prabhu\n\nthe Lord; ni5caya\n\n-\n\nkarifa-they decided.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile they were searching for the Lord, the night ended, and thus they all\ndecided, \"Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has now disappeared.\"\nTEXT 39\n\n�11\" Rt,.t� <rit1f \"'t� ilt� �t'l I\n...��� �i11 <fiHI lfeil ilt� �til ll �<;> ll\nprabhura vicchede kara dehe nahi praf)a\nani�ta-sanka vina kara mane nahi ana\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-from the Lord; vicchede-due to separation; kara-of all of them;\ndehe-in the body; nahi praf)a-there was practically no life; ani�ta-sankadoubts of some mishap; vina-besides; kara-of all of them; mane-in the mind;\nnahi ana-there is nothing else.\nTRANSLATION\nIn separation from the Lord, everyone felt as though he had lost his very life.\nThey concluded that there must have been some mishap. They could not\nthink of anything else.\nTEXT 40\n\n\"�f01�1\"1 ..'lf'l ���lfqf'l iS<IT� f� II\" 8• II\n\"ani�ta-sankini bandhu-hrdayani bhavanti hi\"\nSYNONYMS\nani�ta-of some mishap; safikini-possessing doubts; bandhu-of friends or\nrelatives; hrdayani -hearts; bhavanti -become; hi-certainly.\nTRANSLATION\n\"A relative or intimate friend is always fearful of some injury to his\nbeloved.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from the Abhijnana-sakuntafa-nataka.\n\n", "ant5#p0168": "Text 43]\n\n137\n\nRescuing the lord from the Sea\nTEXT 41\n\n��in ®c� �t�' ��f'! �fil'll'fl 1\n��rt�9f('!-flfr;;� �\\!� <;'5t'ftll 8� 11\nsamudrera tTre asi' yukati karila\ncirayu-parvata-dike kata-jana gela\nSYNONYMS\nsamudrera tTre-on the seashore; asi'-coming; yukati kari/a-they consulted\namong themselves; cirayu-parvata-of Cataka-parvata; dike-in the direction;\nkata-jana-some of them; ge/a-went.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen they arrived at the seashore, they conferred among themselves. Then\nsome of them sought out Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu at Cafah-paruta.\nTEXT 42\n\n�<{-�llf't11 5r;;� �1'fi9f \"1�1 �\\! � I\nf�'t·@f��-il't�� ���� �ifi� 'CI���'I II 8� II\npurva-disaya cafe svarupa lana kata jana\nsindhu-tTre-nire karena prabhura anve�a(la\nSYNONYMS\npurva-disaya-in\n\nthe\n\neastern\n\ndirection;\n\ncafe-goes;\n\nsvarupa-SvarOpa\n\nDamodara Gosvami; /ana-taking; kata jana-some persons; sindhu-tTre-on the\nseashore;\n\nnire-in\n\nthe\n\nwater;\n\nkarena-does;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; anve�a(la-searching.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara proceeded east with others, looking for the lord on the\nbeach or in the water.\nTEXT 43\n\n��tr;;w r.,�� �r;;.,, �t�<l'i '<;5i!il' 1\nI!� <;�7;1{ �\"' <tiBt' �'t_� 'CI��'I II 8-e> II\nvi�ade vihvala sabe, nahika 'cetana'\ntabu preme bule kari' prabhura anve�a(la\n\n", "ant5#p0169": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n138\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\nvi�ade-in great moroseness;\n\nvihvala-overwhelmed; sabe-in everyone;\n\nnahika-there was not; cetana-consciousness; tabu-still; preme-in love;\nbule-wander; kari'-doing; prabhura-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; anve�aQasearching for.\nTRANSLATION\nEveryone was overwhelmed with moroseness and almost unconscious, but\nout of ecstatic love they continued to wander here and there, searching for the\nlord.\nTEXT 44\n\nt:lift� -�<\\') i9ftfo'rn1 �tlt:Jt �tt'fi i9ftif �a' 1\n�tt:Jt, <!itt�, �ttij, �t�, �tit '��' '�fil' II 88 II\ndekhena-eka jaliya aise kandhe jala kari'\nhase, kande, nace, gaya, bale 'hari' 'hari'\nSYNONYMS\ndekhena-they see; eka jaliya-one fisherman; aise-comes; kandhe-on the\nshoulder; jala kari'-carrying a net; hase-laughs; kande-cries; nace-dances;\ngaya-sings; bale-says; hari hari-Hari, Hari.\nTRANSLATION\nPassing along the beach, they saw a fisherman approaching with his net\nover his shoulder. laughing, crying, dancing and singing, he kept repeating\nthe holy name \"Hari, Hari.\"\nTEXT 45\n\nsrrf;;�t� �ij�1 t:lif�' ��1� ijJ�e.<fl� 1\n';1'4Bfi�-��t:Jttf$ \\!t?;;� �Iii{ �J{tij� 118� II\njaliyara ce�ta dekhi' sabara camatkara\nsvarupa-gosafii tare puchena samacara\nSYNONYMS\njaliyara-of the fisherman; ce�ta-activity; dekhi'-seeing; sabara-of everyone;\n\ncamatkara-astonishment;\n\nsvarupa-gosafii-SvarOpa Damodara Gosaiii;\n\ntare-unto him; puchena-inquires; samacara-news.\n\n", "ant5#p0170": "Text 47]\n\nRescuing the lord from the Sea\n\n139\n\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the activities of the fisherman, everyone was astonished. Svarupa\nDamodara Gosvami, therefore, asked him for information.\nTEXT 46\n\n\"<f.�, ;srtf'l111, (j)� fflt\"15 0'�'11 (j)(\\'i;gri{ ?\nQ:!t\"att� (j)� w-ti (;<Titi{,-<Ti��' <Tit�'! ?\" 8� u\n\"kaha, jaliya, ei dike dekhila eka-jana?\ntamara ei dasa kene, -kahata' karaf)a?\"\nSYNONYMS\nkaha-please say; ja/iya-0 fisherman; ei dike-in this direction; dekhila-did\nyou see; eka-jana-someone; tamara-your; ei-this; dasa-condition; kenewhy; kahata'-kindly speak; karaf)a-the cause.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear fisherman,\" he said, \"why are you behaving like this? Have you\nseen someone hereabouts? What is the cause of your behavior? Please tell\nus.\"\nTEXT 47\n\niSft�111 <f.t�,-\"��1 �jj<Ti �� i{i (;W�'I I\n;srt'i <li�t� (j)<Ti �I!<Ti (;�-� ;srtt'i �t·'i II 8'\\ II\njaliya kahe,-\"ihafi eka manu?ya na dekhila\nja/a vahite eka mrtaka mora jale aila\nSYNONYMS\n\njaliya kahe-the fisherman said; ihali-here; eka-one; manu?ya-man; na\ndekhi/a-1 did not see; jala vahite-while I was working with the net; eka-one;\nmrtaka-dead body; mora ja/e-in my net; ai/a-came.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe fisherman replied, \"I have not seen a single person here, but while\ncasting my net in the water, I captured a dead body.\n\n", "ant5#p0171": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n140\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 48\n\n�� �e.\"JJ �flit' �tfif ���\"( �'!ti{ I\n�'!� c;�tf�t� c;;rt� 'e� '�iif ;r�e{ II 81r II\nbac;ia matsya bali' ami uthailun yatane\nmrtaka dekhite mora bhaya haila mane\nSYNONYMS\nbac;ia-great; matsya-fish; ba/i'-thinking to be; ami-1; uthailun-lifted;\nyatane-with care;\n\nmrtaka-the dead\n\nbody;\n\ndekhite-seeing; mora-my;\n\nbhaya-fear; haila-there was; mane-in the mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I lifted it with great care, thinking it a big fish, but as soon as I saw that it\nwas a corpse, great fear arose in my mind.\nTEXT 49\n\niSftiif ����t� �t� �er-�.f �� 1\n\n�.f�·tt\\!i (';�� �� lfilft1t 9f� II 8� II\njala khasaite tara anga-sparsa ha-ila\nsparsa-matre sei bhata hrdaye pasila\nSYNONYMS\nja/a-the net; khasaite\n\nreleasing; tara-his; anga-sparsa-touch of the body;\n\n-\n\nha-ila-there was; sparsa-matre-as soon as I touched it; sei-that; bhataghost; hrdaye-in my heart; pasi/a-entered.\nTRANSLATION\n\"As I tried to release the net, I touched the body, and as soon as I touched\nit, a ghost entered my heart.\nTEXT 50\n\n'e�1t <f.� C�iif, c;;rt� (;ilt\\!i ��� iSf� I\n�w �-��' c;�t;r ��iif �<r-� n �\n\no\n\nn\n\nbhaye kampa hai/a, mora netre vahe ja/a\ngadgada val)i, roma uthila sakala\n\n", "ant5#p0172": "Text 52]\n\nRescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\n141\n\nSYNONYMS\nbhaye-out of fear; kampa-shivering; hai/a-there was; mora-my; netrein the eyes; vahe-flow; ja/a-tears; gadgada-faltering; vaQi-voice; romabody hair; uthila-stood up; saka/a-all.\nTRANSlATION\n\"I shivered in fear and shed tears. My voice faltered, and all the hairs on my\nbody stood up.\nTEXT 51\n\nr��1 �clf�J, r��1 <t�, ��til iii �t� 1\n5f.fil1ltt� 1l'ltlJJ� C�t� ,,� �t� II ��.II\nkiba brahma-daitya, kiba bhuta, kahane na yaya\ndarsana-matre manu$yera paise sei kaya\nSYNONYMS\nkiba-whether; brahma-daitya-a brahmal)a ghost; kiba-or; bhata-an ordinary ghost; kahane na yaya-1 cannot say; darsana-matre-as soon as one sees;\nmanu$yera-of a man; paise-enters; sei kaya-that body.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I do not know whether it was the ghost of a dead brahmar:-a or an ordinary\nman, but as soon as one looks upon it, it enters his body.\nTEXT 52\n\n��� � ��Ql � t� - �t� \"'tt�·llt� I\n�t��-��-�lf �Hf, fC!il f�il �t'! II �� II\nsarira dighala tara-hata palica-sata\nekeka-hasta-pada tara, tina tina hata\nSYNONYMS\nsarira-body; dighala-long; tara-his; hata-cubits (one cubit approximately\nequals a foot and a half); palica-sata-five to seven; ekeka-each and every;\nhasta-pada-arm and leg; tara-of that; tina-three; tina-three; hata-cubits.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The body of this ghost is very long, five to seven cubits. Each of its arms\nand legs is as much as three cubits long.\n\n", "ant5#p0173": "142\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 53\n\n�f\"'·ltf'li i$r;� �� �� ��-�r;� I\n\n�t�l 'liff�' �t'l �t'� iltf� �r;� �r;� II �'!l U\nasthi-sandhi chutile carma kare naqa-baqe\ntaha dekhi' praQa ka'ra nahi rahe dhaqe\nSYNONYMS\nasthi-sandhi-the joints of the bones; chuti/e-being separated; carma-the\nskin; kare-does; naqa-baqe-hanging; taha.-that; dekhi'-seeing; praQa-life;\nka'ra-whose; nahi-does not; rahe-remain; dhaqe-in the body.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Its joints are all separated beneath the skin, which is completely slack. No\none could see it and remain alive in his body.\n\n·\n\nTEXT 54\n\n��1-�9f SfR1' 11r;� ��t�-il�� I\n<fit_ ,\"${1-,<ijl �r;1t, �t_ R� �!';��� II �8 U\nmaqa-rupa dhari' rahe uttana-nayana\nkabhu gon-gon kare, kabhu rahe acetana\nSYNONYMS\nmaqa-of a dead body; rupa-the form; dhari'-accepting; rahe-remains; uttana-nayana-with open eyes; kabhu-sometimes; gon-gon-the sound gongon; kare-makes; kabhu-sometimes; rahe-remains; acetana-unconscious.\nTRANSLATION\n\"That ghost has taken the form of a corpse, but he keeps his eyes open.\nSometimes he utters the sounds 'gon-gon,' and sometimes he remains unconscious.\nTEXT 55\n\n�t�te, Oft'tti1, -<;1l'ttf � ,�� 't_i! I\n� �� (;11� c�tfi �t� it-��, u ��t u\nsak?at dekhechon, -more paila sei bhuta\nmui maile mora kaiche jive stri-put\n\n", "ant5#p0174": "Rescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\nText 57]\n\n143\n\nSYNONYMS\nsak�at-directly; dekhechori-1 have seen; more-me; paila-has entered;\nsei-that; bhata-ghost; mui mai/e-if I die; mora-my; kaiche-how; jive-will\nlive; stri-put-wife and children.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I have seen that ghost directly, and he is haunting me. But if I d ie, who will\ntake care of my wife and children?\n\nTEXT 56\n\n�� I!' 't_ti!J ��1 �� i11 �111 I\n�\"j-�1f� �t�r;!i1,-�fW 'Jf �i! fit�1111 �� II\nsei ta' bhatera katha kahana na yaya\nojha thani yaichori,-yadi se bhata cha<;laya\n-\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei\n\n-\n\nthat; ta -certainl y; bhatera-of the ghost; katha-topics; kahana-to\n'\n\nspeak; na yaya-is not possible; ojha-thani-to the exorcist; yaichori-1 am\ngoing; yadi-if; se-that; bhata-the ghost; cha<;la ya-he can cause to leave.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The ghost is certainly very difficult to talk about, but I am going to find an\nexorcist and ask him if he can release me from it.\n\nTEXT 57\n\n111�1 �1� <{�' lie.� 1f1fift11 fil�ti1 I\n\"l!·,�i! �1� i11 �1t� 'ijf���'-�'111 <19 II\neka ratrye buli' matsya mariye nirjane\nbhata-preta amara na /age 'nrsimha'-smaraQe\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-alone; ratrye-at night; bu/i'-wandering; matsya-fish; mariye-1 kill;\nnirjane-in solitary places; bhuta-preta-ghosts; amara-me; na /age-cannot\ntouch; nrsimha-smaraQe-by remembering Nrsimha.\n\n", "ant5#p0175": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n144\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I wander alone at night killing fish in solitary places, but because I remember the hymn to Lord Nrsiri'tha, ghosts do not touch me.\nTEXT 58\n\n�� �'! ijf���·i1ttll �t?ft� ��r;'ll\nl!t�nl �<tit'f (;'ff�r;l! �� iftr;'it � II <tlr' II\nei bhata nrsirhha-name capaye dviguf)e\ntahara akara dekhite bhaya /age mane\nSYNONYMS\nei bhata-th is ghost; nrsirhha-name-by the holy name\n\nof Lord Nrsirhha;\n\ncapaye-comes over me; dvi-guf)e-with doubled strength; tahara-his; akara­\n\nform; dekhite-seeing; bhaya-fear; /age mane-arises in the mind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"This ghost, however, overcomes me with redoubled strength when I chant\nthe Nrsiri'tha mantra. When I even see the form of this ghost, great fear arises\nin my mind.\nTEXT 59\n\n'$�1 i1i �t��' <fjftfil ��fi( (;'!t1ftr;1f I\n\n'!tti (;� �� ,1! 'lt�r;<t �<ttr;1f II\" a� II\notha na yaiha, ami ni�edhi tomare\ntahan gele sei bhata lagibe sabare\"\nSYNONYMS\notha-there; na yaiha-do not go; ami-1; ni�edhi-forbid; tomare-you;\ntahail-there;\n\nge/e-if\n\nyou go; sei bhata-that ghost; /agibe-will catch;\n\nsabare-all of you.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Do not go near there. I forbid you. If you go, that ghost will catch you all.\"\nTEXT 60\n\n�I!��' ��·(;'it�tf$ �<t 1!, �t�' I\n'ftftt�tt1f f<tit; <IS� �1f� <tt� II �o II\n\n", "ant5#p0176": "Text 62]\n\nRescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\n145\n\neta suni' svarupa-gosani saba tattva jani'\njaliyare kichu kaya sumadhura vaf)i\n\nSYNONYMS\neta suni'-hearing this; svarupa-gosani-SvarOpa Damodara GosvamT; sabaall; tattva-truth; jani'-understanding; jaliyare-unto the fisherman; kichusome; kaya-said; su-madhura-sweet; vaf)i-words.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, Svariipa Damodara could understand the full truth of the matter. He spoke sweetly to the fisherman.\nTEXT 61\n\n'�tfif -�� \\S�1 ;srtfi{ � ��t·�' I\n'al!l �fu.' ��� ffl�1 �t�t� 11tQ!tt;� II � � II\n'ami-bar;Ja ojha jani bhata char;laite'\nmantra par;li' sri-hasta dila tahara mathate\n\nSYNONYMS\nami-1; bar;/a-big; ojha-exorcist; jani-1 know; bhuta-ghost; char;laitehow to exorcise; mantra par;/i'-chanting hymns; sri-hasta-his hand; di/aplaced; tahara mathate-on his head.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am a famous exorcist,\" he said, \"and I know how to rid you of this\n\nghost.\" He then chanted some mantras and placed his hand on the top of the\nfisherman's head.\nTEXT 62\n\n�i{ ��� 'altBt' �,-4� ��\"' I\n�� i{1 �t��'-�rvt· �r-.� �a� n �� 11\ntina capar;Ja mari' kahe,-'bhata pa/aila\nbhaya na paiha'-ba/i' susthira karila\n\nSYNONYMS\ntina capar;la mari'-slapping three times;\n\nkahe-says;\n\nbhuta-the ghost;\n\npalaila-has gone away; bhaya na paiha-do not be afraid; ba/i'-saying; susthira kari/a-pacified him.\n\n", "ant5#p0177": "146\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe slapped the fisherman three times and said, \"Now the ghost has gone\naway. Do not be afraid.\" By saying this, he pacified the fisherman.\nTEXT 63\n\n�t� c;��, ·�rtt� ''i�,-��� �fGI� 1\n'e�-lil�-t c;��,-c;� C�� f�t; 'ft� II �� II\neke prema, are bhaya, -dviguQa asthira\nbhaya-arhsa gela, -se haila kichu dhira\nSYNONYMS\neke-on one hand; prema-ecstatic love; are-on the other hand; bhayafear; dvi-guQa-doubly; as thira-agitated; bhaya- arhsa-the fear part; ge/a-disappeared; se-he; haila-became; kichu-somewhat; dh ira -sober.\nTRANSLATION\nThe fisherman was affected by ecstatic love, but he was also fearful. He had\nthus become doubly agitated. Now that his fear had subsided, however, he\nhad become somewhat normal.\nTEXT 64\n\n��9f �?;;�,-\"<itt� 'If��� '�'!'·�til I\n\n� ilt�-c;it�i ���i!� ���i{_ II �8 II\nsvarapa kahe,-\"yanre tumi kara 'bhata'-jfiana\nbhata nahe-tenho kr$Qa-caitanya bhagavan\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa kahe-Svar o pa Damodara Gosvami said; yanre-the person whom;\ntumi-you; kara bhata-jfiana-consider a ghost; bhata na he -is not a ghost;\ntenho-He;\n\nkr$Qa-caitanya-Lord\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhagavan-the\n\nSupreme Personality of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\nSvariipa Damodara said to the fisherman, \"My dear sir, the person whom\nyou are thinking a ghost is not actually a ghost but the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead, Sri Kr�r:Ja Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant5#p0178": "Text 67]\n\nRescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\n147\n\nTEXT 65\n\n0�1lt\"C;'il�-t 9ff�1 <;�7;;�1 ���� �\"C;'f I\nlit-e;� '�_fiT �it�'\"fl �t9filt1l iSftt'f II �� II\npremavese pa(iila tenho samudrera jafe\ntanre tum_i uthaifa apanara jafe\nSYNONYMS\nprema-avese-out\n\nof\n\necstatic\n\nemotion;\n\npa(iifa-fell down;\n\ntenho-He;\n\nsamudrera jafe-in the water of the sea; tanre-Him; tumi-you; uthaifabrought out; apanara jafe-in your net.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because of ecstatic love, the Lord fell into the sea, and you have caught\nHim in your net and rescued Him.\nTEXT 66\n\nlit� \"'9(-c;af ��a, '�t1lt� :�r�-c;�r;;1lt�111\n,_�-c;�C!-§51-c;i� <;�!11ft� C�� ��11 II �� II\ntanra sparse ha-ifa tamara kr$Qa-premodaya\nbhata-preta-jnane tamara haifa maha-bhaya\nSYNONYMS\ntanra sparse-by His touch; ha-ifa-there was; tamara-your; kr$Qa-premaudaya-awakening of ecstatic love for Kr�l)a; bhata-preta-jnane-by thinking to\nbe a ghost; tamara-your; haifa-there was; maha-bhaya-great fear.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Simply touching Him has awakened your dormant love of Kr��a, but because you thought Him a ghost, you were very much afraid of Him.\nTEXT 67\n\n�r;;<t �11 c;-st�, c;l!t1lt� 1lil '�� r��� 1\n\n�ttl �1-c;� �it�t�, ��t� �t1lt�� II\" �'l II\nebe bhaya gefa, tamara mana haifa sthire\nkahan tanre uthanacha, dekhaha amare\"\n\n", "ant5#p0179": "148\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nSYNONYMS\n\nebe-now; bhaya-fear; ge/a-has gone; tomara-your; mana-mind; hailahas become;\n\nsthire-pacified;\n\nkahan-where; tar'lre-Him; uthaiiacha-have\n\nyou lifted; dekhaha-please show; amare-me.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Now that your fear has gone and your mind is peaceful, please show me\nwhere He is.\"\nTEXT 68\n\ntrtf�r�1 ��,-\"�� Oif�t�i �t��H I\n'«1�1 �it, �l ��R�� �t<titif 11\" �!7- II\njaliya kahe,-\"prabhure dekhyachon bara-bara\ntenho nahena, ei ati-vikrta akara\"\nSYNONYMS\njaliya kahe-the fisherman said; prabhure-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ndekhyachon-1 have seen; bara-bara-many times; ter'lho-He; nahena-it is\nnot; ei-this; ati-vikrta-very deformed; akara-body.\nI\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe fisherman replied, \"I have seen the Lord many times, but this is not He.\nThis body is very deformed.\"\nTEXT 69\n\n\"ii�\"Pt <tit�,-\"�H �� ,121� R<\\SH I\n\n151f\"'-�fifi �, � �r� W')�t<tit� n\" �� 11\nsvarupa kahe,-\"tanra haya premera vikara\nasthi-sandhi chac;le, haya ati dirghakara\"\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa kahe-SvarOpa Damodara said; tanra-of Him; haya-there are; premera-of love of Godhead; vikara-transformations of the body; asthi-sandhithe joints of the bones; chac;:le-become separated; haya-there is; ati-very;\ndirgha-akara -elongated body.\n\n", "ant5#p0180": "Text 71]\n\nRescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\n149\n\nTRANSLATION\nSvariipa Damodara said, \"The Lord's body becomes transformed in His love\nfor God. Sometimes the joints of His bones separate, and His body becomes\nvery elongated.\"\nTEXT 70\n\n��' '��·iSftfi;rnj �ti{flifi! ��I\n�� ��i ''ij'f, �t�'lt� ��t�'f II '\\• II\nsuni' sei jaliya anandita ha-ifa\nsaba lana gela, mahaprabhure dekhaila\nSYNONYMS\nsuni'-hearing; sei-that; ja/iya-fisherman; anandita ha-ifa-became very\nhappy; saba /ana-taking everyone; ge/a-went; mahaprabhure-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; dekhaila-showed.\nTRANSLATION\nHearing this, the fisherman was very happy. He brought all the devotees\nwith him and showed them the body of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 71\n\n�f'ilti! 9ff�' �tc;� �'- �� �� <lit� I\n�Cif ��·i!Jt, �t�Clftf�� � II '\\� II\nbhamite par;li' ache prabhu dirgha saba kaya\njale sveta-tanu, valu lagiyache gaya\nSYNONYMS\nbhumite-on the ground; par;li'-lying; ache-was; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; dirgha-elongated; saba kaya-the whole body; jale-by the\nwater; sveta-tanu-white body; va/u-sand; lagiyache gaya-was smeared over\nthe body.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord was lying on the ground, His body elongated and bleached white\nby the water. He was covered from head to foot with sand.\n\n", "ant5#p0181": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n150\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 72\n\n�F!�� f-tf� �ii·�� ��<lit� I\n� ?f� ��t�1 ��� �t�til' il'1 �t� II 9� II\nati-dirgha sithila tanu carma natkaya\n-\n\nd ura patha uthana ghare anana na yaya\nSYNONYMS\nati-dirgha-very elongated;\nnatkay a-hanging; du ra patha\n\nsit hi/a-slackened;\n-\n\ntanu-body;\n\ncarma-skin;\n\nlong distance; uthana-lifting; ghare-home;\n\nanana-bringing; na yaya-was not possible.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord's body was stretched, and His skin was slack and hanging loose.\nTo lift Him and take Him the long distance home would have been impossible.\nTEXT 73\n\n�t� (;<!Slfi\\� �� <�SRt' �· ?f1\\i$1 I\n<lfii(r�:Jf <;-tt��\"'1 <l�<!i1 fi�t$1 II 9� II\nardra kaupina dura kari' su�ka parana\nbahirvase soyaila valuka char;lana\n\nSYNONYMS\nardra-wet; kaupina-underwear; dura kari'-removing; su�ka -dry; paranapu tting on; bahirvase-on a covering cloth; soyaila-put down; va /uka -sand;\nchar;Jana-removing.\nTRANSLATION\nThe devotees removed His wet undergarment and replaced it with a dry\none. Then, laying the Lord on an outer cloth, they cleaned the sand from His\nbody.\nTEXT 74\n\n:Jf�<l <;�f\"!' �50 <�Sfit' <!i��il ,���il I\n�<IS�' ?��t� <ll��il r2f\"t_� <�St�'l II 98 II\nsabe me/i' ucca kari' karena sankirtane\nucca kari' kr�Qa-nama kahena prabhura kal)e\n\n", "ant5#p0182": "Rescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\nText 76]\n\n151\n\nSYNONYMS\nsabe\n\nme/i'-all\n\ntogether;\n\nucca\n\nkari'-very\n\nloudly;\n\nkarena-performed;\n\nsarikirtane-chanting of the holy name; ucca kari'-loudly; kr?Qa-nama-the\nholy name of Kr�r:ta; kahena-said; prabhura kaQe-in the ear of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThey all performed sankirtana, loudly chanting the holy name of Kr��a into\nthe Lord's ear.\nTEXT 75\n\n�C!IIf>f;;'112!t_� �tc;'1 � 9l�filt� I\ntR\"111' ��'11 12lt_ ���IS�� II 9<t II\nkata-k?al)e prabhura kal)e sabda parasila\nhurikara kariya prabhu tabahi uthila\nSYNONYMS\nkata-k?aQe-after some time; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kaQewithin the ear; sabda-the sound; parasila-entered; hurikara kariya-making a\nloud sound; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tabahi-immediately; uthilagot up.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter some time, the sound of the holy name entered the ear of the Lord,\nwho immediately got up, making a great noise.\nTEXT 76\n\n�c;C!� �foi �� �tRt� ��·\"'tc;� I\n'fJI(�tttf' �:f�·\\sf� ��� W�-tc;� II 9� II\nuthitei asthi saba lagila nija-sthane\n'ardha-bahye' iti-uti karena darasane\nSYNONYMS\nuthitei-as soon as He got up; asthi-bones; saba-all; /agi/a-contracted;\nnija-sthane-in their own places; ardha-bahye-in half-external consciousness;\niti-uti-here and there; karena darasane-looks.\n\n", "ant5#p0183": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n152\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs soon as He got up, His bones assumed their proper places. With halfexternal consciousness, the Lord looked here and there.\nTEXT 77\n\n\\f?!�·�llfl� 1f�l�·��il �(�1� I\n\n''CI�ati', '���atl', ''ti{t(<rr•' \"'iit� II '\\9 II\ntina-dasaya mahaprabhu rahena sarva-ka/a\n'antar-dasa', 'bahya-dasa', 'ardha-bahya' ara\nSYNONYMS\ntina-dasaya-in three conditions; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nrahena-remains;\n\nsarva-kala-at\n\nbahya-dasa -external\n\ncondition;\n\nall\n\ntimes;\n\nantab-dasa-internal\n\nardha-bahya -half-external\n\ncondition;\n\nconsciousness;\n\nara-and.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord remains in one of three different states of consciousness at all\ntimes: internal, external, and half-external.\nTEXT 78\n\n\"'ii�W-tt� f�i; �t�, f�i; �1�·-ril I\n\n�� �llfi �� �� '\"'iit(�t�·ilt1f II '\\17- II\nantar-dasara kichu ghora, kichu bahya-jnana\nsei dasa kahe bhakta 'ardha-bahya'-nama\nSYNONYMS\nantab-dasara-of the internal condition; kichu-some; ghora-deep state;\nkichu-some; bahya-jnana-external consciousness; sei dasa-that condition;\nkahe-say;\n\nbhakta-devotees;\n\nardha-bahya-half-external\n\nconsciousness;\n\nnama-name.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen the Lord is deeply absorbed in internal consciousness but He\nnevertheless exhibits some external consciousness, devotees call His condition ardha-bahya, or half-external consciousness.\n\n", "ant5#p0184": "Rescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\nText 81]\n\n153\n\nTEXT 79\n\n'�(��' <tit�i1 (2ft_ �t9f·��ti1 I\n�t<fitt-t <flt�i1 (2ft_, �ti1i1 ���t'lll 9:;, II\n'ardha-bahye' kahena prabhu pralapa-vacane\nakase kahena prabhu, sunena bhakta-gal)e\nSYNONYMS\n\nardha-bahye-in\nCaitanya\n\nhalf-external\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nconsciousness;\n\npralapa-vacane-crazy\n\nkahena-says;\nwords;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nakase-to\n\nthe\n\nsky;\n\nkahena-speaks; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sunena-hear; bhaktagal)e-the devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this half-external consciousness, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu talked like a\nmadman. The devotees could distinctly hear Him speaking to the sky.\nTEXT 80\n\n\"<��tfil� (.5f��1 �tfif (.�a,t� ��t�i1 I\n(.5ff�,--iSf\"f��1 <fl\"l:�i1l3�i1�i1111ro II\n\"kalindi dekhiya ami gelana vrndavana\ndekhi, -ja/a-kri(ia karena vrajendra-nandana\nSYNONYMS\n\nkalindi-River Yamuna; dekhiya-seeing ; ami-1; ge/afla-went; vrndavanato Vrndavana; dekhi-1 see; ja/a-kri(ia-pastimes in the water; karena-performs; vrajendra-nandana-Kr�r)a, the son of Nanda Maharaja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Seeing the River Yamuna,\" He said, \"I went to Vrndavana. There I saw the\nson of Nanda Maharaja performing His sporting pastimes in the water.\nTEXT 81\n\n�tfif<��tf# (.�t��'l-�ttf 11l<fli:i (.'f!M' I\n\n�i1Hf ilift\"f 'fl�t�tlf <fi�il (.<II� lltr� II\nradhikadi gopi-gal)a-sange ekatra me/i'\nyamunara jale maha-raflge karena keli\n\n", "ant5#p0185": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n154\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\nradhika-adi-headed by Srimati Radharar;Ji; gopi-ga(la-sange-with the gopis;\nekatra me/i'-meeting together; yamunara-of the River Yamuna; ja/e-in the\nwater; maha-range-in a great sporting attitude; karena keli -performs pastimes.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr��a was in the water of the Yamuna in the company of the gopis,\nheaded by Srimati Radhara�i. They were performing pastimes in a great\nsporting manner.\nTEXT 82\n\n�� if�' '� �tfJ� ��'$f'i·llter 1\n��ll� ��'$f!';'i Of�11 ,:JI� �r;er II lr� II\ntire rahi' dekhi ami sakhi-ga(la-sange\neka-sakhi sakhi-ga(le dekhaya sei range\nSYNONYMS\ntire-on the bank; rahi -standing; dekhi-see; ami-1; sakhi-ga(la-sange'\n\nwith the gopis; eka-sakhi-one gopi; sakhi-ga(le-to other gopis; dekhayashows; sei range-that pastime.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I saw this pastime as I stood on the bank of the Yamuna in the company of\nthe gopis. O ne gopi was showing some other gopis the pastimes of Radha and\nKr��a in the water.\nTEXT 83\n\nl�Ji�111 :JI�·�t�,\n�V<!tll, ���tr;�,\n'IIJI·����-��$ftil I\nfl \"'�1 �t�t'$f'l,\nc<ti� iSf\"'ft�'$ft�il,\n�\"''I';�� ���1 ��tJ! II lr� II\npatta-vastra, a/ankare,\n\nsamarpiya sakhi-kare,\n\nsOk?ma-sukla-vastra-paridhana\nkr?Qa lana kanta-gaQa,\n\nkaila jalavagahana,\n\njala-keli racila suthama\n\n", "ant5#p0186": "Rescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\nText 85]\n\n155\n\nSYNONYMS\npatta-vastra-silk\n\ngarments;\n\na/alikare-ornaments;\n\nsamarpiya-entrusting;\n\nsakhi-kare-in the hands of their gopi friends; suk�ma-very fine; suk/a-vastrawhite cloth; paridhana-putting on; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�l)a; /ana-taking; kantagaQa-the beloved gopis; kai/a-performed; ja/a-avagahana-bathing in the\nwater; ja/a-ke/i-pastimes in the water; raci/a-planned; su-thama-very nice.\nTRANSLATION\n\"All the gopis entrusted their silken garments and ornaments to the care of\ntheir friends and then put on fine white cloth. Taking His beloved gopis with\nHim, Lord Kr�r;�a bathed and performed very nice pastimes in the water of the\nYamuna.\nTEXT 84\n\n�f� c;�, c;w� ���� �Sr\"l'�<��f\"f-��er 1\nij.alf <���-�·�,\n\n�����fit��'\n\nc;'ltti!l'lt'l ���� ��� II t.-8 II � II\nsakhi he, dekha kr�Qera jala-keli-range\nkr�Qa matta kari-vara,\n\ncafica/a kara-pu�kara,\n\ngopi-gaQa kariQira sange\n\nSYNONYMS\nsakhi he-0 my dear friends; dekha-just see; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�l)a; ja/akeli-of the pastimes in the water; range-the sporting mood; kr?Qa-Lord\nK[�l)a; matta-maddened; kari-vara-chief elephant; cafica/a-restless; karapu?kara-lotus palms; gopi-gaQa-the gopis; kari1,1ira-of the she-elephants;\nsalige-in the company.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friends, just see Lord Kr�r;�a's sporting pastimes in the water.\nKr�r;�a's restless palms resemble lotus flowers. He is just like a chief of mad\nelephants, and the gopis who accompany Him are like she-elephants.\nTEXT 85\n\n�1�r.\"�'1 <sT\"f��M, ���t?<.�� 'Sf\"!' c;�\"ft��M,\n�t��' ��� 'Sf\"!'�� I\n\n", "ant5#p0187": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n156\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nilt� f<fii; fil��'\n\n�t� iSffi-9f�tiSf�,\n\n� �t�� �?lt� II lr<? II\narambhila ja/a-ke/i,\n\nanyo'nye jala phelapheli,\n\nhu(iahu(ii, var$e ja/a-dhara\nsabe jaya-parajaya,\n\nnahi kichu niscaya,\n\njala-yuddha ba(iila apara\nSYNONYMS\narambhila-began;\nanother;\n\nja/a-water;\n\nja/a-ke/i-pastimes\n\nin\n\nthe\n\nphelaphe/i-throwing\n\nwater;\n\nback\n\nand\n\nanyo'nye-at\nforth;\n\none\n\nhu(iahu(ii­\n\ntumultuous activities; var$e-in rains; ja/a-dhara-showers of water; sabe-all of\nthem; jaya-parajaya-victory and defeat; nahi-not; kichu-any; niscaya-certainty;\n\nja/a-yuddha-the fight in the water;\n\nba(ii/a-increased;\n\napara-un­\n\nlimitedly.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The sporting pastimes in the water began, and everyone started splashing\nwater back and forth. In the tumultuous showers of water, no one could be\ncertain which party was winning and which was losing. This sporting water\nfight increased unlimitedly.\nTEXT 86\n\n�t� f\"'l� l!�'{,\"'t'1,\nfilt� �tll il��il,\n�il �t� l!�e..@?fc;� I\n��\"'tt'f1( il��,\nlf�l! �ti!�'Stct,\n(;:JI� ��� �t� 9ftil �t� II lr� II\nvar$e sthira ta(iid-gaf)a,\n\nsince syama nava-ghana,\n\nghana var$e ta(iit-upare\nsakhi-gaf)era nayana,\n\ntr$ita cataka-gaf)a,\n\nsei amrta sukhe pana kare\nSYNONYMS\nvar$e-in that shower; sthira-fixed; ta(iit-ga(la-streaks of lightning; sincesprinkle; syama-blackish; nava-ghana-new cloud; ghana-the cloud; var$erains; ta(iit-upare-upon the streaks of lightning; sakhi-gaf)era-of the gopis;\nnayana-the eyes; tr$ita-thirsty; cataka-gaf)a-cataka birds; sei amrta-that\nnectar; sukhe-in happiness; pana kare-drink.\n\n", "ant5#p0188": "Rescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\nText 88]\n\n157\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The gopis were like steady streaks of lightning, and Kr�.,a resembled a\nblackish cloud. The lightning began sprinkling water upon the cloud, and the\ncloud upon the lightning. Like thirsty cataka birds, the eyes of the gopis\njoyously drank the nectarean water from the cloud.\nTEXT 87\n\nl!t� l!.\" '�Jt�fif',\n\n��11l!,� '�t•srf'f',\n\nl!tJ �tt� � 'l!�t'lf-s' I\n\nI!�� 'J�t�flf',\n\nl!t� � '��tfijflf',\n\nl!t<l '� �!Qi 'il�tilf�' 111r� n\nprathame yuddha 'jafajafi',\n\ntabe yuddha 'karakari',\n\ntara pache yuddha 'mukhamukhi'\ntabe yuddha 'hrdahrdi',\n\ntabe haifa 'radaradi',\n\ntabe haifa yuddha 'nakhanakhi'\nSYNONYMS\nprathame-in the beginning; yuddha-the fight; jafajafi-throwing water upon\none another; tabe-thereafter; yuddha-the fight; karakari-hand to hand; tara\npache-after that;\nthereafter;\n\nyuddha-the fight;\n\nyuddha-the fight;\n\nmukhamukhi-face to face;\n\nhrdahrdi-chest to chest;\n\ntabe­\n\ntabe-thereafter;\n\nhaifa-was; radaradi-teeth to teeth; tabe-thereafter; haifa-there was; yuddha-the fight; nakhanakhi-nail to nail.\nTRANSLATION\n\"As the fight began, they splashed water on one another. Then they fought\nhand to hand, then face to face, then chest to chest, teeth to teeth and finally\nnail to nail.\nTEXT 88\n\nlf�i!f-�tJ � 'lft�, lf�i!f 'iltiJ '\"itt� '�t�,\nJl�i!f-�� ��� \"it1!til I\n�i!fiJ...�·�IIIit il,\n\n,�i!f��'Jl1rt11,\n\n'\"itt�� �til ,�i!f-�tt'l 11 1r1r n\nsahasra-kare jafa seke,\n\nsahasra netre gopi dekhe,\n\nsahasra-pade nikata gamane\n\n", "ant5#p0189": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n158\n\nsahasra-mukha-cumbane,\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nsahasra-vapu-sarigame,\n\ngopi-narma sune sahasra-kal)e\nSYNONYMS\nsahasra-thousands; kare-with hands; jala-water; seke-throw; sahasrathousands;\n\nnetre-with eyes;\n\ngopi-the gopis; dekhe-see; sahasra-thou­\n\nsands; pade-with legs; nikata-near; gamane-in going; sahasra-thousands;\nmukha-faces;\n\ncumbane-kissing;\n\nsahasra-thousands;\n\nvapu-bodies;\n\nsarigame-in embracing; gopi-the gopis; narma-joking; sune-hear; sahasrathousands; kaQe-in ears.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Thousands of hands splashed water, and the gopis saw Kr�r:Ja with thousands of eyes. With thousands of legs they came near Him and kissed Him\nwith thousands of faces. Thousands of bodies embraced Him. The gopis heard\nHis joking words with thousands of ears.\nTEXT 89\n\n<;'lt'f'l <f)�W\"'i I&Tt'f,\n�t�'f1 i!tt1, �tt1 �'ltt'f 9lt� I\n�tt� iSTt\"l� �9lfif,\n�!:�1 ��<IS�'{�',\n'lt!:iSrte.�ttl! c�� ��M� II lr� II\n\n?� �t'f1 Glf�1 �tiff,\n\nkr�Qa radha lana bale,\n\ngela kaQtha-daghna jale,\n\ncha(iila tahari, yahari agadha pani\nteriho kr�Qa-kaQtha dhari',\n\nbhase jalera upari,\n\ngajotkhate yaiche kamalini\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-Lord Kr�Qa; radha-SrTmatT RadharaQT; lana-taking; bale-forcibly;\ngela-went; kaQtha-daghna-up to the neck; jale-in water; cha(iila-let go;\ntahari-there; yahari-where; agadha-very deep; pani-water; teriho-She;\nkr�Qa-kaQtha-the neck of Kr�Qa; dhari'-capturing; bhase-floats; jalera uparion the water; gaja-utkhate-plucked by an elephant; yaiche-as; kamalini-a\nlotus flower.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�r:Ja forcibly swept Radharar:Ji away and took Her into water up to Her\nneck. Then He released Her where the water was very deep. She grasped\n\n", "ant5#p0190": "Rescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\nText 91]\n\n159\n\nKr�\"a's neck, however, and floated on the water like a lotus flower plucked by\nthe trunk of an elephant.\nTEXT 90\n\n�� i!i! 111-Pf �fi1',\n\n�i! ��t9f·��·�1,·\n\n��:Rf �s <�S�\"£1 �t'1 1\n�� �t� �1{\"(,\n��1-illrQ'f filii�,\n�t� �� �t� ��-fti{ II C>l II\no\n\nyata gopa-sundari,\n\nkr�Qa tata rupa dhari',\n\nsabara vastra karila haral')e\nyamuna-jala nirma/a,\n\nanga kare jhalama/a,\n\nsukhe kr�Qa kare darasane\nSYNONYMS\nyata-as many; gopa-sundari-beautiful gopis; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja; tata-that\nmany; rupa-forms; dhari'-accepting; sabara-of all; vastra-covering cloths;\nkarila haraQe-took away; yamuna-jala-the water of the Yamuna; nirmala-very\nclear; anga-bodies; kare jha/ama/a-glitter; sukhe-happily; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r:Ja;\nkare darasane-sees.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�.,a expanded Himself into as many forms as there were gopis and then\ntook away all the garments that covered them. The water of the River Yamuna\nwas crystal clear, and Kr�.,a saw the glittering bodies of the gopis in great\nhappiness.\nTEXT 91\n\n9fm�\"fi!1-����,\n\n'�\"£ �tt�1 ���,\n\ni!�'lf-�t� 9fl!i �1l%f\"f I\n�tt� '�\" �t�t��'\n��� ��-��-t9ft-t,\n�t� ��� <!i•..._f\"f �fi1\"f II �� II\npadmini-lata-sakhi-caya,\n\nkaila karo sahaya,\n\ntaranga-haste patra samarpila\nkeha mukta-kesa-pasa,\n\nage kaila adhovasa,\n\nhaste keha kaficuli dharila\n\n", "ant5#p0191": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n160\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\npadmini-lata-the stems of lotus flowers; sakhi-caya-friends of the gopis;\nkai/a-gave; karo-to some of the gopis; sahaya-help; taranga-haste-by the\nwaves of the Yamuna, which are compared to hands; patra-the lotus leaves;\nsamarpi/a-supplied;\n\nkeha-someone;\n\nmukta-released;\n\nkesa-pasa-the\n\nbunches of hair; age-in front; kaila-made; adhovasa-a lower dress; hastethe hands; keha-some; kanculi-as a top dress; dharila-held.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The lotus stems were friends of the gopis and therefore helped them by\noffering them lotus leaves. The lotuses pushed their large, round leaves over\nthe surface of the water with their hands, the waves of the Yamuna, to cover\nthe gopis' bodies. Some gopis undid their hair and kept it in front of them as\ndresses to cover the lower portions of their bodies and used their hands as\nbodices to cover their breasts.\nTEXT 92\n\n�t�r� <f5\"!'� �t51i-l'ltil,\n\n'\"itt�\"it'l ,,�..t'l,\n\n'��t�·�til '\"ifilili �<f5t�� I\n�t<l'icb-�� ISftilil c?tt-t,\n\n���tijj 19ft\"�' �ttl'!,\n\n�'ll-�� iii ?lt� �felt� II Cll� II\nkr�Qera ka/aha radha-sane,\n\ngopi-gaQa sei-k�aQe,\n\nhemabja-vane gela lukaite\nakaQtha-vapu jale paise,\n\nmukha-matra jale bhase,\n\npadme-mukhe na pari cinite\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qera-of Kr��a; ka/aha-quarrel; radha-sane-with Radha; gopi-gaQa-the\ngopis; sei-k�aQe-at that moment; hema-abja-of white lotus flowers; vane-in\nthe forest; ge/a-went; lukaite-to hide; akaQtha-up to the neck; vapu-body;\nja/e-into the water; paise-enter; mukha-matra-only the lotus flowers and the\nfaces;\n\nja/e-in the water;\n\nbhase-float; padme-mukhe-between the lotus\n\nflowers and the faces; na pari-not able; cinite-to discern.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Then Kr�r:ta quarreled with Radharar:ti, and all the gopis hid themselves in a\ncluster of white lotus flowers. They submerged their bodies up to their necks\nin the water. Only their faces floated above the surface, and the faces were indistinguishable from the lotuses.\n\n", "ant5#p0192": "Rescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\nText 94]\n\n161\n\nTEXT 93\n\nIJI�1 �� il't'f1·lfti{,\n\n�<ti� � �t� J(�,\n''itt�'it'l \"tt{ ��tl! ''iti'ft I\ni!lft��1lfm f'lfi!,\nl!t� il't$f1 �-.�J(�,\nlf�·�t'IJ �1��1 fJ(f\"'i'ft II �� II\netha km;a radha-sane,\n\nkaila ye achila mane,\n\ngopi-gaQa anve?ite gela\ntabe radha sDk$ma-mati,\n\njaniya sakhira sthiti,\n\nsakhi-madhye asiya milila\nSYNONYMS\netha-here; k($Qa-Lord Kr��a; radha-sane-with Srimati Radhara�i; kai/aperformed; ye-what; achila-was; mane-in the mind; gopi-gaQa-all the\ngopis; anve$ite-to search out; ge/a-went; tabe-at that time; radha-Srimati\nRadhara�i; sDk?ma-mati-very finely intelligent; janiya-knowing; sakhira-of\nthe gopis; sthiti-situation; sakhi-madhye-among the friends; asiya-coming;\nmilila-mixed.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In the absence of the other gopis, Lord Kr��a behaved with Srimati\nRadhara�i as freely as He desired. When the gopis began searching for Kr��a,\nSrimati Radhara�i, being of very fine intelligence and thus knowing the situation of Her friends, immediately mingled in their midst.\nTEXT 94\n\n�� '�J(t� iSft\"f �ttlf,\n\n1!1! �\"''\"t� i!t11' 9ftt-f,\n\n�tfil' �tflf' <tiil't11 fil\"fi! I\n�'li � !21ti!Jt<ti,\nelt\"!tt� '�J(tt� ,�t<ti,\n'�l'{t� 'Wt� ®til' lf�'it'l II �8 II\nyata hemabja jale bhase,\n\ntata nilabja tara pase,\n\nasi' asi' karaye milana\nnilabje hemabje theke,\n\nyuddha haya pratyeke,\n\nkautuke dekhe tire sakhi-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\nyata-as many as there were; hema-abja-white lotus flowers; jale-on the\nwater; bhase-float; tata-that many;\n\nnila-abja-bluish lotus flowers;\n\ntara\n\n", "ant5#p0193": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n162\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\npase-by their side; asi' asi'-coming closer; karaye milana-they meet; nilaabje-the bluish lotus flowers;\n\nhema-abje-with the white lotus flowers;\n\ntheke-collide; yuddha-a fight; haya-there is; prati-eke-with one another;\nkautuke-in great fun; dekhe-see; tire-on the bank; sakhi-gal)a-the gopis.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Many white lotus flowers were floating in the water, and as many bluish\nlotus flowers came nearby. As they came close together, the white and blue\nlotuses collided and began fighting with one another. The gopis on the bank\nof the Yamuna watched with great amusement.\nTEXT 95\n\n�(11�-��,\n��� �� �'ij'f'\n�� '�f;� ��� I§�� I\n{!�� 'Pf'Jll[��'\n��� ��� tJ._'it�,\n��(1tf;� '�� �t�t�� II �� II\ncakravaka-mal)cja/a,\n\nprthak prthak yugala,\n\njala haite karila udgama\nuthila padma-mal)cjala,\n\nprthak prthak yugala,\n\ncakravake kaila acchadana\nSY NONYMS\ncakravaka-mal)cjala-the globes of cakravaka birds; prthak prthak-separate;\nyuga/a-couples;\n\njala haite-from\n\nthe\n\nwater;\n\nkarila-made;\n\nudgama-ap­\n\npearance; uthila-arose; padma-mal)cja/a-the circle of lotus flowers; prthak\nprthak-separate; yuga/a-couples; cakravake-the cakravaka birds; kai/a-did;\nacchadana -covering.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When the raised breasts of the gopis, which resembled the globelike\nbodies of cakravaka birds, emerged from the water in separate couples, the\nbluish lotuses of Kr�r;�a's hands rose to cover them.\nTEXT 96\n\n��� (1t( 11:t\"fte.'Pf�,\n��� ��Cf! tJ._'it�,\n�'Jl'if�'111: C<ll� fi1(1t11:'1 I\n\n", "ant5#p0194": "Text 97]\n\nRescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\n'�'ll' �'t{;� �$' fiH:i!i,\n\n163\n\n'\\5e,��' �t{;� �tf�l:i!',\n\n'�\\!ll<tt�' �tf'it' ���HI �'1 II :;,� II\nuthila bahu raktotpa/a,\n\nprthak prthak yugala,\n\npadma-gal)era kai/a nivaral)a\n'padma' cahe /uti' nite,\n\n'utpa/a' cahe rakhite',\n\n'cakravaka' lagi' dunhara ral)a\nSYNONYMS\nuthila-arose; bahu-many; rakta-utpala-red lotus flowers; prthak prthakseparate; yuga/a-couples; padma-gal)era-of the bluish lotus flowers; kai/adid; nivaral)a-obstruction; padma-the blue lotus flowers; cahe-want; /uti'stealing; nite-to take; utpa/a-the red lotus flowers; cahe rakhite'-wanted to\nprotect; cakravaka lagi'-for the cakravaka birds; dunhara-between the two,\n(the red and blue lotus flowers); ral)a -fight.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The hands of the gopis, which resembled red lotus flowers, arose from the\nwater in pairs to obstruct the bluish flowers. The blue lotuses tried to plunder\nthe white cakravaka birds, and the red lotuses tried to protect them. Thus\nthere was a fight between the two.\nTEXT 97\n\n�l:'flte.� -�l:�i!iil,\n\n�i:Qi<tt<li -lll:�i!il,\n\n�i:Qi<t�� �'ll �t\"'4lt�11 I\n\n�t1 �·�t� �S�1 r��,\n$1� '�� ��fi!,\n�1:�� �tt�J �tli �t11 �11 II (;)'\\ II\npadmotpala -acetana,\n\ncakravaka -sacetana,\n\ncakravake padma asvadaya\nihan dunhara ulta sthiti,\n\ndharma haifa vipariti,\n\nkr?Qera rajye aiche nyaya haya\nSYNONYMS\npadma-utpala-the\ncakravaka-the\n\nblue\n\nand\n\ncakravaka\n\nred\n\nbirds;\n\nlotus\n\nflowers;\n\nacetana-unconscious;\n\nsa-cetana-conscious;\n\ncakravake-the\n\ncakravaka birds; padma-the blue lotus flowers; asvadaya-taste; ihan-here;\ndunhara-of\n\nboth\n\nof\n\nthem;\n\nulta\n\nsthiti-the\n\nreverse\n\nsituation;\n\ndharma-\n\n", "ant5#p0195": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n164\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\ncharacteristic nature; haila-became; vipariti-reversed; kr?Qera-of Lord Kr��a;\nrajye-in the kingdom;\n\naiche-such;\n\nnyaya-principle;\n\nha y a -there is.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Blue and red lotus flowers are unconscious objects, whereas cakravakas\nare conscious and alive. Nevertheless, in ecstatic love, the blue lotuses began\nto taste the cakravakas. This is a reversal of their natural behavior, but in lord\nKr��a's kingdom such reversals are a principle of His pastimes.\nPURPORT\nGenerally the cakravaka bird tastes the lotus flower, but in Kr��a's pastimes the\nlotus, which is usually lifeless, tastes the cakravaka bird.\nTEXT 98\n\nfirti!l� fiti!i ���t�,\n\n�l!l>�tt<li �t� �f�',\n\n�t�� �ttiSfJ �'li �J��t� I\n��fi{�� -��� �\\!i, �tr;� t§��O'{,- � �� �\\!i,\n\n�� �� '�t�t'f-�\"11¥1�' II �17' II\nmitrera mitra saha-vasi,\n\ncakravake lute asi',\n\nkr?Qera rajye aiche vyavahara\naparicita satrura mitra, rakhe utpala,-e bac;fa citra,\nei bac;fa 'virodha-alankara'\nSY NONYMS\n\nmitrera-of the sun-god; mitra-the friend; saha -vasi-living together with the\ncakravaka birds; cakravake-the cakravaka birds; lute -plunder; asi'-coming;\nkr?Qera rajye-in the kingdom of Kr��a; aiche -such; vyavahara-behavior;\naparicita-unacquainted; satrura mi tra -the friend of the enemy; rakhe-protects; utpala-the red lotus flower; e-this; bac;fa citra-very wonderful; ei-this;\nba c;fa -great; virodha-alankara-metaphor of contradiction.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The blue lotuses are friends of the sun-god, and though they all live\ntogether, the blue lotuses plunder the cakravakas. The red lotuses, however,\nblossom at night and are therefore strangers or enemies to the cakravakas. Yet\n\n", "ant5#p0196": "Text 99]\n\nRescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\n165\n\nin Kr�r:Ja's pastimes the red lotuses, which are the hands of the gopis, protect\ntheir cakravaka breasts. This is a metaphor of contradiction.\"\nPURPORT\nBecause the blue lotus flower blossoms with the rising of the sun, the sun is the\nfriend of the blue lotus. The cakravaka birds also appear when the sun rises, and\ntherefore the cakravakas and blue lotuses meet. Although the blue lotus is a friend\nof the sun, in Kr�l)a's pastimes it nevertheless plunders their mutual friend the\ncakravaka. Normally, cakravakas move about whereas lotuses stand still, but\nherein Kr�l)a's hands, which are compared to blue lotuses, attack the breasts of\nthe gopis, which are compared to cakravakas. This is called a reverse analogy. At\nnight the red lotus blossoms, whereas in sunlight it closes. Therefore the red lotus\nis an enemy to the sun and is unknown to the sun's friend the cakravaka. The\ngopis' breasts, however, are compared to cakravakas and their hands to red\nlotuses protecting them. This is a wonderful instance of reverse analogy.\nTEXT 99\n\n�fi!-t�1lt�, f<l��i�i�i:Jf,\n\n�� �a,.,:t� 1!1�t-t,\n\n<lifil' ?� ��1; 'w�t�a, 1\n�til�� caftJ: 'll'i{,\n\n�t� ��' �i�tWil,\n\n<;i!�-<!i��'Sjf �t�a, II:;,:;, II\natisayokti, virodhabhasa,\n\ndui a/ankara prakasa,\n\nkari' kr�f)a prakata dekhaila\nyaha kari' asvadana,\n\nanandita mora mana,\n\nnetra-karf)a-yugma jw;faila\nSYNONYMS\natisaya-ukti-exaggerated language;\n\nvirodha-abhasa-incongruent analogy;\n\ndui a/ankara-two metaphors; prakasa-manifestations; kari'-making; kr�l')aLord\n\nKr�l)a;\n\nprakata-exhibited;\n\ndekhaila-showed;\n\nyaha-which;\n\nkari'\n\nasvadana-tasting; anandita-pleased; mora mana-My mind; netra-karf)a-of\neyes and ears; yugma-the couples; ju(iai/a-became satisfied.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"In His pastimes, Kr��;�a displayed the\ntwo ornaments of hyperbole and reverse analogy. Tasting them brought gladness to My mind and fully satisfied My ears and eyes.\n\n", "ant5#p0197": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n166\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 100\n\n�r;� ��� �l!pi <fifil'''\nlf!';� �lfPi lf� <fl�t'it'i I\n'it�·,'!'-'1'·11�/i{,\n\n�tlf�-���'\n\n<;lt� �r;� %tr;� lt�'it'i II � o o II\naiche vicitra kri(ia kari',\n\ntire aila srl-hari,\n\nsarige lana saba kanta-gaQa\ngandha-tai/a-mardana,\n\namalaki-udvartana,\n\nseva kare tire sakhr-gaQa\nSYNONYMS\n\naiche -such; vicitra -wonderful; krr(ia -pastimes; kari'-performing; tire -on\nthe bank; iii/a-arrived; srl-hari-Lord Sri Kr�l)a; sarige-with Him; /alia-taking;\nsaba kanta-gaQa-all the beloved gopls; gandha -scented; tai/a-oil; mardanamassaging; amalakl-of the ama/akffruit; udva rtana-a n nointing with paste; seva\nkare -render service; tire-on the bank of the Yamuna; sakhi-gaQa -all the gopis.\nTRANSLATION\n\"After performing such wonderful pastimes, Lord Sri Kr�r;�a got up on the\nshore of the Yamuna River, taking with Him all His beloved gopis. Then the\ngopis on the riverbank rendered service by massaging Kr�r;�a and the other\ngopis with scented oil and smearing paste of amalaki fruit on their bodies.\nTEXT 101\n\n�i{�f11 ,�.., � tif,\n\n��� 9ffil'�tif,\n\n�'J·l{�r;� '<tia,i �t'it�if I\n�\"ff·?\"! lf'Vt�,\n\n'it���S?�-�llfm,\n\n��r;�-t <fifil'a, ��i{ II � o � II\npunarapi kai/a snana,\n\nsu?ka-vastra paridhana,\n\nratna-mandire kaila agamana\nvrnda-krta sambhara,\n\ngandha-pu?pa-a/arikara,\n\nvanya-vesa karila racana\nSYNONYMS\n\npunarapi-again;\n\nkaila-took;\n\nsnana-bath;\n\nSU?ka-vastra-dry\n\ncloth;\n\nparidhana-putting on; ratna-mandire-in a small house of jewels; kai/a-did;\n\n", "ant5#p0198": "Rescuing the lord from the Sea\n\nText 103]\n\n167\n\nagamana-arrival; vrnda-krta-arranged by the gopi Vrnda; sambhara-all kinds\nof articles; gandha-pu$pa-alarikara-scented flowers and ornaments; vanyavesa-forest dress; karila-did; racana-arrangement.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Then they all bathed again, and after putting on dry clothing, they went to\na small jeweled house, where the gopi Vrnda arranged to dress them in forest\nclothing by decorating them with fragrant flowers, green leaves and all kinds\nof other ornaments.\nTEXT 102\n\n��.;.,_�! l!�ftt �Q!i,\n\n�\"'t� 1!11i'f\\!1,\n\n�1ft:Jf �� ��-� I\n�'lift� �\\! �,\n�\"'t�til ��'$f'l,\n�i'f �t�' �tfil1t1 :Jf<fiii' ll �o� II\nvrndavane taru-Jata,\n\nadbhuta tahara katha,\n\nbara-masa dhare phula-phala\nvrndavane devi-gaf)a,\n\nkuiija-dasi yata jana;\n\nphala pac;Ji' aniya sakala\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavane-at Vrndavana; taru-/ata-trees and creepers; adbhuta-wonderful; tahara katha-their story; bara-masa-twelve months; dhare-produce;\nphula-phala-fruits and flowers; vrndavane-at Vrndavana; devi-gaf)a-all the\ngopis; kufija-dasi-maidservants in the bowers; yata jana-as many persons as\nthere are; phala pac;Ji'-picking fruits; aniya-bringing; saka/a-all varieties.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In Vrndavana, the trees and creepers are wonderful because throughout\nthe entire year they produce all kinds of fruits and flowers. The gopis and\nmaidservants in the bowers of Vrndavana pick these fruits and flowers and\nbring them before Radha and Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 103\n\n�� �� �t� ce�',\n�� :Jte.�t� �fit',\n�'1·1{�� f��t� ��t� I\n<e..t'l� i!ii1f ��',\n\n���ttfi :Jtt� :JttRf,\n\n�tt'$f �t:Jfil �fi1�t� l!tf ll � 0� ll\n\n", "ant5#p0199": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n168\n\nuttama sarhskara kari',\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nba(ia ba(ia thali bhari',\n\nratna-mandire pif)(iara upare\nbhak$af)era krama kari',\n\ndhariyache sari sari,\n\nage asana vasibara tare\nSYNONYMS\nuttama -topmost; sarhskara-cleaning; kari'-doing; ba(ia ba(ia-big; thaliplates; bhari'-filling up; ratna-mandire-in the house of jewels; piQ(iara upareon the platform; bhak$af)era krama kari' -making arrangements for eating;\ndhariyache-have kept; sari sari-one after another; age-in front; asana-sitting\nplace; vasibara tare-to sit down.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The gopis peeled all the fruits and placed them together on large plates on\na platform in the jeweled cottage. They arranged the fruit in orderly rows for\neating, and in front of it they made a place to sit.\nTEXT 104\n\n�<IS iltRn;� iltifl-�tl%, �<fi �� iltil1 �tl%,\n<fi\"f'', '<fitfiif- Rf-1${�<fit� I\n�lf, �i!(�, <fi�1,\n\nilt�er, �t�, lf�1f1,\n\ni!ft-.1, 'ilt5f1�, '�'S111 ��'tilt� II �0811\neka narikela nana-jati,\n\neka amra nana bhati,\n\nkala, koli-vividha-prakara\npanasa, kharjura, kamala,\n\nnaranga, jama, santara,\n\ndrak$a, badama, meoya yata ara\nSYNONYMS\neka-one item; narikela-coconut; nana-jati-of many varieties; eka-one;\namra-mango; nana bhati-of many different qualities; kala-banana; koli-berries; vividha-prakara-of different varieties; panasa-jackf ruit; kharjura-dates;\nkamala-tangerines;\n\nnaranga -oranges;\n\njama-blackberries;\n\nsan tara -another\n\ntype of tangerine; drak$a - grapes ; badama - almonds ; meoya - dried fruits;\nyata-as many as there are; ara-and.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Among the fruits were many varieties of coconut and mango, bananas,\nberries, jackfruits, dates, tangerines, oranges, blackberries, santaras, grapes,\nalmonds and all kinds of dried fruit.\n\n", "ant5#p0200": "Text 106]\n\nRescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\n169\n\nTEXT 105\n\n'ftl!.t, ��<fil, !8t�, '��J, ���' .tttlf,\nR�, �� 5ft�tfW �� I\n,.� �t-t �tJ 'lfJtfl!,\n\n�\"'t�il �-�tf•,\n:Jt��srt�, '!iif�1 �-rn <lil8 ? � �t 11\no\n\nkharamuja, k$irika, tala, kesura, pani-phala, mwala,\nbilva, pilu, dagimbadi yata\nkana de5e kara khyati,\n\nvrndavane saba-prapti,\n\nsahasra-jati, lekha yaya kata?\n\nSYNONYMS\nkharamuja-cantaloupe;\nkesura-kesura fruit;\n\nk$irika-k$irika fruit; tala-palm or palmyra fruit\n\npani-phala-a fruit produced in the water of rivers;\n\nmwala-a fruit from lotus flowers; bilva-bel fruit; pilu-a special fruit in\nVrndavana; dagimba-adi-the pomegranate and other similar fruits; yata-as\nmany as there are; kana dese-in some country; kara-of which; khyati-of\nfame; vrndavane-in Vrndavana; saba-prapti-obtainment of all; sahasra-jatithousands of varieties; lekha yaya-one is able to write; kata-how much.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"There were cantaloupes, k�irikas, palmfruits, kesuras, waterfruits, lotus\nfruits, bel, pilu, pomegranate and many others. Some of them are variously\nknown in different places, but in Vrndavana they are always available in so\nmany thousands of varieties that no one can fully describe them.\n\nTEXT 106\n\n'$f'ft�, �·�t�firf.\n\n���l!tr.:, <�S9{Jt<�Sfirt,\n\n:Jt��' �f�, �'If�� I\n�t� •fi' i{til1 <e�,\n..'G�firJ�tJ·�\"'\n�-o � =t� !iiftf\"it' �tfi{ II � � II\no\n\ngarigajala, amrtakeli,\n\npiy0$agranthi, karpurakeli,\n\nsarapuri, amrti, padmacini\nkhar:)(;la-k$irisara-vrk$a,\n\nghare kari' nana bhak$ya,\n\nradha yaha kr$Qa lagi' ani\n\n", "ant5#p0201": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n170\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\nganga-ja/a-the sweetmeat gangajafa; amrta-keli-a sweetmeat made of milk;\npiyO?a-granthi-piyO?agranthi;\n\nkarpOra-keli -karpOrake/i;\n\nsara-pOri-a\n\nsweet\n\nmade from milk; amrti-a sweet prepared from rice flour; padma-cini-a sweet\npreparation made from lotus flowers;\n\nkhal)c;ia-k?iri-sara-vrk?a-sugar sweets\n\nmade in the shape of trees; ghare-at home; kari'-making; nana bhak?yavarieties of eatables; radha-Srrmati Radharai)T; yaha-which; kr?Qa lagi'-for\nKr�l)a; ani-brought.\nTRANSLATION\n\"At home Srimati Radharal)i had made various types of sweetmeats from\nmilk and sugar, such as gangajala, amrtakeli, piyu�agranthi, karpurakeli,\nsarapuri, am!'fi, padmacini and khal)f;la-k�irisara-vrk�a. She had then brought\nthem all for Kr�r;1a.\nTEXT 107\n\n.,�11' �fif?tt'rli '�f�',\n\n?• ,��1 'lf�t��'\n\n�f�' '� �9 '� I\n\n1(t'fi '�Gifl ,�,\n\n�tllr �$1 ��'$1'f,\n\n�·t� ,<15�1 'If�� -t1ti{ II �0'\\ II\nbhak?yera paripati dekhi',\n\nkr?Qa haifa maha-sukhi,\n\nvasi' kai/a vanya bhojana\nsange lana sakhi-gal)a,\n\nradha kaila bhojana,\n\ndunhe kaila mandire sayana\nSYNONYMS\nbhak?yera-of eatables; paripati-the arrangements; dekhi'-seeing; kr?QaLord Kr�l)a;\n\nhaifa-became;\n\nmaha-sukhi-very happy;\n\nvasi'-sitting down;\n\nkai/a-performed; vanya bhojana-a picnic in the forest; sange-in association;\n/ana-taking; sakhi-gaQa-all the gopis; radha-Srrmati Radharai)T; kaila bhojana-took the remnants; dunhe-both of them; kai/a-did; mandire-in the\njeweled house; sayana-lying down.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When Kr�r:'la saw the very nice arrangement of food, He happily sat down\nand had a forest picnic. Then, after Srimati Radharar;1i and Her gopi friends\npartook of the remnants, Radha and Kr�r:'la lay down together in the jeweled\nhouse.\n\n", "ant5#p0202": "Text 109]\n\nRescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\n171\n\nTEXT 108\n\nc;<fl� <RHI i!t�..._'\"f �-.&� I\n111�\" �ijf1 ,�\"11,\n\n���lj � ���,\n\nc;w�' �t�tJ �� C�'\"f �i{ II �olr II\nkeha kare vijana,\n\nkeha pada-samvahana,\n\nkeha karaya tambala bhak�af)a\nradha-k[�f)a nidra gela,\n\nsakhi-gaf)a sayana kai/a,\n\ndekhi' amara sukhi haila mana\nSYNONYMS\nkeha-someone; kare-does; vijana-fanning; keha-someone; pada-samvahana-massaging of the feet; keha-someone; karaya-made them do; tambala bhak�af)a-eating a preparation of betel leaves; radha-kr�Qa-Radha and\nKr�l)a; nidra gela-went to sleep; sakhi-gaQa-all the gopis; sayana kaila-lay\ndown;\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\namara-My;\n\nsukhi-happy;\n\nhaila-became;\n\nmana­\n\nmind.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Some of the gopis fanned Radha and Kr�r:Ja, others massaged Their feet,\nand some fed Them betel leaves to chew. When Radha and Kr�r:Ja fell asleep,\nall the other gopis also lay down. When I saw this, My mind was very happy.\nTEXT 109\n\n'�il�tti'l CJI\"ttJ ..fif',\n\n1f�tr;;�t'\"f� ��',\n\n�-�� �t1 \"1�1 �t�f£1 I\n\n·t�1 �IJ_il1, �\"ft�i{,\n\n·�1 �-., c;�t��'t,\n\n<;��,�� �tr ��1�� !\" �o� II\nhena-kale more dhari',\n\nmaha-kolahala kari',\n\ntumi-saba ihari lana aila\nkariha yamuna, vrndavana,\n\nkariha kr�f)a, gopi-gaf)a,\n\nsei sukha bhariga karaila!\"\nSYNONYMS\nhena-kale-at that time; more dhari'-picking Me up; maha-kolahala kari'and making a great tumult; tumi-saba-all of you; ihari-here; lana aila-\n\n", "ant5#p0203": "172\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nbrought; kanha-where; yamuna-the Yamuna River; vrndavana-Vrndavana;\nkariha-where; kr?Qa-Kr�l)a; gopi-gaQa-the gopis; sei sukha-that happiness;\nbhariga karaila-you have broken.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Suddenly, all of you created a great tumult and picked Me up and brought\nMe back here. Where now is the River Yamuna l Where is Vrndavana l Where\nare Km•a and the gopisl You have broken My happy dream!\"\nTEXT 110\n\nlfltl!<fi <fifittl! �'t_� (;<fi<l'f '<It�' C�'f I\n\"Qi�·(;'Stt�tfc.!Pt� (;WM' it�tt� �\"\" II � � II\n0\n\neteka kahite prabhura kevala 'bahya' haifa\nsvarapa-gosariire dekhi' tarihare puchila\nSYNONYMS\neteka-this; kahite-while speaking; prabhura-of S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nkeva/a-only;\n\nbahya-external\n\nconsciousness;\n\nhai/a-there\n\nwas;\n\nsvarapa­\n\ngosariire-SvarOpa Gosafii; dekhi'-seeing; tarihare puchila-He asked him.\nTRANSLATION\nSpeaking in this way, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu fully returned to external\nconsciousness. Seeing Svarupa Damodara Gosvami, the lord questioned him.\nTEXT 111\n\n'ltt ,..t� �'t1f111 �tlftt� 'fc.!P1 'C{t('{1 t+\n\n\"Qi�·(;'itt�tfc.!P l!t<l <fi�tl;! \"Jtf� II ��� II\n'ihari kene tamara amare /aria ai/a?'\nsvarapa-gosarii tabe kahite lagila\nSYNONYMS\n\nihari-here; kene-why; tamara-you; amare-Me; /aria ai/a-have brought;\nsvarapa-gosani-SvarOpa Damodara Gosafii; tabe-at that time; kahite /agi/abegan to speak.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Why have you brought Me herel\" He asked. Then Svarupa Damodara\nanswered Him.\n\n", "ant5#p0204": "Text 114]\n\nRescuing the Lord from the S ea\n\n173\n\nTEXT 112\n\n\"�H �� t.tfif ��i!f ��\"fl I\n\n�l!?;i!l1{ I!� �tf�, �I!� ��\"11! ���II\n\"yamunara bhrame tumi samudre pac;iila\nsamudrera tararige asi, eta dura ai/a!\nSYNONYMS\n\nyamunara bhrame-in mistaking for the Yamuna; tumi-You; samudre-in the\nsea; pac;iila-fell; samudrera tararige-by the waves of the sea; asi-coming;\neta-this; dura-far; ai/a-You have come.\nTRANSLATION\n\"You mistook the sea for the Yamuna River,\" he said, \" and You j umped into\nit. You have been carried this far by the waves of the sea.\nTEXT 113\n\n\\fl� .-tfim �t?;\"t ��' �� ��'f I\nQ!1l{t1{ �at \\fl� G;� �����II��'!> II\nei jaliya ja/e kari' toma uthai/a\ntamara parase ei preme matta ha-ila\nSYNONYMS\n\nei\n\njaliya-this\n\nfisherman;\n\nja/e-in\n\nthe net;\n\nkari'-catching;\n\ntoma-You;\n\nuthaila-rescued from the water; tamara parase-by Your touch; ei-this man;\npreme-in ecstatic love; matta ha i/a-became maddened.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"This fisherman caught You in his net and rescued You from the water. Because of Your touch, he is now mad with ecstatic love for Kr�.,a.\nTEXT 114\n\n�� 1{tiTl �?;� G;��� ��t?;� �?;11(��1 I\ni'lt� ����' ��ill �tfirt111 ��811\nsaba ratri sabe bec;iai tomare anve�iya\njal iyara mukhe suni' painu asiya\n\n", "ant5#p0205": "174\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaba ratri-the whole night; sabe-all of us; bec;fai-walked; tomare-You; anve�iya-searching for; jafiyara mukhe-from the mouth of this fisherman; suni'hearing; painu-we found; asiya-coming.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Throughout the night, we all walked about in search of You. A fter hearing\nfrom this fisherman, we came here and found You.\nTEXT 115\n\n1_fil �Hitif �\"ft�te{ Of��� I\n\n'\\!t� �1 Of�' �t� �ti{ 9ltl � 11 ��<t 11\n\ntumi murccha-chafe vrndavane dekha kriqa\ntamara murccha dekhi' sabe mane pai pi{la\nSYNONYMS\ntumi-You; murccha-chafe-pretending to be unconscious; vrndavane-at\nVrndavana; dekha-see; kriqa-the pastimes; tamara murccha dekhi'-seeing\nYour unconsciousness; sabe-all of us; mane-in the mind; pai-get; pi{faagony.\nTRANSLATION\n\"While apparently unconscious, You witnessed the pastimes in Vrndavana,\nbut when we saw You unconscious, we suffered great agony in our minds.\nTEXT 116\n\n�·i{� il{�t\\! '\\!t�Bf '�(�1�' ��if I\n\n\\!it\\! � \\21'1't9l C�'l1, \\!1�1 � �filif II\" ��� II\nkr�Qa-nama fa-ite tamara 'ardha-bahya' ha-ifa\ntate ye prafapa kaifa, taha ye sunifa\"\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-nama fa-ite-chanting the holy name of Kr�r;�a; tamara-Your; ardhabahya-half-consciousness; ha-ifa-there was; tate-thereafter; ye-whatever;\nprafapa-crazy talks; kaifa-You did; taha-that; ye-which; sunifa-have heard.\n\n", "ant5#p0206": "Text 118]\n\nRescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\n175\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When we chanted the holy name of Kr�r:Ja, however, You came to semiconsciousness, and we have all been hearing You speak like a madman.\"\nTEXT 117\n\n11!1'{ <fi!';�,-\"�1t <;lf�' ''$f�� �\"ft�!;i{ I\n\n<Jfi-t,-fl11:t� �!';1!1i1 ''$ft�'$f'1·11!';i1 II ��'l II\nprabhu kahe,- \"svapne dekhi' gelana .vrndavane\ndekhi, -km;�a rasa karena gopigaQa-sane\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahe-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; svapne dekhi'-dreaming; gelana\nvrndavane-1 went to Vrndavana; dekhi-1 see; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�r:\"�a; rasa karenaperforms the rasa dance; gopi-gaQa-sane-with the gopis.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"In My dream I went to Vrndavana, where I\nsaw Lord Kr�Qa perform the rasa dance with all the gopis.\n\nTEXT 118\n\ni!lf\"'� <fiRf' ,�'11 �� � t �r;i1 I\n<;lf�' <:f;!tfill1!1�� ��(._,�i1 \"� 11ti1 u\"��\"'\"\n-\n\njala-kriga kari' kaila vanya-bhojane\ndekhi' ami pralapa kailun-hena laya mane\"\n\nSYNONYMS\njala-kriga-sports in the water; kari'-performing; kaila-had; vanya-bhojane-a picnic; dekhi'-seeing; ami-1; pralapa kailun-talked crazily; henasuch; /aya-takes; mane-in My mind.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"A fter sporting in the water, Kr�r:ta enjoyed a picnic. I can understand that\nafter seeing this, I must certainly have talked like a madman.\"\n\n", "ant5#p0207": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n176\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 18\n\nTEXT 119\n\n�� �fi9f\"''it'tlft� it� 'Wti{ �t�11\n\n��1{ '1�1 �1{ �t.ill1 �ti{�� ��1 ll ��� ll\ntabe svarupa-gosani tanre snana karana\nprabhure lana ghara aila anandita hana\nSYNONYMS\n\ntabe-thereafter; svarupa-gosani-Svaropa Damodara Gosani; tanre-Him;\nsnana karana-causing to bathe; prabhure-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; /anataking; ghara ai/a-came back to His house; anandita hana\n\n-\n\nbeing very happy.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThereafter, Svarupa Damodara Gosvami had lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nbathe in the sea, and then he very happily brought Him back home.\nTEXT 120\n\n�� �' <!i�i( i2f't_� �l!_ilf·9fi!i{ I\n�� � ��i{, 9ft� C���·R'lll ��o ll\nei ta' kahilun prabhura samudra-patana\niha yei sune, paya caitanya-caraQa\nSYNONYMS\n\nei\n\nta'-thus;\n\nkahi/un-1\n\nhave\n\ndescribed;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; samudra-patana-the falling into the sea; iha-this story; yei\nsune-anyone who hears; paya-obtains; caitanya-caraQa-shelter at the lotus\nfeet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nThus I have described the incident of lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\nfalling into the ocean. Anyone who listens to this pastime will certainly attain\nshelter at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 121\n\n�fi9f 1f��t�-9f�� �t� �t-t I\n���f�i!t�'! <f.�� ���l� ll H� u\n\n", "ant5#p0208": "Text 121]\n\nRescuing the Lord from the Sea\n\n177\n\nsri-rupa-raghunatha pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-Srila Ropa Gosvami;\n\nraghunatha-Srila\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami;\n\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expe ctation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nkahe-descri bes ;\n\nkr�Qadasa-Srila\n\nKr�l)adasa Kaviraja Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Riipa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr��adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrfa, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Antya-lila,\n\nEighteenth Chapter, describing Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's falling into the\nwater of the sea.\n\n", "ant5#p0209": "CHAPTER 19\n\nThe Inconceivable Behavior of\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nThe following summary of Chapter Nineteen is given by Srila Bhaktivinoda\nThakura in his Amrta-pravaha-bha?ya.\nEvery year, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu asked Jagadananda Par;�c;fita to visit His\nmother in Navadvipa with gifts of cloth and prasada. After one such visit, jagadananda PaQc;fita returned to Puri with a sonnet that Advaita Acarya had written.\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu read it, His ecstasy was so great that all the devotees feared that the Lord would very soon pass away. The Lord's condition was so\nserious that at night He would bruise and bloody His face by rubbing it against the\nwalls. To stop this, SvarOpa Damodara asked Sarikara Par;�c;fita to stay at night in\nthe same room with the Lord.\nThis chapter further describes how Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu entered the\n)agannatha-vallabha garden during the full-moon night of Vaisakha (April-May)\nand experienced various transcendental ecstasies. Overwhelmed with ecstatic\nlove at suudenly seeing Lord Sri Kr�r;�a beneath an asoka tree, He exhibited various\nsymptoms of spiritual madness.\n\nTEXT 1\n\n� �� \"����� �·�t1tfill(l\n\n$(9fl ll_��'CI� 1l�i{ � �: II � II\nvande tam kr?Qa-caitanyarh\nmatr-bhakta-siromal)im\npra/apya mukha-sarighar?i\nmadhadyane lalasa yab\nSYNONYMS\n\nvande-1 offer my respectful obeisances; tam-unto Him; kr?Qa-caitanyam­\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; matr-bhakta-of great devotees of mothers;\nsiromal)im-the crown\n\njewel;\n\npra/apya-talking\n\n179\n\nlike\n\na madman;\n\nmukha-\n\n", "ant5#p0210": "180\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nsanghar�i-who used to rub His face; madhu-udyane-in the garden known as\n\nJagannatha-vallabha; /a/asa-enj oyed; yab -who.\nTRANSLATION\n\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the most exalted of all devotees of mothers,\nspoke like a madman and rubbed His face against the walls. Overwhelmed by\nemotions of ecstatic love, He would sometimes enter the Jagannatha-vallabha\ngarden to perform His pastimes. I offer my respectful obeisances unto Him.\nTEXT 2\n\n� � ��tJ � f�J'til\"t I\n\n��rtt�li� i9f1T '���� \" � \"\njaya jaya sri-caitanya jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; sri-caitanya-to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-all\nglories; nityananda-to Nityananda Prabhu; jaya-all glories; advaita-candra-to\nAdvaita Acarya; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of Lord\nGaurariga.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityananda! All\nglories to Advaita Acarya! And all glories to all the devotees of Lord Caitanya\nMahaprabhu!\nTEXT 3\n\n��1W! 1t�i21t_ \"\"'�� I\n���opt �t� �1�-flr�� \" � \"\nei-mate mahaprabhu kr�Qa-premavese\nunmada-pralapa kare ratri-divase\nSYNONYMS\nei-mate-in this way; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kr�Qa-premaavese-in ecstatic emotional love of Kf�l)a; unmada-madness; pralapa-and\ncrazy talk; kare-perfor ms; ratri-divase-throughout the entire day and night.\n\n", "ant5#p0211": "Text 5]\n\nThe lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\n181\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the ecstasy of love of Kr�r:Ja, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu thus behaved like a\nmadman, talking insanely all day and night.\nTEXT 4\n\n� �(!� f�� �fu(!·�'if\\if'fi{\"f I\n�t�� �Rft<lf � 'Pit��� �'fi{\"f II 8 II\nprabhura atyanta priya paQc;lita-jagadananda\nyahara caritre prabhu payena ananda\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; atyanta-very; priya-affectionate;\npaQc;lita-jagadananda-)agadananda Par:J<:Jita; yahara caritre-in whose activities;\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; payena-gets; ananda-great pleasure.\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda PaQc;lita was a very dear devotee of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nThe lord derived great pleasure from his activities.\nTEXT 5\n\nc!l��e.� c!l\" itt11' �itt� �wrntt'! 1\n��·l:f�(!1 'Sftfil' � 'f;lt'!ft�t'! II � II\nprati-vatsara prabhu tanre pathana nadiyate\nviccheda-duhkhita jani' janani asvasite\nSYNONYMS\n\nprati-vatsara-every year; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tanre-him;\npathana-sends; nadiyate-to Navadvipa; viccheda-duhkhita jani'-knowing her\naffliction due to separation; janani-His mother; asvasite-to console.\nTRANSLATION\nKnowing His mother to be greatly afflicted by separation, the lord would\nsend Jagadananda PaQc;lita to Navadvipa every year to console her.\n\n", "ant5#p0212": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n182\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 6\n\n\"��1 �, 1ftl!t�f �r� �1f\"JJ1f 1\n�tlltf �t� �91'1 tffil'� � II � II\n\"nadiya ca/aha, matare kahiha namaskara\namara name pada-padma dhariha tanhara\nSYNONYMS\nnadiya ca/aha- start\n\nfor Nadia; matare-unto My mother; kahiha-tell;\n\nnamaskara-My obeisances; amara name-in My name; pada-padma-the lotus\n\nfeet; dhariha -catch; tafihara -her.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu told Jagadananda Par;�c;fita, \"Go to Nadia and offer\nMy obeisances to My mother. Touch her lotus feet in My name.\nTEXT 7\n\n�� ��-'� �� \"mf'l I\nfiii!J �t�' � Q!t'l{tf �f\"ft� R'l II � II\nkahiha tafihare-'tumi karaha smaraQa\nnitya asi' ami tamara vandiye caraQa\nSYNONYMS\nkahiha tafihare- inform her; tumi karaha smaraQa-please remember; nitya\nasi'- coming daily; ami-1; tamara-your; vandiye caraQa-offer respect to the\n\nlotus feet.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Tell her for Me, 'Please remember that I come here every day and offer My\nrespects to your lotus feet.\nTEXT 8\n\n'�·00 Q!t'lftf �� ��t�tl! ''e�� I\n�-fit� �tf\"Jt' ��� �fifC11 �llti'l II tr- II\nye-dine tamara iccha karaite bhajana\nse-dine asi' avasya kariye bhak�aQa\n\n", "ant5#p0213": "Text 10]\n\nThe Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\n183\n\nSYNONYMS\nye-dine-any day; tamara-your; iccha-desire; karaite bhojana-to feed Me;\nse-dine-on that day; asi'-coming; avasya-certainly; kariye bhak?ar,Ja-1 eat.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Any day you desire to feed Me, I certainly come and accept what you\noffer.\nTEXT 9\n\n�'Rf C:Jt� 1 �tf�' �tfif �fir( :JtjJt:Jt I\n\n'�t�' �c.!P1 �tfir C��· �'Siilt-t II � II\ntamara seva chac;fi' ami kariluri sannyasa\n'bau/a' hafia ami kailuri dharma-nasa\nSYNONYMS\ntamara seva chac;fi'-giving up your service; ami-1; kariluri-accepted; sannyasa-the renounced order of life;\n\nbaula hafia-becoming mad;\n\nami-1;\n\nkailuri-did; dharma-nasa-destruction of religion.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'I have given up service to you and have accepted the vow of sannyasa. I\nhave thus become mad and have destroyed the principles of religion.\nTEXT 10\n\n\\!!� ��ilt� '!_fir iii ill�� �111'Rt I\nCi!111'Rt ��il �tfif- �<! C:Jf C�11Hl II � II\no\n\nei aparadha tumi na /a-iha amara\ntamara adhina ami-putra se tamara\nSYNONYMS\nei aparadha-this offense; tumi-you; na-do not; la-iha-take; amara-of\nMe; tamara-your; adhina-dependent; ami-1; putra-son; se-that; tamaraof you.\nTRANSLATION\n\"'Mother, please do not take this as an offense, for I, your son, am completely dependent upon you.\n\n", "ant5#p0214": "184\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 11\n\n�t�t\"f �t� �tfil ''!t1lt� �tt'! I\n�e. ��, i!tiile. �tfif iltBf� litf$r;l! U' � � II\nnilaca/e achi ami tamara ajfiate\nyavat jiba, tavat ami nariba chac;lite'\n\nSYNONYMS\nni/aca/e-jagannatha Purr, NTiacala; achi ami-1 am; tamara ajfiate-on the\nbasis of your order; yavat jiba-as long as I live; tavat-so long; ami-1; naribashall not be able; chac;lite-to leave.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'I am staying here at Nilacala, Jagannatha Puri, according to your order. As\nlong as I live, I shall not leave this place.' \"\nTEXT 12\n\n''nt��'lt� �t�'li ,�� ��t�-��l;ilt\n1ltl!tr;� �tifil i!1rt1 �� ��il U �� II\ngopa-/ilaya pai/a yei prasada-vasane\nmatare pathana taha purira vacane\n\nSYNONYMS\ngopa-lilaya-in His pastimes as a cowherd boy; paila-got; yei-whatever;\nprasada-remnant; vasane-clothing; matare-unto His mother; pathana-sent;\ntaha-that; purira vacane-on the order of Paramananda Purr.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFollowing the order of Paramananda Puri, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu sent His\nmother the prasada clothing left by Lord Jagannatha after His pastimes as a\ncowherd boy.\nTEXT 13\n\n'lf'Stiltt�� ��1{ ��t� �tfil�1 �\\!till\n1lti!tt1l ��� �titil, �t� 'e9'Stt'l U �� II\njagannathera uttama prasada aniya yatane\nmatare prthak pathana, ara bhakta-gal)e\n\n", "ant5#p0215": "Text 15]\n\n185\n\nThe Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\nSYNONYMS\n\njagannathera-of Lord Jagannatha; uttama-first class; prasada-remnants of\nfood; aniya yatane-bringing very carefully; matare-unto His mother; prthakseparately; pathana-sends; ara bhakta-gaQe-and to the other devotees.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu very carefully brought first-class prasada from\nLord Jagannatha and sent it in separate packages to His mother and the devotees at Nadia.\nTEXT 14\n\nlf't��t'111 �'t. � Mt11tllf'f I\n�t� �ft�i �1 c;lft�-. � 11 �s n\nmatr-bhakta-gaf)era prabhu hana siromaf)i\nsannyasa kariya sada sevena janani\nSYNONYMS\nmatr-bhakta-gaf)era-of the devotees of mothers;\n\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; hana-is; siromaQi-the topmost jewel; sannyasa kariya-even\nafter taking the sannyasa order; sada-always; sevena-renders service; janani·\n\nto His mother.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is the topmost gem of all devotees of mothers. He\nrendered service to His mother even after He had accepted the vow of sannyasa.\nTEXT 15\n\ni9f�'ft..\"' ..� f��11ltl!t� fitfiltnl\n121\"1.11 �I! fi{t�'f.., ��'I ��i II �� II\njagadananda nadiya giya matare milila\nprabhura yata nivedana, sakala kahila\nSYNONYMS\njagadananda-Jagadananda; nadiya-to NavadvTpa; g1ya-going; mataremother\n\nSacT;\n\nmilila-met;\n\nprabhura-of\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nnivedana-all kinds of salutations; saka/a-everything; kahila-he told.\n\nyata\n\n", "ant5#p0216": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n186\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\nJagadananda Pa•:u;lita thus returned to Nadia, and when he met Sacimata, he\nconveyed to her all the Lord's salutations.\nTEXT 16\n\n�t�tfif 'e9'1tt'i filfffl'l1 �� ��1 I\n1fti!1·Jtf$ �1•1 ff�ff11ftt�� 1t�� II �� II\nacaryadi bhakta-gaf)e milila prasada diya\nmata-thafii ajfia la-ila maseka rahiya\n\nSYNONYMS\nacarya-adi-beginning with Advaita Acarya; bhakta-gaf)e-all the devotees;\nmilila-he met; prasada diya-delivering the prasada of Lord jagannatha; matathafii-from mother Saci; ajfia la-i/a-took permission to leave; maseka rahiyaremaining for one month.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe then met all the other devotees, headed by Advaita Acarya, and gave\nthem the prasada of Jagannatha. After staying for one month, he took permission from mother Saci to leave.\nTEXT 17\n\n��tt1i1t iffcfP f'51�1 �t-11f1Rfff1 I\n�-<;;'ltt�f$ �'-� �t\"'-t �fitll111 �'Ill\nacaryera thafii giya ajfia magi/a\nacarya-gosafii prabhure sandesa kahila\n\nSYNONYMS\nacaryera thafii-to Advaita Acarya; giya-going; ajna magi/a-begged for permission to leave; acarya-gosafii-Advaita Acarya; prabhure-unto Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; sandesa kahila-sent a message.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he went to Advaita Acarya and also asked His permission to return,\nAdvaita Prabhu gave him a message to deliver to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant5#p0217": "Text 20]\n\nThe Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\n187\n\nTEXT 18\n\n�1ftri·�t�� �tit1i <llt�il ttt11'·(;�tt1f I\n\n��'fiji <t \"'il, (;�� �� ili 'Pftt1f II �lr II\ntaraja-praheli acarya kahena thare-thore\nprabhu matra bujhena, keha bujhite na pare\nSYNONYMS\ntaraja-praheli-a sonnet in equivocal language;\n\nacarya-Advaita Acarya;\n\nkahena-spoke; thare-thore-making some indications; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; matra-only; bujhena-could understand; keha bujhite na pareothers could not understand.\nTRANSLATION\nAdvaita Acarya had written a sonnet in equivocal language with an import\nthat Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu could understand but others could not.\nTEXT 19\n\n\"�'ft1l <II� �t�t11' (;<IIi� il��1f I\n\n�� f.lt�il �1( i1ft'l �'tlft� II �0\\\\ II\n\"prabhure kahiha amara koti namaskara\nei nivedana tafira caraQe amara\nSYNONYMS\nprabhure kahiha-j ust inform Lord Caitanya; amara-My; koti namaskarahundreds and thousands of obeisances; ei nive dana-this is the submission;\ntalira-His; caraQe-unto the lotus feet; amara-My.\nTRANSLATION\nIn His sonnet, Advaita Prabhu first offered His obeisances hundreds and\nthousands of times unto the lotus feet of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. He\nthen submitted the following statement at His lotus feet.\nTEXT 20\n\n�t�� ���,-(;ltt415 ��\"f �t�ff I\n����,-�ttl; iii R�t� ii� II �0 II\n\n", "ant5#p0218": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n188\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nbaulake kahiha, -/aka ha-ifa baula\nbaulake kahiha, -hate na vikaya caula\nSYNONYMS\nbaulake kahiha-please inform Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is playing the\npart of a madman in ecstatic love; /oka-the people in general; ha-ifa-have become; bau/a-also mad in ecstatic love; baulake kahiha-again inform Lord Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, the bau/a; hate-in the market; na-not; vikaya-sells;\ncau/a-rice.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Please inform Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who is acting like a madman, that\neveryone here has become mad like Him. Inform Him also that in the\nmarketplace, rice is no longer in demand.\nTEXT 21\n\n�*'t� �fit�,- �tt� ilt�� �1� I\n·t� ��,-�� �f�ttfi �1�\" II\" ·U II\nbaulake kahiha,-kaye nahika aula\nbaulake kahiha,-iha kahiyache baula\"\nSYNONYMS\nbaulake kahiha-again inform the bau/a, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kaye-in\nbusiness; nahika-there is not; au/a-persons who have become mad in ecstatic\nlove; baulake kahiha-again inform the bau/a, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ihathis;\n\nkahiyache-has spoken;\n\nbau/a-another madman, Sri Advaita Prabhu\n\nHimself.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Those now mad in ecstatic love are no longer interested in the material\nworld. Tell Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu that Advaita Prabhu, who has also become a madman in ecstatic love, has spoken these words.\"\nTEXT 22\n\nIJI� ��' WP'mf�\"f �tfiltl! 'ltRtt\"ff I\n\nifttt� �tf�' l!t� �'!,t' ��t\"ffll �� \"\neta suni' jagadananda hasite lagila\nni/acale asi' tabe prabhure kahi/a\n\n", "ant5#p0219": "Text 24]\n\nThe lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\n189\n\nSYNONYMS\neta suni'-hearing this; jagadananda-jagadananda Pat:�<;lita; hasite /agi/abegan to laugh;\n\nnilacale-to Jagannatha Puri;\n\nasi'-returning;\n\ntabe-then;\n\nprabhure kahila-he told all this to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen he heard Advaita Acarya's statement, Jagadananda Par;�c;lita began to\nlaugh, and when he returned to Jagannatha Puri, Nilacala, he informed\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu of everything.\nTEXT 23\n\nl!t��r1 �fi{' ���e. mll'l11\n\n'h � �tWI'- �fi!l' '�'il 'f�111 �� 11\ntaraja suni' mahaprabhu i?at hasila\n'tanra yei ajfia'-bali' mauna dharila\n\nSYNONYMS\ntaraja suni'-hearing the sonnet; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; i?at\nhasi/a-quietly smiled; tanra yei ajfia-that is His order; ba/i'-saying; mauna\ndharila-became silent.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAfter hearing the equivocal sonnet by Advaita Acarya, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu quietly smiled. \"That is His order, \" He said. Then He fell silent.\n\nTEXT 24\n\ntrt� �� ''5tt�tf� ��'if� I\n\n'�- � etG!'<J[�t:i! iltRf'l' 11 �8 11\njaniyao svarupa gosafii prabhure puchila\n'ei tarajara artha bujhite nari/a'\n\nSYNONYMS\njaniyao-although knowing; svarupa gosafii -SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami;\nprabhure puchi/a-inquired from Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ei tarajara artha-the\nmeaning of this sonnet; bujhite-to understand; nari/a-1 was not able.\n\n", "ant5#p0220": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n190\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough he knew the secret, Svarupa Damodara Gosvami inquired from\nthe Lord, \"What is the meaning of this sonnet? I could not understand it.\"\nTEXT 25\n\nt2ft. �1{,- '�t�1f �11 '!_�<fi ��'f I\n'Wtt'St1f-llftt� �f�-��ttil 'flli'f II �It II\nprabhu kahena,- 'a carya haya pujaka prabala\nagama-sastrera vidhi-vidhane kusala\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahena-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu said; acarya haya pujaka praba/aAdvaita Acarya is a great worshiper; agama-sastrera-of the Vedic literature;\nvidhi-vidhane kusa/a-very expert in the regulative principles.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"Advaita Acarya is a great worshiper of\nthe Lord and is very expert in the regulative principles enjoined in the Vedic\nliteratures.\nTEXT 26\n\nIJ'ttJiifl llftf�' ��t� �t�i{ �t�t�il I\n\n� llftf�' <fi� <fit'f <fit�il �t�t�e{ II �� II\nupasana lagi' devera karena avahana\npuja lagi' kata kala karena nirodhana\nSYNONYMS\nupasana\n\nlagi'-for\n\nworshiping\n\nthe\n\nDeity;\n\ndevera-of\n\nthe\n\nLord;\n\nkarena\n\navahana-invites to come; puja lagi'-to perform the worship; kata kala\n\n-\n\nfor\n\nsome time; karena nirodhana-He keeps the Deity.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Advaita Acarya invites the Lord to come and be worshiped, and to perform\nthe worship He keeps the Deity for some time.\n\n", "ant5#p0221": "Text 29]\n\nThe lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\n191\n\nTEXT 27\n\n'i_WI·fil(�et �t'f �ttli ��e{ �ll�e{ I\n'!� if! 'ftfil �(, f�1 �t1f Jli{ II �'\\ II\npuja-nirvahal)a haile pache karena visarjana\ntarajara na jani artha, kiba tarira mana\nSYNONYMS\npuja-nirvahal)a-finishing of the worship; hai/e-when there is; pache-at\nlast; karena visarjana-sends back the Deity; tarajara-of the sonnet; na jani-1\ndo not know; artha-the meaning; kiba tanra mana-what is in His mind.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAfter the worship is completed, He sends the Deity somewhere else. I do\n\nnot know the meaning of this sonnet, nor do I know what is in Advaita\nPrabhu's mind.\nTEXT 28\n\n11ft�t'St'!f1f '8ltt;t1f -1!11\\Sfttf! ll1t( I\n\n..tr� ,y-•tf! l{tfif �1f�Srt1f �(u' �11- 11\nmaha-yogesvara acarya-tarajate samartha\namiha bujhite nari tarajara artha'\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-yogesvara-the\n\ngreatest\n\nmystic;\n\nacarya-Advaita\n\nAcarya;\n\ntarajate\n\nsamartha-very expert in writing sonnets; amiha-and yet I; bujhite-to understand; nari-am not able; tarajara-of the sonnet; artha-the meaning.\nTRANSLATION\n11\n\nAdvaita Acarya is a great mystic. No one can understand Him. He is expert\n\nin writing sonnets that even I Myself cannot understand.\"\nTEXT 29\n\n�fift1 �f-st� �t'11ll� �9'St'l I\n'Qi�·,'Stt�tf� f�i lltl'f1 �Jti{ II �� II\n\n", "ant5#p0222": "Sri Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\n192\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nsuniya vismita ha-i/a saba bhakta-gaf)a\nsvarupa-gosafii kichu ha-ila vimana\nSYNONYMS\nsuniya-hearing;\n\nvismita-astonished;\n\ngaf)a-the devotees;\n\nha-i/a-became;\n\nsaba-all;\n\nbhakta­\n\nsvarupa-gosafii-Svaropa Damodara Gosvami; kichu­\n\nsomewhat; ha-i/a-became; vimana\n\n-\n\nmorose\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHearing\n\nthis,\n\nall\n\nthe\n\ndevotees\n\nwere\n\nastonished,\n\nespecially\n\nSvarupa\n\nDamodara, who became somewhat morose.\nTEXT\n\n30\n\n�- fit� � �1l �Rf w-tl �-1'( I\n�1 Rt�-�·ti f�tj <�tf\"� II �0 II\nsei dina haite prabhura ara dasa ha-ila\nkr$Qera viccheda-dasa dviguf)a bac;lila\nSYNONYMS\nsei dine haite-from that day on; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nara-another; dasa-condition; ha-i/a-there was; kr$Qera-from Lord Kr�J;�a;\nviccheda-dasa-the\n\ncondition\n\nof\n\nseparation;\n\ndvi-guf)a-twice;\n\nbac;li/a-in­\n\ncreased.\nTRANSLATION\nFrom that day on, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's emotional state changed\nmarkedly; His feelings of separation from Kr��a doubled in intensity.\nTEXT\n\n31\n\n�IJI't�-12!�t9f·(;�i1 �t1l 1ltf\\Jf·flft� I\n1t'fl·<et<!ltt<tt-t R1� <!Itt\" �'l'l!lt'l II �� II\nunmada-pra/apa-Ce$ta kare ratri-dine\nradha-bhavavese viraha bac;le anuk$af)e\nSYNONYMS\nunmada -madness; pra/apa-craziness; Ce$ta-activities; kare ratri-dine -He\nperformed day and night; radha-bhava-avese-in the ecstatic emotion of Srimati\nRadharaJ;�i; viraha-separation; bac;le-increases; anuk$af)e-every moment.\n\n", "ant5#p0223": "Text 33]\n\nThe Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\n193\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs His feelings of separation in the ecstasy of Srimati Radhara�i increased at\nevery moment, the Lord's activities, both day and night, were now wild, insane performances.\nTEXT 32\n\n�t�� �t1f �11' 11�1·$1� I\n�cfi·WIIf1 ��i'f t91JftW·i'f'l''1 II �� II\nacambite sphure kr�Qera mathura-gamana\nudghorQa-dasa haifa unmada-lak�al)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nacambite-suddenly; sphure-there awoke; kr�Qera-of Lord Kr�r:Ja; mathuragamana-the departure for Mathura; udghorl)a-dasa-the ecstatic condition\nknown as udghorQa; haifa-there was; unmada-lak?al)a-the symptom of madness.\nTRANSLATION\nSuddenly there awoke within Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu the scene of Lord\nKr�r:'la's departure to Mathura, and He began exhibiting the symptom of\necstatic madness known as udghiirr;\"�a.\nTEXT 33\n\n11't11t�t\"At �i'fi 'f�' <fit1fi{ l!'l i'ft� I\n'llf11it9f � lltfil' f�iSf·���tf II �� II\nramanandera gala dhari' karena pralapana\nsvarupe puchena mani' nija-sakhr-gal)a\nSYNONYMS\n\nramanandera-of Ramananda Raya; gala dhari'-holding the neck; karena\npra/apana-begins talking like a crazy man; svarupe puchena-inquired from\nSvarOpa Damodara; mani'-accepting; nija-sakhr-gaQa-as a gop/ friend.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu spoke like a madman, holding Ramananda Raya\nby the neck, and He questioned Svarupa Damodara, thinking him to be His\ngopi friend.\n\n", "ant5#p0224": "Sri Caitanya-caritlm�a\n\n194\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 34\n\n�'�� M-11�1� 11\"1fiRi1 ,_� I\n<;�- <;tft<f' ?tf�' �&lft?t <f'f�� &lftf'$f&lfi II �8 II\npurve yena vi5akhare radhika puchila\nsei 5/oka pac;ii' pralapa karite lagila\nSYNONYMS\npurve-formerly;\n\nyena-as;\n\nvi5akhare-unto\n\nVisakha;\n\nradhika-Srimati\n\nRadharal)i; puchi/a-inq uired; sei 5/oka-that verse; pac;ii -reading; pra/apa'\n\ntalking like a crazy man; karite / agi/a-began to do.\nTRANSLATION\nJust as Srimati Radharal)i inquired from Her personal friend Visakha, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, reading that very verse, began speaking like a\nmadman.\nTEXT 35\n\n� '1il1l<'IS�lt1: � f•i�S��1<'!\"'f�:\n� \"ll�!lP�\"i'l<i,i1<1: � � �Cl1�'1,<'1�Tf�: I\n� �11!1PI�1��, � 1ff� �,<tl1c-.,.hfir-\n\nf<l r��'� ���11: � <�� �� �1 fir���'\" \"¢ n\nkva nanda-kula-candramaf:J kva 5ikhi-candrakalarikrtif:J\nkva mandra-murali-ravaf:J kva nu surendra-nila-dyutif:J\nkva rasa-rasa-taQc;iavi kva sakhi jiva-rak�au�adhir\nnidhir mama suhrttamaf) kva bata hanta ha dhig-vidhim\nSYNONYMS\nkva-where; nanda-ku/a-candramaf:J-Kr�r:'la, who has arisen like the moon in\nthe ocean of the dynasty of Nanda Maharaja; kva-where; 5ikhi-candrakaa/arikrtif:J-Kr�r:'la, whose head is decorated with a peacock feather; kva-where;\nmandra-murali-ravaf:J-Kr�r:'la, whose flute produces a deep sound; kva-where;\nnu-certainly; surendra-nila-dyutif:J-Kr�r:'la, whose bodily luster is like the jewel\ncalled indranila; kva-where; rasa-rasa-taQc;iavi-K[�')a, who is expert in dancing\nin the rasa dance; kva-where; sakhi-0 My dear friend; jiva-rak�a-au�adhif)­\n\nKr�r:'la, who is the medicine that can save one's life; nidhif:J -treasure; mama­\n\nMy; suhrt-tamaf)-best of friends; kva-where; bata-1 am so sorry; hanta-alas;\nha-oh; dhik-vidhim-condemnation to Vidhi, the maker of my destiny.\n\n", "ant5#p0225": "Text 36]\n\nThe Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\n195\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'My dear friend, where is Kr��a, who is like the moon rising from the\nocean of Maharaja Nanda's dynasty? Where is Kr��a, His head decorated with\na peacock feather? Where is He? Where is Kr��a, whose flute produces such a\ndeep sound? Oh, where is Kr��a, whose bodily luster is like the luster of the\nblue indranila jewel? Where is Kr��a, who is so expert in rasa dancing? Oh,\nwhere is He who can save My life? Kindly tell Me where to find Kr��a, the\ntreasure of My life and best of My friends. Feeling separation from Him, I\nhereby condemn Providence, the shaper of My destiny.'\n\nPURPORT\nThis verse is found in the Lalita-madhava (3.25) of Srila ROpa Gosvami.\n\nTEXT 36\n\n\"�t9�<l:QII'-�-�,,\n\n�· �1t� �cl�if!.t\n\niSff\"' '�QII'i l!lr'Stt. �t�Sr'Rf I\n\n\"vrajendra-ku/a-dugdha-sindhu,\n\nkr?Qa tahe pOrQa indu,\n\njanmi' kaila jagat ujora\nkanty-amrta yeba piye,\n\nnirantara piya jiye,\n\nvraja-janera nayana-cakora\nSYNONYMS\nvrajendra-kula-the dynasty of Maharaja Nanda in Vrajabhomi;\n\ndugdha­\n\nsindhu-like the ocean of milk; kr?Qa-Lord Kr��a; tahe-in that; pOrQa-full;\nindu-moon; janmi'-arising; kai/a-has made; jagat-the whole world; ujorailluminated; kanti-amrta-the nectar of His bodily luster; yeba piye-anyone who\ndrinks; nirantara-always; piya-drinking; jiye-sustains life; vraja-janera-of the\ninhabitants of Vrndavana; nayana-cakora-eyes that are like cakora birds.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The family of Maharaja Nanda is just like an ocean of milk, wherein Lord\nKr��a has arisen like the full moon to illuminate the entire universe. The eyes\nof the residents of Vraja are like cakora birds that continuously drink the nectar of His bodily luster and thus live peacefully.\n\n", "ant5#p0226": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n196\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 37\n\n,f� <;�, <;��1 ��' ��� ��-til I\n\nil1 c�f�t'l •ttl; �'\n\n��K'tt� �a�t� 11�,\n\n�!l C��t�, il1 �t� \"\"�il II �9 II ali II\nsakhi he, kotha kr�Qa, karaha darasana\nk�aQeke yahara mukha,\n\nna dekhile phate buka,\n\nsfghra dekhaha, na rahe jfvana\nSYNONYMS\nsakhi he-0 My dear friend; kotha kr�Qa-where is Lord Kr�r:Ja; karaha\ndarasana-please let Me see Him; k�a1.1eke-within a moment; yahara-whose;\nmukha-face; na dekhile-if not seeing; phate buka-My heart is breaking;\nsfghra-quickly; dekhaha-show; na rahe jfvana-My life is expiring.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friend, where is Km1al Kindly let Me see Him. My heart breaks at\nnot seeing His face even for a moment. Kindly show Him to Me immediately;\notherwise I cannot live.\nTEXT 38\n\n�t1l1�'!�-�����'\n�l 81ti9R( �1l�.\nf�·�tt�'! fif�t �til I\n�tt1 CJTAt � C,l,\n�!fill! �t� c.;�,\n��t�, �f�, �� <;11� �1'1 II �lr II\n\nei vrajera ramaQf,\n\nkamarka-tapta-kumudinf,\n\nnija-karamrta diya dana\npraphullita kare yei,\n\nkahari mora candra sei,\n\ndekhaha, sakhi, rakha mora praQa\nSYNONYMS\nei -these;\n\nvrajera\n\nramal)/-women\n\nof\n\nVrndavana;\n\nkama-arka-tapta­\n\nkumudinf-exactly like lilies becoming very hot in the sun of lusty desire; nijaown; kara-amrta-nectar of hands; diya-giving; dana-charity; praphullitajubilant; kare-makes;\n\nyei-one who; kahari-where; mora-My; candra­\n\nmoon; sei-that; dekhaha-please show; sakhi-0 My dear friend; rakhaplease save; mora pral)a-My life.\n\n", "ant5#p0227": "Text 40]\n\n197\n\nThe Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The women of Vrndavana are just like lilies growing hot in the sun of lusty\ndesires. But moonlike Kr�Qa makes them all jubilant by bestowing upon them\nthe nectar of His hands. 0 My dear friend, where is My moon nowl Save My\nlife by showing Him to Me!\nTEXT 39\n\nf-tf--t�t.J �t�,\n�'tt1 '� �tJ �tJf,\n��·,1ft� '�� .!l't'l_ I\n\\��-�·�'\n\n�t!�-t!��,\n\n��� f�' �t!'t II �� II\nkahari se cucjara thama,\n\nsikhi-pinchera ucjana,\n\nnava-meghe yena indra-dhanu\npitambara-tacjid-dyuti,\n\nmukta-mala-baka-pariti,\n\nnavambuda jini' syama-tanu\nSYNONYMS\n\nkahari-where; se-that; cacjara thama\n\n-\n\nbeauty of the helmet; sikhi-pinchera\n\nucjana-upon which there is a peacock feather; nava-meghe-in a new cloud;\nyena-just like;\n\nindra-dhanu-the rainbow;\n\npita ambara-yellow garments;\n-\n\ntacjit-dyuti-like the illumination of lightning; mukta-ma/a-pearl necklace; bakapariti\n\n-\n\nlike rows of ducks; nava-ambuda-a new rain cloud; jini\n\n'-\n\nconquering;\n\nsyama-tanu-the blackish body.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friend, where is that beautiful helmet with a peacock feather upon\nit like a rainbow upon a new cloudl Where are those yellow garments, shining\nlike lightningl And where is that necklace of pearls that resemble flocks of\nducks flying in the skyl The blackish body of Kr�Qa triumphs over the new\nblackish rain cloud.\nTEXT 40\n\n\\fl�� �'A(��� llftt'Sf, �lfl �tJ 118\\ftll �'Sf,\n��t!il_-� 'eltlll·'el� I\n\n�t'l �� �f'Uti,\n�tit-Jft� �9ftllf �'\nt!il_ �r.;�,- ��rt�fi1J ·1� II So II\n\n", "ant5#p0228": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n198\n\neka-bara yara nayane /age,\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nsada tara hrdaye jage,\n\nkr�f.la-tanu-yena amra-atha\nnari-mane paise haya,\n\nyatne nahi bahiraya,\n\ntanu nahe, -seya-kulera karita\nSYNONYMS\neka-bara-once; yara-whose; nayane-eyes; /age-capture; sada-always;\ntara-his; hrdaye-in the heart; jage-remains prominent; kr�f.la-tanu-the body\nof Kr�l)a; yena-like; amra-atha-the sap of the mango tree; nari-mane-in the\nminds of women; paise-enters; haya-alas; yatne-even with great endeavor;\nnahi-does not; bahiraya-come out; tanu nahe-is not an ordinary body; seyakulera karita-it is like the thorn of the seya berry tree.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If a person's eyes even once capture that beautiful body of Kr�r;�a's, it\nremains always prominent within his heart. Kr�r;�a's body resembles the sap of\nthe mango tree, for when it enters the minds of women, it will not come out,\ndespite great endeavor. Thus Kr�r;�a's extraordinary body is like a thorn of the\nseya berry tree.\nTEXT 41\n\nftrtil�11!;rt�fl!,\n\nt�ifl't-� �n.,\n,� �tf�tl! \"�\" J�tl!rn t\n\n�1Pt11·11�·�t11 �til', l!'ttl! i�·oote.lf1 �til',\ntrtfe{ �flf fil11f� I!� II 8� II\njiniya tamala-dyuti,\n\nindranila-sama kanti,\n\nse kantite jagat mataya\nsrrigara-rasa-sara chani',\n\ntate candra-jyotsna sani',\n\njani vidhi niramila taya\nSYNONYMS\njiniya-being victorious over; tamala-dyuti-the luster of the tama/a tree; indra-nila-the gem known as indranila; sama kanti-the luster like; se kantite-by\nthat luster; jagat mataya-the whole world becomes maddened; srrigara-rasa-of\nthe mellow of conjugal love; sara-essence; chani'-filtering; tate-in that;\ncandra-jyotsna-the illumination of the full moon; sani'-mixing; jani-1 know;\nvidhi-Providence; niramila-made very clear; taya-that.\n\n", "ant5#p0229": "The lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\nText 43]\n\n199\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�Qa's bodily luster shines like the indranila gem and surpasses the luster\nof the tamala tree. The luster of His body drives the entire world mad because\nProvidence has made it transparent by refining the essence of the mellow of\n\nconj ugal love and mixing it with moonshine.\nTEXT 42\n\ni{��-'$f� �fit',\n�tt1 ,, �iift�fi{,\ni9f'$ff!. �t�tfi �t51 �t�t I\n��' 'ft1l �-'Sfi1,\n�� ��'$f5j,\n�tfJl' f9ft� ��J�·'ftt II 8� II\nkahan se mura/T-dhvani,\n\nnavabhra-garjita jini',\n\njagat akar�e sravaQe yahara\nuthi' dhaya vraja-jana,\n\ntr�ita cataka-gaQa,\n\nasi' piye kanty-amrta-dhara\nSYNONYMS\n\nkahan-where; se-that; mura/T-dhvani-the vibration of the flute; nava­\n\nabhra-garjita jini'-conq uering the vibrations of new clouds; jagat-the whole\n\nworld; akar�e-attracts; sravaQe-the hearing; yahara-whose; u thi' -standing\n\nup; dhaya-run; vraja-jana-the inhabitants of Vraj abhOmi; tr�ita cataka-gaQa­\n\nlike\n\nlusty\n\ncataka\n\nbirds;\n\nasi'-coming;\n\npiy e -drink;\n\nkanti-amrta-dhara-the\n\nshowers of the nectar of Kr�r:Ja's bodily luster.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The deep vibration of Kr�Qa's flute surpasses the thundering of new clouds\nand attracts the aural reception of the entire world. Thus the inhabitants of\nVrndavana rise and pursue that sound, drinking the showering nectar of\nKr�Qa's bodily luster like thirsty cataka birds.\nTEXT 43\n\n�ttft'f1·��fif,\n�tt �� �'ftti1fif,\n�f-t, �tt ,tr;;�1 ��� I\n�� �t11 titl1 Ate{,\nf� <J�. �'\nBlfif �tt <JII! fcl�.._i{ t\" 8� n\n\n", "ant5#p0230": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n200\n\nmora sei kala-nidhi,\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\npraQa-rak$a-mahau$adhi,\n\nsakhi, mora tenho suhrttama\n\ndeha jiye tanha vine,\n\ndhik ei jivane,\n\nvidhi kare eta vi(lambana!\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nmora-of Me; sei-that; ka/a-nidhi-reservoir of art and culture; praQa-rak$a­\n\nmaha-au$audhi-the panacea for saving My life; sakhi-0 My dear friend;\n\nmora-My; tenho-He; suhrt-tama-the best of friends; deha jiye-My body\n\nlives; tanha vine-without Him; dhik-condemnation; ei jivane-to this life;\nvidhi-Providence; kare-does; eta vi(lambana-so much cheating.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"Kr�r:'la is the reservoir of art and culture, and He is the panacea that saves\nMy life. 0 My dear friend, since I live without Him, who is the best among My\nfriends, I condemn the duration of My life. I think that Providence has cheated\nMe in many ways.\nTEXT 44\n\n� '� Q'RI',\n\n'�� � ift� m,\n\n�fif\\2!� tti �-Qit� I\n\nf�fiftJ � 'e4!,�'\n� � 'e�,\n9f�' 'et'if��J �� aft� II 88 II\n'ye-jana jite nahi caya,\n\ntare kene jiyaya',\n\nvidhi-prati uthe krodha-soka\n\nvidhire kare bhartsana,\n\nkr$Qe dena olahana,\n\npagi' bhagavatera eka sloka\nSYNONYMS\n\nye-jana-that person who; jite-to live; nahi caya-does not want; tare-him;\n\nkene-why; jiyaya-he makes life continue; vidhi-prati-towards Providence;\nuthe-awakens;\n\nkrodha-soka-anger and lamentation;\n\nvidhire-unto Provi­\n\ndence; kare-does; bhartsana-chastisement; kr$Qe-unto Lord Kr�Da; denagives;\n\no/ahana-accusation;\n\npa(li'-reading;\n\nBhagavatam; eka sloka -one verse.\n\nbhagavatera-of\n\nSrimad­\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Why does Providence continue the life of one who does not wish to livel\"\nThis thought aroused anger and lamentation. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu then\n\n", "ant5#p0231": "Text 46]\n\nThe lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\n201\n\nread a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam that chastises Providence and makes an\naccusation against Kr�J:�a.\nTEXT 45\n\n�r:�1 �lfl��� ., �folli'l!1\n'l�?:llt�T Cl!\\J\\11 �'l?:'l!O! Clf�OI: I\n\\!it�\"Sif\\!!Ni-t f��O!�T9f'N<ll�\n\nf<tr:l'��� C����r;f)��'Z <!'41 II 8 � II\naha vidhatas tava na kvacid daya\n\nsarilyojya maitrya praQayena dehina/:1\n\ntams cakrtarthan viyunarik$y aparthakaril\nvice$titaril te 'rbhaka-ce?titaril yatha\nSYNONYMS\naho-alas; vidhata/:1-0 Providence; tava-your; na-not; kvacit-at any\n\ntime; daya-mercy; sarilyojya-making connections; maitrya-by friendship;\n\npraQayena-and by affection; dehina/:1-of the embodied souls; tan-them; ca­\n\nand; akrta-arthan-without achievement; viyunarik?i-you cause to happen;\naparthakam-separation; vice?titam-activities; te-your; arbhaka-of a boy;\nce?titam-the childish play; yatha-like.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\" '0 Providence, you have no mercy! You bring embodied souls together\n\nthrough friendship and affection, but before their desires are fulfilled, you\nseparate them. Your activities are like the foolish pranks of children.'\nPURPO RT\nThis verse, quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (1 0.39.19), was chanted by the\n\ndamsels of Vraja when Kr�l)a left Vrndavana for Mathura with AkrOra and\nBalarama. The gopis lamented that providence had made it possible for them to\n\nmeet Kr�l)a and Balarama in affection and love and had then separated them.\nTEXT 46\n\n\"�1 'ftfilll '�-ll�,\n�J� �RI� 9ffif�,\n'�11( ��1-•H'f�·'Jfll� I\n'� ..r. 'lt'St, �' � � fit'fl f'ftt,\n� �� ifl •fPI � n s• 11\n\n", "ant5#p0232": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n202\n\n\"na janis prema-marma,\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nvyartha karis parisrama,\n\ntara ce?ta-balaka-samana\n'tara yadi lag paiye,\n\ntabe tore sik?a diye,\n\nemana yena na karis vidhana\nSYNONYMS\nna Jams-you do not know; prema-marma-the purport of loving affairs;\nvyartha karis-you baffle;\n\nparisrama-all labor;\n\ntara ce?ta-your activities;\n\nbalaka-samana-like the childish activities of a boy; tara yadi lag paiye-if I get\nthe opportunity to meet you; tabe-then; tore-unto you; sik?a diye-1 shall\ngive some lessons; emana-like this; yena-so that; na karis vidhana-wi!l not\nmake arrangements.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Providence, you do not know the purport of loving affairs, and therefore\nyou baffle all our endeavors. This is very childish of you. If we could catch\nyou, we would give you such a lesson that you would never again make such\narrangements.\nTEXT 47\n\n� �fit, t.t �-\n\n�\"�\" 'l'(<e l!fi{,\n\nf�t I\n\n'� fl\"t$1 ��,\n\n'���tQ{'tJt' � ��� '-.1 ? 8'\\ II II# II\nare vidhi, tui bac;ia-i nithura\nanyo 'nya durlabha jana,\n\npreme karana sammilana,\n\n'akrtarthan' kene karis dura?\nSYNONYMS\nare-oh;\n\nvidhi-Providence; tui-you; bac;ia-i-very; nithura-cruel; anyo\n\n'nya-for one another; durlabha jana-persons rarely obtained; preme-in love;\nkarana\n\nsammilana-causing\n\nto\n\nmeet\n\ntogether;\n\nakrta-arthan-unsuccessful;\n\nkene-why; karis-you do; d ura-far apart.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Oh, cruel Providence! You are very unkind, for you bring together in love\npeople who are rarely in touch with each other. Then, after you have made\nthem meet but before they are fulfilled, you again spread them far apart.\n\n", "ant5#p0233": "The Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\nText 49]\n\n203\n\nTEXT 48\n\n�-tt<fP1 \"tili{,\n\n� �fi( 'CI�111'1,\n\nc;�·Jfil '\"�'fl c;1ft1f I\n\nllfit'ft� �fi{r;;� 'Pfti{,\n\n�t�' �\"11 'CiiJJ •ti{,\n\n'Pft'Pf C<lifi'l '��-'f5{��t1f' II 81r II\nare vidhi akaruf.la,\n\ndekhana kr?f.lanana,\n\nnetra-mana /obhaila mora\nkac;li' nila anya sthana\n\nk?aQeke karite pana,\n\npapa kaili 'datta-apahara'\n\nSYNONYMS\nare-oh;\n\nvidhi-P rovidence ;\n\nkr?f.la-anana-the\n\nbeautiful\n\nakaruQa-most\n\nface\n\nof\n\nKr�rya;\n\nunkind;\n\ndekhana-showing;\n\nnetra-mana-mind\n\nand\n\neyes;\n\n/obhai/a-have made greedy; mora-My; k?aQeke karite pana-drinking only for\n\na moment; kac;fi' nila-took it away; anya sthana-to another place; papa kailihave performed a most sinful act; datta-apah ara-taking back things given in\ncharity.\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 Providence, you are so unkind! You reveal the beautiful face of Kr�r:Ja\n\nand make the mind and eyes greedy, but after they have drunk that nectar for\nonly a moment, you whisk Kr�r:Ja away to another place. This is a great sin because you thus take away what you have given as charity.\n\nTEXT 49\n\n'� �t1f c;�t1ft1f �\"P{,'fJ{t'l{fll �ti{�1f <;1f1�',\n-� �fif �� �1ftm I\n'\n\n'\n\n� �-� �fif',\n\n�· �fif �Rf �fif',\n\n'akrara kare tamara dog\n\na m aya kene kara rD$a',\n\n'fJ{tiJJ1f � �� �J<f�t1f II 8� II\niha yadi kaha 'duracara'\n\ntui akrura-murti dhari',\n\nkr?f.la nili curi kari',\n\nanyera nahe aiche vyavahara\n\n", "ant5#p0234": "204\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nSYNONYMS\nakrura-AkrOra; kare-does; tamara do$a-fault to you; amaya-unto me;\nkene-why; kara-you do; rD$a-anger; iha-this; yadi-if; kaha-you say;\nduracara -0 misbehaved (Providence); tui-you; akrura-murti dhari'-taking the\nform of AkrOra; km1a-Lord Kr�t:�a; nili-you have taken; curi kari'-stealing;\nanyera-of others; nahe-there is not; aiche-this type of; vyavahara-behavior.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"0 misbehaved Providence! If you reply to us, 'Akrura is actually at fault;\n\nwhy are you angry with me?' then I say to you, 'Providence, you have taken\nthe form of Akrura and have stolen K!1r:Ja away. No one else would behave like\nthis.'\nTEXT 50\n\n�� �-Qf�,\n\n�t� f<t�� \"Bf c;11�,\n\n��HI 12f'ttfi{t«<l,\n\nlfl�(J[ �� �t �t-t.\n\n�·'1frn �� �� I\n\nJ\n\n�l �· �li'fl f�J I �o II\napanara karma-dO$a,\n\ntore kiba kari f0$a,\n\ntoya-moya sambandha vidura\nye amara praf)a-natha,\n\nekatra rahi yanra satha,\n\nsei kr$f)a ha-ifa nithura!\n\nSYNONYMS\napanara karma-do$a-it is the result of My own fate; tore-unto you; kibawhat; kari ro$a-i give accusations; toya-moya-between you and Me; sambandha-the relationship; vidura-very far; ye-the one who is; amara-My;\npraf)a-natha-life and soul; ekatra-together; rahi-We remain; yanra sathawith whom; sei kr$1)a-that Kr�t:�a; ha-ifa nithura-has become so cruel.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"But this is the fault of My own destiny. Why should I needlessly accuse\nyou? There is no intimate relationship between you and Me. Kr�r:Ja, however,\nis My life and soul. It is We who live together, and it is He who has become so\ncruel.\n\n", "ant5#p0235": "Text 52]\n\nThe Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\n205\n\nTEXT 51\n\n,�� 'f.ilt�i1-ttW! Jtttif,\ni11� �t�J i1t� 'ei I\nW' e11 mtt tt�,\n�tJ 'ftRt' 'f.iltfif Jt�,\n�'flltt\\! retfir'f 12i'fi II �� II\n� I!Jftr' 'ef'? �mf,\n\nsaba tyaji' bhaji yarire,\n\nsei apana-hate mare,\n\nnari-vadhe kr�f)era nahi bhaya\ntarira /agi' ami mari,\n\nulati' na cahe hari,\n\nk�af)a-matre bharigila praf)aya\nSYNONYMS\n\nsaba tyaji'-leaving everything aside; bhaji yarire-the person whom I worship; sei-that person; apana-hate-by His own hand; mare-kills; nari-vadhein killing one woman; kr�f)era-of Kr�l)a; nahi bhaya-there is no fear; tarira\nlagi'-for Him; ami mari-1 die; u/ati'-turning back; na cahe hari-Kr�r:'la does\nnot look; k�af)a-matre-within a moment; bharigila-has broken; praf)aya-all\nloving affairs.\nTRANSLATION\n\"He for whom I have left everything is personally killing Me with His own\nhands. Kr�r;�a has no fear of killing women. Indeed, I am dying for Him, but He\ndoesn't even turn back to look at Me. Within a moment, He has broken off our\nloving affairs.\nTEXT 52\n\n� ffii1 �fif ,�,\n\n'f.ilt�i1 ��·Oft�,\n�tf�'l �J �� �t� I\n'� �-� 021Jtt�i1,\nl!rol' �<ll'f �·�,\n�- <;1111f 'f.il�1'itl �\" 11\" �� 11\nkr�r)e kene kari rag\n\napana durdaiva-do�a,\n\npakila mora ei papa-phala\nye kr�Qa-mora premadhina,\n\ntare kaila udasina,\n\nei mora abhagya praba/a\"\nSYNONYMS\n\nkr�Qe-unto Kr�l)a; kene-why; kari ro?a-1 am angry; apana-of My own;\ndurdaiva-of misfortune; do�a-fault; pakila-has ripened; mora-My; ei-this;\n\n", "ant5#p0236": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n206\n\npapa-phala-sinful\n\nreaction;\n\nye-that;\n\nkr�Qa-Kr�r;�a;\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nmora-My;\n\nprema­\n\nadhina-dependent on love; tare-Him; kaila-has made; udasina-indifferent;\nei mora-this is My; abhagya-misfortune; praba/a-very strong.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Yet why should I be angry with Kr�r:'la? It is the fault of My own misfortune.\nThe fruit of my sinful activities has ripened, and therefore Kr�r:'la, who has always been dependent on My love, is now indifferent. This means that My\nmisfortune is very strong.\"\nTEXT 53\n\nf�tt� �� �t1t m,\n\n�J��1fl! ,'5t1�-m,\n\n'�1 �1 �' l,fif '� �f% ?'\n\n\\!� �tt�J fw9fr;�,\n,'5tt��t� ���,\n'(;'5ttM\"f �tt11ilf11' 1ft${t��' II �� II\nei-mata gaura-raya,\n\nvi?ade kare haya haya,\n\n'ha ha kr?Qa, tumi gela kati?'\ngopi-bhava hrdaye,\n\ntara vakye vilapaye,\n\n'govinda damodara madhaveti'\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; gaura-raya-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vi?ade-in\nlamentation due to separation; kare haya haya-always says \"alas, alas\"; ha ha\nkr?Qa-oh, oh Kr�r;�a; tumi gela kati-where have You gone; gopi-bhava hrdaye­\n\nwith the ecstatic love of the gopis in His heart; tara vakye-in their words;\nvilapaye-He laments; govinda damodara madhava-0 Govinda, 0 Damodara,\n\n0 Madhava; iti-thus.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn this way, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu lamented in the mood of separation,\n\"A las, alas! 0 Kr�l)a, where have You gone?\" Feeling in His heart the ecstatic\nemotions of the gopis, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu agonized in their words,\nsaying, \"0 Govinda! 0 Damodara! 0 Madhava!\"\nTEXT 54\n\nI!� ��-?t-11't1f11't�,\n\n�a' iltili �9ft1t,\n\n1f�'t�'-� �t11' �t'ftt�il I\n\n", "ant5#p0237": "Text 55]\n\nThe Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\n207\n\n�\"� flfa�t�� �1!,\n'StttF( �'f1l-<$il1!,\n12!'t_� f�t; f9Q C�if 1{il 11 as u\ntabe svarDpa-rama-raya,\n\nkari' nana upaya,\n\nmahaprabhura kare asvasana\ngayena sangama-gita,\n\nprabhura phiraifa cita,\n\nprabhura kichu sthira haifa mana\nSYNONYMS\ntabe-thereafter; svarDpa-rama-raya-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami and Ramananda Raya;\n\nkari' nana upaya-devising many means;\n\nmahaprabhura-S ri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; kare asvasana-pacify; gayena-they sang; sangamagita-meeting songs; prabhura-of\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; phiraifa cita­\n\ntransformed the heart; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kichu-somewhat; sthira-peaceful; haifa-became; mana-the mind.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara and Ramananda Raya then devised various means to\npacify the Lord. They sang songs of meeting that transformed His heart and\nmade His mind peaceful.\nTEXT 55\n\n��1{\\! Al!ffPt� �(�t� (;'Stit I\n'StVl�ttl! �11\\?f·(;'Stt�tflfP�t� (;llft��if uaa II\nei-mata vifapite ardha-ratri gefa\ngambhirate svarapa-gosani prabhure soyaifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; vifapite-speaking in lamentation; ardha-ratri gefa-half\nthe night passed; gambhirate-in the room known as the Gambhira; svarupagosaiii-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami; prabhure soyaifa-made the Lord lie down.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAs Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu lamented in this way, half the night passed.\nThen Svarupa Damodara made the Lord lie down in the room known as the\nGambhira.\n\n", "ant5#p0238": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n208\n\nTEXT 56\n\n12ft_� r.llft11t�1 iftlltil\"f r.� �T;if I\n'lf�?f, r.'51tfcl\"f 'e�\"f1 '51V'Tiftif �t� II <t� II\nprabhure soyana ramananda gela ghare\nsvarapa, govinda sui/a gambhirara dvare\nSYNONYMS\nprabhure-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; soyaria-making lie down; ramananda-Ramananda Raya; ge/a ghare-returned to his home; svarapa-Svaropa\nDamodara Gosvami; govinda-Govinda; sui/a-lay down; gambhirara dvare-at\nthe door of the Gambhira.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter the lord was made to lie down, Ramananda Raya returned home, and\nSvarupa Damodara and Govinda lay down at the door of the Gambhira.\nTEXT 57\n\nr.l2fllt�T;llf �t� '$Jif·'51if � I\nilt'JI�ft� �fif' �f;ifil �t�'l II <t't II\npremavese mahaprabhura gara-gara mana\nnama-sankirtana kari' karena jagaraQa\nSYNONYMS\nprema-avese-in greatly ecstatic emotion; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu;\n\ngara-gara\n\nmana-the mind\n\nwas fully\n\noverwhelmed;\n\nnama­\n\nsankirtana kari -chanting the Hare Kr�Da mantra; karena-does; jagaraQa'\n\nwakefulness.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu stayed awake all night, chanting the Hare Kr�r;�a\nmaha-mantra, His mind overwhelmed by spiritual ecstasy.\nTEXT 58\n\n�i{T;� �Jt� 12ft_ ��T;'$1 �{Pn I\n\n�tif f�T;�J I!_� ��t� oortf'51� II <tlr II\nvirahe vyaku/a prabhu udvege uthila\ngambhirara bhittye mukha gha$ite lagila\n\n", "ant5#p0239": "The Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\nText 60]\n\n209\n\nSYNONYMS\nvirahe-in the lamentation of separation; vyakufa-very agitated; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nudvege-in\n\ngreat\n\nanxiety;\n\nuthifa-stood\n\nup;\n\ngambhirara-of the Gambhira; bhittye-on the walls; mukha-face; gha�ite-to\nrub; fagifa-began\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nFeeling separation from Kr�Qa, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was so distraught\nthat in great anxiety He stood up and began rubbing His face against the walls\nof the Gambhira.\nTEXT 59\n\n�-r, '$fr;�, e{tr;\" -.� ��ilf �9ftf I\n\n�t�tr;�t-t e{1 iSftf;i{i{ 121� ?tr;lf ��'{tf II �� II\nmukhe, gar:H;:Ie, nake k$ata ha-ifa apara\nbhavavese na janena prabhu, pac;fe rakta-dhara\nSYNONYMS\nmukhe-on the mouth; gaQc;fe-on the cheeks; nake-on the nose; k$ata-injuries; ha-ifa-there were; apara-many; bhava-avese-in ecstatic emotion; na\njanena-could not understand; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; pac;fe-oozes\nout; rakta-dhara-a flow of blood.\nTRANSLATION\nBlood oozed from the many injuries on His mouth, nose and cheeks, but\ndue to His ecstatic emotions, the Lord did not know it.\nTEXT 60\n\n��tfijr �r;�e{ �tr;� 11._-r �''lil�'l I\n,o$f1-<;�1� \"r;�e{,-'3lf�?f �f-1'11 \\!�i{ II �o II\nsarva-ratri karena bhave mukha sanghar$aQa\ngon-gon-sabda karena, -svarupa sunifa takhana\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-ratri-the whole night;\n\nkarena-does;\n\nbhave-in emotion;\n\nmukha\n\nsanghar$aQa-rubbing of the face; gon-gon-sabda karena-makes a peculiar\nsound,\n\ngon-gon;\n\ntakhana-then.\n\nsvarupa-Svar O pa\n\nDamodara\n\nGosvami;\n\nsunifa-hea rd;\n\n", "ant5#p0240": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n210\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn ecstasy, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu rubbed His face against the walls all\nnight long, making a peculiar sound, \"gon-gmi,\" which Svarupa Damodara\ncould hear through the door.\nTEXT 61\n\n�� 'Sit�' �f;f '��1, '��' �f IJ..� I\n�fi�, '\"itt�\"f �·�tf C�ll'f <!��:�II �� II\ndipa jvafi' ghare gefa, dekhi' prabhura mukha\nsvarupa, govinda dunhara haifa baqa du/:lkha\nSYNONYMS\ndipa jvafi'- l ighting the lamp; ghare-in the room; ge fa-we n t ; dekhi'­\n\nseeing; prabhura mukha-the face of the Lord; svarapa-SvarOpa Damodara\nGosvami;\n\ngovinda-and Govinda;\n\ndunhara-of both of them;\n\nhaifa baqa\n\ndu/:lkha-there was great unhappiness.\nTRANSLATION\nLighting a lamp, Svarupa Damodara and Govinda entered the room. When\nthey saw the Lord's face, both of them were full of sorrow.\nTEXT 62\n\n�r;� -NJtr;i! �t�' �m <li�t�\"t 1\n\n'•tf;� C<li� \\II� � ?' -�� �ll'f1 II �� II\nprabhure sayyate ani' susthira karaifa\n'kanhe kaifa ei tumi?'-svarapa puchifa\nSYNONYMS\nprabhure-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sayya te-to the bed; ani'\n\n-\n\nb ringing; su­\n\nsthira k araifa-made Him pacified; kanhe-why; kaifa-have done; ei-this;\ntumi-You; svarupa puchifa-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami inquired.\nTRANSLATION\n\nThey brought the Lord to His bed, calmed Him and then asked, \"Why have\nYou done this to Yourself?\"\n\n", "ant5#p0241": "Text 65]\n\nThe Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\n211\n\nTEXT 63\n\n121't_ ��,-\"�f;�1t �t1f ifl �tfit 1f�t� I\n� �t�' '\\�' Jn!! <tt�1f �lti! II �� II\nprabhu kahena,- \"udvege ghare na pari rahite\ndvara cahi' bu/i' sighra bahira ha-ite\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu kahena-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied; udvege-out of great agitation; ghare-with in the room; na pari-1 was not able; rahite-to stay; dvara\ncahi'-looking for the door; bu/i'-wandering; sighra-q uickly ; bahira ha-ite-to\nget out.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu replied, \"I was in such anxiety that I could not\nstay in the room. I wanted to go out, and therefore I wandered about the\nroom, looking for the door.\nTEXT 64\n\n�11 �t�' �tlft31 �� �tt1t �tfit�t� I\n� ��, 11\"• �t�, il1 'Pftl �tlti! u\" �s 11\ndvara nahi' paiia mukha /age cari-bhite\nk�ata haya, rakta page, na pai yaite\"\nSYNONYMS\ndvara nahi' paiia-not finding the door; mukha /age-My face strikes; caribhite-on the four walls; k�ata haya-th ere was injury; rakta page-blood came\n\nout; na pai yaite-still I could not get out.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Unable to find the door, I kept hitting the four walls with My face. My face\nwas injured, and it bled, but I still could not get out.\"\nTEXT 65\n\n�'JI'ffl·�llf� 1211,11\" f<��1f �� 1{� I\n\n� �til\", '�- '<ttt� :J(<{,-�-� II �t II\n\n", "ant5#p0242": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n212\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nunmada-dasaya prabhura sthira nahe mana\nyei kare, yei bole saba, -unmada-lak�aQa\nSYNONYMS\nunmada-dasaya-in such a state of madness;\n\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; sthira nahe mana-the mind is not steady; yei kare-whatever He\ndoes;\n\nyei\n\nbole-whatever\n\nHe\n\nsays;\n\nsaba-all;\n\nunmada-lak�aQa-simply\n\nsymptoms of madness.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this state of madness, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's mind was unsteady.\nWhatever He said or did was all symptomatic of madness.\nTEXT 66\n\n\"iffi�·G'5t1�$ !:!� ffti �tl� 'lltill\n'e�'5tst 'l$i ��a '� �a flftil 11 �� 11\nsvarupa-gosafii tabe cinta paila mane\nbhakta-gaQa lafia vicara kaila ara dine\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-gosafii-SvarOpa\n\nDamodara GosvamT;\n\ntabe-thereafter;\n\ncinta-an\n\nanxiety or thought; paila mane-got in his mind; bhakta-gaQa lafia-among all\nthe devotees; vicara kaila-considered; ara dine-the next day.\nTRANSLATION\nSvarupa Damodara was very anxious, but then he had an idea. The\nfollowing day, he and the other devotees considered it together.\nTEXT 67\n\n� 'ti9 GJI�' t:!t� i2!� �t�'f I\n\n-tQ·�fu� i2lif� �tef Gllft�t� II �� II\nsaba bhakta me/i' tabe prabhure sadhila\nsankara-paQc;iite prabhura sange soyaila\nSYNONYMS\nsaba bhakta meli'-all the devotees, meeting together; tabe-thereupon;\nprabhure\n\nsadhila-entreated\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nsankara-paQc;iite-\n\n", "ant5#p0243": "Text 69]\n\nThe Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\n213\n\nSarikara Pa�c,Jita; prabhura-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sarige-with; soyai/amade to lie down.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter consulting with one another, they entreated Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nto allow Sankara PaQ�ita to lie down in the same room with Him.\nTEXT 68\n\n�t_·�t\\ifi!C\"f -t� �t�il -t�il I\n�t_ if>� I!;�J �tJil �1W·:2tlftJ'l ll �,_ ll\nprabhu-pada-tale sarikara karena sayana\nprabhu tarira upara karena pada-prasaral)a\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-pada-tale-at the lotus feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sarikaraSarikara; karena sayana-lies down; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tariraof him; upara-on the body; karena-does; pada-prasaral)a-extending His legs.\nTRANSLATION\nThus Sankara PaQ�ita lay at the feet of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and the\nLord placed His legs upon Sankara's body.\nTEXT 69\n\n'�·�wrt�1-.1il' <lfi't' �� il't1llt•\" 1\n�fctlCJ � ��� <(� \" �� \"\n'prabhu-padopadhana' bali' tarira nama ha-ifa\npurve vidure yena sri-suka varl)ila\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-pada-upadhana-the pillow of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's legs; ba/i'calling as such;\n\ntarira nama-his name;\n\nha-ifa-became;\n\npurve-formerly;\n\nvidure-Vidura; yena-as; sri-suka varl)ila-Sri Sukadeva Gosvami described.\nTRANSLATION\nSankara became celebrated by the name \"the pillow of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\" He was like Vidura, as Sukadeva Gosvami previously described\nhim.\n\n", "ant5#p0244": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n214\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 70\n\n�!% ��t'l� ��\"il� �'1'l'!i� '1���� \"6\"�?:'lt9flft'll(_l\n....\n\n��C\"ilt'Il1 �5f�\"<f''<iillt� �9JII'IliT.0!1 l]_fol\"li�JS� II 'I•\niti bruvaQam viduram vinitam\n\nsahasra-sir?Qas caraQopadhanam\n\nprah(?ta-roma bhagavat-kathayam\npraQiyamano munir abhyaca?ta\nSYNONYMS\niti-thus; bruvaQam-speaking;\n\nviduram-to Vidura; vinitam\n\n-\n\nsubmissive;\n\nsahasra-sir?Qa/:l-of Lord Kr�t:Ja; caraQa-upadhanam-the resting pillow for the\nlegs;\n\nprah[?ta-roma-whose\n\nhairs on the body were standing;\n\nbhagavat­\n\nkathayam-in topics of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; praQiyamana/:lbeing induced; muni/:l-the great sage Maitreya; abhyaca?ta-began to speak.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"When submissive Vidura, the resting place of the legs of Lord Kr��a, had\nthus spoken to Maitreya, Maitreya began speaking, his hair standing on end\ndue to the transcendental pleasure of discussing topics concerning Lord\nKr��a.\"\nPURPORT\nThis is a quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam (3.13.5).\nTEXT 71\n\n�� ·�� ��� �t�·�lliftfl� I\n\n�$1 �r;��' C�tli �r;�� -rn� II\"� II\nsafikara karena prabhura pada-samvahana\nghumaiia pac;Jena, taiche karena sayana\nSYNONYMS\nsalikara-Sarikara; karena-does;\npada-samvahana-massaging\n\nthe\n\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\nlegs;\n\nghumaiia\n\ntaiche-in that way; karena sayana-he lies down.\n\npac;Jena-he\n\nfalls\n\nasleep;\n\nTRANSLATION\nSankara\n\nmassaged the legs of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\n\nmassaging he would fall asleep and thus lie down.\n\nbut while\n\n", "ant5#p0245": "Text 74]\n\nThe Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\n215\n\nTEXT 72\n\n!!tt�-��lf ��1 -t\"� �i!fl �t11 I\n\n� !!�' �t�il··t�1 \\!t�tt� \".ill II 'l� II\nughac;la-ange pac;liya sankara nidra yaya\nprabhu uthi' apana-kantha tahare jar;laya\nSYNONYMS\n\nughar;Ja-ar'lge-without a covering over the body;\n\npac;/iya-lying down;\n\nsar'lkara-Sarikara; nidra yaya-goes to sleep; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nuthi'-getting up; apana-kar'ltha-His own quilt; tahare jar;laya-wraps him with.\nTRANSLATION\nHe would lie asleep without a covering on his body, and Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu would get up and wrap him with His own quilt.\nTEXT 73\n\nf�� �t1l -t�� ��·�il I\n�fit' � �tr;r' <fi�� 1ftf\\Ji·�t'it1f'l II 'l� II\nnirantara ghumaya sankara sighra-cetana\nvasi' pada capi' kare ratri-jagaraQa\nSYNONyMS\n\nnirantara-incessantly;\n\nghumaya-sleeps;\n\nsankara-Sarikara;\n\nsighra-very\n\nquickly; cetana-waking up; vasi'-sitting; pada capi'-massaging the legs;\nkare-does; ratri-jagaraQa-keeps awake at night.\nTRANSLATION\nSankara Par:\"�«.fita would always fall asleep, but he would quickly awaken, sit\nup and again begin massaging the legs of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. In this\nway he would stay awake the entire night.\nTEXT 74\n\ntRf 'et1l ilt�il � �t��1f ��(! I\n�ti � il�il f�t�J 'll�t� ttf� II '18 II\ntanra bhaye narena prabhu bahire yaite\ntanra bhaye narena bhittye mukhabja gha�ite\n\n", "ant5#p0246": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n216\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nSYNONYMS\ntalira bhaye-because of fear of him; narena-was not able; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; bahire yaite-to go out; talira bhaye-beca u se of fear of\nhim; narena-was not able; bhittye-on the walls; mukha-abja gha�ite-to rub\nHis lotuslike face.\nTRANSLATION\nOut of fear of Sankara, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu could neither leave His\nroom nor rub His lotuslike face against the walls.\n\nTEXT 75\n\n\\1l� � 1l�t�t_1f �t�Hft� I\n,�'ffttr-��<\\'l-��.. �f1rnt�'i �<\\'it-t\" �(t\"\nei lila mahaprabhura raghunatha-dasa\ngauraliga-stava-kalpavrk�e kariyache prakasa\nSYNONYMS\nei lila-this pastime; mahaprabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; raghunathadasa-Raghunatha\n\ndasa\n\nGosvamT;\n\ngauraliga-stava-kalpa-vrk�e-in his\n\nbook\n\nknown as Cauraliga-stava-kalpavrk�a; kariyache prakasa -has described very\nnicely.\nTRANSLATION\nThis pastime of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's has been described very nicely\nby Raghunatha\n\ndasa\n\nGosvami in his book known as\n\nGauranga-stava­\n\nkal pavrk�a.\nTEXT 76\n\n��\"\"��� �t<tt(ff11�\"t-c?ft�� ���i�\n·�<'ftVJ�'lliffi � 'l��1lf� l�O{_ f��aflf\"\"J: I\n\nff�'tf��\\8� \"I��IR��.:<Ktl<f �N\"��\n>ff-i�\\!j�� C5fht�'Jf1 �lfll ®r�'lli� 1lff�f� II 'I� II\nsvakiyasya pral)arbuda-sadrsa-go�thasya virahat\npralapan unmadat satatam ati kurvan vikala-dhi/:1\ndadhad bhittau sasvad vadana-vidhu-ghar�el)a rudhiraril\nk�atottharil gauraligo hrdaya udayan maril madayati\n\n", "ant5#p0247": "Text 78]\n\nThe Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\n217\n\nSYNONYMS\nsvakiyasya-His own; pra('la-arbuda-uncountable breaths of life; sadrsa-like;\ngo?thasya-of Vrndavana; virahat-because of separation; pralapan-crazy talks;\nunmadat-because of madness; satatam-always; ati-very much; kurvandoing; vikala-dhi�-whose intelligence was disturbed; dadhat-oozing forth;\nbhittau-on the walls; sasvat-always; vadana-vidhu-of His moonlike face;\nghar?e('la-by rubbing; rudhiram-blood; k?ata-uttham-coming forth from injuries;\n\ngauranga�-Lord Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nhrdaye-in\n\nudayan-rising; mam-me; madayati-maddens.\n\nmy\n\nheart;\n·\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because of separation from His many friends in Vrndavana, who were like\nHis own life, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu spoke like a madman. His intelligence\nwas transformed. Day and night He rubbed His moonlike face against the\nwalls, and blood flowed from the injuries. May that Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nrise in my heart and make me mad with love.\"\nTEXT 77\n\n�-1{� 1f�t� 1ft�-fit�c;� I\n'�fil!·1fU �' �.. �?;;�, 'et� II �� II\nei-mata mahaprabhu ratri-divase\nprema-sindhu-magna rahe, kabhu c;:fube, bhase\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ratri-divaseday and night; prema-sindhu-magna rahe-remains merged in the ocean of love\nof Kr�l')a; kabhu c;:/ube-sometimes drowns; bhase-floats.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu in this way stayed immersed day and night in an\nocean of ecstatic love for Kr��a. Sometimes He was submerged, and sometimes He floated.\nTEXT 78\n\n���AA ��-ttt� ,�)(1ft�·flrc;ill\n1rtffl�ttlf �� ifil'f1 �til n �v- n\neka-kale vaisakhera paur('lamasi-dine\nratri-kale mahaprabhu ca/ila udyane\n\n", "ant5#p0248": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n218\n\nSYNONYMS\neka-kale-at one time; vaisakhera-of the month of Vaisakha, (April-May);\npaurl)amasi-dine-on the full-moon night; ratri-kale-at night; mahaprabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; ca/i/a-went; udyane- to a garden.\n\nTRANSLATION\nOne full-moon night in the month of Vaisakha [April and May], Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu went to a garden.\nTEXT 79\n\n��Rt.�' i{11f \\i;t}ti{i2f�� I\n�� ��erli2ft_l'f<1P1 'e•'$ft'l \" 'I� \"\n'jagannatha-vallabha' nama udyana-pradhane\npravda karila prabhu lana bhakta-gal)e\n\nSYNONYMS\njagannatha-va//abha-Jagannatha-vallabha;\n\nnama-named;\n\nudyana-pra-\n\ndhane-one of the best gardens; pravesa karila-entered; prabhu-Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; /alia-taking; bhakta-gal)e-the devotees.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord, along with His devotees, entered one of the nicest gardens, called\nJagannatha-vallabha.\nTEXT 80\n\n�fitl:! �..-�,-'� �1� I\n'e<15, -ra-=t, f?t<11, \"\" \"<fit1{ ��?fi{ II \\r'O II\npraphullita vrk�a-valli,-yena vrndavana\nsuka, sari, pika, bhrnga kare alapana\n\nSYNONYMS\npraphullita-fully\n\nblossomed;\n\nvrk�a-valli-trees\n\nand\n\ncreepers;\n\nyena\n\nvrndavana-exactly resembling Vrndavana; suka-the suka birds; sari-the sari\nbirds; pika-the pika birds; bhrnga-the bumblebees; kare-do; a/apanatalking with one another.\n\n", "ant5#p0249": "Text 82]\n\n219\n\nThe Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the garden were fully blossomed trees and creepers exactly like those in\nVrndavana. Bumblebees and birds like the suka, sari and pika talked with one\nanother.\nTEXT 81\n\n�'ifll( i'f<fl91 �� 1t'f�-9f� I\n'�111' �<fl91 i!1fli'f�'Rl fit� iftii{ II lr� II\npu�pa-gandha lana vahe malaya-pavana\n'guru' hana taru-lataya sikhaya nacana\nSYNONYMS\npu�pa-gandha-the fragrance of the flowers;\n\n/ana-ta k ing; vahe-blows;\n\nmalaya-pavana-the mild breeze; guru hana-becoming the spiritual master;\ntaru-lataya-to the trees and creepers; sikhaya-instructs; nacana-da n cing\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nA mild breeze was blowing, carrying the fragrance of aromatic flowers. The\nbreeze had become a guru and was teaching all the trees and creepers how to\ndance.\nTEXT 82\n\n�cli�·ifet�t� �'It �� I\ni!11i'li!tflf c;ISfJte.-,-rn �t1f �\"111'1' II lr� II\npOrl)a-candra-candrikaya parama ujjvala\ntaru-latadi jyotsnaya kare jhalamala\nSYNONYMS\npurl)a-candra-of the full moon; candrikaya-by the shine; parama-very; uj jva /a-bright; taru-lata-adi-the creepers, trees and so on; jyotsnaya-in the illumination of the moonshine; kare-do; jha/ama /a-glittering\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nBrightly illuminated by the full moon, the trees and creepers glittered in the\nlight.\n\n", "ant5#p0250": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n220\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 83\n\n8 �l_'$f'i � �� �� I\n\nc;w�' ��� C� �,ft� 15'1t<rtJt II � II\nchaya rtu-gaQa yahari vasanta pradhana\ndekhi' anandita haila gaura bhagavan\nSYNONYMS\nchaya-six; rtu-gaQ a-seasons; yahari-where; vasanta pradhana-the spring\nseason was chief;\ngaura-SrT\n\ndekhi'-seeing;\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nanandita-very pleased;\nbhagavan-the\n\nhai/a-became;\n\nSupreme\n\nPersonality\n\nof\n\nGodhead.\nTRANSLATION\nThe six seasons, especially spring, seemed present there. Seeing the\ngarden, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, was\nvery happy.\nTEXT 84\n\n\"<'!M\\!>-<'!q''Jf<'!�l\" � '$f1\"$�1�1 1\n�\\!J �Rf' 1tifi1 � f-{�'11'1 ilf�1 II IrS II\n\"/alita-lavariga-lata\" pada gaoyafia\nnrtya kari' bulena prabhu nija-gaf)a lafia\nSYNONYMS\nlalita-lavariga-lata-beginning with the words /a/ita-/avariga-lata; pada-the\nverse; gaoyafia-making sing; nrtya kari'-dancing; bu/ena-wanders; prabhuSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nnija-gaQa\n\nlana-accompanied\n\nby\n\nHis\n\npersonal\n\nassociates.\nTRANSLATION\nIn this atmosphere, the Lord had His associates sing a verse from the Gita­\n\ngovinda, beginning with the words \"lalita-lavanga-lata,\" as He danced and\nwandered about with them.\nTEXT 85\n\n�f\\!��if �� <!!ifift� <!!i � I\n'Citl'tt<tS� � ?t� c;wt�il �flllitl:! II lrt II\n\n", "ant5#p0251": "Text 87]\n\nThe lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\n221\n\nprati-vrk$a-valli aiche bhramite bhramite\nasokera tale k[$/')e dekhena acambite\nSYNONYMS\nprati-vrk$a-valli-around each and every tree and creeper; aiche-in that way;\nbhramite bhramite-wandering; asokera tale-underneath an asoka tree; k[$/')eLord Km1a; dekhena-He sees; acambite-suddenly.\nTRANSLATION\nAs He thus wandered around every tree and creeper, He came beneath an\na5oka tree and suddenly saw lord Kr�r;�a.\nTEXT 86\n\n� <;lt�' �t121'- 'INP1 G�11\n1itff;'$f �f-t' �t�' �· 1it�('le{ �� II tr� II\nk[$Qa dekhi' mahaprabhu dhaiia calila\nage dekhi' hasi' k[$Qa antardhana ha-ifa\nSYNONYMS\nk[$Qa dekhi'-seeing Kr�f)a; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; dhaiia\nca/i/a-began to run very swiftly; age-ahead; dekhi'-seeing; hasi'-smiling;\nk[$Qa-Lord Kr�f)a; antardhana ha-ifa-disappeared.\nTRANSLATION\nWhen He saw Kr�r;�a, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu began running very swiftly,\nbut Kr�r;�a smiled and disappeared.\nTEXT 87\n\n1ittf;'$l �t�Cif1 ��' � �: �$1 I\n\n�11t� �fi.;Cifi �'-1(�� 't$1 II tr'\\ II\nage paila k[$Qe, tarire puna/:! haraiia\nbhamete pac;fila prabhu mOrcchita haiia\nSYNONYMS\n\nage-in the beginning; paila-got; k[$Qe-Lord Kr�f)a; tarire-Him; puna/:1again; haraiia-losing; bhamete-on the ground; pac;fila-fell down; prabhuLord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; marcchita-unconscious; haiia-becoming.\n\n", "ant5#p0252": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n222\n\nTRANSLATION\nHaving first gotten Kr�l)a and then having lost Him again, Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu fell to the ground unconscious.\n\nTEXT 88\n\n�t-.� ��.,�� �f.�li �tr;i{ I\n\n<:�� � �t�1 � �� �t��ti{ lllrlr II\nk[?f)era srT-ariga-gandhe bhariche udyane\nsei gandha pafia prabhu haifa acetane\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qera-of Lord Kr�t:�a; srf-ariga-gandhe-the aroma of the transcendental\nbody; bhariche-filled; udyane-in the garden; sei gandha pafia-g etting that\naroma;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nhaifa-beca m e;\n\nacetane­\n\nunconscious.\nTRANSLATION\nThe entire garden was filled with the scent of Lord Sri Kr�Qa's transcendental body. When Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu smelled it, He fell unconscious at\nonce.\nTEXT 89\n\n� i{t�rn �t-r fl-�fPf'f 1\n� 'C{t�tflft\\! 12ft_ ���1 �t� II lr� II\nnirantara nasaya pase kr?Qa-parimafa\ngandha asvadite prabhu ha-ifa pagafa\nSYNONYMS\nnirantara-incessantly; nasaya-in the nostrils; pase-enters; kr?Qa-parimafathe scent of Kr�t:�a's body; gandha asvadite-to relish the fragrance; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; ha-ifa pagafa-became mad.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe scent of Kr�Qa's body, however, incessantly entered His nostrils, and\nthe Lord became mad to relish it.\n\n", "ant5#p0253": "The Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\nText 91]\n\n223\n\nTEXT 90\n\n�'$f�·�l1ftti1 :Jf�tif � ��11\n�- \"'t� ��' <2!'- �� �Rf'11 II o;,\n\no\n\nII\n\nkr?Qa-gandha-lubdha radha sakhire ye kahila\nsei sloka pa(ii' prabhu artha karila\nSYNONYMS\nkr?Qa-gandha-the scent of the body of Kr�l)a;\n\n/ubdha-hankering after;\n\nradha-SrTmatT Radharai)T; sakhire-to the gopi friends; ye kahila-whatever She\nsaid; sei-that; 5/oka-verse; pa(ii'-reciting; prabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nartha kari/a-explained its meaning.\nTRANSLATION\nSrimati Radharar:ti expressed to Her gopi friends how She hankers for the\ntranscendental scent of Kr�r:ta's body. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu recited that\nsame verse and made its meaning clear.\nTEXT 91\n\n�'f lliff�p�1_:9f f�ll C\"'llfll ��1'Jf\"l:\n�<f t'f-01�0\\t�r;<f \"ffiol\\\\!:1\"!:iN� ��: I\n\"l!Wil::<� o\"'f\"lt�w�5lf�o&tro'!i:\n'1 Cll 'lifO\\f;\"lll�OI: 'lf?l '\\!f;011f'!i Olt1Jt��tl{_ II \"'} H\n\nkuranga-mada-jid-vapub-parimalormi-kr?tanganab\nsvakanga-nalina?take sasi-yutabja-gandha-prathab\nmadenduvara-candanaguru-sugandhi-carcarcitab\nsa me madana-mohanab sakhi tanoti nasa-sprham\nSYNONYMS\nkuranga-mada-jit-conquering the aromatic smell of musk; vapub-of His transcendental body;\n\nparima/a-urmi-with waves of scent;\n\nkr?ta-aliganab-at­\n\ntracting the gopis of Vrndavana; svaka-anga-nalina-a?take-on all eight different\nlotuslike parts of the body (face, navel, eyes, palms and feet); sasi-yuta-abjagandha-prathab-who distributes the scent of lotus mixed with camphor; madainduvara-candana-aguru-sugandhi-carca-arcitab-smeared with the unguents of\nmusk, camphor, white sandalwood and aguru; sab-He; me-My; madanamohanab-Lord Kr�l)a, who enchants even Cupid; sakhi-0 My dear friends;\ntanoti-increases; nasa-sprham-the desire of My nostrils.\n\n", "ant5#p0254": "224\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"'The scent of Kr�r:ta's transcendental body surpasses the aroma of musk\nand attracts the minds of all women. The eight lotuslike parts of His body distribute the fragrance of lotuses mixed with that of camphor. His body is\nanointed with aromatic substances like musk, camphor, sandalwood and\naguru. 0 My dear friend, that Personality of Godhead, also known as the\nenchanter of Cupid, always increases the desire of My nostrils.'\nPURPORT\nThis is a verse found in Covinda-lilamrta (8.6).\nTEXT 92\n\nI!H �· ��Jtlll,\n��ft�-�t\"fte.��,\n1!1�1 firfil' ��·�1t'·'$l'i I\n�tf �( �t<TS�'I'\n\n�t� �\"f·'t_�i{,\n\ne{00'$lt'lf �t� �f �'fi II �� II\nkastarika-nilotpa/a,\n\ntara yei parimala,\n\ntaha jini' kr�Qa-atiga-gandha\nvyape caudda-bhuvane,\n\nkare sarva akar�aQe,\n\nnari-gaQera atikhi kare andha\n\nSYNONYMS\nkastarika-musk; nilotpala-combined with the bluish lotus flower; tara-its;\n\nyei -whatever; parimala-scent; taha -that; jini'-conquering; kr�Qa-atiga -of\nthe transcendental body of Kr��a; gandha-the scent; vyape-spreads; cauddabhuvane-throughout the fourteen worlds; kare -does; sarva akar�aQe-attracting everyone; nari-gaQera-of the women; atikhi-the eyes; kare-makes;\nandha -blind.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The scent of Kr�r:ta's body surpasses the fragrances of musk and the bluish\nlotus flower. Spreading throughout the fourteen worlds, it attracts everyone\nand makes the eyes of all women blind.\nTEXT 93\n\n�r� �, ��� i!f'ije. 1ftl!nl 1\n� -.t�l! �r;-t,\n\n�('<TStif l!\"tt1 ,�,\n\n\"�1-t ..�, '1<$1 � II �� II I# II\n\n", "ant5#p0255": "Text 94]\n\nThe lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\n225\n\nsakhi he, km1a-gandha jagat miWiya\nnarira nasate pase,\n\nsarva-kala tahan vaise,\n\nkr?Qa-pa5a dhari' lana yaya\nSYNONYMS\nsakhi he-0 My dear friend; kr?Qa-gandha-the fragrance of the body of\nKr��a; jagat mataya-enchants the whole world; narira-of women; nasate-in\nthe nostrils; pase-enters; sarva-kala-always; tahan-there; vaise-remains;\nkr?Qa-pasa-to the side of Lord Kr��a; dhari'-catching; lana yaya-takes one.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friend, the scent of Kr��a's body enchants the entire world. It especially enters the nostrils of women and remains seated there. Thus it captures them and forcibly brings them to Kr��a.\nTEXT 94\n\n�J·1J._'$f R'l,\n\n'i{ill·i{t�, �i{,\n\n�� ��?I'll �··�ttr I\n�tt �� 'Pf�'l,\n\n��-f'l· �1{'1,\n\n� '$f'J ��?l'll·�tlf II �8 II\nnetra-nabhi, vadana,\n\nkara-yuga caral)a,\n\nei a?ta-padma kr?Qa-ange\nkarpura-lipta kamala,\n\ntara yaiche parimala,\n\nsei gandha a?ta-padma-sange\n\nSYNONYMS\nnetra-the eyes; nabhi-the navel; vadana-the face; kara-yuga-the palms;\ncaraQa-the feet; ei-these; a?ta-eight; padma-lotus flowers; kr?Qa-ange-in\nthe body of Kr��a; karpura-with camphor; /ipta-smeared; kama/a-the lotus\nflower; tara-of that; yaiche-like; parimala-the fragrance; sei gandha-that\nfragrance; a?ta-padma-sange-is associated with the eight lotus flowers.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Kr�Qa's eyes, navel and face, hands and feet are like eight lotus flowers on\nHis body. From those eight lotuses emanates a fragrance like a mixture\nof camphor and lotus. That is the scent associated with His body.\n\n", "ant5#p0256": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n226\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 95\n\n� �fi' 'fl•tt,\nm-�fir! �\"'i{'\nt;!'t� ��11, �Jf, ���it I\n1_��tQ,... �twr,\n��-lfti{ �ti �'\nfiffllf' t;!'tt1f �i{ '�\" �� II �It II\nhema-kilita candana,\n\ntaha kari' ghar$af)a,\n\ntahe aguru, kwikuma, kastari\nkarpura-sane carca arige,\n\npurva arigera gandha sarige,\n\nmi/i' tare yena kaila curi\nSYNONYMS\nhema-with gold;\n\nkilita-bedecked; candana-white sandalwood; taha­\n\nthat; kari'-doing; ghar$af)a-rubbing; tahe-in that; aguru-the aguru flavor;\nkurikuma-kurikuma;\n\nkastari-and\n\nmusk;\n\nkarpura-camphor;\n\nsane-with;\n\ncarca-smearing; arige-on the body; purva-previous ; arigera-of the body;\ngandha-scent; sarige-with; mi/i'-combining; tare-that; yena-as if; kai/adid; curi-stealing or covering.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When sandalwood pulp with aguru, kulikuma and musk is mixed with\ncamphor and spread on Kr�-:ta's body, it combines with Kr�-:ta�s own original\nbodily perfume and seems to cover it.\nPURPORT\nIn another version, the last line of this verse reads, kamadevera mana kaila curi.\nThis means \"the scent of all these substances mixes with the previous scent of\nKr�!)a's body and steals away the mind of Cupid.\"\nTEXT 96\n\ni{'Pfl � �(i{,\n�t1f i{tfrf ��1(i{,\n-t�11 ��' l� C<li�'fi I\n� �r'$fe.-..a'1,\n���1 �tt'$f <11�,\nC�i{ IS\"t�tm ��t1f'$fllfi II �� II\nhare narira tanu-mana,\n\nnasa kare ghurf)ana,\n\nkhasaya nivi, chutaya kesa-bandha\n\n", "ant5#p0257": "Text 97)\n\n227\n\nThe Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\nkariya age bauri,\n\nnacaya jagat-nari,\n\nhena (iakatiya kr�Qailga-gandha\nSYNONYMS\nhare-enchants;\n\nnarira-of women;\n\ntanu-mana-the minds and bodies;\n\nnasa-the nostrils; kare gharQana-bewiiders; khas aya-slackens; nivi-the belt;\nchutaya-loosens; kesa-bandha-the bunch of hair; kariya-acting; age-in\nfront; bauri-like madwomen; nacaya-causes to dance; jagat-nari-all the\nwomen of the world; hena-such; (iakatiya-a plunderer; kr�Qa-ailga-gandhathe scent of Kr��a's body.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The scent of Kr�r;�a's transcendental body is so attractive that it enchants\nthe bodies and minds of all women. It bewilders their nostrils, loosens their\nbelts and hair, and makes them madwomen. All the women of world come\nunder its influence, and therefore the scent of Kr�r;�a's body is like a plunderer.\nTEXT 97\n\n(;ltl '$f'fi�-t ilt:J�1,\n�1 <f't1f 1ftii!R 'flftWtl,\n� �rn, <f''. iltf� �t11 1\n�t� f�1 ,?ti �'\nf�l! f�l! � �tf,\nil1 �tltQ'( �nt 1l:Rf' �tll II �'l II\nsei gandha-vasa nasa,\n\nsada kare gandhera asa,\n\nkabhu paya, kabhu nahi paya\npaile piya peta bhare,\n\npiila piila tabu kare,\n\nna paile tr�Qaya mari' yaya\nSYNONYMS\ns ei-that; gandha-vasa-under the control of the fragrance;\n\nsada-always; kare-make; gandhera-for the fragrance;\n\nnasa-the nostrils;\nasa-hope; kabhu\n\npaya-sometimes they obtain; kabhu nahi paya-sometimes do not obtain;\npaile-if obtaining; piya-drinking; peta-the belly; bhare-fills; piila-let me\ndrink; piila-let me drink; tabu-still: kare-they hanker; na paile-if they do not\nget; tr�Qaya-out of thirst; mari' yaya-they die.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Falling completely under its influence, the nostrils yearn for it continuously, although sometimes they obtain it and sometimes not. When they\ndo they drink their fill, though they still want more and more, but if they\ndon't, out of thirst they die.\n\n", "ant5#p0258": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n228\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 98\n\n��t� Q1{ �,\n���t��-�t�,\n��•tif·�<ti �cent 1\n� fif�1 � 'fil'i,\n�..1-� ''\"' �'li,\n�1f 'ftlti:! �� -.t� � II\" �lr II\nmadana-mohana-nata,\n\npasari gandhera hata,\n\njagan-nari-grahake /obhaya\nvina-mulye deya gandha,\n\ngandha diya kare andha,\n\nghara yaite patha nahi paya\"\n\nSYNONYMS\nmadana-mohana-nata-the\n\ndramatic\n\nplayer\n\nMadana-mohana;\n\npasan-a\n\ndealer; gandhera hata-in a market of scents; jagat-nari-of the women of the\nwhole world; grahake-to the customers; /obhaya-attracts; vina-mu/ye-without a price; deya-distributes; gandha-the scent; gandha diya-delivering the\nscent; kare andha-makes the customers blind; ghara yaite-to return home;\npatha-the path; nahi paya-do not find.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The dramatic actor Madana-mohana has opened a shop of scents that attract the women of the world to be His customers. He delivers the scents\nfreely, but they make the women all so blind they cannot find the path\nreturning home.\"\nTEXT 99\n\n\\JI-'Ifi:! ,��fif,\n\n'itt'li ��\" 'If.. �fif,\n\n��t� �fi:!·�fi:! 'ft� I\n\n\"�-� �,\n�· i11 �t�, �'li'lftili �'At II �� II\n\n�'At �1-�-t,\n\nei-mata gaurahari,\n\ngandhe kaila mana curi,\n\nbhrnga-praya iti-uti dhaya\nyaya vrk?a-/ata-pase,\n\nk[$/)a sphure-sei ase,\n\nk[$/)a na paya, gandha-matra paya\n\n", "ant5#p0259": "Text 100]\n\nThe Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\n229\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nei-mata-in this way; gaurahari-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gandhe -by the\nkaifa-did; mana cur i-stealing of the mind; b hrnga-praya-j ust like a\nbumblebee; iti-uti dhaya-wanders here and there; yaya-g oes; vrk?a-fatapa.Se-by the side of the trees and creepers; kr?Qa sphure-Lord Kr�r:ta will appear; sei ase-by that hope; kr?Qa na pa ya-doe s not obtain Kr�r:ta; gandha-matra\nscent;\n\npaya-gets only the scent.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, His mind thus stolen by that scent, ran here and\nthere like a bumblebee. He ran to the trees and plants, hoping that Lord Km•a\nwould appear, but instead He found only the scent of Kr�r;�a's body.\n\nTEXT 100\n\n� il:tti, � �'\n�� 12ttl!:�'ti'f ��if I\n\n�9f·1ft� 'Siti,\n\n�� il:'tifl ��'\n\n�1119f·1ft'llti1;1Qt11,\n\n�� ��� C<fi'f II �00 II\nsvarupa-ramananda gaya,\nprabhu nace, sukha paya,\nei-mate prata/:1-kafa haifa\nsvarupa-ramananda-raya,\nkari nana upaya,\nmahaprabhura bahya-sphurti kaifa\nSYNONYMS\n\nsvarupa-ramananda gaya-SvarO pa Damodara Gosvami and Ramananda Raya\nsing; prabhu nace-Lord S ri Caitanya Mahaprabhu dances; sukha paya-enj oys\nhappiness; ei-mate-in this way; prata/:1-kafa haifa-morning arrived; svaruparamananda-raya-both Svaropa Damodara Gosvami and Ramananda Raya; karidevising; nana-various; upaya-means; mahaprabhura-of S ri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; bahya-spharti kai fa-awakened the external consciousness.\nTRANSLATION\nBoth Svarupa Damodara and Ramananda Ray a sang to the Lord, who danced\nand enjoyed happiness until the morning arrived. Then they devised a plan to\nrevive the Lord to external consciousness.\n\n", "ant5#p0260": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n230\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTEXT 101\n\nflfj� 11.�-'&l�IJ,\n1{��, �'lt9f�,\n�·,.�-�� fif�)iJ\\!J I\n�� itf1fn'fi·Cif)t\\f,\n'$f�'f �� 9ff1t��'\n�-.�t� 159ft�f$.,\\!J II � o � II\nmatr-bhakti, pralapana,\n\nbhittye mukha-ghar�aQa,\n\nkr�Qa-gandha-sphartye divya-nrtya\nei cari-lila-bhede,\n\ngaila ei paricchede,\n\nkr�Qadasa rupa-gosarii-bhrtya\nSYNONYMS\nmatr-bhakti-devotion to His mother; pralapana-words of madness; bhittye-on the walls; mukha-ghar�aQa-rubbing His face; kr�Qa-gandha-of Lord\nKr�l)a's fragrance; sphurtye-on the appearance; divya-nrtya-transcendental\ndancing;\nsung;\n\nei-these;\n\ncari-four;\n\nlila-pastimes;\n\nei paricchede-in this chapter;\n\nbhede-different;\n\ngaila-has\n\nkr�Qadasa-Kr�l)adasa Kaviraja;\n\nrupa­\n\ngosarii-bhrtya-servant of Srila ROpa Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nThus, I, Kr�Qadasa, the servant of Srila Rupa Gosvami, have sung of four\ndivisions of the Lord's pastimes in this chapter: the Lord's devotion to His\nmother, His words of madness, His rubbing His face against the walls at night,\nand His dancing at the appearance of Lord Kr�Qa's fragrance.\nPURPORT\nKr�l)adasa Kaviraja Gosvami says that he has been able to describe these four\npastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu by the blessings of Srila ROpa Gosvami.\nKr�l)adasa Kaviraja Gosvami was not actually a direct disciple of Srila ROpa\nGosvami, but he followed the instructions given by Srila ROpa Gosvami in Bhaktirasamrta-sindhu. He therefore acted according to the directions of ROpa Gosvami\nand prayed in every chapter for his mercy.\nTEXT 102\n\n��1{\\! �t�'t_ 11t�1 Ci\\!� I\n�t� �f1' ��iif iSf,.itQf·��llfilll �o� II\nei-mata mahaprabhu pana cetana\nsnana kari' kaila jagannatha-darasana\n\n", "ant5#p0261": "Text 104)\n\nThe lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\n231\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; paiia cetana­\n\nbecoming conscious; snana kari'-after bathing; kaila jagannatha-darasana-saw\nlord Jagannatha.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu thus returned to consciousness. He then bathed\nand went to see lord )agannatha.\nTEXT 103\n\n�f�� �·�if!, flf�J-tf'Gi l!t11' I\nl!t;(il c;'it1R �t� i� ��1� II �o� II\na/aukika kr�Qa-/7/a, divya-sakti tara\ntarkera gocara nahe caritra yahara\nSYNONYMS\nalaukika-uncommon; kr�Qa-/7/a-pastimes of Lord K[�l)a; divya-sakti-transcendental potency; tara-of that; tarkera-of argument; gocara-within the\npurview; nahe-is not; caritra-the characteristics; yahara-of which.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of lord Kr��a are uncommonly full of transcendental potency.\nIt is a characteristic of such pastimes that they do not fall within the jurisdiction of experimental logic and arguments.\n\nTEXT 104\n\nc.!l� c;<$1' ��1 wtt'it �1m 'f;l�� 1\n?tf�tl!� l!t11' c;i�1 �t\\! ifl ?ftt� II �o 8 II\nei prema sada jage yahara antare\npaQc;liteha tara ce�ta bujhite na pare\n\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; prema-love of Godhead; sada-always; jage-awakens; yahara-of\nwhom; antare-within the heart; paQc;liteha-even a learned scholar; tara-his;\nce�ta-activities; bujhite-to understand; na pare-cannot.\n\n", "ant5#p0262": "232\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen transcendental love of Kr�r;�a awakens in one's heart, even a learned\nscholar cannot comprehend one's activities.\nTEXT 105\n\nlf�'2li'!l� O!<t: C��1 �C'2li?l�<'f f� CS�f1J I\n\n'5{��i:rl��'1J'2l ll_.!!'1 �� ��'5f�l II ) cr II\n•\n\ndhanyasyayam navah prema\nyasyonmilati cetasi\nantarvaf)ibhir apy asya\nmudra su�thu sudurgama\nSYNONYMS\ndhanyasya-of a most fortunate person; ayam-this; nava h -new; premalove of Godhead; yasya-of whom; unmilati-manifests; cetasi-in the heart;\nantarvaf)ibhih-by persons well versed in sastras; api-even; asya-of him;\nmudra-the symptoms; su�thu-exceedingly; sudurgama-difficult to understand.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The activities and symptoms of that exalted personality in whose heart\nlove of Godhead has awakened cannot be understood even by the most\nlearned scholar.\"\nPURPORT\nThis verse is quoted from Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.4.17).\nTEXT 106\n\n�\"'�� �\"' ''11i1', '�t�' ,fiti\"ll\n�· if1 �Btfl, ,i{ f�'!li� �fil�i 11 �o� 11\na/aukika prabhura 'Ce?ta', 'pra/apa' suniya\ntarka na kariha, suna visvasa kariya\nSYNONYMS\nalaukika-uncommon; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ce�ta-the activities; pra/apa-talking in madness; suniya-hearing; tarka-unnecessary arguments; na kariha-do not make; suna-simply hear; visvasa kariya-having full\nfaith.\n\n", "ant5#p0263": "Text 107]\n\nThe Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\n233\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe activities of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are undoubtedly uncommon, especially His talking like a madman. Therefore, one who hears of these\npastimes should not put forward mundane arguments. He should simply hear\nthe pastimes with full faith.\nTEXT 107\n\nbtf 'II:!� <211ft'! <!\\)\"et'$f�tl:!i I\n��� <;<211f•<21i'ft� 'i!!i�11'-o$1ti!t'� II �o'l II\nihara satyatve pramaf)a sri-bhagavate\n\nsri-radhara prema-pralapa 'bhramara-gita'te\nSYNONYMS\n\nihara-of these talks; satyatve-in the truthfulness; prama(la-the evidence;\n\nsri-bhagavate-in Srimad-Bhagavatam; sri-radhara-of Srimati Radharii.l)i; premapra/apa\n\n-\n\ntalking crazily in ecstatic love; bhramara-gitate-in the section known\n\nas Bhramara-gita.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe evidence of the truth of these talks is found in Srimad-Bhagavatam.\nThere, in the section of the Tenth Canto known as the Bhramara-gita, \"the\nSong to the Bumblebee,\" Srimati Radhara�i speaks insanely in ecstatic love\nfor Kr��a.\nPURPORT\nWhen Uddhava arrived from Mathura carrying a message for the gopis, the\n\ngopis began talking about Kr�l)a and crying. Then one important gopi saw a\nbumblebee and began speaking to it like someone mad, thinking that the bee was\na messenger of Uddhava's or was someone very dear to him and Kr�l)a. The verses\nare as follows (Bhag. 10.47.12-21):\n\nmadhupa kitava-bandho ma sprsarighrirh sapatnyah\nkuca-vilulita-mala-kurikuma-smasrubhir nah\n\nvahatu madhu-patis tan-manininarh prasadarh\n\nyadu-sadasi vic;iambyarh yasya dutas tvam idrk\n\n\"My dear bumblebee, you are a very cunning friend of Uddhava and Kr�l)a. You\nare very expert in touching people's feet, but I am not going to be misled by this.\nYou appear to have sat on the breasts of one of Kr�l)a's friends, for I see that you\n\nhave kurikuma dust on your mustache. Kr�l)a is now engaged in flattering all His\n\n", "ant5#p0264": "234\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nyoung girl friends in Mathura. Therefore, now that He can be called a friend of the\nresidents of Mathura, He does not need the help of the residents of Vrndavana.\nHe has no reason to satisfy us gopis. Since you are the messenger of such a person\nas He, what is the use of your presence here? Certainly Kr�Qa would be ashamed\nof your presence in this assembly.\"\nHow has Kr�Qa offended the gopis so that they want to reject Him from their\nminds? The answer is given as follows:\n\nsakrd adhara-sudharh svarh mohinirh payayitva\nsumanasa iva sadyas tatyaje 'sman bhavadrk\nparicarati katharh tat-pada-padmarh tu padma\nhy api bata hrta-ceta uttama-5/oka-ja/paih\n\"Kr�Qa no longer gives us the enchanting nectar of His lips; instead, He now gives\nthat nectar to the women of Mathura. Kr�Qa directly attracts our minds, yet He\nresembles a bumblebee like you because He gives up the association of a\nbeautiful flower and goes to a flower that is inferior. That is the way Kr�Qa has\ntreated us. I do not know why the goddess of fortune continues to serve His lotus\nfeet instead of leaving them aside. Apparently she believes in Kr�Qa's false words.\nWe gopis, however, are not unintelligent like Lak�mi.\"\nAfter hearing the bumblebee's sweet songs and recognizing that the bee was\nsinging about Kr�Qa for Her satisfaction, the gopi replied,\n\nkim iha bahu ?ar;/alighre gayasi tvarh yadunam\nadhipatim agrhaoam agrato nab puraoam\nvijaya-sakha-sakhinarh giyatarh tat-prasafigah\nk?apita-kucarujas te kalpayanti?tam i?tah\n\"Dear bumblebee, Lord Kr�r:\"la has no residence here, but we know Him as\nYadupati [the King of the Yadu dynasty]. We know Him very well, and therefore\nwe are not interested in hearing any more songs about Him. It would be better for\nyou to go sing to those who are now very dear to Kr�Qa. Those women of\nMathura have now achieved the opportunity to be embraced by Him. They are\nHis beloveds now, and therefore He has relieved the burning in their breasts. If\nyou go there and sing your songs to those fortunate women, they will be very\npleased, and they will honor you.\"\n\ndivi bhuvi ca rasayarh kah striyas tad durapah\nkapata-rucira-hasa-bhruvi-jrmbhasya yah syuh\ncaraoa-raja upaste yasya bhatir vayarh ka\napi ca krpaQa-pak?e hy uttamasloka-sabdah\n\n", "ant5#p0265": "Text 107]\n\nThe Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\n235\n\n\"0 collector of honey, Kr�r:ta must be very sorry not to see us gopis. Surely He is\n\nafflicted by memories of our pastimes. Therefore He has sent you as a messenger\nto satisfy us. Do not speak to us! All the women in the three worlds where death\nis inevitable-the heavenly, middle and lower planets-are very easily available\nto Kr�r:ta because His curved eyebrows are so attractive. Moreover, He is always\nserved very faithfully by the goddess of fortune. In comparison with her, we are\nmost insignificant. Indeed, we are nothing. Yet although He is very cunning, Kr�r:ta\nis also very charitable. You may inform Him that He is praised for His kindness to\nunfortunate persons and that He is therefore known as Uttamasloka, one who is\npraised by chosen words and verses.\" .\nvisrja sirasi padaril vedmy aharil catukarair\nanunaya-vidu?as te 'bhyetya dautyair mukundat\nsvakrta iha vis(?tapatya-paty-anya-loka\nvyasrjad akrta-ceta/:1 kim nu sandheyam asmin\n\"You are buzzing at My feet just to be forgiven for your past offenses. Kindly go\naway from My feet! I know that Mukunda has taught you to speak very sweet,\nflattering words like this and to act as His messenger. These are certainly clever\ntricks, My dear bumblebee, but I can understand them. This is Kr�r:ta's offense. Do\nnot tell Kr�r:ta what I have said, although I know that you are very envious. We\ngopis have given up our husbands, our sons, and all the religious principles that\npromise better births, and now we have no other business then serving Kr�r:Ja. Yet\nKr�r:Ja, by controlling His mind, has easily forgotten us. Therefore, don't speak of\nHim any more. let us forget our relationship.\"\nmrgayur iva kapindraril vivyadhe lubdha-dharma\nstriyam akrta-virOpam stri-jita/:1 kamayanam\nbalim api balim attvave?tayad dhvar'lk?avad yas\ntad a/am asita-sakhyair dustyajas tat-kathartha/:1\n\"When we remember the past births of Kr�r:Ja, My dear bumblebee, we are very\nafraid of Him. In His incarnation as lord Ramacandra, He acted just like a hunter\nand unjustly killed His friend Vali. lusty SOrpar:takha came to satisfy Ramacandra's\ndesires, but He was so attached to Sitadevi that He cut off SOrpar:takha's nose. In\nHis incarnation as Vamanadeva, He plundered Bali Maharaja and took all his\npossessions, cheating him on the pretext of accepting worship from him.\nVamanadeva caught Bali Maharaja exactly as one catches a crow. My dear\nbumblebee, it is not very good to make friends with such a person. I know that\nonce one begins to talk about Kr�r:Ja, it is very difficult to stop, and I admit that I\nhave insufficient strength to give up talking about Him.\"\n\n", "ant5#p0266": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n236\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nyad-anucarita-lila-karQa-piyu?a-viprut\nsakrd adana-vidhDta-dvandva-dharma vina?tafJ\nsapadi grha-kutumbarh dinam utsrjya dina\nbahava iha vihariga bhik?u-caryarh caranti\n'Topics about Kr�l)a are so powerful that they destroy the four religious principles-religion, economic development, sense gratification and liberation. Anyone who drinks even a small drop of kr?Qa-katha through aural reception is freed\nfrom all material attachment and envy. Like a bird with no means of subsistence,\nsuch a person becomes a mendicant and lives by begging. Ordinary household\naffairs become miserable for him, and without attachment he suddenly gives up\neverything. Although such renunciation is quite suitable, because I am a woman I\nam unable to adopt it.\"\nvayam [lam iva jihma-vyahrtarh sraddadhana/:1\nkulikarutam ivajfia/:1 kr?Qa-vadhvo hiraQya/:1\ndadrsur asakrd etat tan-nakha-sparsalivrasmararuja upamantrin bhaQyatam anya-varta\n\"0 My dear messenger, I am just like a foolish bird that hears the sweet songs of a\n\nhunter, believes in them due to simplicity, and is then pierced in the heart and\nmade to suffer all kinds of miseries. Because we believed in Kr�l)a's words, we\nhave suffered great pain. Indeed, the touch of Kr�l)a's nails has injured our faces.\nHe has caused us so much pain! Therefore, you should give up topics concerning\nHim and talk about something else.\"\nAfter hearing all these statements from Srimati Radhika, the bumblebee left and\nthen returned. After some thought, the gopi said:\npriya-sakha punar aga/:1 preyasa pre?ila/:1 kirh\nvaraya kim anurundhe mananiyo 'si me 'riga\nnayasi katham ihasman dustyaja-dvandva-parsvarh\nsatatam urasi saumya srir vadhu/:1 sakamaste\n\"You are Kr�l)a's very dear friend, and by His order you have come here again.\nTherefore you are worshipable for Me. 0 best of messengers, tell Me now, what is\nyour request? What do you want? Kr�l)a cannot give up conjugal love, and\n\ntherefore I understand that you have come here to take us to Him. But how will\n\nyou do that? We know many goddesses of fortune now reside at Kr�l)a's chest,\nand they constantly serve Kr�l)a better than we can.\"\n\nPraising the bumblebee for its sobriety, She began to speak in great jubilation.\napi bata madhu-puryam arya-putro 'dhuna 'ste\nsmarati sa pitr-gehan saumya bandhDrhs ca gopan\n\n", "ant5#p0267": "The Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\nText 108]\n\n237\n\nkvacid api sa katha na/:1 kinkaril)arh gwite\nbhujam aguru-sugandharh murdhny adhasyat kada nu\n\"Kr��a is now living like a gentleman at the Gurukula in Mathura, forgetting all the\n\ngopis of Vrndavana. But does He not remember the sweet house of His father,\nNanda Maharaja? We are all naturally His maidservants. Does He not remember\nus? Does He ever speak about us, or has He forgotten us completely? Will He ever\nforgive us and once again touch us with those hands fragrant with the scent of\n\naguru?\"\n\nTEXT 108\n\n�� � � ''fllt'lf'� c-ftlf I\n't�t� ifl � � �of'�t� II �o\\,' ll\nmahi�ira gita yena 'dasame'ra se�e\npal)c;lite na bujhe tara artha-vise�e\nSYNONYMS\n\nmahi�ira-of the queens; g ita-the songs; yena-just as; dasamera-of the\nTenth Canto; se�e-at the end; pal)c;lite-very learned scholars; na-not; bujhe-understand; tara-its; artha- vise�e-particular meaning.\nTRANSLATION\nThe songs of the queens at Dvaraka, which are mentioned at the end of the\nTenth Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam, have a very special meaning. They are\nnot understood even by the most learned scholars.\nPURPORT\nThese songs of Srimad-Bhagavatam are verses 15-24 of the Ninetieth Chapter\nof the Tenth Canto.\n\nkurari vilapasi tvarh vita-nidra na se�e\nsvapiti jagati ratryam isvaro gupta-bodha/:1\nvayam iva sakhi kaccid gac;Jha-nirbhinna-ceta\nnalina-nayana-hasodara-lilek�itena\nAll the queens incessantly thought of Kr��a. After their pastimes in the water, the\nqueens said, \"Our dear friend the osprey, Kr��a is now asleep, but we stay awake\nat night because of Him. You laugh at us when you see us awake at night, but why\nare you not sleeping? You seem absorbed in thoughts of Kr��a. Have you also\nbeen pierced by Kr��a's smile? His smile is very sweet. One who is pierced by\nsuch an arrow is very fortunate.\"\n\n", "ant5#p0268": "238\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nnetre nimilayasi naktam adr�ta-bandhus\ntvam roravi�i karuQam bata cakravaki\ndasyam gata vayam ivacyuta-pada-ju�tam\nkim va srajam sprhayase kabareQa voc;Jhum\n\"0 cakravaki, you keep your eyes wide open at night because you cannot see\n\nyour friend. Indeed, you are suffering very much. Is it because of compassion that\nyou are crying, or are you trying to capture Kr�Qa by remembering Him? Having\nbeen touched by the lotus feet of Kr�t:Ja, all the queens are very happy. Are you\ncrying to wear Kr�Qa's garland on your head? Please answer these questions\nclearly, 0 cakravaki, so that we can understand.\"\nbho bho/:l sada ni�tanase udanvann\na/abdha-nidro 'dhigata-prajagara/:l\nkim va mukundapahrtatma-lanchana/:l\npraptam dasam tvam ca gato duratyayam\n\"0 ocean, you have no opportunity to sleep quietly at night. Instead, you are al­\n\nways awake and crying. You have received this benediction, and your heart is\nbroken just like ours. Mukunda's business with us is simply to smear our marks of\nkutikuma. 0 ocean, you suffer as much as we.\"\ntvam yak�maQa balavatasi grhita indo\nk�iQas tamo na nija-didhitibhi/:l k�iQo�i\nkaccin mukunda-gaditani yatha vayam tvam\nvismrtya bho/:l sthagita-gir upalak�yase na/:l\n\"0 moon, you appear to be suffering from a severe fever, perhaps tuberculosis.\n\nIndeed, your effulgence does not have the strength to destroy the darkness. Have\nyou become mad after hearing the songs of Kr�t:�a? Is that why you are silent?\nSeeing your suffering, we feel that you are one of us.\"\nkim tvacaritam asmabhir\nmalayanila te 'priyam\ngovi ndapatiga-nirbhinne\nhrdirayasi na/:l smaran\n\"0 Malayan breeze, kindly tell us what wrong we have done to you. Why do you\n\nfan the flames of desire in our hearts? We have been pierced by the arrow of\nGovinda's glance, for He is perfect in the art of awakening the influence of\nCupid.\"\n\n", "ant5#p0269": "Text 108]\n\nThe Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\n239\n\nmegha srimarhs tvam asi dayito yadavendrasya nCmarh\nsrivatsarikarh vayam iva bhavan dhyayati prema-baddhab\natyutkaQtha/:1 sabala-hrdayo 'smad-vidho bii$pa-dharab\nsmrtva smrtva visrjasi muhur du/:lkha-das tat-prasarigab\n\"Dear cloud, 0 friend of Kr�l)a's, are you thinking of the Srivatsa symbol on Kr�l)a's\nchest like us queens engaged in loving affairs with Him? You are absorbed in\nmeditation, remembering the association of Kr�l)a, and thus you shed tears of\nmisery.\"\n\npriya-rava-padani bha$ase\nmrta-sarhjivikayanaya gira\nkaravaQi kim adya te priyarh\nvada me valgita-kaQtha kokila\n\"Dear cuckoo, you possess a very sweet voice, and you are very expert in imitating others. You could excite even a dead body with your voice. Therefore, tell\nthe queens that good behavior is their proper duty.\"\n\nna calasi na vadasy udara-buddhe\nk$iti-dhara cintyase mahantam artham\napi bata vasudeva-nandanarighrirh\nvayam iva kamayase stanair vidhartum\n\"0 magnanimous mountain, you are very grave and sober, absorbed in thoughts\n\nof doing something very great. Like us, you have vowed to keep within your heart\nthe lotus feet of Kr�l)a, the son of Vasudeva.\"\n\n5u$yad-ghradab karsita bata sindhu-patnyab\nsampraty-apasta-kama/a-sriya-i$ta-bhartub\nyadvad vayarh madhu-pateb praQayavalokam\naprapya mu$ta-hrdayab puru-kar$itab sma\n\"0 rivers, wives of the ocean, we see that the ocean does not give you happiness.\n\nThus you have almost dried up, and you no longer bear beautiful lotuses. The\nlotuses have become skinny, and even in the sunshine they are devoid of all\npleasure. Similarly, the hearts of us poor queens are all dried up, and our bodies\nare skinny because we are now devoid of loving affairs with Madhupati. Are you,\nlike us, dry and without beauty because you are devoid of Kr�l)a's loving glance?\"\n\nharhsa svagatam asyatarh piba payo bruhy ariga saureb katharh\ndutarh tvarh nu vidama kaccid ajita/:1 svasty asta uktarh pura\n\n", "ant5#p0270": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n240\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nkim va nas cala-sauhrdab smarati tam kasmad bhajamo vayam\nk�audra/apaya-kamadam sriyamrte saivaika-ni�tha striyam\n\"0 swan, you have come here so happily! Let us welcome you. We understand\n\nthat you are always Kr�t:�a's messenger. Now while you drink this milk, tell us what\nHis message is. Has Kr�t:�a said something about us to you? May we inquire from\nyou whether Kr�t:�a is happy? We want to know. Does He remember us? We\nknow that the goddess of fortune is serving Him alone. We are simply maidservants. How can we worship He who speaks sweet words but never fulfills our\ndesires?\"\nTEXT 109\n\n��-fi41!Jtil'tt, ,ttm � � 1\n�t1f �� <tSt�, l!tJ � �Cit ��� II � \"� II\nmahaprabhu-nityananda, donhara dasera dasa\nyare krpa karena, tara haya ithe visvasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nmahaprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nnityananda-Lord\n\nNityananda;\n\ndonhara dasera dasa-1 am a servant of the servant of the servants of these two\npersonalities; yare krpa karena-if anyone is favored by Them; tara haya-he certainly maintains; ithe visvasa-faith in all these affairs.\nTRANSLATION\nIf one becomes a servant of the servants of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and\nLord Nityananda Prabhu and is favored by Them, he can believe in all these\ndiscourses.\nTEXT 110\n\n� �fif, �i{ -�i, �fi{r;l! 11��� I\n�futi!l �t'frtf'tt<titN �i!·tflf-�:'f II � �\" II\n. sraddha kari, suna iha, sunite maha-sukha\nkhaf)gibe adhyatmikadi kutarkadi-dubkha\nSYNONYMS\n\nsraddha kari\n\n-\n\nwith great faith; suna-hear; iha-all these topics; sunite-even\n\nto hear; maha-sukha-great pleasure; khaf)c;fibe-it will destroy; adhyatmika-\n\n", "ant5#p0271": "The Lord's Inconceivable Behavior\n\nText 112]\n\n241\n\nadi-ail distresses due to the body, mind and so on; kutarka-adi-duf)kha-and\n\nthe miserable conditions arising from the use of false arguments.\nTRANSLATION\nJust try to hear these topics with faith, for there is great pleasure even in\nhearing them. That hearing will destroy all miseries pertaining to the body,\nmind and other living entities, and the unhappiness of false arguments as well.\n\nTEXT 111\n\n���-�����-��J·�� I\n�fi{t\\! ��r;\\! � IIS'At-��'1 II �:>:> II\ncaitanya-caritamrta -nitya-nOtana\nsunite sunite juc;laya hrdaya-sraval)a\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-carita-amrta-the book named Caitanya-caritamrta; nitya-nutana-al­\n\nways fresh; sunite sunite-by hearing and hearing; ju c;laya-becomes pacified;\nhrdaya-sraval)a-the ear and heart.\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya-caritamrta is ever-increasingly fresh. Continuously hearing it\npacifies one's heart and ear.\nTEXT 112\n\nll11i?t�.. � 'fB � I\n'���i! �� �·� II:>:>� p\n.\n\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr?Qadasa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rOpa-SrTia ROpa GosvamT; raghunatha-SrTia Raghunatha dasa GosvamT;\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; asa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrta­\n\nthe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nKr�t:�adasa Kaviraja GosvamT.\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr?Qadasa-SrTia\n\n", "ant5#p0272": "242\n\nSri Caitanya-caritampa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 19\n\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�\"adasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Antya-lila,\nNineteenth Chapter, describing the Lord's devotion to His mother, His mad\nspeeches in separation from K[$1)a, His rubbing His face against the walls, and His\ndancing in the Jagannatha-val/abha garden.\n\n", "ant5#p0273": "CHAPTER 20\n\nThe Sik�a�faka Prayers\nThe following summary study of the Twentieth Chapter is given by Srila Bhakti­\n\nvinoda Thakura in his Amrta-pravaha-bha�ya. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu passed His\n\nnights tasting the meaning of Sik�a�taka in the company of SvarOpa Damodara\nGosvami and Ramananda Raya. Sometimes He recited verses from Jayadeva\n\nGosvami's Gita-govinda, from Srimad-Bhagavatam, from Sri Ramananda Raya's\n}agannatha-vallabha-nataka or from Sri Bilvamarigala Thakura's Kr�Qa-karf)amrta. In\n\nthis way, He became absorbed in ecstatic emotions. For the twelve years Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu lived at Jagannatha Puri, He relished the taste of reciting\nsuch transcendental verses. The lord was present in this mortal world for fortyeight years altogether. After hinting about the lord's disappearance, the author of\nCaitanya-caritamrta gives a short description of the entire Antya-li/a and then\nends his book.\nTEXT 1\n\nc;l2ttJf'l'tfiti!���Jtt•'it�fiff�lf. I\n'l�� c;'it�fi�'ll 'et���Jti! II � II\npremodbhavita-har�er�yodvega-dainyarti-misritam\n\nlapitarh gauracandrasya\n\nbhagyavadbhir ni�evyate\nSYNONYMS\nprema-udbhavita-produced from ecstatic love and emotion; har�a-jubilation;\n\nir�ya-envy;\n\nudvega-agitation;\n\nmisritam-mixed with;\n\ndainya -submissiveness;\n\nlapitam-talks like\n\narti -grief;\n\nthose of a crazy man;\n\ngaura­\n\ncandrasya-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhagyavadbhi/:1-by the most fortu­\n\nnate; ni�evyate-is enjoyable.\n\nTRANS LAliON\nOnly the most fortunate will relish the\n\nmad words of Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, which mixed with jubilation, envy, agitation, submissiveness\nand grief, all produced by ecstatic loving emotions.\n\n243\n\n", "ant5#p0274": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n244\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 2\n\n\"i '\"' ,\"'t��!! � �i{\"f I\n\n���!I � ''$ftJ•.. �� II � II\njaya jaya gauracandra jaya nityananda\njayadvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nSYNONYMS\njaya jaya-all glories; gauracandra-to Lord SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; jaya-all\nglories;\n\nnityananda-to Lord Nityananda Prabhu;\n\njaya-all glories; advaita­\n\ncandra-to Advaita Prabhu; jaya-all glories; gaura-bhakta-vrnda-to the devotees of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nAll glories to Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityananda!\nAll glories to Advaitacandra! And all glories to all the devotees of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu!\nTEXT 3\n\n�-� �t�'t_ �'!;:at ift\"1Hi''1 I\n\nJ'Sr�·fflCI'!;:Jf �·f�'� �ftCI'Cif II� II\nei-mata mahaprabhu vaise nilaca/e\nrajani-divase k($f)a-virahe vihvale\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vaise ni/aca/eresided at NTiacala; rajani-divase-day and night; k($f)a-virahe-because of separation from Kr�r:Ja; vihva/e-overwhelmed.\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu thus resided at Jagannatha Puri [Nilacala],\nHe was continuously overwhelmed, night and day, by separation from Kr�Qa.\nTEXT 4\n\naq�, 1ft1ffi{\"!,-�� �i!lfil'·�'il' I\n\n1ftffi-flr'il' 1f:at·��-(;Jit� ��t�il' II 8 II\n\n", "ant5#p0275": "The Sik,a,taka Prayers\n\nText 6]\n\n245\n\nsvarupa, ramananda, -ei duijana-sane\nratri-dine rasa-gita-5/oka asvadane\nSYNONYMS\nsvarupa-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami; ramananda-Ramananda Raya; eithese; dui-jana-sane-with two persons; ratri-dine-night and day; rasa-gita5/oka-verses and songs containing\n\nthe mellows of transcendental\n\nbliss;\n\nasvadane-in tasting.\nTRANSLA liON\nDay and night He tasted transcendental blissful songs and verses with two\nassociates, namely Svarupa Damodara Gosvami and Ramananda Raya.\n\nTEXT 5\n\niftifl·� �� <2!!_11' �·' Qltt<l'i, �� I\n�'wtr;��-�t� i;'tt,<fitb1, �·�II <t II\nnana-bhava uthe prabhura har�a, soka, ro�a\ndainyodvega-arti utkaQtha, santo�a\nSYNONYMS\nnana-bhava-all kinds of emotion; uthe\nMahaprabhu;\n\nhar�a-jubilation;\n\n-\n\nawaken; prabhura-of SrT Caitanya\n\n5oka-lamentation;\n\nro�a-anger;\n\ndainya­\n\nhumility; udvega-anxiety; arti-grief; utkaQtha-more eagerness; santo�asatisfaction.\n\nTRANSLATION\nHe relished the symptoms of various transcendental emotions such as\njubilation, lamentation, anger, humility, anxiety, grief, eagerness and satisfaction.\n\nTEXT 6\n\n� c;� 'etr;� fii'T·c;Jft<l'i ���1 I\nattt•J �(' ��t1t ��� ilf�111 � II\nsei sei bhave nija-5/oka pac;fiya\n5/okera artha asvadaye dui-bandhu lana\n\n", "ant5#p0276": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n246\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei sei bhave-in that particular emotion; nija-5/oka pa(iiya-reciting His own\nverses; 5/okera-of the verses; artha-meaning; asvadaye-tastes; dui-bandhu\n/ana-with two friends.\nTRANSLATION\nHe would recite His own verses, expressing their meanings and emotions,\nand thus enjoy tasting them with these two friends.\n\nTEXT 7\n\n�til fifti{ �til 'ett� r;m-�iill\n<.;�- �1� �t'l5ftfift'! ftfui·!ft'$ff'1 II 9 II\nkana dine kana bhave 5/aka-pathana\nsei 5/oka asvadite ratri-jagaraQa\nSYNONYMS\nkana dine-sometimes; kana bhave-in some emotion; 5/oka-pathanareciting the verses; sei 5/aka-those verses; asvadite-to taste; ratri-jagaraQakeeping awake at night.\nTRANSLATION\nSometimes the Lord would be absorbed in a particular emotion and would\nstay awake all night reciting related verses and relishing their taste.\n\nTEXT 8\n\n� � �r;�,-\"�il '15ffi�-�t11fill\niftlf��il-�tl'l� �1111 i!?tr� 11 \"' n\nhar�e prabhu kahena, -\"5una svarupa-rama-raya\nnama-sankirtana-ka/au parama upaya\nSYNONYMS\nhar?e-in jubilation; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kahena-says; 5unaplease hear; svarupa-rama-raya-My dear Svaropa Damodara Gosvami and Ramananda Raya; nama-sankirtana-chanting of the holy name of the Lord; kalau-in\nthe age of Kali; parama upaya-the most feasible means for deliverance.\n\n", "ant5#p0277": "Text 10]\n\nThe Sik��faka Prayers\n\n247\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn great jubilation, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu said, \"My dear Svariipa\nDamodara and Ramananda Raya, know from Me that chanting of the holy\nnames is the most feasible means of salvation in this age of Kali.\nTEXT 9·\n\n���tat �t1'1� �··'el�il I\n�l �' �t'll-n � �1( R'l II � II\nsankirtana-yajfie kalau kr�f)a-aradhana\nsei ta' sumedha paya kr�Qera caraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nsankirtana-yajfie-performing the yajfia of chanting the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra;\nka/au-in this age of Kali; kr�Qa-aradhana-the process of worshiping Kr�r:Ja; sei\nta'-such persons; su-medha-greatly intelligent; paya-get; kr�Qera caraf)ashelter at the lotus feet of Kr�r:Ja.\nTRANSLATION\n\"In this age of Kali, the process of worshiping Kr�r;�a is to perform sacrifice\nby chanting the holy name of the Lord. One who does so is certainly very intelligent, and he attains shelter at the lotus feet of Kr�r;�a.\nPURPORT\nFor further information, one may refer to the Adi-lila, Chapter Three, texts\n77-78.\n\nTEXT 10\n\n��cf� f�'lfl�f'll''\\ '!TC'fl'>fl'ft�'>fllllf� I\n<fC�: 'l�,i\"ftitbr��Rg � �C'II'fiJ: 11 �·\nkr�Qa-varf)arh tvi�akr�Qarh\nsangopangastra-par�adam\nyajfiai/:1 sankirtana-prayair\nyajanti hi sumedhasa/:1\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-varf)am-repeating the syllables kr�-f)a; tvi�a-with a luster; akr�Qamnot black (golden); sa-ailga-with associates; upailga-servitors; astra-weap-\n\n", "ant5#p0278": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n248\n\nons;\n\npar$adam-confidential companions;\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nyajfiaib-by sacrifice;\n\nsankirtana­\n\nprayaib-consisting chiefly of congregational chanting; yajanti-they worship;\nhi-certainly; su-medhasab -intelligent persons.\nTRANSLATION\n\n\"'In the age of Kali, intelligent persons perform congregational chanting to\nworship the incarnation of Godhead who constantly sings the name of Kr��a.\nAlthough His complexion is not blackish, He is Kr��a Himself. He is accompanied by His associates, servants, weapons and confidential companions.'\nPURPORT\nThis verse is spoken by Saint Karabhajana in Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.5.32). For\n\nfurther information, see Adi-li/a, Chapter Three, text 52.\nTEXT 11\n\niftlt���il ��(�\"flit I\n��t'et�i, fi··(;� �� II �� U\nnama-sankirtana haite sarvanartha-nasa\n\nsarva-subhodaya, km1a-premera ullasa\nSYNONYMS\n\nnama-sankirtana-chanting of the holy names of the Lord; haite-from; sarva­\n\nanartha-nasa-destruction\n\nof\n\nall\n\nundesirable\n\nthings;\n\nsarva-subha-udaya­\n\nawakening of all good fortune; km1a-premera ul/asa-the beginning of the flow\n\nof love of Kr�r:Ja.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Simply by chanting the holy name of Lord Kr��a, one can be freed from all\nundesirable habits. This is the means of awakening all good fortune and initiating the flow of waves of love for Kr��a.\nTEXT 12\n\nCSC\\!itlff<f\"I��OI� ��\"Il�tlff<1\"tfitfol�j9('(�\nC\\!f�:t<fi\"il�S f�<fit f�\\!i\"i1 '!� f��Vjq-��')<101\"1(. .1\n�t\"OI\"�t\"i[l:f�(\"Oj� �f'!i9flf� �cftl]'!it�tlf'l�\n'1�1�\"!f9f01\"� 9f\"i1� f<t�llC� ��lj:l'l,.')i\"OI\"•p H II\n\n", "ant5#p0279": "The Sik�a�faka Prayers\n\nText 13]\n\n249\n\nceto-darpaQa-marjanarh bhava-mahadavagni-nirvapaQarh\n\nsreyah-kairava-candrika-vitaraQarh vidya-vadha-jivanam\n\nanandambudhi-vardhanarh prati-padarh pDrQamrtasvadanarh\nsarvatma-snapanarh pararh vijayate sri-kr�Qa-sankirtanam\nSYNONYMS\ncetah-of the heart; darpaQa-the mirror; marjanam-cleansing; bhava-of\n\nmaterial existence;\n\nmaha-davagni-the blazing forest fire;\n\nnirvapaQam-ex­\n\ntinguishing; sreyah-of good fortune; kairava-the white lotus; candrika-the\n\nmoonshine;\n\nvitaraQam-spreading;\n\njivanam-the life;\n\nananda-of bliss;\n\ncreasing;\n\nprati-padam -at\n\nevery\n\nthe self;\n\nparam-transcendental;\n\nvidya-of\n\nall\n\neducation;\n\nambudhi-the ocean;\n\nstep;\n\npDrQa-af!Jrta-of\n\nvadhu-wife;\n\nvardhanam-in­\n\nthe\n\nfull\n\nnectar;\n\nasvadanam-giving a taste; sarva-for everyone; atma-snapanam-bathing of\nvijayate-let there be victory;\n\nsri-kr�Qa­\n\nsarikirtanam-for the congregational chanting of the holy name of Kr��a.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Let there be all victory for the chanting of the holy name of Lord K��r:Ja,\nwhich can cleanse the mirror of the heart and stop the miseries of the blazing\nfire of material existence. That chanting is the waxing moon that spreads the\nwhite lotus of good fortune for all living entities. It is the life and soul of all\neducation. The chanting of the holy name of K��r:Ja expands the blissful ocean\nof transcendental life. It gives a cooling effect to everyone and enables one to\ntaste full nectar at every step.\nPURPORT\nThis is the first verse of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's Sik�a�taka. The other seven\n\nverses are found in texts 16, 21, 29, 32, 36, 39 and 47.\nTEXT 13\n\n��� '�i! 9lt9l·li��B-�\"fl'ti{ I\nf��f1tj, �(�llt'f�-��1{ II �� II\nsankirtana haite papa-sarhsara-nasana\n\ncitta-suddhi, sarva-bhakti-sadhana-udgama\nSYNONYMS\nsarikirtana haite-from the process of chanting the holy name; papa-sarhsara­\n\nnasana-annihilation of materialistic life resulting from sins;\n\ncitta-suddhi-\n\n", "ant5#p0280": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n250\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\ncleansing of the heart; sarva-bhakti-all kinds of devotional service; sadhana-of\nthe performances; udgama-awakening.\nTRANSLATION\n\"By performing congregational chanting of the Hare Kr�r:Ja mantra, one can\ndestroy the sinful condition of material existence, purify the unclean heart\nand awaken all varieties of devotional service.\nTEXT 14\n\n�r;<2ttlft�1, c;<2tl{t.�'CI�i1 I\n\n\"121tf., �·'!·'Jf'l_taf 111iti{\" �8\"\nkr�Qa-premodgama, premamrta-asvadana\nkr�Qa-prapti, sevamrta-samudre majjana\nSYNONYMS'\nkr�Qa-prema-udgama-awakening of love for Kr�r)a; prema-amrta-asvadanatasting of the transcendental bliss of love for Kr�r)a; kr�Qa-prapti-attainment of\nthe lotus feet of Kr�r)a; seva-amrta-of the nectar of service; samudre-in the\nocean; majjana-immersing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The result of chanting is that one awakens his love for Kr�r:Ja and tastes\ntranscendental bliss. Ultimately, one attains the association of Kr�r:Ja and\nengages in His devotional service, as if immersing himself in a great ocean of\nlove.\"\nTEXT 15\n\n� mtlf, ��·,-� \"C�t�i{-CJtt<fi,\n�m �Q{ �fil' :11� � �=�·Qitt<fi u �<t u\nuthila vi�ada, dainya, -pac;le apana-5/oka\nyahara artha 5uni' saba yaya dui)kha-5oka\nSYNONYMS\nuthila vi�ada-there was awakening of lamentation; dainya-humility; pac;/ereads; apana-5/oka-His own verse; yahara-of which; artha 5uni'-hearing the\nmeaning; saba-all; yaya-go away; du/:lkha-5oka-unhappiness and lamentation.\n\n", "ant5#p0281": "The Sik�a�faka Prayers\n\nText 17]\n\n251\n\nTRANSLATION\nLamentation and humility awoke within Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and He\nbegan reciting another of His own verses. By hearing the meaning of that\nverse, one can forget all unhappiness and lamentation.\nTEXT 16\n\nOJlll��lfil <��'f1 fol�'l�\"rr�'(;!<1(lf\"f�1 �����: \"'ll�\"Cct Ol <f\"l'1: I\n<!l�li[� �<I \"t'i1 �5\\<f�'llif9f\n�bT<t���''lf1!�1�f;j Oli��t5\\: II �� II\nnamnam akari bahudha nija-sarva-saktis\ntatrarpita niyamita/:1 smaraQe na kala/:!\netadrsi tava krpa bhagavan mamapi\ndurdaivam idrsam ihajani nanuraga/:1\nSYNONYMS\n\nnamnam-of the holy names of the Lord; akari-manifested; bahudhavarious kinds; nija-sarva-sakti/:1-all kinds of personal potency; tatra-in that; arpita\n\n-\n\nbestowed;\n\nniyamita/:1-restricted;\n\nka/a/:1-consideration of time;\n\nsmaraQe-in remembering;\n\ne tadrsi-so\n\nbhagavan-0\n\nLord;\n\nmama-My;\n\nidrsam-such;\n\niha-in\n\nthis\n\n(the\n\nmuch;\n\napi-although;\nholy\n\nname);\n\ntava-Your;\n\nna-not;\n\nkrpa-mercy;\n\ndurdaivam-misfortune;\n\najani-was\n\nborn;\n\nna-not;\n\nanuraga/:1-attach ment.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My Lord, 0 Supreme Personality of Godhead, in Your holy name there is\nall good fortune for the living entity, and therefore You have many names,\nsuch as Kr�r;�a and Govinda, by which You expand Yourself. You have invested\nall Your potencies in those names, and there are no hard and fast rules for\nremembering them. My dear Lord, although You bestow such mercy upon the\nfallen, conditioned souls by liberally teaching Your holy names, I am so unfortunate that I commit offenses while chanting the holy name, and therefore I do\nnot achieve attachment for chanting.\nTEXT 17\n\n�<fi-(}'ltt<fi� �1'!1-�t�<fi-I2J<fi'tll\n�9ftt� �fpy �t�<fi-�1t1111' ·��till �\" II\n\n", "ant5#p0282": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n252\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 20\n\naneka-lokera vancha -aneka-prakara\nkrpate karila aneka-namera pracara\nSYNONYMS\naneka-lokera-of many persons;\n\nvancha-the desires;\n\naneka-prakara-of\n\nmany varieties; krpate-by Your mercy; karila-You have done; aneka-various;\nnamera-of the holy names; pracara-broadcasting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Because people vary in their desires, You have distributed various holy\nnames by Your mercy.\nTEXT 18\n\n�� �-t� ��1 ��1 il11l ril� I\n�-�-t-fir�1l ilt�, �(f�f'i �� 11 �lr 11\nkhaite suite yatha tatha nama laya\nka/a-de5a-niyama nahi, sarva siddhi haya\nSYNONYMS\nkhaite-eating; suite-lying down; yatha-as; tatha-so; nama /aya-one\ntakes the holy name; kala-in time; desa-in place; niyama-regulation; nahithere is not; sarva siddhi haya-there is all perfection.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Regardless of time or place, one who chants the holy name, even while\neating or sleeping, attains all perfection.\nTEXT 19\n\n\"Jl(-tf• iltt1l fflri11 �fif�1 ��t'it I\n� ��('�,-iltt11 e�tfft ��t'it II\"�� ll\n\"sarva-sakti name dila kariya vibhaga\namara durdaiva, -name nahi anuraga! !\"\nSYNONYMS\nsarva-sakti-all\n\npotencies;\n\nname-in\n\nthe\n\nholy\n\nname;\n\ndi/a-You\n\nhave\n\nbestowed; kariya vibhaga-making separation; amara durdaiva-My misfortune;\nname-for chanting the holy names; nahi-there is not; anuraga-attachment.\n\n", "ant5#p0283": "Text 21]\n\nThe Sik�a�taka Prayers\n\n253\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"You have invested Your full potencies in each individual holy name, but I\nam so unfortunate that I have no attachment for chanting Your holy names.\"\n\nTEXT 20\n\n'�E'Pf ��t� �t� '�� �9(i9f� I\n\n<::!t�t '\"t'ifi'l �i{, 151�'11·1\\'t�tt� II � o II\nye-rupe /a-ile nama prema upajaya\ntahara lak?af}a suna, svarupa-rama-raya\nSYNONYMS\nye-rupe-by which process; /a-ile-if chanting; nama-the holy name; prema\nupajaya-dormant love of Kr�r:'la awakens; tahara lak?aQa suna-j ust hear the\nsymptom of that; svarupa-rama-raya-0 SvarOpa Damodara and Ramananda\nRaya.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu continued, \"0 Svarupa Damodara Gosvami and\nRamananda Raya, hear from Me the symptoms of how one should chant the\nHare Kr�r:Ja maha-mantra to awaken very easily one's dormant love for Kr�r:Ja.\n\nTEXT 21\n\nW'11\"i!'f9f '!(OJ1cs;; \\!Jnnfi<� '!f��\"11 1\n�1!1TOI011 �t\"l?:\"i!'OI <1'1-i�l�: 'f\"i!'l �[i1: H :;. ) II\ntwad api sunicena\ntaror iva sahi?Quna\namanina manadena\nkirtaniya/:l sada hari/:l\nSYNONYMS\ntwat api-than downtrodden grass; sunicena-being lower; taro/:l-than a\ntree; iva-like; sahi?QUna-with tolerance; amanina-without being puffed up\nby false pride; manadena-giving respect to all; kirtan iya/:l\nsada-always; hari/:l-the holy name of the Lord.\n\n-\n\nto be chanted;\n\n", "ant5#p0284": "254\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"One who thinks himself lower than the grass, who is more tolerant than a\ntree, and who does not expect personal honor but is always prepared to give\nall respect to others, can very easily always chant the holy name of the lord.\nTEXT 22\n\n� ��1 �t9fi{tt� 'lftti{ �f'lt� I\n����ttl �f--�(51 <!itt �..,11 II �� II\nuttama hana apanake mane twadhama\ndui-prakare sahi$QUta kare vrk$a-sama\nSYNONYMS\nuttama hana-although being very exalted; apanake-himself; mane-thinks;\ntwa-adhama-lower than a blade of the grass on the ground; dui-prakare-in\ntwo ways; sahi$f)Uta-tolerance; kare-performs; vrk$a-sama-like the tree.\nTRANSLATION\n\"These are the symptoms of one who chants the Hare Kr�1.1a maha-mantra.\nAlthough he is very exalted, he thinks himself lower than the grass on the\nground, and like a tree, he tolerates everything in two ways.\n\nTEXT 23\n\n� '� �� f�i � ''lltl!Al I\n\n���1 �t� <m1f 9fti{\"1 i{11ftmt II�\\!) II\nvrk$a yena katileha kichu na bolaya\nsukana maileha kare pani na magaya\nSYNONYMS\nvrk$a-a tree; yena-as; katileha-when it is cut; kichu na bolaya-does not\nsay anything; sukana-drying up; maileha-if dying; kare-anyone; paniwater; na magaya-does not ask for.\nTRANSLATION\n\"When a tree is cut down, it does not protest, and even when drying up, it\ndoes not ask anyone for water.\n\n", "ant5#p0285": "Text 26)\n\nThe Sik��taka Prayers\n\n255\n\nTEXT 24\n\n� � 'aft'Stt1, �ttl (;� <e�t�-.... I\n't�-� �t-, 'elftil� �m �..-!II �8 II\nyei ye magaye, tare deya apana-dhana\ngharma-vmi sahe, anera karaye rak�aQa\nSYNONYMS\nyei ye magaye-if anyone asks anything from the tree; tare-unto him; deyagives; apana-dhana-its own wealth; gharma-vr�ti-the scorching heat of the sun\nand torrents of rain; sahe-tolerates; anera-to others; karaye rak�aQa-gives\nprotection.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The tree delivers its fruits, flowers and whatever it possesses to anyone\nand everyone. It tolerates scorching heat and torrents of rain, yet it still gives\nshelter to others.\nTEXT 25\n\n'� ��1 �� �� ��1ft� I\n\nm �'lftil fit� 'ftfi{' '�-.'·'el��� II �<! II\nuttama hafia vai�Qava habe nirabhimana\njive sammana dibe jani' 'kr�f.la'-adhi�thana\nSYNONYMS\nuttama hafia-although being very exalted; vai�Qava-a devotee; habeshould become; nirabhimana-without pride; jive-to all living entities; sammana dibe-should give respect; jani'-knowing; kr�Qa-adhi�thana-the residing\nplace of Kr?r:ta.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Although a Vai��;�ava is the most exalted person, he is prideless and gives\nall respect to everyone, knowing everyone to be the resting place of Kr��;�a.\nTEXT 26\n\n�� ��1 � \"ift1{ � I\nll..-.Rt'1 it�(;${�� II �� II\n\n", "ant5#p0286": "256\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nei-mata haiia yei kr�Qa-nama laya\nsri-k[�Qa-caral)e tatira prema upajaya\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; hafia-becoming; yei-anyone who; kr�Qa-nama /ayachants the holy name of Kr��a; sri-k[�Qa-caraQe-at the lotus feet of Lord Kr��a;\ntatira-his; prema upajaya-love of Kr��a awakens.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If one chants the holy name of Lord Kr�r;�a in this manner, he will certainly\nawaken his dormant love for Kr�r;�a's lotus feet.\"\nTEXT 27\n\n��tl! ��tl! 121� ��¥1 �tf� I\n�\"f•' \"-It� Jrtfittl! llftf'$ffflll �\" 11\nkahite kahite prabhura dainya bac;fila\n'suddha-bhakti' kr�Qa-thafii magite lagila\nSYNONYMS\nkahite kahite-speaking like this; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\ndainya-humility; bac;/i/a-increased; suddha-bhakti-pure devotional service;\n\nkr?Qa-thaiii-from Kr��a; magite /agi/a -began to pray for.\nTRANSLATION\n\nAs Lord Caitanya spoke in this way, His humility increased, and He began\npraying to Kr�r;�a that He could discharge pure devotional service.\n\nTEXT 28\n\nCi21t1Af � - �ttl C�tQ �llf'ti I\n�- 'lftti{,-'� Clltt �t� ·cl2!1f·�' II ��,- II\npremera svabhava-yahati premera sambandha\nsei mane,-'kr�Qe mora nahi prema-gandha'\nSYNONYMS\npremera sva-bhava-the nature of love of Godhead; yahar'l -where; premera\nsambandha-a relationship of love of Godhead;\n\nsei mane-he recognizes;\n\n", "ant5#p0287": "Text 29]\n\nThe Sik��taka Prayers\n\n257\n\nkr?Qe-unto Lord Kr�r:Ja; mora-my; nahi-there is not; prema-gandha-even a\n\nscent of love of Godhead.\nTRANSLATION\n\nWherever there is a relationship of love of Godhead, its natural symptom is\nthat the devotee does not think himself a devotee. Instead, he always thinks\nthat he has not even a drop of love for Kr�Qa.\nPURPORT\n\nSriia Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura comments that persons who are actually very poor because they possess not even a drop of love of Godhead or pure\ndevotional service falsely advertise themselves as great devotees, although they\ncannot at any time relish the transcendental bliss of devotional service. A class of\nso-called devotees known as prakrta-sahajiyas sometimes display devotional\nsymptoms to exhibit their good fortune. They are pretending, however, because\nthese devotional features are only external. The prakrta-sahajiyas exhibit these\nsymptoms to advertise their so-called advancement in love of Kr�r:Ja, but instead\nof praising the prakrta-sahajiyas for their symptoms of transcendental ecstasy,\npure devotees do not like to associate with them. It is not advisable to equate the\nprakrta-sahajiyas with pure devotees. When one is actually advanced in ecstatic\n\nlove of Kr�r:Ja, he does not try to advertise himself. Instead, he endeavors more\nand more to render service to the Lord.\nThe prakrta-sahajiyas sometimes criticize pure devotees by calling them\nphilosophers, learned scholars, knowers of the truth, or minute observers, but not\ndevotees. On the other hand, they depict themselves as the most advanced,\ntranscendentally blissful devotees, deeply absorbed in devotional service and\nmad to taste transcendental mellows. They also describe themselves as the most\nadvanced devotees in spontaneous love, as knowers of transcendental mellows,\nas the topmost devotees in conjugal love of Kr�r:Ja, and so on. Not actually\nknowing the transcendental nature of love of God, they accept their material\nemotions to be indicative of advancement. In this way they pollute the process of\ndevotional service. To try to become writers of Vai�l)ava literature, they introduce\ntheir material conceptions of life into pure devotional service. Because of their\nmaterial conceptions, they advertise themselves as knowers of transcendental\nmellows, but they do not understand the transcendental nature of devotional service.\nTEXT 29\n\"�\" If�' \"� �\"�� \"�\" �'If�� \"r.t�r' �1 �511f�>tt 'flll\"t� 1\n11\"11\" �r\"� �?T\"l'l1c� ��'!t�f'e'�c��\"\"' �fil M �I) •\n\n", "ant5#p0288": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n258\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nna dhanarh na janarh na sundarirh\nkavitarh va jagadisa kamaye\nmama janmani jamanisvare\nbhavatad bhaktir ahaituki tvayi\nSYNONYMS\nna-not; dhanam-riches; na-not; janam-followers; na-not; sundarim-a\nvery beautiful woman; kavitam-fruitive activities described in flowery language;\nva-or; jagat-isa-0 Lord of the universe; kamaye-1 desire; mama-My; janmani-in birth; janmani-after birth; isvare-unto the Supreme Personality of\nGodhead; bhavatat-let there be; bhaktih-devotional service; ahaituki-with\nno motives; tvayi-unto You.\nT�ANSLATION\n\"0 Lord of the universe, I do not desire material wealth, materialistic\n\nfollowers, a beautiful wife or fruitive activities described in flowery language.\nA lii want, life after life, is unmotivated devotional service to You.\nTEXT 30\n\n6£'{�, �� �t� 1ft��!, ��'!1 �\"fit I\n'��cef•' '��' '1ftt1f, �· �'Pfi �FJ' II �o II\ndhana, jana nahi magofi, kavita sundari\n'suddha-bhakti' deha' more, km)a krpa kari'\nSYNONYMS\ndhana-wealth; jana\n\n-\n\nfollowers; nahi-do not; magoli-1 want; kavita sun­\n\ndari-a beautiful wife or fruitive activities; suddha-bhakti-pure devotional service; deha�please award; more-unto Me; k($1)a-O Lord Kr�r:Ja; krpa kari'becoming merciful.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord Kr�Qa, I do not want material wealth from You, nor do I want\nfollowers, a beautiful wife or the results of fruitive activities. I only pray that\nby Your causeless mercy You give Me pure devotional service to You, life after\nlife.\nTEXT 31\n\n'e{fl!�tJ �: JJtt'$f �f't\"\"f�·Wtil I\n'e{t��tt1f <llt1f ���tit .,�-��1ft� II �� II\n\n", "ant5#p0289": "The Sik��faka Prayers\n\nText 33]\n\n259\n\nati-dainye puna/:! mage dasya-bhakti-dana\napanare kare sarhsari jiva-abhimana\n\nSYNONYMS\nati-dainye-in great humility;\n\npuna/:1-again;\n\nmage-begs;\n\ndasya-bhakti­\n\ndana-the awarding of devotion in servitude; apanare-to Himself; kare-does;\nsarhsari-materialistic; jiva-abhimana-conception as a conditioned soul.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn great humility, considering Himself a conditioned soul of the material\nworld, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu again expressed His desire to be endowed\nwith service to the Lord.\nTEXT 32\n\n'51'RI O!ilf��Sf ��l1� <if��� �i� �'llr.� �<!t'{:C'fl I\nW9f�1 �<! <i1lf<>f��f�'llf_<'f1'1'[\"t� �fs�� II \"� II\nayi nanda-tanuja kinkararh\npatitarh marh vi�ame bhavambudhau\nkrpaya tava pada-pankajasthita-dhCJ/i-sadrsarh vicintaya\n\nSYNONYMS\nayi-oh, My\n\nLord;\n\nnanda-tanuja-the son\n\nof\n\nNanda Maharaja,\n\nKr�t:Ja;\n\nkinkaram-the servant; patitam-fallen; mam-Me; vi�ame-horrible; bhavaambudhau-in the ocean of nescience; krpaya-by causeless mercy; tava-Your;\npada-pankaja-lotus feet; sthita-situated at; dha/i-sadrsam-like a particle of\ndust; vicintaya-kindly consider.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"O h, My Lord, 0 Kr�r;�a, son of Maharaja Nanda, I am Your eternal servant,\nbut because of My own fruitive acts, I have fallen in this horrible ocean of\nnescience. Now please be causelessly merciful to Me. Consider Me a particle\nof dust at Your lotus feet.\nTEXT 33\n\n\"t';l!t1fa- �i!J\\ift'� 'IJ._�, ,i!t1f'19ft'fm11\n9f�R�1 <e<!1tcft<l1 1lt1lt<!1'5 ��111 �� II\n\n", "ant5#p0290": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n260\n\n[A ntya-lila, Ch. 20\n\n\"tamara nitya-dasa mui, toma pasariya\npac;fiyachoti bhavarf)ave maya-baddha hafia\nSYNONYMS\ntamara-Your; nitya-dasa-eternal servant; mui-1; toma pasariya-forgetting\nYour Lordship; pac;fiyachoti-1 have fallen; bhava-arf)ave-in the ocean of\nnescience; maya-baddha hafia-becoming conditioned by the external energy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I am Your eternal servant, but I forgot Your Lordship. Now I have fallen in\nthe ocean of nescience and have been conditioned by the external energy.\nTEXT 34\n\n�'Pfi \"fif' \"11' �t� 9l�SJ.fi{-�11 I\n<;I!'Pftf <;��� <f't1f'1 <;1!11l'tf �� II\" �8 II\nkrpa kari' kara more pada-dhafi-sama\ntamara sevaka karoti tamara sevana\"\nSYNONYMS\nkrpa kari'-being merciful; kara-make; more-Me; pada-dhafi-sama-like a\nparticle of dust at Your lotus feet; tamara sevaka -as I am Your eternal servant;\nkaroti-let Me be engaged; tamara sevana-in Your service.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Be causelessly merciful to Me by giving Me a place with the particles of\ndust at Your lotus feet so that I may engage in the service of Your Lordship as\nYour eternal servant.\"\nTEXT 35\n\n�: �fl!·�e.\"�1, �iJJ �·��I\n�-rtf$ 1l'tt'it <;<211f·i{��� II �ct II\npuna/:! ati-utkaQtha, dainya ha-ifa udgama\nk(�f)a-thafii mage prema-nama-satikirtana\nSYNONYMS\npuna/:1-again;\nudgama-was\n\nati-utkaQtha-great\n\nawakened;\n\neagerness;\n\nkr�Qa-thafii-from\n\ndainya-humility;\n\nLord Kr�l')a;\n\nha-ifa\n\nmage-prays\n\nprema-in ecstatic love; nama-satikirtana-chanting the maha-mantra.\n\nfor;\n\n", "ant5#p0291": "261\n\nThe Sik�a�taka Prayers\n\nText 37]\n\nTRANSLATION\nNatural\n\nhumility\n\nand\n\neagerness\n\nthen\n\nawoke\n\nin\n\nLord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu. He prayed to Kr�r;�a to be able to chant the maha-mantra in\necstatic love.\nTEXT 36\n\"Ill\"�� 5\\''lif!l'<ft��1. <t'if'\"l� 5flf'it'lf'-��ll1 f5nn 1\n\n�\"!c�f-\\fS\\!ioz <1�: �ifi, �<I 0111i-.U�l:'1 i5f.PJJ� n-.:.�1\nnayanarh galad-asru-dharaya\nvadanarh gadgada-ruddhaya gira\npulakair nicitarh vapul;l kada,\ntava nama-grahal)e bhavi�yati\nSYNONYMS\nnayanam-the eyes; galat-asru-dharaya-by streams of tears running down;\nvadanam-mouth;\n\nruddhaya-c hoked\n\ngadgada-faltering;\n\nup;\n\ngira-with\n\nwords; pulakail;l-with erection of the hairs due to transcendental happiness;\nnicitam-covered; vapul;l-the body; kada-when; tava-Your; nama-grahal)ein chanting the name; bhavi�yati-will be\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear Lord, when will My eyes be beautified by filling with tears that\nconstantly glide down as I chant Your holy name? When will My voice falter\nand all the hairs on My body stand erect in transcendental happiness as I chant\nYour holy name?\nTEXT 37\n\nt&'(!!JtS{il f�ili �n{�fit(! ��il 1\n''f't�' �f11' '�'!il <;11t�11 �� '(!!1!'(il II\" '!>'\\ II\n\"prema-dhana vina vyartha daridra jivana\n'dasa' kari' vetana more deha prema-dhana\"\nSYNONYMS\nprema-dhana-the wealth of ecstatic love; vina-without; vyartha-useless;\ndaridra jivana-poor life; dasa kari'-accepting as Your eternal servant; vetanasalary; more-unto Me; deha-give; prema-dhana-the treasure of love of\nGodhead.\n\n", "ant5#p0292": "[A ntya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n262\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Without love of Godhead, My life is useless. Therefore I pray that You accept Me as Your servant and give Me the salary of ecstatic love of God.\"\nTEXT 38\n\nt�ftr;�t;llf �\"!\" f�r;�t'\\t-�'1 I\n��'\\t, ��tw, ,(f\"'-1 �r;t i2f'l�illl 'elr II\nrasantaravese ha-ifa viyoga-sphuraQa\nudvega, vi�ada, dainye kare prafapana\nSYNONYMS\nrasa-antara-avese-in the ecstatic love of different mellows; ha-ifa-there was;\nvi yoga-sphuraQa-awakening of separation; udvega -distress; vi�ada-moroseness; dainye-humility; kare prafapana-speaks like a crazy person.\nTRANSLATION\nSeparation from Kr�r:�a awoke various mellows of distress, lamentation and\nhumility. Thus Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu spoke like a crazy man.\nTEXT 39\n\nll.._'ittRf�� f01�\"11:C\"If'1 �\"1:\"1fl··�t�\"lftRf�, I\n\"\"iJJlfil�� �5[� 'l�� C'it!Pl\"'!-�l!C\"�'l C\"ll H ¢� I\nyugayitarh nime�eQa\ncak�u�a pravr�ayitam\nsanyayitarh jagat sarvarh\ngovinda-viraheQa me\nSYNONYMS\nyugayitam-appearing like a great millennium; nime�eQa-by a moment; cak�u�a-from\n\nthe\n\neyes;\n\npravr�ayitam-tears\n\nfalling\n\nlike\n\ntorrents\n\nof\n\nrain;\n\nsunyayitam-appearing void; jagat-the world; sarvam-all; govinda-from Lord\nGovinda, Kr�t:Ja; viraheQa me-by My separation.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My Lord Govinda, because of separation from You, I consider even a\nmoment a great millennium. Tears flow from My eyes like torrents of rain, and\nI see the entire world as void.\n\n", "ant5#p0293": "263\n\nThe Sik��taka Prayers\n\nText 42]\n\nTEXT 40\n\n�t�� ftf�� ifl �t1t, '\"'!' �'I '��'·l111' I\n\n�11 '11��111 �(!li �fil:t� ��� II 8 II\no\n\nudvege divasa na yaya 'k�af)a' haifa 'yuga'-sama\nvar�ara megha-praya asru vari$e nayana\n\nSYNONYMS\nudvege-by great agitation; divasa-day; na-not; yaya-passes; k�af)a-a\nmoment; haifa-became; yuga-sama-like a great millennium; var�ara-of the\nrainy\n\nseason;\n\nmegha-praya-like\n\nclouds;\n\nasru-tears;\n\nvari�e-fall\n\ndown;\n\nnayana-from the eyes.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"In My agitation, a day never ends, for every moment seems like a millennium. Pouring incessant tears, My eyes are like clouds in the rainy season.\nTEXT 41\n\n,�1�\"1-� ���'I �� I\n\n� '�tt�,-'� �1 � �� II 8� II\ngovinda-virahe sOnya ha-ifa tribhuvana\ntu�anafe po<;le, -yena na yaya jivana\n\nSYNONYMS\ngovinda-virahe-by separation from Govinda; sOnya-void; ha-ifa-became;\ntri-bhuvana-the three worlds; tu�a-anafe-in the slow fire; po<;/e-burns;\nyena-just like; na yaya-does not go; jivana-life.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"The three worlds have become void because of separation from Govinda. I\nfeel as if I were burning alive in a slow fire.\nTEXT 42\n\n�· ��t�il ��e'f1 �fil:tl:! �fl-.'1 I\n�� �� �t�,-'�t· �'t �t�-.'1' II 8� II\nkr�f)a udasina ha-ifa karite parik�af)a\nsakhi saba kahe, -'kr�f)e kara upek�af)a'\n\n", "ant5#p0294": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n264\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-Lord Kr��a; udasina-indiffe rent; ha-i/a-became; karite-to make;\npar ik�aQa-tes tin g; sakhi saba kahe-all the friends say; kr�Qe-unto Kr��a;\n\nkara-just do; upek�aQa-neglecting.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Lord Kr�r:-a has become indifferent to Me just to test My love, and My\nfriends say, 'Better to disregard Him.'\"\nTEXT 43\n\nIJI't�� fi�C! 1\\'t-mt fil� '8�'1 I\n\"'t��� '� � ��\"f �� II 8� II\neteka cintite radhara nirmala hrdaya\nsvabhavika premara svabhava karila udaya\n\nSYNONYMS\neteka-thus;\n\ncint te-thin\n\ni\n\nking;\n\nhrdaya-possessin g a pure heart;\n\nradhara-of\n\nSrimati\n\nRadhara�i;\n\nnirmala\n\nsvabhavik a-natural; premara-of love of\n\nKr��a; sva-bhava-the character; karila udaya-aw akes .\nTRANSLATION\nWhile Srimati Radharar;�i was thinking in this way, the characteristics of\nnatural love became manifest because of Her pure heart.\nTEXT 44\n\n�' �e.��i, '\" \"' ,�)�, �·r� 1\nIJI\\! �� IJI�·�tt$ �fil:a, �� 11 88 11\nir�ya, utkaQtha, dainya, praur;ihi, vinaya\neta bhava eka-thafii kari/a udaya\n\nSYNONYMS\n\nir�ya -envy; utkaQtha-eagerness ; dainya-h u mility ; praur;ihi-zeal; vinayasolicitation; eta bhava-all these transcendental ecstasies; eka-thafii-in one\nplace; karila udaya-aw o ke .\nTRANSLATION\nThe ecstatic symptoms of envy, great eagerness, humility, zeal and supplication all became manifest at once.\n\n", "ant5#p0295": "265\n\nText 47]\nTEXT 45\n\nretr;� ift� 11il �f\"lif ��\"'i 1\n��'$f'l-�tt;'$f ,�)f,-cttt<�S <;l{ ��'11 \" 8� \"\n�i!\n\neta bhave radhara mana asthira ha-ifa\nsakhi-gaQa-age prauc;Jhi-5foka ye pac;iifa\n\nSYNONYMS\neta bhave-in that mood; radhara-of Srimati Radharat:Ji; mana-the mind;\nasthira ha-ifa-became agitated; sakhi-gaQa-age-before the friends, the gopis;\nprauc;Jhi-5foka-advanced devotional verse; ye-which; pac;iifa-She recited.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn that mood, the mind of Srimati Radharar:-i was agitated, and therefore She\nspoke a verse of advanced devotion to Her gopi friends.\nTEXT 46\n\n� <e� � �� <;tit� l!lwt�'li I\n� �f«i! l!i!li� �t�il �'li II 8� II\nsei bhave prabhu sei 5foka uccarifa\n5foka uccarite tad-rupa apane ha-ifa\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei bhave-in that ecstatic mood; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; seithat; 5foka-verse; uccarifa-recited; 5foka-the verse; uccarite-by reciting;\ntat-rupa-like Srimati Radharat:Ji; apane-Himself; ha-ifa-became.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the same spirit of ecstasy, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu recited that verse,\nand as soon as He did so, He felt like Srimati Radharar:-i.\n\nTEXT 47\n\n\\l51tfil\"§ '1'1 s>ft'lf�\\!it� f\"'\"l� '11'1....\n\n'11'lf-f011�'41�\\!it� �Uit� <11 I\nl!'{1 \\!i'{1 '11 f<tlflfl� <'!\"'Pft�1\n'11'� �t<!Olt\"''i 1! \\$l'1 Olt\"!�: II S 'I I\n\n", "ant5#p0296": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n266\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nasfi$ya Va pada-rataril pina$tU mam\nadarsanan marma-hataril karotu va\nyatha tatha va vidadhatu lampato\nmat-praf)a-nathas tu sa eva naparab\nSYNONYMS\na.Sli$ya-embracing with great pleasure; va-or; pada-ratam-who is fallen at\nthe lotus feet; pina$tu-let Him trample; mam-Me; adarsanat-by not being\nvisible; marma-hatam-brokenhearted; karotu-let Him make; va-or; yatha-as\n(He likes); tatha-so; va-or; vidadhatu-let Him do; /ampatab-a debauchee,\nwho mixes with other women; mat-praf)a-nathab-the Lord of My life; tu-but;\nsab-He; eva-only; na aparab-not anyone else.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Let Kr�r:Ja tightly embrace this maidservant, who has fallen at His lotus\nfeet. Let Him trample Me or break My heart by never being visible to Me. He is\na debauchee, after all, and can do whatever He likes, but He is still no one\nother than the worshipable Lord of My heart.\nTEXT 48\n\n\"�tfit -�9fW-lft�,\n\nc;it�-PP.t'tftfit,\n\n�t�mi �t11: �1�-r1\nr��t e{t ,�� �11:-fi!,\n\n'ftti�i{ c;11t11: �lf1fi{,\n\n�� c;i!t�-,�a l!!t'fi{t-r \" s�r \"\n\"ami -k[$f)a-pada-dasi,\n\ntenho -rasa-sukha-rasi,\n\nalingiya kare atma-satha\nkiba na deya darasana,\n\njarena mora tanu-mana,\n\ntabu tenho-mora praf)a-natha\nSYNONYMS\nami-1; kr$f)a-pada-dasi-a maidservant at the lotus feet of Kr�r:Ja; tenho-He;\nrasa-sukha-ra.Si-the\n\nreservoir\n\nof\n\ntranscendental\n\nmellows;\n\nalingiya-by\n\nembracing; kare-makes; atma-satha-merged; kiba-or; na deya-does not\ngive; darasana-audience; jarena-corrodes; mora-My; tanu-mana-body and\nmind; tabu-still; tenho-He; mora praf)a-natha-the Lord of My life.\nTRANSLAliON\n\"I am a maidservant at the lotus feet of Kr�r:Ja. He is the embodiment of\ntranscendental happiness and mellows. If He likes He can tightly embrace Me\n\n", "ant5#p0297": "The Sik��faka Prayers\n\nText 50]\n\n267\n\nand make Me feel oneness with Him, or by not giving Me His audience, He\nmay corrode My mind and body. Nevertheless, it is He who is the Lord of My\nlife.\nTEXT 49\n\n�r.r �' �-. '1l'Rf 11ti�J Felan 1\nr�� �=-t fin1111�,\nr��1 �'81\"� �t�,\n� �tt'!-.� �·-Q il� II 8� II\nsakhi he, suna mora manera niscaya\nkiba anuraga kare,\n\nkiba dubkha diya mare,\n\nmora praQesvara kr?Qa-anya naya\n\nSYNONYMS\nsakhi he-0 My dear friend; suna-just hear; mora-My; manera-of the\nmind;\n\nniscaya-decision;\n\nkiba-or;\n\nkiba-whether;\n\ndubkha-unhappiness;\n\nanuraga-affection;\n\ndiya- bestowing;\n\nkare-shows;\n\nmare-kills;\n\nmora-My;\n\npraQa-isvara-the Lord of life; kr?Qa-Kr�l)a; anya naya-and no one else.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"My dear friend, just hear the decision of My mind. Kr�Qa is the Lord of My\nlife in all conditions, whether He shows Me affection or kills Me by giving Me\nunhappiness.\nTEXT 50\n\n�tf!f' q ..�\"'�\"'\n(;11'Rf �-r l!lflti',\n� <;�t�J 12i�t � I\nt.!'l-��tt� <;lf� ��i,\n�1-� �t1f �'\n<;� iftit�t'l <;1f-ttl$i II to n\nchac;li' anya nari-gaQa,\n\nmora vasa tanu-mana,\n\nmora saubhagya prakata kariya\nta-sabare deya pic;la,\n\nama-sane kare kric;la,\n\nsei nari-gaQe dekhana\n\nSYNONYMS\nchac;li'-giv ing up; anya-other; nari-gal)a-women; mora-My; vasa-control; tanu-mana-mind and body; mora-My;\n\nsaubhagya-fortu ne; prakata\n\nkariya-manifesting; ta-sabare-unto all of them; deya pic;la-gives distress; ama-\n\n", "ant5#p0298": "268\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nsane-with Me; kare kriga-performs loving activities; sei nari-gaQe-unto these\nwomen; dekhaiia-showing.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Sometimes Kf�r:ta gives up the company of other gopis and becomes controlled, mind and body, by Me. Thus He manifests My good fortune and gives\nothers distress by performing His loving affairs with Me.\nTEXT 51\n\naatt, �' �9ft,\n\nm-t cbl �'\n\nQ �'tft1t'l �fJ' �et I\n\n'� fiftl'! �t�:'i\\�51,\n\n<;�ttt' 'CI1t1t �tf �'\n\n1'!1_ 'b1-<;lltf �t'l�1-t II �� II\nkiba teriho /ampata,\n\nsatha, dhr$ta, sakapata,\n\nanya nari-gaQa kari' satha\nmore dite mana/:1-piga\n\n,\n\nmora age kare kriga,\n\ntabu teriho-mora praQa-natha\nSYNONYMS\nkiba-or; teriho-He; /ampata-debauchee; satha-deceitful; dhr$ta-obstinate; sakapata-with a cheating propensity; anya-other; nari-gaQa-women;\nkari'-accepting; satha-as companions; more-unto Me; dite-to give; mana/:1piga-distress in the mind; mora age-in f ront of Me; kare kriga-performs\nloving affairs; tabu-still; teriho-He; mora pra(1a-natha-the Lord of My life.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Or, since after all He is a very cunning, obstinate debauchee with a propensity to cheat, He takes to the company of other women. He then indulges\nin loving affairs with them in front of Me to give distress to My mind.\nNevertheless, He is still the Lord of My life.\nTEXT 52\n\n�11tfll �t'l�·�:�,\n\n�� �1ft! ttf �-r,\n\ntt� ��-�t1itf l'!te.'Pf1{ I\n'1f1tf �flf f��11:-r,\n\nitf �f{\"f 11�1�-t,\n\n'�� l:'f-,1fHI �'f�1{ II �� II\n\n", "ant5#p0299": "Text 53]\n\nThe Sik�a�Jaka Prayers\n\nna gal)i apana-du/:lkha,\n\n269\n\nsabe vafichi tanra sukha,\n\ntanra sukha -amara tatparya\nmore yadi diya du/:lkha,\n\ntanra haifa maha-sukha,\n\nsei du/:lkha-mora sukha-varya\nSYNONYMS\nna-not; gaQi-1 count; apana-du/:lkha-own personal misery; sabe-only;\nvafichi-1 desire; tanra sukha\n\n-\n\nH i s happiness; tanra sukha\n\n-\n\nHis happiness; amara\n\ntatparya-the aim of My life; more-unto Me; yadi-if; diya du l) kha-giving dis­\n\ntress; tanra-His; haifa-there was; maha-sukha-great happiness; sei du/:lkhathat unhappiness; mora sukha-varya-the best of My happiness.\nTRANSLATION\n\"I do not mind My personal distress. I only wish for the happiness of K��Qa,\n\nfor His happiness is the goal of My life. However, if He feels great happiness in\ngiving Me distress, that distress is the best of My happiness.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura says that a devotee does not care about\nhis own happiness and distress; he is simply interested in seeing that Kr�t:�a is\nhappy, and for that purpose he engages in various activities. A pure devotee has\nno way of sensing happiness except by seeing that Kr�t:�a is happy in every\nrespect. If Kr�t:�a becomes happy by giving him distress, such a devotee accepts\nthat unhappiness as the greatest of all happiness. Those who are materialistic,\nhowever, who are very proud of material wealth and have no spiritual knowledge,\nlike the prakrta-sahajiyas, regard their own happiness as the aim of life. Some of\nthem aspire to enjoy themselves by sharing the happiness of Kr�t:�a. This is the\nmentality of fruitive workers who want to enjoy sense gratification by making a\nshow of service to Kr�t:�a.\nTEXT 53\n\n'� i{ti\\tl �tt- �·'\n\n1!11 tit9f �·'\n\n�!ttl i{1 9(1�1 �� 1:� I\n\n� l!tl9ft� 9(�',\n\n'1�1 �� � 'fft',\n\n�1 �INPi 'ittl �ti1 �� II <t� II\n\nye narire vafiche k[?l)a,\n\ntara rape sat[?l)a,\n\ntare na pafia haya du/:lkhi\nmui tara paya pac;fi',\n\nfafia yana hate dhari',\n\nkric;fa karafia tanre karon sukhi\n\n", "ant5#p0300": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n270\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSYNONYMS\nye narire-the woman whom; vafiche k r�Qa-K r�r:Ja desires to have in His com­\n\npany; tara rape satr�Qa-attracted to her beauty; tare -her; na pafia -not\ngetting; haya dubkhi - bec o mes unhappy; mui-1; tara paya pac;li -falling down\n'\n\nat her feet; lana ya fl a-taking go; hate dhari\n,\n\n'-\n\ncatching the hand; kric;la­\n\npastimes; karafia-bringing about; tanre-Lord Kr�r:Ja;\n\nkaron sukhi-1\n\nmake\n\nhappy.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If Kr��a, attracted by the beauty of some other woman, wants to enjoy\nwith her but is unhappy because He cannot get her, I fall down at her feet,\ncatch her hand and bring her to Kr��a to engage her for His happiness.\n\nTEXT 54\n\n�t.1 �� �t1f '1ft�,\n\n� �ti �'\n\n�'t �ti l!t�i{·'ee,\"\"�ti{ I\n�ltl � � �'\n\n�ttlft'StJ � 11'tit,\n\n51tlf 'Jfti{ �--�� II 0\"8 II\nkanta kr�l!e kare ro�a,\n\nkr�l!a paya santo�a,\n\nsukha paya tac;lana-bhartsane\nyatha-yogya kare mana,\n\nkr�l!a tate sukha pana,\n\nchac;le mana alpa-sadhane\n\nSYNONYMS\nkanta-the beloved; kr�Qe-unto Lord Kr�r:Ja; kare ro�a-shows anger; kr�l!a\npaya santo�a-K r � r:J a becomes very happy; sukha paya-obtains happiness;\ntac;lana-bhartsane-by chastisement; yatha-yogya-as it is suitable; kare mana­\n\nshows pride; kr�1,1a-Lord Kr�r:Ja; tate-in such activities; sukha pana-obtains\nhappiness; chac;le mana-gives up pride; alpa-sadhane-by a little endeavor.\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"When a beloved gopi shows symptoms of anger toward Kr��a, Kr��a is\nvery satisfied. Indeed, He is pleased when chastised by such a gopi. She shows\nher pride suitably, and Kr��a enjoys that attitude. Then she gives up her pride\nwith a little endeavor.\n\n", "ant5#p0301": "The Sik��taka Prayers\n\nText 56]\n\n271\n\nTEXT 55\n\n�1: ert1'1 itt� '<fitif,\n\nfl-� �Q{1i9rttil,\n\nl!<j � �t� 'itt\\J '��I\n\nr�-�t-t J{ttif �•\n\n9f�.._� l!a f� <�tiSr,\n\n·t�l J{t\\§ �f'tr.� ���II�� II\nsei nari jiye kene,\n\nkr?Qa-marma vyatha jane,\n\ntabu kr?Qe kare ga{iha ro?a\nnija-sukhe mane kaja,\n\npa{iuka tara sire vaja,\n\nkr?Qera matra cahiye santo?a\n\nSYNONYMS\nsei nari-that woman; jiye-lives; kene-why; kr?Qa-marma-Kr��a's heart;\nvyatha-unhappy; jane-knows; tabu-still; kr?Qe-unto Kr��a; kare-does;\nga{iha ro?a-deep anger; nija-sukhe-in her own happiness; mane-considers;\nkaja-the only business; pa{iuka-let there fall; tare-of her; sire-on the head;\nvaja-a thunderbolt; kr?Qera-of Kr��a; matra-only; cahiye-we want; santo?a-the happiness.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Why does a woman continue to live who knows that K��r;�a's heart is\nunhappy but who still shows her deep anger toward Him? She is interested in\nher own happiness. I condemn such a woman to be struck on the head with a\nthunderbolt, for we simply want the happiness of K��r;�a.\n\nPURPORT\nA devotee who is satisfied only with his own sense gratification certainly falls\n\ndown from the service of Kr��a. Being attracted by material happiness, he later\njoins the prakrta-sahajiyas, who are considered to be nondevotees.\n\nTEXT 56\n\n'� ''itt� '� <fit� (.��' ·t�l �tl �·tt�,\n� �ttl <fit� <t51f�� I\n\n� l!tl 'iltl �tcfP1,\n\nl!tt� 'lltt wtlTI ��1.\n\nl!t<l 'J{tl ��� �;It, II�� II\n\n", "ant5#p0302": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n272\n\nye gopi mora kare dvef?e,\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nkmrera kare santo!;e,\n\nkrf?r:ra yare kare abhila!;a\nmui tara ghare yafia,\n\ntare sevofi dasi hafia,\n\ntabe mora sukhera ul/asa\nSYNONYMS\nye gopi-any gopi who; mora-unto Me; kare dvef?e-shows envy; krf?r:rera\nkare santo!;e-but satisfies Kr�r:Ja; k($Qa-unto Lord Kr�r:Ja; yare-unto whom;\nkare-does; abhi/a�a-desiring; mui-1; tara-her; ghare yafia-going to the\nhouse; tare sevoli-shall render service unto her; dasi hafia-becoming a maidservant; tabe-then; mora-My; sukhera u//asa-awakening of happiness.\nTRANSLATION\n\"If a gopi envious of Me satisfies Kr�r:-a and Kr�r:-a desires her, I shall not\nhesitate to go to her house and become her maidservant, for then My happiness will be awakened.\nTEXT 57\n\n'-\"·f.ft� t\"1t2tr,\n\n9ffl!�i!1·f-ft1ft1lf'l,\n\n9ffl! 'ftf'$1' '<li'l1 '�t'Sf '�1 I\nit�t�'f 1Ji! 9ffi!,\n�FV'f ,_r;U '$1�,\n�� '<fill( IJ__�J �il·,��111 <lct II\nku�thi-viprera ramar:ri,\n\npativrata-siromar:ri,\n\npati Jagi' kaila vesyara seva\nstambhila suryera gati,\n\njiyai/a mrta pati,\n\ntu�ta kaila mukhya tina-deva\nSYNONYMS\nku�thi-viprera-of the brahmar:ra who suffered from leprosy; ramar:ri-the wife;\npati-vrata-siromar:ri-the topmost of chaste women; pati lagi'-for the satisfaction of her husband; kai/a-performed; vesyara seva-service to a prostitute;\nstambhi/a-stopped; suryera gati-the movement of the sun; jiyai/a-revived;\nmrta pati-the dead husband; tu�ta kai/a-satisfied; mukhya-the principal; tinadeva-three deities or demigods.\nTRANSLATION\n\"The wife of a brahmar:-a suffering from leprosy manifested herself as the\ntopmost of all chaste women by serving a prostitute to satisfy her husband.\n\n", "ant5#p0303": "The Sik�a�taka Prayers\n\nText 58]\n\n273\n\nShe thus stopped the movement of the sun, brought her dead husband back to\nlife\n\nand\n\nsatisfied\n\nthe\n\nthree\n\nprincipal\n\ndemigods\n\n[Brahma,\n\nVi�r;�u\n\nand\n\nMahesvara].\nPURPORT\nThe Aditya PuraQa, MarkeQr;ieya PuraQa and Padma PuraQa tell about a\nbrahmaQa who was suffering from leprosy but had a very chaste and faithful wife.\nHe desired to enjoy the company of a prostitute, and therefore his wife went to\nher and became her maidservant, just to draw her attention for his service. When\nthe prostitute agreed to associate with him, the wife brought her the leprotic husband. When that leper, the sinful son of a brahmaQa, saw the chastity of his wife,\nhe finally abandoned his sinful intentions. While coming home, however, he\ntouched the body of Markel)c;feya ��i, who thus cursed him to die at sunrise.\nBecause of her chastity, the woman was very powerful. Therefore when she\nheard about the curse, she vowed to stop the sunrise. Because of her strong\ndetermination to serve her husband, the three deities-namely Brahma, Vi�I)U and\nMahesvara-were very happy, and they gave her the benediction that her husband would be cured and brought back to life. This example is given herein to\nemphasize that a devotee should engage himself exclusively for the satisfaction of\nKr�l)a, without personal motives. That will make his life successful.\n\nTEXT 58\n\n\"��-,1f!J \"'�il,\n\n��-,1ft1f �t�'fi',\n�� - '1ft1f 12itt�J �Jt� I\n'�� ��' �� <f.tJ·1,\n16\\f1t·�?ftJ �·1,\nlfl� '11t1f ��11ft� lfJtil II <tlr II\n\n\"kr�Qa-mora jivana,\n\nkr�Qa-mora praQa-dhana,\n\nkr�Qa-mora pral)era paraQa\nhrdaya-upare dharon,\n\nseva kari' sukhi karon,\n\nei mora sada rahe dhyana\n\nSYNONYMS\nkr�Qa-Lord Kr�l)a; mora jivana-My life and soul; kr�Qa-Lord K[�l)a; mora\npraQa-dhana-the wealth of My life; kr�Qa-Lord Kr�l)a; mora pral)era paraQathe life of My life; hrdaya-upare-on My heart; dharon-1 hold; seva kari'serving; sukhi karon-1 make happy; ei-this; mora-My; sada-always; raheremains; dhyana-meditation.\n\n", "ant5#p0304": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n274\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\n\"Km•a is My life and soul. Kr��a is the treasure of My life. Indeed, Kr��a is\nthe very life of My life. I therefore keep Him always in My heart and try to\nplease Him by rendering service. That is My constant meditation.\nTEXT 59\n\n�\\!�� �!( �� 5f� I\n�· �tt� '�t�i' �11l'', �t!( <:1ftt� '�tt�Rf,'\n\n<:1fHf !HI 'Wt�'-�fc:e;rtil II �� II\nmora sukha\n\n-\n\nsevane,\n\nkr$Qera sukha\n\n-\n\nsangame,\n\nataeva deha dena dana\nkr$Qa more 'kanta' kari',\n\nkahe more 'praQesvari',\n\nmora haya 'dasi'-abhimana\nSYNONYMS\nmora sukha-My happiness; sevane-in service; kr$Qera sukha-Kr�t:Ja's happiness; sangame-by union with Me; ataeva-therefore; deha-My body; dena-1\noffer; dana-as charity; kr$Qa-Lord Kr�t:Ja; more-Me; kanta kari'-accepting as\nbeloved; kahe-says; more-to Me; praQa-isvari-the most beloved; moraMy; haya-there is; dasi-abhimana-considering His maidservant.\nTRANSLATION\n\"My happiness is in the service of Kr��a, and Kr��a's happiness is in union\nwith Me. For this reason, I give My body in charity to the lotus feet of Kr��a,\nwho accepts Me as His loved one and calls Me His most beloved. It is then that\nI consider Myself His maidservant.\nTEXT 60\n\n�tr1f '!(ti! �;r�,\n�t•·<:��i-�-t�,\ni!tti! �t�- f{.,il't it��t2tf I\n\\!� ���ti ;r�,\n\niltm'1·18fif f•l%,\n\n'�i �t� 'W1�'-��1ft� II�\" II\nkanta-seva-sukha-pura,\ntate sak$i\n\n-\n\nsangama haite sumadhura,\nlak$mi thakuraf)i\n\n", "ant5#p0305": "Text 61]\n\nThe Sik��faka Prayers\n\nnarayal)a-hrdi sthiti,\n\n275\n\ntabu pada-sevaya mati,\n\nseva kare 'dasi'-abhimani\nSYNONYMS\nkanta-seva-sukha-pOra-the service of the Lord is the home of happiness;\nsangama haite su-madhura-sw eeter than direct union; tate-in that; sak?i-evidence; lak?mi thakural)i-the goddess of fortune; narayal)a-hrdi-on the heart of\nNarayar;�a; sthiti-situation; tabu-still; pada-sevaya mati-her desire is to serve\nthe lotus feet; seva kare-renders service; dasi-abhimani-considering herself a\nmaidservant.\nTRANSLATION\n\"Service to My lover is the home of happiness and is more sweet than direct\nunion with Him. The goddess of fortune is evidence of this, for although she\nconstantly lives on the heart of Narayar:Ja, she wants to render service to His\nlotus feet. She therefore considers herself a maidservant and serves Him constantly.\"\nTEXT 61\n\n<11� �'f11t <l�il,\n\n��,t�1f-'1'1!5'1,\n\n�\"51t�t� �t'5tt,-�rn 1\n'ett<�1fil ilt� foe,\n\n�tf..-r;� �tt� -tm,\n\n1fil·(;�� 'f�'l iii �1� II �� II\nei radhara vacana,\n\nvisuddha-prema-Jak?al)a,\n\nasvadaye sri-gaura-raya\nbhave mana nahe sthira,\n\nsattvike vyape sarira,\n\nmana-deha dharal)a na yaya\nSYNONYMS\nei-this; radhara vacana-the statement of Srimati Radharar;�i; visuddha-prema/ak?al)a-the symptoms of pure love of Kr�r;�a; asvadaye-tastes; sri-gaura-rayaLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhave-because of this ecstasy; mana nahe\nsthira-the mind is not steady; sattvike-the symptoms of transcendental love;\nvyape-spread over; sarira-the body; mana-deha-mind and body; dharal)asustaining; na yaya-is not possible.\nTRANSLATION\nThese statements by Srimati Radharar:Ji show the symptoms of pure love for\nKm•a tasted by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. In that ecstatic love, His mind was\n\n", "ant5#p0306": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n276\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nunsteady. Transformations of transcendental love spread throughout His entire body, and He could not sustain His body and mind.\nTEXT 62\n\n'�� �\"'�� (;!It'll',\n\n�ti!f� ��lfil:<2111,-\n\n�t'tl·�t-t� �1·1 �t� '$f'lfi I\n'� ,\\2111 i!lft�t'r;� <;i'ftt�, <2i\"i. '�'\" \\Jl� �tr;�,\n�r;� C�\"'i �r;Q{� fil('lfi II �� II\nvrajera visuddha-prema,-\n\nyena jamba-nada hema,\n\natma-sukhera yahari nahi gandha\nse prema jana'te Joke,\n\nprabhu kaila ei slake,\n\npade kaila arthera nirbandha\nSYNONYMS\nvrajera-of Vrndavana; visuddha-prema-the pure love of Kr�l)a; yena-like;\njambO-nada hema\n\n-\n\nthe golden particles found in the )ambO\n\nRiver;\n\natma­\n\nsukhera-of personal sense gratification; yahari -where; nahi gandha-there is\nnot even a scent; se prema\n\n-\n\nthat love of Godhead; jana'te Joke-to advertise\n\namong the people; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kaila-has written; ei\n5/oke-this verse; pade-in different steps; kaila arthera nirbandha-has clarified\nthe real meaning.\nTRANSLATION\nThe pure devotional service in Vrndavana is like the golden particles in the\nRiver Jambu. In Vrndavana there is not a trace of personal sense gratification.\nIt is to advertise such pure love in this material world that Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu has written the previous verse and explained its meaning.\nTEXT 63\n\n\\Jl-11� �t� ��t�� �$i I\n\n\\2!ift� �f�ift ��e. Cttt� �� II �� II\nei-mata mahaprabhu bhavavi?ta hana\npralapa kari/a tat-tat 5/oka paqiya\nSYNONYMS\nei-mata-in this way; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhava-avi?ta\nhafla-being overwhelmed by ecstatic love; pralapa karila-said crazy words; tattat-appropriate; 5/oka paqiya-by reading the verse.\n\n", "ant5#p0307": "Text 65]\n\nThe Sik�a�faka Prayers\n\n277\n\nTRANSLATION\nThus overwhelmed by ecstatic love, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu spoke like a\nmadman and recited suitable verses.\nTEXT 64\n\n�� .. �-c�t� <flnt' '�t<fl f-t'1111 fifllfl 1\n�� ��-c=ttt�1t �� �t� �tfifilfl11 �s 1\nparve a�ta-5Joka kari' Joke 5ik�a diJa\nsei a�ta-5Jokera artha apane asvadiJa\nSYNONYMS\nparve-formerly; a�ta-5Joka kari'-composing eight verses; Joke 5ik�a diJagave instruction to the people in general; sei-those; a�ta-5Jokera-of the eight\nstanzas; artha-the meaning; apane asvadiJa-personally tasted.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord had formerly composed these eight verses to teach people in\ngeneral. Now He personally tasted the meaning of the verses, which are called\nthe Sik�a�faka.\nTEXT 65\n\n�'t_J 'f-tllft��'·C�<fi '�� �r;\", �till\n\n�t· t';�1l�f� l!t1l �tt� fiftil·fir�illl ��II\nprabhura '5ik�a�taka'-5Joka yei pac;fe, 5une\nkr�Qe prema-bhakti tara bac;fe dine-dine\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sik�a-a�taka-of the eight instructions;\nsJoka-the verses; yei-anyone who; pac;fe\n\n-\n\nrecites; 5une-or hears; kr�Qe­\n\nunto Lord Kr�l)a; prema-bhakti-ecstatic love and devotion; tara-his; bac;fe-increases; dine-dine-day after day.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIf anyone recites or hears these eight verses of instruction by Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, his ecstatic love and devotion for Kr��a increase day by day.\n\n", "ant5#p0308": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n278\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 66\n\n�9JM� �- c;<t\"t�lf\\_<!·'$1V\\1{ I\ni{fi{1·<et�-��1�� �t� �f9R II �� II\nyadyapiha prabhu -koti-samudra-gambhira\nnana-bhava-candrodaye hayena asthira\nSYNONYMS\nyadyapiha-although;\n\nprabhu-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nkofi-samudra­\n\ngambhira-as deep as millions of oceans; nana-various; bhava-of ecstatic\nemotions;\n\ncandrodaye-because\n\nbecomes; asthira-restless.\n\nof\n\nthe\n\nmoonrise;\n\nhayena-sometimes\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is as deep and grave as millions of\noceans, when the moon of His various emotions rises, He becomes restless.\n\nTEXTS 67-68\n\n�� c;� c;tft<l\" \\Sf11t��' <et'$f�tl! I\n1fft1111 e{tl;t<fi, c;�� �t1f <f-sft�tl! II �9 II\n� �� 'e� �� �mt �i{ 1\nc;l\\� �� oet�tt�t-f <!Sf;;Ji{ ���ti' II �lr II\nyei yei 5/oka jayadeva, bhagavate\n\nrayera natake, yei ara karf)amrte\n\nsei sei bhave 5/oka kariya path<me\n\nsei sei bhavave5e karena asvadane\nSYNONYMS\nyei yei-whatever; 5/oka-verses; jayadeva-Jayadeva GosvamT; bhagavate­\n\nin Srimad-Bhagavatam; rayera natake-in the drama made by Ramananda Raya;\n\nyei-whatever; ara-also; karf)amrte-in the book named Kr�Qa-karf)amrta, writ­\n\nten by Bilvamarigala Thakura; sei sei bhave-in those ecstatic emotions; 5/oka­\n\nverses; kariya pathane-reading regularly; sei sei-in that particular; bhavaave5e-ecstatic love; karena asvadane-He tastes.\n\n", "ant5#p0309": "The Sik�a�taka Prayers\n\nText 70]\n\n279\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhen Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu read the verses of Jayadeva's Gita-govinda,\nof Srimad-Bhagavatam, of Ramananda Raya's drama Jagannatha-vallabhanataka and of Bilvamangala Thiikura's Kr�J;�a-karJ;�iimrta, He was overwhelmed\nby the various ecstatic emotions of those verses. Thus He tasted their purports.\nTEXT 69\n\nlft\\iillf �e.�� �tli W-li-�tt'f!·fiit� I\n��� �t�tWt11 ���,-� ll �� ll\ndvada.Sa vatsara aiche dasa -ratri-dine\nkr?Qa-rasa asvadaye dui-bandhu-sane\nSYNONYMS\ndvadasa vatsara-for twelve years; aiche dasa-s u ch a condition; ratri-dineday and night; kr?Qa-rasa-transcendental bliss and mellows in connection with\nKr�l)a; asvadaye-He tastes; dui-bandhu-sane-with two friends, namely Ramananda Raya and SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami.\nTRANSLATION\nFor twelve years, Sri Caitanya remained in that state day and night. With His\ntwo friends, He tasted the meaning of those verses, which consist of nothing\nbut the transcendental bliss and mellows of Kr�J;�a consciousness.\nTEXT 70\n\n�� �� �'f�JI �t�� �� I\n���-�\\iit� �\"i' �1� �'� �� ll '\\ 0 ll\nsei saba lila-rasa apane ananta\nsahasra-vadane varQi' nahi pa'na anta\nSYNONYMS\nsei\n\nsaba-all\n\nthese;\n\nlila-rasa-transcendental\n\nmellows\n\nof\n\nSrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu's pastimes; apane-personally; ananta-the Personality of Godhead\nAnanta; sahasra-vadane-with His thousands of faces; varQ i'-describing; nahinot; pa'na-gets; anta-the limit.\n\n", "ant5#p0310": "280\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\nEven Anantadeva, who has thousands of faces, could not reach the end of\ndescribing the transcendental bliss of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's pastimes.\nTEXT 71\n\n�� �� '<fi'ti{. '!� �tt1f ��c;'! ?\n'!t� �<fi <fi't1 \"'9ff.t �t�ifl '-ttf�<! II 9� II\njiva k$udra-buddhi kon taha pare varQite?\ntara eka kaQa sparsi apana sodhite\nSYNONYMS\njiva-living being; k$udra-buddhi-limited intelligence; kon-who; tahathat; pare-is able; varQite-to write; tara-of that; eka kaQa-one particle;\nsparsi-1 touch; apana sodhite-to correct myself.\nTRANSLATION\nHow, then, could an ordinary living being with very little intelligence describe such pastimes? Nevertheless, I am trying to touch but a particle of\nthem just to rectify my own self.\nTEXT 72\n\n�'! ,��1, �'! C2!\"11�,-ilt� �00111\n'� �� �� �· �� �R�t� II 9� II\nyata ce$ta, yata pra/apa, -nahi paravara\nsei saba varQite grantha haya suvistara\nSYNONYMS\nyata ce$ta-all activities; yata pralapa-all crazy talking; nahi paravara-there\nwas no limit; sei saba-all of them; varQite-to describe; grantha-the book;\nhaya-would be; su-vistara-very voluminous.\nTRANSLATION\nThere is no limit to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's activities and His words of\nmadness. Therefore describing them all would greatly increase the size of this\nbook.\n\n", "ant5#p0311": "The Sik�a�taka Prayers\n\nText 75]\n\n281\n\nTEXT 73\n\n�\"ft�iHf'Pt ��1'1 '� �� ��ilf I\n\n��� � �tf1'1 �';{� �<15� ll �� ll\nvrndavana-dasa prathama ye lila varf)ila\nsei-saba lilara ami sutra-matra kaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nvrndavana-dasa-Vrndavana dasa Thakura; prathama-at first; ye-whatever;\nlila-pastimes; varf)ila-described; sei-saba-all of those; li/ara-of the pastimes;\nami-1; sutra-matra kaila-prepared only the synopsis.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhatever pastimes Srila Vrndavana dasa Thakura has first described I have\nmerely summarized.\nTEXT 74\n\n� I!� '��tilt�' ��t'ltit'Pf <15�ilf I\n\n�'l\"Af �li(J � l!�tf\"Pt �t�ilf ll '18 ll\ntarira tyakta 'avase?a' sarik?epe kahila\nli/ara bahulye grantha tathapi bac;lila\n\nSYNONYMS\ntalira-his; tyakta-left out; ave.Se?a-remainders; safik?epe kahila-1 have described very briefly;\n\nlilara bahulye-because of the numerousness of the\n\npastimes; grantha-this book; tathapi-still; bac;lila-has increased.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI have only very briefly described the pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\nnot described by Vrndavana dasa Thakura. Nevertheless, because those transcendental pastimes are so numerous, the size of this book has increased.\n\nTEXT 75\n\n�I!�� <;���� �if! �1 'PftRl ���� I\n�1ltf� �Rr( �\"' tt� <15Hf' �1'1�tt� ll �� II\n\n", "ant5#p0312": "282\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nataeva sei-saba lila na pari varf)ibare\nsamapti karilun lilake kari' namaskare\nSYNONYMS\nataeva-therefore; sei-saba-all those; lila-pastimes; na pari-1 am not able;\nvarf)ibare-to narrate; samapti karilun-now I have finished; /i/ake-to the\npastimes; kari' namaskare-offeri ng my respectful obeisances.\nTRANSLATION\nIt is impossible to describe all the pastimes elaborately. I shall therefore\nend this description and offer them my respectful obeisances.\nTEXT 76\n\nC'{ f�i ��( IJI� �'$f,tif�-li1 I\n\nIJI� �lf.Jti\"t� ��<! '!t� ��t\\ifil II 9� II\nye kichu kahilun ei dig-darasana\nei anusare habe tara asvadana\nSYNONYMS\nye kichu-whatever; kahilun-1 have said; ei-this; dik-darasana-just to\nmake an indication; ei anusare-in this way; habe-there will be; tara-of that;\nasvadana-tasting.\nTRANSLATION\nWhat I have described gives merely an indication, but by following this indication one may obtain a taste of all the pastimes of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 77\n\nIS!i1_11\" '$f,n�-'!1\"1i i11 '?ftRf ��I! I\n\n�f�·.1!1t<t-t �t� �!ttl!, i11 <?ftfi( <ttikl! \" 99 \"\nprabhura gambhira-lila na pari bujhite\nbuddhi-pravesa nahi tate, na pari varf)ite\nSYNONYMS\nprabhura-of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; gambhira-deep; lila-the pastimes;\nna pari-1 am not able; bujhite-to understand; buddhi-pravesa nahi-my intelli-\n\n", "ant5#p0313": "The Sik��taka Prayers\n\nText 79]\n\n283\n\ngence cannot penetrate; tate-because of this; na pari-1 am not able; varl)iteto describe properly.\nTRANSLATION\nI cannot understand the very deep, meaningful pastimes of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu. My intelligence cannot penetrate them, and therefore I could\nnot properly describe them.\nTEXT 78\n\n� o:!tt� �� �f'l�1 ij�'i 1\n\n�ij�'-Jij�-�(il ��· �11t�il \" 'llr- \"\nsaba srota vai�Qavera vandiya caral)a\ncaitanya-caritra-varl)ana kailun samapana\nSYNONYMS\nsaba srota-all readers; vai�l)avera-of the Vai�t:�avas; vandiya caral)a-offering\nrespectful obeisances unto the lotus feet; caitanya-caritra-of the characteristics\nof SrT Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nvarl)ana-description;\n\nkai/ur'l-1\n\nhave done;\n\nsamapana-finishing.\nTRANSLATION\nAfter offering my respectful obeisances to the lotus feet of all my Vai�Qava\nreaders, I shall therefore end this description of the characteristics of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 79\n\nCfJ!t�t-t-�il�, �tr;;� ��7;'i �fllfi'$1\"'1 I\n� �� -.r., �� � lJifr;�t� \" 'l� \"\nakasa-ananta, tate yaiche pak�i-gaQa\nyara yata sakti, tata kare arohal)a\n\nSYNONYMS\nakasa-the sky; ananta-unlimited; tate-in that sky; yaiche-just as; pak�igal)a-all types of birds; yara-of someone; yata sakti-whatever power; tatathat much; kare aro hal)a- ri ses up and up.\n\n", "ant5#p0314": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n284\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe sky is unlimited, but many birds fly higher and higher according to\ntheir own abilities.\nTEXT 80\n\n�� Jf�t�t_J �-�t� �J-� I\n�·��1 G:�� �� 9f'tt1f �f6Rt� f lro II\naiche mahaprabhura li/a-nahi ora-para\n'jiva' hana keba samyak pare varQibara?\nSYNONYMS\naiche-similarly; mahaprabhura lila-the pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\nnahi ora-para-there is no limit above or below; jiva hana-being an ordinary\nliving entity; keba-who; samyak-fully; pare-is able; varQibara-to describe.\nTRANSLATION\nThe pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu are like the unlimited sky. How,\nthen, can an ordinary living being describe them all?\nTEXT 81\n\n�t�e, <Jf''R ��, '!t\\!� �fii'( I\n\n���til� Jft'U G:� �� �'I �;•t( II lr� II\nyavat buddhira gati, tateka varQiluri\nsamudrera madhye yena eka kaQa churiiluri\nSYNONYMS\nyavat-as far; buddhira gati-the limit of my intelligence; tateka-that far; varQiluri-1 have described; samudrera madhye-in the midst of the great ocean;\nyena-just like; eka kaQa-one particle; churiiluri-1 have touched.\nTRANSLATION\nI have tried to describe them as far as my intelligence allows, as if trying to\ntouch a drop in the midst of a great ocean.\nTEXT 82\n\n�J�\"f·��t�ti!- �\"ft�·W'Pt I\n�i!�1t G:i� �t1t� '�tffl�Jt:Jt' II lr� II\n\n", "ant5#p0315": "The Sik�a�taka Prayers\n\nText 83]\n\n285\n\nnityananda-krpa-patra- vrndavana-dasa\ncaitanya-lilaya teilho hayena 'adi-vyasa'\nSYNONYMS\nnityananda-of Lord Nityananda Prabhu; krpa-patra-the favorite devotee;\nvrndavana-dasa-Vrndavana dasa Thakura; caitanya-lilaya-in the pastimes of Sri\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nteilho-He;\n\nhayena-is;\n\nadi-vyasa-the\n\noriginal\n\nVyasadeva.\nTRANSLATION\nVrndavana dasa Thakura is Lord Nityananda's favorite devotee, and\ntherefore he is the original Vyasadeva in describing the pastimes of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nPURPORT\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura says that all writers after Vrndavana\ndasa Thakura who are pure devotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu and who have\ntried to describe the Lord's activities are to be considered like Vyasa. Srila\nVrndavana dasa Thakura is the original Vyasadeva in describing caitanya-lila, and\nall others who follow in his footsteps by describing Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's\npastimes are also to be called Vyasadeva. The bona fide spiritual master is called\nVyasa because he is a representative of Vyasa. Worshiping the birthday of such a\nspiritual master is called Vyasa-pOja.\n\nTEXT 83\n\n��t'$f�f����� I\nl!'lttf?t ��� ���i ��tf(il � \" lr� \"\ntanra age yadyapi saba lilara bhaQ(iara\ntathapi a/pa varQiya cha(iilena ara\nSYNONYMS\ntailra age-before him; yadyapi-although; saba-all; li/ara-of the pastimes;\nbhaQ(iara-full\n\nstore;\n\ntathapi-still;\n\nalpa-very\n\nlittle;\n\nvarQiya-describing;\n\ncha(iilena-he left; ara-the others.\nTRANSLATION\nAlthough Vrndavana dasa Thakura has within his jurisdiction the full store\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's pastimes, he has left aside most of them and described but a small portion.\n\n", "ant5#p0316": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n286\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 84\n\n�'f(, C�rt :»�u;._..?t <li��1 I\n�r;i! if! ?f�, I!�11tf-m� fitf-m1 II lr'811\n� f<fii\n\nye kichu varf)ilun, seha sank�epa kariya\nlikhite na parena, tabu rakhiyachena likhiya\n\nSYNONYMS\nye kichu varf)ilun-whatever I have described; seha-them; sar'lk�epabriefly; kariya-do i ng; likhite na parena-Vrndavana dasa Thakura was not able\nto describe; tabu-stil l ; rakhiyachena-has kept; likhiya-recording in writing.\n\nTRANSLATION\nWhat I have described was left aside by Vrndavana dasa Thakura, but\nalthough he could not describe these pastimes, he gave us a synopsis.\nTEXT 85\n\n't;l!tllliPOI ctr;rt\"� fitfqtr;!l \"'tr;i{·'ltr;i{ I\n�l � �i{, C� ?f11Jf·!2!1ftr;'l II lr'<t II\ncaitanya-mangale tenho likhiyache sthane-sthane\nsei vacana suna, sei parama-pramaf)e\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-mangale-in the book named Caitanya-mangala; ter'lho\n\n-\n\nVrndavana\n\ndasa Thakura; likhiyache-has written; sthane-sthane-in several places; sei\nvacana suna\n\n-\n\nplease hear those statements; sei parama-pramaf)e-that is the\n\nforemost proof.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn his book named Caitanya-mangala [Caitanya-bhagavata], he has described these pastimes in many places. I request my readers to hear that book,\nfor that is the best evidence.\nTEXT 86\n\n��r;..r;?f <IS�, �.-t1! i{1 � ��r;i{ I\nf��t��1 �� <liRf� �c(r;i{ II lr'� II\n\n", "ant5#p0317": "The Sik�a�taka Prayers\n\nText 87]\n\n287\n\nsailk$epe kahiluil, vistara na yaya kathane\nvistariya veda-vyasa kariba varQane\nSYNONYMS\nsailk$epe kahi/uil-1 have described very briefly; vistara na yaya kathane-it is\nnot possible to describe them in full; vistariya-ela borat i ng ; veda-vyasa-a representative of Vyasadeva; kariba-will do; varQane-describing.\nTRANSLATION\nI have described the pastimes very briefly, for it is impossible for me to describe them in full. In the future, however, Vedavyasa will describe them\nelaborately.\nTEXT 87\n\n'��111ft� �� �M�tal \"ltti{·\"''tti' I\nlli!J ��i{,-'�'$f -u'Pf �m �(ti{' \" \"'\" \"\ncaitanya-mailgale iha likhiyache sthane-sthane\nsatya kahena,-'age vyasa kariba varQane'\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-mailgale-in the book named Caitanya-mailgala; iha-this statement;\nlikhiyache-has written;\n\nsthane-sthane-in many places;\n\nsatya-the truth;\n\nkahena-he says; age-in the future; vyasa kariba varQane-Vyasadeva will describe them more elaborately.\nTRANSLATION\nIn Caitanya-mangala, Srila Vrndavana dasa Thakura has stated in many\nplaces the factual truth that in the future V yasadeva will describe them\nelaborately.\nPURPORT\nThe statement age vyasa kariba varQane is similar to a text in the Caitanyabhagavata (First Chapter, text 180) in which Vrndavana dasa Thakura says:\n5e$a-khaQ<;fe caitanyera ananta vilasa\nvistariya varQite achena veda-vyasa\n\"The unlimited pastimes of SrT Caitanya will be described by Vyasadeva in the\nfuture.\" SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura says that these statements indi-\n\n", "ant5#p0318": "288\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\ncate that in the future, other representatives of Vyasadeva will elaborately describe Lord Caitanya's pastimes. The purport is that any pure devotee in the disciplic succession who describes the pastimes of SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu is confirmed to be a representative of Vyasadeva.\nTEXT 88\n\n����i!·� -�tr..·�Jfti{ I\n'f•t'l.�� ��') ��' c;;it�1 '<fi� �fi{ II lrlr II\ncaitanya-lilamrta-si ndhu-dugdhabdhi-samana\nlf$f)i'inur0pa jhari bhari' tenho kai/a pana\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-lila-amrta-sindhu-the ocean of nectarean pastimes of SrT Caitanya\nMahaprabhu; dugdha-abdhi-samana-exactly like the ocean of milk;\n\nlf$f)i'i­\n\nanur0pa -according to one's thirst; jhari-the pitcher; bhari'-filling; tenho-he;\nkaila pana-drank.\nTRANSLATION\nThe ocean of nectarean pastimes of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is like the\nocean of milk. According to his thirst, Vrndavana dasa Thakura filled his\npitcher and drank from that ocean.\nTEXT 89\n\nitJ �Rt'1·�·i! f<fii c;;�ttJ � I\ni!�t<fi �Rf\"' c;;�, �1 G;1ffif c;;'Sf\"'''lllr� II\ntanra jhari-5e$i'imrta kichu more dila\ntateke bharila peta, tr$Qi'i mora gela\nSYNONYMS\ntanra jhari-Se$a-amrta-the remnants of the milk of Vrndavana dasa Thakura's\npitcher; kichu-some; more di/a-has given to me; tateke-by those remnants;\nbharila peta-my abdomen is filled; lf$f)i'i mora ge/a-now my thirst has gone.\nTRANSLATION\nWhatever remnants of milk Vrndavana dasa Thakura has given me are sufficient to fill my belly. Now my thirst is completely satiated.\n\n", "ant5#p0319": "Text 92]\n\nThe Sik��faka Prayers\n\n289\n\nTEXTS 90-91\n\n�fif-��\"(!f �' �\"\"'\" �fill\n� �� �nl f� �� �'1' II �o II\n\n�i!� �tfit �� �'1 �·�( �'Rf I\n�� f�tr;;\"! i!ift�� �t_f �� fultf II �� II\nami-ati-k$Udra jiva, pak$i ranga-tuni\nse yaiche t[$Qaya piye samudrera pani\ntaiche ami eka kaQa chunilun lilara\nei dr$tante janiha prabhura lilara vistara\nSYNONYMS\nami-1; ati-k$Udra jiva-a very insignificant living being; pak$i ranga-tuni-just\nlike a little bird with a red beak; se-he; yaiche-just as; t[$Qaya-in thirst;\npiye-drinks; samudrera pani-the water of the sea; taiche-in the same way;\nami-1; eka kaQa-one small particle; chunilun-touched; lilara-of the pastimes\nof Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; ei df$tante-by this example; janiha-all of you\nknow; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; li/ara vistara-expansion of the\npastimes.\nTRANSLATION\nI am a very insignificant living being, like a small red-beaked bird. Just as\nsuch a bird drinks the water of the sea to quench its thirst, so I have touched\nonly a drop of the ocean of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's pastimes. From this example, you may all understand how expansive are the pastimes of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu.\nTEXT 92\n\n'�tfif fit�',-�� fiffllJ1 �Rf �lf.lrti{ I\n\n�'tlt'Rf �'l'f ���ift-� II �� II\n'ami likhi', -eha mithya kari anumana\namara sarira ka$tha-putali-samana\nSYNONYMS\nami /ikhi-1 write; eha mithya-this is false; kari anumana-1 can infer; amara\nsarira-my body; ka$tha-putali-samana-is exactly like a wooden doll.\n\n", "ant5#p0320": "290\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�a\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\nI infer that \"I have written\" is a false understanding, for my body is like a\nwooden doll.\nTEXT 93\n� '«t'tf �tfif �'fi, �fi(� I\n\n\"�tCIJ, Jlti{� e{t� �t� f-1:� II�� II\nvrddha jaratura ami andha, badhira\nhasta hale, manobuddhi nahe mora sthira\n\nSYNONYMS\nvrddha-an old man; jara-atura-troubled by invalidity; ami-1; andha-blind;\nbadhira-deaf; hasta hale-my hands tremble; manab-buddhi-mind and intelligence; nahe-not; mora-my; sthira-steady.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI am old and troubled by invalidity. I am almost blind and deaf, my hands\ntremble, and my mind and intelligence are unsteady.\n\nTEXT 94\n\ne{tiff-�t'$f��' ·-�f'!t'! �f�l! i{1 �tfill\n�·�t'$f·��1-<�Jt�Cif, �t�-f�ti{ J!Bf II�8 II\nnana-roga-grasta,-calite vasite na pari\npanca-roga-pi<;fa-vyakula, ratri-dine mari\n\nSYNONYMS\nnana-roga-grasta-affected by so many diseases; calite-to walk; vasite-to sit\ndown; na pari-1 am not properly able; panca-roga-pi<;fa-vyakula-always disturbed by five kinds of disease; ratri-dine-day or night; mari -I can die any time.\n\nTRANSLATION\nI am infected by so many diseases that I can neither properly walk nor\nproperly sit. Indeed, I am always exhausted by five kinds of disease. I may die\nat any time of the day or night.\n\n", "ant5#p0321": "Text 98]\n\nThe Sik��faka Prayers\n\n291\n\nTEXT 95\n\n�(��'w: ��1 <li��tf� filt�\\fil I\nl!�tf'Pf f&'f�t;�, �il �� <lit�'! II �<t II\npurve granthe iha kariyachi nivedana\ntathapi likhiye, suna ihara karaQa\nSYNONYMS\n\npurve-previously; granthe-in the book; iha-this;\n\nkariyachi nivedana-1\n\nhave submitted to the readers; tathapi-still; /ikhiye-1 write; suna-please hear;\nihara karaQa-the reason for this.\nTRANSLATION\nI have previously given an account of my inabilities. Please hear the reason\nwhy I nevertheless still write.\nTEXTS 96-98\n\n�t'$ft8f�, �e��!}J, �ri{i!Jtil� 1\n� �e��, i)��, �t� �t�t,� II �� II\n�\"lf�'Pf, ��'Pf, �lfiltl!il I\n���iltfil·Wtlf ��11', �����'! II �'t II\n�·�1·lf�t� ��'l·?'Pf11{ ��11{ �'t1ftt� I\n�� \\.fl<!i ��- ,�t�1 �fi!?'Pf1 <lit� II �lr II\nsrl-govinda, srl-caitanya, srl-nityananda\nsrr-advaita, srr-bhakta, ara srl-srotr-vrnda\nsrl-svarCtpa, srl-rCtpa, srl-sanatana\nsrl-raghunatha-dasa sri-guru, srl-jlva-caraQa\ninha-sabara caraQa-krpaya /ekhaya amare\nara eka haya,-tenho ati-krpa kare\nSYNONYMS\n\nsrr-govinda-SrT Govindadeva; srr-caitanya-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; srrnityananda-Lord Nityananda; srr-advaita-Advaita\n\nAcarya; sri-bhakta-other\n\ndevotees; ara-also; srl-srotr-vrnda-the readers of this book; srl-svarCtpa-\n\n", "ant5#p0322": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n292\n\nSvarOpa Damodara Gosvami;\nSanatana Gosvami;\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nsri-rupa-Sri ROpa Gosvami;\n\nsri-sanatana-Sri\n\nsri-raghunatha-dasa-Sri Raghunatha dasa Gosvami; sri­\n\nguru-my spiritual master; sri-jiva-caraf)a-the lotus feet of Sri jiva Gosvami; inha\nsabara-of all of them; caraf)a-krpaya-by the mercy of the lotus feet; /ekhayacauses to write; amare-me; ara eka-another one; haya-there is; tenho-He;\nati-krpa kare-shows me very great favor.\nTRANSLATION\nI am writing this book by the mercy of the lotus feet of Sri Govindadeva, Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu, Lord Nityananda, Advaita Acarya, other devotees and\nthe readers of this book, as well as Svarupa Damodara Gosvami, Sri Rupa\nGosvami, Sri Sanatana Gosvami, Sri Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, who is my\nspiritual master, and Sri Jiva Gosvami. I have also been specifically favored by\nanother Supreme Personality.\nTEXT 99\n\n�1N�'Stt9fti'f <;�tt� ��11l �t9Ji <liBl' I\n<lif�'! iii �t1l, \\!� ��\\! ili 9ftRf II �� II\nsri-madana-gopa/a more lekhaya ajiia kari'\nkahite na yuyaya, tabu rahite na pari\nSYNONYMS\nsri-madana-gopala-the Madana-mohana Deity of Vrndavana; more-me;\nlekhaya-causes to write; ajiia kari'-by giving the order; kahite-to say; na\nyuyaya-is not befitting; tabu-still; rahite-to remain silent; na pari-1 am not\nable.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Madana-mohana Deity of Vrndavana has given the order that is making\nme write. Although this should not be disclosed, I disclose it because I am\nunable to remain silent.\nTEXT 100\n\niii <li�t� �� �t� �'!\"i�h�wt� 1\nWV <liBl <!tf�· <;�t'!i, iii <!if.� <;�t� II �\nna kahile haya mora krta-ghnata-do�a\ndambha kari bali' srota, na kariha ro�a\n\no o\n\nII\n\n", "ant5#p0323": "Text 102]\n\nThe Sik�a�taka Prayers\n\n293\n\nSYNONYMS\nna kahife-if I do not say; haya-there is; mora-my; krta-ghnata-do�a-fault\nof ingratitude; dambha kari-1 am proud; ba/i'-taking as; srota-0 readers; na\nkariha ro�a-do not be angry.\nTRANSLATION\nIf I did not disclose this fact, I would be guilty of ingratitude to the lord.\nTherefore, my dear readers, please do not consider me too proud and be\nangry at me.\nTEXT 101\n\nQ!t111·1f�HI ij�'l·'!f� ��'l <!!\"fi{ I\n\\!t� (;ij'!iJ·�� (;fta;y '� f<f'i; ��i{ II �o � II\ntoma-sabara caraf)a-dhufi karinu vandana\ntate caitanya-fifa haifa ye kichu fikhana\nSYNONYMS\ntoma-sabara-of all of you; caraf)a-dhafi-the dust of the feet; karinu vandana-1 have prayed to; tate-for that reason; caitanya-fifa-the pastimes of Lord\n\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; haifa-there was; ye-whatever; kichu-some;\nfikhana-writing.\nTRANSLATION\nIt is because I have offered my prayers unto the lotus feet of all of you that\nwhatever I have written about Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu has been possible.\n\nTEXT 102\n\n�t� �\"JJ�a;{t�t'l� <f'\"fif �'l.�� I\n'��J,�t�' (;<�S?;a;{ �tl �lift� '�t\"llt�' II �o� II\nebe antya-fifa-gaf)era kari anuvada\n'anuvada' kaife pai lilara 'asvada'\nSYNONYMS\nebe-now; antya-fifa-gaf)era kari anuvada-1 beg to repeat all the facts of this\nAntya-fifa; anuvada kaife-if it is repeated; pai-l get; li/ara-of the pastime;\nasvada-taste.\n\n", "ant5#p0324": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n294\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\nNow let me repeat all the pastimes of the Antya-lila, for if I do so I shall taste\nthe pastimes again.\nTEXT 103\n\n12t*l 9f���c;�-�t9f� �C!l�·fil\"'il I\n\n�1� 1ft-a �liltjt�� ��til·��'! II � o� II\nprathama paricchede-rupera dviaya-milana\ntara madhye dui-natakera vidhana-sravaQa\nSYNONYMS\nprathama paricchede-in the First Chapter; rupera-of ROpa Gosvami; dvitiyamilana-the second meeting with Lord Caitanya; tari:1\n\nm adhye-within\n\nthat\n\nchapter; dui-natakera-of the two dramas; vidhana-sravaQa-hearing of the process of writing.\nTRANSLATION\nThe\n\nFirst\n\nChapter\n\ndescribes\n\nhow\n\nRupa\n\nGosvami\n\nmet\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu for the second time and how the Lord heard his two dramas\n[Vidagdha-madhava and Lalita-madhaval.\nTEXT 104\n\n�t� 1ft-a f-t�tii\"!·Jft\"f ��� �t(\"ff I\nIZ' �tt� �� �flt�i II� �fif\"f1 II � o 8 II\ntara madhye sivananda-sarige kukkura ai/a\nprabhu tare kr�Qa kahana mukta kari/a\nSYNONYMS\ntara madhye-in that chapter; sivananda-sarige-with Sivananda Sena; kukkura-the dog; ai/a-came; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tare-unto him\n(the dog); kr�Qa kahana-inducing to chant Kr�l)a; mukta kari/a-liberated.\nTRANSLATION\nThat chapter also describes the incident of Sivananda Sena's dog, who was\ninduced by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to chant the holy name of Kr�l)a and was\nthus liberated.\n\n", "ant5#p0325": "Text 107]\n\n295\n\nTEXT 105\n\n��t11-�tV-�ff�tt� ��t�\"f1 f-t'!i'f I\nt;!tJ 11t-u f-t�tilt\"'J �t� �-filii �o� II\ndvitiye-chota-haridase karaila sik�al)a\ntara madhye sivanandera a5carya darsana\n\nSYNONYMS\ndvitiye-in the Second Chapter; chota-haridase-Junior Haridasa; karaila sik�aQa-He taught very strictly; tara madhye-within that chapter; sivananderaof Sivananda Sena; a5carya darsana-the wonderful vision.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Second Chapter the Lord instructively punished Junior Haridasa. Also\nin that chapter is the wonderful vision of Sivananda Sena.\nTEXT 106\n\n��t11-�ff�tt�J 11�11'1 <21�� I\n�t�t�J·\"Ptfu� C�\"f1 �t_c;'l �t<JiJ�� II �o� II\ntrtiye-haridasera mahima pracaQ(ia\ndamodara-pal)(iita kai/a prabhure vakya-dal)(ia\n\nSYNONYMS\ntrtiye-in the Third Chapter; haridasera-of Thakura Haridasa; mahima pracal)(ia-very forceful glories; damodara-paQ(iita-Damodara Pal)<;iita; kai/amade;\n\nprabhure-Sri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu;\n\nvakya-daQ(ia-impudence\n\nof\n\nchastising by words.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Third Chapter is a description of the forceful glories of Haridasa\nThakura. That chapter also mentions how Damodara Par:tc;lita spoke words of\ncriticism to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 107\n\n<2ft_ 'ilt1f' f�m c�\"filSI�Nt-c;1ft�il 1\n���t� ��\"ll iltt11'1111'�1!i-'lt'Pfil II �o'l II\n\n", "ant5#p0326": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n296\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nprabhu 'nama' diya kaila brahmar:u;la-mocana\nharidasa kari/a namera mahima-sthapana\n\nSYNONYMS\nprabhu-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nama diya-delivering the holy name;\nkai/a-did;\n\nbrahmarx:la-mocana-the liberation of the universe;\n\nharidasa­\n\nHaridasa; karila-did; namera-of the holy name; mahima-sthapana-the establishment of the glories.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Third Chapter also tells how Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu delivered everyone by bestowing upon the universe the holy name of the Lord, and it describes how Haridasa Thakura established the glories of the holy name by his\npractical example.\nTEXT 108\n\ni'l_r;;o(-!ilJtiltl!r;;iiJ ��11-fifl!lil I\n�rti!Jt'ij c�r;;l! liti �ff'f1 J-.'111 )otr 11\ncaturthe-sri-sanatanera dvitiya-milana\ndeha-tyaga haite tanra karila rak?al)a\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaturthe-in\n\nthe\n\nFourth\n\nChapter;\n\nsri-sanatanera-of Sanatana\n\nGosvamT;\n\ndvitiya-mi/ana-visiting for the second time; deha-tyaga haite-from committing\nsuicide; tarira karila rak?al)a-SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu protected him.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Fourth Chapter describes Sanatana Gosvami's second visit with Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and how the Lord saved him from committing suicide.\nTEXT 109\n\n�trN-1ffr;JtJ �� r:i\"ftt ��'11 �� I\n-t� ,.tff111 �il: 9ftltl'11 �\"ft� 11 ) o� n\njyai?tha-masera dhCrpe tanre kai/a parik?al)a\nsakti sancariya puna/:! pathaila vrndavana\n\n", "ant5#p0327": "Text 111]\n\nThe Sik�a�taka Prayers\n\n297\n\nSYNONYMS\njyai$tha-masera-of the month of May-june; dhape-in the sunshine; tailrehim; kai/a-did; parik$aQa\n\n-\n\nexamining; sakti-potency; saricariya-giving him;\n\npunah-again; pathaila vrndavana-sent back to Vrndavana.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Fourth Chapter also tells how Sanatana Gosvami was tested in the\nsunshine of Jyai�tha [May and June] and was then empowered and sent back\nto Vrndavana.\nTEXT 110\n\n�·t11-l2t1J�filt� � ��1 �ft'li I\n1ft'f·�t111 ��-rl itt� ��t�ll'l1 II � � o II\npancame-pradyumna-misre prabhu krpa kari/a\nraya-dvara k($Qa-katha tailre sunaila\n\nSYNONYMS\nparicame-in the Fifth Chapter; pradyumna-misre-unto Pradyumna Misra;\nprabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; krpa karila-showe d mercy; raya-dvarawith the help of Ramananda Raya; k($Qa-katha-topics of Kr�Qa; tailre sunailamade him hear.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Fifth Chapter, the Lord showed His favor to Pradyumna Misra and\nmade him hear topics of Kr��a from Ramananda Raya.\nTEXT 111\n\nl!t� 1ft�J '�ttrtli'I'·<1S�� il\"ti�·�t�'ll5'11\n!llfi�·,<st�tf$ ��'\" ��m 11m1-•t9f� 11� � �\ntara madhye 'bailgala'-kavira nataka-upek$aQa\nsvarupa-gosani kaila vigrahera mahima-sthapana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntara madhye-withi n that chapter; bailgala-kavira-of a poet from Bengal;\nnataka-upek$aQa-the\n\nrejection\n\nof\n\nthe\n\ndrama;\n\nsvariipa-gosafii -SvarOpa\n\nDamodara Gosvami; kai/a-did; vigrahera-of the Deity; mahima-sthapana-the\nestablishment of the glories.\n\n", "ant5#p0328": "298\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlso in that chapter, Svarupa Damodara Gosvami rejected the drama of a\n\npoet from Bengal and established the glories of the Deity.\nTEXT 112\n\n��- ���tt2f·W� �t_t11' fil'� I\nr��Jti{\"f-�strn rol!}1·1ft�te.Jt� ��\"1 11 ��� \"\n$a$the-raghunatha-dasa prabhure milila\nnityananda-ajnaya cic;Ja-mahotsava kaila\n\nSYNONYMS\n$a$the-in the Sixth Chapter; raghunatha-dasa-Raghunatha dasa Gosvami;\nprabhure milila-met Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nityananda-ajnaya-by the\norder of Nityananda Prabhu; cic;Ja-mahotsava kai/a-performed the festival of\nchipped rice.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Sixth Chapter describes how Raghunatha dasa Gosvami met Sri\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu and performed the chipped rice festival in accordance\n\nwith Nityananda Prabhu's order.\n\nTEXT 113\n\nwtt'lft�-llf�9f-�tf$ �tt1 Jt�'l 1\n'''5tt�('e{·fif'fl', '�CPtlftCif1' �ttl fit\" II ��-e n\ndamodara-svarapa-.thani tanre samarpi/a\n'govardhana-si/a', 'gunja-ma/a' tanre dila\n\nSYNONYMS\ndamodara-svarupa-thani-to the care of Svaropa Damodara Gosvami; tanre\nsamarpila-the Lord entrusted him; govardhana-sila-the stone from Govardhana\nHill; gunja-mala-the garland of small conchshells; tanre di/a-delivered to him.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Lord entrusted Raghunatha dasa Gosvami to the care of Svarupa\n\nDamodara Gosvami and gave Raghunatha dasa the gift of a stone from\n\nGovardhana Hill and a garland of small conchshells.\n\n", "ant5#p0329": "Text 116]\n\nThe Sik��taka Prayers\n\n299\n\nTEXT 114\n\n���t-?tfilt�ttif- ctll'e \"etP fil�tif I\niftif1·1l� C�\"fi �1� '$f(�i{ II ��8 II\nsaptama-paricchede-vallabha bhattera milana\nnana-mate kaila tanra garva khal)(iana\nSYNONYMS\n\nsaptama-paricchede-in the Seventh Chapter; vallabha bhattera milana-the\nmeeting of Vallabha Bhatta with Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; nana-mate -in various\nways; kai/a-did; tanra-his; garva-pride; khaQ(iana-dismantling.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Seventh Chapter tells how Sri Caitanya met Vallabha Bhafta and dismantled his false pride in various ways.\nTEXT 115\n\n'til�tll �tll��-��� 'til1'$f1!if I\n�t� �t11 c�1 �'- r�-.1 ��t�i{ 11 ��� 11\n-\n\na�tame-ramacandra-purira agamana\ntanra bhaye kaila prabhu bhik�a sankocana\nSYNONYMS\n\na�tame-in the Eighth Chapter; ramacandra-purira agamana-the arrival of\nRamacandra Puri; tanra bhaye-bec ause of fear of him; kai/a-did; prabhu-Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; bhik�a sankocana\n\n-\n\nminimizing His eating.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Eighth Chapter describes the arrival of Ramacandra Puri and how Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu minimized His eating due to fear of him.\nTEXT 116\n\nifcttll- <;'$ft'i\\iftQ!-��i{TII\"�-�1�if I\n��'$ftl\"§� !;i!ft� �\"i.� �� tif�llfif II ��� 11\nnavame-gopinatha-pattanay aka-mocana\ntrijagatera /aka prabhura paila darasana\n\n", "ant5#p0330": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n300\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSYNONYMS\nnavame-in\n\nthe\n\nNinth\n\nChapter;\n\ngopinatha-pattanayaka-mocana-the\n\ndeliverance of GopTnatha Pattanayaka, the brother of Ramananda Raya; trijagatera-of the three worlds; /oka-the people in general; prabhura-of SrT\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; paila darasana-got the audience.\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Ninth Chapter is a description of how Gopinatha Pananayaka was\ndelivered and how the people of the three worlds were able to see Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTEXT 117\n\nW-ft'lf- cr.��\"' 'e·lif�·�t\"lftlifif I\nJt��·9ffutt!11 t!tti �tfifJ �ttfif II ��'\\ II\ndasame-kahiluri bhakta-datta-asvadana\nraghava-par:u;iitera tahan jhalira sajana\nSYNONYMS\ndasame-in the Tenth Chapter; kahi/uri-1 have described; bhakta-dattaasvadana-the tasting of the food given by the devotees; raghava-parxfitera-of\nRaghava Par;tc;iita; tahari\n\n-\n\ntherein; jhalira sajana\n\n-\n\nthe assortment in the bags.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Tenth Chapter I have described how Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu tasted\nthe food given by His devotees, and I have also described the assortments in\nthe bags of Raghava Pat;l(;lita.\nTEXT 118\n\nt!tJ '1ft-a <;�t�t\"f11 ��\"1 �1� I\nt!tJ 'lft'U 9fRt�'G1·ijt�J1f �(if 11 11 ��lr II\ntara madhye govindera kaila parik?a!Ja\ntara madhye parimuQr;fa-nrtyera varQana\nSYNONYMS\ntara madhye-within that chapter; govindera-of Govinda, His personal assistant; kai/a-did ; parik?aQa-testing; tara madhye-i n that chapter; parimuQr;fanrtyera varQana-description of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu's dancing in the\ntemple.\n\n", "ant5#p0331": "The Sik��faka Prayers\n\nText 120)\n\n301\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlso in that chapter is a description of how the Lord examined Govinda and\nhow He danced in the temple.\nTEXT 119\n\n��t'ftl't- ��'ft�·�t�t�� fil1tt'l I\n��-�e.�\"'J �t� Clif'lt•\"fl '� •1f�Jt n ))�\nekada5e-haridasa-thakurera niryaf)a\n\nbhakta-vatsalya yahan dekhaila gaura bhagavan\n\nSYNONYMS\nekadase-in the Eleventh Chapter; haridasa-thakurera niryaf)a-the disappearance of SrTia Haridasa Thakura; bhakta-vatsalya-affection for the devotee;\n\nyahan-wherein;\n\ndekhai/a-exhibited;\n\ngaura\n\nbhagavan-SrT\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Eleventh Chapter describes the disappearance of Haridasa Thakura and\nhow Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, showed\nHis affection for His devotees.\nTEXT 120\n\n.-f'ftllf-1Sf1t'ftilt\"'11 'l!ll(·..,·il I\nfii�Jtil\"' '�iif1 f-t�tilt\"'t� �t�Ji�ll :>�\n\no\n\nII\n\ndvada5e-jagadanandera tai la-bhafijana\nnityananda kaila sivanandere tac;lana\n\nSYNONYMS\ndvadase-in the Twelfth Chapter; jagadanandera-of Jagadananda Pa�c;lita;\ntaila-b hafijana\n\n-\n\nbreaking the oil pot; nityananda-Lord Nityananda; kai/a-per­\n\nformed; sivanandere tac;lana-the chastisement of Sivananda Sena.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Twelfth Chapter are descriptions of how Jagadananda Par:J�tita broke\na pot of oil and how Lord Nityananda chastised Sivananda Sena.\n\n", "ant5#p0332": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n302\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 121\n\n\\!it�t�t-t-i!Jfostwti{\"f \"at�1fi �u-.' 'Cit�'fl 1\n�tl2!t_ c;;�t�1f ;ft� �fil\"fi II ��) II\ntrayodase-jagadananda mathura yai' aila\nmahaprabhu deva-daslra grta sunila\n\nSYNONYMS\ntrayodase-in the Thirteenth Chapter; jagadananda-Jagadananda Par:tc;lita;\nmathura yai'-going to Mathura;\n\niii/a-returned; mahaprabhu-Sri Caitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; deva-daslra-of the deva-dasl dancing girl; grta suni/a-heard the\nsong.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Thirteenth Chapter, Jagadananda Pa�«;tita went to Mathura and\nreturned, and Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu by chance heard a song sung by a\ndeva-dasi dancing girl.\nTEXT 122\n\n1f��-��t�tt� �t�t� f11� I\n(2jt_ itt1f ?'Pf1 �RI' 'Pft�'fl �\"ft� 11 ��� n\nraghunatha-bhattacaryera tahani milana\nprabhu tanre krpa kari' pathaila vrndavana\n\nSYNONYMS\nraghunatha-bhattacaryera-of Raghunatha Bhana;\n\ntahaili-there;\n\nmi/ana­\n\nmeeting; prabhu-Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; tanre-to him; krpa kari'-showing\ncauseless mercy; pathaila vrndavana-sent to Vrndavana.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlso in the Thirteenth Chapter, Raghunatha Bhana met Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu, who by His causeless mercy sent him to Vrndavana.\nTEXT 123\n\n�,_lf\"'t-t-Nt�Jt�Jlt�-�tii'V �(i{ I\n\n'-1m' \\Jl�1 �t_�, ''ali{' G;'it\"f1 �\"ff�i{ II ��� II\n\n", "ant5#p0333": "Text 125]\n\nThe Sik��taka Prayers\n\n303\n\ncaturdase -divyonmada-arambha van)ana\n'sarira' etha prabhura, 'mana' gela vrndavana\nSYNONYMS\ncaturdase-in the Fourteenth Chapter; divya-unmada-arambha-the beginning\nof the spiritual trance of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; van)ana-describing; sarirathe body; etha-here; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mana-the mind;\nge/a-went; vrndavana-to Vrndavana.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Fourteenth Chapter describes the beginning of the Lord's spiritual\ntrance, in which His body was at Jagannatha Puri but His mind was in\nVrndavana.\nTEXT 124\n\n�111' 1ft�J c.21t_� fiR��tt� 9f'!� I\n<ctfor·l1f�·�Jt'$f, 'Ctif.'titt�f �'$f1f II ��8 II\ntara madhye prabhura sirhha-dvare patana\nasthi-sandhi-tyaga, anubhavera udgama\nSYNONYMS\ntara madhye-in that chapter; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sirhhadvare patana-falling down by the Simha-dvara gate; asthi-sandhi-of the joints\nof the bones; tyaga-release; anubhavera udgama-the awakening of a trance\nand emotion.\nTRANSLATION\nAlso in that chapter is a description of how Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu fell\ndown in front of the Simha-dvara gate of Jagannatha temple, His bones separated at the joints, and how various transcendental symptoms awakened.\nTEXT 125\n\nii�-9f(\"'! ,�r�, 12ft_� �� 1\n� 11t-o c.21t_� f�i 12illft9f·CI(� n ��t n\ncataka-parvata dekhi' prabhura dhavana\ntara madhye prabhura kichu pralapa-varQana\n\n", "ant5#p0334": "304\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nSYNONYMS\ncataka-parvata-the hill known as Ca�aka-parvata; dekhi'-seeing; prabhura\ndhavana-the running of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu;\n\ntara madhye-in that\n\nchapter; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kichu-some;\n\npralapa var­\n\nQana-talking like a madman.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlso in that chapter there is a description of how Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nran toward Cataka-parvata and spoke like a madman.\nTEXT 126\n\n�·�·9fH,b!iot �ti1·f��� I\n�''If �t� ��'fl t21�t-f II :>�� II\npaficadasa-paricchede- udyana-vilase\nvrndavana-bhrame yahari kari/a pravese\n\nSYNONYMS\npaficadasa-paricchede-in\n\nthe\n\nFifteenth\n\nChapter;\n\nudyana-vilase-in\n\nHis\n\npastimes within the garden; vrndavana-bhrame-His taking the garden to be\nVrndavana; yahari-where; karila pravese-He entered.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Fifteenth Chapter is a description of how Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nentered a garden on the shore of the sea, mistaking the garden for Vrndavana.\nTEXT 127\n\n� 'lf4'U � 9f4•�·•rt�'1 1\n� 'lf''U �Rf'fi11't�� �-�'1 II :>�'l II\ntara madhye prabhura paficendriya-akar�aQa\ntara madhye karila rase kr�Qa-anve�aQa\n\nSYNONYMS\ntara madhye-within that; prabhura-of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; pafica-indriya-akar�aQa-the attraction of the five senses; tara madhye-within that\nchapter; kari/a-did; rase-in the rasa dance; kr�Qa-anve�aQa-searching for\nKr�r:Ja.\n\n", "ant5#p0335": "The Sik��faka Prayers\n\nText 129]\n\n305\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlso in that chapter is a description of the attraction of Lord Caitanya's five\nsenses to Kr�Qa and how He searched for Kr�Qa in the rasa dance.\nTEXT 128\n\n�t�-�tfil�tDl � �?tt �ft'fll\n���� �tt�Hf � '�-t1l'1111 ��\"\" II\n?oc;/ase-kalidase prabhu krpa karila\nvai?Qavocchi?ta khaibara phala dekhaila\nSYNONYMS\n?Oc;/ase-in the Sixteenth Chapter;\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu; krpa karila\n\n-\n\nkali-dase-unto Kalidasa;\n\nprabhu-Sri\n\nshowed favor; vai$Qava-ucchi?ta khaibara­\n\nof eating the remnants of food left by Vai��avas; phala dekhaila\n\n-\n\nshowed the\n\nresult.\nTRANSLATION\nThe Sixteenth Chapter tells how Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu showed His\nmercy to Kalidasa and thus demonstrated the result of eating the remnants of\nthe food of Vai�Qavas.\nTEXT 129\n\n�1iiC\"t� ��t� �t� �1lili I\nfit��� ..tit �'t_t� �� ��'tlili ll ��� II\nsivanandera balake sloka karaila\nsimha-dvare dvari prabhure kr?Qa dekhaila\nSYNONYMS\nsivanandera-of Sivananda Sena; ba/ake-the son; sloka karaila-made to\ncompose a verse; simha-dvare-at the Sirhha-dvara gate of the jagannatha\ntemple; dvari-the doorkeeper; prabhure-unto Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kr?Qa\ndekhaila-showed Lord Kr��a.\nTRANSLATION\nIt also describes how Sivananda's son composed a verse and how the\ndoorkeeper of the Sirilha-dvara showed Kr�Qa to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\n\n", "ant5#p0336": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n306\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 130\n\n��� i!'ft1 �� <t� I\n\n�1'f11\"1�ti!� �-ctt1� �1�1nrifl 11 �-eo 11\nmaha-prasadera tahan mahima varQila\nk[$f)iidharamrtera pha/a-5/oka asvadila\n\nSYNONYMS\nmaha-prasadera-of the remnants of the food of the Lord, maha-prasada;\ntahan-there; mahima-the glories; varQi/a-described; kr?Qa-adhara-amrtera­\n\nof the nectar from the lips of Kr�r:Ja; pha/a-5/oka-the verse mentioning the result;\nasvadi Ia-tasted.\n\nTRANSLATION\nAlso in that chapter, the glories of maha-prasada are explained, and a verse\nis tasted describing the effect of nectar from the lips of Kr�r:ta.\nTEXT 131\n\n�W't-'Str6t·�'f3 � �i!i{ I\n�t�·�IJ.'ett� i!ttt� I!;� II �-e� II\nsaptada5e-gabhi-madhye prabhura patana\nkarmakara-anubhavera tahani udgama\n\nSYNONYMS\nsaptada5e-in the Seventeenth Chapter; gabhi-madhye-among the cows;\nprabhura patana-the falling down of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; karma-akaraanubhavera-of ecstatic emotion in the form of a tortoise;\nudgam a- a w akening\n\ntahani-there;\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Seventeenth Chapter, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu fell among the cows\nand assumed the form of a tortoise as His ecstatic emotions awakened.\nTEXT 132\n\n��11' llf\"tf·�t\"i �'t_� 1li{ �t��ifl I\n\"\"<ft�J'Jf c\\!3\" Gttttfl ����at �� u�-e�u\n\n", "ant5#p0337": "Text 134]\n\nThe Sik��faka Prayers\n\n307\n\nkr$TJ€ra 5abda-guf)e prabhura mana akar$ila\n\"ka stry anga te\" 5/okera artha ave5e karila\nSYNONYMS\nkr$TJera-of Lord Kr�l)a; 5abda-guQe-by the qualities of the sound; prabhuraof SrT Caitanya Mahaprabhu; mana-the mind; akar$ila-was attracted; ka stry\nanga te 5/okera-of the verse beginning with the words ka stry anga te; arthathe meaning; ave5e-in ecstasy; kari/a-described.\nTRANSLATION\nAlso in the Seventeenth Chapter, the attributes of Kr�r;�a's sound attracted\nthe mind of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, who described in ecstasy the meaning\nof the \"ka stry anga te\" verse.\nTEXT 133\n\n'et�--tf'ilt� �il� C�ff I �ii(�il I\n\"'lt�-\"'� ��C�ffi R'il�'l II �\\!)'!)II\nbhava-5abalye puna/:! kai/a pralapana\nkarf)amrta-5/okera artha kai/a vivaraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nbhava-5abalye-from the aggregate of all ecstatic emotions; puna/:1-again;\nkaila pralapana-He talked like a madman; karf)amrta-5/okera-of a verse from\nKr$TJa-karf)amrta; artha-the meaning; kaila vivaraf)a-desc r i bed in detail.\nTRANSLATION\nDue to\n\nthe conjunction\n\nof various\n\necstatic emotions,\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu again began speaking like a madman and described in detail the\nmeaning of a verse from K�r;�a-karr;�amrfa.\nTEXT 134\n\n'CI�-t �fit��- ��iH �i!il I\n�-,'$t't�·i!lr'ft�fiif '!tt1 � n �'!)8 n\na$tada5a paricchede -samudre patana\nkr$TJa-gopi-jala-keli tahan dara5ana\n\n", "ant5#p0338": "308\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSYNONYMS\na?tadasa paricchede-in the Eighteenth Chapter; samudre patana\n\n-\n\nthe Lord's\n\nfalling into the ocean; kr?Qa-gopi-jala-keli-the water pastimes of Kr�r:Ja and the\ngopis; tahan darasana-seeing there.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Eighteenth Chapter, the Lord fell into the ocean, and in ecstasy He\nsaw the pastimes of the water fight between K��r:Ja and the gopis.\nTEXT 135\n\n�� '\\if�'fi ���1f �il·ce� 1\n�firnt �t�, �'{ �t·llfi �-'e� II ��It II\ntahani dekhila kr?Qera vanya-bhojana\njaliya uthaila, prabhu aila sva-bhavana\n\nSYNONYMS\ntahani-there; dekhila-He saw; kr?Qera-of Kr�r:Ja; vanya-bhojana-a picnic\nin the forest; jaliya-a fisherman; uthai/a-caught Him; prabhu-the Lord; ai/areturned; sva-bhavana-to His own residence.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn that dream, Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu saw K��r:Ja's picnic in the forest. As\nLord Caitanya floated in the sea, a fisherman caught Him, and then the Lord\nreturned to His own residence.\nTEXT 136\n\n\"���-f\"e��J �'t.1f ll_����'f I\n�� ��-��·�i!ft9f·�(i{ II ��� II\nOnavirhse-bhittye prabhura mukha-sanghar?aQa\nkr?Qera viraha-spharti-pralapa-varf)ana\n\nSYNONYMS\nOnavirhse-in the Nineteenth Chapter;\n\nbhittye-on the walls;\n\nprabhura\n\nmukha-sanghar?aQa -the rubbing of the face of the Lord; kr?Qera viraha-sphOrtithe awakening of separation from Kr�r:Ja; pralapa-varf)ana-and talking like a crazy\nperson.\n\n", "ant5#p0339": "Text 138]\n\nThe Sik$a$taka Prayers\n\n309\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Nineteenth Chapter is a description of how Lord Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu rubbed His face against the walls and spoke like a madman\nbecause of separation from Kr$r;�a.\nTEXT 137\n\n�-J��r;� ��twtr;� ��f'l 1\n�J <;�)f<eJ·<;tttr;<flJ 'CI{-��f'l II ��\" II\nvasanta-rajanite pu?podyane viharaf)a\n\nkr?Qera saurabhya-5/okera artha-vivaraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nvasanta-rajanite-on a spring night;\n\npu?pa-udyane-in a flower garden;\n\nviharaf)a-the wandering; kr?Qera-of Lord Kr�Qa; saurabhya-5/okera-of a verse\nabout the bodily fragrance; artha vivaraf)a-desc ribing the meaning.\n-\n\nTRANSLATION\nThat chapter also describes Kr$r:ta's wandering in a garden on a spring\nnight, and it fully describes the meaning of a verse about the scent of Kr$r:ta's\nbody.\nTEXT 138\n\n��-t-��r;�r;tif-fi{i!if·'f-tlllit�<fl' �� I\n�f �( 'Cit�tilf�i <;�1ftM� !{$111 ��lr II\nvirh5a-paricchede-nija-'5ik?a?taka' pac;fiya\ntara artha asvadila premavi?ta hana\nSYNONYMS\nvirh5a-paricchede-in the Twentieth Chapter; nija-5ik?a?taka pac;fiya-rec iting\n\nHis own Sik?a?taka verses; tara artha-their meaning; asvadi/a-tasted; prema­\n\navi�ta halia-being absorbed in ecstatic love.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn the Twentieth Chapter, Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu recited His own\neight stanzas of instruction and tasted their meaning in ecstatic love.\n\n", "ant5#p0340": "[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n310\n\nTEXT 139\n\n'tit� f-t�lt'! '�l f-1'1!'t�� \"'�'11 I\n\n� c;,tt\"t�t<1Sf �� ':li{: 'Cit�tntlt1 II ��� II\nbhakte sikhaite yei sik?a?taka kahi/a\nsei sloka?takera artha puna/:! asvadila\nSYNONYMS\nbhakte-the devotees; sikhaite-to teach; yei-that which; sik?a-a?takaeight instructions;\n\nkahila-described; sei 5/oka-a?takera-of the same eight\n\nverses; artha-the meaning; puna/:! asvadi/a-again He tasted.\nTRANSLATION\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu composed those eight stanzas to instruct the\ndevotees, but He also personally tasted their meaning.\nTEXT 140\n\n��� 'CI(�ft( �� I\n'��' ��\\! � �-f�'111 �So II\nmukhya-mukhya-lilara artha karilun kathana\n'anuvada' haite smare grantha-vivaraQa\nSYNONYMS\nmukhya-mukhya-li/ara-of\n\nthe\n\nchief\n\npastimes\n\nof\n\nLord\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu; artha-the meaning; kari/un-have done; kathana-describing;\nanuvada haite-by repeating them again; smare-one remembers; granthavivaraQa-the description in the book.\nTRANSLATION\nI have thus described the principal pastimes and their meaning, for by such\nrepetition one can remember the descriptions in the book.\nTEXT 141\n\n�� �� ?tfi� �'lti-'e1ti{\"�<m I\nll'fJ·'I!� ��'�'Itt ifl �fti �'Itt II �8� II\neka eka paricchedera katha-aneka-prakara\nmukhya-mukhya kahilun, katha na yaya vistara\n\n", "ant5#p0341": "The Sik�a�taka Prayers\n\nText 144]\n\n311\n\nSYNONYMS\neka eka paricchedera-of every chapter; katha-description; aneka-prakaradifferent varieties; mukhya-mukhya kahi/un-1 have repeated only the principal\nones; katha-discussions; na yaya-not possible; vistara-expansion.\n\nTRANSLATION\nIn every chapter there are various topics, but I have selected only those that\nare principal, for not all of them could be described again.\nTEXTS 142-143\n\n!ltt-o·'l� '�11�i{t1ft'ti{' I\n!lfl-o-� '!lt1tt�\"''·if'1 II �8� ll\n�ft'f1·� �'f '�t1ttii\\�t'll' I\nl.fl� f?!� It� �i ,,��tt �'!!' II �8-e> II\nsri-radha-saha 'sri-madana-mohana'\nsri-radha-saha 'sri-govinda'-caraf)a\nsri-radha-saha sri/a 'sri-gopinatha'\nei tina thakura haya 'gaucjiyara natha'\n\nSYNONYMS\nsri-radha-saha-with\n\nSrimati\n\nRadharal)i;\n\nsri-madana-mohana-the\n\nDeity\n\nMadana-mohanaji; sri-radha-saha -with Srimati Radharal)i; sri-govinda-caraQathe lotus feet of Sri Govindaji; sri-radha-saha-with Srimati Radharal)i; sri/a srigopinatha-the all-beautiful and opulent Gopinathaji; ei tina-all these three;\nthakura-Deities; haya-are; gauc;liyara natha-worshipable by all the Gau<;liya\nVai�l)avas.\n\nTRANSLATION\nThe Vrndavana Deities of Madana-mohana with Srimati Radharal)i, Govinda\nwith Srimati Radharal)i, and Gopinatha with Srimati Radharal)i are the life and\nsoul of the Gauc;tiya Vai�l)avas.\nTEXTS 144-146\n\n§��-, �� fil�:rt�\"' I\n!l�·<e!Wtfi, !lt��9f\"' II �88 II\n\n", "ant5#p0342": "312\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\ni):!Qi?t, i)¥t, i)�� I\nil1811' il�-t, il�f'l II �8� ll\n�-fllft1f -.fi' �� lf�tf R'l I\n�� ��tt;! Q lfit ittf•t;!·�'l II �8� II\nsri-k[$f)a-caitanya, sri-yuta nityananda\nsri-advaita-acarya, sri-gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nsri-svarapa, sri-rupa, sri-sanatana\nsri-guru sri-raghunatha, sri-jiva-caraf)a\nnija-sire dhari' ei sabara caraf)a\nyaha haite haya saba varichita-paraf)a\nSYNONYMS\nsri-k[$f)a-caitanya-Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sri-yuta nityananda-Lord\nNityananda; sri-advaita-acarya-Sri Advaita Prabhu; sri-gau,ra-bhakta-vrnda-the\ndevotees of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; sri-svarupa-SvarOpa Damodara Gosvami;\nsri rupa-Sri Ropa Gosvami; sri-sanatana-Srila Sanatana Gosvami; sri-guru-the\n-\n\nspiritual master; sri-raghunatha -Raghunatha dasa Gosvami; sri-jiva-caraf)a -the\nlotus feet of Srila jiva Gosvami; nija-sire dhari'-catching on my head; ei sabara\ncaraf)a-the lotus feet of all of them; yaha haite-by which action; haya-there\n\nis; saba-all; varichita-paraf)a-the fulfilling of desires.\nTRANSLATION\n\nSo that my desires may be fulfilled, I place the lotus feet of these personalities on my head: Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, with Lord Nityananda,\nAdvaita Acarya and Their devotees, as well as Sri Svariipa Damodara Gosvami,\nSri Riipa Gosvami, Sri Sanatana Gosvami, Sri Raghunatha dasa Gosvami, who\nis my spiritual master, and Srila Jiva Gosvami.\nPURPORT\nSrila Raghunatha dasa Gosvami was the instructing spiritual master of Kr�f)adasa\nKaviraja Gosvami and has therefore been described as sri-guru.\nTEXT 147\n\nlf�tf R'l·\"t?t1-'@11' tll�t'fJtit' I\n'J!tf �tltl-fit111, t;!ttf �i! �t�t� ll �8't \"\n\n", "ant5#p0343": "Text 148]\n\nThe Sik�a�taka Prayers\n\n313\n\n·\n\nsabara caral)a-krpa-'guru upadhyayi'\nmora val)i-si�ya, tare bahuta nacai\nSYNONYMS\nsabara-of all of them; caral)a-krpa-the mercy of the lotus feet; guru\nupadhyayi-my teacher of Vedic instruction; mora Vii l)i-my words; si�ya-the\ndisciples; tare-them; bahuta nacai-1 made dance in various ways.\nTRANSLATION\nThe mercy of their lotus feet is my spiritual master, and my words are my\ndisciples that I have made dance in various ways.\nPURPORT\nUpadhyayi, or upadhyaya, refers to one who teaches when approached\n(upetya adhiyate asmat). In the Manu-sarhhita it is said:\neka-desarh tu vedasya\nvedaligany api vii punaf)\nyo 'dhyapayati vrtty-artham\nupadhyayaf) sa ucyate\n\"One who teaches others a part of the Vedas or literatures supplementary to the\nVedas may be called upadhyaya.\" Upadhyaya also refers to one who teaches art.\nTEXT 148\n\nfiitt�t1f C!t\"' '�f-t' �111 ilt�il 1ftr.tilfl I\n'��' il1 iltin-1, '�t�' �fit11i 1f� II �8\\r II\nsi�yara srama dekhi' guru nacana rakhila\n'krpa' na nacaya, 'val)i' vasiya rahila\nSYNONYMS\nsi�yara-of the disciples;\n\nsrama-the fatigue;\n\ndekhi'-seeing ;\n\nguru-the\n\nspiritual master; nacana rakhila-stopped causing the dancing; krpa-mercy; na\nnacaya-does not make dance; val)i-the words; vasiya-sitting down; rahilaremain silent.\nTRANSLATION\nSeeing the fatigue of the disciples, the spiritual master has stopped making\nthem dance, and because that mercy no longer makes them dance, my words\nnow sit silently.\n\n", "ant5#p0344": "314\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\nTEXT 149\n\n._��ctl �tit! ._t11t� ilt�tc:! i11 •tt� I\n�� il1�tbf1, i{t�' �ff'l1 �SttJf II �8C>l II\nanipuQa vaQi apane nacite na jane\nyata nacaila, naci' kari/a visrame\nSYNONYMS\nanipuQa\n\nvaQf-inexperienced\n\nwords;\n\napane-by\n\nthemselves;\n\nnacite-to\n\ndance; na-not; jane-know how; yata-whatever; nacai/a-caused to dance;\nnaci'-after dancing; karila visrame-took rest.\nTRANSLATION\nMy inexperienced words do not know how to dance by themselves. The\nmercy of the guru made them dance as much as possible, and now, after\ndancing, they have taken rest.\nTEXT 150\n\n'f� '�t\\!t'$ft'1� �ff t;�lj �\"fi{ I\n�1-'f�tf ��-�·�111-�t·� �tf'1 II ��o II\nsaba srota-gaQera kari caraQil vandana\nyan-sabara caraQa-krpa-subhera karaQa\nSYNONYMS\nsaba-all;\n\nsrota-gaQera-of\n\nthe\n\nreaders;\n\nkari-1\n\ndo;\n\ncaraQa\n\nvandana­\n\nworshiping the lotus feet; yati-sabara-of all of whom; caraQa-krpa-the mercy\nof the lotus feet; subhera karaQa-the cause of all good fortune.\nTRANSLAliON\nI now worship the lotus feet of all my readers, for by the mercy of their lotus\nfeet there is all good fortune.\nTEXT 151\n\n�i!\"�fii!t.'! �t iSf� �t� I\n�11{ t;�'l '1_�1 �f�1 'if$ 11tc� II �<t� II\ncaitanya-caritamrta yei jana sune\ntatira caraQa dhufia karoti mufii pane\n\n", "ant5#p0345": "315\n\nThe Sik��taka Prayers\n\nText 153]\n\nSYNONYMS\ncaitanya-caritamrta-the description of Lord SrT Caitanya's pastimes; ye1 Jana\nsune-anyone who hears;\n\ntanra cara(la-his lotus feet;\n\ndhuna-washing;\n\nkaron-do; muni-1; pane-drinking.\nTRANSlATION\nIf one hears the pastimes of Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as described in\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta, I wash his lotus feet and drink the water.\nTEXT 152\n\nc;i!tti!Hf ?1\\ift�'l_��·11f��·�'l I\n�1f�1 �-'f;l�i! f� ��� C� i!tat II �<t� II\nsrotara pada-reQU karon mastaka-bhtJ�aQa\ntamara e-amrta pile saphala haila srama\nSYNONYMS\nsrotara-of the audience; pada-reQu-the dust of the lotus feet; karon-1\nmake; mastaka-bhU�aQa-a decoration on my head; tamara-all of you; eamrta-this nectar; pile-have drunk; sa-phala-successful; haila-has become;\nsrama-my labor.\nTRANSLATION\nI decorate my head with the dust of the lotus feet of my audience. Now you\nhave all drunk this nectar, and therefore my labor is successful.\n\nTEXT 153\n\n�11i?l-�'i{t�-?lt\\if �mr 'f;{t-f 1\nC�i!tii�Rri!t'i! �t� �·\\if� II �<t� II\nsri-rupa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr�Qadasa\nSYNONYMS\nsri-rupa-SrTia ROpa GosvamT; raghunatha-SrTia Raghunatha dasa GosvamT;\npade-at the lotus feet; yara-whose; a.Sa-expectation; caitanya-caritamrtathe\n\nbook\n\nnamed\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta;\n\nKr��adasa Kaviraja GosvamT.\n\nkahe-describes;\n\nkr�Qadasa-SrTia\n\n", "ant5#p0346": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n316\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTRANSLATION\nPraying at the lotus feet of Sri Rupa and Sri Raghunatha, always desiring\ntheir mercy, I, Kr�r:Jadasa, narrate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, following in their\nfootsteps.\nTEXT 154\n\nmi!�i!t�iM)��i!��f�t=\n��t(��tf.t <!!t'li�t'5ftWt��: I\n\\!Wt(ll(�5f�!';'ll !f'fi!t!';t(\\!J ����\nPrnfi! ��11._�: C��1lt�<f�1f. II �<t8 II\ncaritam amrtam etac chrila-caitanya-Vi$QOf)\nsubhadam asubhanasi sraddhayasvadayed yaf)\ntad-amala-pada-padme bhrrigatam etya so 'yam\nrasayati rasam uccaif) prema-madhvika-puram\n\nSYNONYMS\n\ncaritam-the character; amrtam-nectarean; etat-this; sri/a-most opulent;\ncaitanya-Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; vi$QOf)-of He who is Lord Vi�r:JU Himself,\nthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; subhadam-giving auspiciousness; asubhana.Si-destroying\n\nall\n\ninauspiciousness;\n\nasvadayet-should taste;\n\nsraddhaya-with\n\nyaf)-anyone who;\n\nfaith\n\nand\n\nlove;\n\ntat-amala-pada-padme-at the\n\nspotless lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhrrigatam etyabecoming like a bumblebee; saf)-that person; ayam-this; rasayati-tastes;\nrasam-transcendental mellow; uccaif)-a large quantity; prema-madhvika-of\nthe wine of ecstatic love; puram-fuli\n\n.\n\nTRANSLATION\nCaitanya-caritamrta is filled with the activities of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu,\nwho is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. It invokes all good fortune and destroys everything\n\ninauspicious. If one tastes the nectar of\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta with faith and love, I become like a bumblebee tasting\nthe honey of transcendental love from his lotus feet.\n\nTEXT 155\n\n!i�IJl5f�'$ft�tl'f·C'$ft�\"'r;w�-� I\n'�i!IJt�i!t(!';..i!�l!f!§fJI!·� II ��<t II\n\n", "ant5#p0347": "317\n\nThe Sik�a�faka Prayers\n\nText 156]\n\nsriman-madana-gopalagovindadeva-tu�taye\ncaitanyarpitam astv etac\ncaitanya-caritamrtam\nSYNONYMS\nsrimat-all-beautiful; madana-gopala-of the Deity Madana-mohana; govinda-deva-of the Deity Sri Govindadeva in Vrndavana; tu�taye-for the satisfaction; caitanya-arpitam-offered to Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; astu-let it be;\netat-this book; caitanya-caritamrtam-containing the nectarean activities of\nLord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.\nTRANSLATION\nSince this book, Caitanya-caritamrta, is now complete, having been written\nfor the satisfaction of the most opulent Deities Madana-mohanaji and Govindaji, let it be offered at the lotus feet of Sri Kr��a Caitanyadeva.\nTEXT 156\n\n�f11at'l�tf'l�,�ile_\n<l5f��t�J�tf5fl!·��-,��� I\nfitf11'f�R'Ittvti!fe_\n�:\n\n�11��: �itl�tl! �11_� ll ��� II\n\nparimala-vasita-bhuvanaril\nsvarasonmadita-rasajfia-rolambam\ngiridhara-caral)ambhojaril\nka/:1 khalu rasika/:1 samihate hatum\nSYNONYMS\nparimala-with the scent; vasita-perfumed; bhuvanam-the whole world;\nsva-rasa-unmadita-inspired by their own mellows; rasa-jfia-devotees; ro/ambam-like bumblebees;\nGiridhari;\n\nka/:1-who;\n\ngiridhara-caraQa-ambhojam-the lotus feet of Lord\n\nkha/u-certainly;\n\nrasika/:1-a\n\nrealized\n\nsoul;\n\nsamihate\n\nhatum-endeavors to give up.\nTRANSLATION\nRealized devotees are like bumblebees maddened by their own mellows at\nKr��a's lotus feet. The scent of those lotus feet perfumes the entire world.\nWho is the realized soul that could give them up?\n\n", "ant5#p0348": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n318\n\n[Antya-lila, Ch. 20\n\nTEXT 157\n\n-ttf;� fil�f'U�'If;\"f' '�Jti �\"t�il� I\n,�tf;��f�i!�•�H� t!t�·��� �(i!t� osti!: ����\" n\nsake sindhv-agni-vaf)endau\njyai$the vrndavanantare\nsuryahe 'sita-pancamyam\ngrantho 'yam purf)atam gatai)\nSYNONYMS\nsake-in the Sakabda Era; sindhu-agni-vaf)endau-in 1537; jyai$the-in the\nmonth of JyaiHha (May-June); vrndavana-antare-in the forest of Vrndavana;\nsurya-ahe-on the day of the sun (Sunday); asita-pancamyam-on the fifth day\nof the dark fortnight; granthai)-book; ayam-this (Caitanya-caritamrta); purQatam-completion; gatai) -achieved.\nTRANSLATION\nIn Vrndavana in the year 1537, Sakabda Era, in the month of Jyai�tha [MayJune], on Sunday, the fifth day of the waning moon, this Caitanya-caritamrta\nhas been completed.\nThus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to the Sri Caitanya-caritamrta, Antya-lila,\nTwentieth Chapter, describing the meaning of Sik�a�taka and how the Lord tasted\nit Himself.\n\nEND OF THE ANTYA-LiLA\n\n", "ant5#p0349": "Concluding Words\nToday, Sunday, November 10, 1974-corresponding to the 10th of Karttika,\nCaitanya Era 488, the eleventh day of the dark fortnight, the Rama-ekadasi-we\n\nhave now finished the English translation of Sri Kr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja Gosvami's Sri\nCaitanya-caritamrta in accordance with the authorized order of His Divine Grace\n\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura Gosvami Maharaja, my beloved eternal spiritual\nmaster, guide and friend. Although according to material vision His Divine Grace\nSrila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura Prabhupada passed away from this material world on the last day of December, 1936, I still consider His Divine Grace to\nbe always present with me by his vaQi, his words. There are two ways of association-by vaQi and by vapu. VaQi means words, and vapu means physical\npresence. Physical presence is sometimes appreciable and sometimes not, but\nvaQi continues to exist eternally. Therefore we must take advantage of the vaQi,\n\nnot the physical presence. Bhagavad-gita, for example, is the vaQi of Lord Kr�r:Ja.\nAlthough Kr�r:Ja was personally present five thousand years ago and is no longer\nphysically present from the materialistic point of view, Bhagavad-gita continues.\nIn this connection we may call to memory the time when I was fortunate\n\nenough to meet His Divine Grace Srila Prabhupada, sometime in the year 1922.\nSrila Prabhupada had come to Calcutta from Sridhama Mayapur to start the missionary activities of the Gauc;iiya Matha. He was sitting in a house at Ulta Danga\nwhen\n\nthrough\n\nthe\n\ninducement\n\nof\n\nan\n\nintimate\n\nfriend,\n\nthe\n\nlate\n\nSriman\n\nNarendranatha Mallika, I had the opportunity to meet His Divine Grace for the\nfirst time. I do not remember the actual date of the meeting, but at that time I was\none of the managers of Dr. Bose's laboratory in Calcutta. I was a newly married\nyoung man, addicted to Gandhi's movement and dressed in khadi. Fortunately,\neven at our first meeting, His Divine Grace advised me to preach the cult of Sri\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu in English in the Western countries. Because at that time I\nwas a complete nationalist, a follower of Mahatma Gandhi's, I submitted to His\nDivine Grace that unless our country were freed from foreign subjugation, no one\nwould hear the message of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu seriously. Of course, we\nhad some argument on this subject, but at last I was defeated and convinced that\nSri Caitanya Mahaprabhu's message is the only panacea for suffering humanity. I\nwas also convinced that the message of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was then in the\nhands of a very expert devotee and that surely the message of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu would spread all over the world. I could not, however, immediately\ntake up his instructions to preach, but I took his words very seriously and was always thinking of how to execute his order, although I was quite unfit to do so.\n\n319\n\n", "ant5#p0350": "320\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\nIn this way I passed my life as a householder until1950, when I retired from\n\nfamily life as a vanaprastha. With no companion, I loitered here and there until\n\n1958, when I took sannyasa. Then I was completely ready to discharge the order\n\nof my spiritual master. Previously, in 1936, just before His Divine Grace passed\naway at )agannatha Puri, I wrote him a letter asking what I could do to serve him.\nIn reply, he wrote me a letter, dated13 December19'36, ordering me, in the same\nway, to preach in English the cult of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as I had heard it\nfrom him.\n\nAfter he passed away, I started the fortnightly magazine Back to Godhead\n\nsometime in 1944 and tried to spread the cult of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu\nthrough this magazine. After I took sannyasa, a well-wishing friend suggested that\n\nI write books instead of magazines. Magazines, he said, might be thrown away,\n\nbut books remain perpetually. Then I attempted to write Srimad-Bhagavatam.\n\nBefore that, when I was a householder, I had written on Srimad Bhagavad-gita and\n\nhad completed about eleven hundred pages, but somehow or other the\nmanuscript was stolen. In any case, when I had published Srimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nFirst Canto, in three volumes in India, I thought of going to the U.S.A. By the\nmercy of His Divine Grace, I was able to come to New York on September17,\n\n1965. Since then, I have translated many books, including Srimad-Bhagavatam,\n\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu, Teachings of Lord Caitanya (a summary) and many others.\n\nIn the meantime, I was induced to translate Sri Caitanya-caritamrta and publish\n\nit in an elaborate version. In his leisure time in later life, His Divine Grace Bhakti­\n\nsiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura would simply read Caitanya-caritamrta. It was his\n\nfavorite book. He used to say that there would be a time when foreigners would\n\nlearn the Bengali language to read Caitanya-caritamrta. The work on this transla­\n\ntion began about eighteen months ago. Now, by the grace of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and His Divine Grace Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura, it is\nfinished. In this connection I have to thank my American disciples, especially\nSriman Pradyumna dasa AdhikarT, Sriman Nitai dasa Adhikari, Sriman )ayadvaita\ndasa Brahmacari and many other boys and girls who are sincerely helping me in\nwriting, editing and publishing all these literatures.\nI think that His Divine Grace Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura is always seeing\n\nmy activities and guiding me within my heart by his words. As it is said in SrimadBhagavatam, tene brahma hrda ya adi-kavaye. Spiritual inspiration comes from\n\nwithin the heart, wherein the Supreme Personality of Godhead, in His Paramatma\nfeature, is always sitting with all His devotees and associates. It is to be admitted\nthat whatever translation work I have done is through the inspiration of my\nspiritual master because personally I am most insignificant and incompetent to do\nthis materially impossible work. I do not think myself a very learned scholar, but I\nhave full faith in the service of my spiritual master, His Divine Grace Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura. If there is any credit to my activities of translating, it\nis all due to His Divine Grace. Certainly if His Divine Grace were physically present\n\n", "ant5#p0351": "Concluding Words\n\n321\n\nat this time, it would have been a great occasion for jubilation, but even though\nhe is not physically present, I am confident that he is very pleased by this work of\ntranslation. He was very fond of seeing many books published to spread the Kr��a\nconsciousness movement. Therefore our society, the International Society for\nKrishna Consciousness, has formed to execute the order of Sri Caitanya\nMahaprabhu and His Divine Grace Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura.\nIt is my wish that devotees of Lord Caitanya all over the world enjoy this\ntranslation, and I am glad to express my gratitude to the learned men in the\nWestern countries who are so pleased with my work that they are ordering in advance all my books that will be published in the future. On this occasion,\ntherefore, I request my disciples who are determined to help me in this work to\ncontinue their cooperation fully, so that philosophers, scholars, religionists and\npeople in general all over the world will benefit by reading our transcendental\n\nliteratures such as Srimad-Bhagavatam and Sri Caitanya-caritamrta.\nThus end\n\nthe\n\nBhaktivedanta purports\n\nto Sri Caitanya-caritamrta,\n\ndated\n\nNovember 10, 1974, at the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, Hare Kr�f'.la Land, )uhu,\nBombay.\n\n", "ant5#p0352": "References\nThe statements of Sri Caitanya-caritamrta are all confirmed by standard Vedic\nauthorities. The following authentic scriptures are quot�d in this book on the\npages listed. Numerals in bold type refer the reader to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\ntranslations. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\n\nAditya Puraf)a, 273\nAmrta-pravaha-bha?ya (Bhaktivinoda Thakura), 1, 119,179,243\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (ROpa Gosvami), 232\nCaitanya-bhagavata (Vrndavana dasa Thakura), 287\nCaitanya-caritamrta (Kr��adasa Kaviraja), 247,248\nGarur;fa Purana, 18\nGaurariga-stava-kalpayrk?a (Raghunatha dasa), 43-44,216-217\nGovinda-/ilamrta (Kr��adasa Kaviraja), 58,223-224\nHari-bhakti-vilasa (Sanatana Gosvami), 12\nLalita-madhava (ROpa Gosvami), 195\nMahabharata, 15,16,48,107\nManu-sarilhita, 313\n\nNrsirilha Puraf)a, 28-29\nPadma Puraf)a, 17,18,273\nSkanda Puraf)a, 48\nSrimad-Bhagavatam, 13, 17, 57,107,130,201,233-237,237-240,247-248,320\nTattva-sagara, 18\n\n323\n\n", "ant5#p0353": "Glossary\nA\nAcarya -a spiritual master who teaches by his own example.\nAcintya-bhedabheda-tattva-Lord Caitanya's \"simultaneously one and different\" doctrine,\nwhich establishes the inconceivable simultaneous existence of the Absolute Truth as\nboth personal and impersonal.\nArati\n\n-\n\nceremony of worshiping the Lord by the offering of various auspicious articles such as\n\nincense, flowers, water, fans, ghee lamps, foodstuff, etc.\nArdha-bahya-half-external consciousness.\nAvai$Qava-a nondevotee.\nAvatara-(lit., one who descends) an incarnation of the Lord who descends from the spiritual\nsky to the material universe with a particular mission described in scriptures.\n\n8\nBhagavan-(bhaga-opulence; van-possessing) the possessor of all opulences, which are\ngenerally six-wealth, strength, fame, beauty, knowledge and renunciation; an epithet\nof the Supreme Person.\nBrahman-(1) the infinitesimal spiritual soul; (2) the all-pervading impersonal aspect of\nKr�r;�a; (3) the Supreme Personality of Godhead; (4) the total material substance.\nBrahmaQa-the intelligent class of men, according to the system of social and spiritual orders.\nBramajyoti-(brahma-spiritual; jyoti-light) the impersonal effulgence emanating from the\nbody of Kr�r;�a.\n\nc\nCakravaki-the female counterpart of the cakra bird. When the male cakra bird and the\nfemale cakravaki bird are separated they make mournful sounds during the night.\nCaQc;la/as\n\n-\n\ndog-eaters; the lowest class of human beings.\n\nD\nDama -self -control.\nDamodara-Wama-rope; udara-belly or waist) a name of Kr�r;�a given to him when he was\nbound around the waist with a rope by mother Yasoda.\nDharma-that which is the natural established order of things or that which is the natural established function of the living being.\n\nG\nGauracandra-(gaura-golden;\n\ncandra-moon) a name of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu\n\ndenoting his appearance to be like that of a golden moon.\n\n325\n\n", "ant5#p0354": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n326\n\nGopis-pure devotees of Kr�rya who were related to Him as cowherd girl friends in the mood\nof conjugal love.\nGovinda-the name of Kr�r:Ja which means \"He who pleases the senses and the cows.\"\n\nJ\n}tiani-one who is engaged in the cultivation of knowledge (especially by philosophical\nspeculation). Upon attaining perfection, a jtiani surrenders to Kr�r:Ja.\n\nK\nKha<;li-cotton cloth.\nKr�Qa-katha-narrations spoken by or about Kr�r:Ja.\nK�atriya-the administrative or protective occupation according to the system of four social\nand spiritual orders.\nKunkuma-a sweetly-flavored reddish powder which is thrown on the bodies of worshipable\npersons.\n\nM\nMadana-mohana-the name of Kr�r:Ja which means \"He who charms Cupid.\"\nMadhava-a name of Kr�r:Ja comparing him to the sweetness of springtime or the sweetness\nof honey.\nMadhupati-name of Kr�r:Ja in Dvaraka.\nMaha-bhagavata-a devotee in the highest stage of devotional life.\nMaha-mantra-the great chanting for deliverance: Hare Kr�r:Ja, Hare Kr�r:Ja, Kr�r:Ja Kr�r:Ja, Hare\nHare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare.\nMaha-prasada-See: prasada.\nMantra-(manas-mind; t(-to deliver) a pure sound vibration to deliver the mind from its\nmaterial inclinations.\nMaya-(ma-not; ya-this) illusion; an energy of Kr�r:Ja's which deludes the living entity into\nforgetfulness of the Supreme Lord.\nMlecchas-class of men outside the four social and spiritual divisions of Vedic society whose\nstandards of morality, religion, ways of living etc. are abominable.\nMukunda-the name of Kr�r:Ja which means \"the giver of liberation.\"\n\nN\nNarayarya-the four-handed expansion of the Supreme Lord Kr�r:Ja.\n\np\nPaQqita-a learned scholar.\nParamatma-the Supersoul, the localized aspect of the Supreme Lord within the heart of all\nliving entities.\n\n", "ant5#p0355": "Glossary\n\n327\n\nPika-the Indian cuckoo bird.\nPrakrti-material nature (lit., that which is predominated) There are two prakrtis-aparaprakrti, the material nature, and para-prakrti, the spiritual nature (living entities)­\n\nwhich are both predominated over by the Supreme Lord.\nPrasada-(iit., mercy) food offered to Kr�rya, which becomes spiritual when offered and\nwhich\nPrasada-Oit., mercy) food offered to Kr�rya, which becomes spiritual when offered and\n\nwhich can purify the living entity.\n\ns\nSac-cid-ananda-vigraha -(sat-eternal existence; cit-knowledge; ananda -bliss; vigraha­\n\nform) the eternal form of the Supreme Lord, which is full of bliss and knowledge; or,\nthe eternal transcendental form of the living entity.\nSama-control of one's senses.\nSarikirtana-yajna-the sacrifice prescribed for the age of Kali; that is, congregational chanting\nof the name, fame and pastimes of the Supreme Lord.\n\nSastra-revealed scripture.\nSatya-truthfulness.\n\nSirhha-dvara-the lion gate outside the Jagannatha temple in Puri.\nSrivatsa-white hair on the chest of Lord Vi�ryu representing the goddess of fortune Lak�mi.\nSuka-parrot.\nSukrti-pious activities performed by the mercy of Kr�rya.\n\nu\nUpadhyaya-a teacher who makes a living teaching Sanskrit grammar.\nUttamasloka-the name of Kr�rya which means \"one who is praised by chosen words and\nverses.\"\n\nv\nVaikurythas- (lit., without anxiety) the eternal planets of the spiritual sky.\nVai�l)ava-a devotee of the Supreme Lord Vi�ryu, or Kr�rya.\nVaisya-the class of men involved in business and farming, according to the system of four\nsocial and spiritual orders.\nVali-name of a monkey who was the son of lndra, the king of heaven, and elder brother of\nSugriva, the monkey king in the epic Ramayarya.\nVaQi-the words of the spiritual master, which exist eternally.\nVapu-the physical presence of the spiritual master.\nVrajendra-Nanda Maharaja, the foster father of Lord Kr�rya.\nVrndavana-the site of Kr�rya's transcendental village pastimes, exhibited when He was\npresent on earth about five thousand years ago.\n\n", "ant5#p0356": "328\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nV yasa-pOja-worship of the appearance day of the bona fide spiritual master, who represents V yasa, the compiler of Vedic literature.\n\ny\nYadupati-the name of Kr�r:Ja which means \"King of the Yadu dynasty.\"\nYavanas-a class of untouchable men who are outside of the four spiritual and social divi­\n\nsions of Vedic society. A term usually referring to the Mohammedans.\nYog a m aya -the internal potency of the Lord, which hides Him from nondevotees.\n-\n\n", "ant5#p0357": "Bengali Pronunciation Guide\nBENGALI DIACRITICAL EQUIVALENTS AND PRONUNCIATION\n\nVowels\n\nlf.qa\n\n�a\n\n.i\n\ntr �u ta\n\n'r\n\n<.fle\n\n�ai 'eo\n\n' ril (anusvtira)\n\n•\n\nn ( candra-bindu)\n\n�r\n\n�au\n: p (visarga)\n\nConsonants\nGutterals:\n\n� ka\n\n-t kha\n\n'f ga\n\n'1 gha\n\n'! na\n\nPalatals:\n\n� ca\n\nJicha\n� tha\nQf tha\n.pha\n1f ra\n��a\n\n\\!IP ja\n\n�jha\nJ <;lha\n� dha\n.bha\nC( va\n'ha\n\n$ iia\n\nCerebrals:\nDentals:\nLabials:\nSemivowels:\nSibilants:\n\ntta\n� ta\n9f' pa\n�ya\nalf sa\n\nl5 <;Ia\nW da\nC( ba\n\ni'(Ia\n�sa\n\ntf Qa\ni{ na\n1f rna\n\nVowel Symbols\n\nThe vowels are written as follows after a consonant:\n\nfi �� .... u\n\n'e �ai '1 '\\au\nFor example: -.1 ka\n�ki � ki 'ku � ku 9 kr\nf kf �ke �kai �ko �)'kau\n\nta\n\n._11\n\ntr\n\n<r\n\n329\n\n0\n\n", "ant5#p0358": "330\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\nThe letter a is implied after a consonant with no vowel symbol.\nThe symbol viriima (\"') indicates that there is no final vowel.\n\n�k\n\nThe letters above should be pronounced as follows:\na -like the o in hot; sometimes like the o in go;\nfinal a is usually silent.\na -like the a in far.\ni, T -like the ee in meet.\nu, ii -like the u in rule.\nr -like the ri in rim.\nr -like the ree in reed.\ne -like the ai in pain; rarely like e in bet.\nai -like the oi in boil.\no -like the o in go.\nau -like the ow in owl.\nm -(anusviira) like the ng in song.\n!). -(visarga) a final h sound like in Ah.\nn- (candra-bindu) a nasal n sound.\nlike in the French word bon.\nk -like the k in kite.\nkh -like the kh in Eckhart.\ng -like the g in got.\ngh -like the gh in big-house.\nn -like the n in bank.\nc -like the ch in chalk.\nch -like the chh in much-haste.\nj -like thej in joy.\njh -like the geh in college-hall.\nit -like the n in bunch.\nS -like the t in talk.\nth -like the th in hot-house.\n\nq -like the d in dawn.\nqh -like the dh in gocxl-house.\nI] -like the n in gnaw.\nt-as in talk but with the tongue against th\nthe teeth.\nth-as in hot-house but with the tongue agains\nthe teeth.\nd-as in dawn but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\ndh-as in gocxl-house but with the tongue\nagainst the teeth.\nn-as in nor but with the tongue against the\nteeth.\np -like the p in pine.\nph -like the ph in philosopher.\nb -like the b in bird.\nbh -like the bh in rub-hard.\nm -like them in mother.\ny -like thej injaw.lf\ny -like they inyear. �\nr -like the r in run.\n!-like the I in law.\nv -like the b in bird or like the w in dwarf.\ns, � -like the sh in shop.\ns -like the s in sun.\nh-like the h in home.\n\nThis is a general guide to Bengali pronunciation. The Bengali transliterations in this\nbook accurately show the original Bengali spelling of the text. One should note, however,\nthat in Bengali, as in English, spelling is not always a true indication of how a word is pronounced. Tape recordings of His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada\nchanting the original Bengali verses are available from the International Society for\nKrishna Consciousness, 3764 Watseka Ave., Los Angeles, California 90034.\n\n", "ant5#p0359": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nThis index constitutes a complete alphabetical listing of the first and third line of each four-line\n\nverse and both lines of each two-line verse in Sri Caitanya-caritamrta. In the first column the trans­\n\nliteration is given, and in the second and third columns respectively the chapter-verse references\nand page number for each verse are to be found.\n\nalaukika km1a-lr/a, divya-sakti tara\n\nA\n\na/aukika prabhura 'Ce$til, 'pra/iipa' suniya\nama inha laiiii ailii baliitkiira kari'\n\nilcambite sphure km�era mathuragamana\nilcambite sunena prabhu kr$Qa-vel)u-gana\naciiryiidi bhakta-gaQe milila prasada diya\nacarya-gosaiii prabhure sandesa kahila\niicaryera thiiiii giyii iijiia magi/a\n\n19.32\n17.10\n19.16\n19.17\n19.17\n\n193\n83\n186\n186\n186\n\n17.17\n86\n16.123 60\nadbhuta-dayalu caitanya-adbhuta-vadanya! 17.68\n114\nadbhuta nigiic,fha premera madhurya-mahima 17.67\n114\nsaiicariya sei bale,\nadhariimrta nija-svare,\n16.127 63\nacetana pac,fiyiichena, -yena ku$maQc,fa\n\nachuka niirira kiiya,\n\nadharera ei riti,\n\nkahite vasiye\n\nara suna kunili,\n\nadharera guQa saba ihate saiicarila\niigama-siistrera vidhi-vidhane kusa/a\nage dekhi' hasi' kr$Qa antardhana\nage piiilii krwe, tiilire punab har!liiii\naha bata sva-paco 'to gariyan\n'aha suna, gopi-gaQa,\n\nbale pino tamara\n\naha vidhiitas tava na kvacid daya\naiche dayiilu diitii lake niihi suni anya\naiche mahiiprabhura /ilii-nahi ora-para\naiche sloka kare, -lokera camatkara mana\naiche vicitra kric,lii kari',\n\nlire aila\n\naik$ava, karpiira, mariea, elaica, lavanga,\naisa Wmi mora sange, karana darasana'\naitota haite samudra dekhena acambite\najna. deha', -brahmaQa-ghare anna lana diye\nilkaQtha-vapu jale paise,\n\nmukha-matra jale\n\nakasa-ananta, tiile yaiche pak$i-gaQa\nakase kahena prabhu, sakase kahena\n'akrtiirthan' kene karis diira?\n'akriira kare tamara dog\n\namaya kene\n\nalak$ite yai' sindhu-jale jhiilipa dila\nalaukika asviide sabara vismita haifa\na/aukika-gandha-svada, anya-vismaraQa\nalaukika giic,fha-prema-ce$til haya jiiana\n\n16.130 65\n16.112 54\n19.25 190\n19.86 221\n19.87 221\n\namanina manadena\namara dharma-bhaya kari',\n\nrahi' yadi\n\namara durdaiva, -name nahi anuraga!!\"\namara name pada-padma dhariha tanhara\namiira sarira kil$tha-putali-samana\nami-ati-k$Udra jiva , pak$i ranga-tuni\n'ami-bac,fa ojha jani bhiita chac,faite'\namiha bujhite niiri tarajara artha'\n\"iimi-k[$Qa-pada-diisi,\n\ntenho-rasa-\n\n'ami likhi', -eha mithya kari anumiina\nami-nica-jiiti, amara nahi kr$Qa-bhakti\n\"ami-nica-jati, tumi, -atithi sarvottama\nami-nica-jiili, tumi-susajjana riiya\"\namra bheta diyii tiilira caraQa vandilii\n\n16.27\n14\n16.125 61\n19.45 201\n17.68 114\n20.80 284\n\namra-phala /aiiii tenho gela tanra sthana\n\n16.75\n38\n18.100 166\n16.108 53\n41\n16.82\n18.26 130\n\naneka 'sukrte' iha haiiache sampriipti\n\n16.19\n18.92\n20.79\n18.79\n19.47\n\n9\n160\n283\n153\n202\n\n19.49 203\n18.28 131\n16.107 52\n16.113 55\n17.66 113\n\n331\n\nanandiimbudhi-vardhanaril prati-padaril\naneka kari/a yatna, nii haya cetana\naneka-k$aQe mahaprabhu piiila cetana\naneka-/okera v!liicha -aneka-prakara\n\nani' karaya tamara dasi,\n\nsuni' /aka kare\n\nanipuQa viiQi apane nacite na jane\nani$tii-sankii vina kara mane nahi ana\n\"ani$tii-sankini bandhu-hrdayani bhavanti\nantaranga bhakta laya kari' kana chala\n'antar-dasa', 'bahya-dasa', 'ardha-bahya'\nantar-dasiira kichu ghora, kichu bahya-jiiana\n'antardhana ha-ifa prabhu', -ni5caya karila\nantarviiQibhir apy asya\nanthi-co$a sei patuyii-kholiite bhariya\nanudghatya dviira-trayam uru ca bhitti'anuvada' haite smare grantha-vivaraQa\n'anuvada' kaile pili lilara 'ilsvada'\nanya aiche haya, iimaya nahi aiche\n\n19.103 231\n19.106 232\n17.27\n90\n20.21 253\n16.127 63\n20.19 252\n19.6\n182\n20.92\n20.90\n18.61\n19.28\n20.48\n\n289\n289\n145\n191\n266\n\n20.92\n16.29\n16.18\n16.23\n16.15\n\n289\n15\n9\n11\n8\n\n16.14\n20.12\n17.19\n17.20\n20.17\n\n7\n249\n87\n87\n252\n\n16.114 55\n16.128 63\n20.149 314\n18.39 136\n18.40 136\n16.44\n18.77\n18.78\n18.38\n19.105\n\n25\n152\n152\n135\n232\n\n16.36\n21\n17.72 116\n20.140 310\n20.102 293\n15\n16.29\n\n", "ant5#p0360": "332\n\nSri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\nanya-katha, anya-mana, bahire anya\nanya udyane kiba unmade padila?\nanyera durlabha prasada tanhare kari/a\napanara hasi lagi', naha narira vadhaapanara karma-dog tore kiba kari\n\n17.37\n96\n18.35 134\n16.49\n27\n16.133 66\n19.50 204\n\nbada matsya bali' ami uthailun yatane\nbahir-dvare ache kalidasa pratyasa\nbahire ja(iima, antare ilnanda-vihvala\n\n18.48\n16.55\n17.17\n\napanare kare sarilsari jiva-abhimana\napana sodhite tara chonye eka 'kat:�a'\napana vina anya madhurya karaya\napane nacaye,-tine nace eka-thani\napani asvadi' prabhu dekhaila sima\n\n20.31\n18.23\n16.111\n18.18\n17.67\n\n259\n129\n54\n127\n114\n\nbilhire ucchi$la-garte pheli!ila\nbahir nrsimho hrdaye nrsimho\nbahirvase soyaila valuka cha(iana\nbahu-janma puQya kare, tabe 'sukrti'\nbahu-mulya prasada sei vastu sarvottama\n\n16.36\n16.53\n18.73\n16.131\n16.91\n\naparicita satrura mitra, rakhe utpala-e ba(la\nara dina kahena prabhu,-'pa(ia, puridasa'\nara eka haya,-tenho ati-krpa kare\narambhila jala-keli, anyo'nye jala\nara saba govindera Mca/e bandhila\n\n18.98\n16.73\n20.98\n18.85\n16.92\n\n164\n37\n291\n156\n46\n\nbahu sammana kaila kalidasere dekhiya\nbahya-krtya karena, preme garagara\nbaisa 'pahaca'-pache upara dak$iQabaisa 'pahaca'-ta/e ache eka nimna\n'bau/a' hana ami kailun dharma-na5a\n\n16.16\n16.103\n16.50\n16.41\n19.9\n\n'ardha-bahye' iti-uti karena darasane\n'ardha-bahye' kahena prabhu pralapa-vacane\nardha-ratri got'liiila kr$t:Ja-katha-range\nardra kaupina dura kari' SU$ka parana\nare vidhi akaruQa, dekhana krwanana,\n\n18.76\n18.79\n17.4\n18.73\n19.48\n\n151\n153\n80\n150\n203\n\nbaulake kahiha,-hate na vikaya caula\nbaulake kahiha, -iha kahiyache baula\"\nbau/ake kahiha,-kaya nahika aula\nbaulake kahiha,-loka ha-ila baula\nbhagavatera sloka pa(ie madhura kariya\n\n19.20\n19.21\n19.21\n19.20\n17.30\n\nare vidhi, tui ba(la-i nithura\na51i$ya va padaratam pin�tu mam\na5okera tale kr$ne dekhena acambite\n�tadasa paricchede-samudre patana\n�tame-ramacandra-purira agamana\n\n19.47\n20.47\n19.85\n20.134\n20.115\n\n202\n266\n221\n307\n299\n\nbhagavatera 5/okera artha karite\nbhagya-vase kabhu paya, abhagye kabhu\nbhak$aQera krama kari', dhariyache\nbhak$yera paripall dekhi', kr$t:Ja haila\nbhakta-bhava angikare taha asvadite\n\n17.32\n17.45\n18.103\n18.107\n18.17\n\nasthi-sandhi chac;Je, haya ati dirghakara\"\nasthi-sandhi chutile carma kare na(ia-ba(ie\nasthi-sandhi-tyage, anubhavera udgama\nasvada dure rahu, yara gandhe mana mate\nasvada dure rahu, yara gandhe mate mana\n\n18.69 148\n18.53 142\n20.124 303\n45\n16.90\n16.111 54\n\nbhakta-bhukta-avaseg -tina maha-bala\nbhakta-gaQa lana vicara kaila ara dine\nbhakta-gaQa prabhu-sange rahe cari-mase\nbhakta-gaQa-sange sada prema-vihvale\nbhakta-pada-dholi ara bhakta-pada-jala\n\n16.60\n19.66\n16.77\n16.3\n16.60\n\nasvada kariya dekha,-sabara pratita\nasvadite preme matta ha-ila sabara mana\nasvadyasvadayan bhaktan\nataeva sei-saba lila na pari vart:�ibare\n\"atabpara ara na kariha punar-bara\n\n16.110 54\n16.115 56\n1\n16.1\n20.75 282\n16.47\n26\n\nbhakta-premara yata dasa, ye gati prakara\n'bhakta-Se$a' haila 'maha-mahabhakta-vatsalya yahan dekhaila\nbhaktera prema-vikara dekhi' kr$nera\nbhakte sikhaite yei sik$a$taka kahila\n\n18.16 126\n31\n16.59\n20.119 301\n18.15 126\n20.139 310\n\nati-bahulya-bhaye grantha na kailun\nati-dainye punab mage dasya-bhakti-dana\nati-dirgha sithi/a tanu-carma natkaya\natisayokti, virodhabhasa, dui a/ankara\n\n18.11\n20.31\n18.72\n18.99\n\nbhava jani' pa(ie raya goplra vacana\nbhavanurupa gita gaya svarupa\nbhojana karile patra phelana yaya\nbhOme padi' kabhu murccha, kabhu g�di'\n\n16.139 69\n17.5\n81\n16.12\n6\n18.7\n122\n\nautsukyera praviQye, jiti' anya bhavaayi nanda-tanuja kinkararil\nayogya hana taha keha sada pana kare\nayogyera deoyaya kr$t:�adharamrta-phala\n\n17.58 109\n20.32 259\n16.137 68\n16.138 68\n\nbhomete pa(iila prabhu murcchita hana\nbhumite padi' ache prabhu dirgha saba\nbhOnimali-jati, 'vai$Qava'-'jha(iu' tanra\nbhunkte svayaril yad ava5i$ta-rasaril\n\n19.87 221\n18.71 149\n7\n16.14\n16.140 69\n\n124\n259\n150\n165\n\n8\n\n32\n212\n39\n2\n32\n\n", "ant5#p0361": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nbhOta nahe-tenho kwra-caitanya-bhavagan 18.64\nbhuta-preta amara nil /age 'nrsirilha'bhOta-preta-ji'lilne tamara haila\nbrahmadi deva yara nahi paya sima\n\n18.57\n18.66\n16.76\n\n146\n143\n147\n38\n\n16.97\n16.10\n20.77\n\n48\n5\n282\n\n333\n\nD\ndadhad bhi!lau sasvad vadana-vidhudainyodvega-arti utkarytha, sanlo$a\ndambha kari bali' srota, nil kariha rD$a\n\nbrahmadi-durlabha ei nindaye 'amrta'\nbrahmarya-vai$(lava yata-chota, bar;la\nbuddhi-pravesa nahi tate, na pari\n\ndamodara-paryr;lita kaila prabhure vakyadamodara-svarupa-thani tanre samarpila\ndarsana-matre manu$yera paise sei kaya\n'dilsa' kari' vetana more deha prema-\n\nc\n\nda5ame-kahiluti bhakta-da!la-asvadana\ndeha jiye tanha vine,\n\ncahiye ber;laite aiche ratri-se$a haila\ncaitanya-caritamrta,\n\namrta haite\n\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$ryadasa\n\n18.38 135\n16.151 76\n17.73 117\n\ndhik ei jivane,\n\ndeha-tyage haite tanra karila\ndekhena-eka jaliya <lise kandhe jala\ndekhena,-jagannatha haya murali-vadana\n\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe krwadasa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$(ladasa\ncaitanya-caritamrta kahe kr$ryadasa\ncaitanya-cari tamrta-nitya-nutana\ncaitanya-caritamrta yei jana sune\ncaitanya-caritra-varryana kailuti samapana\ncaitanya-lilamrta-sindhu-dugdhabdhi\ncaitanya-/ilaya tetiho hayena 'ildi-vyilsa'\ncaitanya-marigale iha /ikhiyache sthanecaitanya-mangale tenho /ikhiyache\ncaitanya-prabhura ei krpara mahima\ncaitanyarpitam astv etac\ncakravaka-maryr;Jala,\n\nprthak prthak\n\ncanda dharite cahe, yena hai'la 'vamana'\ncandra-kantye uchalita tarariga ujjvala\ncaritam amrtam etac chrila-caitanyacataka-parvata dekhi' prabhura dhavana\ncataka-parvate ge/a, kiba kO(larkete?'\n\n18.121 177\n19.112 241\n20.153 315\n\ndekhi' ami pralapa kailun-hena laya\n\n19.111\n20.151\n20.78\n20.88\n20.82\n\ndekhi,-go$the veryu bajaya vrajendra-\n\n241\n314\n283\n288\n285\n\n20.87 287\n20.85 286\n16.76\n38\n20.155 317\n18.95 162\n18.19 127\n18.27 131\n20.154 316\n20.125 303\n18.36 135\n\n20.123 303\n20.108 296\ncetana ha-i/e hasta-pada bahire ai/a\n17.21\n88\nceto-darparya-marjanaril bhava-mahadavagni- 20.12\n249\nchar;la' kf$(la-katha adhanya,\n17.55 107\nkaha naya-\n\ndekhi' anandita hail!! gaura bhagavan\n\"dekhi ei upaye,\n\nkr$rya-asa char;li'\n\ndekhi,-jala-krir;la karena vrajendradekhi,-kr$(la rasa karena gopigarya-sane\ndeuti jvaliya karena prabhura\ndhana, jana nahi magon, kavita\ndhanyasyayaril nava/:1 prema\ndipa jvali' ghare gela, dekhi' prabhura\ndrutaril gaccha dra$turi1 priyam iti taddui-prakare sahi$(lUia kare vrk$a-sama\ndui s/okera artha k�re pralapa kariyii\ndura kaile nahi char;le prabhura sri-angadura patha uthana ghare anana na\ndvadasa vatsara aiche dasa-ratri-dine\ndvadasa vatsare ye ye lila k$a(le-k$a(le\ndvadase-jagadanandera taila-bhai'ljana\n\ncaturthe-sri-sanatanera dvitiya-milana\n\ndvara cahi\" bu/i' sighra bahira ha-ite\n\nmora vasa tanu-\n\nchaya rtu-garya yahan vasanta pradhana\ncirayu-parvata-dike kata-jana gela\n\n20.50\n19.83\n18.41\n\n267\n220\n137\n\ndvara nilhi' pai'la mukha /age cari-bhite\ndviliye-chota-haridase karai/a sik$a(la\n\ncitta-suddhi, sarva-bhakti-sadhana-udgama\nC0$ile C0$ile haya premete ullasa\n\n20.13\n16.35\n16.37\n\n249\n21\n22\n\n18.44 138\n16.85\n42\n18.118 175\n19.83 220\n17.55 107\n17.23\n88\n18.80 153\n18.117 175\n17.14\n85\n20.30 258\n19.105 232\n95\n19.61 210\n43\n16.87\n20.22 254\n\n16.120 59\n17.18\n86\n18.72 150\n20.69 279\n18.11 124\n20.120 301\n19.63 211\n19.64 211\n20.105 295\n\nE\nebe amaya kari' rog\n\nkahi' pati-tyage\n\nebe antya-/1/a-garyera kari anuvada\nCU$i' CU$i' CO$a anthi phe/i/a\n\n18.51 141\n20.37 261\n20.117 300\n19.43 200\n20.108 296\n\nhiine kataksa- 17.36\n\ndharma char;laya veryu-dvare,\n\ncaturdase-divyonmada-arambha\n\nchar;li' anya nari-garya,\n\n19.76 216\n20.5\n245\n20.100 292\n20.106 295\n20.113 298\n\nebe bhaya gela, tamara mana haila sthire\neho vrajendra-nandana,\n\nvrajera kona\n\nei anusare habe tara asvadana\n\n17.36\n95\n20.120 293\n18.67 147\n16.142 70\n20.76 282\n\n", "ant5#p0362": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n334\n\nei aparildha tumi nil la-iha ilmilra\nei bhOta nrsimha-nilme cilpaye dvigw:re\nei buddhye mahilprabhura premilve5a haifa\nei cilri-lilil-bhede,\n\ngaila ei paricchede,\n\n'ei dravye eta svilda kahan haite !lila?\n\n19.10 183\n18.58 144\n16.95\n47\n19.101 230\n16.94\n46\n\nei trijagat bhari',\n\nilche yata yogyil\nsthilvara 'puru$a-jilti',\n\nei vel)u ayogya ali,\n\nei vel)u kai/a janmilntare?\ne i vrajera ramal)i,\n\nkilmilrka-tapta-\n\neka anjali, dui anjali, tina anjali pi/a\nei dr$tilnte jiiniha prabhura lilara vistiira\nei ihilra mana/:1-kathil-kari anumilna\"\nei jaliyil jille kari' tomii uthilila\n\"ei krwera virahe,\n\nudvege mana sthira\n\nei lila mahilprabhura raghuniltha-dilsa\n\n20.91\n16.72\n18.113\n17.52\n19.75\n\n289\n37\n173\n105\n216\n\n16.86\n17.71\n19.99\n19.53\n20.26\n\n43\n115\n228\n206\n256\n\n20.63\n18.26\n19.102\n17.63\n16.3\n\n276\n130\n230\n112\n2\n\n17.3\n19.77\n20.3\n18.9\n18.24\n\n80\n217\n244\n123\n129\n\neka-bilra yilra nayane /age,\neka-bilra yei 5une,\n\nsada tara\n\nvyilpi rahe' tara kilQe,\n\nekada5e-haridilsa-thakurera niryaQa\neka-dina prabhu gela jaganniltha-dara5ane\neka-dina prabhu svarOpa-rilmilnanda-satige\n\nei lila nija-granthe raghuniltha-dasa\nei lila sva-granthe raghuniitha-dilsa\nei-mata gaurahari,\nei-mata gaura-rilya,\n\ngandhe kaila mana curi,\nvi$ilde kare haya\n\nei-mata hanii yei k[$Qa-niima lay a\n\neka-dina prabhu tili'Jhil pilda prak$alite\neka-dinera lililra tabu nilhi pilya anta\neka-dinera lililra tabu nilhi pilya 5e$a\neka-dine yata haya bhavera vikara\neka eka paricchedera kathil-aneka-prakilra\n\nei-mata mahiiprabhu bhiiviivi$!a hanil\nei-mata mahilprabhu bhramite bhramite\nei-mata mahilprabhu p!inii cetana\nei-mata mahaprabhu prati-riltri-dine\nei-mata mahilprabhu rahena nililca/e\n\neka-kille vaisilkhera paurl)am!isi-dine\neka amra nilna\n\neka n!irikela niln!i-j!iti,\n\neka nrsimha-murti ilchena uthite vilmaekil ratrye buli' matsya milriye nirjane\neka-sakhi sakhi-gaQe dekhilya sei range\n\nei-mata mahilprabhu riitri-divase\nei-mata mahiiprabhu riltri-divase\nei-mata mahiiprabhu vaise nililcale\nei-mata rilsa-lilaya haya yata 5/oka\nei-mata rilsera 5/oka-saka/a-i pac;li/a\n\neka vanchil haya, -yadi krpa kari' kara\nekeka-hasta-pada tara, tina tina hilta\neke prema, are bhaya,- dvigul)a asthira\ne-saba-tomiira kutinati,\n\nchac;/a ei\n\neta bali' jagamohana gela dhari' tara hilta\nei-mata tiii'Jra ucchi$!a khaya /ukanil\nei-mata vilapite ardha-riitri gela\nei-mata yata vai$Qava vaise gauc;la-de5e\nei-mate mahiiprabhu k[$Qa·prem!ive5e\nei-mate mahiiprabhu niliicale vaise\n\n16.13\n19.55\n16.38\n19.3\n18.3\n\n7\n207\n22\n180\n121\n\neta bali' prabhu ta-sabare vidilya di/a\neta bali' sabe phire prabhure cahiya\neta bhilva eka-thilni kari/a udaya\neta bhilve r!idh!ira mana asthira ha-ilil\netadr5i tava krpa bhagavan mamilpi\n\nei-mate niinii-bhilve ardha-r!itri haifa\nei nivedana tilrlra caral)e iimilra\nei prema sad!l j!ige yahilra antare\nei rildhilra vacana,\n\nvi5uddha-preme-\n\nei 5abdamrta c!lri,\n\nyara haya bhilgya\n\n17.8\n19.19\n19.104\n20.61\n17.48\n\n82\n187\n231\n275\n102\n\neta kahi' gaura-prabhu bhilvilVi$!a han!!\neta kahi' krodhiive5e,\n\nbhavera taratige\n\ne-ta nari rahu dOre,\n\nvrk$a saba tara tire,\n\neta 5uni' jagadiinanda hilsite lagilil\neta 5uni' svaropa-gosani saba tattva jani'\n\nei 5/oka kari' teriho karilii prakasa\nei 5/oka 5uni' prabhu bhav!JVi$ta\nei ta' kahiluri 'kOrmak[li'-anubhava\nei ta' kahiluri prabhura samudra-patana\n'ei tarajilra artha bujhite niirila'\nei tina-sevii haite k[$Qa-prem!i haya\nei tina thilkura haya 'gauc;liyilra natha'\n\n16.73\n37\n16.141 70\n17.70 115\n18.120 176\n19.24 189\n16.61\n32\n20.143 311\n\net!lvat!l vanchii-pOral)a kariluri tamara\"\neteka cintite r!ldhilra nirmala hrdaya\neteka kahite prabhura kevala 'bilhya' haifa\neteka pralilpa kari',\n\npremilve5e gaurahari,\n\nethil govinda mah!iprabhura 5abda nil\neth!i k[$1)a-rildhil-sane,\n\nkailil ye achila\n\n17.34\n16.144\n16.143\n\n94\n72\n71\n\n19.38\n16.46\n19.40\n\n196\n25\n198\n\n99\n17.43\n20.119 301\n16.80\n40\n17.4\n80\n16.45\n25\n18.13 125\n18.14 125\n17.64 112\n20.141 310\n19.78 217\n18.104 168\n16.50\n27\n18.57 143\n18.82 154\n16.22\n4\n18.52 141\n18.63 146\n16.133 66\n16.83\n41\n16.101 50\n18.37 135\n20.44 264\n20.45 265\n20.16 251\n16.120 59\n17.39\n97\n16.147 74\n19.22 188\n18.60 145\n16.47\n26\n20.43 264\n18.110 172\n16.150 76\n84\n17.13\n18.93 161\n\n", "ant5#p0363": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nhare narira tanu-mana,\n\nG\ngabhi-gaQa-madhye yai' prabhure paila\ngabhi saba caudike swike prabhura\ngadgada val)!, roma uthila sakala\ngambhirara bhittye mukha gha$ite lagila\ngambhirara dvare govinda karila sayana\ngambhirate svarupa-gosani prabhure\ngandha asvadite prabhu ha-ila pagala\ngandharva-palibhir anudruta avisad vab\ngandha-taila-mardana,\ngatigajala, amrtakeli,\n\namalaki-udvartana,\npiyO$agranthi,\n\ngaruc;Jera pache rahi' karena darasana\ngauc;Ja-dese haya yata vai$Qavera ga(la\ngaurariga-stava-kalpavrk$e kairachena\ngauranga-stava-kalpavrk$e kariyache\n'gaurariga-stava-kalpavrk$e' kariyachena\ngayane sarigama-gita,\n\nprabhura phiraila\n\nghare asi' madhyahna kari' karila bhojana\ngharma-vr$!i sahe, anera karaye rak$a(1a\nghumana pac;Jena, taiche karena sayana\ngiridhara-cara(lambhojaril\ngori-gori-sabda karena,-svarupa sunila\ngopa-lilaya paila yei prasada-vasane\ngopi-bhava hrdaye,\n\ntara vakye vilapaye,\n\ngopi-gaQa, kaha saba kariya vicare\ngopi-gaQa-saha vihara, hasa, parihasa\ngopyab kim acarad ayaril kusalaril smave(lur\ngosanire sayana karai' durihe ghare gela\n'govardhana-sila', 'gunja-mala' tarire\ngovinda-virahe sOnya ha-ila tribhuvana\ngovindere mahaprabhu kairache niyama\ngovindere thare prabhu kahena janiya\nguQc;Jica-mandire gela, kiba narendrere?\n'guru' hana taru-lataya sikhaya nacana\n\nha ha k[$(1a pra(la-dhana,\n\nha ha\n\nha ha syama-sundara,\n\nha ha pitambara-\n\nhaila gopi-bhavavesa,\n\nkaila rase paravesa,\n\n'hare krwa' 'k[$(1a' kari' pasaka calaya\n\nnasa kare\n\nharidasa karila namera mahima-sthapana\n\n17.15\n17.18\n18.50\n19.58\n17.9\n\n85\n86\n140\n208\n83\n\n19.55 207\n19.89 222\n18.25 130\n18.100 166\n18.106 169\n16.85\n16.9\n17.71\n19.75\n16.86\n\n42\n5\n115\n216\n43\n\n19.54\n16.54\n20.24\n19.71\n20.156\n\n207\n29\n255\n214\n317\n\n19.60 209\n19.12 184\n19.53 206\n16.143 71\n90\n17.26\n16.140 69\n17.8\n82\n20.113 298\n20.41 263\n16.43\n24\n16.55\n18.36\n19.81\n\n29\n135\n219\n\nhari-dhvani kari' sabe kaila asvadana\nhar$e prabhu kahena,- \"suna svarupahase, kande, nace, gaya, bale 'hari' 'hari'\n\n19.96\n20.107\n16.115\n20.8\n18.44\n\n20.93 290\n19.95 226\n44\n16.88\nhena-kale 'gopala-vallabha'-bhoga\nmaha-kolahala kari', 18.109 171\nhena-kale more dhari',\n17.27\n90\nhena kale tumi-saba kolahala kari'\nhena k[$(1adhara-sudha,\n\ntaha kari' ghar$a(1a,\n\nye kaila amrta\n\nhiraQyakasipor vak$abhrdaya-upare dharori,\n\nseva kari' sukhi\n\nhurikara kariya prabhu tabahi uthila\n\nihan durihiira ulta sthiti,\n\ndharma haila\n\n'ihiiri kene tamara amare lana aila?'\nihiiri svarupadi-gaQa prabhu na dekhiya\nihara satyatve prama(la sri-bhagavate\nihare nariluri k[$(1a-nama kahaite!\"\niha yei nahi sune,\n\nse kaQa janmila kene,\n\niha yei sune, pay a caitanya-cara(la\nihii yei sune, tara juc;Jaya mana-kaQa\niriha-sabara cara(la-krpaya lekhaya amare\nir$ya, utkaQtha, dainya, prauc;Jhi, vinaya\ni$!ago$!hi kata-k$a(1a kari' tarira\nisvara-sevaka puc lie,-'ki artha ihara'?\nitara-raga-vismara(laril nrnaril\niti bruvaQaril viduraril-initaril\niti-uti anve$iya sirilha-dvare gela\nito nrsirilhab parato nrsirilho\n\n16.144 72\n16.52\n28\n20.58 273\n18.75 151\n\n18.97\n18.111\n18.33\n19.107\n16.70\n\n110\n106\n110\n93\n4\n\n163\n172\n133\n233\n36\n\n17.48 102\n18.120 176\n17.66 113\n20.98 291\n20.44 264\n16.17\n9\n16.96\n47\n16.117 57\n19.70 214\n17.15\n85\n29\n16.53\n\nJ\n19.15\n18.35\n'jagannatha-val/abha' nama udyana-pradhiine 19.79\njagannathera sevaka dekhi' samvara(la kaila\n16.95\n\n185\n134\n218\n47\n\njagannathera uttama prasada aniya yatane\n\n184\n23\n140\n\n'jagannatha dekhite kiba devalaye gela?\n\n17.60\n17.53\n17.60\n17.33\n16.7\n\n226\n296\n56\n246\n138\n\nhasta hale, manobuddhi nahe mora sthira\n\nhema-kilita candana,\n\njagadananda nadiya giya matare milila\n\nH\nha ha sakhi, ki kari upaya!\n\n335\n\njala-karatiga lana govinda yaya prabhu-sane\njala khasaite tara atiga-sparsa ha-ila\n\n19.13\n16.40\n18.49\n\n", "ant5#p0364": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n336\n\njala-kril}� kari' kail� vanya-bhojane\nj�la v�hile eka mrraka mora j�le �ila\njale svela-lanu, v�lu l�giyache g�ya\nj�liy� kahe,-\"ihan eka manu�ya n�\nj�liyii kahe,-\"prabhure clekhy�choti b�raj�liy�ra ce�tii dekhi' sabara camalk�a\nj�liy�ra mukhe suni' p�inu �siy�\nj�liyiire kichu kaya sumadhura va(li\njaliya vrhai/a, prabhu iii/a sva-bhavana\nj�niy�o svarOpa gos�ni prabhure puchila\njay�dvaila-candra jaya gaura-bhakla-vrnda\njay�dvaila-candra jaya gaura-bhakla-vrnda\njay�dvaila-candra jaya gaura-bhakla-vrnda\njay�dvaila-candra jaya gaura-bhakla-vrnda\njayiidvaila-candra jaya gaura-bhakla-vrnda\njaya jaya gauracandra jaya nily�nanda\njaya jaya sri-cailanya jaya nily�nanda\njaya jaya sri-cailanya jaya nily�nanda\njaya jaya sri-cailanya jaya nilyananda\njaya jaya sri-cailanya jaya nilyananda\njhal}u-thakura ghara yiii' dekhi amra-phala\njhal}u-thakura kahe lanre madhura vacane\njhal}u-thiikura !abe tiilira anuvraji' aila\njhalamala kare,-yena 'yamunara jala'\njiniya lamala-dyuli,\n\nindranila-sama kanli\n\njiva ch�a kahan lara paibeka anta?\n\n18.118\n18.47\n18.71\n18.47\n18.68\n\n175\n139\n149\n139\n148\n\n18.45\n18.114\n18.60\n20.135\n19.24\n\n138\n173\n145\n308\n189\n\n16.2\n17.2\n18.2\n19.2\n20.2\n\n2\n80\n120\n180\n244\n\n20.2\n16.2\n17.2\n18.2\n19.2\n\n244\n2\n80\n120\n180\n\n16.33\n16.17\n16.30\n18.27\n19.41\n18.21\n\n20\n9\n19\n131\n198\n128\n\n17.65\n18.23\n20.80\n20.71\n20.25\n20.109\n\n113\n129\n284\n280\n255\n296\n\nk�han na paya, tabe rahe lukan�\nkahati se col}ara thama,\n\nsikhi-pinchera\n\nkahan se murali-dhvani,\n\nnavabhra-garjila\n\nk�hati lanre uthanacha, dekhaha am�re\"\n'kaha r�ma-r�ya, kichu sunile haya mana'\nkaha, sakhi, ki kari up�ya?\nkahe-\"ye jagal m�re,\n\nse pasila anlare,\n\nkahiha lanhiire-'tumi karaha smara(la\nkahilei ha-ila smrti,\n\ncille haila kr�(la­\n\nkahile kahile prabhura dainya bal}il�\nkahile kahile prabhura mana phiri' gela\nkahile n� yuyaya, tabu rahile n� pari\nkai/a jagate ve(lu-dhvani,\n\nkal�ra p�tuya-khol� haile �mra\nkalidasa aiche sabara nila avase�e\nk�lidasa �si' !�han parilena hate\nk�/idiisa kahe,-\"thiikura, krp� kara more\nkalidase maha-krpa kaila alak�ile\nkalidase paoyaila prabhura krpa-sima\nkalidasere dila prabhura 5e$a-patra-dane\n\"kalindi dekhiya ami gelana vrndavana\nkiitiha karoti, kahan yana,\n\njiva hana kare yei !ahara var(lana\n'jiva' hana keba samyak pare var(lib�ra?\njiva k�udra-buddhi kon !aha pare var(lile?\njive sammana dibe jani' 'kr�(la'-adhi�thana\njyai�tha-masera dhupe l!itire kai/a\n\nkanta kr�(le kare rag\n\nka(ltha-dhvani-ukli suni' mora kar(IOII�sa\n\"ka(lthera gambhira dhvani,\nk�nty-amrra yeba piye,\nkarile aiche vi/apa,\n\nkabhu l}ubaya, kabhu bhas�ya taratigera\nkabhu goli-goli kare, kabhu rahe acelana\nkabhu nace, kabhu g�ya,\n\nbh�v�vese\n\n\"kaha, j�liy�, ei dike dekhil� eka-jana?\n'k�ati ge/a prabhu?' kahe camakila hana\nk�hiiti gele toma pai,\n\nrumi kahe, -!�han\n\nnavaghana­\n\nniranlara piya\n\nuthi/a udvega, bhava\nnacaya jagat-nari,\n\n'kar(la I[� (lay a mare, pal}a rasayana, suni'\nkarpOra-lipla kamala,\n\nkabhu bhavonm�de prabhu ili-uli dhaya\n\nsatigama haite\nkr�(la paya\n\nkar(liimrra-5/okera arrha kaila vivara(la\n\nK\n\nkabhu l}uban� riikhe, kabhu bhiis�na\n\nkanha kr�(la,\n\n'kanhe kai/a ei tumi ?' -svarupa puchila\n\nkariya age bauri,\n\nkabhu bhavavese riisa-/ilanukara(la\n\nk�ati gele\n\nkanha yamuna, vrnd!ivana,\n\nkanta-seva-sukha-pOra,\njiva dina ki karibe !ahara var(lana?\n\nsiddha-mantra\n\nkala-desa-niyama n�hi, sarva siddhi\n\n18.6\n18.7\n18.31\n18.29\n18.54\n\n122\n122\n132\n131\n142\n\n16.150 76\n18.46 139\n18.33 133\n17.61 111\n\nlara yaiche pari mala,\n\nkarpOra-sane care� alige,\n\npOrva atigera\n\nka�te samvara(la karena, avesa saghana\nka slry aliga te kala-padamrra-ve(lu-gila\"ka slry aliga te\" slokera arrha avese\nkas!Orika-nilolpa/a,\n\nlara yei parimala,\n\nkala-k�a(le prabhura karye sabda parasila\nkaulukele letiho yadi p�aka khal�ya\nke bujhite p�re ei caitanyera nata?\n\n16.11\n6\n19.39 197\n19.42 199\n18.67 147\n16.139 69\n17.42\n17.57\n19.7\n17.56\n20.27\n\n99\n108\n182\n108\n256\n\n16.134 67\n20.99 292\n94\n17.35\n20.18 252\n20\n16.34\n16.38\n16.45\n16.20\n16.64\n16.57\n\n22\n25\n10\n33\n30\n\n16.56\n18.80\n17.53\n18.109\n19.62\n\n30\n153\n106\n171\n21(\n\n20.60\n20.54\n17.26\n17.41\n19.36\n\n27<\n27(\n9(\n9!\n19�\n\n17.49\n19.96\n20.133\n17.29\n19.94\n\n10:\n22i\n307\n91\n225\n\n19.95 226\n16.103 51\n17.31\n92\n20.132 307\n19.92\n18.75\n16.7\n18.30\n\n224\n151\n4\n132\n\n", "ant5#p0365": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n337\n\nkeha kare vrjana, keha pada-samvahana,\nkeha mukta-kesa-pasa, age kaila adhovasa,\nkhaite suite yatha tatha nama laya\nkharx;la-k�irisara-vrkg ghare kari' nana\nkharx;libe adhyatmikadi kutarkadi-du/:lkha\n\n18.108\n18.91\n20.18\n18.106\n19.110\n\n171\n159\n252\n169\n240\n\nkrwa udasrna ha-ifa karite parik�ar:ra\nkm1a-varr:ram tvi$akr�r:raril\nkm1a yara na paya anta, keba chara ara?\nkr�t:Ja ye khaya tambala, kahe tara nahi\nkr�t:Je kene kari rog apana durdaiva\n\n20.42\n20.12\n18.15\n16.132\n19.52\n\n263\n247\n126\n66\n205\n\nkharamuj� k$irik� tala, kesura, panikiba anuraga kare, kiba du/:lkha diya mare,\nkiba brahma-daitya, kiba bhOta, kahane na\nkiba na deya darasana, jarena mora tanukiba teliho lampata, satha. dhma,\n\n18.105\n20.49\n18.51\n20.48\n20.51\n\n169\n267\n141\n266\n268\n\nkr�t:Je prema-bhakti tara bar;le dine-dine\n20.65\nkr�t:�era adharamrta ithe sailcarila'\n16.94\n18.92\nkr�t:Jera kalaha radha-sane, gopi-gal)a\nkrwera mukha-hasya-vat:Ji, tyage taha satya 17.33\nkr�t:�era prasada, We 'sak�i' kalidasa\n16.63\n\n277\n46\n160\n93\n33\n\nkim iha kwuma/:1 kasya bhOma/:1 krtaril\nkona dese kara khyati, vrndavana sabakona dine kona bhave s/oka-pathana\nkot:�arkera dike prabhure taralige lana yaya\nkon prakare karimu ami to mara sevana?\n\n17.51\n18.105\n20.7\n18.31\n16.18\n\n104\n169\n246\n132\n9\n\nkr$1)era sabda-gul)e prabhura mana akar�ila\nkr�t:Jera saurabhya-slokera artha-vivaral)a\nkr$t:�era se sabda-gul)e, harila amara kat:�e\nkr�t:Jera sri-aliga-gandhe bhariche udyane\nkrwera viccheda-dasa dvigurya bar;lila\n\n20.132\n20.137\n17.42\n19.88\n19.30\n\n307\n309\n99\n222\n192\n\nkoti-amrta-svada pana prabhura camatkara\nkoti-yuga paryanta yadi likhaye gal)esa\nkrodha-arilsa santa haifa, utkat:�tha\nkrpa kari' kara more pada-dhO/i-sama\n'krpa' na nacaya, 'vat:Ji' vasiya rahila\n\n46\n16.93\n18.14 125\n16.134 67\n20.34 260\n20.148 313\n\nkr$t:Jera viraha-sphOrti-pralapa-varl)ana\nkr$t:�era ucchi�ta haya 'maha-prasada' nama\nkr$t:Jera yante porr:ra-krpa, sei taha paya\nkr$Qera ye bhukta-seg tara 'phe/a'-nama\nkr�t:�ere nacaya prema, bhaktere nacaya\n\n20.136 308\n16.59\n31\n16.99\n49\n16.98\n49\n18.18 127\n\nkrpate karila aneka-namera pracara\nkrpaya tava pada-palikajakr�t:Ja dekhi' mahaprabhu dhana calita\nkrwadharamrta sada antare smarat:�a\nkr$t:�adharamrtera phala-s/oka asvadila\n\n20.17\n20.32\n19.86\n16.102\n20.130\n\n252\n259\n221\n50\n306\n\nkrtartha ha-inu, mora saphala jivana\nksijil)eke karite pana, kar;li' nita anya\nksilr)eke prabhura bahya haifa, svarOpere\nk�al)e k�arye uthe premara taraliga ananta\nk$al)e mana sthira haya, tabe mane\n\n16.21\n19.48\n17.62\n18.21\n17.54\n\n10\n203\n111\n128\n106\n\nkr$t:Ja-gandha-lubdha radha sakhrre ye kahi/a\nkr$t:Ja-gopr-jala-keli tahan darasana\n'kr$t:Ja kaha' bali' prabhu balena bara bara\nkr$t:Ja karena-mahaprabhu magna sei range\nkr$t:Ja lana kanta-gat:Ja, kaila jalavagahana,\n\n19.90\n20.134\n16.67\n18.32\n18.83\n\n223\n307\n35\n133\n154\n\nk$ata haya, rakta par;le, na pai yaite\"\nkunjere calila kr$r:ra krir;la karibare\nkuraliga-mada-jid-vapu/:1-parima/ormikurmakara-anubhavera tahani udgama\nkU$/hi-viprera ramal)i, pativrata-siromat:�i,\n\n19.64\n17.24\n19.91\n20.131\n20.57\n\n211\n89\n223\n306\n272\n\nkr$t:Ja matta kari-vara, canca/a kara-pu$kara, 18.84\n\"kr$t:Ja-mora jivana, kr$t:Ja-mora pral)a- 20.58\nkr$t:Ja more 'kanta kari', kahe more\n20.59\nkr$t:Ja-nama /a-ite tamara 'ardha-bahya' ha-ifa 18.116\n16.6\nkr$t:Ja-nama-'salikete' calaya vyavahara\n\n155\n273\n274\n174\n4\n\nkva me kanta/:1 kr$t:Jas tvaritam iha taril\nkva nanda-ku/a-candrama/:1 kva sikhi\nkva rasa-rasa-tijlryr;/avi kva sakhi jiva\n\n16.87\n19.35\n19.35\n\n43\n194\n194\n\nkr$t:Ja-nama vina teliho nahi kahe ana\nkr$t:Ja-prapti, sevamrta-samudre majjana\nkr$t:Ja-prema-kar:ra taiche jivera sparsana\nkr$t:Ja-premodgama, premamrta-asvadana\n\n16.5\n20.14\n18.20\n20.14\n\n3\n250\n127\n250\n\n\"/alita-lavaliga-/ata\" pada gaoyana\nlapitaril gauracandrasya\nlikhite na parena, tabu rakhiyachena\n\n158\n279\n126\n260\n\n220\n243\n286\n\nkrwa radha lana bale, gela kat:�tha-daghna\nkr$t:Ja-rasa asvadaye dui-bandhu-sane\nkr$t:Ja taha samyak na pare janite\nkr$t:Ja-thani mage prema-nama-salikirtana\n\n18.89\n20.69\n18.17\n20.35\n\n19.84\n20.1\n20.84\n\nlikhyate srrla-gaurendor\nlrlara bahulye grantha tathapi\nlukana sei patra ani' cali' khaya\n\n17.1\n20.74\n16.12\n\n79\n281\n6\n\nL\n\n", "ant5#p0366": "Sri Caitanya-caritamfta\n\n338\n\nM\n\nmrtaka dekhite mora bhaya haifa mane\nmui maile mora kaiche jive stri-put\nmui tJra ghare yanJ, tJre sevorl dasi hail,],\nmui tara paya par;li', lana yarla hate dhari',\n\n18.48\n18.55\n20.56\n20.53\n\nmukhe, ga�e, nake k$ata ha-ifa apara\nmukhe phena, pulakanga, netre asru-dhara\nmukhyamukhya kahilurl, katha na yaya\nmukhya-mukhya-li/ara artha karilwi kathana\n\n19.59 209\n17.16\n86\n20.141 310\n20.140 310\n\n140\n142\n272\n269\n\nmadana-mohana-nJta, pasJri gandhera\nmar;fa-rupa dhari' rahe uttana-nayana\nmadenduvara-candanaguru-sugandhimadhura-hasya-vadane, mana-netramadhura-madhura-smerakare mano-\n\n19.98\n18.54\n19.91\n17.59\n17.51\n\nmadhyahna kariya kaila bhik$3 nirvahal)il\nmadhye madhye apane prabhu sloka par;fiya\nmaha-bhagavata tetiho sara/a udJra\nmahJ-mildaka haya ei k[$f)ildharera guoa\nmahaprabhu deva-dilsira gita sunilil\n\n16.102 50\n17.7\n82\n16.6\n4\n16.113 55\n20.121 302\n\nmahaprabhu-nityananda, dotihara dasera\nmahaprabhura itigita govinda saba jane\nmahaprabhu tatira upara maha-krpa\nmaha-prasadera tahan mahima varoilii\nmaha-yogesvara acarya-tarajiite samartha\n\n19.109 240\n16.56\n30\n16.39\n22\n20.130 306\n19.28 191\n\nnadaj-jalada-nisvanaf:r sravaoa-kar$i-sacna dhanaril na janaril na sundariril\nnadira 5e$a-rasa pana, mula-dvare akar$iya,\n\"nadiya ca/aha, matare kahiha namaskara\nnil gaf)i apana-duf:rkha, sabe vililchi t!itira\n\"nJgara, kaha, tumi kariya ni5caya\n\n17.40\n97\n20.29 258\n16.147 74\n19.6\n182\n20.52 269\n17.34\n94\n\nmahi$ira gita yena 'dasame'ra 5e$e\nmahotkaotha bar;faila,\narya-patha\nmJ/J parana prasada di/a prabhura hate\nmama janmani jamanisvare\n\"mana mora varna-dina, jala vina yena\n\n19.108 237\n17.35\n94\n16.90\n45\n20.29 258\n17.59 110\n\nnagara, suna tamara adhara-caritra\nnahe pimu nirantara, tomilya mora\nna janis prema-marma, vyartha karis\nna kahile haya mora krta-ghnata-do$a\nnama-satikirtana haite sarvilnartha-nilSa\n\n16.122 59\n16.126 62\n19.46 202\n20.100 292\n20.11 248\n\nmanasa-ganga, kalindi, bhuvana-pavani\nmanasei k[$1)il-candre arpila sakala\nmane ha-ila la/asa, na haya apana-vasa,\nmane mane jape, mukhe nil kare akhyane\nmano-vege ge/a prabhu, dekhite nari/a\n\n16.146 73\n20\n16.33\n17.58 109\n16.72\n37\n18.34 134\n\nnama-satikirtana-kalau parama upaya\nnama-sarlkirtana kari' karena jagaraoa\nnamaskari' ei 5/oka par;fe bara-bara\nnamas te nara-sirilhaya\nna me 'bhaktas' catur-vedi\n\n20.8\n19.57\n16.51\n16.52\n16.25\n\n246\n208\n27\n28\n12\n\nmantra par;fi' sri-hasta dila tahara mathate\nmantra pililii kii're age nil kare prakase\nmanye tad-arpita-mano-vacanehitarthamatare pathana tahii purira vacane\nmatare prthak pathiina, ara bhakta-gaoe\n\n18.61\n16.71\n16.26\n19.12\n19.13\n\nnamnam akari bahudha nija-sarva-saktis\nnana-bhava-candrodaye hayena asthira\nnana-bhJva uthe prabhura harg soka, ro$a\nnana-mate kaila t!itira garva khaor;fana\nnana-roga-grasta, -calite vasite nil pari\n\n20.16\n20.66\n20.5\n20.114\n20.94\n\n251\n278\n245\n299\n290\n\nmata-thani ajila la-ila milseka rahiya\nmiltr-bhakta-gaoera prabhu hana siromaf)i\nmatr-bhakti, pralapana, bhittye mukhamitrera mitra saha-vilsi, cakravake lute !lsi',\n'mora pada-jala yena nil /aya kona jana'\n\n19.16 186\n19.14\n185\n19.101 230\n19.98 164\n16.43\n24\n\nnil paya k[$f)era satiga, bar;fe t[$f)ii-taratiga, 17.47\n20.60\nnarayaoa-hrdi sthiti, tabu pada-sevaya\nnari-mane paise haya, yatne nahi bahiraya, 19.40\n19.93\nnarira nasate pase, sarva-kala tah!iti vaise,\nnil sahi' karite pari, tahe rahi mauna dhari', 16.129\n\n102\n275\n198\n225\n64\n\nmora sei kala-nidhi, praoa-rak$!1.\nmora sukha-sevane, k[$f)era sukhemora vaoi-si$ya, tare bahuta nacai\nmore dite manaf:r-pir;la, mora age kare\nmore k[$f)a dekhao' bali' dhare tara hata\nmore yadi diya duf:rkha, tanra haifa maha-\n\n19.43\n20.59\n20.147\n20.51\n16.81\n20.52\n\n228\n142\n223\n109\n104\n\n145\n36\n13\n184\n184\n\n200\n274\n313\n268\n41\n269\n\nN\n\nnavame -gopinatha-pa�tanayaka-mocana\nnayanaril galad-asru-dharaya\nnetra bhariya tumi karaha darasana'\nnetra-nabhi, vadana, kara-yuga caraoa,\nnibhrte vasila nanil-k[$f)a-katha-ratige\nnij!itikure pulakita, pu$pe hasya vikasita,\n\n20.116 299\n20.36 261\n16.84\n42\n19.94 225\n16.104 51\n16.148 74\n\n", "ant5#p0367": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\nnija-sire dhari' ei sabara cara(la\n\n20.146 312\n271\n18.94 161\n19.11 184\n19.22 188\n\nnija-sukhe mane kaja,\n\npa(luka tara sire vaja, 20.55\n\nnilabje hemabje theke,\n\nyuddha haya\n\nnilaca/e achi ami tamara ajnate\nnilacale !lsi' tabe prabhure kahila\nnilacale mahaprabhu rahe ei-mate\nnimagno murcchiila/:1 payasi nivasan ratrim\nnirantara ghumaya satikara sighra-cetana\nnirantara niis!iya pase kr�(la-parimala\nnitya iisi' tamara vandiye cara(la\nnityananda-ajnaya ci(la-mahotsava kaila\nnityananda kaila sivanandere ta(lana\nnityananda-krpa-patra-yrndavana-diisa\nnivi-bandha pa(ie khasi',\n\nvina-mule haya\n\nnivi khasaya guru-age,\n\n/ajj!i-dharma karaya\n\nnrtya kari' bulena prabhu nija-ga(la lana\nnupura-kitikini-dhvani,\n\nharilsa-sarasa jini',\n\n339\n\n18.83\n16.21\npetera bhitara hasta-pada-kurmera akJra\n17.16\npitigalara vacana-smrti,\nkaraila bhava-mati, 17.54\npilambara-ta(lid-dyuti,\nmukta-mala19.39\npa!ta-vastra, alatikJre,\n\nsamarpiya sakhi-\n\npavitra ha-inu mui painu darasana\n\n16.64\n18.1\n19.73\n19.89\n19.7\n\n33\n119\n215\n222\n182\n\nprabhu ajna dila sabe gela gau(la-dese\n\n20.112\n10.120\n10.82\n17.46\n\n298\n301\n285\n101\n\nprabhu kahena,-\"udvege ghare na pari\n\n16.128 63\n19.84 220\n99\n17.43\n\n39\n16.77\n35\n16.69\nprabhu kahe,-\"ei saba haya 'prakrta' dravya 16.108\n53\nprabhu kahe,-\"ei ye dila kr�(ladharamrta\n16.97\n48\nprabhu kahena,-'acarya haya pujaka praba/a 19.25\n190\nprabhu kahe,-\"ami nama jagate laoyailuti\n\n19.63\n18.117\nprabhu matra bujhena, keha bujhite na pare\n19.18\nprabhu 'nama' diya kaila brahma(l(ia-mocana 20.107\nprabhu nija-ga(la lana be(iana ratri-saka/a\n18.4\nprabhu kahe,-\"svapne dekhi' gelatia\n\nprabhu-pade-tale satikara karena sayana\n\nprabhura atyanta priya pa(l(iita-jagadananda\n\nojha-thani yaichoti,-yadi se bhuta cha(laya\noth!i na yaiha, ami ni�edhi tomare\n\nprabhura gambhira-/ila na pari bujhite\n\n18.56\n18.59\n\n143\n144\n\nprabhura itigite govinda prasada ani/a\nprabhura 'sik�a�taka'-5/oka yei pa(ie, sune\nprabhura vicchede kara dehe nahi pra(la\nprabhura yata nivedana, sakala kahila\n\np\npada-raja deha', pada mora mathe dhara\"\npac;Jitei haifa murccha, kichui na jane\npa(iiyachoti bhavar(lave maya-baddha han!!\n'padma' cahe luV nile,\n\n'utpala' cahe\n\npadmini-lata-sakhl-caya,\n\nkaila karo\n\npadmotpala-acetana,\n\ncakravaka-\n\npaile piya peta bhare,\n\npiria pitia tabe kare,\n\npanasa, kharijura, kamala,\n\nn!irat'rga, jama,\n\npancadasa-paricchede-udyana-vilase\npancame-pradyumna-misre prabhu krpa\npanca-roga-pi(ia-vyakula, ratri-dine mari\npa(l(iiteha tara ce$lii bujhite na pare\npa(l(iite na bujhe tara artha-vi5e$a\nparama durlabha ei kr�(ladharamrta\nparimala-viisita-bhuvanaril\npiisaraya anya rasa,\n\njagat kare atma-va5a,\n\npatni-sahita tetiho achena vasiya\n\n\"prabhure kahiha amara koti namaskara\n\n16.22\n18.29\n20.33\n18.96\n18.91\n\n11\n131\n260\n163\n159\n\n18.97\n19.97\n18.104\n20.126\n20.110\n\n163\n227\n168\n304\n297\n\n20.94 290\n19.104 231\n19.108 237\n16.135 67\n20.156 317\n16.121 59\n16.16\n8\n\nprabhure lana ghara ail!i anandita hana\nprabhure na dekhiya sarilsaya karite lagila\nprabhure sayyate ani' susthira karaila\nprabhure soyana ramananda gela ghare\nprabhure uthana ghare ani/a bhakta-ga(la\nprabhu t!ltira upara karena pada-prasara(la\nprabhu t!ltire krpa kari' piithaila vrndavana\nprabhu tare kr�(la kahana mukta karila\nprabhu uthi' apana-kantha tahJre ja(iaya\nprahma-roma bhagavat-kathayaril\n'prakrta' vastura svada sabara anubhava\npralapa kari/a tat-tat 5/oka pa(liya\npralapya mukha-satighar�i\npra(li-matra la-ite na paya sei jala\npraphu/lita kare yei,\n\n18.6\n19.4\n20.77\n16.105\n20.65\n18.39\n19.15\n19.19\n\n52\n277\n136\n185\n187\n\n18.119\n18.34\n19.62\n19.56\n17.19\n\n176\n134\n210\n208\n87\n\n1968\n20.122\n20.104\n19.72\n19.70\n\n213\n302\n294\n215\n214\n\n16.109 53\n20.63 276\n19.1\n179\n16.44\n25\n\nkahat'r mora candra sei, 19.38\n\npraphullita vrk�a-va/11, -yena vrndavana\nprasada lana prabhu-thani kaila agamana\n\n211\n175\n187\n296\n121\n213\n213\n122\n181\n282\n\n19.68\n\n'prabhu-padopiidhana' bali' t!ltira nama ha-ifa 19.69\nprabhu prem!ivese karena gana, nartana\n\n0\n\n154\n10\n86\n106\n197\n\n19.80\n16.89\n\n196\n218\n44\n\n", "ant5#p0368": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n340\n\nprasJdera saurabhya-mJdhurya kari' JsvJdana 16.107 52\nprathama paricchede-rOpera dvitiya-milana 20.103 294\nprathame yuddha 'ja/ajali', tabe yuddha\n18.87 157\n16.40\nprati-dina prabhu yadi ya'na dara5ane\n23\nprati-dina tanre prabhu karena namaskara\n16.51\n27\n\nrJdhara utkal)tha-5/oka par;lite IJgiiJ\n16.118 57\nrJdhara utkal)thJ-val)i, par;li' Jpane vJkhani, 17.39\n97\nradhikadi gopi-gal)a-sat'lge ekatra meli'\n18.81 153\nrJghava-pal)r;/itera tJhan jhalira sJjana\n20.117 300\n20.122 302\nraghunJtha-bhattJcaryera tahani mi/ana\n\nprati-vatsara prabhu tanre patMna nadiyate\nprati-vrk�a-valli aiche bhramite bhramite\nprave5a karilii prabhu lana bhakta-gal)e\n\"prema-dhana vina vyartha daridra jivana\npremJra vikara varl)ite cahe yei jana\n\n19.5\n19.85\n19.79\n20.37\n18.19\n\n181\n221\n218\n261\n127\n\nraghunatha-dasera tenho haya jnati-khur;la\nrajani-divase k[�l)a-virahe vihvale\nramadika-varangana-hrdaya-hari-vari15T-kalah\nramananda-raya 5/oka par;lite lagila\nriimananda-sarvabhauma-svarOpadi-gal)e\n\n16.8\n20.3\n244\n17.40\n97\n16.116 56\n16.106 52\n\nprema-sindhu-magna rahe, kabhu r;lube,\npremiive5e mahaprabhura gara-gara mana\npremiive5e mahaprabhu yabe ajna dila\npremiive5e par;lila tenho samudrera jale\npremera svabhava-yahan premera\n\n19.77\n19.57\n16.116\n18.65\n20.28\n\n217\n208\n56\n147\n256\n\nramanandera gala dhari' karena pralapana\nriisa-li/Jra eka 5/oka yabe page, 5une\nriisa-lilara gi!a-5/oka par;lite 5unite\nrasantarave5e ha-ifa viyoga-sphural)a\nrasaviisa, gur;latvaka-Jdi yata saba\n\n19.33\n18.8\n18.5\n20.38\n16.109\n\n193\n123\n121\n262\n53\n\npremodbMvita-har�er�yodpuja lagi' kata kala karena nirodhana\npuja-nirvahal)a haile pache karena visarjana\npulakair nicitaril vapuh kada,\npunah ati-utkal)thii. dainya ha-ifa udgama\n\n20.1\n19.26\n19.27\n20.36\n20.35\n\n243\n190\n191\n261\n260\n\nratri-dine kr�l)a-vicchedJrl)ave bhiise\nrJtri-dine rasa-gi!a-5/oka asvadane\nratri-dine sphure kr�l)era rupa-gandha-rasa\nratri-kale mahaprabhu cali/a udyane\nraya-dviirii kr�l)a-katha tanre 5uniiila\nriiyera niitake, yei !ira karl)iimrte\n\n121\n245\n40\n217\n297\n278\n\npunah punah sarva-5iistre phukiiriya kaya\npunarapi kaila snana, 5u�ka-vastra\npuri-bhiira!ire prabhu kichu piithiii/a\n'puridiisa'-chota-putre sangete Jni/J\npOrl)a-candra-candrikJya parama ujjvala\n\n32\n16.61\n18.101 166\n16.105 52\n34\n16.65\n19.82 219\n\n18.3\n20.4\n16.79\n19.78\n20.110\n20.67\n\npuru�e kare akar�al)a, apana piyaite mana,\np0rva-di5Jya cafe svarOpa lana kata jana\npurvavat iisi' kaila prabhura mi/ana\npOrvavat tabe artha karena apane\npOrvavat yatha-yogya 5arira ha-ifa\npOrve a�ta-5/oka kari' lake 5ik$a dila\n\n16.123 60\n18.42 137\n16.4\n3\n123\n18.8\n17.21\n88\n20.64 277\n\npurve granthe iha kariyachi nivedana\npOrve vidure yena 5ri-suka varl)ila\npurve yena vi5akhare rJdhikJ puchila\npurve yei dekhanachi dig-dara5ana\npu�pa-gandha lana vahe malaya-pavana\nputra sange lana tenho ai/a prabhu-sthane\nputrere karaila prabhura caral)a vandane\n\n20.95\n19.69\n19.34\n18.12\n19.81\n16.66\n16.66\n\n291\n213\n194\n124\n219\n34\n34\n\nR\nradhJ-bhavJvese viraha bar;le anuk$al)e\nradha-bhavera svabhava Jna, k($1)e karaya\nrJdhJ-kr�IJa nidra gela, sakhi-gal)a 5ayana\n\n19.31 192\n17.57 108\n18.108 171\n\ns\nsaba bhakta meli' tabe prabhure sadhila\nsaba lana gela, mahaprabhure dekhaila\nsabJra artha kare, paya kabhu har�a-5oka\nsabara caral)a-krpa-'guru upadhyayi'\nsaba-ratri prabhu karena ucca-sankirtana\n\n19.67 212\n18.70 149\n18.9\n123\n20.147 313\n17.9\n83\n\nsaba ratri sabe ber;lai tomJre anve�iya\nsabara ucchi�ta tenho kari/a bhojana\nsabare prasada dila kariyJ bal)lane\nsaba 5rotJ-gal)era kari caral)a vandana\nsaba 5rotJ vai�navera vandiyJ caral)a\n\n18.114 173\n16.9\n16.106 52\n20.150 314\n20.78 283\n\nsaba tyaji' bhaji yanre, sei apana-hate mare, 19.51 205\n17.44 100\n5abda, artha, -dui-5akti, nana-rasa kare\n16.114 53\nsabe ei iisvada kara kari' maha-bhakti\"\n18.22 128\nsabe eka jane taha svarupadi 'gal)a'\nsabe jaya-parajaya, nahi kichu ni5caya, jala- 18.85 156\n18.74\nsabe meli' ucca kari' sankirtane\nsacetana rahu dare, acetana sacetana kare, 16.124\n18.88\nsahasra-kare jala seke, sahasra netre gopi\n18.88\nsahasra-mukha-cumbane, sahasra-vapu17.64\nsahasra-mukhe varl)e yadi, nahi paya para\n\n150\n61\n157\n158\n112\n\n", "ant5#p0369": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\nsahasra-vadane var(li' n3hi p3'na anta\nsahasra-vadane yabe kahaye 'ananta'\n53ke sindhv-agni-v3(lendau\n53kha-candra-nyaya kari' dig-dara5ana\nsakhi-ga(la-age praur;lhi-5/oka ye par;lila\nsakhi-ga(lera nayana,\n\ntr$ita cataka-ga!Ja,\n\nsakhi he, dekha kr$1Jera jala-keli-raltge\nsakhi he, kotha kr$1Ja, kar3ha dara5ana\nsakhi he, kr$1Ja-gandha jagat mat3ya\nsakhi he, 5una mora manera ni5caya\nsakhi saba kare,-'kr$1Je kara upek$a!Ja'\nsak$ad-anubhave,-yena kr�Qa-upaspar5a\nsak$at dekhechon, -more pai/a sei bhuta\n5akti sancariya punaf:r pathai/a vrndavana\nsamanya bh!igya haite tara prapti nahi haya\n\n20.70\n18.13\n20.157\n17.65\n20.45\n\n279\n125\n318\n113\n265\n\n18.86\n18.84\n19.37\n19.93\n20.49\n\n156\n155\n196\n225\n267\n\n20.42 263\n16.79\n40\n18.55 142\n20.109 296\n49\n16.99\n\nsamudrera tire asi' yukati kari/a\n\n20.75\n20.81\n18.112\n18.37\n18.41\n\n282\n284\n173\n135\n137\n\nsandhya-krtya kari' punaf:r nija-ga(la-sange\n\n16.104\n\n51\n\nsamapti kariluti lilake kari' namaskare\nsamudrera madhye yena eka ka(la chunilwi\nsamudrera tarange asi, eta dura aila!\nsamudrera tire ai/a kata jana lana\n\nsange lana sakhi-ga!Ja,\n\nradha kaila bhojana, 18.107 170\n\n5ankara karena prabhura pada-samv3hana\n5ankara-pa(lr;/ite prabhura sange 5oyai/a\nsaliketa-ve(lu-nade r3dha ani' kunja-ghare\n5atikha-gha(lta-adi saha arati bajila\nsaliklrtana haite papa-samsara-n35ana\nsaliklrtana-yajne kalau kr$1J3·aradhana\nsalik$epe kahilun, vistara na yaya kathane\nsannyasa kariya sada sevena jananl\nsaptada5e-gabhi-madhye prabhura patana\nsaptama-paricchede-val/abha bhattera\n5araj-jyotsna-sindhor avakalanayil jata5arat-kalera ratri, saba candrika-ujjvala\n5arlra dighala tara-hata panca-sata\n'5arlra' etha prabhura, 'mana' ge/a vrndavana\nsarva-bh!ive bhaja, loka, caitanya-cara(la\nsarvajna-5iroma(li caitanya 15vara\nsarvange pulaka, netre vahe a5ru-chilra\nsarva-ratri karena bhave mukha salighar$a(la\n\"sarva-5akti name dila kariyil vibhaga\nsarva-5ubhodaya, kr$1Ja-premera ullasa\n$3$the-raghunatha-dasa prabhure milila\n\n19.71\n19.67\n17.24\n\n214\n212\n89\n\n16.88\n20.13\n20.9\n20.86\n19.14\n\n44\n249\n247\n287\n185\n\n20.131\n20.114\n18.1\n18.4\n18.52\n\n306\n299\n119\n121\n141\n\n20.123 303\n17.69 115\n16.48\n26\n46\n16.93\n19.60\n20.19\n20.11\n20.112\n\n209\n252\n248\n298\n\n341\n\ns3ta vatsarera 5i5u, n3hi adhyayana\nsatya kahena,-'3ge vyasa kariba var(lane'\nse amrtera eka-ka(la,\n\nkar(la-cakora-jlvana,\n\nseha ba/e,-'ei dekha 5rl-purU$Ot!ama\nseha kahe,-'inha haya vrajendra-nandana\nsei a$ta-5/okera artha 3pane 3sv3dila\nsei bhak$ya-bhojya-p3na,\n\nhaya amrta-\n\nsei bhave prabhu sei 5/oka uccari/a\nsei da5a kahe bhakta 'ardha-bahya'-nama\nsei dhO/i lana kalidasa sarvange /epi/a\nsei dina haite prabhura ara da5a ha-ifa\nse-dine asi' ava5ya kariye bhak$a(la\nsei dravye eta asvada, gandha lokatlta\nsei gar;/e karena prabhu pada-prak�/ane\nsei gandha pana prabhu hai/3 acetane\nsei gandha-va5a nasa,\n\nsada kare gandhera\n\nsei-gu!Ja lana prabhu tanre tuHa ha-ifa\nsei kalidasa yabe nilacale aila\nsei khola, anthi, cokala cO$e kalidasa\nsei mane,-'kr$1Je mora n3hi prema-gandha'\nsei narl jlye kene,\n\nkr$1J3·marma vyatha\n\nsei-saba /J/3ra ami sutra-m3tra kaila\nsei saba lila-rasa apane ananta\nsei saba var(lite grantha haya suvistara\nsei sei bh!ivave5e karena asvadane\nsei sei bhave nija-5/oka par;liya\nsei sei bhave 5/oka kariya pathane\nsei 5/oka asvadite ra•ri-jagara(la\nsei 5/oka par;li' prabhu artha kari/a\nsei 5/oka par;li' pralapa karite lagila\nsei 51oka$takera artha punaf:r asvadi/a\nsei 5re$tha, aiche yalite kr$1Ja-bhakti haya\nsei ta' bhotera kath3 kahana n3 y3ya\nsei ta' sumedha paya kr$�Jera cara(la\nsei vacana 5una, sei parama-pram31Je\nsei yanra haya, 'phe/3' paya sei dhanya\"\nse phelara eka lava,\n\nna paya devata saba,\n\nse prema j3na'te Joke,\n\nprabhu kai/3 ei\n\nse saba 5/okera artha, se saba 'vikara'\n\n38\n287\n101\n42\n41\n\n20.64 277\n16.130 65\n20.46 265\n18.78 152\n16.32\n19\n19.30 192\n19.8\n182\n16.110 54\n16.42\n24\n19.88 222\n19.97\n16.49\n16.39\n16.37\n20.28\n\n227\n27\n22\n22\n256\n\n20.55\n20.73\n20.70\n20.72\n20.68\n\n271\n281\n279\n280\n278\n\n20.6\n20.68\n20.7\n19.90\n19.34\n\n245\n278\n246\n223\n194\n\n10.139\n16.28\n18.56\n20.9\n20.85\n\n310\n14\n143\n247\n286\n\n16.100 49\n16.131 65\n20.62 276\n18.10 123\n\n18.10 123\n16.142 70\n18.24 129\namrta haite paramrta, 17.44\n100\n\nse saba var(lite grantha haya ati-vistara\n\nse-sambandhe gopl-ga(la,\nyare mane nija5e$e jala-ke/ira 5/oka par;lite lagilil\nse 5rl-mukha-bha$ita,\n\n16.75\n20.87\n17.45\n16.84\n16.82\n\n", "ant5#p0370": "342\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\nse vatsara sivananda palni lanJ. J.i/J.\n16.65\n20.90\nse yaiche lf�Qaya piye samudrera pani\n19.37\nsighra dekhJ.ha, na rahe jivana\nsirilha-dvara-dak�iQe ache tailangi-gabhi-gaQa 17.12\n16.80\nsirilha-dvJ.re dala-i J.si' karila vandane\n\n34\n289\n196\n84\n40\n\nsirilha-dvare dvari prabhure kr�Qa dekhaila\nsirilha-dvarera uttara-dike kapatera ac;le\nsindhu-tire-nire karena prabhura anve�aQa\nsi�yara srama dekhi' guru nacana rakhi/a\nsivananda balakere bahu yatna karila\n\n20.129 305\n16.41\n23\n18.42 137\n20.148 313\n16.68\n35\n\nsivanandera balake s/oka karai/a\nsloka suni' mahaprabhu maha-tu�ta haifa\nsloka uccarite tad-ropa !ipane ha-ilii\nslokera artha asvadaye dui-bandhu lana\nslokera artha karena prabhu vilapa kariya\n\n20.129 305\n16.118 57\n20.46 265\n20.6\n245\n17.7\n82\n\nsnana kari' kai/a jagannatha-darasana\nsparsa-matre sei bhota hrdaye pasila\n�or;lase-kalidase prabhu krpa kari/a\nsraddha kari, suna iha, sunite maha-sukha\nsravaso/:1 kuvalayam ak�Qor ai'ljanam\n\n19.102\n18.49\n20.128\n19.110\n16.74\n\n230\n140\n305\n240\n37\n\nsri-advaita-iicarya, sri-gaura-bhakta-vrnda\nsri-advaila, sri-bhakta, !ira sri-srotr-vrnda\nsri-govinda, sri-caitanya, sri-nityananda\nsri-guru sri-raghunatha, sri-jiva-caral)a\nsri-kr�Qa-caral)e l!it'lra prema upajaya\n\n20.144\n20.96\n20.96\n20.145\n20.26\n\n312\n291\n291\n312\n256\n\nsri-kr�Qa-cailanya, sri-yuta nityananda\nsri-krwa-caitanya yiiha karena asvadana\nsri-madana-gopala more /ekhaya J.jiia kari'\nsriman-madana-gopiilasri-radhara prema-pralapa 'bhramara-gilii'le\nsri-radha-saha 'sri-govinda'-caral)a\n\n20.144\n18.22\n20.99\n20.155\n19.107\n20.142\n\n312\n128\n292\n317\n233\n311\n\nsri-radha-saha sri/a 'sri-gopinJ.tha'\nsri-radha-saha 'sri-madana-mohana'\nsri-raghunatha-dasa sri-guru, srT-jiva-caraQa\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara J.sa\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\n\n20.143\n20.142\n20.97\n17.73\n18.121\n19.112\n\n311\n311\n291\n117\n177\n241\n\nsri-rOpa-raghunatha-pade yara asa\nsri-svarOpa, sri-rOpa, sri-sanatana\nsri-svarOpa, sri-rOpa, sri-sanatana\nsrngJ.ra-rasa-sJ.ra chani', tate candra\nSroliira pada-reQU karot'J mastaka-bhO�al)a\nstambhila sOryera gati, jiyJ.ila mrta pati,\nsthavare paryanta kr�Qa-nJ.ma kahailut'J\n\n20.153\n20.97\n20.145\n19.41\n20.152\n20.57\n16.69\n\n315\n291\n312\n198\n315\n272\n35\n\n'suddha-bhakti' deha' more, km1a krpJ. kari'\n'suddha-bhakti' kr��Ja-thani mJ.gite lagila\nsudha-jid-ahival/ika-suda/a-vitika-carvita/:1\nsOdra-vai�Qavera ghare yaya bheta laflJ.\n\n20.30 258\n20.27 256\n16.119 58\n16.13\n7\n\nsukanJ. maileha kJ.re pJ.ni na magaya\nsuka, sari, pika, bhrnga kare alapana\n'sukrti-labhya phela-lava'-balena bara-bara\n'sukrti'-sabde kahe 'kr�Qa-krpa-hetu puQya'\nsuni' jhar;lu-thakurera bar;la sukha ha-ifa\n\n20.23 252\n19.80 218\n47\n16.96\n16.100 49\n16.24\n11\n\nsuni' prabhu gopi-bhave avi�ta ha-ifa\nsuni' sei jaliya anandita ha-ila\nsunite na painu bhO�aQa-muralira dhvani\"\nsunite na painu sei amrta-sama vaQi\nsunite sunile jur;laya hrdaya-sraval)a\n\n93\n17.32\n18.70 149\n17.28\n90\n17.28\n90\n19.111 241\n\nsuni' thakura kahe,-\"sastra ei satya kaya\nsuniya svarOpa-gosani lagila kahite\nsuniya vismila ha-ifa saba bhakta-gaQa\nsOnyayitaril jagat sarvaril\nsurala-vardhanaril soka-na5anaril\n\n14\n16.28\n36\n16.70\n19.29 192\n20.39 262\n16.117 57\n\nsoryahe 'sita-paflcamyJ.ril\nsu�ka baMera lathikhana, eta kare\nsvabhavika premara svabhava karila udaya\nsvakiyasya priiQiirbuda-sadrsa-goHhasya\nsvaropa gaya vidyapati, gita-govinda-\n\n20.157 318\n16.129 64\n20.43 264\n19.76 216\n17.62 111\n\nsvarOpa-gosafli kaila vigrahera mahimasvarOpa-gos!iii kichu ha-ifa vimana\nsvarOpa-gos!iii prabhura bhava janiya\nsvaropa-gosaiiire dekhi' t!it'JhJ.re puchila\nsvarOpa-gosaiii tabe cinta paila mane\n\n20.111 297\n19.29 192\n17.30\n91\n18.110 172\n19.66 212\n\nsvarOpa-gos!iii i tabe kahite lagila\nsvarOpa-gosiiiii tare puchena samacara\nsvarOpa, govinda dut'JMra haifa bar;la du/:lkha\nsvarOpa, govinda sui/a gambhirara dvare\nsvarOpa kahe,-\"t!it'Jra haya premera vikara\n\n18.111 172\n18.45 138\n19.61 210\n19.56 208\n18.69 148\n\nsvarOpa kahe,-\"y!it'lre tumi kara 'bhOta'-jnana 18.64 146\n245\nsvarOpa, ramananda,-ei duijana-sane\n20.4\n19.100 229\nsvaropa-ramananda gaya, prabhu nace,\nsvarOpa-ramananda-raya, kari nJ.nJ.\n19.100 229\nsvarOpa, rOpa, sanatana, raghunathera\n16.151 76\nsvarOpa uthi' kole kari', prabhura ani/a\nsvarOpe kahena,-\"tumi lima J.ni/J. kati?\nsvarOpe puchena mJ.ni' nija-sakhi-gaQa\nsvarOpere bolaila kapJ.ta khuliya\n\n17.61\n17.22\n19.33\n17.13\n\n111\n88\n193\n84\n\n", "ant5#p0371": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\ntanra tyakta 'ava5e$a' sat'lk$epe kahila\n\nT\ntabe k�lid�sa sfoka pac;li' sun�ifa\ntabe karibare y�ya Tsvara-darasane\ntabe mahaprabhu tanre ni$edha karif�\ntabe more krodha kari',\n\nlajj� bhaya,\n\ntabe prabhu karil� jagann�tha darasana\ntabe r�dha s0k$ma-mati,\n\nj�niy� sakhira\n\n!abe svarupa-gosaili sange lail!l bhakta-gat;�a\n!abe svarupa-gos!lili t!ltire sn�na kar�il�\ntabe svarupa-rama-raya,\n\nkari' n�na\n\ntabe yuddha 'hrd�hrdi',\n\ntabe haifa\n\n343\n\n'tanra yei �jil�'-bali' mauna dharif�\n\n16.24\n16.42\n16.46\n16.126\n16.54\n18.93\n17.14\n18.119\n19.54\n18.87\n\n11\n24\n25\n62\n29\n\ntanre tumi uthaifa �panara jiile\ntanre vid�ya diya thakura yadi ghare �ifa\ntan-sabara sange aifa kalidasa n�ma\ntan-sab�ra sange prabhura chi/a bahya-jilana\ntanudyat-sankoc�t kamatha iva krg10ru-\n\n161\n85\n176\n207\n157\n\ntanu-mana karaya k$obha,\n\nb�c;l�ya\n\ntara afpa kh!loy!lite sevaka karifa yatana\ntara afpa fail� prabhu jihv�te yadi dif�\ntara arrha asvadila premavi$ta hail!l\ntare bale,-'kotha kr$Qa, mora pr!lt;�a-natha?\n\nt!lbhir yutaf)sramam apohitum anga-sangatabu kr$Qa-n!lma balaka n� kare ucc!lra\ntabu preme bule kari' prabhura anve$at;�a\ntabu sei balaka kr$t;�a-nama na kahif�\ntad-amafa-pada-padme bhrngatam etya\n\n18.25 130\n35\n16.67\n18.43 137\n16.68\n35\n20.154 316\n\ntara eka kat;�a sparsi !lpan!l sodhite\ntara eka 'lava' ye paya, sei bhagyav!ln\ntara eka sruti-kat;�e,\n\nc;lubaya jagatera\n\ntaraja-praheli acarya kahena th!lre-thore\ntarajara na jani arrha, kiba tanra mana\n\ntaha dekhi' prat;�a k�'ra nahi rahe dhac;le\ntahan gele sei bhata fagibe sabare\"\ntahani dekhifa kr$t;�era vanya-bhojana\ntah�ti tumi pras�da p�o. tabe ami jiye\"\ntahati yai' pac;lila prabhu hail!l acetana\nt!lha yei p!lya, tara saphafa jivita\n!ahara ak!lra dekhite bhaya /age mane\n!ahara fak$at;�a suna, svarupa-rama-r�ya\nIaiche �mi eka kat;�a chutiiluti lif�ra\nIaiche j�niha 'vik�ra' 'praf�pa' vart;�ana\n\n18.53 142\n18.59 144\n20.135 308\n16.19\n9\n17.12\n84\n16.135\n18.58\n20.20\n20.91\n18.12\n\n67\n144\n253\n289\n124\n\ntaraja suni' mahaprabhu i$al hasila\ntara madhye 'bangala'-kavira natakatara madhye dui-Qatakera vidh!lna-sravat;�a\n\n19.45\n20.83\ntanra bhaye kaif� prabhu bhik$� sankocana\n20.115\ntanra bhaye n!lrena bhittye mukh!lbja gha$ile 19.74\ntanra bhaye narena prabhu b�hire yaite\n19.74\n\ntiitira �ge yadyapi saba lil�ra bh!lt;�c;/ara\n\n201\n285\n299\n215\n215\n\ntanra bh0$a-dhvanite amara harila sravat;�a\ntanra carat;�a dhuil� karon muili pane\ntanr!l gele puna{) haifa unm�da pradh!lna\ntanra jhari-5e$amrta kichu more dila\nt!ltira lagi' ami mari,\n\nulati' n!l cahe\n\n17.25\n89\n16.31\n19\n20.151 314\n16.78\n39\n20.89 288\n19.51 205\n\nt!ltira pache pache ami karinu gamana\ntanra patnire tabe namaskara kaif�\nt�tira patni t!ltire dena, khayena C0$iya\ntanra sparse ha-ifa tamara kr$Qa-premodaya\ntanra th!lili 5e$a-p�tra fayena m�giy�\n\n16.32\n17.25\n16.15\n16.34\n18.66\n16.11\n\n19\n89\n8\n20\n147\n6\n\n19.18 187\n19.27 191\n19.23 189\n20.111 297\n20.103 294\n\n20.118\n20.127\ntara madhye parimut;�c;/a-nrtyera vart;�ana\n20.118\ntara madhye prabhura kichu prafapa-vart;�ana 20.125\ntara madhye prabhura p!lilcendriya-�kar$at;�a 20.127\n\n300\n304\n300\n303\n304\n\n20.124\n20.104\n20.105\n18.30\n16.145\n\n303\n294\n295\n132\n72\n\ntara madhye prabhura sirilha-dv�re parana\ntara madhye sivanandera ascarya darsana\n\ntarange vahiya phire� -yena SU$ka k�$tha\ntara tapasyara phala,\ntara yeba udgara,\n\ndekha ihara\ntare kaya 'amrta-\n\ntare namaskari' kalidasa vi daya magi/a\ntarka n!l kariha, suna visv!lsa kariy�\ntarkera gocara nahe caritra yahara\ntaru-fat!ldi jyotsn!lya kare jhafamafa\n1�-sabare deya pic;/!l,\n\nama-sane\n\ntasmai deyaril tato grahyaril\ntanra nikata eka-sthane lukaila rahila\n\n20.138 309\n41\n16.81\n20.71 280\n16.98\n49\n17.41\n98\n\ntara madhye govindera kaila parik$at;�a\n\ntare khaoy!lila tanra patni khaya pa5cate\ntanra carat;�a-cihna yei th!lili pac;/ila\n\n281\n189\n147\n19\n3\n\n16.78\n39\n17.72 116\n16.121 59\n45\n16.91\n16.92\n46\n\ntara madhye karil!l rase kr$Qa-anve�Qa\n\ntara madhye sivananda-sange kukkura !lila\ntams c!lkrtarthan viyunarik$y ap�rthakaril\n\n20.74\n19.23\n18.65\n16.31\n16.5\n\ntate bara bara kahi,-suna bhakta-gat;�a\ntate caitanya-lila haifa ye kichu likhana\ntate ei dravye kr$�dhara-sparsa haifa\n!�!e j�ni, -kana tapasy�ra ache bafa\ntateka bharila peta, If$� mora gel�\n\n16.132 66\n16.35\n21\n16.30\n19\n19.106 232\n19.103 231\n19.82\n20.50\n16.25\n16.62\n\n219\n267\n12\n33\n\n20.101 293\n16.112 54\n16.138 68\n20.89 288\n\n", "ant5#p0372": "Sri Caitanya-caritam!'fa\n\n344\n\ntate 'vai$Qavera jhuta' khao char;li' ghr�We ye pra/apa kaila, taha ye sunila\"\ntathilpi alpa varQiya chac;lilena ara\ntathilpi likhiye, suna ihilra karaQa\ntathapi se nirlajja, vrtha dhare praQa\nteliho kr$Qa-kat:Jtha dhari',\n\nbhase jalera\n\nteliho nahena, ei ati-vikrta akara\"\nlepus tapas te juhuvu/:1 sasnur arya\nthilkura kahe,-\"aiche vat kahite nil yuyaya\ntina amrte hare kaQa,\n\nhare mana,\n\ntina capac;la mari' kahe,-'bhata palaila\ntina-dasaya mahilprabhu rahena sarva-kala\ntina-dvare kapata aiche ache ta' lagiya\ntina haite kr$t:Ja-nama-premera ullasa\ntire rahi' dekhi ami sakhi-gaQa-safige\ntamara adhina ami putra se tamara\ntamara darsane ainu mui patita pamare\ntamara e-amrte pile saphala haifa srama\ntamara ei dasa kene,-kahata' kilraQa?\"\ntamara murcchil dekhi' sabe mane pai\n\"tamara nitya-dasa mui, tom!i pasariya\ntamara parase ei preme malta ha-ifa\ntamara sev!i chac;li' ami kariluli sannyasa\ntamara sevak.a karofi tamara sevana\"\ntamara veQu SU$kendhana, tara janmaya\ntoma-sabara caraQa-dhuli karinu vandana\n'tara yadi lag paiye,\n\ntabe tore sik$ii\n\ntrai/okya-saubhagam idam ca nirik$ya rupam\ntrayodase-jagadananda mathura yai' aila\ntrijagatera /aka prabhura paila darasana\ntrQad api sunicena\nlf$Qanurupa jhari bhari' teliho kaila pana\n\n16.58\n31\n18.116 174\n20.83 285\n20.95 291\n16.136 68\n\nudvega, Vi$!lda, dainye kare pralapana\nudvega, Vi$!lda, mali,\n\nautsukya, trilsa,\n\nudvege divasa nil yaya 'k$aQa' haifa\nudyane udyane bhramena kautuka dekhite\nughac;la-alige pac;liya salikara nidra\n\n18.89\n18.68\n16.27\n16.23\n17.38\n\n158\n148\n14\n11\n96\n\n18.62\n18.77\n17.11\n16.63\n18.82\n\n146\n152\n83\n33\n154\n\n19.10\n16.20\n20.152\n18.46\n18.115\n\n183\n10\n315\n139\n174\n\nuthi' dhilya vraja-jana,\n\ntr$ita cataka-\n\nuthi/a bahu raktotpala,\n\nprthak\n\nuthila padma-maQc;la/a,\n\nprthak\n\n20.33\n18.113\n19.9\n20.34\n16.124\n20.101\n\n260\n173\n183\n260\n61\n293\n\nuthiya vasilena prabhu, cahena iti-uti\n\n19.46\n17.31\n20.121\n20.116\n20.21\n20.88\n\n202\n92\n302\n299\n253\n288\n\nunavimse bhittye prabhura mukhaunmada Ce$/ila haya pralapa-vacane\nunmada-ce$tita tate unmada-pralapa\nunmada-dasaya prabhura sthira nahe\nunmada-pralapa-ce$!ii kare ratri-dine\nunmada-pralapa kare ratri-divase\nunmadera ce$!.1, pralapa kare premilvese\nunmadera silmarthye,\n\nsei slokera kare\n\nupala-bhoga dekhiya prabhu nija-vasa aila\nupasana lagi' devera karena avahana\n\nuthi/a Vi$iida, dainya,-pac;le apanauthitei asthi saba lagila nija-sthilne\n\nutkaQthate artha kare pral!ipa kariya\nuttama haii!i apan!ike mane trt:Jiidhama\nuttama haii!i vai$Qava habe nirabhim!lna\nuttama samsk!ira kari',\n\nbac;la bac;la\n\nuttama-vastu bheta laiia t!ifira thiliii yaya\n\ntrtiye-haridasera mahima pracaQc;la\ntumi j!lna parihasa,\n\nkr$t:Ja nili\n\nhaya narira sarva-\n\n\"tumi kr$Qa-nama-mantra kaila upadese\n'tumi mora sakhii, dekhaha-kahilli\ntumi murccha-chale vrndavane dekha\nW$.1nale poc;le, yena na yaya jivana\n\n20.106\n19.49\n17.37\n16.71\n16.83\n18.115\n20.41\n\n295\n203\n96\n36\n41\n174\n263\n\nvai$Qavera 5e$a-bhak$aQera eteka mahima\nvai$Qavera ucchi$!a khaite teliho haifa buc;la\nvai$Qave t�lihara visvasa, janena antara\n\nucca kari' kr$Qa-nama kahena prabhura kilQe\nucca kari' sravaQe kare nama-salikirtana\nudgharQa-dasa haifa unmada-lak$at:Ja\n\nvande sri-kr$t:Ja-caitanyam\nvande tam kr$t:Ja-caitanyam\nvar$iintare !lila saba gauc;lera bhakta-gaQa\nvar$ilra megha-pr!iya asru vari$e nayana\nvar$e sthira tac;lid-gaQa,\n\nsiiice syama\n\nvasanta-rajanite pu$podyane viharaQa\nvasi' pada capi' kare riitri-jagaraQa\n\nu\n\nvayu yaiche sindhu-jalera hare eka 'kaQa'\n\n18.74\n17.20\n19.32\n\n150\n87\n193\n\n262\n103\n263\n121\n215\n\n20.136\n17.63\n17.70\n19.65\n19.31\n\n308\n112\n115\n212\n192\n\n19.3\n180\n17.3\n80\n17.50 104\n16.101 50\n19.26 190\n19.42\n18.96\n18.95\n20.15\n18.76\n\n199\n163\n162\n250\n151\n\n17.22\n88\n16.141 70\n20.22 254\n20.25 255\n18.103 168\n16.10\n\nv\n\nvai$Qavocchi$!a khilibara pha/a dekhaila\ntui akrura-murti dhari',\n\n20.38\n17.49\n20.40\n18.5\n19.72\n\nveQu dhma-puru$a haiia,\n\npuru$ildhara\n\nveQu-nada amrta-ghole,\n\namrta-samana\n\nveQura jhutadhara-rasa,\n\nhaiia /obhe\n\nvet:Jura tapa jani yabe,\n\nsei tapa kari\n\n16.57\n30\n16.8\n5\n16.48\n26\n20.128 305\n16.1\n1\n19.1\n16.4\n20.40\n18.86\n20.137\n\n179\n3\n263\n156\n309\n\n19.73 215\n18.20 127\n16.125 61\n96\n17.38\n16.146 73\n16.149 75\n\n", "ant5#p0373": "Index of Bengali and Sanskrit Verses\n\n345\n\nve(lure mani' nija-jati, aryera yena\nVe(lu-sabda suni' ami ge/ana vrndavana\nvicarite saba viparita\nviccheda-du/:rkhita jani' janani iiSvasite\nvidhire kare bhartsana, kr�(le dena\n\n16.148 74\n17.23\n88\n16.122 59\n181\n19.5\n19.44 200\n\nyamunara bhrame prabhu dhiiila ca/ila\n\"yamuniira bhrame tumi samudre pac;lila!\nyamunara jale mahii-ratige karena keli\nyamunate jala-keli gopi-ga(la-satige\nya na piiilii du/:rkhe mari, ayogya piye\n\n18.28 131\n18.112 173\n18.81 153\n18.32 133\n16.149 75\n\nvidyapati, Ca(lc;/idiisa, sri-gita-govinda\nvimsa-paricchede-nija-'sik�a�taka'\nvina-mO/ye deya gandha, gandha diya\nvipriid dvi-�ac;l-gu(la-yutad aravinda-nabhavirahe vyakula prabhu udvege uthi/a\n\n17.6\n81\n20.138 309\n19.98 228\n16.26\n13\n19.58 208\n\nyan-sabara cara(la-krpa-subhera kara(la\nyara dhana, na kahe tare, pima kare\nyara yata sakti, tata kare aroha(la\n\"yare ciihi chiic;lite, sei suilii ache\nyare krpii karena, tara haya ithe visvasa\n\n20.150\n16.145\n20.79\n17.56\n19.109\n\n314\n72\n283\n108\n240\n\nvi�ade vihvala sabe, niihika 'cetana'\nvistariya veda-vyiisa kariba var(lane\nvisvasa kariya kara e-tina sevana\nvrajatula-kuliitiganetara-rasali-tr�(la-hara\"vrajendra-kula-dugdha-sindhu,\n\n18.43 137\n20.86 287\n16.62\n33\n16.119 58\n19.36 195\n\nyata ce�ta, yata praliipa,-nahi paravara\nyata dul)kha, yata sukha, yateka vikara\nyata gopa-sundari, kr�(la tata\nyata hemabja jale bhiise, tata\n\n20.72\n18.16\n18.90\n18.94\n\n280\n126\n159\n161\n\nvrajera visuddha-prema,- yena\nvrddha jaratura ami andha, badhira\nvrk�a yena kiitileha kichu nii bolaya\nvrndii-krta sambhara, gandha-pu�pavrndavana-bhrame yahan karila pravese\n\n20.62\n20.93\n20.23\n18.101\n20.126\n\n276\n290\n254\n166\n304\n\nyata nacaila, naci' karila visriime\nyathii tathii vii vidadhiitu lampato\nyatha-yogya kare mana, kr�(la tiite\nyavat buddhira gati, tateka var(liluti\nyavat jiba, tavat iimi nariba chiic;lite'\n\n20.149\n20.47\n20.54\n20.81\n19.11\n\n314\n266\n270\n284\n184\n\nvrndavana-dasa prathama ye lila var(lila\nvrndavana-ramaQinariJ ma(lc;/anam\nvrndavane devi-gaQa, kunja-diisi\nvrndavane taru-lata, adbhuta\nvyiipe caudda-bhuvane, kare sarva\n\n20.73\n16.74\n18.102\n18.102\n19.92\n\n281\n37\n167\n167\n224\n\nyaya vrk�a-lata-pase, km1a sphure\nye amara pra(la-natha, ekatra rahi\nyeba lak�mi-thakuraQi, tetiho ye\nyeba tumi sakhi-gaQa, vi�ade\nyeba veQu-kala-dhvani, eka-bara\n\n19.99\n19.50\n17.47\n17.52\n17.46\n\n228\n204\n102\n105\n101\n\nye-dine tamara iccha karaite bhojana\nye gopi mora kare dve�e, kr�Qera kare\nyei kare, yei bole saba,-unmada-lak�aQa\nyei yei sloka jayadeva, bhiigavate\nyei ye magaye, tare deya apana-dhana\n\n19.8\n20.56\n19.65\n20.67\n20.24\n\n182\n272\n212\n278\n255\n\n'ye-jana jite nahi caya, tare kene\nye kichu kahiluti ei dig-darasana\nye kichu varQiluti, seha satik�epa kariya\nye krwa-mora premadhina, tare\nye narire vane he kr�Qa, tara rOpe\n\n19.44\n20.76\n20.84\n19.52\n20.53\n\n200\n282\n286\n205\n269\n\nye-rOpe /a-ile nama prema upajaya\nyogya hana keha karite na paya pana\nyogya jana nahi paya, lobhe matra mare\nyugayitaril nime$e(la\n\n20.20 253\n16.136 68\n16.137 68\n20.39 262\n\ny\nyabe yei bhava prabhura karaye udaya\nyadyapiha prabhu-koti-samudrayaha haite haya saba vanchita-pOraQa\nyaha haite paiba kr�Qa-premamrta-dhana\nyaha haite paibii nija vanchita saba kaja\n\n17.5\n81\n20.66 278\n20.146 312\n17.69 115\n16.58\n31\n\nyaha kari' asvadana, anandita mora\nyahara artha suni' saba yaya dul)kha-soka\nyahara caritre prabhu payena ananda\nyair dmam tan-mukhiic chrutva\nyajilai/:1 satikirtana-prayair\nyamuna-jala nirma/a, atiga kare\n\n18.99\n20.15\n19.4\n17.1\n20.10\n18.90\n\n165\n250\n181\n79\n247\n159\n\n", "ant5#p0374": "General Index\nNumerals in bold type indicate references to Sri Caitanya-caritamrta's\nverses. Numerals in regular type are references to its purports.\n\nA\n\nAmrta-pravaha-bha�ya\nTwentieth Chapter summarized in, 243\n\nAbhiji'iana-sakuntala-nataka\n\nAnantadeva\ncan't describe one day of Caitanya's\n\nquoted, 136\n\necstasies, 112-113\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami\n\nunable to describe Caitanya's pastimes,\n\nactivities of, 320\nmeeting of Bhaktisiddhiinta Sarasvati\n\n125, 279-280\nAnger\n\nand, 319\nActivities\ncommitting\n\nas ecstatic symptom of Caitanya, 245\nsinful\n\non\n\nstrength\n\nKr�r:ta satisfied when gopi displays, 270\n\nof\n\nchanting, 4\n\nAnxiety\nas ecstatic symptom of Caitanya, 103,\n\nno limit to Caitanya's, 280\nof A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami seen by\n\n245\nof Caitanya in separation, 208-209\n\nBhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT, 320\n\nApi bata madhu-puryam arya-putro\n\nof Caitanya as wild and insane, 192-193\nof Jag a d a n a n d a\n\nPar:t<;lit a\n\npleased\n\nverses quoted, 236-237\nArt\n\nCaitanya, 181\nof Kr�r:ta's flute, 69-70\n\nKr�r:ta as reservoir of, 199-200\n\nof Kr�r:ta's lips as perplexing, 59-60\n\nAssociation\n\nof one in transcendental love, 231-232\n\nof Kr�r:ta attained by chanting, 250\n\nof pure devotee meant for Kr�r:ta's hap-\n\nviiQi and vapu as two forms of, 319\n\npiness, 269\n\nAttachment\n\npure devotees have no motive for frui­\n\nfor chanting prevented by offenses, 251\n\ntive, 12\n\nhearing about Kr�r:ta frees one from\n\nAditya Puriif)a\n\nmaterial, 236\n\ncited on chastity of brahmaQa's wife,\n\nto household affairs as miserable, 236\n\n273\n\nAusterities\n\nAdvaita Acarya\n\nalready performed by one who chants\n\nCaitanya's message to, 186\n\nthe holy name, 14\n\nKr�r:tadasa Kaviraja writes by mercy of,\n\nnectar\n\n291-292\n\nof\n\nKr�r:ta's lips obtained\n\non\n\nstrength of, 68-69\n\nAgitation\n\nperformed by goddess of fortune, 102\n\nas ecstatic symptom of Caitanya, 243\n\nperformed by Kr�r:ta's flute, 71-72\n\nAi�o�a\nCaitanya wandered near temple of, 130\n\n8\n\nAkrora\nKr�r:ta left Vrndavana with, 201\nAmrta-pravaha-bha�ya\n\nBack to Godhead\n\nEighteenth Chapter in summarized in,\n\nstarted by A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami in\n\n119\n\n1944,320\n\nNineteenth Chapter summarized in, 179\n\nBalarama\n\nSixteenth Chapter summarized, 1\n\nKr�r:ta left Vrndavana with, 201\n\n347\n\n", "ant5#p0375": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n348\n\nBali Maharaja\nplundered by Yamanadeva, 235\nBeauty\nof Kr��a stuns living entities, 92\nBhagavad-gita\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami wrote commentary on, 320\nas vaQi of Kr��a, 319\nBhakti-rasamrta-sindhu\n\nKr��adasa Kaviraja followed instructions\nin, 230\nquoted on activities of one who loves\nKr��a, 232\ntranslated into English by A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami, 320\nBhaktir a?ta-vidha hy e?ii\n\nverses quoted, 18\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati\nas eternal spiritual master of A.C.\nBhaktivedanta Swami, 319\ncited on pure devotees as writers, 285,\n287-288\ncited on imitation of pure devotees, 4\ncited on prakrta-sahajiyas as false devotees, 257\ncited on worship of Kalidasa and jhac,Ju\nThakura, 7\ndisappearance date of, 319\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness formed to execute order\nof, 321\nBhramara-gita\n\nas\n\nsection\n\nof\n\nTe n t h\n\nCanto\n\nof\n\nBhagavatam, 233\n\nBilvamangala Thakura\nas author of Kr�Qa-karQamrta, 278-279\nBirth\n\nBody of Kr��a\nremains fast in minds of women,\n197-198\nscent of, 223-229\ntriumphs over blackish rain cloud, 197\nBrahma\ncan't estimate Caitanya's mercy, 38-39\npleased by chastity of brahmaQa's wife,\n273\nprasada difficult to obtain for, 48\nBrahmaQa\n\nanyone who constantly chants holy\nname is better than, 14\ncan't purify himself or his family, 13\ncharacteristics of found in sudra, 16\nknown by his occupation, 16\nmay become a Vai��ava, 18\none\n\nwho\n\nis trained and initiated\n\nbecomes, 18\nqualities of, 16\nstory of leper, 272-273\ntwelve qualities of not sufficient for\npurification, 13\nBrahmananda Bharati\nreceived prasada of Lord Jagannatha,\n51-52\n\nc\nCaitanya-bhagavata\n\nKr��adasa Kaviraja requests readers to\nhear, 286\nquoted on future description of\nCaitanya's pastimes, 287\nCaitanya-caritamrta\nas favorite book of Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvati, 320\n\nbrahmaQa not sufficient for\ndeveloping devotion, 12-14\n\ncited on chanting, 247\ncited on incarnation who sings name of\n\nsastric evidence for unimportance of,\n12-18\nBody, material\nhearing about Caitanya destroys miseries of, 241\n\nKr��a. 248\ndate of completion of, 318\ndestroys inauspiciousness, 316\nhearing of pacifies heart and ear, 241\nwritten for satisfaction of Madanamohanaji and Govindaji Deities,\n316-317\n\nas\n\nBody of Kr��a\nluster of, 194-195, 198-199\nparts of compared to eight lotus\nflowers, 225\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nas merciful and magnanimous, 114\n\n", "ant5#p0376": "General Index\n\n349\n\nCupid\nRadha thought of Kr��Ja as, 108-109\n\nCaitanya Mahaprabhu\nas Supreme Lord, 26, 220, 316\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta offered to lotus feet\nof, 316-317\n\nfelt like Radhara!Ji, 265\n\nD\n\ninduced the whole world to chant the\nholy name, 35-36\n\nDeath\n\nInternational Society for Krishna Con­\n\nas inevitable in heavenly, middle and\nlower planets, 235\n\nsciousness formed to execute order\nDeity\n\nof, 321\n\nKr�!Jadasa Kaviraja writes by mercy of,\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta written for satisfaction of, 316-317\n\n291-292\nonly most fortunate relish mad words\n\nof Sri Madana-gopala worshiped by\njhac;lu Thakura, 8\n\nof, 243\n\nthree states of consciousness of, 152\n\nDemigods\n\nCaitanya-matigala\nSee: Caitanya-bhiigavata\nCar:�t;liila\n\ncan't estimate Caitanya's mercy, 38-39\n\nprasada difficult to obtain for, 48, 65,\n97,131\nDetermination\n\nas devotee can deliver his family, 26\n\nas ecstatic symptom of Caitanya, 103\n\nChanting\n\nDevotees\n\ncorrect method of, 253-256\n\necstatic symptoms of, 261\n\nadvanced do not advertise themselves,\n\nof devotees roused Caitanya, 87\n\nastonished at Caitanya, 191-192\n\nfrees one from undesirable habits, 248\noffenses prevent attachment for, 251\nof 'Hari' while taking prasada, 56\n\nof holy name by trees and immovable\nplants, 35-36\n\nresults and effects of, 248-250\nattainable\n\nbumblebees at Kr��Ja's lotus feet, 317\n\nCaitanya maintained external consciousness in company of, 39\n\nchanted Hare Kr��Ja mantra loudly, 87\n\ndon't care about their own happiness\n\npower of, 14\nsalvation\n\n257\n\nin\n\nKali-yuga\n\nand distress, 269\n\nby,\n\n246-247\nwhile gambling as offensive, 4\n\nCharity\n\nRadha gives Her body to Kr��Ja in, 274\n\nConditioned soul\n\nas eternal servant of Kr��Ja, 258-260\nConjugal love\nKr�!Ja's body as essence of, 198-199\n\ndrink nectar of Kr��Ja's lips, 72-73\n\ndust of feet of as powerful substance,\n\n32\n\ne n t e r e d Jag a n n a t h a-va l l a b h a with\nCaitanya, 218\n\ne n t r e a t e d C a i t a n y a to stay with\nSankara, 212-213\ninstructed\n\nby\n\nCaitanya\n\nin\n\ntasting\n\necstatic love, 1-2\n\nKr��Ja can't give up, 236\n\nKr��Jadasa Kaviraja writes by mercy of,\n\nthree states of Caitanya's, 152\n\nobtained water that washed Caitanya's\n\nKr��Ja as reservoir of, 199-200\n\nseated in the heart along with Param­\n\nGovinda's glance awakens influence of,\n\nshould be recognized as bhiigavatas, 17\n\nConsciousness\nCulture\nCupid\n\n238\n\nKr��Ja as enchanter of, 223-224\n\n291-292\nfeet, 25\n\natma, 320\n\nshould serve Kr��Ja without personal\nmotives, 273\n\n", "ant5#p0377": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n350\n\nDevotional service\n\nEcstatic symptoms\n\nas sweeter than direct union, 274-275\nCaitanya prayed\n\nfor\n\nof Caitanya resembled tortoise and\n\nunmotivated,\n\n257-260\nchanting awakens all varieties of,\n249-250\ndevotees engage in pure, 12\nin Vrndavana like gold in River )ambo,\n276\n\nprakrta-sahajiyas can't relish, 257\nDisciplic succession\npure devotee in represents Vyasadeva,\n288\nDistress\nCaitanya recited sixth verse of\n\n?aHaka in mellow of, 262\n\npumpkin, 85-86\n\nof devotees while taking prasada, 56\nof Kalidasa while eating remnants, 22\nof Radha and Caitanya as the same,\n\n264-265\nEducation\nchanting as life and soul of, 248-249\n\nnot criterion of a brahmaQa, 16\n\nEka-desaril tu vedasya\nverses quoted, 313\nEnvy\n\nas ecstatic symptom of Caitanya, 243\n\nSik­\n\nhearing about Kr�rya frees one from, 236\n\ndevotee does not care about his own,\n\n269\nDivi bhuvi ca rasayaril ka/:1 striyas\nverses quoted, 234\nDr. Bose\n\nF\nFaith\ncomes from\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami once man­\n\nservice\n\nand\n\nfavor\n\nof\n\nCaitanya and Nityananda, 240\n\naged laboratory of, 319\n\nin three powerful substances, 32-33\n\nDuty\n\none must taste\n\nof queens is good behavior, 239\n\nprasada with great,\n\n55-56\nFear\n\nDvaraka\nsongs of queens at, 237-240\n\nas ecstatic symptom of Caitanya, 103\n\nDvijatvaril jayate nwam\nquoted, 18\n\nFlute of Kr�rya\naffects women, 101-102\nas messenger, 94-95\n\ncriticizes gopis, 62-64\n\ninvites gopis, 72-73\n\nE\n\nmind and senses of, 60-61\nproduces deep sound, 194-195\nsound of, 199\n\nEagerness\nas ecstatic symptom, 103, 245\nto\n\nchant expressed\n260-261\nEconomic development\n\nby\n\nCaitanya,\n\nFruitive activity\nrejected by Caitanya, 257-258\n\nG\n\ndestroyed by topics of Kr�rya, 236\nEcstatic symptoms\n\nimitated by prakrta-sahajiyas, 257\n\nmanifested by Caitanya, 46, 103, 122,\n\n149, 193\nmanifested\n\nas room of Caitanya, 207\nCaitanya rubbed face against walls of,\n\nwhile\n\nchanting\n\n208-210\n\nthe holy\n\nname, 261\nof Caitanya in pure love of Kr�rya,\n\n275-276\n\nGambhTra\n\nGaryesa\nunable to find limit of Caitanya's\npastimes, 125\n\n", "ant5#p0378": "General Index\nGovinda\n\nGanges River\n\nas universally purifying, 73\n\nglance of awakens influence of Cupid,\n\nGaruc;Ja Pural)a\n\n238\n\nquoted on mleccha devotees, 18\n\nGovinda (servant)\n\nGauc;liya Matha\n\ncarried Caitanya's waterpot, 23\n\nBhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati started mis­\n\nlay at Caitanya's door, 83\n\nsionary activities of, 319\n\nlay at door of Gambhira, 208\n\nGauc;liya Vai�l)avas\n\nsent for Svarapa Damodara, 85\n\nVrndavana Deities are life and soul of,\n\n311\n\nGauratiga-stava-kalpavrk�a\ndescribed pastime\nCOWS,\n\nquoted\n\nof\n\nunderstood all indications of Caitanya,\n\n30\n\nCaitanya\n\n115-116\n\nand\n\non\n\nCai tanya\n\nand\n\non\n\nCaitanya's\n\nmadness,\n\ndoorkeeper, 43-44\n\nquoted\n\n351\n\nthe\n\n216-217\nGita-govinda\nCaitanya's associates sang verse from,\n220\n\nGovinda-/ilamrta\n\nquoted on nectar of Kr�IJa's lips, 58\n\nquoted\nGrief\n\non\n223-224\n\n81\n\nGoddess of fortune\n\nas evidence of superiority of service to\n\n245\n\nKr�IJa lived at Mathura's, 237\n\nH\nHarilsa svagatam asyataril piba payo\nverses quoted, 239-240\n\nHappiness\n\nburden of material destroyed, 59-60\n\nunion, 274-275\n\ndevotee doesn't care for his own, 269\n\neffects of Kr�IJa's flute on, 97-98, 102\n\ndevotees\n\nserves K[�l)a's lotus feet, 234\n\nGop is\n\nbreasts of resemble cakravaka birds,\n\n162-165\n\nCaitanya overwhelmed with ecstasy of,\n\n92-93, 206\n\nchastised Kr�IJa in anger, 93-96\n\nattracted\n\nby\n\nprakrta-sahajiyas, 271\n\nHari\n\nholy name of chanted by devotees, 56\nquoted on qualifications of a devotee,\n\n12\n\nignore regulative principles, 94-95\n\nHearing\n\nKr�IJa pleased when chastised by, 270\n\nlips of Kr�IJa as property of, 61-62, 71\nmouths of as Kr�IJa's spittoons, 65-66\n\npastimes of Kr�IJa with in Yamuna, 130,\n154-166\n\nserving Kr�IJa as only business of, 235\n\nGovinda\n\nas holy name, 48, 251\n\njoin\n\nHari-bhakti-vilasa\n\nHari-nama-bale pape pravrtti\n\nKr�IJa as ornament for, 37-38\n\nmaterial\n\nof Radha and Kr�IJa, 274\n\ncompared to she-elephants, 155\n\ncompared to streaks of lightning, 157\n\nKr�IJa's body,\n\nGurukula\n\n278-279\n\nsung by Svarupa Damodara, 111-112\n\nof\n\nas ecstatic symptom of Caitanya, 243,\n\nCaitanya overwhelmed by reading,\n\nRamananda Raya quotes verses from,\n\nscent\n\nquoted, 4\n\nabout Caitanya destroys three miseries,\n\n240-241\n\nof Sik�a�[.aka increases love for Kr�IJa,\n\n277\n\nHiral)yakasipu\n\ncut by nails of Nrsimhadeva, 28\n\nHoly name\n\nall of Supreme Lord's potencies invested in, 251\n\n", "ant5#p0379": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n352\n\nHoly name\nanyone who chants is factually Aryan,\n14\n\nJagannatha Puri\nSacidevi ordered Caitanya to remain at,\n184\n\nanyone who constantly chants is\ngreater than brahmal)a, 14\nCaitanya revived by sound of, 151\nchanted by devotees while taking\n\nJagannatha-vallabha garden\nCaitanya entered, 218\n\nchanted by trees and immovable plants,\n\n]ambo River\ndevotional service in Vrndavana compared to gold in, 276\nJayadeva Gosvami\nas author of Gita-govinda, 81, 278-279\nJha\\lu Thakura\nbelonged to bhariimali (street-sweeper)\ncaste, 7\nhumble attitude of befits Vai�Qava, 15\nworshiped at Sripatabati in Bhedo, 7\nworshiped Deity of Sri Madana-gopala,\n\nprasada, 56\n\n}agannatha-val/abha-nataka\n\nCaitanya overwhelmed by reading,\n278-279\n\n35-36\n\nchanting of as means of salvation in\nKali-yuga, 246-247\nKalidasa never uttered anything but, 3\noffenses against, 4\none who chants is intelligent, 247\nPuridasa would not utter, 35\nHumility\nas ecstatic symptom of Caitanya, 245\nbefits a Vai�Qava, 15\nCaitanya recited second Sik�a�taka in\nmood of, 250-251\n\n8\n\n]iva Gosvami\nKr�Qadasa Kaviraja writes by mercy of,\n291-292\n\nJubilation\nas ecstatic symptom of Caitanya, 243,\nIncarnations\nof Kr�Qa, 235, 247-248\nInitiation, spiritual\nCaitanya granted Puridasa, 36\ncompared to alchemy, 18\nInternational Society for Krishna Consciousness\nformed to execute the order of\nCaitanya and Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvati, 321\n\nJ\nJagadananda PaQQita\nCaitanya derived great pleasure from,\n181\n\ndelivered Advaita Acarya message, 189\nJagannatha Deity\nas cowherd boy, 184\nCaitanya saw as K[�Qa with His flute, 42\nJagannatha Puri\nCaitanya resided at, 244\n\n245\n\nK\nKalidasa\nas uncle of Raghunatha dasa, 5\nate remnants of food of all Bengali\nVai�Qavas, 5, 22\nbegged prasada of Jha\\lu Thakura, 7-12\nCaitanya bestowed mercy upon, 22-27\nchanted holy name while performing\nordinary dealings, 3-4\ndrank water that washed Caitanya's\nfeet, 25-26\nhad full faith in Vai�Qavas, 26\nnever uttered anything but holy name\nof Kr�Qa, 3\nreceived remnants of Caitanya's food,\n29-31\n\nrecited verses on qualifications of a\ndevotee, 12-14\nthrew dice in a jest, 4\nworshiped at Sripatabati in Bhedo, 7\n\n", "ant5#p0380": "General Index\n\nKaliyuga\nchanting\n\nas\n\nmeans\n\nof\n\nsalvation\n\nin,\n\n246-247\n\nKarabhajana\n\nquoted on chanting by incarnation of\nKr�Qa, 247-248\n\nKim iha bahu �aqanghre gayasi\nverses quoted, 234\nKim tvacaritam asmabhir\nverses quoted, 238\n\nKoQarka temple\n\nCaitanya carried by waves to, 133\n\nKr�Qa\n\naccepts role of devotee to taste ecstatic\n\n353\n\nKr�Qa\nexpanded Himself into as many forms\nas there were gopis, 159\nfragrance and taste of lips of, 55\nglance of, 95\n\ngoddesses of fortune reside at chest of,\n\n236\n\ngreatest mercy of, 33\n\nhappiness of is in union with Radha, 274\n\nhas a navel shaped like a lotus, 13\nhas no fear of killing women, 205\nleft Vrndavana for Mathura, 201\n\nlips of touch prasada, 46-47, 54-55\nliving at Curukula in Mathura, 237\n\nemotions, 126\n\nmakes jokes that annihilate women,\n\nas charitable, 235\n\nmaterialists want to enjoy by sharing\n\nas expert in rasa dancing, 194-195\n\nnectar of lips of described, 57\n\nappeared within Radha's heart, 107-108\nas debauchee, 265-266, 268\n\n95-96\nhappiness of, 269\n\nas holy name, 251\n\nnectar of lips of drunk by unfit, 68\n\nas personally present five thousand\n\none attains ecstatic love for by serving\n\nas only Lord of Radha's heart, 265-266\nyears ago, 319\n\nas reservoir of art and culture, 199-200\nas son of Nanda Maharaja, 88-89, 259\nbeauty of relished by Caitanya, 40\n\nbecomes controlled by Radha, 267-268\n\nbestows nectar of His hands on women,\n\n196-197\n\nCaitanya heard flute of, 83\n\nCaitanya's anxiety in separation from,\n\n208-209\n\noffended the gopis, 234\nthree substances, 32\n\nPuridasa initiated into name of, 36\n\nRadha has right to nectar of lips of, 62\n\nresembled a blackish cloud, 157\nseen\n\nby\n\nCaitanya\n\nin\n\nJagannatha-\n\nvallabha garden, 220-222\n\nserved by goddess of fortune, 235\nsmile of like camphor, 100\n\nsounds of plunder Radha's ears, 99\nSrivatsa symbol on chest of, 239\n\ncannot give up conjugal love, 236\n\nswan as messenger of, 240\n\ncharacteristics of transcendental lips of,\n\nthe bumblebee sang about, 234\n\nchanting as process of worship of, 247\n\n59-60\nchews pan, 58\n\nsweet smile of, 237\n\n·the four nectarean sounds of, 102-103\nthought of by Radha as Cupid, 108-109\n\nclothing of, 197\n\ntinkling of ornaments of attracts gopis,\n\n155\ncompared to moon, 194-195\n\ntopics about destroy four religious prin­\n\ncompared to chief of mad elephants,\n\ncompared to ornaments for the gopis,\n\n37-38\ncurved eyebrows of attractive, 235\ndeparture of to Mathura, 193\n\ndifficulty of giving up talks about, 235\n\nenters Yamuna with gopis, 130\n\neveryone is the resting place of, 255\n\n97-98\n\nciples, 236\n\nvibration of flute of like buttermilk,\n\n96\nvoice of deep as a cloud, 97-99\n\nYamuna and Ganges Rivers drink nectar\nof lips of, 73\n\nKr�Qadasa Kaviraja\n\nas servant of ROpa Cosvami, 230\n\n", "ant5#p0381": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n354\n\nKr�r:Jadasa Kaviraja\ncompares himself to small, red-beaked\n\nLotus feet of Kr�r:Ja\nCaitanya prays to be dust particle at,\n\nbird, 289\n\n259-261\ndevoted\nbrahmaQa, 13\n\ncaQ(iala\n\ndescribes his invalidity, 290\ndescribes Caitanya's pastimes to rectify\nhimself, 280\n\nto\n\nbetter than\n\nchanting awakens dormant love for,\n\noffers obeisances to Yai�r:Java readers,\n\n283\n\n255-256\nin hearts of queens of Dvaraka, 239\n\npersonalities by whose mercy he writes\n\none who chants attains shelter of, 247\n\nlisted, 291-293\n\nqueens happy having been touched by,\n\nworships lotus feet of readers, 314-315\n\n238\n\nKr?Qa-karQamrta\n\nRadha as maidservant of, 266-267\n\nCaitanya overwhelmed by reading,\n\n278-279\nKurari vilapasi tvaril vita-nidra na se?e\nverses, 237\n\nscent of perfumes entire world, 317\nserved by Lak�mi, 234\nLotus flowers\n\nfaces of gopis indistinguishable from,\n\n160\nfighting between white and bluish, 162\n\nL\n\ngopis' hands resemble red, 163-165\n\nKr�r:Ja's hands resemble bluish, 162-165\nLak�mi\n\ncalled unintelligent by gopis, 234\n\nLalita-madhava\n\nquoted on Radha's description of Kr�r:Ja,\n\n195\nLamentation\nas ecstatic symptom of Caitanya, 103,\n\n245\nburden of material destroyed, 59-60\n\nCaitanya recited second verse of Sik­\n\n?ii?taka in mood of, 250-251\nLiberation\n\ndestroyed by topics of Kr�r:Ja, 236\nLiving entities\n\nRadha floated on water like, 158-159\nLove\nas\n\ncause of\n231-232\nLove of God\n\nincomprehensible\n\nacts,\n\nas pure in Yrndavana, 276\nattained by service to three substances.\n\n32\nawakened by chanting, 248\nCaitanya instructed devotees in tasting,\n\n1-2\n\nincreased by hearing Sik?ii?taka, 277\nliving entities taste only a particle of\nocean of, 128-129\n\nhearing about Caitanya destroyed miseries caused by, 241\n\nM\n\nholy name has all good fortune for, 249,\n\n251\ntouch only a particle of ocean of love\nfor Kr�r:Ja, 128-129\nLogic\n\nMadana-mohana Deity\ngave\n\nthe\n\norder making\n\nKr�r:Jadasa\n\nKaviraja write, 292\n\npastimes of Kr�r:Ja not in jurisdiction of,\n\n231\nLotus feet of Caitanya\nAdvaita Acarya offers obeisances to,\n\n187\nworshiped to achieve ecstatic love, 115\n\nMadhupa kitava-bandho\nverses quoted, 233\n\nMaha-bhagavata\n\nnot to be imitated, 4\n\nMahabharata\n\ncited on story of Pingala, 107\n\n", "ant5#p0382": "General Index\n\nMahabharata\n\nquoted on belief in prasada of pious, 48\n\nquoted on occupation as standard of\nbrahmal)a, 16\nquoted on sOdra becoming brahmal)a,\n16\nquoted on unimportance of birth status,\n15\nMaha-mantra\n\nCaitanya prayed to be able to chant,\n260-261\n\nchanted by Caitanya all night, 83, 208\nhow one should chant, 253-256\nMahesvara\npleased by chastity of brahmal)a's wife,\n273\nMantra\n\n355\n\nMind\nhearing about Caitanya destroys miseries of, 241\nof Caitanya unsteady, 211-212\nMleccha\n\nas brahma!Ja and pal)c;iita when devotee, 18\nMoon\nCaitanya's face like, 216-217\nKr�r:Ja as, 194-195\nof Caitanya's emotions rising, 278\nMrgayur iva kapindraril vivyadhe\n\nverses quoted, 235\nMukunda\nas name of Kr�r:Ja, 235\nbusiness of to smear kurikuma on\nqueens, 238\n\nchanted by Kr�r:Ja's flute, 71-72\nManu-sarilhita\n\nquoted on meaning of upadhyaya, 313\n\nN\n\nMarkel)c;ieya Pural)a\n\ncited on chastity of brahma!Ja's wife,\n273\nMarker:Jc;leya ��i\ncursed leprotic brahmal)a, 273\n\nMaterial existence\nchanting destroys sinful condition of,\n249-250\nmiseries of stopped by chanting,\n248-249\nmentality of, 269\nMatter\nunconscious made conscious by Kr�r:Ja's\nlips, 60-61\nMegha srimarils tavam asi dayito\n\nverses quoted, 239\nMental speculation\npure devotees have no motive for, 12\nMercy\nof Caitanya causeless, 38-39\nof Kr�r:Ja causeless, 259\n\nof Supreme Lord bestowed\nnames, 251\n\nNa calasi na vadasy udara-buddhe\n\nverses quoted, 239\nNadia\nJagadananda Par:Jc;lita saw Sacidevi at,\n182\nNanda Maharaja\nfamily of like ocean of milk, '195\nNarada Muni\nquoted\n\non\n\nreal\n\nqu a l if i c a t i on\n\nof\n\nbrahmal)as, 17\n\nNarayar:Ja\ngoddess of fortune lives on heart of,\n274-275\n\nNarendranatha Mallika\ninduced A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami to\nmeet Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati, 319\nNa sOdra bhagavad-bhaktas\n\nverses quoted, 17\nNavadvipa\nin holy\n\nprovidence has no, 201\nMind\nCaitanya in ecstatic love could not sustain, 275-276\n\n]agadananda Par:Jc;lita saw Sacidevi at,\n181\nNetre minilayasi naktam adr?!a-bandhus\n\nverses quoted, 238\nNilacala\nSee: ]agannatha Puri\n\n", "ant5#p0383": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n356\n\nPastimes of Caitanya\n\nNityananda Prabhu\nKr�ryadasa Kaviraja writes by mercy of,\n\ncompared to ocean of milk, 288\nin Antya-lila synopsized, 293-310\n\n291-292\nservice of servants of bestows faith, 240\n\nK[�Qadasa Kaviraja offers obeisances to,\n\nVrndavana dasa Thakura as favorite\ndevotee of, 284-285\n\n281-282\nlike the unlimited sky, 284\nmust be heard with full faith, 232-233\n\nNondevotees\none should not see the faces of, 17-18\n\nVrndavana dasa Thakura is Vyasadeva\n\nprakrta-sahajiyas as, 271\nNrsirhhadeva\nas all-pervasive Supreme Lord, 28-29\nas giver of pleasure to Prahlada Maha­\n\nof, 284-285\nPastimes of K[�Qa\nCaitanya fully merged in, 133\ndiscussed by Caitanya and His associ­\n\nraja, 28\n\nates, 51\n\nCaitanya recited verses to Deity of,\n\nhyperbole and reverse analogy displayed in, 164-165\n\n27-29\n\nnot understandable by logic and argu­\n\nNrsirilha PuraQa\nquoted on prayers to Lord Nrsirhha,\n\nment, 231\nseen by Caitanya, 122\n\n28-29\n\nwith gopis in Yamuna, 154-166\n\n0\n\nPeacefulness\nas brahminical quality, 16\nPerfection\nattained by one who chants, 252\n\nOffenses\nprevent development of attachment for\nchanting. 251\n\nPhela\nanyone who obtains is fortunate, 48-49\nPilgrimage\n\np\n\nalready performed by one who chants\nthe holy name, 14\nPirigala\n\nPadma PuriiQa\ncited on chastity of brahmaQa's wife,\n\n273\nquoted on destiny of the caste-conscious, 18\nquoted on nondevotee brahmaQas,\n17-18\nquoted on nondevotees as sudras, 17\nParamananda Puri\nCaitanya sent gifts to Sacidevi on order\nof, 184\nreceived Lord Jagan natha's prasada,\n\n51-52\nParamatma\nsits in the heart with all His devotees\nand associates, 320\nPastimes of Caitanya\nAnanta and Garyesa unable to describe,\n\n125, 279-280\n\nC a itanya remembered words of,\n\n106-107\nPious acts\nnectar of Kr�r:Ja's lips obtained after\nmany, 58\nperformed by Kr�r:Ja's flut�. 71-72\nperformed by Kr�Qa's mercy, 49-50\npersons without cannot believe in\nprasada, holy name, or devotees, 48\nprasada made available only by, 55-56\nPleasure\nin hearing topics of Caitanya, 241\nPrahlada Maharaja\nNrsirhhadeva as giver of pleasure to,\n\n28\nPrakrta-sahajiyas\nactivities of that pollute the process of\ndevotional service, 257\nconsidered to be nondevotees, 271\n\n", "ant5#p0384": "General Index\n\n357\n\nPrakrta-sahajiyas\n\nR\n\nregard their own happiness as aim of\nPrasada\n\nlife, 269\n\nRadha-Gopinatha Deities\n\nCaitanya constantly remembered, 50\n\necstatic symptoms of Caitanya when\ntasting, 46\n\nfragrance of pleases the mind, 54\n\nmixed with saliva of Kr�l')a, 48\n\nmust be tasted with great faith and\ndevotion, 55-56\n\nof Jagannatha Deity given to Caitanya,\n\n45\n\npersons\n\nwithout\n\nbelieve in, 48\n\npious\n\nacts\n\ncannot\n\ntouched by the nectar of Kr�'.la's lips,\nPrayers\n\n311\n\nRadha-Govinda Deities\nas life and soul of Gau<;liya Vai�l')avas,\n\n311\n\nRadha-Madana-mohana Deities\nas life and soul\n. of Gau<;liya Vai�l')avas,\n\n311\n\nRadharal')i\n\nCaitanya\n\nexplains eighth verse\n\nSik$ii$!aka in mood of, 264-276\n\nof\n\nCaitanya recites verse spoken by, 97,\n\n104-105\n\nengages others in Kr�'.la's service,\n\n46-47, 54-55\n\nof Caitanya to Kr�l')a, 256-262\n\nof Kr�'.ladasa Kaviraja to lotus feet of\nPride\n\nas life and soul of Gau<;liya Vai�l')avas,\n\nreaders, 293\n\n269-270\n\nhankers for scent of Kr�'.la's body, 223\nhappiness of is in service of Kr�l')a,\n\n274\nincrease\n\ngiven up by gopi with a little endeavor,\n\n270\n\nPridelessness\nas characteristic of Vai�l')ava, 255\n\nPriya-rava-padani bha$ase\n\nin Caitanya's ecstasy of,\n192-193\ninquired from Visakha, 194\ninsane s p e e c h of to b u m b l e b e e ,\n233-237\n\nverses quoted, 239\n\nKr�'.la appeared in heart of, 107-108\nKr�'.la caused pain to, 237\n\nverses quoted, 236\n\nKr�'.la's happiness as the goal of life of,\n\nchastised by gopis, 200-204\n\nKr�'.la signaled to with His flute, 89\n\ntook form of AkrOra, 203-204\n\npastimes\n\nPriya-sakha punar\n\nKr�'.la quarreled with, 160-161\n\nProvidence\n\ncondemned by Radha, 194-195\nPure devotee\n\nas worshipable as Kr�l')a, 12\nhave no way of sensing happiness except by seeing Kr�'.la's, 269\n\nno one can understand activities by, 4\nprakrta-sahajiyas are not, 257\n\nwho write\n\nof Lord's\n\nactivities con­\n\nsidered like Vyasa, 285, 287-288\n\nPuridasa\n\nas son of Sivananda Sena, 34\n\nchanted holy name within his mind,\n\n37\n\ncomposed and recited a verse, 37-39\nwould not utter holy name, 35\n\n268-269\n\nmade sweetmeats for Kr�l')a, 170\n\nof Kr�'.la\n154-166\npure heart of, 264\n\nand in\n\ntaken\n\nwater\n\nYamuna,\n\nquoted on nectar of Km1a's lips, 58\ninto\n158-159\n\ndeep\n\nby\n\nKr�l')a,\n\nthought of Kr�'.la as Cupid, 108-109\n\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami\n\nas author of Gauranga-stava-kalpavrkg\nas\n\n43, 115-116, 216\ninstructing spiritual\n\nmaster\n\nof\n\nKr�'.ladasa Kaviraja, 312\n\nKalidasa as uncle of, 5\n\nKr�'.ladasa Kaviraja writes by mercy of.\n\n291-292\n\n", "ant5#p0385": "Sri Caitanya-caritam�ta\n\n358\n\nRamacandra\nKr�!Ja's acts in incarnation of, 235\n\nRamananda Raya\nas\n\nauthor\n\nof\n\n)agannatha-vallabha­\n\nSacrifice\nalready performed by one who chants\nthe holy name, 14\n\nin age of Kali is chanting of holy name,\n\nnataka, 278-279\n\n247\n\nCaitanya held neck of, 193\n\nSakrd adhara-suddharh svarh\n\n244-245\nquoted verses complementary\n\nSalvation\n\nCaitanya tasted songs and verses with,\n\nCaitanya's ecstasy, 81\n\nreceived prasada of Lord Jagannatha, 52\nrecited verses from Bhagavatam, 57\nsang to Caitanya, 229\n\nsang to pacify Caitanya's heart and\nmind, 206-207\n\nverses quoted, 234\nattainable in Kali yuga by chanting.\n\n246-247\n\nSanatana Gosvami\nexemplifies humble Vai�l)ava, 15\n\nKr�!Jadasa Kaviraja writes by mercy of,\n\n291-292\n\nSarikara Pal)c;lita\nas\n\nRasa dance\n\nCaitanya explained verses concerning,\n\n\"the\n\npillow\n\nof\n\nSri\n\nCaitanya\n\nMahaprabhu\", 213\n\nCaitanya wrapped him with His quilt,\n\n122-123\ngopis entered arena of in ecstasy, 93\n\n215\n\nimitated by Caitanya, 122\n\nSankirtana\n\n130\nRegulative principles\nAdvaita Acarya expert in, 190\n\nSannyasa\n\nReligious principles\n\nSarvabhauma Bhattacarya\n\nKr�!Ja mitigated fatigue of in Yamuna,\n\nignored by gopis, 94-95\n\ndestroyed by topics of Kr�!Ja, 236\n\ngiven up by gopis, 235\n\nvanquished by K[�l)a's lips, 59-60\n\nRemembrance\n\nas ecstatic symptom of Caitanya, 103\n\nRenunciation\n\nof household affairs suitable, 236\n\nRupa Gosvami\n\nas author of Lalita-madhava, 195\n\nKr�!Jadasa Kaviraja writes by mercy of,\n\n291-292\n\nperformed to revive Caitanya, 151\nCaitanya mad to accept vow of, 183\n\nin 1958 A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami accepted, 320\n\nreceived prasada of Lord Jagannatha, 52\n\nSatisfaction\n\nas ecstatic symptom of Caitanya, 245\n\nSelf-control\n\nas brahminical quality, 16\n\nSense gratification\n\ndestroyed by topics of Kr�!Ja, 236\n\ndevotee falls down who is satisfied\nwith, 271\n\nfruitive workers pretend to serve K[�l)a\nfor, 269\n\nmaterially absorbed persons only interested in, 53\n\ns\n\nno trace of in Vrndavana, 276\n\nSeparation from Kr�!Ja\n\naw oke d i s t r e s s , lamentation and\nhumility in Caitanya, 262\n\nSacidevi\nCaitanya stayed at Jagannatha Puri on\norder of, 184\n\ngifts of Caitanya to, 184-185\n\nCaitanya continuously overwhelmed\nby, 244\n\nCaitanya floated in ocean of, 121\nCaitanya's in mood of Radha, 192-193\n\n", "ant5#p0386": "General Index\n\nSe�a-khar:rc;ie caitanyera ananta vilasa\nverses quoted, 287\n\nSik�aHaka\n\nanyone who recites or hears increases\nlove for Kr�r:ra, 277\n\nCaitanya as author of, 249\n\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nquoted on qualifications of a devotee,\n\n13\n\nquoted on songs of queens of Dvaraka,\n\n237-240\n\nquoted on spiritual inspiration from the\n\neighth verse of advertises pure love,\n\n276\n\neighth verse of quoted, 265-266\n\nfifth verse of quoted, 259\n\nheart, 320\n\nquoted\n\non\n\nsastras, 17\n\nsymptoms\n\nSthito brahmar:ra-dharmer:ra\n\nsecond verse of quoted, 251\n\nSubmissiveness\n\nthird verse of quoted, 253-254\n\nSadra\n\nsixth verse of quoted, 261\n\nunhappiness and lamentation forgotten\nhearing second verse of, 250-251\n\nSimplicity\n\ncharacteristics of found in brahmana,\n. 16\n\nSadra-yonau hi jatasya\nverses quoted, 16\n\nRamacandra attached to, 235\n\nSukadeva GosvamT\n\nGar:resa as son of, 125\n\nSupplication\n\nPurTdasa as son of, 34\n\nSupreme Lord\n\nSkanda Purar:ra\n\nquoted on belief in prasada by pious,\n\n48\nSpiritual master\nrepresentative of bona fide is Vyasa,\n\n285\nfaith of A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami in\nservice of his, 320\nSrimad-Bhagavatam\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami published\nFirst Canto of in India, 320\nCaitanya overwhelmed by reading,\n\n278-279\n\ncited on story of Pi riga Ia, 107\n\nquoted on chanting by incarnation of\nKr�r:ra, 247-248\n\nquoted on gop is' chastisement of providence, 201\n\nquoted on insane speech of Radha,\n\n233-237\n\nquoted on Kr�r:ra's lips, 57\n\nquoted on Kr�r:ra's water sports, 130\n\nin\n\nas ecstatic symptom of Caitanya, 243\n\nSadra tu yad bhavel\n\nSivananda Sena\n\ncastes\n\nverses quoted, 16\n\nas brahminical quality, 16\n\nSitadevT\n\nof\n\nSvarOpa Damodara recited from, 91-92\n\nfirst verse of quoted, 248-249\n\nfourth verse of quoted, 257-258\n\nSiva\n\n359\n\nverses quoted, 16\ndescribed Vidura, 213-214\n\nas ecstatic symptom of Radha, 264\n\nCaitanya as, 220, 316\n\nexpands Himself by holy. names, 251\n\nexplains who is His devotee, 12\n\nsits in the heart with all His devotees\nand associates, 320\n\nSOrpar:rakha\n\nRamacandra cut off nose of, 235\n\nSu$yad-ghrada/:r karsita bata\nverses quoted, 239\n\nSva-pakam iva nek�eta\nverses quoted, 17\n\nSvarOpa Damodara\n\nacts as exorcist for fisherman, 145-146\n\nCaitanya tasted songs and verses with,\n\n244-245\nexplains intention of PurTdasa, 36\nknew\n\nsecret of Advaita's message,\n189-190\nKr�r:radasa Kaviraja writes by mercy of,\n291-292\nmade Caitanya lie down, 207\n\nreceived prasada of Lord ]agannatha, 52\n\n", "ant5#p0387": "Sri Caitanya-caritamrta\n\n360\nSvarOpa Damodara\n\nv\n\nrecited verses concerning rasa dance,\n123\n\nsang songs from Cita-govinda and by\n\nVai�Qavas\n\nare already brahmaryas, 18\n\nVidyapati, 111-112\n\nforefathers of feel transcendental bliss,\n\nsang songs suited to Caitanya's emo­\n\n74-75\n\ngive respect to everyone, 255\n\ntions, 81\nsang to pacify Caitanya's heart and\n\nhumility as proper attitude of, 15\nKalidasa had full faith in, 26\n\nmind, 206-207, 229\n\nof any caste can purify three worlds,\n\nsearched for Caitanya, 85\ntaken as gopi by Caitanya, 193\n\n17-18\n\ntook Caitanya on his lap, 111\n\npersons\n\nu n d e r s t o o d e cs t a t ic emotion s o f\n\nwithout\n\npious\n\nacts\n\ncannot\n\nbelieve in, 48\n\nCaitanya, 91-92\n\nremnants of food of bestow ecstatic\nlove of Kr�r:Ja, 30-33\nVai�ryavera kriya-mudra vijrieha\n\nT\n\nquoted, 4\n\n•\n\nVali\nkilled by Ramacandra, 235\nVamanadeva\n\nTailaliga\n\nKr�Qa's acts in incarnation of, 236\n\nCaitanya lay unconscious among cows\nof, 83\n\nVanaprastha\n\nin\n\nTamala tree\n\n1950\n\nA.C.\n\nBhaktivedanta Swami\n\nbecame, 320\n\nKr�Qa's body compared to, 198-199\n\nVasudeva\n\nTattva-sagara\n\nKr�Qa as son of, 239\n\nquoted on spiritual initiation, 18\nTeachings of Lord Caitanya\n\nVayam rtam iva jihma-vyahrtarh\n\nverses quoted, 236\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami as author\nof, 320\n\nVedas\n\nalready studied by one who chants the\n\nTene brahma hrda ya adi-kavaye\n\nholy name, 14\n\nquoted, 320\n\none who teaches called upadhyaya,\n\nTolerance\nas symptom of one who chants Hare\nKr�Qa, 253-256\nTruthfulness\nas brahminical quality, 16\nTvarh yak�marya balavatasi grhita indo\n\nverses quoted, 238\n\n313\n\nVedavyasa\nSee: Vyasadeva\nVidura\nSalikara PaQ<;lita compared to, 213\nVidyapati\nsongs of sung by SvarOpa Damodara,\n111-112\n\nverses from books of quoted by Rama­\n\nu\n\nnanda Ray a, 81\nVisakha\n\nUddhava\ncarried message to the gopis, 233\nUttamasloka\nas name of Kr�Qa, 235\n\nRadha inquired from, 194\nVisnu\n·\n\n·\n\npleased by chastity of brahmarya's wife,\n273\n\n", "ant5#p0388": "General Index\n\n361\n\nWomen\n\nVisrja sirasi padam vedmy aham\n\nK[�l)a responsible for killing of, 66-67\n\nverses quoted, 235\n\nof Mathura got nectar of Kr��Ja's lips,\n\nVraja\n\n234\n\nSee: Vrndavana\n\nof Vrndavana like lilies, 196-197\n\nVrajendra-nandana\n\nWorld, material\n\nKr��Ja known as, 71\n\nas void because of separation from\n\ndecorated Kr�!Ja and gopis, 167\n\nKr��Ja, 262\n\nCaitanya's friends in like His own life,\n\n216-217\ncompared to garden of )agannathavallabha, 218\neyes of residents of like cakora birds,\n195\nfruits availbale in, 168-169\ninhabitants of pursue sound of K[�l)a's\n\nCaitanya's verse advertises pure love in,\n\n276\nnectar of Kr�!Ja's lips diminishes lamentation in, 57\nWorship\nin age of Kali chanting is process of, 247\nof lotus feet of readers by K[�l)adasa\nKaviraja, 314-315\n\nflute, 199\n\nof the Deity by Advaita, 190\n\nK[�l)a left, 201\nwomen of like lilies, 196-197\nwonderful trees and creepers in, 167\nVrndavana dasa Thakura\nas\n\nfavorite\n\ndevotee\n\nof\n\ny\n\nNityananda,\n\n284-285\nVyasadeva\n\nYad-anucarita-li/a-karl)a-piyu�averses quoted, 236\n\nof Caitanya's pastimes is Vrndavana\n\nYadu dynasty\n\ndasa Thakura, 284-285\n\nK[�l)a as king of, 235\n\nwill describe Caitanya's pastimes in the\n\nYadupati\n\nfuture, 287\n\nas name of K[�l)a, 235\nYamuna\nKr�!Ja and gopis enter, 130\n\nw\n\nmistaken for sea by Caitanya, 131\npastimes of Kr�!Ja and gopis in, 154-166\nwater of was crystal clear, 159\n\nWomen\n\nas universally purifying, 73\n\nbody of K[�l)a remains fixed in minds of.\n\nYasya yal /ak�al)arh proktam\n\n197-198\ncomplete\n\nannihilation\n\nquoted, 17\nof by\n\nKr��Ja's\n\nYatha kaiicanatam yati\n\njokes, 95-96\n\nverses quoted, 18\n\neasily available to Kr�!Ja, 235\neffects of Kr��Ja's flute on, 101-102\n\nz\n\neffects on of scent of Kr��Ja's body,\n\n223-229\nKr��Ja has no fear of killing, 205\nKr��Ja's lips disturb minds of, 60\n\nZeal\nas ecstatic symptom of Radharal)i, 264\n\n", "ant5#p0389": "The Author\nHis Divine Grace A C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada appeared in this world\nin 1896 in Calcutta, India. He first met his spiritual master, SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta\nSarasvatT GosvamT, in Calcutta in 1922. Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT, a prominent\ndevotional scholar and the founder of sixty-four Gau<;!Tya Ma�has (Vedic Institutes), liked this educated young man and convinced him to dedicate his life to\nteaching Vedic knowledge. SrTia Prabhupada became his student, and eleven\nyears later (1933) at Allahabad he became his formally initiated disciple.\nAt their first meeting, in 1922, SrTia Bhaktisiddhanta SarasvatT Thakura requested\nSrTia Prabhupada to broadcast Vedic knowledge through the English language. In\n\nthe years that followed, SrTia Prabhupada wrote a commentary on the Bhagavad­\n\ngita, assisted the Gau<;!Tya Ma�ha in its work and, in 1944, without assistance,\nstarted an English fortnightly magazine, edited it, typed the manuscripts and\nchecked the galley proofs. He even distributed the individual copies freely and\nstruggled to maintain the publication. Once begun, the magazine never stopped;\nit is now being continued by his disciples in the West.\nRecognizing SrTia Prabhupada's philosophical learning and devotion, the\nGau<;!Tya V ai�l)ava Society honored him in 1947 with the title \"Bhaktivedanta.\" In\n\n1950, at the age of fifty-four, SrTia Prabhupada retired from married life, and four\nyears later he adopted the vanaprastha (retired) order to devote more time to his\n\nstudies and writing. SrTia Prabhupada traveled to the holy city of Vrndavana,\nwhere he lived in very humble circumstances in the historic medieval temple of\nRadha-Damodara. There he engaged for several years in deep study and writing.\nHe accepted the renounced order of life (sannyasa) in 1959. At Radha-Damodara,\n\nSrTia Prabhupada began work on his life's masterpiece: a multivolume translation\nand commentary on the eighteen thousand verse\n\nSrimad-Bhagavaiam\n\n(Bhagavata Puraf)a). He also wrote Easy journey to Other Planets.\n\nAfter publishing three volumes of Bhagavatam, SrTia Prabhupada came to the\n\nUnited States, in 1965, to fulfill the mission of his spiritual master. Since that time,\nHis Divine Grace has written over forty volumes of authoritative translations,\ncommentaries and summary studies of the philosophical and religious classics of\nIndia.\nIn 1965, when he first arrived by freighter in New York City, SrTia Prabhupada\nwas practically penniless. It was after almost a year of great difficulty that he\nestablished the International Society for Krishna Consciousness in july of 1966.\nUnder his careful guidance, the Society has grown within a decade to a world­\n\nwide confederation of almost one hundred asramas, schools, temples, institutes\nand farm communities.\nIn 1968, SrTia Prabhupada created New Vrndavana, an experimental Vedic community in the hills of West V irginia. Inspired by the success of New Vrndavana,\n\nnow a thriving farm community of more than one thousand acres, his students\nhave since founded several similar communities in the United States and abroad.\n\n363\n\n", "ant5#p0390": "364\n\nSrr Caitanya-caritlmrta\n\nIn 1972, His Divine Grace introduced the Vedic system of primary and second­\n\nary education in the West by founding the Guruku/a school in Dallas, Texas. The\nschool began with 3 children in 1972, and by the beginning of 1975 the enrollment had grown to 150.\nSrila Prabhupada has also inspired the construction of a large international\ncenter at Sridhama Mayapur in West Bengal, India, which is also the site for a\nplanned Institute of Vedic Studies. A similar project is the magnificent Kr�r:JaBalarama Temple and International Guest House in Vrndavana, India. These are\ncenters where Westerners can live to gain firsthand experience of Vedic culture.\nSrila Prabhupada's most significant contribution, however, is his books. Highly\nrespected by the academic community for their authoritativeness, depth and\nclarity, they are used as standard textbooks in numerous college courses. His\nwritings have been translated into eleven languages. The Bhaktivedanta Book\nTrust, established in 1972 exclusively to publish the works of His Divine Grace,\nhas thus become the world's largest publisher of books in the field of Indian\nreligion and philosophy. Its latest project is the publishing of Srila Prabhupada's\nmost recent work: a seventeen-volume translation and commentary-completed\n\nby Srila Prabhupada in only eighteen months-on the Bengali religious classic Sri\nCaitanya-caritamrta.\n\nIn the past ten years, in spite of his advanced age, Srila Prabhupada has circled\nthe globe twelve times on lecture tours that have taken him to six continents. In\nspite of such a vigorous schedule, Srila Prabhupada continues to write prolifically.\nHis writings constitute a veritable library of Vedic philosophy, religion, literature\nand culture.\n\n", "ant5#p0391": "(continued from front flap)\nMadhya-lila (the middle period), the\nlongest of the three, is a detailed narration of\nSri Caitanya's extensive and eventful travels\n\nthroughout India as a renounced mendicant,\nteacher, philosopher, spiritual preceptor and\nmystic. Finally, Antya-lila (the final period)\nconcerns the last eighteen years of Caitanya\nMahaprabhu's manifest presence, spent in\nsemiseclusion in Jagannatha Puri, Orissa.\nDuring these final years, Sri Caitanya drifted\ndeeper and deeper into trances of spiritual\necstasy unparalleled in all of religious and\nliterary history, Eastern or Western.\n, Kr�Qadasa Kaviraja Gosvami, the author of\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta, was a great saint and\n\na confidential disciple and student of\nRaghunatha dasa Gosvami, the renowned\nascetic saint who was one of the most intimate disciples of Sri Caitanya. He commenced work on the text while in his late\nnineties and in failing health, as he vividly\ndescribes in the text itself: \"I have now become too old and disturbed in invalidity.\nWhile writing, my hands tremble. I cannot\nremember anything, nor can I see or hear\nproperly. Still I write, and this is a great\nwonder.\" That he nevertheless completed,\nunder such debilitating conditions, the\ngreatest literary gem of medieval India is\nsurely one of the wonders of literary history.\nThe English translation and commentary is\nthe work of His Divine Grace A C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, the world's\nmost distinguished scholar and teacher of\nIndian religious and philosophical thought.\nHe himself is a disciplic descendant of Sri\nCaitanya, and his intimate familiarity with\nthe precepts of Caitanya Mahaprabhu eminently qualifies him to present this important classic to the English-speaking world.\nThe ease and clarity with which he ex­\n\npounds upon Sri Caitanya's precepts lures\neven a reader totally unfamiliar with Indian\nreligious tradition into a genuine understanding and appreciation of this profound\nand monumental work.\nThe entire text, with commentary, presented in seventeen lavishly illustrated\nvolumes by the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust,\nrepresents a contribution of major importance to the intellectual, cultural and\nspiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n", "ant5#p0392": "ANTYA-LILA\nVolumeS\n\nSRI\nCAITANYACARITAMRTA\n.\n\nfjM\n\nPtU/�;>na tf\n\n�/��\n\nJ#d��\n\nHIS DIVINE GRACE\n\nA.C. Bhaktivedanta\nSwami\nPrabhupada\n\nSri Caitanya-caritamrta is the authorized work on the life and teachings of Sri\nKr�Qa Caitanya-the philosopher, saint, spiritual preceptor, mystic and divine\nincarnation who pioneered a great social and religious movement in Sixteenth\nCentury India. His teachings, which embody the highest philosophical and\n\ntheolgoical truths, have affected centuries of religious and philosophical\nthinkers untrl the present day.\n\nThis translation and commentary on the original Bengali text is the work of\nHis Drvine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada (pictured above), the\nworld's most distinguished scholar and teacher of Indian thought and culture\nand author of the best-selling Bhagavad-gita As It Is. This translation of Sri\n\nCaitanya-caritamrta represents a contribution of major importance to the\n\nintellectual, cultural and spiritual life of contemporary man.\n\n•\n\nTHE\nBHAKTIVEDANTA\nBOOK TRUST\n\n", "ant5#p0393": ""}